Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal"

See other formats


ijSresiuitrn  to 

®lje  IHthrary 

of  the 

Pnttierstty  of  {Eormtto 

by 

Mrs.  M.L.  Davies 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

University  of  Toronto 


http://www.archive.org/details/journals11soci 


cz^e>s^      ^5 


THE    JOURNAL 


Society  of  Comical  3nbu$try, 


TOL.    XI. — 1892. 


LONDON: 

EYKE   AND   SPOTTISWOODE,    HER   MAJESTY'S   PRINTERS, 
EAST   HARDING  STREET,    FLEET  STREET,    E.C. 


.  // 

Cof. 


journal  of  tf-jc  Society  of  Cfymttcal  3nbustrv< 


INDEX  OF  VOL.  XI. — 1892. 


INDEX    OE    AUTHORS'    NAMES. 


>T.B. — In  this  Index,  (P)  indicates  that  the  matter  referred  to  is  an  abstract  of  a  Patent. 


A 

PAGE 

-\;issili  Effendi.    Report    on    the    Petroleum   Trade   of   tlie 

Caucasus 644 

Abel,  Sir  F,    Address  to  the  Iron  and  Steel  Institute 689 

Speech  at  Annual  General  Meeting 571 

Ahel,  Sir  P.,  ami  Dewar,  J.  Manufacture  of  Explosives  tor  Am- 
munition ( P) 709 

Abraham,  A.  C.    Ether 835 

Achor,  S.  T.    Soluble  Chocolate  ( P) 983 

Acme  Liquid  Fuel  Co.,  The.    Manufacture  of  Gas  ( P) 235 

Actien  Gesellschaft  fur  Anilin  Fabrikation.    Manufacture  of 

Colouring  Matters  ( P) 29 

Adam.  E.    Malt  Beverages  (  PI 1023 

Adams,  M.  A.    Estimation  of  ( liygen  Dissolved  in  Water 271 

Adams,  M.  A.,  and  Meacham,  C.  S.    Preservation  of  Hops  (P)  .  G2S 

Addenbrooke,  G.  L.    The  TJsesand  Applications  of  Aluminium  608 

Alloying  Aluminium  with  other  Metals  (P) 753 

Adeney,'  W.  E.    Treatment  of  Sewage  Sludge  ( P) 1130 

Adler,  J.  J.    Apparatus  for  Mixing  Liquids  I  P  J   UliS 

Aikman.  C.  M.    Farmyard  Manure.    Its  Nature,  Composition. 

ami  Treatment 466,  lot" 

The  Nitrate  Fields  of  Chili 847 

Aitken,  A.  P.    Discussion  on  Celluloid 224 

Aitken,  H.    Treatment  of  Stone,  Ac.,  to  Prevent  Deterioration. 

( P) cor. 

Albert,  E.    Letter-press  and  Lithographic  Processes  based  on 

Photography.    ( P) 634 

Producing  Two  or  More  Coloured  Prints  (P) 634 

Alberti  and  Ilempel.  Estimation  of  the  Inorganic  Constituents 

of  Saw  Sugar 273 

Technical  Analysis  of  Calcined    Vinasse    from  Beetroot 

Molasses 402 

Alen,  J.  E.    Preventing  the  Curdling  of  Albuminous  Solutions 

t  PI 259 

/mi-  in  Preserved  Foods 363 

A lcxander,  J.,  and  Co.,  and  Laspce,   H.  de.     Manufacture  of 

Soap  and  Toilet  Preparations  (P) 827 

Allard.    See  Lezo 405 

Allard,  L.    Fireproof  Fabric  (P) 51s 

Allen,  A.  II.    Commercial  Organic  Analysis 917 

Allhusen,  A.    Discussion  on  Calcium  Chloride  in  the  Weldon 

Process 884 

Allison,  S.  B.    Apparatus  for  Treating  Vegetable  Fibres  (P) ...  804 

Alsop,  W„  and  Blackall,  W.    Refrigerating  Apparatus  (P) 895 

Alzugaray,  J.  B.    Basic  Furnace  Lining  and  Basic  Material 

(P) 923 

Manufacture  of  Refractory  Materials  (P)  443 

Metal  Alloys  (P) 1115 

Ambler,  A  S.  and  F.    Treating  Wool  and  other  Fibres  (P) 518 

Amend.  O.  P.,  and  Maey,  J.  H.    Desulphuration  of  Oils  (P)...  929 

Amos,  J.    Manufacture  of  Wheaten  Flour  ( P) 629 

Amthor,  C.    Wort  and  Beer 767 

Anderson.  E.  W.    Machinery  for  Manufacture  of  Explosives 

(P) 517 

Anderson,  W.  F.     Discussion  on  the  Acid  Action  of  Drawing 

Papers '.  214 


PAGE 

Andre,  G.  G.    See  Curtis 458 

Andre.  G.  G.,  and  Curtis.  C,  H.    Manufacture  of  Gunpowder 

(P) 180 

Andreef,  A.    See  Andres 705 

Andres.  G.,  and   Andreef,  A.    Russian  Peppermint  Oil  and 

Methylauiine 705 

Andrew,  R.    Aerators  for  Treating  Liguids  (P)  890 

Andrews,  T.    The  Passive  State  of  Iron  and  Steel.     Part  II. 

(illus.) 537 

Part  III 609 

Annison,  F.  G.    Treatment  of  Paper,  Linen,  and  other  Textiles 

(P) 904 

Appen/eller,   B.,  and  Filleul.    K.    Apparatus  for  Testing  the 

Si  reugth  of  Fibres  ( P) 680 

Appert.L.    Manufacture  of  Glass  Pipes  of  large  Diameter 38 

Applegarth,  E.    See  Atkins 43 

Archbutt,  L.    Discussion  on  Impurities  in  Coal-Gas 420 

Discussion  on  Pipeclay  Triangle 326 

Discussion  on  the  Estimation  of  Silica  in  Clay 217 

Proceedings  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting 577 

See  Deeley 595 

The  Estimation  of  Silica  i;i  Clay  215 

Archbutt.  L..  and  Deeley,  R.  M.  Treating  Chemically  Softened 

Water  (P) til 

Arm  and.  A.    See  Grimaux 631 

Armitage,  Sir  E.,  and  Sons,  (Liin.l,  and  Dunkei  lev.  P.    Manu- 
facture of  Cloth  for  Press  and  Filtering  Sheets  (  P)  . . .  908 
Armour,  L.  H.    Ovens  or  Retorts  for  Making  Coke  or  Charcoal 

or  Distilling  Carbonaceous  Matter  (P) 152 

Ovens,  Retorts,  Furnaces,  ir.  (P)  806 

Armstrong,  C.    Kilns  for  Burning  and  Glazing  Sanitary  Ware 

(P) 524 

Armstrong,  G.  E.    Composition  for  Treating  Fibrous  Materia] 

(P) 928 

Armstrong,  H.  E.    See  Robertson 695 

The  Chemical  Changes  attending  Photographic  Operations  455 

The  Origin  of  Colour 512 

Armstrong.  H.  E.,  and  Kipping,  F.  S.    Caniphrone  :  a  Product 

of  the  Action  of  Dehydrating  Agents  on  Camphor 57 

Armstrong,  J.    Manufacture  of  Tanks,  &c„  of  Glass  (P)  t;o5 

Armstrong,  R.    Manufacture  of  Detergent  Powder  (P) 536 

Arnaud,  A,    A  New  Unsaturated  Fatty  Acid. 619 

See  Grimaux 631 

A ruaiidon,  J.  J.     Note  on  Scouring  Wool 3:i 

Arnold,  J.    Discussion  on  the  Acid  Action  of  Drawing  Papers.  214 

Arnold,  T.    Utilisation  of  Slag  (P) 810 

Asboth,  A.  von.    Estimation  of  Sulphuric  Acid  in  Sulphates  ..  711 
Areharow,  .1.    Estimation  of  the  Organic  Substances    in  the 

Air 461 

Asehoff,  K.    See  Jaunaseh  458,  458,  S45,  845 

Askham,  J.  V.    Grinding  and  Crushing  Apparatus  (P) 994 

Askenasy,  P.,  and  Meyer,  V.    Photo-Chemical  Notes 1039 

Slow  Combustion  of  Gaseous  Mixtures 1039 

Astrop.  W.,  and  Parker,  F.  II.    Manufacture  of  Carbonate  of 

Lead  or  White  Lead  (Pi 45 

Atkins,  G.  A.    Separating  Gold,  Silver,  and  other  Metals  from 

Ores  (P) His 

Atkins,  G.  J.,  and  Applegarth,  E.    Separating   Alkaline  and 

Earthy  Metals  from  their  Salts,  &c.  (P) 43 

Attout.P.A.    Distilling,  and  Apparatus  therefor  (P)  50.8 

H    '2 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


PAGE 

Aiibin,  E.    Separation  and  Estimation  of  Lead,  Silver,  and  Zinc 

in  Minerals  composed  of  Galena  and  Blende 775 

Augustenhorg.  L.J..  and  Hansen,  R.    Apparatus  for  Testing 

Milk  (Pi  52 


B 

Bachem,  A., and  others.    Apparatus  for  Glazing  Paper  (P)....  935 

Bader,  E.    Method  for  Alkalimetrio  Estimation  of  Phenol  —  -7;i 
Badische  Anilin  und  Soda  Fab.    Basic  DyestutTs  from  Alpha- 

naphtho-quinone-dichloriuride 599 

Manufacture    of    Basic  Naphthalene  Colouring  Matters, 

and  Sulpho-Acids  thereof  (P) 516 

Manufacture  of  Hydrazine  orDiamidogen  and  its  Salts  IF)  370 
New  Dyes  of  the    Rnsanilin    .Series  and    New  Materials 

therefor  (P) 515 

Production  of  Azo-Dyes  and  Materials  therefor  (P.I 1000 

Production ' of  Dyes  belonging  to  the  Rhodamine  Series, 

and  Mat -rials  therefor  (P) 345 

Production  of  Dyestuffs  (P)  236 

Production  of  Mordant-dyeing  Colouring  Matters  related 

to  the  Rosaniline  Series  (F) 236 

Production  of  New  Basic  DyestutTs  (P)  514 

Production  of  New  Diazo-Dyes,  &c.  IP) 514 

Production  of  New  Dyes  related  to  the  Rhodamine  Series 

i  Pi 740 

Production  of  New  Sulpho-Acids  and  Colouring  Matters 

therefrom  (P) 679 

lladt.,  F.  B.    Practical  Notts  on  the  Electrolytic  Refining  of 

Copper  926 

Baoyer,  A.  ion.    Quimtol,   the  Simplest  Sugar  of   the  Inositol 

Group    760 

Bailey,  G.  H.     Discussion  on  Testing  Coal-Gas 414 

The  I ni| unities  of  Town  Air 76? 

Bailey,  J.  M.    Apparatus  for  Production  of  Fuel  Gas 899 

Baker,  H.  B.    Act  ion  of  Light  on  Silver  Chloride 634 

Baldensperger,  T.    Turkey-Red  Dyeing 237 

Ball,  E.  J.,  and  Wingham.  A.    Elimination  of  Sulphur  from 

Iron 751 

Ball,  J.  B.    The  Manufacture  of  <  til-Gas SMS 

Ballantyne,  H.    See  Thomson 506 

Ballingball,  D.    &rtlirrlees 895 

Baniber,  H.  K.,  and  others.    Portland  Cement  and  Portland 

Cement  Concrete 1007 

Bamberger,  E.    Addition  of  Hydrogen  to  Tricylic  Systems 23 

Bamberger,  E.,  and  Goldschmidt,  C.     Ethyl-a-Naphthylamino  23 
Bamberger,  E.,  and  Kitschelt,  M.    Action  of  Hypochlorous 

And  on  0-Naphthaquinone 997 

Bamberger.  E.,andStettenheimer,  L.    "Aromatic  "  Octohydro- 

a-Naphthoquinoline 24 

Tetrahydro-a-Naphthoquinoline 23 

Bamberger,  M.    Excrescent  Resins 365 

Bancroft,  A.    Manufacture  of  Textile  Articles  with  Fringed 

Edges(P)  51S 

Bang.    Asaprol 837 

Banks,  W.J.  B.    Compound  for  Insulating,  &c.  il'l 927 

Barber,  F.  M.    High  Explosives  in  Warfare 59 

Barclay,   II.     Determination    of    Loss  of  Coal    in    Washing 

i  iterations 325 

Bardsley,  It.    Set  Stones 1006 

Barlow,  E.    Drying  Brewers'  Refuse(P)  932 

Si  i   I  unlilfe 150 

Barnett,  D.    Apparatus  for  Treating  Textile  Vegetable  Sub- 
stances IP) 810 

Barringer,  H.    See  Redwood 59'.! 

Barrow,  .1.    Discussion  on  Cost  of  Sewage  Treatment 10 

Purification  of  Sewage  by  Precipitation 4 

Barrows,  \.  E..  and  Turner,  T.    Estimation  of  Slag  in  Wrought 

Iron 036 

Barth,  Dr.    Report  on  the  General  Character  of  German  Wines  763 

Barton,  J.    Mashing  and  Brewing  Fermented  Liquors  (P)....  833 
Basanta,  H.    Coil  tor  feeding  Syrup  or  Molasses  into  Vacuum 

Pans  (P) 542 

Bastin,  M.  C.    Estimation  of  Manganese  in  Spiegel  Iron  and 

Ferro-Manganese 1037 

Bates,  F.  G.    Metallurgical  Furnaces  and  Ovens  (P) 615 

Bates,  H.     Production  of  an  Alimentary  Product  from  Maize 

i  Pi 769 

Ba  i  ii-ate,  G.    Closing  Vessels  for  Preservation  of  Foods  (P)  . .  629 
Bandiscli.  J.    Quantitathe  Deteruiinutionof  Mechanical  Wood 

Pulp  in  Paper 46  i 

Bauer,  11..  and  Gyiketta.  .1.     Production  and  Application  of 

Boron  Sulphate  Compounds  i  Pi 930 

Bauer, T., and Mendheim, G.    CokeOvens(P) 737 

Baur,  A.     Discussion  on  Artificial  Musk 308 

Manufacture  of  Artificial  Musk  (P)  77 .; 

Studies  on  Artificial  Musk 306 

Bant  my.  B.    See  Neucks 837 

Baxter,  .1.  anil  W.    Means  and  Apparatus  for  Refining  Paraffin 

llus.)  424 


PAGE 

Bayaud,  G.  D.    s,,  Harvey 986 

Bayrac,P.H.    Indothymol:  Preparation  of  Thymoquiuone . . .  996 
Beadle,  C.    Discussion  on  Fluid  Specific  Gravity  Determina- 
tion    304 

Speech  at  Annual  Dinner 583 

The  Acid  Action  of  Drawing  Papers 261 

Beadle,  E.    See  Huston 267 

Beales,  H.    Copying  Inks,  Copying  Books  and  Appliances  (P)  .  45 

Beard,  W.  J.    See  Scott 90S 

Beare.T.  H.    The  Building  Stones  of  Great  Britain loll 

Beauharnais,  E.  de.  Manufacturing  Illuminating  Gas  I  Pi  ....  231 
Beanmann,  A.    Application   of   Coal-Tar   Colours    in  Paper 

Dyeing 1511 

Bechamp,  A.    Action  of  Light  on  Silver  Chloride 266 

Becker.  H.    See  Quertain 449 

Becquerel,  H.  On  the  Measurement  of  High  Temperatures. ..  709 
Bedson.  P.  P..  and  McConnell,  W.    On  the  Gases  Enclosed  in 

Coal 882 

Beilby,  G.  T.     Manufacture  of  Cyanides  (P) 747,  1004 

Bell,  (  .  E.    Coke  Ovens  (P) 096 

Bell.  J.  Carter.    Analvsis   of   Snow    from    Neighbourhood  of 

Chemical  Works 320 

Discussion  on  Action  of  Chlorine  on  Wool 131 

Discussion  on  Estimation  of  Zinc 133 

Discussion  on  Testing  Coal-Gas tit 

Bell,  Sir  Lowthian.    The  Manufacture  of  Iron  in  its  Relations 

to  Agriculture 819 

Belleroche,  E.    Durability  of  India-rubber  Hot-water  Pipes. . .  929 

Benedikt.R.    Ahalyseder  Fetteund  Wachsarten... 65 

Analysis  of  Galena  anil  Lead  Sulphate 181 

Benoit,  E.  J.  J.  B.,  and  Soler  y  Vila,  J.    Extracting  Stearine 

and  Oleine  from  Tallow  (P)  620 

Bentz,  E.    Set  Watson 430 

Berg,  C.    Manufacture  of  Bronze  Ingots,  &c.  (P) 1013 

Berg6,  A.  H.  J.    Apparatus  for  Converting  Amylaceous  Sub- 

3t  ances  into  Soluble  Products  (P) 448 

Bergh,  A.    Subjecting  Liquids  having  Substances  suspended  in 

them  to  Centrifugal  Action  (P) 337 

Berkcnheim,  A.    Menthol 632 

Berlioz.    See  Yven 264 

Berly,  A.     Improvements  in  Analysing  Columns  (P) 803 

Berk,  H.    Filtering  Apparatus  for  Oil,  See.  (P) 536 

Bei  tin  lot.    Iron  Carbonyl 909 

Nickel  Carbonyl 909 

On  the  Oxidation  of  Nickel  Carbonyl 43s,  !>46 

Persulphuric  Acid  and  its  Salts 946 

On  the  Existence  of  Acid  and  Basic  Salts  in  very  Dilute 

Solutions 465 

Berthelot,  Gantier.  and  Duclaux.    Report  on  the  Deplastering 

of  Wine 543 

Bertram,  J.     obtaining  the  two  Isomeric  Monomethylethers 

of  Protocatechuic  Aldehyde  (P) 58 

Bertram.  J.,  and  Walbaum,  H.    The  Oils  of  Lavender  and 

Bergamot sis 

Bertram,  L.    Extracting  Glue  and  Grease  from  Hide  and  Skin 

Waste  and  Bones  at  Low  Temperature  (P) 4t7 

Bertrand.  G.    Identification  of  Xylose  and  Distinction  from 

Arabinose 1035 

On  some  Colour  Reactions  of  t  he  Carbohydrates 272 

Bert  rand-Leplat,  J.  Apparatus  for  Dyeing  or  Bleaching  (P)..  161 
Bert  rand,  P.  H.     Forming  Magnetic  Oxide  on  the  Surface  of 

Iron  (P) 094 

Beste,  E.    Magnesium  Flash-Light  Apparatus  (P) 899 

Betting,  C.  F.    Assay  or  Chemical  Balances  (PJ 635 

Bevan,  E.  J.    Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Chlorine  and  Soda  905,  966 

1  discussion  on  the  Acid  Action  of  Drawing  Palters 214 

,SV<   Cross 213,  211,903,  906 

See  Menzies 175 

Beveridge,  J.     Treating  Fibrous  Plants  for  Manufacture  of 

Paper  Pulp  (P). 176 

Beyer,  B.     .Manufacturing  Varus,  Ac.  from  Waste  Silk  (P) 158 

Biliby,  J.  Manufacture  of  Compound  Cakes  for  Cattle  (P)  ...  768 
Bibby.  J.  H.    Smelting  Copper  or  Copper  Ores,  and  Furnaces 

therefor  IP)  922 

Bickes,  T.    See  Jannasch 647 

Bidder, G.  P.    Analytical  and  other  Delicate  Balances  (P) 1035 

Bidelmau,  U.  M.    Manufacture  of  Gas  (P) 996 

Biedermann,  Rudolf.    Technisch-Chemisches  Jahrbuch 185 

Biernath.E.  Heat  Insulating  and  Waterproof  Material  (P)..  90S 
Biggart,  J.  W.    Composition  of  "  Hunyadi  Janos  "  Mineral 

Waters 336 

Discussion  on  Composition  of  Mineral  Waters 336 

Discussion  on  Vulcanisation  of  Rubber 335 

Biggs,  B.    Discussion  on  Destructive  Distillation  of  Wood....  403 

Bigland,  C.  H.    Paints  for  Ships'  Bottoms,  Sec.  (P) 538 

Bigot,  C,  and  Schreiter,  J.  Manufacture  of  Sodium  Borates  (P)  434 
Billings,  A.  W.     Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of  -Malt  Liquors 

(P) 839 

Manufacturing  Beer  and  Ale  (P)  62s 


Dec.  31, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Binder,  P.    Production  of  :v  Discharge  on  Dyed  Indigo 813 

Binnej,  B.    Manufacture  of  Lamp-black  Carbon-block  (P)  ...  171 

Biolytic  Gypse,  Co.,  The.    Insecticide  and  Fertiliser  (P) 5U 

Birch.  W.    Apparatus  for  Cleansing  Sewage  and  other  Liquids 

(P) 364 

Bird,  F.    Apparatus    for  Drawing   off  Liquid    from   Sewage 

Tan  k  s  ( P) 830 

Bird,  H.    Manufacturing  Blocks  or  Bricks  from  Purple  Ore 

(P)  694 

Bisohoff,  C.  A.,  and  HausdOrfer,  A.    p-Tolylglycocine B08 

Bitto,  B.  von.  Reaction  of  Sodium  Nitroprusside  with  Alde- 
hydes and  Ketones 8-16 

Black,  A.  F.    Apparatus  for  Treating  Sewage  (P)  630 

Blackall,  W.    See  Alsop 895 

Blackham.  W.  P.    See  Rees 704 

Blair,  G.  Y.    Evaporating  Apparatus  (P) 992 

Blair,  T.  S.,  jun.    Reduction  of  Ores  (P)  614 

Blakey,  T.  W.    See  Mason 436 

Blaye,  J.  P.  A.    Treatment  of  Ramie  Fibre,  &c.  (P) 903 

Blenkinsop,  W.  E.  B.    See  Hartley 170, 445 

Bloemendal,  C.    Producing  Hydraulic  Mortar  (P) 688 

Blount,  Bertram.    Discussion  on  Destructive  Distillation  of 

Wood 401 

Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Chlorine  and  Soda 965 

Bloxham.A.  G-.    Proceedings  of  the  Annual  General  .Meeting  .  577 

Blutner,  J.    See  Schlagenhaufer 699 

Boake,   A.,  and    Roberts.    F.    G.    A.     Manufacture  of   Acid 

Sulphites  ( P) 907 

Bonn,  W.  D.    Apparatus  for  Leaching  Ores  (P)   352 

Bolt,  W.    Tanning  Hides  or  Skins  (P) 171 

Bone,  W.  A.    See  Lean 995 

Bongartz,  J.    Percentage  of  Guaiacol  in  Wood  Creosote,  kc.  . .  511 

Bonta,  J.  W,  Lears  or  Annealing  Furnaces  for  Glass  (P)  ....  818 
Borgarelli,  G.    Apparatus  for  Drying  and  Disinfecting  Grain 

(P) 230 

Bomt nicer,  A.    Apparent  Proportion  between  Dextrose  and 

Levulose  in  certain  Wines 766 

Effect  of  Presence  of  Lead   Acetate  on  the  Titration  of 

Lactose 778 

Influence  of  Acetates  of  Lead  on  the  Estimation  of  Invert 

Sugar 778 

Potassium   Hydrogen-tart  rate   us  a   Starting    Point    for 

Acidimetry  and  Alkalimetry 776 

Borrger,  C.    Construction  of  Bricks  (P) 689 

Bott,  J.  E.    Manufacture  of  Ferro-Bronze  and  other  Alloys  (P)  693 

Manufacture  of  Salt  (P) 1005 

Bottome,  T.  D.  Casting  and  Tempering  Pure  Copper  (P)  ....  615 
Bouchardat,  G..  and  Lafont,  J.    Action  of  Benzoic  Acid  on 

Turpentine 262 

Bonlet,  G.    See  Donard 804 

Boult,  A.  J.     Manufacture  of  Size  Paint  (P) 361 

Bourne,  T.  F.    See  Morss 174 

Bowers,  W.  H.    Retorts  for  Carbonisation  of  Wood,  &c.  (P)  . .  152 

Bowes,  A .    Discussion  on  Cost  of  Sewage  Treatment 9 

Bowley,  J.  W.    Apparatus  for  Producing  Cold  (P) 992 

Bowman,  Dr.    Discussion  on  Manufacture  of  Oxygen  Gas 319 

Bowman,  F.  H.    Discussion  on  Testing  Coal-gas 414 

Bourgoin,  N.,  and  Decorce,  H.   Apparatus  for  Making  Gas  (P)  596 

Boyd,  N  elson .   Discussion  on  Galician  Petroleum  and  Ozokerite  118 

Boyer,  C.  S.    Analysis  of  "  Eggio  " 447 

Boyer,  E.  Determining  Nitric  Nitrogen  and  Total  Nitrogen. .  182 
Bradburti,    J.    A.,    and    Pennock,    J.    D.       Manufacture   of 

Alumina  (P) 37 

Brand,  E.    Manufacture  of  Animal  Glue  (P) 930 

Brandt.    Preventing  Formation  of  Oxycellulose  in    Printing 

Discharges  on  Indigo  Blue 33 

Brandt,  C.  F.    Process  for  Discharge  of  Dyed  Indigo-Blue 812 

Red  and  White  Discharge  Prints  on  Dyed  Indigo-Blue  . . .  812 

Brank,  E.  von.    New  Explosive  Compositions  (P) 456 

Braun,  O.,  and  Liebreich,  O.    Manufacture  of  Fatty  Matter 

from  Wool  Fat  (P) , 445 

Bredel,  F.    See  Klonne 597 

Bredig,  G.    See  Wagner ■,  1032 

Brcstowski,  A.  Handworterbuch  der  Pharmacie.  275,  374.  641,  782 
Breuer,  A.  Diaphragms  for  Electrolytic  Decomposing  Appa- 
ratus ( P) 927 

Breuer  C.  Manufacturing  Artificial  Stones  with  Glass  Surfaces 

(P) 241 

Brewing  Improvement  Co.,  The.    Treatment  of  Hops,  and  their 

Use  in  Brewing  (P) D32 

Briant,  L.    See  Hatschek 258 

Briart,  A.,  and  Jacquemin,  P.  Enriching  Calcareous  Phosphates 

and  Manufacturing  Superphosphates  (P) 816 

Briee,  R.  J.    Using  Galvanisers'  Wastes  (P) 443 

Biidgman,  H.  L.  Mixer  and  Divider  for  Ore  Samples  (illus.).  268 
Brier,  H.    Means  for  Obtaining  Oxygen  and  Nitrogen  from  the 

Air  (P) $38 


PAGE 

Briggs,  E.    Shower-Proof  Fabric  (P) 904 

Briggs,  J.    Kilns  for  Burning  Limestone.  Cement,  &c.  (P)....  606 
Briggs,  W.  A.    Cement  Composition  for  Interiors  of  Ships 

(P) 719 

Brindley.  G,  P.    Solid  Compounds  of  Sulphur  Trioxide,  Water, 
and  the  Bisulphates  or  Acid  Sulphates  of  Sodium  or 

Potassium  (P) 1004 

Brins  Oxygen  Company,  Limited, and  Murray,  K.  S.  Prepara- 
tion of  Materia's  for  Separation  of  Oxygen  and  Nitrogen 

from  Atmospheric  Air  (P) 936 

Brisson,  G.    Progress  of  Steel-making  in  Austria-Hungary 609 

Brittingham,  W.  B.    Bleaching  Compound  (P) 746 

Detergent  Compounds  (P) 758 

Broadbent,  J.  K.    Apparatus  for  Regulating  Admission  of  Air 

and  Steam  to  Furnaces  (P) 896 

Brochet.  A.    Pyrogenic  Hydrocarbons  formed  in  the  Manufac- 
ture of  Compressed  Gas 596 

Brochocki,T.    Manufacture  of  the  Peroxides  of  Barium  and 

Hydrogen  (P) 707 

Brock,  J.,  and  Marsh,  J.  T.    Manufacture  of  Carbonates  of 

Strontium  and  Barium  (P) ; 1005 

BrokhofF,  R.    Manufacturing  Sugar  ( P)  626 

Bromilow,  J.    Gas  Producers  (P) 806 

Brook,  E.    Machine  for  Dyeing  ( Ine  or  More  Warps  (P) 1004 

Brook,   Simpson,  and  Spillor,    Limited,  and    Green,    A.    G. 
Production  of  New  Bases  ami  of  Azo-Colouring  Matters 

therefrom  (P) ._ 513 

Brookes,  A.  G.    See  Read,  Holliday.aud  Sou 679 

Brookman.    Geological    and    Economical   Conditions  of    the 

Westphalian  Coal-Beds 338 

Brooks.,  B.    Machine  for  Preparation  of  Brewers'  Finings  (P) .  700 
Brotherton,  J.,  and  Griffith,  W.    Holders  for  Quicksilver,  Gas. 

and  Fluids  under  High  Pressure  (P) 993 

Brougier,  A.    See  Wilhelm 768 

Brown,  A.  Crum.    Discussion  on  Cellulose i!^3 

Brown,  A.  J.    Influence   of    Oxygen  and  Concentration  on 

Fermeutation 257 

Brown,  J.    See  Reynolds 165 

Brown,  J.  Campbell.    Discussion  on  Legislation  on  Noxious 

Gases 123,  312 

Discussion  on  Technology  of  India-Rubber 974 

Models  of  Metallurgical  Furnaces 312 

Proceedings  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting r.71 

Brown,  S,  H.    Compound  for  Carburising  Metals  (?) 616 

Browning,   P.   E,    Quantitative  Separation  of  Barium   from 

Calcium 777 

Brownlow,  R.  S.    Apparatus  for  Purifying  Water  and  other 

Liquids  ( P)  769 

Bruck,  E.    Detection  and  Removal  of  Protein  Substances  in 

Beet  Juice  by  Means  of  Tannin 830 

Briibl,  J.  W.    An  Alcohol  of  Antipyrine 632 

Determination  of  Specific  Gravity  of  Viscid  Substances  ...  60 

Investigations  of  Terpenes  and  their  Derivatives 638 

Terpenes  and  their  Derivatives 705 

Vacuum  Desiccator  with  Heating  Arrangements 60 

Brunner,  H.    Address  to  Liverpool  Section 874 

Discussion  on  Technology  of  India-Rubber 974 

Speech  at  Annual  General  Meeting 577 

Brunner,    L.,    and    Zannor,    A.      Manufacturing    Nitrate    of 
Ammonia  or  Chloride  of  Ammonia  and  Bv-Products 

<P> 37 

Simultaneous  Production  of  Neutral  Sulphate  of  Soda  and 

Precipitated  Phosphate  of  Lime  (P) 816 

Brunner,  O.     Waterproofing  Leather  ( P) 253 

Bruns,  C.  H.  W.    Manufacture  of  Colours,  specially  applicable 

for  Photographs  ( P) 679 

Buchanan,  J.,  jun.    Discussion  on  Noxious  Gases  Legislation  .  312 

Bucher,  E.    See  Schweich 515 

Buchet,  C.    Lead  in  Tartaric  Acid 837 

Buchner,  E.    The  Chemistry  of  Fermentation 763 

Bucket,  M.    Detection  and  Estimation  of  Lead  in  Commer- 
cial Tartaric  and  Citric  Acids 848 

Buckley,  W.    Machines  for  Printing  Calico,  &c.  (P) 160 

Budenberg,  C.  F.    On  Risks  attending  Use  of  High-Pressure 

Gases 319 

Bugg,  F.  J.    Improved  Compound  Fabric  (P) 518 

Bull,  H.  C.    Electric  Batteries  ( P) 826 

See  Hossack 630 

Burghardt,  C.  A.    Pigments  having  a  Lead  Basis  (P) 361 

Biirkel,  A.,  and  Osterwald,  C.    Composition  for  Blotting  or 

Absorbing  Liquids  (P) 176 

Burnet,     L.      Evaporators    and    Feed-Weter    Heaters      (P) 

(illus.) 422 

Burns,  P.  S.,  and  Hull,  C.  S.    Application  of  the  a-Sulphonic 

Acid  of  Naphthalene  to  Bating  and  Puring  Skins  (P)  .  48 
Buroni,  L.,  and  Marchand,  P.    Composition  for  Fixing  Ammo- 

niacal  Nitrogen  (P) 1018 

Busch,  A.    Hydraulic  Cements 164 

Busch,  M.    See  Fischer , 2t 


iv 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


fDer.  31, 1892. 


PAGE 

Bush,  T.  W.,  and  Donbledav,  M.    Cells  for  Storage  Batt, 

(I') 445 

Butterfield,  W.  J.  A.    Discussion  on  Galician  Petroleum  and 

Ozokerite 118 

Discussion  on  Oil-Gas  from  Russian  Petroleum 590 

Butters,  U.,  and   Clcnnell,  J.  E.    Chemistry  of  the  Cyanide 

Process ." 913 

The  Cyanide'  Process  in  South  Africa 916 


Cabanyes,  I.    Galvanic  Batteries  (P) 354 

Cabot,  G.L.    The  Flameless  Combustion  of  Natural  Gas 801 

Cadische,  It.    SfeeUbler 994 

Calberla  Fitz  und  Consorten.    Drawing  "if  and  Transporting 

Sterilised  Liquids  (P) 173 

Process  and  Apparatus  for  Sterilising  Liquids  (P) 25S 

Caldwell,  A.  s.    Apparatus  for  Evaporating  or  Incinerating 

Spent  Alkaline  Lyes,  &c.  (P)   100G 

Calmant.  V.  L,    Manufacture  of  Charcoal,  and  Treatment  of 

Fermented  Liquors  therewith  (P)  257 

Campani,  R.    Extracting  Iodine  from  Liquids  (P) 1081 

Candv.  P.  P.    Apparatus  for  FilteringPolliited  Liquids  (P)...  933 
Oxidation  of  Sewage  and  Impure  Waters,  and  Material  for 

Treatment  of  such  Sewage  and  "Waters  (P) 769 

Cannot,  G.  A.    Bleaching  and  Treating  T>eat  Fibre,  &c  (P) . . . .  813 

Cape  Copper  Company,  Limited.    SeaNieholls 413 

Carbonating  Company,  The    Universal,     impregnating  Beer 

with  Carbonic  Acid  (Pi 833 

Carey.  E.    Discussion  on  Aluminium 128 

Discussion  on  Legislation  on  Noxious  Gases 123,  309 

Carey,  E.  A.    See  Bamber 1007 

Carnut,  A.     Analysis  of  Antimony  Ores 636 

Assay  of  Antimony  Ores 941 

I  iceiirrence  of  Fluorine  in  Natural  Phosphates 759 

On  the  Estimation  of  Fluorine 711) 

Carnot,  A.,  and  Le  Chatelier,  H.    Report  on  a   study  of  the 

Calorific  Power  of  Combustibles,  by  P.  Mahler  (illus.)  sm 
Carnrick,  J.    Manufacture  of  Kumyss  Compounds  or  Tablets 

(P) 259 

Carpenter,  Forbes.    Speech  at  Annual  General  Meeting 569 

Carpenter.  R.  E.    Discussion  on  Nitrogen  in  Coal-Gas 497 

Carre,  L.    Determination  of  Phenol 273 

Casper.  E.     Sec  Viarengo 904 

Cassella,  L..  and  Co.    Manufacl  ure  of  Blue  Dyestuffs  (P) 740 

Manufacture  of  Colouring  .Matters  from  Aimdo-naphthoi- 

sulphonic  Acids  f  P)  741 

Production  of  Amido-naphthol-sulpho  Acids  and  of  Dye- 
stuffs  t  herefrom  (P) 3  15 

Production  of  Black  Dyes  for  Wool  (P) 516 

Production  of  Blue  Dyestuffs  (P) 511 

Triphenylmethane  Colouring  Matters  (P) 28 

Castner,  H.   V.    Manufacture  of  the  Oxides  of  the  Alkaline 

Metals  (P)  11105 

Cathrein,  J.    Manufacturing  Soap  ( P) 757 

Causse,  U.    Solution  of  Chloride  of  Antimony  in  Saturated 

Solutions  of  Sodium  Chloride 600 

Causse,  M.  H.    Solubility  of  Tri-  and  Bicalcium  Phosphates  . .  760 

Cazeneuve,  P.    Amethylcamphonitroketone  (P) 900 

A  Nitro-ketone  derived  from  Cainphosulphophenols 512 

Is  Magenta  Poisonous? 900 

The  Tinctorial  Properties  of  Amethylcamphonitroketone 

and  its  Auxochrome  Group 9110 

Transformation  of  Gallic  Acid  into  Pyrogallol ;  and  Melting 

Point  of  Pyrogallol .* 1026 

Cazeneuve.  P.,  and  Nicolle.  A.     Interaction  of  Ferrous  Sulphate 

with  Phosphates  of  Calcium  Employed  in  Agriculture.  1018 

Chandler,  J.  C.    Apparatus  for  Scrubbing  Gas  ( P) 5:17 

Apparatus  for  Washing  and  Purifying  Gas  (P) 898 

Chandor,  L.    Increasing  the  Illuminating  Power  of   Flames 

(P) S07 

Chapman.  A.    Apparatus  for  Separating  Scum  from  Liquors 

(P)  (illus.) .895 

Multiple  Effect  Evaporating  Apparatus  (P)  (illus.) it" 

Chardonnet,  H.  de.    Manufacture  of  Pyroxylines  (P) 939 

Chardonnet,  M.  de.    The  Specific  Gravity  of  Textiles 640 

Charon,  P.  F.    Poisonous  Gases  from  Dynamite 840 

Chassy,  A.    On  the  Laws  of  Electrolysis 754 

Chal field,  H.  E.    Manufacture  of  Nitric  Acid  (Pi 007 

Chenel,  M.  L.    Estimation    of    Nitrogen  in    Inorganic    and 

Ethereal  Nitrates,  &c.  by  Kjeldahl's  Process 943 

Chenhall,  J.  W.    Extraction  of  Metals  fi 1  their  Ores  1P1 924 

Chenhall,  W.  and  W.  F.  S.    Solidification  of  Mineral  Oils  1P1 .  670 

Chesebrough.  R.  A.    Manufacture  of  Perfumes  (Pi 10:11 

Chesterton,  A.  W.    Tool  for  Cutting  Glass  Tubes  (P)  (illus.)..  168 

Chicago  Heat  Storage  Co..  The.    Manufacture  of  Fuel  Gaa  I  l'l  5:17 
Chittenden,  R.  H..  and  Osborne,  T.  B.    The  Proteids  of  the 

Corn  or  Maize  Kernel , 70I 


IUGE 

1  hoate,P.C.    Producing  Metallic  Zinc  (P) 619 

Chorley,  J.  C.  Note  on  the  Analysis  of  Slag  of  Metallic  Appear- 
ance from  the  Manufacture  of  Phosphorus  in  Electrical 

Furnaces 711 

See  Smith 591 

Chorley,  J.  C,  and  Eamsay.'W.  On  the  Destructive  Distilla- 
tion of  Wood  (illus'.) 395,  S7J 

Chuard.  E.    Mode  of  Formation  of  Sulphide  Minerals 274 

Church,  A.  H.    The  Chemistry  of  Paints  and  Painting 185 

Ciamician,  G.,  and  Silber,  P.    Pseudopellesierine To:, 

Clamond,  C.  Incandescence  Gas  Lamps  and  Apparatus  (P)  ..  21 
Clark,   c.   P.     Manufacture   of   Enamelled   Ironware    with 

111  signs  thereon  (P) 434 

Clark.  E.  A.  "  Voltaic  Cells  or  Batteries  { P I  250 

Clark.  J.    Discussion  on  "  Blown"  Oils 507 

Discussion  on  Mai/.e  Oil 505 

New  Methods  of  Estimating  Chromium  in  Ferro-Chromium 

and  Steel S01 

The  Separation  of  Arsenic.  Antimony,  and  Tin 461 

Clark,  W.  luglis.    AnAttempt  to  place  the  Manufacture  of  Ink 

on  a  Scienl  ilic  Basis 738 

Clarke,  E.  L.     Machinery  for  Manufacture  of  Peat  Fuel  (P)  ..  340 

Clarke.  F.  W.    Set  Schneider 709 

Clans.  0.  F.  Manufacture  of  Alnminates,  Sulphates,  and  Car- 
bonates of  S, ida  and  P. .tash  (Pi BIS 

Manufacture  of  Metal  Wire.  Sheets.  Sfcc.  1  P)  922 

Purification  of  Water-  ami  Producer  Gas  from  Sulphur 

Compounds  (P) 231 

1  ilaus,  II.    Enamelling  Iron  Plates  (P) 1 35 

Production  of  Enamelled  Iron  Ware  ( P) 435 

Clay  Glass  Tile  Co.,  The.    Plating  Clay  with  Glass  (P) SIS 

Claypble,  E.  W.    The  World's  Store  of  Tin 4"S 

Clavton  Analine  Co.,  Lim..  and    Hall,  J.     Manufacture   of 

Colouring  Matters  1  P 1 679 

1  llennell,  J.  E.    See  Butters 913.  916 

Clotworthy.  W.  P.     Packing  Baking-Powders  (P) 259 

Clowes,  F.    Discussion  on  the  Estimation  of  Silica  in  Clay 217 

Simple  Method  of  Calibrating  a  Delivering  Pipette 327 

Clowes,G.A.    See  Hatschek 258 

Cochenhausen,    von.     Method    for   Valuation    of     Logwood 

Extracts 32 

Cock,  F.  de.    See  Johnson 700 

Coen,  E.    Manufacture  of  Copying  Ink  ( P) 446 

Coetlogon,  A.  A.  C.  de.    Printing  on  Celluloid,  Horn,  &c.  (P)..  253 

Cohen.  G.     Galvanic  Batteries  (P) 755 

Cohen,  J.     Discussion  on  Fast  and  Fugitive  Dyes 13 

Colin,  E.    Sterilising  Apparatus  (P) 257 

Coinet,  V..  ami  Jones,  A.      Treatment  of  Salt  to  be  1'sed  for 

Curing  Food  (P;  629 

Cole,  E.G.,  and  Keston,  H.  Means  for  Forming  Clay  into  Vessels 

(P) 719 

Colefax,  A.  Action  of  Sulphurous  Acid  on  Flowers  of  Sulphur  36 
Coleman.  J.   B.    An    Improved    Form  of    Pipe-Clay   Triangle 

(illu«.) 326 

Distillation  Flask  for  Estimation  of  Ammonia  in  Waters  ..  327 
Coleman,  J  B.,  and  Granger,  J.  D.    Volumetric  Determination 

of  Calcium  Phosphate 32S 

Colgate,  A.  E.    Secondary  Batteries  (P) 927 

Collet,  H.    See  Sawrey 230 

Colley,  J.    Adding  Substances  I o  Steel  and  Iron  (P) 1013 

Collin,  A.    Translation  of  Nietzki's  "  Chemistry  of  the  Organic 

Dyestuffs." 1010 

Collin,  F.  J.     Coke-Extinguishing  and  Loading  Apparatus  (P)  671 

Collins,  C.  G.    Process  for  Purifying  Water  (P) 770 

Purification  of  Brine  (P)  * 604 

Collins,  J.  W.,  and  Kay,,  A,  Cages  for  Hydro-Extractors  (P)  895 
Colson,  A.    Column  Stills  for  Distillation  of  Gas  Liquor,  &c. 

(P) S07 

Comp.  des  Fonderies  et  Forges  de  FHorme  and  Lencauchez. 

Gas  Generators  for  Motor  Engines  (P) 234 

Connett,  H.    See  Hard 618 

i  look,  E.  Rider,    speech  at  Annual  Dinner 581 

Statement  of  Accounts  at  Annual  General  Meeting 569 

Cooke,  E.  W.     An  Alloy  (P) 695 

Cooper,  J.  G.     Treatment  of  Petroleum  (P) 599 

Corbett,  Councillor.    Discussion  on  Cost  of  Sewage  Treatment  9 

Coriel,  V.     Adulteration  of  Linseed  Oil  by  Resin  Oil 550 

Cornaz,  A.    Milk  Sterilisers  (P)  768 

Correns,  E.    Electrodes  for  Secondary  Batteries  (P) 555 

Cosies,  F\  E.    Obtaining  Commercial  Products  from  Ores  and 

Residues  containing  Zinc  (P) 352 

Cotton,  W.  P.,  and  Garrett,  E.  L.    Evaporator  and   Surface 

Condenser  (P) 14S 

Cotton,  W.  T.,  and  Crowther,  E.  F.  B.    Gas  Retorts  (P) 421 

Coubin,  M.  H.    Homopyrocatechin    1  llomoeateehol)  and  Two 

of  its  Nitro-Derivatives 735 

Coulter,  W.  H.     Hawking  Machines  for  Indigo-Dyeing  (P) si 3 

Coulter,  W„  and  Rowley,  T.  Machines  for  Spreading  India- 
Rubber  on  Textiles  (P) 588 


Deo.31,18920        THE   JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Cowper-Coles,  S.  O.    Sec  The  London  Metallurgical  Company  .  018 
Coi.  H.  C.    Apparatus  for  Control  of  Sulphuric  Acid  .Supply  to 

Carbonic  Acid  Generators  (P) lc>2 

Crafts,  J.  M.    Separating  the  Xylenes 819 

Craig.  T.    See  Kimmins 169 

Cramer,  E.    Dark  Brown  Glaze  for  Roofing  Tiles 162 

Crane.  F.     Sulphuretted  Solutions  for  Production  of    Films 

(P) or, 

Cranev.  T.    Evaporating  Apparatus  (P)  (illus.) 509 

Crawford,  W.    Manufacture  of  Malt  Bread,  &c.  (P) 030 

Cressweli,  C.  G.    Discussion  on  Schiirmann's  Reactions S71 

Creswick,  \V.    Arrangement  of  Coke  Ovens  and  Betorts  (P)  ..  152 

Crippin.    Discussion  on  Nitrogen  in  Coal-Gas 497 

Crippin,  M.    Discussion  on  Chairman's  Address  to  Manchester 

Section 878 

Crippin,  W.    See  Young 712 

Crismer.  L.    Preparation  of  Crystallised  Hydroxy  lamine 202 

Crookes,  W.    Translation  of    Wagner's  Manual  of   Chemical 

Technology 181 

Cross,  C.  F.      Discussion  on  Acetic  Acid  from  Carbohydrates..  969 

Discussion  on  Destructive  Distillation  of  Wood lid,  s;  t 

Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Chlorine  and  Soda 965 

Discussion  on  Schiirmann's  Reactions 871 

Cross,  C.  F..  and  Bevan,  E.  J.    Explosive  Nitrates  from  the 

Jute  Fibre 214 

(in  the  Electrolytic  Production  of  Chlorine  and  Soda 963 

The  Acid  Action  of  Drawing  Papers 213 

Cross,  C.  F..  Bevan,  E.  J.,  and  Isaac.  F.  V.     On  the  Production 

of  Acetic  Acid  from  the  Carbohydrates 900 

Crosslev.  A.    Apparatus  for  producing  Ferro-ferrio  and  Ferric 

Oxides  (P)  014 

( 'rowdor.  W.    Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Chlorine  and  Soda. . .  935 

Discussion  on  Stability  of  Organic  Nitrogen  Compounds  . .  119 

Crowther,  E.  F.  B.    See  Cotton 421 

Crowther,  W.  and  J.    Means  for  Preserving  a  Solution  of  Tan- 
nin (P) 021 

( Yoxford,  S.  A.    Straining  Brewers'  Wort  (P) 833 

Cummins,  G.  W.    Treating  Copper  and  its  Alloys  to  Prevent 
Oxidation  and  Deoxidat  ion  during  Heating  or  Annealing 

(P) 753 

Gondii],  Lieut.-Col.    Discussion  on  Manufacture  of  Explosives.  211 
Cunliffe,    It.,  and  Barlow.  E.     Method   and    Apparatus   for 

Treating  Refuse  (P) 450 

Currie,  S.  C.  C.    Manufacturing  the   Plates  or  Elements  of 

Secondary  Batteries It 

Curry,  J.  F.    See  Warner 007 

Curtis.  C.  H.    See  Audi.- 180 

Curtis.  C.  H.,  and  Andre,  G.  G.    Explosives  (P) 450 

Cutler,  W.    Manufacture  of  Gold,  Silver,  and  Bronze  Paints 

( P) 829 

t'nttrii.  E.  B.    Production  of  Liquid  Chlorine  (P) 747 

Production  of  Soda  and  Chlorine  (P) 717 


D 

Dagger,  J.  H.  J.    Discussion  on  Aluminium 1*28 

Discussion  on  Legislation  on  Noxious  Gases 124 

The  Manufacture  and  Industrial  Value  of  Aluminium  ....  124 
Dahl,  G.  A.    A  New  Antipyretic  and  Antineuralgic  Chinolin 

Derivative  (P) 59 

Production  of  Fast  Yellow  Mordant  Dyeing  Azo  Dyestuffs 

(P) 516 

Dnhm,  O.    See  Reith 544 

Dambmann,  G.    See  De  Mare 58 

D'Andria,  M.  N.    Manufacture    of    Barium    and    Strontium 

Chlorides  ( P)  36 

Dauks,  A.  T.    Apparatus  for  Saturating  Air  or  Gases  with 

Vapours  ( PJ 508 

Darby,  J.  H.    Basic  Lined  Furnaces  (P) 614 

Manufacture  of  Steel  ( P) 42 

Manufacture  or  Purification  of  Steel  (P) 42 

Darley,  A.  E.    See  Tiehborne 936 

Darmstae dter,  L.    See  Jafle , , .-.  928 

Davies.    Discussion  on  Agricultural  Fertilisers   and  Legisla- 
tion    412 

Davies,  J.  L.    Colour- Printing,  and  Apparatus  therefor  (P)  ...  1004 

Davies,  P.  J.    Lead  Plates  for  Secondary  Batteries  { P) 248 

Davis,  E.  H.    See  Richardson 353 

Davis.  G.  E.    Discussion  on  Cost  of  Sewage  Treatment 10 

Discussion  on  Nitrogen  in  Coal-Gas 497 

Discussion  on  Testing  Coal-Gas 415 

Further  Notes  on  Nitroeen  in  Coal-Gas 496 

Testing  the  Illuminating  Power  of  Coal-Gas 412 

Davis;  G.  E.  and  A.  R.    Preparation  of  Chlorine  (P)    348 

Davis,  T.  S.    Discussion  on  Vinegar  Manufacture 491 

Davy,  A.  S.    Treating  Smoke  and  Gases  from  Furnaces  (P) . . .  21 
Day,  J.  O.    Alloys  and  Compositions  for  Coating  Surfaces  to 

prevent  Corrosion  when  submerged  ( P) 694 


PAGE 

Daw,  jun.,  J.    Dyeing  Fabrics  (P) 131 

Dawson,  B.    See  Rowan 829 

Dawson,  J.    Thermometers  (P) 993 

Dean,  E.    Manufacture  of  Eucalyptus  Products  (P) 179 

Decesari,  E.    Compound  for  Destroying  Blackbeetles  (P) 770 

Decode,  E.    Machinery  for  Dyeing  Textile  Materials  in  Hanks 

(P) 160 

DecorcGi  H.    See  Bourgoin 590 

Deeley,  R.  M.    Sec  Arehbutt 421 

Deeley,  R.  M.,  and   Arehbutt,  L.    Apparatus  for  Preparing 

"Water  for  Use  in  Steam  Boilers  (P) 595 

D.-ike,  B.    See  Roeser-Milller 607 

Delahaye,  L.  C.    Enriching  Pbnsphated  Chalk,*&c.  (P) 161 

Deming,  H.  S.    See  Miles,  jun 822 

Dempster,  R.  and  J.    Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of  Sulphate 

of  Ammonia  (P) 238 

Deiuunur,  V.    Brewing  Apparatus  (P) 700 

Deniges,  G.    Action  of  Pyridine  Bases  on  Certain  Sulphites. . .  772 
Preservation  of  7M-Phenylenediamine  Solutions  for  Nitrite 

and  Hydrogen  Peroxide  Testing 848 

Denny.  T.    See  Shedlock 695 

De  Rackowski.    See  Trillat 997 

Derrick,  W.  H.    See  Rennie 662 

Dervaux.  R.    Clari.'ying  Muddy  Liquids  (P) 451 

Desboutin,  A.    Developing  Tray  for  Photographs  (P) 937 

Desruelles,  A.  "\V.    See  Street 249 

D9utecom.     Recent  Investigations  on  the   Calorific  Value  of 

Coals 897 

Deutsche  Gold  nnd  Silber-Seheideanstalt,  The.      Production  of 

Salts  of  Ferricyanogen  (P) 1005 

Devonshire,  E.    Apparatus  for  Treating  Water  (P)  451 

Dewar,  J.    See  Abel 709 

St     Lunge 433 

Diekhutt,  F.    See  Liebermann 426 

Dickmann,  F.    See  Mastbaum 760 

Dienheim-Brochocki,  Count  T.  de.     Chlorine  Compounds  for 

Bleaching  ( P) 813 

Dietal,  R.    Azolitmin  Paper 635 

Diffetot,  F.  H.      Device  for  Containing  Volatile  and  Inflam- 
mable Liquids  (P) 806 

Digby,  E.  J.  T.     Manufacture  of  Soap  (P) $28 

Dinsmore,  J.  H.  R.    Manufacture  of  Gas  (P) 735 

Manufacture  of  Illuminating  and  Heating  Gases  (P) 149 

Diss,  C.  J.    See  Kennedy 926,  927 

Dittmar.  W.    A  Porcelain  "Water-Bath isi 

Dobbie,  J.  J.,  and  Lauder,  A.    Corydaline 264 

Corydahne  [T 633 

Dobrzynski.    Action  of  certain  Chlorides  on  Portland  Cement  525 

Dodd,  F.  W.    Charging  Explosive  Shells  (P) 546 

Dodd,  "W.  R.    Manufacture  of  Soap  ( P) 758 

Dodge,  W.  S.    See  Lawton 768 

Donard,  E.,  and  Boulet,  G.   Apparatus  for  Desiccation  of  Solid 

Matters  ( P) 804 

Donath,  E.    Estimation  of  Aluminium  in  Ferro-AInminium. . .  459 

On  the  Presence  of  Invertase  in  Wine  and  Beer 543 

Dor,  E.    Regenerative  Gas  Furnace  for  Zinc  Ores  (P) 615 

Doubleday,  M.    See  Bush 445 

Doulton,  H.  L.,  and  Leech,  S.  H.     Forming  Undercut  Projec- 
tions and  Recesses  in  Tiles  and  Pottery  (P) 38 

Drake,  T.    New  Product  Possessing  the  Properties  of  Spirits 

of  Turpentine  (P) 45 

Dreyfus,  C.    Discussion  on  Chairman's  Address  to  Manchester 

Si  r  t  ion 878 

Discussion  on  Cost  of  Sewage  Treatment 10 

Discussion  on  Testing  Coal-Gas 414 

M  nuufacture  of  Coloured  Rubber  Goods  ( PJ 446 

Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters  (P) 29 

Recovery  of  By-Products  from  Coke  Ovens 879 

Drossbach,  G.  P.    Electrolytic  Determination  of  Copper 845 

Drost,  T.    Manufacturing  Crystallised  Sugar  (P) ,  699 

Drown,  T.  M.,  and  McKenna,  A.  G.    Direct  Determination  of 

Aluminium  in  Iron  and  Steel 26s 

Drummond,  J.    Apparatus  for  Purifying  Sugar  (P) 931 

Dubbs,  J.  A.    Manufacture  of  Asphaltum  (P) 512 

Du'ooseq,  A.    See  Hermite 1015 

Duclaux.    See  Berthelot 513 

Dudley,  C.  B.    Bearing-Metal  Alloys 440 

Dudley,  "W.  L.    Removal  of  Lint  from  Cotton-Seed 619 

The  Colours  and  Absorption  Spectra  of  thin  Metallic  Films 

and  Incandescent  Vapours  of  Metals 924 

Duffy,  T.  Generating  Electricity  and  Producing  Air  in  a  Lumi- 
nous State  ( P)    619 

Dugdale,  E.    See  Hillyard 1022 

Ditll,  G.    See  Lintner 766, 1021 

Duncan.    Discussion  on  Nitrogen  in  Coal-Gas 497 

Duncan,  J.  H.    Manufacture  of  Butter  (P) 834 

Dunkerley,  P.    See  Annitage ,.., 908 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31,1892. 


PAGE 

Dunstan,  W.  R.  The  Conditions  which  Determine  Combina- 
tion between  the  t'yanides  of  Zinc  and  Mercury,  and 
Composition  and  Properties  of  the  Resulting  Double 
Salt 307 

Dunstan,  W.  R.,  and  Passmore,  F.  W.  The  Formation 
and  Properties  of  Aconine,  and  its  Conversion  into 
Aconitine 366 

Dunstan,  W.  R.,  and  Umney,  J.  C.    The  Alkaloids  of  True 

Aeon  it  a  m  napeUus 366 

Duntze.  J.  C.    Producing  Colours  on  Glass  Surfaces  (P)  1007 

Dupre\  F.    Manufacture  of  Potassium  Carbonate  (P)a 604 

Duiand.  Huguenin,  L.,  and  Co.    Bases  for  the  Production  of 

Substantive  Cotton  Dyes  (P) 809 

Durio  Brothers.    Tanning  Hides  and  Skins  (P) 625 

Dinning,  J.  S.    Mains  for  Tempering  and  Hardening  Metals 

<P) 1014 

Dvorkovitz,  P.,  and  others.  Method  and  Apparatus  for  Dis- 
tilling Liquid  Hydrocarbons  (P) 152 

Dynamite  Actiengesellschaft  NcLtl,  Manufacture  cf  Gun- 
powder (P) 456 

Production  of  Gunpowder  or  like  Explosives  (P) 267 


E 

Eager,  H.  T.,  and  Milburn,  R.  P.    Electric  Cells  or  Batteries 

(P) 248 

Ebb,  E.  A.    Combustion  of  Carbonaceous  Fuel  (P) 996 

Ebert,  A.  E.    Manufacture  of  Substitute  for  Leather  (P)  625 

Eckart,  V.    Chemical  Study  of  German  and  Turkish  Otto  of 

Roses 265 

Eckenroth.    Carbon  Tetrachloride  as  a  Solvent 757 

Eckenroth,  H.    Carbon  Tetrachloride 837 

Edgerton.N.  H.    Storage  Batteries  (P) 249 

Edwards,  W.  S.  and  J.  W.    Manufacture  of  Terra  Cotta  Ware 

(P) 435 

Effront.  J.    Conditions  under  which  Fluorides  exert  Maximum 

Effect  in  Solutions  of  Fermentable  Matter 931 

Studies  on  Yeast 50 

Ehlis,  J.    Ozonising  Apparatus  (P) 769 

Ehrenwerth,  J.  von.    Manufacture  of  Iron  and  Steel  (P) 612 

Eichstadt,  F.    Production  of  Caustic  Alkali  Carbonates  of  the 

Alkaline  Metals,  and  Useful  Bye-Products  (P)  37 

Einhorn,  A.,  and  Fischer,  L.    Action  of  Hypochlorous  Acid  on 

Tropine 707 

Nitro-Atropine. 706 

Eitner,  W.    Contribution  to  our  Knowledge  of  Sumac 539 

The  Weighting  of  Skins 253 

Ekenberg,  M,    Apparatus  for  Fractional  Distillation  (illus.)...  1034 

Elbs,  K.    Paranthracene 340 

Eldridge,  G.  H .    The  Phosphate  Deposits  of  Florida 255 

Elieson,  C.  P.    Storage  Batteries  (P) 354 

Ellershausen,  F.    Treatment  of  Soda  Waste  (P)  433 

Ellinger,  H.  O.  G.      Optical  Determination  of  Albumen  in 

Urine 184 

Elliot,  Sir  G.,  and  MacGowan,  J.,  jun.    Manufacture  of  Coke 

(P) 995 

Elliott,  S.    Condensing  Lead  and  other  Metallic  Fumes  (P) . . .  822 

Ellis,  C.  J.    See  Mills 695 

Ellis.  P.    A  Simplified  Form  of  Magnesium  Lamp  (P) 807 

Elmore,  W.    See  Smith 45,  45, 360,  633 

Elworthy,  H.  S.    Apparatus  for  Cooling  Liquids  (P)  (illus.)...  260 

Preserving  Meat,  Fruit,  &c.  in  Transit  (P) 259 

See  Pullman 1022 

Emmeus,  S.  H.    Explosives  and  Ordnance  Material 65,  939 

Nickel  Analysis 1035 

Endlich,  F.  M.    Manual  of  Qualitative  Blow-pipe  Analysis  and 

Determinative  Mineralogy 1040 

Engel,  F.  H.  F.    Magnesium  Flash-Lights  (P) 267 

Engel,  R.    Action  of  Alkaline  Bases  on  Solubility  of  Salts  of  the 

Alkalis 237 

Action  of  Ammonia  on  Solubility  of  Ammonium  Chloride. .  238 
Enghein,  C.  D.,  A.  D.,  and  S.  D.  d*.     Kilns  for  Firing  Terra- 

Cotta.&c.  (P) 524 

Engledue,  W.  J.    Galvanic  Batteries  (P) 617 

Solution  for  Galvanic  Batteries  (P) 248 

Engler.    On  the  Formation  of  Petroleum 995 

Entz,  J.  B.    See  Waddell 249 

Entz,  J.  B.,  and  Phillips,  W.  A.    Secondary  Batteries  (P)  ....  354 

Epstein,  M.    Filtering  Tubes  for  Purifying  Molten  Glass  (P)  .  241 
Erdroeuger.    Influence  of  Presence  of  Gypsum  in  the  Raw 

Materials  of  Portland  Cement 241 

Escbo,  R.    See  Krizek 253 

Eskuchen,  T.  H.  J.,  and  Haarmann,  H.  A.    Burning  Pressed 

Blocks  of  Purple  Ore  (P) 695 

Manufacturing  Briquettes  of  Purple  Oro  (P) 695 

Esop,  J .  V.    Sulphocyanogen  in  Coal-Gas 337 

Espeut,  W.  B.    Manufacture  of  Dyeing  Extracts  (P) 680 


PAGE 

Essnrr,  J.  C.    Note  on  Precipitation  of  Copper  by  Iron  and 
Action  of  Metallic  Iron  on  Solutions  of  Saltsof  Iron 

Sesquioxide 165 

Estrayer,  A.    Cages  for  Oil  Press°s  ( P) 446 

Etard,  A.     Solvent  Action  of  Liquid  Organic  Compounds 713 

Etz,  P.    See  Jannasch 710 

Evans,  Sir  J.    Speech  at  Annual  General  Meeting 577 

Evans,  P.  Norman,  and  Wirtz,  Q.    The  Acid  Action  of  Drawing 

1  *;t  per 212 

E veret t.  < i .  A.    See  Vickers 424 

Evers,  F.    Condenser  for  Laboratory  Use 635 

Eversued,  S.    Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Chlorine  and  Soda  ..  965 

Evesque  et  Cic,  La  Soc.    Rollers  for  Printing  Fabrics  (P) ....  1004 


Fahlberg,  C.    Production  of  Pure  Saccharine  (P)  1031 

Fahrion,  W.    Hubl's  Iodine  Test  for  Fats 183 

Testing  Boiled  Linseed  Oil 696 

Fairh-y.  T.    Discussion  on  Impurities  in  Coal-Gas 420 

Discussion  on  Oil-Gas  from  Russian  Petroleum 688 

Discussion  on  the  Analysis  of  Fats 144 

On  the  Impurities  in  Coal-Gas 419 

Faleimagne,  J.    Preservation  of  Meat  and  Fatty  Matters  (P). .  630 
Fanta,  F.    Apparatus  for  Automatic  Production  of  Oxygen 

(P) 773 

Discussion  i.n  Manufacture  of  Oxygen  Gas 319 

The  Manufacture  of  Oxygen  Gas  (illus.) 312 

Farbenfabriken  vorm.  F.  Bayer  and  Co.    Colouring  Matins 

derived  from  Anthraquinone  fP) 513 

Colouring    Mattel's     derived     from     Benzidine    and    its 

Analogues  (P) 516 

Colouring  Matters  from  Anthraquinone  and  Alizarin  Blue 

(P) 514 

Manufacture  of  Alpha.-Naphthol  Sulpho  Acids  and  Dioxy- 
Naphthalene  Sulpho  Acids,  and  Dvestuffs  therefrom 

( P) 999 

Manufacture  of  Azo  Dyes  (P) 158 

Manufacture  of  Colouring  Mat ters  (P) 809 

Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters  (P) 1001 

Manufacture     of      Colouring      Matters     derived     from 

Anthraquinone  (P) 740 

Manufacture  of  Dyestuffs  from  Anthracene  and  Anthra- 
quinone (P)  29 

Manufacture  of  Indigo-carmine  (P) 28 

Manufacture  of  Iodine  Substitution  Products  of  Phenols 

and  Cresols  (P) 370 

Production  of  Azo- Colouring  Matters  (PJ 345 

Production  of  Azo-Colours  on  Fibre  (P) 1004 

Production  of  New  Cotton  or  Substantive  Dyestuffs  (P)...  809 
Production    of    New    Derivatives    of   Alizarin   and   its 

Analogues  (P) 1000 

Production  of  Pharmaceutical  Compounds  (P)  708 

Production  of  Sulpho  Acids  and  Colouring  Matters  (P)  . . .  1000 
Farb.  vonn.  Meister,  Lucius  und  Bruning.    Colouring  Matters 

from  Protocatechnic  Acid  and  Phenols  ( P)   902 

Disinfecting  and  Preservine  Organic  Substances  (P) 1024 

Dyeing  Silk  Solid  Black  (P) 515 

Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters  (P) 808 

Manufacture  of  Meta-amido-Benzaldehyde  and  of  Salts 

thereof  (P) 633 

Manufacture  of  Nitro  and  Amidomethylphenylpyrazolone 

and  a  Derivative  (P)  545 

Manufacture  of  Yellow  Azo-Colouring  Matters  (P)  515 

Production  of  Azo-Colours  in  Discharge  Printing  on  Indigo- 
Dyed  Fabrics  (P)  160 

Production  of  Basic  Gallate  of  Bismuth  (P) 369 

Product  ion  of  Black  Colouring  Matters  ( P)  344 

Production  of  Blue  Colouring  Matter  (P) 514 

Production  of  Blue  Colouring  Matters  (P) 514 

Production  of  Blue-Green  and  Red-Violet  Colouring  Matters 

from  Alizarin  Blue  (P) 29 

Farnsteiner,  K.    On  the  Volumetric  Estimation  of  Sulphuric 

Acid 548 

Simple  Extraction  and  Condensing  Apparatus  (illus.) 1034 

Farrow,  G.  E.    Improvements  in  Candles  (P) 169 

Faure\  J.    See  Filassier 695, 695 

Faure,  P.    Machine  for  Decorticating  Ramie' (P) 518 

Fauvel.  C.  J.    Furnace  for  Treatment  of  Refractory  Ores  (P) .  613 

Fawsitt,  C.  A.    Discussion  on  Antimony  Smelting 19 

Discussion  on  Pure  Phosphoric  Acid 228 

Discussion  on  the  Production  of  Cyanides 15 

Discussion  on  Vulcanisation  of  Rubber 335 

The  "  Dry  Heat  "  Vulcanisation  of  Rubber 332 

Fell,  J.  C„  and  Stevens,  C.  A.    Manufacture  of  White  Lead  (P)  46 

Ferguson,  J.     Ceylon  as  a  Source  of  India-Rubber  Supply 718 

Ferguson,    P.      Apparatus    for    Concentrating    the    Heavier 

Constituents  of  Pulverised  Ores  (PJ 822 

Fergusson,  J.  H.    Manufacture  of  Illuminating  Gas  (P) 670 

Ferreira  da  Silva,  A.  J.    Ammonium  Sulpho-Selenite  as  a  Test 

for  Alkaloids 182 

Ferrier,  W.  F.    Discovery  of  Calcium  Tungstate  in  Canada. . . .  190 

Field,  C.  L.    Manufacture  of  Superfatted  Soap  ( P) 446 


Dec.  31.18M.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Fi«lden,J.    KssPetrio ■'"* 

Filassier.  J.  E.,  and  Faurfi,  J.    Furnaces  for  Steel-making  or 

Cementation  Purposes  (P) 695 

Manufacture  of  Cast  Steel  (P) 695 

Fllleul,  B.    See  Appenzeller 680 

Fink.  (".     Purifving  Smoke  and  Precipitating  Products   of 

( 'ombustion  thereof  (P)  907 

First  brook,  W.  D.    See  Richardson S.j3 

Fischer,  E.,  and  Stahel,  R.    ^-Sorbitol 40 

Fischer,  F.    Jahresberieht  neber  die  Leistungen  der  Chemi- 

schen  Technologie 047 

Fischer,  L.    SecEinhorn 706,707 

Fischer,  O..  and  Busch.  M.    A  New  class  of  Fluorescent  Dyes 

of  the  Quinoxaline  Series  III 24 

Fischer.  O.,  and  Hepp.  E.    Studies' in  the  Indnline  Group  —  156 

Fischesser,  A.    Producing  Azo-Colouring  Matters'(P) 344 

Fisher,  B.,  and  Murgatroyd,  A.    Apparatus  for"  Cleaning  and 

laistrcin.it  Silk  and  other  Yarns  (P) 905 

And  Murgatrovd.H.  Apparatus  for  Cleansingand  Lustreing 

Tarns  (P)   743 

FitzOerald,  D.  G.    Negative   Elements  of  Voltaic  Batteries 

(P) 616.  616 

Fleischer,  E.    Manufacture  of  Alkali  Aluminates  (P) 522 

Fleissnir,  F.    See  Lippmann 263 

Fleming,  Prof.    Speech  at  Annual  Dinner 583 

Fletcher,  A.  E.  Discussion  on  Legislation  on  Noxious  Gases  124,  311 
Modem  Legislation  in  Restraint  of  Emission  of  Noxious 

Gases 120 

Fletcher,  B.  L.,  and  Hoyle,  J.  Apparatus  for  Drying  Sub- 
stances (P) 894 

Fletcher.    F.    W.      Instruments   for    Determining    Specific 

Gravities  of  Liquids  (P) 635 

Receptacles  for  Storing  and  Immersing  Hydrometers,  &c. 

(P)  635 

Fluckiger,  Von  F.  A.    Reactionen 275 

Fliigge,  A     Production  of  a  Solution  of  Myrrhic  Resin  (P)  . . .  370 

Foehr.    Iron  Vessels  for  Molten  Substances  (illus.) 526 

Foclsing,  A.    Preparation  of  Hop  Extract  (P) 51 

Foerster,  F.    See  Mylius 181,  690 

Foesling,  A.  Clarifying  and  Bleaching  Tannin  Extracts  f  P)  . .  237 
Foester,  O.     Formation   and    Behaviour   of  Basic   Calcium 

Phosphates,  and  their  Relationship  to  Thomas-slag  . . .  460 

Forell.  C.  von.  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Roman  Cemenf(P).  39 
Fortescue,  F.  H.      Means  for    Collecting    Hops,  &c,  when 

Boiling  or  in  Circulation  in  a  Vessel  (P) 51 

Foster,  H.  A.  and  Frost,  J.    Dyeing,  &c.  Animal  and  Vegetable 

Fibres  (P) 237 

Foster,  W.    Discussion  on  Destructive  Distillation  of  Wood    402, 874 

Discussion  on  Oil-Gas  from  Russian  Petroleum 589 

Note  on  the  Carbon  deposited  from  Coal-Gas  Flames 340 

Foulis,  W.    Discussion  on  the  Production  of  Cyanides* 16 

Fourness,  H.    Manufacture  and  Storage  of  Gas  (P) 149 

Fraley,  J.  C.     Rendering    IroD,   Steel,  and   similar   Metals 

Homogeneous  (P) 695 

Francke,  G.    See  Nycander 1022 

Francois,  H.    See  Rolland 932 

Frankel.  L.  K.     The    Electrolysis  of   the   Metallic   Sulpho- 

Cyanides 61 

Frankenburg,  I.    Manufacture  of  Aniline  Lakes  ( P) .829 

Frankland,  P.  F.,  and  Lumsden,  J.  S.    The  Decomposition  of 

Manitol  and  Dextrose  by  the  Bacillus  Ethaceticus  . . .  449 
Frankland,  P.  F..  and  MacGregor,  J.    Fermentation  of  Arabi- 

nose  by  Bacillus  Ethaceticus 627 

Frankland,  P.  F.,  and  Ward,  M.    First  Report  of  the  Water 

Research  Committee  of  the  Royal  Society 704 

Frayssc,  A.  Treatment  of  Samples  of  Crude  Wool  for  Estimat- 
ing Purposes  (P) 518 

French.  A.,  and  Stewart,  W.    Obtaining  Gold,  Silver,  and 

Copper  from  Ores  (P)  612 

Fresenius.  W.    Note  on  Wines  containing  Potato  Glucose 766 

Fresenius.  W.,  and  Ruppert,  F.    Difference  of  Solubility  of  the 

Chromates    of    Strontium     and    Calcium   in    Dilute 

Alcohol 776 

Frey,  E.    Dyeing  Black  Hosiery -. .  31 

Freyer,  F.,  and  Meyer,  V.  Ignition  Temperature  'of  Electro- 
lytic Gas 780 

Friedlander,  P..  and  St.  Szymanski.    The  Nitration  of  g-Naph- 

thylamine 908 

Frist,  R.  P.,  and  Ruper,  C.  G.    Apparatus  for  making  Pareh- 

mentised  Fibre  Tubes  (P)  1026 

Frohlich,  E.    Clay  Presses  (P)  (illus.) 436 

Frost.J.    See  Foster 237 

Fuchs,  C.    See  Keseling 008 

Fuchs.  F.    Preliminary  Heater  for  Distillation  of  Petroleum..  511 

Fuller,  H.  and  W.  H.    See  Hawkins,  W 823, 1004 

Fullner,  A.  J.  E.    Pulp-catchers  or  Savers  ( P) 1026 

Fulton,  H.  B.    Specific  Gravity  Apparatus  (illus.) 305 


G 

PAGE 

Gabriel,  S.    Determination  of   Fibrous  Materials  in  a  Crude 

State 94ft 

Gallenkamp.    A  New  Colorimeter  (illus.) oil 

Gallon,  R.    Discussion  on  the  Acid  Action  of  Drawing  Papers.  214 

Gait,  H.  A.    See  Peacock 68i; 

Gamble,  D.    Speech  at  Annual  Dinner .",s2 

Gamble.  J.  C.    Discussion  on  Noxious  Gases  Legislation 310 

Ganelin,   S..    and   Kostanecki,  St.    v.      Constitution   of  the 

o-hydroxyazo  Compounds 425 

Gardiner.  J.  B.    Fluid  for  Primary  Batteries,  and  Utilising  the 

Waste  Products  (P) 2t9 

Garland.  N.  M.    Increasing  Lift*  and  Kltieiency  of  Arc  Light 

Carbons  { P) 43 

Gamier,  J.    On  the  Volatilisation  of  Iron  and  Nickel 243 

Garrett,  E.  L.    See  Cotton 14S  „ 

Garrett,  J.  D.    Means  for  Delivering  smd  Distributing  Polluted 

Water  (P) 364 

Garros.  M.  F.    Asbestos  Porcelain  (Porcelaine  d'amunte) 162 

Gas  Economising  and  Improved   Light  Syndicate,  The.  and 

Love,  J.    Apparatus  for  Carburising  Gas  or  Air  (P) . . .  898 

Gassend,  M.    Boric  Acid  in  Wines  767 

Gattermann.  L.,  and  Neuberg.  O.    Synthesis  of  Dehydrothio- 

toluidine 673 

Gausse,  H.    On  the  Solution  of  Bismuth  Chloride  in  Saturated 

Solutions  of  Common  Salt,  and  on  Basic  Salicylate  of 

Bismuth 262 

Solubility  of  Tricalcium  and  Bicalcium  Phosphates 685 

Gautier.    See  Berthelot 543 

Gayly,  J.    Blast  Furnace  Linings  (P) 352,  353 

Geduld,  R.    A  New  Enzyme  :  Glucase 627 

Gee,  G.  E.    The  Jeweller's  Assistant  in  the  Art  of  Working  in 

Gold 1039 

Gehrke,  H.    Apparatus  for  Filtering   Beer  and  other  Liquids 

(P) 833 

Geigy,  R.    Report  on   Mafat's  Essay  on  Plants    capable  of 

Yielding  Tanning  Materials  . .' 621 

Geigy,  R.,  jun.    Report    on    Mafai's  Memoir    on   Dyewood 

Extracts 154 

Gendron,  P.    Automatic  Regulating  Apparatus  for  Galvanic 

Batteries  (P) 854 

Geneste,  Herscher.  and  Co.     Means    for  Sterilising    Water 

(P) 450 

Genvresse,  M.    Synthesising  Tartaric  Acid 284 

Genvresse,  P.    New  Synthesis  of  Tartaric  Acid 631 

Geoghegan,  S.    See  Tichborne 93fi 

George,  C,  and  Wernaer,  C.    Manufacturing  Artificial  Granite 

and  Marble  ( P) 165 

Georgi,  Max.   Coal-Dust  Explosions  at  the  Ziinckerode  Colliery  93S 
Georgievics,  G.   von.    Behaviour   of   Tricalcium    Phosphate 

towards  Carbonic  Acid  and  Ferric  Hydroxide 254 

Gerard,  J.  M.  A.    Treatment  and  Desiccation  of  Peat  (P) 423 

Gerland,  B.  W.    Discussion  on  Cost  of  Sewage  Treatment 10 

Gesellschaft     ftir     Linda's     Eismaschinen.      Apparatus     for 

Regulating     the     Supply     of    Volitile    Liquids    to 

Refrigerators  (P) 668 

Effecting  Interchange  of  Heat  and  Moisture  by  Means  of 

Liquid  Spray  and  Air  Currents  (P) 668 

Gessler,  E.    Treating  Textile  Fibres  with  Liquids  and  Vapours 

or  Gases  (P) 680 

Get'y,  J.    See  Harvey 996 

Gibbings,  W.    Electro-depositing  ( P) 353 

Gibbons,  B.  and  W.  P.    Apparatus  for  Charging  Inclined  Gas 

Retorts  (P)  806 

Gibbs,  W.    Electrolytic  Determination  of  Metals  as  Amalgams  547 

Gibney,  B.  J.    Finishing  Leather  (P) 930 

Giesel,  F.    New  Alkaloid  from  Javanese  Coca  Leaves 177 

Gilbaut,  H.    Compress  ibdity  of  Saline  Solutions 780 

Gilbert,  J.  H.    See  Lawes 253 

Gill,  A.  O.  and  W.  S.    Paints  ami  Lacquers  (P) 1017 

Gillischewsky,  G.    Fireworks  (P) 939 

Girard,    A.    Adherence  to  the  Leaves  of  Plants  of  Copper 

Compounds  intended  to  Cure  their  Diseases  (P) 770 

Giraud,  P.    Thermo-electric  Batteries  ( P) 617 

Gnuchtel,  G.    Marbling  Enamelled  Articles  (P) 524 

Godeffroy,  R.    Determination  of  Mechanical  Wood   Pulp  in 

Paper 464 

Goetz,  K.    Producing  Liquid  Clay  or  Slip  { P) 1013 

"Slip"  for  Manufacture  of  Porcelain,  Stoneware,  &c.  (P)..  38 

Goldschmidt,  C.    See  Bamberger 23 

Goldschmidt,  J.    Dyeing,  Tanning,  and  Mordanting  Leather, 

Ac.  (P) 521 

Goldschmidt,  G.,  and  Jahoda,  R.    The  Substances  contained 

in  the  Petals  of  Gentiana  verna 366 

Goodacre,  H.  Filters  (P) 421,  507 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Deo.  31, 1892. 


PAGE 

Gordon,  I      SwS  rong 807 

G      age,   F.  II.    Production  of  Monocarbonates  rrom   Bicar- 

bonati                    ilis(P) 907 

Gossart,  E.    Analysing  Ucohols  or  other  Liquids 71  li 

On  Certain  Capillary  Phenomena  and  the  Spheroidal  State  274 

\.    Apparatus  for  Making  and  Drying  Malt  (P)  8*3 

Goward,  P.    Secondary  Batteries  IP) 43 

Goyder,  G.,  jun.    Set    Rennie 1039 

Grabftu,  L.    Electrolytic  Production  of  Aluminium  (P) 617 

Graemiger,  A.  nnd  J.    Apparatus  lor  Dyeing,  Bleaching,  Sec. 

Yarn  (P) 813 

Graf,  R.    Fabrics  of  Asbestos,  ,vc.  for  Roofing  Purposes    P ...  242 

Gjuf,  K-  II.    Rendering  Lubricating  Oils  Incombustible  (!')...  44(i 

Granger,  J.  D.    See  Coleman 328 

Grawitz,  W.  J.  S.    Dyeing  and  Printing  Textile  Fibres  (P) —  813 

Grebner,  R.    See  Marcus 354 

Green,A.G.    Discussion  on  Artificial  Musk SOS 

Discussion  on  Destructive  Distillation  of  Wood 408 

See  Brook,  Simpson,  and  Spiller 513 

Greenwood,  H.    Machinery  for  Compressing  Gunpowder,  &c. 

(P)  ;..-  54« 

Git  'limit,  N.    Absorption  of  Carbon  Monoxide  by  Blood 704 

Physiological  Research  on  Carbon  Monoxide 260 

Grerenbroich,    The    Maschinenfabrik.      Crystallisation     of 

Saccharine  and  other  Solution's  (P) 543 

Griffin,  R.  B.    Treating  Wool  Washings  (P) 743 

Griilith.  F.  G.    Candles  and  Night  Lights  (P)    1017 

Griffith,  W.    &«  Brofherton 998 

Griinaux,  E.,  and  Irnaud,  A.    Homologues  of  Quinine 631 

Preparation  of  Quinine-di-mcfchipdide  from  Cupreine 631 

Grimshaw,  II.    Cost  of  some  Processes  of  Sewage  Treatment.  5.  in 

Discussion  on  Action  of  Chlorine  on  Wool 131 

Discission  on  Estimation  of  Zinc 133 

S .  Sacrd skis 

G  ripper.  II-    Rapid  Method  of  Determining  Com  position  of 

Lubricating  Oils 182 

Grittner,  A.    Estimation  of  Sulphur  in  Coal 711 

Gronwald,  J.  F.  H.    Se,  Ni  uhass 

Grosscurth  and  Luboldt.    Exhibition  of  Betting's  Balance  .. .  21.1 

Grosse.C.  F.  E.    Producing  Marbled  Glass  (P) 606 

Grossman,  J.    Discussion  on  Estimation  of  Nitrogen  in  Coal- 

Gas 417 

1  liseussion  on  Manufacture  of  <  Ixygen-Gas 319 

Discussion  on  Test  ing  Coal-Gas 414 

Grfidelbacb,  W.    Manufacture  of  Carbons  for  Electric    Arc 

Lamps  (P)  7.11 

Guignet.  C.  E.    Conversion  of  Gallic  Acid  and  Tannic  Acid 

into  Benzoic  Acid 261 

Gnillemia,  G.    Micrographic  Analysis  of  Alloys 7r4 

Guiliot.     Load  ill  Tartaric  Acid 838 

Guntz.    Action  of  Carbonic  Oxide  on  Iron  and  Manganese 690 

Probable    Presence  of    Iron   Carbonyl   in    Illuminating 

Gas 896 

The  Action  of  Carbon  .Monoxide on  Iron 909 

Guntz,W.    Action  of  Light  on  Silver  I  hloride 17a 

Gutensohn,  A.    Production  of  Litharge  from  Metallic  Lead 

(P)  694 

Guttmann,  0.    Dangers  in  the  Manufacture  of  Explosives  ....  298 

Discussion  en  Fluid  Specific  Gravity  Determinations 804 

I  liseussion  on  Manufacture  of  Explosives 211 

Discussion  on  Schiirn  ami's  Reactions 871 

Guttmann, <  L,  andRohrniann,  L.    Apparatus  for  Condensation 

oi  Nitric  Acid  (PI 349 

Preparation  of  Pure  Nunc  Acid  (P) 1005 

Gutzkow,  F.    Parting  Bullion  (illus.) 53i> 

Gve,  L.    Apparatus  for  Drying  Vegetable  or  Animal  Products 

(P) 595 

Gyiketta,  J.    See  Bauer 930 


H 

Haarmann,  H.  A.    See  Esk  lichen 

Haarman,    L.    Securing    Asphalte    Mastic    as    a  Coating  on 

Buildings  (l'l  819 

Halicrniann,  J.    A  Sensitive  Reagent  forCarbon  Monoxide...    774 
llackh,  E.  Magnesium  Lights  for  Photographic  and  Signalling 

Purposes  (P) 5!I7 

BaddOCk,  A.  G.,  and  Keith.  J.     Manufacture  of  Alkali  (P) 433 

lladiield,  R.  A.    Alloys  of  Iron  and  i  fhromium,  and  Report  by 

F.  Osmond 910 

llaecht.  G.  V.,  and  Ohozinski,  C.    Process  and   Apparatus  for 

Tanning  (P) 1018 

llacnlein,  T.  H.  The  New  Ta eg  School  in  Freiburg, Saxony    649 

Hagemann,  C.  G.    Production  of    Paper  Pulp  and  Textile 

Fibre  (P)  1026 

Hageman  O..  and -Palmer,  T.  C.    Treatment  ofVarnish,  Oils. 

tc.  (P) fififi 


PAGE 

Hagemann,  O.  C.    Treatment  of  Soapmakers' Spent  Lye   for 

Extracting  Glycerin  therefrom  (Pi G2u 

Haigh,  F.  G.  mid  W.  C.    Fluid  Soap  (P) 928 

Haitinger,    L.    Incandescent   Bodies   for    Incandescent    Gas 

Lamps  (P) 149 

Hake.  C.  Napier,  and  Maonab,  W.   Explosives  and  their  Power  947 
Hall,  A.  T.    Treatment  of  Waste  Liquors  from  Metallurgical 
Processes  to  obtain  Sulphurous  or  Sulphuric  Acid  and 

Iron  Oxide  (l'l 613 

Treatment  of  Waste  Liquors  from  Metallurgical  Pr( sses 

to  obtain  Sulphurous  or  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Zinc  (P)  .  613 

Hall.  J.    See  Clayton  Aniline  Co G79 

Halskc     .v,r  Siemens 535 

Hamilton,  O.    Discussion  on  Destructive  Distillation  of  Wood.  401 

Hampe,  W.  Estimation  of  Manganese  by  the  Chlorate  Metho  1  4.17 

Influence  of  Arsenic,  Antimony,  and  Silicon  on  Copper .1014 

Simultaneous  Electrolytic  Deposition  of  Copper  and  Anti- 
mony (P) 695 

Hmrord.C.C.    Spraying  Devices  for  Cooling  Beer  and  other 

Liquids  (P)  833 

Hannau, C.    Occurrenceof  not'. he  Alcohol  in  Distilled  Wool 

Fa) 535 

Hannay.  J.  B.    Extracting  Gold  iron:  Minerals  (P) 2is 

Extracting  Precious  Metals  from  Ores  (P) 2  is 

Hansen,  E.  c.    Effect  of  Tartaric  Acid  on  Brewery  least 2.16 

Hansen,  R.    See  Augustenborg 52 

Hanson,  C.    Extracting  Deleterious  Matters  from  Wool  (  P)  ..  810 

Harbord.  F.  W.    See  Hutchinson 612 

Harbord,  F.  W.,  and  Hutchinson,  W..  jun.    Utilisation  of  Tin 

Plate  Scrap  (P) '. 614,  7.13 

Hard,  J.  R.,  and  Connett,  H.    Galvanic  batteries  (P) 018 

Hardwick,  J., and  Newton,  L.  A.    Precipitating  Solid   Matter 
in  Sewage,  Disinfecting  the  Effluent,  and   Preparing 

the  Sludge  for  L"vc  as  Manure  (l'l 173 

Hargreaves,  J.    Feeding  Fuel-to  Gas  Producers  and  General. 

ing  Combustible  Gas  (P)  995 

Generation  and  Combustion  of  (las  i  l'l 233 

Inducing  Combustion  of  Cases  in  Furnaces  (P) 806 

Hargreaves.  J.  1L.  and  Hudson.  J.  G.    Displacement  Pumps 

for  Cases  (PI  (illus.) SOt 

llariiack.  E.    Further  Researches  on  Ash-Free  Albumen 4.13 

Harpe,  C.  de  la.    Se,   B,everdin 157,778,902,997 

Harpf,  A.    "Argentine" 55 

Bisulphite  Process:  Boiler  Tests 452 

Harries,  J.  I».    An  Artificial  stone  (P) 7111 

Harris,  H.  I.,  and  Power,  W.  H.    Electric  Batteries  (P) 3.14 

Harris,  W.  II.    Manufacture  of  Gas  and  Apparatus  tl.ere.for 

(P) 899 

Hart.  P.    Method  of  Desulphurising  Zinc  Ores  (P) 923 

Treatment  of  Composite  Ores  containiug  Zinc  1  P) 352 

Hnrtl,  H.    Universal  Thermometer  (P) 995 

Hartley,  A.     Cask  Plant 363 

Hartley,  W.  W.    The  Acid  Action  of  Drawing  Paperof  Different 

Makes 261 

Hartley.  W.   J.V.,  and  Blenkiusop,  W.  E.  B.    Preparation  of 
Dryersor  Siccative  Material  for  Mixing  with  Paints 

(l'i  1711 

Thickening  of  Oil  <P) 415 

Hartley.  W.  X..  and  Rimage,  H.    Manganese  Borate,  its  Con- 

stii  1  lent s  and  Properties I'd 7 

Hartmann,  G.    Preserving  Meat,  to,  (P) 1024 

Hartmann.  H.     Manufacture  of   a   Resistible    Material  for 

Building  Purposes  (P) 526 

Hartog,  P.    Discussion  on  Chairman's  Address  to  Manchester 

Section 878 

Hartridge,  W.  B.    Washing  and  Purifying  Smoke  (P) 806 

Harvey,  C.  H.  G.    See  Wilson 433 

Harvey.G.  H..  and  others.    Apparatus  for  Burning  Vaporisable 

'  Oils  (P) 996 

Harvey,  R.    Evaporating  Apparatus  (P)  (illus.) 508 

Manufacture  of  Sugar  (PJ 699 

Haseloff,  B.    Production  of  a  Palatable  Kola-Nut  Powder  (P) .  .834 

ii          lever.R.    Sulphuric  Acid  Manufacture  in  1891 521 

Haslam,  A.    See  Hoyle 234 

Ilaslam.  J.    Chemical  Fire  Extinguishers  (P)  (illus.) 230 

Hnsselkuss,  P.  A.    Influence  of  Moisture  on  Vegetable  Sizing 

of  Paper 452 

Hatschek.E.  G.A.    Machinery  for  Breaking  or  Scutching  Flax 

(P) 810 

Hatschek,  M.  P..  and  others.    Preparation  and  Application  of 

Peptone  Extracts  (Pi 268 

Haubensack.  W.   Determination  of  Total  Alkaloids  in  Cinchona 

Bark 7711 

HaulT,  J.     Combined  Substances  for  Developing  Photographs 

I '    '.'37 

Preparation  and  Employment  of  Aromatic  Amido  Com- 
pounds a-  J>  -\el"]n ts  1  P) 1032 

Use  of  Aromatic  Amido-Compounds  and    Derivatives  of 

Pyrogallol  for  Developing  Photographs  (P) 937 

H  ausdi  irfer,  A .    See  Bischoff 808 

Hauser,  II.    Secondary  Batteries  (P) 249 


Dec  a.  1MB.]       THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE  SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Hausser  and  Muller.    Rate  of  Decomposition  of  Diazo-Com- 

pi 'u  n  lis 672 

Haussermann,  C.    Analysis  of  Chrome  Iron  Ore 1S2 

Preparation  of  ^-Trinitrotoluene 235 

Hawitsky,  I'.    Dextro-Rotatory  Terpens  from  the   Leaves  of 

the  Siberian  Cedar 368 

Hawkins  B.  M.    See  Meldola 640 

Hawkins,  T.    See  Hawkins,  "W 823 

Hawkins,   W.r  ami   others.     Generators   for   Production   of 

Hydrogen  Gas  (P) 1004 

Metallic  Block  for  Production  of  Hydrogen  (Pi 823 

Hawksley,  G.  W.    Supplying  Heated  Air  to  Furnaces  (P)  —    096 

Hayes,  T.  H.    See  Stones 100G 

I  la/en,  A.    New  Colour-Standard  for  Natural  Waters LOW 

Heald,  A.    Appliances  for  Use  with  Incandescent  Lamps  (P)  .     7:35 
Healey,  B.  D.    Cauldrons  for  Pitch  and  Tatty  Substances  I  P)      fct6 

Heathfeld,  R.    Coating  or  Cleaning  Metals  (P) I  B 

Heeht,  H.    The  Preparation  of  Gold  Glaze  tor  Stoneware 1(2 

Ueerlein,  W.    Caffeine  and  Coflcc  Distillate  and  their  Physio- 
logical E  Seel  a 834 

Heiizerlinir,  C.,  and  Pahl,  W,    Experiments  to  Determine  the 

Effect  of  Substances  usually  added  to  Caoutchouc  (Pi .    536 

Helbing,  H.    Modern  Materia  Medica 782 

Helbing,  H„  and  Passmore.    Artificial  Salicylic  Acid 455 

Analysis  of  Coal-Tar  Preparations  . ... 848 

Eucalyptus  Oil 837 

Helbing,  II..  and  Passmore,  F,  \V.    Bromide  of  Potassium 705 

Chloroform  Pictel 836 

Hellesen,  W.    Porous  Carbon  for  Batteries  and  Filters  (P) ....  1016 
Hellstrtiin,  C.  D.    Apparatus  for  Extracting  Fatty  Particles 

from  Emulsions  <P)  (illus.) 170 

Hempel.    See  Albert  i 273,  402 

Hencke.  II.    Method  and  Apparatus  for  Drying  and  Evapora- 
ting (P) 628 

Henderson,  G.    See  Trent 928 

Henderson,  G.  G.     Discussion    on    Composition  of   Mineral 

Waters 330 

Proceedings  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting 569 

Henderson,  J.  F.    Manufacture  of  Uufermented  Wine  (  P) 543 

Henderson,  N.  A.  C.    Treatingand  Purifying  Paraffin  Wax  (Pi    599 

Henderson,  W.  C,    Water-filtering  Apparatus  (P) 894 

Henneberg,  W.    See  Pape 140 

II en n in.  A.     Production  of  Heating  Gas  and  Ammonia 734 

Simultaneous  Production  of  Ammonia,  Tar.  and  Heating 

Gas 233 

Henrichsen, O.    Dry  Element  fur  Electrical  Purposes  (P) 248 

Hen  wood,  E.  N.     Method  of  Using  Hydrocarbon  Oils    for 

1 1  e; iting  <P) 735 

Hepp,  E.    See  Fischer 156 

Herons,  W.  C.    Apparatus  for  Concentrating  Acids  (P) 36 

Hermite,    B..  ami    Duboscq,   A.      Electrolytic    Production  of 

Alkaline  or  Earthy  Bases  and  their  Salts  (Pj 1015 

HerrcMschmidt,  ff.'L.    Treating  certain  Mattes  for  the  Sepa- 
ration of  Nickel  and  Cobalt  from  Copper  (P)  694 

Treatment  of  Silicated  Nickel  Ores,  and  Pyritic  Ores  of 

Nickel,  Copper,  and  Cobalt  ( P) 618 

Herscbcr,  ('.     Apparatus  for  use  in  Disinfecting  (P) 631 

Hertkorn,  J.    On  Testing  "  Liquor  Ammonite  " 457 

Herz,  A.    See  Miles,  jun 822 

Herzberg,  W,    Quantitative  Determination  of  Fibres  used  in 

1  'aper-making 638 

S;iiviy  Paper 034 

simple  Method  of  Estimating  Rosin-Size  in  Paper 6:iS 

Utilising  Residue  of  Potato-Starch  Works  in  Paper-making    934 

Herzberg,  W-,  and  Polonowsky,  M.    Action  of  Nitrous  Acid  on 

Tel  ramethyldiamidobenzophenone 150 

Herzfeld,  A.    The  Best  Means  of  Valuing  Raw  Sugar 541 

Hesketh.  E..aud  Mareet,  A.    Apparatus  for  Producing  Cold 

(P) lis 

Heskin,  T.    Appliances  for  Producing  Light  by  Incandescence 

(P)  (illus.)  21 

Hess,  A.    Discussion  on  the  Analysis  of  Fats 14*.  1  IS 

Hesse,  O.    Action  of  Methyl  Iodide  on  Cupreine  and  Quinine  .     177 

Carotin 1U27 

Cincholine  and  Fluoroline 936 

Compounds  of  Quinine  with  Hydrochloric  Acid 170 

Investigations  on  Coca  Leaves 1020 

Isocinchonine 177 

Sulphonic  Acids  of  some  of  the  Cinchona  Alkaloids 17<; 

The  Alkaloids  of  certain  of  the  Solanacese 030 

Heusler,  F.    The  Chemistry  of  Brown-Coal  Tar 071 

Hewitt,  D.  B.    Discussion  on  Chairman's  Address  to  Man- 
chester Section.... S7S 

Hoyden,  Nacbfolger,  F.  von.    Manufacture  of  Isol-Eugenoland 

PoIy-lso-Eugeuol ^3;} 

Production    of    Mono-   Bromo-    and    l)i-bromo-para-oxy- 

benzoic  Acid  (P) ', .     3(59 

Production  of  Ortho-oxydiphenyl-carbon-Acid  (P) 344 

Production    of    Salicylic     Acid    Derivatives    containing 

Chlorine  and  Sulphur  (P) ,     369 


PAGE 

Heyer,  C.    Technical  Analysis  of  Calcined  Vinasse  from  Beet- 
root Molasses 162 

Hi 'vnKUin,  K.     Synthesis  of    Indigo-disulphonic  Acid   (Indigo- 

Carmine) 25 

Hiekozi  H.  E.    Polishing  Composition  (P) 170 

Higgin,  W.  II.    Utilisation  of    Esparto  Liquor  and  Similar 

Wastes  (V\ 771 

Higirins,C.N.    Inks  for  Printing,  Stamping,  &c.  (P)  302 

Mucilages,  Sizes,  and  Adhesive  Compounds  (P) 417 

Hill,  A.  J.  E.     Enlarging  Photographic  Gelatine  Films  (PI  ...  179 
HiUyard,  J.,  and  Dugdale,  E.     Manufacture  of  Beer  and  Porter 

(P) 1022 

Hirsch,  J.    Manufacture  of  Cube  and  Loaf  Sugar  { P) 448 

Hirsch,  O.    Jar  or  Cell  for  Galvanic  Batteries  (P) 1016 

Hirzel.H.    Still  Columns  (P) 663 

Hlawatv.   P..  and  Kanitz,  A.    Manufacture  of    Washing  Soap 

(P) 827 

Hodgkinson,  W.  R.,  and  Limpach,  L.      Methoxyamido-1  :S- 

Dimethylbenzene  and  some  of  its  Derivatives 999 

Hoepfner,  C.    Apparatus  for  Electro-Metallurgical  Operations 

(Pi 1015 

Electrolytic  Extraction  of  Metals  (Pi 535 

Hof,  A.    Apparatus  for  Carbonising  Shoddy  (P) 743 

Hoffmann,  H.    Disacerbation  of  Kola-Nut  Powder  (P) 1024 

Hoffmeister,  W.    On  Cellulose  and  its  forms 452 

Herman,  J.    See  Robertson S47 

Hogarth,  J.    Testing  and  Recording  the   Properties  of  Flour 

and  Dough  (P) 029 

Hogben,  W.    Discussion  on  Celluloid 224 

Properties  and  Manufacture  of  Celluloid 222 

Hdhnel,  F.  von.    On  Fibres  made  from  Leaves  of  Fir  Trees 426 

Testing  Paper  for  Wood  Fibre 1st 

Holcroft,  H.    Apparatus  for  Washing  Photographic  Prints,  Ac. 

( P) 936 

Holde.    Apparatus  for   Extracting   Liquids  and  Pulpy   Sub- 
stances (illus.) 939 

Changes   in   Lubricating  Oils  and  their   Adulterants  on 

Keeping '. 619 

Examination  of  Lubricating  Vegetable  Oils 037 

The  Qualitative  Reactions  of  Vegetable  Lubricating  <  His. .  271 

Viscosity  at  Low  Temperatures  of  Black  Mineral  Oils 941 

Hi  .llander.    On  Pental 453 

Holliday,  J.  S.    Artificial  Stones  ( P) 526 

Holliday,  T.    See  Read,  Holliday,  and  Sons 344 

Hollick,  P.  B.    Fabrics  for  Sacks  or  Bags  (P) 158 

Holmes,  J.    Cinchona [-54 

1  loca  Leaves 454 

Eucalyptus  Oil 455 

Holmgren-Holme,  E.  W.   Holders  for  Jars,  Carboys, Demijohns, 

&c.  (P)  (illus.)  804 

Honinan,  A.,  and  Vullier,  V.    Manufacture  of  White  Lead  (P)  361 

Hood,  J.  J.    See  de  Mosenthal 773 

Hood,  J.  J.,  and  Salamon,  A.  G.     Manufacture  of   Cyanogen 

Compounds  (P) 816 

Hope,  A.  P.    Treating  Sewage  and  other  Noxious  Matters  (P)  934 
Hfipfner.  C.    Treating  Cupreous  Liquors  for  Utilisation  thereof 

(P) 351 

Hopkinson,  J.    Density  of  Nickel  and  Iron 603 

Horn,  F.  M.    Grape-seed  Oil  and  its  Technical  Application 44 

Horrobin,  A.    See  Leech 446 

Horton,  W.  H.,  and  Taylor,  E.  M.    Dry  Soap  or  Soap-Powder 

(P) 1017 

Hossack.  A  ,  and  Bull,  H.  C.     Treatment  of  Sewage  (P) 680 

Houdas,  J.    Researches  on  Digitalein 454 

Hovenden,  P.  G.    See  Orr 259 

Howard,  D.    Analysis  of  Now  Cinchona  Barks 837 

Discussion  on  Destructive  Distillation  of  Wood 402 

Discussion  on  Fluid  Specific  Gravity  Determination 303 

Eulogy  on  the  late  Professor  A.  W.  von  Hofmann ^ 180 

Proceedings  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting 577 

Howe,  H.  M.    The  Copper  Mines  of  Vermont 246 

Howell,  J.  C.    See  The  Rovello  Syndicate 826 

See  Williams 217 

Howitt.  J.  J.    Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of  Carbonates  of 

Soda  ( P ) 238 

Hoyle,  J.    See  Fletcher 894 

Hoyle,  S.,  and  Haslam,  A.    Means  for  Consuming  Smoke  (P)  .  2;;t 
Hradil,  J.    Increasing  the  Formation  of  Cells  during  Fermen- 
tation (P) 257 

Hubener.  H.     Manufacture  of  Artificial  Mineral  Waters  (P)..  258 

Hudson.  J.  G.    Apparatus  for  Producing  Light  (P) 806 

See  Hargreaves 804 

Hughes,  J.    Painting  Creosoted  Poles,  &c.  (P) 020 

Hughes,  S.,  and  Richards,  W.    Gas  Works,  their  Construction, 

Ac 465 

Hughes,  W.  II.,  and  Roa  botbam,  A.    Cleaning.  Restoring,  and 

Bleaching  Damaged  Cotton  and  Textiles  (PJ 712 

Hugues,  L.    Apparatus  for  Distillation  «,f  Fatty  Acids  (P) 757 

Huillard,  A.    Decolorising  and  Clarifying  Tanning  Liquors  and 

Extracts  (P)  539 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Deo.  31,1892. 


PARE 

Hull,  C.  S.    See  Burns 48 

Hulme,  J.V.    Printing  Calicos  and  Woven  Fabrics  (P)  (illus.)  160 

Hummel,  J.  J.    Discussion  on  Fast  and  Fugitive  Dyes 13 

Discussion  on  Primitive  Methods  of  Dyeing 992 

Discussion  on  the  Analysis  of  Fats  144 

Fast  and  Fugitive  Dyes 12 

Primitive  Modes  of  Dyeing 991 

Hunaeus,  P.    Manufacture  of  Celluloid  Balls  (P) 935 

Hunkel,  0.  G.    Fire-Extinguishing  and    Fire-proofing    Com- 
pound (P) 908 

Hunt,  A.  E.    Aluminium:  its  Manufacture  and  Uses  from  an 

Engineering;  Standpoint 752 

Hunt.  T.  Sterry.    Systematic  Mineralogy 186 

Hunting,  N.    Apparatus  for  Distilling  Water  in  Presence  of 

Air  (P)  509 

Huntington,  A.  K.,  and  Prestige.  J.  T..  jun.    Copper  Alloys 

(P) 922 

Huppertsberg.    See  Trobach 818 

Hurst.G.  H.    A  Dictionary  of  the  Coal-Tar  Colours 374 

A    Practical    Manual   on   Printers'    Colours,    Oils,   and 

Varnishes 1041 

A  Viscometer  for  Oils  (illus.)  418 

Silk  Dyeing,  Printing,  and  Finishing 374 

Hurter,  F.    Discussion  on  Legislation  on  Noxious  Gases  . .     123,  :S11 

Sisede  Wilde 907 

Husselbee,  A.    See  Rylands 818 

Hutchinson,  C.  C.    See  Johnson 590,  922,  993 

Hutchinson,  W.,  jun.    See  Harbonl 614,  753 

Hutchinson.  W.,  and  Harbord,  F.  W.    Manufacture  of  Iron 

and  Steel  (P) 612 

Hut  ehiss, ,ii,  K.    Manufacture  of  Lubricants  (P) 758 


I 


Icthyol  Gesellscliaft  Cordes,  Hermann]  and  Co.    Coatings  for 

Therapeutical  Purposes  (P) 179 

Ideson,  C.    Gassing  Silk  and  other  Yarns  (P) 903 

Innuerbeiser,  C.    See  Medicus 765 

Isaac.F.V.    See  Cross 906 

ltallie,  L.  van.    The  Alkaloids  of  Belladonna  Extract 632 


Jablen-Gonnet.    Action  of  Benzyl  Chloride  on  Meta-zylidine. .  230 

Jahlochkoff,  P.    Voltaic  Batteries  (P)  617 

Jacks,  R.    Composition  for  Coating  Ships'  Plates  (P) 538 

Jackson,  C.  N.    A  Substitute  for  Gutta-Percha  (P) 697 

Jackson,  J.  R.    Notes  on  the  Vegetable  Products  of  Tropical 

Africa 377 

Jacobsen,  Emil.   Chemisch-Technisches  Repertorium  05, 37 1, 460, 641 

Jacquemin,  P.    See  Briart 816 

Jaehne,  O.    Manufacture  of  Superphosphate 698 

JatK,  B..  and  Darmstaedter.  L.    Separation  of  Wool- Wax  from 

Wool-Fat,  and  Preparation  of  Lanolin  (P) 928 

Jahns,  E.    The  Alkaloids  of  the  Areca  Nut 57 

Jahoda,  R.    See  Goldschmidt 366 

James,  < '.    See  Nicholls' 443 

Smelting  Complex  Silver  Ores  (P) 922 

Treating  Plnmbiferous  Copper  Mattes  and  Ores  (P) 353 

Tames,  W.  H.    Manufacture  of  White  Lead  (P) 620 

Jauda,  F.    Effect  of  Heat  on  Mercury  Compounds 751,  <H9 

Jandrier,  E.    A  Nitre-Derivative  of  Antipyrine 706 

Jannasch,  P.,  and  AschofT,  K.    Determination  of  Sulphur  in 

Galena,  &c ; 158 

New  Direct  Separation  of  Chlorine,  Bromine,  and  Iodine. .  8  r, 

Quantitative  Separation  of  Iodine  and  Chlorine 846 

Wit  Methods  of  Analysis  of  Galena 158 

Jannasch,  P.,  and  Bickes,  T.     Dry  Method  of  Analysis  of 

Galena 547 

Jannasch.  P..  and  El/..,  P.    Separation  of  the  Metals  of, the 

Hydrogen  Sulphide  Group 710 

Jannasch,  P.,  and  Niederhofheim.  R.     Estimations  in  Alkaline 

Solution  by  Aid  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide 270 

Jannasch.  P..  and  Wasovricss,  V.     Quantitative  Analysis   of 

Sulphides 457 

Jay,  M.  H.    Lixiviation  of  Apples  in  Cider-making 1019 

Jayne,  H.  W.    Synthetical  Carbolic  Acid 264 

Jean,  F.    Analysis  of  Commercial  Yolk  of  Egg 941 

Manufacture  of  Tanning  Liquors  and  Extracts  i  illus.  t 46 

( Optical  and  Chemical  Analysis  of  Butter 915 

Jean,  F.,  and  Trillat.    Note  on  the  Estimation  of  Potash 775 

.leantv.  V.     Apparatus  for  Supplying  Liquids  to  Series   of 

Electric  Batteries  (P) 617 


PACE 

Jefferies,  s.    Machine  for  Making  Bricks, Tiles,  fee.  (P) ooo 

Jettel.W.    Progress  of  the  Match  Industry xr.i 

Joannis.    Some  well-defined  Alloys  of  Sodium OH 

Johnson,  G.  M.,  and  Cock,  E.  de.    Treating  Beer  to  Improve 

its  Quality  and  Colour  (P) 7<m 

Johnson.  S.  H.,  and  Hutchinson,  C.  C.    Air  Compressors  (P) 

(illus.) :»:>3 

Apparatus  for  Mixing  Liquids  with  Liquids  and  Solids  (P)  596 

Leaching  Ores  and  Apparatus  therefor  (P)  922 

Johnson,  S.  W.,  and  Osborne,  T.  B.  Determination  of  Phos- 
phoric Acid  in  Presence  of  Iron  and  Aluminium 777 

Johnston.  G.    Apparatus  for  Drying  Moist   Substances   (P) 

(illus.) 803 

Johnstone,  W.    Detection  of  Foreign  Fats  in  Butter 1039 

Jones,  A.    See  Coinet' 029 

St  e  Ridsdale 445 

Jones,  A.  O.    Manufacture  of  Artificial  Fuel,  using  Sewage 

therein  (P) 597 

Joues,  C.    Volumetric  Estimation  of  Mercury 371 

Jones,  D.  E.    Lessons  in  Light  and  Heat 782 

Jones,  F.J.    Production  of  Coke 151 

Jones,  H.  P.    A  Non-oxidising  Process  of  Annealing 608 

Jones,  T.    Apparatus  for  Galvanising  Sheets  and  Plates  of 

Iron  (P)   614 

Machine  for  Galvanising  Pipes,  Bars,1  Hoops,  &c.  (P) 612 

Jolliffe,  C.  F.     Means   for  Treating  Brewers'  Wort  during 

Fermentation  (P) 257 

Jordan,  R.  J.    Compound  for  Cleansing  Purposes o-JO 

Juillard,  P.    The  Composition  of  Turkey-Red  Oil 355 

Jungfleisch,  E.    Production  of  Sulphate  of  Quinine 177 

Jury,  F.    See  Lodge 749 

Juterbock,  G.    Material  for  Making  Amalgam  for  Filling  Teeth, 

and  Manufacturing  the  same  (P)  353 


K 

Kaflenberger,  G.    Digesting  Apparatus  (P) 422, 508 

Kaiser,  W.,  and  Reissert,  A.    Juloles 073 

Kalle  and  Co.    Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters  (P) 678 

Kanitz,  A.    See  Hlawaty 827 

Karpinsky.    The  Gold  and  Platinum  Industry  of  the  Ural ....  532 

Kast.  H.,  and  Lagai,  G.    Sulphur  Compounds  in  Petroleum. . .  598 

Kast,  H.,  and  Seiduer,  S.    The  Formation  of  Solid  Paraffin  . . .  598 

Kaufmann,  H.    See  Witt 155 

Kaydl.    Inversion  and  Estimation  of  Raffinose 463 

Kaye,  A.    See  Collins 895 

Kayser  Patent  Co.,  The.     Manufacture    of    Caustic   Alkali, 
Carbonates  of    the   Alkaline    Metals,   and    Muriatic 

Acid,  and  Apparatus  therefor  (P)  36 

Keller.  A.    The  Phosphate  Beds  cf  Florida 539 

Keller,  A.  L.    A  New  Fuel  (P) 149 

Kelley,  J.  H.    Comparative  Value  of  Brimstone  and  Pyrites 
in  the  Manufacture  of  Sulphuric  Acid  in  the  LTnited 

States 814 

Kellner.  C.    Apparatus  for  Electrolytic  Production  of  Chlorine 

and  Alkalis  (P) 755 

Bleaching  Paper  Pulp,  Jtc.  (P)  (illus.) 431 

Electro-Chemical  Production  of  Bleaching  Agents  ( P)  ....  755 

Increasing  the  Bleaching  Properties  of  Chlorine  Gas  (P) . .  354 

Manufacture  of  Bleaching  Powder  (P) 239 

Manufacture  of    Chlorine  and  Alkaline  Carbonates  (P) 

(illus.)  523 

Production  of  Hydrogen  and  Chlorine  (P)  239 

Separation  of  Electrolvtic  Alkali  from  the  Undecomposed 

Electrolyte  (P) 756 

Kennedy.  C.  W.    Plastic  Compounds,  Manufacture  of  (P) 1012 

Kennedy.H.    Coke  Ovens  (Pj  807 

Kennedy,  P.,  and  Diss,  C.  J.    Secondary  Batteries  (P)....    926,927 

Kenyon,  S.    Composition  for  Dressing  Belting,  &c.  (P) 1017 

Kerckhove,  A.V.  Construction  and  Support  of  Large  Electrodes 

(P) 1015 

Kerfoot,  T.    Manufacture  of  Granular  Effervescible  Mixtures 

(P) 838 

Kern,  L.    Preventing  Escape  of  Noxious  Gases  during  Bleach- 
ing Textiles  (P) 745 

Production  of  Adhesive  Substances  from  Tree  Gums  (P) . .  .",42 

Kerosine  Co.,  Lim.,  The.    See  Dvorkovitz 152 

Kerr.  E.    Metallurgical  Furnaces  (P) 015 

Kerr,  W.  A.    Composition  for  the  Manufacture  of  Bricks, 

Crucibles,  &e.  (P)  523 

Kertesz.  A.    Applications    of    New    Insoluble  Azo-Colouring 

Matters  for  Cotton  Dyeing 31 

Some  New  Dyes  Fast  to  Milling  anil  Washing 741. 

Keseling,  J.  E.,  and  Fuchs,  C.    Artificial  Stone  Composition 

(P) 908 

Kessler,  J.  L.    Apparatus  for  Concentration  of  Sulphuric  Acid 

(P)  (illus.) 434 


Dee.31,1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Kestncr.  P.    Apparatus  for  Raising  Liquid  (P)  (illus.) tint 

Keston.  H.    See  Cole 7« 

Ketchum,  J.    Lubricating  Compound  (P)  170 

Kiliani,  H.    Digitalin  771 

See  Miller 65 

Kimniins.  C.  W.,  and  Craig.  T.    Separation  or  Treatment  of 

Patty  Matters  from  Wash-waters  (P) 169 

Kineh,  E.    The  Valuation  of  Feeding  Stuffs 701 

King.  J.    Liquid  Polish  for  Cleaning  Metals  (P) 020 

Kipping,  F.  S.    See  Armstrong 67 

Kirchoff,  W.  P.  and  J.  W.    Manufacture  of  Candy  (P) 512 

Kirkaldy,  J.    Apparatus  for  Distilling  Water  (P) 595 

Kirsch,  B.    Tempered  Copper 41 

Kitschelt,  M.    See  Bamberger 907 

Kitson,  A.    Apparatus  for  Manufacturing  Gas  (P) 149 

Fuel  Gas ;  its  Production  and  Distribution 423 

Kitson.  Sir  J.    Discussion  on  Measures 221 

Kjeldahl,  J.    Choline  as  a  Constituent  of  Beer 181 

Kliemetsehek,  A.    See  Sobotka 700 

Klingemanu,  F.    See  Laycock 599 

Klinka.  P.    Producing  Flat  Reliefs  for  Wall  Papers,  .to.  (P)  . .  935 

Klobb,  T.    Mineralising  Action  of  Sulphate  of  Ammonia 781 

Klonne,  A.,  and  Bredel,  F.    Setting  and  Heating  Retorts  (P).  597 

Knebel,  E.    Chemistry  of  the  Kola  Nut 5 15 

Knecht,  E.    Amounts  of  Tannic  Acid  absorbed  by  Cotton  ....  129 

Discussion  on  Action  of  Chlorine  on  Woo] 131 

The  Action  of  Chlorine  on  Wool 131 

Knorr,  L.,  and  Taufkirch,    H.    /3-Mcthylamidocrotonanilide 

and  its  Relation  to  Antipyrine 706 

Knorre,  A.    Manufacture  of  Artificial  Manure  (P) 541 

Knowles,  J.    Discussion  on  Action  of  Chlorine  on  Wool 131 

Laundry  Blue  (P) 45 

Knowles,  S.  and  J.    Machines  for  Printing  Sarees,  Scarves, 

&c.  (P) 680 

Robert,  E.  R.    Blood-forming  Substance  and  Production  of 

Same  (P) 933 

Robert,  R.    The  Action  of  Beer  on  Aluminium 830 

Kohlmann,  B.    Weighting  of  Leather 549 

Kohn,  C.  A.    Discussion  on  Aluminium 128 

Discussion  on  Technology  of  India-rubber 974 

Kohrmann,  L.    Apparatus  for  Ejecting  or  Withdrawing  Gases 

from  Pipes  and  Chambers  (P) 422 

Kolb,  J.    Production  of  Chlorine  (P) 238 

Kclbe,  C.    Manufacture  of  Salols  and  Analogous  Compounds 

<F> 68 

Konig,  F.    Manufacture  of  Champagne  and  other  Beverages 

charged  with  Carbonic  Acid  (P) 51 

Konig,  J.    Fruit  of  the  Wax  Palm  as  a  Coffee  Substitute 172 

KOnigs,  W.    Condensations  of  Chloral  and  Butylehlnral  with 

Paraldehyde  and  Ketones 640 

Konther,  F.    A  New  Siphon  (illus.) 181 

Kopke,  C.  H.    Fireproof  Material  (P) 165 

Kostaneeki.  St.  v.    Sec  Ganelin 425 

Koyd,  T.    Precipitation   of  Raffinose  by  Ammoniacal    Lead 

Acetate 778 

Kraemer,  G.,  and  Spilker,  A.    Artificial  Luliricating  Oils — the 

Condensation  Pioducts  of  Ally]  Alcohol  with  Methy- 
lated Benzenes 22 

Krantz.  II.,  and  Zeissler,  II.    Decorating  Metal  Articles  with 

other  Metals  deposited  thereon  (P) 616 

Reproducing  Photographs  (P) i,:\:, 

Photo-etching  on  Zinc  and  Copper  (P)  635 

Preparation    of   Lithographic    Stones  for  Half-tone  and 

Colour  Printing  (P) t;35 

Kranseder,  F.  and  Lentsch,  A.    Apparatus  for  Drying  Sheets 

of  Glue,  i:c.  (P) 1018 

Kreinsen,  A.  F.  W.    Melting  Metals,  &c.  by  Electricity  (P)...  1016 

Kremers,  E.    On  Citronellone 935 

Kressel,  E.    Copal  Resins 82S 

Krizek,  A.  and  Esehe,  R.    Improvements  in  Size  (P) 253 

Krug,   W.    H.      Determination  of    Iron  and  Aluminium  in 

Presence  of  Phosphoric  Acid .,  636 

Kruss,  G.    Zeitschrift  fur  Anorganische  Chemie 374 

Kuchenmeister,  E.    Manufacture  of  Vinegar  (P) 907 

Kugel,  Dr.  Purification  of  Sulphuric  Acid  for  Accumulators . .  826 
Kuntze,  P.    Manufacture  of' Ammonia  and  Tar,  and  Apparatus 

therefor  (P) .' 511 

Kuriloff,  B.    The  Terpenes  of,  the  Oil  from  the  Resin  of  the 

Pine 869 

Kynaston,  J.  W.    Manufacture  of  Sulphate  of  Alumina  (P)  ...  161 


Labatat.    Photography  in  Colours 2C6 

Laberie,  P.    Apparatus  for  Evaporating  Saccharine  Solutions 

(P)  1019 


PAGE 

Labois,  L.    Manufacture  of  White  Lead  (P) 696 

ReHning  Sulphur  anil  Distilling  Ores  ( P) 687 

Treatment  of  Sulphur   Ores,  Crude  Sulphur,  Ozokerites, 

&c.  (P) 694 

Lachaud,  M.,  and   Lepicrre,  C.    New  method  of  Examining 

Chrome  Yellows 269 

Lafont,  J.    See  Boucbardat 268 

Lafontaine,  C.  M.    Purifying  Raw  Sugar  and  Converting  same 

into  Blocks  or  Ingots  (P) 1019 

Lagai,  G.    See  Kast 598 

Lainer,  A.    Quantitative  Determination  of  Silver  and  Gold.. .  710 
Quantitative  Estimation  of  Silver  and  Gold  by  Means  of 

Hydroxylamine  Hydrochloride 271 

Laing,  J.    Discussion  on  Celluloid 224 

Distillation  of  Mineral  Oils  and  Light  Bodies  ( P)  341 

Laire,  et  Cie,  La  Soc.  de.    Manufacture  of  Vanilloyl  Carbonic 

Acid  and  of  Vanilline  (P) ■ 1031 

Lamarre,  C.  B.  de.    Manufacture  of  Illuminating  Gas  (P) 735 

Lamattina,  L.    Converting  Refuse  into  Manure  (P) 364 

Lamb,  D.  J.  M.    Electric  or  Galvanic  Batteries  (P) 249 

Lambilly,  P.  R.  de.    Production  of  Alkaline  Cyanides  (P)   ....  604 

Larabilly,  Viscount  de.    Production  of  Alkaline  Cyanides  (P)  .  1006 

Landener,  E.    Manufacture  of  Explosive  Substances  (P) 1032 

Lange,  B,    See  Selwig 635 

Langen,  E.    Refining  Sugar  (P) 448, 1019 

Langer,  T.    Softening  Brewing  Water.and  Treatment  of  Hard 

Water  containing  Soda  (P) 543 

Langville,    L.   S.     Production   of   Carbon  from   Paper-Pulp 

Residue  (P) 935 

Lares,  K.    Coke  Furnace  or  Oven  (P) 235 

Laspee,  H.  de.    See  Alexander,  J.,  and  Co 827 

Lauber,  P.    Electric  Accumulators  (P) 43 

Lauboeck,  G.    Japanese  Paper st; 

Lauder,  A.    See  Dobbie 264,  633 

Laurie,  A.  P.    Durability  of  Modern  Pigments  in  Oil 251 

The  Pigments  and  Vehicles  of  the  Old  Masters 170 

Lauth,  C.    New  Method  of  Preparing  Amido-alizarin 236 

On  Diamido  sulphobenzide  and  some  of  its  Derivatives. . .  737 
Laves,  E.    The  Colour  Reactions  of  Furfurol,  and  a  Modilica- 

tion  of  Weppen's  Veratrine  Reaction 818 

Lavollee,  C.    Report  on  the  Petroleum  Tariff  in  France 67 

Lawes,  Sir  J.  B.,  and  Gilbert,  J.  H.     The  Sources  of  the 

Nitrogen  of  our  Leguminous  Crops 253 

Lawrence,  J.    Extracting  Nitroglycerin  from  Waste  Acid  (P).  773 

Dawson,  J.  C.    Manufacture  of  Oxygen  (P) 58 

Lawton,  A.  L.,  and  Dodge,  W.  S.    Manufacture  of  Salt  (P) . . . .  768 

Lawton,  C.  F.    Improvements  in  Brewing  (P) 628, 629 

Laycock,    W.    F.,    and    Klingemanu,    F.       Examination   of 
Products  obtained  by  Dry  Distillation  of  Bran  with 

Lime 599 

Leader,  W.    Marking  Glass  by  Acid  (P) 524 

Leaker,  R.  H.    Distributing  and  Aerating  Brewers'  Wort  (P)  51 

Kilning  Malt,  and  Apparatus  therefor  ( P) 932 

Pneumatic  Malting,  and  Apparatus  therefor  (P) iii>2 

See  Oakhill 259 

Lean,    B.,   and    Bone,    W.   A.     Behaviour   of   Ethylene   on 

Explosion 99,5 

Leather,  J.  W.    Discussion  on  Agricultural  Fertilisers  and 

Legislation 411 

Lebedeff,  N.    Extraction  and  Treatment  of  Metals  (P) 923 

Lebiedieff,  N.     Conversion  of  Cast  Iron  into  Wrought  Iron 

and  Steel 245 

Direct  Production  of  Metals  from  their  Ores 245 

Lecco,  M.  T.    Determination  of  Glycerol  in  Sweet  Wines loss 

Estimation  of  Glycerol  in  Wine 550 

Le  Chatelier,  H.    Ferruginous  Medicinal  Preparations 1026 

On  the  Optical  Measurement  of  High  Temperatures  . .    774,  774 

See  Carnot 840 

Temperatures  Developed  in  Industrial  Furnaces '.'.  t;07 

The  Metallic  Borates (303 

Lederer,  L.    Synthesis  of  Oxygenated  Pyrazole  Derivatives  ...  368 
Le  Due,  A.   On  a  New  Hydrate  of  Copper,  and  on  the  Prepara- 
tion of  Pure  Nitrogen 2119 

The   Composition   of    the  Atmosphere,  and   Gravimetric 

Method  for  Determining  Same 270 

Lee,  J.    See  White S 700 

Lee,  J.  B.    Construction  of  Secoudary  Batteries  (P) 827 

Leech,  F.  L.,  and  Horrobin,  A.    Waterproofing  and  Rust  Pre- 
venting Composition  (P) 44$ 

Leech,  S.  H.    See  Dotilton 35 

Leeds,  F.  H.    Notes  on  Rosin  Oil 30s 

Legenisel,  E.    See  Walrand , 822 

Lehne,  A.    See  Noelting 276 

Lehner,  F.    Manufacture  of  Artificial  Silk  and  Mixed  Threads 

(P) 680 

Leibeck ,  C.    Lupanine 453 

Leith.J.    See  Haddock 433 

Lembach,  A.,  and  others.    Soluble  Quinoline  Antiseptics  (P)..  452 

Lencauchez,  A.    See  Comp.  des  Fonderies,  &c 234 

Lender,  R.    Rust-  and  Acid-Proof  Paint  (P) S6j 


XU 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Dec 81, 1892. 


PAGE 

Le  Neve- Foster,  II.    Manufacture  of  Iron  (P) 922 

Lengfeld,  P.,  ami  Paparelli,  L.    De termination  of  tlie  Purity  of 

Olive  «)iN 943 

Lennard,  F.    Apparatus  for  Carburetting,  Distilling;,  &c.  (I')..  2  ;i 

Process  and  Apparatus  for  Distilling  Tar,  &c.  (f) 151 

Lentsch,  A.    See  Krauseder 1018 

I..-  i.     Krit-art.trv  Pricks  of  Magnesia  and  Chrome  Iron  <  (re  ...  L66 

The  "Ore  "Process  in  the  I  la  si- ■  Open-Hearth  Furnace...  2t;i 

Leon,  J.  T.    X  e  Wright 245 

Leonhardt,  A.,  ami  Co.    Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters  (P) 

157,  516,  SOS 

Manufacture  of  Di-alkyl-ineta-aiuido-cresols  (P) 28 

Lepiei  re,  I '.    Si  e  Lachaud 209 

Le  Roy,  O.  A.    Action  uf  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Nitric  Acid  on 

Aluminium 166,918 

Lesenberg,  C.C.,  and  Foppenberg,  J.  von  der.    Dr.\  Galvanic 

I'.at teries  (P) 927 

Lespicah,  K.    On  Picene 235 

Le  Sueur,  A.    Improvements  in  Electrolysis  (P) 7 -"5 

Leunig,  F.    Apparatus  for  Measuring  Tensibility  and  Breaking 

straining  of  Paper,  &c.  (P) 158 

Apparatus  for  Measuring  Tensibility  of  Paper,  &<■.  (P)....  175 

Levat,  D.    Progress  of  the  Metallurgy  of  Nickel P20 

Le^er,  E.  E.    Preparing  Bleaching   Powder  ami    Liquor  by 

Electrolysis  ( P) 249 

Levinstein,  I.    Address  to  Manchester  Section 875 

Discussion  on  Action  of  Chlorine  on  Wool 181 

Discussion  on  Chairman's  Address  to  Manchester  Section.  879 

Discussion  on  Cost  of  Sewage  Treatment 9, 10 

Discussion  on  Estimation  of  Nitrogen  in  Coal-Gas 417 

Discussion  on  Manufacture  of  Oxygen  Gas 819 

Material  for  Use  in  Production  of  Colouring  Matters  (P)  .  29 

L.vy,  M.    The  Hops  of  the  Year  1891 it'll) 

Lewes,  V.  B.     Discussion  on  Oil-Gas  from  Russian  Petroleum.  590 

The  Luminosity  of  Coal-Gas  Flames 231 

The  *  Miu'iii  of  Acetylene  in  Flames 340 

The  Production  of  Od-Gas  from  Russian  Petroleum 58t 

Lewkowitsch,  J.    Contributions  to  the  Analysis  of  Eats Kit 

Discussion  on  Fast  and  Fugitive  Dyes 13 

Discussion  on  Impurities  in  Coal-Gas 419 

Discussion  on  Measures 22! 

Discussion  on  the  Analysis  of  Eats 115 

Leydeckcr,  H.    Utilising  Heated  Air  in  Drying  Apparatus  (P)  509 

Leykauf.    Compounds  of  Stannic  and  Chromic  Oxides 748 

Leze  and  Allard.    On  the  Estimation  of  Fatty  Matters  in  Milk 

Products 465 

Liebermann,  ('.,  and  Diekhutt,  F.    On  Acetyl-Indigo  While 

andAcetyl-Indigo 426 

Liebermann;    <'..     and    Limpach,    L.      i/>-Trop:n    and   some 

^-Tropelus 706 

Liebermann,  C,  and  Schmolz,  AV.     Formation  of  Allocinnamio 

Acid 077 

Liebreich,  I  >.    <s'<  e  Braun 415 

Lifschutz,    J.      Simultaneous  Production    of    Cellulose  and 

Oxalic  Acid  (P) 176 

Lightfobt,  T.   R.     Regulating  Flow  of    Volatile    Liquid    in 

Refrigerating  Machines  (!') S9G 

Limpach,  L.    See  Hodgkinson 999 

See  Liebermann 703 

Linder,  S.  E.    See  Picton 64 

Linder,  S.  P.,  and  Picton,  H.    Metallic  Hydrosulphides' 04 

Linde's  Eismaschinen,  Gesellschafl  fur.     Apparatus  for  Regu- 
lating the  Supply  of  Volatile  Liquids  to  Refrigerators 

(P) 668 

Effecting  Interchange  of  Heat  and  Moisture  by  Means  of 

Liquid  Spray  and  Air  Currents  (P) 6<pN 

Lindsey,  J.   I!.,  and   Tollens,  B.     Sulphite-Wood  Liquor  and 

Lignin SU5 

Lintncr,  C.  J.     Estimating  Intensity  of  Colour  of  Peers  and 

Mall  Extracts  (illus.) 1038 

Formation  of  Dextrose  from  Starch,  by  Ferments 1021 

Iso-Maltose  and  its  Importance  in  Brewing i;^7 

Iso- Maltose  in  Beer  and  Wort 171 

The  Fermentability  of  pextrins 765 

Lintncr,  C.  J.,  and  Dull,  G.    Separation  of  [so-Maltose 1021 

Separa.ion  of  Iso-Maltose  from  the  Dia.stq.tic  Conversion 

Products  of  Starch 7<ili 

Lippmann,  E.  *>.  von.    Organic  Ac uls  from  Beetroot  Juice 50 

Recent  Inventions  in  the  Beetroot  Sugar  Industry 541 

Lippmann,  E.,  and  Fleissner,  F.    Action  of  Hydriodic  Acid  on 

Cinchonine 2*13 

Lister,  A.   A.    Apparatus  for   Extracting  Tar  and  Ammonia. 

from  Gas  (P) 511 

Livache,  A.    The  Solid  Produots  which  Result  from  the  Oxida- 
tion of  Drying  Oils 250 

Lloyd,  H.H.    Secondary  or  Storage  Batteries  (P)  755 

Lodge,  E.     Action  of  HypOOhloroUS   Acid  on  Wool G01 

Lodge,  E.,  [and  Jury,  F.     Chemical  Treatment   for  Cleaning 

Stone,  &c.  (P)  749 

Lodge,  1'.  II.    Manufacture  of  Portland  Cement  (!') 688 

Loe,  W".  <'.    Treating  Metal-bearing   Bodies,  and  Recovering 

Metals  (Pj ;;.-,! 


PAGE 

Lohmaun,  II,    Behaviour  of  Explosives  in  Fiery  Mines 179 

London  Metallurgical  Co..  Limited,  and  Gowper-Coles.  S.  O. 
Coating  Articles  with  New  Metallic  Alloy  l>y  F-lectro- 

depi 'sif  ion  (P) t;i8 

Long,  J.  H.    Adulteration  of  Turpentine 549 

American  Oil  of  Turpentine 545 

Lomrmore.  J.,  and  Williamson,  R.      Dyeing  Silk  and  other 

Fibres  (P) 906 

Longsdon,  A.     Manufacture  of  (wis  from   Water  Vapour  and 

Purification  and  Separal  ion  of  Mixed  Gases  (PJ (171 

Lorimer,  J.  H.    See  Lyon 74t; 

Losada,  C.  G.    Baking  Ceramic  Pastes  and  Pottery  (P)  38 

Love,  J.     See  The  Gas  Economising  Syndicate 898 

Lowe,  C.  Manufacture  of  Crude  Acetone  (P)  1 907 

Lowe,  W.  V.     \ssav  off  talena  in  Iron  Crucibles 133 

Discussion  on  Estimation  of  Zinc 133 

Estimation  of  Free  and  Albuminoid  Ammonia  in  Water . .  133 

Estimation  of  Iron  in  Presence  of  Alumina 133 

Presenc'  of  Lead  in  Ammonia  Solution 183 

The  Gravimetric  Estimation  of  Zinc  as  Sulphide 131 

Use  of  the  A  ssay  Ton 133 

Luboldt.    See  Grosscurth 215 

Lucas,  AV.  T.    Eilter-rress  Cloth  (P) 90S 

Luck,  E.    Vacuum  Distillatory  Apparatus  (P) 148 

Luck,  13..  and  Pott.  R.  and   N.    Treating  Cereals  to  Arrest 

Decomposition  and  Preserve  Same  (P) 51 

Lueknw,  C.  On  Volumetric  Estimations  and  Methods  of 
Separation  by  Means  of  Potassium  Ferro-  and  Ferri- 
es mide 157 

Lumiere,  A.  and  L.   Substances  of  the  Aromatic  Series  Capable 

of  Developing  the  Latent  Photographic  Image 839 

Lumsden. .) .  S.    See  Franldand 4 to 

Lunge,    G.     Concentrating    Sulphuric    Acid     in    Gold-lined 

Platinum  Stills 522 

Determination  of  Nitrogen  in  Nitrocellulose  (illus.) 77s 

Gasvotumeter  I  illus.) 1033 

On  the  Part  Played  by  Calcium  Chloride  in  the  Weldon 

Process B82 

Taschennueh  fur  die  Soda-,  Pottasche-,  unci  Ammoniak- 

Fabrikation 946 

Tli.'  Action  of  certain  Liquids  on  Aluminium B43 

Lunge,  G.,  and  Dewar,   J.     Recovery  of   Sulphur,  &c.  from 

Double  Sulphide  ol  Sodium  andiron  (P) 433 

Lunge,    <L.   and    Marchlewski,    L.     Influence   of    Nitrogen 

Tetroxide  on  the  Specific  Gravity  of  Nitric  Aeid 775 

Variations  in  Specific  Gravity  of  Nitric  Acid  Produced  by 

Nitrogen  Peroxide 432 

Lupton,  S.     Discussion  on  Fast  and  Fugitive  Dyes 13 

Discussion  on  Measures , 222 

Measures 217 

Lupton,  S.  C.    Discussion  on  Impurities  in  Coal-Gas 420 

Lurmann,  F.  W.    Results  on  Improved  Coke  Ovens 379 

Luse,  H.(H.    Filtering  Faucets  { P) 500 

Lutschaunig,  A.    Manufacture  of  a  Disinfectant,  &c.  (P) 451 

Lii/.i.  W.    ( >n  G ra] .hites 272 

The  Allotropy  ot  Amorphous  Carbon 77!> 

Treatment  or  Purification  of  Graphite  (P) fd7 

Lyon,  A.  S..  and  Lorimer,  J.  H.      Apparatus  lor  Skein  Dyeing 

( P)  (illus.) 74G 

Lyte.  F.  M.    Production  of  Caustic  Alkali  and  Chlorine  (P)  ..  GS0 

Production  of  Chlorine  (P) 433 

Lyte,  F.  M .,  and  Steinhart,  O.  J.     Production  of  Chlorine  and 

Strong  Hydrochloric  Acid  ( P) 101 


M 

Macadam,  W.  I.    Discussion  on  Cellulose. 221 

Mac E wan,  I'.     Discussion  on  Artificial  Musk 307,308 

Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Chlorine  and  Soda 965 

Discussion  on  Indian  Gum  Samples 40t> 

MacGowan,  J.,  jun.    See  Elliot 995 

MarGivgnr,  J.     Sec  Frankland 027 

Maclvor.  It.  W.  E.,  and  Smith,  Watson.     Production  of  White 

Lead  (P) 45 

Maekay.     Discussion  on  the  Analysis  of  Fats 144 

MacKay,  R.    See  Orr 900 

Mackey,  W.  McD.    See  Woodcock 754 

MacNab,  A.     Manufacture  of  Bay  Salt  (P)  907 

Macuab,  W.    See  Hake 947 

Macnair,  U.S.  Detection  of  Chlorine  and  Bromine  in  Presence 

of  Iodine 777 

Macy,  J.  II.    Se?  A  mend 929 

Mafat,  F.  E.    Dye  wood  Extracts  and  their  Manufacture. . .     153,  341 

Index  of  Plants  capable  of  Yielding  Tanning  Materials 021 

Mahally,  G.,  and  others.     Mould  for  Leather,  Paper,  and  other 

Pulp(P) 75!> 

Mahler,  P.    The  Distillation  of  Coal 150 

Maiden,  J.  II.    The  Oleo-Resin  of  CanariumMuelleri,  Bailey  ; 

with  Notes  on  Manila  Elemi 758 


riec.  31,1892.;]        THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY,   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PACK 

Main,  W.    Secondary  Batteries  (P)  1016 

Mjijert.  \Y.    manufacture  of  Aromatic  Glycoeol   Derivatives 

(P) 369 

Manufacture  of  Piperazlne  or  Spermine  (P) 773 

Makinson,  .1.    Apparatus  for  Treating  Pcul  Air  ami  Gases  i  I'i.  704 

Malster.W.    Manufacture  of  Sulphate  of  immonia  (P) 008 

Malysehew,    J.    Mineral   oil    Residues   as    Fuel   for   Glass 

Furnaces 510 

tfangold,0.    Analysis  of  Sealing  "Wax M>1 

Mansbridgc.    Discussion  on  the  Analysis  of  Fats 144 

Maquay,  S.  W.    Primary  batteries  (P) 248 

Marcct,  A.    See  Hesketr, us 

Marchand.  P.    See  Buroni 1018 

Maicbant.  G.  M.    Machinery  for  Scouring,  Dyeing.  &c.  Hanks 

Of  Yarn  I  I'I 745 

Marehlewski,  1..    St  <■  Lunge i'i_.  775 

Marcus,  S.,  and  others.    Galvanic  Batteries  (P) 354 

Mare],  F.  de,  anil  others.    Production  of  Camphor  (P) 58 

Mariosa,  J.    Preservation  of  Meat  (P) 7(18 

Marix,  P.    Apparatus  for  Effecting  by  Centrifugal   Force  Ha' 

Reaction  of  Bodies  of  Different  Densities  ( I'J 5115 

Marriott,    C.      Apparatus    for    Manufacture   of  Sulphate  of 

Ammonia  if) 23s 

Marsh,  .1.  T.    See  Brock 1005 

Marshall,    \l.     Combustion  of   Fuel,  and   Furnace  Apparatus 

therefor  (l'l   7.i:l 

Martin,  E.    Alloying  the  Surfaces  of  Metal  Wots,  strips,  &c. 

(1') 924 

Filter  1  UK  .Machinery  I  I')  20 

Martin, E.  L. C.    Manufacture  of  Caustic  Soda  andlPotasb  (1')  sin 

Martin,  jr.  C.    Manufacture  of  Pigments  or  Paints  il'i sj'.t 

Martin,  W.  H.,  and  Pethybridge,  W.    Extracting  Precious 

Metals  from  their  Ores  (P) 026 

Martindalc,    W.,   anil   Westcott,    W.  M'.viin.     The  Extra  l'llar- 

macopseia 7s  1 

Martins,  V.  \V.    Manufacture  of  Alloys  of  Nickel  with  other 

Metals  (P) 822 

Martyn.  W.    Discussion  ott  Calcium  Chloride  in  the  Weldon 

Process 8S4 

Mnrwitz.O.    Wood  Fibre  Ropes  (P) 610 

Marx.  J.    Apparatus  for  Electrolysing  and  Bleaching  (PI :;:-;; 

Means  for  Use  in  Electrolysis  (1') 353 

Maschirienfabrik  Grevenbroich,  The.   Treatment  of  Saccharine 

Solutions  ( P) 626 

Mason,  A.  H.    Discussion  on  Destructive  Distillation  of  Wood  s;t 

Mason,  F.  H.    Extraction  of  Tin  from  Slags  or  Refuse  (P) 3.12 

Extraction  of  Tin  from  Tin  Slags  or  Tin  Refuse  (P) 614 

Mason,  W.  L.,  and  others.    Artificial  Stone  (P) 43G 

Mason,  W.  P.    Drinking  Water  and  Disease 450 

Mastbaum,  H.,  and  Diekmann,  P.    Beers  Brewed  in  Portugal.  766 
Masterman,  C.  I'I.,  and  Woodhouse  and  Rawson  United,  Lint. 

Oil  Filter  I P; 109 

Mathee.    See  Philips 518 

Mathieu,  V.    Producing  Coloured  Photographs  (P) 631 

Matitrnon.  C.    Substitutions  in  Groups  Linked  to  Carbon  and 

to  Nitrogen.    Application  to  Explosives 937 

Maxim,  H.    Manufacture  of  Nitro-substitution  Compounds  of 

Cellulose 450 

Maxwell,  W.    Multiple  Effect  Evaporating  Apparatus  (P) 830 

<  Mi  Nitrogenous  Bases  Present  in  Cotton  Seed 372 

MeCauley,  A.  W.    See  Smith 1S1 

McComiell,  W.    See  Bedson 883 

MoCowatt,A.   Anti-fouling  Composition  for  Ships'  Bottoms  (P)  -10 

McCullum.    Discussion  on  Cost  of  Sewage  Treatment 10 

McDaniel,  .T.  J.    Securing  Continuous  Time  Record  of   Kate 

of  Distillation  and  Direction  of  Flow  of  Distilled  Fluids 

(P) 931 

McDonough,  J.  W.    Producing  Coloured  Photographs  (P) 937 

McDougal,  A.,  and  Meldrum,  J.  J.    Method  and  Apparatus  for 

Treating  Sewage  (P) 130 

McKayi  A.  I).    A  New  Chemical  Food  (F) 430 

McEenna,  A.  G.    jSeeDrown ■  208 

McLaren,  W.    See  Silverman 003 

McLean.  A.    Transparent   Coloured  Materials  for  Decorative 

Purposes. (P; 521 

McMurray.T.  Compounds  for  Disinfecting,  Manuring,  &c.  (P)  77n 
McNaught.  J.  and  W.    Machines  for  Scouring  and  Washing 

Wool  il'i 158 

Meacham,  C.  S.    See  Adams 028 

Medicus,  L.,  and  Immerheiser,  C.     The  Fermentability   of 

Dcxtrins 705 

Meichsncr,  E.  A.    Crucible  Furnaces  (P) Olil 

Meister,  Lin  ins. und  Briming.  Manufacture  of  Tropine  (P)..  83S 
Meldola,  II.,  and  Hawkins,   E.  M.    Determining  Number  of 

NH2  Groups  ill  Certain  Organic  Bases 010 

Meldrum,  J.  J.    See  McDougal 4r,o 

Mendheim,  G.    See  Bauer 737 

.\1>  n/irs,  ,1.    A  New  Plastic  Composition  (P)  697 


TARE 

Monzios,  R.  C.  and   Bevan,  E.  .1.    Manufacture  of  Paper  for 

Cheques  (P) 175 


Mcrau,  J.  E.  G.    Substitute  f  ir  Pottery  (P) 
Mercadier,  E.    Determination  of  Constant: 


..  li)07 


...  and  Coefficient  of 

Nickel  Steel i  oo 

Mercier,  M.  P.    Gold  Compounds  for  Photographic  Purposes..  031 

Merck,  E.    Hydrastinine  Hydrochloride 54.", 

Terpene  Hydrate  from  Eucalyptus  Oil 632 

The  Secondary  Alkaloids  of  Belladonna 632 

Mcrczyng,  H.     The  Flow  of  Water,  Petroleum  and  Mineral 

Oil  through  Tubes 274 

Merichenski,  M.    Carburettors  (P) 235 

Meriug,  .1.  F.  von.    An  Improved  Anaesthetic  and  Hypnotic 

(P) 708 

Meritens,  A.  de.    Galvanic  Batteries  (P) 43,43 

Merz,  Y.    Magnesium  Nitride -J7t 

Messel,  The  Gewerkschalt,  Production  from  Mineral  Oils  of 
Sulpbonic  Acids  and  Sulphoncs.  and  Manufacture  of 
New  Product   by  Treating  Gelatinous   Matters  with 

Sulpbonic  Acid  (P) 22 

Mennier-Dollfus.    See  Scheurer-Kestner 339 

Meunier.  J.  Reduction  of  Benzene-hexachloride  with  Regene- 
ration of  Benzene 599 

Mewburn.J.C.    Centrifugal  Machines  (P)  931 

Meyer.E.    Extraction  of  Ah niuin  Hydrate  or  Salts  from 

Aluminium  Silicates  or  Clay  (P) 747 

Meyer,  P.    Apparatus  lor  Production  of  Dry  Extract  of  Coffee 

or  Tea  (P) 932 

Meyer,  R.    Jahrbuch  de  Chemie tils 

Meyer,  Y.    See  Askenasy 1039,1039 

St '   V  reycr 730 

Mieaultdela  Yieuvillr.  A.    Preserving  Eggs  (P) 52 


S3S 
248 
822 

0.1 

901 

1011 


907 

826 
921 
590 


Michael,  A.    A  Direct  Method  for  Preparing  Ant ipyrine  ... 

Miiluirn.  R.  P.    See  Eagar 

Miles,  W.  J.,  jun.,  and  others.    Metallic  Alloys  (P) 

Miller,  W.  von,  and  Kiliani,  H.  von.    Kurzes  Lehrbuch  der 

Analytischen  < 'hemic 

Miller,  W.  von,  and  Ploclll,  J.     Schiil's  Bases 

Mills,  E.  J.    A  Manualette  on  Destructive  Distillation 

Discussion  on  Phosphoric  Acid 22S 

Mills,  E.  .1.,  and  Ellis,  C.  J.    Means  for  Regulation  of  Gaseous 

Pressures  (P) 595 

Mills.W.    Bleaching,  4c.  Fats  and  Oils  (P)  92s 

Manufacture  of  Alkali  (P) 433 

Millies,  .1.  M.  and  A.    Manufacture  of  Bleaching-Powder,  &c. 

(Pi :.... 

Mining  and  General  Electric  Lamp  Co.,  The,  and  Niblett,  J.  T. 

Elements  for  Secondary  Batteries  (P) 

Minns,  C.    See  Noad 

Minto,  J.  H.    Apparatus  for  Charging  Liquids  with  Gases  (P) , 
Mirrlees.W.  J.,  and  Ballinghall,  D.   Apparatus  for  Evaporating, 

&c,  Liquids  (P) 895 

Moerk,  P.    Colorimetric  Determination  of  Vanillin 037 

Mohlau,  R.    Oxazine  Dyes 072 

Mohrle,  J.    Method  of  Renewing  ntid  a  Preparation  for  Fixing 

Filaments  in  Incandescent  Lamps  (P) 42 

Molinari,  E.    Extraction  Apparatus  for  Determination  of  Fat 

inMilk  (illus.)  01 

Mollenhoff,  C.    Antipyriiie-Sulphonie  Acids 835 

Mond.  L.    Eulogy  011  the  late  Prof.  A.  W.  von  Hofmann 186 

Manufacture  of  Nickel  Alloys  (P) 613 

Metallic  Carbonyls  (illus.) .' 750 

I' eedingsof  the  Annual  General  Meeting '. .    577 

Speech  at  Annual  Dinner 583 

Money,  F.  J.    Malt  Mashing  Apparatus  (P) 833 

Monner,  P.    Manufacture  of  New  Dyes  (P) 510 

Monnet,  M.  P.    Anisolines,  a  Class  of  New  Dyestuffs 077 

Montgomerie,  J.  C.    See  Parkes 921 

Montgomery,  T.  Y.    Bleaching  by  Electrolysis  (P) 535 

Moody,  G.T.    Metaxylenesulphonic  Acids  (II.) 28 

Morant,  R.    See  Rylands 102 

Mordaiint,    G.     Discussion     on     Galician     Petroleum      and 

Ozokerite us 

Moreillon,  H.    The  Molecular  Changes  of  Iron :;  19 

Morel,  J.    Action  of  Boric  Acid  on  Germination 707 

MOrgenstern,  M.  M  ,  and  Pavlinoff.    Determination  of  Phos- 
phoric Action  in  Wine 777 

Morrison,  W.  C.  A.    Crusher  and  Pulveriser  (P) 147 

Moritz,  E.  R.,  and  Morris.  G.  II.    A  Text-Book  on  the  Science 

of  Brewing oo 

Morley.  H.   Foster.    New  Edition  of  Watts'    Dictionary    of 

Chemistry \ 332 

Morton,  R.  aud  T.    Pans  for  Boiling  Sugar.  &c  (P) 1018 

Morrell,  J.  A„  and  Stringfeilow,  W.  R.    Crystallising  Sugar 

and  other  Solutions  I  I'J so5 

Morris,  G.  H-     See  .Moritz 66 

Morris,  G.  II..  and  Weils.  .1.  G.    Fractional  fermentation 701 

Morns,  R.    Proceedings  of  the  Annual  General  .Meeting 577 

Morrison,  J.    The  Valuation  of  Sulphuric  Acid 989 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Dec.s1.1s92. 


PAGE 

Morrison.  W.    Electrodes  for  Secondary  Batteries  (P) 927 

Morse,  A.  T.    Distemper  for  Walls,  &c  iP) 536 

i           S.  B.,  and  Bourne,  T.  F.    Sulphur  Candles  (P) 174 

Mosenthal,  EL  de.      Discussion  on  Manufacture  of  Explosives.  211 
Mosenthal,  II.  de,  and  others.    Improvements  in  Explosives 

(P) 773 

Mosher.G.A.    Sec  Sleicher 618 

Mntte,  A.,  A  Co.     Removing     Patty     Matters    from    Wool- 
washing  Waters  ( P) 827 

Mudd.  T.    Drying  or  Superheating  Steam  (P) 337 

Muhlhauser,  0.    Jute  as  a  Substitute  for  Gun-cotton 937 

Manufacture  of  Ammonium  Salts  (illus.) 676 

Manufacture  of  Eosin  Soluble  in  Alcohol  (illus.) 075 

Manufacture  of  Iod-Eosiu  (illus,) 677 

Manufacture  of  Xitrobroinlluoresce'iu  (illas.) 739 

Nitrojute,  an  Explosive 646 

The  Higher  Nitric  Ethers  of  Starch 70S 

The  Manufacture  of  Fluorescein  (illus.)  675 

The  Manufacture  of  Tetrabromcfluorescein  (illus.) 673 

Muhr.  F.    See  Smith 60 

Muir,  M. M.  Pattison,    New  Edition  of  "Watts'  Dictionary  of 

Chemistry . . . .  552 

Muller.    See  Hauser 672 

Muller,  G.    Producing  Sterilised  Butter  (P) 834 

Muller,  H.    Varnishes 250 

Muller,  J.  A.    Presence  of  an  Aldehyde  containing  Four  Atoms 

of  Carbon  in  "  Eau-ue-Vie  de  Piquette  " 256 

Muller,  M.    Hydraulic  Moitars  from  Slag 435 

H  nil er,  M..  and  Ohlmer,  P.    Determination  of  Small  Amounts 

or  Sugar 77S 

Muller,  O.    Determination  of  the  Quantity  of  Iudigotine  in 

Commercial  Indigo 778 

Mullerus,  J.    Prevention  of  Weakening  of  Fibre  in  Discharge 

Indigo  Prints 6<i0 

Minister.  C.  A.    On  the  Possibility  of  Extracting  the  Precious 

Metals  from  Sea- Water 351 

Muntz,  A.    Ammonia  in  Rain-Water  and  in  the  Atmosphere..  551 

Murgatroyd,  A.    See  Fisher i,(,5 

Murgatroyd,  H.    See  Fisher 743 

Murray,  G.    Calculation  of  Slag  Components 270 

M  array,  K.  S.    See  Bnn's  Oxygen  Co 936 

Muspratt,  E.  K.    Speech  at  Annual  Dinner 5o2 

Muthel,  M.    Exciting  Fluid  for  Galvanic  Batteries,  and  Re- 
covering Useful  Products  from  the  Spent  Fluids  (P)..  618 
Hylinsj  F.,  and  F'oerster,  P.    Behaviour  of   Glass  Surfaces 
towards  Water,  and  Selection  of  Glass    Vessels    for 

Chemical  Purposes 1^1 

Preparation  and  Estimation  of  Pure  Platinum 690 


N 


Nadar,  P.  Producing  Artificial  Light  for  Photographic  Pur- 
poses (P) 634 

Naeutukov.  A.    Witz's  Oxycellulose 771 

Nahnsen,  G.    Electro-Metallurgic  Extraction  of  Zinc  ( P) 535 

Purifying  Electrolytes  containing  Zinc  (P) 535 

Naumann,  A.  Conversion  of  Sensible  Heat  into  Chemical 
Energy  in  the  Production  of  Semi  Water-Gas  and  Car- 
bon Dioxide  Producer-Gas 669 

Naylbr,  W.    Paper-making  and  River  Pollution 3S0 

Nelson,  J.  W.    See  Nunan 1016 

Nettleton,  .1.  A.    Discussion  on  Vinegar  Manufacture 491 

Vinegar  Manufacture 487 

Neuberg,  O.    >SVc  Gattermann 673 

Neucks,  W..  and  Bautmy,  H.    Influence  of  the  Carboxyl  Group 

on  the  Toxic  Action  of  Aromatic  Compounds 837 

Neuhass,  G.  H.,  and  others.    Apparatus  for  Sterilising   Fluids 

(P) 630 

Pilling  Sterilised  Liquids  into  Vessels  (P) 259 

Neumann,  G.    a-Orthostaunic  Acid 270 

Neumann,  G.,    and    Streintz,    F.     Behaviour    of    Hydrogen 

towards  Metals 247 

New,  C.  H.    The  Estimation  of  Nitrogen  in  Coal-Gas  (illus.)..  415 

Newton,  L.  A.    See  Hardwick 173 

Newth.  (;.  S.    Chemical  Lecture  Experiments.     Non-Metallic 

Elements 1040 

Niblett,  J.  T.    See  the  Mining  and  General  Electric  Lamp  Co.  826 

Nicol.W.  W.  J.    Photographic  Printing  Processes  (P) 456 

Nicole,  A.    See  Cazeneuve 1018 

Nieolle,  P.  W.,  and  Smith  J.    Treatment  of  Vegetable  Fibrous 

Matters  (Pi 517 

Nicholls,  T.  D.,  and  others.    Extracting  Copper  (P) 443 

Nickel,  K.    Colour  Test  of  Kaolin  and  Sand 1G2 

Specific  Gravity  of  Solutions  of  Acetic  Acid 161 

Niederhofheim,  R.    See  Jannasch 270 


PAGE 

Nietzki,  R.    Chemistry  of  the  Organic  Dvestuffs.    (Translation 

by  A.  Collin.) 1U40 

Nievsky,  L.    Apparatus  for  Developing.  &c  without   Use  of 

Dark  Room  (P) 1032 

Niewerth,  H.    Extracting  Metals  from  Ore.*  and  Minerals  (P) .    616 

Nitze,  H.  B.  C.    The  Magnetic  Ores  of  Ashe  County,  N.C 246 

Noad,  J.  H.    Manufacture  of  White  Lead  (P) 538 

Noad,  W..  and  others.    Extracting  or  Recovering  Metal  from 

Ores,  &c.  (P) 921 

Nobel.    See  the  Dynamite  Aetiengesellschaft 207, 450 

Nobel,  A.    Explosive  Compounds  ( P) 1032, 1032, 1032 

Manufacture  of  Explosive  Substances  (P) 267 

Noelting,  E.     Nitration  of    Butyltoluene-  and  Butybxylene- 

Sulphonic  Acids 707 

Sealed  Notes  Deposited  with  the  Industrial   Society  of 

Mulhouse 343 

Noelting,  E„  and  Lehne,  A.    Anilinschwarz 276 

Noelting,    E.,    and    others.      Examination    of   the  Colouring 

Matters  of  the  Tnphenylmethane  Group 25 

Noelting,  E.,  and  Polonowsky.     Studies  on  the  Colour-Deriva- 
tives of  Triphenylmethane 343 

Noelting,   E.,    and    Schwartz.     Dyestuff  Derivatives  of  Tri- 
phenylmethane   , 25 

Noelting.  E..  and  Trautmann,  E.    Studies  on  the  Derivatives  of 

Toluquinolines  atid  of  Mctaxyloquinoline 27 

Noelting,  F.    The  Petroleum  Trade  in  Upper  Burma 950 

Nbrdlinger,  H.    The  Solid  Fatty  Acids  of  Palm  Oil 445 

Nordtmeyer,  F.  C.    Filter  Pump  (P)  (illus.) 422 

Norris,  J.    Disposal  of  Sewage,  &c.  ( P) 45 1 

Norton,  E.    Coating  Metals  (P) 923 

Norton,  L.  M.    Notes  on  the  Estimation  of  Chlorine  in  Elec- 
trolysed Solutions 54S 

Norwood,  N.    Compound  for  Coating  Walls  (P) 606 

Norwood,  R.    Compound  for  Coating  Walls,  &c.  (P) 525 

Noteman,  A.    Making  Heating  and  Illuminating  Gas  (P) 899 

Noyes,  A.  A.    Determination  of  Electrolytic  Dissociation  of 

Salts  by  Solubility  Experiments 2  (7 

Nunan,  E.,  and  Nelson,  J.  W.    Galvanic  Batteries  (P) 1016 

Nunn,  F.  C.    Apparatus  for  Purifying  Water  (P) 450 

Nycander,  O.  E.     Preparation  of  Extracts  for  Use  in  Manufac- 
ture of  Yeast  aud  Spirits  (P) 1023 

Nycander,  O.  E.,  and  Francke,  G.    Production  of  Yeast  and 

Spirit  by  Use  of  Ozonised  Air  or  Oxygen  (P) 1022 

Nysscn,  J.    Hygienic  Fabric,  Tissue  or  Material  (P)  904 


Oades,  E.    Method  and  Apparatus  for  Removing  Fog.  Purifying 

Air,  Melting  Snow,  and  Extinguishing  Fire  (P) 233 

Oakhill,  J.,  and  Leaker,  R.  H.    Preserving  Milk  ( P) 25!* 

<  >akman.  R.  N.,  jun.     Gas  Furnaces  (P) 1018 

Gas  Puddling  Furnaces  (P) 1013 

O'Beirne,  W.  G.    Discussion  on  Phosphoric  Acid 228 

Obermuller,  K.    Estimation  of  Cholcsterin 183 

Obozinski,  C.    .NV<  Haerht 1018 

Oehsenius,  C.     Petroleum  and  Asphalt  at  Palena 150 

Odernheimer,  E.    Dyeing  and  Printing  with  Gold  Salts 600 

Printing  and  Dyeing  Textiles,  Fibres,  &c.,  by  Metal  Salts 

(P) 161 

The  Gilding  and  Silvering  of  Textiles 90S 

Ody,  J.  C.    Making  Caustic  Soda 604 

Oehler,  K.    Dyeing  or  Printing  Woollen  or  ot  her  Goods  (P) . . .  745 

Dyeing  or  Printing  Woollen  or  other  Goods  (P) 746 

Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters  (Pi 515 

Oehlmann,  E.  H.  ' '.     V  c  Neuhass 259, 630 

( test.  rr.    Orange  in  Calico  and  Wool  Printing 168 

The  Printing  and  Steaming  of  Woollen  Tissues 601 

Oettinger,  L.    See  Schreiber 606 

Ohlmer,  F.    See  Muller 77s 

Oliver  Aluminium  Co.,  The.    Smelting  Furnaces  (P) 923 

Ophoven,  A.    Colouring  Pictures  on  Textile  Fabrics  (P) 743 

Opitz,  E.    Fatty  Matter  and  Ethereal  Oil  of  Sabadilla  Seed  ...  177 

Oppenheimer,  C.    Report  on  Chemical  Industry  in  Germany  .  717 
Ormiston,  J.  W.,  A.  R.,  aud  J.    Manufacture  and  Distribution 

of  Gaseous  Fuel  (P) 234 

Orr,  M.  L.,  aud  others.    Manufacture  of  Carbonated  Waters 

(P) 259 

Orr,  R-  and  MacKay,  R.    Retorts  for  Distilling  Shale  and 

Dealing  with  Resulting  Products  (P) 90o 

(►it.  El., and  Sutherland,  R.  M.     Retorts  for  Distilling  Shale, 

&C.(P) 737 

Osborne.  T.  B.    See  Chittenden 701 

See  Johnson 777 

Osbourn,  T.  R.    Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of  Coke  (P) S99 

Apparatus  for  Quenching  Coke  (P) 899 


Dec. si.  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


xv 


PAGB 

Osmond,  F.     Calorimetrical   Investigations  of  the  State  in 

which  Silicon  and  Aluminium  Exist  in  Cast  Iron 242 

See  Hadlield 910 

Osterwald,  C.    See  Biirkel 17« 

O'Sullivan,  0.    Researches  on  the  ( iiuns  of  the  Arabin  Group. 

Ptot  II 48 

O'Sullivan,  J.     On  Dumas'  Method  of  Estimating  Nitrogen 

in  <  hftanio  Bodies 327 

Specific  Rotatory  and  Cupric  Reducing  Power  of  Invert 

Sugar  and  of  Dextrose 372 

The  Hydmlvtic  Functions  of  Yeast.    Part  1 628 

Pari  U 1021 


Pahl,  W.    See  Heinzerling 636 

Paillard,  A.  E.  M.  L.    Manufacturing  and  Regenerating  Salts 

of  Peroxide  of  Iron  (P) 434 

Palmer,  T.  C.    See  Hageman 696 

Panajotow.  G.    Detection   of  Turkish  Geranium    Essence  in 

Rose  Oil 61 

Panario,  T.    Supplying  Disinfectants  to  Flushing  Pipes  (P)  ..  151 

Paparelli,  L.    Set  lengfeld 943 

Testing  <  Hive  Oil  for  Adulterants 818 

Pape,  H-,  and  llenneberg,  W.    Centrifugal  Separators  (P) 149 

Pape,  R.    Manufacture  of  a  Hard  Insulating  Material  (1') 249 

Parker.  E.  M.    Apparatus  for  Drying  Brewers'  Grains  (P)  ....  1023 

Parker,  F.  H.    See  Astrop 46 

Parker,  G.    Gelatinous  Food  Products  (P) 1024 

Parker,  T.  Electrical  Furnaces  for  Manufacture  of  Phos- 
phorus, 4c.  (PI 827 

Means  for  the  Electrical  Deposition  of  Copper  (P) 43 

Parker,    T.,   and  Robinson,    A.    E.    Cells    for   Electrolysing 

Chloride  Solutions  (P) 755 

Parker,  T.,  and  Robinson,  E.  Treatment  of  Solutions  contain- 
ing Nickel  and  Iron  (P) 755 

Tarkes,  11..  and  Montgomerie,  J.  C.    Extraction  of  Gold  and 

Silver  ( P)  921 

Parkinson,  J.   H.    Obtaining    Oxygen  from  the  Atmosphere 

IP  I 633 

Separating  Oxygen  from  Atmospheric  Air  (P) 1031 

Parmentier,  F.    Determination  of  Small  Quantities  of  Doric 

Acid 182 

New  Instance  of  Abnormal  Solution,  Saturated  Solutions.  780 

Tlic  Flameless  Combustion  of  Coal-Gas 669 

Parnell,  E.  B.    Furnaces  for  Treating  Ores  ( P) 822 

Passmore.  F.  W.    See  Dunstan   860 

See  Helbing 435,  705,  830,  837,  848 

Patein.  G.    Rapid  Tost  for  Alkaline"  Bicarbonates 843 

Paterson,  J,  B.    Discussion  on  Celluloid 228 

Paton,  J.  M.  C.  Indicators  for  Montejus  and  Similar  Appa- 
ratus ( P) 509 

Patterson,   T.    L.      Discussion    on    Composition    of   Mineral 

Waters 336 

Pattison,  J.    Discussion  on  "  Blown  "  Oils 507 

Pattinson,  H.  S.    See  Pattinson,  J 321 

Pattinson.  J.  and  H.  S.    Note  on  Preparation  of  Samples  of 

Rich  Argentiferous  Lead  for  Assay 321 

Patz,  L.    See  Marcus 354 

Pavlinoff.    See  Morgenstern 777 

Pa\ nter,  W.  Discussion  on  Galicisn  Petroleum  and  Ozo- 
kerite   lis 

Peacock,   S.,  and    Gait.   H.  A.     Obtaining   Chromates   and 

Bichromates  of  Potash  and  Soda  (P)  680 

Pearson,  S.,  and  Pratt,  J.  H.    Metallic  Alloys  ( P) 533 

Pease,  R.  S.    Manufacturing  Glass  Plates,  Pipes.  4c.  (P) 163 

M  anufacturing  Glass  Plates,  Sheets,  &c.  (P) 240 

Manufacturing  Plate  Glass  (PI  163 

Producing  Cylinders  and  other  Hollow  Bodies  of  Glass 

(P) 240 

Pechard,  E.  Explosive  Compound  formed  by  the  Action  of 
Baryta  Water  on  Chromic  Acid  in  Presence  of  Oxy- 
genated Water 180 

Pechinev.  La   Soc.  A.  R,  fit  Cie.    Manufacture  of  Chlorine 

(P)  239 

Manufacture  of  a  Mixture  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  Gas  and 

Air  (P) 1006 

Peck,  O.  B.    Separating  Finely-divided  Particles  containing 

Mineral-bearing  Substances  of  different  Sp.  Gr.  ( P)  ...  823 
Pedder,   J.    Using   a  Combination    of    Sulphuric   Acid   and 
Hydrochloric    Acid   for  Decomposition  of   Chlorides, 

Sulphides,  &c.  (P) 815 

Pelatan,  L.  A.    Treating  Copper  Ores  and  Mattes  (P) 754 

Pennell.  A.    Apparatus  for  Purifying  "Water  (P) 668 

Pennock,  J.  D.    See  Bradburn 37 

Pennstedt,  M.    Hardening  Plaster  Casts 38 

Perdrix,  L.    A  Ferment  producing  Amyl  Alcohol  from  Starch.  699 


tage 

Pereira,  A.  F.  von.    Manufacture  of  Resinous  Paint  (P) 171 

Perger,  H.  von.    Applications  of  some  New  Dyes  30 

Perkin,  W.  H.    Eulogy  on  the  late  Prof.  A.  W.  von  Hofuiann      Is;, 
Peroche.    The  Porosity  of  Building  Stones  and  their  Resis- 
tance to  Frost 749 

Perrenond,  G.  F.    See  Harvey 996 

Perret,  M.    The  "Bordeaux  Mixture"  for  Vine  Mildew  and 

Potato  Disease 864 

Perrier.  O.    Distilling  and  Rectifying  Alcohol  (P) 832 

Pethybridge,  W.    See  Martin   926 

Petit,  P.    On  the  Formation  of  Dextrins  626 

I'etrie.  J.,  and  Fieldcn,  J.    Machinery  for  Washing  Wool,  &c. 

(P)  (illus.) 903 

Phuutlcr  Vacuum  Fermentation  Co.    The  Manufacture  of  Beer 

( P) 629,  629 

Pfeilfer,  F.    Means  for  Blasting  by  Explosives  (P) 939 

Pfiitzner,  H.    Apparatus  for  Smelting  Tallow  (P) 620 

Philip,  A.    Discussion  on  Fluid  Specific  Gravity  Determination    304 

Discussion  on  Manufacture  of  Explosives 211 

Philips  and  Mathce.    Process  for  Cleansing  Woollen  Fabrics 

(P)  518 

Phillips,  H.  J.    Fuels,  Solid,  Liquid,  and  Gaseous 406 

Phillips,  W.  A.    See'EnH   354 

See  Waddell 249 

Pick,  S.    Manufacture  of  Salt  from  Brine  (P) 433 

Pickhardt,  G.    Use  of  Aluminium  and  Aluminium  Alloys  (P)  .    508 
Pickles,  F.  H.  and  R.  H.     Purification  of  Pyrolignites  (P)  ....    737 

Pictet,  R.,  and  Co.    Purification  of  Chloroform  (P) 59 

Picton,  H.    Physical  Constitution  of  some  Sulphide  Solutions  .      64 

See  Linder 64 

Pieton,  H.,  and  Linder,  S.  E.    Solution  and  Pseudo-Solution  . .      64 
Pieszczek,  E.     Simple    Method  of   Preventing  Tumultuous 

Boiling  181 

Piffard,  B.    Curing  Fish,  Meat,  &c.  ( P) 1024 

Pike,  C.  F.    Bleaching  and  Treating  Textile  Fabrics  (P) 810 

Pilkington,  W.W.    Kilns  for  Annealing  Plate  Glass  (P)  606 

Pim,  E.'  Drying  Leather  or  Hides  (P) 539 

Pinette,  J.    Analysis  of  Linoleum  Floorcloth 550 

Examination  of  Tin-plated  Iron  Articles  for  Preservation 

of  Foods 51 

Pinkney.  C.  W.    Metallic  Alloy  for  Articles  subjected  to  Great 

Heat  (P) 754 

Pinner,  A.,  and  Wolffenstein,  R.    Nicotine 705 

Pionchon,  J.     Specific  Heat  and    Latent  Heat  of  Fusion  of 

Aluminium  752 

Piontkowski,  G.  von.    See  Szczeniowsky   60S 

Plant.F.    Ovens  for  Piring  Pottery,  Earthenware,  4c.  (P) 434 

Pla.vfair,  D.  J.    Discussion  on  the  Production  of  Cyanides 16 

Notes  on  the  Production  of  Cyanides 14 

Plochl,  J.    See  Von  Miller tun 

Plugga,  C.    Sophorine 153 

Pollard,  .1.  M.    High  Explosives  for  Mining  and  Military  Pur- 
poses (P) 267 

Pollard,  W.    See  Senbert 34 

Pollok,  J.  H.    Gold  Extracting  Reagents  (P) 352 

Polonowsky,  M.    See  Noelting 25,  313 

See  Herzberg 156 

Pontallie,  L.  J.  P.    Apparatus  for  Distilling  and  Separating 

Volatile  Liquids  (P)  (illus.) 230 

Poppenberg,  J.  von  der.    See  Lesenberg 927 

Portheim.  E.  von.    New  Colouring  Matters  from  Naphthol- 

glycines  (P) 236 

Pott.R.andN.    See  Luck 51 

Pettier,  H.    Electro-deposition  of  Metal  on  Glass.  China,  &c. 

(P)  1007 

Poudroux,  F.    Galvanic  Batteries  ( P)  248 

Powell,  J.  S.    See  Thomson 431 

Power,  W.  H.    See  Harris 354 

Pratt.J.H.    New  Metallic  Alloys  (P) 822 

See  Pearson 533 

Prestige,  jun.,  J.  T.    See  Huntington 922 

Priestley.  G.  F.    Preparing  and  Dressing  Silk  and  other  Fibre 

(P) 518 

Prior,  E.    Influence  of  Different  Temperatures  on  Condition 

of  Malt  and  Composition  of  Wort 706 

Prior,  H.    Apparatus  for  Cooling   Beer  during   Fermentation 

(P) 1023 

Procter,  H.  R.    Discussion  on  Impurit  ies  in  Coal-Gas 420 

Discussion  on  Measures 221 

Discussion  on  Primitive  Methods  of  Dyeing 992 

Discussion  on  the  Analysis  of  Fats 144 

Note  on  the  Technical  Analysis  of  Gambier,  &c 329 

Proskauer,  B.  Estimation  of  Glycerin  in  Fermented  Beverages  1038 
Prud'homme.      Peroxide  of  Sodium  and  its  Application  in 

Bleaching 1003 

Properties  of  Ainmoniacal  Copper  Hydrate 427 

Properties  of  Cuprammonium 33 

Prud'homme,  M.    Peroxide  of  Sodium 814 

I 


xvi  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Dec.  si,  1892. 


PAGE 

Pullman,  J.,  and  Elworthv,  H.  S.    Collection  and  utilisation 
of  Carbonic  Acid  Gas  given  oil  during  Fermentation 

( P) 1022 

Pum,  G.    Action  of  Hydriodic  Acid  on  Cinchonine 268 

Punnnerer,  A.  G.    Fluid  Insecticide  (P)  934 

Puplett,  S.    Refrigerating  and  Freezing  Apparatus  (P) 803 

Purcell,  M.  F.    See  Tichborne 936 

Purccll,  M.  P.  and  G.    Apparatus  for  Purification  of  Gaseous 

Fumes  (P) 1028 

Purvis,  G.  C.    Sewage  Precipitation  (P) 934 


Quantin.H.    Contribution  to  the  Study  of  Deplastered  Wines  764 
Quertain.  D..  and  Becker,  H.     Process  and    Apparatus  for 

Brewing  (P) +*9 

Query,  F.    Kilns  and  Pottery,  &c.  (P) 435 


R 

Raabe,  F.  V.  M.  Treating  Vegetable  Textile  Fibres  for  Manu- 
facture of  Yarns  (P) 810 

Rabley,  W.    -Sec  Mahaffy 739 

Raczkowski,  de.    See  Trillat 737 

Ragon,  F.    Manufacture  of  Material  applicable  as  Blacking 

(P) 620 

Ramage,  H.    See  Hartley 1017 

Ramsay,    W.      Discussion    on    Destructive    Distillation   of 

Wood 403, 874 

Impurities  of  Chloroform 772 

See  Chorley 395,  872 

Hand,  A.  C.    Explosive  Compounds  (P) 939 

Raoult,  F.   M.     Determination  of  Freezing  Point  of  Dilute 

Aqueous  Solutions 780 

Raps,  A.    Mercurial  Air-pumps  (P) 60 

Rawlins,  T.  J.  D.,  and  Walker,  A,    Electric  Primary  Batteries 

(P) •' 43 

Rawson,  C.    Discussion  on  Primitive  Modes  of  Dyeing 992 

Rawson,  S.  G.    Discussion  on  Technology  of  India-Rubber 974 

Ray,  B.  L.    Apparatus  for  Purification  of  Water  (P) 173 

Raymond,  R,  W.    Titaniferous  Iron  in  the  Blast  Furnace 217 

Rayner,  G.  H.    See  Webb 773 

Read,    Holliday  and   Sons,  and  others.     Manufacture  of  a 

Sulpho-Acid    of     Alpha  Naphthol,    and    Colouring 

Matters  therefrom  (P) 3 14 

Read,  Holliday  and  Sons,  Lira.,  and  Brookes,  A.  G.    Mauufac- 

1  ore  of  Azo-Colours  (P) 679 

Read,  W.    Solvent  for  Gums  and  Resins  (P) 1017 

Reade,  T.     Means  of  Colouring  Liquid  Weed  Destroyers,  &c. 

(P) 541 

Readman,  J.  B.    Discussion  on  Antimony  Smelting 19 

Discussion  on  the  Production  of  Cyanides 16 

R^coura,  A.    Isomeric  States  of  Chromic  Sulphate 600 

Redgrave,  G.  R.  Manufacture  and  Properties  of  Slag  Cement  163 
Redmayne,  R.  N.    Manufacture  of  Pulp  for  Paper-making,  &c. 

(P) 176 

Redwood,  Boverton.    Discussion  on  Galician  Petroleum  and 

Ozokerite 119 

Discussion  on  Oil-Gas  from  Russian  Petroleum 589 

Speech  at  Annual  General  Meeting 577 

The  Galician  Petroleum  and  Ozokerite  Industries  (illus.).  93 
Redwood,  B.  and  R.,  and  Barringer,  H.    Measuring  Depth  of 

Water  in  Oil  Tanks  (P) .' 599 

Reeb,  E.    See  Schlagdeuhauffen 632 

Reed,  J.    Condensers  (P) 803 

Evaporating  and  Condensing  Apparatus  (P) 803 

Rees.  T.  H.,  and  Blackham.  W.  P.      Manufacture  of  Blue  and 

and  Bleaching  Materials  ( 1') 704 

Rehnstrom,  A.  W.    Fodder  Cakes  (P) 933 

Reich.  K.    Solubility  of  Sodium  Carbonate  and  Bicarbonate  in 

Solutions  of  Sodium  Chloride 346 

Reid,  \V.  T.    Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Chlorine  and  Soda 964 

Reinhofor.     Preventing  Action  of  Frost  on  Portland  Cement 

Concrete 165 

Reis,  M.  A.  von.    Chemistry  of  Thomas-Slag 691 

R«ith,  R..  and  Dahm,  O.    Manufacture  of  Artificial  Human 

Milk,  &c.  (P) 5H 

Rennie,  E.  H.,  and  Goyder,  G.,  jun.    The  Resins  of  Ficus 

Rubit/inos'i  and  F.  Maerophylla 1039 

Rennie,  H.  W.,  and  Derrick,  W.  H.    Notes  on  the  Assay  of  Tin 

Ores,  &e 662 

Rennoldson,  W.  L.    Discussion  on  Calcium  Chloride  in  the 

Weldon  Process 884 

Discussion  on  Preparing  Samples  el  Argentiferous  Lead...  322 

Reulaud,  M.    Manufacture  of  Explosives  (P)  180 


PAGE 

Reuleaux,  L.     Construction  and  Working  of  Smelting  and 

Melting  Furnaces  (P)  614 

Reuss,  W.    The  Chemistry  of  the  Preserve  Industry 449 

Revordin,  B.,  and  de  la  Harpe,  C.    Preparation  of  the  Dinitro- 
phenol  C,,H3(OH)  (N02)3 1:2:4,  and  some  Properties  of 

the  Diamidophenol 157 

Action  of  Acetic  Anhydride  on  Dimethylaniline 778 

Oxidation  Compounds  of  Amidonaphthol  Sulphouic  Acids.  997 

Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matter  (P) 902 

Reychler,    A.      Laboratory    Investigations    on    the    Chlorine 

Industry 34 

See  de  Wilde 907 

Reychler,  M.  A.    Preparation  of  Carvacrol 771 

Some  Derivatives  of  Carvacrol 771 

Reynolds,  F.  J.,  and  Brown,  J.    Building  Cements  (P) 165 

Reynolds,  J.  Emerson.    Presidential  Address 571 

Proceedings  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting 571,  577 

Speeches  at  Annual  Dinner 581,  582,  583 

Reynolds,  J.  H.    Discussion  on  Chairman's  Address  to  Man- 
chester Section 878 

Rhodes,  E.    Discussion  on  Noxious  Gases  Legislation 311 

Ribau,  J.    Changes  in  Chalybeate  Waters  during  Storage 768 

Colorimetric  Determination  of    Iron  by  Sulphocyanate, 

&c 2e9 

Richards,  E.  H.    Apparatus  for  Determining  Liability  of  Oils 

to  Spontaneous  Combustion 547 

Delicate  Test  for  Alum  in  Potable  Water 60 

Richards,  J.    Discussion  on  Cost  of  Sewage  Treatment 9 

Richards,  J.  W.    Manufacture  of  Galvanised  Iron 247 

The  Specific  Heat  of  Aluminium 4W 

Richards,  W.    See  Hughes 465 

Richardson.    Discussion  on  the  Analysis  of  Fats in,  115 

Richardson,  C.  G.,  and  others.    Treatment  of  Ores  (P) 353 

Richardson,  F.  W.    Discussion  on  Impurities  in  Coal-Gas 419 

Discussion  on  Primitive  Methods  of  Dyeing 992 

Richardson,  .1.    Funnels  for  Measuring  Liquids  (P) 596 

Richardson,  J.  C.    Application  of  Depolarisers  in  Electrolysis 

(P) 1015 

Richet,  C.    Influence  of  Metallic  Salts  on  Lactic  Fermentation  770 

Richter,  V.  von.    Chemistry  of  the  Carbon  Compounds 185 

Rickard,  W.  T.    Extraction  of  Precious  Metals  from  Ores  (P) .  533 

Rideal,  S.    Discussion  on  Fluid  Specific  Gravity  Determination  304 

Discussion  on  Indian  Gum  Samples 406 

Discussion  on  the  Acid  Action  of  Drawing  Papers 214 

Indian  Gum  Samples  of  known  Origin  403 

Ridsdale,  C.  H.,  and  Jones.  A.    Lubricants  for  Heavy  Ma- 
chinery (P) 445 

Ricdel,  W.  F.    Manufacture  of  an  Iodine  Derivative  of  Phena- 

cetin  ( P) 633 

Riegert,  F.  Rendering  Leather  Waterproof  and  more  Durable 

(P) 624,624 

Rigole,  1).    Extraction  of  Gutta-Percha  (P) 829 

Rischgitz,  E.    Treatment  of  Peat  ( F) 670 

Riss,  E.    Volatilisation  of  Alcohol  during  Fermentation 627 

Roberts,  F.  G.  Adair.    Discussion  on  Acetic  Acid  from  Carbo- 
hydrates    9D9 

See  Boake 907 

Roberts,  I.  L.    Secondary  Batteries  (P) 249 

Roberts,  J.  W.  and  G.    Machinery  f"r  Washing  and  Treating 

Hosiery  ( P) 810 

Roberts-Austen,     W.     C.       Appliance    for    Autographically 

Recording  the  Temperature  of  Furnaces 840 

The  Melting"  Points  of  the  Gold  Aluminium    Series    of 

Alloys  (illus.) 349 

Robertson,  A.    An  Improved  Sheep  Dip  (P) 365 

Robertson,  A.,  and  Hofmann,  J,    The  Chemical  Examination 

of  Handwriting 847 

Robertson,  F.  M.    Process  and  Apparatus  for  Evaporating  (P)  507 
Robertson.  G.  H.    A  Study  of  the  Plant.-  Lead-Sulphuric  Acid- 
Lead    Peroxide    Cell    from   a    Chemical    Standpoint, 

Part  I,    Communicated  by  II.  E.  Armstrong 695 

Secondary  Batteries 168 

Robertson,  J.    Apparatusfor  Fumigating  and  Disinfecting  (P)  704 

Manufacture  of  Vegrtable  Parchment  (P) 935 

Robinson.  A.  E.    See  Parker 755 

Robinson,  C.  N.    Machine  for    making  Parchmentised  Fibre 

(P) 176 

Robinson,  E.    See  Parker 755 

Robson,  J.    Modification  of  Kreusler's  Nitric  Acid  Apparatus 

for  Extraction  of  Dissolved  Gases  in  Water  (illus.) . ...  504 

Preservative  Coatings  for  Iron,  &c.  (P) 361 

Rocca,  E.    Manufacture  of  Cellulose  (P) 743 

Roche,  P.  A.    Manufacture  of  Beer  (P) 1022 

Rodger,  E.    Discussion  on  Antimony  Smelting 19 

Discussion  on  Phosphoric  Acid 22S 

Discussion  on  the  Production  of  Cyanides 16 

The  English  Process  of  Antimony  Smelting 16 

Means  for  Heating  Metals    by  Liquid  or  Gaseous   Fuel 

(P) 733 

Roeser-Muller,  L.  O.,  and  Deike,  B.    Manufacture  of  Plaster 

(P) 607 


Dee.  si,  18920        THE  JOUBNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PACE 

Roesing.  The  Basic  Bessemer  Process  applied  to  the  Metal- 
lurgy of  Lead 527 

Rohrmann,  L.    See  Guttmann 349,1005 

Rogers,  J.  H.    Manufacture  of  Tin  and  Teme  Plates  (P) 613 

Rolland,  N.,  and  Francois,  H.    Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of 

Butter  (P) 932 

Roinburgh,  P.  van.    Action  of  Nitric  Acid  on  Dhnethylortlio- 

anisidine 155 

Roramier,  A.    On  Wine  Yeast 171 

Roos,  L.,  and  Thomas,  E.    Vegetation  of  the  Vine 627 

Roscoe,  Sir  H.  E.   Lessons  in  Elementary  Chemistry,  Inorganic 

and  Organic 373 

Roscoe,  Sir    H.    E.,   and    Schorlemmer.    C.     A  Treatise   on 

Chemistry.  Vol.  III.  The  Chemistry  of  the  Hydro- 
carbons and  their  Derivatives 373 

Rose,  G.    Apparatus  for  Burning  Hydrocarbon  and  other  Oils 

(P) :  423 

Rosing,  B.    Purifying  and  Separating  Lead,  and  Obtaining 

Litharge  (P) 694 

Rossigneux,  P.    Desulphurising  Castings  or  Alloys  of  certain 

Metals  (P)  615 

Roth,  A.  and  A.    Preparation  for  Treatment  of  Wounds,  &c. 

(P) 934 

Rothe,  T.  W.    Separation  of  Iron  from  other  Elements 940 

Rothwell,  C.  P.  Seymour.    On  thi)  Action  of  Frost  upon  Cotton  320 

Rousseau,  C.    Plates  for  Electric  Accumulators  (P) 617 

Rousseau,  G.    New  Crystalline  Oxychlorides  of  Iron 262 

Rousseau,  G.,  and  Tito,  G.    Action  of  Water  on  Basic  Salts  of 

Copper 238 

Rovello  Syndicate.  Limited,  The,  and  Howell,  J.  C.    Apparatus 

for  Use  in  Obtaining  Copper  (P) 826 

Rowan,  F.  J.,  and  Dawson.  B.    Apparatus  for  Oxidising  Lead 

Sulphide  and  Zinc  to  form  White  Pigments  (P) 829 

Rowbotham,  A.    See  Hughes 742 

Rowland,  W.  L.    Recovering  Cyanides  from  Coal-Gas  (P) 510 

Rowley,  T.    See  Coulter 53S 

Royon,  M.    Apparatus  for  Producing  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen 

and  other  Gases  (P) 842 

Royle,  J.  J,    See  Slater 81S 

Rubenkamp,  A.    Drying  Apparatus  (P) 994 

Riibsam,  L.    Production  of  Coloured  Malt  ( T) 628 

Rudd.  .1 .     Increasing  the  Illuminating  Power  of  Gas  (P) 807 

Rudelolf,  M.    Influence  of  Heat  on  the  Properties  of  Iron  and 

Steel  Wire 40 

Rudorff,  F.    Quantitative  Analysis  by  Electrolysis 409 

Rue,  I.  K.    Manufacture  of  Improved  Enamelled  Bricks  (P)  .  819 

Ruhsain,  R.    Degras 639 

Riimpler,  A.    Apparatus  for  Production  of  Invert  Sugar  and 

Dextrose  (P)  1019 

Ruper,  C.  G.    See  Frist 1026 

Rupp,  G.    Application  of  Aluminium  for  Vessels  containing 

Foods . 172 

Riippcrt,  F.    See  Presenilis 776 

Ruscoe,  J.    Apparatus  for  Charging  and  Drawing  Gas  Retorts 

(P) 597 

Rushton.  J.    See  Shaw 230 

Russell,  J.  C.    Account  of  Soap  Lake,  Washington 951 

Ruston,  A.,  and  Beadle,  E.    Fog  Signal  Detonators  11') 267 

Rylands.  D.    Manufacture  of  Carbonic  Acid  Gas  (P) 603 

Manufacture  of  Carbonic  Acid  Gas,  and  Tubes  therefor  (P)  6S6 

Manufacture  of  Leclanche  Cells  (P)  169 

Producing  Carbonic  Acid  Gas  (P) 1005 

Retorts  for  Production  of  Glass,  &e.  (P) 1007 

Rylands.  D.,  and  Husselbee,  A.    Lining  Metallic  Vessels  with 

Glass  (P)  818 

Rylands,  D.,  and  Morant,  R.    Couplings  for  Glass  Tubes  (P) ..  162 

Ryves,  E.  J.    Manufacture  of  Explosives  (P) ISO 


s 

Sacre,  H.  ft,  and  GrimshaW,  H.    Utilisation  of  ;l  Waste  Oxide 

of  Iron  (P) .933 

Sadler,  J.    Artificial  Leather  (P) IN 

Sadlon,  S.    The  R61e  of  Arsenic  in  Tanning 171 

Saget,  M.  G.      Resistance  of  Oxycellulose    to  Coloration  by 

Tetrazoic  Dyes 1003 

Saint-Martin,  L.  de.    Estimation  of  Small  Quantities  of  Carbon 

Monoxide 776 

Sakurai,  J.    Determination  of   Temperature  of  Steam  arising 

from  Boiling  Salt  Solutions 551 

Note  on   Observation   by  Gerlach   of    Boiling   Point  of 

Solution  of  Glaubers  Salt 551 

Salamon,  A.  Gordou.    Discussion  on  Vinegar  Manufacture    490,  491 

See  Hood 816 

See  de  Mosenthal 773 

Salenius,  E.  G.  X.    Production  of  Cheese  (P) 933 

Salomon,  J.    Pottery  Ware  Domestic  Heating  Stoves  ( P) 597 


PAGE 

Salwey,  E.  R.    Purification  of  Smoke  in  Chimneys  (P) 260 

Salzer,  H.    Means  for  Preserving  Meat,  &c.  (P) 769 

Sampson,  F.  J.  H.    Treatment  of  Rhea  to  obtain  Fibre  (P) . . . .  935 
Sandovv,  E.    Carbonic  Acid  Baths  and  Tablets  for  Use  therein 

(P)  37 

Sanford,  P.  G.    The  Analysis  of  Nitro-Exnlosives S43 

Sanger,  C.  A.    Quantitative  Determination  of  Arsenic 370 

Saniter,  E.  H.    Purification  of  Iron  (P) 1014 

Purification  of  Iron  and  Steel  from  Sulphur 911 

Purification  of  Steel  or  Iron  (P) 1013 

Santa,  M.  de  Pietra.    Arrangement  of  the   Syphon   in   the 

Manufacture  of  Artificial  Seltzer  Water." 257 

Santurio.B.  M.    Filters  (P) 894 

Sargant,  W.  T.,  and  Sons.    Annual  Metal  Circular 77 

Sargent,  J.    Furnaces  (P) 994 

Saunier,  N.  N.  M.    See  de  Mare 58 

Savalle,  Sons  and  Co.,  A.    Distilling  and  Rectifying  Apparatus 

(P) 257 

Sawrey,  J.,  and  Collet,  H.    Apparatus  for  Separating  Liquids 

from  Solids  ( P) 230 

Sayer,  R.  C.    Filters  (PJ 894 

Schack-Sommer,  G.      Agricultural    Fertilisers   and    Feeding 

Stuffs,  and  Legislation  thereon 406 

Discussion  on  Agricultural  Fertilisers  and  Legislation  ....  412 
Schaeffer,  H.  N.  F.    Manufacture  and  Use  of  Alizarin  Colours 

(P) 237 

Sohaal,  V.    Method  for  Determination  of  Vapour  Densities. . . .  370 
Schall,  C,  and  Uhl,  J.     Reactions  of    the  Addition  Product 

from  Sulphur  Dioxide  and  Sodium  Phenylate 900 

Scheibler,  F.    Apparatus  for  Liquoring  Sugar  (P) 830 

Scheithauer,  B.    Electric  Batteries  ( P) 249 

Schertel,  A.    Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Sulphuric 

Acid  during  189 1 906 

Schestopal,  C.    See  Veilh 150 

Seheuer.    The  Boric  Acid  and  Borax  Industry 683 

Scheurer,  A.    Note  on  a  New  Chromium  Mordant 33 

On  Weakening  of  the  Tissue  in  Printing  White  Discharges 

in  Vat-Indigo  Blue 33 

Report  on  Preventing  Formation  of  Oxycellulose  in  Print- 
ing Discharges  ou  Indigo  Blue 32 

The  Weakening  of  the  Fibre  in  Discharge-Indigo  Printing  904 
Scheurer-Kestner.    Action  of  Carbon  on  Alkaline  Sulphates 

and  on  Sulphurous  Acid 748 

Action  of  Carbon  on  Sodium  Sulphate 687 

Concentration  of  Sulphuric  Acid 746 

Decomposition  of  Sulphur  Dioxide 687 

On  the  Polymers  of  Ricinoleic  Acid 250 

Preparing  Sulpb.oricin.ate 33 

The  Calorific  Power  of  Coal 995 

Scheurer-Kestner  and  Meunier-Dollfus.     New  Researches  on 

the  Heat  of  Combustion  of  Coal 339 

Schionning,  W.    Producing  Imitai  ion  of  Terra-Cotta  (P) 688 

Schimke,  K.    The  Formation  of  Mildew  in  Woollen  Goods 741 

SchishkolT,  L.  X.     Use  of   Hydrofluoric  Acid  and  its  Salts  in 

the  Distillation  of  Alcohol 627 

Schlagdeuhauffen.  F.,  and  Reeb,  E.    Active  Principle  of  the 

Bor(ighi<E 632 

Schlagenhaufer,  K.,  and  Blumer,  J,    Manufacture  of  Yeast 

(  P) 699 

Schlarb,  C.'C.    Condensation  of  Meldola's  Blue  with  Aromatic 

and  Fatty  Amines 25 

Schleicher,  U     See  Lembach 452 

Schleier,     M,     Use    of    Nitroso^-Naphthol    in     Quantitive 

Analysis 713 

Schlesinger,    O.     Depolarising  Liquid  for  Galvanic  Batteries 

(P)  1015 

Schleuning,  W.    Manufacture  of  Artificial  Stone  (P) 819 

Schlicht,  A.    Estimation  of  Mustard  Oil 779 

Schloesing,     T.      Manufacture     of     Anhydrous     Chloride    of 

Magnesium  (P) 686 

Manufacture  of  Chlorine,  and  apparatus  therefor  (P) 686 

Schlumberger,  A.    Manufacture  of  Paper  for  Cheques,  &c.  (P)  935 

Treatment  of  Paper  for  Cheques.  &c.  (P) 935 

Schmidt.  On  "  Phenocoll,"  an  Aiiti-pyretic  and  Anti-rheumatic  453 

Schmidt,  A.    See  Seubert 849 

Schmidt,  C.    See  Witt 901 

Schmidt,    H.    Grawitz's  Recent  Patented  Improvements  in 

Aniline  Black 519 

Schmied,  L.    Manufacture  of  Colour  Malt  (Pj  833 

Schmitz,    A.    and    Toenges,   E.     Production    of    Oxy-fatty-. 

Glycerin  ethers,  and  t  >xv-  Sulpho-oxy,  Dioxy  and  Sul- 

pho-dioxy-Fatty  Acids  ( P) 827 

Schmoeger,  M.    On  the  Estimation  of  Sugars  by  Ost's  Copper 

Solution 273 

Schmolz,  W.    See  Liebermann 677 

Schnabel,  C.    Treatment  of  Argentiferous  Zinc-Lead  Sulphides  821 

Schnabel,  E.    Reduction  in  Shade  of  Dyed  Alizarin  Colours...  602 

The  Discharge  of  Alizarin  Dyes  811 

Schneider,  E.  A.    The  Colloidal  Sulphides  of  Gold 40 

Schneider,  E.  A.,  and  Clarke,  F.  W.    Action  of  Ammoniiun 

Chloride  at  its  Dissociation  Temperature  on  Silicates..  709 

I  2 


XVlll 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  SI,  1892. 


PAGE 

Sclineller,   A.,   and  Wisse.    IV.  J.    Formation    of   Ozone  in 

Presence  of  Air  (P) 354 

Refining  or  Extraction  of  Sugar  (P) *48 

Refining  Sugar  Juiee  or  Molasses  (P) 830 

Schuurch.    ('.     Oxidation  of    Aniline    Black    in    Process  of 

Dyeing  (P) 813 

Schonau.  P.  W.     Preparation  of  Fish  for  Use  as  Food  (P) 7ns 

Schorlcmmer,  C.    See  Roscoe 373 

Schott.     On  the  Expansion  of  Glass,  and  on  "  Compound " 

Glass 817 

Schreiber,  M.,  and  Oettinger.  L.    Manufacture  of  Glass  Bricks 

(Pi 605 

Schreitci.  J.    AY<  Bigot 434 

Schubert,  A.,  and  Skraup,  Z.  H.    Behaviour  of  Quinidine  and 

of  Quinine  towards  Hydriodic  Acid 263 

Sehucht.    Manufacture  of  Superphosphate 255 

Schultze,  B.    "  Safety  "  Matches 709 

Schulze,  C,  and  Tollens,  B.    Apparatus  for  Evaporating  under 

Diminished  Pressure  (illus.) 940 

Non-appearance  of   Multi-rotation  of  Carbohydrates    in 

Ammoniacal  Solution 944 

The  Pentosans  of  Ligtiified  Fibre 631 

Schulze,  E.    Chemical  Composition  of  Vegetable  Cell  Mem- 
branes   49 

Sehunek,  E.    Discussion  on  Cop-dyeing 988 

Schupphaus,  R.  C.    The  Alcohols  of  Fusel  Oil 831 

Schtitte,  W.    Atropine  and  Hyoseyamine 453 

The  Alkaloids  of  the  Solanacea 263 

Schutze,  M.    Relation  bet  ween  Composition  of  Compounds  and 

their  Colour 807 

Schutzenberger,  P.    Volatility  of  Nickel  in  Prosence  of  Hydro- 
chloric Acid 243 

Schwartz,  C.    See  Noelting 25 

Schweich,  E.,  and  Bucher,  E.    Production  and  Utilisation  of  a 

New  Colouring  Matter  I"  Prosopine  ")  ( P) 515 

Sehweiz.    Determination  of  Value  of  Commercial  Aluminium.  548 

Scollev,  G.  W.    Manufacture  ot  Paints  or  Paint  Stocks  (P)  . . .  360 

Treating  Vegetable  Oils  (P) 758 

Scolley,  G.  W.    Manufacture  of  Pigments  (P) (197 

Scott,  C.    Vaporising  Disinfectants  (P) 452 

Scott,  R.,  and  Beard,  W.  J.    Manufacture  of  Floor-cloth  (P)  . .  903 

Scott,  T.    Evaporating  Pans  (P) 816 

Scott-Moncrieff,  W.D.    Treatment  of  "  Sewerage,"  &c.  (P) 705 

Scoular,  W.    Apparatus  for  Separating  Crushed  Pyrites  and 

other  Heavy  Material  containing  .Metal  (P) 923 

Scruby,  E.  E.  Purifying  Sewage  Effluents  and  Liquids  (]')...  i:,l 
Sebenius,  J.  L.    Apparatus  for  Removing  Gases  and  Impurities 

from  Metal  when  Casting  (P)  (illus) 923 

Seger.    Coloration  of  Clay  by  Oxide  of  Iron 749 

Seger,  H.    Change  in  Porcelain  Paste  by  Storage 162 

Composition  of  Chinese  Red  Glazes •_':;!' 

Composition  of  Sub-glaze  Colours  for  Soft  Porcelain 23ft 

Cuprous  Oxide  Sub-glaze  Colours  for  Soft  Porcelain 2  til 

The  Composition  of  Biscuit  Porcelain 817 

Seidler,  P.  R.  E.    See  Bead,  Holliday  and  Sons 314 

Seidner,  S.    See  Kast 598 

Selling,  II.    Preservative  Composition  for  Building  Purposes 

(P) 606 

Selve,  G.    Separating  Cobalt  from  Nickel  (P) 1013 

Solwig,  J.,  and  Lange,  B.    Nitrating  Cotton,  Cellulose.   Straw, 

&c.  (P) 635 

.Semmler,  F.  W.,  and  Tiemanu,  F.    Oxygen  Compounds  fioin 

Ethereal  Oils 706 

Sepulchre,  L.    Gas  Generator  for  Distillation  of  Mineral  Oils 

(P) 510 

Seubert,  K.,  and  Pollard,  W.    Fusing  Point  and  Crystalline 

Form  of  Aluminium  Chloride .' 34 

Seubert,  K.,  and  Schmidt,  A.    The   Interaction  of  Magnesium 

and  Cldorides ,s49 

Severn,  T.    Kilns  for  Burning  Pottery,  &c.  (P) 6S8 

Sharp,  J.    Discussion  on  Fast  and  Fugitive  Dyes 12. 13 

Discussion  on  Primitive  Modes  of  Dyeing 091 

Shaw,  S.    Discussion  on  Preparing  Samples  of  Argentiferous 

Lead 322 

Shaw,  T,  A.,  and  Rushton,  J.    Apparatus  for  Cooling,  Heating, 

and  Drying  (P)  230 

Shearer,  A.  Discussion  on  Electrolytic  Chlorine  and  Soda. . . .  965 
Shedlock,  J.  J.,  and  Denny,  T.    Extraction  of  Metals  from 

Ores  (P) 695 

Sherwood,  W.    Composition  of  Ink  for  Manifolding  ( P) ;U6 

Shiels,  A.    Thermostats  (P) 895 

Shillito,  T.  B.    An  Inexplodable  Can  for  Inflammable  Liquids 

(P) 895 

Sickenberger.    The  Origin  of  Petroleum  423 

Siefert,  W.    Determination  of  Chlorine  in  Wine 7;s 

Siemens  and  Halske.    Ozone  Apparatus  (P)  535 

Siginund,   W.      Relations    between    Fat     Hydrolysing     and 

Gllicoside-Resolving  Ferments ...... 849 

Silbcr,  P.    See  Ciamician 705 


PAGE 

Silverman,  L.,  and  McLaren,  \V.    Waterproofing  Canvas,  &c. 

(P) 903 

Simpson,  J.    Treatment  of  Material  containing  Phosphate  of 

Lime  (P) 238 

Simpson,  W.  S.    Apparatus  for  Casting  Metals  in  Vacuo  (P)..  823 

Sisley,  P.    See  Vignon 430 

Sisson, 'G.,     mi.    On    the  Aluminoferric  Process  of  Sewage 

Treatment 321 

Skawinski.    See  Noelting 25 

Skelsey,  G.  H.    Manufacture  of  Portland  Cement  (P) 241 

Skraup,  Z.  H.    See  Schubert 263 

Slater,  J.,  and  Rovle,  J.  J.    Ornamentation  of  China,  Earthen- 
ware, &c.;(  P) 818 

Slatter,  G.  W.    Discussion  on  Measures 222 

Discussion  on  Primitive  Modes  of  Dyeing 992 

Sleicher,  W.,  and  Mosher,  G.  A.    Secondary  Batteries  (P) BIS 

Smetham,    A.     Discussion    on  Agricultural    Fertilisers   and 

Legislation 411 

Sniidth,  V.  F.  L.    Hydraulic  Cement  for  Building  Purposes  ( 1')  606 

Smillie,  S.    Distilling  Apparatus  for  Sea-Water  (P) 896 

Smith,  A.J.    Manufacture  of  White  Lead  (P) 1017 

Smith,  E.   F.    Electrolysis  of  Metallic    Phosphates  in  Acid 

Solution 61 

Translation  of  Richter's  Chemistry  of  the  Carbon  Com- 
pounds   1*5 

Smith,  E.  F.,  and  McCauley,  A.  W.    Electrolytic  Separation  of 

Mercury  from  Copper 181 

Smith.  E.  F.,  and  Muhr.  F.    Electrolytic  Separations 00 

Smith,  E.  F.,  and  Wallace,  D.  L.    Some  Separations  by  Elec- 
trolysis   696 

Smith,  F.  S.     Incandescent  Electric  Lamps  (P) 618 

Smith, G.A.    Galvanic  Battery  (P) 248 

Smith,  G.  II.    Treatment  of  Gums,  and  Preparation  of  Var- 
nishes therefrom  (P) 361 

Smith,  J.  Cruiokshank.    Discussion  on  Maize  Oil 505 

On  Maize  Oil 504 

Smith,  J.    See  Nieolle 517 

See  Woodcock 754 

Smith,  J.  G.    Waterproofing  Textile  Materials  (P) 518 

Smith,  J.  and  I.    Apparatus  for  Washing,   Mordanting,  and 

Dyeing  Wool  (P)  (illus.) 742 

Smith,  L.    Means  for  Storing  and  Preserving  Food  (P) 449 

Smith,  T.  M.    Manufacture  of  Fertilisers  (P) 699 

Smith,    Watson.      Discussion   on   Acetic    Acid    from    Carbo- 
hydrates   969 

Discussion  on  Artificial  Musk 308 

Discussion  on  Destructive  Distillation  of  Wood 402 

Discussion  on  Indian  Gum  Samples 406 

Discussion  on  Manufacture  of  Oxygen  Gas 319 

Discussion  on  Oil-Gas  from  Russian  Petroleum 588 

Discussion  on  Sellurmann's  Reactions 872 

Discussion  on  Stability  of  Organic  Nitrogen  Compounds. ..  120 
Note  on  Composition  of  Stratum  of  Peat  under  London 

Clay 591 

On  Sellurmann's  Reactions 869 

Speech  at  Annual  Dinner 5S3 

Stability  of  Certain  Organic  Nitrogen  Compounds 119 

The   Formation  of  Nitrous  Oxide  and  a  New  Method  of 

Preparation 867 

See  Maclvor 45 

Smith,  Watson,  and  Cliorley,  J.  C.    The  Soluble  and  Resinous 

Constituents  of  Coals 591 

Smith,    Watson,    and    Elmore,    W.      Manufacture    of   Basic 

Carbonates  of  Lead  (P) 45 

Production  "f  Nitrous  Oxide  (P) 633 

Production  of  White  Lead  (P) 360 

Smith,  W.    See  Bamber 1007 

Smithells,  A.    Discussion  on  Fast  and  Fugitive  Dyes 13 

Discussion  on  Measures 222 

Smithson,  S.    Dyeing  Apparatus  (P)  906 

Snelling,  H.  A.    Manufacture  of  Spirits  (P)  931 

Sobotka,  G.,  and  Klienietseliek,  A.    Producing  Clear  Wort 

(P) 7110 

Soc.  Anon.des  Anciennes  Salines  Doniaiiiales  de  l'Est.    Bleach- 
ing and  Purifying  Aluminium  Sulphate  (P) 36 

Soc.  Anon,  des  Ardoisieres  de  Deville  and  V.  V.  der  Heyden. 
Manufacture  of  Building  Materials  from  Waste  Slag 

(P) 242 

Soc.  Anon,  des  Moteurs  Thermique  Gardie.     Gas-producing 

Apparatus  for  Thermal  Motors  ( P ) 233 

Soc.  Anon,  des  Parfums  Natureis  de  Cannes.    Purification  of 

Fatty  Residues  or  Cakes  (P) 758 

Purification  of  Fatty  Substances  (P) 536 

Soc.    Anon,    du   Compresseur    Jourdan,    La.    Apparatus   for 

Expressing  Liquids  from  Substances  (P)  1017 

Soc.  Anon. "  La  Levure."    Production  and  Preservation  of  Pure 

Yeast  (P)    931 

Soc.  dile  Electriciteits-Maatsohappij,  La.    Electric  accumula- 
tors (P) '. 755 

Soc.  Durand,  Huguenin,  el    Cie.     Manufacture  of  Colouring 

Malters(t)  237 

Soc.  Geneste,  Herscher,  et  Cie.    Means  for  Sterilising  Water 

(P) 450 


Doc.  3i,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Soc.  La  Ramon.    Ungumming  and  Decorticating  Textiles  (P) .  743 

Solenz,  G.    Manufacture  of  Artificial  Stone  and  Marble  (P)...  74!) 

Soler  y  Vila.  J.    See  Beuoit 020 

Soltsien.    Cinnamon  Powder 372 

C a  372 

Detection  of  Nitric  Aral  in  \  iuegar 372 

Detection  of  Unsaponi liable  Fats 372 

Mace 372 

Solvay  and  Co.    Purification  of  Gas  (P)  671 

Sonuenthal,  S.    Dissociation  in  Dilute  Solutions  of  Tartrates. .  263 
Soustadt.  E.    Extract  of  Coffee,  Confection  of  the  Same,  and 

Preserving  Liquid  Coffee  Extracts  (P) 258 

Making  Extract  of  Tea,  Confection  of  the  Same,  and  Pre- 
serving Liquid  Tea  Extract  (P) 258 

Obtaining  Extract  of  Malt  and  Hops  and  Preparing  Con- 
fection of  Same  (P) 51 

Souther,  C.  N.    Galvanic  Batteries  (P) 610 

Soxhlet,  V.  H.    Increasing  Tinctorial  Properties  of  Dyewodd 

Extracts 428 

So-called  "  Decolorised  "  Tannin  Extracts 519 

Tannins  and  Tanning  Extracts  and  their  Application 904 

The  Tannins  and  Tanning  Extracts  and  their  Application 

in  Dyeing  Cotton 744 

Use  of  Mineral  Pigment  Colours  in  Cotton  Dyeing 520 

Spaeknian.  ('.    On  Manufacture  of    Portland  Cement  from 

Alkali  Waste  alter  Treatment  by  the  Chance  Process..  497 

Spehr,  P.    Ephedrine 544,544 

Spencer,  W.  II.    Apparatus  for  Vaporising  Oils  and  Liquids 

(P) 174 

Spilker,  A.    See  Kraemer 22 

Springer,  T.  G.    Manufacture  of  Gas  (P) 424 

Stackler,  M.    A  Soluble  Naphthol  Antiseptic 772 

Stahel,  R.     See  Fischer 49 

Stanford,  E.  C.  C.    Discussion  on  "Blown"  Oils 507 

Discussion  on  Cellulose 223 

Discussion  on  Composition  of  Mineral  Waters 336 

Discussion  on  Maize  Oil 505 

Discussion  on  Phosphoric  Acid 228 

Discussion  on  Vulcanisation  of  Rubber 335 

Resolution  of  Condolence  on  Death  of  Professor  Dittmar..  224 

Staiek,  E.    The  Glycerin  and  Artificial  Butter  Industry  under 

United  States  Patents  (lllus.) 355 

Stauber,  10.    Producing  Peat  Coke  Cakes  (P) 806 

Stead,  J.  E.    *  ^arburising  Fluid  Iron  or  Steel  (P) 694 

The  Elimination  of  Sulphur  from  Iron 911 

Stebbins.  J.  H.    An  Unusual  Form  of  Spring  Water 834 

Steinhart,  O.  J.    See  Lyte 161 

Stcnhouse.  T.    Discussion  on  Estimation  (if  Nitrogen  in  Coal- 
Gas  417 

Discussion  on  Nitrogen  in  Coal-Gas 497 

Discussion  on  Testing  Coal-Gas 414 

Stettenhcimer,  L.    See  Bamberger 23,  24 

Steuart,  D.  R.     The    Flash-point   and  Heat  of  Burning  of 

Mineral  (bis ". 885 

Stevens,  C.  A.    See  Fell 46 

Stevens.  P.  It.    See  Xoad 921 

Steward,  11.    Soap  or  Washing  Powder  (P) 620 

Stewart.  D.      Apparatus  for    Bleaching  or  Dyeing   Textiles 

(P)  (illus.) 745 

Apparatus  for  Extracting  Juice  from  Sugar  Canes    (P) 

(illus.) 930 

<  oneentrating  Saccharine  Liquids  (P) 1018 

Stewart,  W.    See  French 612 

Stiens,  P.    Portable  Galvanic  Battery  (P)  927 

Stoehr,  C.    0-1'y  ridine  and  Piperidine  Bases 367 

Stolle,  E.    Estimation  of  Sulphuric  Acid  in  Sulphates 711 

Stone,  R.    Manufacture  of  Soap,  and  Utilisation  of  Residues 

(P) 445 

Stones,  W.,  and  others.     Production  of  Carbonic  Acid  Gas  (P)  1006 

Strap,   J.     Separation  of   Copper,   Nickel,  and    Silver   from 
Mattes  or   Alloys,  and    Treatment  of    the    Residues 

Resulting  (P)  616 

Street,  E.  A.  (,.,  and    Desruclles,  A.   W.    Porous  Plates  for 

Electric  Batteries  (P)  249 

Streintz,  F.    See  Neumann 247 

Stricgler.    Estimation  of  Invert  Sugar  by  Soldaini's  Solution  .  1038 

Stringfellow,  W.  R.    See  Morrell 895 

Strombeck.  H.  von.    The  Composition  of  Liquid  Ammonia  of 
Commerce,  and  Manufacture  of  Liquid  Ammonia  of 

99'995  per  cent 736 

Use  of  Oil  in  Ammonia-Gas  Compressors 733 

Strong,  K.  P.,  and  Gordon,  A.    Manufacture  of  Artilieial  Fuel 

( P) 807 

St.  Szymanski.    See  Fried  lander 998 

Stuart,  D.    Treatment  of  Fibrous  Plants  (P) 903 

Stuart,  T.  W.    Discussion  on  Calcium  Chloride  in  the  Weldon 

Process 884 

Subra,  G.  E.  X.  I.  E.     Machines  for  Decorticating  Textiles  (P).  517 
Sugden,  W.  R,    Manufacture  of  Iron,  and  Fuel  or  Compound 

therefor  ( P) 899 


PAGE 
Sutcliffe,  E.,  and  G.  E.  Dyeing  and  Treating  Cotton  and  other 

Textiles  (P) 080 

Sutherland,  R.  M.    See  Orr 737 

Sutton,  J.    Apparatus  for  Filtering.Beer  (P) 1022 

Sutton,  J.  W.    Wet  Process  for  Extraction  of  Gold  or  Silver 

(P) 924 

Sutton,  T.  A.,  and  W.  H.    Manufacture  of  Book-binders'  Cloth 

( P) 90S 

Swinburne,  J.    The  Problems  of  Commercial  Electrolysis S23 

Syer,  M.    Disinfecting  Compound  (P)  934 

Sykes,  W.  J.    Mashing  and  Fermenting  from  the  Distillers' 

Point  of  View 765 

Svnder,  H.     Error  in  Determination  of  Albuminoid  Nitrogen 

by  Kjeldahl's  Method 372 

Szczeuiowskv.  I.  von,  and  Piontkowski,  G.  von.    Continuous 

Centrifugal  Machine  (P) 668 


Tafel,  J.    A  Colour  Reaction  of  Acid  Anilides 461 

Takamine,  J.    Production  of  Alcoholic   Ferments  and  Fer- 
mented Liquids  ( P)  1023 

Talbot,  B.    Treatment  of  Iron  and  Basic  Slag,  and  Extraction 

of  Silicon  and  Phosphorus  (P) 921 

Tallerman,  D.    Preparation  of  Cattle  Foods  (P) 700 

Tank  Storage  and  Carriage  Co.,  Lim.,  The.    See  Dvorkovitz  . . .  152 
Tate,  A.  Norman.    Discussion  on  Agricultural  Fertilisers  and 

Legislation 411 

Discussion  on  Aluminium 128 

Discussion  on  Legislation  on  Noxious  Gases 123,  312 

Tatbam,  11.    Treatment  of  Sewage  and  Sewage  Deposits  (P)  .  174 
Tauber,  F'.    Die  Sulfosauren  der  Beidcn  Naphthylamine  und 

der  beideu  Naphthoic 782 

Taufkirch,  H.    See  Knorr 700 

Taylor,  E.  M.    See  Horton 1017 

Taylor,  H.    Manufacture  of  Paints  and  Varnishes  (P) 620 

Taylor,  J.    Manufacture  of  Soap  (P) 928 

Taylor,    W.    R.    Apparatus     for    Burning    Cement-making 

Materials  ( P) 749 

Manufacture  of  Cement  ( P) 38 

Tebughein,  A.    Dyeing,  Mordanting,   or   Bleaching  Textiles 

(P) 431 

Teggin,  J.    Wood  Trays  for  Filter  Prosses  (P) 894 

Teinmel,  R.    Elastic  Fabric  for  Tubing,  Belting,  &c.  (P) 759 

Templeman.  J.    Manufaetm-e  of  Soaps  and  Saponaceous  Com- 
pounds (P) 827 

Terp,  O.    Enamel  Paints  for  Resisting  Fire.  Damp,  &c.  (P)  ...  829 

Manufacture  of  Artilieial  Stone  and  Hard  Compositions  (P)  819 
Terry,  H.  L.    Critical  Notes  on  Chemical  Technology  of  India- 

Rnbber 970 

Discussion  on  Noxious  Gases  Legislation 311 

Discussion  on  Technology  of  India-Rubber 974 

Tesrhner,  E.    Device  for  Boiling  Milk  ( P) 630 

Theisen,  E.    Condensation   and   Purification  of  Steam  and 

Vapours  ( P) 668 

Theurer,  J.  F.    Simultaneous  Extraction  of  Hops  and  Produc- 
tion of  a  Fine  Extract  (P) 6S8 

Thiry,  L.    Manufacture  of  Artilieial  Chamois  Leather  (P)  ....  698 

Thoferhn.    Electrolytic  Copper  Refining  Process 925 

Thomas.  E.    See  Ross 627 

Thomas,  T.  C.  J.    Manufacture  of  Glass  (P) 240,605 

Tank  Furnaces  for  Manufacture  of  Glass  (P) 1007 

Thomas,  W.  F.    Decorative  Artificial  Stone  (P) 90S 

Thompson,  C.    See  Wright 245 

Thompson,  J.  K.     Fire-Resisting  Bricks,  &c.  ( P) 437 

Thompson,  R.  H.    Improved  Galvanic  Battery  (P) 44 

Thompson,  W.    H.    Grinding    or    Crushing    Apparatus    (P) 

(illus.)  20 

Thompson,  W.  P.    Discussion  on  Aluminium 128 

Thomson.  A.  C.     Oil  [or  other  Waterproof  Sheets  for  Press 

Copies!  P) 835 

Thomson,    Murray.     Discussion  on    Fluid    Specific    Gravity 

Determination 304 

Thomson,  R.  T.    Discussion  on  "  Blown  "  Oils 6117 

Thomson,  R.  T., and  Ballantyne,  H.    "Blown"  Oils 506 

Thomson,  W.    Appliance  for  Recording  Presence  and  Density 

of  Black  Smoke  in  Factory  Chimneys 12 

Thomson,  W.  G.,  and  Powell,  J.  S.     Manufacturing  Inlaid 

Linoleums  (P) 431 

Thorn,  P.  R.    Apparatus  for  Straining  Paper  Pulp  ( P) 175 

Thorner,  W.    The  Use  of  the  Centrifugal  Machine  in  Analytical 

and  Microscopical  Work  (illus.) 62 

Thornton,  H.  B.    Disinfectants  for  Water-closets  ( P) 935 

Manufacture  of  Disinfectant  Tablets  (P) 365 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Deo.  31. 1892. 


PAGE 

Thorp,  W.    Discussion  on  Acetic  Acid  from  Carbohydrates  ...  969 

Discussion  on  Destructive  Distillation  of  Wood 874 

Discussion  on  Elect rolytic  Chlorine  and  Soda 96o 

Discussion  on  Schuriiinnii's  Reactions 871 

Discussion  on  the  Icid  Action  of  Drawing  Papers 213 

Eulogy  on  the  late  Professor  A.  W.  Von  Hofmann 486 

Speech  at  Annual  Dinner ■>*> 

Speech  at  Annual  General  Meeting 677 

Statement  on  Opeiiini--  London  Section  Session  1892-3 867 

Thwaite,  B.  H.    Storing  Inflammable  Spirits  or  Volatile  Hydro- 

carbons  (Pi 312 

Tichhorne.  C.  R.  C.  and  others.    Manufacture  of  Solid  Car- 
bonic Acid  (P) W' 

Tiemann,  P.    See  Semmler 706 

Tildcn.  YT.  A.    Discussion  on  Impurities  in  Coal-Gas 420 

Limettin •  • -''■* 

Note  on  Spontaneous  Conversion  of  Isoprene  into  Caout- 
chouc   636 

Tippetts,  F.  D.    Filter  (P) 894 

Tiseher,  G.    See  Bachem 935 

Tile.  G.    See  Rousseau 238 

Toenges,  E.    See  Schmitz 827 

Tollens,  B.    See  Lindsey 835 

See  Schulze 931 .  9 10,  944 

Topic;',  W.    Discussion  on  Galician  Petroleum  and  Ozokerite.  118 

Torkington,  A.    Manufacture  of  Metal  Fibre  (P) C14 

Townsend,  S.  and  P.  E.    Hydrocarbon  Oil  Burners  (P) 597 

Traub.    Tests  of  Purity  of  Chloroform 779 

Traub,  C.    The  Testing  of  Chloroform 712 

Trautmann,  E.    See  Noelting 27 

Trent,  J., and  Henderson,  G.     Extracting  and  Purifying  Wool 

Fat  (P) 928 

Trillat.    See  Jean 775 

Trillat    A.      Antiseptics,  Jr..  derived  from  Coal-Tar  or  from 

Aromatic  Oils 1927 

The  Antiseptic  Properties  of  Formic  Aldehyde 772 

Trillat,    A.,  and    de    Raczkowsld.     On  Azo-Compounds  and 

Colouring  Matters  derived  from  Chr.vsaniline 737 

Some  Derivatives  of  Chrysaniline 997 

Trillat,  M.    Formaldehyde  ("  Formol ")  1025 

Trillieh,  H.    See  Wilhelm 7CS 

Trimble,  H.    Chestnut  Wood  Tannin 47 

The  Tannins 275 

Trobach  and  Huppertsburg.    Concrete  Blocks  for  Paving  and 

Building  (PI  818 

Tiopenas,  A.,  and  Wells,  A.  E.    Apparatus  for  Rapid  Determi- 
nation of  Carbon  in  Steel  (P) 636 

Truman,  E.  B.    Solution  for  Use  in  Dyeing  Silk  (P) 680 

Tschirch,  A.    Artificial  Coloration  of  Articles  of  Food 172 

Tudor,  H.  O.    Electrodes  for  Accumulators  (P) 354 

Turner,  J.  A.    Water  and  Grease-proof  Packing  Material  (P)  .  1002 

Turner,  T.    See  Barrows 636 

Turton,  J.    Extraction  of  Metals  from  Ores  and  Minerals  (P) .  614 

Typke,  P.  G.  W.    Production  of  Phosphorous  Compounds  (P) .  369 

Tyrer,  T.    Discussion  on  Aluminium  Alloys -19 1 

Discussion  on  Stability  of  Organic  Nitrogen  Compounds  . .  12o 

Eulogy  on  the  late  Prof.  A.  W.  von  Hofmann 485, 4S6 

Speech  at  Annual  Dinner 583 


u 

rhl,  J.    See  Schall 900 

TJhler,  L„  and  Cadische,  H.    Steam  Superheating  Apparatus 

(P) 994 

Ulrich,   G.     Application   of    Alizarin    Lakes    for   Colouring 

Candles 44 

Mordanting  Wool  with  Iron 30 

Use  of  Sodium  Tungstate  as  a  Fixing  Agent  for  Mordants'.  30 

Ul'/.er,  F.    Determination  of  Indigotin  in  Indigo' 63 

limbeck,  A.    Brewing  (P) 628 

Hrnney,  J.  C.    See  Dunstan 360 

Underbill,  T.  J.    Discussion  on  Fast  and  Fugitive  Dyes 13 

United  States  Smokeless  Powder  Co.     Explosive  Compound 

(P) 1032 

Universal  Carbonating  Co.,  The.    Carbonating  Beer  (P) 932 

Unwin,  P.  I.    Recent  Developments  in  Electric  Arc  Welding  .  824 

Usher,  E.  P.    Electric  Battery  Plates  (P) 927 

Storage  Batteries  (P) 927 


V 

Valenta,  E.    Artificial  Asphalt 170 

Larch  Turpentine , 177 

Araret,  R.     Action  of  Metals  on  Salts  Dissolved  in  Organic 

Liquids 713,779 

Vass,  J.    SeeHovenden 259 

rattier,  Cli.    South  American  Metallurgical  Industries 783 


PAGE 

Vaubel,  W.    The  Preservation  of  Sodium 753 

Vaudin ,  L-.    Is  Milk  Acid  or  Alkaline  ': 1023 

The  Reaction  of  M ilk  to  Phenolphtalein 932 

Veith.  A.    The  Rectification  of  Petroleum  Spirit  (illus.) 151 

Veitli,  A.,  and  Schestopal,  C.    The  Origin  of  Petroleum   150 

Yiurengo.  E.,  and  Casper,  E.    Treatment  of  Rhea  and  Appa- 
ratus therefor  (P) 904 

Vickers,  W.  E-,  and  Everett,  G.  A.    Apparatus  for  Mixing  Gas 

or  Vapour  with  Air  (PJ '. 424 

Vidal,  R.    Production  and  Separation  of  Methylamines,  Ethyl- 
amines,  Phenylamines,  and  Naphthylamines  ( Y) 3t4 

Vieille,  P.    Methods  Employed  for  Testing  Explosives 937 

Vieuville,  A.  Micault  de  la.    Preserving  Eggs  (P) 52 

Vignon,  L,    Rotary  Power  of  Silks  of  Various  Origin 6S0 

Specific  Rotatory  Power  of  Silks  of  Different  Origin 741 

The  Melting  Points  of  Mixtures  of  Hydrocarbons. 235 

The  Rotatory  Power  of  Silk 427 

The  Specific  Gravity  of  Silk 600, 10112 

The  Specific  Gravity  of  Textile  Fibres 1003 

Visrnon,  L„  and  Sisley,  P.    Action  of  Nitric  Acid  on  Silk 430 

Villain,  A.    Photo  dyeing 1031 

Villon,  A.  M.    Aluminium  Light 545 

Vincent.  C.   Report  on  Use  of  Hydrofluoric  Acid  and  Fluorides 

in  Distilleries  as  proposed  by  Effront 626 

Vincent,  C.  W.    Mineral  Salts  for  Bathing  and  Drinking  (P)  .  1023 

Vincent,  I'.  J.  B.    Manufacture  of  Salt  in  Blocks  or  Cakes  ( P)  23S 

Vitali,  D.    The  Detection  of  Saccharine 272 

Vladimiroff,  L.     Investigation  of  the    Properties  of   India- 
Rubber '. 929 

Vogel,  •!.  H.    Manufacture  and  Properties  of  "  Fig-Wine  '. . . .  256 

Vogelsang,  A.    See  Bachem 935 

Volney,  C.  W.    Decomposition  of  Sodium  Nitrate  1  ly  Sulphuric 

tcid 347 

Vortmann,  Von  Dr.  G.    Anlcitung  zur  Chemischen  Analyse 

Orgauischer  Stoffe 373 

Vullier.  V.    See  Iloninan 361 


w 

Waddell,  M.,  and  others.    Secondary  Batteries  (P) 249 

Waddington,  H.  H.    Moulds  for  Vulcanising  India-Rubber 

Tyres,  &c.  ( P) mi  7 

Wagner,  J.,  and  Bredig,  G.    Apparatus  for  Developing  and 

Treating  Photographs  (PJ 1032 

"Wagner,  Rudolf  von.    Manual  of  Chemical  Technology 1S4 

Wainwright,  J.  T.    Reducing  U nsmelted  Ore  (P) H>14 

Wainwright,  R.    Apparatus  for  Rendering  Gases,  Smoke,  &c, 

Innocuous  (P) 22 

Walbaum,  H.    See  Bertram 83S 

Walker.  A.    Manufacturing  Yeast  (P) 700 

See  Rawlins 43 

Walker,  W.    Production  of  Glass-making  Material  (PJ  2 10 

Recovering  Carbonic  Acid  Gas  (P) 686 

Wallace,  D.  L.    See  Smith 606 

Walrand.  C,  and  Legenisel,  E.    Treatment  of  Steel  (P) 822 

Walsh,  E.,  jun.    Rolling  Plate  Glass,  and  Machinery  therefor 

(P) 6S8 

AT  alter,  H.  E.    Cleansing  Material  (P) 028 

Walter,  K.    The  Gold-Bearing  Veins  of    Pyrites  on  Mount 

Rosa 821 

Walther,  O.    Cause  of  Greening,  during  Milling,  of  Logwood- 
Black  on  Wool 1002 

Ward,  D.    Making  Coloured  Stucco,  &c.  (P) 1012 

Ward,    E.    Marshall.      The    "Ginger-Beer   Plant"   and   the 

Organisms  Composing  it 255 

Ward,  G.    Discussion  on  Impurities  in  Coal-Gas 410 

Ward,  M.    See  Erankland 704 

Symbiosis  and  Symbiotic  Fermentation 764 

Warner,  E.  T.,  and  Curry,  J.  F.    Making  Mortar  (P) 607 

Warren,  H.  N.    Quick  Method  for  Decomposition  and  Analysis 

of  Ferrochrome 460 

Warren,  P.    The  Opium  Trade  in  Formosa 646 

Warwick,  A.  W.     Extraction  and  Separation  of  Antimony  (PJ  5S3 

Wasowicz,  V.    See  Jannasch 457 

Watkinson,  W.    H.      Apparatus    for    Heating    Liquids   and 

Generating  and  Utilising  Vapour  (P) 337 

Watson,  G.    Discussion  on  Phosphoric  Acid 228 

Preparation  of  Pure  Phosphoric  Acid 224 

Watson,  J.    The  Use  of  Fuller's  Spiral  Slide  Rule  (illus.) 324 

Variation  in  Composition  of  Caustic  Soda  within  the  same 

Drum  (illus. ) 322 

Watson,  W.,  and  Bcntz,  E.    Manufacture  of  Compounds  of 

Chromium  for  l)yeing  (PJ 430 

Watson,  W.   H.     Means  for  Purification  of  Water,  Refuse- 
Liquors,  &c.  ( P) 364 

Watt,  A.    Production  of  Copper  Tubes  by  Electrolysis  (P)  ....  617 
AVatts'  Dictionary  of   Chemistry.    Re-written  by  H.  Foster- 

Morley  and  M.  M.  Pattison  Muir 552 


Dec.  si,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


TAGS 

Wdowiszewski,  H.  The  Accurate  Determination  of  Phosphorus 

in  Steel  in  Two  Hours 815 

Webb,  F.    Extracting  Precious  Metals  from  their  Ores  (P)  . . .  922 

Webb,  G.,  and  Rayner,  G.  H.    Manufacture  of  Oxygen  (P)  ...  773 

Webb,  W.  H.    Compression  Pumps  (P) 20 

Weber,  C.    Discussion  on  Testing  Coal-Gas 414 

Weber,  C.  O.    Discussion  on  Action  of  Chlorine  on  Wool 181 

Discussion  on  Cop-Dyeing 988 

On  Cop- Dyeing  (illus.) 975 

Discussion  on  Cost  of  Sewage  Treatment 9 

On  Oil  and  Iron  Stains  in  Cotton  Cloth 495 

On  the  Manufacture  of  Chrome  Pigments 357 

Weber,  H.  A.     Behaviour   of  Antiseptics  towards   Salivary 

Digestion 834 

On  the  Occurrence  of  Tin  in  Canned  Food 363 

Weber,  O.    On  Mcthylsaccharine  (Toluic  Sulphinide) 772 

Weber,  R.    Composition  of  Glass  for'Chemical  Apparatus 267 

Websky.  E.    Gypsum  Casts  (P) 437 

Wedding,  H.    Alloys  of  Nickel  and  Iron 526 

The  Neuhausen  Aluminium  Factory  (illus.) 910 

Weidcmann.  E.  A.    Candles  for   Fumigating  and  Perfuming 

(P) 416 

Weiler,  E.      The   Dyeing   of    Smooth    Mohair    Fabrics,   and 

Plushes  (illus.) 519 

Weingott,  J.  S.    Treating  Meerschaum  to  render  it  as  Porous 

in  the  Manufactured  as  in  the  Natural  State  (P) 525 

Wegner.  G.    Solder  for  Aluminium  and  other  Metals  (P) 613 

Wehner,  P.  A.  H.    Manufacture  of  Artificial  Wood  (P) 908 

Weigel,  M.    Filtering  Apparatus  (P)  (illus.) 993 

Wells,  A.  E.    See  Tropenas 636 

Wells,  G.I.  J.    Apparatus  for  Extraction  of  Ammonia  (P)  ....  747 

Wells,  J.  G.    See  Morris 764 

Welmans,  P.    Testing  Lard  for  Fatty  Oils 548 

Welz,  F.    Rose  or  Orange-Red  Stained  Glass  (P) 241 

Wense,  W    Estimation  of  Potassium  as  Perchlorate 711 

Wensky.  W.      Galvanic    Batteries   for    Producing   Constant 

Currents  (P) 248 

Wenzel,  von  Otto.    Adressbuch  und  Waarenverzeichniss  der 

Chemischen  Industrie  des  Deutschen  Reichs 7S1 

Wernaer,  C.    See  George 165 

Werner,  P.    Note  on  Application  of  Alizarin  Yellows 599 

WestS.l.    Apparatus  for  Purifying,  4c,  Water  (P) 630 

West,  W.    Treating  Zinc  Ores  (P) 351 

Westaway,  J.    See  Mahaffy 759 

Westcott,  W.  Wynn.    See  Martindale 781 

Weston.E.    Voltaic  Cells  (P) 445 

Weygang,  C.    Manufacture  of  Building  Beards,  Barrels,  &c. 

from  Paper  Pulp  (P) 771 

Weymersch,  H.    Primary  Voltaic  Batteries  ( P) 755 

Whitaker,  T.    Discussion  on  Fast  and  Fugith  c  Dyes 13 

White,  J.    Apparatus  for  Straining  Paper  Pulp  (P) 935 

White,  R.  W.    Manufacture  of  White  Lead  ( P) 620 

White,  T.,  and  Lee,  J.    Brewing  Apparatus  (P) 700 

Whitehead,  C.    Employment   of  Cadmium  in  Gold  Bullion 

Assays 45S 

Whiteley,  R.  Lloyd.    Chemical  Calculations 275 

Discussion  on  Estimation  of  Silica  in  Clay 217 

Wiechmann,  F.  G.    A  Crystalline  Magma  of  Invert  Sugar 362 

AViesner,  J.   Influence  of  Incandescent  Electric  Light  on  Paper 
made  from  Wood  Cellulose,  and  Deterioration  through 

Exposure 596 

Microscopic  Examination  of  Various  Forms  of  Carbon,  and 

Identity  o  f  Lung-Pigment  with  Soot 1024 

Wigg,  W.  J.    Manufacture  of  Venetian  Red  (P) 361 

Wilde,    P.   de,   and   others.    Apparatus    for  Manufacture  of 

Chlorine  (P) 907 

Wilder,  C.  H.    Manufacture  of  Gas  from  Oils  (P) 424 

Wildbagen,  H.    An  American  Sulphite  Cellulose  Paper  Mill 

(illus.) 174 

Wiley,  H.W.    Pine-Tree  Sugar 362 

Wiley,   H.  W.,  and  others.    Notes  on  Analyses   of  Sugars, 

Molasses,  &c 761 

Wilhelm,  E.,  and  others.  Manufacturing  Malt  Coffee  (P)  ....  768 
Wilisch,  H.     Hardening   Articles   of    Steel  or  other   Metal 

(P) 823 

Wilkinson,  J.  B.    Discussion  on  Fast  and  Fugitive  Dyes 13 

Wilcox,  W.  H.    Filter  for  Oils,  Lubricants,  ic.  (P) 169 

Willgerodt,  C.    Meta-dinitrobenzene 777 

Williams,  F.  T.,  and  Howell,  J.  C.    Manufacture  of   Porous 

Plates  for  Secondary  Batteries  (P) 247 

Williams,  G.    Manufacture  of  Hydraulic  Cement  ( P) 688 

Williams,  H.    Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of  Gas  (P)  - 735 

Williams,  J.  E.    Von  Schulz  and  Low's  Method  of  Estimating 

Lead  in  Ores 775 

Williams,  J.  S.    Treating  Glass  Cullet  known  as  "Blacks" 

(P) 524 

Williams,  T.  H.    Manufacture  of  Disinfecting  Powder  (P)    631,631 


PAGE 
Williams.  T.  W.    Furnaces  effecting  more  perfect  Combustion 

(P) 895 

Williamson,  D.    Filtering  Apparatus  (P) 509 

Williamson.  R.    See  Longmore 906 

Willm,  Th.    Pentasulphide  of  Antimony 758 

Wills,  J.  L.    Natural  Phosphates 698 

Willson,  T.  L.    Electric  Reduction  of  Aluminium  and  other 

Metals  (P) 354 

Wilm,  T.    Absorption  of  Hydrogen  by  Palladium 465 

Wilson,  — .    Discussion  on  Testing  Coal-Gas 414 

Wilson,  E.  S.    Refining  and  Deodorising  Refuse  Oils  and  Fats 

(P) 757 

Wilson,  G.  M.  S.    Manufacture  of  Gas  (P) 424 

Wilson,  H.  W.    Bleaching  Vegetable  Textiles  (P) 745 

Wilson,  J.  A.    Turkey-Red  Oil.    Part  II 495 

Wilson,  J.  W.,   and    Harvey.   C.  H.    G.     Obtaining   Ferric 

Chloride  from  Waste  Liquors  (P) 433 

Wilson,  T.  B.    Utilisation  of  Sewage  Sludge  (P) 769 

Wilson,  W.  C.    Colour  Testing 537 

Wilson,  W.  H.    Manufacture  of  Illuminating  and  Heating  Gas 

(P) 735 

Wingham.  A.    Practical  Slide-Rule  for  Calculation  of  Furnace 

Charges S21 

See  Ball 751 

Winkler,  C.    On  the  Durability  of  Aluminium 244 

Reduction  of  Oxygen  Compounds  by  Magnesium 39 

Winter,  C.    Artificial  Fuel  (P)  996 

Winterstein,  E.    Vegetable  Amyloid 763 

Wirt/,,  Q.    See  Evans 212 

Wisse.W.  J.    See  Schneller 354,448,830 

Witt,  O.  N.    /3-Naphthaquinone  Sulphonic  Acids 155 

Progress  in  Wool  Dyeing 602,  602 

Witt,  O.  N„  and  Kaufmann,  H.    a-Naphthol-a-Sulphonic  Acid    155 

Witt,  O.  N.,  and  Schmidt,  C.    Azonium-Bascs 901 

Witteman.  J.  F.    Finishing  Beer  (P)  932 

Witz,  A.    The  Production  of  the  Spheroidal  State  in  Boilers  . .    067 
Wolff,  F.  A.    Treating  Liquid  Gelatin  or  Glue  for  Production 

of  Plates  or  Sheets  (P) 624 

Wood,  J.    Machines  for  Printing  Fabrics  (P) 905 

Wood,  J.  T.    Purifying  Sewage  or  Foul  Water  (P) 451 

Woodcock,  J.,  and  others.     Preparing  Ores,  Oxides,  and  Com- 
pounds of  Iron  for  Smelting  (P) 754 

Woodhouse  and  Rawson  United,  Lim.    See  Masterman 169 

Woodman,  D.    Analyses  of  Glass  Used  for  Incandescent  Elec- 
tric Lamps 817 

Denitration  of  Pyroxylin 839 

Wolff,  C.  J.    See  Lembach 452 

Wolffenstein,  R.    See  Nicotine 705 

Woscher,  A.    Indigo  and  its  application  in  Dyeing  and  Print- 
ing      428 

Wright,  C,  R.  Alder.     Discussion  on  Artificial  Musk 307 

Discussion  on  Fluid  Specific  Gravity  Determination 304 

Discussion  on  Stability  of  Organic  Nitrogen  Compounds  ..    120 

On  Certain  Aluminium  Alloys 492 

On  Certain  Ternary  Alloys.    Part  VI 693 

On  Fluid  Specific  Gravity  Determination    for   Practical 

Purposes  (illus.) 297 

Wright,  C.  R.  Alder,  Thompson,    C,  and  Leon,  J.  T.     On 

Certain  Ternary  Alloys 2 15 

Wright,  H.  E.    A  Handy  Book  for  Brewers 10m 

Wright,  J.     Vertical  Stills  for  Ammoniacal  and  other  Liquors 

(P) 894 

Wright,  J.  A.    See  Mason 436 

Wunder,  J.    Sizing  Paper 52 

Wuusche,  F.    Prod  ucing  Magnesium  Flash-Light  ( P) 899 

Wyatt,  F.    The  Phosphates  of  America 184 


Young,    G„    and    Crippiu,  W.     Apparatus  for  Dyeing    and 

Bleaching  ( P) 742 

Young,  W.    Manufacture  of  31  moral  Oil  and  Ammonia  (P) . . .  900 

Yvon  and  Berlioz.  /J-Naphthol  Benzoate,  or  "  Benzonaphthol "  264 


z 

Zahn,  W.    Tanning  Hides  for  Making  Kid  Leather  (P) 625 

Zalozieeki,  R.    The  Origin  of  Petroleum 22 

Zanner,  A.    See  Brunner 37,  sin 

Zeissler,  H.    See  Krantz 616,635  635,635 

Zeitschel,  B.    Apparatus  for  Rapidly  Heating  Liquids  (P) 509 

Zellstofi'-Fabrik  Waldhof.     Treatment  of  Cellulose  for  Manu- 
facture of  Gun-cotton  (P) 180 

Zillessen,  E.,  sen.    Dyeing  Silk  or  Half-Silk  Goods  (P) 1004 

Zune,  M.    Detection  of  Rosin  Oils  in  Essence  of  Turpentine  . .    637 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  3:,  1892. 


INDEX    OF     SUBJECTS, 


X.B. — In  this  Index  (1*)  indicates  that  the  matter  referred  to  is  an  abstract  of  a  patent ; 

referred  to  is  in  the  Trade  Heport. 


(T.li.)    indicates  that  the  matter 


A 

PAGE 

Absinthe  a  Yickler  ot  Tannin,    ( Mafat ) 621 

Acacia  Arabica  Gum.    (Rideal) 403 

A  Tielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat)  621 

( iatechu.    (Rideal) 404 

Farnesiana.    (Rideal) 404 

Ferrugina.    ( Rideal ) 404 

Leucophlosa.    (Rideal) 404 

Modesta.    (Rideal) 404 

Accounts  for  the  Year  1801 569 

Accumulators.    See  Batteries. 

Acetic  Acid,  Production  of,  from  the  Carbohydrates.    (Cross 

and  Bevan) 966 

Acid,  Specific  Gravity  of  Solutions  of.     ( Nickel) 161 

Anhydride,  Action  ot,  on  Dimethylaniline.    (Rcverdin  and 

de  la  Harpe)  778 

Acetone,  Manufacture  of  Crude.    (P)  Lowe 907 

Acetylene  in  Flames,  the  I  Irigin  of.    (Lewes) 340 

Acetyl-Indigo  White  and  Acetyl-Indigo.     (Licbcrmann  and 

1  (ickhutt) 426 

Acid,  a  New  Unsaturated  Fatty.    (Arnaud)  619 

Marking  Glass  by.    (P)  Leader 524 

Acidimetrv.  Potassium  Hydrogen-tartrate  as  a  Starting  Point 

for.    (Borntrager) 776 

Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts.      34,  161,  237,  346,  432,  521,  603,  681.  716.  .814 

9116,  1004 

Apparatus  for  Concentrating.     (P)  Her.'ens 36 

Apparatus  for  Distilling  Fatty,    il'i  Hugues 757 

(it  Palm  Oil,  the  Solid  Patty.     (Noedlinger) 445 

Production    of    Oxy-,  Sulpbo-oxy-.    Dioxy-,  and    Sulpho- 

dioxy-fatty.    (P)  Schmitz  and  Tocnges 827 

Aconine,  Formation  and  Properties  of.    (Dunstan  and  Pass- 
more)  366 

Aconitine,  Conversion  "of  Aconine  into.    (Dunstan  and  Pass- 
more)  366 

Acbnitum  napellus,  the   Alkaloids  of   True.    (Dunstan  and 

Umney) 366 

Acridine Orange,  Application  of.    (Von  Perger)  30 

Address,  Lists  of  changes  of.     2,  92,  202,  206,  :194,  484,  568,  662,  732, 

800,  866,  962 

The  Presidential,  1892.    (Emerson  Reynolds) 571 

To  the  Iron  and  Steel  Institute,  Presidential 689 

Adulteration  in  Agriculture.     (T.R.) 1043 

Aerated  "Waters.    See  Waters. 

Aereators  for  Treating  Liquids.     ( P)  Andrew 896 

Africa,  Drugs  of  Tropical.    (T.R.) 377 

Dyes  ofTri ipical.    (T.R.) 377 

Fibres  of  Tropical.    (T.R.)  377 

Gold  Production  in  South.     (T.R.) 718 

oils  and  Pats  of  Tropical.    (T.R.) 377 

Perfumes  of  Tropical.     (T.R.) 377 

Eesins  and  Gums  of  Tropical.    (T.R.) 377 

Tie- Cvanide  Process  in  South.     (Butters  and  Clennell)  ..  916 

Vegetable  Products  of  Tropical.    (T.R.) 377 

Agremonia  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 621 

Agriculture,  Adulteiation  in.    (T.R.) 1043 

Composition  for  Fixing  Ammoniaeal  Nitrogen    Used  in. 

(Pi  Buroni  and  Marchand PUS 

Manufacture  of  Iron  in  its  Relations  to.    (Bell) 819 

Air  and  Hydrochloric  Acid  Gas,  Producinga  Mixture  of.    (P) 

La  Soc.  Peehiney  et  Cie 1006 

And  Steam.  Apparatus  for  Regulating  Admission  of,  to 

Furnaces.    IP)  Broadbent 896 

Apparatus  for  Carburettiug.    (P)  Lennard 234 

Apparatus  for  Carburettiug.     (P)  The   Gas  Economising 

and  Improved  Lurid  Synd.  and  Love,  J 898 

Apparatus   for   Distilling    Water   in    Presence   of.      (P) 

Hunting 509 

Apparatus  for  Effecting  Complete  Mixture  of  Gas  with. 

( P)  Vickers  and  Everett 424 

Apparatus  for  Saturating,  with  Vapours.    (P)  Danks 508 

Compressors.    (Pi  Johnson  and  Hutchinson  (illus.) 003 

Displacement    Pumps   for.     IP)  Ham-eaves  and   Hudson 

(illus.) sol 

Estimation  of  Organic  Substances  in  the.     ( Arcbarow.  I . . .  464 

Method  of  Producing,  in  a  Luminous  State,    (P)  Duffy...  619 


PAGE 

Air— cont. 

Obtaining  Oxygen  and  Nitrogen  from  the.    (P)  Brier 838 

-Pumps.  Mercurial.    (P)  Thompson.    From  Raps 60 

Purification  of.     ( P)  Oades 233 

Purification  of.    ( P)  Purcell  and  Pureel 1025 

Separating  Oxygen  from.    (P)  Parkinson 1031 

Supplying  Heated,  to  Furnaces.    (P)  Hawksley 996 

The  Impurities  of  Town.     ( Bailey) 769 

Utilised  Heated,  in  Drying  Apparatus.    (P)  Leydeeker  . . .    509 

Airelle-myrtille  a  Tielder of  Tannin.    (Mafat)  621 

Albizzia  Amara.    ( Rideal) 404 

Albumen,  Optical  Determination  of,  in  Urine.    (F.llinger)  ....    184 

Researches  on  Ash-free     (Harnack) 453 

Alcohol,  a  Ferment  Producing  Amyl.  from  starch.    (Perdrix).    609 
Condensation  Products  of  Ally  I.  with  Methylated  Benzenes. 

( Kraemer  and  Spilker) 22 

Diatilling and  Rectifying.    (P)  Perrier s32 

Occurrence  of  Octylic.  in  Distilled  Wool  Fat.     (Hannau)  .     535 

Of  Antipyrine,  An.     (Briihl)  632 

1'se  of  Hydrofluoric  Acid  audits  Salts  in  Distillation  of. 

(SchishkolT) 627 

Volatilisation  of,  during  Fermentation.    (Riss) 627 

Alcohols,  Method  of  Analysing.    (P)  de  Pass.    From  Gossart .    712 

Of  Fusel  Oil,  The.    (Sohupphaus)  s;;i 

Alcorncque  a  Tielder  of  Tannin.    iMafat) 621 

Aldehyde  in  "  Kau-de-Vie  de  Piquette."    (Muller) 256 

Obtaining  the  Two  Isomeric  Monomethylethers  of  Proto- 

catechuic.    (P)  Bertram 58 

The  Antiseptic  Properties  of  Formic.    (Trillat) 772 

Aldehydes,  Reaction  of  Sodium  Nitroprusside  with,  (von  Bitto)    846 

Alder  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 621 

Ale.  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Just  ice.     From  Billinirs 628 

Manufacture  of.    (Pi  Thompson.    From  Lawton 628,629 

Mashing  and  Brewing.     ( P)  Barton 833 

Alrjurobillu,  a  Tielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat)  621 

Algeria,  The  Phosphates  of 760 

Alizarin  and  its  Analogues,  Production  of  New  Derivatives  of 

(P)  Farl>.  vorm.  Bayer  ,v  Co 1000 

Blue,  Production  cf  Colouring  Matters  derived  from.    (P) 

Willcox.    From  The  Farb.  vorm.  Bayer  &  Co 514 

Blue,  Production- of  Colouring  Matfr  rs  from.     (P)  Iurray. 
From  The  Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  and  Bruning. .      29 

Colours,  Manufacture  of.     (Pi  Schaeffer 237 

Colours,  Reduction  in  Shade  of  Dyed.     (Schnabel) 602 

Dyes,  The  Discharge  of.    (Schnabel) 811 

Lakes.  Application  of,  for  Colouring  Candles.    (Ulrica)  ...      44 

Preparing  Amido-.    (Lauth) 236 

Yellow,  2  G  and  R,  Note  on  Application  of.     (Werner)  ....    599 
Alizarine,  Dyeing  Silk   by  Means  of.    (P)  linray.    From  the 

Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  und  Bruning 515 

Alkali  Aluminates,  Manufacture  of.     (  P)  Fleischer 522 

Co..  Lim.,  Action  of  the  United.    (T.R.)  284 

In  the  United  States,  British.    (T.R.) 189 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Haddock  and  Leith 43S 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Mills 433 

Manufacture  of,  ,\c.     (P)  Lake.     From  the  Kavser  Patent 

Co 36 

Production  of  Caustic,  and  Chlorine.    { P)  Lyte 686 

Production  of  Caustic.  4e.     ( I')  Eichstadt 37 

Separation  of,  from  the  Undecomposed  Electrolyte.    (P) 

Kellner 755 

Waste, Manufacture  of  Portland  Cemeut  from.    (Spack- 

nian ) -197 

Works  Act  Amendment  Bill.  .Meetings  to  consider  the 470 

Works  Regulation  Act,  Hill  to  Amend  the.    (T.R.) ,;sj 

Works,  The  Chief  Inspector's  Annual  Report  on 681 

Alkalimetry,  Potassium  Hydrogen-tartrate  as  a  Starting  Point 

for.    (Borntrager) 77g 

Alkaline  Cyanides,  Production  of.    (P)  de  Lambilly 604 

Alkalis.     (Class  VII.)     .34,161   237,  346,  432,  521,  603,  681,  746,814,  0ll6, 

10114. 
Apparatus  for  Production  of,  by  Electrolysis.    (P)  Kellner    755 

Production  of  Monocarbonates  of  the.    (P)  Gossage 907 

Alkaloid  from  Javanese  Coca  Leaves,  A  New.    (Giesel) 177 

Alkaloids.     (Class  XX.)   67,  170,  261,  365,  453,544,631,  705,771,835.935, 

1026. 

Ammonium  Sulpho-Selenite  a  Test  for.    (daSilva) 182 

In  Cinchona  Bark,  Determination  of  the  Total.     (Hauben- 

Mi<-k) 779 

Of  Belladonna  Extract,    (van  Itallie) 632 


Dec.  31.1892.J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


XX111 


PAGE 

Alkaloids— con  £. 

Of  Belladonna.  The  Secondary.    (Merck) CS2 

Of  certain  of  the  Solanacew,  The.    t  Hesse  i D36 

Of  the  Areca-Nut.    (Jahns) 57 

Of  the  Solanacece.    (Schiitte) 263 

Of  True   Aconilwn  Napellus,  The,    (Dunstan  and  Um- 

ney) 866 

Sulphonic  Acids  of  some  of  the  Cinchona.    (Hesse) 17<> 

Allooinnamic  Acid,  Formation  of,  from  Phenylpropiolie  *Acid. 

(Liebermann  and  Schraolz) c;r 

Alloy,  Coating  Articles  with  a  New  Metallic.    (P)  The  London 

Metallurgical  Co.,  and  Cowper-Coles G18 

Metallic,  for  Articles  subjected  bo  great  Heat     (P)  Pinkuey  754 

Production  of  an.     (P)  Cooke flit.") 

Alloys  and  Compositions  for  Covering  Surfaces.     (P)  Day 691 

Bearing-Metal.    (Dudley)  440 

Copper.    (P)  Huntington  and  Prestige 92*2 

Improved  Metallic,    (P)  Alzugaray 615 

Improvements  in  Metallic.    ( P)  Thompson.    From  -Miles 

and  others 822 

Manufacture  of  Ferro-Bronze  and  other.    (P)  Bott 693 

Manufacturing  Nickel,    (P)  Mond 613 

Melting  Points  of  the  Gold-Aluminium  Series  of.    I  Roberts 

Austen)  :H9 

Miorographio  Analysis  of.    (Guillemia) 77 1 

New  Metallic.    (  Pi  Pearson  and  Pratt 533 

Xew  Metallic.     ( V)  Pratt 822 

Of  Copper,  Treating,  to  Prevent  Oxidation  and  Deoxidation 

during  Heating  and   Annealing.     (P)   Lake.     From 

Cummins 753 

Of  Nickel  andt'oppi-r.  Nickel  and  Iron, and  Nickel,  Copper 

and  Iron.     I  P)  .Martins 822 

Of  Nickel  ami  Iron.     (  Wedding) 526 

On  Certain  Aluminium.    (Alder  Wright ) 492 

On   Certain    Ternary.    (Alder    Wright,    Thompson,   and 

Leon) 245 

On  Certain  Terna  ry.    Part  VI.    (Alder  Wright) 693 

Of  Sodium,  some  Well-defined.    (Joannis) 641 

I'se  of  Aluminium.     (P)  Pickhardt 508 

Almaden  Quicksilver  Mines,  The 753 

Almond  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 621 

Alpha-naphtho-quinone-dichloriniide,    Manufacture   of   Basic 

DyestulTs  from.    (P)    Johnson.    From  the  Badische 

Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik 599 

Aloes  as  Yielder.,  of  Tannins.     (  Mafat) 621 

Alum  in  Potable  "Water,  a  Delicate  Test  for.     (Richards) 60 

Alumina  ,  Manufacture  of.    Thompson.    From  Bradburn  and 

Pennock 37 

Manufacture  of  Sulphate  of.     (P)  Kynaston 161 

Purification  of  Waste  Water  by 938 

Recovery  of,  in  Manufacture  of  Aluniinates  of  Soda  and 

Potash.     (Pj  Clans 815 

Aluminates,  Manufacture  of  Alkali,    ( P )  Fleischer 522 

Aluminium,  Action  of  Beer  on.     (Robert) $30 

Action  of  Certain  Liquids  on.     (Lunge) 543 

Action  of.  on  Cyanide  of  Mercury.     (Varet)    713 

Action  of  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Nitric  Acid  on.     (Le  Roy) . .  166 

Action  of  Sulphuric  and  Nitric  Acids  on.     iLeRoy) ;»18 

Alloying,  with  other  Metals.     (P)  Adderbrooke. . , 753 

Alloys,  on  Certain.     (Alder  Wright  I 492 

And  Alloys  thereof,  Use  of.    (P)  Pickhardt 508 

And  Beer 760 

And   Iron,  Determination  of,  in  Presence  of  Phosphoric 

Acid.    ( Krug) 036 

Chloride,  Fusing  Point  and  Crystalline  Form  of.     (Seubert 

and  Pollard) 34 

Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid  in  Presence  of.  (John- 
son and  Osborne) 777 

Determination  of  Value  of  Commercial.    (Sehweiz) 548 

Direct  Determination  of,  in  Iron  and  Steel.    (Drown  and 

McKcunaJ 26S 

Durability  of.     ( Winkler) 244 

Electric  Reduction  of.     (P)  Willson 354 

Electrolytic  Production  of.     <  P)  Grabau 617 

Estimation  of,  in  Ferro-Alnminmra.     (Donath) 159 

Extraction  of  Hydrate  or  Salts  of,  from  Silicates  or  Clay. 

(P)  Meyer 7 17 

Factory,  The  Neuhausen.    (Wedding)  (illus.) 910 

Iu  Cast  Iron,  Caloriuietrical  Investigations  on,    (Osmcnd)  242 

Light.     ( Villon) 545 

Manufacture  and  Industrial  Value  of.     (Dagger) 124 

Manufacture  and  Uses  of,  from  an  Engineering  Standpoint. 

(Hunt) 762 

Solder  for  Joining.     (  P)  Wegner 013 

Specific  Heat  and  Latent  Heat  of  Fusion  of.     (Pionehon). .  752 

Sulphate 52 

Sulphate,  Bleaching,  and  Purifying.    (P)  Imray.    From  La 

Soc.  Anon,  des  Anciennes  Salines  Domaniales  de  L'Est  36 

The  Production  cf.     (T.R.I 69 

The  Specific  Heat  of.     (Richards)  140 

The  Uses  and  Applications  of.    (Addenbrooke) 608 

United  States  Production  of.     (T.R.) 74 

Use  of,  for  Vessels  containing  Foods.     ( Rupp)  172 

Ahunino-ferric  Process  of  Sewage]Treatment,  The.   (Sissonjun.)  321 

Sewage  Process  (Grimshaw) 6 

Amalgam  for  Filling  Teeth  (P)  Juterbock 353 

Amalgams,  Electrolytic  Determination  of  Metals  as.    (Gibbs).  547 

America,  Cryolite  Production  in.     (T.R.) c,9 

American  Institute,  &c £55 


PAGE 

Amt'thylcamphonitroketone.    (Cazeneuve) 900 

The  Tinctorial  Properties  of.     (Cazeneuve) 900 

Amido-alizarin.  New  Method  of  Preparing.     (Lauthl 236 

Compounds,  Employing  Aromatic,  in  Photography.     (P) 

Haul! 1032 

Compounds.  Use  of  Aromatic,  as  Developers.     (P)  Hauff , .  937 

Amidol  and  Metol 634 

Amidoinethyiphenylpyrazolone    and    a    Derivative    thereof, 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Imray.    From  The  Farb.  vorm. 

Meister,  Lucius,  and  limning 545 

AmidonaphtholsuTpho  Acids,  Production  of.    (P)  Pitt.    From 

Cassella  and  Co 3-15 

Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters  from.     (P)  Pitt.    From 

'  !assella  and  Co 741 

Oxidation  Compounds  of.  (Rcverdin  anddela  Harpe).,..  997 
Amidophenylinduline.    Action  of  Aniline  upon.     (Fischer  and 

Hepp) 157 

Decomposition  of,  with  Acids.     (Fischer  and  Hepp) 157 

Amines,  The  Condensation  of  Meldola's  Blue  with   Aromatic 

and  Fatty.     (Schlarb) 25 

Ammonia,  Action  of,  on   Solubility  of  Ammonium  Chloride. 

(Engel  ] 238 

And  Mineral  Oil,  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Young 900 

And  Tar,  Manufacture  of.     (P)    Thompson.    From  Kuntze  511 

Apparatus  for  Extracting,  from  Gas     ( P)  Lister 511 

Apparatus  for  Extraction  of.    (P)  Wells 747 

Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of  Sulphate  of.     (P)  Dempster  238 

Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of  Sulphate  of.  (  Pi  Marriott  .  238 
Comparative  Prices  of  Sulphate  of.  and  Nitrate  of   Soda. 

(T.R.)  378 

« lomposition  of  Commercial  Liquid,    (von  Strombeck) 736 

Distillation  Flask  for  Estimation  of,  in  Waters.    (Coleman)  327 

Gas  Compressors,  Use  of  Oil  in.     ( ^  on  Strombeck) 733 

In  Rain  water  and  in  the  Atmosphere.     (Muntz) 551 

Iu  Water,  Estimation  of.     (Lowe) 133 

Manufacture  of  Nitrate  or  Chloride  of,  &c.     (P)  Brunner 

and  Zanner 37 

Manufacture  of  Strong  Liquid.     (Von  Strombeck) 236 

Manufacture  of  Sulphate  of.    (  P)  Malster 908 

Mineralising  Acti  iu  of  Sulphate  of.    (Klobb) 781 

Production  of  I  Ira  ting  Gas  and.     (Hennin) 734 

Product  on  of  Sulphate  of,  in  the  United  Kingdom 682 

Solution,  Presence  of  Lead  in.     (Lowe) 133 

Statistics  Respecting  Sulphate  of.     (T.R.) 08 

Tar    and     Heating    Gas,    Simultaneous    Production    of. 

(Hennin) *. 233 

Ammonia;,  On  the  Testing  of  Liquor.    (Hertkorn) 457 

Ammoniacal  Liquors,  Vertical  Stills  for.    (Pi  Wright 894 

Ammonium  Chloride,  Action   of  Ammonia   on  Solubility  of. 

( Engel ) 238 

Chloride,  Action  of,  iu  Silicates.      (Schneider  and  Clarke)  .  709 

Salts,  Manufacture  of.    (Muhlhauser)  (illus.) H7« 

Sulpho-Selenite  a  Test  for  Alkaloids,     (da  Silva)    182 

Ammunition,  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Abel  and  Dewar 709 

Amylaceous  Substances,  Converting,  into  Soluble  Products.  (P) 

Thompson,  from  Iierge 448 

Amyloid,  Vegetable.    ( Wintcrsteiu) 763 

Amyloins,  A  Contribution  to  the  Study  of  the.     (Morris  and 

Wells) 764 

Anaesthetic,  An  Improved.    (P)  Von  Mering 708 

Analysing  Columns.     ( P)  Berly 803 

Analysis  of  Sim  >w.     1 1  'artcr  Bell )  320 

Analytical  and  Scientific  Xotes 64,1*4,  274,465,551.  640,713 

779.  849,  946,  1039 
Apparatus  . .     60,  181,  267,  370, 457,  517,  635,  709,  774,  840,  939, 1033 

Andira,A  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat ) 621 

Andromeda.  A  Yielder  of  Tannin.     I  M  alat) 621 

Anilines,  A  Colour  Reaction  of  Acid.     (Tafel)  461 

Aniline,  Action  of,  upon  Am idophenylindu lines.    (Fischer  and 

Hepp ) 157 

Black.     (Weber) 987 

Black.  Effecting  the  Oxidation  of,  in  the  Process  of  Dyeing. 

(P)  Schnurch 813 

Black,  Grawitz',  Recent  Improvements  in.     (Schmidt)  ...  519 

Dyeing  and  Printing  Textile  Fibreswitb.  (P)  Grawitz...  813 
Lakes    for    Manufacture    of    India-Rubber    Cloth.      (P) 

Frankenburg 829 

Lakes,  M  anufacturc  of.     ( P)  Frankenburg 808 

Aniaolines,  A  Class  of  New  DyestulTs.     (Monnet) 677 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Monner 516 

Annealing,  A  Non-oxidising  Process  of.    (Jones) 608 

Annidaline.    (Trillat) 1028 

Annual  Dinner,  The 581 

Meeting,  Proceedings  of  the  Eleventh 569 

Anogeissus  LatifoUa.     (Rideal) 404 

Anthracene,  Manufacture   of  DyestulTs  Derived    from.      (P) 

Willeox.    From  the  Farb.  vorm.  F.  Bayer  and  Co 29 

Anthracite  Black,  Application  of.    (von  Perger) 31 

Anthrapurpurine,  Dyeing  Silk  by  Means  of.  (P)  Imray.  From 

the  Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius,  und  Bi lining 515 

Anthraquinone  and  Alizarin  Blue.    Production  of  Colouring 

Matters  derived  from.     (P)  Willcox.    From  the  Farb. 

vorm.  Baver  and  Co 514 

Colouring  Matters  derived  from.     (P)  Willcox.    From  the 

Pari i.  vorm.  F,  Bayer  ami  Co 740 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


PAGE 

Antbraquinone— cant. 

Manufacture  of    Colouring   Matters  Derived    from.     (P) 

Willcox.    From  the  Farb.  vorm.  F.  Bayer  and  Co 513 

Manufacture  of  Dyes  tuffs  Derived  from.      (P)    Willcox. 

From  the  Farb.*  vorm.  F.  Bayer  and  Co 29 

Antifebrin.    (Trillal) 1029 

Antimony  and  Copper,  Simultaneous  lElectrolytic  Deposition 

of.     ( Hampe) 695 

Arsenic  and  Tin,  the  Separation  of.    (Clark) 461 

Influence  of,  on  Ductility,  Strength,  and  Conductivity  of 

Copper.    (Hampe) 1014 

Ores,  Analysis  of.     (Carnot ) 636 

Ores,  New  Method  for  Assay  of.    (Carnot) 941 

Pentasulphide  of.     ( Willm) 75s 

Separation  of,  from  its  Ores.     (P)  Warwick 533 

Smelting,  The  English  Process  of.     (Rodger) 16 

Solution  of  Chloride  of,  in  Saturated  Solutions  of  Sodium 

*  blonde.     I  (  :iusse) COO 

Statistics  Respecting     (T.R.) 81 

Antipvrin.     (Trillat) 1030 

A  Direct  Method  of  Preparing,    t  Michael) 838 

An  Alcohol  of.     (Bruhl) 632 

A  Nitro-Derivativeof,     (Jandrier.) 706 

Relation  of  8-methvlamido-crotonanilide  to.    (Knorr  and 

Taufkirch) 706 

Sulphonic  Acids.     ( 51  Sllcnhoff) 836 

Antiseptic,  A  Soluble  Naphthol.     ( Stackler) 772 

Properties  of  Formic  Aldehyde.    (Trillat) 772 

Antiseptics,  Apparatus  for  ITse  of  Liquid.     (P)  Herschev 631 

Behaviour  of,  towards  Salivary  Digestion.    Weber) 834 

Etc.,  from  Coal  Tar  or  Aromatic  Oils.     (Trillat) 1027 

Soluble  Quinoline.     (P)  Lembach  and  others 452 

Apatite.    (Wills) 698 

Apatites,  Occurrence  of  Fluorine  in.    (Carnot) 759 

Apparatus  (Class  I.)  20, 147,230,  337, 421, 507, 595, C67,  733, So*,  894,992 
For   Heating    Liquids    and    Generating    Vapour.      (P) 

Watkinson 337 

Apples,  The  Lixiviation  of,  in  Cider-making.    (Jay) 1019 

Appliances  for  Use  with  Incandescence  Lamps.    (P)  Heald...  735 

Apricot  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 621 

Arabinose,  Distinction  of,  from  Xylose.     (Bertram!) 1035 

The  Fermentation  of.    (Frankland  and  MacGregor) 627 

Axbousier  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 621 

Arc  Light  Carbons,  Increasing  the  Life  and  Efficiency  of.    (P) 

"Garland 43 

Areca-nut,  The  Alkaloids  of  the.    (Jahns) 57 

Argentina,  Drug  Exports  from.     (T.R.) 467 

New  Customs  Tariff  of.    (T.R.) 190 

Argentine.    (Harpf ) 55 

Republic,  Drug  Imports  into  the.    (T.  R.) 467 

Aristol.    (Trillat) 1028 

Aristolocbia  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 621 

Armoise  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 621 

Arnica  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 621 

Aromatic    Octohydro-a-naphthoquinoline.      (Bamberger   and 

Stettenheimer) 24 

Arsenic,  Antimony,  and  Tin,  Separation  of.    (Clark) 461 

Influence  of,  on  Ductility,  Strength,  and  Conductivity  of 

Copper.    (Hampe) 1014 

Quantitative  Determination  of.     ( Sanger) 370 

The  Role  of,  in  Tanning.     (Sadlon) 171 

Artichoke  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 621 

Articles  of  Interest  to  Technologists.  (T.R.)    69, 190, 651, 720, 787, 951 

Asaprol.     (Bang) 837 

Asbestos,  Plates  of,  for  Roofing  Purposes.     ( P)  Graf 242 

Porcelain.    ( Garros) 162 

Aseptol.     (Trillat) 1028 

Ash  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     ( Mafat) 622 

Ashe  Country,  N.C.,  The  Magnetic  Ores,of.     (Nitze) 246 

Asphalte,  Artificial.    ( Valenta) 170 

Mastic,  Means  of  Securing  as    a  Coating   on    Building 

Materials.     ( P)  Haarman 819 

Assay,  On  the  Preparation  of  Samples  of  Rich  Argentiferous 

Lead  for.    (Pattinson) 321 

Or  Chemical  Balances.     (P)  Betting 635 

The  Cornish.     (T.K.)   470 

Ton,  Use  of  the.    (Lowe) 1SS 

Assays,  Employment  of  Cadmium  in  Gold  Bullion,  (Whitehead)  45S 

Asphaltum,  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Dubbs 512 

Atmosphere,  Ammonia  in  the.     (Muntz) 551 

Gravimetric  Method  for  Ascertaining  the  Composition  of. 

(I.educ) 270 

Atropine  and  Hyoscyamine.    (Schutte) 453 

Nitro-.    (Einhorn  and  Fischer) 706 

Australia,  Natural  Coke  in 510 

Austria-Hungary,  Steel-making  in,     (Brisson) 609 

Austria,  Mineral  and  Metallurgical  Output  of.  in  1891.     (T.R.)  853 

The  Paper  Industry  of  Lower 1 75 

Aya-pana  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 621 

Azine  Green,  Application  of.     (von  Perger) 30 

Azo-Colours  and  Azo-Dyes.    See  Colouring  Matters. 

Azolitmin  Paper.    (Dietal) 635 

Azomum-Bases.    (Witt  and  Schmidt) 901 


B 


PAGE 

Bacillus  efhaceticus,  Fermentation  of  Arabinose  by.    (Frank 

land  and  MacGregor) 627 

Bacteria  and  Fermentation-Yeasts— The  "  Ginger-Beer  "  Plant. 

( Marshall  Ward) 255 

Bahamas,  Fertilisers  in  [the.    (T.R.) 1042 

Baking  Powders.  Making  up  cr  Packing.     (P)  Clot  worthy....  259 

Baku,  The  Petroleum  Industry  at.     (T.R.) 1043 

Balance,  Betting's.    (Grosscurth  and  Luboldt) 215 

Balances,  Analytical  and  other  Delicate.    (P)  Bidder 1035 

Assay  or  Chemical.    (P)  Betting 635 

Baltimore  Meeting  of  American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers 

233,  246,  255 

Bamboo  a  Yielder  of  Tannin."*  (Mafat 622 

Bancoul  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 622 

Bank  Notes,  Paper  for.    ( P)  Schlumberger 935 

Barium  chloride,  Manufacture  of.    ( P)  D'Andria 36 

Manufacture  of  Carbonate  of.     (P)  Brock  and  Marsh 1005 

Manufacture  of  Peroxide  of.    (P)  Brochocki 707 

Preparation  of  Anhydrous  Oxide  of.     (P)   Briu's  Oxygen 

Co.  and  Murray 936 

Quantitative  Separation  of,  from  Calcium.     (Browning)  ..  777 

Barks,  Analysis  of  New  Cinchona.    ( Howard) 837 

Biryta- Water.  Explosive  Compound  formed  by  Action  of,  on 

Chromic  Acid.    (Pochard) ISO 

Barry  Sewage  Process.     (Grimshaw) 6 

Bars  and  Hoops,  Galvanising  Iron  and  Steel.    (P)  Jones 612 

Bases,  Action  of  Alkaline,  on  Solubility  of  Salts  of  the  Alkalis 

(Engel) 237 

Applicable  for  the  Production  of  Substantive  Cotton  Dyes. 

(T)  Abel.    From  Durand,  Hnguenin,  &  Co 809 

Determining  Number  of  NH2  Groups  in  Certain   Organic. 

iMcldolaand  Hawkins) 640 

Production  of  New,  and  of  Azn-Colouring  Matters  there- 
from.    (P)  Brooke,  Simpson,  and  Spiller  Lim.,  and.  A, 

G.  Green 513 

Production  of  Alkaline  or  Earthy  Alkaline,  by  Electro- 

Ivsis.    (P)  Hermite  and  Duboscq 1015 

Schiff  's.     ( Miller  and  Plocbl) 901 

Basic  Furnace  Lining  and  Basic  Material.     (P)  Alzugaray....  922 

Open  Hearth  Furnace,  the  "  Ore  Process"  in  the,     (Leo)  343 

Bath,  A  Porcelain  Water.     ( Dittmar) isi 

Batteries,  Various : — 

Accumulators,  Electric.    (P)  Lake.    From  La.  Soc.  dito 

Electriciteits-Maatscbappij 755 

Accumulators,  Improvements  in  Electric.    (P)  Lauber  ...  43 

Accumulators,  Purification  of  Sulphuric  Acid  for.   ( Kugel)  826 

Accumulating  or  Storage.    (P)  Thompson.    From  Correns  535 

Accumulators  or  Secondary.    (P)  Hauser 249 

Accumulators  or  Storage.    (P)  Etiesou 354 

Accumulators  or  Storage.    (P)  Thompson.    From  Edgerton  249 
Apparatus  for  Supplying  Depolarising  Liquids  to  a  Series 

of.    (P)  Jeanty  617 

Automatic    Regulating    Apparatus    for.     (P)     Johnson. 

From  Gendrou 354 

Construction  of  Secondary.    (P)  Lee 827 

Dry  Galvanic.     (P)  Lesenberg  and  von  dor  Poppenburg  . .  927 

Electric.     ( P)  Harris  and  Power 354 

Electric.    (P)  Scheithauer 248 

Electric  or  Galvanic.    (P)  Lamb 249 

Electric  Primary.    (P)  Rawlins  and  Walker 43 

Galvanic.    (P)  Cohen 755 

Galvanic.     ( P)  Haddan.     From  Cabanyes 354 

Galvanic.    ( P)  Manns  and  Smith -j  is 

Galvanic.     ( P)  Marcus,  Fatz,  and  Grebner 354 

Galvanic.     (P)  Nunan  and  Nelson 101.6 

Galvanic.     (P)  Poudroux 246 

Galvanic,  for  Producing  Constant  Currents.    (P)  Wensky,  248 

Improved  Galvanic.     (P)  Fischer.    From  Thompson 44 

Improvement  in  Galvanic.     (P)  Engledue 617 

Improvements  in  Electric.     IP)  Bull 826 

Improvements  in  Galvanic,     (PJ  De  Meritens .13 

Improvements   in    Galvanic.     (PJ    Hardingham.     From 

Hard  and  Connett 618 

Improvements  in  Galvanic.     (P)  Souther 616 

Improvements  in  Secondary.    (P)  Goward 43,  43 

Improvements  in  Secondary.    (P)  Lake.    From  Sleicher 

and  Mosher 618 

Improvements  in  Voltaic.     ( P)  Jabloclikoff 617 

Portable  Galvanic.     (P)  Stiens 927 

Primary.     ( P)  Maquay 248 

Primary  Voltaic.    ( P)  Weymersch 755 

Secondary.    (P)  Colgate 927 

Secondary.    (P)  Entzand  Phillips 354 

Secondary.    (P)  Kennedy  and  Diss 920,927 

Secondary.    (P)  Lake.    From  Roberts 249 

Secondary.    (P)  Main 1016 

Secondary.     ( Robertson) 168 

Secondary.    (P)  Waddell  and  others 249 

Secondary  or  Stoi-age.    (PJ  Weymersch 755 

Storage.    ( P)  Usher 927 

Thermo- Electric.    ( P)  Giraud 617 


Dec.  31, 1802,] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


XXV 


PAGE 

Battery  Cells,  Plates,  Elements,  Solutions.  &e.:— 

Cell  or  Jur  for  Galvanic  Batteries.    (I')  Hirsch 1016 

Study  of  the  Plante"  Lead-Sulpnuric  Acid-Lead  Per- 

oxide.    Part  1.    (Robertson).    Com.  by  Armstrong  .  695 
Cells  for  Electrical  or  Storage  Batteries,    (I')  Bush  and 

Doubleday 445 

For  Electrolysing  Chloride  Solutions,     (P)  Johnson. 

From  Parker  and  Robinson 765 

Manufacture  of  Leclanchc.     ( P )  Rvlands 169 

Or  Batteries,  Electric,     <P)  Easier  and  Milbiim 248 

Voltaic.    (Pj  Lake.    Prom  Clark 250 

Voltaic.     (P)  Lake    Prom  Weston 145 

Depolarising  Liquid  for  Galvanic,     (P)  Srhlesinger 1015 

Elcrtrodes  for  Electric   Accumulators.      f  P)    Thompson. 

From  Tudor .354 

Pi .r  Secondary  Batteries.    (P)  Morrison 927 

Of  Large  Dimensions,  (.'onstruetion  of.   (P)  Kerckhove  1015 

Electrolytes  containing  Zinc,  Purifying.    <P)  Nahnsen  ...  535 
Element  for  Bleotric  Pnrposea, New  Dry.     (P)  Birkbeck. 

From  Henrichsen 248 

Elements  for  Secondary  Batteries.     (P)  The  Mining  and 

Gen.  Electric  Lamp  Co.,  and  Niblett s26 

Negative,  of  Voltaic  Batteries.    (P)    Fitzgerald  ...    016,016 
Exciting  Fluid  for  Zinc  Carbon  Galvanic  Batteries.    (P) 

Muthel 618 

Fluid  for  Galvanic  Batteries.    (P)  Entrieduc 248 

For  Primary  Batteries.     (P)  Leigh.     From  Gardiner  .  240 

Insulating  Material,  Manufacture  of  Hard.     (P)  Pape....  249 
Liquid    for     Galvanic     Batteries,     Depolarising.       (P) 

Sehlesinger 1015 

Plates  for  Batteries,  and  Material  therefor.     (P)   Lake. 

From  Street  and  Desruelles 249 

For  Electric  Accumulators.     (P)  Rousseau 617 

For  Electric  Batteries.     (P)  Usher 927 

Lead,  for  Secondary  Batteries.     (P)  Davies 2i8 

Manufacture    of    Porous    or    Spongy,   for    Secondary 

Batteries.     (P)  Williams  and  Howell 247 

Or  Elements  for  Secondary  Batteries.    (P)  Currie. ...  44 

Porous  Carbon  for  Batteries,     f P)  Hellescn 1016 

Treating  Spent  Fluids  of  Zinc  Carbon  Galvanic  Batteries. 

( P)  Muthel 618 

Bauhinia  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafal )    681 

Retusa.  (Rideal) 404 

Va  riegata.     ( Rideal) 404 

Beech  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Ma fat) 623 

Bearberry  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat)  621 

Bearing-Metal  Alloys.     (Dudley) 440 

Beer,  Action  of.  on  Aluminuim.     (Kobcrt) 830f  830 

Ale.  Wine,  and  Cider,  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Thompson,- 

from  Lawtan 628,  629 

And  Ale.  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Justice,     From  Billings  ...  628 

And  Aluminium 766 

And  Porter,  Manufacture  of,    (P)  Hillyard  and  Dugdale. .  1022 

And  wort.     ( Amthor) 707 

Apparatus  for  Brewing.     (P)  White  and  Lee 70o 

Apparatus  for  Cooling  and  attemperating.     (P)  Prior 1023 

Apparatus  for  Filtering.     (P)  Gehrko 833 

Apparatus  for  Manufacturing.     ( P)  Denamur 700 

Carbonating.    (P)  The  Universal  <  'arbonating  Co 932 

Choline  as  a  Constituent  of.    (Kjeldahl) 184 

Filtering.     ( P)  Sutton 1022 

Finishing.     (P)  Witteman 932 

Impregnating,  with  Carbonic  Acid.    (Pj  Mills.    From  The 

Universal  I  arbonnt  inu  Co 833 

Improving  the  Quality  and  Colour  of.     IP)  Johnson  and 

de  Cock 700 

Iso-maltose  in.     (Lintner) 171 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Boult.    From  The  Pfa-udler  Vacuum 

Fermentation  Co 629,  629 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Roche 1022 

Mashing  and  Brewing.     (P)  Barton 833 

Presence  of  Invertase  in.    (Donath) 543 

Process  and  Apparatus  for  Brewing.     ( P)   Quertain  and 

Becker 449 

Spraying  Devices  for  Cooling.     (P)  Hanford  833 

Beers  and  Malt  Extracts.  Estimation  of  Intensity  of  Colour  of. 

( Lintner)  (illus.) .* 1038 

Brewed  in  Portugal.     (Mastbaum  and  Diekmann) 706 

Beeswax,  Bibliography  of,  Arranged  Chronologically 750 

Bibliography  of  Waxes  used  in  Adulterating 757 

Beet  Juice,  Detection  of  Protein  Substances  in.     (Bruck) 830 

Sugar  Industry  of  Spain.     (T.R.) 647 

Sugar  in  Russia,  Production  of.    (T.R.) ii'j 

Beet-root  Sugar  Industry,  Recent  Inventions  in  the.     (Von 

Lippmann ) 541 

J uice,  Organic  Acids  from.     (Von  Lippmann ) 50 

Sugar  Products,  Production  of  Raffinose  in.    (Herzfeld)  . .  541 

"  Behen  Rouge"  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 621 

Belgium,  Coal  and  Iron  Industries  of.     (T.R.) 69 

Plate  Glass  Manufacture  in.     (T.R.) 720 

Belladonna  Extract,  Alkaloids  of.     (Van  Itallie) 632 

The  Secondary  Alkaloids  of.     (Merck) 632 

Belting,  An  Elastic  Fabric  suitable  for.    (P)  Temmel 759 

Dressing  fcr.    (P)  Keuyon 1017 

Bennet  a  Yielder  of  Tann in.     (Mafat) 621 

Benzaldehyde,  Manufacture  of  Meta-,  Amido-,  and  Salts  thereof. 
(P)  Imray.    From  The  Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius, 

und  Bruning 633 


PAGE 
Benzene.  On  the  Reduction  of  Benzene-hexacliloride  with 

Regeneration  of.    (Meuuier) 599 

Benzenes,   Condensation     Products    of     Allyl    Alcohol    with 

Methylated.    ( Kraemer  and  Spilker) 22 

Benzidine  and  its  Analogues,  Colouring  Matters  derived  from. 

(P)  Willcox.    From  the  Farb.  vorm.  F.  Bayer  and  Co.  516 

Benzindulines.    (Fischer  and  Hepp) 156 

Benzoic  Acid.     (Trillat) 1029 

Acid,  Action  of,  on  Turpentine.     (Bouchardat  and  Lafont)  262 
Acid,    Conversion    of     Gallic     and    Tannic    Acids    into. 

(Guignet ) 261 

Benzonaphthol.    (Yvonand  Berlioz) 264 

Benzosol.     (Trillat) 1029 

Benzoylamidophenylacetiu  Acid.    (Trillat) 1030 

Benzolnaphthol.     (Trillat) 1029 

Benzoyl-pseudo-tropeine.    (Hesse) in-27 

Benzyl  Chloride,  Action  of,  on  Meta-xylidine.    ( Jablen-Gonnet)  23*1 
Bergamot  and   Lavender,  The  Oils  of.     (Bertram  and  Wal- 

baum ) 838 

Berlin,  Production  and  Consumption  of  Gas  in.     (T.R.) 280 

The  Chemical  Industry  of.     (T.R.) 283 

Berne,  Production  and  Consumption  of  Gas  in.    (T.R.) 282 

Bessemer  Process,  The   Basic,  Applied  to  the  Metallurgy  of 

Lead 527 

Betol,  naphthol.     (Trillat) 1029 

Betting's  Balance.     (Grosseurbh  and  Luboldt) 215 

Beverages  Charged  with  Carbonic  Acid,  Manufacture  of.    (P) 

K<  >nig 51 

Bibliography  of  Bees'  Wax,  arranged  Chronologically 750 

Bicarbonates,  A  Rapid  Test  for  Alkaline.     (Patein) 843 

United  States  Production  of.     (T.R.) 75 

Bignonia  a  Y'ielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 622 

Birch  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 621 

Biscuits,  Manufacture  of  Malr.     (P)  Crawford 630 

Bismuth,  Basic  Salicylate  of.    (Gansse)  262 

Production  of   Basic  Gallate   of.     (P)  Imray.    From  the 

Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  und  Bruning*. 369 

Solution  of  Chloride  of.    (Gansse) 262 

Bistort  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 621 

Bisulphite  Process :  Boiler  Tests 452 

Black,  Effecting  the  Oxidation  of  Aniline,  during  Dyeing.     (P) 

Scnnurch 813 

Blacking,  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Ragon 620 

"  Blacks,"  Method  of  Treating.     (P)  Williams 52 1 

Blast  Furnace  Linings.     ( P)  Johnson.    From  Gayly 353 

Furnace  Linings.    (P)  King.    From  Gayly 352 

Bleaching.     (Class  VI.).. 30,  158,  237,345,  428,519,600,680,744,811 

:<04, 1002 

Agents,  Electro-Chemical  Production  of.    (P)  Kellner  ....  755 

Apparatus  for.     ( P)  Marx 353 

Application  of  Sodium  Peroxide  in.     (Prud'homme)  1003 

Compound.    (P)  Thompson.    From  Brittingham 746 

Materials,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Rees  and  Blackham 704 

-Powder,  Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Milnes 907 

-Powder,  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Production  of.     (P) 

(Kellner) 239 

Production  of  Chlorine  Compounds  for.     (P)  de  Dienheim- 

Brochocki 813 

Solution  or  Powder,  Apparatus  for  Preparing,  by  Electro- 
lysis.    (P)  Lever 219 

Block,  A  Metallic,  for  Use  in  Production  of  Hydrogen.    (P) 

Hawkins  and  Fuller 823 

Blocks,    Preparation    of    Concrete,   for     Building    Purposes. 

(Trobach  and  Huppertsburg) 818 

Utilisation  of  Slag  for  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Arnold 819 

Blood,  Absorption  of  Carbon  Monoxide  by.     (Grehant) 704 

-Forming  Substance  and  Production  of  Same.     (P)  Kobcrt  !t:J3 

Blotting  Composition  for  Liquids.     (P)  Biirkel  and  Osterwald.  176 

"Blown"  Oils.     (Thomson  and  Ballantyne) 506 

Blue  DyestufFs,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Hewitt.    From  Cassella 

&  Co 740 

Blue-Green  Colouring  MaUer  from  Alizarin-Blue.     (P)  Imray. 

from  The  Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lacius  and  Bruning..,  29 

Blue,  Manufacture  of.     ( P )  Rees  and  Blackham 704 

Moulding  Laundry.     (P)  Knowles 45 

Board  of  Trade  Returns 81, 100,  2.86, 382,  473,  555,  651,  722,  789, 

855,  951, 1045 

Bohemia,  Mirror  and  Plate  Glass  in.    (T.R.) 720 

Boiler  Tests :  Bisulphite  Process 452 

Boilers,  Production  of  the  Spheroidal  State  in.     ( Witz) 667 

Boiling  Point  of  a  Solution  of  Glauber's  Salt,  Note  on  Observa- 
tion by  Gerlach  of  the.     (Sakurai) 551 

Preventing  Tumultuous.     (Pieszozek) 181 

"  Bois  de  fer  "  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     ( Mafat) 622 

"  Bois  de  natte  "  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 622 

"  Bois  doux  "  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat ) 621 

Bois  jauune  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     ( Mafat) 621 

Bone  Beds.     (Wills) 698 

Bones,  Utilisation  of,  in  Brazil.    (T.R.) 714 

Book  Post  Rules,  Alterations  in.    (T.R.) 69 


XXVI 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31,1892. 


PAGE 
Books,  New.    See  Special  Index. 
Soraginece,  Active  Principle  of  the.    (SchlagdenbautTen  and 

Reeb) 632 

Borates,  the  Metallic.     (Lc  Chatelier) 603 

Borax,  The  History  of,  in  the  United  States.     (T.R.) 787 

"  Bordeaux  Mixture  "  for  Vine  and  Potato  Disease.  £  (Perret) . .  364 

Boric  Acid,  Action  of,  on  Germination.    (Morel) ~M~ 

Acid  and  Borax  Industry,  The.     (Scheuer) 683 

Acid.  Determination  of  Small  Quantities  of.     (Parntentier)  182 

Acid,  Increased  Cmisnniption'of.  in  Prance.     (T.R.) 'Jst 

Acid  in  Wines.     (Gassend) 7<i7 

Borneo,  Production  of  India-Rubber  in 758 

Boron  Sulphate  Compounds,  Production  and  Application  of 

Bauer  and  Gviket ta  (Pi 930 

Bottle  Shells,  Cellulose  fur.     ( T.R.) 715 

Box  a  Yielder  cf  Tannin.    (Mafat) 621 

Bran,  Products  obtained  by  the  Dry  Distillation  of,  with  Lime. 

(Laycock  and  Klingemannj 599 

Brandy,  Determination  of  Extractive  Matters  in 638 

Brazil,  New  Industries  in.     (T.R.) 714 

The  Sulphuric  Acid  Trade  in.     (T.R.) 7*4 

Bread,  Manufacture  of  Malt.     (P)  Crawford 030 

Brewers' Refuse  and  Grains,  Drying  and  Calcining.    P.  Bar- 
low   932 

Brewing,  Improvements  in.     I'P)  limbeck 628 

"Wines,  Spirits,  &c 50,171,  255.  363.  41'.'.  543,  626,699, 

763,  830,  931, 1010 

Briars  as  Yielders  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 621 

Bricks,  Composition  for  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Ken- 523 

Construction  of.     (P)  Borrger 688 

Fire-Resisting.    (Pi  Thdmps  n 437 

Machines  for  Making.     (P)  .(iff  cries 606 

Manufacture  of  Enamelled.    (P)  Leigh.    From  Rue sin 

Manufacture  of,  from  "  Purple  ore."     <  P)  Bird 694 

Manufacturing  Glass.    (P)  Fitz  Patrick.    From  Schreiber 

and  Oettingnr 605 

Refractory,  of  Magnesia  and  Chrome  Iron  Ore.     (Leo)  ....  106 

Brickwork,  Treatment  of,  to  prevent  Deterioration.     (P)  Aitkin  606 
Brimstone  and  Pyrites,  Comparative  Value  of,  for  Manufacture 

of  Sulphuric  Acid'in  the  "United  States.    (Keiley) 814 

United  States  Prodetion  of.    (T.  I ' .  I 75 

Brine,  Manufacture  of  Salt  from.     (  P)  Lambert.    From  Pick  . .  433 

Purification  of.     (P)  Collins 004 

Briquettes  of  Purple  Ore."    (P)  Eskuchenand  Haarmann G95 

British  India,  I 'induction  of  Sugar  in.     (T.R.) 469 

Bromine,  Detection  of,  in  Presence  of  Iodine.     (Muenair) 777 

New  Direc  Separation  of.     ( Jannasch  and  Aschotf ) S45 

United  States  Production  of.    (T.R.)  74 

Bronze.  Manufacture  of  Ingots,  Rods,  &c.  from.     I  Pj  Berg 1013 

Paint,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Cutler 829 

Bridle's  Reaction  for  Seed  Oils.     (Hoide)  272,  037 

Brussels,  Production  and  Consumption  of  Gas  in.     (T.R.) 289 

Buchanania  Latifolia.     ( Rideal) 404 

Budica  Bucera,  A  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat)  622 

Building   Material,  Manufacture  of  a  Resistible.     0?)  Hart- 

raann 520 

Materials,  Clays,  Mortars,  and  Cements. . .    :w.  n;:;.  *j  u.  435.  524. 

606,  G88,  749,818,  908,  1007 

Stones  of  Great  Britain,  The.     ( Beare)   1011 

Bullion,  Parting.     (Gutzkow)  (illus.) 530 

Buranhem,  A  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat ) 621 

Burma,  Petroleum  in  Upper.     (T.R.)  950 

Burners,  Hydrocarbon  Oil.     (Pi  Townsend 597 

Butter,    Apparatus    for    Manufacture    of.     (P)    Rolland   and 

Francois 932 

Dejection  of  Foreign  Fats  in,    (P)  Johnstone 1039 

Determination  of  Watery    Constituents    in.      (Thorner) 

( illus. ) 63 

Industry   under    United  States    Patents,  The    Artificial. 

(Stavek)  (illus,) 355 

Legislation  on  Artificial,  in  France.     (T.R.) 69 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Duncan 834 

Note  on  Optical  and  Chemical  Analysis  of.     (Jean)  945 

Producing  Sterilised,     i  l'i  Muller S34 

Butylchloral,  Condensation  of,  with  Paraldehyde  and  Ketones. 

( Komgs) 640 

Butyloluene-  and  Butylxlene  sulphonic  Acids,  Nitration  of. 

( Noelting)  707 

Bye-laws,  Discussion  on  Manchester  Building 215 


Cacoic  Acid,  /3-.     (Hesse) 1027 

Cadmium,  Employment  of,  in  Gold  Bullion  Assays.     (White- 
head) . . . ." 458 

Caffeine  and  Coffee  Distillates  and  their  Physiological  Effects. 

(Heerlein) 834 

Cages  for  Oil  Presses.     (P)  Estrayer 446 

Of  Hydro-Extractors.     (P)  Collins  and  Kaye 895 


PAGE 

Cakes  for  Cattle  Feeding.    (P)  Bibby 708 

Calcium  and  Strontium,  Difference  in  Solubility  of  the  Chro- 

mates  of.    (Fresenius  and  Ruppert) 77n 

Chloride  in  the  Wcldon  I'mcr-ss.  Part  I'layed  by.     (Lunge)  $82 
Interaction    of    Ferrous   Sulphate    with    Phosphates    of. 

(Cazencuv.'  and  Nieolle) 1018 

Phosphate.  Volumetric  Determination  of.     (Coleman  and 

Gransrer  I    323 

Phosphates,  Formation  and  Behaviour  of  Basic ;  and  their 

Relation  to  Thomas  Slag.    ( Foester)    460 

Quantitative  Separation'of,  from  Barium.     (Browning)  ...  777 

Tungstate,  Discovery  of,  in  Canada.     (T.R.) 190 

Calico  and  "Wool  Printing,  Orange  in  158 

Machine  for  Printing.     (P)  Buckley 160 

Printin*.    LClass  VI.]  . .      30, 15s,  237,  3  to,  428,  510,  000,  tisu,  74 1, 

811,91)4,1002 

Calicoes  and  other  Fabrics.  Printing.     (P)  Hulinc  (illus.)  ....  lt!Q 

California,  Orchilla  in  Lower.     ( T.R) 714 

Production  of  Quicksilver  in.    ( T.R.) ISO 

Camphor,    Production  of.     (P)    Horn.     From  De  Mare  and 

Dambmaun 58 

Trade  of  Formosa.     ( T.R.) 645 

Trade  of  Japan,  The.    (T.R.) 948 

Camphosulphophenols,  A  Nitro-Hetone  Derived  from.    (Cazo- 

neuve) 512 

Camphrone.     (Armstrong  and  Kipping) 57 

Canada,  Coffee  Adulterants  in 651 

Discovery  of  Calcium  Tungstate  in.     (T.R.)  190 

Discovery  of  Platinum  in.     (T.R.) 460 

Mineral  Statistics  ui  for  L891      (T.R.) 647 

Patents  in.     (T.R.) 718 

Tanneries  in.     (T.R.) 554 

Canaigre  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat)  622 

Candles  and  Night-Lights.    (P)  Griffith 1017 

Application,  of  Alizarin-Lakes  for  Colouring.     (Ulrich)  ...  44 
For    Fumigating    or    Evaporating.     (P)    Ryder.      From 

"Wcidemann 446 

Improvements  Relatingto.    (P)  Farrow 169 

Sulphur.    (P)  Moras  and  Bourne 174 

Candy,  Manufacture  of ■    (P)  Lake.    From  Kirchholl 542 

Candor  Inflammable  Liquids;    (P)  Shillito 895 

Canarium  Muelleri,  the  Oleo-Resi"  of,  with  Notes  of  Manila 

Elemi.     ( Maiden) 758 

Canvas, "Waterproofing.     (P.)  Silverman  and  McLaren 903 

Caoutchouc,   Effect  of  Substances  usually  added  to.    (Hein- 

zerling  and  Pahl) 536 

Spontaneous  Conversion  of  Isoprene  into.    (Tiklen) 536 

!    Cape  Verde,  Orchilla  in.    ( T.R.) 715 

1    Capillary  Phenomena,  On  Certain.     (Gossart) 274 

Carapa  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 622 

Carbohydrates  in  Ammoniaeal  Solution,  Non-appearance  of 

Multi-rotation  of.     (Schulze  and  Tollensj 941 

Production  ot  Acetic  Acid  from  the.    (Cross  and  Bevau). .  906 

Some  Colour  Reactions  of  the.    i  Bert  rand) 272 

:     Carbolic  Acid.     (Trillat) 1028 

Acid,  Method  of  Vaporising.    (P)  Scott 452 

Acid,  Synthetical.     (Jayne) 264 

Acid,  The  Cholera  and.    (T.  R.) 719 

Carbon,  Action  of,  on  Alkaline  Sulphates  in  Presence  of  Silica. 

(Scheurer-Kestner) 748 

Action    of,  on  Sodium   Sulphate    in   Presence   of   Silica. 

(Scheurer-Kestner) 687 

Action  of,  on  Sulphurous  Acid.    (Scheurer-Kestner) 748 

-Black,  Apparatus  for  Manufacturing  Lamp-black.     (P) 

Biuney 171 

Deposited  from  Coal-Gas  Flames.  Notes  on.     (Foster) 340 

Examination  of  Various  Forms  of.  Identification  of  Lung- 
Pigment  with  Soot.    (Wiesner) 1024 

In   Steel,   Rapid  Determination  of.      (P)    Tropenas  and 

Wells 636 

Manufacture  of  Porous,  for  Batteries  and  Filters.     (P) 

Hellesen 1016 

Monoxide,  Absorption  of ,  by  Blood.     (Grehant) 704 

Monoxide,  Action  of,  on  Iron.     (Guntz) 909 

Monoxide,  A  Sensitive  Reagent  for.    (Habermann) 774 

Monoxide,  Estimation  of   Small   Quantities  of.     (de  St. 

Martin) 770 

Monoxide, Physiological  Research  on.    (Grehant) 260 

Product  from  Paper-pulp  Residue.      (P)  Langville 035 

Substitutions  in  Groups  Linked    to,    and    to    Nitrogen. 

( Matismon) !»37 

Tetrachloride.     ( Eckenroth) s.s7 

Tetrachloride  as  a  Solvent.     (Eckenroth) 757 

The  Allotropy  of  Amorphous.     ( Luzi) 770 

Carbonates,  Manufacture  of  Alkaliue.     (P)  Kellner  (illus.)  ...  523 
Of  the  Alkaline  Metals  and  Muriatic  Acid,  Manufacture  of. 

(P)  Lake.    From  The  Keyser  Patenr  Co 30 

Of  the  Alkaliue  Metals,  Production  of.    (P)  Eichstadt  ....  37 
Carbonic  Acid  and  Ferric  Hydroxide,  Behaviour  of  Tricalcium 

Phosphate  towards,     (v.  Geurgievies) 254 

Acid  Baths  and  Tablets  for  Dse  therein.     (P)  Sandow  ....  37 

Acid  Gas  and  Tubes  for  Containing  Same.     (P)  Rylands. .  686 
Acid  Gas,  Collection,  Purification,  and  Utilisation  of.     (P) 

Pullman  and  Elworthy 1022 

Acid  Gas,  Manufacture  of.     ( P)  Rylands 003 

Acid  Gas,  Producing.     ( P)  Rylands 1005 

Acid  Gas.  Production  of.    (P)  Stones..  Bardsley,  and  Hayes  1006 


Dec.  31, 1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Carbonic — font. 

Acid  Gas,  Recovering.    ( P)  Walker 6S0 

Acid,  Impregnating  Beer  with.    (P)   Mills.    From    The 

Universal  Carbonating  Co 838 

Acid,   Manufacture    of   Solid.      (P)    Tichborne,   Barley, 

Geoirhegan.  and  Purcell (136 

Oxide.  Action  of,  on  Iron  and  Manganese.    (Guntz) 690 

Oxide.  Volatilisai ion  of  Iron  and  Nickel  by.     (Gamier)  ...  213 
Carbons  for  Electric  Arc  Lamps.    (P)  Wise.    From  Griidel- 

bach 754 

Increasing  the  Life  and   Efficiency  of  Arc  Light.      (P) 

Garland 43 

Manufacture  of  Electric  Light,  at  Nuremberg 897 

Carbonyls,  Metallic.    (Mond)  (illus.) 750 

Carboxyl  Group.  Influence  of  the,  on  Toxic  Action  of  Aromatic 

Compounds.     (Neucks  and  Bautmy) S37 

Carboxylic  Acids,  The  Hydrazine  Derivatives  of.    (Noelting) . .  343 

Carboys.  Holder  for.    (P)  Holmgren-Holm  (illus.) 804 

Carburettors,  Improvements  in.     (P)  Meriehenski 235 

Carob  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 022 

Carolina,  The  Ground  Mica  Industry  in  North.    (T.R.) s.'jO 

Carotin.    (Hesse) 1027 

Carvacrol,  Preparation  of.    fReychler) 771 

Some  Derivatives  of.    (Revcliler)  771 

Cask  Plant  and  Treatment  of  Casks.    (Hartley) 363 

Casts,  Gypsum.    (P)  Websky '. 137 

Or  Mouldings,  Compound  for  Production  of.    IP)   Nor- 
wood    523 

Catechu  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 622 

Cattle  Food.  Compound  Cakes  for.    (P)  Bibby 768 

Foods.  Preparat  ion  of.    ( P)  Tallerman 700 

Caucasus,  The  Petroleum  Trade  of  the.    (T.R.) (HI 

Cauldrons  for  Melting  Pitch,  &c.    (P)  Healey 446 

Caustic  Soda.  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Ody 604 

Ceilings,  Distemper  for.    (P)  Morse 526 

Cell  Membranes,  Chemical  Composition  of  Vegetable.  (Schnlze)  49 
Cells  for  Batteries.    See  Batteries. 

Increasing  Formation  of,  during  Fermentation.    (P)  Red- 
fern.    From  Hradil 2i7 

Celluloid  Balls,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Hunaeus 935 

Process  for  Printing  on.     ( P)  do  Coetlogon 253 

Properties  and  Manufacture  of.    (Hogben) 222 

Writing  Pens  made  from.    (T.R.) 1044 

Cellulose  and  its  Forms :  Cellulose  Gum.    (Hoifmeister) 452 

And  Oxalic  Acid.  Simultaneous  Production  of.    (P)  Lif- 

sehutz 176 

For  Bottle  Shells.     (T.R. ) 715 

Etc..  Nitrating.    (P)  Selwig  and  Lange 635 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Boult.    From  Rocca 743 

Manufacture  of    Nitro-substitution  Compounds  of.     (P) 

Maxim 456 

Treatment  of.  for  Manufacture  of  Gun-Cotton.     (P)  John- 
son.   From  Zellstoff-fabrik  Waldhoff 180 

Cement,  Action  of  Certain  Chlorides  on  Portland.   (Dobrzynski)  525 

Com  position  for  Coating  Interiors  of  Ships.     (P)  Briggs. ..  749 

Industry,  The  Portland.    (T.R.) 2S1 

Influence  of  Gypsum   in  the   Manufacture  of    Portland. 

I  Erdmenger) 241 

Kilns  for  Burning.     (P)  Briggs 606 

Makers,  Annual  General  Meeting  of  Association  ot  German 

Portland 524 

•Making  Materials,  Apparatus  for  Burning.    (P)  Taylor...  749 

Manufacture  of .    il')  Taylor 38 

Manufacture  of  Artificial  Roman.    (P)  Von  Forell 39 

Manufacture  of  Fireproof.    tPt  Kopke 165 

Manufacture  of  Hydraulic.    (P)  Williams 688 

Manufacture  of  Hydraulic.    (PI  Smidth 606 

Manufacture  of  Portland.     (  P)  Lodge 688 

Manufacture  of  Portland.    (P)  Skelsey 241 

Manufacture  of  Portland,  from  Alkali  Waste.    (Spackman)  497 

New  Regulations  for  Supply  of  Portland,  in  Russia 524 

Portland,  and  Portland  Cement  Concrete.    (Bamber,  Carey, 

and  Smith) i 1007 

Preservative,  for  Building  Purposes.     (  P)  Selling 606 

The  Manufacture  and  Properties  of  Slag.    (Redgrave) 163 

Cements.    (Class  IX.)  38, 163,  241,  435,  524,  606,  688,  749, 818, 908, 1007 

Hydraulic.    (Busch)  164 

Improvement  in  Building.    (P)  Reynolds  and  Brown 165 

Centaury  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 622 

Centrifugal  Apparatus  for  Promoting  the  Reaction  of  Bodies 

ot  Different  Densities.    (P)  Thompson.    FroniMarix..  595 

Machine,  Continuous.    (P)  Szczeniowsky  and  Pioutkowski  608 
Machine,  Use  of   the,  in  Analytical    and    Microscopical 

Work.    (Thorner)  (illus.) 02 

Ceramic  Pastes,  Baking.    (P)  Losada 88 

Cereals,  Apparatus  for  Drying  and  Disinfecting.    (P)   Bor- 

garelli 230 

Preservation  of.     (P)  Luck  and  Pott 51 

Ceylon  as  a  Source  of  India-Rubber  Supply.    (T.R.) 718 

Cinchona  Bark  Exported  from 178 

Chairman's  Address  to  Liverpool  Section.     (Brunner) 874 

Address  to  Manchester  Section.     (Levinstein) S75 

Chalk,  Apparatus  for  Burning.     (P)  Taylor 749 

Enriching  Phosphated.    (P)  Delahaye 161 

Chalybeate  Waters,  Changes  in,  during  Storage.    (Riban)  .  768,708 


PAGE 

Champagne,  Manufacture  ot.     (P)  Konig 51 

Changes  of  Address,  Lists  of 2,  92,  202,  296,  394.  48 1.  568.  662, 

732.  800,  866,  962 
Charcoal.  Manufacture  of,  and  Treatment  of  Alcoholic  Liquors 

therewith.    (P)  Catalan t 257 

Retorts  for  Making.     (P)Armour 806 

Cheese.  Production  of.     ( P)  Salenius 933 

Chemical  Changes  attending  Photographic  Operations.    (Arm- 
strong)      455 

Fire  Extinguishers.     (P)  Haslam  (illus.)  230 

Food,  a  New.    (P)  McKay 450 

Industry  of  Berlin,  The.     (T.R.) -'s:; 

Industry  of  Germany,  The.    (T.R. ) 646,  717 

Manufactures  of  Russia,  The.    (T.R.) 1044 

Manuring,  The  Results  of 625 

Trade  of  the  Tyne  with  the  United  States  during  1890  and 

1891.    (T.R.) 919 

Chemicals  in  Japan.    ( T.R. ) 714 

In  Mexico.    (T.R.) 714 

Chemistry  of  Foods.     (Class  XVIII.) 51,  172.  257. 363,  449,  543, 

02!'.  701,768,  834,932,  102:1 
Of  the  Cyanide  Process,  The.     (Butters  and  Clenuell)  ....    913 

Of  Thomas  Slag,  The.     (von  Reis) 691 

Cheques,  Manufacture  of  Paper  for.     (P)  Menzies  and  Bevan..     175 

Paper  for.    (P)  Schlumberger 935 

Cherry  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat ) 622 

Chestnut  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     ( Mafat  I , 022 

Wood  Tannin.     (Trimble) 47 

Chili.  Nitrate  Revenue  in.     (T.R.) 380 

The  Nitrate  Fields  of.     ( Aikman) 347 

Chimneys,  Appliance  fur  Recording  Presence  and  Density  of 

Black  Smoke  in.    (Thomson) 12 

China  and  japan.  The  Metric  System  in.     iT.R.l 188 

Imports  of  Glassware  by.     (T.R.) 1043 

Ornamenting  Surfaces  of.    (P)  Slater  and  Boyle sis 

White  Wax  in.     (T.R.) 282 

Chinese  Red  Glazes,  Composition  of.    (Soger) 289 

Chinolin   Derivative,  a  New   Antipyretic  and   Antineuralgic. 

(P)  Bang.    From  Dahl ' 59 

Chloral  and  Butylchloral,  Condensations  of,  with  Paraldehyde 

and  Ketones.     (Konigs) 640 

Chlorate,  Method  of  Estimating  Manganese.    ( Hampe) 457 

Chloride,  Obtaining  Ferric,  from  Waste  Galvanising  Liquor. 

(P)  Wilson  and  Harvey 433 

Solutions,  Cells  for  Electrolysing.     (P)   Johnson.     From 

Parker  and  Robinson 755 

Chlorides,  Action   of   Certain,    on    Portland  Cement.      (Do- 

1  irzynski)  525 

Interaction  between  Metallic  Magnesium  and.    (Seubert 

and  Schmidt)  849 

Overcoming  the  Fusibility  of.     I  Eteychler) :j-t 

Chlorine,  Action  of,  on  Wool.     (Knechl  and  Milues) 131 

And  Alkaline  Carbonates,  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Kellner 

(illus.) 523 

And  Alkalis.  Apparatus  for  Producing  by  Electrolysis.   (P) 

Kellner 755 

And  Caustic  Alkali,  Production  of.     ( P)  Lyte 686 

And  Iodine,  Quantitative  Separation  of.    ( Jannasch  and 

Ascholf  I 845 

And  Soda,  On  the  Electrolytic  Production  of.     (Cross  and 

Bevan) 963 

And  Strong  HC1,  Production  of.    (P)  Lyte  and  Steinhart     161 
Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of.    (P)  de  Wilde,  Reychler 

and  Hurler 907 

Bromine  and  Iodine,  New  Direct  Separation  of.   (Jannasch 

and  AschofV) 845 

Compounds  for  Bleaching,  Production  of.  (P)  deDienheim- 

Brochoeki 813 

Detection  of,  in  Presence  of  Iodine.    (Macnair) 777 

Determination  of,  in  Wine.     (Siefert) 778 

Estimation  of,  in  Electrolysed  Solutions.     (Norton) 548 

Gas,  Increasing  the  Bleaching  Properties  of.    (P)  Kellner     ■''..">( 
Industry,  Laboratory  Investigations  on  the.    (Reychler)  .      34 

Manufacture 682 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Bell.    From  Schloesing 686 

Manufacture  of.    ( P)  Peehiney  et  Cie 239 

Preparation  of.    (P)  Davis S48,:us 

Process,  The  De  Wilde  and  Reychler.    (Revchler) 35 

Production  of.    (P)  Kolb 23s 

Production  of.     (P)Lake.    From  Cutten 747 

Production  of.    (P)  Lyte 433 

Production  of,  from  Hydrochloric  Acid.    ( P)  Kellner 239 

Production  of  Liquid.     (P)  Lake.    From  Cutten 747 

Salicylic    Acid    Derivatives   containing.       (P)    Johnson. 

From  von  Heyden  Nachfolger 369 

Chloroform.  Tests  of  Purity  of 779 

The  Impurities  of.     (Ramsay) 772 

Pictet.     (Helbing  and  Passmore) 836 

Purification  of.    ( P)  Pitt.    From  Pictet  and  Co 59 

The  Testing  of.    (Traub) 712 

Chocolate,  Soluble,  and  Preparation  of.     (P)  Achor 933 

Cholera  and  Carbolic  Acid.    (T.  R.) 719 

Cholesterin,  Estimation  of.    (Obermuller) 183 

The  Analysis  of.    (Lewkowitsch) 134 

Cholesterol.     ( Lewkowitsch)  143 

Choline  as  a  Constituent  of  Beer.    ( Kjeldahl ) 184 

Christiania,  Consumption  and  Production  of  Gas  in.    (T.R.)..    282 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY    OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Dec  si,  1S92. 


PAGE 

Chromates  of  Calcium  and  Strontium,  Difference  in  Solubility 

of  the.    (Fresenius  and  Ruppert) "76 

Chrome  Iron  Ore,  Analysis  of.    (Haussermann) 182 

Iron  Ore,  Refractory  Bricks  of  Magnesia  and.    (Leo) 166 

Pigments,  On  the  Manufacture  of.    (Weber) 357 

Yellows.    New    Method   of   Examining.     (Lacbaud   and 

Lepierre) 269 

Chromic  Void,  Explosive  Compound   formed  by  the  Action  of 

Baiyta- Water  on.    (Pechard)  180 

Sulphate,  On  the  Isomeric  States  of.    ( Recount) 600 

Chromium,  Allovs  of  Iron  and.  Including  Report  by  F.  Osmond. 

(Hadfieid) 910 

And  Stanuum  Oxides,  Compounds  of.    (Leykauf)  748 

Estimating,  in  Ferro-Chromium  and  Steel.     (Clark) 501 

Manufacture  of  Compounds  of.    (P)  Watson  and  Bentz...  430 

Mordant,  Note  on  a  New.     (Scbuerer) 33 

Pigments,  Changes  in 345 

Chysaniline.On  Azo-Oompounds  and  Colouring  Matters  derived 

from.    (Trillat  and  Rackowski) 737 

Some  Derivatives  of.    (Trillat  and  De  Rackowski) 997 

Chrysoidine  AG.  Dyeing  Cotton  with.     (Kertesz) 32 

Cider  making,  the  Lixiviation  of  Apples  in.    (Jay) 1019 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Thompson.    From  Lawton 62S,  629 

Cineholine  and  Fluorine.    (Hesse) 936 

Cinchona.    (Holmes) ••••;•• ■  •  v  •  •  ■  •  ;.v  •  •  •  \ *£' 

Vlkaloids.  Sulphonie  Acids  of  Some  of  the.     (Hesse) 176 

And  Indigo  Cultivation  in  India.    (T.R.) 720 

A  Source  of  Tannin.     (Mafat  I  623 

Hark,  Determination  of   the  Total  Alkaloids  in.    (Hau- 

bensack) 779 

Bark  Exported  from  Ceylon  to  Europe 178 

Barks,  Analysis  of  New.     (Howard)  837 

Java.     (T.R.) *69 

Cinchonidiue  Sulphonie  Acid.    (Hesse) 176 

Cinchonine,  Action  of  Hydriodic  Acid  on.     (Lippmann  and 

Fleissner) 263 

Action  of  Hydriodic  Acid  on.     (Pum)  263 

Cinnamon  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat)  '.22 

Powder.    (Soltsien) 372 

Cinnamyl-cocaine.    ( Hesse.) 1026 

Cistus  Crilicus  a  Yielder  of  Tannin,    I  Mafal ) 622 

Citric  Acid,  Detection  and  Estimation  of  Lead  in  Commercial. 

(Bucket) 848 

Citronellone,  On.    (Kremers)  935 

Clarine  Sewage  Process.    (Grimshaw) 7 

Clav.  Coloration  of.  by  Oxide  of  Iron.    (Seger)  749 

'Estimation  of  Silica  in.    ( Archbutt) 215 

Forming,  into  Pots  or  Vessels.    (P)  Cole  and  Keston 749 

Plating,  with  Glass.     (P)   Thompson.     From  The  Clay 

Glass  Tile  Company 81S 

Presses  for  Tiles.  &c.    (P)Huelser.    From  Frohlich  (illus.)  436 

Producing  Liquid.     (Goetz) 1013 

Clays.     (Class  IX.) . .  .38,  163,  241,  435,  524,  606.  6S8,  749,  818,  90S.  1007 

Cliveden,  Excursion  to 584 

Closure,  Method  of.  for  Regulation  of  Gaseous  Pressures.    (P) 

Mills  and  Ellis 695 

Cloth,  Filter-Press.    (P)  Lucas vi.""  90s 

For  Press  and  Filtering  Sheets.     (P)   Arnntage  and  Dun- 

kerley SOS 

Manufacture  of  Bookbinders'.    (P)  Sutton 903 

Coal  and  Coal-dust,  Gases  enclosed  in.    (Bedson  and  McCon- 

nell) 882 

And  Iron  Industries  of  Belgium.    (T.R.) 69 

Anthracite,  in  West  Virginia.     IT.R.) 69 

-Beds,  Geological  and  Economical  Conditions  of.the  West- 

phalian.    ( Brookinann) 338 

Calorific  Power  of,  and  Calculation  thereof.     (Scbeurer- 

Kestner) •. • •. 996 

Determining    Loss    of,    in     Coal  -  Washing    Operations. 

(Barclay) 325 

-Dust  Explosions  in  the  Zauckerode  Colliery.    (Georgi)    ..  938 

Estimation  of  Sulphur  in.     (Grittner)    711 

Industry  of  Natal.    (T.R.) 69 

Researches  on  the  Heat  of  Combustion  of.     (Scheurer- 

Kestner  and  Meunier-Dollfus) 339 

Tar,  Antiseptics  from.    (Trillat ) 1027 

Tar  Colours  in  Paper  Dyeing,    I  Beaumann) 159 

Tar  Industry  during  the  Year  1891 736 

Tar  Preparations,  Analysis  of.    (Helbingaud  Passinore)  ..  S4S 

The  Distillation  of.    (Mahler) 150 

Coal-Gas.    See  Gas. 

Coals  On  the  Calorific  Value  of.    (Deutecoin) S97 

The  Soluble  and  Resinous  Constituents  of.    (Smith  and 

Chorley) 591 

Coating  Yrticles  with  a  New  Metallic  Alloy.    (P)  The  London 

Metallurgical  Company  and  Cowper-Coles 61S 

Printings   for    Therapeutical    Purposes.      (P)    Lake.      From 

EIchthyol  Gcsellschaft  Cordes 179 

Sulphuretted  Compounds  for  Production  of.    (P)  Fairfax. 

From  Crane 446 

Cobalt  and   Nickel,  Separating,  from  Copper  Mattes.     (P) 

Herrenschmidt 694 

Process  for  Separating,  from  Nickel.    (P)  Selve 1013 

The  Manufacture  of 167 

Cocaine.    (Hesse)... 1026 

Inlndia.    (T.R.) 67 


PAGE 

Coca  Leaves.    (Holmes) 454 

Leaves.  A  New  Alkaloid  from  Javanese.    (Giesel)  177 

Leaves,  Indifferent  Constituents  of.    (Hesse) 1027 

Leaves,  Investigations  on.     (Hesse) 1026 

Cocamine.    (Hesse) 1027 

Cocoa.    (Soltsien) 372. 

Coffee  Adulterants  in  Canada 651 

And  Caffeine  Distillates  and  their  Physiological  Effects. 

(Heerlein) 834 

A  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 622 

Fruit  of  the  Wax  Palm  as  a  Substitute  for.    (Konig) 172 

Making  an  Extract  of,  and  a  Confection  therefrom.    (P) 

Sonstadt 258 

Manufacture  of  Malt.    (P)  Brougier  and  Trillion 768 

Preserving  Liquid  Extracts  of.     ( P)  Sonstadt 258 

Production  of  Dry  Extract  of.     (P)  Meyer 9S2 

Coil  for  Feeding  Syrup  or  Molasses  into  Vacuum  Pans.    (P) 

Basanta. . . " 542 

Ccke,  Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Osbourn 899 

Apparatus  for  Quenching.     (P)  Osbourn 899 

Extinguishing  and  Loading  Apparatus.     (P)  Collin 671 

Furnace  or  Oven.    (P)  Lares 235 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Elliot  and  MacGowan.jun 995 

Natural,  in  Australia 510 

Ovens.    (P)  Johnson.    From  Kennedy 807 

Ovens,  Cooling.    (P)  Bell 996 

Ovens,  Improvements  in.    (P)  Leigh.    From  Bauer  and 

Mendheim 7S7 

Ovens,  Results  of  Improved.    (T.R.) 379 

Ovens,  The  Recovery  of  By-Products  from.    (Dreyfus) ....  $79 

Production  of.    ( Pj  Jones 151 

Retorts  for  Making.    (P)  Armour 162,806 

Retorts  for  the  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Creswick 152 

Cold,  Apparatus  for  Producing.    (P)  Bowley 992 

Apparatus  for  Production  of.    (P)  Hesketh  and  Marcet  (2 1  lis 

Colombia,  The  Mining  Industry  of.     (T.R.) 69 

Colorimeter,  Gallenkarnp's  (illus.)  547 

Colour  and  Composition  of   Compounds,  Relation   between. 

(Schutze) 807 

Derivatives  of  Triphenylmethane,  On  the.    (Noelting  and 

Polonowsky) 343 

Printing  and  Apparatus  therefor.    (P)  Davies 1004 

Printing,   Lithographic    Stones   for.      (P)    Krantz    and 

Zeissler 635 

Reaction  of  Acid  Anilines.    (Tafel)  nil 

Reactions   of    Furfurol,   and    Modification   of  Weppen's 

Veratrinc  Reaction.    (Laves) S48 

Reactions  of  the  Carbohydrates,  Some.    (Bertrand) 272 

Testing.    ( Wilson) 537 

Test  of  Kaolin  and  Sand.    (Nickel) 162 

The  Origin  of.    (Armstrong) 512 

Colouring  Hatters,  Various  :— 

Azo-Colouring Matters,  ManufactureofiYellow.    (P)  Imray. 

From  The  Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius,  und  Briiniug  515 
Colouring  Matters,  Production  of.    (P)  Brooke,  Simp- 
son, and  Spiller,  Limited,  and  A,  G.  Green 513 

Colouring  Matters,  Production  of.     (P)  Fichesscr 344 

Colouring  Matters,  Production  of.    (P)  Willcox.   From 

The  Farb.  vorm.  F.  Bayer  and  Co 3 15 

Colours,   Manufacture    of.    (P)   Read,  Holliday,  and 

Sons,  Lim.  and  Brookes 679 

Colours,  Production  of,  on  Fibre.  (P)  Farb.  vorm. IBayer 

and  Co 1004 

Colours,    Production   of,    on    Indigo -Dyed    Fabrics. 

(P)   Imray.     From  The  farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius 

und  Bruning 160 

Compounds    and    Colouring    Matters    derived   from 

Chrysaniline.  On.    (Trillat  and  deRaczkowski) 737 

Dyes.  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Badische  Anilin  und  Soda 

Fab 1000 

Dyes,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Willcox.    From  The  Farb. 

vorm.  Bayer  and  Co 158 

Green,  Application  of.    t\"n  Perger) 31 

Colouring  Matter,  Manufacture  of.    il'i  Reverdin  and  de  la 

Harpe 902 

Matters  and  Dyes.     (Class  IV,) . . .  .23.  153,  235,  341,  425.  51  J,  599, 

672,  737.  S07.  900,996 
Matter  or  Dye,  Extracting  and  Utilising.    (P)  Schweich 

and  Bucher 515 

Matter,  Production  of  Blue.    (P)  Imray.    From  The  Farb. 

vorm.  Meister,  Lucius,  und  Bruning 514 

Matters  derived  from  Anthraquinone.  (P)  Willcox.  From 

The  Farb.  vorm.  Bayer  and  Co 740 

Matters    derived  from  Anthraquinone,  Manufacture   of. 

(P)  Willcox.  From  The  Farb.  vorm.  Bayer  and  Co....  513 
Matters  derived  from  Benzidine  audits  Analogues.    (1') 

Willcox.    From  The  Farb.  vorm.  Bayer  and  Co 516 

Matters    derived    from    Chrysaniline,    On.     (Trillat  ami 

Raczkowski)  737 

Matters   from    Amidonaphtholsulpho   Acids.      (P)    Pitt. 

From  Cassella  and  Co 345 

Matters  from  Amidonaphtholsulphonic  Acids.    (P)  Pitt. 

From  Cassella  and  Co 741 

Matters  from  a  Sulpho-Acid  of  /3-Naphthol.    (P)  Read, 

Hollidav,  and  others 344 

Matters  from  Naphthol-glycerines.  (P)  Von  Portheim  . . .  236 
Matters  from  Protocatechuic  Acid  and  Phenols.  (P)  Farb. 

vorm.  Meister,  Lucius,  und  Bruning 902 

Matters,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Dreyfus 29 


Dec.  31, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


YY1Y 


TAGE 

Colouring  Matters,  Various— cont. 

Matters,   Manufacture   of.    (P)    Imray.    From    La   Soc. 

Durand,  Huguenin  et  Cie 237 

Matters,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Iuiray.    From  The  Actien 

Gesellschaft  fur  Aniiin  Fabrikation 29 

Matters,  Manufacture,  of.    (P)  Imray.    From  The  Farb. 

vorm.  Meister,  Lucius,  and  Briining 808 

Matters,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Lake.    From  Kalle  and  Co.    678 
Matters,  Manufacture  of.    (PJ    Lake.    From  Leonbardt 

aud  Co , 157,  516,  808 

Matters,  Manufacture  of.    ( P)  Lake.    From  Oehler 515 

Matters,  Manufacture  of.     (P)    The  Clayton  Aniline  Co. 

and  Hall 679 

Matters,  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Willcox.    From  The  Farb. 

vorm.  Bayer  and  Co ; 809 

Matters,  Manufacture  of  Basic  Naphthalene,  aud  Sulpho- 

Acids  thereof.    (P)    Johnson.     From  the    Badische 

Aniiin  und  Soda  Fab 516 

Matters,  Manufacture  of  New.    (P)   Farb.  vorm.  Bayer 

and  Co 1001 

Matters,   Manufacture   of   New.      ("  Anisolines ").     (P) 

Monner 516 

Matters,  New  Material  for  Production  of.    (P)  Levinstein.      29 
Matters  of  the  Triphenylinethane  Group,  Examination  of. 

(Noel ting,  Polonowsky,  and  Skawinski) 25 

Matters,  Production  of    (P)  Farb.  vorm.  Bayer  and  Co 1000 

Matters,  Production  of    Black.     (P)  Imray.    From    The 

Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  und  Bruning 344 

Matters,  Production  of  Blue.    (Imray.)     From  The  Farb. 

vorm  Meister  Lucius  und  Briining 514 

Matters,  Production  of,  Derived  from  Authraauinone  and 

Alizarin  Blue.    (P)  Willcox.    From  The  Farb.  i  orm. 

Bayer  &  Co 514 

Matters,  Production  of  New.    (P)  Johnson.    From  The 

Badische  Aniiin  und  Soda  Fab 679 

Matters,  Related  to  the  Rosaniline  Series.    (P)  Johnson. 

From  the  Badische  Aniiin  und  Soda  Fab 236 

Colours  and  Absorption  Spectra  of  Thin  Metallic  Films  and  of 

Incandescent  Vapours  of  the  Metals.    (Dudley) 924 

Application  of  Certain  Rare  Metals  for  Ceramic.   (Sprech-- 

saal) 523 

Composition  of  Sub-Glaze,  for  Soft  Porcelain.    (Seger).    239,240 

Developed.    (Weber) 986 

Imports  and  Exports  of,  Through  German  Customs.  (T.R.)    648 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Boult.    From  Bruns 679 

Manufacture  of  Alizarin.    ( P)  Schaelter 287 

Mordant  Dyeing  (Adjective).    (Weber) 983 

Pigment.     (Weber) 986 

Producing,  on  Glass  Surfaces.     (P)  Duntze 1007 

Reduction  in  Shade  of  Dyed  Alizarin.    (Schnabel) 602 

Use  of  Mineral  Pigment,  in  Cotton  Dyeing.    (Soxhlet)  ....    520 

Columbia,  Mining  in  British.    (T.R.) 720 

The  Salmon  Industry  in  British.    (T.R.) 69 

Columns,  Analysing.    (P)  Berly 803 

Combustibles,  Report  on  Mahler's  Study  of  the  Calorific  Power 

of.    (Carnot  and  Le  Chatelier) 840 

Combustion  of  Natural  Gas,  the  Flameless.     (Cabot) 801 

Commerce,  Proceedings  of  Manchester  Chamber  of.    (T.R.) . . .  187 

Commercial  Progress  of  Russia.    (T.R.) 379 

Composition,  A  New  Plastic.     (P)  Menzies 697 

Anti-fouling,  for  Ships' Bottoms.     (P)  McCowatt 46 

For  Coating  Ships'  Plates,  Jtc.     (P)  Jacks 538 

For  Coating  the  Interior  of  Ships.    ( P)  Briggs 749 

For  Coating  Walls.     (PI  Norwood 606 

For  Treating  Fibres   and  for  Cleansing    Purposes.     (P) 

Armstrong , 928 

Preservative,  for  Building  Purposes.    (P)  Selling 606 

Compositions  applicable  to  Building  and  Paving    Purposes. 

(P)Terp 819 

For  Covering  Metal  and  other  Surfaces.    (P)  Day 694 

Compound  for  Bleaching.    (P)  Thompson.   From  Brittingham  746 

For  Carburising  Metals.     (P)  Brown 616 

For  Coating  Walls  and  Production  of  Casts.    (P)  Norwood  525 

For  Cleansing  Purposes.     (P)  Jordan 620 

For  Fire-extinguishing  and  Fire-proofing.    (P)  Hunkel . ..  908 

For  the  Destruction  of  Insects.     (P)  Decesari 770 

Compounds,  Detergent.    (P)  Thompson.    From  Brittingham  .  758 

For  Insulating,  Covering,  &c.    (P)  Banks 927 

Influence  of  the  Carboxyl  Group  on  the  Toxic  Action  of 

Aromatic  Compounds.    (Neueks  and  Bautniy) 837 

Making  Plastic.     (P)  Kennedy 1012 

Manufacture  of  Pharmaceutical.    (P)  Willcox.    From  The 

Farb.  vorm.  F.  Bayer  &  Co 708 

Of  Stannic  and  Chromic  Oxides.    (Leykauf) 748 

Relation  between  the  Composition  of,  and  their  Colour. 

(Sehutze)  807 

Solvent  Action  of  Liquid  Organic.    (Etard) 713 

Compressibility  of  Saline  Solutions.    (Gilbaut) 780 

Compression  Pumps.    (P)  Webb 20 

Compressors.  Air.     (P)  Johnson  and  Hutchinson  (illus.) 993 

Use  of  Oil  in  Ammonia  Gas.    (von  Strombeck) 733 

Concert,  Smoking 578 

Concrete  Blocks  and  Tiles,  Making  Coloured.    (P)  Ward 1012 

Blocks,  Preparation  of.    (Trobach  and  Huppertsburg)  ...  818 

Portland  Cement.    (Bamber,  Carey,  and  Smith) 1007 

Prevention   of   Action    of    Frost    on    Portland    Cement. 

(Reinhofer)  165 

Condenser  for  Laboratory  Use.    (Bvers) 635 


PAGE 

Confection  of  Extract  of   Malt  and    Hops,  Preparing.    (P) 

Sonstadt 51 

Confections,  Notes  on  the  Analysis  of.    (Wiley  and  others)  ...    761 

Condensing  and  Extraction  Apparatus.    ( Farnsteiner)  (illus.)  1034 

Apparatus,    (P)  Reed 803,803 

Conocarpus  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 622 

Constantinople,  Commercial  Museum  at.    (T.R.) 285 

Production  and  Consumption  of  Gas  in.    (T.R.) 281 

"  Contrayerva  "  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 622 

Cooling  Apparatus.    (P)  Elsworthy  (illus.) 260 

Cop-Dyeing,  On.    (Weber)  (illus.) 975 

Copal  Resins.    ( Kresscl)  828 

Copenhagen,  Production  aud  Consumption  or  Gas  in.    (T.R.)  .  282 
Copper,  Action  of  Water  on  Basic  Salts  of.    (Rousseau  and 

Tite) 238 

Alloys.     (P)  Huntington  and  Prestige 922 

And  Antimony,  Simultaneous  Electrolytic  Deposition  of. 

(Hampe) 695 

And  its  Alloys,  Treating,  to  Prevent  Oxidation  and  De- 
oxidatiou  during  Heating  and  Annealing.    (P)  Lake. 

From  Cummins 753 

Apparatus  for  Use  in  Obtaining.    (P)  The  Rovello  Synd., 

Lim.  and  Howell 826 

Casting  and  Tempering  Pure.    (P)  Bottoine .'  615 

Compounds,   Adherence    of,   to   the    Leaves   of    Plants, 

(Girard) 770 

Electrolytic  Determination  of.    (Drossbach) 845 

Electrolytic  Separation  of,  from   Mercury.    (Smith  and 

MeCauley ) 131 

Extracting,  from  Ores  or  Compounds.    (P)  Nieholls  and 

others 443 

Hydrate,  Properties  of  Ammoniacal.    (Prud'homme)  .....  427 
Influence  of  Arsenic,  Antimony,  and  Silicon  on  Ductility, 

Strength  and  Conductivity  of.    (Hampe) 1014 

Manufacturing  Alloys  of  Nickel  and.    ( P)  Martins . .  822 

Mattes  and  Ores,  Treating  Plumbiferous.    (P)  James 353 

Mattes,  Separating  Nickel  and  Cobalt  from.    (P)    Herren- 

schmidt 694 

Means  for  the  Electrical  Deposition  of.    (P)  Parker  ......  43 

Mines  of  Vermont.    (Howe) [  246 

Obtaining,  from  Ores.    ( P)  French  and  Stewart ....'.  612 

On  a  New  Hydrate  of.    (Le  Due) 269 

OrCopper  Ores,  Smelting.    (P)  Bibby ,',  922 

Ores  aud  Mattes,  Treating.    ( P)  Pelatan . . .  754 

Photo-Etching  on.    (P)  Krantz  and  Zeissler 635 

Practical  Notes  on  the  Electrolytic  Refining  of.    (Badt)  ..  926 

Precipitation  of,  by  Iron.    (Essner) 165 

Process,  Hoepfner's  Electrolytic 444 

Production  and  Export  of,  in  Japan.     (T.R.) 720 

Refining  Process,  The  Thoferhn  Electrolytic ]  ] .  925 

Separation  of,  from  Mattes  or  Alloys.    (P)  Strap. .........  616 

Siemens  Electrolytic  Process  for  Extracting,  from  Ores  . . .  534 

Statistics  of,  for  1891 721 

Statistics  respecting.    ( T.R. ) 78 

Tempered.    ( Kirsch) '..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.  41 

The  Elecroly tic  Refining  of 324 

Tubes,  Production  of,  by  Electrolysis.     ( Pj  Watt .'.'.'.  617 

Coprolites.    (Wills) 698 

Corn  Oil.    (T.R.) ... ..  286 

Or  Maize  Kernel,  the  Proteids  of  the.    (Chittenden  and 

Osborne) 701 

Cornelian  Cherry  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 622 

Cornish  Assay,  The.    (T.R.) 470 

Corydaline.    (Dobbie  and  Lauder) 264, 633 

Cotton.     (Class  V.) 29, 15S,  426,  ul7, 600, 080, 741,  810,  902, 1002 

Action  of  Frost  upon.    ( Roth  well) 320 

Apparatus  for  Dyeing  and  Bleaching.    (P)  Yonng  and 

Crippin 742 

Application  of  Tannins  and  Tanning  Extracts  in  Hyeing. 

(Soxhlet) 744, 904 

Cleaning,  Restoring,  and  Bleaching  Damaged.    (P)  Hughes 

aud  Rowbotham 742 

Cloth,  Oil  and  Iron  Stains  in.    ( Weber) 495 

Dyeing  and  Treating.    (P)  Sutcliffe 680 

Dyeing,   Application    of    New    Insoluble   Azo  -  Colouring 

Matters  for.    (Kertesz) 31 

Dyeing,  Use  of  Mineral  Pigment  Colours  in.    (Soxhlet)...  520 

Nitrating.    (P)  Selwig  and  Lange 635 

Oil.Testfor.    (Holde) 637 

-Seed,  Nitrogenous  Bases  Present  in  the.    ( Maxwell) 372 

-Seed  Oil,  Qualitative  Reaction  of.    ( Holde ) 271 

-Seed,  Removal  of  Lint  from.    (Dudley) 619 

-Seed  Oil,  Spanish  Customs  Regulations  affecting  Sale'  of. 

(T.R.) ?. 714 

Tannic  Acid  Absorbed    by,   under  Varying    Conditions. 

(Kuecht  and  Kei-shaw) 129 

Council,  Report  of 569 

Couplings  for  Glass,  or  Glass-lined,  Tubes.    (P)  Rylands  and 

Morant 162 

Cream    in    Milk,  Apparatus   for    Testing    Quantity  of.    (P) 

Newton.    From  Augustenborg  and  Hansen 52 

Creosote,  Percentage  of  Guaiacol  in  Wood.    (Bongartz) 511 

Creosoted  Poles,  Painting.    (PJ  Hughes 620 

Cresols,  Iodine  Substitution  Products  of.    (P)  Willcox.    From 

The  Farb.  vorm.  Bayer  and  Co 370 

Crops,  The  Sources  of  the  Nitrogen  of  Leguminous.    (Lawes 

and  Gilbert) 253 


XXX 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[1)M.  31,1892. 


PAGE 

Crotonanilide,  /3-methvlaniklo,  and    its  Relation  to  Antipyrinc. 

(Knorr  and  Taufkirch) 70G 

Crucible  Furnaces.    (P)  Meichsner 610 

Crucibles,  Composition  for  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Kerr 528 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Alzugarciy 448 

Crusher  anil  Pulveriser.     (  P)  Morison 147 

Crushing  Apparatus,    i  I')  Thompson  ulliis.) 20 

Cryolite  Production  in  A  merica.    ( T.R.) 69 

Cuba,  Perfumery  Imports  ol.    (T.R.) 187 

Cuprammoniuui,  Properties  of.    (Prudhomme) 33 

Cupreine,  Action  of  Methyl  Iodide  on.    (Hesse) 177 

Preparation  of  Quinine-di-methiodide   from.      (Grimaux 

and  Armand ) Ml 

Cuprous  Chloride,  Estimation  of  Small  Quantities  of  Carbon 

Monoxide  by  Means  of.    (De  Saint  Martin) 770 

Oxide  Sub-Glaze  Colours  lor  Soft  Porcelain.     (Seger)  210 

Customs  Decisions,  French.    (T.R.)  166,  948 

Decisions  in  Russia.    (T.R.) 66 

Decisions  in  Sweden.    (T.R.) 00 

Decisions  in  the  United  Stales.     (T.R.) 552 

Decisions,  Swiss.    (T.R.) 466 

Duties  and  Regulations,  Changes  in  Italian.    (T.R.) 60 

Duties  on  Importation  of  Bops 051 

Regulations 66,  186,276,875,  166,552,641,714,948 

Tariff,  Alterations  in  the  Swiss 7s? 

Tariff,  Classification  of  Articles  in  Italian.    (T.R.) nil, '.us 

Tariff,  Classification  of  Articles  in  Russian.    (T.R.) 18i> 

Tariff,  Now  Spanish.    (T.R.) 270.  375 

Tariff  of  Argentina.  New.    (T.R.) 1  '■"> 

Tariff  of  Greece,  The 787 

Taritt  of  Mexico.  New.    (T.  B  ) : 67, 186 

Tariff  of  Porto  Rico,  New 951 

Tariff  of  Portugal.    (T.R.) I'll 

Tariff  of  Switzerland,  Classification  in.    (T.R.) 66 

Tariff,  The  New  French.     (T.R.) 379 

Cyanide  Process  in  South  Africa,  The.    (Butters  and  Clennell)     916 
Process,  The  Chemistry  of  the.     (Butters  and  Clennell) .. .     913 

Cyanides,  Manufacture  of.    iP)  Beilby 717, lout 

Manufacture  of  Alkaline.    IP)  DeLambilly 604 

Notes  on  the  Production  of.    (Playfair) 14 

Production  of  Alkaline.    (Pi  Viscount  de  Lamlrilly 1000 

Recovering,  from  Uoal-Gas.    (P)  Rowland 510 

Cyanogen  Compounds,  Manufacture  of.    (!')  Hood  and  Sala- 

mon 816 

Cypress  a  Yiolder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat)    622 


D 

Deaths,  Lists  of 3,  98.  202.  297,  395.  185,  568,  732,  801,  866,  902 

Degras,    (Ruhsam) 639 

Dehydrothiotoluidine,  Synthesis  of.    (Gattenuann  and  Neu- 

berg) 673 

Depolarisers,  Application  of, in  Electrolysis.    (P)  Richardson.  1015 

Dermatol.     (Trillat) 1029 

Desiccating  Apparatus.    (P)  Donard  and  Boulet 804 

Hessicator,  Vacuum,  with  Heating  Arrangements.  iBriibl)...  60 
Destructive  Distillation,  Tar  Products,  &c.  (Class  III.) .. .  22,  150, 
235,  310,  421,  511,  598,  071,  735,  807,  990 
Desulphurising  (listings  or  Alloys  of  Metals.  (P)  Rossigneux  615 
Detergent  Compounds.    (P)  Thompson.    From  Brittingham  .    75S 

Detergents,  Manufacture  of.     ( P)  Armstrong 536 

Detonators,  Railway  Fog  Signal.    (Pi  Ruston  and  Beadle 207 

Developers  for  Photographs.    (P)  Hauff 937 

De  Wilde  and  Reychlcr's  Chlorine  Process,  The.    (Reychler)  .      85 

Dextnns,  Note  on  the  Fermentabihty  of.    I  Lintner) 705 

(In  the  Formation  of.     (Petit) 020 

The  Fermentabihty  of.     (Medicos  and  Iinmerliciser) 705 

Dextrose  and  Levulose,  Apparent  Proportions  of,  in  certain 

Wines  (  Borntrager) 700 

Decomposition  of.  by  the  Bacillus  Ethaceticus.    (Frank- 
land  ami  Lumsden) 449 

Formation  of,  from  Starch  by  Ferments.     (Lintner) 1021 

Production  of.    (P)  Bumpier 1019 

Di-alkyl-nietr.-aiiihlo  n-sols.     Manufacture    of.      (P)     Lake. 

From  Leonhardt  and  ( Y 28 

Diamidqgen,    Manufacture   of.      (P)    Johnson.      From    The 

Badische  Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik 370 

Diamidosulphobenzide  and  some  of  its  Derivatives.    (Laulh)  .     787 
Diaphragms  for   Electrolytic   Decomposing    Apparatus.    (P) 

Breuer 927 

Diazoamidobenzoic  Acid,  Note  on.     (Noelting) 313 

Diazo-Compounds,  Rate  of  Decomposition  of.     (Hausser  and 

M  idler) 672 

Diazo  Dyes,  Production  of  New,  and  of  Intermediate  Products, 
il'l  Johnson.    From  The  Badische  Anilin   und  Soda 

Fab 514 

Digesting  Apparatus.    ll'lMunns.    From  Kall'cnberger ..    422,608 

Digitalin      (Kiliani) 771 

Digitalein,  Researches  on.    (Hondas) 454 


I'AOE 

Dimethylaniline,  Action  of  Acetic  Anhydride  on.    (Reverdin 

and  de  la  Harpe)  778 

Dimethylortho-anisidine,   Action    of   Nitric   Acid   on.     (van 

Roiuburgh)  155 

Dimethyl-thymo-hydrocjninone,  Preparation  of.    (Beychler)..  771 

Dinitrophenol,  Preparation  of.    (Reverdin  and  de  la  Harpe-)  ..  157 

Dinner,  The  Annual lit, 

Diphenyletho-a  -  p - hvdronaphthoquinoxaline.     (Fischer  .ml 

Buseh) 24 

Discharge  of  Dyed  Indigo-Blue.     (Brandt) . . .' 812 

Discussion   on    Fletcher's   Paper  on  Modern  Legislation  in 
Restraint  of   the  Emission   of   Noxous    Gases   from 

Manufacturing  Operations 309 

Dioxyuaphthalenosulpho  Acids,  Manufacture  of.      (P)  Farb. 

vorm.  Bayer  and.Ci 999 

Discharge,  Production  of  a,  on  Dyed  Indigo.    (Binder) 813 

Disinfectant   anil    Insect    Destroyer,   Manufacture   of.      (P) 

Lutschaunig 451 

An  Improved.     (P)  Sver 931 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Williams 031,631 

Tablets,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Thornton 305 

Disinfectants.    (Class  XVIII— C.)  174,260,301,151,031.770 

934, 1025 

Apparatus  for  Supplying  to  Closets,  &c.     (1')  Panario 451 

For  Water-closets.     (P)  Thornton 933 

Manufacture  of  New.     (P)  McMurrav 770 

Method  of  Vaporising.    (P)  Scott 452 

Disinfecting  Apparatus.    (P)  Herschcr  631 

Apparatus.    (P)  Robertson 704 

Dissociation  in  Dilute  Solutions  of  Tartrates.    (Sonnenthal)  ..  263 

Distillation,  Apparatus  for  Fractional.     (Ekenberg)  (illus.)..  1034 
Distilleries,   Use   of    Hydrofluoric    Acid   and     Fluorides    in. 

( Vincent) 626 

Distilling  Apparatus.     (P)  Cotton  and  Garrett lis 

Apparatus.    (P)  Kirkaldy)  (illus.) 595 

Apparatus.    (P)  Lennard 151 

Apparatus.    (P)  Lucl; 148 

Apparatus.    ( P)  Pitt.    From  Savaile 257 

Process  and  Apparatus  for.    ( P)  At  tout 508 

Distemper  for  Walls  and  Ceilings.    (P)  Morse 520 

Dittiuar,  Resolution  of  Condolence  on  Death  of  Prof 221 

Divi-divi  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat)  022 

]'<>i -rose  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 022 

Dough,  Apparatus  for  Testing  and  Recording  Properties  of. 

( P)  Hogarth \ 029 

Drainpipes,  Utilisation  of  Slag  for  Manufacture  of.    (I1)  Arnold  81!) 
Drawback    on    Perfumery,  General    Order    Concerning    flic. 

(T.R.) 785 

Drawing  Paper,  The  Acid  Action  of.     I  Evans  and  Wirtz) 212 

Papers,  The  Acid  Action  of.     (Beadle) 201 

Papers,  The  Acid  Action  of.    (Cross  and  Bevan)  213 

Papers,  The  Acid  Action  of  Different.    ( Hartley) 201 

Dressing  for  Belting,  &c.     (P)  Kenyon 1017 

Drinking  Water  and  Disease.    (Mason) 150 

Drug  and  Chemical  Imports  of  Porto  Rico.    (T.R.) 187 

Exports  from  Argentina.     I  T.R. I 407 

Imports  into  Mauritius.     (T.R.)  468 

Imports  into  the  Argentine  Republic.    (T.R.) 467 

Imports  into  the  United  States.fT.R.) 381 

Trade  of  Greece,  The.    (T.R.) 782 

Trade  of  Persia.    (T.R.)  646 

Trade,  The  French.    (T.R.) 381 

Drugs  and  Chemicals  in  Japan.     (T.R.) 714 

Of  Tropical  Africa.     ( T.R. ) 377 

Dryers,  Preparation  of.    ( P)  Hartley  and  Blenkinsop 170 

Drying  Apparatus.    (P)  Fletcher  and  Hoyle 894 

'  Apparatus.    (P)  Gye 595 

Apparatus.    (P)  Hencke 628 

Apparatus.    (P)  Johnston  (illus.) 808 

Apparatus.    (P)  Rubenkamp 991 

Apparatus,  Utilising  Heated  Air  in.    (P)Leydecker 509 

Oils,  Qualitative  Reaction  of.    (Holde)  272 

Oils,  Test  for.     ( Holde) 637 

Dumas'  Method  of  Estimating  Nitrogen  in  Organic  Bodies. 

(O'Sullivati) 327 

Duty  on  Copper  Ore  in  United  States,  Case  affecting.    (T.R.)  .    948 

Dye  Liquors,  Means  for  the  Purification  of.     (P)  Watson S64 

Dyeing  and  Bleaching  Apparatus.    (P)  Graemiger 813 

And  Bleaching  Apparatus.    (P)  Young  and  Crippin 742 

Apparatus  for  Woollen  Goods.     (P)  Lake.    From  Oehler  745,746 

Calico  Printing,  Paper  Staining  and  Bleaching.    30, 168,  237,  345, 

12s.  519,  0110.  080,711,  811,  904,  1002 

Hawking  Machines  for  Indigo.    (P)  Coulter 813 

Photo.    (Villain) 1031 

Primitive  Modes  of.     (Hummel) 991 

Various  Fabrics,  Means  and  Method  of.     (P)  Foster  and 

Frost 237 

Dyes  (Class  IV.)      28,  153,  235,  311.  125,  512,  599,  072,  737,  S07,  900,  990 

'     Acid.     (Weber) 9-3 

Applications  of  Some  New.    (von  Perger) 30 

Basic.     (Weber) 985 

Discussion  on  Hummel's  Paper  on  Fast  and  Fugitive 12 

Fast  to  Milling  and  Washing.     (Kertesz) 744 


Deo.  SI.  1892.] 


THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Dyes— conf. 

New  Buses  Applicable  for  the  Production  of  Substantive 

Cotton.    (P)  Abel.    From  Durand.  Huguenin,  andCo.    SOD 
01  the  Quinoxalme  Series   III.,  A  New  Class  of  Fluor- 
escent,   t Kischer  and  Buseh) 24 

Of  thi-  Rnodamine  Series,  Production  of.    (P)  Johnson. 

From  The  Badische  Anilin  and  Soda  Pabrik 315 

the  R  •    ■  ;,;nc Series,  Production  of  New,  and  Materials 
tlu     L.n-.     iP)    Jolinson.    Prom  the   Badische  Auilin 

und  Soda      brik 513 

Of  Tropical  Africa.    (T.R.) 377 

Oxafcine.    (Mohlau) 672 

Production  of  Black,  Suitable  for  Wool.     (P)  Pitt.    From 

Cassella  and  Co 5P> 

Production  of  New  Diazo,  and  of  Intermediate  Products. 
(P)  Johnson.     From  The  Badische  Anilin  und  Ssda 

Pabrik 514 

Related  to  the  Rhodamina  Series,  Production    of  New. 
(P)  Jolinson.    From  The  Badische   Auilin   und  Soda 

Fab 740 

The  Discharge  of  Alizarin.    (Schnabel) 811 

Vat.    (Weber) 987 

Dyestuff    Derivator    of    Triphenyhnethane.      [Noelting    and 

Schwai  tz] 25 

Dyestuffs  from  a-\Taphthol  Sulpho  Acids  and  Dioxy  Naphtha- 
lene Sulpho  Acids.     ( PJ  Farb.  vorm.  Bayer  and  Co 99!) 

Manufacture    of   Basic,  from    Alpha-naphtho-quinone-di- 
chlorimide.    (P)  Johnson.   From  The  Badische  Anilin 

und  Soda  Fabrik 599 

^Manufacture  of  Blue.    (P)  Hewitt.   FromCassellaand  Co.    749 
Manufacture  of,  Derived  from   Anthracene  and  AnMira- 
qui  none.    Willcox.   From  The  Farb.  vorm.  F.  Bayer  and 

Co.  IP) 20 

Production  of  Blue.     (P)  Pitt.    From  Cassella  and  Co 514 

Production  of  Fast  Yellow  Azo.     (P)  Bang:.    From  Dahl  ..     510 
Production     of    Improved.    (P)     Johnson.    From     The 

Badiscche  Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik 23i> 

Production    of    New    Basic.      (P)     Johnson.    From    The 

Badische  Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik 514 

Production  of  New  Cotton  or  Substantive.     (P)  Willcox. 

From  The  Farb.  vorm.  Bayer  and  Co 809 

Dye  wood  Extracts  and  their  Manufacture.    (Mafat) 15:i,  oil 

Extracts,  Increasing  Tinctorial  Properties  of.     (Soxhlet)  ..     42S 

Extracts,  Report  on  Mafat's  Memoir  on.    (Geigy) 154 

Dye  woods,  Preparing,  for  Use  in  Dyeing.    (P)  Espeut Gso 

Dynamite,  Analysis  of  Kieselguhr.    (Sanford) 843 

Conveyii  g  Plant,  New 839 

Poisonous  Gases  from.     (Charon) 840 


E 

Earthenware.    (Class  VIII.)      38,162,239,434,523,004,  687,748,817, 

•jus,  urn; 

Composition  for  Manufacture  of  Articles  of.    (P)  Kerr 523 

Kilns  for  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Query 435 

Ornamenting  Surfaces  of.    (P)  Slater  and  Royle sis 

Ovens  forFiring,    (P)  Plant 43J 

Easton  anil  Anderson's  Engineering  Works,  Visit  to 5S1 

"  Eau-de-Yie  de  1'iquette,"  An  Aldehyde  in.    (Muller) 25:i 

Ebony  a  Vielder  of  Tannin.     ( Mafat)  022 

Ecuador,  <  irchilla  in.    (T.R.) 715 

Egtr,  Analysis  of  Commercial  Volk  of.     (Jean) 941 

'■  Eggio,"  Analysis  of.    (Boyer) 447 

Eggs,  Preserving.     (P)  Mills.    From  de  la  Vieuville 52 

Egypt,  Industrial  Prospects  of.    (T.R.) 720 

Election  of  Officers  for  1892-3 577 

Electric  Are  'Welding.  Recent  Developments  in.     (Unwin) 824 

Electric  Batteries.    .S'ee  Batteries. 

Electrical  Industry  and  the  Future  Supply  of  Gntta-Percha. 

(T.R.) 830 

Electricity. Melting  Metals,  &c,  hy.    (Pi  Kreinsen 1010 

Method  of  Generating,  and  Producing  Air  in  a  Luminous 

State.     (P)  Duffy 619 

Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy    42, 168,  247.  353.  444,  534, 

616,695,754,828,  921,  1014 

Depositing.  Improvements  in.     (P)  Gfibbings 353 

Electrodes.    See  Batteries. 

Electrolysing  and  Bleaching.  Apparatus  for.    (P)  Marx 353 

Electrolysis.  Apparatus  for  Producing  Chlorine  and  Alkalis  by. 

(P)  Kellner 755 

Application  of  Depolarisers  in.    (P)  Richardson 1015 

Improvements  in.     (P)  Hoepfner 535 

Improvements  in.     (P)  Le  Seueur 755 

Means  for  Use  in.     (P)  Marx 353 

Of  Metallic  Phosphates  in  Acid  Solution.     (Smith) lit 

Of  Metallic  Sulphocyanides.    (Frankel) 61 

Cf  Saline  Solutions  for  Production  of  Alkaline  Bases  and 

their  Salts.    (P)  Hermitc  and  Duboscq 1015 

On  the  Laws  of.     (Chassy) 75t 

Process  and  Apparatus  fo'r  Bleaching  by.  (P)  Imrav.    From 

Montgomery .' , 535 

Quantitative  Analysis  by.     (Rudorff) 459 

Some  Separations  by.    (Smith  and  Wallace) 696 

The  Problems  of  Commercial.    (Swinburne) S23 

Electrolytes.    See  Batteries. 


TAGE 

Electrolytic  Separations.    (Smith  and  Muhr)  60 

Sewage  System.    (Grimshaw) 6 

Electro-Metallurgical  Operations,  Apparatus  for  Vse  in.    (P) 

Hoepfner 1015 

Elements.    See  Batteries. 

Elm  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 623 

Emulsions,  Apparatus  for  Extracting   Fatty  Particles  from. 

(P)  Hellstrom  (ilUfc.) 170 

Enamel  Designs  on  Iron  and  Steel  Plates.  Producing.    (P) 

Clark 434 

Paints,  Composition  of.    (P)  Terp 829 

Enamelled  Articles.  The  Marbling  of.    [P)  Gniichlel 524 

Iron  Ware,  Production  of.     ( P)  Clans 435 

Enamelling  Iron  Plate.     ( P)  Clans 435 

Engineers,  Baltimore  Meeting  of  American  Institute  of  Mining. 

233,  246,  255 

England,  Manufacture  of  Plate  Glass  in.    (T.R.)  720 

Enzyme,  A  New  Glucase.    (Geduld) 627 

Eosin  soluble  in  Alcohol,  The  Manufacture  of.     (Mtthlhanser) 

(illus.) 675 

The  Manufacture  of  lod-.     (Mublhauser)  (illus.) 677 

Ephedrine.    (Spehr) 514, 544 

Esparto  Liquor,  Utilisation  of  Waste.    (P)  Higgin 771 

Essence  of  Turpentine,  Detection  of  Rosin  Oils  in.    (Zuue)  ...  637 
Essences.    (Class  XX.)       57, 176,  261,  305,  453,  544, 631,  705,  771,  835, 

935, 1026 
Estimations  in  Alkaline  Solution  by  Aid  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide. 

( Jannasch  and  Niederhofheim) 270 

Ether.     (Abraham) 835 

Ethereal  Oil  of  Sabadilla  Seed.     (Opitz) 177 

Ethers,  The  Higher  Nitric,  of  Starch.     (Mublhauser) 70S 

Production    of  Oxy-fstty    Glycerin.       (P)    Schmitz    and 

Toenges 827 

Ethylamines,  Production  of.     (P)  Vidal 314 

Ethyl-a-Naphthylamine.    (Bamberger  and  Goldschmidt) 23 

Ethylene.  Behaviour  of.  on  Explosion  with  Less  than  its  own 

Volume  of  Oxygen.     ( Lean  and  Bone) 995 

Ethyleosin,  The  Manufacture  of.    (Mublhauser)  (illus.) 675 

Eucalyptus  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 622 

oil.    1  Helbing  and  Passmore) 837 

Oil.     (Holmes) 455 

Oil.  Terpene  Hydrate  from.    (Merck) 632 

Products,  Manufacture  o'r.    (P)  Dean 179 

Eugenol,  Manufacture  of  Iso-  and  Poly-Iso.     (P)  Johnson. 

From  von  Heyden  Nachfolger 633 

Europhen.    (Trillat) 1028 

Evaporating  and  Condensing  Apparatus.    (P)  Reed 803 

Apparatus.     (P)  Blair 992 

Apparatus.     (  L'j  Caldwell 1006 

Apparatus.    (P)  Chapman  (illus.) 147 

Apparatus.    (P)  Cotton  and  Garrett 14s 

Apparatus.    (P)  Harvey  (illus.)  508 

Apparatus.    ( P)  Hencke 62S 

A  pparatus.    ( P)  Laberie 1019 

Apparatus.    (P)  Lake.    From  Craney  lillus.) 609 

Apparatus.    (P)  Mirrlees  and  Ballinghall 895 

Apparatus.     (Schulze  and  Tollens) 940 

Apparatus.     (P)  Stewart 101s 

Apparatus.  Multiple  Effect.     (P)  Deacon.     From  Maxwell  830 

Process  and  Apparatus  for.     (P)  Robertson 507 

Evaporators.    (P)  Burnet  (illus.) 422 

Exalgin.    (Trillat) 1029 

Examination  of  Tin-Plated  Articles  for  Preservation  of  Foods. 

(Pinette) -. 51 

Excursion  to  Windsor  and  Cliveden 5S4 

Experiment  showing  Absorption  of  Hydrogen  by  Palladium. 

( Wilm) 465 

Explosive  and  Ordnance  Material.    (Emmcns) 939 

Compositions.    (P)  von  Brank 456 

Compound.    (P)  United  States  Smokeless  Powder  Co 1032 

Compound  formed  by  Action  of  Baryta-Water  on  Chromic 

Acid.    (Pochard)  180 

Compounds.    ( P)  Nobel 1032, 1032, 1032 

Compounds.     ( P)  Rand 939 

Shells,  Improved  Method  of  Charging.    (P)  Dodd 546 

Explosives,  Behaviour  of,  in  Fiery  Mines.     (Lohmann) 179 

High,  in  Warfare.    (Barber)  59 

Improvements  in.    (P)  Curtis  and  Andre 456 

Machinery  for  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Anderson 517 

Manufacture  of.     ( P)  Abel  and  Dewar 71 9 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  de  Mosenthal  and  others 773 

Manufacture  of.    (PI  Landener 1032 

Manufacture  of.    (Pj  Newton.    From  Nobel 2e7 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Ryves ]?o 

Manufacture  of  High.    "(P)  Pollard 207 

Matches,  &c 59,  179,267,  156,  546,  635,  708,  773,  S39,  937, 11132 

Means  for  Blasting  by.    (P)  Pfeiffer 939 

Methods  Employed  for  Testing.    (Vielle)   937 

New  Manufacture  of.     (1')  Reuland ISO 

Production  of.    (P)  Johnson.    From  the  Dynamite  Actien-    456 

gesellschaft  Nobel  4r,o 

Report  of  H.M.  Inspectors  of,  for  1889 546 

The  Analysis  of  Nitro-.     (Sanford) 843 

The  Dangers  in  the  Manufacture  of.    (Guttmann) 203 


XXX11 


THE  JOURNAL  OF   THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Dec.  si,  use. 


PAGE 

Exports  from  United  Kingdom  to  the  United  States  during 

L891,     (T.R.) M 

Extract  of  Malt  and  Hops,  Obtaining.    (P)  Sonstadt 51 

Extraction  and  Condensing  Apparatus.    (Famsteiner)  (illus.)   I03t 

Apparatus.     (Holde)  (illus.) . 93a 

\1  paritus  for  Determination  of  Fat  in  Milk.    (Molinan). 

(illus.)  .j11 

Extracts.    (Class  XX) 57,176,261,365,453,544,631,705,    (71, 

885.  935,  1086 

Decolorising  and  Clarifying  Tannic.    (P)  Huillard 539 

For    Use    in    Manufacture   of   Yeast    and    Spirits.      (P) 

Nycander 1(l-'! 

Prom    Diplomatic  and  Consular  Reports    1ST.  280, 466,  558,  64*, 

714,  7m1.  mil 
Increasing  Tinctorial  Properties  of  Dyewood.     (Soxhlet ) . .     488 
Manufacture  of,  from  Logwood  and  other  Dye  woods.    (Pi 
E -pent  


680 


Fabric,  An  Elastic,  for  Tubing,  Belting,  4c.    (Pj  Temmel 759 

An  Improved  Compound.     (P)  Bugg 518 

An  Improved  Fireproof.     (P)  Allan! 518 

Hygienic,     il't  Nyssen 904 

Shower-proof.    (P)  Briggs 904 

Fabric-.  Apparatus  for  Washing  and  Treating.    1 I'J  Roberts..  810 

Bli  aching  and  Treating  Textile.     (P)  Pike 810 

Dyeing  Tanning,and  Mordanting  Teazled  and  Porous.  (P) 

'    Goldschmidt  521 

Improvements  in  Dyeing.    (P)  Daw.jun 431 

Machines  for  Printing.    iPi  Wood •••■ S;05 

"Means  and  Method  of  Dyeing.    (P)  (Foster  and  Frost)  ...  831 

Purifying  Woollen.     (P I  Abel.    From  Philips  and  Mathee  518 

Fat.  Extractim:  and  Saving  Wool.     (P)  Trent  and  Henderson.  928 
Hydrnlysing    and    ( ducoside-Resolving  Fermeuts,    Rela- 
tions between.     fSigmundl  819 

In  milk,  Apparatus  for  Determination  of.   (Molinari)  (illus.)  61 
Occurrence  of  Octylic  Alcohol  in  Distilled  Wool-    (Han- 
nan)   535 

Pats  and  Oils,  Bleaching  and  Purifying,    ll'i  Mills 928 

Detection  of  Foreign,  in  Butter.     (P)  Johnstone 1039 

Detection  of  Unsaponifiable.    (Soltsiem  378 

Hiibl's  Iodine  Test  for.    (Fahrion)  183 

Oils  and  Soaps.     44,   169,  250,355,445,535,619,696,756,887,988, 

Refining  and  Deodorising  Refuse.     (P)  Wilson 757 

The  Analysis  of.     ( Lewkow-itsch  I  134 

Fatty  Icid,  A  New  Unsaturated.     (Arnaud)  619 

Acids,  Apparatus  for  Distilling.     (P)  Ungues 75" 

Matter,  Manufactureof  from  Wool-Fat.     (Pi  (daser.  From 

Braun  and  Liebreich 445 

Matters  from  Wool-Washing  and  other  Waters,  Removing. 

(P)  Hughes.     From  Motte  and  Co 827 

Matters    in    Mdk    Products.  Estimation  of.     (Leze  and 

Allard  I 465 

Matters,  Preservation  of .    (P)  Falcimagne 630 

Particles  from  Emulsions,  Apparatus  for  Extracting.     I  .PI 

Hellstrom  (illus.)  170 

Substances,  Purification  of.    (P)    Lake.    From    La    Soc. 

Anon,  des  Parfumes  Xaturelsde  Cannes 53i: 

Faucets,  Filtering.     (PI  Lose 596 

Feed-Water  Heaters.      I'    Unmet  (illus.)  482 

Pcrmentation,  Fractional.     I  Morris  and  Wells) 764 

Increasing    Formation    of    Cells    during.      (P)   Redfern- 

Hradil 257 

Influence  of  Oxygen  and  Concentration  on.    (Brown) 257 

Influence  of  some  Metallic  Salts  on  Lactic.    (Bichet) 770 

Svmbiosisand  S3  mbiotic.    (Ward) 764 

The  Chemistry  of.    I  Buchner) 763 

Jeasts  and   Bacteria,  The  "Ginger-Beer" Plant.    (Mar- 
shall Ward  I 255 

Fermenting,  The  Process  of.    (Sykes) 765 

Ferments,  Formation  of  Dextrose  from  Starch  by.    (Lintner)  .  1021 

Production  of  Alcoholic,    (l't  Takaminc 1088 

Relations  between  Pat-Hydrolysing  and  Glucoside-Resolv- 

ing.    (Sigmund) 849 

Ferns  as  Yielders  of  Tannin.    (Mafat)  628 

Ferric   Chloride,  Obtaining  from  Waste  Galvanising  Liquor. 

p    Wilson  and  Harvey 433 

Hydroxide,  Behaviour  of  Tricalcium  Phosphate  towards. 

(v.  Georgievics) 254 

Ferricyanogen,  Production  of  Salts  of.    (P)  Deutsche  Gold  und 

Zilber-Scheide  uistalt 1005 

Ferro-Aluminium,  Estimation  of  Aluminium  in.    (Donath)  ...  459 

-Bronze  and  other  Alloys,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Bott 693 

Chrome  Quick  Method  for  Decomposition  and  Analysis  of. 

i  Win  ren  i 460 

.i  bromium  and  Steel,  Estimating  Chromium  in.    (Clarki  501 
•  I  iiric  and  Ferric  Oxides,  Apparatus  for  Producing.    (Pi 

Crossley 614 

-Manganesi    '                       [angai                 Bastin) 1037 

Ferrous  Sulphate.  Interaction  of,  with  Phosphati  -  of  Calcium. 

eneuveand  N  colic, 1018 

Fertiliser  and  Insecticide.     (P)    Lake.      From  The    Biolytic 

Gypse  Co 541 


PAGE 

Fertilisers   and    Feeding   Stuffs   and   the   Law  for  Sale  of. 

( Schack-Sommer) 406 

In  the  West  Indies.    (T.R.) 854,1041 

Manufactureof.     (P)  Smith 699 

The  Adulteration  of.     (T.R.) 285 

Valuation  of  Mixed,  of  High  Grade 759 

Fibre,  Bleaching  and  Treating  Peat  and  other.     (P)  Cannot...  813 

Industries  in  the  Punjauh.     (T.R.) 69 

Industry  of  Queensland,  The.    (T.R.) 190 

Manufacture  of  Metal.    (P)  Torkington 614 

Preparation  and  Dressing  of.     (P)  Priestley 518 

Preventing  Weakening  of,  in    Discharge-Indigo    Prints. 

( Moderns  I 600 

Production  of  Azo-Colours  on.     (P)  Farb.  vorm.  Bayerand 

Co 1004 

Production  of  Textile.     IP)  Hagemann 1026 

The  Pentosans  of  Lignified.    (Schulze  and  Tollens)   931 

Weakening     of     the,     in      Discharge-Indigo     Printing. 

(Scheurer) 904 

Fibres,  Apparatus  for  Breaking  or  Treating  Vegetable.     (P) 

Allison 904 

Apparatus    for    Cleansing    and     Lustreing.     (P)    Fisher 

and  Murgatroyd 743 

Apparatus  for  Testing  Strength  of  Raw.     (P)  Appenzeller 

and  Filleul 680 

Apparatus  for  Washing  and  Scouring.    (P)  Smith  (illus.).  742 

Cleansing  and  Treating  Animal.    (P)  Ambler 51? 

Composition  for  Treating.     (Pi  Armstrong 928 

Determination  of.  in  a  Crude  State.    (Gabriel) 944 

Dveing   and    Printing    Textile,    with    Aniline,   &c.     (P) 

Grawitz 813 

Dyeing,  &c,  Textile.    (P)  Hughes.    From  Tebughein 431 

Dyeing  Silk  and  other.    (P)  Longmore  and  Williamson. . .  906 

From  the  Leaves  of  Fir  Trees.     ( von  Hohnel  I 426 

Machinery  for  Scutching  Flax  and  other.     ( P)  Hatschek..  810 

Obtaining,  from  Fibrous  Plants.    (P)  Stuart 90S 

Obtaining,  from  Textile  Vegetable  Substances.  (P)  Barnett  810 

Of  Tropical  Africa.     (T.R.) 377 

The  Specific  Gravity  of  Textile.    ( Vignon) 10n2 

Treatment  of  Vegetable.    (P)  Nicolle  and  Smith 517 

Treatment  of  Vegetable  Textile.    (P)  Raabe 810 

Treatment  of,  with  Liquids  and  Vapours  or  Gases.    (P) 

Gessler 680 

Used  in  Paper-Making,  Determination  01.    ( Herzberg) ....  638 

Ficus  Rubiginoaa  and  F.Macrophylla,  The  Resins  of.  (Rcnnie 

and  Goyder,  jun.) 1039 

Fig  Wine,  Manufacture  and  Properties  of.    ( Vogel) 256 

Filaments.  Renewing  and    Fixing,  in  Incandescent  Lamps. 

( P)  Mohrle 42 

Films,  Chemical  Means  of  Enlarging  Photographic  Gelatine. 

(P)  Hill 179 

Sulphuretted  Compounds  for  Production  of.     (P)  Fairfax. 

From  Crane 446 

Filter  for  Oil.    (P)  Masterman  and  Woodhouse  and   Rawson, 

Lim 169 

For  Oils  and  other  Fluids.     (P)  Willcox 169 

-PressCloth.    (P)  Lucas 908 

-Presses.  Wood  Trays  for.     1  P 1  Teggin 894 

Pump.    IP)  Xordtmeyer  (illus.) 422 

Filtering  Apparatus.    (P)  Berk 536 

Apparatus.     (P)  Gehrke 833 

Apparatus.     (P)  Martin 20 

Apparatus.     1  Fi  Weigel  (illus.) 993 

Faucets.     (P)  Lose 596 

Material,  Production  of,  from  Sewage  Sludge.    (P)  Wilson  769 

Filters.    (P)  Barker.    From  Good&cre' 421 

(P)  Henderson 894 

(P)  Saver 804 

(P)  Tippetts 894 

Efficacy  of  Sand-,  at  Zurich 364 

Improvements  in.     (P)  Barker.     From  Goodacre 507 

Improvements  in.     (P)  Santurio 804 

Rotary.     (P)  Thompson.    From  Williamson 509 

Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids.  Essences  and  Extracts 57. 176,  261, 

365,  453.  5U,  631,  705.  771,  835.  935,  1026 

Finings,  Machine  for  Preparation  of  Brewers'.    (P)  Brooks...  700 

Fir  Trees,  On  Fibres  made  from  the  Leaves  of.    (von  Hohnel)  426 

Fire-extinguishing  and  Fireproofing  Compound.      (P)  Hunkel  90S 

Extinguishing  of.     (P)  Oadcs 233 

-Lighters,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Lutschaunig 451 

Fi  reproof  Fabric.    ( P)  Allard 518 

Material,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Kopke 165 

Fire-resisting  Bricks  and  Lining  Materials.     (P)  Thompson...  437 

Fireworks.    (P)  Gillischewsky 939 

Fish  Oils,  Qualitative  Reactions  of.     (Holde)  272 

Preparation  of,  for  Use  as  Food.     (P)  Sehoiiau 768 

Smoking  or  Curing.     (P)  Pitfard 1024 

Flames.  Inert  asing  the  Illuminating  Power  of.     (P)  Chandor.  807 

Xote  on  the  Carbon  Deposited  from  Coal-Gas.     (Foster)  ..  340 

The  Luminosity  of  Coal-Gas.     (Lewes)  231 

The  Origin  of  Acetylene  in.    ( Lewes) 340 

Flask  for  Estimation  of  Ammonia  in  Waters.    (Coleman) 327 

Flash-Light  Apparatus.     (P)  Beste B99 

-Light Apparatus,    ll'i  Wnnsche 899 

-Point  and  Heat  of  Burning  of  Mineral  Oils.    (Steuart)...  885 
Flavopurpurine,  Dyeing  Silk  by  Means  of.     (PJ  Imray.    From 

The  Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  und  Bruning 515 


Doe.  si,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


XXXlll 


PAOE 

Flax,  Machinery  for  Soutohing.     (I'l  Hatschek 810 

Floor-CIntli,  Analysis  of  Linoleum.    (Pinette)  550 

Manufacture  of.    (PI  Scott  and  Beard 90S 

Manufacture  of  Inlaid.     (P>  Thomson  and  Powell 431 

Florida,  The  Phosphate  Beds  of.     (Keller) 539 

The  Phosphate  Deposits  of.     ( Eldridge)  •-».",.", 

Flour   and   Dough,   Apparatus   for   Testing   and   Recording 

Properties  of.     (  P)  Hogarth C2il 

Converting,  into  a  Soluble  Proa:.  :t.    (P)  Thompson.    From 

Berge I W 

Manufacture  of  Wheaten.     Il'i  Amos 629 

Flours.  Analysis  of.    (Thorner)  (illns.) 62 

Fluid  Specific  Gravity  Determinations.  (Alder  Wright)  (illns.  i  i?;i7 
Fluids.    Holders   for    Storing,    under    High    Pressure.       (P) 

Brotherton  and  Griffith 998 

SeenritiK   Continuous  Time  Record  of  Rale  of  Distillation 

and  Direction  of  Flow  of  Distilled.    (Pi  McDaniel.'. . .  931 

Fluorescein,  The  Manufacture  of.    (Muhlhauscr)  (illns.)..  675 
Fluorides,  Conditions    Producing    Multiple  Effect  of.    in 

Solutionsof  Fermentable  Matter.    (Effront) 931 

I'so  of,  in  Distilleries.     (Vincent  I 626 

Fluorine,  Occurrence  of,  in  Natural  Phosphates.    (Carnot) ....  759 

On  the  Estimation  of.     (Carnot)  71(1 

Fluoroline  and  Cincholine.    (  Hesse) 936 

Fodder  Cakes.    (I'l  Rehnstrom 933 

Fog,  Removal  or  Prevention  of.    (P)  Oiwles 233 

Signal  Detonators.    (P)  Ruston  and  Beadle 267 

Food  and  Drugs  Act.  The  Sale  ol.     (T.R.) 472 

A  New  Chemical.    (PI  McKay 450 

Means  for  Storing  and  Preserving.     ( P I  Smith 44l» 

Preparation  of  Fish  for  Use  as.    (P)  Schonau 76s. 

Preserving  Articles  of.    (P)  Hartmann 1024 

Production  of,  from  Indian  Corn  or  Mai/.e.     (P)  Bates  ....  76!» 

Products,  Gelatinous.    (P)  Parker 1024 

Products  of  Tropical  Africa.     (T.R.) 377 

Smoking  or  Curing  Articles  of.      Pi  Pillard 1021 

The  Artificial  Coloration  of  Articles  of.     (Tschirch) 172 

Treating  Salt   intended    for  Curing.     (P)    Collingridge. 

From  Coinet  and  Jones 629 

Foods,  Apparatus  For  closing  Vessels  for  Preservation  of.     (P) 

li:i  1 1  it:a  to' 629 

Apparatus  for  Smoking  or  Curimr.    (PI  Robertson........  7nt 

Examination  of  Tin-plated  Articles  for  Preservation  of. 

( Pinette) 51 

Manufacture  of  Easily- Digestible.    (PI  Reithand  Dahm.  541 

Occurrence  of  Tin  in  Canned.    (Weber) 363 

Preparation  of  ( 'attic.    (P)  Tallerman 7(Hi 

Preserving.    (P)  Far!),  vorm.  Moister,  Lucius  und  Bruning  lnjt 

The  Adulteration  of,  in  various  Countries 17- 

The  Valuation  of.     (Kinrhl  7(11 

Use  of  Aluminium  for  Vessels  containing.    (Rupp) 172 

Zinc  in  Preserved.     (Alcn)  363 

Formaldehyde  ("  Formol  ").    (Trillat) 1025 

Formosa,  the  Camphor  Trade  of.    (T.R.) 645 

The  Opium  Trade  of.     (T.R.) 646 

France,  Artificial  Butter  Legislation  in.     (T.R.)  61) 

Customs  Decisions  in.     (T.R.) tils 

Increased  Consumption  of  Boric  Acid  in.    (T.R.)  284 

Sm  Customs  Tariff  of.     (T.R.) 37!) 

Recent  Customs  Decisions  in.     (T.R.) 466 

Tar i  IT  on  Petroleum  in.     ( T.  II.) 67 

The  Drugl  Trade  of.    (T.R.)  881 

The  Working  of  Salt  Marshes  in 651 

Freezing  Apparatus.    (  P)  Puplett S03 

Apparatus.    (Pi  Bowley 992 

Point    of    Dilute  Aqueous    Solutions,  Determination    of. 

(Raoult)  780 

Freiberg,  The  New  Tanning  School  in.    (T.R.) (149 

Frost.  Action  of,  upon  Cotton.     (Roth  well) 320 

Prevention  of  Action  of,  on   Portland  Cement   Concrete. 

(Reinhofer) 165 

Resistance  of  Building  Stones  to.    (Peroche) 749 

Fruit  Culture,  Artificial  Manures  for.     (Brunner)  874 

Frin Is.  Means  for  Preserving      (P)  Elsworthy 259 

Fuel.aNcw.     (P)  Keller MSI 

Apparatus  for  Combustion  of.     (P)  Marshall 733 

Artificial.    (P)  Winter 996 

Furnaces  for  more  Perfect  Combustion  of.    (P)  William-).  895 

Combustion  of  Carbonaceous.     (P) 996 

Feeding,  to  Gas  Producers.     (P)  Hargreaves 995 

Gas  and  Light.    (Class  II.) 21, 149,  231,  337,  423,  510,  596, 

669,  734,  805,  896,  995 
Machinery  for  Manufacture  of  Peat.      (P)  Mills.     F"rom 

Clarke 340 

Manufacture  and  Distribution  of  Gaseous.    (P)  'Jrmiston.  234 

Manufacture  of  Artificial.    (Pi  Strong  and  Gordon sn7 

Manufacture  of  Artificial,  Utilising  Sewage  therein.    (P) 

Jones 597 

Means  for  Heating   Metals  by  Liquid  or  Gaseous.    (P) 

Rodger 733 

Fuller's  Spiral  Slide  Rule,  Use  of.  for  Chemical  Calculations. 

(Watson)  (illns.) 324 

Fames.- Method  of  Condensing  Lead  and  other  Metallic.    (P) 

Elliott 822 

Purification  of  Gaseous.    (P)  Pureed  and  Pureel 1025 

Funnels  for  .Measuring  Liquids.     (P)  Richardson 596 

Furfural,  The  Colour  Reactions  of.    (Laves) 843 


I 


PAGE 

Furnace.  A  Regenerative  Gas.    (P)  Dor 615 

Charges,  Slide-Rule  for  Use  in  Calculation  of,    (Wingham)  821 

For  Treat nient  of  Refractory  Ores.    (P)  Fauvel 613 

Furnaces.    ( P)  Sargent 994 

(P)  Williams 895 

And  Ovens.  Metallurgical.    (P)  Bates 615 

Apparatus  for  Regulating  Admission  of  Air  ami  Steam  to. 

( P)  Broadbent 896 

Appliance  for  Autographieally  Recording  the  Temperature 

of.     ( Roberts-Austen) 840 

Basic  Lined.     (P)  Darby 614 

Construction  of  Smelting  and  Melting.    (P)  Reuleaux  ....  614 

Crucible.    (P)  Meichsner 616 

Construction  of  Tank,   for  Manufacture   of   Glass.    (P) 

Thomas 1007 

Electrical,    for    Manufacture    of    Phosphorus,    &c.      (P) 

Parker 827 

For  Production  of  G  lass,  Sec.    ( P)  Rylands 1007 

For  Treating  Ores.    ( P)  Parnell 822 

Gas.     (P)  Oakman,  jun 1013 

Gas  Puddling.    (P)  Oakman,  jun 1013 

Improved  Cupola.    (P)  Kerr 615 

Metallurgical,  for  Steel  making  or  Cementation  Purposes. 

(P)  Fillassier  and  Faure 695 

Smelting.    (P)  The  Oliver  Aluminium  Co 923 

Supplying  Heated  Air  to.    (P)  Hawksley 996 

Temperatures  Developed  in  Industrial.   "(Le  Chatelier)...  607 

Fusel  Oil.  The  Alcohols  of.    (Sehiipphaus) 831 

Fustic  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mal'at) 622 

Extracts.    ( Mafat) 154 


G 

Galena  and  Lead  Sulphate,  Analysis  of.     (Benedikt) 1SI 

Assay  of,  in, Iron  Crucibles,     (Lowe) 138 

Determination  of  Sulphur  in.     (Jannasch  and  Aschoff)  ...  458 

Dry  Method  of  Analysis  of.     {Jannasch  and  Bickes) 547 

Wet  Methods  of  Analysis  of.     (Jannasch  and  Aschoff) 45S 

Gallenkump's  Colorimeter  (illus.) 547 

Gallic  Acid,  Conversion  of,  into  Benzoic  Acid.     (Gnignet)  ....  261 

Acid,  Transformation  of,  into  Pyrogallol.     (Cazeneuve) . . .  1026 

Galls  as  Yielders  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 623 

Galvanic  Batteries.    See  Batteries. 

Galvanisers'  Wastes,  Using.     (P)  Brice 413 

Galvanising  Liquor,  Obtaining  Ferric  Chloride  from  Waste. 

(P)  Wilson  and  Harvey 433 

Gambier,  The  Technical  Analysis  of.    (Procter) 329 

Gas.     (Class  II.). .21, 149,281,  337,423,510,  596,  669,  734,  no:,,  896,  995 

And  Ammonia,  Production  of  Heating.     ( Hennin) 734 

Apparatus  for  Carburetting.    (P)  Leonard 234 

Apparatus  for  Effecting  Complete  Mixture  of,  with  Air. 

(P)  Vickers  and  Everett 424 

Apparatus  for   Extracting  Tar  and  Ammonia  from,     (P) 

Lister 511 

Apparatus  for  Making.     (P)  Bourgoin  and  Decorcc 596 

Apparatus  lor  Manufacturing.     (F)  Kitson 149 

Apparatus  fur  Production  of  Fuel.     (P)  Bailey 899 

Apparatus  for  Use  in  the  Manufacture  of,     (P)  Williams. .  735 

Apparatus  for  Washing  and  Purifying.     (P)  Chandler  ....  898 

Apparatus  for  Washing  or  Scrubbing.     (P)  Chandler 597 

Burners.    See  Burners. 

Compressors,  Use  of  Oil  in  Ammonia,     (v  on  Strombeck)  .  733 

Estimation  of  Nitrogen  in  Coal-.     (New)  (illus.) 415 

Flames, Note  on  theCarbon  Deposited  from  Coal.    (Foster)  340 

Flames,  The  Luminosity  of  Coal.     (Lewes) 231 

Generation  and  Combustion  of.    (P)  Hargreaves 233 

Generation  of  Com  bust  Mile.     (  P)  Hargreaves 995 

-Generator  for  Distillation  of  Mineral  Oils.     (P)  Sepulchre  510 
-Generators  for  Motor  Engines.    (P)  Boult.    Frum  La  Cie. 

des  Fonderies  et  Forges  de  l'Horme  and  Leucauchez..  234 
Holders  for  Storage  of,  under  High  Pressure.     (P)  Brother- 
ton  anil  Griffith 993 

Ignition  Temperature  of  Electrolytic.    (Freyerand  Meyer)  780 

Increasing  the  Illuminating  Power  of.     (P)  ltudd 807 

Lamps,  Incandescent  Bodies  fur.     (1')  Haitinger... 149 

Liquor,  Column  Stills  for  Distillation  of.     (P)  Colson 807 

Making  Heating  and  Illuminating.     (P)  Notenian 899 

Manufacture  and  Storage  of.     (Pj  Fourncss 149 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Bidelman 996 

Manufacture    of.      (P)    Fairweather.       From    the    Acme 

Liquid  Fuel  Company 235 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Harris 899 

Manufacture  of.    ( P)  Springer 424 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Wilson 424 

Manufacture  of,  from  Oils.     ( P)  Lake.     I  rom  Wilder 424 

Manufacture  of,  from  Water  Vapour,     (P)  Longsdon...  ...  671 

Manufacture  of  Fuel.    (P)  Boult.    From  the  Chicago  Heat 

Storage  Company :   597 

Manufacture  of  Illuminating.     (P)  de  Laniarre 735 

Manufacture  of  Illuminating.     1 11)   Fergusson 670 

Manufacture  of  Lighting  and  Heating.     (P)  Dinsmorc. .. .  735 

Manufacture  of  Lighting  and  Heating.     (  P)  Wilson 735 

Manufacture  of  Oil-.     ( Ball) 896 

Manufacturing  Illuminating.     (P)  Munns.    From  de  Beau- 

harnais 234 

Nitrogen  in  Coal-.    (Davis) 4S6 

On  the  impurities  in  Coal-.     (Fairley) 419 


XSX1V 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Dec.  31, 1892. 


PAGE 

Gas— emit. 

Or  Air,  Apparatus  for  Carburetling.    (P)  The  Gas  Econo- 
mising ami  Improved  Light  Synd.  and  J.  Love 698 

Probable  Provence  of   Iron   Carbonyl    in    Illuminating. 

(Guntz) 896 

-Producers.    (Pi  Bromilow 806 

-Producers.  Feeding  Puel  to.    (Pi  Hargreaves ,  995 

-Producing  Apparatus  for  Thermal  Motors.    (P)  Reilfern. 

From  La  Soc.  Anon,  des  Moteurs  Thermiques  Gardie  .  23:5 
Production  and  Consumption  of,  in  the  Principal  European 

(it  ies  iT.Ii.i  aso 

Production  and  Distribution  of  Fuel-.    (Kitson) 423 

Production  of  Oil-,  from  Russian  Petroleum.    (Lewes!  ...  584 
Production  of  Semi  Water-,  and  Carbon  Dioxide  Producer- 
Gas.     (  Xauinann  I 609 

Purification  of.    (P)  Wise.    Prom  Solvay  and  Co 671 

Purifying  Producer-,  from  Sulphur  Compounds.  (P)  Claus  234 
Pyrogenie  Hydrocarbons   formed   in  the   Manufacture  of 

Compressed.    ( Brochet  I 596 

Recovering  Cyanides  from  Coal-.    (P)  Rowland 510 

Retorts.     ( P )'  Cotton  and  Crowther 423 

Retorts,    Apparatus    for   Charging   and   Drawing.      (P) 

Ruseoe 597 

Retorts,  Apparatus  for  Charging  Inclined.     ( 1')  Gibbons. .  806 

Retorts  (or  the  Manufacture  of.    i  l'l  Creswick 152 

Simultaneous  Production  of  Ammonia,  Tar  and  Heating. 

[Hennin) 233 

Sulphocyanoseu  in  Coal-.    ( Esop) 337 

Testing  the  Illuminating  Power  of  Coal-.    (Davis) 112 

Tiie  Flameless  Combustion  of  Coal-,    (l'armentier) 0119 

The  Flameless  Combustion  of  Natural.    (Cabot) 801 

The  Manufacture  of  Oxygen.    (Fanta)  (illus.) 312 

Gases,  Apparatus  for  Charging  Liquids  with.    (Pi  Minto 593 

Apparatus  for   Ejecting    from   Pipes,  Se.    (P)  Edwards. 

From  Kohrmann 422 

Apparatus  for  Producing.    (P)  Boyon 842 

Apparatus  for  Rendering  Innocuous,    (l'l  Wainwright . . .  22 

Apparatus  for  Saturating,  with  Vapours.     (P)  Danks 508 

Apparatus  for  Treating.    (P)  Davy #. 21 

Apparatus  for  Treating  Noxious.    (PI  Makinson 7ot 

Apparatus  for  Treating  Textiles  with.    IP)  Stewart  (illus.)  745 
Discussion  on  Fletcher's  Paper  on  Modern  Legislation  in 
Restraint  of  the  Emission  of  Noxious,  from  Manufac- 
turing '  iperations 309 

Displacement  Pumps  for.     IP)   Hargreaves  and  Hudson 

(illus.) sol 

Dissolved  in  Water,  Modification  of  Kreusler's  Apparatus 

for  Extraction  of.    (Robson)  (illus.) 50t 

Enclosed    in    Coal    and    Coal-dust.       (Bedson   and    Mc- 

Connell) 8.82 

From  Dynamite,  Poisonous.    (Charon)  810 

Inducing  Combustion  of,  in  Furnaces,    i  Pi  Hargreaves...  806 

Manufacture  of  Illuminating  and  Heating.    (P)  Dinsmore  no 

Modern  Legislation  on  Noxious.     I  Fletcher) 1211 

Preventing  Escape  of  Noxious,  in  Treating  Textile  Fabrics. 

il'i  Kern 745 

Purification  and  Separation  of  Mixed.    (P)  Longsdon 671 

Risks  Attending  the  Use  of  High  Pressure.    (Budenberg 

iiml  Heys) 3f.i 

Treatment  of  Textile  Fibres  with.    (P)  Gessler 680 

Gaseous  Mixture,  Slow  Combustion  of.     (Askenasy  and  Meyer)  1039 

Gasvolumeter.    (Lunge)  (illus.) 1033 

Gedda  Gums.    (O'Sullivan) 48 

Geddic  Acid.     (O'Sullivan) 18 

Gelatin  and  Grease.  Extracting,  from  Hide  ami  Skin  Waste. 

(P)  Bertram 447 

Apparatus    for    Drying    Sheets  of.     I P)    Kranseder   and 

Lentsch) 1018 

Compounds,  Analj'sisof.     (Sanford) S43 

Producing    Plates    or    Sheets  of.      (P)  Thompson.    From 

Wolff 624 

Films,  Chemical   Means  of  Enlarging  Photographic.    I  P) 

Hill 179 

Gellivara,  Smelting  the  Phosphoric  Ore  of 919 

Generators  for  Production  of  Hydrogen  Gas.     (Pi   Hawkins 

and  Fuller 1004 

GcntianaT,  ma.  Substances  contained  in  the  Petals  of.  (Gold- 

schmiedt  and  Jahoda) 366 

Geranium  Essence,  Detection  of  Turkish,  in  Rose  Oil.    (Pana- 

job  iw  i 61 

German  Chemicals  in  India.    (T.R.) 284 

Portland   Cement    .Makers,  Annual  General   Meeting    of 

1 524 

Wines,  Tin.  General  Character  of.     (Barth) 763 

Germany,  Chemical  Industry  in.    (T.R.)  717 

Colour  Imports  and  Exports  of.    (T.R) 648 

Exports  from  Moroccoto.     iT.R.)  468 

The  Chemical  Industry  of.    IT, R.I  616 

The  Glass  Bottle  Trade  in.     (T.R.) is'.' 

Tin-  .New  Patent  Law  of.     (T.R.I 285 

The  Sugar  Industry  of.     I  T.R.  I I'm 

Wine  Adulteration  in.    (T.R.) 655 

Germination,  Action  of  Boric  Acid  on.     I  Morel  i  707 

"  Ginger-Beer  "  Plant,  The.    (Marshal  Ward)  25.5 

Glavs.  lotion  of  Carbon  in  Preparation  of.   (Scheurer-Kestner)  748 

historian  Sheet  and  Mirror.    (T.R.) 720 

Bohemian  Mirror  and  Plate.    (T.R.)  720 

-Bottle  Trade  in  Germany,  The.    (T.R.) 189 

Bricks,  Manufacture  of,   (P)  Fitzpatrick.    From  Schreiber 

and  (hi linger 605 


PAGE 

Glass— eon?. 

Construction  of  Tank  Furnaces  for  Manufacture  of.    (P) 

Thomas 1007 

Cullet,  Method  of  Treating.     I  P I  Williams 624 

Cylinders,    Pipes,    &c,    Production   of.     (P)    Thompson. 

From  Pease 240 

Electro-deposition  of  Metal  on.    (P)  Pettier 1007 

Filtering  Tubes  for  Purifying  Molten.    (P)  Epstein 241 

Furnaces  for  Production  of.    ( P)  Rylands 1007 

Furnaces,  Use  of  Mineral  Oil  Residues  as  F'uel  for.    (Mal- 

yschew ) 510 

Kilns  for  Annealing  Plate.     (P)  Pilkington 606 

Lears   or  Annealing   Furnaces  for  Sheet  or  Plate.    (P) 

Bonta 818 

Lining  Metallic  or  other  Vessels   or   Tubes   with.    (P) 

Rylands  and  Husselliee  818 

-Making  Material,  Production  of.    (Pi  Walker 240 

Making  Rose  or  Orange  Red  Stained.    (P)  Welz 241 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Thomas 240,605 

Manufacture  of  Plate  in  Belgium.    (T.R.) 72o 

Manufacture  of  Plate  in  England.    (T.R.) 720 

Manufacture  Oxygen  in 908 

Marking,  by  'Acid.    (P)  Leader 524 

Method  and  Apparatus    fur   Manufacturing    Plate.      (P) 

Thompson.    From  Pease 103 

Pipes  of  Large  Diameter,  Manufacture  of.    (Appert  1 38 

Plates,   &c,   Method   and  Apparatus  for    Making.    (P) 

Thompson.    From  Pease 163 

Plates,  Sheets  and  Films,  Manufactuie of.    (P)  Thompson. 

From  Pease 240 

Plating  Clav  with.    (P)  Thompson.    From  The  Clay  Glass 

Tile  Co 818 

Potterv  and  Earthenware. . . .    38,  239,  434,  523.  604,  6S7,  748,  817, 

908,  1007 

Producing  and  Rolling  Plate.    (P)  Walsh,  jun 688 

Producing  Marbled.     (P)  Grosse 606 

Production  of  Wire-.     (T.R.  1 470 

Suitable  for  Chemical  Apparatus.    (Weber) 267 

Surfaces,    Behaviour   of,    towards   Water.    (Mvlius   and 

Focrster) 181 

Surfaces,  Producing  Colours  on.    (PI  Duntze 1007 

Tanks,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Armstrong 005 

The  Expansion  of.  and  on  "  Compound  Glass."    (Schott ) .  817 
L'sed  in  the  Manufacture  of  Incandescent  Electric  Lamps, 

Analysis  of.    (Woodman) 817 

-Ware,  Chinese  Imports  of.    (T.R.) 1043 

Glauber's  Salt,  Note  on  an  Observation  by  Gerlach  of  the 

Boiling  Point  of.    (Sakurai) 551 

Glaze,  Dark  Brown,  for  Roofing  Tiles.    (Cramer) 162 

Preparing  Gold,  for  Stoneware.    (Heeht) 162 

Glazes.  Composition  of  Chinese  Red.    (Seger)  239 

Gluease,  a  New  Enzyme.    ( Geduld) 627 

Glucose,  Note  on  Wines  containing  Potato.    (Presenilis) 766 

Glucoside-Resolving  and  Fat-Hydrolysing  Ferments,  Relations 

between.     iSiginiinil) 849 

Glue.    (Class  XIV.) 16,171,253.447,539,621,697,759,930,1018 

.  Apparatus  for   Drying   Sheets  of.     ( F)    Krauseder  and 

Lentsch 1018 

Extracting,  from  Hide  and  Skin  Waste.     (P)  Bertram 4*7 

Manufacture  of  Animal.    (P)  Brand 930 

Producing  Plates  or  Sheets  of.    (P)    Thompson.    From 

Wolff 624 

Glycerin,  Estimation  of,  in  Fermented  Beverages.   (Proskauer)  1038 

Extraction  of,  from  Spent  Soap  Lye.     (l'l   Hagemann  . . ..  620 
And  Artificial  Butter  Industry  under  American  Patents. 

(Starek)  (illus.) 355 

Glycerol,  Determination  of,  in  Sweet  Wines.    (Lecco) 1038 

Estimation  of.  in  Wine.    (Lecco) 550 

Derivatives,  Manufacture  of  Aromatic    (P)  Majert 369 

Gold  and  Platinum  Industry  of  the  Ural 532 

And  Silver,  Quantitative  Determination  of,  by  Hydroxyl- 

amine  Hydrochloride.    ( Lainer) 710 

-Bearing  Veins  of  Pyrites  on  Monte  Rush.    ( Walter) 821 

Bullion   Assavs,  Emplovmeut  of  Cadmium   in.      (White- 
head) . . .'. 458 

Compounds  for  Photographic  Purposes.     (Mercier) 634 

Extracting  Reagents.    (P)  Pollok 352 

Obtaining,  from  Ores.    (Pi  French  and  Stewart 612 

On  the  Colloidal  Sulphides  of.     (Schneider) 40 

Or    Silver.   Extraction  of,  from    Ores.      (P)    Parkes  and 

Montgomery 921 

Or  Silver,  Wet  Process  for  Extraction  of.    (P)  Sutton 924 

Paint,  Manufacture  of.     ( P)  Cutler 829 

l'l -s  and  Apparatus  for  Extracting.     (P)   Hannay 248 

Production  in  South  Africa.     (T.R.) 718 

Quantitative  Estimation  of,  by  Hydroxylamine  Hydro- 
chloride.    (Lainer) 271 

Salts,  Dyeing  and  Printing  with.     (Odcnheiuier) 600 

Separating,  from  its  Ores.     (P)  Atkins (its 

The  Condition  of,  in  Pyrites 43s 

The  World's  Production  of 526 

"  Gonakie  "  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat)  622 

"  Gonzalo  aloes  "  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat ) 622 

Grains,  Apparatus  for  Drying  Brewers'.     (P)  Parker 1023 

Granite,  Manufacturing  Artificial.    (P)  Georgeand  Wernaer  .  165 
Granular  EffervesciMc  Mixtures,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Ker- 

loot 838 

Grape  Seed  Oil  and  its  Technical  Application.    (Horn) 44 

Graphite,  Purification  of.    (P)  Luzi 617 


Dec. 8i,  1892.]        THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 

Graphites,  On.    (Luzi) 272 

Grawitz'  Recent  Improvements  in  Aniline  Black.    (Schmidt).  519 

Greaseproof  Packing  Material.    (P)  Turner 1002 

Grease,  Recovered.    (Lewkowitsch) 135 

Given1.  Deri  hie  m  Imput  of  Quinine  by.     (T.R.) 783 

In rt  ol  Chemicals  by.    (T.R.) 783 

Imports  of  Soap  and  Perfumery  by.    (T.R.) 7*3 

Mineral  Discoveries  in.    (T.R.) 468 

Production  and  Consumption  of  Gas  in.    (T.R.) 282 

The  Customs  Tariff  of 7s7 

The  Drug  Trade  of.    (T.R  ) 7S2 

Green,  Application  of  Fast,    (von  Forcer) .'SO 

Grids.    See  Batteries. 

Grinding  Apparatus.    (P)  Thompson  (illus.) 20 

Ground  Mica  Industry  in  North  Carolina.    (T,R.) 853 

Guaiacol.    ( Trillat) 1028 

Percentage  of, in  Wood  Creosote,  &o.    (Bongartz) 511 

Guanos.     ( Wills) '. 698 

Guatemala,  Trade  Requirements  in i»5l 

Gum.     (Class  XVI.)    48,363,418,541,626,699,  760,830,930,1018 

Acacia  in  Java.    (T.R.) 720 

Cellulose.    (Hofftneister) 452 

Samples  of  Known  Origin,  Note  on  Some  Indian.    (Rideal)  LOS 

Tragacanth,  Persian  Production  of.    (T.R.) 646 

Gums  and  Resins.  Solvent  for.     (P)  Read 1017 

Of  the  Arabian  Group,  Researches  on.  Part  II.  (O'SulUvan)  48   : 

Purifying  and  Preparing.    (P)  Kern 542  ! 

Treatment  of.     (P)  Smith 361 

Gun-cotton,  Analysis  of.    (San ford) 844 

Treatment  of  Cellulose  for  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Johnson. 

From  ZellstofT-Fabrik  Waldliof 180 

Gunpowder,  Machinery  for  Compressing,   into  Pellets.    (P) 

< !  reenwood 546 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Andre  and  Curtis ]sn 

Manufacture    of.      (P)    Johnson.      From  The    Dynamite 

Actiengesellschaft  Nobel 456 

Manufacture  of  Smokeless.      (P)   Johnson.      From  The 

Dynamite  Actiengesellschaft  Nobel 267 

Gutta-percha,  African.     (T.R.) 377 

A  Substitute  for.     (P)  Jackson 697 

Effect  of  Substances  usually  added  to.    (Heinzerling  and 

Paul ) 536 

Electrical  [ndustry  and  the  Future  Supply  of.    (T.R.) 850 

Extraction  of.     (P)  Ri^ole 829 

Gypsum  Costs.     ( P)  Websky 437 

Influence  of,  in  the  Manufacture   of    Portland  Cement. 

(Erdmenger) 241 


H 


Hand-writing,  The  Chemical  Examination  of .    (Robertson  and 

Hof  mannl .847 

Banks,  Machinery  ior  Dyeing  in.    (P)  Deooek 160 

Hazel  a  fielder  of  Tannin.    ( Marat ) 622 

Heat  and  Moisture,  Apparatus  for  Effecting  Interchange  of. 
(P)   Lightfoot.      From  the  Gesellsehaft  fur  Linde's 

Eismachinen 668 

Conversion  of  Sensible,   into  Chemical  Energy.      (Neu- 
mann)    609 

Effect  of.  on  Mercury  Compounds.    (Janda) 919 

Insulating  and  Waterproof  Material.     (P)  Biernath 908 

Of  Burning  and  Flash-Point  of  Mineral  Oils.    (Steuart)...  885 
Specific,    and    Latent     Heat    of    Fusion  of    Aluminium. 

( Pionchon) 752 

The  Effect  of,  on  .Mercury  Compounds.    (Janda) 751 

Heater  for  Dist  illation  of  Petroleum.    ( Fuchs) 511 

Hemlock  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 022 

Henequen,  Exports  of,  from  Mexico.    (T.R.) 469 

Hide  and  Skin  Waste,  Extracting  Glue,  Gelatin,  and  Grease 

from.    (P)  Bertram 417 

Hides,  Bating  and  Puring,  by  Means  of  the  Alpha-Sulphonic 

Acid  of  Naphthalene.    (Burns  and  Hull)  48 

Improvements  in  Drying.     (P)  Pim 539 

Improvements     in    Tanning.      (P)    Lake.      From   Durio 

Brothers (25 

Process  for  Tanning.     IP)  Bolt 171 

Tanning,  for  Making  Kid-Leather.    (P)  Zahn 625 

Use  of  Boron  Sulphate  Compounds  for  Unhairing.    (P) 

Bauer  and  Gyiketta 930 

Hoepfner's  Electrolytic  Copper  Process 444 

Hofmann,  Resolution  of  Sympathy  with  the  Family  of  the  late 

Prof.  A.  W.  von 485 

Holder  for  Jars,  Carboys,  &c.    (P)  Holmgren-Holm  (illus.)  ...  804 

Homo-cocamine.     (Hesse) 1027 

Homoiso-cocamine.    (Hesse) 1027 

Homopyrocatechin  (liomocatechol)  and  Two  of  its  Nitro-Deri- 

vatives.    (Coubin) 735 

Honey,  Notes  on  the  Analysis  of.    (Wiley  and  others) 761 

The  Bibliography  of,  arranged  Chronologically 761 

Hop  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 623 

Extract,  Preparat  ion  of.    ( P)  Foelsing 51 


PARK 

Hops,  Customs  Duties  on  Importation  of ggi 

Extraction    of,   with    Production  of    Fine    Extract.      (P) 

Thompson.    From  Theurer r,2S 

Means  of  Collecting  when  Boiling.    (P)  Fortescue 51 

Of  the  Year  1891.    (Levy  i imy 

Preservation  of .    (I'i  Adams  and  Meachatn 628 

Treatment  and  Use  of.    (Pi   The  Brewing  Improvement 

Co * 932 

Hornbeam  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 622 

Horn.  Utilisation  ol,  in  Brazil.     (T.R.) 71 1 

Hosiery,  Apparatus  for  Washing  and  Treating,     1  I'i  Roberts  ..  810 

The  Dyeing  of  Black.    ( Prey  I 31 

Houses,  Heating  and  Ventilation  of-.    (P)  Oades 2:13 

Hubt's  Iodine  Test  for  Fats.    ( Fahrion) 183 

Hungary,  Industry  in.    (T.R.) 68 

"  Hunyadi  Janos  "  Mineral  Waters,  Composition  of.    (Biggart )  336 

Hydracetin;  pyrodin.    (Trillat) 1030 

Hydrastinine  Hydrochloride.    (Merck) 515 

Hydrazine    Derivatives    of   Carboxylic    Acids,    Note   on  the. 

( tToelting) 313 

Manufacture  of.     1 1')  Johnson.    From  The  Badische  Anilin 

und  Soda  Fabrik 370 

Hydriodic  Acid,  Action  of.  on  Cinchouine.    (Lippmann  and 

Fleissner) 263 

Acid,  Action  of,  on  Cinchonir.e.    (Punn 263 

Acid.    Behaviour    of    Quinidine    and    Quinine    towards. 

1  Schubert  and  Skraup) 263 

Hydrocarbon  Oil  Burners.    IP)  Townsend 5!)7 

Oils  for  Heating  Purposes.  Ism-.     1  p)  Henwood 735 

Hydrocarbons,  Melting  Points  of  Mixtures  of.     (Vignon) 235 

Method  and  Apparatus  for  Distilling  Liquid.     (P)  Dvorko- 

vitz  and  others 152 

Method  of  Storing  Highly  Volatile.     IP)  Tlnvaite 512 

Pyrogenic,  Formed  in  the  Manufacture  of  Compressed  Gas. 

( Brochet ) 59;) 

Hydrochloric  Acid,  and  Sulphuric  Acid.  Using  Combination  of, 
for  Decomposition  of    Chlorides,  Sulphides.  &e.     (P) 

l'edder sir, 

Acid.  Compounds  of  Quinine  with.     (Hesse) 171; 

Acid  (.as   and  Air,  Manufacture  of  a    Mixture  of.    1 P) 

La  Soc.  Pechiney  et  Cie 1003 

Acid  Gas,  Manufacture  of  Chlorine  from.    (Pi  Pechiney 

el  Cie '.  239 

Acid,  Production  of  Hydrogen  and  Chlorine  from.    (P) 

Kellner * 23:* 

Acid,  Production  of  Strong.     IP)  JLyte  and  Steinhart 101 

Acid,  Volatility  of  Nickel  in  Presence  of.    (Sehutzeuborgcr)  213 

Hydro-Extractors.    (P)  Mewburn 931 

-Extractors,  Cages  of.    (P)  Collins  and  Kaye B95 

Hydrofluoric  Acid    and  its  Sails.    Use  of,  in  Distillation    of 

Alcohol.    (Schishkoff) 027 

Acid,  Use  of.  in  Distilleries.     (Vincent) 626 

Hydrogen,  Addition  of,  to  Tricyclic  Systems.    (Bamberger) ...  23 
And  Chlorine,  Production  of,  from  Hydrochloric  Acid  (P) 

Kellner 239 

Apparatus  for  Producing  Sulphuretted,    (l'j  Royon 842 

Behaviour  of,  towards  Lead  and  other  Metals.     (Neumann 

and  Si reintz.) 2 17 

Experiment  showing  Absorption  of,  by  Palladium.   1  Wilm)  405 

Generators  for  Production  of.     (P)  Hawkins  and  Fuller...  loot 

Manufacture  of  Peroxide  of.     (P)  Brochocki 707 

Metallic  Block  for  Use  in  Producing.    I  P)  Hawkins  and 

Fuller 823 

Peroxide,    Estimations    in  Alkaline    Solution  by  Aid  of. 

( Jannasch  and  Niederhofheim) 270 

Sulphide  Group,  Quantitative  Separation  of  Metals  of  the. 

(Jannasch  and  Etz) 710 

Hydrometers,  Tubes  for  Storing  and  Immersing.    ( P)  Fletcher  633 

Hydrosulphides, Metallic.    (Linderand  Picton) Ofe 

Hydroxylamine  Hydrochloride,  Estimation  of  Gold  and  Silver 

by.    (Lainer) 271 

Hydrochloride,  Quantitative  Determination  of  Gold  and 

Silver  by.     (Lainer) 710 

Preparation  of  Crystallised.    (Crismer) 202 

Hydroxynaphthoic  Acid.    1  Trillat) ]u29 

Hyoscyamine  and  Atropine.    (Schutte) 453 

Hyphoiie.    (Trillat) 1029 

Hypnotic,  An  Improved.    (P)  von  Mering 708 

Hypochlorous  Acid,  Action  of,  on  p-Naphthaquinone.     (Bam- 
berger and  Kitschelt) S97 

Acid,  Action  of.  on  Tropine.    (Einhornand  Fischer) 707 

Acid,  Action  of,  on  Wool.    ( Lodge)  001 


I 

Import  Duties,  Proposed  Remission  of  Uruguayan,  on  Agri- 
cultural Products.    (T.R.) 714 

Impurities  of  Town  Air,  The.    (Bailey) 769 

Incandescence,    Appliance   for   Producing    Light    by.     (P) 

Heskin  (illus.) 21 

India,  Cinchona  and  Indigo  Cultivation  in.     (T.R.) 720 

O  icuiue  in.    (T.R. ) 07 

German  Chemicals  in.     (T.R.) 284 

Production  of  Sugar  in  British.    (T.R.) 169 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Doc.  81, 1892. 


India-Ruhber.    (Class  XIII.)... 


PAGE 

41.  170,  250,  857,  410.  530,  620,  696, 

758,  S27,  929,  lel7 
Cloth,  Aniline  Lakes   lor  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Franken- 

burg 808, 829 

Critical  Notes  on  the  Chemical  Technology  ot.    (Terry)...  ;>7"> 

Hot- Water  Pipes,  Durability  of.    (Belleroehe) 929 

Investigation  of  the  Properties  ot.    (Vladimiroff) 929 

Machines  for  Spreading  on  Textile  Fabrics.    (P)  Coulter 

an.t  Rowley 588 

Production  of,  in  Borneo 758 

Production  of,  in  Nicaragua 827' 

Suppiv,  Ceylon  as  a  Source  of.    iT.R.  i 7ls 

The"  Dry  Heat  "  Vulcanisation  of.    (Fawsitt) 332 

Tyres.  Ac.    Moulds  for  Vulcanising.    (P)  Waddington —  1"I7 

Indian  Gum  Samples  of  Known  Origin.     (Rideal) 403 

Indicators  for  Montejus  and  Similar  Apparatus.     (P)  Paton  ..  509 

Indigo  and  its  Application  in  Dveing  and  Printing.  ( Woseherl  (2x 

-Blue,  Discharge  of  Dyed.    ( Brandt ) 812 

-Blue.  Red  and  White  Discharge  Prints  on  Dyed.  ( Brandt  i  si2 
Carmine.  Manufacture  of,  from  Phenyl-Glyeocoll.  \c.    (Pi 

Willcox.     From  The  Farb.  vorm.  F.  Bayer  and  Co.. 28 

Determination  of  Indigotin  in.    (Ulzer) 63 

Disulphonic  Acid,  Synthesis  of.    (Heymann) 25 

Dyeing.  Hawking  Machines  for.    (P)  Coulter 813 

Prints,  Preventing    Weakening   of    Fibre    in    Discharge. 

(Mullerus) 600 

Productionof  a  Discharge  on  Dyed.    (Binder) 813 

Indigotin,  Determination  of.  in  Indigo.     (Ulzer) 63 

Determining  Quantity  of.  in  Commercial  Indigo.    ( Midler  i  77s 

Indothymol:  Preparation  of  Thymoquinone.    (Bayrae) 996 

Induline  Group  III.,  Studies  on  the.    (  Fischer  and  Heppe)  . . .  156 

Industrial  Enterprise  in  Japan.    (T.R.) 552 

Ink,  Composition  for  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Leech  and   Hor- 

robin 446 

for  Manifolding.    ( P)  Sherwi  lod 340 

Manufacture  of  Copying.    (P)  Coen 446 

The  Scientific  Manufacture  of.    (Inglis  Clark) 73S 

Inks  for  Printing,  Stamping,  &c.     (Pi  Higgins 362 

Improvements  in  Copying.    ( P)  Beales 45 

The  Testing  of 273 

Inland  Revenue,  Report  of  Principal  of  Laboratory  of.     (T.R.)  854 

Inorganic  Chemistry.  Qualitative 00, 181,268.709.  774,843 

Chennstrv,  Ouantitative On.  1x1.  20x,  370.  157.  517.  030.  710, 

775.  845.  940,  1035 
Inisitol  Group.   Quiuitol  the  Simplest    Sugar  of   the.     (von 

Baeyer) 760 

Insect  Destroyers,  Means  of  Colouring.     (P)  Reade 541 

Insecticide   and    Fertiliser.    I  Pi    bake.    From    The  Biolytic 

Gypse  Co 541 

An  Improved  Fluid.     (P)  Pumuierer 934 

Insects, Compound  for  the  Destruction  of.    (P)  Decesari 770 

International  Sewage  Process.     (Grimshaw) 

Invertase,  Presence  of,  in  Wine  and  Beer.    ( Donath) 543 

Invert-Sugar,  A  Crystalline  Magma  of.    (Wiechmann)  302 

Iod-kosin,  The  Manufacture  of.    (Miihlhauser)  (illus.) 677 

Iodine  and  Chlorine,  Quantitative  Separation  of.    (Jannasch 

andAschoff) 845 

Convention,  The.    (T.R.) 951 

Derivative  of  Phenacetin.    (P)  Riedel 033 

Extraction  of,  from  Liquids.     (  P)  Campani 1031 

New  Direct  Separation  of.    (Jannasch  and  Aschoff)  S45 

Substitution  Products  of  Phenols  and  Cresols.  (P)  "Will- 
cox.    From  The  Farb.  vorm .  Bayer  and  ( "o 370 

Test  for  Fats.  Hubl's.    (Fahrion) 1x3 

Iodol.    (Trillat) 1030 

Iron,  Action  of  Carbon  Monoxide  upon.    (Guntz) 909 

Action  of  Carbonic  Oxide  on.     (Guntz) 690 

Action  of  Metallic,  on  Solution  of  Salt  s  of  Iron  Sesquioxide. 

(Essner) 165 

Action  of,  on  Bichloride  of  Mercury.     (Varet) 713 

And  Aluminium,  Determination  of,  in  Presence  of  Phos- 
phoric Acid.    (Krusr) 636 

Andf Basic  Slag,  Treatment  of.    (P)  Talbot 921 

And  Chromium.  Allovsof.    Including  Report  by  F.Osmond 

(  Badfield  I 910 

And  Coal  Industries  of  Belgium.    (T.R.i  69 

And  Nickel,  Alloys  of.    (Wedding) 526 

And   Nickel,    Treatment  of  Solutions   containing.      (P) 

Johnson.    From  Parker  and  Robinson 755 

And  Nickel,  Volatilisation  of,  by  carbonic  Oxide.    (Gar- 

nier) -43 

And   Other    Metals.    Direct     Production    of.    from  Ores. 

(Lebiedieff)  21.5 

And  Steel,  Direct  Determination  of  Aluminium  in.  (Drown 

and  McKennal 268 

And  Steel  Institute,  Presided  ial  Address  to  the 689 

And  Steel,  Manufacture  of.   (P)  Hutchinson  and  Harbord.  012 

And  Steel.  Manufacture  of.    (P)  von Ehrenwerth 612 

And  Steel  Plates, Enamelling.     (P)  Clark 431 

And  Steel.  Purification  of.  from  Sulphur.    (Sander) 911 

And    Steel,  The  Passive  State   of.    Part  II.    (Andrews) 

(illus.) 527 

And  Steel.  The  Passive   State  of.      Part  III.     (Andrews) 

(illus.) 009 

And  Steel  Wire  Influence  of  Heat  on  the   Properties  of. 

(Rudeloff) 40 

Apparatus  for  Galvanising.     (P)  Jones 61* 


PAGE 

Iron — cont. 

Calorimetrical  Investigations  on  Silicon  and  Aluminium  in 

Cast.     (Osmond) 2-!2 

Carbonyl.    (Bcrthelot)  909 

Carbonyl  in  Illuminating  Gas.  Probable  Presence  of 890 

Carburising  Fluid,     (F)  Stead 694 

Colorimetric  Determination  of.    (Ribau)  209 

Coloration  of  Clay  by  Oxide  ot.     I  Seger) 749 

<  .inversion  of  Cast  into  Wrought,  and  Steel.    <  Lebiedieff) .  245 
Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid  in  Presence  of .    (John- 
son and  Osborne  I 777 

Elimination  uf  Sulphur  from.    (Ball  and  Wingham) 751 

Elimination  of  Sulphur  from.    (Stead)  911 

Estimation  of  Manganese  in  Spiegel.    (Bastin) 1037 

Estimation  of  Slag  in  Wrought.    (Barrows  and  Turner)  ..  636 

Estimation  of  Sma'l  Quantities  of.    (Lowe) 133 

Experiments  on  Mordanting  Wool  with.    (Ulrich) 30 

Forming  Magnetic  1  Ixide  on  the  Surface  of.    1  P)  Bertram!  094 

Manufactui f.     (P)  Le  Neve- Poster 922 

Manufacture  of.  and  Fuel  therefor.    (P)  Sugden 899 

Manufacture  of  Galvanised.    (Pi  Richards 247 

Manufacture  of,  in  its  Relations  to  Agriculture.     (Bell)   ..  819 

Manufacturing  Alloys  of  Nickel  and.     |P>  Martins 822 

Manufacturing  Salts  of  Peroxide  of.    (Pi  Paillard 434 

New  1  i.\ stalline  Oxychlorides  of.    (Rousseau  1 202 

Note  on  the  Density  of.     I  Uopkinson) 693 

Oxide,  Recovery  of.    (P)  Lunge  and  Dewar 433 

Pipes,  Bars,  anil  Hoops.  Galvanising.       Pi  Jc s 612 

Plate,  Enamelling.    (P)  Claus 435 

Precipitation  of  Copper  by.    (Essner) 165 

Preparing  Ores,  Oxides,  and  Compounds  of,  for  Smelting. 

(P)  Woodcock  and  others   75 1 

Preservative  Coatings  for.    (P)  Robson 301 

Process  for  Rendering  Homogeneous.     (P)  Fraley  1 095 

Purification  of.     (P)  Sauiter 1014 

Separation  of,  from  other  Elements.    1  Rothe) 940 

Stains  in  Cotton  Cloth.    (Weber) 495 

Statistics  Respecting.     (T.R.) 79 

The  Molecular  Changes  of.    (Moreillon)  (illus.) 349 

Titaniferous,  in  the  Blast  Furnace 247 

Treating  Waste  Liquors  to  obtain  Oxide  of.    (P)  Hall 013 

Utilisation  of  a  Waste  Oxide  of,  for  Sewage  Purification. 

(P)  Sacre  and  Grimshaw 933 

Vessels  for  Molten  Substances.    (Foehr)  (illas.) 520 

Ware,  Production  of  Enamelled.    1P1  Claus 435 

Iso-  and  Poly-Iso-Eugenol,    Manufacture   of.      (P)  Johnson. 

From  von  Heyden  Nnchfolger 633 

Iso-cinchonidine  Sulphouic  Acid.     (Hesse) 176 

t'inehonine.    (Hesse) 177 

Cinchonine  Sulphouic  Acid.     (  Hesse) 176 

Cocaine.    (Hesse) 1020 

Cocamine.    ( Hesse)  1027 

Conquiniue  Sulphonic  Acid.    (Hesse) 170 

Maltose,  Preparation  of.     ( Lintner  and  Dull) 1021 

Maltese,  and  its  Importance  in  Brewing.    (Lintner) 027 

Maltose  in  Beer  and  Wort.     (Lintner) 171 

Maltose,    Separation  of,    from  the    Diastatic   Conversion 

Products  of  Starch.     (Lintner  and  Dull)  766 

Isoprene,    Spontaneous    Conversion     of,    into    Caoutchouc 

(Tilden) 586 

Isoquinine  Sulphonic  Acid.     (  Hesse)  176 

Italy  British  Trade  with.    (T.R.) 468 

Changes  in  Customs  Duties  and  Regulations  of.     (T.R.)  ..  60 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff.    1T.R.1 641 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff  of.    (T.K.) 9ix 

"  Ivette  "  a  Yieldcr  of  Tannin.    ( Mafnt ) 623 

Ivory,  &c,  Process  for  Printing  on.     (Pi  de  Coctlogon 253 


.1  amaica,  Fertilisers  in.     I  T.R.) 1041 

Manufacture  of  Lime  Juice  in.    (T.R) 7x3 

Japan,  Drugs  and  Chemicals  in.    (T.R.) 714 

Industrial  Enterprise  in.    (T.R.) 55i 

Production  and  Export  of  Copper  in.     (T.R.) 720 

The  Camphor  Trade  of.     iT.K.)  948 

The  Metric  System  in.     (T.R.) 188 

Japanese  Paper.     1  Lauboeck) 56 

Java  Crop  of  Cinchona  for  1892.     (T.R.) 469 

Java,  Gum  Acacia  in.    (T.R.) 720 

Juloles.    (Kaiser  and  Reissert) 073 

Jute  as  a  Substitute  for  Gun-cotton.     1  Miihlhauser) 937 

Fibre,  Explosive  Nitrates  from  the.    (Cross  and  Bevan)  ..  214 


K 

Kairm.     (Trillat) 1030 

Kaolin  and  Sand,  Colour  Test  of.    (Nickel) 102 

Ketones,  Reaction  of  Sodium  Nitroprussidewilh.    (von  Bitto)  846 

Kid-leather,  Tanning  II id.  s  for  Making.     iPiZahn 625 

Kieserite.  German  Production  of.    (T.R.) 646 


Dec.  31, 1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


XXXVll 


PAGE 

Kilns  for  Annealing  Plate  Glass.    (P)  Pilkiugton Gnu 

For  Burning  Limestone,  Cement,  &c.    (P)  Briggs 806 

For  Firing  Pottery  and  Earthenware.    (P)  Plant 431 

For  Firing  Terra-Cotta,  Ac,    (P)  d'Enghein 524 

For  Glazing  and  Burning  Sanitary  Ware.    (P)  Armstrong  524 

For  Heating  and  Burning  Pottery.    (P)  Severn 688 

For  Manufacture  of  Pottery.    ( P)  Query 435 

Kino  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 623 

Kjcldahl's  Method.   Krror  in  Determination  of  Albuminoid 

Nitrogen  by.    (Synder) 372 

Kola  Nut,  Chemistry  of  the.    (Knehel) 545 

Powder,  Disacerbation  of.    (P)  Hoffmann 1024 

Powder,  Production  of  a  Palatable.    (P)  Haseloff S34 

Korea,  Manufacture  of  Paper  in.    ( T.R.) 715 

Kreusler's  Nitric  Acid  Apparatus.  Modification  of.    (Robson) 

(illus.) 594 

Kuinyss  Compounds,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Carnrick 259 


Laboratory  Notes.    (Lowe) 131 

lacquers  and  Paints.    (P)  Gill 1017 

Lactose,  Effect  of  Presence  of  Lead  Acetate  on  Titration  of. 

(Borntrager) 778 

Lakes,  Manufacture  of  Aniline,  for  India-Rubber.    (P)  Frank- 

enburg 829 

Lamp-Black  Carbon-Black,    Apparatus    for    Manufacturing. 

(P)  Binuey 171 

Lamp.  Simplified  Form  of  Magnesium.    (P)  Ellis 807 

Spirit  Blast-  (illus.) 467 

Lamps,    Analysis    of    Glass    Used    in    the    Manufacture    of 

Incandescent  Electric.     (Woodman) 817 

Appliances  for  Use  with  Incandescence.    (P)  Heald 735 

Carbons  for  Electric  Are.    (P)  Wise.    From  Griidelbaeh..  754 

Incandescence  Gas.    ( P)  Clamond 21 

Incandescent  Electric.    (P)  Smith 618 

Lanolin,  Preparation  of,  from  Residue  of  Wool-Fat.    (P)  Jaff6 

and  Darmstaedtor)  928 

Larch  a  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 624 

Turpentine.    ( Valenta) 177 

Lard,  Testing,  for  Fatty  Oils.    ( Welmans) 548 

Laundry  Blue,  Moulding.    (P)  Knowles 45 

Lavender  and  Bergamot.  The  Oils  of.    (Bertram  and  Wal- 

baum) 838 

Oil.    (Sender  and  Tiemann) 706 

Leaching  Apparatus.    (P)  Bohm 352 

Lead  Acetate.  Effect  of  Presence  of,  on  Titration  of  Lactose. 

( Borntrager) 778 

Acetate.  Precipitation  of  Ratfinose  by  Auimoniacal.  (Koyd)  77S 
And  other  Metallic  Fumes.  Method  of  Condensing.    (P) 

Elliott 822 

And  other  Metals,  Behavior  of  Hydrogen  towards.    (Neu- 
mann and  Streiutz) 247 

Detection  and  Estimation  of,  in  Commercial  Tartaric  and 

Citric  Acids.    (Bucket) 848 

Determination  of  Sulphur  in  Minerals  containing  (Jan- 

nasch  and  Aschoff ) 458 

For  Storage  Battery  Cells,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Bush  and 

Doubleday 445 

Found  in  Preserves.    (Reuss) 449 

Influence  of  Acetates  of,  on  the  Estimation  of  Invert  Sugar. 

( Borntriiger) 778 

In  Ores,  Von  Schulz   and  Low's  Method  of  Estimating. 

(Williams) 775 

In  Tartaric  Acid.     ( Buchet)  837 

In  Tartaric  Acid.    (Guillot) 838 

Manufacture  of  White.    (P)  Astrop  an1 1  Parker 45 

Manufacture  of  White.     (P)  A.  J.Smith 1017 

Manufacture  of  White.    (P)  Fell.    From  Stevens 46 

Manufacture  of  White.    (P)  Honman  and  Vullier 361 

Manufacture  of  White.     (P)  James 620 

Manufacture  of  White.    (P)  Labois 696 

Manufacture  of  White.    (P)  Noad 538 

Manufacture  of  White.     (P)  Smith  and  Elmore 15 

Manufacture  of  White.     (Pi  White 620 

Obtainment  of  Litharge  from.     (P)  Rosing 694 

On  the  Preparation  of  Samples  of  Rich  Argentiferous,  for 

Assay.    (Pattinson) 321 

Presence  of,  in  Ammonia  Solution.    (Lowe) 133 

Production  of  Litharge  from  Metallic.     (P)  Gutensohn  ...  694 

Production  of  White.     (P)  Maclvor  and  Smith 45 

Production  of  White.    (P)  Smith  and  Elmore   360 

Purification  of.     (P)  Rosing 694 

Separation  of,  from  the  Precious  Metals  contained  in  it. 

(P)  Rosing 694 

Silver  and  Zinc,  Separation  and  Estimation  of,  in  Minerals 

Composed  of  Galena  and  Blende.    (Aubin) 775 

Statistics  of  for  1891 721 

Sulphate,  Analysis  of  Galena  and.    (Benedikt) 181 

Sulphide  and  Zinc.  Apparatus  for  Oxidising,  to  form  White 

Pigments.    (P)  Rowan  and  Dawson 829 

The  Basic  Bessemer  Process  Applied  to  the  Metallurgy  of.  527 

-Zinc  Sulphides,  Treatment  of  Argentiferous.    (Schnabel).  821 


PAGE 

Lears  or  Annealing  Furnaces  for  Sheet  or  Plate-Glass.     (Pi 

Bonta . ,     sis 

Leather.     (Class  XIV.) 411,170.253.117,539,621,697,759, 

„     .  930.  lllls 

Dyeing,  Tanning,  and  Mordanting.     (P)  Goldschmidt 521 

Finishing.     (P)  Gibney 930 

Improved  Artificial.     (P)  Sadler 48 

Improvements  in  Drying.    (P)  Pirn 539 

Improvements  in  "Waterproofing.    (P)  Brunner 253 

Manufacture  of  Artificial  Chamois.    (P)  Thiry 698 

Manufacture  of  Substitute  for.    (P)  Boult.    From  Ebert  .    625 

Pulp,  Mould  for.     (P)  Mahaffy  and  others 759 

Rendering,  "Waterproof  and  Durable.    (P)  Riegert   121 

The  Dyeing  of 697 

Tho  Weighting  of.    ( Kohlmann)  549 

Leaves   of   Plants,    Adherence    of    Copper    Compounds    to. 

(Girard) 770 

Lechesne  Nickel-Steel  Process,  The 439 

Legislation  in  Restraint  of  the  Emission  of  Noxious  Gases  from 
Manufacturing  Operations,  Discussion  on  Fletcher's 

Paper  on 309 

On  Noxious  Gases.    ( Fletcher)  120 

Letter-press  Processes  based  on  Phot<  igraphy.    (P)  Albert ....  634 
Levulose  and  Dextrose,  Apparent  Proportions  of,  in  certain 

Wines.    ( Borntrager)  76(5 

Light.     (Class  II.) 21,  149,  231,  337,  423,  510,  59(1,  669,  734, 

805,  896,  995 

Action  of,  on  Silver  Chloride.    (Baker) 631 

Action  of,  on  Silver  Chloride.    ( Bechamp) 266 

Action  of,  on  Silver  Chloride.    (Gfuntz)  179 

Apparatus  for  Producing.    (P)  Hudson 806 

Influence  of  Incandescent  Electric,  on  Paper.      (Wiesner)  596 

Producing  Artificial.    (P)  Jonson.    From  Nadar 634 

Lights,  Magnesium  Flash.    (P)  Haddan.    From  Engel 267 

Magnesium,  for   Photographic  and  Signalling  Purposes. 

(P)  Hackh 597 

Lignin,  Sulphite- Wood  Liquor  and.    (Lindsey  and  Tollens) ...    835 

Lime,  Apparatus  for  Burning.    (P)  Taylor 749 

Juice,  Manufacture  of,  in  Jamaica.    (T.R.) 783 

Obtaining   Concentrated    Dicalcic    Phosphate   of.      (P) 

Simpson 238 

Obtaining   Precipitated  or  Enriched  Phosphate  of.    (l'l 

Brunner  and  Zanner 37 

Products  obtained  by  the  Dry  Distillation  of  Bran  with. 

(Laycock  and  Klingemann) 599 

Simultaneous  Manufacture  of  Precipitated  Phosphate  of, 
and    Neutral  Sulphate  of   Soda.    (P)    Brunner   and 

Zanner 816 

Treatment  of  Sewege.    (Grimshaw) 5 

Limestone,  Kilns  for  Burning.    (P)  Briggs 606 

Ltmettin.     (Tilden) 264 

Linalool.    (Semmler  and  Tiemann) 706 

Acetate.    (Semmler  and  Tiemann)  706 

Lindo  British  Refrigerating  Co.,  Lim.,  Visit  to 579 

Linings,  Blast-Furnace.    (P)  Johnson,    From  Gayly 353 

Blast-Furnace.    (P)  King.    From  Gayly 352 

Linoleum,  Analysis  of.    ( Pinotte) 550 

Manufacture  of  Inlaid.    (P)  Thomson  and  Powell 431 

Linseed  Oil,  Adulteration  of. s  is 

Oil,  Adulteration  of,  by  Rosin  Oil.    (Cored) 550 

Lint ,  Removal  of,  from  Cotton-Seed.    (Dudley) 619 

Liquid,  Regulating  the  Flow  of  Volatile,  in  Refrigerators.     (P) 

Lightfoot 8J6 

Liquids,  Action  of  certain,  on  Aluminium.     (Lunge) 543 

Aerators  for  Treating.     (P)  Andrew 896 

And  Pulpy  Substances,  Apparatus  for  Extracting.  (Holde)     939 

Apparatus  for  Charging  witch  Gases.    (Pi  Miuto 596 

Apparatus  for  Cleansing  and  Filtering    (P)  Birch 364 

Apparatus     for     Concentrating.       (P)   Deacon.       From 

Maxwell 830 

Apparatus  for  Cooling.    (P)  Elsworthy  (illus.) 260 

Apparatus  for  Cooling,  Heating,  and  Drying.    (P)  Shaw 

and  Rushton 238 

Apparatus  for  Distilling  and  Rectifying.     (P)  Pitt.     From 

Savalle 257 

Apparatus  for  Evaporating,  4c.    (P)  Mirrleesaud  Balling- 
hall 895 

Apparatus  for  Expressing,  from  Substances.     (P)  La  Soc. 

Anon,  du  Compresseur  Jourdan 1017 

Apparatus  for  Filtering.  (P)  Thompson.   From  Williamson    509 
Apparatus   for   Filtering    Alcoholic   and  Gaseous.      (Pj 

Gehrke 833 

Apparatus  for  Filtering  Polluted.    (P)  Candy 933 

Apparatus  for  Heating.    (P)  Watkinson 337 

Apparatus  for  Mixing.    (P)  Adler 668 

Apparatus  for  Mixing,  with  Liquids  or  Solids.    (P)  John- 
son and  Hutchinson 596 

Apparatus  for  Purifying.     (P)  Brownlow 769 

Apparatus  for  Rapidly  heating.    (P)  Zeitschel 509 

Apparatus   for   Regulating  the  Supply  of  Volatile.    (P) 
Lightfoot.       From     The     Gesellschaft    fur    Limb's 

Eismacbinen 668 

Apparatus  for  Separating,  from  Solids.    (P)  Sawrey  and 

Collet 230 

Apparatus  for  Separating  Volatile.     (P)  Pontaillie  (illus.)     230 
Apparatus  for  Subjecting,  to  Centrifugal   Action.       (P) 

Imray.    From  Bergh 337 


XXXV111 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


PAGE 

Liquids — cont. 

Apparatus    for    Treating   Textiles    with.       il'l    Stewart 

(illus.) 745 

Clarifying  Muddy.    (P)  Dervaux 451 

Composition  for  Absorbing.    ( P)  Burke]  and  Osterwald. . .  170 
Device    for    Containing    Volatile    or    Inllainmable.       1 1'  i 

Diffetot 806 

Distilling  and  Rectifying.    (P)  Perrier 832 

Evaporating  Saccharine,    (P)  Stewart 101 S 

Filling  Sterilised,    into  Vessels,  and  Closing  Same.     (P) 

Pitzpa  trick.    From  Neuhass  and  others 239 

Filtering  Beer  and  other.    (Pi  Sutton 1022 

Funnels  for  Measuring.    (P)  Richardson 596 

luexplodable  Car.  for  Inflammable.    I P)  Shillitc B95 

Instruments  for  Determining  Specific  Gravities  of.    (P) 

Fletcher 635 

Means  for  the  Purification  of.    (P)  Watson 364 

Menus  of  Colouring  to  Prevent  Accidents  and  Crime,    (P) 

Reatle .  541 

Method  of  Analysing,    (Pi  de  Pass.    From  Gossart 712 

Method  and  Apparatus  for  Drawing  off  and  Transporting 
Sterilised.  (P)  Imray.  From  Calbera  Fitz  and  Con- 
sort en 173 

Process  and  Apparatus  for  Sterilising.     1  1")  Imray.    From 

Calberla  Fitz  und  Consorten 258 

Process  for  Purifying  Impure.    (P)  Scruby 451 

Production  of  Fermented.     (  P)  Takamine 1022 

Self- Acting  Apparatus  for  Raising.     (P)  Kestner  alius.)..  904 

Spraying  Devices  for  Cooling.     fP)  Hanford RS3 

The  Flow  of,  through  Tubes.     1  Werczyng) 27 l 

Treatment  of  Contaminated.    (PJ  Scott- Moncrieff 705 

Treatment  of  Textile  Fibres  with.    (P)  Gessler 680 

"  Liquor  Ammonia?,"  On  the  Testing  of.     (Hertkorn) 457 

Sulphite- Wood,  and  Lignin.    (  Lindsey  and  Tollensl BS5 

Liquors,  Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of"  Malt.     (Pi    .lustier. 

From  Billings 833 

Apparatus  for  Separating    Scum    from.      (P)  Chapman. 

(illus.) 895 

Mashing  und  Brewing  Fermented.     Il'l  Barton 833 

Treating  Waste,  from  Metallurgical  Processes.     (P)  Hall.  613 

Utilisation  of  Cupreous.     (P)  Hopfner 351 

Utilisation  of  Waste.    (P)  Higgin 771 

Linseed  Oil.  Testing  of  Boiled.    (Fahrion) C9S 

Lists  of  Members  Elected. .     2,  92, 202,  296,  394,  4£4.  568,  800,  866,  962 

Litharge, Obtainraent  of.  from  Lead.    (P)  Rosing 694 

Production  of,  from  Metallic  Lead.    (P)  Gutensohu 691 

Lithographic  Processes  based  on  Photography.     ( P)  Albert . . .  631 

Stone  Deposits  in  the  Oural  Mountains.     (T.R.t mil 

Stones  for  Colour  Printing.     (P)  Krantz  and  Zeissler 635 

Liverpool  Section,  Chairman's  Address  to.     (Brunner) 874 

Logwood,  Valuation  of  Extracts  of.     (von  Cochenhausen)   32 

London  Electric  Supply  Corporation,  Visit  to 578 

Lubricant   for  Chains  and   Bearings  of  Cycles.      (P)    Lake. 

From  Ketchum 170 

Lubricants  lor  Heavy  Machinery,     f  P)  Ridsdale  and  Jones  ..  415 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Hutchinson 758 

Luminosity  of  Coal-Gss  Flames.     (Lewes) 231 

Lung-Pigment,  Identification  of,  with  Soot.    ( Wiesner) 1024 

Lupanine.    (Leibeck) 453 

Lye,    Extracting    Glycerin   from   Soap  Makers'   Spent.     (P) 

Hagemann 620 

Lyes,    Apparatus     for    Evaporating    Spent     Alkaline.       (P) 

Caldwell 1006 


M 


Mace.    (Soltsien) 372 

Machinery.     (Class  I.) 20, 147,  230,  337,  421,  507,  595,  667, 

73:;.  802,  s:il,  992 

Madder  Root  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat)  622 

Magenta,  Is  it  Poisonous  ?    (Cazeneuve) 900 

Magnesia  and  Chrome  Iron  Ore,  Refractory  Bricks  of.     (Leo).  160 

The  Weldon  Process  with,  Modified,    (Reychler) 31 

Magnesium  Flash  Lights.    (P)  Haddan.    Prom  Engel 207 

Flash-Light  Apparatus.     (P)  Beste s'.m 

Flash-Light,  Production  of.    (P)  Wunsehe 899 

Interaction  between  Metallic,  and  Chlorides.   (Seubert  and 

Schmidt) 849 

Lights  for  Photographic  and  .Signalling  Purposes.      (P) 

Haekh 597 

Manufacturing  Anhydrous  Chloride  of,    (P)  Bell.    From 

Schloesing 686 

Nitride,     i  Merz) 274 

Reduction  of  Oxygen  Compounds  by.    (Winkler) 39 

Magnetic  Ores  of  Ashe  County,  N.C.    (Nitze) 2 HI 

oxide,  Forming  on  the  Surface  of  Iron.    (P)  Bertrand ilot 

Mahler's  Study  of  the  Calorific  Power  of  Combustibles,  Report 

on.    (Carnot  and  Le  Chatelier) slo 

Mahogany  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) <;21 

Maize  Kernel,  the  Proteids  of  the.    (Chittenden  and  Osborne)  701 

Oil.     (Smith)  5114 

Production  of  Alimentary  Product  from.    (P)  Bates.,... .  769 


PAGE 

Malt  and  Hops,  Obtaining  an  Extract  of.    (P)  Sonstadt 51 

Apparatus  for  Making  and  Drying.    (P)  Gough 833 

Beverages.    (P)  Adam 1023 

Coffee,  Manufacture  of.     1P1  Brougier  and  Trillion 70s 

Extracts,  Estimation  of  Intensity  of  Colour  of.    (Lintner) 

( illus.) 1038 

Influence  of  Different  Temperatures  on  the  Condition  of. 

(Prior) 766 

Kilning,     il'l  Leaker 93a 

Liquors,  Apparatus    for    Manufacture    of.      (P)    Justice. 

From  Billings 833 

Manufacture  of  Colour.    (P)  Thompson.    From  Schmied.  *'>3 

Mashing  Apparatus,     il'i  Money 833 

Production  of  Coloured.     (P)  Hof.    From  Riibsam 628 

Malting,  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Paeumatic.     (P)  Leaker..  1022 
Malto-Dextrins.  A  Contribution  to  the  Study  of  the,      (Morris 

and  Wells  I  .' 764 

Manchester  Building  Byelaws,  Discussion  on 2U» 

Chamber  of  Commerce,  Proceedings  of.    (T.R.) is7 

Section,  Chairman's  Address  to.     (Levinstein)  S75 

Manchuria.  Mining  in.     (T.R.) 555 

Manganese,  Action  of  Carbonic  Oiide  on.     (Guntz) 680 

And  Zinc,  Separation  of.    (Jannasch  and  Niederhofheitn)  270 
Borate,  its  Constitution  and  Properties.      (Han lev  and 

Ramagc)  ' 1017 

Dioxide.  Regeneration  of.      (Reychler) 34 

Estimation  of.  by  the  Chlorate  Method.     (Hampe) 457 

Estimation    of,    in    Spiegel    Iron     and    Ferromanganese. 

( Bastin) 1,137 

Mango  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 623 

Manila  Elemi,  Notes  on.    (Maiden) 758 

Manitol,   Decomposition    of.    by    the    Bacillus  Ethaceticus. 

(Frankland  and  Lumsdeu) 4411 

Manure,  Manufacture  of  Artificial,    il'i  Knorre 541 

Manufacture  of.  from  Towns' Refuse.     1P1  Lamattina 364 

Market  in  1890, The.    (T.R.) ;ss 

Preparing  Sludge  for  Use  as.     Il'i  HardwO  k  and  .Wwton.  173 

Treating  and  Drying  Artificial.     (P)  Fletcher  and  Hoyle. .  894 

Manures,  ic.  (Class  XV.) 253.  539,  025,  60S,  759.  S30, 1018 

Artificial,  for  Fruit  Culture.    (Brunner) 874 

Valuation  of  Special 759 

Manuring.  The  Results  of  Chemical 625 

Maple  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 622 

Marble,  Manufacturing  Artificial.    IP)  George  and  Wernaer. .  165 

Manufacture  of  Artificial.     (P)  Solenz 7  pi 

Treatment  for  Cleaning.    ( P)  Lodge  and  Jury 740 

Marbling  Enamelled  Articles.    (P)  Gnuchtel 524 

Margarine.     Determination    of     Watery      Constituents     in. 

(Thorner)  (illus.)  63 

Martinique,  Fertilisers  in.    (T.R.) 1041 

Mashing  and  Fermenting,  The  Process  of.    (Sykes) 765 

Mashonaland,  Nitrate  of  Potash  and  Plumbago  in.    (T.R.)  . . .  854 

Mastic  a  Y'ielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 623 

Match  Industry,  Progressof  the.    ( Jettel) 839 

Matches.    (Class  XXII.) . .  59, 179,  267,  450,  5K5,  035,  708,  773.  S39,  937, 

1032 

Safety.    (Schnitzel 709 

Materials  for  Decorative  Purposes,  Transparent  Coloured.    ( P) 

McLean 521 

Mattes  containing  Copper,  Nickel,  a^id  Silver,  Treatment  of. 

(P)  Strap 61fi 

Treating    certain,  to    Obtain    Nickel    and    Cobalt.      (P) 

llerrenschinidt 694 

Treating  Copper.     (P)  l'elatan .'. .  754 

Treating  Plumhiferous  Copper.    (P)  James 353 

Mauritius,  Drug  Imports  into.     (T.R.) 468 

Supply  of  Soap  to.    (T.R.) ,  468 

Maxim-Nordenfeldt  ( .un  and  Ammunition  Co.,  Liui.,  Visit  to  .  580 

Measures.     (Lupton) 217 

Meat  and  Fatty  Matters,  Preservation  of.    (P)  Falcimagne. . .  680 

Means  for  Preserving.     (PI  Elsworthy 259 

Means  for  Preserving.     (P)  Johnson."    From  Salzer .'  769 

Preservation  of.     (P)  Pitt.    From  Mariosa 768 

Preserving.    (P)  Hartmann 1024 

Smoking  or  Curing.     (P)  Piffard .....!  1024 

Meerschaum,  Treating,  to  Render  it  Porous  and  Absorbent  in 

the  Manufactured  State.    (P)  Weingott 525 

Meeting,  Proceedings  of  the  Eleventh  Annual 5(?9 

Meetings  to  Consider  the  Alkali  Works  Act  Amendment  Bill. .  470 
Meldola's  Blue,  the  Condensation  of,  with  Aromatic  and  Fatty 

Amines.    (Schlarb) *  05 

Melting  Points  of  Mixtures  of  Hydrocarbons.     (Vignon) 235 

Menthylamine,  Russian.     ( Andres  and  Andreef ) 705 

Members  Elected,  Lists  of J,  92,  2o2,  200,  394,  484,  568,  800, 

T.r      ,  ■     ■     «  866, 962 

Membranes,     <  lieuneal     Composition     of     Vegetable     Cell. 

iSchul/.ej 49 

.Menthol.    ( Berkenheim)  (532 

Mercurial  Air-pumps.    (P)  Thompson.    From  Raps 60 

Mercury,  Action  of  Aluminium  on  Cyanide  of.    (Varet) 713 

Action  of  Iron  on  Bichloride  of.'  (Varet) [  7]3 

Action  of  Nickel  on  Bichloride  of.     (Varet) .'.  713 

And  Zinc,  the  Conditions  which  determine  Combination 

between  the  Cyanides  of.    (Dunstan) S67 


Dv. si,  1892.]  THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


XXXIX 


PAGE 

Mercury — cant. 

Compounds,  Effect  of  Heat  on.    (Janda) 751,  mil 

Electrolytic   Separation   of,   from   Cupper.     (Smith   and 

McCauley)  isi 

Production  of,  in  Russia.    (T.R.) 71 1 

The  Volumetric  Estimation  of.    (Jones) 37i 

Meta-dinitrobenzene,    (Willgerodt) 777 

-Phenylenediamine  Solutions,  Preservation  of.    (Deniges).    84" 

Metal,  Alloying  the  Surface  of,    (P)  Martin 921 

Alloys.    IT)  Alzugaray 615 

Apparatus  for  Removing  Gases  or  Impurities  from,  when 

Casting.    (P)  Sebemus  (illus.) 023 

Apparatus  for  Separating  Heavy  Substances  containing. 

(PJ  Scoular 1123 

Articles.  Decorating  with  other  Metals.     (P)  Krantz  and 

Zcissler  616 

-Bearing  Bodies, Process  for  Treating.    (P)  Loe 351 

Electro-deposition  of,  on  Glass.  &c.    (P)  Puttier 1007 

Extracting  or  Recovering,  from  Ores.     (P)  Noad,  Minns. 

ami  Stevens ,     '121 

Fibre,  Manufacture  of.    (PI  Torkington.. ill 

Hardening  Articles  of.    (P)  Hardingham.    FromWilisch.    823 

Manufacture  of  Sheet.    (P)  Clans 922 

•Salts.  Apparatus  for  Dyeing  Textiles  by  Means  or.     d'j 

Odernheimer .' ie,l 

Sargent  and  Sons'  Annual,  Circular 77 

Metallurgical  Industries,  South  American.    (Vattier) 768 

Output  i,f  Austria  in  1891.     (T.R.) s;,;; 

Metallurgy.    (Class  X.)    89,  165,  212.  349,  137,  526,607.639,750,819, 

909,  1013 
Metals.  Action    of.   on    Salts   dissolved    in  Organic    Liquids. 

(Varet)  713,779 

Action  of  Salt  011  Solutions  of 802 

Adding  Metallic  and   Non-Metallic  Substances  to.      (P) 

d  illey 1013 

Alloying  Aluminium  with  other.    (P)  Adderbrooke 753 

Application    of     Certain    Rare,    for     Ceramic    Colours. 

(Sprechsaal)  523 

As  Amalgams,  Electrolytic  Determination  of.     (Gibbs)  ...    547 

Behaviour  nf  Hydrogen  towards.     (Strientz) 247 

t  'oatmg.     (P)  Norton 1123 

Coating  or  Cleaning.    (Pi  Heatl'lield 443 

Colours  and  Absorption  Spectra  of  thin  Metallic  Films  and 

of  Incandescent  Vapours  of  the.    (Dudley) 924 

Compound  for  Carburisiug.    (P)  Brown 616 

I  ''-sulphurising  Castings  or  Alloys  of.     (P)  Rossieneux  ...     615 

Direct  Production  of.  from  their  Ores.     (Lebiedieff)  245 

Electric  Reduction  of.    ( P)  Willson 354 

Electrolytic  Extraction  of.    (P)  Hnepfner 535 

Extraction  and  Treatment  of.     (Lebedeff) 923 

Extracting  Precious,  from  Ores  or  Minerals.     (PI  Hannay    24S 

Extraction  of,  from  <  Ires.    ( P)  Shedlock  and  Denny 695 

Extraction  of,  from  Ores  ami  Minerals.     (P)  Turton 1114 

Extraction  of,  from  their  Ores.    ( F)  Chenhall 924 

Extraction  of  Precious.     (P)  Martin  and  Pethybridge 926 

Extraction  of  Precious,  from  Ores.    ( P )  Rickard 533 

Extracting,  from  Ores  or  Minerals.    ( P)  Niewertb 616 

In  Vacuo,  Apparatus  for  Casting.    (P)  Simpson 823 

Liquid  Polish  for  Cleaning.    (P)  King 620 

Manufacture  of  Oxides  of  the  Alkaline.    (P)  Castner 1005 

Means  for  Extracting  Precious,  from   their   Ores.     (P) 

Webb 922 

Means   for    Heating,    by    Gaseous  or  Liquid  Fuel.    (P) 

Rodger  733 

Means    for  Separating  Alkaline  and   Earthy,  from  their 

Salts,  &e.     (P)  Atkins  and  Applegarth 43 

Means  for  Tempering  and  Hardening,    (PJ  Durning 1014 

Melting,  by  Electricity.    (P)  Kreinsen 1016 

Of  the  Hydrogen  Sulphide  Group,  Quantitative  Separation 

of.    (Jannaseh  and  Etz) 710 

Process  for  Rendering,  Homogeneous.    (P)  Fraley 695 

Separating,  from  their  Ores.    (P)  Atkins 618 

Solder  for  Joining  Aluminium  with  other.    (P)Wegner..    G13 
The  Possibility  of  Extracting  Precious,  from  Sea-Water. 

(Munster) 351 

Metallurgical jFuruaccs,  Exhibition  of  Models  of.    (Campbell 

Brown) 312 

Meta-xylenesulphonic  Acids  (II.).    (Moody) 2S 

Meta-xylidine,  Action  of  Benzyl  Chloride  on.    (Jablen-Gonuet)    230 
Meta-xyloquinoline,  Studies  on  Derivatives  !of.    (Noelting  and 

Trautmann)  27 

Methoxyaiuido-1 :3-Dimethylbenzeue  and  Derivatives  thereof. 

(Hodgkinson  and  Limpach)  999 

Methylamido-crotoanilide.  j3-,  and  its  Relation  to  Antipyrine. 

(Knorr  and  Taufkirch) 506 

Methylauiines,    Ethylamines,    Phcnylaniines,  and    Naphthyl- 

amines,  Production  and  Separation  of.     (P)  Vidal 314 

Methyldiphenylhydroquinoxaline.    (Fischer  and  Busch) 24 

Methylene  Green  extra.  Application  of.    (von  Perger) 31 

Methyl  Iodide,  Action  of,  on.Cnprcine  and  on  Quinine.  (Hesse)     177 

Methylsaccharine,  On.    (Weber) 772 

Metol  and  Amidol 634 

Metric  System  in  China  and  Japan.     (T.R.) 188 

Mexico,  Chemicals  in.    (T.R.) 714 

Discovery  of  New  Deposit  of  Onyx  in.     (T.R.) 783 

Exports  of  Henequen  from.     (T.R.) 469 

New  Customs  Tariff  of.    (T.R.) 67,186 

The  Industrial  Development  of.    (T.R.) 467 


TAGE 

Mica  Industry  in  North  Carolina,  The  Ground.     (T.R.) 853 

Mioroidine.    (Trillat)  ]0o,, 

Mildew,  Formation  of,  in  Woollen  Goods.    (Schimke)  (illus.).  741 
Milk,   Apparatus    I'm-  Determination  of    Fat    in.     (Molinari) 

(illus.) fil 

Apparatus  for  Sterilising.     (Pi  Redfern.    From  Neuhass, 

Gronwald,  and  Oehlinann  63o 

Apparatus  for  Testing  Quantity  of  Cream  in.     |  PI  Newton. 

From  Augustenborg  ami  Hansen 52 

Device  to  be  used  when  Boiling.     IP)  Fitzpatrick.    Prom 

Teschner  ggo 

Is  it  Acid  or  Alkaline?     (Vaudin) ...".  1023 

Manufacture  of  Artilicial  Human.     (P)  Reith  and  Dahm  .  544 

Preserving.    (P)  Oakhill  and  Leaker 259 

Preventing  Samples  of,  from  Curdline.    (Pi  ilen 259 

-Products.  Estimation  of  Fatty   Matters  in.    (Leze  and 

Allard) 46r, 

Reaction  of, to  Phenolphthalein.     (Vaudin) 932 

Sterilisers,    (P)  Cornaz 768 

Mills,  Grinding  and  Crushing.     (P)  Askhani 994 

Mimosa  a  Yiehler  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 623 

Mineral  and  Metallurgical  Output  of  Austria  in  1891.     (T.R.) .  853 
Bearing  Substances,  Separating  Finely  Divided.     (P)  Peek    823 

Discoveries  in  Greece.    (T.R.) 468 

Oil  and  Ammonia,  Manufacture  of .    (P)  Young 900 

Oil  Residues,  Use  of,  as  Fuel  for, Glass  Furnaces.     (Malv- 

schew)  510 

Oils,  Distillation  of.     (P)  Laiug 341 

Oils,  Gas  Generator  for  Distillation  of.     (P)  Sepulchre 510 

Oils,  Qualitative  Reactions  of.     (Holde) 272 

Oils,  Solidification  or.    IP)  Chenhall 670 

Oils.  Test  for.     (Holde) 637 

Pigment  Colours,  Use  of,  in  Cotton  Dyeing.     (Soxhlet) 620 

Production  in  1891,  European 949 

Products  of  the  United  States  for  1S91.     lT.R.1 ...'.  1044 

Production  of  New  South  Wales.     (T.R.) 69 

Production  of  Prussia.     (T.  R  I 471 

Production  of  Queensland.     (T.R.)  . 69 

Statistics  of  Canada  for  1891.     (T.R.)  647 

Statistics  of  the  United  Kingdom  for  1891 721 

Statistics  of  the  United  States.    ( l.R.) 69 

Waters,  Manufacture  of  Artilicial.     (P)   Hiibener .....  258 

Minerals  in  Persia  (T.R.) 69 

Mode  of  Formation  of  Sulphide.     (Chuard) ....!..  274 

Mines.  Behaviour  of  Explosives  in  Fiery.    (Lohmann) 179 

Of  Vermont,  The  Copper.     (Howe) 246 

The  Almadcn  Quicksilver 753 

Mining  and  Metallurgical  Industries  of  Prussia.    (T.R.) 190 

Development  in  Peru.     (T.R.) 7->o 

Engineers,  Baltimore   Meeting  of  American  Institute  of  233, 

In  British  Columbia.     (T.R.) "    '720 

Industry  of  Colombia.     (T.R.) '. '.  69 

lu  Manchuria.     (T.R.) ......    555 

Mirror  and  Plate  Glass  Industry  of  Bohemia 604 

Mixtures,  Manufacture^  Granular  Effervescible.    (P)  Kerfoot    838 
M  ohair  Fabrics  and  Plushes,  The  Dyeing  of.    (Weiler)  (illus.)    519 
Moisture  and   Heat,  Apparatus  for  Effecting  Interchange  of 
(P)    Lightfoot.     From  The    Gescllschat't  fur    limlcs 

Eismaschinen  ugg 

Apparatus  for  Extracting.    (P)  Gye .......    595 

Influence  of,  on  Vegetable  Sizing  of  Paper.    (Hasselkussj.    452 
Molasses,  Coil  for  Feeding,  into  Vacuum  Pans.     (P)  Basanta  .    542 

Extracting  Sugar  from.    ( P)  Schneller  and  Wissc 44s 

Formation  of.    (Herzfeld)  512 

Notes  on  the  Analysis  of.    (Wiley  and  others) ....    761 

Refining.     ( P)  Schneller  and  Wisse 530 

Mono-bromo-  and  Di-bromoparaoxybenzoic  Acid,  Production  of. 

(P)  Johnson.     From  von  Heyden,  Nachfolger 369 

Monocarbonates,  Production   of,    from    Bicarbonates   of  the 

Alkalis.    (P)  Gossage 907 

Montejus,  Indicators  for.    (P)  Paton 509 

Monte  Rosa,  Gold-Bearing  Veins  of  Pyrites  on.     (Walter) 821 

Mordant,  Note  on  a  New  Chromium.    (Scheurer) 33 

Mordants.  Use  of  Sodium   Tungstate  as  a  Fixing  Agent  for 

(Ulrich) 30 

Morocco,  British  Trade  in.    ( T.R. ) 453 

Exports  to  Germany  from.    (T.R.)...   "°"    4f8 

Mortar,  Burnt  Clay.    (T.R.) , "    2S2 

Improved  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Warner  and  Curry. ..'. .'.'.'     607 

Producing  Hydrochloric.     (P)  Bloemenda! 688 

Treatment  of,  to  Prevent  Deterioration.    (P)  Aitken ..    6011 

Mortars.    (Class  IX.) ...    3S,  163,  241,  435,  524,  606,  688,  719,  81S,  908, 

Hydraulic,  from  Slag.    (5]  filler) 435 

Mould  for  Leather,  Paper,  and  other  Pulp.    (P)  Mahaffy  and 

others * 753 

Moulds  for  Vulcanising  India-Rubber  Tyres  and  Rings.     (P) 

Waddington ioi7 

Mountain  Ash  a  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 624 

Mucilages.  Production  of.     (P)  Higgins 447,447,447 

Mulberry  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 623 

Mulhouse,  Sealed  Notes  Deposited  with  Society  of,  by  Noelting  343 
Museum  at  Constantinople,  Commercial.     (T.R.) 285 


xl 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Dec si,] 


PAGE 

Musk,  Manufacture  of  Artificial.    (Pi  Baur 77:s 

Studies  on  Artificial.     (Bam) 306 

Mustard  Oil,  Estimation  ot.     (Sohlioht) 779 

Myrabolans  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (  Mafat  i C-23 

Myrtle  a  Yielder  of  Tannin,    i  Ma  tal  I  023 


N 

Naphthalene.    (Trillat) 1028 

Eating  and  I'm  nor  Hairs  by  Means  of  the  Alpha-Slllphoiric 

Acid  of.    (Burns  and  Hull) 4S 

Colouring  Matters.  Manufacture  of  Basic.    (Pi  Johnson. 

From  The  Badische  Aniliu  und  Soda  Fab 516 

Naphthaquinone,  Action  of  Hypochlorous  Acid  on  ft-.    (Bam- 
berger and  Kitschelt) 997 

Sulphonic  Acids, (3-.    (Witt) 155 

Naphtha  Trade  of  Russia, The.    (T.R.) 7*3 

Naphthol,  a-  and  /S-.    (Trillat) 1028 

a-Sulphonic  Aeid,  a-.    (Witt  and  Eaufmann)  155 

Antiseptic,  A  Soluble.    ( Stackler) 772 

Benzoate,  /3-  ( Yvon  and  Berlioz) 264 

Dyehur  Cut  (mi  with  ft-.     iKcrlcsz) 31 

Sulpho  Aeids.  Manufacture  of  a-.    Farb.    vorm.    Bayer 

and  Co.  (1»)  999 

Use  of  Nitroso-0-,  in  Quantitative  Analysis.     (Schleier)  ..    713 

Naphthylamine  ether,  Dyeing  Cotton  with,     i  Kertc'-sz) 31 

998 

3H 

30 

236 

69 

as.-, 

910 

69 


The  Nitration  of.  /3-.    (Friedlander  and  St.  Szyinanski) ... 

Naphthylamines,  Production  of.     (P)  Vidal 

Naphthyl  Blue,  Application  of.    (von  Perger) 

Naphthyl-glycines,ColouringMatters  from.    (P)  von  Porthehn 

Natal,  Coal  Industry  of.    (T.R,.) 

Negrier's  Method  of  Concentrating  Sulphuric  Acid 

Neuhausen  Aluminium  Factory,  The.    ( Wedding)  (illus.  i 

New  South  Wales,  Mineral  Production  of.     (T.R.) 

Nicaragua,  Production  of  India-Rubber  in 827 

Nickel,  Action  of.  on  Bichloride  of  Mercury.    (Varet) 713 

Analysis.    (Enimens) 1035 

And 'Cobalt,  Separating  from  Copper  Mattes.     (P)  Herreti- 

sehmidt G94 

And  Iron,  Alloys  of.    ( Wedding) 526 

And  Iron.  Volatilisation  of.  by  Carbonic  Oxide.    (Gamier)  243 
And  Iron,  Treatment  of  Solutions  containing.    (P)John- 

aon.     From  Parker  and  Robinson 755 

And  other  Metals,  Manufacturing  Alloys  of.    (P)  Martins  822 

Canadian 137 

Carbonvl.    (Herthelot) 909 

Carbonyl.  On  the  Oxidation  of.    (Berthelot) 138,  9 16 

Coinage.     (T.R.I 647 

Manufact uring  Alloys  of.    (P)  Mond 613 

Note  on  the  Density  of.    (Hopkinson) 093 

Production  of,  in  the  United  stairs.    (T.R.) 73 

Progress  of  the  Metallurgy  of.    ( Levat) 920 

Separating  Cobalt  from.    ( P)  Solve 1013 

Separation  of,  from  Mattes  or  Alloys.    ( P)  Strap 016 

Steel.  Determination  of  Constants  and  Coefficient  of  Elasti- 
city of.     I  Mi  -readier) 106 

Steel  Process,  The  Lechesne 439 

Volatility  of,  in  Presence  of  Hydrochloric  Aeid.  (Schiitzen- 

berg'er) 243 

Nicotine.    (Pinner  and  Wolffenstein) 705 

Night-Lights  and  Candles.    (P)  Griffith 1017 

Nitrate  Fields  of  Chili,  The.    (Aikman) 347 

OfSodaSlali-.tl.-s.lss;,      1892.      (T.R.) 051 

Revenue  in  (lull.    (T.R.) 380 

Nitrating  Cotton,  &c,  Apparatus  for.    i  P)  Selwig  and  Lange..     035 
Nitration  of  Butvlolucnc-  and  Butylxylene-sulphonic  Acids. 

(Noeltingj 7n7 

Nitrates.  Estimation  of  Nitrogen  in  Inorganicand  Ethereal. 

(Chenell 943 

Explosive,  from  the  Jute  Fibre.    (Cross  and  Bevan)  214 

Nitrazine  Yellow,    (von  Perger) 31 

Nitric  Acid,  Action  of,  on  Aluminium.    (Le  Roy) 1118 

Acid,  Action  of  on  Diniethylortho-anisidiuo.    (van  Rom- 

'    burgh) -55 

Acid,  Action  ot.  on  Silk.    ( Vignon  and  Sisley) 430 

Acid  and  Sulphuric  Aeid,  Action  of,  on  Aluminium.    (Le 

Roy) 

Acid,    Apparatus    for    Condensation   of.      (P)    Edwards. 

From  Guttmann  and  Etohrmann 

Acid  Apparatus,   Modification  of  Kroushr's.      (Robson) 

(illus.) 

Acid,  Influence  of   Nitrogen  Tetroxiile  on   the  Specific 

Gravity  of.     (Lunge  and  Marchlewski) 

Acid  in  Vinegar,  Detection  of.     I  s,,lisi,-ni  

Acid.  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Chatfield 

Acid,  Preparation  of  Pure.    (PI  Guttmann  and  Kohrinann  100S 
Acid!  Variations    in    Specific    Gravity    of.      (Lunge   and 

Marchlewski)  432 

Ethers  of  Starch.  The  Higher.    (Miihlhauser) 708 

Nitro-  and  Amidomethylphenylpyrazolone,  Manufacture   of. 
and  a  Derivative  of  the  Latter.    (P)  Imray.    From 

The  Farb.  vorm.  Meistcr,  Lucius,  and  limning 545 

-Atropine,    (Einhorn  and  Fischer)  706 


106 

.'1-19 

504 

775 
372 
1107 


PAGE 

Nitro — emit. 

Bromfluoreseein,    The    Manufacture    of.      (Miihlhauser) 

(illus.) 739 

Cellulose,  Determination  of  Nitrogen  in.     (Lunge)  (illus.)  778 

Compounds,  The  Constitution  of  Coloured.    (Armstrong)  .  512 

Derivative  of  Antipyrine.    (Jandrier)  706 

Derivatives,  Estimation  of  Nitrogen  in.     (Chenel) 943 

Derivatives  of  Honiopyrocatechin.     (Couhin) 735 

Explosives,  The  Analysis  of.    (Sanford) 843 

Nitrogen,  Composition  for  Fixing  Aramoniacal.    (P)  Buroni 

and  Marehand 1018 

Compounds,  Stability  of  Certain  Organic.     (Smith) 119 

Determination  of,  in  Nitrocellulose.     (Lunge)  (illus.) 77s 

Determining  Nitric  and  Total.    (Boyer) 182 

Error  in   Determination  of   Albuminoid,   by  Kjeldahl's 

Method.     (Synilerl 372 

Estimation  of,  in  Coal-Gas.    (New)  (illus.) 415 

Estimation    of,    in    Inorganic    and    Ethereal    Nitrates. 

(Chenel) 943 

InCoal-Gas.    (Davis) 400 

Obtaining,  from  the  Air.    (P)  Brier S3S 

Of    Leguminous    Crops,   The   Sources   of.      (Lawes    and 

Gilbert) 253 

On  Dumas'  Method  of  Estimating.     (O'Sullivan) 327 

Peroxide  and  Variations  in  Specific  Gravity  of  Nitric  Acid. 

( Lunge  and  Marchlewski) 432 

The  Preparation  of  Pure.    (Le  Due) 269 

Substitutions    in    Groups    Linked    to,    and    to    Carbon. 

I  Matignon) 937 

Tetruxide.  Influence  of.  on  the  Specific  Gravity  of  Nitric 

Acid.    (Lunge  and  Marchlewski) 775 

Nitroglycerin.  Extraction  of,  from  Waste  Acid.    (P)  Lawrence  773 

Nitrojute,  an  Explosive.    (Muhlh&user) 546 

Nitro-ketone  derived  from  Camphosulphophenols.  (Cazeneuve)  512 
Nitroso  -  p  -  Naphthol,    Use    of,    in    Quantitative    Analysis. 

(Schleier). 713 

Nitro-siibstitiitiou  Compounds  of  Cellulose.     (P)  Maxim 456 

Nitrotoluic  Acid,  Note  on,    (Noelting)  344 

Nitrous  Acid.  Action  of.  on  Tetrainethyldiamidobenzophenone. 

( Herzberg  and  Polonowskv) 156 

Oxide,  Formation  of.     (Smith ) 867 

Oxide,  Production  of.     (P)  Smith  and  Elmore 033 

Notes.  Analytical  and  Scientific 64, 184,  274,  467,  551.  (540,  713. 

779,  849,  946,  1030 

General  Trade 67, 187,  283,  377.  409,  554,  047,  71s,  7*3, 

850,  948.  1043 

Nova  Scotia,  The  Wealth  of.     (T.R.) 69 

Nuisance  from  Chemical  Works 683 

Nuremberg,  Manufacture  of  Electric  Light  Carbons  at 897 

Nut,  Chemistry  of  the  Kola.    (Knebel) 545 


o 

Oak  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) i!22 

Obituary  Notices : 

Dittmar,  William 146 

Evans,  W.  N 992 

I l.-isi-li,  Charles 146 

Hofmann,  Prof.  A.  W 420 

Longstaif,  George  Dixon,  M.D 801 

Makins,  G.  H 420 

Mumford,  T.  W.  II 145 

Redwood,  Dr.  Theophilus 228 

Sihorlemmer,  Carl 593 

Tate,  A.  Norman 694 

Thompson,  C 893 

Obstacles  to  British  Foreign  Trade 051 

Octohydi'o-a-naphthoquinoline  "  Aromatic.      (Bamberger  and 

Stettenheimer)  24 

( idina  Wadier.    (Rideal) 404 

( )il.  Adulteration  of  Linseed 848 

Adulteration  of  Linseed,  by  Rosin  Oil.    (Coreil) 550 

A  New  Commercial  (Corn  Oil).    (T.R.) 286 

And  Iron  Stains  in  Cotton  Cloth     (Weber)  495 

Detection  of  Turkish  Geranium  Essence  in  Rose.    (Pana- 

iotow) 61 

Durability  of  Modern  Pigments  in.    (Laurie) 251 

Estimation  of  Mustard.     (Schlicht) 779 

Eucalyptus.    (Helbing  and  Passmore)  837 

Eucalyptus.    (Holmes)  455 

..Field  in  Sumatra,  New.    (T.R.) 783 

Filter  for.    (P)  Master-man,  Woodhouse,  and  Rawson,  Lim.  109 

Filtering  Apparatus  for.    (P)  Berk 536 

-Gas,  Manufacture  of.     (Ball)  896 

-Gas,  Production  of,  from  Russian  Petroleum,     (Lewes)..  584 

Crane-Seed,  and  its  Technical  Application.    (Horn) 44 

Improvements  in  Thickening.     (P)  Hartley  and  Blenkin- 

sop 445 

Industry  of  Russia,  The.    (T.R.) 1044 

Notes  on  Rosin.    (Leeds) 308 

Of  Lavender.    ( Semmler  and  Tiemann) 706 

Of  Turpentine.  American.    (Long) 545 

On  Maize.    (Smith) 504 

Presses.  Cages  for.     (P)  Estrayer 446 

Production  in  Scotlaud,  The  Shale.    (T.R.; 851 


Dec.  SI.  1898.] 


THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


xli 


TAQE 

Oil — cont. 

Russian  Peppermint,    i  Andres  and  Andreef) 7n5 

Russian  Sunllower.     (T.R.) 470 

s I.  A  New.    (T.R.)  950 

Statistics  of  Palm.     (T.R.) 283 

Tanks,  Measuring  Depth  of  Water  m.    (PI  Redwood  and 

Barring?r 599 

Testing  of  Boiled  Linseed.    I  Fahrion  i 690 

Testing  Olive,  for  Adulterants.    (Paparelli)  848 

The  Analysis  of  Sperm.    (  Lewkowitsch) lot 

The  Composition  of  Turkey-Red.    (Juillard) 365 

The  Plow  of  Mineral,  through  Tubes,    i  Mereityng) >»74 

The  Solid  Fatty  Acids  of  Palm.    (Nordlinger)  445 

Trade  of  Scotland,  The.    (T.R.) 784,851,1045 

Turkey-Red.    ( Wilson) v.<r, 

Use  of,  in  Ammonia-G'is  Compressors,     (ven  Strombeck)  .  733 


Oils.    (Class  XII.) 44,  169,  250,355,445,535,619,  696 

827,928, 

And  Fats  of  Tropical  Africa.    (T.R.)  

And  Fats,  Retining  and  Deodorising  Refuse.     (P)  Wilson. 

And  Other  Fluids.  Filter  for.     (P)  Willeox 

Antiseptics  from  Aromatic.     (Trillat) 

Apparatus  for  Burning.    (P)  Rose 

Apparatus  for  Determining  Liability  of,  !•>  Spontaneous 
Combustion.    (Richards) 

Apparatus  for  simultaneously  Burning  Light  and  Heavy 
Portions  < if  Vaporisable.    (P)  Harvey  and  others 

Apparatus  for  Vaporising.    (P)  Spencer 

Artificial  Mineral  Lubricating.    (Kr&einerand  Spilker)... 

Bleaching,  Deodorising, and  Purifying.    (P)  Mills 

"  Blown.      (Thompson  and  Ballantyue)  

Changes  in  Lubricating,  oxN^eeping.    I  Bfolde)  

DesuTphuration  of.    (P)  Amend  and  Macy 

Detection  of  Rosin,  in  Essence  of  Turpentine.     iZune) 

Determination  of  Purity  of  Olive.  (I.entrfeld  and  Papa- 
relli)   

Distillation  of  Mineral.     (P)  Laing 

Examination  of  Vegetable  Lubricating.     (Holde) 

Flash-Point  and  Heat  of  Burning  of  Mineral.    (Steuart).. 

Gas  Generator  for  Distillation  of  Mineral.    (P)  Sepulchre. 

Of  Bergamot  and  Lavender,  The.  (Bertram  and  Wal- 
bauni ) 

Oxygen  Compounds  from  Bthereal.  (Semmler  and  Tie- 
mann) 

Production  of  Sulphonio  Acids  and  Sulphones  from 
Mineral.    (P)  Clark.   From  The  Gewerksehaff  Missel. 

Qualitative  Reactions  of  Vegetable  Lubricating.     (Holde) 

Rapidly  Determining  the  Composition  of  Lubricating, 
i  Gripper) 

Solidification  of  Mineral.    (P)  Chenhail 

Spanish  Customs  Regulations  Affecting  Sale  of.    (T.R.)... 

Testing  Lard  for  Fatty.     ( Welmans  I  

The  Solid  Products  which  Result  from  Oxidation  of  Drying. 
( Livache) 

Treating  Lubricating,  to  Render  them  Fireproof.  (P) 
Graf 

Treating  Vegetable.     (P)  Scollay 

Treatment  and  Manufacture  of.   (P)  Hageman  and  Palmer 

Using  Hydrocarbon,  for  Heating  Purposes.    (P)  Henwood 

Viscometer  for  Testing.     (Hurst)  (illus.) 

Viscosity  at  Low  Temperatures  of  Black  Mineral.  (Holde) 
Oleine,  Extraction  of,  from  Tallow.     (P)  Benoit  and  Soler  y 

Vila 

Oleo-Resin  of  Canarium  Mw  7.  >■/,  Bailey  ;  together  with  Notes 

on  Manila  Eh  mi.    (Maiden) 

Olive  Oil,  Testing  for  Adulterants.     (Paparelli) 

Oils,  Determination  of  Purity  of.    (Lengfeld  and  Paparelli) 

Onager  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat ) 

Onyx,  Discovery  of  New  Deposit  of,  in  Mexico.    (T.R.) 

Opium  Industry  of  Persia.    (T.R.)  

Trade  of  Formosa.     (T.R.) 

Orange  Bark  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 

In  Calico  and  Wool  Printing 

Orchilla  in  Cape  Verde.     (T.R.)  

In  Ecuador.     (T.R.) 

In  Lower  California,    (T.R.) 

Ore.  Analysis  of  Chrome  Iron.    (Haussermann). 

"Ore  Process."  The.  in  the  Basic  ( (pen  Hearth  Furnace.  (Leo) 
Ore,  Reducing  Unsmelted  and  other.    (P)  Wainwright 

Samples,  Mixer  and  Divider  for.     (Bridgman)   (illus.) 

Orenbourg,  The  Industries  of.     (T.R.) 

Ores,  Analysis  of  Antimony.    (Carnot ) 

And  Mattes.  Treating  Copper.     (P)  Pelatan 

Apparatus  for  Concentrating  the  Heavier  Constituents  of. 
(P)  Ferguson 

Apparatus  for  Leaching.     (P)  Bohm 

Containing  Zinc,  Treating.  (P)  Clark.  From  Costes  and 
others 

Containing  Zinc,  Treatment  of  Composite.      (P)  Hart 

Desulphurising  Zinc.     (P)  Hart 

Determination  of  Zinc  in 

Distillation  of  Sulphur  and  other.     (P)  Labois 

Extracting  or  Recovering  Metal  from.  (P)  Noad,  Minns, 
and  Stevens 

Extraction  of  Metals  from.     (P)  Chenhail 

Extraction  of  Metals  from,    (P)  Shedlock  and  Denny 

Extraction  of  Metals  from.     (P)  Turton 

Extraction  of  Precious  Metals  from.    (P)  Riekard 

Furnaces  for  Treating.    (P)  Parnell 


.  <-"i<i. 
11117 

;;r; 
7. -.7 
1B9 
ln-27 
423 


996 

171 
22 

,,os 

506 

ill'.' 
929 
637 


HI  3 
341 
637 

SS.-, 

510 


271 

1S2 
670 
714 
548 

250 

446 

758 
696 
735 
41S 
S41 

620 

758 
848 
943 
623 
783 
646 
646 
623 
158 
715 
715 
714 
182 
•243 
1014 
268 
190 


751 


822 

3.72 


37.2 
352 
923 
846 

667 

921 
924 
695 
614 
533 
822 


PAGE 
Ores— cont. 

Leaching,   and    Apparatus    therefor.      (P)   Johnson   and 

Hutchinson 922 

Minns  for   Extracting  Precious   Metals   from   their.     (P) 

Webb 922 

New  Method  for  Assay  of  Antimony.    (Carnot)  941 

Notes  on  the  Assay  of  Tin.    (Renme  and  Derrick)  662 

<  ibtaiiung  Gold,  Silver,  and  Copper  from.    (P)  French  and 

Stewart  612 

Of  Nickel,  Copper,  and  Cobalt,  Treatment  of  I'yritic.    (P) 

Herrenschmidt *>13 

Preparing  Iron,  for  Smelting.    1 1')  Woodcock  and  others  .  7S4 

Regenerative  Gas  Furnace  for  Zinc.    (P)  Dor 615 

Separation  of  Antimony  from  its.    (P)  Warwick 533 

Siemens  Electrolytic  Process  for  Extracting  Copper  from..  534 

Smelting  Complex  Silver.    (P)  James 922 

Smell  in--  Copper.    (P)  Bibby 922 

The  Reduction  of.    (P)  King.    From  Blair,  jun 614 

Treating    Certain,   to   Obtain   Nickel    and   Cobalt.      (P) 

Herrenschmidt 694 

Treating  Plumbiferous  Copper.    (P)  James 353 

Treating  Zinc.     ( P)  West 351 

Treatment  of.     (P)  Clark.     From  Richardson,  First  brook, 

and  D  ivis 353 

Furnace  for  Treatment  of  Refractory.     (Pi  Fauvel 613 

Treatment  of  Silicated  Nickel.    (P)  Herrenschmidt 613 

Treat  mentor  Sulphur.     (P)  l.abois 694 

Von    Sehulz  and   Low's   Method  of  Estimating  Lead  in. 

(Williams)  "73 

Orexin.    (Trillat)  1030 

Organic  Acids  from  Beetroot  Juice,    (von  Lippinann) 50 

Chemistry.  Qualitative...    61,  182,271,  161,548,637,  712.  777.1035 
Chemistry.  Quantitative. .   61,  182,  272.  372,  462.  549.  638,  777,  S48, 

941,  1038 

Compounds.  Solvent  Action  of  Liquid.    (Etard) 713 

Substances,  Preserving.    I  Pi  Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius 

und  Britning 1024 

Ortho-Hydroxyazo  Compounds,  Composition  of  the.    (Ganelin 

and  von  Kostanecki) 425 

-Oxydiphenyl-carbon-acid,    Production    of.    (P)    M'illcox. 

From  von  Heyden  Nachfolger 344 

Orthostannic  Acid,  a-     ( Neumann  I 270 

Osier  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 623 

Ost's  Copper  Solution.  Estimation  of  Sugars  by.     (Schmoeger) .  273 
Otto  of  Roses.  Chemical  Studv  of  the  German  and   Turkish. 

(Eckart) 26.7 

Oven,  An  Improved  Coke.    (P)  Lares 235 

Ovens,  Coke.    (P)  Johnson.    From  Kennedy S07 

For  Firing  Pottery  and  Earthenware.    ( P)  Plant 434 

Improvements  in  Coke.     (P)    Leigh.     From  Bauer   and 

Mendheim 737 

Metallurgical.     (P)  Bates 615 

Results  of  Improved  Coke.    (T.R.)  379 

Oxalic  Acid  and  Cellulose,  Simultaneous  Production  of.    (P) 

Lifschiitz 17ii 

Oxazine  Dyes.    (Mohlau) 672 

Oxide  of  Iron,  Treating  Waste  Liquors  to  Obtain.    (P)  Hall...  613 
Oxides,  Apparatus  for  Producing  Ferroferric  and  Ferric.     IP) 

Crosslev 114 

Of  Iron,  Utilisation  of.     (P)  Hutchinson  and  Harbord 612 

Oxycellulose,  Preventing  Formation  of,  in  Printing  on  Indigo 

Blue.     (Brandt) 33 

Preventing    Formation   of,  in    Printing  on  Indigo  Blue 

(Scheurer)  32 

Resistance  of,  to  Coloration  by  Tetrazoic  Dyes.    (Saget)  ..  1003 

Witz's.    (Naeutukov) 771 

Oxy-fattv  Glvcerin  Ethers,  and  Oxy-.  Sulpho-Oxy-,  Dioxy-,  and 

Sulpho-dioxy-  Fatty  Acids.     (  P)  Schmitz  and  Toenges  827 
Oxygen   and  Concentration,  Influence  of,  on  Fermentation. 

I  Brown  I  257 

And  Nitrogen  from  the  Air,  obtaining.    (P)  Brier 888 

Apparatus  for  Automatic  Production  of.    (P)  Fanta 773 

Apparatus  for  Separating,  from  Air.    (P)  Parkinson 633 

Compounds  irom  Ethereal  Oils.     (Semmler  and  Tiemann)  706 

Compounds,  Reduction  of,  by  Magnesium.    (Winkler)...  39 

Dissolved  in  Water.  Estimation  of.    (Adams) 271 

Gas,  TheManufacture  of.    (Fanta)  (illus.) 312 

In  Glass  Manufacture 90S 

Manufacture  of.    (PlLawson 58 

Manufacture  of     (P)  Webb  and  Rayner 773 

Preparation  of  Substances  for  Separation  of,  from  Air.    (P) 

Brins  Oxygen  Co.  and  Murray 936 

Separating,  from  Air.    (P)  Parkinson 1031 

Ozokerite  and  Petroleum  Industries,  The  Galician.     (Red- 
wood) (illus.)  93 

Ozone  Apparatus.    (P)  Siemens  and  Halske 535 

Formation  of,  in  Presence  of  Air  or  Oxygen.    (P)  Schneller 

and  Wisse 354 

Ozonising  Apparatus.    (P)  Ehlis 769 


P 

Paint,  Manufacture  of  Resinous.      (P)  Thompson,    From  von 

Pereira 1"! 

Manufacture  or  Size.     (P)  Boult 361 

Rust  and  Acid  Proof.    (P)  Lender 361 


xlii 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 189! 


PAfiB 

Paints  and  Lacquers.    (P)  (Jill 1017 

And  Tarnishes.  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Taylor 620 

Composition  ofEmmel.    (P)  T>rp 829 

Dryers  for  Mixing  witrt.     (P)  Hartley  and  Blenkinsop. .. .  170 

For  Ships' Bottoms  &c.     (P)  Bigland 288 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  "Martin 829 

Manufactureof  Gold,  Silver,  and  Bronze.    (P)  Cutler 829 

in  Paint  Stocks,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Scollay 300 

Pigments,  Varnishes,  It-  sins,  India-rubber,  &c.    41, 170.  250,  357. 
146,  586  620,1  96,758,  B27,  929,  1017 

Palm.  Fruit  of  the  Wax.  as  a  Coffee  Substitute.    (Konig) 17* 

(HI  Statistics  of.     (T.K.)  283 

Oil,  The  Solid  Fatty  Acids  of.    (Nordlinger) 445 

Palladium,  Experiment  Showing  Absorption  of  Hydrogen  by. 

( Wilin ) 465 

Pans,  Evaporating,  for  Manufacturing  Salt.     (P)  Scott M0 

For  Boiling  or  Heating  Sugar.    I  PI  Morton 10'S 

Paper,  Apparatus  for  (ilazintr.    (P)  Bachem,  Vogelsang,  and 

Tischer 935 

Apparatus  for  Measuring  Tensibility  and  Breaking  Strain 

of.     (P)  Leunig 1SS.175 

Azolitmin.    ( Dietal ' 631 

Deterioration  of.  tl  ri.in.-h  Exposure.     (Wiesuer) 596 

Determination  of  Mechanical  Wood  Pulp  in.     (Baudisch)  464 

Determination  of  Mechanical  Wood  Pulp  in.     I  Godeffroy  )  tot 

Dyeing,  Application  of  Coal-Tar  Clours  in.    (Beaumann)  159 

Estimating  Resin-Size Contained  in.    (Herzherg) 6  8 

For  Cheques.    I P    Memoes  and  Bevan 175 

For  Cheques.  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Schlumberger 935 

French  Straw-     56 

Industry  of  Lower  Austria 175 

Influence  of  Incandescent  Electric  Light  on.    I  Wiesner). .  596 

Influenceof  Moisture  on  Vegetabl  Sizingof.   (Hasselkuss)  152 

Japanese.    (  Lauboeck ) 56 

Korean,     i  T.K.  i 715 

-Makire  and  River  Pollution.    (T.R  ) 380 

-Making,  Determination  of  Fibres  Used  in.    (Herzberg)  ..  638 
-Makinsr.  Residue  of  Potato-Starch  Works  as  a  Material  in. 

(Herzberg)  934 

Manufacture  of  Parchment.    (P)  Robinson 170 

Mill,    Description    of   an    American    Sulphite    Cellulose. 

(Wildhagen)  (Ulns.)  174 

Mills  in  Japan.     (T.R)  552 

Pasteboard,  4c 52,174.  261,  45-?.  771  835,934,  1026 

Pulp  and  Textile  Fibre,  Production  of.    (P)  Hagemann  . .  1026 

Pulp.ApparatusfurStrainini-'.     1'    I      n.i.-.ni.   FromThorn  175 

Pulp,  Apparatus  for  Straining.    (P)  White " 

Pulp,  Manufactureof.     (P)   Keveridge 170 

Pulp.  Manufacture  of.     I  PI  Rf  dmayne 170 

Pulp.  "Manufacture  of  Hollow  Articles  from.    ( P)  Weygang  771 

Pulp.  Mould  for.    I  P  i  Mahaffy  and  others 759 

Pulp.  Process  and  Apparatus  lor  Bleaching.    (P)  Kellner 

(illus.)  431 

Pulp  Residue,  Carbon  Product  from.    (Pi  LangriUe 035 

Safety.    (Herzliers) 934 

Staining.     (Class  VI.)  ...    SO,  158,237,345,  (28,519,600,680,744, 

811,  904,  KiO-2 

Testing,  for  "Wood-Fibre,    (von  HOhnel) 1st 

The  Acid  Action  of  Drawing.    (Evans  and  "Wirtz)  21-2 

The  Sizing  of.    (Wunder)  52 

Papers,  the  Acid  Action  of.     (Cross  and  Bevan) 213 

The  Acid  Action  of  Different  Drawing.    ( Hartley) 201 

The  Acid  Action  of  Drawing,    i  Beadle) 261 

Papyrus 55 

Paraffin.  Means  for  Refining.    (P)  Baxter  (iilus.) 455 

The  Formation  of  S..lid.     (East  and  Si  idner) 598 

"Wax.  Treating  and  Purifying.     (P)  Henderson 699 

Paraguay  acacia  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat)  0-22 

Tea  or  Mate  a  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat)  624 

Paranthracene.     (Elbs)  310 

Parchment.  Manufacture  of  Vei,  table.     (P)  Robertson 935 

Paper,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Robinson 170 

Palis,  Production  and  Consumption  of  Gas  in.    (T.R.) 280 

Particles,  Separating  Powdered  or  Finely  Divided.    (P)  Peck.  823 

Pasteboard.     (Class  XIX.   52.  174.  201.  432.  771,  835,934,1026 

Patent  Law,  The  New  German.     (T.R)  285 

Lists 83,  192  2^7.  :;st.  t75.  557.05::,  721.  791,  856,  053.  1047 

Patents  in  Canada.     (T.R.) 718 

Peat  Coke  Cakes.  Production  of.    I P)  Slauber 806 

I      re,  Bleaching  and  Treating.     (P)  Cannot 813 

Fuel.  Machinery  for  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Mills.    From 

Clarke 340 

Treatment  and  Desiccation  of.      (P)   Thompson.     From 

Gerard 423 

Treatment  of.     I  P)  Rischgitz 07" 

Underlying   London  Clay,  Composition  of  a  Stratum  of. 

(Smith  and  Travel's!  5:>1 

Pens  made  of  Celluloid.     (T.R.) 10 4-1 

Pental,  an  Anesthetic.    (Hollander)  4"3 

Pentosai  -       I          ied  Fibre,  The.     (Schnlze  and  Tollens) 931 

Peppermint  Oil.  Russian.     (Andresand  Andrcef) 705 

Peptone.  Preparing  and  Applying  Extracts  of.    (P)  Hatschek 

and  others 25S 

Perfumery  Drawback,  Genera]  Order  Concerning.     (T.R  i 7S5 

Imports  of,  by  Greece,    IT.R.)    7s:i 

Imports  of,  by  Cuba.     (T.R)    187 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  t  fresebrough 1031 

i  If  Tropica)  Africa.    (T.R) 377 


PICE 

Permanganate,  Estimation  of  Iron  by  Standard.    (Lowe) 133 

i  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 623 

Persia,  Br  tish  Tim  le  in.    (T.I  .)  64'; 

Minerals  in.    I  T.R.  i 69 

The  Drug  Tradi  of.      T.R  i 6H! 

Tiir  Opium  Industry  of.     (T.R.)  646 

Persulphuric  Acid  and  its  Salts.     *  Berthelot) 940 

Peru.  Mining  Development  in.     (T.R.) 720 

"  Pet  it _-r:i in  oil."    (Semmler  and  Tienanu) 70  > 

Petroleum  and  Asphalt  at  Palena.    .  <  Ichsenius  I 150 

And  Ozokerite  Industries.  The  Galician.  (Redwood)  lillus.)  93 

Industry  at  Baku.  The.     (T.R.)  1013 

Industry  in  Russia.     (T.R.) 852 

In  Upper  Burma.    (T.R.)  950 

'  in  the  Formation  of.    I  Engler) 935 

Preliminary  Heaterfor  Distillation  of.    (Fuchs) 511 

Production  in  the  United  States,  1891.    (T.R) 2S5 

Production  of  Oil-Gas  from  Russian.    1 1. ewes) ?St 

Regulati    is  for  Carrying,  Through  Suez  Canal.    (T.R.)...  190 

Spirit,  The  Rectification  of.     (Veith)  (illus.)  151 

Sulphur  C  impounds  in.    i  '\ast  and  Lagai) 598 

Tariff  on,  in  France.    (T.R.) 07 

The  Flow  of,  through  Tubes.    I  Merczyng) 27 1 

The  Origin  of.    (Sickenberger) 421 

TheOrigin  of.    (Veith  and  Schestop.il) 159 

The  Origin  of.     (Zalozieeki  1 22 

Trade  of  the  Caucasus.     (T.R.) oil 

Treatment  of.     IP)  Cooper 599 

Treatment  of  Heavy  Oils  of.    (Pi  Lai  .ois 004 

Pharmaceutical  Compounds,  Manufacture   of.    (P)  Willcox. 

I     im  the  Faro,  vorm  F.  Bayer  and  (   i 70s 

Conference  at  Halle,  Report  on  the 372 

Pheuac  tin.     (Trillat) 1029 

Iodine  Derivative  of.    (P)  Riedel 633 

Phenocoll. :.  1  Antipyretic  and  Anti-rheumatic.    (Schmidt)...  453 

Hydrochloras.    (Trillat) 1029 

Phenol,  Alkalimetric  Estimation  of.    (Bader)  273 

Determination  of.    (Carre) 273 

Phenolpthaleiin,  Reaction  of  Milk  to.    (Vaudin) 932 

Phenols.  Colouring  Matters  from  Protocatechuic  Acid  an  1. 

Favb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  und  Briining  (P) 902 

Iodine  Substitution  Products  of,    (Pi  Willcox.    From  the 

Farb.  vorm.  Bayer  and  Co 370 

Phenylamines,  Production  of.    (P)  Vidal 341 

Phenylcnediamine,  Dyeing  Cotton  with.      Certesz) 31 

Solutions.  Preservation  of  m-.     1 1  leniges  1 sis 

Phenyl-glycocoll,     Manufacture     of    Indigo-carmine     from. 

(P)  Willcox.    From  the  Farb.  vorm.  F.  Bayer  and  Co..  28 
Phenylpropiolic  Acid,  Formation  of  AUocinnamio  Acid  from. 

(Liebermauu  and  Schmolz) 677 

Phosphate  Beds  of  Florida.  Tin?.    (Keller) 539 

Behaviour  of    Tricalcium,    towards    Carbonic    Acid    and 

Ferric  Hydroxide,    (v.  Georgievics) 254 

Deposits  of  Florida.     1  Eldridge) 255 

Manufacture     of    Superphosphate     from     Ferruginous. 

'  Jaehne) 698 

Solubility  of  Tri-  and  Bicalcium,  in  Solutions  of  Phosphoric 

Acid.     (Cause) 760 

Phosphates.    Electrolysis    of    Metallic,    in     Acid    Solution. 

Smith) 6t 

Enriching  Calcareous.    (P)  Delahaye 161 

Enriching    Calcareous.      (P)    Lake.      From   Briart    and 

Jacquemin 816 

Manufacture     of     Superphosphate     from     Ferruginous. 

(Schucht) 255 

Natural.    (Wills)  00s 

Nodular.  Concretionary  and  Arenaceous.    (Wills) r.:>s 

Occurrence  of  Fluorine  in  Natural.    (Carnot) 659 

Occurrence  of  Fluorine  in  Sedimentary.    (Carnot) 7>:" 

Of  Algeria  and  Tunis.  The 760 

Solubility  of  Tricalcium  and    Bicalcium,  in  Solutions  of 

Phosphoric  Acid.     1  Gausse) 685 

Statistics  of,  for  1891.    (T.R.) 183 

Phosphoric  Acid,  Determination  of,  in  Presence  of  Iron  and 

Aluminium.    (Johnson  and  Osbcrne) 7" 7 

Acid,    Determination   of,    in    Wine.     1  Moreenstern    and 

Pnvlinofl) 777 

Acid,  Preparation  of  Pure.     (Watson)  221 

Acid,  The  Phosphorus-Nitric  Acid  Method  of  Manufacture 

of.    (Watson) 224 

Ore  of  Gellivara.  Smelting  the 919 

Phosphorites.  Occurrence  of  Fluorine  in.     (Carnot) 759 

Phosphorus,   Analysis    of  Slag    from    the   Manufacture    of. 

1  irley  1 711 

And  Silicon,  Extra   tins.-.     (P)  Talbot 921 

Compounds,  Manufactureof.    1P1  Typke 369 

Electrical  Furnaces  for  Manufacture  of.    IP)  Barker B27 

In    steel,    Accurate   Determination   of    in    Two    Hours. 

Wdowiszewski) S45 

The  Production  of.    (T.R.) 285 

Photo-Chemical  Notes.    (Askenasy  and  Meyer) 1039 

Dyeing.    (Villain) .' ' 111:11 

-Etching  on  Zinc  and  Copper.    (P)  Krantz  and  Zeissler  ..  035 
Photographic   Dry    Plates.    Apparatus   for   Developing,    &c. 

without  Dark  Room.     (  P)  Xievsky 1032 

Operations,  The    Chemical   Changes   attending.      (Arm- 
strong)    455 

Printing  Processes.    (P)  Nicol 456 


Deo.  31, 1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


xliii 


PAGE 

Photographic — cont. 

Prints  and  Negatives,  Apparatus  for  Washing.    (P)  Hoi- 

croft 936 

Processes  and  Materials. . . .    179,  266,  155.  5  B,  (31. 839,  9S6,  1081 
Photographs,  Apparatus  for  Developing.  &c.     (PI  Wasnor  and 

Bredig.' 1032 

Apparatus  fur  Reproducing.    (P)  Krantz  and  Zeissler 6SB 

Developers  for.    (Pi  Hauff' 937 

Developing  Traj  for.    il'i  Desboutin 937 

Drawings  from 179 

Manufacture  of  Colours  specially  Applicable  for  Colouring. 

(P)  Boult.    From  Brum 079 

Producing  Coloured.    (P)  Mathieu 63* 

Producing  Coloured.    (P)  McDonough 935 

Substances  of  the  Aromatic  Series  Capable  of   Developing. 

( Lumiere)  S39 

Photography,    Artificial    Light   for.      (P)    Johnson.      Fr 

Xadar fi3t 

Employing  Aromatic  Amido  Compounds  as    Developing 

Means  in.     (P)  Hauff lf>32 

Gold  Compounds  for  Use  in.    (Mercier) 6:U 

In  Colours.    (Labatot)  266 

Letter-press  and  Lithographic  Processes  Based  on.    (P) 

Albert  63 1 

Magnesium  Lights  for.    (P)  Hackh 597 

Picene, On.    (Lespican)  235 

Pickle.  Treating  Waste,  from  Galvanising  Works (i^2 

Pictet.  Chloroform.    (Hellring  and  Passmore) 830 

Pictures  on  Textile  Fabrics,  Colouring.    (P)  Ophoven 743 

Pigment  Colours.    ( Weber)  980 

Pigments.     (ClassXIII.)  ...    44,170,260,357,446,536,620,696,758. 

827,  929, 1017 

And  Vehicles  of  the  Old  Masters.    (Laurie) 170 

Apparatus  for  Oxidising  Lead  Sulphide  and  Zinc  to  form 

White.     (P I  Rowan  and  Dawson Sift 

Chances  in  Chromium 345 

Durability  of  Modern,  in  Oil.    I  Laurie) 251 

Having  a  Lead  Basis.     (P)  Burghardt 361 

Manufacture  of.    (Pi  Martin 829 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Seolley 697 

Mineral.     I  Weber) 986 

On  the  Manufacture  of  Chrome.    (Weber)  357 

Pine  A  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat ) 023 

Pine. tree  Sugar.     (Wiley)    362 

Piperazine  or  Spermine,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Majert 773 

Piperidine and j3-Pyridine Bases.     (Stoehr)  3;;7 

Pipes,  Durability  of  India-rubber  Hot  Water.    (Belloroche) . .  9'2ft 

Galvanising  iron  and  Steel.    (P)  Jones 612 

Manufacture  of  Glass,  of  Large  Diameter.    (Appert) 35 

Pipette,  Method  for  Calibrating  a  Delivering.     (Clowes) 327 

Pita-Flax  or  Sisal-Hemp 902 

Pitch,  Cauldrons  for  Melting.     (P)  Healey  446 

Lake  of  Trinidad,  The.    (T.R.)  283 

Stability    of    Nitrogen    Compounds    Occurring    in    Tar-. 

(Smith) 119 

Plant,  Apparatus  and  Machinery  (Class  I.)    20. 147.  230,  387,421,  507, 

595,667,  733,  802,894,992 

Plantain  A  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat )  G23 

Plante  Lead-Sulphuric  Acid-Lead  Peroxide  Cell.  Study  of  the. 

Parti.     (Robertson.)     Com.  by  Armstrong Gt'5 

Plants  Capable  of  Yielding  Tanning  Materials.     (Mafat) 021 

Plaster  Casts,  Method  of  Hardening,     (Pennstedt ! 38 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Thompson.  From  Roes 'r-MUller  and 

Deike 607 

Treatment  of,  to  Prevent  Deterioration.     (Pi  Aitken 600 

Plastic  Material,  Machines  for  Spreading  on  Textile  Fabrics. 

(P)  Coulter  and  Rowley 538 

Plate  Glass  Industry  of  Prague  604 

Plates  for  Batteries.    See  Batteries. 

Manufacture  of  Tin  and  Terne.     (P)  Rogers 013 

Of  Asbestos,  &c.,  for  Rooting  Purposes.     (P)  Graf 212 

Platinum, Canadian.     (T.R.)  469 

1  ndustry  of  the  Ural 532 

Preparation    and    Estimation    of    Pure.      (.Mvlms     and 

Foerster ) 690 

Production  of,  in  Russia 752 

Stills.    Concentrating     Sulphuric    Acid    in     field-Lined. 

( Lunge) 522 

The  Price  of.     (T.R.) 382 

Plumbago  in  Mashonaland.    (T.R.) 854 

Plushes,  The  Dyeingof.    (Wreiler)  (illus.) 519 

Poisons,  Means  of  Colouring  to  Prevent  Accidents  and  Crime. 

(P)  Reade 511 

Poles,  Painting  Creosoted.     (P)  Hughes 620 

Polish,  Liquid,  for  Cleaning  Metals.     (P)  King 620 

Polishing  Composition.     (P)  Hickox 170 

Polymers  of  Rieinoleic  Acid.    ( Scheurer-Kestner) 250 

Polyrieinie  Acid,  Properties  of  the.     (Juillard) 356 

Polyricinosulphuric  Acids,  Properties  of  the.    (Juillard) 350 

Pomegranate  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) C22 

Porcelain,    Composition     of     Sub-Glaze     Colours    for    Soft. 

(Seger) 239,  240 

Kilns  for  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Query 435 

Paste,  Change  in,  by  Storage.    (Seger) 102 


PAGE 
Porcelain— cunt. 

Preparing   "Slip"   for    Manufacture   of.    (P)    Edwards. 

From  Goctz 38 

The  Composition  of  Biscuit.     (Seger) 817 

Water-Bath.     (Dittmar) 181 

Porcelaine  d'amiante.     (Garros) 102 

Porosity  of  Building  Stones,  and  their  Resistance  to  Frost. 

(Peroche)  749 

Porter,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Hillyard  and  Dugdale 1022 

Portland  Cement,  Action  of  Certain  Chlorides  on.  (Dobrzynski)  525 

Cement  Industry,  The.    ( T.R, ) 2s  t 

Cement  Makers,  Annual  General  Meeting  of  Association  of 

German 524 

Porto  Rico,  Drug  and  Chemical  Imports  of.    (T.R.) 187 

New  Customs  Tariff  of 951 

Portugal,  Beers  Brewed  iii.    (Mastbaum  and  Diekniann) 760 

Customs  Tariff  or.    (T.R.) 041 

Post  Office  Alterations.    (T.R.) 69 

Potash,  American.     (T.R.) 720 

And  Soda,  Obtaining  Chromates  and  Bichromates  of.     (P) 

Goodhall.    From  Peacock  and  Gait 686 

Manufacture  of  Aluminate,  Sulphate,  and  Carbonate  of. 

(P)  Claus 815 

Manufacture  of  Caustic.    (P)  Martin 816 

Nitrate  of,  and  Plumbago  in  Mashonaland.    (T.R.) 854 

Note  on  the  Estimation  of.     (Jean  and  Trillat) 775 

Salts,  German  Production  of.     (T.R.) 640 

Potassium,  Bromide  of.    (Helbing  and  Passmore) 705 

Carbonate,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Dupre 604 

Estimation  of.  as  Perchlorate.    I  Wense) 711 

Ferro-  and  Ferrieyanide,  Volumetric  Estimation  by  Means 

of.     (Luekow) . 457 

Hydrogen  Tartrate  as  a  Starting  Point  for  Aeidimetry  and 

Alkalimetry.    (Borntrager) 776 

Permanganate,  Estimation  of  Organic  Substances  in  the 

Air  by.     ( Archarow)  464 

Solid  Compounds  of  Bisulphate  of,  with  Sulphur  Trioxide 

and  Water.    ( P)  Brindley 1004 

Potato  Disease.  "  Bordeaux  Mixture  "  a  Remedy  for.    (Perret)  364 

Glucose,  Note  on  Wines  Containing.     (Presenilis) 766 

Pottery.  (Class  VIII.)  38.  102,  239,  434.  523,  604,  087,  748,  817,  908,  1007 

A  Substitute  for.    (P)  Meran 1007 

Baking  Ceramic  Pastes  and.     (P)  Losada 38 

Forming    Undercut    Projections   in.      (P)    Doulton    and 

Leech 38 

Kilns  for  Heating  and  Burning.     (P)  Severn 688 

Kilns  for  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Query 435 

Ovens  for  Firing.    (P)  Plant 434 

Ware  Domestic  Stoves,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Salomon....  597 

Powder,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Armstrong 636 

Manufacture  of  Disinfecting.     (P)  Williams 631,631 

Powders,  Making  up  or  Packing  Baking.     (P)  Clotwortby  ....  259 

Prague.  The  Minor  and  Plate  Glass  Industry  of 604 

Preservative  Coatings  for  Iron,  &c.    (P)  Robson 361 

Preserve  Industry,  on  the  Chemistry  of  the.    (Reuss) 449 

Preserves,  Lead  found  in.    (Reuss) 449 

Presidential  Address,  1892.    (Emerson  Reynolds) 571 

Pressure. Simple  Apparatus  for  Evaporating  under  Diminished. 

(Sehulze  and  Tollens)  (illus.) 940 

Pressures.  Method  of  Closure  for  Regulation  of  Gaseous.    (P) 

Mills  and  Ellis 595 

Printing  Machines  for  Textiles.    (P)  Knowles 6S0 

Prints,  Producing  Coloured.    (P)  AH-ert 634 

Proceedings  of  the  Eleventh  Annual  Meeting 569 

Producer-Gas.    See  Gas. 

Producer,  The  Use  of  the 805 

Products  ol  Distillation.  Apparatus  for  Obtaining.  (P)  Pontallie 

(illus.) 230 

Proteids  of  the  Corn  or    Maize    Kernel.      (Chittenden  and 

Osborne) 701 

Protein  Substances,  Detection  of,  in  Beet  Juice.    (Brack) 830 

Protocatechuio  Acid  and  Phenols.  Colouring  Matters  from. 

(P)  Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  und  Bruniug 902 

Aldehyde,  Obtaining  the  Two  Isomeric  Monornethylethers 

of".    (P)  Bertram 58 

Prussia,  Mineral  Production  of.    (T.R.) 471 

Mining  and  Metallurgical  Industries  of.    (T.R.) 190 

Pseudopelletierine.    (Ciamician  and  Silber) 705 

Pseudo-Solution  and  Solution.     (Picton  and  Linder) 64 

Pulp-Catchers  or  Savers.     ( P)  Fiillner 1026 

Pulp.  Manufacture   of   Holloiv    Articles    from   Paper.      (P) 

Weygang 771 

Pulveriser.    (P)  Morison 147 

Pum  1 1,  Improved  Filter-    (P)  Nordtmeyer  (illus.) 422 

Pumps,  Compression.    (P)  "Webb 20 

Displacement,  for  Air  or   Gases.      (P)    Hargreaves  and 

Hudson  (illus.)  804 

Mercurial  Air-     (P)  Thompson.    From  Raps 60 

Punjaub,  Fibre  Industries  111  the.    (T.R.) 69 

"  Purple  Ore,"  Burning  Pressed  Blocks  of.    (P)  Eskuchen  and 

B  aarmann 695 

Formation  of,  into  Bricks  or  Blocks.    (P)  Bird 6ft4 


xliv 


THE   JOUBXAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31  1892. 


PAGE 
Pyrazole  Derivatives,  Synthesis  of  Oxygenated.     (Lederer)    ...    368 
Pyrazolone,  Manufacture  of  Nitro-and  Araido  methylphenyl, 
and  a  Derivative    thereof.      (P)    Imray.      From   the 

Farb.  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  und  Bruning 545 

Pyridine.    (Trillat)  1030 

Ami  Piperidiue  Bases,  g-.     (Stoehr) 367 

Bases,  Action  of,  on  certain  Sulphites.    (Deniges)   772 

Pyrites,  and    Brimstone,  Comparative  Value  of,  for    Manu- 
facture  of    Sulphuric    Acid    in    the    United    States. 

(Kelleyi  814 

Apparatus  for  Separating  Crushed.    (P)  Scoular 923 

Gold-Bearing  Veins  of,  on  Monte  Rosa,    (Walter) 821 

The  Condition  of  Gold  in 438 

United  States  Production  of.    (T.R.) 75 

Pyrosallol.     I  Trillat  I 1028 

Transformation  of  Gallic  Acid  into:  and  Melting  Point  of. 

eneuve) 1026 

Use  of  Derivatives  of ,  as  Developers.    (P)  Hauff 937 

Pyrolignites,  Purification  of.    (P)  Pickles —    737 

Pyronine,  Application  of.    (vonPerger)  30 

Pyroxylin,  Denitration  of.    (Woodman)  839 

Pyroxylins,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Chardonnet 939 


Quantitative  Analysis  by  Electrolysis.    (Rudorffi 459 

Quebracho  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    I  Mafat  i 623 

Queen-land.  Mineral  Production  of.    (T.R.) 69 

Sugar-Growing  in.     ( T.R.  I 720 

The  Fibre  Industry  of.    (T.R) 190 

Quicksilver,   Holders  for   Storage   of.     (P)   Brotherton   and 

Griffith 993 

In  Russia.     tT.R.I 647 

Mines  of  Russia,  The.    (T.R.)  69 

Mines.  The  Almaden 753 

Mining  in  Russia.    (T.R.I  69 

Production  of,  in  California.     (T.R.) 189 

Production  of  Russia.     (T.R) 7.83 

statistics  Respecting.    (T.R.)  si, 

Transvaal.     (T.R.)  71s 

Quillaia  Bark  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat ! 623 

Qumidine,  Behaviour  of,  towards  Hydriodie  Acid.    (Schubert 

and  Skraup) 263 

Quinine,  Action  of  Methyl  Iodide  on.    (Hesse)  177 

And  Java  Cinchona.     (T.R.  i 469 

Behaviour  of,    towards  Hydriodie  Acid.     (Schubert  and 

Skraup) i 263 

Compounds  of,  with  Hvdrochloric  Acid.    (Hesse) 176 

Decline  in  I  mport  of.  by  Greece.    (T.R.) 783 

-di-Methiodide.  Preparation  of,  from  Cupreine.     (Grimaux 

and  Armand) 631 

Homologues  of.    (Grimaux  and  Arnaud  I 631 

Production  of  Sulphate  of.    (Jungfleisch) 377 

Sulphoiiic  Acid.    ( Hesse) 176 

Quinitol.  the  Simplest   Sugar  of  the  Inositol  Group. 

Baeyer  I  760 

Quinoline.     (Trillat)  1030 

Antiseptics,  Soluble.    (P)  Lembach  and  others 452 


R 


Raffinose.  Influence  of.  on  Form  of  Sugar  Crystals.    (Herzfeld)  511 

inversion  and  Estimation  of.    ( Kaydl) 463 

Precipitation  of,  by  Ammoniacal  Lead  Acetate  (Koyd) 778 

Production  of,  in  Beetroot  Sugar  Products.    (Herzfeld)  ...  541 

The  Melassigenic  Effect  of.    (Herzfeld) 542 

Ramie  and  Textile  Plants,  Decorticating.    (P)  Subra 517 

Fibre.  Chemical  Treatment  of.     (P)  Blaye 903 

Machine  for  Decorticating.    (Pi  Faure 518 

Rape  Oil,  Qualitative  Reaction  of.    (Holde) 271 

Oil.  Tests  for      l  Holde  I 637 

Reactions  of  tin'  Addition  Product  from  Sulphur  Dioxide  and 

Sodium  Phenylate.    (Schall  and  Uhl)  .'  900 

Reagents,  Improved  Gold  Extracting.    ( T)  Pollok 352 

Reception  and  Smoking  Concert 578 

Rectifying  Apparatus.    (P)  Pitt.    From  Savalle 257 

Red   and   White    Discharge    Prints   on    Dyed    Indigo-Blue. 

( Brandt ) 812 

Rhatany  a  Source  of  Tannin.     (Mafat) 623 

Reduction  in  Shade  of  Dyed  Alizarin  Colours.    (Schnabel)  ...  602 
Red-Violet  Colouring  Matter  from  Alizarin-Blue.    (P)  Imray. 

From  The  Far)),  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  und  Bruning.,  29 

Refractory  Materials,  Manufacture  if.     (P     U  ugaray 443 

Refrigerating  and  freezing  Apparatus.     (P)  Puplett 803 

Apparatus.    (Pi  Alsopand  Blackall 895 

Refuse,  Drying  and  Calcining  Brewers'.     ( P)  Barlow 932 

Process  and  Apparatus  for  Treating.      (P)  Cunliffe  and 

Barlow 450 

See  nlso  Residues. 


PAGB 

Report  of  Council 569 

Of  H.M.  Inspector  of  Explosives  for  ISso 546 

Of  Principal  of  Laboratory  of  Inland  Revenue.     (T.R.)  . . .  854 
On  Alkali  Works,  The  Chief  Inspector's  Twenty-eighth 

Annual 681 

On  Mafat's  Memoir  on  Dyewood  Extracts.    (Geigy) 154 

To  the  Water  Research  Committee  of  the  Royal  Societv. 

(Frankiand  and  Ward  1 '. ; .  704 

Reports.  Extracts  from  Consular  and  Diplomatic  .     187.  280,  466,552, 

'ill.  714,782,1011 
Residue  of  Potato  Starch  Works  as    a    Material    in   Paper- 
Making.    (Herzherg) 934 

Uti  isation  of,  from  Soap  Manufacture.    (P)  Stone 445 

Residues  Containing  Zinc,  Treating,    (P)  Clark.    Prom  Costes 

and  others 352 

From  Fatty  Substances,  Purification  of  the.     (P)  La  Soc. 

Anon,  des  Parfums  Naturels  de  Cannes 75S 

TJseof  Mineral  Oil,  as  Fuel  for  Gas  Furnaces.   (Malyschew)  510 

Utilisation  of.    (P)  Higgin 771 

Resin.  Production  of  a  Solution  of  Mvrrhie.    (P)  Thompson. 

From  Fli'igge 370 

Resins.     (Class  XIII.)  ...     44,170,250,357,446,536,620,696,758,827, 

929, 1017 

And  Gums  of  Tropical  Africa.    (T.R.) 377 

And  Gums.  Solvent  for.     (P)  Read 1017 

Copal.    (Kressel)  s2s 

Excrescent.     (Bamberger) 365 

Of  Firus  Rubiffinosa  and  /".  fnacrophylla,  The.    (Rennie 

and  Goyder,  jun.)  1039 

Resistible  Material  for  Building  Purposes,     il'i  Hartiuann  .. .  R26 

Resorcin.     (Trillat) 1028 

Resorcinol,  Dyeing  Cotton  with.    (Kertesz)  31 

Retorts,  Apparatus  for  Charging  Inclined  Gas.     (P)  Gibbons.  806 

Composition  for  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Kerr 523 

For  Carbonising  Vegetable  Substances.     (P)  Bowers 152 

For  Distilling  shale.  See.     (P)  Orr  and  MacKav 900 

For  Distilling  Shale.  &C.     (  Pi  Orr  and  Sutherland 737 

For  Making  Coke  or  Charcoal.    I P I  Armour 152 

For  the  Manufacture  of  Coke  and  Gas.     (Pi  Creswick  ....  152 
Method  of  Setting  and  Heating.    (P)  Boult.    FromKloune 

and  Bredel 597 

Or  Ovens,  Improvements  in.    ( P )  Armour 806 

Revenue  and  Expenditure  for  the  Year  lS'.n 670 

Report  of  Principal  of  Laboratory  of  Inland.     (T.R.) 854 

Rhea,  Obtaining  Fibre  from.    (P)  Sampson 935 

Treatment  of.     (I')  V'iarengo 904 

Rhodamine  Series,  Manufacture  of  Dyes  of  the.     (P)  Johnson. 

From  The  Badische  Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik 345 

Series.   Production  of  New   Dyes  Related  to  the.     (P) 

Johnson.    From  The  Badische  Anilin  und  Soda  Fab...  740 

Rhubarb  a  Source  of  Tannin,     i  Mafat) 623 

Ricinoleic  Acid,  On  the  Polymers  of.  (Scheurcr-Kestner)....  250 
Risks  Attending  the  Use  of  High-Pressure  Gases.  ( Budenlierg 

and  Heys  i 319 

River  Polut ion  and  Paper-Making.    (T.R.)  E80 

Pollution  in  Spain.     (T.R.i  69 

Rollers  for  Printing  Fabrics  and  Wall  Papers.      (  P)  La  Soc. 

Evesque  et  Cie 1004 

Rome,  Production  and  Consumption  of  Gas  in,    (T.R.) 281 

Ropes,  Wood  Fibre.    (P)  Manvitz 810 

Rosaniline  Series,  New  Dyes  of  the.  and  Materials  therefor. 

(P)   Johnson.      From  The  Badische  Anilin  und  Soda 

Fabrik 515 

Rose  Oil.  Detection  of  Turkish  Geranium  Essence  in.     (Pana- 

jotow)  61 

Roses,  Chemical  Study  of  the  German  and  Turkish  Otto  of. 

Eckart) ' 265 

Rosinduline  2  B,  Application  of.     (von  Perger) 30 

Rosin  Oil,  Qualitative  Reaction  of.    (Holde) 272 

Oil,  Notes  on.    (Leeds)  308 

(Mi,  Adulteration  of  Linseed  Oil  by.    (Cored) 550 

Oil,  Test  for.    (Holde) 637 

Oils,  Detection  of,  in  Essence  of  Turpentine.    (Zune) 637 

-S;/,   Contained  in  Paper.  Estimating.     (Herzberg) 638 

Rubbadine,  Formation  of.    (Schall  and  Uhl) 900 

Kul ii ier,  Afr ican.    ( T.R.) 377 

Goods.  Manufacture  of  Coloured.      I'    Dreyfus 446 

Russia.  Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff.     (T.R.)  ...  186 

Commercial  Progress  of.    (T.R.) 379 

Customs  Decisions  in.     (T.R.) 66 

New  Regulation  for  Supply  of  Portland  Cement  in.   (T.R.)  524 

Production  of  Beet  Sugar  in.     (T.R) 69 

Production  of  Mercuiy  in.    (T.R.) 714 

Production  uf  Platinum  in 752 

Production  of  Sunflower  Oil  in.    (T.R.) 470 

Quicksilver  in.    (T.R.) 647 

Quicksilver  Mining  in.     (T.R.) 69 

The  Chemical  Manufactures  of.     (T.R.) 1044 

The  Industries  of.     (T.R.)    (illus.) 650 

The  Naphtha  Trade  of.     (T.R.) 783 

The  Oil  Industry  of.     (T.R.) 1044 

The  Petroleum  Industry  in.     (T.R.) 852 

The  Quicksilver  Mines  of.    (T.R.) 69 

i  i     Quicksilver  Production  of.    (T.R.) 783 

The  Salt  Industry  of 787 

The  Soda  Industry  of.     (T.R.) 649 


Deo.  31,  ism.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF   THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


xlv 


s 

PAGE 

Sabadilla  Seed,  Ethereal  Oil  of.    (Opitz) 177 

Seed,  Fatty  Matter  and  Ethereal  Oil  «>f.    (Opitz) 177 

Saccharin.    ( Trillat) 1080 

Saccharine,  Production  of  Pure.     { P)  Fahlberg 1031 

Solutions,   Treatment    of.      (P)    Mewhurn.      From    The 

Maschinenfabrik  Grevenbroich 626 

The  Detection  of.    ( Vitali) 272 

Sacks  or  Bags,  Fabrics  for.     (P)  Hollick lo.s 

Safrol 455 

Sale  of  Food  and  Drugs  Act,  The.    (T.R.) 172 

Salicylic  Acid.    (Trillat) 1029 

Acid,  Artificial 155 

Acid  Derivatives  containing  Chlorine  and   Sulphur.     (P) 

Johnson.    From  von  Heyden  Naehfolger 309 

Salmon  Industry  of  British  Columbia. (T.R.) 09 

Salol.    (Trillat) 1029 

Salols,  Production  of.     (P)  Kolbe 58 

Salophen.     (Trillat) 1030 

Salt.  Action  of,  on  Solutions  of  Metals 802 

Decomposed  in  the  Leblanc  and  Ammonia  Soda  Processes  .  681 

Evaporating  Pans  for  Manufacture  of.     (PJ  Scott 816 

Industry,  The  Russian 7*7 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Bott 1005 

Manufacture  of.    ( P)  Thompson.    From  Lawton  and  Dodge  708 

Manufacture  of  Bay.     ( P)  Mar  Nab 907 

Manufacture  of.  from  Brine.     (P)  Lambert.    From  Pick  ..  433 

Manufacture  of,  in  Blocks,     i  P)  Vincent 238 

Marshes  in  France,  The  Working  of r..~d 

Treatment  of,  for  Curing  Food.     (P)  Collingridge.    From 

Comet  and  Jones 629 

Salts.     (Class  VII.)     34, 161,  237,  346,  432,  521,  603,  681,  746,  814. 

:nn;,  hum 

Determination  of  Electrolytic  Dissociation  of.     (Noyes)  ...  247 

Dissolved  in  Organic  Liquids,  Action  of  Metals  on.    ( Varet)  713, 

779 
Existence  of  Acid  and   Basic,  in  verv  Dilute  Solutions. 

( Berthelot ) 465 

Influence   of    some    Metallic,    on    Lactic    Fermentation. 

(Riehet ■) 770 

Means  for  Separating  the  Alkaline  and  Earthy  from  their. 

(P)  Atkins  and  Applegarth 43 

Of    Copper,   Action  of  Water  on  Basic.     (Rousseau  and 

Tit" )  238 

Of  Gold.  Dyeing  and  Printing  with.     (Odenheimer) 600 

Of  the  Alkalis,  Action  of  Alkaline  Bases  on  Solubility  of. 

I  Engel ) 237 

Prsparat.cn  of  Mineral,  for   Bathing  or  Drinking.      (P) 

Vincent 1023 

The  Production  of  Stassfurt.     (T.R.) 472 

Sampling  Machine.     (Bridgman)  (illus.) 268 

Sand-Filters,  Efficacy  of,  at  Zurich 364 

Sanitary  Chemistry.     (Class  XVIII.)...  52,173,260,364,450,630,704, 

76!'.  834,933, 1024 

Ware,  Kilns  for  Burning  ard  Glazing.     (P)  Armstrong. . . .  524 

S  irgent  and  Sons'  Annual  Metal  Circular 77 

Schiff's  Bases,    (von  Miller  and  Plbchl) 901 

Schurmann's  Reactions.     (Smith) SG9 

Seilla  maritima  a  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 624 

Scotland.  The  Oil  Trade  of.     (T.R.) 784,  851,  1045 

The  Shale  Oil  Production  in.     (T.R) S51 

Scrap,  Utilisation  of  Tin-Plate.     (P)  Harbord  and  Hutchinson, 

jun, 614,  753 

Sealing  Wax,  Analysis  of.     (Mangold) 464 

Seed,  A  New  Oil.    (T.R.) 950 

Oils.  BruhVs  Reaction  for.    ( Holde)  272 

Seltzer  Water.  Manufacture  of  Artificial,     (de  Pietra  Santa)   ..  257 

Separators  for  Granular  Substances.    (P)  Pape  and  Hcuneberg  149 

Service  Tree  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 622 

Sesame  Oil.  Qualitative  Reaction  of.     (Holde) 272 

Oil,  Test  for.     (Holde) 637 

Sewage  and  Sewage  Deposits.  Treatment  of.     (P)  Tatham ....  174 

Apparatus  for  Cleansing  and  Filtering.     (P)  Birch 864 

Apparatus  fur  Treating,     (P)  Munns.    From  Black 630 

Disinfecting  and  Deodorising.    (P)  McDougaland  Mcldrum  150 

Effluents,  Process  lor  Purifying.     (P)  Scruby 451 

Material  for  Treatment  of.     (P)  Candy 70<) 

Means  for  the  Purification  of.     (P)  Watson 364 

Method  and  Apparatus  for  Disposal  of.     (P)  Nona's 451 

Method  and  Apparatus  for  Purifying.     (P)  Wood 451 

Precipitating  Snlid  Matter  in.     (P)  Hardwick  and  Newton  173 

Precipitat  ion.  Method  of.     ( P)  Purvis 934 

Process  for  Treating.     (P)  Hope 934 

Sludge.    (Grnnshaw) 7 

Sludge,  Treatment  of.     (P)  Adeney 630 

Sludge,  Utilisation  of.     ( P)  Wilson 769 

Tanks,  Drawing  olT  Cdquid  from.     (P)  Bird 630 

The  Oxidation  and  Purification  of.    (P)  Candy 769 

The  Purification  of,  by  Precipitation.     (Barrow) 4 

Treatment  of.     (P)  Hossack  and  Bull 630 

Treatment,  The  Aluiniuoferric  Process  of.    (Sisson,  jun.)  .  321 


PAGE 

Sewage— r<-af. 

Treatment,  the  Cost  of.     (Giimshaw) 5 

Utilisation  of  a  Waste  Oxide  of  Iron  for  Purification  of. 

(P)  Saere  and  Grimshaw 933 

Utilisation  of,  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Fuel.     (P) 

Jones 597 

Sewerage,  Treatment  of.     (P)  Scott- Moncrieff 705 

Shale  Oil  Production  in  Scotland.     (T.R.) 851 

Retorts  for  Distilling.     (P)  Ovr  and  MacKay 900 

Retorts  for  Distilling.     (P)  Orr  and  Sutherland 737 

Sheep  Dip,  An  Improved.     (P)  Robertson 365 

Dips,  Means  of  Colouring.      (P)  Reade 541 

Sheets,    Waterproof,  for  taking  Press   Copies  of  Documents, 

(P)  Thomson 835 

Shell  Beds.    (Wills) \ 698 

Shells,  Improved  Method  of  Charging  Explosive.    (P)  Dodd. . .  546 

Sherry  Trade,  The  Spanish 651 

Ships,  Composition  for  Coating  the.  Interiors  of.     (P)  Briggs  ..  749 

Shoddy,  Apparatus  for  Carbonising.    (P)  Hof 743 

Sicily,  Sulphur  Mining  in.    (T.R.) 283 

The  Sulphur  Industry  of.     (T.R.) 466,  717 

Siemens  Electrolytic  Process   for  Extraction  of  Copper  from 

Ores. 534 

Signals,  Magnesium  Lights  for.     (P)  Hackh 597 

Silica,  in  Clay.  Estimation  of.     (Archbutt) 215 

Silicates,  Action  of  Ammonium  Chloride  on.    (Schneider  and 

Clarge) 709 

Siliconand  Phosphorus,  Extracting.    (P)  Talbot 921 

In  Cast  Iron,  Calorhuotrical  I  uvestigations  on.    (Osmond) .  242 
Influence  of ,  on   Ductility,  Strength,  and  Conductivity  of 

Copper.     (Hampc) 1014 

Silk.    (Class  V.) 29,  158,  126,517,600,680,  741,810,902,1002 

Action  of  Nitric  Acid  on.     (Vignon  and  Sisley) 430 

And  Mixed  Threads,  Manufacture  of  Artificial.   (P)  Lehner  680 

Apparatus  for  Dyeing.     (P)  Truman 680 

Apparatus  for   Dyeing  and  Bleaching.    (P)   Young  and 

Crippin 742 

Dyeing.     (P)  Lomrmore  and  Williamson 906 

Dyeing  Solid  Black  by  Means  of  Alizarine,  Flavopurpurine, 
Anthrapurpurine,  and  Mixtures  thereof.     (P)  Irnra.y. 

From  the  Fail),  vorm.  Meister,  Lucius  und  Briining...  515 

From  Wood  Pulp.     (T.R.) 720 

Manufacture  of  Yarns  "from  Waste.     (P)  Beyer 15$ 

Or  Half-Silk  Goods,  Dyeing.     (P)  Zillessen.'sen 1004 

Preparation  and  Dressing  of.     (P)  Priestley 518 

The  Rotatory  Power  of.     ( Vignon) 427 

The  Specific  Gravity  of.    (Vignon) 600, 1002 

Silks  of  Different  Origins,  Specific  Rotatory  Power  of.  (Vignon) 

(illus.) 741 

Of  Various  Origin.  Rotatory  Power  of.     (Vignon) 680 

Silver  and  Gold,  Quantitative  Determination  of,  by  Hydroxyl- 

amine  Hydrochloride.     (Lainer) 710 

Chloride,  Action  of  Light  on.    ( Baker) 634 

Chloride,  Action  of  Light  on.     ( Bechamp) 266 

Chloride,  Action  of  Light  on.     (Guntz)  179 

Obtaining,  from  Ores.     (P)  French  and  Stewart 612 

Quantitative  Estimation  of,    by   Hydroxylamine  Hydro- 

ohloride,    (Lainer) 271 

Lead  and  Zinc,  Separation  and  Estimation  of,  in  Minerals 

Composed  of  Galena  and  Blende.     (Aubin) 775 

Ores,  Smelting  Complex.    (P)  James 922 

Or  Gold,  Extraction  of,  from  Ores.    (P)  Parker  aud  Monfc- 

gomerie 921 

Or  Gold.  Wet  Process  for  Extraction  of.     (P)  Sutton 924 

Paint,  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Cutler 829 

Separating,  from  its  Ores.     ( P)  Atkins 618 

Separation  of,  from  Mattes  or  Allovs.     (P)  Strap 616 

Stat  istics  Respecting  Bar.     (T.R.) 81 

Simarouba  amara  a  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 624 

Siphon,  A  New.    (Konther)  (illus.) 181 

sisal  Grass  <>f  Yucatan.     (T.R.)  469 

-Hemp  or  Pita-Flax 902 

Size.     (Class  XIV.) 46, 171.  253,  4t7,  539,  621,  6i>7,  759,  930,  1018 

Improvements  in.   (P)  Shepherd.   From  Krizek  and  Esche"  253 

Paint,  Manufacture  <>r.    (P)  Boult 361 

Sizes,  Production  of.     (P)  Higgins 447,  447,417 

Sizing  Paper.     (Wunder) 52 

Skein-dyeing,  Apparatus  for.     (P)  Lyon  and  Lorimer  (illus.)..  746 
Skins.   Improvements  in   Tanning.     (P)    Lake.     From  Durio 

Brothers 625 

Process  for  Tanning.     ( P)  Bolt 171 

Rendering,  Waterproof  and  Durable.     (P)  Riegert  624 

The  Weighting  of.     (Eitner) 253 

Slabs,  Utilisation  of  Slag  for  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Arnold 819 

Slag,  Analysis  of,  from  Manufacture  of  Phosphorus.    (Chorley)  711 

Cement,  The  Manufacture  and  Properties  of.     (Redgrave)  163 

Components, Calculation  of.    (Murray) 270 

Estimation  of,  in  Wrought  Iron.     (Barrows  and  Turner)..  636 

Hydraulic  Mortars  from.     (Midler) 435 

Relationship    of  Basic  Calcium   Phosphates  to    Thomas. 

(Foester) 460 

Treatment  of  Iron  and  Basic.     {Pi  Talbot 921 

Utilisation  of  Blast  Furnace.     (P)  Hutchinson  and  Har- 

1  ion  1 612 

Utilisation  of,  for  Manufacture  of  Blocks,  Slabs,  Pipes,  &c. 

(P)  Arnold 819 


xlvi 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


PAGE 

Slate   Debris,  Manufacture  of  Building  Materials  from.    (P) 

Li  S  «-.  Anon,  des  Ardoisieres  de  Deville  and  V.  V.  der 

Heyden 242 

Slide-Rule,    for     Use    in    Calculation   of     Furnace    Charges. 

( Wingham)  821 

Use  of  Fuller's Spira'i,  for  Chemical  Calculations.  (Watson) 

(illus.) 324 

Slip,  Improvements  in  Preparing.  (P)  Edwards.  From  Goetz  3s 
Sludge,   Preparing,   for  Vse  as  Manure.    (P)  Hardwick  and 

Newt  on  173 

Treatment  of  Sewage.    1 1'  i  Adeney 630 

Smoke,  Apparatus  for  P.. indexing  Innocuous.    (P)  Wainwright  22 

Apparatus  for  Treating.    (P)  Davy 21 

Appliance  for  Recording  Presence  and  Density  of.  (Thomson)    12 

Means  for  Consuming.     (P)  Hoyle  and  Haslam 234 

Method  and  Apparatus  for  Washing  and  Purifying.    (P) 

Hartridge 80S 

Purification  of.  in  Chimneys.     (Pj  Salwey 260 

Purifying.    (P)  Fink 807 

Removal  or  Prevention  of.     (P)  <  hides 233 

Snow.  Analysis  of.    (Carter  Bell) 320 

.Melting  of.    (P)  Oades 233 

Soap  and  Toilet  Preparations,  Manufacture  of.     { 1'!  Alexander 

and  others 827 

Fluid.     (P)  Haigh 92s 

Import  of,  by  Greece.     (T.B.) 783 

Improved  Cleansing.     (P)  Walter 928 

Lake.  Washington.    (T.R.) 951 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Cathrein 757 

Manufacture  of.    I  P  i  Digby 928 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Stone 445 

.Manufacture  of.     (P)  Taylor 92S 

.Manufacture  of  an  Improved.    (P)  Dodd 75S 

Manufacture  of  Soap  in  Brazil.    (T.R.) 714 

Manufacture  of  Superfatted.    (Pj  Field 446 

Manufacture  of  Washing.    (P)  Hlawaty  and  Kanitz 827 

Or  Soap-Powder,  Dry.    (Pi  Horton  and  Taylor 11117 

Or  Washing  Powder.     (P)  Steward 62U 

Residue.  Utilisation  of.     ( P)  Stone 415 

Supply  of.  to  Mauritius.     1  I'.R.) 468 

Soaps.     (Class  XII.) 41,  169,  2.jn,  355,  415,  533,  619,  (196,  736,  827, 

92  s,  1917 
And  Saponaceous  Compounds.  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Tem- 

pleman 827 

Soda,  Action  of  Carbon  in  Preparation  of  Silicate  of.    I  Seheurer- 

Kestner) 7  Is 

And  Chlorine,  Production  of.     (P)  Lake.    From  Cutten...  747 

And  Potash.  Manufacture  of  Caustic.    (P)  Martin 816 

Apparatus  for  Manufacture  of  Carbonates  of.  (P)  Rowitt  23S 
Comparative  Prices  of  Nitrate  of,  and  Sulphate  of  Ammonia. 

(T.R.  I 878 

Industry  of  Russia.  The.     (T.R.) 649 

Manufacture  of  Alumiirites.  Sulphate  and  Carbonate  of. 

(P)  Claus 815 

Manufacture  of  Caustic.     (Pi  Ody 6tif 

Nitrate  of.  Statistics,  1885—92.     (T.R.) 651 

Obtaining  Chromate  and  Bichromate  of.     (P)  Goodhall. 

From  Peacock  and  Ga  t 686 

On  the  Electrolytic  Production  of.  (Cross  and  lit  van  ....  963 
Preparation  of  Pure  Phosphoric  Acid  from  Phosphate  of. 

1  Watson) 224 

Recovery  of  Carbonate  of.    (P)  Lunge  and  Dewar 483 

Simultaneous  Manufacture  of  Neutral  Sulphate  of.  and 

Precipitated  Phosphate  of  Lime.    (P)  Brunner  and 

Zanner 816 

Treatment  of  Hard  Water  Containing.    (Langer) 5*3 

Variation  in  the  Composition  of  Caustic,  within  the  same 

Drum.     (Watson) 322 

Waste,  Treatment  of.    (P)  Ellershauscn 433 

Sodium  and  Iron,  Recovery  of   Various  Bodies    from.     (P) 

Lunge  and  Dewar 433 

Borates.  Manufacture  of.     1P1  Burnt  and  Schreiter 434 

Carbonate  and    Bicarbonate,    Solubility  of,   iu    Sodium 

Chloride  S  .lut  ions.     I  Reich) 346 

Chloride.  Solution  of   Antimony  Chloride    in    Saturated 

Solutions  of.    (Causse) 600 

New  Solid  Compounds  of  Bisulphate  of,  with    Sulphur 

Trioxido  and  Water.    (P)  Brindley 1004 

Nitrate,  Decomposition  of,  by  Sulphuric  Acid.    (Volney)  .  347 

Nitroprusside,  React of,  with  Aldehydes  and  Ketones. 

(von  Bitto) 846 

Peroxideof.    (Prud'homme) S14 

Peroxide     of.     and      its     Application      in      Bleaching, 

(Prud'homme:  1003 

Some W ell-Defined   llloysof.     (Joannis) 641 

Sulphate,  Action  of  Carbon  on,    (Soheurer-Kestner) 187 

The  Preservation  of.    ( Vaubel) 7;.:i 

Tungstate,  Use  of.  as  a  Fixing  Agent  fur  Mordants.     !  l"l- 

rich)  30 

Solanacea,  The  Alkaloids  of  Certain  of  the.     (Hesse)  936 

The  Alkaloids  1  if  t he.    (Schutte) 263 

Soldaini's  Solution,  Estimation  of  Invert  Sugar  by,  (Striegler)  1113s 
Solder  for  Joininn  Aluminium  with  Aluminium    and    other 

Metals.    (P)  Wegner 613 

Solid  Matters,  Apparatus  I'm'  Desi  cation  of.    (P)  Donard  and 

Boulet 804 

Solids.  A  j. pa  rat  us  for  Mixing  Liquids  and.     (P)  Johnson  and 

Hutchinson 696 

Apparatus  for  Separating  Liquids  from.    (P)  Sawrey  and 

Collet 230 


PAGE 

Solubility  Experiments.  Determination  of  Electrolytic  Disso- 
ciation of  Salts  by.    (Noyes) 247 

Of  Tri-  and  Bicalcium  Phosphate  in  Solutions  of  Phosphoric 

Acid.    (Causse) 760 

Solution  and  Pseudo-Solution.    (Picton  and  Linder) 64 

A  New  Instance  of  Abnormal.     (Pannentier) 7so 

Solutions,     Apparatus     for     Evaporating     Saccharine.     (P) 

Label  ie 1019 

Containing  Nickel  and  Iron.  Treatment  of.    (P)  Johnson. 

From  Parker  and  Robinson 755 

Crystallisation  of   Saccharine  and  other.     (P)  Mewburn. 

From  The  Maschinen-Fabrik  Grevenbroich 543 

Crystallising  Saline  and  other.     (P)  Morrell  and  String- 
fellow  895 

Determination   of    Freezing    Point   of    Dilute    Aqueous. 

(Raoult) 7SU 

Electrolysis  of  Saline.    (P)  Hermite  and  Duboscq 1015 

Electrolytic.    See  Batteries. 

Existence  of  Acid  and  Basic  Salts  in  Very  Dilute.    (Ber- 

thelot) 465 

Of  Metals,  Action  of  Salt  on su2 

Preservation  of  m-Phenvlencdiauiine.    ( Deniges) s  is 

The  Compressibility  of  Saline.    (Gilbaut) 780 

Treatment  of  Saccharine.  (P)  Mewburn.  From  Maschinen- 
Fabrik  Grevenbroich 626 

Solvent,  Carbon  Tetrachloride  as  a.     (Eckenroth)  757 

For  Gums  and  Resins.     (  P)  Read 1017 

Soot,  Identification  of  Lung-Pigment  with.    ( Wit  sner) 1024 

Sophorine.     (Plugga)  453 

Sorbitol-,.     (Fischer  and  Staliell 49 

South  American  Metallurgical  Industries.    (Vattier) 783 

Sozoiodnl.    (Trillat) 1028 

Spain,  Customs  Regulations  Affecting  Sale  of  Oils  in.   (T.R.) . .  714 

New  Customs  Tariff  of.    (T.R.) 276,375 

River  Pollution  in.    (T.R.) H9 

The  Beet-Sugar  Industry  of.    (T.R.) 647 

Specific  Gravity  Apparatus.    (Fulton)  (illus.) 305 

Gravity    Determinations,    On    Fluid.      (Alder    Wright) 

(illus.)  297 

Gravity  Instruments.    (P)  Fletcher 635 

Gravity  of  Nitric  Acid,  Influence  of  Nitrogen  Tetroxide  on. 

( Lunge  and  Marchlewski ) 775 

Gravity  of  Silk,  The.    (Vignon)  600,1002 

Gravity  of  Textile  Fibres,  The.     (Vignon) 111112 

Gravity  of  Textiles,    (de  Cbardonnet) 640 

Gravity  of  Viscid  Substances  Determining.     (Brithl) 60 

Heat  and  Latent  Heat  of  Fusion  of  Aluminium.  (Pionehou)  752 

Spectra,  Absorption,  of  Thin  Metallic  Films  and  of  Incan- 
descent Vapours  of  the  Metals.    (Dudley) 924 

Spelter,  Statistics  Respecting.    (T.R.) 80 

Sperm  Oi  I,  The  Analysis  of.    ( Lewkowitsch)  134 

Spermine.  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Majert 773 

Spheroidal  State  in  Boilers,  Production  of  the.    ( Witz) 667 

State,  On  the.     (Gossart) 274 

Spir&a  a  1  ielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 622 

Spirit  Blast-Lamp,     (illus.)  457 

Production  of,  by  Ozonised  Air  or  Oxygen.    (P)  Nycander 

and  Francke 1022 

Spirits.    (Class  XVII.) . .    50,171,255,363,419,  543,626,699,763,830, 

931,  1U19 

Extracts  for  Use  in  Manufacture  of.     (Pi  Nvcander 1023 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Snelling 931 

Method  of  Storing  Inflammable.     (Pi  Thwatte 512 

Slannuni    and    chromium,  Compounds    of    the    Oxides    of. 

(Leykanf) 743 

Star-Anise  a  Tielder  of  Tannin.    I  Mafat) 621 

Starch.     (ClassXVI.)  ..     is.  362,  448,  541.  626,  699,  760,  830,930, 1018 

A  Ferment  Producing  Amyl  Alcohol  from.    (Perdrix)  —  699 
Converting,    into   a    Soluble    Product.      (P)    Thompson. 

From  Berge 448 

Formation  of  Dextrose  from,  by  Ferments.    (Lintner) 1021 

Separation  of  Iso-Iualtose  from  the  Diastatic  Conversion 

Products  of.    (Lintner  and  Diihl)  71'.''. 

The  Higher  Nitric  Ethers  of.    (Mulilhauser) 708 

Starches.  Analysis  of.    (Thorner)  (illus.) 62 

St.  Christopher,  Fertilisers  in.    (T.R.)  1043 

Stassfurt,  A  Rival  to.    (T.R.)  71S 

Production  of  Salts  at.    (T.R.)  7is 

Salts,  The  Production  of.    (T.R.) 472 

Statement  of  Revenue  and  Expenditure  for  the  Year  1S91 570 

Steam,  Apparatus  for  Drying  or  Superheating.     (1*)  Mudd....  337 

Condensation  and  Purification  of.    (P)  Theisen 66S 

Determination  of  Temperature  of,  Arising  from  Boiling 

Salt  Solutions.    (Sakurail 551 

Superheating  Apparatus.    (PI  Uhler and  Cadischc 994 

Stearine,  Extraction  of,  from  Tallow.    (P)  Benoit  and  Soler  y 

Vila 620 

Steel,  Accurate  Determination  of  Phosphorus  in,  in  Two  Hours. 

( Wdi  iwiszewski)  845 

And  Iron,  The   Passive    State  of.     Part   II.     (Andrews) 

(illus.)  527 

Carbm  lsing  Fluid.     ( P)  Stead 694 

Conversion  of  Cast  Iron  into,    (lebiedieff)  245 

Determination  of  Constants  and  Coefficient  of  Elasticity  of 

Nickel.    (Mercadier) 166 


Dec  si,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


xlvii 


r/r.K 
Steel— cant. 

Direct   Determination   of  Aluminium   in.     (Drown   and 

McKenna)  268 

Estimating  Chromium  in.     (Clark) 601 

Hardening  Articles  of .    (P)  Hardinghaiu.    From  Wilisch.  823 

-Making  in  Austria-Hungary.    (Brisson) 609 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Darby 42 

Manufacture  of.    (1')  Hutchinson  and  Harbord 612 

Mauiifactuivof.    (P)von  Ehrenwerth 612 

Manufacture  of  Cast.    (P)  Filassicr  and  Fame 695 

Manufacture  or Puriflcntion of.    (P)  Darby 42 

Pipes,  Bars  and  Hoops,  Galvanising.    (Pi  Jones 612 

Process  for  Rendering.  Homogeneous.    (P)  Fraley 695 

Purilicatiou  of.    ( P)  Saniter 1013 

Purification  of,  from  Sulphur.     (Saniter)  till 

Rapid    Determination  of  Carbon  in.    (P)   Tropenas  atid 

W.lls 636 

The  Passive  State  of.    Part  III.    (Andrews)  (illus.) i;o:» 

Treatment  of.     (P)  Walrand  and  Lerenisel 822 

Win1,  Influence  of  Heat  on  the  Properties  of.    ( Rudeloff).  40 

Sterilising  Apparatus.    (P)  Colin 2.17 

Apparatus.    (P)  Imray.    From  Calberla,  Fitz,  und  Con- 
sort, -n 258 

Apparatus.    (P)  Redfern.    From  Neuhass,  Gronwald,  and 

Oehlmann 630 

Apparatus.    (P)  West 630 

Still  Columns.    (1')  Hirzal 60S 

Stills,  Construction  of  Vertical.    (P)  Wright 891 

For  Distillation  of  Gas  Liquor,  &c.    (P)  Colson 807 

Stone,  An  Artificial.    (P)  Harries 749 

And  Marble,  Manufacture  of  Artificial.    (P)  Solenz 749 

And    Marble,  Treatment  for  Cleaning.    (P)   Lodge  and 

Jury  749 

Artificial.    (P)  Horn.    From  Mason  and  others 436 

Composition,  Artificial.    (P)  Keseling  and  Fuchs 908 

Decorative  Artificial.    (P)  Thomas 908 

Deposits  in  the  Oural  Mountains,  Lithographic.    (T.R.)  ..  1044 

Manufacture  of  Artificial.    (P)  Imray.    From  Schleuning  819 

Manufacture  of  Artificial.     (P)  Tcrp 819 

Treatment  of,  to  Prevent  Deterioration.    (P)  Aitken 606 

Stones,  Artificial.     (P)  Holliday 526 

Manufacturing  Artificial,  with  Glass  Surfaces.  (P)  Hreuer.  241 

Of  Great  Britain,  The  Building.    (Beare) 1011 

Porosity   of    Building,  and   their    Resistance    to    Frost. 

(Peroche) 749 

Preparation  of  Lithographic.     (P)  Krantz  and  Zeissler....  0)5 

Stoneware,  Preparing  Slip  for  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Edwards. 

From  Goetz 38 

Preparation  of  Gold  Glaze  for.     ( Heeht) 162 

Stoves,  Manufacture  of  Pottery  Ware  Domestic.     ( P)  Salomon  597 

Storage  Batteries.    See  Batteries. 

St.  Petersburg,  Production  and  Consumption  of  Gas  in.  (T.R.)  280 

St.  Thomas,  Fertilisers  in.     (T.R.) 1042 

Strawberry  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 622 

Straw  Boiling , 452 

Straw-Paper,  French 56 

Strontium  and  Barium,  Manufacture  of  Carbonates  of.    (P) 

Brock  and  Marsh 1005 

And  Calcium,  Difference  in  Solubility  of  Chroiuates  of. 

( Fresenius  and  Ruppert ) 776 

Chloride.  Manufacture  of.     (P)  D'Andria 36 

Stucco,  Making  Coloured.     (P)  Ward 1012 

Studies  on  Artificial  Musk.    (Baur) 306 

■Substances  of  the  Aromatic  Series  Capable  of  Developirg  the 

Latent  Photographic  Image.    (Lumiore) 839 

Substitutions  in  Groups  Linked  to  Carbon  and  to  Nitrogen. 

Application  to  Explosives.    (Matignon) 937 

Sugar,  A  Crystalline  Magma  of  Invert.    (Wiechmann) 362 

A  pparatus  for  Liquoring.    ( P)  Scheiblcr 830 

Apparatus  for  Separating  Impurities  from.     (P)  Drum- 

mond 931 

Cane,  A  New  Variety  of.    (T.R.) 950 

Canes,  Apparatus  for  Extracting  Juice  from.    (P)  Stewart 

(illus.)  930 

Concreting.    (P)  Morrell  and  Stringfellow 895 

Crystals,  Influence  of  Ralfiiiose  on  Form  of.     (Herzfeld)  . .  541 

Determination  of  Small  Amounts  of.  (Midler  and  Ohlmer)  778 

Estimation  of  Invert,  by  Soldani's  Solution.     (Striegler)  .  1038 
Extracting,  from  Raw  Solution,  Juice,  or  Molasses.    (P) 

Schneller  and  Wisse 4  is 

-Growing  in  Queensland.     (T.R.) 720 

Industry  of  Germany,  The.    (T.R.) 190 

Industry  of  Spain,  The  Beet-.    (T.R.)  647 

Industry,  Recent  Inventions  in  the  Beetroot,    (von  Lipp- 

mann) 541 

Influence  of  Acetates  of  Lead  on  Estimation  of  Invert. 

( Borntrager) 778 

Juice,  Apparatus  for  Concentrating.     (P)  Deacon.    From 

Maxwell 830 

Juice  or  Molasses.  Refining.     (P)  Schneller  anil  Wisse....  830 

Manufacture  of.    ( P )  Brokhoff 626 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Harvey 699 

Manufacture  of  Crystallised.     (P.I  Drost 699 

Manufacture  of  Cube-,  Loaf-,  and  Similar.    (P)  Thompson. 

From  Hirsch 418 

Molasses,  Confections,  and  Honey,  Notes  on  the  Analyses 

of.    (Wiley  and  others) 761 


PAGE 

Sturm — cont. 

<  her- Production  of.     (T.R.) 716 

Pans  for  Boiling  or  Heating.     (P)  Morton mis 

Pine-Tree.    (Wiley) 3112 

Production  of  Beet,  in  Russia.     (T.R.) Bu 

Production  of.  in  British  India.     (T.R.) 469 

Production  of  Invert,  and  Dextrose.    (P)  Rumpler !  liii'.i 

Proposed  Alteration  in  Calculating  the  Rendement  of  Raw. 

( Herzfeld) 542 

Refining.    (P)  Langen 44s.  1019 

Solubility  of,  in  Water.    ( Herzfeld ) 542 

Specific  Rotatory  and  Cupric  Reducing  Power  of  Invert. 

(O'Sullivan) '. 372 

Starch,  Gum,  le 48,  362.  448,  641 .  626,  699,  760,  830, 930,  IMS 

The  Best  Means  of  Valuing  Raw.    ( Herzfeld) 541 

Treating,     Purifying,     and     Consolidating     Raw.      (P) 

Lafontaine 1019 

Sugars,  Estimation  of,  by  Ost's  Copper  solution,    (Schmoeger)     273 
Estimation  of  the  Inorganic  Constituents  of  Raw.  ( Alberti 

and  Henipel ) 273 

The  Colouring  of.    (  Wiley  and  others) 761 

Sulphaminol.    (Trillat)  1030 

Sulphate  of  Ammonia.    See  Ammonia. 

Sulphates,  Estimation  of  Sulphuric  Acid  in.    (Stolle) 711 

Estimation  of  Sulphuric  Acid  in.    (von  Asboth) 711 

Sulphide  Solutions,  Physical  Constitution  of  Some.    (Picton).      64 

Sulphides  of  Gold,  On  the  Colloidal.    (Schneider) 40 

Quantitative  Analysis  of.    ( Jannasch  and  Wasowicz) 457 

Treatment  of  Argentiferous  Zinc-Lead.    (Schnabel) 821 

Sulphite  Cellulose  Paper  Mill,  An  American.    ( Wildbagen)' 

(illus.) ni. 

Sulphite-Wood  Liquor  and  Lignin.    (  Lindsey  and  Tollens)  ...    835 
Sulphites,  Action  of  Pyridine  Bases  011  certain.     1  Denises).. .     772 

Manufacture  of  Icid.    (P)  Boake  and  Roberts 907 

Sulpho-Acid  of  a-Naphthol  and  Colouring  .Matters  therefrom. 

(P)  Read,  Holliday,  and  others 341 

Acids  of  Basic  Naphthalene.     ( P)    Johnson.     From    Tin' 

Badische  Anihn  and  Soda  Fabrik 516 

Acids  and  Colouring  Matters,  Production  of.    (P)  Favb. 

vorm .  Bayer  and  Co moo 

Acids,  Production  of  New,  and  Colouring  Matters  there- 
from, (P)  Johnson.  From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik 679 

Sulphocyanides,  Electrolysis  of  Metallic.    (Frankel) 61 

In  Coal-Gas.    (Esop) 337 

Sulphonic  Acids,  Antipyrine.     (Mollenholf) 83,1 

Acids  of  Some  of  the  Cinchona  Alkaloids.    ( Hesse) 17« 

Sulphur,  Action  of  Sulphurous  Acid  on  Flowers  of.    (Colefax)  30 

Candles.     ( P)  Morss  and  Bourne 174 

Compounds  in  Pott-oleum.    (Kastand  Lagai) 598 

Compounds,  Purifying  Gas  from.     ( P)  Clans 234 

Determination  of,  in  Galena,  &c.    (Jannasch  anil  Aschoff)  45R 
Dioxide  and  Sodium  Phenylate,  Reactions  of  the  Addition 

Productof.    (Schall  anil  Chi)  9no 

Dioxide,    Decomposition    of,   at  High    Temperatures   by 

Carbon.    (Scbeurer-Kcstuer) '.,  i;s7 

Elimination  of,  from  Iron.     (Hall  and  Wingham) 751 

Elimination  of,  from  Iron.    (Stead)  .' 711 

Estimation  of,  in  Coal.     (Grittner) 711 

Industry,  the  Sicilian.    (T.R.)  466,717 

Mining  in  Sicily.    (T.R.)  283 

Ores,  Treatment  of.    (P)  Labois 694 

Purification  of  Iron  and  Steel  from.    (Saniter) 911 

Recovery  of,  from  Double  Sulphide  of  Sodium  and  Iron. 

( P)  Lunge  and  Dewar 433 

Refining  and  Distillation  of.    (P)  Labois 687 

Salicylic  Acid  Derivatives  containing.    (P)  Johnson.    From 

von  Heyden  Nachfolger :;i;ii 

Treatment  of  Crude.    (P)  Labois 694 

Trioxide.  Water,  and  Bisulphates  of  Sodium  or  Potassium, 

New  Solid  Compounds  of.     (P)  Brindley 1004 

United  States  Production  of.    (T.R.) '. 75 

Sulphuric  Acid  and  Hydrochloric  Acid,  Using  Combination  of, 
for  Decomposition  of  Chlorides,  Sulphides,  &c.     (P) 

Pedder 815 

Acid  and  Nitric  Acid,  Action  of,  on  Aluminium.  (Le  Rov)  106.918 
Acid  and  Zinc,  Treating  Waste  Liquors  to  Obtain."  (P) 

Hall 613 

Acid,  Apparatus  for  Concentration  of.    (P)  Kessler.  (illus.)  434 
Acid,  Apparatus  tor  Supplying  to  Carbonic  Acid  Generators 

(P)  Cox 162 

Acid,  Commercial  Valuation  of.    (Morrison) 989 

Acid,  Comparative  Value  of  Brimstone  and  Pyrites  for 

Manufacture  of,  in  the  United  States.    (Kelley) 814 

Acid,    Concentrating    in     Gold-lined      Platinum    Stills. 

( Lunge) 522 

Acid,  Concentration  of.    (Scheurer-Kestner) 746 

Acid,  Decomposition  of  Sodium  Nitrate  by.     (Volney)  ....  347 

Acid,  Estimation  of.  in  Sulphates.    (Stolle) .* 711 

Acid,  Estimation  of.  in  Sulphates.    (Von  Asboth) 711 

Acid.  Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  during  1891. 

( Schertel ) 906 

Acid  Manufacture  in  lS'.'l.    (Hasenclever) :,21 

Acid,  Negrier's  Method  of  Concentrating1 685 

Acid,  On  the  Volumetric  Estimation  of.    (Farnsteiner)  ...  .MS 

Acid.  Purification  of,  for  Accumulators.     ( Kugel) 8''6 

Acid  Trade  in  Brazil,  The.    (T.R.)  784 

Sulphuretted  Hydrogen.    See  Hydrogen, 

L 


xlviii  THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Bee.si.i892 


PAGE 

Sulphurous  Acid,  Action  of  Carbon  on.    (Scheurcr-Kestner)  ..  748 

Acid,  Action  of,  on  Flowers  of  Sulphur.    (Colefax)  •■■-•■■  ,-"' 

Acid  and  Zinc,  Treating  Waste  Liquors  to  obtain.    (F)l Han  bt.i 
Or   Sulphuric  Arid   and  Oxide  of  Iron,  Treating  Waste 

Liquors  to  obtain,    (P)  Hall Bls 

Sulphonfs  and  Sulphonic  Acids,   Production  of.    (P)  Clark. 

Prom  the  Gewerkschaft  Messel 

Sulphonic  lcids.New  Product  byTreating  Gelatinous  Matters 

\\  ith.    i  P)  Clark.    From  The  Gewerkschaft  Mussel  . . .  22 
Snlphoricinate,  Special    Process  for    Preparing.     (Scheurer- 

IV'-slUCI'l 33 

Sumac  a  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 624 

i  tontribut  n  in  to  our  knowledge  of.    (Eitner) >y 

Extruci .    ( Mafat  1 1M 

Sumatra,  New  Oil-Field  in.    (T.R  I 7s:! 

Sunflower  Oil,  Russian.     I  T.R.) l"° 

Superphosphate,  Manufacture  of     iSchucht) ,'•••,"  S 

Manufacture  of,  from  Ferruginous  Phosphate.    (Jaenpe)  .  bus 

Superphosphates,   Manufacture  of.    IP)   Lake.     From  Briart 

and  Jacquemin ^J" 

Valuation  of '''* 

Sweden,  Customs  Decisions  in.    (T.R.)  t;6 

Switzerland,  Alterations  in  the  Customs  TariH  of 787 

Classification  in  Customs  Tarifl  of.    1T.K.1 6° 

i: ■■■••■ill  Customs  Decisions  in.    (T.R.) "'6 

Syrup,  Coil  for  Feeding,  into  Vacuum  Pans.    (P)  Basauta 312 


Tablets  for  Use  in  Carbonic  Acid  Baths.    (P)  Sandow 37 

Tallow,  Apparatus  for  Smelting.    (P)  Pfutzner ■  620 

Extracting  Stearine  and  Oleine  from.     (P)    Benoit  and 

Soler  y  Vila eil> 

Tank  Waste. if  Alkali  Works,  Method  of  Treating 682 

Tanks,  Manufacture  of  Glass.    ( l'l  Armstrong i;"5 

Tanneries  in  <  lanada .     (T.R.) s6* 

Tannic    leid   absorbed  by  Cotton  under  Varying  Conditions. 

( Knecht  and  Kershaw  I 12" 

Aeid.  Conversion  of,  into  Benzoic  Aeid.    (Guignet) 261 

Extracts,  Decolorising  and  Clarifying.    (P)  Huillard 53!> 

Tannin,  Chestnut  Wood.     (Trimble) 47 

Detection  of  Protein  Substances  in  Beet  Juice  by  Means 

of.    (Bruck) MO 

Extracts.  Clarifying  and  Bleaching,    il'i  Foesling 237 

Extracts,  So-called  "Decolorised."    (Soxhlet)  519 

Preservinga  Solution  of.    (P)Crowther 624 

Tanning  Industry  in  the  United  States 651 

Leather,;*  Hue,  and  Size.. .     16, 170,  263,  447,  539,021,  697.  759,  930, 

Liquors  and  Extracts.  Manufacture  of.     I  Jean  I   lillus.)  ...       4li 

Liquors,  Clarifying  and  Bleaching,    (l'l  Foesling 237 

Liquors,  Decolorising  and  Clarifying.     IP)  Huillard 539 

Mat.  rials.  Index  of  Plants  Capable  of  Yielding.     (Mafat). .    621 

Process  and   \ minis  fur.     i  I'i  llaechl  and  I  Ibozmski.. .   1018 

School  in  Freiberg,  The  New.    (T.R.)  649 

The-  Role  of  Arsenic  in.     (Satllon) 1/1 

Tannins  and  Tanning  Extracts,  and  their  Application  in  Dyeing 

Cotton.    (Soxhlet) 744,  90 1 

Tar,  Ammonia  and  Heating  Gas,  Simultaneous  Production  of. 

I  Hennin ) , -™ 

And   Ammonia,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Thompson.    From 

Kuillze 5,1 

Apparatus  for  Distilling.    (Pi  Lennard 151 

Appaiatus  for  Exti'acting,  from  Gas.    (l'l  Lister 511 

Pitch   Si  al  ii  lit  v  "f  OrL-anie  Xil  ncni  Cum  pounds  Occurring 

in.    (Smith) n9 

Products.     (Class  111.) 22,150,236,340,  lit,  511 .  598,  67 1 . 

735,  807,  990 

The  Chemistry  of  "Brown-Coal."     (Heisl.ri '".71 

Tariff  Changes  and  Customs  Regulations  .    66, 186,  276,  375.  466, 532, 

641,  714.  I't8 

On  Petroleum  in  France.     (T.Ii.l 67 

Tartaric   Acid,   Detection  and  Estimation  of  Lead  in   Com- 
mercial.   (Bucket) 84S 

Acid.  Effect  of,  on  Brewery  Yeast.     I  Hansen) 2.jt> 

Acid,  Lead  in.     (Bucket) S37 

Acid.  Lead  in.    (Guillot) s38 

Acid,  New  Synthesis  of.     (Genvressc)  ''31 

Acid,  Synthesising.    (T.R.) 284 

Tart  rates,  Dissociation  in  Dilute  Solutions  of.    (Sonnenthal) . .    263 
I.  :i.  Making  an  Extract  of,  and  a  Confection  therefrom.    (P) 

Sonstadt -r,s 

Preserving  Liquid  Extract  of.    (P)  Sonstadt 268 

Production  of  Dry  Extract  of.    (P)  Meyer 932 

Technologists, Articles oi  Interest  to.    (T.R.)  69, 190,651,720,787,951 

Teeth,  Amalgam  for  Filling.    (P)  Jfiterbock 353 

Temperature    of    Electrolytic  Gas,   Ignition.     (Freyer  and 

Meyer) ~*u 

Of  Furnaces,  Appliance  fur  Autographicalty  Rccordmgthe. 

K.li  i  ts-Austen ) '■'■*" 

Of  Steam,  Determination  of.    (Sakurai) 561 

Temperatures  Developed  in  Industrial  Furnaces.    il.iChalc- 

lier) 607 

Oh  the  Measurement  ol  High.    (Becquerel) ?09 

The  optical  Keasuremem  of  High.    (Le  Chatelier) . . .    774,774 


i-ai.i: 

T,  rminalia  Tom  ntosa.    (Rideal) ** 

Tei  pene.  Dextro-Rotatory,  from  the  Leaves  of  the  Siberian 

Cedar.    (Hawitsky) 36= 

Hydrate  from  Eucalyptus  oil.    (Merck) •    632 

Terpcnes  and  their  Derivatives,    (llruhli  63s,  705 

Of  the  Oil  from  the.  Resin  of  the  Pine.    (KunlolT) SbH 

Terra-Cotta.  Kilns  for  Firing.    (Pi  d'Enghein 524 

Producing  Imitation.    (I'I  Schienning 688 

Wine  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Edwards 43o 

Test  for  Alkaline  Biearbunates,  a  Rapid.     (Patein)   813 

Teti-aliromotluoresccin.  Manufacture  of.    ( Mulilhauserl  (illus.)     673 
Tetrahydro-a-naphthoquinoline.       (Bamberger   and   Stetten- 

heimer)  23 

Tetramethyldiamidobenzophenone,  Action  of  Nitrous  Acid  on. 

(Herzberg  and  Polonowsky) 156 

Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethoxytoluquinylmethane 25 

Tetramethyltriamidodiphenylroi ithoxytolyln n  iliane 25 

Textile  Articles  with   Fringed  Edges.  Manufacture  of.    (Pi 

Bancroft 518 

Fabrics,  Machines  for  Spreading    India-rubber,  4c.  on. 

(P)  Coulter  and  Rowley •>38 

Materials,  Waterproofing.    (P)  Smith o}8 

Plants,  Decorticating.    (Pi  Subra •••     617 

Vegetable  Substances,  Treating,  to   obtain    Fibres.    (P) 

Baruett M" 

Textiles,  Apparatus  for  Bleaching  and  Treating.    (Pi   Pike...     810 
Apparatus  for  Dyeing,  by   Means  of    Metal    Salts.    (1  ) 

Odernheimer ',•;•",".■    I'll 

Apparatus  for  Dicing  or  Bleaching,    (l'l  Bertrand-Lcplat.    lbl 
Apparatus  for  Dyeing,  or  Treating  with  Liquids  or  Gases. 

(I'I  Stewart' (illus.) 745 

Bleaching  Vegetable.    Il'llmray.    From  Wilson 746 

Colouring  Pictures  on.    (P)  Ophoven •  •     741 

Cotton.  Wool,  Silk,  &e.     (Class  V.) 29, 158,^426,  517,  600.  i.Mj. 

Extracting  Deleterious  Matters  from.     (P)  Hanson sin 

Gilding  and  Silvering.     (Odernheimer) 905 

Preventing  Escape  of  Noxious  Gases  m  Treating.    (P) 

i^(....                     745 

Printing  Machines' for.    (l'l  Knowles 680 

The  Specific  Gravity  of.     I  de  Chardunnet  l 640 

Treating  and  Dyeing.    ( P)  Sutcliffe 680 

Treatment  of  Paper  and  Linen.    (P)  Annison 904 

Ungumming  and  Decorticating.      (PI  Clark.     From  La 

Soc.  La'Ramen '*> 

Thallin.    (Trillat) m<> 

Thermometer,  Universal.    (P)   Hartl 99a 

Thermometers.    (P)  Dawson im 

Thermostats.    (P)  Shiels s95 

Tin. ■carmine  R.  Application  of.    (vun  Pergcr) 30 

Thoferbn  Electrolytic  Copper  Refining  Process,  The »25 

Thomas-Slag,  The  Chemistry  of.    (von  Reis)  691 

Threads,   Manufacture   of  Artificial  Silk    and    Mixed.      (P) 

Leaner ■ 

Thymol.    (Trillat) «»j 

Thymoquinone,  Preparation  of.    (Bayrac) 996 

Preparation  of.    ( Reychler) 771 

Tiles  Clav  Presses  for.    (P)  Huelser.    From  Frohlieh  (illus.).    436 

Dark'lirowii  Glazefor  Roofing.    (Cramer) 1>'- 

Maebines  for  Making.    (P)  Jefl'eries ' 

Tin  and  Terne  Plates,  Manufacture  of.     ( Pi  Rogers-  •  ■  •  •  •  ■  •  •  •  •    fil3 
And  Ternc  Plates.  Manufacture  of,  in  the  United  stales. 

I  'j.  j»  |      7s7 

Arsenic  and  Antimony,  The  Separation  of.    (Clark)  ••••••     )''•' 

Extraction  of,  from  Slag  or  Refuse.    (P)  Mason V-,  61 1 

Minesinthe  United  States.    (T.R.) 71.9 

( lecurrence  of,  in  Canned  Poods.    (Weber)  •  ••••.•••• 63 

Ores,  Notes  on  the  Assay  of.    (Re nnie  and  Derrick 662 

-Plate  Scrap,  Utilisation  of.   (P)  Harliordand  Hutchinson, 

11111  ,...,,........•■••••■•••••••■■*••••"*  '    ''''* 

Reduction  of""  Black,"  by  Potassium  Cyanide.  Note  on  the. 

(Rennie  anil  Derrick) 66-- 

Statistics  of,  for  1801 Wl 

Statistics  Respecting.    (T.R.) ;' 

The  World's  Store  of.     (Claypole) 438 

Tissue,  Weakening  of  the,  in  Printing  White  Discharges  on 

Indigo  Blue.     (Scheurer) ' 

Titauiferous  Iron  in  the  Blast  Furnace - l7 

Toilet   Preparations,  Manufacture  of.      (P)    Alexander  and 

others -' 

Toluquinolines,  Studies  on  Derivatives  of  the.    (Noelting  and 

Trautmann) '-' 

Toluiiline  Blue,  Application  of.    (von  Perger) 31 

Toluylene  Blue.  Application  of.    (von  Perger) 80 

Tolvlglycucine,  p-.     ( Bisclioff  and  Hausdorfer)  si) 

Tool  for  Cutting  Glass  Tubes.     (P)  Chesterton  (illus.) 133 

Xoothworl  a  Yielilci -of Tannin.     (Mafat) '.22 

Toi'inentilla  a  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 624 

Town  Air,  The  Impurities  of.     (Bailey) 769 

Trade.  Obstacles  to  British  Foreign "••••„■  •  • '«  '.; ,V:  , IS,1 

Kepori  66,  186,276,375,466,652,641,714,782,850,948,1041 

Transparent  Coloured  Materials  for  Decorative  Purposes.    (P) 

McLean sil 


Deo.  81, 1893.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTET. 


xlix 


PAGE 

Transvaal  Quicksilver.    (T.R.) 718 

Tniy,  Developing.    IT)  Desboutin 987 

Trays  for  Filter-Presses.    (P)  Teggin 891 

Trianglo,  Improved  Form  of  Pipeclay.    (Coleman)  (illus.) 3S6 

Trioaloium  Phosphate,  tlchaviour  of.  towards  Carbonic  Acid 

and  Ferric  Hydroxide,    (v.  Georgievics) 254 

Trinidad,  Fertilisers  in.    (T.R.) 1012 

Th.-  Pitch  Lakes  of.    I  T.R.) 2s3 

Triphciiylmcl banc  C"li»iriiur Matters,   (l'l  I'ilt.  From Caasella 

&Co 28 

Dyestufl  Derivatives  of.    (Noelting  and  Sohwartz) 25 

On  the  Colour-Derivatives  of.    (Noelting  and  Polonowsky)  313 

Tri  nitrotoluene.  Preparation  of  a-.  ( Haussermann) 235 

Tropin,  $•  and  Some  i^-Tropeina.    ( Liebermann  and  Limpaob.  706 
Tropine.   Action   of    Hypoeblorous   Acid  on.    (Einhorn  and 

Fischer) '. 707 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Meister,  Lucius,  und  Britning 83S 

Tubes,  Couplings  for  Class  or  Glass-lined,    (P)  Rylands  and 

Morant 162 

For  Containing  Carbonic  Aoid  Gas.    (1')  Rylands 68<i 

Fur  l'urif.viiiK  Molten  I  ilass.     ll')  Epstein ill 

For  Storing  and  Immersing  Hydrometers.    (P)  Fletcher.  635 

Lining,  with  Glass.    (P)  Rylands  and  Husselbee 81S 

Manufacture   of    Parchmentised    Fibre.     (P)   Frist  and 

Ruper 1026 

Production  of  Copper,  by  Electrolysis.    (P)  Watt 617 

Tool  for  Cutting  (llass.     (P)  Chesterton  ( illus.) 163 

Tubing,  Elastic  Fabric  suitable  for.    (P)  Temmel 759 

Tungsten,  The  Supply  of.    (T.R.) 382 

Tunis.  The  Phosphates  of 760 

Turkey-Bed  Dyeing.    ( Baldensperger) 237 

Oil.     (Wilson) 495 

Oil,  The  Composition  of.    (Jmllard) 355 

Turpentine,  Action  of  Benzoic  Acid  on.     (Bouchardat  and 

Lafont)  262 

Adulteration  of.     ( Long) 519 

American  Oil  of.    (Long) 515 

A  New  Product  Resembling  Spirits  of .    (P)  Drake 45 

Detection  of  Rosin  Oils  in  Essence  of.    (/.une) 637 

Larch.    (Valenta) 177 

Tvne  Chemical  Trade  with  United  States  during  1890  and  ls:n 

(T.R.) 949 


u 

Union  Oil  and  Oil-Cake  Mills,  Lim.,  Visit  to 579 

United  States,  British  Alkali  in.    (T.R.) 189 

Case  affecting  Duty  on  Copper  Ore  in.    (T.R.) 948 

Chemical    Trade  with  the  Tvne  during  1890   and    1891. 

( T.R.) 949 

Customs  Decisions  in  the.     (T.R.) 552 

Drufl  Imports  into  the.    (T.R.) 381 

Exports  from   the    United    Kingdom   to  the,  during  1X91 

(T.R.  ) 949 

Manufacture  of  Tin  and  Tern*'  Plates  in  the 787 

Mineral  Products  of,  for  1891 1044 

Mineral  Statist  ics.    (T.R.) 69 

Petroleum  Production  in  the,  during  1891.    (T.R.) 285 

Tanning  Industry  in  the 651 

The  History  of  Borax  in  the.    (T.R.) 787 

Tin  .Mines  in  the.     (T.R.) 719 

Ural,  The  Gold  and  Platinum  Industry  of; the 532 

Uranium    Solution,     Determining    Calcium    Phosphate    l>y. 

(Coleman  and  Granger)  328 

Urine,  Optical  Determination  of  Albumen  in.    (Ellinger)  ,  184 

I  ruguay,  Foreign  Competition  with  British  Trade  with. . .  951 
Proposed    Remission  of    Import    Duties  on    Agricultural 

products.     (T.R.) 714 


Vacuo,  Apparatus  for  Casting  Metals  in.     (P)  Simpson 828 

Vacuum  Desiccator  with  Heating  Arrangements.    (Bruhl)  ...      60 

Va Ionia  a  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 624 

Vanillin,  Colorimetric.  Determination  of.    (Moerk) 637 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  LaSoc.de  Lai  re  eft  Cie 1031 

Vanilluyl  Carbonic  Acid  and  Vanilline,  Manufacture  of.     (P) 

La  Soc.  de  Laire  et  Cie 1031 

Vapour  Densities,  Exact  Determination  of.     (Sehall) 370 

Vapours,  Apparatus  for  Ejecting  from  Pipes, &c.   (P)  Edwards. 

From  Kohrmann 422 

Apparatus  for  Treating  Foul.     (P)  Makinson 704 

Appliances  for  Saturating  Air  and  Gases  with.     (Danks)..     508 

Condensation  and  Purification  of.     (P)  Theisen 668 

Varnish,  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Hagenian  and  Palmer 696 

Varnishes.    (Class  XIII.) 44,  170,  260,  357,  446,  £#0,  620,  696, 

758,827,929, 1017 

( M  uller) 250 

Manufacture  of,    (P)  Taylor 620 

Preparation  of,  from  Gums.     (Pj  Smith 361 


page 

\  egeiahle  Cell  Mt'iulinmes,  <  'hemical  ( lomposition  of.  (Schulsse)  IS 

Fibres,  Treatment  of.    (P)  Nicolle  and  Smil  h 517 

I 'roducta  1  >t"  Tropical  Africa.     1  T.  R.) 377 

Textile  Materials,  Bleaching.    (P)  Imray.     Prom  Wilson  .  745 

Venetian-Red,  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Wigg 361 

Veratrme  Reaction,  Modification  ofWeppen-s.-    (Laves) 84S 

Vermont,  The  Copper  Mines  of.     I  How.-) 216 

\  essels,  Apparatus  for  Closing.    (P)  Bathgate 629 

For  Molten  Substances,  IrOn,     1  Foefhr)  (illus.) 526 

Lining,  with  Glass.    (P)  Rylnndsaml  Husselbee 818 

Vinasse,  Technical  Analysis  of  Calcined,  from  Meet  roof  Molasses. 

(Alberciand  Hempel) 462 

Technical  Analysis  of  Calcined,  from  Beetroot  Molasses. 

( Heyer) 462 

Vinegar,  Detection  of  Nitric  Acid  in.    (Soltsien) 372 

Manufacture.     ( Nettleton ) is; 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Kuehenmeister 907 

Vine  Mildew,!'  Bordeaux  Mixture,"  A  Remedy  for.     (Perrct)  .  364 

\  egetation  of  the.     (Roos  and  Thomas) 627 

Virginia,  Anthracite  Coal  in  West.    (T.R.) 69 

Viscid  Substances,  Determining  Specific  Gravity  of.     (Bruhl) .  60 

Viscometer  for  Testing  oils.     (Hurst)  (illus.) 418 

Viscosity  at  Low  Temperatures  of  Black  Mineral  Oils.    (Holde)  941 

Visits  to  Works 57s,  579, 580,  5M 

Voltaic  Batteries.    See  Batteries. 

Von  Sehulz  and  Low's  Method  of  Estimating  Lead  in  Ores. 

( Williams) 775 

Vote  of  Thanks  to  President.    (Evans)  577 

Vulcaniser,  An  Improved.    (Fawsitt) 332 


w 

Wall  Papers,  Determination  of  Arsenic  in.     (Sanger)  370 

Producing  Flat  Reliefs  for.     (P)   Klinka 935 

Walls,  Compound  for  Coating.     (P)  Norwood 525,  606 

Distemper  for.    ( P)  Morse 526 

Walnul   V  Yielder  of  Tannin.    ( Mafat) 623 

Warfare,  High  Explosives  in.     (Barber) 59 

Warps,  Machine  for  Dyeing  One  or  More.    (P)  Brook 1004 

Washing  Powder.    (P)  Steward 620 

Washings,  Treating  Wool.    (P)  Griffin 743 

Washington  Soap  Lake.     (T.R.) 951 

Wash-Waters,  Treating  Fatty  or  Greasy  Matters  from,    il'i 

Kimminsand  Craig 169 

Wasie  Liquors  from  Metallurgical   Processes,  Treating.    (P) 

Hall 613 

Wastes.    See  also  Residues. 

Using  Galvanisers*.    (P)  Bricc 413 

Water-  Action  of,  on  Basic  Salts  ol  Copper.    (Rousseau  and 

Titc) 238 

A  Delicate  Test  for  Alum  in  Potable.     (  Richards) 60 

Ammonia  in  Rain-, and  in  the  Atmosphere.     (Muntz) 551 

An  Unusual  Form  of  Spring.    (Stebbins) 834 

Apparatus  for  Distilling.    <P)  Cotton  and  Garrett 148 

Apparatus  for  Distilling.     (Pi  Kiikuldy  (illus. > 595 

Apparatus  for  Distilling,  in  Presence  of  Air.     (Pi  Hunting  509 

Apparatus  for  Distilling  Sea.    iP)  Smil  lie 896 

Apparatus  for  Filtration  and  Aeration  of.     (  PI  Ray  173 

Apparatus  for  Producing  Pure  Distilled.     (P)  Cotton  and 

Garrett 1 fx 

Apparatus  for  Purifying.     (P)  Brownlow 769 

Apparatus  for  Purifying.     (P)  Devonshire 451 

Apparatus  for  Purifying.     (P)  Nunn 450 

Apparatus  lor  Purifying.     (  P)  Thompson.     From  Pennell.  668 
Apparatus  for  Sterilising,  Purifying,  and   Filtering,     (P) 

West 63n 

-Bath,  A  Porcelain.     (Dittmar) 181 

Behaviour    of    Glass    Surfaces    towards.      (Mylius   and 

Foerster) 181 

Distillation  Flask  for  Obtaining  free  from  Organic  Matter. 

(Coleman) 327 

Drinking,  and  Disease.     (Mason) 450 

Estimation  of  Ammonia  in.     (Lowe)  133 

Estimation  of  Oxygen  Dissolved  in.    (Adams) 271 

-Gas,   Purification    of,    from    Sulphur   Compounds.      (P) 

Clans 234 

In  Oil  Tanks.  Method  and  Apparatus  for  Measuring  Depth 

of.    (p)  Lied  wood  and  Barringer 509 

-Lily  a  Yielder  of  Tannin.     ( Mafat) 623 

Manufacture  of  Artificial  Seltzer.     ( De  1'ietra  Satita) 257 

Means    for    Delivering    Polluted,  over    Filler-Bed.      (P) 

Garrett 364 

Means    for   Sterilising.      (P)    Johnson.      From    La   Soc. 

Geneste,  Herscher,  and  Co 450 

Means  for  the  Purification  of.     (P)  Watson 364 

Purification  of  Waste 933 

Purifying.     ( P)  Collins 770 

Purifying  Effluent.     (P)  Hardwiek  and  Newton 173 

Research  Committee  of  the  Royal  Society,  First  Report  to 

the.     ( Frankland  and  Ward) 704 

Softening  Brewincr.     (Lunger) 543 

So|nhilit\  of  Sugar  in.     (Herzfeld) 542 

The  Possibility  of   Extracting    Precious   Metals  from  Sea. 

(Minister) 351 


THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Dec. si.  is* 


PASS 

\\  ater—tont. 

The  Plow  of,  through  Tubes.    (Mercssyng) 214 

Treating  Chemically  Softened.    (P)  Arehbutt  and  Deeley.  421 

itment  of  Hard,  Containing;  Soda.    (linger) ". .  543 

Treatment  of,  to  Prepare  it  for  Use  in  Boilers.    (P)  Deelej 

:i  ml  Archbutt .'.  50.5 

Waterproof  and  Grease-proof  Packing  Material,    il'i  Turner.  1002 

Parries  Vulcanisation  of 517 

Material,    (P)  Biemath 90S 

Waterproofing  Composition.    (Pi  Leech  and  Horrobin 446 

Textile  Materials.    Il'i  Smith 518 

Waters,  A  New  Colour  Standard  for  Natural.    (HazenJ 1037 

Apparatus  for  Filtering  Polluted.    (P)  Tandy 933 

Changes  in  Chalybeate,  during  Simo.-!-.     iRibani  7iS,  7tfS 

Composition  of  "  Hmrradi  Janos  "  Mineral.    (Bigirarti ...  S-'JtJ 
Distillation  Flask  for  Estimation  of  Ammonia  in.     (Cole- 
man)    327 

Manufacture  of  Artificial  Mineral.    (P)  Bubener 258 

Manufacture  of  Carbonated.     (P)  Orr  and  others 259 

Method  and  Apparatus  for  Purifying  Foul.    (P)  Wood  ...  t.".l 
Method  and    Material  f..r    Treatment  of    Impure.      (P) 

Candy Ttl'i 

(In  some  Mineral  Ferruginous.    1  Le  <  lhatelier) 1026 

Removing  Fatty  Matters  from  Wool-Washing  and  other. 

(P)  Hughes.    From  Mot  te  and  Co 827 

Way.  Analysis  of  Sealing.    (Mangold) lit 

Separation  of  Wool-  from  Wool-Fat.  and  Preparation  of 

Lanolin.    (P)  Jam-  and  Darmslaedter 028 

Treating  and  Purifying,    (Pi  Henderson m< 

While,  in  China.    I  T.R.  i  282 

Waxes  Used  in  A  dulterating  Beeswax,  Bibliography  of 757 

Meed  Destroyers,  Means  of  Colouring.     (P)  Eeade 541 

W\  i  >i ma ii uia  maerostachia  a  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 624 

Welding.  Recent  Developments m Electric  Are.    (Vnwinl  ...  524 
Weldon  I'll  cess.  The  Part  Played  by  Calcium  Chloride  in  the. 

(Lunge) S82 

Process  with  Magnesia  Modified,  The.     (Reychleri 34 

Weppen's  Veratrine  Reaction,' Modification  of.    (Laves) s(s 

West  Indies,  Fertilisers  in  the.     iT.R.i 854 

Westphalia,  The  Coal  Beds  of.    (Brookmann  I  338 

White  Lead.  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Astrcp  and  Parker) 45 

Manufacture  of.     i  P)  Fell.    From  Stevens 16 

Mami'artuiv  oi.     tP)  Honman  and Vulher 361 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  James 620 

Manufacture  of.     (P|  Labois 696 

Manufacture  of.     (P)  Xoad 538 

Hanufactureof.    (P)  A.  J.  Smith 1017 

.Manufacture  of.     il'i  Smith  and  Elmore 15 

Manufacture  of.    <  P)  White 620 

Production  of.     iP)  Mac  Ivor  ami  Smith (5 

Product  on  of.     (P)  Smith  and  Elinor, 360 

Willow  a  Source  of  Tannin.    (Mafat) 024 

Windsor  and  Cliveden,  Excursion  to 584 

Wine  Adulteration  in  Germany,     i  T.R.I 555 

And  Beer,  Presence  of  Invertase  in.     (Donathj 543 

Determination  of  Chlorine  in.    (Siefen) 77s 

Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid  in.    ( Morgenstern  and 

Pavlinoft) '77 

Etc.,  Treatment  of.  by  Charcoal.     I  l'i  Calmant 257 

Estimation  of  Glycerol  in.     (Lcceo) 550 

Manufacture  and  Properties  of  Fig-.    (Vbgel) 256 

Manufacture  of.    (P)  Thompson.    Frt.m  Lawton 628,  i;^.i 

Manufacture  of  Unferuicnted.    (P)  Henderson :,i3 

Ui  port  on  the  Heplastering  of.    (Berthelot,  Gauticr,  and 

I  tuclaux] 5 13 

Yeast.     I  Koliimicri 171 

Wines.     (Class  XVII.) 50, 171,255, 3G3, 449, 543, 626, 699, 763, 

830.931.1019 

A  Contribution  to  the  Study  of  Deplastered.    (Quantin)..  764 
Aipar-ut  Proportion  between  Dextrose  and  I.cvulose  in 
Dark   Brown    Malaga  and    other    similar    Prepared 

Borntragcr) 766 

Boric  Acid  in.     (Gassend) 767 

Containing  Potato  Glucose,    i  Presenilis) 766 

Determination  of  Glycerol  in  Sweet.    (Lecco) 1038 

The  General  Character  of  German.    (Barth)  763 

Wire  Glass,  Production  of.    (T.R.)  470 

Influence  of   Heat  on   tin-  Properties  of  Iron  and  Steel. 

I  Rudeloff) 40 

Manufacture  of.    (f)  Clans 928 

Witz's  '  Ixycellulose.     i  Xaeutnkovi 771 

Wood,  A  Substitute  for.    (PI  Kerr 521 

<        sote,  Percentage  of  Guaiacol  in.    (Bongartz) 511 

-Fibre  Rones.    (Pi  Marwitz 810 

-Fibre.  Testing  Paper  for.    (Hohnell  184 

Manufacture  of  Artificial.     (P)  Wehner 908 

(in  the  Destructive  Distillation  of.    iChorlev  and  Ramsay) 

(illns.) ' 396, 872 

Puln  in  Paper,  Determination  of  Mechanical.    (Baudischi  464 

-Pulp  in  Paper,  Determination  of  Mechanical.  (Godeffrov)  464 

-Pulp,  Silk  from.    (T.R.) "..  720 

Retorts  for  the  Carbonisation  of.    (Pi  Bowers 152 

Wool,     (Class  V.i 20,  158.  42i'..  517.  600,  680,  741,  slu,  :m2,  1002 

Action  of  Chlorine  on.     (Knecht  and  Milnes) 131 

Action  of  Hypochlorous  Acid  on.    (Lodge) 601 

Apparatus   for  Dyeing  and   Bleaching.    (P)    Young  and 

ppin 742 


tage 
Wool— tout. 

Apparatus  for  Treating  Samples  of  Crude.     P)  Fl-aysse 518 

Apparatus  for  Washing  and  Scouring.    IP)  Smith  (illus.).  7(2 
Cause  of  Greening,  durins  Millinir,  of  Logwood  Black  on. 

(Walther).... ^ hki2 

Cleansing  and  Treating,     il'i  Ambler 51S 

Dyeing,  Progress  in.    (Chem.  Zeit.) 6ir2 

Dyeing,  Progress  in.     (Wittl  602  602 

Experiments  on  Mordanting,  with  Iron.     (Ulrich) 30 

Extracting  Deleterious  Matters  from.    (P)  Hanson 810 

Wool-Fat,     Occurrence    of     Octylic    Alcohol    in    Distilled. 

(Hannau)  535 

Manufacture  of  Fatty  Matter  from.    (P)  Glaser.    From 

Eraun  and  Liebreich 445 

Extracting  and  Saving.    (P)  Trent  and  Henderson 928 

The  Analysis  of.    I  Lew  kowitsch) 134 

.Separation    of    Wool-Wax    from,    and     Preparation     of 

Lanolin.    ( P)  Jaffe  and  Darmstaedter 928 

Wool  Fibres,  Oxidation  of 42s 

Machinery  for  Washing  and  Scouring.    (P)    Petrie  and 

Field™  (illus.) 90S 

Machines  for  Scouring.      Il'i  MeXaught 158 

i  if  Different  Growths,  Note  on  Scouring,     i  A  rnaudon) ....  29 

Treatment  of  Unprepared,  in  Wool- Printing 428 

-Washing,   Treating  Patty   Matters  from.    (P)  Kimmins 

and  Craig 169 

-Washing  Waters,  Removing  Fatly  Matters  from.      (P) 

Hughes.     From  Motte  and  Ci S27 

-Washings,  Treating,     i  P)  Griffin 743 

Woollen   Fabrics.   Purifying.     (P)   Abel.     From  Philips  and 

Hathee 518 

Goods,  Dyeing  and  Printing.     (Pi  Lake.    From  tie hlerr  745,  746 

Goods,  The  Formation  of  Mildew  in.     iSehhnkel  (illus.)..  711 

Tissues,  The  Printing  and  Steaming  of.    (( lesterr  i 601 

Wort  and  Beer.    ( Amtlior) 767 

Appliance  for  Distributing  and  Aerating.     (P)  Leaker 51 

Influence  of  Different  Temperatures  on  the  Composition 

of.     (Prior) 766 

Iso-Maltose  in.    (Lintner) 171 

Means  and  Apparatus  lor  Treating.     (P)  Jolliffe 257 

Method  and  Apparatus  for  Straining.     (P)  Croxford 833 

Producing  Clear.    iPi  Kliemetschek  and  Sobotka 700 

Wounds,  Preparation  for  Cure  of.    (P)  Roth 934 


Xvlose,    Identification   of,  and   Distinction   from  Arahinose. 

( Bertrand) 1035 

Xylenes,  Method  for  Separating  the.    (Crafts) SHI 


Y 


Yarn,  Apparatus  for  Dyeing.  Bleaching,  &,c.     (P)  Graemiger  ..  813 

Machinery  for  Treating  Hanks  of.     (P)  Marehant 7A5 

Tarns,  Apparatus  for  Cleaning  and  Lustreing.     I P)  Fisher  and 

Murgatroyd 743,  905 

Apparatus  for  Gassing  Silk  and  other.     (P)  Ideson 903 

Manufacturing,  from  \V:isttj  Silk.     (P)  Beyer 158 

Means  for  Hyeing.    (P)  Smitbson 006 

Treatment  of  Fibres  for  Manufacture  of.    (P)  Raabe 8lo 

Yeast  and  Spirit,  Production  of,  by  Ozonised  Air  or  Oxygen. 

(Pi  Xycander  and  Franeke 1022 

Effect  of  Tartaric  Acid  on  Brewery,    i  Hansen ) L»."iti 

Extracts  tor  Use  ir.  Manufacture  of.     (P)  Nycandt-r Hi:' 3 

Manufacture  of.    I  Pi  Schlaxenhauler  and  Blumer i;*i9 

Manufacture. of.    (  Pi  M'alker 7<hi 

On  Wine.     (Rommier) 171 

Production  and  Preservation  of  Pure.     (Pj  LaSoe.  Anon. 

"La  Levure" 031 

The  Hydrolytic  Functions  of.    Part  II.     (O'SuIIivan) 1021 

Studies  on.  *  (  Effront ) 50 

The  Hydrolytic  Functions  of.     Part  I.     (O'Sullivan) G28 

Yeasts  and   Bacteria:  The  "Ginger-Beer"  Plant.     (Marshall 

"Ward) 2.i5 

Yolk  of  Egg,  Analysis  of  Commercial.     (Jean) 941 

i'ucatan.The  Sisal  Grass  of.     (T.R.) 469 


Zanckerode  Colliery.  Coal-Dust  Explosions  at  the.    (Georgi). .    938 
Zinc  and  Manganese,  Separation  of.     (Jannasch  and  Xieder- 

hofheim ) 270 

And  Mercury,  The  Conditions  which  Determine  Combina- 
tion between  the  i  yanides  of.    (Dunstan) 3t.7 


Dec  sr,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


PAGE 
Zim — cont. 

Electro-metal  lurgic  Production  of    (P)  Nahnsen 535,535 

Gravimetric  Estimation  ol".  :is  Sulphide.    (Lowe) 131 

In  ores,  Determination  oi £46 

In  Preserved  Foods.    (Afen)  3C3 

Lead  and  Silver,  Separation  and  Estimation  of,  in  Minerals 

Composed  of  Galena  and  Blende.    (Aubin) 77". 

-Lead  Sulnhidi  s,  Treatment  of  Argentiferous.    (Schnabel)    821 

Ores, Desulphurising.    (P)  Hart  923 

<  Ires,  Process  for  Treating:.    (P)  West ;i">l 

Ores,  Regenerative  Gas  Furnace  for.    (Pi  Dor 015 


Zinc — cont. 

Photo-Etching  oil.     ( \')  Krantz  and  Zei 

Producing  Metallic.    (P)  Choate 

Production  ol  Metallic.    (Schnabel)  ... 
Production  of  Oxide  of.    (Schnabel) ... 

Statistics  Respecting.    (T.K.) 

Treating  Composite  <  (res  Containing. 
Treal  ing  *  h'esand  Residues  Containing 

Costes  and  "i  hers 

Treating  Waste  Liquors  to  obtain.    ( P 


...    <;i!i 

. . .    821 

. ..     821 

8fl 

(P)  Hart  ... 

. . .     363 

.    (P)Clark. 

l'i 

. . .     S52 

)  Hall 

...     613 

INDKX    O  F    N  E  W    BOOK  S. 


r  LG  i: 
Adressbuch  und  Waarenverzeichniss  der  Chemischen  Industrie 

des  Deutschen  Ren  lis.    Wenzel 781 

America,  The  Phosphates  of.    F.  Wyatt.    Second  Edition 184 

Ammoniak-Vabrikation,  Taschenbuch  fur.    G.  Lunge 946 

Analyse  der  Fetteund  Wachsarten.    Dr.  R.  Benedikt 65 

Analysis,  Commercial  *  Organic    A  II.  Allen.    Vol.  I II..  Part  II. 

Second  Edition 047 

Manual  of  Qualitative  Elow-Pipe.     P.  M.  Endlich low 

Analytischen  Chemie,  Znrzea  Lehrbuchder.    von  Miller  and 

von  Kiliari 65 

Anilinschwarz.    E.  Nbelting  and  A.  Lehnc 276 

Anleitung  aur  Cheiuischen  Analyse  Organischer  Stoffe.    Dr.  G. 

Vortmann 373 

Auorganische  Chemie,  Zeitschrift  fur.    G.  Krilss 374 

Brewers,  A  Handy  Book  for.    H.  E.  Wright 1040 

Brewing,  Text-Book  on  the  Science  of,    E.  R.  Moritz  and  G.  H. 

Morris no 

Blow-Pipe  Analysis,  Manual  of  Qualitative.  P.  M.  Endlich  . . .  1040 
Carbon    Compounds,   Chemistry   of    the.     V.   von    Richter. 

Tianslated  by  Edgar  F.  Smith 185 

Cheinienl  Calculations,  with  Notes,  Problems  ami  Answers, 

R.  Lloyd  Whiteley 275 

Lectuv    Experiments.     Non-Metallic  Elements.    (G.  S. 

Newth ) 1640 

Chemisch  Tecnnisches  Repertorium,  1896.    Dr.  EmilJacobsen     65 

374,466,641 
Chemistry,  A  Treatise  on.    Roscoe  and  Schorlemmer  Vol.  III., 

Part  VI 373 

Lessons  in  Elementary.    Sir  Henry  E.  Roscoe 373 

<  H   Paints  and  Painting,  The.    A.  II.  Church.     Second 

Edit  ion 185 

Of  the  Carbon  Compounds  or  Organic  Chemistry.  V.  von 

Richter.    Translated  by  Edgar  V.  Smith 185 

of  the  Organic  Dyestuffs.  Nietzki,  Collin  and  Richard- 
son    1040 

Coal-Tar  Colours.    A  Dictionary  of  the.    G.  II.  Hurst 374 

Colours,  A  Dictionary  of  the  Coal-Tar.    G.  II  Hurst 374 

Practical  Manual  on  Printers'.    G.  H.  Hurst 1041 

Commercial  <  >rganio  Analysis.    Second  Edition.  Vul.  III.,  Part 

II.     (A.  H.  Allen) ytf 

Destructive  Distillation,  A  Manualette  on.    E.  J.  Mills ion 

Dictionary  of  Chemistry,  Watts*,  Revised  and  Re-Written  by 

If.  Foster  Morley  and  M.  M.  Pattison  Muir.     Vol.  III.     552 

Of  the  Coal-Tar  Colours.     G.  II.  Hurst 374 

Distillation,  A  Manualette  on  Destructive.    (E.J.Mills) 1641 

Dyestuffs,  Chemistry  of  the  Organic.      Nietzki,  Collin,    and 

Ricliardson 1040 

Explosives  and  Ordnance  Material.    S.  H.  Emmens 05 

And  Their  Power.    Berthclot.    Translated  by  0.  N.  Hake 

and  W.  Macnab 947 

Farmvard  Manure,  Its  Nature,  Composition    and  Treatment. 

C.  M.  Aikman 466,1040 

Fette  und  Wachsarten,  Analyse  der.    R.  Benedikt    65 

Fuels,  Solid,  Liquid,  and  Gaseous.  Their  Analysis  and  Valua- 
tion.   H.  J.  Phillips 466 

Gas   Works,  Their  Construction  and  Arrangement,  and  the 

Manufacture  and  Distribution  of  Coal-Gas.    Originally 

written  by  S.  Hughes.    Re-written  by  W.  Richards. 

Eighth  Edition,  Enlarged  and  Revised 465 


PAGE 

Gold.  The  Jeweller's  Assistant   in  the  Arl  of  Working    in. 

G.  E.  <  lee 1039 

Handworterbuch  der  Pharmacie.    von  A.  Brestowski      275,  374,  641 

;82 

Handy  Book  for  Brewers,  A.     II.  E.  Wright 1040 

Heat  and  Light,  Lessons  in.    Jones 782 

Hydrocarbons  and  their   Derivatives,  The  Chemistry  ol  the. 

R  iscoe  and  Schorlcuuner 373 

Jahrbuch  der  Cheinie.     R.  Meyer 948 

Technisch-Chemisches.    von  K.  Biedennann 185 

Jahresbericht  ueb^-r  die  Leistuugen  der  Chemischen   Tech- 
nologic.    F.   Fischer 047 

Jeweller's    Assistant  in   the  Art   of  Working   in  Gold,    The. 

G.  E.  Gee 1039 

Kurzes  Lehrbuch  der  Analytischen  Chemie.    von  Miller  and 

von  Kiliaui 1-5 

Lessons  in  Elementary  Chemistry.    Sir  Henry  E.  Roscoe 373 

In  Heat  and  Light.     J  ones 782 

Manual  of  Chemical  Technology.    R.  von  Wagner.    Translated 

by  W.  Crookes 184 

Of  Qualitative   Blow-Pipe    Analysis    and    Determinative 

Mineralogy.    F.  M.  Endlich 1040 

Manure,  Farmyard  ;  its  Nature,  Composition,  and  Treatment. 

CM.  Aikman 1040 

Materia  Medica,  Modern.    Helbiug 7*2 

Mineralogy,  Manual  of  Determinative.     F.  M.  Endlich 1040 

Systematic,    T.  Sterry  Hun! 185 

Oils,  A  Practical  Manual  on  Printers',     G.  H.  Hurst 10 H 

Ordnance  Material,  Explosives  and.    S,  II.  Emmens 05 

Paints    and    Painting,    The    Chemistry    of.     A.   H.   Church. 

Second  Edition 185 

Pharmacie,  Handwoi  terbuch  der.    von  A.  Brestowski 275,  374, 

641,  782 

Pharmacopeia,  The  Extra.    Marti ndale  and  Westcott 7S1 

Phosphates  of  America,  The.    F.  Wyatt.    Sacond  Edition 184 

Pottasche-Fabrikation,  Taschenbuch  fiir.    G.  Lunge 946 

Printers' Colours, Oils  and  Varnishes.  A  Practical  Manual  on. 

G.  H.  Hurst 1041 

Reactionen.    Von  F.  A.  Pliickiger 275 

Silk  Dyeing,  Printing,  and  Finishing.    G.  H.  Hurst 374 

Soda- Fain ikatiou,  Taschenbuch  fur.    G.  Lunge 946 

Sulfosanren    der    Beiden     Naphthylamine    und    der    ucidon 

Naphthoic,  Die.    Timber 782 

Tannins,  The.    Vol.  I.     H.  Trimble 275 

Taschenbuch  fur  Soda-,  Pottasche-,  und  Ammoniak-Fabrika- 

tion.    G.  Lunge 946 

Technisch-Chemisches  Jahrbuch,    Von  R.  Biedermann 185 

Technology,  Manual  of  Chemical.    R.  von  Wagner.    Translated 

by  W.  Crookes 1 84 

Text- Book  on  the  Science  of  Brewing.    E.  It.  Moritz  and  G.  H. 

Morris 66 

Varnishes,  a  Practical  Manual  on  Printers'.    G.  II.  Hurst 1041 

Watts'  Dictionary  of  Chemistry.     Revised  and   lie-Written  by 

H.  Foster  Morley  and  M.  M.  Pattison  Muir.    Vol.  III.    552 

Zeitschrift  fur  Auorganische  Chemie.    G.  Krilss 374 


F.vi:r.  ami  Spottimyoode, 
East  Harding  Street,  Londoc,  E.C. 


fan.  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


LIST   OF   COUNCIL   AND    OFFICERS. 


President. 

Prof.' J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  70-,  Morehamptoii 
Road,  Dublin. 

Vice-Presidents. 

Sir  Lowthiao  Bel],  Bart.,  F.U.S.,  Rounton  Grange,  North- 
allerton. 

Win.  Crowder,  271,  Evering  Road,  Upper  Clapton,  E. 

James  Duncan,  'J,  Mincing  Lane,  London,  E.C. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S.,  Nash  Mills,  Herael  Hempstead, 
Herts. 

David  Howard,  Rectory  Manor,  Walthanistow,  Essex. 

S.  II.  Johnson,  Warren  Hill  House,  LoughtOU,  Essex. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S.,  20,  Avenue  Koad,  Regent's  Park, 
N.W. 

Dr.  Hugo  Muller,  F.R.S.,  13,  Park  Square  East,  Regent's 
Park,  N.W. 

B.  E.  K.  Np.wlands,  27,  Mincing  Lane,  Loudon,  E.C. 

J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P.,  33,  Devonshire  Place,  London,  W. 

A.  Norman  Tate,  Hackins  Hey,  Liverpool. 

Sir  John  Turuey,  Springfield,  Alexandra  Park,  Nottingham. 

Ordinal-;/  Members  of  Council. 

A.  II.  Allen,  Sydenham  Cottage,  Park  Lane,  Sheffield. 

Arthur  Boake,  Southwood  Lawn,  Highgate,  N. 

Jno.   Calderwood,  Gowanlea,    Spencer  Park,   Wandsworth, 

8.W. 
Clias.  Dreyfus,  Clayton,  Manchester. 
H.  Grimshaw,  Thornton  View,  Clayton,  Manchester. 
Prof.  li.   Meldola,    F.R.S.,  C,   Brunswick   Square,  London, 

W.C. 
E.  K.  Muspratt,  Seaforth  Hall,  near  Liverpool. 
T.  L.  Patterson,  Messrs.  J.  Walker  &  Co.,  Greenock,  N,B. 
ISoverton  lledwood,  4,  Bishopsgate   Street  Within,  London, 

E.C. 
Jno.  Spiller,  2,  St.  Mary's  Road,  Canonlmry,  N. 
T.  W.  Stuart,  15,  Windsor  Terrace,  Newcustle-oii  Tyne. 
Wm.  Thorp,  B.Sc,  24,  Crouch  Hall  Road,  Crouch  End,  N. 


Kx-officio  Members  of  Council. 

Thos.  Tyrer,  Stirling  Chemical  Works,  Stratford,  E. 

John  Heron,  St.  John's  Villas,  Worple  Boad,  Wimbledon, 

II.  Brunner,  Holly  Mount,  lluyton,  Liverpool. 

Dr.  Cbas.  A.  Kohn,  University  College,  Liverpool. 

Ivan  Levinstein,  21,  Minshull  Street,  Manchester. 

J.  Carter  Bell,  Bank  House,  Higher  Broughton,  Man- 
chester. 

John  Pattinson,  75,  The  Side,  Newcastle-on  Tyne. 

Dr.  J.  T.  Dunn,  The  School,  Gateshead- on-Tyne. 

E.  C.  C.  Stanford,  Glenwood,  Dalmuir,  N.B. 

Dr.  G.  G.  Henderson,  Chemical  Laboratory,  The  University, 
Glasgow. 

L.  Archbutt,  11,  Charnwood  Street,  Derby. 

R.  Lloyd  Whiteley,  University  College,  Nottingham. 

Sir  James  Kitson,  Bart.,  Gledhow  Hall,  Leeds. 

H.  R.  Procter,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 


Honorary  Treasurer. 
E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soap  Works,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Funn/ii  Secretary. 
Dr.  F.  Hurler,  Holly  Lodge,  Cressington  Park,  Liverpool. 

General  Secretary. 

Cbas.  G.  Cresswell,  Palace  Chambers,  Westminster,  S.W. 

Editor. 

Watson  Smith,  University  College,  London,  W.C. 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Jan.  so,  1892 


LIST     OF     ME  M  BERS. 


330QQQQQ& 


Abbott,  John,  Braeniar  House,  Lancaster  Gate,  Hyde  Park, 

W. 
Vhcl,  Sir  F.  A.,  10,  « ladogiin  Place,  London,  5v\  . 
Abraham,  A.  C  Stanley   Rock,  St.  George's   Mount,  New 

Brighton  (Journals)  ;  and  87,  Bold  Stcect,  Liverpool. 
Acland,  Sir  lb  VV.,  Bart.,  Radcliffe  Library,  Oxford. 
Adam,  A.  Learmouth,  Kestatrig,  Newton  Street,  Greenock, 

N.B. 
A. lam,  .1.  B.j  171!,  Leith  Walk,  Edinburgh. 
Adams,  M.  A.,  Ashford  Road,  Maidstone,  Kent. 
Adams,  J.   W..  74,  Oxford  Street,  Regent   Road,  Salford, 

Manchester. 
Adcock,  S.  1!.,  Minas  tie  l!io  Tinto,  Provincia  dc  Huelva, 

Spain. 
Addie,  J.,  Langloan  Ironworks,  Coatbridge,  N.B. 
Adkins   II.,  Lev  Hill,  Northfield,  near  Birmingham. 
Adriance,  John  S.,  2,  West  36th   Street,  New  York    City, 

U.S.A. 
Affleck  Dr.  J.,  Mill  House,  Woolton,  near  Liverpool. 
Aikraan,  Charles  M.,  183,  St.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow. 
Vitken   Dr.  A.  P.,  57,  Great  King  Street,  Edmburgh. 
Aitken!  .1.  B.,  Gerard's  Fold  Chemical  Works,  Widnes. 
Akitt,  Thomas,  3,  Victoria  Road,  Lenzie,  N.B. 
Albright,  G.  S.,  The  Elms,  Park  Road,  Edgbaston. 
Mbright  W.  A.,  Mariemont,  Birmingham. 
Alcock,  Jno.  W.,  Central   Brewery,  Mott  Street,  Birinmg- 

Aldrick,  Edwin  John,  26,  Alpha  Road,  West   Ferry  Road, 

Millwall,  E. 
Alexander,    J.     Dalziel,     Dechmont,     Cambuslang,    near 

Glasgow. 
Uuxauder,  W.  T.,  20,  Booth  Street,  Moselej  Street,  Man- 
chester j    and    Crumnock    Lank,    Victoria    Crescent, 
Eccles. 
\llan   F.  H.Tielke,  Portobello  House,  \\  akefield. 
Allan,' Jno.,  3,  Ludgate  Circus  Buildings,  London,  E.C. 
Alldred,  C.   IL,  6,  Ueavitree   Road,    Plumstead  Common, 

Vllen   A.  11.,  Sydenham  Cottage,  Park  Lane,  Sheffield. 
Mien'  Edw   W.,  1>  iver  Mills,  Glossop,  Derbyshire. 
Allen!  G.  J.,  Ivy   House,   Bolton   Road,    Pendleton,  Man- 
chester. 
Allen   .1      L64,  Upper  North  Street,  Poplar,  London,  h. 
Mien'  R.  L.,  Roseleigh,  Heaton  Chapel,  near  Stork,, ml. 
Allen   Walter  S.,  13,  Beacon  St.,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Allen!  Win.,  Evenley  Hall,  Brackley,  North  Hants. 
Allen,  Wm.  N.,  2,  Chesnul  Street.  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  1    S.A. 
Allhu'scn,  A.,  Gateshead-on-Tync. 

Vllihnn,  .'i.  H.,Mewburu,  I.itherland  Park,  near  Liverpool. 
Alliott,  J.  B.  Messrs.  Manlove,  Alliott,  and  Co.  Ld.,  Notting- 
ham. 
\lpiar,  Agop,  Smyrna,  Asia  Minor. 
Alsberg,  M.  (Sondheim,  Alsberg,  &  Co.),  P.O.  Box   2437, 

New  York,  U.S.A. 
Andcrsi  n,  Eugene  K.  J.,  Gasworks,  Maryhill,  byulasgow. 
Anderson,  Geo.  IJ.,  Victoria  Square,  Felling-on-ryue. 
Anderson,  John,  c/o  The   Alkaline   Reduction   Syndicate, 

l,,l  ,  Hebburn-on-Tyne. 
Vnderson,   J.    M.   T.,    Explosives   Co.    Ld..    Stowmarket, 

Suffolk. 
Ande.so,,,  Kohl.  T.  R.,  618,  Gallowgatc  Street,  Glasgow. 


Anderson,  Win.  Francis,  1 1,  Montague  Road,  Dalston,  N.E. 

Anderton,  G.  IL,  Howendyke,  Howden,  i'orks. 

Andrews,  C.  W,  Mass.  Inst,  of  Technology,  Boston,  Mans., 

U.S.A. 
Angell,    J.,    6,    Beaconsfield,    Derby    Road,    Fallowfield, 

Manchester. 
Angus,  James,  Thorncliffe  Collieries,  Chapeltown.  Sheffield. 
Annandale,  J.  II. ,  Polton,  Midlothian,  N.B. 
Annison,   R.  H.,   16,  Water  Lane,  Tower  Street,  London, 

E.C. 
Ansdell,  G.,  J"),  Courtfield  Road,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
Ansdell,  T.  C,  Kearsley  Cottage,  Farnworth,  Bolton. 
Archbold,    Dr.  George,   U.S.   Navy  Yard;  and  (Journals) 

1224,  II.  Street,  S.W.,  Washington,  D.C.,  U.S.A. 
Archbutt,  L.,  11,  Charnwood  Street,  Derby. 
Arding,  Francis,  5,  Jeffreys  Square,  St.  Mary  Axe,  London, 

E.C. 
Armstrong,  lit.  Hon.  Lord,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 
Arrol,  Jas.,  jun.,  .loan  Branco,  Marahu,  Bahia,  Brazil  ;  and 

(subs.)  8,  I'ir  Park  Terrace,  Dennistoun,  Glasgow. 
Aron,  S.B.  Asher,  44,  .Maryland  Road,  Maida  Vale,  W. 
Ashplant,  Win.   Gilbert,  Palmer  House,  Torrington,  North 

Devon. 
Ashton-Bost,  W.D.,  Cart  vale  Chemical  Works,  Paisley,  N.B. 
Ashwell,  IL,  Langlej   Dale,  Grove  Avenue,  Southcy  Street, 

Nottingham. 
Ashwell,  J.  II.,  Woodthorpe  Grange,  Sherw 1,  Notting- 
ham. 
Ashwell,  Jno.  R.,  Ill,  Waterloo  Crescent,  Nottingham. 
Ashworth  L.,  Sunny  Lea,  St.  Anne's-on-Sea,  Lancashire. 
Atcherley,  Dr.  R.  J. 

Atkins,  C.  E.,  Fast  Ham  House,  East  Ham,  Essex. 
Atkinson,  A.  .1.,  4  1,  Loudoun  Square,  Cardiff. 
Atkins, ui,  K.  \\ '.,  44,  Loudoun  Square,  Cardiff. 
Attfiehl,  Dr.  J.,  Ashlands,  Watford,  Hertfordshire. 
Auer.  II. ,  Applcton  Lodge,  near  Widnes. 
Aucrbach,  Dr.  C.  G.,  25,  Friesenheimer  Strasse,   Ludwig 

shalen  u,  Rhein,  ( iermauy. 
Austen,  Prof.  Peter  T.,  569,  Vernon   Avenue,  Long   Island 

City,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 
Aykrovd,  II.  E.,  Ashwell,  Toller  Lane,  Bradford,  Yorks. 


B 


Babiugton,  Percival,  Astyra   Mining   Co.,    Dardanelles   via 

( lonstantinoplf. 
Baehe,  Arthur  E.,  81,  Elswick  Load.  Lewi-hum,  S.E. 
Bachmann,  Dr.  trvin  A.,  Georgia  Chemical  Works.  Augusta, 

Georgia,  U.S.A. 
Bailee,  Edwin  M.,  Millbsuk  Cottage,  Uphall,  N.B. 
Bailey,  Dr.  G.  II.,  Owens  College  Manchester. 
Bailee,  Richard  D.,  City  Brewery,  Gloucester. 
Bailey,  Thos.,  25,  High  Street,  Hull. 
Bailey,  Dr.  T.  L.,    University  College.  Brownlow    Strpet, 

Liverpool. 
Bailey,  W.  IL,  Albion  Works,  Salford,  Manchester. 
Bailey,  Walter  1'.,  8,  South  Park,  Ilford,  Essex. 
Baiubridge,     Herbert    A.,    8,  George    Street,    Manchester 

Square,  London,  W. 
Baird.  IL  Harper,  14.  Cross  Street,  Hatton  Garden,  London, 

E.< - 
Baird,  Win.,  Donald's  Chlorine  Works,  Kilwinning,  N.B. 


Jan.  ao,  1SP2.1        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHE1MICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Bairstow,  John,  32,  Sealand  Road,  Chester. 

Baker,  Harry,  Vicarage  Road,   Langley   Green,  near   Bir 

mingham. 
Baker,  Theodore,  Oakland,  Bergeu  Co.,  N  J.,  U.S.A. 
Bald,  J.  II..  Braddock,  Fa.,  U.S.A. 
Ball,  Arthur,  c/o  Burroughs,  Wellcome  &  Co.,  Snow   Hill 

Buildings,  London,  E.G. 
Ball,  Jno.    B.,  l.   Gresham   Buildings,  Basicghall  Street, 

London,  E.C. 
Ball,  Jos.  P.,  4533,  Frankford  Avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 

r.s.A. 
Ballard, E.  (!.,  Newton  Lane,  Hoole,  Chester. 
Ballantyne,  II..  260,  Renfrew  Street,  Glasgow. 
Ballinger,  Jno.,  Free  Library,  Cardiff. 
Baly,  E.  C.  C,  Bank  of  England,  London,  E.C. 
Bomber,  II.  K  ,  9,  Victoria  Street,  London,  S.W. 
Banister,  II.  ('.,  G.  11,  Exchange  Buildings,  Liverpool. 
Hanks.  Arthur  J.,  (Journal)  Honddu  Villa,  Freehold  Street, 

Fail-field,  Liverpool;  ami  5,  Ham  Terrace,  West  Ham 

Lane,  London,  E. 
Banks,  Jno.  IL,   c/o  Kickctts  and  Banks,  104,  John  Street, 

New  York,  I'.S.A. 
Banner,  Samuel,  4,  Ivanhoe  Boad,  Liverpool. 
Bannister,  R.,  The  Laboratory,  Somerset  I  louse,  London,  W.O. 
Bannister,  W.,  Victoria  Lodge,  Cork, Ireland. 
Barbour,  T.  F.,  The  Technical  School,  Coatbridge,  N.B. 
Barclay,  II. ,  Rose  Hill,  Harrington,  Cumberland. 
Barclay,  Thos.,  17.  Bull  Street,  Birmingham. 
Bardsley,  Robt.,  c/o   Jewsbury  and   Brown,  44,  Downing 

Street,  Manchester. 
Barnes,  Edw.  A.,  c  o  The  National  Explosives  Co.,  Lim., 

Hayle,  Cornwall. 
Barnes,  II.  J.,  Phoenix  Chemical  Works,  Hackney  Wick,  E. 
Barnes,  J.,  Marl  Terrace,  Acerington,  Lancashire. 
Barnes,  Jonathan,  Buckton  Vale,  near  StaTybridge. 
Barnes,  R.  L.,  Phoenix  Chemical  Works,  Hackney  Wick,  E. 
Barr,  J.,  Dinting  Vale.  Glossop. 
Barraclough,    Win.    Herbert,    Pembroke    House,  Atherton 

Road,  Forest  Gate,  E. 
Barratt,  Alex.,  Bronheulog,  Glanydon,  Mostyn,  N.  Wales. 
Barret,  E.  L.,  192,  Belsize  Road,  Hampstead,  N.W. 
Barrett,  Arthur  A.,  Lion  Still  Chemical  Co.,  Oldham  Place, 

Liverpool. 
Barrie,  D.  McLaurin,  Pollok  Patents  Gold  Extracting  Co., 

Ld.,  Johannesburg,  S.A.R. 
Harrow,  Jos.,  Oldham  Road,  Fails  worth,  Manchester. 
Bartlett,  Frank  L.,  Canon  City,  Colorado,  U.S.A. 
Ilassctt,  IL,  26,  Belitha  Villas:,  Barnsbury,  N. 
Batchelor,  Telford  C,  8,  Baron's  Court  Road,  West   Ken- 
sington, W. 
Late,  William,  c/o  National  Explosives  Co.,   Ld.,    Hayle, 

( 'ornwall. 
Bateson,  Percy,  Emsworth,  Wavertree,  Liverpool. 
Hatty.  I!.  L!.,  Lincoln  Villa,  Erdington,  near  Birmingham. 
Bavay,  Aug  de,  Victoria  Brewery,  Melbourne,  Australia. 
Baxter,  Henry,  The  Tower,  Rainhill,  Lancashire. 
Baxter,  W.  IL,  The  Lawn, Brixton  Hill,  London,  S.W. 
Bayley,  Thos.,  3,  Herbert  Avenue,  Merrion,  co.  Dublin. 
Baynes,  .I.,jun.,  Royal  Chambers,  Scale  Lane,  Hull. 
Beach,  E.  J.,  1183,  Locust  Street,  Dubuque,  Iowa,  U.S.A. 
Beadle,  Clayton,  4,  New   Court,  Lincoln's  Inn,  W.C. :  and 

Beadonwell,  Belvedere,  Kent  (Journals). 
Bealey,  Adam  C,  c  o  R.  Bealey  &  Co.,  Radcliffe,  Lancashire. 
Beanes,  E.,  Moatlands,  Paddock  Wood,  Kent. 
Beardmore,  Wm.,  Parkhead  Forge,  Glasgow. 
Heaven,  E.  S.,  5,  Borehain  Terrace,  Warminster,  Wilts. 
Heck,  IL,  22,  Bush  Lane,  K.C. 
Beckett,  G.  H.,  c/o  W.   Maenab,  14,   Great    Smith    Street, 

Westminster,  S.W. 
Beckett,  J.  II. ,  Corbar  Hill  House,  Buxton. 
Becuel,  Lezin  A.,  McCall  Post  Office,  Parish  of  Ascension, 

Louisiana,  U.S.A. 
Bedford,  Chas.  S.,  Broomleigh,  Chapel  Lane,  Headingley, 

Leeds. 
Bedford,  J.,  Woodhouse  Cliff,  Leeds. 
Bedford,  .las.  E.,    Messrs.    Wood    and    Bedford,    Kirkstall 

Road,  Leeds. 
Bedson,  l'rof.  P.  P.,  Durham  College  of  Science,  Newcastle- 

on-'l'yne. 


Beilby,  (i.,  St.  Kitts,  Slateford,  N.B. 
Bell,  C.  Lowthiau,  Linthorpc,  Middlesbrough-on-Tees. 
Bell,  G.,  59,  Samlown  Lane,  Wavertree  Road,  Liverpool. 
Bell.  11.  S.,  2.  Si.  Anne's  Park  Villas,  Wandsworth,  S.W  . 
Bell.  Sir  Lowthiau, Bart.,  Rouuton  Grange,  Northallerton. 
Bell,  Jno.,  IKS,  Southwark   Street,  Loudon,  S.E.  ;    Journals 

to  Lockner  Holt,  Chilwortb,  Surrey. 
Bell,  J.  Carter,  Bank  House,  The  Cliff,  Higher  Broughton, 

Manchester. 
Bell,  J.  Ferguson,  Stafford. 

Bell,  J.  Ralston,  27,  Lansdowne  Crescent,  Glasgow. 
Bell,  ().,  13,  Northumberland  Terrace,  Tynemouth. 
Bell,  T.  Hugh.  Middlesbrough-on-Tees. 
Bendix,  D.,  The  British  Alizarin  Co.,  Limited,  Silvertown, 

Victoria  Docks,  London,  E. ;  Journals  to   216a,  Bom- 
ford  Road,  E. 
Benger,  F.  B.,  The  Grange,  Knutsford,  Cheshire. 
Benjamin,  Dr.  M.,  15,  West  121st  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Bennett,  Thos.,  Birch  Vale,  near  Stockport. 
Bennie,  J.  W.,  Minas  de  Rio  Tinto,  Huelva,  Spain. 
Bentley,  J.  W.,  Stakchill  Works,  Castleton,  Manchester. 
Bcntz,  Ernest,  147,  Bishop  St.,  Alexandra  Park,  Manchester. 
Benyou,  Jos.  A.,  c/o  Andrew   Allan,  Iononteh,   Montreal, 

Canada. 
Beringer,  C,  9,  West  End,  Redruth,  Cornwall. 
Beringer,  J.  J.,  Treon  Road,  Camborne,  Cornwall. 
Bernard,  .las.,  jun.,  Tinoca  Ld.,  Casal   das  Bollas,   Olivaes 

Lisbon. 
Bernays,  J.,  96,  Newgate  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Berry.E.E.,  Much  Iladham,  Herts. 
Berry,  G.  F.,  Atlas  Chemical   Works,   West  Ferry   Road, 

Millwall,  E. 
Best,  Dr.  T.  T,  c/o  Messis.  Gamble  &  Son,   St.   Helens, 

Lancashire. 
Bevan,  E.  J.,  4,  New  Court,  Lincoln's  Inn,  Loudon,  W.C. 
Bevan,  I.,  Llanclly  Chemical  Works,  Llanclly,  S.  Wales. 
Bevan,  J.  Williams,  Chemical  Works,  Temple  Street.  Dublin. 
Bevan,  S.  Howel,  Curing  Road,  Llanclly,  South  Wales. 
Beveridge,  J.,  Northrleet   Paper  Mills,   Kent;  Journals  to 

4,  Kent  Road,  Gravesend. 
Bewick,  T.  Burrell,  Suffolk  House,  Lawrence  Pouutney  Hill, 

London,  E.C. 
Bibby,  E.  V.,  Garston  Copper  Works,  Garston,  near  Liverpool. 
Bickordike,  W.  E.,  Clayton  Grange,  Wilpshirc,  near  Black- 
burn. 
Bickett,  J.  IL,  Medical  College,  London  Hospital,  E. 
Biggart,  J.  Wm.,  29,  Cathcart  Street,  Greenock,  N.B. 
Biggart,  Wm.  L„  Woodbine,  Bridge  of  Weir,  N.B. 
Biggs,  B.,  3,  Lawrence  Pouutney  Hill,  London,  E.C. 
llilui.  G.  V.,  Pennsylvania  Salt  Manufacturing  Co.,  Phila- 
delphia, U.S.A. 
Billing,   H.  S.,  Messrs.  Burnard  &  Alger,  Ld.,  Plymouth 

Chemical  Works,  Plymouth. 
Bindschedler,  R.,  Societe  pour  l'lndustrie  Chimique,  Basle, 

Switzerland. 
Binney,  II.  A.,  Ravenhead,  St.  Helens. 
Bird,  Henry,  South  Down  House,  South  Down,  Plymouth. 
Bird,  R.,  Ellerslie.  Eoatb,  Cardiff. 
Birley,  E.  K.,  Messrs.  Chas.  Macintosh  &   Co.,  Cambridge 

Street,  Manchester. 
Birch,    R.    W.  Peregrine,   5,    Queen  Anne's  Gate,   West 

minster,  S.W. 
Birch,  Wm.,  Milton  Street   Ironworks,  Lower   Broughton, 

Manchester. 
Bischof,  Gustav,  4,  Hart  St.,  Bloomsbury,  London,  W.C. 
Bishop,  A.  Conway,   Three  Mills  Lane,  Bromley-by-Bow, 

London,  E. 
Bishop,  Fred,  c/o  Linlithgow  Oil  Co.,  Ld.,  Linlithgow,  N.B. 
Bishop,  G.  A.,  Royal  Bank  House,  Coatbridge,  N.B. 
Black,  .las.  Watson,  11,  Kirkdale,  Sydenham,  S.E. 
Black,  Wm.,  Stanrigg,  Airdrie,  N.B. 
Black,  Wm.,  12,  Romulus  Terrace,  Gateshead. 
Blackwell,  G.  G.,  26-27,  Irwell  Chambers  West,  Fazakerley 

Street,  Liverpool. 
Blades,  CM.,  Bay  Villa,  Chester  Road,  Northwich,  Cheshire. 
Blagden,  W.  G.,  1,  Fenchurch  Avenue,  London,  E.C. 
Blair,  John,  18,  Old  Mill  Road,  New  Heiidon,  Sunderland. 
Blake,  C.  A.,  47,  Piccadilly,  London,  W. 
Blake,  .las.,  Thames  Sugar  Refinery,  Silvertown,  London,  E. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMTCAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30.  ISM. 


Blukcy,  A.  .).,  Dudbridge  Mills,  Stroud,  Gloucestershire. 
Blass,  Edw.,  Essen  (Ruhr),  Germany. 

Blenkinsop,  W.,  Garden  Wharf,  Battersea,  Loudon,  S.W. 

Bles,  A.  J.  S.,  32,  Chorlton  Street,  Manchester. 

Bloede,  Victor  (!.,  Patuxent  and  Dillon  Streets,  Baltimore, 
Md.,  U.S.A. 

Bloomer,  Fred  J.,  7,  Boundaries  Road,  Balbam,  S.W. 

Bloomfield,  1!.,  Thurma  Factory,  via  Darbhunga,  Tirhoot, 
India. 

Blount,  Bertram,  Chemical  Laboratory,  Broadway,  West- 
minster, S.W. 

Bloxam,  Arthur  G.,  10,  Bolingbroke  Road,  West  Kensington, 
W. 

Bloxam,  Win.  Popplewell,  Royal  Naval  College,  Greenwich, 
S.E. 

Rlumann,  Moritz,  43,  London  Wall,  London,  E.C. 

Blundstone,  E.  R„  Cornwall  Lodge,  St.  James'  Road,  New 
Hampton,  Middlesex. 

Biythe,  II.  F.,  Holland  Bank  Chemical  Works,  Church,  near 
Accrington. 

Blyton,  J.,  12,  Cromford  Court.  Market  Street,  .Man- 
chester. 

Boa,  Peter,  119,  George  Street,  Edinburgh. 

Boake,  A.,  Southwood  Lawn,  Highgate,  N. 

Boake,  Edmund  J.,  Southwood  Lawn,  llighgate,  X. 

Board,  J.  T.,  Distillery.  Cheese  Lane,  Bristol. 

Bolas,  Thos.,  8,  Grove  Terrace,  Chiswick,  W. 

Bond,  Louis  W.,  Box  500,  Seattle,  Wash.,  U.S.A. 

Bonn,  J.  Edwin,  High  Street,  Brading,  Isle  of  Wight. 

Bookman,  S..  Mittelstrasse,  '-'4,  I.,  Berlin,  Prussia 

Boor,  Leonard  G.,  1  and  2,  Artillery  Lane,  London,  E.C. 

Booth,  Geo.,  Irk  Vale  Dyeworks,  Middleton,  near  Man- 
chester. 

Boothby,  ('has..  14,  Palmer  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 

Borland,  John,  Etruria,  Kilmarnock,  N.B. 

Borland,  W.  D.,  Beacou  Lodge,  Green  Street  Green,  near 
Dartford,  Kent. 

Bothamlcy,  C.  II. ,  Fernleigh,  Haines  Hill,  Taunton, 
Somerset. 

Pott,  Dr.  Wm.,  Singapore,  S.S. 

Bott,  Jos.  Elton,  Brinnington  Hall,  Stockport. 

Bottingcr,  11.  T.,  Elhcrfeld,  Germany. 

Bottle,  Alex.,  4,  Godwyne  Road,  Dover. 

Boulton,  II.  E.,  G4,  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Boulton,  James,  Cray  ford  Mills,  Stratford,  E. 

Boulton,  S.  B.,  64,  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Boulton,  T.  S.,  15,  Richmond  Villas,  Seven  Sister- 
Road.  N. 

Boureart,  Dr.  Robert,  La  Boissiere,  Geneva,  Switzerland. 

Iioutmy,  II.,  Sain  Fons,  RhSne,  France. 

Bow,  R.  II.,  7,  South  Gray  Street,  Edinburgh. 

Howeii,  S.  1!.,  Brickfield  Chemical  Works,  Llanelly,  South 
Wales. 

Bower,  Frank,  37,  Lansdowne  Road,  Clapham  Road, 
S.W. 

Bower,  II.,  (tray's  Ferry  Road,  and  Twenty-ninth  Street, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Bowing,  Jno.,  The  Cottage,  West  Tilbury,  Essex. 

Bowler,  G.  S.,  Crystal  Palace  District  Gas  Co.,  Limited, 
Lower  Sydenham,  S.E. 

Bowley,  Jos."  John,  Wellington  Works,  Battersea  Bridge, 
London,  S.W. 

Bowman,  F.  H.,  West  Mount,  Halifax. 

Bowman,  P..  Elabouga,  Government  of  Viatka,  Russia 

Bowrey,  J.  J.,  Kingston,  Jamaica,  West  Indies. 

Boyd,  Pythagoras,  50, Marshall  Street,  North  Adams,  Mass., 

r.s'.A. 

Bovd,  11.  Nelson,  23,  Queen  Amn's  Gate,  S.W. 

Boyd,  Saml.  F.,  is*.  Leeson  Park.  Dublin. 

Boyd,  W.,  Tliarsis  Works,  East  Moors,  Cardiff. 

Boyd,  W.,  Thornton,  R.S.O.,  Fifeshire,  N.B. 

Bracewell,  Wm.,  Brinseall,  near  Chorley. 

Bradburn,J.  A.,  Solvay  Process  Co.,  Syracuse,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

Bradbury,  A.,  Queen  Buildings,  11,  Dale  Street,  Liver- 
pool. 

Bradley,  Edw.  F.,  The  Star  Brush  Co.,  Ld.,  Eden  Grove, 
Holloway,  N. 

Braithwaite,  Isaac,  Kendal.  Westmoreland. 

Bramham,  W.,  ll">-  Bow  Road,  London,  E. 


Bramley,  Wm..  18,  Clarence  Street,  Middlesbro'-ou-Toes. 
liramwell,  Major  E.,-Kthcrsall,  Iluytou,  near  Liverpool. 
BramweH,  Sir  F.,  Bart.,  5,  Great  George  Street,  Westminster 

Loudon,  S.W. 
BramweH,  t;.  11.,  Cowley  Hill,  St.  Helens,  Lancashire. 
BramweH,  Samuel,  18,  St.  Ann's  Street,  Manchester. 
Branson,  F.  W.,  24,  Mount  Preston,  Leeds. 
I  hasher.  F.  W.,  8,  Wyatt  Road,  Forest  Gate,  E. 
Brayne,    Francis   W.,    Bow    Pottery,   Three    Mills    Lane, 

Bromley-by-llow,  E. 
Breekon,  J.  R.,  41,  Fawcett  Street,  Sunderland. 
Breen,  George,  Irvine  Chemical   Co.,  Limited,  2(J4,  Vincent 

Street,  Glasgow. 
Bremtt,  Wm.,  Glasshoughton,  Castleford,  Yorks. 
Breidahl,  Harold  T.  W.,  Federal  Distillery,  Port  Melbourne, 

Victoria. 
Brcnemann,   Dr.    A.  A.,   07,    Water     Street,     New    York, 

U.S.A. 
Brennan,    E.    J.,  Box    174,   Johannesburg,    South    African 

Republic. 
Bressey,  Edw.,  209,  Romford  Road,  Stratford,  E. 
Brewis,  Edw.  T.,c  o  Boileau  and  Boyd,  I '.ride  Street,  Dublin. 
Pliant,  L.,  24,  Ilolborn  Viaduct,  London,  E.C. 
Brierley,  J.  T.,  249,  Bolton  Road,  Chorley,  Lancashire. 
Briggs,   T.    Lvnton,    357,  Madison   Street,   Brooklyn,   New 

York,  U.S.A. 
Briggs,  W.,  4,  Erskine  Terrace,  Dundee. 
P.rindley,  (i.   F.,  c/o  The  Aluminium  Co.,  Lim.,  (  Hdbury, 

Birmingham. 
Bristow,  G.  W.,  Worcester  House,  35,  Easteheap,  London, 

E.C. 
Broad,  .las.,  ('if'..  High  Street,  Lewes,  Sussex. 
Broadbeut,  H.,  c/o  Goodall,  Backhouse,  &  Co.,  Sovereign 

Street,  Leeds. 
Brock,  Arthur,  Messrs.  C.  T.  Brock  &  Co.,  South  Norwood, 

S.E. 
Brock,  J.,  Wellfichl.  Farnworth,  Widnes. 
Brooke,  Edwd.,  Oakley  House,  Edgerton,  Huddersfield. 
Brookes,  E.  A.,  22,  Claremont  Grove,  Harlow   Moor  Road, 

Didsbury,  near  Manchester, 
Broom,  Wm.,  Mount  Albion,  North  Queensland. 
Brotherton,  E.  A.,  Fern  Cliffe,  llklcv,  Yorkshire. 
Brown,  Prof.  A.  Crum,  8,  Belgravc  Crescent,  Edinburgh. 
Brown,  A.  Selwyn,  43;  Portsdown  Road,  Maida  Vale,  W. 
Brown,    C.    J.,    12,    Victoria    Buildings,   St.    .Mary's    Gate, 

Manchester. 
Brown,    Caesar      R.,     Anglo-Continental     Guano     Works, 

Victoria  Docks.  E 
Brown.  D.,  93,  Abbey  Hill,  Edinburgh. 
Brown,  1).,  Donaghmore,  Tyrone,  Ireland. 
Brown,  Edw.,   Russian   Steam   Oil   Mills,  22,   Kourlandskj 

Street,  St.  Petersburg. 
Brown,  F  .W.,  17,  Waltciton  Road,  St.  Peter's  Park,  Lon- 
don, W. 
Brown,  II.,  Cannon  Brewery,  Watford,  Herts. 
Brown,  Horace  T.,  47,  High  Street,  Hurton-on-Treiit. 
Brown,  Dr.  J.  Campbell,  27,  Abercrombie  Square, Liverpool. 
Brown,    J.     Henry,    Minas    de    San     Doiningos,    Mertola, 

Portugal. 
Brown,  J.  T.,  28,  Anhalt  Road,  Battersea,  S.W. 
Brown,  Oliphant  A.,  Lennoxmill,  Lennoxtown,  N.B. 
Brown,  Robt.,  Beech  Mount,  Wilmington  Hill,  Northwich. 
Brown,  R.  J.,  Technical  School,  Stockport. 
Brown,  T.,  The  Chemical  Works,  King's  Lynn. 
Brown,  Walter,  c'o  Jas.  II.  Dennis  and  Co.,  Widnes. 
Brown,  W.  A.,  Overton  Paper  Mills,  Greenock,  N.B. 
Browning,  W.,  Broad  Oak,  Accrington. 
Bruce,  Edw.  M.,  2811,  Cottage  Grove  Avenue,  Chicago,  111., 

U.S.A. 
Bruce,  Jas..  Cluan  House,  Mouutpottiugcr,  Belfast,  Ireland. 
Hrunner,  II.,  Holly  Mount,   Tarboek  Road,  Iluytou,  near 

Liverpool. 
Brunner,  J.  F.  L.,  The  Hollies,  Hartford,  Cheshire. 
Brunner,  J.  T.,  M.P..  Druid's  (  n>ss,  Wavertree,  Liverpool. 
Brunner,  J.  P.,  28,  Exchange  Street  East,  Liverpool. 
Brunner,  Dr.   P.,   29,  Fenney   Street.   Higher   Broughton, 

Manchester. 
Bryce,  A.  S.,  Glenpark   Oil  Works,  East    Nelson   Street, 

Glasgow. 


Jan.  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Bryce,   John    Annan,    Messrs.    Wallace    Bros.,   s,   Anstin 
Friars,  London,  E.C. 

Bryce-Smith,  N. .).,  Oakfield,  Barrow,  Whalley,  near  Black- 
burn. 

Buch,  Carl  Von,  1,  St.  James'  Street,  London,  S.W. 

Buchanan,  Jas.,jun.,  Caledonia  Foundry,   Brasenose  Pond, 
Liverpool. 

Buchanan,  Joshua,  Poste  Restante,  Taltal,  Chili. 

Buckley,  Edwin,  Heaver  Park.  Didsbury,  Manchester. 

Budden,  10.  1!.,  11,  Fnrnival  Street.  Holborn,  E.I  . 

Bullock,  J.  L.,  3,  Hanover  Street,  Hanover  Square,  London, 
\V. 

Bumhy,  II.,  West  Cumberland  Works,  Workington. 

Bunker,  H.  E.,  24,  Great  Cheethom   Street  West,  Lower 
Broughton,  Manchester. 

llurclekin,  G.,  jun.,  Sutton  Lodge  Chemical  Co.,  St.  Helens. 

Burger,  Dr.  J.,  I,  Birch  Avenue,  Talbot  Road,  Old  Trafford, 
Manchester. 

Burgess,  Geo.,  Marsh  Alkali  Works,  Whims. 

Burgess,  Win,  T.,  I,  Ringley  Cottages,  Reigate,  Surrey. 

Burghardt,  Dr.  C.  A.,  35,  Fountain  Street,  Manchester  ;  and 
Owens  College,  Manchester. 

Bumard,  R.,  Plymouth  Chemical  Works,  Plymouth. 

Burnett,  B.  E.,  118,  Huddleston  Road,  Tufnell  Park,  Lon- 
don. N. 

Burnet,  Henry  K.,  North   Biook  Vitriol  Works,  Bradford, 
Yorks. 

Burn-Murdoch,  J.  V.,  c/o  Capt.  P.  R.  Burn-Murdoch,  ILL., 
Pembroke  Dock,  South  Wales. 

Burrell,  B.  A.,  5,  Mount  Pleasant,  Leeds. 

Burrows,  Edw.,  Belle  Vite  Road,  Low  Fell,  Gateshead-on 
Tyne. 

Burton,  F.,  2,  Green  Street,  Bethnal  Green,  E. 

Burton,  Win.,  18,  Victoria  Street,  Basford, Stoke-on-Trent. 

Bury,  J.  11..  Church  <  'hemical  Works,  near  Accrington. 

Busii,  R.  A.,  20,  Artillery  Lane,  London,  E.C. 

Bush,  Baron  W.  de,  20,  Artillery  Lane,  London,  E.C, 

Butler,  Paul,  Lowell,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Butler,  Samuel,  Compton,  Wolverhampton. 

Butler,  W.  W.,  Flmdon,  Selly  Park,  near  Birmingham. 

Butt,  E.  N.,  25,  Sussex  Gardens,  Hyde  Park,  London,  W. 

Butterfield,  J.  C,  13,  Victoria  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 

liutterfield,  W.  J.  A.,  10,  Tressillian  Crescent.  St.  John's. 
S.E. 

Button,  II.,  Faraday  Chemical  Works,  Rainham,  Essex. 

Byard,  A.  G.,  e/oBurt,  Boulton,  and  Hey  wood,  Apartado8, 
Bilbao,  Spain. 

Bythway,  M.,  -13,  Lloyd  Street,  Albert  Street,  Manchester. 


Cabot,  (iodfrey  L.,  82,  Water  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Cadett,  Jas.,  Ashtead,  Surrey. 

Caines,   ('lias.   M.,   7,   Rochester   Terrace,   Camden    Road, 

London,  N.W. 
Caines,   G.   S.   A.,   7,   Rochester   Terrace,   Camden    Road, 

London,  N.W. 
Caldecott,  Wm.  A.,  Eureka  City,  Barberton,  S.A.R. 
I'alderwood,  J.,    Gowanlea,    Spencer  Park,  Wandsworth, 

S.W. ;  and  Price's  Patent  Candle  Co.,  Battersea. 
Caldwell,    Alfred    S.,    Greenfield   Lodge,   Lasswade,   Mid- 
lothian, N.B. 
Caldwell,  Wm.,  Murray  Street,  Paisley,  N.B. 
I  laley,  A.  J.,  Chapel  Field,  Norwich. 
Calkin,  Wm.  S.,  Johnsonburg,  Quay  P.O.,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Callander,  W.  S.,  Phoenix  Alkali  Works,  Widnes. 
Oallard,   S.,   Pontamnian    Chemical    Works,    Ammanfefrd, 

Carmarthen. 
Cameron,  Jas.,  c/o  Nobel's   Explosives  Co.,  Ld.,  Polmont 

Station,  N.B. 
Cameron,  Peter,  Bath  Bridge  Colour  Works,  Bristol. 
Cameron,  R.,  Wellpark  House,  Bathgate,  N.B. 
Cammack,  J.,  8,  Salisbury  Street,  St.  Helens. 
Campbell,  Andrew,  c/o   Burmah   Oil  Co.,   Ld.,   Rangoon. 

Burniah. 
Campbell,  Archibald,  Thornton.  R.S.O.,  Fife,  N.B. 


Campbell,  Colin   M.,  c/o  .las.  Laing  &  Co.,  70,  Wellington 

Street,  Glasgow. 
Campbell,  John,  118,  Warren  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 
Campbell,  Jno.   D-,  Crosby   House,   Thurlow   Park   Road, 

West  Dulwich,  S.E. 
Candlish,    J.    J.,    Bottle    Works,    Seaham   Harbour,  co. 

Durham. 
Candy,  F.  l'ullen,  5G,  Nightingale  Lane,  Balham,  S.W. 
Cannon,  M.,  Beaufoy's  Chemical    Works,  Lavender  Hill, 

London,  S.W. 
Canziaui,  Enrico,  84,  Lombard  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Carden,  Albert   J.,  Lea  Valley  Distillery,   Warton   Road, 

Stratford,  E. 
Carey,  E.,  Browside,  Gateacre,  near  Liverpool. 
( 'argey,  W.  G.,  Forest  Hall,  near  Newcastle-on-Tync 
Carlile,  T.,  23,  West  Nile  Steet,  Glasgow. 
Carmody,  Prof.  Patrick,  Government  Laboratory,  Port  of 

Spain,  Trinidad. 
Caro,  Dr.  II.,  Mannheim,  Germany. 
Carpenter,    II.   S.r  Beckington   House,   Weighton    Road, 

Anerley,  S.E. 
Carpenter,  R.  F.,  Bent  Terrace,  Prestwich,  near  Manchester. 
Carran,  T.  W.,  12,  Rawlins  Street,  Liverpool. 
Carruthers,  J.  G.,  Burnbrae  House,  Milngavie,  N.B. 
Carter,  W.C.,  23,  Eblana  Street,  The  Plains,  Belfast,  Ireland. 
Carteigbe,  M.,  180,  New  Bond  Street,  London,  W. 
Carulla,  F.  J.  R.,  84,  Argyll  Terrace,  Derby. 
Carulla,  F.  M.,  Apartado  689,  Buenos  Ayres,  Argentina. 
Cassal,  C.  E.,  Hrenne  House,  Wandsworth  Common,  S.W. 
Castner,  Hamilton  Y.,  c/o  The  Aluminium  Co.,  Ld.,  Old 

bury,  Birmingham. 
Cawley,  G.,  358,  Strand,  London,  W.C. 
Cawley,  J.,  278,  Passaic  Street,  Newark,  N.J.,  U.S.A. 
Chadwick,  L.  N...  Ivy  Lawn,  Ponders  End,  Middlesex. 
Chaduick,  Walter  M.,  24,  West  3rd  Street,  Bayonne,  N.J., 

U.S.A. 
Chaloner,  G.,  30,  Weston  Park,  Crouch  End,  N. 
Chamberlain,  J.,  Brunswick   Gasworks,    near    Melbourne, 

Victoria. 
Chance,  A.  M.,  Lawnside,  Edgbaston,  Birmingham, 
Chance,  J.  F.,  51,  Prince's  Gate,  London,  S.W. 
Chandler,  Dr.  C.  F.,  School  of  Mines,  Columbia  College, 

New  York. 
Chancy,  Barry,  Mysore  Gold  Mining  Co.,  Ld.,  Kolar  Road, 

Mysore,  India. 
Chaplin,  J.  C,  10,  Earl's  Court  Square,  South  Kensington, 

S.W. 
Chapman,   Alf.    C,    23,   Euston    Buildings,   Gower   Street 

Station,  London,  N.W. 
Chapman,  S.,   84,   Eccleston   Square,   London,  S.W.  ;  and 

36,  Mark  Lane,  E.C. 
Chase,  R.  L-,  North  Adams,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Chattaway,  Wm.,  c/o  A  H.  Allen,   101,  Leadenhall  Street 

E.C. 
Cheyne,  A.  M.,  c/o  Messrs    Burgoyne,  18,  Coleman  Street, 

London,  E.C. 
Chorley,  Jno.  C,  Lodge  Lane,  Bewsey,  Warrington. 
Christie,  J.,  Messrs.  John  Orr-Ewing  &   Co.,  Alexandria 

Works,  Dumbartonshire. 
Christopher,  G.,  5,   Shoe   Lane,  E.C.  (for  Journals)  ;    and 

G,  Barrow  Road,  Streathani  Common,  S.W. 
Christy,    Thos.,   Malvern    House,    Sydenham,    S.E.  ;    ami 

25,  Lime  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Chrystal,    W.    J.,    Shawfield    Works,    Rutherglen,     near 

Glasgow. 
Church,  Prof.  A.  H.,  Shelsley,  Kew,  Surrey. 
Church,  Elihu  D.,  jun.,  124,  Milton  Street,  Brooklyn    X  V 

U.S.A. 
Clanahan,  II.  C,  88,  King  Street,  Manchester. 
Clapp,  Ralph  1!.,  c/o  Standard  Ammonia  Co.,   Ld.,   Iceland 

Wharf,  Old  Ford,  E. 
( llapperton,  J.,  jun.,  25,  Queen  Square,  Regent  Park.Glasgow. 
Clark,  E.  B.,  c/o  Clark  aud  Struthers,   17,  Royal  Exchange 

Square,  Glasgow. 
Clark,  Franklin  S.,  527,  Madeira  Avenue,  New  York  City, 

U*S.A. ;   and    (Journals)   Southern   Chemical   Works 

Wilmington,  N.C.,  U.S.A. 
Clark,  Dr.  J.,  138,  Bath  Street,  Glasgow. 
Clark,  John,  80,  Great  Brook  Street,  Birmingham. 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  80, 189B. 


Clark,  R.  Ingham,  2,  Park  Prospect,  Qiu'en  Ainu's  Gale, 

Westminster,  S.W. 
Clarke,  C.  Goddard,  Ingleside,  Kim  Grove,  Pcekham,  S.E. 
Claudet,   A.   C,   >'>,   Coleman   Street,   London,   K.C.;   and 

(Journals  to)  9,  Daleham  Gardens,  Hampstead,  N.W. 
Claudet,  F.  G.,  6,  Coleman  Street,  E.C. ;  and  (Journals) 

:i,  Manor  Eise  Terrace,  Dulwieh,  S.E. 
Claus.  C,  e  ii  Francis  Arding,  5,  Jeffrey   Square;   London, 

E.C. 
f'laiw,  Carl  F..  jun.,  Ferryside,  Carmarthenshire. 
Claus,  Win.  II.,  24,  Egerton  Komi.  Fallowfield,  Manchester. 
Claypole,  Dr.  E.  VV.,  Buchtel  College,  Akron,  Ohio,  U.S.A. 
Clayton,  E.  G.,  Chemical  Laboratory,    I  •">  X   41,  Holborn 

Viaduct,  London,  E.C. 
Clayton.  .1.  W.,  Bentfield,  Alma  Road,  Aighurth,  Liverpool. 
(  lements,  Harry    C,  Boughton   House,  Upper  Parkfields, 

Putney,   S.W.  ;    and   (Journals)   22,  Treherne   Road, 

Brixton,  SAW 
Cleminshaw,  E.,  Alkali  Works,  Oldbury,  near  Birmingham, 
demons,  G.  II.,  Cudbear  Street,  Hunslet  Road,  Leeds. 
Clerk,  Dugald,  Driffold  Villa,  Sutton  Coldficld,  near  Bir- 
mingham. 
Cliff.  D.  Y.,  14.  Royal  Exchange,  Leeds. 
Cliff,  J..  Nisbot  Hall,  Fulneck,  Leeds. 
Cliff,  Stephen,  Wortley,  near  Leeds. 
Clift,  .1..  Tar  Works,  Knottingley,  Yorks. 
Clifton,  C.  D.,  Royal  Oak  Brewery,  Stockport. 
Cloud,  T.   ('.,  Wallaroo   Smelting  Works,  Wallaroo,    South 

Australia. 
Clowes,  Dr.  K.,  University  College,  Nottingham. 
(  Howes,  G.  A.,  Needham  Market,  Suffolk. 
Clutton,  J.   II.,  Goring  Villas,  Burry   Port,  R.S.O.,  Car- 
marthenshire. 
Coats,  Jno.  T..  91,  Broughton  Street,  Edinburgh. 
(  oeln  ane.  <  lias.,  ( liven  Royde,  Pedmore,  near  Stourbridge. 
Cockburn,  J.,  4 .",,  Camden  Squai'e,  London,  N.W. 
Cockrell,  E.  Gordon,  17,  Grosvenor  Chambers,  Manchester. 
Coffey,  .Hm-is  11..  Hatherley  Distillery,  Pretoria,  S.A.R. 
Coghill,  1'.  de  G.,  Borax  Works,  Old  Swan,  Liverpool. 
Cogswell,  W.  I!.,  Syracuse,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Cohen,  Dr.  J..  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 
Colby,  Albert  L.,  131,  South  CeDter  Street,  Bethlehem,  Pa., 

LISA. 
Colby,  W.  II.,  Carreg-wen,  Aberystwith. 
( loldridge,  Ward,  Emmanuel  <  lollege,  <  lambridge. 
Coleman,  .las.  B.,  University  College,  Nottingham. 
Colin,  Theodore  F.,  P.O.  Box  393,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Collcns,  E.,  Vinegar  Work-.,  Stourport,  Worcestershire. 
Collett,  J.  M.,  7,  Brunswick  Square,  Gloucester. 
Collins,  II.  S.,  co   General   Apothecaries    Co.,  49,  Berners 

Street,  W. 
Collins,  J.  II.,  13—14,  Basinghall  Street.  E.C. 
Collins,  S.  Hoare,  13,  Kyverdale  Rd., Stoke  Newington,  N. 
Collins,   W.    Hepworth,   14    &    15,    Bradford    Buildings, 

Mawdsley  Street,  Bolton-le-Moors. 
Collinson,  I..  Hearn,  Hearn  Street.  Curtain  Road.  London, 

E.C. 
Collyns,  C.  S.  A.,  56,  Elm  Row,  Leith  Walk,  Edinburgh. 
Colman,  Dr.  Harold  G.,  259,  Monument   Road,  Edgbaston, 

Birmingham. 
Colquhoun,  D.,  Maulesbank,  Carnoustie,  N.B. 
Colsnn,  A.,  Gas  Office,  Millstone  Lane,  Leicester. 
Cohvell,  Walter  E.,  Iceland  Wharf,  old  Ford,  E. 
Comer,  II..  P.O.  Box  31,  Jersey  City,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 
Conuor.C.  < '..  Notting  Hill  House.  Belfast,  Ireland. 
Conrad,  E.  G,  Fabriek  de  Maasraond,  Raamsdonk,  Holland. 
Oonradson,  Pontus  H.,  Great    Northern   Railroad,  St.  Paul, 

Mi. in.,  C.S.A. 
Conroy,   .las.  '1'.,  The    Hollies,   Montpellier  Crescent,    New 

Brighton,  Cheshire. 
Constable,' W.  11.,  Hale  Bank,  Widnes,  Lancashire. 

C le.  J.  Charles,  19,  Freeland  Road,  Ealing,  W. 

Cook.  E.  Rider,  East  London  Soap  Works,  Bow,  London,  E. 
Cook,  II.  J.,  East  London  Soap  Works,  Bow,  London,  E. 
C.,ok,  Jas.  Williams.  30,  Buri  Street,  St.  Mary  Axe,  E.C. 
Cook,  Jno.  J.,  Atlas  Foundry,  St.  Helens,  Lancashire. 
Cook.   Robt.,  Atlas  Chemical  Works,  Widnes. 

Cooke,  Arthur  W.,  c/o  Messrs.   Brotherton  ec   Co.,  Calder 
Yale  Wakefield 


Cookscy,  Dr.  Thos.,  2  I .  RrownswoodPark,  London,  V 
Cookson,  N.  T.,  Newcastle-on-Tyuc. 
Cooinbur,  Thos.,  9,  Osborne  Road,  Clifton,  Bristol. 
Cooper,   A.,   North-Eastern  Steel  Co.,  Middlesbrough-on- 

Tees ;  and  (Journals)  Erdeiy,  Middlesbrough. 
Cooper,    Astlev,    Oatlands    Chemical    Works,    Mean  wood 

Road,  Leeds. 
Cooper,  II.  P.,  64,  Foxham  Road,  Upper  Hollowav,  N. 
Cooper,  Harry  J.,  Drinagh,  Wexford,  Ireland. 
Cooper,  Walter  J.,  e/o  South   Wales  Cement   Co.,  Penarth, 

Cardiff. 
Corbett,  Jno.,  M.P.,  Stoke  Works,  near  Bromsgrove,  Wor- 
cestershire. 
Corbouhl,  Wm.  II.,  Ediacara  Consols  Silver  Mine,  Beltana, 

South  Australia. 
Corcoran,  Bryan,  31,  Mark   Lane, London,  E.C. 
Colder,  Walter  S..  22,  Alhion  Road,  North  Shields. 
Cordner-James,    .1.    II.,    id,    Mansion     House    Chambers, 

London,  E.( '. 
Cornett,  Jas.  P.,  Ford  Paper  Works,  Hylton,  near  Sunder- 
land. 
Cornish,  Vaughan,  George  Hotel,  Winchester. 
Corrie,  David,  e/o  Nobel's  Explosives  Co.,    Ld.,  Polmont 

Station.  N.B. 
Coste,    F.  II.    Perry,  7.    Fowkes    Buildings,   Great    Tower 

Street,  London,  E.C. 
( lottam,  J.  C,  39,  Lombard  Street,  London,  V.C. 
Cotterill,  Thos.,  The  Poplars,  West  Bromwieh. 
Cotton,  W.  V.,  Hollywood  Roebuck,  Co.  Dublin. 
Couche,  Chas.  W..  132,  Duke  Street,  Liverpool. 
Couper,  W.  (!.,  1,  Fenehureh  Avenue,  London,  E.( '. 
Cowan,  A.  B.,  Tudhoe  Ironworks,  Spennymoor,  Newcastle- 

on-Tyne. 
Cowell,  Peter,  Free  Public  Library,  Liverpool. 
Cownley,  A.  J.,  13,  Fenehureh  Avenue,  London,  E.C. 
Cowper-Coles,  Sherard   Oshoru,  The    London  Metallurgical 

I  n.,  Ld.,  8t>,  Tiirnmill  Street,  E.C. 
Cox,  Walter  .1.,  Rock  House,  liasford,  Nottingham. 
Coxe,  Eckley  B.,  Drifton,  Luzerne  Co.,  Pa.,  U.S.A.. 
Crabb,  W.,  Border  Counties  Chemical  and  Manure   Works, 

Silloth,  Cumberland, 
Craig,  G.,  Lugar  Iron  Works,  Cumnock,  N.B. 
Craig,  Jno.,  Clippens  Villa,  by  Johnstone,  N.B. 
Crake,  Win.,   Dresden  Terrace,   Bawtry    Road,  Attorcliffe, 

Sheffield. 
Craven,  Chas.   E.,  Hawthorne  Cottage,    White  Cole    Hill, 

Braniley,  near  Leeds. 
Craven,  Jno.,  jun.,  Smedley  Lodge,  Chccthani,  Manchester. 
Craw,  John,  15,  Cadogan  Street,  Glasgow. 
Crawford,    D.,    Langdale's    Manure   Works,   Newcastle-on- 

Tyne. 
Crawford,  D.,  Ferryfield  Printworks,  Alexandria,  N.I!. 
Crawley,  Arthur H.,  e  o  Elmore's  Patent  Copper  Depositing 

Co.,  Ld.,  Pontefract  Road,  Hunslet,  Leeds. 
Crawshnw,  K.,  l'.">,  Tollington  Park,  London,  N. 
Cresswell,    C.     G.,     Ermyngarth,    Ashtead,    Surrey  ;    ami 

9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 
Cresswell,  C.  N.,  1,  Hare  Court,  Temple,  E.C. 
Crichton,  Donald  G.  (Journals).  Centra]  Broken  Hill  Silver 

Mine,  Broken  Hill,  New    South  Wales;  (subs.)  Logan 

Bank,  Cupar  Fife,  N.B. 
Griper,   Wm.   R.,  Cossipore  Chemical   Works,   Cossipore, 

Calcutta,  India. 
Gritchley,  C.  A.,  Victoria  Works.  St.  Helens,  Lancashire. 
Crompton,  Percy  R.,  Dearden's  House,  Bury,  Lancashire. 
Cronquist,    A.     Werner,      Royal     Wharf,     Skeppsholnicn, 

Stockholm,  Sweden. 
Crookes,   W.,  7,  Kensington   Park  Gardens,  Notting  Hill, 

London,  W. 
Crosfield,  A.  L.,  Hi,  Bidstou  Road,  Birkenhead. 
Croshaw,  Jno.  F.,  11,  Hose  street,  Fountain  Road,  Hull. 
Cross,    C.     F.,    4,    New    Court,     Lincoln's     Inn,    London, 

W.C. 
Crossley,  L„  28,  Parkfield Road,  Sefton  Park,  Liverpool. 
Crossley,  1!.,  l'.eutcliffe  House,  Accrington. 
('row.  Dr.  J.  K.,  Hillingdon  Varnish  Works,  West  Drayt 

Middlesex, 
(rowiler.  Sand..  Hillside,  Auckland   Road.  Upper  Norwood, 

S.E. 


Jan.  so.  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Crowder,  \V.,  271,  Evering  Road,  Upper  Clapton,  London, 
X. 

Crowther,  Horace  W.,  Messrs.  Chance  Brothers,  Alkali 
Works,  Oldbury,  near  Birmingham. 

Crowther,  \V.  M.,  Field  House,  Gomersal,  near  Leeds. 

Crum,  A.,  Thornliebauk,  Glasgow. 

Crumbie,  W  D.,  I'.s.  Go\t.  Laboratory,  402,  Washington 
Street,  New  York. 

Coming,  James,  jun..  Chemical  Works,  Yarraville,  Mel- 
bourne, Australia. 

CunlihY,  B.  T.,  The  Parsonage,  Handforth,  near  Manchester. 

Cunlitlc,  .los.,  Rookc  Wood,  Chorley,  Lancashire. 

Cunningham,  A.  Auchie,  Chemical  Laboratory,  14,  Chronicle 
Buildings,  Sau  Francisco,  Cat.,  U.S.A. 

Cunningham,  II.  1'..  The  Alkaline  Reduction  Syndicate, 
1,'L,  I  lebbum-on-Tyne. 

Curphey,  W.  S.,  2.  Princes  Square,  Strathbungo,  Glasgow. 

i'utiv.     W.    A..    Giltbrook    Chemical    Works,   Awsworth, 

Nolls. 

Cuthbert,  II.  M.,  27a,  Ashley  Place,  London,  S.W. 
Cuthbertson,  sir  J.  N.,  29,  Bath  Street,  Glasgow. 
Ctuhbertson,  William,  Caroline  Park,  Edinburgh. 


Dacie,  .T.  C,  Soap  Works,  Putney,  London,  S.W. 

Dagger,  J.  II.  J.,  Cowles  Syndicate  Co.,  Milton,  Stoke- 
on-Trent. 

Dale,  Jas.,  182,  Lordship  Road,  Stoke  Newington,  N. 

Dale,  R.  S..  1,  Chester  Terrace,  Chester  Road,  Manchester. 

Daniell,  Louis  C.  (Journals),  Standard  Brewery,  Elizabeth 
Street,  Sydney.  New  South  Wales;  and  (subs.)  c/o 
W.  T.  Allen  &  Co.,  132,  Queen  Victoria  Street, 
London,  B.C. 

Darby,  J.  H.,  Pen-y-Garth,  near  Wrexham. 

Darling,  W.  II.,  126,  Oxford  Street,  Manchester, 

Davenport,  Dr.  B.  P.,  161,  Tremont  Street,  Boston,  Mass., 
G.S.A. 

Davidson,  J.  E.,  10,  Hawthorne  Terrace,  Newcastle-upon- 
Tyne. 

Davidson,  R.,  c/o  Fiji  Sugar  Co.,  Tamanoa,  Navua  River, 
Fiji. 

Davidson,  Richard,  15,  Lilybank  Road,  Dundee. 

Davidson,  R.  II.,  c  o  .Messrs.  Golding,  Davis,  &  Co., 
Marsh  Alkali  Works,  Widnes. 

Davies,  A.  E..  6.  Rumford  Place,  Liverpool. 

Davies,  G.  W.,  B,  Spring  Hill,  Stockport. 

Davies,  Meurig  L„  77,  Evcrton  Terrace,  Everton,  Liver- 
pool. 

Davies,  R.  II.,  Apothecaries'  Hall,  London,  E.G. 

Davie-,  W .   E.,  Beaumaris,  R.S.O.,  North  Wales. 

Davis,  A.  R.,  Dunowen,  Knutsford,  Cheshire. 

Davis,  (has.,  lo,  Oakfield  Cottage-,  Oakfield  Road,  East 
Ham,  E. 

Davis,  (I.E.,  Kersal  House,  Higher  llroughton,  Manchester- 
Davis,  ][.  W.,  The  Laboratory,  Somerset  House,  London, 
W.C. 

Davis,  Dr.  J.F.,  554,  Quin<\  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

Davis,  P.  II.,  106,  Salcott  Road,  Olnphani,  S.W. 

Davis,  R.  II.,  166,  Upper  Parliament  Street.  Liverpool. 

Davis,  T.  S.,  199,  South  Lambeth  Road,  London,  S.E. 

Davison,  Anthony,  '.I,  Pall  Mall,  London,  S.W. 

Dawson,  15.,  York  House,  Malvern  Link,  Worcestershire. 

Dawson,  C.  A..  Holly  Rank,  Frodsham,  Cheshire. 

Dawsou,  Jno.,  Kirkheaton  Coal-Tar  Colour  Works,  Hud- 
dersfield. 

Dawson,  Thos.,  Stonecroft  House,  Milnsbridge,  near  Hud- 
dersfield. 

Dawson,  W.  Haywood,  British  Alizarin  Co.,  Limited, 
Silvertown,  Victoria  Dock,  E. 

Deacon,  H.  W.,  Appleton  House,  Widnes. 

Deakin,  E.,  Belmont  Bleach  and  Dveuorks,  near  Bolton. 

Deakin,  II.,  Ryeerolt  Dveworks,  Belmont,  near  Bolton. 

Deans,  J.  A.,  Oxalic  Acid  Manufactory,  Morrislon, 
Swansea. 


Dearden,  Thos.,  12,  Heywood  Street,  Bury,  Lancashire. 
Heering,   W.   II.,   Chemical    Department,  Royal    Arsenal, 

Woolwich,   S.E.;  ami   (Journals)    13,   Ilervey   Street, 

Kidbrook  Park  Road,  Blackheath,  S.E. 
Denipsey,Geo.  C,  165,  Market  Street,  Lowell,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Demuth,    Dr.   L.,    YVharfdale,   Church    Road,   Edgbaston, 

Birmingham. 
Deui.-on,  Joseph   R.,  1,  Park    View   Terrace,  Manningham, 

Bradford. 
Dent,   W.  Y.,   Belle  Vue  House,  Wood  Street,  Woolwich, 

S.E. 
Do  Veiling,  F.  W.,    Upper    Board  School,   Heckmondwikc, 

Vorks. 
Devey,  A.  C.,c/o  La  Societe  Hermite,4,  Rue  Drouot,  Paris. 
Dewar,    Prof.   J.,  Royal    Institution,   Albemarle   Street,  W. 

(for  Journals)  ;  and  1,  ScrOope  Terrace,  Cambridge. 
Dewey,   Fred.   P.,  621,   E.  Street   Northwest,  Washington, 

D.C.,  U.S.A. 
De  Wihle,  Prof.  P.,  339,  Avenue  Louise,  Brussels,  Belgium. 
Dey,  Preo  Lall,  4,Beadon  Street,  Calcutta. 
Dibdin,  W.  J.,  London  County  Council,  40,  Craven  Street, 

London,    S.W. ;    and    (Journals)     Mayfield,     Grange 

Road,  Sutton,  Surrey. 
Dick,  A.,  110,  Cannon  Street,  Loudon,  E.C. 
Dickinson,    A     J.,   Neptune   Tar    and   Chemical     Works, 

Deptford,  London,  S.E. 
Dickson,  Jno.,  16,  Dale  Street,  S.S.,  Glasgow. 
Dittmar,  Prof.  W.,  Anderson's  College,  Glasgow. 
Divers,  Dr.  E.,  Hongo,  Tokyo,  Japan. 
Dixon,  Prof.  Harold  B.,  Owens  College,  Manchester. 
Dixon,  Jos.,  Spring  Grove,  near  Sheffield. 
Dixon,  M.  T,  P.O.  Box  419,  Johannesburg,  Transvaal. 
Dixon,  Win.,  102,  Spring  Street,  Bury,  Lancashire. 
Dixon,  William,  3,  Belle  Vue  Park,  Sunderland. 
Dixon,  W.  Hepworth,  Fairfield  Works,  Bow,  E. 
Dobb,    Thos.,    Audrev    Cottage,    Union     Road,    Sharrow, 

Sheffield. 
Dobbie,    Dr.    J.   ,L,   University    College   of  North  Wales, 

Bangor. 
Dobbin,    Dr.   L.,   Chemical  Laboratory,  University,   Edin- 
burgh. 
Dodd,  A.  J.,  River  View,  Belvedere,  Kent. 
l)odd,  W.  R.,  Dunsmure  Road,  Stamford  Hill,  W. 
.Doherty,  Daniel,  Inland  Revenue,  Hailsham,  Sussex. 
Doidge,  H.,  6,  Beech  Avenue,  Sherwood  Rise,  Nottingham 
Domeier,  A.,  13,  St.  Marv-at-Hill,  London,  E.C. 
Donald,  George,  Arnold   Printworks,  North  Adams,  Mass  , 

U.S.A. 
Donald,  Jas.,  5,  Queeu's  Terrace,  Glasgow. 
Donald,  Samuel,  Corporation  Gasworks,  Dundee. 
Donald,  W.,  29,  Eglintoh  Street,  Saltcoats,  N.B. 
Donald,  W.  J.  A.,  Castle  Park,  Irvine,  N.B. 
Doolittle,  Orrin    S.,    Philadelphia    and    Reading    Railroad, 

Cor.  7th  and  Franklin  Streets,  Reading,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Doran,  Robt.  E.,  1,  Goldsmith  Terrace.  Bray,  <  !o.  Wicklow. 
Dore,    Jas.,    Copper    Works,    High     Street.    Bromley-by- 

Bow,  E. 
Dott,   D.  B.,  c/o  Duncan,  Flockhardt,  &  Co.,  104,  South 

Canongate,  Edinburgh. 
Dotigall,  A.,  Gasworks,  Sculcoates,  Hull. 
Dougall,  Archibald,  Gasworks,  Kidderminster. 
Douglas,  William,  Diamond  Plantation,  Demerara. 
Doulton,  Sir  Henry,  Lambeth  Pottery,  London,  S.E. 
Dowland,  W.  II.,  54,  Glengall  Road,  London,  S.E. 
Dowling,  Edmund,  S3,  Cable  Street,  London,  E. 
Down.  F.  J.,  28,  Victoria  Road,  Old  Charlton,  S.E. 
Down,  T.,  Willington-upon-Tyne. 
Dowson,  J.  EmerBOU,  3,  Great  Queen  Street,  Westminster, 

S.W. 
Drake,  Chas.  A.,  Three  Mills  Distillery,  Bromley-hy-Bow, 

Dreaper,  W.  P.,  Silk  Crape  Works,  Ponders  End,  N. 
Drew.  D.,  Lower  House  Printworks,  near  Burnley. 
Dreyfus,  Dr.    C,   Clayton   Aniline    Co.,   Limited,  Clayton, 

Manchester. 
Driffield,  V.  C,  Appleton,  Widnes. 
Drown,  Thos.  M.,  Mass.  Inst,  of  Technology,  Boston,  Mass  , 

U.S.A. 
Drummond,  Hon.  G.  A.,  Montreal,  Canada. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  SO,  1892 


Duckworth,    C.    W.,    Garner's    Buildings,    North    Road, 

I  llaj  ion,  Manchester. 
Duckworth,  William,  93,  Corporation  Street,  Manchester. 
Dud>v,  Dr.  Chas.    1'...    1219,    12th   Averiae,  Altoona,  Pa., 

U.S.A. 
Dudley,   Prof.    W.   L.,   Vanderbilt    University,    Nashville, 

Tenn..  U.S.A. 
Duffield,  Dr.  Sainl.  P.,  2,  Market  Building,  Detroit,  Mich., 

U.S.A. 
Duggan,  T.  1!..  Sunnylunk,  Vanbrugh  Hill,  Blackheath,  S.E. 
Dukes,  T.  William,  c/o  Dukes  Bros.,  Caledon  and  Primrose 

Streets,  Cape  Town,  South  Africa. 
Duncan,  And.,  Dawsholm  Gasworks,  Maryhill,  Glasgow. 
Duncan,  Arthur  W.,  69,  Market  Street,  Manchester. 
Duncan, .)..  9,  Mincing  Lane.  London,  E.< '. 
Dunlop,  Eolit..  Stanrigg  Mil  Works,  Airdrie,  N.B, 
Dunn,  J.,  53,  Browc  Street,  Manchester. 
Dunn,  John,  Morgan  Academy,  Dundee. 
Dunn,  Dr.  J.  'J'.,  The  School,  Gateshead-on-Tyne. 
Dunn,  P.,  53,  Brown  Street,  Manchester. 
Dunn,  S., 

Dunn,  Win.  Walton,  County  Buildings,  Old  Elvet,  Durham. 
Duustau,  Prof.    W.    K.,    17,    Bloomsbury   Square,  London, 

w.c. 

Dunwoody,  R.  G.,  369,  Calhoun  Street,  Atlanta,  Georgia, 

U.S.A. 
Dupee,  H.  D.,  Walpole,  Mass.,  U.S.  \. 
Dupre,  Dr.  A.,  Westminster  Hospital  Medical  School,  Caxton 

Street,  London,  S.W. 
Durham,  H.,  Citv  of  London  School,  Thames  Embankment, 

E.C. 
DuttsoD,  W.  II.,  88,  Wickham  Road,  Broekley,  S.E. 
Dvorkovitcli,  Paul,  Fernwood,  North  Hill,  Highgate,  N. 
Dyer,  B.,  17,  Great  Town'  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Dyson,  C.  E.,  Flint,  North  Wales. 

Dyson,  Dr.  G-,  Temple  House.  Cheetham  Hill,  Manchester. 
Dyson,  H.,  Pooley  Hall  Colliery,  Polesworth,  near  Tam- 

worth. 


Eager,  Wiii.,  Fennoy,  Co.  Cork,  Ireland. 

Eat mi -haw,  Edwin,  72,  Mark  Lane,  London,  E.C. 

Earp,  W.  R.,  Halton  Road.  Runcorn,  Cheshire. 

Eastiek,  C.  E.,  Myrtle  Bank,  Leyton,  E. 

Eastick,  .1.  J.,  e/o  The  Australasia  Sugar  Refining  Co.,  Ld., 
Melbourne,  Victoria  (Journals);  and  co  .1.  Council 
&  Co..  Dunster  House,  Miming  Lane,  E.C.  (sub- 
scription). 

Eastlake,  A.  W„  17,  Temperley  Road.  Balham,  S.W. 

Eastlake,  T.  L.,  23,  Great  George  Street,  Westminster, 
S.W. 

Eastwick,  Jos.  H.,  Mellon  Street,  above  Margaretta.  Fast 
Liberty,  Pittsburg,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Eastwood, Chas.,  Linacre  Gas  Works.  ] loot le,  near  Liverpool. 

Eastwood,  Edward,  Tunnel  Soap  Works,  Wapping,  E. 

Edge,  Anthony,  Readville,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Edgell,  G.  E.,  8,  Catherine  Terrace,  Gateshead-on-Tyne. 

Edmands,  H.  R.,  24.  St.  Ann's  Road,  Wandsworth,  S.W. 

Fdwards,  Thos.,  The  Brewery  House,  Rhymney,  Mnn. 

Edwards,  Walter  N.,  4,  Heme  Hill  Road,  Loughborough 
Junction,  S.F.. 

Ekman,  C.  1)..  Santa  Maria,  Sena  San  Bruno.  Calabria. Italy. 

Elborne,  W.,  2,  Richmond  Villas,  Station  Road, Cambridge. 

Elborough,  T.,  59,  Mark  Lane.  London,  E.C. 

Ellershausen,  Francis,  Hebburn-on-Tyne. 

Elliott,  A.  II..  College  of  Pharmacy,  209— 213,  East  23rd 
Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

Ellis,  Al,x  .  Skelton,  R.S.O.,  forks. 

Ellis,  C.  .1..  Cassel  Gold  Extracting  ( !o.,  18,  West  Scotland 
Street,  Kiuning  Park,  Glasgow. 

Ellis,  G.  E.  K..  Nelson,  Lake  Kootanie,  British  Columbia. 

EUis,  H.,  1 12,  Regent  Street,  Leicester. 

Ellis,  Prof.  W.  Hodgson,  School  of  Practical  Science, 
Toronto,  Canada. 

Ellison,  Henry,  Flat)  Lane.  Cleckhtaton,  Yorks. 

Elmore,  A.  S.,  Spring  drove,  Low  Road,  Huuslet,  Leeds. 


Elwen,  Geo.,  47,  Faulkner  Street,  Manchester. 

Elworthy,  H.  S.,  Punjab  Sujar  Works  Co.,  Seejanpur,  via 

Pathankot,  Punjab,  India. 
Emmens, S.  H.,  Youngwood,  Westmoreland  Co.,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Endemann,  Dr.  II.,  2o — 27,  William  Street,  New  Y'ork  City. 

U.S.A. 
England,  R.  J.,  c/o  Farmer  and  Co.,  Dunster  House,  Mark 

Lane,  Loudon,  E.C. 
Erinen,  F.,  juu.,  Nassau  Mills,  Patrieroft.  Manchester. 
Ernst,  Adolf,  Oberlangenbielau,  Schlesien,  Germany. 
Erskine,  Jas.  K.,  6,  Laseott's   Road,  Wood    Green,  N. ;  and 

Box  220,  Pretoria,  South  Africa  (for  Journals). 
Esehelhnau,    Dr.  George,   c/o  1'.   Eschellmann,  0 .7,  No.  S, 

Mannheim,  Germany. 
Esilman,  A.,  25,  Roe  Lane,  Southport,  Lancashire. 
Estcourt,  C,  20,  Albert  Square,  Manchester. 
Evans,  Enoch,  181,  Herbert   Road,  Small  Heath,  Birming- 
ham. 
Evans,  Dr.  John,  Nash  Mills,  Hemel  Hempstead. 
Evans,  Dr.  P.  Norman,  28,  Great  (Jrmoud  Street,  London, 

W.C. 
Evans,  R.  E.,  Brewery  Club  House,  Guild  Street,  Stratford- 

on-Avon. 
Evans,  W.  N.,  GG,  Stackpole  Road,  Bristol. 
Everett,   EL  H.,  c/o  The  Borneo  Co..  Ld.,  28,  Fencbureh 

Street,    London,    E.G.,      and   Journals    to    Sarawak. 

Borneo. 
Everitt,  F.  Douglas,  Finstall  House,  Bromsgrove. 
Evershed,  F.,  Atlas  Works,  Hackney  Wick,  London,  E. 
Evershed,  Henry  G..  Soap  Works,  Station  Street,  Brighton. 
Evershed,  Wallis,     c/o    Whitwell     &    Co.,     LI,     Kendal, 

Westmorclaud. 
F.wing,  Sir  Arch.  Orr,  Bart.,  M.P.,  Lennoxbank,  Jameston, 

Dumbartonshire. 


Fahlberg,   Dr.  C,    Saccharin  fabrik,   Salbke-Weslerhiisen 

a  Elbe,  Germany. 
Fairley,  T.,  1G.  East  Parade,  Leeds. 
Fairlie,  II.  ('..  2,  University  Gardens,  Glasgow. 
Fallowfield,  T.,  Clayton-le-Moors,  near  Accrington. 
Farrant,  N.,  c  o  J.  Nicholson  and   Sons,   Chemical   Works, 

Hunslet,  Leeds. 
Farries,  T.,  16,  Coleman  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Farrington,  T.,  4,  Waterloo  Place,  Cork,  Ireland. 
Fasnacht,  A.   E.,   Sandy  Lane  Chemical    Works,  Clayton, 

.Manchester. 
Faulkner,  F.,  The  Laboratory,  Edgbaston,  Birmingham. 
Fav.eett,  Jas.  H.,  c/o  Hank  of  Australasia,  4,  Threadneedle 

Street,  E.C. 
Fawsitt,  C.  A.,  Atlas  Chemical  Works,  East  Nelson  Street, 

I  rlasgow. 

Fearfield,  Jno.  P.,  Stapleford,  Notts. 

F'elton,  Thos.,  364,  Romford  Road,  Forest  Gate,  E. 

Fenwick,  Jas.,  Thai-sis  Mines,  Iluelva,  Spain. 

Feodossieff,  Captain  G.,  11,  Great  Masterskaia,  St.  Peters- 
burg. 

Ferguson,  Prof.  J.,  The  University,  Glasgow. 

F'ergusson,  H.,  Prince  Regent's  Wharf,  Victoria  Docks,  E. 

Ferric,  And.,   Crown  Chemical   Works,   Harpurhey,  Man- 
chester. 

Field,  C.  H.,  The  Nottingham  Brewery,  Nottingham. 

Field,  E.  W.,  The  Brewery,  Nottingham. 

Field,  S.  E.,  Stone  Trough  Brewery,  Halifax. 

Field,  S.  S..  1,  Bell  Rock  Villas,  Mycenas  Road,  Westcomhc 
Park,  S.E. 

Field,  Walter  D.,  Wyoming,  N.J.,  U.S.A. 

Field,  Wm.  Eddington,  Illawarra   Road,  Hawthorne,   near 
Melbourne,  Victoria. 

Fielding,  A.,  George  Street.  Salford,  Manchester. 

Fielding,  Patrick  J.,  8,  St.  Joseph's  Place,  Cork. 

Filcock,    P.,    Cumberland     House,     Cumberland     Street, 
Macclesfield. 

Findlay,  T.  J.,  c/o  Messrs.  Chapman  and  Messel,  Silver 
town,  London,  E. 


Jan.83. 18921         THE  JOURNAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Fisher,  W.  W„  5,  St.  Margaret's  Road,  Oxford. 

Fitzbrown,  G.,  Ditton  Copper  Works,  Widne«. 

Fleck,  Hermann,  108,  Rittenhouse  Street,  Germantown. 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Fleming,  Arnold,  Britannia  lottery,  13G,  Girlie  Street, 
Glasgow. 

Fleming,  K.  G.,  5,  Cheapside,  Tudhoe  Grange,  Spenny- 
moor,  co.  Durham. 

Fletcher,  A.  L\.  Chalfont  St.  Peter,  Bucks. 

Fletcher,  F.  W  ,  Beauchamp  Lodge,  Enfield. 

Fletcher,  G.,  3,  East  Ascent,  St.  Leonards-on-Sea. 

Fletcher.  R..,Taques,  7,  Karl  Street,  Finshury,  B.C. 

Fletcher,  R.  Steele,  c/o  Fletcher  Bros.,  &  ( lo.,  Grimsby. 

Fletcher,  T.,  Grappenhall  House,  Grappenhall,  near 
Warrington. 

Flower,  Major  Lamorock  (Lee  Conservancy  Board),  12, 
Finshury  Circus,  E.C. 

Foden,  Alfred,  52,  Everton  Valley,  Everton,  Liverpool. 

Fogg,  .las.,  Waterloo  Estate,  Carapichaima,  Trinidad,  West 
Indies. 

Follows,  F.  W.,  Gorton,  Manchester. 

Foord,  Geo.,  Royal  Mint,  Melbourne,  Victoria,  Australia. 

Forbes,  J.,  Chemical  Works,  Old  Ford,  London,  E. 

Ford,  Alex.  E.,  4,  Orme  Square,  Hyde  Park,  W. 

Ford,  Jno.  S.,  Abbey  Brewery,  FMinburgh. 

Formov,  J.  Arthur,  12,  Railway  Approach,  London  Bridge, 
S.E. 

Forrester,  Albert,  c/o  Morrison  and  Son,  Ranipet,  Arcot, 
Madras,  India. 

Forrester,  A.  M.,  Port  Dundas  Chemical  Works,  20,  Canal 
Rank,  Glasgow. 

Forrester,  J.,  87,  Cannon  Street,  Loudon,  E.C. 

Forster,  Ralph  < '.,  co  Messrs.  Bossier,  Waechter,  Si  Co., 
18  and  19,  Fenchureh  Street,  E.C. 

Fort,  Jas.,  1G,  Adelphi  Bank  Chambers,  South  John  Street, 
Liverpool. 

Forth,  Henry,  17,  Herbert  Road,  Sherwood  Rise,  Notting- 
ham. 

Foster,  F.,  Niagara  Works,  Eagle  Wharf  Road,  London,  N. 

F'oster,  H.  Le  Neve,  c/o  Bolckow,  Vaughan,  and  Co.,  South 
Bank,  Middlesbrough. 

Foster.  Jas.,  Lily  Bank,  St.  Andrew's  Drive,  Pollokshields, 
Glasgow. 

Foster,  R.  Le  Neve,  The  Firs,  North  Road,  Droylsden, 
Manchester. 

Foster,  W.,  Middlesex  Hospital,  London,  W.C. 

Foster,  Win..  Ksholt  House,  Chapeltown,  Leeds. 

Foulieron,  Ernest,  73.  Boulevard  de  Strasbourg,  Paris. 

Foulis,  Win.,  2,  Montgomerie  Quadrant,  Kelvinside,  Glas- 
gow. 

Fowler,  Gilbert  J.,  Dalton  Hall,  Victoria  Park,  Manchester. 

Fox,  J.  Wesley,  115,  Lower  Thames  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Fox,  T.,  jtui.,  Court,  Wellington,  Somerset. 

France,  (I.   I'..  Friar's  Goose,  Gateshead-on-Tyne. 

France,  Joseph,  4.'!,  Church  Street,  Rotherhara,  Yorks. 

France,  11.  C.  I).,  8,  Vicarage  Road,  Edgbaston,  Birming- 
ham. 

Francis,  E.,  Rock  Villas,  P.irkside,  Nottingham. 

Francis,  E.  G.,  1,  Halstead  Villas,  Fulham  Road,  Hammer- 
smith, W. 

Francis,  G.  I!.,  38,  Southward  Street,  London.  S.E. 

Francis,  Wm.,  jun.,  7,  Shaftesbury  Square,  Belfast. 

Francis,  W.  H.,  38,  Southwark  Street,  London,  S.K. 

Frankel,  L.  K.,  1315,  Marshall  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
U.S.A. 

Frankenburg,  Isidor,  Greengatc  Rubber  Works,  Salford, 
Manchester. 

Franklaud,  Dr.  E.,  The  Yews,  Rcigate,  Surrey. 

F'rankland,  II.,  Streonsbalh  House,  The  Crescent,  Liuthorpe, 
Middlesbro'. 

Franklaud,  Dr.  P.  F..  University  College,  Dundee. 

F'raser,  Leslie  McG.,  98,  Commercial  Road  Fast.  London,  E. 

Fraser,  W.  J.,  98,  Commercial  Road  East,  London,  15. 

Free,  R.,  The  Elms,  Mistley,  Essex. 

Freear,  H.  M*  Hedgefield,  Harpenden,  Herts. 

Freeman,  A.,  80,  Dentons  Green  Lane,  St.  Helens. 

Freestone,  J.  W.,  5,  Kerfield  Terrace,  New  Ferry,  Cheshire. 

Frew,  Win.,  2,  King  James'  Place,  Perth,  N.B.,  and 
(Journals),  Theresienstrasse,  2/1,  Munchen,  Bavaria. 


Fries,  Dr.  Harold  II.,  92,  Reade  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Friese-Greene,  W.  E  ,  92,  Piccadilly,  London,  W. 
Friswell,  E.  J.,  115,  Darenth  Road,  Stamford  Hill,  London, 

N. 
Froehling,  Dr.  11.,  lo,  North   14th  Street,  Richmond,  Vir- 

giira,  LF.S. 
Frost,    Dr.    Howard  V.,   Polytechnic   Institute,  Brooklyn, 

NT.,  U.S.A. 
Frost,  Joe,  Mold  Green,  Huddersfield. 
Frost,  Robt.,   St.  James'   Chambers,  Duke  Street,  London, 

S.W. 
Frasher,   Thos.,   White  Abbey    Dyeworks,  near   Bradford, 

Yorks. 
Fryer,  Dr.  A.  G,  Cornwallis  Lodge,  Clifton,  Bristol. 
Fuerst,  Jos.  F.,  17,  Philpot  Line.  London,  E.C. 
Fukahori,   Yoshiki,    G,   Sanjikkeubori,    Sanehome,    Tokyo, 

Japan. 
Fullarton,  R.,  30,  Donegal  Place,  Belfast,  Ireland. 
Fuller,  W.  M.,  Ely  House,  Wolverhampton. 
Fulton,   H.  B.,  33,  St.  Dunstan's   Road,  West  Kensington, 

S.W. 
Fyfe,  Jno.,  7,  West  George  Street,  Glasgow. 


G 


Gabbett,  E.   R.,   Prince  Regent's  Wharf,   Victoria   Docks, 

London,  E. 
Gadsden, Capt.H.  A. 
Gair,  Wm.  (Journals),  c/o  W.  ('.  Tripler,  Coquimbo,  Chili ; 

(subs.)   20,  Cardigan   Terrace,   Ileaton,  Newcastle-on- 

Tyne. 
Gajjar,  Professor  T.  K,  Temple  of  Art,  Baroda,  India. 
Galbraith,  Wm.,  Higbfield  Road,  Chesterfield. 
Gallsworthy,  Frank,  Grosvenor  Road,  Headingley,  Leeds. 
Gall,  Henry,  L'Usine  de  Produits  Chimiques  de  Villeis  par 

Hermes,  Oise,  France, 
Gait,  Hugh  Allen,  ICalion  Chemical  Co.,  31st  and  Grays 

Ferry  Road,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Gamble,  Col.  D.,  Windlehurst,  Si.  Helens. 
Gamble,    D.,  jun.,  Millbrook,   Eccleston,    Prescot,  Lanca- 
shire. 
Gamble,  J.  C,  Hardshaw  Brook  Chemical  Works,  St.  Helens. 
Gamble,  Jas.  N.,  Messrs.  Procter  and  Gamble,  Cincinnati, 

Ohio,  U.S.A. 
Gamble,  W.,  Haresfinch,  St.  Helens. 
Gans,  Adolf,  Farbenfabrik  von  L.  Cassella  &  Co., Frankfort 

o/Main.  Germany. 
Garcon.   Prof.    Jules,    13,   Boulevard   d;  Latnur  Maubourg, 

Paris. 
Gardner,  Walter  M.,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 
Garibaldi,  Joachim  A.,  21.  Church  Place,  Gibraltar. 
Garrett,  F.  C,  2,  Westoe  Terrace,  South  Shields. 
Garrick,  Dr.  A.  R.,  Huyton,  near  Liverpool. 
Garton,    R.   (Hill.   Garton    oc   Co.),   Southampton    Wharf, 

Battersea.  S.W. 
Gascovne,  Dr.  W.  J.,  36,  South   Holliday  Street,  Baltimore, 

aid.,  U.S.A. 
Gaskell,  II.,  jun.,  Clayton  Lodge,  Aigburth,  near  Liverpool. 
Gaskell,  Holbrook,  Woolton  Wood,  Liverpool. 
Gaskell,.!.,  1,  Woodlands  Road,  Cheetham  Hill,  Manchester. 
Gatheral,  G.,  Heathfield,  Hehburn-on-Tyne. 
Gaussen,  W.  F.  A.,  53,  Eaton  Square,  London,  S.W. 
Gee,  W.  W.  Haldane,  Owens  College,  Manchester. 
Geisler,    Dr.    Jos.    F..    New   York     Mercantile    Exchange 

Building.  G,  Harrison  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Gent,  Wm.  Thos.,  Misterton,  Gainsborough. 
Gerland,  Dr.  B.  W.,  4,  Denmark  Place,  Acerington. 
Gerrard,  A.  W.,  1,  Cantlowes  Road,  Camden  Square,  N.W. 
Gibb,  Thos.,  14,  Forest  Drive,  Leytonstone,  Essex. 
Gibbins,  H.  B..  Holly  Lawn,  Beec'hen  Cliff,  Bath. 
Gibbs.  D.  Cecil,    Hanover  Court,   Milton   Street,   London, 

E.C. 
Gibbs,  W.  P.,  North  British  Chemical  Co.,  Clydebank,  near 

Glasgow. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Jan.  so,  1S92. 


( ribson,  Dr.  J.,  15,  Dick  Place,  Edinburgh. 

Gibson,  J.   M.,  c/o   Buckley  Brick    and   Tile  Co.,  Buckley, 

via  Chester. 
Gilbanl,  Francis,  The  Laboratory,  17,  Great  Tower  Street, 

E.C. 
Gilbert,  Dr.  .1.  EL,  Harpenden,  near  Si.  Albans. 
Gilchrist,  P.  C,  Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  West- 
minster,  London,   S.W.;  Journals    to  Frognal    Hank, 

Finehley  New  Road,  Hampstead,  X.W. 
Gilchrist,    Peter   S..   306,    Water   Street,    Baltimore,   Md , 

U.S.A. 
Giles,  W.,  Clons   Keagh  Works,  Warton   Road,   Stratford, 

London,    E.  j    and    Journals    to    9,    Belmont    Villas, 

Leyton,  E. 
Gill,  Dr.  Aug.  H.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of   Technology, 

Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Gillman,  Gustave,  Ferro-carril  dc  Murcia  .-i  Granada,  Lorca, 

Prov.  de  Murcia,  Spain. 
Gilmour,  Geo.,  12,  Melville  Terrace,  Edinburgh. 
Gimingham,  Edw.   A.,  Stamford  House,    Northumberland 

Park,  Tottenham,  X. 
Girdwood,  Dr.  Gilbert  P.,  54,   Beaver  Hall  Terrace,  Mon- 
treal, Canada. 
Gladstone,  Dr.  J.  H.,  17  Pembridge  Square,  London,  W. 
Glaeser,  F.  A.,  Carpenter's  Road,  Stratford,  E. 
Glaser,  Chas.,  P.O.  Box  437.  Baltimore,  Md.,  U.S.A. 
Glatz,  Jos.,  Riverside  Chemical   Works.  485 — 493,    Kent 

Avenue,  Brooklyn,  X.Y.,  U.S.A. 
Glen,  John,  jun.,  Glengowan  Printworks,  Airdrie,  N.B. 
Glendinning,    II.,   Mount     House,     The     Hill,     Sandbach, 

Cheshire. 
Glendinning,  N.,  Merton  Bank,  St.  Helens. 
Glendinning,  Tom  .V.,  The  Brewery,  Leeds. 
Gloag,  Robt.  P.,  Grove  Hill,  Middlesbrough. 
Glover,   G.   T.,   The   Phospho    Guano   Co.,    Limited,    Sea- 
combe,  Cheshire. 
Glover,  John,  20,  Holly  Avenue,  Newcastle  on-Tyne. 
Glover,  T.,  Messrs.  Mort,  Liddell  St  Co.,  Widues. 
Glover,  W.,  Rio  Tinto  Mines,  Huelva,  Spain. 
Goldschmidt,  Dr.  S.  A.,  43 — 51,  Sedgwick  Street,  Brooklyn, 

N.Y.,  U.S.A. 
Goodall.  Geo.,  IS;',  Mansfield  Road,  Nottingham. 

(i lull,  Reginald,  Linden  House,  Highgate  Road,  X.W. 

Goodall,  Thos.,  Hendon  Grange,  Sunderland. 

Goodwin,  C.  C,  Throstle  Nest,  Old  Trafford,  Manchester. 

Goppelsroeder,   Dr.    P.,    14,   Brubaehstrasse,    Mulhausen, 

Elsass,  Germany. 
Gordon,  J.  ( !.,  The  Mannesmann  Tube  Co.,  Ld.,  1 10,  Cannon 

Street,  London,  E.C. 
Gore,  Dr.  G.,  67,  Broad  Street,  Birmingham. 
Gorvin,  Jno.  C,   English  Crown  Spelter  Works.  Port  Pen- 
nant. Swansea. 
Gossagc,  P.  II..  Widnes. 

Goulding,  Wm.  Joshua,  25,  Eden  Quay,  Dublin. 
Gow,  It.  J.,  Ditton  Iron  Works,  Widnes. 
Gowland,  W.,   19,   Beaumont   Crescent,  West    Kensington, 

s.W. 
Goyder,  G.  A.,  Ootalinka,  Hawker's  Road,  Medindie,  near 

Adelaide,  South  Australia. 
Grablicld,  Dr.  .1.  P.,   1015,  Indiana   Avenue,   Chicago,  111., 

U.S.A. 
Gracey,  R.,  Faircombo,  The  Barnfield,  Exeter. 
Graesser,  K.,  Cefn,  near  Ruabon,  North  Wales  ;  and  Argoed 

Hall,  Llangollen,  North  Wales. 
Graham,  Dr.  C,  23,  Euston  Buildings,  Gower  Street  Station, 

I, on. 1. m,  .X.W. 
Graham,  C.  C,  e/o  Blundell,  Spence  &  Co.,  Beverley  Road, 

Hull. 
Graham,  J,  A.,  Tin-  Limes,  Dunmow,  Essex. 
Grandage,  II.,  Calder  Dye  Works,  Brighou6e,  near    Leeds. 
Grant,  Arthur  L.,  20,  Bay  Street,  Toronto,  Canada. 
( rray,  II.  \\  atson,  14,  Ajgyle  I  load,  ( tarston,  near  Liverpool. 
Gray,  Jno.,  Clippens  <  >il  Works,  by  Johnstone,  N.B. 
Gray,  W.,  Oil  Refinery,  Hull. 

Gray,  Win.  Jan.,  Drewton  Manor,  South  Cave,  R.S.O. 
Greaves,  LA.  II.,  The  <  )ld  Rectory,  t  Irappenhall,  Cheshire. 
Green,  Alfred  H.,  Oaklands,  Lowton  St.  Mary's,  Lancashire. 
Green,  A.    G.,   Atlas   Works,  Hackney  Wick,  London, E. ; 

and  (Journals)  54.  Thistlewaite  Rd.,' Lower  Clapton,  P.. 


Green,   German,    Bergholt  House,    Park   Road,  Jarrow-on- 

Tync. 
Green,  EL, Hajle  Mill.  Maidstone. 
Green,  John,  Iron,  Tinplate,  and  Chemical  Works,  Aber- 

carne,  Mon. 
Green,  Jno.  Edw.,  52,  Claypath,  Durham. 
Green,  L.,  Lower  Tovil,  Maidstone. 
Green,  R..  Soho  Mill,  Wooburn,  near  Beaconsfield. 
Green,  Samuel,  28  and  2'.i.  St.  Switliiu's  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Green;    Upheld,    Liehenheiin,    Clarendon    Road,    Watford. 

Herts. 
Greenaway,  A.  J..  Frognal,  Hampstead,  N.W. 
Greenbalgh,  J.  Herbert,  Shepherd's,  Tottington  Mill,  near 

Bury. 
Greenhough,  D.  W..  5.  Rood  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Greenway,  T.  J..   >sth   Avenue,   East  Adelaide,  South  Aus- 
tralia. 
Greenwood,    II.,  Holland    Bank    House.    Church,  near    Ac 

crington. 
Gregor,  Jno.  Bernal,  c  o  John  Lysaght,  LI.,  Bristol  Spelter 

Works,  Bristol. 
Gregory,  Wm.,  Dover  Place,  Ashford,  Kent. 
Gregory,  Wm.  J.,  1,  St.  John's  Terrace,  Weymouth,  Dorset. 
Grevel,  Hermann,  33,  King  Street,  Covent  Garden,  London, 

w.c. 

Greville,  H.  L.,  Diersheim,  Chnrchfields,  Woodford,  Essex. 
Griffin,  John  K..  -2-2,  Garrick  Street,  Covent  Garden,  W.C. 
Griffin,  Martin  L.,  Mechanicv  illc,  Saratoga  Co.,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 
Griffith,  D.  Agnew,  2,  Commercial  Court,  17,   Water  Street, 

Liverpool. 
Griffith,  li.  W.  S.,  Eyeworth  Lodge,  Lyndhurst,  Haute, 
Grime,  J.,  Rosebank  Cottage,  Busby,  near  Glasgow. 
Grimshav,  11.,  Thornton  View.  Clayton,  Manchester. 
Grimwood,  R.,  41,  Lady  Margaret  Load.  London,  N.W. 
Grindley,  J.,  Upper  North  Street,  Poplar,  Loudon,  K. 
Gripper,  Harold,  Stores  Department,  M.  S.  and  L.  Railway  , 

Gorton,  Manchester. 
Grossmann,  Dr.  J.,  Hendham  Vale  Chemical  Works,  Man- 

■  Lester. 

Grotb,  Lorenz  A.,  3.  Tokenhouse  Buildings,  E.C. 
Groves,  C.  E.,  352,  Kennington  Road,  London,  S.E. 
Gunn,  W.  L.,  Broad  Plain  Soap  Works,  Bristol. 
Guyatt,  T.,  Ceara  Gas  Co.,  Limited,  9,  Queen   Street  Place, 
Cannon  Street   London,  E.C. 


H 


Habirshaw,    W.    M.,    159,    Front    Street,    Xcw   York   City, 

U.S.A. 
Hacking,  W.  II.,  The  Grange,  Claytou-le-Moors,  near  Ac 

crington. 
lladdow,  A.,  1,  Easter  Road,  Edinburgh. 
Hadfield,  it.  A.,  Newhall  Load,  Attercliffe,  Sheffield. 
Hadkinson,  F.,  Pamphila   Oil  and   Soap   Works,  Mitylenc. 

Mediterranean. 
Hadkinson,  It.,  Smyrna,  Asia  Minor. 
Ilaga.  Tamemasa,  Chemical    Department,   Science    College, 

Imperial  University,  Tokyo,  Japan. 
Haig,   Robert,    Mechanical    Retorts   Co.,   Limited,    Murray 

Street,  Paisley,  X.!!. 
Haig-Brown,    li.,    jun.,  21,    Ladyborn    Road,   Paliowfield, 

Manchester. 
Haigh,  Ben.  l'1.  (Cavendish  Load.  Leeds, 
llailes,  A.  J.  de,  B2,  Manor  Road,  Stoke  Newington,  N. 
Haines,  Reuben,  201,   South   5th   Street,   Philadelphia,  Pa., 

U.S.A. 
Hake,  C.  N.,  c/o  Minister  of  Mines,  Melbourne,  Victoria. 
Hale,  Edw.  1'.,  c/o  Wakefield  &  Co.,  Gatebeck,  Kendal. 
Hall.  Allan  T.,  Inglebauk,  Xewland,  Hull. 
Hall,  Archibald  D.,  31,  Bishopsgate  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Hall,  Edgar,   (Journals)    Albert  Street,   Brisbane,    Queens- 
land ;  anu  (subs.)  e  ,i  Geo.   Bishop,  113,  *l\nvis  Street, 

Woolwich,  S.E. 
Hall,   Emlen  T.,    1623,    Spruce   Street,   Philadelphia,  Fa., 

U.S.A. 
Hall.  (L,  7.  Ogle  Terrace,  South  Shields. 


Jan.  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Hall,  .1.  Albert,  10S,  Lloyd  Street,  Greenheys,  Manchester. 

Hall,  R.  E.,  Box  12,  Johannesburg,  South  African  Republic. 

Hall,  S„  East  London  Soap  Works,  Bow,  London,  E. 

Haller,  Geo.,  86,  Leadenhall  Street,  London,  B.C. 

Hamilton,  David,  224,  Ingram  Street,  Glasgow. 

Hamilton,  David  R.,  19,  Graham  Street,  Bridgeton,  Glas- 
gow. 

Hamilton,  Jas.  ('.,  Trinity  Lodge,  Edinburgh. 

Hamilton,  Oswald,  University  College,  Gower  Street,  Lon- 
don, w.c 

Hamilton,  Robert,  e/o  Furnace  Gases  Co.,  Ld.,  Shotts, 
N.B. 

Hainlen,  G.  J.,  c/o  Nobel's  Explosives  Co.,  Ld..  Ardeer, 
Stevenston,  Ayrshire. 

Hanimersloy,  Win.,  Tar  Works.  Beckton,  E. 

Hammersley,  W.  A.  L.,  Bridge  House,  Leek.  Staffordshire. 

llaiumill,  M.  J.,  125,  Cooper  Street,  St.  Helens. 

Hammond,  .1.,  Gas  Works,  Eastbourne,  Sussex. 

Hand,  T.  W.,  Public  Library,  Oldham. 

Handy,  das.  ( ).,  '.i.-,,  Fifth  Avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Hanks,  Abbot  A..  1124,  Greenwich  Street,  San  Francisco, 
Cal.,  IT.S. 

Hanrez,  Prosper,  ran,  Chausaee  de  Charleroi,  Brussels. 

Hanson,  A.  M.,  Abbey  Printworks,  Whalley,  Biackburn. 

Hanson,  John,  Highfield  Villa.  Belle  Vue,  Wakefield. 

Hanson,  Win.  1!.,  Kimberley  Brewery,  near  Nottingham. 

llardie,  William,  The  Gas  Offices,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Ilanlman,  .losiah,  Milton  Chemical  Works,  Stoke-on-Trent. 

Hardman,  .las.,  Whitwood  Chemical  Works,  Normanton. 

Hargreaves,  .1..  Widnes. 

Hargreaves,  Mark,  108,  Fylde  Road,  Preston. 

Darkness,  W.,  The  Laboratory,  Somerset    House,  London, 

w.c. 

Harland,  R.  1L,  Plough  Court,  37,  Lombard  Street,  Londou, 

E.< '. 
Ilarley,  Boston,  Laboratory,  Catron  Works,  Falkirk.  N.I*. 
Harmon,  L.  [•;.,  Clover  Mills,  Lockport,  Illinois,  U.S.A. 
Harned,  Frank  P.,  1332,  Washington  Avenue,  Philadelphia, 

Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Harper,  Prof.  1)   N.,  St.  Anthony  Park,  Minn.,  U.S.A. 
Harrington,    W.    P.,    Ardsullagh,    Old    Blac.krock    Road, 

Cork. 
Harris,  Booth,  jun.,  Clovelly  House,  Norwich  Road,  Forest 

Gate,  E. 
Harris,  I).,  Caroline  Park,  Edinburgh. 
Harris,  Sydney  J.,  School  of  Science,  Rossington  Street, 

Leeds. 
Harris.  T..  The  Union  Acid  Co.,  Runcorn. 
Harrison,  A.,  Thames  Sugar  Refinery,  Silvertowu,  Loudon. 

Harrison,  ( '.,  67,  Surrey  Street,  Sheffield. 

Harris ]..  M..  c  <>  Hay-Gordon  &  Co.,Widnes;  Journals 

i<>  in,  Elizabeth  Terrace,  Appleton,  Widnes. 

Harrison,  Dr.  Franklin  T.,  London,  Ontario,  Canada. 

Harrison,  G.  ]).,  Nctham  Chemical  Works,  Bristol. 

Harrison,  G.  11.,  Hagley,  near  Stourbridge. 

Harrison,  G.  King,  Hagley,  near  Stourbridge. 

Harrison,  J.,  2,  Temple  Place,  Ballintemple,  link. 

Harrison,  Jno.,  35th  and  Gray's  Ferry  Road,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Hart,  Bertram  II.,  The  Elms,  Old  Charlton,  S.F.. 

Hart,  E.,  Lafayette  College,  Easton,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Hart,  II.  W.,  Turkey  Lane,  Queen's  Park,  Manchester. 

Hart,  P.,  c/o  Tennants  &  Co.,  49,  Faulkner  Street,  Man- 
chester. 

Hartford,  .las.,  3,  Cedar  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

Hartley,  Arthur,  Cannon  Brewery,  Brighton. 

Hartley,  Edw.,  02,  Wail  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

Hartley,  Joseph,  Dalton  Chemical  Works,  Brook  Street, 
West  Gorton,  Manchester. 

Hartley,  R.  Kent.  Springwood  House,  Chadderton,  near 
Oldham. 

Hartley,  Prof.  W.  N.,  Royal  College  of  Science,  Dublin. 

Hartog,  Philip  J.,  Owens  College,  Manchester. 

Harvey,  Ernest  W.,Hilsrig,  Alderbrook  Road,  Balham,  S.W  . 

Harvey,  H.  C,  Raglan  House,  Brooklands,  near  Man- 
chester. 

Harvey,  Sidney,  South-Eastern  Laboratory,  Canterbury. 

Harvey,  T.  IL,  Cattedown,  Plymouth. 


llasenclever,  R.,  Chemische  Fahrik-Rhenania,  Aachen, 
Prussia. 

Haslam,  Dr.  Arthur  R.,  64,  Carysfort  Avenue,  Blackrock, 
Co.  Dublin. 

Hastings,  Hugh,  Lavender  Villa.  Birmingham  Road,  Kid- 
derminster. 

Hatfield,  Jno.,  Windsor  Road,  Newton  Heath,  Lancashire. 

Hathaway,  Nath..  New  Bedford,  M..ss.,  I'.S.A. 

Ilatsckek,  M.,  3,  Bedford  Place,  London,  W.C. 

Hatton,  Wm.  P.,  c/o  W.  R.  llattou  &  Sons,  Wormwood 
Scrubs,  W. 

Uauff,  Julius,  Feuerbach,  Stuttgart,  Germany. 

Haussknecht,  Dr.  Willy.  The  Carbonic  Acid  Gas  Co.,  Ld., 
Lea  Bridge  Road.  Clapton,  E. 

Hawkins.  II.,  Eyeworth  Lodge,  Lyndhurst,  Hants. 

Hawliczek,  Josef,  99,  diet  Road.'Sefton  Park,  Liverpool. 

Hay,  Alex.,  Heath  Villa,  Shaftesbury  Avenue,  Bristol. 

Hayes,  Jno.,  109,  Upper  Stanhope  Street,  Liverpool. 

Hazelhurst,  C.  W.,  Halton  Grange,  Runcorn. 

Head,  John,  It),  Queen  Anne's  Gate,  Westminster,  S.W. 

Heap,  Chas.,  Caldershaw,  near  Rochdale. 

Heap,  L-,  Stacksteads,  near  Manchester. 

Heape,  Chas.,  19,  George  Street,  Manchester. 

Heath,  G.  L.,  Calumet  and  Heel  a  Smelting  Co.,  S.  Lake 
Linden,  Mich.,  I  '.S.A. 

Heath.  II.  < '.,  Mvton  Grange,  near  Warwick. 

I  baton,  Prof.  ( '.' \V.,  44,  Woodstock  Road,  Bedford  Park, 
W. 

Heaton,  John,  744,  Rochdale  Road,  Manchester. 

Hecht,  Jos.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
U.S.A. 

Heckmann,  C,  9,  Gorlitzerufer,  Berlin.  S.O.,  Germany. 

Hedley,  Armorer.  May  field,  Gosforth,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

lledley.  John,  jun.,  II,  Crooked  Lane,  Cannon  Street, 
London,  E.< !. 

Ileerlein,  Robert,  Pennsylvania  Salt  Manufacturing  Co., 
Natrona,  Pa.,  U.S.A.' 

Ilehner,  O.,  11,  Billiter  Square,  London,  E.C. 

Hellier,  E.  A.,  1  11,  Westhournc  Avenue,  Hull. 

Hellon,  Dr.  R.,  47,  New  Lowther  Street,  Whitehaven. 

Helm.H.  J.,  13,  St.  George's  Vdlas,  Perry  Hill,  Catford, 
S.E. 

Hemingway,  H.,  60,  Mark  Lane,  London,  E.C. 

ITempleman,  F.  S.,  Wennington  House,  Wennington,  Rom- 
ford, Essex. 

Henderson,  G.  G.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  The  University, 
Glasgow. 

Henderson,  W.F.,  Mooriiold, Claremont  Gardens,  Neweastle- 
on-Tyne. 

Hcniiin,  Alphon-e,  Springfield,  111.,  U.S.A. 

Henshaw,  Jno.,  Brook  Street  Soap  Works,  Manchester. 

Hepburn,  G.  Grant,  (hemic  Schule,  Miilbausen,  Elsass 
Germany. 

Ilerf,  O.,  Ilerf  &  French;.  Chemical  Co.,  St.  Louis,  Mo., 
U.S.A. 

Herman,  W.  D.,  St.  Ann's,  St.  Helens. 

Heron,  ,(.,  SI.  John's  Villas,  Worple  Road,  Wimbledon. 

Heron,  Jno.,  Chemical  Works,  Wicklow,  Ireland. 

Herriot,  Wm.  Scott,  De  Willem,  Deincrara. 

Herrmann,  R.  W.  (Herrmann,  Keller  &  Co.),  102,  Feu- 
church  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Ifersam,  Ernest  A.,  Mass.  Institute  of  Technology,  Boston, 
Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Ilerschel,  Prof.  A.  S.,  Observatory  House,  Slough,  Bucks. 

lleslop,  Jos.,  llo,  Rye  Hill,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Hess,  Dr.  Adolph,  Oil  Works,  Leeds. 

Hetheringtou,  Dr.  Albert  E.,  65,  Sandown  Lane,  Wavertree, 
Liverpool. 

Hewitt,  Dr.  D.  B.,  Oakleigh,  Northwieb,  Cheshire. 

Hewlett,  John  C,  40— 42,  Charlotte  Street,  Great  Eastern 
Street,  London,  E.C. 

Heyeock,  C.  T..  King's  College,  Cambridge. 

Ileyden,  Dr.  F.  von,  Chemische  Fabrik,  Radebeul,  bei 
Dresden,  Germany. 

Heys,  W.  E.,  70,  Market  Street.  Manchester. 

I  leys,  Z.  J.,  Stonehonse,  Barrhead,  N.B. 

Ileys,  Z.  G.,  Springhill  Villa,  Barrhead,  near  Glasgow. 

lleywood,  G.,  Beech  Tree  Rank,  Prustwich,  near  Man- 
chester. 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  SO,  1S92. 


Heywood,   J.   G.,    127,   Sutherland  Avenue,  Maida   Vale, 

London,  W. 
Heywood,  J.  II..  23,  Holland  Street,  Rochdale. 
Heywood,  .1.  S..  :.  Caledonian  Road,  King's  Cross, London, 

"  N. 
Hibbert,  W.,   14,   Goldhurst    Terrace,    South    Hampstead, 

N.W. 
Higgin,  W.  11.,  Hall  Chemical  Works,  Little  Lever,  near 

Bolton. 
Higgins,  C.   L.,  c/o  .7.  Muspratt  &  Co.,  Widnes ;  and  29, 

Falkner  Square,  Liverpool. 
Hill,  .1.  JC.  Eullarton  » iottage,  Irvine,  N.B. 
Hill,  Sydney,  1 1,  Salisbury  Street,  The  Park.  Hull. 
Hills-.    C.     11..     Anglesea    Copper    Works,    Low    Walker, 

Newcastle-on-Tyne. 
Hills,  H.,  Chemical  Works,  Dcptford,  London,  S.E. 
Hills.  \l.  H.,   Tower  Varnish  Works,  Long  Acre,  Nechells, 

Birmingham. 
Hills,  W..  225,  I  (xford  Street,  London,  W. 
Hills,  W.  A.,  Great  Barr,  near  Birmingham. 
Hindle,  J.  H.,  8,  Oobham  Street,  Accringtou. 
Hinds,  James,  127,  Gosford  Street.  Coventry. 
Hinman,    Bertrand   ('..   c/o   Ironclad   Manufacturing    Co., 

929,  flushing  Avenue,  Brooklyn,  E.D.,  U.S.A. 
Hinshelwood,  Thos.,  Glasgow  <  >i)  and  Paint  AVorks,  Glen- 
park  Street,  ( rlasgow. 
Hirsch,  Dr.  Robt.,  17,  Zetland  Street,  Huddersfield. 
Hodges,  Harry  11  .  c  o  Union  Pacific   Railroad  Co.,  ( Mnaha, 

Neb.,  U.S.A. 
Hodges,  .1.  F.,  Tudor  Park.  Holywood,  Co.  Down,  Ireland. 
Hudgkin.  J..  12,  Dynevor  Koad,  Richmond,  Surrej  ;  Journals 

to  c/o  Messrs.   Hopkin   &   Williams,  16,  Cross  Street, 

Hatton  ( larden,  E.C. 
Hodgkinson,  J.  11.,  Messrs.  E.  Potter  &  Co.,  Dinting  Vale, 

Glossop. 
Hodgkinson,    Dr.    W.    R.,    s.    Park     Villas,    Blackheath, 

S.K.  (Journals);  and   Royal  .Military  Academy,  Wool- 
wich, S.E. 
Hodgson,  C,  High  House,  Eppleby,  Darlington. 
Hodgson,  Win..  Whcelgate,  Malton,  Vorks. 
Hodgson,  Win.,  S,  Victoria   Buildings,  St.   Mary's  Gate, 

Manchester, 
llofniann.  Dr.   A.   W.    (Journals),    10,   Doratheen  Strasse, 

Berlin,    Germany;  and   (subs.)   c/o   C.   Hofmann,    20, 

( Ixford  Mansions,  W. 
Hogben,  W..  15,  Pilrig  Street,  Edinburgh. 
Hogg,  Quintiu,  23,  Rood  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Hoog,  T.  W  .  c/o  John   Spencer  &   Sons,  Newborn   Steel- 
works, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 
Holden,  G.  H.,  Langley  Place,  Victoria  Park,  Manchester. 
Holdich,  A.  H.,  4,  Rowbottom  Square,  Wigan. 
Holgate,  S.  V.,  29,  Long  Row,  Nottingham. 
Holgate,  '!'.  E.,  146,  Blackburn  Road,  Harwell,  Lancashire. 
Holgate,  T.,  12,  Hyde  Park  Road.  Halifax. 
Holland,  Jos.,  Brewery  House,  West  Gorton,  Manchester. 
Holland,  Philip,  27,  Albert  Load.  Southport. 
Holliday,  Jas.  R.,  4,  Bennett's  Hill,  Birmingham. 
Holliday,  II.  i  Lead,  Holliday  &  Sous),  Iluddersfield. 
Holliday,  T.,  Southgate  House,  Pontefraci,  Yorkshire. 
Holloman,    Fred    K.,    Sugar   Refinery,    Rawcliffe    Bridge, 

Selby,  Yorks. 
Hollow.. \.  G.  T..  57  and  58,  Chancery  Lane,  W.C. 
Holloway.  Win..  Newlands,  Middlesbro'. 
Holmes.  Kli wood.  Wellburn,  Jesmond,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 
Holmes,  F.  G.,  Prince  Regent's  Wharf,  Silver  Town,  E. 
Holm..-,  G.  11.,  9,  Regent  Street,  New  Basford,  Nottingham. 
Holmes,.!.,  96,  Holland  Load,  Brixton,  London,  S.W. 
Holt,  G,  Croinpton,  Albion  Work-,  Congleton,  Cheshire. 
Holt,  .!.  W.,  North  Road,  Clayton,  near  Manchester. 
Hood,  It.  W..  46,  Sandwell  Road,  West  Brcinwieh. 
Hooker,  Benj.,  Pear  Tree  Court,  Farringdon  Road.  London, 

E.C. 
Hooper,  E.  G.,  The  Laboratory,  Somerset  House,  London, 

W.C. 
Hooper,  Ernest  P..  c  o  Messrs.  Burt,  Boulton,  &  Haywood, 

Chemical  Works.  Silvertown,  E. 
Hooper,  Henry  A.,  Gateshead   Fell  Rectory,  Gateshead-on- 

Tyne. 
Hooton,  Edm:,  Fairfield,  Hamilton  Drive,  Nottinghami 


Hope,  .las..  The  Nickel  Co.,  Kirkintilloch,  N.B. 

Hopkin.  W.  K.,  14,  Mowbray  Road,  Brondesbury,  N.W. 

Hopkins,  T.  J.,  Cradle  Bridge  Works,  Trowbridge,  Wilts. 

Hopkinson,  John,  Marion  Street,  Lister  Hills,  Bradford, 
Yorks. 

Hon,  Etsuojo,  Chemical  Laboratory,  Science  College, 
Imperial  University.  Tokio,  Japan. 

Horn,  Wm.,  Roxburgh  Street  Refinery,  Greenock,  N.B. 

Horn,  W.  Freeman,  Wandle  Colour  Works,  South  Street, 
Wandsworth,  S.W. 

Horrocks,  S..  41,  Parkrield  Load,  Sefton  Park,  Liverpool. 

Horton,  William,  38,  Belvidere  Load,  Prince's  Park,  Liver- 
pool. 

Hoskins,  A.  Percy,  125,  Gloucester  Road,  Regent's  Park, 
N.W. 

Hough,  Oliver,  325,  South  IGth  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
U.S.A. 

Houston,  Robt.  S..  Hope  Villa,  Bellahouston,  Glasgow. 

Hovendeii.  Fred.,  Glenlea,  Thurlow  Park  Road,  West 
Dulwieh,  S.E. 

Howard,  A.  G.,  Holmbury,  Woodford,  Essex. 

Howard.  I).,  Rectory  Manor,  Walthamstow,  Essex. 

Howard,  D.  L.,  City  Mills.  Stratford,  London,  E. 

Howard,  W.  Crewdson,  Messrs.  Howard  &  Sons,  Stratford, 
London.  E. 

Howard,  W.  D.,  City  Mills,  Stratford,  London.  E. 

Howarth,  R.  II.,  Ferguslie  Thread  Works.  Paisley,  N.B. 

Howarth,  R.  S.,  Chemical  Works,  Miles  Platting,  Man- 
chester. 

Howorth,  Franklin  W.,  Lyme  Grove,  Church  Road,  Urnis- 
tou,  near  Manchester. 

Hughes,  J.,  79,  Mark  Lane,  London,  E.C. 

Hughes,  T.,  Public  Analyst's  Laboratory,  West  Wharf, 
Cardiff. 

Huline,  J.,  Mount  House,  Hollingworth,  near  Manchester. 

Hummel,  Prof.   J.  J.,  152,  Woodsley  Road   Leeds. 

Humphries,  Jacob,  c/o  Humphries  &  Co.,  Adolphus  Street, 
Bradford,  Yorks. 

Humphrvs,  N.  II.,  Gasworks,  Salisbury,  Wilts. 

Hunt,  Alt'.  K  ,95-97,  Fifth  Avenue,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., U.S.A. 

Hunt,  Bertram,  5,  Queen's  Crescent,  ( rlasgow. 

Huut,  C,  Gasworks,  Windsor  Street,  Birmingham. 

Hunt,  E  ,  Wood  Green,  Wednesbury,  Staffordshire. 

Hunt,  F.  J.,  Bow  Bridge  Soap  Works,  Stratford,  E. 

Hunt,  J.  S.,  Appleton,  Widnes. 

Hunt,  Richard,  7,  Marine  Crescent,  Waterloo,  near  Liver- 
pool. 

Huut,  W.,  Wood  Green,  Wednesbury,  Staffordshire. 

Hunter,  John,  Minto  House  Medical  School,  Edinburgh. 

Hunter,  T.  G.,  540,  Drexel  Building,  54th  Street,  Philadel- 
phia. Pa.,  U.S.A. 

HnutiiiQton,  Prof.  A.  K.,  King's  College,  Strand,  London, 
W.C. 

Hunton,  Henry,  Greystoue,  Carlton,  Ferryhill,  co.  Durham. 

Hunzinger,  Alfred,  c/o  E.  Potter  &  Co.,  Diuting  Vale, 
Glossop,  Derbyshire. 

Hurst,  G.  H.,  22,  Blaekfriars  Street,  Salford,  Manchester. 

Hurter,  Dr.  F.,  Widnes;  and  (Journals)  Holly  Lodge, 
Cressington  Park,  Liverpool. 

Iluskisson.  P.  L.,  77,  Swinton  Street,  Loudon,  W.C. 

Uiison,  C.  W.,  5,  York  Buildings,  Dale  Street,  Liverpool. 

Hutchinson,  A.  II.,  14,  College  Avenue,  Lower  Clapton 
Road,  E. 

Hutchinson,  C.  C,  Engineering  Works,  Carpenter's  Road, 
Stratford,  E. 

Hutchinson,  Chas.  H.,  Albert  Works,  Church  Street, 
Barnslev,  Yorkshire. 

Hutchinson,  T.  J.,  Aden  House,  Manchester  Road,  Bury. 

Huxley.  J.  11..  15,  Kenwood  Park  Road,  Sharrow,  Sheffield. 

Hyde,  C.  F.,  71,  Higher  Aidwick,  Manchester. 


I 


lnirav,  Harold,  The  Grange,  Underbill,  New  Barnet. 
Ingham,   J.    W.,    1,    Buxton    Terrace,    Chichester    Road, 
Leytonstone,  I 


Jan.so.i89S.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Ingle,  Harry,  Pool,  near  Leeds  ;  and  (Journals)  Jagerstrasse 
7  IV.  MUnchen,  Bavaria. 

Ingle,  Herbert,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 

Inglis,  R.  A.,  Arden,  Bothwell,  N.B. 

Innes,  Murray,  Box  129,  Alameda,  Cal.,  U.S.A. 

Iriye,  Koremasa,  China  and  Japan  Trading  Co.,  4,  East 
India.  Avium1,  London,  EC. 

Irvine,  R.,  Koyston,  Granton,  Edinburgh. 

Irving,  Jos.,  Minas  de  Aznalcollar,  Provincia  de  Sevilla, 
Spain  (Journals) ;  (subs.)  c/o  Seville  Sulphur  and 
Copper  Co.,  30,  George  Square,  Glasgow. 

Irving,  J.  M.,  17a,  Dickinson  Street,  Cooper  Street,  Man- 
chester. 

Irwin,  \V.,  The  Grange,  Polygon  Road,  Higher  Crumpsall. 

Isaac,  T.  W.  Plaver,  Fresblord  Manor,  Freshford,  near 
Bath . 

[sherwood,  Oswald,  36,  Walkdeu  Road,  near  Bolton-le- 
Moors. 

Isler,  Otto,  23,  Cooper  Street,  Manchester. 

Ivey,  W.  E.,  School  of  Agriculture,  Lincoln,  Canterbury, 
New  Zealand, 


Jackman,  K.  J.,  154.  Upton  Lane,  Forest  Gate,  E. 
Jackson,  A.  G.,  G.F.O.,  Brisbane,  Queensland. 

Jackson,  Edgar,  106,  Queen  Victoria  Street,  London,  E.( '. 
Jackson,   Edward,   Ashleigh,   Beaufort    Road,    Edgbaston, 

Birmingham. 
Jackson,  F.,  Spring  Bank,  Crumpsall  Lane,  Manchester. 
Jackson,  Frederick,  10,  Half  Moon  Street,  Manchester. 
Jackson,  G.  B.,  Norbri<,r<rs,  Lytham,  Lancashire. 
Jackson,  John,  98,  Robbie's  Loan,  Glasgow. 
Jackson,  R.  V.,  7,  Thornville  Terrace,  Hillhead,  Glasgow. 
Jackson,  liobt.,  is,  Harrington  Street,  Dublin. 
Jackson,  Sam].,  N<-ther  Thong,  Huddersficld. 
Jackson,  T.,  Clayton,  near  Manchester. 
Jackson,    Walter,    24,    Sydenham    Avenue,    Sefton    Park, 

Liverpool. 
Jackson,  W.  P.,  Saxilby,  near  Lincoln. 
Jago,  Wm.,   Science    Schools,    Brighton;  Journals   to   32, 

Clarendon  Villas,  Brighton. 
James,  Alf.,  Cassel  Gold  Extracting  Co.,  13,  West  Scotland 

Street,  Kinning  Park,  Glasgow. 
.Tames.  Christopher,  Swansea. 

James,   E.  T.,  British  Alizarin  Co.,  Ld.,  Silvertown,  Vic- 
toria Docks,  E. 
James,  J.  Hernaman,  Welwyn  Lodge,  Swansea. 
James.  Dr.   J.  Wm.,  Aylmer   House,   Weston-super-Mare  ; 

and  (Journals)  29,  Redcliff  Street.  Bristol. 
Jantzen,  Paul,  132,  Fencburch  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Japp,  Dr.  F.  E.,  The  University,  Aberdeen. 
Jarmain,  George,  '.»,  York  Place,  Huddersficld. 
Juimain,  Geo.  S.,  Croft  House,  Marsh,  Huddersficld. 
Jarmay,  G  ,  Wilmington  Park,  Northwleh. 
Jarves,  Deming,  Michigan  Carbon  Works,   Detroit,  Mich., 

U.S.A. 
Jayne,  Dr.  H.  W.,  Cheiu.  Lab.,  Bermuda  Street,  Erankford, 

Philadelphia,  U.S.A. 
Jekyll,  J.,  Ciistle  Moat  House,  Lincoln. 
Jenner,  E.,  Florence  Villa,  Murchisou  Road,  Leyton,  Essex. 
Jenkins,  Thos.,  Laboratorio,  Minas  de  Rio  Tinto,  Spain. 
Johnson,  A.  E.,  10,  Victoria   Street,  Wolverhampton;  and 

1,  Eagle    Villas,   Penn    Fields,    Wolverhampton    (for 

Journals). 
Johnson,  Edmund  E.,  Warren  Hill  House,  Loughlon,  Essex 
Johnson,  Frank,  Tharsis  Mines,  Huelva,  Spain. 
Johnson,  Jno.,   Franklin  Square  and  Cherry  Street,  New 

York.  U.S.A. 
Johnson,  J.  E.,  40,  Idmiston  Road,  Stratford,  London,  E. 
Johnson,   J.   Grove,  23,  Cross   Street,   Finsbury,  Loudon, 

E.C. 
Johnson,  J.  II.,  47,  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields,  London,  YV.C 
Johnson,    Kobt.    vV.,    Messrs.  Johnson   &    Johnson,    New 

Brunswick,  N.J.,  U.S.A. 
Johnson,  S.  H.,  Warren  Hill  House,  Loughton,  Essex. 


Union  Stock  Yards, 


,N..L,  U.S.A. 

Salon,   Bouehes 


di, 


Johnson,  T.  A.,  Winnington  Park,  Northwieb,  Cheshire. 
Johnston,   Thos.,    Nobel's    Explosives  Co.,  Ld.,    149,  West 

George  Street,  Glasgow. 
Johnston,  Wm.  A.,  The  S.S.  White  Dental   Manufacturing 

Co.,  Princess  Lav.  New  Y'ork,  U.S.A. 
Johnston,    Wm.  G..  Chemical   Works,  Coatbridge  Street, 

Port  Dundas,  Glasgow. 
Johnston,  W.  G  .  e  o  A.  Burns  Glen,  S,   Great    Winchester 

Street,  London,  E.( '. 
Johnstone,  .las.,  Shawfield  Works,  Rutberglen,  Glasgow. 
Johnstone,  L.,  6,  Mayfield  Terrace,  Edinburgh. 
Johnstone, Dr.  W.,  City  Centra]  Laboratory,  13,  Fish  Street 

Hill,  Loud E.C. 

Jones,  A.  Frederick,  c/o  Walters  Bros  ,  pisagua,  Chili. 
Jones,  Prof.  1).  E.,  County  Council  Offices,  Stafford. 
Jones,  E.  W.  T.,  10,  Victoria  Street,  Wolverhampton. 
Jones,  F.,  Chemical   laboratory,  Grammar  School,  Man- 
chester. 
Jones,    H.    Chapman,    Royal    College    of   Science,    South 

Kensington,  Loudon,  S.W. 
Jones,  John  Arthur,  Gi.ion,  Spain. 

Jones,  T.  Tolley,  186,  I  lollins  Street,  Melbourne,  Victoria. 
Jones,  Wm..  61,  Chadwick  Road,  Peckham,  S.E. 
Jones,  W.  Norris,  Runcorn   Soap  and  Alkali   Co.,  Weston, 

near  Runcorn, 
Joslin,  Omar,  c  o  Messrs.  Swift  &  Co., 

Chicago,  111.,  C  S.A. 
.Toilet,  Cavalier  II.,  Kosello.  Union  Cj. 
Journand,  Louis,  chez  M.  J.  A.  Deiss, 

Rhone,  France. 
Jowett,  W.,  Lower  Hall,  Mellor.  near  Stockport. 
Joy,  Douglas  G.,  c/o  Win.  Joy  &  Sons,  Hull. 
Joynson,  F.,  Doncaster  Road,  Barnsley,  Yorks. 
J  ulien.  Alfred,  Campagne  des  Lions,  Chemin  de  Morgion. 

Mazargues,  Marseilles,  France. 
Justice,  P.  M.,  14,  Southampton  Buildings,  Chancery  Lane 

London,  W.C 


K 

Kalle,  Dr.  Win.,  Biebrich-am-Rhcin,  Germany. 

Kater,  R.  McCulloch,  Nobel's  Explosives  Co.,  Stevenston, 

Ayrshire,  N.B. 
Kathreiner,  Franz,  Worms  a/Rhein,  Germany. 
Kaufmann,  Dr.  Herbert   M.,   1325,  Franklin  Street,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Kawakita,   Michitada,   Imperial    College    of    Engineering, 

Tokyo,  Japan. 
Kay,  II.  A.,  71,  Maida  Vale,  London,  N.W. 
Kay,     Percy,     Lilymount,    Heaton    Read,    Manuingham, 

Bradford,  Yorks. 
Kay,  W.  E.,  Gowanhank,  Busby,  near  Glasgow. 
Kearns.  H.  W..  Baxcnden.  near  Accrington. 
Keen,  Austin,  Technical  School,  Huddersficld. 
Reiser,  E.  II..  Bryn  Mawr  College.  Bryn  Mawr,  Pa..  US   \. 
Kcllner,  Dr.  Wm.,  13,  Clarendon  Villas,  Old  Charlton,  S.E. 
Kemp,  I).  S.,  52,  Coverdale  Load.  Shepherd's  Bush,  W. 
Kemp,  W.  J.,  Fern  Cottage,  East  Croydon. 
Keirpson,   John    I«\.    Dye    Bridge    Chemical    Works,    near 

Alfreton,  Derbyshire. 
Kennedy,  William.  28,  Royal  Exchange  Square,  Glasgow. 
Kenrick,  Prof.   Edgar  B.,   St.  John's   College,  Winnipeg, 

Manitoba,  Canada. 
Kent,  Wm.  J.,  P.O.  Box  1812,  Johannesburg,  South  African 

Republic. 
Kenvou,  Thos.,   The  Shrubbery,  Hilton    Park,   Prestwich, 

near  Manchester. 
Ker,  Alan   I).,  Millburn  Chemical  Works,  Garngad  Hill, 

Glasgow. 
Kerr.  Saml.  T.,   c'o   Alex.  Kerr  Bros.   &  Co.,  Philadelohia, 

Pa..  U.S.A. 
Kerry,  W.  H,  Laboratory,  14,  Castle  Street,  Liverpool. 
Kershaw,  J.,  Grease,  Varnish,  and   Cement  Works,   Ilollin- 

wood,  near  Oldham. 
Kershaw,    J.    B.    ('.,    University    Hall,    Gordon    Square, 

W.C. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Jan.  so,  1892 


Keys,  Jno.  G.,  9,  High  Street,  West  Bromwich. 

Keys,  W.  II..  Hall  End  Chemical  Works,  West  Bromwich. 

Kilpatrick,  W.  S.,  4,  Annfield  Place,  Glasgow. 

Kinch,  E.,  Royal  Agricultural  College,  Cirencester. 

King,    A.    J.,   Ingersley    Vale    Bleachworks,   Bollington, 

Macclesfield. 
King,  (  I.  M.,  21 ,  Godliman  Street,  London,  E.( !. 
King,  < !.  M.,  Campsie  Alum  Works.  Leunoxtown,  X.li. 
King,  sir  James,  Bart.,  12,  Claremont  Terrace,  Glasgow. 
King,  Jas.  1'...  The  Know  Mill  Printing  Co.,  Ld.,  Entwistle, 

near  Bolton. 
King,  J.  Falconer,  Russell  Place,  Edinburgh,  N.B. 
Kin;:.  J.  T.,  Clayton  Square,  Liverpool. 
King,  Roht.,  115,  Wellington  Street,  Glasgow. 
King,  Walter,  23,  St.  John's  Road,  Southend-on-Sea. 
Kingdon,  J.  C.,  1,  Mycenae  Road,  Westcombe  Park',  S.E. 
Kingsford.T.  1'.,  Oswego,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Kingzett,  C.  T.,  Trcvena,  Anihurst  Park,  London,  N. 
Kinnicutt,   Prof.   L.    P.,  Worcester  Polytechnic   Institute, 

Worcester,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Kip]),  F.  W.,  1,  New  London  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Kipping,   Dr.  E.    Stanley,    Central   Institution,   Exhibition 

Road,   London,   S.W.  j    and    (Journals)    7,    Milborne 

Grove,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
Kirkham,  Thos.,  22,  Leinster  Gardens,  Runcorn,  Cheshire. 
Kirkman,  11.,  Landore  Alkali  Works,  Swansea. 
Kirkpatrick,  A.  J.,  179,  West  George  Street,  Glasgow. 
Kitaraura,  Y.  (Journals),  c  o  R.  Fujihanaya,  Yokoyamacho 

Sanchome,  '1  ikyo,  Japan. 
Kitchen,  Theo.  (Journals),    28,  Flinders  Lane  North,  Mel- 
bourne,  Australia;  and   (subs.)   Messrs.  j.  Connell  & 

Co..  Dunster  House,  E.C. 
Kitson,  sir  James,  Hart.,  Gledhow  Hall,  Leeds. 
Kitto,  I!.,  2C.  Lancaster  Road,  Finsbury  Park,  London.  X. 
Kleemann,  Dr.  S.,  3.  Westmoreland  Terrace,  Botanic  Road. 

Liverpool. 
KHpstein,  A.,  52,  Cedar  Street,   New  York,   U.S.A.  (P.O. 

Box  2833). 
Knaggs,  Alfred  B.,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 
Knight,  A.  II..  34,  Beutley  load.  Prince's  Park,  Liverpool 
Knight,  Henry,  33,  Faradaj  Street.  Breck  Road,  Liverpool. 
Knight,  J.  B., Silvertown  Soapworks,  Silvertown,  London.  E. 
Knight,  J.  J.,  G,  Elizabeth  Terrace,  Appleton,  Widnes. 
Knights,  .1.  West,   County    Laboratory,    1,  Sidney    Street, 

Cambridge. 
Knipler,  P..  o/o    R.    Harper    and   Co.,    352,   Flinders   Lane, 

Melbourne,  Victoria. 
Knoertzer,  Henri,  "  I.e  Nickel,"  13,  Rue  Lafayette,  Paris. 
Knowles,  Joshua,  Stormer  Hill,  Tottington,  near  Bury. 
Knox.E.  W.,  Colonial  Sugar  Refining  Co.,  Sydney, N.S.W.  ; 

and  co   F.    l'arbury    &    Co.,  7,    East   India    Avenue, 

Leadenliall  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Koecblin,  Horace,  Loerrach,  Baden,  Germany. 
Kolin,   Dr.  Chas.  A.,  University   College,  Brownlow   Street, 

Liverpool. 
Kolb,  .1.,  Soe.  Anon,  des  Mamtf.de  Produits  Chimiques, 

Lille,  France. 
Koningh,  L.  tie,  325,  Kenningtnn  Road,  S.E. 
Kortright,  F.  L..  1609,  West  i  lenesee  Street,  Syracuse,  N.Y., 

U.S.A. 
Kraftmeier,  E.,  .'..">,  Charing  (  'ross,  London,  S.W 
Krause,  Dr.  G.,  "  t  Ihemiker-Zeitung,"  <  lothcn,  Germany. 
Krause, O.  II.,  Box  .".7  7.  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey,  U.S.A. 
Krcesel,  Edw.,  41,  Park  Avenue,  Wood  Green,  N. 
Krolni,  E.  W.  T.,   13.  Relsize  Square,  South  Hampstead, 

N  W. 
Kulil.  W.  II..  73,  Jagerstrasse,  Berlin,  Germany. 
Kunheim,  Dr.  Hugo,  32,  Doratheenstrasse,  Berlin. 
Kupt'erberg,  Dr.  II.,  303,  Collyhnrst  Road,  Manchester. 
Kynaston,  .1.  W.,  Kensington,  Liverpool. 


Lacey,  I'.  C,  126a,  Bermondsej  Street.  London,  S.E. 
Lacey,   P.  S.,  Gas  Light  and  Coke  Company,  Lupus  Street. 

Pimlico,  S.W. 
I.  igerwall,  Dr.  [var,  Ku.lli  i-ratten.  Stockholm,  Sweden. 


Laidler,  C.  P.,  26,  Noble  Terrace,  Gateshead-on-Tyne. 

Laidler,  T.  S.,  Newcastle  <  'hemieal  Works,  Gateshead. 

Laing,  Jno.,  30,  Grange  Road,  Edinburgh. 

Lake,  D.  E.,  36,  .Mark  Base,  London,  E.C. 

Lake,  G.,  jun..  6,  Turn  Lee  Road,  Glossop,  Derbyshire. 

Lamond,  II.  I!.,  Levenshulme  Printworks,  Manchester. 

Lampray,    R.    IT..   24,    Burghlev    Road,    Highgate    Road, 

London,  N.W. 
Lander,  Albert  II.,  164,  Edmund  Street,  Birmingham. 
Lang,  .las.  (1..  a,  Yiewrield  Terrace,  Hillbead.  Glasgow. 
Langbeek,  11.  W.,  The  Park,  Loughton,  Essex. 
Langdon,  M.  J.,  Sunbury,  Victoria  Park,  Mauehester. 
Lange,  Dr.  .Martin,  Amersfoort,  Holland. 
Langenbeck,  Karl,  c  o  The  A.  E.    Tiling   Co.,    Zanesville, 

ohio,  r.s.A. 

Larios,  P.,  c/o  Messrs.  R.   Marsden  &  Co.,  47,  Spring   Gar- 
dens, Mauehester. 
Larkin,  T.,  St.  Bede  Chemical  Work-.  South  Shield-.. 
Lamed,  J.  X.,  Young  Men's  Library,  Buffalo,  N.Y.,  US. A. 
Lascelles,   Jno.    II.,  2 — 3,   Cree  Church    Lane,    Leadenliall 

Street,  London,  E.C. 
Laseelles-Seott,    W.,  Chemical  and  Physical  Laboratories, 

Forest  (late.  Essex. 
Latham,  Baldwin,  7,  Westminster  Chambers,  Victoria  Street, 

London,  S.W. 
Latham,  J.  J.,  157,  Albeit  Road,  Appleton,  Widnes. 
Laurie,  A.  P.,  King's  College,  Cambridge. 
Law,  A.  E..  Donald's  Chlorine  Co.,   Ld.,  Kilwinning,  N.B. 
Lawrance,  II.  A.,  28,  Grosvenor  Road,  Gunnersbury. 
Lawrence,   Jas.,  Repauuo  Chemical  Co.,  Paulsboro',  N.J., 

U.S.A. 
Laws,  J.  1'.,  32,  Holborn  Viaduct,  London,  E.C. 
Lawson,  Arthur  J.,  Marsh  Soapworks,  Bristol. 
Lawson,  Dr.  Thos.  A.,  15,  Alexandra  Road,  London,  N.W. 
Lay  cock,     Dr.  Win.   F.,    Guneotton    Works,    Stow  market, 

Suffolk. 
Lazarus,  M.  J.      .See  Langdon,  M.  J. 

Leaeh,  Walter,  27,  St.  Andrew  s  Place,  Bradford,  Yorks. 
Leathart,  J.,  Lead  Works,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 
Leather.  Dr.  J.  W.,  The  Harris  Institute,  Preston. 
Lee,  C.  Tennant,35,  Hartford  Street,  Boston, Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Lee,  .1.  E.,  Wallsend,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 
Lee,  S.  Wright,  6-10,  Whitechapel,  Liverpool. 
Lee,  Theophilus  H.,  Edgecumbe  Villa,  Clevedou,  Somerst. 
Leech,  F.  S..  32,  Pleiu  Street.  Cape  Town,  S.  Africa. 
Leeds,   Dr.   Albert   R..    Stevens   Institute   of   Technology, 

Hoboken,  N.J.,  U.S.A. 
Leeds,  F.  II.,  29,  Bouverie  Road.  Stoke  Newington,  N. 
Leemiug,  T.  H.,  Bttrneston  House,  Barking  Road,  Plaistow, 

London,  E. 
Lees,  Asa,  76,  Duncombe  Road,  Upper  Holloway,  N. 
Lees,  S.,  jun.,  Park  Bridge,  Ashton- under  Lyne. 
Leese,  Joseph,  Ettrick  Bank,  Birkdale,  Southport. 
Leete,  Jos.,  19 — 25,  Bermondsey  Street,  S.E. 
Leffmann,  Dr.   H.,  715,  Walnut  Street  (Third  floor  front) 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Leigh,  Cecil,  Adderley  Park  Rolling  Mills,  Birmingham. 
Lennard,  1'..  165,  Fenehureh  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Lennox,    Robt.    N.,    Royal    Institution,    Albemarle    Street, 

London.  W. 
Lenox,  Lionel  R.,  Chemical   Laboratory,  U.S.  Navy   Yard, 

Washington.  D.C.,  U.S.A. 
Leonard,  Win.  . I.,  Hope  Chemical    Works,  Hackney   Wick, 

E. 
Leon,  J.  T.,  38,  Portland  Place.  London,  W. 
Lequin,  E.,  9,  Rue  Ste.  Cecile,  Paris. 
Lever,  Jas.  D.,  Port  Sunlight,  near  Birkenhead. 
Lever,    Win.     11..     Thornton     House.    Thornton     Ilaugh, 

t  Iheshire. 
Leverkus,  Otto.  1  and  3.  Leamington  Place,  Princess  Street, 

Mauehester. 
Levinstein,  Ivan.  21,  Minshull  Street,  Manchester. 
Lewes,  Prof.  Vivian  11.,  Royal  Naval  College.  Greenwich, 

S.E. 
Lewinton,  B.,   14,  Cleveland  Street,  Fitzroy  Square,   Lon- 
don. S.W. 
Lewis,  A.  E.,  94,  Tritonvillc  Road,  Sandy  mount,  Dublin. 
Lewis,   G.   T.,   4th    and  Walnut   Streets,  Philadelphia,    Pa,, 

U.S.A. 


Jan.  80.1892.]        THE   JOURNAL   OP   THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Lewis,  .1.  II.,  Oakleigh,  Stanwell  Road,  Penarth,  Cardiff. 
I.ewkowitsch,  Dr.  Julius.  Whitehall  Soapworks,  Leeds. 
Lichtenstein,  Theodore,  Chemical  Works,  Silvertownj  Lon- 

don,  E. 
Liddle,  W.  T.,  Carr  Bank,  Walmersley,  Bury. 
Liebraann,  Dr.  A.,  10,  Marsden  Street,  Manchester. 
Liepmann,  Dr.  H. 

Lightfoot,  T.  E.,  Ss,  Ardeu  Terrace,  Accrington, 
Lilly,  Oliver  M.,  The  Crnft,  Spondon,  Derby. 
Limpacb,  Di.   L.,  20,  St.  Mary's  Road,  Orumpsall,  Man. 

Chester, 
Lindemann,  G.,   St.     Pauli,    Langereihe  48,    II.,    rechts, 

Hamburg. 
Lindlcy,  Hubert  E..  13,  St.   Bartholomew  Road,  Camden 

Road,  London,  N. 
Lindley,  L.,  Sherwood  Street,  Nottingham. 
Lineff,  A.  L.,  West  Metropolitan  Tram  Depot,  High  Road, 

Chiswick,  W. 
Ling,  Arthur  R  .  Brooklands,  Thames  Ditton,  Surrey. 
I.islimaii,  W.   W.  L.,  36,   Washington   Street,   Girlington, 

Bradford,  Yorks. 
Lister,  Simeon,  70,  High  Street,  Great  Horton,  Bradford, 

Yorks. 
Little,  Win.  G.,  Blendon  Grove,  Rexley,  Kent. 
Littlejohn,  .1..  c  o  Africau  Banking  Corporation,  Johannes- 
burg, S.A.R. 
Liversedge,  A.  J.,  c/o  Mirrlees,  Watson,  and  Yaryan  Co., 

Ld.,  45,  Scotland  Street,  Glasgow. 
Liversidge,  Prof.   A.,  The    University.  Sydney,   New   South 

Wales;  and    c/o    Trubner    &    Co.,    57,  Ludgate  Dill, 

London  (for  Journals). 
Livesey,   Frank,   South  Metropolitan   Gas   Co.,   709a,   Old 

Kent  Road,  London,  S.  F. 
Livingston,  W.  J.,  London  County  Council,  Spring  Gardens, 

London,  S.W. 
Lloyd,  Fred.  J.,  Agricultural  Laboratory,  4,  Lombard  Court, 

London,  E.C. 
Lodge,  A.  S.,  Newchurch,  near  Manchester. 
Lodae,  Edw.,  27,  Cowclitfe  Hill,  Hiiddersfield. 
Ldeffler,  Geo.  f ).,  153,  Pearl  Street,  Pittsburg,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Loewenthal,  Ilr.  R.,  239,  Moss  Lane  Fast,  Manchester. 
Lomas,  'I'.,  Cleveland,  Minehead,  Taunton,  II. SO. 
Lombard,  Emile,  32,  Rue  Grignan,  Marseilles,  France. 
Longsbaw,  Jas.,  Willow  Bank,  Longsight, near  Manchester. 
Lord,  F.  J.,  150,  Yorkshire  Street,  Rochdale. 
Lorenz,  H.,  7  and  8,  Idol  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
l.orimcr,  J.,  Britannia  Row,  Islington,  N. 
Lorrain,  J.   G.,   Norfolk   House,   Norfolk    Street,    Strand, 

London,  W.C. 
Losanitscb,  Prof.  S.  M.,  Belgrade,  Servia. 
Lott,  F.  E.,  The  Laboratory,  Bridge  Chambers,  Burton-on- 

Trent. 
Louis,  1).  A.,  77,  Shirland  Gardens,  London,  W. 
Love,  Dr.  F.  G.,  School  of  Mines,  Columbia  College,  50th 

Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Luvett.    W.     Jesse,     75,    Clarendon     Road,      Crumpsall, 

Manchester. 
Lovibond,  J.  W.,  26,  St.  Ann's  Street,  Salisbury. 
Lovibond,  T.  W.,  Tyne  Brewery,  Ncwcastle-on-Tyne. 
Lovibond,  V.   L.,   The    Hermitage,    North    End,    Fulham 

S.W. 
Low.   WiLon    H.,  co  N.    K.    Fairbank    &    Co;,   18th    and 

Blackwell  Streets,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A. 
Lowe,  C.  W..  Sumniertield  House,  Reddish,  near  Stockport. 
Lowe,  Horace  A.,  Halliwell  Works,  near  Bblton-le-Moors. 
Lowe,  W.  1'".,  Cambrian  View,  Chester. 
Lovvman,  Dr.  Oscar,  185,  Jefferson  Avenue,  Detroit,  Mich. 

U.S.A. 
Lowson,  J.  G.  F.,  Beltonford  Paper  Mill,  Dunbar,  N.B. 
Lucas,  R.  J.,  Mainzerstrasse  8,  Wiesbaden,  Germany. 
Luck,  A.,  Powder  Mills,  Dartford,  Kent. 
Luck,  F..  08,  Sumner  Street.  Southwark,  S.E. 
Luck.  H.  ('.,  68,  Sumner  Street,  Southwark.  S.E. 
Ludlow,  Lionel,  c  0  <  'ape  ( 'opper  Mining  Co.,  (  r'okiep,  Port 

Xolloth,  South  Africa. 
Lund,  Jas.,  c/o  Cochrane  Chemical  Co..  Potter  Street,  East 

Cambridge;  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Lundberg,  Alt'.,  Stroms  liruk,  Hudiksvall,  Sweden. 
Lundhohn,  Carl  O.,  Ardeer  Factory,  Stevenston,  Ayrshire. 


Lunge,    Dr.    G.,    Englisches    Viertcl,    Hottingen,    Zurich, 

Switzerland. 
Lunn,  C,  Slantgate,  Kirkburton,  near  Huddersfield. 
I, upton,  Sydney,  drove  Cottage,  Koundhay,  Leeds. 
Luthv,  Edmund  O.,  c/o  Mellwood  Distillery  Co.,  Louisville, 

ky..  U.S.A. 
Liithv,   Otto,  c/o  American  Alumina  Co.,  Barbcrton,  Ohio, 

U.S.A. 
Lye,  W.  T..  The  Firs,  Luton,  Beds. 
Lylc,   James,    Plaistow    Wharf,    North   Woolwich    Road, 

London,  E. 
Lylc,  Jno.,  21,  Mincing  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Lyon,  -I.  G,  The  Aire  Tar  Works,  Knottingley,  Yorks. 
Lytc,  F.  Maxwell,  60,  Finborough  Road,  Redcliffe  Square, 

London,  S.W. 
Lytic,  A.  M.,  North  of  Ireland  Chemical  Co.,  Belfast. 


M 


Mabery,   Prof.   Chas,  F..   Case    School  of  Applied   Science, 

Cleveland,  Ohio,  U.S.A. 
Macadam,  C.  T.,  116,  Fenchurch  Street,  Loudon,  E.C. 
Macadam,  Herbert  F.,  The  Lake,  Snaresbrook,  Essex. 
Macadam,  Dr.  Stevenson.  Surgeons'  Hall,  Edinburgh. 
Macadam,  Prof.  W.  Ivison,  Surgeons'  Hall,  Edinburgh. 
McAlister.    R.,    Lawes'    Chemical    Manure   Co.,   Limited, 

Barking  Creek,  Essex. 
Macallan,  J.,  2,  Marino  Terrace,  Malahide   Road,    Clontarf 

Dublin. 
McAllum,  C.  D.,  7,  Dean  Street,  Newcastle -on -Tyne. 
Macalpine,  G.  W.,  Parkside,  Accrington. 
McArthur,  Jno.,   3,  Nicosia   Road,   Wandsworth  Common 

S.W. 
McArthur,  J.  B.,  Price's  Patent  Candle  Co.,  Limited,  Broiu- 

borough  Pool,  near  Birkenhead. 
Macarthur,  J.  G.,  98,  Bobbie's  Loan,  Glasgow. 
McArthur,   J.    S.,    Caasel  Gold  Extracting    Co.,   Limited, 

13,  West  Scotland  Street,  Kinning  Park,  Glasgow. 
McBeath,  J.  W..  38,  Exeter  Street,  West  Hartlepool,  Durham. 
McCallum,  J.  M.,  South  Park,  Paisley,  N.B. 
McCalmau,  D.,  Waterside,  Irvine,  N.B. 
McCowan,  W.,  The  Brewery,  Heading,  Berks. 
McCubbin,  Wm.  A.,  Mill  Bank,  West  Derby,  Liverpool. 
McCulloch,  J.,  Oakleigh, Rose  Street,  Garnet  Hill,  Glasgow. 
McCulloch,  Norman,  7,  Melrose  Street,  Glasgow. 
McDaniel,  J.  J.,  Bandon,  Ireland. 
Maedonald,  A.,  16,  Cochrane  Street,  Glasgow. 
Macdonald,  J.  W.,  c/o  Messrs.  H.  Tate  &  Sous,  Love  Lane, 

Liverpool. 
McDonald,  Percv  G,  Stanley  Villa,  Stanmire,  New   South 

Wales. 
McDonald, 'P.M.,  Walilabo  Estate,  St.  Vincent,  West  Indies. 
MeDougall,     Arthur,     Fallowfield     House,      Fallowfield, 

Manchester. 
MeDougall,  J.  T.,  Duuolly,  Morden  Road,  Blackheath,  S.F. 
MacEwan,   Peter,   4.    Gresley    Road,    Hornsey   Lane,     N. 

(Journals)  ;    and  42,  Cannon  Street,  F.(  I. 
McFwen,  Atholl  F.,  43,  Gilmore  Road,  Lewisham,  S.F;. 
MeEwen,    Jas.,    Ruthven    House,    Bonden    Lane,    Marple, 

( Iheshire. 
Macf arlane,  J.  A.  (Journals),  Santa  Rosalia, Baja  California. 
Mexico    (via   New  York,  Nogales  and  Guaymas) ;  and 
(subs.)  3,  Carlyle  Terrace,  Kelvinside,  Glasgow. 
Macfarlanc,  R.  F.,  Rio  Tiuto   Co.,   Ld.,  Cwm  Avon,  Port 

Talbot. 
Macfarlanc,  Thos.,  Inland  Revenue  Dept.,  Ottawa,  Canada. 
McFarlane,  Walter,   Crosslee    House,   Thornliebank,   near 

Glasgow. 
McFarlane.   W.   W..   613,  East    14th   Street,  Chester,    Pa 

U.S.A. 
McGeorge,  A.  J.  (subs.),  78,   Mount    Pleasant,   Liverpool; 
and  (Journals)  69,  West  88th   Street,  New  York  City, 
U.S.A. 
McGlashan,  John,  Woodneuk,  Gartcosh,  near  Glasgow. 
McGowan,   John,    Ash    House,    Talke,    near    Stoke-upon- 
Trent. 


THE    JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  3n,  1892. 


McGill,  Dr.  J.  T.;  Vanderbilt  University,  Nashville,  Tenn., 

I    S.A. 
Macludoe,  G.   D.,  Hall's   House,  North  Woolwich  Road, 

Victoria  Docks,  E. 
Macintosh,  C.  J..  J4,  Leadenhall  Street.  London,  E.C. 
Madvor.Ralph  W.  E.,  85,  Gracechurch  Street,  London,  E.C. 
MacKean,    Wu,   Incandescent    Gas    Light    Co.,  Ld.,   14, 

Palmer  Street,  Westminster.  S.W. 
McKechnie,  D.,  Eccleston  Grange,  Prescot,  Lancashire. 
McEechnie,  1)   M.,  The  Hollies,  Eccleston  Park,  Prescot, 

Lancashire. 
McKellar,  W.  G.,  Eglinton  Chemical  Works,  Irvine,  N.B. 
McKenny,  C,  Railway  Cottage,  Dublin  Road,  Drogheda, 

Ireland. 
Mackenzie,  Dr.    G.  S..   Sydney   Smelting  Works,  Pyrmont, 

Sydney.  X.S.W. 
Mackenzie,  .ras.,  -.'4,  Shuttle  Street,  Glasgow. 
Mackenzie,  Jas.  Scott,  132,  Tritonville   Road,  Sandymount, 

Dublin. 
Mackenzie,  T.  E.,  10  Willowbank  Crescent,  Glasgow. 
Mackenzie,  Dr.   W.   Cossar,  Durham    College  of  Science, 

Newvastlc-on-Tyne. 
Mackey,  J.  A..  1  and  2,  Bouverie  Street.  London,  E.C. 
Mackey,  W.  Mel)..  Victoria  Chambers.  Leeds. 
McKillop,  Juo.,  Puloh  Brani  Smelting  Works,  Singapore. 
McKinlay,  R.  W.,  Ameliaville,  Aytoun  Road,  Pollokshields, 

N.B. 
Maekinnon,  A.  K  ,  108,  Oxford  Gardens,  London,  W. 
Maclagan,  R.C.,  ."),  L'oates  Crescent,  Edinburgh. 
MacLean,  Alex.  S.,  c  o  Alex.   Scott  &  Sons,  Berry  Yards, 

Greenock,  N.B. 
McLellan,  Duncan.  Anuock  Bank,  Helensburgh,  X.B. 
McLelian.   J.   Y.,   Cullochfaulds    Chemical    Works,    Craig 

Street,  Glasgow. 
McLeod,  II.,  Cooper's  Hill.  Staines. 

McMillan,  T.  O.,  28,  Maxwell  Road.  Pollokshields,  Glasgow. 
McMillan,    W.   G..    Chemical    Department,    Shell   Factory, 

Cossipore,  Calcutta,  India. 
McMurtrie,  .1.  M.,  9'J,  Portugal  Street,  Glasgow. 
Macnah,  C,  Lillyhurn,  Milton  of  Campsie,  X.B. 
Macnab,  W.,jun..  14,  Great  Smith  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 
Macnair,  D.   S  .   People's  Palace   Technical    Schools.   Mile 

End,  E. 
McNeight,  W.  J.,  Eartwell,  Palmerston  Park,  Dublin. 
Maconochie,  J.  R..  Saracen's  Head  Buildings,  Snow  Hill,  E.C. 
Macreath,   ])..   Kwalla   Lumpor,   Selangor,   Straits    Settle- 
ments. 
McRoberts,  G.,  Todhill,  Newton-Mearns,  Renfrewshire,  X.I!. 
MacSwiney,  Eugene,  13,  North  Main  Street.  Cork.  Ireland. 
Mactear,  J.,  2,  Victoria  Mansions,  Westminster,  S.W. 
Mahon,  R.  W.,  1221,  East  Preston  Street.   Baltimore,  Md„ 

us.  a. 

Maiden,  J.  H.,  Technological  Museum.  Sydney,  New  South 
Wales;  Journals  to  e  o  Trubner  &  Co.,  Ludgate  Hill, 
London,  E.C. 

Major,  .1.  C.  The  Bhylls,  Compton,  Wolverhampton. 

Major,  L.,  Seulcoates,  Hull. 

Makin,  .lames,  Wallhead  Mills.  Rochdale. 

Makins,  G.  II.,  DanesGeld,  Cpper  Latimore  Road,  St. 
Albans. 

Malcolm,  S.,  Jarrow  Chemical  Works,  South  Shields. 

Malcolmson,  A.  S  .  172,  Pearl  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

Mallalieu,  Thos.  C,  Albert  Villas,  Levenshulme,  Man- 
chester. 

Mallinckrodt,  Edw.,  Mallinckrodt  Chemical  Works,  St. 
Louis,  Missouri,  U.S.A. 

Mander.  S.  T\,  17,  Gracechurch  Street,  London,  E.C;  and 
(Journals)  Varnish  Works,  Wolverhampton. 

Manhes,  1'..  ::.  line  Sala,  Lyons,  France. 

Mann.  John  C,  19,  New  City  Road,  Plaistow,  E. 

Manning,  1-'.  A.,  IS,  Billiter  Street.  London.  E.C. 

Manuitigton,  11.  T..  Pentre,  near  Flint,  North  Wales. 

Margctson,  J.  Chas.,  Avonside,  Melksham,  Wilts. 

Margetts,  W.  G.,  Wouldham,  Rochester,  Rent. 

Market,  Dr.  K.,  Lodge  Lane,  Warrington. 

Marknan,  A.  D.,  71.  Queen  Street,  Hull. 

Marks,  E.  G.,  c/o  W.  S.  Brown  .V  Co.,  Bank  Street  and 
North  River,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

Marley.  J.  E.,  IIcbburii-on-Tyne. 


Marriott,  Wm.,  88,  Halifax  Old  Road.  Huddersfield. 

Marsh,  W.,  Union  Alkali  Co.,  Soho  Works,  Manchester. 

Marsh,  J.  T.,  British  Alkali  Works,  Widnes. 

Marsh,  T.  S.,  Xetham  Chemical  Co.,  Bristol. 

Marsh,  Walter,  8;',.  York  Terrace,  Xortham,  Southampton. 

Marshall,  Dr.  Hugh,  Chemistry  Department,  The  University, 

Edinburgh. 
Marshall,   John,   Messrs.   Marshall,  Son,  &    Co.,   Cudbear 

Street.  Hunslet,  Leeds. 
Marshall,  Dr.  T.  R.,  University  College.  Cardiff. 
Marshall,  Wm.,  34,  Chatham  Street,  Edgeley,  Stockport. 
Marshall,  Wm.  (Journals),  c  o  D.  G.  Rose,  Samarang,  Java  ; 

and  (subs.i   c/o   1).    1!.    (alder   Marshall,   49,   Queen 

Street,  Edinburgh. 
Martin,  ('has.  D.,  106,  Addison   Road,  Heaton,  Newcastlc- 

on-Tvnc. 
Martin,  II.,  Poole,  near  Wellington.  Somerset. 
Martin,  X.  II..  29,  Mosley  Street,  Newoastle-on-Tyne. 
Martin,    W.    II.,    183b,    Kius's    Road,    Chelsea,    London, 

S.W. 
Martiueaii.  Sydney,  South  Road,  Clapham  Park,  S.W. 
Martino,  F.  W.,  4,  Taptonville,  Broomhill,  Sheffield. 
Martins,  Dr.  C.  A.,  28,  Vosse  Strasse,  Berlin,  Germany. 
Martyn,  S.  E.,  Trevemper  Bridge,  Xew  Quay,  Cornwall. 
Martyn,  W..  e  0  Messrs.  Tennant,  Hebburn-on-Tyne. 
Mason,  J..  Eynsham   Hall,  Witney,  Oxon  ;   and  1,  Chester 

field  Gardens,  Mayfair,  W. 
Mason.  J.  Francis,  Eynsham  Hall,  Witney,  Oxon. 
Mason,  W.  B.,  117,  Derby  Street,  Bolton-le-Moors. 
Mason,  A.  II..  4G,  Jewin  Street.  London,  E.C. 
Masson.  G.    H.,   Government    Laboratory,    Port  of    Spain, 

Trinidad. 
Masson,  Prof.  D.  Orme,  University  of  Melbourne,  Victoria, 

Australia. 
Master,  Ardesheer  B..  679,  Tardeo,  Bombay,  India. 
Mather,  J.,  Blavdon  Chemical  Works,  Blaydou-on-Tyne. 
Matheson,  W.  J.,  178,  Front  Street,  Xew  York,  U.S.A. 
Matos,   Louis  J.,  3943,  Fairmount  Avenue,    Philadelphia, 

Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Matthews.  C.  G.,  Laboratory,  Bridge  Chambers,  Burton-on- 

Trent. 
Matthews,  Prof.  W.  E.,  School  of  Mines.  Stawell,  Victoria. 
Mawdsley,  1'.  A..  8,  Eaton  Road,  Chester. 
Mawdsley,  W.  1L,  s,  Eaton  Road,  Chester. 
Maxwell,    Thos.,    49,    Harvie    Street,    Bridgeton,    Glasgow 

(Journals)  ;  and  Mossknowe,  Braeside  Avenue,  Ruther- 

glen. 
May.  J.,  Hyde  House,  Old  Battersea,  S.W. 
Mayenfcld,  Dr.  E.  von  Salis.     See  under  "  Salis." 
Mayer,  Nelson  B.,  I'hland  Strasse  14,  Tubingen,  Germany. 
Mayhew,    E.    W.    A..    High    Street,    Freemantlc,    Western 

Australia. 
Mead,  Frank,  Sutton  Gasworks.  Surrey. 
Meggitt.  11.  A..  Chemical  Works,  Mansfield,  X'otts. 
Meikle,  Jno.,  4.  Woodlands  Road,  Glasgow. 
Meldola,  Prof.  R„  6.  Brunswick  Square,  London,  W.C. 
Meldrum,   Jas.   Jones.    Atlantic    Works,  City   Road,    Man- 
chester. 
Mellen,  Edwin  1).,  c/o  Curtis,  Davis,  ,N  Co.,  184,  Broadway. 

Camhridgeport,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Melliss,   J.   (':.,   232,  Gresham   House,  Old    Broad   Street, 

London.  E.C. 
Mellon,  W.  W.,  Howdendyke,  Howdcn,  Yorks. 
Mellor,  S..  Magnesium  Metal  Co.,  Patricroft,  Manchester. 
Melville,  1).,  P.O.  Box  No.  1,  Woodmere,  Wayne  Co.,  Mich., 

I'. S.A. 
Mendeleeff,    Prof.    D.    Cadel     Line   9,   Vassilieff  Island, 

St.  Petersburg. 
Menzies,  R.  C,  Inveresk  Mills,  Musselburgh.  X.B. 
Mercer,  J.  B.,  322,  Lower  Broughton  Road,  Manchester, 
Mercer,  F.  M..  89,  Bishopsgate  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Mercer,  Thos.,  The  Brewery,  Edenfield,  near  Bury,  Lanca- 
shire. 
Merck,  E.,  Darmstadt,  Germany. 

Merrell,  Geo.,  Lock  Box  786,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  U.S.A. 
Merrick,   Geo.   E.,  Merrick  Thread  Co.,   Hplvoke,    Mass., 

U.S.A. 
Merry,  Jas.  S.,  1,  Somerset  Place,  Swansea. 
Messel,  Dr,  R.,  Silvertown,  Loudon,  E. 


Jan.  30, 1882.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Metcalf,  .J no.,  Moorfield,  Altham,  near  Accrington. 
MetcaIf,Wm.,  Aspin  House,  *  Iswaldtwistle,  near  Accrington. 
Mewburn,  .1.  ('..  55  and  56  Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C. 
Meyer,  Max  E.,  8,  Duchess  Street,  Portland  Place,  W. 
Mcynier,  J.  A..  19,  Hue  Baudin,  Paris. 
Middleton,  .1.,  179,  West  George  Street,  Glasgow. 
Milestone,  \\ .  C,  Garrett  Lane,  Wandsworth,  S.W. 
Miller,  Dr.  A.  K..  Ardwick  Brewery,  Manchester. 
Miller,  A.  Russell,  The  Cairns.  Cainbuslang,  near  Glasgow. 
Miller,  E.  V.,  c/o  New  Zealand  Sugar  Co.,  Auckland,  New 

Zealand. 
Miller,  Geo.,  c/o  Widnes  Alkali  Co.,  Ld.,  Widnes. 
Miller,  Dr.  II.  von,  Chemische  Fabrik,  Hruschau,  Austria. 
Miller,  Jno.,  Messrs.  las.  Black  &  Co.,  23,  Exchange  Square, 

Glasgow, 
Miller,  J.  Hopkins,  23,  McAslin  Street,  Glasgow. 
Miller,  Jno.  Poynter,  Sandilands  Chemical  Works,  Aberdeen. 
Miller,  Dr.  N.  H.  J.,  Harpenden,  near  St.  Albans. 
Miller,   Robt.,  c/o    J.    Carlile    Miller,    9,   Acoinb    Street, 

Greenheys,  Manchester. 
Miller,  T.  Paterson,  The  Cairns,  Cainbuslang,  near  Glasgow. 
Miller.  W.  M-,  Pin.  Uitvlugt,  Demerara,  West  Indies. 
Mills,  Prof.  E.  .1.,  60,  John  Street,  Glasgow. 
Milne,  ( ,.  A.,  YVelham  Villa,  Norton,  Malton,  Yorks. 
Milne,  Dr.  .1.  M.,   Hoy.  Infirm.  Medical  School,  86,  Castle 

Street,  Glasgow. 
Milner,  E.,  Hartford  Manor,  Northwich. 
Milnes,  Edmund,  Seedfield, Bury,  Lancashire. 
Miniati,  T,,  Kenwood,    Broom    Lane,   Higher    Broughton, 

Manchester. 
Mitchell,   .1.   W.,   Wood    Leigh,    Clough  Fold,   near  Man- 
chester. 
Mining,  E.  K.,  423,  Superior  Street,  Chicago,  111.,  IT.S. 
Moffatt-Johnston,  J.,  The  Birches,  Midcalder,  N.B. 
Mohr,  Dr.  B.,  69a.  Parliament  Hill,  Hampstead,  N.W. 
Molesworth,  F.  II.,  Eton  Street,  Malvern,  Adelaide,   South 

Australia. 
Molineux,  John,  C.B.,  Sclsley  House,  Albert  Road,  Battersea, 

S.W. 
Molineux,  Roland,  c/o  C.  T.  Rayuolds  &.  Co.,    106,  Fulton 

Street,  New  York,  U.S  A. 
Mond,  Alf.  M.,  20,  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park,  N.W. 
Mond,  L.,  20.  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park,  London,  N.W. ; 
and  61,  Via  Sistina,  Rome. 

M 1,  Robt.  L.,  20,  A\enue  Road,  Regent's  Park,  N.W. 

Moodie.W.  E.,  Croftingea  Works,  Alexandria,  N.B. 
Mook,  Chas.,  Douglashall,  Westeregeln,   Magdeburg,   Ger- 
many. 
Moonev.    M.,    Chemical    Works,    74,    Rogerson's    Quay, 

Dublin. 
Moore,  B.  T.,  Longwood,  Bexlev,  Kent. 
Moore,  Chas.  C,  125,  Chester  Road,  Hartford,  Cheshire. 
Moore,  Dr.  G.  E„  221,  Pearl  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Moore,  R.  T.,  156,  St.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow. 
Moore,  Thos.,  "  Le  Nickel,"  Ourone,  Thio,  New  Caledonia. 
Moore,  Wm.  F.,  Lonsdale,  Temple  Road,  Upper  Rathmines, 

Dublin. 
Moorhouse,  J.  B.,  Cecil  Mount,  Hortou  Park,  Bradford. 
Mordle,  F.  Dare,  Fishpond  Drive,  The  Park,  Nottingham. 
Morgan,    Arthur    F.,    Lindtim    House,     Scunthorpe,     via 

Doncaster. 
Morgan,  J  no. .las. .Milton  Lodge,  Brecon  Road,  Abergavenny. 
Morgan,    Dr.  Wm.,   Public  Analyst's  Laboratory,   Nelson 

Terrace,  Swansea. 
Morgans,  Thos.,  The  Guildhall,  Bristol. 
Mori'tz,  Dr.  E.  R.,  72,  Chancery  Lane,  London.  W.C. 
Morley,  Dr.  II.  Forster,  29,  Kylemore  Road,  \\  est   Hamp- 
stead, N.W. 
Morriee,   Jas.   A.,    1,  Athole    Gardens   Place,    Kelvinside, 

Glasgow. 
Morris,  Dr.  G.  Harris,  Avondale,  Alexandra  Road,  Iiurton- 

on-Trent. 
Morris,  Herbert  E.,  Fernlea,  Priory  Road,  Sale,  Cheshire. 
Morris,  Herbert  N.,  Littoudale,  Maniey  Road,  Manchester. 
Morris,  .1.  H.,  63  and  65,  Bk.ndeH  Street,  Liverpool. 
Morris,  R.,  Doncaster. 

Morrison,  Geo.  R.,  Richmond  House,  Plaistow,  Essex. 
Morrison,  J.,   St.  Peter's  Chemical  Works,   Newcastle-on» 
Tyne. 


Morson.T.,  121,  Southampton  Row,  Russell  Square,  London, 

Morson,    T.   P.,   S3,    Southampton    Row,   Russell   Square, 

London,  W.C. 
Morton.  Jas.,  Dalquhurn  Works,  Renton,  N.I!. 
Mosenthal,  Chas.  de,  3  bis,  Rue  Labruyere,  Paris. 
Mosenthal,  Henry  de,  220,    Winchester  House,   Old  Broad 

Street,  London,  E.C. 
Moss,  J.,  Clovellv,    Xorhurv,   S.W. ;    and  Wilson  Street, 

New  Cross  Road,  Loudon,  S.E. 
Moul,  Frank,  Aldersgate  Chemical  Works,  Soutball. 
Moult,  J.,  3,  Gladstone  Terrace,  Gatcshead-on-Tyne. 
Moulton,  G.  L,  Soko  Mills,  Macclesfield. 
Muir,  J.  P.,  233,  Camden  Road,  Loudon,  N.W. 
Muir,  Jas.  Stanley,  Chemical  Laboratory,  The  University, 

Glasgow;  (Journals)  to 27,  Huntley  Gardens,  Kelvinside, 

Glasgow. 
Mfiller,  Geo.,  c/o  Curry  Hotel,  Ironwood,  Mich.,  U.S.A. 
Miiller,    Dr.    H.,    13,    Park    Square   F^ast,   Regent's    Park, 

Loudon,  N.W. 
Mnmford,  A.,  9,  Westwell  Street,  Plymouth,  Devon. 
Munro,  Dr  J.  M.  II..  Churchfields,  Salisbury. 
Monroe,  Chas.  E.,  Torpedo  Station,  Newport,  Rhode  Island, 

U.S.A. 
Muras,  T.  H.,  H.M.  Patent  Office,  Southampton  Buildings, 

London,  W.C. 
Murdoch,  H.  R.  M.,  4,  Nobel's  Villas,  Stevenston,  Ayrshire. 
Muspratt,  E.  K.,  Seaforth  Hall,  near  Liverpool. 
Muspratt,  S.  K.,  24,  Grove  Park,  Liverpool. 
Muter,    Dr.    J.,    Winchester    House,    Kennington    Road, 

London,  S.E. 
Myall,  A.  A.,  21,  Cockspur  Street,  London,  S.W. 
Myers,  Wm.  S.,  7,  Museum  Mansion,  Great  Russell  Street, 

Loudon,  W.C. 


N 


Naef,  Dr.  P.,  4.  Dyer  Terrace.  Winnington,  Northwich. 
Nahnsen,  Dr.  R.,  95,  Alice,  Altona,  near  Hamburg. 
Nakamura,   Teikichi,   c/o    Y.     Fukuzawa,    Mita-Nichome, 

Tokyo,  Japan. 
Napier,  .1,1,  St.  Matthew's  Place,  Norwich  Roan,  Ipswich. 
Napier,  Jas.,  15,  Princes  Square,  Strathbungo,  Glasgow. 
Nason,  Prof.  H.  B.,  Troy,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Naylor,  W.  A.  H  ,  38,  Southwark  Street,  Loudon,  S.E. 
Neil,  Jas.  M.  (Journals),  c/o  Seiior  M.  A.  Herrera,  Pavta, 
Peru;  and   (subs.)   e/o  C'ollyer,  Thirkell,   &  Bell,  141, 
Fenchurch  Street,  E.C. 
Neil,   W.,    126,   Turner's   Road,   Burdett    Road,    London, 

E. 
Neill,  Geo.  D.,  26,  Forsyth  Street,  Greenock,  N.B. 
Neilson,  James,  107,  High  John  Street,  Glasgow. 
Neilson,   Thos.,  Distington   Hematite  Iron   Co.,    Ld.,  near 

Whitehaven,  Cumberland. 
Neilson,  Win.,  7,  Trinity  Terrace,   Hermit   Road,  Canning 

Town.  E. 
Ness,  T.,  Black  Banks  Chemical  Works,  Darlington. 
Newall,  F.  S.,  Washington,  co.  Durham. 
Newbury,  Prof.  Spencer  B.,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.Y., 

U.S.A. 
Newlands,  B.  E.  R.,  27,  Mincing  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Newlands,  W.  P.  R.,  Rosa,  N.W.P.,  India. 
Newman,  G.  J.,  jun.,  Laurel  Bank,  Wilmslow,  Cheshire. 
Newsholme,  G.  T.  W.,  74,  Market  Place,  Sheffield. 
Newton,  A.  II.,  Belsize  Court,  Hampstead,  N.W. 
Newton,  A.  II.,  jun.,  4,  Croftdown  Road,   Ilighgate   Road, 

N.W. 
Newton,  Harry,  1,  Glegg  Street,  Macclesfield. 
Newton,  II.  C,  5,  Massing  ton  Road,  Hampstead,  N.W. 
Newton,  Jno.,  Park  Green,  Macclesfield. 
Newton,    Jno.,    Manor     Works,   Rotherhithe   New    Road, 

London,  S.E. 
Nichols,  Chas.  P.,  70,  Kilbv  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Nichols,  J.  A.,  Hurstfield,  New  Mills,  near  Stockport. 
Nichols,  W.  H.,  45—47,  Cellar  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Nicholson,  J.  C,  Chemical  Works.  Hunslet,  Leeds. 


XV111 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30,  1892. 


Nickolls,  John  ]>.,  The  Laboratory,  Grange,  Guernsey. 

Nicol,  W.  W.  J.,  Mason  College,  Birmingham. 

Nieman,  II.  S.,  P.O.  Box  35,  Albany,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

Nimmo,  J.,  Penshurst,  Stanger  Road,  South  Norwood, 
S.E. 

Nishigawa,  J'..  Go  Bancho,  14. Kojinmchi, Tokyo,  Japan. 

Nolting,  I)r.  E.,  Ecole  de  Chimie,  Mulhouse,  Alsace,  Ger- 
many. 

Norman,  F.  J.,  Lyndhurst,  Higher  Runcorn,  Cheshire. 

North,  E.  Gordon  N.,  Bella  Vista  14,  Minas  de  Rio  Tinto, 
lluelva,  Spain. 

Northing,  J.,  'Jfi,  TritonvilJe  Road,  Sandymoant,  Dublin. 

Norton,  Prof.  Lewis  M.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, Boston.  U.S.A. 

Norton,  Dr.  S.  A.,  363,  East  Town  Street,  Columbus,  Ohio, 
U.S.A. 

Norton,  Dr.  T.  II.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  U.S.A. 


O'Bcirne,  W.  G.,  40,  Gardner  Street.  Partick,  Glasgow. 
Oddie,  Jas., School  ofMines,  Ballaarat,  Australia  (Journals'); 

and    (Subscription)     Mercantile    Bank,   39,    Lombard 

Street.  E.G. 
Oddy,  Robert  W.,  60,  Waterhouse,  Toad  Lane,  Rochdale. 
Odling,  Dr.  W.,  15,  Norhaiu  Gardens,  Oxford  ;  and  38,  Lad- 

broke  Grove  Road,  North  Kensington,  W. 
<  lehler,  K.,  Offeubach-am-Main,  Germany. 
Ogata,  Saburo,   c/o  T.  Hirano,  11,  Ginzi  Shichome,  Tokyo, 

Japan. 
Ogden,  J.  M.,  49,  West  Sininiside,  Sunderland. 
On-ston,  G.  H.,  Junior  Athenseum  Club,  Piccadilly, London , 

W. 
Okubo,  C,  Bunsekika,  Noshomusho,  Tokyo,  Japan. 
Oldroyd,  G.  II.,    Messrs.    M.   Oldroyd  and   Sons,   Limited, 

Sprinkwell  Mills,  Dewsbury. 
t  iliver,  F.,  70,  Winchester  Street,  South  Shield;. 
Oliver,  Wm,  Letts,  1110,  12th  Street,  Oakland,  C'al.,  U.S.A. 
Ollerensbaw,  S.,  Sutton  Alkali  Works    St.  Helens. 
O'Neill,  C,  1 1,  Carter  Street.  Greenh.  vs.  Mauchester. 
O'Neill,  E.   II.,  Johnson's  Saccharum  Co.,  Limited,   Strat- 
ford, Loudon,  E. 
Orchard,  John,  100,  High  Street.  Kensington,  W. 
Orme,  J.,  Co,  Barbican,  London,  E.<  1. 
Orndorff,   Dr.    Win.   R.,   Cornell   University,    Ithaca,  N.Y., 

U.S.A. 
Orr,  A.  (subs.),  19,  Albion   Crescent,  Dowanhill,  Glasgow  : 

and   (^Journals)    c/o    Mrs.    Scott,  Wallalong,    Ilinton, 

New  South  Wales. 
Orr,  J.  B.,  Blantyre   Lodge,    Westcombe   Park,  London 

S.E. 
Orr,  Robert,  79,  West  Nile  Street,  Glasgow;  and   Falkirk, 

N  11. 
Orsman,  W.  J.,  Roburite   Explosives  Co.,  Outburst,    near 

W'igatl. 
Osborne,  Jas.,  c/o   Rio  Tinto   Co.,  Ld.,  30,  St.   Swithin's 

Lane,  E.(  . 
Osgood,  E.  R.,  Cossipore  Sugar  Factory.  Calcutta,  India, 
i  Istersetzer,  J.,  Balcarras  House,  Serpentine  Avenue,  Balls- 
bridge,  Dublin. 
•  Ostlere,  Edward,  Messrs.  Barry,  Ostlere,  &  Co.,  Kirkcaldy, 

N.B. 
O'Shea,  L.  T.,  Firth  College,  Sheffield. 
o'Sullivan,  ('.,  140.  High  Street,  Burton-on- Trent. 
O'Sullivan,  .1..  71.  Spring  Terrace,  Burton-on-Trent. 

k,    Baron    Gustavus    de,    23,    Ryder    Street,    St. 

.lames'.  London.  S.W. 
Owen,  Thos  ,  Westbury-on-Trynn,  Bristol. 
i  tweus,  (  aradoe,  S3,  Great  Clowes  Street,  Lower  Broughton, 

Manchester. 
Oxland,  Chas.,  Greystoke,  Palace   Park   Load.  Sydenham, 

S.E. 
Oxland,  Robert,  32,  Portland  Square,  Plymouth. 


Packard,  E.,  Jan.,  Braniford,  near  Ipswich. 

Paddon,  A.  M.,  c/o  The  Gas  Light  and  Coke  Co.,  Beektou, 

E. 
Page,  F.  J.  M.,  !I8,  Alderney  Street.  London,  S.W. 
Pages,  Albert,  34,  Boulevard  Henri  IV.,  Paris. 
Paine,  S..  7.  Exchange  Street,  Manchester. 
Palmer,  J.  Chalkley,  Box  19,  Chester,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Palmer,  Thos.,  217,    Temple    Chambers,    Temple   Avenue, 

London,  E.C. 
Palmer.  Thos.  C,  98,  Commercial  Road  East,  London.  E. 
Panario,  Thos.  ('.,  18.  Octavia  Street,  Battersea,  S.W. 
Panton,  J.  A.,  Cecil  Lodge,  Abbots  Langley,  Herts. 
Park,  J.,  c/o  Stevenson,   Carlile   &   Co.,  Milburn  Chemical 

Works,  Garngad  Hill,  Glasgow. 
Parker,  Chas.  E  .  Vine  House,  Penketh,  Warrington. 
Parker,  Edw.,  Laburnum    House,   Rushford  Park,   Lcvens- 

hulme,  Manchester. 
Parker,  Thos.,  Newbridge,  Wolverhampton. 
Parkinson,  J.  Howarth,  Stretford.  Manchester. 
Parkinson.  Dr.  P.,  Vewbanow    House,  Grange-over-Sands, 

Lancashire. 
Pascoe,  Edward,  Vitriol  Works,  Ballybough  Bridge,  Dublin. 
Pass,  A.  C,  The  Holmes,  Stoke  Bishop,  Bristol. 
Paterson,    Alex.,    King    William's    Town,    Cape    Colony, 

South  Africa. 
Paterson,  Jas.  II.  R  .  10,  Millet-field  Place,  Edinburgh. 
Paterson,  John,  Belle'  Isle  Place,  Workington,  Cumberland. 
Paton.  J.  M.   C,  Messrs.   Manlove,   Alliott,   Fryer  &  Co., 

Nottingham. 
Paton,  W.  Grant,  Greenbank  Alkali  Co.,  Limited,  St.  Helens, 

Lancashire. 
Pattberg,  J.  C.  H.,  Valleyfield,  Helensburgh,  near  Glasgow. 
Patterson,  G.,   c  o  The  Manbre  Saccharine  Co.,  Ld.,  Ham 

mersmith,  W. 
Patterson,  T.  L.,  Messrs.  J.  Walker  &  Co.,  sugar  refiner;, 

Greenock,  N.B. 
Pattinson,  H.  L.,  jun.,  7,  Windsor  Crescent,  Ncweastle-ou- 

Tyne 
Pattinson,  J.,  75,  The  Side,  Xewcastle-on-Tyne. 
Pattison,  J.,  83,  North  Oswald  Street,  Glasgow,  N.B. 
Pattisim,  Percy  J.,  II,  Park  Road,  West  Ham,  E. 
Paul,  Fred.  W.,  Ilallsiile  Steelworks,  Newton  1>\   Glasgow. 
Paul,  Jas.  H.,  123,  Palace  Road,  Tulse  Hill,  S.W. 
Pauli,  Dr..  Hot-list,  Germany. 

Payne.  J.  I?.,  1  .">.  Mosley  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 
Peace,  Frank   K..  Mouton  Grange,  Eccles,  Manchester. 
Peacock.  Sand.,  Kalion  Chemical    Co.,    Philadelphia,    Pa., 

I    S.A. 
Peak,  C.  P.,  Bridgewater  Chemical  Works,  Wigan. 
Pcarce,  W.,  Bow  Common,  London,  E.;  and  Brent  House, 

Brentwood,  Essex  (for  Journals). 
Pears,  Andrew,  Lanadron  Soapworks,  Isleworth,  Middlesex. 
Pechiney,  A.  It.,  Salindres  (Gard),  France. 
Pedler,  A.,  Presidency  College,  Calcutta,  India. 
Pedler,  J.  R.,  Woodbjnk.  Lordship  Lane,  Dulwich,  S.E. 
Pemberton,  Henry,  jun.,  1047,  Locust  Street,  Philadelphia, 

Pa.,  I    S. 
Peniston,  Alex.  II.,  .'54.  Disraeli  Rnad,  Upton,  Es-ex. 
Pcun,  A.  E.,  I,  Ross   Villas,  Bassingham  Road,  Earlsfield, 

S.W. 
Peunoek,  J.  D.,  c/o  Solvay   Process   Co.,   Syracuse,  N.Y., 

U.S.A. 
Pentecost,  S.  .!.,  Nottingham   Road,  New  Basford,  Notting- 
ham. 
Pentennann.  II.  T.,  51.  Clifton  Crescent,  Peckham,  S.E, 
1'erkin,  Dr.  W.  11..  The  Chestnuts,  Sudbury,  Harrow. 
Perkin,  Dr.  W.  H.,  jun.,  lleriot  Watt  College,  Edinburgh. 
Perkin,  A.  G..  •"'•".,  Victoria  Crescent,  Eceles,  Manchester. 
Perry.  D..  Forth  ami  Clyde  Chemical  Works.  Kirkintilloch, 

N.B. 
Pettigrew,   J..   18,   St.   Helen's  Place,  Bishopsgate   Street, 

London,  E.C. 
Pettigrew,  Robt.,  21,  Titchbornc  Street,  Edgware  Road,  W. 
Petty,    A.,    Silvertown,    London,    E.  j    and  (Journals)    33, 
(  lapton  Common,  P. 


Jan.  SO,  189S  ] 


THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY    or    CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


IV)  ton,  E.  P.,  Chemical  Works,  Lister  Street,  Birmingham. 

Philip,  Arnold,  43,  Onslow  Road,  Richmond,  Surrey. 

Phillips.   A.    G.,    IS,   Fopstone    Road,    South    Kensington, 

S.W. 
Phillips,   George  Briuton,  622,  Race   Street,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  I  .S.A 

Phillips,  II.,  183,  Moss  Lane  East,  Manchester. 
Phipps,  Thus..  169,  Bridge  Street,  Northampton. 

Phipson,  Dr.  T.  L.,  Laboratory,  S,  Hotham  Villas,  Putney, 
London.  S.YV. 

Picard,  Win.,  Stafford  Villa,  Norfolk  Park,  Sheffield. 

Pick,  Dr.  S.,  Direction der  Soda  Fabrik,  Szczakowa,  Galizien, 
Austria. 

Pickles,  II.,  Prnssiate  Works,  Droylsden,  Manchester. 

Pielsticker,   Carl    M.,    43,    Connaught     Road,   Harlesden, 
N.W. 

Pigot,   Prof.   Thos.    !•'.,  Royal   Coll.  of   Science,   Stephen's 
Green,  Dublin. 

Pilkington,  (i„  Laboratory,  28,  Pall  Mall,  Manchester. 

Pinkerton,  D.  J.,  Broouiieknowe,  Largs,  Ayrshire. 

Pinkney,  Robert.  IS,  Bread  Street  Hill,  London,  E.C. 

Pipe,  .las.,  Messrs.  Wm.  Henderson  &  Co.,  Irvine,  N.B. 

Pitblado,  L.  (Journals),  Mont  Albion, via  Herberton,  Queens- 
land! and  (subs.)  G9,  Xewhouse,  Stirling,  N.B. 

Pitt,  T.,  12,  Coleman  Street,  London,  E.C. 

Pittuck,  F.  W\,  25,  Can-  Street,  Hebburn-on-Tyne. 

Platts,  Jno.  C,  2.5,  Harcottrt  Road,  Crookesmoor,  Sheffield. 

Playfair,  David  J.,  12,  Woodside  Terrace,  Glasgow. 

Pocklington,  Hv.,41,  Virginia  Road,  Leeds. 

Pollock,  A.,  Dilliehip Turkey-red  Dyeworks,  Bonhill,  Dum- 
bartonshire. 

Pomeroy,  Dr.   Chas.  T.,  26C,  Halsey  Street,  Newark,  N.J., 
U.S.A. 

Pond,  J.  A.,  99,  Queen  Street,  Auckland,  New  Zealand. 

Poole,  Thos.,  25,  Water  Street,  Liverpool. 

Pooley,  T.  A.,  121,  The  Grove,  Denmark  Hill,  S.E. 

Pope,  S.,  Camden  Works,  Runcorn. 

Porter,  Herbert,  Pleasley  Meadows,  near  Mansfield,  Notts. 

Lost,  Major  .las.  G,  123,  Victoria  Street,  London,  S.W. 

Pott,  W.   Hamilton,  G8,  Sumner  Street,  Southwark  Bridge 
Load,  London,  S.K. 

Loiter,  ( 'has.  E.,  Love  Lane  Sugar  Refinery,  Liverpool. 

Potter,  Chas.  J.,  Heatou  Hall,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Potter,  E.  P.,  Hollinhurst,  Bolton-le-Moors. 

Potts,  Joseph   T.,   Price's   Patent   Candle   Co.,    Bromboro' 
Pool,  near  Birkenhead. 

Powell,  Alfred  E.,   478,    Stockport  Road,  Longsight,  Man- 
chester. 

Powell,  L.  S.,  5,  Notting   Hill   Square,  Campden   Hill,  Lon- 
don, W. 

Pratt,  J.  W.,  Belize,  British  Honduras,  via  New  Orleans. 

Pratt,   Walter  E.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  Midland   Railway 
Co.,  Derby. 

Prentice,  Manning,  Stowmarket,  Suffolk. 

Prescott,  Dr.  Albert  B.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  U.S.A. 

Preston,  All.,  131,  Vicarage  View,  Bury,  Lancashire. 

Preston,  11.,  Hill  End,  llolconibe,  near  Manchester. 

Price,  A.  F.,  524,  Sacramento  S'rect,  San  Francisco,  Cal., 
U.S.A. 

Price,  T.  S[>iers,  1G,  Mark  Lane.  London,  E.C. 

Price,  W.  E.,  Gasworks,  Hampton  Wick,  Middlesex. 

Pringle,  W..  Laboratory,  Bangalore,  Southern  India. 

Prinz,  Dr.  Otto,  Markt  Redwitz,  Bavaria. 

Pritehard,  W.  S.,  Parnworth,  Widnes. 

Probert,  Thos.,  Higher  Grade  School,  Cardiff. 

Procter,  H.  R.,  Yorkshire   Coll.,   Leeds;  and   (Journals)  4, 
Montpellier  Terrace,  Hyde  Park.  Leeds. 

Procter,  J.  W.,  Skeldergate  Bridge,  York. 

Proctor,  Miss  Anne  J.,  Free  Library,  Widnes. 

Proctor,  B.  S.,  11,  Grey  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tync. 

Proctor,  C,  Government  Laboratory,  Somerset  House,  Lon- 
don, W.C. 

Proctor,  W.  W.,  33,  The  Side,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Pullar,  IL,  Pullar's  Dyeworks,  Perth,  N.B. 

Pullar,  R,  D.,  Pullar's  Dyeworks,  Perth,  N.B. 

Pullman,  Arthur,  S'.alheim,  Godalming,  Surrey. 

Pullinan,  E.  E.,  Westbrook  Mills,  Godalming,  Surrey. 


Q 

Quaas,  Gustav,  Turn  Lee  Mills,  Glossop,  Derbyshire. 
Quibell,  Oliver,  Magnus  Lodge,  Newark-on-Trent. 
Quincke,  Dr.  F.,  Cheuiische  Fabrik  Lhenania,  Stolbergh bei 

Aachen,  Germany. 
Quinu,  J.  Cardwell,  The  Nook,  Gateacre,  Liverpool. 


Raabe,  F.,  Ilallich  llohe.  Itummelshurg,  Berlin. 
Rademacher,   II.   A.,  597,  Broadway,  Lawrence,  U.S.A. 
Rae,  (}.,  Tharsis  Sulphur  and  Copper  Co.,  Widnes. 
Ramsay,  Dr.  W.,  University  College,  Gower  Street,  London, 

W.C;  Journals  to  12,  Arundel  Gardens,  W. 
Ramsay,  W.,   Chemical   Laboratory,    University  College  of 

Wales,  Aberyatwith. 
Ramsden,  Edw.,  Holly  Bank,  Great  Horton,  Bradford,  Yorks. 
Ramsden,  J.,    Lion    Brewery,    Bel  vide  re    Road,    Lambeth, 

London,  S.E. 
Raweliffe,  II  ,  Gillibrand  Hall,  Chorley,  Lancashire. 
Rawson,      C,      The     Bradford      Technical     College  ;     and 

(Journals)  2,  Melbourne  Place,  Bradford. 
Rawson,  Jr.  S.  G.,  Westbourne,  Westbourne   Grove,  West 

Kirby,  Cheshire. 
Ray,  Wm.,  School  of  Science,  Kidderminster. 
Raymond,  C.  W.,  24,  Lawrence   Road,  Addiugton    Road, 

Bow,  Loudon,  E. 
Kayncr,  J.  A.  E.,  Grove  House,  Wavenree,  Liverpool. 
Reade,  Thos.,  Oakleigh,  Comptou,  near  Wolverhampton. 
Readman,  Dr.  J.  B.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  4,  Lindsay  Place, 

George  IV.  Bridge,  Edinburgh. 
Reay,  T.  Burdou,  85,  Herringtou  Street,  Sunderland. 
Reddrop,  J.,  Laboratory,  L.  &  N.  W.  Railway,  Crewe. 
Redferu,  G.  F.,  4,  South  Street.  Finsbury,  London,  E.C. 
Redgate,  J.  G.,  Traffic  Street,  Nottingham, 
liedinayne,  R.  Norman,  26,  Grey  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 
Redwood,  B.,  4,  Bishopsgate  Street  Within,  London,  E.C. 
Redwood,  I.  J.,  141,  Kent  Street,  Brooklyu,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 
Redwood,  Robt.,  4,  Bishopsgate  .-treet  Within,  London,  E.C. 
Redwood,  Dr.  T.,  Boverton,   near  Cowbndge,   Glamorgan- 
shire. 
Redwood,   T.    Home,   2,    F'isher  Street,  Red   Liou  Square, 

W.C. 
Ree,  Dr.  A.,  G,  Brighton  Grove,  Rusholme,  Manchester. 
Reed,  Albert  E.,  Devonshire  House,  I'elham  Road,  Graves- 
end,  Kent. 
Reeks,  T.    IL,  20,  IViham  Road,  West  Kensington,  W. 
Rcibstein.    Dr.    Tuisko,   232,    Rue    de    la    Poste,    Brussels, 

Belgium. 
Reid,  W.  F.,  Fieldside,  Addlestone,  Surrey. 
Reid,   W.    G.,    3,   Findhorn   Place,  Edinburgh  ;  and  Soap 

Works,    Beaeonsfield    Diamond    F'ields,    South    Africa 

(Journals). 
Remfry,  H.  II. ,  5,  Fancy  Lane,  Calcutta,  India. 
Renaut,  F.  W.,  19,  Great  George  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. ; 

and    Journals  to  29,  Craster  Road,  Elm  Park,  Brixton, 

S.W. 
Rennie,  Dr.  E.  H.,  University  of  Adelaide,  South  Australia. 
Rennoldson,    W.    L.,    St.    Bede    Chemical    Works,    Eant 

Jarrow. 
Reoch,  R.,  River  Point,  Rhode  Island,  U.S.A. 
Reynolds,  Henry  C,  Thornel iff,  Lansdown  Road,  Cheltenham. 
Reynolds,  Dr.  J.  Emerson,  Trinity  College,  Dublin. 
Reynolds,  1!.,  13,  Briggate,  Leeds. 
Rhodes,  E.,  c/o  Thos.  Viekers  &  Sons,  Widnes. 
Rice,  Dr.  Chas.,  Bellevue  Hospital,  New  Y'ork,  U.S.A. 
Richards,  E.,  113,  East  30th  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Richards,  W.  A.,  Sandbach,  Cheshire. 
Richardson,    Clifford,    Office    of    District    Commissioners, 

Washington,  D.C.,  U.S.A. 
Richardson,  C.  T.,  27,  Jewin  Crescent,  Cripplegate,  E.C. 
Richardson,  David  B.,  2,  Chinch  Place,  Greenock,  N.B. 
Richardson,  J.  G.  F.,  Elmfield,  Stoneygate,  Leicester. 
Richardson,  J.  H.,  Goole  Alum  Works,  Goole. 


THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  r Jam  so,  1892. 


Richardson,  K.  W.,  2,  Fareliffe  Place,  Bradford,  Yorkshire. 
Richardson,  S.  M  .  415,  Main  Street,  Buuhill,  N.B. 
Richardson,  Walter  \V..  1.  Montpellier  Terrace,  Cliff  Road, 

Leeds. 
Richmond,  H.  D.,  Khedivial  Laboratory,  Cairo,  Egypt. 
Richmond,  W.  II.,  Liver  Alkali  Co.,  Limited,  Ditton    Road, 

Widnes. 
Riddell,  Robert.  36.  New  Walk,  Leicester. 
Rideal,    Dr.   Samuel,   Chemical    Laboratory,   St.   George's 

Hospital,  London,  W. 
Ridsdalc,  C.  H.,  Hutton  Grange,  Guisboro'.  Yorks. 
Rigby,  John  S.,  35,  Bagot  Street,  Wavertree,  Liverpool. 
Riley,  E.,  2.  City  Road,  Finsbury  Square,  London,  E.C. 
Riley,  Jas.,  150,  Hope  Street,  Glasgow. 
Riley,  J.  E.,  Arden  Hall,  near  Accrington. 
Riley,  J.,  Hapton  Chemical  Works,  Accrington. 
Riley,  Jno.,  Thornliebank,  near  Glasgow. 
Riley,  James,   Laboratory,  Brinscall  Works,  near  Chorley, 

Lancashire. 
Riley,  W.  G.,  Hapton  Chemical  Works,  near  Accrington. 
Rintoul,  Wm.,  48.  Carnarvon  Street,  Glasgow. 
Ripley,  II.,  Bowling  Dycworks,  Bradford,  Y'orkshire. 
Ritchie,  Robt.,  Shawfieid  "Works,  Rntherglen,  near  Glasgow. 
Ritson,  T.  N.,  c'o  Jersey  Gas  Light  Co..  Bath  Street.  Jersey. 
Rix,  W.  P.,  Doulton  &  Co.,  Lambetn  Art  Pottery,  London, 

S.E. 
Robbilis,    Herbert,      Chemical     Works,     Gibraltar    Walk. 

Bethnnl  Green  Road,  E. 
Robbins,  J.,  147,  Oxford  Street,  London,  W. 
Roberts,  C.  E.,  48,  Vicar  Lane,  Bradford.  Yorks. 
Roberts,  Frank   A.,  Messrs.   Roberts,  Dale  &    Co.,  War- 
rington. 
Roberts,  F.  G.  Adair,  Lion  House,  Ainburst  Park,  Stamford 

Hi'.!.  N. 
Roberts,  J.  H.  M.,  The  Firs.  Burton-on-Trent. 
Roberts,  R.  Wightwick,  22,  Calle   Arturo   Prat,  Valparaiso, 

Chili. 
Robertson,  Alex.  A.,  Pentland  Oil  Works,  by  Loanhead.N.B. 
Robertson,  Geo.  H.,  30,  Hemstall  Road,  West  Hampstead, 

N.W. 
Robertson,   Robt.,   Royal    Gunpowder   Factory,   Waltham 

Abbey,  E. 
Robertson*  R.  A..  8,  Park  Street  East,  Glasgow. . 
Robinson,  Cbas.  E.,  Richmond  Lodge,  Torquay. 
Robinson,  G.  ('..  Royal   Institution,  Hull  ;  and  Laboratory, 

Bond  Street,  Hull  (for  Journals). 
Robinson,  II.  II..  Imperial  College,  Hankow.  China. 
Robinson,  Jos.,  Karnworth,  "Widnes. 
Robinson,  Jno.,  5,  Elizabeth  Terrace,  Ditton,  Widnes. 
Robinson,  Thomas,  401,  West  Street,  Glasgow. 
Rodger,  Edw.,  1,  Clairmont  Gardens,  Glasgow,  W. 
Rogers,  Harry,  •">.  Stoke  Newington  Common,  London,  X. 
Rogers,    Cipt.    Jno.     Martin,    Mount    Hawke,    Scorrier, 

Cornwall. 
Rogerson,  W.  J.,  38,  Southwark  Street,  London,  S.E. 
Rollin,  J.  C,  St.  Bede  Chemical  Co.,  Limited,  Ncwcastle-on- 

Tyne. 
Roques,  Adolphe,  36,  Rue  Sainte  Croix  de  la  Bretonnerie, 

Paris. 
Roseoe,  Sir  Henry,  M.P.,    10,  Bramham   Gardens,  South 

Kensington,  S.W. 
Roscow,  Jas.,  Birch  Vale  Printworks.  Derbyshire. 
Rosell,  Claude  A.  ().,  U.S.  Patent  Office,  Washington,  D.C., 

U.S.A. 
Rosicki,  Dr.  F.,  5,  Qua!  Claude  Bernard,  Lyons,  France. 
Ross.  Alex.  .1.  J..  Tayavalla,  Falkirk,  X.B." 
Ross,  J.  (L,  30,  Brownlow  Street,  Liverpool. 
Ross,  Wm..  66,  North  Wall.  Dublin 

Rothband.W.S.,  61,  Elizabeth  Street,  Cheetham, Manchester. 
Rothwell,  C.  E.  Seymour,   c/o  Edm.  Potter  &  Co.,   Dinting 

Vale,  near  Glossop. 
Rottenburg,   Paul,  c/o  Messrs.   Lcisler,  Bock  &  Co.,   130, 

Hope  Street,  Glasgow,  N.B. 
Rowell,  W.  A.,  21,  Victoria  Square,  Ncwcastle-on-Tyne. 
Rowland,  W.  L.,  4800,  Chester  Avenue,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 

U.S.A. 
Rowutree,  B.  Seehohin,  The  Cocoa  Works,  York. 
Roxburgh,  J.  W.,  Lcvcnbaiik  Works,  Jamestown,  Dumbar- 
tonshire, N.B. 


Royle,  T.,  Daltou  House,  Upton  Lane,  Forest  Gate,  E. 

Boyse,  S.  W.,  St.  Andrew's  Chambers,  Albert  Square,  Man- 
chester. 

Royston,  Ernest  R.,  15,  Water  Street,  Liverpool. 

Ruffle,  Jno.,  21,  Gnoll  Park  Koad,  Neath,  Glamorganshire. 

Rumble,  C,  Belmont  Works,  Battersea,  London,  S.W. 

Ruscoc,  Jno.,  Albion  Works,  Henry  Street,  Hyde,  near 
Manchester. 

Russell,  D.,  Silverburn,  Leven,  Fife,  XII. 

Russell,  Jno..  Anchor  Brewery,  Britten  Street,  Chi  Isea, 
London,  S.W. 

Russell,  Dr.  W.  J.,  St.  Bartholomew's  Hospital,  London, 
E.C. 

Butter,  Chas.  II.,  The  Gas  Co.,  Hove,  Sussex. 

Ryder,  Arthur  G.,  First  Lock.  Grand  Canal,  Dublin. 

Ryder,  C.  E.,  c/o  Messrs.  Elkington,  Newhall  Street,  Bir- 
mingham. 

Ryland,  Howard  P.,  The  Cedar-,  Gravelly  Hill,  Birmingham. 


Saeh,  Robt.,    c/o  SeMor   J.   M.   Restrepo,   Honda,  Rep.   of 

Columbia,  South  America. 
Sacre,    Howard    ("'.,    Breeze    House,    Higher   Broughton, 

Manchester. 
Sadler,  A.  E.,  Sand  Hall,  Ulverston,  Lancashire. 
Sadler,  S.  A.,  Middlesbrough-on-Tees. 
Sadtler,    Dr.  S.   P.,   14:,,   N'orth   10th   Street,  Philadelphia, 

Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Saint,   W.    Johnston,    11,    Queen's    Road,   Aberdeen;  and 

(Journals)  Spital  Strasse  1,11.,  Erlaugen,  Bavaria. 
Saito,  Kenji,   Xishiku  Yedobori   Shimo,  Dori  Sanchiome, 

Osaka,  Japan. 
Salanion,  A.  G.,  1.  Fenchurch  Avenue,  London,  E.C. 
Salamon,  Jno.,  The  Willows,  Wennington,  near  Romford, 

Essex. 
Salis-Mavenfeld,  Dr.  E.  von.,  c'o  Hohenhausen  &  Co.,  Ld., 

Blackley,  near  Manchester. 
Samuel,  W.  Cobden,  337,  Norwood  Road,  West  Norwood, 

S.E. 
Samuelson,    Sir    Bernard,   Bart.,  M.P.,  56,  Prince's   Gate, 

London,  S.W. 
Sanderson,  T.  C.,   (subs.)  LIT,  Brooke  Road.   Clapton,  E. ; 

and  (Journals)  Carrilos,  Santa  Fe  Count  v,  New  Mexico, 

U.S.A. 
Sandon,  R.,  21,  Archibald  Road,  Tufnell  Park,  N. 
Sanford,  1'.  Gerald,  Blandford  Lodge,  Stivatbam,  S.W. 
Sauitcr,  E.  II.,  c/o  The  Wifran  Coal  and  Iron  Co.,  Wigan. 
Sankey,  Cha-.  1L.  Ilillsboro'  Lodge,   Dulwich  Grove,  Xorth 

Dulwich,  S.E. 
Savage,  W.  W.,  109,  St.  James's  Street,  Brighton. 
Savary,  W.  J.  H.,  39,  Lombard  Street,  E.C. 
Sayers,  Jos.  J.,  Nobel's  Explosives  Co.,  Ardeer,  Stevenston, 

Ayrshire. 
Sehad,  Julius,  15,  Cooper  Street,  Manchester. 
Sehappi,  Dr.  II..  Mitlodi,  Canton  Glarns.  Switzerland. 
Schellhaas,  H.,  38,  Navigation  Koad.  Xorthwich. 
Sehcurcr-Kestner,   Dr.   A.,    S,  Rue   Pierre-Charron,    Paris, 

France. 
Scbishkoff,  Sergius  A.,  Elabouga,  Govt,  of  Viatka.  Russia. 
Schlesinger,  II.  A.,  Glenhurst,  Coventry  Road,  Ilford,  Essex. 
Schlichter,  Dr.  11.,  2."),  Alma  Square,  London,  N.W. 
Scbloesser,  R.,  14,  Charlotte  Street,  Manchester. 
Schofield,  C.  J.,  Clayton,  Manchester. 
Schofield,  E.,  Scout  Bottom,  Newchurch,  near  Manchester. 
Scholefield,  H.  E.,  52,  Edge  Lane,  Liverpool. 
Schorlemmer,  Dr.  C,  The  Owens  College,  Manchester. 
Schott,  A.,  26,  Princess  Street,  Manchester. 
Schroeter,  Hermann  M.,  235,  Marshfield  Avenue,  Chicago, 

III.,  E.S.A. 
Scbulzc,  Dr.  Karl  E.,  Cheniisebe  Fabrik  Lindenhof,  Waldhof 

bei  Mannheim,  Germany. 
Schunck,  Dr.  E.,  Kersal,  near  Manchester. 
Schweich,  Emil,  Winnington  Park,  Northwich,  Cheshire. 
Seorgie,  Prof.  J.,  Poona  Villa,  King's  Gate,  Aberdeen. 
Scott,  Andrew,  2,  Teviot  Terrace,  lielvinside,  Glasgow. 


.:,,,  in.iv,,.  THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Scott,  Chas.  K.,  Caixa  32,  Pernambuco,  Brazil. 

Scott.  Ernest   G.,    Woodcliffe,   Burgess   Hill,   Hampstead, 

N.W. 
Scott,  F.,  Rhodes  Works,  Middleton,  near  Manchester. 
Scott,  F.  Walter,  44,  Christian  Street,  London,  E. 
Scott,  G.  H.,  Balgay,  Fairfield,  near  .Manchester. 
Scott,  Win.,  Yew  Arbour,  Hoddesdou,  Herts. 
Scott,  W.  T.. 

Scovell,  M.  A.,  Lexington,  Kentucky,  U  S.A. 
Scruttou,  Willis,  Lake  Valley,  New  Mexico,  U.S.A. 
Scudder,  F.,  "3,  Leathwaite  Road,  Clapham  Common,  S.W. 
Searl,  Albeit,  Phoenix  Mills,  Dartford,  Kent. 
Segner,  1'..  26,  Princess  Street,  Manchester. 
Selby,  Wm.,  1 13,  Willoughby  Street,  Lenton,  Nottingham. 
Sellon,  J.  S„  78,  Hatton  Garden,  London,  E.G. 
Sells,  E.  Perronet,  jun..  Broad  Street,  Ratcliff,  E. 
Semet,  Louis,  217,  Chaussee  de  Vleurgat,  Brussels. 
Scuier,  Dr.  A.,  Thornfield,  Harold  Road,  Upper  Norwood, 

S.E. 
Serre,  C.  A.,  Mitre  Chemical  Works,  Cordova  Road,  Bow,  E. 
Sevin,  C.,  c/o  Dollman  &  Pritcnard,  3,  Laurence  Pountnev 

Hill.  E.C. 
Sewell,  Parker,  11,  Alice  Street,  South  Shields. 
Sexton,  Prof.  A.  Humboldt,  38,  Bath  Street,  Glasgow. 
Seymour,  .1.  Jf.  W.,  Northcroft  Farm,  Inkpen,  near  Hun- 

gerford,  Berks. 
Seymour-Jones,  A.,  Cambrian  Leather  Works,  Wrexham. 
Shadwell,  .1.  E.  L.,  Meadowbank,  Melksham,  Wilts. 
Shand,  Francis  J.,  Aldersjde,  Bridge  of  Weir,  N.B. 
Shanks,  Arch.,  Bridgend  Mills,  Dairy,  Ayrshire,  N.B 
Shapleigh,    W.,    Welsbaeh    Incandescent   Gas    Light    Co., 

Gloucester  City,  N.J.,  U.S.A. 
Sharp,  Henry,  Loseley  Hurst,  Bournemouth. 
Sharp,    James,    The    Towers,  Low    Moor,  near    Bradford, 

Yorks. 
Sliarpe,  Granville  11.,  11  &  12,  Great  Tower  Street,  London, 

EC. 
Sharpies,   Stephen   P.,    13,    Broad    Street,   Boston,   Mass., 

U.S.A. 
Sharpley,  II.,  Limber  Magna,  Ulceby,  Lincolnshire. 
Shaw,  D.,  Clayton,  near  Manchester. 

Shaw,  F.  W.,  Heapcy  Bleachworks,  near  Chorley,  Lancashire. 
Shaw,  Geo.,  40,  Temple  Street,  Birmingham. 
Shaw,  Herbert  1).,  Bond  Street,  Dewsbury,  Y'orks. 
Shaw,  Jno.,  Earlston,  Uddingston,  N.B. 
Shaw,  R.,  West  Bank  Chemical  Works,  Widnes. 
Shaw,  Saville,  Durham  College- of  Science,  Xeweastle-on- 

Tyne. 
Shaw,  Walter,  Sherdlev  Glass  Works,  St.  Helens. 
Shearer,  A..  8,  Hanrfrith  Road,  Stratford,  K. 
Shenstone,  W.  A.,  Clifton  College,  Bristol. 
Shepard,  Dr.  Chas.  U.,  GS,  Meeting  Street,  Charleston,  S.C., 

U.S.A. 
Shepherd,  Jos.,  71,  Albion  Street,  Leeds. 
Sheppee,  Lt.-Col.  F.  F.,  Birtley  House,  Chester-le  Street, 

Co.  Durham. 
Sherlock,  T.,  New  Market  Place,  St.  Helens. 
Shidzuki,       Iwaichiro,      Engineering      College,       Imperial 

University,  Tokyo,  Japan. 
Shield,   H.,   c/o  Messrs.    Fawcctt,    Preston,  &  Co.,  Ld.,  17, 

York  Street,  Liverpool. 
Shimidzu,  Tetsukichi,  c/o  T.  Hirano,   11,  Ginza  Shichome, 

Tokyo,  Japan. 
Shimose,   Masaehika,   Heiki-Seizo-Sho,   Akabane,    Tokyo, 

Japan. 
Shipstone,    Jas.,    jun.,     Woodthorpe     Lodge,     Sherwood, 

Nottingham. 
Shutt,    Frank   T.,    Central     Experimental    Fain,    Ottawa, 

Canada. 
Shuttlewood.  W.  B.,  8,  Fenchurch  Buildings,  London,  E.C. 
Sieber,  C.  H.,  Whitworth,  near  Rochdale. 
Siebold,  L.,  18,  Exchange  Street,  Manchester. 
Sill,  T.  T.,  c/o  United  Alkali  Co.,  Ld.,  Weston  Works,  near 

Runcorn. 
Sillar,   W.   Cameron,    The   Native    Guano     Co.,    Limited, 

29,  New  Bridge  Street,  Blackfriars,  E.C. 
Simon.  H.,  20,  Mount  Street,  Manchester. 
Simonds,  Dr.  Francis  St.,  147,  East  34th  Street,  New  York, 

U.S.A. 


Simpson.  Chas.  II.,  Mom-  Top  House,  Ackworth,  Pontef'ract. 
Simpson,  James,  8a,  Runiford  Place,  Liverpool. 
Simpson,  II.,  Grecian  Terrace,  Harrington,  Cumberland, 
Simpson,  W.  S.,  95,  Darenth  Road,  Stamford  Hill,  N. 
Sims,  T.  IL,  Mas  field  Printworks,  Manchester. 
Sims,  Thos.  P.,  32,  Windsor  Terrace,  Uplands,  Swansea. 
Sindall,  R.  W..  40,  Station  Street,  Sittingbourne,  Kent. 
Singer,  Ignatius,  13,  Holker  Street,  Keighlev,  Yorks. 
Sisson,  (i.,  jun.,   e/o    Peter    Spence   &   Sons,  Alum  Works, 

Manchester. 
Skaife,    Wilfred    T.,    630,   Sherbrooke    Street,    Montreal, 

Canada. 
Skilton,  C.  P.  E.,   c/o  Messrs.  Ind,  Coope,   &  Co.,  Burton- 

ou-Trent. 
Skurray,  Thos.,  United  Breweries,  Abingdon,  Berks. 
Slade,  H.  E.,  Stieatham  Common.  London,  S.W. 
Slater,  H.  II .,  Thornton  Villas,  Grays,  Essex. 
Skitter,  Geo.  W.,  Saltaire  Works,  Shipley,  Yorkshire. 
Smail,  J.  I.,  c/o   Antony    Gibbs    &    Sous,   15,    Bisbopsgate 

Street  Within,  London,  EC. 
Smaill,  Wm.,  jun.,  c/o  Londonderry  Iron  Co.,  Londonderry, 

Nova  Scotia. 
Small,  Evan  VV.,  c/o  Monmouthshire  County  Council,  New- 
port, Mon. 
Smetham,  A.,  18,  Brunswick  Street,  Liverpool. 
Smiles,  Jas.,  19,  Queen  Street,  Edinburgh. 
Smith,  Alfred,  Excelsior  Chemical  Works,  Clayton,  Man- 
chester. 
Smith,   Anthonv,    Hughenden,    Castle   Avenue,    Clontarf, 

Dublin. 
Smith,  A.  J.,  84,  Page  Hall  Road,  Fir  Vale,  Sheffield. 
Smith,  Prof.  Edgar  F.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Smith,  Edgar  F..  35,  Ampthill  Square,  Hampstead  Road, 

London,  N.W. 
Smith,  Francis  P.,  cor.    21st    Street    and   Avenue  C,  New 

Y'ork,  U.S.A. 
Smith,  Fred.,  Box  1812,  Johannesburg,  S.A.R. 
Smith,  G.,  l'ohnont  Station,  Scotlaud. 
Smith,  Geo.,  14,  The  Pass,  Ramsay  Street,  Rochdale. 
Smith,  Geo.  F.,  Cromwell  Lodge,  Putney  Hill,  S.W. 
Smith,    Harry,    33,    Withington    Road,    Whalley     Range, 

Manchester. 
Smith,  Harry  E„  133,  2Gth  Street,  Milwaukee,  Win.,  U.S.A. 
Smith,  Henry,  11,  Malvern  Road,  Dalston,  Loudon,  E. 
Smith,  II.  R.,  1,  Aubert  Park,  Highbury,  Loudon,  N. 
Smith,  II.  Wood,  51,  Arcade  Chambers,  St.  Mary's  Gate, 

Manchester. 
Smith,  Irwin,  J.,  103,  Tremont  Street,  Fairmount, Cincinnati, 

Ohio,  U.S.A. 
Smith,  Jno.,  Sutton  Copper  Works,  St.  Helens. 
Smith,  J.,  Ash  Grove  House,  Radcliffc,  Manchester. 
Smith,  Dr.  J.  IL,  Wollishofen,  Zurich,  Switzerland. 
Smith,  ,1.  Johnstone,  Castle  Brewery,  Newark-on-Trcnt, 
Smith,  Jas.  C-,  104,  Salisbury  Road,  Wavertree,  Liverpool. 
Smith,  J.  Tertius,  Pattiswick  Hall,  Braintree,  Essex;  and 

(Journals)    c/o  Jeyes'  Sanitary  Compound   Co.,   Ld., 

Phiistow,  Esse  t. 
Smith,  J.  W.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  Boston, 

Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Smith,  J.  Wm.,  Solvay  Process  Co.,  Syracuse,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 
Smith,  K.  Greig,  Springwells,  New  Street,  Musselburgh,  N.B. 
Smith,  1!.  W.,  The  Grange.  Kirkburton,  near  Huddersfield. 
Smith.  R.  Watscn,  Young's  Oil  Co.,  Ld.,  Chemical  Works, 

Bathgate,  N.B. 
Smith,  S.,  35,  Ampthill  Square,  Hampstead  Road,  London, 

N.W. 
Smith,  Thos.,  Heriot  Hill  House,  Edinburgh. 
Smith.  Watson,  University  College,  London,  W.C. ;  and  34, 

L'pper  Park  Road,  Haverstock  Hill,  N.W. 
Smith,  Wilfred,  182,  West  Street,  Glasgow. 
Smith,  W.,  10,  Corn  Street,  Bristol. 
Smithells,  Prof.  A.,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 
Smithers,  F.  O.,  Dashwood  House,  9,  New  Broad  Street, 

London,  E.C. 
Smithson,  J.,  Park  Printworks,  Halifax. 
Snape,  Dr.  H.  Lloyd,  University  College,  Aberystwith. 
Snelling,  E.,  5,  Spital  Square,  Bishopsgate  Street,  London, 

E. 


THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE  SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30, 1892. 


Soaraes,  J.  K.,  Thames  Soap  and  Candle  Works,  Greenwich, 

S  E. 
Solvay,  Alfred,  25,  Rue  de  Prince  Albert,  Brussels. 
Solvay,  Ernest,  43,  Rue  des  Champs  Eljsees,  Brussels. 
Sommer,  Adolf,  Berkeley,  California,  U.S.A. 

Sou r.  Dr.  (i.  Schack,  323,  Vauxhall  Road,  Liverpool. 

Soward,  A.  W.,  144,  Friern  Road,  East  Dulwich,  S.E. 
Sowerby,  Thos.  H.,  Sherwell,  Dartmouth  Place,  Blackheath, 

si;. 

Sowerby,   W.    M.,  e/o  United    Alkali  Co.,    Ld.,   Runcorn 

Works,  Chesnire. 
Spackman,  Chas.,  c/o  John   Ellis  &  Sons,  Barrow-on-Soar, 

Loughborough. 
Speakman,  Jas.,    Cree  Hill  Post  Office,  Calgary.  Alberta, 

Canada. 
Speakman,  J.  J.,  Stanley  Villas,  Greenway  Road,  Runcorn. 
Spence,  D.,  Alum  Works,  Manchester, 
Spence,  F.,  Alum  Works,  Manchester. 
Spence,  .1.  W.,  58,  Dobbie's  Loan,  Glasgow. 
Spencer,  Jno.,  Globe  Tube  Works,  Wednesbury. 
Spencer,  .1.  W.,  Newburn,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 
Spiegel,  Dr.  Adolf,  Messel,  bei  Darmstadt,  Germany. 
Spies,  Adolph,  102,  Fenchurch  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Spies,  Hermann,  102,  Fenchurch  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Spiller,    A.,   The   Buckeye   Electric   Co.,   1925,  Broadway, 

Cleveland,  Ohio,  U.S.A. 
Spill,  i.  J.,  2,  St.  Mary's  Road,  Canouhury,  London,  N. 
Spoor,  John  L.,  Stone  Court  Cement   Works,  Greenhithe, 

Kent. 
Sprengel,  Dr.  H.,  Saville  Club,  107,  Piccadilly,  London,  W. 
Squire,  E.  L.,  Coalbrookdale,  Shropshire. 
Squire,  Percy,  1 1,  Wine  Office  Court,  Fleet  Street,  Loudon, 

'  E.C. 
Squire,  P.  «'.,  413,  Oxford  Street,  London,  W. 
.Squire,  Dr.  W.  S.,  Clarendon  House,  St.  John's  Wood  Park, 

N.W. 
Stacev,  IL  G.,  300,  High  Holborn,  London,  W.C. 
Stahl,  Dr.  K.  F„  57th   Street  and  A.  V.  R.  R.,  Pittsburgh, 

Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Stanford,  E.  C.  C,  Gienwood,  Dalmuir,  N.B. 
Stanger,  W.  Harry,  Broadway  Testing  Works,  Westminster 

S.W. 
Staniland,  Alfred  E.,  7,  Nicholas  Lane,  Loudon,  E.C. 
Stanley,  C.  L.,  Oakwood  Hall,  Rotherham,  Yorks. 
Stauning,  John,  Broadfield,  Leyland,  near  Preston. 
Stantial,   Frank    G.,   c/o  Cochrane   Chemical    Co.,    Everett, 

Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Staples,  II.  .1..  Spend Derby. 

Staples,  Sir  Nath.  A.,  Bart.,  Lissan,  Cookstown,  Ireland. 
Stark.  J.  i\,  Price's  Patent  Candle  Co..  Ld.,   Bromborough 

Pool,  near  Birkenhead. 
Starkey,  R.  W.,  Penmaen,  Hampton  Wick,  Middlesex. 
Starling,  J.  IL,  3,  Victoria  Road,  Old  Charlton,  Kent. 
Stead,  .1.  E.,  5,  Zetland  Road,  Middlesbrough-on-Tees. 
Stead,     W.     IL.     23,    Boundary     Street,    Liverpool  :     and 

(Journals)  Orchard  Place,  Blaekwall,  E. 
Stearns,  End.  K.,  Detroit,  Mich.,  U.S.A. 
Stebbins,  J.  II..  1 14,  Pearl  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Steedinan,  R.  II. ,  Sprengfield  House,  Dalmuir,  N.B. 
Steel.  R.  Elliott,   Hawthorn   House,  Baildon,  near   Shipley, 

Yorks. 
Steel,  Thos.,  Yanaville  Sugar  Refinery,  Melbourne,  Victoria, 
Steele,  Dr.  M..  Newton  Hall,  Frodsham,  Cheshire. 
Steinhart,  Dr.  Oscar  J.,  e/o  May  and   Baker,  Ld.,  Garden 

Wharf,  Battersea,  S.W. 
Stcnhouse,  'I'.,  I,  Milton  Street,  Rochdale. 
Stephens,  II.  Chas.,  M.P..  Avenue  House,  Finehley,  N. 
Stephenson,  Claud,  25,  Cecil  Street,  Greenheys,  Manchester. 
Stern,  Arthur  I...  c/o  Messrs.  Pass  &  Co.,  Barton-on-Trent. 
Stcuart,  1).  V.,  Albert  Chemical  Works, Clayton,' near  Man- 
chester. 
Steuart,  D.  R.,  Broxburn,  mar  Edinburgh,  N.B. 
Stevens,  Win..  The  Native  Guano  Co.,  Ld.,  29,  New  Bridge 

Street.  Blackfriars,  E.C. 
Stevens,  W.  .1.,  2-1.  New  Walls  Road,  Totterdown,  Bristol. 
Stevenson,  Jas.,  23,  West   Nile  Street,  Glasgow  j  and  The 

Broiufields,  Largs,  N.B. 
Steven'-.,,,,  .1.  0.,  M.P.,  33,  Devonshire  Place,  W. 
Stevenson,  J.  Sbannan.  33,  Devonshire  Place,  W. 


Stevenson,  Dr.  T.,  Guy's  Hospital,  London,  S.E. 

Stevenson,  W.,  Standard  Works,  95a,  Southwark  Street, 
London,  S.E. 

Stewart.  Chas.  Win.  A.,  54,  Belsize  Road,  Loudon,  N.W. 

Stewart,  Jeffrey,  15,  Claremont  Road,  Forest  Gate,  Essex. 

Stewart,  Robt.,  c/o  Boake,  Roberts,  and  Co.,  Wartou  Road, 
Stratford.  10. 

Stewart,  S.,  Highland  Scot  Canning  Co.,  Ld.,  Berazategui, 
Buenos  Ayres,  South  America. 

Stiker,  F.  P.,  453.  Fourteenth  Street,  Buffalo,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

Stilhnan.  Dr.  T.  I!.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology, 
Hobokcn,  N.J.,  I'.S.A. 

Stillwell,  C.  M.,  Box  1261.  New  York.  U.S.A. 

Stirk,  Jos.,  120,  Station  Street,  Burton-on-Trent. 

Stockdale,  Win.,  Irwell  Printworks,  Stacksteads,  near  Man- 
chester. 

Stocks,  II.  I!.,  25,  Ferndale  Road,  Sniithdown  Road,  Liver- 
pool. 

Stoddart,  F.  Wallis,  Western  Counties  Laboratory,  Bristol. 

Stoddart,  .1.  E.,  Howden,  Midcalder,  N.B. 

Stoer,  J.,  6,  Hanover  Quay,  Dublin. 

Stoker,  G.  N.,  Laboratory,  Somerset  House,  London, 
W.C. 

Stone,  E.  D.,  19,  Lever  Street,  Piccadilly,  Manchester. 

Stone,  E.  B.,  Eardley  Villa,  Picardy  Hill,  Belvedere,  Kent. 

Stone,  Thos.  W.,  Chemical  Works,  St.  George,  Bristol. 

Stopes,  H,  Kefiwyn,  Ciutra  Park,  Upper  Norwood,  S.E. 

Storer,  Dr.  John,  163,  Clarence  Street.  Sydney,  New  South 
Wales. 

Storey,  I.  II. ,  Haverbreaks,  Lancaster. 

Storrar,  J.  M.,  70,  Wellington  Street,  Glasgow. 

Stowe,  W.  T.,  Laboratory,  Somerset  House,  Strand,  W.C. 

S'.rangmau,  J.  Pirn,  Junior  Travellers  Club,  8,  St.  James' 
Square,  London,  S.W. 

Strawson,  G.  F.,  Newbury,  Berks. 

Strong,  Colin  R.,  IS,  Exchange  Street,  Manchester. 

Strvpe,  W.  G.,  115,  Grafton  Street,  Dublin. 

Stuart,  C.  E.,  29,  Mosley  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Stuart,  Jas.,  Prince's  Avenue,  Hull,  and  22,  High  Street, 
Hull. 

Stuart,  T.  W.,  15,  Windsor  Terrace,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Studtr,  Dr.  A.,  10,  Marsden  Street,  Manchester. 

Studev,  Simon  J.,  17,  Lovely  Lane,  Warriugto-j. 

Suilliot,  II. ,  21,  Rue  Ste  Croix  de  la  Bretonnerie,  Paris. 

Sulmaii,  H.  L.,  c/o  Hopkin  and  Williams,  Waterside, 
Wandsworth,  S.W. 

Sumner,  Harold,  Butt  Hill,  Prestwich,  Manchester;  and 
(Journals)  Johannesgasse  10,  Miilhausen,  Elsass. 

Sutherland,  D.  A.,  2,  Victoria  Mansions,  Westminster, 
S.W. 

Sutherland,  Jas.,  Ballyclare,  co.  Antrim,  Ireland. 

Sutherland,  Jas.  A.,  88,  Gloucester  Street,  Glasgow. 

Sutherland,  Jno.,  Elsternwick,  near  Melbourne,  Victoria. 

Sutherland,  R.  M.,  Lime  Wharf  Chemical  Works.  Falkirk, 
N.B. 

Sutton,  Chas.  W.,  Free  Reference  Library,  King  Street, 
Manchester. 

Sutton,  F.,  London  Street,  Norwich. 

Sutton,  F.  Napier,  6,  Grosvenor  Gardens,  Willesden  Green. 
N.W. 

Swan,  J.  Cameron,  4,  Nicholas  Buildings,  Newcastle-on- 
Tyne. 

Swan.  J.  W.,  Lauriston,  Bromley,  Kent. 

Swinburne,  Geo.,  c/o  J.  Coates  &  Co.,  Planet  Chambers, 
8,  Collins  Street  Fast,  Melbourne,  Australia:  (subs.) 
Suffolk  House,  Laurence  Pountney  Hill,  E.C. 

Swinburne,  O.  W.,  Harrogate,  Claiborne  Co.,  Teiin.,  I'.S.A. 

Swinscoe,  John  A.,  c/o  The  Irish  National  Condensed  Milk 
Co..   Ld..  ( 'lonniel,  Ireland. 

Sykes,  Dr.  I!.  Clifford,  Brook  House,  Cleckheaton,  York- 
shire. 

Sykes,  E.,  28,  Church  Street,  Bradshaw,  near  Bolton. 

Sykes,  James,  7ii,  Lockwood  Road,  Huddersfield. 

Svme.  W.  I!.,  e/o  Young's  Paraffin  Oil  Co.,  Addiewell, 
West  ('abler,  N.B. 


ran   io,  lsi'.i         THIO   JOURNAL   OP   THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


xxiii 


Takamatsu,  T.,  Tokyo  University,  Japan. 

Takamine,  J.,  Fertilizer  Works,  Fukagawa,  Tokyo,  Japan. 

Takayama,  Jintaro,  Geological   Survoj  Office,  Department 

of  Agriculture,  Tokio,  Japan. 
Taskcr,  G.,  2,  Marchmont  Terrace,  Langside,  Glasgow. 
Tate,  A.  Norman,  Hacking  Hoy,  Liverpool, 
Tate,  E.,  1,  Collingham  Gardens,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
Tate,  F.  II.,  9,  Hackins  Hey,  Liverpool. 
Tate,  H.,  jun.,  Allerton  lieeches,  Allerton,  near  Liverpool. 
Tatlock,  J.,  10,  Renfrew  Street,  Glasgow. 
Tatloek,  R.  R.,  156,  Bath  Street,  Glasgow. 
Tatters,  J.  G.,  The  Manse,  Runcorn,  Cheshire. 
Taubman,  R.,  33,  Southampton  Row,  London,  W.C. 
Taylor,  Andrew,  11,  Lutton  Place,  Edinburgh. 
Taylor,  C,  Friars  Field  Villas,  Uttoxcter  New  Road,  Derby. 
Taylor,  G.  Crosland,  Ravensear,  Helsby,  near  Warrington. 
Taylor.  H.  E.,  68,  Ashburnham  Grove,' Greenwich,  S.E. 
Taylor,  Jas.,  Osgathorpe  Crescent,  Sheffield. 
Taylor,  Jas.  Davis,  9,  Mincing  Lane,  London,  E.C. 
Taylor^  Jim.,  15,  Lucius  Street,  Torquay,  Devon. 
Taylor,  J.  Scott,  c/o  Winsor  and  Newton,  Limited,  38,  Rath- 

hone  1'lace,  London,  W. 
Taylor,    Leo,   Beechfield,   Copcland    Road,    Walthamstow, 

Essex. 
Tavlor,   Malcolm,   c'o    Quirk,    Barton,    and    Burns,    Lead 

"  Works,  St.  Helens. 
Taylor,  Richard  H.,  2  Ross  Walk,  Leicester. 
Taylor,   R.  L.,  37,  Mayfield  Road,  Alexandra  Park,  Man- 
chester. 
Taylor,  W.  Ambrose,  Royal  Geological  Society  of  Cornwall, 

Penzance. 
Taylor,  W.  J.,  55,  Forsyth  Street,  Greenock,  N.B. 
Tcanby,  G.  W.  A.,  22,  Grosvenor  Place,  Blackman   Lane, 

Leeds. 
Teed,  Dr.  F.  L..   15,  Victoria  Street,  Westminster,  London, 

S.W. 
Tennant,   Sir  Chas.,  Bart.,  35,   Grosvenor   Square,  S.W.  ; 
and  Glen,  Peebleshire,   N.B.     (Journals  to  St.  Rollox, 
Glasgow.) 
Tennant,  Jas.,  Dartmouth  Lodge,   Saltwell,  Gateshead- on- 

Tyne. 
Terry,  Albert,  Verulam,  Mount  Albert  Road,  Balwyn,  near 

Melbourne,  Victoria. 
Terry,  Hubert  L.,  14,  Herbert  Street,  Moss  Side,  Manchester. 
Tervet,  R.,  54,  Pepshurst  Road,  South  Hackney,  E. 
Thew,  Walter  H.,  47,  Castle  Street,  Liverpoo.. 
Thomas,  C,  Pitch  and  Pay,  Stoke  I'.ishop,  near  Bristol. 
Thomas,  J.,  Brook  House,  Wooburn,  near  Beaconstield. 
Thomas,  J.  W.,  Drumpellier,  Brunswick  Road,  Gloucester 
Thomas,  R.  Schofield,  The  Brewery,  Kidderminster. 
Thomas,  S.  M.,  143,  Cannon  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Thomas,  Philip  A.,  Cornwall  Buildings,  35,  Queen  Victoria 

Street,  London,  E.C. 
Thomas,  S.  Percy,  c/o  Boake,  Roberts  &  Co.,  Stratford.  E. 
Thompson,  Chas.,  15,  Patshull  Road,  Kentish  Town,  X.W 
Thompson,  Prof.  Claude  M.,  University  College,  Cardiff. 
Thompson,  W.,  jun.,  Sankey  Hill,  Earlstown,  Lancashire. 
Thompson,  W.  G.,  Tonge  Springs  Works,   Middleton,  near 

Manchester. 
Thompson,  W.  P.,  Patent  Office,  6,  Lord  Street,  Liverpool. 
Thomson,  Dr.  Andrew,  1U,  Pitcullen  Terrace,  Perth. 
Thomson,  A.  W.  Ferguson,   14,  Hills  Place,  Oxford  Circus, 

London,  W. 
Thomson,  G.  Carruthers,  23,  Kersland  Terrace,  Hillhcad, 

( ilasgow. 
Thomson,  Jas.  M.,  Royal   Gunpowder   Factory,  Waltham 

Abbey,  Essex. 
Thomson,  John,  70a,  Grosvenor  Street,  London,  W. 
Thomson,  Prof.  J.  M.,  53,  Prince's  Square,  Bayswater,  W. 
Thomson,  J.  S.,  Uphall  Oil  Works,  Uphall  Station,  KB. 
Thomson,  Dr.  Murray,  44,  Victoria  Road,  Gipsy  Hill,  S.E. 
Thomson,  R..  413,  Oxford  Street,  London,  W.  ' 
Thomson,  Robt.  T.,  156,  Bath  Street,  Glasgow. 
Thomson,  W.,  Royal  Institution,  Manchester. 
Thomson,  Win.  Garth,  41,  Mitchell  Street,  Glasgow. 


Thomson,  Win.  Thus.,  Royal  Gunpowder  Factory,  Waltham 

Abbey,  Essex. 
Thome,  Dr.  L.  T.,  8,  Dyuevor  Road,  Richmond-on  Thames. 
Thomeycroft,  Wallace,  6,  Dixon  Street,  Glasgow. 
Thornton,    Christopher,   Allen's    Printworks,    Providence 

I.'. I.,  U.S.A. 
Thornton,  David   H.,   21,  White's   Terrace,   Manningham, 

Bradford. 
Thornton,  H,  Great  Garlands,  Stanford-le-IIope,  Essex. 
Thorp,  W.,  24,  Crouch  Hall  Road,  Crouch  End,  N. 
Thorpe,  Dr.  T.  E.,  Royal   College  of  Science,   South  Ken- 
sington, S.W. 
Tiehborne,  Dr.  Chas.  R.  ('.,  15,  North  Great  Georo-e  Street 

Dublin.  P 

Tidy,   Dr.  C.  Meymott,  3,  Mandeville  Place,  Manchester 

Square,  London,  W. 
Tilden,  Dr.  W.  A.,  Mason  College,  Birmingham. 
Timmins,  A.,  Argyll  Lodge,  Higher  Runcorn. 
Timmis,  T.  Sutton,  Widnes. 
Tobey,  C.  M.,  Collingwood,  Ontario,  Canada. 
Todd.  A.  M.,  Nottawa,  St.  Joseph  Co.,  Mich.,  U.S.A. 
Tomlinson,    G.    G.,    Valparaiso,     Chili;    Journals   to   c/o 

W.  B.  Kay,  16,  Halton  Road,  Runcorn. 
Tompkins,  H.  K..  11,  Promenade,  Bromley,  Kent. 
Toms,  F.  Woodland,  States  Analyst's  Office,    St.   Heliers, 

Jersey. 
Tonks,  E.,  Packwood,  Knowle,  near  Birmingham. 
Tothill,  M.   A.   L.,  c/o  Castle  Chemical  Co.,  Cape  Town, 

S.  Africa. 
Tothill,  W.  W.,  Messrs.  Rcckitt  &  Son,  Limited,  Hull. 
Towers,  J.  W.,  Grosvenor  Buildings,  Victoria  Road,  Widnes . 
Townsend,  Jos.,  19,  Crawford  Street,  Port  Dundas,  Glasgow. 
Trechmann,  A.  O.,  Norton  Lodge,  Stockton-on-Tees. 
Treehmann,  C.  O.,  10,  Cliff  Terrace,  Hartlepool. 
Trench,  G.,  Standard  House,  Faversham,  Kent;  and   the 

Cotton  Powder  Co.,  Limited,  Faversham, 
Trewby,  Herbert,  Langford  Lodge,  New  Park  Road,  Clap- 
ham  Park,  S.W. 
Tribe,  P.  C.  M.,  Oswego,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Trimble,    Prof.    H.,    632,    Marshall    Street,    Philadelphia 

U.S.A.  ' 

Trimnell,  C.  H.,  Elmhurst,  Maiden,  Surrey. 
Trobridge,     A.,    c/o   Oldbury    Alkali    Co.,   Ld.,   Oldbury. 

Birmingham. 
Trubshawe,  Wolstan,  6,  St.  Beuct  Place,  London,  E.C. 
Truby,  Charles,  20,  High  Street,  Manchester. 
Tsukiyama,  S.,  Printing   Department,  Ministry  of  Finance, 

Tokyo,  Japan. 
Tucker,    Greenleaf    R.,     City     Hospital,    Boston,    Mass 

U.S.A. 
Tuer,  Arthur  H.,  Thornhill,  near  Wigan. 
Tulloch,  John,  18,  Suffolk  Street,  Jarrow-on-Tyne. 
Tiirgensen,  Dr.  R.,  Offenbach  a/Main,  Germany. 
Turnbull,  G.  W.,  10,  Northgate,  Darlington. 
Turnbull,  Wm,   14,    Wilberforce    Terrace,    Gateshcad-on- 

Tyne. 
Turnbull,  W.   S.,  Place  of  Bonhili,   Renton,    Dumbarton- 
shire. 
Turner,  F.  T.,  17,  Copcland  Street,  Stoke-on-Trent. 
Turner,  II.  15.  H.,  6,  Lyons  Range,  Calcutta,  India. 
Turner,  P.  R.,  Tar  Works,  Rothwell  Haigh,  near  Leeds, 
Turner,  Thos.,  Mason  College,  Birmingham. 
Turner,  W.  Spencer,  225,  Oxford  Street,  Manchester. 
Turney,  Sir  J.,  Springfield,  Alexandra  Park,  Nottingham. 
Turri,    G.    G.,   Sun  Buildings,   Queen    Street,    Melbourne, 

Victoria. 
Tweedie,  G.  R,  54,  Hawley  Square,  Margate,  Kent. 
Tweedy,  Jas.,  77,  Western  Road,  Jarrow-on-Tyne. 
'Twitchell,  E.,  559,  West  7th  Street,  Cincinnati,'*  Ihio,  I  r.S.A. 
Twynam,   T.,    7,   Marlborough    Crescent,    Bedford     Park 

Chiswick,  W. 
Typke,  P.  G.  W.,  Ravenhutst,  Norbiton  Park,  New  Maiden , 

Surrey. 
Tyrer,  T.,  Stirling  Chemical  Works,  Abbey  Lane,  Stratford, 

hi, 
Tyzaek,  Stuart,  Beckford  Lodge,  Williamson'Road,  Sheffield 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  SO.  1893. 


U 

Uu)iu'\,  C-i  50,  Southward  Street,  Loudon,  S.E. 
Underhill,  Thos.  J.,  II.  M.  Victualling  Yard,  Deptford,  S.E. 

Und<  r« I,  G.R.,  Bos  (CO,  Peahody,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Upward,  W..  Albert  Knar].  Widnes. 

Usmar,  J.  B.,  34,  Palmerston  Buildings,  London,  E.C 


Valentine,  Geo.,  St.  James'  Gate  Brewery,  Dublin. 
Vandenhergh,  Dr.  Frank  P.,  32-33.  Lewis  Block,  Buffalo, 

N.Y..US.A. 
Vandenhergh,  Dr.  Horace  C.   University  of  the  Citj    of 

New  York,  410,  Easl  26th  Street,  New  York.  U.S.A. 
Van  ili-r  Want,  G„  c/b  G.  C.   Van  der  Want  pz„  Gouda, 

Holland. 
Van  Gundy,  Chas.  P.,  Eliza  Furnaces,  Pittsburg,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Vargas-Vergara,  J.  M.,  Apartado  No.  237,  Bogota,  Republic 

of  Colombia,  S.  America. 
Varv,  G    M.  P.,   1319,  O'Farrell    Street,  San  Francisco, 

Cal.,  U.S.A. 
Vasey,  T.   E.,   6,  South   Parade,   Leeds;  Journals  to  P.O. 

Box  1777.  Montreal,  Canada. 
Vanghan,  J.  I.,  329,Norwood  Road,  Tulse  Hill,  S.E. 
Vautin,  Claude  T.  J.,  42.  ( >ld  Broad  Street,  London,  E.C. 
Veitch-Wilson,  J.,  3  Westover  Road,  Wandsworth  Common, 

S.W. 
Venables,  T.,  3,  Gardner  Street,  Glasgow. 
Verel,  W.  A.,  130,  West  George  Street,  Glasgow. 
Viekers,  W.,  Rose  Hill,  Smedley  Lane,  Manchester. 
Vieth,  Dr.  P.,  31,   St.  Petersburg  Place,   Bayswater,  Lon- 

ilon,  W. 
Ybeleker,  E.  W.,  22.  Tudor  Street,  London,  E.C. 
V'oelcker,    Dr.    J.    A.,     20,    Upper    Phillimore    Gardens, 

Kensington,  W. 
Vorster,  Fritz,  71,  Bayenstrasse,  C81n  a  Klein,  Germany. 
Voss,  Hermann,   Holstein  House,  Penge  Road,  Heck  en  )m  in. 

Kent. 
Vredenburgh,  .las.  B.,  Jersey  City,  N.J.,  U.S.A. 
Vnlte,  Hermann  T.,  School  of  Mines,  Columbia  I  ollege,  New 

Vnlk,  U.S.A. 


w 


Wache,  Alf.  27,  Rue  Morel.  Douai,  Franco. 

Wachtel,    Gregory,     Elabouga,    Government    of     Viatka, 

Russia. 
Wade,  .las.  I..,  30,  West  Kensington  Gardens,  London,  W. 
Wadman,  Walter  E.,   Ill,  West   2nd  Street,  Bergen  Point, 

Bayonne  City,  N.J.,  U.S.A. 
Wainwiight,  Dr.  J.  H.,  22,  West   4Gth  Street,  New  York, 

U.S.A. 
Wake,  C.  N.,  Newton  Upper  Falls,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Wakayama,  Y  .  Yayegakieho  Nedzu,  Tokyo,  Japan. 
Walker,  A.,   Messrs.   Alex.  Walker  and  Co.,  Alkali  Works, 

Irvine,  N.B. 
Walker,  Archibald,  8,  Crown  Terrace,  Glasgow. 
Walker,  ]•'..  Robinson,  18,  St.  ADn's  Street,  Manchester. 
Walker,  Jno.  C,  1&6,  West  Regent  Street,  Glasgow. 
Walker,  S.  R.,  19,  Wolsey  Street.  Radcliffe,  Manchester. 
Walker,  T.,  Eccleston  Park,  Prescot,  Lancashire. 
Walker,  Ralph  W.  M.,  lt»7.  St.  George's   Road,  Warwick 

Square,  S.W. 
Wallace,  John  Stewart,  11,  Queen  Victoria  Street,  London, 

E.C, 
Wallace,  Robert,  1,  Coates  Place,  Edinburgh. 
Waller,   Dr.   E.,   School  of   Mines,  Columbia  College,  50th 

Street,  4th  Avenue,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Walsh,  F.  T.,  Hamilton  Printworks,  Lowell,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Walsh,  P.  II.,  13,  Penny  Street,  Blackburn,  Lancashire  ;  and 

(Journals)  85,  Joj  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 


Waltham,  T.,  Brewery,  Stockwell,  London.  S.W. 
Walton,  Cornelius,  12,  Craven  Street,  Charing  Cross,  W.C. 
Walton,  Thos  ,  4,  Portugal  Street.  Lincoln's  Inn.  W.<  I. 
Wansbrough,  E.  G.  L.,   .'!68.  King   Street  West,   Hammer- 
smith, W. 
Warburton,  Thos.,   2,  Pershouse  Terrace,   Darley   Street. 

Ardwick,  Manchester. 
Wai.l.  Alf.  I!..  88,  Oakley  Street.  Chelsea,  S.W. 
Ward,  G.,  Messrs.  Hirst,  Brooke  and  Hirst,  Leeds. 
Ward,  Geo.,  c/o  T.   Howard  Lloyd  &  Co.,   86,  High  Street. 

Leicester. 
Ward,  Geo.  J..  The  Yews,  I  lee-ton,  Nottingham. 
Ward,  Howard  Chas.,  Yeatton,  Hordle,  Lymington,  Hants. 
Ward,  Thos.,  Brookfleld  House,  Northwicb. 
Wardale,  J.  D.,  Redheugh  Engine  Works,  Gateshead-on- 

Tyne. 
Warden.  Dr.  C.  J.  H.,  Medical  College,  Calcutta,  India. 
Warden,  Jno.  B.,c  0  11.  Kitto,  30—31,   St.  Swithin's  Lane. 

E.< !. 
Warington,  Roht.,  Harpenden,  Herts. 
Warne,  Thos.,  6,  Wakefield  Road,  Thwaitegate,  Leeds. 
Warner.    H.    G.,  c/o   Croft,  Wells,  and  Co.,  l.CliveRow, 

Calcutta,  India. 
Warren,  Fiske,  220,  Devonshire  Street,  Boston,  Mass., U.S.A. 
Warren,  Jno.  Mavis,  137,  High  Holborn,  Londou,  W.C. 
Warren,  T.  T.  P.  Bruce,  Tarn  worth  Villa,   Earlham    Grove, 

Forest  Gate,  Essex. 
Waterfall,    W.    15.,    c/o    Avon    Manure    Co.,    Bristol;    and 

(Journals)  Thirlmere,  Clavering  Road,  Redland,  Bristol. 
Waterhouse,  Colonel  .las.,  14,  Wood  Street,  Calcutta,  India 
Waterhouse,    Robt.,     Villa    Bejach,   Jena  (in  Thnringen), 

( lermany. 
Wates,  Edw.  A..  Lingsngur,  Deccan.  India. 
Watney,  Thos.  S.,  71,  Albion  Street,  Leeds. 
Watson,  ('has..  Walsden  Chemical  Works,  near  Todmorden. 
Watson,  D.,  244,  Great  Clowes  Street,  Manchester. 
Watson,    Eric    E.,    Schulstrasse     288,    Clausthal     a/Harz, 

Germany. 
Watson,    (i.,    jun..    16,     East    Nelson    Street,    Whitevale, 

Glasgow. 
Watson,  Geo.  P.,  Elm  Lodge,   Halliwell   Lane,  Cheetbam 

Hill.  Manchester. 
Watson,  Harry  F.,  Erie.  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Watson,    Jno    C,    c/o     Daniel    Lee     &    Co.,    Castloion. 

Manchester. 
Watson.  Jno.,  Cement  Works,  Gateshead-on-Tvne. 
Watson,  Jno.,  Laboratory,  Newcastle  Chemical  Co.,   Gales- 
head -on-Tyne. 
Watson,  Jno.,  8,  Newman  Street,  Victoria  Docks,  E. 
Wat>on,  W.  II.,  Laboratory,  The  Folds,  Boltou. 
Watt.  A.,  81),  Harrington  Road,  Sefton  Park,  Liverpool. 
Watt-,  A.  J..  130,  Caisa,  Pernambuco,  Brazil. 
Watts,  (has.  W.,  Corporation  Gasworks,  Belfa-t. 
Watts,  Sydney  E.,  Tyne  Brewery,  Newcastle-on-  1'yne. 
Webb,  Saml.   G.,    c  o   United  Alkali   Co.,  Ld.,   Pilkington 

Works,  Widnes. 
Webb,  Win.  Hubert.  Randalstown.  co.  Antrim,  Ireland. 
Webber,   Geo.  W.,    Oswald   Hill,  Broomhill  Drive,  Partick, 

Glasgow. 
Weber,  Carl  Otto,  1,  Rectory  Road,  Crumpsall,  Manchester. 
Webster,  C.  S.  Stanford,  Malvern  House,  Redland,  Bristol. 
Webster,  Win.,  jun.,  The  Grove,  Belmont  Hill,  Lee,  S.E. 
Weed,  Hy.  T.,  82,  Robinson  Street,  Allegheny,  Penn..  U.S.  A . 
Weightman,  John  F.,  c  o  Powers  &  Weightmau,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Weir,  Surgeon-Major  P.  A.,  Residency,  Nepal,  via  Bombay, 

India. 
Weldon,  Ernest, 

Wells.  G.  I.  J.,  Kinderton  Lodge,  Middlewich,  Cheshire. 
Wells,  Jas.   Gray,  26a,  St.  Paul's  Street  West,  llurton-on- 

Trent. 
Welsh,  Jas.,  Kinder  Printworks,  Hayfield,  near  Stockport. 
Wells,  John,  33,  Northampton  Square,  Clerkenwell,  E.C. 
Welsh,  Thos.  L.,  3,  Prince's  Gardens,  Dowanhill,  Glasgow 
Welsh,  W.,  Holt  Town,  Manchester. 
Werner,  Emil  A.,  5,  Church  Avenue,  Rathmines,  Dublin. 
Wessel,  Carl.  Bernburg,  Anhalt,  Germany. 
Westmoreland,  J.  W.,  25,  Park  Square,  Leeds. 
Weston,  Win.,  II. M.  Dockyard.  Portsmouth. 


Jan.  30, 189S.J 


TITR  JOURNAL   OF    THE   SOCIETY   OP    CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


Wetter,  Jasper,  433,  Strand,  London,  W.C. 

Wetzel,  II.  A.,  Box  170,  Detroit,  Michigan,  U.S.A. 

Whalley,  L.  J.  lie,  26,  Park  Place,  Greenwich,  S.E. 

Wheeler,  Win.  E.,  Cumberland  House, Meyneli Road, South 
Hackney,  N.E. 

Wlielan.  Edwin  J..  Star  Chemical  Works,  Wandsworth 
Bridge  Road,  Fulham,  S,W. 

W'lu'well.  Wm.,  Irweil  House,  Dinners  Lane,  Radcliffe,  near 
Manchester, 

Wliiffen,  T.,  Lombard  Road,  Battersea,  London,  S.W. 

Whitfen,  T.,  jun.,  Lombard  Road,  Battersea,  London,  S.W. 

WhihVn,  W.  G.,  Lombard  Road,  Battersea,  London,  S.W. 

Wliitaker,  II.  L.,  Condong  Sugar  Mill,  Tweed  River,  New 
South  Wales. 

Wliitaker,  Thorp,  Messrs.  E.  Ripley  &  Sons,  Bradford,  Yorks. 

White,  A.,  Ilorton  Field,  West  Drayton,  Middlesex, 

White,  A.  D.,  Avenue  House,  West  Drayton,  Middlesex. 

White,  Henry,  S.  Brown  Street,  Masboro',  Rotherhain. 

White,  Jos.  W.,  Halebank,  near  Widnes. 

White,  J.  Campbell,  7,  West  George  Street,  Glasgow. 

White,  P.  T.,  Castle  Street,  Saffron  Hill,  London,  E.C. 

White,  W.  II.,  Killingworth  House,  Killingworth,  Newcastle- 
on-Tyne. 

Whitehouse,  Enoch,  513,  Coventry  Road,  Smallheath,  Bir- 
mingham. 

Whitelaw,  T.  N.,  87,  Sydney  Street,  Glasgow. 

Whiteley,  Geo.,  Victoria  Lead  Works,  Burdett  Road,  Lime- 
house,  E. 

Whiteley,  R.  Lloyd,  University  College,  Nottingham  ; 
Journals  to  13,  Bowers  Avenue,  Woodbormigh  Road, 
Nottingham. 

Whittaker,  C.  J.,  Globe  Chemical  Works,  Church,  near 
Accrington. 

Whittaker,  Thos.,  22,  Delaunays  Road,  Higher  Crumpsall, 
Manchester. 

Whowell,  F.,  Carr  Bank,  Tottington,  Bury,  Lancashire. 

Wickens,  B.  Foster,  |83,  Queen  Street,  Cheapside,  London, 
E.C. 

Wigg,  G.  L.,  Runcorn. 

Wiggin,  W.  W.,  Wiggiu  Street,  Birmingham  Heath,  Bir- 
mingham. 

Wightman,  C,  1,  Fenchurch  Avenue,  London,  E.C. 

Wild,  Eugene, 

Wilde,  T.,  l'enclawdd,  near  Swansea. 

Wilding,  .las.,  jun.,  266,  Burdett  Road,  E. 

Wiley,  M.  W.,  Billsdale  House,  York  Road,  West  Hartle- 
pool. 

Wilkie,  T.  M.,  Nobel  Co.'s  Works,  Stevenston,  Ayrshire 
N.B. 

Wilkin,  Walter  H.,  Appold  Street,  Finsbury,  E.C. 

Wilkinson,  J.  B.,  Tong  Street,  Dudley  Hill,  Bradford, 
forks. 

Will,  W.  Watson,  The  Laurels,  Galveston  Road,  Putney,  S.W. 

\\  illiams,  D.,  eo  United  Alkali  Co.,  Ld.,  Gerard's  Bridge 
Works,  St.  Helens. 

Williams,  Edward,  Folly  Farm,  Warrington. 

Williams,  Geo.  G.,  624,  South  24th  Street,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Williams,  Henry  J.,  c/o  Davenport  and  Williams,  101, 
Tremont  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Williams,  Percy  B.,  F'elbrigg,  The  Bauk,  Highgate,  N. 

Williams,  Prof!  W.  Carleton,  Firth  College,  and  33,  Broms- 
grove  Road,  Sheffield. 

Williams,  Rowland,  28,  Pall  Mall,  Manchester. 

Williams,  Rupert  G.,  Albion  Mills,  Heywood,  near  Man- 
chester. 

Williams,  Seward  W.,  487,  Central  Avenue,  East  Orange 
Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Williams,  T.,  a,  Queen  Insurance  Buildings,  10,  Dale 
Street,  Liverpool. 

Williams,  T.   Howell,   10,  Aseham   Street,   Kentish   Town, 

N.W. 
Williams,  W.  Collingwood,  44,  Mulgrave  Street,  Liverpool. 
Williams,  W.  J.,   1412,  Van    Buren    Street,    Wilmington, 

Del.,  U.S.A. 
Williamson,  Robt,  Cleveland  Chemical  Works,    Middles- 
brough. 
Wills,  G.  S.  V.,  Southwood,  Croham  Road,  South  Croydon. 
Wills.  .1.  Lainson,  206,  Albert  Street,  Ottawa.  Canada. 


Wilson,  A.,  The  Firs,  Norton,  near  Stourbridge. 

Wilson,  Alex.  P.,  56,  Bridge  Street,  Birkenhead. 

Wilson,  Alt'.,  c/o  Messrs.  J.  and  E.  Sturge,  18,  Wheeley's 
Lane,  Birmingham. 

Wilson,  Anthony  W.,  20,  Westcott  Street,  Hull. 

Wilson,  Cecil  H.,  656,  Grimesthorpe  Road,  Sheffield. 

Wilson,  C.  .1.,  19,  Little  Queen  Street,  Wesminster,  S.W. 

Wilson,  David,  jun.,  Carbeth,  Killearn,  by  Glasgow. 

Wilson,  FYauk,  The  Brewery,  Castle  Street,  Long  Acre, 
London,  W.C. 

Wilson,  Gordon,  jun.,  Crestone,  Saguache  Co.,  Colorado, 
U.S.A. 

Wilson,  G.  E.,  The  Chemical  Works,  Oldbury,  near  Bir- 
mingham. 

\\  ilson,  Jno.  A.,  South  20th  and  Mary  Streets,  Pittsburgh, 
Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Wilson,  Jno.  Ed.,  Wyddrington,  Edghaston,  Birmingham. 

Wilson,  Jno.,  28,  Crosby  Road,  Romford  Road,  Stratford,  E. 

Wilson,  Jos.  A.,  Crossfields,  Tottington,  near  Bury,  Lanca- 
shire. 

Wilson,  J.  II.,  6,  Fenchurch  Buildings,  E.C. 

Wilson,  J.  Millar,  Ridley  Park,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Wilson,  R.  H..  Eggleseliffe,  Yarm-on-Tees. 

Wilson,  Wesley  Win.,  James'  Gaie  Brewery,  Dublin. 

Wilson,  Dr.  w!  II.,  15,  Pcrham  Road,  West  Kensington,  W. 

Wilson,  Wm.  Robt.,  110,  Long  Acre,  London,  W.C. 

Wilson,  W.  W.,  Chirnside  Villa,  Droylsden,  Manchester. 

Wilson,  Wm.,  Journals  to  Delhi,  India;  Subscription  c/o 
Chirk,  Wilson,  &  Co.,  155,  Fenchurch  Street,  I'M'. 

Wilton,  Geo.,  Tar  Works,  Beckton.E. 

Wilton,  Jno.,  Clydesdale,  Norwich  Road,  Forest  Gate, 
Essex. 

Wilton,  Thos.,  Winsor  House,  Beckton,  E. 

Windus,  W.,  15,  Vyvyan  Terrace,  Clifton,  Bristol. 

Wingham,  A.,  3,  Villa  Road,  Brixton,  S.W. 

Winser,  P.  J.,  Wyck  House,  Bebington,  Cheshire. 

Winsloe,  H.,  Messrs.  Teunant  &  Co.,  49,  Faulkner  Street, 
Manchester. 

Winstone,  A.  B.,  7,'Gray's  Iun  Square,  London,  W.C. 

Winstone,  E.  H.,  2,  Victoria  Mansions,  Victoria  Street, 
London,  S.W. 

Wire,  A.  P.,  1,  Seaton  Villas,  Birkbeck  Road,  Leytonstone, 
E. 

Wisbart,  Jno.,  39,  St.  Vincent  Place,  Glasgow. 

Witt,  Dr.  Otto  N.  E.,  Lindenallee  33,  Westend,  bei  Berlin. 

Wolfenden,  S.,  Wellington  Terrace,  Cowley  Hill,  St.  Helens. 

Wollheim,  Hugo,  21,  Ridgway  Plae.e,  Wimbledon.  Surrey. 

Womersley,  P.  B.,  Lynmead,  Wanstead,  Essex. 

Wonfor,  Wm.  Jos.,  Lake  View,  Bessbrook,  Co.  Armagh. 

Wood,  Eber.ezer,  Stephenson  Street,  Canning  Town,  K. 

Wood,  E.  T.,  Brinseall,  Chorley,  Lancashire. 

Wood,  Jas.,  Stockwith-on-Trent,  Gainsborough. 

Wood,  Joseph,  Brinseall,  near  Chorley,  Lancashire 

Wood,  J.  Turney,  Hound  Road,  West  Bridgeford,  Notting- 
ham. 

Wood.  Milton  R.,  Wyandotte,  Mich.,  U.S.A. 

Wood,  Robt.  B.,  Dalquhurn  Works,  Rcnton,  N.B. 

Wood,  Wm.,  !  28,  Chaussee  de  Turnhout,  Antwerp,  Belgium. 

Wood,  W.  C,  Rosshead,  Alexandria,  Dumbartonshire. 

Woodcock,  R.  ('.,  American  and  Continental  Sanitas  Co., 
636-642,  West  55th  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

Woodham,  Kingston  G.,  45,  Parsonage  Road,  Withington, 
Manchester. 

Woodhead,  Jas.,  Ashfield  Terrace,  Slaithwaite,  near  Hud- 
dersfield. 

Woodland,  J.,  173,  Marylebone  Road,  London,  N.W. 

Woodman,  Durand,  80.  Beaver  Strict  and  127,  Pearl 
Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

Woodward,  W.  C,  Biddulph  Valley  Coal  and  Iron  Works, 
Stoke-on-Trent. 

Woolcombe,  Dr.  R.  L.,  14,  Waterloo  Road,  Dublin. 

Woolf,  Mortimer,  16,  Greville  Place,  London,  N.W. 

Woolley,  G.  S.,  69,  Market  Street,  Manchester. 

Woolworth,  J.  G.,  246,  Fountain  Street,  Providence,  R.I., 
U.S.A. 

Worms,  Emil,  Elabouga,  Govt,  of  Viatka,  Russia. 

Worrall,  II.,  Crimsworth,  Whalley  Range,  Manchester. 

Worsley,  P.  J.,  Rodney  Lodge,  Clifton,  Bristol. 

Wr'ay,  0.  J.  P.,  Fernleigh,  Old  Dover  Road,  Blackheath. 


THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


Jan.  30,  1892. 


Wright,  Alf.,  The  Medical  Hall,  Yeovil. 

Wright,  Dr.  C.  R.  Alder,  St.  Mary's   Hospital,  Paddington, 

London,  W. 
Wright,  Jos.,  19,  Arboretum  Street,  Nottingham. 
Wright,  L.  T..   11G9,  Calle  Alsina   (Casilla  765),    Buenos 

Ayres. 
Wiilffing,    Dr.    Charles,    Abbey    Mills    Chemical     Works, 

Stratford,  E. 
Wuth,  Dr.  A.,  37,  Kapeller  Strasse,  Wiesbaden,  Germany. 
Wyatt,  Dr.  Francis,  12,  Park  Place,  New  York,  U  S.A. 
VVykes,  L.,  Minas  de  Rio  Tinto,  Huelva,  Spain. 
Wyld,  J.,   Frizinghall    Chemical    Works,    near    Bradford, 

Yorks. 
Wylde,  J.  R.,  Fazakerley  House,  Prescot,  Lancashire. 
Wyndham,  Dr.  Stanley,  c/o  Mrs.  Jamieson,  1,  Marloes  Road, 

Kensington,  W. 
Wynne,    Wm.    P.,  7,   Tyneside   Terrace,    Parson's    Green, 

Fulham,  S,W. 


Y 


Yates,  F.,  f.4,  Park  Street,  Soutlrwark,  London,  S.E. 
Yates,  H   Noble,  c/o   Cowles  Eieclric   Smelting  ami  Alumi- 
nium Co.,  Lockport,  NY.,  U.S.A. 


Yates,  R.,  64,  Park  Street,  Soutlrwark,  London,  S.E. 
Yglesias,  M.,  2,  Tokenhouse  Buildings,  London,  E.C. 
Yosbida,  Hikorokuro,  Imperial   University,  Hongo,  Tokyo, 

Japan. 
Yoshimura,  K.,  Awomoriken  Chu-gakko,  Japan. 
Young,  A.  C,  64,  Tyrwhitt  Road,  St.  John's,  S.E. 
Young,  Brougham,  Home  Lyn,  Woodberry  Down,  London, 

N. 
Young,  Dr.  Geo.,  Firth  College,  Sheffield. 
Young,  Jno.,  2,  Montague  Terrace,  Kelvinside,  Glasgow. 
Young,  Jno.,  Gasworks,  Etruria,  near  Stoke-on  Trent. 
Young.  J.  R.,  17,  North  Bridge,  Edinburgh,  N.B. 
Young,  Dr.   Sydney,  13,  Aberdeen  Terrace,  White   Ladies 

Road.  Bristol. 
Young,  T,  Graham,  WestBeld,  West  Calder,  N.B. 
Young,  W.  C,  22,  Windsor  Road,  Forest  Gd:e.  HI. 
Young,  Wm.,  Priorsford,  Peebles,  N.B. 
Yule,  Wm.,  Holiius  Paper  Works,  Darwen,  Lan>  aslnre. 


Zimmermann,    A.,    6/7,    Cross    Lane,    St.    Mary-at-IIill 

London,  E.C. 
Zinkeisen,  Dr.  W..  508,  New  City  Road,  Ulasgow. 


Printed  and  Published  by  Hyre  and  Spottibwoope,  East  Hardinp  Street,  London,  E.C,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industl 


THE   JOURNAL 


OB   THE 


Society  of  Comical  ^noustty 

A    MONTHLY    RECOED 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  1.— Vol.  XI.] 


JANUARY    30,    1892. 


rxon 

21 

L  s; 


Non-Members  30/-jicr  annum;  Members 
21/-  per  Set  of  extra  or  back  numbers  ; 
Single  Copies  (Mem here  only)  2, 0. 


Ctye  £>orietp  of  Chemical  Jnijustrp. 

Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P.,  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S 18S1— 1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel,  K.C.B.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S 1S82— 1883. 

Walter  Weldon,  F.R.S 1883—1881. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 1881-1885. 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1886. 

David  Howard 1886—1887. 

Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S 1887—1888. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S 1888—1889. 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S 1889—1890. 

E.  Rider  Ccok 1890-lSiil. 


COUNCIL  FOR   TEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 

President:  Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  M.D.,  D.Sc  ,  F.R.S. 
Vice-Presidents : 
Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S.  Ludwig  Mond.  F.R  S. 

Win.  Crowdcr.  Dr.  Hugo  Midler,  F.R.S. 

James  Duncan.  B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S.  J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 

David  Howard.  A.  Norman  Tate. 

S.  H.  Johnscn.  Sir  John  Turney. 

Ordinary  Members  of  Council: 
A.H.Allen.  E.  K.  Muspratt. 

Arthur  Boake.  T.L.Patterson. 

Jmo.  Calderwood.  Boverton  Redwood. 

Dr.  Charles  Dreyfus.  Jno.  Spiller. 

H.  Grimshaw.  T.  W.  Stuart. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S.  William  Thorp.  B.Sr. 

With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer: 
E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 
Dr.  F.  Hurter. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Archbutt. 

G.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc,  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 

H.  Brunner. 

E.  Rider  Cook. 

W.  Y.  Dent. 

Chas.  Dreyfus,  Ph.D. 

Percy  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

Wm.  Kellner,  Ph.D. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

John  Pattinson. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 

H.  R.  Procter. 

Boverton  Redwood. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Wm.  Thorp. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor : 
Watson  Smith,  University  College,  London,  W.C, 
Assisted  by  the  following  Staff  of  Abstractors: 

S.  B.  Asher  Aron.  IV.,  IX.,  X.       J.    Walter     Leather 

H.Auer Til. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gen.Chem. 

G.H.Beckett..     V.,  VI.,  VII. 

D.  Bendii m. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V.,  VI. 

Jos.  Beruays,M.I.C.E.    I. 

E.  J.  Bevan V.,  XIX. 


Ph.D :]xv- 

F.H.Leeds III..  XXI. 

A.  Liebmann,  Ph.D.  [  IVJ^ '- 


Bertram  Blount .  (yii^  '\i\i 
Arthur  G.  Bloiam  XIV.,  XV. 
C.  H.  Bothamley XXI. 

E.  G.  Clayton...  {  '  xvn}1" 
V.  Cornish... VIII.,  IX.,  XIII. 
C.F.Cross...  V.,  XII.,  XIX. 
Oswald  Hamilton  ...    I. 

P.  J .  Uartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Chem. 
Prof.  D.  E.  Jones,  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc VI.,  XVI. 

F.  S.    Kipping,  1       II.  and     I 
D.Sc S  Gen.Chem. 

Chas.  A.  Kohn,    ")  r,       „, 
Ph  D  .      .   ]  "en-  Chem. 

L.deKoningh  XVIIL.XXIII. 

T.  A.  Lawsou,  Ph.D. .     IV. 


A.  R.Lin? IV.,  XVI. 

D.A.Louis XV. 

W.  Macnab XXII. 

K.  E.Markel.Ph.D. ..     XII. 
A.  K.Miller,  Ph.D..     Ill,  IV. 
N.H.J. Miller, Ph.D.    XV. 
J.M.H.Munro.D.Sc.    XV. 
H.S.Pattinson.Ph.D.    VII..  X. 

Van^r:}  "I.  xvn. 

F.  W.  Renaut . . .    Patent  Lists 

H.  Schlichter,  Ph.D..    v.,  XV 

Edward  Simpson  ....     I. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.A.Sutherland...     II.,  III. 

X.  W.  Tchaykovsky.  B.A.  Gen 
Chem.  (Russian  Lit.' 

Bertram  Thomas  ....    XI. 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

H.K.Tompkins,  B.Sc.    X. 

V.  H.Veley,  M.A.    Gen.Chem. 

A.  Wingham X. 


NOTICES. 

Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Rider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  How 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  he 
communicated.  

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Rule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  be 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  case  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         i-.:m       ' 


Notice  i-  hereby  given,  forthe  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contraetedfor  by  Messrs. Eybe and Spottisw k, 

the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


CHANGES   OF   ADDRESS. 


The  Secretary  is  instructed  to  negotiate  for  the  purchase 
of  copies  of  the  Society's  Journal  for  January  and  May 
lss::,  January,  February,  and  April  1886,  and  February 
1889.  Members  possessing  odd  copies  of  these  numbers  are 
particularly  requested  to  communicate  at  once,  stating  price 
required,  with  Mr.  Cresswell.  The  stock  of  all  other  numbers 
is  at  present  sufficient  for  the  Council's  requirements. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  22nd  JANUARY  1892. 


Bookman,  S.,  Mittelstrasse  21.  I,  Berlin,  chemical  student. 

Breidahl,  Harold  T.  W.,  federal  Distillery,  Port  Mel- 
bourne, Victoria,  manager. 

Buckley,    Edwin,    Beaver  Park,  Didsbury,  Manchester, 

chemical  student. 

Butterficld,  W.  .1.  A..  10,  Tressillian  Crescent,  St.  John's, 
S.I'.,  analytical  chemist. 

Crawley,  Arthur  II.,  c/o  Elmore's  Patent  Copper  De- 
positing Co.,  Lim.,  Pontefract  Road,  Hunslet,  Leeds, 
analytical  chemist. 

Davies,  W.  E.,  Beaumaris,  R.S.O.,  North  Wales,  quarry 
and  lime  works  manager. 

Dobb,  Thos.,  Audrey  Cottage,  Union  Road,  Sharrow, 
Sheffield,  pharmaceutical  chemist. 

Fleming,  Arnold,  Britannia  Pottery,  13G,  Glebe  Street, 
Glasgow,  potter. 

Gilbard,  Francis,  The  Laboratory,  17,  Great  Tower  Street, 

K.I '.,  analytical  chemist. 

Elaigh,  Ben,  21,  Cavendish  Road,  Leeds,  dyer  and  dye- 
wood  extract  maker. 

Hill,  Sydney,  11,  Salisbury  Street,  The  Pari;,  Hull, 
analyst. 

Ilinshelwood,  Thus.,  Glasgow  Oil  and  Paint  Works, 
Glenpark  Street,  Glasgow,  oil  refiner. 

Kaufmann,  Dr.  Herbert  M.,  1S2.J,  Franklin  Street, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  I'.S.A. 

Kinnieutt.  Prof.  Leonard  P..  Worcester  Polytechnic 
Institute,  Worcester,  Mass.,  U.S.A.,  professor  of  che- 
mistry. 

Pettigrew,  Robt.,  21,  Titchbome  Street,  Edgwarc  Road, 
W.,  electro-chemist. 

Potts,  Jos.  T.,  Price's  Works,  Bromhoro'  pool,  near  Bir- 
kenhead, chemist. 

Robertson,  G.  11.,  30,  Hemstall  Road,  West  Hampsl  ad, 
N.W.,  electro -chemist. 

Shanks,  Archibald,  Bridgend  Mills,  Dairy,  Ayrshire,  N.B., 
chemist. 

Sykes,  Jas.,  7G,  Lockwood  Road,  Huddersficld,  analytical 
chemist. 

Warden,  Jno.  B.,  c/o  11.  Ivitto,  30-  -31,  St.  Swithin's  Lane, 
]•'..(  '.,  analytical  chemist. 

Watson,  Geo.  P.,  Elm  Lodge,  Halliwell  Lane.  Chectham 
Hill,  Manchester,  printworks  chemist. 

Weed,  Henry  T.,  82,  Robinson  Street,  Allegheny,  Pa., 
1    S.A.,  teacher  of  analytical  chemistry  . 


Adriancc,  Jno.  S.,  l/o  Huntingdon  ;  2,  West  36th  Street, 
New  York  City,  I  .S.A. 

','  i r,  ]•'.  Baden,  1  o  Mauchcstei  :  Th  i  Grange,  K nuts- 
ford,  Cheshire. 

Bird,  II.,  lo  Devonport ;  South  Down  House,  South 
I  low  ii,   Plymouth. 

Brasher,  F.  W.,  l/o  1  :  S,  Wyatt  Road,  Forest  Gate,  F. 

Brunner,  -I.  V.  L.,  1  o  Winnington  ( >ld  Hall ;  The  Hollies, 
Hartford,  Cheshire. 

Budden,  E.  I!.,  l/o  Hampstead ;  11,  Furnival  stint, 
Holborn,  E.G. 

Burn-Murdoch,  .1.  V.,  lo  Gravesendj  c/o  Capt.  I'.  II. 
Burn-Murdoch,  Pembroke  Dock,  South  Wales. 

Collins,  H.  S.,  l/'o  Finsbury ;  en  General  Apothecaries 
Co.,  49,  Berners  Street,  W. 

Cooper,  II.  P.,  In  i:  c,l,  Foxham  Road,  Upper 
Hollowav,  X. 

Davis,  A.  l;  ,  lo  Hcaton  Nbrris;  Dunowen,  Knutsford, 
Cheshire. 

Dvorkovitz,  P.,  l/o  Finsbury  Park;  Fernwood,  North 
Hill,  Highgate,  N. 

Eastwick,  .1.  II.,  lo  Norristown ;  Mellon  Street,  above 
Margaretta,  East  Liberty,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  IS. A. 

Emmeus,  S.  II.,  1  o  New  Stanton  :  Youngwood,  West- 
moreland i  lo.,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Ford,  J.  S.,  l/o  Abbotsford  Park;  Abbey  Brewery, 
Edinburgh. 

Goldschmidt,  Dr.  S.  A.,  1  o  .lav  Street  :  4:!  — Til,  Sedgwick 
Street,  Brooklyn,  N.Y.,  l.s.A. 

Gregory,  W.  J.,  l/o  St.  Thomas  Street;  1,  St.  John's 
Terrace,  Weymouth. 

Hall,  J.  A.,  l/o  128;  108,  Lloyd  Street,  Greeuheys, 
Manchester. 

Herman,  D.,  l/o  West  Park;  St.  Ann's,  St.  Helens. 

Heslop,  dos.l  o  Jarrow;  110,  live  Hill,  N'oastlc-on-Tyne, 

Horrocks,  S.,  lo  Prince's  Park;  11,  Parlcfield  Load, 
Sefton  Park,  Liverpool. 

Humphries,  J.,  l/o  Edward  Street;  eo  Humphries  aid 
Co.,  Adolphus  Street,  Bradford,  Yoiks. 

Ingle,  Harry,  Journals  to  ,1  .    7,  [V.,  Munehen, 

Bavaria. 

Johnston,  W.  (,..  lo  Hoboken;  e/o  A.  Burns  Glen,  8, 
Great  Winchester  Street.  E.C. 

Kershaw,  J.  B.  C.,  l/o  Streathara  Hill;  University  Hall, 
Gordon  Square,  W.(  I. 

Kunhcim,  Dr.  11.,  1  o  Lindenstrasse ;  32,  Dorathoeustrasse, 
Berlin. 

Lagcrwall,  Dr.  Ivar,  l/o  St.   Petersburg;  RodhusriUten, 

Stockholm,  Sweden. 

Leete,Jos.,l  o Tooley  Street ;  19—25,  Bi  n Isey  St.,S.E 

Lindemann,  G.,  l/o  Altona;  Langercihc  18,  II.,  rechts, 
St.  Panli,  Hamburg. 

Ling,  A.  Ii.,1  o  Wandsworth  ;  Brooklands, Thames  Dillon, 
Surrey. 

Liversedge,  A.  J.,  l/o  London;  c/o  Mirrlces,  Watson, 
and  Yaryan  Co.,  Ld.,  45,  Scotland  Street,  Glasgow. 

Lodge,  Edw.,  l/o  35  ;  27,  Cowcliffe  Hill,  HuddersEeld. 

Limn,  C,  I  o  Fenay  Bridge;  Slantgate,  Kirkburton,  near 
Hnddersfield. 

Luthy,  nun,  |,,  Philadelphia;  c/o  American  Alumina 
Co.,  Barberton,  <  Ihio,  L.s.A. 

Manhes,  P.,  I/o  Rue  du  Plat;  3,  Rue  Sala,  Lyon.Franec. 

McDougall,  A.,  l/o  Greenheys;  Fallowfield  House, 
Fallow  liehl,  Manchester. 

Meyer,  Max    E.,  I  O  Sutton  :   8,  Duchess   Strict,  Portland 

Place,  W. 

Miller,  Dr.  \  K.,  l/o  Hammersmith ;  irdwicl;  Brewerv, 
Manchester, 


Jan. so,  1398.]         THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Nichols,  \V.  II.,  l/o  41  i  i5—41  Cedar  Street,  New  York 
City,  U.S.  A. 

Petty,  A.,  1  i)  Stamford  Hill ;  33,  ( 'lapton  <  'ommon,  K. 

Pilkingtou,  (;..  Journals  to  Laboratory,  28,  Pall  Mall, 
Manchester. 

Quincke,  Dr.  F.,  l/o  London;  Chemise  he  Fabrik  Rhenania, 
Stolbcrgh  bei  Aachen,  Germany. 

Ramsay,  Win  ,  1  o  Liverpool ;  Chemical  Laboratory, 
University  College  of  Wales,  Aberystwith. 

Reid;  W.  G.,  l/o  Kimbcrley ;  Soap  Works,  Beaeonsfield 
Diamond  Fields,  South  Africa. 

Richards,  Edgar,  1  o  Washington  :  113,  East  30th  Strei  i. 
New  York,  U.S.A 

Richardson,  C.  T.,  1/6  Newcastle;  27,  Jcwin  Crescent, 
( Iripplegate,  E  ( '. 

Sankey,  ( '.  11.;  all  communications  to  Hillsboro'  Lodge, 
Duhvieh  Grove,  North  Dulwich,  S.E. 

Schellhaas,  II.,  l/o  5i  ;  38,  Navigation  Road,  Northwiuh. 

Scott,  Ernest  <;..  lo  Bebington ;  WoodclifEo,  Burgess 
Hill,  Hampstead,  N.wl 

Scrutton,  W.  J.,  l/o  Nevada  ;  Lake  Valley,  New  Mexico, 
U.S.A. 

Semet,  L,  l/o  Rue  du  Prince  Albert;  217,  Chaussee  de 
Vleurgat,  Brussels. 

Smith,  A.  J.,  1  o  Catherine  Street  :  84,  Page  Hall  Road, 
Fir  Vale,  Sheffield. 

Smith,  R.  Watson,  l/o  Uphall;  Young's  Oil  Co.,  Lim., 
Chemical  Works.  Bathgate,  X.B. 

Solvay,  A.,  lo  Boitsfort;  2*),  Rue  do  Prince  Albert, 
Brussels. 

Solvay,  E.,  1  o  Rue  du  Prince  Albeit ;  43,  Rue  des  Champs 
Elysoes,  Brussels. 

Stevenson,  J.  C,  M.P.,  l/o  South  Shields  ;  .'53,  Devonshire 
Place,  W. 

Stevenson,  J.  S.,  l/o  South  Shields;  33,  Devonshire 
Place,  W. 

Taylor,  Jno.,  l/o  Belgrave  Pharmacy ;  IS,  Lucius  Street, 
Torquay. 

Thomson,  Dr.  And.,  I/o  7  ;   10,  Piteullen  Terrace,  Perth. 

Tomlinson,  G.  G.,  1  o  Widnes  ;  c/o  W.  li.  Kay,  1 6,  Halton 
Road,  Runcorn. 

Tompkins,  II.  IC,  l/o  Pimlico;  11,  Promenade,  Bromley, 
Kent. 

Trimnell,  C.  II.,  I/o  New  Maiden  ;  Elmhurst,  Maiden, 
Surrey. 

Voclcker,  E.  W..  l/o  Salisbury  Square  ;  22,  Tudor  St.,  E.C. 

Walker,  Alex.,  l/o  Irvine  Chemical  Co.  ;  Alex.  Walker 
&  Co.,  Alkali  Works,  Irvine,  N.B. 

Waterbouse,  1,'obt.,  l/o  Sheffield;  Villa  Bejnch,  Jena  (in 
Thuringen),  Germany. 

Wilding,  .las.,  jun.,  I/o  Lancashire  ;  2G(i,  Burdclt  Road,  E. 

Young,  Jno.,  l/o  Bellhaven  Terrace  ;  2,  Montague  Terrace, 
Kelvinside,  Glasgow. 


£onoon   Action. 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  BunLixr.ToN  House. 


C.  F.  Cross. 
J.  Dewar. 
A.  G.  Green. 
S.  Hall. 

C.  W.  Heaton 
J.  Heron. 

D.  Howard. 


Chairman  :  T.  Tyrer. 

I        0/tairman:  W.  Crowder. 

Committee: 

W.  Kellner. 
B.  Redwood. 
W.  S.  Squire. 
G.  N.  Stoker. 
F.  Napier  Sutton. 
Win.  Thorp. 
T.  E.  Thorpe. 

Ron.  Loral  Secretary  :  John  Heron, 
St.  John's  Villas,  AVorple  Road,  Wimble  Ion, 


SESSION  1S91-92. 


18D2  :— 

Fell.  1st  :— 
Messrs.  J.  A.  Wankl.vn  and  W.  Johnstone.    "  The  Acids  of  the 

Fatty  Series  and  certain  of  their  Derivatives." 
Mr.   Watson   Smith.     "The    Stability    of   certain    Organic 
Nitrogen  Compounds  occurring  in  I  :oal-Tar  Pitch." 


Ekbatum. 

In  the  December  number  of  this  Journal,  1891,  page  983, 
col.  1,  line  30,  the  formula;  in  brackets  ought  to  read  as 
follows  :  — 


a  a ( 


on 
(III 


instead  of 


O  ( 


Nil 

on 


and 


(III  \ 

on  J 


EXCHANGE    LIST. 


Fischer,  Dr.  F.,  l/o  Hanover;  26,Wilhelm  Weber  Strassc, 
Gottingen,  Germany. 


Ikatfts. 

Ileisch,  Chas.,  79,  .Mark  Lane,  E.C. 
I'eikin,  T.  1).,  Greenford  Green,  Harrow. 
Powell,   W.  A.,  Maison    Marie    Louise,    Ilj-ercs    (Var), 
France. 

Towns,  Win.,  Invell  Lane,  Runcorn. 


iHanrftfsftrr  £>rrtton. 


J.  Align!!. 
G.  H.  Bailey. 
R.  F.  Carpenter. 
G.  E.  Davis. 
II.  Grimshaw. 
liarold  B.  Dixon. 


Chairman:  Ivan  Levinstein. 

Vice-Chairman :  Edw.  Schunck. 

Committee  : 

J.  Grossmami, 


P.  Hart. 

A.  Liebmcnn. 

SirH.  E.Itosco?,  M.P. 

C.  Trnby. 

1).  Watson. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 

J.  Carter  Bell, 
Bank  House,  The  Cliff,  Higher  Brougliton,  Manchester., 


Notices  of  Paper-;  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
scut  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


e  2 


THE  JOURNAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        LJan.so,iB9 


Meeting  held  Friday,  December  Ith,  1891. 


I\  IN    LEVINSTEIN    IX   THIS    CHAIR. 


THE  PURIFICATION  OF  SEWAGE  l'.V 
PRECIPITATION. 

BY    J.    BARROW. 

The  origin  of  this  paper  is  from  some  experimental  work 
which  I  was  requested  to  undertake,  as  to  the  action  on 
sewage  of  a  new  precipitant,  technically  known  as  "  Clarine." 
The  material  is  in  the  form  of  a  'solution  which  consists 
mainly  of  a  very  hasic  perchloride  of  iron,  absolutely  free 
from  "ferrous  salts.  That  is  to  say,  it  is  a  ferric  chloride, 
supersaturated  with  ferric  hydrate. 

1  have  not  made  a  sufficiently  minute  chemical  examina- 
tion of  the  iron  compound  contained  to  he  able  to  state 
whether  it  is  an  oxyehloride  or  not,  but  such  is  probably  the 
case. 

I  have  mad.1  a  large  number  of  experiments,  both 
quantitative  and  qualitative,  on  many  samples  of  sewage  and 
works  effluents  of  various  descriptions,  including  amoug 
others  the  sewages  of  Salford,  Pendleton,  Moston,  Newton 
Heath,  Failsworth,  Gorton,  Clayton,  and  Accringcon, 
effluents  from  bleach  works,  paper  works,  dye  works,  sizing 
and  finishing  works,  pail  washings  from  the  Manchester 
Corporation  Cleansing  Department,  and  also  the  water  from 
the  Manchester  ship  Canal  Docks. 

I  may  make  thr  following  observations  on  the  action  of 
Clarine  : — 

1.  As  a  general  rule  what  I  should  call  the  worst  sewages 
are  the  most  easily  purified,  that  is  to  say,  those  sewages 
containing  the  most  faecal  or  similar  putrescible  matter. 

2.  It  is  most  essential  to  observe  the  exact  condition  of  the 
sewage  as  to  neutrality,  alkalinity,  or  acidity  before  adding 
the  precipitant.  Most  descriptions  of  sewage  and  effluent 
waters  are  best  precipitated  in  a  neutral  solution,  many  are 
efficiently  acted  on  in  alkaline,  whilst  in  a  certain  number 
the  precipitate  does  not  easily  subside  unless  the  sewage  or 
effluent  is  acid. 

:!.  It  is  almost  essential  to  add  exactly  the  right  quantity 
of "  Clarine,"  any  deviation  from  this  usually  interfering  with 
the  clarification  and  subsidence  of  the  precipitated  matters. 
The  quantity  1  found  suitable  to  most  sewages  is  about 
15  grains  per  gallon,  that  is  to  say  about  one  ton  to  the 
million  gallons.  This  quantity  I  found  to  work  admirably 
with  Salford  sewage. 

4.  The  "Clarine"  has  a  remarkably  quick  action, 
rendering  the  albuminous  matters  in  solution  insoluble,  and 
the  fioeculent  precipitate  thus  formed,  as  a  rule  subsides 
with  great  rapidity.  This  ina\  be  owing  to  the  excess  of 
iron  it  contains. 

1  will  now  proceed  to  a  consideration  of  the  numerical 
data  bearing  on  the  subject  of  the  paper. 

For  the  purposes  of  comparing  the  action  of  'Clarine" 
with  that  of  other  precipitant*  and  pioccsscs,  I  have  been 


able  to  obtain  figures  ready  to  hand  which  are  the  work  of 
Mi.  Carlcr  Hell,  Dr.  Burgbardt,  Dr.  Angus  Smith, 
Dr.  Wallace,  and  others  in  relation  to  the  "International," 
"Electrical,"  and  "lime"  processes.  These  are  the  only 
processes  which  can  be  said  to  be  in  the  field  for  the 
purification  of  sewage. 

The  major  part  of  my  attention  has  been  devoted  to  Ihe 
analysis  of  effluents  produced  by  the  action  of  "Clarine" 
under  varying  conditions. 

I  will  first  quote,  however,  one  special  scries  of  experiments 
which  I  made  with  four  different  methods  of  precipitation, 
viz.,  "  lime,"  "  ferrous  sulphate,"  "  alumino-ferric  cake  and 
lime."  and  "  clarine." 

These  experiments  were  performed  on  Salford  sewage 
with  chemically  equivalent  quantities  of  ferrous  sulphate 
and  sulphate  of  alumina  and  15  grains  per  gallon  of  lime. 

These  experiments  illustrate  the  chemical  action  of  the 
processes  above  enumerated,  as  the  precipitation  portion  of 
the  "  International  "  and  "  Electrical  "  systems  is  the 
addition  of  soluble  ferrous  compounds  to  the  sewage  in 
what  I  venture  to  say  an  unnecessary  expensive  form. 

The  figures  which  I  have  chosen  as  the  best  indication  of 
the  amount  of  noxious  polluting  material  in  sewage  is  the 
amount  of  albuminoid  ammonia.  The  reasons  for  this  we 
can  discuss  if  time  permits.  I  merely  remark  here,  that 
the  adoption  of  this  figure  is  as  fair  to  one  process  as 
another. 

To  summarise  my  results,  the  average  amount  of  albumi- 
noid ammonia  contained  in  the  raw  sewage  was  0'12  parts 
per  100,000,  which,  after  treatment,  was  reduced  as 
follows  :  — 

Parts  per  100,000, 

Ferrous  sulphate 0  045 

Alumino-ferric  cake  and  lime 0"03 

Lime O-O-t 

"Clarine" O'OS 

Tin'  above  figures  give  the  following  average  percentages 
of  purification — 

Per  Cut. 

Ferrous  sulphate 6> 

Alumino-ferric  oake  and  limo 75 

Lime 73 

"  Clarine" s:s 

as  indicated  by  the  loss  in  albuminoid  ammonia.  The  per- 
centage of  purification  by  the  lime  is  considerably  higher 
than  is  often  the  case,  being  generally  about  40  per  cent. 

This  appears  certainly  in  favour  of  the  last-named 
process.  The  sewage  at  the  time  was  apparently  in  a  very 
dilute  condition,  owing,  no  doubt,  to  the  heavy  rain  we 
were  having,  but  I  am  of  opinion  that  with  more  concen- 
trated sewage  "  Clarine  "  would  remove  proportionally  larger 
amounts  of  noxious  matter,  I  am  proceeding  with  further 
work,  which  will  decide  this. 

The  following  are  a  few  results  obtained  from  sewages 
of  various  descriptions  before  and  after  treatment  with 
I  .">  grains  per  gallon  of  clarine  : — 


Free  Ammonia. 


Albuminoid 
Ammonia. 


Percentage 

of  Albuminoid 

Annie  nia  ro.i  oved. 


Sewage |  Salford,  1Mb  November  . 

Effluent  Salford.  after  (realm. nt  . 

Sewage Salford,  lsl  October 

Effluent  Salford,  after  treatment. 

Sewage '  Salford,  5th  October 


Salford,  after  treatment 

Mop  Canal,  171I1  November 

Ship  *  lanal,  after  treatment 

Heaton  Mersey,  December  1830 . 
Hcatnn  Mersey,  after  treatment . 
Sewage Moston  Brook,  3rd  December  ... 

Effluent  Moston  Brook,  after  tn  atment.. 

I 


I     "        nl    

Water 

Effluent 

Effluent  


If  w 

0'  16 

05 

II- t 

(To 

0-6 

0-1 

O'l 

4-5 

2-0(1 


Tails  per  100,000. 


0'ie 

0-025 

0-50 
0*05 

iron 
li'i'.' 
111  p.", 
ii-iiii.-, 
0-8 

in.-, 
0-2 

O'OS 


Per  Cent. 

si 

90 
EG 

90 


Jan.  SO,  ISS2.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


The  samples  taken  from  Heaton  Mersey  were  taken 
before  and  after  treatment  on  the  large  scale. 

The  following  table  contains  a  number  of  determina- 
tions of  albuminoid  ammonia  contained  in  the  effluents 
from  the  different  processes  under  consideration. 

Albuminoid  Ammonia  in  Sewage  Effluents  of 
Various  Descriptions  in  Parts  per  luo.ooo. 


Authority. 


"  Inter- 
national." 


Dr.  Burghiu-dt... 


0-8 

0-15 

0-5 


0'7 

il't 
O'Ol 


Mr.  Carter  Hell. 


Mi.  Carter  Bell .. 

Dr.  Aliens  Smith. 

after  irrigation. 
Hi-.  Wallace 


0'3  0-07 

ii-ll  0M1 

0'2  O'OO 

0T7  0'12 

0-15  011 

0'10  0-12 

0-03  0111" 

0  •  1 1 1 ;  irl.j 

0-111  (i-'Jl 

iril  Ois 

Linn' 
Process. 

0-27 

0-305 

0-GI> 

(C21 

U-l-0-21 
0'33 


Authority. 


Electrical. 


3Ir.  Carter  Bell..  0" 

„  ..  If 

•  •  if 

„  ..  0' 

..  ii 


xhardt. 


iril 
0-17 
ii-l 
0-12 
0"25 
P"!7 
0-27 
11-20  0-31 
iri       (I- 1 

»-.-;      If  1 

0-15     11-17 

Aluiuino- 
ferric. 

II  3  0-3 

...      "10  If32 

„  ...      11-311  0-3 

...      0-4 

Clarin<\ 

J.  Barrow 0'025|  0'02 

„         iro.j     0-02 

O'li'i     "■(':; 

0-15 

l 


Dr.  Burgliardt.. 


=i»JS3*iJ»s«= 


THE    COST    OK    SOME    OF    THE   PROCESSES 
OF  SEWAGE  TREATMENT. 

BY    HARRY    GK1MSIIAW,    I'.C.S. 

The  consideration  of  cost  in  relation  to  sewage  matters  is, 
as  we  tdl  know,  not  only  important  but  absolutely  vittd. 
In  the  case  of  any  process  otherwise  fairly  effective  we 
must  ascertain  what  the  expense  of  working  it  will  be,  for,  of 
course,  the  process  may  be  put  out  of  court  simply  on 
account  of  the  prohibitive  cost  of  working  it.  All  studies 
therefore  of  the  chemical  bearings  of  the  different  methods 
of  dealing  with  sewage  must  of  necessity  iuii  concurrently 
with  the  study  of  the  cost  of  those  processes.  Now,  as 
many  of  you  know,  the  different  materials  which  have  been 
used  for  the  so-called  purification  of  sewage  are  in  number 
legion.  1  will  just  run  through  a  few  of  them  for  the 
amount  of  cbemicul  interest  an  enumeration  of  the  names 
may  contain.  Lime  has  been  used,  chloride  of  lime,  gas-tar, 
chloride  of  magnesia,  sulphate  of  alumina,  otherwise  called 
alumino  ferric,  phosphates  of  lime  and  other  phosphates, 
sulphate  of  iron,  and  black-ash  waste.  Then  we  have  the 
"A,  B,  C  "  process  with  its  alum,  blood,  and  clay  j  but  to 
the  "  A,  11,  G  "  they  did  at  one  time  add  magnesia,  man 
ganate  of  soda  and  potash,  charcoal  (animal  and  vegetable), 
magnesiau  limestone,  carbon  waste  (from  prussiate  works), 
and  coal-dust. 


Coming  down  to  recent  times,  there  is  herring  brine,  an 
extraordinary  compound  to  my  mind,  and  pet-chloride  of 
iron.  Most  of  these  substances  tire  what,  I  venture  to  say, 
most  chemists  would  call  absurdities  with  regard  to  their 
purifying  action  on  sewage.  I  would  only  remark  in  rela- 
tion to  them  that  probably  those  of  them  I  have  named 
which  are  added  in  a  liquid  form  are  rather  better  than 
those  which  are  added  in  a  solid  form,  because  they  do  not 
gratuitously  add  weight  to  the  sludge  which  is  subsequently 
precipitated.  Very  luckily  for  me,  and  for  you  also,  in 
considering  the  question  this  evening,  the  possible  processes 
for  sewage  purification  appear  to  me  to  be  few,  and  I  think 
Barrow  in  the  previous  paper  enumerated  almost  all  of  them. 

These  processes  are  principally,  1  might  say,  precipita- 
tion processes,  or  they  are  processes  of  precipitation 
followed  by  subsequent  filtration.  I  have  thought  it  well 
this  evening  to  leave  the  treatment  of  sewage  by  irrigation 
out  of  consideration  for  the  moment,  because  it  would  have 
caused  my  address  to  assume  an  undue  length  had  I  done 
otherwise  ;  and  another  reason  is  that  we  find  as  a  rule  that 
processes  of  irrigation  are  not  by  any  means  suited  to  towns 
in  crowded  manufacturing  districts,  and  certainly  not  for 
the  district  of  which  Manchester  may  be  said  to  be  the 
centre.  Of  course  that  is  iu  consequence  of  the  very  large 
area  of  land  which  is  apparently  required  for  the  effectual 
treatment  of  sewage  by  irrigation.  Iu  England,  as  far  as  1 
can  judge  from  the  data  furnished  by  experiments  tried  in 
various  parts  of  the  country,  about  200  acres  of  land  are 
required  for  a  million  gallons  of  sewage  per  day,  if  you  arc 
to  be  safe  under  all  contingencies.  It  is  true  that  in  France 
they  appear  to  be  able  to  do  with  less  land.  From  Paris 
it  is  reported  that  they  have  fairly  successfully  treated  one 
million  gallons  of  sewage  per  day  on  90  acres  of  land.  It 
may  be  that  the  climate  of  France  is  more  suitable  for 
irrigation  systems  than  that  of  England,  which,  as  we  all 
know,  is  very  continuously  wet.  For  nearly  half  of  the 
year,  in  consequence  of  the  incessant  rainfall,  we  have  our 
land  in  a  water-clogged  condition,  independent  of  any 
sewage  effluent  we  may  pour  upon  it.  Another  reason  why 
I  have  not  gone  into  the  cost  of  irrigation  is  that  the  sewage 
iu  manufacturing  towns  is  not  at  all  adapted  for  farm  irri- 
gation. I  fancy  a  good  deal  of  it  is  much  better  adapted 
to  kill  grass  and  various  kinds  of  vegetation  than  to  nourish 
it.  Vet  another  reason  is  that  it  is  difficult  to  get  reliable 
data  of  the  cost  of  irrigation.  Premising  the  incidental 
matters  I  have  thus  indicated,  the  real  purpose  of  my  paper- 
is  to  present  in  a  condensed  and  simplified  form  a  com- 
parison of  the  cost  of  some  of  the  chemical  processes  which 
have  been  tried  or  are  likely  to  be  adopted  on  a  large  scale 
for  the  purifying  of  sewage.  The  processes  between  which 
the  comparison  of  cost  are  made  iu  my  paper  are  mainly, 
as  1  said  before,  those  which  formed  the  subject  of  the 
paper  of  Mr.  Barrow  ;  but  they  will  also,  of  course,  contain 
references  to  what  I  might  call  other  than  chemical  pro- 
cessus. The  data  on  which  the  present  study  of  the 
question  of  cost  is  based,  in  so  far  as  I  could  possibly  base 
it,  on  the  results  of  actual  working  or  of  trials  on  a  very 
large  scale,  and  I  will  proceed  to  an  examination  of  the  cost 
of  about  six  processes,  which,  so  far  as  I  can  judge,  are 
the  only  ones  that  appear  likely  to  come  iuto  actual 
practice  on  a  large  scale.  The  six  processes  1  refer  to  are  the 
lime  treatment,  the  ahimino-ferrie  process,  the  Barry  Com- 
pany's process,  the  electrolytic  process,  the  international 
process,  and  the  Clariue  process,  which  hist  is  the  newest  of 
the  series  and  will  shortly,  1  am  informed,  be  put  into 
operation  on  the  whole  of  the  Salford  sewage.  Iu  the"nrst 
place,  I  will  call  your  attention  to  figures  in  connexion 
with — ■ 

Tin;  Lime  Treatment, 

At  this  stage  I  think  I  ought  to  acknowledge  my  very 
great  indebtedness  to  the  report  of  the  Salford  Sewage 
Committee,  which  I  think  I  am  not  far  wrong  in  saying 
forms  by  far  the  largest  and  !nost  significant  attempt  extant 
in  this  country  to  obtain  a  definite  conclusion  in  regard  to 
those  different  processes  of  sewage  treatment,  and  < >f  course 
iu  this  case  the  figures  are  based  on  actual  working  of  the 
process  or  on  very  large  experiments  which  have  been 
carried  on  at  Salford.     I   need  scarcely   say   that    I   have 


THE  JOUHNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30,  LSS2. 


•  arcs  wherever  possible  by  comparison  with 
data  from  other  districts.  I  take  now  the  annual  cost  of 
tliu  lime  treatment  as  at  Salford.  The  actual  amount  of 
sewage  which  I  believe  lias  been  treated  at  Salford  regularly 
is  something  like  8,000,000  gallons  per  day,  and  I  have  been 
able  to  obtain  the  figures  for  the  treatment  of  that  amount 
rage,  so  that  the  figures  I  give  you  first  relate  to  the 
treatment  of  8,000,000  gallons  per  day.  1  have  summarised 
the  figures,  so  that  I  shall  not  detain  you  by  unnecessary 
wandering  in  a  maze  of  detail.  The  cost  of  the  actual  lime 
treatment,  including  the  cost  of  the  lime  and  the  labour  of 
putting  it  in,  is  54/.  10s.  per  week,  which  is  equivalent  to 
2,S54/.  per  annum.  The  pumping  of  the  sewage  costs  about 
36/.  per  week,  which  is  over  1,S00/.  per  annum.  The 
manipulation  of  the  sludge  costs  about  29/.  per  week,  which 
is  a  little  over  1,500/.  per  annum.  Taken  together,  the  sums 
I  have  mentioned  give  a  total  of  6,248/.  per  annum.  Well, 
in  order  to  make  that  figure  complete — of  course  I  hope 
that  my  way  of  getting  at  the  figures  will  be  criticised  as 
freely  as  possible — in  order  to  make  that  estimate  complete, 
I  have  added  to  that  what  appears  to  me  to  be  the  expense 
of  the  sinking  fund  in  connexion  with  the  sewage  accounts, 
and  that  I  have  taken  the  liberty  of  culling  from  a  letter  of 
Mr.  Councillor  Corbett,  in  the  "  Manchester  Guardian," 
where  he  states  that  amount  to  be  3,626/.  The  total, 
therefore,  of  these  items  for  the  lime  treatment  of  8,000,000 
gallons  is  9,847/.:  you  may  say  within  a  shade  of  10,000/. 
Now  on  my  own  account  I  have  added  to  that  the  cost,  as 
ascertained  from  the  Salford  figures,  of  filtering  the  effluent, 
which  would  be  1,0202.  So  that  if  you  filtered  the  lime- 
treated  sewage  you  would  have  a  cost  of  10,894/.  In 
following  these  comparisons  out  I  have  calculated  the  fore- 
going figures,  and  the  figures  for  the  other  processes,  on 
10,000,000  gallons  per  da}-,  and  increasing  the  cost  at 
Salford  to  10,000,000  gallons  per  clay,  I  get  for  the  lime 
treatment  at  the  above  rate — materials  and  labour  and 
incidental  cost  of  operations  —  3,567/.,  and  for  filtration 
through  sand  filters,  six  acres  and  works  thereto,  taken  on 
the  authority  of  the  Salford  engineer,  25,500/,  at  5  per  cent. 
per  annum,  1,275/.,  or  a  total  of  4,S42/.  In  order  to  make 
sure  that  I  was  not  deceiving  myself,  and  to  make  sure  that 
the  Salford  figures  were  not  deceiving  me  iu  any  way,  I  have 
looked  up  the  report  of  the  Bradford  sewage  works,  where 
they  also  use  the  lime  process,  and  I  have  obtained  very 
exhaustive  figures  indeed  from  this  report.  1  have  obtained 
separately  the  cost  of  management,  labour,  rates,  lime,  coal, 
coke  breeze  and  coke,  oil,  grease,  and  tallow,  gas  water, 
cotton  waste,  repairs  to  boilers  and  machinery,  repairs  to 
tools  and  implements,  blacksmith  and  ironmonger,  charge 
for  railway  siding,  and  miscellaneous  expenses  (See 
Table  Xo.  2.)  This  appears  to  me  to  be  a  very  exhaustive 
summary,  and  the  figures  given  for  the  quantity  which  is 
purified  at  Bradford  agree  very  fairly  well  with  the  Salford 
figures,  that  is,  of  course,  without  taking  into  consideration 
any  question  of  sinking  fund,  because  that  is  a  matter  of 
local  arrangement,  and  would  vary  very  much.  Allowing 
for  the  fact  that  the  lime  i-  a  little  cheaper  at  Bradford,  the 
figures  given  in  the  Bradford  report  agree  well  with  those  in 
the  Salford  report. 

The  cost  of  the  lime  and  the  cost  of  putting  it  in,  ami 
the  cost  of  the  filter  at  Salford  come  to  4,84'.'/.  for 
10,000,000  gallons,  and  this  agrees  well  with  the  figures 
for  the  Bradford  lime  process  in  1 S7S,  viz.,  4.670/.  We 
next  have  the  cost  of  manipulating  the  sludge  — 1  have 
a  table  with  regard  to  this  which  1  will  quote  later  on 
—at  Salford  from  10,000,000  gallons  and  taking  their 
own  8,000,000  gallons  as  the  basis  of  the  calculation  of 
the  cost  of  manipulating  the  sludge  it  is  1,902/.  Now  in 
order  that  I  may  convey  the  figures  to  you  more  precisely, 
and  in  order  that  you  may  be  able  to  follow  me  iu  these 
comparisons,  I  have  calculated  the  cost  per  annum  down 
into  cost  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for  precipitation, 
for  filtration  and  manipulation  of  sludge,  and  then  I  have 
calculated  the  actual  cost  for  one  million  gallons  only.  The 
cost  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for  precipitation  in 
Salford  is  217/.,  the  cost  of  filtration  2702.,  and  the  cost  of 
manipulating  the  sludge  190/.,  making  a  total  of  1,77/.  per 
million  gallons  per  annum.  That  gives  us  an  actual  cost 
per  million  gallons  of  37s.  1</.  Now  then  we  will  take  the 
so-called  — 


An  mi.vo-fkiuuc  Process. 

It  is  really  the  sulphate  of  alumina  process,  because  the 
only  thing  which  can  dignify  it  as  "ferric"  at  all  is  the 
presence  in  it  of  a  trace  of  sulphate  of  iron.  It  is  really 
sulphate  of  alumina.  Here  again  1  am  basing  my  figures 
on  actual  experiments  carried  on  at  Salford.  I  find  that 
alumino-ferric  eake,  4,500  tons  at  21.,  costs  9,000/.  Then 
you  add  to  that  1,600  tons  of  lime  at  10s.  a  ton,  800/. 
Labour  is  put  down  at  1,700/.,  depreciation  and  repairs  l.'n/., 
and  sand  filters,  six  acres  and  works — the  same  ground  as 
before— 25,500/.  at  5  per  cent.,  1,275/. ;  total  12, '.125/.  That 
gives  us  a  cost  permillion  gallons  per  annum  for  precipitation 
1,022/.,  filtration  270/.  as  before,  manipulation  of  sludge 
almost  the  same  as  for  the  lime  process,  201'/.  instead  of 
190/.  If  we  refine  this  down  to  the  cost  per  million 
gallons  we  get  a  cost  of  81s.  9c7.  if  the  sewage  is  filtered.  If 
it  is  not  filtered,  and  they  do  not  at  Salford,  the  cost  becomes 
07s.  per  million  gallons.     Then  I  come  to  the  so-called-  - 

Barrv   PrOi  i  S8 

though  it  is  really  rather  a  work  of  supererogation  to 
discuss  this  process,  because  according  to  a  repent  I  saw  in 
the  newspapers  the  company  was  liquidated  a  week  ago. 
Nevertheless,  I  will  make  the  comparison.  The  Barry 
Company  as  it  appears  to  me,  has  made  a  very  bad  attempt 
at  establishing  what  in  my  opinion  might  have  been  a  fairly 
good  process.  The  figures  are  these  : — Ferric  liquor, 
7,150  tons  at  1/.  15s.,  12,510/.:  spent  lime,  which  I  under- 
stand is  spent  lime  from  the  gas  works  or  similar  material 
(whether  they  sometimes  use  the  waste  from  the  alkali 
works  I  do  not  know),  of  that  there  is  7,700  tons  at  3s.  per 
ton,  1,185/.  Labour  I  have  taken  from  the  Salford  figures 
the  same  as  before,  1,700/.;  depreciation  and  repairs  150/., 
the  same  as  before  ;  and|sand  filters  the  same  as  before,  also 
1,275/.  Then  there  is  a  figure  added  here  for  royalty  and 
in  cessary  building  50,0002.  at  5  per  cent.,  25,000/.,  making 
the  total  cost  for  this  process  19,3202.  Without  running 
through  the  other  figures  the  above  amount  for  10,000,000 
gallons  per  annum  brings  this  rather  inferior  process  up  to 
a  charge  of  116s.  10rf.  per  million  gallons.  The  next 
system  that  I  have  the  figures  for  is  — 

The  Electrolytic  System. 

And  here  again  we  have  very  good  figures  supplied  from 
the  Salford  experiments.     The  figures  are  these  :  — 

Iron  electrodes,  5,400  tons,  renewed  every  five  years, 
4,500/. ;  labour,  1,800/. — this,  you  will  notice,  is  100/.  more 
than  the  other,  and  I  should  think  it  is  somewhat  under- 
stated even  then.  For  depreciation  and  repairs  we  must 
add  considerably  more  for  this  process  as  the  machinery 
necessary  to  produce  the  chemical  effect  desired  in  working 
the  process  is  very  costly,  making  a  sum  of  1,250/.  ;  coal 
for  working  engines,  1,900/.;  sand-filters  as  before,  1.275/. 
Without  paying  any  royalty  (what  the  royalty  is  I  do  not 
know,  or  whether  there  is  any  royalty)  the  total  cost  per 
annum  for  dealing  with  10,000,000  gallons  of  sewage  is 
11.725/.  The  cost  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for 
precipitation  is  902/. ;  for  filtration,  27o/. ;  and  for  manipu- 
lation of  sludge,  which,  of  course,  varies  according  to  the 
quantity  of  sludge  the  process  produces,  115/.  Total,  1,2S7/. 
This  works  out  to  a  cost  per  million  gallons  of  70s.  6d. 
The  next  process  I  come  to  is  — 

The  International  Process, 

In  this  case  we  have  to  begin  with  seven  grains  per 
gallon  of  ferrozone,  which  amounts  to  1,630  tons  at  50s., 
4,075/. :  labour  the  same  as  in  the  electrolytic  process, 
1,8002.  '1'lie  filters  are  different,  they  are  the  so-called 
polaritc  filters,  six  acres,  and  other  works,  which  are  put 
down  to  cost  52,0002,  at  5  per  cent.,  2,600/.,  which  makes 
a  total  for  the  three  items  of  8,625/.  In  all  the  other 
processes  the  amount  of  precipitant  which  is  added  I  have 
calculated  into  chemical  equivalents,  that  is  to  say,  I  find, 
for  instance,  that  in  the  "  (.Marine  "  process,  to  which  1  shall 
allude  later,  the  amount  of  iron  used,  15  grains  per  gallon 
of  sewage,  is  chemically  almost  equivalent  to  the  amount  of 


i         .is.'i         THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


alumina  in  the  alum  cake  used  in  the  alumino-ferric  process, 
ami,  curiously  enough,  so  is  the  iron  which  is  dissolved  in 
the  "  electroh  tic  "  process.  They  are  in  that  respect  on  all 
fours — they  all  add  chemicals  equal  to  this  15  grains 
solution  of  iron  per  million  gallons.  Of  the  ferrozone 
seven  grains  is  used  per  gallon.  If  you  added  11  grains  to 
make  it  L 8,  that  would  make  the  actual  amounts  of  iron 
equivalent  in  all  eases.  Von  would  have  to  add  one  and  a 
half  times  uioie  of  this  ferrozone  to  produce  the  same  result, 
so  that  you  sec  il  is  an  absolutely  vital  question  how  much 
of  this  precipitant  you  are  going  to  use,  because  if  you  use 
seven  grains  youget  a  cost  of  8,6252.,  hut  if  you  add  an 
amount  equivalent  to  what  is  used  in  the  other  processes 
you  get  an  additional  6,403/.,  or  a  total  of  15,0282.  There- 
fore with  regard  to  this  process  I  have  taken  out  the  cost 
p<  r  million  gallons  as  before,  and  I  arrive  at  the  figure  of 
i  is.  1'/.,  but  if  I  add  a  larger  quantity  of  ferrozone  the  cost 
would  be  90s.  per  million  gallons.  This  includes  the  cost  of 
the  filter.  If  you  added  that  amount  of  ferrozone  there  would 
be  rather  more  sludge.  1  am  quite  sure  that  if  you  use 
only  seven  grains  you  will  get  a  very  imperfect  precipitation, 
and  \ou  aie  relying  almost  entirely  on  your  filter  for  tile 
purification  of  your  sewage.  The  last  of  (lie  figures  1  have 
taken  out  relate  to — 

The  "Clarine"   Process. 

I  it  course  the  figures  I  shall  give  here  are,  i  believe, 
quite  reliable.  They  have  been  arrived  at  after  the  same 
fashion  as  the  others,  and  the  price  1  have  taken  is  the  price 
per  ton  at  which  1  am  informed  the  makers  are  prepared  to 
supply  the  iron  solution.  Of  this  so-called  Clarine  15 
grains  are  used  per  gallon  of  sewage,  or  one  ton  per  million 
gallons,  which  gives  3,G50  tous  at  30s.,  5,475/.  The  labour 
I  have  taken  at  200Z.  per  annum  less  than  the  aluminc- 
ferric  and  the  lime,  because  this  substance  is  a  liquid  and 
simply  requires  running  into  the  sewage.  It  does  not 
require  any  mechanical  mixing.  Depreciation  and  repairs 
1  have  set  down  at  150Z-,  as  before.  The  cost  of  filters  is 
the  same,  1,275/.  To  this  I  have  added  3G5  tons  of  lime  at 
lo.i.,  because  in  some  of  my  experiments  I  found  I  had 
to  add  lime  for  neutralising.  Therefore  I  have  added  IS:;/. 
I'or  lime.  Dividing  the  total  out  in  the  same  way,  without 
going  into  details,  the  cost  per  million  gallons  by  this 
process,  if  filtered  by  the  same  filters  as  before,  is  54s.  2d  , 
but  if  filtration  is  not  employed,  which  I  am  informed  is 
not  considered  in  most  cases  to  be  necessary,  the  cost  will 
be  40.s.  There  is  a  certain  area  of  sand  filters,  such  as  arc 
commonly  used  by  sewage  engineers. 

A  summary  of  the  method  by  which  these  figures  arc 
arrived  tit  will  be  found  in  the  tables  appended  : — 

i;..i  ry  Company  (no  filtration) Hi: 

International     with     the    equivalent 

amount  of  ferozonc  (filtration) 90 

Alumino-ferric  (filtration) si 

Alumino-ferric  (no  filtration) 75 

Electric  (filtration) 7u 

International  (filtration) 54 

Clarine  (filtration ) 

Clarine  (no  filtration) 1" 

Lime  ( nitration)  

All  except  the  first  and  last  processes  propose  to  filter. 
The  only  figures  I  shall  trouble  you  with  now  are  some 
relating  to  the  cost  of  disposing  of  the.  sludge,  which  is  a  very 
important  matter,  as  we  all  know.  Taking  again  the  figures 
given  by  Mr.  Newton  in  the  Salford  report  we  have  these 
data.  Raw  or  crude  sewage  contains  matter  in  suspension 
amounting  to  probably  25  grains  per  gallon,  which  in 
10,000,000  gallons  per  day  equals  : — in  dry  state,  16  tons  ; 
in  pressed  cake,  32  tons;  as  wet  sludge,  160  tous.  The 
following  is  an  estimate  of  the  weights  per  annum  which  is, 
I  think-  fairly  accurate,  that  is  on  10,000,000  per  day  of 
Salford  sewage.  I  will  only  cite  the  dry  weights  (the 
others  are  given  in  the  table  appended):  Raw  sewage 
gives  5, Slu  tons;  the  International  process," 7,500  tons; 
the  Electric,  6,900  tons;  the  Harry  Company's  process, 
12,000  tons;  the  Alumino-ferric  process,  12,000  tons;  the 
lime   treatment,   11,420  tons;  and   the   Clarine,  6,754  tens. 


These  are  my  own  figures  from  the  data  given  in  the  Salford 
report,  and  1  have  arrived  at  them  after  taking  the  amount 
of  sludge  from  the  raw  sewage  and  adding  the  amount  of 
let  tie  hydrate,  alumina,  or  lime  salts  formed  by  the  quantity 
of  precipitant  added.  In  the  ease  of  lime  I  have  assumed 
that  it  would  mostly  be  converted  into  carbonate  of  lime. 
Some  of  it  may  be  converted  into  sulphate,  which  of  course 
would  increase  the  weight,  but  a  little  of  it  would  dis- 
solve. So  that  if  I  take  the  lime  as  entirely  converted  into 
carbonate  I  think  I  get  a  fair  estimate  of  the  quantities 
of  sludge  from  the  lime  process.  The  cost  of  manipulating 
the  sludge  is  for  treating  it  as  is  done  at  Salford,  namely, 
running  it  on  to  draining  beds  and  afterwards  removing  it, 
simply  allowing  it  to  accumulate.  If  it  were  collected  and 
pressed  the  cost  would  be  very  considerably  more,  pro- 
bably double,  and  this  would  naturally  tell  in  favour  of 
(hose  processes  which  produce  the  least  sludge. 

Sludge  Produced  by  Various  Processes. 


Pressed 

Cake. 


Wcl 

Sludge, 


Tdiis.  Tons.  Tons. 

Rawscwage i.stll  11,080  5S,M>0 

International 7,500  16,000  75,000 

Electrical 0,900  13,800  09,01.0 

BarryOo 12,000  'Jl.inu  120,000 

Alumiuo-ferric 12,000  24.000  120,0,0 

Lime 11,420  22.S40  114,200 

Clarine 0,731  18,508  t7-".t" 

1  am  sorry  to  have  had  to  give  so  many  figures,  hut  my 
apology  is  the  very  obvious  one  that  you  cannot  possibly 
treat  questions  of  cost  without  so  doing. 

Table  1. 

Annual  Cost   vi   Salpobjdi     (Report,  January  1891), 

and  utiiei;   At  riiiiiti  i .  i.-. 

Lime  Tki. vtmk.m  (aboi  i  8,000,000  Gallons). 


£     .1.  d. 

Lime  treatment 31  ID  0  per  week 

l'mnping  s&wnge  3t;    0  0       „ 

Manipulation  of  sludge  . .    2'.'    o  u       ,, 


Sinking  fund  (Councillor  Curbed,  Xov.  21st, 
1S91— letter  to  *'  Manchester  Guardian  "  . . . . 


t  .'.  d. 

2j854  0  0 

1,872  0  0 

1,522  0  0 

0,248  0  0 

3,026  0  0 


9.S74    0    0 
Filters  for  8,000,000  gallons  of  effluent 1,020    0    " 


Lime  Treatment  foe   10,000,000  Gallons  per  Dat. 

£  s.  d. 
Lime  treatment  at  above  rale  (material  and 

labour V)  3,507    0    0 

Sand  filters,  six  acres  and  works— 25,500?.  at 

5  per  cent 1,275    0    0 

4,812    II    (I 

The  .ibive  cost  agrees  well   with  the  figures        £     s.    d. 
fcr  the  Bradford  lime  process  in  ls;s  (.,.r 
note*), viz 4,(170    0    0 


*  Cost  of  lime  treatment  at  Bradford,  Yorkshire,  calculated  on 
10,000.000  gallons,  in  the  year  ls7s : 

C     s.  d. 

Lime,  1\  tons  per  day  (2,740  tons  at  10s.) 1,370    0  o 

Salaries  and  wages *?,1!'S    (I  0 

Repairs 203    0  u 

Miscellaneous  expenses '<w    u  o 

4,070     II  0 


THE  JOUENAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Jan.so.issa. 


manipulation  of  sludge  produced  from       £     s.  d. 
10,000,000  gallons,  equal  to  11,430  tons,  dry, 
see  Table  9,  sludge  from  various  processes —     1.902    0    0 

Cos!  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for 
precipitation 21*    u    u 

i  osl  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for 
filtration -<°    °    ° 

Cost  per  million  irallons  per  annum  for 
manipulation  of  sludge 


190    n    ii 


G77    0    0 

Cost  per  million  gallons  37s.  Id. 

In  Table  II.  will  lie  found  a  full  statement  of  the 
expenses  at  Bradford  in  the  year  1883  on  8,450,000  gallons 
of  sewage,  which,  on  allowing  for  slightly  less  cost  of 
materials,  also  agrees  fairly  well  with  the  Salford  estimate 
(1891  Report),  the  comparison  being  perhaps  a  little  in 
favour  of  Bradford. 

Table  II. 

Annul  Cost  of  Working  the   Lime  Process  at 

Bradford  in  the  Year   1883. 

C     s.   d. 

Management 3"8  l7    ° 

Labour  1,454  18  10 

Rates 37    -'    "- 

Lime »93    "0 

Coal  '«'    I 

( Ii  ike-breeze  and  coke  56  16    9 

Oil,  grease,  and  tallow 50    s    " 

Gas :»    5    ' 

Water   60"    ° 

Cotton  waste    e  12  10 

Repairs  to  boilers  and  machinery 09  12  10 

Repairs  to  tools  and  implements  48  19    2 

Blacksmith  and  ironmonger   '-5    0    6 

Charge  for  railway  siding  11    5    7 

Miscellaneous 31  19    1 

8,302    2    4 

II  the  daily  How  be  taken  at  8,450,000  gallons,  the  cost  of 
treatment  would  be  2s.  2d.  per  100,000  gallons. 

The  eost  of  the  principal  materials  used  are  as  follows  : — 

Lime Uio'portou 

e-brceze °  u 

Cod u    1       " 

The  reduced  eost  of  working  in  comparison  to  that  of 
Leeds  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  sewage  flows  to  the  works 
by  gravitation,  whereas  at  Leeds  pumping  machinery  is 
required.  Coal  and  lime  are  also  cheaper  than  at  Leeds. 
The  materials  are  conveyed  to  the  works  by  the  railway, 
with  which  they  are  in  communication  by  means  of  a  siding. 
Some  of  the  above  advantages  are  also  in  favour  of 
Bradford  as  compared  with  Salford. 

Table  III. 

Annual  Cost  at  Salford  (Newton's   Report,  &i   ). 

\iimino-1-- errii   Pro<  ess  (10,000,000  Galls,  per  Day). 

6     s.  d. 

Alumino-ferrie  cake  (4,500  tons  at  21) 9,000    0    0 

Lime  (1,000  tons  at  10s.)  800    o    0 

Labour  '■7'.10    "    " 

Depreciation  and  repairs 

Sand  filter.",  six  acres  and  works  (2o,OOoZ.  at 

5  per  cent.) 

Manipulation  of  sludge 

1,4925    0    0 


Table  IV. 
Anni  ll  Com  at  Salford  (Newton's  Report,  &c). 

Barry  Company's  Process  (10,000,000  Gall-,  per  Day) 

£  s.   d. 

Ferric  liquor  (7,150  tons  at  11. 15s.) 12,510  0    0 

Spent  lime  (7,700  tons  at  3s.)  1.185  0    0 

Labour  L700  0    0 

Depreciation  anil  repairs 150  0    0 

Sana  lilters.  six  acres  and  works   (23,000*.  at 

Spercont.)   1.275  0    0 

Royalty  and  necessary  buildings  (50,( I.  at 

5percent.)  2,500  0    0 

Manipulation  of  sludge 2,000  0    0 


1,275    0    o 

■join    0    ll 


Total 


£ 


d. 


1,1122     0     II 


i  .,  I  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for  pre- 
cipitation   

i  osl  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for  nitra- 
tion         -•"    "    ° 

Cost  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for  mani- 
pulation of  sludge  200    0    0 


Cost  per  million  gallons  81s.  07. 

ii  1 1  til  i  >  i .  I   TV 


Total . . 


21,320    0    0 


Cost   per  million  gallons  per  annum  for  pic- 
eip'tatiou. 


£  s.  d. 

1,002  0  0 
Cost  per  iniUion'gallons  per  annum  for  filtra- 
tion         2W  °  0 

Cost  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for  mani- 
pulation of  sludge 200  (I  0 

2,132  0  0 


i  lost  per  million  gallons,  110s.  10/. 

Table  V. 
Annual  Cost   \t  Salford  (Newton's  Report,  &c.). 

Electrolytic  Process  (10,000,000  Galls,  per  Day). 

£  s.    d. 
Iron  electrodes,  5,400  tons,  renewed  every  five 

years.. 4,500  0    (I 

Labour'.'.'.'. 1.800  0    0 

Depreciation  and  repairs 1.250  0    o 

Coal  for  working  engines 1,900  0    0 

Steam  engines,  di  names  and  works  (20,0003  at 

5  per  cent,)   WW  0    o 

Sand  filters,  six  acres  and  works  (25,500?.  at 

5percent.)   '.275  0    0 

Manipulation  of  sludge   hi 50  0    0 

Total  u.r  royally) 12,875  0     0 


£     s.    d. 

Cost  per  million  ga'lons  per  annum  for  pre- 
cipitation          0112     II     ll 

Cost  per  million  nations  per  annum  for  filtra- 
tion         270    u    0 

Cost  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for  mani- 
pulation of  sludge H5    "    I) 

1,287    o    o 


Cost  per  million  gallons,  70s.  Gd. 

Table  VI. 
Annual  Cost   \t  Salford  (Newton's  Report,  &c). 

International  Process  (10,000,000  Galls,  per  Day). 

£  s.  d. 
Ferrozone,  seven  grains  per  gallou  (1,030  tons 

:«l  SOS.) W>?5  "    0 

Labour  WOO  0    0 

Polarite    filters,  siv    acres        d   other  works 

(52, 1.  at  5  per  cent.) 2,600  0    0 

Manipulation  of  sludge    1,250  »    II 

H.723  II     0 
•Addllgrains  ferrozone  per  gallon  to  make 

18  grains  per  gallon   6,408  0    0 

16,128  0    0 


Jan.au.isoi]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


£    a.  d. 

Cust  per  million  gallons  per  annum  fin-  pre- 
eipitatiou  1112    n    ii 

insi  por  million  gallons  per  annum  for  filtra- 
tion         WO    ii    u 

Cosl  per  million  gallons  per  annum  fur  mani- 
pulation of  sludge 125    ii    'I 

887  ii  n 

Cost  of  additional  ferrozonc  cm  o  u 

,.  manipulation   of 

sludge  therefrom,  1,500  tons 25  0  0 

1.C52    i»    ii 

Cost  por  million  gallons,  54s.  Id. 

,.  „  with  added  ferrozone,  80s. 

Table  VII. 

Annual  Cost  in   Working  "Clarine"  Process 

(10,000,000  Gallons  pes   Day). 

C     s.  il. 
Clarine.  15  grains  per  gallon  of  sewage,  or  one 

ton  per  million  gallons  (3,650  tons  at  80s.)   ..     o,  t-7 5    u    u 
Labour  iless  on  account  of  precipitant  being 

aliquid) 1,50 1 

Depreciation  and  repairs 150    o    u 

Sand  filters,  six  acres  and  works  [25,500f.  at 
5  percent,;  1,275    0    t) 

8,390  0  0 
Lime  (possibly  required  fur  neutralising),  303 

tons  at  10s ls:S  0  0 

Manipulation  of  sludge 1,120  0  0 

9,693    0    ii 


JE    s.    d. 

Cost  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for  pre- 
cipitation   CU7    ii    n 

Cost  per  million  gallons  pcrannum  for  Ultra 
Hon 27 

Cost  per  million  gallons  per  annum  for  mani- 
pulation of  sludge ft'-'    'i    n 

089    0    U 

Cost  per  million  gallons,  54s.  2d. 

„  „  unaltered,  iOs. 


Discussion. 

.Mr.  James  Richards  gave  the  results  of  some  experi- 
ments lie  had  recently  made.  lie  stated  that  he  bad 
experimented  with  the  salts  of  many  metallic  oxides, 
including  ferrous  and  ferric  oxides,  and  lie  had  obtained 
about  80  per  cent,  of  purification  from  albuminoid  ammonia 
in  all  eases  where  the  sulphates  were  used.  The  bi- 
chloride of  mercury  removed  a  large  quantity  of  free 
ammonia  as  well. 

Dr.  Caul  Otto  Webek  said  that  as  to  the  '•  Interna- 
tional" process  lie  could  not  quite  agree  with  Mr.  Grim- 
shaw's  calculation  of  cost.  He  gave  it  at  90s.  as  compared 
with  54s.  for  the  Clarine,  assuming  the  same  quantity  to 
be  used  for  each,  but  the  International  process  employed 
the  polarite  filter,  which  to  a  certain  extent  assisted  the 
action  of  the  precipitant.  A  groat  deal  of  the  albuminoid 
matter  was  actually  removed,  not  by  the  precipitant  in 
the  International  process,  but  by  the  polarite  filter.  He 
could  not  in  any  way  bear  out  the  remarks  of  Mr.  Richards 
with  regard  to  ferrous  and  ferric  salts  respectively,  as  he 
found  that  ferric  salts  were  in  every  respect  superior.  This 
was  shown  in  Mr.  Richards'  own  admission  that  the  oxygen 
absorbed  was  greater  in  the  effluents  from  the  treatment  by 
ferrous  stilts.  Other  metallic  oxides  besides  oxide  of 
mercury  absorbed  free  ammonia.  This  was  notably  the 
ease  with  ferric  hydrate. 

Councillor  Corbett  (Salford)  :  I  will  only  give  you 
a  few  facts  in  relation  to  Salford  such  as  I  think  may  be 
of  use.  Mr.  Grimshaw  has  quoted  figures  to  show  that  the 
cost  of  the  lime  process  is  37s.  per  million  gallons,  hut  that 
is  burdening  the  process  with  filtration.  Taking  the  lime 
process  as  carried  on  now  at  the  Salford  sewage  works,  and 


allowing  for  the  night  and  day  treatment,  the  cost,  as  near 
as  I  can  make  out,  is  25s.  per  million  gallons.  Last  summer 
we  had  been  carrying  on  the  lime  process  in  a  rough  and 
ready  way,  not  trying  to  perfect  the  apparatus  until  we 
decided  on  our  future  course.  In  very  hot  weather  our 
pumping  engine  broke  down  and  at  this  time  our  other 
engine  was  being  altered.  The  works  were  stopped,  and 
we  left  the  sewage  in  the  tanks,  on  the  top  of  the  mud, 
which  had  not  been  cleared  out  for  a  number  of  weeks, 
and,  according  to  all  precedent,  the  mixture  should  have 
fermented,  and  given  off  offensive  gases.  But  it  did 
nothing  of  the  kind.  It  lay  for  weeks  in  our  tanks  and  we 
have  the  clearest  evidence  that  at  no  time  was  there  any 
perceptible  nuisance.  Samples  of  the  effluent  sent  to  several 
chemists  without  telling  them  what  it  was,  showed  on  analysis 
that  the  effluent  was  an  excellent  one.  That  being  so,  what 
is  a  committee  to  do  ?  Again,  in  the  last  few  months  we 
wire  working  with  the  lime  process.  We  got  a  request  from 
the  Ship  Canal  Company  to  cease  operations  for  a  time. 
We  did  so,  and  again  under  the  same  circumstances,  except 
that  it  was  a  cold  instead  of  a  hot  summer.  Again  there 
was  no  nuisance.  The  effluent,  though  at  first  it  was  alkaline, 
very  soon  became  neutral  so  far  as  our  rough  tests  would 
tell.  Possibly  the  manufactures  that  are  being  carried  on  in 
Salford  may  be  discharging  iron,  or  some  other  chemical  that 
is  required  to  complete  the  lime  process.  Well,  if  the 
manufactures  of  the  borough  are  providing  for  us  what  is 
sufficient  to  purify  our  sewage  we  shall  he  well  content.  I 
take  a  special  interest  in  what  Mr.  Grimshaw  has  said 
because  I  first  proposed  these  experiments.  Large  experi- 
ments are  now  again  being  tried.  We  are  going  to  try 
oxidising  the  lime  effluent,  but,  beyond  that,  it  has  occurred 
to  us  that  the  sulphurous  compounds,  the  chemicals  in 
smoke,  are  possibly  the  very  things  wanted  to  neutralise 
the  lime  effluent,  and  we  are  going  to  try  the  comparative 
effects  of  aerating  the  effluent  with  the  smoke  of  our  boiler 
chimneys,  and  aerating  with  pure  air. 

The  Chairman:  If  lime  alone  will  purify  the  sewage,  I 
do  not  see  what  need  there  is  for  further  experiments, 
because,  according  to  Mr.  Corhett's  statement,  the  lime 
process  costs  only  2.3s.,  and  the  "  Clarine  "  process  cannot 
beat  that  figure. 

Mr.  Arthur  Bowes,  A.M.I.C.E. :  It  appears  to  me  that 
the  comparison  of  various  systems  cannot  lie  made  in  such 
an  off-hand  fashion  as  Mr.  Grimshaw  has  attempted.  Of 
course,  he  explains  that  he  has  had  to  make  various 
hypotheses.  He  has  put  on  costs  for  manipulation  of 
sludge  and  other  matters,  but  it  must  be  remembered  that 
there  are  various  points  which  have  never  yet  been  ascer- 
tained. For  instance',  who  can  tell  you  what  the  "  Electrical " 
system  has  cost  ?  The  amount  of  coal  used  for  the  boilers  to 
drive  the  dynamos  has  never  yet  been  measured  or  weighed. 
The  electricity  has  been  measured,  as  it  was  at  Salford,  and 
their  engineers  would  tell  3011,  I  have  no  doubt,  that  you 
can  convert  electricity  into  its  horse-power  equivalent  by 
some  calculation,  and  that  you  cau  get  so  many  horse-power 
for  so  much  coal.  So  yen  do  with  a  certain  efficiency  of 
boiler,  but  then  what  kind  of  boilers  have  we  ?  The  only 
actual  way  of  arriving  at  the  actual  cost  is  to  weigh  the 
coal  in.  That  is  a  considerable  item  to  be  considered  in 
arriving  at  correct  figures  on  this  question.  I  weighed 
every  iron  plate  in  the  first  experiment  myself.  We  got  at 
the  amount  of  iron  to  a  few  grains,  but  the  coal  was  not 
arrived  at.  1  give  that  just  as  a  sample  of  the  points 
which  have  not  been  accurately  determined,  and  not  in 
disparagement  of  the  "  Electrical "  system.  Then  there  are 
much  bigger  assumptions  Mr.  Grimshaw  had  to  make  to 
bring  the  different  processes  to  the  same  basis.  By  one 
method  he  makes  out  that  the  International  system  costs 
54s.  per  gallon,  but  lie  says  that,  if  you  put  the  same 
amount  of  iron  in  as  is  used  in  other  systems  it  will  cost  90s. 
per  gallon.  But  why  should  you  put  more  iron  in  if  it  already 
gives  a  better  effluent  than  most  of  the  other  systems  on  the 
hoard.  That  brings  us  to  the  vital  question,  have  the 
systems  been  compared  for  efficiency  ''.  If  the  figures  of 
Mr.  Grirnshaw  are  to  be  regarded  as  reliable,  there  ought  to 
be  the  same  purity  of  effluent  from  each.  The  Barry 
Company  is  put  at  the  top  as  costing   116s.  per  gallon,  but 


1" 


T1IE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


i.i   gel  efficiency  you  might  have  to  spend  i  gallon. 

As  a  matter  of  fact  I  do  not  think  that  with  that  process 
you  could  get  efficiency  :it  any  price.  So  far  as  possible, 
the  conditions  ought  to  be  the  same  throughout,  as  to 
manipulation  of  sludge,  filters,  and  other  matters.  Filtration 
was  used  iii  providing  effluents  from  the  International  proci  ss, 
for  instance,  and  also  from  the  Electrical  <  Jompany's  process 
— that  is  to  say,  the  results  that  wire  described  in  the 
Salford  report  wire  obtained,  in  some  '-uses,  after  filtration. 
.Mr.  Harrow  gave  us  the  figures,  ami  he  also  said  that  the 
effluents  from  this  "Clarine"  process  had  been  filtered,  hut 
were  tillered  through  filter-paper.  It  is  hardly  fair  to 
compare  filtration  through  filter-paper  with  filtration  through 
sand  or  polarite.  I  would  like  to  know  whether  the  Clarine 
system  has  been  patented,  and  whether  there  is  anything  to 
previ  iit  a  corporation  or  local  hoard  from  using  it.  Is  there 
any  royalty  to  pay  ? 

Mr.  Barrow,  in  reply,  said  the  result  of  his  experiments 
conflicted  with  the  opinion  of  Mr.  Richards  and 
with  that  of  Dr.  Weber.  The  purification  effected  by  tie 
particular  iron  salt  which  was  the  main  subject  of  his 
paper,  had  been  invariably  greater  than  the  80  per  cent. 
obtained  by  Mr.  Richards.  It  seemed  to  him  altogether 
wrong  to  add  a  reducing  agent  like  a  ferrous  salt  to  • 
when  oxidation  was  the  object  aimed  at. 

Mr.  Grimshaw,  in  his  reply,  said  he  wished  to  say  just 
one  word  with  regard  to  the  polarite  filters  and  the  ferro- 
zone. He  would  like  to  be  as  fair  as  he  could  to  all  the 
processes,  and  he  would  say  that  if  they  used  the  smallest 
quantity  of  the  precipitate  they  must  use  a  very  efficient 
filter,  which  they  must  rely  on  to  do  the  work,  because 
seven  grains  of  ferrozone  would  not  do  much  to  clarify  the 
sewage.  He  would  say  that  the  "International"  working 
with  an  equivalent  quantity  of  precipitant  to  the  other 
processes,  and  using  an  ordinary  sand-filter  instead  of  the 
polarite,  would  probably  give  as  good  results  as  with  the 
present  way  of  working.  There  was  no  doubt  the  "  Inter- 
national" filter  was  a  good  one,  and  there  was  no  doubt 
that  so  far  as  results  went  their  precipitant  was  a  had 
one.  Mr.  Corbett  should  not  lay  too  much  stress  on  an 
isolated  lime  effluent.  Untreated  sewage,  if  allowed  to 
stand  some  months,  would  purify  itself  very  considerably, 
hut  of  course  in  practice  this  could  never  he  the  case.  In 
most  cases  lime  alone  did  not  give  an  effluent  tit  to  be 
run  away  without  filtering.  In  relation  to  the  interesting 
remarks  by  Mr.  Arthur  Bowes,  none  of  the  figures  were 
assumptions  of  his  (Mr.  Grimshaw's)  own,  hut  were  in 
most  cases  estimates  formed  by  the  engineer  on  whom 
the  Salford  Corporation  relied  in  their  sewage  repent,  and 
really  those  items  of  cost  which  were  at  all  open  to  he 
called  [assumptions  (i.e.,  estimates),  were  common  to  the 
whole 'of  the  systems  of  sewage  treatment  alluded  in. 
With  regard  to  efficiency,  lie  said  it  appeared  that  the 
systems  which  cost  the  '.east  gave  the  best  result,  with 
tiie  exception  of  the  lime  process,  which,  whilst  it  was 
cheapest,  gave  about  the  worst  result  as  to  quantity  of 
sludge  and  quality  of  effluent.  Of  the  processes  he  had 
dealt  with,  he  put  the  "Clarine"  first  for  efficiency,  the 
"International"  second  and  the  " Electrolytic "  third. 
The  remaining  processes  might  he  grouped  together. 
The  discussion  was  then  adjourned. 


Adjouesed   DlS<  USSIOW. 

The  Chairman  reminded  the  meeting  that  the  treatment 
of  sewage  had  formed  the  subject  of  several  papers  which 
had  hiin  brought  before  the  Section  during  the  past  twelve- 
months, and,  with  the  exception  of  the  lime  process,  iron 
was  used  in  some  form  in  all  the  systems  referred  I 
in  the  electrical  process,  and  the  question  was  : — What  salts 
of  iron  would  he  l  In  best,  and  at  the  same  time  the  most 
economical  ? 

Dr.  l)i;i 'vi a  -  thought  that  in  any  process  for  the  puri- 
fication of  sewage  the  two  main  points  to  be  considered 
were:  first,  the  cost,  and  secondly,  efficiency.  According 
to  Mr.  Grimshaw's  figures  Barrow's  process  was  more  costly 
than    the     lime    process.       He    would     have    been    glad    if 


Mr.  Grimshaw  had  been   prepared   to  show  how  much  free 

ammonia  was  left  in  the  sewage  after  the  lime  treatment, 
and  how  much  permanganate  it  would  take  to  oxidise  it. 
This  would  have  shown  thi  i   of  the  Clarine  process 

as  compared  with  the  lime  proi 

Mr.  (..  Dvv;s    said  that    when    a   regular    and 

continuous  supply  of  a  proto-sait  of  iron  could  lu- 
mixed  with  the  sewage  of  any  town  without  detection, 
that  should  he  a  fair  test  of  the  value  of  such  a  process, 
yet  he  had  had  samples  of  sewage  from  a  certain 
town  when-  large  quantities  had  been  added  without  the 
knowledge  of  the  authorities,  and  still  the  effluent  had  mil 
been  satisfactory.  With  regard  to  the  cost  of  the  lime 
process,  Mr.  Grimshaw  in  his  summary  gave  ll  tons  to 
every  million  gallons  of  sewage  per  day.  He  had  pointed 
out  over  and  over  again  that  this  was  less  than  one-half 
of  the  quantity  necessary  to  destroy  the  albuminous  matters 
in  the  sewage  of  any  town,  and  was  often  merely  sufficient 
to  form  carbonate  of  lime,  hut  in  exceeding  the  ] .',  tons 
great  care  was  necessary  to  prevent  the  effluent  becoming 
ffensive.  He  had  found  pcr-salts  ol  iron  more 
e  than  proto-salts.  He  thought  the  crux  i  f  the 
whole  question  was  the  disposal  of  the  sludge,  and  he  should 
like  to  know  what  Mr.  Barrow  intended  to  do  with  it  in 
his  particular  case. 

Dr.  Gerlakd  said  that  some  40  or  50  years  ago  a  per 
salt  of  iron  was  used  to  purify  the  London  sewage,  lint 
discontinued  on  account  of  a  black  deposit  in  the  River 
Thames.  He  did  not  think,  however,  that  any  settling 
hacks  or  filtration  were  employed. 

Mr.  M<  (i  '1.1.01  :  Under  heading  No.  5  (International) 
Mr.  Grimshaw  gave  ferrozone  IS  grains  p,.r  gallon,  whereas 
he  knew  of  places  where  only  9  grains  were  used,  and  this 
considerably  reduced  the  cost. 

Mr.  Barrotv,  in  reply,  said  that  he  had  made  some 
comparative  tests,  and  in  each  case  he  had  obtained  better 
results.  The  per-centage  of  purification  by  the  "Clarine" 
process  was  7:>  as  against  :\'>  by  the  lime  process.  He 
might  aho  remark  that  the  effluent  from  the  lime  process 
was  also  capable  of  being  further  purified  to  a  very 
considerable  extent  by  treatment'  with  "Clarine."  It 
miu'ht  interest  some  of  those  present  to  know  that  the 
albuminoid  ammonia  in  the  water  of  the  ship  canal  dock 
wis  reduced  some  90  per  cent,  by  the  iron  process. 

Mr.  GRIMSHAW,  in  reply,  said  :  I  am  pleased  to  find  that 
the  opinions  expressed  by  the  gentlemen  who  have  spoken 
this  evening  are  so  nearly  in  accord  with  results  arrived  at 
in  the  two  papers  under  discussion  that  I  need  saj  very 
little  in  reply  to  the  speakers,  and  I  therefore  direct  n  pst 
of  my  attention  to  the  criticism  of  the  papers  at  the 
meeting  when  they  were  read.  My  object  in  my  paper 
was  to  institute  as  close  a  comparison  of  modern  results 
as  to  cost  of  sewage  treatment  by  different  processes  as 
possible,  tt  has  been  my  impression  for  some  time  that  a 
simple  addition  of  a  "  cheap"  per  salt  of  iron  together  in 
some  cases  with  a  little  lime  was  bound  to  be  the  precipita- 
tion process  of  the  future.  There  is  so  little  complication 
possible  about  such  a  process  that  the  figures  of  cost  are 
easily  obtainable,  with  very  little  loophole  for  inaccuracy. 
With  regard  to  the  lime  process  the  same  may  ha  said  ;i- 
also  to  the  alum  process,  so  far  as  estimates  of  cost  are 
concerned.  The  three  above-named  processes,  together 
with  the  international  and  possibly  the  electrical,  appear  to 
he  the  only  possible  processes  at  present  before  the  public, 
or  known  in  the  chemical  world.  There  are  no  figures  which 
I  am  aware  of  published  by  the  proprietors  of  the  Electrical 
or  Intel  national  processes,  and  therefore  I  considered  it 
the  most  advisable  thing  to  take  the  figures  given  h\  tin' 
engineer  who  reported  on  the  exhaustive  and  considerable 
trials  of  these  two  processes  by  the  Salford  Corporation. 
The  report  of  this  corporation  is.  I  maintain,  a  very  valuable 
contribution  to  our  exact  knowledge  of  the  effectiveness  and 
cost  of  sewage  processes.  As  neither  the  International  nor 
the  Electrical  Company  demur  to  the  Salford  figures  as  in 
any  way  over-estimates  of  cost,  I  take  those  figures  as  fair 
to  those  processes.  I'm  my  own  part  I  am  of  opinion  that 
tin  \    He   more   than    fair,  and    that  the   cost   to  Salford  of 


Juu.80,1692.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


11 


either  of  those  processes  is    likely  to  be   more    than  the 
amounts  arrived  at  in  their  report.     I  contend,  therefore,  that 

m\  conclusion  thai  treatment  with  a  cheap  per-sall  of  ir I 

the  right  ihcmical  composition  is  the  least  costly  and  very 
probably  1 1  t * ■  most  efficient,  certainly  as  efficient  as  any 
known  method  oi  purifying  sewage,  is  strengthened  by  any 
allowance  we  nun' make  for  what  I  may  call  the  possible 
error  of  experiment  in  tun  method  of  comparison.  Simple 
treatment  with  lime  is,  of  course,  less  costly  initially  than 
by  any  metallic  salt  which  is  known,  and  even  when  tin: 
extra  cost  of  manipulating  the  great  quantity  of  sludge 
produced  by  lime  is  taken  into  account  the  same  may 
perhaps  hold  good.  But  I  hope  I  am  not  to  be  asked  to 
slay  the  slain  and  vanquish  the  defeated  by  proving  the 
u'tcr  inadequacy  of  lime  alone  to  produce  day  by  day  a 
satisfactory  effluent.  Advocates  of  the  simple  lime  process 
must  produce  some  good  modern  authority  for  its  retention 
before  calling  upon  its  opponents  to  disprove  its  supposed 
efficiency.  Chemists  to-day  do  not  grant  that  it  has  any. 
In  older  to  lie  just  I  would  remark  here  that  the  "  Davis  " 
lime  process  would  appear  chemically  to  be  a  distinct 
advance  on  the  ordinary  crude  lime  treatment,  but  unfor- 
tunately it  does  rot  seem  possible,  on  account  of  the  very 
complex  mechanics  of  the  process,  to  give  any  fair  approxi- 
mation of  tin'  cost,  and  no  trials  of  it  have  been  made. 
With  regard  to  Salford  as  a  typical  case  1  am  prepared  to 
show  experimentally,  on  the  large  or  small  scale,  that  it  is 
on  some  days  perfectly  impossible  to  precipitate  the  sewage 
with  lime,  whilst  with  a  per-salt  of  iron  and  a  little  lime 
you  get  a  clear  effluent  in  a  very  short  time.  Occasionally 
in  the  Salford  sewage  you  have  so  large  a  trace  of  iron 
compounds  that  the  lime  gives  a  very  fair  effluent  (in 
appearance).  With  lime  alone,  therefore,  you  can  do 
nothing  satisfactory.  With  a  basic  ferric  chloride  you  can 
do  almost  everything  possible  in  sewage  precipitation,  and 
with  such  an  iron  salt  and  a  little  lime  in  special  cases  you 
can  do  all  that  is  possible  in  the  present  state  of  our 
knowledge.  Sulphate  of  alumina  is  a  good  clarifier  of 
many  kinds  of  sewage,  hut  it  requires  a  large  quantity  of 
lime  for  a  proper  decomposition,  and  small  quantities  of  it 
do  not  appear  to  act  so  efficiently  as  small  quantities  of  per- 
salts  of  iron.  The  reason  of  this  may  perhaps  be  found  in 
its  want  of  catalytic  power,  so  to  speak,  in  regard  to  acting 
as  a  carrier  of  oxj-gen  to  the  oxidisable  organic  matters  of 
sewage.  It  would  not  he  contended  by  an}-  chemist  that 
this  property  of  transferring  oxygen,  so  marked  in  the  ferric 
hydrate,  is  possessed  at  all  by  alumina  hydrate.  On  the 
contrary,  we  all  know  that  it  is  the  intense  tenacity  with 
which  the  element  aluminum  retains  its  oxygen  which 
hinders  the  economical  production  of  the  metal,  alumina 
only  parting  with  its  oxygen  under  the  intense  action  of  the 
electric  arc,  or  of  metals  like  sodium.  The  great  affinity  of 
iron  for  sulphur  is  absent  also  in  alumina  compounds,  there 
being  no  sulphide  of  aluminium,  whereas  the  immediate 
combination  of  oxide  of  iron  with  sulphur  compounds  with 
subsequent  rapid  oxidation  to  sulphates  is  well  known  to 
the  chemist.  The  only  other  processes  which  it  appears 
possible  to  consider  alongside  that  of  a  simple  addition  of 
a  per-salt  of  iron,  as  in  the  so-called  "  Clarine  "  process,  are 
the  International  and  Electrical  processes  before  alluded  to. 
These  processes  are  what  may  be  called  "  indirect  "  iron 
processes.  The  last  named  is  practically  a  method  of 
treating  the  sewage  with  ferrous  chloride.  My  own  sug- 
gestion of  what  takes  place  chemically  is  represented  by 
the  following  equations  : — 

Fe  +  2  Xat  1         =  FeClj  +  2  XallO  +  U,  (given  off) 
l'cCK  +  2  NaHO=  FeO     +  2  NaCT     +  H„0 
or  to  show  the  final  result — 
Fe  +  HaO  =  FeO  +  H2 

or 
Fe  +  2  11.0  =  Fe(HO)2  +  H2 

Ferrous  hydrate  being  precipitated  and  hydrogen  gas  given 
off,  the  action  being  one  of  reduction,  not  oxidation. 

It  is  claimed  in  this  process  as  an  advantage  that  the 
ferrous  hydrate  is  in  the  nascent  state,  but  so  are  all  such 
compounds  when  precipitated  in  situ  whether  precipitated 
chemically  or  electrically,  so   that  the   same  advantage  is 


common  to  all  the  processes    under  consideration.      The 

precipitation  part  of  the  International  process  is  in  effect 
the  addition  of  a  very  crude  ferrous  sulphate  with  some 
sulphate  of  alumina  to  the  sewage.  The  so-called  "ferro/.onc  " 
is  a  very  crude  material  produced  by  treating  a  low  class 
mixed  iron  ore  with  vitriol.  The  very  large  amount  ol 
foreign  matter  in  the  insoluble  state  may,  like  excess  ol 
lime,  as-ist  the  subsidence  a  little,  hut  is  certainly  matter 
in  the  wrong  place  in  the  sewage  sludge.  This  brings  us 
to  the  point  of  the  question  of  efficiency  as  between  per 
salts  and  proto-salts  of  iron,  and  in  regard  to  this  point  I  will 
only  say  that,  with  the  exception  of  Mr.  Richards,  all  the 
speakers  appear  to  agree  with  me  that  for  many  reasons  the 
per-salts  arc  to  he  preferred. 

The  great  objections  to  the  proto-salts  of  course  arc  their 
reducing  action  on  the  sewage  and  the  muddy  or  milky 
effluent  they  tend  to  produce.  1  look  on  the  presence  of 
excess  of  ferric  hydrate  in  the  perchloride  of  iron  as 
beneficial  from  its  tendency  to  lay  hold  of  the  sulphur 
compounds,  anil  as  a  neutralising  body  to  traces  of  per-acid. 
It  also  probably  gives  density  to  the  precipitate.  Of  the 
processes  treated  of,  the  "Electrical"  and  the  "Clarine" 
processes  appear  to  give  the  least  amounts  of  sludge,  but 
the  question  of  sludge  and  its  disposal  is  worthy  of  a  special 
paper.  Having  said  so  much  in  general  reply  to  the  whole 
discussion  I  will  briefly  notice  a  few  of  the  questions  asked 
this  evening.  Dr.  Dreyfus  asked  for  information  as  to 
comparison  of  cost  and  efficiency  of  the  processes.  I  think 
the  two  papers  show  clearly  that  the  ferric  process  is 
certainly  as  effective,  to  say  the  least,  and  is  apparently 
less  costly  than  any  process  except  the  lime  treatmeut. 
With  regard  to  the  oxygen  absorbed,  for  ni}-  own  part  I 
certainly  place  more  value  on  the  albuminoid  ammonia  test 
as  an  indication  of  the  impurity  of  sewage,  and  in  fact 
consider  the  amount  of  oxygen  absorbed  in  many  cases 
misleading.  Sewage  and  potable  waters  are  not  on  all  fours 
in  this  relation,  objections  in  the  former  case  not  applying  in 
the  latter.  Mr.  Davis  agrees  that  the  proto-salts  of  iron 
are  not  nearly  so  well  adapted  for  the  precipitation  of 
sewage  as  the  per-salts,  and  I  am  certainly  inclined  to  agree 
with  Mr.  Davis  that  such  a  quantity  as  7. V  tons  of  lime  to 
a  million  gallons  is  altogether  inadequate  for  the  proper 
purification  of  ordinary  sewage,  and  that  10  to  20  tons  is 
more  like  the  right  quantity.  Of  course  the  difficulty  is 
that  if  sufficient  lime  is  added  for  proper  precipitation  a 
most  objectionably  alkaline  effluent  results,  the  effect  of 
which  state  of  things  has  been  that  the  lime  treatment  as 
generally  carried  out  is  only  an  apology  for  a  process,  or 
an  attempt  to  satisfy  the  authorities.  It  is  quite  clear  that 
in  the  old  experiments  iu  London  with  iron-salts,  alluded 
to  by  Dr.  Gerland,  the  sewage  and  precipitant  were  run 
away  together  without  any  attempt  at  previous  subsidence. 
It  did  not  appear  to  be  realised  at  that  time  that  the  black 
sediment  was  caused  by  the  beneficial  combination  of  the 
iron  with  sulphur  compounds  in  the  sewage.  Mr.  MeCullum's 
inquiry  with  respect  to  the  quantity  of  "ferro/.one"  in  the 
table  is  explained  iu  the  table  itself.  The  just  amount  is 
that  of  a  chemical  equivalent  of  "  ferrozone  "  calculated  on 
its  analysis  to  make  it  equal,  chemically,  to  the  weight  of 
precipitant  per  10  million  gallons  iu  the  other  systems. 

The  cost  according  to  the  smaller  amount  of  ferrozone 
said  to  be  necessary  is  also  given.  The  '  International 
system  has  a  very  poor  precipitant,  but  apparently  a  good 
filter.  Whether  a  filter  as  good  or  better  could  not  be 
made  at  a  less  cost  is  open  to  a  good  deal  of  discussion, 
and  what  is  the  actual  cost  of  the  polarite  filter  would 
first  require  to  be  accurately  ascertained.  Iu  conclusion  I 
hope  that  my  reply  will  have  cleared  up  any  points  in  the 
paper  which  were  in  an}-  way  obscure. 


ia 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30, 18!  2. 


ON  AN  AUTOMATIC  APPLIANCE  FOB  RECORD- 
ING THE  PRESENCE  AND  DENSITY  OK  BLACK 
SMOKE  IN  FACTOR!   CHIMNEYS. 

r.Y    WILLIAM    THOMSON. 

Soke  years  ago  it  suggested  itself  to  me  that  if  some  simple 
I  could  lie  devised  of  actually  recording  the  density 
of  smoke  passing  up  the  chimney,  and  the  length  of  time 
during  which  that  smoke  was  passing,  by  an  automatic 
apparatus,  it  would  give  some  tangible  means  of  aiding  in 
the  prevention  of  black  smoke  from  factory  chimney s.  It 
is  evident  that  if  such  a  record  could  be  obtained  the 
diagram  of  the  smoke  produced  during  the  working  day 
might  be  pasted  on  to  a  board  and  compared  with  the 
results  of  other  days,  when  the  question  of  carelessness  in 
tiring  would  be  detiuitely  shown.  This  would  thus  form  a 
check  upon  the  firemen  in  working  the  furnaces,  and  the 
best  record  might  be  taken  as  a  standard  of  what  is  possible 
in  each  furnace  or  series  of  furnaces.  With  a  view  of 
making  this  possible  I  have  made  a  number  of  experiments 
in  different  directions,  and  at  last  succeeded  in  getting  what 
I  thought  would  be  an  accurate  record  of  the  density  of 
the  smoke,  together  with  a  record  of  the  lengths  of  time 
during  which  it  was  passing,  by  exposing  in  the  chimney 
strips  of  ordinary  writing  paper  exposed  in  front  of  a  -lit 
against  which  the  flue  gases  impinged.  On  placing  a  piece 
of  paper  into  a  smoky  chimney  and  withdrawing  it  after  a 
few  seconds  I  obtained  a  dark  mark  on  the  paper,  which 
approximately  corresponded  with  the  amount  of  smoke 
passing  up  ;  but  on  fixing  this  in  an  apparatus  provided 
with  a  slit  behind  which  the  paper  was  drawn  I  found  that 
a  mark  was  given  to  begin  with,  but  little  or  no  mark 
produced  afterwards  when  the  paper  became  very  hot.  It 
was  evident  therefore  that  the  high  temperature  prevented 
the  deposit  of  the  soot  on  the  paper. 

By  taking  two  strips  of  paper,  heating  the  one  over  a 
Bunscn  burner  and  leaving  the  other  cold,  and  passing 
both  through  a  smoky  flame,  I  observed  that  the  cold  paper 
became  more  deeply  marked  with  black  deposit  than  the 
strip  which  had  been  previously  heated.  In  obtaining 
these  diagrams,  therefore,  it  would  be  necessary  to  have 
arrangements  for  keeping  the  paper  comparatively  cold. 

The  apparatus  which  I  have  devised  is  by  no  means 
perfect,  but  I  submit  it  to  the  Society  as  it  is,  with  the 
hope  that  others  who  have  more  time  and  opportunity  of 
working  these  things  may  take  up  and  continue  this  investi- 
gation, with  a  view  of  arriving  at  a  comparatively  perfect 
appliance  by  which  to  get  a  record  of  the  time  during  which 
smoke  is  passing  up  the  chimney,  and  of  the  density  of 
such  smoke.  The  appliance  which  I  have  devised  consists 
of  two  brass  tubes  about  j  ft.  long,  the  one  1 !,  in.  and  the 
in.  internal  diameter,  placed  the  one  within  the 
Other,  leaving  an  annular  space  of  about  a  quarter  of  an 
inch  between  them.  A  cut  is  made  lengthwise  through  both 
tubes  to  a  distance  of  about  3  in.  from  the  end,  the  circles 
of  both  tubes  being  thus  bisected,  at  the  end  of  which 
another  cut  is  made  at  right  angles  to  the  first  one.  A 
semi-circular  plate  is  then  soldered,  so  as  to  join  both  tubes 
at  the  end  of  the  3-in.  cut,  and  another  semi-circular  plate  is 
Used  in  the  opposite  direction  at  the  bottom,  the  two  spares 
left  between  the  two  tubes  and  the  two  semi-circular  pieces 
having  flat  plates  soldered  so  as  to  join  the  two  longitudinal 
tubes  and  to  make  them  watertight.  A  plate  of  metal  is 
arranged  to  slide  on  to  the  cut  portion  of  the  two  tubes  in 
which  a  slit  is  made  at  right  angles  to  the  length,  and  a  strip 
of  paper  is  held  against  tlii-  slit  by  a  roller  ar.d  spring,  the 
end  of  the  strip  of  paper  being  connected  with  a  chain 
which  is  pulled  up  at  a  regular  velocity  by  means  of  clock- 
work. The  apparatus  which  1  have  devised  pulls  about  1  in, 
of  paper  past  the  slit  during  each  hour. 

To  work  the  apparatus  the  paper  i-  adjusted, and  a  pencil 
mark  drawn  along  the  slit  from  the  outside,  so  as  tn  mark 
the  positioti  of  the  papei  at  the  beginning  of  the  experiment. 
The  apparatus  is  provided  with  a  narrow  piece  of  copper 
tube  which  passes  down  the  annular  space  to  the  bottom, 
and  another  small  piece  of  wider  tube  is  fixed  into  the 
outer  tube  about  6  in.  from  the  top.     Cold  water  is  delivered 


at  the  bottom  of  the  apparatus  by  the  narrow  copper  tube, 
the  hot  water  produced  by  the  hot  flue  gases  being  allowed 
to  flow  away  by  the  small  tube  inserted  in  the  top  of  the 
outside  tube  of  the  appliance.  By  allowing  a  constant  flow 
of  water  through  the  apparatus  it  is  kept  comparatively  cool. 
The  clockwork  is  set  going  as  soon  as  the  end  of  the  tube  is 
inserted  into  the  flue,  preferably  by  a  hole  through  the  top 
of  the  flue,  and  the  apparatus  allowed  to  work  during  the 
time  it  is  desired  for  obtaining  the  diagram. 

A   number  of  diagrams  obtained  by  the  apparatus  were 
exhibited. 


])oiU6l)UT  tectum. 

CJutirman:  sir  James  Kilson,  Bart. 
Vict  Chairman  •'  Dr.  II.  P.  Iiowaian. 


Committee : 


\.  M.Allen. 
W.  lirellilt. 
F.  tail-ley. 
4.  Hess. 
R.Holliday. 
J.  J.  Hummel. 


J.  Lcwkcwitsch. 
U.  Hanson 
Jas.  Sharp. 
A.  Smitliells. 
Geo.  Ward. 
Thorp  Whifakcr. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  and  Treat 

II.  II.  Proctor,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 


Notici  ioI  Papersand  Communications  should  he  addressed  lo 
the  Hon.  Local  Secret 


SESSION  1801—92. 


March  7tb.— Mr.  Sidney  Lupton.    "Criticisms   onJ  Suggestions 
towards  the  Improvement  uf  British  Measuri  s."' 


Meeting  held  Monday,  December  7th,  18'Jl. 


MB.    JAMES    SHARP    IX    THE    CHAIR. 


FAST  AXD  FUGITIVE  DYES. 

e.Y    PROP.   J.    J.    HUMMEL. 
(This  Journal,  1891,  832.) 

Discussion. 

The  Chairman  said  that  it  was  must  important  that  the 
colours  imparted  to  textile,  and  especially  to  woollen  fabrics, 
should  be  fairly  fast,  but  there  was  still  a  large  demand  for 
what  were  called  "  steamed  colours,"  which  were  well  known 
to  be  loose,  although  the  difference  in  cost  was  very  trifling, 
not  amounting  to  more  than  Is.  or  2s.  per  piece.  In  1858 
he  was  present  at  the  reading  of  Dr.  Perkins'  paper  in  which 
the  discovery  of  the  aniline  colours  was  announced,  and  soon 
obtained  samples  and  dyed  goods  with  them.  These  colours 
were  branded  as  fugitive,  but  the  value  produced  at  the 
present  time  was  not  less  than  7,000,000/.,  and  taking  the 
cost  of  applying  them  at  thrice,  and  the  value  of  the  fabrics 
at  10  times  this  amount,  they  had,  for  this  "vagabond" 
trade,  a  commercial  turnover  of  nearly  a  hundred  millions 
sterling,  a  business  which  was  not  to  be  despised.  Some  of 
tin  natural  dyes  weir  not  less  fugitive,  and  if  a  colour  were 
discovered  which  took  the  eye  of  the  public  the  inventor 
was  -me  of  his  reward,  whether  the  colour  was  permanent 
or  not.  It  should  be  remembered  that  a  large  proportion  of 
the  loose  work  which  had  been  referred  to  was   exported   to 


Jan.  so,  1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


13 


the  East,  where  little  expense  in  tailoring  was  incurred,  and 

the  goods  were  only  worn  fur  a  short  period  ami  east  aside. 
He  was  of  opinion  that  without  new  processes  of  manu- 
facture, and  probably  new  materials  also,  it  was  utterly 
impossible  to  make  these  colours  fast  enough  to  resist 
either  exposure  or  chemical  reagents.  The  lighter  bodies  as 
a  rule  produced  the  most  fugitive  colours,  and  their  life  was 
less  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  sulphonic  groups  intro 
duced.  Many  points  were  involved  in  the  question  of 
exposure.  The  condition  of  the  dyes  and  mordants  em- 
ployed had  considerable  influence,  and  the  results  would 
vary  materially  with  the  weather  and  the  seasons.  He 
could  uot  understand  the  deep  brown  shade  taken  by  the 
pattern  of  picric  acid  yellow,  and  thought  some  other  than 
the  ordinary  atmospheric  conditions  must  have  been  present, 
since  in  the  course  of  his  large  experience  as  a  manufacturer 
he  had  never  seen  such  a  reaction.  He  was  also  surprised 
that  Professor  Hummel  should  class  Prussian  blue  as  a  fast 
and  Nicholson's  blue  as  a  fugitive  colour.  These  dyes  were 
both  colourless  in  the  bath,  and  developed  by  acids,  and  in 
his  experience  neither  would  stand  the  action  of  alkalis, 

Mr.  Luftoh  hoped  that  in  a  later  paper  Professor 
Hummel  would  deal  with  the  important  question  of  resist- 
ance to  scouring,  as  well  as  to  exposure  to  light  and  air. 

Professor  Smithells  thought  that  the  chemical  reactions 
involved  in  the  fading  of  the  various  dyes  were  of  the 
greatest  importance,  although  scarcely  anything  was  known 
about  the  subject,  and  he  hoped  that,  notwithstanding  its 
extreme  difficulty,  Professor  llummel  would  take  it  up  in 
the  near  future,  and  in  due  course  communicate  the  results 
to  the  Society.  With  regard  to  the  supposed  action  of 
ozone  and  hydrogen  peroxide,  receut  researches  had  shown 
that  their  presence  in  the  atmosphere  was  very  doubtful, 
and  that  the  reactions  which  had  been  attributed  to  them 
were  in  reality  due  to  nitrous  acid. 

Mr.  Thorp  Whitakkr,  secretary  of  the  Society  of  Dyers 
and  Colourists,  inquired  whether  the  quantity  of  mordant 
employed  with  those  colours  which  required  mordanting 
was  the  same  in  all  cases,  or  varied  with  each  colour.  He 
was  surprised  at  the  marked  fading  of  gallocyanin,  which 
wes  generally  regarded  as  a  fairly  permanent  colour.  There 
was  no  doubt  that  in  many  cases  the  coal-tar  colours  were 
faster  than  the  vegetable  ones  they  had  replaced. 

Mr.  Underbill  inquired  whether  barwood  should  be 
used  in  conjunction  with  indigo.  He  said  that  vat-dyed 
indigo  shed  very  much  on  the  body  and  underclothing,  and 
inquired  whether  there  was  any  means  of  fixing  it  more 
securely  on  the  fabric. 

Mr,  Sydney  Litton  inquired  whether  the  copper  mordant 
of  which  Professor  Hummel  had  spoken  was  a  solution  of 
cuprous  or  cupric  oxide  in  ammonia,  or  whether  both  oxides 
were  present,  and  what  proportion  of  copper  was  fixed  on 
the  fibre. 

Dr.  Lewkowitsch  would  have  been  glad  if  Professor 
Hummel  had  said  more  about  the  influence  of  the  chemical 
constitution  of  a  colouring  matter  on  its  permanency. 

Mr.  Wilkinson  was  surprised  that  Professor  Hummel 
should  have  classed  catechu  as  a  colour  which  did  not 
require  a  mordant,  since  copper,  or  some  other  oxidising 
agent  was  always  used  with  it,  and  though  very  fugitive 
without  such  treatment,  he  considered  that,  with  it,  it  was 
was  one  of  the  fastest  of  colours,  and  compared  very 
favourably  with  indigo.  He  mentioned  that  Prussian  blue, 
though  generally  a  fast  colour,  was  fugitive  in  limestoue 
districts. 

Dr.  Cohen  was  not  aware  that  aniline  black  was  applied 
to  silk  and  wool,  and  inquired  in  what  way  it  was  dyed  on 
these  fibres. 

The  Chairman  said  that  although  it  could  be  fixed  on 
wools,  it  was  not  very  satisfactory,  but  that  it  was  largely 
used  on  silk.  The  process  was  regarded  as  a  trade 
secret. 


Professor  IIimmki.  in  reply  said,  that  in  his  opinion  both 
fast  and  fugitive  colours  had  their  legitimate  uses,  lie  did 
not  quite  concur  with  the  Chairman's  view  that  sulphonation 
necessarily  diminished  the  fastness  of  colours  to  light,  but 
that  this  was  rather  influenced  by  the  general  constitution  of 
the  colour,  and  the  position  of  the  sulphonic  group.  Com- 
paring the  fastness  of  the  acid  azo-reds  with  those  fixed 
direct  on  the  fibre,  in  which  in  general  no  sulphonation  had 
takeu  place,  it  would  be  noted  that  this  point  had  little 
influence  on  their  permanency.  His  experiments  must  at 
present  be  regarded  as  merely  preliminary,  and  designed  to 
test  the  permanency  of  the  colours  actually  in  use  in  a 
practical  way,  and  he  hoped  later  to  be  able  to  answer  many 
of  the  further  points  which  had  been  raised.  He  intended 
to  examine  the  chemical  effects  produced  on  some  pure 
colouring  matters  when  exposed  to  light  in  india,  but  he 
feared  that  this  would  by  no  means  give  a  complete  answer 
to  Professor  Smithell's  questio,n  since  in  many  cases  the 
fibre  had  an  important  influence  on  the  permancy  of  dyes, 
as  in  the  instance  of  tartrazine,  which  was  fast  on  wool  but 
fugitive  on  silk. 

In  reply  to  Mr.  Whitaker's  question  as  to  the  amount  of 
the  various  mordants  employed,  Professor  Hummel  said 
that  they  were  varied  in  accordance  with  the  results  of  a 
long  series  of  experiments  made  in  the  Yorkshire  College  to 
determine  the  most  advantageous  quantity  in  each  case. 
Though  gallocyanin  was  undoubtedly  a  useful  colouring 
matter,  it  was  not  to  be  compared  in  permanency  with 
members  of  the  true  alizarin  group,  and  it  was  to  be  regretted 
that  it  was  frequently  sold  under  the  misleading  name  of 
"  Alizarine  purple."  In  reply  to  Mr.  I'uderhill's  question  as 
to  the  propriety  of  using  barwood  as  a  preliminary  to 
vat-indigo,  although  there  was  no  doubt  that  in  itself  it  was 
a  fugitive  colour,  it  appeared  to  enable  the  indigo  to 
penetrate  the  fibre  better,  and  to  render  it  less  liable  to  rub 
off.  As  the  dyers  said,  "  the  indigo  follows  the  wood."  In 
addition  it  counteracted  the  greenish  tinge  of  the  indigo,  and 
produced  a  richer  and  more  "  bloomy  "  colour.  The  effect 
seemed  to  be  largely  due  to  the  mere  boiling  of  the  wool, 
which  softened  the  hard  and  horny  keratin,  and  enabled  the 
indigo  to  penetrate  more  freely,  if  the  purplish  shade  were 
really  necessary,  it  might  be  obtained  more  rationally  by  the 
use  of  faster  colours,  such  as  alizarin.  Objection  might  be 
taken  to  the  use  of  bichrome  mordants,  with  Alizarine  red, 
but  other  chromium  and  and  aluminium  mordants  might  be 
substituted.  Alizarine  red  was  already  being  used  for  the 
purpose  with  beneficial  results,  and  if  the  fastest  possible 
colour  were  required,  it  was  difficult  to  suggest  any  other 
means.  Alizarine  blue  was  at  least  as  fast  as  vat-indigo 
but  the  Government  had  discovered  that  when  it  was 
employed  the  wool  fibre  was  considerably  weakened,  owiun- 
presumably  to  the  oxidising  action  of  the  bichromate,  which 
certainly  had  a  tendering  effect  if  carelessly  used.  In 
one  case,  however,  which  had  come  under  his  knowledge  it 
was  discovered  that  the  rotting  action  which  had  been 
attributed  to  bichromate  used  in  conjunction  with  Alizarine 
blue,  was  due  to  quite  another  cause.  His  colleague 
Mr.  Liechti,  was  at  preseut  engaged  on  minute  investigation 
of  the  action  of  chromium  mordants  on  the  wool  fibre  and 
hoped  before  long  to  bring  the  results  before  the  Society. 

In  reply  to  Mr.  Sydney  Luptou's  question  as  to  the  exact 
character  of  the  ammoniacal  copper  solution  employed  by 
Schemer  in  his  experiments,  Professor  Hummel  said  that  it 
consisted  of  cupric  hydrate  dissolved  in  ammonia,  and 
would  therefore  have  some  solvent  action  on  the  cellulose 
of  the  fabric,  and  possibly  coated  the  colours  with  a 
parchment  like  protection. 

Referring  to  Dr.  Lewkowitsch's  inquiry  as  to  the  relation 
of  molecular  constitution  to  fastness,  he  stated  that  his 
investigations  were  not  as  yet  sufficiently  advanced  to  allow 
of  generalisation,  but  that  in  the  case  of  the  eosius,  the 
introduction  of  an  ethyl  or  methyl  group  into  a  particular 
part  of  the  molecule  increased  its  fastness  to  light. 

With  regard  to  Mr.  Wilkinson's  remarks  as  to  catechu. 
Professor  Hummel  regarded  the  action  of  the  bichromate 
as  mainly  oxidising  rather  than  mordanting,  although  some 
chromium- oxide  was  undoubtedly  fixed  on  the  fibre  alonn- 
with  the  brown  japonic  acid.  He  had  himself  been  rather 
surprised  at  the  want  of  fastness  of  the  sample,  and  thought 


H 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL,  INDUSTRY.  I 


il'lc  ili.it   tliis  was   duo  to  tin-  fact   that   no  copper 
sulphate,  but  only  potassium  bichromate  bad  been  used  in 
irticular experiment.     Heagrccd  withMr.  Wilkinsou's 
remarks  with  regard  to  Prussian  blue. 

He  confirmed  the  Chairman's  reply  to  Dr.  Cohen  with 
regard  to  aniline  black,  and  said  that  though  it  was  not 
generally  known,  it  was  perfectly  true  that  aniline  black 
could  be  fixed  on  wool,  while  it  was  already  large!} 
to  silk.  Although  he  could  not  enter  into  the  details  of 
the  process,  he  might  say  that  the  principle  cons  ■ 
the  use  of  somewhat  unstable  metallic  chlorates,  which 
exerted  the  requisite  oxidising  power  under  the  influence 
of  steam  heat. 

Referring  generally  to  the  subject  of  fugitive  dyes,  he 
hoped  on  a  future  occasion  to  he  able  to  give  more  definite 
and   detailed   replies  to  some   of   the  questions  than  he  had 
Me  to  do  that  evening. 


(SlnscjoU)  anto  £>rottisi)  jtatfom 


Cliairman  :  K.  C.  C.  Stanford. 
'! :  A.  Crum  Urown. 


J.  Christie. 
W.  J.  A.  Donald. 
D.  B.  Dott. 
C.J.  Ellis. 
C.A.  Fawsilt. 
Win.  Foulis. 
J.  Gibson. 
11.  A.  Ins-lis. 


Committee: 

U.  Irvine. 

J.  Falconer  Kinj 

G.  McRoberts. 

T.  P.  Miller. 
J.  Pattison. 
.1.  B.  Headman. 

lith. 
It.  R.  Tatlock. 


Ilan.  Treasurer:  W.  J. Chrystal. 

Ron.  Local  Secretary  : 
Dr.  G.  G.  Henderson,  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  o[  Glasgow. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  t  r 
i  Secretary, 

SESSP  'X  I89l-9i 


:       Glasgow):— 
Prof.W.   Dittmar.    "The  Availability  of  Mcbillii 

Cheinicn    'iperaiiuus  in  the  Laboratory." 
Mi-.  G.  Watson,  jun.    "The  Preparation  of  Pure  Phospl 

\    1 1  from  Phosphate  of  Soda." 
Mr.  W.  1.  A.  Donald.       (in  Bauxite." 

1 
Mr.C.  A.  Fawsitt,    '   Hie'Dry  Heat '  Vulcanisation  of  Rubber, 
fithSp         R  '  proved  Vulcanisor." 


Meeting  held  in  the  Societies'  Rooms,  207,  Bath  Si 
Glasgow,  on  Tuesday,    ."•///  January  i 


Hit.     C.     V.     1.UVS1TX    IN"    TIIK    Til  ill'. 


NOTES  n\  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  CYANIDES. 

BY   n.  a.   r-TAVTAin. 

In  1S7S  Messrs.  Tehorniae  and  Gunzburg  took  out  a 
patent  for  a  process  for  making  ferrocyanides  from  salpho- 
cyanides.  This  consisted  in  heating  to  redness  a  mixture 
of  six  equivalents  of  sulphocyanide  of  potassium,  five  of 
lime,  five  of  carbon,  and  one  of  iron.  The  iron  used  was 
in  i  spongy  form,  obtained  by  reducing  the  iron  of  pyrites 
to  a  metallic  state  by  a  reducing  atmosphere  in  a  specially 
constructed  furnace.  As  the  result  of  the  reaction,  they 
claim  that  the  sulphur  of  the  sulphoeyunide  combines  with 
the  calcium  and  iron  leaving  the  potassium  all  as  cyanide, 
which  is  converted  into  ferroeyanide  on  lixiviating.  With- 
out bcil  of  this  patcut,  I  tried  a  similar  experiment. 


modelling  it   on   the   react black-ask  furnace,  but 

obtained  only  a  very  small  yii  II  of  prussiatc.  At  lust  the 
product    would  only  be  e,  which   would  require 

purifying  and  a  subsequent  furnacing  operation  before 
cyanide  could  be  arrived  at,  so  I  did  not  follow  up  this 
•ueut. 

In  studying  the  decomposition  of  sulphocyanides  one 
experiment  consisted  in  heating  a  mixture  of  the  snlpho- 
cyanides  of  -ilium  and  potassium  in  an  atmosphere  of 
hydrogen.  The  sulphocyanides  were  placed  in  a  glass 
combustion  tube,  and  heated  to  redness,  while  a  constant 
stream  of  dry  hydrogen  gas  was  passed  through  the  tube. 
!  outlet  from  the  tube  sulphuretted  hydrogen  began 
to  be  evolved  as  -non  as  the  heat  attained  to  redness,  and 
continued  coming  off  freely  for  more  than  half  an  hour, 
although  the  amount  of  sulphocyanides  experimented  upon 
did  not  exceed  a  very  few  grammes.  The  experiment  was 
interrupted  and  the  contents  of  the  tube  examined. 

About  80  per  cent,  of  the  sulphocyanides  was  found  to  he 
decomposed,  resulting  in  the  formation  Of  sulphide  and 
cyanide  of  potassium  and  sodium.  Sulphide  and  cyanide 
were  found  to  he  present  in  nearly  equal  quantitii  -.  oi 
about  20  per  cent.  Ii  than   would  lie   required  for 

the  i  qui  '   m — 

4  KCyS  +  6  H  =  K«S  +  2  KCy  +  :i  IhS  +  2  (    +  2  X 

Apparently  not  more  than  half  the  sulphocyanide  can  he 
expected  to  be  obtained  as  cyanide  by  this  method,  and  it 
is  in  a  very  impure  state,  being  mixed  with  a  large  quantity 
of  sulphide,  the  separation  of  which  would  he  troublesome 
and  costly. 

The  above  experiment  was  varied  by  using  an  atmosphere 
of  hydrocarbons  instead  of  hydrogen.  Vapour  of  naphtha 
was  employed,  and  as  before,  when  the  heat  was  raised 
.sulphuretted  hydrogen  was  frceli  evolved.  At  the  end  of 
the  experiment  the  contents  of  the  tube  were  examined, 
hut  no  cyanide  was  found.  The  decomposed  sulphocyanides 
were  converted  into  sulphides,  with  traces  of  formates. 

Sulphoevanide  of  sodium  heated  along  with  charcoal  in  a 
crucible  at  a  bright  redness  was  found  to  yield  a  small 
quantity,  not  much  more  than  a  trace  of  cyanine  and  a  large 
quantity  of  sulphide. 

More  satisfactory  results  were  obtained  when  a  metal  was 
employed  to  deprive  the  sulphocyanide  of  its  sulphur.  The 
only  two  metals,  which  I  hive  found  suitable,  are  lead  and 
zinc. 

Without  detailing  the  preliminary  experiments  in  crucibles, 
with  charges  varying  in  size  from  a  Few  grammes  up  to 
8  or  10  lb.,  and  in  which  the  metals  were  used  in  a  granu- 
lated state,  sometimes  so  fine  as  to  be  able  to  pass  through 
a  fine  sieve,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  describe  the  method  now 
employed,  which  is  as  follows: — 

An  oblong  vessel  with  rounded  bottom,  in  fact  the  shape 
of  an  inverted  muffle,  made  of  plumbago,  with  a  well-fitting 
lid  is  used.  The  muffle  is  placed  in  a  sort  of  cradle,  which 
is  attached  to  a  rope  passed  over  a  pulley  fixed  to  abeam 
above  a  -mall  furnace.  In  the  top  of  the  furnace  is  a  hole 
just  large  enough  to  admit  the  muffle.  The  muffle  is 
lowered  down  into  the  furnace,  and  rests  on  bet-rers  so 
that  its  bottom  and  sides  are  exposed  to  the  heat,  hut  its 
tip  is  an  inch  or  two  above  the  top  of  the  furnace.  The 
say  zinc,  is  first  put  into  the  muffle,  along  with  a 
-light  sprinkling  of  charcoal  to  maintain  a  reducing 
atmosphere,  and  the  cover  is  put  on  till  the  zinc  is  melted. 
As  soon  as  the  zinc  is  melted  an  equivalent  quantity  :  f 
sulphocyanide  of  soda  is  added.  The  sulphocyanide  is 
put  in  either  cold  in  a  dry  state,  or  from  an  adjoining  pot, 
in  which  it  i-  maintained  in  a  state  ol  fusion. 

As  the  heating  proceeds,  the  sulphoevanide  becomes 
very  fluid  lying  above  the  melted  zinc.  The  charge  is  w,  II 
agitated  to  stir  up  the  zine  into  the  sulphocyanide.  As 
soon  as  the  required  temperature  is  reached,  the  charge 
suddenly  becomes  very  thick',  and  begins  to  glow,  especially 
in  the  track  of  the  stirrer. 

Wlau  this  occurs,  it  is  the  sign  that  the  reaction  is  com- 
plete. 'I  be  -Oii  i-  put  on  the  muffle  and  the  whole  is 
hoi-ted  out  of  the  furnace  and  allowed  to  cool.  A  good 
deal  of  heat  seems  to  he  evolved  in  the  reaction,  because 
if  there  he  an  excess  of  zine.it  i-  given  off  in   vapour  and 


.i       u  isra.i 


TnE  JOURNAL  OP  TIIE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


15 


bursts  into  llamu  at  the  edge  of  the  cover  :i  few  minutes 
after  the  inutile  is  removed  from  the  furnace.  It'  the 
sulphocyanide  It  in  excess,  no  zinc  (lame  appears. 

VVlieu  coul  the  charge  comes  awayfrom  tin.-  muffle  easily, 
and  there  is  no  appearance  of  the  material  of  the  muffle 
having  been  acted  upon.  The  fused  mass  should  lie  of  a 
uniform  p»arl-grey  colour  throughout,  in  which  case  it  will 
yield  a.  solution  five  from  soluble  sulphides.     If  the  charge 

over  fired,  part  of  it  will  have  a  dull  brown  or  even  a 
reddish  appearance.  Such  will  yield  a  solution  containing 
sulphides  of  the  alkali.  When  using  the  muffle  above 
bed,  the  charge  is  so  much  under  control,  ami  the 
reaction  can  be  so  closely  watched,  that  generally  no 
alkaline  sulphide  or  only  a  trace  of  il  is  found  in  the  ehsrge. 
In  the  earlier  experiments  in  large  crucibles  this  was  a 
difficulty  that  presented  itself,  as  the  portion  of  the  charge 
next  the  bottom  frequently  sot  over-fired,  producing  iml- 
phidc  of  soda,  sometimes  to  the  extent  of  15  parts  per  100 
of  cyanide,  'fin  reaction  that  goes  on  in  the  muffle  is 
expressed  thus ; — 

NaCyS  r  Zn  =  NaCy  +  ZnS. 

The  loss  in  weight  of  the  whole  charge  in  the  furnacing 
operation  is  about  5  per  cent.,  half  of  which  is  accounted 
for  bv  the  moisture  in  the  sulphocyanide  used.  Some 
evanatc  and  a  trace  of  carbonate  arc  formed  in  the  process. 

When  a  slight  excess  of  zinc  is  used,  no  sulphocyanide 
remains  tindecomposcd,  but  there  is  a  slight  loss  of  zinc 
as  vapour,  and  some  double  cyanide  of  zinc  and  sodium  is 
formed,  in  a  badly  burned  charge  to  the  extent  of  15  parts 
of  cyanide  of  zinc  per  100  of  cyanide  of  sodium.  I  sing. 
however,  a  slight  excess  of  sulphocyanide  instead,  the 
amount  of  cyanide  of  zinc  formed  is  reduced  to  about  two 
or  three  parts  per  100  of  cyanide  of  sodium.  The  finished 
product  in  that  ease  contains  a  little  tmdecomposed  sulpho- 
cyanide hi  t  the  loss  of  zinc  is  avoided,  and  the  result  is  a 
better  article. 

The  lixiviation  of  the  fused  mass,  which  is  the  next 
operation,  presents  no  difficulty.  It  is  lixiviated  in  the 
ordinary  way  in  a  set  of  vats,  like  black-ash  vats,  except 
that  in  this  case  the  lixiviation  is  intermittent,  as  the 
solution  does  not  filter  downwards  through  the  insoluble 
matter.  The  crude  cyanide  is  stirred  up  at  each  lixiviation, 
and,  on  the  insoluble  matter  settling,  the  clear  solution  is 
decanted  or  pumped  from  one  vat  to  the  next  one.  In  this 
way  a  solution  from  the  strong  vat  is  obtained  of  about 
35  Tw.,  containing  2-1  grms.  of  cyanide  of  sodium 
per  Ion  ec,  while  the  last  washing  of  the  weak  vat  is  0° 
Tw.,  and  contains  under  •  1  per  cent.  XaCy. 

This  last  weak  liquor  is  quite  clear,  but,  on  attempting  to 
wash  out  the  last  traces  of  cyanide  of  sodium  from  the 
sulphide  of  zinc,  one  gets  a  milky  solution  that  docs  not 
settle  char,  till  it  is  mixed  with  a  stronger  solution  of 
cyanide  of  sodium.  It  is  quite  possible  to  have  a  30  per 
cent,  solution  from  the  strong  vat,  but  this  does  not  settle 
so  well  as  one  of  2!  or  2.">  per  cent. 

If  the  liquor  contain  any  cyanide  of  sodium,  it  is  agitated 
with  cyanide  of  lead,  which  is  easily  formed  by  precipitating 
a  portion  of  the  solution  with  chloride  of  lead,  settling  and 
decanting  oil  the  solution  of  chloride  of  sodium. 

The  insoluble  matter,  consisting  of  sulphide  of  zinc, 
amounts  to  about  05  per  cent,  of  the  fused  mass. 

An  analysis  of  the  solution  ready  for  evaporating  is  as 
follows  ;  — 

Expressed  in  grammes  p  ir  100  cc. 

Cyanide  ot  scdium  22 "<> 

Cyanauo  of  sodium  3*cG 

Double  cyanide  el'  zinc  and  sodium 1*35 

Carbonate  of  sodn 0'71 

Sulplio  ■yauidi'  ni'  sodium  1"8 

The  strong  solution  of  cyanide  of  sodium  is  now  put  into 
a  vacuum  pan,  and  evaporated  to  the  consistency  of  a  thick 
paste,  which  solidities  on  cooling. 

The  finished  cyanide  contains  about  2G  per  cent,  of 
water,  and  about  35  per  cent,  of  cyanide  of  sodium,  not 
including  that  existing  as  double  cyanide. 

This  contains  the  same  amount  of  available  cyanogen,  or 
hydrocyanic  acid,  as  a  cyanide  of  potassium  of  73  per  cent. 


ISy  subsequent  healing  the  whole  of  the  water  can  be  driven 
oil'  without  much  loss  of  cyanide. 

An    analysis    of    the   product    of    the   vacuum   pan  is  as 

follows  : — 

Cyanide  of  sodium 54*7 

Cynnate  of  soda,  including  Formate 9*45 

Double  cyanide  of  zinc  and  sodium 3"t> 

Sulphocyanide  ol  sodium 4'3 

Carbonate  of  soda  1"03 

Water 2i'0 

lOO'O 

In  the  above  described  process  the  yield  of  available 
cyanide  averages  about  Toper  cent,  of  the  possible  yield 
according  to  theory.  In  the  evaporation  in  vacuo,  the  loss 
of  cyanide,  due  to  the  decomposition  of  its  solution  when 
heated,  is  from  2  to  4  per  cent,  of  the  cyanide  present,  pro- 
vided that  the  vacuum  be  good,  say,  equal  to  26  in.  of 
mercury,  and  provided  also  that  the  strength  of  the  solution 
be  about  33  Tw.  If  the  solution  be  half  that  strength  to 
start  with,  or  the  vacuum  poor,  the  loss  is  more  than 
doubled. 

Instead  of  zinc  as  above  described,  lead  may  be  used  to 
decompose  the  sulphocyanide.  It  has  the  disadvantage, 
that,  owing  to  its  high  equivalent,  more  than  3  lb.  of  lead  are 
necessary  to  do  the  work  of  1  lb.  of  zinc,  also  that  in  the 
fusion  it  does  not  stir  up  into  the  sulphocyanide  so  easily 
as  zinc.  On  the  other  hand,  it  has  the  advantage,  that  it 
docs  not  form  a  double  salt  with  the  alkaline  cyanide,  even 
although  cyanide  of  lead  is  soluble  to  some  extent  in 
cyanide  of  sodium. 

Whichever  metal  is  used,  the  resulting  sulphide  may  be 
treated  by  ordinary  processes  to  reduce  it  to  the  metallic 
state  again,  or,  in  the  case  of  zinc,  zinc  salts  may  be  made 
direct  from  the  sulphide. 

( )ther  metals  were  tried  in  place  of  lead  and  zinc,  but  not 
with  satisfactory  results. 

Tin,  for  instance,  reduced  the  sulphocyanide  to  cyanide, 
hut  the  sulphide  of  tin,  which  was  formed,  dissolved  to  a 
large  extent  in  the  alkaline  cyanide. 

Copper  is  also  unsuitable,  as  the  product  is  a  cupro- 
cyanide. 

Other  sulphocyanidcs,  such  as  the  sulphoeyanides  of 
potassium  and  barium,  behave  like  sulphocyanide  of  sodium, 
and  give  similar  yields,  about  70  per  cent.  Sulphocyanide 
of  sodium  has  the  advantage  of  being  cheaper  than  the 
others,  and,  on  account  of  the  low  combining  weight  of 
sodium,  gives  a  cyanide  of  a  higher  strength. 

The  sulphoeyanides  may  be  manufactured  directly,  or 
may  be  obtained  as  by-products  in  gas-making.  Dr.  Lunge 
states  the  amount  of  sulphocyanide  of  ammonia  in  English 
gas-liquors  at  about  25  lb.  per  100  gallons. 

In  no  gas-liquor,  of  wdiich  I  have  been  able  to  get  samples, 
has  the  quantity  reached  anything  like  that  figure.  In 
Scotch  gas-liquor,  after  it  has  been  treated  for  the  extraction 
of  ammonia,  I  have  found  only  about  1  lb.  of  sulpho- 
cyanide of  lime  per  100  gallons.  The  refuse  lime  from  gas 
purifiers  contains  sulphocyanidcs  in  larger  proportion,  but 
even  this  gas-lime  from  Scotch  gasworks  I  find  to  contain 
under  20  lb.  of  sulphocyanide  of  lime  per  ton.  In  gas-lime 
there  is  a  large  amount  of  hyposulphite  of  lime,  which 
would  require  to  be  entirely  removed  from  the  sulpho- 
cyanide, as  the  presence  of  oxygen  compounds  is  prejudicial 
to  the  formation  of  cyanides  from  sulphoeyanides.  The 
small  quantities  in  gas  residues  above  mentioned  are  not 
worth  the  cost  of  recovering,  so  it  is  preferable  to  make  the 
sulphoeyanides  by  direct  processes. 

Discussion. 

The  Chairman  considered  the  paper  was  one  of  much 
interest  and  importance,  as  the  cheapening  of  cyanides 
would  have  a  beneficial  effect  on  several  industries,  notably 
the  extraction  of  gold  by  cyanides;  and  seeing  the  sulpho- 
cyanide, from  which  the  cyanide  was  prepared,  would  lie  an 
outlet  for  bisulphide  of  carbon,  it  would  come  as  a  boon  to 
manufacturers  of  this  article,  as  in  seme  districts  the  con- 
sumption  had    been  gradually    decreasing,    owing    to    the 


16 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Jan  so  1392. 


india-rubber  manufacturers  having  stopped  using  it  in  the 
manufacture  of  waterproof  cloth.  He  agreed  with  the 
author  as  to  the  extraction  of  sulphocyanides  from  gas 
residues  entailing  considerable  expense,  as  the  amount  of 
material  which  would  have  to  be  dealt  with  would  be  very 
large  for  a  small  return  of  sulphocyanide,  and  the  finished 
article  would  not  be  easily  purified  ;  whereas  in  the  ease  of 
bisulphide  of  carbon  a  pure  sulphocyanide  could  be  pre- 
pared with  comparatively  little  trouble.  As  regards  the 
fixation  of  nitrogen  by  alkalised  carbon,  although  a  large 
amount  of  monej  ami  trouble  had  been  expended  in  testing 
it  at  different  times,  its  success  had  never  been  accomplished, 
and  lie  thought  the  chief  reasons  were  :  First,  the  high 
temperature  required:  2nd,  the  serious  wear  and  tear  of 
the  apparatus ;  3rd,  the  large  percentage  of  eyanate 
produced,  which  could  not  lie  reduced  economically  to 
cyanide.  Some  trials  he  had  made  a  few  years  ago 
produced  very  little  cyanide,  and  that  at  a  prohibitive  cost. 
lie  was  somewhat  surprised  to  hear  that  the  cyanide 
survived  the  fusion  in  contact  with  melted  zinc  so  well, 
but  no  doubt  it  was  conducted  out  of  contact  with  the 
atmosphere.  The  fusion  of  the  sulphocyanide  of  potassium 
with  metallic  iron  seemed  to  be  the  weak  point  in  the 
process  which  was  patented  by  Gelis,  which  he  had  tested 
and  found  to  work  smoothly  until  this  point  was  reached, 
when  he  only  obtained  25  per  cent,  of  the  theoretical  yield 
of  cyanide.  In  the  evaporation  of  cyanide  solutions  at 
ordinary  pressures  it  was  well  known  that  a  serious  loss 
occurred,  and  it  was  a  new  idea  to  him  to  use  a  vacunm 
pan,  but  it  commended  itself  as  a  good  way  out  of  the 
difficulty.  Instead  of  converting  sulphocyanides  into 
cyanides  by  fusion,  it  seemed  to  him  far  more  rational  to 
try  and  get  an  economical  method  whereby  it  could  be  done 
in  solution.  It  was  well  known  that  in  acid  solutions 
sulphocyanides  could  be  converted  into  cyanides  by  using 
permanganate  of  potash,  and  he  had  tried  peroxide  of 
hydrogen  which  acted  equally  well,  but  the  cost  was 
prohibitive  in  both  cases,  and  the  fact  of  it  taking  place  in 
an  acid  solution  was  inconvenient,  as  the  hydrocyanic  acid 
would  require  to  be  condensed,  besides  the  unpleasantness 
of  working  an  apparatus  containing  such  a  poisonous  gas. 
He  had  tried  one  or  two  experiments  in  an  alkaline  solution, 
but  they  gave  practically  a  negative  result  as  far  as  cyanide 
was  concerned,  the  nitrogen  coming  off  principally  as 
ammonia.  Xo  doubt  cheaper  oxidising  agents,  such  as 
manganate  of  soda  and  manganese  dioxide  in  acid  solutions 
would  give  cood  result-,  and  there  would  be  produced 
sulphate  of  manganese  which  i-  a  saleable  by-product,  but 
the  condensation  of  the  HCN  would  have  to  be  faced. 
He  further  said  that  the  item  of  cost  was  the  most 
important  factor  in  Mr.  Playfair's  process,  and  he  would 
ask  him  if  lie  had  formed  any  idea  as  to  the  cost  at  which 
he  could  produce  cyanide  compared  with  the  method  now 
in  use. 

In  concluding  the  Chairman  congratulated  Mr.  Playfair 
at  having  grappled  with  a  difficult  subject,  and  hoped  be 
might  be  rewarded  by  the  complete  success  of  his  process. 

Dr.  .1.  B.  Rkadman  desired  to  know  if  Mr.  Playfair  had 
made  any  attempts  at  carrying  out  Bunsen  and  Playfair's 
results  by  trying  to  manufacture  cyanide  in  the  blast 
furnace.  In  these  experiments  it  appeared  that  the  potash 
was  derived  from  the  coal,  while  it  was  not  certain  whether 
the  nitrogen  was  derived  from  the  air  or  from  the  fuel. 
Thev  were  all  familiar  wit);  Mond's  work  on  the  preparation 
of  barium  cyanide,  but  why  should  not  potassium  cyanide 
be  manufactured  in  the  blast  furnace  under  suitable  con- 
ditions? There  appeared  to  him  great  hope  of  success 
in  that  direction. 

Mr.  I'..  Rodger  said  that  the  question  he  had  intended  to 
ask  bad  been  anticipated  by  Mr.  Headman.  He  believed 
that  certain  experiments  carried  on  recently  in  the  Durham 
district  in  the  manufacture  of  cyanide  in  the  blast  furnace 
pointed  to  hopeful  result-,  lie  would  suggest  the  use  of  a 
water-jacketed  furnace  for  such  work,  as  in  this  way  the 
siliceous  lining,  which  would  of  course  be  attacked  by  the 
alkaline  mixture  necessary  for  the  production  of  cyanide, 
could  he  dispensed  with  and  the  furnace  could  he  usi 
ally. 


Mr.  W.  Foulis  thought  that  the  recovery  of  sulpho- 
cyanides from  tlie  waste  lime  of  gas-purifiers  could  not  be 
carried  on  profitably.  He  had  found  that  the  cyanides 
produced  in  the  manufacture  of  coal-gas  wire  decomposed 
when  the  gas  was  passed  through  the  lime  purifiers  and 
appeared  as  ammonia.  He  had  recently  instituted  a  number 
of  experiments,  and  had  been  successful  in  removing  the 
cyanides  from  the  coal-gas  before  it  reached  the  purifiers. 
The  cyanide  was  obtained  in  considerable  quantity,  and  his 
results  had  been  so  encouraging  that  further  experiments 
were  being  prosecuted.  He  had  no  doubt  that  a  large 
quantity  of  cyanide  would  before  long  be  obtained  from 
coal  as  a  by-product  in  the  manufacture  of  coal-gas. 

Mr.  Playfair,  in  reply,  said  that  he  had  not  tried  to 
repeat  or  follow  up  Bunsen  and  Playfair's  experiments  in 
the  way  of  manufacturing  cyanide  in  the  blast  furnace, 
because  he  considered  that  later  experiments  on  the  fixation 
of  nitrogen  at  high  temperatures  by  the  action  of  alkalised 
carbon — none  of  which  had  been  conspicuously  successful — 
were,  generally  speaking,  founded  on  Bunsen  and  Playfair's 
results.  Besides  this,  the  experimental  use  of  a  blast  furnace 
for  the  manufacture  of  cyanides  would  have  involved  him 
in  much  expense.  The  quantity  of  sulphocyanide  in  all  the 
lime  residues  from  gasworks  which  he  had  examined  was 
so  low  as  not  to  make  them  worth  working.  He  presumed 
that  Mr.  Foulis  recovered  hi-  cyanides  as  sulphocyanides, 
or  in  some  other  form,  which  would  require  further  treat- 
ment. He  could  not  give  any  exact  figures  as  to  the  cost 
of  his  process,  but  estimated  it  to  be  at  least  25 — 30  per 
cent,  less  than  the  oost  of  the  other  processes  in  use  at 
present. 


THE  ENGLISH  PROCESS  OF  ANTIMONY 
SMELTING. 

UY    EDWARD   RODGEr:. 

The  smelting  of  antimony  is  one  of  those  processes  about 
which  little  trustworthy  information  is  to  be  obtained  from 
those  text-books  which  profess  to  afford  instruction  upon 
metallurgical  operations.  1  do  not  know  what  the  case 
may  be  with  regard  to  the  generality  of  metallurgical 
[lie  lesses,  hut  1  can  say  that,  so  far  as  those  with  which  I 
am  practically  acquainted  are  concerned,  the  text-hooks 
almost  always  may  be  taken  as  teaching  anything  rather 
than  the  processes  by  which  metals  really  are  obtained  from 
their  ores. 

There  are  some  honourable  exceptions,  of  course,  but  the 
vast  proportion  of  so-called  metallurgical  works  simply 
copy  the  errors  and  repeat  the  obsolete  processes  which 
previous  authors  have  committed  to  writing;  as  a  rule 
there  is  far  too  little  original  inquiry,  and  too  much 
convenient  faith  amongst  compilers  of  these  works. 

I  need  not  here  point  out  the  errors  which  are  committed 
in  almost  every  work  regarding  the  process  of  antimony 
smelting.  I  may  only  say  that  during  a  not  iuconsiderable 
study  of  the  published  processes,  I  have  never  seen  a  com- 
plete account  of  the  real  method,  and  therefore  I  hope  that 
the  few  notes  which  1  have  the  honour  to  bring  before  you 
to-night  will  not  be  without  interest  aud  value. 

I  presume  that  it  is  needless  for  me  to  give  any  account 
of  the  ores  of  antimony,  nor  of  its  history.  These  things 
are  so  well  known  that  any  reference  to  them  would  be 
superfluous.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  the  one  which  I  have 
seen  smelted  is  a  sulphide  mixed  with  quartz, the"  stibuite" 
of  the  mineralogists,  and  which  contains  about  52  per  cent, 
of  metallic  antimony. 

The  ores  for  -melting  by  the  English  process  must  be  free 
from  lead  and  arsenic,  neither  of  which  metals  can  he 
eliminated,  and  an  ore  of  such  a  poor  quality  as  that  which 
I  have  mentioned  is  costly  and  unsatisfactory  to  deal  with. 

The  ore  arrives  in  this  country  generally  in  smallish 
pieces,  rather  larger  than  ordinary  road  metal,  and  is  packed 
in  bags   holding  various  weights ;    about  a   hundredweight 


Jan.  so,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


17 


may  be  taken  us  a  rough  average.  The  ore  is  ground 
under  edge  runners,  and  passed  through  a  coarse  screen, 
the  largest  pieces  which  are  allowed  to  pass  being  about 
the  size  of  hazel  nuts,  while  the  great  bulk  of  the  ore 
consists,  of  course,  of  smaller  particles,  varying  from  the 
size  of  peas  to  fine  dust. 

Alter  grinding,  a  sample  is  prepared  which  is  analysed 
or  assayed  in  order  to  ascertain  how  much  iron  is  required 
for  proper  reduction. 

The  procss  of  smelting  consists  in  reducing  the  sulphide 
of  antimony  by  means  of  metallic  iron,  the  fusion  taking 
place  in  crucibles  which  arc  heated  in  a  very  long  reverbera- 
tor}" furnace. 

In  dealing  with  the  process,  we  may  first  of  all  consider 
the  furnace  and  the  crucible,  then  passing  on  to  the  details 
of  the  actual  operation  of  smelting. 

The  furnace  is  a  curious  structure,  and  differs  from  any 
other  species  with  which  I  am  acquainted.  It  consists  of  a 
bed  54  feet  long,  including  the  fire-places,  and  7  feet  4  inches 
broad  (inside  size),  covered  by  a  low  arch  which  springs 
almost  from  the  surface  of  the  ground,  the  bed  itself  being 
sunk  below  the  level  of  the  ground.  This  long  gallery  is 
heated  by  means  of  a  fire-place  at  each  end,  the  two  fires 
drawing  into  a  common  flue  in  the  middle  of  the  furnace. 
The  flue  is  arranged  below  the  bed  of  the  furnace,  and  the 
I  re  in  the  bed,  this  arrangement  being  to  prevent  the 
lieat  being  drawn  to  one  side,  as  would  be  liable  to  happen 
were  the  flue  to  start  directly  from  the  side  of  the  furnace. 
The  sides  of  the  furnace  and  the  top  of  the  arch  are  covered 
with  1-inch  east-iron  plates,  while  a  2-inch  square  malleable 
iron  bar  runs  on  each  side  the  whole  length  of  the  furnace 
under  the  upright  binders,  which  arc,  of  course,  tied  over 
the  top  of  the  arch  by  tie-rods. 

The  floor  of  the  furnace-room  along  the  whole  length  of 
each  side  of  the  furnace  is  covered  with  cast-iron  plates, 
canning  out  about  3  feet  from  the  walls  of  the  furnace,  the 
remainder  of  the  floor  of  the  furnace-room  being  paved  with 
granite  "  setts." 

it  will  be  seen  from  this  description  that  the  furnace  is 
very  little  above  the  ground  level.  It  is,  in  fact,  sunk  into 
the  ground,  so  that  it  is  quite  easy  to  step  on  to  its  iron- 
covered  roof.  The  fire-places  being  below  the  ground 
level,  suitable  fire-pits  are,  of  course,  required. 

The  crucibles  are  lowered  into  their  places  from  above 
through  holes  in  the  arch,  with  corresponding  apertures  in 
the  iron  binding  plates,  the  workmen  standing  on  the 
roof  of  the  furnace  while  handling  the  crucibles.  Indeed, 
practically  all  the  work  is  done  by  ihe  furnacemen  while  in 
this  position.  The  holes  referred  to  are  circular,  14  inches 
in  diameter,  and  are  42  in  number,  21  on  a  side,  in  such  a 
furnace  as  is  here  described.  In  addition  to  the  "  pot- 
holes," there  are  two  hides  in  the  furnace  roof  at  each  end 
of  the  bed,  which  are  4  inches  in  diameter,  anil  are  used 
for  cleaning  away  clinker,  &c.  from  the  ends  of  the  bed. 
The  •'  pot-holes  "  are  each  provided  with  a  circular  fire-clay 
cover  clamped  round  with  an  iron  ring,  which  serves  to 
protect  the  covers,  and  also  to  bind  them  when  they  split, 
as  they  generally  do. 

The  crucibles  stand  20  inches  high  and  1 1  inches  outside 
across  the  mouth.  They  ate  constructed  of  a  mixture  of 
good  fire-clay  and  plumbago.  The  clay  may  be  either 
■Stourbridge  or  Hexham,  the  former  for  choice ;  and  the 
plumbago,  whatever  its  source,  must  be  free  from  iron,  &c. 
Below  are  analyses  of  the  tyvo  classes  of  clay  referred  to  :  — 


Water  (HaO) 

Silica  (SiOj) 

Alumina  (Al/>() 

Protoxide  of  iron  (FeO) 

Lime  (Ca(») 

Magnesia  (MgO)  

Potash  (KaO) 

Soda  (Na=OJ 

Titanic  acid  (TiOa)  .... 


si 'bridge. 

Hexham. 

7 -III) 

l-\v 

69-00 

59-05 

22-00 

25-61 

1-50 

2-20 

()•  in 

o-ss 

0-51 

n-75 

o-« 

1-97 

0-18 

0-2S 

1-53 

101-12 


99-71 


The  crucibles  weigh  12  lb.  dry,  and  consist,  as  nearly  as 
need  be,  of — dry  clay,  35f  lb.,  and  plumbago,  fi]  lb.  The 
amount  of  clay  and  plumbago  made  up  at  one  time  is  5  cwt. 
of  clay  and  3  qr.  11  lb.  plumbago.  This  mixture  is 
ground  under  edge  runners  in  a  damp  state,  and  then 
thoroughly  incorporated  by  treading  with  the  bare  feet  in 
the  usual  manner  of  preparing  clay  for  crucible-making, 
this  part  of  the  process  calling  for  no  remark.  The 
crucibles  are  made  in  the  usual  way  by  hand,  and  are  con- 
sidered to  cost,  using  the  above  proportions,  about  2s.  6d. 
each,  or  thereabouts.  They  are  dried  and  stoved  in  the 
ordinary  way,  steam  pipes  being  used  for  the  first  drying, 
while  the  waste  heat  from  the  antimony  furnace  is  employed 
for  the  final  drying.  After  thorough  drying  they  are 
carefully  heated  to  redness,  in  suitable  kilns,  hefore  being 
placed  in  the  furnace.  These  kilns  are  simply  upright 
chambers,  provided  with  a  high  door  in  front,  and  com- 
municating with  a  chimney  at  the  top.  Below  is  a  fire- 
place, over  which  is  built  a  low  arch  whose  top  is  levelled 
by  means  of  fire-clay  covers,  and  is  pierced  with  a  numbnr 
of  pigeon-holes,  so  as  to  provide  for  the  passage  of  the 
flame  from  the  fire-place  below  into  the  upper  chamber. 
The  crucibles  are  placed  upon  the  floor,  leaving  the  holes 
clear.  When  the  chamber  is  full  the  door  is  closed  and 
luted  ;  a  gentle  fire  is  made,  which  is  cautiously  augmented 
until  the  crucibles  are  at  a  cherry-red  heat,  at  which  tem- 
perature they  are  kept  until  required,  when  they  are 
withdrawn  as  needed. 

I  have  said  that  the  furnace  contains  42  holes  in  two 
rows,  21  holesiin  each  row.  The  pair  of  crucibles  nearest  the 
fire-places  at  each  end  of  the  furnace  is  kept  for  '•  starring  " 
or  refining  the  crude  metal,  while  the  remaining  holes  are 
divided  as  is  found  suitable  for  the  first  and  second  meltings 
of  the  crude  metal.  The  charge  for  each  crucible  consists 
of  42  lb.  of  ground  ore,  10  lb.  of  wrought-iron  scrap,  4  lb. 
of  common  salt,  and  1  lb.  of  skimmings  from  the  next 
operation  or  else  the  same  weight  of  impure  slag  from  a 
previous  melting.  Of  course  these  weights  vary  with 
every  ore,  but  the  above  will  be  true  for  an  ore  of  52  per 
cent. 

The  iron  scrap  used  must  be  wrought  not  east  iron ; 
tinned  scrap  is  preferred,  the  small  trace  of  tin  being 
generally  believed,  I  know  not  with  what  truth,  to  whiten 
the  resulting  antimony.  Part  of  the  tinned  scrap  is  beaten 
up  into  a  round  ball,  large  enough  to  fit  the  top  of  the 
crucible  loosely.  Such  a  ball  weighs  about  13  lb.,  and  one 
is  used  for  each  charge,  the  remaining  iron  required  being 
added  in  the  form  of  turnings  or  borings,  and  is  mixed 
through  the  ore,  along  with  the  salt,  in  the  weighing  scoop. 

The  mixture  of  ore,  salt,  and  iron  is  dropped  into  the 
crucible  through  an  iron  funnel,  the  lump  of  beaten  scrap 
being  thrown  in  last  of  all,  so  as  to  form  a  kind  of  hd  ;  the 
furnace  hole  is  then  closed  with  its  cover  for  about  half  an 
hour,  when  the  crucible  is  again  examined.  In  the  mean- 
time a  fresh  charge  is  weighed  out  ready  for  the  crucible  the 
moment  it  is  empty.  As  the  charge  melts  the  ball  of  iron 
on  the  top  falls  down  and  is  gradually  absorbed,  the  iron 
reducing  the  antimony  to  the  metallic  state,  it  being  itself 
converted  into  sulphide.  The  salt  assists  the  separation  of 
the  slag,  and  tends  to  promote  the  fusion  of  the  siliceous 
matters  of  the  ore. 

The  workman  from  time  to  time  examines  the  crucible 
with  a  view  to  ascertain  whether  fusion  is  takiug  place 
properly,  and  presses  doyvn  the  ball  of  scrap  on  the  top 
with  a  bar  of  iron.  The  length  of  time  required  for  fusion 
and  decomposition  varies  with  the  position  occupied  by  the 
crucible,  those  far  from  the  fire  requiring  longer  time  than 
those  close  to  it,  but  as  a  rule  about  four  meltings  are  got 
from  each  crucible  per  12  hours,  so  that  allowing  for 
charging,  and  occasional  changing  of  crucibles,  &c,  a 
little  less  than  three  hours  may  be  taken  as  an  average,  but 
it  must  be  borne  in  mind,  that  the  richer  the  ore,  the 
shorter  time  is  required  to  melt  it.  Opposite  to  each 
crucible,  except  those  used  for  the  final  refining,  is  placed 
a  conical  cast-iron  mould,  which  stands  close  by  the  furnace 
side,  it  is  large  enough  to  hold  the  contents  of  the  crucible, 
and  is  furnished  with  a  cast-iron  lid.  The  fusion  being 
complete,  the  crucible  is  withdrawn,  balanced  on  the  edge 


18 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[J an.  30,1392. 


of  the  furnace  ivall,  and  the  contents  poured  into  the  mould, 
which  is  at  once  coveted  with  it-  lid  ;  the  crucible  is 
examined,  si  raped  out  if  need  be,  replaced,  and  at  once 
recharged  with  tin-  mixture. 

The  mould  i-  pierced  at  the  bottom  with  a  circular  hole 
about  three-quarters  of  an  inch  or  less  in  diameter;  the 
metal  does  not  escape  through  this,  as  the  first  portion 
which  reaches  the  mould  chills  and  prevents  the  escape  of 
the  remainder  ;  the  object  of  this  hole  being  to  enable  the 
fused  mass,  when  cool,  to  be  knocked  out  by  means  of  a 
hammer  and  a  punch.  When  the  mass  is  removed  from 
the  mould  the  reduced  antimony  which  collects  at  the  bottom 
is  knocked  away  from  the  slag,  which  slag,  if  the  fusion  is 
carefully  condncted,  should  be  quite  clean  enough  to  be 
thrown  away.  The  metal  obtained  by  this  process  is 
known  as  "  -ingles,"  and  below  is  an  analysis  of  a  sample  of 
such  metal: — 

Antimony 91"<S3 

Iron 7'_:; 

Sulphur 0'82 

Insoluble  matter 

99-68 

It  is  seen  by  the  analysis  that  the  "singles"  contain  a 
large  quantity  of  iron,  this  arises  from  the  necessity  of 
using  an  excess  of  iron  in  order  to  reduce  the  whole  of  the 
antimony  in  the  ore,  and  the  next  operation  consists  in 
removing  this  large  excess  of  iron,  and  thereby  practically 
purifying  the  metal.  This  is  accomplished  by  melting  the 
■'  -inch's  "  with  a  small  quantity  of  pure  sulphide  of 
antimony,  the  liquated  sulphide  being  used  for  this 
purpose.  1  have  here  a.  sample  of  liquated  sulphide 
such  as  is  used  in  this  process,  and  also  in  the  preparation 
of  the  "antimony  flux,"  to  ■winch  I  shall  refer  later. 

The  charge  for  the  second  fusion  consists  of  S4  lb.  of 
singles  broken  small  (about  the  size  of  road  metal)  and  I 
7-8  lb.  of  liquated  sulphide  of  antimony,  with  1  lb.  of  salt 
added  as  a  flux.  Sometimes  kedp  salt  is  used  in  place  of 
ordinary  salt  in  this  fusion,  and  is  found  to  be  very  suitable. 
The  reaction  in  this  fusion  is  similar  to  that  in  the  last 
operation,  the  excess  of  iron  in  the  metal  reducing  the 
pure  sulphide  of  antimony  to  the  metallic  state,  being  itself 
converted  into  sulphide  of  iron.  The  fusion  i>  narrowlj 
watched,  and  great  care  taken  that  the  metal  and  the 
sulphide  of  antimony  shall  mix  thoroughly,  but  much 
stirring  with  iron  tools  should  he  avoided  at  this  stage  as 
the  object  is  to  remove  iron  so  far  as  possible.  When 
stirring  is  required  it  is  done  as  quickly  as  possible  in 
order  to  expose  the  iron  stirrer  as  little  as  maybe  to  the 
action  of  the  sulphide  of  antimony.  When  the  fusion  is 
complete,  the  fused  mass  is carefully  skimmed  by  means  of 
a  cast-iron  ladle  placed  on  a  long  shaft,  this  skimming  being 
carried  out  as  completely  as  may  be  in  order  that  the 
metal  should  he  as  clean  as  possible  before  pouring.  When 
the  skimming  is  over  the  metal  is  at  once  poured  into 
moulds  identical  with  those  used  in  the  previous  operation. 
The  resulting  metal  from  this  melting  is  known  as  "  star 
bowls."  and  each  fusion  yields  a  lump  of  about  80  lbs. 
The  skimmings  go,  as  1  indicated  before,  to  the  first 
operation. 

I  have  here  samples  of  this  second  metal,  which  yielded 
on  analysis: — 

Anti lj' 99"  53 

lion 0-18 

Sulphur (Til! 

99*87 

As  you  will  see,  the  surface  of  the  crystals  of  this  metal 
are  covered  with  tiny  bright  specks.  These  specks  are  a 
certain  sign  of  the  presence  of  sulphur  in  the  metal,  and 
this  appearance  is  known  as  "  flouring,"  metal  showing  these 
specks  being  said  to  be  "  floured."  As  in  the  first  melting 
it  is  necessary  to  add  an  excess  of  iron  in  order  to  remove 
all  the  antimony,  so  in  this  case  it  is  necessary  to  add  an 
excess  of  sulphide  of  antimony  in  order  to  remove  all  the 
iron,  and  hence   the    presence  of  sulphur  in   the  antimony 


obtained.  In  order  to  remove  this  sulphur,  and  finally  to 
purify  the  metal,  another  melting  is  required,  and  the 
custom  of  the  trade  being  that  antimony  shall  be  sold  in 
Ha1  ingots,  each  "starred"  or  crystallised  on  the  upper 
surface,  if  is  necessary  to  take  precautions  so  as  to  obtain 
this  "  star"  or  crystallised  appearance,  by  means  of  which 
the  buyer  judges  of  the  purity  of  the  metal.  These  two 
results  are  achieved  by  melting  the  metal  along  with  a 
peculiar  flux  known  as  "  antimony  flux,*'  and  this  antimony 
flux  is  a  body  not  easily  prepared,  and  one  which  is  often 
difficult  to  obtain  at  first,  but  having  obtained  it,  it  is  easily 
kept  in  order. 

The  process  of  making  this  flux  is  a  rule-of-thumb  one, 
and  is  carried  out  something  in  this  way: — Three  parts  of 
ordinary  American  potash  are  melted  in  a  crucible,  and 
two  parts  of  ground  liquated  sulphide  of  antimony  are 
mixed  in.  When  the  mixture  is  complete  and  the  fusion 
quiet  the  mass  is  poured  out  and  tried  on  a  small  scale  in 
order  to  see  whether  it  yields  a  good  "star"  or  not;  if  it 
doc-  so  the  ingot  of  metal  obtained  is  broken,  and  the  metal 
examined  in  order  to  judge  whether  or  not  it  is  free  from 
sulphur.  Should  this  prove  the  case  the  flux  is  considered 
satisfactory,  and  may  be  put  in  use,  but  otherwise  the  flux 
is  remelted  and  more  of  one  ingredient  or  the  other  is 
added  as  experience  dictates,  the  forming  of  a  good  flux 
being  a  matter  of  some  difficulty,  and  one  in  which 
experience  is  the  only  guide. 

The  process  of  refining  and  starring  the  star-bowls  is  as 
follows  : — The  lumps  of  metal  when  cold  are  removed  from 
the  mould  and  carried  from  the  furnace  house  to  an 
adjoining  room,  where  they  are  thoroughly  cleaued  from 
the  adhering  skin  of  slag  by  chipping  with  sharp  hammers, 
this  part  of  the  work  being  sometimes  done  by  women, 
who  become  very  expert  in  rapidly  and  completely 
removing  every  trace  of  slag.  Unless  this  cleaning  process 
is  carefully  carried  out  it  is  hopeless  to  attempt  to  obtain 
a  good  star  on  the  finished  metal,  the  presence  of  the 
adhering  slag  completely  ruining  the  appearance  of  the 
ingots,  rendering  them  dull  and  lustreless  and  quite  unlike 
what  they  should  be.  The  ehippings  are  of  course  collected 
and  returned  to  the  second  melting.  The  star-bowls 
having  been  cleaned  they  are  broken  small  a-  in  the  case 
of  the  singles,  and  a  charge  weighed  out  for  refining.  The 
charge  used  is  ¥4  lb.  of  star-bowls,  and  a  sufficiency  of  the 
antimony  flux.  Enough  flux  is  added  to  surround  the 
ingots  completely,  and  for  this  less  or  more  is  needed 
according  to  the  shape  and  thickness  of  the  ingots,  for 
ingots  of  the  ordinary  shape  about  S  lb.  are  required. 
The  melting  takes  place  in  the  crucibles  next  the  fire-places, 
that  is  to  say,  in  those  which  are  hotti  st  and  in  which  the 
fusion  will  be  most  rapid. 

The  charge  of  metal  is  thrown  into  the  crucible  and 
narrowly  watched,  and  whenever  it  begins  to  melt,  the  flux 
is  added.  As  soon  as  the  fusion  appears  to  be  complete 
the  fnrnaceman  stirs  the  mixture  once  round  only  with  an 
iron  rod,  and  the  charge  is  at  once  poured  out.  The  ingot 
moulds  are  placed  side  by  side,  having  between  them  a 
wedge-shaped  frame  of  cast  iron,  called  a  "saddle."  the 
edge  of  which  points  upwards,  and  upon  which  the  charge 
is  poured,  when  the  stream  divides,  one  half  finding  it- 
way  into  each  mould.  These  moulds  are  left  to  cool  quite 
undisturbed,  and  as  they  cool  the  flux  which  covers  the 
surface  cracks,  and  wdien  quite  cold  can  be  easily  knocked 
off.  The  flux  is  used  over  and  over  again,  a  piece  of 
carbonate  of  potash  being  thrown  in  each  fusion  when  old 
flux  is  used.  In  this  way  it  will  be  seen  that  the  flux 
keeps  on  increasing  as  a  little  potash  is  added  and  a  littie 
sulphur  and  antimony  are  picked  up  at  each  fusion.  The 
ingots  must  be  completely  surrounded  by  flux,  then'  must 
be  a  thiii  layer  of  it  between  the  mould  anil  the  metal, 
and  also  the  whole  surface  of  the  ingot  must  be  covered 
to  the  depth  of  perhaps  a  quarter  of  an  inch.  Under  the 
circumstances  the  metal  should  always  give  a  good  star 
and  preserve  a  good  colour. 

The  traces  of  flux  which  adhere  are  removed  by  washing 
in  warm  water  with  the  assistance  of  a  little  sharp  -and. 
water  by  itself  being  insufficient  to  remove  the  Mux,  which 
is  practically  insoluble  in  water. 


Jan.  SO,  1892.]       THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


19 


The  personnel  of  such  a  furnace  as  I  have  described 
consists  of  aboul  36  men  and  three  women,  thi^  total  being 
made  up  as  follows  : — 

2  Firemen,  one  each  fire,  il&y  and  night 1 

8  Furnaoeinen,  I  on  each  side,  day  and  night  ..  ii; 

2  Mon,  cleaning  mota],  day  and  night 1 

2  Men,  breaking  metal,  day  and  night -1. 

1  Man,  weighing  charges,  day  and  night 2 

SO 
On  day-shift  only— 

::  Men,  labouring,  grinding  ore.  Jtc ,T 

1  Sin i tin  repairing  tools,  &c 1 

Packiugand  washing,3  women,  and 1 

l  Engine  and  boilerman i 

86 

Of  course  this  does  not  include  the  making  of 
crucibles,  Sc.,  bat  generally  speaking  one  crucible-maker 
and  one  labourer  can  make  enough  crucibles,  working 
during  the  day  only,  to  keep  the  furnace  going.  The  coals 
used,  including  those  used  for  firing  the  kilns,  amount  to 
about  22  tons  i"  i  week,  or  a  little  more  than  one  ton  and  a 
half  each  shitt. 

Aboul  II  crucibles  are  used  per  ton  of  refined  metal 
produced,  but  this  might  by  reduced  by  careful  working, 
and  the  yield  of  finished  metal  from  such  a  furnace  as  J 
have  described  working  a  52  per  cent,  ore  is  about  1-1  \  tons. 
or  a  little  more,  perhaps  14  tons  12  cwt.  per  week. 

A  great  deal  of  volatilisation  takes  place  from  the  melted 
metal  in  the  pots,  and  the  fume  thus  produced  is  condensed 
in  the  flues  of  the  furnace,  which  are  built  for  that  purpose 
in  a  winding  manner,  passing  backwards  and  forwards  under 
the  floor  of  the  crucible  drying  stoves,  so  as  to  dry  the  pots 
at  the  same  time  as  condensing  the  fume.  The  total 
amount  of  fume  varies  very  much;  the  richer  the  ore  the 
less  fume  there  is  in  proportion  to  the  antimony  produced, 
although  the  absolute  amount  of  fume  is  greater  than  when 
a  poorer  oie  is  worked.  I  suppose,  taking  one  case  with 
another,  that  1  am  not  far  from  the  truth  when  I  say  that 
about  10  per  cent,  of  the  total  antimony  contained  iu  the 
ore  is  volatilised,  and  of  this  the  greater  part  is  condensed 
in  properly  constructed  flues,  but,  of  course,  some  part  is 
inevitably  lost.  The  fume  is  a  whitish  body,  heavy,  and 
rather  crystalline,  not  very  unlike  white  arsenic  in  appear- 
ance, but  of  a  greyer  colour,  and,  as  j'ou  will  readily 
believe,  generally  more  or  less  blackened  with  soot.  It 
contains  about  70  per  cent,  of  metallic  antimony,  one 
sample,  of  which  I  have  an  analysis,  taken  from  about 
7  tons  of  fume,  gave  72 -GO  per  cent,  metallic  antimony. 
The  smelting  of  this  fume  is  conducted  as  follows  : — A  test 
experiment  is  made  in  order  to  ascertain  the  amount  of 
carbon  in  the  form  of  coke  or  anthracite  necessary  to  reduce 
all  the  antimony  present  in  the  fume.  This  having  been 
found,  the  fume  is  mixed  by  grinding  under  edge-runners 
with  the  proper  quantity  of  carbonaceous  matter,  and  of  the 
mixture  so  produced  a  few  pounds  weight  is  added  to  each 
charge  of  ore  and  iron  when  melting  for  singles.  This 
process  of  smelting  fume  is  no  favourite  with  the  workmen, 
as  the  gases  given  off  in  the  process  are  apt  to  cause  the 
mixture  in  the  pots  to  overflow,  and  the  "boiling  ore,"  as 
they  term  the  mixture  of  fume  and  coke,  is  therefore  looked 
upon  by  them  with  great  disfavour;  but  bc-yend  the 
mechanical  difficulties,  there  is  no  trouble  whatever  in 
smelting  the  fume.  The  flues  require  cleaning  out  at 
intervals,  sometimes  once  every  two  or  three  months,  some- 
times less  frequently,  according  to  circumstances. 

The  ingots,  which  are  known  in  the  trade  as  '-French 
metal,"  after  being  wrapped  in  straw,  are  packed  in  kegs 
holding  about  (i  ewt.  nett,  and  which  are  about  the  size  of 
ordinary  butter  firkins. 

The  value  of  any  sample  of  antimony  is  judged,  not  by 
analysis,  but  by  its  appearance,  and  a  good  sample  of  metal 
should  exhibit  the  following  characteristics : — The  star 
should  be  bold  and  defined,  standing  well  up  on  the  metal, 
the  edges  of  the  ridges  sharp  and  straight ;  the  metal 
itself  should  be  lustrous  and  white,  not  dull  and  leaden- 
looking.  Lastly,  on  breaking  the  ingot,  the  crystals  should 
be  large,  and  the  surfaces  of  them  free  from  specks,  which 
are  a  sign    of  sulphur   in   the   metal,  a   most   undesirable 


impurity  ;  and  on  this  last  point,  perhaps  more  than  on  anv 
other,  depends  the  value  placed  on  the  sample  under 
consideration. 

I  regret  that  1  cannot  offer  any  idea  of  the  costs  of 
working,  as,  unfortunately,  I  have  lost  or  mislaid  the  notes 
hearing  on  that  part  of  the  process.  I  have  thought  it  best, 
therefore,  to  confine  myself  solely  to  a  description  of  the 
process  as  it  is  carried  out  in  practice,  leaving  out  of  sight. 
the  commercial  considerations  altogether.  1  must  not 
forget  to  acknowledge  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Roadman,  who 
placed  his  notes  and  analyses  at  ray  disposal,  in  order  to  fill 
up  some  blanks  in  my  own  memoranda. 

Disci  sm.ix. 

The  Cii.UitMAX  said  that  the  thanks  of  the  Section  were 
due  to  Mr.  Kodger  for  his  instructive  and  practical  paper, 
and  all  the  more  so  as  he  had  come  forward  with  it  on  very 
short  notice  to  supply  the  place  of  another  which  had  been 
postponed.  He  quite  agreed  with  .Mr.  Rodger  that  the 
information  which  could  be  got  from  ordinary  text-books 
oi-  this  subject  was  of  little  practical  value,  as  he  had  lately 
to  look  up  this  subject,  and  could  not  get  the  desired  infor- 
mation. _  He  would  like  to  ask  if  any  special  quality  were 
required  or  if  any  great  difficulty  was  experienced  in 
grinding  metallic  antimony,  as  he  had  occasionally  to  use  it 
and  found  it  difficult  to  obtain  and  the  price  very  high.  He 
would  also  like  to  know  what  the  average  life  of  a  crucible 
was,  and  if  the  process  he  had  described  was  worked  in 
Scotland. 

Dr.  J.  B.  Readxak  could  say  from  experience  that 
.Mr.  Kodger  had  given  a  very  accurate  description  of  the 
smelting  of  antimony.  The  process  was,  he  thought,  defec- 
tive fo  far  as  the  use  of  crucibles  were  concerned.  These 
should  be  dispensed  with,  for  the  use  of  crucibles  for  smelt- 
ing was  a  very  costly  method,  each  crucible  costing  2s.  6d., 
and  all  of  them  filling  only  a  small  proportion  of'the  heated 
area  of  the  furnace.  Why  should  not  a  reverberatory  furnace 
or  some  other  form  of  furnace  be  employed,  and  the  enor- 
mous expense  of  crucibles  te  got  rid  of?  Some  time  ago  a 
method  had  been  proposed  for  smelting  antimony  in  a 
water-jacketed  blast  furnace,  but  he  did  not  know  if  it  had 
been  successful.  He  thought  a  blast  furnace  of  that  des- 
cription might  be  adapted  to  serve  the  purpose.  On  the 
whole  he  thought  there  was  great  room  for  improvement  in 
the  process  ofrefiniug  antimony. 

Mr.  Rodger,  in  reply  to  Mr.  Fawsitt,  said  that  any 
antimony  could  be  ground  in  au  iron  mortar,  but  it  was 
very  difficult,  almost  impossible,  to  get  it  chemically  pure. 
However,  a  good  sample  of  antimony  as  it  left  the  smelter's 
hands  was  a  very  pure  commercial  product.  The  cost  of 
the  crucibles  was  immense.  In  the  work  with  which  he 
had  been  connected  they  calculated  that  eleven  crucibles 
were  used  for  every  ton  of  refined  metal  produced.  The 
average  life  of  a  crucible  depended  on  what  it  was  used  for. 
Crucibles  used  for  "  starring  "  were  very  short  lived,  and 
could  not  be  employed  more  than  three  or  four  times,  being 
rapidly  destroyed  by  the  flux,  while  crucibles  for  "singles  " 
would  stand  for  a  long  time  and  could  be  used  twenty  times 
or  more.  A  blast  furnace,  he  believed,  had  been  used  for 
smelting  antimony-,  but  the  furnace  was  worked  very  low, 
with  poor  ores,  the  object  being  to  produce  as  much 
'•  fume  "  as  possible,  this  fume  being  condensed  and  after- 
wards reduced  with  carbon.  He  had,  however,  no  practical 
experience  of  this.  He  agreed  with  Dr.  Readiuan  that  a 
vast  amount  of  heat  and  space  was  lost  by  the  use  of 
crucibles  for  smelting.  A  reverberatory  furnace  had  been 
tried  but  did  not  seem  to  work.  Antimony  was  not  now- 
smelted  in  Scotland,  the  work  with  which  he  had  formerly 
been  connected  having  been  stopped  for  want  of  ore. 
Newcastle  was  at  present  the  seat  of  the  industry. 


C  2 


20 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  SO,  1898. 


Journal  ana  patent*  gt'trraturr* 


Class.  Tape. 

I. — General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery 90 

II.— Fuel,  Gas,  and  Light 21 

III. — Destructive  Distillation,  Tar  Products,  &e '2-2 

IV.— Colouring  Hatters  and  Dyes  23 

V.— Textiles:  Cotton, Wool, Silk, Ac 2ii 

VI.— Dyeing,   Calico    Printing,    Paper    Staining,   and 

Bleaching 3ft 

VII.— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 3t 

V I II.— Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware 33 

IX.— Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars,  and  Cements. .  38 

X.— Metallurgy 39 

X  I. —Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy   42 

XII.— Fats,  Oils,  and  Soap  manufacture 44 

XIII.— Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 
Rubber.  &c U 

XIV.— Tanning,  Leather,  Glue,  and  Size 16 

XV.— Manures,  Ac — 

X V  I. — Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  Ac 4S 

XV 11. —Brewing,  Wines,  Spirits,  Ac 50 

XVIIL— Chemistry   of   Poods,    Sanitary    Chemistry,    and 

Disinfectants 51 

X I X.— Paper,  Pasteboard,  &c 5-2 

XX.— Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids.  Essences,  and  Extracts  57 

XXI.— Photographic  Materials  and  Processes — 

XX  1 1.— Explosives,  Matches,  Ac 50 

XXI II.— Analytical  Chemistry 60 


I.-GENEEAL  PLANT,  APPAKATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 

Manufacture  of  Glass  Pipes  of  Large  Diameter. 
L.  Appert.  Hull.  Soc.  d'Encouragenient  l'iiidustric 
Nationale,  1891,6,  114—121. 

See  under  VIII.,  page  38. 


casing  is  placed  horizontally  and  the  discs  fitted  to  a  vertical 
spindle.      The  accompany  iug   drawing   shows   one  of   the 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Machinery  and  Apparatus  for  Grind- 
ing or  Crushing  Mineral,  Vegetable,  and  Animal 
Substances.  \V.  II.  Thompson,  London.  Eng.  Pat, 
19,061,  November  24,  1890.     lid. 

Tni»  invention  relates  to  improvements  in  the  class  of 
grinding  mill  in  which  a  hall  is  held  between  two  discs  sur- 
rounded by  a  cylindrical  casing,  so  that  rotary  motion  applied 
to  the  discs  causes  the  hall  to  travel  along  the  inner  circum- 
ference of  the  casing,  thereby  exerting  a  reducing  and 
grinding  action  upon  any  materials  enclosed  therein.  The 
principal  point  of  novelty  claimed  consists  in  securing  the 
two  discs  each  to  an  independent  shaft  placed  axially  in  line 
with  the  other,  each  shaft  being  capable  of  separate 
adjustment  laterally  as  well  as  axially,  and  of  being  driven 
at  independent  speeds.  In  another  arrangement  the  two 
discs  are  secured  to  the  same  shaft,  and  fitted  with  springs 
for  self-adjustment.  ( )r  a  rotary  casing  may  be  employed, 
the  discs  being  held  stationary  and  in  elastic  contact  with 
the   ball,  an    arrangement   specially   applicable  when   the 

•  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  postage,  to  Mr.  II.  Reader  Lack, 
Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  Southampton  Buildings,  Chancery 
Lane,  London,  W.C.  The  amount  of  postage  may  be  calculated  as 
follows: — 

If  the  price  does  not  eicccd  8it id. 

Above  8<l.,  and  not  exceeding  15.  6d Id. 

„      U.ed.,      „  „         2s.  id lid. 

„      2s.  id.,      „  „  3s.  4rf 2d. 


Grinding  Apparatus. 

latter   arrangements,    suitable    for  wet   grinding,    with    the 
driving  pulley  placed  underneath. 

There  are    seven    claims  and   four   sheets   of   drawings. 

— B. 


Improvements  in  Filtering  Machinery.  E.  Martin,  Watford. 
Eng.  Pat.  19,600,  December  2, 1890.     Gd. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  horizontal  cylinder,  with  per- 
forated circumference,  carried  on  hollow  trunnions,  which  is 
immersed  nearly  to  its  full  depth  in  a  cistern  filled  with 
the  liquid  to  be  filtered.  The  trunnions  pass  through  the 
sides  of  the  cistern  by  means  of  stuffing-boxes,  and  over  the 
whole  circumference  of  the  cylinder,  except  for  the  small 
portion  projecting  above  the  liquid,  is  laid  an  endless 
filtering  cloth,  which  runs  thence  over  secondary  small 
cylinders  or  rollers  and  passes  through  another  cistern,  in 
which  are  provided  means  for  cleaning  off  any  deposit  that 
may  have  collected.  The  liquid  passes  through  the  cloth 
surrounding  the  cylinder,  leaving  its  impurities  on  the  outer 
surface  of  the  cloth,  whilst  the  clean  liquid  is  withdrawn 
through  the  trunnions.  On  motion  being  imparted  to  the 
cylinder  and  the  filtering  cloth,  the  deposit  is  removed  as  the 
latter  passes  through  the  second  cistern. 

Claim  is  made  for  the  whole  arrangement. — B. 


Improved  HTc/hod  of  and  Apparatus  for  Treating  Smoke 
and  Gases  from  Furnaces  and  other  Fires.  A.  tS.  Davy, 
Sheffield.     Eng.  Pat.  179,  January  5,  1891.     8d. 

See  under  II.,  next  page. 


Improvements  in  or  <  'onnected  with  Compression  Pumps 
for  Gaseous  or  Vaporous  Fluids.  W,  H.  Webb,  Bootle. 
Eng.  Pat.  1540,  January  28,  1891.     3d. 

The   patentee  makes  the  suction  or  lift-valve  of  a  pump 
removable  by  securing  its  seat  in  a  round  plug,  which  can 
be  inserted  through  a  suitable  opening  in  the  pump  casing. 
Four  claims  and  two  illustrations. — B. 


Jan.  SO,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


21 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Concentrating  Acids. 
\V.  C.  Hencns,  Hanau,  Germany.  Eug.  Pat.  2499, 
February  11,  1891,     4rf. 

See  under  VII.,  page  36- 


Itnprorcmcnts  in  or  relating  to  Means  or  Apparatus  for 
Treating  Gases,  Smoke,  and  Products  of  Combustion  so 
as  to  rentier  them  Innocuous.  11.  Wainwright,  Leeds. 
Eng.  Pat.  10,-127,  June  19,  1891.     Sd. 

See  under  II.,  page  22. 


II.-FUEL,  GAS.  AND  LIGHT. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Appliances  for  Producing  Light  by 
Incandescence.  T.  Heskin,  Preston.  Eng.  Pat.  16,821, 
October  22,  1890.     8d. 

These  improvements  relate  to  the  production  of  light  by 
heating  magnesia  or  other  refractory  earthy  substances  to 
incandescence  by  means  of  Bunsen  or  other  gas  burners, 
ami  to  the  automatic  supply  and  renewal  of  such  sub- 
stances. Hitherto  mantles  or  hoods,  which,  owing  to  their 
fragile  natures,  are  liable  to  be  fractured  and  broken,  have 
been  used.  Further,  the  light-giving  properties  of  such  are 
found  to  deteriorate,  necessitating  frequent  renewal. 

The  principal  feature  of  this  invention  is  the  preparation 
of  a  mixture  of  a  salt  of  a  refractory  earth  with  glycerin, 
"  which,  when  suitably  applied  to  the  flame  of  the  burner, 
evolves  a  continuous  supply  of  the  refractory  earth." 

The  burner  used  is  preferably  one  giving  a  low,  short, 
but  hot  flame,  about  half  an  inch  in  height. 

Fig.  1. 


«£ 


^NW^^ 


Fig.  1  shows  one  way  of  applying  the  mixture.  T  is  a 
metallic  or  earthenware  vessel,  4  in.  high  by  2  in.  in 
diameter,  extending  to  6  in.  or  other  suitable  size,  at  the 
base  for  attachment  to  a  Bunsen  burner.  The  base  B  is 
fixed  about  j  of  an  inch  above  the  central  air-way  of  the 
burner,  and  is  about  |  an  inch  less  in  diameter  than  that  of 
the  flame,  to  allow  a  clear  annular  space  for  the  air  to  ascend. 
h  h  h  is  a  circle  of  small  tubes  of  thin  platinum,  nickel,  or 
silver,  fixed  at  right  angles  to  the  base,  each  \  in.  long  and 
4  in.  in  bore,  about  -/^th  of  an  inch  apart,  and  which  almost 
touch  the  flame  of  the  burner  at  a  point  ^th  of  an  inch 
below  its  extreme  height.  T  is  filled  with  the  pasty 
mixture,  which  eventually  appears  as  a  bead  at  each  end  of 
tubes  h  h  h.  When  the  burner  is  lighted,  the  mixture 
decomposes,  the  bead  swelling  out  and  immersing  itself  in 
the  body  of  the  flame — a  residue  of  refractory  earth  being 
left  generally  in  the  form  of  a  small  cone.  If  the  ends  of 
the  tubes  actually  touch  the  flame,  the  oxide  is  left  in  a 
light  porous  condition,  not  so  well  adapted  for  illuminating 
purposes  as  the  denser  form. 

The  reservoir  T  may  be  placed  above  or  below  the 
Bunsen  and  wires  of  platinum  nickel  or  silver  may  be  drawn 
through  the  pasty  mixture  and  brought  in  contact  with  the 
flame.     Fig.  2  shows  suitable  shapes  of  wire,  which  in  ease 


of  («)  is  jnnd  of  an  inch  thick  and  T'sth  in  the  other  two 
CO,  (c).  When  heated,  decomposition  occurs,  and  tufts 
of  oxide  are  left  adhering.     When  the  burner  is  not  in  use, 

Fig.  2. 


a.  b  o 

Attachment  fou  Incandescent  Gas  Lamps. 

the  mixture  in  the  tube  being  deliquescent,  absorbs  moisture, 
from  the  air  and  forms  another  bead,  which  in  turn  evolves 
a  further  supply  of  oxide  when  decomposed.  The  chloride 
or  other  suitable  salt  of  magnesium,  lanthanum,  zirconium, 
yttrium  or  thorium  may  be  used. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  Incandescence  Gas  Lamps  and  Apparatus 
in  Connection  therewith.  C.  Clamond,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  GO,  January  1,  1891.     Hd. 

Acccikding  to  these  improvements  the  gas  first  passes 
through  a  regulator,  consisting  essentially  of  a  disc  with 
small  holes  the  area  of  which  can  be  regulated  by  means  of 
tapering  pins  ;  it  is  claimed  that  in  this  way  the  quantity  of 
gas  can  be  varied  without  altering  the  speed  of  the  gaseous 
current  through  the  holes,  and  hence  without  altering  the 
mixture  of  gas  and  air.  After  passing  through  the  regulator 
disc,  air  mixes  with  the  gas,  being  drawn  in  through  lateral 
perforations  in  the  conducting  tube,  and  the  mixture  is  heated 
on  its  way  to  the  burner,  which  consists  of  a  metal  chamber 
having  at  its  underside  a  group  of  small  tubes  extending 
downwards.  The  air  and  gas  are  here  intimately  mixed,  and 
on  issuing  from  the  lower  ends  of  the  tubes  meet  a  further 
supply  of  highly-heated  air,  sufficient  to  ensure  perfect  com- 
bustion. The  flame  so  produced  plays  downwards  through 
an  inverted  magnesia  hood,  which  it  raises  to  incandescence, 
the  products  of  combustion  then  passing  upwards  to  the 
regenerator  for  heating  the  preliminary  mixture  of  air  and  gas 
and  secondary  air  supply.  By  these  means,  it  is  claimed, 
there  can  be  no  clogging  of  orifices  by  particles  of  soot  or 
carbon.  For  powerful  lamps  of  this  class  the  burner  as 
described  above  is  somewhat  modified  in  order  to  ensure  an 
even  distribution  of  air  and  gas  supply  to  the  tubes,  while  in 
order  to  avoid  the  inconvenient  radiation  of  heat  from  tho 
glass  globe,  the  latter  is  cooled  by  being  surrounded  by  a 
second  glass  globe,  an  air  space  being  left  between  the  two, 
through  which  the  air  supply  passes  on  its  way  to  tho 
regenerator  and  thus  undergoes  a  preliminary  heating. 

For  details  of  the  regenerator  aud  mode  of   fixing  these 
lamps,  the  specification  and  drawings  must  be  consulted. 

— O.  H. 


Improved  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Treating  Smoke 
aud  Gases  from  Furnaces  and  other  Fires.  A.  S.  Davy, 
Sheffield.     Eng.  Pat.  179,  January  5,  1891.     tjd. 

Ix  this  method  the  smoke  and  gases  are  caused  to  pass 
through  a  fan,  blower,  or  exhauster,  in  the  interior  of  which 
they  are  brought  into  contact  with  water  in  the  form  of 
spray,  the  solid  matter  beiug  precipitated  and  subsequently 
carried  off.  The  water  is  led  in  to  the  vane  spindle  and 
projected  by  centrifugal  force  through  holes  therein.  The 
spindle  is  hollow  or  tubular,  and  partially  divided  longitu- 
dinally by  ribs.  There  may  also  be  holes  through  the  boss, 
or  through  the  arms  of  the  vanes,  or  the  water  may  be 
supplied  through  the  casing  to  the  interior  of  the  fan  or 
exhauster,  and  so  dashed  into  spray  by  the  revolving  vanes. 

— D.  A.  S. 


__• 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  3(1  ISDi 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  Means  or  Apparatus  for 
Treating  Gases,  Smoke,  anil  Products  of  Combustion  so 

as   tn    render   them    Innocuous.      1!.    Wainwright,  Leeds. 
Eng.  Pat.  10,427,  June  19,  1891.     8d. 

In  this  invention  it  is  proposed  to  render  gases  and  smoke 
*'  innocuous  "  by  drawing  them  from  the  chimney  or  flue 
through  a  cooling  pipe  or  tube  into  a  purifier  in  the  form 
of  a  tank  partially  filled  with  water,  and  thence  into  the 
atmosphere.  The  chimney  being  closed  with  a  damper,  the 
products  of  combustion  arc  withdrawn  by  means  of  an 
exhauster,  cooled  by  being  passed  through  a  tube  surrounded 
with  water,  and  discharged  beneath  the  surface  of  water  in  a 
closed  tank.  They  are  thus  efficiently  washed  without  the 
use  of  any  mechanical  agitator.  From  the  purifier  the  gases 
are  allowed  to  escape  into  the  atmosphere  direct,  or  are 
returned  to  the  chimney  above  the  damper.or  to  the  furnaces 
again.  A  drawing  is  attached  to  the  specification  showing  the 
application  of  this  system  to  a  Cornish  boiler. — U.  A.  S. 


Ill -DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAE 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

The  Origin  of  Petroleum.  R.  Zaloziecki.  Chem.  Zeit. 
1891,15,  1203—1200. 
The  author  disputes  the  validity  of  the  hypothesis  of 
Ochsenius  concerning  the  origin  of  petroleum,  the  chief 
features  of  which  are  the  assumption  that  the  formation  of 
petroleum  has  been  brought  about  by  the  action  upon  the 
fatty  matter  of  decomposing  animal  remains  of  certain  salts, 
notably  alkaline  bromide-  and  aluminium  chloride,  and 
the  contention  that  this  view  is  borne  out  by  the  composition 
of  the  saline  constituents  of  the  natural  waters  commonly 
found  associated  with  petroleum.  The  chief  grounds  for 
his  rejection  of  this  theory  are  that  petroleum  and  the  said 
saline  deposits  belong  to  different  geological  epoch-,  and 
that  little  or  no  nitrogen  in  any  form  is  found  in  the  waters 
accompanying  deposits  of  mineral  oil.  Moreover,  cases  are 
known  in  which  the  water  accompanying  petroleum  is  free 
from  saline  constituents,  and  further,  the  syntheses  of 
hydrocarbons  of  the  aromatic  series  effected  by  the  aid  of 
small  quantities  of  alkaline  bromides  and  iodides  and 
aluminium  chloride,  take  place  under  conditions  widely 
differing  from  those  that  would  occur  in  the  production  of 
petroleum  in  contact  with  an  aqueous  solution  of  these 
bodies.  In  consequence  of  these  considerations  he  adheres 
to  his  belief  that  the  fuuetion  of  the  saline  constituents  of 
waters  accompanying  petroleum  has  been  rather  to  restrain 
the  putrefactive  changes  of  the  original  animal  matter,  than 
to  cause  a  specific  alteration  of  its  fatty  constituents  into 
hydrocarbons  of  such  series  as  are  generally  found  in  crude 
petroleum. — li.  I!. 


Artificial    Mineral    Lubricating    Oils — the    Condensation 

Products   of  Allyl  Alcohol    with    Methylated    Benzenes. 

G.  Kraemei  and  A.  Spilker.     Ber.  189l",  24,  2785—2793 

and  3164. 

Is  their  investigations  on  the  condensation  of  cinnamene 

(styrol)  with   methylbenzene   derivatives    (Ber.    1890,   23, 

3269 — 3283;  this  journal,   1891,    3S    and    39)   the  authors 

briefly    referred   to   the   formation   of    viscous    cinnamene 

compounds  possessing  the  properties  of  mineral    oil.       In 

continuation    of  these  researches    they    have  attempted  to 

ascertain  in  what  relation  these  compounds  stand  to  mineral 

oils.     Owing    to  the  fact  that   the  viscosity  of  mineral  oils 

increases  as  the   quantity  of   solid   paraffin  diminish.-,  it  is 

feasible  to  attribute  the-  formation  of  viscous  compounds  to 

certain    changes    which    paraffin    has    undergone    after    the 

formation   of  petroleum.     The  conversion  of  solid  paraffin 

I  products  lias  been  investigated  by  a  number  of 


authors,  and  although  it  is  unnecessary  for  the  purpose  of 
the  present  paper  to  gain  further  insight  into  the  nature 
of  this  dissociation,  the  authors  contend  it  to  be  highly 
probable  that  the  liquid  hydrocarbons  thus  formed  while 
acting  mutually  on  one  another  may  in  course  of  time  be 
resolved  into  viscous  compounds  resembling  the  products 
which  are  obtained  by  the  condensation  of  cinnamene  with 
methylbenzene  derivatives. 

The  new  compounds  described  by  the  authors  were 
prepared  by  mixing  100  cc.  of  anhydrous  allyl  alcohol  with 
1,000  ec.of  pseudocumene  and  treating  the  mixture  gradually 
whilst  cold  with  100  cc.  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
and  50  cc.  of  fuming  sulphuric  acid.  Two  la3'ers  of  liquid 
were  formed,  the  heavier  of  which  contained  sulphonic  acids. 
The  lighter  portions  were  separated,  washed  witli  water  and 
soda,  and  distilled  in  a  current  of  steam.  At  200° — 220°  a 
colourless  viscid  liquid  came  over,  the  residue  forming  a 
yellowish-brown  resinous  compound.  The  oil  after  fraction- 
ation boiled  above  300'  almost  without  decomposition.  It 
hail  a  viscosity  of  77  J  at  15  (water  being  1)  compared  with 
the  figure  40  which  was  obtained  in  the  sameapparatu-  witli 
a  sample  of  best  Kussian  lubricating  oil.  It  had  the  com- 
position C^Hoj.  The  resinous  compound  was  found  to  be 
a  polymeride  of  the  original  substance.  The  liquid  obtained 
from  xylene  and  allyl  alcohol  had  the  formula  C,,IH_,4,  and 
showed  the  lower  viscosity  number  of  8'  1.  It  will  be  seeu 
that  oxygen  was  not  present  in  these  compounds,  and  from 
this  fact  it  was  supposed  that  they  had  not  been  produced 
under  the  same  conditions  as  the  cinuamene  derivatives, 
but  that  the  condensation  must  have  been  accompanied  by 
the  elimination  of  water.  The  formation  is  illustrated  by 
the  authors  in  the  following  manner : — 

Hi.  Oil 

(CH3)3Cf,H3<-C      H  '       .rH. 

II  ->  CH3 

CH3 


(CH3)3C6H2  —  C  —  Cstt.(<  M  , 
I- 


II  M 


The  product  obtained  from  pseudocumene  and  allyl  alcohol 

is  therefore  diinethyldicuniylmethane.  The  authors  regard 
these  compounds  as  the  "  viscosity  carriers "  of  mineral 
oils  ;  moreover  they  consider  they  have  proved  that  the  lubri- 
cating property  depends  on  the  number  of  methyl  groups 
present  in  the  compound,  and  that  all  high  boiling  fractions  of 
petroleum  are  free  from  oxygen  whilst  the  highly  viscous 
oils  contain  less  hydrogen  than  the  oils  of  lower  viscosity. 

The  authors  explain  on  page  31G4  of  the  Berichte  that 
they  omitted  to  refer  to  the  researches  of  Baeyer  (Ber.  6, 
224  ),  who  obtained  a  viscous  compound  of  high  boiling  point 
by  the  condensation  of  allyl  alcohol  and  mesitylene  with 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  although  no  mention  was  made 
by  him  of  the  constitution  or  composition  of  the  product. 

— B.  B. 


PATENTS. 
I    Veui  Product  possessing  the  Same,  or  nearly  the  Same 
Properties     as     Spirits     of     Turpentine.      T.    Drake, 
Huddersiielil.     Eng.  Pat.  16,916,  October  23,  lS'JO.     id. 

See  under  X11I.,  page  45. 


Production  from  Mineral  Oils  of  Sulphonic  Acids  ami 
Sulphones,  and  the  Manufacture  of  a  New  Product  by 
treating  Gelatinous  Matters  with  Sulphonic  Acid. 
A.M.Clark,  London.  From  the  "  Gewerkschaft  Messel," 
Grube  Messel,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  19,502.  November 
29,  1S90.     6d. 

Tin:  unsaturated  hydrocarbons  present  in  petroleum, 
mineral  wax,  or  rosin  oil  are  converted  into  a  mixture  of 
sulphonic  acids  and  sulphoues  when  treated  with   fuming 


Jan.  so,  18920        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTEY. 


23 


sulphuric  acid  ;it  the  ordinary  temperature,  or  with  acid 
containing  10  percent,  of  the  anhydride  at  80  < '.  Petroleum 
..!'  sp.  gr.  0"860 — 0-890,  when  tints  treated,  yields  a  syrupy 
lii|uiil  containing  those  sulphonic  acids.  When  this  liquid  is 
run  into  water  the  acids  are  partially  precipitated,  their  com- 
plete precipitation  being  effected  by  the  addition  of  common 
salt.  The  precipitate  is  redissolved  in  water,  and  reprecipi- 
tated  by  the  addition  of  brine,  this  operation  being  repeated 
until  all  the  sulphuric  acid  is  removed.  The  sulphones  can 
be  separated  from  the  sulphonic  acids  by  converting  the 
latter  into  their  sodium  salts  and  then  extracting  the  former 
by  means  of  ether  or  of  naphtha.  The  sodium  salts,  when 
dissolved  in  water  and  decomposed  with  hydrochloric  acid, 
yield  the  free  sulphonic  acids,  to  which  the  name  of 
"  Tumenol-sulphonic  acids"  is  given.  These  bodies  when 
moist  form  a  syrupy  paste  having  a  spicy  taste,  and  drying 
at  U0°  C.  to  a  pulverisable  residue.  They  dissolve  readily 
in  water,  but  are  precipitated  from  solution  by  common  salt, 
hydrochloric  acid  or  sulphuric  acid.  The  alkaline  stills  are 
soluble  in  water,  while  those  of  the  alkaline  earths  and  of  the 
heavy  metals  (except  antimony  and  mercury)  arc  insoluble. 
The  free  acids  are  readily  oxidised,  and  are  specially 
characterised  by  their  property  of  precipitating  glue  and 
gelatin  from  slightly  acid  solutions  with  the  formation  of 
an  elastic  caoutchouc-like  precipitate  which  may  be  drawn 
into  threads, — C.  A.  K. 


IV-COLOURIM  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

Addition  of  Hydrogen  to  Tricyclic  Systems.    E.  Bamberger. 
Ber.  1891,  24,  2463—2469. 

Tiih:  tricyclic  compounds,  anthracene  and  phenanthrene, 
take  up  2  and  -1  atoms  of  hydrogen  respectively,  but  siuce 
there  is  no  clue  to  the  position  of  the  addetl  hydrogen 
atoms,  the  author  has  investigated  the  products  of  the 
reduction  of  the  naphthaquinolines  (compare  following 
abstracts).  The  reduction  is  perfectly  comparable  with  that 
of  bicyclic  acid  compounds ;  it  takes  place  in  two  stages, 
in  each  of  which  4  atoms  of  hydrogen  become  added.  The 
first  group  of  4  hydrogen  atoms  is  taken  up  by  the  pyridine 
nucleus,  and  this  reduction  to  tetrahydridc  is  effected  by 
means  of  tin  and  hydrochloric  acid.  In  the  second  stage  of 
reduction,  which  yields  an  octohydride,  4  hydrogen  atoms 
are  taken  up  by  one  or  other  of  the  two  rings  of  the 
naphthalene  nucleus  ;  this  is  effected  by  means  of  sodium 
and  amy]  alcohol.  The tetrahydronaphthaquinolines  behave 
like  bicyclic  compounds,  and,  in  fact,  resemble  alkylated 
naphthylamines  in  their  properties.  Similarly,  the  octo- 
hvdrides  behave  as  monocyclic  or  benzene  derivatives. 
The  second  stage  of  the  reduction  may  take  place  in  either 
of  the  two  rings  which  constitute  the  naphthalene  nucleus, 
and  the  classes  of  octohydrides  obtained,  are  distinguished 
as  aromatic  and  alici/clic  hydrides. — A.  K.  M. 


Ethyl-a-Naphthi/lamine.  K.  Bamberger  and  C.  Goldschmidt. 
Ber.  1891,  24,  2409—  2472. 

Ivnivi.-a-NAi'iiTiivi. \mine  readily  reacts  with  diazo-com- 
poiinds,  a  ielding  azo-dyes,  which  on  reduction  yield 
ethyl-1 :4-naphthylenediamine. 

Phenylaxo-ethyl-a-naphthylamine  has  been  previously 
described  by  Eicker,  whose  results  the  authors  confirm. 
Sulphophenyl-azo-ethyl-a-naphthylamine  forms  a  dark 
earmoisine  red  crystalline  powder  of  green  metallic  lustre  ; 
it  dissolves  in  hot  alcohol  with  a  bluish,  deep  red  colour, 
in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  with  a  violet  colour,  and  in 
alkalis  with  an  orange-red  colour.  Its  sodium  salt, 
C,8HlcN'3.S03"Na,  separates  as  a  deep  red  precipitate  on  the 
addition  of  salt  to  its  aqueous  solution. 


Ethyl-1 :  i-naphthylenediamine  hydrochloride — 

C13H14N2.2HC1 

obtained  by  the  reduction  of  the  above  dye  with  a  solution 
of  stannous  chloride  in  hydrochloric  acid,  forms  fiat  siivery 
needles  which  become  greenish  on  exposure  to  the  air,  and 
which  do  not  melt  at  300°.  It  dissolves  very  readily  in 
water,  and  sparingly  in  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid. 
The  free  base  forms  a  colourless  oil  having  an  odour 
resembling  that  of  crude  a-naphthylamine.  It  is  sparingly 
soluble  in  cold  water,  much  more  soluble  in  hot  water, 
readily  in  the  ordinary  organic  solvents,  and  when  exposed 
to  air  and  light  it  rapidly  becomes  dark  in  colour. 

When  it  is  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  hydrogen 
sulphide,  and  ferric  chloride  it  gives  a  slight  brown  coloura- 
tion and  turbidity  •,  with  aniline,  potassium  dichromate,  and 
glacial  acetic  acid  it  gives  a  brownish-red  colour,  which 
becomes  deep  Bordeaux  red  on  boiling ;  and  with  potassium 
dichromate  and  meta-tolylenediamine  a  bluish-green  colour 
which  changes  to  red  on  boiling. 

The  ehlorimide  obtained  by  the  action  of  bleaching 
powder  on  an  acid  solution  of  ethyluaphthylenediartrine, 
gives  a  deep  red  colouration  with  an  alcoholic  solutiou  of 
iiuiline  and  hydrochloric  acid. — A.  K.  M. 


Tetrahydro-a-naphthoquinotine.  E.  Bamberger  and  L. 
Stettenhciuier.  Ber.  1891,  24,  2472—2480.  (Sec  also 
this  Journal,  1891,  999—1000.) 

The  authors  prepared  o-naphthoquiuoline  by  Skraup's 
method,  which,  however,  they  have  modified  in  some 
respects.  The  product  melts  at  52°  and  boils  at  223°, 
under  a  pressure  of  47  mm.,  and  at  338°  under  a  pressure 
of  719  mm.,  and  not  at  251°,  under  747  mm.  pressure,  as 
stated  by  Skraup.  It  crystallises  from  light  petroleum  in 
clear  colourless  thick  monoclinic  tables,  and  when  quite 
pure  has  a  very  faint  odour,  unlike  that  of  quinoline. 
When  ferric  chloride  is  added  to  its  solution  in  fuming 
hydrochloric  acid,  a  compound  of  naphthoquinone  hydro- 
chloride with  ferric  chloride  separates,  which  is  very  readily 
soluble  in  water,  and  which  crystallises  from  alcohol  in 
golden  yellow  silky  needles. 

Tetrahydro-a-naphthoquinoline — 


t',,,11 


/ 


(1)  NII.CH,. 


IV  I 

\(2)CHj.CH2 

is  prepared  by  gradually  adding  a  solution  of  a-naphtha- 
quiuoline  (20  grs.)  in  hydrochloric  acid  to  a  boiling  mixture 
of  tin  (80  grs.)  and  38  per  cent,  hydrochloric  acid  (500  grs.) 
and  heating  until  the  metal  is  dissolved.  The  purified  base 
crystallises  in  snow-white,  lustrous  scales,  melting  at  46' 5°; 
it  dissolves  readily  in  the  ordinary  solvents,  and  its  solutions 
exhibit  an  intense  blue  fluorescence,  which  is  destroyed  by 
the  addition  of  a  trace  of  an  alkali  or  mineral  acid. 
Oxidising  agents  produce  an  intense  carmoisin  colour 
when  added  to  its  acid  solution,  and  when  potassium 
dichromate  has  been  employed  and  the  solution  allowed  to 
stand  a  few  minutes,  the  chromate  of  a  new  base  separates, 
and  when  crystallised  from  boiling  water,  is  obtained  in  the 
form  of  lustrous  dark  green  needles  resembling  quinhydrone. 
Tetrahydronaphthoquinoline  hydrochloride,  C1;1H13N,  HC1, 
crystallises  in  thick  vitreous  prisms,  melts  at  260" — 261", 
dissolves  sparingly  in  hydrochloric  acid  and  not  very  readily 
in  water.  The  nitroso-derivative,  Cl:lH12N.NO,  crystallises 
from  light  petroleum  in  flat,  broad,  lemon-yellow  prisms, 
melting  at  59 -5J. 

Phenylazotetrahydro-a-naphthoquinoline — 
(■*)  /(2)CHn.CH., 

C6H,.N3.CIOH  /  | 

M1)NH.CH, 

crystallises  from  dilute  alcohol  in  groups  of  cherry-red 
needles,  exhibiting  a  bronze  lustre;  it  dissolves  in  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid  with  a  cornflower-blue  colour,  and  in 
organic    solvents   with    a    deep    orange-red    colour.      Its 


24 


THE  JOUENAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTEY.        [Jan.  so,  iwi. 


sulphalt  M  ;.II;  XII  X  I  II  i  H.-o,,  crystallises  in  flat 
olive-green  prisms,  and  gives  violet-red  solutions. 

Sulphophenylazotetrahydro-a-naphthoquinoline — 

(/uH,,XII.X,.C,1H).SOJII 

forms  a  dark  violet-red  crystalline  powder,  exhibiting  a 
bronze  lustre,  ami  yielding  red  solutions:  its  sodium  salt 
forms  an  orange-red  crystalline  precipitate. 

Paramidotetrahydro-a^naphthoquinoline,  CuX._.H]4.  ob- 
tained by  the  action  of  stannous  chloride  and  hydrochloric 
acid  on  the  sulphophenylazo  derivative,  is  unstable,  dissolves 
readily  in  alcohol  and  in  ether,  and  the  solution  exhibits  a 
green  tluorescence.  Its  hydrochloride,  Ci3H14X.:,  2  HO, 
crystallises  in  white  needles,  which  do  not  melt  at  300  ,  and 
which  dissolve  readily  in  water,  sparingly  in  absolute 
alcohol,  and  very  sparingly  in  strong  hj'drochloric  acid. 
Its  slightly  acid  solution  gives  with  bleaching  powder  a 
yellowish  white  chlorimide,  readily  soluble  in  alcohol  and 
ether.  With  hydrogen  sulphide,  hydrochloric  acid,  and 
ferric  chloride  it  gives  a  brownish-red  colour  ;  with  alkaline 
a-naphthol  and  exposure  of  the  product  to  the  air,  it  gives 
a  greenish-blue  precipitate  ;  with  aniline,  acetic  acid,  and 
potassium  dichromate,  a  brownish-red  colouration,  which 
becomes  deep  bordeaux  on  boiling ;  with  meta-tolylene- 
diamine,  acetic  acid,  sodium  acetate,  and  ferric  chloride,  a 
deep  reddish-brown  colouration. 

When  the  hydrochloride  is  fused  with  aniline  hydro- 
chloride and  some  free  auiline  and  amidoazobenzene,  a  deep 
violet-red  melt  is  obtained,  which  dissolves  in  alcohol  with  a 
very  intense  reddish-violet  tluorescence  and  a  violet  colour. 
The  formation  of  such  fluorescent  dyes  distinguishes  the 
paradiamines  of  naphthalene  from  those  of  the  benzene 
series. — A.  K.  M. 


'Aromatic"  Octohydro-a-naphthoquinoline.  K.  Bamber- 
ger and  1..  Stettenheimer.  Ber.  1891,  24,  2481-2495. 
i  See  preceding  abstract.) 

Ar.-octohydro-a-naphthaquinoline — 

H.; 

II, 


H3 

1    1 

H 

IIX 

u 

II, 

II 

is  obtained  by  the  reduction  of  a-naphthaquinoline  by 
means  of  sodium  and  amy]  alcohol.  It  crystallises  in  thick 
plates,  melts  at  47  — 48'.  boils  at  21('  under  37- 5  mm.  pres- 
sure, is  somewhat  volatile  in  steam,  and  has  a  characteristic 
sweet  odour.  Like  the  "aromatic  "hydronaphthylamines.it 
reduces  alcoholic  silver  nitrate  solution  ;  with  ferric  chloride 
in  an  acid  solution  it  gives  a  carmoisin  colouration  on 
warming,  which  disappears  on  cooling;  with  potassium 
dichromate  a]  similar  reaction,  but  the  colour  soon  appears 
also  in  the  cold  ;  with  chromic  acid  it  gives  a  deep  violet- 
red  colouration,  which  rapidly  disappears.  The  hydro- 
chloride,  C13H17N,  IK  1  crystallises  in  monoclinic  plates; 
the  hydrogen  sulphate,  C13H,7X,  HsS04,  in  wavellite-like 
aggregations,  is  very  readily  soluble  in  water,  softens  at  183°, 
and  melts  at  187^;  the  picrate,  C1:iH,-X,  C'„If.(  >(  X<  >,),„ 
melts  at  15") — 156°;  the  platinochloride  (< '[  11,-N  )_,, 
Ill'tCl,,  appears  to  exist  in  three  different  forms,  which 
differ  in  colour  and  in  the  amount  of  water  of  crystallisation 
which  they  contain.  The  nitroso-derivative,  (.'  II,,  X  .X"(  >, 
melts  at  77*5  :  the  acetyl-derivative,  C13H16N . C2H30, 
forms  colourless  vitreous  prisms,  melting  at  G8 — 09  .  the 
metkyl-derivative,  C]3H1EN . CH3,  crystallises  in  large  thin 
nacreous  plates,  melting  at  37c — 38  ,  and  its  hydriodide  in 
long,  silky  needles,  melting  at  202°. 

Ar.  -  octohydro-a-naphthoquinolirie-azobenzene  sulpkonic 
arid.  ( ',  ,X1I,( ,.  X„.(',  II  ,.Si ill,  forms  slender  violet-brown 
needles  sparingly  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol  and  soluble 
in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  to  a  deep  violet  solution.  In 
an   acid  bath  it  dyes  wool  and  silk  a  bright  red. 


When  diazobenzene  chloride  reacts  with  octohydro-a- 
naphthoquinoline  in  the  presence  of  an  excess  of  sodium 
acetate,  a  reddish-yellow  product  separates,  and  when  this 
is  warmed  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  phenylazo-octohydro 
naphthoquinoline  sulphate  is  obtained.  It  crystallises  in 
magnificent  cherry-red  prisms  with  a  bronze  lustre,  melt*  at 
190  5°,  and  dissolves  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  with 
an  olive-green  colour.  The  dye-base  forms  lustrous  orange- 
red  prisms,  melting  at  118*5 

Ar.-octohydroparamido-a-naphthoquinoline— 

XII.. <  ,:iII„. Nil 

obtained  by  the  reduction  of  the  above  octohydro-a- 
naphthoquinoline-azobeuzene  sulphonic  acid  by  stannous 
chloride  and  hydrochloric  acid,  crystallises  in  groups  of 
radiating  flat  white  prisms,  melting  at  97  ,  and  is  not 
affected  by  light  and  air.  Its  hydrochloride  crystallises  in 
lustrous  white  needles  readily  soluble  in  water,  and  its 
solution  gives  the  following  reactions  —With  hydrochloric 
acid,  hydrogen  sulphide,  and  ferric  chloride  an  intense 
and  beautiful  crimson  (Thionine)  ;  with  meta-tolylene- 
diamine  hydrochloride,  sodium  acetate  and  ferric  chloride,  it 
gives  the  Tolylene-blue  and  Tolylene-red  reactions  ;  with  a 
solution  of  a-naphthol  in  dilute  potash,  it  shows  the  indo- 
phenol  reaction  with  production  of  a  beautiful  greenish - 
blue  dye ;  with  aniline  hydrochloride  and  potassium 
dichromate,  it  gives  a  dark-brown  colouration  which  soon 
becomes  reddish  to  greenish-brown ;  it  does  not  give  the 
iudamine  ami  saffranine  reaction,  and  in  this  behaves  like  a 
poly-substituted  paradiamine ;  when  the  base  is  heated 
with  amidoazobenzene,  aniline  hydrochloride  and  some  free 
aniline,  a  reddish-violet  melt  is  obtained,  the  alcoholic 
solution  of  which  does  not  exhibit  fluorescence,  but  appears 
violet  by  reflected  light,  and  red  by  transmitted  light. 

A  characteristic  property  of  octohydro-a-naphthoquinoline 
is  the  readiness  with  which  it  parts  with  the  added  hydrogen 
atoms  of  the  pyridine  nucleus.  This  takes  place  when  a 
solution  of  the  base  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid  is  oxidised  by 
means  of  potassium  dichromate ;  the  product  Is  ditetra- 
hydro-a-naphthoquinoline,  C36H=r,No.  It  crystallises  in 
white  lustrous  needles,  melting  at  282 ',  and  from  it.s  reactions 
appears  to  be  a  tertiary  base  ;  it  does  not  react  with  diazo- 
salts  to  form  dyes. — A.  K.  M. 


A  New  ( 'lass  of  Fluorescent  Dyes  of  the  Quinoxalini 
Series  III.  O.  Fischer  and  M.  Busch.  Ber.  1891,  24, 
2679—  2G83. 

The  authors  have  recently  shown  that  the  quinoxalines 
obtained  from  ketonic  alcohols  and  mono-substituted 
o-diamines  are  converted  by  oxidising  agents  such  as  ferric 
chloride  into  Witt's  pheuazonium  bases  (this  Journal,  1891, 
998).  Thus  the  tripheuyletho-a-/8-naphthazonium  hydroxide, 
previously  described,  has  also  been  obtained  by  Witt's 
method  from  henzil  and  phenvl-orthonaphthylencdianiine. 

DiphenylethO'CL-fl-hydronaphthoguinoxaline — 


X.C.I  I, 

V'H, 

=C.O„H5 

is  obtained  by  the  action  of  benzoyl  carbiuol  on  phcn\  lortho- 
naphthylenediamine  at  150" — 160'  in  a  closed  tube.  It  is 
readily  soluble  in  benzene,  less  so  in  ether  and  in  glacial 
acetic  acid,  very  sparingly  in  alcohol,  and  is  almost  insoluble 
in  light  petroleum.  Its  solutions  exhibit  an  intense  yellowish- 
green  fluorescence.  It  crystallises  in  lustrous  orange 
coloured  needles,  melting  at  1C43 — 1(35  .  Its  solution  in 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  yields  a  precipitate  of  the  base 
when  water  is  added. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  above,  a  secondary  product  is 
also  obtained  and  melts  at  194J — 196°.  Itforms  magnificent 
dark  red  plates  which  are  yellow  in  reflected  light,  and  its 
solutions  exhibit  a  purple-red  fluorescence. 

When  the  above  quiuoxaliue  is  oxidised  by  means  of 
ferric  chloride,  an  azonium  compound  is  produced  which  is 


Jon,  30, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


identical  with   diphciiylcthoiiaphthazoiiium  hydroxide  pre- 
viously  prepared  from   bromacetophenone  and   0-phenyl- 
ortbonaphthylenediamine  (/or.  citJ). 
Methyldiphenylhydroquinoxaline — 

,N(CH3).CHC6II, 


«'..", 


N. 


=  C.C0H, 


ig  obtained  when  benzoin  is  heated  with  monomethylortho- 
phenylenediamine  for  5 — G  hours  at  1GO — 170°,  and 
crystallises  in  bright  yellow  needles  melting  at  133°.  It  is 
readily  soluble  in  benzene  and  in  ether,  less  so  in  alcohol 
:iml  very  sparingly  in  light  petroleum  ;  its  solutions  exhibit 
a  greenish-yellow  fluorescence.  Its  salts  are  partially 
decomposed  by  water.  When  the  aleoholic  solution  of  the 
base  is  heated  with  ferric  chloride  and  hydrochloric  aeid.  it 
\ields  an  ammonium  base,  the  ferric  chloride  double  salt  of 
which  forms  long  bright  yellow  prisms. — A.  K.  M. 


Synthesis  of  Indigo-disulphonic  Acid  (Indigo-Carmine"). 

li.  Heymann.  Her.  1891,  24,  3066—3071. 
\  urn  to  Knietseh,  who  lias  offered  a  different  explana- 
tion (this  .Journal,  1891,  91G)  of  the  reaction  occurring  in 
the  synthetic  formation  of  indigo-disulphonic  aeid  from  that 
given  by  the  author  (this  Journal,  1891,  827),  who  dis- 
red  the  method  of  synthesis. 
According  to  Knietseh,  the  synthesis  of  indigo-disulphonic 
acid  from  phenylglycine  takes  place  in  two  stages,  leuco- 
indigotin-disulphouic  acid  being  produced  in  the  first  stage, 
and  being  oxidised  (on  diluting  the  acid  solution)  by 
atmospheric  oxygen  in  the  second.  That  atmospheric 
oxygen  takes  no  part  in  the  reaction,  however,  the  author 
has  now  clearly  proved,  since  he  finds  that,  in  an  atmosphere 
of  carbon  dioxide,  indigo-disulphonic  acid  is  instantly  pro- 
duced on  diluting  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  the 
yellow-coloured  solution  obtained  by  the  action  on  phenyl- 
glycine  of  fuming  sulphuric  aeid  containing  80  per  cent,  of 
anhydride.  The  yellow  solution  contains  the  suiphonic  acid 
of  indoxyl  sulphuric  ester,  which,  as  the  author  has  already 
indicated  (loc.  cit.),  is  a  sulphuric  ester  of  a  leuco-indigo 
compound.  This  compound,  on  diluting  its  solution,  is 
oxidised  by  the  sulphuric  anhydride.  Several  instances  of 
oxidation  effected  by  sulphuric  anhydride  arc  cited  in 
support  of  this  view. — E.  15. 


Examination  of  the  Colouring  Matters  of  the  Triphenyl- 
methane  Group.  E.  Noelting,  M.  Polonowsky,  and 
Skawinski.     Her.  1891,  24,  3126—3139. 

Alice  U'Y   abstracted   from   Hull.  Soc.  Iud.  Mulhouse,  1890. 

98—100  (this  Journal,  1891,  456 — 457).   See  also  following 

abstract. 

Vyestuff    Derivatives    of  Triphenylmethane.     E.  Noelting 
and  ('.  Schwartz.     Ber.  1891,  24,  3139—3143. 

\  SREEN  dye  is  formed  on  oxidation  of  the  quinoline 
derivative  of  tetramethyltriamidotriphenylmethane'( prepared 
from  tetramethyldiamidobeuzhydrol  and  aniline)  (this 
Journal,  1890,  53).  It  was  assumed  that,  in  the  latter 
compound  the  amido-groups  all  occupied  the  para  position 
relatively  to  the  methane-carbon  atom,  but  this  has  been 
questioned  by  Nathansohn  and  Miiller  (this  Journal,  1889, 
978).  The  compound  in  question,  has,  however,  been  pre- 
pared by  the  present  authors  from  tctrainethyldiamido- 
diphenylmethane  (4  parts)  by  heating  with  glycerin  (3-8), 
sulphuric  acid  (6), and  nitrobenzene  (0'9),  10 — 12  hours  at 
140° — 150",  as  well  as  by  quinylation  of  the  tetramethyltri- 
amidotriphenylmethane  obtained  by  condensation  of  di- 
methylaniline  and  p-nitrobenzaldehyde  and  subsequent 
reduction.  Its  constitution  must  therefore  be — 
j  [C6H4N(CH3).,].: 
CH 


N 
as  previously  stated  (loc.  cit.) 


Tetramethyltriamidodiphenylmethoxytolylmethane — 
«[C,H4N(CH,),]S 


(II 


\ 


( ',1II.;(CH;,)(OCII3)NH.,  (=2:5:4) 


was  prepared  by  heating  for  four  hours  on  the  water  bath  a 
mixture  of  tetrainethyldiamidobenzhydrol  (10  parts),  aniido- 
eresol  methyl  ether  (5  3),  and  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid 
(10'3),  pouring  the  product  into  water,  precipitating  with 
ammonia,  and  crystallising  from  alcohol,  colourless  needles 
melting  at  158° — 159°  being  so  obtained.  On  oxidation  of 
this  leueo-base  a  blue  dye  is  produced  ;  by  heating  it  with 
acetic  anhydride,  previously  to  oxidising,  a  green  dye  is 
formed. 

Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethoxytoluquinylmethane — 

■  [C6H4N(CH3)2]2 

'\  CH, 


cm' 


ciiji 


N 


was  prepared  from  the  last-described  compound  by  Skraup's 
reaction,  picric  acid  being,  however,  used  instead  of  nitro- 
benzene as  giving  a  greater  yield.  The  product  was  obtained 
from  benzene-petroleum  in  colourless  needles  melting  at 
1S3J,  which  on  oxidation  with  ehlorauil  or  lead  dioxide 
yield  a  pure-green  dye. 

It  thus  appears  that  quinylation  of  a  para-amido  group  in 
triamidotriphenylmethaue  destroys  its  influence  on  the  colour 
of  the  dyestuff  obtainable  from  the  same.  (See  also  this 
Journal,  1891,  827.)— E.  15. 


The  Condensation  of  Meldola's  Blue  with  Aromatic  and 
Fatty  Amines.  C.  C.  Schlarb.  Chem.  Zeit.  1891,  15, 
1281—1283,  and  1317—1318. 

The  dyes  known  as  New-blue  K,  New-blue  15,  New-blue  2  15, 
New-blue  G15,  and  New-blue  G,  representing  the  products  of 
the  interaction  of  nitrosodimethylanilinc  hydrochloride,  and 
/3-naphthol  are  not  homogeneous  compounds,  but  appear  to 
consist  of  mixtures  in  varying  proportions  of  dimethyl- 
phenylammouium  -  /3  -  naphthoxazine  chloride  (Meldola's 
blue),  the  primary  product  of  the  reaction,  and  a  dye  having 
a  more  greenish  shade  ("  cyanamine")  which  is  produced 
by  the  condensation  of  the  oxazine  chloride  with  p-amido- 
dimethylanilinc,  a  compound  simultaneously  formed  in  the 
reaction  (compare  Witt,  this  Journal,  1890,  933).  The 
oxazine  chloride  reacts  with  equal  molecules  of  primary  and 
secondary  amines  of  the  aromatic  and  fatty  series  yielding 
greenish-blue  dyes  for  which  the  author  adopts  Witt's  name 
"  cyanamines"  (loc.  cit,).  They  are  only  sparingly  soluble 
in  hot  and  cold  water,  an  addition  of  mineral  acid  increasing 
their  solubility  in  hot  water,  but  are  readily  soluble  in 
alcohol  and  organic  solvents  ;  they  dissolve  in  mineral  acids 
with  a  brown  colour,  are  reprecipitated  unaltered  on  diluting 
with  water,  and  are  scarcely  attacked  by  hot  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid.  On  oxidation  with  potassium  bichromate 
the  colour  is  at  first  changed  to  violet,  and  finally  com- 
pletely destroyed ;  whilst  on  reduction  leuco-corupounds, 
unstable  on  exposure  to  the  air,  are  produced.  When  the 
"  cyanamines  "  are  precipitated  from  their  solutions  by  zinc 
chloride  and  common  salt,  they  are  obtained  as  tarry  masses 
which  dry  to  hard  friable  cakes,  and  on  pulverising  the 
latter  a  brownish-red  powder  of  a  feeble  coppery  lustre  is 
formed ;  whilst  they  separate  from  alcohol  in  the  form  of  small 
green  needles  with  a  considerable  coppery  lustre.  Cotton 
mordanted  with  tannin  or  tartar  emetic  decolorises  their 
solutions  and  assumes  greenish-blue  shades,  which  are  fast 
towards  light,  but  in  some  cases  unstable  in  the  presence  of 
alkaline  liquids.  When  the  oxazine  chloride  (Meldola's 
blue)  (5  grms.)  is  dissolved  in  95  per  cent,  alcohol  (250  cc.) 
in  a  narrow-necked  flask,  aniline  (1*5  grms.)  added,  and 
the  flask  filled  with  alcohol  and  a  cork  inserted  to  exclude 
the  air,  after  remaining  for  three  days  the  colour  is  almost 
pure  green,  and  on  removing  the  cork  and  passing  a  current 


26 


THE  JOURNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jail.  80,  1S92. 


oE  :iir  through  the  liquid,  it  gradually  changes  its  colour  to 
gn  i  aish-hlue.  It  appears  therefore  that  the  "  ej  anamine," 
which  is  already  formed  undergoes  an  alteration  with  the 
oxygen  of  the  air;  two  atoms  of  hydrogen  an-  doubtless 
thus  eliminated  as  water,  and  its  constitution  might 
accordingly  lie  expressed  by  the  formula — 


W 


(■„ii.l.Mi-c1„n5/    ^C6H3  =  N(<  ii, .).<■. 


It  is  difficult,  however,  to  account  for  the  following  farts  la- 
this formula  according  to  which  the  formation  of  the 
"cyanamine"  is  independent  of  the  group  -  Xi(  II  i2Cl, 
contained  in  the  oxazine  chloride  : — The  oxazine  chloride  is 
very  stable,  being  only  slowly  converted  into  the  base  by 
cold  aqueous  alkalis,  whereas  the  salts  of  the  cyanamine  are 
dissociated  even  on  dilution  with  water.  This  remarkable 
alteration  ill  basicity  appears  therefore  to  indicate  that  in  the 
cyanamine  reaction  the  amido-compound  combines  with  the 
group  =  N(CH3)2C1  of  the  oxazine  chloride :  it  would  also 
seem  that  when  air  is  passed  through  the  product  (see  above) 
an  atom  of  oxygen  also  enters  into  combination  and  i~  then 
subsequently  eliminated  together  with  two  atoms  of  hydrogen 
as  water  thus  : — 

C,„H  /       >C6H,  =  }.-(Cir1,..\\oIh<lH  :,).<  „I1,  = 

(2')°(6) 

(^X"'  :;  X.iIK  h.(  JI, 

(  ,0H6<      >CCH./  |  +   HsO 

(>,0{e)         (>(CH3)3 

The  cyanamines  prepared  from  m-  and  p-phenylenedia- 
mine,  m-toluylenediamine,  and  p-amido-dimethylaniline 
resemble  closely  the  last  described  compound,  but  are  more 
readily  soluble  in  hot  water,  and  the  shades  produced  on 
cotton  fibres  mordanted  with  tannin  are  more  stable  towards 
alkaline  liquids.  To  prepare  them,  New-blue  R  and  the 
hydrochloride  of  the  diamine  (equal  mols.)  are  dissolved  in 
hot  water  and  soda,  slowly  added  to  the  solution  at  a  tem- 
perature of  CO  C.  until  no  further  precipitation  occurs; 
the  precipitate  is  well  washed  with  acidified  water,  suspended 
in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  and  brought  into  solution  by 
leading  a  current  of  steam  through,  whence  the  "  cyana- 
mine "  is  reprecipitated  from  the  filtrate  by  adding  zinc 
chloride  and  common  salt. 

Ammonia,  dimethylamine  and  diethylamine  are  almost 
without  action  on  New-blue  K  in  aqueous  solution,  and  only 
indifferent  results  are  obtained  when  alcohol  is  used  as 
solvent  ;  the  following  method  yields,  however,  satisfactory 
results  : — New-blue  K  is  triturated  with  a  solution  of  copper 
sulphate  (1  part  of  the  salt  to  20  parts  of  the  dye),  mixed 
with  five  times  its  weight  of  fine  sand,  and  introduced  into 
a  flask  of  such  a  capacity  that  it  is  three-quarters  full ;  the 
flask  is  closed  with  a  trebly  bored  cork  and  inverted ;  two 
tubes,  one  of  which  admits  air.  and  the  other  ammonia  or 
ilie  vaponr  of  the  amine  which  is  evolved  from  another 
flask  containing  concentrated  solutions  of  ammonia  or  the 
diamine,  pass  almost  to  the  bottom  :  whilst  a  third  tube 
connected  with  an  aspirator  reaches  only  a  little  beyond  the 
cork,  and  is  loosely  packed  witli  glass-wool.  A  drying 
apparatus  is  placed  between  the  two  flasks.  The  flask 
containing  the  base  is  heated  in  such  a  manner  that  only  a 
gentle  stream  of  the  gaseous  compound  is  cvolvi  d,  whilst  a 
brisk  current  of  air  is  aspirated  through  the  liquid;  the 
reaction  is  usually  complete  in  3 — 4  hours.  The  product  is 
exposed  to  the  air  in  a  thin  layer  for  2 — :i  hours,  extracted 
with  boiling  water,  the  solution  filtered  and  the  dye  salted  out : 
the  yield  of"  cyanamine  "  is  (10 — '.mi  per  cent,  of  the  New-blue 
I!  employed.  The  Ammonia  cyanamine  may  also  be  pre- 
pared by  mixing  New-blue  E  (81' S  grms.)  to  a  paste  with 
an  equal  weight  of  water  at  80  ( '.  until  about  half  the  latter 
has  evaporated,  and  then  with  15  cc.  of  a  solution  of  cupric 
ammonium  sulphate,  introducing  the  mixture  into  a  vessel 
surrounded  with  a  freezing  mixture,  and  slowly  running  in 
(at  -  1U    C.)   10  cc.  of  a  solution  of  dimethylamine  (4-5 


grms.).  After  about  two  hours  the  reaction  is  complete, 
and  the  dye  is  isolated  as  in  the  preceding  method.  The 
'■  ammonia  cyanamine "  is  a  somewhat  strong  base,  the 
salts  of  which  are  stable  in  dilute  solutions  ;  the  shades 
obtained  with  it  are  between  blue  and  greenish-blue. 

"  Dimethylamine  cyanamine  "  is  also  obtained  in  accord- 
ance with  the  equation — 

C,„Ha <       >C6H3:N(CH3)2C1  +  2  N(CH3),H3<  „ H  .<  *_  I 


!\, 


X~-X-' 


/ 


N(CH3)2C1 


-X((T1:1>.. 
Pb(C„H3Oj)a  +  NH(CH3)2  +  2  H20 

When  New-blue  1!  (31  grms.)  is  mixed  into  a  paste  with  an 
equal  weight  of  water  at  so  (  .,  and  then  triturated  with 
dimethylammonium  acetate  (21  grms.)  and  lead  peroxide 
I  25 ".i  gnus.)  :it  a  temperature  of  15° — 40°  for  2 — 4  hours, 
the  yield  is  at  most  80  per  cent,  of  the  New-blue  K  em- 
ployed. This  dye  is  the  most  valuable  and  beautiful  of  all 
the  cyanamines;  in  the  pure  state  it  forms  bright  green 
needles,  and  is  readily  soluble  in  cold  water  ;  alkalis  only 
slowly  convert  it  into  the  free  basis  ;  it  dyes  cotton  mor- 
danted with  tannin  or  tatar-emetie  very  beautiful  fast 
greenish-blue  shades  ;  "diethyl  cyanamine"  closely  resembles 
the  dimethyl-derivative. 

It  is  probable  that  in  the  formation  of  all  the  "cyana- 
mines" a  similar  intermediate  hydroxy-derivative  to  that 
given  under  '■  aniline  cyanamine  "  (see  above)  is  produced. 
"Ammonia  cyanamine"  is  the  simplest  representative  of 
this  series  of  dyes,  the  others  being  substitution  derivatives 
of  it ;  its  constitution,  according  to  the  author,  is — 


C'lKfii         ;    Mm 


Ci.iH, 


/"\ 


Cr,H: 


/ 


(2>0^     '     "u^'H,): 


The  value  of  the  cyanamines  as  dyes  will  be  seen  by  tin1 
following  table,  which  shows  their  behaviour  when  boiled 
with  soap  and  10  per  cent,  soda  solution  respectively  :  — 


Cyanamine  oE 


Soap  Solution.  Soda  Solution. 


Brownisli-ied 

Grcv. 

„ 

w-Phenylcnediamtne  — 

Una  [Feet  d 

Greenish-grey. 

» 

M 

>. 

p-Araidodimethylaniline . 

„ 

.. 

» 

.. 

» 

., 

- 

Greenish-gn  v. 

somewhat  green  and 
the  colour  fainter. 

A.  B.  1,. 


Ap])li&  ■    i>      '    owe  A i  i'   Dyes.    II.  von  Perger.    Mittheil. 
Tech.  Gewerbe-Museums,  1891,  202—253. 

See  under  VI.,  page  30. 


Jm.so.1HWO         THE  JOU11NAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTliY. 


'27 


Studies  on  Derivatives  of  the  Toluquinnlines  and  aj 
Metaxyloquinoline.  E.  Xoelting  and  E.  Trautmann. 
Bull.  Sue.  liul.  Mulhouse,  1891,  285—324. 

The  two  methylquinolines  (CH,  =  1  and  3)  arc  prepared 
from  "-  and  p-  toluidine  by  Skraup's  method,  the  yield 
being  equal  to  that  of  the  toluidine  employed;  whilst 
diinethylquinoline  (CH3  :  CH3=  1 :  3)  is  prepared  from 
acetyl-m-xylidine  (CH3:  CH3  :  NH3  =  1 :3  :4)  by  the  same 
method;  the  reaction  proceeds  much  less  violently  than 
when  the  free  xylidine  is  employed.  When  quinoline  is 
dissolved  in  sulphuric  acid  (10  parts)  and  to  the  cool 
solution  nitric  acid  (1  mol.)  mixed  with  sulphuric  acid  is 
added,  afterwards  sufficient  of  20 — 25  per  cent,  fuming 
sulphuric  acid  to  remove  the  water  present,  kept  for  some 
days  in  the  cold,  and  finally  heated  on  the  water-bath, 
4-nitroquinolinc is  formed  (compare  Koenigs,  Ber.  12,  143; 
Claus  and  Kramer,  Her.  18,  1243). 

l-Xitro-3-methi/lquinoline  is  obtained  by  treating 
3-methylquinoline  dissolved  in  sulphuric  acid  (5  parts)  with 
the  calculated  quantity  of  nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  I '.39,  mixed 
with  three  times  its  weight  of  sulphuric  acid  at  100°;  the 
quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  used  and  the  temperature  at 
which  the  reaction  takes  place  appear,  however,  to  have  no 
influence  on  the  nature  of  the  product.  It  crystallises 
from  alcohol  in  small  bright  yellow  needles  and  melts  at 
1H,  —117  ;  the  methiodide  melts  at  189°— 190° ;  the 
corresponding  amido'derivative  melts  at  145°,  and  gives 
an  acetyl-compound  melting  at  160°;  the  hydroxy- 
derivative — 

(3)  (4) 

C0NH5.(CH3).(OH), 

obtained  from  the  amido-compound  by  the  diazo-reaction 
sublimes  in  colourless  needles  and  melts  at  230°,  is  insoluble 
in  cold  water  and  not  volatile  with  steam.  On  treating 
3-incthvlquinoliue  with  25  per  cent,  fuming  sulphuric  acid 
at  90°  a  sulphonic  acid  is  produced  which  yields  the  last- 
mentioned  hydroxy-derivative  on  fusion  with  potash. 
Methylquinolinequinone  oxime — 

fS)      (4)       (1) 
C,jNH4.(CH3).U.(NOH) 

prepared  by  dissolving  4-hydroxy-3-methylquinoline  in 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  (2-5 — 3'5  mols.),  cooling 
to  0  ,  adding  sodium  nitrate  (1  niol.)  and  precipitating  with 
sodium  acetate,  separates  from  alcohol  in  yellowish  luminal 
decomposing  without  melting  above  200°;  it  dyes  cotton 
mordanted  with  iron  a  beautiful  bright  fast  green.  The 
hitter  property  appears  to  be  in  opposition  to  Kostanecki's 
observation  (this  Journal,  1889,  698),  namely,  that  only 
o-quinone-oxiines  colour  mordanted  fibres.  Attention  is 
drawn  to  the  fact,  however,  that  quinoline  is  a  weak 
ehromogen,  and  it  has  already  been  mentioned  (this  Journal, 
1891,  356)  that  l-hydroxyquinoline  colours  mordanted 
fibres;  this  may  also  be  said  of  the  higher  homologues  of 
the  latter  ( see  below),  whilst  it  is  not  the  case  with  those 
hydroxyquinolines,  containing  the  hydrox3'l-  group  in  any 
other  position,  even  carbostyril  belonging  to  the  latter  class. 
The  quinone-oxime-derivatives  of  quinoline  colour  mor- 
danted fibres  when  they  are  derivatives  of  an  o-quinone,  but 
not  when  they  are  derivatives  of  a  p-quinone,  unless  a 
chromophoric  group  occupies  simultaneously  the  position  1 
(peri-position)  ;  thus  of  the  two  compounds — 

NOH  NOH 


and 


CH3 


NOH    N 


the  second  only  possesses  tinctorial  properties. 

X.-Nitro-Z-Tnethyl-l-hydroxyquinotine,  obtained  by  oxi- 
dising the  corresponding  quinone  oxime  with  potassium 
ferricyanide,  forms  salts  with  acids  and  bases,  but  is  not  a 
dye. 

\-Hydroxy-2-methylquinoline,  prepared  from  amidocresol 
(NH.,  :OH:CH3  =  l  :2:3),  crystallises  from  dilute  alcohol 
in  long  colourless  needles,  melts  at  72° — 74°,  is  volatile  with 


steam,  and  gives  a  green  colour  with  ferric  chloride  ;  it  dyes 
mordanted  cotton,  and  when  heated  with  copper  oxide  in 
the  Bunseu  name  imparts  a  colour  to  the  latter  resembling 
that  produced  by  the  halogens,  a  property  which  1  -hydroxy  - 
quinoline  and  its  other  methyl-derivatives  also  possess. 

The  quinone -oxime — 

('21        (1)        (3) 
C„XIi|(CH;)).0.(NOH) 

formed  by  treating  the  last  described  hydroxy-derivative 
dissolved  in  acetic  acid  with  sodium  nitrite  (1  mol.),  is  not 
a  dye,  but  \-hydroxy-2-methyl-i-nitroquinoline  obtained  by 
oxidising  it  with  potassium  ferricyanide  colours  cotton 
mordanted  with  alumina,  yellow,  or  with  iron,  brown. 

l-Hydroxy-4-methylquinoline,  obtained  from  amido-crcsol 
(NHo  ;  OH  :  CHb  =  l  :2  :  5)  crystallises  from  dilute  alcohol 
in  colourless  needles,  melts  at  122° — 124°,  and  dyes  yellow 
with  alumina  mordants  ;  the  quinone-oxime — 

(4)        (1)      (2) 

C9Nl!j(L'II.,  ).<).(  NOH) 
dyes  green  with  iron  mordant,  and  yields  a  nitro-compound — ■ 

(4)         (1)        {■!) 
C„XH4(CH,)(OH)(N02) 

melting  at  205° — 206°,  which  dyes  yellow  with  alumina  and 
brown  with  iron  mordants. 

4-Xitro-3-metlrylquinoline,  melting  at  116° — 117°  (see 
above)  represents  the  chief  portion  of  the  product  from 
nitrotoluidine  (CH3  ;  NH. :  NO„  =  1:4:6.) 

l-Nitro-'S-methylquinoline,  prepared  from  nitro  toluidine 
(CH3  :  5H3  :  NO.,  =  1:4:5.)  yields  on  reduction  with 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  in  ammouiacal  alcoholic  solution,  the 
corresponding  amido-derivafive,  which  melts  at  02° — 64°, 
yields  an  acetyl-derivative  meltiug  at  91° — 92°,  and  the 
corresponding  hydroxy-derivative  by  the  dia/.o-reaetion. 
The  quinone-oxime — 

(3)      (l)       (I) 

c0nh4(CH3).o.(NOH) 

which  colours  mordanted  fibres  is  obtained  from  the  last- 
mentioned  amido-derivative.  i-Amido-4-ohloro-3-methyl- 
quinoline  is  formed,  together  with  the  non-chlorinated  base 
(see  above),  when  the  nitro-metbylquinoline  is  reduced  with 
tin  and  hydrochloric  acid  ;  it  crystallises  from  alcohol  in 
pale  yellow  needles,  melts  at  129° — 130°,  and  yields  an 
aeeti  1-derivative  meltiug  at  136° — 137  . 

4-Xitro-l-methylquinoline,  obtained  by  nitrating  1-methyl- 
quinolinc  with  a  mixture  of  nitric  and  sulphuric  acid,  or  from 
nitro  toluidine  (CH3  :NH2:N03=1 :  3  :  5)  by  Skraup's 
method,  forms  transparent  yellow  needles,  melts  at  93  ,  and 
gives  a  purple  liquid  rapidly  becoming  red  on  beating  with 
alcoholic  potash ;  the  amido-derivative  crystallising  from 
dilute  alcohol  in  long  yellowish  needles,  and  meltiug  at  143°, 
is  furnished  on  reduction  with  iron  and  acetic  acid ;  the 
latter  gives  Skraup  aud  Fischer's  methylphenanthroliue 
melting  at  95° — 96J  when  treated  by  Skraup's  method;  it 
also  yields  an  acetyl  derivative  melting  at  187°,  and  the 
corresponding  hydroxymethylquinoliue  meltiug  at  262° — 
263°  by  the  diazo  reaction.     The  quinone-oxime — 

(II       (4)         (3) 
CjNIi.dH^.O^NOH) 

produced  by  treating  the  hydroxy-derivative  dissolved  in 
glacial  acetic  acid  with  sodium  nitrite  (1  mol.)  decomposes 
above  200"  without  melting,  gives  insoluble  lakes  witii  the 
heavy  metals,  and  colours  fibres,  mordanted  with  iron,  green  ; 
the  nitro-derivative — 

0)        (4)       (3) 
C0NH4(CH3)(OH)(NO2) 

formed  by  oxidising  the  quinone-oxime  with  potassium 
ferricyanide  melts  at  181° — 182°,  and  does  not  colour 
mordanted  fibres. 

\Vhen-4-nitro-l-methylquinolinc  (12  gnus.)  is  dissolved 
in  a  mixture  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  (40  cc.)  and 
water  (100  cc.)  iron  filings  (10  grms.)  being  then  added  in 
small  portions  at  a  time,  a  red  substance  separates,  which  is 


28 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30.  IE  92 


purified  by  repeated  rccrystallisation  from  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  is  finally  treated  with  ammonia  and  crystallised  from 
glacial  acetic  acid,  from  which  it  separates  in  orange  needles 
melting  at  260  :  this  is  found  to  be  the  azomethylquinoline — 

(1)       (4)  (1) 

CNHd  ll,).X:N.(CH:1)H\'(\ 

tlie  corresponding  azoxy-derivative  is  obtained  on  adding 
ammonia  to  the  united  hydrochloric  acid  mother-liquors 
from  the  azo-compound,  and  extracting  the  precipitated 
compound  with  boiling  alcohol,  but  it  is  best  obtained  by 
dissolving  the  nitromethylquinoline  in  a  mixture  of  water 
(400  cc.)  and  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  (40  ec.)  and 
slowly  adding  iron  filings  (G  firms.)  with  agitation ;  the 
pure  substance  melts  at  201°,  and  gives  the  bydroxy-azo- 
derivative  on  heating  at  110— 115°  with  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  (10  parts). 

l-Nitro-\  :  3-dimethylquinoline  is  obtained  by  dissolving 
1 :  3-dimethylquinoline  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  (200 
urins.),  adding  a  mixture  of  nitric  acid  of  sp.gr.  1*39 
(23  cc.)  and  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  (50  ee.)  and 
finally  heating  on  the  water-bath,  or  by  treating  nitro- 
xylidine  [(< .'II ,  l9 :  XII., :  NO,  =  1  : 3  :  4  :  6]  according  to 
Skraup's  method ;  it  crystallises  from  alcohol  in  long 
yellowish  needles  and  melts  at  107° — 108°.  The  amido- 
derivative  produced  on  reducing  the  preceding  either  with 
iron  and  acetic  acid  or  with  tin  and  hydrochloric  acid,  melts 
at  91°,  and  gives  an  acetyl-compound  melting  at  201°. 

J-Hydroxy-^  :  3-dimethylquinoline  is  obtained  from  the 
amido-derivative  by  the  diazo-reaction  ;  it  crystallises  from 
chloroform  in  white  tablets,  sublimes  in  small  needles  without 
decomposition,  and  melts  at  197 — 198". — A.  R.  L. 


Metaxylenesulphonic  Acids  (//.).     0.  T.  Moody.     Proc. 

Chem.  Soc.  1891—1892,  189—190. 
In  a  previous  communication  (Proc.  1888,  77),  the  author 
has  described  the  preparation  of  1:2: 3-metaxylene- 
sulphonic  acid,  and  has  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  only 
the  1:3:  4-acid  is  formed  on  direct  sulphouation  of  the 
pure  hydrocarbon.  Attempts  to  prepare  the  symmetrical 
1:3:  5-sulphonic  aeid  have  not  yet  met  with  success,  the 
sulphouation  of  1  :  :i  :  4-acetmetaxylid  failing  to  give  the 
required  substitution. 

Acetmetaxylid  (1:3:4)  is]  readily  sulphonated  when 
heated  for  some  time  at  140°  with  1A  times  its  weight  of 
20  per  cent,  anhydrosulphuric  acid,  and  on  boiling  the 
solution  after  the  addition  of  water,  metaxylidine  sulphonic 
acid  [CH:1  :  CH3  :  NIL  :  SO;iII  =  1  :  3  :  4  :  C]  is  obtained. 
It  crystallises  from  water,  in  which  it  is  only  very  sparingly 
soluble,  in  well-formed,  slender  needles,  insoluble  in 
alcohol  and  other  common  solvents  ;  it  does  not  change  at 
2:111  ,  and  when  heated  to  a  higher  temperature  decomposes 
without  having  previously  melted.  The  sodium  salt, 
C6H3Me3NH2S03Na.H20,  is  exceedingly  soluble  in  water 
and  crystallises  in  flat  plates. 

When  the  diazo-product  is  boiled  with  bromhydric  acid, 
the  corresponding  bromoxyleue  sulphonic"acid  [GH3:CH3: 
Br  :  SO;tH  =  1  :  3  :  4  :  (i]  is  formed.  It  crystallises  in 
long,  slender  needles,  and  does  not  melt  at  270,  but  at 
a  considerably  higher  temperature  melts  with  decomposi- 
tion. The  sodium  salt  agrees  with  the  description  given  by 
Weinberg  (Ber.  11,  1062),  who  obtained  it  on  bromination 
of  a  dilute  aqueous  solution  of  barium  1  :  :!  :  4-metaxylene- 
sulphonate;  but  the  sulphochloride  obtained  by  the  author, 
which  crystallises  in  splendid,  oblique  prisms,  melts  at  2° 
higher  (G2° — 63°),  whilst  the  sulphonamide  melts  at  5° 
lower  (189  )  than  found  by  Weinberg.  The  melting  point 
of  the  sulphonamide  agrees  with  that  given  by  Sartig 
(Anualen,  230,  33.5),  who  prepared  it  by  sulphonating 
metaxylidine,  and  subsequently  replacing  amidogen  by 
bromine.  It  thus  appears  that  both  xylidine  and  acetxylid 
give  the  same  acid  on  sulphonation,  and  that  the 
displacement  of  hydrogen  in  the  amido-group  by  acetyl 
does  Dot  lead  to  any  change  in  the  position  taken  up  by 
the  sulphonic  group. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Di-alhyl-meta-amido- 
cresols.  11  II.  Lake,  London.  From  "  A.  Lconhardt 
and  Co.,"  Muhlheim,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  20,252, 
December  11,  1890.  6d. 
Dimethyl-  and  di- ethyl-meta-amidocresols  can  be  produced 
by  diazotising  the  corresponding  meta-amido-dialkyl-ortho- 
tolnidines  and  then  decomposing  the  diazo-eompounds  with 
water,  or  by  sulphonating  the  dialkyl-orthotoluidines  and 
fusing  the  resulting  sulphonic  acids  with  alkalis  at  a  high 
temperature.  The  meta-amido-dialkyl-orthotoluidincs  can 
be  obtained  by  nitrating  the  dialkyl-orthotoluidines  in 
sulphuric  acid  solution  and  then  reducing  the  mono-mtro- 
conipouud  thus  formed.  Details  for  the  preparation  of 
dimethyl-meta-amidocresol  from  meta-amido-dimethyl- 
orthotoluidine  and  of  the  di-ethyl  compound  from  di-ethyl- 
orthotoluidine  are  given  in  the  specification.  The  former 
distils  without  decomposition  and  cau  be  crystallised  from 
a  mixture  of  benzene  and  petroleum  spirit ;  it  melts  at  76  ', 
and  dissolves  readily  both  in  caustic  alkalis  and  in  mineral 
acids.  The  latter  is  a  thick  oil  boiling  at  264° — 267  C. 
Both  products  are  of  value  in  the  colour  industry  in  cases 
where  the  di-alkyl-meta-amidopheuols  are  of  less  or  no 
value,  as,  for  instance,  in  the  production  of  the  blue  basic 
dyestuffs  obtained  with  the  nitroso-derivatives  of  the 
aromatic  amines  (Eng.  Pat.  13,565  of  1890  ;  this  Journal, 
1890,  760). 
The  formula  of  the  dimethyl  compouud  is  probably — 

CH,  (1) 
CJI,  (   N(t'H:l):0J) 
\(JH  (4) 

— C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Indigj-carmine  from 
Phenyl-glycocoll  and  its   Salts  or  Ethers.     B.  Willcox, 

London.  From  the  "  Farhciifabriken  vormals  F.Bayer 
&  Co.,"  Flberfeld,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  20,563,  Decem- 
ber 17,  1890.      Grf. 

By  treating  phenyl-glycocoll,  its  salts  or  ethers  with  fuming 
sulphuric  acid  at  a  low  temperature,  pouring  into  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid,  and  subsequently  diluting  the  solution 
with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  the  phenyl-glycocoll  is 
easily  converted  into  indigo-carmine.  The  process  is  in 
fact  an  application  of  that  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  12,715  of 
18:»0  (this  Journal,  1891,  759).  One  kilo,  of  phenyl- 
glycocoll  is  mixed  with  2(1  kilos,  of  dry  pure  sand  and 
added  to  20  kilos,  of  sulphuric  acid  containing  80  per  cent, 
of  anhydride,  the  temperature  not  being  allowed  to  rise 
above  30°  C.  The  yellow  liquid  thus  obtained  is  mixed 
with  sufficient  sulphuric  acid  of  60°  B.  to  convert  all  the 
sulphuric  anhydride  in  excess  into  sulphuric  aeid.  This 
produces  a  liquid  of  an  intense  blue  colour,  which  is  poured 
on  to  ice  and  the  indigo-carmine  formed  salted  out.  The 
excess  of  anhydride  cau  also  be  removed  by  passing  moist 
air  through  the  melt,  but  the  conversion  is  slower  than  by 
the  method  above  described. — T.  A.  L. 


Improvements   in    Triphenylmethane    Colouring   Matters. 

S.  Pitt,  Sutton.  From  L.  Cassella  and  Co.,  Frankfort-ou- 
tbe-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  857,  January  16, 
1891.     6d. 

Violet  and  blue  colouring  matters  which  are  sulphonated 
derivatives  of  secondary  and  tertiary  rosanilines  are  obtained 
by  oxidising  certain  derivatives  of  diamidodipbenybnethane 
in  presence  of  an  aromatic  amine,  such  as  dimethylaniline 
or  diphcnvlamine,  in  an  aqueous  or  alcoholic  solution.  The 
following  example  illustrates  the  formation  of  a  violet 
dyestuff  :  —  Di-ethyldibenzyl-diamido-diphenylmethane  di- 
sulphonic  acid  is  prepared  by  heating  58  kilos,  of  ethyl 
benzyl  aniline  sulphonic  acid  with  a  concentrated  aqueous 
solution  of  3  kilos,  of  formic  aldehyde  on  the  water-bath 
for  12 — 24  hours.  The  solution  is  made  alkaline  with 
caustic  soda  and  the  sodium  salt  of  the  acid  precipitated 
by  salt.     60  kilos,  of  this  acid  are  then  dissolved  in  1,000 


Jan.  30,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


29 


litros  of  water  and  heated  for  25  hours  to  30  — 10  C.  with 
12  kilos,  of  dimethylaniline  and  '20  kilos,  of  potassium 
bichromate.  After  nitration,  the  disulphonate  of  the 
diethyl-dimethyl-dibenzyl-triamidotriphenylcarbinolis  salted 
out  from  the  violet  solution.  The  formation  of  this  body 
may  also  be  performed  in  one  operation  by  mixing  the 
solutions  of  ethyl-benzylaniline  sulphonic  acid  (3  mols.), 
formic  aldehyde  (1  mol.),  with  the  oxidising  agent  and 
heat  in''  for  some  time.— T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  a  Blue-Green  and  a 
Bed-Violet  Colouring  Matter  from  Alizarin  Bine. 
O.  Imray,  London.  From  the  "Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius  uud  Briining,"  H5chst-on-the-Maine, 
Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  1354,  January  24,  1891.  Gd. 
By  acting  with  nitrosulphuric  acid  (containing  sulphuric 
anhydride)  on  Alizarin  blue  a  Nitro-alizarin  blue  can  be 
obtained  which  on  reduction  yields  an  Amido-alizarin  blue, 
both  of  which  substances  are  very  strong  colouring 
matters.  One  kilo,  of  finely-powdered  Alizarin  blue  is 
added,  at  0'  C.,  to  lo  kilos,  of  nitric  acid  of  47  B.  and 
4-5  kilos,  of  sulphuric  acid  containing  20  per  cent,  of 
sulphuric  anhydride,  and  the  whole  slowly  heated  to  20  C. 
When  a  sample,  precipitated  by  water,  washed  and  redis- 
iolved  in  sulphuric  acid,  does  not  show  the  characteristic 
spectrum  of  Alizarin  blue,  the  melt  is  poured  into  a  dilute 
soda  solution,  cooled  with  ice,  and  the  sodium  salt  which 
separates  is  decomposed  with  an  acid.  The  Nitro-alizarin 
blue  forms  a  greenish-blue  powder  which  crystallises  from 
naphtha  in  fine  scales.  It  may  be  used  for  dyeing  and 
printing  by  itself  or  together  with  bisulphite.  The  conver- 
sion into  the  amido  compound  is  performed  as  follows  : — 
One  kilo,  of  Nitro-alizarin  blue  is  suspended  in  50  litres  of 
water  containing  2' 5  kilos,  of  a  35  per  cent,  caustic  soda 
solution  and  8  kilos,  of  glucose,  and  the  whole  heated  to 
70° — 80°  C.  until  a  sample,  decomposed  by  an  acid,  filtered 
and  washed,  dissolves  in  ammonia  with  a  pure  blue  colour. 
The  whole  solution  is  then  acidulated,  and  the  amido  com- 
pound formed  filtered  off  and  washed.  In  place  of  the  glucose 
other  alkaline  reducing  agents  may  be  employed.  The 
\mido-alizarin  blue  is  a  reddish-violet  colouring  matter 
twice  as  strong  as  Alizarin  blue.  It  can  be  used  for  dyeing 
and  printing  similarly  to  the  nitro  compound. — T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  [the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters. 
<  >.  Imray,  London.  From  the  "  Actien  Gesellschaft  fiit 
Anilin  Fabrikation,"  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  1737, 
January  30,  1891.     6d. 

A  red  colouring  matter  which  dyes  wool  and  cotton  is 
obtained  by  reacting  with  the  intermediate  product,  formed 
by  combining  one  molecule  of  diazotised  benzidine  with  one 
molecule  of  /3-naphthoI  disulphonic  acid  G  (Eng.  Pat.  2213 
of  1886;  this  Journal,  1891,  133),  on  the  methyl,  ethyl, 
anil  phenyl  ethers  of  salicylic  acid,  or  on  o-  and  7«-cresol 
carboxylic  acid.  These  colouring  matters  may  afterwards 
be  converted  into  their  methyl  or  ethyl  derivatives,  giving 
somewhat  similar  shades.  The  alkylated  dyestuffs,  how- 
ever, resist  the  action  of  alkalis,  and  may  thus  be  dyed 
from  an  alkaline  or  soap  bath. — T.  A.  L. 


The  Manufacture  of  New  Dyestuffs  derived  from  Anthra- 
cene and  Anthraquinone.  B.  Willcox,  London.  From 
the  "  Farbenf abriken  vormals  Fr.  Bayer  &  Co.,"  Elber- 
feld,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  1883,  February  2,  1891.     6d. 

The  first  part  of  this  |patent  is  an  extension  of  Eng.  Pat. 
18,729  of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,  917),  and  describes  the 
application  of  the  process  to  dichloro-  or  dibromo-anthracene 
in  place  of  the  anthraquinone  there  employed.  The  speci- 
fication then  describes  the  sulphouation  of  "  Alizarin- 
cyanineG  "  obtained  according  to  Eng.  Pat.  17,712  of  1890 
(this  Journal,  1891,  917).  Another  claim  refers  to  the 
sulphouation  of  colouring  matters  obtained  according  to 
Eng.  Pat.  12,715  of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,  759). 

~T.  A.  L. 


A  New  or  Improved  Material  for  Use  in  the  Production 
of  Colouring  Matters.  I.  Levinstein,  Manchester.  Eng. 
Pat.  2682,  February  14,  1891.     6rf. 

According  to  this  invention  a  new  naphthylamine  disul- 
phonic acid  is  obtained  in  the  following  manner: — 100  1b. 
of  sodium  a-naphthalene  sulphonate  are  quickly  stirred  into 
300  lb.  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  previously  heated  to 
150°  C,  and  the  mixture  is  kept  at  this  temperature  for 
2 — 4  hours,  forming  a  naphthalene  disulphonic  acid.  After 
cooling  to  10° — 15°  C,  45  lb.  of  nitric  acid  of  40'  B.  are  run 
in,  the  temperature  being  kept  below  40°  C.  The  whole  is 
then  poured  into  700  lb.  of  brine,  when  the  new  nitro- 
naphthalene  disulphonic  acid  separates  out.  After  washing 
with  brine  and  pressing,  the  acid  is  dissolved  in  400  lb.  of 
water  and  reduced  by  boiling  with  50  lb.  of  iron  borings. 
When  the  reduction  is  complete,  the  mixture  is  made 
alkaline  with  soda,  filtered,  concentrated,  and  allowed  to 
crystallise.  The  sodium  salt  of  the  new  naphthylamine 
disulphonic  acid  thus  obtained  is  filtered  off,  pressed,  and 
dried.  The  same  naphthalene  disulphonic  acid  as  above 
described  is  said  to  be  obtained  by  stirring  CO  lb.  of  naphtha- 
lene into  240  lb.  of  cold  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and 
agitating  the  mixture  until  a  sample  dissolves  in  cold  water. 
The  whole  is  then  heated  with  the  addition  of  anhydrous 
sodium  sulphate  to  150° — 160°  C.  for  2 — 4  hours,  or  as  long 
as  may  be  necessary.  The  subsequent  treatment  is  the  same 
as  above. — T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  and  Production  of 
Colouring  Matters.  C.  Dreyfus,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat. 
17,635,  October  15,  1891.     id. 

A  process  for  preparing  lakes  from  basic  coal-tar  dyes  by 
precipitating  the  latter  in  presence  of  a  neutral  resin  soap 
by  means  of  a  soluble  metallic  salt  or  of  a  salt  of  an 
alkaline  earth.  The  lakes  are  soluble  in  benzene,  "  solvent 
naphtha,"  alcohol,  ether,  carbon  bisulphide,  chloroform,  oleic 
and  stearic  acids,  linseed  oil,  turpentine,  &c,  but  are 
insoluble  in  petroleum  and  glycerol.  They  can  be  used  for 
printing  inks,  paints,  and  also  as  paper-staining  colours. 
(See  also  Eng.  Pat.  2878  of  1886  ;  this  Journal,  1887,  138.) 

— T.  A.  L. 


V.-TEXTILES :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc 

Papyrus.     Papier  Zeitung,  1891,  16,  2528. 
See  under  XIX.,  page  55. 


Note    on   the    Scouring   of    Wool   of   different    Growths. 
J.  J.  Arnaudou.     Monit.  Scicnt.  1891,  1256—1263. 

This  paper  contains  a  long  list  showing  the  percentages 
of  suint,  water,  and  scoured  wool  (dried  at  100°)  in  40 
kinds  of  wool.  All  these  wools  are  now  on  exhibition 
at  the  "  Musee  Mereiologique "  at  Turin.  The  method 
of  analysis  employed  is  as  follows : — 500  grms.  of 
wool  are  taken  and  treated  with  water  rendered  slightly 
alkaline.  To  10  litres  of  water  200  to  250  grms.  of  soda 
crystals  are  added,  and  for  each  100  grms.  of  wool  2  litres 
of  water,  containing  about  50  grms.  of  soda  crystals,  are 
used.  The  wool  is  allowed  to  soak  for  three  hours,  agitating 
from  time  to  time,  at  a  temperature  of  from  60° — 70°.  It 
is  then  taken  out  and  washed  with  water  until  the  wash- 
water  is  clear.  The  wool  is  then  pressed  and  dried  upon  a 
stretched  linen  cloth  exposed  to  a  current  of  air.  After 
20  days'  exposure  to  the  air  and  sun  it  is  weighed  and  the 
drying  is  then  continued  until  the  weight  remains  constant. 
The  loss  of  weight  gives  the  suint  plus  the  water  lost  by 
drying  in  air.  A  small  portion  of  the  wool  is  then  dried  at 
ion  ,  and  the  loss  of  weight  noted.— II.  S.  P. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30, 1S92. 


1'  \  I'KXT. 

Production  from  Mineral  Oils  of  Sulphonic  Acids  and 
Sulpkones.  and  the  Manufacture  «/'  a  New  Product  /»/ 
Treating  Gelatinous  Matterwith  Sulphonic  Arid.  A.  M. 
Clark,  London.  From  the"  Gewerkschaft  Messel,"  Grube 
Messel,  Germany.  Kng.  Pat.  19.502,  November  29, 
1890.     6</. 

See  under  III.,  page  22. 


VI -DYEING,  CALICO  PKINTING,  PAPEE 
STAINING,  AND  BLEACHING. 

The   Determination   if  Indigotin  in   Indigo.      ]•'.    Ulzer. 
Mittheil.  Techn.  Gewerbe-Museums,  1891,  i"8— 184. 
See  under  Will.,  page  63. 


Grape-Seed  Oil  and  its  Technical  Application.    F.  M.Horn. 

Mittheil.  Techn.  Gewerbe-Museums,  1891,185—187. 

See  under  XII.,  page  4-1. 


Use  of  Sodium  Tungstate  as  a  Fi.ring  Agent  fn-  Mordants. 

G.  Ulrich.      .Mittheil.   Techn.  Gewerbe-Museums,  1891, 

187—195. 
The  employment  of  a  15  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium 
tungstate  is  recommended  for  fixing  chromium,  aluminium, 
tin,  iron,  nickel,  cobalt,  and  similar  mordants  on  yarns  or 
fabrics  composed  of  cotton,  wool,  or  silk,  or  of  mixtures 
of  two  different  fibres.  The  material  to  be  mordanted  is 
impregnated  with  a  solution  of  chromium  acetate,  basic 
aluminium  sulphate,  &e.,  and  passed  (in  the  case  of  cotton 
fabrics,  preferably  after  drying)  through  the  sodium 
tungstate  bath,  "which  is  heated  to  30D— 40°.  The 
mordants,  which  are  fixed  in  the  form  of  tungstates, 
give  on  dyeing  shades  which  in  point  of  brilliancy  and 
fastness  compare  well  with  those  obtained  on  the  free 
metallic  oxides.  The  cotton  in  a  mixed  fabric  should  be 
prepared  with  oleine  before  weaving,  to  ensure  a  regular 
deposition  of  the  mordant  on  the  fabric.  This  application 
of  sodium  tungstate  lias  been  patented  in  Germany  (Ger. 
I'at.  ;,8,171  of  1890).— E.  H. 


Experiments  in   Mordanting  Wool  with  Iron.     G.  Ulrich. 

Mittheil.  Techn.  Gewerbe-Museums,  1891,  195-  196. 
Wool  mordanted  with  cream  of  tartar  ( 1  mol.  per  mol.  of 
KeSO,.T  11,1 1)  and  ferrous  sulphate  dyes  a  dull  grey-black 
with  logwood.  An  addition  of  copper  sulphate  to  the 
mordanting  bath  effects  a  marked  improvement  in  the 
shade  of  black  produced.  The  best  results  are  obtained 
with  10  per  cent,  (of  the  weight  of  the  wool)  of  ferrous 
sulphate,  8-15  of  cream  of  tartar,  and  3- 6  of  copper 
sulphate. 

Also  with  the  ferric  mordant  copper  sulphate  is  found 
to  be  a  useful  addition.  A  rich  black  is  obtained  on 
dyeing  with  logwood  wool  which  has  been  mordanted  with 
iron  alum  (12  per  .nit.),  cream  of  tartar  (6  niols.  per  mol. 
of  iron  alum),  and  copper  sulphate  (4  niols.). 

The  logwood  blacks  dyed  on  the  mixed  copper-iron 
mordant  are  faster  to  light  than  those  obtained  on  the  iron 
mordant  alone. —  E.  B. 


Application  <>J  Alizarin  Lakes  for  Colouring  Candles,  Sec. 
(J.  I'lrieli.  Mittheil.  Techn.  Gewerbe-Museums,  1891, 
198—202. 

See  under  XII.,  page  14. 


Applications  of  same  New  Dyes.    II.  von  Pergcr.     Mittheil. 
Techn.  Gewerbe-Museums,  1891,  202—253. 

Fast  Green,  blue  shade  (alkaline  salt  of  sulpbonated 
benzyltri-  or  benzyltetra-alkylated  pararosaniline),  is  sold 
both  as  powder  and  paste,  the  latter  a  10  per  cent,  solution 
in  acetic  acid.  It  dyes  wool  and  silk  a  dark  blue-green 
from  an  acid  bath,  the  shades  being  fuller  and  faster  than 
those  yielded  by  Acid  green.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
dissolves  the  dye  with  a  golden-brown  colour. 

Acridine  Orange  (Eng.  Pat.  8243  of  1890;  this  Journal, 
1891,  537),  is  dyed  or  printed  on  cotton  with  tannic  acid 
as  mordant. 

Pyronine  (Kng.  Pat.  13,217  of  1889;  this  Journal,  1890, 
934)  dyes  silk,  wool,  or  tannin-mordanted  cotton  a  pink 
resembling  lihodamine. 

Toluylene  Blue,  (Eng.  Pat.  2499  of  1890;  this  Journal, 
1891,  i32)  a  basic  induline-dye  prepared  by  the  action 
of  p-phenylenediamine  on  the  induline  -  base  of  the 
formula  C^Ho-X^,  gives  on  cotton  mordanted  with  tannic 
acid  dark  shades  of  blue  resembling  indigo;  alum  and 
chromium  acetate  are  added  to  the  dye-bath,  and  the  dyed 
cotton  is  passed  through  a  boiling  solution  of  potassium 
bichromate  to  darken  the  shade.  The  blue  may  also  be 
dyed  ou  unmordanted  cotton  from  a  bath  containing  acetic 
acid  and  sodium  acetate.  It  is  also  suitable  for  wool  and 
silk.  It  dissolves  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  with  a  blue 
colour;  alkalis  precipitate  the  colour  base;  potassium 
bichromate  gives  a  blue-black  precipitate. 

Rasinduline  2  B  is  the  sodium  salt  of  a  rosindulone 
sulphonic  acid  (this  Journal,  1890,  601)  ;  it  dyes  wool 
bluish-red  from  an  acid  bath :  in  applying  it  copper 
dye-vessels  must  be  avoided.  The  dye  is  tolerably  fast 
to  light,  but  not  so  to  soap.  ( >f  similar  composition  to 
this  dye  is  Sosinduline  2  G,  which  is  applied  in  a  similar 
way,  yielding  scarlet  shades.  This  dye  exhibits  on  sill;  an 
orange-red  fluorescence.  Its  fastness  to  light  is  inferior  to 
that  of  the  2  B  quality. 

1  ■.tVapAMy/lJ/Ke.anilido-isonaphthylrosinduline,  i„  obtained, 
together  with  pbcnylrosinduliiie  by  the  action  of  phenylazo- 
a-naphthylamine  on  aniline.  Silk  which  has  been  dyed 
with  it  shows  a  red  fluorescence.  It  is  faster  to  light  than 
the  indulincs  in  ordinary  use.  Its  blue-green  solution  in 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  turns  successively  blue  and 
blue-purple  on  dilution  with  water. 

Aziue  Green  (Eng.  Pat.  3098  of  1890;  this  Journal, 
1891,  132)  is  dyed  on  cotton  by  means  of  tannic  acid,  and 
is  very  fast  towards  dilute  solutions  of  alkalis,  acids,  and 
bleaching  powder. 

Thiocarmine  R  is  produced  by  the  oxidation  of  a  mixture 
of  ethylsulphobenzyl-p-pheiiylenediatiiiiietliiosulphonic  and 
ethylbcn/.ylanilinesulphonic  acids,  and  has  the  formula— 


,e„H, — n 


l/ 


C,H, 


\< 


H'H,.f,Il,S(l, 
N( 
\        /       /CA 

\C0H:l X< 

\ciI..<JI,S()A'a 


It  is  sold  in  the  form  of  paste, which  is  employed  for  dyeing 
wool  with  the  addition  to  the  dye-bath  of  sodium  sulphate 
and  sulphuric  acid.  The  blue  shades  produced  tire  not  fast 
to  light.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  dissolves  the  dye 
with' a  green  colour;  acidulated  stannous  chloride  de- 
colourises it. 


Jan.  so,  1898.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


3] 


Toluidine  /Hue  is  the  sulphate  o£  tritnetbylthiomue — 

.CH3<CH3 

N„. 

/ 
CaH3- N(CII;>. 


It  is  applied  in  the  same  way  as  Methylene  blue,  which  it 
resembles. 

Methylene  Green  extra,  the  mononitro  derivative  of 
Methylene  blue,  is  prepared  from  the  latter  substance  by 
dissolving  it  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  cooling  to  0°, 
and  adding  the  calculated  quantity  of  sodium  nitrite.  It  is 
Easter  to  bleaching  powder  solution  than  Methylene  blue, 
and  also  even  faster  to  light  than  that  dye.  It  colours 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  blue-green  ;  alkalis  yield  a 
purple  precipitate;  acidulated  stannous  chloride  de- 
colourises it,  the  colour  being  restored  by  hydrogen 
dioxide. 

Methylene  Grey  is  a  mixture  of  several  dyes. 

Nitrazine  Yellow  is  manufactured  by  heating  nitro- 
xy  lylliydrazinesulphonic  acid  with  dihydroxytartaric  acid. 
It  dyes  silk  and  wool  a  more  greenish  shade  of  yellow  than 
Turtrazin  S,  and  on  wool  is  faster  to  milling  than  the  latter. 
Ii  may  be  distinguished  from  the  latter  dye  by  the  greater 
solubility  of  its  barium  compound,  Nitrazine  yellow  not 
being  precipitated  by  the  addition  of  barium  chloride  to  its 
hot  aqueous  solution. 

Azo-green,  prepared  by  diazotising  m-amidotetramethyl- 
diamidotriphenylcarbinol  and  combining  the  resultant 
compound  with  salicylic  acid  (Eng.  Pat.  3398  of  1890  ;  this 
Journal,  1891,  249),  comes  into  commerce  in  the  form  of  a 
paste,  which  dissolves  in  water  with  a  green  colour  and  in 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  with  a  brown,  ltmaybe  fixed  on 
cotton  by  means  of  tannic  acid,  and  on  wool  on  the  chrome 
mordant.  It  is  also  recommended  for  calico-printing  in 
conjunction  with  chromium  acetate  as  a  mordanting  salt. 
Its  fastness  to  light  anil  soaping  or  milling  is,  however, 
scarcely  satisfactory. 

Anthracite  Black — ■ 

/N:N.CltlII;,:(S03Na> 

\N:N.C6H3:fNH.CH2.C6H5)2    [1:3] 

is  obtained  from  a  naphthylaminedisulphonic  acid  by 
diazotisation  and  combination  with  naphthylamine  and 
combination  of  the  diazo  derivative  of  the  resultant 
compound  with  diblazyl-m-phenylenediamine  (Kng.  Pat. 
4825  of  1889;  this  Journal,  1890,  172V  It  dyes  wool 
directly  with  4  per  cent,  of  dyestuff  a  blue-black,  which 
IS  fast  to  licjit  but  only  moderately  so  to  milling. 

( 'hromotropes  of  the  shade-marks  2  II,  2  11,  6  I!,  8  11,  ami 
lull,  an'  azo-dyes,  which  have  the  property,  when  dyed  in 
the  customary  manner  on  wool  (yielding  shades  ranging 
from  scarlet  to  violet-red)  of  being  transformed  by  the 
action  of  a  boiling  solution  of  potassium  bichromate  into 
blue-black,  Mack,  or  green-black  colours,  whose  fastness  to 
light  and  milling  is  very  considerable. — E.  11. 


The  Dyeing  aj  Black  Hosiery.    E.  Frey.    Earber-Zeitung, 
1891,53—54. 

Cotton  stockings  and  knitted  goods  are  now  generally 
dyed  black  with  aniline,  and  the  author  describes  the  process 
as  applied  to  stockings.  The  goods  are  first  boiled  for  one 
hour  with  from  3  to  5  per  cent,  of  their  weight  of  soda  in 
water,  and  then  rinsed  and  soaked  for  half  an  hour  in  water 
at  40  C.  containing  from  5  to  10  per  cent,  of  their  weight 
of  acetic  acid.  The  goods  are  taken  out  of  this  bath,  drained, 
and  dried  in  a  room  maintained  at  40°  to  50° R.  (50° — GO' C), 
when  they  are  ready  for  dyeing.  Two  solutions  are  used 
for  the  dyeing  process.  The  first  is  made  by  mixing 
15  kilos,  each  of  aniline  salt,  aniline  oil  of  4°,  and  hydro- 
chloric  acid  of  is    H-     When  cold,  this  mixture  is  added 


to  50  litres  of  water  containing  15  kilos,  of  sodium  chlorate. 
The  second  solution  is  made  by  dissolving  5  kilos,  of  copper 
sulphate,  100  grins,  of  sodium  bichromate,  and  500  grins,  of 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  in  sufficient  water  to  bring  the 
density  to  4°  B.  A  wooden  trough  is  filled  with  the  first 
solution  diluted  with  water  to  a  density  of  8  11.,  and  one 
litre  of  the  second  or  copper  solution  is  added  and  well 
mixed.  The  dry  stockings  are  then  immersed  and  well 
stirred  about  in  the  hath  for  half  an  hour,  when  they  are 
taken  out  and  drained,  first  on  a  rack  and  finally  in  a 
centrifugal  machine.  Each  stocking  is  then  drawn  over  a 
leg-shaped  board,  on  which  it  is  carefully  smoothed  out, 
and  is  placed  in  the  oxidation  chamber,  where  it  is  exposed 
to  moist  air  at  45°  K.  (56° C.)  for  two  hours.  The  stockings, 
now  of  a  dark  green  colour,  are  taken  off  the  boards  and 
worked  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  at  30°  B.  (37°  C.)  in  a 
solution  of  3  per  cent,  of  potassium  bichromate,  which 
fully  develops  the  black  colour.  The  goods  are  then  rinsed 
and  well  washed  in  a  washing-machine  charged  with  10  per 
cent,  of  oleine  soap,  2  per  cent,  of  soda,  and  2  per  cent,  of 
ammonia,  and  after  40  minutes'  treatment  at  40°  B.  (50"  C.) 
they  ate  rinsed  in  water  and  dried. — li.   H.   II. 


Aluminium    Sulphate.     Papier-Zeitung,    1891,  16,  232G  — 
2328. 

Sec  under  XIX.,  pages  52 — 55. 


Applications  of  New  Insoluble  Azo  Colouring  Matters  for 
Cotton  Dyeing,  A.  Kertesz.  Chem.  Zeit.  1891,  15 
701—702. 

Before  the  discovery  of  primuline  the  results  obtained 
were  more  or  less  unsatisfactory,  as  no  method  of  this  kind 
existed  for  rendering  dyes  on  cotton  fast.  Primuline 
contains  a  free  amido-group  which,  if  diazotised  on  the 
fibres,  produces  perfectly  insoluble  and  fast  dyes.  L.  Cassella 
and  Co.  are  known  to  have  prepared  certain  colouring 
matters,  by  treating  benzidine  and  its  analogous  compounds 
with  7-amidonaphtholsulphonic  acid,  and  it  is  interesting  to 
note  that  the  azo-derivatives  of  this  acid  contain  a  free 
amido-group  ;  it  may,  therefore,  be  expected  that  these 
will  show  the  same  property  as  primuline.  This  is  actually 
the  case,  as  Baeyer  has  proved,  and  the  following  colouring 
matters  can  be  diazotised  on  the  fibres  :  Diamine  black  BO, 
Diamine  black  BO,  Diamine  blue-black  E,  which,  if  developed 
with  different  substances,  give  indigo  blue,  dark  blue,  or 
blackish  shades  respectively,  and  Diamine  brown  V. 

To  these  must  be  added  Cotton-brown  A  and  Cotton- 
brown  N,  which  were  known  for  some  time  previously. 

The  process  of  diazotising  is  an  expeditious  one,  e.g., 
cotton  treated  with  Diamine  black  and  passed  through  the 
acid  nitrite  bath,  at  once  changed  to  a  light  blue.  In 
many  instances  it  is  advisable  to  wash  the  material  after 
the  diazotising  process.  Then  follows  the  development 
by  means  of  amido-  or  oxy-compounds.  Experiments  show 
that  the  best  developers  are  0-naphthol  for  dark  blue 
shades  ;  naphthylamine  ether  for  indigo  blue  ;  phenylene- 
diamine  or  resorcinol  for  black  ;  and  Chrysoidine  AG  for 
brown.  The  developing  baths  are  prepared  in  the  following 
way  : — 

(1.)  P-naphthol. — 1,450  grms.  of  ,8-naphthol  and  1,200 
grms.  of  caustic  soda  (40°)  are  dissolved  in  hot  water  and 
diluted  to  20  litres.  One-tenth  litre  of  this  solution  is 
required  for  every  kilo,  of  cotton,  and  at  the  beginning 
2  litres  have  to  be  added  for  every  100  litres  of  water. 

(2.)  Naphthylamine  ether. — The  paste  has  to  be  dissolved 
in  boiling  water.  Fifty  grms.  of  paste  are  required  for 
every  kilo,  of  cotton,  and  at  the  beginning  1  kilo,  of  paste 
must  be  added  for  every  100  litres  of  water. 

3.  Phenylenediamine. — 1,080  grins,  of  phenylenediamine 
are  dissolved  in  20  litres  of  hot  water,  the  same  quantities 
being  used  as  of  the  /3-naphthol  solution. 

(4.)  Besorcinol. — 1,100  grms.  of  resorcinol  and  2,400 
grms.  of  caustic  soda  (40°)  must  be  dissolved  and  diluted 
to  20  litres,  the  same  proportions  being  employed  as  for  the 
/3-naphthol  solution. 


32 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30, 1892. 


(5.)   Chrysoidine  AG. — Four  grins,  of  Chrysoidine  AG 

(dissolved  in  hot  water)  are  required  for  every  kilo,  of 
cotton;  and  at  the  beginning  10  grms.  for  every  100  litres 
of  water.  To  keep  the  bath  neutral,  chalk  is  added  at  the 
rate  of  5  grms.  for  every  kilo,  of  cotton. 

The  diazotised  materials  are  passed  through  the  cold 
developing  liquids  for  about  10  or  15  minutes,  and  then 
washed  with  water,  or  with  water  and  soap.  (Compare 
this  Journal,  1891,  762  — 7C3.)— H.  S. 


Method  fur    the     Valuation    of    Extracts    of  Logwood. 

v.  Cochenhausen.  Monit.  Seient.  1891,  5,  943—948. 
Up  to  the  present,  according  to  the  author,  there  has  existed 
no  analytical  method  for  the  determination  of  colouring 
matters  in  extracts.  If  the  oxidation  of  hematoxylin  does 
not  stop  at  hematein  there  is  no  reason  why  [extract  of 
logwood  should  not  contain  all  the  possible  oxidation 
products.  Very  little  is  known  as  to  the  functions  of 
hematoxylin,  luematein,  and  their  further  oxidation  products 
in  dyeing,  and  it  is  with  the  object  of  elucidating  these 
points  that  the  author  has  made  the  following  experiments. 
(Compare  this  Journal,  1889,  012—618.) 

Pure  hematoxylin  and  hematein  were  employed  in 
solutions  of  05  per  cent.,  except  when  otherwise  stated. 
The  percentages  of  dye  and  mordant  refer  to  pounds  of 
tihre  dyed.  The  wool  employed  was  mordanted  (1)  with 
4  per  cent,  of  commercial  chromium  fluoride  and  4  per  cent, 
of  tartar;  (2)  with  1  per  cent,  of  potassium diehromate  and 
0-33  per  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid;  (3)  with  1  per  cent,  of 
potassium  diehromate  and  2  per  cent,  of  tartar;  (1)  with 
6  per  cent,  of  alum  and  4  per  cent,  of  tartar.  The  cotton 
was  mordanted  as  usual  with  iron,  strong  and  weak,  with 
alumina,  strong  and  weak,  and  with  a  mixture  of  iron  and 
alumina.  Some  of  the  pieces  were  mordanted  with  3  per 
cent,  of  tannin  and  a  solution  of  aluminium  acetate  at 
5°  B.     The  dyeing  operation  lasted  for  one  hour. 

The  results  of  dying  wool  and  cotton  mordanted  as  above 
in  hematoxylin  solution  were  the  same ;  in  both  eases  the 
samples  mordanted  with  chromates  were  immediately  dyed 
blue,  while  those  mordanted  with  chromium  oxide  and 
alumina  were  not  dyed  at  all  during  the  first  20  minutes, 
and  at  the  end  of  the  hour  only  a  much  feebler  shade  than 
that  obtained  with  the  chromic  acid  mordants.  When  these 
experiments  are  conducted  in  vessels  which  yield  alkali  to 
boiliu"  water,  or  with  water  which  contains  chalk  or 
dissolved  air,  the  shades  obtained  are  totally  different. 

With  ha-matein  all  samples,  whether  mordanted  with 
chromium  oxide  or  chromic  acid,  give  the  same  colours. 

The  dyeing  by  hematoxylin  of  chromic  acid  mordanted 
fabrics  is,  then,  due  to  the  oxidation  of  the  hematoxylin  to 


li.umatein  by  the  chromic  acid.  The  iron  mordanted  cotton 
dyed  the  same  in  both  baths,  apparently  because  of  the 
oxidising  action  of  ferric  oxide  on  hematoxylin. 

Inasmuch  as  heuiatein  is  capable  of  further  oxidation  to 
substances  which  have  little  tinctorial  value,  it  might  be 
expected  that  the  more  chromic  acid  is  put  into  a  fabric  the 
Ic-s  dyed  it  will  be  by  hematein.  Experiments  showed  that 
this  is  actually  the  ease  ;  when  6  per  cent,  of  potassium 
diehromate  and  2  per  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid  were  used, 
hematoxylin  (5  per  cent,  solution)  produced  no  colour  in 
the  fabric.  Further  experiments  snowed  that  this  oxidation 
rapidly  deteriorates  an  alkaline  bath  of  hematoxylin,  the 
hemateiu  at  first  formed  soon  becoming  further  oxidised. 

Dyers  prefer  decoctions  to  extracts  of  logwood ;  this  is 
probably  because  the  former,  especially  when  made  from 
fermented  wood,  contain  more  hemateiu  and  less  foreign 
substances  :  for  when  wool  is  mordanted  with  potassium 
diehromate  and  acid,  even  if  tartar  lie  not  present — and 
owing  to  its  high  price  it  is  frequently  omitted — some  of  the 
chromic  acid  gets  reduced  either  by  organic  matter  in  the 
water  or  by  the  wool  itself.  When  ha-matein  is  present  it 
immediately  forms  a  lake  with  the  chromium  oxide,  while 
the  remaining  chromic  acid  is  oxidising  hematoxylin. 
When,  however,  only  hematoxylin  is  present  it  has  to  be 
oxidised  by  the  chromic  acid,  the  chromium  oxide  meantime 
dulling  the  shade  by  combining  with  the  foreign  matters. 

The  author  dismisses  the  methods  of  Houzeau  (I)ingl. 
Polyt.  J.  190,  242)  and  Schreiuer  (this  Journal,  1890,  976) 
tor  the  valuation  of  logwood  extract  as  being  inexact,  and 
adopts  a  comparative  method  in  which  a  series  of  samples, 
mordanted  according  to  a  fixed  prescription,  are  dyed  with 
the  extract  to  be  valued  and  compared  with  the  same  series 
dyed  with  standard  solutions  of  hematoxylin  and  luematein, 
arranged  in  diminishing  arithmetical  progression,  viz.: — ■ 

0-5  per  cent., 0-45  per  cent. ,0-4  per  cent.,  0-35  percent., 
0-3  per  cent.,  2 '25  per  cent,  (sic),  02  per  cent.,  0-15  per 
cent.,  0-1  per  cent.,  0-05  per  cent. 

The  series  of  shades  are  obtained  with  the  following 
wools: — (1),  mordanted  with  4  per  cent,  of  chromium 
fluoride  and  1  per  cent,  of  tartar,  and  dyed  in  hemateiu  ; 
(2),  mordanted  with  1  per  cent,  potassium  diehromate  and 
2  percent,  of  tartar,  and  dyed  with  hematoxylin;  (3),  mor- 
danted with  6  per  cent,  alum  and  4  per  cent,  tartar,  and 
dyed  with  hematein. 

As  hematoxylin  gives  a  feeble  tint  to  chromium  oxide 
mordanted  wool,  0'05  per  cent,  of  hematein  is  allowed  for 
this  shade  on  such  wool,  while  0-025  per  cent,  is  allowed  for 
alum-mordanted  wool. 

The  following  table  gives  some  of  the  author's  results  ; 
the  numbers  in  brackets  indicate  the  hematein  which  would 
have  been  present  in  the  original  extract  if  that  fixed  by  the 
wool  be  supposed  to  have  been  so  present : — 




s"ur"'-             per  100  Kilos. 

Hematein.      j    Hematoxylin. 

Price 

per  ion  K iins-  "i 

Colouring  Mattel 

America 

America 

France 

France 

Germany 

German; 

Germany 

Sell. 

9fi 

r 
105 

'■'7 
150 

G3 

(Is 

PerCent. 
-      (2-5) 

Trace  (.V75) 

Trace  (,T7.'l 

Trace  (:s'7.">J 

7-5(10) 

Trace  (jr.) 

Trace  (2'6) 

Per  Cent. 
Hi 

35-6 

35-0 

•10 '5 
10-8 
8-8 

240 

o 

300 
299 

31G 

117 

773 

Similarity  of  procedure  is  of  course  necessary  for  obtaining 
good  results. 

In  the  manufacture  of  logwood  extracts  no  attempt 
should  be  made  to  convert  hematoxylin  into  hematein  by 
■  sddising  agents,  such  as  chlorine;  this  should  be  left  to 
tin-  dver  who  can  easily  bring  it  about  by  addition  of 
mini.. iiia  and  exposure  to  air.  The  addition  of  calcium 
/relate  i~  in  be  recommended.  —  A.  (i    B. 


Report  on  a  Prize  Competition  for  a  Practical  Method  <;/' 
Preventing  the  Formation  of  Oxycellulose  in  Printing 
Discharges  on  Indigo  Blue  hy  Means  of  Chromic  Arid. 
A.  Schemer.  Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  Mulhouse,  1891,  484— 
486. 

The  method  proposed  was  to  soak  the  fabric,  dyed  with 
indigo,  in  a  solution  of  sodium  silicate  of  2"  to  I  1!.  before 
printing  on  the  discharge.  The  author  tested  the  method 
by  making  comparative   trials,   and  the  prepared  samples 


Jnn.  8»,  isuj.j       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


33 


were  priuted  with  the  ordinary  discharge  of  alkaline 
ohromate  thickened  with  starch  or  gum.  They  were  then 
placed  for  one  minute  at  50°  C.  in  a  bath  composed  of 
160  grms.  of  sulphuric  acid,  50  grms.  of  oxalic  acid,  and 
7U0  grms.  of  water.  After  rinsing  the  samples  were  then 
boiled  for  30  minutes  with  10  grms.  of  sodium  carbonate 
dissolved  in  a  litre  of  water.  The  samples  were  then  tested 
for  strength  in  a  "  dynamometer,"  when  it  was  found  that 
the  samples  submitted  to  the  sodium  silicate  treatment  were 
not  sensibly  stronger  than  the  others.  By  using  a  stronger 
solution  of  sodium  silicate  a  somewhat  more  favourable 
result  was  obtained,  but  the  discharge  was  then  imperfect, 
and  in  fact  the  alkaline  substance  seemed  to  act  no  better 
than  a  thickener  of  the  same  viscosity  in  preventing  the 
tendering  action  of  the  acid  bath. — G.  H.  B. 


On  the  Weakening  of  the  Tissue  in  the  Printing  of  White 
Discharges  on  Vat  Indigo  Blue.  A.  Scheitrer.  Ball. 
So.'.  In.l".  Mulhouse,  1891,  487—495. 

The  tirst  part  of  this  research  aims  at  tixing  the  limits  of 
tin-  variations  to  be  introduced  in  the  experiments  on  the 
various  substances  which  are  described  in  the  second  part. 
The  method  pursued  is  to  print  a  discharge  in  a  narrow 
stripe  across  a  strip  of  cotton  sheet  4  cm.  broad  and  dyed 
with  vat  indigo  blue.  The  strip  is  then  placed  in  an  acid 
bath  to  effect  the  discharge  and  washed  ;  it  is  finally  steeped 
in  an  alkaline  bath  to  bring  out  the  maximum  weakening 
or  tendering,  which  is  measured  by  the  breaking  strain 
exerted  in  a  "  dynamometer."  Briefly  expressed,  the  author 
finds  that  an  alkaline  bath  containing  10  grms.  of  sodium 
carbonate  in  a  litre  of  water  has  no  sensible  effect  on  the 
tissue  during  SO  minutes  at  a  boiling  temperature,  and  that 
variations  due  to  imperfections  inherent  in  the  tissue  range 
up  to  10  per  cent.,  which  is  therefore  taken  as  the  unavoid- 
able error  of  experiment.  The  full  period  of  30  minutes 
boiling  in  the  alkaline  bath  was  found  to  be  required  to 
develop  the  maximum  weakening  due  to  the  action  of  the 
acid  bath.  It  was  immaterial  to  the  result  whether  the  strip 
was  tested  in  the  "  dynamometer  "  in  a  wet  or  dry  condition. 
Even  considerable  alteration  of  the  strength  of  the  acid  bath 
did  not  affect  the  results  beyond  10  per  cent.,  but  the  effect 
was  sensibly  increased  when  the  temperature  of  the  bath 
exceeded  60°  C.  The  substances  whose  powers  of  hinder- 
ing the  weakening  of  the  tissue  were  to  be  tested,  were 
added  in  epiantities  of  200  grms.  each  to  1  litre  of  the  acid 
bath  composed  of  160  parts  of  sulphuric  acid,  50  of  oxalic 
acid,  and  590  parts  of  water,  and  the  operation  of  souring 
ami  washing  cf  the  printed  strips  were  now  conducted 
under  the  conditions  determined  by  the  preliminary  experi- 
ments. Water,  sugar,  glucose,  formic  acid,  tartaric  acid, 
acetone,  alcohol,  and  glycerin  were  experimented  with,  but 
tile  results  obtained  with  the  two  last  only  were  of  interest. 
Alcohol  had  been  for  some  years  used  in  this  way  by  Brandt, 
whilst  glycerin  was  employed  by  H.  Koechlin.  The  author 
finds  that  the  protective  action  of  glycerin  is  proportional 
to  the  quantity  employed.  Of  the  inorganic  substances 
tried,  sodium  bisulphite,  tin-salt,  and  arsenious  acid 
stopped  the  development  of  the  discharge,  the  sulphates  of 
copper  and  cobalt  increased  the  weakening  effect,  and  the 
only  favourable  results  were  obtained  with  manganese 
chloride  and  tartar  emetic. — G.  H.  B. 


Means  of  Preventing  the  Formation  of  O.rgcellulose  in  the 
Printing  of  Discharges  on  Indigo  Blue.  Brandt.  Bull. 
Soc.  Ind.  Mulhouse,  1891,  496—497. 

In  order  to  print  a  white  discharge  on  cotton  tissues  dyed 
with  Indigo  blue,  the  design  is  printed  with  an  alkaline 
chromate  solution  thickened  with  gum,  and  the  action  of 
the  oxidising  substance  is  developed  by  a  passage  through 
an  acid  bath  containing  sulphuric  and  oxalic  acids.  But 
this  acid  bath  is  very  detrimental  to  the  cotton  tissue,  as  the 
chromic  acid  set  free  gives  rise  to  the  formation  of  oxy- 
cellulose,  the  weakness  or  tenderness  of  which  is  still  further 
increased  by  the  subsequent  washing  in  alkaline  or  soap 
solutions.  The  presence  of  oxycellulose  may  be  shown  by 
the  method  proposed  by  Witz,  which  consists  in  dyeing  the 


tissue  with  Methylene  blue,  which  does  not  affect  the 
unaltered  cellulose,  but  dyes  those  portions  converted  into 
oxycellulose  to  a  depth  proportional  to  the  degree  of  con- 
version. In  order  to  impede  the  formation  of  oxycellulose 
in  this  kind  of  printing  the  author  has  for  four  years  added 
10  per  cent,  of  alcohol  to  the  acid  bath  with  fairly  satisfactory 
results.  The  weakening  was  very  sensibly  decreased,  whilst 
a  full  discharge  was  obtained,  and  the  Methylene  blue  test 
showed  that  the  conversion  of  the  fibre  into  oxycellulose 
was  very  small.  Any  kind  of  denaturised  alcohol  may  be 
used,  as  the  impurities  do  not  interfere  with  the  results. 
The  author  has  used  glycerin  in  a  similar  way  with 
favourable  results,  but  not  so  good  as  with  alcohol. — G.  H.  B. 


On  a  Special  Process  for  Preparing  "  Sulphoricinate." 
A.  Scheurer-Kestner.  Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  Mulhouse,  1891, 
499—502. 

This  communication  begins  with  the  publication  of  a  paper 
sealed  and  deposited  on  31st  July  1889  and  opened  on 
29th  April  1891,  which  states  that  De  Milly  was  the  first 
who  succeeded  in  effecting  saponification  industrially  by 
steam,  and  the  author  has  extended  this  method  to  the 
preparation  of  Turkey-red  oil. 

In  an  additional  note  the  author  now  gives  the  results  of 
his  examination  of  the  oil,  and  he  finds  that  the  fatty  acid 
obtained  in  this  way  is  not  the  normal  ricinoleic  acid,  but  an 
acid  of  a  lower  saturation  equivalent  and  giving  a  more 
violet  shade  of  red  in  the  alizarin  dyeing  process.  This 
acid  gives  a  milky  solution  with  ammonia,  whilst  normal 
ricinoleic  acid  gives  a  clear  solution  when  neutralised  with 
ammonia.  Its  molecular  weight  is  480,  that  of  the  normal 
acid  being  298.  In  preparing  Turkey-red  oil  by  means  of 
sulphuric  acid,  there  results  a  mixture  of  sulphonated  and 
non-sulphonated  acids  of  normal  constitution  as  well  as 
polymerised,  the  effect  of  sulphonation  tending  to  produce 
yellow  shades,  whilst  the  polymerisation  is  favourable  to 
blue  shades  of  alizarin.  When  a  polymerised  acid  is 
saponified  with  soda  below  80°  C.  it  remains  unaltered  and 
the  original  acid  is  reproduced  on  acidification,  but  if  the 
saponification  be  accompanied  by  prolonged  boiling  or 
conducted  under  pressure  at  a  temperature  above  100°  C. 
the  normal  acid  is  formed. — G.  H.  B. 


Properties  of  Cuprammonium.     Prudhomme.     Bull.  Soc. 
Ind.  Mulhouse,  1891,  510—512. 

The  author  traces  an  analogy  between  the  action  on  cellulose 
of  cuprammonium  and  hydrogen  peroxide.  In  both  cases 
oxycellulose  is  formed.  Cuprammonium  appears  to  have  a 
stronger  oxidising  power  than  hydrogen  peroxide  on  indigo 
blue,  which  it  decolourises  quickly.  Mercerised  cotton  is  also 
strongly  attacked  hy  it.  The  blue  solution  formed  by 
dissolving  copper  in  ammonia  in  presence  of  air  becomes 
decolourised  when  left  in  contact  with  excess  of  copper  in  a 
bottle  which  is  quite  filled  and  stoppered,  and  the  copper 
salt  is  reduced  to  the  cuprous  state.  Ammonium  nitrite 
treated  with  copper  in  the  cold  evolves  nitric  oxide  according 
to  the  equation — 

2  (NO,.NH4)  +  Cu  =  N202  +  CuH20;  +  2  NH3 

but  in  presence  of  ammonia,  nitrogen  is  given  off — 

2  (N02.NH4)  +  3  Cu  =  2  N  +  3  CuO  +  2  NH3  +  OH2 

— G.  H.  B. 


Note  on  a  New  Chromium  Mordant.     A.  Scheurer.     Bull. 

Soc.  Ind.  Mulhouse,  1891,  522—524. 
This  mordant  is  obtained  by  reducing  potassium  bichromate 
with  sulphurous  acid,  and  differs  from  potassium  chrome 
alum  by  containing  less  potassium  sulphate,  and  by  haviug 
a  green  instead  of  a  violet  colour.  It  is  prepared  by  adding 
57  gams,  of  sulphurous  acid  to  88  grms.  bichromate  dissolved 
in  855  grms.  of  water.  After  printing  the  mordant  may  be 
fixed  by  exposure  to  ammonia  gas.  The  substance 
remaining   on   the  fibre  is  not   chromic    oxide  but  a  basic 


34 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


L  Jun.  30, 1892. 


sulphate,  which  gives  a  different  shade  on  dyeing.  This 
mordant  gives  with  nitroalizarin  a  yellowish-rose  of  gieat 
Freshness.  The  same  dye  gives  with  a  pure  chromic  oxide 
mordant  a  more  violet  and  less  brilliant  shade. — G.  H.  I!. 


PATENT. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  Laundry  Blue.     J.  Knowles, 
liolton.     Eng.  Pat.  13,429,  August  8,  1891.     6d. 

See  under  XIII.,  page  45. 


VII. -ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

Aluminium  Sulphate.     Papier-Zeitung,  1891,  16, 
2326—2328. 

See  under  XIX.,  pages  52 — 55. 


Reduction    of  Oxygen    Compounds    by    Magnesium.       C. 
Winkler.     Ber.  1891,  24,  1966—1984. 

See  under  X.,  pages  39 — 40. 


The  Fusing  Point  and  Crystalline  Form  of  Aluminium 
Chloride.  K.  Seubert  and  W.  Pollard.  Ber.  1891,  24, 
2575—2577. 

Aluminum  chloride  was  prepared  by  heating  the  approxi- 
mately pure  metal  in  a  stream  of  dry  hydrochloric  acid  gas 
and  its  melting  point  taken  by  heating  it  in  a  capillary  tube 
in  a  paraffin  bath.  The  substance  boiled  up  and  sublimed 
at  175°— 179°  C.  and  the  sublimate  fused  at  194°  C.  It 
crystallised  in  hexagonal  tables  about  1  cm.  in  diameter  and 
1  mm.  thick.— B.  B. 


The  Chlorine  Industry.     Laboratory  Investigations. 
A.  Keychler.     Monit.  Scient.  1891,  1249—1256. 

/.  Regeneration  of  Manganese  Dioxide. — In  the  Dunlop 

process  for  recovering  manganese  dioxide  as  carried  out  at 
the  works  of  Messrs.  Tennant  at  Glasgow,  the  operation  of 
calcining  the  manganese  carbonate  is  effected  by  circulating 
the  material  in  small  waggons  through  a  special  furnace, 
where  it  is  gradually  raised  from  a  low  temperature  to  a 
higher  one  (300° — 400°  C.),  the  operation  lasting  about 
36  hours.  The  author  finds  that  this  time  may  be  con- 
siderably shortened  by  simply  heating  the  carbonate  briskly 
upon  an  iron  plate,  taking  care  not  to  let  the  temperature 
rise  to  that  of  incipient  redness.  In  this  way  he  obtains  in 
less  than  one  hour  a  black  pulverulent  product  containing 
60  to  75  per  cent,  of  available  peroxide  of  manganese, 
which  would  be  very  suitable  for  industrial  use  if  it  did  not 
also  still  contain  too  much  carbonic  acid.  This  product 
can  be  made  richer  in  peroxide  by  moistening  it  with  water 
to  which  nitric  acid  has  been  added  equal  to  one-third  or 
one-fourth  of  the  remaining  manganous  oxide.  The  sub- 
stance is  then  dried,  and  afterwards  calcined  for  a  couple 
of  hours  at  125° — 260°  C,  when  nitrous  vapours  equivalent 
to  9 — 10  per  cent,  of  the  nitric  acid  added  are  given  off,  and 
a  product  free  from  carbonic  acid  (but  retaining  some- 
times a  trace  of  nitric  acid)  is  recovered,  which  contains 
from  91  •  5  to  93' 5  per  cent,  of  manganese  dioxide. 
This  treatment  resembles  the  Kuhlmaun  process,  but 
differs  from  it  in  only  converting  into  nitrate  the  manganous 
oxide  left  after  the  first  calcination,  instead  of  converting 
the  whole  of  the  manganese  into  nitrate.  If  this  modifica- 
tion of  the  Kuhlmaun  process  had  originally  been  worked 
conjointly  with  the  Dunlop  process,  it  is  probable  enough 
that  it  might  have  become  an  industrial  process.  The 
development  of  the  chlorine  industry,  however,  is  now 
following  auother  course. 


//.  The  Weldon  Process  with  Magnesia  (modified). — 
This  process  may  be  considered  in  two  phases: — 1st.  The 
manganite  of  magnesia  (JInMgO,)  is  agitated  with  concen- 
trated hydrochloric  acid,  giving  a  solution  of  manganous 
chloride  and  magnesium  chloride,  and  liberating  chlorine 
equal  to  about  one-fourth  of  the  chlorine  in  the  acid  used. 
2nd.  The  solution  of  the  chlorides  is  evaporated  and  the 
residue  calcined  in  a  reverberator)-  furnace  with  two  com- 
partments, similar  to  a  salt-cake  furnace.  In  the  "  pan  " 
the  material  continues  to  lose  water,  but  yields  also  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  chlorine,  and  in  the  "  furnace  "  it  yields 
chiefly  chlorine  and  becomes  oxidised  by  the  air,  re-forming 
the  manganite.  The  calcination  must  be  conducted  with 
the  greatest  care,  on  account  of  the  easy  fusibility  of  the 
mixed  chlorides.  The  chlorine  obtained  is  very  much 
diluted  and  difficult  to  use. 

(a.)  The  Fusibility  of  the  Chlorides  may  be  overcome  by 
I   adding  to  them  a  certain  amount  of  magnesium  sulphate. 

If  equivalent  quantities  of  magnesium  chloride,  man- 
ganous chloride,  and  magnesium  sulphate,  are  melted 
together  in  their  water  of  crystallisation  and  the  mixture 
heated  in  a  sand-bath,  a  solid  residue,  apparently  dry,  but 
still  retaining,  however,  a  certain  quantity  of  water,  is 
obtained.  This  residue  may  be  calcined  quickly  at  a  red  heat 
without  fusing,  and  leaves  a  black  mass  which  is  tolerably 
consistent,  very  porous,  and  only  retains  a  trace  of  chlorine. 
The  sulphate  of  magnesium  can  be  extracted  from  this 
mass  by  washing  with  water,  and  a  black  manganite 
remains  which  is  easily  attacked  by  acids  and  which 
contains  about  47  per  cent,  of  manganese  dioxide.  The 
formula  Mu3Mg3Os  corresponds  to  47 '67  per  cent,  of 
dioxide.  This  compound  may  be  looked  upon  as  a  mixture 
of  two  oxides  of  the  magnetic  type  in  which  magnesia 
replaces  a  part  of  the  manganese  MnMg204  +  Mn2MgO,,. 
The  product  of  the  calcination  has  the  formula — 

3MgS04-i-Mn3Mg3Os 

Such  a  mixture  ought,  in  fact,  to  disengage  chlorine  from 
hydrochloric  acid  equal  to  one-fourth  the  chlorine  contained 
in  the  acid  used.  The  quantity  of  magnesium  sulphate  may 
be  increased  or  diminished  without  affecting  the  composi- 
tion of  the  manganite  to  any  great  extent.  Other  mixtures 
have  been  tried  but  none  was  so  satisfactory  as  the  Weldon 
mud  mixed  with  magnesium  sulphate. 

(6.)  The  Hydrochloric  Acid  and  Chlorine  liberated  on 
Calcination. — The  author  heated  the  dried  residue  of 
manganese  and  magnesium  chlorides  mixed  with  magnesium 
sulphate  in  a  porcelain  tube  at  a  dull  red  heat  and  in  a 
current  of  air.  The  temperature  and  the  humidity  of  the 
air  have  an  influence  upon  the  nature  of  the  gases  evolved. 
The  evolved  gases  were  analysed  by  absorbing  them  in  an 
alkaline  arsenious  acid  solution  of  knowu  strength  ;  in  one 
portion  of  the  solution  the  unoxidised  arsenious  acid  was 
determined  and  in  another  portion  the  amount  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  produced  was  estimated.  The  following  are 
some  of  the  results  obtained  :  1.  Equivalent  quantities  of  the 
three  substances  were  used.  The  total  weight  of  the  dried 
residue  was  13  grms.  The  air  passed  through  the  tube 
during  calcination  was  saturated  with  moisture.  25*75  per 
cent,  of  the  chlorine  was  liberated.  2.  Twice  the  above 
amount  of  magnesium  sulphate  was  used.  The  humidity  of 
the  air  used  was  that  of  the  atmosphere  at  the  time  of  the 
experiment.  10-15  per  cent,  of  the  chlorine  was  evolved 
as  HO  during  the  desiccation  of  the  material,  67  •  65  per 
cent,  as  HC1  during  the  calcination,  and  22*2  per  cent,  as 
free  chlorine.  3.  The  air  before  coming  in  contact  with 
the  substance  was  passed  through  a  drying  apparatus  and 
then  over  a  layer  of  fragments  of  sandstone  heated  to 
redness.  Under  these  conditions  50  per  cent,  of  the 
chlorine  was  evolved  in  the  free  state.  According  to 
Lunge,  Weldon  obtained  a  similar  result. 

The  utilisation  of  this  diluted  chlorine  is  a  difficult 
problem  to  solve.  Weldon  could  scarcely  make  any  use  of 
it  except  for  making  chlorates  or  a  solution  of  chloride  of 
lime. 

(c.)  Action  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  upon  the  Product  of 
Calcination. — When  the  residue,  Mn3Mg3Os  +  MgSO.,,  is 
treated   with   water   or   with   hydrochloric   acid,  it  becomes 


Jan.  so,  1892.]        THE  JOUBNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTEY. 


35 


heated  and  forms  nodules  of  which  the  interior  parts  are 
withdrawn  from  the  action  of  the  acid.  In  practice,  it 
would  therefore  be  necessary  to  hegin  by  grinding  the 
calcined  residue  with  a  moderate  amount  of  water,  to  let  it 
settle,  and  then  use  the  mud  for  making  chlorine.  In  his 
laboratory  experiments  the  author  extracted  the  magnesium 
sulphate  with  water  and  used  the  insoluble  residue  for 
generating  chlorine.  It  yielded  chlorine  equal  to  the 
theoretical  amount,  according  to  the  equation — 

Mn3MgsOa  +  16  HC1  =  3  MnCl»  +  3  MgCL  +  8  H.O  +  2  Cl2 

A  quarter  of  the  chlorine  of  the  acid  is  evolved  as  free 
chlorine.  Weldon's  maDganite,  to  which  he  gave  the 
formula,  MnMgO;i,  also  yields  one-fourth  of  the  chlorine  in 
the  livilroehloric  acid  used  to  dissolve  it,  a  fact,  however, 
which  is  not  in  accordance  with  that  formula. 

One  of  the  difficulties,  therefore,  of  the  Weldon  magnesia 
process,  the  fusibility  of  the  mixed  chlorides,  has  been 
overcome.  The  other  drawbacks  of  the  process,  cost  of 
evaporation  and  difficulty  of  utilising  the  dilute  chlorine, 
still  exist. 


III.  De  Wilde  and  Reychlek's  Process. 

(a.)  With  Sulphate  and  Chloride  of  Magnesium.— When 

a  current  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  is  passed  over  a  calcined 
mixture  of  the  sulphate  and  oxide  of  magnesium  contained 
in  a  porcelain  tube  heated  to  a  temperature  rather  lower 
than  that  of  incipient  redness,  the  greater  part  of  the  acid 
is  absorbed  and  a  certain  amount  of  water  is  formed.  If 
the  product  thus  obtained  be  now  heated  to  dull  redness  in 
a  current  of  air,  it  evolves  chlorine  mixed  with  a  certain 
amount  of  aqueous  vapour  and  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the 
original  substance  is  regenerated  ready  to  be  again  acted  on 
with  hydrochloric  acid  gas.  The  discovery  of  this  fact  is 
due  to  Prof.  De  Wilde.  The  author  has  investigated  the 
reactions  quantitatively  in  his  laboratory.  He  finds  that 
after  the  mixture  of  sulphate  and  oxide  has  ceased  to  absorb 
hydrochloric  acid  gas,  it  contains  CI—  18'  18  percent., 
S04—  J 1  *9U  per  cent.,  Mg—  23  "72  percent.,  from  which  the 
following  composition  may  be  deduced : — 

Per  Cent. 

MrCIj 24-83 

MgSO, 64-94. 

Ug(OH)a 10-02 

MrO 0-71 

or — ■ 

Per  Cent. 

MgCl  (OH ) 26-43 

U  •-  1  >riL. 2-40 

MgCla 6-23 

MgSO, 64-94 

The  chloriuation  is  therefore  incomplete  and  is  accom- 
panied by  an  hydratine.  The  latter  fact  was  also  been  noted 
by  Mond  and  Ksehellmann. 

The  reoxidation  of  the  product  requires  an  incipient  red 
heat,  or  even  a  dull  red  heat.  The  air  was  dried  before 
passing  it  over  the  substance,  and  was  also  heated  to  the 
temperature  of  the  experiment  by  passing  it  first  over  a 
layer  of  heated  fragments  of  sandstone.  Allowing  1  litre 
of  air  to  pass  in  15  minutes,  the  gases  evolved  contained — 

At  the  end  of  20  minutes,  14'5  vols,  per  cent,  of  CI  and  3S'5  vols. 

per  cent,  of  HC*. 
\l  the  end  of  56  minutes,  16"8  vols,  percent,  of  CI  and  10'41vols. 

per  cent,  of  HC.. 
At  the  end  of  92  minutes,  12*1  vols,  per  cent,  of  CI  and  0  vols,  per 

cent,  of  HC2. 

On  continuing  the  experiment,  8,  G'5,  10-5,  10,  and  9  vols, 
of  chlorine  per  cent,  were  evolved  according  to  the  degree 
of  heat  employed.  Even  at  a  bright  red  heat  the  chlorine 
evolved  only  amounted  to  12  to  13  vols,  per  cent.  The 
drawbacks  to  the  process  are  that  the  chlorine  evolved  is 
not  concentrated,  and  that  at  the  beginning  of  oxidation  it 
is  mixed  with  a  large  quantity  of  hydrochloric  acid. 


(6.)  With  Magnesium  Chloride,  Manganous  Chloride, 
and  Magnesium  Sulphate. — Recognising  the  advantages  of 
de  Wilde's  method,  the  author  conceived  the  idea  of  applying 
the  principle  to  other  active  substances,  especially  to  the 
manganite  of  magnesium,  and  in  this  way  as  it  were 
elaborating  a  dry  Weldon  process.  The  calcined  mass 
employed  was  that  having  as  already  shown  the  com- 
position 3  MgSO.,  +  Mn3Mg308.  This  substance  was  treated 
in  a  porcelain  tube  with  gaseous  hydrochloric  acid  made 
from  ammonium  chloride  and  sulphuric  acid,  and  raised 
to  the  temperature  of  the  experiment  by  passing  over  heated 
fragments  of  sandstone.  The  reaction  goes  on  best  at  a 
temperature  below  incipient  redness,  about  400° — 450°.  At 
300°  very  little  chlorine  is  evolved,  whilst  at  dull  redness 
a  considerable  quantity  of  oxygen  is  evolved.  In  an 
experiment  lasting  five  hours,  during  which  the  chlorine  and 
hydrochloric  acid  which  had  been  evolved  during  each  hour 
were  estimated  at  the  end  of  each  hour,  the  following  results 
were  obtained  : — ■ 


Vols,  per  cent,  of  chlorine. 

■16-0 

51*8 

48-4 

46-2 

24-4 

Mean 
4S-4 

33-3 

35-2 

51-6 

5f4 

75-6 

49-4 

In  the  tests  made  at  the  end  of  the  first  hour  air  was  still 
present,  whilst  at  the  end  of  the  second  hour  the  gases 
evolved  contained  oxygen.  Another  experiment,  lasting 
six  hours,  gave  a  mean  result  of  50-2  vols,  per  cent,  of 
chlorine  and  47-7  vols,  per  cent,  of  hydrochloric  acid. 

The  chlorinated  material  obtained  is  still  somewhat 
dark  coloured,  but  shows  numerous  white  particles.  When 
powdered  it  has  a  light  grey  colour.  It  was  found  to 
contain  from  31  to  36-5  per  cent,  of  chlorine.  It  is 
probable  that  the  manganese  is  converted  into  manganous 
chloride,  and  the  magnesium  chiefly  into  oxycliloride 
slightly  hydrated.  The  hydrochloric  acid  utilised  may  be 
calculated  from  the  formula — 

3  MgS04  +  Mn3Mg308  +  16  HCI  = 
3  MgS04  +  3  MnCL  +  3  MgCL  +  8  H.20  +  2  CI, 

One  volume  of  chlorine  evolved  corresponds  to  8  vols,  of 
HCI  used.  In  the  first  experiment,  therefore,  the  volume 
of  acid  utilised  was  43-4  x  8  =  347-2.  The  total  volume 
employed  was  347-2  +  49-4  =  396-6,  which  shows  a 
utilisation  of  87  to  88  per  cent,  of  the  acid  employed.  The 
percentage  of  acid  utilised  in  the  second  experiment  was 
89  to  90  per  cent.  Making  allowance  for  the  fact  that  the 
magnesia  is  only  about  one-half  chlorinated  and  forms 
oxyehloride  instead  of  chloride,  one  volume  of  chlorine 
evolved  is  equivalent  to  6-5  volumes  of  acid,  which  gives 
therefore  a  utilisation  of  the  hydrochloric  for  these  two 
experiments,  equal  to  85  per  cent,  and  87  per  cent, 
respectively. 

Action  of  Air  upon  the  Chlorinated  Mixture. — On  passing 
a  current  of  dry  air  at  constant  speed  over  the  chlorinated 
mixture  heated  to  incipient  redness  (525°)  the  evolved 
gases  contain  from  1 6  to  20  volumes  per  cent,  of  chlorine. 
At  a  dull  red  heat  or  at  a  bright  red,  the  percentage  of 
chlorine  may  even  rise  to  25  per  cent.  Using  85  grms.  of 
the  substance,  and  a  current  of  air  passing  at  the  rate  of 
1  litre  in  8  to  10  minutes,  from  5  to  6  hours  suffice  to  expel 
about  two-thirds  of  the  chlorine  present.  Towards  the 
end  the  evolved  gases  become  weaker  and  contain  from 
12  to  14  vols,  per  cent,  of  chlorine. 

Treatment  by  a  Mixture  of  Air  andGaseous  Hydrochloric 
Acid. — The  author  has  made  numerous  experiments  to 
investigate  this  modification.  As  a  general  result,  he  finds 
that  the  concentration  of  the  chlorine  evolved  is  not  much 
less  than  that  obtained  by  the  treatment  of  the  chlorinated 
substance  with  air  alone.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  there  is 
not  so  great  an  economy  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  by  the 
mixed  treatment,  as  it  is  far  from  reaching  the  utilisation  of 
from  80  to  90  per  cent,  found  by  the  alternating  treatment 
(in  an  example  cited  the  utilisation  of  the  hydrochloric  acid 
by  the  mixed  air  and  acid  treatment  amounted  to  50  per 
cent.). 


36 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30,  ISM. 


The  reactions  that  take  place  in  the   mixed  air  and  acid 
process  may  be  expressed  by  the  two  following  equations  : — 

I. 

G  MnCL  +  3  Mg.XlCl.,  +  6  MgSO<  +  013  = 
2  Mn3Mg3Oa  x  (i  MgS04  +  9  Cl2 

II. 

2  MnjMgjOa  +  6MgS04  +  26  HC1  = 

6  MnCL  +  3  MgjOCL,  +  6MgSCL  +  13  H,0  +  4  CL 

For  descriptions  of  De  Wilde  and  Keyehter's  process  see 
also  this  Journal,  1890,  510  and  1128— H.  S.  P. 


The  Action  of  Sulphurous  Acid  on  Flou'ers  of  Sulphur. 

A.  Colefax.  1'roc.  Chem.  Soc.  1891—1892,  180. 
Debus's  statement  that  sulphurous  acid  has  practically  no 
action  on  sulphur  is  not  confirmed.  Sulphurous  acid  acts 
on  flowers  of  sulphur  at  the  ordinary  temperature  of  the  air, 
and  produces  thiosulphuric  acid  and  a  polythionic  acid, 
probably  trithionic  acid.  No  pentathionic  acid  was  found. 
According  to  Fliickiger  (Jahresbericht,  1863,  149),  sul- 
phurous acid  gave,  by  its  action  on  flowers  of  sulphur, 
thiosulphuric  acid.  The  presence  of  a  polythionic  acid  is 
proved  by  a  comparison  of  the  iodine  titrations  and  the 
acidity  titrations  before  and  after  the  addition  of  iodine 
requisite  for  the  iodine  titration.  It  is  thus  shown  that  there 
is  present  a  considerable  quantity  of  an  acid  having  no 
iodine  titration,  and  which  is  not  merely  oxidised  sulphurous 
acid.  Qualitative  tests  point  to  the  presence  of  thiosulphuric 
acid,  or  trithionic  acid,  or  a  mixture  of  the  two.  Not  even 
in  the  dark  is  sulphurous  acid  without  action  on  sulphur. 
A  higher  temperature  (say  80°—  90°  C.)  favours  the  action 
of  sulphurous  acid  on  sulphur ;  water  has  no  action  on 
flowers  of  sulphur,  either  at  ordinary  temperatures  or  at 
this  higher  temperature. 


PATENTS. 
Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Barium  Chloride  and 
Strontium    Chloride.      M.    N.    D'Andria,    Manchester. 
Eng.  Pat.  1168,  January  22,  1891.     4</. 

Tin:  sulphides  of  barium  or  strontium,  obtained  by  the 
reduction  of  the  corresponding  sulphates,  are  treated  with 
a  neutral  solution  of  iron  protochloride  (a  hy-product  from 
galvanising)  ;  the  solution  of  alkaline  earthy  chlorides  is 
liltered  "from  the  remaining  sulphide  of  iron  formed" 
and  is  evaporated  to  crystallisation.  In  an  alternate  way  of 
working  the  iron  protochloride  is  furnaced  along  with  the 
sulphate  and  coal,  and  the  chlorides  dissolved  out  at  once 
Irom  the  reduced  mass. — H.  A. 


Process  for  Bleaching  and  Purifying  Aluminium  Sulphate. 
O.  Imray,  London.  From  "La  Soeiete  Anonyme  des 
Anciennes  Salines  Domaniales  de  L'Est,"  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  1261,  January  23,  1891.      id. 

A  product  free  from  iron  can  be  obtained  by  the  addition 
of  a  sulphite,  bisulphite,  or  hyposulphite  (preferably  of 
soda),  or  barium  dioxide  and  dilute  acid,  or  oxygenated 
water,  to  a  slightly  acid  and  nearly  boiling  solution  of 
aluminium  sulphate. — II.  A. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  fur  Concentrating  Acids.  \Y. 
('.  Hersens,  Hanau,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  2499,  February 
11,  1891.     4,/. 

'line  platinum  apparatus  hitherto  in  use  for  concentrating 
sulphuric  acid  labours  under  the  disadvantage  of  being 
attacked  by  concentrated  acids.  A  coating  of  gold  renders 
the  vessel  more  durable,  but  up  to  the  present  no  really 
satisfactory  coating  has  been  applied,  and  it  has  also  been 
found    impractical   to  repair  such  coated  apparatus.     The 


invention  consists  in  the  production  of  such  coating  by 
heating  the  sheet  platinum  to  a  temperature  higher  than 
the  melting  point  of  gold,  and  then  pouring  the  molten  gold 
over  it,  in  any  convenient  form  of  mould  ;  the  double  sheet 
is  then  rolled  out  to  any  desired  thickness.  Vessels  made 
from  these  double-sheets  also  serve  as  substitutes  for  gold 
pans. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Caustic  Alkali, 
( 'arbonates  of  the  Alkaline  Metals  and  Muriatic  Acid, 
and  of  Bricks,  Cakes,  or  Blocks  for  use  therein,  and 
Apparatus  therefor.  II.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  The 
Kayser  Patent  Company,  Jersey,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
10,202,  June  16,  1891.     Is.  lrf. 

The  improvements  refer  to  the  decomposition  of  a  mixture 
of  clay  and  salt,  for  the  production  of  the  above  enumerated 
substances.  .A  tough  mixture  of  clay  (containing  a  pro- 
portion of  \\  lb.  of  silica  to  1  lb.  of  alumina,  to  render  the 
mass  as  refractory  as  possible)  and  of  dense  salt  is  moulded 
into  cakes  of  cylindrical  shape,  provided  with  a  central 
channel.  The  cakes  are  dried  and  hardened  by  gradual 
heating  to  220° — 250°  F.  in  a  special  furnace,  through 
which  a  current  of  hot  air  in  passed.  A  contrivance  is 
described  for  charging  the  furnaces,  and  keeping  the  cakes 
from  breaking  or  pulverising,  so  as  to  maintain  free  access 
of  the  gases  to  all  parts  of  the  charge.  There  are  four 
furnaces  or  converters,  cylindrical  on  top  and  sufficiently 
conical  on  the  bottom  to  allow  the  whole  finished  charge  to 
roll  out.  Cooled  generator- gas,  or  water-gas,  or  natural 
gas  is  forced  in  the  top  part  of  any  of  the  converters,  the 
inlet  being  above  the  charge  and  in  tangential  direction  to 
the  periphery  of  the  converter,  whereby  a  thorough  and 
uniform  heating  of  the  charge  is  said  to  take  place. 
The  ;;ases  sink  down  and  can  be  led  by  means  of  a  vertical 
shaft  from  the  bottom  of  a  converter  to  the  gas  inlet  of  the 
next  converter,  or,  by  means  of  a  downward  extension  of 
the  shaft,  to  an  underground  passage,  to  be  further  treated 
for  the  recovery  of  hydrochloric  acid.  All  connexions  are 
provided  with  dampers.  Air,  steam,  and  gas  are  introduced 
together  into  any  of  the  converters.  A  ring  made  of  fire- 
bricks and  provided  with  radial  openings  separates  the  gas 
passage  on  the  bottom  and  its  outlet  from  the  interior  of 
the  converter.  Below  this  ring  is  the  discharge  opening 
which  is  closed  by  means  of  a  plate  provided  with  tapholes 
and  with  a  central  opening. 

In  working  the  process  the  supply  of  gas,  air,  and  steam, 
are  so  regulated  as  to  obtain  an  oxidising  flame.  The 
charge  is  finished  in  about  four  days,  and  the  operation  is 
so  conducted  that  the  united  gas  mixture  raises  first  the 
contents  of  a  particular  converter  to  white  heat,  the 
products  of  combustion,  containing  hydrochloric  acid,  being 
drawn  off  through  the  underground  passage ;  with  an 
increase  of  temperature  some  of  the  salt  fuses  and  has  to 
In-  drawn  off  through  the  tapholes  oil  the  bottom.  Mean- 
while the  next  converter  has  been  heated  independently, 
and  when  sufficiently  hot  to  prevent  the  choking  up  of  the 
passages  with  sublimed  salt,  the  combustion  gases  from  the 
first  converter  are  admitted  along  with  generator  gas,  and 
the  escaping  hydrochloric  acid  is  again  conducted  into  the 
underground  passage.  While  this  is  proceeded  with,  the 
third  and  fourth  converters  are  also  heated  independently, 
the  former  having  been  recently  charged  and  the  latter 
just  finishing  off. 

The  drawn  charge  consists  of  an  acid,  "  sodium-silico- 
aluminate,"  which  may  be  converted  into  the  soluble  basic 
salt  by  fusing  with  alkali  (soda-ash)  ;  if  the  product  so 
obtained  contain  only  40 — 42  per  cent,  soda,  the  action  on 
the  lining  of  the  furnace  will  not  be  so  destructive.  The 
basic  salt  is  next  broken  up  and  "  leached  systematically 
until  the  lye  shows  about  one  degree  B. "  (1"5°  Tw.). 
"  The  insoluble  remainder  is  hydrous  sodium-silieo- 
aluininate  with  from  17 — 20  per  cent,  of  sodium  oxide." 
This  is  ground  up,  suspended  in  water,  and  boiled  with 
milk  of  lime.  The  clear  alkaline  solution  of  4° — 5°  B. 
(G°— 7'5°  Tw.)  is  utilised  for  leaching  a  fresh  quantity  of 
the  basic  salt.  The  residue  of  "  Ivydrous  calcium  silico- 
aluminate"  is  washed  in  a  filter-press,  and  produces  on 
exposure  to  the  air  calcium  carbonate,  silica,  and  alumina, 


Jan.  so,  1898.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


37 


a  mixture  which  is  "  an  entirely  new  article  and  capable  of 
many  practical  applications"  and  "  is  furthermore  distin- 
guished by  containing  a  very  large  quantity  of  chemically 

bound  water  when  air  dried  (say  30  per  cent.)." 

An  alternate  way  of  working  consists  in  omitting  the 
leaching  operation,  and  treating  the  basic  salt  direct  with 
milk  of  lime  or  carbonic  acid,  for  the  production  of  caustic 
soda  or  sodium  carbonate. 

In  a  third  alternate  method  the  acid  salt  need  not  be 
converted  into  basic  salt,  hut  its  mixture  with  calcium 
oxide  or  calcium  carbonate  is  heated  to  a  high  temperature 
whereby  sodium  aluminate  and  insoluble  "  ealeium-silico- 
aluminate"  are  obtained.  The  solution  of  the  former  may 
be  decomposed  with  carbonic  acid  for  the  production  of 
sodium  carbonate,  or  treated  with  milk  of  lime  for  the 
preparation  of  caustic  alkali,  the  secondary  reaction  being 
the  precipitation  of  pure  alumina  (as  much  as  16 — 18  per 
cent.)  in  the  first  place,  and  of  insoluble  calcium  aluminate 
in  the  second  instance.  The  residual  calcium-silico- 
aluminate  may  be  calcined  and  utilised  as  a  hydraulic  lime. 

The  combustion  gases  passing  from  the  converters  to 
tlu-  underground  Hues  contain  hydrochloric  acid  and  some 
volatilised  salt.  The  gases  are  exhausted  by  meaas  of  a 
fan,  and  passed  through  a  tower  filled  with  coke  for 
separating  the  salt,  and  from  thence  into  condensers  for  the 
recovery  of  hydrochloric  acid. 

Fifteen  claims  are  made  and  three  sheets  of  drawings 
accompany  the  specification. — H.  A. 


A  Process  for  the  Production  of  Caustic  Alkali,  Carbonate 
of  Alkaline  Metals,  and  Useful  Bye-Products.  E. 
Eichstiidt,  Gbteborg,  Sweden.  Eng.  Pat.  15,136,  Sep- 
tember 7,  1891.  6. 
"The  invention  for  the  production  of  caustic  alkali  depends 
upon  the  interchange  effected  between  sulphates  of  the 
alkalis  and  hydrates  of  the  alkaline  earths,  barium  and 
strontium,  to  form  hydrates  of  the  alkalis,  and  sulphates  of 
the  alkaline  earths."  Strontium  hydrate  is  preferably 
employed  for  this  purpose.  "The  strontium  hydrate  is 
preferably  produced  by  the  novel  reaction  produced  by 
the  sulphides  of  strontium  and  sodium  in  solution  in  water." 
(Compare  C.  F.  Claus,  Eng.  Pat.  1096  of  1883  ;  this  Journal, 
lss:t,  176), for  which  purpose  the  inventor  proposes  to  roast 
equivalent  quantities  of  strontium  sulphate  and  sodium 
sulphate  with  a  quarter  of  the  weight  of  the  mixture  of  coal 
and  dissolving  the  melted  mass  in  boiling  water.  The 
react  ions  can  be  expressed  by  the  equations — 

SrSU4  +  Na.-S04  +  8  C  =  SrS  +  Na.,S  +  8  CO 
SrS  +  Na.,S  +  2  ThO  =  Sr(OH)L,  +  2  NaSH 

The  strontium  hydrate  crystallises  out  on  cooling,  and 
may  be  purified  by  recrystallising ;  the  mother-liquor  from 
the  ,'trontium  hydrate  crystals,  consisting  chiefly  of  sodium 
sulphydrate,  maybe  utilised  in  various  ways.  Thus  addition 
of  sulphuric  acid  produces  sodium  sulphate,  with  evolution 
of  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  which  may  be  treated  for  the 
production  of  free  sulphur  or  sulphuric  acid.  Or  treatment 
with  an  insufficient  quantity  of  sulphurous  acid  produces 
a  certain  amount  of  hyposulphite  in  the  solution  and  a 
subsequent  addition  of  sulphuric  acid  causes  formation  of 
sodium  sulphate  and  of  precipitated  sulphur,  but  no  evolution 
of  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  ( Ir  the  hydrosulphide  of  sodium 
may  be  oxidised  atmospheric  air,  to  produce  hyposulphite, 
which  is  then  treated  with  sulphuric  acid. 

The  caustic  soda  solution,  resulting  from  the  treatment  of 
the  redissolved  strontium  hydrate  with  sodium  sulphate, 
may  be  carbonated  for  the  production  of  alkaline  carbonate. 

— H.  A. 


moved  about  in  the  bath.  The  gas  may  thus  be  generated 
mar  any  part  of  the  body.  A  "steel  bath"  may  bo 
produced  by  dissolving  a  melted  mixture  of  sodium 
bisulphate  and  ferrous  sulphate. — H.  A. 


Improvements  relating  to  Carbonic  Acid  Baths  and 
Tablets  for  use  therein.  E.  Sandow.  Hamburg, 
Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  16,422,  September  28,  1891.  id. 
The  bath  consists  of  a  solution  of  sodium  bicarbonate, 
from  which  it  is  proposed  to  liberate  carbonic  acid,  not 
with  hydrochloric  acid  as  heretofore,  but  with  sodium 
bisulphate,  cast  in  tablets  of  suitable  shape,  which  can  be 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Alumina.  W.  P. 
Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  J.  A.  Bradburn  and  J.  D. 
l'ennock,  Syracuse,  I'.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  17,933,  October 
20,  1891.     id. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  the  manufacture  of  alumina 
from  bauxite,  preferably  from  that  variety  of  the  mineral 
which  contains  the  iron  in  the  ferric  state  anil  is  con- 
taminated with  but  little  or  no  organic  matter.  The 
difficulties  connected  with  "  the  art  of  obtaining  alumina 
from  ferrous  bauxite  "  are  overcome  by  mixing  the  ground 
mineral  with  a  solution  of  bleaching  powder  and  passing 
carbonic  acid  through  the  mass ;  the  chlorine  thus  liberated 
oxidises  the  iron  and  organic  matter.  The  bauxite  is  then 
digested  with  a  caustic  soda  solution  containing,  say,  150 
grms.  of  Na20  per  litre,  which  extracts  the  bulk  of  the 
alumina.  The  solution  is  filtered  off.  Should  the  residue 
contain  a  paying  quantity  of  alumina,  it  is  heated  with  1|- 
to  \\  parts  of  sodium  carbonate,  and  the  resulting  mass 
lixiviated  with  the  sodium  aluminate  solution  previously 
obtained.  The  resulting  tank-liquor  has  a  turbid  appear- 
ance, which  is  due  to  iron  in  suspension  ;  it  may  be  clarified 
by  the  addition  of  milk  of  lime,  the  gelatinous  precipitate  of 
hydrated  alumina  thus  produced  carrying  down  the  iron 
with  it. 

The  filtered  and  heated  liquor  is  now  precipitated  with 
sodium  bicarbonate,  and  after  washing  the  alumina  "  with  a 
reasonable  amount  of  water,"  it  is  heated  with  a  solution  of 
ammonium  chloride,  which  converts  the  soda  into  common 
salt.  This  is  easily  washed  out,  and  the  pure  alumina  is 
then  filtered,  dried,  and  calcined. — H.  A. 


An  Improved  Process  for  Manufacturing  Nitrate  of 
Ammonia  or  Chloride  of  Ammonia,  simultaneously 
obtaining  either  Precipitated  Phosphate  of  Lime  or  an 
Enriched  Phosphate  of  Lime.  L.  Brunner,  Wetzlar, 
Germany,  and  A.  Zanner,  Laeken,  Belgium.  Eng.  Pat. 
18,324,  October  24,  1891.     4(Z. 

The  poorer  varieties  of  phosphates  may  be  enriched  by 
treating  the  phosphatic  rock  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
nitric  acid  to  dissolve  the  impurities  alone,  which  consist 
chiefly  of  calcium  carbonate.  A  bi-ealcium  phosphate  is 
obtained  by  increasing  the  quantity  of  nitric  acid  used,  in 
order  to  dissolve  the  phosphate  as  well,  and  precipitating  it 
with  ammonia,  gas-liquor,  or  milk  of  lime.  The  resulting 
solution  contains  in  either  case  calcium  nitrate,  and  in  the 
latter  case  ammonium  nitrate  as  well.  Three  alternate 
methods  are  given  for  converting  this  calcium  nitrate  into 
ammonium  nitrate,  viz. :  —  (1)  Treatment  with  ammonium 
carbonate,  or  carbonic  acid  in  a  solution  of  ammonia,  the 
by-product  being  calcium  carbonate.  (2)  Treatment  with 
ammonium  sulphate,  with  simultaneous  formation  of 
calcium  sulphate.  (3)  Small  quantities  of  calcium  nitrate 
may  be  precipitated  with  phosphoric  acid,  in  presence  of 
ammonia. 

Instead  of  the  nitric  acid,  hydrochloric  acid  may  be 
employed  for  the  production  of  ammonium  chloride  ;  or  a 
mixture  of  uitrie  acid  and  sulphuric  acid  may  be  used  with 
advantage. — H.  A. 


-38 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30, 1892. 


VIII.-GLASS,  POTTERY,  AND 
EAETHENWARE. 

Manufacture  of  Glass  Pipes  of  Large  Diameter.  L. 
Appert.  Bull.  Soe.  d'Encouragement  1' Industrie  Rationale, 
1891,  6,  114—121. 

Glass  tubes  of  large  size  are  costly  when  produced  by  the 
ordinary  method  of  blowing,  owing  to  the  fact  that  none 
but  the  very  best  workmen  can  produce  them.  The  ordi- 
nary method  of  coating  only  admits  of  the  production  of 
short  tubes  of  considerable  thickness.  In  this  memoir 
improved  machinery  for  casting  or  moulding  such  tubes  is 
figured  and  described.  The  molten  glass  in  the  required 
state  of  fluidity  is  run  into  a  strong  iron  mould,  which  is 
then  closed,  and  the  workman  regulates  the  rapidity  of 
passage  of  the  spindle  or  core  according  to  the  dimensions 
of  the  tube.  The  mould  is  then  opened  and  the  tube  taken 
out  for  annealing.  With  tubes  of  100  mm.  diameter,  15 
can  be  made  in  an  hour.  Two  metres  is  a  usual  length, 
which  would  give  30  metres  an  hour,  but  that  20  per  cent, 
must  be  deducted  for  failures,  giving  an  effective  output  of 
24  metres  an  hour,  or  about  500  metres  per  diem. 

Four  men  and  a  boy  are  employed  in  the  work.  The 
power  (steam  or  compressed  air)  required  for  driving  the 
cone  or  spindle  is  very  slight.  The  facility  of  working  is 
greater  with  the  larger  size  of  tubes. 

The  method  of  connecting  the  tubes  depends  on  the  use 
to  which  they  are  put,  metallic  joints  being  used  for  tubes 
designed  for  the  passage  of  water  at  high  pressure. — V.  C. 


A  Method  of  Hardening  Plaster  Casts.      M.   Dennstedt, 
Ber.  1891,  24,  2557—2558. 

See  under  IX.,  next  column. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Forming  Under-cut  Projections  and 
Recesses  in  Tiles  and  other  Articles  of  Pottery,  and  in 
Apparatus  therefor.  H.  L.  Doulton  and  S.  H.  Leech, 
Lambeth.     Eng.  Pat.  943,  January  19,  1891.     8d. 

Is  this  process  under-cut  projections  or  recesses  are  formed 
by  pressing  against  the  clay  pieces  or  perforated  sheets  of 
india-rubber  or  other  elastic  material,  one  face  of  which  is 
held,  whilst  the  face  next  the  clay  spreads  out  laterally  by 
the  pressure.  On  one  or  more  of  the  faces  of  the  mould 
are  fixed  projections  of  india-rubber,  furnished  with  projec- 
tions if  it  is  desired  to  make  under-cut  holes,  or  with  holes 
if  it  is  desired  to  make  under-cut  projections.  When 
pressure  is  applied,  the  india-rubber  spreads  laterally  on  its 
face  next  the  clay,  whilst  the  surface  in  contact  with  the 
mould  remains  fixed.  When  the  pressure  is  relieved  the 
india-rubber  resumes  its  former  shape,  which  facilitates 
delivery. — V.  C. 


Improvements  in  Bahing  Ceramic  Pastes  and  Pottery. 
C.  G.  Losada,  Seville,  Spain.  Eng.  Pat.  14,381,  August 
25,1891.     llrf. 

The  invention  consists  in  an  improved  continuous  oven  for 
baking  ware,  and  in  special  interior  fittings  for  the  same. 
The  advantages  are  as  follows :  The  goods  are  only 
introduced  into  the  oven  when  the  latter  is  in  proper 
condition  for  melting  the  glaze.  Economy  of  fuel  is  said 
to  be  effected.  Saggers  and  stilts  are  not  required  owing 
to  the  arrangement  of  trays  of  refractory  material  moveable 
on  rollers.  The  process  is  capable  of  being  regulated 
accurately,  as  the  chambers  are  open  at  the  ends  and  the 
progress  of  the  operations  can  be  watched. — V.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Liquid  Material  or  "  Slip  "  used  in 
the  Manufacture  of  Porcelain,  Stoneware,  and  the  like. 
E.  Edwards,  London.  From  K.  Goetz,  Karlsbad,  Ger- 
many.    Eng.  Pat.  18,189,  October  22,  1891.     id. 

The  process  consists  in  preparing  the  liquid  or  "  slip  "  by 
mixing  the  material  used  with  an  aqueous  solution  of 
carbonate  of  soda,  bicarbonate  of  soda,  calcined  soda  or  soda 
ash,  instead  of  mixing  the  material  with  water.  One  of 
concentrated  solution  to  1,500  of  the  material  is  sufficient. 
The  following  advantages  are  claimed  over  "  slip  "  made  by 
the  ordinary  process,  viz.,  that  the  fluid  pours  better,  articles 
being  made  in  one  mould  which  formerly  required  two  or 
three.  Articles  can  be  made  in  moulds  which  ordinarily 
have  to  be  turned  or  shaped  separately.  Increased  rapidity 
of  production.  The  articles  are  of  more  uniform  quality 
and  stronger.  The  mould  can  be  used  more  frequently 
without  drying.  |The  shrinkage  is  considerably  reduced, 
the  temperature  required  is  lower,  and  the  grinding  opera- 
tions take  less  time.  A  further  point  connected  with  the 
same  invention  is  the  mixing  of  a  small  quantity  of  cinnabar 
with  the  materials  of  the  "  slip  "  to  prevent  the  swellings 
and  the  grey  colour  sometimes  produced  upon  porcelain, 
especially  at  the  edges,  during  burning. — V.  C. 


IX.-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS. 
MORTARS,  AND  CEMENTS. 

A  Method  of  Hardening  Plaster  Casts.     M.  Pennstedt. 
Ber.  1891,  24,  2557—2558. 

The  method  consists  in  immersing  the  plaster  cast  to  be 
hardened  in  a  solution  of  silicic  acid  so  that  it  becomes 
saturated,  and  afterwards  permitting  it  to  dry  so  that  the 
silica  passes  into  the  insoluble  state  and  remains  diffused 
throughout  the  mass.  The  article  under  treatment  is  then 
transferred  to  a  saturated  solution  of  barium  hydrate  kept 
at  a  temperature  of  60" — 70°  C.  for  a  short  time,  then 
removed  and  dried  in  a  moderately  warm  place.  Casts 
may  also  be  hardened  by  the  admixture  with  the  plaster 
before  casting  of  metallic  hydrates  {e.g.  those  of  aluminium 
and  zinc)  and  subsequent  treatment  with  silicic  acid,  with 
which  they  uuite  to  form  silicates. 

Coloured  casts  may  be  produced  by  treating  the  articles 
to  be  coloured  with  a  weak  solution  of  some  suitable 
sulphate,  such  as  sulphate  of  copper,  before  immersion  in 
the  hot  solution  of  barium  hydrate.—  B.  B. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of 
Cement.  W.  R.  Taylor,  Rochester.  Eng.  Pat.  1115, 
January  21,  1891.     Sd. 

The  first  improvement  claimed  by  the  patentee  consists  in 
mixing  the  raw  materials  (e.g.  clay  and  chalk)  for  making 
cement  by  blowing  them  together,  either  powdered  or 
suspended  in  water  or  some  liquid  hydrocarbon  by  means 
of  a  jet  of  air,  steam,  or  other  fluid.  The  materials  thus 
prepared  may  be  moulded  into  perforated  bricks  and  burnt 
in  a  revolving  kiln  such  as  is  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  5719 
of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,  466).  The  flue  of  the  kiln 
is  water-jacketed,  the  water  thus  heated  being  used  for 
mixing  with  the  raw  materials  or  for  boiler  purposes. 
Another  improvement  consists  in  exposing  the  raw  material 
in  the  form  of  bricks  to  the  flue  gases  by  means  of  a 
travelling  band  or  other  form  of  conveyor.  A  claim  is 
made  for  drawing  off  carbon  dioxide  from  the  kiln  flue  and 
utilising  it  in  the  ordinary  way.  The  waste  heat  of  the 
kilns  may  also  be  utilised  by  introducing  water  pipes  or 
coils  at  the  top  of  the  kiln  or  the  flue  in  such  a  manner  as 
not  to  impair  the  draught,  the  water  being  used  in  the  same 
way  as  that  circulating  through  the  annular  space  between 
the  flue  proper  and  its  outer  covering. — B.  B. 


Jan.  SO,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


S9 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Roman 
Cement.  C.  von  Forell,  Brunswick,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  1750,  January  30,  1891.     id. 

Thk  patentee  states  that  seeing  that  nearly  all  Roman 
cements  contain  more  or  less  uncombined  lime  owing  to 
the  comparatively  low  temperature  at  which  they  are  burnt, 
such  cements  may  be  mixed  with  raw  materials  rich  in 
alumina,  such  as  silicate  of  alumina,  in  such  proportion 
that  the  ratio  of  the  lime  to  the  hydraulic  factors  is 
about  1-7  :  1.  The  aluminous  material  must  be  finely 
powdered.  It  is  said  that  a  material  is  thus  obtained  of 
much  higher  quality  than  ordinary  Roman  cement. — 15.  li. 


X.-METALLURGY. 

Reduction    of     Oxygen     Compounds    bi/    Magnesium.     C 

Winkler.' '  Ber.  1891,  24,  1966—1984. 
The  results  of  Brauner's  recent  determinations  and  the 
author's  present  results  have  led  to  the  relinquishment  by 
the  author  of  the  view  entertained  by  him  as  to  the  rele- 
gation of  lanthanum  to  the  4th  periodic  group.  His 
experiments  on  the  behaviour  of  oxygen  compounds  when 
mixed  with  magnesium  and  heated  in  an  atmosphere  of 
hydrogen,  have  now  been  extended  to  the  metals  of  the  1st, 
2nd,  and  3rd  periodic  groups. 

The  members  of  the  1st  group  do  not  yield  hydrides 
under  the  conditions  of  the  author's  experiments,  because 
the  heat  developed  is  sufficient  to  decompose  any  such 
compounds ;  the  hydrides  NaJJ;.,  K4H,,  for  example, 
decompose  at  a  moderately  high  temperature.  However, 
under  experiment,  lithium  and  sodium  hydroxides  or  car- 
bonates underwent  reduction  with  dangerous  violence,  and 
potassium  and  rubidium  compounds  developed  great  heat 
whilst  with  ca?sium  hydroxide  the  action  was  so  violent 
that  ignition  of  the  hydrogen  ensued,  and  a  sintered  mass 
of  cerium  and  magnesium  oxides  was  obtained. 

In  Group  II.  the  oxides  of  zinc,  cadmium,  and  mercury, 
on  account  of  the  violence  of  their  reduction,  were  not 
further  considered,  but  the  alkaline  earthy  oxides  proved  of 
great  interest ;  as  a  rule,  when  the  mixture  of  any  of  these 
oxides  with  the  proper  proportion  of  magnesium  was 
heated  in  a  current  of  hydrogen,  at  first  an  expansion  took 
place,  but  as  the  heat  was  continued  and  increased, 
absorption  of  the  gas  ensued  at  a  rate  varying  with  the 
oxide  under  investigation.  In  some  cases  the  continuance 
of  high  temperatures  for  some  hours  necessitated  the  em- 
ployment of  iron  tubes  for  the  experiments  in  this  group. 
The  products  were  always  allowed  to  cool  in  an  atmosphere 
of  hydrogen,  and  were  analysed  as  soon  as  possible  after 
preparation. 

Beryllium.  —  When  a  mixture  of  25  parts  by  weight 
(1  mol.)  of  beryllium  oxide  and  24  parts  by  weight 
(1  atom)  of  magnesium  powder  was  treated  in  the  manner 
described,  at  a  red  heat,  hydrogen  absorption  commenced 
but  slowly,  and  progressed  tardily  but  continuously,  reaching 
a  maximum  in  half  an  hour,  then  falling  slowly  from  10 
to  4  bubbles  a  minute,  at  which  it  remained  at  the  termi- 
nation of  the  experiment  at  the  end  of  four  hours.  The 
light  brownish-grey  product  had  not  sintered.  In  contact 
with  the  air  it  emitted  an  unpleasant  odour,  and  evolved 
hydrogen  very  sparingly  with  cold  water,  more  decidedly 
with  boiling  water,  but  violently  with  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid,  in  which  case  a  considerable  quantity  of  unattached 
beryllium  oxide  remained  undissolved.  The  product  could 
be  heated  in  a  porcelain  crucible  to  incipient  redness 
without  alteration,  but  at  higher  temperatures  it  glowed  and 
emitted  a  hydrogen  flame  ;  this  flame,  as  well  as  the  forma- 
tion of  water,  were  especially  pronounced  when  the  heating 
took  place  in  a  current  of  oxygen.  The  following  was  the 
composition  of  this  product  : — 


BeH 

BeO 

MgO 

Mr 

Total. 

3-33 

4.)  -40 

15*03 

6-24 

lOO'llO 

showing  that  14-96  of  the  beryllium  employed  had  under- 
gone conversion  into  hydride. 

Magnesium.  — ■  A  mixture  of  magnesium  oxide  and 
magnesium  powder  in  similar  proportions  and  under  similar 
treatment  behaved  very  much  in  the  same  way  as  the 
beryllium  mixture.  The  product  was  almost  white,  had 
not  sintered,  and  had  the  composition — 


UgH 

3IgO 

Ms; 

Total. 

8-54 

82 -on 

14-  W 

100-00 

showing  that  only  6-42  per  cent,  of  the  original  magnesium 
oxide  had  been  reduced.  It  had  an  unpleasant  odour,  and 
even  with  cold  water  evolved  hydrogen  slowly  with 
effervescence.  Heated  in  the  air,  it  first  emitted  a 
hydrogen  flame,  then  glowed  with  dazzling  brightness,  and 
finally  exhibited  the  luminous  flame  of  burning  magnesium. 
In  oxygen,  the  hydrogen  flame  and  the  formation  of  water 
were  better  seen. 

Calcium. — -The  behaviour  of  the  mixture  of  calcium  oxide 
and  magnesium  under  the  conditions  of  these  experiments 
was  not  so  sluggish  as  in  the  preceding  cases  ;  the  absorption 
commenced  tardily,  but  reached  the  rate  of  120  bubbles  a 
minute  in  half  an  hour,  and  was  practically  complete  at  the 
end  of  four  hours.  The  slightly  sintered,  light  grey 
product  had  the  composition — 


CaH 

CaO 

MgO 

Mg 

Total. 

33-14 

28-31 

37-66 

0-S9                  100-00 

Hence  61-52  per  cent,  of  the  original  calcium  oxide  had 
become  converted  into  hydride.  On  exposure  to  the  air  it 
swelled  up  and  fell  to  powder,  and  hydrogen  was  evolved 
from  it  most  vigorously,  either  by  the  action  of  water  or 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  Heated  in  air  it  burnt  faintly,  and 
became  surrounded  with  slightly  luminous  flame,  whilst  in 
oxygen  it  inflamed  with  slight  explosion  and  burnt  with 
great  brilliancy,  the  hydrogen  flame  beiug  distinct,  and  the 
formation  of  water  abundant. 

Strontium. — Strontium  oxide  was  prepared  from  the  pure 
carbonate,  mixed  with  the  suitable  proportion  of  magnesium 
powder,  and  heated  in  hydrogen,  when,  after  the  preliminary 
expansion,  absorption  set  in  rapidly  at  an  incipient  red  heat, 
but  soon  commenced  to  fall  off,  and  terminated  altogether 
within  two  hours.  The  slightly  sintered,  greyish-brown 
product  was  composed  of — 


SrH 

SrO 

MgO                 Mg 

Total. 

66-23 

4-17 

2S-S3                 0-77 

! 

100-00 

indicating  a  conversion  of  94-91  per  cent,  of  the  original 
strontium  employed  into  hydride.  It  was  very  readily 
oxidised;  in  the  air  it  at  once  turned  grey,  became  hot, 
swelled  up,  and,  with  the  evolution  of  hydrogen,  formed 
strontium  hydroxide.  With  water,  it  gave  off  hydrogen 
with  effervescence.  Heated  in  air  or  oxygen,  it  inflamed  in 
the  latter  case  with  a  slight  report,  showing  an  hydrogen 
flame  at  first,  and  then  burning  quietly  itself.  Impure 
strontium  oxide,  containing  carbonate,  was  not  only  more 
troublesome  to  deal  with,  but  also  gave  a  less  satisfactory 
result, 


40 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  SO.  1892. 


Barium. — With  this  metal  also,  some  difficulty  was 
experienced  in  getting  a  pure  oxide  and  ultimately  baryta 
of  the  following  composition  : — 


BaO      ,  Ba(HO)2       BaC03 

A!aO. 

SiOj 

Total. 

71-26 

IS- 13 

7-31 

1-87 

1-10 

100-00 

was  employed,  and  in  the  experiments  the  precaution  of 
heating  up  in  a  moderately  rapid  current  of  hydrogen,  had 
to  be  taken  to  obviate  disaster  from  the  realisation,  of  the 
reaction  Ba(HO)o  +  Mg  =  BaO  +  MgO  +  H2.  This  danger 
over,  the  end  of  the  tube  was  closed,  and  at  a  red  heat 
absorption  set  in  with  vigour  and  was  complete  in  two  hours. 
The  product  had  the  following  composition  : — 


BuH 

BaO    ,   MgO 

A1203 

Si02 

O  (excess) 

Total. 

70-33 

4-27        20-09 

1-66 

0-97 

1-73 

99-95 

(100  in  the 

paper.) 

and  resembled  the  strontium  compound  in  character  and 
reactions,  the  latter  being  somewhat  more  energetic  in 
this  case. 

The  author  alludes  to  the  probable  existence  of  these 
particular  hydrides  in  the  glowing  atmospheres  of  the  sun 
and  certain  fixed  stars. 

Group  III. — In  this  group  neither  boric  anhydride  nor 
alumina  were  reduced  by  this  method  of  treatment.  With 
vttrium  oxide,  however,  absorption  was  moderate  but  dis- 
tinct ;  it  soon  diminished,  and  stopped  in  an  hour.  The 
light  brownish-grey  product  evolved  hydrogen  very  slightly 
with  boiling  water,  not  at  all  with  cold  water,  violently  with 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  when  heated  in  air  or  oxygen  burnt, 
giving  a  small  flame  feebly  luminous  in  the  latter  case.  It 
had  the  composition  : — 


T2H3 


T.O, 


JIgO 


Mg 


Total. 


12-88 


72 -M 


lnn-iiu 


Pointing  to  the  conversion  of  18  44  per  cent,  of  the 
yttrium  employed  into  hydride,  this  conversion  is  not  as 
complete  as  in  the  case  of  lanthanum,  but  nevertheless 
shows  that  the  latter  is  not  the  only  member  of  periodic 
Group  III.  capable,  when  in  the  nascent  state,  of  combination 
with  hydrogen. — I).  A.  L. 


On  the  Colloidal  Sulphides  of  Gold.   E.A.Schneider.  Ber. 
1891,  24, '-'-4 1—2247. 

Tins  is  a  paper  on  the  preparation  and  properties  of 
the  colloidal  sulphides  of  gold  with  reference  to  the 
occurrence  of  gold  in  nature. 

The  formation  of  "  colloid  solutions  "  by  washing  pre- 
cipitates which  previously  had  been  treated  with  another 
compound  in  quantity  insufficient  to  effect  complete  solution 
ha-  already  been  observed.  Wright  (J.  Chem.  Soc.  188:5, 
43,  163),  has  stated  that  freshly  precipitated  sulphide  of 
iron  passes  over  into  the  colloid  state  when  treated  with 
potassium  cyanide  solution,  so  that  a  portion  of  it  passes 
into  solution.  On  washing  the  residual  sulphide  of  iron 
with  water,  a  portion  of  it  passes  through  the  filter  and 
forms  a  colloid  solution. 

The  present  author  has  confirmed  that  experimentally. 
Indeed  some  years  before  Wright's  observation  the  author 
had  remarked  that  on  digesting  ferric  hydrate  with 
aluminium  chloride  solution,  the  former  passes  into  solution, 
Hid   if   an   excess  of   ferric  hydrate  be   employed  and  the 


washing  continued  till  all  salts  are  removed,  a  colloid 
solution  is  formed  which  is  very  similar  in  properties  to  the 
ordinary  colloid  ferric  hydrate  solution. 

Gold  chloride  solution  was  incompletely  precipitated  with 
sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and  the  resulting  liquid  placed  upon 
a  dialyser;  after  the  course  of  some  hours  the  gold  chloride 
solution  had  diffused  through,  while  on  the  dialyser,  however, 
instead  of  the  expected  auro-auric-sulphide,  finely  divided 
gold  was  found.  Without  doubt,  the  gold  chloride  had 
acted  upon  theauro-auric-sulphide  according  to  the  following 
equation — 

AujSj  +  (AuCl3)4  t8H:0  =  Au6  +  2  H2S04  +  12  HC1 
In   point  of  fact,  a  mixture  of  colloid  auro-aurie-sulphide 
with  gold  chloride  does  give  rise  to  a  separation  of  metallic 
gold. 

The  following  results  were  arrived  at : — 

1 .  That  the  separation  of  gold  in  nature  is  due  to  the 
action  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  on  solution  of  gold  chloride  ; 
since  the  pyrites,  which  always  accompanies  gold,  owes  its 
origin  to  the  action  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  solution  on 
ferric  oxide  compounds,  at  temperatures  below  100°. 

2.  That  the  separation  of  gold  is  possible  at  a  very 
slight  depth,  and  where  the  temperature  does  not  exceed 
100°,  since  it  is  shown  in  the  above  paper  that  gold  chloride 
separates  gold  from  auro-auric  sulphide  (AujS;)  at  tem- 
peratures much  below  100°. 

3.  That  the  formation  of  pyrites  has  taken  place  nearer 
the  surface  than  the  separation  of  the  gold  ;  or  that  in  any 
case  the  formation  of  pyrites  and  separation  of  gold  were 
not  simultaneous.  For- the  mineral  acids  formed  during 
the  separation  of  gold  by  the  action  of  gold  chloride  on 
auro-auric  sulphide  would  require  for  their  neutralisation 
a  considerable  thickness  of  rock. — II.  K.  T. 


77ie  Influence  of  Heat  upon  the  Properties  of  Iron  and 
Steel  Wire.  M.  Kudelofl.  Mitt.  Konig.  Tecii.  Versuchs. 
1891,  109—140. 

The  material  used  for  the  purposes  of  the  investigation 
was  in  the  form  of  wire.  Five  samples  were  examined, 
three  being  wire  ropes  and  two  being  telegraph  wires. 
They  had  a  tensile  strength  of  126-3,  84-7,  76 -7,  45-1,  and 
36-3  kilos,  per  sq.  mm.  respectively  (1  kilo,  per  sq.  mm.  = 
1425-45  lb.  per  sq.  in.),  and  were  distinguished  by  the 
letters  A,  B,  C,  D,  E.  In  order  to  ascertain  what  influence 
(if  any)  exposure  to  an  elevated  temperature  in  a  lead  bath 
had  upon  their  chemical  composition,  analyses  were  made 
of  three  of  the  samples  (A,  B,  and  E)  before  and  after  they 
had  been  submitted  to  this  treatment,  with  the  following 
results : — 


Heated  to 

Com- 
bined 
Carbon. 

Silicon. 

Man- 
ganese. 

Sul- 
phur. 

Phos- 
phorus. 

Copper. 

f 
A.  \  450°— 560°C 

o-4(j 

0-13 

0-S9 

o-oi 

0-028 

0-08 

0-17 

0-13 

0-92 

o-oi 

0-029 

000 

USO0— 880°C.      0-32 

0-17 

0-OG 

0-03 

0-021 

0-03 

r      ..         o-i. 

o-ot 

1-10 

I.-03 

n- l«i 

0-04 

B.<  430°— M0°C.       0-17 

0-03 

1-09 

O-03 

11-09! 

O-04 

1780°— 880°C. 

0-05 

o-io 

0-93 

0-03 

o-ioi 

0-03 

E.-i  4.30°— 560°C. 
1780°— 8S0°C. 

0-02 

0-07 

0-27 

0-05 

o-on 

0-041 

0-02 

0-07 

0-28 

0-07 

0-039 

o-oi 

Trace 

0-08 

0-28 

0-07 

o-on 

0-02 

Preliminary  experiments  were  conducted  to  determine 
the  best  method  of  heating  the  test-pieces  and  the  time 
during  which  it  was  necessary  to  subject  them  to  the 
temperature  of  the  lead  bath.  It  was  found  that  although 
the  rapidity  with  which  the  full  alteration  in  properties 
was  produced,  varied,  yet  a  period  of  five  minutes  generally 
sufficed ;  this  time  was  therefore  taken  for  the  rest  of  the 
experiments. 


Jan.  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


41 


The   result   of    these    experiments     is    most    compactly 
shown  in  the  following  tables  of  curves  : — 


Infi.iknce  of  Heat  upon  the  Properties  of  Iron 
and  Steel. 

The  temperatures  must  be  taken  as  approximate  only. 

Certain  other  experiments  were  carried  out,  both  to 
confirm  the  results  quoted*  above,  and  to  determine  the 
electrical  and  magnetic  relations  of  the  test  specimens 
before  and  after  heating;  the  conclusions  arrived  at  are 
recorded  below :  — 

(1.)  The  samples  examined  suffered  no  appreciable  change 
by  heating  in  a  lead  bath  to  475°  C.  An  alteration  was  first 
perceptible  when  the  temperature  reached  889°  0.,  and  was 
then  confined  to  the  diminution  of  the  percentage  of 
combined  carbon.  No  lead  was  absorbed  from  the  bath  in 
any  ease. 

(2.)  The  length  of  time  during  which  the  samples  were 
exposed  to  a  high  temperature  had  an  influence  upon  their 
tensile  strength  and  extension,  which  varied  with  the 
character  of  the  sample.  The  effect  was  the  more  marked 
the  higher  the  tensile  strength,  hut  in  all  cases  was  complete 
in  five  minutes  ;  in  the  case  of  sample  A  (crucible  cast 
steel),  although  the  chief  change  was  effected  in  five 
minutes,  yet  a  further  alteration  was  perceptible  in  a  second 
like  period. 

( 3.  I  The  tensile  strength  decreased  as  the  temperature  to 
which  the  test-pieces  were  subjected  was  increased,  the 
conditions  of  time  and  method  of  cooling  being  the  same. 

II tt'ect  of   the   heating  was  first  perceptible   at   about 

500°  C,  and  in  general  was  lower  the  higher  the  original 
tensile  strength  of  the  material.  The  change  induced  by 
heating  was  complete  when  the  temperature  reached  1,000°  C. 
The  extension  and  the  number  of  turns  in  the  torsion  test 
increased  with  the  increase  of  the  temperature  used,  contrary 
to  what  was  observed  with  the  tensile  strength.  Exposure 
to  a  temperature  somewhat  under  500°  C.  merely  caused 
an  increase  in  the  extensibility  and  homogeneity  of  the 
sample,  wherefore  it  should  be  expected  that  in  these 
respects  galvanised  wire  should  be  superior  to  the  uncovered 
material.  The  influence  of  an  elevated  temperature  upon 
the  extensibility  of  the  wire  was  complete  at  about  900J  C. 
It  was  found  that  of  samples  which  suffered  the  same 
diminution  of  tensile  strength  by  heating,  the  increase  in 
ductility  and  extensibility  was  not  necessarily  similarly 
related  when  the  origin  and  nature  of  the  samples  differed. 

(4.)  Exposure  of  the  test  specimens  to  a  temperature  of 
800°— 1,200°  C.  had  but  little  influence  upon  their  electrical 
conductivity  ;  such  influence  as  could  be  perceived  appeared 
to  be  due  rather  to  an  alteration  in  the  Chemical  composition 
of  the  samples  than  in  their  mechanical  properties. 

(5.)  The  temperature  coefficient  of  the  electrical  con- 
ductivity and  the  magnetic  moment  of  the  samples 
decreased  as  the  original  tensile  strength  of  the  material 
increased.  After  heating,  the  temperature  coefficient 
showed  an  increase  which  was  greater  the  higher  the  tensile 
strength  of  the  original  material.     (Compare  Le  Chatelier's 


researches,  this  Journal,  1891,  373).  The  magnetic 
moment  was  but  slightly  affected  by  heating,  the  tendency 
being  for  it  to  increase.  (Compare  "Effects  of  Abnormally 
Low  Temperatures  on  "Structural  Iron."  This  Journal, 
1891,  1008.)— B.  B. 


Tempered  Copper.     B.  Kirsch. 
Museums,  1891, 


Mitthcil.  Techn.  Gewerbe- 
261—267. 


So-called  tempered  copper  has  been  put  upon  the  market 
by  the  Eureka  Tempered  Copper  Company,  samples  of  which 
were  examined  at  the  Versuchsanstalt  fur  Ban-  und  Mas- 
chinen  material  with  the  following  results : — 

I.  Chemical  Composition. 


Ordinary  Copper. 

Tempered  Copper. 

Per  Ont. 
0'026 

ao'i«o 

0-082 

0-046 
0-017 

Per  Cent. 

99-0S1 

0'018 

Total 

100-101 

As  will  be  seen  from  the  foregoing  analyses,  the  difference 
of  tempered  copper  from  copper  of  ordinary  commercial 
quality,  as  far  as  its  composition  is  concerned,  is  but 
slight. 

II.  Mechanical  Properties. 

The  coppers  of  which  the  analyses  are  given  above  were 
mechanically  tested,  with  the  following  results  : — 




Strength 

in  Kilos.4 

per 
Sq.  Jim. 

Elastic 

Limit  in 
Kilos,  per 
Sq.  Mm. 

Exten- 
sion 
per  Cent. 

Contrac- 
tion in 
Area 
per  Cent. 

18-14 

8-05 

18-0 

26-7 

19-58 

7-07 

S.S-5 

30-6 

Tension,  untempered .... 

10-30 

7-13 

21-0 

36-6 

Tension,  nntempered  ... 

17-17 

7-08 

22-5 

35-7 

Compression,  tempered  . 

30-38 

10-42 

28-0 

Compression,  tempered  . 

37-20 

9  "93 

20-8 

Compression,  untempered 

33-12 

9-02 

27-4 

Compression,  untempered 

30-21 

11-20 

27-6 

*  1  kilo,  per  sq.  mm.  =  1425-45  lb.  per  sq.  in. 

The  tests  and  analyses  quoted  above  were  carried  out  in 
America  and  are  quoted  for  the  sake  of  comparison  with 
those  performed  at  the  Versuchsanstalt,  which  are  as 
follows : — 

(a.)  Modulus  of  Elasticity. — The  modulus  of  elasticity 
determined  on  a  specimen  tested  in  tension,  was  10,050 
kilos,  per  sq.  mm.  The  modulus  determined  by  compression 
test  was  2,930  kilos,  per  sq.  mm.,  with  a  load  of  2'  5  kilos, 
per  sq.  mm.,  and  1,020  kilos,  per  sq.  mm.,  with  a  load  of 
7-2  kilos,  per  sq.  mm. 


42 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  SO,  1892. 


(6.)   Tensile  Strength. 


T.-^t  Pieces  used. 


Kilos.*  per  Sq.  mm. 


Sheet, 0*11  mm.  in  thickness  . 

„     0-13    „ 

,.      0'55     „  „ 

„      fi''-i     ., 

.,      I'M     „ 
Wire,  0*50  mm.  in  diameter  . 

„    o-so   „  „ 

„      1"65     „ 
„      2T)0    „ 
„      4'20    „ 
Rod.  -7  mm.  in  diameter 


Cl-.i 


52-3 
3T8 

72-0 
52'(l 
50-0 
17"B 
19-0 


'Argentine."     A.  Harpf. 
2584—2585,  2612— 


Papier-Zeitung,  1891, 16, 
2614,  and  2640—  2C42. 


See  under  XIX.,  pages  55 — 56. 


silicon,  nil ;  manganese,  0-15  to  0-25  per  cent.;  carbon, 
0-07  to  0- 12  per  cent.  This  product  is  next  charged  with 
carbon,  by  the  methods  described  in  the  above  patents,  up 
to  1  to  1  •  5  per  cent.,  and  is  transferred  to  a  second  basic- 
lined  open-hearth  furnace.  10  to  20  per  cent,  of  grey 
ha?matite  pig  is  added,  and  when  the  charge  is  thoroughly 
melted,  it  is  worked  in  the  usual  way  with  limestone,  linie 
and  iron  ore  additions,  if  necessary.  The  charge  is  then 
tapped  and  recarbonised  to  any  required  extent.  A  separate 
furnace  should  be  used  for  the  second  operation,  since  if  a 
furnace  is  used  which  has  been  employed  for  phosphoric 
heats,  it  will  take  several  charges  to  wash  out  the  phosphorus 
contained  in  the  basic  lining  and  adhering  slag.  It  is  found 
that  in  the  second  melting  and  working  the  charge  works 
freely,  and  does  not  froth,  as  is  usually  the  case  with 
ha'tnatite  pig  iron. — H.  K.  T. 


The  last  named  specimen  had  an  elastic  limit  of  8- 1  kilos, 
per  sq.  mm.  A  compression  test  was  made  in  which  defor- 
mation began  when  the  load  had  reached  8-1  kilos,  per 
sq.  mm.  The  load  could  be  increased  to  219  kilos,  per 
sq.  mm.  without  producing  cracks,  although  the  test  piece, 
which  was  originally  30  mm.  in  height,  had  been  shortened 
to  7" 8  mm. 

(c.)  Ductility. — The  extension  given  by  the  sheet  varied 
between  02 — 2-0  percent.,  while  that  of  the  wire  was 
0-1 — 0-2  per  cent.,  and  that  of  the  rod  13 "1  per  cent., 
while  the  contraction  of  area  at  the  point  of  fracture  of  the 
latter  was  33  per  cent.  From  these  tests,  as  well  as  by 
winding  tests  with  the  wire,  it  appears  that  the  material 
possesses  great  ductility. 

The  foregoing  series  of  tests  shows  that  tempered  copper 
possesses  properties  that  distinguish  it  from  the  ordinary 
material,  its  strength  in  pieces  of  small  section  being 
noticeably  high,  although  that  of  larger  test  pieces  is  by 
no  means  remarkable,  as  it  shows  the  tensile  strength  of 
only  19  kilos,  per  sq.  mm.,  while  ordinary  commercial 
copper  gives  20 — 25  kilos,  per  sq.  mm.  Castings  made  of 
it  are  of  good  quality,  and  its  electrical  conductivity  is  high. 

— B.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Steel.     .1.  H.  Darby, 
Brymbo.     Eng.  Pat.  6303,  April  13,  1891.     id. 

In  the  methods  patented  by  the  author  for  the  direct 
addition  of  carbon  (Eng.  Pats.  418  of  1888,  20,586  of  1889, 
and  4030  of  1890;  this  Journal,  1890,  1134;  and  1891, 
469),  considerable  difficulty  is  experienced  in  bringing  the 
carbon  into  contact  with  the  metal  without  great  loss 
through  combustion.  In  the  present  patent  the  ground 
carbon  is  mixed  with  the  pulverised  silicon,  aluminium, 
nickel  manganese,  or  other  alloy  of  iron  which  has  always 
to  be  used,  and  the  two  are  added  together  through  the 
chute  or  other  apparatus  employed  for  the  regular  addition 
of  the  carbon.     (See  also  Ens:.  Pat,  2673  of  1891,  above.) 

— H.  K.  T. 


XL-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

"  Argentine."       A.     Harpf.       Papier-Zeitung,     1891,     16, 
•j;,s(_2585,  2612—2614  and  2640—2642. 

See  under  XIX.  pages  55 — 56. 


The  Electrolysis  of  the  Metallic  Sulphoci/anides. 
L.  K.  Frankel.     J.  Eranklin  Inst.  1891,  13,'  144— 150. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Concentrating  Acids. 
W.  C.  Henens,  Hanau,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  2499, 
February  11,  1891.     id. 

See  under  VII.,  page  36. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Purification  of  Steel 
or  Homogeneous  Metal.  J.  H.  Darby,  Brymbo.  Eng. 
Pat.  2673,  February  13,  1891.  bd. 
The  author  has  previously  described  a  method  for  the 
recarbonisation  of  iron  or  steel  (Eng.  Pats.  418  of  1888, 
20,586  of  1889,  4030  of  1890 ;  this  Journal,  1890,  1134; 
and  1891,  469)  by  the  direct  introduction  of  carbon  (see 
also  Kng.  Pat.  6303  of  1891,  below).  The  present  patent  is 
a  modification  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  steel  as  free  as 
possible  from  sulphur,  phosphorus,  arsenic,  and  manganese. 
The'  material  used  is  basic  pig  iron  low  in  silicon  and 
sulphur,  and  containing  phosphorus  and  manganese.  In 
carrying  out  the  process  the  basic  pig  iron  is  first  converted 
into  soft  steel  in  a  basic-lined  hearth  or  converter.  Its 
average  composition  when  tapped  would  be:  sulphur,  0-02 
to  0-04  per  cent.:    phosphorus,  0-03  to  0*05  per  cent.; 


The  Electrolysis  of  Metallic  Phosphates  in  Acid  Solution. 
E.  F.  Smith.  J.  Franklin  Inst.  1891,  13,  206—209. 
(See  also  this  Journal   1890,  898—899.) 


Electrolytic  Separations.  E.  F.  Smith  and  F.  Muhr.  Ber. 
1891,24,2175—2181;  and  Amcr.  Chem.  J.  1891,  13, 
417—422. 

.See  under  XXIIL,  pages  60 — 61. 


PATENTS. 

A  Method  of  Renewing  and  a  Preparation  for  Fixing 
Filaments  in  Incandescent  Lamps.  J.  Mobile,  Munich, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  16,613,  October  18,  1890.     8d. 

The  lamp  is  either  divided  longitudinally  into  two  parts,  or 
more  usually  pierced  by  an  elongated  opening  with  the  help 
of  a  blowpipe.  Through  this  opening  the  old  filament  is 
removed,  the  platinum  wires  cleaned,  and  a  cement  applied 
to  their  ends  composed  of  pure  carbon  mixed  to  a  paste 
with  the  solution  of  a  salt  of  some  metal  that  can  be  fused 
only  at  a  high  temperature,  such  as  a  saturated  acid  solution 
of  platinum  or  copper.    The  ends  of  the  filament  are  applied 


Jan.  30,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


43 


to  the  cement-coated  ends  of  the  platinums,  and  the  joints 
hardened  and  rendered  conductive  by  an  electric  current 
passed  into  each  joint  by  one  platinum  wire,  and  led  away 
by  a  copper  wire  temporarily  introduced  through  the  slit 
and  pressed  against  the  joint.— E.  T. 


Improvements   in   Electric   Primary   Batteries.      T.  J.  D. 

Rawlins,  Lymington,   and  A.  Walker,  Bristol.     Eng.  Pat. 

9683,  June  8,  1891.     6rf. 
The  electrodes   are   made   in    the   form  of   vertical  discs 
mounted  on  a  spindle   and  are  kept  revolving.     The  lower 
parts  only  are  immersed,  and  by  the  frequent  exposure  to 
the  air,  are  prevented  from  polarising. — E.  T. 


Improvements    in   or  Relating    to    Electric    Accumulators. 

P.    Lauber,    Basle,    Switzerland.       Eng.     Pat.     17,631, 

November  3,  1890.  Sd. 
The  inventor's  battery,  called  au  "  Electrothek,"  is  to 
enable  "  any  proportion  of  volts  to  amperes "  to  be 
obtained.  A  large  number  of  lead  plates  are  separated 
from  one  another  by  insulating  frames  so  that  a  series  of 
water-tight  cells  is  formed,  the  whole  resembling  a  filter- 
press  open  at  the  top,  except  that  there  is  no  liquid  connec- 
tion from  cell  to  cell.  In  charging,  a  current  is  passed  in 
at  one  end  plate,  through  the  whole  series,  and  out  at  the 
other  end  one,  each  plate  becoming  positive  on  one  face  and 
negative  on  the  other.  The  active  material  is  retained  in 
depressions  or  cavities  in  the  faces  of  the  plates.  The 
number  of  plates  depends  on  the  voltage  required,  and  their 
area  on  the  rate  of  discharge. — E.  T. 


Improved  Means  and  Apparatus  for  Separating  Alkaline 

and  Earthy  Metals   and  other  Products  from  the  Salts 

of  such  Metals,  or  from  other   Substances  containing 

them.      G.  J.  Atkins  and  E.  Applegarth,  London.     Eng. 

Pat.  20,768,  December  19,  1890.     Sd. 

Taking  sodium   chloride  as  an  example,  it   is  stated  that 

oxygen  and  chlorine  are  liberated  at  the  anode,  that  sodium 

hydrate   is   produced   and   dissolved   in  the   liquid  at   the 

cathode,  and  that  if  the  latter   be  of  mercury,  an  amalgam 

of  sodium  and  hydrogen  will  be  produced.     This  amalgam, 

however,   when   concentrated,   causes   a   very    high    back 

E.  M.  E.,  and  therefore    increases  the  cost  of  the  process. 

To  diminish  this  the  inventors  cause  fresh  mercury  to  be 

continually  exposed  as   cathode,  either  by  allowing  fresh 

mercury  continually  to  stream  over  the  surface  of  the  latter, 

or  by  causing  the  cathode,  in  the  shape  of  an  endless  band, 

to  be  in  continual  motiou,  and  to  be  constantly  picking  up 

fresh  mercury  and  getting  rid  of  the  old. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  or  Appertaining  to  Mercurial  Air 
Pumps.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  A.  Raps, 
Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  2969,  February  18, 
1891.     Sd. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  60. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  Batteries.    P.  Goward,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  7949,  May  8,  1891.     Sd. 

The  positive  electrode  is  a  tube  of  lead  enclosing  a  round 
perforated  porous  pot.  A  large  number  of  f\-  or  ("| -shaped 
incisions  are  made  in  rows  round  the  lead  tube  so  as  to 
leave  metallic  tongues  of  these  shapes.  The  space  between 
the  lead  tube  and  the  porous  pot  is  packed  with  peroxide  of 
lead,  or  with  the  finely  divided  metal  produced  by  pouring 
melted  lead  into  cold  water.  When  the  packing  has  reached 
the  first  row  of  incisions  the  tongues  of  these  are  turned 
inwards,  more  layers  of  packing  are  added  in  the  same  way 
and  bound  in  place  by  the  metallic  tongues  till  the  whole 
space  is  full.  The  negative  electrode  is  of  zinc  and  rests  in 
a  tray  of  mercury.  All  parts  are  perforated  to  allow  free 
circulation  of  the  electrolyte,  and  bound  together  by  bolts 
of  suitable  insulating  material. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Galvanic  Batteries.  A.  de  Meritens, 
Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  10,977,  June  27,  1891.  By 
Internat.  Convention  November  28,  1890.  Sd. 
The  negative  electrode  is  composed  of  a  sheet  of  aluminium 
soldered  or  riveted  to  a  sheet  of  lead.  The  positive  metal 
is  zinc  and  the  electrolyte  a  mixture  of  two  parts  of  sulphuric 
acid  and  one  of  nitric  acid  diluted  with  water.  By  local 
action  betweeu  the  aluminium  and  lead,  the  latter  becomes 
coated  with  its  sub- oxide.  By  the  action  of  the  cell  this  is 
reduced  to  metallic  lead,  only  to  be  formed  again  by  the 
local  action.  The  cell  gives  a  very  constant  current,  and 
can  easily  give  25  amperes  per  square  decimetre.  Instead  of 
aluminium,  "  plates  of  platinum  or  other  metal  unattackable 
by  or  possessing  greater  power  of  resistance  to  the  action 
of  the  acids,"  mav  be  employed.  (See  also  Eng.  Pat.  15,575 
of  1891,  below.) 


Improvements  in  Means  to  be  Employed  in  the  Electrical 
Deposition  of  Copper  and  the  Obtainment  of  Products 
from  the  Operation.  T.  Parker,  Wolverhampton.  Eng. 
Pat.  12,898,  July  29,  1891.     Sd. 

In  the  commercial  deposit  of  copper,  the  solutions  contain 
as  impurities  arsenic,  iron,  tin,  bismuth,  and  antimony,  and 
these  are  deposited  with  the  copper  if  present  in  too  large 
quantities,  or  if  the  voltage  at  the  terminals  of  the  bath 
should  rise  too  high.  To  prevent  this  the  electrolyte  is 
passed  through  a  series  of  baths,  one  of  which  has  electrodes 
of  only  one-third  to  one -fourth  the  area  of  those  in  the 
other  baths,  so  that  the  voltage  at  its  terminals  is  raised. 
The  foreign  metals  are  here  deposited  readily,  and  the 
solution  thus  kept  in  normal  condition  for  the  other  baths. 

The  deposit  removed  from  the  vessels  consists  chiefly  of 
copper  sulphide,  silver,  gold,  and  bismuth.  It  is  roasted 
and  then  treated  successively  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  to 
remove  the  copper,  hot  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  to 
remove  the  silver,  and  potassium  cyanide  to  remove  the 
gold.  The  separate  solutions  thus  obtained  are  electrolysed 
for  the  recovery  of  the  metals  they  contain. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Methods  of  and  Apparatus  for  giving 
Increased  life  and  Efficiency  to  Arc  Light  Carbons. 
N.  M.  Garland,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  14,379, 
August  25,  1891.     8d. 

A  hood  or  sleeve  made  of  metal  at  its  upper  part  and  of 
refractory  porcelain  or  such  material  at  its  lower  part,  is 
fitted  over  each  carbon,  so  that  only  the  pointed  parts  of  the 
hot  ends  are  free.  Many  devices  are  described  for  main- 
taining the  position  of  these  sleeves.  Their  object  is  to 
hinder  the  combustion  of  the  carbons,  and  to  lessen  the 
resistance  of  the  lamps  by  leading  the  current  as  directly  as 
possible  to  the  points  of  the  carbons.     There  are  37  claims. 

— E.  T. 


Improvements    in    Galvanic   Batteries.      A.  de   Meritens, 
Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  15,575,  September  14,  1891.     Sd. 

This  patent  (as  in  Eng.  Pat.  10,977  of  1890,  abstracted 
above)  relates  to  methods  of  eliminating  polarisation  by 
constructing  the  negative  electrode  of  two  metals  of  different 
potentials  in  the  liquid.  Platinised  lead  is  more  especially 
referred  to,  the  platinum  coating  only  extending  over  parts 
of  the  lead.  The  lead  is  the  negative  electrode  to  the  zinc, 
and  is  prevented  from  polarising  (as  in  the  above-mentioned 
patent)  by   the  local  action  which  takes   place  between  it 


44 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Jan.3n.r392. 


and  the  more  negative  metal  platinum.  Various  designs 
for  electrodes  and  complete  batteries  are  described  in  the 
specification. — B.  T. 


An  Improved  Galvanic  Battery.  C.  U.  Fisher,  London. 
From  B.  H.  Thompson,  Xew  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
15,597,  September  15,  1831.     Grf. 

The  point  of  the  invention  is  the  construction  of  negative 
electrodes  of  carbonised  fibrous  material  such  as  rattan. 
The  material  is  used  in  the  form  of  rods  or  in  a  spiral,  but 
the  inventor  prefers  the  former.  When  rods  are  employed 
the  ends  are  placed  in  a  groove  in  a  carbon  plate,  which 
forms  the  top  of  the  cell,  by  a  cement  composed  of  powdered 
coke,  lamp-black,  and  asphaltum,  the  whole  being  then 
carbonised  together.  The  fibrous  carbon  is  said  to  be 
mechanically  preserved  from  polarisation  by  its  corrugated 
surface  and  porous  nature,  and  the  whole  cell  to  be  better  in 
this  respect  than  a  Leclanche  cell— E.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  Making  the  Plates  or 
Elements  of  a  Secondary  or  Storage  Battery.  S.  C.  C. 
Currie,  Philadelphia,  I'.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  15,621,  Septem- 
ber 15,  1891.     8d. 

The  inventor  preferably  employs  as  electrodes  rods  or  wires 
of  lead  enclosed  in  a  porous  or  fibrous  covering,  such  as 
braided  asbestos.  These  are  rapidly  formed  by  being  made 
anodes  in  a  solution  of  ^inc  chloride,  the  lead  chloride  thus 
produced  being  held  in  place  by  the  covering.  The  lead 
chloride  can  then  be  reduced  to  spongy  lead  by  making  the 
plates  cathodes  in  the  tanks  and  passing  current  for  a 
sufficient  time. — E.  T. 


XII.-FATS,   OILS.  AND  SOAP 

MANUFACTUKE. 

Artificial  Mineral  Lubricating  Oils — Me  Condensation 
Products  of  Allyl  Alcohol  with  Methylated  Benzenes. 
(i.  Kraemer  and  A.  Spilker.  Ber.  1891,  24,  2785 — 
2793  and  3164. 

See  under  III.,  page  22. 


On  a  Special  Process  for  Preparing  "  Sulphoriciitate." 
A.  Selieurer-Kestner.  Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  Mulhouse,  1891, 
499—502. 

See  under  VI.,  page  33. 


Grape-Seed  Oil  and  its  Technical  Application.  V.  M. 
Horn.    Mittheil.  Techn.  Gewerbe-Museuins,  1891, 185—187. 

The  oil  obtained  from  dried  grape-seeds  by  extraction  with 
a  mixture  of  ether  and  alcohol  has  been  examined  by  the 
author,  with  the  following  results  : — 

Specific  gravity  at  15° 0'9S61 

Fatty  acid  content  ( Hehner's  number) 92'13 

Acid  number 16*2 

Saponification  equivalent 17s*4 

Volatile  fatty  acids  (per  cent.) 0*46 

Iodine  number D4*0S 

Glycerin  content  {per  cent.)  S-S7 

Acid  number  of  fatty  acids IsT'l 

Iodine  number  of  fatty  acids 98"65 

Acid  number  of  acetylated  fatty  acids 137' 1 

Saponification  equivalent  of  acetylated  fatty  acids  ..  2Sr<* 
Acetyl  number 144*3 


The  oil  dissolves  at  a  temperature  of  70°  in  an  equal 
volume  of  acetic  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1  •  0562,  the  solution  on 
cooling  becoming  turbid  at  66-5'.  It  is  only  partially 
soluble  in  alcohol,  but  dissolves  readily  in  ether.  It  gives 
the  elal'din  reaction.  Its  close  resemblance,  chemically  and 
physically,  to  castor  oil,  suggested  its  possible  utilisation 
for  the  manufacture  of  Turkey-red  oil.  A  small  quantity 
of  that  product  was,  therefore,  prepared  by  the  action  of 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  (1  part)  on  the  oil  (4  parts), 
and  subsequent  washing  and  neutralisation  with  ammonia 
(2  per  cent.),  a  sample  of  castor  oil  being  simultaneously 
treated  in  the  same  manner.  The  two  preparations  were 
then  tested  with  regard  to  their  comparative  values  for 
Turkey-red  dyeing,  and  the  resultant  shades  found  alike  in 
all  respects. 

( Irape  seeds  may  be  obtained  in  considerable  quantity  in 
the  wine-manufacturing  districts  on  the  Continent,  and  since 
they  contain  up  to  20  per  cent,  of  oil,  the  extraction  of  the 
same  should  prove  highly  remunerative. — E.  B. 


Application  of  Alizarin-lakes  for  Colouring  Candles,  Sfc. 
(1.  Ulrich.  Mittheil.  Techn.  Gewerhe-Museums,  1891, 
198—202. 

Ix  the  course  of  a  research  on  the  constitution  of  the 
Alizarin-red  lake,  it  was  discovered  that  the  Alizarin 
colour-lake  prepared  by  dyeing  aluminium  oleate  of  the 
composition  A]jO(OH)3(C,3H3302)2  (obtained  by  double 
decomposition  between  potassium  oleate  and  aluminium 
sulphite),  is  soluble  in  beeswax,  paraffin,  and  ceresin,  and 
is,  consequently,  well-adapted  for  colouring  candles,  &c. 

As  aluminium  oleate  does  not  melt  at  the  temperature  of 
boiling  water  and,  therefore,  does  not  dye  well  with  alizarin, 
&c.  it  is  better,  before  dyeing,  to  render  it  fusible  in  hot 
water  by  melting  it  with  an  equal  weight  of  wax.  The 
dyeiug  is  accomplished  by  suspending  in  hot  water  the 
mass  so  obtained,  and  adding  alizarin,  &c.  until  it  is 
sufficiently  dyed,  the  bath  being  then  allowed  to  cool  and 
the  solidified  cake  removed,  washed  with  water,  and  dried. 
Colour-lakes  were  prepared  in  this  way  from  Alizarin, 
Alizarin-orange,  Alizarin-green,  and  Alizarin-yellow.  The 
dark-coloured  mass  obtained  by  dyeing  in  this  manner 
with  alizarin,  when  diluted  with  from  30  to  120  times  its 
weight  of  wax,  gives  dark  to  medium  shades  of  red;  with 
still  further  dilution,  pinks.  The  presence  of  the  alumina 
lakes  does  not  interfere  with  the  combustibility  of  the 
candles,  &c.,  provided  the  amount  present  does  not  exceed 
12  5  per  cent. 

Aluminium  ricinoleate  is  unsuitable  for  the  manufacture 
of  lakes  for  the  above-mentioned  purpose,  as  it  separates  on 
cooling  from  its  solution  in  wax. — E.  B. 


XIII.-PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VAENISHES, 
KESINS,  INDIA-KUBBEK,  Etc. 

"Argentine."     A.  Harpf.     Papier-Zeitung,  1891,16, 

2584—2585,  2612—2614  and  2640— 2642. 

See  under  XIX.,  pages  55 — 56. 


The  Sizing  oj  Paper.    J.  Wunder.     Chem.  Zeit.  1891,  15, 
rni.' —  703. 

See  under  XIX.,  page  52. 


Jan.  so,  I8»a.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


45 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Production  of  "  White  Lead"  or 
Basic  Carbonate  of  Lead  and  Apparatus  therefor, 
R.  W.  E.  Maclvor  and  Watson  Smith,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  16,093,  October  10,  1890.     8d. 

I\  this  process  finely-powdered  litharge  is  added  to  a 
solution  of  ammonium  acetate  while  the  latter  is  being 
circulated  by  means  of  a  pump  through  a  "  digestor  "  and 
a  "  heater."  lly  this  means,  it  is  claimed,  the  litharge  is 
rapidly  dissolved  by  the  ammonium  acetate,  with  production 
of  tribasic  acetate  of  lead,  Pb(C2H3Os)2.2  PbO,  and  free 
ammonia.  The  temperature  to  which  the  solution  is  raised 
depends  upon  the  strength  of  the  ammonium  acetate 
solution  employed,  the  temperature  ranging  between  60° 
and  100"  C.  As  soon  as  solution  is  effected  the  liquor  is 
filter-pressed,  the  red  lead  and  other  coloured  impurities  from 
the  litharge  being  left  behind  in  the  press  while  the 
clear  solution  of  tribasic  acetate  of  lead  passes  through 
a  cooling  system  (when,  if  the  solution  be  strong  enough, 
partial  crystallisation  will  take  place)  to  the  carbonator, 
where  it  is  suitably  treated  witli  carbonic  acid,  for  the 
conversion  of  the  tribasic  acetate  of  lead  into  a  basic 
carbonate  of  lead.  The  basicity  of  the  product  is  ensured 
by  the  presence  of  the  free  ammonia,  which  acts  as  a  carrier 
of  carbonic  acid,  the  free  ammonia  becoming  first  converted 
by  the  carbonic  acid  into  ammonium  carbonate,  which 
reacts  with  the  tribasic  acetate  of  lead  to  form  basic 
carbonate  of  lead  and  ammonium  acetate  for  use  over  again. 
To  prevent  over  carbonation  the  carbonation  is  stopped 
while  the  liquid  is  still  faintly  alkaline.  In  this  way,  a 
white  lead  of  great  purity  and  basicity'  is  obtained  (see 
below).— O.  H. 


A  New  Product  possessing  the  same,  or  nearly  the  same 
Properties  as  Spirits  of  Turpentine.  T.  Drake, 
Hudderstield.     Eng.  Pat.  16,916,  October  23,  1890.     id. 

Petroleum  spirit,  shale  naphtha  or  similar  hydrocarbons 
are  treated  in  a  suitable  vessel  with  a  current  of  air  pre- 
ferably dried  by  passing  over  lime,  whereby  a  product  is 
said  to  be  obtained  having  practically  the  same  properties 
as  spirits  of  turpentine  extracted  from  pine-wood,  and 
which  may  be  used  for  similar  purposes.  Or,  40  per  cent, 
of  the  said  spirit  is  distilled  off,  thus  increasing  its  specific 
gravity,  and  then  treating  the  residue  with  chlorine  ga.s 
until  its  specific  gravity  is  brought  up  to  0-900  to  l-050. 
The  acid  formed  in  the  treatment  is  removed  by  first 
blowing  air  through  the  chlorinated  liquid  and  then  washing 
it  with  sodium  carbonate  or  with  any  suitable  alkali  or 
alkaline  earth  which  is  afterwards  separated  from  the  liquid 
"  by  any  well  known  chemical  process  or  processes." 

— V.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  Copying  Inks,  Copying  Books,  and 
Appliances.  H.  Heales,  Bristol.  Eng.  Pat.  17,373, 
October  30,  1890.     4d. 

The  ink,  which  is  said  to  copy  effectively  without  water, 
brush,  or  press,  is  prepared  with  softened  water,  logwood, 
sulphate  of  iron,  nut-galls,  gum  arabic,  glycerin,  cloves,  and 
vegetable  black.  The  inventor  states  that  copies  of  letters 
and  other  documents  written  with  this  ink  may  be  taken  on 
ordinary  press-copy  tissue  paper,  by  merely  laying  the  hand 
on  the  tissue  paper  superposed  on  the  writing,  and  drawing 
the  hand  over  the  same.  The  invention  also  relates  to  a 
specially  prepared  pad  for  steadying  letters  when  laid  for 
copying,  consisting  of  a  sheet  of  india-rubber  stretched  on 
cardboard. — E.  G.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Basic  Carbonate  of 
Lead  or  White  Lead.  Watson  Smith  and  W.  Elmore, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  19,323,  November  27,  1890.     6rf. 

When  crude  or  impure  litharge  is  used  for  the  production 
of  white  lead  as  described  in  Eng.  Pats.  10,426  of  1888, 
GSlSof  1889,  and  16,093  of  1890  (this  Journal,  1889,  552; 
1890,  030  ;  and  above)  the  solution  of  tribasic  acetate  of  lead 


frequently  contains  copper  and  traces  of  iron,  &c,  which  by 
repeated  use  of  the  ammonium  acetate  for  dissolving  fresh 
quantities  of  litharge  gradually  accumulate,  and  even  if  the 
precaution  as  described  in  the  above  patents  be  adopted  of  not 
quite  fully  carbonating,  yet  the  last  portions  of  the  white  lead 
precipitated  are  likely  to  be  coloured  brownish  or  yellowish. 
To  avoid  this  discolouration,  the  carbonation  is  carried  out 
(according  to  the  amount  of  impurities  present  and  as 
determined  by  previous  laboratory  experiment),  so  long  as 
possible  without  precipitating  the  impurities  along  with  the 
white  lead.  After  removal  of  the  highly-basic  and  pure 
basic  carbonate  of  lead,  the  solution  is  carbonated  as  usual 
for  the  production  of  an  inferior  quality  of  white  lead.  By 
adopting  these  precautions,  litharge  containing  considerable 
quantities  of  copper,  rendering  the  litharge  otherwise 
worthless  for  the  purpose,  can  be  used  for  the  production 
of  a  white  and  highly  basic  white  lead,  the  copper  being 
retained  in  solution  by  the  ammonia  till  near  the  completion 
of  the  carbonation. — O.  H. 


Production  from  Mineral  Oils  of  Sulphonic  Acids  and 
Sulphones,  and  the  Manufacture  of  a  New  Product  by 
Treating  Gelatinous  Matters  with  Sulphonic  Acid. 
A.  M.  Clark,  London.  From  the  "  Gewerksehaft  Messel  " 
Grube  Messel,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  19,502,  November  29, 
1 890.     6d. 

See  under  III.,  page  22. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Basic  Carbonate  of 
Lead  or  White  Lead.  Watson  Smith  and  W.  Elmore, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  19,784,  December  4,  1890.     6d. 

The  improvements  relate  to  the  purification  of  the  ammo- 
nium acetate  solution  used  for  dissolving  litharge  in  the 
production  of  basic  carbonate  of  lead,  when  by  repeated  use 
for  dissolving  cupreous  litharge  it  contains  considerable 
quantities  of  copper.  For  this  purpose  carbonic  acid  is 
passed  into  the  solution  after  the  removal  of  the  white  lead 
fractions,  as  stated  above  in  Eng.  Pitt.  19,323  of  1890,  until 
all  the  remaining  lead,  or  all  but  traces,  is  precipitated, 
when  the  solution  is  made  slightly  acid  with  acetic  acid, 
and  treated  with  finely-divided  zinc  or  lead  ;  or  an  electric 
current  is  passed  through  the  solution  either  when  acid  or 
when  slightly  alkaline,  electrodes  of  carbon  or  other  suitable 
material  being  employed. — O.  H. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Carbonate  of 
Lead  or  White  Lead,  and  to  Apparatus  therefor. 
W.  Astrop,  London,  and  F.  H.  Parker,  Gravesend. 
Eng.  Pat.  684,  January  13,  1891.     6d. 

The  "  required  quantity  "  of  an  alkaline  carbonate  is  melted 
in  a  pot,  and  molten  lead  added  to  it  and  mixed  ;  the  pot  is 
then  removed  from  the  fire  and  the  mass  poured  out  on  the 
floor  It  is  then  allowed  to  cool  and  sprinkled  occasionally 
for  about  48  hours  with  water,  during  which  time  it  absorbs 
carbonic  acid  gas  from  the  atmosphere.  The  product  is 
thrown  into  a  tank,  washed,  and  the  white  lead  filtered  off, 
the  alkali  being  recovered  from  the  liquors  by  means  of 
evaporation.  The  white  lead  formed  is  friable,  and  does 
not  require  grinding,  and  the  patentees  claim  that  their 
process  is  not  injurious  to  health.     There  are  five  claims. 

— F.  H.  L. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  Laundry  Blue.    J.  Knowles 
Bolton.     Eng.  Pat.  13,429,  August  8,  1891.     6rf. 

The  blue  is  pressed  into  moulds  of  such  a  form  that  the 
blocks  possess  corrugations  or  ribs  on  the  surface,  so  as  to 
expose  a  larger  surface  to  the  action  of  the  water  during  use 
in  washing,  by  which  artifice  it  becomes  possible  to  compress 
them  more  strongly  than  usual  and  lessen  the  tendency  to 
"  specking." — V.  H.  L. 


4(5 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  80, 1892; 


An  Improved  Anti-Fouling  ( 'ompositionfor  Ships'  Bottoms. 
A.  McCowatt,  Belfast.  Eng.  Pat.  14,160,  August  21, 
1891.     id. 

The  ingredients  and  approximate  proportions  used  are  the 
following  : — (solids)  oxide  of  zinc,  56  ;  oxide  of  iron,  2 '75  ; 
acetate  of  copper,  3  ■  2  ;  arsenic  acid,  15'5;  sulphur,  ]  6  •  15  ; 
sulphate  of  manganese,  5-3;  and  camphor,  2:  (liquids) 
boiled  linseed  oil,  16 •  4;  coal-tar  naphtha,  12 '5;  shale 
spirit,  14"2;  turpentine,  2:S ;  colophony,  18"  lj  gum,  10'5; 
gutta-percha  (crude),  9«1 ;  and  tallow,  2-2.— E.  G.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  White  Lead.  J.  C. 
Fell,  London.  From  C.  A.  Stevens,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  16,098,  September  22,  1891.     6(2. 

In  the  manufacture  of  white  lead,  electricity  lias  already  been 
employed  (J.  K.  Kessler,  U.S.Pat.  292,119  of  1884,  %ndT.l). 
Bottorue,  U.S.  Pat.  414,935  of  1889),  metallic  lead  having 
been  "  decomposed. in  anjalkaline  electrolyte  into  an  oxygen- 
bearing  salt  of  the  metal,  after  which  au  attempt  is  made  to 
convert  the  said  salt  into  hydrated  lead  carbonate  by  the 
introduction  of  carbon  dioxide  into  the  electrolyte."  A 
leading  feature  of  this  invention  "  consists  in  making  the 
oxygen-bearing  salts  of  lead  insoluble  in  an  acid  electrolyte 
after  their  formation  under  the  influence  of  an  electrical 
current,  by  rendering  the  electrolyte  neutral  or  nearly  so, 
in  which  condition  practically  all  of  the  hydroxide  of  lead 
present  will  be  converted  into  hydrated  lead  carbonate  upon 
the  introduction  of  carbon  dioxide."  The  following  is  a 
precis  of  the  steps  in  the  process  of  manufacture  : — "  The 
electrical  decomposition  of  metallic  lead  in  an  acid  electrolyte 
into  an  oxygen  bearing  salt  of  the  metal,  the  neutralisation 
of  the  electrolyte  after  it  has  become  charged  with  the 
oxygen-bearing  salts  of  lead,  and  the  conversion  of  the  said 
oxygen-bearing  salts  into  hydrated  lead  carbonate,  and  the 
precipitation  thereof  by  the  introduction  of  carbon  dioxide 
either  free  or  combined  with  the  electrolyte." — E.  G.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  and  Production  of 
Colouring  Matters.  C.  Dreyfus,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat. 
17,035,  October  15,  1891.     4<Z. 

See  under  IV.,  page  29. 


XIV -TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  AND 
SIZE. 

Manufacture  of  Tanning  Liquors  and  Extracts.     F.  Jean. 
Monk.  Scient.  1891,  5,  913—918. 

Thjs  high  prices  following  the  war  of  1870  allowed  foreign 
leather  to  obtain  a  firm  footing  in  the  French  market,  and 
ever  since  the  native  tanner  has  been  endeavouring  to  over- 
take his  competitors.  To  this  end  hemlock,  chestnut, 
quebracho,  mimosa,  and  spurge-laurel  (Daphne  Laureola), 
or  extracts  thereof,  have  been  largely  substituted  for  the 
more  expensive  oak  bark.  Unfortunately  the  fawn  colour 
of  oak-tannage  is  regarded  by  the  purchaser  as  a  criterion 
of  the  quality  of  the  leather,  and  it  is  only  by  careful 
mixture  of  the  above  substitutes  with  oak  bark  that  the 
inferior  colouration  which  they  impart  to  the  leather  can  be 
sufficiently  avoided.  According  to  the  author,  the  Euglish 
and  American  tanners  can  tan  leather  in  six  or  even  three 
months,  which  by  the  French  oak  tannage  in  pit-  requires 
one  and  two  years  for  production,  because,  not  having  to  pay 
so  much  attention  to  the  colour  of  their  goods,  they  can 
employ  a  greater  diversity  of  tanning  materials  and  stronger 
extracts. 

There  is  no   doubt    that    although  for  some   years    past 
mixed   tannages   of  chestnut,  quebracho,  mimosa,  divi-divi, 


and  myrabolams  with  oak  have  been  successfully  employed, 
yet  the  French  tanners  have  a  deep-rooted  dislike  for  the 
use  of  extracts.  This  is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that, 
notwithstanding  the  care  with  which  such  extracts  may  be 
made,  the  tanner  finds  it  unsafe  to  use  a  tannage  of  whose 
origin,  applicability  to  his  special  purpose,  and  accompanying 
colouring  and  other  extractive  matters  he  is  necessarily 
ignorant. 

But  the  utility,  as  a  means  of  shortening  the  tanning 
process,  of  being  able  to  add  to  the  tannage,  at  a  given 
moment,  a  liquor  far  richer  in  tanuiu  than  such  as  can  he 
obtained  in  cold  leaches,  is  now  generally  acknowledged. 
It  is  with  the  view  of  enabling  tanners  to  make  their  own 
extracts  of  the  required  strength  that  the  author  has 
designed  the  apparatus  here  described.  The  fault  of  most 
extraction  processes  is  that  they  are  conducted  under 
conditions  favourable  for  the  solution  of  much  colouring 
and  resinous  matters  and  of  substances  resulting  from  the 
decomposition  of  the  wood  by  action  of  too  high  a 
temperature  and  of  air. 


11     DF 


(r\\ 


m4-^  '  i   " 


Automatic  Extractor. 

The  automatic  extractor  consists  of  a  wooden  digestor 
CC  of  about  5  cubic  metres  (176-6  cub.  ft.)  capacity, 
with  a  chamber  A  underneath  it  and  communicating  with  it 
by  means  of  the  tube  e,  which  descends  to  within  3  cms. 
(1*8  in.)  of  the  bottom  of  A,  and  has  a  mushroom 
sprinkler  h  fixed  on  to  the  top  end.  The  copper  is  con- 
nected with  a  vat  B  of  about  3  cubic  metres  (106  cub.  ft.) 
capacity,  and  with  another  vessel  T.  The  siphon  S  allows 
of  the  drawing  off  of  the  liquid  in  the  copper  into  the 
chamber  A.  The  doors  P  and  P'  are  hermetically  sealed, 
and  are  opened  only  when  fresh  tan  is  to  be  inserted  or 
spent  tan  removed.  The  tube  m  m,  pierced  with  holes, 
distributes  water  from  the  pipe  p. 

1,000  kilos.  (1  ton)  of  tan  are  introduced  through  the 
door  P,  which  is  then  screwed  down  ;  water  is  allowed  to 
flow  in  through  m  m  until  the  tan  has  absorbed  as  much  as 
it  will  and  the  water  stands  at  the  level  of  the  top  of  the 
siphon  S.  The  valve  S'  allows  of  the  escape  of  air  during 
the  influx  of  water.  After  oue  or  two  hours'  maceration 
the  cocks  r,  r"  and  e  are  opened  ;  the  siphon  fills  itself,  and 
all  liquid  above  the  level  of  e  siphons  into  A — say  about 
250  litres  (55  gallons") — the  air  in  A  being  forced  into  B 
and  through  the  valve  S'".  The  cock  r"  is  now  closed,  and 
a  current  of  steam  passed  through  the  coil  v  v  fixed  in  A  at 
two- thirds  of  its  height.  This  vaporises  some  of  the  liquor 
in  A,  and  causes  sufficient  pressure  to  force  the  liquid  up 
the  tube  c  (the  valve  *  closing  the  siphon)  back  into  the 
copper.  When  it  has  all  passed  over,  the  vapour  in  A 
follows,  it  escapes  through  S',  and  relieves  the  pressure ; 
the  valve  s  opens,  and  the  liquid  is  once  more  siphoned 
over.     This   alternate   action   goes   on    automatically,   the 


Jan.  30,1892.5         THE   JOUKNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTKY. 


47 


volume  of  the  water  evaporated  being;  made  good  by 
addition  of  low  pressure  steam  from  the  vessel  T,  fed  from 
a  generator,  or  by  water  through  the  sprinkler  pipe  m  m. 
When  the  density  of  a  sample  drawn  from  o  no  longer 
increases,  extraction  is  complete,  and  the  whole  of  the 
liquid  contents  of  the  copper  are  drawn  off  into  the  vat  B. 

The  water  retained  in  the  tan  will  amount  to  two-thirds 
of  the  total  added,  and  therefore  two-thirds  of  the  tannin 
dissolved  will  remain  in  the  copper  after  it  has  been 
thoroughly  drained  into  B.  To  displace  this  the  cock  r  is 
closed  and  r"'  opened ;  a  slow  stream  of  water  is  then 
allowed  to  flow  through  the  sprinkler  m  m  until  two-thirds 
of  the  quantity  originally  used  have  passed.  This  will,  of 
course,  give  a  weaker  liquor,  which  can  either  be  mixed 
with  the  first  quantity  or  used  on  a  fresh  quantity  of  tan  in 
order  to  obtain  a  doubly  strong  liquor  ;  to  do  this,  the  spent 
tan  is  raked  out  through  V,  fresh  tan  substituted  for  it 
through  P,  aud  the  cock  r  opened.  This  allows  some  of 
the  liquor  in  B  to  flow  into  A ;  here  it  is  heated  by  the 
lower  steam  coil  »'  (•',  and  forced  by  the  pressure  of 
its  vapour  back  into  the  copper;  thus  the  intermittent 
extraction  begins  again  and  continues  as  before. 

Figures  are  given  in  the  original  to  show  what  sort  of 
extracts  may  be  expected  from  such  an  apparatus.  One 
which  would  not  occupy  more  than  2  sq.  metres  (21' 5  sq. 
ft.)  would  easily  yield,  in  10  hours,  12,000  litres  (2,640 
gallons)  of  strong  liquor. 

The  author  recommends  the  use  of  oxalic  acid  for  the 
removal  of  lime  salts  from  hard  water  which  is  to  be  used 
for  making  tanning  extracts,  a  slight  acidity  being  favour- 
able to  the  subsequent  extraction.  He  also  suggests  the 
addition  of  hydrofluoric  acid  in  small  quantity  to  extracts  in 
order  to  make  them  antiseptic  and  discourage  the  growth  of 
harmful  mycelium.  The  amount  necessary  is  so  small  as 
to  be  in  no  way  harmful  to  the  skins  while  tanning. 

The  concentraction  of  extracts  until  they  solidify  is  best 
done  by  steam  heat  under  diminished  pressure. 

The  economical  decolonisation  of  tanning  extracts  is  a 
problem  yet  to  be  solved.  Gondolo's  method  reduces  the 
colour  to  a  honey-yellow,  and  is  often  employed.  It  con- 
sists in  neutralising  the  extract,  adding  blood,  and  raising  the 
temperature,  whereby  a  coagulum  containing  tannin  albu- 
minate and  colouring  matter  is  thrown  down.  Other 
methods  are  here  mentioned.  They  are  similar  to  those 
employed  for  decolourising  other  liquids,  and  are  all 
objectionable  as  removing  some  of  the  tannin. 

The  analysis  of  a  tanning  extract  should  include : — (1) 
density ;  (2)  substances  insoluble  in  cold  water,  which 
should  not  exceed  2  per  cent.,  except  in  quebracho  extract, 
which  may  have  3 — 4  per  cent. ;  (3)  acidity,  organic  and 
mineral ;  (41  contents  of  tannin  and  gallic  acid ;  (5)  sub- 
stances extracted  by  hide;  (6)  extractive  matters;  (7) 
substances  possibly  added  to  increase  the  density.  To  form 
some  opinion  of  the  extent  to  which  the  extract  will  colour 
the  leather,  some  of  it,  diluted  to  V  B.,  may  he  macerated 
for  12  hours  with  pieces  of  unhaired  skin  plumped  in 
water.  After  another  maceration  for  18  hours  in  afresh 
portion  of  extract,  the  samples  are  exposed  to  the  air  aud 
compared  with  standard  samples  prepared  from  known 
extracts.  Bands  of  mordanted  calico  might  be  used  for 
ascertaining  the  nature  of  the  astringent  matters  in  the 
extract,  as  suggested  by  Villon  (compare  this  Journal, 
1890,  820,  1157  ;   1891,  803  and  863). 

The  paper  concludes  with  some  remarks  as  to  the  position 
of  tanning  as  a  French  industry. — A.  G.  B. 


Chestnut  Wood  Tannin.  H.  Trimble.  Jour.  Franklin 
Inst.  1891,132,  303—307. 
Castanea  vesca  (Linn.)  is  a  large  tree  of  rapid  growth, 
found  in  many  parts  of  the  United  States.  An  extract  of 
its  wood  and  bark  has  been  used  in  the  United  States  and 
in  France  for  many  years,  being  especially  useful  in  tanning, 
where  it  corrects  the  reddish  colour  of  hemlock  (see  pre- 
ceding abstract),  and  in  dyeing,  where  it  gives  a  dead  black 
with  iron  salts.  Extract  of  chestnut  oak  (Quereus  Prinus, 
Linn.),  is  by  no  means  the  same,  though  doubtless  often 
mixed  with  that  of  Castanea  cesca. 


The  following  analysis  is  of  chips  of  the  wood,  free  from 
bark,  collected  from  a  large  tree  about  40  years  old,  cut  in 
August  : — 

PerCent. 

Crystalline  wax,  melting  at  50°  C.  soluble  in  hot 

95  percent,  and  in  absolute  alcohol 1*03 

Gallic  acid 0'05 

Resin 0-28 

Tannin,  extracted  by  absolute  alcohol 3 '42 

Mucilage 1*15 

Dextrin l-89 

Sugar 0'96 

Tannin  extracted  by  water  1'92 

Pectin  and  albuminoids 1*46 

Extractive,  dissolved  by  dilute  acid 2*95 

Ash 7-08 

Moisture 7"05 

Cellulose  and  lignin 70-76 

liiQ-00 

The  gallic  acid  may  have  been  formed  during  the  drying 
of  the  chips  ;  determinations  of  tannin  in  a  separate  portion 
of  the  wood  by  gelatin  and  alum,  and  by  permanganate  and 
hide  powder  gave,  respectively,  7-86  and  7-85  per  cent. 

For  the  identification  of  the  tannin  2J  kilos,  of  the  finely- 
powdered  wood  were  extracted  with  commercial  ether  (about 
74  parts  of  ether,  26  parts  of  alcohol,  aud  a  little  water)  by 
percolation.  The  residue  from  the  ethereal  extract  was 
dissolved  in  water,  filtered,  aud  precipitated  in  three 
portions  by  "  lead  oxy-acetate " ;  the  precipitates  were 
decomposed  by  hydrogen  sulphide,  and  the  solutions, 
having  been  freed  from  excess  of  that  reagent,  were  shaken 
with  ether.  Gallic  acid  was  thus  extracted  from  each. 
The  tannin  from  the  middle  fraction  was  precipitated  by 
addition  of  common  salt  to  the  aqueous  solution ;  it  was 
washed  with  a  saturated  solution  of  salt  and  dried  over 
sulphuric  acid  in  vacuo,  then  dissolved  in  a  mixture  of 
ether  and  alcohol,  rapidly  filtered  and  evaporated.  To 
completely  purify  it  the  whole  process  was  repeated. 

The  following  reactions  of  this  tannin  are  identical  with 
those  of  gallotannic  acid ;  but  as  they  differ  somewhat  from 
those  already  published,  they  are  reproduced  here  : — 


Blue-black  precipitate. 

Purple  precipitate. 
Slight  clouding'. 
Pale  precipitate. 

CAnrmonhmi  chloride  added  . 

Light-brown  precipitate. 

No  precipitate. 

White  precipitate,  turning   light 

blue. 
Yellow  colour. 

No  change. 

Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  .. 

Light  yellow. 

White  precipitate. 
Flesh-coloured  precipitate. 
White  precipitate. 

Brown  precipitate. 

Blue-black  colour  and  precipitate. 
White  precipitate. 

White  precipitate. 
Light  precipitate. 

48 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30, 1892. 


The  ultimate  analysis  of  the  tannin  also  agrees  with  that 
of  gallotannie  acid  ;  so  the  author  concludes  that  chestnut- 
wood  tannin  is  gallotannie  acid. —  A.  G.  B. 


The  Application  of  the  Alpha- Sulphonic  Acid  of  Naphtha- 
lene to  the  Bating  and  Puring  of  Hides  and  Skins. 
P.  S.    Hums    and   ('.    S.    Hull.      Technology    Quarterly, 

1891,4,  191—193. 
After  the  unhairing  of  skins  and  hides  by  liming  it  is 
necessary  to  subject  them  to  some  process  for  the  removal 
of  the  lime  which  has  been  absorbed  by  the  bide  fibre  in 
order  to  avoid  the  formation  of  tannate  of  lime  when  the 
hide  or  skin  is  immersed  in  the  tan  pit,  and  the  consequent 
discolouration,  slow  tannage,  and  brittle  leather.  This  is 
the  object  of  the  bating  and  puring  processes,  which  have 
heretofore  consisted  in  immersing  the  hide  in  an  animal  or 
vegetable  putrescent  or  fermenting  solution,  the  substances 
emplo3'ed  being  hen,  pigeon,  or  dog  dung,  sugar,  glucose, 
and  bran.  Such  bates  are  accompanied  by  and  dependent 
upon  the  action  of  bacteria,  which  by  the  dissolution  of  the 
gelatin  of  the  hide  bring  about  its  depletion,  and  allow  of 
the  removal  of  the  lime  by  subsequent  mechanical  means. 

The  authors'  experiments  show  that  the  removal  of  the 
lime  is  assisted  by  the  carbonic  and  phosphoric  acids,  and 
their  ammonium  salts,  and  the  formic,  acetic,  propionic, 
lactic,  butyric,  and  similar  acids  contained  in  the  putrescent 
solutions.  The  loss  of  gelatin  from  the  hide  in  the  bate 
was  found  by  experiment  to  amount  to  a  minimum  of  from 
two  to  three  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  the  dry  hide  ;  this 
loss  would  be  nearly  doubled  in  the  tanned  leather  owing 
to  the  fact  that  leather  may  be  considered  to  contain  half 
its  dry  weight  of  tannic  acid. 

The  removal  of  the  lime  by  some  acid  with  which  it  will 
form  a  soluble  salt  is  the  obvious  method  for  avoiding  this 
unfavourable  action  of  putrescent  bate ;  hut  all  mineral 
acids  and  most  organic  acids  which  form  soluble  lime  salts 
cause  the  bide  to  swell  up  and  assume  a  transparent  and 
gelatiuous  appearance,  rendering  it  useless  for  making  most 
kinds  of  leather. 

In  a-naphthalene  sulphonic  acid  an  agent  was  found 
which  removes  the  lime  without  mechanical  aid,  and  leaves 
the  hide  soft  aud  white  without  any  loss  of  gelatin  ;  it  is, 
moreover,  an  excellent  antiseptic,  effectually  preventing 
the  action  of  bacteria.  This  sulphonic  acid  is  sold  for 
tanners'  use  under  the  name  "  Acrilene  Antiseptic  Bating 
and  Puring  Acid." 

Two  lots  of  150  individually  marked  calf-skins,  alike  in 
condition  and  character  and  each  lot  weighing  880  lb.  in  the 
hair,  were  limed  and  nnhaired  in  the  usual  way  ;  one  "lot 
was  then  bated  in  hen-dung  drench,  and  the  other  in  3  per 
cent,  solution  of  the  a-naphthalene  sulphonic  acid.  The 
lots  were  then  mixed  aud  tanned  in  the  same  vats,  and 
afterwards  sorted  into  the  original  lots.  The  skins  bated 
with  hen  dung  made  255  lb.  of  dry  leather,  weighing 
395  lb.  when  stuffed  ;  those  bated  with  the  sulphonic  acid 
made  26G|  lb.  of  dry  leather,  weighing  413  lb.  when 
stuffed.  The  stuffing  was  the  same  in  each  case,  so  that 
the  difference  in  the  bate  caused  a  gain  of  4  55  per  cent, 
in  the  finished  weight  of  the  leather.     "  It  was  also  noticed 


that  the  hen-dung  skins  were  very  apparently  lighter  in 
the  flanks  and  shoulders  than  those  bated  with  the  sulphonic 
acid."  The  safety  with  which  this  bate  may  be  placed  in 
the  hands  of  workmen,  and  the  abolition  of  stench,  are 
further  recommendations  for  its  use. — A.  G.  B. 


PATENT. 
Improved   Artificial   Leather.     J.   Sadler,  Mistley.     Eng. 

Pat.  1634,  January  29,  1891.  id. 
Leather  waste  from  currier-  and  glove  makers  is  shredded 
into  small  pieces  and  mixed  in  a  tank  with  Portland  cement, 
lime,  glue,  and  paste  in  the  following  proportions  : — Leather 
waste,  14  lb.  ;  cement,  1  lb. ;  glue.  fib. ;  lime,  2  oz. ;  paste 
(sufficient  to  make  the  composition  workable)  made  with 
wheat  flour. 

This  composition  is  placed  in  trays  to  obtain  the  necessary 
quantities  for  the  size  and  thickness  of  sheet  required  ;  it 
is  then  turned  into  linen  sheets  and  compressed  between 
steel  plates  by  hydraulic  pressure  amounting  to  2  tons  and 
upwards  per  square  inch.  The  leather  boards  thus  made 
are  dried  either  by  exposure  to  air  or  in  an  artificially 
heated  room. 

It  is  claimed  that  such  leather  substitute  is  superior  to 
any  as  yet  invented,  and  can  be  advantageously  used  for 
inner  soles  and  heels. — A.  G.  B. 


XVI -SUG-AR,  STARCH,   GUM,  Etc. 

Researches  on  the  Gums  of  the  Arabin  Group.     Part  II. 
Geddic  Acid,  Gedda  Gums,  the  Dextro-rotatory  Varie- 
ties.    C.  O'Sullivan.     .1.   Chem.  Soc.  (Trans.)  1891,59, 
1029—1075. 
Tin:   gedda  gums  consist   of  the  calcium  salts  and  small 
quantities  of  the  magnesium  and  potassium  salts    of  geddic 
acid,    together    with   more    or    less    albuminoid.       Of    the 
samples    described,   one    contained   but    little   nitrogenous 
matter,  and  the  other  two  considerable  quantities.     Giim  B. 
was  diastatic,  but  did  not  invert  cane  sugar.     The  gums  all 
dissolve   easily   in  water,  forming  a   yellowish  or  reddish 
syrup,  which  is  neutral  and  dextro-rotatory. 

The  ash  is  separated  by  dialysing  the  acidified  solution. 
To  obtain  the  pure  gum  acids,  alcohol  is  added  to  the 
dialysed  solution  until  a  precipitate  is  produced ;  this  is 
allowed  to  deposit  and  the  clear  supernatant  liquid  decanted. 
The  addition  of  more  alcohol  produces  a  further  precipitate, 
which  is  allowed  to  deposit,  aud  so  on  until  alcohol  no  longer 
produces  a  precipitate  in  the  clear  supernatant  solution. 
By  this  method  of  fractional  precipitation  the  whole  of  the 
albuminoid  is  obtained  in  the  first  precipitate;  the  other 
precipitates  consist  of  a  mixture  of  gum  acids.  The  gum 
acids  are  separated  from  one  another  by  repeating  this 
fractional  precipitation.  The  test  of  their  purity  is  that  a 
fraction  on  solution  in  water  and  fractional  precipitation 
yields  fractions  possessing  the  identical  optical  activities 
aud  neutralising  the  same  amounts  of  base.  In  this  way 
the  gum  acids  shown  in  the  following  table  were  obtained 
from  two  of  the  samples  of  gedda  gum  examined. 


Name. 


Gedda  (rum  I. 


Tetr-arabinan-tri-galactan-geddic  acid  . 
Tri-arabinan-tri-tralactan-geddic  acid. . 
Di-arabinan-tri-sraluctan-geddic  acid  . . . 
Mon-arabinan-tri-^alactan-(reddic  acid. 


4CioHj60^.  SCjoH^oOio.C^HaiOio  . 

SCloHlfiOs-    :*C]^H..»Oio.C23H320l9 

2Ci0Hi6Os.  SCiaHsoOio.CjjHajOja  , 
CioHi60^.  3 CisHsqOxo.CuHssOjo. > 

j  0C,„H,8Os.  4C,.,H20O10.C!3H3„O,1, 

7  CjoHicO^.  -tCtsHjoOio.CVjHjjOis 

:  SCioHiflOg.  4C13Hj(lOio.Ca3H3n0ls 


+  5S 

+  4'.l 

+  43 

+  37 


.V59 

c-uj 

6' ", 
7-65 


Gedda  gum  II.  ■{ 


'  Nnn-arabinan-tetra-jralactan-geddic  acid. . 
Hept-avabiiian-tetru  Ralactan-geddic  acid. 
Pent-arabinan-tetra-galactan-geddic  acid  . 
Tri-arabinan-tetra-galaetan-geddic  acid. . . 


+  110 
+  100 
+  00 
+    80 


3-43 

3-'.'3 
4-55 
5-40 


ian.30.i8M.]        THE  JOORNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


49 


The  composition  of  any  one  of  these  gum  acids  may  be 
represented  by  the  general  formula — 

p.C10H16Os.nC12H!0O10.C;3Hss_„OS2_> 
The  guni  acids  which  were  soluble  in  the  strongest  alcohol 
were   the  most  optically  active  and   neutralised   the   least 
amount  of  base. 

When  an  aqueous  solution  of  any  one  of  these  gum  acids 
containing  2  per  cent.  H^SO^  is  heated  at  80° — 100°  for 
ID — 30  minutes,  the  gum  acid  is  hydrolysed  to  arabinon 
and  a  gum  acid  of  lower  molecular  weight ;  the  greater 
portion  of  the  arabinon  is  at  the  same  time  hydrolysed  to 
arabinose. 

Under  the  above  conditions  the  whole  of  the  arabinan 
group  is  separated  from  the  remainder  of  the  molecule  of 
the  gum  acid,  and  is  hydrated  to  arabinon  and  arabinose, 
but  by  carefully  restraining  the  reaction  it  is  possible  to 
obtain  gum  acids  still  containing  a  portion  of  the  arabinan 
group. 


The  general  reaction  may  he  expressed  as  follows  — 

pC10H16O8.nC1!HMO10.GBH38-!M  0.,,-,,+  pH20  = 

pC10H,sOg  +  flC.jrLAo.CV.H^,,,  0S3-„ 
and  CluHls03  +  H.O  -  2  C5H10O,. 

The  gum  acid  may  be  easily  separated  from  the  sugar  by 
precipitating  the  gum  by  alcohol,  the  alcoholic  solution 
contains  the  sugar  and  sulphuric  acid,  the  latter  is  easily 
removed  by  baryta  and  the  neutralised  filtered  solution  after 
concentration  deposits  crystals  of  arabinose. 

On  referring  to  the  list  of  gum  acids  contained  in  the  two 
samples  of  gum,  it  will  be  evident,  that  if  any  one  of  these 
from  the  same  sample  be  hydrolysed  according  to  the 
general  reaction,  the  same  gum  acid  will  be  obtained ;  but 
that  the  acids  from  different  samples  will  be  different.  The 
following  table  shows  the  relationships  of  these  gum  acids 
with  one  another,  and  with  that  obtained  from  gum  arabic 
under  like  conditions  : — 


Obtained  by 

the  Action  of 

Sulphuric  Acid 

on  1  be  I  luro  Acids 

contained  in 

Name. 

Formula. 

H. 

PerCent. 

EaO  in 
Barium 

Salt. 

Gedda  mmi  ill. 

Tetra-galactan-geddic  acid 

Tetra-galaetan-arabic  acid  

o 

+  30 

+  22 

+  20 

6'51 

7'49 

7'  I'.J 

Gedda  gum  I.  .. 

S'81 

These  gum  acids  closely  resemble  the  natural  gum  acids. 
They  are,  however,  less  soluble  in  weak  alcohol,  but  their 
most  marked  difference  from  the  natural  gums  is  their 
behaviour  when  their  aqueous  solution  containing  2  per 
cent.  H2S04  is  heated.  They  offer  great  resistance  to  the 
hydrolytic  action  of  sulphuric  acid,  but  they  are  hydrolysed 
slowly,  the  final  stage  being  represented  by  the  general 
equation — 

nC1.:H2UO10.CfflU39-:,„O22-,,  +  3nHX>  = 
"    CsH^lW,  +  2  nC,H,A 

The  slowness  of  this  reaction  as  compared  with  the 
rapidity  of  the  first  may  perhaps  be  partly  explained  by  the 
Fact  that  in  the  latter  both  the  gum  residue  and  the  sugar 
residue  are  hydrated;  whilst  in  the  former.it  is  only  the 
sugar  residue  that  is  hydrated. 

The  sugar  produced  in  the  last  reaction  is  all  galactose  ; 
the  gum  acid,  C,3H3sO~,,  is  difficult  to  prepare  in  quantities 
sufficient  to  accurately  determine  its  properties. 

It  is  easy  to  stop  this  reaction  at  any  stage  and  obtain 
gum  acids  still  containing  the  galactan  residue.  One  of 
these,  C;.:,H33OiS.C(jHi(,Os,  has  been  carefully  examined  and 
appears  to  be  identical  with  an  acid  obtained  under  like 
conditions  from  gum  arabic,  except  that  whereas  the  acid 
from  gedda  gum  is  strongly  dextro-rotatory,  that  from  gum 
arabic  is  inactive. 

These  gum  acids  are  very  soluble  in  alcohol  of  all 
strengths  except  the  very  strongest,  and  are  dialysable. 

—A.  L.  S. 


substance  under  investigation  is  levo-rotatory  to  the  same 
degree,  and  is  therefore  undoubtedly,  as  already  suggested, 
/-sorbitol  the  optical  isomeride  of  ordinary  sorbitol. — D.  A.  L. 


l-.Sorbilol.     E.  Fischer  and  R.  Stahel.     Uer.  1891,  24,  2144. 

The  syrupy  hexahydric  alcohol,  obtained  in  the  reduction  of 
/•gulose,  when  purified  by  means  of  its  ben/.al  derivative  and 
dissolved  in  7  parts  of  warm  90  per  cent,  alcohol,  is,  in 
course  of  eight  days,  deposited  in  warty  tufts  of  small 
needles,  retaining  much  water.  These  crystals,  after  drying 
for  three  days  over  sulphuric  acid  in  vacuo  melt  at  75°, 
have  the  composition  C6HH0,;,  i  H«0,  and  in  fact  resemble 
ordinary  sorbitol  in  all  but  its  optical  properties.  The 
latter  in  saturated  borax  solutions  containing  8'69  per  cent, 
of  sorbitol  and  having  a  sp.  gr.  1  ■  043,  is  slightly  dextro- 
rotatory, turning  the  plane  af  20°  in  a  20  cm.  tube,  0-25°, 
the  specific   rotation    being  [a]LOn  =  +1*4,   whereas    the 


Chemical  Composition  of  Vegetable  Cell  Membranes. 
E.  Schulze.     Ber.  1891,  24,  2277—2287. 

In  this  communication  the  author  not  only  introduces  new 
researches,  but  also  summarises  previous  work  (see  this 
Journal,  1890,  878,  956. 1143,  and  1151).  Firstly,  as  regards 
those  carbohydrates  which  are  readily  extracted  from  vege- 
table cell  membranes  by  hot  dilute  mineral  acids  ;  four  of 
this  kind,  yielding  on  hydrolysis  galactose,  mannose,  penta- 
glucose,  and  arabinose  respectively  have  been  discovered  in 
the  cell  walls  of  numerous  plant  seeds,  for  example  in  the 
seeds  of: — yellow  lupin  QLupinus  luleus),  soja  bean  {Soja 
liispida),  coffee  bean  (Coffea  arabica),  pea ( Pisum  sativum ), 
beau  (Faba  vulgaris),  cocoanut  {Cocos  nucifera),  palm  nut 
(Elais  guinensis),  Phoenix  dactylifera,  Tropveolum  majus, 
Paonia  officinalis,  Impatieus  balsamina  and  in  the  seed- 
lings of  red  clover  (  Trifolinmpratense)  and  vetch  {Medicago 
sativa)  the  first  of  these  carbohydrates  is  found,  whilst  the 
second  is  present  in  a  great  number  of  seeds,  but  the  third 
and  fourth  do  not  appear  to  be  so  widely  or  profusely 
distributed.  These  particular  portions  of  the  cell  walls, 
which  are  so  readily  attacked  by  dilute  acids,  on  hydrolysis 
yield,  almost  without  exception,  a  mixture  of  glucoses. 

Turning  now  to  the  portions  of  the  cell  membranes  less 
readily  attacked  by  dilute  mineral  acids,  the  so-called 
celluloses,  four  new  ones,  one  from  white  deal  (Picea 
excelsa),  one  from  rye  straw  (Secale  rerale),  one  from  red 
clover  (  Trifolium  pratense)  and  one  from  sesame  (Sesaminn 
indictim)  seed  cake  have  been  investigated.  The  wood 
cellulose  was  prepared  by  the  sulphite  method,  and  before 
use  was  extracted  by  boiling  for  some  hours  with  4  per 
cent,  hydrochloric  acid.  To  prepare  the  others  the  finely 
rubbed  material  was  exhausted  with  ether,  then  with 
very  dilute  sodium  hydroxide,  then  boiled  four  or  five  hours 
with  4  or  5  per  cent,  hydrochloric  acid,  then  treated  with 
F.  Schulze's  reagent  (cold  dilute  nitric  acid  and  potassium 
chlorate),  being  finally  washed  with  warm  dilute  ammonia, 
water,  alcohol,  and  ether.  All  four  yield  dextrose  on 
hydrolysis  with  strong  sulphuric  acid  by  Flechsig's  method, 
and   the  author  has   already  shown  that  celluloses  derived 


50 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30,  1892. 


from  lupin  grain,  i>ea  seeds,  lupin  pods,  wheat  bran, 
coconut  cake,  and  coffee  beans  also  yield  dextrose  under 
similar  treatment,  while  Klechsig  has  proved  the  same  to  be 
true  of  cotton  cellulose,  making  in  all  11  celluloses  from 
which  grape  sugar  has  been  obtained. 

The  next  point  investigated  was  the  kind  of  sugar,  if 
any,  which  was  associated  with  the  dextrose  in  the 
products  of  these  hydrolases. 

In  concluding  remarks  on  the  nomenclature  of  the 
different  chemical  constituents  of  vegetable  cell  membranes, 
it  is  suggested  that  the  name  "  cellulose,"  if  used  without 
an  adjunct,  should  signify  the  cell  constituent  which  is  only 
slightly  attacked  either  by  dilute  mineral  acids,  dilute 
alkalis,  or  by  F.  Schulze's  reagent,  but  which  dissolves  in 
ammoniacal  copper  oxide  and  yields  dextrose  on  hydrolysis. 
If,  however,  the  name  '•  cellulose  "  be  applied  as  a  group- 
name,  it  is  proposed  to  name  the  last-mentioned  cell 
constituent  dextroso-cellulose,  and  the  cellulose-like  com- 
pound which  yields  mannose  on  hydrolysis  mannoso-  or 
ruauno-cellulose.  It  is  not  considered  that  the  wood-gums 
are  sufficiently  investigated  to  be  included  in  this  scheme  of 
nomenclature.  Hemicelluloses  is  the  generic  name  proposed 
for  those  cell  membrane  constituents  which  are  so  readily 
converted  into  glucoses  by  the  action  of  dilute  mineral  acids, 
whilst  the  individual  carbohydrates  are  to  be  named 
galactans,  arabans,  xylans,  &c,  according  to  the  sugar 
produced  by  the  hydrolysis;  and  when  two  sugars  are 
produced,  such  names  as  galacto-araban,  galacto-mannan 
are  to  be  used.  Varieties  can  be  distinguished  in  the  usual 
way  by  the  use  of  a,  /3,  y,  "  meta,"  and  "  para." 

Of  all  the  vegetable  cell  membrane  constituents,  the  semi- 
celluloses  are  characterised  by  the  readiness  with  which 
they  are  attacked  by  reagents ;  the  action  of  hot  dilute 
acids  has  already  been  noted.  Lifschiitz's  mixture  of 
sulphuric  and  dilute  nitric  acids  appears  to  destroy  them 
completely  even  in  the  cold.  They  dissolve  readily  when 
heated  with  dilute  alkalis,  being  converted  into  a  soluble 
variety  ;  moreover,  5  per  cent,  sodium  hydroxide  attacks 
them,  although  but  slowly. — D.  A.  L. 


Organic  Acids  from  Beetroot  Juice.     E.  O.  von  Lippmann, 
Ber.  1891,  24,  3299—3306. 

The  author  has  already  stated  that  the  lime  precipitates 
which  form  in  the  evaporating  apparatus,  more  especially  at 
the  commencement  of  the  campagne,  and  in  dealing  with 
unripe  roots,  frequently  carry  down  with  them  malic  and 
tartaric  acids,  besides  numerous  other  organic  acids  ;  the 
present  communication  is  a  summary  of  his  results. 

The  acids,  obtained  from  the  crude  calcium  salts,  were 
repeatedly  converted  into  the  lead  salts  and  again  decom- 
posed into  the  acids.  Ordinary  levo-rotatory  malic  acid 
and  dextro-rotatory  tartaric  acid  were  separated  by  crystal- 
lisation, and  glutaric  acid  by  taking  advantage  of  its 
solubility  in  ether ;  the  latter  has  not  hitherto  been  observed 
as  a  constituent  of  vegetable  products,  and  its  occurrence  is 
of  especial  interest  in  the  present  case  on  account  of  its 
close  relationship  to  glutamic  acid,  to  glutamine,  and  to 
a-hydroxyglutarie  acid,  the  first  being  present  in  beetroots, 
whilst  the  two  latter  have  been  found  in  molasses  (Ber. 
1S82, 15,  1 156).  The  ct-hydroxyglutaric  acid  from  molasses 
has  a  specific  rotation  [a]i)(19c,J  =  +  1  •  76,  whereas  that 
examined  by  Bitthausen  (J.  prakt.  Chem.  [2],  5,  354)  had 
a  specific  rotation  [a]„  =  —  1*98  ;  the  two  are,  therefore, 
optical  antipodes.  Two  sediments  obtained  also  at  the 
commencement  of  the  campagne  by  heating  the  limed  juice 
were  next  examined  ;  besides  oxalic  acid,  which  represented 
the  chief  portion  of  each,  succinic  acid  and  a  small  quantity 
of  normal  adipic  acid  were  separated  from  one  sediment, 
the  former  by  its  sparing  solubility  in  ether,  the  latter  by 
its  ready  solubility  in  the  same  solvent ;  whilst  from  the 
other  sediment  glycollic  acid  was  obtained  by  extraction 
with  ether  and  purification  of  the  lead  salt.  During  the 
filtration  of  the  juices  at  the  same  period  of  the  year,  a 
white  substance  is  sometimes  precipitated,  and  the  precipi- 
tation is  in  some  eases  accompanied  by  the  evolution  of 
ammonia.  Some  of  this  substance  was  found  on  examina- 
tion to  be  insoluble  in  water,  alcohol,  ether,  and  every 
solvent  tried  ;  after  washing  with  water  it    had  a  dull  white 


appearance,  a  neutral  reaction,  did  not  contain  nitrogen, 
and  only  left  a  very  small  quantity  of  ash  on  incineration. 
( >n  boiling  it  with  water  glycollic  acid  was  formed,  and, 
judging  from  the  latter,  as  well  as  from  the  numbers  obtained 
by  an  elementary  analysis  it  is  identical  with  H.  Schiff's 
hexaglyoxal  hydrate,  C^H^O,,,  +  H;0  (Annalen,  172,  1). 
The  author  has  on  one  occasion  separated  glyoxylic  acid 
from  the  juice  of  unripe  roots. 

Of  the  acids  mentioned  in  this  communication,  succinic, 
glutaric,  and  adipic  acids  belong  to  the  oxalic  series,  whose 
first  five  members  have  now  been  recognised  in  beetroot 
juice  ;  glycollic  and  glyoxylic  acids  are  closely  related  to 
oxalic  acid,  malic  and  tartaric  acids  to  succinic  acid.  As  it 
can  no  longer  be  doubted  that  aldehydes  are  the  first 
assimilation  products  of  the  plant,  it  seems  probable  that 
such  condensation  products  as  hexaglyoxal  hydrate  (see 
above)  are  formed  from  these,  which  in  their  turn  yield 
acids  by  hydrolysis.  Finally,  attention  is  drawn  to  the 
probability  that  the  sugars  may  perhaps  result  by  the  con- 
densation of  glycollic  aldehyde  (3  C2H402  =  C6H1206),  a 
compound  which  stands  intermediate  between  formaldehyde 
and  glyceraldehyde.  Indeed,  it  seems  probable  that  such  a 
condensation  might  take  place  in  the  case  of  glycollic 
aldehyde  even  easier  with  formaldehyde.  In  view  of 
Brunner's  observations  (Ber.  19,  595)  on  the  wide  dis- 
semination of  glyoxylic  acid  throughout  the  vegetable 
kingdom,  this  readily  yielding  glycollic  acid  on  reduction, 
the  question  is  well  worthy  of  being  submitted  to  further 
experiment. — A.  K.  L. 


XVII -BKEWING,  WINES,  SPIEITS,  Etc. 

Grape-seed  Oil  and  its  Technical  Application.  F.  M. 
Horn.  Mittheil.  des  k.  k.  tech  Gewerbe-Museums,  1891, 
185—187. 

Sec  under  XII.,  page  44. 


Studies  on  Yeast.     J.  Kffront.     Monit.  Scient.  1891,  5, 
1137—1144. 

In  a  previous  communication  (this  Journal,  1890,  1055; 
Monit.  Scient.  1890,449,  790,  and  1013)  the  author  has 
shown  that  hydrofluoric  acid  or  the  alkaline  fluorides,  in 
quantities  of  5  to  15  mgrms.  per  100  cc,  prevent  the  deve- 
lopment of  harmful  organisms  without  effecting  the  yeast 
or  diastase. 

In  the  present  investigation,  attention  was  more  parti- 
cularly paid  to  the  effect  of  the  fluorides  on  the  various 
varieties  of  yeast. 

The  four  varieties  used  were  Saccharomyces  cerevisi.r, 
Pastorianus  /.,  Carlsberg,  and  Burton. 

It  was  found  that  quantities  of  fluorides  greater  than 
100  mgrms.  per  100  cc.  very  appreciably  diminished  the 
fermentative  power  of  all  the  yeasts,  and  that  300  mgrms. 
per  100  cc.  destroyed  it  almost  completely. 

If  any  one  of  these  yeasts  that  has  grown  in  a  solution 
containing  fluoride  be  grown  in  a  solution  containing  none, 
it  will  be  found  to  be  more  active  than  the  original  yeast, 
the  activity  being  more  marked  the  more  fluoride  was 
contained  in  the  first  solution.  This  is  most  markedly  the 
case  with  Burton  yeast  and  Saccharomyces  cerevisiw.  By 
taking  advantage  of  this  phenomenon  it  is  possible  to 
separate  Burton  yeast  from  Pastorianus  I.  by  growing  the 
mixed  yeasts  in  a  wort  containing  alternately  300  mgrms. 
per  100  cc.  fluoride  and  no  fluoride,  when  after  the  experi- 
ment has  been  repeated  three  times,  the  final  yeast  will  be 
found  to  be  pure  Burton  yeast. — A.  I..  S. 


Jan.  SO.  MM.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OP   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


51 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Cereals  for  Preventing 
or   Arresting    Decomposition,   and  for   Preserving   or 

Improving  the  Condition  thereof.  E.  Luck,  It.  Pott, 
Lintt  X.  Pott,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  19,168,  November  25, 
1890.     8d. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  improve  or  preserve 
the  condition  of  cereals  and  to  prevent  or  arrest  the 
deterioration  thereof  by  moisture  or  by  insects,  &c.  This 
purpose  is  effected  by  treatment  with  sulphurous  acid,  and 
it  is  claimed  that  b}-  this  means  grain  which  has  been 
damaged  by  moisture,  but  not  excessively  so,  may  be 
restored  to  its  original  colour  and  condition,  and  for  most 
industrial  purposes  rendered  equal  to  new. 

The  sulphurous  acid  is  preferably  employed  in  the 
gaseous  state,  and  is  produced  by  burning  sulphur  in  a 
current  of  air.  The  gas  is  washed  and  dried  by  being 
passed  through  two  vessels  containing  respectively  water 
and  pumice  or  some  other  suitable  material  soaked  in 
strong  sulphuric  acid.  Finally  the  gas  is  warmed  by 
passing  through  a  coil  heated  externally  by  means  of 
hot  air,  water,  or  steam,  and  is  conducted  underneath  a 
perforated  floor  on  which  the  grain  undergoing  treatment 
is  spread.  When  the  grain  has  been  sufficiently  treated 
the  burning  sulphur  is  extinguished  and  air  alone  is  forced 
through  the  apparatus.  By  this  means  the  grain  is  dried 
and  rendered  tit  for  storage. 

Instead  of  the  gas  a  solution  of  sulphurous  acid  ma3'  be 
employed,  either  alone  or  in  conjunction  with  some  alkaline 
substance  (such  as  lime  or  chalk),  the  cereal  being  steeped 
in  the  solution  and  afterwards  dried,  if  required. 

For  drawings  and  details  of  the  necessary  apparatus  the 
original  specification  must  be  consulted. — H.  T.  P. 


Process  for  the  Preparation  of  Hop  Extract.  A.  Foelsing, 
Dusseldorf,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  21,044,  December  24, 

1890.  4rf. 

The  hops  are  treated  in  a  battery  of  diffusion  apparatus 
with  water  at  00°  C.  under  a  pressure  of  1 1  atmospheres. 
In  order  to  render  the  extraction  the  more  complete  and 
to  prevent  the  oxidation  of  the  bitter  principles  of  hops, 
about  2i  per  cent,  of  gum  tragacanth  is  added  to  the  water. 
The  extract  is  concentrated  in  vacuo  to  about  25°  B. 

—A.  L.  S. 

Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Champagne 
and  other  Beverages  charged  with  Carbonic  Acid. 
!•'     Kliiiig,    Turin,   Italy.     Eng,   Pat.    852,   January    1G, 

1891.  id. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  two  air-tight  vessels,  in  one  of 
which  the  final  fermentation  takes  place,  while  the  other 
receives  the  clear  sparkling  wine.  These  vessels  are 
connected  by  an  air  pipe  at  the  top  and  by  a  liquor  pipe 
at  the  bottom,  Alters  of  porous  earthenware,  cotton  wool, 
or  asbestos,  &c.  being  fitted  on  the  lower  pipe. 

The  wine  is  introduced  into  the  first  vessel  and  the  air 
remaining  in  both  vessels  replaced  by  carbonic  acid  gas. 
All  communication  with  the  external  air  is  cut  off;  the 
upper  pipe  between  the  two  vessels  is  left  open  and  the 
lower  one  is  kept  closed. 

After  fermentation  has  gone  on  for  some  time,  the  upper 
pipe  is  closed  and  the  lower  one  opened  ;  as  the  fermenta- 
tion proceeds  the  pressure  increases  in  the  first  vessel  and 
forces  the  wine  through  the  filters  into  the  second  vessel, 
from  which  the  wine  is  bottled. — A.  L.  S. 


A  Means  of  Collecting  Hops  or  other  Ingredients  when 
Boiling  or  in  Circulation  in  a  Copper  or  similar  Vessel. 
F.  H.  Fortescue,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  12,077,  July  16 
1891.     6f/. 

The  ordinary  boiling  or  circulating  fountain  as  fitted  to 
wort  coppers  is  fitted  with  a  wire  cage  or  strainer.  The 
wort  as  it  issues  from  the  top  of  the  fountain  falls  into  the 
cage,  which  retains  the  hops  and  allows  the  clear  wort  to 
[iass  through. — A.  L.  8. 


An  Appliance  for  Distributing  and  Aerating  Blends' 
Wort.  K.  H.  Leaker,  Bristol.  Eng.  Pat.  17,681, 
October  16,  1891.     6(/. 

The  appliance  consists  of  a  trumpet-shaped  tube,  the 
narrow  end  of  which  is  connected  with  the  hop-back  or 
copper.  Just  within  the  wide  end  is  suspended  a  bell- 
shaped  plate.  The  wort  is  discharged  from  the  opening 
between  the  edges  of  the  trumpet-shaped  tube  and  the  bell- 
shaped  plate.  The  width  of  the  opening  is  capable  of 
adjustment ;  when  the  apparatus  is  fitted  to  the  discharge 
pipe  of  a  copper  it  is  fairly  wide  to  admit  of  the  passage 
of  the  hops  ;  when  it  is  fitted  to  the  pipe  discharging  from 
the  hop-back  on  to  the  cooler,  the  opening  is  narrower  and 
is  partly  self-adjusting  by  a  spiral  spring ;  in  this  case  the 
bell-shaped  plate  is  perforated  with  holes.  The  wort  issues 
on  to  the  cooler  in  a  dome-shaped  sheet  and  from  the  holes 
as  a  fine  rain.  The  apparatus  is  said  both  to  cool  and 
aerate  the  wort. — A.  L.  S. 


XVIII.-CHEMISTKY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

{A.-)— CHEMISTRY  OF   FOODS. 

Examination  of  Tin-plated  Iron  Articles  used  for  the 
Preservation  of  Foods.  J.  l'inette.  Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 
15>  1109. 

The  attention  of  foreign  importers  of  tinned  foods  is 
particularly  called  to  the  following  law  which  has  been  in 
force  in  Germany  since  October  1,  1889  : — 

Tin  used  for  the  tin-plating  of  iron  must  contain  no  more 
than  1  per  cent,  of  lead.  The  solder  used  for  sealing  these 
articles  must  consist  of  an  alloy  of  tin,  with  no  more  than 
10  per  cent,  of  lead. 

The  author  proposes  the  following  easy  process  for  the 
assay  of  such  tin  wares  : — The  material  is  (without  touching 
the  solder)  cut  into  small  pieces  and  heated  in  a  porcelain 
dish  with  dilute  nitric  acid  until  the  pieces  look  black.  The 
liquid  is  then  at  once  poured  off,  and  the  residue  well 
washed  to  remove  any  adhering  stannic  aeid.  The  whole  is 
evaporated  to  dryness,  and  then  again  heated  with  nitric 
acid  to  separate  the  lead  and  also  any  iron.  The  stannic 
oxide  is  finally  ignited  and  weighed.  The  lead  is  made  into 
sulphate  by  evaporation  with  sulphuric  acid,  and  after 
freeing  it  from  iron  by  washing  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid, 
it  is  then  collected  and  weighed  as  usual.  As  regards  the 
testing  of  the  solder,  the  author  remarks  that  the  different 
pieces  of  solder  from  the  same  tin  may  have  a  different 
composition. — L.  de  K. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Obtaining  an  Extract  of  Malt  and 
Hops,  and  in  Preparing  a  Confection  of  the  Same. 
E.  Sonstadt,  Cheshunt.  Eng.  Pat.  21,006,  December  24, 
1890.     6rf. 

A  wort  is  prepared  from  malt  and  water  in  the  usual  way. 
this  is  boiled  with  hops  in  a  closed  boiler,  about  1  part  of 
hops  being  used  for  every  10  parts  of  malt.  A  current  of 
carbon  dioxide  is  passed  through  the  boiler,  issuing  with 
the  steam.  The  mixture  of  steam  and  carbon  dioxide  is 
passed  into  a  condenser,  where  the  steam  is  condensed, 
and  the  carbon  dioxide,  carrying  with  it  some  hop  aroma, 
is  passed  over  fresh  butter  and  ignited  asbestos,  in  order  to 
remove  the  aroma. 

After  the  boiling  has  continued  for  some  hours,  the  boiled 
wort  is  discharged  and  strained  from  the  hops.  The  clear 
extract  is  concentrated  in  an  atmosphere  of  carbon  dioxide 
to  the  required  concentration,  and  then  cooled.  The 
aroma-charged  asbestos  is  boiled  with  the  condensed  water, 
the  first  portion  of  the  distillate  contains  all  the  aroma,  and 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Jan. so,  1892. 


Is  mixed  with  the  cooled  extract  :  this  is  theu  bottled, 
sealed,  and  sterilised  by  being  heated  to  boiling.  If  a 
solid  extract  is  required,  the  concentration  is  pushed  as  far 
as  possible,  and  mixed  while  hot  with  sugar,  the  "  aroma- 
water  "  prepared  as  above  and  the  aromatised  butter. 

—A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in   Apparatus  Jor  Testing  the  Quantity  of 

Cream  in  Milk.     H.  K.Newton,  London.     From   L.  .1. 

Augustenborg  and  K.  Hansen,  Folding,  Denmark.     Erg. 

Pat.  14,797,  September  1,  1891.  6<i. 
The  improvements  claimed  are  in  the  construction  of  the 
rotating  table  described  below,  and  in  the  warming  of  the 
space  in  which  it  rotates  by  means  of  a  reservoir  of  hoi 
water  supported  immediately  above  it.  The  rotation  is 
accomplished  by  means  of  a  worm  on  the  vertical  spindle, 
which  carries  the  table,  worked  in  a  toothed  wheel. 

The  table  is  furnished  with  a  flange,  to  which  are 
fixed  blocks,  the  intervals  between  which  are  fitted  with 
caoutchouc  pads.  Round  the  spindle  in  the  centre  of  the 
table  is  a  wooden  disc,  the  circumference  of  which  is 
covered  with  a  rubber  ring.  The  test  tubes  containing  the 
milk  are  placed  radially  on  the  table  between  the  rubber 
ring  and  the  caoutchouc  pads. — A.  G.  15. 


An  Improved  Process  for  Preserving  Eggs.  B.  J.  15.  Mills, 
London.  From  A.  Micault  de  la  Vieuville,  Lyons, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  17,717,  October  16,  1891.     4<t. 

The  fresh  eggs  to  be  preserved  arc  first  washed  in  milk  of 
lime  in  order  to  remove  any  surface  dirt  anil  grease,  ami  also 
to  destroy  "the  ferments  which  exist  in  the  porosity  of  the 
shell."  The  eggs  thus  cleaned  and  purified  arc  coated  with 
a  thin  continuous  layer  of  gelatin,  obtained  by  plunging 
them  into  a  solution  of  this  material.  The  gelatin  employ  ed 
must  be  free  from  bad  odour  or  taste,  and  should  preferably 
be  colourless  so  that  the  whiteness  of  the  shells  may  not  he 
impaired. 

It  is  claimed  that  eggs  thus  prepared  may  he  preserved 
absolutely  unchanged  for  ti  year  or  more  without  any  special 
precautions  as  regards  aeration  and  temperature  of  storage. 
It  is  further  stated  that  the  shells  of  the  eggs  are  rendered 
stronger  by  the  treatment,  so  that  increased  facility  in 
transport  is  obtained. — 11.  T.  P. 


(i'.)— SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

A  Delicate  Test  for  Alum   in  Potable   Water.     Ellen    H. 
Richards.     Technology  Quarterly,  1891,  4,  194—195. 

See  under  XXIII. ,  page  60. 


Manufacture  if  Glass  Pipes  of  Large  Diameter. 
L.  Appert.  Bull.  Soe.  d'Encouragement  l'industrie 
Nationalc,  1891,  6,  114—121. 

Si  e  under  VIII.,  page  38. 


PATENTS. 


Improved  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Treating  Smoke 
and  Gases  from  Purnaces  and  other  Fires.  A.  S.  I>avy, 
Sheffield.     Eng.  Pat.  179,  January  5,1891.     id. 

See  undo-  II.,  page  21. 


Improvements  in  or  /{elating  to  Means  or  Apparatus  for 
Treating  Gases,  Smoke,  and  Products  of  Combustion  so 
as  to  Render  them  Innocuous.  11.  Wainwright,  Leeds. 
Kng.  Tat.  10,427,  June  19,  1891.     8<z. 

See  under  II.,  page  22. 


Improvements  Relating  to  Carbonic  Acid  Baths,  and 
Tablets  for  use  therein.  E.  Sandow,  Hamburg,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  16,422,  September  28,  1891.     id. 

See  under  VII.,  page  37. 


XIX -PAPER.  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

The  Sizing  of  Paper.     J.  Wander.     Chem.  Zeit.  1891,  15, 
702—703. 

Paper  sized  with  rosin  or  wax  easily  becomes  saturated 
with  water,  but  if  treated  with  animal  size  it  is  rendered  to 
a  certain  degree  waterproof.  To  effect  this,  paper  is  first 
passed  through  a  solution  of  animal  size,  and  then  through 
a  solution  of  aluminium  sulphate  and  sodium  acetate  mixed 
in  the  proportions  required  by  the  following  equation — ■ 

Al„(SO.,)3  +  6  NaC;H10,,  =  AL(C.;HJ0,)G  +  3  Na2SO, 

Instead  of  sodium  acetate  any  other  acetate  in  equivalent 
quantity,  as  well  as  other  salts,  e.g.,  sulphites,  thiosulphates, 
chromates,  &c,  may  he  taken. 

The  method  ma)'  be  varied  by  adding  the  aluminium 
sulphate  to  the  size  solution,  or  by  dividing  the  latter  into 
two  parts,  mixing  the  one  with  the  aluminium  sulphate 
solution  and  the  other  with  one  of  the  above-mentioned 
salts.  The  final  result  may  be  rendered  still  more  complete 
by  drying  the  paper  after  having  passed  it  through  the  first 
solution,  and  subsequently  soaking  it  for  about  12  hours  in 
the  second  solution.  Such  papers  are  said  to  be  waterproof 
to  a  high  degree. — H.  S. 


Aluminium  Sulphate.  Papier-ZeituDg,  1891,  16, 
2326—2328. 
Pure  i\eutral  Sulphate. — A  saturated  solution  at  15°  C.  of 
pure  aluminium  sulphate  has  a  specific  gravity  of  1'341 
and  contains  36-60  grms.  A12(S04)3,  or  10*99  grms. 
Al.O,  per  100  ec.  If  such  a  solution  be  evaporated  until 
it  has  the  same  specific  gravity  (1*341)  at  the  boiling 
temperature,  it  forms  on  cooling  a  magma  of  small  crystals 
which  cannot  be  completely  freed  from  the  mother-liquor 
by  pressing,  hut  they  lose  water  by  exposure  to  air.  If  the 
evaporation  he  carried  further  until  the  boiling  point  rises 
to  109°  C,  and  the  specific  gravity  at  this  temperature  is 
1*540,  the  solution  solidifies  on  cooling  to  a  hard  mass, 
which  is  the  usual  commercial  form  of  the  sulphate,  and 
contains  46*6  per  cent.  Al2(SOjl-„  or  14*0  per  cent.  Al„(  ):t. 
If  the  cooling  be  conducted  rapidly  the  solid  mass  will  be 
at  first  amorphous  and  quite  white,  hut  become  crystalline 
after  some  time  and  lose  somewhat  in  whiteness.  If  the 
solution  cools  slowly  the  resulting  solid  will  be  crystalline. 
Less  evaporation  gives  a  softer  product  and  more  evapora- 
tion a  harder  one,  but  at  the  same  time  it  is  more  vitreous 
and  therefore  not  so  white  in  appearance ;  a  product 
containing  more  than  15*5  per  cent.  A1203  persistently 
refuses  to  become  crystalline.  When  the  boiling  tempera- 
ture rises  above  109"  C.,  the  solution  becomes  viscid  and 
begins  to  froth,  and  for  this  reason,  normal  aluminium 
sulphate  produced  on  the  large  scale  cannot  well  contain 
more  than  15*5  per  cent.  A1203. 


Jan.  an,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


53 


The  following  table  gives   the  composition   of   the    salt 
with  different  amounts  of  water: — 


Pure  Aluminium  Sulphate, 



withlS"       with  14         with  15 %  Crystallised 
JUsOs            AbCl.           A1203       with  18  aq. 

Contains  in  100  parts  by  weight, 

AljO, 

1-3-00 

SO  -29 

I                     1 
14'00               WOO               15'44 

S2'62              34i"95              S5'98 

AJ.(S04)j 

H,0 

*3"29             46'G2              19-95             51"4S 
Bfl-71              5S'S8              50'05              48'5S 

100 -on 

100-00           100-00            looiiu 

Aluminium  sulphate  dried  :it  95°  C.  retains  8  molecules 
of  water,  anil  contains  21"2  per  cent.  A1,0:< ;  it  is  pure  white 
in  colour,  can  be  easily  ground  to  a  fine  powder,  ami  is 
readily  soluble  in  water  to  a  clear  solution.  Aluminium 
sulphate  containing  38  per  cent,  of  water,  corresponding  to 
1 H  •  G  per  cent.  AUO  a,  becomes  after  fusion  perfectly 
transparent,  clear,  ami  brittle  like  glass. 

/>asic  Sulphate. — A  solution  of  the  neutral  sulphate 
can  be  diluted  to  any  extent  without  precipitating,  but 
the  basic  sulphates  decompose  on  dilution.  A  solution 
containing  3G  per  cent,  of  A1._.(S(  >4 ').,  will  allow  of  two- 
thirds  of  the  acid  being  neutralised  with  caustic  soda 
before  a  permanent  precipitate  forms;  the  same  solution 
diluted  10  times  gives  a  permanent  precipitate  when  only 
one-third  of  the  acid  is  neutralised  with  alkali. 

Commercial  Sulphate  of  Alumina.- — The  impurities  of 
this  product  of  special  importance  to  the  user  are  iron  and 
free  acid.  The  amount  of  iron  varies  between  0'003  per 
cent,  and  0-5  per  cent.;  products  containing  less  than 
O'Ol  per  cent.  Fe  are  commonly  distinguished  as  free  from 
iron,  and  are  used  in  dyeworks  and  in  works  producing  the 
finer  kinds  of  white  paper.  Dyers  and  leather  dressers  who 
object  to  these  small  quantities  of  iron  continue  to  prefer 
alum.  The  commercial  article  contains  iron  in  both  stages 
of  oxidation,  and  in  varying  proportions.  For  use  in  sizing 
good  nrciting  paper  the  percentage  of  iron  may  reach 
0*15  per  cent,  without  apparent  disadvantage,  and  if  all 
tin- iron  is  in  the  ferrous  state  the  percentage  may  reach 
03  without  affecting  the  colour  of  the  paper,  but  it  is  liable 
in  this  case  to  acquire  a  yellowish  tinge  on  longer  exposure 
to  the  air,  especially  under  direct  sunlight.  An  amount  of 
iron  exceeding  0" 3  percent,  renders  the  sulphate  of  alumina 
applicable  only  for  low-grade  or  coloured  paper. 

The  quantity  of  free  acid  varies  from  0-2  to  l-0  percent. 
S(  >,,  but  is  seldom  above  0'5  per  cent.  It  is  not  left  in  the 
free  state  on  account  of  any  difficulty  in  neutralising,  but 
to  give  a  better  appearance  to  the  article.  Neutral  or 
feebly  basic  aluminium  sulphate  containing  0-  05  per  ceut. 
Fe  as  Fe203  is  yellowish  from  the  presence  of  basic  ferric 
sulphate,  and  if  the  iron  in  the  ferric  state  amounts  to 
ol.j  per  cent.  Fe  the  colour  is  as  deep  as  beeswax.  If 
fnr  acid  were  present  this  quantity  of  iron  would  scarcely 
colour  the  article,  and  if,  besides,  the  iron  were  in  the 
ferrous  state  no  colouration  at  all  would  he  perceptible, 
only  a  very  feeble  greenish  tint  being  seen  when  the  ferrous 
iron  amounts  to  0-5  per  cent.  A  few  tenths  of  a  per  cent, 
of  free  acid  is  usually  of  no  importance,  especially  in  the 
paper  manufacture  where  a  small  quantity  of  free  acid  is  of 
advantage  for  decomposing  the  resin  soap. 

A  third  impurity,  which  may  at  times  be  objectionable,  is 
the  residue  insoluble  in  water:  it  rarely  exceeds  03  per 
cent.  Other  impurities  may  be  potash,  soda,  magnesia, 
chlorine,  and  nitric  acid,  but  they  are  only  occasional  and 
are  not  detrimental.  In  one  sample  of  second  grade  2  per 
cent,  of  zinc  was  found,  and  this  metal  should  be  looked  for 
in  the  alumina  determination. 


The  commercial  article  usually  contains  from  13  to  15  per 
cent.  A1203. 

The  raw  materials  for  aluminium  sulphate  are  kaoliu  and 
bauxite.  An  English  kaolin  much  used  in  Germany  has  the 
following  composition  after  drying  at  100°  C. : — 


Per  Cent. 
.     I.V.; 
.    :;:i  :. 


SiO. 

ALA, 

FeA, 0-0 

HjO  (combined) ig«n 


The 


The    composition    of    bauxite    is    very    variable. 
following  table  gives  the  percentage  composition  of  several 
kinds  :— 


French. 

Irish. 

German. 

a. 

b. 

c. 

d.       e.    !    ./'.       .,. 

ft. 

AlA 

|'i  ■.!),• 

59-0 
8-0 
1C.-C 

73-0 

1-5 

1G  5 

I'.i-s 
0-7 
G-3 

28-1 

59*8 
17-9 

IT. 

21-0 

53 '8 
1-G 
8-7 
5-8 

29-8 

52-0  46-1 

n;  l.-.-i 

12-0    10'4 

ti-i     4-2 

24-0  231 

48-8 
23-8 

SiO. 

3'3 

TiO, 

Loss  on  ignition:. 

1G3 

9-0 

■2i-7 

The  methods  of  producing  aluminium  sulphate  vary  some- 
what according  to  the  materials  and  the  degree  of  purity 
required  in  the  product. 

Kaolin  is  usually  calcined  at  a  low  temperature,  ground, 
finely  sifted,  and  mixed  with  sulphuric  acid  of  1   45  sp.  gr. 

Steam  is  then  injected  to  promote  the  reaction,  which 
afterwards  proceeds  very  violently.  At  the  end  of  the 
reaction  the  mass  will  contain  no  free  acid  if  the  requisite 
excess  of  kaolin  had  been  employed.  It  is  dissolved  n 
water  to  a  specific  gravity  of  1  ■  29,  and  is  filtered.  The 
filtrate  is  evaporated  to  the  required  extent  and  then  allowed 
to  cool  and  solidify.  Uncalciued  kaolin  may  be  used,  but 
the  reaction  must  be  then  conducted  under  pressure  of  steam 
to  secure  its  completion.  The  crude  sulphate  of  alumina  of 
commerce  is  the  product  of  the  above  reaction,  omitting  the 
solution  in  water.  It  contains  10 — 12  per  cent.  A1.,03  as 
sulphate  and  25 — 30  per  cent,  of  insoluble  matter  (silica  and 
undecomposed  kaoliu),  besides  1  per  cent,  or  more  of  free 
acid.  It  is  used  for  the  lower  grades  of  paper,  for  which 
the  insoluble  matter  serves  as  filling.  It  is  also  used  for 
the  clarification  of  waste  waters. 

Bauxite  in  a  finely  ground  condition,  without  calcining,  is 
mixed  with  sulphuric  acid  and  the  product  of  the  reaction  is 
treated  as  above,  when  a  sulphate  of  dirty  white  appearance 
is  produced  containing  0-5  per  cent.  Fe.  A  simple  method 
of  separating  the  chief  part  of  the  iron  is  to  treat  the 
solution  of  1-29  sp.  gr.  with  bleaching  powder  or  nitric  acid 
to  peroxidise  all  the  iron,  and  to  render  the  solution  feebly 
basic.  On  allowing  it  to  stand  for  some  months  the  iron 
separates  out,  but  not  completely,  as  basic  sulphate,  accom- 
panied by  a  little  alumina.  If  it  be  required  to  reduce  all 
the  iron  to  the  ferrous  state  to  improve  the  appearance  of 
the  article,  it  is  best  done  by  boiling  the  solution  with  finely- 
powdered  charcoal. 

Another  method  of  treatment  is  applicable  to  a  raw 
material  containing  iron  with  but  very  little  silica,  such  as 
the  bauxites  c,  d,  and  h.  The  finely-ground  bauxite  is 
intimately  mixed  with  soda  ash  and  calcined  at  a  low  heat. 
The  mass  is  extracted  with  water,  to  dissolve  out  the 
aluminate  of  soda.  On  treating  the  solution  with  carbonic 
acid  gas  the  alumina  is  precipitated  as  hydrate,  which  is 
filtered  off  and  treated  with  the  requisite  quantity  of  sul- 
phuric acid  for  the  production,  without  further  evaporation, 
of  a  sulphate  of  14  per  cent.  A1203  of  great  purity.  The 
carbonate  of  soda  left  in  the  solution  is  recovered  by 
evaporation. 

Iron  in  aluminium  sulphate  is  separated  by  precipitation 
with  excess  of  caustic  soda.  The  precipitate  is  collected  on 
a  filter,  re-dissolved  in  sulphuric  acid,  reduced  with  zinc, 
and    estimated   by   titration    with    permanganate    solution. 


54 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30,  1S92. 


Small  quantities  of  iron  are  determined  colorimetrically.  and  extracted  with  alcohol  to  dissolve  out  the  free  acid 
Free  acid  is  estimated  by  adding  potassium  sulphate  to  the  which  is  then  determined  by  titration  with  deeiuormal 
solution  and  evaporating  to  dryness.  The  residue  is  powdered   I   alkali. 

Density    uro  Composition  of  Aluminium  Sulphate  Solutions  (Chemically  Puee). — Temperature   15°  C. 


Inn  Kilns,  of  Solution  contain  Kilos. 

Inn  Litres  of  Solution  contain  Kilns. 

Gravity. 

1 
Ki-aunn-. 

AljOj 

SI  1 

Sulphate 
with  13  per 
Cent.  Al.il;, 

Sulphate 
with  14  per 

rem.  \lu 

Sulphate 
with  15  per 
Cent.  A1203 

A1203 

S03 

Sulphate 
with  13  per 
Cent.  A1»03 

Sulphate 
with  1 1  i"T 
Cent.  A1.03 

Siilpli.it,. 

with  1.".  per 
Cent.  Al.ii. 

L-005 

0-7 

0-14 

1-1 

■1*0 

0*9 

0-14 

0-33 

1-1 

1 

0-9 

1-010 

14 

n-27 

0-tU 

2-1 

2*0 

1*8 

0-28 

0-65 

2*2 

■j 

1-9 

1-016 

2] 

■  '-11 

n    15 

3-1 

2*9 

2-7 

11-42 

0-98 

3-2 

3 

2-s 

1-021 

2-8 

(1-55 

1-27 

4-2 

3-9 

3-6 

0-56 

1-31 

43 

4 

3- 

1-026 

3T. 

0-68 

1-59 

5-3 

1-9 

4-ii 

II-7H 

1-63 

5-1 

5 

4-7 

1-031 

4-2 

0-81 

1-89 

6-3 

5'8 

.VI 

0-84 

1-96 

6-5 

6 

5*6 

1-036 

4's 

n-94 

2-20 

7-3 

6*7 

63 

0-98 

2-2S 

7-5 

7 

6*5 

1*040 

5*4 

1-07 

2-50 

8-3 

7-7 

7-2 

1-12 

2-61 

S-6 

8 

7-5 

1*046 

6-1 

1-211 

2-80 

9-3 

s'6 

8-0 

1-26 

2*94 

9-7 

9 

8-4 

1-050 

6*7 

1-33 

3-11 

10-3 

95 

8-9 

110 

3-26 

10-8 

10 

9-3 

1-035 

7-3 

1-46 

3-4U 

11-3 

10*4 

9-7 

1-54 

3-59 

11*8 

11 

10-3 

1*059 

7-;i 

1-58 

3-69 

12-2 

11-3 

ln-il 

1*68 

3-91 

12*9 

12 

11-2 

1'0S4 

- 

1-71 

3-98 

13-1 

12-2 

11-4 

1-82 

4-21 

14-0 

13 

121 

L-068 

9-1 

1  -83 

1-27 

14-1 

13-1 

12-2 

1-96 

I -."n 

15-1 

14 

13-1 

1-073 

9-7 

1-96 

t-56 

15-1 

14*0 

13-1 

2- 111 

4-89 

16'2 

l.-i 

li-ll 

1-078 

10-3 

2-Os 

t,*84 

n;- 0 

14*8 

13-9 

2-24 

5-22 

17-2 

Hi 

14*9 

1*082 

10'9 

2-211 

5-12 

16-9 

15-7 

14-6 

2-38 

5-55 

is -3 

17 

15-9 

1-087 

in 

2-32 

540 

17-s 

16*5 

1.V4 

2-58 

B-87 

111-4 

IS 

16-8 

1-092 

12-0 

2-lt 

5-67 

ls-7 

17-4 

16-2 

2-G6 

li-211 

20-5 

l'.l 

17-7 

1-096 

12*6 

2-55 

5-95 

19-7 

18-3 

17-0 

2-SO 

(1-52 

21-5 

2il 

18.-7 

1-101 

13-1 

2-S7 

H-22 

20*5 

19*1 

17-s 

2-94 

6-85 

22-, i 

21 

19-6 

1-105 

13-7 

2-7S 

6-49 

2f  t 

19*9 

1S-6 

3-0S 

7-ls 

23-7 

22 

20-5 

1-110 

14-2 

2'!'" 

6-76 

22-3 

2ir7 

19*3 

3-22 

7 -.Ml 

21- s 

23 

21-5 

1-11  l 

14-7 

3-01 

7-02 

23-2 

21-5 

20-1 

3-36 

7 'S3 

25*9 

24 

22-4 

1-119 

15-3 

3-13 

7-29 

24-1 

22-4 

20-9 

3-50 

8*16 

20-9 

25 

23-3 

1-123 

15'S 

3-21 

7-55 

24-9 

23-1 

21-6 

3-64 

S-4S 

28*0 

26 

2f3 

1-128 

16-3 

3-35 

7-81 

2.5  -s 

23-9 

22-3 

3-78 

s-^1 

29'1 

27 

25-2 

1-13-2 

16-8 

3-46 

8-06 

26-6 

24*7 

23-1 

3*92 

9-13 

30-2 

2S 

26-1 

1-137 

17-4 

3T,7 

8-32 

27-5 

25-5 

23-8 

4-06 

9-46 

3I"2 

29 

27-1 

1-141 

17-'.' 

3'68 

8-58 

2s -3 

26-3 

24-5 

4-20 

'.1-79 

32-3 

SO 

28-0 

1-145 

18-3 

3-79 

8-83 

29-1 

27-1 

25-3 

4-31 

10-11 

33-4 

81 

2s-'.i 

1-150 

18-8 

3-89 

9-07 

30-0 

27-8 

20-0 

4-4S 

10-44 

345 

32 

29-9 

1-154 

19-2 

4-00 

9-32 

30-8 

28-6 

26-7 

4-64 

10-76 

35 -5 

33 

30-8 

1-159 

19-7 

4-11 

9-57 

SI*  6 

29-3 

27-4 

4-70 

11-09 

S6-8 

31 

31-7 

1-163 

20-1 

4-21 

9-82 

32-4 

30-1 

28*1 

4-90 

11-12 

37-7 

35 

32-7 

1-168 

20-6 

4-32 

10-06 

33-2 

30  "S 

28*9 

5-04 

11-74 

38-8 

36 

33-6 

1-172 

21-1 

4-42 

10-29 

34-0 

31-6 

29-5 

5-18 

12-07 

39-9 

37 

34-5 

1-176 

21*6 

4-52 

10-53 

34*8 

32-3 

30-1 

.V32 

12-til 

40-9 

38 

35-5 

1-181 

22-1 

4-02 

10-77 

35-6 

33-0 

30-8 

,-.-4ii 

12-72 

42-11 

39 

36-4 

1-186 

22-5 

4-72 

11-01 

36-3 

33-7 

31-5 

5-60 

13-05 

48*1 

40 

37-3 

1-190 

23-0 

4-^2 

11-21 

37-1 

34T. 

32-2 

5-74 

13-38 

44-2 

41 

38-3 

1-194 

23-4 

4-92 

11-47 

37'J 

35-2 

32-8 

5-88 

13-70 

45-2 

42 

39-2 

1-198 

23-8 

5-02 

11-70 

18*6 

35-9 

33-5 

6-02 

14-03 

46'3 

43 

40'1 

Jan.  80, 1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


55 


Density  and  Composition  of  Aluminium  Sulphate  Solutions  (Chemically  Pure).— Temperature  15°  C. — cant. 


Specific     Degrees 
Gravity. '  Beaume, 


A!,0;, 


10(1  Kilos,  of  Solution  contain  Kilos. 


Sulphate        Sulphate        Sulphate 
S03       with  13  per    with  14  ner    with  15  per 
1  Cent.  Al,.o:,     Cent.  AUV,  I  Cunt.  A1S03 


ion  l,itii's  of  Solution  contain  Kilos. 


A]»0, 


SO, 


Sulphate 

with  IS  per 
Cent.AU>;, 


Sulphate 
with  14  pei- 
Cent.  ALOi 


Sulphate 

with  15  per 
Cent.  AM), 


1-203 

24-3 

5-12 

11-93 

89*4 

30-ii 

34-1 

6-16 

14-35 

47-4 

44 

41-1 

1-207 

21- 7 

5-22 

12-111 

40*2 

37-3 

84-8 

6-30 

14*68 

48-5 

45 

42-d 

1-211 

26-2 

5-32 

12-89 

40*9 

88-0 

35'4 

6-44 

15*01 

19-5 

in 

42-9 

1-215 

25-5 

5-11 

12-61 

41-11 

83-7 

30-1 

6-58 

15-33 

50-11 

47 

t:;-9 

1-22II 

25-9 

5-51 

12*83 

42-4 

311-3 

30-7 

6-72 

15-60 

51-7 

48 

4-1-8 

1-221 

26'3 

5-60 

13-00 

i.-i-i 

40-0 

37-4 

0-S6 

15-99 

52-8 

49 

15-7 

1-228 

20-7 

5-70 

13-28 

48-9 

10-7 

88-0 

7-H0 

16-81 

53-9 

511 

46-7 

1*232 

27-1 

5-79 

18*50 

it-i; 

11-4 

38-6 

7-14 

16-64 

54-9 

51 

47-6 

L*286 

27-5 

5-89 

13-72 

45-3 

42-1 

39-3 

7-28 

lil--.nl 

50-0 

52 

4S-5 

1-2UI 

27-9 

5-98 

13-94 

4iro 

42-7 

39-9 

7-42 

17-29 

57-1 

53 

49'5 

1-2*4 

28*8 

6-IIS 

14-16 

411-7 

43-4 

■10-5 

7-56 

17-62 

58-2 

54 

50'4 

1-248 

28-6 

0-17 

14- 3S 

47-5 

44-1 

41-1 

7-70 

17-94 

59-2 

55 

51-3 

1-252 

29-0 

6-20 

14-59 

is  -2 

44-7 

41-7 

7-84 

18-26 

Oil  -3 

50 

52-3 

1-2511 

29- 1 

0'35 

14  "SO 

4S-9 

4.5-4 

12-3 

7-98 

18-59 

111-4 

57 

53-2 

1-2111 

29-8 

6'44 

15-111 

49-5 

16-0 

12-9 

S-12 

18-92 

62-5 

58 

54-1 

1-265 

30-2 

6-53 

15-22 

50-2 

46-7 

43-5 

8-26 

19-25 

113-5 

59 

55-1 

1-209 

30'5 

6-62 

15-13 

50-9 

47-3 

44-1 

S-40 

19-57 

04-11 

60 

5(1-0 

1-273 

30-9 

6-71 

15-03 

51-0 

47-9 

4-1-7 

8-54 

19-90 

05-7 

ill 

50-9 

1-277 

31-2 

6-80 

15-84 

52-3 

48-6 

45-3 

S-68 

20-28 

,1,1-8 

62 

57-9 

1-281 

31-6 

6-89 

lfi-04 

53-0 

49-2 

15  -9 

S-82 

20-55 

(17-9 

(13 

58'8 

1-285 

31-9 

6*97 

16-25 

53-7 

49-8 

40  V. 

8-96 

20  -88 

(IS '9 

64 

59-7 

1-289 

32-3 

7-fiG 

16-46 

54-3 

50-5 

47-1 

9-10 

21-20 

70-0 

65 

00-7 

1-293 

32-6 

7-15 

16-66 

55-0 

51-1 

47-7 

9-24 

21-53 

71-1 

00 

ui-e 

1-297 

33-0 

7-23 

10-85 

55 '0 

51-7 

48-2 

9-38 

21-80 

72  2 

07 

62-5 

11)01 

33-3 

V32 

W05. 

511-3 

52-3 

48-8 

9-52 

22-18 

73-2 

OS 

03-5 

1-305 

33-7 

7-10 

17-25 

57-u 

52-9 

19-4 

9-60 

22-51 

74-3 

69 

64-4 

1-309 

34-0 

7-49 

17-45 

57'0 

53-5 

49-9 

9-80 

22-84 

75-1 

70 

05-3 

1-312 

344 

7-57 

17-05 

58-3 

64-1 

50-5 

994 

23  16 

7,1-5 

71 

00'3 

1*816 

Sl-7 

7-oe 

17-84 

58-9 

54-5 

51-1 

10-08 

23-49 

77-5 

72 

07-2 

T320 

85-0 

7-74 

18-04 

59-11 

55-3 

51-0 

10-22 

23-81 

7S-0 

73 

OS'l 

1-321 

35-3 

7-SS 

18-23 

00-2 

559 

52-2 

10-30 

24-14 

79-7 

74 

69-1 

35-0 

7-91 

13-43 

00-8 

50-5 

52-7 

W50 

24-47 

sirs 

75 

70-0 

1*381 

35-9 

7-99 

18-62 

IU-5 

57-1 

53-3 

10-04 

24-79 

srs 

70 

70-9 

1-335 

30-2 

8-07 

18-81 

02-1 

57-7 

53-8 

10-78 

25-12 

82*0 

77 

71 -U 

1-839 

30-5 

8-111 

WOO 

112-7 

58'3 

54-4 

10-92 

25-45 

84*0 

78 

72-8 

— G.  H.  B. 


Papyrus.  Papier-Zeitung,  1891, 16,  2528. 
This  article  gives  an  account  of  the  uses  of  the  papyrus 
plant  amongst  the  ancients.  It  is  known  to  have  been 
cultivated  by  the  Egyptians  as  far  back  as  1800  B.C.  The 
young  plants  were  used  as  a  foodstuff,  and  the  old  ones 
furnished  material  for  baskets  and  other  woven  utensils. 
Its  chief  use  was  the  manufacture  of  paper,  which  became 
an  important  industry  on  the  banks  of  the  Nile,  where  the 
papyrus  grew.  Papyrus  paper  was  expensive,  but  very 
durable,  rolls  of  it  having  withstood  the  destructive  influence 
of  many  centuries  af  time.  Papyrus  was  imported  from 
Egypt  by  the  Romans  for  the  fabrication  of  eight  different 
sorts  of  paper.     The  cultivation  of  the  plant  has  now  almost 


entirely  ceased,  a  last  attempt  during  this  century  to  manu- 
facture papyrus  paper  in  Syracuse  having  been  unsuccessful. 

— G.  H.  B. 


"Argentine."     A.  Harpf.     Papier-Zeitung,  1891,  16, 
2584—2585,  2612—2614  and  2640—2642. 

"  Argentine  "  consists  of  nearly  pure  tin  in  a  very  tine 
state  of  division,  and  is  also  called  "  tin-dust."  It  is  used 
principally  for  ornamenting  paper,  such  as  silver  paper,  and 
is  manufactured  in  only  a  few  places,  as  the  demand  is  small. 
The  process  of  manufacture  described  is  that  carried  on  in 
Herdiiin,    near   Breslau.     The  materials   required   are   tin, 


56 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  SO,  1802. 


hydrochloric  acid,  and  zinc.  Tin  is  used  in  the  granulated 
form  and  also  as  it  exists  in  all  kinds  of  alloys,  such  as 
gun  metal  and  white  metal,  the  turnings  forming  the  waste 
material  of  other  factories  heing  suitable.  The  turnings  are 
placed  in  open  copper  vessels  holding  about  250  litres,  and 
ordinary  hydrochloric  acid  of  20° — 22°  B.  is  added  and 
boiled.  As  long  as  an  excess  of  tin  is  present  copper  and 
antimony  will  not  dissolve.  The  solution  will  contain 
chiefly  tin  and  a  little  lead,  and  is  run  into  wooden  casks  to 
cool,  when  most  of  the  lead  crystallises  out  as  chloride. 
This  is  separated  by  filtration  through  sand,  and  converted 
into  oxychloride  by  Pattinson's  method  tor  sale  as  a  white 
pigment.  The  clear  solution  has  a  density  of  33° — 40°  B., 
and  contains  17 — 23  per  cent.  Sn,  with  small  quantities  of 
lead  and  antimony.  It  is  desirable  that  these  impurities 
should  be  small  in  amount,  as  they  are  injurious  to  ihe 
colour  of  the  product.  The  undissolved  metal  is  exhausted 
by  boiling  three  times  with  fresh  acid,  when  it  is  washed  and 
dried.  On  account  of  its  admixture  with  antimony  and 
metallic  chlorides,  this  waste  copper  is  not  tit  for  castings, 
and  is  sold  to  a  metal  refiner.  Xot  all  the  tin  is  removed 
by  this  process,  as  the  metal  residue  retains  about  2 — 3  per 
per  cent.,  the  complete  extraction  of  which  would  be 
accompanied  by  too  much  antimony  and  lead. 

The  next  operation  is  the  precipitation  of  the  tin  in 
wooden  casks  holding  about  half  a  cubic  metre  each.  They 
are  filled  with  water,  and  an  iron  basket  well  plated  with  tin 
and  holding  zinc  scrap  is  suspended  in  each.  Each  cask 
receives  twice  daily  an  addition  of  2£  litres  of  the  strong 
solution  (about  40°  B.)  of  tin  chloride,  which  is  thereby 
diluted  to  200  times  its  volume.  The  metallic  tin  precipitated 
by  the  zinc  from  this  dilute  solution  takes  the  form  of  a 
very  light  sponge,  which  is  carried  by  adherent  hydrogen 
gas  to  the  surface  of  the  solution,  whence  it  is  removed 
every  morning,  and  well  washed  in  a  separate  cask.  It  is 
then  dried  in  a  shallow  oblong  steam-jacketed  zinc  pan,  in 
which  it  is  moved  about  with  wooden  shovels.  The  dried 
dust  is  sifted  in  a  rotating  sieve  provided  with  very  fine 
meshes.  It  forms  an  extremely  finely-divided  metallic 
powder  of  a  tin-grey  colour.  It  consists  of  nearly  pure  tin 
with  a  very  small  quantity  of  lead  and  sometimes  antimony. 
The  output  was  about  500  kilos,  per  month,  and  its  value 
was  280 — 300  marks  for  100  kilos,  of  good  quality.  The 
liquor  in  the  cask  becomes  gradually  charged  with  zinc 
chloride,  and  is  drawn  off  when  its  strength  reaches  20° — 
25°  B.  It  is  concentrated  to  about  50°  B.  by  evapora- 
tion in  enamelled  cast-iron  pans,  and  sold  for  preserving 
timber.  An  almost  obsolete  process  for  making  silver 
paper  involved  the  employment  of  a  metallic  dust  prepared 
mechanically  by  grinding  to  powder  an  alloy  composed  of 
96*5  per  cent,  of  tin  and  2*4  percent,  of  ziuc  which  was 
then  mixed  with  a  solution  of  glue  and  painted  on  ordinary 
white  paper,  a  gloss  being  afterwards  imparted  by  pressure. 
A  genuine  silver  paper  was  also  made  by  cementing  silver 
leaf  to  paper  with  white  lead  and  glue.  By  the  modern 
process  "  Argentine "  is  employed  and  the  cementing 
material  is  a  "wax-solution"  prepared  in  one  of  the 
following  ways: — Four  kilos,  of  ordinary  beeswax  and 
-,'  kilo,  of  potashes  are  boiled  with  50  litres  of  water ;  or, 
3  kilos,  of  starch  are  emulsified  and  boiled  with  75  litres  of 
water  containing  5  lb.  of  beeswax  and  \h  lb.  of  potashes. 
25  kilos,  of  "Argentine"  are  stirred  into  this  solution 
contained  in  a  rocking  trough  through  which  the  roll  of 
paper  is  caused  to  pass.  The  dull  grey-coated  paper  is 
then  passed  through  a  hot  calender  under  great  pressure, 
which  gives  a  high  polish  to  the  paper  resembling  tin-foil. 
Sometimes  the  calender  is  smeared  with  cocoa-nut  butter, 
which  increases  the  gloss  and  gives  a  greasy  feel  to  the 
paper.  A  practical  test  of  the  quality  of  a  sample  of 
••Argentine"  can  be  made  by  stirring  it  up  with  a  little 
water  and  painting  it  evenly  on  paper  with  a  brush. 
After  drying  the  polish  is  given  by  rubbing  the  paper  laid 
on  a  glass  plate  with  a  round  piece  of  agate 

A  considerable  difficulty  in  the  manufacture  of  the 
"  Argentine "  was  occasioned  by  the  appearance  of  small 
crystalline  particles  in  the  finished  product,  which  had  the 
effect  of  introducing  irregular  blotches  into  the  silver  paper. 
The  author  gives  an  account  of  experiments  made  for  the 
purpose  of  finding  a  cause  and  a  cure  for  these  crystals,  and 


found  that  the  precipitated  tin  sponge  is  liable  to  contain 
small  crystalline  needles  of  the  metal  when  the  tin  chloride 
solution  from  which  it  is  precipitated  is  insufficiently  diluted, 
or  when  the  zinc  plates  are  contaminated  with  other  metals 
in  such  a  way  that  electrical  currents  are  set  up  in  the 
solution.  Plates  of  tin  and  zinc  connected  by  a  copper 
wire  and  immersed  in  dilute  tin  solution  caused  the  forma- 
tion of  crystalline  needles  of  tin  at  the  tin  electrode,  whilst 
the  spongy  metal  separating  at  the  zinc  was  free  from 
crystals.  Plates  of  zinc  and  lead  employed  in  the  same 
way  gave  similar  results,  and  in  this  case  impurities  in  the 
zinc  plate  were  found  to  have  a  less  effect  on  the  result. 
As  it  is  not  possible  in  practice  to  employ  pure  zinc  the 
anther  proposes  to  use  a  lead  plate  in  electrical  connexion 
with  the  ordinary  impure  zinc  in  order  to  obtain  a  tin 
sponge  free  from  crystals.  This  modification  of  the  process 
gave  very  satisfactory  results  as  carried  out  in  the  following 
way.  A  wooden  cask  was  divided  into  two  compartments 
by  a  wooden  partition  containing  a  few  holes  to  allow  the 
solution  to  pass  freely.  Plates  of  lead  and  ordinary  com- 
mercial zinc  were  placed  in  the  separate  compartments  and 
connected  by  a  copper  wire.  The  cask  was  filled  with 
water  charged  with  1  per  cent,  of  the  strong  tin  chloride 
solution  (45°  B.).  The  formation  of  spODge  went  on 
regularly  and  quickly  at  the  zinc  plate  and  was  quite  free 
from  crystals,  whilst  only  a  few  crystals  of  tin  separated  at 
the  lead  plate,  which  became  covered  with  a  dark-grey 
film.  Large  quantities  of  good  sponge  were  obtained  from 
successive  additions  of  the  strong  liquor.  The  distinction 
between  sponge  and  crystals  must  be  taken  as  merely 
relative,  for  the  microscope  shows  the  sponge  to  consist 
entirely  of  very  small  crystals,  which  are  not  recognisable 
as  such  by  the  naked  eye. — G.  H.  B. 


French  Straw-Paper.     Papier-Zeitung,  1891, 16,  2611. 

Straw-pater,  has  been  in  considerable  demand  in  France 
and  a  good  and  firm  article  has  been  manufactured  for  the 
last  40  years.  The  process  of  manufacture  has  not  in  the 
meantime  undergone  much  change.  Chiefly  r}-e  straw  is 
cut  quite  short  in  a  cutting  machine,  and  this  chaff  is 
heaped  into  large  rectangular  brick  wells,  where  it  is  just 
covered  with  dilute  milk  of  lime.  A  covering  of  heavy 
boards  weighted  with  stones  is  put  on,  and  the  straw  is  left 
in  this  condition  for  two  to  four  weeks,  when  it  is  taken  out 
and  worked  under  edge-runners  for  not  less  than  an  hour. 
Straw  worked  in  this  manner  is  harder  than  steamed  straw 
and  the  knots  are  not  softened,  consequently  the  grinding 
must  be  well  done.  The  straw  now  goes  direct  into  the 
mill  and  after  a  short  time  into  the  pulp-vat.  The  French 
straw-paper  machines  tire  provided  with  shaking-troughs, 
knot-catchers,  presses,  and  several  drying  cylinders. 

— G.  H.  B. 


Japanese  Paper.    G.  Lauboeck.    Mittheil.  Techn.  Gewerbe- 
Museums,  1891,  257—260. 

Four  samples  of  Japanese  paper  of  a  quality  suitable 
for  writing  purposes  were  examined  with  the  results  shown 
in  the  table  on  next  page. 

The  raw  material  from  which  these  papers  were  made 
was  derived  from  "Gampi"  (Wickstromia  canescens)  and 
"  Kodsu "  (fironssonetia  papyrifera).  Gampi  gives  a 
yellow  colouration  with  an  aqueous  solution  of  iodine, 
while  Kodsu  becomes  brown  when  similarly  treated.  The 
ends  of  the  Gampi  fibre  are  bulb-shaped  and  rounder ;  its 
width  varies  from  0-007  to  0-020  mm.  When  Gampi  fibre 
is  treated  with  an  ammoniacal  solution  of  copper  oxide,  it 
swells  previous  to  dissolving,  each  fibre  presenting  the 
appearance  of  a  string  of  beads,  a  reaction  which  may  be 
considered  characteristic. 

The  Kodsu  fibre  is  of  massive  structure,  and  has  a 
diameter  of  0-014 — 0-031  mm.  The  fibres  are  partly 
covered  with  a  very  delicate  colourless  envelope  which  is 
most  readily  discernible  at  the  end  of  the  fibre ;  an 
ammoniacal  solution  of  copper  oxide  acts  less  readily  upon 
the  Kodsu  fibre  than   upon  the  Gampi  fihre.     The   Kodsu 


Jan.30,1893.]       THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


57 


Composition  of 
the  Samples. 

Tensile 
Strength  in  ' 
Kilos.*  with 
the  Fibre. 

Tensile 

Strength  in 

Kilos,  across 

the  Fibre. 

Breaking: 

Length  with 

the  Fibre. 

Breaking 

Length  across 

the  Fibre. 

Weight  of 
Paper  per 

Sq.  M.  in 

Gnus. 

Thickness  in 
Mm, 

Percentage  of 

Ash  calculated 

on  the  Dry 

Papcr. 

75  per  cent,  (ismipi. .. , 
S5  per  cent.  Kodsu.... 

13*74                    10*70 

}  -      ™ 

8,505 
6,788 

fi.SIIO 

('...".70                   I09-20t                  i.liij 
5,832                       18-C3                     0-035 

2-1S 
2-15 

1-34                       1-30                    4.02H                      8.601                       21-33                     0'05 

i                              1 

2  -Vi 

'  To  convert  kilos,  into  lb.  multiply  by  2'205. 


t  1  grm.  per  so-  m.  —  1'4864  grains  per  sq.  ft. 


t  1  mm.  =  0-03937  in. 


fibre  is  very  flexible  and  strong,  and  its  length  averages 
10 — 15  mm.  AH  the  papers  examined,  the  results  of  which 
are  recorded  above,  contained  a  little  rice  starch,  but  no 
other  loading  of  any  kind. 

It  is  noteworthy  that  the  first  three  samples  largely  excel 
the  Lest  European  papers  in  strength,  a  circumstance  the 
more  remarkable  as  their  thickness  and  weight  are 
unusually  small.  It  therefore  appears  that  the  good  quality 
of  Japanese  paper  is  largely  due  to  the  length  and  fineness 
of  the  fibre  from  which  it  is  made,  though  something  must 
be  ascribed  to  the  rational  method  of  manufacture  and  the 
personal  skill  of  the  arti/.ans.  The  papers  are  not  sized 
with  rosin  or  with  animal  size,  but  with  a  vegetable  prepara- 
tion which  does  not  unite  the  fibres  firmly  to  each  other,  a 
circumstance  to  which  the  rough  appearance  of  the  surface 
of  the  paper  may  be  ascribed.  It  will  be  interesting  to  see 
what  will  be  the  effect  of  sizing  Japanese  paper  by  European 
methods.— B.  B. 


Chemical  Composition  of  Vegetable  Cell  Membranes. 
E.  Schulze.     Ber.  1801,  24,  2277—2287. 

See  under  XVI.,  page  49. 


Properties  of  Cuprammonium.     Prudhomme.  Bull.  Soc. 
Ind.  Mulhouse,  1891,  510—512. 

See  under  VI.,  page  33. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

Chemical  Composition  of  Vegetable  Cell  Membranes. 
E.  Schulze.     Ber.  1891,24,  2277^2287. 

See  under  XVI.,  page  49. 


The  Alkaloids  of  the  Areca-Nut.     E.  Jahns.     Ber.  1891, 
24,  2G15— 2G17. 

In  a  previous  paper  (this  Journal,  1890,  1146)  the  author 
lias  pointed  out  that  arecoline,  one  of  the  alkaloids  con- 
tained in  the  areca-nut,  when  decomposed  by  acids  or  by 
alkalis,  yields  the  base  arecaidine.  Further  investigations 
have  shown  that  this  same  body  occurs  in  varying  quantities 
ready  formed  in  the  areca-nut.  It  can  be  readily  separated 
from  the  arecaidine  with  which  it  occurs  by  treatment  with 
hydrochloric  acid  and  methyl  alcohol,  when  the  arecaidine 
is  converted  into  the  methyl  ester  (arecolin)  whilst  the 
arecaidine  forms  a  hydrochloride. 

In  addition  to  the  alkaloids  previously  isolated  it  has  been 
found  that  a  new  alkaloid,  for  which  the  name  Guvacine 
(from  the  old  Indian  name  for  the  areca  palm — Guvaca)  is 
proposed,  occurs   in   varying  quantity   in   several  kinds   of 


areca  seeds.  This  product  is  somewhat  less  soluble,  both  in 
water  and  in  dilute  alcohol,  than  either  arecaine  or  arecoline, 
and  can  be  separated  from  arecaidine  by  treatment  with 
methyl  alcohol  and  hydrochloric  acid,  being  unaffected  by 
these  reagents.  It  forms  small  glittering  crystals,  which 
melt  with  decomposition  at  27 1° — 272°  C.  These  are  readily 
soluble  in  water  and  in  dilute  alcohol,  insoluble  in  strong 
alcohol  and  in  ether,  chloroform,  and  benzene.  The 
solutions  are  neutral.  Analysis  points  to  the  formula 
C6H9NOs  for  the  new  alkaloid.  With  acids  guvacine  forms 
crystalline  salts  which  have  an  acid  reaction,  and  which 
behave  similarly  to  the  free  base  with  the  above-mentioned 
solvents.  The  hydrochloride,  sulphate,  gold  and  platinum 
double  chlorides  are  described.  The  platinum  salt  has  the 
formula  (C6H?NO„.HCl)i,.PtCI4.  +  4  H,,0  ;  it  loses  its  water 
of  crystallisation  at  110"  and  darkens  on  heating  to  210°, 
melting  a  few  degrees  higher.  The  gold  double  chloride 
contains  no  water  of  crystallisation.  It  melts  at  194° — ■ 
195°  C.  The  bases  isolated  up  to  the  present  by  the  author 
from  the  areca-nut  are  the  following: — 

Choline CiHl3N02 

Guvacine C6H,N02 

Arecaine C:H„N( ),  +  H20 

Arecaidine. C7H „\t  >.  +  H20 

Arecoline C8HuNOa 

With  the  exception  of  choline  these  bases  appear  to  be 
closely  related  one  to  the  other.  Full  details  concerning 
these  bodies  will  be  published  in  the  Archives  de  l'hannaeie. 

— C.  A.  K. 


The  Detection  of  Turkish  Geranium  Essence  in  Hose  Oil, 
(i.  Panajatow.     Ber.  1891,  24,  27U0 — 2701. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  Gl. 


Camphrone;   a   Product   of  the  Action   of   Dehydrating 

Agents  on  Camphor.  H.  E.  Armstrong  and  F.  S.  Kipping. 

Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1891—1892,  188 — 189. 
The  action  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  on  camphor 
appears  to  have  been  first  examined  hyChautard;  it  was 
subsequently  studied  by  Fittig,  Schwanert,  and  Kaehler,  all 
of  whom  agree  in  stating  that  under  suitable  conditions  an 
oily  product,  having  a  strong  peppermint  odour,  is  formed, 
isomeric  with  acetophorone,  C9H140,  which  consequently  has' 
figured  in  chemical  literature  under  the  name  Camphor  one. 
The  various  statements  regarding  the  properties  of  this 
substance,  however,  are  by  no  means  confirmatory,  Fittig 
stating  that  it  boils  at  204°— 205  and  that  it  has  a  relative 

density  of  0-939  at   12°,  whereas  (Schwanert  gives   230° 

235°  as  its  boiling  point  and  0' 9614  at  20°  as  the  relative 
density. 

Armstrong  and  Miller  noticed  the  presence  of  a  substance 
having  properties  similar  to  those  of  the  product  obtained 
by  means  of  sulphuric  acid  among  the  products  of  the 
action  of  zinc  chloride  on  camphor;  but  attempts  which 
they  made  to  isolate  a  definite  substance  from  their  crude 
product  were  unsuccessful. 

It  appeared  probable  that,  with  the  aid  of  the  improved 
methods    of   treating   ketonic   compounds    now   known,   it 


58 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  so,  1892. 


would  be  possible  to  separate  the  characteristic  eoustituent 
from  the  crude  oil,  and  this  has  proved  to  be  the  case. 

On  treating  the  fraction  boiling  at  23S  —2-12  of  the  oil 
prepared  by  means  either  of  sulphuric  acid  or  of  zinc 
chloride  with  phenylhydrazine,  a  mixture  of  a  crystalline 
hydrazone  with  dark-coloured,  oily  products  is  obtained; 
the  purified  hydrazone  crystallises  in  yellowish  plates  and 
melts  at  about  108°.  By  boiling  it  in  alcoholic  solution 
with  ferric  chloride  and  muriatic  acid,  an  oil  is  obtained 
which  yields  a  hydrazone  identical  with  that  from  which  it 
was  prepared ;  on  distilling  this  oil,  the  thermometer 
rapidly  rises  to  245°,  the  greater  part  of  the  liquid  passing 
over  at  245" — 247°.  On  treatment  with  hydroxylaniine,  the 
oil  is  converted  into  a  hydroxime  which  crystallises  in  long 
prisms  melting  at  85° — 86°,  of  which  the  acetyl  derivative 
melts  at  69°— 70°. 

Numbers  were  obtained  which  agree  satisfactorily  with 
the  formula  CI0H12O.  A  more  complete  study  of  the 
compound  to  place  its  composition  beyond  doubt,  especially 
;i-  lb.-  formula  Cj0H,2O  is  a  very  remarkable  one,  will  be 
made. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Oxygen.  J.  C. 
La'wson,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  15,998,  October  9,  1890.  8d. 
The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  obtain  oxygen  from 
the  air  by  means  of  a  continuous  process,  which  consists 
essentially  in  passing  ozonised  air  through  a  compound 
capable  of  readily  absorbing  the  oxygen,  and  of  giving  it  off 
again  when  heated  in  a  current  of  steam.  The  method  of 
working  is  to  draw  air  by  means  of  a  fan  through  an  ozone 
generator,  which  contains  a  number  of  plates  made  of  glass 
or  other  insulating  material.  The  plates  are  varnished 
and  coated  on  their  upper  sides  -with  perforated  tin  or  other 
metallic  foil.  These  foils  are  connected  alternately  with 
the  terminals  of  the  high  potential  circuit  of  an  induction 
current.  The  air  on  leaving  the  ozone  generator  passes  to  ;i 
retort  in  which  is  placed  tin-  substance  capable  of  absorbing 
the  oxygen  from  the  air,  such  as  commercial  manganate  ol 
soda,  which  may  be  mixed  with  oxide  of  copper.  The 
retort  is  heated  in  a  suitable  furnace  and  is  provided  with  a 
pipe  and  cock  for  the  admission  of  steam,  and  also  with  an 
exit  pipe  through  which  the  liberated  oxygen  can  pass 
through  a  washer  to  the  gas-holder,  a  bye-pass  being 
being  provided  for  the  escape  of  the  nitrogen.  The  sodium 
manganate  is  first  treated  with  steam  and  the  evolved 
oxygen  collected  ;  when  no  more  is  evolved  the  steam  is 
turned  off,  and  the  ozonised  air  led  through  the  hot  retort 
when  re-oxidation  ensues,  the  oxygen  taken  up  being  again 
liberated  on  a  second  treatment  with  steam.  By  employing 
a  suitable  arrangement  of  four  retorts  the  process  can  be 
worked  continuously. — 0.  A.  K. 


A    New  Product   Possessing  the  same,  or  nearly  the  same, 
Propertiesas  Spirits  of  Turpentine.    T.  Drake,  Hudders- 
lield.     Eng.  Pat.  16,916,  October  23,  1890.     id. 
See  under  XIII.,  page  45. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  and  Production  of 
Salols  and  Analogous  Compounds.  C.  Kolbe,  Kadebeul, 
Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  17,221,  October  28,  1890.  6<i 
Ix  the  various  methods  employed  by  the  patentee  for  the 
manufacture  and  production  of  salols,  it  has  been  found 
that  cinnamic  acid  can  be  employed  in  place  of  the  different 
acids  hitherto  used,  and  that  the  phenols  can  be  replaced 
by  glycerol  (Eng.  Pats.  8018  of  1886;  10,260,  of  1887 ;  13 
and  169  of  1888  ;  this  Journal,  1886,  577  ;  1887,  561  ; 
1888,  587;  1889,  817).  In  this  manner  the  following  new 
bodies  are  produced : — Cinnamates  of  guaiaeol,  creosol 
(i.e.,  methyl  guaiaeol),  and  eugenol  (i.e.,  allyl  guaiaeol); 
mono-di-  and  tri-salicylates  of  glycerol;  mono-di- and  tri- 
cresotinates  (ortho,  meta,  and  para)  of  glycerol  and  mono- 
di-  and  tri-cinnamates  of  glycerol.  These  substances  form 
colourless  bodies  insoluble  or  only  soluble  with  difficulty  in 
water,  but  soluble  in  alcohol,  from  which  solvent  they  can 
be  recrystallised.     They  dissolve  without  decomposition  in 


cold  dilute  soda,  but  are  saponified  on  heating  the  solution. 
When  cooled  considerably  below  their  point  of  solidifica- 
tion these  bodies  often  remain  liquid.  Details  regarding  the 
methods  of  preparation  of  some  of  the  above  substances 
are  given.  These  new  salols  can  be  employed  as  healing 
agents. — C.  A.  K. 

Production  from  Mineral  Oils  of  Sulphonic  Acids  and 
Sulphones,  and  the  Manufacture  of  a  New  Product  by 
Treating  Gelatinous  Matters  with  Sulphonic  Acid. 
A.  M.  Clark,  London.  From  the  "  Gewerkscliaft  Messel," 
Grube  Messel,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  19,502,  November 
29,  1890.     6d. 

See  under  III.,  page  22. 


Processes  for  Obtaining  the  Two  Isomeric  Monomethyl- 
ethers  of  Proto-catechuic  Aldehyde.  J.  Bertram,  Leipzig, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  20,264,  December  12,  1890.     6d. 

Tiik  di-metallic  sodium  salt  of  protocatechuic  aldehyde 
when  treated  with  molecular  quantities  of  the  halogen 
compounds  of  methyl  or  with  the  methyl  sulphates  of  the 
alkalis  or  alkaline  earths,  yields  the  sodium  salt  of  the  meta- 
rnethyl  ether  of  proteeatechuic  aldedyde  (vanillin),  whilst 
the  mono-sodium  salt  of  the  aldehyde,  when  similarly  treated, 
forms  the  isomeric  para-methyl  ether  (isovanillin).  These 
reactions  are  represented  by  the  following  equations  : — 


ONa  (4) 

gi,(ONa   (3) 


COH  (1) 

CI) 
(3) 
(1) 
Vanillin. 


.O.Na 
C6H3/O.CK 
\COH 


II. 

,ONa    (4) 
()(II,;(ON      (3)      + 
NCOH  (1) 


CH.1     = 


Nal 


CH,1     -=- 


/ 


OCH3    (4) 


C6H3/-OH       (3)     +     Nal 
\COH    (1) 
Isovanillin. 

By  the  action  of  sodium  methylate  on  mono-acetyl 
protocatechuic  aldehyde  vanillin  is  obtained,  whilst  from  the 
di-acetyl  compound  acetyl  isovanillin  results,  from  which 
isovanillin  is  prepared  by  saponification.  The  quantities 
required  for  carrying  out  the  above  reactions  are  given  in 
the  specification.  The  products  are  purified  by  distillation 
in  vacuo;  vanillin  boils  at  170  C.  and  isovanillin  at  179° C. 
under  a  pressure  of  15  mm.  (Compare  this  Journal,  1891, 
854.)— C.  A.  K. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Production  of  Camphor. 
W.  W.  Horn,  London.  From  F.  de  Mare,  N.  N.  M. 
Saunier,  and  G.  Dambmann,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat. 
21,294,  December  31,  1890.     id. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  take  advantage  of  the 
oxidising  properties  of  ozone  both  on  terebenthine  and 
campheue.  Two  methods  are  used  for  the  oxidation  of 
terebenthine :  Firstly,  the  gum  is  heated  and  a  current  of 
ozone  is  caused  to  pass  over  it  at  the  very  moment  of  the 
separation  of  the  terebenthine,  camphor  being  produced, 
distilled,  and  condensed  in  the  cold  parts  of  the  apparatus  ; 
secondly,  ozone  is  caused  to  act  upon  the  vapour  of  tere- 
benthine, and  tlie  camphor  vapour  condensed.  For  the 
preparation  of  camphor  from  camphene,  the  latter  is  obtained 
by  treating  the  monoehlorhydrate  of  terebenthine  with  an 
alkaline  carbonate  at  a  temperature  of  180  ('.,  and 
distilling.  The  campheue  is  then  heated  in  a  receiver  to 
80°  C,  ozone  being  meanwhile  introduced.  The  camphor 
formed  is  deposited  on  the  sides  of  the  receiver. — E.  G.  C. 


Jan.  so.  1892.1        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


59 


Improvements  in  the  Purification  of  Chloroform.  S.  Pitt, 
Sutton.  From  "  Raoul  Pictet  &  Co.,"  Berlin,  Germany. 
Kng.  Pat.  15,514,  .September  12,  1891.     id. 

The  purification  is  effected  in  a  copper  cylinder,  surrounded 
by  a  jacket  hermetically  sealed  at  top  and  bottom  and 
provided  with  an  inlet  and  outlet  pipe.  A  grating  is  fixed 
at  the  bottom  of  the  cylinder  on  which  any  suitable  filtering 
material  can  be  placed,  whilst  a  cock  is  attached  below  the 
grating  for  running  off  the  contents  of  the  cylinder. 

The  object  of  the  purification  is  to  remove  the  various 
products,  such  as  the  tetrachlorides  of  carbon,  with  which 
the  chloroform  is  invariably  contaminated,  even  that 
obtained  from  chloral,  and  is  carried  out  in  three  stages. 
First  the  chloroform  in  the  cylinder  is  cooled  down  to  80°  C. 
by  allowing  ethylcbloride,  ethylene,  protoxide  of  nitrogen 
or  "  Pictet's  liquid,"  to  evaporate  in  the  jacketed  space 
outside  the  cylinder,  and  filtering  the  cold  liquid  mass. 
Foreign  bodies  crystallising  above  this  temperature  are  thus 
removed,  from  which  the  liquid  chloroform  is  filtered  off 
through  the  above-mentioned  grating.  The  second  stage  is 
to  solidify  the  chloroform  thus  obtained  by  reducing  the 
temperature  of  the  cylinder  to  —  82°  C,  when  about  two- 
thirds  of  it  freezes  against  the  sides  of  the  reservoir.  The 
remaining  liquid  is  drained  off,  and  the  solid  chloroform 
melted  and  then  run  out  of  the  cylinder  for  the  second 
time.  The  product  thus  obtained  is  finally  subjected  to 
distillation  at  a  very  low  temperature  under  reduced 
pressure,  the  cylinder  used  in  the  previous  stages  of  the 
purification  now  serving  as  the  receiver.  The  first  and  last 
portions  of  the  distillate  are  rejected,  whilst  the  intermediate 
product,  amounting  to  about  80  per  cent,  of  the  total,  is 
obtained  as  chemically  pure  chloroform. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  Relating  to  Carbonic  Acid  Baths  and 
Tablets  for  Use  therein.  E.  Sandow,  Hamburg, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  16,422,  September  28,  1891.     4</. 

See  under  ~Vl\.,page  37. 


A  New  Antipyretic  and  Antineuralgic  Chinoiin  Derioa- 
tiue,  and  Process  for  the  Production  of  the  same. 
A.  Bang,  Leeds.  From  G.  A.  Dahl,  Barmen,  Germanv. 
Eng.  Pat.  17,493,  October  14,  1891.     (id. 

I  Ihiiio-hydroxy-quinoline,  when  boiled  with  an  alcoholic 
solution  of  an  ethyl  haloid  ester  and  sodium  hydrate,  is 
converted  into  ortho-ethoxy-quiuoline,  as  has  been  shown 
by  Fischer  and  lienouf  (Ber.  17,  759).  This  product  when 
nitrated  is  converted  into  a  mixture  of  mono-  and  dinitro- 
compounds,  from  which  the  former  can  be  separated  owing 
to  its  greater  solubility  in  water.  The  mono-nitro-ethoxy- 
quinoline  yields  the  corresponding  amido-compound  on 
reduction,  which  latter  is  converted  into  a  mono-acetyl 
compound  when  treated  with  glacial  acetic  acid,  or  when  its 
hydrochloride  is  boiled  with  a  mixture  of  sodium  acetate 
and  acetic  anhydride.  The  resulting  acetyl  compound  is 
the  new  antipyretic  and  antineuralgic.  It  forms  white 
needles,  which  melt  at  155°  C.  They  dissolve  readily  in 
alcohol,  fairly  readily  in  hot  water  ;  they  possess  slightly 
basic  properties,  dissolving  readily  in  dilute  acids  to  form 
salts.  Its  mineral  acid  salts  are  readily  decomposed  on 
boiling,  and  gradually  on  crystallisation.  The  constitutional 
formula  for  the  acetyl-compound  is  the  following  : — ■ 

/C2H30 
NH 


OCjH5    N 

Ortho-eth>>.ry-aiia-mono-aeefyl-ami(lo-tilti)l<>lni> . 

Full  details  for  the  preparation  of  the  products  concerned 
are  given  in  the  specification. — C.  A.  K. 


XXII.-EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

High  Explosives  in  Warfare.     Commander  F.  M.  Barber, 
U.S.N.     J.  Franklin  Inst.  1891,  131,  117—140. 

The  author,  while  mentioning  that  all  civilised  nations  are 
experimenting  with  and  adopting  high  explosives  in  place  of 
gunpowder  for  many  military  and  naval  purposes,  points 
out  that  his  subject  is  hardly  practical,  as  high  explosives 
cannot  yet  be  said  to  have  been  regularly  used  in  warfare. 
The  simplest  applications  of  these  explosives  in  warfare  are 
in  connexion  with  torpedoes.  While  experimenting  with 
different  explosives  under  water  Gen.  Abbot  found  that 
nitroglycerin  was  20  per  cent,  less  effective  under  these 
circumstances  than  dynamite  No.  1.  His  idea  was  that 
nitroglycerin  was  too  quick  in  its  action,  and  since  water  is 
slightly  compressible,  a  minute  fraction  of  time  is  required 
in  the  development  of  the  full  force  of  the  explosive. 

Gun-cotton  is  generally  employed  in  America  and  Europe 
for  naval  purposes,  although  Russia,  Austria,  and  Italy  also 
use  blasting  gelatin.  Experiments  in  England  have  shown 
that  the  explosion  of  500  lb.  of  gun-cotton  placed  40  ft. 
below  any  ship  will  sink  her. 

Mines  for  harbour  defence  are  either  buoyant  or  on  the 
ground.  The  former  contain  from  400  to  500  lb.  of  ex- 
plosive, the  latter  from  500  to  1,500  lb.,  and  these  are  not 
efficient  when  the  water  is  over  100  ft.  deep. 

Torpedoes  carry  from  75  to  250  lb.  of  explosive,  and 
those  of  the  automobile  variety  attain  a  speed  of  25  to  30 
knots  for  400  yards.  The  speed  of  the  controllable  torpedoes 
is  about  19  knots,  and  their  effective  range  one  mile. 

The  next  application  of  high  explosives  is  as  bursting 
charges  for  shells.  After  discussing  the  various  calculations 
and  experiments  which  have  been  made  to  estimate  the 
force  of  the  different  explosives,  the  author  considers  the 
following  a  fair  rough  estimate  of  the  bursting  charges  of 
shells  : — 

Powder l 

Gun-cotton  and  dynamite C— 10 

Nitroglycerin 13—15 

Blasting  gelatin 15—17 

There  are  two  ways  of  applying  explosives  in  shells.  The 
one,  in  which  a  comparatively  thick  shell  is  employed,  for 
piercing  armour  plates,  and  containing  a  small  quantity  of 
explosive,  the  other,  in  which  a  very  large  amount  of 
explosive  is  thrown,  contained  in  a  shell  made  as  thin  as 
possible. 

In  this  case  the  efficiency  does  not  depend  on  the 
dispersion  of  the  pieces  of  shell,  but  upon  the  devastating 
force  of  the  bursting  charge  itself  upon  everything  within 
the  radius  of  its  explosive  effect. 

There  are,  however,  great  difficulties  in  the  firing  of  high 
explosives  in  shells  owing  to  the  liability  of  the  shock 
of  firing  to  explode  the  charge  in  the  shell  before  it  leaves 
the  gun  or  mortar.  In  Europe  these  difficulties  have  been 
attacked  by  trying  to  modify  the  explosive  so  that  it  can 
be  fired  with  safety  from  the  ordinary  powder  gun,  while 
in  America  the  high  explosive  has  been  taken  as  it  is,  and 
the  gun  adapted  to  it.  In  the  pneumatic  gun  the  pressure 
is  low  and  can  never  exceed  that  in  the  firing  reservoir, 
which  is  1,000  lb.  per  square  inch.  Hitherto  with  this  gun 
no  accidents  have  happened  while  firing  the  most  powerful 
explosives  in  their  natural  state  and  in  quantities  over  fifty 
per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  the  projectile. 

Projectiles  weighing  950  lb.  and  containing  300  lb.  of 
blasting  gelatin  and  200  lb.  of  dynamite  No.  1,  have  been 
thrown  nearly  one  mile  and  exploded  after  disappearing 
under  water.  It  is  calculated  that  this  projectile  would 
have  sunk  any  ironclad  floating  within  47  ft.  of  where  it 
exploded. 

The  effect  of  high  explosives  upon  horizontal  armour  is 
very  great,  but  vertical  armour  has  not  yet  been  shattered. 

— W.  M. 


Ml 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Jan.  30,1802. 


XXIII.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 


APPARATUS. 


of    the     Specific     Gravity      of     Viscid 
.i      W.    Briihl.    Ber.     1891,    24,    2455— 


Determination 
Substances. 
2457. 

A  pipette  containing  the  viscid  substance  is  inserted  into 
a  graduated  flask,  which  being  then  exhausted  by  means  of 
a  side  tube  attached  for  that  purpose,  becomes  charged  with 
tlie  viscid  substance  as  it  is  sucked  from  the  pipette.  This 
is  the  arrangement  and  method  adopted  by  the  author 
(Her.  24,  182),  which,  he  points  out,  with  a  10  cc.  flask 
readily  gives  results  accurate  to  four  places  of  decimals,  and 
which  he  considers  decidedly  preferable  for  accurate 
scientific  work  to  Scheibler's  arrangement  of  a  pipette 
closed  with  two  stop-cocks  (this  Journal,  1891,  657),  inas- 
much as  this  apparatus  is  open  to  the  same  objection  as  the 
specific  gravity  bottle  supplied  with  a  capillar}'  bored 
stopper,  namely,  inconstancy  of  volume,  an  error  which 
however  would  be  diminished  by  using  a  large  pipette  with 
small  stop-cocks. — I).  A.  L. 


Vacuum    Desiccator  with    Heating  Arrangements.     J.  W. 
Briihl.    Her.  24,  2457—2459. 

The  plate  which  carries  the  bell-jar  is  furnished  with  three 
openings,  one  serving  the  ordinary  purpose  of  exhausting, 
the  other  two  carrying  brass  tubes  1  cm.  in  diameter,  about 
12  long,  and  extending  7 — 8  cm.  above  the  plate,  when'  they 
are  soldered  into  a  circular  box  about  15  cm.  in  diameter,  and 
1  cm.  in  height,  made  of  copper  plate  2  mm.  thick,  and 
furnished  with  several  supports  soldered  inside  to  prevent  its 
bursting  when  the  bell-jar  is  exhausted.  The  tubes  are 
fixed  air-tight  through  the  plate  by  means  of  brass  flanges, 
caoutchouc  stoppers,  and  screw-nuts.  The  box  serves  to 
support  the  vessel  containing  the  solution  to  be  evaporated, 
and  can  be  heated  by  hot  air,  water,  or  steam,  while  a  vessel 
filled  with  an  absorbent  may  be  placed  under  the  box  if 
required. — 1).  A.  I.. 

PATENT. 

Improvements  in  or  Appertaining  to  Mercurial  Air-pumps. 
\V.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  Prom  A.  Raps,  Berlin, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  2909,  February  18,  1891.     8d. 

These  improvements,  relating  to  an  appliance  for  auto- 
matically actuating  mercurial  air-pumps,  are  claimed  as 
consisting,  firstly,  in  the  use  of  a  smaller  counterweight 
for  the  oscillating  lever,  combined  with  an  adjustable 
weighted  arm.  Secondly,  in  the  introduction  of  an 
expansion  vessel  in  the  pipe  leading  from  the  three  way 
cock  to  the  oscillating  mercury  receptable. 

For  further  details  the  specification  must  be  consulted. 

—P. 

INORGANIC   CHEMISTRY.— 
QUALITATIVE. 

A  Delicate  Test  for  Alum  in  Potable  Water.  Ellen  II. 
Richards.     Technology  Quarterly,  1891,  4,  194 — 195. 

The  precipitation  of  alumina  on  the  addition  of  alum  to 
natural  waters  is  proportional  to  the  amount  of  carbonates 
or  bicarbonates  present  in  the  water.  The  precipitation  is 
gradual,  and  a  water  which  will  give  a  reaction  for  alum 
immediately  after  filtration  may  give  none  after  24  hours. 
Effluents  from  filters  using  alum  which  are  originally  clear 
frequently  become  cloudy  on  standing  from  separation  of 
aluminium  hydrate.  When  alum  is  added  to  brown  surface 
waters  the  precipitation  of  alumina  is  due  to  the  colouring 
matters,  tannin  and  other  substances. 

The  author's  test  is  as  follow?  : — "  To  25  cc.  of  the  water 
(concentrated  from  one  liter  or  more,  if  necessary)  are 
added  a  few  drops  of  freshly  prepared  logwood  decoction; 
any  alkali  is  neutralised,  and  the  colour  brightened  by  the 
addition  of  two  or  three  drops  of  acetic  acid.  By  com- 
parison with  standard  solutions,  the  amount  of  alum 
present  may  be  determined.     One  part  of  alum  in  1,000,000 


of  water  can  be  detected  with  certainty.  In  cases  of  greater 
dilution,  concentration  of  several  litres  may  be  necessary  to 
obtain  a  decisive  test.  The  logwood  chips  yield  the  right 
colour  only  after  having  been  treated  with  boiling  water 
two  or  three  times,  and  rejecting  the  successive  decoctions. 
The  first  portion  gives  a  yellow  colour,  the  third  or  fourth 
a  deep  red." — A.  G.  B. 


INORGANIC   CHEMISTR Y.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

Examination  of  Tin-plated  Iron  Articles  used  for  the 
Preservation  of  Foods.  J.  Pinette.  Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 
15,  1109. 

.See  wider  Will — A.,  page  51. 


Aluminium    Sulphate.     Papier-Zeitung,  1891,  16, 

2326—2328. 

See  under  XIX.,  pages  52 — 55. 


The  Chlorine  Industry.     Laboratory  Investigations. 
A.  Keychler.     Monit.  Scient.  1891,  1249 — 1256. 

See  under  VII.,  pages  34 — 36. 


Electrolytic  Separations.  E.  F.  Smith  and  E.  Muhr.  Per. 
1891,  24,  2175— 2181  ;  and  Amer.  Chem.  J.  1891.13 
417—422. 

The  electrolytic  deposition  of  gold  from  alkaline  auro- 
cyanides  is  well  known,  and  the  author  has  now  demonstrated 
how  this  property  may  be  applied  to  the  separation  of  the 
precious  metal  from  palladium,  platinum,  copper,  cobalt, 
nickel,  and  zinc.  Palladium,  for  example,  in  solutions 
containing  excess  of  potassium  cyanide,  requires  a  current 
of  -—L^  ampere  to  pass  36  hours  before  it  is  deposited,  and 
when  gold  is  also  present  the  latter  can  be  wholly  separated 
in  from  12  to  14  hours,  and  quite  free  from  palladium. 
Platinum,  and  also  nickel,  resemble  palladium  in  their 
behaviour  under  similar  circumstances,  whilst  potassium 
zinc  cyauide  requires  a  current  of  at  least  2 — 3  cc.  of 
electrolytic  gas  per  minute  for  its  decomposition.  The 
conditions  of  operation  and  the  results  are  indicated  in 
the  following  table,  which  contains  some  of  the  autl:or"s 
results  : — 


Sold 
Present. 

Potassium 
Cyanide 
Present. 

Dilution. 

Current 

ill  cc. 

Electro- 
lytic Gas 

Per  Min. 

Palladium 

or  oilier 

Metal 

Present. 

Gold 
Deposited 
(extremes). 

Grins. 
0-1102 

Grnis. 
1-5 

Cc. 
150 

o-s 

Gnus. 

Palladium. 

0  1200 

Grms. 
0-1162—3 

11-1102 

1-5 

150 

o-  J, 

0-1200 

0-1160—50 

0-1162 

1-5 

150 

1-0 

0-1200 

0-1 101—58 

II-11H7 

2-5 

150 

10 

Platinum. 
0-2433 

0-1171-01 

0-1725 

1-5 

150 

0-s 

Copper. 

0-12511 

0-1725 

n-172.-. 

:/o 

150 

0-8 

0-1250 

0-1736 

II-172.1 

3  V, 

150 

ir  t 

11-12511 

0-1735—20 

1I-17'.I2 

.TO 

1511 

0*0 

Cobalt. 
0-15-0-20 

0-17VJ-99 

0-1725 

2'.-. 

150 

0-5 

Nickel. 
0-1373 

0-1721 

n-172.-, 

.Til 

1511 

ro 

0-1373 

0-1718 

0-1467 

2-5 

150 

tl-5 

0-1373 

0-1462—60 

0-1702 

.TO 

150 

0-5 

Zinc. 
0-2000 

0-1796 

•• 

0-6 

0-2000 

0-1798—90 

Jan.  SO,  1802.]         THE   JOUKNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OP   CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


61 


The  slight  excess  of  gold  observed  in  the  precipitate  in 
111:111  v  instances  is  stated  not  to  he  due  to  the  presence  of  the 
foreign  metal.  A  battery  of  6  to  1(1  Crowfoot  cells  was  used 
for  these  experiments,  and  the  electrodes  were  l\  in.  apart 
during  the  electrolysis,  which  was  performed  in  a  platinum 
dish.  ' 

Solutions  containing  0-0770  gnu.  of  silver,  0-2433  grm. 
of  platinum,  and  2-5  gnus,  ot  potassium  cyanide  per 
150  cc.  yield  their  silver  free  from  platinum  by  the  action 
of  a  current  of  a  strength  of  1  ce.  electrolytic  gas  per 
minute  ;  a  stronger  current  brings  down  traces  of  platinum 
as  well.  Cadmium  cannot  be  separated  either  from  platinum 
or  nickel  by  this  mode  of  treatment.  Mercury,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  readily  separated  from  either  of  the  latter 
metals  in  cyanide  solution;  for  example,  by  means  of 
current  of  a  strength  of  0-2  cc.  electrolytic  gas  per  minute 
all  tlie  mercury  can  be  separated  from  a  solution  containing 
0-1902  grm.  mercuiy,  0-2433  grm.  of  platinum,  and  2-5 
guns,  of  platinum  cyanide  per  150  cc. — D.  A.  L. 


The  Electrolysis  of  Metallic  Phosphates  in  Acid  Solution. 
E.F.Smith.  J.Franklin  Inst.  1891,13,206— 209.  (See 
this  Journal,  1890,  898—899.) 

The  author  now  finds  that  cadmium  can  be  separated  from 
manganese  electrolytic-ally  without  any  particular  difficulty. 
Some  of  the  heavier  metals  were  studied  in  the  same 
manner  as  copper  and  cadmium  (loc.  cit.). 

Platinum  is  deposited  very  rapidly  From  its  acid  phosphate 
solution  by  the  current,  and  can  be  separated  from  the 
metals  of  the  third  and  fourth  groups. 

Palladium  also  separates  rapidly  and  completely  from  a 
solution  containing  free  phosphoric  acid,  but  efforts  to 
separate  palladium  from  cadmium,  zinc,  and  other  metals 
were  fruitless,  for  though  the  palladium  was  always  fully 
precipitated,  it  was  either  associated  with  the  other  metals 
or  separated  in  black  spongy  masses. 

Gold. — No  difficulty  was  experienced  in  the  case  of  gold 
by  itself,  but  attempts  to  separate  it  from  cadmium  were 
unsuccessful,  though  the  separation  of  gold  from  zinc  could 
be  carried  out  without  the  least  difficulty.  The  separation 
of  gold  from  cobalt  was  also  satisfactory. 

The  electrolysis  of  zinc,  nickel,  cobalt  and  iron  phosphates 
have  thus  far  not  yielded  encouraging  results.  Strong 
currents  seem  necessary  ;  even  then  the  deposition  of  the 
metals  is  rather  slow. — O.  H. 


I  dilute  solution  could  be  utilised  for  the  electrolytic  deposition 
J  of  the  metals,  but  the  other  products  of  decomposition 
[  exerted  such  an  influence  on  the  solution  that  iu  but  very 
few  eases  were  quantitative  results  obtained.  Mercury  and 
gold  were  the  only  two  metals  which  gave  satisfactory 
results,  the  other  metals,  viz.,  cadmium,  palladium,  nickel, 
cobalt,  zinc,  iron,  manganese,  lead,  antimony,  bismuth,  and 
tin,  yielding  no  satisfactory  results  whatever. — O.  H. 


The  Electrolysis  of  the  Metallic  Sulphocyanides.     L.  K. 

Frankel.  J.  Franklin  Inst.  1891,13,  144—150. 
I\  a  previous  paper  on  the  above  subject  by  the  present 
author  in  conjunction  with  E.  F.  Smith  (this  Journal,  1890, 
80)  the  statement  was  made  that  manganese  when  deposited 
from  a  solution  containing  an  excess  of  potassium  sulpho- 
cyanide  separates  as  a  greyish-white  deposit  on  the  negative 
pole,  differing  in  this  respect  from  solutions  of  the  nitrate 
or  the  sulphate  from  which  manganese  is  deposited  as 
oxide.  Furthermore,  it  was  stated  that  nickel,  cobalt,  iron, 
and  several  other  metals  separate  very  rapidly  from  cold 
sulphocyanide  solutions  under  the  influence '  of  a  weak 
current.  In  the  present  paper  the  above  experiments  have 
been  repeated,  and  the  action  of  the  current  has  been  tried 
on  various  other  metallic  sulphocyanides,  but  the  results 
have  been  for  the  most  part  of  a  negative  order. 

The  decomposition  of  concentrated  alkaline  sulphocyanide 
is  described,  and  the  production  of  a  lemon-yellow 
amorphous  deposit,  which  the  author  finds  to  be  similar 
and  identical  with  Bunge's  "  pseudosulphocyanogen  "  (Her. 
3,  297),  also  described  by  Eidon,  and  with  "  Canarin  " 
(perthiocyanogen,  or  persulphocyanogen),  a  yellow  colour- 
ing matter  obtained  by  the  action  of  chlorine  or  bromine  on 
sulphocyanic  acid  (see  this  Journal,  1884,  166 — 167,255, 
and  476). 

In  dilute  sulphocyanide  solutions,  however,  the  formation 
of  the  lemon-yellow  compound  takes  place  in  but  small 
quantities  and  only  after  the  lapse  of  considerable  time,  so 
that  if  the  current  be  sufficiently  weak  and  the  solution 
sufficiently  dilute,  no  turbidity  will  take  place  in  the 
solution.     It    was   anticipated  that  this   behaviour  of    the 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUALITATIVE. 

The  Detection  of  Turkish  Geranium  Essence  in  Rose  Oil. 
G.  Pauajotow.     Ber.  1891,  24,  2700—2701. 

The  rose  oil  which  is  brought  into  the  market  both  from 
South  Bulgaria  and  from  Turkey  is  very  often  adulterated 
with  Turkish  geranium  essence  (Indris  yayhi).  The  adul- 
terant can  be  detected  by  meaus  of  a  solution  of  rosaniline 
decolourised  by  sulphur  dioxide  (Schiff's  reagent).  2 — 3 
drops  of  Turkish  geranium  oil,  when  shaken  with  2  cc.  of 
the  reagent  in  the  cold,  give  first  a  blue-violet  and  after 
two  hours  a  line  blue  colouration.  Rose  oil  similarly 
treated  gives  a  red  colouration  after  prolonged  standing 
(24  hours).  Even  the  smallest  traces  of  the  geranium 
oil  can  be  thus  detected  by  the  blue  colouration  formed 
on  shaking  the  sample  of  the  rose  oil  with  the  above 
reagent,  owing  to  the  fact  that  it  forms  so  much  more 
quickly  than  the  red  colouration  produced  by  the  pure  rose 
oil.  The  geranium  oil  can  also  be  detected  by  treatment 
with  strong  sulphuric  acid.  Turkish  geranium  oil  dissolves 
in  this  acid  to  form  a  thick  brown-red  liquid  which,  when 
treated  with  95  per  cent,  alcohol,  turns  turbid  and  separates 
a  flocculent  yellow  precipitate,  whilst  the  solution  becomes 
red,  and  after  standing  some  time,  yellow.  Rose  oil  also 
forms  a  brown-red  solution  when  treated  with  strong 
sulphuric  acid,  but  this,  when  treated  with  alcohol,  dissolves 
to  a  clear,  colourless  solution  (compare  this  Journal,  1891, 
63  and  269).— C.  A.  K. 


ORGANIC  CHEMIST R  Y—QUANTITA  TI  VE. 

On  an  Extraction  Apparatus  for  the  Determination  of 
Eat  in  Milk.  E.  Molinari.  Ber.  1891,  24,  2204— 
2209. 
In  1888  Schmid  devised  a  method  (this  Journal,  1888,  595) 
for  the  determination  of  fat  in  milk  in  which  10  cc.  of  the 
milk  were  boiled  iu  a  graduated  tube  with  10  cc.  of  con- 
centrated hydrochloric  acid.  30  cc.  of  ether  were  then 
added  to  the  cooled  liquid,  and  after  shaking  the  volume  of 
the  upper  layer,  was  read  off,  an  aliquot  part  taken, 
evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  residue  of  fat  weighed. 
The  chief  objections  to  this  method  are  that  a  brown 
colouring  matter  is  formed  by  the  action  of  the  acid  on  the 
casein,  which  interferes  with  the  observation  of  the  line  of 
separation  of  the  liquids,  aud  also  that  one  extraction  with 
ether  is  not  sufficient  to  remove  all  the  fat.  To  avoid  these 
difficulties  the  author  has  devised  the  apparatus  figured 
below  : — 


Apparatus  for  Determination  op  Fat  in  Milk. 


62 


THE  JOUliNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


[Jill).  30,  1892. 


In  order  to  use  the  apparatus,  10  cc.  of  milk  are  weighed  or 
measured  into  A,  10  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  are  added,  and 
the  liquid  heated  to  boiling  and  boiled  for  li  minutes,  with 
occasional  slinking.  The  liquid  becomes  first  rose-coloured 
and  afterwards  lirown  (not  black).  The  liquid  is  now 
cooled,  25  cc.  of  ether  are  added,  and  the  two  well  shaken 
together.  The  apparatus  is  now  inverted,  allowed  to  stand 
for  5 — 6  minutes,  when  the  dark-brown  aqueous  portion  is 
run  into  the  flask  B,  the  tap  being  turned,  so  that  the  air- 
opening  a  communicates  with  B.  After  separation  of  the 
acid  liquid,  the  apparatus  is  now  replaced  in  its  original 
position  and  A  is  removed.  10  cc.  of  ether  are  poured 
into  the  cap  of  B  and  allowed  to  enter.  After  shaking,  B  is 
inverted  and  the  brown  aqueous  liquid  drawn  off.  A  is  now 
replaced,  and  the  two  ether  extracts  and  washings  allowed 
to  mix  in  A  and  washed  twice  with  water,  the  aqueous  liquid 
being  drawn  off  as  before.  Finally,  the  ether  is  evaporated 
in  A,  and  the  residual  fat  weighed. — H.  K.  T. 


The  Use  of  the  Centrifugal  Machine  in  Analytical  and 
Microscopical  Work.  \V.  Thorner.  Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 
15,  1201—1203. 

Thk  author  has  applied  the  principle  of  centrifugal  separation, 
which  has  been  already  successfully  used  for  the  determi- 
nation of  fat  in  milk  by  means  of  the  "  Lactocrite,"  to  the 
analysis  of  flour,  butter,  and  other  food  products.  The 
machine  used  is  that  known  as  the  Victoria  hand  separator, 
which  permits  a  speed  of  0,000 — 7,000  revolution-  per 
minute  being  obtained. 

(1.)  Analysis  of  Flours  and  Starches. — One  grm.  of  the 
substance  to  be  tested  was  mixed  with  water,  alcohol,  or 
ether  in  the  tube  shown   in  Fig.  1    to  within  about  2  cm.  of 


Fig.  1. 


Fig.  2. 


w 


=s 


Fig,  3i 


I  •"•" — — 


i ,  •  •-,' ' n 


Apparatus  for  Centrifugal  Separation. 


the  upper  edge,  the  contents  of  the  tube  well  shaken  until 
all  lumps  had  been  broken  up,  and  rotated  for  precisely 
live  minutes  at  a  speed  of  2,000 — 2,500  revolutions  per 
minute.  The  tube  illustrated  bus  a  capacity  of  about  15cc, 
while  its  lower,  narrower  part  holds  about  3  ec.  and  is 
divided  into  divisions  of  O'l  cc,  while  these  again  are 
sub-divided  into  fifths  so  that  a  volume  of  0-2  cc.  can  be 
read.     The  following  table  shows  some  of  the  results. 

The  results  given  are  the  mean  of  several  concordant 
determinations.  The  figures  in  the  last  three  columns 
represent  the  volume  occupied  by  the  1  grm.  of  the  sample 
taken  expressed  in  tenths  of  a  ec.  It  is  apparent,  on 
inspection,  that  water  is  the  most  suitable  liquid  to  use,  a» 
ii  gives  greater  differences  with  samples  of  different,  origin 
than  either  alcohol  or  ether.  The  large  volume  occupied  by 
rye   flour   as   compared  with   flour  from  wheat,  affords   a 


Wheat  flour,  I ; 

Wheat  flour,  II 

Wheat  flour.  III.  ... 

Rye  Hour.  I ) 

Byeflour.II * 

Oat  flour 

Barley  flour 

Pea  flour 

Buckwheat  flour 

Rice  flour 

Rice  starch 

Potato  starch 

Mondamin 


Percentage 
of  Water. 

Water. 

Alcohol. 

r 

14-8 

l6-6 

u-e 

W5 

lfi-5 

l 

15-3 

10-0 

u-n     - 

30-0 

.'ill-ll 

16-4 
16-0 

11  "9 

SO'O 

17'8 

12  "5 

22'0 

K',-5 

it-.; 

22  •  \ 

20-11 

It's 

19'5 

15-S. 

13-8 

19-8 

14-2 

15-0 

12-ti 

15-S 

in 

13-3 

n-o 

14'1 

13-6 

12-0 

Ether. 


15-8 
15-6 
15-11 
lti-0 
15-7 
17-0 
It'll 
18-0 
15o 
1S"9 
15-8 
1-2-0 
12"  I 


means  for  the  detection  of  the  former  when  mixed  with 
the  latter  as  an  adulterant.  How  far  this  is  possible  is 
shown  by  the  following  table  : — 


Percentage  of  Rye  Flour. 


Volume  in  Tenths  of  1  cc. 


The  results  hitherto  recorded  were  obtained  with  ordinary 
air-dried  samples  ;  the  percentage  of  water  had  a  certain 
influence  on  the  results,  though  its  exact  amount  has  not 
yet  been  discovered.  The  remaining  figures  are,  however, 
obtained  from  samples  dried  at  100°— 102°  C. 


Volume  in  Tenths  of  1  cc. 


33-0 
30-0 

22-8 

i:,".: 

■'■'•s 

23 -S 

l.-.-o 

16'8 

15 '3 

The  figures  given  by  a  mixture  of  wheat  and  rye  flour 
similarly  dried  were  not  greatly  different  from  those  recorded 
above  for  air-dried  samples. 

The  weighing  of  1  grm.  or  2  grms.  of  the  sample  may  be 
conveniently   avoided   by  the    use  of    the  little  measuring 


Jan.so.l892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


63 


glass  shown  iu  Fig.  2,  which  contains  a  definite  quantity  of 
Hour  when  gently  tilled  and  closed  by  sliding  a  small  glass 
plate  over  the  top. 

The  author  has  applied  the  method  to  the  determination 
of  mineral  additions,  such  as  chalk  and  barium  sulphate. 
The  centrifugal  machine  can  be  usefully  applied  to  the 
preparation  of  articles  to  be  examined  microscopically. 
For  this  purpose  .">  gnus,  of  flour  are  heated  with  500  grms. 
of  water  on  a  water-bath.  100  cc.  of  the  resulting  liquid 
are  treated  with  5  cc.  of  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  another 
100  cc.  with  1  cc.  of  caustic  potash  solution  (1:2),  then 
heated  for  ten  minutes  on  the  water-bath  and  rotated  for 
five  minutes.  The  residue  of  husks,  &c.  left  at  the  bottom 
of  the  tube  after  rotation  lends  itself  readily  to  microscopic 
examination. 

(2.)  The  method  above  described  is  applicable  to  the 
determination  of  the  watery  constituents  in  butter  or 
margarine.  The  measurement  of  the  butter  for  technical 
purposes  is  best  effected  by  the  little  apparatus  shown  in 
V\g.  :!,  which  has  a  capacity  of  10  cc.  The  tube  A  having 
been  tilled  with  butter,  its  ends  are  closed  with  plates  B  B  and 
it  is,  after  being  wiped,  transferred  to  the  tube  of  the  centri- 
fugal machine,  which  is  placed  in  a  water-bath  so  as  to 
melt  the  butter  and  allow  it  to  run  out  of  A  into  the 
centrifugal  tube.  The  tube  is  then  rotated  at  about  2,000 
revolutions  per  minute  for  two  or  three  minutes.  At  the 
end  of  this  time  the  lower  layer,  which  has  separated  from 
the  fat,  is  seen  to  consist  [of  two  portions,  the  lower  being 
almost  clear  and  generally  containing  some  crystals  of  salt 
and  other  mineral  additions  that  may  be  present,  as  well  as 
such  organic  materials  as  flour  or  starch,  and  the  upper 
consisting  mainly  of  a  layer  of  caseine  suspended  in  water. 
The  relation  of  these  two  layers  varies  considerably,  hut 
their  sum  represents  the  total  amount  of  butter-milk 
present. 

The  author  has  also  attempted  to  apply  the  above  method 
to  the  determination  of  fatty  acids  in  butter,  using  a  special 
form  of  tube  with  a  narrow  graduated  neck  for  reading  off 
the  volume  of  the  separated  fatty  acids.  The  saponilication 
and  subsequent  separation  of  the  fatty  acids  are  carried 
out  in  the  same  tube.  In  conjunction  with  the  above 
method  for  the  examination  of  butter,  the  author  recommends 
the  use  of  the  refraetometer,  the  form  devised  bj'  Pulfrich 
being  convenient.  By  such  means,  data  said  to  be  sufficient 
for  judging  the  quality  of  a  sample  of  butter  may  be 
obtained  in  a  short  space  of  time. — B.  B. 


The   Determination   of  Indigotin   in   Indigo.     F.    Ulzer. 

Mittbeil.  Techn.  Gewerbe-Museums,  189]',  178—184. 
The   author    lias   examined   the   various   methods   in  use, 
or  recentlv  proposed  (this  Journal,   1885,  489,  491  ;  1887, 
455;    1888,459;   1889,  U40;  1891,  488  and    721)  for  testing 
indigo,  and  considers  satisfactory  those  only  which  aim  at 
effecting  a  separation  of  the  indigotin  in  a  pure  state.     Such 
a  method  is  the   following,   which    to  some   extent  is  an 
improvement  upon  a  method  employed  in  the  laboratory  of 
I..  Biaeh  : — A  solution  of  sodium  stannite  is  prepared  by  the 
addition  of  sodium  hydrate  to  10  cc.  of  a  solution  of  stannous 
chloride  containing  88  grms.  of  the  crystallised  salt  per  litre. 
About  0-8  grm.  of  finely-powdered  indigo  is  mixed  with 
this  solution  and  allowed  to  stand,  with  occasional  agitation, 
for  an  hour,  to  effect  the  reduction  of  the  indigotin  ;   15  ce. 
of  hydiogen  dioxide  solution  (10  vols)  are  added,  and  the 
whole  allowed  to  stand  for  another  hour  ;   then  the  mixture 
is  acidified  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  heated  to  boiling  and 
filtered  through  a  weighed  filter.    The  precipitate  so  obtained, 
after  being  washed  successively  with  boiling  water,  dilute 
potassium    hydrate  solution,   and  hot  aleobol,  is  dried  at 
100°  and  weighed.     It  is  then  ignited,  and  the  weight  of 
the  ash  deducted  from  the  previous  weighing,  the  difference 
giving   the   amount  of   indigotin   present.     The   treatment 
with    dilute    sulphuric     acid    removes     from    the    indigo 
indigo-gluten  and  similar   matters,   that  with  potash   and 
alcohol  the  indifuscin  (indigo-brown)  and  indirubin  (indigo- 
red)    respectively.      The   washing    with  alcohol   must    be 
discontinued  when  the  filtrate,  which  initially  has   a   brown 


or    red    colour,   shows    a    clear,   pale-blue    colour, 
following  results  were  obtained:  — 


The 


Indigotin. 


Indigotin    (prepared    by   Fritsche's 

method). 
Commercial  indigo  (inferior  quality) 

Bengal  indigo 

Tirhoot  indigo 

Benares  indigo 

Indigo  (manufactured  by  ammonia 
process). 


I. 

II. 

III. 

PerCent.  PerCent. 
97-S5        97-80 

PerCent 

44-19 

43-91 

44-50 

75-01 

75-40 

74-81 

57-92 

54  39 

30-115 

In  a  series  of  experiments  made  with  a  view  to  dispensing, 
if  possible,  with  the  dissolution  of  the  reduced  indigo,  finely- 
powdered  indigo  was  treated  directly  with  hot  alcoholic 
potash,  then  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  and  finally  with 
water.  The  results  obtained,  however,  were  in  all  cases 
much  too  low,  the  indigotin  being  apparently  acted  upon  by 
alcoholic  potash.  Simultaneous  treatment  of  the  indigo 
with  alcohol  and  alkali  being,  therefore,  unfeasible,  recourse 
was  had  to  Berzelius'  method  of  purification: — A  mixture 
of  0-6  grm.  of  powdered  indigo  and  50  cc.  of  a  5  per  cent, 
solution  of  sodium  hydrate  was  heated  to  the  boil,  cooled, 
diluted,  and  filtered  through  a  weighed  filter-paper,  and  the 
residue  washed  with  boiling  water,  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid  (1  :  10),  and  finally  with  alcohol,  then  weighed  and 
ignited.  In  this  manner  the  following  results  were 
obtained:  — 


Indigotin. 


Indigotin 

Commercial  indigo 
(superior  quality). 

Commercial  indigo 
(inferior  quality). 


As  it  is  improbable  that  any  considerable  over-reduction 
of  the  indigotin  takes  place  in  the  first-described  method  of 
analysis,  the  author  concludes  that  the  last  method  yields 
results  2—2  •  5  per  cent,  too  high.  Should  further  experience 
prove  that  this  relationship  is  constant,  the  latter  method 
would  he  preferable  by  reason  of  its  greater  rapidity,  the 
results  obtained  being  corrected  to  the  extent  mentioned. 
A  correction  must  also  be  made  for  the  loss  of  weight 
sustained  by  the  filter-paper  used  for  collecting  the  indigotin, 
tins  loss  amounting  to  approximately  1  per  cent,  of  the 
weight  of  the  dry  paper. — E.  B. 


Method  for    the    Valuation    of   Extracts    of    Logwood. 
v.  Coehenhausen.     Monit.  Scient.  1891,  5,  943—948. 

See  wider  VI.,  page  32. 


PATENT. 
Improvements  in  Apparatus  for   Testing   the  Quantity  of 
(--'ream  in  Milk.     H.   ¥,.  Newton,  London.     From  L.  J. 
Augustenborg  and  R.  Hansen,  Kolding,  Denmark.     Eng. 
Pat.  14,797,  September  1,  1891.     6d. 

See  under  XVIII. — A.,  page  52. 


6+ 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30,  ISO:!. 


Chestnut-Wood  Tannin.     II.  Trimble.     Jour.  Franklil 
I  n-t.  1891,  132,  303—307. 

See  under  XIV ..  page  17. 


Reduction    of    Oxygen    Compounds    by    Magnesium.      C. 

Winkler.     Ber.  18yi,24,  1966—1984. 

See  under  X.,  pages  39 — -10. 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

On  the  Colloidal  Sulphides  of  Gold.    E.  A.  Sehueider. 
Ber.  1891,  24,2241—2247. 

See  under  X.,  page  40. 


Metallic   Hydmsulphides.     S.  E.   Linder   and    H.    Pieton. 
Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1891  —  1892,  176. 

The  authors  have  investigated  the  sulphides  of  copper, 
mercury,  arsenic,  antimony,  cadmium,  zinc,  bismuth,  silver, 
indium,  and  gold.  With  the  single  exception  of  bismuth, 
all  these  metals  form  hvdrosulphides  of  a  more  or  less 
complicated  character,  which,  in  most  cases,  undergo 
molecular  condensation  with  elimination  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  when  submitted  to  the  action  of  acids.  Taking 
copper  as  a  type,  on  treatment  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen, 
copper  hydrate  forms  a  solution  of  the  hydrosulphide 
7  CuS.T-LS.  Acetic  acid,  in  presence  of  excess  of  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen,  promotes  molecular  condensation,  a 
product  being  formed  which  has  approximately  the  com- 
position 9CuS.H.,S:  while  acetic  acid,  in  absence  of 
sulphuretted  hydrogen,  promotes  the  formation  of  a  product 
approximately  represented  by  the  formula  22  CuS.rLS. 
Hydrochloric  acid  produces  still  further  condensation. 
Mercuric  sulphide  forms  products  approximately  represented 
by  the  formula;  31HgS.H:S;  G2  HgS.H,S.~  The  latter 
formula  represents  the  precipitate  formed  in  presence  of 
acid,  and  is  a  remarkably  stable  substance.  Zinc  sulphide 
solution  obtained  from  the  hydrate  contains  about  14  per 
cent,  excess  of  sulphur  as  sulphuretted  hydrogen ;  in 
presence  of  acetic  acid,  a  product  represented  approximately 
by  the  formula  12  ZnS.H2S  is  formed. 

The  authors  regard  their  results  as  evidence  tending  to 
support  the  conclusions  that  the  metallic  sulphides  are  in 
most  cases  polymerides  of  very  high  molecular  weight. 


The  Physical  Constitution    of  some    Sulphide    Solutions 
H.  Pieton.     Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1891—1892,  176—177. 

The  author  has  specially  examined  the  solutions  of  mercuric, 
antimonious  and  arsenious  sulphides.  In  each  case  the 
whole  of  the  dissolved  sulphide  is  found  to  be  present  in 
the  form  of  very  finely-divided  particles.  Arsenious 
sulphide  is  found  capable  of  existing  in  "  solution " 
in  three  distinct  types  of  sub-division.  The  following 
examples  illustrate  the  main  characteristics  of  sulphide 
'•  solutions  "  : — 

Mercuric  sulphide. — Particles  are  visible  under  the  micro- 
scope (1,000  diameters);  not  diffusible  even  in  absence  of 
a  membrane. 

Arsenious  sulphide  (a). — Particles  are  just  visible. 

Antimonious  sulphide Particles  are  not  visible,  and  it  is 

not  diffusible,  but  particles  are  detected  by  their  power  of 
scattering  light,  the  scattered  light  being  polarised. 

Arsenious  sulphide  ()3). — Not  diffusible;  the  particles 
scatter  and  polarise  light. 

Arsenious  sulphide  (7). — Diffusible  in  the  absence  of  a 
membrane  ;  particles  are  shown  to  exist  by  optical  behaviour. 

The  solutions  examined  exhibit  a  series  passing  from 
those  in  which  the  particles  of  the  solid  are  visible  to  those 
in  which  the  particles  simulate  the  phenomena  of  liquid 
diffusion,  and,  although  not  visible  to  the  eye,  are  detected 
by  their  power  of  scattering  light. 


Subitum    and  Pseudo-Solution.     Part    I.     H.   Pieton   and 

S.  E.  Linder.  Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1891 — 1892,  177. 
The  authors  advance  what  they  regard  as  a  good  prima 
facie  case  for  the  belief  that  there  is  a  continuous  series  of 
grades  of  solution  passing  without  break  from  suspension 
to  crystallisable  solution.  They  hold  that  in  the  lowest 
grades  of  solution  a  certain  loose  attraction  exists  between 
the  particles  and  the  molecules  of  the  solvent.  This  con- 
clusion they  support  with  experimental  evidence  gathered 
from  their  own  work  and  from  other  sources.  They  regard 
the  very  finely-divided  particles  in  the  lower  grades  of 
solution  (colloid  solution)  as  large  molecular  aggregates 
retaining  many  of  their  molecular  properties.  They  con- 
sider that  in  passing  up  through  the  different  grades  of 
solution,  these  aggregates  on  the  whole  become  smaller  and 
the  forces  by  which  they  are  held  in  solution  become  more 
definitely  those  of  chemical  attraction.  They  describe  a 
new  property,  which  seems  to  hold  for  a  large  range  of 
dilutions,  extending  from  suspension  to  crystallisable  solu- 
tion. This  property  consists  in  the  repulsion  of  the  dissolved 
substance,  as  a  whole,  from  one  of  the  electrodes  of  a 
battery  immersed  in  the  solution.  Thus,  in  the  case  of 
colloidal  arsenic  sulphide,  the  sulphide  aggregates  are 
repelled  from  the  negative  electrode.  They  are  also 
repelled,  but  much  less  strongly,  from  the  positive  electrode. 
In  the  ease  of  the  crystallisable  colouring  matter  Magdaia 
red  in  absolute  alcohol,  an  exactly  similar  phenomenon  is 
observed,  but  the  repulsion  is  this  time  from  the  positive 
electrode,  aud  there  is  no  perceptible  repulsion  from  the 
negative  electrode  at  all.  The  property  is  of  much  interest 
in  itself,  but  also  as  exhibiting  similarities  between  the 
different  grades  of  solution. 

In  discussion,  Mr.  Page  suggested  that  observations  on 
the  nature  of  solutions,  such  as  those  described  by  the 
authors,  might  with  great  facility  be  carried  out  in  capillary 
tubes  under  the  microscope.  Mr.  Walenn  said  that  in 
working  with  electro-coppering  solutions  containing  resin 
in  suspension  he  had  had  occasion  to  notice  a  clearing  of  the 
liquid  at  the  anode,  such  as  had  been  referred  to.  Professor 
Ramsay  said  that  the  problem  of  Brownian  motion,  or 
pedesis,  had  engaged  his  attention  since  1878,  when  he 
published  a  paper  in  the  "  Proceedings  of  the  Geological 
Society  "  bearing  on  the  settling  of  mud  in  salt  water.  The 
problem  attacked  by  Messrs.  Linder  and  Pieton  was  one  in 
which  he  thought  pedesis  played  an  all-important  part,  as 
the  small  particles,  the  existence  of  which  had  been  proved 
by  their  power  of  polarising  light,  were  in  exceedingly 
rapid  motion.  The  authors  had  shown  that  there  is  a 
regular  transition  from  visible  particles  to  particles  or 
molecules  such  as  those  of  oxyha-moglobin.  It  must, 
therefore,  be  concluded  that  such  exceedingly  small  particles 
are  also  in  rapid  motion ;  and  the  smaller  the  particle  the 
more  rapid  the  motion.  Pedesis  had  not  received,  as  yet, 
any  satisfactory  explanation  ;  the  only  fact  which  appeared 
to  throw  any  light  on  its  nature  was  that  the  addition  of  a 
salt  to  the  solvent,  rendering  it  an  electrolyte,  hindered 
pedesis,  and  finally  caused  coagulation  and  settling.  The 
discovery  of  the  true  nature  of  pedesis  would  in  all  probability 
be  the  key  to  the  problem  of  the  nature  of  solution.  Mr. 
Warington  pointed  out  that  the  coagulation  of  clay  by  salts 
had  been  studied  by  Schloesing  (Chimie  Agricole,  p.  62 ; 
Premy's  Encyclopedic,  tome  x")  and  YV'.Skey  (Chem.Xews). 
Mr.  Herbert  Jackson  said  that  the  phenomena  discovered 
by  the  authors  were  similar  to  those  observed  in  the  case  of 
the  liquids  produced  during  the  washing  of  many  pre- 
cipitates, such,  for  instance,  as  lead  hydrate  or  silver 
nitroprusside,  which  refuse  to  settle  completely  as  soon  as 
the  liquid  in  which  they  are  diffused  becomes  approximately 
pure  water,  or  which  show  a  tendency  to  come  through  the 
paper  when  washed  on  a  filter.  Such  precipitates  can  be 
made  to  furnish  turbid  liquids  in  which  the  particles  are  so 
tine  that  they  will  not  settle  for  many  months,  although,  as 
is  well  known,  the  addition  of  a  drop  or  two  of  a  saline 
solution,  e.g.,  sodium  acetate  or  potassium  nitrate,  will 
cause  rapid  deposition  of  the  solid. 

These  opalescent  liquids  give  the  results  described  aud 
shown  by  the  authors  when  examined  at  right  angles  to  a 
narrow  beam  of  stiong  light. 


Jan.  30,189a.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


65 


He  had  found  in  the  ease  of  lead  hydrate  that  the 
microscope  revealed  moving  particles  with  an  average  dia- 
diameter  of  ^^—t;  of  an  in.  Some,  in  the  ease  of  silver 
nitroprusside,  weir  less  than    1)^0II  of  an  in. 

It  is  unite  clear  that  it  is  impossible  to  call  a  liquid 
homogeneous  because  the  microscope  fails  to  show  structure. 
All  that  can  be  said  is  that  the  particles  in  water,  if  not 
visible  with  lenses  of  the  greatest   possible  angle  for  water, 

are  probably  not  much  greater  than  the  Tlr,,' of  an  inch 

in  diameter.  Of  course  it  must  be  understood  that  changes 
in  the  limits  will  be  observed  when  the  refractive  index  of 
the  particles  differs  very  greatly  from  that  of  the  fluid  in 
which  they  are  diffused,  as  is  the  case  with  As2S3  in  water. 
It  seems  probable,  therefore,  that  the  phenomena  observed 
in  the  cases  of  As«S.,,  and  others  which  were  mentioned, 
differ  only  in  degree,  and  not  in  kind,  from  those  in  the 
eases  of  Sb.,S;(.  and  similar  bodies,  and  from  the  opalescent 
liquids  obtained  in  washing  many  precipitates. 


^fUj  3Soohs(. 


Chemisch-technisches  Repertorium.  Uebersichtlich 
geordnete  Mittheilungen  der  neuesten  Krfindungen, 
Eortschritte  und  Verbesserungen  auf  dem  Gebiete  der 
Technischcn  und  Industriellen  Chemie,  mit  Hinweis  auf 
Maschinen,  Apparate  und  Literatur.  Herausgegeben  von 
Dr.  Emil  Jacobsen,  1890,  Zweites  Halbjahr.  Zweite 
Halftc.  Berlin,  1892,  B.  Gaertner's  Verlagsbuchhund- 
lung.  Hermann  Heyfelder,  S.W.  Schiiueberger  str.  26. 
London  :  H.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  C'ovent 
Garden. 

The  Technological  Repertorium  closes  for  the  year  1890 
in  a  volume,  the  pages  of  which  run  from  97  to  224.  It 
ends  with  an  Alphabetical  Index.  The  text  is  embellished 
with  numerous  woodcuts,  and  pages  217  to  223  are  rilled 
with  a  report  of  New  Books  which  have  appeared  in  the 
period  covered. 

The  subjects  treated  are  as  follows  : — Food  Stuffs  ;  Paper; 
Photography  ;  Residuals,  Manures,  Disinfection,  and  Sani- 
tation;  Snaps;  Explosives;  Preparation  and  Purification 
of  Chemicals;  Chemical  Analysis ;  Apparatus,  Machinery ; 
Electro  -  technology  ;  Thermo  -  technology.  Appendix. 
Special  Preparations,  Adulterants.     New  Books, 


Kurzes  Lehrbuch  der  Analytischen  Chemie.  Dr.  W. 
v.  MrLLER  und  Dr.  H.  von  Kiliani,  Professoren  an  der 
k.  Technischcn  Hochschule.  Miinchen.  Zweite  vermehrte 
und  verbesserte  Auflage.  Munich:  Theodor Ackermann, 
Konigl.  Hof.  Buehhiindler,  1891.  London:  H.  Grevel 
and  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  C'ovent  Garden. 

Octavo  volume  bound  in  the  usual  paper  cover.  It  contains 
Title  Page,  preface  to  the  second  edition,  Table  of  Contents, 
Table  of  Abbreviations,  Table  of  Atomic  Mreights,  and  598 
pages  of  subject-matter,  followed  b}r  two  tables,  one  of  the 
Tension  of  Aqueous  Vapour  and  the  other  of  the  Density  of 
Gases.  The  work  is  concluded  by  an  Alphabetical  Index. 
Ninetj-six  woodcut  illustrations  are  contained  in  the  text. 

The  division  of  the  matter  is  somewhat  novel,  though 
undeniably  very  effective.  It  is  as  follows: — General 
Methods.  Qualitative  and  Quantitative  Analysis.  Drying 
of  Solid  Substances.  Weighing  of  the  Substance  for 
Analysis.  Solution  of  Solid  Substances.  1.  Gravimetric 
Analysis.  II.  Volumetric  Analysis.  III.  Gas  Analysis. 
1.  I'akt. — The  Metals.  First  Group :  The  Alkalis. 
Second  Group  :  The  Alkaline  Earths.  Third  Group, 
Fourth  Group.      Fifth    Group.      II.  Part. — The    Non- 


Metals.  Phosphorus.  Nitrogen.  Sulphur.  Silicon.  Boron. 
Chlorine.  Bromine.  Iodine.  Fluorine.  Carbon.  Elemen- 
tary Analysis  of  Organic  Bodies.  Analysis  of  Smoke-, 
Heating-,  Illuminating-,  and  other  Gases.  Estimation  of 
Water  in  Solid  Bodies.  Spectrum  Analysis.  The  last  page 
of  the  book  contains  a  chromo-lithograph  of  the  Solar 
Spectrum.     The  price  of  the  work  is  10s. 


Analyse  der  Fette  end  Wachsarten.  Von  Dr.  Rudolf 
Benedikt.  Professor  an  der  k.  k.  Technischcn  Hochschule 
in  Wien.  Zweite  Auflage.  Berlin  :  Verlag  von  Julius 
Springer,  1892.  London  :  II.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33,  King 
Street,  Covent  Garden. 

Tins  work  now  runs  into  a  second  edition,  and  consists  of 
an  8vo.  volume  strongly  bound  in  cloth.  It  commences 
with  a  Preface,  and  this  is  succeeded  by  a  Table  of  Con- 
tents. The  text  covers  460  pages,  and  concludes  with  an 
Alphabetical  Index.  Thirty-two  well  executed  wood 
engravings  illustrate  descriptions  of  apparatus,  &c,  given, 
and  the  general  mode  of  treatment  of  the  subject  may  be 
gathered  from  the  following  excerpt  of  the  sub-divisions  of  the 
work  : — I.  Constituents  of  the  Fats  and  Waxes.  A.  Acids. 
B.  Alcohols.  II.  Physical  and  Chemical  Properties  of  the 
Fats  and  Waxes.  1.  Fats.  2.  Waxes.  3.  Behaviour  of 
the  Fats  during  Saponification.  III.  Estimation  of  the 
Substances  not  Fats,  in  Mixtures  of  Fats,  and  Preparation 
of  the  Substance  for  Analysis.  IV.  Methods  for  Deter- 
mining the  Physical  Properties  of  the  Fats.  V.  Elementary 
Analysis  of  the  Fats.  VI.  Quantitative  Scientific  Investi- 
gation of  a  Fat  of  unknown  Origin.  VII.  General  Methods 
for  Determining  the  Quantitative  Composition  of  Fats  and 
Fatty  Mixtures.  A.  Quantitative  Reactions.  B.  Quantita- 
tive Estimation  of  Single  Constituents  of  the  Fats.  VIII. 
Recognition  and  Quantitative  Estimation  of  such  foreign 
Substances  as  are  contained  dissolved  in  the  Fatty  Sub- 
stance, or  melted  up  with  it.  A.  Estimation  of  Unsaponi- 
fiable  Substances.  B.  Detection  of  small  quantities  of 
Fats  in  Mineral  ( tils.  C.  Investigation  of  the  Uusaponifiahle 
Constituents.  I).  Detection  and  Estimation  of  Resins  and 
Colophony  in  Fat.  IX.  Investigation  of  Materials  and 
Products  of  the  Fat  Industry.  A.  Candles.  B.  Soaps.  C. 
Turkey-red  Oil.  D.  Lubricating  Oils,  &c.  I.  Glycerin. 
X.  Investigation  of  Oils.  XL  Investigation  of  Solid  Fats 
and  Waxes.  XII.  Description  of  Individual  Fats  and 
Waxes.     XIII.  Examples.     The  price  of  the  work  is  '.).«. 


Explosives  and  Ordnance  Material,  considered  with 
reference  to  some  recent  experiments  with  Emmensite, 
Gelbite,  and  Aluminium  Bronze.  By  Stephen  H. 
Emmens,  Member  of  the  U.S.  Naval  Institute,  of  the 
Society  of  Chemical  Industry,  &c.  Reprinted  from  the 
Proc.  U.S.  Naval  Institute,  Vol.  XVII.,  No.  3.  Baltimore 
Press  of  Isaac  Friedenwald  Co.     1891. 

This  is  a  treatise  reprinted  from  the  Proceedings  of  the 
U.S.  Naval  Institute,  and  is  handsomely  hound  in  cloth, 
forming  a  volume  of  large  8vo.  size.  The  pages,  numbering 
91,  are  adorned  with  11  well-executed  photo-lithographic 
plates.  The  treatment  of  the  subjects  may  be  gathered 
from  the  following  sub-division  of  the  text ; — Chap.  I. 
The  Ballistic  Theory  of  Explosives.  II.  The  Ballistic 
Theory  of  Explosion  Stress.  III.  The  Comparison  of 
Explosives.  IV.  Some  Remarks  upon  the  Foregoing 
Tables,  and  upon  the  Humanity  of  Text-books.  V.  Em- 
mensite. VI.  Gelbite.  VII.  Aluminium  Bronze  and 
Ferro-Nickel.  The  work  closes  with  an  Addendum  giving 
some  additional  results  acquired  after  the  preceding  matter 
had  been  written. 


66 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE    SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [ Jan.  30, 1892. 


A     Text-Book    on    the    Science     op    Brewing.      By 
Edward    Ralph    Moritz,    Consulting   Chemist   to  the 
Country  Brewers'  Society,  and  George  Harris  Morris, 
J'h.II..  !'.( I.S.,  I''. I.C.     Basetl  on  a  Course  of  Six  Lectures 
delivered   by   E.    K.   Moritz  at   the   Finsbury  Technical 
College   of  "the   City  and   Guilds   of   London    Institute. 
London  :  E.  and  F.  N.  Spon,   125,  Strand.      New  York  : 
12,  Cortlandt  Street.     1891. 
Large   8vo.  volume  bound    in  cloth,   with  1'reface,  Intro- 
duction, Table  of  Contents,   List  of  Plates,  514  pages  of 
subject     matter,    illustrated    by    13    well-executed    wood 
engravings  and  10  excellent   plates  exhibiting  Microscopic 
[mages.      The    matter    is    arranged    and    sub-divided    as 
follows  : — Section    I.      Materials.      Chap.   I.    Brewing 
Waters.       II.   Barley    and     Malt.       III.    Malt   Substitutes. 
IV.  Hops.     Section  II.     Processes.     Chap.  A'.  Mashing 
and  Sparging.      VI.  The  Boiling  of  the  Wort.      VII.  Fer- 
mentation.     VIII.    The    Racking   and    Storage   of    Beer. 
Section  III.     Chap.  IX.  The  Analysis  of  Water.     X.  The 
Analysis  of  Malt  and  Wort.      XI.  The  Analysis  of  Sugars 
and    Hops.      XII.    The    Analysis    of    Beer.      Appendix. 
Preparation  of  Standard  Solutions.      The  price  of  the  work 
is  21*. 


Craue  Import* 


TARIFF  CHANGES  AND  CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

(From  the  Board  of  Trade  and  other  Journals.'; 

Russia. 

Customs  Decisions. 

Note. — Poud  =  3G  lb.  avoirdupois.     Rouble  =  100  copecks 
=  3s.  2d. 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of 
articles  in  the  Russian  Customs  tariff  have  recently  been 
given  by  the  Russian  Customs  authorities  -. — 

Bones  treated  with  muriatic  acid  and  forming  a  raw 
cartilaginous  mass  (osseine)  under  section  43,  point  2  of 
tariff.— Duty,  1  rouble  20  cop.  gold  per  poud. 

An  antimonial  preparation  representing  a  raw  and  an 
unpurified  oxide  of  antimony  under  section  92,  point  1. — 
Duty,  20  cops,  gold  per  poud. 

Manufactures  of  Britannia  metal  not  gilt  or  silvered, 
even  though  with  stamped  ornamentation  in  relief,  under 
section  149,  point  1  (duty,  4  roubles  and  80  cops,  gold  per 
poud)  ;  and  the  same  manufactures  with  east  or  engraved 
ornamentation  in  relief,  under  point  2  of  the  same  section. 
— Duty,  16  r.  gold  per  poud. 

Zinc  in  rods,  under  section  147,  point  1. — Duty,  50  cops, 
gold  per  poud. 

Manufacture  of  copper  and  copper  alloys  not  gilt  or 
silvered,  with  cast  ornamentation  in  relief,  even  though 
th,  se  ornaments  form  the  lids,  handles,  feet,  &c,  of  these 
goods,  under  section  149,  point  2. — Duty,  16  r.  gold  per 
poud. 

Coal  tar  under  section  83,  point  3.— Duty,  20  cops,  gold 
per  poud. 

Sweden. 

Oleomargarine  is  henceforward  to  be  treated  as  butter. 
Lead  wire  is  freed.     At  present  it  pays  Id.  per  kilo. 


Switzerland. 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

Note. — Quintal  =  220-4  lb.  avoirdupois.     Franc  =  9-nyrf. 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of 
articles  in  the  Swiss  Customs  tariff  were  given  by  the  Swiss 
Customs  authorities  in  the  month  of  November  last : — 

"  Beuzolina  "  (a  liquid  for  removing  stains,  benzole  with 
the  addition  of  a  little  ether). — Category  9.  Duty,  10  francs 
per  quintal.  "  Benzolina  "  is  also  liable  to  a  monopoly  tax 
(finance  de  monopole)  of  3  francs  50  cents,  per  quintal 
gross  weight. 

Manufactures  of  aluminium. — Category  143.  Duty, 
16  francs  per  quintal. 

Sulphurous  acid,  compressed,  in  tank  waggons,  is 
classified  at  the  rate  of  2  francs  per  quintal,  according  to  the 
net  weight,  increased  by  a  tare  of  30  per  cent,  of  this  net 
weight. 

Italy. 

Changes  in  Customs  Duties  and  Regulations. 

Note.  —  Quintal  =  220-4  lb.  avoirdupois.  Kilog.  = 
2-204  lb.  avoirdupois.  Hectolitre  =  22  Imp.  gallons. 
Franc  =  9^d. 

Communications,  dated  the  8th  and  31st  December  last, 
have  been  received  from  the  Foreign  Office,  transmitting  a 
copy  and  translation  of  an  Italian  decree  dated  the 
22ud  November  last  relative  to  changes  in  the  Italian 
Customs  duties  and  regulations,  and  also  copies  and  trans- 
lation of  a  later  decree  of  the  24th  December  affirming  and 
modifying  the  stipulations  of  the  same.  The  various 
changes  introduced  by  these  two  decrees  are  as  follows  ■ — 

Modifications  in  Internal  Taxes  on  Manufactures  as 
effected  by  the  Decree  of  the  22?td  November. — Art.  1. 
The  internal  tax  on  the  manufacture  of  sugar  is  fixed  at 
63*15  francs  for  each  quintal  of  sugar  of  the  first  class, 
and  55 '95  francs  for  each  quintal  of  sugar  of  the  second 
class. 

Art.  2.  The  internal  tax  on  the  manufacture  of  spirits, 
and  the  surtax  on  the  importation  of  spirits  from  abroad, 
are  fixed  at  a  scale  of  140  frs.  for  each  hectolitre  of  pure 
alcohol  of  the  temperature  of  15-56:  measured  by  centesimal 
thermometer. 

Art.  3.  This  article  is  suppressed  by  the  later  decree. 

Art.  4.  The  following  products  which  have  an  alcoholic 
basis,  when  imported,  are  liable  to  a  surtax  at  the  following 
scale : — 


Ether  and  chloroform,  3'40  frs.  per  kilo,  of  ether  or 
chloroform,  without  abatement  for  the  weight  of  the 
actual  receiver. 

Spirituous  essences  of  rum,  cognac,  or  others  containing 
spirit.  0'80  fr.  per  kilo.,  without  abatement  lor  the 
weight  of  the  vessel  containing  tin-  essence. 

Perfumes  containing  alcohol,  lOO'OO  frs.  per  gumta!, 
without  abatement  for  weight  of  vessel  containing. 

Spirit  varnish,  9j'00  frs.  per  quintal  at  net  legal  weight. 


Art.  5.  The  tax  on  the  manufacture  of  beer  is  fixed  at 
1-20  frs.  for  each  degree  of  strengtli  measured  with  the 
centesimal  saccharometer  at  a  temperature  of  17  ■  50°  C.  for 
every  hectolitre  of  beer. 

In  paying  this  tax  the  maximum  limit  of  saccharometric 
degrees  is  fixed  at  16  and  the  minimum  at  10. 

(Details  follow  as  to  method  of  test.) 

Art.  6.  The  surtax  on  beer  imported  from  abroad  is  fixed 
at  19  "20  frs.  per  hectolitre,  with  a  facultative  reserve  to  the 
importer  of  paying  at  the  scale  of  its  saccharometric  or 
alcoholic  degrees  if  effectually  ascertained. 

Art.  2  of  the  decree  of  the  24th  December  provides  that 
the  tax  referred  to  in  Art.  2  of  the  aforesaid  decree  is 
understood  to  refer  only  to  those  who  receive  goods  direct 
from  the  place  of  their  origin  (ai  soli  recipienti  d'origine). 

Arts.  3  to  6,  inclusive,  refer  to  distilling. 


Jan.  SO,  1893.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OP   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


67 


Art.  7.  In  the  case  of  beer  exported  to  foreign  countries, 
tlie  excise  paid  in  the  kingdom  shall  be  restored  at  the  rate 
of  12  lire  (about  10*.)  per  hectolitre. 

Art.  8.  Barley  intended  for  the  manufacture  of  beer  is 
allowed  a  free  eutry  under  the  conditions  established  by 
Royal  decree. 

Art.  9.  Glucose  exported  to  foreign  countries  is  granted 
a  relief  from  taxation  of  90  per  cent,  by  means  of  a  corre- 
sponding subtraction  from  the  certified  amount  manufactured 
(accertamenli  di  fabbriea). 

Art.  10.  The  amount  of  the  tax  on  the  fabrication  of 
spirit  used  in  the  manufacture  of  vinegar  (aeeto)  is  fixed 
at  the  rate  of  70  lire  per  hectolitre  of  pure  alcohol. 

Art.  11.  The  temporary  import  of  sugar  destined  for  use 
in  the  production  of  sweets  (canditi)  for  export  is  permitted 
without  consulting  the  (Superior  Council  of  Commerce, 
according  to  the  forms  and  methods  which  shall  be  ordained 
by  Royal  decree. 


Nbw  Customs  Tariff  of  Mexico. 
(See  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  January,  p.  55  seq.'j 

Tariff  on  Petroleum  ib  France. 

Report  by  C.  Lavollee  for  the  Committee  of  Commerce. 
Bull,  de  la  Societc  a? Encouragement  pour  V Industrie 
Nationale,  1891,  6,  277—284. 

This  report  compares  the  duties  levied  on  petroleum  oils 
imported  into  France,  with  the  tariffs  in  existence  in  other 
Fairopean  countries,  and  also  gives  a  history  of  the  origin 
of  the  various  duties  imposed  since  1864.  The  main  object 
of  the  report  is  to  show  the  necessity  of  reducing  the 
protective  rates  on  this  import.  The  author  refers  to  a 
paper  read  before  the  Society  on  8th  February  1889  by 
Mr.  Besnard  relating  to  the  state  of  perfection  to  which 
the  manufacture  of  mineral  oil  lamps  had  then  been 
brought,  and  to  the  advantages  that  at  that  time  would 
have  followed  a  decrease  in  the  Customs  dues.  M.  Rousselle 
in  April  1890  brought  to  the  notice  of  the  Society  the  small 
quantity  of  mineral  oil  used  in  the  country,  and  solicited 
an  investigation  on  this  matter  by  the  Committee  of  Com- 
merce. In  accordance  with  this  suggestion  a  report  was 
drawn  up  supplementary  to  the  communication  of  M. 
Besnard. 

The  first  duty  levied  on  petroleum  dates  from  4th  June 
1864,  crude  petroleum  being  admitted  free  and  refined  oil  at 
3  francs  per  100  kilos.  The  consumption  of  oil  steadily 
increased  till  the  eventful  year  1871.  The  use  of  mineral 
oil  by  incendiaries  produced  an  unfavourable  impression  on 
this  import  at  that  time,  and  at  a  sitting  of  the  National 
Assembly  on  29th  May  1871  a  statute  was  passed  "for- 
bidding the  sale  or  storage  of  petroleum  (or  any  other 
mineral  oil )  without  the  district  police  prefect's  permission. 
The  penalties  for  breaking  this  law  were  very  stringent 
(tint's  varying  from  16 — 1,000  frs.,  and  imprisonment  from 
one  month  to  two  years).  In  July  in  the  same  year,  how- 
ever, crude  oil  was  admitted  at  a  duty  of  20  frs.,  and 
refined  oil  at  32  frs.  per  100  kilos,  respectively.  This  tariff 
was  augmented  in  1873  to  30  and  37  frs.  on  the  crude  and 
refined  oils.  In  1881  the  duties  were  altered  to  18  frs.  on 
crude  and  25  frs.  on  refined  oil  per  100  kilos.  The 
Government  at  present  (June  1891)  proposes  a  tax  of  18 
and  24  frs.  for  crude  and  refined  oils  respectively,  the 
Commission  suggesting  1  fr.  less  for  the  refined  oil.  The 
tariff  in  1871  was  a  measure  of  social  defence,  and  has 
become  little  by  little  a  protective  duty  for  the  benefit  of 
the  refining  industry.  The  refiners  state  a  high  protective 
tariff  is  necessary  to  maintain  their  industry,  their  opponents 
declaring,  however,  that  their  industry  is  very  flourishing, 
anil  that  favour  accorded  to  refiners,  who  are  few  in  number 
and  employ  few  hands,  prejudices  other  commerce.  From 
American  statistics  we  find  a  great  excess  of  petroleum 
imported  by  us  is  crude,  a  different  feature  in  comparison 
with  other  countries.  The  following  figures  speak  for 
themselves. 


Oil  Exported  from  North  America,  1S88-89. 


' — — 

Crude  Oil. 

Refined  Oil. 

Gallons. 
63.955,708 

3,064,421 

8,684 

Gallons. 

138,518,352 
58,703,730 
3S,000,000 
41,000,000 

Now  it  seems  a  strange  thing  to  induce  such  an  extensively 
industrious  country  as  North  America  to  export  a  natural 
earthy  product  in  a  crude  state  when  economy  in  transit 
and  manipulation  would  be  made  by  exporting  the  refined 
oil. 

It  is  stated  that  lighter  dues  levied  on  the  mineral  oils 
would  very  nearly  ruin  the  vegetable  oil  trades,  the  colza 
oil  industry,  being  the  one  of  most  importance,  supplying 
70  per  cent,  of  the  total  bulk  to  these  oils  :  the  colza  oil 
produced  in  FYance  during  1887  being  valued  at  32,000,000 
francs.  The  quantity  of  oil  is  annually  decreasing  in 
production,  owing,  firstly,  to  extension  of  other  lighting 
agencies,  and,  secondly,  to  the  farmers  preferring  to  grow 
other  crops,  principally  beetroot.  This  diminution  of  colza 
production  is  also  noticed  in  Belgium  and  Germany. 

The  receipts  resultiug  in  the  mineral  oil  tariff  are 
perhaps  the  most  important  question.  In  1871  revenue 
was  5,000,000  francs;  in  1880  (on  63  million  kilos.) 
21,000,000  francs;  in  1888  (on  155  million  kilos.)  was 
32,000,000  francs. 

The  French  consumption  has  enormously  increased 
during  the  last  10  years,  and  the  Parisian  consumption  has 
multiplied  three-fold  in  the  last  10  years,  notwithstanding 
the  double  duty  of  Customs  and  city  fees.  It  is  natural 
that  a  reduction  in  tariff  must  affect  the  receipts,  but  it  is 
not  more  certain  that  the  deficit  will  be  almost  immediately 
supplied  by  the  augmented  consumption. 

As  an  example  of  comparative  consumption  Belgium  uses 
four  times  the  quantity  of  oil  proportionally  to  France. 
In  Belgium  and  England  neither  crude  or  refined  oils  pay 
duty.  In  Holland  equivalent  to  1  ■  17  francs  per  100  kilos.  ; 
Switzerland,  equivalent  to  1'25  francs  per  100  kilos.  ;  Italy, 
equivalent  to  4  •  00  francs  per  100  kilos.;  Germany,  equivalent 
to  7*50  francs  per  100  kilos. 

If  these  tariffs  are  compared  with  the  French  scale  of 
duties,  the  excessive  amount  of  the  latter  can  easily  be 
seen.  A  strong  point  of  argument  in  favour  of  lowering  the 
mineral  oil  tax  is  in  the  fact  that  a  tax  is,  as  a  rule,  in  some 
measure  proportionate  to  the  value  of  the  goods  taxed. 
Now,  taking  the  tax  of  18  francs  imposed  on  crude 
petroleum  in  1881, -the  price  of  the  oil  has  so  much 
decreased  that  at  the  present  time  the  duty  is  about  120  pet- 
cent,  of  the  value  of  the  product.  To  be  just  and  equitable 
all  taxes  ought  to  be  calculated  in  moderate  proportion  to 
the  value  of  the  material  taxed.  It  appears  very  necessary 
to  reduce  these  excessive  rates  at  once ;  a  very  large 
number  of  consumers  would  be  benefited,  and  an  impetus 
given  to  the  trade  now  that  lamps  and  better  rectification  of 
the  oils  has  largely  increased  the  value  of  these  oils  as 
illuminants.  The  extending  uses  of  these  oils  for  petroleum 
engines  and  other  devices  render  the  taxation  on  this  article 
a  serious  and  shortsighted  policy  which  the  Committee  of 
Commerce  strongly  wish  to  see  altered. — E.  F.  II. 


GENERAL   TRADE  NOTES. 

Cocaine  in  India. 

An  inquiry  was  some  time  ago  instituted  through  the 
Secretary  of  State  by  Dr.  McXamara.  Examiner  of  Medical 
Stores,  Madras,  if  the  hydrochlorate  of  cocaine,  which  in 
England  costs  12/.  per  pound,  couhl  not  be   more  economi- 


(38 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30,  1 SU-2. 


rally  manufactured  either  at  the  Government  opium  agencies 
or  al  <>!»■  of  the  quinine  factories  in  India.  The  Allahabad 
Pioneer  Mad  says  that  the  matter  was  considered,  and  it 
was  found  that  there  ought  to  be  no  difficulty  in  extracting 
the  alkaloid  in  a  laboratory  such  as  that  possessed  by  the 
Medical  Stores  Department,  Madras.  In  a  reference,  how- 
ever, to  the  surgeon-general  it  was  found  that  the  total 
annual  consumption  of  the  drug  was  only  ■)',  lb.,  and  so  it 
was  decided  that,  for  the  present  at  least,  it  would  not  be 
worth  while  making  it.  The  Erythroxylon  cura  has  now 
been  cultivated  for  many  years  in  several  parts  of  the 
Presidency.  It  grows  like  a  weed,  and  the  yield  of  cocaine 
from  the  leaves  is  fully  equal  to  that  obtained  from  the 
Americau  shrub.  Should  there,  therefore,  be  at  any  time 
i  larger  demand  for  this  alkaloid,  there  would  be  no 
difficulty  in  obtaiuiug  a  very  large  amount  of  the  leaves, 
but  it  is  doubtful  if,  with  the  prices  now  ruling  in  the 
market,  the  cultivation  of  the  plant  in  any  large  quantities 
would  pay  the  planter. 

Hungarian  Industry. 

Industry  in  Huugary  made  rapid  strides  in  1890. 
According  to  the  Journal  de  la  Chambre  de  Commerce  de 
Constantinople   a  number  of  the  old  factories   have  been 


re-organised  in  accordance  with  all  the  exigencies  of  modern 
science,  while  a  large  number  of  new  establishments  have 
sprung  up  throughout  the  country.  The  capital  sunk  for 
this  purpose  was  nearly  2,500,U00/.  (taking  the  Austrian 
florin  as  equivalent  to  2*-.),  whilst  the  number  of  factories 
amounted  to  1,132,  with  those  in  Croatia  and  Slavonia  to 
1,249,  and  with  the  alcohol  factories  to  1,516.  The  Hun- 
garian Minister  of  Commerce  has  ordered  a  new  census  of 
all  the  industrial  establishments  in  the  country,  inclusive  of 
Transylvania  ;  this  shows  that  at  the  present  time  there  are 
in  Hungary  1,871  factories. 

Among  the  new  industrial  establishments  the  following 
are  worth  mention  :  the  gelatin  factory  of  Pilich  and  Co. 
at  Szeged ;  the  industrial  company  for  linen  and  hemp 
products  at  Ujszeged  ;  the  tallow  factory  of  Redlich  and 
Sons  at  Kobanya  ;  the  condensed  carbonic  acid  factory  of 
Baron  Gabriel  Apor  at  Kukullo ;  the  match  factory  of 
Michel  Salzer  at  Kovaszna ;  a  large  cement  factory  of 
M.  Lazare  Blau  at  Hunyad  ;  the  cotton  spinnery  of  William 
Low  at  Segesvar :  lastly,  the  French  Mercury  Mining 
Coin], any  of  Zalatisa,  with  a  capital  of  80,000/.,  the  director 
of  which  is  M.  Labreux,  a  French  engineer. 

Several  other  factories  and  a  large  number  of  steam  mills 
have  been  established  within  the  last  few  months  in  different 
paits  of  Huugary  and  Transylvania. 


Tkadk  between  Spain  and  the  United  Kingdom. 


Imports  into  the 

United  Kingdom  from 

Spain. 

Exports  of  British  and 

Irish  Produce  from  United 

Kingdom  to  Spain. 

Exports  of  Foreign 

and  Colonial  Produce 

from  United  Kingdom 

to  Spain. 

iSlJO. 

1891. 

ISijO. 

1891. 

v,... 

1891. 

Quarter  ended  :— 
31st  March 

30th  June 

e 

3,i62,4S4 

2,617,256 

2,718,618 

2,541,001 
2.221,0813 
3,069,234 

£                            £ 

.,-■.-"..'.■               1,339,710 

f,tj6,366               1,284,879 
;,.'.,.  .                   1,243,072 
1,177,635               1,099,706 

E 

1~5,8~7 

f. 
151,420 

1  "s, ;,,-,;( 

148,620 

IIS, 1)57 

Total  tor  Year 

42,5*14.16 

10,549,939 

;.',;;  ,282               1.667.367 

700,01); 

547,556 

Sulphate  of  Ammonia. 

Production,  Deliveries,  and  Exports  during  Four 
Years,  1888— 1891. 


PRODUCTION  :— 

England,  Scotland,  and  Ireland, 
from  all  sources. 


Deliveries  ami  Kxports: — 

Germany,      Denmark,     Sweden, 

Russia,  &c. 
France,  Spain,  and  Italy 

Belgium  and  Holland 

America  and  *  olonies 

Homo  consumption  for  agricul- 
i  ural  and  chemical  purposes 
(including  the  liquor  used  in 
\  arious  processes  of  manu- 
facture). 

Stocks  :il  works 


1801.      1890.      1880.      1888. 


Tuns.     Tons.     Tuns. 
1 18,000  134,000  133,000 


Tons. 
122,800 


28,000 

30,111111 

32,ll(lli 

32,000 

19,000 

16,000 

18,000 

19,000 

23,(100 

22,000 

20,000 

is. 1 

20,000 

18,000 

17,11110 

1  1,11110 

43,000 

I2.i  100 

ll.llllll 

3]  ' 

10,000 

6,000 

5,000 

8,500 

1  18,000 

134,000 

133.1 

122,800 

~Bradhury  and  I/irseh. 


The  Soukceb  <>i    Sulphate  of  Ammonia. 

Tuns. 

Gas  works 107,000 

Iron  works 6,500 

Shak-  works 27,000 

Coke  and  carbonising  works 3,000 

143,500 


The  production  during  the  previous  five  years,  adjusted 
from  the  carefully  compiled  report  of  Mr.  Alfred  Fletcher, 
the  Chief  Inspector  under  the  Alkali  Works  Regulation  Act, 
1881,  was  :— 


— 

1890. 

1 889. 

1888. 

1887. 

ism; 

102,150 

1110,700 

93.(1(10 

85,000 

82,500 

5,1150 

6,150 

5,300 

5,000 

4,000 

Shale 

24,750 

23,950 

22,000 

21, 

is, 1 

Coke   and    carbonising 

works. 

2,300 

2,800 

2,500 

2,700 

2,000 

131,2511 

133,600 

122,800 

113,71111 

106,500 

—Ibid. 


Jan.  80.1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


69 


Production  ob  Beet  Sugar  in   Russia  in   1888 — 89. 

Hull  Soc.  dr  Encouragement  Vindustrie  Nationale,  1891, 

'6,  ICG— 171. 

This  article  refers  to  the  sudden  rise  in  the  output  of  sugar 
in  Russia  during  the  season  1888 — 89,  as  shown  in  the 
following  figures  :  — 


Season, 

Number 
of  Works  open. 

Quantities  Produced. 

1881  -sl' 

2:« 

Ponds. 
15,936,71 f 

1882-38 

237 

17,587,890 

1883    M 

•Jll 

18,859,739 

1881— 85 

210 

20,953,120 

1885    86 

241 

29,039,594 

188G-87 

22'.) 

25,919,631 

issr    « 

21S 

23,749,028 

1883—89 

2-2H 

28,393,027 

dpi 


■■  W3S1  kilos.) 


The  sudden  rise  in  output  in  1888 — 89  is  connected 
with  the  increase  of  the  urea  under  beetroot  cultivation,  an 
increase  of  not  less  than  6  per  cent,  of  the  three  regions 
(South-West  and  Central  Goverments,  and  Poland),  in 
which  beetroot  is  grown,  the  increase  is  greatest,  27  per 
cent.,  in  the  South' West  district,  and  least,  4  per  cent.,  in 
Poland. 

Of  the  220  works  in  operation  during  1888 — 89,  186,  or 
more  than  four-fifths,  were  for  raw  sugar. 

( >f  the  220  works,  only  8  employed  hydraulic  presses, 
the  other  212  using  the  diffusion  method. 

The  number  of  works  in  which  the  output  was  above 
100,000  pouds,  was  101  in  1887—88  and  135  in  1888 — 89, 
the  principal  increase  being  in  the  South-Western  district. 

—V.  C. 
Minerals  in  Persia. 

Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 15,  1240—1211. 
I  p  till  now  the  following  ores  have  been  found  in 
paying  quantities  :  Iron,  copper,  lead,  antimony,  manganese, 
nickel,  cobalt  ;  also  coal,  asbestos,  borax,  and  cinnabar 
Phere  also  exists  petroleum  springs.  Copper  and  lead  ores 
have  been  worked  by  the  natives  for  many  ages,  but  it  seems 
that  they  chiefly  smelted  the  more  readily  reducible  ores, 
such  as  red  copper  ore,  malachite,  azurite,  white  or  yellow 
lead  ore,  and  galena.  Ores  rich  in  sulphur,  such  as  black  or 
grey  copper  ore,  were  either  not  used  at  all,  or  mixed  in 
small  quantities  with  the  other  minerals.  Near  old  smelting 
works  may  he  seen  vast  accumulations  of  litharge,  which 
points  to  the  ancient  production  of  silver  from  argentiferous 
galenas.— L.  dc  K. 


The   Russian-   Quicksilver  Minks. 

In  addition  to  the  quicksilver  mines  in  operation  near 
Bakhmont,  in  European  Russia,  which  produce  at  the 
present  time  20,000  pouds  of  mercury  annually,  deposits  of 
mercury  have  been  discovered  in  the  province  of  Daghestau, 
in  Caucasia,  and  the  mining  administration  has  every  reason 
to  believe  that  private  enterprises  will  be  established  which 
will  make  undertakings  of  this  kind  very  profitable.  The 
Ministry  of  Domains  has  decided  to  tax  Russian  mercury, 
as  is  done  witli  all  other  Russian  metals.  It  is  proposed  to 
establish  taxes  of  50  copecks  per  poud  of  pure  mercury 
and  of  45  copecks  per  poud  of  cinnabar  made  from  Russian 
mercury. — Chemist  and  Druggist. 

Boars  of  Trade  Notice. 

River  Pollution  in  Spain.  (Tenders  for  Sewage 
Works.) 

The  municipality  of  Bilbao  are  about  to  invite  engineers 
to  submit  preliminary  plans  for  a  system  of  sewers  to 
prevent  the  pollution  of  the  river  Nervion.  The  best  four 
plans  will  receive  premiums  varying  between  10.000  and 
1,000  pesetas.  Five  months  are  allowed  for  the  preparation 
of  the  plans.  Copies  of  the  conditions  can  be  obtained  of 
the  secretary  of  the  Ayuntamiento  of  Bilbao,  and  a  copy 
can  be  seen  at  the  Commercial  Department  of  the  Foreign 
Office,  London,  between  the  hours  of  11  and  5. 

Articles  of  Interest   to  Technologists  and  others. 

The  following  articles  in  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal 
for  January  will  repay  perusal : — 

"Artificial  Butter  Legislation  in  France,"  p.  22. 

"  Belgian  Coal  and  Iron  Industries,"  p.  24. 

"  The  Salmon  Industry  in  British  Columbia,"  p.  31. 

"  Mining  Industry  of  Colombia,"  p.  68. 

"  The  Production  of  Aluminium,"  p.  70. 

"Quicksilver  Mining  in  Russia,"  p.  71. 

"  Cryolite  Production  in  America,"  p.  77. 

"Anthracite  Coal  in  West  Virginia,"  p.  82. 

"Fibre  Industries  in  the  Punjab,"  p.  85. 

"  The  Wealth  of  Nova  Scotia,"  p.  89. 

"  Mineral  Production  of  New  South  Wales,"  p.  90. 

•'  Mineral  Production  m  Queensland,"  p.  92. 

"The  Coal  Industry  of  Natal,"  p.  95. 

Post  Office  Notice. 
Alterations  of  Book    Post  Pi  i  i —. 

On  and  from  the  1st  January  1892,  the  following 
alteration  of  the  Book  Post  rules  came  into  operation  :  — 

Open  Envelopes  for  Hook  Packets. 
In  addition  to  covers  entirely  open  at  the  ends,  ordinary 
envelopes  left  wholly  unfastened  will  be  admitted  as  covers 
for  book  packets,  whether  addressed  to  places  in  the  United 
Kingdom  or  to  places  abroad. 


UNITED    STATES    MINERAL    STATISTICS. 
(From  the  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal.) 
Imports  and  Exports  of  Mineral  Products  for  Ten  Months  ending  October  31st,  1890  and  1891. 
(Extract  from  Report  by  the  Bureau  of  Statistics.) 
Imports  Ten  Months  ending  October  31. 


Quantity. 


Value. 


WW). 


Asphall  mi'  "i"  bitumen,  crude Tons 

Mineral  waters,  all.  not  artificial Galls. 

Chlorate  of  p  .1  i^li  I.b. 

Muriate  of  potash „ 


57,073 

87373 

Dilhirs. 
198,070 

Pol  hi  rs. 
239,801 

2,289.602 

1,479,109 

IJ.'l.UI 

293,449 

311,11211* 

2,591,633 

33,580 

2  17,900 

4.-..s7'.>,  i;; 

03,301,008 

JO2.03J 

991,708 

Prom  October  6tli. 


70 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30, 1892. 


Imports  Ten  Months  ending  October  31,  1891 — continued. 


Quantity. 


Value. 


Nitrate  cf  potash, crude Ij,t- 

Other  potassium  salts 

Nitrate  of  soda To"s 

Sulphur  and  brimstone,  crude ,, 

Guano » 

Phosphates,  crude  or  nativo 

( Itlier  fertilisers 

Manufactures  of  iron  and  steel,  n.e.s 

Oras,  gold-bcarinp 

Ores,  silver-bearing 

Platinum,  unmanufactured Lb. 

Plumbago Tons 

Tin,  in  bars,  blocks,  pigs,  or  grain  or  granulated Lb. 

Brass,  and  manufactures  -  f 

Cement Lb. 

Coal-tar  colours  and  dyes 

Bicarbonate  of  soda ,, 

Causl  ic  soda ■ 

Sal  soda  and  soda  ash >■ 

Other  salts  of  soda,  n.c.s .. 

(lays  or  earths Tons 

Coal,  bituminous 

Copper  ore  (lino  copper  e  mtaineu  therein)  Lb. 

Copper,  in  pigs,  liars,  ingots,  old  and  other  unmanufactured , 

Manufactures  of  copper 

Iron  ore Tons 

Viz  iron » 

Scrap  iron  and  steel » 

Bjr  iron 

Bars  of  iron  or  steel,  railway „ 

Co'. ton  ties,  or  balm-  hoops Lb. 

Hoop,  band,  or  scroll,  iron  or  steel „ 

Ingots,  blooms,  and  billets  of  iron  or  steel „ 

Sheet,  plate,  and  taggers,  iron  or  steel 

Tin  plates,  tome  plates,  and  taggers,  tin ■ 

Wire  rods  of  iron  or  steel 

AY  ire  and  wire  rope 

Manufactures  of  iron  and  steel,  n.e.s., 

Pi inns  si  ones,  n.e.s 

Lead,  and  manufactures  of 

Metals,  and  manufactures  of,  n.e.s 

Marble  ami  stone,  and  manufactures  of 

Mineral  substances,  n.e.s 

Mineral  oils f;alls. 

Salt Lb. 

Zinc,  in  blocks  or  pig,  and  old  

Zi ne.  manufactures  of 


1S00. 

12,3-22,614 
651,592* 

■ 
118,287 
1,087 
25,140 


ism. 


13,589,677 

11,240,212 

S9,«65 

103,613 

11,762 

22,087 


1,907 

11,024 

2!  ,734  875 


1.649 

8,075 

31,202,788 


851,1  15,625         1,001,768,795 


Tut.::..". 

73,377,950 

294,693,930 

18,872.858 

47,301 

056  612 

4,056,S89 

104,716 

1  059.660 

[15,029 

12,743 

47,006,849 

204 

33,769,982 

13,538,003 

54,061,881 

16,210,376 

614,729,703 

108,998,878 

8,571,375 


1,190,1  is 

.",  1,586,958 

276.697309 

13,038,853 

50  850 

1,084,896 

10,381,651 

2,897,334 

777,183 

16,161 

133,521 

30,615,820 

233 

1.201,371 
07,331,403 
21,513,808 

OHT.T3i.2li7 

87,936,034 

8,511,785 


137,315,450 
1,889,090 


1,035,973 

382,275,061 

702,870 


Dollars. 
361,670 

21,830 

2,691,707 

1,792,217 

:,l  195 
183,687 
621,731 

22,412* 

122,768 

7,197,382 

513,181 
6,005,573 

170,036 
2,535,762 
1,553,117 
11,301 
1,516,114 
3,103,001 

110,916 

318,829 
2,213,788 

303.313 

30,353 

90,610 

2,364,643 

3.31 1,227 

613,660 

SOOTS 

5,03.-, 

520,641 

341,133 

l.nJnnpi 

506,976 

19,430,503 

2,045,702 

Tl  1,840 


1891. 


Dollars. 
117.163 

300,101 
2,311,516 
•J;:o_',950 

195,908 

813,979 
-•72.137 
215,970 
8,178,266 
594,2 12 
112,692 
6,720.030 
206,808 
3,704,476 
1,289,095 
20,017 
i.iie.-n; 
3,567,579 
91,231 
374,108 
3.0T3.128 
772,011 
253,691 
95,768 
2,023,246 
993,812 
163,116 
587,1 1 1 
7,016 


From  Oc.tob  ir  6. 


Jan.  so,  ism.]       THE  JOUKNAIi  OP  THE    SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 

Exports  Ten  Months  ending  October  31,  1891. 


71 


Quantity. 


Brass,  and  manufactures  of 

Bricks,  building 

Bricks,  lire 

Coal,  anthracite Tons 

Coal,  bituminous „ 

Copper  ore „ 

sr  ingots,  bars,  and  old Lb. 

Copper,  all  other  manufactures  of 

Fertilisers Tons 

Gunpowder Lb. 

All  other  explosives 

Pig  iron , Tons 

Band,  hoop,  and  semll  iron LI). 

Bar  iron 

Car  wheels No. 

Castings,  n.e.8 

I  ngots,  bars,  and  rods  of  steel Lb. 

Machinery,  n.e.s 

Cut  nails  and  spikes Lb. 

Nails  and  spikes,  all  others,  including  tacks „ 

Plates  and  sheets,  iron 

Plates  and  sheets.  sto.'l „ 

Railroad  bars  or  rails,  iron Tons 

Railroad  barn  or  rails,  steel „ 

Wire Lb. 

All  other  manufactures  of  iron  and  steel 

Lead,  and  manufactures  of 

Lime  and  cement Brls. 

Marble  and  stone,  unmanufactured 

Roofing  slate 

All  other  stone 

Mineral  oils,  crude Galls. 

Na  phtha tr 

Illuminating  oils u 

Lubricating  oils n 

Residuum  oil Brls. 

Ore,  gold  and  silver  bearing 

Quicksilver Lb. 

Tin,  manufactures  of 

Zinc  ore  or  oxide Tons 

Zinc,  pigs,  bars,  plates,  and  sheets Lb. 

Zinc,  all  other  manufactures  of 


1*11. 


5,021 

702,522 

1,100,000 

17.798 

7,009,070 

217,7/S 
327.10.-J 

14,209 

12,101 

2,0*6,617 

9,818 

283,874 


11,071,310 

8,347,075 

1,556,071 

1,516,710 

1,001,989 

712,537 

415,118 

233,058 

36 

160 

10.055 

1(1,349 

19,190,285 

23,092,017 

2,501 
3,001,206 


3.S.-.2 

700,160 

1,337,684 

31,132 

60,976,348 

180,391 
710,614 

11,982 

325,03'} 

2,696.158 

12. 113 

1,131,658 


73.775 


81,531,702 

75,511,501 

10,275,961 

8,017.916 

461,208,040 

112,450,435 

25,576,275 

27,166,274 

41,610 

23,227 

273,113 


5,391 
3,278,352 


Value. 


1890. 


Dollars. 
352,230 

53,303 

44,963 

S,430,3S0 
3,090,686 
949,770 
120,526 
1,601,309 
53,141 
600,640 
231,991 
475 
83.730 
7:>,4H> 
743.15S 
16.678 
7.565,480 
2:::,  2-ii 
125,454 
41,862 
1.1,663 
1,156 
538,691 
707.  HI 
2,963,783 
13S.923 
120,640 
190,617 
10S.S85 
499,681 
5.529,256 
862.110 
33,338,336 
3,899,640 
88,256 
1,993,873 
88,603 
223,392 
162,355 
108,340 
18,017 


Dollars. 
3S9.109 

29,180 

37,1115 
3.311,143 

(.224,215 

5  s.57,684 
7,821,116 
207,800 
1.993,1112 
80,169 
777.51; 
2U8.S1S 
8.563 
76,914 
101,268 
703.C60 
33,643 
8.273,697 
200.S52 
111.513 
22,664 
7.121 
3,358 
333, 159 
772.378 
3,469,077 
140,20:i 
113,671 
140.672 
61,324 
1"  1.301 
1,3  IS,  202 
691,987 
29,587,545 
4,053,889 
63,225 
2".  123 
139,492 
210,028 
120,607 
201.S30 
27,111 


72 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30, 1892. 


Mineral  Production  of  the  United  States  in  1890  and  1891. 


1890. 


Gold Oz.  1,588,889 

Silver „  114,500,000 

Pig  iron Tons  of  2,000  lb.  10,307,028 

Steel  rails Tons  of  2,2*0  lb.  2,095,996 

Copper Lb. 

Lea.l Tons  of  2,000  lb. 

Zinc ,            „  66,342 

Nickel Lb.  200,382 

Quicksilver Flasks  22,:>26 

Aluminum Lb.  94,881 


1891. 


1.620,000 

58,000,000 

8,970,000 

1,090,000 

264,920,000  .  292,620, 

181.491  205,488 

76,500 

144,841 

21,022 

163,820 


Tin Lb. 

Antimony  ore Tons  of  2,240  lb. 

Anthracite  coal „ 

Bituminous  coal 

Phosphate  roek Tons  of  2,000  lb. 

Salt Brls.  of  280  lb. 

Bromine Db. 

Pyrites Tons  of  2,000  lb. 

Sulphur „  „ 


>, ;  iv; 

93,000,000 

637,000 

9,727,697 

310,000 

109,431 


1891. 


123.360 

700 

12,839,799 

98,000,000 

659,731 

10,229,691 

415,000 

122,438 

l,2lli) 


MiNKKAi.  Products  of  the  United  States. 


Quantity. 


Value. 


Metallic. 

Pig  iron,  spol  value Tons  of  2,240  lb. 

Silver,  coining  value Troy  oz. 

Gold,  coining  value 

Copper,  value  at  New  i'crk Lb. 

Lead,  value  at  New  York Tons  of  2,0n0  lb. 

Zinc,  value  at  New  York 

Quicksilver,  at  San  Francisco Flasks 

Nickel,  at  Philadelphia Lb. 

Aluminium,  at  Philadelphia  „ 

Antimony,  at  San  Francisco Tons  of  2,000  lb. 

Platinum,  ai  New  York Troy  oz. 

Total 

NON-JIBXILLIC  (Spot  Values  i. 

Bitumii scoal Tons  of  2,210  lb. 

Anthracite  coal „ 

Building  stone 

Lime Barrels 

Petroleum „ 

Natural  iras 

Cement Ban  els 

Sail 

Limestone  for  iron  flux Tons  of  2,24  lib. 

Phosphate  rock „ 

Zinc  white  Tons  of  2,000  lb. 

Mineral  water Gallons  sold 

Borax Lb. 

Gypsum Tons  of  2,0001b. 

A|atiL': te  Ore Tons  of  2,2 m  lb. 

Mineral  paints 

Marls Tons  of  2,0001b. 

I  'i  rii.s' Ti  ins  of  2,240  lb. 


1889. 


7,603,642 

51,354,851 

1,590,869 

231,246,214 

182,067 

58,860 

26,484 

232,663 

17,468 

115 

500 


85,383,059 

411.711,721 

50,000,000 

35.163,513 

7, 

10, 1,1 

6,318,000 

5511,215 

2:i,iKKi 
12,780,471 

8,000 

207,769 
24,197 
.•12.3117 
139,522 
93,705 


9,202,703 

54,500, 

1,588,880 

265,115,133 

161,754 

63,683 

22,926 

223,488 

61,281 

129 

600 


99,392,871 
11,489,858 

60,000,000 
45,000,000 

8,000,000 

B,683,94S 

6.521,622 

510,499 

11.321.S76 

9,500,000 

,.  I)995 

23  00  i 
45.732 
150,(1011 
111,836 


1889. 


1890. 


Dollars. 

121 i 

66,396,988 
32,886,744 
26,907,809 
16,187,689 

5,791,824 

1,191,5011 

151,598 

97,835 

28. i 

2.009 


269,591,487 

91,346,809 

65,879,514 

51  026,721 

25,000,000 

26,963,340 

21,097,099 

5,000,000 

500,090 

S.159.UII0 

2,(':i7,776 

1,600,000 

1,718,458 

5  illinium 

761.118 

210,559 

163,766 

63,950 

292,119 


Dollars. 

151,21111,110 

70,464,645 

32.815,1100 

30,848,797 

1 1,266,708 

6,260,407 

1,203,615 

131,093 

61,281 

111,756 
2,500 


307,331,207 

Il0,t2n.8ul 
6),  1 15.6s:; 
51,11110.11110 
2s.llilll.ill  ill 

35.000,000 

2'J,0"  i, i 

6,000,000 
4,7i>7>;:> 
2.761  is  It 
6,215.7:>5 

1  600, 

2,338,1  Hi 

617.500 
.  7  1.5  "1 
250.111  ill 
661,(1(12 
65,(10(1 
275,7 15 


Jan. 80. 1KB.]        THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


73 


Mineral  Products  oe  the  United  States — continued. 


Quantity. 


1889. 


1890. 


Value. 


Flint  Tons  of  2,240  lb. 

Mien  (out) Lb. 

Corundum Tons  <-f  2,000  lb. 

Sulphur 

Preciona  stones ^ 

Specimens,  gold-quartz  souvenirs,  &c J 

Crude  barytes Tons  of  2  £40  lb. 

Bromine -Lb. 

Feldspar Tons  or  2,2411  lb. 

Chrome  iron  ore 

Graphite Lb. 

Fluorspar Tons  ol  2.000  lb. 

Slate,  ground Tons  of  2,240  lb. 

Cobalt  oxide Lb. 

Novaculite » 

Asphaltum Tons  of  2,000  lb. 

Asbestos  

Eutile Ll>. 

Potters'  clay Tons  or  2.2  to  lb. 

Grindstones 

Millstones 

Ozokerite,  refined Lb. 

Infusorial  earth Tons  of  3,000  lb. 

Soapstone ,. 

Fibrous  talc „ 

Lithographic  stone „ 


11,113 
49,500 

2.21.-, 
1,150 


19,161 

418,891 

0,970 

2,000 


21,911 

387,847 

8,000 

3,599 


la  rs. 
49,137 

L'ollars. 

57.400 

50,000 

32,569 

106,565 

89,395 

7,850 

1S8.807 


9,500 

8,250 

2,000 

2, 

12,955 

10,000 

354,000 

51,735 

111,-11 

30 

71 

1,000 

100 

2M.SU 

350,000 

.-,11,0011 

350.00(1 

3,466 

2,532 

12,715 

13,070 

23,7  iti 

41,354 

18 

t 

106,318 

80,505 

125,007 

104,719 

39,370 

45,200 

30,11(10 

53,985 

•72,662 

•77,500 

45.885 

55.32S 

20,000 

20,000 

31,092 

25,000 

32.9S0 

69,909 

171,517 

190,116 

1.S00 

4,500 

3.011(1 

l.ooo 

635,578 

756,000 

439.5S7 

450,000 

35,15.-. 

73,720 

2,500 

21,250 

23,372 

50,210 

231. 70S 

252,309 

21-1,170 

3S9.196 

213 

Value. 


1889. 


1890. 


Total  value  of  non-metallic  mineral  products 

Total  value  of  metallic  products 

(Estimated  value  of  mineral  products  unspecified  . 


( rrand  total . 


Dollars. 
308,687,163 


Dollars. 
334,959,893 


269,591,487  SO7.33t.207 

10,000,000  10,000,000 


.-i.SX.27s.05O 


052.291,100 


•  Value  of  the  crude  product.  t  Not  reported. 

t  Including  lire  clay,  common  brick-clay,  terra-cotta,  building  sand,  glass  sand,  limestone  used  as  flux  in  lead  smelting  and  glass  making, 
iron  ore  used  as  flux  and  lead  smelting,  tin  ore,  iridismine,  stone,  nitrate  of  soda,  carbonate  "f  soda,  sulphate  ol  soda,  native  alum,  mineral 
soap,  strontin  and  pumice  stone. 


Nickel. 
The  production  of  nickel  iu  the  United  States  was  con- 
siderably smaller  in  1891  than  in  the  previous  year,  owing 
to  the  falling  off  in  the  output  of  the  famous  old  Lancaster 
Gap  mine,  which  was  idle  for  three  months  of  the  year. 
This  mine,  as  is  well  known,  is  rapidly  approaching 
exhaustion,  and  in  the  future  it  may  be  expected  to  show 
a  constantly  diminishing  output.  Its  product  in  1S91, 
however,  as  in  previous  years,  represents  practically  the 
entire  product  of  nickel  in  the  United  States.  The  St. 
Joseph  Lead  Company,  of  Bonne  Terre,  Mo.,  and  the 
Mine  La  Motte,  of  St.  Francois  County,  Mo.,  made  their 
usual  out-turn  of  nickel  and  cobalt,  but  the  amount  is  trifling. 
The  ore  of  these  mines  is  galena  iu  a  gangue  of  magnesian 


limestone,  with  which  is  associated  some  iron  pyrites  carry- 
ing a  small  percentage  of  nickel  and  cobalt,  and  this  pyrites 
is  saved  as  a  by-product,  beiDg  shipped  to  the  American 
Xickel  Works,  at  Camden,  N.J.,  for  reduction. 

No  work  of  any  consequence  was  done  at  the  Oregon 
mines  during  the  year,  but  some  exploration  work  was  done 
in  the  Nevada  mines.  The  latter  are  located  at  the  junction 
of  Bolivia  and  Cottonwood  canons  iu  Churchill  County, 
about  41  miles  east  of  Lovelock's  Station.  One  of  these 
mines,  the  Loudon,  is  owned  by  the  National  Nickel  Mining 
Company,  of  New  York  and  London,  which  has  been 
working  a  force  of  10  meti  for  the  past  12  months  and  has 
pro  luced  some  nickel  ore.  A  small  lot  of  selected  ore. 
perhaps  40  tons,  was  shipped  to  England  for  a  test ;  this  is 


74 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        (Jan.  so,  1893. 


not  included  in  our  statement  of  the  production  of  nickel  in 
the  United  States  in  1891. 

The  production  of  nickel  in  the  United  States  from  1K70 
to  1891,  both  years  inclusive,  together  with  the  imports  into 
the  country  and  the  exports  from  it,  are  given  in  the 
following  table : — 

Production  of   Nickel  in   the  United  States  ;   also 
Imtorts  and  Exports. 


Tear, 

Production 

Valuo  of 
Imports. 

Value  of 

Amount. 

Average 
Price. 

Value. 

Exports. 

1876 

Lbs. 
201,867 

Dols. 
2-60 

Dols. 

32.'!,.-,  1 1 

Dols. 
10 

Dols. 
203,150 

1881 

265,668 

1-10 

292,235 

122,130 

39,  ISO 

1886 

182,815 

o-oo 

100,407 

141,310 

;,1.:;:,:: 

1888 

11)0,637 

0-60 

114,382 

138,290 

39.576 

1890 

200,332 

11-03 

130,210 

376,279 

471 

1891 

144,811 

0-60 

S6.905 

•• 

" 

During  the  past  year  the  consumption  of  nickel  has  under- 
gone a  large  increase,  due  principally  to  the  growing 
demand  for  the  metai  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  nickel- 
steel,  the  Creusot  works,  in  France,  alone  having  contracted 
for  a  large  part  of  the  product  of  the  Soeicte  du  Nickel, 
while  the  United  States  Government  purchased  the  great 
quantity  of  6,500  tons  of  Canadian  matte,  containing 
probably  about  20  per  cent,  nickel.  There  has  also  been  a 
natural  increase  in  demand  from  the  nickel-platers,  the 
German  silver  manufacturers,  and  other  consumers.  At  the 
present  time,  moreover,  the  prospects  seem  to  be  that  the 
consumption  of  nickel  will  further  increase  in  1892.  During 
the  past  autumn  the  United  States  Government  made 
elaborate  tests  of  nickel-steel  and  other  kinds  of  armour- 
plate  at  Indian  Head,  Aid.,  which  resulted  in  a  decisive 
victory  for  the  nickel  steel,  and  this  has  now  been  adopted 
as  the  protective  material  for  the  new  cruisers  and  battle- 
ships. The  use  of  other  nickel  alloys  is  constartly  growing 
and  a  steady  expansion  in  demand  may  be  expected  from 
this  source. 

The  exports  of  nickel  from  New  Caledonia  in  1890, 
according  to  a  recent  consular  report,  amounted  to  3,300  lb., 
and  of  nickel  ore  to  about  5,000  metric  tons,  which, 
averaging  about  8  per  cent,  nickel,  was  equivalent  to  about 
882,0001b.  of  metallic  nickel,  representing  a  total  export 
of  885,300  lb.  The  production  of  nickel  (in  nickel-copper 
matte)  in  Canada  in  1890  was  1,336,627  lb.,  that  being 
the  first  year  for  which  statistics  of  the  Sudbury  district 
were  published.  The  last  official  statistics  of  the  mining 
industry  of  Norway,  those  of  1889,  gave  the  production  of 
nickel  in  that  country  as  149,872  1b.;  the  output  in  the 
preceding  year  was  145,464  lb.,  and  that  of  1890  was 
probably  about  the  same.  The  product  of  Sweden  in  1890 
was  but  17,632  lb.,  which  was  a  great  falling  off  from  the 
preceding  year. — Engineering  and  Mining  Journal. 

All-minii  m. 

Aluminium  was  first  made  in  any  quantity  in  1855,  its 
value  at  that  time  being  90  dols.  per  lb. ;  with  improve- 
ments in  the  methods  of  manufacture  the  price  was 
gradually  reduced  to  4-86  dols.  (1/.)  in  1887,  but  the  recent 
development  of  the  industry  dates  only  from  1889,  when  the 
Pittsburg  Reduction  Company  placed  aluminium  made  by 
the  Hall  process  on  the  market  at  2  dols.  per  lb.  The  Pittsburg 
Reduction  Company  commenced  operations  in  November 
1888,  the  Cowles  Electric  Smelting  and  Aluminium  Com- 
pany  being  engaged  at  that  time  in  the  manufacture  of 
aluminium  alloys,  but  is  now  producing  pure  aluminium  ; 
these  were  the  only  companies  producing  pure  aluminium  in 
the  United  States  in  1889,  in  which  year  the  production 
amounted  to  47,468  lb.,  valued  at  97,335  dols.  The  total 
production  of  aluminium  in  the  world  from  1860  to  1889 
inclusive  is  estimated  by  Mr.  R.  L.  Pickard,  Special  Agent 
of  the  Eleventh  Census,  at  232,000  lb. 


Production  and  Imports  of  Aluminium  in  the 
United  States  since  1881. 


Tear. 

Production. 

Importt. 

Amount. 

Value. 

Amount. 

Value. 

ISM 

.. 

Dols. 

517' 10 

Dols. 
6,(171-00 

1882 

.. 

.. 

.-,<•,(•. -so 

6,195-00 

1883 

1,000 

875 

i2.;-23 

5,079-00 

1881 

1,800 

1,350 

594-00 

s.mroo 

1885 

3,40(1 

2,500 

439-00 

4,730-00 

1880 

.. 

27.000 

452-10 

5,369-00 

1887 

.. 

74,905 

1,260-00 

12,119-00 

ISSs 

19,000 

65.000 

l,34N-.-.i 

14,088 '00 

1889 

47,468 

97,335 

998-83 

4,810-00 

1890 

•94.SS1 

189,762 

2.051-00 

7,062-00 

1891 

•163,820 

163.820 

tl.625-05 

+4.073-00 

*  Partly  estimated.  t  Fiscal  years. 

The  principal  producers  of  aluminium  in  Europe  at  the 
present  time  are  the  Cowles  Syndicate  Company,  Limited, 
and  the  metal  Reduction  Syndicate,  Limited,  of  England, 
using  the  Cowles  and  Hall  processes  respectively,  and  the 
Aluminium  Industrie  Actien  Gesellschaft,  of  Lauffen- 
Neuhausen,  in  Switzerland,  which  uses  the  Heroult  process. 
In  the  United  States  are  the  Pittsburg  Reduction  Compauy, 
with  works  at  Kensington,  Pa.,  and  the  Cowles  Elec- 
tric Smelting  and  Aluminium  Company,  with  works  at 
Lockport,  N.Y.  The  United  States  Aluminium  Metal 
Company,  which  controls  the  Heroult  patents  in  the  United 
States,  has  a  plant  at  Boonton,  N.J.,  which  was  originally 
erected  for  demonstrating  this  process  and  has  produced 
some  metal,  but  has  not  been  in  regular  operation.  The 
Wilson  Aluminium  Company  is  now  establishing  works  at 
Leakesville,  N.C.,  for  the  application  of  a  process  invented 
by  Thos.  L.  Wilson,  and  expects  to  be  in  operation  early  in 
the  present  year.  Works  are  also  being  erected  at  St. 
Michel,  Savoy,  France,  at  which  the  Minet  process  will  be 
used. 

The  production  of  aluminium  and  aluminium  in  alloys  in 
tiie  United  States  in  1890  was  about  95,000  1b.  In  1891 
there  has  been  a  noticeable  increase,  and  the  total  output 
for  the  year  may  be  set  down  as  163,820  lb.  The  Cowles 
works  have  run  steadily  throughout  the  year,  but  the 
Pittsburg  works  were  idle  from  April  to  November,  during 
which  time  the  plant  was  removed  from  Pittsburg  to  Ken- 
sington, Pa.,  this  change  having  been  made  necessary  by  the 
failure  of  natural  gas  in  Pittsburg.  The  new  works  were 
put  in  operation  on  November  12. — Ibid. 

Bromine. 
The  production  of  bromine  in  1891  was  415,000  lb., 
divided  as  follows  : — Pennsylvania,  140,000  lb. ;  Michigan, 
45,000  lb. ;  Ohio,  110,000  lb.;  West  Virginia,  120,000  lb. 
The  production  for  the  past  nine  years  is  shown  in  the 
following  table  : — - 

Production  of  Bromine  in  the  United  States. 


■States. 

1SS3. 

1SS5. 

1887. 

1889. 

1S90. 

1891. 

Ohio  

West  Virginia 
Pennsylvania 
Michigan 

Lb. 
194,450 

106,650 

Hi. 

125,0110 

85,000 
60,000 

40,000 

Lb.          Lb. 
104,662    •) 

j  .150,000 
16.425  \) 

78,000  j       00,000 

40.0(10 

Lb. 

200,000 

70.000 
40,00(1 

Lb. 
( 110,000 

(.120,000 

140,000 
45,000 

Total.... 

301,100 

310, 

199,087 

250,000 

310,000 

415,000 

The  output  has  been  for  several  years  and  still  remain 
somewhat  in  excess  of  consumption. — Ibid. 


Jan.  30, 1892.]        THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTBY. 


75 


BlOHROMATBS. 
Baltimore  is  the  great  centre  of  the  American  bichromate 
manufacture.     The  firm  of  Jesse  Tyson  and  Sons  for  many 
years  had  a  monopoly  of  the  business.     Their  prooess  is 


a  secret  one.  Within  the  last  few  years,  however,  the  salt 
has  been  also  produced  at  the  Kalion  Works,  in  Phila- 
delphia. Large  amounts  of  bichromate  are  annually 
imported  in  addition  to  the  local  product. 


Pboduotion,  Imports  and  Exports  op  Chromium  Compounds, 


Production. 

Imports. 

Exports. 

Year.* 

Chromic  Ore. 

Value 

in 

California. 

Chromate  and  Bichromate  of 
Potash. 

Chromic  Ore. 

Total  Value. 

Total  Value. 

Quantity. 

Value. 

Quantity. 

Value. 

18S2 

Lone  Tons. 
2,5011 

Dols. 

50.000 

Dols. 
2,449,875 

Lb. 

261,0116 

Long  Tons. 

Dols. 

Dols. 
261,048 

Dols. 
1,548 

1884 

2,000 

35.000 

2,593,11.-, 

210,077 

2.677 

73,586 

284,383 

.. 

1888 

2,000 

30,000 

1,985,809 

139,117 

3,356 

43,731 

182.949 

•  • 

lSSS 

1,500 

20,000 

1,755,489 

113,312 

4,440 

46,785 

190,328 

1890 

8,599 

53,985 

1,166,001 

95,234 

063 

8,190 

169,240 

•  • 

1891 

•• 

•• 

1,234,085 

95,951 

1,092 

56,982 

1S4.498 

*  The  statistics  ofprodnotionare  for  the  calendar  years;  imports  and  exports  1'or  fiscal  ye;.rs  ending  June  30. 
t  Including  value  of  imports  of  chromate  and  bichromate  of  soda. 


—Ibid. 


Sulphur. 

Brimstone. 
The  amount  of  brimstone  produced  by  American  mines 
during  the  year  1891  was  only  1,200  tons,  all  coming  from 
the  Cove  Creek  mines,  22  miles  from  Beaver,  Utah.  About 
25  men  are  now  employed  at  the  mines,  and  about  20  tons  a 
day  of  brimstone  are  being  shipped.  It  is  not  to  be  expected 
that  Utah  or  Nevada  sulphur  can  be  sold  in  the  Eastern 
States  so  long  as  freight  rates  remain  as  at  present,  yet 
there  is  no  reason  why  they  should  not  compete  with  Japan 
sulphur  products  and  supply  the  eutire  Pacific  slope  at 
remunerative  prices.  The  possibility  of  supplying  certain 
trade  centres  from  outlying  mining  districts  depends  almost 
entirely  upon  freighting  facilities,  and  Japan  sulphur, 
according  to  a  recent  consular  report,  cannot  be  carried 
from  San  Francisco  for  less  than  16  dols.  freight,  so  that  a 
very  small  margin  is  left  to  the  producers  after  mining  and 
refining  costs  are  discharged.  The  lowest  estimate  we  have 
seen  for  Japan  sulphur  laid  down  in  California  is  2G  dols. 
per  ton,  whereas  there  should  be  no  question  of  the  ability 
of  Utah  or  Nevada  mines  to  supply  any  reasonable  tonnage 
at  a  cost  not  to  exceed  1 7  dols.  delivered.  The  production 
of  brimstone  and  pyrites  in  the  United  States  is  shown  in 
the  following  table  : — 

Production  of  Brimstone  and  Pyrites  is  the 
United  States. 


Brimstone. 


Year. 


Amount.       Value. 


Pyrites. 


Amount. 


Value. 


Total 
Value. 


1832 

Short  Tons. 
600 

Dols. 

21.000 

Short  Tons. 
13,410 

Dols. 

72,000 

Dols. 
93,000 

1884 

500 

12,000 

39,200 

175,000 

189,000 

1886 

2,500 

75,000 

61,600 

220,000 

295,000 

1888 

•• 

60,850 

167,058 

167,658 

1890 

109,431 

109,431 

244,265 

1S91 

1,200 

36,000 

122.438 

.  122,438 

353,280 

Progress  is  noted  in  operations  aimed  to  open  up  the 
great  sulphur  bed  of  Louisiana,  230  miles  west  of  New 
( Means,  on  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad.  The  sulphur- 
bearing  stratum  at  this  location  lies  about  500  ft.  below 
the  surface,  and  is  shown,  by  diamond-drill  borings,  to  be  of 
exceptional  richness. 


The  importations  of  brimstone  from  Sicily  continue  on  the 
same  generous  scale  as  noted  for  the  past  three  years, 
notwithstanding  the  violent  fluctuations  in  prices  over  the 
year  as  shown  by  the  following  table  :  — 

Imports  of  Sulphur  into  the  United  States 
from  1867. 


Crude. 

Flowers 
of  Sulphur. 

Rofined. 

Total 

u 

Quantity. 

Value. 

Quan- 
tity. 

Value. 

Quan- 
tity. 

Value. 

Value. 

1867 
1871 
1876 
1881 
1883 
1885 
1887 
1S8S 
1889 
1890 

Long 

Tons. 

24.544-10 

36,131-46 

46,43f72 

105,090-54 

94,539-75 

96,839-44 

96,881-55 

120,104-00 

135,935-00 

131,086-00 

Dols. 

620,373 
1.213,202 
1,475.250 
2,713.485 
2,288,946 
1,941,943 
1,688,360 
1,927,336 
2,06S,208 
2,147,481 

Long 
Ton's. 

110-05 

65-54 

41-07 

97-66 

79-13 

120-50 

278-56 

60-00 

282-00 

tlSl-02 

Dols. 
5,509 
3,514 
2,114 
4.220 
3.262 
5,351 
9.9S0 
1,921 
8,184 
t5,139 

Long 
Tons. 
250-55 

92-26 

43-87 

70-96 

115-33 

114-08 

83*55 

10-00 
+10-33 

Dols. 

10,915 

4,328 

1,927 

2.555 

8,487 

4,060 

2,383 

3 

299 

t299 

Dols. 

636,797 
1.221,041 
1.179,291 
2.720,206 
3,296,695 
1,951,354 
1,700.723 
1,929,260 
2,076,691 
2,152,919 

*  Fiscal  years  ending  June  30th.  from  1867  to  18S7,  inclusive  : 
subsequently,  calendar  years  endiug  December  31st,  unless  otherwise 
specified. 

t  Fiscal  years. 

This  steady  consumption  is  accounted  for  by  the  fact 
that  so  many  new  plants  for  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric 
acid  are  being  erected  in  the  Southern  States  and  by  men 
who,  having  no  training  in  the  use  of  pyrites,  prefer  the 
good  old  way  of  handling  brimstone  whatever  may  be  the 
difference  in  cost. 

There  is  a  point  in  this  choice  of  methods  towards  an  end 
which  the  newer  class  of  fertiliser  manufacturers  do  not  as 
yet  fully  understand,  and  they  will  no  doubt  cling  to  a  use 
of  foreign  sulphur  until  competition  of  the  sharpest  kind, 
with  a  lowering  of  prices  of  all  commodities,  compels  them 
to  make  the  change  or  brimstone  producers  to  lower  prices. 

The  older  chemical  concerns  have  been  working  for  years 
in  the  same  rut,  and  it  may  be  stated  as  follows : — 


76 


THE  JOUItNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  30,  isai. 


Cosi   of  Sulphuric  Ann  from   Brimstone  (Works 
burning  Fori:  Tons  in  24  Hours). 

Dols. 
;  ms  brimstone,  freights,  losses  in  transit 

and  burning,  at  30  dols 12 

Nitrate  of  -  ida,  0  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  53S  lb.  at 

2*50  dols 18-45 

Labour,  five  men  at  1*25  dols.  per  day *;--jr, 

Coal,  2  tons  at  .'i  dols.  per  ton 6'00 

Superintendent  and  office  cost fi'Oi) 

Wear  and  tear WOO 

Total  cost  for  U        -    -    11.  acid 161*70 

Orl  ton  or  18    B.  acid  costs  8-9S  dols. 

Now.  if  this  acid  were  to  be  sold  on  the  market,  it  would 
bring  in  Boston,  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Baltimore,  &c, 
not  to  exceed  8  dols.  net  at  the  factory,  and  for  large 
i|uantities  even  lower  prices.  These  costs  and  this  condition 
of  the  market  have  held  for  years  past,  and  while  circum- 
stances may  modify  them  at  time:,  yet  the  facts  are  that  no 
manufacturer  of  brimstone  acid  alone  has  had  a  remunera- 
tive business  for  many  years. 

Why.  then,  do  we  hear  of  new  planls  being  erected  every 
year,  and  the  older  plants  still  continuing  the  use  of  brim- 
stone ?  The  answer  for  the  fertiliser  concern  will  be  an 
answer  for  all  classes  of  trade.  One  ton  of  43°  B.  acid 
costing  8 '98  dols.,  one  ton  of  ground  and  dried  rock  costing 
10  dol.,  labour  and  power  costing  2 '02  dols.,  a  total  of 
21 '00  dols.,  will  produce  two  tons  acid  phosphate,  which  is 
sold  to  average  in  commercial  fertilisers  for  50  dols.  ;  in 
other  words,  so  long  as  the  ton  of  48  B.  sulphuric  acid  can 
be  put  into  any  condition  by  mixture  or  change  whereby  it 
sells  for  a  large  advance  on  its  cost,  there  is  no  incentive 
for  the  manufacturer  to  study  differences  between  brimstone 
and  pyrites  as  available  sources  for  supply  of  sulphur. 

Owing  to  the  enormous  prices  charged  for  brimstone, 
which  went  up  from  a  normal  price  of  about  20  dols.  to 
22  dols.  a  ton  to  35  dols.,  at  which  it  sold  this  year,  there 
has  been  a  general  inquiry  for  data  bearing  upon  the 
subject,  and  during  the  year  past  several  of  the  oldest 
chemical  concerns  have  changed  their  plants  or  added  new 
plants  to  accommoiate  themselves  to  manufacture  of 
sulphuric  acid  from  ore-. 

This  has  brought  in  prominence  several  entirely  new 
sources  for  the  supply  of  high  grade  pyrites  ores,  notably 
the  Spanish  and  Newfoundland  ores,  which  have  been 
burned  at  several  works  along  the  Atlantic  coast  with  more 
or  less  success  during  the  year  1891. 

Causes  which  we  have  several  times  referred  to,  such  as 
the  gradual  exhaustion  of  the  sulphur-producing  territory 
in  Sicily,  the  lessened  percentage  of  sulphur  in  the  mine 
products,  the  increased  prices  of  labour,  &c,  have  combined 
to  lessen  the  imports  for  the  year  1891,  so  that  an  excep- 
tional state  of  affairs  exists  at  present,  vi/..,  brimstone  in 
store  commands  any  price  asked  from  30  dols.  to  40  dols., 
and  "  Ex  ship  to  arrivi  January  "  brings  29  dols.  to  32  dols. 
per  ton. 


Prices  of  Brimstone  in  New  Vop.k  ix  1891. 
Besl  I'nmixed  Seconds.     Thirds  from  50  c.  to  1  dol.  less. 


June. 


II  Khesl  I1'   • 

2s'll 

Lowest : 

Spot 

Futures 25*75 


Price  of  Brimstone  ix  New    York   in    1891 — cont. 


i  July.       Aug. 


II       est:  Dols. 

Spot 27  mi 

Futures 2f70 

Lowest  : 

Spot 24-00 

Futures 22*00 


Pols. 

-sua 


Dols. 
83-00 


27-iih       30-00 


26-00 

24511 


30-00 


Oct. 


n  ,K 


SO-50 

27-73 


Xov. 


Dols 
31-50 

31  00 
81-00 


Di  .  . 

l>"ls. 

I  1-00 

SO  7.-. 

SfOO 
30-00 


— Ibid. 


Pyrites. 


We  note  under  this  head  only  such  pyrites  as  are  mined 
for  sulphur  contents  and  utilised  in  manufacture  of  sulphuric 
acid,  although  it  is  well  known  that  a  very  large  tonnage 
of  pyrites  is  produced  annually  as  concentrates  in  dressing 
gold  and  silver  ores,  and  that  the  roasting  process  necessary 
to  free  them  from  sulphur  for  the  after  treatment  might  be 
modified  or  changed  to  utilise  most  otf  the  sulphur  they 
contained.  We  have  stated  in  our  annual  reports  for  past 
years  the  fact  of  the  general  distribution  of  pyrites  over 
the  several  sections  of  the  United  States,  and  have  published 
from  time  to  time  all  the  data  obtainable  to  localise  values 
of  this  now  staple  commodity.  We  are  constrained  to  again 
note  the  production  of  pyrites  for  the  year  1891  as  limited 
to  two  of  the  Northern  States.  :'i/..,  Massachusetts,  37,320 
tons  of  2.240  lb.,  valued  at  137,280  dols. ;  and  Virginia, 
72,000  tons,  valued  at  216,000  dols.  (these  figures  being 
partly  estimated).  This  shows,  as  compared  with  last 
year's  reports,  that  these  mining  sections  have  been  tilling 
regular  orders  for  established  trade,  within  easy  transporta- 
tion reach,  and  increasing  their  production  only  as  required 
by  the  natural  growth  of  trade  in  their  own  territory.  As 
reported  to  us  the  actual  -ales  made  by  these  mines  will 
amount  to  about  120,000  tons  of  2,240  lb.,  equivalent  to 
44  per  cent,  sulphur,  or  .")2,800  tons  pure  sulphur  produced. 

Imports  of  Pvrites  into  the  United  States  sin<  i    1881 


Year. 

Quantity. 

Average 
Sulphur 
Contents. 

Year. 
1899 

Quantity. 

Average 

Sulphur 

]ssl 

Long  Tons. 
11,927 

1'.  r  Cent. 
3.-. 

L-mg  Tons. 

In 

Pert  ont. 
13 

is-:: 

35,811 

10 

1890 

115,000 

43 

.-",11011 

38 

1SS1 

130,000* 

41 

l-T 

3S 

*  Estimated. 

We  estimate  the  sulphur  consumed  in  the  United  States 

during    1891    as    follows: — Imports   of  brimstone,    120, 

tons  of  2,240  lb. ;  imports  of  pyrites,  130,000  tons  (  I  I  per 
cent.  Si  57,200  tons;  product  of  American  mines  (120,000 
tons,  with  an  average  of  44  per  cent.  S),  52,800  tons.  We 
might  give  details  of  this  consumption,  showing  how 
radically  the  changes  are  taking  place  in  manufacture  of 
sulphuric  arid,  and  how  surely  the  tendency  is  to  centralise 
plants  in  localities  near  to  phosphatic  materials — the  increase 
in  production  of  acids  being  almost  entirely  for  dissolving 
the  land  and  river  rocks  mined  in  Carolina  anil  Florida. 
There  are  35  acid  works  in  the  States  south  of  Maryland, 
27  of  them  built  since  18S7.  It  is  safe  to  say  that  within 
the  coming  three  years  there  will  be  double  the  acid  pro- 
duced in  territory  contiguous  to  the  newly-discovered  Florida 
phosphate  fields,  as  it  would  seem  as  if  the  solution  of  the 
problem  of  marketing  the  enormous  tonnage  sure  to  be 
mined  from  the  hard  rock  and  pebble  deposits  depends  upon 
a  manufacture  of  these  phosphates  into  acid  phosphate. 

There  exists  at  present  a  market  for  about  100,000  tons 
of  Florida  phosphate  annually.  For  acid  phosphate  there 
are  larger  demands,  and  if  prices  were  lowered  to  fair 
manufacturing  points  these  probably  can  be  increased. 


Jan. 30. 1804]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


77 


With  this  prospect  for  Southern  industries  it  is  reasonable 
to  suppose  we  shall  have  new  deposits  of  pyrites  developed 
in  the  South  pending  the  opening  of  the  Louisiana  sulphur 
heils.  This  seems  more  than  likely,  as  freights  into  the 
interior  of  the  Southern  States  have  so  far  been  a  bar  to 
entrance  of  foreign  ores,  and  the  local  mines  will  therefore 
always  be  able  to  command  a  certain  trade. 

This  is  shown  by  taking  prevailing  prices  (which  are 
abnormally  high  for  brimstone)  and  comparing — 

II.  ils. 

Brimstone,  at  coast  cities,  cost 30  '00 

Freight  to  interior  factories 2'0i» 

32-00 

Foreign  pyrites,  basis  is  per  cent,  sulphur, 

ex-ship  12  c 5'76 

Freight  to  interior  cities 2*50 

S'26 

\  irpinia  pyrites,  at  mines 3 'On 

Freight  to  interior  cities 2*7.". 

At  points  where  consumed,  the  prices  of  sulphur  in  each 
of  the  above  sulphur  products  would  be  at  present : — 

Dols. 

Inn  .nuts  of  sulphur  in  brimstone 31" 00 

inn  in  lit--  of  sulphur  in  foreign  pyrit*  s IS '15 

luo  units  of  sulphur  in  Virginia  pyrites 14*50 

— Ibid. 


W.  T.  SARGANT  AND  SONS'  ANNUAL 
METAL   CIRCULAR. 

Messrs.  YV.  T.  Sargant  and  Sons  report  as  follows  :  — 
We  think  the,  best  way  to  describe  the  condition  of  the 

metal  markets  during  1891  is  to  give  the  following  table 

ot  prices  of  some  of  the  chief  articles  : — 


— 

31st  Dec. 

1890. 

31st  Dec. 

1891. 

k, 

s. 

d. 

£ 

.v. 

d. 

Hematite  pig  iron. . . 

Per  ton 

a 

13 

3 

2 

s 

0 

2 

2 

3 

1 

18 

1 

Scotch  G.  M.  B 

„ 

2 

6 

3 

2 

7 

II 

Copper  G.  M.  B 

„ 

52 

15 

0 

41 ; 

15 

II 

„ 

91 

0 

1) 

90 

10 

0 

., 

22 

10 

0 

22 

15 

II 

,, 

13 

0 

0 

11 

5 

0 

.   Per  bottle 

9 

0 

1) 

7 

15 

0 

.ilsi  Dec.  189D.    3i.st  Dec.  1891. 


Hematite  pig  iron  stuck 
Middlesbro'  iron  stock  .. 
SGOtcb  warrant  stu.-k  . . . 

Total , 

Copper  visible  supply. . . 
Tin  visible  supply 


Tuns. 
207,71)0 

Tuns. 
191,600 

256,2112 

262,916 

587,652 

oi  id,:  i67 

1,101,614 


955.47:) 


05,366 
10,9311 


66,544 
12,600 


The  first  idea  on  examination  of  such  a  serious  and 
all-round  decline  in  values  would  be  that  supplies  have 
exceeded  consumption  and  brought  about  an  increase  of 
stock.     The  table  below  effectually  disproves  this  theory. 


We  are  disposed  to  attribute  this  unusual  and  contradictory 
course  of  the  markets  to  a  combination  of  the  following 
causes : — 

1st.  Financial  and  political  disturbances  in  South  America, 
in  conjunction  with  the  McKinlay  tariff  in  the  United  Status, 
have  reduced  the  volume  of  metal  exports  in  1891  to 
39, 230,009;.,  against  45,251,434/.  in  1890. 

2nd.  The  deficient  harvests  in  Europe  have  so  raised  the 
value  of  corn-stnffs  that  this  country's  imports  for  1891  are 
valued  at  61,571,504/.,  against  53,044,507/.  in  1890. 

3rd.  The  failure  of  the  United  States  Act  of  August  1890 
to  bring  up  the  value  of  silver,  and  the  abandonment  for  the 
near  future  of  any  attempt  at  a  Free  Coinage  Bill. 

Tin. 

In  its  more  important  aspects,  this  metal  is  in  striking 
contrast  to  the  other  larger  ones.  Whilst  they  show  signs 
of  contraction  this  gives  evidence  of  important  expansion. 
The  total  production  of  the  year  is  57,551  tons  against 
53,434  tons.  The  Straits  shipments  show  an  increase  of 
3,987  tons ;  Dutch  tin  an  increase  of  654  tons  ;  and 
Australian  a  decrease  of  424  tons.  English  returns  are  not 
yet  published,  but  it  is  admitted  that  there  is  no  change 
worth  consideration.  We  leave  out  of  our  returns  the 
Bolivian,  because  we  cannot  give  accurate  figures,  but 
although  the  quantity  is  small  by  comparison  with  other 
sources  it  seems  to  be  increasing.  The  usual  reports  are  in 
circulation  as  to  new  sources  of  supply  in  Dakota,  Mexico, 
and  California,  but  beyond  the  reports,of  sanguiue  engineers 
and  interested  promoters,  there  is  not  a  shred  of  evidence 
that  tin  can  be  produced  in  any  of  these  countries  on  terms 
that  can  compete  with  the  rich  accessible  deposits  of  the 
Straits,  aided  by  the  cheapest  labour  that  exists  on  the 
face  of  the  globe.  These  favourable  and  unbeatable 
conditions  have  last  year  been  greatly  assisted  by  the  fall 
in  the  price  of  silver,  which  raised  the  dollar  price  to  a 
very  satisfactory  level.  The  Banka  mines  are  being  worked 
more  vigorously,  and  an  increased  supply  of  700  to  1,000 
tons  will  be  sold  in  Holland  this  year.  Therefore  the 
elements  of  expansion  in  supply  which  have  been  at  work 
in  1891,  will  apparently  be  in  full  force  in  1892,  and  the 
question  for  consideration  is  whether  consumption  will 
continue  to  develop  in  a  similar  ratio.  According  to  our 
calculations,  the  consumption  of  1891  increased  by  1,708 
tons,  but  was  less  than  the  production  by  1,806  tons.  The 
actual  stocks  in  warehouse  have  remained  small,  and  at  the 
end  of  last  year  were  only  sufficient  for  about  rive  weeks' 
supply.  Taking  the  magnitude  of  the  trade  into  account, 
this  seems  very  small.  As  to  fluctuations  in  market  value 
they  have  been  in  a  smaller  compass  than  for  many  years. 
The  lowest  monthly  average  was  90/.  0s.  3d.,  and  the 
highest  93/.  4s.  The  average  of  the  year  was  91/.  3s., 
against  94/.  3s.  6</.  in  1890,  showing  a  decline  of  3/.  0s.  6d. 
per  ton. 

Stocks  of  Foreign  Tin  ami  Quantities  Afloat  for  England, 
Holland,  and  America. 


That  moderate  prices  should  have  shrunk  10  to  20  per 
cent,  in  face  of  direct  evidence  that  consumption  is  distinctly 
larger  than  production,  proves  that  some  extraordinary  power 
has  been  at  work  strong  enough  for  the  time  to  reverse  the 
natural  laws  of  supply  and  demand. 


Stock  of  foreign  in  London. 
Foreign  landing  in  London. 


Straits  ailoat  for  London,  including 
wire  advices. 

Australian  ailoat  for  London,  in- 
cluding wire  advices. 

Banca  on  warrants  in  Holland 


Billiton  in  Holland 

J.'illiton  ailoat  for  Holland  , 


Estimated  stock  in  America  and 
quantity  floating. 

Trading    Company's    Reserves    of 
unsold  Banca : 
Stock  in  Holland 


Floating  for  Holland. 


31st  Hec. 
1891. 

31st  Dec. 
1890. 

.",1st  Pre. 

1889. 

Tons. 

2,155 

Tons. 

2,52  1 

Tons. 
2,291) 

1,162 

SSO 

1,4116 

2,220 

1.2110 

2,225 

802 

son 

600 

011 

867 

6S0 

357 

277 

9S4 

1,912 

1,390 

1,330 

9.124 

8,005 

9,520 

3.52X 

2,925 

2.670 

12.602 

10,930 

12,1911 

3,140 

2,787 

4,813 

" 

303 

60 

73 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  3o,  1892. 


Production  during  the  past  Three  Years. 




1891. 

1890. 

1S89. 

Thus. 
9,000 

31,457 

5,991 

5,3.10 

5,758 

Tons, 

9,000 

27.170 
6,413 

.",,317 
.',,•232 

Tons. 

0,01111 

Strait's  shipments  to  Europe  and 

America. 
Australian    shipments    to    Europe 

and  America. 

Bilhton  sales  in  Java  and  Holland 

2S.295 
6,800 
4,114 
1,867 

57,551 

53.434 

53,066 

Consumption  of  Tin. 


1889. 


Deliveries  from  London,  after  de- 
ducting all  shipments  to  America. 

Deliveries  from  Holland, After  de- 
ducting exports  to  London  and 
America. 

English  consumed  at  home 

Exports  of  English,  minus  quantity 

shipped  to  America. 
American  consumption  of  all  sorts 

Billiton  sent  to  other  ports  than 

Holland. 
Straits    direct    to   Continent,   less 

re-exports  to  America. 


Tons. 
17,667 

Tons. 
16,126 

8,246 

8,155 

3.S34 

3,872 

4.990 

4.5G7 

15,457 

10,000 

1,972 

1,617 

3.579 

3,700 

.-,.-,,71.-, 

54,037 

Tons. 
18,194 

7,581 

3,830 
4,820 
15,000 
1,287 

3,680 

.-,1.302 


Prices  of  Foreign  Tin. 


£  s.  d. 

Average 91  3  0 

Highest I    94  10  0 

Lowest J    8S  15  0 


01      S 
104      5 

88      7 


1839. 


Tin  Plates. 

The  exports  both  to  America  and  other  places  show  an 
increase.  The  total  shipments  of  the  entire  year  give, 
however,  a  very  inadequate  idea  of  the  strain  which  has 
been  sustained,  and,  we  trust,  surmounted.  During  the  first 
half  of  the  year  the  American  shipments  amounted  :o 
263,225  tons,  out  of  the  total  of  325,145  for  the  entire  year. 
'These  were  all  sold  at  very  satisfactory  prices,  reaching 
America  before  the  new  duties  were  imposed.  Since  then 
the  balance  of  61,920  tons  has  been  shipped,  but  at  prices 
that  can  barely  make  both  ends  meet.  It  is  believed  that 
the  surplus  shipments  to  America  have  been  pretty  well 
worked  off,  and  that  a  good  steady  trade  may  be  looked  for. 
The  establishment  of  this  industry  in  United  States  has 
attained  only  very  small  proportions,  and  as  good  steel 
plates  with  coke  finish  are  obtainable  at  12s.  dd.  per  box 
f.o.b.  Liverpool,  we  think  this  country  will  retain  the  trade. 

Exportation*  from  United  Kingdom. 


1S91. 

is:  in. 

1889. 

Tons. 
325,1  I:, 

123,687 

Tons. 
318,108 

100,617 

Tons. 

93,931 

448,732 

418,725 

430,623 

Cort'KR. 

The  first  half  of  1891  developed  a  good  demand  with 
firm  and  rising  prices.  Notwithstanding  considerable 
arrivals  from  America,  and  large  offerings  of  further 
quantities  at  prices  relatively  cheap  to  G.M.B.,  the  market 
for  the  latter  was  buoyant,  and  in  June  touched  56?.  10*. 
Reports  were  industriously  circulated  of  strong  combinations 
in  existence,  or  about  being  formed,  for  the  purpose  of 
sustaining  prices  at  a  level  in  accordance  with  the  improved 
statistics  of  the  article.  But  these  reports  were  inaccurate 
and  misleading.  For,  in  fact,  the  large  financiers  were 
steadily  unloading  their  stocks.  Under  what  circumstances 
and  to  what  extent  this  has  been  done  is  even  now  a 
mystery  to  the  general  public  ;  but  it  is  suspected  that  this 
move  was  made  with  a  view  of  depreciating  the  shares  of 
the  Rio  Tinto  Company  and  other  large  concerns,  and 
perhaps  coercing  the  owners  of  the  Anaconda  Mine  to 
entertain  more  modest  views  as  to  the  value  of  their  property, 
which  was  an  offer  to  a  syndicate.  Rut  whatever  may  have 
been  the  motives  or  objects  of  the  sellers,  the  result  was 
to  drive  prices  rapidly  down,  and  in  the  month  of  November 
14/.  Is.  3d.  was  accepted  for  G.M.B.  Early  in  December 
the  sale  of  the  Society's  works  in  France  was  effected  to  a 
new  group  through  the  intermediary  of  the'Credit  Industriel, 
and  since  then  the  market  has  again  shown  more  animation, 
and,  with  rather  frequent  fluctuations,  has  netted  an  advance 
of  30s.  per  ton,  closing  to-day  at  45/.  13s.  9d.  per  ton. 

The  statistics  show  in  Europe  a  decrease  of  visible  supply 
during  the  year  of  8,822  tons,  to  which  must  be  added  a 
very  large  quantity  of  privately  stored  metal.  Scarcely 
anything  has  been  drawn  for  a  long  time  past  by  the 
makers  of  sulphate  of  copper,  but  they  have  been  selling 
their  manufactured  article  freely,  and  are  now  believed  to 
hold  very  little  of  either  metal  or  sulphate.  The  American 
stock  has  decreased  10,000  tons.  We  estimate  that  the 
production  of  1891  is  about  2,000  tons  more  than  that  of 
1890,  but  we  believe  that  the  current  prices,  if  continued, 
will  both  curtail  production  and  stimulate  deliveries  ;  and 
although  strong  interests  have  succeeded  in  depreciating 
values  considerably  of  late,  it  is  quite  within  the  bounds  of 
probability  that  equally  strong  interests  may  eventually  work 
actively  to  appreciate  them. 


Comparative  Statement  of  the  Chief  Sources  of  Copper 
Supplies. 


Spain,  precipitate  and  metals  im- 
ported into  L.  and  S.W 

Produce  of  pyrites,  chiefly  Spanish 

Spanish  produce  disposed    of   in 
other  markets  than  L.  and  S.W.. 
Dnited  States,  America  : — 

Lake  Superior 

Butte  District 

Arizona  District 

Other  United  States  supplies. . 

Chili,  year's  charters 

Sundry    minor    sources,*    imports 
into  L.  and  S.W 

Australia,  shipments  to  Europe  . . . 

Germany 

Japan,  surplus  shipped  to  Europe 


1391. 

l.soo. 

lsso. 

Tons. 

Tons. 

Tons. 

21.020 

23,331 

22,122 

13,686 

14,779 

14,1  so 

16,000 

14,000 

18,000 

57,000 

44,450 

3S.700 

15,000 

49,560 

46,518 

22,000 

15,945 

14,419 

6,000 

0,370 

6,068 

20,100 

25,750 

23,100 

19,532 

22,303 

23,426 

6,450 

7,000 

7,250 

18,000 

17.S0O 

17,356 

7.S52 

10.G74 

2,523 

253,518 

251,067 

231,340 

*  Cape,  New  Qucbrado,  Italy,  &c. 

N.B.— -We  are  a  little  doubtful  about  the  divisions  of  American 
in  18U1,  but  the  total  is  correct. 


Jan.  3«,  1892.]         THE  JOUBNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


79 


Stocks  and   Quantities  Afloat  for  England  and  France. 


Slsl  Dec.  -  30si  Dee. 
1891.  1S90. 


3ist  Dec. 
1889. 


Tons. 

Tons. 

Tons. 

Liverpool   and  Swansea  stocks  of 

27,008 

18.9JS 

22,400 

Chili    bars,    ores,  and1   resrulnx. 

reduced  to  the  standard  of  lino 

nipper. 

Other    furnace    materials,    same 

7,170 

13,547 

26,694 

ports. 

S.7S1 

21,  Mil 

39,010 

London  stook,  chiefly  Australian 

9,385 

7,430 

5,331 

and  Japan. 

Chilian   produee  afloat,  per    mail 

3,200 

3,250 

4,500 

and  wire  advices. 

Australian  do.  per  mail  and  wire 

700 

050 

900 

advices. 

56,541 

63,360 

!<s,st7 

Quantity  chartered  at  West  Coast  during  December, 
1,700  Tons,  making  for  the  Year  as  follows  : 


is:  ii. 

1890. 

1889. 

Estimated    fine    copper    in 
round  numbers. 

Tons. 
20,100 

Tons. 
35,750 

Tons. 
23,400 

Importation  of  Pyrites. 



1891. 

1890. 

1889. 

Tons 

616,227 

650,831 

043,879 

Yielding  of  Pure  Copper  on  the  Basis  of2\  per  Cent. 



1891. 

1890. 

1889. 

Tons 

13,685 

14,779                      1 1, 199 

Importations  of  other  Sorts  of  Copper  into  United 
Kingdom. 


1891. 

Eeaulus  and  precipitate  from 

elsewhere. 

Tons. 
90,004 

1,322 

122,015 
11,514 
5.90-0 
26,874 

Tons. 
111.02S 

4,715 

100,192 

19,716 

5,355 

•J  t,  II  i2 

Tons. 
136.514 

1,285 

108,954 

17,031 

5.567 

15,461 

"We  estimate  totals  of  nliove 
to  produce  in  tine  copper 

|     104,000 

j 

106,000 

10S.00O 

Summary  of  Copper  Supplies  in  English  Market, 


1891. 

1890. 

1889. 

Production  of  English  mines 

Imports  of  pyrites   ")             ( 

n     ) 

Imports  of  pyrites,  I  above  ) 

other  sorts.            J             \. 

Tons. 
1,500 

13,085 

101,000 

Tons. 
1,600 

14,779 

100,000 

Tons. 
2,000 

14,489 

108,000 

119,185 

122,279 

121,4s;i 

Summary  of  Copper  Exported  from  English  Market. 



1891. 

1890.                    1889. 

Colonial  and  foreign  . . 
English,  unwrought  .. 

Tons. 
11,752 
35,5« 
16,223 
14,214 

Tons. 
10,941 
45,003 
13.172 
17,523 

Tons. 
11,470 
32,517 
15,671 

77,760 

93,029 

77,983 

Iron. 

Xo  metal  has  experienced  more  depression  than  this. 
The  total  exports  for  1891  have  declined  to  3,241,035  tons, 
against  4,001,430  tons  in  1890.  Although  the  Argentine 
Republic  shows  the  most  considerable  decrease  in  her 
takings,  yet  almost  every  other  customer  has  also  taken 
less.  The  home  consumption  has  been  fairly  good,  ship- 
building in  particular  having  taken  increased  quantities. 
The  production  has  been  much  smaller,  each  sort  showing 
a  diminution;  so,  notwithstanding  the  great  decrease  in 
exports,  our  stocks  have  actually  diminished  and  are 
extremely  small.  Prices  have  been  most  unremunerative 
to  producers,  and  furnaces  have  been  dropping  out  of  blast. 
At  the  present  time  the  number  of  Cleveland  and  hematite 
furnaces  in  blast  is  smaller  than  for  many  years,  and  so  soon 
as  demand  revives,  it  would  necessitate  the  establishment 
of  higher  prices.  The  speculative  markets  for  pig  metal 
have  been  extremely  inactive.  Owing  to  the  weakness  of 
demand  for  export,  there  has  been  no  inducement  for  dealing 
on  a  large  scale,  and  the  only  important  event  of  the  year  was 
a  run  on  Scotch  warrants  in  June  and  July,  when,  in  conse- 
quence of  over  sales,  the  dealers  had  to  pay  fancy  prices  to 
close  their  accounts.  But  this  being  over,  the  market  has 
lapsed  into  inactivity,  and  there  is  no  reason  to  expect  any 
movement  in  Scotch  warrants,  which  are  quoted  nominally 
at  47*.,  so  long  as  Middlesbrough  Xo.  3  can  be  obtained  at 
38s.,  as  the  relative  difference  is  only  about  is.  per  ton. 
Whenever  the  state  of  trade  brings  about  a  rise  in 
Middlesbrough,  then  the  speculative  dealings  in  Scotch 
will  be  resumed. 

Production. 


— 

1891. 

1890. 

1889. 

Tons. 
071.12.-, 
2,f.22.732 
1,272,800 

Tons. 
798,333 

2,846,089 
1,392,700 

Tons. 
998,928 

2,771,181 
1,115,200 

4,517.1,057 

5,037,122 

5,185,309 

Stock  at  End  of  Year. 


579,077 
262,910 
191,600 

613,445 

236.262 
257,700 

1,035,840 
262,385 
147,700 

Cleveland 

1,034,193 

1,127,407 

1,745,925 

80 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Jaa.su,  ism 


Scotch  Piy. 


1-M>. 


Total  production 

Exports     and    home 

sumption. 
Slocks  on  warrant 


Tons, 
674,425 


694,310 

3011,957 


Slocks  in    makers'  yards   at  78,720 

end  of  each  year. 
Average    price    of  warrants       17s.  lj</. 

for  whole  year. 
Furnaces  in  blast  Slat  lice.  .  ;s 


Tons. 
798,333 

1,207,521 

587,652 

25.793 
*9«.6JA 
6 


Tons. 
998,928 

1,207,521 

913.775 
92,065 

47s.  9./. 

8S 


Cleveland  Pit/,  including  Hematite,  \c. 


Tons. 
2.622,732 

Tons. 

'J,-  Mi  "s;l 

Tons. 
2,771,181 

Stock  remaining  31st  Dee.  . . 

262,910 

256,262 

2C2.385 

Average    price    of      (r.M.B. 

No.  3. 
Furnaces  in  blast  31st  Dee.. . 

40s. 
S9 

47*.  7./. 
101 

43s. 
103 

Hematite  Iron  in  ^Yest  Cumbertand  and  Barrow  Districts. 


— 

1891. 

1890. 

1889. 

Tons. 
1,272,800 

Tons. 
1,392,700 

Tons. 
1,415.21111 

stock  remaining 31st  Dee.... 

191,600 

257.700 

447,700 

Average  price  of  year 

19s.  s,,/. 

S8s    Hrf. 

5  is.  6id. 

Furnaces  m  blast  31st  Dee.  . 

41 

49 

50 

Exports  of  Iron  and  Steel  to  United  Stales  of  America. 




1891. 

1890. 

1SS9. 

Pigs 

Tons. 
46,636 

3,975 

3,849 

1  576 

3,335 

19,620 

27,425 

Tons. 
101,986 

:;.757 
11,210 
20.378 

3,580 
39,365 
19,497 

Tons. 
116,346 

1.5-7 

18,561 

Old 

29.7111 
3,332 
25,900 

33,799 

109,416 

199,773 

232,226 

Total  Exports  of  Iron  anil  Steelfrom  United  Kingdom. 




1891. 

1890. 

1889. 

3,24,1,035 
26,874,784 

4,001.579 

Ml..-.s:M72 

4,1S8,388 

....  £ 

■".i.  15:',.  on 

I.I    Me 

There  lias  been  a  free  supply,  with  a  diminished  export. 
Trices  have  steadily  declined,  and  close  at  the  worst  point 
of  the  year. 




1891. 

I-91. 

1889. 

Tons. 
30,000* 

Tons. 
35.111111* 

Tons. 
10.000* 

Importation  of  foreign  into  United 

Kingdom. 
Exports  from  United  Kingdom 

169,724 
18,726 

158,649 

55.536 

115.151 
52,153 

Highest  price  of  soft  pig 

E  «.    d. 
12  12     0 

I"    s.      d. 

11    15      II 

L    S.     d. 

11  15     (1 

11     5    0 

12     5     » 

12     5     (l 

'  Estimated. 


Quicksilver. 

Importations  have  been  the  smallest  recorded  for  four 
years.  Exports  have  been  large,  and  exceeded  the  imports 
by  4,700  bottles.  The  actual  diminution  of  stock  is  this 
quantity  plus  the  home  consumption.  During  the  last 
10  years,  with  only  one  exception,  viz.  in  1888,  a  process  of 
diminution  of  stock  has  been  going  on.  The  market  has 
had  a  declining  tendency.  Opening  at  9'.  it  declined  to 
'I.  os.  in  September,  from  which  it  rallied  to  7/.  1 7s.  Gil. 
actual  business  and  8/.  asked.  Buyers,  being  well  provided 
at  lower  rates,  are  now  holding  off ;  and  to-day  importers 
were  ready  to  accept  7/.  10s-. 


1890. 


1889. 


'Production  of  Spanish. 

•Italian 

Austrian 

California!! 


Total 

'Exports  from  United  Kingdom 


Highest  price  of  Sp mish. 
Lowest  price  of  Spannh . . 


Bottles. 
47,993 

Bottles. 
50,202 

Hollies. 
49.77s 

10,440 

12.470 

1I1.49S 

13.000 

14,000 

ll.i  «I0 

2S.'»iii 

21,li(ill 

25.I15II 

90.403 

100,672 

99,926 

03,1 13 

56.702 

58,366 

L  ...     ./. 
11     0     0 

t     S.   ■'. 

Ill      7      0 

t  s.  ./. 
9  15     11 

7     5     0 

S  17     0 

7     7     0 

*  Calculated  November  to  November. 

N.B. — In  Borneo,  Servia,  Russia,  and  Mexico,  mines  exist, 
but  accurate  returns  are  not  obtainable. 


Sheet  Zi.m 


is;«'.          issii. 

Tuns. 
[mportationa  of  foreign  into  United       20,167 
Kingdom. 

Tons.            Tuns. 
17,542          19,261 

Prices  Realised  for  London  rolled  Zinc  sold  in  our 
Public  Sales. 


11   -ii    s;  . 

I.OUcst   .  . 


e  ».  a.     £  s.  ,;. 

20     II     0      27     II     0 


25     0    0      23    5    0 


£  .1.    d. 

25    2     0 


Sl'KI.TER. 

Consumption  and  supply  seem  still  very  evenly  balanced, 
and  high  rates  have  been  current  throughout  the  year.  At 
the  close  some  weakness  was  manifested  which  is  said  to  be 


Jan.  SO,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


81 


caused  by  the  unusual  ciroumstanoe  of  spelter  being  sent  to 
ICurope  from  America. 


— 

1801. 

IN!  III. 

1889. 

Imputations  into  United  Kingdom  . 

Tons. 
53,483 

Tons.        Tons. 
56,208  1       56,1 12 

Lowest  price  For  Silosian 

C    s. 

21     II 

e    s. 

•_'.-.  10 

111  13 

C     s. 

21    3 

111  111 

Antimony. 

t  Ipened  ;it  about  72/.  per  ton,  and  remained  very  dear 
during  the  first  three  months  of  the  year.  It  then  rapidly 
declined,  and  in  September  as  low  as  381.  was  accepted.  It 
afterwards  advanced  to  about  oil/.,  finally  closing  at  about 
50/.  to  32/.  Furnace  material  has  been  scarce  and  difficult 
to  deal  in. 

Bar  Silver. 

Dealings  in  this  important  branch  of  the  metal  trade  were 
inaugurated  last  March  under  the  auspices  of  the  General 
Produce  I  Hearing  House.  At  the  outset  a  moderate  amount 
of  support  was  given  by  some  merchants  who  believed  in 
the  importance  of  the  trade.  But  it  was  insufficient,  and 
after  about  four  months'  working  the  dealings  were  so 
small  that  the  affair  has  for  practical  purposes  become 
lapsed,  lint  the  utility  of  a  large  open  market  is  indis- 
putable, and  we  think  more  will  be  heard  of  it.  The  price 
of  silver  has  on  the  whole  been  decidedly  downwards,  and 
in  view  of  the  want  of  effect  on  quotations  by  the  monthly 
lock  of  4|  million  oz.  in  the  American  Treasury  since 
August  1890,  it  is  difficult  to  avoid  the  conclusion  that 
the  over-supply  is  extremely  great,  and  that  if  ever  free 
coinage  should  lie  adopted  it  will  be  at  an  altered  ratio. 
To  day's  closing  rate  was  43. 


BO  All  V  OF  TRADE  RETURNS 

Summary  of  Imports. 


Year  ending  31st  December 

1890. 

1891. 

23.710,1101 
8,190,389 
6,991,053 

41,626,155 

£ 
23,030,124 

:.:(]  1,337 

Raw  materials   for  non-textile  in- 
dustries. 

40,035,435 

Total  value  of  all  imports  .... 

(20,885,695 

485,691,279 

Summary  of  Exports. 


Year  ending  31st  December 

1890. 

1891. 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 

£ 
45,222,737 

8,965,849 

31,535,117 

£ 
39,230,009 

8,882,059 

32,193,728 

263,530,535 

217,272,273 

Imports  of  Metals 

for  Year  ending 

31st  December, 

Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1890. 

1891. 

1890. 

1891. 

Oopper : — 
(J  re 

111,028 
101,907 

90,661 

123,337 

£ 

£ 

8,008,150 

8,319,938 

Unwrought   . . . 

.      „ 

1:1,473 

1 1,3  18 

2,766,059 

2,372.2,-1) 

Iron : — 
Ore 

4,469,390 

3,180.543 

3,586,456 

2,453,407 

Bolt,  bar,  4c. . . 

.      „ 

92,899 

77,1111 

925,318 

761,587 

Steel,  unwrought. 

.      „ 

8,141 

8,430 

85,412 

87,568 

Lead,  pig  and  sheet      „ 

158,649 

109,721 

2,099,016 

2.137,1171 

.      ., 

656,881 

616,227 

1,219,488 

1.120.2(7 

Quicksilver 

.    Lb. 

4,455,783 

4,707,804 

:,ss.7iii 

507,503 

540,769 

563,141 

2,547,316 

2,565,072 

50,205 

1    58,483 

1,288,358 

1,828,750 

Other  articles  ... 

v"alue  £ 
metals 

•  • 

•  ■ 

Ii898,709 

5.010,538 

Total  value  of 

123  710,11111 

1                   1 

23.030,124 

Imports    of    Raw    Materials   for   Non-Textilk 
Industries  for  Year  ending  31st  December. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1890. 


1891. 


Values. 


1890. 


1801. 


Bark,  Peruvian  ..    Cwt. 

Bristles Lb. 

Caoutchouc Cwt. 

Gum  :— 
Arabic 


Lac,  4c 

Gutta-percha  .... 

Hides,  raw: — 
Dry 


Wet 

Ivory 

Manure : — 
Guano Tons 

Bones „ 

Paraffin Cwt. 

Linen  rags Tons 

oparto 

Palp  of  wood 

Rosin Cwt. 

Tallow  and  stearin      „ 

Tar Barrels 

Wood  :— 
Hewn Loads 

Sawn „ 

Staves  

Mahogany Tons 

Other  articles. . . .  Value  £ 


Total  value  . 


lio.sn 
2,988,100 

201,009 

52.700 
91,83* 

70,170 

155,098 

:,s  tins 
14,3  111 

C8.005 
69,949 

499,189 
34,889 

217,1118 

137.S37 
1,627,416 
1,".S5,517 

181,141 

2,278,374 

4,778.31  t 

155,995 

39,812 


1110,531 
3,413,175 

278,845 

62,352 
1119,351 
00,911 

133,208 
333,002 
10.032 

23.021 
62,943 

3311,332 
32,037 

212,666 

130,101 
1,811,710 
1,371,2111 

124,868 

2,231,577 

i  378, 132 

13ll.ini 

18,021 


£ 

.311,377 

413,200 
3,205,088 

159,704 
389,688 

7H8,2!I0 

1,191,240 

1.323.170 
733,104 

107.181 
372,048 
030,0110 
351,3110 

1,045,742 
700,841 
370,023 

1,729,319 
120,821 

5,004,554 

11,11112,221 
000,243 
30ll,tl05 

10,253,870 


£ 

2511,097 

198,383 
3,351,938 

102,232 
420.3111 
731,811 

1,185,360 

1,231,278 
5111.2511 

138,612 
416,849 
805,034 
318,855 

1,030,93S 
sts.i'So 
4IB  1.1  ISO 

1.772.20S 
79,910 

4.508,787 

9,379,808 

51111,513 
4411,133 

10,883,11110 


11,020,155  40,035,43! 


Besides  the  above,  drugs  to  the  value.of  812,531/,  were  imported 
as  against  803,531/.  in  November  1890. 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jan.  .10. 1SS2. 


Imports  of  Chemicals  and  Dyestuffs  fob  Year 
ending  31st  December. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1890. 

1891. 

1890. 

1891. 

37,341 
579,438 

87,168 
189,846 

£ 
29,240 

263,259 

£ 

50,404 

Bark  (tanners,  &c.)     „ 

216,815 

Brimstone „ 

563,641 

428,778 

129,470 

129,512 

.. 

.. 

1,441,909 

1,369,073 

7,808 

7,011 

51,065 

17,547 

Cutch  and  ganibier  Tons 

27,445 

23,926 

717,820 

565,453 

Dyes : — 

204,538 

230,301 

.. 

•  • 

307,832 

331,374 

.. 

.. 

22.003 

15.007 

81,844 

11,373 

2,177,848 

50.879 

11,477 

2,440,652 

1.521,369 

15,5  r> 
903.032 

1,043,442 

15.S53 

Nitrate  of  soda 

1,049,818 

Nitrate  of  potash  ,      „ 

:U2,707 

278.7S2 

282,669 

251,021 

25,272 

17,202 

501,669 

1.738.367 

334,268 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 

1,654,759 

Total  value  of  chemicals 

" 

•• 

8.190.389 

7.314,337 

Imports  of 

Oils  for  Year 

ending  31st  December. 

Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1890. 

1891. 

1890. 

1891. 

..  Cwt. 

184,109 
20,187 

873,023 
104.809,140 
22.S10 
20,302 

424.45S 

186,469 
18,105 
1,018,420 
130,015300 

23.011 
21,000 
122,530 

£ 
201,083 

785,787 

1,000,535 

2,339,269 

011, MM 
110,200 
644,886 
878,303 

£ 
261,228 

733,135 

..  Cwt. 

1,186,705 

..  Gall. 

2,685,458 

609,890 

..  Tuns 

154,704 

Other  articles  , 

Value  £ 
foils... 

576,207 
829,307 

Total  valuo  c 

•• 

•• 

6,991,653 

7339,994 

Exforts  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals  fob  Year  ending 
3  1st  December. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1890. 

1891. 

1890. 

1891. 

6,331,700 

1.730,70;) 

6,225,953 

1  .-,11,110 

£ 
2,089,295 

508,070 

£ 

•',335,112 

Bleaching  materials    „ 

522,625 

Chemical  manures.  Tons 

317,596 

322,160 

2,072.«73 

2,112,563 

•• 

1,060,379 

1,053,593 

Other  articles 

3,237,426 

2.858,101 

.. 

8,965,849 

8,882,059 

Exports  of  Metals  (other  than  Machinery)  for 
Year  ending  31st  December. 


Quantities. 

Values. 

Articles. 

1890. 

1891. 

1890. 

1891. 

Brass Cwt. 

100,211 

111,001 

£ 

501,058 

£ 

.-,10,700 

Copper  :— 

(inwrought 

ou„-,:;s 

710,820 

2,020.214 

1,97*585 

270,017 

324^71 

917,510 

1.077,930 

Mixed  metal 

:,.-,!, i:,l 

284,888 

1,004330 

798,61 1 

•  • 

2,704,140 

2,525,542 

Implements 

•  • 

•  ■ 

1,338,011 

4.001,430 

3,241,035 

31,505,387 

20.S74.7SI 

Lead 

65,537 

48,276 

si -J.:;:;,! 

683,015 

Plated  wares...  Value  £ 

•  • 

.'. 

103,794 

301 .003 

Telegraph  wires,  4e.    „ 

•• 

■  • 

1,602,205 

1,434,873 

102,042 

103,322 

503,371 
102.07S 

Zinc 

101,170 

153,555 

id. on: 

Other  articles  ..  Value  £ 

•• 

•• 

1,017,933 

985,24] 

•• 

•• 

48,222,737  sn.asn.nnn 

Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Year 
[ending  31st  December. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1890. 

1891. 

1890. 

1891. 

.     Lb. 

10,330,400 

11,228,600 

£ 
252,828 

£ 
275,749 

Military  stores.. 

Value  £ 

•  • 

•  • 

1,342383 

1,151344 

.     Lb. 

lJ.MO.SOO 

15,889,100 

201.  MIS 

811,817 

Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

1,222,400 

1341,298 

.    Tons 

628,441 

570,201 

1.  -si.  0,13 

1,142,294 

Products  of  coal 

Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

1,414,677 

1,572,286 

Earthenware  . . 

ii 

•  • 

•  • 

2,"  Is. :,(H 

1,956,776 

Stoneware 

.. 

•• 

•  • 

190,000 

140,341 

Glass  :— 
Plate 

.  Sq.Ft. 

3,070.450 

3,290,557 

100,21* 

212,484 

111,855 

934.0OS 

1110,001 

792,065 

261,106 

4(3,300 

242,952 

371,075 

Other  kinds.. 

■> 

2m3.IV:, 

213,508 

180,720 

ISO,  100 

Leather  :— 
Unwrought  .. 

.      „ 

155,753 

149,082 

1,383,300 

1,301,710 

Value  £ 

■  • 

349,746 

385,032 

05,118 

7U.442 

1,499,556 

1335,814 

Floorcloth  

Sq.  Yds. 

10,010,400 

10,060,300 

783,093 

833,950 

Pointers'  materials  Val.  £ 

■  • 

.. 

1,577.480 

1,618,154 

966,055 

1,004,131 

1,078.071 

1,733,768 

53,885 

49,052 

104,653 

355327 

496,930 

524,507 

534327 

577,310 

•• 

•• 

34,535,417 

32,193,728 

Jan.  30,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


83 


iMontftlj?  patent  2Lfet* 

•  The  dates  given  arc  the  dates  of  the  Olfioial  Journals  in 
whieh  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised. 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  months  of  the  said  dates. 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 

ArPLICATIONS. 

1891. 

21,916.  0.  II.  Simpson  and  W.  0.  UiiiUin.  An  improved 
condenser.     December  15. 

22,089.  P.  Labfirie.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
evaporating  saccharine  or  other  solutions  or  liquids. 
December  17. 

22,248.  J.  Pullman  and  H.  S.  Elworthy.   .SV<>  Class  XVII. 

82,333.  W.  R.  Earp.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
boiler  anti-incrustation  compounds  or  compositions  and  in 
the  utilisation  of  waste  substances  for  their  manufacture. 
December  21. 

22,349.  A.  S.  Newman  and  .1.  Guardia.  An  appliance 
for  regulating  the  now  of  compressed  gas  from  cylinders  or 
other  containing  vessels.     December  22. 

22,405.  A.  Kerscbbaum  and  F.  .1.  Zwick.  See  Class 
XVII. 

22,474.  E.  Renins.  Improvements  in  elevating  or 
carrying  apparatus  applicable  for  sulphate  of  ammonia. 
December  2:!. 

22,(107.  D.  Ry lands.  Improvements  in  furnaces,  retort 
chambers,  and  the  like.     December  28. 

22,039.  E.  S.  Arrighi.  Improvements  in  and  in  the 
manufacture  of  clinical  and  other  thermometers,  and  in 
apparatus  therefor.     December  28. 

22.654.  T.  Veevcrs.  Improved  means  or  apparatus  for 
boiling  and  evaporating  purposes.     December  29. 

22.655.  II.  Williams.     See  Class  VII. 

22.656.  II.  Williams.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  in  apparatus  for  drying  malt,  hops,  grain,  pulse,  and 
other  substances.      December  29. 

22,077.  P.  Render  and  II.  Stockheim.     See  Class  XVII. 

22,744.  S.  F.  Samuelson  and  L.  A.  Wilstahm.  Apparatus 
for  separating  liquids  of  different  densities.     December  30. 

22,870.  J.  Pullman  and  II.  Lane.  Improvements  in  the 
construction  of  compressing  machinery  or  apparatus  for 
the  condensation  and  liquefaction  of  gases.     December  31, 


1892. 

II.  E.  C.  Peck.  Improvements  in  taps  or  cocks  for 
liquids.     Complete  Specification.     January  1. 

lit;.  .1.  Bennett.  An  improved  method  of  preventing 
incrustation,  corrosion,  anil  pilling  in  steam  boilers  ami 
other  vessels  used  for  converting  water  into  steam. 
■January  4. 

138.  E.  Rrook.     Improvements  in  furnaces.     January  4. 

154.  A.  T.  Danks.  Improvements  in  appliances  for 
saturating  air,  oxygen,  or  other  gases  with  the  vapours  of 
ether  or  other  volatile  fluids.  Complete  Specification. 
January  1. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted.* 

1891. 

1194.  A.  Chapman.  Multiple-effect  evaporating  appa- 
ratus.    December  HI. 

3051.  L.  Archbutt  and  R.  M.  Deeley.  Process  feu 
treating  chemically  softened  water  so  as  to  prevent  the 
formation  of  an  adherent  deposit  in  the  feed  apparatus  of 
steam  boilers.     December  23. 

3514.  R.  Willeox. — From  F.  Fouche.  Apparatus  for 
condensing  steam  or  vapour.     January  G. 

391G.  F.  Lennard.     See  Class  II. 

3952.  F.  Lowe.  Apparatus  for  straining  or  filtering 
liquids.     December  23. 

3955.  E.  Luck.  Improvements  connected  with  vacuum 
distillatory  apparatus.     December  31. 

40G5.  G.  E.  Relliss  and  A.  Morcam.  Machinery  for 
compressing  atmospheric  air  and  compressing  and  con- 
densing gases.     January  G. 

4308.  E.  1!.  Caird  and  T.  J.  Rayrier.  Surface  condensers. 
January 

12,4G9.  E.  Hesketh  and  A.  Marcct.  Apparatus  for 
producing  cold  by  the  employment  of  carbonic  anhydride. 
December  23. 

12.G7G.  E.  Hesketh  and  A.  Mareet.  Apparatus  for 
producing  cold  by  the  employment  of  carbonic  anhydride. 
December  31. 

17,023.  W.  II.  Rowers.  Retorts  for  the  carbonisation  of 
wood  and  other  vegetable  substances,  and  the  drying  of 
manures,  sewage,  sludge,  peat,  and  other  substances  and 
products.     December  31. 

19,983.  J.  K.  Broadbent.  Apparatus  for  regulating  the 
supply  of  air  to  furnaces.     January  G. 

21,518.  II.  S.  Elworthy.  Apparatus  for  cooling  liquids. 
January  13. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

1891. 

21,810.  C.  Scbubel.  Improvements  in  incandescent 
lamps.     December  14. 

21,881.  W.  Fairweatber. — From  the  Acme  Liquid  Fuel 
Co.,  United  States.  Process  of  and  apparatus  lor  the 
manufacture  of  gas.    Complete  Specification.    December  15. 

22,106.  C.  E.  Bell.  Improvements  in  coke  ovens  to 
facilitate  the  cooling  or  the  coke  before  drawing.  Decem- 
ber 17. 

22,149.  A.  Edelma'nn.  Improved  manufacture  of  arti- 
ficial fuel.     Complete  Specification.     December  18. 

22.1G7.  G.  T.  Reilby.  Improvement  in  the  manufacture 
of  cyanides.     December  18. 

22,280.  J.  Hamer.  An  improved  fire-lighter.  Decem- 
ber 21. 

22,292.  J.  A.  Yeadon  and  W.  Adgie.  Improvements  in 
heating  retorts  or  furnaces  for  the  distillation  of  coal  or 
other  analogous  purposes.     December  21. 

22,297.  J.  H.  Hedley.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  solid  substances  containing  petroleum.     December  21. 

22,340.  J.  Pullman  and  II.  S.  Elworthy.  A  new  or 
improved  process  for  the  manufacture  of  carbonic  acid  gas 
and  hydrogen  gas,  and  for  the  separation  of  the  two  gases, 
and  apparatus  therefor.     December  21. 

22,347.  W.  L.  Rowland.  A  process  for  recovering 
cyanides  from  coal-gas.  Complete  Specification.  Decem- 
ber   2. 


84 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[.Ian.  SO,  1892. 


1802. 

24.  II.  Williams.  Improvements  in  gas  purifying 
apparatus.     January  1. 

:t--.     R.  Pollok,  jun.      Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
he  obtainment  of  cyanogen  compounds.     January  7. 

•171.  I>.  Rylands  and  If.  Naylor.  Improvements  in 
washing  and  preparing  and  coking  of  smudge,  slack,  or 
other  coal,  and  in  the  application  of  the  gases  resulting 
therefrom,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     January  9. 

482.  .1.  ('.  Martin.  Improvements  in  the  manufature  of 
coal-gas  and  apparatus  employer]  therewith.     January  9. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

7G4.  D.  Rylands  and  R.  Potter.  Improvements  in  flues 
or  other  similar  means  for  conveying  combustible  gas  from 
tin  producer  to  the  point  where  such  gas  is  consumed. 
January  13. 

1386.  J.  Hargreaves.  Generation  and  combustion  of  gas 
for  smelting  and  heating  purposes,  and  appliances  con- 
nected therewith.     January  6. 

2918.  J.  II.  I».  Dinsmore.  Manufacture  of  illuminating 
and  heating  gases.     December  23. 

3042.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  P.  Nadar.  Apparatus  for 
producing  artificial  light  lor  photographic  and  other 
purposes.     1  December  23. 

347").  II.  M.  Carter  and  C.  E.  Fraser.  Manufacture  of 
brick  or  briquette  fuel.     December  31. 

3862.  W.  Dyson.  Process  of  making  gas  and  a  product 
arising  therefrom.     January  13. 

3916.  F.  Leonard.  Apparatus  for  carhnrettinggasor  air, 
or  for  distilling,  evaporating,  or  concentrating,    .human   13. 

5036.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  J.  M.  A.  Gerard.  Treat- 
ment ami  desiccation  of  peat.     January  6. 

17,371.  K.    Lares. 
December  31. 


19,1  IS.  .1.    G.   Cooper. 
cember  2:'.. 


Improved    coke     furnace    or     oven. 
Treatment    of   petroleum.      Dc- 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATIOX,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

St  I.      I".     Leonard.        Apparatus      for     distilling,     more 
especially  intended  for  distilling  tar.     December  '_■:; 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 

Application's. 

1891. 

21,249.  E.  von  Portheim.  Manufacture  of  new  colouring 
matters  from  napthyl-glycines.  Complete  Specification. 
December  15. 

22.167.  C.  I).  Abel.— From  The  Actien  Gesellsehaft  fur 
Anilin  Fabrikation,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
production  of  colouring  matter-.     December  2:'.. 

22,623.  J.  Imray. — From  La  Soc.  I..  Durand,  Hugenin 
et  Cie..  Switzerland.  A  new  manufacture  of  colouring 
matters.    ( lomplete  Specification.     I  lecember  28 


22,641.  P..  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  of  new 
colouring  matters.     December  28. 

22,839.  J.  Iliekissou.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
or  preparation  of  mordants  or  fixers  for  use  in  connection 
with  marking  ink  points  or  pencils.     December  31. 

1892. 

277.  C.  D.  Abel. — From  The  Actien  Gesellsehaft  fiir 
Anilin  Fabrikation,  Germany.  .Manufacture  of  new  colour- 
ing matters.     January  f.. 

366.  R.  Holliday  and  Sons,  Lim  ,  and  T.  Ilolliday. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  azo  colouring  matters. 
January  7. 

367.  I!.  Holliday  and  Sons,  Lim,  and  T.  Ilolliday. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  a  new  sulpho-acid  of 
alpha-napthylamine  and  of  colouring  matters  therewith. 
January  7. 

375.   It.   Greville- Williams, 
matters.     January  7. 


Improvements  in  colouring 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

1616.  F.  L.  Leech  and  A.  ETorrobin.  Waterproof 
solution.     December  23. 

2805.  II.  II.  Lake.— From  Wirth  and  Co.,  Agents  for 
A.  Leonhardt  and  Co.  Manufacture  of  colouring  matters. 
December  23. 

2818.  (i.  Imray. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius  ami  Bruning.  Production  of  azo  colours  in  discharge 
printing  on  indigo  dyed  fabrics.     December  23. 

3247.  E.  Coen.  Manufacture  of  copying  ink.  Decem- 
ber 31. 

3439.  1!.  Willcox.— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  BayerandCo.     Manufacture  of  azo  dyes.     December  23. 

4543.  J.  V.  Johnson.— From  The  liadische  Anilin  and 
Soda  Fabrik.     Manufacture  of  improved  dyestuffs  suitable 

for   dyeing    vegetable    fibre    with    or   without    a    mordant. 
January  6. 

4688.  J.  Y.  Johnson.— From  The  liadische  Anilin  and 
Soda  Fabrik.  Manufacture  and  production  of  new  mordant- 
dyeing  colouring  matters  related  to  the  rosaniline  series. 
January  13. 

5184.  J.  Y.Johnson. — From  F.  von  Heyden.  Process 
for  the  production  of  mono-bromo  and  di-bromo-para-oxy- 
benzoic  acid,  suitable  for  conversion  into  proto-catechuic 
acid,  pyro-catechuic,  and  the  like.     January  13. 

20,010.  II.  N.  F.  Schaell'er.  Manufacture  of  alizarin 
colours,  and   method  of  employing  same  in  the^process  of 

dyeing.      December  23. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 
Applications. 

1891. 

22,234.  G.  11.  Wolsteneroft.  Improved  means  of  and 
apparatus  for  neutralising  the  acid  in  woollen  piece  goods 
and  recovering  the  by-products.     December  19. 

22,303.  F.  Reddaway.  Improvements  in  ami  in  the 
manufacture  of  oil  baizes,  American  leather,  cloth,  and 
other  waterproof  fabrics      December  21. 


Jan.so.isw.        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


85 


1891'. 

34.  i  i.  A.  Berenc]  and  II.  W.  Miller.  Process  for  produc- 
ing artificial  cotton  threads  from  hydro-cellulose.    January  1. 

209.  I).  E.  Coe.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
yarn  from  waste.     Complete  Specification.     January  5. 

243.  C.  Hanson.  Improvements  in  the  process  of 
extracting  deleterious  matters  from  wool  and  other  textile 
materials.     January  6. 

177.  G.  llauemann.     .See  Class  XIX. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PK1NTING,  PAPEK 

STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

1891. 

21,801.  B.  Ilaieji.  Improvements  in  dyeing  and  apparatus 
therefor.     December  I  I. 

22,028.  II.  II.  Lake.  —  From  La  Societe  Bonnet,  Ramcl, 
Savigny,  Giraud,  aud  Marnas,  France.  An  improved 
method  of  printing  silk  aud  similar  fabrics.     December  16. 

22,168.  T.  Lye  and  W.  T.  Lye.  Improvements  in  the 
bleaching  of  dyeing  of  "  chip"  aud  "  chip-plaits."  Decem- 
ber 18. 

22,263.  L.  Kilt'.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  anil 
apparatus  for  preventing  the  escape  of  noxious  gases  in  the 
processes  of  bleaching  and  otherwise  treating  textile 
materials.     Complete  Specification.     December  19. 

22.437.  C.  Kellner.  An  improved  process  and  apparatus 
for  bleaching  paper  pulp  and  other  similar  vegetable 
substances.     December  23. 

22.438.  C.  Kellner.  A  process  and  apparatus  for 
increasing  the  bleaching  properties  of  chlorine  gas.  Complete 
Specification.      December  23. 

22,538.  E.  Zillessen,  sen.  Improvements  in  dyeing  silk 
or  half  silk  goods.      December  24. 


189-2. 

148.  A.  Drcze.  Improvements  m  dyeing  vats.  Janu 
ary  J. 

282.  E.  Woodcock,  sen.,  X.  O.  Woodcock,  ami  F.  Wood- 
cock, jiin.  An  improved  machine  for  dyeing,  scouring, 
bleaching,  sizing,  carbonising,  and  drying.     January  G. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

3385.  W.  Watson  and  E.  Bentz.  Improved  method  of 
manufacture  of  certain  compounds  of  chromium  used  in 
dyeing  and  ealieo  printing.     December  31. 

20,010.  II.   X.  F.  Schaeffer.      Manufacture   of    alizarin 

colours,   and  method  of  employing   same   in   the    process  of 
dyeing.      December  23. 

20,866.     F.    Hughes. — From    A.    Tibcrghicn.        Dyeing, 
mordanting,  or  bleaching  textile  fibres.     January  6. 
20,931.  L.  Weldon.     Yarn-dyeing  machines.     January  6. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 
Applications. 

1891. 

21,909.  E.  .1.  liarhier.  Process  for  the  treatment  of 
bisulphate  of  soda  and  mixtures  thereof  with  other  sub- 
stances for  the  purpose  of  producing  neutral  sulphate  ol 
soda,  sulphuric  acid,  nitric  acid,  hydrochloric  acid,  and 
other  products.      December  13. 

22, nlS.  A.  Vogt.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
nitric  acid.      December  1G. 

22,320.  La  Soc.  A.  It.  Pechiney  et  Cie.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  chlorine.  Complete  Specification. 
Filed  December  21.  Date  applied  for  July  2,  1891,  being 
date  of  application  in  France. 

22,340.  J.  Pullman  and  II.  S.  Klworthy.     See  Class  II. 

22,481.  E.  Edwards. — From  O.  Guttmann  and  L.  Kohr- 
mann,  Germany.  An  improved  process  for  the  preparation 
of  pure  nitric  acid.     December  2:;. 

22,541.  J.  Brock  and  J.  T.  Marsh.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  carbonates  of  strontium  aud  barium. 
December  24. 

22,558.  A.  M.  Clark.— From  The  Deutsche  Gold  und 
Sillier  Scheideanstalt,  vormals  Eoessler,  Germany.  Im- 
provements in  the  production  of  salts  of  fcrrieyanogeu. 
December  27. 

22,055.  II.  Williams.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  and 
means  for  recovering  salts  from  brine  and  solutions,  and  for 
concentrating  solutions.     December  29. 

22,704.  H.  II.  Lake.— From  Madame  V.  Hannetelle, 
France.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  use  in  the  con- 
centration of  sulphuric  acid.     December  29. 

22,740.   H.  C.  Bull.      Sec  Class  IX. 

22,828.  J.  J.  Meldrum  and  T.  F.  Meldriim.  Improve- 
ments in  or  connected  with  the  supply  of  liquor  to  ammonia 
stills.      December  31. 

1892. 

I.  II.  C.  Bull.  Improvements  in  or  connected  with  the 
ammonia-soda  process,  applicable  also  to  other  purposes. 
January  1. 

88.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  E.  B.  Cutteu,  United  States. 
Improvements  relating  to  the  production  of  soda  and 
chlorine,  and  to  apparatus  therefor.  Complete  Specification. 
January  2. 

89.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  E.  B.  Cutten,  United  States. 
Improvements  relating  to  the  production  of  liquid  chlorine, 
and  to  apparatus  therefor.  Complete  Specilication. 
January  2. 

101.  H.  II.  Lake. — From  C.  J.  C.  Wichmann,  Germany, 

Improvements  in  the   treatment  of  ferro-sodium   sulphide. 
January  2. 

192.  A.  S.  Caldwell.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
evaporating  and  incinerating  spent  or  used  alkaline  lyes  or 
similar  waste  products.     January  5. 

212.  S.  C.  ('.  Currie.  Improvements  in  the  art  of  pro- 
ducing insoluble  chlorides  direct  from  the  metals.  Complete 
Specification.     January  5. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

3345.  J.  S.  Fairfax. — From  F.  Crane.  Sulphuretted 
solutions  and  compounds  used  for  the  production  of  films 
or  coatings.     December  2:!. 

3657.  J.  J.  Howitt.  Apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of 
carbonates  of  soda.     January  0. 


86 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [Jan.  an,  ism. 


3785.  J.  Simpson.  Treatment  of  a  certain  material 
(mineral)  containing  phosphate  of  lime  for  the  purpose  of 
obtaining  the  latter  in  a  highly  concentrated  condition  as 
dicalcic  phosphate,  together  with  curtain  by-products. 
January  13. 

4068.  F.  M.Lyte.    Production  of  chlorine.    December  31. 

20,037.  C  ICellner.  Apparatus  for  the  manufacture  or 
production  of  bleaching  powder.     January  13. 


VHL— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 


Applications. 


1891. 


L'I,N2G.  M.  Epstein.  Improvements  in  filtering  tubes 
with  ball  filtering  material  for  purifying  molten  glass. 
Complete  Specification.     December  14. 

•J], 'J97.  J.  K.  Thompson.  An  improved  fire-resisting 
brick  ami  material  for  lining,  facing,  or  coating  lire-places, 
fire-boxes,  furnaces,  ovens,  and  kilns  of  every  kiud. 
Complete  Specification.     December  1C. 

22,354.  E.  T.  Smith.  Improvements  in  the  art  of 
decorating  earthenware.      December  22. 


1892. 

16.  K.  F.  Yorke.  Improvements  in  earthenware  pipes. 
January  1. 

117.  I).  Rylands.  Jars  and  similar  receptacles  for 
sterilised  milk  anil  similar  preparations      January  4. 

US.  T.J.Shaw.     An  air-tight   salmon   and  preserve  jar 

made     in     earthenware,    china,    glass,    stoneware,    or    any 
metallic  substance.     January  4. 

1  Go.  T.  H.  Hunt.     Improvements  in  appliances  employed 

in  the   glazing  of  earthenware   pipes,   tiles,   and    analogous 
articles.     January  5. 

489.  II.  Warrington.  Improvements  in  kilns  or  ovens 
for  bricks,  earthenware,  porcelain,  and  similar  material. 
Complete  Specification.     January  9. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

3532.  ('.  Breuer.  Manufacturing  artificial  stones  with 
glass  surfaces.     January  G. 

18,939.  J.  W.    Bonta.      Method   of    and    apparatus   for 

rolling  plate  or  sheet  glass.      December  31. 

20,437.  W.  P.  Thompson-  From  R.  S.  Pease.  Method 
and  apparatus  for  manufacturing  plate-glass.     December  31. 

20,439.  W.I'.  Thompson. — From  1.'.  S.  Pease.  New  or 
improved  method  of  and  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of 
glass  plates,  cylinders,  pipes,  and  certain  other  bodies. 
1  leccmber  31. 

21,350.  F.  Welz.  Process  of  making  rose  or  orange-red 
stained  glass.      January  13. 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

1891. 

22,111.  E.  Nelson.  Improvements  in  material  for  use 
as  a  damp  course  in  building  foundations.     December  17. 

22,171.  T.  Smith.  Improvements  in  metallic  compounds 
or  cements,  and  in  the  methods  of  making  and  using  the 
same.     December  18. 

22,198.  F.  H.  Willis  and  14.  Astley.  An  improved  form 
of  fireproof  floor.     December  19. 

22,243.  T.  Iircthertou.  Ironcrete  pavement.  December  19. 

22,428.  J.  Jackson.  Improved  manufacture  or  produc- 
tion of  decorative  material,  more  especially  intended  for 
application  to  walls,  ceilings,  or  like  surfaces.  December  23. 

22,746.  II.  C.  Hull.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  and  apparatus  for  obtaining  carbonic  acid  gas  and  lime. 
Complete  Specification.     December  30. 

1892. 

50.  P.  A.  Moreau.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
artificial  marble.     January  1, 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1890. 

20,948.  C.  (i.  Wernaer  and  (I.  Wernaer.  Method  of 
manufacturing  artificial  granite  and  marble.      Keeemher  23. 


1891. 

1449.    A.  J.  B.  Ward.      Fireproof  Hoots,  staircases,    and 
roofs.     December  31. 

3532.~C.  Breuer.      See  Class  VIII. 

3797.    (j.  II.  Skelsey.     Manufacture  of  Portland  cement. 

January  13. 

12,429.  1".  J.  Reynolds  ami  J.  Brown.   Building  cements. 
December  31. 

13,491.     C.    II.    Kopke.        Improved    fireproof   material. 
December  3 1 . 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 
Applications. 

1891. 

21,835.  J.  Harvey.  Separating  tin  and  other  ores. 
December  14. 

21,950.  W.  P.  Breeding.— From  The  Agax  Metal  Co., 
United  States.  Improvements  in  the  cleaning  and  prepara- 
tion of  metallic  sheets  and  other  articles,  and  in  the  coating 
of  same  with  lead  or  alloys  of  same.     December  15. 

22,041.  <'.  James.  An  improved  method  of  treating 
plumbifcrous  copper  mattes  and  ores.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    December  1G. 

22,(H2.  A.  Walker.  An  improved  process  of  extracting 
gold  and  silver  from  refractory  and  other  ores  containing 
those  metals.     December  17. 


22,(197.  J.  B.  Alzugaray. 
December  17. 


Improvements  in  metal  alloys. 


Jan.  SO,  1893. 1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


87 


22,098.    J.   B.   Alzugaray.      Improvements    in  metallic 

alloys.      Decf  nihr  17. 

22,177.  T.  J.  Tresidder.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  armour  plates.  Complete  Specification.  Filed 
December  18.  Date  applied  forSeptember  3rd,  1891, being 
date  of  application  in  France. 

22,207.  C.  J.  L.  Leffler.     Alloys  of  lead.     December  19. 

22,504.  I.  S.  McDougall.  Improvements  in  furnaces  for 
burning  ores  containing  sulphur  and  sulphur  compounds. 
December  24. 

22,694.  E.  Dor.  A  novel  system  of  regenerative  gas 
furnace  for  the  reduction  of  ziue  ores.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    December  29. 


1892. 

53.  J.  Pullman  and  II.  Lane.  Improvements  iu  the 
manufacture  of  shell  for  ordnance  of  forged  steel,  iron,  or 
other  malleable  metal.    January  1. 

264.  I.  !*■  Bottome.  Tempering  anti-friction  and  other 
white  metals.     January  6. 

392.  11.  Hall.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  coating 
metal  plates  with  tin,  ternc,  or  other  metals  or  alloys. 
January  8. 

CoaiTLEiK  Specifications  Accepted. 
1890. 

14,966.  J.  B.  Hannay.  Improvements  in  extracting 
precious  metals  from  ores  or  minerals  containing  them. 
December  31. 

19,181.  J.  I!.  Hannay.  Process  anil  apparatus  for 
extracting  gold  from  minerals  containing  it.     December  31. 

21,009.  (i.  II.  Smith  and  I!.  Cooper.  Method  and  means 
lor  casting  white  metal  couplings  and  other  similar  white 
metal  objects  required  to  stand  confined  pressure.  Octo- 
ber 28. 

1891. 

1161.  1!.  II.  Thwaite.  An  improved  form  of  high  tempe- 
rature furnace  especially  adapted  for  the  conversion  of  a 
high  carbide  of  iron  into  the  low  carbide  condition  known  as 
steel.     January  13. 

2747.  YV.  Hutchinson  and  F.  W.  Harboard.  The  utilisa- 
tion of  blast-furnace  and  other  slags  in  conjuction  with 
finely-divided  oxides  of  iron.     December  23. 

3278.  A.  French  and  \V.  Stewart.  Obtaining  gold,  silver, 
and  copper  from  ores.     December  31. 

20,977.  J.  II.  Hunt.  Method  of  reducing  the  bulk  of 
scrap  iron  or  other  metals.     January  6. 


XI.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Applications. 

1891. 

21,870.  H.  H.  Lake.  — From  E.  A.  Clark,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  voltaic  cells  or  batteries.  Complete 
Specification.     December  15. 

21,959.  E.  Hermite  and  A.  Dubosc.  Improvements  in 
and  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  alkaline  or  earthy 
alkaline  bases  and  of  their  salts  or  compounds  by  electro- 
lysis of  saline  solutions.      Deeembcr  15. 

22,030.  C.  Hoepfner.  Improvements  in  the  electrolytic 
treatment  of  copper  and  silver  ores.     December  16. 


22,126.  A.  E.  Porter.  An  improvement  in  secondary 
batteries.     December  17. 

22,178.  F.  Morin.   Improvements  in  electric  accumulators 

or  secondary  batteries.      December  18. 

22,339.  N.  Wladimiroff.  Improvements  in  primary  ami 
secondary  batteries.     December  21. 

22,482.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  E.  Weston,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  voltaic  cells.  Complete  Specification 
December  23. 

22,554.  H.  II.  Leigh.— From  . I.  F.  Weydc  and  F.  Chi.-, 
Austria,  and  J.  Eisner,  France.  Improvements  iu  batteries 
and  accumulators.     December  24. 

22,708.  W.  Hellesseu.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  porous  carbon  for  galvanic  batteries  and  for  filters. 
Deeembcr  29. 

22,851.  E.  Placet  and  J.  Bonnet.  Improvements  relating 
to  the  electrolysis  of  metals.  Filed  December  31.  Date 
applied  for  July  17,  1891,  being  date  of  application  in 
France. 

22.855.  E.  Placet  and  J.  Bonnet.  A  method  of  extracting 
chromium  by  the  aid  of  electrolytic  baths  with  a  base  of 
salts  of  chromium.  Filed  December  31.  Date  applied  for 
July  17,  1891,  being  date  of  application  in  France. 

22.856.  E.  Placet  and  J.  Bonnet.  A  method  of  extracting 
chromium  by  the  aid  of  electrolytic  baths  with  chromic  acid 
base.  Date  applied  for  July  17, 1891,  being  date  of  applica- 
tion iu  France. 

1892. 

334.  II.  Nehmer.  Improved  form  of  a  dry  galvanic 
element.     January  7. 

355.  E.  C.  Furby.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the 
electro-deposition  of  tin  upon  metals.     January  7. 

372.  X.  Beuardos.  Improvements  in  soldering,  melting, 
and  coating  metals  by  the  aid  of  electricity.     January  7. 

4'.I5.  G.  H.  Robertson.  An  improved  electric  battery 
electrolyse.     January  9. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1890. 

20,838.  II.  Birkbeek.— From  ().  Hcnrichseu.  New  or 
improved  couple  or  clement  for  electrical  purposes. 
December  23. 

21,o:il.  P.  J.  Davies.  Production  of  lead  plates  for 
secondary  batteries,  and  the  connections,  straps,  or  lugs  to 
the  same.     December  23. 

1891. 

2518.  W.  Gibliings.  Method  of  depositing  copper  or 
other  metals  by  electrolysis,  with  the  object  of  refining  it 
or  them,  or  of  recovering  the  precious  and  (or)  other  metals 
contained  in  or  alloyed  with  the  metal  under  treatment. 
January  13. 

3170.  D.  Rylands.  Manufacture  ol  Leelanehe  cells. 
December  31. 

373S.  J.  Marx.  Apparatus  for  electrolysing  and  bleach 
ing.     January  ii. 

14,702.  II.  Iluuser.     Secondary  batteries.     January  6. 

19.900.  \V.  P.  Thompson.— From  C.  L.  Collin.  Welding 
or  working  metals  electrically.     December  31. 

19.901.  W.P.  Thompson.— From  C.  L.  CotKu.  Welding 
or  working  metals  electrically.      December  23. 

21,442.  II.  H.  Lake.— From  I.  L.  Roberts.  Secondary 
or  storage  batteries.     January  13. 


8£ 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [ Jan.  30,  una 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Applications. 

1891. 

22,297.  .1.  ii.  Hedley.     SeeCIassII. 

22,363.  J.Kennedy.     An  improved  soap.     December  22. 

22,413.   W.Saint-Martin.     See  Class  XVII. 

22,430  A.  Smith.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
separating  certain  impurities  from  oil,  and  especially  from 
oil  which  has  been  used  iu  lubricating  machinery.  Decem- 
ber 23. 

20,512.  K.  R.  Graf.  Method  of  treating  oils  used  for 
lubricating  and  tempering  purposes  to  render  the  sauie 
incombustible  or  fireproof. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VAKNISIIES,  and 
RESINS. 

Applications. 

1891. 

22,334.  W.  K.  Earp.  A  new  or  improved  material  which 
may  be  used  in  arts  and  manufactures  in  the  stead  of  india- 
rubber,  gutta-percha,  and  other  similar  substances,  and 
process  lor  making  the  same  and  for  the  utilisation  therefor 
of  waste  liquors  from  tanneries.     December  21. 

22.:US.  W.  Grimshaw.  An  improved  mode  of  making  up 
for  sale  certain  colour  and  pigment  preparations  for  laundry 
and  other  purposes.     December  22. 

22,391.  11.  B.Johnson  and  T.  C.  Palmer.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  white  lead  and  apparatus  therefor. 
December  2'-'. 

22,610.  A.  I  >.  (iill  and  W.  S.  Gill.  Improvements  iu  and 
relating  to  paints  and  lacquers.     December  28. 

■2-2,  so'.).  M.Williams.  Improvement  in  the  manufacture 
of  oil  paints  and  paint  medium.      December  31. 

1892. 

81.  R.  Matthews  and  .1.  Noad.  Improvements  in  the 
treatment  of  oxide  of  lead  in  the  production  of  white  lead 
or  pigments,  and  certain  by-products.     January  2. 

1,1  W  J.  Beale.  Improvements  iu  the  production  of 
substances  for  elastic  tyres  for  the  wheels  of  road  vehicles, 
applicable  to  other  purposes.     January  4. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

3573.  T.  Hidden.  Improved  anti  fouling  compound  or 
preparation  for  bright  or  polished  metallic  surfaces. 
January  0. 

21,545.  E.Waller  and  C.  A.  Sniffen.  Manufacture  oi 
while  had  and  neutral  lead  aeetate  from  lead  ores. 
January  13. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 
Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

317C.  W.  Bolt.  A  process  for  tanning  all  kinds  of  lodes 
or  skins.     December  31. 

3910.  O.  Brunner.    Waterproofing  leather.  January  13. 

1385.  A.  Foelsing.  Clarifying  and  bleaching  tannin 
extracts  or  tannin  liquors.     January  13. 


XV.— AGRICULTURE  and   MANURES. 
Application. 

1891. 

•jlM  (.n".  I,.  Lamattina.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
conversion  into  manure  of  the  refuse  and  foul  matter  from 
cities  and  towns.     Complete  Specification.     December  is. 


XVI.— SUGARS,   STARCHES,   GUMS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

1891. 

22,089.  1*.  l.aherie.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
evaporating  saccharine  or  other  solutions  or  liquids. 
December  17. 

22,679.  C.  M.  Higgins.  Improvements  in  mucilages 
sizes,  and  adhesive  compounds.  Complete  Specification. 
December  29. 

22,682.  ( '.  M.  Higgins.  Improvements  iu  mucilages, 
sizes,  and  adhesive  compounds.  Complete  Specification. 
December  29. 

22,685.    C.    M.    Higgins.     Improvements  in    mucilages* 

sizes,   and   adhesive    compounds.     Complete   Specification' 
December  29. 

1892. 

420.  E.  Langen.  Improvements  in  refining  sugar.  Com 
plete  Specification.     January  8. 


XVII.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Applications. 
1891. 

22,124.  C.  H.  Jolliffe.  Improved  means  and  apparatus 
for  rousing,  aerating,  and  attemperating  brewers'  worts 
during  the  process  of  fermentation.  ( 'omplete  Specification. 
December  17. 

22,218.  J.  Pullman  and  II.  S.  Elworthy.  A  method  of 
and  appliances  for  the  collection,  purification,  and  utilisation 
of  carbonic  acid  gas  given  off  during  fermentation  of 
saccharine  and  other  substances.     December  19. 

22,399.  W.  1'.  Thompson.  —  From  I)  E.  Nycander, 
Germany.  Improvements  in  or  in  the  preparation  of 
extracts  for  use  in  (he  manufacture  of  yeast  and  spirit. 
December  22. 

22,-ll:i.  W.  Saint-Martin.  Improvements  in  means  or 
apparatus  for  maturing  and  improving  fermented  alcoholic 
and  oleaginous  liquids.     December  22. 

22,4:52.  A.  1'reuudlieh.  Process  and  apparatus  for 
recovering  certain  lye-products  from  the  waste  gases  or 
vapours  of  breweries.      December  23. 

22,465.  A.  Kerschbaum  and  I-'.  J.  /wick.  Improvements 
in  fermenting  and  apparatus  therefor.      December  2:i. 

22,606.  W.G.  Barrett.     Improvements  in  the  manufacture 

of  beers  of  low  alcoholic  strength.     December  28. 

22,677.  P.  Bender  and  II.  Stockheim.  Improvements 
in  and  connected  with  apparatus  for  cooling  beer  or  other 
liquids.     December  29. 


jM.suassaj       THE  JOURNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


89 


1892. 

301.  II.  Prior.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  cooling 
ami  attemperating  beer  during  fermentation.     January  C. 

192.  B.  .1.  B.  Mills.— Prom  T.  W.  Q.  Uoneywill,  New 
Zealand,  [mprovements  in  or  uoenccted  with  brewers' 
cleansers.     January  9. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

32117.  d.  F.  Itedfera. — From  J.  [Jradil.  Method  of 
increasing  the  formation  of  cells  during  the  process  of 
fermentation.     December  31. 

3978,  I''.  L.  Calmant  The  manufacture  of  charcoal  from 
sawdust,  wood  shavings,  and  the  like,  and  the  treatment  of 
wine  alcohol,  brandy,  cider,  beer,  and  other  matters  there- 
with,    January  13. 


XVIII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 

A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 
1891. 

22,239.  W.  McDonnell.  Improvements  in  the  process 
of  manufacturing  margarine.     December  19. 

22,631.  J.  Torhitt.  A  method  of  treating  the  fruit  of 
the  potato  plant  (Solanim  tuberosum)  for  its  utilisation  for 
alimentary  purposes.     December  28. 

1892. 

96.  J.  Fordred.     An  improved  malted  food.     January  2. 

279.  A.  D.  McKay,  A  new  chemical  food.  Complete 
Specification.    January  0. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1891. 

22,442.  J.  Hanson.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
sewage  and  other  foul  liquid  or  semi-liquid  matters  for 
the  clarification,  disinfection,  and  deodorisation  thereof. 
December  23. 

22,531.  W.  Ilorsfall.  Improvements  in  furnaces  for 
destroying  the  refuse  and  dealing  with  the  sewage,  sludge, 
and  other  offensive  material  of  towns.  Complete 
Specification.     December  21. 

22.545.  C.  E.  Bell.     Improvements   in  the   treatment  of 

irou  ores  to  render  them  suitable  for  use  in  the  purification 
of  impure  waters  and  other  liquids  and  gases.     December  24. 

22.546.  W.  Lawrence.  Improvements  in  the  clarification, 
purification,  and  softening  of  water,  contaminated  water  or 
sewage  in  the  preparation  of  reagents,  and  in  apparatus  for 

use  therein.     December  24. 

22,747.  J.  T.  Wood.  A  new  or  improved  method  or 
process  for  purifying  sewage  or  foul  water.  Complete 
Specification.     December  so. 


C. — Disinfectants. 

22,2.'>K.  ().('.  Leathers.     A  new   or  improved  apparatus 
for  disinfecting  or  odorising  purposes.     December  19. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

A. —  Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1890. 

21,019.  E.  Sonstadt.  Making  an  extinct  of  coffee  and 
confection  !of  the  same,  and  in  preserving  liquid  coffee 
extracts.     December  31. 

21,106.  E.  Sonstadt.  Making  an  extract  of  tea  and  a 
confection  uf  the  same,  and  preserving  liquid  tea  extracts. 
December  31. 

1891. 

2816.  O.  Imray. — From  Calberla,  Fits  and  Consorten, 
Process  and  apparatus  fur  sterilising  liquids.      January  13. 

2944.  J.  Oakhill  and  R.  II.  Leaker.  Process  for 
preserving  milk.     January  13. 

19,887.  II.  S.  Elworthy.  Preserving  meat,  fruits,  and 
such  like  perishable  articles  in  store  or  iu  transit. 
January  C. 

21,372.  J.  C'arniick.  Manufacturing kumyss  compounds 
or  kumyss  tablets.     January  13. 


B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 
1891. 

2846.  A.  McDougall  and  J.  J.  Meldrum.  Disinfection 
and  deodorisation  of  sewage,  and  apparatus  for  preparing 
and  applying  the  disinfectant.     December  23. 

59U8.  E.  E.  Dulier.  Method  of  destroying  smoke,  and 
apparatus  for  that  purpose.     January  6, 

14,735.  E.  Devonshire.  Apparatus  for  purifying  or 
treating  water.     December  31. 

17,023.  YV.  II.  Bowers.     See  Class  I. 

20,726.  J.  Norris.  Disposal  of  sewage  and  apparatus 
connected  therewith.     January  (J. 

C. — Disinfectants. 

1891. 

'.his;;.  C.  Scott.  Method  of  vaporising  carbolic  and 
other  disinfectants,  and  apparatus  therefor.     January  6. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Applications. 

1892. 

133.  II.  Richardson  and  H.  Glenny.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  paper  and  in  apparatus  used  for  that 
purpose.     January  8. 

477.  G.  Hagemann.  [mprovements  in  the  manufacture 
or  production  of  cellular  substance  suitable  for  paper- 
making  and  fibre  suitable  for  spinning.     January  9. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

3S78.  R.  X.  Redmayne.  Manufacture  of  paper  pulp  for 
paper-making  and  other  purposes.     January  6. 

5240.  J.  Valeton.  New  or  improved  anti-nicotine 
cigarette  paper.     January  13. 


DO 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Jan. 


XX.— FINE   CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS,   ESSENCES, 

and  EXTRACTS. 

Applications. 

1891. 

22,253.  L.  .1.    P.    Pontallie.      Improved   apparatus   for 

obtaining  products   of    distillation,  or    separating   volatile 

liquids.     Complete  Specification.     December  19. 

22,787.    C.   Fahlberg.     Improvement   in  the  production 
of  pure  saccharine.     December  :S0. 

1892. 

361.  C.    D.   Abel. — Erom  C.  E.   Hoehringer   ami  Sobne, 
Germany.     Improved  manufacture  of  vanillin.     January  7. 

Complete  Specification*  Accepted. 
1890. 
21,019.  E.  Sonstadt.     See  Class  XVIII. — A. 
21,106.  E.  Sonstadt.     See  Class  XVIII.— A. 


XXL— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 
MATERIALS. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

7635.  E.   Hackh.     Magnesium    lights    for   photographic 
ami  signalling  purposes.     December  23. 


16,125.  A.  Hill.  Enlarging  photographic  gelatin  films 
by  the  aid  of  chemical  means  ami  without  the  aid  of 
enlarging  apparatus.     December  23. 


XXII.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Applications. 
1891. 

21,S7'J.  A.  Ruston  ami  E.  Beadle.  Improvement  in 
railway  lot;  signal  detonators.  Complete  Specification. 
December  15. 

22,401.  .1.  Tinsley.  Improvements  in  explosives. 
December  22. 

1892. 

-11.  J.  Wilson.      Improvements  in  cartridges  applicable 

for  blasting  purposes.     January  I. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
1891. 

3881.     G.    A.     Rosenkolter.       Manufacture    of    lucifer 
matches.     December  31. 


THE    JOURNAL 


Society  of  Comical  3noustry: 

A    MONTHLY    RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  -J,— Vol.  XI.] 


FEBRUARY    29,    1892. 


j~Non-Mernbers  80/-  per  annum ;  Members 
21/-  per  Set  of  extra  or  back  numbers  ; 
L    Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2/6. 


C&e  £>ori?tp  of  Cfeemftal  gtftustrp. 


Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P.,  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S 1881—1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel,  K.C.B.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S 1882—1883, 

Walter  Weldon.  F.R.S 1883—1884 

W.  H.  Perkin.  Ph.D.,  F.B.S 188+- 1885, 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1836, 

David  Howard 1886—1887 

Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S 1887—1888, 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S 1888—1889. 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S 18S9— 1890, 

K.  Rider  Cook 1890—1891 


COUNCIL   FOR   YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 

President :  Pro!.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  M.D.,  Tl.Sc  ,  F.R.S. 
Vice-Presidents : 
Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S.  Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 


Wm.  Crowdcr. 

James  Duncan. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 

David  Howard. 

S.  H.  Johnson. 


Dr.  Hugo  Miiller,  F.R.S. 
B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
Sir  John  Turncy. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

Arthur  Boake. 

Jno.  Calderwood. 

Dr.  Charles  Dreyfus. 

H.  Grimshaw. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council  : 

E.  K.  Muspratt. 
T.  L.  Patterson. 
Bovertou  Redwood. 
Jno.  Spiller. 
T.  W.  Stuart. 
William  Thorp,  B.Sc. 


With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer : 
E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bo 


w,  E. 


Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 
Dr.  F.  Hurter. 


General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Archbutt. 

G.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc,  Ph.D 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E 

H.  Brunner. 

E.  Rider  Cook. 

W.  Y.  Dent. 

Chas.  Dreyfus,  Ph.D. 

Percy  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

Wm.  Kellner,  Ph.D. 

Ludwig  Mond.  F.R.S. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

John  Pattinson. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 

H.  R.  Procter. 

Boverton  Redwood. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Wm.  Thorp. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


TIL,  XII. 


Editor  : 

Watson  Smith,  University  College,  London,  W.C. 

Assisted  by  the  following  Staff  of  Abstractors: 

S.  B.  Asher  Aron.  IV.,  IX.,  X.  I    F.H.Leeds III.,  XXI. 

H.Auer VII. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gen.Chem. 
G.  H.  Beckett . .     V.,  VI.,  VII. 

D.  Bendii m. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V.,  VI. 

Jos.  Bemays.M.I.C.E.    I. 

E.  J.  Bevan V..XIX. 


J.  Lewkowitsch, 
Ph.D 


Bertram  Blount .  [x\f  S^j1,  j 
Arthur  G.  Bloiam  XIV.,  XV. 

J.  C.Chorley XXI. 

V.  Cornish. .  .VIII.,  IX.,  XIII. 

W.M.Gardner V.,  VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton  ...    I. 

P.  J .  Hartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Chem. 

Prof.  D.  E.  Jones,  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc VI.,  XVI. 

F.    S.    Kipping,  }       II.  and 
D.Sc S  Gen.Chem. 

Chas.  A.  Kohn,    \  n       „, 
Ph.D.  .       .   J  "™-  Chem. 

L.deKoningh  XVIII.,  XXIII. 

T.  A.  Lawsou,  Ph.D. .    IV. 

J.    Walter    Leather,  1  T v 
Ph.D (X    • 


A.  Liebmann,  Ph.D. {  "xx1'' 

A.  R.Ling IV..XVI. 

D.A.Louis XV. 

W.  Macnab XXII. 

K.  E.  Markel.Ph.D.  ..     XII. 
A.  K.  Miller,  Ph.D..     III.,  IV. 
N.  H.  J.  Miller,  Ph.D.    XV. 
H.  S.  Pattinson,  Ph.D.    VII.,  X. 

HmTann?n.t.e.r:}  ™.,  XVII. 

G.  II.  Robertson XI. 

F.  W.  Renaut. . .    Patent  Lists. 

H  Schlichte     Ph.D..    V..XV. 

Edward  Simp0„n  ....    I. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.  A.  Sutherland  . . .     II.,  III. 

N.  W.  Tchaykovsky,  B.A.  Gen. 
Chem.  (Russian  Lit.) 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

H.K.Tompkins,  B.Sc.    X. 

V.  H.Veley.M.A.    Gen.Chem. 

C.  Otto  Weber, Ph.D.  IV.,XIII. 

A.  Wingham X. 


NOTICES. 

Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Rider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  Bow, 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 
communicated.  

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Rule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  be 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  case  no  reprints  can 
he  furnished  to  the  author. 


92 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


LFeb.  29,1892. 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  Eyre  and  Spottjswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  is  instructed  to  negotiate  for  the  purchase 
of  copies  of  the  Society's  Journal  for  January  and  May 
1883,  January,  February,  and  April  1886,  and  February 
1889.  Members  possessing  odd  copies  of  these  numbers  are 
particularly  requested  to  communicate  at  once,  stating  price 
required,  with  Mr.  Cresswell.  The  stock  of  all  other  numbers 
is  at  present  sufficient  for  the  Couucil's  requirements. 


LIST   OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  23rd  FEBRUARY  1892. 


Auchinvole,  David  I..,  Paik  Hall,  Dalmnir,  X. P.,  student. 

Ballard,  Ernest,  Colwall,  Great  Malvern,  malt  vinegar 
brewer. 

Bayne,  Prof.  Jas.,  Chemical  Laboratory,  Royal  Veterinary 
College,  Camden  Town,  N.W.,  professor  of  chemistry. 

Beckworth,  W.  Harold,  Hotham  House,  Headinglcy, 
Leeds,  tanner  and  leather  manufacturer. 

Brown,  Reginald  B.,  Ellerslie,  Knighton  Park  Itoad, 
Leicester,  dyer's  chemist. 

Burrough,  Horace,  jun.,  c/o  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  Boston,  U.S.A.,  technical  chemist. 

Butterfield,  Horace  v.,  10,  Thistlewaite  Road,  Clapton, 
X.E.,  foreman  warehouseman. 

Clark,  Durand  G.,  53,  Chancery  Lane,  W.C.,  analytical 
chemist. 

Colquhoun,  Lewis,  Ardeer  Ironworks.  Stevenston,  Ayr- 
shire, analytical  chemist. 

Croft,  Jos.,  26,  Beestou  Road,  Dunkirk,  near  Notting- 
ham, leather  dyer. 

Cullen,  Wm.,  jun.,  Ardeer  Terrace,  Stevenston,  Ayr-hire, 
chemist. 

Kntwisle,  Edw.,  Alder  Bank,  Pendleton,  Manchester, 
cotton  manufacturer. 

( iuthrie,  .(no.,  50,  Prospect  Terrace,  Hunslet  Moor,  Leeds, 
chemical  works  manager. 

Guttmann,  Oscar,  110,  Adelaide  Road,  N.W.,  explosives 
engineer. 

Hadtield,  Thos..  Garrison  Bleach  Works,  Birch  Vale, 
iieai1  Stockport,  manager. 

Harrison,  Prof .  J.  B.,  Government  Laboratory,  George- 
town, British  Guiana,  Government  analyst. 

Heslop,  Oliver,  110,  Rye  Hill.  Newcastle- on-Tyne, 
analytical  chemist. 

Hobday,  Thos.,  c/o  Allsopp  and  Sons,  Lim.,  52,  Granhy 
Street,  Leicester,  brewer. 

Holland,  Philip  H.,  958,  Sherbrooke  Street,  Montreal, 
Canada,  merchant. 

Hosie,  Geo.  H.,  Nobel's  Villas,  Stevenston,  Ayrshire, 
N.B.,  technical  chemist. 

Jennison,  Francis  II..  c/o  A.  Illingworth,  Esq.,  Moscow. 
Russia,  dyer. 

Lucas,  Bernard  1!.,  5,  St.  John's  Terrace,  Middlesbrough, 
alkali  work-  manager. 

Macara,  Thos.,  jun.,  138,  Bath  Street,  Glasgow,  student 
of  chemistry. 

Mel, end,  .las..  Ill,  High  Street,  Dumbarton,  X.l',., 
anah  tieal  chemist. 

Mansbridge,  Win.,  Luther  Place,  Horsforth,  Leeds, 
chemist. 


in,  Albert  J.,  139,  UV-i  Street,  Xew  York  City, 
I    s, A.,  -nap  manufacturer. 

Mount,  Edw.,  Oaklands,  Aughton,  near  Ormskirk, 
assistant  secretary  United  Alkali  Company. 

Mummery,  Albert  1'..  5,  Castlemonnt  Terrace,  Dover, 
tanner. 

Norman,    John  T..   78,   Chelverton  Road,  Putney,   S.W., 

consulting  chemist. 

Piker,  John  .T..  15,  Cedar  Street,  Xew  York  City,  U.S.A., 
merchant. 

Taylor,  W.  G.  II  .  3,  Vernon  Road,  Xorth  Bow,  E., 
analytical  chemist. 

Wade.  .las.  I...  jun.,  28,  West  Kensington  Gardens. 
Loudon,  W. 

White,  II.  Osborne,  35,  North  Bank,  Regent's  Park. 
N.W.,  white  lead  manufacturer. 


CHANGES   OF   ADDRESS. 


Ballard,  E.  G.,  1  o  Curzon  Park  ;  Newton  Lane,  Hoole, 
(  Ihester. 

Barnes,  Jonathan,  l/o  Buekton  Yale  :  1.  Trafalgar  Street, 
i, teat  Clowes  Street,  Manchester. 

Batty,  P.  1!.,  1  ,.  Lincoln  Villa  :  Wharncliffe,  Erdington, 
Birmingham. 

Bell,  Sir  Lowthian,   Bart.,   address   for  subscripts 
Bell  Bros.,  Middlesbrough 

Ply  the,  Herbert,  1  o  Church ;  33,  Ley  land  Road,  Southport. 

Bond,  L.  W.,  l/o  En-lev:  Box  506,  Seattle,  Wash., 
U.S.A. 

Brown,  F.  W.,  l/o  London ;  Iuglesiile,  Sambourne, 
Warminster,  Wilts. 

Bruce,  .las.,  1  d  Mountpottinger :  The  Irish  Distillery, 
( lonnswater,  Belfast. 

Burrell,  B.  A.,  5,  Mount  Preston  (not  Pleasant),  Leeds. 

Chase,  R.  L.,  Journals  to  155,  East  Main  street.  North 
Adams,  Mass.,  I  '.S.A. 

Crowther,  Horace  W.,  Journals  to  21,  Beeches  Road, 
We-t  Bromwich. 

Dagger,  J.  H.  J..  Journals  to  Hallwater,  Endon,  Stoke 
on-Trent. 

Dnpee,  II.  D.,  all  communications  to  Walpole.  Mass., 
U.S.A. 

Farnshaw,  Edwin,  l/o  24  ;   72,  Mark  Lane,  E.C. 

Elliot.  A.  II.,  1  o  Fast  23rd  Street  ;  "  Anthony's  Bulletin," 
591,  Broadway,  Xew  York,  U.S.A. 

France,  G.  T.,  Journals  to  Friar's  Goose  Works,  Gates- 
head-on-Tyne. 

1'i.K'hling,  Dr.  H.,  I  o  Richmond,  Ya. ;  Warners, 
Onondaga  Co.,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

Gamble,  Jas.  N.,  Journals  to  "  The  Laboratory,"  Proctor 
and  Gamble  Co.,  Ivorydale,  Ohio,  I  .S.A. 

!.  A  If.  H,  Journals   to  Oaklands,  Lowton,  Xewton- 
le- Willows,  Lancashire. 

Handy,  .1.(1.,  l/o  Fifth  Avenue;  c/o  Hunt  and  Clapp, 
Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Harmon,  L.  E.,  1  o  Lockport :  c  b  F.  Elsworth  and  Co., 
71,  Park  Place,  Xew  York,  U.S.A. 

Hccht,  Jos.,  1  o  Philadelphia  :  c/o  Manufacturing  Invest 
ment  Co.,  Appleton,  Wis.,  I    S.A. 

Hirsch,  Dr.  P.,  lo  Huddersricld;  Potsdamerstrasse  113, 
Villa  IE,  Berlin,  W. 

Hodges,  H.  B.,  lo  Omaha:  50,  Beacon  Street,  Boston, 
Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Howorth,  F.  W.,  l/o  Crmston ;  c/o  Lloyd  Wise, 
46,  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields,  W.C. 

Hutchinson,  C.  IE,  l/o  Church  Street:  Falcon  Works, 
Sackville  Street,  Barnslev,  York-. 


Fob.  -20, 1893.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


93 


.lulus.  Professor  I).  E.,  Journals  to  County  Council 
( Iffioes,  Stafford. 

Kent,  W.  ,(.,  l/o  1218;  P.O.  Box  294,  Johannesburg, 
S.A.R. 

Kinnioutt,  Professor  L.  P.,  Journals  to  77,  Elm  Street, 
Worcester,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Leeds,  Prank  H.,  l/o  Stoke  Newington;  2G,  East  Bank, 
Stamford  Hill,  N. 

Mabery,  Dr.  C.  F.,  Journals  to  9,  Rockwell  Street, 
Cleveland,  Ohio,  U.S.A. 

Macallan,  J.,  l/o  Marino  Terrace  ;  3,  Oharlcmont  Terrace, 
Clontarf,  Dublin. 

Macfarlane,  Jas.  A.  (Journals)  Sta.  Rosalia,  Baja 
l  California,  Mexico  (rid  New  York,  Nogales,  and  ( luaymas  i  ; 
and  (subs.)  3,  Carlyle  Terrace,  Kelvinside,  Glasgow. 

.Mackenzie,  Dr.  W.  Cossar,  l/o  Newcastle;  Tewfikieh 
College  of  Agriculture,  Ghizeh,  Fgypt. 

Masson,  G.  H.  l'o  Trinidad;  1G,  Roseneath  Place, 
Edinburgh. 

Miller,  W.  M.,  l/o  Demerara  ;  Maryville,  Mount  Vernon, 
near  Glasgow. 

Mttller,  G.,  l/o  Box  148;  c/o  Curry  Hotel,  Ironwood, 
Mich.,  U.S.A. 

N'akamura,  T.,  l'o  Mita-Nichome ;  154,  Shirokanc- 
Sankocho,  Shibaku,  Tokyo,  Japan. 

Xeilson,  T.,  l/o  Whitehaven ;  New  South  Hamilton 
street,  Kilmarnock,  N.B. 

Ree,  Alf.,  1  (not  6),  Brighton  Grove,  Rusholme,  Man- 
chester. 

Robertson,  Kobt.,  l/o  Glasgow  ;  Royal  Gunpowder 
Factory,  Waltham  Abbey,  Essex. 

Saint,  W.  J.,  Journals  to  11,  Queen's  Boad,  Aberdeen. 

Smith,  B.  Greig,  l/o  Musselburgh;  Durham  College  of 
Science,  Neweastle-on-Tyne. 

Studer,  S.  J.,  l/o  Manchester  ;  17,  Lovely  Lane,  War- 
rington. 

Todd,  A.  M.,  l/o  Nottawa;  204,  North  Bose  Street, 
Kalamazoo,  Mich.,  Lf.S.A. 

Wallace,  J.  Stewart,  l/o  Queen  Victoria  Street;  Copthall 
House,  Copthall  Avenue,  E.C. 

Walsh,  !'.  H.)  Journals  to  85,  Joy  Street,  Boston,  Mass., 
U.S.A. 

Warne,  Thos.,  l/o  Walsall ;  6,  Wakefield  Boad,  Thwaite- 
gate,  Leeds. 

Will,  W.  Watson,  l/o  Butney ;  1,  Newington  Terrace, 
Kennington  Bark,  S.F. 

Williams,  Seward  W.,  Fast  Orange,  N.J.  (not  Mass.). 
I'  S.A. 

Wood,  Win.,  l/o  124  ;  128,  Chaussee  dc  Turnhout, 
Antwerp. 


ADDITION  TO  LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


Jackson,  V.,  Park  Hill,  lo,  Chorley  Old  Road,  Bolton. 


iratf)s. 


Dittmar,    Prof.,     F.R.S.,    Anderson's    College,    Glasgow. 
February  9. 

Fearfield,  J.  P.,  Stapleford,  Notts. 


Pontoon   Section. 

Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Buulington  Housr. 

Chairman :  T.  Tyrer. 
Vice-Chairman  .*  W.  Crowder. 
Committee : 
C.  P.  Cross.  W.  Kellner. 

J.  Dewar.  B.  Redwood. 

A.G.Green.  W.  S.  Squire. 

S.  Hall.  G.  N.  Stoker. 

C.  W.  Heaton.  F.  Napier  Sutton. 
J.  Heron.                                         Wm.  Thorp. 

D.  Howard.  T.  E.  Thorpe. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary  :  John  Heron, 
St.  John's  Villas,  Worple  Road,  Wimbledon. 

SESSION  1891-93. 
1S92  :— 
March  7  :— 
Mr.  Oscar  Guttmann,  Assoe.MJ.i'.K.  "  On  the  Dangers  in  the 

Manufacture  of  Explosives." 
Drs.  Evans  and  Wirt z,  ami  Messrs.  Cro9S  and  Bevan.    "On 
the  Acid  Action  of  Drawing  Paper. ' 
April  4th  :— 
Dr.  C.  E.  Alder  Wright,  F.It.S.    "  On  Specific  Gravities  for 

Practical  Purposes." 
Mr.  Alhert  Baur,  Ph.D.    "  On  Artificial  Musk." 
Mr.  F.  H.  Leeds,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.    "  Note  on  Rosin  Oil." 
Election  of  Officers  and   Five  Members  in  the  Local  Com- 
mittee. 

Nominations  must   be  signed  by  Ten   Members  nod  sent 
to  the  Secretary  on  or  before  March  22nd.    Members 
can  onl/f  sign  one  nomination.     [See  Bye-laws.  I 
May  2nd  :— 
Professor  Wm.  Ramsay.  F.R.S..  and  Mr.  J.  C.  Chorley.    "  The 

Distillation  of  Wood." 
Dr.  S.  Rideal.    "  Xotrs  on  the  Composition  of  some  Indian 
Gums  of  known  Origin." 
June  6th  :— 

Mr.  J.  A.  Nettlclon.    "  Vinegar." 

Dr.  S.  Rideal.    "  The  Petroleum  Jellies  of  Commerce." 


Meeting  held  Monday,  4th  January,  1892. 

MR.    THOS.    TYRER,    IN    THE    CHAIR. 

The  Chairman,  before  calling  on  Mr.  Redwood  for  his 
paper,  referred  to  the  loss  the  Society  and  the  Section 
had  sustained  by  the  decease  of  the  London  Secretary, 
Mr.  T.  W.  B.  Mumford.  On  his  motion  a  vote  of  con- 
dolence and  sympathy  with  Mrs.  Mumford  and  the  family 
was  passed  unanimously. 

The  Chairman  announced  that  in  virtue  of  its  powers 
under  the  Sectional  Byelaws,  the  Committee  had  nominated 
Mr.  John  Heion,  F.I.C,  F.C  S.,  aud  past  President  of  the 
Institute  of  Brewing,  to  be  Secretary. 


THE  GALICIAN  PETROLEUM  AND  OZOKERITE 
INDUSTRIES. 

BY    BOVERTO.V    REDWOOD,    K.R.S.E.,    F.I.C,    F.C.S., 
ASSOC.    INST.    C.E. 

I. — Petroleum. 
The  increasing  consumption  of  petroleum  in  the  form  of 
lamp  oil  and  lubricating  oil,  and  especially  the  growing 
demand  for  the  material  in  the  manufacture  of  gas  for 
illuminating  purposes,  either  as  a  substitute  for  eannel  in 
enriching  coal-gas  or  for  carburetting  water-gas,  are 
rapidly  tending  to  confer  general  industrial  importance 
upon  sources  of  supply  that  might  otherwise  have  remained 
of  merely  local  consequence.  It  is  on  this  broad  ground 
that  the  subject  of  the  Galician  petroleum  industry  has 
been  thought  to  be  not  unworthy  of  the  attention  of  the 
members  of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 

The  petroleum  industry  of  (ialicia,  in  common  with  the 
corresponding  industries  of  the  United  States,  Russia,  and 
other  countries,  may  properly  be  described  as  of  crn.at 
antiquity.  From  the  earliest  times  of  which  any  historical 
records  have  been  preserved  the  crude  oil  has  been  collected 
in  a  primitive  fashion  and  has  been  largely  employed  in  the 
manufacture  of  cart-grease,  and  as  a  remedial  a^ent  for 
outward  application  in  cases  of  cutaneous  disease  of  men 
and  animals.  The  oil  was  also,  many  years  ago,  sent  into 
Bohemia,  where  it  was  mixed  with  small  eoal  to  form 
briquettes.  In  the  first  instance  it  was  collected  from 
springs  and  streams  of  water,  but  the  old  timbered  oil-wells 
so  frequently  met  with  in  Galicia  and  Roumania  indicate 

B  2 


94 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Feb.2<>,  lsss. 


very  clearly  that  it  has  long  been  the  practice 'in  those 
countries  to  dig  wells  or  shafts  for  the  collection  of  the  oil. 
The  petroleum  of  Galicia  is  specially  referred  to  in  local 
records  from  the  commencement  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
hut  evidently  was  not  at  that  early  date  regarded  as  having 
any  commercial  importance,  for  as  Mr.  Xelson  Boyd, 
M.I.C.E.,  has  pointed  out,  it  was  not  mentioned  in  the 
Austrian  mining  laws  framed  in  1786,  and  applicable  to 
Poland.  It  was  not,  in  fact,  until  1810  that  petroleum 
appears  to  have  been  first  officially  noticed  in  a  Government 
decree  relating  to  the  registration  of  mining  rights.  There 
are  no  statistics  from  which  any  accurate  impressions  of 
the  extent  of  the  industry  at  this  early  period  can  be 
gathered,  but  it  may  safely  be  assumed  that  the  require- 
ments of  a  sparse  population,  far  removed  from  the 
civilising  influence  of  the  capitals  of  Europe,  cannot  have 
been  considerable.  It  was  not  in  fact  until  the  manufacture 
from  the  raw  material  of  an  oil  for  use  in  lamps  was  com- 
menced that  the  industry  assumed  industrial  importance, 
and  the  pit-wells  were  found  inadequate  to  meet  the  rapidly 
increasing  demands. 

In  the  United  States  the  petroleum  industry  in  its  present 
form  is  generally  considered  to  date  from  the  drilling  of 
what  is  known  as  the  Drake  well  in  1859,  but  long  before 
this  time  systematic  attempts  were  made  in  Galicia  to  found 
a  business  in  the  refining  of  the  oil.  As  far  back  as  1810, 
or  between  that  date  and  1818,  Hecker  and  Mitis,  who 
owned  wells  in  the  Dohobycz  district,  are  reported  to  have 
distilled  the  oil,  and  the  Alstettering  in  Prague  is  stated  to 
have  been  lighted  with  the  product.  The  refinery  from 
which  the  city  received  its  annual  supplies  of  300  cwt.  was 
situated  at  Kabicza,  and  the  oil  appeared  to  have  been  sold 
at  35  florins  per  cwt.  This  business,  however,  came  to  an 
end  in  1818,  and  no  further  attempt  to  supply  an  oil  suit- 
able for  use  in  lamps  appears  to  have  been  made  until  1852. 
In  that  year,  a  manufacturer  of  cart-grease,  of  the  name  of 
Schreiner,  collected  some  of  the  liquid  which  condensed  on 
the  cover  of  the  vessel  in  which  he  was  accustomed  to  heat 
the  crude  petroleum.  This  stroug-smelling  oil  he  took  to 
an  apothecary  named  Mikolasch,  whose  assistants,  Luka- 
siewicz and  Zeh,  treated  it  with  sulphuric  acid  and  caustic 
soda.  This  refined  oil  was  found  to  burn  so  well  that 
renewed  attention  was  at  once  directed  to  the  subject.  In 
the  following  year  Galician  petroleum  was  substituted  for 
candles  in  the  lighting  of  the  station  of  the  Emperor  Ferdi- 
nand's Xorth  Railroad,  and  in  1854  the  oil  became  an  article 
of  commerce  in  Vienna. 

In  1859  one  of  two  brine-wells  in  the  Sloboda-Rungurska 
district  of  Galicia,  excavated  as  far  back  as  1771,  and 
stated  to  have  continuously  yielded  a  small  quantity  of 
petroleum,  was  deepened  to  25  metres,  with  the  result  of 
increasing  the  yield.  This  historic  well,  which  bears  the 
name  of  Stanislawa,  appears  to  have  been  further  deepened 
by  digging,  in  1865,  to  50  metres,  the  original  diameter  of 
1-50  metres  being  preserved  to  the  bottom.  It  is  stated  by 
Babu*  to  have  yielded  then  five  barrels  a  day,  and  this  pro- 
duction was  not  sensibly  altered  by  an  attempt  in  1875  to 
increase  it  by  drilling  from  the  bottom  of  the  shaft  to  a 
further  depth  of  100  metres,  making  150  metres  in  all.  In 
1884  the  depth  of  the  well  was  further  increased  by  drilling 
to  213  metres,  and  the  yield  of  oil  was  thereby  augmented 
to  10  barrels  a  day. 

It  was,  however,  in  what  is  known  as  the  Bobrka  district 
that  the  earliest  systematic  development  of  the  industry 
occurred,  and  when  the  writer  visited  the  Galician  oil-fields 
in  1887  he  was  pleased  to  see  that  a  stone  obelisk  had  very 
properly  been  erected  in  this  district  by  Klobassa  and 
Tszecieski,  the  owners  of  neighbouring  petroleum  properties, 
to  record  the  fact.  The  monument  bears  an  inscription  of 
which  the  following  is  a  translation  : — "  To  preserve  the 
memory  of  the  founding  of  the  petroleum  mine  in  Bobrka 
in  the  year  1854  by  Ignacy  Lukasiewicz.  4th  Xov.  1872." 
Bobrka  is  a  village  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Jasolka, 
between  Krosno  and  Dukla,  and  it  was  here  that  after  many 
comparatively  unsuccessful  attempts  to  collect  the  petroleum 
by  the  digging  of  long  trenches  about  a  metre  deep,  and 
shallow  wells,  Lukasiewicz,  with  the  co-operation  of  M. 
Klobassa,  completed  in  1861  the  first  important  well,  which, 
at  a  depth  of  14  metres,  yielded  6,000  kilogrammes  of  oil 

»  Ann.  des  Mines.  8e.    Scrie  XIV..  162—196. 


per  hour.  The  work  of  development  Has  thenceforward 
proceeded  with,  and  the  production  quickly  assumed  locally 
important  dimensions. 

The  active  development  of  the  Sloboda-Rungurska  section 
of  the  Kolomea  oil-field  was  commenced  in  1881,  and  in 
1SS3  this  district  was  reported  to  be  yielding  550  barrels 
per  diem  of  crude  petroleum  within  an  area  of  1,500  metres 
in  length  and  from  350  to  500  metres  in  breadth.  The 
Sloboda-Rungurska  field  was  for  a  time  by  far  the  most 
productive  of  the  Galician  oil-territories,  the  production  at 
one  period  having  increased  to  over  1,600  barrels  per  day. 
In  consequence  of  the  compact  character  of  the  petroliferous 
area,  and  the  apparent  regularity  of  the  distribution  of  the 
oil  over  this  area,  the  drilling  of  wells  within  the  demarcated 
oil  zone  in  this  district  has  been  attended  with  compara- 
tively uniform  success. 

Meanwhile  the  development  of  the  portion  of  the  oil-belt 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Ustrzyki  has  been  steadily  pro- 
gressing, and  there  is  now  no  part  of  the  Galician  oil-fields 
where  the  industry  is  more  firmly  established  or  where  the 
prospects  are  more  favourable. 

Concurrently  with  the  recent  progress  made  in  the 
Ustrzyki  section  of  the  belt  renewed  attention  has  been 
given  to  the  western  end,  and  at  Wietzno  some  remarkably 
productive  wells  have  been  drilled.  The  Wietzno  field  joins 
the  Bobrka  district,  where  the  petroleum  industry  of 
Galicia  may,  as  already  pointed  out,  be  said  to  have  had  its 
birth.  The  neighbourhood  of  Krosno  constitutes  another 
portion  of  the  western  end  of  the  oil-belt  in  which  the 
efforts  of  the  producer  have  Iquite  recently  met  with  con- 
spicuous success,  several  very  productive  wells  having  been 
drilled  here. 

The  province  of  Galicia  was  originally  a  portion  of  the 
kingdom  of  Poland.  It  was  allotted  to  Austria  at  the  time 
of  the  partition  in  1776,  and  is  now  embraced  in  the  Empire 
of  Austria-Hungary.  A  glance  at  the  map  of  Europe  will 
show  that  Galicia  lies  on  the  northern  slopes  of  the  Car- 
pathian mountains,  which  extend  in  a  general  noith-westerly 
and  south-easterly  direction. 

In  this  connexion  it  may  be  well  to  point  out  that  the 
principal  petrolenm  deposits  occurring  in  various  parts  of 
the  world  are  closely  associated  with  the  chief  mountain 
ranges.  In  illustration  of  this  statement  attention  may  be 
directed  to  the  accompanying  map  of  Europe  (Map  Xo.  1), 
on  which  some  of  the  chief  petroliferous  districts,  deposits 
not  yet  of  industrial  importance,  and  localities  where 
indications  of  petroleum  have  been  met  with,  are  marked. 

Commencing,  at  the  extreme  eastern  confines  of  Europe, 
with  the  very  important  oil-fields  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Baku,  evidences  of  the  existence  of  the  oil  are  found  at 
many  points  along  the  Caucasus  mountain  range  between 
Baku  and  the  Black  Sea  coast,  notably  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Tiflis,  and  between  Poti  and  Batoum.  On  the 
Taman  peninsula,  inland  of  Xovorossisk,  lie  the  oil-fields  of 
Illsky  and  Koudako,  and  farther  westward  are  the  well- 
known  petroleum  deposits  of  Kertch,  in  the  Crimea. 

Still  travelling  westward,  the  Carpathian  ranges  are 
reached,  and  here,  in  addition  to  the  Galician  oil-territory, 
which  as  already  stated  lies  on  the  northern  slopes  of  those 
mountains,  there  are  the  important  Roumanian  oil-fields 
occupying  the  south-eastern  and  southern  slopes  of  the 
Southern  Carpathians,  or  Transylvaniau  Alps,  and  deposits 
which  as  yet  are  of  comparatively  small  commercial 
importance  in  the  Bukowina,  Transylvania,  and  Hungary. 

An  extension  of  the  same  general  south-easterly  and 
north-westerly  line  will  pass  through  the  neighbourhood  of 
Hanover,  where  petroleum  is  now  being  obtained. 

Parallel  to  this  long  line  of  petroleum-producing  localities, 
but  considerably  to  the  south  of  it,  there  is  a  series  of 
localities  where  petroleum  indications  are  said  to  occur  on 
the  coast  of  Dalmatia  and  Albania,  near  the  Dinaric  Alps 
and  Pindus  mountains,  and  to  the  north-westward  of  these 
indications  is  situated  the  somewhat  important  oil-field  of 
Alsace,  bordered  by  the  Vosges  mountains. 

Still  further  south  is  another  north-westerly  and  south- 
easterly line  of  oil-bearing  rocks  in  Italy  following  the 
general  direction  of  the  Appenines,  and  to  the  south- 
eastward is  the  island  of  Zante,  where  the  historic  petroleum 
spring  of  Herodotus  may  still  be  seen. 

It  may  be  suggested  that  the  oil  deposits  of  Sicily  lie  on 
a  further  parallel  line,  and  it  will  be  observed  that  such  a 


iVb.  29, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


95 


line  prolonged  to  the  north-westward  would  not  pass  far 
northward  of  the  Pyrenees,  where  petroleum  has  also  been 
met  with. 

In  Spain  petroleum  has  been  found  not  only  in  the  north, 
but  also,  it  is  said,  in  the  south  near  Seville,  not  far  distant 
from  the  Sierra  Nevada  mountains,  and  if  a  line  parallel  to 
those  already  referred  to  be  drawn  through  the  latter  in  a 
south-easterly  direction  it  will  intersect  the  Algerian  oil 
deposits  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Oran,  with  the  Atlas 
mountains  not  far  inland. 

Reverting  once  more  to  the  Galician  oil-fields,  attention 
may  be  drawn  to  the  importance  of  their  geographical 
position,  for  they  lie,  as  will  be  seen,  almost  exactly  in  the 
centre  of  Europe.  The  "  oil-belt,"  as  far  as  it  has  yet  been 
defined,  has  a  length  of  some  220  miles  with  a  breadth  of 
from  40  to  60  miles,  and  it  extends,  as  already  indicated, 
in  a  general  north-westerly  and  south  easterly  direction. 

The  precise  positions  of  the  various  petroleum-producing 
properties,  as  well  as  of  localities  where  promising  oil- 
indications  occur,  are  very  clearly  shown  in  the  series  of 
three  maps  (Maps  Nos.  2,  3,  and  4)  which  have  been 
drawn  for  this  paper.  The  situations  of  the  respective 
areas  of  these  maps  are  indicated  on  the  map  of  the 
kingdom  of  Austria-Hungary  (Map  No.  5).  To  all  these 
maps  further  reference  will  be  made  under  the  heads 
of  production  and  refining.  The  country,  as  will  be  seen 
from  the  series  of  three  maps,  is  to  a  large  extent  of  a 
mountainous  character,  but  it  is  for  the  most  part  well 
provided  with  good  roads  and  most  of  the  developed 
properties  are  within  a  short  distance  of  the  railway. 

The  Carparthiaus  form  a  long  curved  range  of  mountains 
separating  Hungary  and  Transylvania  on  the  north,  east, 
and  south-east  from  Silesia,  Galieia,  Bukowina,  Moldavia, 
and  Wallachia.  The  inner  curve  of  this  range  consists 
largely  of  precipitous  masses  of  rock,  while  the  outer  slope 
descends  gradually  to  the  Tertiary  plains  of  Galieia  and 
Koumania  by  a  descending  series  of  parallel  folds.  At  the 
foot  of  the  slope  is  a  deposit  of  rock  salt  extending  through 
Galieia  and  Bukowina  into  Moldavia.  On  the  northern 
declivity  in  Galieia  the  Cretaceous  formation  is  covered  with 
a  deposit  of  Eocene  rocks  and  the  whole  surface  has  been 
thrown  into  a  series  of  ridges,  the  denuded  crests  of  which 
exhibit  the  successive  layers.  Heurteau*  points  out  that 
the  rarity  of  fossils  in  these  beds  renders  their  classi- 
fication very  difficult  ;  it  is,  however,  agreed  that  they  are 
of  the  latest  period  of  the  Cretaceous  age  or  of  the  Eoceue 
age.  To  these  rocks  as  a  whole  the  name  of  Carpathian 
sandstone  has  been  given.  A  portion  of  this  sandstone  is 
bordered  by  a  deposit  of  the  Miocene  age.  C.  M.  Paul, 
who  has  carefully  studied  the  geology  of  the  Carparthiaus, 


asserts  that  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Cracow  the  Cretaceous 
formation  met  with  is  only  in  a  rudimentary  stage,  while 
the  Tertiary  formation  is  fully  developed.  He  describes  the 
four  following  distinct  groups  in  descending  order:  — 

1.  Mayura  Sandstone. — Quartzose  noncalcareous  sand- 
stone, alternated  with  grey  or  whitish  laminated  clays, 
which  separate  the  beds  of  friable  and  shaly  white  micaceous 
sandstone  containing  vegetable  remains.  In  this  formation 
white  or  blue  hydraulic  marl  is  also  met  with,  and  at  the 
base  is  also  found  a  characteristic  quartzose  conglomerate. 
Fish  temains  also  occur.  This  belongs  to  the  close  of  the 
Eocene  period. 

2.  Smilno  Schiefern. — Black  laminated  and  contorted 
shales,  characterised  by  layers  of  flint  and  spherosiderite. 

3.  Belowesa  Schiefern. — Hieroglyphic  sandstone  and  red 
shales  in  thin  layers,  very  micaceous.  To  this  horizon 
belongs  also  the  brown  sandstone  in  thick  layers,  permeated 
by  veins  of  spathic  limestone  and  sandstone  in  thin  lamina;, 
with  fucoids. 

4.  Kopianka-Schiefern.  —  Shaly  beds,  micaceous  and 
quartzose,  usually  bluish-grey,  containing  layers  of  sand- 
stone very  difficult  to  distinguish  from  those  of  the  upper 
deposits.  At  Ropianka  these  beds  lie  on  a  greyish  sand- 
stone of  medium  grain  completely  saturated  with  petroleum. 

The  slopes  of  the  Carparthians  thus  consist  of  Cretaceous 
and  Tertiary  limestones,  sandstones,  and  shales  overlying  a 
mass  of  metamorphie  rocks.  The  shales  are  for  the  most 
part  rich  in  vegetable  and  animal  remains,  this  being 
particularly  noticeable  in  East  Galieia  and  the  Bukowina, 
where  thick  beds  of  black  bituminous  shale  are  met  with. 
The  petroleum  occurs  in  both  coarse  and  fine  sandstone, 
chiefly  of  the  Eocene  and  Miocene  ages,  but  it  doubtless 
was  formed  in  the  shale.  The  oil-bearing  formation  lies, 
as  already  stated,  in  parallel  folds,  and  the  petroleum  is 
found  in  great  abundance  under  or  near  to  the  crests  of  the 
antielinals.  Rock-salt,  gypsum,  native  sulphur  and  various 
sulphides,  blende,  pyrites  and  galena  are  met  with  in 
association  with  the  petroleum.  Sulphuretted  hydrogen  is 
also  a  frequent  concomitant. 

Of  the  petroliferous  formation  in  the  Ustr/.yki  district, 
Paul  remarks  that  the  alternating  layers  of  shales,  clays,  and 
sandstones  of  which  it  is  composed  belong  to  the  early 
Eocene  age,  therefore  to  the  same  geological  horizon  as  the 
oil-bearing  rocks  at  Bobrka,  Plowce,  Uherce,  and  Schodnica. 
The  overlying  beds  are  of  later  Eocene  age,  and  the  under- 
lying have  not  yet  been  opened  up. 

In  the  following  table  by  Rateauf  some  of  the  petroleum- 
producing  localities  in  Hungary  and  Galieia  are  classified 
geologically  :— 


Fun  nation. 

Division. 

Local  Names. 

Deposits. 

Hungary. 

Galbiaand  Bukowina. 

i 

Salzthonjmippe 

Recz,  Kovac, 

(iarbonac,  Uragomer, 

Sobsmezo. 

Bory^luw, 
Starunia, 
Dwiniacz. 

r 

Upper 

Sziput  beds, 
K.liwa  sandslone, 
Magura  sandstone. 

Upper  Hungary 

and 

Transylvania. 

Wherever  the  menilite 

shale  assumes  a  sandy 

character. 

Middle 

Menilite  shale 

SmilnOi  Szinna, 

Marmaros,  lod, 

Dragomer. 

Libusa,  Bobrka, 

Baryslaw,  Wyskow, 
Moldawitza. 

. 

Lower 

Libusza  sandstone 

Marmaros,  Zibo, 
Udvarhely,  .Sousmezd. 

Libusza,  Harklowa, 
Bobrka,  Sanok,  Polariy. 

■ 

Calcareous 
sandstone  with 
nummulitcs 

C           Upper  beds 
with  Hieroglyphs 
and  fucoids. 

Lower  beds 
with  Hieroglyphs 

konyha, 

Sacsal. 

Prozolina,  Soosmezb. 

Maukova,  Ustrzyki, 

Pohar,  l'olany, 
S  loboda  -  Run  gursk  a. 

Schodnica,  Maldawitza, 
Mrasznica,  Barwinek. 

Upper 

Ropianka  beds 

Mikowa,  Lueli. 

Ropianka.  Siary,  E&opa. 

Middle 

V/ernsdori  beds 

Komarnik 

Kowali,  Brzisko,  Ivlcczany. 

I 

Lower 

Teschen  shales 

Arva,  Liptau. 

Bittla,  Kimpolung. 

*  Ann.  des  Mines,  6e.  Serie  XIX.,  197— 261. 


t  Ann.  des  Mines,  Me.  Sene  XI.,  147—170. 


96 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


I'll.  29,  18'JL'. 


Feb.  ii>,  1SU2.J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


97 


.''.ji 


98 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[  Feb.  ir,  1892. 


,st-.et> 


,r,-* 


1'Vli.  29,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAIi  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


.<•'.«-  * 


100 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


I  el i.  a :msii2.1       THE   JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


101 


Mr.  William  Topley,  F.K.S.,  who  is  well  known  to  have 
devoted  special  attention  to  the  geology  of  petroleum,  has, 
with  a  kindness  for  which  the  writer  cannot  sufficiently 
thank  him,  furnished  for  this  paper  the  following  particulars 
of  the  geological  occurrence  of  petroleum  in  Gahcia. 

The  Carpathians  are  composed  of  thick  masses  of  rock, 
mainly  sandstones,  which  have  heen  thrown  into  a  great 
series  of  folds,  trending  a  little  south  of  east  in  West 
Galicia,  but  turning  more  to  the  south  further  east,  and  in 
East  Galicia  trending  ahout  south-east. 

These  sandstones,  collectively  termed  the  ( 'arpathian 
sandstones,  are  now  known  to  belong  to  the  Neocomiau, 
Cretaceous,  and  Lower  Eocene  formations  ;  or,  by  com- 
parison with  well-known  strata  in  the  south-east  of  England, 
they  range  in  age  from  the  Lower  Greensand  to  the  Loudon 
Clay. 

The  Eocene  strata,  the  upper  beds  of  which  arc  now  called 
(  Migocene  by  Paul,  form  the  rolling  ground  on  the  northern 
Hanks  of  the  Carpathians,  whilst  the  flatter  land  to  the 
north  is  formed  of  Miocene  beds.  This  is  a  rough  and 
general  statement  of  the  range  of  the  beds,  but  the  whole 
district  is  traversed  by  a  number  of  folds  and  anticlinals,  so 
that  the  Neooouiian  beds  are  brought  up  amongst  the  newer 


strata  ;  and  by  the  extreme  foldings,  faults,  and  overthrusts 
to  which  the  beds  have  been  subjected,  the  older  rocks 
seem  ofteu  to  overlie  the  newer  ones. 

The  general  succession  of  the   strata  is  as  follows,  petro- 
leum occurring  in  the  divisions  marked  *  : — 

•Salt  Slai'l  beds  (ozokerite) Miocene. 


Magura  and  Kliwa  sandst  tues  . 


< lligocene  of 


'Menilite  beds 

Carpathian 
Sandstone  series 


,..  (some  Authors, 

•Upper 

Mi. 1.11. ■    

Lower  (Ropianka  beds) 


-If" 


■} 


Eocene, 


Cretaceous, 
Neocomian. 


The  menilite  beds  take  their  name  from  the  occurrence 
therein  of  menilite  (a  semi-opal). 

Different  authors  employ  somewhat  different  names  in 
describing  the  beds.  Some  of  these  names  may  be  of  beds 
only  locally  developed.  It  is  therefore  sometimes  difficult 
to  correlate  the  various  descriptions,  or  to  get  all  the  beds 
mentioned  into  any  general  classification.  The  following  are 
sections  given  by  Walter  and  Dunikowski,  from  whose 
workf  the  accompanying  illustrative  diagrams  (Figs.  1  and 
2)  are  also  taken  : — 


Fig.  i- 


13  Km. 


■  i.  Ropienka layers  (Neocomiau). 

h.  Redclnv. 

Cm  Nummulitic  sandstone. 


(I.  Upper  Eocene. 

./'.  Menilite  shales  (Oligocene). 

q.  Upper  Oligocene. 


SW 


CicniawsKa. 
Gora 


Browar 
Strzylawiecki      Grybow-  BajorKi 


NE 


12  3  4 

f.  fiopienka layers  ( Neocomian). 1 

b.  Red  clay. 

c.  Nummulitic  sandstone. 

if.  River  sand,  humus,  &e  Uluviuui. 

30.  Glazy bleehne,  youugeri  '.., 

9.  Older  clay,  older i Diluvium. 

B.  Coal-bearing  beds ..")  ~\ 

7.  Thick-grained  sandstone    > / , ., . 

on  the  hills,  younger  ... )  J-Ohsocene. 

(i.  Menilite  shales,  older ) 

The  diagrams  exhibit  very  clearly  the  manner  in  which 
the  older  beds  are,  as  already  pointed  out,  caused  to  overlie 
the  newer.  They  also  show  that  petroleum  occurs  along 
the  summits  of  the  anticlinal  lines,  though  sometimes  wells 
are  preferably  drilled  where  the  beds  have  a  regular  dip  in 
one  direction. 

According  to  Walter,  the  petroleum-bearing  rocks  of 
Lomna  and  Galowka  belong  to  the  lowest  strata  of  the 
Eocene  formation,  and  therefore  resemble  those  of  liobrka. 
The  strata  at  Galowka  are  : — 

1st.  Soft  sandstones  carrying  water  :  the  so-called  Kliwa 
sandstones. 

2nd.   Black  bituminous  shales,  with  fish  remains. 

3rd.  Hornstone  and  glassy  sandstones. 

1th.  Aset  of  blue  and  red  marls,  without  sandstones, 
impervious  to  water. 


f 


-     fyC 


d.  Upper  Eocene. 

/.  Menilite  shales  (Oligocene)." 


5.  Upper  Eocene  sandstones Upper 

4.  Nummulitic  sandstones }  . 

8.  Red  clays  and  glassy  sandstones  j  * 

2.  Upper  Eopienka beds  1  ,  ,,,,,.,.  .....i  Mi.i.n,.  i-i  ) 

1.  Lower Ropienka  beds  I  '  ppeI  anaJauwle  {.).  ( 
(?)  The  Lower  =  Neocomian  ) 


■r 


Eocene. 


Cretaceous. 


5th.  Well-developed  sandstones,  with  thin  beds  of  blue 
marl.  This  sandstone  is  the  horizon  at  which 
petroleum  occurs  most  abundantly. 

A  fine  series  of  specimens  illustrative  of  the  petroleum 
and  ozokerite  deposits  of  Galicia  was  exhibited  by  Professor 
L.  Szujnoeha,  of  Cracow,  at  the  International  Geological 
Congress  in  London  (1888).  The  following  examples  are 
extracted  from  the  catalogue  of  the  exhibition  : — 

Miocene. — lioryslaw,  Starunia,  Dwiniacz. 

Eocene. — Kleuczanv,  Libusza,  Lipiuki,  Wojtowa,  liobrka, 
Glebokie,  Plowce,  Zagorz,  Lodynia,  Pasiecza,  Sloboda- 
Huugurska,  Tekueza. 


t  Pas  Petroleumgebeit  der  Galizischcn  West  Karpathcn. 

|ss;i. 


Wien 


102 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


Xeocomiau  (Carpathische  Kreide). — Sekowa,  Meucina, 
Siary,  Kopiauka,  Mraznica. 

The  crude  petroleum  found  in  Galieia  varies  in  density 
and  other  physical  characters  within  wide  limits.  The  great 
variation  is  partly  due  to  the  circumstance  that  oils  obtained 
from  relatively  deep  drilled  wells  are  brought  into  comparison 
with  petroleum  collected  in  shallow  pits.  The  latter  may 
be  described  as  surface  oil,  and  in  many  cases  it  has  been 
so  exposed  that  it  has  lost  its  more  volatile  constituents  by 
evaporation.  Iu  some  places,  e.g.,  at  Siary,  Klewa,  Kos- 
pucie,  Starzawa  (or  Kudawka),  Rosochy,  and  Ropa,  a  light 
brown  or  reddish-brown  oil,  known  as  red  oil,  occurs,  which 
may  be  burned  in  ordinary  lamps  in  its  crude  state,*  but 
the  greater  part  of  the  Galieian  crude  petroleum  is  dark 
brown  in  colour  by  transmitted  light,  and  exhibits  a  marked 
fluorescence.  The  oil  is  usually  free  from  sulphur,  and  its 
odour  is  devoid  of  disagreeable  characteristics.  The  oil 
from  the  drilled  wells  is  very  fluid,  but  the  surface  oil  from 
the  shallow  pits  is  occasionally  somewhat  viscous. 

According  to  Strippelmaun,t  the  extreme  limits  of  specific 
gravity  recorded  are  0-778 — 0-930  for  West  Galieian  oil, 
and  0-750—0-950  for  East  Galieian.  The  writer  has  had 
occasion  to  examine  from  time  to  time  a  considerable 
number  of  samples  of  crude  petroleum  from  Galieia,  and  in 
the  following  table,  based  upon  the  results  obtained,  the 
usual  minimum  and  maximum  densities  of  the  produce  of 
the  drilled  wells  are  stated  : — 

m 

Table  showing  Density  of  Galician  Crude 
Petrolevm  prom  Drilled  Wells. 


Specific  Gravity  at  HUD  F. 

Lowest. 

Highest. 

Eastern  end  of  belt: 
Intermediate  i>ortion  of  belt : 
Western  end  of  belt : 

o-s;i(i 
0*835 
0*846 

0'868 
0*814 

In  illustration  of  a  statement  already  made,  it  may  be 
pointed  out  that  the  oil  which  was  being  obtained  from  the 
excavated  shafts  on  the  Robrka  estate,  immediately  adjoin- 
ing the  Wietzno  property,  at  the  time  of  the  writer's  visit, 
bad  a  specific  gravity  ranging  ordinarily  from  0-869  to  0-874, 
and  running  as  high,  in  exceptional  cases,  as  0-885. 

The  extent  of  variation  in  the  density  of  the  produce  of 
a  number  of  drilled  wells  in  the  same  locality  is  shown  by 
the  following  particulars  of  properly  authenticated  samples 
examined  by  the  writer : — 

*    This  description  of  oil  is  also  found  at  Gura  Humura  in  the 
Bukowina, 
t  Die  Petroleum-Industrie  Oesterreich-Deutscblands.      Leipzig, 

I  ^7:> 


In  teen  Wells  in  the  District  of  Sloboda- 

RuNGURSKA. 


No. 


Date  of        Del"h 
Completion.,  M(,tlvs_ 


Reported  Production  Specific  Gravity 
in  24  Hours         i   of  the  Oil  (at 
in  October  1886.  60°  F.). 


u 

1865—1881 

213 

Barrels. 
10 

0-842 

2 

1877 

191 

5 

0-888 

3 

1881 

189 

10 

0-885 

1 

1883 

1G4 

20 

0-850 

5 

lssl 

225 

15 

0-838 

6 

1885 

275 

20 

0-845 

7 

1885 

2S2 

35 

ii-sit 

s 

1885 

274 

15 

0-8.13 

a 

1886 

202 

40 

0-S03 

10 

1886 

280 

25 

0-837 

ll 

1886 

305 

60 

0  839 

12 

1886 

2S0 

15 

o-s-iv 

13 

1886 

282 

40 

0-SKI 

11 

1886 

250 

50 

0-S30 

15 

1886 

311 

00 

0"839 

t  Stanislawa.    The  deepening  of  this  well  to  213  metres  was  not 
effected  until  1884. 

Five  Wells  in  the  Ustrzyki  District. 


No. 


Depth  in 
Metres. 


Average  Daily 
Production. 


Specific  Gravity 

of  the  Oil  (at 

60°  F.) 


1 

133 

Barrels. 

1-21 

0-835 

2 

173 

5-13 

0-844 

3 

183 

8-2 

0-841 

4 

232 

5-1 

0-886 

5 

229 

W53 

0-841 

In  making  comparisons  between  the  oils  obtained  from 
wells  at  different  depths,  it  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  it 
is  a  common  practice  in  Galieia  to  employ  casing  perforated 
at  the  oil  horizons,  and  that  it  follows  therefore  that  the 
produce  of  a  well  may  consist  of  oils  from  two  or  more 
petroliferous  strata  in  proportions  which  are  subject  to 
variation. 

In  the  following  table  some  of  the  results  obtained  in  the 
writer's  laboratory  in  the  examination  of  several  typical 
samples  of  Galieian  crude  petroleum  are  given  :  — 


No. 


Locality. 


Specific 

Gravity 

of  Crude 

Oil. 


Specific  Gravity  of  Distillate. 


Commercial  Products. 


A. 


R 


C. 


D. 


E. 


F. 


G. 


II. 


Sloboda  Eungurska . 

Sloboda- lluneurska. 

Ustrzyki  district 

Ustrzyki  district  — 

Harklowa 

Lenczyu  


0-815 
0-860 
0-816 
0-1112 
0-901 
0-875 


0-721 
0-743 
u-701 
0-786 
0-760 
0-720 


0-763 
0-771 
0-7S2 
0-S20 
0-806 
0-756 


0-792 
0-789 
0-803 
0-867 
0-846 
0-701 


0-821 
0-825 
0-823 

irs7s 
0-828 


0-S41 

0-S35 
0-842 


12-0 
S-S 
9-6 
2-6 
7-5 
8-4 


35-9 

37-1 
38-4 
17-4 
32-5 
36-5 


11-6 
4O-0 
11-3 
58-6 
61-8 
50-3 


A.  First  tenth  by  volume. 

B.  Second 

C.  Third 
ii.  Fourth 


E.  Fifth  tenth  by  volume. 

F.  Percentage  by  weight  of  petroleum  spirit. 
(J.  „  „  kerosene. 

H.  „  .,  intermediate  and  heavy  oils. 


Feb.  29, 1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


103 


In  conducting  the  distillation  of  petroleum  hydrocarbons 
of  high  boiling  point  in  ordinary  laboratory  apparatus  at 
atmospheric  pressure,  dissociation  occurs  more  or  less,  and 
for  this  reason  the  density  of  those  fractions  only  of  the 
distillate  obtained  before  such  dissociation  had  obviously 
commenced,  are  given  in  the  table.  In  this  connexion  the 
writer  may  reproduce  appropriately  a  remark  made  to  him 
some  time  ago  by  Dr.  Dvorkoviteh,  who  has  had  a  large- 
practical  experience  in  the  distillation  of  petroleum,  that  it  is 
not  at  all  difficult  for  the  chemist  to  report  accurately  what 
he  has  obtained  from  any  sample  of  crude  petroleum,  but  to 
ascertain  exactly  what  was  originally  present  in  the  oil  is 
extremely  difficult.  This  will  be  fully  endorsed  by  all  who 
are  aware  of  the  facility  with  which  some  of  the  hydro- 
carbons of  crude  petroleum  become  resolved  into  others 
during  the  processes  incidental  to  their  separation. 

It  may  be  added  that  the  percentages  of  kerosene  given 
in  the  foregoing  table  are  smaller  than  those  obtained  on 
the  manufacturing  scale,  as  will  be  seen  later. 

Galician  crude  petroleum  contains  more  or  less  of  the 
solid  hydrocarbons.  The  proportion  may  he  said  to  range 
usually  from  1  to  5  per  cent.,  but  the  oil  obtained  from  the 
ozokerite  mines  contains  a  still  larger  amount,  and,  indeed, 
some  of  the  ozokerite  itself  may  be  considered  to  be  a 
petroleum  very  highly  charged  with  paraffin.  The  salient 
characteristics  of  the  oil  may  be  seen  from  the  representative 
series  of  samples  exhibited. 

The  particulars  of  the  first  four  of  the  following  samples 
of  Galician  crude  petroleum  are  given  on  the  authority  of 
Strippelinann,  and  those  of  the  remaining  samples  on  that 
of  Nawratil. 

1 .  From  Siary,  sp.  gr.  0-856. 

Per  Cent. 

Petroleum  spirit,  to  120°  C.,  sp.  gr.  0'740 8"50 

Light  oil,  1st  quality,  120°  to  200°,  sp.  gr.  fl-705 22-25 

Light  oil.  2nd  quality,  200°  to  300°,  sp.  gr.  0'S35 22-60 

Light  oil,  3rd  quality,  300°  to  350°,  sp.gr.  0' 876 11  "80 

Paraffin  oil,  with  2*9  per  cent,  paraffin,  3511°  and  over, 

sp.  gr.0-915" 1202 

Residue 13-25 

Loss 9'18 

100-00 


2.  Average   sample    from    Klenczany,    Librautowo,   and 
Starawies.    Sp.gr.  0-800. 

Per  Cent. 

Petroleum  ether,  sp.  gr.  0"ii92 5 

Benzine,  sp.  gr.  0-700  10 

Light  oil.sp.gr.  0-810 50 

Paraffin  nil s 

Paraffin 3 

Residue 18 

L'iss 6 


100 


3.  From  Boryslaw.     Sp.  gr.  0-782. 

Per  Cent. 

Petroleum  spirit 20 

Light  oil,  1st  quality 50 

Paraffin 8 

Tar  for  axle-grease 8 

Residue 10 

Loss 4 

100 

4.  From  Bobrka.     Sp.  gr.  0-859. 

PerCent. 

Petroleum  spirit 10 

Light  oil,  1st  quality 50 

Heavy  oil 10 

Tar  for  axle-grease 10 

Residue 10 

Loss 10 

100 


Klenczany. 

Ropa. 

Ropa. 

Wojtowa. 

Libusza. 

Seukowa. 

Cretaceous. 
180  metres. 

Cretaceous, 
03  Metres. 

Cretaceous, 
60  Metres. 

Eocene, 
100  Metres. 

Eocene, 
137  Metres. 

Eocene, 
113  Metres. 

Reddish-Yellow. 

Brownish-Red. 

Reddish-Brown. 

Greenish-Black. 

Greenish-Black. 

Greenish-Black. 

Specific  Gravity.. . 

0-779 

0-808 

0-800 

0-836 

0-737 

0-837 

Distillate [ 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Per- 
centage. 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Per. 

centage. 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Per- 
centage. 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Per- 
centage. 

Speeilie 

Gravity. 

Per- 
centage. 

Specific 
Gravity 

Per- 
centage. 

°C. 
100 

0-742 
0-775 
0-783 
0-80' 
0-837 
0-852 
0-895 

12-80 
31-20 
14-60 
9-60 
9-30 
5-20 
9  Oil 
8-00 
C-05 
0-05 
O'lO 

0-738 
0-773 
0-810 
0-841 

0-805 
0-885 

1-90 
24-70 
18-00 
12-40 
11-60 

9-80 
1.V90 

4-00 

o-io 

0-60 
0-40 

0-735 
0-773 
0-805 
0-838 
0-868 

[ 0-880 

9-30 
18-20 
12-80 
10-80 
10-60 
12-30 

24-30 

o-io 

0-80 
0-50 

0-761 
0-792 
0-822 
0-849 
0-862 

0-895 

1-60 
11-90 
14-60  "i 
16*90.) 
18-80 
13-70 

20W 

0-20 
1-10 
0-80 

0-745 

0-803 

0-S41 
0-856 

ro-878 

(.0-915 

4-30 
14-70 

17-90 

11-40 
9-90 

20-80 

15-70 

0-60 

3-00 

1-80 

0-747 
(  0-783 
(.0-823 
0-857 
0-879 
0-907 
0-914 

2'00 

100—150 

150—200 

200—260 

250-300 

300-350 

Above  400 

11-20 
10-50 
8-60 
10-90 
18-50 

"Petroleum  gum" 

o-io 

1-50 
1-00 

100-110 

100-00 

•• 

100-00 

100-00 

100-00 

loo-oo 

104 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  211, 1802. 


Locality. 


Formation. 


Colour. 


Specific 
Gravity. 


Liglil  Oil, 
160   C. 


Petroleum 
Distillate, 
150    to300°. 


Lubricating 

Oil 
above  S0O°. 


Coke  niul 
Loss. 


Rnpa 

\\  ojtown 

Libusza  

Stnrunia 

Pagi  irzyn 

Lipinki 

Siary 

Siary 

Menoina 

KlrlllKlliy 

Kryg 

Harklowa 

Harklowa 


Cretaceous 
Eocene.  Ill  m. 
Cretaceous,  1  W  m. 
Salt-layer,  36  ra, 
Eocene,  188  m. 
Eocene,  in  in. 
i:  iceni  .  182m. 
Eocene,  123  m. 
Eocene,  280  m. 
Eocene,  o7  m. 
Eocene,  170m. 
Eocene,  113  m. 
Eocene,  111  m. 


Reddish-brown 
Greenish-black 
Greenish-black 
Greenish-black 
Blaekish-brown 
Brownish-black 
Greenish-black 
Brownish-black 
Greenish-black 

Dark  green 
Brownish-black 
Brownish-black 
Brownish  black 


0-853 
0-820 
irsl2 
0-845 
0-S47 
O-S-19 
0-S50 
0-858 
0-S5?, 
0-870 
0'878 

o-«is 

0-892 


Percentage.      Percentage 
11-40  39-80 


Percentage.     Percentage. 
16'50  2-30 


12-40 
13-30 
10-90 
20-00 
9-80 
2ir<m 
11-30 
19-60 
3  in 
8-00 
6-70 
5-70 


i  1-60 
32-80 
34-90 
31  20 
45'50 
30-30 
31-90 
33-10 
38-60 
32-60 
28-20 
50-70 


■n  -  .-<i 
49-40 
r,  1 1  -  "i  > 
43-30 
40"60 
WOO 
52-30 
12fio 
54"50 
53-20 
5S'20 
5.', -Til 


2-50 

run 
3-30 
5-50 

4  "20 
I   -H 

f.-il 
1-40 
3-.)0 
0-20 

C'llil 
7-511 


It  would  not  improbably  be  of  practical  importance,  and 
would  certainly  be  of  great  interest,  if  the  oils  found  in  the 
various  geological  horizons  could  be  differentiated  chemically; 
but  it  appears  doubtful  whether  this  can  be  done  with  any 
degree  of  precision  on  the  basis  of  the  existent  data.  At 
the  same  time  Schaedler*  expresses  the  opinion  that  the 
geologically  older  petroleum  of  the  Ropianka  beds  is 
more  limpid  and  contains  a  larger  proportion  of  the  lighter 
hydrocarbons  than  the  oils  of  the  Eocene  and  Oligocene 
formations,  which  are  comparatively  heavy,  darker  in  colour, 
and  are  rich  in  paraffin.  While  the  petroleum  of  Sloboda- 
Rungurska  contains  at  most  6  per  cent,  of  paraffin,  that  of 
lioryslaw  contains  8  or  10  per  cent.,  and  that  of  Starunia  as 
much  as  20  to  25  per  cent. 

Galician  petroleum  was  examined  by  Lachowicz  (Ann. 
der  Chem.  220,  188—206 ;  this  Journal,  473).  From 
an  oil  of  boiling  point  30°  to  125G  C.  there  were  separated 
by  distillation  and  treatment  with  strong  nitric  anil  sulphuric 
acids,  normal  and  isopentane,  normal  and  isohexane,  and 
normal  heptane ;  also  from  the  higher  boiling  portions 
nonane  (boiling  point  148°  G),  and  decane  (boiling  point 
132  to  153°  C.).  An  oil  boiling  between  200°  and  3007 
likewise  shows  all  the  properties  of  the  paraffins,  a  whole 
series  of  which  form  the  principal  constituents  of  the 
petroleum.  The  first  six  fractions  obtained  in  the  dis- 
tillation on  the  large  scale  of  the  crude  petroleum  are  not 
acted  upon  by  bromine,  but  the  seventh  and  higher  fractious 
absorb  bromine  vapour  with  evolution  of  heat.  It  is,  there- 
fore, most  probable  that  the  defines  do  not  exist  in  the 
petroleum,  but  are  formed  during  the  distillation.  As  it  is 
possible  that  a  formation  of  aromatic  hydrocarbons  might 
similarly  take  place,  only  the  lightest  poitions  of  the  distillate 
were  examined  with  a  view  of  ascertaining  the  presence  of 
this  class  ol  hydrocarbons.  By  fractionation  and  nitration 
meta-dinitrobenzene,  dinitrotoluene  (melting  point  71°),  and 
dinitroisoxylene  (melting  point  176°)  were  severally  isolated 
and  analysed,  and  from  a  higher  boiling  portion  trinitro- 
mesitylene  (melting  point  231°  to  232°).  From  observations 
of  the  high  specific  gravity  and  the  percentage  composition 
of  a  portion  boiling  between  97°  and  100°  it  is,  in  the  opinion 
ill  Lachowicz,  almost  certain  that  it  consists  of  heptane  with 
somcliexahydrotoluene.  The  presence  of  hexahydroisoxylene 
was  not  proved. 

I'awlewski  (Ber.  18,  1915;  this  Journal  4,  671)  has 
isolated  paraxylene  from  the  petroleum  found  at  Kleczany. 
lie  found  that  the  crude  oil  contained  about  2  per  cent,  of 
aromatic  hydrocarbons,  chiefly  benzene  and  paraxylene. 
The  presence  of  the  latter  was  detected  by  brominating  the 
fraction  distilling  between  125'3  and  145°  C.  Crystals  of 
paraxylene  bromide,  C6H4(CH2Br)2  =  1 : 4,  were  obtained, 
melting  at  145°. 

*  Technologie  der  Pette  und  Oele  der  Fossilien.    Leipzig;,  1884. 


Xaw  ratil  points  out  that  crude  oils  from  the  same  locality 
often  present  considerable  differences.  Thus  of  two  samples 
from  Klenczany,  one  from  a  depth  of  189  metres  was  light 
coloured  and  transparent,  of  low  specific  gravity  (0-779), 
and  yielded  light  distillates  containing  much  paraffin,  while 
the  other,  from  a  depth  of  57  metres,  was  dark  coloured  and 
opaque,  of  high  specific  gravity  (0-870),  and  yielded  heavy 
distillates  containing  very  little  paraffin.  Only  one  of  a 
considerable  number  of  samples  examined,  viz.,  that  from 
Pagor/.yn,  gave  off  on  distillation  distinct  traces  of 
sulphuretted  hydrogen. 

As  already  stated,  petroleum  was  first  obtained  in 
Galicia  from  the  pit-wells  or  carefully  timbered  shafts 
excavated  by  hand.  The  influx  of  water  and  the  presence 
of  inflammable  gas  prevented  the  sinking  of  such  wells 
tii  any  considerable  depth,  and  the  yield  of  oil  was 
small.  In  fact,  the  more  productive  petroliferous  strata 
could  not  thus  be  reached.  The  first  important  step  in  the 
development  of  the  industry  was  taken  when  hand-drilling 
was  introduced.  The  plant  employed  for  this  purpose  is 
shown  in  the  illustration  (Fig.  3),  which  is  taken  from  a 
model  kindly  made  for  me  in  Galicia  by  Mr.  Elgin  Scott.  It 
consists,  as  will  be  seen,  of  a  derrick  provided  with  a  powerful 
windlass  A,  by  means  of  which  a  gang  of  men  can  draw  up 
the  weighty  drilling  tools  15,  a  smaller  windlass  or  winch 
C,  for  use  with  the  sand-pump  D,  and  a  long  massive  beam 
E  (pivoted  not  far  from  one  end),  from  which  the  tools  are 
suspended  in  the  well.  The  bit  or  drill  E  is  either  chisel- 
shaped,  or  more  often  is  of  such  a  form  that  it  may  be 
described  as  a  combination  of  the  chisel  and  the  gouge.  It 
is  attached  to  an  apparatus  known  as  the  free-fall  jars  G. 
This  consists  of  a  rod  working  freely  within  a  casing  or  tube. 
The  rod  is  provided  with  a  pin  or  stud  running  in  a  longitudinal 
slot  in  the  tube,  and  this  slot  is  prolonged  at  a  right  angle  at  its 
upper  end,  forming  a  catch  for  the  pin.  It  is  obvious  tiiat 
by  slightly  turning  the  rod  when  it  is  fully  telescoped  into 
the  tube  it  may  thus  be  held  or  released.  The  tools  are 
attached  to  the  beam  through  the  medium  of  iron  rods  H, 
screwed  together,  which  are  added  successively  as  the  depth 
of  the  well  increases.  Each  windlass  is  provided  with  a  brake, 
A',  C.  It  is  usual  to  commence  drilling  from  the  bottom  of 
a  square  shaft  excavated  as  deep  as  possible,  and  the  operation 
consists  in  drawing  down  the  longer  portion  of  the  beam 
until  the  end  strikes  against  a  wooden  block,  I.  At  this 
instant  the  driller  gives  a  slight  turn  to  the  tools,  by  means 
of  the  lever  K,  the  pin  of  the  jars  is  released  from  the 
catch,  and  the  bit  falls  a  distance  of  three  or  four  feet, 
delivering  a  blow  upon  the  rock  at  the  bottom  of  the  -.veil. 
The  longer  end  of  the  beam  is  then  allowed  to  iise,  and  the 
jars  thus  being  telescoped  or  closed,  the  driller  gives  the 
tools  a  turn  in  the  reverse  direction,  and  thus  again  brings 
the  pin  into  the  catch.  The  beam  i-  usually  about  30  ft.  in 
length  and  pivoted  about  5  ft.  from  one  end.    A  gang  of  six 


Fob  29,  im.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


105 


men  is  required  For  the  work  in  addition  to  the  driller. 
Drilling  by  this  method  is  necessarily  very  slow,  the  usual 
number  of  strokes  which  the  writer  has  seen  delivered  per 
minute  being  siv  or  seven.  Moreover,  the  maximum  weight 
of  the  tools  capable  of  being  nsed  with  a  hand  rig  is  not 
sufficiently  great  for  expeditious  work  or  deep  drilling,  and 
in  fact,  very  hard  strata  can  scarcely  be  penetrated  with 
such  a  system.  When  a  bit  requires  dressing  (or  sharpen- 
ing), or  the  hole  is  full  of  detritus,  the  drilling  tools  are 
drawn  up  into  the  derrick  by  means  of  a  wire  rope  coiled  mi 
the  larger  windlass,  the  rods  being  disconnected  one  by  one. 
The  well  is  then  cleared  out  with  the  sand-pump  I),  which  is 
a  cylinder  provided  at  the  lower  end  with  a  valve  opening 
inwards.  The  sand-pump  is  lowered  into  the  well  by  the 
use  of  the  smaller  windlass,  and  when  it  reaches  tin 
bottom  the  valve  is  pushed  open  by  the  projecting  stem  L, 
and  the  mud  flows  in.  As  the  cylinder  is  raised,  the  valve, 
of  course,  closes. 

Fig.  3. 


About  the  year  1867  attempts  were  first  made  in  Galicia 
to  substitute  steam  power  for  manual  labour  in  drilling. 
The  same  general  arrangement  of  rig,  with  free-fall  jars, 
was  at  first  adopted,  and  is,  indeed,  still  in  use  to  some 
extent.  In  one  installation  which  the  writer  saw  in  opera- 
tion in  the  Sloboda-Rungurska  district  the  piston  of  the 
steam  cylinder  was  directly  connected  with  the  end  of  the 
beam,  the  tools  being  suspended  from  the  opposite  end,  but 
usually  the  oscillation  of  the  beam  is  effected  by  means  of 
an  ordinary  steam  engine  with  driving-wheel,  the  recipro- 
cating motion  being  given  by  a  crank  and  connecting  Tod. 
The  introduction  of  steam  power  enabled  the  driller  to  use 
far  heavier  tools,  the  weight  of  the  falling  portion  ranging 
from  800  to  1,000  kilogrammes,  and  rendered  the  work  more 
expeditious,  the  writer  having  seen  as  many  as  40  blows  of 
the  bit  delivered  each  minute.  The  free-fall  jars  employed 
are  shown  in  Fig.  4  (P  P').    While,  however,  the  substitution 


of -team  power  for  manual  labour  in  drilling  with  free-fall 
jars  was  the  second  important  step  of  material  consequence 
in  the  progress  of  tin-  industry,  a  far  more  important 
advance  was  made  when  the  Canadian  system  was  intro- 
duced in  1882.  Even  that  system,  however,  was  found  to 
require  modification  in  certain  details  in  order  to  adapt  to 
the  special  requirements  of  the  case,  the  character  and 
disposition  of  the  strata  rendering  drilling  far  more  difficult 
as  a  rule  in  Galieia  than  it  is  in  Canada.  The  derrick  and 
transmission,  as  well  as  the  principal  tools,  employed  in  the 
Galician  modification  of  the  Canadian  system  are  shown  in 
the  illustrations  (Fig.  4)  taken  from  drawings  with  which 
Mr.  R.  Xelson  Boyd  has  been  so  good  as  to  furnish  me.  The 
derrick  is  17  "  7  metres  high,  .">  metres  square  at  the  bottom, 
and  1  metre  at  the  top.  It  is  hoarded  on  the  outside.  The 
working  beam  A,  is  of  timber  about  a  foot  square.  The  end 
of  this  beam  which  is  over  the  well  is  cased  with  a  spirally- 
grooved  cylinder  of  cast  iron,  B,  carrying  the  chain  sup- 
porting the  drilling  tools.  The  chain  is  coiled  several  times 
round  the  cylinder,  and  then  passes  to  the  "  slipper  out,"  C, 
a  small  winch  with  ratchet,  fixed  on  the  beam.  The  working 
beam  is  caused  to  oscillate,  so  that  each  end  has  a  vertical 
movement  of  about  a  foot,  by  means  of  the  crank  D, 
and  the  connecting-rod  E.  The  motive  power  is  a  horizontal 
high-pressure  engine  F,  of  about  15  horse-power,  specially 
designed  for  the  work.  Steam  is  supplied  from  a  boiler  of 
the  locomotive  type.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  driller  in 
the  derrick  can  stop,  start,  or  reverse  the  engine,  having 
control  of  the  throttle-valve  in  the  steam-pipe,  through 
the  medium  of  the  "  telegraph  "  or  endless  cord  F',  and  of 
the  reversing  link,  by  means  of  the  cord  F"  attached  to  the 
foot  lever  F"'.  The  engine  also,  by  means  of  a  belt,  drives 
the  windlass  G,  for  drawing  up  the  tools.  This  belt  runs 
loose  when  drilling  is  in  progress,  and  is  tightened  by  the 
application  of  a  roller,  H.  A  smaller  windlass  or  winch  for 
use  with  the  sand-pump  is  sometimes  employed,  and  is 
similarly  driven.  The  larger  windlass  is  provided  with  a 
brake,  I,  which  is  applied  when  the  tools  are  being  lowered 
into  the  well.  The  slipper-out,  the  roller  for  tightening  the 
belt,  and  the  brake  are  also  all  under  the  control  of  the 
driller  in  the  derrick,  the  roller  and  brake  being  respec- 
tively applied  by  means  of  the  levers  K  and  L  shown  in  the 
illustration,  and  the  ratchet  of  the  slipper-out  being  released 
by  pulling  the  chain  M.  A  Manilla  hemp  cable,  N,  is 
usually  employed  in  raising  the  tools,  but  in  many  eases 
recently  a  wire  rope  has  been  adopted,  and  is  found  to  be 
far  more  durable. 

The  jars  O  O',  as  will  be  seen,  differ  essentially  from  the 
free-fall  jars,  P  P'.  There  is  no  arrangement  for  locking 
them  when  telescoped,  G  and  P,  and  indeed  the  functions 
of  the  two  arrangements  are  quite  dissimilar.  In  drilling 
with  the  Canadian  jars  the  whole  string  of  tools  and  rods,  (.}, 
descends,  the  blow  being  then  struck  and  the  jars  R 
partially  closing  ;  as  the  rods  rise  the  jars  at  once  fully  open 
before  the  bit  S  is  lifted,  and  the  impact  of  the  two  links 
of  the  jars  on  this  upward  stroke  is  sometimes  of  service  in 
dislodging  the  bit  if  it  has  become  wedged  in  the  rock. 
As  the  drilling  progresses,  the  driller  slightly  turns  the  tools, 
so  that  the  chisel-shaped  bit  S  is  caused  to  make  a  round 
hole.  The  tools  are  attached  to  the  beam,  or  rather  to  the 
short  chain  already  described,  by  means  of  rods,  as  in  the 
ease  of  hand-drilling  and  drilling  by  steam  with  free-fall  jars, 
but  the  Canadian  rods  are  of  wood  (ash).  They  are  2  in. 
in  diameter,  16  ft.  in  length,  and  are  connected  by  conical 
screw  joints  T  T'  with  iron  straps,  U  U'.  The  guide  W, 
shown  in  the  illustration,  is  an  important  adjunct  to  the 
ordinary  Canadian  tools  which  has  been  adopted  in  Galicia 
with  a  view  of  preserving  the  vertically  of  the  well  during 
drilling.  It  consists  of  four  wings  radiating  from  a  common 
centre,  and  is  inserted  in  the  string  of  tools  above  the  bit. 

As  the  drilling  progresses  the  well  is  cased,  or  lined  with 
iron  tubing.  A  portion  of  this  casing  serves  to  exclude 
water  from  the  well,  but  below  the  water-bearing  rocks  the 
casing  is  necessary  to  hold  up  the  rock  and  prevent  caving. 
The  difficulties  met  with  in  drilling  in  Galicia  are  chiefly- 
due  to  the  dislocated  character  of  the  strata,  and  the 
alternations  of  hard  and  soft  beds.  In  some  places  the 
strata  are  disposed  nearly  vertically,  and  it  will  readily  be 
understood  that  in   drilling  through   soft   and  friable  rock 


106 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Feb.  29,1892. 


Fig.  I. 


into  hard  rock  at  such  an  angle,  the  tools  are  very  liable  to 
become  deflected,  and  caving  is  also  very  likely  to  take 
place.     The  guides  are  of  great  value  in  keeping  the  hole 


straight,  and  caving  has  to  be  prevented  by  following  the 
bit  closely  with  the  casing.  Where  the  drilling  is,  in  con- 
sequence of  caving,  exceptionally   difficult    under-reaming 


Feb.  20,  I8H2.J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


107 


has  to   be   resorted   to.     This    consists 
expanding  reamer  (Fig.  5)  by   means 

Kig.  :. 


in    the  use   of   an 
of  which   the  well 


may  he  drilled  of  the  full  external  diameter  of  the  casing. 
It  is  obvious  that  this  could  not  be  accomplished  with  an 
ordinary  bit,  which  has  to  be  inserted  and  worked  through 
the  casing,  and  therefore  drills  a  hole  smaller  than  the 
inside  diameter  of  the  casing.  The  Canadian  drillers,  who 
have  had  sufficient  experience  in  Galicia,  have  shown  them- 
selves very  skilful  in  the  use  of  the  under-reamer,  and 
many  wells,  which  would  in  all  probability  have  been 
abandoned,  have  been  successfully  completed  with  the  aid 
of  this  useful  instrument.  The  rate  at  which  the  blows  of 
the  chisel  are  delivered  with  Canadian  tools  varies  with  the 
character  of  the  ground.  Sometimes  as  many  as  70  strokes 
per  minute  may  he  given,  but  the  number  usual1}'  ranges 
between  40  and  60. 

The  under-reamer,  which  is  inserted  immediately  above 
the  bit,  is  provided  with  a  pair  of  pivoted  wings  or  dogs, 
a  a  (Fig.  5),  which  are  forced  outwards  into  the  position 
shown  in  B  by  tbe  pressure  of  a  powerful  helical  spring 
enclosed  in  the  tubular  rod,  exerted  through  the  medium  of 
the  sliding  collar  6.  When  the  instrument  is  to  be  inserted 
in  the  casing  this  sliding  collar  is  raised  as  shown  in  A,  and 
retained  in  that  position  by  small  wedges  c  c.  The  wings 
or  dogs  lie  flat  against  the  rod  as  shown  in  A.  A  few 
strokes  of  the  tools  dislodges  these  wedges,  and  the  dogs  at 
once  assume  the  position  shown  in  I!,  and  "  ream  "  the  well 
to  a  diameter  admitting  of  the  descent  of  the  casing. 

The  Canadian  system  of  drilling  has  almost  entirely 
superseded  the  free-fall  system  in  Galicia.  It  is  undeniably 
more  rapid,  and  as  it  is  accompanied  with  far  less  con- 
cussion, the  risk  of  caving  is  minimised. 

With  the  introduction  of  appliances  for  the  expeditious 
drilling  of  wells  by  steam  power,  the  original  practice  of 
commencing  with  an  excavated  shaft  has   been  abandoned, 


water, 
welded 


though  in  some  cases  old  shafts  are  made  use  of  where  they 
happen  to   be  advantageously  situated.     It  is  usual  to  case 
tbe  upper  part  of  the  well  with  what   is  known  as  riveted 
casing.     This  consists   of  tubing,  made  of  sheet  iron,  with 
riveted  seams,   and   is    not  water-tight.      To  shut  oft  the 
artesian    casing,   consisting   of    wrought-iron   lap- 
tubing,   with    screwed   joints,   is    employed.      The 
casing  is  added  in  successive  lengths  during  the  drilling  of 
the  well,  until   it  cannot  be  forced  down  any  lower.     The 
diameter  of  the  well   is  then  reduced,  and  a  smaller  casing 
used.      In  this  way  a  completed   well    may  have  several 
['  strings  "  of  casing  in  it,  each  reaching  to  the  surface.     It 
is,  however,  a  common    practice   to   remove   some  of  the 
artesian  casing,  taking  care  to   leave  that  which  shuts  off 
the  water,  but  the   riveted  casing  is   not   withdrawn.       In 
many  instances  it   is   found  advantageous  to  use  perforated 
casing  below  the  horizon   of   the  water-bearing  rocks,  as 
this,  while   preventing  caving,  allows  oil  to   percolate  into 
the  well.     The  small  riveted  casing  with  which  many  wells 
are  completed  is  not  intended   to  be  withdrawn,  and  there- 
fore extends  only  up  as  far  as  the  bottom  of  the  artesian 
casing.     The  following  particulars  of  the  casing  of  a  well 
inspected  by  the   writer  will  perhaps  make  the  foregoing 
description  clearer:  — 


A. 


ft.  nf  18  in.  riveted. 
I  ft.  of  11  in.  artesian. 


C. mjft.of 8| in. artesian, 

u -213   ft.  of  Si  in.  artesian. 

E 433   ft.  of  4|  in.  artesian. 

*' 236    ft.  of  4    in.  artesian  perforated. 

G 75?  ft.  of  3i  in.  riveted  perforated. 

The  water  was  shut  off  with  the  8i-in.  casing,  and  the 
C:-m.  was  withdrawn  on  the  completion  of  the  well.  Of 
the  foregoing  "strings"  of  casing,  A,  B,  C,  D,  and  E 
extended  to  the  top  of  the  well,  while  F  lined  the  well  from 
the  bottom  of  E  for  230  ft.,  and  G  completed  the  liuino- 
from  the  bottom  of  F  for  the  remaining  75  i  ft. 

In  strata  so  much  inclined,  it  would  doubtless  be  extremely 
difficult  to  drill  with  a  cable  in  lieu  of  poles,  as  is  the 
practice  in  the  United  States,  but  such  a  serious  loss  of 
time  is  necessarily  involved  in  disconnecting  and  re-con- 
necting  the  poles  when  any  great  depth  is  reached,  that  if 
an  oil-bearing  formation  lying  considerably  lower  should  be 
found  in  Galicia,  there  will  be  a  strong  inducement 
substitute  the  cable  for  the  poles. 

The  following  is  the  approximate  cost  in  Central  Galicia 
of  an  outfit  for  drilling  by  the  Canadian  system  :— 

£ 
Derrick  and  transmission 90 

Engine  and  boiler,  15  horse-power 250 

Drilling  and  other  tools,  and  pump 411) 

Poles  and  belting 200  to  250 

Casing 300  to  500 


to 


The  drilling  is  frequently  done  by  contract  at  8s.  a  foot, 
the  contractor  finding  labour  inside  the  derrick  (a  wrench 
man,  a  scaffold  man,  and  a  third  man  for  odd  jobs),  while 
the  well-owner  provides  a  smith,  a  machinist,  and  a  helper, 
in  addition  to  fuel  for  the  boiler  and  oil  for  lubrication  and' 
lighting.  Labour  is  cheap  and  the  natives  have  exhibited 
considerable  aptitude  in  acquiring  the  art  of  drilling,  but 
owing  to  the  number  of  church  holidays  it  is  desirable  to 
adopt  labour-saving  mechanical  appliances  as  far  as  possible. 
In  most  parts  of  the  oil-fields  fuel  and  water  are  abundant. 

The  diamond-boring  system  has  been  tried  in  Galicia,  but 
does  not  appear  to  have  been  successful.  The  writer  saw 
an  uncompleted  well  in  the  Sloboda-Kungurska  district 
which  had  been  in  process  of  drilling  for  over  a  year  and 
had  only  reached  a  depth  of  220  metres.  In  a  paper  read 
before  the  Civil  and  Mechanical  Engineers'  Society  in  1889, 
Mr.  Xelson  Boyd  gave  some  interesting  details  of  the  drilling 
of  a  well  at  Polana  by  the  Aqueous  Diamond-Boring  Com- 
pany. The  power  was  supplied  by  a  12  horse-power  engine, 
and  the  crown  was  driven  at  the  rate  of  120  revolutions   per 


108 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


(Feb.  29,  1892. 


minute.  The  quantity  of  water  forced  into  the  hole  under 
a  pressure  of  1^  atmosphere  was  1-52  cubic  metre  per  hour. 
Tlii~  \\;is  however,  in  excess  of  the  necessary  quantity,  and 
about  one-third  of  a  cubic  metre  per  hour  was  lost.  About 
75  per  cent,  of  the  water  requisite  may  be  saved,  so  that  the 
actual  consumption  would  be  about  half  a  cubic  metre  per 
hour.  At  a  depth  of  200  metres  the  drawing  of  the  rods, 
the  removal  of  the  core,  and  the  lowering  of  the  crown 
again,  occupied  two  hours,  and  this  had  to  be  done  for  every 
10  feet  of  boring.  In  shale,  as  much  as  2"  7  metres  were 
bored  in  an  hour,  and  in  sandstone  0'828  metre.  Mr.  Nelson 
Boyd  considers  that  the  results  obtained  in  this  well  were  of 
a  favourable  character,  but  he  points  out  that  the  inclination 
of  the  strata  constitutes  a  great  impediment  to  the  use  of 
the  diamond  drill  in  Galicia,  as  the  upper  part  of  the  stratum 
perforated  is  liable  to  slide  on  a  joint  and  jam  the  core. 

The  rate  of  drilling  in  the  Ustrzyki  district  commonly 
ranges  from  12  to  18  up  to  as  much  as  50  or  60  ft.  in  12 
hours,  according  to  the  hardness  of  the  strata.  Xot 
infrequently  considerable  delay  is  caused  by  the  breakage 
of  the  tools,  and  some  of  the  resultiug  "  fishing"  operations 
demand  much  skill  and  patience,  but  it  is  very  seldom  that 
a  well  has  to  be  abandoned  in  consequence  of  such  an 
accident.  The  depth  of  the  wells  in  the  Ustrzyki  district  is 
commonly  from  220  to  250  metres,  the  first  indications  of 
oil  being  met  with  at  a  depth  of  30  metres,  the  first  oil 
horizon  being  perforated  at  120  metres  £the  well  then 
yielding  from  f  to  1  barrel  a  day),  and  the  second  oil  horizon 
at  160  to  220  metres.  It  is"  believed  that  a  third  and 
probably  more  productive  oil  horizon  may  exist  at  a  greater 
depth  in  this  district,  but  the  wells  are  not  drilled  below  the 
second,  when  they  usually  yield  about  20  barrels  of  oil  per 
diem  but  sometimes  much  more. 

In  the  Sloboda-Rungurska  field  the  depth  of  the  wells 
usually  ranges  from  2 15  to  330  metres,  but  in  some  instances 
exceeds  400  metres.  The  following  particulars  of  the  strata 
met  with  in  the  drilling  of  a  well  to  a  depth  of  245  metres 
in  this  district  are  given  by  Babu  : — -. 

Metres. 

Green  and  red  shales  alternating SS'OO 

Unimportant  beds  of  shale  and  sandstone,  alternating    35'00 

Hard  shale ]3'75 

Hard  sandstoue  (1st  petroleum  horizon) 15  no 

Shale  2'5U 

Hard  sandstone 10'25 

Alternate  layers,  1  to  It)  metres  in  thickness,  of  sand- 
stone  and  marl 51  '87 

Sandstone    (2nd    and   more   important   petroleum 
horizon) 44*3S 

The  writer  was  informed  that  the  average  time  occupied 
in  the  drilling  of  a  well  in  this  district  is  three  months, 
but  he  saw  a  well  there,  stated  to  be  flowing  at  the  rate  of 
70  to  80  barrels  per  day,  which  was  drilled  to  a  depth  of 
220  metres,  with  a  diameter  of  6  inches  at  the  bottom,  in 
18  days.  About  25  per  cent,  of  the  wells  drilled  in  this 
district  have  been  unproductive  and  the  yield  of  the  remain- 
der appears  to  have  varied  considerably.  Man}'  of  the  wells 
flow  at  first  and  afterwards  need  pumping.  One  produced 
for  a  time  as  much  as  300  barrels  per  diem,  aud  afterwards 
for  a  year  an  average  of  200  barrels  a  day.  The  smallest 
yield  for  which  it  is  considered  profitable  to  pump  in  this 
district  is  two  barrels  a  day. 

In  the  Wietzno  field  the  writer  saw  a  well  out  of  which 
oil  was  flowing  simultaneously  from  two  horizons,  through 
the  5-in.  and  6-in.  casings,  respectively.  The  estimated 
yield  of  this  well  was  200  barrels  a  day.  The  depth  of  the 
wells  in  this  field  is  about  250  metres.  In  the  historic 
Bobrka  field  there  were  at  the  time  of  the  writer's  visit  some 
30  wells  being  pumped,  some  of  which  had  yielded  small 
quantities  of  oil  for  17  or  18  years,  but  the  ordinary  life  of 
a  drilled  well  in  Galicia  is  perhaps  one-third  of  this  period. 
The  usual  experience  has  been  that  provided  a  distance  of 
20  metres  intervenes,  one  well  does  not  drain  another.  The 
deepest  drilled  well  in  the  Bobrka  field  at  this  time  had  a 
depth  of  409  metres  and  a  diameter  of  6  in.  at  the  bottom, 
while  the  deepest  excavated  shaft  on  the  property  had  been 
carried  down  to  154  metres,  with  a  uniform  diameter  of  one 
metre. 


The  pumps  used  in  raising  oil  from  those  wells  which  do 
not  flow  are  of  small  diameter  (1  to  Ik  in.),  and  are 
furnished  with  double  or  triple  buckets  with  ball  valves. 
The  working  barrel  is  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the  well,  and 
i-in.  gas  piping  is  frequently  used  as  a  sucker  rod.  To 
economise  steam  power  a  number  of  pumps  are  worked 
from  one  engine  through  the  medium  of  rods,  the  power 
being  thus  sometimes  transmitted  a  considerable  distance. 

The  oil  is  conveyed  to  the  refineries  partly  by  barrels  by 
road,  and  partly  in  tank-waggons  by  rail.  In  some  cases 
short  pipe-lines  have  been  laid  down  from  the  wells  to  the 
railway  to  facilitate  transportation.  The  railway  rates  for 
transport  are  moderate  and  the  companies  possess  tank- 
waggons. 

The  drilling  leases  in  Galicia  are  commonly  for  a  period 
of  25  years,  the  lessee  making  a  cash  payment  for  the  lease 
of  an  amount  depending  upon  the  character  of  the  territory, 
and  obtaining  the  usual  rights  of  ingress  and  egress,  the 
agricultural  rights  remaining  with  the  lessor.  The  royalty 
payable  by  the  lessee  ranges  from  12|  per  cent,  to  as  much 
as  37  J  per  cent,  of  the  oil  raised,  and"  the  lessee  also  pays  a 
small  rent  for  the  land  actually  occupied  by  him.  The 
system  of  land  registration  admits  of  drilling  rights  over 
oil-lands  being  intabulated  in  the  land  books,  and  thus 
affords  to  the  petroleum  producer  perfect  security  at  a 
trifling  cost. 

In  the  following  table  the  production  (in  metre  centners)* 
of  the  petroleum  properties  in  tbe  localities  specified  for 
1889 — 90  (12  months)  is  given,  and  on  referring  to  the 
series  of  three  maps  (Maps  Xos.  2,  3,  and  4)  in  which  these 
localities  are  marked,  a  good  idea  of  the  extent  of  the  oil- 
belt,  as  far  as  it  has  been  demarcated,  will  be  obtained.  It 
will  be  observed  that  notwithstanding  the  large  amount'of 
work  which  has  been  done,  an  immense  area  of  presumably 
oil-bearing  territory  remains  undeveloped. 

Production  and  Declared  Value  of  Petroleum  in 
the  Localities  specified  in  Galicia,  1889 — 90. 


Locality. 


Owner. 


Siary  . 


Sekowa . . . 


Szczepanowski  &  Co.. 

Rogoyski  

Kostral 

Dembowski 


Production  in 

Metre 

Centners. 


Value 

in 

Florins. 


Dembowski 

Szczepanowski. 

Rogoyski  

Kapuscmski... 


AVankowa. 
Schodnica . 
Ropienka  . 
Rajskie  . . . 
lodyna  ... 

Spas 

Lezyny  . . . 
Harklowa. 
TVojlowa.. 
Libusza. . . 


Wiktor 

Prince  Luboiunirski 
Elliot  and  Parkinson  . 


Bielewicz 

Skrzynski 

Company  Jaslo  . 


5,700 
13,01)0 
9,600 

3,000 

4,000 
2.1100 
10,000 

r.,o.'0 

11,500 

3.000 

31,500 

801 

4,000 

4,500 

12.400 

5,100 

8,100 

2. urn 


31,900 


22,000 
52,000 
35,000 
11,000 

16,200 
9,900 
88,000 
19,000 

10,000 

12,000 

125,000 

2,400 

34,000 

12.000 

14,000 

29.000 

20,1(00 

•24.300 

7,200 


10,500 


•  1  metre  centner  =  100  kilogrammes. 


Feb.  29. 1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


109 


Locality. 


Owner. 


Production  in 
Metre 

Centners. 


Value 

in 
Florins. 


KlTL'    , 


Lipinki  . 


Bergbeunft  MoGarvey. 

Skrzynski  &  Co 

Wilnsz 

Stocker  

Company  Jaslo 


Stawiarski . 
Oil  Co 

stawiarski . 


Kliinkowa. 

Zargorz ... 

Turzepole . 

It'  ipianka  - 

Dukla. 
Bobrka  . . . 

Wola  Kom- 

boruska. 

Weglowka. 

Iwonicz... 


Bergheim  &  McGarvey.. . 

Baron  Rhade 

Tessedek 


Kloli:iss:i 

McGarvey 


Prince  Louboumirski .... 
Count  Kurlecki  


Kroscienko    Baron  Hodenberg. 

Bowne —     Trzccieski  &Co.... 

McGarvey 


Wietzno  . .     Suszycki 

Hajdau...     Szczepanowski. 
,  Bubella  &  Co.. 


Pasieczna  .  I  Ostcrr-Creditanstalt  , 

Ibodoly 

, Sziknli 

Sundry  small  firms. . 


Sloboda- 
Rungurska. 


47.S0O 
10,800 
1.500 
3,  W0 
1,800 

4,700 
6,800 
7,000 
1,800 

9,000 
5,700 
2,700 
10..100 
90,000 
1,300 

94,000 

4,000 
8,200 


118,300 


20,300 


12,200 


6,500 

101,000 

70,000 
1 

10,000 
3,200 
1,180 


- 171,000 


450 
800 
448 

1.420 


Bubella  &  Co 

Rosenkranz  &  Margules  . 
Baron  and  Rosenkranz. . . 

Szepanowski  &  Co 

„  &  Levakowski 

Dr.  Fedorowicz 

Wolfarth 

G.  Maclntosb 

E.  J.  Torosiewicz 

Wincenz  &  Co 

Dr.  Trachtenberg 

Salpeter  &  Alter 

Kolomeaer  Company  .... 
Kahane  &  Co 


7,400 

2,100 

020 

22,020 

11,400 

209 

11,000 

10,450 

10,500 

545 

1,51 .1 

1,000 

1,430 

1,500 


2,918 


173,000 
32,(1110 
4,500 
13,600 
14,0110 

17,000 
25,000 
27,000 
7,200 

30,000 

14,000 

9,000 

39,000 

37  1.000 

5,000 

327,000 

13.000 

i  year. 

29,000 

19,000 
390,000 
242,000 

30,000 
10,440 
3,800 

2,100 
3,000 
2,205 
6,750 

28,120 

7,500 

2,170 

75,180 

32,180 

770 

40,000 

35,000 

40,000 

1,950 

6,250 

3.000 

5,150 

4,500 


Locality. 


Sloboda- 
Rungurska, 


Owner. 


Production  in 

Metre 

Centners. 


Value 

in 
Florins. 


Cyrus  &  Perkins 4,300 

I.  Torosiewicz 9,00n 

Kinnel  and  Christen !       2,400 

Dr.  Lewakowski 11,730 

Alfons  de  Richard 8,530 

Lipinki  Oil  Co 3,700 

Sundry  small  firms !       3,000 


15,000 
30,000 

8,400 
42,240 
12,900 
14,400 

9,750 


785,0*2 


2,810,175 


=  in  barrels,  523,300  about. 

=  in  sterling  at  Fl.  12-00,  234,181?.  about. 

Note.— The  production  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Krosno  commenced 
too  recently  to  tind  a  place  in  the  foregoing  table. 

In  the  following  tabular  statement  the  quantities  of  crude 
petroleum  produced  in  and  imported  into  the  kingdom  of 
Austria- Hungary  during  the  years  1883 — 90  are  given. 
The  figures  demonstrate  that  the  local  production  must  be 
very  largely  increased  before  it  overtakes  a  consumption 
which  is  still  growing : — 


— 

Production  of 
Austria-Hungary. 

Imported  into 
Austria-Hungary. 

Consumption. 

18S3 

Barrels. 
166.5U0 

Barrels. 
735,060 

Barrels. 
901,560 

1884 

233,000 

899,73.5 

1,132,735 

1885 

333,000 

937,345 

1,270,345 

1880 

433,000 

858,976 

1,291,976 

1887 

532,000 

388,110 

920,110 

1888 

665.000 

801,715 

1,466,715 

1889 

746,000 

930,191 

1,676,101 

1890 

816,000 

867,831 

1,683,831 

The  figures  given  in  the  foregoing  tables  are  taken  from 
official  sources,  but  in  the  opinion  of  those  best  qualified  to 
judge,  the  quantities  are  largely  understated. 

The  present  average  price  of  the  crude  oil  is  3  fl.  45  kr. 
per  100  kilos.,  equal  to  about  8s.  per  barrel. 

At  the  Peczenyzen  refinery  in  the  Kolomea  district, 
which  the  writer  visited  in  1887,  the  crude  petroleum  is 
distilled  in  horizontal  cylindrical  stills,  the  lower  plates  of 
which  are  of  steel  and  the  upper  of  iron.  These  stills  take 
a  charge  of  200  barrels  and  12  charges  a  mouth  are  worked 
off.  In  this  operation  only  the  benzine  and  kerosene  are 
distilled  off,  and  a  portion  of  the  residuum  thus  obtained  is 
used  as  fuel  for  the  stills,  being  burned  partly  with  a  steam- 
jet  spray-producer,  and  partly  in  admixture  with  sawdust. 
The  kerosene  distillate  is  treated  with  3  to  4  per  cent,  of 
sulphuric  acid  in  lead-lined  agitators  holding  500  barrels. 
The  crude  oil,  which  is  obtained  from  the  neighbouring 
Sloboda-Rungurska  field,  is  stated  to  yield  from  4  to  8  per 
cent,  of  benzine  (according  to  the  length  of  time  that  it  has 
been  above  ground),  58  per  cent,  of  "  standard  oil "  (sp.  gr. 
0-813  to  0-816,  and  flashing  point  22°  C),  4  per  cent,  of 
"  inflammable  oil,"  and  2{  to  2j  per  cent,  of  solid  paraffin. 
The  paraffin  oil,  which  is  distilled  from  the  residuum  of  the 
kerosene  stills  in  small  (40  barrel)  stills  with  steel  bottoms, 
is  "  chilled"  by  mixing  it  with  crushed  ice,  and  the  paraffin 
is  obtained  by  subjecting  the  semi-solid  mass  to  pressure  in 
Canadian  presses,  which  are  wooden  lever  presses  of  simple 
construction.  Lubricating  oils  were  not  manufactured  at 
this  refinery,  which  is  the  largest  in  Galicia,  at  the  time  of 
the  writer's  visit.     At  a  small  refinery  in  Ustrzyki,  which 

c  2 


no 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


fFeb.  £!),  1892. 


he  inspected,  the  crude  oil  is  distilled  in  wrought-iron 
pot-shaped  stills,  6  ft.  in  diameter  and  5  ft.  in  height,  the 
condensers  being  worms  of  3-in.  iron  pipe.  At  this  refinery 
various  classes  of  crude  oil  were  then  being  distilled,  and 
the  percentage  of  products  obtained  was  as  follows  :  — 


Wietzno 
Crutl.-. 

Ropienka 
Crude. 

Polana 

Crude. 

Per  Cent. 
15 

Per  Cent. 
10 

Per  Cent. 
5 

"  Saloon  oil".... 

30 

35 

40 

2nd  grade  oil... 

8  to  10 

1. 

15 

The  residuum  is  further  distilled  in  the  same  stills,  and 
yields  about  20  per  cent,  of  heavy  oil,  which  is  redistilled. 
The  final  residue  usually  amounts  to  about  10  per  cent.,  and 
the  loss  to  about  the  same  percentage.  It  appears  to  be 
customary  to  mix  the  second  grade  of  kerosene  with 
benzine,  and  a  burning  oil  is  thus  obtained  which  is  inflam- 
mable  at  common  temperatures,  but  is  nevertheless  used 
locally  as  a  lamp  oil  to  a  considerable  extent.  Galicia 
would  appear  to  offer  a  very  promising  field  for  the  employ- 
ment of  a  dissociation  process  of  distillation,  whereby  the 
yield  of  kerosene  might  be  largely  increased. 

The  petroleum  industry  in  Austria-Hungary  is  a  protected 
one,  an  import  duty  of  10  florins  (gold)  per  100  kilos,  on 
refined  oil  (kerosene)  and  2-40  florins  (gold)  on  crude 
petroleum   being  levied.     An  exception  is  made  in  the  case 


of  Roumanian  crude  petroleum,  which  is  admitted  on 
payment  of  08  kr.  per  100  kilos.  Of  this  crude  petroleum 
164,333  metre-centners  (109,555  barrels)  were  imported  in 
1889,  and  155,901  metre-centners  (103,934  barrels)  in 
1890. 

Notwithstanding  the  encouragement  thus  given  to  the 
native  industry,  the  consumption  is,  as  already  shown,  very 
largely  in  excess  of  the  aggregate  quantity  of  petroleum 
produced  in  the  Monarchy.  The  deficiency  is  supplied  by 
the  Russian  petroleum  imported  into  and  refined  at  Fiume. 
This  petroleum,  though  nominally  crude  oil,  is  understood 
to  contain  very  far  more  than  the  natural  percentage  of 
kerosene,  and  considerable  dissatisfaction  has  been  mani- 
fested by  the  Galician  refiners  at  what  is  regarded  as  an 
evasion  of  the  fiscal  regulations.  The  important  position 
which  the  Fiume  refinery  occupies  in  relation  to  the  industry 
as  a  whole  is  made  evident  by  the  following  table  giving  the 
declared  value  in  Austrian  florins  of  the  refined  petroleum 
manufactured  at  the  various  refineries  in  Austria-Hungary 
for  the  years  1886 — 89.  The  table  is  based  upon  particulars 
supplied  by  the  Finance  Minister,  and  may  therefore  be 
accepted  as  an  official  statement,  but  it  is  generally  believed 
that  the  declared  values  are  very  largely  understated.  It  is 
thus  difficult  to  estimate  even  approximately  the  consump- 
tion of  petroleum  in  Austria-Hungary  ;  some  authorities 
being  of  opinion  that  the  figures  given  might  in  many  cases, 
at  any  rate,  be  doubled.  The  accompanying  map  (No.  5) 
which  has  been  drawn  for  this  paper,  exhibits  more  clearly 
the  distribution  of  the  petroleum-refining  capacity  of  the 
Monarchy,  and  the  output  of  the  various  refineries. 


Table  showing  the  Declared  Value,  in  Austrian  FYorixs,  of  the  Refined  Petroleum  Manufactured  at  the  Various 
Refineries  in  Austria-Hungary,  for  the  Years  1886 — 89. 

Based  on  particulars  supplied  by  the  Finance  Minister. 


Locality. 

Description 
of  Crude 

Petroleum 
Re  lined. 

Value  (in 

Yustrian  Florins)  on  which  Petroleum 
Tax  was  Levied. 

1889. 

1888. 

1887. 

1886. 

Lower  Austria  .... 

Wien  -  Floridsdorfer    Mineralol    Fabrik, 

Donauf'eM  bei  Wien. 
Gustav    Wagenmann,    Wien.    X..    Laaer- 

^tnisse. 

Galician 

498,955 
351,070 

05S.592 
358  959 

3118 

528.0S8 

340,363 

169 

415,520 

291,707 

„ 

._ 

43 

317 

10 

Flesch,    Volker,    and  Co.,  Donaufeld  bei 

\\  leu. 

Total 

» 

1,028 

850,025 
597,875 

1,017,902 
334,103 

868,937 
8SJ38  t 

70S  325 

Graf    Larisch    von    Monnicli,    Oderberg 
(B&hnhof). 

Galician 

Galicia 

Szczepanowsky    &    Co.,    ab  1   Jnli   1889, 
Action  Gessellschait  Peczenizyn. 

Bergheim    &     MacGarvey,    Alariampole; 
Goriice. 

>■ 

870,502 
326,2  13 

•JM.022 

254,089 

4152,250 
251,366 
295,228 
239,825 

480,257 

21,935 

368,049 

180,071 

464,018 
271,282 

155,614 

Adanj.E.  v.  Skrzynski,  Libusza,  Zagorzany 

" 

173,705 

194,766 

175.913 

120.7SO 

Gartenberg  &  Srhivier,  Ivieglowice,  Jaslo 

171,774 

137,211 
132,889 

129,481 
120,765 

125.620 
97,237 

127,131 

Fibich&StawiarskijChorkdwka.Krosno. . 

112,096 

„ 

110,721 

I3i,sii; 

102,794 

01,298 

Ftthrer  Chanina,  Herzig  Mechel  &  Co., 
Dukla, 

» 

103,767 

70,2^2 

1 1  855 
42.IS0 

20,474 
12.7119 

5,237 

30,2m; 

\  lexandrowioz  und  Nussle  Landau, 
Goriice. 
Kallmann  Nebenzahl,  Str6z6\vka,  Goriice 

» 

66,811 

39,84i; 

63,065 
48,502 

45,582 
41,698 

45,547 
29,312 

■• 

36,741 
85,812 

88,897 

30.013 

45,583 
38.250 

55,408 

25,897 

Feb.29,1392.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Ill 


Table  showing'  the  Declared  Value,  in  Ai  mkian  Florins,  of  the  Refined  Petroleum  Manufactured  at  the  Various 
Eeflnebjes  in  Austria-Hungary,  for  the  Years  1886 — 89 — continued. 


Golioio — cont. 


Leiser  Griffel,  Pasieczna,Nadworna 

Hersch  Bloch,  Werbiaz,  Kolonxea 

Isaak  Gleicher,  Gorlice 

Josef  It.  v.  Viktor  and  Co.,  Ustrzyki  dulne 

Leisor  Hoffmann.  Hubicze, Drohobycz  ... 

Fibich  &  Stawiarski,  Kolomea 

[soak  Reich,  Ccrgowa,  Dukla 

Furstin  Maria    Luboinirska,   Schodnica, 

Boryslaw. 
Leib  La  ut  maun,  Zarzecze,  Dalalin 

Moses  Wertheimer,  Sokol,  Gorlice 

Louis  Dankinaier,  Kleczany,  Marcinkowice 

Feuerstein  &  Co.,  Drohobycz 

Jacob  Nebenzahl,  Sinry,  Gorlice 

J.  Friedmanu,  Kolomea 

Weiser  &  Co.,  'Werbiaz.  Kolomea 

W.  Fischler.  Mikietynce,  Pistyn  

Karl  Jedrzejowski,  Goreyce,  Zmixrod  .... 

Sarah  Bodner,  Ropica  polska,  Gorlice 

Salomon    Baekenroth,    Derozycze,    Dro- 

hnhycz. 
Zacha'rias  Handel,  Drohobycz 


Galician 


Chaskel  Gleicher,  Ropica  polska.  Gorlice 

Salamon  Kreppel,  Lisznia.  Drohobycz  — 

Ferdinand  Br.  Brunicki,  Kleczany,  Mar- 
cinkowice. 
Aron  Dcutelbaumj  Ropica  polska,  Gorlice 

Mechel  Honigfeld,  Przemysl 

Sternbaob     &     Chojes,    Berehy     dolne, 

Ustrzyki. 
Moses  Glanzmann,  Strzelbice,  StaraMiasto 

Benjamin  Mermelstein,  Boryslaw 

EiaigSehifter,  Starunia,  Solotwina 

Ilersch  Glaser,  Pniow,  Nadworna 

Schapsel  Rechter,  Mraznica,  Boryslaw... 

Franz  WoMfahrt,  Lembew 

Ozias  Rymald.  Chy  row 

Gebruder    Gredel,    Hula    Komorowskn, 

Kolbuszow. 
Aron  Kaimer,  Uherce,  Lisko 


Ozias     Brettschneider    &     Klias      Kriss, 

Badynkowcc,  Husiatin. 
Franz  VVohlfahrt,  Kurzany 

Alter  Salpeter,  Eungury.  Peczcnizyn 

Frankel  Clunna,  Drohobycz 

Josef  Blech,  Przemysl 

Sehreier  &  Co.,  Drohobycz 

Josef  Alt mann ,  Drohobycz 

Moses  Drymer,  Starunia,  Solotwina 

Moses  Po.jper,  Dynow 

Moses  Fis.l nn.  Drohobycz 


Value  (in  Austrian  Florins)  on  which  Petroleum 
Tax  was  Leried. 


1889. 


31.035 
80,477 
27,303 
27,098 
23,389 
20,983 
20,746 
19,707 
ls.721 
18,512 
ls.lilt 
18,067 
17.S07 
15,655 
15,280 
1V)77 
11,309 
13,397 
12,503 
11.271 
10,893 
10,235 
8,080 
7,533 
5,315 
4,113 
3,03S 
2.1I7S 
2,083 
1.591 
1,514 
1,296 
645 


Total  , 


lss<. 


1SS7. 


10.761 
28.059~~ 
22,757 
30,663 
20,28  i 
132,400 
20,603 
18,047 
11,866 
11,559 
111,538 
24.101 
32,32s 

19,784 

8,965 

11,832 

11,010 
9,099 
9,290 

11,728 
9,013 

14,578 
7,316 

20,196 
3,863 
2.592 
2,631 
3,071 
1,445 

12  788 

356 

3,197 

3,274 

872 

459 


15.117 
3I1.S79 
J-  223 
3S.97S 
22.941 
222,580 
15,282 
16,992 
12.7  HI 
13,326 
19,037 
17,912 
29,100 

29,645 

11,857 

14,511 

16,165 
9,511 

10,304 
7,010 
S,50l> 
9,821 
7,20 1 

13.005 
3.467 
2,346 
1,291 
2,477 
1,514 

12,340 

725 

3,472 

18,401 
4,370 

8,538 

538 

204 

3 


2,752,799 


2,612,964 


2,1S7.11'J 


15,102 
47,302 
27,440 
12,235 
21MI7S 
189,574 

5,031 
21.717 

7,908 
11,205 
12,582 

6,202 

21  so: 

18,792 

15,903 

13.9SI 

12,631 

13,840 

6,763 

2,654 

10,321 

9,100 

7.S95 

15,685 

915 

14.6S0 

1,129 

1,772 

1,456 

2,727 

455 

4,720 

11,085 

9,871 

2.454 

18,008 

2,473 

1,615 

10,988 

638 

508 

375 

£19 


1,164,877 


112 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29,  lsse. 


Tabus  showing  the  Declared  Value,  in  Austrian  Florins,  of  the  Kefined  Petroleum  Manufactured  at  the  Various 
Refineries  in  Austria-Hungary,  for  the  Years  1886-89 — continued. 


Locality. 


Description 

of  Crude 

Petroleum 

Reliued. 


Bukowina  . 


Bohemia. 


Hungary  ... 


Ernst  Seraler  und  Naftali  Zwiebel,  Mifc-    Roumanian  and 
toka-Drasromima  mid  Watra  Moldwicza         Galirinn. 
(zusammen). 

Leisor  Jankel    &  Israel  Blum,  Leukoutz,  „ 

Czernowitz. 


Total 


Sprecher  &  Co.,  Zabor,  Elbeteinitz 

David  Fanto  &  Co.,  Pardubitz 

Dr.  Friedrich  Pilz,  Theusau,  Falkenau . . . 

Dr.    Mas  BOhm    &   Co.,    Privos,   Mahr- 
Ostrau.* 


Galician 


Total  . 


Petrol  -  RaHinerie  -  Actien  -  Gesellschaft,  Russian 

Kiiiuie. 

Vicar     Pctro!  -  Industric-Actien  -  Gesell-  Roumanian  and 

schaft,  Budapest,  BAissian. 

SiebenhurgeT    Petrol -Baffinerie- Actien-  Koumanian 

flesellschaft,  Kronstadt. 

Wilhelm  Spitzer,  Orsova >, 

Adolf  Berg  &  Co.,  Budapest 


Oestcrr.-ungar.   Staatseisenbahn  -  Gesell-  Roumanian  and 

schaft,  Oravicza.  Hungarian. 

C.  J.  Joanides,  Kronstadt lloiiiianiau 

Adolf  Barucli,  Maros-Yasarhely » 

Dr.  Ferdinand  Otroban,  Kronstadt 

Salomon  Grunfeld,  Kronstadt „ 

Adolf  Laek,  Csik-Gyimes,  Bez.  Szepviz  ..  „ 

Julius  Gmeiner,  Kronstadt 

Porr  and  Leitinger,  Toinos,  Kronstadt  ...  ., 

Georg  Popp,  Kronstadt „ 

Midler  &  Co.,  Szaczal,  Marniaros-Sziget  . 


Ilmcarian 


Total  , 


somit  NiederBsterreicb. 

Silesia 

Galieia 

Bukowina 

Bohemia 


Cisleithanien  — 
Transleithanien  . 


Austro-Hungarian  Monarchy  . 


Value  (in  Austrian  Florins)  on  which  Petroleum 
Tc.x  was  Levied. 


1SS7. 


30.0S0 

7'.' 


28,149 

763     I 


75,376 
2,401 


30,159 


28,91?,    I  77,779 


226,461  192.81* 

108,701 

302  278 


335,467 

2,993,383 

8S3.695 

31111,216 

282,696 

264,883 

173.209 

52,908 

44,343 

35,349 

31,612 

1.1  ill 


193,092 

2,973.317 
932,787 

201.467 
275,028 

222,686 

159.108 

40,181 

19,200 

22,762 

29,481 

3,356 


50,228 

2,725,780 
823,908 
67,c43 
179,475 
134,240 
136,236 

4  ,II7S 

37,069 

26.746 
21.525 
7,764 
49,191 
44.5:i5 
42,260 


56,291 
2,155 


58,446 


560 

2.861,755 
793,725 

82,212 
100,899 
97,433 
52,095 
32,207 
25,318 
20,552 
2.H36 
75,661 
P3.798 
69,9 15 


..            .. 

388 

242 

5,063,47 1 

4,915.673 

4.346.101 

4,277378 

830,025 

1.017.902 

868,937 

708,325 

397,8:5 

334,103 

33,381 

.. 

2,752,799 

2,612,961 

2,487,412 

2,164,877 

30,159 

28,912 

77,779 

58,446 

335, 167 

193,092 

50,228 

560 

4,366,325 

4,186.973 

3,517.740 

2,' 32,203 

5,063,474 

4.915,673 

4,346,101 

4,277  S7S 

9,429,799 

9.102.IH6 

7.863,M1 

7.210,086 

£785316 

£758,554 

£655,320 

£600340 

*  First  worked  in  lsoo. 

These  statistics  show,  therefore,  for  the  year  1889  as  pared  with  lsss,  an  increase  of  327,153  fl.  =  27,2622.  18*.  id.  sterling,  and  as 

cuiii pared  with  1887,  1,565,958  11.  =  132,996/.  10s.  sterling,  while  as  compared  with  18Sd  the  increase  amounts  to  2,219,713  11.  =  184,976/.  Is.  s,/. 
sterling. 

II. —  Ozokerite.  It  is  360  metres  above  sea-level,  and  is  traversed  by  a  small 

river.     One  kilometre  to  the  east  of  it  is  Wolanka. 
The  principal  seat  of  the   ozokerite  mining  industry  is  at  ( |zokerite   is   mined  to  a  small  extent  in  Dwiniacz  and 

Boryslaw,  where  the  extraction  of  the  mineral  has  afforded  Starupia,  which  lie  to  the  south  of  .Stauislaw.  It  also 
occupation  to  a  large  number  of  men  and  women  during  the  j  occllrs  at  Truskavice  and  Tustanowice,  near  Boryslaw,  at 
past  80  years.  ;   Slanik  in  Moldavia,  and  in  many  other  places  on  both  sides 

Borj  -law  is  a  town  of  20,000  inhabitants  lying  in  a  valley  :  of  the  Carpathians.  The  mineral  is  also  found  in  quantity 
surrounded  by  hills  at  the  foot  and  on  the  northern  slope  of  I  in  the  islands  of  Tcheleken  and  Swjatoi  in  the  Caspian  Sea, 
the   Carpathians,   12  kilometres   south-west  of  Drohobicz.  I  and  has  been  met  with  on  the  Transcaspian  mainland  as 


Feb.  28 ,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


113 


well  as  in  the  Kouban.  Recently  it  has  been  obtained  in 
commercial  quantities  from  the  Wasatch  mountains,  113 
miles  east  of  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

The  following  are  localities  where  ozokerite  is  reported  to 
occur: — ■ 

England — Newcastle. 

Galicia,  Eoumania  (near  Plojesti  and  Slauik),  Hungary, 
and  elsewhere. 

Wettin-on-Saal,  East  Frisia. 

Derbent  (near),  Baku,  Islands  of  Tcheleken  and  Swjatoi, 
Ekaterinodar,  Station  of  Kalochiiisky,  Truchnienia. 

Egypt. 

Utah,  Texas,  Arizona,  Oregon,  Canada,  Manitoulin  Island. 

It  is  difficult  to  say  whether  ozokerite  is  peculiar  to  any 
particular  geological  formation.  Regarding  it  as  a  de- 
scription of  petroleum  with  a  high  melting  point,  Rateau 
points  out  that  it  would  not  lie  reasonable  to  expect  that  it 
would  be  confined  to  any  one  formation,  and,  in  fact,  it  is 
found  in  many,  though  chiefly  in  the  Tertiary  and  Cretaceous. 
The  Boryslaw,  Dwiniaez,  and  Starunia  deposits  arc  in 
Miocene,  but  ozokerite  has  been  met  with  in  the  shales  of 
Teschen,  as  well  as  in  Neocomian  and  other  formations 
elsewhere.  The  Kouban  deposits  are  on  the  borders  of  the 
Lower  Tertiary  and  Upper  Cretaceous.  In  Tcheleken  it  is 
found  accompanying  petroleum  in  pockets  in  beds  of  sand 
above  the  clay-shales  and  muschelkalk  of  the  Aralo-Car- 
pathian  formation.  In  Southern  Utah  and  Arizona  it  occurs 
in  Tertiary  rock,  probably  Miocene.  Rock  salt  and  gypsum 
are  commonly  found  in  association  with  the  ozokerite  in 
Galicia.  Occasionally  these  minerals  occur  in  an  almost 
pure  state,  but  the}'  arc  more  frequently  mixed  with  clay. 
At  Boryslaw  salt  and  gypsum  are  often  found  in  the 
ozokerite.  At  Truskawice,  near  Boryslaw,  there  is  a  deposit 
of  native  sulphur  and  sulphides,  intermingled  with  gypsum, 
ozokerite,  and  petroleum.  The  formation  here  is  a  greyish- 
blue  clay-shale,  with  sand  and  marl.  The  association  of 
petroleum  and  rock-salt  is  not  peculiar  to  Austria-Hungary, 
and  may  be  said  to  be  a  frequent  characteristic  of  oil-pro- 
ducing districts.  In  some  of  the  Carpathian  salt-beds  no 
liquid  or  solid  petroleum  is  met  with,  but  large  quantities  of 
gaseous  hydrocarbons  are  evolved.  Carbonic  acid  and 
sulphurous  acid,  as  well  as  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  are  also 
given  off,  and  frequently  under  great  pressure. 

The  soil  of  the  valley  in  which  Boryslaw  lies  is  a  bed  of 
diluvial  deposit  some  metres  in  thickness.  In  sinking  a 
shaft,  first  jellow  clay,  then  rounded  flints  and  gravel,  and 
then  plastic  clay  are  met  with.  Below  this,  sandstone  and 
blue  shale,  much  disturbed,  alternate,  and  it  is  in  these 
beds,  which  have  a  thickness  of  some  200  metres,  that  the 
ozokerite  is  found.  The  ozokerite-bearing  formation,  which 
is  considered  to  be  of  Miocene  age,  lies  on  a  basis  of 
petroliferous  menilite  shale,  the  strata  of  which,  as  they 
approach  the  surface,  are  disposed  almost  vertically,  but 
inclined  towards  the  south.  This  structure,  which  bears 
evidence  of  the  complete  disruption  which  the  rocks  have 
undergone,  is  shown  in  the  accompanying  section  by  Paul 
(Fig.  0).  The  strata  are  composed  of  layers  of  coarse-grained 

Fig.  6. 


sw 


Mraznica.-' 
Pit's 


NE 

Boryslaw 
Pits 


sandstone,  preen  marl,  fine-grained  «andstoue  with  veins 
of  calcite,  dark  shale  alternating  with  grey  sandy  shale, 
imperceptibly  merging  into  the  main  beds  of  the  non- 
petroliferous  sandstone  and  shale.  Below  these  are  the 
Carpathian  sandstones  of  the  lower  Eocene  (nummulitic 
sandstone)  and  Upper  Cretaceous  formations.  It  should  be 
pointed  out  that  the  basin  of  menilite  shale  and  the  beds 
of  shale  and  sandstone  are  disturbed  by  a  fault,  the 
Miocene  rocks  having  thus  become  mixed  with  the 
Carpathian   sandstone,  and  it  seems  reasonable  to  conclude 


that  the  petroleum  and  ozokerite  may  have  found  their  way 
into  the  Miocene  formation  through  this  fault,  for  without 
this  means  of  escape  the  hydrocarbons  would  have  been 
imprisoned  by  the  beds  of  shale  lying  between  the  Car- 
pathian sandstone  and  the  menilite  shale.  A.  consideration 
of  this  view  led  M.  Rateau  to  express  the  belief  that  by 
drilling  to  a  depth  of  400  or  500  metres  large  quantities  of 
petroleum  might  he  obtained  in  this  neighbourhood  from 
the  lower  Carpathian  sandstone  layers.  The  geological 
conditions  prevailing  at  Dwiniaez  and  Starunia  are  similar, 
but  the  ozokerite  is  more  largely  mixed  with  petroleum. 
The  soil  is  grey  and  red  diluvial  clay,  below  which  is  a  bed 
of  gravel,  lying  on  the  Miocene  formation  in  which  the 
ozokerite  and  petroleum  occur  in  association  with  native 
sulphur,  iron  pyrites  and  zinc  blende.  Still  lower  a  highly 
porous  calcareous  rock  is  met  with,  containing  cavities 
filled  with  petroleum  and  sulphuretted  water,  and  below 
this  again  is  a  marl  with  gypsum  and  the  salt-clay  formation 
destitute  of  petroleum. 

The  ozokerite  occurs  in  the  form  of  veins  of  a  thickness 
ranging  from  a  few  millimetres  to  some  feet,  and  is 
accompanied  with  more  or  less  petroleum  and  gaseous 
hydrocarbons.  It  fills  the  many  fissures  with  which  the 
disturbed  shales  and  Miocene  sandstone  abound,  and 
frequently  forms  thus  a  kind  of  network.  The  Boryslaw 
deposit  extends  over  a  pear-shaped  area,  the  axis  of  which 
lies  E.  30°  S.  The  town  of  Boryslaw  lies  on  the  broader 
portion  of  this  area  and  Wolanka  at  the  point  of  it.  The 
upper  layers  of  the  richest  portion  of  the  deposit  occupy  an 
area  of  about  21  hectares,  with  a  length  of  1,000  metres 
and  a  maximum  breadth  of  350  metres,  but  outside  this 
there  is  an  outer  zoue  of  less  productive  territory  which 
increases  the  total  superficies  to  about  60  hectares,  with 
dimensions  of  1,500  metres  by  560  metres.  The  deposit 
narrows  considerably  as  the  depth  increases,  and  at  a 
distance  of  100  metres  from  the  surface  of  the  ground  has 
a  breadth  of  only  200  metres.  This  is  held  to  indicate  that 
the  deposit  has  found  its  way  upwards  from  some  ver 
lying  formation  (probably  through  the  fault  already  referred 
to)  and  has  gradually  extended  itself  laterally  through  the 
interstices  in  the  disturbed  rocks  as  it  neared  the  surface. 
The  ozokerite-bearing  formation  contains  also  much  petro- 
leum, and  is  bordered  on  the  south  east  and  west  by 
petroliferous  territory. 

It  has  been  pointed  out  by  Babu  that  the  study  of  the 
geological  occurrence  of  ozokerite  may  be  of  considerable 
assistance  in  forming  conclusions  in  regard  to  the  geology 
of  petroleum,  for  the  deposits  of  ozokerite  may  be  followed 
up  as  readily  as  a  vein  of  metal.  On  the  other  hand, 
ozokerite  does  not  indicate  its  presence  by  rising  to  the 
surface  of  the  ground  as  petroleum  so  often  does. 

The  name  of  ozokerite  is  derived  from  u&iv  =  to  smell, 
and  Kiip6s  —  wax.  It  is  usually  spelt  without  the  filial  "  e  " 
by  German  authors,  and  that  form  has  been  adopted  by 
Messrs.  J.  C.  and  J.  Field,  who  are  so  prominently  identified 
with  the  industry.  It  will  probably  be  in  accordance  with 
usual  practice  to  retain  the  final  "  e  "  in  the  ease  of  the 
mineral  and  drop  it  in  spelling  the  name  of  the  distilled 
product.  The  mineral,  which  is  commonly  known  in  Ger- 
many as  erdwachs,  also  bears,  according  to  Schaedler,  the 
following  designations  :  —  Bergwachs,  fossiles  paraffin, 
fossiles  wachs,  kenderbal,  lehmnaphtha,  mineralwachs, 
steiutalg  (mineral  tallow),  cire  de  terre,  neft-gil  (Persian), 
uefta  ghil  (Turkish). 

Ozokerite  varies  from  a  very  soft  material,  which  may  be 
regarded  as  a  petroleum  very  rich  in  paraffin,  to  a  black 
substance  as  hard  as  gypsum.  The  density  of  ozokerite 
ranges  from  0*  850  to  0*950,  and  its  melting  point  from  58° 
to  100°  C.  It  is  soluble  in  benzol,  oil  of  turpentine,  and 
petroleum.  It  is  a  good  insulator,  and  has  been  recom- 
mended for  use  as  such  in  admixture  with  50  per  cent,  of 
india-rubber.  Ordinary  commercial  Galician  ozokerite, 
such  as  is  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  ceresin,  has  the 
following  properties : — It  is  soft  and  plastic,  and  has  a  very 
fibrous  fracture.  The  colour  varies  from  light  yellow  to 
dark  brown,  and  it  frequently  has  a  greenish  hue  owing  to 
dichroism.  It  becomes  negatively  electrical  by  friction  and 
exhales  an  aromatic  odour.  It  becomes  more  plastic  on 
heating,  and  usually  melts  at  about  62°  C. 


114 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Feb.  29. 1892. 


According  to  Lach  (Chem.  Zeit.  13,  831  ;  this  Journal,  8, 
696),  Caucasian  ozokerite  is  inferior  to  Galieian.  Its 
melting  point  is  68°  C  ,  and  ou  treatment  with  20  per  cent, 
of  fuming  sulphuric  acid  it  yields  58  per  cent,  of  second 
quality  ceresin  of  melting  point  68 '5°  C. 

A  material  described  as  ozokerite  is  found  in  ( 'olorado. 
It  is  a  dull  black  substance,  hard  and  pulverisable,  with  a 
melting  point  of  76"  C.  It  does  not  yield  ceresin,  but  on 
being  subjected   to    distillation   it   furnishes    the    following 

results : — 

Percentage 
(by  difference). 

Paraffin  and  oil 90-00 

Loss  in  gas 2' 12 

Loss  in  water 2'60 

Residue 5"28 

It  commences  to  distil  at  360°  C,  when  nearly  3  per  cent. 
of  oil  setting  at  30"  C.  comes  over.  At  a  much  higher 
temperature  it  distils  steadily  and  furnishes  a  product 
suitable  for  use  as  a  source  of  paraffin. 

The  following  are  particulars  of  samples  of  ozokerite 
from  various  sourees  : — 

Uaku. — Specific  gravity  0-903,  melting  point  79°  C. 

Per  Cent. 

Paratfin  mass 81*8 

Gas 18-8 

Coke *■■* 

liio-oo 

—  Petersen. 

Persia. — Dark  green,  rather  hard.     Specific  gravity  0  925. 

PerCent. 

Lighl  Oil,  0-740  t«  11780 2-35 

I.il'Iii  ..il,  o- .sim  to  irsju :s-50 

(III.  11-880 10-63 

Pa  ra  Hi  n 63-55 

( )oke 10-78 

Loss -  7'2t 

100-00 

England  (Ukpeth,  near  Newcastle). — Soft  aud  sticky, 
brownish.  Specific  gravity  0-890,  melting  point,  60°  to 
70°  C. 

PerCent. 

Light  oil,  boiling  point  so°  lo  12n"  C :vim 

Light  oil,  hoi  ling  point  150°  to  200°  C 7*50 

Lubricating  oil,  boiling  point  200°to250°C 7'sn 

Paraffin 0405 

dike 11-15 

Gas,  loss 5'60 

mono 

— Wagner. 

Uokyslaw. — Specific  gravity  0-930.     I.  Dark  yellow. 
2.   Dark  brownish-black. 


Benzine,  0"710  toO-750 ., 

Kerosene,  0-780  to  0-820  , 
Lubricating  oil.  0*895. .., 

Paraffin,  &c 

Coke 

Loss 


Per  Cent. 
4-32 

Per  Gent. 
3'50 

25-65 

27-83 

7-61 

6-95 

5li'5t 

hvn 

2-85 

f63 

3  00 

4  -82 

HI0II0 


liio-oo 


Olive  green,  rather  bard.     Specific  gravity  09236, 
ineltimg  point  60"  5°  C. 

Per  Cent. 

Light  oil,  boiling  point  up  to  160°  C n  "26 

Heavy  oil.  with  paraffin,  lso:  to  300°  C 85-10 

Paraffin,  &c,  over  300°  C 49-71 

Residue  in  retort,  and  loss 8*92 

100-0.1 

— .losef  Merz, 


Ozokerite  consists  of  a  mixture  of  hydrocarbons  in 
various  proportions.  It  contains  85-7  per  cent,  carbon  and 
14-3  per  cent,  hydrogen. 

According  to  R.'Heger  (Seifensied  Zeit.  321  ;  this  Journal, 
2,  473),  the  composition  of  ozokerite  may  be  best  repre- 
sented  by  the  formula  C»H.,„.  It  appears  to  have  been 
formed  by  the  oxidation  and  decomposition  of  the  hydro- 
carbons of  naphtha,  since  the  action  of  oxygen  on  these 
compounds  simply  eliminates  hydrogen.  Thus,  for  example, 
naphthalene  gives  dinaphthyl  and  water — 

2C10HS  4-  O  =CjoHu  4-  H..O 

lly  further  oxidation  there  are  obtained  compounds  of  the 
formula  C»H2n,  which  react  with  the  hydrocarbons  of  the 
marsh-gas  series,  with  formation  of  very  complex  carbon 
compounds  of  various  melting  points,  as  for  example : — 

2  CSH,8  +  ()„  =  C16H.,„  +  2  fijO  and 
C16H32  +  C8H1S  +  O  =  CMH4S  +  H30. 

Zalozieeki  (Zeits.  f.  angew.  Cliem.  1888,261—263;  this 
Journal,  7,  428)  has  separated  crystalline  paraffin  from  refined 
ozokerite  (ceresin)  by  the  use  of  warm  methyl  alcohol  as  a 
solvent.  After  pressure  and  repeated  crystallisations  fiom 
methyl  alcohol,  a  product  was  obtained  which  upon  fusion 
and  subsequent  cooling  formed  a  translucent  and  distinctly 
crystalline  material  closely  resembling  paraffin  in  its 
properties.  The  substance  separated  by  the  first  solution 
in  the  alcohol  was  soft  and  pasty,  and  had  a  melting  point 
of  32°— 33°,  while  the  melting  point  of  the  ceresin  was  65c. 
The  natural  inference  is  that  in  addition  to  crystalline 
paraffin  ozokerite  contains  certain  colloidal  substances 
(amorphous  paraffin),  the  presence  of  which  hinders  the 
crystallisation  of  the  paraffin.  These  substances  are 
removed  by  the  methyl  alcohol  in  consequence  of  their 
greater  solubility,  aud  doubtless  become  either  converted  or 
decomposed  in  the  process  of  distillation  ordinarily  adopted 
in  the  manufacture  of  crystalline  paraffin  from  ozokerite. 

F.  Redl(Chem.  Zeit.  11,415-416  ;  this  Journal,  6,  504) 
purifies  ozokerite  by  heating  it  to  120°  to  remove  waterand 
light  oils  and  then  allowing  it  to  cool  to  75°,  when  it  is 
treated  with  50  per  cent,  of  naphtha  of  sp.  gr.  0-700—0-720. 
The  mixture  is  gently  agitated,  and  10  per  cent,  of  fuming 
sulphuric  acid  added.  After  further  agitation,  subsidence  is 
allowed  to  take  place  during  20  minutes,  and  the  ozokerite 
at  a  temperature  of  70  is  treated  with  caustic  soda  solution, 
after  which  the  naphtha  is  removed  by  distillation.  The 
decolourisation  of  the  ozokerite  is  completed  by  means  of 
charcoal. 

Zalozieeki  (Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  265,  178—184)  refers  to  the 
well  known  fact  that  the  yield  of  ceresin  is  largely  affected 
by  the  purification  of  the  ozokerite  with  sulphuric  acid, 
from  15  to  30  per  cent,  being  lost  during  this  operation. 
He  finds  that  the  loss  is,  if  anything,  smaller  at  a  temperature 
of  200"  than  at  160°,  which  he  accounts  for  by  assuming 
that  at  the  higher  temperature  the  sulphuric  compounds  are 
decomposed  with  the  regeneration  of  sulphurous  auhydride 
and  hydrocarbons. 

In  mining  the  ozokerite  it  is  usual  to  sink  a  circular  well 
3  metres  in  diameter  through  the  upper  beds  of  clay  until 
the  water  level  in  the  gravel  is  reached.  This  well  may 
havea  depth  of  14  to  16  metres.  In  the  centre  of  it  a  shaft 
1*3  metre  square  is  built  up  of  balks  of  timber  jointed 
together,  the  intervening  space  being  filled  with  clay.  The 
digging  aud  timbering  of  a  shaft  13  metre  square  is  then 
continued  until  further  progress  is  arrested  by  inflammable 
gas  or  water.  When  this  occurs,  one  of  the  veins  of 
ozokerite  intersected  by  the  shaft  is  opened  up  and  followed 
by  means  of  a  timbered  gallery.  Immense  pressure  is 
exerted  by  the  scnr.-iluid  ozokerite,  and  it  is  usual  to  employ 
timbers  not  far  short  of  a  foot  square  placed  not  more  than 
one  metre  :ipart.  The  writer  has  seen  timbers  of  this  size 
which  had  been  broken  like  matchwood  by  the  pressure  to 
which  they  had  been  subjected  in  the  galleries.  Sometimes 
the  ozokerite  suddenly  bursts  into  the  workings  and  over 
whelms  the  miners,  and  there  are  cases  on  record  of  men 
having  been  unexpectedly  raised  from  the  bottom  of  the 
shaft  to  the  surface  of  the  ground  by  an  influx  of  the  semi- 
fluid mineral.  One  shaft  was  pointed  out  to  the  writer  as 
bearing    the     name    of    the    Asparagus    shaft,    from     the 


Feb.  20,18»2J        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


115 


circumstaDce  that  on  a  thin  layer  of  sandstone  which  was 
met  with  at  a  depth  of  160  metres  being  perforated  by  the 
miner's  pick,  the  underlying  soft  ozokerite  was  slowly  forced 
up  through  the  opening  in  a  form  which  resembled  the 
vegetable  specified,  the  "  growth  "  being  for  a  long  time 
renewed  as  often  as  it  was  removed. 

The  horizontal  galleries  cannot  without  serious  danger  be 
driven  to  any  considerable  distance,  not  in  fact  beyond  about 
5  metres,  but  driving  much  further,  even  if  free  from  risk, 
would  not  be  possible  in  most  cases  owing  to  the  contiguity 
of  the  properties.  As  it  is,  Frequent,  quarrels  ensue  in 
respect  to  the  underground  rights.  The  disused  galleries 
are  usually  allowed  to  fall  in,  but  are  sometimes  tilled  up. 
The  water  and  oil  which  occur  with  the  ozokerite  are  drawn 
off  from  the  bottom  of  the  shaft.  The  sinking  of  the 
circular  well  costs  about  -1  fl.  the  metre,  but  in  the 
dislocated  beds  below,  where  the  ozokerite  is  met  with,  the 
cost  of  sinking  is  from  5  to  10  fl.  the  metre  run,  without 
reckoning  the  cost  of  pumping  out  the  water.  The  driving 
of  the  galleries  is  paid  for  at  the  rate  of  7  •  50  fl.  to  9  fl. 
per  metre  run.  The  shafts  and  galleries  are,  however,  more 
commonly  excavated  by  contract,  the  price  per  metre  for 
the  former  down  to  a  depth  of  130  metres  being  from  20  to 
25  fl.,  and  for  the  latter  5  to  8  fl.,  both  without  timbering. 
This  brings  the  cost  of  a  shaft  of  100  metres,  inclusive  of 
timbering,  to  2,000—4,000  fl.,  or  for  a  shaft  of  200  to 
225  metres,  10,000—12,500  fl. 

Over  the  mouth  of  the  shaft  is  fixed  a  windlass  carrying  a 
wire  rope,  to  each  extremity  of  which  is  attached  a  bucket 
used  in  drawing  up  the  ozokerite  and  in  lowering  and  raising 
the  miners.  The  desceut  is  made  by  placing  one  foot  in  the 
bucket  and  holding  on  to  the  rope,  the  other  foot  being  used 
in  fendiug  the  bucket  off  the  sides  of  the  shaft.  Owing  to 
the  subsidence  and  lateral  movement  of  the  earth  due  to  the 
extraction  of  the  ozokerite  the  shafts  do  not  long  remain 
vertical,  so  that  the  descent  is  not  a  pleasant  experience. 
The  miner  wears  a  safety  belt  to  which  a  rope  is  attached, 
which  passes  over  a  smaller  windlass.  Much  inflammable 
gas  is  met  with  in  the  workings,  and  safety-lamps  are 
necessarily  used.  Ventilation  is  unsatisfactorily  effected  by 
means  of  a  revolving  fan  turned  by  a  woman.  Within  easy 
reach  of  the  miner  in  the  gallery  is  a  cord  communicating 
with  a  bell  at  the  mouth  of  the  shaft,  by  means  of  which  he 
can  summon  assistance ;  but  notwithstanding  the  provision 
of  the  bell  and  the  safety-belt,  deaths  from  suffocation  are 
not  uncommon.  The  inhalation  of  the  gas  appears  to  pro- 
duce a  kind  of  intoxication,  which  some  of  the  miners  find 
enjoyable.  The  underground  miners  receive  0-75  to  1'25  fl. 
per  day,  while  the  labourers  employed  above  ground  get 
about  0  ■  60  fl.  The  majority  of  the  people  employed  are  of 
a  low  class,  and  they  usually  work  on  the  basis  of  a  daily 
contract.  Heurteau  states  that  in  1871  of  the  10,000 
workmen  engaged  in  the  industry,  2,000  were  underground 
miners,  and  among  these  there  were  usually  from  200  to  300 
accidents  per  annum,  nearly  all  fatal.  In  some  years  there 
are  said  to  have  beeu  as  many  as  1,000  deaths  due  to  such 
accidents.  According  to  Hateau,  the  "  admitted  "  annual 
death-rate  due  to  accidents  ranges  from  7  to  15  per  1,000 
(compared  with  1  -88  per  1,000  in  "ordinary  mining"),  but 
he  adds  that  the  rate  is  understated.  It  will  doubtless  be 
evident  to  most  visitors  to  Boryslaw,  that  notwithstanding 
the  salutary  effect  of  a  code  of  regulations  which  are 
supposed  to  be  enforced  by  officials  specially  charged  with 
the  duty,  much  of  the  underground  work  is  carried  on  under 
uunecessarily  dangerous  conditions.  The  staff  of  officials 
consists  of  an  inspector,  a  cashier,  a  geometrician,  three 
overlookers,  and  six  or  eight  police  agents.  To  defray  the 
expeuses  of  this  superintendence  a  charge  of  two  florins  per 
shaft  is  levied  on  the  proprietors.  The  very  primitive 
character  of  the  arrangements  adopted  is  well  shown  in  the 
illustration  (Fig.  7),  which  is  taken  from  an  interesting 
model  made  in  Galicia,  and  kindly  presented  to  the  writer, 
together  with  a  number  of  specimens  of  the  crude  ozokerite 
and  various  commercial  products,  by  Mr.  Wentworth 
Sturgeon. 

The  unscientific  method  in  which  so  important  an  industry 
continues  to  be  conducted  may  excite  surprise,  but  it  should 
be  borne  in  mind  that  the  right  of  raising  petroleum  and 


ozokerite  belongs  to  the  surface  owners  of  the  land,  the 
result  being  that  there  are  in  Boryslaw  a  number  of  small 
landed  proprietors,  who,  with  the  assistance  of  their  wives 
and  children,  raise  as  best  they  can  the  petroleum  and 
ozokerite  lying  beneath  their  plot  of  gtound.  It  is  not 
surprising  that  work  of  an  admittedly  difficult  and 
dangerous  character  conducted  thus  with  insufficient  capital, 
inadequate  appliances,  imperfect  organisation,  and  lack  of 
skill  should  have  been  attended  with  much  unnecessary 
loss  of  life,  especially  when  the  reckless  character  of  the 
population  is  taken  into  account.  Attempts  have  been 
made  to  place  the  industry  upon  a  proper  basis,  and  a 
French  company  was  some  years  ago  formed  with  the 
object  of  extracting  the  ozokerite  by  the  adoption  of  a 
systenmtised  scheme  of  mining,  but  the  shafts  sunk  by 
this  company  were  unfortunately  not  favourably  situated 
for  the  successful  earning  out  of  the  project.  It  would 
undoubtedly  be  very  beneficial  if  some  fusion  of  interests 
could  be  effected,  so  that  the  industry  might  be  placed  on 
a  more  satisfactory  footing. 

Distributed  over  an  area  of  90  to  100  hectares  are  many 
thousand  shafts,  ranging  in  depth  from  20  to  200  metres, 
but  the  writer  was  informed  that  not  more  than  -100  of 
these  were  being  worked  when  he  visited  Boryslaw.  The 
shafts  are  in  many  cases  not  more  than  from  3  to  8  metres 
apart,  and  the  available  surface  ground  round  each  shaft 
usually  ranges  from  9  to  60  square  metres.  When  it  is 
considered  that  there  are  hundreds  of  separate  proprietors 
it  will  be  understood  that  there  is  frequently  considerable 
confusion,  and  that  there  is  great  difficulty  in  getting  rid 
of  the  earth  excavated  and  raised  with  the  ozokerite.  It 
has  been  the  practice  to  shoot  the  material  between  the 
houses  or  on  any  vacant  piece  of  ground  and  naturally  as 
near  to  the  wells  as  possible.  The  result  is  that  the  whole 
place  is  deeply  covered  with  an  oily  mud,  through  which  it 
is  difficult  to  make  one's  way.  Recently  arrangements 
have  been  made  for  the  systematic  removal  of  the  debris. 

As  already  stated,  a  French  company  has  carried  out  the 
system  of  mining  for  ozokerite  by  means  of  a  well-con- 
structed shaft  and  carefully-timbered  galleries,  such  as  arc 
adopted  in  coal-mining.  The  diameter  of  the  main  shaft 
through  which  the  ozokerite  is  raised  is  2  metres,  and  there 
is  a  smaller  shaft,  1-50  metre   in  diameter,  through  which 

|  the  water  is  pumped.  The  mine  being  situated  near  Wolanka 
and  to  a  large  extent  outside  the  zone  of  the  most  pro- 
ductive territory,  the  system  can  scarcely  be  said  to  have 
been  fairly   tested.     In  this  outer  zone    there    is    not  only 

■  less  ozokerite,  but  there  appears  also  to  be  much  more 
water  to  be  contended  with.  The  main  shaft  is  fitted  with 
cages  running  in  guides  and  operated  by  a  steam  engine. 
Ventilation  is  effected  by  means  of  centrifugal  exhausters, 
also  driven  by  steam  power. 

The  ozokerite  occurs  sometimes  in  sheets  as  thin  as 
paper,  but  more  often  in  veins  from  2  or  3  in.  to  a  foot 
in  thickness  disposed  in  the  most  irregular  manner.  The 
mineral  is  broken  out  by  hand  with  the  pick  and  wedge, 
and  this  may  be  regarded  as  easy  work  owing  to  the 
disturbed  character  of  the  strata  in  which  it  occurs. 

For  the  working  of  each  shaft  two  miners,  two  labourers, 
and  one  woman  are  needed.  The  annual  cost  of  this  labour 
is  1,000  to  1,500  fl.,  and  other  charges,  with  interest 
on  capital,  bring  up  the  total  working  expenses,  according 
to  Babn,  to  3,500  to  4,000  fl.  per  shaft.  Taking  the 
produce  of  each  shaft  at  15  to   18  tons  on  the  average  the 

I  cost  of  the  ozokerite  to  the  proprietor  would  be  from  16  10 
IS  fl.  per  100  kilos.  Presumably  this  is  the  cost  of 
mining  the  mineral  within  the  inner  zone. 

An  attempt  has  been  made  to  estimate  the  quantity  of 
ozokerite  in  the  Boryslaw  deposits.  The  basis  of  the 
calculation  is  that  the  outer  zone  demarcates  a  territory 
containing  2  per  cent,  of  the  mineral,  while  the  proportion 
in  the  inner  zone  is  more  than  5  per  cent.  Taking  the 
dimensions  of  the  zones  already  given  and  further  assuming 

;   the   extraction   of    the    deposits  to  a  maximum   depth  of 

j  20C  metres,  the  total  quantity  of  ozokerite  obtainable  would 
be  more  than  two  million  tons. 

Two  products  are  obtained  from  the  mines,  viz.,  nearly 
pure  ozokerite  in   fragments,  and  earth  containing   much 


116 


THE  JOURNAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  at,  189'.'. 


Fig.  7. 

A.  Shed  in  whicil  the  above-ground  work  is  carried  on.     In  practice  the  sides  are  boarded  up,  and  a  ventilator  for  the 
escape  of  the  gas  from  the  mine  is  provided  in  the  roof,  as  shown. 

a.  Windlass  for  lowering  and  raising  miners,  and  raising   |      f.    Hammer,  chisel,  and  pick  used  in  the  work  of  mining, 
ozokerite.  y.  Blocks  of  cast  ozokerite. 

b.  Windlass  carrying  rope  attached  to  miners' safety-belt.  A.  Proprietor   of  the    mine  keeping  an  account  of   the 

,,   .        , .  .  ...  .-  ozokerite  raised. 

c.  Kotary  blower  lor  ventilation.  .    ,,.  .  .  .  -  .   „        ,  .  „       , 

J  i.    Miner,  wearing  safety -bell,  and  carrying  safety-lamp, 

a.  Signal  bell.  preparing  to  descend. 

e.  Bucket  in  which  the  ozokerite  is  raised.  k.  Woman  working  blowing  machine. 


A 


B.  View  of  portion  of  shaft  and  gallery,  showing  mode  of  limbering. 
/.    Tube  conveying  air  from  blowing  machine. 
m.  Signal  cord. 
it.  Miner  at  work. 


Feb.  2!),  1802.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


117 


ozokerite.     The  former  is  melted  as  it  is,  while  the  latter  is 
subjected  to  the  following  operations  in  consecutive  order; — 

1.  Hand  picking  or  sorting. 

2.  Washing  with  cold  water. 
:(.  Washing  with  hot  water. 

5.  Treatment  with  benzine  and  steam. 

By  hand  picking  all  the  larger  fragments  of  ozokerite  are 
sorted  from  the  earthy  matter.  The  work  is  performed  at 
the  pit's  mouth  by  women,  who  are  provided  with  a  small 
mattock  by  means  of  which  the  separation  of  the  matrix  is 
facilitated.  After  this  the  earth,  which  still  contains  from 
8  to  10  per  cent,  of  ozokerite,  is  thrown  into  tubs  of  water 
and  stirred  with  shovels.  Under  these  circumstances  the 
liberated  ozokerite  rises  to  the  surface  and  is  skimmed  off 
with  a  sieve.  The  earth,  still  containing  from  4  to  5  per 
cent,  of  ozokerite,  is  then  subjected  to  the  action  of  boiling 
water  and  the  finer  particles  of  the  wax,  aggregated  by 
fusion,  rise  to  the  surface  in  the  form  of  a  black  oily  scum, 
which  is  removed  from  time  to  time.  The  fourth  process, 
originally  suggested  by  Van  Haecht,  consists  in  exposing 
the  earth  which,  after  treatment  with  boiling  water,  still 
contains  from  1  to  lj  per  cent,  of  ozokerite,  to  the  solvent 
action  of  benzine.  By  this  means  nearly  the  whole  of  the 
remaining  wax  is  dissolved,  and  by  steam  distillation  the 
benzine  is  recovered.  The  ozokerite  thus  obtained  com- 
mands a  higher  price  than  which  is  obtained  by  either  of 
the  three  preceding  processes. 

The  separated  ozokerite  is  melted  and  cast  into  loaves  or 
blocks  of  the  form  of  a  truncated  cone,  and  weighing  about 
50  or  60  kilos.  One  of  these  blocks  is  on  the  table.  The 
expenses  of  picking,  washing,  and  melting  amount  to  from 
40  to  50  kreutzers  per  quintal. 

There  are  two  or  three  recognised  commercial  qualities  of 
the  melted  and  cast  ozokerite.  The  first  qualitv-  is  trans- 
parent in  thin  sheets  and  its  colour  ranges  from  yellow  to 
greenish  brown.  Adulteration  by  means  of  crude  petroleum, 
heavy  oils,  the  residues  from  refineries,  asphaltum,  and  even 
earthy  matter,  are  not  unknown,  and  occasionally  by  a 
process  of  double  casting  the  exterior  of  the  block  is  made 
to  differ  in  quality  from  the  interior. 

In  the  form  of  the  blocks  described  the  ozokerite  is 
delivered  to  the  Austro-Hungarian  refineries,  and  exported 
to  Kussia,  Germany,  and  England.  The  principal  refineries 
are  in  Drohobicz,  Lemberg,  Vienna,  Stockerau  (near 
Vienna),  Aussig,  Teplitz,  Elbeteinitz,  London,  Halle, 
Frankfort,  and  Hamburg. 

In  the  following  table  the  quantity  and  price  of  the 
ozokerite  raised  in  Austria-Hungary  are  given  for  the  years 
1877 — 90.  The  figures  are  official,  but,  as  in  the  case  of 
petroleum,  the  production  is  probably  very  largely  under- 
stated. The  greater  part  of  this  ozokerite  is  the  produce  of 
the  mines  of  Boryslaw,  but  a  portion  was  obtained  from  the 
deposits  at  Truskawice,  Starunia,  and  Dwiniacz. 

The  raw  material,  which  has  been  separated  from  earthy 
matter  by  fusion,  is  treated  with  Nordhausen  oil  of  vitriol, 
whereby  a  portion  of  the  material  becomes  converted  into  a 
soluble  sulpho-eompouud,  and  afterwards  with  charcoal.* 
The  purified  ozokerite,  which  then  bears  the  name  of 
ceresin,  is  separated  as  far  as  possible  from  the  charcoal 
by  pressure,  and  an  additional  quantity  is  obtained  by 
exhausting  the  charcoal  with  benzine,  which  is  afterwards 
distilled  off.  There  is  thus  usually  obtained  from  the  crude 
ozokerite  from  60  to  70  per  cent.,  or  even  more,  of  ceresin, 
which  in  some  cases  is  afterwards  coloured  to  imitate 
beeswax,  and  is  largely  used  on  the  Continent,  especially  in 
Kussia,  as  an  adulterant  of,  or  even  as  a  substitute  for  that 
material,  especially  in  the  manufacture  of  church  candles. 
Refined  ozokerite  or  ceresin  usually  ranges  in  melting 
point  from  61°  to  78°  C,  but  notwithstanding  its  high 
melting  point,  when  made  into  caudles,  it  exhibits  a 
tendency  to  gutter  ;  it  also  burns  with  a  smoky  flame.  For 
the  production  of  the  material  of  which  candles  are  made, 
the  ozokerite  is  subjected  by  Messrs.  J.  C.  and  J.  Field, 
Limited,  to  a  process  of  distillation,  patented  in  1870  by 
Field  and  Siemssen.     Under  this  process  the  ozokerite  is 

*  The  carbonaceous  residue  produced  in  the  manufacture  of 
potassium  ferroeyanide  being  employed. 


AuSTRI  A-H  I'NGARY. 

Ozokerite. 


Year. 


Production  in  Metre 
Centners  of  100  Kilos. 


Average  Price  per 
100  Kilos,  in  Florins. 


1877 

89,610 

Fl.K. 
25' 73 

1878 

103,420 

29'SO 

1879 

90,666 

25-89 

18S0 

105,270 

34-94 

1881 

106,491 

25-84 

1832 

99,300 

2.V50 

1883 

106.299 

28-78 

18S4 

119,669 

31-31 

1885 

130,258 

29-72 

1886 

139,254 

25-42 

1887     ' 

80,500 

2367 

1888 

S7.800 

21-611 

1889 

75,800 

23-76 

1*90 

61,699 

28-50 

melted,  pumped  into  stills,  and  distilled  in  a  current  of 
superheated  steam. t  The  distillate  is  caked,  pressed  with 
naphtha,  cleared  down  with  Fuller's  earth,  and  filtered. 
Under  favourable  circumstances,  with  good  material,  about 
60  per  cent,  of  white  wax,  of  a  melting  point  of  140  1'., 
may  thus  be  obtained.  Candles  made  of  this  wax  are 
especially  adapted  for  use  in  high  temperatures,  as  they  are 
less  liable  to  gutter  and  bend  than  ordinary  oaraffin  candles. 
In  addition  to  light  oils,  the  crude  ozokerite  yields  under 
certain  circumstances  a  serai-solid  product  resembling 
vaseline,  but  less  homogeneous.  This  product,  known  as 
yellow  ozokerine,  is  used  in  ointments  and  pomades.  By 
the  action  of  Nordhausen  sulphuric  acid  it  is  rendered 
white,  and  in  that  form  is  employed  by  French  perfumers 
as  a  substitute  for  lard  in  the  process  of  "  enfleurage,"  the 
almost  entire  insolubility  of  the  hydrocarbon  in  alcohol,  and 
its  non-liability  to  become  rancid,  giving  it  a  great  advantage 
over  the  animal  fat. 

The  residue  in  the  stills  consists  of  a  hard,  black,  waxy 
substance,  for  which  at  first  no  use  could  be  found,  but  in 
1875  Messrs.  Field  and  Tailing  took  out  a  patent  for 
producing  electrical  insulating  material  by  combining  this 
black  ozokerite  with  india-rubber  by  welding  through 
rollers  at  a  moderate  temperature,  and  subsequently 
vulcanising  the  compound.  This  material,  with  certain 
modifications,  has  been  introduced  as  "  okonite,"  and  is 
now  largely  used  by  the  Okonite  Company  for  the  insula- 
tion of  electrical  cables.  Okonite  is  not  only  a  good 
insulator,  but  is  remarkably  flexible  and  tough.  By  a 
similar  process  a  form  of  the  material  known  as  heelball  is 
mauufactured.  This  is  employed  to  impart  a  black 
polished  surface  to  the  heels  and  soles  of  boots ;  it  is  also 
very  largely  used  by  the  Austrian  Government  for  the 
leather  work  of  cavalry  and  artillery.  The  consumption  of 
the  black  ozokerite  in  consequence  of  these  industrial 
applications  of  what  was  at  first  a  valueless  by-product  has 
now  become  so  great  that  the  present  demand  largely 
exceeds  the  supply. 

For  the  very  complete  and  highly  interesting  series  of 
illustrative  specimens,  as  well  as  for  much  valuable  informa- 
tion relative  to  the  ozokerite  industry,  the  writer  is  greatly 
indebted  to  Mr.  Leopold  Field,  who  is  well  known  to  have 
devoted  special  attention  to  the  technology  of  the  subject. 
The  specimens  include  natural  ozokerite  from  a  large  seam 

+  If  the  ozokerne  is  subjected  to  destructive  distillation,  it  is 
very  largely  converted  into  gas,  oil.  and  coke,  but  in  the  presence 
of  superheated  steam  this  decomposition  does  not  take  place  to  any 
iiuportant  extent. 


118 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE    SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  :>»,  18S.2. 


at  a  depth  of  about  350  feet  (such  ozokerite  yields  by  the 
system  of  distillation  adopttd  by  Messrs.  Field  about 
60  per  cent,  of  white  ozokerite  (melting  poiut  140  F.  i  30 
per  cent,  of  black  ozokerite  and  3  per  cent,  of  ozokerine,  the 
remaining  7  per  cent,  being  represented  by  gas,  light  oil,  and 
coke)  crude  ozokerite  ("  primissima")  as  imported,  showing 
the  characteristic  fracture  and  dichroism  of  the  material  ; 
distilled  ozokerit,  140°  F,  melting  point,  ozokerit  candles 
and  nigbtlights  ;  black  ozokerite,  "okouite  "  and  heelballs  : 
"  ozokerine,"  yellow  and  white  ;  ceresin. 

For  the  specimens  of  electric  cables  insulated  with 
okonite,  the  thanks  of  the  writer  are  due  to  the  Okonite 
Company. 

In  conclusion,  the  writer  cannot  too  strongly  express  his 
indebtedness  to  Mr.  George  Adams,  whose  long  e\[u  rience 
and  intimate  knowledge  of  the  industry  have  been  generous]  v 
plaeed  at  his  disposal,  aud  have  been  of  the  greatest  value 
to  hira  in  the  preparation  of  this  paper.  The  writer's 
cordial  thanks  are  also  due  to  Imperial  and  Koyal  Com- 
missioner Henryk  Walter,  of  Cracow,  who  has  kii)dlyr 
furnished  him  with  much  valuable  statistical  information. 


Discussion. 

Mr.W.  Toi'I.ky,  F.K.S.,  ventured  to  assert  that  no  one  would 
in  future  attempt  to  discuss  or  write  about  the  petroleum  aud 
ozokerite  industry  of  Galicia  without  referring  to  this  paper. 
He  thought  Mr.  Redwood  had  dealt  with  the  subject  in  a  very 
masterly  manner.  What  he  had  to  say  would  be  mainly 
geological.  Mr.  Redwood  had  been  good  enough  to  refer 
to  him,  and  to  say  that  he  had  given  him  (Mr.  Kedwood) 
some  information,  so  that  for  him  to  make  general  remarks 
upon  the  geological  part  of  the  paper  would  be  mere  repeti- 
tion. He  could  quite  agree  with  what  Mr.  Kedwood  had 
said  as  to  the  general  coincidence  between  the  occurrences, 
of  petroleum  aud  the  course  of  mountain  ranges  in  Europe 
A  geological  map  would  show  that  the  mountain  ranges 
coincided  with  the  geological  structure.  Perhaps  he  had 
not  fully  understood  Mr.  Kedwood  in  some  of  his  remarks 
with  relerence  to  the  supposed  connections  of  distant 
localities.  He  would  hardly,  for  instance,  be  inclined  to 
connect  the  petroleum  of  Algeria  with  that  of  the  South  of 
Spain.  He  was  rather  inclined  to  think  that  in  Algeria, 
when  the  course  of  petroleum  was  more  fully  known,  it 
would  be  found  to  lie  in  an  east  and  west  direction,  extend- 
ing for  some  distance  along  the  hills.  He  did  not  see  any 
geological  reason  for  connecting  the  petroleum  of  Hanover 
with  that  of  the  Carpathians.  He  would  rather  connect  the 
Carpathian  ranges  with  that  very  interesting  case  in 
Bavaria,  south  of  Munich ;  this  was  plainly  suggested  by 
a  geological  map.  As  regards  the  varying  chemical  compo- 
sitions found  in  different  geological  formations,  it  was  very 
easy  to  compare  the  composition  of  petroleums  of  different 
formations  from  different  places,  but  what  they  wanted  was 
a  minute  comparison  from  different  formations  in  the  same 
district,  and  he  thought  that  could  be  done  in  Galicia.  As 
regards  the  varying  density  of  different  petroleum  deposits, 
very  often  it  appeared  that  petroleum  at  greater  depths  had 
a  lesser  specific  gravity.  As  Mr.  Kedwood  had  pointed 
out,  one  would  expect  this,  because  the  petroleum  near  the 
surface  would  lose  some  of  its  volatile  matter,  but  an 
inspection  of  the  tables  exhibited  scarcely  seemed  fully  to 
bear  that  out. 

Mr.  Nelson  Boyd  said  that  Mr.  Kedwood  had  shown 
them  the  methods  which  were  originally  used  with 
hand  labour,  and  then  proceeded  to  show  them  the  drilling 
apparatus  which  was  used  now,  namely,  the  Canadian,  but 
which  he  (Mr.  Boyd)  would  prefer  to  call  the  American 
system.  The  best  method  for  classifying  the  systems  of 
drilling  was  based  upon  the  tools  that  were  used  in  the 
borehole  itself.  In  the  American  system,  whether  wot  kid 
by  rods  or  rope,  the  tools  used  were  the  same.  In  Canada 
they  used  2-in.  rods,  whereas  in  Pennsylvania  they  used  the 
rope  system,  which  was  very  useful  for  deep  wells.  The 
systems  wete  really  exactly  the  same.  With  reference  to 
the  Canadian  system  not  being  suitable  for  deep  boring, 
he  had  had  a  hole  drilled  no  less  than  013  metres  deep,  and 
he  thought  that  that  was  a   feat  which   had  not  often  been 


accomplished  with  rods.  When  wells  were  sunk  to  1,400 
or  1,500  ft.,  a  rope  was  usually  adopted,  and  there  the 
rope  system  had  the  advantage,  as  it  was  more  expedi- 
tious. In  tact,  where  one  got  beyond  300  or  400  yards,  it 
took  very  nearly  half  an  hour  to  draw  up  the  rods.  The 
free-fall  system  had  heen  universally  used  in  Europe  for 
boring  for  water,  and  it  had  also  been  adapted  for  other 
borings.  This  system  bad  been  described  as  very  good, 
hut  then  it  involved  the  necessity  of  iron  rods.  The  result 
was  an  enormous  weight  and  a  very  slow  bringing  up  of  rods, 
with  consequent  increase  in  the  expenditure.  He  thought 
that  the  American  system  was  infinitely  superior  to  it. 
The  system  used  on  the  Continent  was  a  modification  of 
the  one  before  them,  but  instead  of  hand  labour  they  used 
an  engine.  There  was  also  the  so-called  diamond  drill,  which 
ought  to  be  called  the  crown  drill,  because  it  was  not 
absolutely  necessary  to  have  diamonds  at  the  bottom  of  the 
crown.  He  had  himself  seen  an  apparatus  for  boring  with  a 
preparation  of  emery  which  was  sufficiently  strong  to  go 
through  soft  ground.  In  beds  of  clay  in  which  petroleum  is 
found,  the  diamoud  drill  was  absolutely  useless  ;  it  clogged 
in  the  clay,  the  crown  had  to  be  given  up  and  the  chisel 
used  ;  and  then  a  pulp  of  fine  sand  and  clay  was  formed, 
which  remained  in  the  hole ;  and  not  only  that,  but  the 
rotary  action  of  the  chisel  formed  cavities  all  round.  He 
supported  Mr.  Kedwood  in  the  opinion  that  the  Canadian 
system  was  infinitely  the  best  of  the  three.  It  should  be 
remembered  that  the  Northern  Carpathians  were  very  much 
steeper  on  the  northern  side  than  on  the  southern  side,  and 
therefore  people  working  on  the  southern  side  would  strike 
the  oil  line  at  a  less  depth. 

Mr.  Georoe  Moruaixt  might  say,  with  regard  to 
this  petroleum,  that  it  was  well  known  m  England,  aud  as 
far  back  as  the  years  1865  aud  1866  about  1,000  tons  had 
been  imported  to  London,  and  was  refined  by  the  Hydro 
carbon  Oil  Company  at  Southall.  At  that  time  the  price  of 
refined  petroleum  was  2s.  9rf.  per  gaMon,  whilst  at  the 
present  moment  it  was  4§d.  Between  1864  and  1892  enor- 
mous quantities  of  American,  Canadian,  and  Russian  oils  had 
been  imported.  The  import  into  London  in  1864  was  45,211 
barrels;  last  year  it  was  1,244,115  barrels.  That  would 
give  some  idea  of  the  marvellous  development  of  this  trade. 
The  members  of  the  oil  trade  were  extremely  pleased  to  see 
these  new  developments  leading  to  increased  production  all 
over  the  world,  because  they  felt  convinced  that,  by  the  aid 
of  chemists  and  engineers,  petroleum  would  sooner  or  later 
be  adopted  for  fuel,  and  also  as  a  motor  for  steamships. 

Mr.  W.  J.  A.  Bitterfield  wished  to  ask  Mr.  Redwood 
two  or  three  questions  on  the  applications  of  petroleum. 
Mr.  Redwood  had  mentioned  the  extensive  use  now  made  of 
oil  for  making  gas,  and  for  carburetting  water-gas.  Oil  for 
this  purpose  should  be  free  from  water,  and  he  was  not  very 
clear  whether  the  petroleum  from  Galicia  was  free  from 
water.  He  did  not  understand  also  whether  the  petroleum 
was  free  from  sulphur,  or  whether  this  was  only  the  case 
with  the  ozokerite.  He  would  also  like  to  know  whether, 
ou  distillation,  the  oil  gave  off  any  ammonia  or  not.  He 
thought  it  would  b  e  interesting  to  ascertain  if  the  oil-fields 
of  America  were  co-exte 
the  oil-fields  of  Fiurope. 

Mr.  W .  Patntek  said  he  had  been  investigating  the 
existence  of  oil  in  North  Africa  during  the  last  two  years, 
and  was  of  opinion  that  that  oil-field  would  prove  an 
important  one  in  the  near  future.  In  the  borings  he  had 
made  on  the  southern  slopes  of  a  range  of  the  Atlas 
mountains,  and  from  other  surface  indications,  the  oil  showed 
very  plainly  over  a  distance  of  20  miles.  The  oil-fields  in 
the  district  of  Am  Ztft,  iu  the  Atlas  mountains,  corresponded 
exactly  to  the  description  of  those  iu  the  Galician  mountains 
which  Mr.  Redwood  had  given  them.  His  personal  expe- 
rience completely  bore  out  what  Mr.  Redwood  had  said, 
and  he  would  venture  to  say  that  if  they  studied  the 
origin  of  petroleum  it  would  be  found  to  exist  in  Europe 
aud  Africa  principally  near  limestone  of  the  tertiary 
period.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  Galician  oils  from 
900  down  to  764  were  exactly  what  he  had  found  at 
various  depths.     At  a  depth  of  14  or  15  yards  he  found  it 


Feb.  29,  1892.] 


THE  JOUKNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


119 


to  be  860.  He  had  found  that  Ain  Zeft  oil  contained  from 
it  to  7  per  cent,  of  solid  hydrocarbons.  Mr.  Redwood  had 
found  5  per  cent,  but  he  had  since  come  across  some 
samples  of  oil  which  contained  uearly  8  per  cent.  It  seemed 
to  him  that  in  North  Africa  they  had  another  extensive 
petroleum  Held,  and  the  company  in  which  he  was  interested 
was  the  pioneer  company  in  developing  this  field.  "  Ain 
Zeft  "  is  Arabic  for  "  pitch  wells." 

Mr.  Redwood,  in  reply,  said  that  with  reference  to 
Mr.  Topley's  remarks,  he  did  not  desire  to  carry  the 
argument  of  the  north-west,  south-east  line  too  far.  He 
did  not  wish  to  pose  as  an  exponent,  of  the  view  that  on 
the  continent  of  Europe  these  deposits  must  occur  on  such 
a  line.  He  had  thought  it  expedient  to  point  out  that  the 
petroleum  fields  to  which  he  had  occasion  to  refer  occupied 
the  relative  positions  described.  He  did  not  desire  to 
advance  any  opinion  on  a  geological  question  in  opposition 
to  the  views  of  Mr.  Topley,  and  he  quite  agreed  with  him 
that  new  deposits  might  be  discovered,  which  would 
necessarily  modify  the  generalisation  attempted.  But, 
nevertheless,  there  was  in  his  mind  an  idea  that,  some  sort 
of  general  disposition  on  parallel  lines  running,  broadly, 
north-west,  south-east,  characterised  the  petroleum  fields  of 
Europe.  He  was  fully  in  accord  with  Mr.  Topley  in 
thinking  that  a  chemical  comparison  of  petroleums  from 
the  various  geological  horizons  in  Galicia  might  prove  to 
be  exceedingly  interesting  and  valuable.  He  might  say, 
however,  that  he  had  worked  out  that  idea  a  little  farther 
in  his  paper,  than  he  had,  from  lack  of  time,  been  able  to 
indicate  that  evening;  but  while  he  felt  that  a  careful  study 
of  the  relative  physical  and  chemical  characteristics  of 
various  samples  of  petroleum  obtained  from  the  different 
geological  horizons  in  Galicia  might  lead  to  important 
results,  it  did  not  appear  to  him  that  any  very  definite 
deductions  could  be  drawn  from  the  existing  data.  He 
would  like  to  make  one  remark  in  reference  to  Mr.  Topley's 
comments  on  the  results  obtained  in  the  examination  of 
samples  from  a  number  of  wells  in  the  Sloboda  district. 
In  consequence  of  the  fact  that  in  Galicia  it  was  not  an 
uncommon  thing  to  perforate  the  casing,  not  only  at  the 
lowest  oil  horizon,  but  at  every  important  oil  horizon, 
a  product  was  frequently  obtained  in  variable  proportions 
from  different  horizons.  With  respect  to  Mr.  Boyd's  obser- 
vations he  might  remark  that  he  had  found  it  convenient 
to  apply  the  terms  American  and  Canadian  respectively, 
to  the  systems  of  drilling  with  a  cable  and  with  rods.  He 
quite  agreed  with  Mr.  Boyd  that  the  tools  were  of  the  same 
description,  but  he  believed  that  the  names  in  question  were 
appropriate,  since  the  rope  system  was  generally  used  in 
the  United  States,  and  the  rod  S3'stem  in  Canada.  He  did  not 
think  that  the  remarks  made  by  other  speakers  called  for 
any  reply,  except  those  which  had  fallen  from  Mr.  Butter- 
field,  who  asked  some  questions  in  reference  to  the 
employment  of  Galieian  petroleum  as  a  source  of  gas  for 
carburetting  purposes.  Mr.  Butterfield  had  pointed  out  in 
the  first  place  that  the  oil  for  ;his  purpose  should  be  free 
from  water ;  and  he  had  inquired  if  Galieian  petroleum 
was  free  from  sulphur.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  crude  petroleum 
which  had  a  specific  gravity  considerably  different  from 
that  of  water  could  not  long  retain  much  water  in  suspen- 
sion, and  the  quantity  which  would  remain  in  solution  might 
be  disregarded  in  the  use  of  the  oil  for  gas-making  purposes. 
The  crude  oils  which  had  given  trouble  in  gas  making, 
owing  to  the  presence  of  water,  had  been  of  a  high  specific 
gravity.  From  such  oils  water  separated  but  ver}-  slowly, 
by  subsidence  at  common  temperatures.  As  regarded 
freedom  from  sulphur  he  might  say  that  the  petroleum 
found  in  Galicia  was  usually  practically  free  from  sulphur. 
He  might  add  that  the  presence  of  sulphur  in  petroleum 
employed  in  gas  making  was  a  matter  of  much  less  con- 
sequence than  its  presence  in  crude  oil  intended  as  a 
source  of  kerosene,  for  it  was  comparatively  easy  to  remove 
sulphur  from  gas. 


Meeting  held  Monday,  February  1st,  1892. 


— «tec<cg^ 


MR.    THOS.    TYRER    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


THE   STABILITY   OF   CERTAIN   ORGANIC 
NITROGEN   COMPOUNDS  OCCURRING   IN   COAL- 
TAR  PITCH. 

BY    WATSON    SMITH. 

(Lecturer  in  Chemical  Technology  in  University  College, 
London.) 

This  note  is  merely  designed  to  call  attention  to  a  fact  that 
appears  to  have  been  overlooked,  as  well  as  to  point  to  a 
very  simple  lecture  experiment  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating 
that  such  organic  substances  as  pitch,  which  contain  small 
quantities  of  nitrogen  in  combination,  if  ignited  so  as  to 
become  reduced  to  a  porous  coke,  evolve  a  considerable 
proportion  of  that  nitrogen  as  ammonia.  The  exhalation  of 
ammonia  from  the  porous  coke  is  most  marked  when  the 
ignited  residue  has  cooled  down  to  such  an  extent  that  the 
retort  or  other  vessel  is  so  warm  that  it  can  just  he  norne 
upon  the  hand  for  a  short  time.  No  odour  of  ammonia  is 
perceived  whilst  the  retort  or  other  vessel  is  still  very  hot. 
This  evolution  of  ammonia  is  secured  even  long  after  attain- 
ing a  period  in  the  distillation,  when  absolutely  no  more 
solid  or  liquid  distillation  products  come  off  in  the  case  of 
pitch,  clearly  proving  that  the  nitrogen  carbon  compounds  of 
the  pitch  are  those  which  are  the  most  stable.  The  fact  also 
that  the  nitrogen  is  finally  evolved  as  ammonia  would  appear 
to  prove  that  some  hydrogen  is  present  and  is  retained  in 
a  stable  form.  To  endeavour  to  show  that  it  is  not  due  to 
the  influence  of  the  moisture  in  air  aspirated  back  into  the 
retort  after  cooling  of  the  latter,  a  set  of  drying-tubes  were 
adjusted  to  the  retort,  so  that  the  air  passing  back  should 
be  dry  air.  Ammonia  was  still  evolved.  Nevertheless,  it 
is  quite  conceivable  that  before  the  adjustment  of  such 
drying  apparatus,  and  after  the  removal  of  the  lamp  flame, 
back  suction  of  moist  air  may  have  occurred,  before  the 
drying  tubes  could  be  fixed,  as  also  whilst  the  source  of 
heat  was  still  present,  and  during  lapses  of  the  intensity  of 
the  flame. 

An  interesting  and  effective  lecture  experiment  to 
illustrate  this  stability  of  nitrogen,  is  very  simply  performed, 
by  introducing  some  bits  of  pitch  into  a  small  retort,  placing 
a  flame  under  the  bulb  of  the  retort  and  heating  strongly 
until  all  that  will  distil  over  has  passed  off,  and  the  residue 
has  become  red  hot,  and  the  glass  of  the  bulb  is  somewhat 
warped  and  has  become  semi-molten.  The  lamp  is  then 
removed,  and  the  retort  let  cool  until  the  heat  of  the  bulb 
can  be  just  endured  in  the  palm  of  the  hand.  On  removing 
the  stopper  of  the  retort,  the  stem  being  still  inclined  down- 
wards, a  current  of  air  passes  up  the  stem,  through  the 
retort  and  through  the  stopper-rede,  after  the  manner  of  the 
draught  of  a  chimney,  if  the  nose  be  now  held  in  the 
ascending  current  of  air  from  the  stopper,  a  powerful,  in 
fact,  unendurably  strong  odour  of  ammonia  is  perceived, 
producing  dense  white  fumes  with  the  moistened  stopper  of 
a  hydrochloric  acid  bottle.  Meanwhile,  as  an  instructive, 
simple,  and  I  believe  new  lecture  experiment  I  thought  it 
not  unworthy  of  record  or  of  presentation  to  this  Society. 

Discussion. 

Mr.  William  Crowder  said  that  he  did  not  quite  see 
what  the  peculiar  reaction  was  in  the  case  of  the  pitch 
mentioned  by  Mr.  Watson  Smith.  It  was  a  very  well 
known  thing  that  in  distilling  nitrogenous  substances  a 
residue  of  charcoal  was  found,  and  that  that  charcoal 
always  contained  nitrogen.  He  himself  had  distilled  large 
quantities  of  auimal  matter,  and  he  had  invariably  obtained 
nitrogen  in  the  charcoal.  He  had  found  exactly  the  same 
thing  in  the  case  of  bone ;  and,  in  fact,  it  was  well  known 
that  if  any  organic  substance  were  distilled  there  was  always 
a  residue  of  nitrogen  left  in  the  substance.  He  therefore 
did  not  see  what  Mr.  Watson  Smith  was  driving  at  in 
singling  out  pitch  as  a  substance  having  anything  peculiar 
about  it. 


120 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Feb.  29,  ism. 


Dr.  C.  K.  Aldkr  Wright  had  notified  that  sometimes 
nitrogen  -was  evolved  in  another  form,  cyanogen,  when  the 
residue  in  the  retort  was  coked  ;  sometimes  ammonia  and 
cyanogen  were  obtained  together.  On  redistillation  of  bone 
oil  (Dippers  oil),  a  large  quantity  of  ammonia  was  formed 
when  the  residue  left  in  the  retort  approached  carbonisation, 
and  one  would  also  frequently  find  a  white  sublimate  in  the 
neck  of  the  retort.  This  consisted  partly  of  ammonium 
cyanide,  the  cyanogen  being  easily  recognised  by  dissolving 
in  water  and  applying  the  Prussian  blue  test ;  the  smell  of 
ammonia  was  persistent  all  through  the  latter  part  of  the 
distillation.  Bodies  analogous  to  those  in  bone  oil  would 
be  probably  contained  in  small  quantity  in  ordinary  coal- 
tars,  and  the  formation  of  ammonia  would  probably  be 
noticeable  there  also  to  a  lesser  extent. 

The  Chairman  asked  what  percentage  of  ammonia  had 
been  found  in  such  coke  material,  and  whether  it  was  not 
possible  that  the  nitrogen  of  the  air  might  be  concerned  in 
the  formation  of  the  ammonia  ? 

Mr.  Watson  Smith  said,  in  reply,  that  the  exhalation  of 
ammonia  from  the  coking  and  coked  pitch  did  not  appear 
to  commence  until  after  cooling  had  set  in,  and  in  fact  to 
a  temperature  that  could  just  be  borne  by  the  hand. 
Whilst  other  substances  containing  nitrogen,  such  as  bone- 
black,  &c,  might  similarly  exhale  ammonia,  he  had  never 
observed  the  phenomenon  so  strongly  marked  as  in  the  case 
of  pitch,  and  he  had  first  observed  it  in  1 869  when  con- 
tinually experimenting  wiih  pitch  on  a  large  scale  in  a  tar 
distillery.  On  reheating  the  coked  residue  after  it  had 
ceased  to  evolve  a  smell  of  ammonia  and  then  letting 
the  residue  again  cool  down,  a  fresh  exhalation 
commenced.  Some  further  experiments  would  be  required 
to  prove  whether  or  not  the  nitrogen  of  the  air  was 
at  all  involved  in  the  development.  It  seemed  scarcely 
probable.  He  had  indeed  tried  the  experiment  with  coked 
sugar,  but  without  evidence  of  a  trace  of  ammonia.  The 
probability  suggested  by  one  speaker  that  the  com- 
pounds decomposed  might  he  cyanides  and  sulphocyanides 
seemed  likely,  especially  since  the  ammonia  was  ac- 
companied occasionally  by  a  smell  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  and  occasionally  by  a  faint  one  of  hydrocyanic 
acid.  The  best  way  to  obtain  all  the  nitrogen  of 
nitrogenous  cokes  of  any  kinds,  as  ammonia,  was  to  pass 
steam  through  the  red-hot  material  until  all  was  consumed 
but  ash,  and  in  suitable  apparatus  for  the  condensation  and 
recovery  of  such  ammonia.  This  was  no  new  thing,  but 
was  well-known  to  and  for  long  practised  by  the  firm  of 
Brunner,  Mond  and  Co.,  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge,  in  the 
case  of  coal. 

The  Chairman  said  that  the  point  whether  the  nitrogen 
of  the  atmosphere  had  anything  to  do  with  this  evolution  of 
ammonia  ought  to  be  settled  ;  and  the  fact  mentioned  by 
Mr.  Watson  Smith  that  no  ammonia  was  perceptible  whilst 
the  contents  of  the  retort  were  very  hot  was  certainly 
singular.  It  would  not  be  at  all  a  difficult  thing  to  deter- 
mine by  experimenting  with  some  neutral  gas.  Mr.  Smith 
admitted  that  the  investigation  was  incomplete,  but  was 
put  forward  as  a  suggestion  to  be  worked  out  by  those 
whose  opportunities  were  larger  than  his  own. 


Zibrrpool  £>ecttoit. 


University  College,  Browtnlow  Street. 


Chairman  :  H .  Brunner. 

Vice-Chairman :  A.  Norman  Tate. 

Committee : 

E.  Carey.  A.  H.  Knight. 
V.  C.  Driffield.  t).  McKechnie. 
P.  Gossage.  E.  K.  Muspratt. 
W.  I).  Herman.  Henry  Tate. 

C.  L.  Higgins.  A.  Watt. 

F.  Hiuter. 

Hon.  Treasurer:  "W.  P.  Thompson. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary : 

Dr.  Chas.  A.  Kolin,  University  College,  Liverpool. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
■*ent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

18!12  :— 
Mar.  2ml. —Dr.  G.  Shack-Sommer.    "Bill  to  p.mem]  the  Law 
with  respccl  to  the  Sale  of  Agricultural  Fertilisers  and  Feeding 
Stuffs.'1 

Apr.  fitli.    Chairman's  Address.    "  Manuring  for  the  Production 
of  Fruit." 


Meeting  held  Wednesday,  Januaty  13'A,  1892. 


MR.    A.    NORMAN    TATE   IN   THE    CHAIR. 


MODERN*  LEGISLATION'  IN  RESTRAINT  OF  THE 

EMISSION  OF  NOXIOUS  GASES  FROM 

MANUFACTURING  OPERATIONS. 

BY   A.    E.    FLETCHER, 

H.  M.  Chief  Inspector  under  the  Alkali,  Sfc,   Works 
Regulation  Act. 

Last  year  I  read  a  paper  on  this  subject  before  the  Congress 
of  Hygiene  meeting  in  London.  On  that  occasion  I  sketched 
the  course  which  such  legislation  bail  taken,  and  spoke  of 
the  effects  produced.  This  evening  I  have  the  advantage  of 
addressing  an  audience  well  acquainted  with  the  practical 
bearing  of  the  subject,  and  propose  therefore  to  take  now  a 
step  in  advance,  and,  referring  briefly  to  what  has  been  done 
in  the  p-ist,  to  set  forth,  and  possibly  lead  to  a  discussion  on, 
the  line  of  action  that  should  be  taken  in  future. 

By  way  of  preface  I  would  remind  the  Society  that  the 
Alkali  Works  Regulation  Act  of  1863,  was,  as  far  as  1  have 
been  able  to  discover,  a  new  departure  in  the  legislation  not 
only  of  this  but  of  any  other  country.  Prohibition  of 
noxious  trades  there  have  been,  and  local  Acts  to  regulate 
the  locality  of  factories  where  noxious  trades  were  carried 
on  ;  but  there  had  been  before  1863  no  Act  of  the  Legis- 
lature whereby  an  admission  was  implied  that  the  emission 
of  noxious  gases  was  in  certain  eases  unavoidable,  and  that 
such  would  be  subject  to  definite  regulations.  The  Act  of 
1863  recognised  the  existence  of  alkali  works,  and  the  fact 
that  acid  gases  liable  to  injure  surrounding  vegetation  were 
discharged  from  them.  There  was  no  attempt  to  put  a 
stop  to  such  works  on  account  of  the  admitted  injury  they 
were  liable  to  inflict  on  the  neighbourhood,  but  steps  were 
taken  to  limit  that  injury,  and  to  oblige  the  manufacturers 
to  adopt  means  for  reducing  the  evil  to  the  smallest  possible 
amount. 

I  think  I  am  right,  therefore,  in  saying  that  in  this  Act  a 
new  principle  was  thus  introduced,  one  differing  widely  from 
that  of  simple  repression,  hitherto  applied  whenever  an 
admitted  evil  of  the  kind  was  dealt  with.  There  was  herein 
an  acknowledgment  that  with  the  evil  there  was  associated 
a  greater  good,  and  that  to  sweep  away  the  one  would  be 


Feb.  *.i.  ism.]        THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


121 


to  destroy  the  other  ;  that  it  must  suffice  to  restrain  the  evil, 
to  iusist  on  the  adoption  of  the  best  practicable  means  for 
diminishing  it  to  the  furthest  possible  limit. 

A  second  important  principle  in  the  Alkali  Act  of  1863 
was  that  its  administration  should  not  be  placed  in  the 
hands  of  the  local  authorities.  The  larger  manufacturers, 
proprietors  of  chemical  works,  and  others  interested  in  the 
carrying  on  of  processes  which  might  cause  the  occasional 
discharge  of  noxious  gases,  are  obviously  not  those  who 
should  be  entrusted  with  the  administration  of  a  law  to 
control  those  operations  in  which  they  are  particularly 
concerned.  It  was  felt  to  be  necessary  therefore  that  the 
inspectors  to  be  appointed  under  the  Alkali  Act  should  be 
removed  from  all  local  influence,  and  that  they  should  be 
appointed  by  the  central  authority. 

For  this  and  for  other  reasons  it  was  probably  thought 
that  the  local  medical  officers  of  public  health  would  not  he 
suitable  agents  for  carrying  out  the  new  la*.  Their  medical 
studies  eminently  fit  them  for  their  office  as  guardians  of 
the  public  health,  but  they  are  not  necessarily  students  of 
chemistry  nor  familiar  with  its  application  to  the  arts. 

The  appointment  of  inspectors  who  should  have  power  of 
entry  of  the  works  registered  under  the  Act  was  also  new 
and  seemed  to  be  in  opposition  to  our  instinctive  feeling  of 
the  inviolability  of  private  property.  This  step  was.  how- 
ever, necessary  to  the  carrying  out  of  this  newer  legislation. 

If  it  were  conceded  that  a  work  should  not  be  stopped 
though  it  might  have  been  ascertained  that  some  noxious  gas 
escaped  from  it,  provided  that  such  escape  were  kept  within 
the  narrowest  possible  limits,  then  there  must  be  inspectors 
to  ascertain  the  fact,  and  they  must  have  opportunity  of 
continually  examining  the  process  and  the  apparatus. 

As  the  number  of  chemical  works  increased  and  they 
were  grouped  together  in  considerable  numbers,  as  at 
Widnes  and  St.  Helens,  it  was  found  impossible  for  a 
farmer  in  the  surrounding  district  whose  crops  may  have 
been  injured  by  an  acid  gas  to  fix  on  the  factory  whence 
this  had  proceeded.  The  work  of  an  inspector  became 
therefore  the  more  necessary  to  go  before  and  prevent  the 
injury,  or,  if  necessary,  single  out  the  offender.  It  being 
then  conceded  that  if  certain  chemical  manufactures  were 
carried  on  some  noxious  gas  would  inevitably  from  time 
to  time  escape,  and  inspectors  being  appointed  to  examine 
with  a  view  to  minimise  the  amount  thus  escaping,  it 
became  necessary  to  give  a  standard  for  their  guidance, 
tr>  fix  a  limit  beyond  which  any  emission  of  a  noxious  gas 
should  be  considered  peual. 

In  the  original  Alkali  Act  of  1863  the  only  gas  dealt 
with  was  hydrochloric  acid.  That  gas,  liberated  by  the 
action  of  sulphuric  acid  on  common  salt  during  the  first 
stage  of  its  conversion  into  alkali  by  the  Leblanc  process, 
was  in  the  early  days  of  the  manufacture  allowed  to  pass  into 
the  fire  flues,  thus  finding  a  discharge  through  the  chimney 
into  the  atmosphere.  The  first  effort  to  mitigate  the 
damage  thus  inflicted  on  surrounding  vegetation  was  to 
heighten  the  chimney  in  the  hope  that,  carried  to  a 
distance,  the  acid  gas  by  extreme  dilution  would  be 
powerless  for  evil.  Thus  rose  the  tall  structures  once  seen 
at  Newton,  in  Lancashire,  and  that  still  standing  at 
St.  Kollox,  in  Lancashire.  It  was  when  the  failure  of  this 
palliative  was  realised  that  Mr.  Gossage  constructed  his 
now  famous  towers  for  the  condensation  of  hydrochloric 
acid  gas.  Brought  here  into  contact  with  water  distributed 
over  large  surfaces  it  was  dissolved  and  retained  as  a  liquid 
acid. 

It  was  the  operation  of  these  condensing  towers  that 
gave  a  standard  for  the  Alkali  Act.  Their  action  was  so 
nearly  perfect  that  it  seemed  safe  to  engage  that  95  per 
cent,  should  be  condensed.  Thus  it  was  made  penal  for 
an  alkali  manufacturer  to  allow  more  than  5  per  cent,  of 
his  hydrochloric  acid  to  escapo  into  the  air.  As  the  number 
five  has  no  particular  relation  to  common  salt  or  hydro- 
chloric acid,  or  to  the  molecular  weights  of  either,  it  must 
be  admitted  that  it  was  taken  as  a  conveniently  familiar 
figure,  and  sufficiently  near  for  a  first  attempt.  As  a  fact 
the  manufacturers  from  the  first  kept  well  within  it,  indeed 
the  amount  of  acid  escaping  from  the  condensers  them- 
selves was  very  much  below  the  proportion  named.  At 
the  present  time,  adding  to  this  the  amount  which  escapes 


through  crevices  in  the  ftirnaces,  or  in  other  ways  finds  its 
way  into  the  chimney,  the  whole  does  not  exceed  on  the 
average  "2  per  cent. 

The  Alkali  Act  of  1863,  containing  the  novel  principles 
here  indicated,  was  passed  tentatively  for  five  years  only. 
During  this  first  time  of  trial  it  worked  satisfactorily,  the 
amount  of  acid  gas  found  to  be  escaping  from  some  of  the 
works  was  rapidly  diminished,  the  presence  of  an  inspector 
was  not  found  to  be  excessively  offensive,  and  it  was  said 
that  in  some  districts  a  marked  improvement  could  be 
observed  in  the  neighbourhood  of  chemical  works.  In  1868 
the  Act  was  therefore  renewed  and  made  perpetual. 

The  standard  of  a  condensation  of  not  less  than  95  per 
cent,  was  still  the  only  one  upheld  by  the  Act.  It  is  said 
that  this  had  been  readily  agreed  to  by  those  who  repre- 
sented the  manufacturers  in  the  committee  of  the  House  of 
Commons,  as  it  was  believed  that  no  means  existed  for 
determining  the  total  amount  of  acid  escaping  from  any 
work,  so  as  to  calculate  the  proportion  it  bore  with  the 
quantity  generated.  In  order  to  estimate  this  it  was  not 
sufficient  to  compare  the  relative  acidity  of  the  air  or  gas 
entering  the  condenser  with  that  leaving  it,  for  should 
there  be  leakages  in  the  fur.iaces  some  gas  migbt  find  its 
way  to  the  chimney  without  passing  through  the  condenser. 
It  was  seen  that  the  total  amount  passing  up  the  chimney 
during  any  given  time  must  be  estimated,  and  a  proportion 
determined  between  that  and  the  total  quantity  being 
generated  during  the  same  interval.  No  means  were, 
however,  available  for  giving  all  the  factors  necessary  for 
this  calculation.  \  measured  volume  of  the  gases  passing 
up  a  chimney  or  through  a  culvert  might  be  withdrawn, 
and  the  amount  of  hydrochloric  acid  there  contained 
determined,  but  there  was  no  means  of  estimating  the 
quantity  of  those  gases  which  passed  in  a  given  time.  In 
order  to  do  this  au  anemometer  was  needed,  by  which  one 
could  measure  the  speed  of  air  of  any  temperature,  even  if 
red  hot,  and  when  charged  with  corrosive  acids,  or  if 
heavily  laden  with  dint  or  soot.  But  no  such  instrument 
was  provided  or  was  known.  It  was  only  after  much 
investigation  and  the  independent  work  of  one  of  the 
inspectors  that  this  problem  was  solved,  and  an  anemometer 
constructed  which  should  measure  the  speed  of  a  current 
of  air  even  under  the  adverse  conditions  named. 

Apparatus  was  also  needed  for  ascertaining  the  amount 
of  acid  gas  in  a  given  volume  of  mixed  air.  Some  means 
of  withdrawing  a  measured  portion  of  air  from  the  chimney 
or  smoke  culvert  were  in  the  hands  of  chemists,  and  for 
ascertaining  the  quantity  of  acid  gas  contained  in  it,  but 
it  was  the  good  fortune  of  one  of  the  inspectors  under  the 
Act  to  devise  an  apparatus  portable  and  specially  convenient 
for  the  purpose  in  hand.  It  took  the  form  of  a  collapsible 
cylinder  constructed  of  ebonite  and  vulcanised  rubber,  in 
size  capable  of  holding  one-tenth  of  a  cubic  foot.  The 
solvent  for  the  acid  or  other  body  contained  in  the  air 
aspirated  was  introduced  into  the  collapsible  aspirator, 
where  on  agitation  it  was  brought  well  into  contact  with 
the  contained  gases. 

Thus  armed  with  anemometer  and  collapsing  aspirator 
and  a  few  bottles  of  standard  solutions,  it  was  in  the  power 
of  an  inspector  rapidly  to  determine  from  his  own  observa- 
tion what  proportion  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  produced  in 
an  alkali  work  was  allowed  to  pass  through  the  smoke  flues 
and  chimney  into  the  air. 

The  result  of  this  was  a  notable  diminution  of  the  amount 
of  hydrochloric  acid  allowed  to  escape  from  the  alkali  works, 
a  result  achieved  not  by  means  of  numerous  prosecutions, 
but  by  pointing  out  whence  and  how  the  escape  took  place. 
The  chief  source  of  this  was  a  faulty  method  of  setting  the 
decomposing  pots,  also  leakages  in  the  inner  arch  and  bed 
of  the  muffle  furnaces  in  which  the  saltcake  was  roasted. 
Before  long  all  the  Lancashire  saltcake  furnaces  were 
modified,  so  as  to  obviate  the  faults  thus  pointed  out ;  the 
decomposing  pots  were  set  so  that  the  rim  was  not  buried 
in  the  brickwork  as  formerly,  but  exposed  to  view,  thus 
rendering  it  impossible  for  any  gas  to  pass  round  it  into 
the  furnace  flues  beneath.  As  to  the  roasting  furnaces, 
those  of  the  older  construction,  found  so  often  to  leak  and 
allow  much  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  to  follow  the  draught 
of  the  chimney   to  be  thus  discharged  into  the  air,  were 


m. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[  Feb.  21),  1892. 


replaced  by  furnaces  wherein  n  slightly  higher  pressure 
was  established  in  the  fire  flues  surrounding  the  muffle  of 
the  furnace  than  in  the  muffle  itself,  thus  neutralising  the 
tendency  for  the  acid  gas.--  to  pass  away  with  the  smoke. 
These  were  called  plus-pressure  furnaces.  As  pioneers  in 
their  construction  we  are  indebted  to  Messrs.  Gamble  and 
Son,  of  St.  Helens,  and  Messrs.  Gaskcll,  Deacon,  and  Co., 
of  Wi fines. 

It  may  thus  be  said  of  the  inspection  established  under 
the  Alkali  Ac*,  that  by  introducing  an  exact  system  of 
estimating  the  character  and  the  amount  of  the  waste  gases 
passing  into  the  atmosphere,  and  by  inducing  the  manu- 
facturers to  daily  repeat  these  tests  and  keep  a  constant 
record  of  the  results,  a  gradual  reformation  has  been  effected 
in  the  construction  of  apparatus  and  the  conduct  of  works 
generally. 

After  the  renewal  of  the  Alkali  Act  in  1368  a  further 
period  of  "six  years  elapsed,  when  an  amended  Act  was 
passed  in  1874. 

It  had  been  found  that  it  v  ;.s  possible  to  carry  ou  the 
condensatio.-i  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  generated  in  alkali 
works  till'far  more  than  95  per  cent,  of  it  was  arrested,  yet 
the  amount  which  still  escaped  from  large  works  was  in 
some  cases  so  great  that  unless  much  diluted  with  other 
gases  it  was  still  highly  dangerous  to  vegetation. 

It  was  considered,  therefore,  that  a  further  standard  of 
condensation  should  be  adopted,  also  that  other  gases 
thau  hydrochloric  acid  should  be  placed  under  control. 
Accordingly  in  1874  an  amended  Alkali  Act  was  passed, 
wherein  it  was  provided  that  no  gas  or  smoke  containing 
more  than  two-tenths  of  a  grain  hydrochloric  acid  should 
be  allowed  to  escape  into  the  atmosphere. 

It  was  enacted  also  that  the  best  practicable  means  must 
be  adopted  for  preventing  the  escape  of  all  other  noxious 
gases,  besides  hydrochloric  acid,  which  are  generated  in  an 
alkali  work.  The  term  noxious  gases  is  defined  to  include 
sulphuric  acid  ;  sulphurous  acid,  except  that  arising  from 
the  combustion  of  coals ;  nitric  acid,  or  other  oxides  of 
nitrogen;  sulphuretted  hydrogen  ;   and  chlorine. 

The  adoption  of  the  standard  of  two-tenths  of  a  grain  of 
hydrochloric  acid  in  a  cubic  foot  of  air  was  not  to  supersede 
the  former  standard  of  5  per  cent.,  but  run  with  it.  The 
two  together  formed  a  complete  cheek  upon  any  excessive 
escape  of  this  gas.  The  introduction  also  of  the  injunction 
to  use  the  "best  practicable  means"  for  preventing  the 
escape  into  the  air  of  certain  other  noxious  gases  was  a 
great  step  in  advance.  When  a  numerical  standard  is 
adopted  it  is  necessary  that  it  should  be  loose,  lest  in  some 
cases  it  might  be  found  to  be  oppressive  ;  indeed,  the  same 
standard  may  be  unduly  loose  under  some  conditions,  yet 
unfairly  severe  in  others.  The  obligation,  however,  on  a 
manufacturer  to  adopt  the  "  best  practicable  means  "  for 
the  avoidance  of  that  which  may  be  a  source  of  injury  to 
his  neighbours,  is  one  which  he  can  never  in  justice  seek 
to  evade,  or  of  whose  fairness  he  can  rightly  complain. 

The  work  of  inspection  under  the  now  amended  Alkali 
Act  continued,  yet  farmers  and  others  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  accumulated  chemical  works  still  complained  that 
the  evils  from  which  they  had  suffered  were  nor  removed. 
In  explanation  of  this  it  should  be  noticed  that  the  past 
la  years  had  been  a  time  of  rapid  increase  in  all  chemical 
industries.  In  the  year  18G4  the  amount  of  salt  decomposed 
in  the  alkali  works  of  the  kingdom  was  288, 10U  tons;  this 
increased  till  it  has  reached  the  large  total  of  855,000  tons, 
showing  an  increase  of  200  per  cent.  This  rapid  increase 
had  neutralised  the  controlling  effect  exercised  by  the 
Alkali  Ac':.  Indeed  when  it  is  remembered  that  the  con- 
sumption of  coal  had  reached,  both  in  St.  Helens  and  in 
Widnes,  the  large  amount  of  about  one  million  tons 
annually,  and  that  the  sulphurous  acid  from  this  as  well 
as  that  from  numerous  copper-smelting,  glass-making,  and 
other  wi  rks  passed  unrestricted  into  the  air,  it  will  be  felt 
that  the  repression  exercised  by  the  inspection  under  the 
Alkali  Act  in  enforcing  the  condensation  and  arrest  of 
hydrochloric  acid  was  quite  overshadowed  by  this  wide- 
spread pollution  of  the  atmosphere.  The  inspectors  could 
only  draw  consolation  from  the  fact  that  if  their  influence 
were  to  be  withdrawn  a  very  great  addition  to  the  damage 
in  the  surrounding   country   would  soon  become  apparent. 


Under  these  circumstances  a  Royal  Commission  was  ap- 
pointed to  inquire  into  the  past  working  of  the  Alkali  Act, 
and  to  report  with  a  view  to  further  legislation. 

In  1881,  therefore,  an  amended  Act  was  pissed  superseding 
the  previous  Acts.  In  this  some  other  branches  of  chemical 
manufacture  were  brought  under  the  inspection  hitherto 
reserved  for  the  alkali  works.  It  was  not  made  genera'ly 
a  noxious  gases  Act,  but  under  it  cognisance  is  taken  of 
those  processes  of  manufacture  only  which  are  there 
specified,  namely,  sulphuric  acid  works,  chemical  manure 
works,  gas  liquor  works,  nitric  acid  works,  sulphate  of 
ammonia  works,  and  chlorine  works,  also  salt  works  and 
cement.  Concerning  these,  no  numerical  standard  is  given, 
hut  it  is  provided  that  the  "best  practicable  means  shall  be 
adopted  for  preventing  the  discharge  into  the  atmosphere  of 
all  noxious  or  offensive  gases  evolved  in  such  works." 

The  increase  made  in  the  number  of  works  now  brought 
under  inspection  was  great,  as  is  shown  by  the  recent 
annual  reports  under  the  Alkali  Act.  In  the  year  1890  the 
number  of  works  in  the  United  Kingdom  and  Ireland 
registered  under  the  Alkali  Act  was  1 ,034,  while  of  these 
133  only  were  alkali  works,  the  larger  majority  being 
those  coming  under  the  classes  mentioned  in  the  schedule 
to  it. 

Such  is  a  sketch  of  the  history  of  the  legislation  for 
controlling  the  discharge  of  noxious  gases  from  certain 
processes  of  chemical  manufacture,  but  from  certain  pro- 
cesses only.  There  are,  however,  other  processes  from 
which  noxious  gases  may  proceed,  aud  in  most  cases  the 
gases  which  are  omitted  are  the  same  as  those  which  escape 
from  the  scheduled  processes,  yet  they  do  not  come  within 
the. scope  of  the  Alkali  Act,  and  the  inspector  cannot  inter- 
fere. This  anomaly  presents  itself,  for  instance,  markedly  in 
the  case  of  nitric  acid.  If  a  manufacturer  of  this  acid  allows 
any  to  escape  owing  to  the  leaky  condition  of  his  apparatus 
he  lays  himself  open  to  the  penalties  fixed  in  the  Alkali 
Act,  but  if  he  sells  that  acid  to  his  next  door  neighbour 
wh>  by  careless  use  or  otherwise  evaporates  the  whole, 
driving  it  into  the  atmosphere,  he  is  not  amenable  to  the 
law  under  the  provisions  of  the  Alkali  Act.  Again,  if  this 
manufacturer,  who  in  the  ordinary  use  of  the  acid  in 
oxidising  metals,  was  accustomed  to  discharge  into  the  air 
the  whole  of  the  nitrous  fumes  thus  produced,  which,  as 
stated,  would  be  no  offence  under  the  Alkali  Act ;  if  he,  by 
a  process  now  commonly  adopted,  commenced  to  collect 
this  acid  and  by  reconverting  it  into  nitric  acid  condensed  it 
so  as  to  prevent  its  escape  and  the  consequent  contamina- 
tion of  the  atmosphere,  he  at  once  comes  under  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Alkali  Act,  and  can  be  brought  under  a 
penalty  if  any  considerable  quantity  of  it  escaped. 

Many  anomalies  of  this  kind  may  be  pointed  out,  they 
arise  from  the  difficulty  or  impossibility  of  scheduling  all 
the  manufacturing  operations  which  should  come  under  the 
control  of  a  noxious  gases  Act.  A  list,  indeed,  which  is 
complete  to-day,  may  be  no  longer  so  to-morrow,  owing  to 
the  rapid  and  constant  advance  iu  chemical  industry.  This 
difficulty  may,  however,  be  met  by  enumerating  the  noxious 
gases  themselves  rather  than  the  processes  of  manufacture 
which  generate  them.  Nor  is  this  difficult ;  their  number 
is  but  small.  Probably  as  short  a  list  as  the  following 
will  be  found  to  include  all  those  gases  with  which  it 
would  be  necessary  to  deal  in  such  legislation  as  we  are 
contemplating,  namely:  — 

The  acid  compounds  of  sulphur,  nitrogen,  chlorine  or 
fluorine.  Chlorine.  Fumes  <  ontaining  lead,  arsenic, 
antimony  or  zinc. 

Indeed,  some  may  think  it  unnecessary  even  to  go  so  far 
as  to  specify  any  noxious  gases  at  all ;  lhey  would  style  the 
proposed  enactment,  "  An  Act  for  the  control  of  noxious 
gases "  or  "  a  noxious  gases  Act."  The  definition  of  a 
noxious  gas  might  be  "a  gas  which  is  complained  of"  or 
which  is  notoriously  a  cause  of  complaint,  or  which  in  the 
opinion  of  the  inspector  appointed  under  the  Act  is  liable 
to  cause  complaint. 

The  enactment  would  he  that  every  manufacturer  must 
use  the  best  practicable  means  for  preventing  the  discharge 
into  the  atmosphere  of  any  such  gas  evolved  in  his  work. 

To  guard  against  frivolous  complaints  being  brought 
against  a  work  it  might  be  defined  that  any  such  complaint 


Feb.  29.  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


123 


must  be  brought  by,  say,  10  neighbouring  householders,  or 

a  complaint  held  to  be  bond  fide  by  the  Local  Government 
Hoard  or  other  central  authority.  Such  an  enactment 
would  certainly  have  the  merit  of  simplicity  ;  it  would 
also  be  comprehensive,  and  I  do  not  think  it  would  be 
indefinite.  It  is  certainly  clear,  I  think,  that  in  future 
the  term  "  Alkali  Act  "  should  no  longer  be  used.  The 
term  "  Acid  Act  "  would  be  more  appropriate.  Though 
the  title  "alkali"  stands  over  the  present  Act,  yet  simple 
alkali  works,  such  as  those  for  the  manufacture  of  caustic 
soda,  or  these  where  the  ammonia-soda  process  is  carried 
on,  do  not  come  under  it ;  it  is  only  those  works  where 
acids  are  made  which  come  within  its  scope. 

(Should  a  fear  be  entertained  that  without  a  more  precise 
description  of  the  gases  to  be  controlled  and  some  definite 
standard  by  which  to  measure  the  amount  of  acid,  &c., 
discharged  into  the  air,  manufacturers  might  be  harassed 
by  restless  inspectors,  I  would  reply  that  the  past  experience 
of  the  conduct  cf  inspectors  has  not  been  such  as  to 
warrant  such  fear,  and  remind  the  objector  that  no  prosecu- 
tion under  the  Act  could  be  maintained  until  the  inspector 
were  able  to  convince  a  judge  and  jury  that  the  best  prac- 
ticable means  had  not  been  adopted  for  the  suppression  of 
the  evil  under  complaint.  To  do  this  he  would  probably 
have  to  point  out  some  means  that  were  acknowledged  to 
he  practicable  and  were  in  common  use  for  attaining  the  end 
in  view.  This,  too,  he  must  do  in  the  face  of  skilled 
witnesses  that  might  he  brought  to  confront  him  in  open 
court.  It  is  certain  that  no  inspector  would  subject 
himself  to  such  an  ordeal  unless  he  had  a  very  strong 
case  to  maintain. 

With  these  remaiks  I  leave  the  subject  in  your  hands, 
anxious  to  hear  the  view  of  the  Society,  many  of  whose 
members  have  had  long  experience  of  the  pretent  Act,  and 
who  habitually  see  its  working,  viewing  it  from  another 
standpoint  than  that  of  the  present  speaker. 


Discussion. 

Mr.  Tate  remarked  that  looking  at  the  effect  of  legis- 
lation during  the  time  that  the  Alkali  Act  had  been  in 
force,  be  thought  it  must  be  admitted  that  it  had  in  many 
ways  conferred  advantages  upon  manufacturers  themselves, 
especially  owing  to  the  way  in  which  the  Act  had  been 
worked  under  the  auspices  of  the  first  inspector,  Dr.  Angus 
Smith,  to  whom  manufacturers  owed  a  great  debt  of  grati- 
tude for  taking  action  in  the  way  he  did.  It  showed  the 
difference  between  inspection  by  men  well  acquainted  with 
the  operations  they  had  to  inspect,  and  unintelligent  inspec- 
tion carried  on  in  the  ordinary  policeman-like  manner. 
Dr.  Angus  Smith  had  set  himself  to  work  to  make  the  Act 
not  only  serviceable  to  those  who  were  injured  by  the 
emanation  of  noxious  gases,  but  had  thought  also  of  the 
difficulties  under  which  manufacturers  laboured,  and  so 
manufacturers  were  not  unduly  harrassed  by  him.  He 
made  himself  thorough!}"  acquainted  -vith  what  manufac- 
turers could  and  could  not  do,  and  endeavor  red  to  enforce 
what  was  feasible.  As  Dr.  Smith  worked,  so  had  other 
inspectors.  They  had  one  and  all  done  their  best,  rather  to 
carry  out  the  provisions  of  the  Act  by  assisting  manufac- 
turers to  do  what  was  necessary,  than  harrass  them  with  legal 
proceedings.  Consequently  benefit  had  been  conferred  all 
round.  The  inspectors  had  thrown  themselves  thoroughly 
and  intelligently  into  the  work,  as  for  instance,  in  inventing 
pieces  of  really  serviceable  apparatus  for  the  measurement 
of  escaping  gases,  and  in  that  respect  he  believed  no  person 
had  worked  more  energetically  than  Mr.  Fletcher  himself. 
His  apparatus  has  been  largely  used,  and  so  had  other 
apparatus  designed  by  other  inspectors. 

Altogether,  he  (Mr.  Tate")  considered  the  operation  of 
the  Act  as  decidedly  beneficial,  and  this  because  it  had 
been  worked  under  such  an  excellent  system  of  inspection. 

Mr.  Caret  said  he  had  listened  with  great  pleasure  to 
Mr.  Fletcher's  very  interesting  paper  and  to  the  review 
be  had  given  of  the  progress  of  legislation  from  its  first 
inception  in  186.3  to  1881,  and  as  he  (Mr.  Carey)  was 
familiar  with  the  subject  during  the  whole  of  that  time, 
Mr.  Fletcher's  account  had  been   extremely  interesting  to 


him  personally.  lie  could  support  the  lecturer's  remarks 
in  almost  every  respect,  especially  in  regard  to  the  spirit  in 
which  the  Acts  had  been  worked  by  the  inspectors.  If  it 
had  not  been  for  the  judicious  way  in  which  Dr.  Smith, 
Mr.  Fletcher,  and  other  inspectors  had  acted,  they  would  not 
have  seen  anything  like  the  improvement  in  dealing  with 
noxious  gases  which  had  taken  place.  It  was  desirable  that 
the  inspection  of  noxious  vapours  should  be  in  the  hands  of 
the  central  authority,  and  that  the  inspectors  should  be  men 
of  high  education  and  character ;  it  was  owing  to  attention 
to  these  two  points  that  the  Acts  had  been  so  successfully 
carried  out.  The  only  point  on  which  he  had  always  felt 
inclined  to  say,  "  Well,  don't  go  too  far,"  was  about  the 
great  benefit  that  was  alleged  to  have  accrued  to  manu- 
facturers owing  to  these  Acts.  It  was  quite  clear  that 
the  condensation  of  If. CI.  had  been  of  benefit  to  the 
manufacturer  up  to  a  certain  point.  But  if  it  was  a  benefit 
to  condense,  up  to  95  per  cent,  for  example,  it  did  not  follow 
that  there  would  be  a  proportionate  benefit  by  condensing 
97  or  98  per  cent.  These  last  one  or  two  degrees  cost  more 
money  than  they  were  worth  from  a  manufacturing  point  of 
view. 

He  agreed  with  Mr.  Fletcher  that  it  was  unsatisfactory  to 
schedule  the  works,  and  that  it  would  be  better  to  schedule 
the  gases.  But  the  objection  that  he  had  heard  taken  to 
that  course  was  that  if  the  gases  were  scheduled  the 
inspectors  would  be  obliged  to  visit  works  iu  a  disagreeable 
or  inquisitorial  manner.  He  understood  that  Mr.  Fletcher's 
reply  to  that  criticism  was  that  he  did  not  propose  to 
inspect  these  works  until  some  complaint  had  been  laid  by 
a  nnmber  of  responsible  persons.  But  he  (Mr.  Carey)  was 
not  sure  that  that  reply  was  quite  complete. 

Under  the  present  system  of  scheduling  the  works  there 
are  great  anomalies.  Iu  some  works  it  is  not  practicable  to 
condense  sulphuric  acid  arising  from  the  decomposition  of 
sulphate  of  soda.  These  works  are  therefore  not  scheduled 
or  inspected,  but  if  the  gases  were  scheduled  all  the  works 
making  these  gases  would  at  all  events  be  inspected,  and 
if  the  inspectors  continue  to  act  in  the  same  spirit  as  they 
had  acted  in  the  past  he  did  not  think  that  those  manufac- 
turers would  find  that  they  had  any  cause  to  complain.  He 
would  be  glad  to  see  the  alteration  made. 

Professor  Ca5ipbf.il  Brown  hoped  the  alkali  manu- 
facturers would,  like  the  fabled  fox  who  had  lost  his  tail, 
endeavour  to  persuade  other  manufacturers  whose  processes 
emitted  noxious  gases  or  fumes,  to  submit  to  inspection 
under  a  general  Act  applicable  to  all. 

He  was  quite  sure  it  would  be  only  fair,  and  of  great 
benefit  to  the  public.  The  inspector  was  no  longer  dreaded, 
but  often  welcome.  Mr.  Fletcher  had  indicated  a  preference 
for  an  Act  to  schedule  gases  rather  than  works,  but  he  could 
not  help  thinking  that  it  was  a  mistake  to  persist  too  long  in 
piecemeal  legislation.  Of  course  it  was  right  to  begin  tenta- 
tively, but  it  was  now  time  for  Parliament  to  pass  a  general 
Act  providing  that  any  works  which  emitted  noxious  gases 
should  be  subject  to  inspection  in  the  same  way  that  certain 
works  now7  are.  Of  course  it  would  not  do  to  define  noxious 
gases  as  "  something  that  anybody  complained  of."  They 
knew  that  if  one  were  to  manufacture  pure  oxygen  and 
turn  it  out  into  the  air  in  great  quantities  to  benefit  one's 
neighbours,  somebody  or  other  would  complain  of  it ;  but 
another  definition  might  be  adopted  that  a  noxious  gas  was 
"  a  gas  which  did  appreciable  harm  to  health  or  property." 
That  would  be  very  simple  and  workable,  because  if  it  came 
to  the  kuowledge  of  an  inspector  that  anything  injurious  to 
health  or  property  was  emitted  it  would  be  his  duty  to 
investigate  it.  If  any  people  complained  it  should  be  their 
duty  to  satisfy  the  inspector  that  there  was  injury.  An 
Act  of  that  kind  would  be  far  better  now  that  an  enlarged 
schedule  of  gases  or  of  works  brought  under  inspection. 
He  hoped  for  an  Act  which  would  take  cognisance  of  any- 
thing that  did  harm. 

Dr.  Hurteh  pointed  out  that  if  alkali  manufacturers 
had  not  derived  much  beneCt  from  inspections,  they  iu 
the  laboratories  had.  He,  personally,  was  obliged  to 
Mr.  Fletcher  for  having  introduced  necessary  apparatus 
and    tools    which    proved    satisfactory    in    a    number    of 


124 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


analytical  operations,  and  he  would  say  that  he  hail  always 
looked  forward  with  pleasure  to  the  days  on  which 
Mr.  Fletcher  should  happen  to  come  to  their  works  as 
inspector,  and  that  pleasure  was  increased  when  Mr.  Fletcher 
was  accompanied  by  Dr.  Smith.  In  that  district  there  had 
never  been  any  friction  between  inspectors  and  employees 
or  manufacturers  themselves,  and  so  far  the  Acts  had 
worked  satisfactorily.  In  regard  to  future  legislation 
Mr.  Fletcher  proposed  to  schedule  the  vapours  instead  of 
the  works.  Looking  over  the  list  of  gases  so  scheduled,  he 
(Dr.  Hurter)  was  afraid  that  an  enforcement  of  such  limits 
■as  were  now  enforced  in  the  alkali  works  would  be  a  severe 
task  to  fulfil  for  certain  other  industries.  To  condense,  for 
instance,  the  fumes  to  the  extent  to  which  they  had  to 
condense  them  in  alkali  works  might  in  glass  works  be  a 
different  matter,  and  in  copper  works  also.  Mr.  Fletcher 
would  have  to  frame  his  Act  with  different  numerical  limits 
for  different  industries.  To  leave  the  definition  of  a  noxious 
vapour  to  householders  would  be  a  very  serious  matter. 
Householders  might  very  easily  combine  together  to  annoy 
a  poor  small  manufacturer  for  instance. v 

Mr.  Dagger  observed  that  there  was  one  thing  which  the 
Act  would  not  touch,  a  matter  of  serious  moment,  that  was 
the  smoke  emitted  in  connexion  with  the  potteries.  It  had 
been  his  lot  to  live  for  the  past  two  or  three  years  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  pottery  towns,  and  he  did  not  know 
whether  on  foggy  days  there  was  much  to  choose  between 
the  atmosphere  of  Hanley  or  Longton  and  that  of  Widnes. 

Mr.  FtETCHEB  in  reply  remarked  that  inspectors  might 
well  wait  until  complaints  had  been  made  ;  these  came 
usually  soon  enough.  Where,  however,  it  was  notorious  that 
an  offensive  gas  or  substance  emanated  from  a  works,  it  might 
be  assumed  that  the  matter  should  come  under  examination. 

Discharge  of  dust  from  works  had  been  spoken  of,  and  a 
recent  case  had  occurred  where  it  was  alleged  that  plants 
had  been  injured  by  the  dust  of  carbonate  of  soda  and  heavy 
damages  had  been  awarded.  Mr.  Fletcher  agreed  that  the 
term  noxious  gases  might  be  made  to  cover  solid  emanations 
of  that  kind.  Cement  works  were  already  under  the  Act; 
tbev  emitted  a  certain  amount  of  alkaline  earths  in  a  state 
of  extremely  line-division.  Many  manufacturers  recognised 
the  advantage  of  being  under  the  Act,  finding  that  they  are 
thereby  assisted  in  their  efforts  to  keep  their  works  up  to 
a  high  state  of  efficiency.  They  prefer  the  visit  of  the 
Government  inspector  to  the  interference  of  local  officers 
under  the  Public  Health  Act.  He  had  been  told  by  a 
manufacturer  that  he  would  be  willing  to  pay  100/.  annually 
rather  than  that  the  office  of  Government  inspectors  under 
the  Alkali  Act  should  be  abolished.  The  question  of  [lotteries 
had  been  mentioned:  they  of  course  would  come  undei  the 
control  of  a  general  noxious  gases  Act,  as  would  also  the 
glass  and  copper  works,  though  no  action  could  he  taken  in 
these  cases  until  it  was  known  hoiv  to  deal  with  the  gases 
which  they  threw  out. 

A~  to  coal  smoke,  whenever  inspection  concerning  this 
were  undertaken  it  would  be  for  some  time  a  gigantic  work, 
but  the  difficulty  would  diminish.  An  association  had 
been  started  in  Manchester  with  the  object  of  accurately 
testing  all  smoke-preventing  appliances;  manufacturers 
would  be  wise  in  giving  them  liberal  support,  for  they  weie 
doing  for  all  what  it  was  difficult  and  expensive  for  each 
to  do  separately  for  himself. 


Meeting  held  February  3rd,  1892. 


MB.    A.    XORMiS    TATK    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


TDK  MANTJFACTl  RE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  VALUE 
OF  ALUMINIUM. 

BY    J.    II.    J.    DAGGER,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S. 

Ix  the  paper  I  had  the  honour  of  reading  before  this 
Society  in  May  last  year  I  described  the  now  well-known 
electrolytic  method  for  the  production  of  aluminium,  the 
two  processes  which  I  noticed  being  that  of  Herault,  as 
carried  on  at  the  works  of  the  Aluminium  Industry  Co., 
Limited,  Menhausen,  and  those  of  the  Societe  Electro- 
Metallurgique,  at  Froges,  near  Grenoble,  and  the  Hall 
process  of  the  Pittsburg  Reduction  Co.,  U.S.A.  These 
methods  are  typical  of  the  most  recent  advance  in  the 
metallurgy  of  aluminium,  and  it  may  be  taken  for  granted 
that  no  departure  will  be  made  from  the  main  outline  of 
these  processes  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  of  the 
conditions  of  the  reduction  of  aluminium  from  its  combina- 
tions for  some  time  to  come.  In  these  processes  and  in  the 
electrolytic  process  carried  on  at  the  works  of  the  Cowles  Co., 
in  Lockport,  U.S.A.,  the  conditions  are  essentially  the  same, 
the  electrolysis  of  alumina  dissolved  in  a  bath  of  fused 
haloids,  salts  of  aluminium,  and  metals  of  the  alkalis  and 
alkaline  earths,  preferably  the  fluoride.  In  the  process 
described  by  M.  Minet  in  the  Compt.  Rend.,  February  17th, 
June  9th  1889,  and  October  27th,  1890,  the  bath  is  com- 
posed of  a  mixture  of  chloride  of  sodium  and  the  double 
fluoride  of  aluminium  and  sodium  as  expressed  by  the 
formula  — 


6  NaCl  +   .A1F,,  3NaF 


NaCl 


62-5 


or      3  NaF.AlF,    37-.". 


348 


(210) 


100-0 


such  a  mixture  melting  at  (17.'>  .  The  composition  of  the 
bath  is  maintained  constant  during  the  operation  by  means 
of  the  following  mixture  : — 

Per  Cent. 
Hydrate  of  alumina     (partly 

dried)  6  (AlsOj2H,0)  416*4  =  tS'2 

Double  fluoride  of  aluminium 

and  sodium AKFIo.O  >"aF      210-4  =  2-TS 

Oxyfluoride  of  aluminium A12F63A1203      288-4  =  27-5 

100-0 

This  mode  of  alimentation  enables  the  two-thirds  of  the 
fluorine  given  off  at  the  positive  pole  to  be  replaced.  The 
bath  is  kept  at  the  same  level  by  the  introduction  of  a 
mixture  of  chloride  of  sodium  and  double  fluoride  of 
aluminium  and  sodium  in  the  proportion  before  given.* 

M.  Minet  claims  that  by  his  method  he  attains  the  pro- 
duction of  32  grins,  of  aluminium  for  one  h.p.  hour  with 
E.M.F.  of  4  volts,  and  the  return  of  electric  energy  as 
70  per  cent.  Unfortunately,  however,  I  have  been  unable 
to  obtain  further  information  as  to  this  process  or  to  verify 
the  results  obtained.  M.  Miuet's  papers  are,  however,  well 
worth  reading,  as  he  goes  into  the  theory  of  the  decompo- 
sition of  fixed  aluminium  fluoride  and  tabulates  the  results 
he  obtained  under  varying  conditions  of  current  and  tem- 
perature. From  my  own  experience  and  knowledge, 
however,  the  use  of  more  easily  decomposing  mixtures  than 
those  of  the  fluorides,  even  the  addition  of  chloride 
of  calcium,  as  is  sometimes  advocated,  is  attended 
with  practical  difficulties  and  requiring  much  greater  skill 
and  intelligence  than  one  could  well  expect  from  the 
workmen,  and  therefore  at  present  the  simpler  methods  of 
the   three    great   companies   will   continue    to  supply  the 

*  Tou  will  note  that  in  this  process  it  is  the  fluoride  that  is 
electrolysed,  in  the  processes  before  described  it  is  the  alumina  that 
undergoes  decomposition,  the  loss  in  the  bath  itself  being  only  very 
slight,  provided  care  is  taken  not  to  let  the  pots  get  out  of  ore 
(alumina),  this  being  shown  by  the  increased  resistance  indicated 
by  the  voltameter.  Should,  however,  this  lie  neglected,  the  current 
begins  to  act  on  the  materials  ot  the  bath,  the  halogen  of  the  salts 
used  being  given  oil  instead  of  the  CO  produced  under  normal 
conditions. 


Feb.  29, 1893.]        THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


125 


greatest  part  of  aluminium  required,  and  any  further 
development  will  lie  rather  in  the  cheapening  of  the  methods 
of  preparing  alumina,  and  improvements  in  the  construction 
of  dynamos,  and  the  application  of  steam,  above  all  water 
power.  For  the  metal  itself  there  is  unquestionably  a  very 
great  future,  and  of  that  the  specimens  on  the  table  before 
you  tell  you  more  eloquently  and  more  clearly  than  I  can 
hope  to  do.  Let  me  again  call  your  attention  to  the 
oomparison  of  aluminium  with  our  most  familiar  metals, 
and  ask  each  one  to  note  clearly  the  figures  given,  which 
show  the  result  of  tests  of  the  average  metals  and  do 
not  include  exceptional  or  highest  figures  that  are  only 
occasionally  obtained  in  the  testing  room. 

Influence  op  Tmperature  on  Tensile  Strength  op 
Aluminium  (Lb  Chatelieb.) 


Temperature. 

15° 

100° 

150° 

200° 

260° 

Tensile  strength  in 
tons  per  sq.  in... 

11-68 

9-5 

8-1 

G-3 

4-8 

Temperature. 

300° 

350° 

+00 

460° 

Tensile  strength  in 
tons  per  scj.  in... 

3-li 

2-4 

1-5 

i'0 

Here  are  the  results  of  a  number  of  tests  made  at  Lockport 
on  bars  cast  in  green  sand  : — 


Diameter. 

Tensile  Strength. 

Elongation. 

0-327 

Lb.  per  Sq.  In. 
17.1  U 

Tons  per  Sq.  In. 

7-78 

Per  Cent. 
14 

0-324 

18,483 

8-25 

23 

0-320 

19,677 

8-73 

20 

0-311 

20,069 

8- 05 

20 

0-318 

20,141 

8-99 

19 

0-320 

19,677 

8-73 

18 

From  these  figures  you  see  that  the  metal  in  castings  is 
about  equal  in  strength  to  cast  iron.  When,  however,  the 
metal  is  rolled  or  drawn  we  get  a  tensile  strength  of 
23,000  to  35,000  lb.  per  square  inch  (11—15  tons), 
approximating  to  gun  bronze.  The  following  figures  are 
given  by  the  Neuhausen  Company  showing  detailed  test  of 
a  metal  before  and  after  annealing  ; — 

Tensile  Strength  of  Kolled  Aluminium 
(Neuhausen). 


Reduction 
of  Cross 

Unannealed. 

Annealed. 

Section  by 

Cold 

Rolling  and 

Forging. 

Tons  per  Sq. 
Inch, 

Klnllirrit  iwll 
per  Cent. 
per  d/m. 

Tons  per  Sq. 
Inch. 

Elongation 
per  Cent. 

per  d  in. 

20:1 
80:1 

Lb. 
14-7   (32,928)             4'3 

16-87  (37,788)              4-2 

Lb. 
6"25  (14,(1(111) 

5-06  (11,334) 

20 
10 

These  figures  show  fairly  the  mechanical  value  of 
aluminium,  and  I  must  again  repeat  what  I  have  stated 
over  and  over  again  in  my  former  papers  that  aluminium 
can  never  possibly  take  the  place  of  steel  and  iron  for 
structural  purposes,  such  as  bridges  and  heavy  machinery ; 
it  is  not  a  rigid  metal,  and  its  elasticity  is  low,  though  it  is 
only  one-third  the  weight  of  iron  it  has  less  than  one-half 
the  tensile  strength  of  the  best  wrought  iron,  and  one-third 
that  of  mild  steel.  But  it  is  the  lightest  of  all  industrial 
metals,  and  this  lightness  is  combined  with  a  tensile 
strength   not   far   below   gun-metal   when   it    is   rolled   or 


drawn,  and  equal  to  cast  iron  in  eastings.  It  is  an  excellent 
conductor  of  electricity,  its  melting  point,  700°('..  is  between 
that  of  zinc,  433°  C,  and  copper,  1082,  its  high  specific  heat 
making  it  most  valuable  of  all  metals  for  fine  castings  and 
light  machine  work,  and  with  this  corrosion  resistance  only 
inferior  to  the  noble  metals.  Aluminium,  surely,  with  these 
properties,  needs  no  special  pleading. 

Aluminium  Corrosion  Experiments. 

In  air  at  all  ordinary  temperatures  polished  aluminium 
undergoes  less  superficial  change  than  any  metal  except  in  ggi  >]<L 
and  platinum,  a  film  of  oxide  is  formed  of  infinite  thinness 
which  appears  to  prevent  all  further  oxidation,  the  molten 
metal  in  the  crucible  retains  its  lustre  until  the  temperature 
passes  a  red  heat,  and  only  at  whiteness  does  much  loss  from 
oxidation  occur,  the  affinity  for  oxygen  increasing  rapidly 
after  bright  redness  is  passed.  This  freedom  from  marked 
oxidation  in  its  molten  state  compares  very  favourably  with 
the  loss  undergone  during  the  casting  and  alloying  of  the 
readily  oxidisable  ordinary  metals,  there  being  no  scale 
formed  and  so  practically  little  finishing  needed  in  case  of 
aluminium  castings.  This  you  will  see  by  some  specimens 
of  castings  taken  directly  from  the  sand. 

At  ordinary  temperature  water  has  no  action  on  aluminium, 
and  as  it  is  unaltered  even  by  steam,  would  be  useful  for 
many  purposes  in  the  laboratory,  and  should  replace 
entirely  water  bottles  of  copper  and  all  fittings  at  present 
made  of  other  and  corrodible  metals  employed  for  water 
supply  and  service,  combining  the  strength  of  copper  with 
the  appearance  of  silver  and  adding  to  these  its  peculiar 
value  of  lightness.  Care  must  be  taken,  however,  that  it  is 
not  in  contact  with  other  metals,  as  in  that  case  a  galvanic 
couple  might  be  formed  and  so  oxidation  and  corrosion  take 
place,  though  the  extent  of  this  is  much  less  than  the  loss 
of  copper  or  iron  under  similar  conditions.  For  this 
reason,  also,  it  is  essential  that  the  metal  should  be  as  free 
from  foreign  elements  as  possible,  as  I  shall  point  out 
later  on  the  presence  of  even  small  amounts  of  impurity 
influences  the  corrosion  resistance  of  aluminium  to  an 
extraordinary  extent.  Water  containing  salt  has  a  corrosive 
action  on  aluminium,  but  less  than  in  case  of  iron  or  copper 
even  when  the  metal  is  repeatedly  wetted  and  allowed  to 
dry  in  the  air. 

A  plate  of  cast  aluminium  (99  per  cent.)*  7  cm.  long 
by  4  cm.  wide  and  0-15  cm.  thick,  was  suspended 
in  a  saturated  solution  of  sodium  chloride  and  kept  at  a 
temperature  of  60^  C.  during  48  hours.  At  the  end  of 
the  time  it  was  found  to  be  spotted  in  places,  small 
patches  of  alumina  about  the  size  of  pin  heads  having 
formed  on  the  metal.  The  plate  being  removed  from  the 
solution,  washed  in  distilled  water,  gently  brushed  with  a 
piece  of  soft  rubber  to  detach  these  small  flocks,  was 
carefully  dried  and  reweighed,  showing  a  loss  of  0  •  052  per 
cent. 

A  similar  plate  of  tuetalj  (Al  97 -10  per  cent.,  Fe  0-44  per 
cent.,  Si  2-46  per  cent.)  containing  3  per  cent,  impurity 
(iron  and  silicon)  showed  larger  patches  of  alumina  with 
small  growths  of  flocculent  hydrate  covering  tiny  corrosive 
pits,  the  loss  was  -0078  per  cent.,  the  difference  shows  the 
manner  in  which  the  value  of  this  and  other  metals  may  be 
affected  by  the  presence  of  even  very  small  quantities  of 
other  elements.  An  experiment  carried  out  at  Neuhausen  to 
determine  the  relative  value  of  aluminium  and  iron  with 
reference  to  the  action  of  sea-water  gave  favourable  results. 
A  sheet  of  this  metal  (24-578  grms.)  of  1  d/m-  exposed 
surface  was  laid  in  artificial  sea-water  (in   1,000  parts  — 


•  Al  90-151 

F2 0-786 

Si 0-060 

KIIVIII II) 

t  Al 97-10 

Fs 0-41 

Si 2-46 

100-00 


D   2 


126 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


•27  NaCl  -  3'2MgCla  -  2-2  MgS04)  in  contact  with  an  iron 
plate  during  200 hours.  At  the  end  of  this  period  it  had  lost 
'.i  Digrms.  or  0-04  per  cent.,  whilst  the  iron  plate  of  the  same 
surface  lost  .'j4  mgrms.  Another  sheet  of  same  surface 
1  d  m-  (24-S21  firms.)  being  in  contact  with  air  at  a  t°  of 
80° — 90D  laid  in  this  artificial  sea-water,  not  in  contact  with 
iron,  during  18  hours  only  lost  3-j  mgrms.  or  0-014  per 
cent. 

Aluminium  is  of  course  readily  acted  upon  by  hydrochloric 
acid  at  all  temperatures  with  the  evolution  of  hydrogen. 
Small  strips  and  granules  of  this  metal  will  be  found  useful 
in  the  laboratory  for  reducing  purposes,  and  has  the 
advantage  over  zinc  that  it  is  not  precipitated  by  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  even  if  a  large  excess  of  this  gas  be  used.  Nitric 
acid  has  no  action  on  this  metal  unless  exposed  above 
ordinary  temperature  or  for  many  hours  to  the  concentrated 
acid.  A  sheet  of  pure  metal  1  d/m-  surface  (.24—25  grms.) 
laid  in  cold  concentrated  nitric  acid  (36°  B.)  showed  a  loss 
of  0-6628  grm.  on  the  seventh  day  and  1-0195  grms.  in  a 
fortnight.     (Neuhausen  laboratory.) 

The  action  of  sulphuric  acid  is  very  slight  at  ordinary 
temperature  though  it  dissolves  the  metal  with  evolution 
of  SCX,  on  heating. 

To  determine  this  point  I  exposed  a  plate  of  cast  metal 
(99  per  cent.)  7  cm.  x  4  cm.  x  0-15  cm.  to  the  action  of 
cold  concentrated  HoSO.,  during  a  period  of  131  days.  At 
the  end  of  this  time  the  loss  amounted  to  4  •  970  per  cent. ; 
the  surface  of  the  metal  showed  a  fine  white  matt.  The 
action  of  dilute  acid  would,  of  course,  be  very  much  less, 
and  with  regard  to  its  use  in  this  connexion  superior  to 
copper,  thoush  not  equal  to  lead.  The  presence  of  impurity 
in  small  quantity  has  a  marked  influence  on  its  resistance 
to  this  acid.  With  a  plate  of  97 — 8  per  cent.,  the  crystal- 
line etching  much  coarser,  the  metal  was  also  covered  with 
tiny  pits,  probably  due  to  minute  particles  of  silicon  or 
ferrosilicon  compounds,  as  a  distinct  trace  of  H.,S  was 
evident,  both  by  scent  and  action  on  lead  paper ;  the  loss 
was  4-49  per  cent.  And  here  I  will  ,iust  interpolate  a  note 
of  a  curious  result  I  obtained  on  exposing  a  turned  aud 
polished  bar  of  10  per  cent,  aluminium  bronze  to  the  action 
of  cold  concentrated  1LS04.  This  bar  was  uniform  in 
colour  and  lustre,  but  after  two  days'  exposure  I  noted  a 
dark  coloured  corrosion  band  running  in  a  half  spiral  round 
the  bar.  On  removing  from  the  acid,  there  was  a  strong 
odour  of  H»S,  and  lead  paper  was  at  once  blackened  if  held 
close  to  this  patch,  the  rest  of  bar  being  only  slightly 
dulled  and  perhaps  a  little  reddened  in  colour,  and  activet 
corrosion  seemed  to  be  confined  to  this  one  spot.  The 
exceedingly  minute  quantity  of  iron  and  silicon  that  had 
set  up  this  reaction  (probably  galvanic)  was  indicated  by 
the  analysis  and  tha  fact  that  the  result  of  the  mechanical 
test  of  the  bar  was  normal.  The  action  of  even  strongest 
acetic  acid  on  aluminium  is  slight,  a  plate  of  cast  metal 
(99  per  cent.)  surface,  as  in  my  former  experiments,  was 
suspended  in  concentrated  pure  acid  at  ordinary  tempera- 
ture during  131  days,  the  loss  was  0-24  per  cent,  only,  and 
with  a  plate  of  (9*7 — 98  per  cent.)  metal  during  the  same 
period  was  only  0013  per  cent.  Possibly  in  this  case  the 
presence  of  silicon  hindered  corrosion. 

An  experiment  with  saturated  solution  of  citric  acid 
during  19  hours  at  50°— 60°  0.  showed  a  loss  of  0-095  per 
cent,  with  (99  per  cent  metal).  The  experiments  tend  to 
show  the  very  slight  action  dilute  organic  acids  would  have 
upon  aluminium,  and  are  confirmed  by  some  results 
obtained  in  the  Neuhausen  laboratory,  in  which  the  metal 
was  exposed  to  cold  solutions  of  ordinary  vinegar  4  per 
cent,  (acetic  acid),  and  citric  acid  (1  percent,  solution) 
containing  salt  for  two  days  without  evidence  of  loss,  anil 
a  sheet  of  1  dm",  surface  (weighing  24  72  grms.),  after 
boiling  for  14  hours  in  a  solution  of  common  salt  with  4  per 
cent,  acetic  acid,  lost  only  47  mgrms.,  or  about  0-29  per  cent. 
Under  the  same  conditions  a  piece  of  iron  lost  900  mgrms. 
Alkalis  and  alkaline  carbonates  act  readily  on  the  metal  ;  it 
dissolves  easily  in  solution  of  caustic  potash  and  soda  with 
evolution  of  hydrogen  forming  aluminates ;  ammonia 
solution  acts  more  slowly,  but  corrosion  takes  place  after 


t  Tin-  actual  corrosion  loss  was  0-1,375  per  cent,  in  94  hours  at 
ordinary  temperature. 


a  little  time,  a  floccuient  growth  of  alumina  forming  on  the 
surface  of  the  metal.  Pure  dry  ammonia  gas  seems  to  have 
no  action  on  it, 

In  solutions  of  the  alkaline  carbonates  the  metal  becomes 
coated  with  a  compact  skin  of  alumina,  but  in  this  case  the 
presence  of  impurities  modifies  this  action  to  a  considerable 
extent.     A  test  plate  of  cast  metal  (99  per  cent.)  was   sus- 
pended in  a  solution  of  10  per  cent,  carbonate  of  sodium  for 
24    hours  at    4.">3— 50°   C.     On   examining   it    I    found    it 
covered  with  a   fine   strongly  adherent   skin   of    alumina, 
which  dried  to  a  smooth  enamel  like  surface.     On   (97 — 98 
per  cent,  metal)  this  deposit  was  thicker,  coarser  in  texture, 
and  corrosion  of  the   metal  was   more  clearly  marked.     On 
suspending   similar  plates  in  saturated  solutions   of   Nir.8 
at  same  temperature  the  influence  of  even  a  small  percent- 
age  of    impurity  in   modifying   corrosive   action  was   still 
more    strikingly   shown.     The    (aluminium    99    per  cent.) 
metal  was  much  corroded  (loss  about  3  ■  0  per  cent.)  and  had 
black  stains  of   FeS.     The  (97 — 98  per  cent.)  metal  was 
corroded,   deeply  honeycombed,  aud  covered  with  a  thick 
black  crust  containing  FeS.SiO.,  and  alumina.     The  action 
of  metallic  solutions  on  the  metal  is,  of  course,  correspondent 
to  that   of   the   combining  acids.     All   chlorides,  including 
aluminium   chloride    (which  dissolves  the  metal  liberating 
hydrogen),  act  readily  on  aluminium,   the   more  negative 
metals  being  liberated ;  the  presence  of  sodium  chloride  is 
said  to  facilitate  the  reaction.     The  chlorides  of  the  alkalis 
and  alkaline  earths  are,  however,  an  exception,  their  action 
on  aluminium  being  only  slow  unless  in  concentrated  solu- 
tion  and   at  higher  temperatures.     Bromides   and  iodides 
have   effects    in    proportion    to    their    chemical    activity. 
Nitrates  and  sulphates  act  only  very  slowly  on  aluminium. 
Organic  salts   have  only   very   slight  or  no  action  on  this 
metal,  and  in   case  of   acid   solutions  may  be  disregarded 
unless  in  presence  of  common  salt,  which  would  increase 
the  corroding  power.     The  action  of  fused  caustic  soda  or 
potash  at  a  low  red  heat  is  exceedingly  slight,  care  being 
taken  that   the  aluminium   is  free  from   silicon.     It  is  not 
affected   by    molten   nitrate   of  potassium  until  redness   is 
reached,  when  energetic  oxidation  ensues,  forming  aluminate. 
With  the   alkaline   carbonates  and  sulphates  the  metal  is 
oxidised,    forming   aluminates  with   evolution   of   CO  and 
some  separation  of  carbon.     With  silicates  and  borates  the 
metalloid  is   liberated  on  aluminate  being  formed  with  the 
base.     Molten  fluorides  dissolve  the  metal  forming  in  case 
of  cryolite   a   sub-fluoride.     No  flux  is  needed  in  melting 
aluminium,  and  this  must  be  done  in   black  crucibles  or 
crucibles  lined  with  alumina.    Many  failures  to  obtain  good 
work  with  this   metal  has  doubtless  arisen  from  not  bearing 
in  mind  the   importance  of   this  point,  that  to  the  founder 
and  metal  worker  aluminium  is  a  new  metal  and  requires 
new  methods   adapted   to   the  physical   and  chemical  pro- 
perties will  differentiate  it  widely  from  the  old  metals.     It 
is  a  metal  which  must  be  handled  by  skilled  and  intelligent 
workers,  aud  will  give  to  them  the  results  of  which  we  have 
the  first  promises  in  the  specimen  before  you.     I  have  gone 
into  this  question  of  corrosion  at  length  because  it,  more 
than    any  other,  will   determine   the   limits  of  the  use  of 
aluminium,  and  the   results  given  to  you  will  have  already- 
suggested  to  your  minds    my   possible  uses  for  this  metal. 
For  instance,  it  will  replace  copper  and  brass  for  kitchen 
utensils,  not  only  because  it  resists  corrosion,  but  that  in  the 
event  of  any  taking  place  the  salts  formed  are  non-poisonous. 
An  aluminium  saucepan  would,  while  possessing  the  same 
strength,  be  three   and  a  half   times  lighter.     Vessels   of 
aluminium  would   retain   their   heat   for  a  ioDger  time,  an 
advantage  in  case  of  workmen's  dinner  cans  for  example. 
The  slow-  cooling  of  aluminium  is  very  marked  in  the  case  of 
metal  in  the  crucible,  40 — 60  lb.   heated   to  dark  redness, 
may  be  left  half  to  three-quarters  of  an  hour  without  fear  of 
its  settling.     Aluminium  offers  many  advantages,  and  has  a 
nicer  look  than  tin  ware,  whilst  stiffer,   lighter,  and  harder. 
Dishes,  plates,  covers,  and  all  articles  now  made  of  tinned 
iron   might   be   replaced   by    this    metal.      It    would    also 
replace  many   vessels    used   in  the   laboratory  at   present 
made   of   copper   or  galvanised   iron.      Flasks   and   water 
bottles  of   all   kinds,  more  especially  for  military  service, 
would  be  advantageously  made  of  aluminium,  as  they  would 
not  only  be  unbreakable  but  be  lighter  than  the  glass  and 


Fob.  29,1892.]        THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


127 


enamelled  iron  at  present  in  use.  Its  indifference  to 
organic  acids  would  suggest  its  use  for  brewers  and  vintners. 
Von  will  notice  among  the  specimens  a  east  beer  tap  lent 
by  the  Cowles  Company. 

Again,  cups  and  tlasks  could,  if  preferred,  be  made  of 
aluminium  and  silvered,  though  the  metal  itself  has  a  good 
appearance  and  will  not  tarnish  as  silver  does.  For  scientific 
instruments  of  all  kinds,  especially  frames  and  tubes  of 
surveying  and  astronomical  apparatus,  for  chemical  balances, 
and  all  metal  work  exposed  to  no  strain  above  the  limits  of 
its  tensile  strength,  aluminium,  by  virtue  of  its  lightness, 
would  be  invaluable.  Scales  for  measuring,  and  indicator 
scales  of  this  metal  would  not  warp  or  crack  as  do  those  of 
ivory  or  wood  if  exposed  to  a  damp  atmosphere.  That 
aluminium  can  be  worked  with  the  same  facility  as  any 
other  metal  will  be  evident  to  those  who  inspect  the  set  of 
tubes  lent  by  the  Mannesman  Tube  Company.  For  gas 
and  light  fittings  aluminium  would  be  valuable,  enabling 
the  weight  of  chandeliers,  candelabra,  and  lamps  to  be 
reduced  one-third,  whilst  having  the  appearance  of  silver. 
I  have  not  gone  into  the  mechanical  value  of  this  metal  at 
length,  because  my  duty  as  a  metallurgist  is  to  place  the 
metal  before  you  with  all  its  physical  and  chemical  pro- 
perties, and  leave  the  application  of  it  to  the  engineer  and 
craftsman.  I  have  not  touched  upon  the  value  of  this  metal 
in  alloys,  because  to  do  so  would  involve  not  one,  but  two 
or  three  papers  ;  and  further  I  have  already  dealt  with  their 
production  and  properties  in  my  British  Association  paper 
of  1889,  reprinted  in  your  Journal,  No.  9,  Vol.  VIII.  1889, 


and  in  a  paper  dealing  with  their  mechanical  properties  as  a 
material  for  artillery,  read  before  the  Mechanical  Section  of 
the  British  Association,  1890.  At  some  future  time  of 
greater  freedom  and  lesser  responsibility  I  hope  to  bring 
before  your  notice  some  additional  notes  on  the  chemistry 
and  metallurgy  of  this  most  valuable  metal.  In  conclusion 
I  would  express  my  thanks  to  the  directors  of  the  Cowles 
Company,  to  the  Aluminium  Industry  Company,  the  Metal 
Reduction  Company,  and  to  the  Mannesmaun  Tube  Com- 
pany, for  their  valuable  and  beautiful  specimens,  and  also 
for  much  valuable  information  as  to  the  working  and 
properties  of  the  metal. 

The  production  of  aluminium  is  given  in  the  Chemical 
Trades  Journal  for  January  23rd,  quoted  from  the  Bulletin 
de  Musee  Commercial. 

Lb.  per  day. 

The  Neubauscn  Workr 1,000 

(The  Pittsburg  Reduction  Co 600 

l  The  Metal  Reduction  Syndicate,  Lim. .       300 

The  Cowles  Co 600—700  in  alloys 

and  the  present  production  of  the  world  2,000  lb.  per  day. 

However,  I  know  the  figures  for  the  Cowles  Co.  are 
altogether  too  low,  unless  they  refer,  as  they  do  truly,  to 
the  English  works  alone,  for  that  company's  Lockport  works 
have  a  constant  output  of  1  ton  per  day  ;  this  latter  figure, 
too,  would  doubtless  be  much  nearer  for  the  Neubausen  Co. 

The  following  figures  as  to  the  effect  of  temperature  on 
the  tensile  strength  of  aluminium  are  given  by  Andre  le 
Chatelier :  — 


Temperature. 

15° 

100° 

ISO" 

200° 

250° 

300" 

350° 

400° 

460" 

11-68 

O'.i 

s-i 

6-3 

4-8 

3-6 

2-4 

1'5      . 

1-0 

Neuhausen  Experiments. — Corrosion  Resistance  op  Aluminium  Cast  and  Rolled  Plates. 


Weight  of 
Metal. 


Purity. 


Surface 
exposed. 


Solution. 


Temperature. 


Time. 


Loss. 


Notes. 


O  rms. 

21-57S 

Per  Cent. 
99 

ld/m' 

Sea  water 

°C 

200  hours 

Per  Cent. 

o-oio. 

24-82 

99 

,. 

., 

80-90 

IS  hours 

o-oii 

.. 

.. 

99 

99 

1, 

Nitric  acid  of  30°  B. 
cold  concentrated. 

•• 

7  days 
14  days 

•6628  grms. 
1-0195  grms. 

Weight  of  metal  not  given 

2:.  terms.  > ) 

21- 

ir  720 

99 
99 
99 

» 

Common  salt  with  4  per 

cent,  acetic  acid. 

4  per  cent,  acetic  acid 

1  per  cent,  citric  acid 

Boiling 
Cold 

14  hours 
2  days 

0-29 

No  action. 
No  action. 

Milton  Experiments. — Corrosion  Resistance  of  Aluminium  Cast  Plates. 


■• 

99 

59-3  c/m» 

Saturated  NaCl 
solution. 

60 

4S  hours 

0'052 

Small  pin-head  patches  of 
alumina  in  places. 

97-5 

it 

"              " 

60 

" 

0-U07S 

Large  patches  of  alumina  with 
llocculent  hydrate  covering  tiny 
pits  in  metal. 

•• 

99 

" 

Ccld  concentrated 
pureH..S<>4 

Ordinary 
temperature 

131  days 

4-1  "70 

Fine  crystalline  matted  surface. 

•• 

97-5 

>, 

«              „ 

" 

" 

4*49 

Much  pitted  and  crystalline  with 
matt  coarse  and  dark  coloured. 
H2S  evolved  by  corrosion  pits. 

99 

•> 

Pure  acetic  acid 

» 

.. 

0*24 

.. 

97-5 

„ 

H 

„ 

„ 

0'013 

.. 

.. 

99 

,, 

Saturated  citric  acid 

50—60 

19  hours 

0-095 

.. 

•■ 

99 

» 

10  per  cent.  NajC03 

45—50 

24  hours 

•■ 

Smooth  adherent  coating  of 
alumina,  slight  corrosion. 

97-5 

it 

»i              » 

45—50 

>, 

•■ 

Thick  coarse  deposit  flocks  of 
alumina  suspended  in  solution 

and  marked  corrosion. 

99 

- 

Saturated  Xa.s 
solution. 

45—50 

.3*0 
appro*. 

Deep  corrosion  and  black  stains, 
but  no  deposit  on  plate. 

97-5 

45—50 

Deeply  honeycombed  and  thick 
Muck  crust  of  FeS.Si02  and 
alumina. 

128 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29,1892. 


Specimens. to  ecjcustbate  Paper  on  Alt-minium,  its 

Maniiai  iriii:    isii  l.MPi  ~ii:iai.  Vai.ie. 

Lent  by  the  Aluminium  Industry  Cn.,  Lint.,  Neukausen, 
Switzerland  (Leisler  llork  and  Co.,  Glasgow). 

2  ingot*  pure  aluminium  (99  per  cent.). 

.*)       ,,       aluminium  bronze. 

1       „      ferro-aluminium  (10  per  cent.  AD. 

1  piece  aluminium  tube. 

1     „  „         sheet. 

1  fireman's  helmet. 

1  water  bottle. 

1  folding  drinking  cup. 

1  fan. 

1  photograph  frame. 

1  ash  tray. 

2  stamped  plates. 

I  -pools  aluminium  wire. 

3  medals  of  the  Queen,  the    Prince  of  Wales,  and   the 
German  Emperor. 

Lent  by  the  Mannesmann  Tube  Co.,  Lim.,  Lundore,  South 

1 1  tiles. 

25  double  pencil  cases. 
25  single  „ 

6  Couplings    ,. 

1  tube  4  mm.  ex  diameter. 


5  mm.  „ 

26  mm.  x  24  mm.  x  3080  mm. 
„  „  1675  mm. 

15  mm.  x  12  mm.  x  255  mm. 

16  mm.  x  12  mm.  x  255  mm. 
14  mm.  x  10  mm.  x  2i.j  mm. 
13  mm.  x  10  mm.  x  255  mm. 


Lent  by  The  Metal  Reduction  Syndicate,  Lim.,  Patricroft. 

2  painted  plaques. 

2  „        panels. 
1  plain  panel. 

1      .,     plaque. 

3  sand  eastings. 

4  tubes. 

Pieces  of  aluminium  wire. 

„  „         bronze  wire. 


Lent  by  The  Coirles  Syndicate  Co.,  Lim.,  Milton, 
Stoke-on-Trent. 

Beer  tap  of  aluminium  (cast  in  sand  and  finished). 
Two  forged  bolts  and  nuts  of  aluminium  bronze. 
Teaspoons  of  pure  aluminium. 

„  „  „  after  9  months  use. 

2  books  lettered  with  aluminium  leaf. 
Small  cross  cast  in  open  sand  showing  sharp  clear  casting. 


Discission, 

Mr.  Tate,  in  opening  the  discussion,  asked  what  was  the 
cost  of  aluminium. 

Mr.  Thompson  wished  to  know  whether  Mr.  Dagger 
knew  anything  of  the  statement  circulated  in  the  electrical 
papers  that  works  had  been  started  in  New  Jersey  for 
making  aluminium  on  the  sodium  process,  with  cryolite- 
producing  sodium  at  7  cents  per  lb.  Regarding  the  electri- 
cal conductivity  of  aluminium,  he  had  always  understood 
that  it  was  almost  equal  to  that  of  copper.  He  was  anxious 
to  learn  whether  the  tubes  exhibited  were  pressed  out  or 
drawn  from  the  solid.  Concerning  cost,  he  had  received 
a  quotation  from  a  firm  who  asked  4s.  a  lb.  for  large 
quantities. 

Mr.  Carey  was  glad  that  the  Chairman  and  others  had 
drawn  attention  to  the  subject  of  cost ;  he  hoped  to  hear 
something  on  this  head.  One  question  he  wished  to  ask, 
that  was,  it,  as  Mr.  Dagger  had  stated,  saline  and  alkaline 


solutions  acted  upon  aluminium,  how  far  would  the  slightly 
alkaline  and  saline  liquids  met  with  in  ordinary  cooking 
operations  injure  utensils  made  of  aluminium. 

Dr.  Khun  asked  whether  the  oxyfluoride  of  aluminium 
employed  in  the  Minet  process,  as  described  by  Mr.  Dagger, 
was  a  natural  product  or  only  a  mixture  of  aluminium 
fluoride  and  alumina. 

Mr.  Dagger,  replying  to  the  question  as  to  the  chemical 
method  of  the  production  of  aluminium,  said  probably  the 
works  in  Xew  Jersey  were  using  the  double  fluoride,  but  he 
had  no  knowledge  of  such  a  company.  In  his  last  paper, 
however,  he  described  the  last  and  most  approved  chemical 
methods  of  production.  The  Cowles  Syndicate  Company- 
produced  one  ton  per  day  of  aluminium,  ranging  from  97 — 
99  per  cent,  purity.  The  tubes,  he  understood,  were  run 
out  from  the  cold  metal.  Touching  Dr.  Kohn's  question 
concerning  the  use  of  oxyfluoride  in  the  Minet  process,  he 
remarked  that  the  oxyfluoride  was  really  an  artificial  product, 
not  a  definite  compound,  but  simply  alumina  dissolved  in 
cryolite.  The  price  of  the  metal  varied,  ranging  from  4s. 
to  3s.  id.  or  3s.  2d.  per  lb.,  depending  upon  the  purity  of 
the  metal.  There  had  been  a  reduction  of  Is.  per  lb.  since 
he  read  his  last  paper,  when  he  quoted  5s.  The  figures, 
32  grms.  aluminium  per  1  horse-power  hour,  with  E.M.F. 
of  4  volts,  which  he  gave,  were  taken  from  Mr.  Minet's 
paper,  which  he  had  read  over  carefully.  Mr.  Minet  wrote 
a  great  deal  on  the  results  not  put  iuto  operation  other  than 
on  an  experimental  scale.  The  other  figures,  22  E.H.P. 
per  lb.  aluminium,  were  the  amount  common  to  the  electrical 
methods  now  in  operation. 

The  practical  difficulties  arising  from  chloride  of  calcium 
meant  in  using  chloride  there  was  a  greater  tendency  for 
decomposition  to  take  place,  and  chloride  to  give  off  chlorine, 
a  great  nuisance  in  the  furnace  room,  whereas  in  cases  of 
the  fluorides  which  had  a  higher  fusion  point,  no  decompo- 
sition of  the  bath  took  place  so  long  as  ordinary  care  was 
taken,  but  if  salt  be  added,  then  decomposition  of  the 
electrolyte  was  more  likely  to  take  place,  and  very  much 
more  careful  management  was  required.  The  product  given 
off  in  the  ordinary  process  was  CO,  not  C02.  The  loss  of 
carbon  was  practically  1  lb.  of  carbon  for  every  pound  of 
aluminium.  The  cost  of  current  amounted  to  something 
like  75  per  cent,  of  the  cost  of  production.  Hall  gives  the 
following  theoretical  cost  per  pound  :  —  Alumina,  3d.  ; 
carbon  electrodes,  Id. ;  chemicals  and  pots,  \d. ;  22  E.H.P. 
water  power  used,  2J</.  ;  labour  and  superintendence, 
\\d. ;  general  expenses  and  repairs,  \\d.  The  difficulty 
of  soldering  aluminium  still  remained  with  them,  and  he 
had  heard  nothing  since  he  gave  the  mixtures  used  for 
soldering  purposes  in  his  last  paper,  though  he  believed 
that  results  which  were  said  to  be  successful  had  been 
obtained  by  using  fused  potash  as  a  flux.  As  to  the  sources 
of  aluminium,  for  the  present,  production  was  steady  and 
there  was  more  than  sufficient,  but  should  there  be  a  large 
demand  for  the  metal  in  the  future,  it  would  tend  to 
stimulate  chemists  to  produce  aluminium  by  taking  rich 
clays,  treating  them  with  acids,  and  getting  out  alumina 
that  way. 

Mr.  Carey  had  spoken  about  its  use  for  cooking  vessels ; 
he  had  given  him  figures  as  to  the  corrosion  by  salt.  In 
his  experiment  he  had  used  concentrated  solutions,  and 
they  would  see  that  the  loss  at  60°  C.  during  48  hours 
in  98  per  cent,  metal  was  found  to  be  0- 0078  per  cent., 
while  in  the  case  of  a  pure  metal  it  was  0'052  per  cent., 
while  the  experiments  of  the  Xeuhausen  Company  showed 
only  0-29  per  cent  after  boiling  for  14  hours,  and  those 
conditions  would  not  be  reached  in  ordinary  cooking. 


Feb.  29, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


129 


i¥lanrl)f5tn-  &Htioiu 


Chairman :  Ivan  Levinstein. 

Vice-Chairman .-  Edw.  Schunck. 

Committee : 


J.  Angell. 
G.  H.  Bailey. 
R.  F.  Carpenter. 
(5.  E.  Davis. 
H.  Grimshaw. 
Harold  B.  Diion. 


J.  Grossmann. 

P.  Hart. 

A.  Liebmann. 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P. 

C.  Truby. 

D.  Watson. 


lion.  Local  Secretary : 

J.  Carter  Bell, 
Bank  House,  The  Cliff,  Higher  Broughton,  Manchester, 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary, 


Meeting  held  Friday,  February  5th,  1892. 


MR.    IVAN    LEVINSTEIN   IN  THE   CHAIR. 


NOTE  ON  THE  AMOUNTS  OF  TANNIC  ACID 
ABSORBED  BY  COTTON  UNDER  VARYING 
CONDITIONS. 

BY    EDMUND    KNECHT    PH.D.,    F.I.C.,    AND    JAMES    KERSHAW, 
MANCHESTER    TECHNICAL    SCHOOL. 

The  natural  affinity  which  gallotannic  acid  and  the  other 
tannins  possess  for  the  cotton  fibre,  coupled  with  their 
property  of  forming  insoluble  compounds  with  metallic 
oxides  and  the  basic  coal-tar  colours,  renders  these  materials 
of  great  importance  in  the  dyeing  and  printing  of  cotton. 

For  the  application  of  the  tannins  in  cotton-dyeing,  two 
methods  are  principally  employed,  viz.,  by  steeping  (chiefly 
used  for  loose  cotton  and  yarn)  and  by  padding  (chiefly 
used  for  piece-goods).  It  was  namely  for  the  elucidation  of 
certain  points  in  connexion  with  the  first  of  these  methods 
that  we  undertook  the  present  work. 

It  is  well  known  that  cotton  steeped  in  a  tannin  solution 
absorbs  some  of  the  tannin,  and  practical  experience  has 
shown  that  the  amount  absorbed  depends  upon  the  tempe- 
rature and  degree  of  concentration  of  the  bath  and  upon 
other  conditions  of  working.  It  is  also  known  that  the 
tannic  acid  absomed  can  be  completely  removed  by  long- 
continued  washing  with  cold  water,  more  rapidly  by  boiling 
water.  The  only  exact  work  which  has,  to  our  knowledge, 
been  published  on  this  subject  is  that  of  Juste  Koechlin.* 

This  authority  finds  that  cotton  mordanted  in  a  solution 
containing  50  grms.  per  litre  loses  all  its  tannin  in  pure 
water,  but  loses  nothing  in  a  solution  containing  5  grms.  per 
litre.  It  only  begins  to  lose  tannin  in  a  solution  containing 
2  grms.  per  litre.  From  acetic  acid  and  alcoholic  solutions 
the  tannin  is  not  taken  up  as  well  as  from  aqueous  solution. 

All  Koechlin's  estimations  appear  to  have  been  done 
colorimetrically,  viz.,  by  the  depth  of  shade  produced  by 
developing  the  tanned  cotton  in  a  solution  of  acetate  of 
iron. 

That  it  is  impossible  to  completely  exhaust  a  tannin  bath, 
is  well  known,  but  hitherto  it  does  not  appear  to  have 
sufficiently  interested  anyone  to  know  how  much  tannin  is 
actually  absorbed  by  the  fibre  under  given  conditions,  to 
make  it  worth  while  carrying  out  exact  quantitative  deter- 
minations. Since  the  introduction  of  the  Lowenthal 
process  of  estimating  tannin,  this  is  rendered  possible  and  it 
has  been  our  principal  aim  to  determine  by  exact  methods 


Bull.  Soe  ind.  de  Mulhouse  T.  LI.  p.  13S. 


the  actual  amount  of  gallotannic  acid  absorbed  by  cotton 
under  varying  conditions  of  temperature,  time,  concentration 
of  water  bath,  &c. 

The  cotton  used  for  the  experiments  was  a  bleached  two- 
fold 20-s.  yarn.  Boiled  in  distilled  water  it  gave  up 
nothing  that  would  decolourise  permanganate. 

The  tannin  employed  was  a  pure  pharmaceutical  tannic 
acid  containing,  in  terms  of  oxalic  acid — 

Per  Cent. 

Tannic  acid 128  "28 

Gallic  acid 3 "  72 

The  strength  of  the  permanganate  solution  was  1  grm. 
per  litre,  and  this  was  standardised  with  ferrous  ammonium 
sulphate. 

In  each  case,  the  tannin  absorbed  has  been  estimated 
not  directly,  but  by  difference,  an  aliquot  portion  of  the 
solution  being  withdrawn  from  the  bath  and  titrated  with 
permanganate.  By  thus  ascertaining  the  total  amount  left 
in  solution,  we  were  able  to  determine  by  difference  what 
had  been  withdrawn  b}'  the  fibre.  The  results  are  expressed 
in  terms  of  the  tannic  acid  used.  A  quantitative  deter- 
mination showed  that  gallic  acid  has  absolutely  no  affinity 
for  cotton,  so  that  under  the  heading,  '•  Left  in  solution," 
the  amounts  stated  express  the  tannic  acid  plus  the  whole 
of  the  gallic  acid  left  from  the  0-25  grm.  tannin  employed. 

In  the  experiments,  except  where  otherwise  stated,  we 
used  5  grms.  of  cotton,  5  per  cent,  of  tannic  acid,  and  30 
times  the  weight  of  water  (of  the  weight  of  the  cotton). 
The  cotton  was  entered  at  100°  and  was  allowed  to  cool  with 
occasional  stirring  during  three  hours. 


I.  Effect  of  Temperature. 

1 .  The  cotton  was  steeped  cold  for  three  hours. 

2.  The  cotton  was  entered  boiling  and  allowed  to  cool 
during  three  hours. 

3.  The  cotton  was  steeped  at  50°  for  three  hours. 

4.  The  cotton  was  steeped  boiling  for  one  hour. 

Results. 


— 

Tannic  Acid 
Taken. 

Absorbed  by 
Cotton. 

Left  in 
Solution. 

1 

Grm. 
0-25 

0-25 

0-23 

11-23 

Grm. 
0' 1)363 

0-0513 

0-0032 

0.0023 

Grm. 
0-2137 

0-1987 

0'2«8 

0-2175 

4 

From  this  it  would  appear  that  the  method  adopted  in 
practice,  viz.,  entering  hot  or  boiling  is  the  best  condition 
of  temperature. 

II.   Concentration. 

Same  conditions  as  above,  but  with  varying  amounts  of 
water,  viz. : — 

1 75  cc.  water. 

2 150  cc.      „ 

3 300  cc.      „ 

■1 450  CC.      „ 

Results. 


Tannic  Acid 
Taken. 

Absorbed  by 
Cotton. 

Left  in 
Solution. 

1 

Grm. 

0-25 

0-25 

0-2 

0-25 

Grm. 
0-0668 

0-0513 

IVlliNS 

0*0238 

Grm. 
0-1837 

0-1987 

a 

3 

130 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29,  1892. 


III.  Additions  to  Bath. 
Same  conditions  as  stated  at  first. 
Results. 


Tannic  Acid 
Taken. 

Absorbed  by 
Cotton. 

Left  in 

Solution. 

Addition. 

1 

Grm. 
0-25 

Grm. 

0-9498 

Grm. 

0-2002 

Per  Cent. 
in  NajSI  >« 

0 

0-25 

0-0363 

0-2137 

50 

S 

0-25 

0-0250 

0-2250 

100 

0-25 

0*0363 

0-2137 

5  H2SO, 

0-25 

0 -028.3 

0-2212 

10 

6 

0-25 

0-0213 

0-2287 

20 

The  effect  of  sodium  carbonate  was  also  tried,  but  it  was 
found  that  on  adding  5  per  cent.  Na.,COs  to  the  tannin 
solution,  boiling  and  allowing  to  cool  during  three  hours 
(without  auj-  cotton),  the  amount  of  permanganate  required 
increased  17  per  cent,  on  the  original  amount  required  for 
the  pure  tannic  acid.  An  estimation  by  difference  was 
therefore  impossible. 

IV.    Time. 

The  original  conditions  were  again  adhered  to,  but  the 
time  was  altered. 

Results. 


Tannic  Acid 
Taken. 


Absorbed  by 
Cotton. 


Left  in 
Solution. 


Time. 


Grm. 

IT  25 

Grm. 
0-0128 

Grm. 

0-2372 

30  min. 

0-25 

0-0168 

0-2332 

lhr. 

0-25 

0-0490 

0-2010 

2  hrs. 

0-25 

0-0572 

0-1928 

4  hrs. 

0-25 

0-0609 

0-1^91 

6  lire. 

i 

The  tannin  is  still  being  absorbed  after  six  hours'  immer- 
sion, and  although  the  absorption  is  not  in  a  direct  ratio  to 
the  time  of  immersion,  it  is  probable  that  the  limit  has  not 
been  reached  in  six  hours. 

V.   Consecutive  Baths. 

1.  5  grms.  cotton  were  entered  boiling  and  allowed  to  cool 
during  lj  hours. 

2.  Same  as  No.  1.  Wring  out  well,  then  enter  a  second 
5  grms.  at  100°  and  allow  to  cool  again  during  li  hours. 

3.  Same  as  Xo.  2,  with  a  third  lot  of  cotton. 

Results. 


Tannin 
used. 


Absorbed  by    Absorbed  by    Absorbed  by       Left  in 
1st  5  Grms.     2nd  5  Grms.  '  3rd  5  Grms.      Solution. 


Grm. 

•  •■■::, 

Grm. 
0'0S5S 

Grm. 

Grin. 

Grm. 

0-2145 

0-25 

0-0355 

0-0195 

.. 

0-1950 

0-25 

0-0355 

0-019) 

0-0103 

0-1V17 

VI.   Washing  Out. 
Enter  boiling  and  allow  to  cool  over  night. 


Absorbed  bv  Cotton. 

Left  in  Solution. 

Grm. 
0*0612 

Grm. 
0-1888 

1.  Steep  in  cold  water  (150  cc.)  for  one  hour. 
:!.  Steep  in  cold  water  (150  ce.)  for  three  hours. 

3.  Steep  in  boiling  water  for  one  hour. 

4.  Enter  into  a  solution  of  10  per  cent,   tannic  acid  at 
boil  and  allow  to  cool  during  three  hours. 

5.  As  Xo.  4,  using  2j  per  cent,  tannic  acid, 

Results. 


Left  in  Fibre. 


Tannin  extracted. 


Grm. 
.     0-0467"! 

.     0-0398  'Out  of  0-0612 

. |  NoneJ 

....  I  0-019S  +  the  0-0613 absorbed 

5 0-0007  lost. 


Grm. 
0-0147 

0-0221 

0-0612 

n-4802 

o-l2« 


VII.  Bleached,  Unbleached,  and  Mercerised  Cotton. 
Same  conditions  as  above. 


Tannic  Acid 
taken. 


Absorbed. 


Left  in  Solution. 


Grm. 
0-25 

Grm. 
0-0513 

Grm. 
0-19S7  bleached. 

0-25 

m  II.-,.;-- 

0-1932  unbleached. 

0-25 

0-1033 

0'1467  mercerised. 

The  unbleached  cotton  was  boiled  previously  for  a  short 
time  with  soap,  to  remove  waxy  and  other  impurities. 

Precipitated  Cellulose,  obtained  by  dissolving  filter-paper 
in  Schweitzer's  reagent,  precipitating  with  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  washing  thoroughly  with  water,  is  capable  of  absorbing 
under  similar  conditions  a  much  larger  proportion  of  tannin 
than  cotton  yarn.  Using  5  grms.  of  such  cellulose,  150  cc. 
water,  entering  at  100"  C,  and  allowing  to  cool  during  three 
hours,  we  obtained  the  following  results  ; — 


Tannic  Acid  taken. 


Absorbed. 


Left  in  Solution. 


Grm. 
025 


Grm. 
0-1525 


Grm. 

0-0975 


This  is  no  doubt  partly  due  to  the  fine  state  of  division 
of  the  cellulose. 

Generally  speaking,  our  results  confirm  quantitatively 
what  has  been  known  for  a  long  time  qualitatively.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  what  a  small  proportion  of  the  tannic 
acid  employed  is  taken  up  by  the  cotton  under  the  most 
favourable  conditions.  If  this  circumstance  is  taken  into 
account,  a  great  saviDg  might  frequently  be  effected,  in  our 
opinion,  in  the  application  of  tannin  in  cotton  dyeing. 


Feb.89.l8M.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


131 


NOTE  ON  THE  ACTION  OF  CHLORINE  ON  WOOL. 

EDMUND    KNECHT,    l'H.1).,   F.I.C,   AND    E.    E.    MILNES, 
MAN l 'IIESTEK    TECHNICAL    SCHOOL. 

The  chlorinating  of  wool  with  the  object  of  rendering  it 
better  able  to  take  up  certain  colouring  matters  in  printing, 
appears  to  have  been  first  suggested  and  carried  out  by 
Mercer.  Since  that  time  the  chlorinating  of  all-wool  aud 
cotton  warp  delaines  for  printing  has  become  a  general 
practice  amoug  printers. 

During  the  latter  part  of  last  session  we  had  begun  an 
investigation  regarding  the  chemical  changes  which  take 
place  in  this  interesting  operation,  but  owing  to  Mr.  Milnes 
having  accepted  another  appointment  our  work  has  been 
interrupted,  and  as,  we  shall  probabry  not  be  able  to  take 
it  up  again  conjointly  we  wish  to  give  in  the  following  a 
short  resume  of  the  results  obtained. 

Our  original  object  was  to  determine  whether  the 
chlorine  acted  by  substitution,  addition,  or  oxidation,  but 
unfortunately  the  work  was  prematurely  interrupted. 
Nevertheless  some  points  were  brought  to  light  which  may 
be  of  some  interest. 

Action  of  Dry  Chlorine. — Wool  dried  at  100°  was  treated 
for  several  hours  in  a  current  of  dry  chlorine  gas.  Very 
little  change  appeared  to  take  place  ;  a  little  hydrochloric 
acid  gas  was  given  off  and  the  material  (flannel)  was  not 
perceptibly  injured.  Its  affinity  for  colouring  matters  is 
not  increased. 

Action  of  3Ioist  Chlorine. — Uool  in  its  natural  state 
was  treated  for  several  hours  in  a  current  of  moist  chlorine. 
Large  quantities  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  were  evolved  from 
the  beginning  aud  the  edges  of  the  flannel  began  to  assume 
a  gum-like,  translucent  appearance.  Boiled  afterwards  in 
water  the  material  lost  over  60  per  cent,  in  weight,  a  thread- 
bare and  tendered  fabric  being  left  behind.  The  aqueous 
solution  evaporated  to  dryness  left  a  brownish  coloured 
deliquescent  residue,  which  retains  a  large  amount  of 
(free  ?)  hydrochloric  acid.  When  heated  this  residue 
swells  up  and  decomposes,  evolving  a  smell  of  burning 
horn.  It  does  not  blacken  alkaline  lead  solution,  but  is 
found  to  contain  sulphur  by  the  nitroprusside  reaction.  Its 
most  characteristic  property  is  that  which  it  possesses 
of  precipitating  in  aqueous  solution  the  substantive  colouring 
matters,  as  one  of  us  found  to  be  the  case  with  lanuginic 
acid.  It  may  be  that  this  fact  may  account  in  some  way 
for  the  increased  affinity  which  chlorinated  wool  possesses 
for  such  colouring  matters. 

Flannel  (11*18  grm.)  treated  for  one  hour  with  5  per 
cent,  bleaching  powder  and  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid  was 
washed  first  in  distilled  water,  then  warmed  for  a  short  time 
with  very  dilute  ammonia  (to  neutralise  free  acid),  and  then 
extracted  repeatedly  with  boiling  distilled  water  until  the 
water  showed  no  opalescence  with  silver  nitrate.  The  wool 
was  then  dissolved  in  caustic  soda,  the  solution  acidulated 
with  nitric  acid,  excess  of  sodium  carbonate  added,  evapo- 
rated to  dryness,  calcined  in  a  platinum  dish,  and  the  residue 
tested  for  chlorine.  It  was  found  to  be  entirely  free  from 
chlorine.  This  fact,  coupled  with  the  copious  evolution  of 
hydrochloric  acid  in  presence  of  moisture  that  modification 
of  sulphur  which  blackens  with  alkaline  lead  solution  is  not 
destroyed  by  the  ordinary  chlorination,  and  only  disappears 
when  the   fibre  is  deeply  attacked. 

Another  noteworthy  fact  is  that  the  chlorinated  wool, 
even  after  drying  and  exposing  to  the  air  for  several  hours 
or  over  night,  is  coloured  brown  when  moistened  with 
potassium  iodide  solution.  Whether  this  property  is  due 
to  the  presence  of  free  chlorine  in  the  fibre  or  to  the 
formation  of  qninone-like  substances,  we  have  not  yet  been 
able  to  determine.  It  is  removed  by  prolonged  treatment 
with  sulphurous  acid  or  bisulphite  of  soda. 

In  most  textbooks  and  manuals  on  dyeing  we  find  the 
statement  that  wool  is  deeply  attacked  and  turned  yellow 
by  chlorine  or  hypochlorites.  We  find  that  dry  chlorine 
has  very  little  effect  in  discolouring  wool.  Neither  has 
it  this  property  in  solution  if  a  large  excess  of  free  hydro- 
chloric acid  be  present.     F'ree  hypochlorous  acid,  however, 


rapidly  turns  the  wool  brownish-yellow.  Possibly  this 
may  account  for  the  yellowing  of  pieces  which  sometimes 
takes  place  in  working  on  the  large  scale. 

Bromine  acts  on  wool  in  a  similar  way  to  chlorine. 

The  soluble  product  above  referred  to  does  not  appear 
to  be  formed  by  the  action  of  permanganate  on  wool. 

Discussion. 

The  Chairman  :  The  results  of  Dr.  Kneeht's  experiments 
were  of  the  greatest  importance,  inasmuch  as  dyers  have 
not  time  to  make  the  necessary  examinations,  and  the 
practical  results  were  principally  these  : — They  knew  that 
immense  quantities  of  tannic  acid  were  used  in  dyeing, 
partly  for  the  fixation  of  metallic  mordant  and  partly  for 
the  fixation  of  the  basic  coal-tar  colours,  and  it  was  evident 
that  in  this  process  there  must  be  an  immense  waste.  If 
dyers  and  printers  really  studied  these  results  it  would  lead 
to  considerable  saving. 

Mr.  Grimshaw  said,  speaking  generally,  he  thought  the 
papers  were  bound  to  be  of  great  assistance  to  manu- 
facturers in  helping  them  to  reduce  what  he  might  call 
the  qualitative  to  the  quantitative  action,  and  he  believed 
that  these  were  the  lines  on  which  economy  would  be 
promoted  in  all  chemical  industries  Dr.  Knecht  had  men- 
tioned. Mercier,  who  was  a  striking  example  of  one  who 
without  adopting  scientific  knowledge  arrived  at  a  wonderful 
amount  of  practical  results,  and  it  was  indeed  strange  that 
bis  name  was  so  little  known. 

Dr.  Weber  :  Dr.  Knecht  had  told  them  that  wool,  under 
certain  circumstances,  produced  lanuginic  acid,  which  was 
one  of  the  amido-acids.  Would  it  not  be  probable  that  so 
strong  an  oxidising  agent  would  attack  this  amido-acid, 
and  thereby  cause  them  to  farm  a  sort  of  condensation 
product  of  the  oxidation  product  of  lanuginic  acid  and  the 
rest  of  the  chloranil. 

Mr.  J.  Carter  Dell  wished  to  know  if  Dr.  Knecht  had 
tried  chlorination  of  the  wool  after  it  had  been  bleached, 
because  it  always  contains  a  percentage  of  fatty  matter  ? 

Dr.  Knecht  replied  that  he  had  experimented  with 
bleached  flannel. 

Dr.  Kno  wles,  F.C.S.,  would  like  to  suggest  that  Dr.  Knecht 
should  continue  his  researches.  Delaine  printing  was  an 
industry  little  known  in  this  country  as  yet,  and  there  was 
a  great  amount  of  difficulty  in  the  proper  application  of 
colouring-matters.  His  mention  of  the  application  of 
induline  to  wool  which  was  not  chlorinated  has  a  parallel 
in  the  application  of  naphthol  black  to  woollen  fibre.  They 
would  find  that  wool  which  is  merely  scoured  and  bleached 
is  not  capable  of  being  printed  on,  whereas  if  chlorinated  it 
is  capable  of  being  printed  on  by  naphthol  black,  which 
black  when  properly  applied  is  extremely  fast. 


umMN^ 


LABORATORY  NOTES. 

BT   W.    F.    LOWE,    P.I.C.,    F.C.S.,    ASSOC. R.S.M. 

(a)  The  Gravimetric  Estimation  of  Zinc  as  Sulphide. 

The  usual  method  of  estimating  zinc  in  blende  and  other 
ores  of  zinc  is  by  a  standard  solution  of  sodic  sulphide 
with  a  small  quantity  of  ferric  hydrate  added  to  the  solution 
as  indicator,  or  better,  with  nickel  chloride  solution 
employed  outside  the  solution  as  indicator ;  but  as  this 
method,  even  when  most  carefully  carried  out,  does  not 
yield  results  nearer  than  0-5  per  cent,  (see  Fresenius'  Quan- 
titative, vol.  II.,  p.  281,  and  Mitchell's  Manual  of  Assaying, 
p.  580)  it  cannot  be  considered  a  very  satisfactory  one,  its 
only  recommendation  being  that  it  is  a  fairly  quick  and 
sufficiently  accurate  for  many  purposes. 


132 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


[Pell.  29,1892. 


The  great  objection  to  it  is  that  none  of  the  indicators  are 
sufficiently  sharp ;  with  ferric  hydrate,  for  instance,  the 
solution  requires  to  be  violently  agitated  during  the  whole 
of  the  titration  and  the  white  zinc  sulphide  merely  tuins  to  a 
dirty  grey.  Nickel  chloride  used  on  a  white  plate  is  some- 
what sharper,  but  is  by  no  means  a  really  satisfactory 
indicator.  The  standard  solution  used  is  generally  made  of 
such  a  strength  that  1  ce.=>  0-01  grm.,  and  for  rich  ore 
0-5  grm.  of  ore  is  taken,  a  difference  of  0'  1  ce.  is  equal  to 
0-2  per  cent,  of  zinc,  so  that  a  greater  error  than  0-5  per 
cent,  can  very  easily  be  made. 

There  are  also  the  volumetric  methods  of  estimating  zinc 
by  means  of  a  standard  solution  of  potassic  ferrocyanide, 
but  these  also  are  stated  by  Fresenius  not  to  yield  results 
nearer  than  0  ■  5  per  cent. 

There  is  also  Mann's  silver  method,  but  in  this  the  zinc  is 
first  precipitated  and  filtered  as  zinc  sulphide  j  there  is  not 
much  gained  by  it. 

There  is  nothing  specially  novel  in  the  method  described, 
but  it  is  one,  I  believe,  that  is  very  little  used  owing  to  the 
supposed  difficulty  of  filtering  zinc  sulphide ;  hut  if  the 
necessary  precautions  are  taken  very  little  difficulty  will  be 
found  and  exceedingly  accurate  results  will  be  obtained.  It 
certainly  occupies  more  time,  requiring  two  days,  but 
when  much  greater  accuracy  can  be  obtained  I  do  not  think 
that  a  little  more  time  and  trouble  should  have  much  weight 
as  an  objection. 

The  sample  having  been  first  dried  (samples  from  the 
mines  being  usually  wet)  is  ground  and  the  whole  passed 
through  a  60-mesh  sieve,  a  small  sample  is  then  taken  and 
finely  ground  in  an  agate  mortar,  and  it  is  of  great  impor- 
tance that  it  should  be  finely  ground,  for  otherwise  it  will 
not  readily  dissolve  in  hydrochloric  acid. 

One  grm.  is  taken,  placed  in  a  conical  flask  of  about 
300  cc.  cap.  10  to  15  cc.  of  strong  HC1  added,  the  flask 
covered  with  a  small  fuunel  and  boiled  on  an  iron  plate 
until  dissolved.  If  the  ore  'has  been  finely  ground  this  will 
take  place  readily.  Two  or  three  drops  of  strong  HXO,f  are 
then  added  to  ensure  the  complete  solution  of  the  ore.  This 
should  not  be  added  until  the  solution  of  the  ore  in  the  HCI 
is  complete  as  otherwise  a  separation  of  sulphur  will  take 
place,  and  in  such  a  case  it  is  necessary  to  remove  the  sulphur, 
burn  it  and  add  any  residue  to  the  solution  in  the  flask.  For 
this  reason  it  is  not  well  to  dissolve  in  a  mixture  of  HN03  and 
HCI,  as  sulphur  always  seems  to  separate.  In  fact  Fresenius 
recommends  that  the  sulphur  in  blende  should  be  estimated 
by  deflagration  with  nitre  and  carbonate  of  soda  instead  of 
in  the  vat  way. 

As  soon  as  all  the  nitrous  fumes  have  passed  off 
the  solution  is  diluted  to  about  100  cc.  with  cold  water,  and 
a  good  stream  of  H.,S  passed  through  until  the  precipitate 
turns  black  and  settles  readily.  It  is  then  filtered  through 
a  covered  filter,  and  washed  with  water  containing  a  little 
H.2S. 

The  solution  is  then  heated  in  an  uncovered  beaker  on  the 
iron  plate  to  a  temperature  just  below  boiling.  As  soon  as 
the  HoS  has  passed  off,  some  bromine  water  is  added  to 
peroxidise  the  iron,  the  solution  cooled,  and  an  excess  of 
ammonia  is  added.  It  is  allowed  to  stand  for  a  few  minutes 
on  the  iron  plate  for  the  precipitate  to  settle,  and  is  filtered 
through  a  large  filter-paper.  The  precipitate  is  washed 
slightly,  and  is  then  redissolved  in  warm  hydrochloric  acid ; 
it  is  reprecipitated  with  ammonia  and  filtered  through  the 
same  paper,  and  is  washed  with  hot  water  containing  a  little 
ammonia.  It  is  very  necessary  to  redissolve  the  precipitate 
(chiefly  ferric  hydrate)  even  though  usually  it  is  very  small 
as  it  always  carries  down  some  zinc  with  it.  The  solution 
is  made  up  with  hot  water  to  about  750  cc,  and  is  heated  in 
a  conical  flask  nearly  to  boiling.  Half  a  test-tube  full 
(about  10  cc.)  of  freshly  made  colourless  amnionic  sulphide 
(NH.HS*)  is  added,  and  the  solution  boiled  for  two  or  three 
minutes  and  allowed  to  settle.  The  boiling  converts  the 
slimy  precipitate  into  a  granular  one.  The  flask  is  then 
covered  and  left  to  stand  all  night,  the  clear  portion  is 
syohoned  off  to  just  above  the  precipitate,  and  this  portion, 
although  having  only  a  slight  opalescence,  is  filtered  through 


a  double  filter  of  good  Swedish  filter-paper,  and  it  is 
important  that  the  filter  exactly  fits  the  funnel,  and  is  held 
down  in  its  place  whilst  it  is  moistened  before  use.  The 
filter-paper  used  has  a  diameter  of  5^  in.,  and  the  ash  of  one 
of  these  weighs  0*0015  grm.,  so  that  the  tare  for  the  two  is 
0'003  grm.  After  the  decanted  portion  has  been  filtered, 
the  precipitate  is  washed  once  by  decantation  with  hot  water 
containing  a  little  ammonia  chloride  and  a  few  drops  of 
amnionic  sulphide.  It  is  then  transferred  with  hot  water 
containing  a  few  drops  of  (NH4HS)  to  the  filter,  the  filter 
being  kept  covered  with  a  ground  glass  plate.  The  whole 
of  the  precipitate  is  very  readily  removed  from  the 
flask  as  it  does  not  stick  to  the  glass.  The  precipitate  is 
then  dried  and  transferred  to  a  Rose's  crucible,  the  filter 
being  burnt  in  a  separate  crucible  and  the  ash  added  to  the 
precipitate;  a  little  pure  sulphur  is  added,  and  it  is  then 
ignited  in  a  current  of  coal-gas,  at  first  gently,  and  then  for 
about  five  minutes  in  a  large  Bunsen  flame ;  it  is  then 
allowed  to  cool  in  the  current  of  coal-gas,  and  weighed. 

The  following  results  are  those  obtained  from  ordinary 
samples  of  blende  (dressed  ore  from  the  mines)  ;  I.  and  II. 
duplicates  of  the  same  sample :— 


I. 

II. 

Difference. 

I. 

II. 

Difference, 

Zinc. 

Zinc. 

Zinc. 

Zinc. 

PerCent. 

57-5S 

PerCent. 
57-68 

Per  Cent, 
o-i 

PerCent. 
60-67 

Per  Cent. 
60-59 

Per  Cent. 
0-08 

61-79 

62-01 

0'22 

56-42 

56-55 

0-13 

S7"28 

57-40 

0-12 

58-39 

5S-39 

Nil 

Gl'SS 

61-32 

0-56 

59-17 

59-43 

0-26 

56-62 

56-65 

0-03 

59-48 

59-7 

0-22 

57-19 

57-53 

0'$4 

67-83 

58-06 

0  23 

58' 73 

58-57 

0-16 

60-4 

60-06 

0-31 

60-31 

CO'57 

0-26 

53-79 

53-84 

0-05 

58-46 

5S-55 

0-09 

61-38 

61-53 

0-15 

54:94 

51-88 

0-08 

60-67 

60-77 

o-i 

5:  nil) 

59-01 

0-01 

52-5 

52-47 

0-03 

57-8 

57-63 

o  17 

5s-e) 

58-63 

0-i 

39-76 

59-64 

0-12 

44-09 

41-26 

0-17 

57-74 

57-71 

i  i  ■  i  i; ; 

57-19 

67-05 

0-14 

58-36 

58-39 

0-03 

67-42 

57-72 

0-3 

57-96 

5S-13 

0-17 

54-71 

51-68 

0-03 

60-41 

60-21 

0-2 

60-14 

60-14 

Nil 

53-94 

51-17 

0-23 

59-27 

59-28 

o-oi 

57-5 

57-36 

0-14 

56-8 

56-93 

0-13 

55-72 

."",,", '  52 

0-2 

58-43 

58-7 

0-27 

65-84 

65-84 

Nil 

58-7 

58-73 

0-03 

59 -9« 

60-16 

0-2 

.-,!.■:.! 

59-91 

0-03 

60-77 

60-91 

0-14 

59-4 

59-6 

0-2 

57-93 

58-03 

o-l 

57-58 

57-68 

o-i 

53- SI 

53-74 

0-07 

59-01 

59-03 

0-02 

*  This  will  keep  for  about  a  week  in  the  dark,  but  soon  turns 
yellow  in  tho  light,  especially  in  direct  sunlight. 


The  above  table  contains  100  ordinary  results  from  50 
different  samples  of  blende,  of  these  results  2  differ  by 
0-56  per  cent.,  6  differ  from  0-3  to  0-34  per  cent,  24  differ 
from  0-2  to  0  27  per  cent.,  and  the  remaining  68  differ  by 
less  than  0'2  per  cent.,  and  36  out  of  these  68  differ  by  less 
than  0- 1  per  cent. 

If  the  ores  contain  manganese  the  process  requires  to  be 
modified ;  the  zinc  can  be  precipitated  as  sulphide  in  an 
acetic  acid  solution,  or  the  manganese  can  first  be  removed 
by  precipitation  with  bromine. 


Feb.  29, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OP  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


133 


Tliilt  the  precipitation  of  zinc  as  sulphide  is  more  accurate 
than  the  precipitation  as  carbonate  is  obvious  by  the  fact 
that  if  to  the  filtrate  from  the  carbonate  a  few  drops  of 
amnionic  sulphide  arc  added,  a  few  flakes  of  zinc  sulphide 
will  separate  on  standing  a  few  hours,  and  Freseuius  states 
that  with   proper    precautious    a   solution    containing    only 

siiimkiii  °^  zmc  ma}' oe  precipitated  by  amnionic  sulphide. 
An  important  objection  to  the  precipitation  of  the  zinc  as 
carbonate  is  that  these  ores  always  contain  lime,  so  that 
the  sulphide  must  be  carefully  washed  before  it  can  be 
rcdissolved  and  precipitated  as  carbonate. 


(6.)  Presence  of  Lead  in  Ammonia  Solution. 

In  preparing  amnionic  sulphide  I  have  found  that  it  is 
not  unusual  for  so-called  pure  ammonia  to  become  brownish 
or  black  in  colour  on  passing  ILS  through  it.  This  is  due 
to  traces  of  lead,  and  it  is  advisable  to  examine  every  fresh 
bottle  before  employing  it.  It  is  easy  to  obtain  ammonia 
that  is  pure,  but  there  is  certainly  a  good  deal  sold  that 
contains  this  impurity,  and  it  is  one  that  may  very  easily  be 
overlooked.  I  have  been  informed,  that  it  is  due  to  the 
dilution  of  the  solution  in  leaden  vessels,  when  first  prepared, 
to  the  requisite  specific  gravity. 


(c.)  Assay  of  Galena  in  Iron  Crucibi.es. 

The  most  satisfactory  method  for  the  assay  of  galena  is 
undoubtedly  that  in  which  the  assay  is  made  in  wrought-iron 
crucibles.  The  usual  method  is  to  charge  the  assay  from 
a  scoop  into  the  red-hot  crucible,  removed  from  the  furnace 
for  the  purpose.  It  is  then  heated  for  about  15  minutes, 
the  sides  of  the  crucible  scraped  down  with  an  iron  rod,  and 
the  heat  continued  a  little  more  strongly  for  five  minutes. 
This  is  the  method  recommended  by  Phillips,  and  is 
identical  with  the  one  taught  at  the  Royal  School  of 
Mines. 

Makin  states  that  the  assay  should  only  he  in  the  furnace 
for  about  1 0  minutes,  but  I  find  from  a  large  number  of 
assays  made  in  different  ways  that  the  best  results  are 
obtained  if  the  fusion  is  completed  in  about  five  minutes, 
the  furnace  being  kept  a  little  hotter  than  is  usual.  The 
assay  should  be  watched,  and  as  soon  as  it  has  run  down 
and  is  tranquil,  it  should  be  taken  out  and  poured,  and  as 
usual  the  pot  tapped  on  the  top  of  the  furnace,  and  any 
shots  poured  into  another  mould.  In  this  way  I  have  had 
excellent  results  in  as  short  a  time  as  three  minutes. 

From  well-dressed  ores  the  material  yields  from  83  to 
83 '7  per  cent  of  lead;  by  the  longer  method,  the  same 
samples  will  only  yield  about  82"  5  per  cent.  These  assays 
were  from  samples  representing  from  50  to  200  tons  of  ore, 
and  not  from  small  samples  of  pure  galena. 


(rf.)  Use  of  the  Assay  Ton. 

Having  had  some  time  ago  to  make  a  large  number  of 
assays  of  gold  quartz,  many  which  contained  very  small 
quantities  of  gold,  it  occurred  to  me  that  it  would  be 
simpler  than  taking  percentage  weights,  and  more  reliable 
than  tables,  to  take  a  weight  that  would  give  the  number  of 
grains  of  gold  per  ton  direct. 

Thus  for  poor  ores,  if  78 '4  grms.  are  taken,  and  two 
assays  are  made,  ^  mgrm.  from  the  two  assays  will 
represent  10  grains  of  gold  per  ton  (1  ton  contains 
15,680,000  grains),  and  as  a  good  bullion  assay  balance 
will  indicate  distinctly  -^  mgrm.  if  the  above  weight  is 
taken,  one  can  obtain  results  down  to  5  grains  per  ton. 

For  ores  containing  over  5  dwf.  of  gold  per  ton, 
39'  2  grms.  is  a  convenient  weight,  -^  mgrm.  (from  one 
assay)  being  then  equal  to  40  grains  per  ton.  For  richer 
ores,  31 '36  grms.  can  be  taken,  when  -^  mgrm.  is  equal 
to  50  grains  per  ton. 

Somewhat  similar  weights  are,  I  believe,  used  in  America, 
under  the  name  of  "  assay  tons,"  but  at  the  time  I  first 
used  them  I  did  not  know  this,  and  worked  out  the 
quantities  myself. 


(e.)  Estimation  of  Free  and  Albuminoid  Ammonia  in 

W  ITER. 

A  good  method  for  checking  these  results  I  find  to  be  as 
follows : — 

A  larger  retort  than  what  is  usually  employed  is  taken, 
and  after  both  free  and  albuminoid  ammonia  have  been 
estimated,  a  duplicate  portion  of  water  is  added  to  the 
residue  in  the  retort,  which  is  now  absolutely  free  from 
ammonia,  and  the  total  ammonia  is  determined.  This  will 
always  be  identical  with  the  free  plus  the  albuminoid 
ammonia  if  the  first  results  were  correct. 


(/".)  Estimation  of  Small  Quantities  of  Iron  in 
presence  of  Alumina  by  Standard  Permanganate. 

For  quantities  of  iron  from  0' 5  to  4  or  5  per  cent., 
such  as  occur  in  clays,  the  preoipitate  of  A1203  and  F,e„03, 
can  be  weighed  together,  and  the  precipitate  afterwards 
dissolved  in  strong  HC1  in  a  L  flat-bottomed  conical  flask  ; 
moderately  strong  H2S04  is  then  added,  and  the  flask 
heated  on  an  iron  plate  till  all  HO  is  driven  off.  The 
residue  is  dissolved  in  water  and  reduced  with  a  little  zinc, 
and  the  solution  titrated  with  K2Mu2Os.  Very  good  results 
are  obtained. 


Discussion, 

J.  Carter  Bell  said  he  had  had  a  good  deal  to  do  with 
the  estimation  of  zinc  in  various  ways.  Thirty  years  ago 
he  estimated  zinc  by  means  of  sulphide  of  sodium,  but 
found  it  a  most  unsatisfactory  process,  as  a  great  amount 
of  practice  was  necessary  to  obtain  good  results.  He  had 
also  tried  the  method  suggested  by  Mr.  Lowe,  but  he  had 
always  found  a  difficulty  in  the  zinc  coming  down  in  the 
slimy  state.  He  wished  to  know  how  long  Mr.  Lowe  boiled 
the  sulphide  to  get  it  into  a  granular  condition,  because  the 
success  of  the  methed  depended  upon  the  time  it  took  to 
filter.  He  found  a  day  or  a  day  and  a  half  were  required 
to  filter  it.  He  washed  it  by  decantation,  and  then  dissolved 
it  in  hydrochloric  acid,  and  estimated  it  as  carbonate  of 
zinc.  This  could  be  filtered  and  washed  in  less  than  an 
hour. 

Mr.  Grimshaw  wished  to  know  what  was  the  average 
percentage  of  zinc  in  the  list  of  100  ores  given  in  the 
paper  ? 

Mr.  Lowis  replied  from  56  to  60  per  cent. 

Mr.  Grimshaw  asked  if  Mr.  Hell  weighed  the  carbonate 
of  zinc  or  washed  it  through  the  filter  and  titrated  it  ? 

Mr.  Bell  said  that  he  always  weighed. 

Mr.  Lowe,  in  reply  to  Mr.  Carter  Bell,  said  that  five 
minutes  good  boil  was  quite  sufficient  to  convert  the 
sulphide  of  zinc  from  the  slimy  state  to  the  granular. 


134 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29,1892. 


gorfesfoiw  ^rrtioit. 

Chairman :  Sir  James  Kitson,  Bart. 
Vice-Chairman:  Dr.  F.  H.  Bowman. 

Committee : 

A.  H.  Allen.  J.  Lewkowitseh, 

W.  Brellitt.  C.  Rawsorj. 

T.  Faivley.  Jas.  Sharp. 

A.  Hess.  A.  Smitliells. 

R.  Holliday.  I.  Ward. 

J.  J.  Hummel.  T.  Whitaker. 

lion.  Local  Secretary  : 
H.  R.  Procter,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 


Noticc3of  Papers  and  Communications  should  be  addressed 

the  Hon.  Loral  Secretary. 

SESSION  1S91— 92. 


1S!I2  :— 
March  7tb.— Mr.  Siilney  Lupton.    "Criticisms  an,!  Suggestions 

towards  the  Improvement  of  British  Measures." 
April  4th.— Mr.  Thomas  Fairley. 


Meeting  held  at  the  Philosophical  Hall,  Leeds,  Monday, 
February  \st,  1892. 


PR.    A.    HESS    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  ANALYSIS  OF  FATS.    II. 
SPERM  OIL.— WOOL-FAT.— CHOLESTEKIN. 

BY  DR.  J.  LEWKOWITSCH. 
In  the  course  of  some  research  work  I  undertook  in  the 
laboratory  whilst  working  out  a  technical  process  which  I 
introduced  into  the  works  1  am  connected  with,  I  had 
occasion  to  make  some  observations  which  may,  perhaps, 
prove  of  some  little  use  to  chemists  working  in  the  same 
direction.  Circumstances  permit  me  only  to  give  here 
incoherent  notes  and  a  few  new  observations  which  I  had  no 
time  to  pursue  any  further  and  round  off  in  a  satisfactory 
manner  as  I  should  have  desired,  for,  unfortunately,  a 
technical  chemist  has  to  break  off  research  work  just  at  the 
moment  when  it  becomes  highly  interesting  to  the  scientific 
chemist  for  the  melancholy  reason  that  "  it  does  not  pay." 
These  prefatory  remarks  will  have  to  excuse  the  scantiness 
and  incoherence  of  the  following  notes. 

In  the  course  of  my  work  the  necessity  arose  of 
determining  the  nature  and  quantity  of  unsaponifiable  matter 
in  fats.  The  literature  on  that  subject  being  very  scanty,  1 
bad  to  look  out  for  substances  containing  larger  quantities 
of  such  unsaponifiable  bodies  and  examine  them  myself. 
Suitable  material  for  my  purposes  appeared  to  be  sperm  oil 
and  wool-fat ;  the  latter  being  difficult  to  obtain,  I  chose 
instead  of  it  "  recovered  grease,"  or  so-called  "  Yorkshire 
grease." 

I. — Sperm  Oil. 

Sperm  oil,  the  liquid  part  of  the  fatty  substance  found  in 
the  cavities  of  some  whales,  is  known  to  contain  higher 
alcohols  of  the  aliphatic  (aAenfms  :  fat)  series.  I  prepared 
these  alcohols  in  the  usual  way  from  sperm  oil  by  saponify- 
ing a  pure  specimen  of  the  latter  by  means  of  alcoholic 
potash,  and  obtained  41  per  cent,  of  unsaponifiable 
substances.  A  preliminary  experiment  was  made  by 
distilling  50  gr.  of  the  product  in  a  vacuum  of  24  in.  The 
thermometer  rose  rapidly  to  300°  C,  and  the  bulk  distilled 
over  between  300°— 305J  C,  representing  on  cooling  a 
white  crystalline  mass  melting  between  22° — 30°  C. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  ethers  of  the  alcohols  and  acids 
of  the  aliphatic  series  are  easier  to  distil  than  the  original 
nodies  themselves,  and  that  even  the  lower  members  can 
only  be  effectively  separated  by  fractional  distillation  after 
they   have  been  transformed   into  their  ethers.      It  was 


therefore  thought  that  by  converting  the  sperm  oil  alcohols 
into  their  acetates  and  by  subsequent  fractional  distillation 
of  these  ethers,  some  separation  might  be  effected.  Of 
course,  I  did  not  and  could  not  expect  to  arrive  by  this 
method  at  a  complete  or  even  approximate  separation  of 
bodies  boiling  at  such  high  temperatures  and  apparently 
being  so  nearly  related  to  each  other.  Anyone  who  is 
practically  acquainted  with  the  distillation  of  such  high 
boiling  substances  as,  e.g.,  mineral  oils  or  tar  oils,  will 
recognise  at  once  the  futility  of  such  work,  even  if  carried 
out  with  large  quantities.  At  the  outset  I  had,  therefore, 
to  give  up  every  hope  of  obtaining  substances  the  elementary 
analysis  whereof  might  be  undertaken  with  some  result,  but 
there  appeared  to  be  a  chance  of  deriving  more  information 
from  applying  the  methods  used  in  the  technical  analysis  of 
fats  to  the  fractions  (this  Journal,  1890,  p.  842). 

I  prepared  the  acetates  by  boiling  200  grms.  of  the 
mixture  of  alcohols  with  300  grms.  acetic  anhydride  in  a 
flask  connected  with  a  reflux  condenser  for  a  couple  of 
hours.  The  resulting  product  was  freed  from  acetic  acid  and 
acetic  anhydride  by  repeatedly  heating  it  in  vacuo  up  to  a 
temperature  of  about  200°  C.  The  mixture  of  acetates  did 
not  crystallise  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  and  therefore 
fractional  distillation  in  vacuo  was  resorted  to. 

The  distilling  flask  and  adapter  used  have  been  described 
by  me  (Jour.  Cheui.  Soc.  1889,  359),  and  it  only  remains 
to  add  that  the  flask  was  not  heated  over  free  fire,  but 
immersed  into  an  air-bath  consisting  of  an  iron  dish,  while 
a  mantle  of  asbestos  protected  the  flask  against  loss  of  heat. 
The  acetates  distilled  very  well  indeed  iu  a  vacuum  of  26  in., 
showing  no  signs  of  decomposition,  which  was  proved  by 
the  excellent  yield  of  the  distillates  and  by  the  nature  of 
the  residue  in  the  flask,  for  although  dark  in  colour  it  gave, 
on  examination,  figures  which  stood  in  welcome  correspon- 
dence to  those  of  the  distillates.  The  first  fraction  was  put 
aside  as  possibly  containing  some  acetic  acid  or  acetic 
anhydride  ;  in  fact,  it  must  have  contained  some,  as  the 
saponification  value  of  it  was  very  high,  reaching  as  high  a 
figure  as  415.  The  distillates  were  collected  in  four  fractions, 
the  receivers  being  changed  when  the  thermometer,  which 
had  appeared  to  remain  constant  for  some  time,  began  to 
rise,  and  when  the  distilled  liquor  seemed  to  possess  another 
specific  gravity.  Thus  I  obtained  in  a  vacuum  of  26  in,, 
between  the  temperature  of  295°  C.  and  315°  C,  four 
fractions,  which,  on  being  saponified  by  means  of 
standardised  alcoholic  potash,  gave  the  following  saponifi- 
cation values : — 


Fraction. 


Saponification  Value. 


1st 

187-7 

2nd 

183-0 

3rd 

183-0 

4th 

168-0 

Residue 

159-5 

The  quantities  of  these  four  fractions  did  not  differ 
considerably. 

For  the  sake  of  comparison  I  subjoin  the  saponification 
values,  which  theory  requires  for  the  acetates  of  cetyl- 
alcohol  and  octodeeylalcohol  t — 

Cetylacetate 197"5 

Octodeoylacetate 180-0 

A  second  fractionation  of  the  four  fractious  gave  the 
following  result  (the  first  grm.  or  two  were  discarded  as 
"  first  runnings  ")  : — 


Fraction. 

Saponification  Value. 

1st 

W9 

2nd 

181-1 

3rd 

175-3 

4th 

163-7 

Peb.  29,1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


135 


The  saponification  value  of  the  first  fraction  has  not 
undergone  any  change,  and  although  no  definite  conclusion 
can  be  derived  from  these  figures,  this  much  is  clear,  that 
Allen's*  assertion  that  sperm  oil  contains  alcohols  of  the 
composition  indicated  by  the  formula  ClsH2cO  and  C,6H3.,0, 
as  he  has  found  by  elementary  analysis,  is  not  borne  out  by 
my  figures,  for  the  acetates  of  dodecatyl  and  pentadectyl 
alcohol  have  the  saponification  values  2-10  and  207  ■  7 
respectively.  But  to  remove  every  doubt,  a  third  fractiona- 
tion was  undertaken,  although  no  further  separation  could 
reasonably  be  expected.  The  values,  as  found,  are  given 
here  : — 


Traction. 


Saponification  Value. 


1st 

190'2 

2nd 

183-8 

3rd 

180-7 

4th 

174-4 

Residue 

161"4 

Contrary  to  my  expectation,  these  acetates  were  able  to 
absorb  iodine — a  fact  which  Allen  has  already  recorded  for 
one  specimen  of  sperm  oil — and  therefore  the  supposition 
that  the  alcohols  consisted  mainly  of  a  mixture  of  cetyl- 
alcohol  and  octodecylalcohol,  and  some  higher  homologues 
thereof,  had  to  be  abandoned. 

In  order  to  prepare  the  alcohols  themselves  the  acetates 
were  saponified  by  means  of  alcoholic  potash,  the  separated 
alcohols  washed  free  from  potash,  and  finally  filtered  in  a 
drying  oven.     All  the  alcohols  solidified  on  cooling. 

Their  iodine  absorption  values  were  found  as  follows  :  — 


Fraction. 

Iodine  Absorption. 

1st 

Per  Cent. 
46-48 

2nd 

63 '3 

3rd 

60 -8 

4th 

81'S 

Residue 

84-9 

These  figures  clearly  show  that  the  alcohols,  or,  any 
way,  large  percentages  thereof,  belong  to  alcohols  of  the 
unsaturated  series.  For  comparison's  sake  I  add  the 
saponification  and  iodine  values  of  the  following  unknown 
alcohols  of  the  ethvlene  series  ;  — 


Formula. 


Saponific  Value 
of  the  Acetates. 


Iodine  Value. 


The  presence  of  an  alcohol  of  the  formula  C16H-,0O 
(see  Allen.  Comm.  Org.  Analys.  II.,  170),  seems  tube 
excluded,  but  it  remains  open  to  doubt,  whether  alcohols  of 
the  series  C«H;„-oO,  may  not  be  present.  The  higher 
alcohols  of  the  ethylene  and  the  acetylene  series  are  hardlv 
known.  Sperm  oil  being  a  comparatively  cheap  raw 
material  and  at  the  same  time  easy  to  obtain,  this  subject 
seems  only  to  be  awaiting  further  research  in  order  to  fill 
up  some  of  the  gaps  in  the  series  of  alcohols  belonging  to 
the  aliphatic  group.  The  occasion  appeared,  however,  too 
tempting  to  leave  off  here,  although  time  forbade  to  enter 
fully    into    the    investigation,    and    therefore    only    three 

*  Commercial  Organic  Analysis,  Vol.  II.,  p.  169. 


experiments  were  carried  out  with  some  of  the  alcohols, 
which,  I  am  sorry  to  say,  did  not  yield  any  definite  result  on 
the  first  attack  and  had  therefore  to  be  abandoned. 

Alcohols  belonging  to  the  series,  C»H2,0,  and  therefore 
containing  a  CH  =  GH  group  should,  when  acted  upon  by 
a  mild  oxidising  agent,  become  transformed  into  an  alcohol 
of  the  glycerol  series,  as  has  been  shown  by  Wagner*  who 
actually  prepared  glycerol  from  allyl  alcohol  by  oxidising 
the  latter  with  a  1  —  5  per  cent,  solution  of  potash  per- 
manganate. I  tried  to  oxidise  in  this  way  30  grms.  of  the 
alcohol  fraction  No.  4  (absorbing  81-8  per  cent,  iodine 
solution),  adding  the  calculated  quantity  of  a  3  per  cent,  per- 
manganate and  finally  warming  gently  on  the  water-bath, 
until  all  the  permanganate  was  used  up.  The  solution  was 
distilled  down  by  means  of  steam  passed  through  it  and 
afterwards  freed  from  the  precipitate  of  manganese  by 
filtration.  The  filtrate  was  concentrated  to  300  cc.  in  a  flask 
connected  with  a  condenser.  Along  with  the  water  a  white 
flocculeut  substance  passed  over  which  was  obtained  in  too 
small  a  quantity  to  allow  any  further  examination.  The 
distilled  liquid  did  not  reduce  silver  nitrate  on  boiling. 
The  300  cc.  were  treated  with  carbonic  dioxide,  boiled  down 
until  salt  began  to  crystallise  and  finally  extracted  with  a 
mixture  of  ether  and  alcohol.  On  evaporating  the  solvent 
I  obtained  16  grms.  of  a  liquid,  solidifying  on  cooling  to  a 
crystalline  mass.  The  iodine  absorption  value  of  this 
substance  was  71-3,  thus  showing  that  of  the  obtained 
50  per  cent,  a  small  quantity  only  could  have  been  trans- 
formed into  a  product  of  the  glycerol  series. 

A  second  quantity  of  the  alcohols  was  dissolved  in  glacial 
acetic  acid  and  bromine  dissolved  in  the  same  menstruum 
added,  until  the  bromine  was  no  longer  absorbed  ;  it  was 
hoped  that  a  crystallising  bromine-derivative  might  be 
obtained.  As  no  crystals  separated  from  the  acetic  acid 
solution,  the  acid  was  removed  by  washing  with  water  and 
the  substance  dried  by  washing  with  alcohol  and  sub- 
sequently with  ether.  No  crystals  having  been  obtained,  it 
was  tried  to  distil  the  oily  substance,  but  it  was  found 
impossible  to  carry  this  out,  as  at  about  160°  C.  large 
quantities  of  hydrobromic  acid  were  given  off,  pointing  to  a 
decomposition  of  the  substance. 

A  third  quantity  of  the  alcohols  was  heated  with  potash 
lime  in  order  to  convert,  if  possible,  the  alcohol  into  the 
corresponding  acid.  A  far  larger  quantity  of  hydrogen  was 
evolved  than  theory  would  require  for  the  formation  of  the 
expected  acid,  and  on  extracting  from  the  potash  lime  the 
supposed  potash  salt  by  means  of  water  and  acidulating 
with  hydrochloric  acid,  only  a  very  small  quantity  of 
insoluble  fatty  acid  was  obtained.  The  acid  solution  was 
therefore  exhausted  with  ether,  when  I  obtained  0-374  grm. 
of  an  oily  acid  requiring  2-1  cc.  per  cent,  of  normal  potash 
for  neutralisation.  It  would  not  be  permissible  to  calculate 
the  molecular  weight  from  a  titration  of  this  small  amount. 
The  exhausted  aqueous  solution  seemed  to  contain  a  dibasic 
acid.  The  undissolved  lime  contained  besides  some  un- 
changed alcohol,  the  lime  salt  of  an  organic  acid. 

It  is  evident  that  no  Value  must  be  attached  to  these 
last-mentioned  experiments,  as  they  hardly  constitute  more 
than  the  very  first  steps  towards  the  examination  of  these 
interesting  alcohols. 

II. — Recovered  Grease. 

The  "  recovered  grease,"  on  which  the  following  observa- 
tions were  made,  was  mainly  a  so-called  "  Yorkshire 
grease,"  a  fat  recovered  from  the  soapsuds  used  in  wool 
scouring ;  other  samples,  obtained  from  continental  works, 
were  aho  examined,  but  only  for  the  purpose  of  controlling 
the  methods  adhibited. 

The  constituents  of  such  a  recovered  fat  would  naturally 
and  most  conveniently  be  classified  under  the  following 
three  heads  :  — 

(1)  Free  fatty  acids,  resulting  from  the  decomposition 
of  the  waste  soap  by  means  of  a  mineral  acid  and  partly 
owing  their  presence  to  the  existence  of  free  fatty  acids, 
peculiar  to  the  wool-fat,  as  has  been  shown  by  E.  JSchulze, 


"  Beriditederdeutsclien  ehetnischen  Gcsellscliuft  21, 1230,3343. 
and  Ret'.  182. 


136 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29, 1892. 


whose  three  papers  in  the  Berichte  derdeutsehen'chemischen 
Gesellschaft  V.  1076,  VI.  251,  VII.  571,  are  the  most 
valuable  contributions  to  the  chemistry  of  wool-fat. 

('-'.)  Neutral,  i.e.  saponifiable  fats.  These  are  the  real 
saponifiable  constituents  of  wool-fat,  the  cholesterol  ethers 
and  other  ethers  of  fatty  acids,  e.g.,  ceryl  cerotate.  Mixed 
with  these  characteristic  bodies  there  may  be  present  some 
glycerides,  remainders  of  the  oil  that  has  been  used  in  oiling 
the  wool.  Some  text-books  quote  amongst  the  constituents 
of  wool-fat  the  glycerides  of  lower  fatty  acids,  but  I  was 
unable  to  find  the  original  source  in  the  literature,  whilst 
Schulze  distinctly  states  that  no  glycerol  has  been  found  in 
the  wool  fat  examined  by  Hartmann  (cpr.  Berichte  V.  107."), 
footnote).  I  may  state  here  at  once  that  I  did  not  find  any 
glycerol  in  the  samples  of  recovered  grease  I  examined. 

(3.)  Unsaponifiable  matter,  under  which  head  we  may 
comprise  free  alcohols,  e.g.,  cholesterol  and  isocholesterol, 
as  chaiacteristic  for  the  wool-fat,  and  besides  these,  hydro- 
carbons, coming  from  oils  used  in  greasing  wool,  which  may 
have  been  adulterated  with  (or  "improved"  by,  as  some 
will  have  it)  a  smaller  or  larger  quantity  of  mineral  oil. 

If  we  accept  this  classification  as  correct,  a  convenient 
method  for  separating  these  three  classes  of  substances 
seems  to  be  naturally  given. 

The  free  fatty  acids  would  have  to  be  eliminated  first,  by 
converting  them  into  their  soda  soaps  and  separating  these 
from  the  substances  of  classes  2  and  3. 

The  amount  of  alkali  required  was  first  ascertained  by 
careful  titration  of  smaller  quantities  and  the  greatest  part 
of  the  caustic  soda  necessary  for  a  weighed  larger  quantity, 
which  had  been  previously  dissolved  in  alcohol,  added  and 
titrated  with  half-normal  alkali,  until  the  solution  became 
pink  to  phenolphtalein.  A  good  deal  of  the  neutral  fats 
and  unsaponifiable  matter  rose  to  the  top  as  an  oily  layer 
and  was  thus  separated  from  the  soap  solution,  whilst  a 
smaller  quantity  remained  suspended  in  the  latter.  The 
oily  layer  was  dissolved  in  ether  and  the  soap  solution 
repeatedly  shaken  out  with  ether.  The  ethereal  extracts 
were  united  with  the  main  quantity  and  the  ethereal  solution 
washed  with  water  to  remove  the  last  traces  of  adhering 
soap.  Although  appa.ently  simple,  this  process  requires 
more  than  ordinary  patience,  because  only  too  often 
emulsions  are  formed,  and  unfortunately  at  the  last  stages, 
which  seem  to  defy  any  attempt  to  separate  them  into  two 
layers.  Allowing  to  settle  out  for  a  period  of  several  weeks 
proved  of  no  avail,  and  the  last  resource  was  to  deal  with 
the  ethereal  solution  in  small  quantities,  and  to  treat  them 
alternately  with  a  diluted  solution  of  caustic  soda,  or  with 
diluted  alcohol  and  so  on.  Another  source  of  trouble  was 
the  appearance  of  an  intermediate  layer  between  the  ethereal 
solution  and  the  soap  solution.  It  was  separated  best  by 
throwing  it  on  a  filter.  This  flocculent  stratum  was  found 
later  on  to  consist  of  a  soap  formed  by  a  higher*  fatty  acid, 
which  soap  was  not  soluble  in  water  but  dissolved  readily 
in  the  boiling  alkaline  solution  of  the  other  fatty  acids. 

Thus  the  free  fatty  acids  were  obtained  in  two  "parts ;  firstly 
the  fatty  acids  of  the  dissolved  soaps,  and  secondly  those 
of  the  difficultly-soluble  solid  soaps.  The  ether  dis- 
solved in  the  soap  solution  was  distilled  off  and  finally  the 
fatty  acids  set  free  by  acidulating  the  liquor  with  hydro- 
chloric acid.  The  fatty  acids  were  washed  until  the  wash- 
waters  were  free  from  acid,  separated  from  any  water,  and 
filtered  in  a  drying  oven.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  no 
attention  waB  paid  at  this  stage  to  the  presence  of  any 
volatile,  soluble,  fatty  acids,  and  this  course  was  adopted 
throughout  this  examination  —  except  for  the  ultimate 
analysis  of  this  recovered  grease,  which  will  be  found 
below.  It  may  be  further  pointed  ont  at  once  that  all  the 
substances  have  been  dried  and  filtered  before  being 
examined. 

Weighed  quantities  of  the  fatty  acids  recovered  from  the 
soap  solution  were  dissolved  in  dilute  alcohol  and  titrated 
with  aqueous  half-normal  soda  for  the  determination  of 
their  molecular  weight.  1  found  in  three  experiments  376, 
378,   379,   therefore   the   means  377   G.      Later   on  in  the 


*  Under  "higher  "fatty  acid  I  shall  undeista-id  throughout  this 
paper  fatty  acids  possessing  a  molecular  weight  above  3011. 


course  of  my  research  I  noticed  that  some  of  the  higher 

fatty  acids  very  easily  underwent  an  appreciable  loss  in  the 

drying  oven  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  100°  C,  pointing 

to  the  formation  of  anhydrides  or  possibly  lactones,  which 

manifested    itself   in  a  very   high  molecular  weight  being 

found;  for  these  anhydrides  behaved  during  the  titration 

with  aqueous  caustic  soda,  so  to  speak,  as  an  inert  mass,  not 

being    hydrolysed   by    aqueous   alkali,   or,   any   way,   not 

completely  (this  Journal,  1890,  846).     That  this  was  so,  was 

easily   proved    by    titrating    with    alcoholic    potash,    which 

would  hydrolyse  any  anhydrides  formed  and  consequently, 

the  full  amount  of  caustic  being  found,  reduce  the  molecular 

weight  to  its  proper  value.     The  fatty  acids,  found  above  to 

possess  the  mean  molecular  weight  377*6,   were  therefore 

boiled  with  standardised  alcoholic  potash  and  gave  now  the 

molecular  weight  327 '7   and   326,    wherefrom   the   means 

326*8  may  be  derived  as  the  true  meau   molecular  weight. 

The  solid  soap  which  was  obtained  as  an  intermediate  layer 

between  the  ethereal  and  aqueous  solutions  and  had  been 

collected  on  a  filter,   was   treated  with  boiling  water   and 

hydrochloric  acid,  and  thus   the  fatty  acids  were  set  free. 

Their  molecular  weight  was  found  by  titration  with  aqueous 

soda  something  like  3,920,  which  of  course  is  absurd ;  boiled 

with  standardised  alcoholic   potash  they  gave,  on  titrating 

back  the  excess  of  caustic  potash,  the  molecular  weight  520, 

as  the  means  of  two  agreeing   determinations.     These  fatty 

acids  are  very  difficultly  soluble  in  alcohol.     The  proportion 

of  the  free  fatty  acids  forming  easily  soluble  soaps  to  the 

free  fatty  acids,  giving  the  solid  soaps  was  as  9  : 1  ;  the  mean 

molecular  weight  of  all  free  fatty  acids  may  therefore  be 

,  .     ,      9  x  32fi  +  fj'20        „  . . 
assumed  to  be r-r =  345. 

The  free  fatty  acids  from  the  soap  solution  were  found 
to  possess  a  higher  molecular  weight  than  was  expected  ; 
the  supposition  that  the  higher  free  fatty  acids  peculiar  to 
t  he  wool-fat  would  be  solely  contained  in  the  solid  soap  not 
having  been  borne  out  by  the  facts.  An  easy  method  for 
separating  the  fatty  acids  possessing  a  molecular  weight 
above  230  from  those  of  about  280  (stearic  and  oleic  acid) 
seemed  to  be  given  by  the  observation  contained  in  a 
patent  of  the  Norddeutsche  Wollkamruerei  und  Kamui- 
garnspincerei  zu  Bremen  (D.  K.  Pat.  55,110,  December  3, 
1889),  that  the  soaps  of  the  former  acids  are  onl}-  soluble  in 
hot  alcohol  and  separate  out  on  cooling  the  solution  below 
25°  C,  whilst  the  soaps  of  the  latter  fatty  acids  are  soluble 
both  in  hot  and  cold  alcohol.  Therefore  50  gnus,  of  the  fatty 
acids  recovered  from  the  soap  solution  were  dissolved  in 
hot  alcohol  and  titrated  with  alcoholic  soda  until  neutral. 
Sufficient  alcohol  was  added  to  hold  the  soaps  easily  in 
solution  whilst  warm,  and  then  allowed  to  cool  below  253  C. 
The  soap  deposited  on  cooling  was  separated  by  filtering 
and  sucking  off  the  mother-liquor,  and  subsequently  the 
fatty  acids  of  both  the  solid  and  the  dissolved  soaps  were 
prepared  and  titrated  in  order  to  determine  their  molecular 
weights.  The  estimation  by  means  of  aqueous  soda  gave, 
for  the  acids  of  the  solid  soap,  the  mean  molecular  weight 
343,  while  the  fatty  acids  of  the  dissolved  soap  gave  394. 
When  using  alcoholic  potash,  as  was  necessary  after  the 
above-mentioned  experience,  I  found  the  respective  mole- 
cular weights,  303  and  338.  The  fatty  acids  of  the 
molecular  weight  303  were  solid,  those  possessing  the  mean 
molecular  weight  338  were  liquid,  which  appeared  at  first 
surprising,  but  may  find  an  explanation  by  the  assumption 
that  the  liquid  acids  belonged  to  an  unsaturated  series. 

It  will  be  evident  that  the  method  of  separating  the 
sodium  salts  of  the  fatty  acids  by  means  of  alcohol  would 
require  a  tedious  repetition  of  the  same  operation  without, 
however,  apparently  possessing  an  advantage  over  the  older 
equally  tedious  methods. 

The  higher  fatty  acids  of  the  molecular  weight  520 
offered  a  special  interest  both  on  account  of  their  high 
molecular  weight  and  their  property  of  easily  losing  water. 
It  was  easy  to  decide  whether  the  normal  anhydrides  or 
lactones,  i.e.,  inner  anhydrides,  were  formed.  1  have  shown 
that  on  boiling  fatty  acids  which  possess  the  COOH  group 
only,  and  no  OH  group  besides,  with  acetic  anhydride  (this 
Journal,  1890,  843)  the  normal  anhydrides  are  formed,  and 
this  can  be  easily  ascertained  by  weighing  the  resulting 
product,   for   e.g.,   2  C'15H31COOH   being   transformed   by 


Feb.  20, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


137 


that  reagent  into  (C15H31CO)sO,  will  lose  one  molecule  of 
water.  Hydroxylated  acids,  e.g.,  Ci5H3„(OH)COOH,  will, 
as  far  as  the  COOH  is  concerned,  undergo  the  same  change, 
but  the  hydrogen  atom  of  the  OH  group  will  at  the  sunn- 
time  he  exchanged  for  au  acetyl  group  aud  the  resulting 
product,  [C16HM(OC2H30)CO]30,  will,  on  weighing,  show 
an  increase,  the  loss  of  HjO  by  two  molecules  of  the  acid 
being  more  than  counterbalanced  by  the  taking  up  of  two 
C21 1,0  groups.  I  boiled,  therefore,  5  •  9283  gnus,  of  the  fatty 
acids,  molecular  weight  520,  with  acetic  anhydride,  and 
obtained  on  a  weighed  filter  6  ■  1960  grins.,  i.e.,  an  increase  of 
4 -52  percent. ;  it  was, therefore,  evident  that  they  contained 
to  a  large  extent  hydroxylated  acids.  A  pure  hydroxylated 
acid  of  the  molecular  weight  520  would,  by  the  same 
operation,  increase  by  6-5  per  cent.  The  iodine  value  of 
these  fatty  acids  was  21  "5,  but  from  this  no  conclusion  as 
to  the  series  the  acids  or  part  of  them  belong  to,  can  be 
drawn.  One  more  point  had  to  be  decided  by  experiment, 
viz.,  whether  the  higher  acids  of  the  series,  CkH.,,,0;,  easily 
lose  water  with  formation  of  anhydrides.  As  I  possessed  a 
pure  specimen  of  cerotic  acid — molecular  weight  410 — I 
examined  it  in  this  respect.  5  grms.  were  heated  to  130°  C, 
dissolved  in  alcohol  and  titrated  with  aqueous  half-normal 
soda.  The  molecular  weight  was  found  415,  so  no  auhydra- 
tation  has  taken  place. 

The  Neutral  Fat  and  ihe  Unsaponifiable  Matter  of  the 
recovered  grease  were  contained  iu  the  ethereal  solution 
after  the  free  fatty  acids  had  been  removed,  aud  both  were 
obtained  together  by  distilling  off  the  solvent.  The  sub- 
stances one  might  expect  to  find  iu  this  part  of  the  grease 
have  been  already  enumerated  above.  The  absence  of 
glycerol,  and  consequently  of  glycerides,  was  proved  by 
completely  saponifying  a  larger  quantity  of  the  recovered 
grease  and  examining  the  aqueous  solution.  Hydrocarbons, 
or,  to  be  more  correct,  appreciable  quantities  thereof,  could 
not  be  present,  as  the  substances  extracted  by  ether  after 
such  a  complete  saponification  of  the  recovered  grease  were 
completely  dissolved  by  acetic  anhydride  without  separating 
any  mineral  oil  on  cooling.  The  unsaponifiable  matter 
would  therefore  most  likely  consist  of  cholesterol,  isocholes- 
terol,  aud  perhaps  other  alcohols.  To  separate  the  latter  from 
the  neutral  fat  the  mixture  of  both  was  repeatedly  extracted 
with  boiling  alcohol,  in  which,  as  Berthelot  has  shown,  the 
cholesteryl  ethers  are  nearly  insoluble.  That  part,  however, 
of  them,  which  dissolved  in  the  boiling  liquid,  separated  on 
slight  cooling  as  an  amorphous  mass,  and  although  it  was 
apparently  identical  with  the  insoluble  substance,  it  was 
still  kept  separate,  so  as  to  ensure  my  having  to  deal  with  a 
substance  free  from  any  unsaponifiable  matter.  The 
extracted  part  will  be  spoken  of  later  on,  here  the  neutral 
fat  ouly  will  be  considered.  This  neutral  fat  is  a  viscous, 
wax-like  substance,  melting  into  a  thick  liquid  when 
moderately  heated.  Jf  o  doubt  this  substance  is  very  similar 
to  that  part  of  Schulze's  wool-fat  which  proved  insoluble  in 
alcohol  and  yielded  to  him  on  saponification  cholesterol  and 
isocholesterol,  but  with  this  important  difference,  that  my 
substance  is  a  neutral  body,  whilst  that  of  Schulze,  in  the 
case  of  some  specimens  of  wool-fat,  contained  free  fatty  acids, 
which,  as  stated  above,  are  difficultly  soluble  in  alcohol. 
Tor  further  examination  this  neutral  fat  had  to  be  saponi- 
fied, and  to  gain  at  the  same  time  some  insight  into  the 
nature  of  the  unsapouifiable  matter  contained  iu  the 
"recovered  grease,"  the  neutral  fat  was  analysed  alongside 
with  the  mixture  of  saponifiable  fat  and  unsapouifiable 
matter,  as  obtained  direct  from  the  ethereal  solution  de- 
scribed above.  The  saponification  of  this  neutral  fat  does 
not  take  place  readily  even  when  using  a  large  excess  of 
alcoholic  potash  and  heating  over  free  fire  for  an  hour  ;  the 
discordant  figures  which  were  obtained  in  parallel  experi- 
ments showing  that  saponification  had  not  been  completed 
in  every  case.  Satisfactory  results  were  at  last  obtained 
when  the  saponification  was  carried  out  with  alcoholic 
double  normal  potash  under  pressure.  The  use  of  a  copper 
bottle,  as  shown  iu  the  diagram,  was  found  very  convenient  for 
this  purpose  ;  the  bottle  was  immersed  into  boiling  water  for 
an  hour  or  so  and  the  contents  shaken  up  from  time  to  time. 
Some  time  after  I  had  finished  these  experiments  a  patent  was 
taken  out  by  Kossel  and  Obermiiller  (D.K.  Pat.  55,057)  for 
the  saponification  of  fats  by  means  of  metallic  sodium  throwu 


into  a  mixture  .of  fat  and  absolute  alcohol,  or,  what  amounts 
to  the  same,  by  means  of  sodium  alcoholate.  I  compared 
this  method  with  the  one  I  practised  myself  quantitatively, 
using  of  course  a  freshly-prepared  solution  of  sodium 
alcoholate,  as  this  could  be  titrated.  The  figures  show  au 
absolute  correspondence  between  the  two  methods  : — 


Requires  of 


1  grm.  of 


;    Alcoholic  Potash 
under  pressure 


Sodium  Alcoholate. 


quantities  corresponding  to 


A.  Neutral  fat  

B.  Neutral  fat  +  l'n- 
poninable 


1-825  cc.  1/1  KOH    !    l'825cc.  1/1  KOH 


1-733  cc.  1,1  KOH        1-727  cc.  1/1  KOH 


i 


Although  more  expedient,  Kossel  and  Obernmller's  method 
may  be  found  a  little  too  costly  in  the  practice  of  the 
analytical  chemist,  and  it  is  much  to  be  feared  that  for  the 
same  reason  the  patentees  may  not  find  any  manufacturer 
who  will  take  a  licence  from  them  for  saponifying  glycerides 
— or  even  wool-fat — by  means  of  metallic  sodium  and 
absolute  alcohol. 

The  saponified  fats  were  shaken  out  with  ether  to  extract 
the  alcohols  (in  case  of  B.  the  alcohols  and  unsaponifiable 
matter),  and  the  exhausted  soap  solutions  acidulated  with 
hydrochloric  acid.  The  separated  acids  were  washed  on  a 
tared  filter  and  weighed  as  in  Hehner's  method  of  the 
analysis  of  butter. 

The  following  figures  were  obtained : — 


A.  Neutral  Fat. 


Fatty  acids . 
Alcohols  .... 


II. 


Per  Cent. 
5G-3 


«-2 


B.  Neutral  Fat  + 
Unsapouifiable. 


Pei  Cent.      Per  Cent. 
54-1  50-7 


II. 


Per  Cent. 
49-S 


47-6 


The  sum  of  the  analyses  does  not  come  up  to  100  per 
cent.,  although  it  was  expected  that  the  sum  would  be 
102  per  cent,  to  103  per  cent.,  as  2  to  3  per  cent,  of  water 
have  been  taken  up  during  saponification.  The  error  can 
only  be  looked  for  in  the  figures  for  the  fatty  acids,  and  it 
was  therefore  impossible  to  calculate  the  molecular  weight 
of  these  fatty  acids  from  their  weight  and  the  quantity  of 
normal  potash  used  duriug  saponification.  That  the  figures 
for  the  fatty  acids  have  been  found  too  low  may  be  partly 
accounted  for  by  the  above  stated  observation  that  the 
wool-fat  acids  lost  some  water  duriug  the  operation  of 
drying,  or,  in  other  words,  through  the  fact  that  during  the 
drying,  anhydrides  or  lactones,  or  both,  may  have  been 
formed.  The  latter  opinion  was  sufficiently  supported  by 
the  difference  of  the  figures  found  for  the  molecular  weights 
of  these  fatty  acids,  when  these  weights  were  determined 
both  by  means  of  aqueous  half-normal  soda  and  alcoholic 
potash.  The  titration  with  aqueous  soda  gave  the  molecular 
weight  363,  whilst  on  using  alcoholic  standard  solution  the 
values  found  were  325  and  330,  means  327  ■  5.  The  latter 
value  has  to  be  considered  as  the  correct  one.  It  hardly 
needs  mentioning  that  the  fatty  acids  of  A.  and  II.  were 
identical. 

By  means  of  the  values  obtained  for  the  molecular 
weight  for  the  alcohols,  and  the  amount  of  alkali  used 
during  saponification,  it  is  possible  to  calculate  the 
composition  of  A.  and  B. 


1S8 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29,  1892. 


A.  Neutral  Fat. 


B.  Neutral  Fat  + 

Unsaponiliable. 


Alcohols  (means) 

("1-825  x  S27'5 
•73    x  327 '5 


Patty  acids 


r 

U-7 


43-00 
5!)' 77 


50 '00 


103  37 


These  figures  may  be  accepted  as  fairly  representing  the 
two  constituents  of  A.  and  B.  after  they  have  undergone 
hydrolysis. 

The  analysis  of  the  neutral  fat  gives  us  the  means  of 
calculating    the    mean   molecular    weight   of   the    alcohols 

by  means  of  the  equation  M  =  gg.^  =  239.  The 
same  analysis  also  allows  us  to  calculate  the  quantity  of  un- 
saponiliable matter,  i.e.,  free  alcohol  in  the  part  B;  for  the 
56-66  per  cent,  fatty  acids  of  this  part  require  for  the  mean 
molecular  weight  239  of  the  alcohols,  41-34  per  cent,  alcohol 
to  form  neutral  fat.  (The  same  figure  can  be  calculated 
more  quickly  from  the  proportion  59-77:43-60  =  56'66:x.) 
Consequently  part  B  contained  47-55  —  41-34  =  6-21  per 
cent,  free  alcohols.  Of  course,  this  estimation  has  to  be 
taken  "  cum  grano  salis,"  but  analyses  of  this  kind  have 
to  be  supplemented  to  some  extent  by  calculations  which 
keep  within  permissible  limits. 

The  fatty  acids  absorbed  17  per  cent,  iodine  only,  -which 
excludes  a  larger  quantity  of  unsaturated  acids. 

The  fatty  acids  were  not  examined  any  further.  The 
alcohols  were  boiled  with  twice  their  weight  of  acetic 
anhydride  to  transform  them  into  their  acetates;  weighed 
quantities  were  used,  and  the  increases  in  weight,  the  alcohols, 
acquired,  were  determined  by  collecting  the  resulting  pro- 
ducts on  weighed  filters,  when  the  following  figures  were 
obtained  : — 


Weight  of 

Alcohol. 


Weight  of 
Acetate. 


Increase. 


Neutral  fat 


Grms.  Grms. 

(        4-4574  6-00S4 

(_       77:»'.7  8-SU9 

Neutral     fal  +  i       6'02i  G'8621 

unsaponiliable  (       -.|l77  8.0202 


Means. 


Per  Cent.      Per  Cent. 
12-35         l 

12-7 
13-00        ) 


13-9 
13-3 


13-ti 


For  the  sake  of  comparison  I  add  the  corresponding 
values  (i.e.,  the  increase  due  to  the  exchange  of  one 
atom  of  hydrogen  for  an  acetyl  group)  for  several 
alcohols  : — 


Alcohol. 


Increase. 


Cctylalcohol 

Cerylalcohol 

Cholesterol  or  Isochol 


Per  Cent. 
17-2 


10-ti 

11-3 


The  saponification  values  of  the  acetates  obtained  were 
determined  next,  as  e  xperiments  mentioned  below  showed 
how  tedious  and  comparatively  useless  it  was  to  try  to 
separate  the  acetates  by  crystallisation  from  alcohol.  As 
will  be  seen  in  the  third"  part  of  this  paper  a  separation  of 
cholesterol  from  cctylalcohol  may  be  undertaken  with 
some  success  by  this  method,  but  the  higher  aliphatic  alcohols 
—and  these  were  present  to  all  appearances— yield  oily 
liquids  which  could  not  be  brought  to  crystallisation.  The 
following  figures  were  obtained  : — 


Acetates  from  Alcohols  of 

Weight. 

Alcohol 
1  1  KOH 
used  for 
Saponi- 
fying. 

Saponifi- 
cation 

Value. 

Grms, 
8-5720 

17-3220 

cc. 

24-53 

100-9 

B.  Neutral  fat  and  unsaponi liable 

20-40 

15G-3 

For  the  above-mentioned  three  alcohols  we  arrive  at  the 
following  theoretical  saponification  values  of  their  acetates  : — 


Acetate  of 

Saponification  Value. 

197'5 

128'0 

135-6 

The  corresponding  values  for  octylalcohol,  which  Guetta 
states  to  have  found  in  the  distillates  of  wool-fat,  is  330. 
I  have  not  tabulated  this  alcohol  along  with  the  others,  as 
Hannau*  could  not  prove  its  existence  in  distilled  wool-fat. 
I  prepared  about  20  grms.  of  the  alcohols  from  the 
neutral  fat  A,  in  the  hope  of  isolating  the  cholesterol  by 
crystallisation  from  ordinary  alcohol  or  a  mixture  of  alcohol 
and  ether  (a  corresponding  experiment  carried  out  with  the 
acetates  of  these  alcohols  will  be  described  further  on),  but 
I  discovered  soon  that  it  was  impossible  to  arrive  at  satis- 
factory results  in  this  way — anyhow,  in  the  limited  time  at 
my  disposal.  Other  solvents,  like  chloroform,  petroleum 
spirit,  benzene,  did  not  prove  of  greater  use.  I  obtained  the 
same  half-  jelly  -  like,  half-crystalline  substances  which 
Schulze  described,  and  from  which  he  successfully  separated 
cholesterol  and  isocholesterol  by  means  of  their  benzoates, 
while  another  alcohol  which  was  present  could  not  be 
identified  by  him.  I  had  to  give  up  any  further  attempts 
to  isolate  from  the  mixture  of  the  alcohols  any  chemical 
individuals,  and  had  recourse  to  the  makeshift  of  colour 
reactions.  I  shall  speak  about  these  colour  reactions  in  the 
third  part  of  my  paper,  and  shall  therefore  content  myself 
here  with  stating  that  the  colour  reaction  quite  recently 
proposed  by  Schulze  for  isocholesterol  (Zeits.  f.  physiolog. 
Chem.  14,  522)  was  obtained  with  very  satisfactory  sharp- 
ness, whilst  the  corresponding  reaction  for  cholesterol  could 
not  be  obtained,  but  this  by  no  means  excludes  the  presence 
of  cholesterol. 

The  amount  of  unsaponifiable  matter,  judging  from  the 
analysis  of  the  part  B.  (mixture  of  neutral  fat  and  un- 
saponifiable) could  be  a  very  small  one  only  ;  it  has  been 
calculated  above  as  6*21  per  cent,  of  part  B.  As  mentioned 
above,  this  third  class  of  the  constituents  of  the  recovered 
grease  had  been  obtained  in  the  course  of  the  preparation 
of  the  neutral  fat,  and  was  contained  in  the  alcohol  which 
had  been  used  to  effect  the  separation. 

Whilst  writing  these  lines  I  notice  that  Liebreieh  recently 
(Arch.  f.  Physiol.  1890,  363)  proposed  for  the  separation 
of  cholesterol  from  cholesteryl  ethers  two  reagents  not 
very  commonly  met  with,  viz. :  ethylaceto-acetate  and 
ethyl-ethylaceto-acetate. 

Mineral  oil,  to  repeat  this,  which  would  have  been 
extracted  along  with  any  free  alcohols  by  the  boiling 
alcohol,  was  not  found  as  the  solubility  of  the  extracted 
mass  in  acetic  anhydride  proved.  Consequently,  I  only- 
expected  to  find  cholesterol  and  isocholesterol.  On  cooling 
the  alcoholic  solution  small  crystals  were  obtained,  which 
after  being  crystallised  several  times  from  that  solvent 
seemed  pure  enough  for  examination.  The  melting  point 
was  found  at  57° — 58°  C,  consequently  the  crystals  were 
neither  cholesterol  or  isocholesterol.  Moreover,  on  boiling 
the  alcohol  with  acetic  anhydride  108  per  cent,  of  the 
original  quantity  was  obtained  as  an  amorphous  substance 
melting   between   37°  and  39°  C.     The   substance   showed 


1891. 


Public  del  Liboratorio  Cliimico  Centrale  delle  Gabelle.    Roma, 


Feb.  29, 1894.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


139 


the  isochok'sterol  reactiou  only  very  faintly  and  absorbed 
8  •  7  pur  cent,  iodine  ouly.  It  is  therefore  safe  to  conclude 
that  the  isolated  alcohol  is  cerylalcohol,  the  presence  of 
which  in  wool-fat  (as  the  cerotate)  has  been  stated  by 
Buisine. 

The  mother-liquors  from  that  cerylalcohol  yielded  gela- 
tinous and  finally  oily  substances,  which  could  not  be 
identified  any  further  than  by  colour  reactions,  which 
spoke  very  distinctly  for  the  presence  of  isocholesterol. 

In  the  hope  of  arriving  perhaps  at  better  results  as  far  as 
the  alcohols  were  concerned,  a  larger  quantity  of  the  original 
recovered  grease  was  saponified  and  the  soap  solution  at 
once  extracted  with  ether.  Here  again  a  large  quantity 
of  the  intermediate  stratum  was  obtained  and  collected 
separately  in  some  experiments,  so  that  all  the  fatty  acids 
contained  in  the  recovered  grease — both  the  free  and  the 
combined  acids — were,  so  to  speak,  fractionated  to  some 
extent ;  in  other  experiments  all  the  fatty  acids  of  the 
recovered  grease  were  obtained  in  one  mass  by  dissolving 
the  intermediate  layer  in  the  hot  so  ip  solution  and  acidu- 
lating the  latter. 

The  molecular  weight  of  all  the  fatty  acids,  as  prepared 
in  the  last  instance,  was  found  by  titration  with  aqueous 
half  normal  soda:  (1)  411-5;  (2)  412;  (3)  410-8;  (4) 
400 ;  the  determination  by  means  of  alcoholic  potash, 
however,  gave  the  values  331  and  333,  so  that  332  must 
Ik-  assumed  as  the  true  mean  molecular  weight  of  all  the 
fatty  acids  of  the  recovered  grease  (regardless  of  any- 
volatile  acids). 

The  two  fractions  of  the  fatty  acids — if  I  may  say  so — 
i.e.:  (u)  the  fatty  acids  of  the  easily  soluble  soaps;  and 
(«)  the  fatty  acids  of  the  intermediate  stratum  were  also 
titrated  separately  for  their  molecular  weight,  with  the 
following  result : — 

Fraction  A. 

Molecular  weight  by  titration  with  aqueous  soda 340 

Molecular  weight  by  titration  with  alcoholic  potash  . .    318 

It  was  tried  to  further  fractionate  these  fatty  acids  by 
means  of  the  above-mentioned  patented  method ;  in  this 
instance  also  the  solid  fatty  acids,  forming  the  less  soluble 
soaps,  showed  a  lower  molecular  weight  than  the  liquid 
acids,  the  sodium  salts  whereof  were  soluble  in  alcohol 
below  25°  C.  The  figures  obtained  for  the  molecular 
weights  were — 

I. — Solid  Acids. 

(a)  by  means  ol  aqueous  soda 323 

(0)  by  means  of  alcoholic  potash 309 

2. — Liquid  Acids. 

fa)  with  aqueous  soda 385 

(0)  with  alcoholic  potash 331 

Fraction  13. 
Molecular  weight  by  titration  with  aqueous  soda 070 

The  determination  by  means  of  alcoholic  potash  had  not 
hecn  carried  out,  as  at  that  time  I  was  not  yet  aware  of  the 
fact,  that  the  higher  fatty  acids  of  the  recovered  grease 
underwent  some  sort  of  anhydration  when  subjected  to  a 
temperature  of  100°  C.  The  separation  of  these  acids — or 
rather  of  their  soaps — by  means  of  alcohol  into  two  frac- 
tions yielded  a  very  small  quantity  of  liquid  acids  ouly,  the 
mean  molecular  whereof  was  found  by  means  of  aqueous 
soda  1380,  and  by  means  of  alcoholic  potash  618,  whilst  the 
greatest  part  consisted  of  solid  fatty  acids  of  the  mean 
molecular  weight  660  with  aqueous  soda,  and  483  with 
alcoholic  potash.  The  latter  contained  hydroxylated  acids, 
for  on  boiling  with  acetic  anhydride  an  increase  of  3  -  3  per 
cent,  was  found.     Their  iodine  value  was  only  8-9. 

The  alcohols  were  prepared  in  either  case  by  shaking  the 
soap  solution  repeatedly  with  ether,  regardless  of  the 
middle  layer  which,  m  this  case,  gave  far  less  trouble  than 
the  corresponding  separation  of  the  neutral  fat  and  saponi- 
fiable  matter  from  the  free  fatty  aeids.  Quantitative 
experiments  showed  me  that — notwithstanding  the  trouble- 
some middle  layer,  the  filtering  off  of  which  is  by  far  the  best 


way  of  dealing  with  it — the  extraction  of  the  aqueous 
solution  by  means  of  ether  and  subsequent  washing  of  the 
ethereal  solution  with  water  gives  the  best  and  most  reliable 
result.  The  extraction  of  the  dried  saponified  mass,  mixed 
with  sand,  in  a  Soxhlet  tube  caused  more  delay,  as,  owing 
to  the  large  quantity  of  unsaponifiable  matter,  the  ether 
dissolved    larger    quantities    of    soap,    which    had    to  be 

I  eliminated  by  renewed  washing.  The  substitution  of  petro- 
leum spirit  for  ether  in  the  last  method  gives  worse  results 
still,  as  it  is  well  known  that  petroleum  spirit,  when  a  large 
quantity  of  unsaponifiable  matter  is  present,  dissolves 
notable  quantities  of  soap.  At  that  juncture  1  may  point 
out  that  Honig  and  Spitz  (Zeitsehr.  f .  angewandte  Chemie, 
1891,    565)    propose,    for   the   quantitative  estimation   of 

|  unsaponifiable  substance,  the  extraction  of  the  aqueous 
soap  solution  by  means  of  petroleum  spirit  and  the  washing 
of  the  latter  with  50  per  cent,  alcohol. 

The  extracted  alcohols  gave,  on  being  incinerated,  no 
ash,  a  test  which  should  never  be  omitted  in  the  quantita- 
tive estimations  of  such-like  substances.  The  alcohols 
were  dried,  boiled  with  twice  their  weight  of  acetic 
anhydride,  and  the  resulting  acetates  washed  until  free  from 
acetic  acid  and  dried.  The  increase  of  weight  was 
determined  quantitatively  in  two  experiments  as  9-90  per 
cent,  and  10-2  per  cent.  The  saponification  value  of  tha 
mixed  acetates  was  found  to  be  150-6  (means  of  149-9  and 
151-3);  their  iodine  absorption  value  was  44-03.  The 
acetates  were  divided  into  two  parts.  The  first  part — about 
90  grms. — was  fractionated  in  vacuo  in  the  same  way  as  the 
acetates  of  the  sperm  oil  alcohols.      The  temperature  rose 

quickly  to  330°  C in  a  vacuum  of  26  in. — and  between  330 

and  about  350°  C.  three  fractions  were  obtained,  all  of 
which  possessed  in  a  very  marked  degree  that  peculiar 
smell  which  is  so  characteristic  of  the  high-boiling  fractions 
of  mineral  oils.  From  these  distillates  seemed  to  separate 
crystals  embedded  in  a  viscous  mass.  I  subjoin  the  saponi- 
fication and  iodine  values  of  the  three  fractions  ;  the  first 
fraction  may  still  have  contained  a  little  acetic  acid,  judging 
from  its  high  saponification  value.  The  residue  was 
lost:  — 


Fraction. 


Solubility  in 
Alcohol. 


Saponification 
Value. 


Iodine 
Absorption. 


1st Easily  soluble  237'6(!) 

2nd Not  easily  136'5 

soluble. 

3rd Difficultly  soluble  69'3 


Per  Cent. 
:ii-i 


57-0 

78-3 


The  difference  of  the  solubility  of  these  three  fractions  in 
alcohols  may  be  considered  as  a  fair  indication  of  the 
decomposition  that  evidently  took  place.  Fraction  3  con- 
tained the  largest  amount  of  hydrocarbons.  It  can  therefore 
only  be  looked  upon  as  a  chance  that  the  values  found  for 
the  second  fraction  agreed  very  well  with  those  which 
cholesterol  and  isocholesterol  would  give,  viz.,  135-5  and 
68'3  (see  Third  Part  of  this  paper).  On  trying  to  separate 
any  cholesteryl  acetate  or  isocholesteryl  acetate  from  the 
second  fraction  by  crystallisation  from  alcohol,  only  flocks 
were  obtained,  while  the  greater  part  separated  as  a  heavy 
oil.  After  a  great  many  vain  efforts  to  obtain  crystals,  the 
whole  mass  was  saponified  to  prepare  the  alcohols  from  it, 
in  the  hope  that  the  latter  might  be  more  easily  identified. 
On  crystallising  them  from  a  mixture  of  ether  and  alcohol 
I  obtained  a  half  crystalline  mass,  which  showed  very 
distinctly  the  reaction  of  cholesterol,  besides  that  of  iso- 
cholesterol. I  am  inclined  to  believe  (see  Third  Part  of  this 
paper)  that  cholesterol  was  present  in  a  larger  proportion 
than  isocholesterol.  A  determination  of  iodine  values 
would,  of  course,  have  been  of  no  use.  Schulze's  method 
of  separation  by  means  of  benzoic  anhydride  could  not  he 
carried  out  both  for  want  of  time  and  of  the  apparatus 
required  for  heating  the  sealed  tubes.  But  even  this 
method  would  not  have  furnished  satisfactory  quantitative 
results.  The  two  other  fractions  of  the  acetates — the  first 
and  the  third — were  treated  in  the  same  way.  From  the 
alcohols  of  the  first  fraction  I  obtained  crystals  which  gave 


140 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29, 1893. 


the  reactions  for  cholesterol  and  isocholesterol.  The  third 
fraction  gave,  on  saponification,  an  oily  mass,  gelatinising 
on  cooling,  and  evidently  containing  a  larger  quantity  of 
hydrocarbons.  Colour  reactions  of  the  kind  described 
could  not  give  any  result  with  such  a  mixture. 

It  was  tried  to  break  up  the  second  part  of  the  crude 
acetates  into  its  constituents  by  crystallisation  from  absolute 
alcohol,  as  cholesteryl  acetate  is  known  to  separate  in 
characteristic  crystals  from  it.  I  started  with  100  grms. 
substance.  I  obtained  on  cooling  some  crystals,  but  the 
by  far  greatest  part  separated  as  an  oily  viscous  mass. 
It  would  be  too  long  to  describe  at  any  length  the  most 
tedious  trials  to  obtain  the  crystals  in  a  pure  form  and 
larger  quantity.  Just  when  they  appeared  pure  and  were 
only  once  more  dissolved  to  take  away  the  last  traces  of 
the' adhering  oily  substance,  as  I  thought,  a  larger  quantity 
of  the  oil  would  separate,  and  thus  cause  a  fresh  repetition 
of  the  series  of  crystallisations  and  recrystallisations.  To 
cut  it  short,  I  at  last  succeeded  in  obtaining  7  grms.  of  the 
crystallised  acetate,  which,  on  redissolving  in  alcohol,  did 
not  yield  any  more  an  oily  substance,  while  the  remaining 
93  per  cent,  were  brought  into  one  lot ;  for  although  part 
of  it  seemed  to  have  a  tendency  of  crystallising,  it  was 
impossible  to  differentiate  the  oil  into  several  parts. 

The  crystalline  acetate  melted,  on  drying  in  the  oven, 
below  80°  C,  and  so  it  was  conjectured  that  it  consisted 
mainly  of  a  mixture  of  cholesteryl-  and  isocholesteryl- 
acetates  which,  according  to  Schulze,  melts  below  100  C, 
but  the  saponification  value  found  at  161  showed  that  1 
was  yet  far  from  having  the  pure  substances.  The  alcohols 
contained  in  the  acetates  were  therefore  prepared,  and  on 
dissolving  them  in  a  mixture  of  alcohol  and  ether  I  obtained 
on  cooling  an  indistinctly-crystallised  substance  which 
showed  the  isocholesterol  reaction  most  beautifully,  whilst 
the  cholesterol  reaction  was  only  occasionally  noticed.  The 
il>  termination  of  the  iodine  absorption  of  the  alcohols  (see 
Third  Part  of  this  paper)  could  definitively  settle  the  question 
•whether  larger  quantities  of  the  cholesterins  were  present 
The  alcohols  absorbed  only  5-1  percent.;  this  shows  that 
by  far  the  greatest  part  consisted  of  an  alcohol  of  the  series 
C,iH„n+.-.0  and,  as  I  had  found  previously  cerylalcohol, 
this  mixture  of  alcohols  has  to  be  considered  as  consisting  of 
cerylalcohol,  isocholesterol,  and  cholesterol. 

The  oily  acetates  gave  saponification  values  lying  between 
106  and  106' 5;  the  alcohol  from  these  acetates  increased 
on  boiling  with  acetic  anhydride  by  7-6  per  cent.,  as  found 
in  two  experiments.  From  the  saponification  values,  we 
may  calculate,  assuming  for  a  moment  a  homogeneous 
substance,  the  molecular  weight  528  for  the  alcohol,  for 
which  again  we  should  find  the  increase,  on  acetylating, 
7-5  per  cent.  But  these  oily  acetates  undoubtedly  con- 
tained cholesteryl-  and  isocholesteryl-acetate,  and  their 
quantity  might  be  approximately  determined  by  the  iodine 
absorption  of  the  acetates,  providing  the  other  alcohols  be 
saturated  alcohols,  an  assumption  for  which  the  presence  of 
cerylalcohol  is  only  slender  support.  The  oily  acetates 
absorbed  31  '99  per  cent,  iodine,  whilst  theory  would 
require  for  cholesteryl-  and  isocholestervl-  alcohol  (see 
Third  Part  of  this  paper)  :  61  -3  per  cent.  We  may  therefore 
assume,  in  round  figures,  that  the  oily  acetates  contained 
50  per  cent,  of  the  cholesterin  acetates  ;  as  the  saponification 
value  of  the  latter  is  135 '5,  the  remaining  50  per  cent,  of 
the  acetates  would  have  to  possess  the  saponification  value 
of  7  7  • . j ,  which  again  leads,  for  the  above  assumption,  to  an 
alcohol  of  the  molecular  weight  724,  or,  roughly  speaking, 
to  an  alcohol  of  the  formula  C^H^O. 

Bui  1  must  break  off  here,  as  such  calculations  rest  on 
too  unsafe  a  ground,  and  it  may  justly  be  objected  that  they 
are  nothing  but "  jeu  de  nombres." 

The  examination  of  the  alcohols  contained  in  the 
recovered  grease  has  therefore  not  revealed  any  new  fact, 
except  perhaps  that  I  proved  the  presence  of  free  ceryl- 
alcohol in  it. 

The  free  fatty  acids  of  the  recovered  grease,  and  conse- 
quently of  the  wool-fat,  are  composed  to  some  extent  of 
acids  having  a  molecular  weight  of  over  400  and  500. 
Those  fatty  acids,  or  some  of  them,  are  characterised  by 
their  tendency  of  easily  losing  water,  thereby  being  trans- 
formed into  lactones  or  inner  anhydrides.      This  property 


of  the  acids,  due  to  the  presence  of  hydroxylated  acids,  has 
not  been  noticed  before,  and  therefore  the  high  molecular 
weights,  which,  for  instance,  Allen  quotes  for  the  free  acids 
of  lanoline  tC'omm.  Org.  Analys.  Vol.  II.,  317)  as  570-9, 
or  which  I  calculate  from  a  titration,  given  in  the  above- 
mentioned  German  patent  (100  grms.  acids  require  122  cc. 
1/1  normal  KaOH)  as  820,  must  he  considered  as 
inadmissible. 

The  neutral  fat  of  the  recovered  grease,  which  is  the  chief 
constituent  of  wool-fat.  contains  amongst  other  not  identified 
alcohols  :  cholesterol  and  isocholesterol.  Buisine  has  stated 
the  presence  of  ceryl  cerotate  and  consequently  of  ceryl- 
alcohol in  this  part  of  the  wool-fat ;  but  the  method  he 
adopted  (Bulletin  de  la  Societe  chimique,  1887,72,201), 
does  not  place  this  beyond  doubt.  Buisine  saponified  the 
wool-fat  completely,  and  found  amongst  the  alcohols  ceryl 
alcohol,  whilst  he  isolated  from  the  fatty  acids  the  cerotic 
acid.  I  have  shown  above  that  cerylalcohol  occurs  in  the 
free  state  in  wool-fat.  The  analysis  of  this  neutral  fat  led 
us  to  the  molecular  weight  239  for  all  the  alcohols  ;  as 
cholesterol  and  isocholesterol  possess  the  molecular  weight 
372,  we  are  forced  to  assume  the  presence  of  lower  alcohols 
in  the  neutral  fat.  Buisine  arrives  at  the  same  conclusion 
from  his  experiments  ;  he  thinks  they  are  lower  homologues 
of  cerylalcohol,  but  he  has  not  isolated  chemical  individuals. 
Guetta's  opinion  that  octylaleohol  occurs  in  wool-fat  is  not 
ni  ei  ssarily  invalidated  by  Hannau's  remark,  that  he  could 
not  detect  it  in  distilled  grease  (see  below).  The  fatty  acids 
of  this  neutral  fat  share  with  some  of  the  free  fatty  acids 
the  property  of  easily  forming  lactones  or  inner  anhydrides  ; 
consequently  they  contain  hydroxylated  fatty  acids  what 
has  been  further  proved  by  the  increase  of  weight  on  boiling 
with  acetic  anhydride.  It  is  generally  assumed  and  stated  by 
text-books  that  the  fatty  acids  of  the  wool-fat  are  essentially 
stearic  and  oleic  acid,  to  which  Buisine,  accepting  their 
presence,  has  added  cerotic  acid.  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  this 
statement  rests  mainly  on  the  resemblance  the  neutral  fat 
bears  to  the  cholesteryl-oleate  and  stearate,  which  Berthelot 
prepared  synthetically,  and  further  on  Schulze's  authority,  I 
believe.  But  the  latter  simply  bases  his  opinion  that  the 
cholesteryl  and  isocholesteryl  oleates  and  stearates  are 
present,  on  the  statement  of  t'lbricht  and  Reich  (Anna!,  del 
tandwirthschaft  49,  122;  a  paper  which  is  not  accessible 
to  me)  that  they  have  found  stearic  and  oleic  acids  in  the 
wool-fat,  and  remarks  occasionally  that  oleic  arid  seems  to 
be  present  in  large  quantities.  But  he  hastens  to  add  that 
he  did  not  isolate  the  oleic  acid  from  it.  The  fact  that  the 
fatty  acids  of  the  neutral  fat  melt  at  alow  temperature,  may- 
have  been  the  cause  of  this  annotation.  The  iodine  absorp- 
tion of  these  fatty  acids  was  found  by  me  17  per  cent.,  and 
this  definitely  excludes  a  larger  quantity  of  oleic  and  other 
unsaturated  fatty  acids. 

In  conclusion  I  wish  to  give  the  complete  analysis  of  this 
recovered  grease ;  the  figures  with  which  the  preceding  notes 
are  interspersed,  furnish  us  with  the  necessary  data  to  base 
our  calculations  upon.  For  the  quantitative  estimation  I 
proceeded  a-?  follows: — About  5  grms.  of  the  recovered 
grease  were  dissolved  in  alcohol  and  titrated  with  half- 
normal  aqueous  caustic  soda  until  pink  to  phenolphthale'in ; 
thus  I  found  that  1  grm.  of  the  grease  required  0-71  cc.  1/1 
normal  KOH  for  saturating  all  the  free  acids.*  Another 
5  grms.  were  boiled  with  an  excess  of  alcoholic  potash  and 
the  amount  actually  used  for  saturating  the  free  acids  and 
the  combined  acids  determined  by  titrating  back  that  excess  ; 
it  was  found  that  1  grm.  of  the  fat  wanted  2-19  cc.  1/1 
normal  potash.  The  same  test  was  used  for  estimating  the 
unsaponifiable  matter  (i.e.,  the  alcohols),  for  which  I 
obtained  the  figure  36-47  per  cent.  It  was  now  only- 
necessary  to  determine  the  volatile  fatty  acids  by  the  well- 
known    Reiehert-ileissl    process.     One    grm.     of    the   fat 

*  One  point,  that  misrlit  be  raised,  has  not  been  considered  at  all, 
viz..  the  possible  presence  of  anhydrides  in  the  recovered  grease. 
Supposing  they  were  present,  the  titration  lor  free  acids  would  not 
show  them.  They  would  have  passed  into  the  ethereal  solution  of 
the  neutral  fatana  unsaponifiable  matter,  andat  last  been  extracted 
along  with  unsaponifiable  matter  by  means  of  alcohol ;  for  the 
comparison  of  the  analysis  of  parts  A.  and  B.  shows  that  B.  contains 
less  fatly  acids  than  \.  But  anerrordue  to  such  a  possibility  is 
ely  eliminated  by  the  method  adopted  sub.  II  of  the  com- 
plete anal;  sis. 


Feb.  so.  1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


141 


continued  ;i  quantity  of  volatile  acids  which  required  0*124 
cc.  1/1  KOH  for  their  neutralisation. 

All  the  figures  given  are  the  means  of  three  experiments, 
agreeing  well  with  each  other.  The  calculation  is  now  easy. 
The  volatile  acids  may  be  assumed  to  have  the  mean 
molecular  weight  104  (for  CsH1202),  which  gives  us 
10-4  x  0-124  =  1-28  per  cent,  volatile  fatty  acids.  It  is 
pretty  safe  to  assume  that  the  volatile  acids  occur  in  the 
free  state,  although  Schulze  points  to  the  possibility  of  the 
presence  of  cholesteryl  acetate  ;  therefore  we  calculate  for 
the  remaining  free  acids  in  one  grm. — 

0-71  -  0-124  =  0-586  cc.  1/1  KOH, 

which,  for  the  mean  molecular  weight  345  (as  found  above), 
gives  34-5  x  0-586  =  20-22  as' the  percentage  of  the 
remaining  free  fatty  acids.  The  combined  fatty  acids 
required  2' 19  -  0-71  cc.  1-48  cc.  =  1/1  KOH,  and  this 
leads  us  for  the  mean  molecular  weight  327 '5  to — ■ 

32-75  x    1-48  =  48-47  percent. 

as  the  amount  of  combined  fatty  acids,  calculated  as 
hydrated  acids. 

In  practical  analysis  it  may  not  be  possible  to  use  such  a 
detailed  method  as  I  did,  but  it  is  at  least  necessary  to 
prepare  all  the  fatty  acids  (both  free  and  combined  acids) 
washed  free  from  the  volatile  acids  and  determine  their 
mean  molecular  weight  by  titrating  with  alcoholic  potash. 
I  found  in  this  way  the  mean  molecular  weight  of  all  the 
fatty  acids  (minus  the  volatile  acids)  332  (see  above),  ami 
this  gives,  as  their  saturation  required — 

2-19  -  0-124  =  2-066  cc.  1/1  KOH  : 
33-2   x   2-066  =  68-59  per  cent. 

for  all  the  fatty  acids  as  hydrated  acids. 

For  better  comparison  I  subjoin  the  analysis  calculated 
by  both  ways  in  the  tabulated  form  : — 


I. 

II. 

Per  Cent. 
V2S 

20-22 

"  48-47 

36-47 

Per  Cent. 
1-28 

Insoluble  free  fatty  acids  .... 

>         68*59 

30*47 

106"44 

106-34 

•  *  As  hydrated  acids.  t  i.?.,  alcohols. 

The  figure  68-59  might  be  checked  by  directly  weighing 
all  the  fatty  acids  on  a  weighed  filter ;  but  in  this  case, 
owing  to  the  formation  of  inner  anhydrides,  Hehner's  value 
would  he  found  too  low.  Still,  for  a  commercial  analysis 
such  a  method  may  have  some  advantages  and  may  be 
worthy  of  the  notice  of  analytical  chemists. 

Considering  the  difficult}-  of  titrating  such  dark  solutions 
as  were  obtained  in  the  course  of  the  analysis  and  the  con- 
sequent errors  caused  by  a  slightly  erroneous  determination 
of  the  molecular  weights,  I  think,  the  sum  may  be  looked 
upon  as  working  out  in  a  fairly  satisfactory  way.  Of 
course,  part  of  the  surplus  above  100  is  due  to  the  elements 
of  water  having  been  added  during  the  saponification. 

If  we  wish  to  further  detail  these  figures,  all  of  which 
have  been  determined  directly,  we  may  introduce  the  per- 
centage of  unsaponifiable  matter  which  was  found  above  by 
calculation  as  6-21  per  cent,  of  part  B.  Part  B.  forms 
(48-47 +  36-47)  percent.  =  84-94  percent,  of  the  recovered 
grease  or,  rather,  as  we  have  to  make  a  deduction  for  the 
elements  of  water  added — say  1  ■  94  per  cent.  —  83  per  cent, 
wherefrom  we  calculate  83  x  0-0621  =  5-15  per  cent,  for 
the  unsaponifiable  matter  in  the  grease.  Then  the  analysis 
would  read  thus  -. — 

Per  Cent. 

Volatile  acids 1"28 

Insoluble  free  fatty  acids 20*22 

Combined  fatty  acids is  ■  17 

Combined  alcohols 31*82}  gg.41 

Unsaponifiable 5*15.)' 


The  recovered  grease  contains  therefore,  in  round  figures, 
after  deduction  of  1-76  per  cent,  for  the  elements  of  water 
added  during  saponification,  78  per  cent,  neutral  fat. 

1  was  fortunate  enough  to  obtain  the  distillates  of  this 
very  same  wool-fat,  both  the  liquid  and  the  solid  parts  of 
it,  which  had  been  prepared  on  a  large  scale  in  oil-works. 
The  examination  of  the  liquid  part  was  conducted  on  similar 
lines  as  that  of  the  raw  fat.  First  the  free  acids  were 
neutralised  and  the  neutral  fat  plus  unsaponifiable  matter 
extracted  by  means  of  ether  and  recovered  from  it.  It  is 
important  to  note  that  no  intermediate  layer  was  noticed  in 
this  case.  The  mean  molecular  weight  of  the  free  fatty 
acids  was  found  to  be  286,  and  therefore  they  may  be 
looked  upon  as  a  mixture  of  oleic,  stearic,  and  palmitic 
acids  with  a  small  percentage  of  higher  fatty  acids. 

1  grm.  of  the  oil  required  1*92  cc.  1/1  KOH  for  neutrali- 
sation of  the  free  fatty  acids ;  therefore  we  have  1  *  92  x  28  ■  6 
=  54-91  per  cent,  free  fatty  acids  in  the  oils.  As  the 
complete  saponification  of  the  neutral  oil  took  only  2*10cc. 
1/1  KOH  it  was  evident  that  the  amount  of  neutral  oil 
could  be  very  small  only.  A  method  for  separating  the 
neutral  fat  from  the  unsaponifiable  matter  could  not  be 
found  as  the  latter  was  also  insoluble  in  alcohol.  I  had 
therefore  to  content  myself  with  preparing  and  estimating 
the  acids  only  which  were  contained  in  the  neutral  fat.  For 
this  purpose  the  oil  obtained  from  the  ether  was  saponified 
by  means  of  alcoholic  potash,  and  the  fatty  acids  recovered 
from  the  resulting  soap  solution  ;  here  it  was  noticed  that 
the  intermediate  layer  mentioned  repeatedly  above  made  its 
appearance.  The  acids  from  the  neutral  fat  titrated  with 
aqueous  soda  gave  in  one  case  the  molecular  weight  558  ; 
another  preparation  from  another  quantity  gave  466.  The 
latter  heated  to  150°  C.  gave  the  molecular  weight  763,  and 
this  figure  remained  the  same  when  the  acid  which  had 
been  used  for  the  titration  was  recovered  from  its  soap  and 
reheated  to  160°  C.  It  was  clear  that  the  difference  of  the 
molecular  weights  was  due  to  a  varying  degree  of  anhydra- 
tion,  and  in  that  case  both  preparations  ought  to  yield 
the  same  molecular  weight,  when  boiled  with  an  excess  of 
alcoholic  potash.  Such,  indeed,  was  the  case,  for  I  found 
for  both  acids  the  molecular  weights  393  and  395,  which 
settles  definitively  394  as  the  true  value.  The  percentage 
of  combined  fatty  acids  in  the  oil  is  therefore  39*4  x 
(2-10  -  1*92)  =7-09  percent. 

The  alcohols  combined  with  these  fatty  acids  would  be 
found  in  the  unsaponifiable  matter,  which  had  to  be 
examined  next.  On  complete  saponification  the  distilled 
fat  showed  38*8  per  cent,  unsaponifiable  matter.  A  pre- 
liminary estimate  of  the  quantity  of  alcohols  contained  in 
the  unsaponifiable  part  could  be  gained  by  boiling  weighed 
quantities  with  acetic  anhydride  and  collecting  the  resulting 
product  on  a  weighed  filter.  The  following  four  experi- 
ments were  carried  out : — 


Substance 
employed. 


Acetate  obtained. 


Substance 
employed. 


Grms. 
4*9167 

Grms. 
4*9483 

Per  Cent. 
100*9 

5*2735 

5*2874 

10H--2 

2*9995 

3*0281 

100*9 

4*5592 

4*5979 

100 *S5 

100*71 

At  the  first  blush  one  might  feel  inclined  to  ascribe  the 
plus  of  0*71  per  cent,  to  the  errors  of  the  method,  but  in 
that  case  the  question  had  to  be  answered :  What  has 
become  of  the  alcohol  with  which  the  combined  fatty  acids 
have  formed  the  neutral  oil,  no  glycerol  having  been  found, 
even  if  the  oil  contained  no  free  alcohol?  Assuming  for  a 
moment  that  that  alcohol  was  cholesterol,  molecular  weight 
372,  then  about  an  equal  percentage  to  that  of  the  com- 
bined fatty  acids  (M.W.  394)  must  be  present  in  the  oil, 
i.e.,  7  per  cent.;  therefore  the  unsaponifiable  matter,  in 
which   these  7  per  cent,  are  dissolved   would   contain  the 

B2 


H2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29,1892 


alcohol  loan  extent  of  18  per  cent.,  and  on  boiling  with 
acetic  anhydride  an  increase  of  18  x  0' 113  =  2-35  would 
take  place,  or  in  other  words  the  unsaponifiable  matter, 
as  used  in  the  last  four  analyses,  ought  to  have  yielded 
102-35  per  cent.  But,  naturally,  we  have  to  base  such  a 
calculation  on  the  figures  found  when  examining  the  neutral 
fat  of  the  recovered  grease  (see  above),  namely,  239  as 
the  mean  molecular  weight  of  the  alcohols,  and  12  ■  7  per 
cent,  as  their  increase  on  boiling  with  acetic  anhydride  ; 
this  leads  us  to  101-3  per  cent.,  with  which  the  100-71 
actually  found  compare  favourably.  (An  elementary 
analysis  with  the  view  of  finding  oxygen  by  difference 
would  not  have  given  unmistakable  results.)  The  same 
calculation  gives  4-26  per  cent,  alcohols  in  the  distilled 
grease  or  11  per  cent,  alcohols  in  the  unsaponifiable  part ; 
consequently,  the  by  far  greatest  part  of  the  latter  consists 
of  hydrocarbons,  a  conclusion  which  is  confirmed  by  its 
insolubility  in  acetic  anhydride.  The  alcohol  might  have 
been  extracted  by  means  of  this  reagent,  but  on  account 
of  its  high  cost  I  had  to  prefer  common  alcohol,  in  which 
the  hydrocarbons,  especially  at  ordinary  temperature,  are 
far  less  soluble  than  the  alcohols.  The  unsaponifiable 
matter  was  therefore  repeatedly  boiled  up  with  alcohol,  and 
the  latter,  after  a  moment's  settling,  poured  off  from  the 
undissolved  oil.  On  cooling  slightly  there  separated  the 
greatest  part  of  the  dissolved  hydrocarbons,  and  the  still 
warm  alcohol  gave  at  ordinary  temperature  a  crop  of  indis- 
tinct crystals,  which,  on  recrystallising  from  alcohol-ether 
yielded  a  semi-crystalline  mass,  to  all  appearances  similar 
to  the  mixtures  of  alcohols  as  obtained  during  the  exami- 
nation of  the  recovered  grease.  The  alcohols  thus  prepared 
show  very  distinctly  the  isocholesterol  reaction. 

Through  the  exhaustion  of  the  unsaponifiable  matter  by 
means  of  alcohol  the  hydrocarbons  were  at  last  left  behind. 
Their  insolubility  in  acetic  anhydride,  and  to  some  extent 
in  alcohol,  as  well  as  their  behaviour  towards  nitric  acid, 
characterised  them  as  hydrocarbons.  A  closer  examination 
of  them  is,  for  want  of  proper  methods,  a  hopeless  task, 
and  all  that  could  therefore  be  done  with  them  was  to 
distil  them  in  vacuo.  Thus  three  fractions  were  obtained. 
AH  of  them  possessed  the  smell  which  the  crude  distillates 
of  paraffin  oils,  boiling  at  the  same  temperature,  possess. 
These  fractions  are  a  little  more  defined  in  the  subjoined 
table  :  — 


Fraction. 


Sp.  Gr.  at  80°  F. 
compared  with 
Water  at  80°  F. 


Appearance. 


1st 

2nd 
3rd 


0-8513 
0'9162 
0'9180 


Clear,  bright  yellow  oil ;  bloom. 
Bright  oil,  partly  solidifying  j  bloom. 
Darker  oil,  solidified ;  bloom. 


The  residue  was  pitch. 

I  repeat  the  complete  analysis  of  the  distilled  grease  in  a 
tabulated  form  : — 

PerCent. 
Free  fatty  actds 54'9l 

Combined  fat  ty  acids 7  *  02 

"Unsaponifiable , 38'§0 

100-73 

which  can  be  resolved  in  the  following  way  :  — 

Per  Cent. 

Free  fatty  acids 51-91 

Combined  fatty  acids.      7-02  ,  =1,.28  per  cent/ 
Combined  alcohols . .,.      4-  2tJ  j   neutral  fat. 
Hydrocarbons 31-54 

100-78 

A  more  rapid  way  of  analysing  such  distilled  grease, 
recommendable  to  analytical  chemists,  would  be  to  titrate 
as  above,  but  to  use  for  the  determination  of  the  mean 
molecular  weight  all  the  fatty  acids  (free  and  combined) 
and  alcoholic  potash  or  soda.     Proceeding  in  this  way  I 


found  the  mean  molecular  weight  of  all  the  fatty  acids 
300'5  (titration  with  aqueous  soda  gave  317), and  therefore 
the  percentage  of  all  the  fatty  acids  300-5  x  2-1  per  cent. 
This  way  of  calculating  leads  to  the  equally  satisfactory 
result: — ■ 

Per  Cent. 

Fatty  acids 63-1 

Unsaponifiable 38'8 

The  weighing  of  all  the  fatty  acids  directly — Hehner's 
method — would  in  this  case  be  nearly  as  accurate  as  can  be 
wished  for,  and  the  adoption  of  such  a  gravimetric  method 
(preferably  combined  with  the  direct  determination  of  the 
Unsaponifiable)  would  remove  the  uncertainty  adhering  to 
the  commercial  analysis  of  such  distilled  grease,  and  caused 
by  the  assumption  of  a  molecular  weight  for  the  acids  and 
calculation  of  the  unsaponifiable  matter  by  difference. 

The  solid  part  of  the  distilled  grease  was  only  cursorily 
examined.  1  grm.  of  it  required  2-19  cc.  normal  caustic 
soda  for  saturating  the  free  fatty  acids.  On  boiling  the  fat 
with  alcoholic  potash  1  grm.  consumed  2-30  cc.  The  last 
figure  points  to  the  presence  of  neutral  fat,  and  its  quantity 
would  be  found  corresponding  to  the  difference  2-30  —  2-19 
=  0-11.  The  unsaponifiable  matter  amounted  to  34-05 
per  cent. 

A  comparison  of  the  analyses  of  the  recovered  grease  and 
of  the  distillates  therefrom  shows  that  hydrocarbons  have 
been  formed  during  the  distillation  to  a  large  extent — a  fact 
which  cannot  be  at  all  surprising.  On  examining  such 
distilled  oils,  the  origin  of  which  may  not  be  known,  one 
might  easily  feel  inclined  to  declare  these  hydrocarbons  as 
mineral  oil.  But  such  a  misnomer,  besides  suggesting 
fraudulent  intentions,  might  lead  to  unpleasant  consequences 
for  the  buyer  of  such  oils,  for  insurance  companies 
generally  become  suspicious  when  "  mineral  oil "  is  only 
mentioned.  The  distilled  grease  legitimately  contains  a 
larger  amount  of  hydrocarbons,  which,  as  I  am  given  to 
understand,  are  said  to  constitute  the  valuable  properties 
of  such  oils. 

As  there  is  no  method  known  for  distinguishing  the 
hydrocarbons  formed  by  destructive  distillation  from  any 
(fraudulently)  added  mineral  oil,  due  caution  should  be 
exercised  in  giving  a  report  on  such  oils. 

A  comparison  of  the  two  analyses  further  throws  an 
interesting  light  on  the  destruction  that  takes  place.  We 
notice  at  once  that  the  neutral  fat  constituting  as  much  as 
78  per  cent,  of  the  recovered  grease  has  been  destroyed 
nearly  completely. 

In  the  first  instance  the  ethers  will  have  been  broken  up 
into  their  fatty  acids  and  hydrocarbons,  the  latter  being 
naturally  formed  in  consequence  of  the  fatty  acids  claiming 
all  the  available  oxygen  for  themselves.  We  know  this 
from  actual  experiments.  Berthelot  has  shown  that 
cholesteryl  stearate  becomes  acid  on  heating.  We  know 
further  from  Smith's  experiments  (Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  [3] 
6,  40)  that  cetyl  palmitate  distilled  under  ordinary  pressure 
splits  up  into  palmitic  acid  and  cetene  according  to  the 
equation  C15Hs,CO.O.C16H3,  =  C15H31COOH  +  C16H32. 
Finally  Kraft't  (Ber.  16,  3019)  has  prepared,  by  the  same 
reaction,  from  the  palmitates  of  dodecatyl  alcohol,  tetra- 
decyl  alcohol,  cetyl  alcohol,  and  octadecyl  alcohol  the 
hydrocarbons  :  dodecylene,  C12H2j  ;  tetradecylene,  Ci4ilw  ; 
cetene,  C16H:,; ;  and  octadecyleue,  C1SH36. 

As  the  distillation  of  the  recovered  grease  is  carried  out 
by  means  of  superheated  steam,  it  is  not  surprising  to  find 
that  part  of  the  neutral  fat  escaped  destruction,  for  we 
know  that  cetyl  palmitate,  e.g.  can  be  distilled  in  vacuo 
without  undergoing  decomposition. 

The  free  alcohols — or  if  any  be  formed  by  the  destruc- 
tion taking  place  in  such  a  direction — will  at  such  high 
temperatures  easily  lose  water  and  contribute  their  share  to 
the  production  of  hydrocarbons. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  cholesterol  is  decomposed  into 
hydrocarbons  when  subjected  to  dry  distillation  ;  the  other 
alcohols  may  undergo  similar  changes,  and  that  not  only 
during  distillation,  but  already  in  the  preceding  operation 
of  washing  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.     Cholesterol, 


Fsb.  29,18980        THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


143 


e.g.  is  converted  by  this  acid  into  three  isomeric  hydro- 
carbons as  Zwenger  (Liebig's  Anualen  (1848),  66,  5)  has 
shown. 

The  fatty  acids  in  their  turn  undergo  a  breaking  up  into 
acids  of  lower  molecular  weight,  and,  to  all  appearances, 
in  particular  the  higher  fatty  acids  will  be  subject  to  this 
change,  for  oleic,  stearic,  and  palmitic  acids  can  be  easily 
distilled  without  much  destruction  in  a  current  of  super- 
heated steam.  A  small  quantity  of  hydrocarbons,  however, 
are  always  formed  when  these  lower  fatty  acids  are  distilled 
in  candle  works,  and  so  we  have  to  look  to  some  extent 
to  the  fatty  acids  as  a  further  source  of  the  distilled-grease- 
hvdrocarbons. 

The  chemical  constitution  of  some  of  these  higher  fatty 
acids,  which  must  be  claimed  as  hydroxylated  fatty  acids, 
seems  to  make  them  specially  fit — I  nearly  said  to  predispose 
them — for  this  change.  A  certain  amount  of  proof  can  be 
adduced  from  the  above-recorded  observations  for  this 
supposition.  The  formation  of  that  difficultly-soluble  soap, 
so  unpleasantly  noticeable  during  the  neutralisation  of  the 
free  fatty  acids  of  the  recovered  grease,  was  completely 
absent  when  the  distilled  grease  underwent  the  same 
operation.  On  saponifying,  however,  the  neutral  fat  of 
the  latter,  that  intermediate  layer  made  its  appearance 
again  j  this  cannot  be  adduced  as  contradicting  my 
assumption,  for  it  simply  shows  that  the  current  of  steam 
mechanically  carries  over  the  neutral  fat,  and  thus  with- 
draws it  from  the  destructive  influence  of  the  high 
temperature. 

III. — Quantitative  Estimation  of  Cholesterol. 

During  the  examination  of  the  recovered  grease  I  felt 
very  much  the  want  of  a  method  of  estimating  cholesterol 
quantitatively.  The  separation  of  cholesterol  in  substance 
or  in  form  of  its  ethers  as  cholesteryl  acetate  or  benzoate 
could,  of  course,  not  lead  to  quantitative  results.  An  optical 
method  :  the  determination  of  the  cholesterol  by  the  rotation 
of  the  plane  of  polarised  light,  was  a  priori  excluded  as 
isocholesterol,  which  is  also  present  in  the  wool-fat,  is 
dextro-rotatory,  and  would  by  compensation  with  the  laevo- 
rotatory  cholesterol  lead  to  completely  erroneous  results. 

A  colorometric  method,  based  on  Liebermann's  cholesterol 
reaction,  has  been  proposed  recently  by  Burchard  (Ber. 
1890,  Bef.  752),  but  it  was,  of  course,  out  of  the 
question  to  use  this  method  for  my  purposes. 

I  had  therefore  to  look  out  for  some  new  method.  A 
contemplation  of  the  formula  for  cholesterol,  C.,6H43. OH, 
suggests  at  once  the  possible  use  of  methods  which  are 
generally  practised  in  the  analysis  of  fats.  Cholesterol 
being  an  alcohol,  it  should  be  easily  transformed  into  an 
ether ;  moreover,  cholesterol  being  an  unsaturated  compound 
it  might  add  iodine ;  and  the  existence  of  the  dibromide, 
which  has  been  described  by  Wislicenus  and  Moldenhauer 
(Liebig's  Annalen,  146,  178),  seemed  to  point  to  such 
a  method.  All  that  had  to  be  settled  by  experiment  was  to 
determine  whether  the  two  reactions  took  place  quantita- 
tively, and  for  this  purpose  it  was  by  no  means  necessary 
to  isolate  the  resulting  derivatives,  as  the  saponification 
value  and  the  iodine  absorption  value  could  give  a 
satisfactory  answer  to  that  question.  The  experiments 
showed  that  the  cholesteryl  acetate  and  the  di-iodide  of 
cholesterol  are  formed  quantitatively,  and  that  these  two 
methods  afford  an  easy  means  for  the  quantitative 
estimation  of  cholesterol,  and  consequently  also  of 
isocholesterol.     I  subjoin  the  details  of  the  analysis :  — 

Pure  cholesterol,  prepared  from  calf  brains  (in  the  works 
of  Kahlbaum),  was  boiled  with  \\  its  quantity  of  acetic 
anhydride  in  a  flask  connected  with  a  reflux  condenser ;  the 
resulting  product  was  washed  on  the  filter  with  warm  water 
until  the  wash-waters  showed  no  longer  an  acid  reaction,  and 
the  filter  with'the  precipitate  brought  into  a  flask  to  be  boiled 
with  an  excess  of  standardised  alcoholic  potash.  The  alkali 
used  was  determined  by  titrating  back  the  excess. 

I. 

1-5681  grm.  cholesterol  transformed  into  the  acetate 
required  for  saponification  8'55  cc.  ^  normal  KOH; 
consequently  saponific.  value  137  ■  4. 


II. 

1  "9860  grm.  cholesterol  required  10-3cc.  |  normal  KOH 
saponific.  value  132-4. 

Theory  indicates  for  the  formula  C';6Ho0 .  C;H30  the 
saponification  value  135-5. 

For  the  determination  of  the  iodine  absorption  value  the 
cholesterol  was  dissolved  in  50  cc.  chloroform  and  25  cc.  of 
an  iodine  solution  as  well  as  of  a  mercury  bichloride  solu- 
tion— prepared  according  to  Hubl's  prescription  and  kept 
separately  until  used — added.  The  unabsorbed  iodine  was 
titrated  back  with  a  sodium  hyposulphite  solution,  17-4  cc. 
of  which  corresponded  to  a  quantity  of  0-2  grm.  iodine.  It 
goes  without  saying  that  a  blank  test  was  used  at  the  same 
time. 


0  •  6060  grm.  cholesterol  absorbed  iodine  equivalent  to  35-9 
cc.  of  the  above  sodium  hyposulphite  solution ;  where- 
from  iodine  value  68  '09. 

II. 

0-5617  grm.  cholesterol  took  33-65  cc.  of  the  solution; 
iodine  value  67-3. 

Theory  requires  for  the  formation  of  C26H410I2 :  68-3 
per  cent.  The  last  experiments  prove  that  cholesterol 
contains  one  CH  =  CH  group  in  the  lateral  chain  of  one 
benzene  nucleus. 

After  the  above  results  had  been  obtained  I  could  try 
how  far  cholesterol  could  be  separated  from  other  alcohols. 
Possessing  a  pure  specimen  of  cetyl  alcohol  I  prepared  from 
weighed  quantities  a  mixture  of  cholesterol  and  cetyl  alcohol. 
The  iodine  value  of  the  mixture  gave  the  quantity  of  choles- 
terol direct.  Th ;  acetate  method  could  not  be  employed 
in  a  desired  way,  as  the  cetyl  acetate — melting  at  about 
22°  C. — would  pass  through  the  filter,  and  when  I  cooled 
the  filter  by  means  of  ice,  filtration  could  not  be  brought  to 
an  end.  I  dissolved  therefore  the  acetates  in  absolute 
alcohol,  from  which  cholesteryl  acetate  is  well  known  to 
crystallise  in  needles.  Thus  I  obtained  a  crop  of  crystals, 
having  a  saponification  value  of  138-4  and  132-6  in  two 
experiments,  while  the  respective  yields  were  69-03  per 
cent,  and  59  •  92  per  cent,  of  the  cholesterj-l  acetate  which 
had  been  formed  from  the  cholesterol  weighed  in.  The 
mother-liquor  from  the  crystals  gave  another  crop,  which  in 
the  second  experiment  yielded  another  9  per  cent,  with  the 
saponification  value  168. 

The  first  crop  of  crystals  were  nearly  pure  cholesteryl 
acetate,  whilst  the  second  crystallisation  contained  already 
notable  quantities  of  cetyl  alcohol  (saponification  value 
197-5).  It  is  evident  that  cholesteryl  acetate  cannot  be 
separated  completely  from  cetyl  acetate  by  crystallisation 
from  alcohol. 

As  I  had  obtained  in  the  examination  of  the  distilled 
grease  mixtures  of  alcohols  and  hydrocarbons  I  prepared 
mixtures  of  pure  cholesterol  and  of  a  mineral  oil  0-880  sp. 
gr.  to  test  both  methods  for  the  estimation  of  cholesterol 
in  such  a  case. 

0-8220  grm.  cholesterol  were  mixed  with  0-2393  grm.  of 
the  mineral  oil  (which  had  been  tested  before  with  acetate 
anhydride  and  found — as  expected — not  to  require  any 
KOH)  and  boiled  with  acetic  anhydride.  The  mixture 
required  for  saponification  4-44  cc.  half- normal  KOH.  The 
0-8220  grm.  cholesterol  must  have  given  theoretically 
0-9148  grm.  acetate,  which  had  consequently  the  saponifi- 
cation value  136-1  instead  of  135-5. 

The  percentage  of  cholesterol  in  the  mixture  could  have 
been  found  at  once  by  means  of  the  formula — 


P  = 


o^x_B61  x  372 

S  x  414  x  1S5S  x  100 


where  o  is  the  number  of  cc.  1/1  normal  potash  used,  S  the 
substance  weighed,  56  •  1  the  molecular  weight  of  KOH,  372 
that  of  cholesterol,  and  414  of  cholesteryl  acetate,  whilst 
135-5  is  the  saponification  value  of  cholesterol.  The  calcula- 
tion gives  77-82  per  cent,  cholesterol ;  the  mixture  actually 
contained  77 -45  per  cent. 


It  4 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Feb. 29, 1892. 


The  iodine  method  gave  for  the  mixture  of  cholesterol 

and   mineral    oil    equally  good   results.     The    mineral    oil 

absorbed  26-3  per  cent,  iodine  when  tested  separately. 

(1.)  A  mixture  of  0-7208  grm.  cholesterol  and  0-3379 

grin,  of  this  mineral  oil  absorbed  54-38  percent,  iodine, 

that  is  for  the   sum  0-7208  +  0-3379  a   quantity  of 

0  •  5757  grm.  iodine.    The  theoretical  calculation  gives — 

U-7-208  X  B8-3  +  0-3379  x  26-3  =  0.5gl() 

](lu  6 

(2.)  0-7263  grm.  cholesterol  +  0-3361  grm.  mineral  oil 
absorbed  54-3  per  cent,  or  0-5771  grm.  iodine;  theory 
requires  0-5845  grm. 

This  second  method  will  allow  a  limited  application  only, 
:i^  tin'  iodine  value  of  the  hydrocarbons  must  be  known, 
which  will  not  be  always  the  ease. 

In  conclusion  I  wish  to  say  a  few  words  about  the 
qualitative  reactions  for  cholesterol  and  isocholesterol. 
Colour  reactions,  especially  those  requiring  the  use  of 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  should  always  be  looked  upon 
with  some  suspicion,  which  can  only  be  heightened  if  we 
remember  the  fate  of,  e.g.  the  isatine  reaction  for  benzene, 
of  Laubenheimer's  reaction  for  pheuanthvenequiuone,  &c. 
Liebermann's  "  Cholestol  "  reaction  for  cholesterol — acetic 
anhydride  and  sulphuric  acid  ;  sharper  still  is  the  test  in 
the  modified  form  proposed  by  Burchard,  2  cc.  chloroform, 
20  drops  of  acetic  anhydride  and  sulphuric  acid — is  a  beauti- 
ful reaction  for  pure  cholesterol,  but  unfortunately  resins 
possess  a  reaction  so  similar  to  the  cholesterol  reaction  that 
a  discrimination  would  be  difficult.  The  corresponding 
reaction  for  isocholesterol,  recently  proposed  by  Schulze 
(Ber.  24,  Ref.  671),  (green  fluorescence)  is  very  sharp  too, 
but  in  a  mixture  of  isocholesterol  and  cholesterol,  which 
which  we  undoubtedly  have  in  the  alcohols  prepared  from 
"  Lanolin,"  the  isocholesterol  reaction  prevails,  as  I  had 
occasion  to  observe.  Amongst  a  large  number  of  experi- 
ments 1  only  occasionally  succeeded  in  noticing  the  pink 
colouration  due  to  the  presence  of  cholesterol,  and  it  would 
therefore  be  rash  to  pronounce  absence  of  cholesterol,  if 
the  green  fluorescence  only  is  noticed.  The  reaction  with 
iron  perchloride  and  strong  hydrochloric  acid  on  a  porcelain 
crucible  cover  is  not  exclusively  peculiar  to  cholesterol,  for 
turpentine,  camphor  a.o.  behave  in  the  same  way  (Weyl. 
Ber.  1886,  Ref.  619). 


Discussion'. 

The  Chairman  remarked  that  the  subject  was  one  of  great 
interest  to  members,  as  some  12,000  tons  of  wool  grease 
were  recovered  annually  from  mills  in  the  district  alone. 
The  author  had  shown  that  the  analysis  was  complicated 
in  the  case  of  pure  wool  grease ;  this  was  much  more  the 
case  when  grease  was  adulterated  with  mineral  and  rosin  oils. 
Samples  of  greases,  though  similar  in  appearance  and  con- 
taining equal  amounts  of  saponifiable  matter,  might  vary  in 
value  from  8/.  to  16Z.  per  ton.  He  exhibited  samples  and 
illustrated  the  methods  of  determining  commercial  value 
in  the  case  of  a  grease  worth  13/.,  which  showed  : — 

1.  Specific  gravity 0* £141 

2.  Flash  point 415°  F. 

This  shows  it  can  contain  no  mineral  oil  after  it  has 
been  established  that  no  rosin  oil  is  present. 

3.  Setting  point  of  fatty  acids 101°  F. 

4.  By  titration  of  saponifiable  matter  and  calculation  to  a 

molecular  weight  of  282  there  was  found — 

Saponifiable , =  51*21  per  cent. 

Unsaponifiable  (by  difference) =  4t>*79       „ 

,,  (byetherextraction)  =  4V70       „ 

The  difference  between  the  calculated  and  observed  amount 
of  unsaponifiable  matter  gave,  roughly,  an  indication  of 
cholesterinoid  bodies  present.  He  calculated  for  every 
1  per  cent,  of  difference  10  per  cent,  of  cholesterin  present. 
The  cerotic  compounds  left  unsaponified  formed  a  hard  mass 
of  high  specific  gravity.  On  distillation  the  cholesterinoid 
bodies  changed  into  other  hydrocarbons,  and  the  specific 
gravity  sank  (in  this  sample)  to  0-914  and  the  flash  point 
to  330°  F.  The  proportion  of  fatty  acid  did  not  alter 
more  than  2  per  cent.  These  hydrocarbons  had  the 
appearance   of    mineral    oils.      Dr.    Hess    concluded    by 


expressing  a  wish  that  chemists  would  adopt  some  uniform 
method  of  determining  the  amounts  of  saponifiable  and 
unsaponifiable  constituents  in  such  greases,  since  results  of 
analyses  of  the  same  material  by  different  chemists  some- 
times differed  as  much  as  5  per  cent. 

Mr.  Fairley  asked  whether  dry  distillation,  or  distillation 
with  superheated  steam,  was  employed  for  purifying  the 
grease  ? 

The  Chairman-  said  that  superheated  steam  was  always 
used. 

Mr.  Fairley  thought  it  surprising  that  so  much  hydro- 
carbon should  be  formed  in  presence  of  an  excess  of  steam. 

The  Chaiemax  replied  that  the  hydrocarbons  were 
present  before,  but  in  a  different  form. 

Mr.  Bichardson  asked  Dr.  Lewkowitsch  if  he  considered 
the  "  acetyl  values  "  were  reliable,  the  process  being  used 
as  supplementary  to  the  ordinary  methods  in  the  general 
analysis  of  oils  in  soap,  &c.  He  mentioned  the  action  of 
oils  on  samples  of  tops ;  after  an  interval  of  a  month  the 
iodine  absorption  value  was  reduced  .from  100  to  50,  due 
apparently  to  oxidation  of  the  oil. 

Professor  Hummel  was  surprised  to  learn  that  there  was 
so  much  unsaponifiable  matter  in  distilled  grease  used  to 
oil  wool  for  spinning.  He  believed  such  bodies  were 
difficult  to  scour ;  the  difficulty  had  been  attributed  to 
intentional  adulteration  with  mineral  oil.  He  desired  to 
know  what  sort  of  a  residue  was  left  on  distillation,  -and 
whether  anything  was  known  of  its  composition.  He  had 
some  years  ago  obtained  a  similar  waxy  product  from  apple 
parings  by  extraction  with  ether,  and  it  had  recently  been 
shown  that  cholesterin  exists  in  vegetable  material. 

The  Chairman  said  mineral  oil  was  often  mixed 
with  grease  and  was  undoubtedly  deleterious  to  the  wool. 
He  thought  Dr.  Lewkowitsch  wished  to  find  some  method 
of  distinguishing  this  from  cholesterinoid  material.  In 
reply  to  Professor  Hummel  he  stated  that  the  residue  left 
on  distilling  grease  was  pitch.  The  distilled  grease  from 
the  sample  shown  was  pressed  into  stearine  and  oleine,  and 
the  former  contained  33  per  cent,  of  unsaponifiable  matter, 
and  had  a  meiting  point  of  118°  F. 

Mr.  Procter  inquired  if  Dr.  Lewkowitsch  had  ever  come 
across  an  animal  oil  possessing  a  distinct  bloom  like 
mineral  oils.  He  had  once  obtained,  by  pressing  fats 
obtained  in  gelatin  manufacture,  an  amber-coloured  oil 
with  green  fluorescence. 

The  Chairman'  replied  that  the  hydrocarbons  obtained 
by  the  distillation  of  cholesterin  had  a  distinct  bloom,  palm 
oleine  occasionally,  showed  this  fluorescence. 

Mr.  Mackay  asked  how  it  was  that  an  increase  of  10  per 
cent,  in  the  unsaponifiable  matter  caused  a  rise  in  value  of 
3/.  per  ton,  and,  if  so,  would  not  the  pure  cholesterinoid 
products  be  very  valuable. 

The  Chairman  said  the  increased  value  was  due  to  the 
extended  application  of  such  greases,  as,  for  instance,  in  the 
manufacture  of  lanolin  and  viuolia  soap.  If  it  were  possible 
to  obtain  cholesterinoid  substances  cheaply  and  free  from 
fatty  acids  they  would  be  most  valuable  for  lubricating 
purposes. 

Mr.  Man-sbridge  said  he  had  examined  large  numbers  of 
greases  and  had  never  found  more  than  lj  per  cent,  of 
neutral  oils  ;  he  believes  that  neutral  fats  to  be  almost  entirely 
decomposed  in  the  still. 

Professor  Hummel  stated  that  attempts  had  been  made 
of  recent  years  to  scour  wool  with  petroleum  ether,  carbon 
disulphide,  &c.,  thus  extracting  a  fatty  matter  containing 
cholsterin.  He  wished  to  know  whether  a  large  sale  of 
the  extracted  matter  could  be  assured,  supposing  such  a 
process  were  introduced. 

The  Chairman  replied  that  such  processes  had  often 
been  tried,  but  without  success ;  under  the  influence  of  hot 
solvents,  the  wool  became  brittle  and  yellow.  The  pro- 
duets  would  be  very  valuable,  but  the  wool  would  be 
spoilt. 


Ft*.  29, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


145 


Dr.  Lewkowitsch  severely  criticised  Dr.  Hess'  analyses 
(the  details  of  one  of  which  are  given  above).  The  51  per 
cent.  *' sapouifiable"  would  only  be  free  fatty  acid.  The 
46-79  per  cent,  "unsaponitialile "  be  considered  not  at 
all  reliable  ;  it  was  determined  merely  by  difference,  but  he 
should  like  to  know  how  and  whether  that  was  so,  since 
51-21  and  46- 79  gave  98  per  cent.  only.  "  Sapouifiable " 
was  also  determined  by  calculating  from  an  assumed 
molecular  weight.  The  extraction  with  ether  could  not 
give  too  low  a  value;  it  might  give  a  value  higher  than 
the  true  one,  as  a  small  amount  of  soap  might  have  been 
extracted  and  overlooked.  He  therefore  attached  no 
scientific  value  to  these  figures. 

The  Chaikjian  defended  his  analyses  and  remarked  that 
they  agreed  within  0- 1  per  cent,  with  analyses  by  Allen  and 
other  chemists  of  the  same  samples.  When  cholesteriuoid 
bodies  were  present  it  was  usual  to  assume  a  molecular 
weight  not  of  282  but  over  300  in  calculating  the  results. 
In  the  results  above  given,  41  -7  per  cent,  would  be  taken  as 
correct.  He  knew  the  other  figure  was  incorrect,  but  the 
difference  between  it  and  the  experimental  figure  gave  a 
rough  idea  of  the  amount  of  cholesterin  present. 

Dr.  Lewkowitsch,  answering  Mr.  Mansbridge,  said  that 
his  paper  only  dealt  with  this  one  fat,  and  that  if 
Mr.  Mansbridge  questioned  the  amount  of  combined  fatty 
acids  in  the  distilled  grease,  he  could  only  refer  to  his 
figures.  He  had  found  the  mean  molecular  weight  of  the 
free  fatty  acids  of  the  distilled  grease  =  2S6  ;  the  molecular 
weight  of  all  fatty  acids  (combined  and  free)  =300-5  and 
the  molecular  weight  of  the  combined  acids  394.  The 
amount  of  combined  fatty  acids  corresponds  to  the  difference 
of  KOH  used  for  neutralising  and  saponifying  =  2-10 — 
1-92  =  0-18  and  0- 18  x  39 •2  =  7' 02  as  to  the  hydrocarbons. 
He  showed  three  fractions  obtained  by  the  distillation  of 
the  crude  hydrocarbons  contained  in  distilled  wool-grease, 
the  specific  gravity  of  which  was  respectively  0-851,  0-918, 
0-92.  Admixture  of  resin  oils  would,  he  remarked,  be  shown 
by  the  high  specific  gravity  of  these  distillates.  The 
polariscope  could  not  be  used  as  the  hydrocarbons  obtained 
from  cholesterins  are  optically  active,  and  would  contain 
cholesterin  as  shown.  In  answer  to  Mr.  Fairley,  he  said 
that  superheated  steam  does  not  act  as  so  much  water 
would  do,  but  simply  as  a  vehicle  to  convey  the  products 
out  of  the  still  as  quickly  as  possible.  Replying  to 
Mr.  Kiehardson,  Dr.  Lewkowitsch  suggested  that  the  oil 
used  on  "  tops  "  may  have  been  adulterated  with  linseed 
oil,  which,  as  is  well  known,  contains  a  series  of  acids  from 
ClsH)60.,  to  C13H30O2,  the  least  saturated  of  which 
(Ci8H3jO2=C1gH30Oj)  easily  take  up  O. 

Mr.  KiChardson  explained  that  he  had  been  unable  to 
find  any  linoleic  acid  in  the  oil. 

Dr.  Lewkowitsch,  speaking  of  the  "acetyl  values," 
remarked  that  acetic  anhydride,  as  he  had  shown  receutty, 
acted  on  normal  fatty  acids,  forming  anhydrides,  e.g. 
(Ci6HaiCO)sO  which  is  not  attacked  easily  by  aqueous 
caustic  soda,  and  not  hydrolysed  completely  by  it ;  on  the 
Othei  hand,  acids  of  a  constitution  similar  to — 
C16H3u(OH).COOH 

take  up  one  (C2H;)0)  group,  and  the  saponification  value 
comes  out  twice  as  great  as  that  of  the  original  acid. 

With  regard  to  bloom,  he  had  not  noticed  it  on  animal 
oils,  but  it  was  shown  by  the  hydrocarbons  under  dis- 
cussion. 

He  further  stated  that  the  substances  obtained  from 
recovered  grease  should  not  be  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
household  soaps,  but  are  said  to  do  for  milling  soaps. 

The  pitch  left  behind  in  the  retort  is  valuable  for  greasing 
the  necks  of  hot  rollers. 


<§lasgoto  aift  £>cotttsf)  £>ecttoin 


Chairman :  E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 
Vice-Chairman:  A.  Crum  Brown. 


J.  Christie. 
W.  J.  A.  Donald. 
D.  B.  Dott.      • 
C.  J.  Ellis. 
C.  A.  Fawsitt. 
Wra.  Foulis. 
J.  Gibson. 
It.  A.  Inglis. 


Committee : 

It.  Irvine. 
J.  Falconer  King. 
G.  McRoberts. 
T.  P.  Miller. 
J.  Pattison. 
J.  B.  Reatlinan. 
E.  Smith. 
It.  R.  Tatlock. 


Hon.  Treasurer:  W.  J.Chrystal. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary  .- 
Dr.  G.  G.  Henderson,  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  of  Glasgow. 


Notices  ol  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  bo 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


SESSION  1801-5)2. 


March  1st  (Glasgow)  :— 
Mr.  G.  Watson,  jun.     "The  Preparation  of  Pure  Phosphoric 

Acid  from  Phosphate  of  Soda." 
Mr.  W.  J.  A.  Donald.    "  On  Bauxite." 

April  oth  (Glasgow)  :— 
Mr.  C.  A.  Fawsitt.    "  The  '  Dry  Heat '  Vulcanisation  of  Rubber 
with  Special  Refcrenco  to  the  Uso  of  an  improved  Vulcaniser." 


<®bitmrj>. 


THOMAS  W.  B.  MUMFOKD. 

It  is  with  regret  that  we  have  to  announce  the  death 
of  Mr.  Thomas  W.  B.  Mumford,  Honorary  Secretary 
of  the  London  Section  of  the  Society. 

Early  in  life  he  entered  the  employment  of  Messrs. 
James  Gibbs  and  Co.,  vitriol  and  manure  manufac- 
turers, in  a  comparatively  humble  position,  and  by  his 
skill,  energy,  and  perseverance,  rapidly  rose  in  the 
estimation  of  the  firm,  and  was  appointed  manager 
of  their  Plymouth  works,  and  at  a  later  date  held  the 
same  position  at  their  principal  works  in  London.  He 
joined  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry  in  1883,  and 
succeeded  Mr.  Tyrer  as  secretary  of  the  London  Section 
in  1890,  on  the  elevation  of  the  latter  to  the  Chair.  He 
was  the  author  of  various  improvements  in  his  own 
branch  of  manufacture,  particularly  in  the  construction  of 
roller-mills  for  phosphates,  and  was  joint  inventor  with 
his  colleague,  Mr.  Moodie,  of  the  now  well-known 
Separator.  He  discharged  his  secretarial  duties  in  an 
admirable  manner,  and  was  universally  esteemed  by  all 
who  knew  him,  not  only  for  his  high  intellectual  and 
moral  qualities,  but  also  for  his  kindness  of  heart  and 
readiness  to  serve  others,  which  endeared  him  to  all  and 
rendered  his  early  death  so  much  to  be  deplored.  He 
was  taken  ill  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting  in  Dublin  in 
July  last  year,  and  soon  afterwards  symptoms  of  con- 
sumption declared  themselves.  A  visit  to  Bournemouth 
failed  to  effect  any  improvement,  and  upon  his  return  he 
took  to  his  bed. 

He  died  on  26th  December  1891,  in  the  47th  year  of 
his  age,  leaving  a  wife  and  two  children  to  mourn  his 
loss. 


146 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1S92. 


CHARLES  HEISCH. 

MEMBER    OF    THE    SOCIETT    OF    CHEMICAL    INDUSTRY. 

THE    CITY    GAS     EXAMINER  j    ALSO     PAST     PRESIDENT    OF 

THE    SOCIETY    OF    PUBLIC    ANALYSTS. 

Charles  Heisch  was  born  at  Blackheath,  Kent,  on 
the  2nd  August  1820,  and  was  the  youngest  son  of  the 
late  Frederick  Heisch,  of  Messrs.  Cox,  Ileiseh,  and  Co., 
America  Square,  Loudon.  Even  in  boyhood  he  was 
distinguished  by  his  partiality  for  chemical  studies,  and 
was  clever  in  constructing  scientific  apparatus  and  models. 
This  led  to  his  being  placed  with  Mr.  Richard  Phillips, 
wlto  was  then  occupying  temporary  premises  at  Craig's 
Court,  Charing  Cross,  during  the  construction  of  his 
laboratory  and  lecture  room  in  the  Museum  of  Economic 
Geology,  Jermyu  Street.  In  1842,  Heisch  became  assis- 
tant to  Dr.  Leeson  at  St.  Thomas's  Hospital,  and  whilst 
here  made  chemical  analyses  of  the  large  number  of  calculi 
forming  the  collection  in  the  Anatomical  Museum.  Six 
years  later,  in  1  848,  he  was  elected  joint  Lecturer  on 
Chemistry  with  Mr.  Thomas  Taylor  at  the  Middlesex 
Hospital,  a  post  which  he  retained  for  upwards  of  20 
years.  Meanwhile,  in  1868,  he  was  appointed  Superin- 
tending Gas  Examiner  to  the  Corporation  of  Loudon, 
the  duties  of  which  office  he  continued  to  fulfil  almost  up 
to  the  time  of  his  death  on  the  2nd  January  last. 

Mr.  Heisch  attended  the  Jubilee  Meeting  of  the 
Chemical  Society  in  May  last,  and  was  publicly  referred 
to  as  being  one  of  the  three  or  four  survivors  who  took 
part  in  the  original  formation  of  that  Society  in  March 
1 84 1 .  He  was,  besides,  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Society 
of  Public  Analysts,  and  for  some  years  Secretary, 
becoming  President,  as  stated,  in  1881 — 82.  He 
likewise  took  an  active  part  in  the  formation  of  the 
Photographic  Society,  and  has  been  for  many  years  a 
member  of  this  Society.  His  most  important  con- 
tribution to  chemical  science  was  the  "  Sugar  Test"  for 
determining  the  quality  of  potable  waters  (Chem.  Soc. 
Jour.  1870,  Vol.  XXIII.,  371.)  This,  with  other 
papers  in  the  Journal  of  Gas  Lighting,  the  Analyst,  and 
Chemical  News,  besides  sundry  researches  in  photo- 
graphic practice,  such  as  the  accurate  rendering  of 
coloured  objects  by  means  of  bromized  collodion,  and 
improvements  in  apparatus,  make  up  the  sum  of 
Mr.  Heiseh's  experimental  record.  He  married  somewhat 
late  in  life,  and  leaves  a  widow,  besides  many  private 
friends,  to  mourn  his  loss. 


WILLIAM  D1TTMAR,  LL.D..  F.R.S. 

FORMERLY   VICE-CHAIRMAN    OF    THE    GLASGOW    AND 

SCOTTISH    SECTION    OF   THE    SOCIETY 

OF    CHEMICAL   INDUSTRV. 

PROFESSOR    OF    CHEMISTRY    IN   THE    GLASGOW    AND 

WEST    OF   SCOTLAND    TECHNICAL    COLLEGE. 

It  is  with  deep  regret  that  we  have  to  announce  the 
death  of  Professor  Dittmar,  of  the  Glasgow  and  West  of 
Scotland  Technical  College.  Although  for  the  past  few 
weeks  he  had  not  been  quite  well,  no  symptoms  of  a 
serious  kind  presented  themselves  so  as  to  interfere  with 
the  discharge  of  his  duties  or  to  cause  anxiety  to  his 
friends.  On  Tuesday  forenoon  he  delivered  his  lecture 
as  usual,  although  a  want  of  readiness  was  noticeable. 
In  the  earlier  part  of  the  afternoon  he  returned  Ik. me, 
and,  while  evidently  out  of  sorts,  it  was  only  after  four 
o'clock  that  it  seemed  needful  to  ask  medical  advice.  He 
passed  away  shortly  before  midnight.  It  is  satisfactory 
to  know  that  he  was  spared  pain,  and  complained  merely 
of  a  feeling  of  uneasiness.  The  immediate  cause  of  death 
wasa  failure  of  the  nerve  centre  regulating  the  breathing, 
and  there  was  a  slight  cerebral  hemorrhage. 


Since  the  year  1874,  when  he  was  appointed,  on  Pro- 
fessoTThorpe's'resignation,  to  the  Chair  of  Chemistry  in 
the  Anderson's  College,  the  striking  personality  and  the 
high  repute  of  Dr.  Dittmar  have  been  well  known  to  the 
Glasgow  public.  He  was  called  to  occupy  a  chair 
deriving  its  prestige  from  the  names  and  work  of 
Graham,  Ure,  and  Penny,  and  the  success  with  which 
Professor  Dittmar  discharged  his  academic  duties,  while 
extending  the  domain  of  his  science,  proves  that  his  pre- 
sence and  work  shed  an  additional  lustre  on  -the  chair 
and  college,  already  illustrious  through  these  names. 
During  his  17  years  of  work  here,  Professor  Dittmar  has 
made  his  laboratory  second  to  none  perhaps  in  Great 
Britain  as  a  training  school  of  young  men  devoted  to 
chemistrv  as  a  profession.  Erom  comparatively  small 
numbers  in  the  earlier  years,  the  laboratory  roll  has 
risen  to  on  an  average  over  50.  The  reason  was  not 
far  to  seek.  Professor  Dittmar  was  a  man  of  admittedly 
profound  knowledge,  standing  in  the  front  rink  of 
chemists  both  as  a  theorist  and  a  practical  analyst,  an 
enthusiast  gifted,  strange  as  that  may  seem  to  be,  with 
an  indomitable  scientific  pertinacity  and  a  far-reaching 
speculative  power,  brought  into  harmony  and  rendered 
practically  effective  by  a  clear  conception  of  the  value  of 
routine.  Above  all,  he  had  the  mark  of  every  great 
teacher — the  power  of  drawing  to  himself  the  hearts  of 
his  students,  and  of  controlling  and  stimulating  in  them 
the  aspirations  which  his  instruction  engendered. 

Professor  William  Dittmar,  LL.D,  F.R.S..  L.  and  E., 
was  born  at  Umstadt,  near  Darmstadt,  Germany,  in  the 
year  1833,  and  adds  one  more  name  to  the  list  of 
distinguished  chemists,  embracing  Liebig,  Strecker, 
Kekule,  and  Schorlemmer,  who  have  made  the  latter 
town  famous.  Intending  at  first  to  follow  the  pharma- 
ceutic profession,  he  fortunately  changed  his  mind,  and 
entered  in  1807  the  laboratory  of  the  celebrated  Bunsen, 
who,  discerning  the  promise  of  his  student,  offered  to 
Dittmar  an  assistantship.  In  this  capacity  it  was  that 
Professor  Sir  Henry  Roscoe  m^de  his  acquaintance,  and 
he,  too,  impressed  by  Dittmar's  rare  powers,  invited  him 
to  become  his  private  assistant.  After  Roscoe's  appoint- 
ment to  the  Chair  of  Chemistry  in  Owens  College, 
Mr.  Dittmar  accompanied  him  thither,  and  only  left 
Manchester  to  become  in  1861  Dr.  Lyon  Play-fair's  chief 
laboratory  assistant.  In  1869  he  returned  to  Germany, 
and  during  ihe  next  three  years  acted  as  a  "  Privat 
Docent  "  and  lecturer  on  meteorology  at  Poppelsdorff. 
Though  offered  a  chair  in  Cassel  he  preferred  to  return 
to  Scotland  in  1872  to  hold  under  Professor  Cruni  Brown 
the  same  post  that  he  had  held  under  Sir  Lyon  Playfair. 
It  is  pleasing  to  think  that  this  led  to  a  deep  and  lifelong 
friendship  based  upon  the  excellence  of  heart,  frank  and 
genial  bearing,  and  high-souled  integrity  of  both  him 
who  is  left  and  him  who  is  gone.  It  is  hard  to  tell 
which  entertained  the  higher  opinion  of  the  other's  nature 
and  scientific  power.  One  thing  is  certain  that  Professor 
Dittmar  was  habitually  called  in  to  co-operate  by 
authorities  such  as  Cram  Brown  and  Dewar  as  a  fellow- 
expert  whose  opinion  was,  to  men  of  science  at  least, 
absolute.  On  being  offered  the  newly-instituted  Chair 
of  Practical  Chemistry  in  Owens  College,  he  removed 
to  Manchester,  only  to  return  after  a  brief  period  to 
Scotland.  The  trustees  of  the  Anderson's  College  here 
did  honour  to  their  own  judgment  and  a  lasting  benefit  to 
chemical  science  in  Scotland  in  recognising  the  claims  of 
William  Dittmar  to  a  chair  such  as  they  had  to  offer. 
To  the  transcendent  ability  of  Professor  Dittmar  the 
governors  who  elected  him  and  their  successors  have 
never  been  blind.  So  perfectly,  indeed,  has  he  performed 
his  functions,  and  furthered  the  interests  of  his  college, 
that,  though  his  ideal  of  his  sphere  was  by  many  felt  to 
be  almost  impracticably  high,  there  must  be  in  all  the 
conviction  that  it  will  be  very  difficult  soou  to  make 
good  his  loss. 

The  labours  of  Professor  Dittmar  are,  in  their  abstruse- 
ness,  thoroughness,  and  extent,  incapable  of  being  either 
duly  detailed  here  or  adequately  valued  by  anyone  not 
himself   an    expert   in    physics    and   chemistry.     As   a 


Feb.  29,  i89i]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


147 


lecturer  we  knew  him  and  admired  his  natural,  spon- 
taneous, clear  way  of  conveying  his  ideas.  As  a 
laboratory  teacher  it  was  impossible  not  to  he  impressed 
by  the  light  value  in  which  he  held  labour  so  long  as 
truth  and  accuracy  might  be  attained,  nor  to  be  almost 
taken  aback  by  his  enormous  fertility  of  resource. 
Even  as  a  practical  analyst  commercial  men  knew 
his  worth.  But  his  work  as  a  scientist  must  be 
left  to  time  to  estimate.  One  thing  is  certain, 
critics  arc  united  in  recognising  the  thoroughness,  great 
variety,  and  true  scientific  worth  of  all  he  has  done.  It 
is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  honours  which  have  fallen 
to  him  of  late  years,  and  the  crowning  honour  of  the 
Graham  medal,  conferred  on  him  for  his  laborious, 
difficult,  and  successful  investigation  of  the  "  Gravimetric 
composition  of  water,"  are  only  first  hints  of  the  recog- 
nition of  his  great  scientific  services.  It  is  only  necessary 
to  mention  here  two  of  his  more  generally  known  original 
contributions,  and  which,  like  the  whole  of  his  extensive 
scientific  work,  show  that  striking  originality  and  character 
that  were  peculiarly  his  own.  The  contribution  which  is 
probably  best  known  to  the  ordinary  non-scientific  world 
comprised  the  incessant  and  painstaking  work  of  three 
years,  namely,  that  in  connection  with  the  "Challenger" 
expedition  of  1873-76.  His  work  and  publications 
on  the  chemical  balance  are  known  to  every  scientist, 
and  he  was  universally  recognised  as  one  of  the  highest 
authorities  on  this  as  on  many  other  subjects.  He  also 
wrote  numerous  and  voluminous  articles  in  all  the  best 
known  cyclopaedias  of  Britain  and  the  Continent,  and 
was  a  constant  contributor  to  some  of  the  most  famous 
Continental  scientific  periodicals. 

As  a  man,  it  is  impossible  to  speak  too  highly  of 
Professor  Dittmar.  Widely  cultivated,  simple  in  his 
tastes,  unaffected  in  his  manners,  genial  even  to  jocularity, 
he  was  one  who  readily  endeared  himself  to  all  with 
whom  he  came  in  contact.  But  he  was  also  a  man  of 
thorough  uprightness,  who  persisted  without  flinching  in 
what  he  thought  was  right,  and  who,  generous  in  his 
antagonism,  might  find  opponents  but  could  leave  no 
enemies.  By  his  family,  his  students,  and  his  many 
friends  his  loss  is  deeply  felt,  for  it  was  impossible  to 
find  one  more  domestic  in  his  affections,  one  more  able 
and  willing  to  advise  and  aid,  or  one  in  whom  the  light 
of  friendship  shone  with  greater  steadiness  and  purity. 


3ournaJ  anlj  patent*  iliftrature* 


Class.  Page. 

I. — General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery 147 

1 1.— Fuel,  Gas,  and  Light 149 

III.— Destructive  Distillation,  Tar  Products,  &c 150 

IV7.— Colouring  Matters  and  Dyes  153 

V.— Textiles :  Cotton,  Wool,  Silk,  &c 158 

VI.— Dyeing,   Calien   Printing,    Paper    Staining,   and 

Bleaching 158 

VII.— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 161 

VIII.— Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware 102 

IX.— Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars,  and  Cements . .  163 

X.— Metallurgy 165 

XI.— Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy  168 

XII.— Fats,  Oils,  and  Soap  Manufacture 169 

XIII.— Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 
Rubber,  &c 170 

XI V.— Tanning,  Leather,  Glue,  and  Size 171 

XV.— Manures,  &c 171 

XVI.— Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  &c — 

XVII.— Brewing,  Wines,  Spirits,  4c 171 

XVIII.— Chemistry   of   Foods,   Sanitary   Chemistry,    and 

Disinfectants 172 

XIX.— Paper,  Pasteboard,  &e 174 

XX. — Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids,  Essences,  and  Extracts  176 

XXI. — Photographic  Materials  and  Processes 179 

XXII.— Eiplosives,  Matches,  &c 179 

XXIII— Analytical  Chemistry LSI 


I.-G-ENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 

A  New  Syphon     F.  Konther.     Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 15    1126. 
See  under  XXIII.,  page  181. 


PATEXTS. 


A  Crusher  and  Pulveriser.     W.  C.  Morison,  Plymouth. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,945,  September  22,  1890.     8d. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  an  upright  stationary  vessel 
having  a  hemispherically-shaped  bottom,  with  sides  inclining 
outwards,  and  having  a  circular  hole  in  the  bottom  corre- 
sponding with  a  circular  hole  formed  in  the  central  portion 
of  a  hemispherically-shaped  cast-iron  "  piece,"  upon  which 
it  fits  and  works.  The  sides  of  this  "  solid  piece,"  are  also 
inclined  outwards.  The  material  to  be  operated  upon  is 
broken  between  the  "  solid  piece  "  and  the  sides  of  the 
vessel,  and  when  crushed  sufficiently  small,  drops  into  the 
gradually  diminishing  space  between  the  sides  of  the  "  solid 
piece  "  and  the  vessel,  until  it  reaches  the  lower  end,  where 
it  is  subjected  to  a  further  grinding  action,  and  is  finally 
discharged  through  the  hole  in  the  bottom.  The  incline  of 
the  solid  piece  can  be  regulated  at  pleasure.  This  piece  is 
prevented  from  rising  during  the  crushing  of  the  material 
by  the  upper  portion  of  the  revolving  shaft  working  against 
discs  placed  in  a  rigid  frame,  thus  resisting  the  upward 
pressure.  The  "  solid  piece  "  is  covered  and  the  sides  of 
the  vessel  are  suitably  lined  with  hard  metal.— E.  8. 


Improved  Filter  for  Oils,  Lubricants,  and  other  Fluids. 
W.   H.    VVillcox,   London.     Eng.  Pat.  101,  January  2, 


1891.     Co1. 


See  under  XII.,  page  169. 


Improvements  in  Multiple  Effect  Evaporating  Apparatus. 
A.  Chapman,  Liverpool.  Eng.  Pat.  1194,  January  22, 
1891.     Srf. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  an  improvement  of 
"  Yaryan "  triple  effect  apparatus.  Owing  mostly  to  the 
employment  of  long  tubular  worms,  the  pipes  get  readily 
furred  and  filled  with  deposit  when  treating  certain  liquors, 
unless  they  are  blown  out  and  cleaned  once  or  twice  a 
day.  This  reduces  the  quantity  of  work  done  as  well  as 
the  density  of  the  concentrated  liquor,  and  the  difficulty  is 
sought  to  be  overcome  by  the  addition  of  a  vertical  tubular 
evaporating  vessel  as  shown  in  the  arrangement  illustrated. 
a  b  c  represent  three  vessels  of  a  triple  effect  apparatus  ; 
rf  is  the  additional  vessel  containing  vertical  tubes  passing 
through  a  steam  drum  ;  e  vapour  pipe  from  the  last  vessel  c 
of  the  "Yaryan"  apparatus  leading  to  the  steam  space  of 
drum  rf.      The   inverted  syphon  /  removes  the  condensed 


•  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post,  by 
remitting  the  cost  price,  plus  postage,  to  Mr.  H.  Reader  Lack, 
Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  Southampton  Buildings,  Chancery 
Lane,  London.  W.C.  The  amount  of  postage  may  be  calculated  as 
follows : — 

If  the  price  does  not  exceed  Srf \d. 

Above  8cZ.,  and  not  exceeding  ls.&d Id. 

„      Is.  6d.,      „  „         2s.  id.. lid. 

„      2s.4r/„      „  „         3s.  id 2d. 


148 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


water  from  c,  and  syphon  g  conducts  the  partially  concen- 
trated liquor  to  the  lower  end  of  the  vertical  tubes  in  the 
vessel  d,  after  passing  which  it  overflows  through.  I  and  is 


taken  away  by  the  pump  m.      The  vapour  passes  through 
the  pipe  h  into  the  condenser  i  and  air-pump  h. 
There  are  two  claims. — B. 


Improved  Oil  Filter.  C.  K.  Masterman  and  "  Woodhouse 
and  Kawson  United  Limited,"  London.  Eug.  Tat.  1976, 
February  3,  1891.     id. 

See  under  XII.,  page  169. 


An  Improved  Evaporator  and  Surface  Condenser  for  Pro- 
ducing Pure  Distilled  Water.  \V.  P.  Cotton,  London, 
and  E.  L.  Garrett,  VVaUington.  Eng.  Pat.  2141,  February 
5,  1891.     $d. 

Is  this  apparatus  the  water  is  evaporated  by  means  of  steam 
and  is  afterwards  condensed.  Within  a  vertical  chamber 
two  series  of  tubes  are  arranged  surrounded  by  cold  water 
admitted  .at  the  lower  part  of  the  chamber.  Steam  admitted 
to  the  upper  series  of  tubes  heats  the  water  surrounding 
them,  and  the  steam  formed  rises  to  the  upper  part  of  the 
chamber,  and  passing  down  pipes  to  the  lower  series  of 
tubes  is  condensed  by  the  cold  water  surrounding  them, 
flowing  away  through  a  pipe  to  any  suitable  receptacle. 

— E.  S. 


An  Improved  Apparutus  for  Distilling  U'arer  and  other 
Liquids.  W.  T.  ( lotton,  London,  and  E.  L.  Garrett, 
Wallington.     Eng.  Pat.  2142,  February  5,  1891.     6d. 

This  invention  is  a  modification  of  Eng.  Pat.  2141  of  1891 
(see  preceding  abstract).  Two  suitably  shaped  vessels  are 
each  divided  into  two  chambers  by  plates,  from  which  are 
suspended,  in  the  chamber  below,  a  number  of  tubes,  open 
at  the  top  but  closed  at  the  bottom.  Between  the  two 
vessels  is  a  cistern  supplying  water.  A  pipe  from  the 
bottom  of  the  cistern  conveys  the  water  to  the  upper 
chamber  of  one  vessel,  and  to  the  tubes  beneath,  and  over- 
flows through  a  pipe  in  the  lower  part  of  the  upper  chamber 
into  the  upper  chamber  and  tubes  of  the  second  vessel. 
Beneath   these  latter   tubes   an    atmospheric  gas  burner  is 


placed ;  this  heats  the  water  and  the  steam  rises  into  the 
upper  chamber  and  passes  by  a  pipe  to  the  space  beneath 
the  tubes  in  the  first-named  vessel,  and  being  condensed 
falls  into  the  space  beneath  them,  whence  the  distilled  water 
is  conducted  to  any  suitable  receptacle. — E.  S. 


Improvements  in  Couplings  for  Glais  Tubes  or  for  Tubes 
Lined  with  Glass.  I).  Rylands,  Stairfoot,  and  R.  Morant, 
Barnsley.     Eng.  Pat.  3172,  February  21,  1891.     6rf. 

See  under  VIII.,  page  162. 


Improvements  in  or  Connected  ivith  Vacuum  Distillatory 
Apparatus.  E.  Luck,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  3955,  March  5, 
1891.     6d. 

The  patentee's  aim  is  to  withdraw  the  spent  or  exhausted 
liquor  from  an  ordinary  vacuum  still  without  destroying  the 
vacuum,  thereby  enabling  the  process  to  be  carried  on 
continuously.  For  this  purpose  he  connects  to  the  lower 
part  of  the  still  when  required,  either  a  pump,  or  a  descending 
tube  of  such  length  as  to  enable  the  liquor  therein  to  balance 
the  atmospheric  pressure. 

The  claim  is  illustrated  by  one  drawing. — B. 


Improvements  in  Machinery  or  Apparatus  for  Producing 
Cold  by  the  Employment  of  Carbonic  Anhydride. 
E.  Hesketh  and  A.  Manet,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  12,409, 
July  22,  1891.      %d. 

The  patentees  claim  : — (1.)  An  arrangement  of  compound 
engine  with  cylinders  fixed  tandem  fashion,  and  two  com- 
pressing cylinders  attached  capable  of  being  thrown  out  of 
gear  separately,  and  the  whole  power  of  the  engine  applied 
to  one  of  the  compressors.  (2.')  An  arrangement  of  con- 
densing pipes  in  the  foundation  plate.  (3.)  and  (4.)  Passing 
the  cold  carbonic  acid  gas  through  passages  cast  on  the 
compression  cylinders  for  keeping  them  cool. 

For  details  the  specification  and  three  sheets  of  drawings 
should  be  consulted. — B. 


Improvements  in  Machinery  or  Apparatus  for  Producing 
Cold  by  the  Employment  of  Carbonic  Anhydride. 
E.  Hesketh  and  A.  llarcet,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  12,676, 
July  25,  1891.      11</. 

To  avoid  dangerous  over-pressure  in  the  passage  between 
the  compressor  and  condenser  of  such  apparatus,  when  the 
screw-down  valve  has  been  inadvertently  closed,  the  patentees 
introduce  a  thin  plate  of  copper  or  other  material  calculated 
to  burst  when  a  certain  pressure  has  been  exceeded,  and 
they  further  add  a  safety  valve  in  some  cases  outside  the 
relief  plate,  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  the  escape  of 
the  whole  of  the  gas  after  the  plate  has  burst.  The  patent 
also  covers  a  provision  for  separating  any  lubricant  from 
the  carbonic  anhydride  after  leaving  the  compressor,  and 
arrangements  for  facilitating  the  cleaning  of  the  exterior  of 
the  refrigerator  pipes  by  constructing  the  outer  tank  in  parts 
for  easy  removal.  When  used  for  the  production  of  ice  the 
pipes  are  placed  close  together  so  as  to  touch,  with  a  view  ,o 
separate  the  ice  coating  into  two  parts  as  it  is  being  formed 
on  the  circumference  of  the  pipes,  thereby  enabling  its  easy 
disconnection. 

Cross  partitions  or  walls  of  wood  may  be  fitted  to  the 
pipes  for  further  subdivision  of  the  blocks. 

There  are  seven  claims  and  three  sheets  of  drawings. — B. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Automatic  Control  of 
Sulphuric  Acid  Supply  to  Carbonic  Acid  Generators 
used  in  Aerated  Water  Manufacture  and  other  I?idus- 
tries.  H.  C.  Cox,  Oltou.  Eng.  Pat,  17,034,  October  7, 
1891.     6rf. 

See  under  VII.,  page  162. 


Feb.  20, 1892.]         THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


149 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  Centrifugal  Separators  for 
Granular  Substances.  H.  Pape  and  W.  Henneberg, 
Hamburg,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  19,694,  November  13, 
1891.     6<i. 

The  object  of  this  inveution  is  to  arrange  the  shaft  or 
spindle  carrying  the  distributing  disc,  in  a  continuous 
working  centrifugal  separator,  in  such  a  manner  that  all 
the  bearings  requiring  lubrication  are  situated  above  the 
disc  and  cover  of  the  machine,  whilst  also  securing  a 
central  receiving  cavity  under  the  distributing  disc.  To 
effect  this,  the  spindle  carrying  the  disc,  and  the  framework 
are  supported  on  the  cover  of  the  receiving  chamber.  The 
materials  are  brought  to  the  disc  through  a  pipe  from  a 
suitable  hopper,  and  are  prevented  from  touching  the 
spindle  by  a  sleeve  extending  centrally  within  the  pipe,  and 
surrounding  the  central  spindle,  and  are  distributed  iuto  a 
series  of  concentric  receivers,  the  heavier  materials  being 
thrown  on  to  the  outer  receivers,  and  the  lighter  particles 
on  to  the  inner  receivers,  the  lightest  of  all  falling  into  a 
central  cavity  below  the  disc,  whence  they  may  be 
continuously  removed. — E.  S. 


An  Improved  Tool  for  Cutting  Glass  Tubes.  A.  W. 
Chesterton,  Boston,  U.S.A.  Eug.  Pat.  20,211,  November 
20,  1891.     lid. 

See  under  VIII.,  page  163. 


II.-FUEL,  QAS.  AND  LiaHT. 

Petroleum  and  Asphalt  at  Palena,  in  Vayta.  Analogy 
between  Salt  and  Coal  Deposits.  C.  Ochsenius.  C'hem. 
Zeit.  1891, 15,  1866—1867. 

See  under  III.,  next  page. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Manufacture  of  Incandescent  Bodies  for 
Incandescent  Gas  Lamps.  L.  Haitinger,  Klosterneuberg, 
Austria.     Eng.  Pat.  586,  January  12,  1891.     6d. 

A  suitable  refractory  material  for  incandescent  gas  lights 
is  made  by  mixing  alumina  with  a  small  proportion  of 
chromium  oxide,  and  heating  the  mixture  for  some  time  at 
a  high  degree  of  incandescence.  The  chromium  oxide  may 
be  partly  or  wholly  replaced  by  manganese  oxide,  and  either 
magnesia  or  zirconium  oxide  or  lime  may  be  substituted  for 
part  or  all  the  alumina.  Salts  may  be  employed  instead  of 
oxides.  Fixed  acids  or  alkalis  in  small  quantities  are  not 
prejudicial. — D.  A.  L. 


A  New  Fuel.    A.  L.  Keller,  London.      Eng.  Pat.  1237, 

January,  23,  1891.     id. 
Natural  or  compressed  peat,  which  may  be  mixed  with 
sawdust  or  coal-dust,  is  taken  and  moulded  into  bricks  or 
left   in   its   natural   form.     Any   other   suitable   absorbing 
material  may  be  used. 

The  material  after  drying  is  immersed  in  a  suitable  bath 
of  hydrocarbons  heated  to  120°  to  150'  C.  The  refuse  of 
petroleum  or  of  shale  oils  or  gas- tar  may  be  used  alone 
or  combined  with  resins,  naphthalene,  or  other  cheap  solid 
hydrocarbons. 

About  70  per  cent,  of  the  original  weight  of  the  weighed 
peat  can  be  absorbed.  After  drying  it  is  ready  for  use  as 
fuel.— D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  or  connected  with  the  Manufacture  of 
Illuminating  and  Heating  Gases.  J.  H.  R.  Dinsmore, 
Liverpool.     Eng.  Pat.  2948,  February  18,  1891.     8<f. 

A  hydrocarbon  liquid,  such  as  tar,  and  ordinary  coal-gas 
or  water-gas,  are  passed  into  an  ordinary  gas  retort  heated 
in  the  usual  manner  ;  in  this  way  a  gas  of  high  illuminating 
power  is  produced  in  large  quantities.  The  mixed  vapours 
and  gases  immediately  pass  downwards  through  a  vertical 
pipe  which  dips  under  water,  and  which  is  kept  cool  by  a 
water-jacket ;  the  object  of  this  arrangement  is  to  prevent 
the  choking  of  the  retort  outlet  and  to  condense  the  unfixed 
tarry  vapours  and  arrest  any  solid  particles,  so  that  the 
other  pipes  will  not  get  stopped  up. 

The  tar  or  other  liquid  may  be  simply  dropped  on  to  the 
floor  of  the  retort  through  a  sealed  pipe,  or  forced  in  by 
the  usual  devices. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  and  Storage  of 
Illuminating  and  Heating  Gas.  H.  Fourness, 
Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  15,469,  September  12,  1891. 
8<i. 

This  invention  consists  chiefly  in  passing  water-gas 
combined  with  that  from  heavy  oil  through  an  additional 
retort  or  fixing  chamber,  which  is  heated  by  the  producer- 
gas  formed  in  heating  up  the  producer  ;  in  this  chamber  the 
gas  is  further  enriched  by  the  vaporisation  of  light  oil 
which  is  admitted  into  the  chamber.  The  inventor  claims 
that  by  means  of  this  fixing  chamber,  the  gas,  besides  being 
enriched,  is  rendered  more  stable  and  so  may  be  carried 
distances  or  stored  for  considerable  periods  without 
condensation  taking  place.  Further,  that  in  the  formation 
of  the  water-gas,  when  the  coke  is  getting  cool,  in  order  to 
prevent  the  formation  of  explosive  mixtures  on  the  admission 
of  air  to  reheat  the  producer,  the  supply  of  oil  is  shut  off 
and  steam  blown  through  for  some  time,  thus  clearing  the 
retorts  somewhat  as  well  as  removing  explosive  gases.  The 
inventor  also  claims  the  mixing  of  water-gas  and  oil-gas  in 
a  gas-holder  provided  with  an  index,  by  which  the  proportions 
of  the  gases  may  be  ascertained  and  regulated. — J.  C.  C. 


Improved  Arrangement  of  Coke  Ovens  and  Retorts  for  the 
Manufacture  of  Coke  and  Illuminating  Gas.  W.  Cres- 
wick,  Wakefield.    Eng.  Pat.  17,222,  October  9,  1891.     llrf. 

See  under  III.,  page  152. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Manufacturing  Gas. 
A.  Kitson,  Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  17,557, 
October  14,  1891.   8d. 

This  invention  consists  of  a  somewhat  complicated  furnace 
for  producing  fuel  gas  for  domestic  heating,  &c.  Steam  and 
air  are  passed  downwards  through  the  heated  fuel,  aud  the 
gases  are  conducted  away  through  the  perforated  hearth 
aud  ash-pit.  The  furnace  is  slightly  conical  to  allow  the 
contents  to  fall  easily ;  the  hearth,  which  has  a  ring  of 
vertical  bars,  is  perforated,  and  has  both  a  rotary  and  up- 
and-down  motion  on  a  hollow  shaft  which  serves  as  the  gas 
pipe.  Near  the  bottom  of  this  is  the  horizontal  take-off 
pipe,  the  lower  part  of  the  hollow  shaft  serves  as  the  ash- 
pit, and  this  communicates  with  a  second  chamber  sealed 
with  water,  into  which  the  ash  is  dumped  without  escape  of 
gas.  By  means  of  the  moveable  hearth  the  fuel  is  stirred, 
caking  prevented,  and  ash  removed.  Around  the  furnace 
body  there  are  two  sets  of  coils,  in  the  lower  of  which 
steam  is  generated  and  passes  iuto  a  chamber,  where  if 
necessary  it  can  be  charged  with  oil ;  then  it  is  superheated 
in  the  second  coil  aud  is  injected  with  air  into  the  top  of  the 
furnace,  the  air  being  also  heated  by  having  circulated 
round  an  annular  space  round  the  furnace. — J.  C.  C. 


l.V) 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  iO,  1892. 


III-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION, 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 


TAB 


The  Distillation   of    Coal.      P.    Mihler.      Compt.  Rend. 
1891,113,  862—864. 

The  products  of  distillation  of  the  Comnientry  coal  were 
collected  and  weighed,  and  their  calorific  power  determined 
by  means  of  an  apparatus  of  Bertheloi.  It  was  found  that 
the  calorific  power  of  the  products  was  96  ■  5  per  cent,  that 
of  the  coal  put  into  the  retort.  A  real  loss  of  calorific 
power,  but  a  relatively  small  one,  accompanies  the  process 
of  the  destructive  distillation  of  coal. — V.  C. 


Petroleum  and  Asphalt  at  Palena,  in  Payta.  Analogy 
between  Salt  and  Coal  Deposits  C.  Ochsenius.  Chem. 
Zeit.  1891, 15,  1866—1867. 

The  occurrence  of  petroleum  on  the  coast  of  Peru  between 
Payta  and  Tumbez  has  been  known  for  a  considerable 
time.  The  exploration  has  been  largely  in  the  hands  of  an 
English  compan}',  and  about  one-fourth  of  the  territory  for 
which  a  concession  was  granted  has  been  found  productive. 
The  oil  does  not  flow  with  sufficient  force  to  rise 
spontaneously  from  the  wells,  and  has  to  be  pumped  out. 
In  the  valley  of  Tucigal  about  4-7  kilometres  from  the 
coast,  there  are  28  wells  varying  in  depth  from  45  to 
240  metres,  the  total  daily  output  of  which  varies  from 
1,000  to  2,000  barrels.  The  crude  oil  from  Zorritos  has, 
according  to  J.  Salathe,  a  specific  gravity  of  0-868,  and  an 
ultimate  composition  of  84"  9  per  cent,  of  carbon,  13'"  per 
cent,  of  hydrogen,  and  1*4  of  oxygen.  The  sample  gave 
the  following  results  on  distillation  :  — 


°c. 

PerCcnt. 

20—30 

2-8 

Rhigoline. 

;;n    mi 

9-0 

Gasoline,  of  very  pleasant  aromatic  odour. 

80—150 

ll'l 

Benzoline. 

150— 230 

18-5 

Light  kerosene. 

230—280 

WO 

Heavy  kerosene. 

12-8 

Light  lubricating  oil. 

Above  280 

4-8 

si-o 

Heavy  lubricating  oil.     Free  from  paraffin 

was  ;  becomes  buttery  at  —30°. 
Pitchy  residue. 

The  petroleum  is  brought  by  a  pipe-line  to  the  newly  made 
harbour  of  Palena,  which  is  about  1 1  kilometres  from  the 
wells. 

Petroleum  also  occurs  in  Peru  at  Cerro  de  Pasco  and 
Puno ;  asphalt  is  also  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the 
petroleum  deposit. 

The  author  draws  an  analogy  between  the  method  by 
which  coal  measures  have  been  formed  and  those  resulting 
in  the  production  of  salt  deposits.  In  each  case  a  bar  has 
formed  enclosing  a  bay  which  serves  as  a  trap  for  any 
material  that  may  be  deposited  therein.  Thus,  in  the  case 
of  the  salt  deposits,  a  portion  of  sea -water  may  be  supposed 
to  have  obtained  access  to  the  bay,  and  there  under  the 
influence  of  a  dry  atmosphere  evaporated,  leaving  its  saline 
constituents.  In  the  case  of  the  coal  deposits,  suspended 
matter  swept  down  by  a  river  may  be  conceived  as  being 
caught  in  the  bay  and  gradually  consolidated  under  climatic 
conditions  the  converse  of  those  necessary  for  the  formation 
of  a  salt  deposit  into  fossil  fuel.  Many  points  of  resem- 
blance or  of  diametrical  difference  between  the  two 
processes  are  indicated  in  the  author's  argument.—  B.  B. 


The  Origin  of  Petroleum.     A.  Veith  and  C.  Schestopal. 
Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1891,  282,  136—138. 

The  authors  consider  that  Engler's  researches  (this  Journal, 
1889,  607)  go  far  to  prove  the  animal  origin  of  petroleum, 
the  slow  decomposition  of  the  bodies  of  marine  animals 
under  the  influence  of  warmth  and  pressure  being  capable, 
under  suitable  conditions,  of  its  production.  The  precise 
mechanism  of  this  change  is,  however,  not  yet  clear. 
Zaloziecki  and  Ochsenius  have  put  forward  hypotheses  (this 
Journal,  1891,  753  ;  see  also  preceding  abstract),  neither  of 
which  can  be  accepted  without  reservation.  The  contention 
of  the  former  that  the  natural  production  of  petroleum  cannot 
have  been  effected  in  the  manner  indicated  by  Engler  on 
account  of  the  high  temperature  (400J  C.)  used  in  the 
researches  of  the  latter,  and  of  the  fact  that  naphthenes  are 
present  in  petroleum  but  not  in  the  artificial  product,  is 
refuted  on  the  ground  that  Zaloziecki  himself  postulates  a 
fairly  high  temperature,  and  this,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
authors,  might  be  produced  by  the  decomposition  of  animal 
matter,  and  that  naphthenes  were  actually  present  in  Engler's 
product,  although  confessedly  in  small  quantity.  Further,  the 
argument  deduced  from  the  alleged  absence  of  nitrogen  in 
petroleum  is  demolished  by  the  figures  of  actual  analyses, 
which  show  that  an  appreciable  quantity  is  present.  Beilby 
has  proved  (this  Journal,  1891,  120)  that  almost  all  samples 
of  petroleum,  of  whatever  origin,  contain  nitrogen,  either 
in  the  form  of  organic  bases  or  ammonium  salts.  He  found 
that  the  quantity  in  petroleum  residues,  which  contain 
more  than  the  distilled  oil,  varied  from  0'05  per  cent,  in 
Baku  oil  to  3  ■  2  per  cent,  in  the  coke  from  a  Scotch  raw  oil. 
Nitrogen  is  also  found  in  the  gases  accompanying  petro- 
leum, 4 -31  per  cent,  being  found  in  an  American  sample, 
and  0'94  per  cent,  and  7  "32  per  cent,  in  two  samples  from 
Baku.  The  fact  that  water  is  commonly  found  accompanying 
petroleum  does  not  necessarily  substantiate  Zaloziecki's  idea 
that  it  must  have  played  an  important  part  in  the  production 
of  the  latter,  as  its  presence  may  be  due  to  extraneous 
sources  tapped  by  the  penetration  of  water-bearing  strata, 
or  to  the  decomposition  of  the  nitrogenous  substances  and 
the  fatty  material  from  which  the  petroleum  was  produced. 
The  salts  found  in  these  accompanying  waters  may  well 
have  been  derived  from  saline  deposits  in  which  the 
decomposition  of  the  animal  remains  took  place.  The  first 
reaction  tending  towards  the  production  of  petroleum  would 
probably  be  the  splitting  off  of  the  glycerol  from  the  fat 
acids,  the  latter  then  changing  into  hydrocarbons  of  the 
fatty  and  aromatic  series  (with  elimination-  of  carbon 
dioxide,  carbon  monoxide,  and  water),  and  the  conversion 
of  the  former  into  acrolein,  which  would  then  give  rise  to 
hydrocarbons  of  the  aromatic  series.  Zaloziecki's  assump- 
tion that  the  origin  of  ozokerite  may  be  assigned  to  causes 
similar  to  those  governing  the  formation  of  petroleum, 
would  necessitate  the  occurrence  of  aromatic  hydrocarbons 
in  the  former  substance ;  experimental  proof  on  this  point 
is  therefore  requisite. 

The  hypothesis  put  forward  by  Ochsenius  (preceding 
abstract)  that  the  saline  waters  found  accompanying 
petroleum  have  had  a  direct  influence  on  the  formation  of 
hydrocarbons  from  animal  remains,  has  to  encounter  the 
same  objection  as  that  of  Zaloziecki,  namely,  that  the 
water  may  be  present  either  entirely  adventitiously,  or 
result  from  the  decomposition  of  the  animal  remains 
themselves  in  the  manner  described  above.  The  action 
of  the  halogen  compounds  of  potassium,  sodium,  and 
magnesium,  upon  fatty  materials,  would  appear  to  be,  as 
far  as  our  present  knowledge  goes,  too  slight  to  rank  as 
the  chief  factor  in  the  production  of  petroleum  ;  experi- 
ments to  ascertain  the  precise  result  of  treating  fats  with 
the  saturated  solutions  of  these  substances  at  high  pressures 
are,  however,  very  desirable. 

The  fundamental  objection  held  by  the  authors  to  the 
above-mentioned  hypotheses,  lies  in  the  fact  that  such 
water  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  out  the  reactions 
resulting  in  the  formation  of  petroleum  or  to  form  those 
supplies  which  commonly  accompany  petroleum,  may  be 
accounted  for  by  the  decomposition  of  animal  matter  in  the 
process  of  conversion  into  petroleum,  instead  of  being  of 
extraneous  origin. — B.  B. 


Fab.  29,  1893.J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


151 


The  Rectification  of  Petroleum  Spirit.      A.  Veith.     Dingl. 
Polyt.  J.  282,  159—161. 


Apparatus  for  Rectifying  Petroleum  Spirit. 

The  crude  spirit  obtained  from  the  first  distillation  of 
petroleum  usually  boils  below  150° — 160°  C,  and  has  a 
specific  gravity  of  0'750  to  0-760  (the  Russian  spirit  being 
generally  somewhat  heavier).  This  product  has  little 
commercial  value  as  such,  owing  to  its  odour,  colour,  and 
the  considerable  amount  of  oil  it  contains ;  the  latter 
characteristic  especially  preventing  its  use  as  an  oil  solvent. 
By  careful  distillation  through  Linneman's  or  Le  Bel's 
fractionating  apparatus  it  ma3'  be  split  up  into  four  products 
as  follows  : — 

Boiling  Point. 

1st  spirit  (ether) 30°— 55°  or  60° 

2ndspirit G0°— 80° 

3rd  spirit 80°— 100°  or  110° 

•lth  spirit 110°— 110° 

On  the  large  scale,  distillation  with  a  simple  condenser 
fed  with  cold  water  is  not  sufficient  to  obtain  more  than  a 
spirit  free  from  oil ;  the  boiling  points  of  the  distillates 
varying  too  much  to  render  them  valuable.  A  considerable 
advantage,  however,  is  gained  even  in  this  case  by  the  use 
of  horizontal  stills,  as  the  available  heating  surface  does 
not  decrease  during  the  distillation  to  the  same  extent  as  it 
does  with  the  perpendicular  form. 

When  an  efficient  fractionating  apparatus,  such  as  is 
described  below,  is  employed,  the  heating  surface  of  the 
still  should  be  sufficient  to  evaporate  five  times  the  amount 
of  the  distillate  obtained,  the  remaining  four  parts  being 
condensed  in  the  fractionator  and  running  back  into  the 
still ;  thus  with  an  hourly  yield  of  200  litres  (boiling  point, 
40° — 100°),  the  heating  surface  of  the  still  should  be 
3-5  square  metres,  the  still  being  heated  with  dry  steam  at 
a  temperature  of  140°  C.    . 

By  means  of  the  fractionator  shown  in  the  Figure,  spirits 
may  be  obtained  containing  only  from  2  to  5  per  cent,  of  the 
higher  and  lower  fractions,  boiling,  with  this  exception, 
within  the  limits  given  above.  Water,  cold  at  first,  is 
supplied  through  the  orifice  G  at  the  bottom,  passing 
through  the  tubes  a  and  running  off  from  A.  When  the  first 
fraction  is  all  off  the  cock  Bis  opened,  lowering  the  surface  of 
the  water  to  the  level  B,  and  thus  reducing  the  condensing 
surface ;  at  the  end  of  the  second  fraction,  cock  2  being 
opened,  the  water  falls  to  C,  and  so  on.  The  temperature 
may  also  be  regulated  by  adjusting  the  supply,  and  at  the 
close  may  be  raised  by  admitting  steam  through  the 
perforated  tube  F.  The  apparatus  is  connected  with  two 
horizontal  stills  having  each  a  heating  surface  of  3-5  square 
metres  in  the  ordinary  way,  and  with  its  aid,  spirits  having 
a  specific  gravity  of  0'  640 — 0'  650,  or  even  as  low  as  0'  625, 
may  be  obtained.  Owing  to  the  amount  of  sulphur  contained 
in  the  crude  petroleum  the  apparatus  should  not  be  made  of 
copper. — F.  H.  L. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Coke  for  Foundry  and 
other  Purposes.  F.  J.  Jones,  Bedford.  Eng.  Pat.  19,501, 
November  29,  1890.     Sd. 

In  using  the  process  previously  patented  (this  Journal, 
1891,  242)  in  which  coking  was  effected  by  the  passage  of 
gases  from  the  combustion  of  fuel  from  a  separate  producer, 
the  coke  produced  has  been  found  to  contain  sulphur  and 
other  impurities  derived  from  the  producer-gases. 

It  is  now  proposed  to  utilise  the  gases  given  off  in 
the  coking  operation  for  this  purpose.  As  the  gases  so 
obtained  are  more  thau  sufficient  to  coke  a  similar  charge, 
producer-gas  is  only  necessary  to  start  the  cycle  of  opera- 
tions in  the  first  ovens  of  a  series,  the  formerly  wasted 
gases  serving  in  turn  to  effect  the  coking  of  the  remainder 
and  of  the  subsequent  charges. 

To  ensure  the  purity  of  the  coke,  the  gases  are  led 
through  condensers  and  purifiers,  by  which  means  ammonia 
and  other  by-products  can  be  recovered.  The  purified 
gases  are  then  passed  through  a  reheater  till  raised  to  the 
required  temperature,  and  finally  introduced  into  combustion 
chambers  or  flues  round  the  ovens.  Here  sufficient  air  is 
admitted  to  ensure  almost  perfect  combustion,  and  the 
products  are  led  into  the  ovens  to  effect  the  coking  of  the 
fresh  charge. 

In  practice  the  purified  gases  are  preferably  reheated  b}' 
mixing  them  with  fresh  gases  from  pure  fuel  in  the 
producer,  the  fuel  used  being  the  "  breeze  "  or  small  coke 
from  a  previous  charge  coked  by  this  process,  and  conse- 
quently pure.  To  ensure  production  of  pure  coke  in  the 
ovens  from  the  commencement,  the  producer  should  be 
charged  at  first  with  wood  or  charcoal. 

By  suitably  timing  the  heats  and  intermediate  operations, 
the  process  is  rendered  continuous. 

The  details  of  the  plant  are  clearly  illustrated  by  means 
of  drawings  attached  to  the  specification. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  and  Apparatus  for  Distilling,  more 
especially  intended  for  Distilling  Tar.  F.  Lennard, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  844,  January  16,  1891.     Is.  Id. 

This  patent  is  said  to  provide  means  by  which  the  distil- 
lation of  coal-tar  can  be  conducted  economically  and 
expeditiously,  and  so  as  to  obtain  in  a  manner  readily  under 
control  the  different  products  of  distillation,  the  heat  of  the 
vapours  of  distillation  being  employed  to  effect  the  partial 
heating  of  the  materials  to  be  distilled  which  in  their  turn 
assist  the  condensation  of  the  vapours.  The  invention, 
although  not  restricted  to  the  distillation  of  coal-tar,  is 
more  especially  intended  for  the  same.  The  tar  to  be 
distilled  passes  or  is  forced  from  the  store  tank  into  boilers 
in  which  the  ammoniacal  liquor  separates,  the  tar  having 
been  previously  heated  by  being  forced  on  its  way  to  the 
boilers  through  a  series  of  condensers,  so  that  the  tar  forms 
the  condensing  medium.  It  is  then  passed  or  forced  through 
heated  coils  placed  in  an  oven  or  sand-bath.  By  this 
arrangement  the  tar  is  heated  to,  or  above,  the  point  at 
which  its  vaporisable  constituents  required  to  be  extracted 
would  be  given  off  in  the  form  of  vapour  if  not  confined  in 
the  coils.  It  now  enters  a  scrubber  in  which  the  volatile 
constituents  vaporise  and  meet  a  current  of  steam,  the 
pitch  being  deposited  in  the  scrubber  whilst  the  other 
constituents  pass  off  by  a  pipe  to  the  first  condenser  wherein 
the  heaviest  products  (anthracene  oils)  deposit,  the  uncon- 
densed  vapours  passing  by  a  pipe  to  the  second  condenser 
wherein  the  next  product  (creosote  oils)  deposits  and  the 
vapours  which  are  still  uncondensed  passing  into  the  last 
condenser  wherein  the  lightest  products  (naphthas)  and  the 
water  are  condensed. 

The  heating  apparatus  consists  of  a  furnace  with  return 
flues,  and  above  it  a  sand-bath  in  which  are  situated  coils 
which  are  in  communication  with  other  coils  contained  in  a 
chamber  through  which  the  products  of  combustion  pass, 
and  which  the  patentee  calls  the  "  economiser."  The 
furnace  is  heated  by  means  of  liquid  or  gaseous  fuel  which 
the  patentee  prefers  to  use,  although  he  does  not  restrict 


152 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Feb.  29. 1892. 


himself  to  its  employment.  The  scrubber  forms  a  vortical 
tower  provided  with  a  series  of  tubular  passages  so 
arranged  that  the  tar  passes  downwards  in  a  circuitous 
manner,  meeting  a  current  of  steam  which  carries  off  the 
more  volatile  constituents,  the  pitch  which  is  thus  formed 
depositing  at  the  bottom  of  the  scrubber.  The  condensers 
consist  of  vertical  vessels  provided  with  tubes  and  with 
outlets  and  inlets  so  arranged  that  the  vapours  pass  inside 
the  tubes,  whilst  the  condensing  agent  (the  tar)  passes  on 
to  the  outside  of  the  tubes.  "  In  the  first  condenser  of  the 
series  the  condensing  agent  may  he  the  tar  from  the 
ammoniacal  liquor  separators,  whilst  in  the  others  it  may  be 
the  tar  which  is  ultimately  to  be  distilled."  The  tar  to  be 
distilled  may  be  pumped  through,  say,  the  last  condenser, 
and  passes  around  the  tubes  and  thence  either  direct  by  a 
pipe  to  the  vessels  in  which  the  ammoniacal  liquor  is 
separated,  or  before  passing  to  these  vessels,  it  may  be 
passed  through  another  of  the  condensers.  From  the 
ammoniacal  liquor  separating  tanks  the  tar  is  forced  into  the 
first  condenser,  then  through  the  coils  in  the  economiser,  and 
finally  through  the  coils  in  the  oven  or  sand-bath.  Thus 
the  tar  is  heated  to  the  temperature  necessary  to  cause 
the  vaporisable  constituents  to  vaporise.  The  coils  of  the 
economiser  and  oven  or  sand-bath  are  preferably  flattened, 
and  to  provide  extended  heating  surface  they  may  have  fins 
on  them,  and  there  may  be  pipes  or  passages  of  refractory 
materia]  extending  from  the  furnace  or  flues  (or  both)  to 
between  the  convolutions  of  the  coils.  Asbestos  or  slag 
wool  and  sand  may  be  used  to  retain  the  heat.  By 
regulating  the  speed  at  which  the  tar  is  passed  through  the 
apparatus  the  proper  degree  of  heat  for  distilling  is  obtained 
irrespective  of  the  temperature  above  that  required  for 
distilling  the  tar  at  which  the  furnace  and  the  oven  or  sand- 
bath  may  be  maintained.  The  specification  is  accompanied 
by  seven  sheets  of  drawings. — D.  B. 


to  a  second  oil  superheater,  and  the  heated  tar  subjected  to 
distillation  in  a  retort  aided  by  the  injection  of  superheated 
steam,  the  vaporised  part  of  the  hydrocarbon  being  carried 
with  the  steam  to  a  second  condenser.  The  precipitated 
matter  in  the  tar  retort  is  collected  or  removed  in  any 
convenient  manner. — D.  B. 


Improvements  in  or  connected  with    Ovens,  Furnaces,  or 
Retorts  used  for  the  Making  of  Coke  or  Charcoal,  or  for 
Distilling  or  Roasting  t  Carbonaceous  Matter,  or  other- 
wise subjecting    Carbonaceous  Matter  to  the  Action   of 
Heat.     L.  H.  Armour,  Gateshead-on-Tyne.     Eng.   Pat. 
1579,  January  28,  1891.     6rf. 
This  invention  substantially  consists  of  means  for  supplying 
water  or  other  liquid,  or  aqueous  vapour,  at  a  temperature 
lower   than   that   of   the   effluent  gases,  and   in   regulated 
quantity,  at  or  near  the  outlet  for  the  gases  escaping  from 
the  retort  or  oven  above  the  charge. 

It  is  claimed  that  the  clogging  or  obstruction  of  the  outlet 
bj-  pitchy  or  tarry  deposit  is  prevented,  and  that  decom- 
position of  ammonia  is  either  partially  or  completely 
prevented. — D.  A.  S. 


Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Lamp-black  Carbon- 
black.  E.  Binney,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  17.221, 
October  9,  1891."  By  Internat.  Conv.  March  9,  1891.    8d. 

See  under  XIII.,  page  171. 


A  New  or  Improved  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for 
Distilling  Liquid  Hydrocarbons.  P.  Dvorkovitz,  "The 
Kerosene  Company,  Limited,"  and  "  The  Tank  Storage 
and  Carriage  Company,  Limited,"  London..  Eng.  Pat. 
13.0S9,  August  1,  1891.     8<J. 

In  carrying  this  invention  into  effect  crude  petroleum  or 
other  liquid  hydrocarbon  is  passed  from  a  tank  to  an  oil 
superheater  of  any  convenient  construction,  in  which  the 
oil  is  heated  to  a  high  temperature.  It  is  then  led  to  a 
retort  where  it  is  met  by  superheated  steam,  the  temperature 
of  which  is  higher  than  that  of  the  heated  oil.  The  latter 
i^  thereby  split  up  into  two  portions,  one  consisting  of  oil 
vaponr  and  the  other  of  tar  and  precipitated  matter.  The 
mixed  oil  vapours  and  steam  then  pass  through  a  large 
dome  and  are  carried  to  a  condenser.     The  tar  is  conveyed 


Improved  Arrangement  of  Coke  Ocens  and  Retorts  for  the 
Manufacture  of  Coke  and  Illuminating  Gas.  W.  Cres- 
wick,  "Wakefield.    Eng.  Pat.  17,222,  October  9,  1891.    lid. 

Is  this  invention  the  heated  gases  passing  off  from  coke 
ovens  are  utilised  for  carbonising  coal  in  closed  retorts 
so  constructed  that  gas  and  by-products  are  generated  in 
the  roasting  of  such  coal  and  are  collected  for  use  else- 
where. 

This  is  effected  by  ranging  a  series  of  coke  ovens  with 
exit  apertures  opening  into  a  large  receiving  flue,  and  a 
series  of  retorts  is  also  ranged,  round  any  of  which  heated 
gases  can  be  led  before  passing  to  the  exit  flue.  The  coke 
ovens  are  worked  in  the  usual  way,  the  escaping  gases  being 
coursed  round  the  retorts  by  means  of  regulator  dampers. 
The  retorts  are  charged  and  drawn  in  the  ordinary  manner. 

The  claim  is  essentially  for  the  combination  of  the  ovens 
and  retorts  in  this  way,  and  for  the  special  settings,  two 
varieties  of  which  are  shown  in  detail  in  the  sheets  of 
drawings  attached  to  the  specification. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  Retorts  for  the  Carbonisation  of  Wood 
and  other  Vegetable  Substances,  and  in  the  Drying  of 
Manures,  Sewage  Sludge,  and  other  Substances  and 
Products.  W.  H.  Bowers,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  1 7,623, 
October  15,  1891.     Sd. 

The  retort  used  by  the  inventor  is  constructed  with  two  or 
more  parallel  flues,  extending  in  a  longitudinal  direction  and 
lying  one  above  the  other.  These  are  fed  by  the  same 
furnace  and  eventually  discharged  into  the  same  outlet. 
To  make  the  description  more  intelligible,  it  is  assumed 
that  the  retort  is  constructed  with  two  flues.  The  space 
immediately  above  each  flue  forms  a  chamber  through 
which  the  material  to  be  operated  upon  is  drawn  by  means 
of  an  endless  chain,  which  is  carried  upon  sprocket  wheels, 
aud  is  provided  with  bars  at  suitable  intervals  and  of  such 
width  as  to  sweep  the  flow  of  the  chamber.  From  the 
hopper  where  it  is  supplied  to  the  retort,  it  is  carried  along 
and  over  the  upper  flue  to  its  extremity,  and  it  then  falls 
into  a  space  between  such  extremity  and  the  sprocket  wheel 
on  to  the  chain  as  it  runs  below.  The  material  is  then 
drawn  by  the  chain  in  the  reverse  direction  along  the  lower 
flue  until  it  falls  over  the  extremity  of  that  flue  through  an 
aperture  provided  for  its  discharge  from  the  retort.  The 
flues  are  connected  by  an  elbow  or  external  flue  at  the  point 
most  distant  from  the  furnace.  The  gas  driven  off  during 
the  operation  escapes  by  condenser  pipes,  and  is  dealt  with 
in  the  ordinary  manner. 

By  means  of  this  arrangement  the  heat  from  a  single 
furnace  is  utilised  to  heat  both  chambers,  and  the  material 
as  it  is  drawn  through  the  lower  chamber  is  exposed  to 
heat  coming  from  above  as  well  as  from  below,  with  the 
result  that  labour  and  time  as  well  as  fuel  are  economised. 

— D.  B. 


Feb.SB.M9a.]        THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


153 


IY.-COLOUEING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

Dyewood  Extracts  and  llieir  Manufacture.  V.  E.  Mafat. 
Bull.  Soc,  IikI.  Mnlhouse,  1891,  361—452.  (See  also 
this  Journal,  1889,  612—618.) 

Mi  1--0NIK1;,  iu  1829,  initiated  in  France  the  manufacture 
of  extracts  for  printing  on  woollens.  This  industry  did 
not  rise  to  importance  until  1835. 

In  1842 — 43  Panay  succeeded  in  obtaining  from  logwood 
liquor  crystals  of  a  deep  red  colour,  almost  black  on  the 
surface,  which  were  in  fact  hernate'in  (oxidised  hematoxylin) 
more  or  less  pure.  He  arrived  at  this  result  by  placing 
the  rasped  logwood  in  heaps  and  watering  and  turning  it 
over  periodically  for  several  weeks.  Variilat  (of  St. 
Hilaire)  was  the  first  in  1855  to  adopt  vacuum  pans  for 
the  concentration  of  the  weak  liquors,  their  use  being 
borrowed  from  the  sugar  industry.  At  present  there  are 
44  works  in  Europe  and  5  in  America  devoted  to  the 
production  of  wood  extracts. 

Campeachy  or  Logwood. — The  introduction  of  logwood 
into  Europe  dates  from  the  discovery  of  America  by  the 
Spaniards,  who  denominated  the  wood  pain  campechio. 
The  tree  (JKematoxylon  campechianum')  grows  to  a  height 
of  12 — 15  metres,  and  the  trunk  alone  is  employed  in 
dyeing.  The  wood  is  imported  into  Europe  principally 
from  Carmen  (Lower  California),  the  State  of  Campeachy 
in  Mexico,  Honduras,  Yucatan,  St.  Domingo,  Hayti, 
Guadeloupe,  Martinique,  Trinidad,  Jamaica,  and  Cuba. 
The  woods  most  esteemed  for  the  manufacture  of  extracts 
are  those  from  the  island  of  Hayti ;  the  ones  most  em- 
ployed at  Havre  being  Fort  Liberty,  Cape,  Aquinus, 
St.  Mark,  and  Monte  Christi  woods.  The  Jamaica  woods, 
in  yield  of  extract,  are  inferior  to  those  of  Hayti,  both  in 
quantity  and  quality  ;  the  colour  is  not  so  strong  or  the 
shade  so  good.  The  roots  of  the  Jamaica  wood  are  also 
imported.  Whilst  low  in  price  they  are  very  difficult  to 
grind,  and  their  yield  is  in  every  respect  unsatisfactory. 
The  woods  from  Laguna,  Carmen,  Honduras,  and  Yucatan, 
whilst  belonging  to  the  same  family,  give  a  different  shade ; 
the  colour  yielded  is  very  fine,  but  wanting  in  depth,  and 
these  woods  are  not  so  economical  in  the  production  of 
blacks  as  the  Hayti  wood.  The  woods  from  Guadeloupe, 
Martinique,  &c.  are  less  esteemed,  and,  like  those  of 
Jamaica,  are  used  only  because  of  the  scarcity  of  the  Hayti 
wood. 

Yellow  Wood  or  Fustic  {Morns  tinctorial. — The  yellow 
woods  are  mostly  got  from  Mexico  and  the  neighbouring 
States,  the  West  Indies,  and  South  America.  The  wood 
most  valued  is  that  from  the  island  of  Cuba  ;  it  is  a  hard, 
compact,  and  heavy  wood  of  an  orange-yellow  colour.  The 
wood  most  employed  iu  the  manufacture  of  extracts  is 
undoubtedly  that  of  Nicaragua,  which  is  known  as  Corinto, 
from  its  port  of  export ;  it  is  a  heavy  close-grained  wood  of 
a  fine  yellowish-orange  colour. 

Young  fustic  (the  French  fustef)  is  a  shrub  (Rhus 
cotinus)  the  branches  of  which,  sawn  and  stripped  of  their 
bark,  are  used  in  dyeing.  The  young  fustic  of  America  is 
held  in  good  esteem.  The  colouring  matter  is  reddish- 
yellow,  readily  soluble  in  boiling  water,  and  tolerably  rich 
in  tannin.  The  colouring  matter  of  young  fustic  has  great 
analogy  with  that  of  Persian  berries  (Rhamnus  tinctorial), 
and  the  extracts  of  the  latter  are  frequently  mixed  with 
young  fustic. 

Red  Woods. — Pernambuco  wood  (Civsalpi?iia  echinata) 
comes  from  Brazil  and  Jamaica.  It  is  a  hard,  compact 
wood,  heavier  than  water,  and  its  surface  after  long  exposure 
to  air  is  of  a  black-red  colour.  That  from  Paraibo  is  most 
valued.  Nicaragua,  Bahia,  St.  Martha,  and  Lima  woods 
(Csesalpinia  braniliensis)  come  from  Mexico,  Nicaragua, 
California,  the  Philippine  Islands,  and  Brazil.  Amongst 
them,  the  St.  Martha  and  Lima  woods  are  most  esteemed, 
as  they  approximate  most  closely  to  the  Pernambuco  wood  in 
shade,  but  on  account  of  their  high  price  the  cheaper  Bahia 
wood  is  almost  always  used  in  the  manufacture  of  Lima  wood 
extract.  Sapan  wood  (C:rsalpinia  sapan)  is  imported  from 
India,  Reunion,  Ceylon,  Siam,   Manilla,  China,  and  Japan. 


It  yields  colours  which  have  a  considerable  resemblance  to 
(hose  of  the  St.  Martha  wood ;  it  is  not  so  rich  in  colouring 
matter,  but  the  shades  produced  are  very  bright.  All  these 
red  woods  appear  to  contain  the  same  colouring  matter 
named  "Brmilin  "  by  Chevreul,  who  first  isolated  it.  The 
extracts  of  red  woods,  both  liquid  and  solid,  are  frequently 
mixed  with  arsenious  acid  and  tin  salts  to  brighten  or 
modify  their  shade.  A  well-made  solid  extract  represents 
12  times  its  weight  of  original  ground  wood.  It  may  be 
remarked  with  regard  to  red  woods  that  the  heart  of  the 
wood  alone  is  rich  in  colouring  matter. 

There  are  other  red  woods  of  which  the  colouring  matter 
is  insoluble  or  only  slightly  soluble  in  water,  such  as  santal 
(Pteroearpus  santaliniis),  caliatour,  barwood,  and  cam- 
wood. Santal  wood  comes  from  Asia,  Ceylon,  Madagascar, 
Coromandel,  Australia,  and  Indo-China ;  caliatour  wood 
from  Caliatour  and  Madagascar ;  and  barwood  and  camwood 
from  Sierra  Leone.  These  woods,  finely  ground,  are  only 
used  directly  in  dyeing,  and  are  not  applicable  for  the 
manufacture  of  extracts. 

The  introduction  of  aniline  colours  has  led  to  a  greatly 
diminished  use  of  the  red  woods,  notably  those  of  Pernam- 
buco, Lima,  St.  Martha,  and  Sapan. 

Manufacture  of  Dyewood  Extracts. — The  manufacture 
consists  of  four  distinct  stages — (1),  the  ageing  of  the 
woods  ;  (2),  the  extraction  of  the  colouring  matter  ;  (3),  the 
concentration  of  the  liquors  ;  and  (4),  the  preparation  of 
the  solid  extract.  The  wood,  after  grinding,  is  carried  by 
means  of  an  elevator  to  the  upper  floor,  where  the  logwood 
is  sprinkled  with  water  and  exposed  in  heaps  for  24  to 
48  hours,  whilst  the  fustic  goes  direct  to  the  extractors. 
The  extracting  vats  have  their  opening  on  a  level  with 
the  upper  floor  ;  they  are  conical  in  form  and  are  made 
of  oak  or  pitch-pine.  They  are  arranged  in  sets  (say  of 
six  vats),  and  after  being  charged  with  the  ground  wood, 
boiling  water  is  circulated  methodically  from  vat  No.  1 
to  vat  No.  6,  and  so  becomes  more  and  more  charged  with 
colour  ;  it  leaves  the  last  vat  at  a  strength  of  2°  to  2i°  B., 
and  passes  as  strong  liquor  to  the  stock  vats  and  is  ready 
for  concentration.  The  wood  receives  three  successive 
treatments  with  water,  and  becoming  more  and  more 
exhausted  the  third  course  gives  only  a  strength  of  1°  B. 
Finally  the  wood  is  subjected  to  a  fourth  treatment  with 
water,  and  this  last  liquor  is  returned  to  vat  No.  1,  the 
whole  of  the  vats  having  in  the  meantime  been  recharged 
with  fresh  wood.  The  vats  are  provided  with  a  false 
bottom  pierced  with  holes  and  covered  by  a  wire-work 
netting  held  iu  position  by  a  grating.  There  are  manholes 
at  the  side  for  discharging  the  spent  wood,  and  steam-pipes 
are  provided  for  heating  the  liquors. 

The  strong  liquors  at  1^°  to  2J°  B.  are  pumped  into  the 
concentrating  pans  and  there  evaporated  to  the  required 
strength.  Up  to  6°  B.  the  liquors  are  only  considered  as 
strong  decoctions ;  above  7°  B.  they  are  looked  upon  as 
extracts.  Extracts  marking  respectively  26°,  23°,  and  6j°  B. 
in  the  concentrators  will  be  30°,  27°,  and  10°  B.  when  cold. 
To  make  the  pure  dry  extract,  the  liquor  is  carefully 
evaporated  in  the  vacuum  pan  to  a  density  of  45°  B.,  which 
is  the  proper  strength  for  making  a  good  dry  extract.  The 
charge  is  quickly  run  out,  before  it  has  time  to  thicken,  into 
wood  or  metal  moulds. 

In  the  German  works  closed  vats  (usually  in  sets  of  10) 
are  used,  and  the  woods  are  extracted  under  a  pressure  of 
li  to  2  atmospheres. 

The  quality  of  the  water  used  in  making  the  decoctions 
is  of  the  highest  importance  ;  it  should  be  pure,  clear,  and 
soft,  and  if  not  absolutely  pure,  it  should  by  preference  be 
slightly  alkaline.  It  is  of  importance  to  avoid  the  use  of 
water  containing  iron,  bicarbonate  of  lime,  metallic  salts,  or 
excess  of  alkali. 

Dyewood  Extracts  of  Commerce. — Hayti  logwood  yields 
25  per  cent,  of  its  weight  of  extract  at  30°  B.,  or  16i  per 
cent,  of  dry  extract.  The  woods  most  commonly  used  at 
the  present  time  are  of  inferior  quality  to  the  above  and 
yield  only  22  per  cent,  of  extract  at  30°  B.,  or  14-66  per 
cent,  of  dry  extract.  The  logwood  extracts  produced  in 
the  early  days  of  the  industry  were  pure  products,  containing 
only  the  extract  of  the  wood  itself.  The  competition 
amongst  makers  and   the  demand  for  cheap  products  has 


154 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        Vfeb.  29, 1892. 


resulted  in  the  manufacture  of  logwood  and  fustic  extracts 
admixed  with  cheaper  mineral  and  organic  bodies,  such  as 
molasses,  glucose,  quercitron  bark,  sumac  leaf,  divi-divi, 
turmeric  root,  chestnut  extract  or  the  ground  wood,  dextrine, 
&c.  When  such  admixed  bodies  are  liable  to  fermentation 
in  presence  of  acids  or  alkalis  it  becomes  a  necessary 
precaution  to  add  suitable_neutralising  substances.  Several 
of  the  latter  bodies  serve  at  the  same  time  to  brighten 
the  shade  of  the  extract,  whilst  others,  such  as  potassium 
ferrieyanide  and  alizarine  orange  are  added  to  both 
logwood  and  fustic  extracts  to  impart  a  colour  which 
is  quite  factitious.  The  molasses  are  obtained  from  the 
sugar  refineries  at  a  strength  of  42^  B. ;  100  kilos,  of  this 
correspond  to  140  kilos,  at  30°  B.  Glucose  is  prepared 
from  potato  starch  by  treatment  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid 
and  subsequent  neutralisation  of  the  acid  with  chalk. 
Quercitron  bark  (Quercus  tinctoria),  is  obtained  from 
Philadelphia  and  Baltimore;  100  kilos,  of  bark  yieid  30 
kilos,  of  extract  at  30 ''  B  ,  or  20  kilos,  of  dry  extract.  Sumac 
(Rhus  coriaria)  is  got  from  Sicily,  Italy,  the  Tyrol, 
Dalmatia,  Illyria,  France,  Spain,  Portugal,  and  Xorth 
America ;  it  contains  tannic  acid  varying  in  amount  from 
10  to  22  per  cent.  The  decoctions  of  sumac  are  only  pre- 
pared as  required  as  they  readily  ferment,  the  tannic  acid 
being  converted  into  gallic  acid.  100  kilos,  of  Sicilian 
sumac  yield  75  kilos,  of  extract  at  30°  B.,  or  50  kilos,  of 
dry  extract.  Divi-divi  (Cmsalpinia  coriaria)  is  obtained 
from  the  West  Indies  and  Central  America.  Its  contents  in 
tannin  varies  from  18  to  45  per  cent. ;  100  kilos,  of  divi-divi 
yield  52  to  56  kilos,  of  extract  it  30  B.,  or  35  to  37  kilos, 
of  dry  extract.  Turmeric  root  'Curcuma  rotunda)  is 
obtained  from  the  East  Indies,  China,  and  Persia,  and 
contains  68  per  cent,  of  colouring  matter.  It  is  used  in  the 
form  of  an  impalpable  powder,  being  added  in  this  state  to 
fustic  extracts  which  are  to  be  converted  in  dry  extracts. 
Chestnut  extract  is  prepared  from  the  wood  of  the  chestnut 
tree  'Fagus  castanea)  which  grows  in  abundance  in  Central 
and  Southern  France,  in  Italy,  Corsica,  Spain,  and  Portugal. 
The  wood  of  very  old  trees  contains  6  per  cent,  of  tannin  ; 
young  trees  not  more  than  the  half  of  this.  Chestnut  extract 
is  brown  and  astringent  ;  at  20°  B.  it  keeps  well,  but  if 
weaker  than  this  its  tannic  acid  is  readily  transformed  into 
gallic  acid.  630  kilos,  of  chestnut  wood  yield  100  kilos,  of 
extract  at  30°  B.,  containing  usually  from  22  to  25  per  cent, 
tannin.  Dextrin  is  potato  starch  rendered  soluble  by 
treatment  with  nitric  or  other  acid  and  subsequent  drying  in 
a  stove. 

Commercial  Extracts  manufactured  at  Havre  and 
Jtouen. — There  are  two  systems  of  manufacture ;  the  first, 
in  which  the  woods  are  extracted  with  water  only  ;  the 
second,  in  which  the  water  used  is  charged  with  molasses. 
In  the  first  system  the  pure  decoction  serves  as  a  base  to 
whicn  the  admixtures  are  subsequently  added  ;  in  the 
second  system  the  extracting  tanks  are  charged,  not  only 
with  the  ground  woods,  but  also  with  several  of  the  admixed 
bodies  that  enter  into  the  composition  of  the  final  product. 
The  first  system  is  to  be  preferred  as  being  best  adapted 
to  the  manufacture  of  products  of  unvarying  com- 
position. It  is  seldom  that  logwood  extract  at  30°  B.  is 
sold  in  the  absolutely  pure  state  ;  that  sold  as  pure  usually 
contains  from  14  to  17  per  cent,  of  molasses  at  30°  B. 
Similarly  the  dry  extracts  sold  as  pure  are  seldom  such  in 
reality.  Usually  they  contain  3  per  cent,  of  chestuut 
extract  at  30°  B.  and  5  per  cent,  of  molasses  at  42°  B.  The 
commercial  hemateine  in  powder  is  prepared  from  100  parts 
pure  logwood  extract  at  30°  B.  and  three  parts  of  chestnut 
extract  at  30°  B.  The  solid  extract  is  dried  by  lying  on 
shelves  for  several  days  and  then  ground  in  the  mill.  It 
forms  an  orange-red  powder  of  good  appearance  and  is 
packed  in  hermetically  sealed  cases,  as  contact  with  air 
changes  its  appearance.  In  the  preparation  of  the  lower 
grades  of  extracts  by  the  first  system  the  admixtures  are 
added  to  the  strong  liquors  in  the  evaporating  pans.  In  the 
second  system  the  only  substances  that  are  added  to  the 
extracting  vats  are  molasses,  chestnut  extract  or  the  ground 
wood,  and  sumac  leaves.  The  "  foots  "  from  the  clarifica- 
tion of  logwood  extract,  the  powdered  gypsum,  potassium, 
ferrieyanide,  &c,  are  added  to  the  strong  extracts  in  the 
evaporating  pans. 


In  the  second  system  the  chestnut  is  added  as  ground 
wood,  and  the  sumac  in  the  form  of  leaves,  to  the  extracting 
vats. 

The  manufacture  of  logwood  extracts  for  calico  printers 
is  uniform  in  all  the  works.  The  logwood  liquor  .at  10°  B. 
is  allowed  to  settle  for  20  to  25  days,  and  the  clear  liquor 
is  then  evaporated  in  the  concentrating  pans  to  a  strength 
of  from  15°  to  30°  B.  as  required.  Nevertheless  logwood 
extracts  for  printers  often  contain  molasses;  thus  one 
frequently  sold  is  prepared  from  3,000  kilos,  logwood  liquor 
at  10°  B.,  630  kilos,  molasses  at  30°  B.,  and  5  kilos,  soda 
crystals,  yielding  1,625  kilos,  extract  at  30°  B. 

Commercial  Fustic  Extracts. — Fustic  extracts  are  seldom 
sold  pure  ;  with  few  exceptions  the  extracts,  both  paste  and 
dry,  are  admixed  with  foreign  matter  to  reduce  their  cost. 
A  comparison  of  the  price  at  which  the  "  dry  fustic  extract, 
superior  "  is  sold  at  Havre,  and  the  cost  of  the  wood  itself, 
shows  a  margin  too  small  to  admit  of  the  profitable  manu- 
facture of  a  pure  product.  Fustic  of  good  quality  (Corinto, 
Cuba,  or  Tuspau)  yields  11  to  12  per  cent,  of  dry  extract, 
or  16  to  18  per  cent,  of  30°  B.  The  commercial  fustic 
extracts  contain,  as  admixtures,  molasses,  glucose,  and 
dextrine,  which  are  added  to  the  weak  liquors  before  passing 
to  the  concentrating  pans  ;  whilst  quercitron  bark,  sumac 
leaves,  powdered  turmeric  root,  and  divi-divi  are  mixed  with 
the  rasped  wood  in  the  extracting  vats.  Sulphates  of  soda 
and  zinc  and  alizarin  orange  are  also  added  to  modify  or 
brighten  the  shade  of  the  extract. 

Sumac  Extract. — For  the  manufacture  of  sumac  extract 
the  Sicilian  sumac  is  preferred  ;  the  sumacs  of  Italy,  the 
Tyrol,  Illyria,  Dalmatia,  France,  &c,  are  less  suitable. 
Sumac  extract  is  mixed  with  molasses  and  chestnut  extract, 
&c.  In  the  manufacture  the  process  must  be  continuous, 
the  liquors  passing  at  once  from  the  vats  to  the  concentrat- 
ing pans.  Vacuum  pans  are  the  most  suitable  and  the 
extract,  when  ready,  should  at  once  be  put  up  in  casks. 
Silician  sumac,  when  carefully  treated,  yields  75  per  cent, 
of  extract  of  30°  B.  ;  the  Dalmatian  and  lllyrian  sumacs 
yield  from  65  to  70  per  cent. 

Residues—  The  spent  woods  are  available  only  for 
burning  iu  the  furnaces.  The  "  foots  "  which  settle  from 
the  clarified  logwood  liquors  contain,  when  dry,  48  percent, 
of  colouring  matter.  They  are  utilised  as  admixtures  in 
preparing  low  qualities  of  dry  logwood  extracts.  Logwood 
extract  at  30°  B.  is  calculated  as  yielding  7-$  per  cent,  of 
such  deposit. 

Valuation  of  Extracts. — The  paper  concludes  with  a 
description  of  the  valuation  of  logwood  extracts  by  com- 
parative dyeing  trials  and  by  colorimetric  comparison. 
This  portion  of  the  paper  has  been  discussed  in  the  note 
by  M.  Geigy,  abstract  of  which  follows  this — W.  E.  K. 


Report  on  Mafat's  Memoir  on  Dyewood  Extracts.  \\. 
Geigy,  jun.     Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  de  Mulhouse,  1891,  357—360. 

M.  Geigy,  having  been  appointed  to  examine  SI.  Mafat's 
paper  (see  following  abstract)  presented  for  Prize  LXI. 
offered  by  the  Mulhouse  Society  for  "a  practical  metlu'd 
for  determining  the  quantity  of  hematein  contained  in  log- 
wood and  its  extracts  without  recourse  to  dyeing  or 
printing,"  reports  that  the  memoir  consists  of  two  distinct 
parts ;  the  one  a  very  complete  account  of  the  sources  of 
the  various  dyewoods  and  the  manufacture  of  extracts  from 
them  ;  and  the  second  a  brief  description  of  the  methods 
of  determining  the  amount  of  colouring  principle  in  log- 
wood extracts.  With  respect  to  the  former  part  of  the 
memoir,  M.  Geigy  reports  that  it  presents  a  sufficiently 
complete  and  reliable  description  of  the  manufacture  of 
dyewood  extracts ;  at  the  same  time  he  points  out  certain 
inaccuracies  and  inconsistencies.  Thus,  whilst  in  one  place 
the  author  states  that  iu  logwood  extracts  the  whole  of  the 
hematoxylin  has  been  oxidised  to  hematein, '  he  quotes 
later  that  Erdmann  has  isolated  hematoxylin  from  dry 
logwood  extract ;  the  latter  statement  being  in  consonance 


Feb.  29, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


155 


with  the  reporter's  experience.  Again,  the  percentage  of 
colouring  matter  in  the  dry  extract  is  stated  by  the  author 
at  Sl-7  per  cent.,  which  is  very  much  too  burn  a  figure; 
this  arises  from  the  supposition  that  the  portion  soluble  in 
alcohol  is  all  due  to  hematein,  whilst  as  a  fact  tie  greater 
part  of  the  resins  are  also  soluble  in  alcohol.  In  the 
reporter's  experience  not  more  than  10  per  cent,  of  crystal- 
lisable  hematoxylin  is  contained  in  logwood  extract  at 
30°  B.  The  colouring  principle  of  logwood  includes  in 
addition  to  hematoxylin,  and  perhaps  traces  of  hematein, 
a  resinous  non-crystallisable  substance  which  is  distinguished 
by  its  property  of  giving  a  black  dye  with  wool  mordanted 
with  bichrome,  whilst  hematoxylin  gives  a  pure  blue 
shade. 

The  method  given  by  the  author  for  determining  the 
amount  of  hematein  in  logwood  extract  is  a  colorimetric 
one,  applied  to  a  mixture  of  logwood  extract  with  chestnut 
extract  and  molasses  in  certain  proporfious,  such  as  are 
used  in  the  Havre  and  Rouen  works.  The  reporter  points 
out  that  the  method  is  useful  only  for  extracts  falsified  in 
a  similar  way,  and  has  no  general  applicatiou.  He  quotes 
instances  of  two  classes  of  logwood  extract  quite  different 
from  the  above ;  the  one  containing  only  molasses  in 
addition  to  the  logwood  extract,  and  used  in  wool  dyeing  ; 
the  other  consisting  of  pure  logwood  extract  without  any 
foreign  addition  whatever,  the  use  of  the  latter  pure  extract 
increasing  year  by  year.  The  reporter  considers  the  method 
of  comparative  dyeing  or  printing  trials  to  be  the  only  one 
at  present  known  that  gives  reliable  information  as  to  the 
value  of  logwood  extracts. — W.  E.  K. 


Action  of  Nitric  Acid  on  Dimethylortho-anisidine.     P.  van 
Romburgh.     Compt.  Rend.  1891,  113,  505— 50S. 

By  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  dimethylortho-anisidine 
Grimaux  and  Defevre  obtained  a  product  which  melted  ;it 
135  ,  and  to  which  they  assigned  the  formula — 


(N02)_..C6H2 


/OCH3 


\ 


N(CH3)CH2.N02 


(Compt.  Rend.  112,  727  ;  this  Journal,  1891,  G92).  The 
author  finds,  however,  that  this  formula  is  incorrect,  and 
that  dimethylortho-anisidine,  when  acted  on  by  nitric  acid, 
behaves  like  other  dimethyl-aromatic  amines  which  he  has 
examined.  The  product  described  by  Grimaux  and  Lefevre 
is  in  fact  the  nitrosamine  of  dinitro-monomethylortho- 
anisidine — 

/OCH3 

(xu,)2.c0n  / 

\N(CH3)NO 

and  can  be  formed  also  from  dinitro-orthomcthylanisidine 
obtained  by  boiling  the  corresponding  nitramine  with 
phenol.  When  dinitro-orthomethylanisidine  is  dissolved  in 
nitric  acid  and  treated  with  nitrous  acid,  the  above  product 
melting  at  135°  is  obtained. — A.  K.  M. 


fS-Naphtlutquinone  Sulphonic  Acids.  0.  N.  Witt.  Ber. 
1891,  24,  3154—3157. 
The  oxidising  agents,  ferric  chloride  and  potassium 
bichromate,  usually  employed  for  the  preparation  of  $- 
naphthaquinone,  cannot  be  used  for  the  preparation  of 
/3-naphthaquinone  sulphonic  acid  from  amido-jS-naphthol- 
/3-sulphonic  acid,  as  that  compound,  like  the  similarly- 
constituted  nitrosonaphthol  sulphonic  acids,  has  an  extra- 
ordinary affinity  for  the  metals  of  the  iron  group,  the  salts 
thus  produced  being  decomposable  only  with  great  difficulty. 
Nitric  acid  was,  therefore,  used :  10  grms.  of  amido-/8- 
naphthol-#-sulphonic  acid  ("  Eikonogen  ")  were  gradually 
added  to  10  cc.  of  nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  12  ;  the  crystalline 
mass  produced  was  drained  on  porcelain,  and  then  dissolved 
in  a  small  quantity  of  water,  6 — 7-5  grms.  of  golden-yellow 
needles  of  the  quinone  compound  being  obtained  on  cooling 
the   solution   to    0°    C.     They   consist    of   the   ammonium 


sulphonate  of  /3-naphthaquinone  which  is  formed  according 
to  the  equation — 

C,0H5(NH2)(OH)SO.tH  +  O  =  C10H6(O2)SO3'NH< 

This  salt  maybe  dried  at  100J — 110°  without  decomposing. 
The  ammonia  in  it  is  not  displaced  by  the  action  of  dilute 
acids,  but  is  removed  by  sodium  hydrate,  a  sodium  sul- 
phonate being  formed,  which  is  decomposed  with  the 
production  of  a  brown  substance  by  excess  of  sodium 
hydrate.  It  is  very  soluble  in  water,  less  so  in  alcohol.  It 
interacts  in  the  cold  with  o-diamines,  forming  azine 
sulphonic  acids.  Sulphurous  acid  reduces  it  to  the 
corresponding  quinol  compound,  which  may  he  conveniently 
prepared  from  amido-,3-naphthol-i8-sulphonic  acid  by  acting 
on  the  same  with  the  calculated  quantity  of  bromine  and 
adding  the  solution  of  the  quinone  compound  so  produced 
to  an  excess  of  sulphurous  acid.  The  ammonium  salt  of 
/8-naphthaquinolsulphonic  acid  thus  obtained  crystallises  in 
snow-white  plates,  is  very  soluble  in  water,  reduces  silver 
salts,  is  unacted  upon  by  nitric  acid  of  less  density  than 
1-2,  hut  is  reconverted  by  acid  of  that  or  of  greater  density 
into  the  quinone  compound  ;  when  oxidised  in  the  presence 
of  a  para-diamine  it  yields  a  dye  of  the  indopbenol  class  ; 
and,  unlike  o-dihydroxybenzene,  interacts  with  diazo-com- 
pounds  forming  azo-dyes  which  have  the  property  of 
combining  with  metallic-oxide  mordants  (Eng.  Pat.  2499  of 
1889;  this  Journal,  1890,  172). 

The  j3-quinone  compounds  of  naphthalene  a-  and  0- 
sulphonic  and  7-  and  8-disulphonie  acids,  form  yellow 
crystals ;  that  of  the  ct-sulphonic  acid  appears  to  be 
uncrystallisable.  All  these  compounds  are  reduced  to 
o-dihydroxy  compounds  by  sulphurous  acid E.  li. 


a-NapMhol-a-Sulphonic  Acid.     O.  X.  Witt  and  II. 
Kaufmann.     Ber.  1891,  24,  3157—3163. 

a-NAriiTHOL-a-suLPHONic  acid  is  industrially  prepared  from 
naphthionic  acid  by  two  methods,  namely,  by  diazotising 
and  boiling  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  and  by  fusing  with 
sodium  hydrate  under  pressure.  The  first  method  yields  a 
red  uncrystallisable  product,  the  second  a  grey  crystalline 
mass  which  turns  brown  on  exposure  to  air.  The  two 
products,  moreover,  differ  considerably  in  regard  to  the 
solubility  and  crystalline  form  of  their  azo-derivatives. 
The  authors,  who  have  made  a  study  of  the  two  prepara- 
tions with  a  view  of  explaining  these  differences,  find  that 
each  product  consists  chiefly  of  a-naphthol-a-sulphonic 
acid,  but  that  the  product  obtained  by  the  diazo  reaction 
contains  a  compound  (not  isolated)  which  prevents  it 
crystallising,  while  that  of  the  fusion  process  contains  an 
isomeride  of  a-naphthol-a-sulphonic  acid  as  well  as  a- 
naphthol.  This  was  proved  to  be  the  case  by  preparing  the 
phenylazo-derivative  of  each  product,  the  sodium  sulphonate 
obtained  by  the  second  method  being,  however,  previously 
purified  from  a-naphthol  by  extracting  with  ether,  after 
acidifying  with  acetic  acid.  The  respective  azo-dyes 
obtained  were  repeatedly  recrystallised  until  they  were 
undistinguishable  from  each  other.  They  were  then  reduced 
with  acidified  stannous  chloride  in  the  manner  devised  by- 
Witt  (this  Journal,  1889,  27G)  the  same  amidanaphthol- 
sul phonic  acid,  C10H5 . OH  .NH2.S03H  +  H2(  I,  being  obtained 
from  e'i.eh. 

A  very  characteristic  derivative  of  a-naphthol-a-sulphonic 
acid,  and  one  which  is  readily  obtained,  even  from  a  trery 
crude  preparation  of  that  substance,  is  the /3-nitroso  compound. 
This  is  best  prepared  from  technical  a-naphthol-a-sulphonic 
acid  ('-'4'G  grms.)  by  dissolving  in  water  (300  cc),  adding 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  (19  cc.)  and  then  gradually, 
the  mixture  meanwhile  being  well  cooled,  a  solution  of 
sodium  nitrite  (6'9  grms.).  The  free  nitrososulphonic  acid 
which  quickly  separates  out  is  collected  on  a  filter,  pressed, 
and  recrystallised  from  dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  It  is  thus 
obtained  in  lustrous,  golden-brown  crystals  containing  3| 
E.,0.  It  is  easily-  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol ;  possesses  a 
strongly  acid  reaction  ;  dissolves  in  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  with  an  orange  colour,  turning  yellow  on  dilution ; 
hydrochloric  acid  reduces  its  solubility  in  water  to  a 
remarkable  extent,  nitric  acid  converts  it  into  dinitro- 
naphthol.     It  forms  two   series  of  salts,  acid  and  neutral ; 


166 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[.Feb.  29, 1892. 


the  latter  in  general  crystallise  well.  The  neutral  ammo- 
nium and  sodium  salts  in  solution  have  an  intense  purple 
colour,  the  acid  sodium  salt  forms  orange-red  needles  or 
prisms  which  dissolve  readily  in  pure  water,  but  with 
difficulty  iu  saline  solutions.  The  acid  barium  salt  is  very 
sparingly  soluble,  but  may  be  crystallised  from  a  large 
quantity  of  water  in  scarlet  crystals  containing  3  H><).  The 
cobalt  compound  has  a  red,  and  the  ferrous  iron  compound 
a  green  colour,  as  O.  Hoffmann  has  already  pointed 
out  (Ber.  18,  16).  j8-nitroso-a-naphthol-a-sulphonic  acid 
readily  interacts  with  amines,  &e.  :  with  ammonia  at  160° — 
180°,  with  the  hydrochlorides  of  aniline,  plieny  Hydrazine, 
hydroxylamine  at  lower  temperatures,  yielding  compounds 
of  complex  constitution ;  with  aniline  and  zinc  chloride 
yielding  naphthaquinone-dianilide.  Its  most  striking  inter- 
action, however,  is  with  o-diamines  in  aqueous  solution,  the 
sulphonic  acid  group  being  split  off  and  scarlet  dyestuffs  of 
the  Eurhodine  class  being  formed.  The  colour  base  of  that 
obtained  from  o-toluylenediamine  crystallises  in  golden- 
yellow  needles  melting  at  12  .> 7 r ;  sufficient  of  it  was  not 
obtained  for  analysis.  Acidified  stannous  chloride,  and  acid 
sodium  sulphite  reduce  the  nitroso-compound  to  the  above- 
mentioned  amido-compound.  This  is  oxidised  by  nitric 
acid  (see  preceding  abstract)  to  /3-naphthaquinonesulphonic 
acid,  the  sodium  salt  of  which  is  easily  soluble  in  water  but 
quite  insoluble  in  alcohol.  Sulphurous  acid  reduces  the 
quiuone  to  the  corresponding  dihydroxy-compound. — E.  B. 


The  Action  of  Nitrous  Acid  on  Tetramethyldiamidobenzo- 
phenone.  W.  Herzberg  and  M.  Polonowsky.  Ber.  1891, 
24,  3197—3201. 

E.  Bischoff  (this  Journal,  1SS8,  742)  has  stated  that  the 
product  of  the  actiouof  nitrous  acid  on  tetramethyldiamido- 
benzophenone  is  a  nitroso-compound  of  the  formula — 

6H4.N(CH3)2  l.CO  J  C6H2(N.OH)N(CH3)2  [ 

The  authors  have  re-examined  the  product,  and  interpret 
the  reaction  by  which  it  is  formed  in  the  manner  indicated 
by  the  following  equation  — 

\  C6H4.N(CH3)2  I  .CO.  1  C6H4.N(CH3)2  I  +  HNOs  = 


CH3OH  +  1  C6H4.N(CH3)2  \  .CO.     C6H4.N(NO)CH3 


the  analysis  and  properties  of  the  body  in  question  accord- 
ing with  this  view.  The  nitrosamine  thus  produced 
crystallises  from  alcohol  in  yellow  plates,  melting  with 
decomposition  at  182° — 183°.  On  heating  with  concen- 
trated hydrochloric  acid,  it  is  decomposed  with  evolution  of 
gas  into  trimethyldiCLmidobenzophenone,ii  substance  crystal- 
lising from  alcohol  iu  pale-yellow  plates,  which  melt  at 
204°.  The  latter  compound  in  its  properties  closely 
resembles  the  tetramethyl  compound  :  its  acetyl  derivative 
melts  at  145°;  on  fusion  with  ammonium  chloride  it  yields 
a  dye  of  similar  shade  to  ordinary  Auramine. 

Nitrous  acid  has  a  similar  action  on  the  leuco-bases  of 
Malachite  green  and  Crystal  -violet,  a  nitro-compound  in 
addition  to  a  nitrosamine,  being  obtained  from  the  leuco- 
ba  e  of  the  latter  dye. 

Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethane  (1  mol.)  in  hydro- 
chloric acid  solution,  is  acted  upon  by  nitrous  arid  (from 
2  mols.  of  XaX< ).,)  with  formation  of  p-nilrodimethylani- 
tine,  a  20  percent,  yield  of  this  substance  being  obtained. 

The  agreement  of  Bischoff's  analytical  numbers  with 
those  required  for  the  nitroso-derivative  of  tetramethyldia- 
midobenzophenone  is  explained  by  the  presence  of  unaltered 
ketone-base  in  the  precipitate  obtained  on  rendering  alkaline 
the  crude  solution  of  trimethyldiamidobenzophone-nitros- 
amine. 

Wichelhaus  (this  Journal,  1886,  318)  has  previously 
prepared  trimethyldiamidobenzophenone.  As,  however, 
this  chemist  has  described  it  as  possessing  different  properties 
from   those   observed   by  the  authors,    and   as,   moreover, 


YVichelhaus's  description  of  the  leuco-base  of  (penta-) 
methyl  violet  (from  which  he  prepared  it)  does  not  agree 
with  that  of  O.  Fischer  and  others,  the  authors  consider  it 
probable  that  Wichelhaus's  preparation  was  mixed  with 
tetramethyldiarnidobenzophenone,  which  would  be  pro- 
duced by  the  decomposition  of  the  leuco-base  of  hexamethyl 
violet  intermixed  with  the  pentamethyl  compound. — E.  B. 


Studies  in   the   Induline   Group    III.      O.   Fischer    and 
E.  Hepp.     Annalen,  265,  249—263. 

Benzindulines. — The  authors  previously  succeeded  in 
showing  that  the  rosiudulines  are  derivatives  of  the  well- 
known  naphthophenazine — ■ 


/V\  =  N_ 


\/ 


\/\y 

and  they  now  show  that  an  analogous  relation   obtains  for 
the  benzindulines  and  phenaziue — 


/\ 


\y 


■-x— 


/\ 


\/ 


Operating  with  phenylinduline  (Ann.  282,  256)  the 
authors  obtained  from  it  by  heating  with  glacial  acetic  acid 
and  dilute  sulphuric  acid  for  about  six  hours  at  200°  C, 
besides  aniline  three  decomposition  products,  the  largest 
quantity  of  which  consists  of  a  brown  crystalline  substance 
which  is  hydrated  phenylinduline — 


/\  = 


X 


c,.n.-x 


X  — 


+    H,0 


\/ 


"A" 

(    II  XH  '    X 

""'    n  OH     C„H 


C6H5 

—n 


This  base  melts  at  about  218°  O,  heated  to  a  higher 
temperature  it  is  converted  into  carbazol  fluorindiue,  which 
substance  is  already  contained  in  small  quantities  in  the 
original  phenylinduline  melt.  On  heating  the  base  with 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  aniline  is  separated  and  a 
hydroxy  derivative  of  the  base  is  obtained.  This  bydroxy- 
derivative  is  soluble  in  alkalis. 

The  original  phenylinduline  is  heated  to  170  witli 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  on  filtering  yields  a  red-brown  filtrate 
containing  two  new  compounds.  One  is  a  hydroxy- 
compouud  of  the  formula  CI8H14N202,  the  other  is  benzin- 
done,  ClsH]2N20.  They  may  be  separated  by  addition  of 
an  alkali  and  subsequent  filtration,  when  the  hydroxy  com- 
pound remains  in  solution,  whilst  the  benzindone  remains 
insoluble  on  the  filter.  From  the  alkaline  solution  the 
hydroxy-compound  may  be  isolated  by  means  of  acetic  acid 
and  subsequent  extraction  with  ether,  from  which  it  is 
obtained  in  the  form  of  reddish-yellow  crystals.  From 
alcohol  or  benzene  it  crystallises  in  the  form  of  beautiful 
brown-yellow  prisms  or  tables.  The  substance  possesses 
the  properties  of  both  a  base  and  a  phenol.  It  melts  at 
about  280°  C.  The  authors  consider  this  compound  to  be 
either  a  hydrate  of  benzindone  or  a  derivative  of  hydroxy  - 
phenazouium — 
OH 

-x-/\  /\  =  x_/\ 


mi 


\/ 


—  x 


\/ 


OH 


C,;H„ 


^  "A 

OH     CBH5 


\/ 


ft*.  29. 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


157 


From  the  properties  of  the  compound  in  question  the 
authors  conclude  the  second  of  these  formula?  to  represent 
its  constitution. 

The  beuzindone,  ClsH12N;0,  which  is  insoluble  in  alkalis, 
crystallises  from  alcohol  in  well-formed  plates  with  metallic 
lustre.  The  substance  is  soluble  in  acids,  dissolving  in 
strong  sulphuric  acid,  and  forming  a  green  solution  ;  by  this 
behaviour  it  proves  itself  to  be  a  true  analogue  of  the 
rosindones.  This  is  further  proved  by  the  fact  that  whereas 
rosindone  on  dry  distillation  with  zinc-dust  yields  naphtho- 
phenazine,  beuzindone  under  the  same  conditions  yields  the 
corresponding  phenazine — 


/\ 


X  — 


/\ 


\/ 


=  X 


\y 


Decomposition  of  Amidophenylinduline  with  Acids. — This 
induline,  IV.H^X,,  contains  a  primary  amido-group,  the 
position  of  which  has  not  been  yet  ascertained.  The 
authors  prove  that  in  treating  this  induline  with  acids  neither 
phenylenediamine  nor  benzindone  is  formed,  so  that  the 
composition  of  this  induline  is  best  expressed  by  the 
formula — 

/\ 


X 


_/\ 


CJL.X 


\y 


—  N  — 


NH- 


\/ 


than  by  the  formula  of  Sehultz  and  Julius. 

Amongst  the  products  of  the  decomposition  of  amido- 
phenylinduline with  acids,  a  compound,  ClsH)5X302,  was 
formed,  which  is  soluble  in  alkalis,  and  this  is  evidently  an 
amidoderivative  of  the  already  described  hydroxy-com- 
pound,  C13HHX20.:.  From  the  strong  fluorescence  of  the 
solutions  of  this  compound,  as  well  as  from  its  solubility  in 
water  and  the  pink  colour  of  its  salts,  the  authors  consider 
that  it  belongs  to  the  safranines.  The  formation  of  this 
substance  is  supposed  to  be  expressed  by  the  equation — 


/ 


CV,H;,.X 


"I 


X- 


/\ 


V 


)  -  X  ■ 


\/ 


+  2  H..O 


CoH4XH2 

Amidophenylinduline. 


HO- 


X 


_/\ 


\/ 


X  — 


V 


+  C0H,XH., 


OH     CjI^XH., 

/3-liydroxy-N-phenylamido-phenuzonium. 

In  studying  the  indulines,  the  safranines  prove  to  be 
always  their  inseparable  companions.  .Safranines,  rosin- 
duliues,  indazines  show  very  great  similarity  (Ann.  262, 
262 — 263),  so  that  it  is  frequently  a  matter  of  some  doubt 
whether  a  certain  compound  is  to  be  classed  amongst  the 
indulines  or  amongst  the  safranines.  This  is  explained  by 
the  fact  that  the  paraquinone-azine  group  of  the  indulines, 
either  by  hydration  or  by  oxidation,  is  readily  converted 
into  the  orthoquinone  group  of  the  safranines. 

Action  of  Aniline  upon  Amidophenylinduline.  —  On  heating 
the  hydrochloride  of  the  induline,  C,,4HlgX4,  with  two  parts  of 
aniline  for  some  hours  at  160°  C,  two  new  indulines  are 
obtained,  which  the  authors  believe  to  be  phenylamido- 
phenylinduline,  C30H.v,X4,  and  amidophenylamidophenylin- 
duline,  C36H27XS.  The  two  indulines  may  be  separated  by 
means  of  hot  alcohol,  in  which  only  the  first-named  is 
soluble.     The  induline,  C^H^X.,,   can   advantageously  be 


obtained  by  heating  a  mixture  of  phenylamidoazobenzene 
( 1 36  grs.),  aniline  (140  grs.),  aniline  hydrochloride  (65  grs.), 
and  alcohol  (500  grs.),  at  about  ]  60°  C.  for  12  hours.  The 
induline  obtained  is  purified  by  recrystallisation  from  hot 
alcohol.  The  melting  point  of  the  base  is  at  from  245°  to 
250°  C. 

The  induline,  CMIL-XS,  is  identical  with  a  substance 
previously  obtained  by  Witt  and  Thomas,  and  is  the  most 
insoluble  of  all  known  indulines.  It  is  contained  in  the 
ordinary  amidoazobenzene,  melts  in  very  small  quantities 
only,  but  by  employing  the  azobenzene  melt  it  may  be 
obtained  in  considerable  quantities.  The  base  of  this 
induline  melts  at  from  286°  to  288°  C. 

To  determine  the  molecular  weight  of  phenylinduline  the 
authors  used  Eaoult's  method.  The  results  of  the  experi- 
ments are  in  favour  of  the  formula,  CMH]7rT3.  The  bases 
of  the  indulines,  C„4HlaX4,  C30H.,._.X4.  and  C'.'„H.,;.N3,  are  too 
insoluble  to  allow  of  the  estimation  of  their  molecular 
weights  by  the  above  process. 

The  authors,  whilst  promising  further  data,  especially  on 
rosindulines,  point  to  the  fact  that  these  colouring  matters 
are  coming  more  and  more  into  prominence,  and  will  very 
probably  soon  acquire  great  importance  in  the  coal-tar 
colour  industry. — C.  O.  W. 


Preparation  of  tile  Vinitrophenol,Cl)ff-i(OH)(N'Or,\l  :2  :  4 
and  some  Properties  of  the  Diamidophenol.    15.  Reverdin 
and  C.  de  la  Harpe.     Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 16,  45—46. 
For  the  preparation  of  considerable  quantities  of  dinitro- 

phenol  the  authors   made  use  of  the  following  method  : 

400  parts  of  sulphuric  acid  66°  B.  are  heated  to  110',  and 
200  parts  cf  phenol  are  added,  and  the  mixture  is  kept 
heated  to  130°— 140°  for  five  hours.  The  product  is  mixed 
with  600  cc.  of  water,  and  then  a  mixture  of  800  grms.  of 
nitric  acid  36°  B.  with  575  cc.  of  water  is  slowly  added,  care 
being  taken  that  the  temperature  does  not  exceed  40° — 50°. 
The  mixture  is  allowed  to  stand  for  24  hours  at  the 
ordinary  temperature,  and  afterwards  is  slowly  heated  for 
three  days  on  a  water-bath,  then  allowed  to  cool,  and 
filtered.  The  cake  of  crystals  produced  consist  almost 
entirely  of  pure  dinitrophenol.  To  obtain  the  chemically 
pure  product  it  must  be  heated  twice  with  21  parts  of  water. 
With  these  quantities  100  parts  of  dinitrophenol  can  be 
obtained.  The  authors  point  out  that  the  diamidophenol 
obtained  from  this  nitro-body  by  reduction  possesses  the 
property  of  giving  to  fabrics,  when  oxidised,  an  intense 
brown  colour  which  is  fast  to  light  and  soap.  The  oxida- 
tion can  be  produced  by  a  dilute  solution  of  chlorate  of 
sodium  mixed  with  a  very  small  quantity  of  ammonium 
vanadate  and  by  other  metallic  salts.  The  wool  or  cotton  is 
put  into  a  hot  solution  of  the  hydrochloride  of  the  diamido- 
phenol and  the  oxidising  agent  added. 

The  hydrochloric  acid  salt  gives  colour  reactions  on  being 
heated  with  aromatic  amines.  For  example,  1  part  of  the 
salt  heated  with  10  parts  of  aniline  gives  a  dark  blue  dye, 
from  which  a  blue  dyestuff  can  be  isolated.  Azophenine  is 
obtained  as  a  by-product  in  this  reaction. 

The  authors  have  paid  particular  attention  to  the  behaviour 
of  the  hydrochloric  acid  salt  of  the  diamidophenol  as  a 
photographic  developer,  and  they  find  that  its  solution  in 
water  with  5 — 6  parts  of  sulphite  of  sodium  acts  on  exposed 
plates  with  energy,  but  they  have  not  yet  been  able  to 
satisfactorily  control  its  working.  The  body  loses  this 
property  when  mixed  with  a  small  quantity  of  bromide  of 
sodium. — E.  C.  C.  B. 


PATEXTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters. 
H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  "A.  Leonhardt  and  Co.," 
Muhlheim-on-the-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  2805, 
February  16,  1891.     id. 

If  /3-naphthalcne  disulphonic  acid  be  converted  into  the 
dinitro-compound  and  this  reduced,  a  diamido-compound  is 
obtained  which  on  diazotisation  combines  with  phenol. 
The  dyestuff  thus  formed  is,  however,  sensitive  to  alkalis. 


158 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


By  inethylating,  ethylating,  or  benzylating  the  product  it  is 
rendered  fast  to  alkalis,  the  process  being  similar  to  that 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  3994  of  1887  (this  Journal,  1888, 
319).~-T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Azo  Dyes. 
B.  Willcox,  London.  From  the  "  Earbenfabriken 
vormais  K.  Bayer  &  Co.,"  Elberfeld,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  3439,  February  25,  1891.     %d. 

This  is  an  extension  of  Eng.  Pat.  13,235  of  1890  (this 
Journal,  1891,  760)  and  refers  to  the  sulphonation  of  the 
dyestuffs  there  mentioned.  The  specification  also  describes 
the  preparation  of  a  number  of  dyestuffs  from  tetrazo-com- 
pounds  by  combining  these  with  a-naphthylamine  or 
a-amidonaphthol  ether  and  either  with  or  without  sulphona- 
tion, combining  these  products,  after  diazotisation,  with  a 
phenol,  naphthol,  dihydroxynaphthalene,  amine,  amido- 
naphthol,  or  their  sulphonic  orcarboxylic  acids,  if  necessary, 
sulphonating  the  final  product.  The  colouring  matters  dye 
unmordanted  cotton  in  various  shades,  such  as  brown, 
green,  violet-blue,  and  black,  those  obtained  from  the 
naphthol  ethers  giving  bluer  or  greener  shades  than  those 
from  naphthylamine. — T.  A.  L. 


Erratum. — In   the   January   number    of    this     Journal, 
page  27,  col.  2,  in  the  first  formula  given  for  (XOH)  reiu* 

(4) 
(XOH)  '   aut'  m  Para?ral'u  4>  f°r 
[CH3:XH, :  X(  »2=1:3:5]  read  [CH3:  XH;  :  X(\,=  1:3:4]. 


V.-TEXTILES :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc- 

PATEXTS. 

Improvements  in  Fabrics  for  Sacks  or  Bays.  P.  B. 
Hollick,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  16,801,  October  21,  1890.    id. 

This  invention  refers  to  the  introduction  of  some  heavy  and 
stout  warp  or  weft  threads  into  sackings  or  baggings  which 
are  made  of  jute,  these  being  interwoven  with  the  said 
threads  at  intervals  throughout  the  width  or  length  of  the 
cloth.  The  heavier  warp  or  weft  threads  may  also  be  made 
of  material  other  than  jute,  namely,  flax,  cotton,  leather, 
wire,  Manilla,  or  any  other  kind  of  hemp,  the  object  being 
to  give  additional  strength  without  materially  increasing  the 
weight. — II.  S. 


Improvements  in  Self-registering  Apparatus  far  Measuring 
the  Sensibility  and  Breaking  Strain  of  Paper  and  other 
Light  and  Flexible  Material.  Y.  Leunig,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  18,431,  Xovember  15,  1890.     6d. 

Tin-  invention  cannot  be  suitably  described  without  reference 
to  the  drawing. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  or  applicable  to  Machines  for  Scouring 
and  Washing  Wool 'and  other  Fibrous  Materials.  J. 
MeNaught  and  W.  McNaught,  Rochdale.  Eng.  Pat. 
19,878,  December  5,  1890.     6d. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  an  improved  construction  of 
scouring  machines,  whereby  the  sand  and  other  heavy- 
foreign  substances  in  the  scouring  liquor  are  separated 
therefrom  and  allowed  to  settle  in  a  detached  tank.  The 
liquid  is  caught  from  the  squeezing  rollers  and  elevated  to 
an  auxiliary  tank  arranged  alongside  the  washing  tank,  by- 
means  of  a  rotary  wheel  having  scoops.  The  liquor  drains 
from  the  auxiliary  tank  to  the  washing  tank  through  a 
suitable  aperture  or  communication  pipe,  while  the  heavy 
substances  settle  and  are  retained  in  the  said  tank. — H.  S. 


Improvements  connected  with  the  Manufacture  of  Yarns 
and  Fabrics  from  Waste  Silk,  and  with  the  Washing  of 
the  Resulting  Material  or  of  the  Clothing  Produced 
therefrom.  B.  Beyer,  Grossenhain,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
12,817,  July  28,  1891.  id. 
This  process,  it  is  claimed,  relieves  all  waste  raw  silk  of  the 
offensive  smell  which  it  is  well  known  to  retain,  owing  to 
the  bast  adhering  to  it,  and  thus  enables  clothing  to  be 
manufactured  therefrom  at  a  cost  not  expected  to  greatly 
exceed  that  of  woollen  underclothing.  The  yarn  is  boiled 
for  about  15  minutes  daily  in  a  bath  prepared  with  oil  soap 
for  a  number  of  days.  Removed  from  this  bath  the  material 
is  washed  in  cold  water  and  conveyed  into  a  steam-bath, 
where  it  is  left  for  several  hours,  after  being  sprinkled  with 
a  thin  layer  of  chloride  of  sodium.  After  a  repeated 
steaming  and  washing  the  material  is  bleached  or  conveyed 
into  a  drying  chamber,  a  moderate  temperature  being 
maintained.  The  whole  operation  is  repeated  daily  for 
preferably  at  least  20  days,  after  which  the  material  is 
suspended  in  a  course  of  water  for  24  hours.  The  colour 
of  the  material  is  then  a  dull  white,  and  it  is  perfectly 
inodorous.  The  material  is  then  ready  for  manufacture, 
and  the  finished  articles  should  be  washed  in  cold  water 
containing  permanganate  of  potash,  and  steeped  in  a 
weak  solution  of  chloride  of  sodium,  the  same  solution 
being  used  for  washing  the  clothes  when  worn. — H.  S. 


VI.— DYEING.  CALICO  PRINTING.  PAPER 
STAINING,  AND  BLEACHING. 

Orange  in  Calico  and  Wool  Printing.     Oester.  Wollen  und 
Leinen-ind.  December  15,  1891. 

The  method  for  the  production  of  orange  in  calico  printing, 
which  has  been  in  use  for  a  long  time,  and  is  still  largely- 
made  use  of,  is  based  on  the  fact  that  lead  acetate'  and 
potassium  chromate  yield  yellow  lead  chromate,  which  on 
treatment  with  lime  becomes  orange.  One  can  also  proceed 
in  such  a  way  that  the  orange  lake  is  prepared  ready  and  then 
printed  with  blood  albumen,  or  by  printing  the  material 
with  a  thickened  lead  salt,  chroming,  and  then  passing 
through  a  bath  of  caustic  alkali.  Two  and  a  half  parts  of 
lead  acetate  are  precipitated  with  one  part  potassium 
bichromate  in  a  sufficiently  dilute  solution,  the  precipitate 
washed  and  boiled  with  milk  of  lime,  well  washed,  filtered, 
and  pressed,  and  about  400  gtms.  orange  lake  thickened 
with  600 grins,  albumen  solution,  printed  and  steamed.  If 
the  orange  is  required  yellower,  one  part  of  the  orange  lake 
is  replaced  by  one  part  of  yellow  lead  chromate. 

(  hi  printing  the  lead  salt,  about  300  grms.  lead  acetate  or 
nitrate  must  be  taken  per  litre  of  thickening,  printed  and 
steamed,  or  aged,  passed  through  ammonia,  chromed 
according  to  the  size  of  the  pattern  with  the  necessary 
quantity  of  bichromate,  and  then  passed  through  a  boiling 
concentrated  milk  of  lime  solution. 

Another  orange  is  produced  with  Alizarin  orange,  which 
gives  a  brilliant  lake  with  aluminium  salts.  Either  alumi- 
nium acetate,  nitrate,  or  sulphocyanide  may  be  used,  with 
the  addition  of  calcium  nitrate  or  acetate,  printing  on 
material  which  has  been  impregnated  with  Turkey-red  oil, 
steaming  and  soaping.  550  grms.  thickening  and  150  grms. 
Alizarin  orange  R  (20  per  cent.)  are  well  mixed,  and 
50  grms.  acetic  acid  9°  Tw.  (30  per  cent.),  200  grms. 
aluminium  acetate  at  10°  B.,  and  50  grms.  calcium  acetate 
at  10°  B.  are  added.  The  colour  should  be  printed  imme- 
diately after  its  preparation.  Alizarin  orange  may,  for 
instance,  be  turned  more  yellow  by  the  addition  of  lead 
acetate  with  subsequent  chroming.  A  second  method  is  to 
mix  with  it  some  Gallacetophenone  or  Alizarin  yellow 
(B.A.S.F.).  This  yellow  is  fixed  by  means  of  aluminium 
sulphocyanide  and  calcium  acetate,  and  agrees  perfectly 
well  with  Alizarin  orange. 


1'Vl,.  39,1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


159 


Another  orange,  which  up  to  the  present  has  not  had 
much  application,  is  Acridine  orange  (/.).  This  is  fixed  by 
means  of  tannin  on  cotton  material,  and  finally  the  latter  is 
passed  through  an  ordinary  bath. 

With  Persian-berry  extract^  or  Flavin  and  a  tin-salt, 
very  line  oranges  may  be  obtained  ;  but  these,  as  a  rule, 
are  not  fast  to  soaping. 

Lately,  a  new  orange  for  printing,  under  the  name  of 
'Diamond  orange  (Bayer),  has  been  brought  out.  It  is  a 
reddish-brown  paste,  which  has  the  advantage  over  Alizarin 
orange  of  not  settling  at  the  bottum  of  the  casks  like  the 
latter,  and  can  consequently  be  stirred  better.  A  further 
advantage  lies  in  the  fact  that  the  printing  colour  can  be 
preserved  for  some  time  without  losing  any  of  its  intensity. 
Alizarin  orange,  on  the  other  hand,  alter  a  very  short 
exposure  loses  as  much  as  50  per  cent,  of  its  colouring 
power,  even  when  sulphocyanide  is  employed  instead  of 
aluminium  acetate. 

The  printing  colour  is  best  prepared  by  mixing  well 
740  grms.  of  thickening,  200  grms.  of  Diamond  orange, 
and  U0  grms.  of  chromium  acetate. 

The  chrome  lake  produced  with  Diamond  orange  on  oiled 
material  is  redder  than  the  one  obtained  with  Alizarin 
orange  and  alumina,  but  can  be  turned  yellow  with  Diamond 
yellow  (Bayer),  Alizarin  yellow  (Hoechst),  or  Diamond 
flavine  (Bayer),  as  all  these  colours,  like  Diamond  orange, 
may  be  fixed  with  chromium  acetate.  A  shade  similar  to 
Alizarin  orange  may  be  obtained  as  follows  : — 787  grms. 
thickening  (containing  acetic  acid),  100  grms.  Diamond 
flavine  G  (Bayer),  60  grms.  Diamond  orange,  and  47  grms. 
chromium  acetate  at  20'  B.,  are  mixed  together.  This  is 
printed  on  material  impregnated  with  Turkey-red  oil, 
steamed  one  hour,  without  pressure,  passed  through  a  chalk 
bath,  and  soaped  about  20  minutes  at  50°  C. 

In  wool-printing,  Alizarin  orange  It  gives  an  orange  fast 
to  soaping  when  produced  as  follows: — 110  grms.  of 
Alizarin  orange  K  (20  per  cent.),  590  grms.  of  thickening, 
40  grms.  aluminium  sulphate  dissolved  in  140  grms.  water, 
20  grms.  oxalic  acid  dissolved  in  50  grms.  water,  and 
50  grms.  glycerin  at  28°  B.,  are  mixed  together.  The 
colour  is  developed  on  prepared  wool  by  means  of  steaming, 
washing,  and  soaping. 

Of  other  colours,  Croceine  orange  and  Orange  II.  (  B)  are 
much  employed  in  wool  printing.  Both  give  fiery  shades 
by  dissolving  in  water  and  acetic  acid  and  thickening  with 
gum-water,  printing  on  chlorinated  wool,  then  steaming  and 
washing  well.  The  proportions  are  about  1 — 2  grms. 
colouring  matter,  8 — 9  grms.  acetic  acid  at  6°  B.,  30  grms. 
water,  and  60  grms.  gum  water. 


77i<?  Application  of  Coal-Tar  Colours  in    Paper  Dyeing. 
A.  Keatimaun.     Farb.  Zeit.  November  5,  1891. 

For  several  years  coal-tar  colours  have  been  largely  used 
in  this  branch  of  industry,  though  formerly,  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  paper,  mineral  and  vegetable  colours  were  used  almost 
exclusively.  As  in  the  dyeing  of  textile  fabrics,  so  in  this 
case  it  is  chiefly  on  account  of  their  easy  application  and 
their  brilliant  colour-effects  that  they  have  replaced  the 
duller  mineral  and  vegetable  colouring  matters  in  compara- 
tively so  short  a  time. 

In  paper  dyeing  there  are  two  separate  methods  of 
applviug  the  colours  :  first,  surface  dyeing ;  and  secondly, 
the  dyeing  of  the  pulp  itself.  By  the  former  process,  in  the 
manufacture  of  the  so-called  enamelled  paper,  the  colours 
are  mixed  with  water  and  starch  paste,  dextrin,  &c.  For 
highly-polished  enamelled  paper,  the  colours  are  mixed  with 
kaolin,  artificial  barium  sulphate  (blanc  fixe),  or  other 
similar  products,  and  fixed  on  the  surface  of  the  paper  with 
glue  or  gelatin. 

Instead  of  these  mixtures  the  general  method,  instead  of 
using  the  colours  themselves,  is  to  employ  colour  lakes.  By 
this  means  a  more  eveu  surface  is  obtained  with  the  colour. 
The  colour  mixture  obtained  by  either  of  the  above  two 
methods  is  brushed  on  to  the  paper  by  means  of  either  hand 
brushes  or  machine  brushes,  and  then  worked  up  for  a 
higher  polish. 


The  second  process  is  the  dyeing  of  the  paper  pulp.  In 
order  to  render  the  following  description  more  compre- 
hensible, the  author  first  follows  up  the  method  of  the 
manufacture  of  the  paper.  The  paper,  according  to  its 
future  use,  is  manufactured  from  linen,  hemp,  cotton,  or 
jute  rags,  or  from  esparto  grass,  wood  shavings,  straw,  wood 
cellulose,  or  straw  cellulose.  Better  qualities,  are,  however, 
almost  exclusively  manufactured  from  rags.  This  raw 
material,  after  having  been  thoroughly  ground  and  dis- 
integrated in  a  paper  mill,  is  bleached  and  then  glued  with 
eolophonium  and  resin  soap,  prepared  with  caustic  soda  or 
potash  with  the  addition  of  aluminium  sulphate,  through 
which  treatment  the  precipitation  of  insoluble  aluminium 
rosinate  on  to  the  paper  fibre  takes  pl^ce.  After  this  treat- 
ment the  paper  pulp  is  dyed,  and  then  worked  through  the 
paper  machine  into  rolls  of  paper. 

The  same  property  which  vegetable  and  animal  colouring 
matters  possess,  of  forming  insoluble  or  difficultly  soluble 
colour  lakes  with  certain  metallic  salts  or  organic  acids,  is 
also  possessed  to  a  certain  extent  by  aniline  colours.  The 
properties  of  vegetable  colours  are  made  use  of  in  paper 
dyeing,  in  so  far  that  the  paper  pulp  is  saturated  with  the 
solutions  of  such  bodies  as  are  suitable  for  producing  a 
colour  lake  with  the  colouring  matters  applied.  Aniline 
colours,  the  application  of  which  in  paper  dyeing  has 
become  so  general  on  account  of  their  many  advantages,  are 
usually  employed  as  such— i.e.,  in  concentrated  solutions 
— in  spite  of  the  fact  that  they  possess  the  property  of 
forming  colour  lakes,  by  which  latter  a  saving  of  colouring 
matter  is  effected,  and,  besides,  the  waste  water  is  free  from 
colour — often  a  serious  question  in  the  manufacture  of  paper. 
The  reason  of  this  is  because  the  proper  method  of  dyeing 
paper  is  not  known  in  the  trade. 

This  method  of  dyeing  is  also  to  be  recommended  because 
the  colouring  matter  becomes  evenly  distributed  in  the  paper 
pulp,  however  complex  its  composition  may  be,  and 
combines  very  firmly  with  the  fibre  by  reason  of  the 
adhesion.  Through  the  presence  of  the  rosin  glue,  which 
possesses  an  especial  affinity  for  colour  lakes,  the  combina- 
tion becomes  still  firmer,  and  the  water  remains  colourless, 
whether  the  material  was  glued  before  or  after  the  dyeing. 
When  this  method  of  dyeing  is  used,  it  is  advisable  first  to 
make  small  dyeings,  because  the  colour  lakes,  as  a  rule, 
give  rather  different  shades  from  the  directly  applied 
colours. 

For  precipitating  the  colouring  matters,  both  the  pre- 
cipitants  and  the  colours  are  made  in  fairly  concentrated 
solutions ;  the  colour  solution  is  first  added  to  the  paper 
pulp,  and  then  to  the  precipitating  agent,  after  a  thorough 
stirring. 

Basic  colours  are  precipitated  by  tannin. 

Lead  Acetate  or  Barium  Salts  in  aqueous  solution  are 
used  for  precipitating  l'onceaux  and  almost  all  azo- 
colouring  matters.  In  the  application  of  lead  acetate,  the 
aluminium  sulphate  of  the  rosin  glue  undergoes  double 
decomposition,  which,  however,  has  little  influence  in  the 
dyeing  if  the  lead  acetate  solution  is  added  gradually.  By 
the  formation  of  insoluble  lead  sulphate,  the  otherwise 
soluble  lead  salts  are  prevented  from  being  carried  away  by 
the  waste  water,  and  in  this  way  much  inconvenience  is 
obviated. 

Besorcinol  Colouring  Matters,  such  as  eosin,  phloxin,  &c, 
are  precipitated  most  profitably  with  lead  nitrate,  or  better 
with  lead  acetate ;  this  latter  can  by  prepared  by  treating 
sugar  of  lead  with  litharge  for  some  time,  or  by  adding 
ammonia  to  the  sugar  of  lead  solution  until  a  permanent 
precipitate  is  formed.  Besides  the  above-mentioned  com- 
pounds  for  producing  colour  lakes  from  aniline  colours, 
there  exists  a  whole  series,  such  as  stannous  chloride, 
calcium  and  magnesium  chloride,  acid  and  neutral  salts  of 
the  alkalis,  &c. — especially,  however,  aluminium  salts.  In 
glued  paper  pulp  there  is  always  an  excess  of  aluminium 
sulphate  present,  and  with  such  colours  as  are  very  easily 
precipitated,  its  presence  is  sometimes  detrimental  rather 
than  useful.  The  necessary  quantity  of  the  precipitating 
agent  varies  according  to  its  quality  and  to  the  colouring 
matter,  and  can  be  determined  at  the  first  trial  with  it.  The 
price  of  the  tannin  and  the  lead  salts,  compared  with  that 
of  the  colouring  matter  saved  by  their  use,  is  infinitesimal. 


160 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


To  see  whether  the  whole  of  the  colour  has  been  precipi- 
tated it  is  necessary  to  take  out  a  small  pattern  of  the  pulp, 
press  it,  and  observe  whether  the  water  which  runs  out  is 
coloured.  If  it  should  be  coloured  the  precipitation  is  not 
yet  complete,  and  consequently  more  precipitating  agent 
must  be  added. 

For  deep  shades  of  paper  this  method  of  dyeing -offers 
the  great  advantage  over  the  surface  dyeing,  of  preventing 
the  waste  of  unused  colouring  matter..  For  the  preparation 
of  certain  kinds  of  paper,  full  shades  can  only  be  obtained 
by  this  method,  and  these  productions  are  very  much  sought 
after. 

Paper  dyeing  would  to-day  stand  on  an  equal  level  with 
textile  dyeing  if  more  attention  had  been  paid  to  this  branch 
of  industry.  In  spite  of  the  above  mention  of  the  more 
economical  yield  of  aniline  colours,  there  are  up  to  the 
present  but  a  few  of  these  colouring  matters  which  can  be 
applied  in  paper  dyeing. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Printing  Calicoes  and  other  Woven 
Fabrics,  and  in  Apparatus  therefor.  J.  V.  Hulme, 
Manchester.     Eng.  Pat.  1799,  January  31,  1891.     Sd. 

Irregular  patterns,  especially  in  indigo,  suitable  for  the 
Indian,  Chinese,  Japanese,  and  African  markets,  are  printed 
on  calico  by  wooden  rollers  wrapped  with  ropes,  chains, 
wire-netting,  matting.  &c.  or  partly  covered  with  projecting 
pieces  of  india-rubber  or  of  lead  of  various  sizes.  The 
printing-surfaces  may  also  be  formed  of  nails,  screws,  pegs, 
or  pins  witli  regularly  or  irregularly  shaped  projecting  heads, 
either  employed  alone  or  interspersed  with  pieces  of  lead, 
roping,  &c.  Tufts  of  bristles  arranged  in  an  irregular 
manner  may  also  be  used.  The  effects  may  further  be  varied 
by  passing  the  cloth  c  over  two  rollers  /  (see  Figure) 
furnished  with  projecting  strips  of  india-rubber,  or  of  other 
suitable  material,  and  revolving  in  water-troughs  m,  prior  to 
printing  with  the  roller  a. 


Calico  Printing  Apparatus. 

Aft. t  printing,  the  cloth  is  exposed  to  the  air  to  oxidise  the 
indigo  ami  i-  then  washed.  Sometimes,  in  order  to  produce 
a  blurred  or  clouded  effect,  the  calico  is  brushed  or  sprinkled 
with  water  immediately  after  being  printed.  When  a  dark 
indigo  ground  with  a  pale  indigo  pattern  is  required,  the 
cloth  is  first  dyed  with  indigo  and  then  printed  in  the  above- 
described  manner  with  a  discharge  solution. — E.  IS. 


Improvements  in  the  Construction  of  Machines  fir  Printing 
Calico  and  other  Woven  Fabrics  on  both  Sides.  W. 
Buckley,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  1996,  February  4, 
1891.     6d. 

The  adjustable  sliding  bearings  and  adjusting  screws  of  a 
duplex  printing  machine  are  arranged  diagonally  in  opposite 
directions,  instead  of  vertically  as  hitherto.  The  bowls  can, 
consequently,  not  only  be  raised  and  lowered  as  usual,  but 
can  be  brought  very  close  together  (when  the  machine  is  in 
action)  or  separated  (to  allow  access  for  the  occasional 
arrangement  of  the  printing  blankets  and  wrappings)  as 
required.  A  more  exact  "  register  "  of  the  pattern  on  the 
two  sides  of  the  fabric  than  was  formerly  possible  can  thus 
be  obtained. 

The  printing  rollers  are  adjustable  in  a  radial  direction  as 
usual.— E.  B. 


Production  of  Azo-Colours  in  Discharge-printing  on  Indigo 
Dyed  Fabrics.  O.  Imray,  London.  From  the  "  Farb- 
werke  vormals  Meister,  Lucius,  und  Priming,"  Hoechst- 
on-the-Maiue,  Germany.  Fug.  Pat.  2818,  February  16, 
1891.     6d. 

Instead  of  adding  to  the  thickened  solutions  of  diazo- 
compounds  an  alkaline  chromate  and  passing  the  cloth, 
printed  with  such  a  mixture,  through  an  acid  bath,  to 
liberate  chromic  acid  and  effect  the  discharge  of  the  indigo, 
as  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  7522  of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891, 
924),  potassium  ferricyauide  is  added  and  the  printed  cloth 
passed  through  an  alkaline  bath.  The  blue-dyed  cloth  is 
prepared  with  an  alkaline  solution  of  i3-naphthol  (29  grms. 
in  25  cc.  of  caustic  soda  solution  at  22"  B.  and  200  cc.  of 
water)  and  oleiue  (50  grms.  of  50  per  cent,  quality  per 
litre),  and  the  following  mixture,  for  example,  printed  on  it 
for   a   red   discharge : — 83   grms.   of  p-nitraniline   N   ("  a 

mixture  of    ■''  molecules  of  p-nitraniline  and    °  molecules 

of  sodium  nitrite  with  5  per  cent,  of  nitrite  in  excess  of  the 
theoretical  quantity  "),  572  cc.  of  water,  300  grms.  of  paste 
thickening,  45  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  at  22°  P.,  300  grms. 
of  potassium  ferricyanide,  and  60  grms.  of  sodium  acetate. 
After  priuting  the  cloth  is  passed  through  a  solution  of 
caustic  soda  of  53— 10°  B.  at  50°— 60°,  and  is  afterwards 
washed  or  soaped  and  dried.  The  above  method  has  the 
advantage  of  allowing  all  diazo-compounds  to  be  employed, 
whereas  the  process  with  chromic  acid  only  admits  of  the 
employment  of  diazoazobenzene,  other  diazo-compounds  not 
resisting  the  action  of  chromic  acid. — E.  B. 


Improved  Machinery  for  Dyeing  Textile  Materials  in 
Hanks.  E.  P/ecock,  Koubaix,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  7511, 
April  30,  1891.  llcf. 
The  hanks  are  placed  on  bearers  which  are  carried  horizon- 
tally a  little  above  the  dye-vat,  on  two  sets  of  endless 
chains  furnished  with  projecting  abutments  for  their  support. 
The  first  set  of  chains  conveys  the  hanks  rapidly  through 
a  portion  of  the  dj-e-bath,  thus  opening  them  out  and 
allowing  "  the  dye  to  come  in  contact  freely  with  all  parts," 
and  then  delivers  them  to  the  second  set,  which  travels  more 
slowly  "  in  order  to  ensure  a  gradual  and  enduring  action 
upon  the  material  being  dyed."  From  the  latter  set  of 
chiiins  the  bearers  are  taken  by  a  series  of  vertical  and 
horizontal  endless  chains  and  carried  upwards  over  the  vat 
to  the  front  of  the  same,  for  the  purpose  of  again  passing  the 
hanks  through  the  hath,  this  being  repeated  as  many  times 
as  is  necessary.  The  hanks  are  conveyed  through  the  bath 
without  rotary  motion,  but  in  passing  along  the  overhead 
system  toothed  pinions  on  the  ends  of  the  bearers  come  into 
gear  with  toothed  racks,  so  causing  the  hanks  to  alter  their 
position  upon  the  bearers  before  the  following  dip.  Three 
sheets  of  drawings  accompany  the  specification. — E.  B. 


Feb.  29.18W.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


161 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Dyeing  or  Bleaching 
Textile  Materials.  J.  Bertram!  -  Leplat,  Tourcoing, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  11,692,  July  9,  1891.     8d. 

A  rectangular  tube,  closed  at  one  end  and  connected  at 
the  other  with  a  rotary  pump,  is  fixed  horizontally  at  the 
bottom  of  a  vat.  The  tube  is  perforated  at  intervals  for 
the  reception  of  a  number  of  tapering  socket  tubes  which 
project  from  the  bottoms  of  dye-boxes,  in  which  the 
material  (more  particularly  cotton  sliver)  to  be  bleached, 
&c,  is  placed.  These  boxes  arc  divided  into  compartments 
and  perforated  to  admit  the  liquor.  When  the  pump  is  set 
in  motion,  the  liquor  passes  through  the  mass  of  material 
to  the  pump,  returning  thence  to  the  vat,  to  circulate 
again  through  the  material.  Two  sheets  of  drawings 
accompany  the  original  specification. — E.  B. 


Process  for  Printing  and  Dyeing  Textiles,  Fibres,  Hair, 
Feathers,  and  the  Like  by  Means  of  Metal  Salts. 
¥..  I  klernheimer,  Stuttgart,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  17,887, 
I  >etobcr  19,  1891.     4(/. 

TEXTILE  fabrics,  &0.  are  impregnated  with  solutions  of  the 
salts  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  iron,  uranium,  or  chromium, 
anil  subjected  to  pressure  between  heated  cylinders  or 
plates.  In  the  case  of  certain  of  these  salts  the  effect  may 
be  varied  by  immersing  the  material  to  be  coloured  in  a 
solution  of  a  reducing  agent,  or  exposing  it  to  the  action 
of  reducing  gases,  such  as  hydrogen  and  hydrogen  phos- 
phide, prior  to  pressing  or  calendering.  The  materials  thus 
operated  upon  are  coloured  by  the  deposition  on  the  same 
of  metallic  oxides,  basic  salts,  or  finely-divided  metals. 
From  sodium  "  aurochlorate,"'  for  example,  according  to 
the  process  employed  and  the  nature  and  concentration  of 
the  reducing  solutions,  there  are  obtained  perfectly  fast 
shades  of  grey,  purple,  red,  bronze,  and  gold. — E.  B. 


VII.-ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

Specific  Gravity  of  Solutions  of  Acetic  Acid.     E. Nickel. 
Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 15,  1793. 

The  specific  gravity  of  solutions  of  acetic  acid  in  water  at 
15°,  rises  gradually  until  a  maximum  gravity  of  l-0748  is 
reached  with  solutions  of  about  80  per  cent.,  after  which 
point,  with  increasing  strength  of  solution,  the  gravity  falls 
again  until  it  reaches  1  ■  0553,  the  anhydrous  acid  having 
the  same  gravity  as  a  43  per  cent,  solution.  Therefore, 
taken  as  an  indication  of  the  strength  of  a  solution,  any 
gravity  below  1-0552  can  only  represent  one  strength,  but 
above  1  ■  0552  the  gravity  would  be  that  of  two  strengths  ; 
fo**  example,  with  a  gravity  of  1  ■  0G74  the  strength  may  be 
either  94  or  58  percent.,  a  point  which  is  decided  by  adding 
water.  A  rise  of  gravity  would  then  indicate  the  higher 
percentage,  whilst  a  fall  would  indicate  the  weaker  solution. 

— D.  A.  L. 


Petroleum  and  Asphalt  at  Palena,  in  Payta.  Analogy 
between  Sail  and  Coal  Deposits.  C.  Ochsenius.  Chem. 
Zeit.  1891,15,  1866— 18G7. 

See  under  III.,  page  150. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Method  of  Enriching  Phosphated  Chalk  and 
other  Calcareous  Phosphates.  L.  C.  Delahaye,  Paris, 
Erance.     Eng.  Pat.  18,899,  November  21,  1890.     6rf. 

Tin-:  phosphatic  material  is  furnaced  in  order  to  transform 
the  calcium  carbonate  it  contains  into  caustic  lime.  It  is 
then    slaked   with   water   and   digested  with  a  solution   of 


ammonium  chloride  or  nitrate  which  dissolves  out  the  free 
lime,  and  thereby  concentrates  the  phosphatic  residue,  which 
is  collected  on  a  filter.  The  solution  containing  a  soluble 
calcium  salt  and  free  ammonia  is  regenerated  for  use  again 
by  passing  a  stream  of  carbonic  acid,  when  calcium 
carbonate  is  precipitated  and  the  original  amruoniacal  salt 
again  formed. 

The  inventor  also  claims  "  the  substitution  for  the 
ammonia  of  any  kind  of  ammonia  compounds,  such  as 
methylamines,  ethylamines,  whatever  be  their  formula  and 
constitution." — G.  H.  JS. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Chlorine  and  of  Strong 
Hydrochloric  Acid.  F.  M.  Lyte  and  O.  J.  Steinhart, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  21,225,  December  30,  1890.     Sd. 

Tuts  invention  is  for  the  purpose  of  producing  chlorine  from 
waste  liquors  containing  calcium  or  magnesium  chloride, 
and  is  based  on  the  fact  that  chlorine  and  hydrochloric  acid 
are  evolved  when  magnesium  chloride  is  heated  in  admixture 
with  a  suitable  manganite  such  as  Weldon  mud,  and  the 
yield  of  chlorine  is  considerably  increased  in  the  presence 
of  substances  capable  of  retarding  the  giving  off  of  the 
moisture  present  under  the  action  of  heat.  The  general 
reaction  is  expressed  in  the  equation  — 

5(MgCl2  +  6H.O)  +  Ca0.2MnO,.H„0  +  xCaCl.,  = 
(x  +  l)CaCl,  +  Mg(OH)2  +  4  CI  +~2  MnCU  +  2fi  ILO 

In  the  presence  of  sufficient  moisture  the  evolution  of  chlorine 
is  completed  during  the  heating  from  150°  to  350°  C. 
The  hydrochloric  acid  evolved  in  the  reaction  is  separated 
from  the  chlorine  by  condensation  and  is  used  in  one  or 
other  of  the  various  operations  so  as  to  be  converted 
ultimately  into  chlorine  only.  The  invention  comprises  a 
series  of  operations  of  which  the  final  products  are  calcium 
carbonate  and  chlorine.  Calcium  chloride  is  decomposed 
by  treatment  with  magnesia  and  carbonic  acid.  The 
specification  is  accompanied  by  a  graphic  representation  of 
the  interdependent  reactions  comprised  in  the  process,  and 
this  diagram  should  be  consulted  in  order  to  follow  the  cycle 
of  operations.  A  feature  of  the  process  is  the  low  degree 
of  temperature  used  by  which  the  magnesia  is  obtained  in  a 
"  soft  burnt  "  condition,  which  facilitates  the  reactions. 

— G.  H.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Sulphate  of  Alumina. 
J.  \V.  Kynaston,  Liverpool.  Eng.  Pat.  962,  January  20, 
1891.     6d. 

Sulphate  of  alumina,  after  having  been  treated  for  the 
removal  of  iron  and  other  impurities,  has  generally  a  yellow 
or  greenish  colour  which  is  due  to  the  presence  of  a  minute 
quantity  of  chromium.  This  invention  has  for  its  object 
the  removal  or  rather  neutralisation  of  the  colour  by  the 
addition  of  a  complimentary  one.  Methyl  orange  and 
Tropaeolin  OO  are  suitable  colouring  matters.  The  sulphate 
of  alumina  solution  is  concentrated  to  the  required  strength, 
and  to  the  hot  solution  is  added  as  much  dilute  solution  of 
Methyl-orange  as  an  experiment  has  shown  to  be  necessary. 
The  quality  of  the  colouring  matter  varies,  and  one  part  of 
Methyl  orange  will  produce  a  neutral  grey  tint  with  600  to 
1,200  parts  of  dissolved  oxide  of  chromium.  If  the 
chromium  be  present  as  chromic  acid  it  must  be  first 
reduced  to  a  chromic  salt  by  means  of  an  alkaline  sulphite 
or  other  reducing  agent. — G.  H.  B. 


An    Improvement    in    the    Process  for   the    Simultaneous 
Production  of  Cellulose  and  Oxalic  Acid  from  Vegetable 
Fibrous   Substances.     J.   Lifsehiitz,    Grunau,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  1824,  January  31,  1891.     Gd. 
See  under  XIX.,  page  176. 


162 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Automatic  Control  of 
Sulphuric  Arid  Supply  to  Carbonic  Acid  Generators 
Used     in    Aerated     Water    Manufacture    and    other 

Industries.       'A.    ( '.    Cox,    Olton.   "  Eng.    Pat.    17,034, 
October  7,  1891.     6d. 

The  supply  of  acid  to  the  generator  is  regulated  by  the 
agency  of  :i  syphon  with  equal  arms  and  turned-up  ends 
which  remains  tilled  with  acid  when  lifted  out  of  the  liquid, 
It  hangs  in  suspension  over  the  acid  reservoir  attached  to 
the  arm  of  a  lever  which  is  actuated  by  the  movement  of  the 
gasholder.  When  the  gasholder  is  being  emptied  the  syphon 
sinks  into  the  acid  and  delivers  a  stream  of  acid  iuto  the 
generator,    but    when    the    gasholder    is  full  the   syphon  is 

raised  from  the  acid  and  the  flow  of  acid  stops. — G.  H.  B. 


YIIL-GLASS,  POTTEEY.  AND 
EAKTHENWAKE. 

Dark    Brown     Glaze    for   Hoofing    Tiles.      E.    Cramer. 

Thonind.  Zeit.  1891,15,  693. 
It  is  advisable  to  glaze  only  well-burnt  non-porous  tiles,  as 
otherwise  water  finding  its  way  between  the  joints  and  at 
the  ungla/ed  edges,  and  afterwards  freezing,  will  cause  the 
glaze  to  crack  off.  A  good  dark-brown  glaze  which  flows 
readily  has  the  following  composition  per  cent.:  silica, 
.'.S-S;  alumina,  s  ■  1  a  ;  ferric  oxide,  7*98;  lime,  93G ; 
alkalis,  6*30;  loss  on  ignition,  8 '  39  ;  corresponding  to  the 
formula — 

0-7  CaO    1    fO-3  A1,0,    ,    .  Q.n 
0-3  Na.2O/l0'2Fe2O3  +  4  N    - 

A  loam  rich  in  lime  and  ferric  oxide  is  best  fitted  for  the 
production  of  a  glaze  of  this  description ;  it  should  be 
applied  to  the  ware  (the  latter  being  iu  the  air-dried 
condition)  suspended  in  water. — B.  B. 


The  Preparation  of  Gold  Glaze  for  Stoneware.     H.  Hecht. 
Thonind.  Zeit.  1S91, 15,  694. 

Gold  glazes  made  with  purple  of  Cassius  are  not  always 
satisfactory,  as  it  is  difficult  to  obtain  a  uniform  admixture 
of  the  gold  with  the  glaze  by  mechanical  means.  A  process 
has  been  worked  out  by  Muller,  of  Brunswick,  which 
depends  on  the  reduction  of  gold  chloride  by  means  of 
glucose  iu  alkaline  solution,  which  the  author  has  found  to 
give  beautiful  purple  precipitates  with  such  bodies  as 
magnesia,  lime,  baryta,  silica,  and  alumina.  As  applied  to 
glazes,  the  process  is  carried  out  as  follows  : — A  dilute 
solution  of  gold  chloride  is  mixed  with  the  liquid  glaze,  the 
mixture  made  alkaline  with  a  few  drops  of  sodium  carbonate, 
and  slightly  warmed  while  being  stirred  with  a  glass  rod. 
The  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  a  solution  of  glucose 
colours  the  whole  mass  bright  red  after  a  few  minutes. 
Leadless  glazes  gave  the  best  results.  For  example,  the 
following  mixture  was  prepared  : — 

I  Irais. 

34T»0  calcined  potash. 

95*50  crystallised  borax. 

■25'im  marble  or  chalk. 

19*25  witherite. 

1  WOO  sand  or  quartz. 

12*40  boric  anhydride. 
80  gnus,  of  this  were  mixed  with  20  grms.  of  Zettlitzet 
kaolin  and  made  into  a  "slip"  and  treated  as  described 
above.  Glazes  containing  0*01  per  cent,  of  gold  were  a 
delicate  rose  colour  after  hurnmg,  while  those  containing 
ol  per  cent,  of  gold  were  dark  red,  and  a  mixture  with 
0*0033  per  cent,  of  gold,  together  with  a  little  uranium, 
was  yellowish-pink.  The  use  of  ammonia  instead  of  sodium 
carbonate  gives  dirty  bluish-red  tones.  The  brilliancy  of 
the  glazes  is  very  great. — B.  B. 


0*25  Na20  ls*4Si08  0*13  BsOa 

ii-L'a  Call    [       derived  from 
0*25  BaO  j 


Change    in    Porcelain    Paste    bij    Storage.      II.    Seger. 
Thonind.  Zeit.  1891,  15,  813. 

When  stiff  porcelain  paste  is  rendered  slightly  alkaline  with 
a  few  drops  of  sodium  hydroxide,  carbonate,  or  silicate,  it 
becomes  much  thinner,  a  greater  part  of  the  agglutinating 
material  is  quickly  precipitated  and  settles  firmly  at  the 
bottom,  whilst  the  supernatant  liquid  takes  an  extraordinarily- 
long  time  to  become  clear.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
porcelain  paste  is  slightly  acidified  with  hydrochloric  or 
acetic  acid,  it  gets  so  much  stift'er  that  it  does  not  fall  out 
when  the  containing  vessel  is  inverted.  The  author  suggests 
that  the  improvement  observed  in  porcelain  paste  by  keeping 
may  be  due  to  similar  molecular  changes — probably  to  acid 
fermentation  of  organic  matter  in  the  water  used — and  he 
therefore  proposes  to  obviate  the  necessity  of  long  storage 
by  slightly  acidifying  the  paste. — D.  A.  L. 


On   a    Colour    Test   of  Kaolin    and    Sand.      E.   Nickel, 
them.  Zei't.  1891,15,  1125—1126. 

The  presence  of  ferric  oxide  in  Kaolin,  porous  tiles, 
earthenware,  sand,  &c.  may  be  demonstrated  by  the  appli- 
cation of  a  solution  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  acidified 
with  hydrochloric  acid,  the  substance  so  treated  becoming 
instantly  coloured  blue,  of  an  intensity  corresponding  with 
the  amount  of  iron  present. 

As  the  test  solution  soon  decomposes,  it  must  be  prepared 
immediately  before  use.  Care  must  be  taken  in  preparing 
it  that  a  precipitate  of  ferrocyanic  acid  is  not  produced. 

— E.  B. 


Astiestos  Porcelain  (Porcelaine  d'amiante).     M.  F.  Garros. 
Compt.  l'end.  1891,  113,  864—865. 

This  new  material  is  employed  for  the  filtration  and 
sterilisation  of  water,  wines,  vinegar,  and  other  liquids.  It 
is  prepared  from  the  purer  varieties  of  asbestos,  the  fibres 
of  which  are  among  the  finest  occurring  in  nature,  whether 
in  the  animal,  vegetable,  or  miueral  kingdom.  These  fibres 
reduced  to  powder  yield  particles  of  extreme  fineness,  and 
on  account  of  the  chemical  purity  in  which  the  mineral  is 
often  found,  foreign  particles  of  larger  size  are  eutirelv 
absent.  If  the  powder  is  not  absolutely  white  but  coloured 
with  a  yellowish  tint  it  is  washed  with  dilute  acid  to  remove 
the  oxide  of  iron.  The  powder  forms  a  paste  with  water 
which  can  be  moulded  to  any  desired  form.  The  articles 
are  then  dried  very  slowly  by  gentle  heat,  and  subsequently 
fired  for  17  or  18  hours  at  a  temperature  reaching  1,200°  C. 
The  extreme  fineness  of  the  pores  of  this  new  species  of 
porcelain  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  micro-organisms  will 
only  penetrate  the  material  to  a  certain  depth,  and  are  not 
able  to  traverse  the  substance  as  they  do  in  the  case  of 
ordinary  porcelain.  Hence  the  use  of  the  new  material  for 
sterilisation.  Water  containing  1,200  colonies  per  cubic 
centimetre  was  found  to  be  absolutely  sterilised  after  filtra- 
tion. After  being  used  for  filtration,  even  for  a  prolonged 
period,  the  asbestos  porcelain  is  restored  to  its  original 
condition  by  wiping  with  a  sponge  moisteued  with  hot 
water. — V .  ('. 


I'ATKNTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Leclanche  Cells.  D. 
K\  lands.  Stairfoot.  Eng.  Pat.  3170,  February  21, 
1891.     G</". 

See  under  XL,  page  169. 


Improvements  in  Couplings  for  Glass  Tubes  or  for  Tubes 
/nicd  with  Glass.  D.  Rylands,  Stairfoot,  and  1'.  Morant, 
Barnsley.     ling.  Pat.  ;>ArJ,  February  21,  1891.     Gd. 

The  invention  consists  of  a  socket  union  made  in  two  parts, 
the  object  achieved  being  the  joining  up  of  two  tubes  by 
turning  either    put    of    the    socket    instead   of    turning    the 


ivi,.  ,.9.  isf.2.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEJIICAL.  INDUSTRY. 


163 


tubes,  as  when  an  ordinary  sleeve  socket  is  used.  The  tail 
part  of  the  socket  is  furnished  with  a  flange,  the  head  part 
being  provided  with  a  circular  chamber,  large  enough  to 
admit  the  flange.  A  washer  of  gutta-percha  coatod  with 
shellac  tenders  the  joiut  air-tight. — \  .  1 1, 


An  Improved  Tool  for  Cutting  Glass  Tubes.  A.  \V. 
Chesterton,  Boston,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  20,211,  November 
20,  1891.      6d. 

I.N   this  tool    there   are   two  "  spring  tensioned   arms,"  pro- 
vided  with   a    rotating    cutter,   and    with   a   cutter   block 


Tool  fob  Cutting  -  Glass  Tubes. 

respectively.  There  is  a  fulcrum  block  between  the  two 
arms.  One  arm  is  spaced  out  to  measure  the  length  of  the 
tube.  A  clamping  lever  encircles  both  arms,  and  by 
changing  its  position  the  pressure  on  the  cutting  disc  can 
be  adjusted.— V.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for 
Manufacturing  Plate  Glass.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liver- 
pool. From  R.  S.  Pease,  Minneapolis,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  20,437,  November  24,  1891.     Sd. 

I.\  former  attempts  to  improve  the  manufacture  of  plate 
glass,  and  to  make  the  melting  continuous,  the  plan  has 
sometimes  been  tried  of  tipping  the  whole  tank.  This 
involves  very  costly  appliances.  Another  plan  has  been 
to  let  the  glass  flow  from  an  opening  in  the  bottom  or  wall 
of  the  tank.  The  hole,  however,  becomes  rapidly  enlarged, 
and  the  flow  cannot  be  properly  regulated. 

The  present  invention  consists  in  special  forms  of  oven, 
doors,  pots,  and  so  forth,  all  designed  for  the  purpose  of 
enabling  the  molten  "  metal "  to  be  poured  straight  from 
the  furnace  on  to  the  table.  The  pots,  which  are  somewhat 
cut  away  on  one  side  to  facilitate  tipping,  stand  in  two  rows 
on  either  side  the  centre  of  the  furnace,  the  floor  of  which 
slopes  so  as  to  form  a  sort  of  trough,  the  bottom  of  which 
is  closed  by  doors  or  gates  of  fire-brick,  backed  with  iron. 
The  best  arrangement  is  to  have  one  door  for  each  pair  of 
pots.  This  prevents  waste  of  heat.  The  floor  of  the  oven 
or  chamber  is  mounted  upon  iron  beams  or  girders  carried 
upon  columns,  leaving  a  space  below  the  chamber  for  the 
casting  table,  which  is  of  the  usual  form.  The  table  top  is 
close  below  the  floor  of  the  oven.  When  the  doors  or 
gates  are  opened  and  the  pots  tipped,  the  metal  flows  out 
from   the  lip  of  a  pot  which  is  itself  at   a  uniform   high 


temperature  through  an  atmosphere  of  the  same  temperature. 
It  encounters  no  cold  body,  as  is  the  ordinary  method,  and 
consequently  arrives  on  the  table  in  a  better  condition. 
Furthermore,  the  life  of  the  pot  is  greatly  prolonged  by  this 
invention,  since  the  alternate  heating  and  cooling  is  avoided, 

—V.  C. 


New  or  Improved  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  the 
Manufacture  of  Glass  Plates,  Cylin  iers,  Pipes,  and 
certain  other  Bodies.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool. 
From  B.  S.  Pease,  Minneapolis,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
20,439,  November  24,  1891.     8ct. 

It  has  formerly  been  proposed  to  produce  a  sheet  of  glass 
by  dipping  an  iron  bar  into  the  molten  metal  and  then 
raising  the  bar.  Owing  to  the  very  different  coefficients  of 
expansion  of  iron  and  glass,  the  glass  was  apt  to  crack 
before  it  could  be  severed  from  the  iron  "  bait." 

In  the  present  invention  a  glass  "  bait  "  is  used,  a  plunger 
being  allowed  to  descend  until  the  lower  edge  of  the  "bait  " 
dips  so  far  into  the  molten  metal  as  to  cause  a  partial 
fusion  of  the  edge.  On  reversing  the  motion  of  the  plunger 
the  molten  metal  follows  the  "bait."  Sheets,  hollow 
cylinders,  or  other  hollow  bodies  are  thus  formed.  The 
molten  metal  must  be  of  the  proper  consistency,  and  not 
too  fluid  when  the  "  bait "  is  introduced,  otherwise  the 
sheet  is  too  thin.  In  order  to  regulate  the  thickness  and 
maintain  uniformity  of  the  glass,  the  "  bait  "  (which  may 
have,  for  instance,  the  form  of  a  hollow  cylinder)  is  cooled 
inside  by  a  spray  of  water  and  outside  by  a  current  of  air. 
These  arrangements  secure  a  prompt  cooling  and  hardening 
which  enable  the  thickness  to  be  nicely  regulated. — V.  C. 


IX.-BUILDING  MATEEIALS,  CLAYS, 
MORTAES,  AND  CEMENTS. 


The  Manufacture  and  Properties  of  Slag  Cement.  G.  E 
Kedgrave.     Proc.  Inst.  Civil.  Eng.,  Session  1890—91,  105. 

The  manufacture  of  slag  cement  (for  details  of  which  see 
this  Journal,  1890,  863)  can  only  be  satisfactorily  carried  out 
when  the  composition  and  general  character  of  the  slag 
proposed  to  be  used  are  accurately  known.  The  following 
table  shows  the  chief  constituents  of  various  blast-furnace 
slags,  some  well  suited,  and  others  wholly  uusuited  for  the 
manufacture  of  cement : — 


Silica.      Alumina,     Liaie.      Foreign  Matter 


South  Wales 42-84 

Lancashire .      33*49 

Staffordshire 49'05 

Scottish 32-10 

Derbyshire 39'24 

North  Wales 31 '2s 

Cleveland 32'15 

Cleveland 35-45 


28-84 
10-12 
10-81 
2f28 
23-01 
12-41 
W53 
21-55 


23-13 
4G-97 
34-33 
35-43 
S2-03 
46-10 
40'50 
33-70 


2-11 
8-54 
5-78 
S'lO 
5-6G 
10-21 
4-82 
9-30 


The  cement  is  made  by  pulverising  granulated  slag 
together  with  slaked  "  fat "  lime  (see  this  Journal,  1890,  863). 
In  the  following  analyses  the  composition  of  a  typical  slag 
cement  is  contrasted  with  that  of  a  typical  Portland  cement. 


161 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1898. 


Slag  Cement.  Portlan-1. 


Lime 

Silica 

Alumina 

Oxide  of  iron 

Magnesia 

Carl)  nie  acid 

Water  (combined  with  lime). 

Sulphuric  acid 

Ins  iluble  and  other  matters  . 


46-33 
21-10 
1030 
093 

0-65 

6-45 

I 

0"94 


100-00 


The  chemical  composition  of  a  slag  will  not  by  itself 
servo  to  gauge  its  suitability  for  making  cement,  as  is  shown 
by  the  following  two  examples  of  slags  of  very  similar 
composition,  one  of  which  had  double  the  tensile  strength  of 
the  other. 


a. 


Silica 

Alumina 

I  

Oxide  of  iron  .... 

S0d:l     1 

Carbonic  acid 

Bloistiu-e 

'I      V 


.!•.,._- 

lirijl 

15-01 

17-1" 

0-03 

■  >•;- 

5-0i 

5 "  56 

U'03 

0-85 

6-88 

lOO'OO 


Tfnsii.k  Strength — 1  Cement  to  3  Sand. 


7  Days. 


•_>s  Days. 


'  Days. 


2S  Days. 


Lb.  per  Sq.  In.     Lb.  per  Sq.  In. 
326  431 


Lb.  per  Sq.  In 
150 


Lb.  p  r  Sq.In. 
208 


Slag  cement  has  a  tangible  advantage  over  Portland 
•  inasmuch  as  it  cannot  from  its  mode  of  manufacture 
contain  free  lime,  and  therefore  does  not  require  "  cooling  " 
in  aeration.  In  spite  of  the  fact  that  it  contains  about 
25  per  cent,  of  slaked  lime  it  keeps  well  in  sacks,  a  sample 
thus  kept  for  !5  months  only  showing  a  loss  of  tensile 
strength  of  about  5  per  cent.  When  tested  to  determine  its 
power  of  resisting  attrition  by  the  method  used  in  Germany 
(this  Journal.  1891,465),  slag  cement  does  not  give  such 
good  results  when  used  neat  as  Portland  cement,  but  is 
equal  to  the  latter  when  a  sand  mixture  is  employed.  The 
author  considers  that  the  property  possessed  by  slag  cement 
of  giving  higher  results  than  Portland  cement  when  mixed 
with  large  quantities  of  sand  gives  this  material  a  value 
which  has  hitherto  been  somewhat  overlooked  in  this 
country.  The  following  are  the  results  given  by  sundry 
slags  from  differeut  ironworks  : — 


l  Part  Cement.  3  Parts 


Neat. 


6II-5D 

7  Days. 

28  Days. 

7  Days. 

2S  Days. 

22*23 

Lb.  ]    ' 

Lb.  per 

Lb.  per 

Lb.  per 

7-22 

Sq.  In. 

Sq.  In. 

Sq.  In. 

s.,   In. 

South  Wales.... 

306 

350 

S-.2 

098 

i  :;j 

83 

120 

T10 

Staffordshire 

117 

230 

250 

North  Wale-. . . . 

10S 

137 

285 

315 

1-05 

227 

310 

310 

415 

1-03 

28  ' 

393 

US 

5»7 

1-01 

The  samples  had  approximately  the  same  fineness,  a 
residue  of  10  —  15  per  cent,  being  left  on  a  180  x  180  mesh 
sieve.  The  briquettes  were  hardened  for  24  hours  in  air, 
and  the  rest  of  the  time  in  water. 

A  sample  was  tested  at  the  Government  testing  station  at 
Berlin  with  the  following  results  : — A  residue  of  14  per  cent, 
was  left  on  a  sieve  with  5,000  meshes  per  sq.  cm.  and  of 
5  per  cent,  on  one  with  900  meshes.  All  but  1  per  cent, 
went  through  a  600-mesh  sieve.  The  strength  in  tension 
and  compression  of  the  sample  tested  neat  and  with  sand 
are  given  below  :  — 


Tensile  Strength 
after 

Compressive 
Strength  after 

7  Day-.     28  Days 

7  Days, 

28  Davs. 

Cement  to  sand  =1:3.         1-7    ' 

337G 

4269 

The  results  are  the  mean  of  a  number  of  concordant  tests, 
and  are  given  in  pounds  per  square  inch. — B.  B. 


Hyd.ra.vlic   Cements.      A.   Busch.     Dingl.   Polyt.   J.   1891, 

232,  116-120. 

The  difference  in  tensile  strength  caused  by  measuring  the 
quantity  of  sand  and  cement  used  in  making  standard 
briquettes  by  volume  instead  of  by  weight  has  been 
investigated  at  the   Berlin  testing  statiou  with  the  following 

result : — 


Strength  in 

tension  at  28 

Days. 


Strength  in 
compression 
at  28  Hays. 


Slag  cement  (1)..  . 


Slag  cement  (2)  — 

( 

Slagc- 


fBy  weight  .. 
(.By  volume.. 
(-By  weight  .. 


(.By  volume. 
By  weight  . 

By  volume. 


(~By  weight.. 
Portland  cemori 

(.By  volume  . 

i  ! :,.  weight., 
Portlan  1  cement  (5)  - 

(.By  volume  . 

By  weight.. 

■olumc . 

By  weight.. 

!y  volume  . 


(Byw 
Portland  cement  I  1 

(.By  v 

(By 
Roman  cement  (7)   < 

(.By 


Cilos.  per 
sq.  em. 

1-  65 

Kilos,  per 

sq.  cm. 

131-0 

11-25 

36*1 

22-90 

2.17 -4 

15-65 

161-7 

21-00 

184-8 

12-90 

B2-2 

20-90 

19-2o 

i-.;  0 

19-90 

l-s-v 

17-05 

151-li 

19-30 

189-0 

18-65 

171-9 

B  55 

ii.".-. 

::■- 1 

22-0 

Feb.  29, 18920 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


165 


The  briquettes  were  composed  of  one  part  of  cement  to  three 
of  normal  sand  by  volume  or  by  weight  as  given  above,  and 
were  allowed  to  harden  under  water  for  the  period  mentioned 
in  the  table. 

As  might  be  expected  from  the  comparative  lightness  of 
slag  and  Roman  cement,  the  differences  observed  were 
greater  in  their  case  than  in  that  of  Portland  cement,  being 
about  10 — 60  per  cent,  as  compared  with  12  per  cent.  All 
the  samples  were  finely  ground  and  of  normal  specific 
gravity. 

The  lengthy  time  necessary  for  ascertaining  the  degree 
of  soundness  of  hydraulic  cements  and  the  uncertainty  of 
the  judgments  that  can  be  pronounced  upon  them  by  the 
methods  in  common  use,  have  lead  to  the  device  of  more 
expeditious  and  reliable  processes.  Prominent  among  these 
i>  that  of  Deval  (.this  Journal,  1891,  255). 

The  author  has  carried  out  some  experiments  upon  the 
action  of  solutions  of  various  sorts  upon  slag  cement.  The 
results  are  shown  in  the  following  table:  — 


Cement  Composed  of   Solution  Containing 


Behaviour  after  Seven 
Days. 


last  -  furnace     she;       M;S< ),  1  per  emt.+     Test    pieces     ''blow- 

from  Tees  Bridge    I     NaOl  1  per  cent.         ins;." 

[ron  Works,  75  per     ,  NaCl  2  per  cent.  Test  pieces  sound. 


Slaked  lime. 
rent. 


25  per 


MirSO,  2  percent. 
Sea  water. 


Test     pieces      disin- 
tegrated. 
Test  pieces  sound. 


Blast-furnace     slar    rNaC12percent.         Test  pieces  sound. 

Iv'se  S1!"!11       MgS0.2percent.      Test      pieces     disin- 
rease,7B  per  cent.     .,  tegrated. 

Shekel  lime  •",  ner      NaCl  1  per  cent.4-     Test    pieces    "blow- 
,,.,,,  ''        I     MgSO,2perbent.       in;.'1 

LSea  water.  |  Test  pieces  sound. 


The  samples  when  hardened  under  fresh  water  behaved 
normally.  After  three  months,  the  test  pieces  which  Had 
been  hardened  in  all  the  solutions  other  than  that  of  sodium 
chloride  showed  symptoms  of  failure,  the  corners  being 
detachable  with  the  finger  nail.  From  these  results  it 
appears  that  magnesium  sulphate  has  an  active  destructive 
effect  upon  slag  cement.  The  author  considers  it  debatable 
whether  this  action  is  due  to  the  fact  that  magnesium 
sulphate  is  a  salt  of  magnesium  or  to  the  circumstance  that 
it  is  a  sulphate,  and  adduces  in  favour  of  the  former  view 
the  well  known  reaction  of  lime  upon  magnesium  salts. 
Against  this  is  the  statement  of  Michaelis,  who  considers 
that  solutions  of  calcium  sulphate  have  the  same  effect  as 
those  of  magnesium  sulphate,  while  magnesium  chloride 
has  no  such  deleterious  influence.  He  also  believes  that 
calcium  sulphate  combines  with  free  lime  to  form  a  basic 
sulphate  ( 'a.;S(  >.,  the  existence  of  which  is  confirmed  by 
Schott.  Whichever  be  the  precise  cause,  it  would  appear 
from  these  data  that  slag  cement  cannot  be.  relied  upon  for 
marine  work. 

The  suitability  of  Sorcl's  maguesia  cement  for  mariue 
work  and  its  general  capabilities  have  been  studied  by 
Weber.— B.  B. 


Prevention  of  the  Action  of  Frost  on  Portland  Cement 
Concrete.     Thonind.  Zeit.  1891,  15,  754. 

Kkinhofer  recommends  the  following  mixture  for  concrete 
to  resist  the  exfoliating  action  of  exposure  to  very  low  tem- 
peratures:— one  litre  of  Portland  cement,  one  litre  of  lime 
and  three  litres  of  clean  river  sand  are  mixed  with  a  solution 
of  one  kilo,  of  carbonate  of  soda  in  three  litres  of  water. 
The  test  pieces  were  exposed  to  a  temperature  of  about 
—  31 '5°  C.  for  14  \  hours  and  were  afterwards  heated  for 
three  hours  without  showing  signs  of  injury. ',  (Compare  this 
Journal,  1890,  511.)— B.  B. 


Artificial  Asphalt.  E.  Yaleuta.  Cent.  Org.  f.  Waaren- 
kunde  Tech.  1891,  1,  19  ;  Chem  Zeit^  Rep.  1891, 
15,211. 

See  under  XIII.,  page  170. 


PATENTS. 


Method  of  Manufacturing  Artificial  Granite  and  Marble. 
C.  George  and  C.  Wernaer,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
20,948,  December  23,  1890.     id. 

One  to  five  parts  of  finely-ground  blast-furnace  slag  are 
mixed  with  10  to  15  parts  of  "argilliferous  building  sand," 
one  part  of  granite  or  marble  in  small  pieces,  one  part  of 
fossil  meal,  "  and  a  flux  of  from  3  to  6  per  cent,  of  fluor- 
spar." A  further  addition  of  3  to  6  per  cent,  of  silicic  acid 
is  made  if  the  granite  or  marble  be  very  fine.  The  mixture 
is  fused  and  mixed  with  a  quanta  of  slag  and  sand  also 
fused,  and  is  coloured  "  by  the  addition  of  any  suitable 
colouring  matter."  Small  pieces  of  granite  marble,  &e.  may 
be  added  so  that  they  remain  partially  fused. — -B.  B. 


An  Improvement  in  Building  Cements.  Y.  J.  Reynolds, 
Longport,  and  J.  Brown,  Hampstead.  Eng.  Pat.  12,429, 
July  22,  1891.     Gd. 

One  quarter  of  a  pound  of  pearlash  is  dissolved  in  one 
gallon  of  water  and  freshly-burnt  lime  slaked  with  the 
solution.  The  slaked  lime  may  be  dried,  if  intended  to  be 
kept  before  being  used  in  the  manner  described  below.  A 
mixture  of  equal  quantities  of  nitrate  of  soda  and  pearlash 
may  be  used  instead  of  the  pearlash  alone.  The  prepared 
lime  is  made  into  the  stiffest  possible  paste  with  water  and 
0-5  per  cent,  of  its  weight  of  raw  sugar  or  other  saccharine 
matter  added,  together  with  sand,  brickdust,  blast-furnace 
slag  or  similar  gritty  materials.  The  mixture  may  be 
coloured  with  various  metallic  oxides,  or  salts  such  as  black 
oxide  of  manganese  or  sulphate  of  copper.  It  is  claimed 
that  the  use  of  the  solutions  of  potash  and  of  nitrate  of  soda 
is  to  effect  a  finer  division  of  the  lime,  especially  in  the  case 
of  poor  samples. — B.  B. 


An  Improved  Fireproof  Material.    C.  H.  Kopke,  Hamburg, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  13,491,  August  10,  1891.     id. 

The  patent  relates  to  the  utilisation  of  "  the  waste  products 
resulting  from  the  manufacture  of  photogen  (light  hydro- 
carbon oils),  the  coke  of  bog-head  coal,  for  the  purpose  of 
producing  a  valuable  fireproof  cement  and  other  fireproof 
substances."  The  coke  is  first  calcined,  then  ground  either 
wet  or  dry,  and  moulded  into  the  desired  shape.  The 
prepared  coke  may  be  used  as  a  cement,  alone  or  mixed 
with  lime  or  gypsum,  or  may  be  mixed  with  cork,  quart/,, 
water-glass  and  other  substances  for  the  production  of 
fireproof  materials. — B.  B. 


Z.-METALLUEGY. 

The  Manufacture  and  Properties  of  Slag  Cement. 
G.  R.  Redgrave.  Proc.  Inst.  Civil  Eng.,  Session  1890— 
1891,  105. 

See  under  IX.,  pages  163 — 164. 


Note  on  the  Precipitation  of  Copper  by  Iron,  and  the 
Action  of  Metallic  Iron  on  Solutions  of  the  Salts  of  the 
Sesquio.ride  of  Iron.  J.  C.  Essner.  Bull.  Soc.  Chim. 
1891,  3,  147 


-148. 


The  cinders    of   cupreous   pyrites  having  been  alternately 
moistened   and   dried   by  air,  when  extracted   with   water 


166 


THE  JOTJBNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


give-  a  solution  of  sulphate  of  copper  and  salts  of  the 
sesquioxide  of  iron.  This  treated  with  metallic  iron  at 
70  — 80°  C.  gives  metallic  copper  mixed  with  a  large 
quantity  of  the  hydrate  of  the  sesquioxide  of  iron.  The 
copper  exists  in  three  forms  :  powder,  grains,  and  fibres, 
the  form  depending  ou  the  structure  of  the  iron  employed. 
The  cupreous  solution  contain-  a  basic  sulphate  of  the 
sesquioxide  of  iron  which  reacts  with  the  metallic  iron 
according  to  the  equation — 

6  Fe2(OH)4S04  +  2  Fe  -=  6  FeSQ,  +  4  Fe._(OH)6 

In  solutions  of  the  normal  sulphate  of  the  sesquioxide 
part  of  the  salt  is  reduced  by  the  iron  to  the  salt  of  the 
protoxide  2  l-'e.i  SI ),) 3  +  IV.,  =  G  FeS04.  In  order  to  avoid 
the  precipitation  of  the  sesquioxide  the  cupreous  solution 
was  made  acid  with  HjSOj,  and  this  when  treated  with  iron 
gave  a  clean  deposit  of  metallic  copper. — J.  C.  C. 


Oh  the  Determination  of  the  Constants  and  the  Coefficient 
of  Elasticity  of  Nickel-Steel.  E.  Mercadier.  Compt. 
Kend.  1891,  113,  33—36. 

In  1887  and  1888  the  author  pointed  out  a  method  (founded 
on  Kirchoifs  theory  of  vibration  of  circular  discs)  by  which 

it  was  possible  to  determine  the  ratio      of  Lame's  constants 

M 
for  any  sonorous  body,  and,  consequently,  the  value  of 
its  coefficient  of  dynamic  elasticity.  The  application  of  this 
method  to  various  specimens  of  commercial  steel  showed 
that  only  slight  variations  existed  between  them  in  respect 
of  their  elastic  properties  (using  the  word  in  its  usual 
sense  as  referring  to  vibratory  motions  without  permanent 

\ 
deformation).     The   ratio  -  of  their  constant.-  varied  only 

H- 
about  5  per  cent,  above  or  below  the  mean  value,  and  their 
coefficient  of  dynamic  elasticity  varied  barely  1  per  cent, 
from  its  mean  value  (20,700  at  15J).  The  ratio  of  the 
coefficients-  of  dynamic  and  static  elasticity  for  these 
specimens  was  about  1*035.  They  contained,  however, 
less  than  1  per  cent,  of  foreign  substances  (carbon,  silicon, 
phosphorus,  sulphur,  and  manganese). 

Alloys  of  steel  with  chromium  and  nickel  are  now  used 
for  industrial  purposes,  and  the  proportion  of  nickel  in 
these  is  sometimes  as  high  as  25  per  cent.  The  author 
has  examined  the  elastic  properties  of  specimens  of  nickel- 
steel  from  Creusot,  the  specimens  being  in  the  form  of 
circular  discs  which  were  reheated  to  a  red  heat  after  being 
cast.  Xos.  1  and  2  contained  5*55  per  cent,  of  nickel; 
Xos.  3  and  4,  25'01  per  cent.  Discs  1  and  2  (although 
from  the   same  melt)   did   not   show  the   same   degree   of 

homogeneity,  for  the  ratio      hail   the  value  2*29   for  the 

first,  and  1*(!0  for  the  second:  the  discs  were  far  from 
being  isotropic.  On  the  other  hand  their  coefficients  of 
dynamic  elasticity  only  differed  by  2  per  cent,  from  the 
mean  value    (19,922).      The   discs   3    and   4  were   almost 

\ 
isotropic,  their  values  for        being    nearly   equal    to    unity. 

This  remarkable  result  appears  to  indicate  that  the  incor- 
poration of  nickel  (in  sufficient  quantity)  with  steel  tends 
to  make  it  isotropic.  At  the  same  time  it  produces  a 
considerable  variation  in  the  coefficient  of  dynamic 
elasticity,  reducing  it  (for  3  and  4)  to  18,000,  whereas 
that  of  pure  steel  ;-  20,700  (a  variation  of  10  per  cent.). 

The  ratio  of  the  coefficients  of  dynamic  and  static  elasticity 
is  1-035  for  pure  steel,  1-17  for  steel  containing  5 -55  per 
cent,  of  nickel,  and  1 -54  for  steel  containing  25  per  cent, 
of  nickel.  Tests  of  the  latter  made  in  the  manufactory  by 
the  ordinary  statical  methods  gave  values  of  the  coefficient 
varying  from  12,000  to  6,000  according  to  the  size  of  the 
specimen  and  the  mode  of  treatment  :  the  -pecimens 
ii  Ided  such  very  different  results  that  under  the  circum- 
stances it  was  impossible  to  regard  the  coefficient  of  static 
elasticity  as  having  any  real  and  determinate  significance. 

— 1>.  E.  J. 


Refractory  Bricks  of  Magnesia  and  Chrome  Iron  Ore. 
Leo.     Thonind.  Zeit.  1891, 15,  "00. 

The  author  ignited  a  sample  of  magnochromite  from 
Tampadel  in  a  Deville  blast  furnace  to  ascertain  its 
capability  of  withstanding  the  temperature  of  an  ordinary 
open-hearth  steel  furnace.  The  sample  had  the  composi- 
tion : — chromic  oxide,  35 — 42  per  cent. ;  ferric  oxide  and 
alumina,  19 — 22  per  cent.;  magnesia,  16 — 18  per  cent.; 
and  silica,  3 — 5  per  cent.  The  lining  of  the  Deville  furnace 
was  of  maguesite,  and  a  magnesia  brick  and  a  Dinas  fire- 
brick were  heated  at  the  same  time  for  the  sake  of  com- 
parison. The  result  of  the  experiment  shows  that  the 
chrome  iron  ore  and  the  Dinas  brick  were  completely  fused, 
while  the  magnesiau  lining  and  the  magnesia  brick  were 
unaffected  by  the  heat  and  unattacked  by  the  fused  sample. 

— B.  Ii. 


Action  of  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Nitric  Acid  on  Aluminium. 
G.  A.  Le  Boy.  Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  de  Rouen,  1891,  19 
232. 

The  author  states  that  the  commonly  received  view  that 
aluminium  is  unattacked  by  sulphuric  acid  or  nitric  acid 
whether  concentrated  or,  dilute  is  erroneous.  Four  samples 
of  aluminium  wer;  examined  by  him,  they  had  the  following 
composition  : — 


— 

Aluminium. 

Iron. 

Silicon. 

A 

PerCent. 

98' 28 

1-60 

0-12 

B 

95-15 

rrso 

0-25 

C 

99-6 

0*80 

o-io 

D 

90  '47 

IT  4) 

0*13 

The  samples  which  were  in  the  form  of  sheet  were  freed 
from  traces  of  grease  by  means  of  caustic  soda,  washed 
with  alcohol,  dried  and  weighed  and  exposed  to  the  action 
of  acids  of  various  strengths  for  12  hours.  The  results 
which  are  given  below  correspond  to  the  weight  of  the 
metal  dissolved,  calculated  in  grms.  per  square  metre : — 


Kind  of  Acid.  Sp.  (Jr.  Temp. 

°C. 

Pure  sulphuric rsi2 

Commercial  sulphuric  1*842 

Pure  sulphuric 1-711 

Commercial  sulphuric  1*711 

Pare  sulphuric 1*580    1".    20 

Pure  sulphuric 1*263 

Pureniiric 1*883 

Commercial  nitric  .. .  1*383 

Commercial  nitric  .. .  r:'S2 

Pure  sulphuric l'S42       15n 

Commercial  sulphuric  1*842      150 

Pure  nitric 1*883      100 

Commercial  nitric  .. .  1'3S3       100 


A. 


B. 


C. 


D. 


IS'40  18*90  16*40  14*50 

21-ni)  21-30  17T.il  16*40 

LH'511  25-on  22'no  20  no 

25*80  2f7o  24*60  22-40 

19*00  18*00  !7':to  16*30 

t*G0         ..         2*60  3-iu 

17(10  16*00  15*50  ll'5o 

20-50  19*60  18*00  16*60 

L6*80  16*30  ll'oo  13-40 

210  225          150  2oo 

2i;7  250         210  22" 

Energetic 
action. 


From  these  figures  it  is  apparent  that  even  commercially 
pure  aluminium  is  attacked  in  the  cold  by  both  nitric  and 
sulphuric  acids  of  whatever  quality,  and  that,  therefore,  its 
proposed  use  for  vessels  for  the  preparation  of  these  acid-  is 
ill-advised.— B.  B. 


Ik  ji.  1S92.  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


167 


The  Manufacture  of  Cobalt.     United  States  Consular 
Reports,  September  1891. 

The  large  and  important  chemical  works  of  the  Maletra 
Company,  at  Rouen,  finding  that  the  manufacture  of  soda 
and  its  products  had  ceased  to  be  profitable,  determined  to 
seel  some  better  use  for  the  large  portion  of  their  factory 
which  had  been  used  for  this  purpose.  In  searching  for  a 
substitute  which  would  employ  the  workmen,  utilise  the 
machinery  and  buildings,  anil  employ  the  capital  and  afford 
profit,  the  direction  naturally  sought  for  some  production 
for  which  France  relied  upon  other  countries  for  its  supply. 
They  found  that  cobalt  was  almost  a  monopoly  confined  to 
four  or  five  Euglish  and  German  houses,  although  the 
mineral  is  almost  entirely  brought  from  New  Caledonia, 
which  is  a  Fiench  colony. 

The  cobalt  for  trial  was  bought  in  the  London  market  and 
experimented  upon  in  the  well  equipped  laboratories  of  their 
works.  The  results  were  conclusive.  No  doubt  existed 
that  this  new  departure  was  perfectly  practicable.  The  only 
difficulty  was  to  obtain  the  raw  material. 

The  mineral  cobalt  abounds  in  New  Caledonia  and  is 
inexhaustible  and  co-extensive  with  the  island. 

The  working  of  the  mines  of  the  mineral  is  easy,  as  it  is 
often  found  on  the  surface,  and  when  it  is  below  the  trench 
does  not  exceed  20  ft.  in  depth.  The  cost  is  very  little,  and 
it  requires  to  be,  for  the  mineral  coutains  only  about  2  per 
cent,  of  cobalt. 

The  veins  of  cobalt  are  irregular  impregnations  of  asbolane 
disseminated  through  large  masses  of  clay  tinted  with  iron. 

This  asbolane  is  found  in  several  states.  It  is  easily  cut 
with  a  knife,  and  the  section  is  of  a  characteristic  blue- 
black  lustre.  It  is  mixed  generally  with  silica,  oxide  of 
iron,  and  clay.  Although  the  mineral  varies  in  the  different 
mines,  the  following  analvsis  gives  an  approximate  idea 
of  its  composition  : — 


Components.          Per  Cent. 

Components. 

Per  Cent. 

Peroxide    of    muii- 

IS 
3 
1-25 

8 

30 

a 

1 
1 

■:,■!■::, 

Pr^toxide  of  cobalt. 
Protoxide  of  nickel. 

Lost  by  drying  (water 
ami      oxygen        in 

Total 

100 

The  mineral  thus  obtained  is  sent  directly  to  the  London 
market,  on  account  of  the  facilities  of  transportation 
afforded  by  English  vessels.  These  ships,  carrying  wool 
from  Australia,  find  it  very  convenient  and  profitable  to 
take  in  for  ballast  the  mineral  cobalt,  which  enables  them  to 
carry  more  wool,  as  the  fibres  of  the  wool,  like  those  of 
cotton,  are  liable  to  be  broken  under  pressure.  The  freight 
of  the  mineral  to  London  is  about  15  to  18  francs  per  ton. 

The  London  market  has  thus  become  the  only  centre  of 
supply.  Iu  purchasing  this  article  at  London  the  tax 
imposed  of  :!6  francs  on  entry  iuto  France  upon  articles 
from  countries  outside  of  Europe  brought  to  European 
depots  prevented  competition  in  their  home  market  "with 
their  English  and  Germau  rivals.  The  only  remedy  was  to 
temporarily  admit  the  mineral  upon  the  express  stipulation 
that  the  product  should  be  all  sold  out  of  France,  and  thus 
avoid  the  payment  of  duties. 

This  deprivation  of  the  entire  French  market  interfered 
with  the  plans  of  the  company.  They  undertook  to  import 
directly  from  Noumea  by  a  maritime  transportation 
company  richly  subsidised  by  the  French  Government. 
This  company  offered  to  carry  the  freight  at  first  at 
28  francs  per  ton.  This  was  an  advance  of  10  francs  upon 
the  London  freight ;  but  having  no  competition,  soon  raised 
their  rates  to  XI  francs,  and  then  to  51  francs,  which  was 
prohibitive.  Iu  the  meantime  the  Maletras  works  sent  a 
most  competent  and  experienced  metallurgist  to  New 
Caledonia.  During  a  residence  of  18  months  he  made  a 
thorough  examination,  and  on  his  return  reported  a  new 
process  for  treating  the  minerals  of  cobalt.      Soon  after  he 


came  back,  about  three  years  since,  the  company  installed 
in  the  part  of  their  establishment  formerly  devoted  to  the 
manufacture  of  soda  the  apparatus  for  treating  the  minerals 
of  cobalt. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  method  employed  by 
the  Maletra  Company  : — 

The  mineral  in  a  state  of  powder  is  thrown  into  large 
vats  filled  with  a  solution  of  protosulphate  of  iron  and 
thoroughly  mixed  up  by  a  jet  of  steam.  The  manganese, 
the  cobalt,  and  the  nickel  are  taken  up  by  the  liquid  in  the 
form  of  sulphates.  The  iron  that  is  in  the  mineral,  as  well 
as  that  in  the  solution,  is  precipitated  in  the  form  of 
peroxide  and  partly  as  persulphate,  with  the  alumina  and 
silica.  The  liquid,  containing  iu  solution  the  manganese, 
cobalt,  and  nickel,  is  drawn  off,  and  the  residue  (containing 
iron  and  alumina)  is  passed  through  a  filter-press  and 
after  calcination  can  be  used  as  colcothar.  The  proto- 
sulphate of  iron  used  in  this  operation  is  made  in  the 
establishment  by  attacking  scrap  iron  by  one  of  the  residues 
rich  in  sulphuric  acid  known  as  bisulphate  of  soda.  This 
bisulphate  of  soda  forms,  with  the  scrap  iron,  protosulphate 
of  iron  and  also  sulphate  of  soda,  used  subsequently.  The 
sulphate  of  soda  is  separated  by  crystallisation.  The  liquid 
containing  the  manganese,  cobalt,  and  nickel  is  run  into 
stone  basins,  to  which  is  added  sulphide  of  sodium,  which 
precipitates  the  whole  of  the  cobalt  and  nickel,  but  leaves 
the  greater  part  of  the  manganese  in  solution.  The 
sulphide  of  sodium  is  produced  in  a  corner  of  the 
establishment  by  boiling  in  a  closed  vessel  one  of  the  by- 
products of  their  establishment  —  black-ash  waste  from 
their  carbonate  of  soda  furnaces — and  the  sulphate  of  soda 
residue  from  making  the  protosulphate  of  iron  already 
described. 

The  precipitate  containing  the  cobalt,  nickel  and  a  small 
quantity  of  manganese  is  washed,  passed  through  the 
filter-press  and  then  treated  with  perchloride  of  iron 
(produced  in  one  of  the  succeeding  operations),  which 
dissolves  the  manganese.  This  second  operation  gives 
(1 )  a  black  precipitate  of  comparatively  pure  sulphides  of 
cobalt  and  nickel;  (2)  a  liquid  containing  sulphate  and 
chloride  of  manganese.  To  the  liquid  is  added  chloride 
of  lime,  obtained  in  one  of  the  subsequent  operations,  and 
the  manganese  precipitated  by  the  lime  becomes  a  by- 
product used  in  the  Weldon  process. 

The  third  operation  consists  of  drying  the  sulphides  of 
cobalt  and  nickel  and  then  carefully  roasting  them  in  a 
reverberatory  furnace,  when,  if  carefully  done,  the  sulphides 
become  soluble  sidphates  of  the  two  metals. 

The  fourth  operation  is  the  most  difficult  and  remarkable 
one.  The  soluble  sulphates  are  now  washed  with  boiling 
water.  The  solution  is  treated  with  chloride  of  calcium 
Of  the  solution  (a)  containing  chloride  of  cobalt  and  nickel 
a  certain  quantity  is  taken,  and  the  cobalt  and  nickel  are 
precipitated  by  lime.  This  precipitate  of  oxide  of  nickel 
and  cobalt  is  washed  to  remove  any  chloride  of  calcium  that 
might  remain,  then  placed  in  a  suitable  vessel,  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  water  added,  and  submitted  to  a  current  of 
chlorine  gas  and  air  under  pressure  to  produce  a  thorough 
mixing.  To  the  peroxides  so  obtained  is  added  a  new  portion 
(4)  of  the  liquid  a,  and  the  two  mixed  up  thoroughly 
by  a  jet  of  steam,  and  a  curious  change  takes  place.  The 
peroxide  of  nickel,  changing  into  protoxide,  enters  into 
solution  and  is  displaced  continuously  by  an  equivalent 
proportion  of  cobalt  from  the  first  solution.  The  liquid  then 
contains  chloride  of  nickel,  the  cobalt  being  precipitated  as 
peroxide  of  cobalt.  The  second  portion  (6)  is  calculated  so 
as  not  to  displace  the  whole  of  the  nickel.  This  liquid  is 
now  run  off  and  a  fresh  quantity  of  a  added,  aud  so  on 
until  on  testing  it  is  found  that  the  precipitate  contains 
nothing  but  peroxide  of  cobalt  pure,  when  the  operation  is 
finished.  The  solutions  containing  nickel  are  treated  with 
lime,  and  the  nickel  precipitated  as  oxide.  The  products  of 
the  operation  are  (1)  protoxide  of  nickel,  (2)  peroxide  of 
cobalt,  (3)  chloride  of  calcium.  The  chloride  of  calcium  is 
required  in  one  of  the  preceding  operations.  The  separated 
oxides  of  nickel  and  cobalt  are  filter-pressed,  dried  and 
calcined. 


168 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892, 


XL-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Secondary  Batteries.     G.  H.  Kobertson.     Jour.  Soc.  Arts, 
1891,  40,  14—61. 

lx  the  introduction  the  author  traces  briefly  the  historj'  of 
the  secondary  or  reversible  battery  from  its  first  discovery 
by  Gautherot  in  1801,  to  the  discovery  of  the  peroxide  of 
lead — lead  couple — by  Plante  in  1859. 

Passing  on  to  1880,  the  date  of  the  introduction  of  the 
Faure  cell,  when  the  growth  of  electrical  engineering  led  to 
a  commercial  demand  for  some  means  of  storing  electrical 
energy,  the  copper-zinc,  lead-zinc,  copper-lead,  and  alkaline 
copper  forms  of  secondary  cells  are  shortly  described. 
Then  the  author  deals  with  the  improvements  which  have 
been  effected  in  the  Plante  and  Faure  types  of  lead  reversible 
batteries,  and  points  out  that  since  the  characteristics  of 
the  original  cell  are  common  to  all,  it  is  important  to 
discover  whether  they  can  be  affected  by  mechanical 
alterations,  or  whether  they  are  due  to  the  chemical 
reactions  involved  in  the  working  of  the  couple.  The  first 
part  of  the  paper  deals  with  the  principal  improvements  in 
construction. 

I.  Improvements  in  the  Plante  Type. — The  Plante  type 
is  defined  as  that  in  which  the  peroxide  of  lead  and  spongy 
lead  are  formed  direct  from  metallic  lead  by  electrolysis. 
In  this  type  obtaining  porosity  has  been  the  chief  aim  of 
inventors,  since  both  the  weight  of  the  plate  and  the  time 
required  for  formation  can  be  shortened  by  making  the  plate 
porous,  and  thus  exposing  more  surface  to  the  action  of  the 
acid  and  charging  current.  The  methods  which  have  been 
suggested  from  time  to  time  may  be  classified  under  three 
headings  :  — 

A.  Chemical. — The  plates  are  subjected  to  some 
"pickling"  process,  or  some  special  ,! forming"  bath  is 
used. 

1!.  Mechanical. — The  plates  are  made  of  granulated 
lead,  wire,  or  some  form  of  finely-divided  lead. 

C.  Electrolytic. — (1.)  The  fineby-divided  lead  is  obtained 
by  the  electrolysis  of  some  salt  of  lead;  (2),  some  salt  of 
lead  is  formed  into  a  plate  by  pressure,  or  otherwise,  and 
then  reduced  to  metallic  lead. 

II.  Improvements  in  the  Faure  Type. — The  Faure  type 
is  defined  as  that  in  which  the  peroxide  of  lead  and  spongy 
lead  are  formed  by  electrolysis  from  some  oxide  applied  to 
the  plates. 

In  this  class  of  till  it  is  obviously  desirable  that  the 
supporting  part  of  the  electrode  should  be  light  and  not 
weakened  by  taking  part  in  the  chemical  reactions.  These 
requirements  have  been  met  in  many  instances  by  replacing 
the  solid  lead  plate  by  a  grid,  usually  made  of  an  alloy  of 
lead  and  antimony,  since  such  an  alloy  is  less  acted  on  by 
the  acid  and  is  much  stronger  than  pure  lead. 

The  other  improvements  fall  into  two  principal  divisions: — 

A.  Those  which  have  for  their  object  the  retention  of  the 
paste  on  the   plate,  and  they  may  be  classed  under  four 

headings : — 

(1.)  The  plate  is  not  perforated,  but  grooves  or  rei  ssi  - 
are  made  on  the  surface  so  as  to  afford  a  lodgment 
for  the  active  material. 

(2.)  The  support  is  some  form  of  "  grid." 

(3.)  The  active  material  is  enclosed  in  a  perforated 
conducting  retaining  vessel. 

(4.)  The  enclosing  vessel  or  plates  are  made  of  some 
non-conducting  material,  or  some  inactive  sub- 
stance is  packed  between  the  plates  to  prevent 
short-circuiting  and  retain  the  active  material. 

15.  Those  intended  to  provide  better  connection  between 
the  support  and  the  active  material. 

Instances  under  each  heading  are  given  from  cells  and 
processes  of  formation  in  commercial  use.  The  cells 
described  are  the  "  Beynier,"  "  I  l'.s,"  "  OerlikoD,"  Messrs. 
brake  and  Gorham's  "  D.P.,"  "Tommasi,"  "  Julieii," 
"Gadot,"      "Crompton-Howell,"     "Atlas,"      "Roberts," 


"  Legay,"  "  Tudor,"  and  all  the  information  which  could  be 
obtained  in  respect  to  these  cells  is  given  in  a  tabulated 
form. 

In  the  second  part  of  the  paper  the  author  deals  with  the 
chemistry  of  the  acid,  and  points  out  that  although  so  many 
different  modes  of  manufacture  and  preliminary  treatment 
have  been  resorted  to,  all  the  batteries  which  depend  for 
their  action  on  the  couple  formed  between  lead  and  lead- 
peroxide  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  exhibit  the  characteristic 
peculiarities  noticed  by  Plante  in  his  cell,  namely : — The 
high  initial  E.M.F.  of  a  freshly-charged  cell ;  the  fall  of 
E.M.F.  on  breaking  the  charging  circuit,  with  corresponding 
rise  on  breaking  the  discharging  circuit ;  the  very  rapid 
fall  towards  the  end  of  discharge  which  occurs  earlier  the 
more  rapid  the  discharge  is,  and  is  not  due  to  the  exhaustion 
of  the  active  material,  as  after  a  rest  a  fresh  discharge  can 
be  obtained.  As  the  defects,  namely,  sulphating  and 
buckling,  which  have  retarded  the  introduction  of  reversible 
lead  batteries,  are  also  common  to  the  two  types,  it  appeared 
possible  that  they  were  due  to  the  same  causes  which 
produced  the  variations  in  E.M.F. ,  and  which  Plante  has 
ascribed  to  the  formation  of  peroxides  in  the  acid. 
Berthelot,  in  1878,  discovered  persulphuric  acid  (rLS2Os), 
and  showed  that  it  is  the  primary  product  of  the  electrolysis 
of  sulphuric  acid  solutions,  and  that  its  decomposition  is 
attended  with  the  formation  of  hydrogen  dioxide. 

As  there  was  evidence  to  show  that  the  addition  of 
sodium  sulphate,  as  recommended  by  Barber  Starkey, 
affected  the  E.M.F.  of  the  cell,  it  seemed  possible  that  the 
different  behaviour  of  cells  containing  this  substauce  was 
due  to  its  catalytic  action  on  hydrogen  dioxide,  and  furnished 
a  clue  to  the  reactions  normally  occurring. 

The  investigation  was  aided  by  Mr.  Preece,  who  allowed 
experiments  to  be  carried  out  at  the  General  Post  Office, 
where  one  half  of  the  secondary  cells  contain  1  per  cent,  of 
sodium  sulphate  and  the  other  half  ordinary  dilute  acid, 
density  1,180.  The  Post  Office  records  showed  that  the 
sulphating  was  much  less  in  the  case  of  cells  containing 
sodium  sulphate  than  iu  those  without.  As  an  instance  of 
this,  in  the  case  of  two  short-circuited  cells  with  badly 
broken  plates,  the  density  of  the  electrolyte  had  fallen  from 
1,170  and  1,180  respectively  to  1,100,  while  in  two  sodium 
sulphate  cells  under  similar  conditions  the  density  had  only 
fallen  from  1,200  to  1,180.  This  was  strong  evidence  in 
favour  of  the  hydrogen  dioxide  formed  in  the  working  of 
the  cell  being  appreciable  in  quantity,  since  if  sulphating 
were  only  due  to  local  action  between  the  support  and  the 
paste,  there  does  not  appear  any  reason  why  the  addition  of 
sodium  sulphate  should  affect  it. 

In  the  sodium  sulphate  cells  the  amount  of  the  oxidising 
agent  was  usually  less  than  iu  the  plain  cells.  Whenever 
the  cells  were  tested  they  were  always  found  to  contain 
"  active  oxygen,"  which  was  due  to  the  presence  of 
persulphuric  acid  and  peroxide  of  hydrogen  in  varying 
proportions.  It  was  also  found  that  electrolysed  acid  was 
able  to  reduce  pure  peroxide  of  lead  in  a  flask  where  the 
reduction  could  not  be  due  to  local  action. 

The  cause  of  the  pink  colour  of  the  acid,  sometimes 
noticed,  was  found  to  be  manganese.  This  result  is 
important,  for  it  is  well  known  that  the  pink  colour  dis- 
appears from  the  acid  iu  a  short  time  if  it  is  taken  from  the 
cell,  and  as  persulphuric  acid  has  no  action  on  permanganate, 
but  hydrogen  dioxide  decolorises  it,  this  disappearance  of 
the  colour  shows  that  the  latter  is  formed. 

The  presence  of  hydrogen  dioxide  having  been  proved, 
both  directly  and  indirectly,  its  effect  on  the  EM.F.  of  the 
cell  was  tested,  and  it  was  found  to  increase  the  E.M.F. 
when  present  at  the  peroxide  plate,  but  to  lower  it  when 
present  at  the  lead  plate. 

In  conclusion,  the  author  points  out  that  from  the  same 
faults  appearing  in  cells  of  such  different  construction,  and 
judging  also  from  the  results  of  the  experiments  recorded 
in  the  paper,  it  would  appear  that  the  troubles  occurring  in 
batteries  are  due  rather  to  causes  arising  in  the  working 
than  in  the  manufacture.  What  is  required  is  some  sub- 
stance which  can  be  added  to  the  acid  to  check  the  formation 
of  the  oxidised  bodies  iu  it,  which  cause  sulphating,  without 
at  the  same  time  injuring  the  plates  in  other  ways. 


Feb.  29, 1882.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


169 


In  discussion,  Mr.  James  Swinburne  said  that  b.2  had 
tried  a  number  of  experiments  on  forming  processes,  and 
thought  the  best  results  were  obtained  by  the  use  of  a 
solution  which  first  dissolved  the  lead  and  then  precipitated 
it.  Nitric,  sulphuric,  and  acetic  acids,  various  chlorides, 
and  a  large  number  of  other  solutions  were  tiied,  but  the 
great  trouble  was  that  traces  of  the  material  were  left  in  the 
cell  which  would  eventually  eat  through  the  plate  and 
destroy  it.  The  least  trace  of  chloride  was  fatal.  The  best 
results  were  obtained  with  a  mixture  of  acetic  and  sulphuric 
acids.  By  increasing  the  strength  of  the  acid  a  higher 
E.M.F.  could  be  got,  but  there  was  a  limit  to  the  strength 
which  could  be  used,  as  at  a  certain  strength  the  spongy 
lead  began  to  decompose  the  solution.  lie  regretted  more 
information  had  not  been  given  about  copper  and  other 
cells,  and  believed  the  tendency  now  was  to  turn  to  copper 
for  the  cell  of  the  future. 

Mr.  M.  Immisch  said  the  cells  now  made  would  be  very 
satisfactory  if  manufacturers  would  give  them  more  output 
in  proportion  to  their  weight.  He  had  tried  solid  peroxide 
plates,  but  though  at  first  the  results  were  marvellous  they 
did  not  last. 

Mr.  Bernard  Drake  said  if  excessive  sulphating  could  be 
avoided  there  would  be  no  buckling  :  but  if  batteries  were 
allowed  to  run  out,  and  were  left  under  conditions  which 
would  produce  excessive  sulphating,  nothing  would  save 
them.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  acid  should  be  varied 
according  to  the  work  required.  With  regard  to  copper 
cells  tlie  return  in  proportion  to  weight  was  certainly  greater 
than  from  lead,  but  the  invariable  difficulty  was  that  the 
zinc  appeared  to  be  soluble  in  the  solution. 

Mr.  Robertson,  in  reply,  said  diminution  of  weight 
was,  of  course,  the  great  point,  and  he  hoped  when  they 
knew  more  about  what  happened  in  a  cell  the}'  would  be 
able  to  construct  them  better.  Mr.  Drake  had  confirmed 
his  view  that  the  strength  of  the  acid  should  depend  on  the 
work  to  be  done. 

The  Chairman  (Mr.  W.  H.  Preece)  thought  that  the 
cause  of  buckling  was  one  of  the  great  troubles  chemists 
ought  to  attack.  He  also  gave  an  instance  of  the  practical 
use  of  soda.  In  May  last  it  was  reported  to  him  that  there 
were  28  E.P.S.  13  L  cells  terribly  sulphated,  which  bad 
resisted  various  attempts  to  get  them  into  order.  About 
half  a  pint  of  a  saturated  solution  of  carbonate  of  soda 
was  added  to  each  cell,  and  at  once  the  whole  difficulty 
disappeared, — G.  H.  R. 


.1  rtificial  Asphalt.  E.  Valenta.  Centr.  Org.  f .  Waarenkunde. 
Tech.  1891,1,  19;  Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  1891,15,  211. 

See  under  XIII.,  page  170. 


PATENT. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Leclanche  Celts. 
I).  Rylands.  Stairfoot.  Eng.  Pat.  3170,  February  21, 
1891.     GcZ. 

Tub  object  of  the  invention  is  to  keep  the  porous  pot  in  the 
centre  of  the  glass  cell,  and  so  that  it  shall  not  touch  the 
inside  of  the  mouth  of  the  glass  cell.  This  is  accomplished 
in  one  of  three  ways  :  first,  while  the  bottom  of  the  glass 
is  in  a  plastic  state  a  plunger  is  introduced,  forming  a 
depression  in  the  thickness  of  the  glass  bottom.  Into  this 
depression  the  porous  pot  fits  ;  or  secondly,  a  shallow  glass 
cell  is  introduced  into  such  depression,  and  the  porous  pot 
stands  inside  the  shallow  glass  cell ;  or,  thirdly,  the  bottom 
of  the  glass  cell  is  indented  from  the  outside,  and  the  bottom 
of  the  porous  pot  is  indented  also  from  the  outside  in  such 
a  way  that  the  pot  fits  over  the  raised  portion  of  the  bottom 
of  the  glass  cell,  and  is  retained  in  this  manner  in  a  vertical 
position  in  the  middle  of  the  glass  cell. — V.  C. 


XII.-FATS,   OILS,   AND  SOAP 
MANUFACTURE. 

A  Rapid  Method  of  Determining  the  Composition  of 
Lubricating  Oils.  11.  Clipper.  Chem.  News,  1892, 
65,  27—28. 

See  under  Will.,  page  182. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Separation  or  Treatment  of  Fatty  or 
Greasy    Matters  from    the     Wash-Waters    of    Wool- 
Washing  or  Scouring  Establishments.     C.  W.  Kimmins, 
Cambridge,    and    T.    Craig,    Bradford.     Eng.    Pat.    92, 
January  2,  1891.     6c/. 
In  the  processes  now  generally  in  vogue  for  separating  fatty 
matters    from    wash-waters,    the    sulphuric  acid  used   acts 
injuriously  on  the  fatty  materials  as  well  as  on  the  apparatus 
used    for   their   mechanical   separation.     To    minimise   the 
objectionable  action  of  the  acid  the  patentees  precipitate 
tlie    fatty   matter   from  wash-waters    by    means    of   either 
suitable  neutral  salts,  such  as   chloride  of  calcium  or  these 
in  conjunction  with  lime  or  bleaching  powder.     From  the 
separated  fatty  matters   a  better  cake  may  be  obtained  by 
the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  a  soluble  sulphate.     The 
cake  is  decomposed  with  sulphuric  acid,  and  the  colour  of 
the  resulting  product  may  be   improved  by  passing  through 
it  air,  gas,  or  steam,  at  a  comparative  low  temperature. 

— K.  E.  M. 

Improved  Filter  for  Oils,  Lubricants,  and  other  Fluids. 
W.  H.  Willcox,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  101,  Jauuarv  2, 
1891.     Gel 

Tins  oil  filter  consists  of  two  concentric  cylinders,  the  inner 
cylinder  communicating  with  the  annular  space,  through 
grids  at  the  bottom,  and  between  which  a  suitable  filtering 
medium  is  placed.  The  oil  to  be  filtered  being  placed  in 
the  annular  space  between  the  two  cylinders,  rises  up 
through  the  grids  and  filtering  medium  into  the  inner 
cylinder,  whence  the  filtered  oil  is  removed  through  a 
suitable  pipe.— 0.  H. 


An  Improved  Oil  Filter.  C.  E.  Masterman  and  "  Wood- 
house  and  Rawson,  United  Limited,"  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  1976,  February  3,  1891.     %d. 

Ax  air-tight  vessel  of  metal  or  other  suitable  substance 
preferably  cylindrical,  is  divided  by  a  horizontal  diaphragm 
into  two  chambers,  the  upper  for  the  reception  of  dirty 
oil  to  be  filtered,  and  the  lower  for  the  collection  of  the 
clean  filtered  oil.  The  diaphragm  consists  of  a  disc  of 
perforated  metal  or  wire  gauze,  upon  which  is  laid  fine 
cotton  waste  and  one  or  more  discs  of  perforated  metal, 
with  corresponding  layers  of  cotton  waste,  the  whole  being 
kept  in  place  by  a  perforated  plate  on  the  top,  pressed 
down  by  a  heavy  iron  ring.  The  lower  chamber  is  fitted 
with  an  inlet  and  an  outlet  cock  at  the  top,  and  an  outlet  cock 
at  the  bottom,  by  means  of  which  it  may  be  filled  with 
clean  oil  to  start  with,  the  out-flow  of  which  will  tend  to 
aspirate  the  dirty  oil  through  the  filter-plate.  A  separate 
vessel  may  be  connected  with  the  upper  chamber  as  a 
settling  tank  for  the  dirty  oil,  and  to  allow  any  water  it 
may  contain  to  separate  before  passing  to  the  filter.  —  B.  B. 


Improvement  relating  to  Candles.     G.  E.  Farrow,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  16,986,  October  6,  1891.     6</. 

In  order  to  extinguish  candles  automatically  and  at  the 
same  time  prevent  waste,  the  patentee  secures  an  obstruction 
of  suitable  non-eombustible  material  upon  the  wick.  When 
the  candle  burns  down  to  the  obstruction  this  will  cause 
extinction.  The  remaining  small  piece  of  candle  may  now 
be  inverted  and  relighted  by  the  projecting  part  of  the  wick 
at  the  lower  end. — K.  E.  M. 


170 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29, 1862. 


An   Improved  Lubricating  Compound  jor  the  Chains  and 

Bearings  of  ( 'ycles  and  for  other  Purposes.  H.  H.  Lake, 
London.  From  J.  Ketchum,  Brooklyn,  U.S.A.  Kng. 
Pat.  17,553,  October  14,  1891.  id. 
Metallic  ehronjites,  preferably  cbromite  of  iron,  in  the 
condition  of  an  inpalpable  powder,  mixed  with  glycerin  or 
other  suitable  "  suspending  or  binding  material  "  is  said 
to  be  an  efficient  lubricating  compound  for  bearings  of  all 
kinds. — K.  E.  M. 


Improved  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Extracting  Fatly 
Particles  from  Emulsions.  C.  'l).  Hellstrrjm,  Sala, 
Sweden.  Eng.  Pat.  17,654,  October  15,  1891.  6rf. 
With  a  view  to  increase  the  rapidity  and  completeness  of 
separation  of  fats  from  emulsions  such  as  milk,  the  patentee 
makes  use  of  a  centrifugal  separator  in  which  the  emulsion 
on  its  passage  from  the  centre  to  the  casing  has  to  take  an 
nndulatory  path  between  discs   or  rings  consisting  of  con- 


Afparatus  for  Extracting  Fatty  Particles  from 
Emulsions. 

centric  corrugations.  Annexed  Figure  shows  the  arrangement 
used  by  patentee. — K.  E.  M. 


XIII— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  TAENISHES. 
EESINS,  INDIA-EUBBEE,  Etc. 

Pigments  and  Vehicles  of  the  Old  Masters.     A.  P.Laurie. 
J.  Soc.   Arts,  1892,  125,  133,  150—164,  and  171—178. 

Of  the  great  variety  of  pigments  used  by  the  old  masters 
many  are  only  suitable  for  miniature  painting  or  under 
conditions  where  they  are  protected  from  the  action  of 
sunlight  and  moisture.  A  few  only  were  used  in  fresco 
painting.  ( Ither  pigments  which  were  admissible  in  the 
purer  air  of  ancient  cities  or  in  dry  climates  such  as  that  of 
Italy,  are  unsuitable  in  the  atmosphere  of  modern  towns  and 
in  moister  climates.  In  reviewing  the  list  of  the  pigments 
generally  employed  for  oil  painting  by  the  old  masters  oneis 
struck  by  the  fact  that  many  are  of  such  a  character  as  to  act 
injuriously  upon  other  pigments  unless  carefully  isolated. 
Yet  such  pigments  are  frequently  found  to  have  preserved 
their  brilliance  for  centuries.  Others  again  are  affected  by 
air  in  the  presence  of  moisture.  The  author  shows  that  the 
oils  and  varnishes  usually  employed  at  the  present  time  are 
far  from  furnishing  a  perfect  protection  from  the  access  of 
air  and  moisture.  In  these  experiments  dehydrated  copper 
sulphate  was  coated  with  the  varnish,  placed  in  a  desiccator 
and  subsequently  exposed,  when  the  more  or  less  rapid 
colouration  of  the  copper  sulphate  proved  the  incomplete 
character  of  the  protection  afforded  by  the  varnish.  Similar 
experiments  are  considered  by  the  author  to  disprove 
Eastlake's  theory  that  the  preservation  of  the  colour  in  such 


paintings  as  those  of  Van  Eyk  is  due  to  the  use  of  an 
oleoresinous  vehicle,  i.e.,  one  in  which  a  resin  dissolved  in 
oil  is  mixed  with  oil.  The  author  is  rather  inclined  to 
attribute  the  preservation  of  these  colours  to  the  use  of 
balsams  such  as  Venice  turpentine  (the  balsam  of  the 
larch)  which  he  finds  to  afford  a  fairly  complete  protection 
from  moisture.  He  points  out,  however,  that  these  balsams 
are  unsuited  for  modern  work,  owing  to  their  stickiness, 
which  does  not  admit  of  rapidity  of  execution.  Much 
might  be  done,  however,  for  the  permauence  of  modern 
paintings  by  the  exclusion  of  dangerous  pigments,  the 
careful  preparation  of  the  pigments  used,  and  particularly 
by  paying  more  attention  to  the  purity  and  mode  of 
preparation  of  the  oils. 

The  author  deals  at  some  length  with  the  properties  of 
white  lead.  The  old  masters  appear  to  have  uniformly 
employed  that  made  b}-  the  Dutch  process  which  contains 
hydrate.  The  presence  of  the  hydrate  results  in  the 
formation  of  a  lead  soap  with  the  oil,  thus  forming  a 
leathery  substance  of  great  durability.  The  precipitated 
white  lead  preferred  by  modern  artists  on  account  of  its 
greater  purity  of  colour  has  not  this  property.  A  mixture 
of  the  two  is  believed  to  be  fairly  satisfactory.  The  author 
considers  that  too  much  importance  is  attached  to  the  fact 
that  a  sulphurous  atmosphere  discolours  this  pigment,  as 
the  colour  is  restored  by  exposure  to  sunlight. — V.  C. 


Artificial  Asphalt.  E.  Valenta.  Centr.  Org.  f.  Waaren- 
kunde  u.  Tech.  1891  1,  19;  Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  1891, 
15,211. 

By  adding  sulphur  to  molten  rosin  a  clear  mass  is  obtained 
which  on  heating  turns  brown,  froths  up  and  gives  off 
hydrogen  sulphide  ;  at  250°  this  evolution  of  gas  is  regular 
until  it  ceases,  when  the  mass  becomes  brownish-black. 
The  product  contains  sulphur,  is  pitchy,  and  closely 
resembles  Syrian  asphalt  in  properties.  It  is  insoluble  in 
alcohol,  but  dissolves  readily  in  chloroform  and  benzene ;  a 
thin  la3'er  of  the  latter  solution  when  allowed  to  dry  on 
glass,  deposits  a  solid  varnish  which  is  extremely  sensitive 
to  light.— D.  A.  L. 


PATENTS. 


The  Manufacture  of  an  Improved  Preparation  of  Dryers 
or  Siccative  Material  for  Mixing  with  Paints. 
W.  X.  Hartley,  Dublin,  and  \V.  E.  lilenkiusop,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  1267,  January  23,  1891.     id. 

This  preparation  is  a  mixture  of  manganese  linoleate  with 
a  finely-powdered  metallic  ovide  or  salt,  which  can  have  no 
injurious  action  on  the  paint,  such,  for  example,  as  zinc 
oxide,  carbonate  or  sulph.Ue,  china  clay,  silica,  or  kieselguhr. 
The  mixing  may  be  made  by  heating  the  materials  to  steam 
heat  and  triturating  in  a  mortar  or  by  rubbing  with 
turpentine. 

Good  results  are  said  to  be  obtained  by  using  40  parts 
by  weight  of  manganese  linoleate  dissolved  in  120  parts  of 
turpentine  and  afterwards  mixing  with  1,000  parts  of  zinc 
oxide.  This  powder  may  be  used  for  mixing  with  paints.  To 
prepare  a  liquid  dryer  an  oil  containing  1  per  cent,  manganese 
linoleate  is  treated  as  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  11,629,  of  1890 
(this  Journal,  1891,  263),  and  prolonged  till  the  oil  becomes 
thickened,  when  it  is  diluted  with  a  suitable  solution  of  the 
linoleate  till  it  contains  about  10  per  cent.  This  dryer  will 
then  mix  completely  with  oils  or  oil  paints. — D.  A.  S. 


Improved  Polishing  Composition.     H.  E.  Iliekox,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  12,951,  July  30,  1891.     id. 

This  composition  is  intended  as  a  substitute  for  black- 
lead,  and  consists  of  either  size,  water,  plumbago,  and 
ammonia,  or  of  size,  vinegar,  water,  plumbago,  camphor 
and  ammonia,  in  suitable  admixture. — D.  A.  S. 


ft*.  29, 1892.]        THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


171 


Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Lamp-black  Carbon- 
black.     E.  Biuney,  New  York,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  17,221, 
October  9,  1891.    By  Intermit.  Conv.,  March  9,  1891.    »d. 
This  is  an  improved   method  of  making  lamp-black  from 
oil,  and  carbon-black  from  gas,  more  economically. 

The  general  practice  hitherto  in  making  lamp-black  has 
been  to  draw  the  oil  rlarne  into  a  special  chamber  for  a  time, 
and  subsequently,  when  the  building  is  cooled,  workmen  are 
sent  in  to  scrape  down  and  remove  the  lamp-black.  It 
is  claimed  the  new  process  by  saving  labour  is  more 
economical. 

Hitherto  carbon-black  has  been  made  by  allowing  a  gas 
flame  to  impinge  directly  on  a  metal  surface,  from  which 
the  deposited  black  is  subsequently  scraped.  This  method 
of  manufacture  tends  to  give  the  carbon-black  a  granular 
form  on  account  of  the  high  temperature,  and  so  in  the 
manufacture  of  ink,  in  spite  of  its  superior  colour,  it  has 
to  be  mixed  with  lamp-black  to  give  it  flaky  texture.  It 
is  claimed  that  by  this  process  the  product,  while  retaining 
the  superior  colour  of  carbon-black,  has  also  the  soft  flaky 
texture  of  lamp-black. 

The  apparatus  is  simple,  and  practically  consists  in  the 
suitable  combination  of  an  oil  or  gas  burner  or  furnace, 
with  a  depositing  chamber,  the  walls  of  which  are  out 
of  contact  with  the  flame.  The  chamber  has  a  revolving 
scraper  to  remove  the  black  from  the  walls,  and  a  conveyor 
to  cam   it  continuously  out. — D.  A.  8. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of 
Resinous  Paint.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From 
A.  F.  von  Pereira,  Stuttgart,  German)'.  Eng.  Pat. 
18,072,  October  21,  1891.     id. 

This  preparation  consists  of  a  mixture  of  325  parts  of 
copaiba  balsalm,  25  parts  of  lavender  essence,  and  15  parts 
each  of  mastic  and  of  dammara  resin,  — hich  can  be  rubbed 
up  with  the  desired  colours. 

It  is  claimed  that  when  this  resinous  paint  is  used  the 
painting;-  will  not  become  dark,  nor  their  surface  crack,  nor 
will  their  transparency  and  durability  be  interfered  with,  a 
drawback  which  has  hitherto  attended  all  such  resin  colours 
used  without  the  addition  of  fatty  .oils. 

These  colours  dry  completely  in  about  24  hours,  and  are 
excellent  for  painting  on  glass  and  metal,  even  when 
employed  by  themselves.  When  used  in  distemper  painting 
they  can  be  painted  on  again  with  distemper  if  desired. 

— D.  A.  S. 


XIV  -TANNING,  LEATHEK,  GLUE,  AND 
SIZE. 

The  Rule  of  Arsenic  in  Tanning.     S.  Sadlon.    Der  Gerber, 
1891,17,   284. 

The  addition  of  sulphide  of  arsenic  to  limes  is  known  to 
effect  a  more  complete  unhairing  and  to  prevent  too  much 
plumping  of  the  hides  or  skins.  The  condition  of  the 
hides  from  such  limes  is  sounder  and  of  better  quality,  this 
improvement  manifesting  itself  in  tawed  leather  by  the 
greater  softness  and  gloss  of  the  grain,  and  in  tanned  leather 
by  a  better  quality  of  the  grain.  It  has  heretofore  been 
accepted  that  the  sulphide  of  arsenic  merely  acts  in  the 
limes  as  a  carrier  of  sulphur,  converting  a  portion  of  the 
lime  into  calcium  sulphide,  the  arsenic  being  itself  of  no 
service.  The  author's  observations  show  that  while  it  is 
true  that  the  sulphide  of  arsenic  converts  a  portion  of  the 
lime  or  alkalis  into  sulphides,  the  arsenic  is  by  no  means 
unserviceable,  for  it  prevents  putrefaction  and  fermentation, 
and  thus  greatly  aids  the  improvement  in  the  leather. 
Although  alkaline  sulphides  alone  will  not  effect  the  same 
improvement  as  sulphide  of  arsenic,  an  addition  of  common 
salt,  together  with  an  alkaline  sulphide,  is  attended  by  much 
the  same  results  as  those  obtained  by  the  use  of  sulphide 
of  arsenic. — A.  G.  B. 


PATENT. 

A  New  or  Improved  Process  for  Tanning  all  kinds  of 
Hides  or  Skins.  W.  Bolt,  Glasgow.  Eng.  Pat.  3176. 
February  21,  1891.     id. 

The  inventor  mixes  with  the  solution  of  catechu  or  other 
tanning  material  a  solution  of  chloride  of  sodium  or 
sulphate  of  magnesium,  or  both. — E.  J.  B. 


XV.-MANURES,  Etc. 

PATENTS. 

Improved  Method  for  Precipitating  Solid  Matter  in 
Sewage,  Purifying  and  Disinfecting  the  Effluent  Water, 
and  Solidifying  and  Preparing  the  Sludge  for  use  as  a 
Manure.  J.  Hardwick  and  L.  A.  Newton,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,405,  September  29,  1890.     6rf. 

See  under  XVIII — li.,  page  173. 


Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  the  Treatment  of  Sewage 
and  Sewage  Deposits.  H.  Tatham,  Burnley.  Eng.  Pat. 
1225,  January  23,  1891.     6<i. 

See  under  XVIII. — B.,  page  174. 


XVII -BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

On  Wine  Yeast.     A.  Rommier.     Compt.  Kend.  1891,113, 
386—387. 

A  vineyard  in  the  Dordogne  was  planted  with  vines  of  the 
best  kind  from  the  Medoc,  grafted  on  American  vines. 
After  three  years,  a  good  crop  of  grapes  was  obtained 
which  yielded  a  good  wine,  but  of  no  different  character  from 
wines  of  that  part  of  the  country  generally.  If,  however, 
before  fermentation,  uncrushed  grapes  from  the  Medoc  or 
fresh  must  therefrom  be  added  to  the  must  from  the 
grapes  above  mentioned,  a  wine  is  obtained  having 
absolutely  the  same  character  as  the  Medoc  wine A.  L.  S. 


Iso-maltose  in   Beer  and    Wort.     C.  J.  Lintner.     Zeits. 
ges.  Brauw.  1891, 14,  281. 

Lead  acetate  is  added  to  one  and  a  half  litres  of  beer, 
the  filtrate  neutralised  with  soda  and  concentrated  to  a 
syrup.  The  concentrated  solution  is  poured  into  one  litre 
of  absolute  alcohol ;  the  precipitate  consists  chiefly  of 
dextrin  ;  the  clear  alcoholic  solution  is  concentrated  and 
again  treated  with  alcohol ;  a  precipitate  is  thrown  out 
which,  with  phenylhydrazine  acetate,  yields  a  yellow 
precipitate,  and  when  purified  by  several  recrystallisations 
forms  aggregations  of  yellow  needles  which  begin  to  run  at 
138°— 140°  C.  and  finally  melt  at  150°— 153°  C.  They  have 
the  same  composition  and  properties  as  iso-mallosazone 
described  by  Fischer.  This  body  was  also  obtained  from 
wort. — A.  L.  S. 


77ie  Application  of  Aluminium  for  \~essels  for  containing 
Foods,  a-c.  G.  Rupp.  Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1891,  283, 
19—21. 

See  under  XVIII.— A.,  pages  172 — 173. 


172 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Feb.  29, 1892. 


XVIII.-CHEMISTKY  OP  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY.  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

(4.)— CHEMISTRY  OF   FOODS. 

The    Artificial    Colouration    of   Articles    of   Food.     A. 
Tsehirch.     Schweiz.  Wochenschr.  Pharm.  1891,  29,  344. 

The  green  colouring  matter  of  leaves  is  extremely  sensi- 
tive to  light  and  to  acids  of  all  kinds.  To  prevent  its 
decolourisation,  sodium  carbonate  is  commonly  added  to 
vegetables  before  cooking,  while  preserved  vegetables  were 
formerly  boiled  in  copper  vessels  but  are  now  treated  directly 
with  copper  sulphate,  well  washed,  sterilised,  and  soldered 
down.  The  author  explains  the  reactions  taking  place  in 
the  following  way.  By  treatment  with  sodium  carbonate 
the  free  fatty,  and  vegetable  acids  are  neutralised,  the  fats 
saponified,  and  acid  salts  such  as  potassium  binoxalate 
converted  into  the  neutral  compounds.  Not  only  is  the 
action  of  the  vegetable  acids  upon  the  chlorophyll,  which 
results  in  the  conversion  of  the  latter  into  phyllocyanic  acid 
(a  brownish-green  body),  prevented  by  the  addition  of 
alkaline  carbonate,  but  there  is  formed  the  sodium  salt  of  the 
acid  in  question  which  is  a  fairly  stable  green  substance 
soluble  in  water  and  insoluble  in  ether.  The  corresponding 
copper  salt  which  the  author  has  obtained  in  the  form  of 
black  plates  with  a  steel  blue  reflection  is,  however,  still  more 
stable ;  the  copper  it  contains  does  not  give  the  usual 
reactions  until  the  salt  has  been  destroyed  by  ignition  ;  it  is 
always  formed  when  the  green  parts  of  plants  are  treated 
with  copper  sulphate  solution  ;  it  contains  about  9  per  cent, 
of  copper.  Seeing  that  the  quantity  of  chloryphyll  in  such 
vegetables  as  are  commonly  preserved  in  this  manner,  as  for 
example,  peas  and  cucumbers,  is  very  small,  the  amount 
of  copper  solution  necessary  to  preserve  the  colour  is 
correspondingly  minute.  The  author  considers  that  it  is 
impossible  to  procure  preserved  vegetables  of  brilliant 
colour  which  have  not  been  coppered,  and  is  disposed  to  fix 
a  maximum  limit  for  the  quantity  of  copper,  believing  that 
the  traces  usually  present  are  innocuous. — B.  B. 


Fruit  of  the  Wax  Palm  (Corypha  cerifera  L.)  as  a  Coffee 
Substitute.  J.  Konig.  Centr.  Org.  f.  Waarenkunde  u. 
Tech.  1891,  1  ;  Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  1891, 15,  208. 
The  fruit  of  Corypha  cerifera  is  of  stony  consistency,  and 
in  Brazil  is  made  into  a  substitute  for  coffee  by  roasting  in 
the  ordinary  manner.  Chemical  analysis  of  the  Brazilian 
fruit  gave  the  following  numbers  per  cent. : — 


Crude. 


Itoasted. 


Water 

Albuminoids 

Fat 

Sugar  and  dextrin 

Starch 

Other  non-nitrogenous  extract  sub- 

stances. 

Woody  fibre 

Ash 

Ash  containing:— 

potash 

lime 

phosphoric  acid 

Substances  soluble  in  water 


Rev. 


The  fat  from  the  fruit  differs   in  composition  from  that 
obtained  from  the  leaves. — D.  A.  L. 


The  Adulteration  of  Foods  in    Various  Countries. 

Inter,  des  falsificat.  1891,  4. 
Milk.  —  Of  214  samples  of  London  milk  44  had  been 
deprived  of  their  cream,  boracic  acid  had  been  added  to  21, 
and  26  were  poor ;  6  had  an  abnormal  composition  contain- 
ing 6-7—14-25  per  cent,  of  fat.  Of  959  samples  of 
Amsterdam  milk  13-7  per  cent,  were  unsatisfactory  as  they 
contained  less  than  11  '25  percent,  of  dry  substances,  15-7  per 
cent,  were  poor  as  they  contained  between  11  "25  and  11  50 
per  cent,  of  dry  substance,  209  samples  contained  12  —  13  per 
cent,  of  dry  substance,  36  samples  over  13  per  cent,  dry 
substance,  and  2  samples  contained  15-80  and  16- 39  per 
cent,  dry  substance.  In  Bremen  the  following  results  were 
obtained : — 


Number 
of  Samples. 


I    Specific 
Gravity  at 
15°  G. 


Volume 

Per  Cent. 

Cream. 


Percent.      PerD^e,,t- 
1;lt-         Substance. 


1887. 
99  market  milk  . 

Per  Cent. 
1-0311 

7-51 

2-84 

11-34 

6  stall  milk  .... 

1-0316 

o-ii 

2-83 

11-08 

1888. 
S"  market  milk  . 

1-031S 

8-23 

2*98 

11-62 

23  stall  milk  .... 

1-0310 

7-59 

2 -US 

11-48 

Iss9. 
94  market  milk  . 

1-0319 

S-31 

2-94 

11-52 

IS  stall  milk 

1-0312 

o-:i 

2-3(5 

10-80 

Butter. — In  Bremen,  of  109  samples  examined,  49  con- 
tained foreign  fats,  3  were  pure  margarine,  many  were 
rancid,  and  one  contained  casein,  water,  salt,  and  a  little 
butter.  Of  30  London  butters  one  contained  35  per  cent, 
and  another  90  per  cent  of  foreign  fats.  Much  butter  is 
imported  into  England  from  Normandy  as  pure  French 
butter  which  contains  70 — 80  per  cent,  margarine. 

Lard. — Of  92  samples  taken  in  Bremen  69  were  adulterated 
with  tallow  and  cotton-seed  oil.  Lard  adulteration  also 
goes  on  very  largely  in  the  United  States. 

Flour  and  Bread. — The  per  cent,  of  water  contained  in 
Amsterdam  samples  were,  wheat  flour,  11-3 -,  barley  flour, 
12-1;  rye  flour,  13-2;  rice  flour,  11-4;  potato  flour,  19. 
Wheaten  bread  contained  32 — 40  per  cent,  moisture  and 
1  ■  4 — 1  •  7  per  cent,  ash  ;  rye  bread,  2  •  5  per  cent.  ash. 

Soda  Water. — A  Bucharest  sample  contained  alum,  which 
had  been  used  to  clarify  the  water,  and  another  sample 
contained  lead. 

Beer. — Two  Bremen  samples  contained  salicylic  acid.  It 
has  been  enacted  in  Belgium  that  lead  pipes  shall  not  be 
used  for  beer  machines. 

Spices. — Of  8  samples  of  mace  3  were  adulterated. 
The  samples  of  pure  mace  contained  about  1 1  per  cent, 
water,  42  per  cent,  alcoholic  extract,  and  2  per  cent.  a9h, 
whilst  the  adulterated  samples  contained  about  5  per  cent, 
water,  63  per  cent,  alcoholic  extract,  and  1'8  per  cent.  ash. 
Black  pepper  contains  5 — 5 J  per  cent,  ash,  and  samples 
containing  over  7  per  cent,  are  adulterated  with  sand  ;  this 
last  spice  is  a  very  favourite  one  for  adulterating. — A.  L.  S. 


The  Application  of  Aluminium  for  Vessels  for  containing 
Foods,  cVc.  G.  Rupp.  Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1891,"  283,  19—21. 
The  author  has  subjected  aluminium  in  various  forms,  such 
as  cups,  canteens  for  the  troops,  and  foil,  to  the  action  of 
different  foods  and  liquids  for  a  length  of  time  varying  from 
4  to  28  days  at  the  ordinary  temperature.  An  analysis  of  the 
metal  employed  gave  Al,  99'66  ;  Si,  0-08  ;  and  Fe,  0'30. 
Besides  observing  the  loss  of  weight  after  treatment  he  also 
estimated  the  aluminium  in  the  food,  &c.  before  and  after 
treatment ;  the  results  are  given  in  the  table.  The  author 
also  mentions  that  whereas  aluminium  in  a  finely-divided 
state  is  perceptibly  oxidised  by  boiling  water,  the  metal  in 
bulk,  with  the  same  treatment,  is  practically  unaltered.  In 
conclusion  he  advocates  the  re-establishment  of  aluminium 
for  containing  vessels  for  foods,  &c. 


Feb.  2»,  i8»a.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


173 


Kind  of  Treatment. 

Duration 

of 

Test. 

Weight  of 
Aluminium. 

Difference 

in 
Weight. 

Alumina 

in 
Solution. 

Character  of  the 

Before. 

A  Iter. 

after  Treatment. 

1.  Aluminium  llasks 

>> 

White  wine  with  0*7  per  cent.  acid. 

8  days 

2S  days 

4  days 
8  days 

4  days 

8  days 

„ 

i  hour 

8  days 

> 

4  days 

days 

.» 

12H -031 

120 -0302 

126-0291 

120-0251'. 

120-0218 

108-210 

108-2099 

120-0210 

120-0210 

55-798 

5V7977 

S'8715 

S-170 

1-879 

1*879 

3-S72 

3-170 

3-789 

3-799 

1-8788 

rooi 

3-170 
2-518 
3-7886 
2-172 

126-0302 

126-0291 

126-0250 

126-0218 

126-0216 

108-2099 

108-2097 

126-0210 

126-0204 

55-7977 

53-7675 

3-8714 

3-170 

1-879 

1-8789 

3-8715 

3-170 

3-7S9 

3-7886 

1-S7S7 

0-9982 

3-1699 

2-518 

3-78S5 

2-157 

O-00O8 
0-0011 
0-U035 
O-0038 
0-0002 

o-oooi 

0-0002 
0-0006 
0-0004 
0-0003 
0-0002 

o-oooi 

o-o 

o-o 

0-0001 
0-0005 

o-o 
o-o 

8-0004 
0-011,11 
0-0028 

o-oooi 

o-o 

o-oooi 

0-0150 

o-o 
o-o 

Slight  trace 

o-o 
o-o 
o-o 

Slight  trace 

00 
o-0 

o-o 
o-o 

00 

o-o 

Slight  trace 

o-o 

o-o 
Slight  trace 

0  0021  Al 
O-o 
o-o 
o-o 

0-0138  Al 

Clear. 

8.          „               ,.   .. 

4.         „               „    .. 

5. 

Faintly  clouded. 

C.         „               „    .. 
7.          .,               .... 

Clear. 

8.  „               „    .. 

9.  ..              .... 

20  grms.  coffee  to  200  ce.  water 

Faintly  clouded. 

Milk 

Curdled  and  sour. 

Unaltered. 

IS.          „               „    .. 

14.         „              ,.   .. 
13.          .,                „    .. 

Drinking  water,  14°  hardness 

Clear. 

lfi.          „                „    .. 
17.      •   „               .... 

» 

18.  „               .... 

19.  „              „   .. 

- 

20.         „               „   .. 

21.  Aluminium     foil 

finely  divided. 

22.  Aluminium  foil.. 

23.  „              „   .. 

10  per  cent,  acetic  acid,  100  parts. ■ . 

•• 

2*.         „               „    .. 
25.         „               „    .. 

Faintly  clouded. 

-J.  c.  c. 


PATENTS. 
Method  and  Apparatus  for  Drawing  off  and  Transporting 
Sterilised  Liquids  without  being  Contaminated  with 
Germs.  O.  Imray,  London.  From  "  Ctilbera  Fitz  und 
Consorten,"  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  1191,  January 
22,  1891.      Is.  Id. 

This  invention  has  for  its  object  the  transport  of  sterilised 
fluids,  e.g.,  milk  in  large  quantities.  The  vessel  is  spherical 
and  smooth  on  the  inside  to  render  cleaning  easy,  and  is 
provided  with  protected  orifices  at  the  ends,  to  one  of  which 
may  be  attached  a  complex  air  filter  for  the  removal  of 
germs  from  the  air  admitted  to  replace  the  fluid  drawn  off. 
(For  description  of  the  filter  we  refer  to  the  original.) 
Among  the  filtering  materials  are  cellulose,  wadding,  and 
charcoal,  the  former  two  being  regenerated  by  hot  air.  A 
cylinder  of  a  compressed  gas  such  as  carbonic  acid  may  be 
used  instead  of  the  air  filter. — L.  de  K. 


(5.)—  SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

PATENTS. 

Improved  Method/or  Precipitating  Solid  Matter  in  Sewage, 
Purifying  and  Disinfecting  the  Effluent  Water,  and 
Solidifying  and  Preparing  the  Sludge  for  Use  as  Manure. 
J.  Hardwiek  and  L.  A.  Newton,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
15,405,  September  29,  1890.      6rf. 

The  invention  consists  in  first  mixing  the  sewage  with  a 
sufficiency  (to  be  determined  if  necessary  by  experiment) 
of  a  mixture  of  gypsum,  salt,  nitrate  of  lead,  borax,  alum, 


and  nitre,  and  in  some  cases  also  salicylic  acid,  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  caustic  potash. 

The  deposit  is  finally  made  into  a  manure  by  mixing  it 
with  a  compound  of  sulphate  of  lime,  carbonate  of  lime,  salt, 
sulphur,  borax,  and  magnesite. 

Besides  yielding  a  highly  purified  effluent  water,  the 
inventors  claim  to  produce  a  manure  which,  whilst  possessing 
valuable  fertilising  properties,  will  destroy  all  insect  life. 

— L.  de  K. 


Improvement  in  Apparatus  for  the  Filtration,  Aeration, 
and  Purification  of  Water  for  Household  or  Drinking 
Purposes  and  the  Like.  B.  L.  Ray,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
19,512,  December  1,  1890.  6d. 
The  invention  consists  in  the  use  of  an  outer  filter  case 
which  may  be  of  stone,  glass,  china,  wood,  or  metal,  a 
filtering  pan  which  fits  into  the  outer  case  by  a  broad  rim. 
At  the  bottom  of  the  filtering  pan  and  descending  from  it,  is 
a  tube  or  square  or  oblong  ;  and  round  the  sides  of  this 
receptacle  are  a  few  fine  holes  for  straining.  This  receptacle 
is  for  receiving  a  sterilised  filtering  medium.  Inside  the 
filtering  pan  is  a  ledge,  and  on  this  is  placed  a  flat  aerating 
strainer  which  fits  the  filtering  pan  and  from  the  centre  of 
strainer  rises  a  funnel  or  pipe  for  the  purpose  of  aerating 
the  water.  Air  is  admitted  through  holes  in  the  rim  of 
filtering  pan  and  slight  grooves  on  the  rim  of  the  outer  case. 

— L.  de  K. 


G  2 


m 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  59, 189i 


Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  the  Treatment  of  Seu-age 
and  Sewage  Deposits.     H.  Tatham,  Burnley.     Eng.  Pat. 
1225,  January  23,  1891.     6rf. 
The  invention  relates  to  the  purification  of  sewage  and  the 
manufacture  of  manure. 

The  chief  feature  of  the  invention  is  a  disintegrator,  con- 
sisting of  two  rollers,  one  of  which  is  spiked  and  the  other 
plain,  the  former  running  the  faster,  which  enables  the 
blocks  or  cakes  of  the  manure  from  the  filter-press  to  be 
reduced  to  fine  particles  with  rapidity  and  a  very  little  cost. 

— L.  de  K. 


(C.)— DISINFECTANTS. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements    in    Apparatus   for    Vaporising    Oils    and 

other  Liquids  for  Medicinal  and  Disinfecting  Purposes. 

W.  H.  Spencer,   St.  Leonards-on-Sea.     Eng.  Pat.  8629, 

May  20,  1891.     8d. 

The  invention  "  consists  in  improved  apparatus  for  vaporising 

eucalyptus  aud   other  oils   or   materials    possessing  allied 

qualities,  at  such  temperatures  as  have  been  found   from 

experience  to  produce  the  highest   remedial  effects  under 

varying  conditions  of  disease,  by  charging  the  air  with  the 

vapour  evolved  to  any  desired  degree  of  saturation  over 

extended   periods  of  time,  without  any  further   adjustment 

of  apparatus   after   preliminary  setting."     For    details   the 

specification  must  be  consulted. — L.  de  K. 


Improvements  in  Sulphur  < 'audits.  S.  IS.  Morss,  New 
Jersey,  and  T.  F.  Hourue,  New  Vork,  I'.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  in, -134,  October  27,  1891.     6d. 

When  sulphur  is  moulded  into  a  block  or  mass  it  becomes 
very  hard  and  difficult  to  ignite  when  a  flame  is  applied  to 
its  upper  surface.  Further,  on  account  of  the  fumes  that 
arise,  a  person  cannot  long  remain  in  proximity  to  the 
candle. 

The  invention  consists  chiefly  in  undermining  the  surface 
of  the  candle  so  that  a  flame  will  attack  and  ignite  the 
sulphur  quickly  and  positively. — L.  de  K. 


XIX.-PAPEE,  PASTEBOAKD,  Etc. 

Description  of  an  American  Sulphite  Celhdose  Paper  Mill. 
H.  Wildhagen.     Papier  Zeit.  1891, 16,  2122—2124. 

Ax  aecouut  is  given  of  a  large  paper  mill  recently  erected 
at  Appleton,  on  the  Fox  river  (Wisconsin),  on  the  plan 
known  as  the  Mitseherlich  system.  The  water-power 
resources  of  the  country  are  very  large,  due  to  the  fact 
that  in  this  section  of  the  river,  between  Lake  Winnebago 
and  Greenbay  (Lake  Michigan)  extending  for  about 
30  miles,  there  are  no  less  than  1 8  locks,  the  fall  of  which 
varies  from  7  to  12  ft.,  the  river  all  along  its  course  being 
used  to  supply  power  to  mills  and  factories.  Lake  Winne- 
bago forms  the  natural  reservoir  for  this  supply,  extending 
for  about  40  miles  in  length  and  varying  from  15  to  20  miles 
in  breadth.  At  Appleton  a  weir  8  ft.  high  and  about 
750  ft. "long  gives  power  on  the  west  bank  of  the  river  to 
various  works.  On  the  eastern  bank,  situate  on  an  island 
formed  by  the  Fox  river,  the  Greenbay,  aud  the  Mississippi 
Navigation  Canal  and  the  Telulah  Water  Power  Canal,  lies 
the  paper  mill  in  question.  The  river  is  about  750  ft.  wide 
at  this  point  and  is  bridged  by  a  wooden  structure  for 
vehicular  ami  passenger  traffic.  Across  this  bridge  is 
the  Greenbay  aud  Mississippi  Canal,  and  thence  com- 
munication  is  obtained  across  a  swing-bridge  with  the 
island,  which  is  about  2.50  ft.  in  breadth.  Another  bridge 
crosses  the  Telulah  Water  Power  Canal  on  the  east  and 
affords  communication  with  the  mainland.  Alongside  the 
roadway  thus  formed  lies  the  building  containing  the 
principal  turbines;  it  is  100*5  ft.  by  53,  and  contains  one 
storey  only.  The  plant  consists  of  four  turbines  of  100 
horse-power  each  and  one  smaller  one  of  75  horse-power. 
In  sets  of  two  the  former  supply  power  to  the  wash-house 
by  means  of  shafting,  whereas  the  latter  turbine  drives  the 
dynamos  for  electrically  lighting  the  whole  of  the  mill.  The 
water  for  these  turbines  is  drawn  from  the  navigation  canal. 
Between  the  turbine-house  and  the  wash-house  lies  an  open 
space,  measuring  135  ft.,  upon  which  there  is  room  for  five 
paper  machines.  The  wash-house,  1-12  ■  5  l>y  263  ft.,  consists 
of  one  large  hall  subdivided  into  tiYn  sections  merely  by  the 
columns  supporting  the  roof.  The  centre  section  is  34  It. 
high,  the  others  being  20  ft.  only,  aud  a  row  of  windows 
gives  light  to  the  centre  of  the  building.  Along  this 
section  i^  arranged  the  large  machine  for  drying  cellulose, 


East 

Acid  -^ 

Taw£R$  ! 


North 


South 


Timbek  I      Y>  'J>Zfr  "♦"It/^.Yf    Acq  gg  *nk, 


Plan  of  Paper  Mm,  &c. 


ivh.  29.  ism.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


175 


built  up  of  37  drying  cylinders  of  3-5  ft.  diameter  and 
two  sieve  cylinders.     The  two  sections  of  the  west  side  of 
the   building   are  occupied   by  washing  machines,  pumps, 
troughs,  depositing  tanks,  and   other   machinery,  whereas 
the  sections  on  the  opposite  side  are  taken  up  by  offices, 
and  will  only  be  used  for  machinery  in  case  of  extensions. 
The  three   first-named   sections    have    concrete  floors,  but 
the   eastern    portion   of    the    building    has    only   wooden 
flooring.     Situate  at  the  north-east  corner  of  this  building 
lies   that    containing    the   digesters,   of    which    there    are 
at   present  eight ;  this   building   has  three  storeys,  and    is 
156' 7  by  60' 7  ft.;   reference   to   the   plan  will,  however, 
show  that  provision  has  been  made  for  the  addition  of  12 
further  digesters.     Here  also  the  floor  is  concreted  so  that 
the  pulp  after  being  dropped  from  the  digesters  is  simply 
flooded   into   the  wash-house.      On    the   third    floor  there 
is  accommodation    for   sufficient   wood   for  each    digester, 
and  as  soon  as  one  boiling  is  completed  no  time  is  lost  in 
recharging  with  the  wood  from  above.     The  wood  is  con- 
veyed to  the  store  just  mentioned  from  the  saw  mills,  which 
are  about   100  ft.  off,  by  means  of  a  belt.     The  saw  mills 
consist  of  a  building  58  by  60  ft.,  containing  on  the  ground 
floor  the  shafting  for  the  bark-removing,  sawing,  grinding, 
and  various  other  machinery  placed  in  the  upper  floor.     The 
refuse  of  shavings  and  sawdust,  &c,  is  conveyed  by  a  blower 
through  an  iron  tube  2-1  in  in  diameter  to  the  boiler-house. 
In  the  saw  mill  there/is,  among  others,  one  machine  capable 
of  working  over  70  cords  of  wood  into  discs  of  1  '25  in.  in 
thickness  in  10  hours.     The  saw  mills  are  driven  by  two 
100-horse-power  turbines  mounted  in  an  adjoining  building 
facing  northw,  here  there  is  also  a  25-horse-power  turbine  for 
driving  a  pump  for  the  supply  to  the  tower  of  water  required 
for  the  preparation  of  the  acid.     Beyond  the  outlet  from  the 
Telulah  Water  Power  Canal  supplying  power  to  this  part 
of  the  mill  lies  the  timber  yard,  with  a  capacity  of  several 
thousand   cords  of   wood,  and   bounded   in  the  east  by  a 
siding  of  the  Milwaukee  Lake  Shore  and  Western  railroad. 
The  extensive  narrow  gauge  lines  of  rail  in  this  yard  end 
in  the  upper  storey  of  the  saw  mills,  running  up  an  inclined 
bridge.      The    boiler-house   for   supplying    steam    to   the 
digesters  and  for  heating  the  drying  cylinders  and  buildings 
lying  east  of  the  saw  mills,  contains  two  batteries  of  water- 
tube   boilers,  each   with    a   chimney  of  125    ft.  in  height. 
The   towers   and   sulphur  furnaces  lie   to   the  east  of   the 
Telulah  canal  on  a  small  hill  about  65  ft.  high.     An  iron 
bridge  420  ft.  long  gives  access  to  this  part  of   the  mill, 
and  carries  the  conduits  for  acid,  water,  steam,  waste  gases, 
and  the  electric  current  for  lighting  the  bridge  and  tower. 
The   nine   towers   are   each  115  ft.   high  and   are   braced 
together  by  a  staging  32  ft.  wide  and  44  ft.  long ;  a  building 
on   the   top,  32  by  44  ft.  and   8  ft.  high,  bounded   by  a 
8-ft.  gallery,  contains  the  water   cisterns   and   systems  of 
piping  for  each  tower ;  it  is  heated  so  that  this  part  of  the 
plant  is  not   liable  to    become  frozen  in  the  cold   season. 
The  lift  for  limestone,  is  placed  centrally  in  the  tower  and 
is  driven  by  a  small  turbine  3  ft.  in  diameter,  placed   at 
the  foot  of  the  tower.     The  water  for  feeding  this   turbine 
is   obtained   from   the   turbine  of   25-horse-power  already 
mentioned  in  connexion  with  the  saw  mill ;  it  is  pumped 
to  the  top  of  the  tower  and  is  always  kept  running,  because 
it    is   of  great   importance  that   the    water   required   here 
should  be  as  cold  as  possible.     For  this  purpose  it  draws 
from  an  artesian  well.     North  and  south  of  the  tower  are 
the  sheds  for  the  sulphur  furnaces  and  sulphur  stores,  and 
to  the  east  lies  the  siding  of   the  Milwaukee  Lake  Shore 
and  Western  railroad,  conveying   limestone   and   sulphur. 
Two  tanks  for  the  acid  are  placed  by  the  canal  side  close  to 
the  bridge,  and  the  liquid  is  conveyed  through  an  8-in.  pipe 
across    the   biidge  to   two    similar   tanks   placed   on   high 
stagings.     From  here  it  is  conveyed  direct  to  the  digesters. 
The  two  water  tanks  are  similarly  placed  on  the  other  side 
of  the  digester,  or  boiling-house,  aud  are  supplied  by  two 
large  double-acting  pumps.     These  six  tanks  measure  24  ft. 
diameter  by  12  ft.  high  each.     The  whole  of  the  foundations 
and  canal  walls  are  in  quarry  stone  and  Portland  cement, 
and  the  buildings  in  yellow  brick   and  mortar.     The  mill 
has  a  daily  output  of  25,000  kilos,  of  dry  cellulose. — H.  S. 


The  Paper  Industry  of  Lower  Austria.    Papier  Zeit.  1891 
16,  2142. 

The  following  is  an  extract  from  the  report  of  the  Vienna 
Chamber  of  Commerce  on  the  paper  industry  of  Austria  in 
1890  :  — 

The  condition  of  this  industry  has  not  experienced  any 
improvement  in  1890  as  compared  with  the  previous  year. 
The  productive  capabilities  of  the  Lower  Austrian  paper 
mills,  which  are  on  the  whole  favourably  situated,  remained 
unaltered,  but  the  concerns  did  not  pay  as  good  a  dividend 
as  in  the  previous  year.  The  over-production,  which  had  in 
years  gone  by  sought  the  export  markets  and  had  thus 
relieved  the  home  market,  has  now  to  be  provided  for 
elsewhere,  as  many  countries,  formerly  customers,  are  now 
large  manufacturers  themselves.  Thus  Rouniania,  the  United 
States,  and  on  account  of  the  disturbances,  South  America 
also,  were  lost  in  rapid  succession. 

The  export  business  is  represented  as  being  reduced  to  a 
mere  matter  of  calculating  freights,  and  owing  to  the  high 
railway  rates  in  Austria  and  the  equally  unfavourable 
freights  charged  by  the  Austro-Hungarian  Lloyd,  such 
calculations  were  rarely  favourable  to  Austrian  industry. 

As  compared  to  the  development  of  the  manufacturing 
establishments  of  this  trade  and  the  number  of  mills 
employed  therein,  the  home  demands  appear  very  modest. 
Although  intended  to  be  assisted  by  extensive  printing, 
newspaper,  and  publishing  combinations,  these  do  not  exist 
on  a  sufficient  scale  to  be  of  real  value.  In  fact  the  few 
newspapers  sold,  the  small  number  of  publishing  offices  and 
the  various  public  demands,  are  only  sufficient  to  absorb  a 
portion  of  the  output. 

Kepeatedly  the  mill-owners  have  pointed  out  that  Germany 
imports  large  quantities  of  printed  paper  into  Austria,  and 
that  by  her  publishing  monopoly,  she  not  only  does  immense 
damage  to  the  Austrian  paper  industry  but  moreover  ruins 
the  printing  aud  bookbinding  trades.  But  still  more  opposed 
to  the  interests  of  the  industry  than  Germany,  with  her  duty- 
free importations,  is  the  antiquated  press-law,  with  its  fiscal 
measures,  such  as  newspaper-stamps,  securities,  &c,  which 
make  it  impossible  for  a  printing  and  publishing  industry  of 
any  value  to  the  country,  to  exist. — H.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Straining  or  Screening 
Paper  Pulp.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From 
P.  E.  Thorn,  Appleton,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  18,169, 
November  11,  1890.     8  d. 

In  the  ordinary  method  of  agitating  pulp  screens,  one  end 
only  is  moved.  According  to  the  present  invention  both 
ends  are  agitated  and  the  horizontal  motion  which  is  usually 
given  is  dispensed  with  as  being  unnecessary  and  injurious. 

— E.  J.  B. 


Improvements  in  Self-registering  Apparatus  for  Measuring 
the  Tensibility  and  Breaking  Strain  of  Paper  and  other 
Light  and  Flexible  Material.  F.  Leunig,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  18,431,  November  15,  1890.     6d. 

This    invention    cannot    be     suitably    described    without 
reference  to  the  drawings. — E  J.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Paper  for  Cheques 
and  like  Documents.  B.  C.  Menzies,  Musselburgh,  and 
E.  J.  Bevan,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  748,  January  15, 
1891.     id. 

FKRitoci-AXins  of  manganese,  starch,  iodide,  and  iodate  of 
potassium  or  sodium,  and  sulphate  of  manganese  are 
incorporated,  with  the  paper. — E.  J.  B. 


170 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Feb.  29.  issa. 


A11  Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  of  Pulp  for  Paper 
Making  and  other  Purposes.  E.  X.  Redmayne,  New- 
castle-on-Tyne.     Eng.  Pat.  927,  January  19,  1891.     Sd. 

Instead  of  discharging  the  contents  of  a  pulp  boiler  into  a 
blow-off  pit  situated  below  the  boiler,  the  inventor  utilises 
the  pressure  of  steam  inside  the  boiler  and  causes  it  to  force 
the  pulp  to  a  higher  level  so ,  as  to  be  ready  for  the 
subsequent  operations,  and  thus  save  the  cost  of  handling. 

— E.  J.  B. 


An  Improvement  in  the  Process  for  the  Simultaneous 
Production  of  Cellulose  and  O-ralic  Acid  from  Vegetable 
Fibrous  Substances.  J.  Lifschutz,  Grunau,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  1824,  January  31,. 1891.     6d. 

According  to  this  process,  wood,  jute,  straw,  and  similar 
materials  are  treated  with  a  mixture  of  dilute  nitric  and 
sulphuric  acids.  The  brown  vapours  evolved,  which  consist 
of  X..O.XO  and  X'02,  are  reconverted  into  nitric  acid. 
Xo  N20  is  evolved.  The  acid  liquid  is  used  for  other 
operations,  the  temperature  being  gradually  increased  as 
the  nitric  acid  becomes  exhausted.  When  this  occurs  the 
oxalic  acid  is  crystallised  out  by  cooling. 

The  ligneous  material  after  the  action  of  the  nitric  acid  is 
converted  into  pure  cellulose  by  treatment  with  a  weak 
alkaline  solution. — E.  J.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Fibrous  l^lanls  for  the 
Manufacture  of  Paper  Pulp.  J.  Beveridge,  Gravesend. 
Eng.  Pat.  2872,  February  17,  1891.     6d. 

Straw,  esparto,  and  similar  fibrous  plants  contain  con- 
siderable quantities  of  silica,  which  is  not  removed  by 
treatment  with  acid  sulphite  solutions.  The  inventor 
proposes  an  additional  treatment  with  an  alkali  which  may 
be  applied  either  before  or  after  the  acid  sulphite  treatment. 

— E.  J.  B. 


Improved  Machine  for  Making  Parchmentised  Fibre  and 
the  like.  C.  X.  Robinson,  Wilmington,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  15,222,  Septembers,  1891.     6d. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  prevent  the  "  buckling  "  of 
sheets  of  parchment  paper  which  occurs  in  the  ordinary 
method  of  manufacture.  It  is  obtained  by  the  use  of 
special  mechanical  appliances  which  cannot  be  well  under- 
stood without  reference  to  the  drawings  accompanying  the 
specification.— E.  J.  B. 


New  Manufacture  of  Composition  for  Blotting  or  Absorb- 
ing Liquids.  A.  Biirkel  and  C.  Osterwald,  Bremen, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  16,921,  October  5,  1891.     4rf. 

925  parts  by  weight  of  gypsum,  50  parts  of  wool  fibre,  10 
of  lime,  10  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  and  5  parts  of  sulphuric 
acid  are  mixed  together  with  an  equal  quantity  of  water. 
The  paste  is  moulded  in  the  form  of  a  block,  which,  when 
dried,  is  said  to  he  an  efficient  absorbent  of  liquids. 

— G.  H.  B. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

Snlphiinic    Acids   of   some    of    the    Cinchona    Alkaloids. 
O.  Hesse.     Annalen,  1891,  267,  138—142. 

Fuming  sulphuric  acid  converts  the  four  chief  cinchona 
alkaloids  into  sulphonic  acids,  but  since  the  action  of  strong 
sulphuric  acid  is  to  form  the  iso-bases  iso-quinine,  iso- 
conquinine,  iso-cinchonidine,  and  iso-cinchonine,  the  sul- 
phonic acids  are  to  he  regarded  as  derived  from  these 
iso-bases.  To  prepare  the  sulphonic  acids,  the  alkaloids, 
either  as  dehydrated  mono-  or  tri-sulphates,  are  dissolved 
in  the  fuming  sulphuric  acid,  colourless  solutions  being 
obtained,  which  are  neutralised  by  baryta,  and  the  barium 
salt  of  the  sulphonic  acid  decomposed  by  sulphuric  acid. 
The  resulting  solution  is  evaporated  at  50° — 60°  C.,  when 
a  light-brown  residue  is  obtained,  which  after  drying  can 
be  ground  to  a  light-brown  or  flesh-coloured  powder. 

Isoquinine  Sulphonic  Acid,  C2,|H23X202.S02.OH,  is 
readily  soluble  in  water.  The  solution  is  only  slightly  acid, 
it  has  a  blue  fluorescence,  and  is  strongly  la>vo-rotatory. 
It  gives  an  intense  dark-green  colouration  with  ammonia 
and  chlorine  water.  Platinic  chloride  forms  a  readily 
soluble  double  chloride,  whilst  auric  chloride  yields  a 
yellow  flocculent  precipitate  which,  when  dried  at  100°  C., 
has  the  composition  G,,lH23XT.,02.S03.OH  .HC'l.AuC'l3. 

Isoconquinine  Sulphonic  Acid  is  isomeric  with  the 
above  and  closely  resembles  it  in  its  properties.  It  is 
slightly  dextro-rotatory  in  aqueous  solution. 

Isocinchonidine  Sulphonic  Avid,  C^HnNoOSOn.OH, 
gives  no  precipitate  with  platinic  chloride,  but  a  yellow 
flocculent  precipitate  with  auric  chloride.  It  is  dextro- 
rotatory in  aqueous  solution. 

Isocinchonine  Sulphonic  Acid  resembles  the  preceding. 
It~  is  slightly  soluble  in  water,  has  an  acid  reaction,  and 
gives  precipitates  both  with  platinic  and  with  auric  chlorides. 
The  sulphonic  acids  of  quinine  and  of  cinchonidine  are 
obtained  by  treating  the  well-dried  tetrasulphates  of  these 
bases  with  acetic  anhydride.  The  sulphates  of  the  sulphonic 
acids  which  result  when  dissolved  in  hot  water  and  neutra- 
lised by  ammonia  yield  the  free  sulphonic  acids,  which  may 
be  purified  by  recrystallisation  from  hot  dilute  alcohol. 

Quinine  Sulphonic  Acid,  C«0H.:3N2O2..SO2.OH  +  H2G, 
forms  small  white  prisms,  difficultly  soluble  in  hot  water, 
which  lose  their  water  of  crystallisation  at  120°  C,  and  then 
melt  with  decomposition  at  209"  C.  The  hydrochloric  acid 
solution  of  the  sulphonic  acid  is  lano-rotatory — [a]„  = 
—  182'2°  at  15°  C.     The  platinum  double  chloride — 

(CooHio .  NA .  S02 .  OH)2 . 2  HC1 .  PtCl4  +  8  H20 

crystallises  in  needles. 

Cinchonidine  Sulphonic -4c«i,C19H.:1X20 . S03. OH  +  H20, 
also  forms  small  white  needles  difficultly  soluble  in  water, 
which  melt  at  225°  C.  The  platinum  double  chloride  forms 
orange-coloured  needles  which  contain  3  molecules  of  water 
of  crystallisation.  It  is  la?vo-rotatorv  in  hydrochloric  acid 
solution  [o]D  =  -  140°  at  15°  C.— C.  A.  K. 


Compounds  of  Quinine  ivith  Hydrochloric  Acid.  O.  Hesse. 
Annalen,  1891,267,  142—144. 

Quinine  hydrochloride  crystallises  in  white  needles  with 
two  molecules  of  water  of  crystallisation,  which  it  loses  at 
120°  C,  without  previously  melting.  The  requirement  of 
the  German  Pharmacopoeia  that  this  salt  should  melt  at 
75°  C.  is  therefore  not  fulfilled  by  the  pure  hydrochloride. 
The  dehydrated  salt  melts  at  158° — 160°  C.  without  change, 
and  is  not  converted  into  quinicine,  as  stated  by  Pasteur. 
If  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  hydrochloride  saturated  at 
15°  C.  he  allowed  to  stand  for  some  time  at  a  low  tempera- 
ture (about  0°  C),  large  octahedral  crystals  belonging  to 
the  monoelinic  system  separate  out.  These  differ  from  the 
usual  long  asbestos-like  needles  of  the  salt  in  containing 
;;  instead  of  2  molecules  of  water  of  crystallisation.     Acid 


Feb.SMKH.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


177 


quinine  hydrochloride,  the  salt  specially  applicable  for  sub- 
cutaneous injection,  is  formed  by  treating  the  bisulphate 
with  the  equivalent  quantity  of  barium  chloride  or  by 
evaporating  a  solution  of  the  normal  hydrochloride  to  which 
a  molecule  of  hydrochloric  acid  has  been  added.  It  forms 
groups  of  concentric  needles  having  the  composition 
<  IjqH ;,N  i  >_. .2  HC1,  which  can  be  dried  without  change  at 
110°  C.  It  also  separates  as  a  gelatinous  mass,  which 
becomes  crystalline  on  gentle  warming.  The  salt  corre- 
sponds therefore  in  composition  to  the  hydrochloride  of  iso- 
quinine,  whence  the  composition  of  the  latter  cannot  serve 
to  distinguish  the  two  bases,  quinine  and  iso-quinine,  as  has 
been  suggested  by  Lippmanu  and  Heissuer  (this  Journal, 
1891,  945— 9-16).— C.  A.  K. 


The  Action  of  Methyl  Iodide  on  Ouprelne  and  on  Quinine. 
O.  Hesse.     Annalen,  1891,  266,  240—245. 

Quinine,  when  boiled  with  methyl  iodide  in  methyl  alcohol 
solution,  is  converted  into  quinine-mouomethyliodide — 

CjoH^.NA-CHsI  +  H.,0 

whilst  when  the  mixture  is  heated  in  a  closed  vessel  to  80° 
— 100°  C.  the  dimethyl  iodide  is  formed.  The  same  product 
results  when  the  reaction  is  allowed  to  take  place  at  the 
boiling  point  of  the  mixture  in  presence  of  caustic  soda  or 
of  sodium  methylate.  It  forms  yellow  tables  having  the 
composition  C20H2JN2O>. 2 CH3I  +  3H.O,  which  lose  their 
water  of  crystallisation  completely  in  the  exsiccator.  The 
dehydrated  dimethyl  iodide  melts  at  158° — 160',  which  agrees 
with  the  melting  point  determined  by  previous  investigators. 
Silver  chloride  converts  this  dimethyl  iodide  into  the  corre- 
sponding chloride,  from  which  both  platinic  and  auric  doable 
chlorides  can  be  prepared,  both  of  which  are  difficultly 
soluble  in  water. 

Cupreine,  when  heated  with  an  excess  of  methyl  iodide 
in  methyl  alcohol  solution,  yields  the  monoraethyl  iodide, 
whilst  the  dimethyl  iodide  results  by  prolonged  heating  in  a 
closed  vessel  to  80° — 100°  C.  The  latter  forms  prismatic 
crystals  having  the  composition — 

C^HjjNjOo-2  CH3.I  +3  H.,0 

corresponding,  therefore,  in  composition  to  the  quinine 
dimethyl  iodide.  It  loses  its  water  of  crystallisation  in  the 
exsiccator  and  melts  with  decomposition  at  210°  C.  When 
treated  with  silver  chloride  the  corresponding  dimethyl 
chloride  is  formed,whieh  yields  an  orange-coloured,  granular, 
difficultly  soluble  platinum  double  chloride. 

Cupreine  dissolved  in  methyl  alcohol  is  converted  into 
quinine  dimethyl  iodide  when  treated  with  1  part  by  weight 
of  sodium  (in  the  form  of  concentrated  caustic  soda  or  of 
sodium  methylate)  and  6  parts  by  weight  of  methyl  iodide. 
(Compare  this  Journal,  1891,  "23  and  770.)— C.  A.  K. 


Isocinchonine.     O.Hesse.     Annalen,  1891,  266,  245— 248. 

The  author  has  shown  that  the  alkaloid  cinchonigine 
obtained  by  Jungfleisch  and  Leger  (this  Journal,  1891,  724) 
is  identical  with  iso-cinchonine,  which  is  formed  by  the 
action  of  strong  sulphuric  acid  on  cinchonine.  Jungfleisch 
and  Leger  have  expressed  the  opinion  that  this  iso- 
cinchonine contains  cinchoniline  (Compt.  Rend.  112,  942) 
which  is,  however,  not  the  case.  Nevertheless  cinchoniline 
is  formed  in  small  quantity,  together  with  iso-cincho- 
nine, when  cinchonine  sulphate  is  treated  with  sulphuric 
acid.  Iso-cinchonine  is  not  converted  into  cinchoniline  by 
further  treatment  with  sulphuric  acid,  and  the  author  is 
of  opinion  that  the  formation  of  this  second  alkaloid  is  due 
to  the  presence  of  a  second  isomeric  alkaloid  in  the  so-called 
"  pure  "  cinchonine  sulphate. 

Other  points  referring  to  the  probable  presence  of  a  second 
cinchonine  are  discussed  in  the  paper. — C.  A.  K. 


A  New  Alkaloid  from  Javanese  Coca  Leaves.     F.  Giesel. 
Pharm.  Zeit.  1891,  36,  419. 

A  ssiALL-leaved  Javanese  coca  plant  contains  about  2  per 
cent,  of  alkaloid  but  very  little  cocaine. 

The  chief  alkaloid  present  appears  to  be  one  closely 
resembling  dextro-cocaine  obtained  by  Einhorn  from  dextro- 
eegonine.  The  base  is  not  markedly  optically  active ; 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  converts  it  into  benzoic  acid 
and  the  hydrochloride  of  au  ecgonine.  The  new  base  is 
most  probably  an  isomer  or  homologue  of  cocaine. — A.  L.  S. 


Fatti/  Matter  and  Ethereal.  Oil  of  Sabadilla  Seed. 
E.  Opitz.     Arch.  Pharm.  1891,  229,  265. 

By  exhausting  ground  sabadiila  seeds  with  light  petroleum 
and  distilling  the  extract  in  vacuo,  the  crude  fat  is 
obtained  as  a  brownish-green  liquid  readily  soluble  in 
alcohol,  ether,  and  benzene.  When  submitted  to  steam 
distillation  this  product  yields  about  3  2  per  cent,  of  ethereal 
oil  and  the  residual  fat  then  has  the  following  percentage 
composition : — oleic  acid,  50  ;  palmitic  acid,  36"30  ;  choles- 
terol, 4-12  ;  glycerol,  955 ;  whilst  the  ethereal  oil,  on 
fractionation,  distils  mainly  between  220° — 250",  the  dis- 
tillate having  a  specific  gravity  of  0'907,  a  slightly  greeffcsh 
colour,  and  an  odour  resembling  turpentine ;  it  consists  of 
ethyl  and  methyl  salts  of  hydroxymyristic  and  veratric 
acids,  aldehydes  of  the  lower  fatty  acids  and  of  high -boiling 
polyterpenes. — 1).  A.  L. 


Larch  Turpentine.     E.  Valenta.     Centr.  Org.  f.  Waaren- 
kunde  u.  Tech.  1891, 1,  141. 

On  distillation  with  superheated  steam,  pure  Tyrolean  larch 
turpentine  yields  15  per  cent,  of  crude  ethereal  oil.  The 
residue,  after  freeing  from  water  and  remaining  oil  in  vacuo, 
is  an  amber-yellow  coloured  resin,  and  when  dissolved  in 
acetine  is  dextro-rotatory.  The  greater  part  of  it  dissolves 
in  95  per  cent,  alcohol  the  insoluble  residue — a  brown  resin 
— does  not  apparently  exist  in  the  original  larch  turpentine, 
but  is  produced  during  the  heating  in  vacuo.  The  alcoholic 
solution  contains,  in  addition  to  a  colloid  resin,  abietic  acid. 
After  fractional  distillation,  the  principal  portion  of  the 
ethereal  oil  obtained  boils  at  158',  is  a  clear  colourless 
la'vo-rotatory  oil  with  pleasant  odour,  has  a  specific  gravity 
of  08604  at  15°  and  an  iodine  number  =  201.  The  portion 
boiling  between  159° — 165°  appears  to  be  a  mixture  of 
many  turpentine  oils. — D.  A.  L. 


On  the  Production  of  Sulphate  of  Quinine.  E.  Jung- 
fleisch. Bull.  Soc.  d'Eneouragement  Ind.  Nat.  1891,  6, 
604—610. 
No  other  important  chemical  has  diminished  in  price  during 
the  last  10  years  so  much  as  sulphate  of  quinine.  The 
Jahresbericht,  published  by  Zimmer  and  Co.  of  Fraukfort- 
on-the-Main,  gives  the  following  limits  for  the  prices  per 
kilog.  for  the  last  few  years :  — 

Francs. 
18S0    454—443 

1881    531—306 

1882    414—319 

1S83    322—262 

1884    322—155 

1885    190—105 

188S    131—88 

1887    106—65 

1888    88—56 

1889    60—38 

The  introduction  of  other  antipyretics  has  been  suggested 
as  a  reason  for  this  decrease  in  price,  but  the  fact  that  the 
total  consumption  of  sulphate  of  quinine  increases  by  about 
one-tenth  each  year  negatives  this  supposition.  Speculation 
is  equally  incapable  of  producing  a  regular  diminution  in 
the  price,  nor  is  it  due  to  improvements  in  manufacturing 
processes.     The  true  explanation  lies  in  the  reduction  of 


178 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[  Feb.  29,  1892. 


the  cost  of  the  raw  material.  Improved  methods  of  culture 
have  yielded  far  better  results  than  were  expected,  both  in 
the  quantity  of  the  bark  and  the  percentage  of  alkaloid  it 
contains,  which  far  surpasses  the  percentage  in  the  best 
forest  barks  of  South  America.  Ceylon  is  the  country 
which  yields  the  largest  quantity  of  cultivated  bark.  The 
following  figures  are  taken  from  The  Ceylon  Handbook 
and  Directory  :  — 

Cinchona  Bark  exported  from  Ceylon  to  Europe. 

Lb. 

1875— 1876* l'J.'il': 

1876-1877    56,589 

1877—1878    173,487 

1878-1879    373.511 

1879—1880    1,208,518 

1S80—1SS1    1.207,720 

1881— 18S2    3,0119,895 

1882—1883    6.925,598 

1883— 1SS4    11,492,947 

1884—1885    11,678^3  0 

1885—1886    15,364,912 

1886—1887    14,433,260 

1887—1888    11,701,932 

1888—1889    11,79S,46:> 

The  diminution  of  the  yield  during  the  last  few  years  is 
attributed  to  parasitic  diseases.  In  India,  on  the  plantations 
begun  in  1862,  Government  has  now  more  than  six  million 
cinchona  trees  under  cultivation,  and  private  individuals 
possess  about  the  same  number.  The  exports  of  bark  from 
these  two  sources  (from  October  1st  to  September  30th  of 
each  year)  have  been  as  follows  : — 

Lb. 

1S80-1881    699,258 

1881—1882    428,497 

18S2— 1883    641,6ns 

1883—1884    306.419 

1884— 1885    745,730 

1885—1886    857,040 

1886—1887    1,286,900 

1887—1888    1.449,315 

1HSS-1S89    3,074.098 

These  numbers  do  not  represent  the  total  production  of 
sulphate  of  quinine,  as  there  are  factories  in  Bengal  which 
work  up  a  portion  of  the  bark  on  the  spot.  In  1889  these 
factories  produced  2,191  lb.  of  sulphate  of  quinine  and 
6,384  lb.  of  a  febrifuge  consisting  of  a  mixture  of 
alkaloids. 

In  Java,  where  the  area  of  the  Government  plantations 
forms  a  much  smaller  proportion  of  the  whole,  the  exports 
of  bark  (from  July  1st  to  June  30th  of  each  year)  have  been 
as  follows  : — 

Dutch  Pounds. 

1883—1884    1,104.534 

1884—1885    1,195,979 

1885—1886    1,531,156 

1886—1887    2,230,275 

1887-1883    3,742.025 

1888—1889    4,415,031 

Thus  the  colonies  in  Asia  export  to  Europe  a  total  of 
nearly  eight  million  kilos,  of  cinchona  hark.  They  will  in 
all  probability  soon  manufacture  all  the  sulphate  of  quinine 
they  need  for  their  home  consumption.  In  South  America, 
as  the  forests,  which  for  a  long  time  were  the  only  source 
of  cinchona  bark,  have  become  impoverished,  cultivation 
has  also  been  commenced  and  will  probably  soon  attain 
large  proportions.  It  is  impossible  to  obtain  complete 
statistics  ou  the  subject,  but  the  exports  of  cultivated  bark 
rich  in  alkaloids  from  Bolivia  to  the  London  market  may  he 
quoted  : — 

Bales. 

1885    2.599 

1886    3,979 

1887  7,190 

1888  7,810 

1889  9,552 


*  From  October  1st  to  September  30th, 


In  many  other  countries,  Jamaica,  Reunion,  St.  Thomas, 
the  Fiji  islands,  &c,  the  plantations  are  too  young  to  yield, 
but  they  will  soon  be  productive  and  export  to  Europe. 

There  are  of  course  many  varieties  of  cinchona  of  unequal 
value,  and  the  number  has  been  increased  by  hybridisation. 
In  the  same  species  the  natural  bark,  mossed  bark,  and 
renewed  bark  Qecorce  renouvelee)  contain  very  different 
percentages  of  quinine,  the  last  being  the  richest.  But 
there  can  be  no  doubt  of  the  general  increase  in  the  per- 
centage of  quinine  contained  in  the  bark  ;  of  late  years  it 
has  not  been  uuusual  to  meet  with  lots  yielding  10  per  cent, 
and  more  of  sulphate  of  quinine.  It  seems  probable  that 
the  market  value  of  this  product  will  not  again  increase  to 
a  figure  which  will  put  it  beyond  the  reach  of  the  poor. 

The  methods  for  the  extraction  of  quinine  sulphate  have 
not  changed  since  1878,  but  the  product  has  been  more 
carefully  purified.  When  manufacturers  employed,  almost 
exclusively  the  bark  of  Cinchona  calissaya,  which  contains 
but  a  small  percentage  of  the  other  alkaloids  and  notably 
of  cinchonidine,  the  methods  of  Pelletier  and  Caventou 
sufficed  to  give  a  fairly  pure  product.  But  the  use  of 
cultivated  bark,  which  contains  a  large  percentage  of  the 
other  alkaloids,  introduced  into  the  commercial  sulphate  a 
considerable  amount  of  sulphate  of  cinchonidine,  which 
crystallises  with  sulphate  of  quinine,  and  indeed,  causes  it 
to  crystallise  in  silky  needles  and  gives  it  the  characteristic 
appearance  of  "  light "  quinine  sulphate.  One  per  cent,  of 
sulphate  of  cinchonidine  suffices  to  produce  this  silky 
appearance,  and  this  is  not  changed  by  the  addition  of  an 
excess.  A  few  years  ago,  when  the  bark  of  Bemigia,  which 
contains  no  cinchonidine,  was  first  treated,  the  latter  alkaloid 
was  added,  as  the  pure  solutions  yielded  large  brilliant  needles 
unfamiliar  in  commerce ;  for  the  same  reason  the  bark  of 
Cuprea  was  never  treated  without  being  previously  mixed 
with  other  barks.  These  circumstanes  led  European  manu- 
facturers, wheu  the  cultivated  barks  were  first  employed,  to 
produce  samples  of  sulphate  of  quinine  far  too  largel}' 
admixed  with  sulphate  of  cinchonidine,  a  state  of  things 
which  led  to  new  regulations  for  the  pharmacopeia  in 
different  countries.  The  French  Code  in  1884,  making  use 
of  Kerner's  method  of  analysis,  prescribes  that  5  cc.  of  a 
mother  liquor  obtained  at  15°  C.  after  treatment  of  1  grm. 
of  the  officinal  salt  with  10  cc.  of  luke-warm  water,  shall 
remain  perfectly  limpid  for  24  hours  after  the  addition  of 
7  cc.  of  a  solution  of  ammonia  of  density  0'  96.  The  manu- 
facturers considered  these  regulations  severe.  However, 
the  new  Austrian  pharmacopoeia  prescribed  the  use  of  7*5  cc. 
of  ammonia,  which  is  only  slightly  less  severe  a  test ;  and 
the  pharmacopoeias  of  Russia,  Finland,  Sweden,  the  United 
States,  and  Japan  adopted  nearly  the  same  test ;  the  Dutch 
pharmacopoeia  has  reduced  the  amount  of  ammonia  to  5  cc. 
and  the  German  pharmacopoeia  of  1890  to  4  ce.  It  seems 
probable,  therefore,  that  before  long  only  pure  ("  heavy  ") 
sulphate  of  quinine  will  be  used  ;  and  this  salt  may  be 
recognised  by  its  crystalline  appearance  which  resembles 
that  of  zinc  sulphate.  The  only  objection  of  any  weight  to 
the  employment  of  the  pure  salt  is  that  the  expense 
necessary  in  transforming  a  nearly  pure  into  an  absolutely 
pure  product  may  be  disproportionate  to  the  advantage 
gained.  The  author  thinks,  however,  that  this  expense 
cannot  be  very  great. 

4.  Sulphate  of  quinine  manufacturers  produce  at  least 
four  qualities  of  substance.  (1.)  The  pure  salt  or  "  heavy 
sulphate "  of  which  the  use  has  been  hitherto  extremely 
limited  chiefly  on  account  of  its  unfamiliarity  to  the  mem- 
bers of  the  medical  profession  ;  (2.)  and  (3.)  Products 
satisfying  the  requirements  of  the  German  and  Dutch 
pharmacopoeias  ;  and  (4.)  Products  for  the  others  of  the 
above-mentioned  pharmacopoeias,  and  containining  four  to  six 
per  cent,  of  sulphate  of  cinchonidine.  Other  products  mav 
have  a  certain  commercial  importance  but  have  no  "  legal 
status"  in  civilised  countries. 

5.  It  is  evidently  a  waste  of  energy  to  ship  bark  to  Europe 
of  which  only  a  small  percentage  by  weight  is  utilised. 
However,  the  inferiority  of  native  labour  and  the  dearness 
of  acids  in  the  countries  where  the  bark  is  grown  are  an 
obstacle  to  the  establishment  of  factories  on  the  spot. 
Nevertheless,  the  English  in  India  are  developing  an  industry 
which  seems  likely  to  compete   with  that  of  Europe.     In 


Feb.  at.  1MB.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


179 


South  America  less  progress  lias  been  made,  but  the  first 
step  has  been  token.  M.  Manuel  Jijon  has  set  up  a  factory 
at  Quito  which  supplies  the  whole  of  Ecuador,  and  has 
begun  to  export  a  product  which  has  a  very  good  appearance. 
The  sulphuric  acid  necessary  is  manufactured  on  the  spot 
from  native  sulphur. — P.  J.  H. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Coatings  for  Therapeutical  Purposes. 
11.  Lake,  London.  From  "  Ichthyol  Gesellschaft  Cordes, 
Hermanni,  and  Co.,"  Hamburg,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
588,  January  12,  1891.     6d. 

This  invention  relates  to  an  improved  coating  for  thera- 
peutical purposes  into  which  the  remedy  is  incorporated. 

The  remedy,  either  solid  or  dissolved,  is  mixed  with  pure 
dry  starch,  and  if  this  should  fail  to  keep  the  mass  homo- 
geneous, certain  portions  of  albumen,  casein,  or  other 
similarly  acting  substances  should  be  added.  The  inventors 
give  a  few  instances. 

An  ichthyol  coating  may  be  obtained  by  sprinkling  wheat- 
starch  with  half  its  weight  of  water  and  mixing  with  an  equal 
weight  of  ichthyol ;  1  to  1  ■  5  per  cent,  of  a  strong  solution 
of  albumen  is  then  added,  and  the  mixture  triturated  until 
tit  for  use. 

A  glycerin  coating  is  obtained  by  mixing  in  the  same 
manner  30  per  cent,  of  glycerin  with  30  per  cent,  of  starch 
meal,  15  per  cent,  of  water  and  25  per  cent,  of  gum  arabic  ; 
or  40  per  cent,  of  glycerin,  40  per  cent,  of  starch,  and  20 
per  cent,  of  a  strong  solution  of  casein. 

A  chloride  of  calcium  coating  is  prepared  by  mixing  about 
40  per  cent,  of  its  50  per  cent,  solution  with  40  per  cent,  of 
starch  meal,  10  per  cent,  of  water,  and  10  per  cent,  of  a 
concentrated  solution  of  albumen. — L.  de  K. 


A  New  or  Improved  Manufacture  of  Eucalyptus  Products 
for  Various  Useful  Purposes.  E.  Dean,  Epsom.  Eng. 
Pat.  16,910,  October  5,  1891.     4d. 

The  leaves  are  dried  in  the  sun  or  by  artificial  heat,  and 
after  selection  cut  or  wrapped  to  be  used  as  a  substitute  for 
tobacco,  for  smoking  in  pipes  or  in  the  form  of  cigars.  The 
leaves  and  fibres  may  also  be  used  for  the  stuffing  of  beds, 
mattresses,  bolsters,  pillows,  and  the  cushions  of  chairs  and 
sofas.  The  leaves,  whether  alone  or  combined  with  tea 
leaves,  may  be  used  for  fumigating  rooms,  or,  when  ground, 
used  as  a  snuff,  for  tooth  powder,  or  combined  with  the  fats 
employed  in  making  soap  and  candles.  The  gum  it  is  pro- 
posed to  make  into  lozenges  for  the  throat  and  chest,  also 
for  plasters  and  poultices.  The  seed  is  to  be  ground  and 
used  with  or  without  ground  gum  and  leaves  in  making 
bread. — L.  de  K. 


XXI.-PHOTOGrRAPHIC  MATERIALS  AND 
PROCESSES. 

Drawings  from  Photographs.     Papier  Zeit.  1892,   17,   92. 

The  drawing  is  made  in  ink  on  a  silver  print  which  has 
been  fixed  but  not  toned.  The  print  is  first  washed  in  a 
weak  solution  of  soda  in  alcohol,  and  is  then  bleached  by 
flooding  several  times  with  an  alcoholic  solution  of  potassium 
cyanide,  made  by  mixing  a  saturated  solution  of  the 
cyanide  with  95  per  cent,  alcohol ;  finally  the  print  is  washed 
several  times  with  alcohol. — J.  C.  C. 


Action   of  Light   on    Silver   Chloride.     \V.  Guntz.     Bull. 
Soc.  Chem.  1891,  3,  140—145. 

After  reviewing  former  work  on  the  subject,  the  author 
states  that  he  has  obtained  by  boiling  with  a  reversed 
condenser  for  some  hours  a  modification  of  AgCl,  which  is 
reduced  by  ferrous  oxalate  in  the  dark.  He  has  proved 
that  iu  vacuo  it  is  coloured  by  lifjht,  and  that  in  air 
chlorine  is  given  off,  there  being  loss  of  weight.  In  these 
cases  some  Ag„Cl  is  formed  which  was  identical  in  colour 
and  properties  with  that  obtained  by  the  double  decomposi- 
tion of  Ag2F.  He  also  states  that  with  the  formation  of 
Ag2  CI  by  light  there  is  an  absorption  of  heat  of  28  cal.,  and 
that  this  explains  why  the  action  is  facilitated  by  the 
addition  of  organic  or  mineral  substances  capable  of 
absorbing  chlorine  with  evolution  of  heat.  Ag2Cl  is  further 
decomposed  by  light  into  Ag  +  CI.  The  author  also 
mentions  that  Ag.:Cl  is  very  opaque  to  light,  a  film  of  silver 
chloride  being  exposed  for  some  days  being  only 
decomposed  to  the  depth  of  10',MJ  mm.  Applying  his  results 
to  photographic  matters,  he  states  that  a  very  slight  exposure 
is  sufficient  to  start  the  process  of  reduction  in  the 
developing  solution,  and  the  chlorine  then  liberated 
supplies  sufficient  heat  by  its  action  on  the  developer 
to  continue  the  decomposition  of  the  AgCl,  and  this  explains 
the  fogging  of  plates  by  over-development ;  also  that  this 
unequal  state  of  equilibrium  explains  how  electricity, 
mechanical,  or  electro-chemical  action  may  produce  complete 
reduction  in  the  developer. — J.  C.  C. 


PATENT. 


Means  of  Enlarging  Photographic  Gelatine  Films  bg  the 
Aid  of  Chemical  Means  and  without  the  Aid  of 
Enlarging  Apparatus.  A.  J.  E.  Hill,  Norbiton.  Eng. 
Pat.  16,125,  September  23,  1891.     6d. 

The  film  mounted  on  glass  or  other  support  after  developing, 
fixing,  and  washing,  is  immersed  in  a  bath  composed  of 
hydrofluoric  acid  1  part,  citric  (or  other  vegetable  acid) 
4  parts,  glacial  acetic  acid  1  part,  glycerin  1  part,  and 
water  32  parts  by  weight.  In  this  the  film  separates  from 
its  support  enlarging  at  the  same  time ;  it  is  then  washed, 
and  allowed  to  dry  spontaneously  on  its  final  support.  If 
further  enlargement  is  required,  it  is  treated  again  in  the 
same  manner.  The  inventor  also  claims  the  addition  of 
sulphate  of  copper  or  iron  to  the  bath  to  prevent  loss  of 
density  by  the  action  of  the  acids  on  the  silver. — J.  C.  C. 


XXII.-EXPLOSIYES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Further  Experiments  on  the  Behaviour  of  Explosives  in 
Fiery  Mines.  H.  Lohmann.  Zeits.  f.  Berg-Hiitten  u. 
Salinenwesen,  1891,  39,  183.  (Compare  this  Journal, 
1889,  419.) 

The  author's  observations  have  confirmed  the  decision  of 
the  Prussian  Fire-damp  Commission  as  to  the  danger  of 
"  black  powder,"  but  have  proved  their  theory  that  the 
safety  of  an  explosive  in  the  presence  of  fire-damp  or  coal- 
dust  is  nearly  proportional  to  the  amount  of  gas  evolved  on 
explosion,  to  be  untenable. 

Ammonium  oxalate  was  substituted  for  the  charcoal  in 
ordinary  black  powder  with  a  view  of  lessening  the  hot  gases 
evolved  by  its  explosion,  but  the  explosive  force  was  thereby 
very  seriously  diminished  without  an  accompanying  increase 
in  safety.  Further  experiments  were  made  with  Seidler's 
explosives  (D.  R.  Pat.  46,205),  diazonaphthalene- 
monosulphonic  acid  and  diazohenzenesulphonic  acid  being 
employed.  Their  behaviour  to  fire-damp  and  coal-dust 
was  favourable,  but  they  are  put  beyond  the  pale  by  the 
dense  and  intolerable  smoke  which  they  yield. 


180 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Feb.  29, 1892. 


Experiments  with  the  ordinary  dynamites — kieselguhr 
dynamite,  blasting  gelatin,  and  gelatin  dynamite — continued 
the  former  results,  and  showed  in  addition  that  immediate 
contact  of  the  explosive  with  coal-dust  increases  the 
necessity  for  priming,  and  that  tamped  explosives  are  in 
general  more  dangerous  than  free  cartridges. 

"Moist  dynamites"  ( Wetter-dynamite)  were  first 
prepared  by  Miiller  by  the  addition  of  salts  containing 
water  of  crystallisation  to  dynamite ;  such  are  "  crystal- 
soda  -  kieselguhr  -  moist  -  dynamite,"  "  ammonium-oxidate  ■ 
moist-dynamite"  (45  per  cent,  ammonium  oxalate,  15  per 
cent,  sodium  nitrate,  40  per  cent,  nitroglycerol  with 
kieselguhr),  and  "  bicarbonate  -  moist  -  dynamite " 
(kieselguhr-moist-dvnamite  with  35  per  cent,  of  sodium 
bicarbonate).  Ammonium-oxalate-moist-dynamite  proved 
safe,  and  bicarbonate-moist-dynamite  is  so  safe  that  it  can 
be  used  even  in  hot,  fiery  mines.  .Such  explosives,  however, 
should  only  be  regarded  as  expedients,  being  uneconomical, 
because  a  large  portion  of  the  energy  of  the  explosive  is 
consumed  in  vaporising  the  added  substances  ;  much  of 
the  heat  being  thus  employed,  the  products  of  the  explosion 
are  cooler.  A  "  magnesium- sulphate-moist-dynamite"  is 
marketed  in  Belgium  and  England. 

The  "  carbonite  "  adapted  for  fiery  mines  is  essentially  a 
dynamite  containing  organic  substances  rich  in  carbon, 
such  as  sugar,  starch,  and  cellulose.  Such  a  one,  analysed 
in  1888,  gave  the  following  percentage  composition : — 
Nitroglycerol,  17-76  ;  nitrobenzene,  &c,  1  -70 ;  soda,  0-42  ; 
potassium  nitrate,  34-22;  barium  nitrate,  9- 71  ;  cellulose, 
1"55;  cane-sugar,  34 '27;  moisture,  0'36.  Carbonite  is 
safe,  but  the  quantity  of  carbon  monoxide  in  its  after-damp 
is  very  objectionable. 

Explosives  of  the  Sprengel  class  are  objectionable  by 
reason  of  their  fluidity  and  their  requiring  a  stronger 
detonator  than  dynamite  explosives.  "  Seeurite  "  has  given 
good  results ;  its  composition  has  undergone  considerable 
change,  and  now  consists  of  dinltrotoluene,  ammonium 
nitrate,  and  potassium  nitrate.  Koburite  is  an  explosive  of 
the  seeurite  type  and  is  safe.  Three  sorts  of  Eavier's 
explosives  were  used.  "  Explosiv  Favier  "  consists  of  88 
per  cent,  ammonium  nitrate  and  12  per  cent,  of  dinitro- 
naphthalene ;  "  Antigrisou  (anti-fire-damp)  Favier  "  consists 
of  'JO  per  cent,  of  "  Explosiv  Favier"  and  10  per  cent,  of 
ammonium  chloride;  the  third  sort  is  for  blasting  in  the 
absence  of  fire-damp,  and  contains  in  its  compressed  portion 
79  per  cent,  of  sodium  nitrate  and  21  per  cent,  of  dinitro- 
naphtbalene,  while  its  mealy  portion  consists  of  "  Explosiv 
Favier."     The  first  two  sorts  proved  favourable. 

Hellhoffite  is  not  widely  applicable  because  of  its  concen- 
trated nitric  acid ;  but  by  substituting  nitrates  for  the 
nitric  acid,  and  |nitrated  animal  products  for  the  organic 
substances,  after  the  manner  of  Sprengel,  a  safe  and 
practicable  explosive  was  obtained. — A.  G.  15. 


On  an  Explosive  Compound  formed  by  the  Action  of 
Baryta-Water  upon  Chromic  Acid  in  presence  of 
Oxygenated  Water.  E.  Pechard.  Compt.  Rend.  1891, 
113,  39-41. 

Baryta-water  exercises  a  curious  action  upon  chromic 
acid  to  which  oxygenated  water  has  been  added  ;  a  buff- 
coloured  precipitate  is  produced  which  when  dried  detonates 
violently  on  percussion,  or  when  heated.  When  heated  at 
the  bottom  of  a  test-tube  it  detonates  sharply  and  leaves  a 
residue  of  neutral  barium  chromate  mixed  with  a  small 
excess  of  barium  oxide.  The  dried  precipitate  is  not 
decomposed  by  contact  with  water  ;  after  being  treated  with 
water  and  again  dried  it  detonates  as  before.  In  contact 
with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  a  blue  ^colouration  is  produced 
which  disappears  rapidly  with  evolution  of  oxygen.  In 
order  to  analyse  the  substance,  it  is  mixed  with  a  large 
excess  of  sand  (previously  washed  with  hydrochloric  acid 
and  carefully  dried)  and  is  deflagrated  in  vacuo.  The  amount 
of  oxygen  is  measured  by  volume,  and  after  treatment  with 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  the  barium  is  estimated  as  barium 
sulphate,  and  the    chromium    as    C'r.O.,.     The    analyses 


appear  to  show  that  the  dried  precipitate  consists  mainly  of 
a   substance   having   a   composition    corresponding  to  the 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Explosives 
and  to  Apparatus  therefor.  E.  J.  Byves,  Crayford. 
Eng.  Pat.  298,  January  7,  1891.     Gd. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  overcome  a  difficulty 
stated  to  arise  when  smokeless  powders  are  used.  Accord- 
ing to  the  inventor,  when  powders  are  used  in  rifles, 
the  products  of  which  are  entirely  gaseous,  the  barrel  is 
left  so  clean  that  the  succeeding  bullets  experience  great 
and  varying  degrees  of  friction.  He  proposes  to  obviate 
this  by  using  an  explosive  compound  of  the  .following 
ingredients,  which  may  be  in  the  proportions  given  : — 

Trinitro  cellulose 50       50       75 

Nitroglycerin 48       48       24. 

Castor  oil 2         2         1 

Magnesium  carbonate 2        2        1 

Cotton  paper  pulp 5         8         5 

— W.  M. 


The  Treatment  of  Cellulose  for  the  Manufacture  of 
Cellulose  Nitrates  or  Gun-Cotton.  J.  Y.  Johnson, 
London.  From  "  Zellstoff-fabrik  Waldhof,"  Mannheim. 
Eng.  Pat.  336,  January  7,  1891.     Sd. 

The  main  feature  in  this  invention  is  the  disintegration  of 
wood  pulp,  which  has  been  freed  from  incrusting  matters 
and  soluble  constituents,  in  a  suitable  machine,  it  being 
found  that  the  degree  of  nitration  and  stability  of  the 
product  depends  greatly  on  the  fineness  of  division  of  the 
cellulose  before  treatment  with  the  nitrating  acid  mixtures 
for  the  preparation  of  gun-cotton. — W.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Gunpowder  and  in 
Apparatus  therefor.  G.  G.  Andre,  Dorking,  and  C.  H. 
Curtis,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  843,  January  15,  1891      6d. 

The  apparatus  "  consists  essentially  of  a  stationary  cylinder 
with  slot  in  the  bottom,  a  perforated  ring  rotated  thereon," 
and  a  roller  which  is  rotated  against  the  ring.  The  plastic 
mass  as  it  comes  from  the  kneading  machine  is  fed  in 
between  the  rotating  cylinder  and  roller,  and  in  this  manner 
the  perforations  become  filled  with  the  plastic  mass.  The 
interior  cylinder  is  supplied  with  water  under  pressure,  and 
on  the  filled  perforations  coming  opposite  the  slot  in  the 
bottom  the  water  forces  the  pellets  out  into  any  suitable 
receiver. — W.  M. 


A   New  Manufacture  of  Explosives.     M.  Keuland,  Dort- 
mund, Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  11,713,  July  9,  1891.     6d. 

Melted  naphthalene  has  the  property  of  penetrating 
anhydrous  nitrate  of  ammonia  so  that  the  resulting  mixture 
remains  unaltered  even  in  air  saturated  with  moisture. 
The  new  explosive  is  prepared  by  intimately  mixing  nitrate 
or  "  humate  of  ammonia  "  with  melted  naphthalene.  Such 
a  mixture  is  not  hygroscopic,  nor  is  it  affected  in  any  way 
by  moist  air.  "  These  explosives  can  be  exploded  only  by 
means  of  a  very  intense  thin  flame.  Tbey  are  therefore 
unaffected  by  falling  shock  and  change  of  temperature." 

— E.  J.  B. 


Feb.  29,18980       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


181 


XXIII.-ANALTTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

APPARATUS. 

A  New  Siphon.     V.  Konther.     Chem.  Zeit.  1891,  15,  1126. 

Thk   author  faas  devised  the   form  of  siphon  shown  in  the 
Figure. 


A  New  Siphon. 

It  consists  of  a  wide  glass  tube  which  is  sufficiently 
drawn  out  at  one  end  to  allow  an  india-rubber  tube  to  slip 
over  it,  a  cork  provided  with  two  holes  for  the  insertion  of 
glass  tubes  being  fitted  in  the  other  end.  To  use  the 
apparatus  the  bent  glass  tube  is  closed  with  the  finger,  the 
pinch-cock  on  the  rubber  tube  opened,  and  the  liquid  drawn 
up  the  straight  glass  tube  until  the  upper  vessel  is  two- 
thirds  full.  The  finger  >s  then  removed  and  air  admitted 
into  the  upper  vessel  until  the  liquid  commences  to  run  out 
of  the  bent  tube,  the  pinch-cock  being  thereupon  closed. 

The  wide  tube  must  obviously  be  of  greater  capacity 
than  the  two  smaller  tubes  combined. — E.  B. 


Simple  Method  of  Preventing  Tumultuous  Boiling. 
E.  Pieszczek.     Cbem.  Zeit.  1891, 15,  H26. 

Irregular  ebullition  of  alcohol,  petroleum,  benzene,  &e., 
may  be  prevented  by  placing  a  glass  tube  5 — 8  cm.  long 
and  5  —  10  mm.  wide  in  a  vertical  or  nearly  vertical  position 
at  the  bottom  of  the  distilling  vessel.  The  tube  is  kept  in 
position  1>3'  a  platinum  wire — terminating  preferably  in  a 
loop  —fused  into  its  upper  end,  which  is  closed. — E.  B. 


Behaviour  of  Glass  Surfaces  towards  Water,  and  Selection 
of  Glass  Vessels  for  Chemical  Purposes.  F.  Mylius  and 
F.  Foerster.     Zeits.  f.  Instrumentenkunde,  1891,  11,  311. 

For  the  investigation  of  the  action  of  water  on  glass 
surfaces  the  authors  use  milliuormal  sulphuric  acid  for 
solution  containing  more  than  0- 1  mgrm.  of  alkali  (reckoned 
as  sodium),  but  for  quantities  below  this  : — the  colourless 
alkaline  solution  is  shaken  with  some  concentrated  ethereal 
solution  of  iodo-eosine  and  the  amount  of  alkali  is  estimated 
from  the  reduction  in  tint  observed  by  comparison  with  a 
standard.  Neutral  water  obtained  by  distilling  ordinary 
distilled  water  to  which  a  little  sulphuric  acid  had  been 
added  to  retain  ammonia,  was  employed  in  the  author's 
experiments  on  the  action  of  water  and  atmospheric 
agencies  on  glass,  and  the  action  of  glass  on  water.  Useful 
comparisons  may  he  made  by  exposing  neutral  water  for 
similar  periods  in  glass  vessels  from  different  manufacturers, 
and  then  examining  the  solutions. 

From  their  various  experiments  the  authors  have  ob- 
served : — 1  That  the  action  of  cold  water  on  glass  is  at 
first  very  rapid,  but  soon  becomes  much  slower ;  the  slacken- 
ing is  attributed  to  the  formation  of  an  exhausted  and 
difficulty  permeable  layer.  2.  That  the  intensity  of  the 
attack  of  water  upon  glass  is  influenced  by  atmospheric 
conditions.  3.  The  relative  intensity  of  the  attack  by  hot 
or  by  cold  water  varies  with  different  kinds  of  glass. 
4.  That  treating  glass  vessels  of  medium  quality  with  water 
to  increase  their  superficial  power  of  resistance  is  of  great 
utility  ;  this   is  not  the   case  by  a  long  way  with    inferior 


kinds   of  glass.     5.  Glass   surfaces   have  the   property   or 
absorbing  alkali  from  solufions,  and   of  retaining  ii 
rinsed  with  water,  so   that  prolonged  contact  with  water  is 
necessary  to  remove  the  alkali  from  the  glass  agaiu. 

— D.  A.  I,. 


A  Porcelain  Water-Bath.    W*. Dittmar.    Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 
15,  lit;:. 

Us  account  of  the  ease  with  which  copper  water-baths  arc- 
attacked  by  acid  vapours,  and  also  on  account  of  the 
difficulty  of  keeping  such  water-baths  in  a  presentable 
condition,  porcelain  has  been  tried  as  a  substitute  for 
copper,  but  the  water-baths  have  now  disappeared  by 
reason,  it  is  said,  of  great  liability  to  breakage.  The 
author  has,  however,  successfully  used  for  some  time  water- 
baths  of  porcelain,  to  which  is  fitted  an  apparatus  for 
keeping  the  water  in  the  hath  at  constant  height ;  by  such 
means  liability  to  cracking  is  overcome  to  a  very  consider- 
able extent. 

As  a  considerable  improvement  the  author  suggests  the 
attachment  of  a  ledge  to  the  bath  ;  ou  this  ledge  a  thin  glass 
globe  may  be  placed  fitting  into  a  groove  ;  on  the  globe  is 
placed  a  circular  piece  of  thick  filter  paper ;  the  globe  is 
cooled  by  the  aid  of  a  stream  of  cold  water.  By  this  means 
evaporation  is  performed  in  absence  of  air  and  dust. 

— T.  L.  B. 


PA  TEXT. 


An  Improved  Tool  for  Cutting  Glass  Tubes.  A.  W.  Chis- 
terton,  Boston,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  20,211,  November  20, 
1891.     6d. 

See  under  VIII.,  page  163. 


INORGANIC   CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

Electrolytic  Separation  of  Mercury  from  Copper.     E.  F. 

Smith  and  A.  W.  McCauley.  Ber.  1891, 24,  2936—2938. 
This  separation  was  attempted  previously  (J.  Franklin 
Inst.  April  1889)  but  was  not  complete  unless  the  amount 
of  copper  present  in  solution  did  not  amount  to  more  than 
20  per  cent,  of  the  mercury  present  in  solution.  It  has 
now  been  ascertained  that,  by  careful  regulation  of  current, 
it  is  not  only  possible  to  separate  the  two  metals,  when 
present  in  equal  quantities,  .but  also  even  when  there  is 
twice  as  much  copper  present  as  mercury. 

A  table  given  shows  the  results  obtained. — T.  L.  B. 


On  a  Colour  Test  of  Kaolin  and  Sand.     E.  Nickel. 
Chem.  Zeit.  1891,  15,  112.1—1126. 

See  under  VIII.,  page  162. 


Analysis  of  Galena  and  Lead  Sulphate.     1{.  Beuedikt. 
Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 16,  43—44. 

The  author  converts  the  ealena  into  the  nitrate  with  the 
help  of  hydiiodic  acid.  The  galena,  very  finely  powdered, 
is  weighed  into  a  basin  and  covered  with  water ;  a  few 
cc.  of  commercial  hydriodic  acid,  sp.  gr.  1  •  7,  are  then  added. 
If  the  water  is  omitted  the  action  may  easily  become  too 
violent.  The  dish  is  warmed  ou  a  water-bath  till  solution 
is  complete,  when  it  is  evaporated  to  dryness.  The  residue 
is  treated  with  nitric  acid  diluted  5 — 7  times,  and  agaiu 
warmed.  When  oxidation  is  complete,  the  solution  is 
evaporated  to  dryness,  moistened  with  dilute  nitric  acid  and 
filtered,  when  the  whole  of  the  lead  will  be  in  solution  as 
nitrate.  With  lead  sulphate  a  great  quantity  of  iodine 
becomes  free  and,  owing  to  the  action  of  this  iodine  on  the 
sulphuric  acid,  sulphur  is  deposited  on  the  sides  of  the  glass. 
Should  any  iodine  be   seen  in  the  residue  after  moistening 


182 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Feb. as, lsw. 


with  nitric  acid,  all  the  acid  must  be  driven  off  and  a  few 
cc.  of  alcohol  added,  and  the  mixture  evaporated  to  dryness 
and  again  moistened  with  nitric  acid,  diluted  and  filtered. 
la  order  to  prevent  the  separation  of  iodine  and  sulphur,  the 
author  recommends  the  use  of  water  containing  a  small 
quantity  of  red  phosphorus,  which  will  reduce  the  iodine 
to  hydriodic  acid,  and  be  itself  oxidised  to  phosphoric 
acid. 

A  complicated  ore  containing  c»her  metallic  sulphides  in 
addition  to  that  of  lead  was  analysed  ;:.rst  in  the  usual  way, 
and  then  by  the  method  above  described ;  in  the  former 
case  51 -41  per  cent,  of  lead  was  obtained,  and  in  the  latter 
51-30.— E.  CO.  B. 


On  the  Determination  of  Small  Quantities  of  Boric  Acid. 
F.  Parmentier.     Compt.  Bend.  1891,  113,  41—43. 

The  presence  of  small  quantities  of  boric  acid  in  mineral 
waters  can  easily  be  detected  by  meaus  of  the  spectroscope. 
A  drop  of  such  water,  rendered  acid  and  placed  in  the  non- 
luminous  flame  of  a  Bunsen  burner,  generally  shows 
distinctly  the  characteristic  bands  of  boron.  The  amount  of 
boric  acid  present  can  be  estimated  roughly  by  the  intensity 
of  these  bands. 

The  author  has  endeavoured  to  determine  the  quantity  of 
boric  acid  present  in  such  waters  by  a  method  depending 
on  the  two  following  facts  :  —  (!.)  Boric  acid  has  no  action 
upon  helianthiue  which  has  been  turned  yellow  by  alkalis. 
(2.)  Boric  acid  produces  a  characteristic  change  in  the 
colour  of  tincture  of  sunflowers;  this  change  occurs  just 
when  the  acid  forms  a  borate  with  the  base  present. 

In  carrying  out  the  method  it  is  essential  that  the  solution 
should  only  contain  salts  which  are  without  action  upon 
tincture  of  sunflowers,  such,  for  example,  as  salts  of  the 
alkalis  or  •alkaline  earths.  Most  of  the  mineral  waters 
examined  by  the  author  contain  calcium  bicarbonate  and 
often  bicarbonate  of  iron.  When  evaporated  down  they 
produce  precipitates  which  are  insoluble  in  water  and  contain 
all  the  boric  acid  (as  well  as  silica,  arsenic,  and  phosphoric 
acid).  The  precipitate  is  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid 
and  evaporated  down  at  a  low  temperature  ;  it  is  then 
heated  to  100°  (to  render  the  silica  insoluble),  and  after- 
wards treated  with  a  slightly  alkaline  solution  of  ammonium 
nitrate.  The  boric  acid  remains  in  solution  ;  the  residue 
contains  the  iron,  manganese,  arsenic,  alumina,  and  phos- 
phoric acid.  The  solution  is  acidified  with  sulphuric  or 
hydrochloric  acid  and  divided  into  two  parts.  Jn  one  of 
these  the  acidity  is  determined  by  means  of  a  titrated 
solution  of  soda,  using  belianthine  as  an  indicator ;  in  the 
other  the  acidity  is  determined  with  tiucture  of  sunflowers  as 
an  indicator.  From  the  difference  between  the  results  the 
quantity  of  boric  acid  present  can  be  deduced. 

The  author  has  made  up  artificial  mineral  waters  with 
salts  free  from  boric  acid,  and  has  then  added  known 
quantities  of  boric  acid  to  them.  By  applying  the  above 
method  to  these  he  has  convinced  himself  that  it  is  accurate 
and  reliable. — D.  E.  J. 


A  Neic  Method  of  Determining  Nitric  Nitrogen,  and  also 
Total  Nitrogen.  E.  Boyer.  Compt.  Bend.  1891,  113, 
503—505. 

This  method  is  based  on  the  fact  that  when  a  nitrate  is 
heated  with  a  mixture  of  sulphur  (1  part),  calcium  oxalate 
(2  parts,),  and  soda-lime  (6  parts),  the  whole  of  its  nitrogen 
becomes  eliminated  in  the  form  of  ammonia.  Nitrogen, 
if  present  in  the  form  of  ammoniacal  or  of  organic  com- 
pounds, is  also  liberated  in  the  form  of  ammonia.  A 
combustion  tube,  closed  at  one  end,  is  charged  as  follows  : 
— (1)  with  2  grms.  of  calcium  oxalate.  (2)  10  grms.  of 
soda-lime,  (3)  10  grms.  of  above  reducing  mixture,  (4)  the 
substance,  0'5  grms.  to  be  tested,  intimately  mixed  with 
50  grms.  of  the  reducing  mixture,  (5)  10  grms.  of  the 
reducing  mixture,  (fi)  10  grms.  of  soda-lime  held  in  position 
by  a  plug  of  asbestos.  The  tube  is  heated  in  the  usual  way 
and  the  ammonia  collected  in  standardised  sulphuric  acid. 

—A.  K.  M. 


Analysis  of  Chrome  Iron  Ore.     C.  Haussermann.      Chem. 
Zeit.  1891,15,  1 601. 

The  moisture  is  determined  by  heating  the  finely-powdered 
substance  at  100°  C,  and  then  0'5  grm.  is  mixed  with!  grms. 
of  a  mixture  consisting  of  three  parts  of  potassium  carbonate 
to  one  part  of  caustic  soda.  The  whole  is  first  heated  in 
a  covered  platinum  crucible  over  a  small  Buusen  flame  for 
two  hours,  after  which  the  fusion  is  completed  over  the 
blow-pipe,  the  lid  of  the  crucible  being  removed.  After 
cooling,  crucible  and  contents  are  boiled  with  water  in  a 
deep  porcelain  dish  ;  the  solution  so  obtained  is  acidified 
with  sulphuric  acid,  and  made  up  to  a  litre.  Should  a 
sandy  powder  remain  in  the  dish,  it  is  evident  that  the 
material  has  been  insufficiently  powdered,  and  a  fresh  start 
is  necessary.  The  solution  having  been  satisfactorily 
obtained,  titration  with  ferrous  ammonium  sulphate  is 
performed,  the  strength  of  the  ferrous  ammonium  sulphate 
solution  having  been  previously  standardised  against  pure 
potassium  bichromate. — T.  L.  B. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUALITATIVE. 

The    Use  of  Ammonium    Sulpho-Selenite  as  a  Test  for 

Alkaloids.     A.  J.  Ferreira  da  Silva.     Jour.  Pharm.  Chitn. 

1891,  24,  102. 
Lafox,  in    1885,  described  the  use  of  a   solution  of  1   part 
of  ammonium  selenite  in  20  parts  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  as  a  reagent  for  morphia  and   iodine.     The  reagent  is 
also  useful  with  the  following  : — 

Aconitine.     After  20  minutes  a  light  rose  colour. 

Berberine.  Greenish  yellow,  afterwards  brown  ;  the  edges 
of  the  solution  appear  red,  the  middle  violet ;  after  half  an 
hour  a  wine-red  colour  appears  which  remains  after  three 
hours. 

Brucine.     A  red  changing  to  orange. 

Caffeine  and  cocaine.  After  three  hours  the  solution  is 
reddish. 

Curarine.     Light  violet  changing  to  red. 

Delphiue.     Light  red  changing  to  violet. 

Digitaline.     Yellow  changing  to  a  red  precipitate. 

Eserinc.     Citron  yellow  changing  to  orange. 

Morphine.  Greenish  blue  changing  through  violet  to 
red. 

Narcein.  First  yellowish  green,  then  brown  and  then 
red. 

Nareotine.     Blue  changing  through  violet  into  red. 

Papaverine.  Blue  changing  through  bottle  green,  greenish 
yellow,  and  bluish  violet  to  red. 

Solauine.     Green,  afterwards  brown. 

Senegiue.     Dirty  yellow  changing  to  red. 

Veratrine.  Yellowish  colour ;  after  three  hours  a  red 
precipitate  settles. 

Atropine,  cinchonidine,  ciuchonine,  and  pilocarpine  give 
no  reaction. — A.  L.  S. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY— QUANTITA TI VE 

A  Rapid  Method  of  Determining  the  Composition  of 
Lubricating  Oils.  H.  Gripper.  Chem.  News,  1892,  65 
27—28. 
The  author  describes  a  method  for  ascertaining  the  com- 
position of  lubricating  oils  containing  both  fatty  and 
mineral  oils,  which  is  stated  to  be  quicker  than  the  usual 
process  of  saponifying  the  fatty  oils,  and  shaking  out  the 
unsaponifiable  matter  with  an  immiscible  volatile  solvent. 
2 '5  grms.  of  the  sample  are  saponified  with  25  cc.  of 
alcoholic  potash  of  one-third  or  one-half  normal  strength, 
according  to  the  amount  of  fatty  oil  supposed  to  be  present, 
and  the  excess  of  alkali  titrated  with  seminormal  hydro- 
chloric acid,  using  phenolphthalein  as  an  indicator,  a  blank 
experiment  for  the  determination  of  the  strength  of  the 
alkali  being  performed  at  the  same  time.  The  oils  most 
used  for  mixing  with  mineral  oils  for  making  lubricants 
are  blown  cotton-seed  oil  with  a  saponification  equivalent 


Feb.  2U892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


183 


of  252,  blown  rape  oil  280,  ueatsfoot  300,  lard  oil 
and  tallow  oil  290,  and  castor  oil  313.  The  amount 
of  potash,  therefore,  required  for  the  saponification  of 
these  oils  varies  from  17-90 — 22'27  per  cent.  Taking 
the  mean  of  these  figures  (20*08  per  cent.)  it  may  be 
assumed  that  one  part  of  caustic  potash  will  saponify  4  ■  98 
parts  of  the  oil,  from  which  the  percentage  of  saponifiable 
oil  may  be  readily  calculated.  The  method  is  simply  an 
application  of  the  Koettstorfer  process,  and  its  degree  of 
exactitude  depends  on  the  saponification  equivalent  of  the 
saponifiable  oil  present  in  the  sample  being  approximately 
equal  to  the  mean  value  taken.  The  analysis  is  completed 
by  filtering  off  the  mineral  oil  from  the  neutralised  soap 
solution,  and  taking  its  specific  gravity  by  Hager's  method, 
which  consists  in  ascertaining  the  specific  gravity  of  a 
mixture  of  alcohol  and  water  in  which  a  globule  of  the  oil 
will  float  or  sink  indifferently.  From  the  specific  gravity 
of  the  mineral  oil  and  that  of  the  original  mixture,  the 
specific  gravity  of  the  fatty  oil  can  be  calculated,  The 
method,  without  pretending  to  be  exact,  is  adapted  for 
technical  purposes  where  great  rapidity  is  important. 

The  following  table  shows  how  the   results  compare  with 
those  obtained  by  the  usual  method  : — 


By  Tit 

ration. 

1 

By  Separation 
and  Weighing. 

Per 

Cent. 

Specific 

Gravity. 

Per 
Cent. 

Specific 
Gravity. 

78'3 

0#89n 

21-7 

G'951)  | 

I. 

7'J't 

0-891  ! 

79-3 

0-890 

20'6 

0"955 

20-7 

0-957 

78-3 

0-891 

•21-7 

0-950. 

(  Hydrocarbon  oil 

II.      ,         ..     , 

727 

0-900 

74-4 

0-900 

"27-3 

0-973 

25-6 

0-979 

"H 

76-G 

9-882 

76-7 

0-883 

2S-4 

0-066 

233 

0-953 

65-4 

0-887 

Gfl 

0-886 

3f6 

0-966 

35'9 

0-964 

79 '9 

0-885~| 

Saponifiablo  "il 

2U-1 

0*963  1 

v.. 

79-6 
20-4 

0-S85| 
( 
0-962 

79-8 

2ii-  2 

0-886 
6-959 

79-9 

0'88o 

^Saponifiable  oil 

20-1 

0-96SJ 

vrJ 

56 "  5 

0-9116 

41-9 

0-965 

43-5 

0-966 

58-1 

0-908 

— B.  B. 


Hull's  Iodine    Test  for  Fats.     W.  Fahrion.     Chem.  Zeit. 
1891,15,  1791—1792. 

Results  obtained  by  Hubl's  method  or  even  by  Holde's 
(this  Journal,  1891,  954)  are  unsatisfactory,  owing  to  the 
instability  of  the  iodine-mercury  solution.  The  author  has 
been  in  the  habit  of  retaining  the  mercuric  chloride  and 
the  iodine  solutions  separate,  adding  first  the  former  and 
then  the  latter  to  the  chloroform  solutions  of  the  fat,  but 
even  then  alterations  take  place,  as  the  results  tabulated 
below  show  ;  in  these  tests  25  grms.  of  iodine  and  30  grins, 
of  mercuric  chloride  were  each  dissolved  in  500  cc.  of 
strong  alcohol,  250  cc.  of  each  of  these  solutions  were  kept 
separate,  whilst  the  other  two  halves  were  mixed.    After  the 


periods  noted  20  cc.  of  the  latter  and  mixtures  of  10  cc.  of 
each  of  the  former  solutions  were  treated  with  potassium 
iodide  and  water  and  titrated  with  thiosulphate. 

20  cc.  10  +  10  cc. 


Series  I. : 

Immediately  after  prepara- 
tion. 
After  eight  days 

After  fourteen  days 

After  five  weeks 

Series  II.: 
Immediately  after  prepara- 
tion. 
After  eight  days 

After  fourteen  days 

After  seven  weeks 


fe  Decrease,  £§«£ ;   IW 


Grms.    Per  Cent.   Grms.    Per  Cent. 


0-494* 
0-3776 
0-3101 


0-5068 

2o-(i         0-4SS2  '         3P7 
31-2        0-17S2  5-i! 

15-11 


3-4 
43 
11-8 


0-2590 

19-6 

0-4807 

0-4806 

.. 

0-1987 

0-39G1 

17-6 

0-4819 

0-3541 

26-3 

0-4733 

0-2397 

50-1 

0-4397 

The  irregularity  is  probably  due  chiefly  to  variations  of 
temperature,  hence  it  is  advisable  to  keep  such  solutions 
at  as  low  and  as  constant  a  temperature  as  possible.  The 
author  agrees  with  E.  Pfluger  in  regarding  the  use  of  starch 
as  an  indicator  not  alone  as  superfluous  but  even  as 
pernicious,  and  applies  this  method  in  the  following  manner 
both  to  drying  and  non-drying  oils.  The  solutions  he 
employs  are — (1.)  65  grms.  of  mercuric  chloride  in  1  litre 
of  95  per  cent,  alcohol.  (2.)  50  grms.  of  iodine  in  1  litre 
of  95  per  cent,  alcohol.  (3.)  25  grms.  of  crystalline  sodium 
thiosulphate  in  1  litre  of  water.  (4.)  3  ■  874  grms.  of  purest 
dry  potassium  dichromate  in  1  litre  of  water.  (5.)  100  grms. 
potassium  iodide  in  1  litre  of  water.  (6.)  Chloroform.  The 
strength  of  the  thiosulphate  is  first  ascertained  by  mixing 
in  a  stoppered  bottle  10  cc.  of  the  potassium  iodide,  5  cc. 
of  ordinary  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  20  ce.  of  potassium 
dichromate,  and  150  cc.  of  water,  and  titrating  to  a  pale 
blue-green  colouration  with  the  thiosulphate,  the  number 
obtained  =  0-2  grm.  of  iodine;  the  solution  will  remain 
constant  for  a  long  time  if  kept  in  a  well  stoppered  bottle. 
The  strength  of  the  ioliue  solution  is  then  tested  by 
mixing,  in  a  stoppered  bottle,  10  cc.  of  mercuric  chloride, 
10  cc.  of  iodine  solution,  then  20  cc.  of  potassium  iodide 
and  150  cc.  of  water,  and  titration  with  the  thiosulphate  to 
colourlessness,  agitating  vigorously.  For  the  actual  test, 
0-2  to  0-3  grm.  of  the  oil  dissolved  in  20  cc.  chloroform  is 
mixed  with  an  amount  of  iodine  solution  corresponding  to 
four  times  the  quantity  of  iodine  actually  required  for  the 
absorption,  and  with  an  equal  volume  of  the  mercuric 
chloride  solution,  then  after  two  hours  for  each  grm.  of 
iodine  taken,  about  4  grms.  of  potassium  iodide,  in  the 
above  solution,  and  50  to  100  cc.  of  water  are  added,  and 
the  titration  with  thiosulphate  to  colourlessness  proceeded 
with.  A  blank  experiment  should  be  carried  out  at  the 
same  time. — D.  A.  L. 


Estimation    of    Cholesterin.      K.    Obermiiller.      Zeit.    f. 

physiol.  Chem.  1891, 16,  143. 
The  author  has  applied  A.  KosseFs  method  of  saponification 

to  the  estimation  of  cholesterin  in  the  following  manner: 

1  grm.  of  fat  containing  the  cholesterin  is  dissolved  in 
ether  (using  sufficient  quantity  to  keep  the  soap  magma 
subsequently  formed  thin  enough,  generally  about  80  cc), 
sodium  ethylate  (prepared  by  dissolving,  with  the  aid  of 
heat,  0-15  grm.  of  sodium  in  as  little  90  per  cent,  alcohol 
as  possible — 1  to  lice.)  is  added,  and  on  shaking  energetic 
saponification  ensues  and  is  complete  in  three  hours  at  the 
ordinary  temperature.  The  soap  is  filtered  off  and  washed 
with  ether ;  the  latter,  as  well  as  any  alcohol  and  water,  are 
expelled  from  the  filtrate,  the  dry  residue  redissolved  in 
a  minimum  quantity  of  absolute  alcohol,  and  the  cholesterin 
obtained  from  this  solution  by  evaporation  is  dried  at  120° 
and  weighed.     Solid  fats  yield  granular  soaps,  fats  rich  in 


181 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1883. 


oleic  acid  give  stringy  soaps.  The  method  only  answers 
for  the  former ;  for  the  latter  the  first  part  of  the  method 
is  the  same,  but  the  treatment  of  the  residue  is  different. 
It  is  dissolved  in  carbon  bisulphide  and  is  treated  with  a 
solution  of  bromine  in  carbon  bisulphide  of  known  strength, 
until  a  yellowish-red  colouratiou  is  obtained. 

The  action  of  bromine  on  substances  analogous  to 
cholesterin  is  not  known,  but  the  author  finds  that  iso- 
cholesterin  absorbs  2  mols.  of  bromine. — D.  A.  L. 


The  Optical  Determination  of  Albumen  in  Urine.     H.  O. 

G.  Ellinger.  Jour,  prakt.  Chem.  1891,  44,  256. 
The  oleorefractometer  of  Amagat  and  Jean  is  used  for  this 
purpose.  The  albumen  is  removed  from  one  portion  of  the 
urine  by  boiling  with  a  little  acetic  acid  ;  the  filtrate  is  made 
up  to  its  original  volume  and  placed  in  the  outer  spaces  of  the 
prism.  The  untreated  urine  is  placed  in  the  interior  prism 
of  the  instrument.  The  displacement  of  the  nought  point 
is  proportional  to  the  amount  of  albumen  present.  Five 
determinations  gave  readings  of  2J,  4,  4|,  5,  5.  By  weighing 
the  albumen  the  absolute  amounts  were  found  to  be  respec- 
tively 2-71,  4-36,  4-94,  5-10,  522  parts  ner  thousand. 

—A.  L.  S. 

Choline  as  a    Constituent  of  Beer.     J.   Kjeldahl.     Med- 
delelser  fra  Carlsberg  Laboratories  1891,  3,  79. 

If  a  large  excess  of  a  solution  of  iodine  in  potassium 
iodide  be  added  to  beer  or  wort,  fine,  beetle-green  needles 
appear  after  a  short  time  ;  these  are  a  polyiodide  of  choline. 
To  obtain  choline  from  wort,  the  latter  is  evaporated 
to  one-half  and  treated  with  excess  of  milk  of  lime  and  one 
or  two  volumes  of  alcohol.  The  filtrate  is  acidified  with 
sulphuric  acid,  evaporated  on  the  water-bath  with  excess 
of  barium  carbonate,  until  all  the  alcohol  is  volatilised  and 
then  after  distillation  the  polyiodide  of  choline  is  precipi- 
tated by  iodide  solution.  The  polyiodide  is  decomposed 
by  sulphurous  acid,  the  solution  filtered,  the  iodine  replaced 
by  chlorine  by  shaking  with  silver  chloride  and  the  solution 
evaporated;  by  treatment  with  platinum  chloride  the 
platinum  double  salt  is  prepared. 

Several  determinations  of  the  amount  of  choline  in  beer 
and  wort  showed  that  the  amount  was  the  same  before  and 
after  fermentation. 

Besides  free  choline,  beer  also  contains  a  choline  com- 
pound, perhaps  lecithin. — A.  L.  S. 


Testing  Paper  for    Wood  Fibre.     F.  v.  Hohnel.     Centr. 
Org.  f.  Waarenkunde  u.  Techn.  1891, 1,  219. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  various  carbohydrates,  such  as  cane- 
sugar,  dextrins,  &c,  give  reactions  resembling  the  lignin 
reactions,  for  instance  : — Swedish  filter  paper,  prepared  from 
pure  cellulose,  impregnated  with  cane-sugar  solution  and 
tested  with  phloroglucol  and  hydrochloric  acid  at  first  gave 
no  reaction,  but  when  dry  it  becomes  distinctly  red  just 
as  if  wood  fibre  were  present.  Again  wood  cellulose, 
which  tested  in  the  ordinary  way  with  phloroglucol  and 
hydrochloric  acid,  showed  only  traces  of  lignin,  became 
intensely  red  when,  after  treatment  with  the  reagents,  it 
was  washed  slightly  and  then  quickly  dried  at  100° — 110°. 
The  author,  therefore,  considers  it  advisable,  whenever 
drying  or  heating  has  taken  place  during  a  test  of  this 
kind,  to  supplement  the  observation  by  a  careful  micro- 
scopical examination  for  the  sake  of  confirmation. — D.  A.  L. 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

On  an  Explosive  Compound  formed  hy  the  Action  of 
Baryta-Water  upon  Chromic  Acid  in  presence  of 
Oxygenated  Water. 

See  under  XXII.,  page  180. 


&t\a  asoofes. 


Manual  op  Chemical  Technology.  By  Rudolf  von 
Wagner.  Translated  and  edited  by  William  Crookes, 
F.R.S.  From  the  13th  enlarged  German  edition  as 
remodelled  by  Dr.  Ferdinand  Fischer;  with  596  Illus- 
trations. 1892.  London:  J.  and  A.  Churchill,  11,  New 
Burlington  Street. 

Large  octavo  volume,  bound  in  cloth.  Contains  Preface  by 
F.  Fischer  (translated),  Preface  to  the  English  Edition  by 
William  Crookes,  Table  of  Contents,  subject-matter  covering 
948  pages,  an  Appendix  of  4  pages,  and  an  Alphabetical 
Index.  The  subjects  treated  of  in  the  volume  are  as 
follows  : — 

Section  I.  Technology  of  Fuel.  Section  II.  Metallurgy. 
Section  III.  Chemical  Manufacturing  Industry,  in- 
cluding the  following  branches  : — Water  and  Ice.  Artificial 
Mineral  Waters.  Sulphur.  Sulphuric  Acid.  Potassium 
Salts,  Common  Salt,  and  Salt  Works.  Soda.  Chlorine, 
Chloride  of  Lime  and  Chlorates.  Bromine.  Iodine.  Nitric 
Acid  and  Nitrates.  Explosives.  Ammonia.  Phosphorus. 
Matches.  Phosphates,  Manure.  Boric  Acid  and  Borax. 
Salts  of  Aluminium.  Ultramarine.  Compounds  of  Tin  and 
Antimony,  of  Arsenic,  of  Gold,  Silver,  and  Mercury,  of 
Copper,  of  Zinc  and  Cadmium,  of  Lead,  of  Manganese  and 
Chromium,  Iron  Compounds  including  Ferrocyanogen. 
Inorganic  Pigments,  Thermo-chemistry.  Section  IV.  The 
Organic  Chemical  Manufactures.  Alcohols  and  Ethers. 
Organic  Acids.  Treatment  of  Coal-tar.  Organic  Colouring 
Matters.  Tar  Colours.  Benzene  Colours.  Section  V.  Glass, 
Earthenware,  Cement  and  Mortar.  Sectio?i  VI.  Articles  of 
Food  and  Consumption.  Section  VII.  Chemical  Tech- 
nology of  Fibres.  Section  VIII.  Miscellaneous  Organo- 
Chemical  Arts  and  Manufactures.  Appendix  containing  a 
set  of  useful  Tables.     The  price  of  the  volume  is  1/.  12s. 


The  Phosphates  of  America.      Where   and   How  they 
Occur ;  How   they  are   Mined ;    and    What    they    Cost. 
With  Practical  Treatises  on  the  Manufacture  of  Sulphuric 
Acid,   Acid   Phosphate,  Phosphoric  Acid,  and   Concen- 
trated  Superphosphates.      Also,    Selected    Methods    of 
Chemical  Analysis.     By  Francis  Wyatt,  Ph.D.    Second 
Edition.     1891.     New  'York :    The  Scientific  Publishing 
Co.,  27,  Park  Street.     London  :  H.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33, 
King  Street,  Covent  Garden. 
This  work  is  dedicated  to  R.  P.  Rothwell,  the  editor  of  the 
Engineering  and  Mining  Journal,  by  the  author,  and  is  an 
8vo   volume,  bound  in  cloth,  and  containing  Prefaces  to 
first  and  second  editious,   178  pages  of  subject-matter,  and 
an  Alphabetical  Index. 

Chap.  I.  Introductory.  II.  Phosphates  and  their 
Assimilability.  III.  The  Phosphates  ef  North  America. 
IV.  The  Phosphate  Deposits  of  South  Carolina.  V.  The 
Phosphate  Deposits  of  Florida.  VI.  Sulphuric  Acid 
Manufacture.  Under  this  heading  occurs  the  following 
sentence  on  the  subject  of  chamber  construction  : — "  The 
subject  of  chamber  construction  is  well  worn,  if  not 
exhausted ;  their  form  and  size  have  long  been  bones  of  con- 
tention over  which  certain  wiseacres,  with  plenty  of  time  for 
useless  discussion,  have  growled  ad  nauseam."  As  to 
thickness  of  lead  to  be  employed,  the  author  says,  "  A 
happy  medium  may  be  attained  by  adopting  seven-pound 
lead  for  the  first  chamber  and  six-pound  lead  for  the 
second."  On  the  dimensions,  he  says,  "  The  amount  of 
chamber  room  should  in  no  case  be  less  than  20  cubic  feet 
for  every  pound  of  sulphur  consumed."  Speaking  of  the 
Glover  Tower,  the  author  says,  "  This  remarkably  ingenious 
and  valuable  addition  to  the  sulphuric  acid  plant  is  named 
after  its  disinterested  inventor,  Mr.  John  Glover,  an 
English  chemist."  VII.  Manufacture  of  Superphosphate, 
Phosphoric  Acid,  and  High-Grade  Supers.  VIII.  Selected 
Methods  of  Phosphate  Analysis  and  Generally  Useful 
Laboratory  Details.  On  the  subject  of  divergent  analyses, 
&c,  the  author  asks,  "  Why  should  there  he  any  material 
difference  between  the  shippers'  and  buyers'  samples,  if 
both  are  faithfully  taken  according  to  prescribed  rules  and 


Feb.  29, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


185 


with  proper  regard  for  the  true  interests  of  each  party  to 
the  contract  ?"  There  follows  later  a  short  chapter  on 
Sampling,  and  minute  details  are  given.  This  very  pro- 
perly precedes  any  details  given  as  to  Analysis.  After  a 
full  description  of  the  Analytical  Methods,  the  work 
concludes  with  a  "  Table  showing  the  principal  Apparatus 
and  Chemicals  comprising  the  Outfit  required  in  Phosphate 
Miniug  or  Fertiliser  Factory  Laboratories.'*  The  work  is 
illustrated  by  means  of  20  well  executed  wood  engravings, 
two  maps,  and  20  photographs.  The  price  of  the  book  is 
4  dols.,  or,  approximately,  18s.  in  English  money. 


Systematic  Mineralogy,  based  on  a  natural  classification, 
with  a  General  Introduction.  By  Thomas  Sterrv  Hunt, 
M.A.,  Ll.D.  1891.  New  York:  The  Scientific  Publishing 
Co.,  27, Park  Place.  Loudon:  H.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33,  King 
Street,  Covent  Garden. 

This  work  is  dedicated  to  his  friend  James  Douglas,  the 
metallurgist.  It  is  a  large  8vo.  volume,  bound  in  cloth,  and 
containing  Table  of  Contents,  Preface,  376  pages  of  subject- 
matter,  and  the  Alphabetical  Index.  The  text  is  sub- 
divided into  Chapters,  as  follows  : — Chapter  I.  The  Relations 
of  Mineralogy.  II.  Mineralogica!  Systems.  These  are  divided 
as  involving  the  Natural  History  and  Chemical  Methods, 
and  the  possibility  is  considered  of  reconciling  the  two. 
III.  First  Principles  in  Chemistry.  IV.  Chemical  Elements 
and  Notation.  V.  Specific  Gravity.  VI.  The  Coefficient 
of  Mineral  Condensation.  The  views  on  this  problem  of 
Gibbs,  Roscoe,  Victor  Meyer,  Louis  Henry,  &c.  are  given. 
VII.  The  Theory  of  Solution.  VIII.  The  Relations  of 
Condensation  to  Hardness  and  Insolubility.  IX.  Crystal- 
lisation and  its  Relations.  X.  The  Constitution  of  Mineral 
Species.  XI.  A  New  Mineralogical  Classification.  XII. 
Mineralogical  Nomenclature.  XIII.  Synopsis  of  Mineral 
Species.  XIV.  The  Metallaoeous  Class.  XV.  The  Halli- 
daceous  Class.  XVI.  The  Oxydaceous  Class.  XVII.  The 
Pericaustaceous  Class.  XVIII.  Mineral  History  of  Waters. 
XIX.  There  then  follows: — (1.)  A  General  Alphabetical 
Index,  and  (2.)  An  Alphabetical  Index  of  Mineral  Names. 
The  price  of  the  book  is  5  dollars,  or  approximately 
1/.  2s.  6d. 

Chemistry  of  the  Carbon  Compounds  or  Organic 
Chemistry.  By  Professor  V.  von  Richter.  Authorised 
Translation  by  Edgar  F.  Smith,  Professor  of  Chemistry, 
LTniversity  of  Pennsylvania.  Second  American  Edition 
from  the  Sixth  German  Edition.  1891.  London:  Eegan, 
Paul,  Trench,  Trubner  &  Co.,  Limited. 

This  well-known  work  on  Organic  Chemistry,  according 
to  the  preface  of  the  translator,  is  as  well  received  in  America 
as  it  is  in  England.  The  present  volume  is  an  8vo.,  bound  ill 
cloth,  and  after  Prefaces  and  Table  of  Contents,  commencing 
with  an  Introductory  Chapter  on  General  Theory,  Methods  of 
Analysis,  Vapour  Density  Determination,  &c.  The  special 
part  of  the  work  with  Introductory  included,  occupies  1016 
pages,  and  an  Alphabetical  Index  completes  the  work.  The 
eight  or  nine  illustrations  are  exceedingly  well  executed  wood 
engravings: 

The  special  part  is  subdivided  as  follows  :— 

Class  I. — Fatty  Bodies  or  Methane  Derivatives. 

Hydrocarbons.     Alcohols,  Acids  and  their  Derivatives. 

Monovalent  Compounds.  Alcohols.  Unsaturated  Al- 
cohols. Ethers.  Mercaptans  and  Thio-ethers.  Esters  of 
Mineral  Acids.  Amines.  Hydrazines.  Phosphines.  Arsenic 
Bases.  Metallo  -  organic  Compounds.  Aldehydes  and 
Ketones.  Monobasic  Acids.  Cyauogen  Compounds.  Diva- 
lent Compounds.  Trivalent  Compounds.  Tetravalent 
Compounds.  Pentavalent  Compounds.  He.ravalent  Com- 
pounds. Carbohydrates.  Tetramethylene  Derivatives,  Ifc. 
Furfurane  Group.     Thiophene  Group.     Pyrrol  Group. 

Class  II. — Benzene  Derivatives.  Hydrocarbons,  $w 
Diazo-Compounds.  Azo-Compounds.  Hydrazine  Com- 
pounds. Sulpho-compounds  of  the  Hydrocarbons.  Phenols. 
Dihydric  Phenols.  Trihydric  Phenols.  Quinones.  Al- 
cohols. Divalent  Alcohols.  Aldehydes.  Ketones.  Ketone- 
aldehydes.  Di-ketones.  Nitrites.  Aromatic  Acids.  Ke- 
tonic  Acids.  Dibasic  Acids,  Tribasic  Acids.  Tetrabasic 
Acids.       Herabasic    Acids.       Unsaturated      Compounds. 


Derivatives  with  Closed  Side  Chains.  (1.)  Derivatives  of 
Directly  Combined  Nuclei.  (2.)  Derivatives  of  Benzene 
Nuclei  joined  by  one  Carbon  Atom.  (S.)  Derivatives  of 
Benzene  Nuclei  joined  by  two  Carbon  Atoms.  (4.)  With 
Condensed  Benzene  Nuclei. 

Derivatives  of  Nuclei  Containing  Nitrogen.  (1.)  Deri- 
vatives of  five-membered  Nuclei.  (2.)  Quinoline  Group. 
Isoquinoline  Group.  Benzodiazines.  Cinnolines.  Quin- 
azolines.  Quinoxalines.  Acndine  Group.  Phenazine 
Group.  Safranines.  Alkaloids.  Terpenes.  Camphor. 
Resins. 

The  price  of  the  work  is  20s. 


The  Chemistry  of  Paints  and  Painting.  By  A.  H. 
Church,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  in  the 
Royal  Academy  of  Arts,  London.  Second  Edition.  Revised 
and  enlarged.     1892.     London:  Seeley  and  Co.,  Limited, 

Essex  Street,  Strand. 

This  book  is  dedicated  to  Sir  Frederick  Leighton  by  the 
author.  It  is  of  8vo.  size  and  handsomely  bound  in  green 
cloth,  and  gilt.  There  are  Prefaces  to  First  and  Second 
Editions,  a  Table  of  Bibliographical  Notes  of  Works 
consulted  or  recommended  for  consultation.  Then  follow 
Table  of  Contents,  320  pages  of  subject-matter,  and  the 
Alphabetical  Index.  The  text  is  subdivided  as  follows  : — 
Introduction.  Part  I.  Painting  Grounds.  Paper, 
Vellum,  Ivory,  Plaster  or  Intonaco,  Stone,  Panel,  Canvas. 
Part  II.  Vehicles  and  Varnishes.  Oils,  Resins,  Waxes, 
Paraffin  Wax.  Yolk  and  White  of  Egg,  Size,  Glue.  Gums, 
Glycerin,  Honey.  Water-glass,  Lime-  and  Baryta-water. 
Solvents  and  Diluents.  Siccatives  or  Dryers.  Varnishes 
and  Oleo-resinous  Vehicles.  Part  III.  Pigments.  White, 
Yellow,  Red,  Green,  Blue,  Brown,  Black  Pigments. 
Classification  of  Pigments.  Tables  of  Permanent  and 
Fugitive  Pigments.  Selected  and  Restricted  Palettes. 
Part  IV.  Painting.  Methods.  Study  of  Old  Paintings. 
Conservation  of  Pictures  and  Drawings.  Trials  of  Pigments. 
The  price  of  the  book  is  5s. 


Technisch-Chemisches  Jahreuch,  1890 — 1891.  Ein 
Bericht  uber  die  Fortschritte  auf  dem  Gebiete  der 
chemischen  Technologie  vom  April  1890  bis  April  1891. 
Herausgegeben  von  Dr.  Rudolf  Biedermann.  Drei- 
zehnter  Jahrgang.  Mit  263  in  den  Text  gedruckteu 
Illustrationen.  1892.  Berlin:  Carl  Heymann's  Verlag. 
London  :  H.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  Covent 
Garden. 

Octavo  volume,  strongly  bound  in  cloth  and  gilt-lettered. 
It  commences  with  a  brief  Preface,  followed  by  Tallies  of 
Contents  and  Errata,  and  List  of  Works  consulted  and 
referred  to  in  the  text,  with  the  Abbreviations  used.  The 
subject-matter  covers  573  pages,  and  the  work  contains  263 
well-executed  wood  engravings.  The  classified  list  of  New 
Books  published  during  the  year  is  an  interesting  feature, 
and  it  immediately  precedes  the  Alphabetical  Index,  which 
comprises  an  index  of  authors  and  one  of  subject-matter. 

The  matters  treated  of  in  the  text  are  as  follows  :— 
I.  Patent  Laws.  II.  Iron  and  Steel.  III.  The  Alkali 
Metals,  Magnesium,  Aluminium.  IV.  Gold  and  Silver. 
V.  Copper.  VI.  Lead.  VII.  Zinc.  VIII.  Tin.  IX.  Nickel 
and  Cobalt.  X.  Chromium  and  Manganese.  XI.  Bismuth, 
Arseuic,  Antimony,  Mercury.  XII.  Chlorine,  Hydrochloric 
Acid.  XIII.  Sulphur,  Sulphurous  Acid,  Sulphuric  Acid. 
XIV.  Hydrogen,  Oxygen,  Carbonic  Acid.  XV.  Soda. 
XVI.  Potash  Salts.  XVII.  Ammonia.  XVIII.  Alkaline 
Earths.  XIX.  Aluminium  Compounds.  XX.  Glass. 
XXI.  Earthenware.  XXII.  Cement.  XXIII.  Artificial 
Stone.  XXIV.  Explosives.  XXV.  Illuminants.  XXVI.  Fuel. 
XXVII.  Sugar.  XXVIII.  Starch  and  Starch  Sugar. 
XXIX.  Wine.  XXX.  Beer.  XXXI.  Spirits.  XXXII.  Fats, 
Soaps,  &o.  XXXIII.  Water.  XXXIV.  Foodstuffs. 
XXXV.  Manures.  XXXVI.  Tanning.  XXXVII.  Organic 
Acids.  XXXVI II.  Alkaloids.  XXXIX.  Colouring  Matters. 
XL.  Textile  Fibres  and  their  Treatment.  XLI.  Paper. 
XLII.  Photography.  XLIII.  Apparatus  and  Machinery. 
The  price  of  the  book  is  12s. 


186 


THE  JOUKNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


Crane  Report* 


TARIFF  CHANGES  AND  CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

(From  the  Board  of  Trade  and  other  Journals') 

Russia. 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

Note. — Poud = 36  lb.   avoirdupois.     Rouble  =  100  copecks 
=  3s.  2d. 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of 
articles  in  the  Russian  Customs  tariff  have  recently  been 
given  by  the  Kussian  Customs  authorities  :  — 

Ethers  or  fruit  essences  employed  for  flavouring  sweets 
and  in  medicine  though  with  an  admixture  of  spirits  and 
with  not  less  than  75  per  cent,  of  ether,  under  sect.  115. 
Duty,  10  roubles  gold  per  poud ;  the  same  ethers  mixed 
with  spirits  containing  less  than  G5  per  cent,  of  ether  under 
sect.  27,  as  spirits  with  flavouring  admixtures.  Duty,  12  r. 
gold  per  poud,  gross  ;  when  imported  in  casks  and  barrels 
and  -when  imported  in  bottles  of  i  of  a  vedro,  1  r.  gold  per 
bottle. 

New  Customs  Tariff  of  Mexico. 

Note. — Kilog.  =  2-204  lb.  avoirdupois.     Peso  =  4*.  2d. 

The  following  is  a  statement  of  the  rates  of  import  duty 
on  chemicals  now  levied  under  the  new  Customs  tariff  of 
Mexico,  which  came  into  operation  on  the  1st  November 
last  :  — 

Note. — By  "net  weight "  must  In1  understood  the  actual  weight 
of  the  merchandise ;  by  "  legal  weight,"  that  which  includes  besides 
the  ''net  weight"  that  of  the  interior  bottles,  boses,  winders. 
wrappers,  .Ve.  in  which  the  articles  are  imported,  and  by  "  gross 
weight  "  the  total  weight  of  the  packages.  When  merchandise 
which  pays  according  to  the  "  legal  weight  "  has  no  other  covering 
besides  the  one  which  forms  the  outside  package,  the  actual  weight 
of  the  merchandise  will  be  considered  to  be  its  legal  weight. 


New  Customs  Tariff  of  Mexico — cont. 


No.  in 
Tariff. 


Articles,  &c. 


Rates  of  Duty 
now  levied. 


651 
662 

653 
654 


656 

t',.-,7 
658 

659 
660 
661 


('hemhal  ash  Pharmaceutical 
Products. 


Aniline  oil 

Acetates  of  aluminium,  ammonia,  lime, 
iron,  and  lead 


Arsenical  acid 

Carbonic,    chlorhydrie,   sulphuric,   and 
sulphurous  acids 

Acetic,  nitric,  oxalic,  and  pyrolignecus 
acids 


Phenic  acid 

Liquid  acids  not  specified 

Acids    in    crystals   or    in   powder,   not 
specified 

Gum  (or  cloth 

Aromatic  distilled  waters,  not  spirituous 

Natural   alkaloids,     not    specified,    and 
their  salts 


664       Alcohol  and  spirits  of  wine  , 


Amylie  and  inethylie  alcohol  or  spirits  of 
wood 


664    |  Alizarine,  natural  or  artificial. 

865     1    Antiseplir  COttOU 


Pesos. Cs. 
Kilo,  (cross)  (i-«7 


.,      (legal)  0-08 
fire. 

Kilo,  (gross)  0-03 

„      (legal)  O'lij 
free. 
Kilo,  (legal)  0'20 

„      1-00 

„  ,.        ll-OS 

„       0-50 

„  „  S'OO 
„      (net)    0-70 

„  (legal)  0-20 
„  (gross)  0-05 
„      (legal)  0-25 


690 
691 
692 
693 

691 
605 
696 
697 
60S 
699 
700 
701 
702 
703 
704 
705 
706 
707 
708 
7IKI 


No.  in 
Tariff. 


666 
667 
60S 
669 
670 
671 
672 

673 
674 
675 

676 

677 
678 

679 

680 
681 
682 

cs:! 

684 
685 
6S6 
687 


Articles.  &c. 


Ammonia,  liquid  or  solid 

Anthracene 

Sugar  of  milk 

Sugar,  medicinal  and  aromatised 

Varnishes,  white  and  coloured 

Benzene 

Bitumen  and  japanning  in  paste  or 
varnish  for  hoots  and  shoes 

Medicine  chests 

Cases  with  medical  reagents 

Capsules,  drops,  globules,  grains,  pills, 
confections,  medicinal,  and  empty 
gelatine  capsules  and  wafers 

Carbonates  and  bicarbonates  of  potash 
and  of  soda 


Cyanide  of  potassium 

Collodion,  common  and  photographic,  of 
whatever  formula 

Colours,  in  powder,  in  crystals,  or  pre- 
pared   


Rates  of  Duty 
now  levied. 


Chloral 

Chlorate  of  potash  or  of  soda. 
Chloroform 


Chlorides  of  calcium,  sodium,  or  potas- 
sium  

Chlorides  of  gold  and  of  platinum 

Chloride  of  zinc  and  protochloride  of  tin 

Cream  of  tartar 

Creoline 

Diastase  

Medicinal  drugs  and  chemical  and  phar- 
maceutical products  not  specified 


Antiseptic  soap 

I  Fruit  ether 

Ether,  not  specified 

Extracts  of  dyewoods 

Phosphorus,  white  or  red 

Phosphorus  and  wax  of  all  kinds 

Glue  (mucilage)  for  offices 

Hyposulphite  of  soda 

Medicinal  soaps, 

Concentrated  lyes 

Yeast  of  all  kinds 

Morphia  and  its  salts 

Nitrate  of  silver 

1  Orchil 

i  Plaisters,  &c 

Pastes,  lozenges,  and  jellies,  medicinal. 

Pepsine 

Permanganate  of  potash 

Photographic  dry  plates 

Powders,  medicinal 


Pesos. Cs. 
Kile,  (gross)  0*01 

0-07 

„      (legal)  0-40 

0-50 

0-20 

0  - 1 1 1 

0-20 
0-75 

roo 

0-75 

0-03 
0-08 

1-00 

„     (gross)  0-08 

„    (legal)  1-00 

0-110 

roo 

Free. 
Kilo.  (legal)16-00 

„     (gross)  0-01 

„    (legal)  0-10 

„  „        0-03 

1-IJO 

0-75 

0-03 

0-75 

0-20 

„    (gross)  0'05 

„    (legal)  0-50 

„        1-50 

0-30 

Free. 

Kilo,  (legal)  0-40 

,.     (gross)  0-03 

„      (legal)  0-03 

6-00 

8 -CO 

„    (gross)  0'05 

,.     (legal)  0-30 

0-75 

„      roo 

Free. 
Kilo,  (legal)  0-30 

II-M0 


Mi  29, 1892.]  THE  JOUKNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


187 


Sew  Customs  Tariff  of  Mexico  —  cont. 


Xo.  in 
Tariff. 

Articles,  Ac. 

Rates  of  Duty 
now  levied. 

710 

Pesos.  Cs. 
Free. 

711 

Kilo,  (uett)  1-00 

712 

,.      (gross)  0'03 

713 

0-07 

711 

„      (legal)  0'08 

715 

S:i!ts  :iml  oxides  of  all  substances  not 

0-15 

716 

Free. 

717 

Kilo,  (gross)  0'03 

718 

0'03 

7HI 

Sulphates  of  copper,  iron,  Hnd  antimony. 

Free. 

720 

Kilo,  (legal)  0'03 

721 

Sulphite,  bisulphite,  and  trisulphite  of 

722 

Kilo,  (gross)  0'07 

723 

,.      (legal)  0-10 

721 

Hypodermic  tablets  of  pastilles  of  alka- 

„        8'00 

7-25 

„     (gross)  il-OS 

72(» 

0'08 

727 

728 

Kilo,  (net)    0-25 
„     (legal)  roo 

729 

730 

„         „       1'50 

Arms  and  Explosives. 

843 

Cartridges,  loaded    or    empty,    for  fire- 

Kilo,  (gross)  0-50 

„           „      0'50 

MS 

F'ree. 

346 

Dynamite     and    other    explosives    for 

817  " 

Kilo,  (gross)  0'30 

vis 

Free. 

850 

Kilo,  (gross)  0-50 

852 

Kilo,  (legal)  0'50 

Miscellaneous  Aktici.es. 

854 

857 

Articles  of  guttu-perch  and  celluloid.... 

0-40 

„     (gross)  0' 25 

900 

„     (legal)  0-50 

'.«H 

Sheet  s  of  asbestos  card,  and  tarred  felt . . 

„     (gross)  0-04 

008 

„     (legal)  l'OO 

019 

2-00 

028 

„    (gross)  0*30 

EXTRACTS  FROM  DIPLOMATIC  AND 
CONSULAR  REPORTS. 

Spanish  Colonies. 

Perfumery  Imports, 

The  imports  of  perfumery  articles  and  soaps  into  Cuba  are 
very  large  ;  but  this  country  docs  not  appear  to  possess  any 
appreciable  share  in  them.  Florida  water  comes  from  the 
United  States,  some  very  common  perfumes  from  Germany, 
and  low  grades  of  soap  are  manufactured  locally.  But  all 
these  sources  are  as  nothing  compared  with  the  enormous 
import  of  French  goods,  especially  of  the  finer  qualities. 
Fine  French  toilet-soap,  oils,  scents,  powders,  &c.,  are 
exceedingly  popular.  Certain  Paris  perfumery  houses  are 
said  to  export  51)0,000  francs'  worth  of  perfumeries  to  Cuha 
every  year.  Against  this  trade  English  and  American 
houses  have  hitherto  tried  to  compete  in  vain.  But  there- 
are  now  some  German  firms  who  send  travellers  through 
Cuha  every  year,  and,  it  appears,  have  met  with  some 
success. 

Drugs  Jor  Porto  Rico. 

In  his  review  of  the  trade  of  the  Spanish  West  Indian 
colony  of  Boito  Hieo  in  1890,  Consul  Latimer  observes  that 
drugs  and  chemicals  to  the  amount  of  71  tons,  valued  at 
15,320/.,  have  come  from  the  United  States,  France,  Spain, 
England,  and  Germany.  Not  embraced  in  the  foregoing 
heading,  there  has  been  a  supply  of  2,31 1  tons  of  nitric, 
muriatic,  and  sulphuric  acid,  of  the  value  of  32,397/., 
2,128  tons  of  which  come  from  Spain,  while  England  sends 
but  38  tons  (If  the  total  import  of  soap  of  2,250  tons, 
valued  at  58,565/.,  Spain  furnished  2,228  Ions,  and  England 
and'Cuba  the  remainder. —  Chemist  and  Druggist. 


GENERAL   TRADE  NOTES. 

Manchester  Chamber  of  Commerce. 

The  Chemical  Sectional  Committee  of  the  Manchester 
Chamber  of  Commerce  has  had  under  its  consideration  a 
communication  received  from  Her  Majesty's  Consul-General 
at  Christiania  with  reference  to  coloured  cotton  goods 
shipped  from  this  country  to  Xorway.  These  goods  were 
alleged  to  contain  arsenic,  and  in  consequence  of  this  it  was 
stated  that  injury  was  done  to  British  traders,  as  the 
Government  of  Xorway  did  not  permit  the  import  of  goods 
containing  arsenical  compounds.  The  secretary  of  the 
Chamber  was  requested  to  procure  samples  of  the  goods 
complained  of.  Fifteen  samples  were  in  due  time  received, 
and  a  special  committee,  appointed  to  examine  them,  report 
that  in  at  least  12  samples  an  excessive  quantity  of  arsenic 
was  found,  and  that  three  contained  only  traces  of  it.  The 
opinion  was  also  expressed  that  the  employment  of  arsenic 
or  arsenical  compounds  could  be  dispensed  with  by  dyers 
and  printers.  The  attention  of  the  committee  was  also 
called  to  the  prosecution,  on  the  part  of  the  Corporation,  of 
certain  chemical  manufacturers  for  the  emission  of  black 
smoke.  The  committee  are  of  opinion  that  there  are  a 
number  of  bye-laws  now  in  existence  which,  if  enforced, 
would  injuriously  affect  a  large  number  of  manufacturers, 
without  in  the  least  degree  benefiting  the  general  public. 
These  bye-laws  (they  say)  may  be  admirable  for  most 
purposes,  1  tit  s«.iue  at  least  are  impracticable  when  applied 
to  the  chemical  and  allied  trades.  The  difficulties  which 
British  manufacturers  of  fine  chemicals,  chemical  and 
medicinal  preparations,  colours,  dyes,  &c,  experience  in 
competing  with  foreign  nations — especially  Germany  and 
Switzerland — arc  already  serious  enough  without  being 
unnecessarily  increased.  In  the  opinion  of  the  committee, 
too  little  importance  is  yet  attached  by  traders  and  manu- 
facturers generally  to  the  development  of  our  chemical 
industries,  and  the  result  of  this  apathy  is  clearly  shown  by 
comparing, the  progress  by  leaps  and  bounds  made  yearly  by 


188 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29,  1892. 


Germany  and  other  countries  with  the  almost  stationary 
condition  of  these  industries  in  this  country.  This  want  of 
progressiveness  is  due  to  inferior  technical  education  of  the 
highest  grade,  to  the  unfairness  of  our  Patent  Laws  in  regard 
to  foreign  patentees,  and  to  the  needless  exactions  of  some 
of  the  bye-laws  of  the  local  authorities.  These  tend  seriously 
to  increase  the  expenditure  on  plant  without  reason,  and 
without  advantage  to  the  public  at  large. — Ibid. 


The  Metric  Svsikm  in  China  ami  Japan. 

JJk6  Secretary  of  the  Decimal  Association  writes,  with 
reference  to  the  recent  adoption  of  metric  weights  and 
measures  in  Japan,  that  the  military  authorities  of  that 
country  now  prefer  to  place  their  orders  in  France  or 
Germany  rather  than  in  England,  because  the  metric 
measures  are  followed  in  those  countries.  The  secretary 
further  states  that  a  recommendation  is  about  to  go  forward 
from  a  high  authority  in  China,  to  whose  views  attention 
is  usually  paid,  that  China  should  adopt,  as  Japan  has 
already  done,  the  metric  system  of  weights  and  measures. 
Unless  the  importance  of  this  statement  is  fully  realised, 
there  may  he  a  loss  of  valuable  business  to  English  firms  ; 
for.  in  countries  where  the  metric  systsm  is  used,  the 
Government  naturally  prefer  to  buy  the  foreign  goods 
required  from  countries  where  the  same  weights  and  measures 
are  followed. — Ibid. 


Phosphates  in   1891. 

Report  by  the  Anglo-Continental  {late  Ohlendorff's) 
Guano  Works. 

We  beg  to  append  table  giving  the  quantities  and  origin  of 
the  phosphates  imported  into  the  United  Kingdom  during 
the  last  five  years. 

There  has  been  a  serious  falling  off  in  the  quantities 
imported,  amounting  to  86,729  tons,  as  compared  with  1890, 
and  to  48,181  tons  as  compared  with  1889. 

Already  during  the  first  half-year  we  reported  a  reduc- 
tion in  the  importations,  and  the  decrease  has  continued  to 
the  end  of  the  year,  and  seems  to  have  been  spread  over  all 
the  important  ports  alike. 

The  deficiency  is  probably  due  not  only  to  a  smaller 
demand  for  phosphatie  manures,  but  also  to  the  heavy  stocks 
left  over  from  the  previous  year,  when  importations  were 
evidently  in  excess  of  requirements. 

In  consequence  of  the  interruption  of  production  on  the 
Coosaw  river  the  quantities  received  from  South  Carolina 
were  only  97,000  tons,  but  the  shortage  was  partly  made 
good  by  the  supply  from  Peace  river  and  other  Florida 
phosphate  mines.  This  pebble  phosphate  from  Peace  river 
has  found  ready  buyers  as  it  is  even  preferred  to  Bull 
ri  ver  phosphate. 

A  considerable  change  has  taken  place  in  our  supply  of 
high-class  phosphates  containing  70  per  cent,  of  phosphate 
of  lime  and  over.  Only  about  10,000  tons  of  phosphates 
arrived  from  Aruba  and  Sombrero  last  year,  against 
respectively  16,000  and  19,000  tons  in  1889  and  1890. 

The  supply  from  Florida  was  35,203  tons,  of  which  about 
16,000  tous  were  river  phosphate-,  from  Peace  river  and  one 
cargo  from  Alafia  river.  Part  of  the  high-grade  phosphate 
from  Florida  was  reshipped  to  the  Continent,  like  most  of 
the  Canadian  phosphate  which  arrives  in  this  country. 

The  consumption  of  high-grade  phosphates  in  the*  United 
Kingdom  will  therefore  not  have  exceeded  about  50,000 
tons  last  year. 

Considerably  less  Somme  and  Belgian  phosphates  have 
been  used,  especially  if  we  consider  that  in  the  quantity  of 
phosphates  from  Belgium,  a  large  quantity  of  Osso  phosphate 
from  the  new  mines  near  Liege  is  included. 

Although  the  production  on  the  Coosaw  river  was 
interrupted  last  year  it  appears  that  South  Carolina  produced 
more  phosphate  than  ever,  the  consumption  in  the  United 
States  evidently  increasing  rapidly. 


The  following  are  the  figures  of  the  last  three  years  :  — 

Tons. 

1889 H32.101 

1890 537,149 

1891  (about) 600,000 

During  1889-90,  from  September  1  to  August  31  - 

Tons. 

219,812  were  shipped  to  Europe  from  Charleston  and  Beaufort. 

250.936  were  sent  inland  by  rail  and  coastwise. 

116,000  were  consumed  locally. 

;,s.;.7,-,s 


showing  that  whilst  about  220,000  tons,  mostly  river  phos- 
phates, are  sent  from  South  Carolina  to  Europe,  the 
remainder  is  consumed  in  the  United  States. 

The  production  in  Florida  last  year  began  to  assume 
large  proportions. 

Calculated  at  the  present  rate  of  production  Florida  would 
furnish  about  100,000  tons  of  river  (pebble)  phosphates  ami 
about  100,000  tons  of  high-class  land  rock  with  perhaps 
some  low-class  phosphates  for  home  consumption. 

It  is,  however,  impossible  to  estimate  future  production 
with  any  degree  of  certainty,  because  the  mines  inland  are 
only  partially  developed,  and  some  are  still  waiting  the 
completion  of  railway  connexions,  whilst  other  large  mines 
work  at  reduced  speed,  or  not  at  all,  on  account  of  the 
present  low  prices  of  phosphates  in  Europe. 

The  sanguine  hopes  of  the  many  miners  in  Florida  are  not 
likely  to  be  realised,  because  it  costs  more  to  raise  saleable 
phosphates  than  they  expected,  and  there  is  no  possible 
sale  for  large  quantities  of  high-class  phosphates  in 
Europe. 

In  the  Somme  district  in  France  raisers  of  phosphates 
have  suffered  under  the  serious  fall  in  prices,  caused  by  the 
new  discoveries  in  Florida,  and  the  production  last  year  was 
probably  on  a  somewhat  smaller  scale  than  the  previous 
year.  As  regards  cost  of  raising,  preparing  for  and  bringing 
into  the  market,  the  Somme  raisers  are  much  better  placed 
than  any  other  miners  ;  but  many  properties  in  the  Somme 
were  acquired  at  such  a  high  cost  that  the  present  reduced 
prices  must  be  very  uureinuncrative  to  them. 

Wc  have  not  yet  received  exact  figures  of  last  year's 
production  in  Fiance,  but  give  the  following  figures  for 
previous  years  :  — 

In  1889  the  quantity  of  phosphates  produced  in  the 
Somme  was  stated  to  have  been  about  260  000  tons,  of  which 
about  100,000  tons  were  of  high  grade,  say  65 — 80  per  cent. 

In  1890  the  production  in  the  Somme  has  been  stated  as 
250,000  tons,  of  which  about  120,000  tous  were  exported. 

The  export  of  phosphates  from  France  was — 

Tons. 

fSsT 50.S9S 

18SS 99,673 

1889 150,963 

1S90 122,002 

During  the  past  year  (1891)  the  quantity  of  Somme 
phosphates  exported  from  France  must  have  been  much 
smaller,  as  is  evident  from  the  quantities  landed  in  the 
United  Kingdom  and  Germany  ;  but  the  home  consumption 
in  France  seems  to  be  increasing,  and  a  large  quantity  of 
low-class  ground  phosphates  is  used  by  the  French  farmers 
direct  without  manufacture  into  superphosphate. 

We  have  not  yet  been  able  to  obtain  particulars  of  the 
quantity  of  phosphate  raised  last  year  in  Belgium,  but  it 
seems  clear  that  the  production  of  calcareous  phosphate 
near  Mons  is  not  reuch  increasing,  whilst  the  old  mines  near 
Mons  are  about  worked  out.  The  new  mines  near  Liege 
are  in  full  activity,  and  although  the  quantity  raised  will  be 
much  less  than  expected,  still  the  production  will  be  impor- 
tant for  some  years  to  come. 

Germany  has  always  been  the  best  market  for  high-class 
phosphates,  and  consequently  the  new  Florida  phosphate 
has  been  most  extensively  used  in  that  country.  We  have 
particulars  of  imports  during  last  year  only  from  two  ports, 
which  of  course  are  no  indication  of  the  total  quantity  used 


Feb.  29,  is*!.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


189 


in  Germany,  but  are  characteristic  as  to  the  origin   of  the 
material,  and  may  be  summarised  as  follows  :  — 

Tons. 

South  Carolina 13,02:! 

Peace  Eiver  (Florida) 7,540 

Florida  land  roek| 20, 156 

Soiiine  phosphates 5.S03 

Canadian 1,210 

Aruba  Curacoa 970 

52,000 

Importation  of  Phosphates  into  the  United 
Kingdom,  indicating  Countries  op  Production. 


Country  whence 
imported. 


1857.        1888. 


1   Tons.  |  Tons. 
I'.S.  of  America 105,275    111.360 

Florida 

S.Carolina 

British  West  Indies...,  6,451  11,010 
DutchWest  Indies  ....  9,505  J  10,730 
Hayti  and  San  Domingo  3,041 
Venezuela  and  Guiana  .  :       405 

Brazil '     1,200  I 

Australia 350  i 

British  North  America,  i    19,1514 

Portugal 15,612 

France 11,140 

Belgium 45,322 

Holland 

Other  countries 

Norway 


Tons.      Tons. 
122,554    177,283 


0,23s 


12,423 

6,978 

39,059 

54,201 


1,880 

1 1,730 

1,094 


3,870 

11,703 
992 


1,250  |      .. 
23,297      21,089 
1,326 


Total  , 


4,778        4,137 
1,139  |     1,075 

i 


283,415    257,886 


65,490 

64,6-13 

2,270 

390 

304,953 


.35,659 

82,096 

2,428 

1,070 

4,161 


Tons. 

35,203 
96,S81 
1,960 
8,851 
1,639 
540 


15,918 
320 
18,325 
70,723 
3,134 
1,483 
1,195 


343.501  ,250,772 


Exports  op  Phosphates. 


Country  whence 
exported. 

1887. 

1888. 

1889. 

1890. 

Tons. 

7,03-1 
1,443 
1,609 

Tons. 

3.717 
985 
891 

Tons. 
1,305 

9,716 

1,535 

1,510 

Tons. 
1,687 

6,235 
489 

Total  export  . . . 

10,086 

5,623 

14,066           8,311 

Remaining  for  U.K. 

273,329 

252,263 

290,887 

335,190 

The  Production  of  Quicksilver  in  California. 

The  report  of  the  Quicksilver  Mining  Company,  of  New 
Almaden,  Cal.,  for  the  year  ending  December  31st,  1891, 
is  the  most  unfavourable  statement  made  by  that  company 
during  the  past  21  years.  The  production  of  quicksilver  was 
smaller  than  in  any  preceding  year,  being  but  68  per  cent, 
as  great  as  in  1890,  while  in  value  there  was  a  still  more 
important  decline,  the  average  price  of  quicksilver  having 
been  12-06  dols.  per  flask  lower  in  1891  than  in  1890. 

In  1890,  22,649  tons  of  ore  were  roasted,  and  in  1891, 
25,548  tons,  but  the  average  yield  of  the  ore  during  the 
latter  year  was  only  I -22  per  cent.,  against  2-02  per  cent. 


in  1890.  On  the  other  hand  the  expenses  in  1891  were 
very  nearly  as  heavy  as  in  1890 ;  the  yield  of  quicksilver 
being  so  much  less  the  cost  of  production  rose  from 
33-87  dols.  per  flask  to  48-62  dols.,  and  for  the  first  time  in 
21  years  the  mines  wers  operated  at  a  loss.  The  deficit 
amounted  to  57,523-96  dots.,  which  was  6-97  do!s.  per  flask. 

There  seems  no  doubt  that  the  New  Almaden  mines  are 
now  upon  the  verge  of  exhaustion,  and  that  within  a  few 
years  the  quicksilver  mining  industry  of  California  will  be 
a  thing  of  the  past,  notwithstanding  the  remarkably  able 
and  economical  management  of  the  mines.  The  production 
of  the  California  mines  reached  its  maximum  in  1879,  when 
79,396  flasks  were  produced.  Since  that  time  the  output 
has  diminished  steadily.  In  1 881  the  yield  was  60,851  flasks  ; 
in  1891  it  had  fallen  to  22,904  flasks. 

The  quicksilver  mines  of  California  have  had  a  glorious 
past  and  have  returned  large  profits  to  their  owners. 
From  1850  to  1891,  both  years  inclusive,  they  produced 
1,590,674  flasks,  or  121,696,561  lb.  of  quicksilver  valued  at 
71,508,021  dols.  Of  this  amount  the  New  Almaden  mines, 
owned  by  the  Quicksilver  Mining  Company,  produced 
924,659  flasks,  or  over  58  per  cent.  In  1881  the  product 
of  this  company  was  42-8  per  cent,  of  the  total,  and  in 
1891,  36  per  cent.  With  the  approaching  exhaustion  of 
the  California  mines  it  would  seem  that  we  are  likely  to 
see  higher  prices  of  quicksilver  this  year.  No  figures  have 
yet  been  compiled  showing  the  world's  production  of  quick- 
silver in  1891,  but  the  output  of  the  Almaden  mines  of 
Spain  was  probably  about  47,500  flasks,  against  50,035 
flasks  in  1890.  The  mines  of  Spain  and  California  are 
the  largest  producers  and  turn  out  about  70  per  cent,  of 
the  total  amount  of  the  world's  quicksilver. — Engineering 
and  Mining  Journal. 


British  Alkali  in  the  States. 

The  American  market  for  heavy  chemicals  has  been 
brisk  lately,  owing,  says  the  O.  P.  and  D.  Reporter,  to  the 
equalisation  of  freight  rates  from  New  York  with  those  of 
Boston,  and  the  probability  of  an  early  advance  in  ocean 
freights.  The  first  reason  has  caused  the  divergence  of 
some  trade  from  Boston  to  New  York,  and  the  second  has 
influenced  buyers  to  place  larger  orders  for  earl}-  forward 
shipment  than  they  probably  would  have  done  otherwise. 
So  far  as  caustic  soda  is  concerned  the  effect  of  the  present 
conditions  is  likely  to  be  transitory,  and  will  not  increase 
the  figures  representing  the  total  volume  of  trade  for  the 
twelve  months  if  the  experiences  of  the  past  year  are  to  he 
taken  as  a  criterion.  The  statistics  of  exports  of  the  heavy- 
chemicals  to  the  United  States  during  1891  are  just  to  hand, 
and  afford  some  interesting  comparisons  with  those  of  the 
two  preceding  years.  The  shipments  of  bleaching  powder 
are  considerably  larger  than  those  of  the  previous  year. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  exports  of  caustic  soda,  sal  soda, 
and  salt  cake  show  a  decided  falling  off,  which  may  be 
attributed  in  a  large  part  to  the  increasing  consumption  of 
the  domestic  products. 

The  figures  showing  the  shipments  to  the  United  States 
from  England  are  as  follows  :  — 


Tens. 

1891. 

1890. 

1889. 

6S.681 
•19,303 
31,353 
5,900 
8,059 

67,168 
45,781 
37,426 
9,845 
8,535 

42,608 

6,337 

7,3  13 

—  Chemist  and  Druggist. 


The  Glass-bottle  Trade  in  Germany. 

The  German  glass-bottle  industry;  says  the  annual  report 
of  one  of  the  biggest  bottle-making  firms  in  the  world  (the 
Gerresheimer  glassworks),  has  been  in  a  rather  bad  way 
in   1891.     Instead  of  a  profit   of  608,841  marks,   such  as 

H  2 


190 


THE    JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29,  1892. 


these  works  made  in  1890,  wlicn  they  paid  their  share- 
holders 9  per  cent.,  the  net  profit  in  1891  has  only  been 
295,512  marks,  admitting  of  no  larger  dividend  than  5  per 
cent .  The  output  of  bottles,  however,  increased  from 
47,660,000  in  1890  to  511.920,(100  in  1891.  Of  the  last- 
named  number  29^  millions  were  sold  to  the  German  home 
trade,  and  21§  millions  for  export.  The  prices  realised 
declined  considerably,  the  smaller  output  of  1890  selling 
far  3,510,000  marks  and  the  larger  one  of  1891  for 
3,460,000  marks.—  Ibid. 


Discovery  of  Calcium  Tongstate. 

A  discovery  of  economic  importance  has  just  been  made 
by  Mr.  W.  F.  Ferrier,  B.A.  Sc,  of  the  Canadian  Geological 
Survey,  in  specimens  collected  some  years  ago.  The 
specimens  were  procured  from  an  opening  made  for  gold 
on  a  quartz  vein  in  the  township  of  Marlow,  Beauce  county, 
province  of  Quebec,  near  the  State  of  Maine  boundary  line. 
They  are  found  to  hold  scheelite  or  calcium  tungstate,  of  a 
yellowish-white  colour,  resembling  blende  so  much  as  to 
be  mistaken  for  the  latter.  It  is  the  intention  of  the 
owners  to  develop  the  property. — Engineering  and  Mining 
Journal . 


Papers  of  Interest  to  Technologists. 

The  following  articles  in  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for 
February  will  repay  perusal  :  — 

"Prussian  Mining  and  Metallurgical  Industries."  p.  135. 
"Regulations  for  the  Carriage  of  Petroleum  through  the 
Suez  Canal,"  p.  163. 

"  Xew  Customs  Tariff  of  Argentina,"  p.  177. 
"  The  Industries  of  Orenbourg,"  p.  198. 
"  German  Sugar  Industry,  1890 — SI,"  p.  199. 
"Fibre  Industry  in  Queensland,"  p.  219. 


Imports  of  Metals  for  Month  ending  3  1st  January. 


BOARD  OF  TRADE  RETURNS 
Summary  of  Imports. 


Month  ending  31st  January 

1891. 

1892. 

£ 
1  715,867 

S52.7S7 

636,434 

2,378,863 

£ 

1,822,503 

Oils 

566,628 

2,423.0+4 

Raw  materials   for  non-textile  in- 
dustries. 

Total  value  of  all  imports  .... 

33,741,082 

3S,485,244 

Summary  of  Exports. 


Month  ending  31st  January 

1891.                      1892. 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 

£ 
3,148,601 

710,457 

2,348,868 

£ 
2,551,466 

707,184 

2,219,264 

19,834,315 

19,146,704 

Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Copper : — 

Unwrought  ....      „ 
Iron : — 

Bolt,  bar,  4c , 

Steel,  unwrought . .      „ 
Lead,  pig  and  sheet      „ 

6,139 
9,964 

3,120 

317,331 
2,976 

294 

13,237 

70,685 

82,676 

33,353 

2,360 

6,200 
9,189 
3,969 

281,679 

4,200 

366 

14,342 

56,028 

464,340 

42,291 

3,911 

£ 

39,4s3 

313,040 
172.599 

245,393 
30,995 

2,822 
173,717 
120,1191 

8,819 

153,718 

53,158 

395,999 

£ 

38,821 

22S.572 
190,294 

214,150 
35,855 

2  575 

165,204 

98,768 

49,041 
190,114 

Other  articles  . .  .Value  £ 

85,242 
523,877 

Total  value  of  metals 

•• 

'  1,715,867 

1 

1,822,503 

Imports    of    Raw   Materials   for   Non-Textile 
Industries  for  Month  endlng  31st  January. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1892. 


Values. 


1891.  1892, 


Bark,  Peruvian  . .    Cwt. 

Bristles Lb. 

Caoutchouc Cwt. 

Gum  : — 
Arabic 


Lac,  &c 

Gutta-percha  .... 

Hides,  raw: — 
Dry 


Wet 

Ivory „ 

Manure : — 
Guano Tons 

Bones „ 

Paraffin Cwt. 

Linen  rags Tons 

Esparto „ 

Palp  of  wood , 

Rosin Cwt. 

Tallow  and  stearin      „ 

Tar Barrels 

Wood  :— 
Hewn Loads 

Sawn 

Staves , 

Mahogany Tons 

Other  articles. . .  .Value  £ 


Total  value  . 


7,786 

171,086 

29,771 

5,030 
8,580 
6,286 

r.J.'.'s; 

20,873 

730 

967 

T.llls 

37,550 

1,749 

24,634 

8,622 

119,356 

111,525 

2,503 

110,153 
69,650 

0,471 

■l.s'j; 


6,807 

£ 

22,784 

170,486 

25,655 

32,556 

365,263 

6^05 

14.0S1 

10,824 

35,772 

2.2S4 

70,308 

28,761 

S!>,092 

41,622 

42,934 

1,095 

30,174 

1,456 

5,870 

7.H50 

36,897 

53,231 

47,515 

2,214 

15,505 

19,170 

117.402 

13,475 

50,114 

72,067 

20,878 

S5.118 

140,746 

2,427 

1,101 

99,0os 

227,788 

95,491 

176,175 

3,672 

45,870 

3,164 

45,216 

•• 

739,723 

•• 

2,378,863  . 

£ 

1S.292 

20,350 
398,788 

15,374 
47.983 
30,924 

73,056 
s6,su:s 
56,262 

10,685 

30,266 
77.04S 
20.142 
9L857 
66,686 
18,870 
106.980 
1.630 

184,940 
205,135 
26,110 
30,716 
797,646 


2,423.044 


Besides  the  above,  drugs  to  the  value  of  67.623J,  were 
as  agaiust  51,829/.  in  January  1891. 


i  mported 


Feb.  29.1898.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF   THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


191 


Imports  of  Chemicals  and  Dyestuffs  for  Month 
ending  31>t  January. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


Alkali Cwt. 

Bark  (tannors,  &c.)    „ 

Brimstone „ 

Chemicals Value  £ 

Cochineal  Cwt. 

Cutch  and  gambier  Tons 

Dyes : — 
Aniline Value  £ 

Alizarine 

Other 

Indigo   Cwt. 

Nitrate  of  soda. ...      „ 
Nitrate  of  potash  .      „ 

Valonia Tons 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 

Total  value  of  chemicals 


1,872 
12,896 
80,075 

85S 

2,i«o 


13,738 

268,980 

26,063 

1,806 


1892. 


3,505 
313,610 
t;  1,568 

5S0 
1,346 


Values. 


1892. 


21,596 
52,628 

211,735 
2.707 


£ 

1.797 

1,91 1 
8,615 

9II.MC 

5,342 

51,539 

21,517 

23,100 

1.771 

332.773 

100,350 

23,441 

40.0S3 

139,769 


852.7S7 


£ 
2,707 

16,61  1 

18,788 

97,861 

8,420 

31,057 

18,959 
If  ,694 

1.187 
148,224 
23,682 
18,554 
41,131 
91,313 


827,080 


Imports  of  Oils  for  Month  ending  31st  January. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

6,143 

1,285 

85,979 

12,940,134 

2,342 

1,142 

39,807 

6,850 
1,510 

87,773 

10,048,117 

1,511 

1,299 

83,091 

£ 

8,909 

51,740 
98,659 

282,085 
57,345 
22,065 

."■5,72:i 
59,302 

£ 
8,754 

57,427 

101,7311 
205,483 
41,249 
26,156 
43,190 
82,039 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

Total  value  of  oils  . . . 

•• 

•• 

636,434 

566,628 

Extorts  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals  for  Month  ending 
31st  January. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Bleaching  materials    „ 
Chemical  manures.  Tons 

Other  articles  ...       „ 

167,992 

llii,03t 
21,137 

39S.3S2 
85,320 
20,309 

£ 

169,007 

35,379 
178,004 

73,867 
254,200 

£ 

152,515 

33.000 
217.122 

75,781 
228,400 

710,457 

7>i7,184 

Exports  of  Metals  (other  than  Machinery)  for 
Month  ending  31st  January. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

8,219 

6,8H 

£ 
40,814 

£ 

31.1S1 

Copper : — 

48,048 

43,895 

144.227 

107.239 

Wrought „ 

20,585 

27,237 

72,603 

B4,038 

Mixed  metal 

10,966 

22,841 

33,551 

59.500 

.. 

214,242 

179. X92 

110,787 

99,505 

219,419 

196,678 

2,112,022 

1,730.404 

5,149 

38,797 
21,710 

68,312 

20,517 

Plated  wares. . .  Value  £ 

Telegraph  wires,  &c.    „ 

.. 

238,223 

16,24.3 

7.701 
1 1,685 

31,460 

11.190 
72,333 

86,889 
14,161 
67,188 

Other  articles  ..  Value  £ 

■• 

•• 

3,118,601 

2,551,466 

Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  31st  January. 


Articles. 


Gunpowder Lb. 

Military  stores..  Value  £ 

Candles Lb. 

Caoutchouc Value  £ 

Cement Tons 

Products  of  coal  Value  £ 

Earthenware  ...       „ 

Stoneware , 

Glass: — 
Plate Sq.Ft. 

Flint Cwt. 

Bottles „ 

Other  kinds....      „ 

Leather :— 
Unwrought 

Wrought Value  £ 

Seed  oil Tons 

Floorcloth  Sq.  Yds. 

Painters'  materials  Val.  £ 

Paper Cwt. 

Rags Tons 

Soap Cwt. 

Total  value 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1,178,500 


1.091,500 


30,113 


369,873 

7,522 

58,629 

15,017 

9,050 

1,211 
1,300,200 

IN.  110 

3,797 

33,816 


653,800 


1,379,900 


25,020 


177,985 

6,914 

59,941 

14,882 

11,175 

5,401 
1,975,400 

74,866 

3,266 

47,910 


Values. 


1891. 


£ 
29,314 

82,591 

21,810 
88,333 
73,878 
98,707 
130,031 
12,253 

18,247 
17,115 
27,159 

15,203 

9,1,60 1 
20,701 
93,013 
58,847 
106.31S 
117,992 
30,438 
39,583 


2,348,85S 


£ 

15,657 

78,658 

26  793 
111.459 

46,507 
130,822 
121,760 

11,289 

10,581 
17,212 
28,347 
12,856 

110,479 
25,053 

111,943 
S5 7 

189,366 

132,235 

21,311 

46,695 


2,219,264 


192 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29. 1892. 


iflontblp  patent  Cist. 

•  The  dates  driven  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
nspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  mouths  of  the  said  dates. 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 

Applications. 

538.  J.  Arnold.  Improvements  in  or  connected  with 
thermometers.     January  11. 

541.  L.  Roumieu.  Improved  filtering  receptacle  for  sub- 
stances from  which  oil  or  other  liquid  is  to  be  expressed  by 
hydraulic  and  other  presses.     January  11. 

765.  S.  Fox.  Improvements  in  furnaces  for  the  applica- 
tion of  water-gas  for  heating  and  welding  purposes. 
January  14. 

801.  J.  Pelat.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  use  in 
filtering  and  purifying  oils,  glucose,  or  other  like  matters. 
January  14. 

829.  J.  W.  Hall.  An  improvement  connected  with  gas- 
producer  and  other  furnaces.     January  15. 

836.  A.  M.  Strathern  and  A.  G.  Strathern.  Improvements 
in  and  relating  to  apparatus  for  governing  or  regulating  the 
pressure  or  flow  of  illuminating  gas  or  other  fluids. 
January  15. 

845.  H.  E.  Newton. — From  R.  N.  Oakman,  jun.,  United 
States.     Improvements  in  gas  furnaces.     Januar}'  15. 

1054.  J.  H.  Bovenkerk,  jun.,  and  A.  C.  Kuvt.  Improve- 
ments relating  to  softening  water.     January  19. 

1172.  A.  T.  Rapkin  and  F.  Cossor.  Improvements  in  or 
connected  with  thermometers.     January  21. 

1181.  W.  J.  Lomax  and  C.  J.  Lomax.  A  combined 
refuse  furnace  and  gas  apparatus.     January  21. 

1210.  B.  Zeitsehel.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
rapidly  heating  liquids.  Complete  Specification.  January  21, 

1738.  \\".  P.  Thompson. — From  J.  W.  Meeus,  Belgium. 
Nee  Class  XVII. 

1777.  B.  Boltou.  Improved  non-conducting  composition 
or  paint  for  steam-heated  surfaces.     January  29. 

1S58.  YV.  L.  Wise.  —  From  C.  d'Abbadie  de  lSarrau, 
Island  of  Mauritius.     See  Class  XVI. 

1863.  J.  G.  Hall.     See  Class  XVII. 

1991.  J.Wright.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  heating 
water  and  fluids  of  all  kinds  ;  also  applicable  toammoniacal 
and  other  liquors  for  distillation  for  steam  boilers  or  any 
other  purpose.     February  2. 

2117.  C.  F.  Betting.  Improvements  in  assay  or  chemical 
balances.     Complete  Specification.     February  3. 

2363.  W.  P.  Ingham  and  E.  Crowe.  Improvements  in 
gas-fired  recuperative  kilns.     February  8. 

2510.  J.  A.  Mays.  A  process  and  apparatus  for  effecting 
the  concentration  or  separation  of  solids.     February  9. 

2790.  J.  W.  Bowley.  Apparatus  for  producing  cold  in 
or  freezing  liquids.     February  12. 

2895.  F.  M.  Robertson,  H.  S.  Fearon,  and  W.  S.  Miller. 
Improvements  in  the  process  of,  and  apparatus  for, 
evaporating  or  drying.     February  13. 

Complkte  Specifications  Accepted.* 

1891. 

1071.  B.  Corcoran.  Mixing  machine  for  amalgamating 
exact  proportions  of  (lours,  chemicals,  and  other  substances. 
January  20, 


1846.  J.  King.  Apparatus  for  drying  granular,  pasty,  or 
pulverulent  materials,  or  for  carbonising  animal  or  vegetable 
substances,  or  for  concentrating  or  evaporating  liquids  ;  and 
an  improved  furnace  for  heating  air  for  the  same  and  for 
other  purposes.     January  20. 

5340.  A.  Dervaux.  Method  and  apparatus  for  clarifying 
muddy  liquids.     February  10. 

5529.  J.  S.  Sawrey  and  H.  Collet.  Apparatus  for 
separating  liquids  from  solid  matters  suspended  therein. 
January  27. 

6159.  J.  Hardman  and  J.  Peake.  Retort  charging 
devices.     February  17. 

6387.  W.  Heyes.  Apparatus  for  concentrating  acids  and 
other  liquids.     February  17. 

7188.  M.  Merichenski.  Improvements  in  carburettors. 
February  3. 

15,192.  O.  M.  Row.  Apparatus  for  condensing  steam 
and  other  vapours,  and  for  heating  or  cooling  fluids. 
February  10. 

19,464.  E.  Kerr.    Improvements  in  furnaces.  February  10. 

21,248.  W.  Butlin.     An  improved  tuyere.     January  20. 

1892. 
11.  E.C.  Peck.    Taps  or  cocks  for  liquids.    February  17. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

535.  G.  M.  S.  Wilson.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  gas.     Complete  Specification.     January  11. 

848.  G.  B.  Field.  Means  for  burning  straw,  cornstalks, 
and  such  like  fuel.  Complete  Specification.  Filed  January 
15.  Date  applied  for  August  11,  1891,  being  date  of 
application  in  United  States. 

864.  J.  Ruscoe.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  charging 
gas  retorts.     January  15. 

878.  G.  T.  Beilby.  Process  of  and  apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  cyanides.     January  16. 

879.  G.  T.  Beilby.  Process  and  apparatus  for  obtaining 
cyanides.     January  16. 

927.  W.  B.  Hartridge.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  apparatus  for  washing  or  purifying  smoke.  January  16. 

952.  W.  S.  Chenall  and  W.  F.  S.  Chenall.  Improvements 
in  solidifying  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  oils,  and 
volatile  and  inflammable  fluids.  Complete  Specification. 
January  18. 

964.  C.  Allina.  Solidifying  petroleum  and  the  carbo- 
hydrates contained  in  same  for  facilitating  transportation 
and  use  as  fuel,  also  re-liquefying  same.     January  18. 

965.  W.  E.  Vickers  and  G.  A.  Everett.  Improvements  in 
machinery  or  apparatus  for  effecting  the  complete  mixture 
of  inflammable  gas  or  vapour  with  air.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    January  18. 

1437.  I.  S.  McDougall  and  J.  T.  McDougall.  Improve- 
ments in  the  treatment  of  oils  for  rendering  them  capable 
of  transport  or  storage,  and  of  use  as  fuel,  or  as  illuminants, 
with  greater  safety  and  convenience  than  hitherto. 
January  25. 

1569.  J.  Tennant,  J.  Tennant,  and  W.  R.  Tennant. 
Improvements  in  candles.     January  26. 

1575.  A.  Klonue.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
illuminating  and  heating  gas,  and  in  apparatus  therefor. 
January  26. 

1647.  J.  Mitchell.  Improvements  in  coke  ovens.  Janu- 
ary 27. 

1804.  S.  Fox.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  or 
production  of  water-gas  and  apparatus  therefor.    January  29. 


Feb.  29, 18920        THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  DJDUSTKY. 


193 


1805.  T.  W.  Lee.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  or 
production  and  distribution  of  mixture  of  inflammable  gas 
and  air,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     January  29. 

1938.  W.  Coultas,  T.  Siddell,  and  J.  L.  Smith.  A  novel 
or  improved  apparatus  constituting  a  combined  boiler  and 
gas  producer  for  the  generation  of  steam  and  the  production 
of  gas,  whether  used  in  combination  or  for  separate 
purposes.     February  2. 

1960.  J.  Isherwood.  Improved  apparatus  for  economising 
heat  and  fuel.     February  2. 

207.3.  W.  H.  Wilson.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  gas.     February  3. 

2259.  T.  White.     See  Class  IX. 

2367.  L.  Sepulchre.  Gas  generator  for  the  distillation  of 
mineral  oils  and  the  combustion  at  a  distance  of  a  part  or 
the  whole  of  the  products  of  the  distillation  applicable  to 
apparatus  for  lighting  and  heating.  Complete  Specification. 
February  8. 

2377.  K.  H.  Courtnay.  Improvements  in  and  means  for 
increasing  the  illuminating  power  of  candles  and  night  and 
fancy  lights  ;  also  in  the  holders  to  be  used  for  same. 
February  8. 

2434.  J.  Swallow  and  C.  West.  Improvements  in  artificial 
fuel.     February  8. 

2578.  W.  L.  Maleolmsou  and  W.  K.  Parker.  Improved 
fuel.     February  10. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

2736.  V.  Poltavtseff  and  K.  Hodjaian.  Means  for  gene- 
rating heat  from  liquid  and  other  fuel.     February  17. 

4279.  C.  F.  Claus.  Purification  of  water-gas  or  other 
producer-gas  from  sulphur  compounds.     January  20. 

4321.  J.  Baxter  and  W.  Baxter.  Apparatus  for  refining 
paraffin.     January  20. 

5212.  W.  H.  Munns. — From  E.  de  Beauharnais.  Manu- 
facturing illuminating  gas.     February  3. 

6134.  J.  Laing.  Distillation  of  mineral  oils,  &c,  and 
apparatus  therefor.     February  17. 

17,351.  G.  R.  Prowse.  Apparatus  for  forming  oxycalcium 
lights.     January  20. 

18,498.  H.  H.  Lake.-From  C.  II.  Wilder.  Manufacture 
of  gas  from  hydrocarbon  oils,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
February  10. 

19,641.  T.  G.  Springer.  Manufacture  of  gas,  and 
apparatus  therefore.     February  10. 

21,881.  W.  Fairweather. — From  The  Acme  Liquid  Fuel 
Co.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  gas. 
January  20. 

22,347.  W.  L.  Rowland.  Recovering  cyanides  from 
coal  gas.     February  17. 

1892. 

535.  G.  M.  S.  Wilson.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  gas.     January  11. 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

2129.  II.  Saxl.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the  production 
of  benzol  and  its  homologies,  phenol,  naphthalene,  and 
anthracene,  from  resins  or  resin  oils  alone,  or  mixed  with 
petroleum,  petroleum  residues,  illuminating  gas,  and  other 
hydrocarbons.     February  3. 

2367.  L.  Sepulchre,     See  Class  II. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
1891. 
6131.  J.  Laing.     .See  Class  II. 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 

Applications. 
802.  J.   Y.   Johnson. — From    The   Badische  Anilin   und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.     Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  dyes  of  the  rosaniline  series  and  of  leueo-compounds 
thereof.     January  14. 

22,641a.  B.  Willcox.— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Buyer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  pro- 
duction of  azo-colours  on  fibre.  Filed  January  22.  Date 
applied  for  December  28,  1891. 

960.  A.  Bang.— From  G.  A.  Dahl,  Germany.  The 
production  of  fast  yellow  mordant  dyeing  azo-dyestuffs. 
Complete  Specification.     January  18. 

1231.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  Wirth  and  Co.,  agents  for 
A.  Leonhardt  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  colouring  matters.     January  21. 

1390.  H.  H.  Lake.-From  Wirth  and  Co.,  agents  for 
A.  Leonhardt  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  colouring  matters.     January  23. 

1473.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  dyes  from  substituted  derivatives  of  diamido-diphenyl- 
methane.     January  25. 

1657.  B.  Willoox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  colouring  matters  derived  from  anthraquinone. 
January  27. 

2324.  Brooke,  Simpson,  and  Spiller,  Limited,  and  R.  J. 
Friswell.  A  new  substance  suitable  for  dyeing  and  other 
purposes  and  the  process  for  its  production.     February  6. 

2408.  C.  D.  Abel— From  The  Actier.  Gesellschaft  fur 
Anilin  Fabrikation,  Germany.  New  manufacture  of  bases 
and  of  colouring  matters  therefrom.     February  8. 

2617.  O.  Imray. — From  Die  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  and  Bruning,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  ethoxy- 
phenylmethylpyrazolone  and  of  para  ethoxy  1  phenyl- 
23  dimethyl-  5  pyrazolone.     February  10. 

2718.  S.  Pitt.— From  L.  Cassella  and  Co.,  Germany. 
Improvements  in  the  production  of  black  dyes  suitable  for 
dyeing  wool.      February  11. 

2789.  S.  Pitt. — From  L.  Cassella  and  Co.,  Germany. 
Improvements  in  the  production  of  azo  dyes.     February  12. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

3622.  R.  Vidal.  Production  and  separation  of  methyl- 
amines,  ethylamines,  phenylamiues,  and  naphthylamines. 
February  10. 

5103.  R.  Holliday  and  Sons,  Lim.,  T.  Holliday,  and 
P.  R.  E.  Seidler.  Manufacture  of  a  sulpho-acid  of  alpha- 
naphthol  and  of  colouring  matters  therefrom.    February  10. 

3269.  W.  Majert.  Manufacture  of  aromatic  glycocoll 
derivatives.     January  27. 

5437.  W.  Sherwood.  A  new  or  improved  composition  of 
ink  for  reproduction  of  copies  by  the  manifold  process. 
February  10. 

5904.  O.  Imray. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  and  Bruning.  Production  of  black  colouring 
matters.     February  10. 

21,249.  E.  von  Portheim.  Manufacture  of  new  colouring 
matters  from  naphthy  I -glycines.     January  27. 

22,623.  J.  Imray.  — From  La  Soc.  L.  Durand,  lluegenin, 
et  Cie.  A  new  manufacture  of  colouring  matters.  Feb- 
ruary 3, 


194 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29,  1892. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 


Applications. 

840.  J.  Porritt,  A.  Porritt,  M.  Porritt,  and  S.  J.  Chadwick. 
A  new  yarn  and  process  of  manufacturing  the  same  from 
waste  fibres.     January  15. 

1077.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  J.  P.  Jaensoulin  and 
G.  Oser,  France.  Improvemects  in  treating  or  deeorti- 
cating  ramie  and  other  similar  fibres  aud  in  machines  there- 
for.    January  19. 

1728.  C.  F.  Dietrich  and  T.  J.  Palmer.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  or  production  of  floor  coverings  or  like 
materials  with  coloured  designs  or  patterns  and  apparatus 
to  be  employed  in  the  said  manufacture.     January  28. 

1729.  C.  F.  Dietrich  and  T.  J.  Palmer.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  and  production  of  materials  suitable  for 
use  as  floor  coverings,  or  for  other  analogous  purposes. 
January  28. 

Compi.etk   Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

6294.  J.  Daw,  jun.  An  improvement  in  lyeing  mats, 
carpets,  or  other  fabrics.     January  20. 

1.1,072.  J.  P.  A.  Blaye.  Treatment  of  ramie  fibre,  flax, 
or  hemp  in  the  green  or  dried  state.     January  20. 

17,642.  F.  J.  H.  Sampson.  Process  and  appliance  for 
obtaining  fibre  from  rhea.     February  17. 


209.  D.    E.   Coe. 
February  10. 


1892. 
Manufacture    of    yarn    from     waste. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

22,641a.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbcnfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  azo  colours  on  fibre.  Filed  January  22nd.  Date  applied 
for  December  28,  1891. 

1506.  J.  Dawson.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  utilising  the  heat  of  spent  liquors  or 
liquids  for  dyeing,  manufacturing,  and  other  like  purposes. 
January  26. 

2096.  W.  Searle  and  W.  H.  Elliot.  Improved  apparatus 
for  dyeing  or  chemically  treating  and  drying  paper,  felt, 
or  other  fabrics.     Complete  Specification.      February  3. 

2730.  G.  II.  Craven.  Improvements  in  dyeing  machines. 
February  1 1 . 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

22,263.  L.  Kern.  Method  and  apparatus  for  preventing 
the  escape  of  noxious  gases  in  the  processes  of  bleaching 
and  otherwise  treating  textile  materials.     January  27. 

22.437.  C.  Kellner.  Process  ami  apparatus  for  bleach- 
ing paper  pulp,  and  other  similar  vegetable  substances. 
I'd uuary  3. 

22.438.  C.  Kellner.  Process  and  apparatus  for  increasing 
the  bleaching  properties  of  chlorine  »:is.     January  27. 


Applications. 

610.  F.  Valentiner.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the  manu- 
facture of  concentrated  nitric  acid.     January  12. 

714.  J.  R.  Thame.  An  improved  process  for  the 
manufacture  of  the  cyanides  of  sodium  aud  potassium. 
January  13. 

1032.  P.  Rogatien  de  Lambilly.  A  new  or  improved 
method  or  process  for  the  production  of  alkaline  cyanides. 
Complete  Specification.     January  19. 

1439.  I.  S.  McDougall  and  J.  T.  McDougall.  Improve- 
ments in  the  treatment  of  certain  corrosive  or  poisonous 
liquids  to  render  them  capable  of  being  transported,  stored, 
or  used  with  less  danger  than  hitherto.     January  25. 

1548.  P.  Romer.  An  improved  manufacture  of  potas- 
sium carbonate  from  potassium  sulphate.     January  26. 

1642.  O.  Imray. — From  M.  M.  Rotten,  Germany. 
Improved  manufacture  of  sodium  and  potassium  bichro- 
mates.    January  27. 

1652.  C.  F.  Clans.  Improvements  relating  to  the  manu- 
facture of  alkaline  sulphides  and  carbonates,  and  to  the 
production  or  recovery  of  sulphide  of  hydrogen  and  other 
by-products.     January  27. 

1659.  C.  J?.  Clans.  Improvements  relating  to  the  manu- 
facture of  alkaline  sulphates,  sulphides,  and  carbonates, 
and  to  the  production  or  recovery  of  the  hydrate  of  alumina, 
sulphide  of  hydrogen  or  sulphur,  and  hydrochloric  acid  or 
chlorine.     January  27. 

1692.  G.  E.  Davis  and  A.  R.  Davis.  Improvements  in 
the  preparation  of  chlorine.     January  28. 

1855.  J.  J.  Tate  and  A.  S.  Ramage.  Improvements  in 
the  utilisation  of  ferrous  chloride  liquors,  especially  those 
known  as  "  waste  pickle,"  from  galvanising  and  tin-plate 
works.     January  30. 

2165.  C.  H.  Cribb.  Improvements  in  the  production  of 
carbon  dioxide  and  lime  from  causticismg  refuse  and  from 
limestone  and  the  carbonates  of  other  alkaline  earths,  and 
in  apparatus  therefor.     February  4. 

2389.  L.  Ilruuner  and  A.  Zanner.  An  improved  process 
for  preparing  at  the  same  time  neutral  sulphate  of  soda  and 
precipitated  phosphate  of  lime.  Complete  Specification. 
February  8. 

2415.  J.  Wetter. — From  the  Firm  of  H.  and  E.  Albert, 
Germany.  Process  for  obtaining  alkali  phosphates  from 
neutral  or  acid  alkali  sulphates.     February  8. 

2604.  J.  Morris.  New  or  improved  process  for  the 
production  of  crystals  and  crystalline  masses.     February  10. 

2697.  A.  MacFarlane.  A  substitute  for  the  acid  tartrate 
of  potassium.     February  11. 

2878.  C.  W.  Kriens.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  nitrates.     February  13. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

1453.  E.  O.  Lambart, — From   S.  Pick.     Manufacture   or 
production  of  salt  from  brine.     January  27. 

2252.   P.  G.  W.   Typke.     Manufacture   or   production  of 
certain  phosphorus  compounds.     February  10. 

4661.  W.    Mills.      Manufacture  of  alkali    and  apparatus 
therefor.     February  17 

4730.  C  Marriott.     Apparatus  used   in   the   manufacture 
of  sulphate  of  ammonia.     January  27. 

5S19.   D.  Bowat   and  J.  Fullertoo.     Treatment  of  pickles 
and  apparatus  therefor.      February  17. 

5844.  A.    (i.   Haddock  and    L.    l.ritli.      Manufacture    of 
alkali.     February  17. 

6388.  P.  J.  B.  Vincent.     Manufacture  of  salt   in   Mucks 
and  cakes.     February  3. 


Feb.  29, 1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


195 


6500.  J.  Kolb.     Production  of  chlorine.     January  20. 

10,629.  K.  Edwards.— From  ().  Gnttmann  and  L.  Rohr- 
mann.     Apparatus  for  condensing  nitric  acid.     January  20. 

20,060.  C.  Kellner.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  hydrogen  and  chlorine  from  hydrochloric 
acid.     January  20. 

22,320.  La  Soc.  A.  E.  Pechiuey  et  Cie.  Manufacture  of 
chlorine  from  hydrochloric  acid  gas.     February  3.- 


V11I.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 

Applications. 

697.  B.  J.  Brearley  and  F.  T.  Brearley.  Improve- 
ments in  machinery  or  apparatus  for  rolling  glass. 
January  13. 

L943.  G.  Sowerby.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  and 
the  method  of  melting  glass.     February  1. 

1974.  W.  Leuder.  A  new  and  improved  process 
of  marking  glass  by  acids.  Complete  Specification. 
February  2. 

2375.  Sir  A.  Hickman.  Improvements  in  the  composi- 
tion and  manufacture  of  refractory  and  basic  bricks  and 
tuyeres.     February  8. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

4391.  T.  C.  J.  Thomas.  Manufacture  of  glass. 
January  20. 

4610.  F.  Plant.  Improvements  in  ovens,  kilns,  or 
furnaces  for  firing  pottery  or  earthenware,  and  for  other 
purposes.     January  20. 

5068.  F.  Query.  Kilns  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of 
pottery,  porcelain,  and  earthenware,  and  other  similar 
goods.     January  27. 

5324.  W.Walker.  Production  of  glass-making  materials. 
February  3. 

6257.  W.  C.  Gibson.  Kilns  for  biscuiting  and  burning 
glazed  and  enamelled  clay  goods.     February  17. 

20,438.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  R.  S.  Pease.  Method 
and  apparatus  for  manufacturing  glass  plates,  sheets,  and 
films.     January  20. 

20,440.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  R.  S.  Pease.  Method 
and  apparatus  for  producing  cylinders,  pipes,  and  other 
tubular  bodies  of  glass.     January  20. 

21,826.  M.  Epstein.  Filtering  tubes  with  ball-filtering 
material  for  purifying  molten  glass.     January  20. 

1892. 

489.  H.  Warrington.  Kilns  for  bricks,  earthenware, 
porcelain,  &c.     February  17. 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

736.  T.  J.  Davcy.  Chamber  oven  for  drying  clay  from 
slurry  or  any  other  materials  of  a  similar  nature  in  brick 
or  cement  works.     January  14. 

795.  E.  Websky.  Improvements  in  treating  gypsum 
casts.     Complete  Specification.     January  14. 

1195.  A.  Willard.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
artificial  stone.     January  21. 


1827.  W.  Brown.  Improvements  in  the  method 
of  jointing  concrete  paving.  Complete  Specification. 
January  30. 

1861.  A.  J.  Campion.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  hydraulic  cement  and  concrete.     January  30. 

2131.  F.  W.  S.  Stokes.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
connected  with  the  continuous  treatment  of  lime,  cement, 
and  the  like  materials,  and  in  the  lining  of  kilns  and 
furnaces  for  burning  materials  of  a  basic  character. 
February  4. 

2165.  C.  H.  Cribb.     .See  Class  VII. 

2259.  T.  White.  Improvements  in  the  burning  of  bricks 
and  cements,  and  in  the  manufacture  of  domestic  and  other 
fuel.     February  5. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

2598.  J.  Ballantine.  Improved  medium  or  composition 
for  decorative  purposes.     February  17. 

4750.  La  Soc.  Anon,  des  Ardoisieres  de  Deville  and  V. 
Van  der  Heydeu.  Manufacture  of  material  suitable  for 
paving,  building,  &c.  from  waste  pieces  of  slate.  January  27. 

6041.  J.  Craven.  Kilns  for  burning  bricks,  &c.  Feb- 
ruary 17. 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 

Applications. 

540.  A.  Riider.  A  solder  for  aluminium.     January  11. 

581.  G.  Pickhardt.  Improvements  in  connexion  with  the 
use  of  aluminium  and  aluminium  alloys.  Complete  Specifi- 
cation.    January  12. 

890.  W.  Hutchinson.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  iron  and  steel.     January  16. 

1074.  J.  B.  Alzugaray.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  certain  ores,  alloys,  mattes,  slags,  and  other  compounds. 
January  19. 

1205.  C.  Emo.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  or 
production  of  aluminium.     January  21. 

1211.  J.  F.  Krebs.  Method  of  preparing  plates  of 
aluminium  or  nickel  or  aluminiated  or  nickeled  plates  for 
lithographic  use.     January  21. 

1273.  W.Hutchinson.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  iron  and  steel.     January  22. 

1341.  T.  Twyuam  and  J.  Colley.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  steel  and  iron.     January  23. 

1368.  A.  J.  Thorman.  Treatment  of  iron  sand,  iron 
ores,  and  residuums  containing  iron.     January  23. 

1443.  R.B.Thomas.  An  improvement  or  improvements 
in  coating  sheets  or  plates  of  iron  and  steel  with  lead. 
January  25. 

1467.  C.  Moldenhauer.  Improvements  in  the  process  of 
rtcoveriug  precious  metals  from  their  ores.     January  25. 

1471.  A.Thomas.  An  improved  process  for  the  recovery 
of  metals  from  their  solutions.     January  25. 

1530.  G.  W.  Clark.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
steel.     January  26. 

1565.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  J.  Gould,  jun.,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  coating  of  metal  plates, 
and  to  apparatus  therefor.  Complete  Specification.  Jan- 
uary 26. 

1654.  C.  Hoepfner.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
extraction  of  silver.     January  27. 

1776.  W.Hutchinson.  Improvements  m  the  manufacture 
of  iron  and  steel.     January  29. 

1795.  W.  Gilchrist.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
iron.     January  29. 


1% 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[  Feb.  29. 1892. 


1901.  T.  C.  Fawcett,  sen.,  T.  C.  Fawcett,  jun.,  and 
<!.  Dyson.  Improvements  in  cupolas  or  furnaces  for 
melting  iron.     February  1. 

1907.  W.  Muir.  Improvements  in  the  extraction  of  tin 
and  other  products  from  the  refuse  slags  and  debris  of  tin 
smelting  furnaces.     February  1. 

1939.  C.  T.  J.  Vautin.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  hardening,  tempering,  or  annealing 
metallic  wire  or  tape.     February  1. 

1934.  D.  Dyrenforth.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
or  treatment  of  iron.     Complete  Specification.     February  2. 

2193.  N.  Lebedeff.  Improvements  in  the  extraction  and 
treatment  of  metals.     February  4. 

2214.  T.  D.  Bottome.  Improvements  in  the  casting  and 
tempering  of  pure  copper.     February  5. 

2241.  X.  Lebedeff.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  aluminium  alloys.     February  5. 

2261.  B.  Riising  and  the  Firm  of  M.  Foerster.  Improve- 
ments relating  to  the  extraction  of  lead  and  to  apparatus 
therefor.     February  5. 

2299.  J.  M.  While.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  iron.     February  6. 

2498.  S.  H.  Brown  and  M.  McBarron.  Improvements  in 
and  relating  to  the  annealing  of  metals.  Complete  Speci- 
fication.    February   9. 

2583.  J.  Woodcock,  J.  Smith,  and  W.  M.  Maekey. 
Improvements  in  preparing  ores,  oxides,  and  compounds  of 
iron  for  smelting.     February  10. 

2590.  W.  K.  Greenway.  Improvements  in  galvanising 
iron  and  steel.     February  10. 

2594.  W.  K.  Greenway.  Improvements  in  galvanising  or 
coating  iron  with  other  metal  or  metals.     February  10. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

1309.  J.H.Follok.  Gold  extracting  reagents.  January  20. 

1374.  A.  M.  Clark. — F'rom  La  Societe  Anonyme  de 
l'roduits  Chimiques  Ktablissements.  Treating  ores  and 
residues  containing  zinc  by  mcaDS  of  bisulphate  of  soda  for 
the  production  of  commercial  products.     January  27. 

2508.  A.  de  L.  Long  and  J.  Xoble.  Gas  regenerative 
vertical  ingot  heating  furnace.     January  20. 

4050.  M.  Maunesmonn.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for 
forming,  rolling,  and  finishing  metals.     February  10. 

4384.  J.  von  Khrenwerth.  Processes  and  appliances  for 
the  manufacture  of  iron  and  steel.     January  20. 

4549.  W.  E.  May.  The  casting  and  working  of  metals, 
and  to  apparatus  for  use  in  connexion  therewith,  and  for 
other  purposes.     January  20. 

4644.  J.  O.  Arnold.  Manufacture  of  steel  ingots,  steel 
castings,  and  ingot  iron.     February  10 

6246.  W.  S.  Lockhart  and  E.  W.  Streeter.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  the  separation  of  metals,  precious  stones, 
or  other  mineral  from  gangne,  &c.  mixed  therewith. 
February  17. 

10,985.  F.  H.  Mason.  Extraction  of  tin  from  tin  slags 
and  refuse  by  lead  or  its  salts,  carbonaceous  matter,  fluor- 
spar, and  other  suitable  fluxes.     January  20. 

14.737.  W.  D.  Bohm.  Apparatus  for  leaching  ores  and 
separating  gold  and  silver  therefrom.     January  27. 

14,795.  K.  Martin.  Manufacture  of  compound  or  metal 
coated  wiles.     February  10. 

19,330.  J.  Johnson. — From  .1.  Gayley.  Blast-furnace 
linings.     February  3. 

22,041.  C.  James.  Treating  plurubiferous  copper  mattes 
and  ores.     January  20, 


22,177.  T.  J.  Tresidder.  Manufacture  of  armour  plates. 
February  3. 

22,694.  E.  Dor.  Kegenerative  gas  furnace  for  the 
reduction  of  zinc  ores.     February  10. 

1892. 
540.  A.  Eader.     A  solder  for  aluminium,     January  11. 


XL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY 

Applications. 

645.  P.  Gendron.  Improvements  relating  to  electric 
welding.     Complete  Specification.     January  12. 

982.  T.  Parker,  A.  E.  Robinson,  and  C.  H.  Parker. 
Improvements  in  or  connected  with  the  manufacture  or 
production  of  chloride  of  zinc  and  alkaline  sulphates,  and 
of  zinc  and  chlorine  by  electrolysis  of  solutions  thereof. 
January  18. 

1038.  H.  Roller.  A  new  or  improved  manufacture  of 
an  exciting  material  for  galvanic  batteries.     January  19. 

1061.  E.  Hermite.  Improvements  in  bleaching  and 
disinfecting  starch  and  fecula  by  electrolysis.    January  19. 

1141.  C.  Vogt.  Improvements  in  dry  electrical  ele- 
ments.    January  20. 

1  145.  H.  A.  Walker.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  siliceous  insulating  material  for  electrical  and  other 
purposes.     January  20. 

1391.  The  London  Metallurgical  Co.  and  S.  O.  Cowper- 
Coles.  Improvements  relating  to  the  coating  of  articles 
with  a  new  metallic  alloy  by  electro  deposition.  Complete 
Specification.     January  23. 

1426.  C.  G.  Moor.  Improvements  in  electrical  batteries. 
January  25. 

1484.  J.  B.  I^ntz  and  W.  A.  Phillips.  Improvements  in 
and  relating  to  secondary  batteries.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    January  26. 

1786.  R.  Pinna.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  tanning 
by  electricity.     January  29. 

1927.  W.  J.  S.  Barber-Starkey.  An  improvement  in 
secondary  voltaic  batteries.     February  1. 

2106.  H.  Howard.  Improvements  in  heating  and  welding 
by  electricity.     February  3. 

2225.  G.  Nahnsen.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
purifying  electrolytes  containing  zinc,  relating  to  or  con- 
nected with  the  electro-metallurgic  production  of  zinc. 
Complete  Specification.     February  5. 

2329.  O.  Imray. — FYoiu  T.  J.  Montgomery,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  process  and  apparatus  for  bleach- 
ing by  electrolysis.     Complete  Specification.     February  6. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 
1049.  S.  Z.  de  Ferranti.     Manufacture  of  dynamo-electric 
machines.     January  27. 

3417.  W.  H.  Munns. — From  G.  A.  Smith.  Galvanic 
battery.     January  20. 

4757.  T.  L.  Wilson.  FUectric  reduction  of  alumi- 
nium and  other  metals,  and  production  of  alloys  thereof. 
January  20. 

4781,  W.  J.  Engledew.  Solution  for  galvanic  batteries. 
January  2(1. 

4860.  H.Howard.  Apparatus  for  heating  and  welding  by 
electricity.     FY-bruary  10. 

4877.  H.  H.  Lake.— E.  A.  G.  Street  and  L.  A.  W. 
Desruelles.  Production  of  porous  materials  and  manufacture 
of  same  into  electrodes  for  batteries.     January  20. 

5918.  H.  I.  Harris  anil  W.  H.  Power.  Electric  butteries. 
February  10. 

5999.  J.Greenwood.  Production  of  chlorine  and  sodium 
amalgam.     February  17. 


Beb.28.i8M.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


197 


6029.  W.  H.  Walenn  and  I.  A.  Timniis.  Electro-deposition 
nf  copper,  brass,  and  bronze,  applicable  to  other  purposes. 
February  17. 

6030.  W.  H.  Walenn  and  I.  A.  Timmis.  Electro-deposition 
of  copper,  brass,  or  bronze.     February  17. 

21,870.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  E.  A.  Clarke.  Voltaic  cells 
or  batteries.     January  20. 

22,482.  H.  II.  Lake.— From  E.  Weston.  Voltaic  cells. 
February  10. 

1892. 

C45.  11.  Gendron.  Improvements  relating  to  electric 
weldings.     January  12. 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 
Applications. 

952.  W.  S.  Chenall  and  W.  F.  S.  Chenall.     See  Class  II. 

2257.  J.  J.  Speaknian.  Improved  washing  compounds. 
February  5. 

2320.  F.  Hughes. — From  A.  Motte  &  Co.,  France.  A 
new  or  improved  mechanical  process  for  winning  the  fatty 
matters  contained  in  the  water  used  for  washing  wool,  and 
for  commercial  and  domestic  purposes.  Complete  Specifi- 
cation.    February  6. 

2482.  A.  Lohmann.  Improvements  in  lubricating 
materials.     February  9. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES,  and 
RESINS. 

Applications. 

747.  H.  Wyatt,  jun.  A  method  for  making  a  solution  of 
vegetable  or  other  resins  and  resinoids  for  internal  use. 
January  14. 

790.  W.  Smith.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
white  lead  by  the  acetate  of  ammonia  process,  more 
especially  in  respect  of  the  regeneration  and  recovery  of 
acetate  of  ammonia  from  the  weak  liquors  and  washings 
furnished  in  the  process.     January  14. 

910.  A.  W.Harrison.  An  improved  blacking.  January  10. 

1229.  H.  Tiaun.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  hardened  caoutchouc.     January  21. 

1882.  I).  Swan.  Improvements  in  obtaining  pigments. 
February  I. 

2183.  W.  G.  Taylor. — From  the  Gutta  Percha  Syndicate, 
Limited,  Straits  Settlements.  Method  of  and  process  for 
obtaining  gutta-percha  from  trees  of  the  Sapota  family. 
February  4. 

2201.  R.  I.  Clark.  An  improved  manufacture  of  varnish. 
February  4. 

2253.  C.  H.  Bigland.  Improvements  in  paints  or 
protective  coverings  for  ships'  bottoms  and  other  structures. 
Complete  Specification.     February  5. 

2562.  W.  L.  L.  Grant  and  H.  P.  T.  Dennys.  An 
antifouling  and  preservative  paint  for  protecting  the 
bottoms  of  iron  or  wooden  vessels,  or  other  submerged 
surfaces.     February  10. 

2563.  A.  F.  St.  George.  An  improved  substitute  for  and 
compound  resembling  india-rubber,  and  manufacturing  the 
same.     February  10. 

2605.  J.  Dawson.  An  improved  composition  for  removing 
yarnish,  paint  or  polish.     February  10. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

2382.  G.  W.  Scollay.  Manufacture  of  paints  or  paint 
stock.     February  10. 

5501.  W.  Smith  and  W.  Fllmore.  Production  of  white 
lead  or  basic  carbonate  of  lead  from  galena  or  sulphide  of 
lead  ore,  or  from  residual  products  containing  sulphate  of 
lead.     February  10. 

5681.  C.  A.  Burghardt.  Pigments  having  a  lead  basis. 
February  10. 

6306.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  A.  Flugge.  Production 
of  a  solution  of  myrrhic  resin.     F'ebruary  10. 

20,253.  R.  Ripley.  The  form  or  get-up  of  bag-blue. 
February  3. 

20,274.  R.  Lender.  Rust  and  acid-proof  paint.  Febru- 
ary 10. 

20,407.  R.  Pape.  Manufacture  of  a  hard  insulating 
material.     February  3. 

21,279.  W.  J.  Wigg.  Manufacture  of  Venetian  red. 
February  10. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 

Applications. 

544.  J.  Menke.  Improvements  in  artificial  leather. 
January  11. 

698.  A.  J.  Boult. — From  E.  Rauppach  and  L.  Bergcl, 
Austria.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  manufacture 
and  use  of  glue.     January  13. 

838.  S.  Thorn.  Improved  substitutes  for  tannin  of  an 
article  in  substitution  of  what  is  commonly  known  as 
tanned  leather.     January  15. 

951.  L.  Bertram.  Improvements  in  process  and  appa- 
ratus for  extracting  glue  or  gelatin  and  grease  out  of  hide 
and  skin  waste,  and  of  bones  at  comparatively  low  tem- 
perature.    Complete  Specification.     January  18. 

2429.  H.  E.  Howe.  An  improved  method  of  rendering 
leather  used  for  the  outer  soles  of  boots  and  shoes  flexible 
or  pliable.     Complete  Specification.     February  8. 

Complete  Specification  Acceitkd. 


1891. 

12,331.  J.   Shepherd. — From   A.   Krizek  and  R 
Mineral  size.     February  3. 


Esche. 


XVI.— SUGARS,   STARCHES,   GUMS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

1583.  W.  L.  Wise.— From  C.  d'Abbadie  de  Barrau,  Island 
of  Mauritius.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  use  in  the 
manufacture  of  sugar.     January  26. 

1858.  W.  L.  Wise.— From  C.  d'Abbadie  de  Barrau, 
Island  of  Mauritius.  Improvements  in  apparatus  suitable 
for  cooling  cane-juice  and  other  substances.     January  30. 

2693.  J.  G.  Healey.     Anew  or  improved  liquid  cement , 

February  11. 


198 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Feb.  29, 1892. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

5236.  A.  Schneller  and  W.  J.  Wisse.  Helming  or 
extracting  sugar  from  raw  sugar  solution,  juice,  or  molasses. 
February  3. 

21,059.  <'.  Klever  and  C.  Kappesser.     See  Class  XIX. 

22,679.  C.  M.   Higgins.     Mucilages,  sizes,  and  adhesive 


compounds.     February  3. 

22,682.  C.  M.  Higgins. 
compounds.     February  3. 

22,685.  C.  M.  Higgins. 
compounds.     February  3. 


Mucilages,   sizes,  aud  adhesive 
Mucilages,   sizes,  and  adhesive 


1892. 


420.  E.  Laugen.     Kenning  sugar.     February  17. 


XVII.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 


Applications. 
Leaker.      An    improved 


method    of    and 


911.    K.    H. 

apparatus  for  kilning  malt.     January  16. 

1043.  G.  Bamberg.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  condensed  beverages.     January  19. 

1044.  J.  F.  Henderson.  Improvements  in  or  applicable 
to  the  manufacture  of  unfermented  grape  wine.  Complete 
Specification.     January  19. 

1445.  J.  S.  Olver.  A  method  of  regulating  the  moisture 
and  respiration  of  malt  growing  under  the  pneumatic  system. 
January  25. 

1738.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  J.  W.  Meeus,  Belgium. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  for  registering  the  flow  of 
liquids  in  connexion  with  distilling,  rectifying,  or  other 
apparatus.     January  28. 

1863.  J.G.Hall  A  new  and  improved  refrigerator  or 
apparatus  for  cooling  wort  aud  other  liquids,  and  for  other 
similar  purposes,  principally  used  in  breweries  and  dis- 
tilleries, applicable  for  condensing  steam,  spirit,  or  other 
vapours.     January  30. 

2210.  J.  Chalmers  and  J.  W.  Phillips.  Cooling  wort,  to 
be  called  a  refrigerator  for  cooling  wort.     February  5. 

2678.  H.  de  Soberon.  Improved  liquor,  resembling 
brandy,  and  process  for  manufacturing  the  same. 
February  1 1 . 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891 

5853.  W.  Heasman.  Means  for  the  hot  aeration  of  wort. 
February  10. 

21,059.  C.  Kleyer  and  C.  Kappesser.     See  Class  XIX. 

21,708.  S.  Pitt. — From  A.  Savalle,  Sons,  and  Co. 
Apparatus  for  distilling  and  rectifying.     January  20. 

22,124.  C.  II.  Jolliffe.  Apparatus  for  rousing,  aerating, 
and  attemperating  brewers'  worts  during  the  process  of 
fermentation.     January  27. 


XVIII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 


A. —  Chemistry  of  Foods 

1055.    J.    II.     Bovenkerk,     jud.,    and 
Improvements    relating     to     the 
January  19. 


A     C.     Kuyt. 
preservation    of     milk. 


1150.  K.  G.  Krikorian.     A  new  or  improved   method  of 

treating   and   roasting    malt,  and    blending   the   same   for 
infusion  together  with  coffee.     January  21. 

1717.  S.  Saker  and  W.  C.  Glover.  The  manufacture  of 
a  compound  for  use  iu  preparing  infusions  of  tea. 
January  28. 

2421.  J.  F.  Boesen.  A  new  or  improved  manufacture  of 
meat  extract.     Complete  Specification.     February  8. 

Erratum. — In  December  Journal,  p.  1051,  for  No.  21, 70S, 
S.  Pitt,  read  No.  21,706,  O.  Iniray. 


B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1567.  A.  Levieux.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
treatment  of  sewage  and  other  refuse,  and  to  apparatus 
therefor.     January  26. 

1609.  W.  M.  Greaves.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  sewage  and  other  refuse.     January  27. 

2560.  H.  Lockwood.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
purifying  sew'age  by  means  of  lime  iu  conjunction  with  a 
salt  of  iron.     February  10. 

C. — Disinfectants. 

755.  A.  Gladstone.  An  improved  antiseptic  dressing  for 
yarns  and  cloth.     January  14. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
A.  — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1891. 

2051.  J.Y.  Johnson. — From  La  Societe  Geneste  Herschei 
and  Co.  Means  or  apparatus  for  sterilising  water. 
February  10. 

2444a.  L.  Smith.  Means  tor  storing  and  preserving 
food  for  domestic  uses.     February  10. 

20,419.  J.  E.  Alen.  Method  of  preventing  the  curdling 
of  albuminous  solutions.     January  27. 


1892. 
279    A.  D.  McKay.     New  chemical  food.     February  17. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1891. 

10,092.  F.  I.ivet.      Apparatus    for  cremating    house-dust 
ind  like  refuse  on  new  sanitary  principles.     February  :;. 


C. — Disinfectants. 
1891. 

4352.  A.  Lutschaunig.  A  new  or  improved  manufacture, 
being  a  disinfectant,  antiseptic,  deodoriser,  vermin  ami 
insect  destroyer,  and  also  applicable  for  use  as  an  ingiedicnt 
in  fire-lighters.      January  'Jo. 

5263.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  F.  von  Heyden.  Improve- 
ments in  the  production  of  salicylic  acid  derivatives 
containing  chlorine  and  sulphur.     January  20. 

20,495.  A.  Robertson.     Sheep  dip.     February  17. 


Feb. 29, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


199 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
Applications. 

609.  F.  Hawke  and  W.  Mottershall,  A  new  and  improved 
carbon  or  carbonic  paper  for  manifolding,  duplicating,  and 
like  purposes.     January  13. 

709.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  II.  M.  Lenfant,  veuve  Vessier, 
France.     Improvements   in   washing  apparatus  for  use  in 

the  manufacture  of  paper.     January  13. 

218").  \V.  Jones.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  transfer  paper.     February  4. 

2629.  V.  I!.  Drewsen.  An  improved  method  of  purifying 
the  liquid  which  has  been  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
cellulose  and  the  production  of  useful  products  therefrom. 
Complete  Specification.     February  10. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

6589.  C.  Lenz.  Manufacture  of  paper  and  cardboard. 
February  17. 

21,059.  C.  Kleyer  and  C.  Kappesser.  Treatment  of 
peat  for  the  productiou  of  cellulose,  sugar,  and  alcohol. 
February  10. 


XX.— FINE   CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES, 
and  EXTRACTS. 

Applications. 

1438.  I.  S.  McDougall  and  J.  T.  McDougall.  Improve- 
ments in  the  treatment  of  solutions  of  arsenic  or  of  salts  of 
arsenic  for  diminishing  the  danger  incidental  to  their 
transport,  storage,  and  use.     January  25. 

1794.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  Messrs.  Valentiner  and 
Schwarz,  Germany.  Process  for  the  manufacture  of  sulpho- 
acid  of  para  isobutylxyleue,  or  artificial  musk.    January  29. 

1808.  J.  Berlinerblan.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  para-phenetolcarbamide  and  para-anisolcarbamide. 
January  29. 

1946.  H.  Boisseiier.  A  new  combination  of  eucalyptus 
and  its  products.     February  2. 

2194.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  The  treatment  of  amido-guanidine 
for  the  manufacture  of  a  new  compound  and  products 
derived  therefrom.      February  4. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

5222.  A.  Schneller  and  W.  J.  Wisse.  Formation  of 
ozone  in  presence  of  air  or  oxygen,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
February  3. 

6234.  O.  Imray. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  and  Bruning,  Ghrmany.  Production  of  basic 
gallate  of  bismuth.     February  10. 

22,253.  L.  P.  J.  Pontallie.  Apparatus  for  obtaining 
products  of  distillation,  or  separating  volatile  liquids. 
February  3. 


XXL— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 
MATERIALS. 

Applications. 

1938.  J.  Hauff.  Flmployment  of  aromatic  amido-com- 
pouuds  as  developing  means  in  photography.     February  1. 

2145.  S.  H.  F'ry.  An  improved  method  of  making 
photographs  by  artificial  light.     February  4. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

1953.  R.  J.  Winkoop  and  J.  M.  Kemp.  Photographic 
printing  apparatus,  and  improved  method  of  preserving 
sensitised  paper,  anil  a  protective  and  adhesive  solution 
therefor.     February  10. 

20,600.  R.  Kopp.  Photography  in  natural  colours. 
January  27. 


XXII.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Applications. 

1601.  L.  de  Lantour  Wells.  Waterproof  coating  for 
matches.     January  27. 

1868.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  V.  Groendahl  and  J.  Landin, 
Sweden.  Improvements  relating  to  the  manufacture  of 
ammonium  nitrate.     January  30. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

4129.  H.  Maxim.  Manufacture  of  nitro-substitution 
compounds  of  cellulose.     February  10. 

5027.  E  vonBrauk.  Explosive  compositions.  February  10. 

5821.  C.  H.  Curtis  and  G.  G.  Andre.  Explosives. 
February  10. 

6128.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Dynamite  Actien- 
gesellschaft  Nobel.  Manufacture  or  production  of 
gunpowder  or  like  explosives.     February  3. 

6129.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Dynamite  Aetien- 
gesellschaft  Nobel.  Manufacture  or  productiou  of 
gunpowder  or  like  explosives.     Februaiy  10. 

21,879.  A.  Ruston  and  E.  Beadle.  Railway  fog  signal 
detonators.     February  3. 


XXIII.— ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 
Complete  Specification  Accepted. 


1891. 

2785.  A.  Tropenas  and  A.  ¥,.  Weels. 
rapid  determination  of  carbon  of  steel 


Apparatus  for  the 
January  2U. 


200 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


("Feb.  29, 1892. 


PATENTS  UNCLASSIFIABLE. 
Application. 

7 '.i 7 .  A.  A.  Mainly.  Improvements  in  the  combination 
and  treatment  of  certain  materials  for  the  production  of  a 
new  material  or  substance.     January  H. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
1891. 

15,613.  A.  J.  Boult. — From  O.  Korschelt.  Producing 
physiological  and  medicinal  effects  upon  men,  animals,  and 
plants,  applicable  also  for  accelerating  the  crystallisation 
of  substances  and  the  maturing  of  wine.     January  20. 


>mn»»< 


Printed  and  Published  by  Eyre  and  Spottiswoode,  East  Hardinu  Street,  London,  E.C.,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 


THE   JOURNAL 


OP  IHE 


Society  of  Comical  3nbustty: 

A   MONTHLY    EECOED 

FOE  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  3.— Vol.  XI.] 


MARCH    31,    1892. 


TNo 


on-Members  80/-  per  annum ;  Members 
21/-  per  Set  of  extra  or  back  numbers  ; 
Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2/6. 


Cf)e  Jtometp  of  Cbtmt'cal  lirtmstrp. 

Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P.,  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S 18S1— 1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel,  K.C.B.,  D.G.L.,  F.R.S 1S82— 1888. 

Walter  Weldon.F.R.S 1883—1884. 

W.  H.  Perkiu,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 1884—1885. 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1886. 

David  Howard 1886—1887. 

Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S 1887—1888. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S 1888—1889. 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S 18S9— 1890. 

E.  Rider  Cook 1890— 1S91. 


COUNCIL  FOR   YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 

President:  Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  M.D.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S. 
Vice-Presidents  : 


Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S. 

Wm.  Crowd,  r. 

James  Duncan. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 

David  Howard. 

S.  H.  Johnson. 


Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 
Dr.  Hugo  Muller,  F.R.S. 
B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
Sir  John  Turney. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

Arthur  Boake. 

Jno.  Calderwood. 

Dr.  Charles  Dreyfus. 

II.  Grinishaw. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council  : 

E.  K.  Muspratt. 
T.  L.  Patterson. 
Boverton  Redwood. 
Jno.  Spiller. 
T.  W.  Stuart. 
William  Thorp,  B.Sc. 


With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer: 
E .  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 
Dr.  F.  Hurter. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Archbutt. 

G.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc.,  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 

H.  Brunner. 

E.  Rider  Cook. 

W.  Y.  Dent. 

Ohas.  Dreyfus,  Ph.D. 

Percy  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

Win.  Kellner,  Ph.D. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

John  Pattinson. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 

H.  R.  Procter. 

Boverton  Redwood. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Wm.  Thorp. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor : 
Watson  Smith,  University  College,  London,  W.C. 

Assisted  by  the  folloioing  Staff  of  Abstractors : 


(    IX,  XI., 
■  I XII.,  XIII. 


S.  B.AsherAron.  IV.,  IX.,  X. 

H.Auer TIL 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gen.Chem. 
G.H.Beckett..    V.,  VI.,  VII. 

D.  Beudli III. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V..VI. 

Jos.  Beruays,M.I.C.E.    I. 

E.J.Bevan V..XIX. 

Bertram  Blount 

Arthur  G.  Bloiam  XIV.,  XV. 

J.  C.C'horley XXI. 

V.  Cornish. .  .VIII.,  IX.,  XIII, 

W.M.Gardner V..VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton  ...    I. 

1'.  J .  Hartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Chem. 
Prof.  D.  E.  Jones,  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc VI.,  XVI. 

F.  S.    Kipping,)       II.  and 
D.Sc J  Gen.Chem. 

ChaSphAi,Kohn:   }  Gen.  Chem. 

L.deKoningh  XVIIL, XXIII. 

T.  A.  Lawson,  Ph.D. .    IV. 

Leather, ")  vy 


J.   Walter 
Ph.D.... 


H.  T.  Penter- 
mann 


F.H.Leeds III.,  XXI. 

J.  Lewkowitseh,")     TIT    VTT 
Ph.D )     HI,  All. 

A.  Liebmann,  Ph.D.  [  IVXx1-' 

A.R.Ling IV..XVI. 

D.A.Louis XV. 

W.  Macnab XXII. 

K.  E.  Markel,  Ph.D. . .     XII. 
A.  K.Miller,  Ph.D..     III.,  IV. 
N.  H.  J.  Miller,  Ph.D.    XV. 
H.  S.  Pattinson, Ph.D.    VII.,  X. 

}  XVI.,  XVII. 

G.H.Robertson XI. 

F.  W.  Renaut ...  Patent  Lists. 
H.  Schlichter.Ph.D..  V..XV. 
Edward  Simpoon  ....    I. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.  A.  Sutherland  ...    II.,  III. 

N.  W.  Tchaykovsky,  B.A.  Gen. 
Chem.  (Russian  Lit.) 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

H.K.Tompkins,  B.Sc.    X. 

V.  H.  Veley,  M.A.    Gen.  Chem. 

C.  Otto  Weber, Ph.D.  IV.,  XIII. 

A.  Wingham X. 


NOTICES. 

The  Annual  General  Meeting  will  be  held  in  London  oil 
the  20th,  21st,  and  22nd  July  next.  Full  particulars  will 
appear  in  a  subsequent  issue. 


Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Eider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  Bow, 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 
communicated.  

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Kule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  be 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  case  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 


202 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  si,  1892. 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  Eyre  and  Spottiswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  will  be  glad  to  hear  from  Members  possess- 
ing odd  copies  of  the  Journal  for  January  1882;  January, 
March,  and  May  1883  ;  complete  Volumes  1886 ;  and 
February  and  July  1889 — all  of  which  are  now  out  of 
print.  He  is  prepared  to  offer  5s.  apiece  for  January  1882, 
January,  March,  and  May  1883.  Members  who  possess 
spare  copies  of  these  numbers  are  requested  to  communicate 
at  once  with  Mr.  Cresswell. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  23rd  MARCH  1892. 


Adams,  Arthur,   Broonitield  Place,  Smethwick,  Birming- 
ham, science  lecturer. 

Bachke,   A.   A.,   Roros  Vaerk,   RBros,  Norway,  chemist 
and  smelter. 

Baker,   Julian    L.,    Stamford,    Hendham    Road,    Upper 
Tooting,  S.W.,  sugar  chemist. 

Bowes,  Harry,   9,  Union  Terrace,  Cheetham  Hill,  Man- 
chester, analytical  chemist. 

Clayton,  Jas.  S.,  Ewbank,  Accrington,  M.B. 

Crip  pin,  Wm.,  The  Hollies,  Eccles,  Manchester,  dyer. 

Grossman,    Tom,    Albion     Brewery,    Coldhurst    Street, 
Oldham,  brewer's  chemist. 

Eddy,  Harrison  P.,  Sewage  Purification  Works,  Worcester, 
Mass.,  U.S.A.,  superintendent. 

Elliot,  John,  Free  Library,  Wolverhampton,  librarian. 

Fanta,  F.,  85,  Gresham  Street,  E.G.,  consulting  engineer. 

Flanagan,  Chas.  A.,  Globe  Hotel,  Regent  Road,  Man- 
chester, manufacturing  chemist. 

Houston,     Jno.,     Ill,    Charlotte     Street,     Manchester, 
dry  Salter. 

Jenkins,  Thos.  Herb.,  5,  Bellott  Street,  Cheetham,  Man- 
chester, analytical  chemist. 

Joseland,   W.   H.,    9,    Campbell   Grove,  Oxford   Road, 
Manchester,  analytical  chemist. 

Judd,  Geo.  M.,  207,  Burdett  Road,  Bow,  E.,  manager. 

Kibble,  W.  ( takes,  Norton  Villa,  Buekhurst  Hill,  Essex, 
chemical  engineer. 

Mayfield,    Harry    B.,    Fan-view    House,    Heanor,    near 
Nottingham,  dyer. 

Mayfield,    Thos.,   Fairview   House,   Heanor,   near    Not- 
tingham, hosier. 

<  Uishkoff,  P.  K.,  Elabouga,  Government  of  Viatka,  Russia, 
chemical  manufacturer. 

Peploe,  D.  H.  T.,  39,  Sloane  Gardens,  London,  S.W. 

Phillips,  H.  J„  Great  Eastern  Railway  Works,  Stratford.E., 
analytical  chemist. 

Richardson,  G.  E.,  Howley  Park,  Batley,  Yorks,   manu- 
facturing chemist. 

Schlichter,  Hermann  C,  Kammgarn  Spinnerei,  Leipzig, 
analytical  chemist. 

Whiteside,  Jno.  L.,  51,  Cannon  Street,  Bolton,  chemical 
lecturer. 

Wild,  Wm.  Ernest,  2,  Stanton  Villas,  Eccles  New  Road, 
Salford,  analytical  chemist. 

Wilkinson,   Dr.   S.,    51,   Arcade   Chambers,  St.   Mary's 
Gate,  Manchester,  analytical  chemist. 

Wingfield,  T.  K.,  Nelson  Square,  Bolton,  brewer. 

Winslow,  Barry,  e/o  Karnes  Gunpowder  Company,  Kyles 
of  Bute,  chemist. 


CHANGES   OF   ADDRESS. 

Aron,  S.  B.  Asher,  l/o  Maida  Vale  ;  23,  Wcstbourne  Park 
Crescent,  W. 

Auerbach,  Br.  C.  G.,  l/o  Friesenheimer  Strasse  ;  7,  Breite 
Strasse,  Ludwigshafen  a/Rhein. 

Bourcart,  Dr.  R.,  l/o  Geneva;  31,  Rue  Duquesne,  Lyons, 
France. 


Burton,  Wm.,  l/o  Stoke ;  45,  Liverpool   Road,  Newcastle, 
Staffordshire. 

Colmau,  Dr.  H.  G.,  l/o   Monument    Road ;    28,  Duchess 
Road,  Edgbaston. 

Cornish,   V.,  l/o  George  Hotel  ;    1,   St.   James  Terrace, 
Winchester. 

Faweett,  J.   H,  l/o   Bank  of  Australasia;  Broken  Hill 
Assay  Office,  72,  Mark  Lane,  E.C. 

Francis,    Wm.,    l/o   Belfast;    c/o    Pollok   Patents  Gold 
Extracting  Co.,  Taltal,  Chili. 

Glaser,  C.,' Journals  to  c/o  Bradley  Fertilizer  and  Chemical 
Co.,  Baltimore,  Md.,  U.S.A. 

Hastings,  Hugh,  l/o  Birmingham   Road;  10,  Yew  Tree 
Road,  Kidderminster. 

Helm,  H.  J.,  l/o  Catford ;  Simonstone,  Hammelton  Road, 
Bromley,  Kent. 

Hollsman,  F.  R.,  Journals  to  Sugar  Refinery,  Rawcliffe 
Bridge,  R.S.O.,  Yorkshire. 

Hopkiu,  W.  K.,  l/o  Mowbray  Road  ;  Fernbrae,  Brondes- 
bury  Park,  N.W. 

Hunt,  Alf.  E.,  l/o  5th  Avenue;  272,  Shady  Avenue,  East 
End,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Hutchinson,  A.  H,  l/o  Clapton ;  c/o  Gold  Ores  Reduction 
Co.,  34,  Moorgate  Street,  E.C. 

Johnson,  T.   A.,   l/o   Winuington   Park ;    Field   House, 
Winnington,  Northwich. 

Koechlin,   II.,   l/o  Loerrach ;   16,   Rue  Massena,  Lyons, 
France. 

Lake,  G.,  jun.,  l/o  Turnlee    Road  ;  83,  Primrose  Lane, 
Glossop,  Derbyshire. 

Loewenthal,  Dr.  R.,  l/o  Manchester;  Sommerfield,  N.L., 
Germany. 

Ludlow,  L.,  Journals   to   c/o  Cape  Copper  Co.,  Lim., 
Ookiep,  Namaqualand,  South  Africa. 

Mackenzie,  T.  E.,  l/o  Glasgow  ;  Dalzell  Iron  and  Steel 
Works,  Motherwell,  N.B. 

Newton,   H.   C,    \o   Hampstead  j    47,    Calcott    Road, 
Brondesbury,  N.W. 

O'Beirne,  W.  G.,  l/o  Partick ;  British  Chemical  Works, 
Clydebank,  Glasgow. 

Peace,  F.  K.,  Journals   to   G.P.O.,  Sydney,  New  South 
Wales. 

Roberts,   F.   A.,  I/o    Warrington;  Cornbrook  Chemical 
Works,  Manchester. 

Roberts,   J.   H.   M.,   l/o   Burton  ;  16,    Kinglake  Street, 
Liverpool. 

Roscow,  Jas.,  Journals  to  Birch  Vale,  viA  Stockport. 
Sanford,     P.    Gerald,    Journals   to   20,   Cullum   Street, 
Fenchurch  Street,  E.C. 

Schlichter,  Dr.   H.,  l/o  Alma  Square  ;   3,   Wells   Villas, 
Whittington  Road,  Bowes  Park,  N. 

Shimidzu,  T.,  l/o  Tokyo ;  c/o  J.  Takamine,  907,  Chamber 
of  Commerce,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A. 

Tasker,  G.,  l/o  Langside ;  1048,  Cathcart   Road,  Mount 
Florida,  Glasgow. 

Watson,  Eric  E.,  retain  Journals  until  further  notice. 
Williams,  Rowland,  l/o  Manchester ;  Lancaster. 
Wilson,  Dr.  W.  H.,  l/o  Kensiugton ;  18,  Kimbolton  Road, 
Bedford  (until  October  1). 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REaUTRED. 
Orchard,  John,  l/o  100,  High  Street,  Kensington,  W. 
Palmer,  Thos.,   l/o  Temple   Chambers,   Temple   Avenue, 
E.C. 


Mttitt)&> 

Dr.  T.  Redwood,  Boverton,  near  Cowbridge,  Glamorgan- 
shire. 

Dr.  C.  Meymott  Tidy,  3,  Mandeville  Place,  Manchester 
Square,  W. 

Joseph  Townsend,  19,  Crawford  Street,  Port  Dundas, 
Glasgow. 


March  81,1898.]    THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


203 


fcoirtion  Section, 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House. 


Chairman:  T.  Tyrer. 
Vice-Chairman:  W.  Crowder. 

Committee: 

W.  Ramsay. 
B.  Redwood. 
W.  S.  Sqviire. 
G.  N.  Stoker. 
F.  Napier  Sutton. 
Wm.  Thorp. 
T.  E.  Thorpe. 
Bon.  Local  Secretary  :  John  Heron, 
St.  John's  Villas,  Worple  Road,  Wimbledon. 


C.  F.  Cross. 
J.  Dewar. 
A.  G.  Green. 
S.  Hall. 

C.  W.  Heaton. 

D.  Howard. 
W.  Kellner. 


SESSION  1891-92. 


April  1th  :— 
Dr.  ('.  It.  Alder  Wright,  F.B..S.    "On  Specific  Gravities  for 

Practical  Purposes. 
Air.  H.  IS.  Fulton.    "  \ote  on  Specific  Gravity  Apparatus." 
Mr.  Albert  Baur,  Ph.D.    "  On  Artificial  Musk." 
Mr.  F.  H.  Leeds.  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.    "  Note  on  Rosin  Oil." 
Election  of  Officers  and  Five  Members  to  the  Local  Com- 
mittee. 
May  2nd  :— 
Professor  Wm.  Ramsay.  F.R.S.,  and  Mr.  J.  C.  Chorley.    "  The 

Distillation  of  Wood." 
Dr.  S.  Rideal.    "Notes  on  the  Composition  of  some  Indian 
Gums  of  known  Origin."  • 

June  Gth  : — 
Mr.  J.  A.  Nettletnn.    "  Vinegar." 
Dr.  S.  Rideal.    "  The  Petroleum  Jellies  of  Commerce." 


Meeting  held  Monday,  7th  March,  1892. 


MR.    THOS.    TYRER,    IN   THE    CHAIR. 


THE  HANGERS  IN  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF 
EXPLOSIVES. 

I1Y    OSCAR    GUTTMANN,    ASSOC.M.    INST.C.E. 

With  a  few  exceptions  the  dangers  iu  connexion  with 
explosives  may  be  summed  up  in  the  terrible  word, 
'•  Explosion."  Those  who  have  witnessed  one  are  never 
likely  to  forget  the  impression.  A  sharp  report,  huge  red 
flames  shooting  towards  the  sky,  followed  by  indistinguish- 
able dark  masses,  then  a  dull  shower  of  falling  pieces, 
followed  by  a  dead  silence.  Where  a  second  ago  a  neat- 
looking  building  stood,  and  busy  hands  were  working,  there 
is  now  a  deep  hole  in  the  ground,  and  all  around  at  great 
distances  lie  scattered  the  fragments  of  house,  machinery, 
and  workers.  It  is  difficult  even  to  identify  these  last.  Their 
clothes,  if  not  of  wool,  are  burnt  away,  their  features  are  no 
longer  recognisable,  and  sometimes  a  boot  on  a  limb,  or  a 
mark  on  a  body  is  the  only  clue.  The  cause  of  the  explosion 
can  rarely  be  traced  with  certainty.  Whoever  has  read  the 
reports  of  Her  Majesty's  Iuspectors  of  Explosives  will  have 
nearly  invariably  found  more  than  one  possible  cause  given, 
but  they  will  at  the  same  time  have  been  astonished  to  find 
a  power  of  generalisation  displayed  which  has  never  yet 
failed  to  teach  some  sound  moral  for  the  benefit  of  those 
concerned.  Unfortunately  such  reports  are  published  only 
in  Great  Britain,  and  the  few  short  notices  which  reach 
other  countries  are  quite  insufficient  to  give  the  manufac- 
turers adequate  information  to  enable  them  to  provide 
effectively  tor  the  protection  of  their  workpeople  and  their 
property.  A  feeling  that  it  is  the  duty  of  each  one  to  relate 
his  experiences  has  led  the  author  to  give  an  outline  of  the 
sources  of  danger  involved  in  the  manufacture  and  use  of 
explosives. 


It  is  generally  agreed  that  an  explosion  must  first  be 
defined  as  the  sudden  decomposition  of  a  mechanical 
or  chemical  mixture  into  its  components,  whereby  in  a 
short  space  of  time  a  great  pressure  is  developed. 
Such  an  explosion  may  be  started  by  different  means 
and  they  are  by  no  means  the  same  iu  every  case.  Some- 
times ignition  will  start  the  decomposition,  sometimes  a 
shock,  friction,  an  electric  spark,  vibration,  sodden 
heating,  &e. ;  but  as  a  rule  it  is  necessary,  as  Sir  Frederick 
Abel  pointed  out  first,  that  a  certain  amount  of  vibration 
and  vibration  of  a  distinct  nature  be  generated  as  a  result  of 
either  of  the  above  causes,  in  order  to  produce  explosion. 

The  explosion  is  quicker,  the  larger  the  number  of 
vibrations  in  unit  time.  The  stronger  the  effect,  the  higher 
the  heat  produced  and  the  larger  the  quantity  of  gases 
developed,  as  their  expansion  increases  in  proportion  to 
their  temperature.  An  explosion  has  the  maximum  effect, 
when  the  vibrations,  the  heat  and  the  quantity  of  gas  reach 
their  maximum  at  the  same  time. 

Here  may  he  mentioned  some  of  tho  more  conspicuous 
cases  of  explosions. 

Chloride  of  nitrogen  explodes  when  thrown  into  boiling 
water.  If  a  minute  piece  of  paper,  smeared  with  iodide  of 
nitrogen,  the  temperature  of  explosion  of  which  is  212°  F.,  be 
allowed  to  fall  from  a  height  of  about  3  feet,  it  will  explode 
on  touching  the  ground.  If  such  a  piece  of  paper  is  put  on 
a  bass-violin  and  the  E  chord  is  struck,  it  is  not  influenced, 
but,  if  the  G  chord  be  struck,  which  gives  more  than 
60  vibrations  in  the  second,  it  explodes.  If  a  gun- 
powder mixture  be  ignited  in  a  tamped  borehole  it  burns 
away  by  layers  until  the  pressure  of  gas  and  the  heat  cause 
explosion.  If  dynamite  be  ignited  in  this  way  it  will  simply 
burn  without  detonation.  If  laid  on  an  anvil  and  struck 
sharply  at  an  angle  ("  glancing  blow  ")  all  explosives  iu 
practical  use  will  detonate.  Dynamite  explodes  between 
steel  and  steel  when  5 "  63  footpounds  of  work  are  done  upon 
it  (0-78  kilogramme-metres),  gunpowder  at  56  footpounds 
("'57  kiiogramme-metres) ;  but  whereas  the  explosion 
travels  through  the  whole  of  the  gunpowder,  dynamite  as  a 
rule  only  detonates  in  the  part  struck  by  the  blow.  If  a 
dynamite  cartridge  be  exploded  on  the  top  of  a  gun-cotton 
charge  the  latter  will  only  burn  away,  but  if  the  places  are 
reversed  the  gun-cotton  is  sure  to  detonate  the  dynamite. 
Each  explosive  has  a  certain  temperature,  beyond  which 
it  cannot  be  heated  suddenly  without  detonation.  This 
temperature  is  for  example  212°  F.  for  iodide  of  nitrogen, 
from  356°  to  363°  for  nitro-compounds,  and  518°  to  608°  for 
gunpowder. 

It  is  therefore  obvious  that  an  explosion  is  not  solely  due 
to  the  explosive  being  heated  to  a  certain  temperature.  In 
fact,  the  shock  or  friction,  that  will  cause  a  great  many 
explosives  to  detonate,  may  be  quite  insufficient  to  raise  the 
temperature  to  any  appreciable  extent,  even  if  the  shock 
be  concentrated  on  a  single  point,  as  in  the  case  of  a 
"  glancing  blow." 

On  the  other  hand  anything  which  is  likely  to  produce 
vibrations  of  a  sufficient  amplitude  and  frequency  in  the 
explosive  should  he  carefully  guarded  against.  Thus  for 
iustance  it  is  well  known,  that  a  tuning  fork  will  give  a 
greater  number  of  vibrations,  if  struck  against  an  object  of 
steel,  than  against  brass,  stone,  or  wood;  and  the  same 
applies  to  any  shock  against  an  explosive  lying  between 
different  bodies.  Steel  against  steel  is  the  most  dangerous, 
wood  against  wood  the  most  harmless.  Yet  it  has  been 
proved  by  Dr.  Dupre  that  a  glancing  blow  with  a  broom- 
stick against  a  wooden  floor  will  cause  the  explosion  of  most 
explosives.  Of  course  it  depends  greatly  in  what  condition 
the  explosive  itself  is.  A  blow  given  to  a  full  cartridge  of 
blasting  gelatin  may  be  quite  harmless;  but  if  sufficient 
force  be  used  to  flatten  the  cartridge  and  to  expose  the  last 
thin  layer  to  a  sufficient  amount  of  shock,  then  an  explosion 
of  the  whole  cartridge  may  follow.  There  is  also  a  great 
difference  between  the  explosive  being  warm  or  cold.  When 
warm  explosives  are  as  a  rule  more  sensitive,  both  to 
decomposition  and  to  shock  or  friction. 

The  causes  of  explosion  may  be  placed  under  two 
headings,  mechanical  and  chemical.  The  mechanical 
causes  are  mainly  due  to  shock,  friction,  or  ignition  of  some 
sort.     The   chemical   causes  vary   with   the  nature  of   the 


p.  2 


20i 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  si.  vm. 


explosive.  Mechanical  mixtures,  such  as  gunpowder, 
roburite,  &c,  are  under  oidinary  circumstances  exempt 
from  dangerous  chemical  changes,  but  chemical  compounds 
have  always  a  certain  amount  of  instability,  which  can  only 
be  avoided  by  careful  manufacture.  Of  course  theie  are 
also  mechanical  mixtures,  which  are  liable  to  decomposition, 
and  I  need  only  mention  the  chlorate  mixtures,  which, 
especially  in  the  case  of  fireworks,  have  led  to  many 
accidents. 

In  the  following  account  each  explosive  will  be  dealt 
with  separately,  and  the  dangers  attached  to  it  at  each  stage 
of  its  manufacture  pointed  cut.  Of  course  only  those 
explosives  which  are  actually  manufactured  and  in  use  will 
be  spoken  of,  it  being  left  to  you  to  draw  your  owu  con- 
clusions, hj  the  similarity  of  cases,  when  other  explosives 
come  under  your  notice. 

Gunpowder. 

First  by  seniority  and  by  the  number  of  factories  making 
it  conies  gunpowder  and  its  imitations. 

In  this  case,  as  in  that  of  every  other  explosive  a  very 
important  condition  is,  that  the  materials  employed  should 
be  of  the  greatest  possible  purity,  both  chemically  and 
mechanically. 

In  the  nitrate  (saltpetre,  sodium  nitrate,  S:c.)  chlorine  is 
the  principal  impurity.  Although  in  the  case  of  true  gun- 
powder no  saltpetre  is  now  used  which  contains  more  than  one- 
ten  thousandth  part  of  chlorine,  j-et  with  gunpowder  imita- 
tions, especially  where  sodium  nitrate  is  used,  this  is  not 
always  the  case.  An  assistant  of  mine  once  made  some 
powder  mixture,  extracted  the  nitrate,  which  contained  a 
large  amount  of  chlorine  from  it,  evapoiatcd  the  solution 
in  a  porcelain  dish  to  dryness  and  complete  fusion.  He 
then  allowed  it  to  cool,  and  afftr  some  time,  began  to 
remove  the  cake  with  a  glass  rod.  when  suddenly  the  whole 
flashed  up.  In  this  case  it  is  evident  that  some  nitrogen 
chloride  had  been  formed,  the  liability  of  which  to  explosion 
by  the  slightest  vibration  is  so  well  known. 

Care  has  also  to  be  taken  that  no  saltpetre  or  powder 
comes  into  contact  with  a  soldered  joint.  Weber  found  in 
a  particular  case  that  nitrate  of  tin  was  formed,  of  which 
there  is  an  explosive  variety ;  this  has  caused  frequent 
accidents. 

The  charcoal  presents  no  other  danger  than  that  of 
spontaneous  combustion.  It  is  a  good  practice  to  have  the 
charcoal  first  ground  in  separate  machines.  .Spontaneous 
combustion  is  due  to  the  capacity  charcoal  has  of  absorbing 
and  condensing  the  air,  producing  thereby  heat.  This 
may  sometimes  take  place  suddenly,  as  for  instance,  when 
a  piece  of  charcoal  is  broken,  and  the  interior,  which  has 
preserved  its  absorbing  power,  is  brought  into  contact  with 
moist  air. 

The  sulphur  is  now  generally  ground  before  mixiug  it 
with  the  other  ingredients.  Although  by  quick  grinding  a 
large  amount  of  heat  may  be  produced,  this  is  scarcely  ever 
sufficient  to  fire  the  sulphur.  Hut  sulphur  mills  very  often 
tah  tire,  and  this  is  chiefly  due  to  the  well  known  electrical 
qualities  of  sulphur,  which  arc  made  evident  by  the  friction 
and  heat  in  grinding.  A  friend  of  the  author  connected  his 
sulphur  mills  with  the  earth  by  means  of  copper  wires  so  as 
to  carry  away  the  electric  charge  as  it  was  produced;  since 
this  lime  he  has  never  had  a  sulphur  mill  fire. 

If  a  ventilator  is  used  to  carry  away  the  sulphur  dust, 
lis  exhaust  pipe  should  go  into  a  collecting  chamber,  as 
sulphur  dust  is  dangerous. 

In  this  country  stamp  mills  are  no  longer  used  for  the 
incorporation  of  gunpowder,  but  elsewhere  they  still  exist. 
They  have  generally  wooden  beds  and  brass  'stamps,  and 
but  for  the  presence  of  grit,  or  some  broken  metal  parts. 
they  are  safe  enough,  provided  the  powder  is  frequently 
"  liquored."  Still,  most  of  the  accidents  occur  with  them, 
as  tbesc  two  conditions  of  safety  arc  often  accidentally 
absent,  and  the  great  amount  of  dust,  thrown  in  the  air  by 
the  violent  blows  of  the  stamps,  takes  fire  easily  by  a  spark, 
or  by  the  friction  of  a  stamp  pole. 

Mixing  drums  were  formerly  largely  used,  and  seem  to 
be  coining  into  use  again  in  this  country  fur  certain  kinds 
of  powders.  As  they  arc  made  of  "  sole  "  leather  or  wood 
with  brass  or  wood  brills  revolving  in  them,  there  should  be 


no  other  daDger  in  them  than  comes  from  overheating  due 
to  the  quick  movement.  There  is  still  another  source  of 
danger  which  will  be  dealt  with  presently.  _ 

The  machines  chiefly  used  for  the  intimate  mixture  of 
the  gunpowder  ingredients  are  the  "  incorporating  mills" 
having  generally  pans  and  runners  of  cast  iron.  Sometimes 
the  beds  are  made  of  wooden  blocks  on  edge.  Incorporating 
mills  are  known  to  explode  from  time  to  time,  and  for- 
merly the  well-worn  excuse  of  a  match,  or  a  nail  having 
got  into  the  mill,  used  to  be  a  readily-accepted  explanation 
of  the  accident.  Such  an  occurrence  of  course  is  possible, 
but  must  be  very  rare  indeed.  The  chief  cause  is  faulty 
construction  of  the  mills.  The  runners  weigh  from  four 
to  five  tons,  and  if  the  cake  in  the  course  of  milling 
becomes  dry  and  hard,  the  runner  may  lift  in  passing 
over  a  thicker  piece,  and  then  fall  down  on  to  a  thin 
one.  Good  incorporating  mills  are  now  made  in  such 
a  way  that  the  runners  always  remain  about  ^  inch 
off  the  lied,  so  that  iron  can  never  come  in  contact 
with  iron.  Another  cause,  which  applies  to  mixing  drums 
and  nearly  all  other  powder  machinery,  is  electricity  accu- 
mulated by  the  friction  against  the  sulphur.  Some  years 
ago  the  author  advised  the  "  earthing  "  of  incorporating 
mills,  and  he  believes  that  the  number  of  accidents  has 
considerably-  diminished  where  his  suggestion  has  been 
adopted.  It  is  known  that  many  of  the  explosions  in 
incorporating  mills  happen  when  they  are  suddenly  stopped 
or  started  after  a  stoppage,  whereby  a  great  amount  of 
vibrations  are  of  necessity  set  up  in  a  single  moment.  Many 
accidents  happen  also  in  removing  the  cake  from  the  bed, 
or  when  repairs  are  being  made.  It  is  essential  and  rightly 
enforced  by  Her  .Majesty's  inspectors  that  the  cake  should  only 
be  taken  away  when  damp,  and  that  no  repair  should  be  done 
without  having  previously  thoroughly  washed  and  cleaned 
the  whole  building.  The  use  of  brass  tools  in  such  a  case 
is  only  a  diminution  of  the  risk,  and  is  not  by  any  means  a 
safeguard  against  accident,  and  even  wooden  implements 
should  only  be  used  after  the  charge  is  well  moistened. 
To  prevent  communication  between  one  mill  and  another, 
which  very  often  are  driven  in  pairs  from  one  water-wheel 
or  line  of  shafting,  the  drenching  apparatus  has  proved  to 
be  very  effective.  Briefly,  this  is  a  water-tank  placed  on 
the  top  of  the  mill,  and  held  in  equilibrium  by  a  "  shutter," 
a  flat  lever  board,  which,  when  raised  in  the  least  degree 
upsets  the  tank.  All  the  shutters  are  connected  by  a  shaft, 
so  that  wdieu  an  explosion  in  one  mill  takes  place,  all  the 
other  charges  are  immediately  drowned. 

When  an  incorporating  mill  explodes,  the  building  only 
is,  as  a  rule,  damaged,  and  that  not  always  much.  A 
friend  of  the  author's  has  adopted  the  excellent  system  of 
constructing  the  roof  of  the  building  with  a  very  light 
framing,  and  securing  the  whole  roof  by  two  loose  wooden 
pins  only.  If  an  explosion  occurs  the  roof  is  simply 
lifted,  giving  enough  opening  to  the  gases  to  escape  before 
sufficient  pressure  to  materially  damage  the  buildiDg  can 
be  set  up. 

The  mill  cake  is  next  powdered  in  a  "  breaking  down 
machine,"  which  is  essentially  a  roller  mill  with  one  pair  of 
grooved  and  one  pair  of  plain  rollers.  This  machine 
requires  no  more  attention  than  other  powder  machinery, 
except  that  it  should  be  so  made  that  the  pressure  on  the 
rollers  cannot  exceed  a  certain  limit.  This  is  generally 
done. 

Next  comes  the  pressing,  which  is  now  generally  done  by 
hydraulic  machines,  roller  presses  being  very  rarely  used. 
Formerly  this  pressing  was  done  by  placing  in  a  square 
wooden  box  with  hinged  sides  a  layer  of  powder  meal  and  a 
brass  plate  alternately,  and  then  pressing  a  block  of  hard 
wood  into  the  box.  This  caused  the  powder  to  adhere  so 
strongly  to  the  sides  of  the  box  that  it  required  a  gcod  deal 
of  force  to  open  it,  and  sometimes  occasioned  accidents. 
Nowadays  the  damp  powder  meal  is,  as  a  rule,  laid  on  an 
ebonite  plate,  spread  out  flat  with  a  shovel,  and  another 
ebonite  plate  placed  on  the  top  of  it,  and  so  on,  layers  of 
powder  and  ebonite  alternating  until  the  required  height  is 
leached.  This  way  of  pressing  is  comparatively  safe,  pro- 
vide 1  great  care  is  taken  to  keep  the  presses  clean,  and  the 
hydraulic  ram  is  not  allowed  to  fall  down  too  quickly.  But 
there  is  again  the  danger  of  electricity,  which  in  this  case 


March  3i,  1892.]     THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


20S 


especially  must  not  be  under  rated.  The  charge  of  :i  cake 
press  with  ebonite  [dates  can  practically  be  considered  as  an 
electric  pile,  and  a  large  amount  of  friction  or  electric 
influence  from  outside  may  cause  a  sufficient  electric  charge 
CO  give  off  sparks.  Several  cases  have  been  known,  and  the 
following  instance  occurred  at  a  large  continental  factory. 
The  workman,  having  just  finished  charging,  opened  the 
valve  for  the  hydraulic  pressure,  when  he  became  aware  of 
an  approaching  thunderstorm.  According  to  his  instructions 
he  left  the  building,  and  returned  after  tile  thunderstorm  iiad 
passed  away,  but  when  he  began  to  discharge  the  press  it 
exploded.  The  man  died,  but  stated  before  his  death  that  in 
undoing  the  cakes  a  spark  of  4  inches  in  length  came  on  his 
finger. 

It  is  therefore  advisable  to  take  great  precautions  in  using 
ebonito.  It  is  a  very  convenient  material, being  very  tough, 
of  smooth  surface,  hard  and  not  subject  to  much  wear  and 
yet  sufficiently  elastic ;  it  is  therefore  largely  used  for  plates 
in  cake  presses,  for  the  lining  of  hoppers  in  granulating  and 
sifting  machines,  &c.  but  care  must  be  taken  that  no 
electricity  can  accumulate  even  under  unfavourable  circum- 
stances. 

The  reduction  of  the  powder  cake  into  grains  is  done  by 
a  machine  similar  to  that  used  for  breaking  down  the  mill 
cake;  the  grains  formed  are  continuously  classified  as  they 
fall  from  the  rollers  by  sieves  placed  underneath.  There 
is  a  large  amount  of  dust  produced  in  this  operation,  and 
the  author  has  not  yet  seen  a  single  graining  machine  where 
the  escape  of  dust  into  the  room  has  been  perfectly  avoided, 
but  he  lias  seen  many  houses  where  the  air  looked  worse 
than  a  London  fog,  and  where  with  open  doors  you  could 
see  the  cloud  of  powder  dust  coming  out  for  more  than  three 
yards.  As  a  matter  of  course,  there  is  shafting  in  the  house, 
the  graining  machines  themselves  contain  a  number  of  cog- 
wheels, bearings,  &c,  and  sometimes  the  shafting  itself  is 
driven  by  a  cog-wheel  from  another  line  of  shafting.  These 
cause  a  good  deal  of  noise,  which  together  with  the  darkness 
in  the  room  produce  a  very  uncomfortable  feeling. 

In  many  factories  the  graining  is  still  done  by  the 
Lefebvre  system,  which  consists  of  one  or  more  sieves 
oscillating  either  longitudinally  or  in  a  circle,  in  which  a 
weighted  boxwood  disc,  hewn  like  a  millstone,  is  moved  to 
an  1  fro,  thereby  breaking  the  cake.  This  way  of  graining 
produces  of  course  still  more  dust. 

In  some  place-  a  ventilator  may  be  found  which  draws  out 
the  powder  dust  through  an  opening  in  the  building,  and 
deposits  it  on  sheets  of  cloth,  but  it  is  never  efficient 
enough  to  clear  the  atmosphere  of  the  room.  It  is  the 
author's  belief  that  a  suitable  casing  round  the  graining 
machine,  and  a  hood  on  the  top  in  connexion  with  a  good 
exhaust,  leading  in  a  depositing  chamber,  would  answer 
tin'  purpose  much  better.  No  cog-wheels  should  be  allowed 
on  the  shafting  inside  the  building.  They  do  not  always 
gear  perfectly,  and  wear  out  in  time,  which  causes  danger- 
ous knocks,  and  it  would  perhaps  be  advisable  to  put  the 
shafting  altogether  outside  the  house,  unless  it  runs  at  a  low 
speed.  The  bearings  of  the  graining  machine  should  be 
provided  with  constant  lubricators,  such  as  Stauffer's  solid 
grease  cups,  which  prevent  the  inconvenience  of  the  oil 
dripping  about,  and  keep  the  bearings  constantly  greased. 

During  the  glazing,  rounding,  and  sieving,  the  powder  is 
Bubjeeted  to  a  constant  friction  of  its  particles  against  each 
other;  and  during  the  glaziug  especially,  where  there  is  still 
a  large  amount  of  moisture,  a  good  deal  of  heat  is  developed. 
The  plugs  in  the  glazing  barrels  must  be  opened  at  regular 
intervals  to  allow  the  escape  of  the  steam  formed,  and  care 
should  be  taken  with  ail  these  revolving  machines  to  carry 
away  any  electric  charge  that  has  accumulated,  which  is 
easily  done. 

The  ilrying  of  the  powder  is  no  longer  done  in  the  open 
air,  however  convenient  this  may  have  been.  There  was 
always  the  risk  of  grit  Hying  iuto  the  powder,  and  of  a 
concentration  of  the  sun's  rays,  if  exposed  to  it.  Artificial 
heat  is  now  generally  resorted  to,  and  in  very  few  eases  only 
are  the  fumes  of  a  stove  carried  in  pipes  to  the  drying  house. 
Steam,  hot  or  warm  water,  are  nearly  always  adopted  now. 
The  introduction  of  steam  or  hot  water  pipes  iuto  the 
building  itself  is  objectionable,  as  a  certain  amount  of 
dust,  which  is  always  produced  in  charging  and  emptying 


the  trays,  accumulates  on  tiie  hot  pipes.  Warm  water  pipes 
increase  the  time  of  drying  a  little,  but  are  not  open  to  this 
objection.  The  best  way  is  certainly  to  have  a  steara  or  hot 
water  stove  outside  the  building,  and  to  drive,  by  mean-  of  a 
fan,  a  current  of  air  ovur  the  stove  into  the  drying  chamber. 
This  allows  an  even  temperature  to  be  kept,  and  removes 
all  danger,  provided  that  the  air  inlet  be  so  arranged  that 
the  current  of  hot  air  cannot  pass  directly  over  a  la\  er  of 
powder. 

Sometimes  the  press  cake  is  cut  into  large  cubes  for  the 
so-called  pebble  or  cube  powder.  No  special  allusion 
need  be  made  to  these  machines,  whatever  may  be  their 
construction,  as  the  exclusion  of  hard  blows,  the  attention  to 
knives,  bearings,  &c,  is  the  same  as  with  all  other  powder 
machinery. 

The  process  which  requires  most  attention,  and  which  is 
not  always  in  expert  hands,  is  that  of  compressing  the 
powder  into  prisms,  cylinders,  pellets,  &c.  There  are  two 
classes  of  presses  in  use,  lever  and  hydraulic  presses.  With 
a  lever  press  generally  the  powder  is  charged  into  a  mould, 
closed  at  the  bottom  by  a  piston,  and  another  piston  is 
brought  down  on  the  top  by  a  lever  actuated  by  an  ec- 
centric. Of  course  there  are  a  great  variety  of  such 
presses.  Some  have  a  "  block  "  with  many  boles,  into 
the  bottom  of  which  comes  a  disc,  then  the  powder  charge, 
then  a  piston,  and  the  whole  goes  under  a  press.  In  some 
presses  the  mould  revolves  on  a  table,  and  its  holes  are 
alternately  opposite  a  plain  part  ami  a  perforated  part  of 
the  table,  and,  at  the  same  time,  subject  to  a  piston  com- 
pressing the  charge,  and,  on  another  part,  to  a  longer  pi-ton 
forcing  the  compressed  cartridge  through  the  hole  in  the 
table,  whence  it  falls  out  in  a  receptacle.  Sometimes  a 
hopper  slides  over  the  mould,  fills  it,  glides  away,  the 
charge  is  compressed,  the  bottom  of  the  mould  glides 
away,  and  the  charge  is  forced  out.  Sometimes  the  mould 
is  fixed,  sometimes  it  is  balanced  during  the  compression, 
whilst  a  piston  enters  the  mould  from  the  top  and  from  the 
bottom. 

These  latter  presses  are,  perhaps,  the  best  in  the  way  of 
lever  presses,  provided  the  mould  be  guided  vertically,  and 
one  of  the  two  pistons  has  a  safety  arrangement,  to  prevent 
excess  of  pressure.  Lever  presses,  where  more  than  one 
cartridge  is  pressed  at  the  time,  are  objectionable,  as  ihey 
seldom  have  a  safety  arrangement,  and  to  make  such  an 
one  effective  would  cost  as  much  as  a  suitable  hydraulic 
press. 

It  is  well  known  to  everybody  who  has  had  to  do  with 
the  compression  of  pulverulent  substances,  that  it  is  most 
difficult  to  have  a  number  of  moulds  filled  with  exactly  the 
same  quantity  in  each.  Even  little  hoppers,  which  open  at 
a  certain  weight,  will  fail  to  given  more  than  a  rough 
equality.  Also  the  state  of  the  atmosphere  and  the  shape, 
and  diameter  of  the  mould  makes  a  difference,  as  does  also 
the  size  of  the  grains  in  the  case  of  gunpowder. 

Although  gunpowder  can  bear  a  great  pressure  without 
injury,  yet  it  is  not  advisable  to  do  too  much  in  this 
direction,  as  it  is  very  easy  to  get  local  overheating  by  the 
presence  of  a  foreign  particle  or  a  hard  grain.  Also 
the  more  powder  is  compressed,  the  more  it  will  adhere  to 
the  mould,  and  in  pushing  out  the  cartridge  a  greater 
pressure  will  be  required.  It  is  the  friction  thus  caused 
which  produces  the  greatest  heat,  and  where  the  most 
danger  exists.  When,  therefore,  a  number  of  moulds  are 
not  equally  charged,  and  they  are  all  compressed  by  pistons 
fixed  on  a  common  head,  the  cartridge  which  contains  most 
of  the  powder,  may,  at  a  certain  stage,  receive  all  the 
pressure  intended  for  the  lot,  and  will,  in  any  case,  got 
more  than  its  share.  Hence  the  necessity  of  an  arrange- 
ment to  prevent  an  excess  of  pressure.  This  can  be  done 
by  weighted  levers  on  the  bottom  pistons,  or,  much  better 
and  simpler  still,  by  keeping  eaci  mould  independent  and 
moveable. 

The  same  applies  to  hydraulic  presses.  Most  of  them 
have  one  ram  only,  so  that  the  cartridge,  which  may  vary 
from  lj  to  3  inches  in  height,  is  far  more  compressed  on  the 
bottom  than  ou  the  top.  Those  with  one  ram  on  top  and 
bottom  make  a  better  compression,  and  want  less  pressure 
on  either  side,  but  they  are  costly  and  cumbersome.  In 
neither  of  them,  as  a  rule,  is  any  arrangement  to  prevent  an 


206 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  31, 1892. 


excess  of  pressure  provided,  and  the  best  means  of  doing 
this  is  the  moveable  mould. 

Presses  for  prismatic  powder,  where  needles  of  phosphor- 
bronze  enter  the  moulds,  require  careful  inspection,  as  the 
slightest  bend  of  a  needle  can  cause  breakage. 

Another  method  of  powder  mauufacture  may  be  briefly 
mentioned,  which  was  long  ago  known  to  the  Tartars,  and 
some  nine  years  age  practised  iu  this  country.  This  method 
is  to  dissolve  the  saltpetre  in  hot  water,  add  the  other 
ingredients,  and  boil  down  the  whole  with  constant  stirring 
duriug  the  evaporation.  The  English  system  of  inspec- 
tion would  have  soon  put  a  stop  to  the  way  in  which  this  was 
done  for  some  time  on  the  Continent,  where  this  process  was 
carried  out  in  a  kind  of  washing  copper  with  a  coal  fire 
underneath,  and  where  the  contents  of  the  copper  sometimes 
went  off  through  part  of  the  powder  being  caked  at  the 
bottom  and  excessively  heated. 

The  manufacture  of  cocoa-powder  does  not  differ  from 
that  of  ordinary  gunpowder  except  in  the  preparation  of 
the  charcoal,  which  is  no  more  daugerous  than  the  work 
of  a  rag  boiler. 

In  connexion  with  gunpowder  may  be  mentioned  also 
the  manufacture  of  safety  fuses.  This  presents  no  par- 
ticular danger,  except  that  in  spinning  the  first  layers  of 
the  fuse,  where  a  fine  stream  of  powder  falls  in  as  the  fuse 
is  formed,  the  excess  of  powder  falls  on  the  floor  covering  a 
large  area,  requiring  precautions  to  be  taken  against  friction 
or  the  fall  of  the  weight  which  keeps  the  fuse  stretched. 

Nitro-compounds. 

The  next  group  to  be  dealt  with  are  the  so-called  nitro- 
compounds or  chemical  explosives.  These  are  produced 
on  a  very  large  scale,  and  gain  daily  in  importance  ;  but 
their  manufacture  involves  generally  a  great  amount  of 
machinery  and  apparatus,  and  the  knowledge  of  all  the 
accompanying  circumstances  is  still  far  from  being  perfect, 
besides  being  sometimes  of  a  very  complicated  chemical 
character. 

Nitro-compounds  are  liable  to  explode  at  a  lower 
temperature,  are  more  sensitive  to  concussion  and  friction 
than  gunpowder,  and  in  addition,  as  products  of  chemical 
action,  are  liable,  under  unfavourable  circumstances,  to 
undergo  chemical  changes  which  may  render  them  unstable. 

A  nitro-compound  is  generally  formed  by  the  action  of 
nitric  acid  on  a  hydrocarbon,  sulphuric  acid  being  added 
iu  order  to  take  up  the  water  formed  duriug  the  process  and 
to  keep  the  nitric  acid  as  far  as  possible  at  its  original 
strength,  so  as  to  avoid  the  formation  of  lower  nitro- 
compounds, which  would  either  reduce  the  force  of  the 
explosive,  or  even  render  it  unstable. 

Comparatively  the  least  dangerous  to  manufacture  are 
gun-cotton  and  collodion  cotton.  With  the  exception  of 
the  nitration  and  the  compression  into  cartridges,  the  whole 
process  is  worked  with  a  large  excess  of  water,  and  although 
it  is  quite  conceivable  that  a  particle  of  gun-cotton  sur- 
rounded by  water  may  explode  when  struck  by  a  heavy 
weight,  yet  such  a  case  is  hardly  likely  ever  to  occur. 

The  cotton  has  to  be  very  carefully  purified  from  resinous 
matter  and  soluble  substances,  as  they  would  form  unstable 
by-products  if  allowed  to  remain.  This  is  usually  effected 
by  boiling  the  cotton  in  a  solution  of  soda.  The  nitration 
is  done  in  England  by  dipping  the  cotton  into  the  mixture 
of  nitric  and  sulphuric  acids,  which  are  contained  in  a  cast- 
iron  vessel,  squeezing  it  roughly  out  on  a  grid,  and  then 
Jetting  the  nitration  complete  in  earthenware  pots,  which 
stand  in  running  water.  On  the  Continent  they  employ 
nitrating  machines,  consisting  of  a  east-iron  vessel  with 
a  lid  screwed  on,  having  a  false  bottom  which  can  be 
moved  by  means  of  a  screw  passing  through  the  lid.  The 
cotton  remains  in  the  machine  during  two  hours,  and 
then  the  false  bottom  is  lifted  towards  the  lid,  thus  squeez- 
ing the  cotton  out.  In  another  factory  suction  is  applied 
underneath  the  false  bottom  to  drain  the  cotton. 

The  nitrated  cotton  is  further  deprived  of  the  bulk  of  its 
acid  by  treatment  in  a  centrifugal  machine,  whence  it  is 
passed  as  quickly  as  possible  into  a  washing  machine. 

Care  has  to  be  taken  that  the  acid  cotton  remains  con- 
otantly  under  the  acid  or  the  water,  or  at  least  well  covered, 
else,  as  it  absorbs  moisture  rapidly,  it  decomposes,  and  once 


a  decomposition  is  started  it  is  almost  impossible  to  stop  it. 
This  decomposition  is  attended  by  large  volumes  of  red 
fumes,  and  sufficient  means  of  ventilation  and  escape  for 
such  have  to  be  provided  from  the  outset  in  case  they  are 
formed.  The  warmer  the  mixture,  and  the  less  liquid  acid 
it  contains,  of  course  the  more  liable  it  is  to  decomposition, 
hence  it  is  on  warm  and  moist  days  centrifugal  machines  are 
most  liable  to  fire  ;  this  seldom  happens  iu  the  winter, 
unless  some  water,  oil,  or  other  foreign  material  falls 
into  it. 

Once  it  is  immersed  in  the  washing  machine,  whose  water 
has  to  be  constantly  changed,  the  gun-cotton  is  no  longer 
subject  to  sudden  decompositions  during  the  subsequent 
processes  of  manufacture,  but  the  acid  still  remaining  in  it 
has  to  be  eliminated  with  the  greatest  care,  or  else  a  gradual 
decomposition  will  take  place.  I  will  not  detail  this  mauu- 
facture, as  it  is  well  known  ;  suffice  it  to  say  that  gun-cotton, 
which  stands  the  English  Government's  heat  tests,  is  quite 
safe  under  all  ordinary  circumstances. 

The  compression  of  gun-cotton  into  cartridges  requires 
far  more  care  than  that  of  gunpowder,  as  this  is  done  in  a 
warm  state,  and  gun-cotton,  even  when  cold,  is  more  sensi- 
tive than  gunpowder.  When  coming  out  of  the  centrifugal 
machines  the  gun-cotton  should  always  pass  first  through  a 
sieve,  in  order  to  detect  nails  or  matches,  which  may  by 
chance  have  got  into  it.  What  has  been  said  as  to  gun- 
powder presses  applies  still  more  to  those  for  gun-cotton, 
although  the  latter  are  always  hydraulic  presses.  Generally 
the  pistons  fit  the  mould  perfectly,  that  is  to  say,  they  make 
aspiration  like  the  piston  of  a  pump.  But  there  is  no  metal 
as  yet  known  which  for  any  length  of  time  will  stand  the 
constant  friction  of  compression,  and  after  some  time  the 
mould  will  be  wider  in  that  part  where  the  greatest  com- 
pression takes  place.  The  best  metal  for  this  purpose  has 
proved  to  be  a  special  steel  made  by  Krupp,  but  this 
also  is  only  relatively  better ;  for  pistons  I  prefer  hard 
cast  iron.  If  the  position  of  the  moulds  and  the  pistons 
is  not  exactly  the  same  in  all  cases,  what  the  Germans  call 
"  Ecken  "  (English,  "  binding  ")  will  take  place,  viz.,  the 
mould  will  stand  obliquely  to  the  piston,  and  a  dangerous 
friction  will  result. 

For  certain  purposes,  such  as  torpedoes,  engineers'  car- 
tridges, &c,  the  gun-cotton  has  to  be  turned  in  a  lathe,  or 
drilled  or  planed.  This  should  always  be  done  under  a 
constant  stream  of  water,  to  keep  the  tool  cool,  as  well  as  the 
gun-cotton  in  contact  with  it. 

Of  course,  it  is  necessary  to  protect  the  man  working  the 
hydraulic  valves  during  compression  At  iValtham  Abbey 
they  have  a  curtain  made  of  ships'  hawsers,  which  is  at  the 
same  time  elastic  and  resistant.  The  author  has  found  from 
experience  that  a  partition  wall  12  inches  thick,  made  of 
2-inch  planks,  and  filled  with  ground  cinders,  gives  very- 
effective  protection.  There  are  scarcely  ever  more  than 
5  lb.  of  gun-cotton  under  pressure  at  the  same  time,  and 
in  the  case  of  an  explosion  the  parts  projected  embed  them- 
selves in  the  cinders.  There  is  a  door  in  this  partition  to 
get  to  the  press,  and  a  conical  tube  penetrates  the  wall, 
which  enables  the  man  10  see  the  whole  work  from  a  safe 
standpoint.  The  roof  or  one  side  of  the  building  should  be 
made  of  glass,  so  as  to  give  the  explosion  a  direction,  and 
as  a  matter  of  fact  it  will  not  injure  the  walls  of  the  building, 
even  if  they  are  only  one  brick  thick. 

The  drying  of  gun-cotton  is  no  less  attended  with  risks, 
if  it  is  done  by  improperly  constructed  arrangements.  It 
is  generally  accepted  that  the  drying  should  not  take 
place  at  a  higher  temperature  than  104°  F.  To  secure  this 
an  electric  alarum  thermometer  should  be  provided.  If  a 
current  of  hot  air  passes  over  a  layer  of  gun-cotton,  the 
cotton  becomes  electrified,  and  most,  if  not  all,  the  fires  in 
gun-cotton  drying-houses  are  due,  in  the  author's  opinion, 
to  a  neglect  to  carry  away  this  electricity. 

I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Walter  F.  Reid,  F.C.S.,  for  much 
information  in  this  respect.  He  was  the  first,  so  far  as  the 
author  knows,  to  make  metal  frames,  carriers,  and  sieves, 
upon  which  is  secured  the  cloth  holding  the  gun-cotton,  and 
to  earth  them. 

Iu  drying  houses  there  is  a  large  amount  of  gun-cotton 
dust  produced,  which  deposits  on  walls,  floors — in  fact  every- 
where.    This  dust,  being  warm,  is  very  sensitive  to  friction; 


Harohai.iHBj     THE  JOUENAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


207 


in  fact,  Colonel  Cimdill  once  told  me  that  even  the  hard 
friction  with  a  felt  shoe  has  heen  known  to  fire  it.  The 
workers  in  these  rooms  should  therefore  always  wear  felt 
shoes  or  go  barefooted,  avoid  all  unnecessary  friction,  and 
frequently  wash  the  floors  and  walls.  The  floor  should  be 
covered  either  with  india-rubber  or  linoleum. 

On  no  account  should  an  exposed  metal  pipe  for  the  con- 
veyance of  heat  be  allowed  in  the  drying  room.  Although 
the  heat  may  not  exceed  104°,  aud  the  radiation  of  the 
pipe  may  be  sufficient,  yet  there  might  be  a  more  sheltered 
place,  such  as  a  bend,  a  corner  near  a  wall  &c.  where  the 
quantity  of  heat  is  accumulated,  and  a  far  higher  tempera- 
ture reached,  than  that  of  the  air  entering,  aud  it  is  just 
such  places  that  will  be  filled  with  cotton  dust,  which  itself 
will  serve  as  an  accumulator  of  heat.  An  accidental  blow  on 
the  metal  pipe  may  also  happen,  so  that  it  is  best  to  exclude 
them  altogether  from  the  room. 

The  above  remarks  about  gun-cotton  apply  to  mixtures 
of  nitrate  and  gun-cotton,  such  as  tonite,  potentite,  &e. 

The  manufacture  of  nitro-glvcerin  aud  dynamite  is  by 
outsiders  generally  considered  as  an  extremely  dangerous 
one,  and  it  certainly  is  in  the  hands  of  untrained  and  in- 
experienced people ;  but  if  conducted  by  experts  it  is  far 
less  risky  than  the  manufacture  of  gunpowder.  Still,  as  it 
is  essentially  a  chemical  operation,  its  safety  will  always 
depend  upon  the  amount  of  care  bestowed  on  it  by  the 
workpeople  ;  it  requires  a  great  deal  of  supervision  to  be 
always  on  the  watch  for  neglect  of  duty. 

The  sources  of  danger  arising  from  the  raw  materials  will 
first  be  considered.  The  nitric  acid  used  should  be  reason- 
ably free  from  nitric  peroxide.  Opinions  differ  as  to  what  is  a 
reasonable  amount,  and  no  doubt  the  heat  developed  during 
the  process  of  nitration  is  increased  hy  the  presence  of  this,  a 
large  amount  of  hvponitric  acid;  and,  if  sufficient  care  be  not 
taken,  may  cause  decomposition  and  explosion.  Some  say 
it  should  not  contain  more  than  1  per  cent.,  but  some  of  the 
most  perfectly  conducted  factories  use  it  with  even  more 
than  4  per  cent.  The  author's  experience  has  been,  that 
nitric  peroxide  undoubtedly  produces  more  heat  by  its 
great  oxidising  power,  but  as  the  temperature  of  the  mixture 
is  always  kept  under  about  77°  F.,  it  means  that  the  nitra- 
tion will  last  longer,  because  the  workman  must  allow  less 
glycerin  to  run  in,  and  consequently  he  is  expected  to  be 
still  more  attentive.  Hyponitric  acid  also  reduces  the 
yield  of  nitroglycerin  considerably.  As  a  rule,  those 
factories  which  buy  their  nitric  acid  insist  upon  having  as 
little  hyponiiric  acid  as  possible,  sometimes  below  half  a 
per  cent,  and  those  which  make  their  own  acid  are  not 
particular  about  I  per  cent,  more  or  less.  If  the  process  of 
nitric  acid  making  is  conducted  in  such  a  way  that  a  mini- 
mum of  hyponitric  acid  be  present,  it  will  be  difficult  to 
have  more  than  93  per  cent,  pure  monohydrate,  and  a  large 
quantity  of  weak  acid  will  result.  If  highly  concentrated 
acid  only  is  made,  containing  95  to  96  per  cent,  pure  mono- 
hydrate,  then  more  heat  has  to  be  applied,  which  will 
always  [decompose  some  nitric  acid  into  hyponitric  acid. 
Of  course  a  high  percentage  of  monohydrate  and  no  weak 
acid  are  most  to  be  desired,  because  the  first  gives  infinitely 
better  results,  whilst  the  latter  is  of  little  value,  and  if,  there- 
fore, the  hyponitric  acid  should  be  eliminated,  then  a  costly 
and  tedious  process  of  bleaching  is  necessary.  This  is  the 
reason  why  a  dynamite  factory  which  makes  its  own  nitric 
acid  has  never  been  known  to  have  less  than  2  per  cent,  of 
hyponitric  acidas  an  average,  but  some  even  as  much  as 
7  per  cent.  A  new  process  which  the  author  has  recently 
invented  gives  invariably  less  than  1  per  ceut.  of  hypo- 
nitric aeiil  with  from  95  to  96  per  cent,  pure  monohydrate, 
and  this  is  now  being  rapidly  introduced  into  many 
factories.  This  process  can  even  be  worked  in  such  a  way 
that  the  acid  will  not  contain  more  than  one-tenth  of  a  per 
cent,  of  hyponitric  acid,  and  acid,  with  even  as  much  as 
99 '40  per  cent,  pure  monohydrate,  has  been  made  by  this 
process.  This  is  the  strongest  acid  ever  manufactured  on  a 
large  scale,  but  there  is  a  great  amount  of  the  possible 
yield  lost.  It  may,  therefore,  be  said,  that  unless  the  nitric 
acid  is  after  its  manufacture  submitted  to  a  long  and 
expensive  bleaching,  the  best  which  can  be  made  on  a 
commercial  scale  will  always  contain  about  1  per  cent,  of 
hyponitric  acid.      As  it  is   scarcely  to  be  expected  that 


everybody  can  have  the  very  best  acid,  the  limit  of 
hyponitric  acid  may  be  set  at  2  per  cent.,  which  does  not 
increase  materially  the  danger  of  too  much  heat  being  de- 
veloped. Beyond  this  limit  the  heat  of  the  mixture  may 
rapidly  increase,  and  the  workmen  has  to  be  constantly  on 
the  alert  to  shut  off  the  inflow  of  glycerin,  or  to  apply 
more  vigorous  cooling  aud  stirring.  As  it  is  desirable 
that  every  process  should  depend  as  little  as  possible  on 
the  attention  of  the  workmen  for  avoiding  accidents,  an 
exec  ss  of  hvponitric  acid  should  not  be  allowed. 

.Sulphuric  acid  and  glycerin  are  nowadays  made  very 
pure.  Arsenic  may  be  in  both,  especially  in  the  sulphuric 
acid,  but  it  should  never  be  allowed  to  exceed  one-tenth 
per  cent,  ou  account  of  the  well-known  strong  oxidising 
action  of  arseuious  acid. 

Glycerin  is  a  very  intricate  substance,  so  far  as  its  use 
for  making  nitroglycerin  is  concerned.  Of  course  a  large 
amount  of  organic  matter,  such  as  cellular  substances  from 
the  tissue  or  fatty  acids  are  both  objectionable,  as  they 
form  unstable  compounds  during  nitration.  The  presence 
of  chlorine  also  has  to  be  avoided,  because  it  will  ultimately 
form  hyponitric  acid.  But  even  if  the  glycerin  is  nearly 
perfectly  pure,  and  contains  nothing  whatever  but  about 
0-15  per  ceut.  of  total  residue,  organic  and  inorganic,  it  will 
sometimes  happen,  that  the  nitroglycerin  made  is  full  of 
a  bulky,  flocculeut  matter,  which  prevents  its  separation  from 
the  acids  for  a  very  long  time.  This  only  happens  with 
glycerin  of  a  special  manufacture,  and  up  to  now  even  so 
high  an  authority  as  Mr.  Otto  Hehner  has  been  unable  to 
find  out  to  what  component  or  impurity  this  is  due. 

The  operations  of  nitrating  and  separating  the  nitro- 
glycerin do  not  require  more  attention  than  that  the 
temperature  should  not  even  at  the  finish  exceed  86". 
I  do  not  refer  by  this  to  the  Boutmy-Faucher  process, 
which  in  itself  had  a  special  source  of  danger,  inasmuch  as 
in  it  the  sulphuric  acid  was  first  allowed  to  act  upon  the 
glycerin,  which  caused  the  orgauic  impurities  to  become 
charred,  and  to  form  minutely  suspended  carbon  particles. 
This  prevented  the  nitric  acid,  at  its  highest  concentration, 
penetrating  every  particle  of  glycerin,  and  sometimes  pro- 
longed the  separation  for  days.  It  will  be  explained  later 
ou  why  this  must  have  been  dangerous,  or  is  still  so  as  the 
process  is  still  said  to  be  used  on  a  small  scale  at  the  French 
Government  factory  at  Vonges. 

It  is  in  the  apparatuses  used  for  nitration  and  separation 
that  the  chief  danger  lies  on  account  of  their  construction. 
The  nitrating  apparatus  is  now  generally  a  large  lead  tank, 
with  a  number  of  cooling  worms,  through  which  cold  water 
runs.  The  tanks  tire  closed  at  the  top  with  suitable  openings 
for  the  admission  of  glycerin  aud  compressed  air,  for  the 
escape  of.  the  fumes  and  for  the  constant  control  of  the 
temperature,  also  for  discharging  the  tank  either  into  the 
separating  apparatus  or  into  a  drowning  tank.  All  these 
arrangements  of  course  complicate  the  nitrating  apparatus, 
and  require  constant  attention.  A  detailed  description 
of  the  different  apparatuses  in  use  cannot  be  given  in  this 
paper,  as  it  would  be  sufficient  for  a  paper  by  itself,  but 
some  of  the  chief  sources  of  danger,  however,  must  be 
pointed  out.  First  is  the  lead  itself  usually  used  in  the 
construction.  The  combined  action  of  nitric,  nitrous  and 
sulphuric  acids  on  the  lead  is  very  great ;  but  still  greater 
is  that  of  the  fumes,  when  mixed  with  the  outside  air,  because 
diluted  acid  attacks  metals  more  than  strong  acid.  The 
lead  should  be  perfectly  pure,  some  even  prefer  remelted 
old  lead,  as  it  becomes  harder  by  remelting.  If  the 
slightest  amount  of  zinc  is  present  the  lead  is  very  soon 
perfectly  honeycombed.  The  fumes  should  be  drawn  off 
through  a  pipe  with  a  good  draught  in  it,  so  that  the 
outer  air  cannot  enter  the  vessel.  The  compressed  air 
used  for  stirring  and  cooling  should  come  from  a  storage 
vessel,  where  it  can  deposit  all  its  moisture,  aud  the  pipes 
leading  to  the  apparatus  should  ascend  as  much  as  possible, 
and  have  a  drain  tap  attached.  All  joints  should  be  made 
quite  tight,  and  the  construction  of  the  cooling  worms  must 
be  well  understood,  as  they  will  expand  aud  contract,  and 
can  easily  leak.  It  must  be  understood  that  the  slightest 
leak  of  a  water  pipe  may  start  a  very  serious  decomposition, 
and  it  is  therefore  a  good  plan  to  test  the  whole  apparatus 
every  morning  before  starting  work. 


203 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  si.  1S92. 


The  manner  of  introducing  the  glycerin  is  another 
matter  for  consideration.  In  some  apparatuses  where  a 
screw  paddle  agists  the  stirring,  the  glycerin  runs  on  a 
disc  attached  to  it,  and  is  therefore  scattered  by  centrifugal 
force  in  minute  drops.  Sometimes  a  perforated  pipe 
supplies  the  glycerin,  and  very  often  an  injector.  Those 
injectors,  which  are  placed  near  the  bottom  of  the  vessel, 
are  soon  eaten  away,  and  sometime  cause  a  sudden  inrush 
of  glycerin,  which  is  of  course  to  he  avoided.  Injectors 
or  pressure  vessels,  which  blow  the  glycerin  through  a 
pipe,  are  perhaps  the  best. 

The  temperature  in  the  apparatus  must  be  efficiently 
controlled  ;  it  is  not  sufficient  to  know  the  temperature  of 
one  part  of  the  vessel  only,  since  decomposition  generally 
Starrs  locally,  and  then  spreads  oyer  the  whole  mass. 

The  taps  for  discharging  to  the  separators  and  to  the 
safety  tanks  want  very  careful  fixing,  and  it  is  commonly 
said  that  it  is  a  knowledge  by  itself  to  make  all  the 
different  kinds  of  mastic  or  cements  that  are  required  in  a 
dynamite  factory.  Of  course  the  taps  must  not  he  placed 
so  that  water  can  get  into  them.  At  the  same  time  much 
depends  upon  what  pressure  there  is  on  the  tap,  and  one 
of  the  objections  to  those  huge  American  apparatuses  is 
that  they  haye  a  column  of  acid  10  or  more  feet  high 
resting  on  the  taps,  or  like  8  lb.  pressure  per  square  inch. 
It  is  so  easy  to  get  a  tap  or  a  plug  knocked  out,  apart  from 
the  pressure  on  the  tank  and  the  enormous  weight  of  the 
cooling  worms. 

The  apparatus  should  of  course  be  made  so  as  to  empty 
itself  to  the  last  drop,  and  the  safety  tap  should  be 
sufficiently  large  to  empty  the  vessel  in  a  fe'.v  minutes. 

Exactly  the  same  remarks  apply  to  the  first  separators 
and  the  bottles  used  in  the  secondary  separation. 

It  might  be  appropriate  to  mention  here,  that  a  decom- 
position in  a  properly  constructed  apparatus  is  a  very  rare 
occurrence  indeed,  and  due  only  to  leakage,  had  glycerin, 
or  inattention  on  the  part  of  workmen.  Even  if  a  decom- 
position should  be  seen  starting,  there  is  no  need  to  drown 
a  charge  at  once,  or  to  lose  ones  head  and  run  away.  A 
decomposition,  as  has  been  mentioned,  begins  at  one  point, 
and  spreads  gradually  through  the  whole  mass.  A  slight 
decomposition  will  develop  a  huge  volume  of  dark  red 
fumes,  and  is  certainly  alarming  to  the  novice,  but  it  will 
take  sometimes  10  or  more  minutes  before  it  can  develop  into 
an  explosion.  The  author  has  seen  decomposing  charges 
entirely  saved  by  the  coolness  of  the  workmen,  who  freely 
used  all  the  available  means  for  cooling  and  stirring.  In  one 
instance,  the  acid  underneath  the  nitroglycerin  in  a 
separator  decomposed,  and  the  man  in  charge,  who  was  a 
new  hand,  in  his  confusion  opened  the  nitroglycerin  tap 
instead  of  the  safety  tap,  and  although  the  whole  of  the 
nitroglycerin  had  time  to  run  into  a  water  tank,  it  was 
more  than  a  quarter  of  an  hour  before  one  could  think  of 
entering  the  building  to  drown  the  decomposing  acid. 

In  the  process  for  separating  the  nitroglycerin  from 
the  acids,  there  is  the  danger  of  a  prolonged  contact  of 
the  two  liquids,  which  has  been  fully  investigated  by  the 
Home  Office  in  reference  to  the  Pembrey  accident.  Nitro- 
glycerin dissolves  in  sulphuric  acid,  and  just  at  the  line  of 
contact  between  the  two  liquids  many  of  those  lower  nitro- 
compounds collect  which  have  been  formed  from  the 
impurities  in  the  glycerin.  Others  collect  on  the  top  of 
the  nitroglycerin,  where  they  are  exposed  to  the  action 
of  the  ail-.  Pure  nitroglycerin  can  remain  a  very  long 
time  in  contact  with  pure  nitric  and  sulphuric  acid  without 
alteration :  but  in  a  process  where  everything  is  impure, 
the  lower  nitro-compounds  are  soluble  and  unstable,  and 
therefore  the  separation  should  be  finished  as  quickly  as 
possible.  I  have  referred  already  to  the  glycerin  retarding 
the  separation,  but  there  are  also  mechanical  impurities 
in  the  other  reagents  which  have  even  worse  effect.  If 
the  sulphuric  acid  contain  much  lead,  if  the  mixed  acids 
have  been  in  the  storage  tauks  too  long,  and  some  lead  or 
iron  is  dissolved  in  them,  this  will  be  suspended  in  minute, 
but  bulky  quantities  in  the  mixture  of  nitroglycerin  and 
acids  which  leaves  the  nitrating  apparatus.  Still  more 
marked  is  this  effect  in  the  ease  of  any  carbonaceous  matter 
introduced,  such  as  straw  from  the  carboys,  gross  organic 
impurities  of  the   glycerin,  &c.     This    is   the   ease  with  the 


lioutmy-Paucher  process  where  by  dissolving  the  glycerin 
in  sulphuric  acid,  the  impurities  in  the  former  are  charred, 
and  delay  the  separation  in  an  extraordinary  way.  The 
worst  case  known  to  the  author  was  one,  when  a  second- 
hand air  vessel  was  bought  for  the  storage  of  sulphuric 
acid  and  a  thick  layer  of  rust  prevented  it  being  seen  that 
the  vessel  had  formerly  been  coated  inside  with  tar.  The 
sulphuric  acid  became  quite  black  from  the  tar,  and  after 
two  days'  separation  only  half  of  the  nitroglycerin  could  be 
recovered. 

It  must  be  understood  that  the  difference  of  specific 
gravity  between  the  nitroglycerin  and  the  refuse  acids  is 
only  0-100,  the  former  having  a  gravity  of  exactly  P600 
and  the  latter  about  1  ■  700,  and  although  the  greater 
fluidity  of  the  acids  facilitates  to  a  great  extent  the  separa- 
tion, yet  such  bulky  impurities  remain  for  a  long  time 
suspended  and  form  contact  between  the  more  sticky 
nitroglycerin  and  the  acids,  thus  obstructing  separation. 

The  secondary  separator  receives  the  spent  acids,  which 
generally  contain  minute  globules  of  nitroglycerin  in 
suspension,  and  it  is  essential  that  they  should  have  time 
to  separate.  This  secondary  separation  is  the  weakest 
spot  in  a  dynamite  factory.  The  fact  that  small  quantities 
of  highly  acid  nitroglycerin  are  floating  on  the  top  of 
srong  acid,  and,  even  with  the  best  ventilating  tubes,  are 
exposed  to  the  air,  may  account  for  some  decompositions, 
but  the  author  believes  that  a  careful  investigation  of 
all  the  facts  would  nearly  in  every  case  point  to  another 
cause  for  an  accident,  and  that  cause  either  a  leak  of  a 
water  pipe  or  the  intrusion  of  some  organic  matter. 

Some  experiments  which  the  author  has  carried  out  with 
waste  acids  have  shown  that  if  large  quantities  of  glycerin 
are  poured  into  waste  acid  (which  has  nearly  invariably  the 
composition  of  about  10  nitric  rnouohydrate,  TO  sulphuric 
inonohydrate  and  20  water)  a  turbulent  decomposition 
takes  place  in  a  very  short  time.  If  we  take  the  process  of 
nitration  to  consist  of  an  interchange  between  the  I\(  )., 
group  of  the  nitric  acid  and  the  hydrogen  molecules  of  the 
glycerin  until  complete  exhaustion  of  the  former,  then 
every  particle  of  glycerin  entering  in  excess  will  not  be 
nitrated,  but  dissolved  in  the  sulphuric  acid,  as  after  the 
formation  of  the  bulk  of  nitroglycerin  the  nitric  acid  left 
occupies  only  about  one-fourteenth  of  the  whole  mixture, 
and  in  spite  of  violent  stirring  it  is  difficult  to  cause  the 
little  nitric  acid  remaining  to  come  in  contact  with  the 
glycerin  particles.  Besides,  this  nitric  acid,  as  it  is  seen 
from  the  composition  of  the  refuse  acids,  is  in  a  very  diluted 
state,  and  if  it  cou'd  easily  come  in  contact  with  the 
glycerin,  it  would  only  form  mono-and  dinitroglycerin, 
which  are  soluble.  Thus  it  will  be  seen,  that  an  excess  of 
glycerin  forms  a  very  dangerous  mixture,  and  on  two 
occasions  at  least  the  cause  of  decompositions  could  be 
distinctly  traced  by  the  author  to  such  an  excess. 

It  must  he  pointed  out  that  a  small  excess  of  glycerin 
nay  happen  with  any  operation,  as  it  is  impossible  to 
calculate  exactly  the  quantity  required,  and  a  slight  varia- 
tion in  the  strength  of  the  nitric  acid  will  at  once  alter  the 
quantity  of  glycerin,  which  can  be  converted  into  trinitro- 
glycerin. 

This  is  another  reason  why  very  strong  acid  with  a  rather 
higher  percentage  of  nitrous  acid  is  preferable  to  the  reverse 
as  the  workman  can  guard  against  overheating,  but  he  has 
no  means  of  ascertaining  the  total  nitrating  capacity  of  the 
nitric  acid.  But  a  small  excess  of  glycerin,  although  just 
affording  the  amount  of  danger  connected  with  the  work,  is 
still  not  a  distinct  danger,  so  long  as  proper  attention  is 
paid.  It  is  only  a  large  excess  which  can  produce  a  sudden 
decomposition,  and  it  would  be  impossible  to  stop  this. 
This  excess  of  glycerin  need  not  necessarily  be  the 
consequence  of  an  error  in  weighing,  it  can  also  be  brought 
about  by  using  too  weak  nitric  or  sulphuric  acid,  or  by  a 
mistake  in  weighing  the  acids  for  mixing.  The  only  remedy 
in  this  case  is  to  watch  the  yield  of  nitroglycerin.  If  it 
falls  below  a  certain  limit,  then  part  of  the  glycerin  must 
have  escaped  nitration,  and  the  only  plau  to  adopt  is  to  at 
once  drowm  the  waste  acids,  as  containing  too  much 
glycerin.  With  good  yields  of  nitroglycerin  and  proper 
attention  the  secondary  separation  never  gives  any  trouble. 


March  a,  1892.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  01'  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


209 


As  the  waste  acids  are  in  most  cases  treated  in  a 
denitrating  apparatus  to  recover  the  two  component  acids 
separately,  care  must  be  taken  that  every  particle  of 
nitroglycerin  is  removed  in  the  storage  tanks  before 
working  them  up.  Small  drops  may  conic  up  after 
days,  and  an  explosion  of  a  denization  plant  in  Italy  was 
due  to  neglect  in  this  direction.  The  storage  tanks  must 
also  be  protected  against  the  weather,  and  have  a  safety 
tank  attached,  as  their  contents  will  sometimes  decompose, 
especially  in  hot  climates. 

In  the  operation  of  washing  and  filtering  the  nitro- 
glycerin warm  water  should  be  used  with  caution,  as 
nitroglycerine  begins  to  evaporate  at  11)4°,  and  the  inhala- 
tion of  nitroglycerin  vapours  in  larger  quantities  is 
injurious. 

The  other  operations  do  not  require  more  attention  than 
with  other  explosives,  except  the  formation  of  cartridges 
by  lever  presses,  where  the  material  falls  through  a 
funnel  into  a  tube,  and  a  piston  on  a  lever  forces  the 
dynamite  out  in  the  form  of  a  cylindrical  mass.  There  are 
two  kinds  of  presses,  one  where  the  parchment  paper  is 
wrapped  round  the  tube,  and  the  whole  cartridge  is  made 
in  one  pressing,  and  others  where  the  dynamite  is  pressed 
out  by  consecutive  strokes  with  the  lever,  so  that  a  con- 
tinuous string  comes  out  of  the  tube.  This  is  broken  off 
when  it  reached  the  required  length,  and  then  wrapped 
round  with  parchment  paper.  This  kind  of  intermittent 
pressing  is  no  doubt  the  best,  and  the  single  stroke  presses 
are  rightly  objected  to  by  the  German  industrial  inspectors. 
It  is  patent  that  in  order  to  press  out  a  cylinder  of  soft 
material  of  about  four  inches  in  length,  there  is  perhaps 
twenty  times  more  force  wanted  than  for  a  piece  of  an  inch 
and  any  metal  or  grit  particle  or  even  a  hard  lump  of 
kieselguhr  may  produce  enough  friction  on  the  tube  to  cause 
an  explosion.  By  far  ihe  majority  of  the  explosions  in 
cartridge  huts  happened  with  single  stroke  presses. 

Of  course  cartridge  presses  mu6t  be  so  constructed  and 
secured  as  to  prevent  any  hard  blow  or  friction. 

The  manufacture  of  blasting  gelatin,  gelatin  dynamite, 
and  gelignite  calls  for  very  few  remarks.  As  the  process  is 
carried  out  with  the  aid  of  artificial  heating,  care  must 
be  taken  to  avoid  excessive  heating,  since  the  collodion- 
cotton  may  begin  to  decompose,  and  the  nitroglycerin  to 
evaporate.  The  machines  for  mixing,  if  such  are  used, 
and  for  making  cartridges  must  be  so  constructed  as  to  avoid 
undue  friction,  and  to  allow  of  ready  inspection  and 
cleaning. 

The  danger  of  freezing  has  still  to  be  dealt  with.  It  is 
well  known  that  nitroglycerin  freezes  at  about  46°  F. 
Dynamite  and  blasting  gelatin  will  freeze  at  slightly 
lower  temperatures.  Numerous  experiments  have  shown 
that  dozen  nitroglycerin  and  dynamite  are  highly  in- 
sensible against  shock,  and  that  even  a  bullet  fired  from 
a  military  rifle  at  50  paces  has  failed  to  explode  it,  whereas 
soft  dynamite  explodes  readily  at  300  and  more  paces.  Yet 
somehow  frozen  nitroglycerine  does  sometimes  explode. 
To  the  author's  own  knowledge  the  removing  of  some 
frozen  nitroglycerin  from  the  ground  by  means  of  a  pick- 
axe, the  sudden  turning  of  an  earthenware  tap,  around 
whose  plug  some  nitroglycerin  froze,  the  cleaning  of 
vessels  containing  frozen  refuse,  and  even  the  forcible 
breaking  of  a  frozen  dynamite  cartridge,  have  resulted  in 
explosions,  and  it  is  probable  that  similar  instances  are 
known  to  others.  The  author  believes  that  the  explosion 
of  frozen  nitroglycerin  is  due  to  a  sudden  alteration  in 
the  molecular  arrangement  of  the  frozen  nitroglycerin — 
such  as  Professor  Tyndall  stated  in  the  case  of  ice — and 
the  conssquent  production  of  vibrations  sufficiently  high 
to  cause  a  detonation.  This  is  certainly  a  striking  illus- 
tration of  the  fact,  that  explosion  is  not  merely  a  result 
of  heat. 

Blasting  gelatin  and  the  gelatin  dynamites,  on  the 
other  hand,  are  extremely  sensitive  in  a  frozen  state,  which 
is  solely  due  to  the  collodion  cotton.  In  the  soft  gela- 
tinous state  of  course  every  shock  is  annihilated,  and  the 
gelatins  are  in  fact  indifferent  in  this  state ;  but  when 
the  gelatin  is  frozen,  and  forms  one  rigid,  hard  mass,  a 
blow  will  be  readily  communicated  throughout  the  whole 
mass,    and    the    collodion    cotton    will    be    the    first    to 


explode.  It  is  therefore  of  high  importance  that  the  nitro- 
glycerin or  dynamite  should  never  be  allowed  to  freeze 
during  manufacture.  Keen  in  moderately  warm  rooms  the 
cold  earthenware  taps  may  cause  freezing,  or  drops  of 
nitroglycerin  spilt  on  the  floor  may  become  hard,  and 
the  danger  of  working  frozen  dynamite  in  cartridge  presses 
is  very  great.  It  has  repeatedly  happened  that  small 
crystals  of  frozen  nitroglycerin  "  cracked  "  on  a  wooden 
floor  by  being  rubbed  with  a  leather  shoe. 

The  sun  has  a  decided  effect  on  the  nitroglycerin, 
inasmuch  as  the  heat  generated  will  decompose  it.  This 
is  the  reason  why  the  roofs  and  windows  should  he 
painted  white  ;  especially  the  window  panes,  as  they  will 
usually  contain  some  faulty  spots,  which  act  like  lenses. 
The  action  of  the  sun  on  nitroglycerin  that  had  been 
inadvertently  allowed  to  run  away  in  the  sand  has  several 
times  produced  explosions. 

The  refuse  resulting  from  the  sweepings,  the  residues 
on  the  filters,  the  mud  in  the  deposit  of  washings,  &c. 
have  to  be  carefully  burned.  This  refuse,  or  even  defec- 
tive dynamite,  if  laid  out  in  a  train,  and  ignited,  will 
burn  quietly  for  some  time,  but  then  suddenly  explode. 
The  author  is  indebted  to  Dr.  Dupre,  F.R.S.,  for  the  hint, 
that  by  pouring  paraffin  oil  over  such  refuse  it  can  be 
burnt  without  tear  of  explosion. 

Although  all  the  possibilities  of  danger  have  not  been 
mentioned,  and  although  perhaps  the  long  list  may  have 
alarmed  you,  yet  the  author  confidently  asserts,  from  per- 
sonal knowledge  and  long  experience,  that  the  manufac- 
ture of  dynamite  is  far  less  dangerous  and  certainly  less 
subject  to  sudden  and  unforeseen  accidents  than  that  of 
gunpowder,  which  has  a  record  of  casualties  for  more 
than  five  centuries. 

Smokeless  Powder. 

The  manufacture  of  smokeless  powder  has  within  the 
last  four  years  come  to  the  foreground,  and  is  in  many 
instances  similar  to  that  of  the  gelatin-compounds.  As 
it  is  a  comparatively  new  industry,  chiefly  in  the  hands 
of  Governments,  and  as  none  of  the  powders  can  yet  cbini 
to  have  reached  the  stage  of  perfection,  it  may  seem  to 
be  superfluous  to  enter  into  many  details.  The  fact  that 
nearly  every  factory  has  some  process  of  its  own,  because 
everyone  is  anxious  to  keep  its  own  experiences  secret, 
makes  general  remarks  very  difficult. 

Smokeless  powders  are  practically  of  two  kinds,  those 
made  from  gun-cotton  and  a  solvent  only,  and  those  made 
from  nitroglycerin  and  gun-cotton  with  or  without  the  aid  of 
a  solvent.  Of  late  nitrated  starch  seems  to  be  favoured.  As 
a  solvent  acetone  is  now  generally  used,  and  the  process  of 
dissolving  the  gun-cotton,  or  making  a  gelatin  of  nitroglycerin 
and  soluble  gun-cotton,  with  or  without  the  subsequent 
addition  of  insoluble  gun-cotton  and  camphor,  does  not 
want  any  special  allusion,  as  the  machines  for  incorporating 
the  materials  are  about  the  same  as  now  used  for  the 
manufacture  of  blasting  gelatin.  But  the  subsequent 
working  up  into  small  square  sheets  or  round  discs,  in 
imitation  of  the  manufacture  of  certain  pastries,  requires 
more  attention,  although  it  must  be  said  that  the 
acetone,  of  which  traces  always  remain  in  the  powder, 
renders  it  comparatively  safe.  The  jelly-like  incorporated 
mass,  when  leaving  the  mixing  machine,  is  subjected  to  a 
partial  evaporation,  and  then  passes  through  steam-heated 
rollers  to  be  rolled  into  sheets,  and  at  the  same  time  to 
evaporate  all  the  acetone.  In  these  rollers  small  local 
explosions  sometimes  take  place  which  are  prohably  due  to 
some  undissolved  gun-cotton  being  submitted  to  heat  and 
friction,  but  which  pass  away  without  doing  any  harm. 
Great  care  has  to  be  taken  to  collect  the  acetone  vapours, 
as  they  are  explosive  and  may  spread  over  a  large  area. 
The  cutting  of  these  sheets  into  small  squares  is  also  with- 
out special  risk,  as  the  pressure  on  the  sheet  is  small,  and 
no  undue  friction  is  likely  to  occur.  Of  course,  the  powdei 
should  not  be  allowed  to  accumulate,  as  although  considera- 
ble quantities  of  it  can  burn  without  explosion,  yet  the  fire 
spreads  quick  enough  to  cut  off  escape,  as  has  been  proved 
at  a  fire  in  an  Italian  factory'.  The  manufacture  of  cordite, 
the  British  smokeless  powder,  varies  in  some  stages  from 
that  of  others,  and  being  the  invention  of  Sir  Frederick 


210 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  si.  1882. 


Abel,  and  manufactured  under  his  superintendence,  does 
not  call  for  further  remark  in  this  paper  on  the  dangers  of 
explosives. 

The  stability  of  smokeless  powders  with  regard  to 
atmospheric  and  climatic  influcuee  have  still  to  be  con- 
clusively tested. 

Other  Explosives. 

Nitrobenzene  is,  I  believe,  no  longer  used  with  explosives  ; 
its  manufacture  is  well  known,  and  is  only  dangerous 
during  the  nitration  and  through  the  poisonous  effects  of  its 
fumes. 

The  manufacture  of  picric  acid  is  also  to  a  certain  extent 
outside  the  scope  of  this  paper.  It  presents  no  danger 
during  the  manufacture  proper,  but  the  finished  product, 
when  mixed  accidentally  with  certain  materials  as  lime, 
nitrate  of  lead,  &c,  will  produce  a  detonating  mixture,  as 
has  been  successfully  proved  by  Colonel  Majendie  and 
Dr.  Dupre  in  their  report  about  an  explosion  in  Manchester. 

Under  the  name  of  "  Melinite,"  "  Ljddite,"  "  Ecrasite," 
&c,  picric  acid  has  been  used  for  filling  shells.  Picrate 
of  ammonia,  trinitrocresol  and  the  ammouia  salt  of  it  are 
also  used.  They  are  melted  in  a  hot  water-hath  aud 
filled  into  the  shells.  They  are  exploded  generally  by 
a  primer  of  gun-cotton.  As  this  work  is  only  carried  out 
in  military  establishments,  further  consideration  is  not 
necessary  before  this  Society.  Neither  is  it  necessary 
to  enter  into  the  details  of  manufacture  of  roburite,  securite, 
ammonite  aud  similar  products,  or  fireworks.  The  pro- 
cesses used  with  the  former  are  very  much  the  same  as 
those  used  in  other  manufactories  of  explosives.  In  the 
manufacture  of  fireworks  the  preparation  of  the  different 
mixtures,  the  compression  into  rockets,  the  distribution 
of  pills  for  amorces,  &c,  can  with  little  modifications  be 
governed  by  the  considerations  applicable  to  gunpowder 
factories.  Only  the  frequent  use  of  chlorates,  especially 
Chertier's  copper,  calls  for  attention  as  the  cause 
of  many  decompositions,  and  all  chlorate  mixtures  are 
extremely  sensitive  to  shock  and  fiction.  Of  course,  if 
the  mixture  is  moistened  to  form  a  paste,  it  will  stand  a 
great  amount  of  shock,  but  when  too  much  water  is  added, 
some  particles  may  become  exposed  to  the  direct  action  of 
the  blow. 

The  last  explosive  to  be  mentioned,  before  discussing  the 
dangers  in  conveyance  and  use,  is  fulminate  of  mercury, 
which  is  used  for  filling  caps  and  detonators.  The  manu- 
facture is  simple  enough,  and  with  ordinary  precaution  no 
accident  should  happen.  Of  course  the  ebullition  after 
the  addition  of  alcohol  has  to  be  carefully  regulated,  and 
attention  has  to  be  paid  to  the  way  how  the  developing 
vessels  are  carried  about,  the  fume  pipes  put  on,  &e. ; 
the  nitrous  ether  formed  should  also  be  condensed 
awav  from  fire.  The  washing  of  the  fulminate  should  be 
will  attended  to,  to  avoid  decompositions,  and  the  ready- 
made  fulminate  should  be  stored  with  not  less  than  20  per 
cent,  moisture.  It  is  chiefly  in  the  working  up  of  the 
fulminate  where  the  danger  comes  in.  As  to  drying  it,  the 
ordinary  precautions  as  to  heating  by  a  current  of  air, 
absence  of  metal  in  the  room,  having  hair  rugs  or  india- 
rubber  mats  on  the  floor  are  sufficient.  The  mixing  of  the 
fulminate  with  nitrates,  chlorates,  ground  glass,  &c,  is 
perhaps  the  most  dangerous  part,  as  thereby  a  large  amount 
of  friction  is  produced.  The  process  used  at  Woolwich  is 
certainly  the  safest,  and  will  give  a  better  mixture  than  the 
usual  work  with  a  featber.  It  consists  essentially  of  a  silk 
bag  on  which  there  are  diagonally  placed  india-rubber  discs, 
like  a  string  of  pearls.  To  the  bottom  of  this  bag  is  fastened 
a  thread,  which  is  moved  by  a  lever  from  behind  an  iron 
screen,  thereby  taking  up  and  throwing  down  the  fulminate 
between  the  discs.  No  explosion  has  happened  at  'Woolwich 
since  the  introduction  of  this  ingenious  mechanism  some 
years  ago. 

The  filling  of  caps  with  the  fulminate  is  done  everywhere 
by  carefully  planned  machines,  which  avoid  friction  and 
overcharging.  The  compression  of  the  priming  composition 
is  best  made  in  moulds  attached  to  separate  weighted  levers 
for  each  cap,  so  that  in  spite  of  the  probable  inequality  of 
filling,  each  charge  should  only  receive  the  same  pressure  as 
the  other.     In  some  factories  the   whole   press    is  sheltered 


by  a  screen  which  is  automatically  closed  during  the 
compression,  aud  no  composition  is  allowed  to  be  in  the 
room. 

In  fulminate  factories  proper  precautions  must  be  taken 
against  any  possible  friction.  These  are  briefly  the  use  of 
hair  rugs,  felt  slippers,  frequent  washing  and  dusting  of 
floors  and  rugs,  preventives  against  spilling  of  material,  &c. 
Like  other  mercury  substances  fulminate  is  injurious  to 
the  body,  especially  the  gums  of  the  teeth,  if  too  mueh  dust 
is  produced  and  the  ventilation  not  efficient. 

The  other  dangers  to  be  attended  to  in  connexion  with 
the  manufacture  of  explosives  are  those  which  arise  from 
the  general  arrangement  in  the  factories. 

This  is  the  only  country,  to  the  author's  knowledge,  in 
which  the  exclusion  of  iron  from  the  interior  of  the  build- 
ings, the  absence  of  so  much  as  a  few  grains  of  mod  or 
grit  on  a  floor,  and  in  general  the  cleanliness  throughout 
are  rigorously  enforced.  It  certsiuly  made  a  great  stir 
amongst  the  manufacturers  when  the  Explosives  Act  came 
into  operation,  but  seldom  was  there  on  the  whole  a  wiser 
measure  taken.  If  one  remembers  that  last  year  only  in 
oue  gunpowder  factory  were  there  fatal  accidents,  aud  that 
the  mortality  amongst  the  workmen  in  explosive  factories 
was  not  larger  than  that  in  all  London,  you  will  agree  with 
the  author  that  the  Explosives  Act  was  very  beneficial 
and  that  the  inspectors  who  carry  it  out  are  doing  most 
useful  work.  It  is  certainly  not  the  absence  of  a  little  grit, 
because  in  thousands  of  cases  it  will  be  of  no  harm,  but  the 
general  spirit  of  order,  cleanliness  and  precaution  instilled 
to  the  workmen  which  makes  a  factory  safe. 

According  to  the  Explosives  Act,  every  danger  building 
must  be  provided  with  an  efficient  lightning  conductor.  In 
spite  of  the  Lightning  ltod  Conference,  in  which  so  many 
eminent  men  took  part,  the  question  as  to  what  forms  an 
efficient  lightning  conductor  in  a  factory  for  explosives  is 
not  yet  definitively  agreed  upon.  There  can  be  no  doubt 
that  a  lightning  conductor  is  a  good  and  useful  instrument 
on  a  dwelling-house  where  an  accidental  disturbance  in  the 
arrangement  may  not  do  great  harm,  but  the  ease  is  entirely 
different  with  a  workshop  or  magazine  for  explosives.  The 
thorough  and  reliable  examination  of  a  lightning  conductor 
can  only  be  done  by  an  electrical  expert,  and  in  a  factory 
where  sometimes  100  of  them  have  to  be  tested  this  takes 
several  days.  Yet,  if  a  gale  is  blowing,  or  the  factory  is 
exposed  to  the  influence  of  sea-atmosphere,  the  lightning 
conductor  is  soon  out  of  order  again.  Then  take  the 
presence  of  machinery  in  the  buildings,  tram-lines,  pipe- 
lines overhead  aud  underground,  and  you  will  find  that  a 
lightning  conductor  is  not  only  a  very  limited  preventive, 
but  very  often  a  positive  danger.  Without  further  entering 
into  this  question  the  author  thiuks  that  a  competent  inves- 
tigation of  this  subject  with  reference  to  explosive  factories 
would  be  very  beneficial. 

A  great  many  factories  are  now  lit  by  electricity.  Since 
this  paper  was  written,  special  regulations  in  regard  to 
electric  lighting  in  explosive  works  have  been  issued  by  the 
Home  Office.  I  do  not  wish  to  criticise  these  regulations, 
as  too  short  a  time  has  elapsed,  and  their  effect  cannot  yet  be 
appreciated.  I  will  therefore  only  give  my  own  experience. 
It  is  highly  important  that  suitable  hghtniug  conductors 
should  be  attached  to  the  circuit.  From  experience,  the  author 
knows  of  two  cases  where  the  lightning  struck  into  the 
wires,  which  were  carried  overhead.  The  wires  should 
always  enter  a  building  from  opposite  sides,  so  as  to 
prevent  accidental  short  circuits,  and  no  joint  or  switch 
should  be  allowed  inside  the  building.  The  lamps  should 
invariably  be  surrounded  by  a  tightly  fitting  large  glass 
globe,  which  allows  sufficient  radiation  of  the  heat. 
Although  the  heat  on  the  outside  of  a  lamp  is  scarcely 
larger  than  120°,  yet,  if  a  lamp  be  covered  with  explosive 
dust,  and  the  heat  cannot  radiate  into  the  open  air,  there 
will  be  such  an  accumulation  of  heat  that  serious  accidents 
may  occur.  As  to  an  excess  of  tension  in  the  current  the 
best  plan  is  to  have  an  arrangement  whereby,  in  case  the 
tension  rises  over  a  certain  limit,  the  whole  of  the  plant  is 
cut  out  of  circuit.  It  is  by  far  preferable  to  have  the  place 
in  darkness  than  to  see  sparks  travelling  along  the  wires. 

It  would  lie  quite  impossible  to  write  a  paper  by  itself 
about  the  dangers  in  connexion  with   the  use  of  explosives 


March  31, 1892.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


211 


iu  mines.  Miners  will  frequently  insist  upon  treating 
explosives  with  the  greatest  recklessness,  and  if  it  were  not 
as  a  rule  accompanied  by  a  loss  of  life  or  limbs,  it  would  be 
able  to  write  quite  an  amusing  paper  about  the  innumerable 
ways  in  which  the  miners  handle  explosives.  Carrying 
gunpowder  iu  open  boxes,  with  a  caudle  on  the  hat  or  in  the 
hand,  squeezing  detonators  with  the  teeth,  charging  bore- 
holes with  boring  bars,  thawing  dynamite  on  a  hot  stove, 
or  even  on  an  open  fire,  iu  a  straw  hat,  are  cases  that 
frequently  occur.  It  will  still  take  a  long  time  before 
auythiug  like  proper  precaution  will  be  taken  everywhere. 

The  carriage  of  explosives,  whether  by  road,  vessel,  or 
rail,  is  uuder  ordinary  circumstances  free  from  danger.  No 
explosive  is  licensed  which  does  not  in  itself  present  a 
certain  degree  of  safety,  and  the  packing  is  so  substantial 
that  unless  the  packages  are  very  roughly  handled  not  even 
a  spilling  of  explosive  is  likely  to  occur.  For  this  reason, 
in  almost  every  country  the  carriage  of  explosives  by  rail 
is  allowed.  Of  the  more  important  countries  Great  Britain 
alone  makes  an  exception  as  regards  gun-cotton  and 
dynamite,  but  why  cannot  be  said.  The  railways  "ill 
cany  gunpowder,  detonators,  blasting  gelatin  and  gelatin 
dynamite,  but  not  gun-cotton  and  dynamite.  Gun-cotton  is 
always  sent  with  from  20  to  30  per  cent,  moisture,  in  which 
state  it  cannot  be  exploded  by  ordinary  means.  Dynamite 
is  no  more  dangerous  than  gelatin  dynamite,  and  iu  the  20 
years  during  which  it  has  beeu  carried  on  Austrian  railways 
not  a  a  siugle  accident  has-  gpcured.  Let  us  hope,  that  here 
also  this  obstacle  will  soon  be  removed  ;  it  injures  the 
railways  indirectly  more  than  anybody  else,  as  they  are  the 
largest  consumers  of  coal  and  iron,  which  cannot  be  won 
without  the  use  of  explosives. 

Discussion. 
Mr.  Akxold  Philip  said  that  some  18  months  previously 
in  going  over  a  large  dynamite  works,  he  had  seen  a  plant 
employed  for  the  recovery  of  the  acids  which  had  been  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  the  nitroglycerin.  This  apparatus 
consisted  in  part  of  two  scrubber  towers  apparently  built 
of  flags  of  sandstone  held  together  outside  by  iron  tie-rods  ; 
inside  they  contained  coke  or  some  other  suitable  material 
on  which  to  condense  the  acid  fumes.  The  waste  acids 
were  heated  in  stills  connected  with  the  scrubbers ;  there 
was,  however,  some  difficulty  in  employing  this  apparatus, 
for  explosions  were  not  infrequent.  These  explosions  were 
usually  slight  in  character,  and  chiefly  occurred  in  the 
scrubbers,  but  they  caused  considerable  financial  loss  by  the 
damage  which  they  caused  to  this  part  of  the  plant.  All  the 
trouble  was  due  to  the  minute  amount  of  nitroglycerin 
which  remained  in  the  waste  acids  even  after  they  had  been 
allowed  to  stand  and  settle  tor  a  very  considerable  time. 
On  account  of  this  difficulty  there  was  a  natural  disinclina- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  manufacturers  to  distil  waste  acid, 
and  it  was  not  at  all  an  uncommon  thing  in  nitroglycerin 
factories  for  tons  of  it  to  be  thrown  away.  If,  however, 
these  traces  of  nitroglycerin  could  be  satisfactorily  removed, 
the  acids  might  afterwards  be  safely  recovered,  and  a  great 
saving  thus  introduced.  It  was  possible  that  this  might  be 
done  by  dissolving  out  the  trace  of  nitroglycerin  by  means 
of  paraffin.  Of  course  the  strength  of  the  acids  in  question 
made  it  quite  impossible  to  employ  either  hydrocarbons  of 
the  benzene  series  or  ether  for  (this  purpose.  With  regard 
to  the  question  of  lightning  conductors,  it  would  be  interesting 
to  know  whether  Mr.  Guttman  had  had  any  experience  with 
Professor  Oliver  Lodge's  method  of  protecting  buildings  ; 
this  was  based  on  the  same  principle  on  which  electrometers 
were  sometimes  shielded  by  wire  cages.  Professor  Lodge 
proposed  to  cover  buildings  with  what  was  practically  a 
network  of  galvanised  iron  wire.  This  material  was  of  course 
far  cheaper  than  copper  or  any  copper  alloy,  and  although 
not  so  good  a  conductor,  yet  for  electric  discharges  of  such 
high  potential  as  lightning,  as  long  as  there  was  a  metallic 
conductor,  it  really  mattered  very  little  whether  it  had  a 
high  or  low  conductivity. 

Mr.  de  Mosexthal  said  that  he  believed  that  Dr.  Dupre's 
experiment  with  the  broom  stick  was  correct  only  so  far  as 
chlorate  of  potash  explosives  were  concerned.  Referring 
to  the  question  of  lightning  conductors,  an  explosion  due  to 


lightning  had  occurred  quite  recently  in  a  manufactory  on 
the  Continent,  where  the  rod  had  been  examined  by  an 
expert  a  few  days  only  before  the  explosion  occurred,  and 
was  therefore  probably  in  perfect  order.  In  that  case  the 
conductor  was  placed  on  the  earth  works  which  protected 
the  building,  but  it  was  generally  supposed  that  the  position 
of  the  conductors  was  immaterial.  As  Mr.  Guttman  had 
pointed  out,  very  little  was  known  about  the  subject ;  and  it 
was  to  be  hoped  that  the  report  of  a  Special  Commission 
which  had  been  at  work  in  Germany  for  something  like  two 
years,  would  throw  further  light  on  the  subject. 

Lieutenant-Col.  Cundill  remarked  that  last  year  only  one 
fatal  accident  had  occurred  due  to  the  manufacture  of 
explosives.  He  thought  that  statement  spoke  volumes  for 
the  care  exercised  by  the  manufacturers.  His  Department 
was  much  indebted  to  the  trade  for  the  way  in  which  any 
suggestions  made  by  them  before  the  Explosives  Act  came 
into  force  had  been  carried  out.  The  average  number  of 
deaths  iu  England  and  Wales  alone  caused  by  explosions  in 
manufacture  in  the  seven  years  preceding  the  introduction  of 
the  Act  was  39 '5,  the  average  was  now  something  under 
eight  for  the  United  Kingdom.  Iu  1890  there  were  eight 
deaths,  but  those  were  all  in  one  factory;  and  the  accident 
which  caused  the  one  death  in  1891,  was  due  to  a  man 
hammering  a  cast-iron  die-plate  with  a  steel  punch  in  a 
building  where  there  was  gunpowder,  this  being  a  flagrant 
violation  of  the  statutory  rules. 

After  some  observations  from  Mr.  Otto  Hehnkk  : 

Mr.  Guttmanx  in  reply  said  that  the  suggestion  of 
Mr.  Philip  to  use  paraffin  for  effecting  the  better  separation 
of  nitroglycerin  from  the  waste  acids,  had  not,  to  his 
knowledge,  been  tried  with  nitroglycerin,  but  it  had  been 
tried  with  picric  acid.  He  knew  of  a  case  wdiere  it  had 
been  used  for  many  years  for  separating  the  picric  acid,  but 
he  had  recently  seen  a  sample  of  a  compound  which  had 
been  found  during  such  separation,  which  was  a  dangerous 
one.  He  had  been  asked  to  make  experiments  with  this 
substance  as  an  explosive,  but  it  smelt  so  decidedly  acid, 
that  he  requested  that  it  should  be  taken  back  as  soon  as 
possible  and  washed.  He  had  carefully  considered  Pro- 
fessor Oliver  Lodge's  system  of  lightning  conductors.  The 
idea,  however,  was  not  new.  A  Belgian  (Mr.  Melsens)  was 
was  the  first  to  make  lightning  conductors  in  that  manner. 
Professor  Zenger  of  Prague  had  developed  it,  and  it  had 
been  very  extensively  tried  by  the  Austrian  military 
authorities.  In  that  country,  in  the  mountain  region  of  the 
Karst,  a  thunderstorm  occurred  nearly  every  day,  and  the 
lightning  struck  everything  above  ground.  They  had  a 
number  of  exposed  forts  and  military  stores  there,  containing 
gunpowder,  ammunition,  ready-made  shells,  &c,  and  it  was 
not  a  pleasant  feeling  to  find  there  thiugs  exposed  to  such 
thunderstorms.  They  had  tried  the  wire  cage  system  and 
it  was  found  to  be  a  very  effective  protection.  Col.  Pb. 
Hess  placed  in  such  a  cage  one  of  the  bridge  detonators 
employed  for  military  purposes,  which  are  so  sensitive  that 
the  smallest  amount  of  electricity  would  fire  them,  and  he 
could  not  get  an  explosion  although  he  applied  the  sparks  of 
a  W'imhurst  machine.  So  far  no  more  had  been  heard 
about  the  practical  application  of  this  system.  As  to 
Mr.  de  Mosenthal's  observations,  he  would  just  mention 
that  the  broom  stick  question  had  been  discussed  in  that 
room  by  Dr.  Dupre.  If  he  remembered  rightly  it  was  in 
connexion  with  kinetite,  an  explosive  which  it  had  been 
attempted  to  introduce  iu  this  country.  For  a  long  time  the 
English  Government  would  not  pass  it,  on  the  ground  that 
it  was  not  safe.  This  the  agent  of  the  firm  who  introduced 
the  explosive  tried,  in  that  room,  to  explain  was  not  the  case. 
He  remembered  reading  Dr.  Dupre's  speech  on  that  occasion, 
iu  which  he  stated  that  everything  in  the  hands  of  a  man 
who  was  willing  went  all  right,  but  that  if  any  person  who 
was  uot  conversant  with  the  matter  struck  the  substance 
with  a  broom  stick  on  a  wooden  floor  it  would  go  off.  He 
believed  that  any  explosive  which  Dr.  Dupre  had  tested, 
did  uot  fail  to  explode  when  strucK  with  a  broom  stick. 
Lastly,  he  would  deal  with  Mr.  Hehncr's  observations.  He 
(Mr.  Guttmann)  had  often  discussed  the  question  of 
glycerin  with  Mr.  Hehner,  and  he  was  aware  that  Mr. 
llehner  held  that  a  small  quantity   of  chlorine,    acid,    or 


212 


THE    JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  si,  1892. 


aldehydes  in  glyceriu  was  not  very  important ;  yet  he 
believed  he  expressed  the  opinion  of  manufacturers  wheD 
he  stated  that  they  held  the  opposite  view.  Mr.  Hehner 
had  said  that  experience  was  the  principal  thing  to  be  taken 
into  consideration,  and  the  experience  of  manufacturers 
showed  that  the  presence  of  chlorine  developed  hyponitric 
acid,  a  body,  the  formation  of  which  they  desired  to  avoid 
as  much  as  possible.  The  same  remarks  applied  to 
aldehydes  and  poly-glycerins.  It  was  probably  these 
constituents  that  formed  the  amount  of  organic  matter  in 
the  residue.  If  1  per  cent,  of  organic  matter  was  present  in 
the  residue,  there  was  sure  to  be  a  smaller  yield  of  nitro- 
glycerin, and  a  larger  development  ot  nitric  peroxide. 


THE  ACID  ACTION  01?  DRAWING  PAPER  OF 
DIFFERENT  MAKES. 

P.Y    DR.    T.    XOCMIS    ET.tXS    AND    DR.    QVIRIN    WIRT/. 

In  the  proceedings  of  the  Chemical  Society  of  Februarv  4, 
1892  (Session  1891—1892,  20),  an  article  "appeared  under 
the  above  heading  by  Prcfessor  W.  X.  Hartley,  F.B  S. 

On  reading  it  we  were  surprised  to  find  that  the  author 
had  discovered  free  sulphuric  acid  in  drawing  papers  manu- 
facturedby  such  celebrated  makers  as  Whatman,  Saunders, 
Hollingwortiis,  and  Arnold. 

Papers  of  both  old  and  recent  manufacture  are  said  to 
have  contained  free  acid  in  spite  of  the  well-known  fact  that 
the  merest  trace  of  free  sulphuric  acid  will  rapidly  change 
cellulose  into  the  brittle  hydrocellulose,  completely  spoiling 
a  paper  containing  it. 

Professor  Hartley  further  tries  to  trace  the  free  acid  to 
the  souring  of  the  materials  after  bleaching,  and  state?  that 
linen  fibres,*  even  when  steeped  frequently  in  pure  distilled 
water,  persistently  retain  traces  of  free  acid. 

But  how  does  such  treatment  as  this  compare  with  mill 
practice  ?  This,  as  a  rule,  is  somewhat  as  follows :  after 
being  soured  with  a  little  sulphuric  acid  the  materials  are 
circulated  and  washed  with  a  large  stream  of  hard  spring 
water  for  about  four  hours,  and  thus  any  trace  of  acid  that 
might  otherwise  be  left  in  the  fibres  is  neutralised.  If  we 
examine  the  reactions  on  which  Professor  Hartley  bases  his 
opinion  that  free  acid  is  present  in  the  papers  that  he 
examined  ;  we  find,  as  a  well-known  fact,  that  the  two 
indicators,  namely,  litmus  and  helianthin,  used  by  him 
show  an  acid  reaction  when  brought  in  contact  with  pure 
potassium  alum.  Now  such  alum  is  almost  invariably  used 
in  sizing  high-class  papers  with  animal  size,  the  object  of 
its  use,  being  to  reduce  the  adhesiveness  of  the  gelatine,  on 
which  also  it  acts  as  in  antiseptic. 

The  question  which  we  will  next  attempt  to  answer  is 
this  :  Did  not  Professor  Hartley  mistake  the  alum  reaction 
for  that  of  free  acid  ? 

In  order  to  answer  this  in  a  satisfactory  manner  we  wrote 
to  the  manufacturers  of  Whatman's  paper,  and  asked  them 
to  kindly  send  us  some  sheets  of  the  same  four  qualities  of 
paper  as  those  which  Professor  Hartley  had  examined. 
These  we  tested  as  follows :  —  50  grms.  of  each  of  the 
papers  was  seven  or  eight  times  treated  with  boiling  water 
until  all  soluble  matter  was  extracted  and  no  residue  was 
left  on  evaporating  a  small  quantity  of  the  water.  The 
extract  so  obtained  was  concentrated  by  evaporation  and 
then  made  up  with  distdled  water  to  200  ec.  Both  the 
original  dilute  solution  and  the  concentrated  were  found  acid 
to  litmus,  but  both  were  neutral  to  Congo  red,  which,  as  is 
well  known,  is  unaffected  by  alum,  but  is  turned  blue  by  the 
smallest  trace  of  free  acid.  Asa  further  proof  of  the  absence 
of  free  acid  we  determined  the  total  sulphuric  acid 
present  in  one  portion  of  the  concentrated  extract,  ami 
evaporated  another  portion  todrynesson  the  water-bath  and 


'  Hi.-  papers  we  examined  contained  more  cotton  than  linen. 


the  residue  obtained  was  fused  with  hydrogen  potassium 
sulphate.  The  mass  was  then  dissolved  in  a  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  the  amount  of  alumina,  lime,  and  magnesia 
determined. 

Results  of  Analysis  Expressed  in  Percentage  of 
Weight  of  Paper  Analysed. 

Whatman's  Drawing  Papers. 

Double  Elephant. 
Found. 

PerCent.  Per  Cent. 

S03...  0*8025 

A1203..  0*1328  (trace  Fe203)  calculated  as  potash  alum  SO.,..  0*4183 
CaO...  0  „  CaSi  >,  „       O'-'tisi 

5Ii?0..  0-093!  „  MgSOj 


0-8688 
Total  si  >3  found 0*8025 

Deficiency 00663 


Found. 


Imperial  110  lbs. 


Per  Cent. 


Percent. 
Sii:  ...  0-5635 

AIM...  0-0548  (trace  Fe303)  calculated  as  potash  alum  S03..  0-171S 
CaO...  0-2261  „  CaSO<  „  0*3234 
MgO..  0-01*5  „  MgSO,  |389 


0-5241 
Total  S03  found o*5US5 


Excess 0*0444 

Imperial  9G  /6s. 
Found. 

Percent.  PerCent. 

SO '652  i 

AlaOs..  0*0940  ( trace FcjOj)  calculated aspotash alum  SO.,..  0*294  I 

CaO -2648  „  CaSn,  „       0*3783 

MgO..  0*0153  „  MgSO,  „       0*0306 

0  TOSS 

Total  S03  found 0*6520 

Deficiency 0*0515 

Imperial  72  Lbs. 
Found. 

Per  Cent.  per  Cent 

mi  ...  0*6939 
AlaO3..0*08i0  I  trace  of  Fc303)  calculated  as  potash  alum  S03.  .0*1037 

CaO. ..0*2812  „  „  1     *0 0*4017 

MgO.. .0*0561  „  „  Mjsij, o*1122 

0-IU76 
Total  S03  found 0*5939 

Deficiency 0*0237 

The  calculations  were  made  as  follows  :  — 

From  the  amount  of  alumina  found  the  amount  of  potash 
alum  present  was  calculated,  and  the  sulphuric  acid  (S03) 
it  would  contain  deducted  from  the  total  acid  found.  The 
amounts  of  sulphuric  acid  necessary  to  combine  with  the 
calcium  oxide  and  magnesia  found  were  also  deducted  from 
the  total.  We  found  in  three  cases  out  of  four  the  amount 
of  acid  required  to  combine  with  all  the  bases  was  slightly 
deficient,  possibly  indicating  the  presence  of  a  basic  alum. 
In  the  case  of  the  Imperial  140  lb.,  which  we  analysed 
twice  with  agreeing  results,  we  cau  only  suppose  that  there 
was  an  excess  of  alkali  bases  which  we  did  not  determine, 
as  the  paper  and  extract  were  basic  to  Congo  paper. 
Although  it  is  possible  that  alum,  even  when  basic  and 
present  iu  small  quantities,  may  act  on  certain  colours,  such 
as  ultramarine,  it  would,  in  the  absence  of  experimental 
data,  be  hazardous  to  express  an  opinion  as  to  the  nature 
and  extent  of  such  action. 


■=*=**<*cc'?e««*'= 


March  81, 1892,]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


213 


THE  ACID  ACTION  OF  DRAWING  PAPERS. 

BY    C.    F.    CROSS    AND    E.    .T.    BEVAN. 

Is  a  recent  communication  to  the  Chemical  Society  (Proc, 
Chem.  Soc.  1892,  19)  Professor  W.  N.  Hartley  has  culled 
attention  to  the  "  acid  action  "  of  drawing  papers.  After 
examining  representative  specimens — chiefly  "  Whatman  " 
papers — he  arrives  at  the  following  conclusions  : — 

1.  That  the  majority  of  papers  of  this  class  show  an  acid 
reaction.  2.  That  the  acid  reaction  is  due  to  the  presence 
of  free  acid.  3.  That  this  acid  is  sulphuric  acid  left  in 
the  "  fibre  "  (rags)  through  imperfect  washing  after  the 
process  of  souring.  4.  That  this  conclusion  from  the 
results  of  analysis  is  supported  by  the  observation  of 
the  difficulty  of  removing  sulphuric  acid  from  linen  fibre  by 
successive  and  exhaustive  treatments  with  pure  water. 

It  would  occur  to  anyone  familiar  with  the  technology  of 
paper-making  that  Professor  Hartley  was  unaware  that  the 
details  of  manufacture  render  his  conclusions  in  the  highest 
degree  improbable,  and  that  therefore  the  evidence  upon 
which  they  are  based  should  have  been  proportionately 
unimpeachable. 

To  these  conclusions,  taken  in  order,  we  will  oppose  the 
results  of  our  own  experience  in  regard  to  these  papers, 
which  afford  a  much  simpler  and,  a  priori,  more  probable 
explanation  of  the  acidity  which  Professor  Hartley  has 
observed. 

1.  The  reactions  of  these  papers,  if  and  when  acid  to 
certain  indicators,  such  as  those  employed  by  Professor 
Hartley,  are  basic  to  others,  e.g.,  methyl  orange  and  Congo 
red.  i.  That  the  apparent  "  acidity  "  is  due  to  the  presence 
of  a  basic  sulphate  of  alumina,  alum  being  an  essential 
constituent  of  the  mixture  used  in  sizing  these  papers. 
:i.  That  in  the  making  of  the  "  Whatman  "  papers  no  free 
acid   could    survive   the   long    process    of  washing   of  the 

n  .I  rags.     They  are  in  fact  treated  for  3  to  4  hours  in  an 

"  engine  "  with  a  continuous  stream  of  the  exceptionally 
hard  water  of  the  district  (Maidstone).  4.  In  the  "What- 
man "  papers  cotton  and  not  linen  (flax)  cellulose  is  the 
preponderating  constituent. 

To  bring  the  matter,  however,  to  a  more  direct  experi- 
mental issue  we  procured  samples  of  the  following  makes  of 
"Whatman"  paper,  which  were  submitted  to  examina- 
tion : — 

1.  Imperial 140  lb.  1891. 

2.  Imperial 721b.  1892. 

3.  Imperial 96  1b.  1892. 

4.  Double  Elephant 1331b.  1892. 

These  papers  all  showed  a  distinctly  acid  reaction  with 
litmus  and  cochineal.  The  aqueous  extracts  from  weighed 
quantities  of  the  papers  were  titrated  with  standard  alkali 
in  presence  of  litmus  as  indicator  ;  the  results  are  given 
below,  calculated  to  100  grms.  of  the  papers  :  — 

1.  Required  to  neutralise  l'S  CO.  normal  NaOH 

2.  „  , 2'3  cc. 

3.  „  , 1-3  cc.  „ 

1.  „  „         4-S  cc.  „ 

With  carefully  neutralised  solutions  of  Congo  red  and 
methyl  orange  on  the  other  hand,  the  papers,  as  well  as  the 
aqueous  extracts,  gave  a  distinctly  basic  reaction. 

Analysis  of  the  aepjeous  extracts  showed  that  they  con- 
tained in  each  case  a  basic  sulphate  of  alumina,  and 
estimations  of  alumina  showed  that  the  quantities  present 
were  approximately  in  the  ratio  of  the  above  results  of 
titration. 

Papers  (1)  and  (4)  were  further  treated  with  pure 
absolute  alcohol.  After  evaporating  the  alcohol,  the 
residues  were  treated  with  water,  and  the  solutions,  basic  to 
methyl  orange,  were  titrated  with  standard  acid.  Calcu- 
lating the  results  on  100  grms.  paper: — 

1.  Required  to  neutralise 0"G  cc.  norma]  acid. 

4.  „  „        0"5  cc.  „ 

It  is  sufficiently  proved  by  these  results  that  the  papers 
do  not  contain  free  acid ;  on  the  other  hand,  that  they  do 


contain  sulphate  of  alumina,  but  in  the  form  of  a  basic  salt 
with  a  ratio  S03:AI.,0;, ;  certainly  less  than  5:2.  (Com- 
pare this  Journal,  1886,  73  ;    1889,  253.) 

We  do  not  deny  of  course  tint  papers  may  contaiu  free 
acid,  and  it  is  not  for  us  to  say  that  the  papers  examined 
by  Professor  Hartley  did  not  contain  tree  acid.  What  is 
certain,  however,  and  what  we  desire  to  emphasise,  is  that 
the  evidence  adduced  by  him  being  merely  that  of  an  acid 
reaction,  is  no  proof  whatever  of  the  presence  of  free  acid. 
We  now  suggest  the  only  probable  explanation  consistent 
with  the  experience*  of  specialists,  and  with  the  results  of 
examination  of  fair,  trade  samples  of  the  particular  papers 
which  he  has  found  to  possess  the  serious  defect  in 
question,  and  Professor  Hartley  will  no  doubt  take  this 
suggestion  into  consideration  in  any  further  investigations 
on  this  subject. 

We  may  now  look  a  little  more  generally  at  the  important 
questions  opened  up  by  the  communication  which  we  have 
found  it  necessary  thus  to  criticise. 

1st.  Is  the  "  acidity  "  of  a  sulphate  of  alumina  more  or 
less  basic — which  we  take  to  represent  a  normal  acidity  of 
hard-sized  papers  —  prejudicial  to  the  permanence  of 
pigments  applied  in  the  form  of  water  colours  to  the  paper 
coutainiug  this  salt  ?  The  answer  to  this  must  come  from 
those  who  have  made  a  special  study  of  pigments  in 
relation  to  the  conditions  under  which  they  have  to 
struggle,  so  to  speak,  to  retain  their  beauty  unimpaired. 

2ndly.  Admitting  for  the  moment  that  the  condition  of 
"  acidity  "  does  prejudice  the  life  of  pigments,  is  it  in  the 
power  of  the  paper  maker  to  suppress  this  acidity  without 
prejudicing  on  the  other  hand  the  quality  of  his  paper  qua 
paper  ? 

To  this  question  we  can  give  an  answer  based  upon 
experience.  Most  of  the  high-class  papers  made  in  the 
Kentish  district  are  finished  with  a  neutral  or  slightly  basic 
reaction.  There  is  every  reason,  a  priori,  why  this  should 
be  so.  The  souring  of  bleached  rags  is  an  exceptional 
treatment,  and,  this  excluded,  the  treatment  which  the  rags 
undergo,  i.e.,  boiling  and  bleaching,  are  uniformly  with 
alkaline  or  basic  reagents.  The  alum  of  the  size  is  then  the 
only  contributor  of  acid,  and  to  its  action  is  opposed,  [in 
addition  to  the  basic  residues  from  the  above  treatments, 
that  of  the  exceptionally  hard  waters  (14 — 20  grms.  CaC03 
per  gallon)  used  in  the  manufacture — aud  we  may  reckon 
at  the  very  lowest  5,000  gals,  per  ton  of  paper  used  on  the 
machine  —  and  also  that  of  the  soap,  which  is  a  usual 
ingredient  of  the  mixture  used  in  sizing. 

Thus  at  Messrs.  Joynson's  mills,  St.  Mary  Cray,  where 
the  process  of  souring  the  rags  is  seldom  resorted  to,  the 
papers  produced,  including  the  drawing  paper,  finish  with  a 
neutral  or  slightly  basic  (to  litmus)  reaction. 

At  Messrs.  Balston's  mill,  where  the  ■'  Whatman  "  papers 
are  made,  the  souring  process  is  practised ;  but  the 
condition  of  the  subsequent  treatments  are  so  adjusted  that 
the  alum  used  in  the  sizing  is  reduced  to  the  condition  of 
a  basic  sulphate  in  the  finished  paper. 

Our  final  conclusions  are  therefore  these — 

(1.)  The  "  acidity  "  of  drawing  and  other  papers — when 
normally  acid — is  not  due  to  the  presence  of  free  acid,  but 
to  sulphate  of  alumina,  always  more  or  less  "  basic,"  but 
with  reactions  which  are  acid  to  certain  indicators. 

(2.)  That  if  shown  to  be  a  defect  in  relation  to  any 
uses  for  which  the  papers  are  intended,  the  acidity  may  be 
suppressed  by  the  adoption  of  very  simple  expedients, 
without  prejudice  to  the  qualities  of  the  papers. 

Discussion. 

Mr.  Wm.  Thorp  had  not  heard  the  original  paper,  and 
therefore  was  not  fully  informed  on  the  subject.  His 
experience  had  been  that  it  was  easier  to  get  chemicals  into 
fibres  than  to  get  them  out.  lie  had  first  encountered  the 
question  in  the  case  of  water  analysis  some  years  ago, 
when  it  had  been  necessary  to  free  filter-paper  from 
ammonia.     He  had  passed   many  litres   of  water,  free  from 

*  The  sum  of  tlis  evidence  adduced  by  Professor  Hartley  is  the 
acid  reaction  together  with  precipitation  <>i  BaSO«in  adding  BaCl2 
to  the  aqueous  exhaust.  The  ii  priori  interpretation  of  this  evidence 
should  have  been  the  presence  of  a  sulphate  having  acid  reactions. 


214 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[March  31, 1892. 


ammonia,  through  a  filter,  and  the  ammonia  was  present  in 
the  filtrate  to  the  end  of  the  chapter.  That  led  him  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  ammonia  was  present  inside  the  fibre 
of  the  paper,  and  required  time  for  removal.  The  difficulty 
was  overcome  by  soaking  the  filters  for  some  days  in  water 
free  from  ammonia,  then,  on  using  them  without  drying, 
they  imparted  no  ammonia  to  the  filtrate.  His  remarks 
were  made,  not  so  much  as  a  criticism  of  the  paper,  but  as 
a  hint  to  those  present  as  to  the  difficulty  of  removing 
soluble  substances  from  fibres. 

Dr.  Samuel  Rideal  thought  that  the  authors'  statements 
came  rather  late  in  the  day.  He  was  under  the  impression 
that  the  last  numbers  of  the  Chemical  News  and  Proceediugs 
of  the  Chemical  Society  contained  a  paper  by  another 
author,  who  stated  that  the  presence  of  sulphuric  acid  was 
probably  due  to  alum  being  present  in  the  fibre  of  the 
paper.  There  was  one  point  which  had  not  been  raised  by 
the  authors,  and  which  was  mentioned  in  the  discussion  on 
the  original  paper  by  Professor  Hartley,  namely,  whether  it 
might  not  have  been  possible  that  the  papers  had  absorbed 
sulphuric  acid  from  the  air.  That  would  exonerate  the 
manufacturers,  but  at  the  same  time  render  it  possible  for 
sulphuric  acid  to  be  present.  He  had  been  offered  a  sample 
of  Whatman's  paper,  made  in  1837,  and  he  would  be  very 
glad  to  present  it  to  the  authors  of  the  paper  if  it  could  be 
of  any  use  to  them. 

Mr.  Joseph  Arnold,  as  a  manufacturer  of  one  of  the 
papers  mentioned,  would  like  to  state  that  no  acid  whatever 
had  been  used  in  the  manufacture  of  his  papers,  they  were 
simply  made  of  linen  and  cotton  rags  washed  in  pure  water, 
no  acid,  chlorine,  or  chemical  of  any  kind  being  used.  He 
could  not,  therefore,  understand  how  Professor  Hartley 
could  find  acid  in  his  (Mr.  Arnold's')  paper. 

Mr.  W.  F.  Anderson,  as  one  who  had  had  a  wide 
experience  in  making  drawings,  wrould  like  to  say  that  he 
was  always  under  the  impressiou  that  drawing  paper  was 
made  of  linen,  and  cartridge  paper  of  cotton.  There  was  a 
very  great  difference  between  proper  drawing  paper  and 
cartridge  paper.  He  had  known  the  size  to  disappear  from 
the  paper,  and  had  in  fact  found  that  a  roll  of  drawing 
paper  invariably  got  spong)'  after  12  months,  owing  to  that 
cause.  Those  who  were  makers  of  drawing  paper  would 
do  well  to  look  into  that  point.  He  did  not  know  what  the 
paper  mentioned  by  Dr.  Rideal  made  in  1837  could  be.  If 
he  was  right  in  his  suspicions,  it  would  be  little  better 
than  blotting  paper  now. 

Dr.  Rideal  thought  it  would  be  interesting  to  see 
whether  the  paper  referred  to  contained  any  alum,  i.e., 
whether  the  sizing  had  been  rendered  antiseptic  by  the 
addition  of  alum.  As  the  paper  referred  to  had  been 
exposed  in  a  stable  for  20  years,  any  sulphuric  acid  which 
might  have  been  present  would  probably  he  found  as 
ammonium  sulphate. 

Mr.  R.  Gallon  explained  that  the  reason  why  paper 
became  spongy  was  that  it  was  not  kept  properly.  Paper  was 
a  most  delicate  substance  to  keep  in  working  order,  and  after 
a  few  j'ears  the  size  would  be  affected  by  damp,  and 
sponginess  and  spottiness  would  ensue. 

Mr.  Bevan,  in  reply,  said  that  with  reference  to  Mr. 
Thorp's  observation  as  tc  the  difficulty  of  removing  chemicals 
from  fibre,  he  would  like  to  point  out  that  this  difficulty 
chiefly  applied  to  solutions  of  an  alkaline  nature.  It  was 
well  known  that  it  was  extremely  hard  to  remove  caustic 
soda  from  cellulose,  but  it  was  a  simple  matter  with  acid. 
The  process  to  which  rags  were  subjected  was  much  more 
drastic  than  any  laboratory  treatment.  The  rags  were 
broken  up  until  they  formed  almost  a  milk  in  the  water. 
Referring  to  Dr.  Rideal's  remarks  as  to  the  possibility  of 
the  paper  being  acid  on  account  of  the  action  of  sulphurous 
acid  derived  from  coal-gas,  if  the  facts  were  as  he  (Dr. 
Rideal)  had  stated,  Professor  Hartley  ought  to  set  the 
matter  right,  so  as  to  exonerate  the  paper-maker.  He 
(Ml.  Bevan)  presumed  that  Mr.  Arnold's  statement  that 
no  chemicals  were  used  in  the  manufacture  of  his  paper 
referred  to  the  first  treatment  of  the  rags.     He  supposed 


Mr.  Arnold  would  not  wish  it  to  be  understood  that  no 
chemicals  were  used  in  the  sizing.  (Mr.  Arnold  remarked 
that  chemicals  were  used  in  the  sizing.)  He  (Mr.  Bevan) 
would  point  out  that  certain  makes  of  paper,  such  as 
Joynson's,  not  only  contained  no  free  acid,  but  actually 
gave  a  slightly  alkaline  action  to  certain  reagents. 


-~nuQQQr»y»» 


explosive:  nitrates  from  the  jute  fibre. 

by  c.  f.  cross  and  e.  j.  bevan. 

In  a  recent  issue  of  Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  283,  88,  we  read  a 
communication  by  Otto  Mulhiiuser  under  the  title,  "  Die 
Jute  ein  Rohstoff  fur  Shiesswolle." 

Following  the  appearance  of  this  communication,  we 
observe  that  the  journal  "Industries,"  1892,  236,  gives 
prominence  to  an  abstract  of  the  author's  results  under  the 
title,  "  Nitrojute,  a  New  Explosive." 

Those  who  have  studied  the  chemistry  and  chemical 
technology  of  the  jute  fibre  will,  with  ourselves,  be  anxious 
to  discover  what  Dr.  Mulhauser  has  contributed  to  the 
advance  of  either,  or  both*  The  substance  of  the  commu- 
nication in  question  we  take  to  be  the  quantitative  study  of 
some  four  preparations  of  the  well-known  explosive  nitrates 
obtainable  from  this  fibre.  The  conditions  of  "  nitration  " 
chosen  were  a  comparatively  long  immersion  in  the  nitrating 
acid,  the  composition  of  which  (ratio  H2S04  :  HN03)  was 
varied,  as  was  also  the  proportion  of  acid  to  fibre.  With 
the  long  exposure  (3 — 4  hours)  to  the  nitrating  acid,  there 
is,  as  the  author  states,  a  disintegration  of  the  fibre  bundles, 
and  the  nitration  is  attended  by  secondary  decomposition 
and  conversion  into  products  soluble  in  the  acid  mixtures. 
These  facts  were  fully  described  by  ourselves  some  few 
years  ago  (Chem.  Soc.  J.  55,  202),  and  from  them  we 
concluded  that  the  highest  yield  of  nitrate  is  represented  by 
an  increase  of  weight  of  55  per  cent.,  corresponding  approxi- 
mately with  the  formation  of  a  tetranitrate  of  the  ligno- 
cellulose,  which  latter  we  formulate  for  statistical  purposes 
as  C1::H,s09.  In  this  product  the  general  structural  features 
of  the  original  fibres  are  preserved.  This  high  yield  is  only 
obtained  with  exposures  of  short  duration:  in  fact,  after 
15  minutes'  immersion  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  decom- 
position is  usually  seen  to  ensue  with  liberation  of  gas  and 
the  appearance  of  nitrous  fumes. 

In  Miilhauser's  experiments  it  is  evident,  from  the 
conditions  of  the  treatment  and  from  the  low  yield  of  the 
products  (130  per  cent.),  and  from  the  disintegration  of  the 
fibre  bundles,  that  such  secondary  decompositions  took 
place,  and  that  the  products  probably,  therefore,  approxi- 
mate to  derivatives  of  cellulose  rather  than  of  the  ligno- 
cellulose,  the  more  oxidisable  "  non-cellulose  "  or  lignone 
constituents  having  suffered  decomposition. 

The  author,  in  fact,  regards  his  product  as  a  cellulose 
pentanitrate— C15HI505(ONO.:>)5,  but  appears  to  consider  it 
unnecessary  to  account  for  the  intermediate  steps  by  which 
such  a  product  has  been  obtained  from  a  compound  cellulose 
(of  the  approximate  formula  n.C13H1809).  We  have 
suggested  the  above  explanation  on  the  basis  of  our  own 
researches,  and  hope  that  it  may  receive  due  consideration 
in  any  further  investigations  which  the  author  may  carry 
out  on  the  subject. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  technological  application,  we 
have  always  failed  to  see  any  advantage  in  the  lignilied 
textile  fibres  as  raw  materials  for  explosive  nitrates. 

There  are  a  large  number  of  raw  materials  approximating 
more  or  less  to  a  pure  cellulose  which  can  be  obtained  at 
from  10?.  to  25/.  a  ton,  and  which  will  yield  on  treatment 
from  150  to  170  per  cent,  of  explosive  nitrate,  superior  in 
explosive  power  and  stability  to  the  products  obtainable 
from  jute  ct  similia.  In  our  opinion,  therefore,  the  applica- 
tion of  the  latter  is  not  within  the  range  of  practical 
consideration. 


*  Dr.  Miilhauser's  views  of  the  constitution  of  the  jute  fibre  as  a 
chemical  individual1  are  hardly  reconcilable  with  our  own  (Chem. 
Soc.  J.  1880,  C«6  i  1SS2,  90  ;  1889, 199 :  Chem.  News,  77) 


starch  si,  1892.]      THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


215 


Ou  the  other  baud,  there  are  certain  raw  fibrous  materials 
which  yield  nitrates  of  very  ditinctive  characteristics,  e.g. , 
the  Sunn  hemp  (Crotalana  Jitncea)  and  the  Madar  fibre* 
(bast  fibre  of  Calotropis  gigantea).  These  certainly  invite 
investigation,  both  from  the  scientific  and  practical  point  of 
view,  and  we  hope  that  Dr.  Miilhauser  will  extend  his 
investigations  to  include  these  and  other  raw  materials,  as 
also  to  clear  up  some  of  the  points  which  he  has  left 
untouched  in  his  study  of  the  "  nitration  "  of  the  jute  fibre. 


BETTING'S  BALANCE. 

EXHIBITED    BY    MESSES.    GROSSCURTH   AND    LUBOLDT. 

This  balance  aims  at  two  ends.  One,  securing  greater 
accuracy  by  reason  of  non-exposure  of  the  working  parts 
during  the  operations  of  weighing.  The  second,  preserving 
the  weights  from  the  inevitable  wear  and  tear  which  constant 
handling  entails,  and  also  to  facilitate  the  speed  at  which 
weighing  can  be  performed. 

The  beam  is  stiffened  in  an  upward  direction,  and  the 
possibility  of  its  bending  reduced  to  a  minimum.  The  planes 
are  all  of  agate. 

The  weights  are  made  to  rest,  when  not  upon  the  pan, 
on  forked  levers  worked  from  the  outside.  The  same 
method  is  employed  for  the  riders,  so  that  the  minimum  of 
exposure  and  the  maximum  of  convenience  are  gained.  A 
provisional  specification  has  been  filed. 


ittanrijesstn*  Section. 


Chairman :  Ivan  Levinstein. 

Vice-Chairman :  Edw.  Schunck. 

Committee : 


J.  Angell. 
(i.  H.  Bailey. 
R.  F.  Carpenter, 
(i.  E.  Davis. 
H.  Griuishaw. 
Harold  B.  Dixon. 


J.  Grossmann. 

P.  Hart. 

A.  Liebraann. 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P. 

C.  Truby. 

D.  "Watson. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary : 

,T.  Carter  Bell. 
Bank  House,  The  Cliff,  Higher  Broughton,  Manchester. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held  Friday,  February  oth,  1892. 


MR.    IVAN    LEVINSTEIN    IN   THE    CHAIR. 


A  discussion  took  place  on  the  New  Building  Bye-Laws, 
1890 — 1891,  issued  by  the  Manchester  Corporation,  in  the 
course  of  which  it  was  pointed  out  that  annoyance  and 
injury  would  be  inflicted  on  those  engaged  in  the  chemical 
and  allied  trades  if  they  were  compelled  to  submit  plans  of 
apparatus  and  plant  before  erecting  them.  It  was  also 
contended  that  the  word  "building,"  as  used  in  the  bye- 
laws,  was  intended  to  refer  only  to  public  builaings,  ware- 
houses, shops,  and  residences,  and  not  to  chemical  works 


•  See  Report  on  Indian  Fibres  by  Cross,  Bevan,  and  King,  E.  and 
F.  N.  Spon,  1887. 


or  the  plant  therein  ;  and  a  desire  was  expressed  to  obtain 
au  authoritative  definition  of  the  term  "  building  "  from  the 
Corporation. 

Finally  the  following  resolutions  were  passed : — 

1.  "That,  in  the  opinion  of  this  meeting  of  the  Man- 
chester Section  of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry,  annoy- 
ance will  be  caused  and  injury  inflicted  on  all  persons 
engaged  in  the  chemical  and  allied  industries  if  the  bye- 
laws  of  the  Manchester  Corporation,  1890  and  1891, 
referring  to  new  streets  and  buildings  be  interpreted  by  the 
Corporation  as  also  applicable  to  plant." 

2.  "  That  the  Chemical  Section  of  the  Manchester 
Chamber  of  Commerce  be  requested  to  consider  the  Bye- 
Laws  of  the  Manchester  Corporation  of  1890 — 1891,  refer- 
ing  to  new  streets  and  buildings,  so  far  as  the  same  affect 
the  interests  of  those  engaged  in  the  chemical  and  allied 
industries." 


Errata. 

This  Journal,  1892  (February  Number),  page  1.11,  col.  1, 
19  lines  from  bottom  of  page,  after  the  word  "moisture," 
insert  the  following : — "makes  it  appear  probable  that  the 
action  is  one  of  oxidation.  The  following  word  "  That,"  to 
begin  a  fresh  sentence,  as  "  That  modification,"  &e. 

This  Journal,  1892  (January  Number),  page  8,  col.  1, 
the  last  line  should  read  : — 

"  „  „       unaltered,  G7s." 


^ottinsbam  £>nctom 


University  College,  Nottingham. 


F  Clowes. 
J.  B.  Coleman. 
C.  H.  Field. 
H.  Forth. 
E.  Francis. 
S.  J.  Pentecos 


Chairman :  L.  Archbutt. 
Committee : 

E.  W.  Small. 
H.  J.  Staples. 
C.  Taylor. 
Sir  John  Turney. 
J.  T.  Wood. 

Treasurer:  J.  M.  C.  Paton. 
Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 


R.  L.  Whiteley,  University  College,  Nottingham. 


Meeting  held  at  University  College  on  Friday, 
December  4th,  1891. 


THE  ESTIMATION  OF  SILICA  IN  CLAY, 

BY    L.    ARCHBUTT,    F.I.C.,    F.C.S. 

During  the  last  few  years,  at  least  two  writers  have  called 
attention  to  errors  inherent  iu  the  usual  process  for  deter- 
mining silica  in  silicates,  errors  which  have  not  recently 
been  discovered,  but  against  which  we  have  long  been 
warned,  but  perhaps  not  sufficiently,  by  Fresenius  at  any 
rate. 

George  Craig  (Chem.  News,  60,  227)  states  that  by 
fusing  pure  silica  or  siliceous  matter  with  mixed  alkaiine 
carbonates,  decomposing  with  1IC1,  and  evaporating  to 
dryness,  not  more  than  97"  5  per  cent,  of  the  silica  can  be 
found  in  the  insoluble  residue  left  on  dissolving  up,  and 
this  statement  has  led  James  P.  Gilbert  to  make  a  number 
of  experiments  with  silicates  of  different  compositions,  the 
results  of  which  are  given  in  a  valuable  paper  to  be  found 
in  the  Chem.  News,  61,  270  and  281. 

Gilbert's  experiments  show  that  in  the  analysis  of  silicates 
containing  AL03,  but  which  are  practically  free  from  CaO 
and  MgO,  dehydration,  even  at  the  high  temperature  of 
280°  0.|  will  not  prevent  some  milligrammes  of  the  silica 


216 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     tMareh8i.is». 


from  passing  into  the  filtrate,  so  that  in  accurate  analysis 
the  silica  in  the  filtrate  must  always  he  recovered:  and, 
secondly,  that  it  is  better  to  dehydrate  at  a  temperature  of 
100°  C,  hecause  the  silica  obtained  is  purer  by  dehydrating 
at  that  temperature  than  at  higher  temperatures,  and  quite 
as  much  is  rendered  insoluble. 

As  the  presence  of  TiOcin  clay  makes  it  always  necessary 
to  volatilise  the  silica  with  HF  after  weighing  it,  the 
presence  of  a  little  more  impurity  is  of  no  great  conse- 
quence ;  and  as  silica  cannot  be  prevented  from  passing 
into  the  filtrate,  it  seems  best  to  estimate  silica  on  a  separate 
quantity  of  clay,  and  to  estimate  the  other  chief  constituents 
in  a  portion  of  the  clay  from  which  all  silica  has  been 
removed  by  treatment  with  HF  and  H.2S04. 

It  has  been  pointed  out  by  L.  Smith  (Fres.  Quant.  Anal., 
Tth  edition,  1,  192  ^  that  the  silica  obtained  by  decomposing 
clay  by  means  of  KHS04  is  liable  to  contain  a  large  amount 
of  impurity  owing  to  the  formation  of  a  sparingly  soluble 
double  sulphate  of  Al  and  K,  but  I  was  not  prepared  to 
find  that  the  silica  obtained  by  this  method  is  liable  to  be 
considerably  below  the  truth. 

The  clays  which  were  subjected  to  analysis  contained 
SiO.:from  46  to  53  per  cent.,  Al.O,  from  21  to  24  per  cent., 
Fe.,03  from  7  to  13  per  cent.,  alkalis  from  2  to  3j  per 
cent.,  HoO  (combined  and  moisture)  from  8  to  10  per  cent., 
with  smaller  quantities  of  TiO;,  Fe( ».  C'aO,  and  MgO. 
1  grm.  of  the  clay,  rubbed  as  fine  as  possible  in  an  agate 
mortar,  was  fused  for  2  hours  with  10  grms.  of  pure 
KHS(>4  which  had  previously  been  fused  till  quite  calm. 
The  temperature  during  the  whole  time  of  the  fusion  was 
not  higher  than  that  required  to  maintain  the  contents  of 
the  covered  platinum  crucible  quite  fluid.  The  melt  was 
then  placed  in  cold  water  mixed  with  some  H2S04,  and  left 
to  dissolve.  The  insoluble  residue  was  washed  until  the 
washings  gave  no  precipitate  with  BaCls  even  on  standing, 
and  the  dried  siliceous  matter  was  ignited  at  the  highest 
temperature  of  the  muffle  until  constant  in  weight.  The 
SiOo  was  then  volatilised  with  HF  and  H2S04,  and  the 
residue  was  again  ignited  until  constant  in  weight.  The 
results  obtained  were  as  follows  : — 


Xo.  of 
Sample. 


Time 
fused. 


Residue  left  by  HF 
Pure  SiO.      calculated  as  i 

of  original  Clay. 


1  hour 

2  hours 


Per  Cent. 

4-0 

50-60 

4-3 

51-70 

3-0 

44-95 

S-35 

I9"2S 

355 

49-25 

13-00 

50*75 

4-5 

Wishing  to  obtain  a  confirmation  of  these  results,  I  deter- 
mined the  Si02  in  the  first  three  samples  by  the  mixed 
carbonates  method  carried  out  as  follows  : — 1  grm.  of 
the  finely-powdered  clay  was  fused  with  5  grms.  of  pure 
mixed  carbonates  and  a  little  KC103.  The  fusion  was 
extracted  with  water,  decomposed  with  excess  of  HO, 
and  dried  up  over  a  steam-bath,  the  solution  being  stirred 
well  just  at  the  last  to  reduce  the  residue  to  small  grains. 
The  dish  was  covered  with  a  clock  glass  and  placed  in  the 
air  oven  at  150  C.  for  one  hour.  It  was  then  allowed  to 
cool,  the  residue  was  treated  with  10  ec.  of  IIC1 
(1-11  sp.  gr.)  and  20  to  30  cc.  of  water,  and  heated  on  the 
steam  bath  for  a  short  time  in  the  covered  dish,  then 
dried  down  and  again  heated  to  150=  C  for  one  hour.  '1  he 
dry  residue  was  now  digested  with  20  cc.  HO  in  the 
coveted  dish  for  half  an  hour  at  a  gentle  heat,  then  water 
was  added,  and  the  dish  was  heated  on  the  steam  bath. 
Finally,  the  silica  was  filtered  off,  washed,  dried,  and 
weighed,  after  ignition  at  a  high  temperature  till  constant. 
The  SiO.;  was  then  volatilised  as  SiF^  and  the  residue  was 
weighed. 


The  following  results  were  obtained : — 


Xo.  of  Sample. 


Pure  Si02 


Residue  left  by 

HFar.d  H..SO,  oaleu- 

lated  as  per  Cent,  of 

the  Original  Clay. 


Per  Cent. 
51-15 


51-75 
4565 


0'45 


0-95 


It  will  be  seen  that  Xo.  2  clay  gave  the  same  result  by 
this  method  as  by  the  K1IS04  method;  but  Xos.  1  and  3 
gave  results  from  0  ■  5  to  0-7  per  cent,  higher.  At  this  stage 
the  work  had  to  be  set  aside  for  several  weeks,  and,  on 
resuming,  it  was  thought  desirable  to  try  the  effect  of 
decomposing  the  clays  by  fusion  with  mixed  carbonates 
and  then  evaporating  with  sulphuric  acid. 

It  was  decided,  however,  not  to  decompose  the  solution  of 
the  fusion  at  ones  with  H.,S04  and  evaporate,  because, 
according  to  Gilbert,  this  leads  to  obtaining  silica  which  is 
very  bulky  and  gelatinous.  The  solution  was  therefore  first 
evaporated  to  dryness  with  HO,  and  then  in  the  case  of 
Xo.  1  clay  20  cc.  of  pure  concentrated  H.2SOj  were  added, 
and  when  the  violent  effervescence  had  ceased  the  lid  was 
removed  from  the  dish  and  the  evaporation  was  carried  on 
until  HoSOj  fumes  were  evolved.  The  residual  contents  of 
the  dish  were  cooled,  treated  with  20  cc.  HO  (l'l)  and 
some  water,  and  digested  hot  for  one  hour,  then  filtered. 

It  was  observed  that  the  Si02  contained  small  lumps, 
which  were  not  altered  by  heating  with  HO.  In  the  case 
of  Xo.  2  clay,  25  cc.  of  sulphuric  acid  were  added  to  the 
dry  HO  residue,  and  when  action  had  ceased,  the  rod  and 
sides  of  the  dish  were  rinsed  down  with  water  and  the 
solution  evaporated  until  H.,80.,  fumes  came  off.  In  the 
case  of  Xo.  3  clay,  the  residue  left  by  evaporation  with 
HO  was  first  treated  with  enough  water  to  dissolve  up 
the  KO  and  NaO,  and  then  20  cc.  of  pure  sulphuric 
acid  were  added,  by  degrees,  to  avoid  loss  by  the  violent 
effervescence  which  occurred,  and  then  evaporated  till 
II  ^i  >,  fumes  came  off. 

The  SiO-.  obtained  in  each  of  these  experiments  was 
lumpy.  After  filtering  and  washing,  the  filtrates  were 
evaporated  and  again  heated  until  H;.S04  fumes  came  off 
strongly.  On  dissolving  up  in  HO  and  water  it  was  found 
in  each  case  that  a  further  small  quantity  of  silica  had 
been  rendered  insoluble.  This  further  quantity  was  weighed 
separately  in  the  case  of  Xo.  1,  but  in  Xos.  2  and  3  it  was 
added  to  the  main  quantity. 

The  following  results  were  obtained  :— 


Xo. 

Main 
SiO» 

SiO,  out 
of  Filtrate. 

Total  Ture 
SiOa 

Residue  left  by  HF 

and  H2S04  calculated 

as  per  Cent,  of 

Original  Clay. 

Out  of 
Main 

Silica. 

Out  of 
Second 

Silica. 

1 

Per  Cent. 

5D -02 

Per  Cent. 

o-so 

Per  Cent. 

51-32 

52  73 
1C-30 

1-4 

0-05 

3 

0 

0 

St 
99 

It  will  be  seen  that  these  results  are  from  0-17  to 
0-98  per  cent,  higher  than  the  last,  although  dehydration 
had  been  effected  by  heating  with  H;S04.  It  seemed  to 
me,  therefore,  that  the  reason  why  the  KHS04  method  first 
used  had  given  low-  results  might  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
clays  had  not  been  ignited  before  fusion,  and  that  the  water 
which  they  contained  had  never  been  completely  expelled 
at  the  temperature  of  the  fusion. 

To  test  this,  1  grm.  of  Xo.  1  clay  was  taken  first  heated  to 
strong  redness  for  10  minutes,  and  then  fused  with  KHS04  for 
2  j  hours  at  as  high  a  temperature  as  could  be  obtained  with- 
out driving  off  much  H2S04.  The  fusion  when  cold  was  heated 


March  31, 1892.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE   SOCIETY   OP   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


217 


with  HCl  (l'l)  and  water  in  about  equal  volumes,  instead 
of  treating  with  cold  dilute  H.,S04.  This  was  done  to  try 
and  obtain  a  purer  silica.  After  filtering  and  washing  the 
filtrate  was  evaporated  withiiocc.of  pure  concentrated  1 1  ;S(  >4 
and  heated  until  fumes  came  off  strongly  for  some  time. 
This  resulted  in  the  obtaining  of  a  little  more  silica,  which 
was  filtered  off.  The  filtrate  was  evaporated  a  second  time 
until  H.2SO.|  fumes  came  off  strongly,  and  again  dissolved 
up.  This  time  a  mere  trace  of  insoluble  matter  remained, 
it  was,  however,  filtered  off  and  the  two  recovered  traces 
were  weighed  separately.     The  result  obtained  was  : — 

PerCent.  Per  Cent. 

Pure  Si02  (main  quantity) . . .  50*96  plus  a  residue  of     4"(>9 
Pure  SiOa  (from  filtrates)  ...    0'45plus  a  residue  of     0*05 

Total  pur,.  SiOi 51-41 

It  seems  from  these  experiments  almost  hopeless  to  obtain 
by  a  single  dehydration  the  whole  of  the  silica,  and  I  have 
therefore  provisionally  adopted  the  following  method  as 
being  upon  the  whole  the  least  troublesome  and  th.-  most 
reliable. 

The  Process. 

1.  Strong  ignition  of  1  grin,  of  the  finely  powdered  clay. 

L\    Fusion  with  .3  grms.  of  pure  mixed  carbonates. 

3.  Extraction  with  water  (about  200  cc.),  acidifying  with 
HC1  in  good  excess,  and  evaporating  to  dryness  on  the 
steam-bath  in  a  porcelain  dish,  reducing  the  residue  to  small 
grains. 

4.  Heating  the  dish  and  dry  residue  in  an  air  oven  to 
150°  C.  for  1  hour. 

5.  Dissolving  up  in  HCl  and  water,  filtering,  and  washing 
the  silica. 

6.  Evaporating  the  filtrate  with  20  cc.  of  strong  H2SO.( 
till  fumes  are  evolved  very  strongly.  The  acid  will  fume 
before  it  is  fully  concentrated,  and  the  object  to  be  aimed  at 
is  to  heat  till  the  acid  is  fully  concentrated. 

7.  Dissolving  up  in  HCl  and  water,  filtering,  and  washing 
tin'  additional  small  quantity  of  silica. 

8.  Igniting  the  mixed  silicas  at  the  highest  temperature 
of  the  muffle  until  constant  in  weight.  Then  volatilising 
with  111-'  and  a  few  drops  of  H;8(J4,  and  igniting  the  residue 
till  constant  in  weight.  The  difference  is  pure  Si02.  The 
last  three  out  of  the  six  clays  were  treated  in  this  way,  but 
the  recovered  Si02  was  weighed  separately  for  information. 


PureSiOj  (perCent.) 


No. 


Residue  left  by  IIP. 

calculated  as  per  Cent. 

of  original  clay. 


1st  ppt. 

2nd  ppt, 

Total. 

1st  ppt. 

2nd  ppt. 

4 

50-72 

0-70 

51-42 

0-15 

0'G5 

5 

51-32 

0-90 

52-23 

0-15 

0-03 

6 

51-98 

0-40 

52-33 

11-21 

0-05 

For  easy  comparison   I  have  arranged  the   results  in  the 
following  table:  — 

Percentage  of  Puke  SiO.,  obtained. 


No 


Byfusi I' 

ununited  Clay 

witn  kiisi>; 

for  2  lirs.  at 

temperal  ure 

just  bigli 


By  fusion  of 
ignited  Clay 
with  IvIImi, 
nil-  21  Ins.  at 

higher 
temperature. 


enough  to  keep  anil  evaporating 
tin-  mass  filtrate  with 

Suite  fluid.     ,        II.SO4. 


By  fusion 

with  mixed 
Carbonates 

and 
dehydration 

i  wice 

at  15ii'  C.  in 

the  usual  way 


By  fusion 
wiih  mixed 
Carbonates, 
dehydration 

once  at 

l.-.ft   ('.,  and 

heating  filtrate 

with  ILSO,. 


50-65 

51-70 
44'95 
49-25 
49-25 
50-75 


51-15 
5f75 
45-115 


51 

32 

52 

73 

4(1 

3G 

51 

42 

52 

22 

52-33 

It  is  evident  from  these  results  that  sulphuric  acid  cannot 
be  depended  upon  as  a  dehydrating  agent  for  silica  unless 
the  evaporation  be  pushed  to  the  extreme. 

Discussion. 

Dr.  Clowes  asked  if  any  check  experiments  had  been  made 
with  pure  silica,  and  wished  to  know  if  the  highest  results 
obtained  really  represented  the  total  amount  of  silica  present 
in  the  clay? 

Mr.  Whitei.ey  asked  if  any  other  dehydrating  agents 
had  been  tried  besides  pure  sulphuric  acid  ? 

Mr.  Archbutt  replied  in  the  negative,  and  said  that  the 
results  did  not  pretend  to  he  any  more  than  one  of  those 
incomplete  investigations  which  not  unfrequently  had  to  be 
undertaken  in  the  ordinary  routine  of  laboratory  work. 


f>ork9l)ire  lectio  it. 

Chairman:  Sir  James  Kitson,  Bart. 
Vice-Chairman:  Dr.  P.  H.  Bowman. 

Committee : 

A.  H.  Allen.  J.  Lewkowitscli. 

\V.  Breffltt.  C.  RawsOD. 

T.  Fairley.  Jxs.  Sharp. 

A.  Hess.  A.  Smitliells. 

R.  Holliday.  G.  Ward. 

J.  J.  Hummel.  T.  Whitaker. 

Son.  Local  Secretary  .- 
H.  R.  Procter,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 


Notices  of  Tapers  and  Communications  should  be  addressed  to 
the  Hon.  Local  Secretary. 


SESSION  1891-92. 


1892  :- 
April  4th.— Annual  Meeting. 
Mr.  Thomas  Fairley.    "On  the  Analysis  of    Cr&l-Gas    for 

Impurities." 
Mr.  11.  R.  Procter.    "On  the  Analysis  of  Ganibier."    (II.) 


Meeting  held  Monday,  March  "th,  1892. 


SIR   JAMES   KITSON,    BART.,   IN   THE    CHAIR, 


MEASURES. 

Bit    SYDNEY    LUPTON,    M.A. 

At  first  sight  nothing  seems  more  easy  than  for  a  Govern- 
ment to  provide  a  uniform  and  accurate  system  of  measures, 
and  to  render  the  use  of  it  compulsory  throughout  its 
dominions.  When  we  examine  a  little  further  into  the 
matter,  we  cease  to  be  surprised  that  all  the  labour  and 
ability  which  has  for  so  long  been  expended  upon  the 
subject  has  produced  such  very  unsatisfactory  results. 

Our  system  of  measures  has  gradually  grown  up  by 
a  series  of  survivals  of  what  was  considered  to  be  the 
fittest,  and  ought  in  reality  to  be  treated  from  an  historical 
point  of  view.  Want  of  time,  and  the  fact  that  I  am 
addressing  those  specially  interested  in  the  use  of  units  as 
they  now  are,  compels  me  to  omit  all  historical  and 
theoretical  details,  and  many  different  kinds  of  measures 
such  as  those  of  value,  time,  and  angles,  and  to  confine  my 
remarks  to  the  more  common  measures  of  length,  area, 
volume,  mass  or  weight,  density  or  specific  gravity. 


218 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [March  Si,  1892. 


Two  systems  of  measures  only  are  so  widely  used  as  to 
require  special  discussion,  the  English  or  imperial  system, 
and  the  metric  or  French  system. 

Speaking  very  roughly,  the  imperial  measures  may  be 
said  to  be  used  more  or  less  in  Great  Britain  and  Ireland, 
the  British  possessions,  the  United  States,  and  to  a  small 
extent  in  Russia.  In  all  these  countries  the  metric  system 
is  permissive.  The  metric  system  is  used  throughout  the 
continent  of  Europe,  except  in  Russia  and  Turkey;  in 
Central  and  Southern  America,  and  in  Japau.  In  all  these 
countries  survivals  of  older  systems  are  used  along  with 
the  metric.  Outside  these  limits  each  country  uses  a  special 
system  of  measures  of  its  own. 

Before  we  can  usefully  discuss  the  two  systems,  it  is 
necessary  to  dwell  in  some  detail  upon  three  conditions 
which  are  universally  present  and  affect  all  systems  of 
measurement.  They  are  (i.)  temperature ;  (ii.)  the 
pressure  oi  the  air  ;  (iii.)  gravitation,  or  the  attraction  of 
the  earth. 

(i.)  Speaking  generally,  substances  expand  when  they 
are  heated,  and  therefore  some  definite  temperature  must 
be  chosen  at  which  our  measures  are  to  be  made  or  to 
which  they  must  be  reduced  by  calculation. 

In  the  English  system  62°  F.,  16-6  C,  or  one-sixth  of  the 
distance  between  the  freezing  and  the  boiling  point  of 
water,  has  been  selected.  Considerable  care  and  accurate 
thermometers  are  required  to  keep  a  body  at  this  tempera- 
ture for  any  length  of  time ;  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  so  near 
the  ordinary  temperature  of  our  rooms,  that  for  rough 
purposes  any  correction  may  be  neglected. 

The  standard  temperature  in  the  metric  system  is  0°  C.  or 
32°  F. ;  it  is  easily  and  correctly  obtained  for  any  length  of 
time  by  the  use  of  melting  ice,  but  is  so  far  from  the 
temperature  at  which  we  live  that  considerable  corrections 
must  in  most  cases  be  made. 




A 

Coeff.  Lin.  Exp. 
for  1°  C. 

Exp.  0°  to 
16-6°  C. 

8-1 
S-4 
7-S 
21-5 
2-5 
0-56 

0-000019 

0-00001771 

0-0000112 

0-0000086 

0-000009 

O-0CI00O5 

0-001131 

Bronze  {Baily's  metal) 

0-0003 
0' 00019 

0-00014 

0-00015 
O'OOOOS 

Coeff.  Cuh.  Exp. 
for  1°C. 


Exp.  0°  to 
it;-o°c. 


Water  . . . 
Mercury  . 
Platinum 
Air 


From  1°  C. 


li' 18 

0-0000257 
0-00867 


0-00112 
11-1103 
0-00013 
0-061 


1-003 


apparent  weight  +  the  weight  of  the  air  which  it  displaces 
—  the  weight  of  the  air  displaced  by  the  weights — 


(ii.)  The  second  condition  affects  only  the  apparent  mass 
of  bodies.  We  live  and  work  in  an  atmospheric  ocean 
which  exercises  a  pressure  varying  about  a  pound  each  way 
from  a  mean  value  of  14-7  lb.  per  square  inch  (1,033 '3 
grm.  per  scm.)  on  every  surface  exposed  to  it.  Solids  and 
liquids  are  practically  unaffected  by  this  change  of  pressure, 
but  the  mass  of  a  given  volume  of  gas.  such  as  the  air  itself, 
varies  directly  with  the  pressure  upon  it.  The  pressure  of 
the  air  is  measured  by  the  barometer,  that  is  by  the  height 
of  the  column  of  mercury  which  balances  it. 

On  the  English  system  the  standard  height  of  the 
barometer  is  30  in.  at  62°  F.;  on  the  metric  S3  stem, 
760  mm.  at  0' C.     Hence  the  English  standard  is  equal   to 

30  x  25 *4 

-  =  759-72  mm.  of  the  metric  standard. 


When  two  bodies  are  counterpoised  in  a  balance,  each 
apparently  loses  a  weight  equal  to  the  weight  of  the  air 
which  it  displaces.     So  that  the  true  weight  ol'  a   body  is  its 


As       A  w  I 


The  weight  (a)  of  a  cubic  centimetre  of  air  at  the  tem- 
perature t°  C.  under  a  barometric  pressure  h  mm.  when 
the  tension  of  aqueous  vapour  is  v  mm.  and  the  attraction 
due  to  gravitation  is  g,  is — 

0-001293  H  -  3W8 

O)  =  ,  o.,  ,  *      -^7T-  x  9l9* 


1-^0-00367  t 


760 


The  correction  is  usually  a  small  one,  amounting  to  the 
addition  of  1-06  grm.  when  a  litre  of  water  is  weighed 
against  bronze  (A  8-4)  weights. 

(iii.)  The  last  condition  introduces  a  small  correction 
when  masses  are  compared  by  a  spring-balance  at  different 
places,  or  work  is  measured  in  units,  such  as  foot-pounds  or 
kilogramme-metres,  which  depend  upon  the  attraction  of  the 
earth. 

The  attraction  which  the  earth  exercises  upon  a  body  is 
measured  by  twice  the  distance  through  which  the  body 
would  fall  freely  towards  it  from  rest  in  a  second.  This 
distance  is  usually  measured  in  feet  or  metres,  and 
symbolised  by  g.  By  comparing  pendulum  observations 
taken  as  far  as  possible  all  over  the  world,  it  has  been  found 
that  g  varies  with  the  latitude.  Each  nation  used  to  take 
the  value  of  g  in  its  own  capital  as  the  standard  attraction 
of  the  earth,  but  the  value  of  g  at  sea-level  in  latitude  45° 
has  now  been  generally  accepted  as  the  unit.  The  value  of 
g  at  any  other  place  in  latitude  <p  may  be  calculated  from 
g=gib  (1  —  0-00257  cos  2  </>).  If  the  place  of  observation  be 
situated  on  a  fiat  plain  li  metres  above  sea-level,  g  is  further 
decreased  by  a  coefficient  (1  —  0-000000  2  A).  The  following 
table  gives  a  few  of  the  more  important  values  of  g  at  sea- 
level  : — 

.V  =  gib  (1  -  0-00257  cos  2  <f>) 
ga  =  32-1727  ft.  =  9-80606  metres. 


Approximate  Place. 


Equator 

Bordeaux 

Paris  O 

Lizard  Point. 

Taunton 

London  s.i ). . 
Tewkesbury  . 
Nottingham . 

Leeds 

Harrogate  . . , 
Newcastle ... 
Edinburgh  . , 

Brsemar 

Dunrobin..., 

Kirkwall 

Poole 


0° 

45° 
48°  50'  11" 

50° 

51° 
01°  29'  53" 

52° 

53° 
53°  48'  20" 

54° 

55° 

56° 

57° 

58° 

59° 

90° 


99743 
0000000 

0003432 
„  441)3 

.,  5780 
..  8217 

..  7084 
.,  777H 
.,  7042 
„  8790 
„  9627 
(1010453 
„  11266 

„  1200.-) 
„  25700 


A  pound  weight  true  at  Bordeaux  would  apparently  weigh 
nearly  5j  grains  too  much  on  a  spring-balance  in  Leeds,  and 
the  work  done  in  lifting  a  pound  through  a  foot  in  Leeds  is 
about  1  •  0008  of  that  done  in  performing  the  same  operation 
in  Bordeaux. 

In  each  of  the  systems  there  are  two  fundamental  units, 
that  of  length  and  that  of  mass  : — 

The  yard  is  the  distance  between  two  fine  lines  cut  on 
plugs  of  gold  sunk  in  a  bar  of  Baily's  metal. 

The  pound  is  the  mass  of  a  cylinder  of  platinum  marked 
P.S.     This  cylinder  has  the  specific  gravity  21  •  1572  com- 


March  31,1392.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


219 


pared  to  water  at  62 :  F.  ami  displaces  0*40282  grains  of 
standard  air. 

The  metre  is  the  length  of  a  rectangular  platinum  bar 
known  as  the  Metre  des  Archives. 

The  kilogramme  is  the  mass  of  a  cylinder  of  platinum 
known  as  the  Kilogramme  des  Archives.     (A  20'5IS7  ?) 

Both  these  metric  standards  are  not  very  satisfactory,  the 
platinum  is  of  low  and  uncertain  density  and  probably 
impure.  The  shape  of  the  metre  is  not  theoretically  the 
best  and  it  has  been  accidentally  injured. 

Numerous  copies  of  these  standards  have  been  made  to 
save  the  wear  and  tear  of  frequent  reference  to  them. 

Thus  the  brass  commercial  standard  pound  ( W)  (A  8  ■  143) 
has  the  same  weight  in  vacuo  as  P.S.  displaces  1  ■  04706  grains 
of  standard  air  and  is  assumed  as  the  unit  for  all  ordinary 
weights. 

The  brass  commercial  standard  kilo.  (A  8  -206)  is  used 
for  a  similar  purpose  in  France. 

From  these  fundamental  units  all  the  other  subsidiary 
i  lined ;  thus  the  acre  is  4,840  square  yards,  and 
the  hectare  is  10,000  square  metres. 

The  measures  of  volume  would  seem  to  follow  naturally 
from  the  cubes  of  the  measures  of  length,  but  in  practice 
tlu-y  arc  obtained  from  the  measures  of  mass. 

The  gallon  is  the  volume  occupied  by  10  lb.  of  water 
weighed  in  air  against  brass  (A  8'  143)  weights,  understand 
at  sea-level  in  London.     It  is  nearly  0'  16  of  a  cubic  foot. 

The  litre  is  the  volume  occupied  by  a  kilo,  of  water  at 
at  4°  C.  in  vacuo;  for  all  practical  purposes  it  is  a  cubic 
decimetre.  This  close  connexion  between  the  measures  of 
volume  and  length  is  a  marked  advantage  in  the  metric 
system. 

The  so-called  Mohr's  litre,  somewhat  largely  used  by 
German  men  of  science,  is  the  volume  occupied  by  a  kilo- 
gramme of  water  weighed  in  air  at  1 7  •  5 =  C.  and  760  mm. 
against  brass  weights  ;  it  is  about  1-00231  of  a  true  litre. 

The  density  of  a  substance  is  measured  by  the  number  of 
units  of  mass  contained  in  the  unit  of  volume  of  it. 

The  specific  gravity  of  a  substance  is  measured  by  the 
number  of  times  it  is  heavier  than  an  equal  volume  of  some 
standard  substance,  usually  water. 

Owing  to  the  relation  between"  the  kilo,  and  the  cubic 
decimetre  of  water  in  the  metric  system,  specific  gravity 
referred  to  water  at  4°  C.  and  density  measured  in  kilo,  per 
cubic  decimetre  or  grammes  per  cubic  centimetre  are 
expressed  by  the  same  number. 

In  the  English  system,  specific  gravity  must  be  multiplied 
by  62*2786  (mass  of  a  cubic  foot  of  water)  to  obtain 
density  in  commercial  pounds  per  cubic  foot. 

For  technical  purposes  use  is  made  of  many  hydrometer 
scales  which  give  specific  gravities  referred  not  to  water  but 
to  some  other  liquid  too  often  entirely  hypothetical.  Three 
common  examples  may  be  mentioned. 

Sykes'  hydrometer,  used  in  the  English  Excise,  sinks  to 
zero  in  "  standard  alcohol "  which  has  a  specific  gravity  of 
0'825  at  60°  F.  The  scale  is  marked  with  11  divisions, 
and  weights  numbered  from  10  to  90  can  be  added  below 
the  surface  of  the  liquid.  A  table  supplied  with  the  instru- 
ment gives  the  proportion  of  "  proof  spirit  "  specific  gravity 
0-919  at  60    F. 

The  scale  reading  of  Twaddell's  hydrometer  multiplied  by 
5  added  to  1,000  gives  the  specific  gravity  referred  to  water 
taken  as  1,000. 

In  Beaume's  scale  for  liquids  heavier  than  water,  the  zero 
point  is  the  density  of  water,  while  the  specific  gravity  of  a 
solution  of  15  parts  of  salt  in  85  parts  of  water  is  marked 
15  (A  1  ■  1116),  equal  divisions  are  continued  to  68  at  the 
base  of  the  rod  (A  1  ■  8425). 

In  the  metric  system  all  multiples  and  sub-multiples  of 
the  unit  are  obtained  by  the  use  of  10  and  its  powers. 
The  convenience  of  this  method  for  working  at  sight  or  for 
using  tables  is  enormous,  but  the  multiplier  is  occasionally 
too  large  or  too  small  for  convenience,  i.e.,  the  foot  is  much 
more  useful  than  the  decimetre. 

The  English  multipliers  seem  to  have  been  chosen  hap- 
hazard and  the  result  is  not  satisfactory.  A  mile  contains 
1,760  yards  and  a  yard  36  inches,  it  does  not  occur  to  every- 
one automatically  that  a  mile  contains  63,360  inches. 


The  relative  advantages  of  each  system  may  be  briefly 
summed  up  as  follows: — 

Of  the  metric  system — 

(i.)  Decimal  multiplication  and  division. 

(ii.)  Close  connexion  between  measures  of  length,  area, 

volume,  mass,  and  density, 
(iii.)  Standard  temperature  easily  obtained. 

Of  the  English  system — 

(i.)  The  foot  and  pound  are  found  practically  to  be 
more  convenient  units  than  the  decimetre  and  kilo- 
gramme, 
(ii.)  The  standard  temperature  is  nearly  the  mean 
ordinary  temperature,  hence  the  reductions  are  small 
and  may  frequently  be  neglected, 
(iii.)  Multiplication  and  sub-multiplication  by  12  or  2 
is  often  more  convenient  than  that  by  10. 

One  of  the  strongest  and  most  effective  arguments  for 
the  introduction  of  the  metric  system  into  France  was  the 
intolerable  burden  of  the  great  variety  of  measures  which  it 
superseded.  The  same  argument  has  not  lost  its  force  in 
England  at  the  present  time.  Almost  every  petty  town  and 
every  trade  has  its  own  special  measures  for  the  bewilder- 
ment of  the  learner  and  the  confusion  of  the  trader. 

Many  local  measures  seem  luckily  to  be  dying  out,  and 
there  seems  some  hope  that  the  1 6  different  acres  which 
were  in  use  in  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  a  few  years  ago 
may  shortly  be  reduced  to  one.  On  the  other  hand,  each 
trade  seems  to  demand  its  own  peculiar  measures ;  thus,  an 
imperial  stone  is  14  lb.,  a  stone  of  glass  5  lb.,  a  stone  of 
meat  8  lb.  in  London,  10  lb.  in  Leeds,  a  stone  of  sugar  or 
butter  16  lb.,  and  a  stone  of  hemp  32  lb. 

Owing  to  the  complication  of  our  systems  of  measures 
but  few  children  in  our  elementary  schools  progress  in 
arithmeric  beyond  the  tedious  subjects  of  measures  and 
money,  and  a  very  easy  calculation  shows  that  at  least 
500,000,000  working  hours  are  annually  wasted  in  elementary 
schools. 

Trade  customs  also  afford  to  the  dishonest  trader  great 
assistance  in  fraud ;  a  purchaser  would  expect  a  blanket 
12  quarters  wide  to  measure  9  feet ;  he  finds  by  the  custom 
of  the  trade  it  measures  only  7  feet.  A  quarter  being  not 
9  inches  but  7.  A  further  iniquity  is  the  introduction  into 
trade  of  "  reputed  "  pounds  or  stones,  which  simply  means 
that  the  purchaser  buys  paper  at  the  price  he  is  willing  to 
give  for  tea  or  tobacco.  In  any  individual  retail  transaction 
this  seems  a  very  small  amount,  but  the  true  measure  is 
the  weight  of  paper  used  by  the  retail  trader  in  a  year. 
Each  ton  he  has  bought  at  3<f .  a  pound  and  sold  as  tea  at 
2s.,  has  put  196?.  of  illicit  gain  into  his  pocket. 

Everyone  will  probably  admit  that  such  trade  measures 
and  customs  as  the  above  ought  to  be  absolutely  and  entirely 
abolished. 

Three  ways  out  of  the  difficulties  of  our  present  system 
seem  to  be  possible,  though  each  way  bristles  with 
difficulties — 

(i)  to  adopt  an  entirely  new  system. 

(ii)  to  adopt  the  metric  system  with  possibly  some  small 
alterations  which  would  probably  be  accepted  by  those 
nations  which  now  use  it. 

(iii.)  to  keep  as  nearly  as  possible  our  present  units,  but 
to  modify  the  sub-multiples  and  multiples,  and  to  make  the 
connexion  with  the  metric  system  easy. 

(i.)  No  one  has  yet  been  bold  enough  to  propose  an 
entirely  new  system  of  measures  for  general  adoption.  The 
C.G.S.  system,  which  expresses  all  measures  in  terms  of 
the  centimetre,  gramme,  and  mean  solar  second,  has  met  with 
very  limited  acceptance,  even  among  men  of  science,  and  in 
practice  the  Board  of  Trade  unit,  the  1,000  watt-hours,  or 
3,600,000  volt-coulombs,  has  invaded  the  very  electrical 
sanctuary  of  the  method. 

For  engineering  purposes  Rankine  proposed  the  general 
use  of  the  foot,  pound,  and  second. 

Both  these  systems,  though  good  in  theory,  require  the  use 
of  very  small"  and  very  large  numbers.  We  are  more 
accustomed  to  think  and  speak  of  a  week  than  of  604,800 
seconds. 

(ii.)  Most  men  of  science,  who  are  habituated  to  the 
facilities  of  the  metric  system,  desire  at  once  to  make  it, 
with  all  its  faults,  universally  compulsory. 


220 


THE  JOURNAL  O?  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  31,1892. 


I  may  quote  for  tlnir  consideration  from  Mr.  Chrisholm's 
report  to  the  Eoyal  Commission  in  1809,  rive  slifjhtlj- 
modified  objections  to  the  metric  system,  and  add  three 
others : — 

(a.)  The  metre  and  the  kilogramme  are  not  the  scientific 
units  which  they  profess  to  be,  but  only  a  definite  length 
and  a  definite  mas-. 

(i.)  The  relation  between  the  kilogramme  and  the  cubic 
decimetre  of  water  is  not  exact. 

(e.)  The  original  metric  standards  are  very  imperfect  in 
construction,  and  to  a  certain  extent  impaired  by  use. 
They  are  the  absolute  property  of  the  French  Govern- 
ment. 

((i.)  Though  the  decimal  division  has  great  advantages, 
there  are  some  counterbalancing  disadvantages.  Thus, 
while  10  is  exactly  divisible  only  hy  5  and  2  ;  12  may 
be  divided  by  6,  4,  3,  2.  And  again,  to  weigh  from  1  to 
10  decimal  subdivisions,  five  weights — 1,  1,  1,  2,  and  5 
— are  required,  while  with  binary  subdivisions,  five 
weights — 1,  1,  2,  4,  8 — will  weigh  from  1  to  16.  Duo- 
decimal or  binary  division  seem  in  some  respects  more 
adapted  to  the  practical  needs  of  the  people,  e.g., 
mechanical  engineers  use  the  binary  subdivisions  of 
the  inch. 

(e.)  More  than  30,000,000  of  our  present  measures  would 
have  to  be  thrown  aside  as  useless,  and  the  cost  of 
replacing  them  would  be  considerable.  A  large  number 
of  bottles,  casks,  &c.  would  have  to  be  re-made. 

(/".)  Though  the  metric  system  has  been  permissive  iu 
England  since  18G4,  and  in  India  since  1870,  it  has  not 
come  at  all  into  practical  use,  which  seems  to  show 
that  the  need  is  not  equivalent  to  the  trouble  and  cost 
of  the  change. 

(jr.)  The  metric  system  has  no  units  so  practically  con- 
venient as  the  foot  and  the  pound. 

(Ji.')  The  metric  names  are  so  cumbrous  and  pedantic  that 
they  must  be  changed  before  the  system  is  introduced 
into  England. 

I  believe  that  the  opinion  of  men  of  business,  on  the 
other  baud,  is  almost  unanimously  opposed  to  the  intro- 
duction of  the  metric  system. 

Some  may  at  once  ascribe  this  opposition  to  the  natural 
conservatism  and  obstinacy  of  the  British  mind,  especially 
where  trade  customs  are  concerned.  I  prefer  to  attempt  to 
investigate  the  causes  which  give  rise  to  the  feeling. 

So  far  as  measures  are  concerned,  the  operations  of  trade 
may  be  classed  as  manufacturing,  internal,  and  external. 

(a.)  In  the  great  majority  of  manufacturing  operations 
proportions  arrived  at  by  trial  and  continually  used  are 
quite  familiar  to  the  workmen.  In  comparatively  few  cases 
does  the  master  or  scientific  adviser  arrive  at  theoretical 
results  by  the  aid  of  the  metric  system  and  translate  them 
for  the  use  of  the  workman. 

(i.)  In  the  case  of  internal  trade  the  manufacturer, 
wholesale  dealer,  and  retailer  soon  becomes  familiar  with 
the  comparatively  few  measures  used  in  his  own  special 
branch,  and  gets  over  any  difficulties  of  calculation  by 
traditional  rule  of  thumb  or  the  use  of  tables.  Unfortunately, 
as  has  already  been  pointed  out,  so  far  as  the  general 
public  go,  the  legal  maxim  "caveat  emptor"  is  onlv  too 
true,  and  opportunities  for  fraud  should  be  minimised  by 
the  abolition  of  trade  customs.  Were  this  reform  strictly 
Carried  out,  in  retail  trade  at  all  events,  experience  in  France 
docs  not  seem  to  show  the  great  superiority  of  the  metric 
system. 

(c.)  External  trade.  Many  of  our  Consuls  abroad  declare 
that  we  lose  a  good  deal  of  export  trade  owing  to  supplying 
our  goods  of  a  length  and  weight  not  generally  understood, 
and  that  we  should  sell  more  if  the  goods  were  packed 
according  to  the  metric  system.  How  far  there  is  real 
ground  I'm-  this  suggestion  is  a  matter  for  the  careful  eon- 
sideration  of  traders ;  but  an  outsider  would  imagine  that 
if  the  necessity  existed  each  firm  could  for  itself  make  the 
few  changes  required  without  waiting  for  the  initiation  of 
the  ( lovernment.  The  mere  conversion  of  English  to  metric 
measures  is  very  easily  accomplished  by  the  aid  of  a  table 
of  multiples  which  can  almost  be  printed  on  a  visiting- 
card. 


The  total  value  of  British  imports  and  exports  in  1890  is 
returned  as  748,000,000/.  ;  of  which  340  millions  were 
transacted  with  countries  using  British  measures  :  300 
millions  with  countries  using  metric  measures;  and  108 
millions  with  countries  using  special  measures. 

It  does  not  seem  that  under  any  of  these  three  heads 
there  is  great  urgency  for  an  immediate  change. 

(iii.)  In  conclusion  it  may  be  expected  that  I  should 
attempt  the  impossible,  and  mention  modifications  which 
might  render  our  present  S}rstem  more  satisfactory. 

The  objects  to  be  aimed  at  seem  to  be  (a.)  absolute 
uniformity  throughout  the  Empire  ;  (6.)  decimalisation  ; 
(c.)  convenient  relationships  between  the  different  kinds  of 
measures;  ((/.)  easy  conversion  to  and  from  the  metric  system. 

Many  proposals  have  been  made,  but  none  fulfils  all,  or 
even  the  greater  part  of  these  conditions.  The  first  very 
slight  reform,  uniformity  of  measures  throughout  even 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  would  probably  be  stoutly  resisted 
by  traders.  We  should  no  longer  have  the  gallon  divided 
into  four  quarts,  but  into  also  six  wine  bottles  holding 
11,666|  grains  of  water  each.  The  gallon  of  beer,  33/40  of 
the  imperial  gallon, divided  into  eight  reputed  pints, and  so  on. 

If  we  assume  that  the  foot  and  the  pound  are  the  most 
convenient  fundamental  units,  to  bring  them  into  con- 
formity with  the  metric  system,  each  must  be  somewhat 
increased,  and  we  have : — 

Measures  of  Mass. 
1  New  Pound  =  1-10231  Old  Pound  =  A  kilo. 


Value  of  New  Weighs  in 

Of  Old 
Weights  in 
Old  Pounds. 

^ew  Pounds. 

Old  Pounds. 

O'OOOl 

a- 11 

•000113 

o-oi 
o-i 

1-0 

io-o 
ioo-o 

2.1100-0 

o-on 

o-u 

1-1 

11*0 

110-2 
2,204-6 

0-0039 

0-0025 

1-0 

IfO 

112-0 

2,240-0 

The  ton  would  be  equal  to  the  metric  tonne,  and  the 
pound  to  half  a  kilo.  Many  of  the  existing  weights  could 
be  utilised  by  slightly  reducing  them. 

The  changes  required  in  the  measures  of  the  length  are 
somewhat  more  considerable.  According  to  Kupffer,  the 
metre  must  be  reduced  by  four  parts  in  a  million,  that  a 
kilogramme  of  water  at  4°  C.  may  occupy  a  cubic  decimetre. 
Suppose  this  change  universally  accepted,  and  the  foot 
taken  as  one-third  of  the  metre. 

Measures  of  Length. 
1  New  Foot  =  1-09363  Old  Foot  =  |  metre. 
1  New  Foot  Square  =  1-196  Old  Foot  Square. 
1  New  Foot  Cube  =  1-308  Old  Foot  Cube. 


Value  of  New  Measures  in 


New  Feet.    ,     Old  Feet. 


Old  Measures 


Old  Feet. 


Jot 

Foot 

o-oi 
o-i 

1-0 

lo-0 
loro 

iiiiiini 

io,ooo-o 

100,000-0 

0-0109        J"=     0-104 
0-1093     1              0-083 
1-09                       1-0 
3'2S                       3-0 

ln-9                         6-0 

Chain 

109-4                        CO 

ajiio 

1093-0                     G60-0 

101.3G-3                   6280*0 

109363-0                 158  Ml -0 

March  si  189?.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


221 


Three  feet  would  be  a  metre,  and  three  furlongs  a  kilo- 
metre, the  new  mile  would  be  rather  more  than  twice  the 
old  one.  The  old  inch,  so  widely  known  for  engineering 
purposes,  would  he  very  nearly  represented  by  eight  jots. 

The  length  of  3°  or  180'  of  mean  latitude  on  the  surface 
of  the  earth  is  180  x  fi,o7G  =  1,093,680  old  feet,  or  almost 
exactly  100  new  miles.  Hence  if  we  return  to  the  old 
definition  of  the  knot  as  1'  of  mean  latitude,  we  have  the 
simple  relation  0  knots  =  5  miles. 

The  old  acre  of  four  roods  contained  10  square  chains  of 
6G  feet  or  43,560  square  feet.  Though  the  change  is 
considerable  it  seems  best  to  derive  the  measures  of  surface 
directly  from  the  squares  of  the  measures  of  length. 

Measures  of  Area. 


Value  of  New  Measures  in 


New  Ohl 

Square  Feet.    Square  Feet. 


Of  Old 
Measures  in 


Old 
Square  Feet, 


Hole.. 

Rood  . 
Acre  .. 


100  110-1!  272'26 

100  00     j  11060-0  lOS'JO'O 

1000  000     !       1190000-0  *3560-0 


The  new  acre  would  he  equal  to  about  27-45  old  acres 
and  the  new  rood  to  14/51  of  an  old  acre. 

The  Fahrenheit  should  be  replaced  by  the  Centigrade 
scale  of  temperature,  and  efforts  should  be  made  to  abolish 
the  last  traces  of  Keaumur.  The  standard  temperature,  for 
scientific  and  accurate  work  should  still  be  the  melting 
point  of  ice,  0°  C.  As  a  subsidiary  standard  temperature 
for  all  ordinary  purposes,  17°  C.  or  290°  absolute  would  be 
a  great  convenience.  Thermometers  accurate  at  that  tem- 
perature to  1°  are  now  obtainable  at  a  comparatively  cheap 
rate,  and  there  does  not  seem  to  be  the  same  necessity 
which  there  used  possibly  to  be  for  reducing  say  all 
barometric  readings  for  meteorological  purposes  to  0°  C. 
For  all  trade  purposes,  specific  gravities  referred  to  water 
at  17°  C.  are  sufficiently  near  if  taken  in  the  laboratory 
without  reduction. 

The  standard  height  of  the  barometer  should  be  still 
taken  abroad  as  700  mm.,  but  at  17°  C.  instead  of  at  0°C. 
This  would  be  equal  to  22-8  inches  at  173C,  a  small 
reduction  of  about  3  parts  in  1,000  would  have  to  be 
made  in  the  normal  masses  of  gases,  and  the  coefficient  of 
expansion  would  become  0-00345. 

A  cubic  foot  of  water  at  4"  C.  would  weigh  2000/27  = 
7  I  ■  1 174  lb. ;  but  since  a  cubic  foot  of  water  at  4°  C.  becomes 
1-001162  cubic  feet  at  17°  C.  and  |  of  a  cubic  foot  of  air 
at  17  C.  weighs  about  O-OS  lb.,  a  cubic  foot  of  water  would 
weigh  at  17  C.  in  air  against  brass  weights  very  nearly 
74  lb.  Hence  specific  gravities  referred  to  water  at  17°  G. 
multiplied  by  74  would  give  densities  in  commercial  pounds 
per  cubic  foot. 

Since  a  kilo,  of  water  weighed  iu  air  at  17°  C.  occupies 
1 -002223  cubic  decimetres,  a  true  cubic  decimetre  under 
the  same  conditions  weighs  997-78  grnis. 

The  gallon  or  volume  of  10  lb.  of  water  in  air  against 
brass  weights  would  contain  135 '3  new  or  305-4  old  cubic 
inches,  and  might  be  divided  into  five  bottles  or  quarts  and 
10  pints.  If  a  similar  definition  were  accepted  in  the 
metric  system  a  quart  would  be  a  litre.  The  use  of  these 
measures  should  be  restricted  to  liquids ;  coals,  grain, 
fruit,  and  other  solids  in  small  pieces  should  be  sold  only 
by  weight. 

The  following  numbers  show  the  relations  of  the  new  to 
the  old  measures  :— 


46-2  cubic  inches. 


Old  quart C9'4 

Old  pint 3f7 


New  quart...     61*1 
New  pint....    S0"5 


Reputed  quart .    57 '2 
Reputed  pint . .    2S'6 


The  pharmaceutical  fluid  ounce  contains  437 '5  grains 
of  water,  the  new  fluid  ounce  would  contain  770  grains,  h 
would  possibly,  however,  be  better  to  follow  the  German 
example  and  make  up  prescriptions  by  weight.  A  scruple 
of  10  grains,  rather  less  than  half  the  old  scruple,  might 
possibly  be  convenient. 

Specific  gravity  referred  to  water  at  17°  C.  would  be 
expressed  by  the  same  number  as  stones  per  gallon  or 
pounds  per  pint. 

According  to  the  old  measures  at  0°  C,  a  cubic  foot  of 
air  weighed  0-080728  lb.,  and  of  hydrogen  0-005592  lb. 
To  convert  to  the  new  measures  at  17°  C. — 


(1 -09363)3 

"  1 ■ 06239  x 


1023 


1-117 


hence  a  cubic  foot  of  air  weighs  0-09016  lb.,  and  of  hydrogen 
0-006246  lb. 

For  all  practical  purposes  100  cubic  feet  of  air  weigh 
9  lb.,  and  specific  gravities  referred  to  air  at  17°  C.  multiplied 
by  9  give  densities  iu  lb.  per  100  cubic  feet. 

Discussion. 

The  Chairman  opened  the  discussion  by  remarking  that 
he  found  no  difficulty  in  our  present  system  in  ordinary 
commercial  transactions,  but  in  dealing  with  countries  using 
the  metrical  system  great  confusion  arose.  In  a  recent 
visit  to  America  he  found  a  2,000  lb.  ton  was  in  use 
throughout  the  iron  trade.  He  considered  that  there  was 
no  possibility  of  displacing  the  inch  as  the  mechanical  unit 
of  length,  the  inch  being  used  iu  India  and  the  Colonies, 
United  States  of  America,  Mexico,  South  America,  &c.  At 
the  same  time,  in  fulfilling  some  French  and  Spanish  contracts 
his  mechanics  had  Lad  occasion  to  use  the  metrical  system, 
and  he  found  that  the  English  mechanic  readily  comprehends 
and  works  the  system  and  finds  it  very  convenient,  lie- 
considered  the  adoption  of  the  metrical  system  would 
greatly  facilitate  the  comparison  of  prices,  &c.,  but  would 
have  no  great  advantage  in  ordinary  commercial  transactions. 
He  would  strongly  advocate  two  simple  reforms,  viz. :  — 


I.  A  2.000  lb.  ton. 


II.  A  100  1b.  cwt. 


Dr.  Lewkowitsoii  agreed  with  Mr.  Lupton  in  con- 
demning the  hydrometer  scales  in  use,  TwaddeJl's  degrees 
as  meaningless,  and  Beaume's  several  scales  as  entirely 
irrational. 

He  inquired  why  pounds  should  be  preferable  to  kilos. 
He  contended  that  in  practice  there  was  a  greater  liability  to 
error  by  using  the  English  measures  (e.g.,  converting  pounds 
into  quarters  and  hundredweights)  than  in  the  metrical 
system,  where  ouly  the  ordinary  mistakes  made  iu  adding 
were  possible. 

The  contention  that  the  kilo,  was  not  exactly  what  it 
pretended  to  be  was  merely  sentimental ;  probably  100 
years  hence  further  research  would  show  corrections  to  be 
necessary  of  which  we  had  at  present  no  knowledge. 

With  regard  to  the  difficulty  of  effecting  the  change,  he 
recollected  the  transition  stage  in  Prussia ;  the  system  was 
first  introduced  in  the  schools,  and  was  rapidly  adopted  in 
commercial  circles. 

So  far  as  he  had  studied  them  in  the  short  time  allowed, 
Mr.  Lupton's  proposed  measures  appeared  good.  The  idea  of 
making  the  pound  equal  to  half  a  kilo,  was  that  adopted  by 
the  Zollverein  iu  1858,  and  this  measure  made  the  transition 
to  the  kilo,  easier. 

He  would  prefer  to  use  0°  C.  rather  than  17°  as  the 
standard  temperature,  and  so  obviate  the  errors  due  to 
incorrect  calibrations  of  a  thermometer. 

Mr.  Procter  suggested  that  the  reason  why  the  metrical 
system  had  not  come  into  use  was  that  it  had  not  been 
taught  largely  in  schools,  although  it  was  a  legal  (allowed) 
measure  and  of  much  greater  importance  than  many  of  the 
extraordinary  measures  taught.  By  teaching  the  metrical 
system  to  children  they  would  be  able  to  compare  the  two 
systems  and  would  doubtless  become  dissatisfied  with  our 
present  measures.  He  would  suggest  as  practical  reforms 
that  the  names  of  the  metrical  units  could  be  shortened, 
and   the    denomination    written    directly    after    the    whole 


222 


THE  JOUKNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


[March  31, 1892. 


number  and  before  the  decimal  figures,  to  avoid  errors  in 
the  decimal  place.,  e.g.,  instead  of  ] 3 ■  ."< 7 G  kilos,  write 
13  k,  576,  a  method  used  in  Germany. 

Professor  Smithells  also  remarked  that  the  metrical 
system  was  too  seldom  taught,  even  in  schools  bearing  a 
good  reputation,  and  he  seldom  found  a  new  student  who 
had  any  real  idea  of  the  magnitude  concerned.  He  thought 
the  effect  of  teaching  it,  as  opposed  to  our  own  irrational 
system,  would  be  beneficial,  the  system  being  logical  and 
concise,  and  theiefore  tending  to  clearness  of  thought.  He 
believed  the  introduction  of  a  new  system  would  be  largely 
dependent  on  philanthropic  and  public-spirited  endeavour 
on  the  part  ol  those  anxious  for  the  convenience  of  their 
fellow  creatures  and  in  the  pressing  exigencies  of  business. 

He  considered  the  use  of  "  proof "  spirit  and  irrational 
hydrometers  by  the  Excise  Department  to  be  a  disgrace  to 
the  country. 

He  thought  certain  reforms,  such  as  the  introduction  of 
rational  hydrometers,  the  doing  away  with  the  local  varia- 
tions of  the  stone  weight,  and  the  adoption  of  the  2,000  lb. 
ton,  should  be  immediately  attempted. 

As  to  Mr.  Lupton's  measures,  he  doubted  whether  it 
would  be  easier  to  adopt  them  than  the  metrical  system. 

Mr.  G.  W.  Si.ajtkk,  in  reference  to  hydrometers,  re- 
marked that  he  had  found  them  so  faulty  in  graduation  that 
he  always  used  specific  gravity  flasks  or  the  hydrostatic 
balance. 

Mr.  Lotton,  in  replying,  said  that  he  had  chosen  17°  C. 
as  his  standard  because  for  ordinary  work  this  would 
involve  no  correction  for  temperature.  When  the  standard 
was  fixed  at  0°  C,  there  were  no  thermometers  in  the 
market  sufficiently  accurate  for  taking  the  ordinary  tempe- 
rature, whereas  now  a  bs.  instrument  would  be  exact  enough 
for  ordinary  work. 

The  pound  was  proved  to  be  a  more  practical  unit  than 
the  kilo.  The  German  "  pfuud  "  and  French  "  demikilo.  " 
were  more  extensively  used  in  retail  trade  than  the  kilo. 

His  scheme  was  merely  a  rough  draft,  and  he  was  sur- 
prised that  it  had  not  been  more  severely  criticised. 


(glascjoto  anti  £>rotttsf)  &Htiom 


Chairman :  E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 
Vice-Chairman:  A.  Crura  Brown. 


i.  Christie. 
W.  J.  A.  Donald. 
D.  B.  Dott. 
C.J.  Ellis. 
C.  A.  Pawsitt. 
Wm.  Foulis. 
J.  Gibson. 
R.  A.  Iuglis. 


Committee : 

R.  Irvine. 
J.  Falconer  Kins. 
G.  McRoberts. 
T.  P.  Miller. 
J.  Pattison. 
J.  B.  Readman. 
E.  Smith. 
R.  R.  Tatlock. 


Bon.  Treasurer:  W.  J. Chrystal. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary : 
Dr.  G.  G.  Henderson,  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  of  Glasgow. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  bo 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


SESSION  1891-92. 


April  6th  (Glasgow)  :— 
Mr.  C.  A.  Fawsitt.    "  The  '  Dry  Heat '  Vulcanisation  of  Rubber 
witli  Special  Reference  to  the  Use  of  an  improved  Vulcaniser.' 


Meeting  held  in  tin-  Philosophical  Institution,  Edinburgh, 
on  Tuesday,  February  2nd,  1892. 


PROFESSOR   iiail   BROWN,   D.SI  .,    P.R.S.,   IX   THE    CHAM. 


THE  PUOPERTIES  AXD  MAXUEACTUKE  (IF 
CELLULOID. 

BY    WALTER    HOGBEN,    P.C.S. 

Celluloid  is  a  frank  forgery  of  many  of  the  auxiliaries  of 
civilised  life.  Its  existence  depends  on  the  closeness  of 
its  resemblance  to  what  is  scarce,  and,  in  consequence, 
costly. 

The  methods  necessary  to  produce  so  close  a  resemblance 
to  the  real  article  cannot  be  followed  out  without  con- 
siderable cost,  and  it  is  necessary  to  bear  in  mind  that  the 
cheapness  of  really  good  articles  in  celluloid  is  only  relative 
to  the  value  of  the  originals.  Of  these  latter,  perhaps 
ivory  is  the  most  important,  and  the  decline  in  the  supply 
necessarily  tells  heavily  in  favour  of  this  department  of  the 
imitative  industry;  and,  certainly,  no  better  substitute  than 
celluloid  has  as  yet  been  found.  But,  indeed,  it  may 
generally  be  stated,  as  the  specimens  exhibited  will  show, 
that  many  of  the  results  obtained,  besides  ivory,  such  as 
tortoiseshell,  coral,  amber,  &c.  resemble  so  closely  the 
article  copied  that  only  experts  can  detect  the  difference. 

In  the  case  of  the  imitations  to  which  I  have  hitherto 
alluded,  the  material  is  in  a  hard  state,  but  it  is  also  made 
in  a  more  pliable  form,  which  is  used  extensively  in  the 
manufacture  of  collars  and  cuffs,  resembling  closely  when 
well  made  those  in  linen,  the  appearance  of  the  threads  and 
stiches  being  effectively  produced. 

The  discovery  of  celluloid  is  said  to  have  been  made  by 
a  -Mr.  Hyatt.  Newark,  U/nited  States,  but  a  patent  for  a 
similar  material  was  taken  out  by  an  English  chemist,  the 
late  Alexander  Parkes.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the 
latter  produced  a  material  corresponding  in  every  respect 
to  celluloid,  which  he  named  "  Parkesine." 

Celluloid  is  made  from  cellulose,  which  having  gone 
through  a  nitrating  process  is  dissolved  by  suitable  solvents 
and  then  dried.  Cellulose  being,  therefore,  the  base  of  the 
manufacture,  naturally  comes  to  be  considered  first.  It 
has  been  defined,  in  a  few  words,  as  "the  residue  from  the 
exhaustive  alternate  treatment  of  vegetable  tissues,  with 
alkaline  solvents  and  weak  oxydants." 

The  substance  of  bleached  cotton  may  be  taken  as  the 
typical  cellulose,  the  process  of  bleaching  having  removed 
the  foreign  substances  with  which  the  cellulose  is  associated 
in  the  plant.  A  neat  and  clean  arrangement  for  the 
purpose  of  bleaching  pulp  is  a  good  deal  used  by  paper 
manufacturers  and  others  in  France,  where,  I  may  say, 
much  of  my  practical  experience  has  been  gained.  It  is 
known  as  Hermite's  electro-chemical  process  of  bleaching, 
and  a  short  description  of  the  apparatus  may  be  found 
interesting  in  this  connection.  The  electrolyser  consists  of 
a  bath  made  of  galvanised  cast  iron.  The  negative  elec- 
trodes are  formed  by  a  certain  number  of  zinc  discs  upon 
two  small  rods  or  shafts,  which  turn  round  slowly.  Between 
each  disc  are  placed  the  positive  electrodes,  wrhich  are 
composed  of  platinum  gauze  fitted  into  ebonite  frames,  the 
platinum  gauze  being  soldered  to  a  piece  of  lead  and 
perfectly  isolated.  Each  frame  or  positive  electrode 
communicates  by  the  piece  of  lead  with  a  bar  of  copper 
which  traverses  the  electrolyser,  and  the  contact  is  made 
by  means  of  a  nut  and  screw,  so  that  each  frame  containing 
the  platinum  gauze  can  be  taken  out  while  the  machine  is 
working.  The  copper  bar  to  which  are  fixed  the  positive 
electrodes  is  in  communication  with  the  positive  pole  of  the 
dynamo.  The  current  is  distributed  in  all  the  platinum 
electrodes,  from  which  it  passes,  through  the  medium 
used,  to  the  zinc  discs  forming  the  negative  electrodes,  and 
thence  to  the  negative  pole  of  the  dynamo.  Each  elec- 
trolyser produces  in  twenty-four  hours  of  work  a  power  of 
bleaching  equal  to  125  kilos.  (275  lb.)  chloride  of  lime  at 
33  per  cent,  chlorine,  and  requires  S.1,  horse-power.  The 
liquor  is  a  mixture  of  chloride  of  magnesium,  common  salt, 


March  si,  1892.J      THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  223 


and  caustic  soda,  and  is  pumped  through  the  electrolyser 
until  the  liquor  is  strong  enough  for  use,  when  it  is  allowed 
to  flow  over  the  pulp  to  be  bleached. 

To  turn,  however,  from  the  appliance  to  the  material 
dealt  with,  cellulose  has  a  specific  gravity  of  l-45.  Its 
empirical  composition  corresponds  to  „(Cr,H10O5),  by  which, 
together  with  its  constitutional  relationships,  it  is  included 
in  the  group  of  carbohydrates.  If  examined  through  the 
microscope  it  will  be  found  to  be,  when  pure,  a  white 
translucent  substance,  but  more  or  less  opaque  in  the  mass. 
It  may  be  identified  by  its  property  of  giving  a  blue  reaction 
with  iodine  solution,  in  presence  of,  or  after,  treatment  with 
dehydrating  agents.  When  burnt — owing  to  the  presence  of 
mineral  constituents — there  is  always  an  ash,  however  small, 
which  usually  takes  the  form  of  the  original  fibre.  Another 
inorganic  constituent,  essential  to  the  fibre  under  ordinary 
atmospheric  conditions,  is  its  hygroscopic  moisture,  or  water 
of  condition.  The  quantity  usually  present  in  cotton  is 
6  to  7  per  cent.,  varying  with  the  temperature  and  the  dew 
point.  Cellulose  is  a  typical  colloid,  which,  when  fully 
hydrated,  takes  a  gelatinous  form.  We  are  told  that  "in 
life  there  is  a  gradual  and  molecular  dehydration  of  the 
tissues,  and  a  progress  from  the  gelatinous  and  amorphous 
condition  to  the  specialised  forms  of  maturity.  Dehydra 
tiou  of  a  vegetable  tissue,  by  exposure  (after  isolation)  to 
air,  but  more  especially  by  contact  with  alcohol,  confers 
in  a  measure  the  properties  which  distinguish  the  fully 
elaborated  cellulose  and  vice  versa,  the  rehydration  of  the 
cellulose  by  artificial  means  may  be  regarded  as  in  a  limited 
sense  the  reversal  of  the  process  of  growth." 

Seeing  that  science  has  not  yet  found  a  direct  practical 
means  of  rendering  cellulose  soluble,  attention  has  therefore 
turned  to  nitrating  the  cellulose  as  a  means  to  this  end. 
True,  cellulose  has  been  dissolved  by  the  ammonia-copper 
reagent  (cupric  hydrate  in  strong  ammonia),  in  contact 
with  which  the  fibre  gelatinises,  aud  finally  disappears  on 
complete  solution.  There  is,  however,  no  value  in  this  as  a 
practical  method.  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan  have,  it  is  said, 
discovered  a  process  of  dissolving  it,  but  no  details  of 
the  process  are  available.  The  nitration  process  has,  in 
consequence,  been  accepted  as  the  only  practical  means  of 
obtaining  the  desired  object. 

Pure  cellulose,  then,  having  been  got  in  a  suitable  form, 
such  as  cotton  or  specially  prepared  paper,  the  manufacture 
now  divides  itself  into  three  stages : — 

(1.)  The  production  of  the  pyroxyline. 

(2.)  The  treatment  of  this  compound  with  solvents  in 
order  to  make  it  plastic. 

(3.)  The  drying  process. 

first,  then,  the  Production  of  the  Pyroxylin  is  accom- 
plished iu  the  following  manner : — To  avoid  weakening  the 
mixed  acids  more  than  is  necessary  and  increasing  the 
temperature,  the  cellulose  must  be  as  dry  as  possible. 
Tliis  having  been  seen  to,  the  material  is  now  ready  for  the 
conversion  process.  The  nitrating  shed  is  fitted  with  acid- 
mixing  tanks,  reservoirs  for  stocks,  pots  for  the  nitrating 
process,  and  washers.  Weighed  quantities  of  the  cellulo.-e 
are  plunged  into  the  mixed  acids  contained  iu  earthenware 
pots.  Nitric  acid  of  moderate  strength  is  used  (1*38  to 
1 -45  sp.  gr.)  so  as  to  avoid  the  formation  of  higher  nitrates, 
the  dinitro-cellulose  being  what  is  wanted.  Sulphuric  acid 
of  168°  Tw.  is  employed.  The  temperature  is  from  70°  to 
90°  F.,  according  to  the  state  of  the  acids.  After  about 
20  to  30  minutes  the  cellulose  is  chemically  converted  into 
pyroxylin  or  nitro-cellulose,  water  being  at  the  same  time 
formed  in  the  reaction — 

C6H10Os  +  2  HNO:l  =  C6H8(N02)A  +  2  H.,0 

The  mixed  acids  are  now  run  off  and  the  pyroxylin 
allowed  to  drain  for  a  minute  or  two,  after  which  hydraulic 
pressure  is  employed  so  as  to  squeeze  out  as  much  of  the 
acids  as  possible,  these  being  valuable  for  future  use  when 
brought  up  to  the  necessary  strength.  The  cake  thus 
formed  is  then  taken  to  washers  arranged  so  as  to  break  it 
up  quickly,  after  which  it  is  thoroughly  washed  in  clear 
water  in  a  succession  of  tanks.  Bleaching — the  next 
process — is  done,  either  with  chloride  of  lime  or  permanga- 
nate of  potash.     The  water  is  allowed  to  drain  off,  and  the 


pyroxylin  is  further  freed  from  it  by  a  hydro-extractor, 
after  which  it  is  chopped  into  small  pieces  aud  the  rest  of 
the  water  got  rid  of  by  hydraulic  pressure. 

(2.)  The  Treatment  of  the  Pyroxylin  with  Solvents. — ■ 
Pyroxylin  is  not  soluble  in  alcohol  alone,  but  is  readily- 
soluble  iu  a  mixture  of  alcohol  and  camphor,  and  this  is  the 
solvent  generally  adopted.  A  mixture  of  this  is  therefore 
made  and  sprinkled  over  the  pyroxylin  in  close  boxes,  tho 
solvent  being  sparingly  used  on  account  of  the  cost. 
Having  been  allowed  sufficient  time  to  soak  thoroughly  into 
the  mass  the  product  is  cut  out  of  the  boxes  in  pieces,  and 
placed  on  rollers  gently  heated.  Here  it  undergoes, 
thoroughly,  a  kind  of  kneading  process,  until  it  is  uniform, 
when  it  is  cut  away  from  the  rollers  in  sheets  of  the  desired 
size  and  thickness.  This  process  goes  on  until  a  sufficient 
number  of  sheets  is  obtained,  when  they  are  piled  one  above 
the  other,  aud  the  whole  pressed  into  a  solid  block  by 
means  of  a  hydraulic  press.  The  block  thus  formed  is 
next  taken  to  a  planing  machine,  specially  constructed  and 
beautifully  adjusted,  so  that  a  sheet  may  be  cut  from  the 
solid  block  of  celluloid  as  thin  as  note  paper.  On  this 
machine  the  block  is  placed  and  cut  up  into  the  thickness 
required,  whether  it  be  thin  sheets  for  the  manufacture  of 
imitation  linen,  or  thick  ones  for  knife  handles  or  other 
purposes. 

(3.)  The  third  and  last  process,  that  of  Drying  the 
Material,  maj  be  described  in  a  few  words.  The  sheets 
having  been  cut  are  placed  in  a  heated  chamber,  where  they 
are  allowed  to  remain  from  one  day  to  six  months, 
according  to  the  thickness  and  nature  of  the  stock.  When 
ready  the  celluloid  is  worked,  by  means  of  intricate 
machinery,  as  well  as  by  the  more  ordinary  methods  of 
carving,  turning,  and  moulding,  into  an  endless  variety  of 
articles  of  both  beauty  and  use. 

As  regards  the  colouring  and  markings,  it  is  sufficient  to 
say  that  they  are  the  results  of  elaborate  experiments  and 
processes  which  are  jealously  safeguarded  as  secrets  of 
the  industry. 

It  may  be  added  in  conclusion  that  celluloid  has  a 
specific  gravity  of  from  l-30  to  145,  according  to  the 
degree  of  pressure  to  which  it  is  subjected  and  the  quantity 
of  pigments  in  its  composition.  It  is  not  affected  by  weak 
acids,  and  is  water-  as  well  as  air-proof. 

Discussion. 

Dr.  J.  E.  Paterson  said  that  he  would  like  to  ask  the 
following  questions,  viz.  : — If  the  piodnction  of  the  article 
to  imitate  ivory  was  a  secret  ?  If  the  substance  was  easy 
to  work  ou  the  lathe  ?  Did  it  work  as  well  as  vulcanite '! 
And  if  any  efforts  had  been  made  to  obtain  a  solvent  that 
would  do  away  with  the  smell  of  the  article  ? 

The  Chairman  asked  if  when  the  gelatinous  mass  was 
made  into  such  a  cake  as  that  shown,  it  shrunk  much  in 
the  process  of  drying ;  and  if  the  manufactured  article  got 
softer  as  it  got  older,  for  as  it  smelt  strongly  of  camphor 
it  was  bound  to  be  continually  losing  that  commodity  ? 

Mr.  E.  C.  C.  Stanford  said  that  they  were  very  much 
indebted  to  the  author  for  this  paper  if  it  were  only  from 
the  fact  that  there  could  be  so  few  chemists  who  knew  any- 
thing about  the  manufacture  of  celluloid.  He  supposed  there 
was  no  doubt  that  it  really  was  a  mixture  of  collodion  and 
camphor.  One  great  drawback  it  had  was  its  inflammable 
nature.  Some  time  ago,  one  of  the  principal  American 
manufacturers  of  this  article  (he  believed  there  was  only  the 
one  manufacturer  in  the  United  States)  wrote  to  him 
sending  some  fine  samples,  one  of  great  transparency,  and 
he  said  he  could  introduce  the  article  very  largely  for 
windows,  &c,  which  could  not  be  broken ;  but  the  one 
great  difficulty  he  had  was  that  if  you  put  a  candle  to  it  the 
whole  thing  burst  into  flames.  He  wanted  to  know  if  some 
method  could  not  be  adopted  to  prevent  that  ?  He  (Mr. 
Stanford)  would  therefore  like  to  ask  Mr.  Hogben  if  this 
substance  could  not  be  denitrated,  for  if  it  could,  then  it 
would  be  a  most  valuable  article  for  many  things.  He 
would  call  particular  attention  to  the   imitation   of   ivory 


224 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  31, 1892. 


shown,  because  that  was  one  of  the  most  difficult  things  to 
imitate,  a*  it  was  produced  by  successive  layers  of  natural 
growth,  and  the  sample  was  beautifully  done. 

Dr.  A.  P.  Aitkem  asked  if  celluloid  was  harder  than  horn. 

Mr.  W.  I.  Ma<  ADAM  said  he  had  seen  some  celluloid  balls, 
similar  to  the  sample  shown,  which  on  standing  in  a  shop 
window  had  completely  collapsed. 

Mr.  J.  Lajng  asked  if  bottles  had  been  manufactured 
from  this  material,  and  if  it  would  be  suitable  for  lining 
trunks.  Also  what  was  the  size  of  the  largest  sheet  made, 
and  if  the  sheets  could  be  joined  together. 

Mr.  Hogben,  in  reply  to  Mr.  Paterson,  said  (1)  the 
imitation  of  ivory  was  a  secret  ;  (2),  the  substance  was 
easily  worked  on  the  lathe ;  and  (3)  a  solvent  had  been 
obtained  to  do  away  with  the  smell,  but  there  were  practical 
difficulties  attending  its  use.  With  reference  to  the 
Chairman's  questions — (1),  the  gelatinous  matter  did  shrink 
until  it  was  dried  in  the  stoves ;  and  (2)  yes,  the  manufac- 
tured article  got  harder  as  it  got  older.  In  regard  to  Dr. 
Aitken's  question,  celluloid  was  harder  than  horn.  As  to 
Mr.  Macadam's  statement  about  the  balls  he  had  seen 
collapsing,  perhaps  the  reason  of  this  shrinking  was  that 
they  had  been  made  too  thin.  Then,  in  reply  to  Mr.  Laing, 
bottles  had  not  been  made  from  celluloid,  but  he  fancied  it 
would  be  quite  suitable  for  the  lining  of  trunks,  if  its 
inflammability  were  not  an  objection.  The  largest  sized 
sheets  that  were  made  were  4  ft.  long  x  20  in.  wide,  and 
these  could  easily  be  joined  together.  Lastly,  in  reply  to  a 
question  by  the  Chairman,  he  said  that  it  was  only  a  thin 
layer  of  celluloid  that  was  put  upon  billiard  balls. 


Meeting  held    at  the  Societies'  Rooms,  207,   Bath  Street, 
Glasgow,  on  Tuesday,  March  1st,  1892. 


MR.    E.    C.    C.    STANFORD    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


THE  LATE  PROFESSOR  DITTMAR. 

The  Chairman  said  that  since  their  last  meeting  the  hand 
of  death  had  again  been  busy  among  them,  and  had  taken 
from  their  midst  their  valued  friend  Professor  Dittmar. 
He  need  not  say  that  in  his  death  they  had  lost  not  only 
one  of  their  colleagues,  but  a  man  of  eminent  position  in 
science,  and  the  committee  had  prepared  the  following 
resolution,  which  they  proposed  to  transmit  to  Mrs. 
Dittmar  : — "  The  Committee  of  the  Scottish  Section  of  the 
Society  of  Chemical  Industry  hereby  record  their  deep 
sense  of  the  great  loss  the.  Society  has  sustained  by  the 
death  of  their  late  colleague.  Professor  Dittmar,  a  loss 
which  will  be  felt  wherever  the  science  of  chemistry  is 
known.  They  desire  to  express  their  Bincere  condolence 
ami  deep  sympathy  with  his  widow  and  family  in  their 
affliction." 


THE  PREPARATION*  OF  PUEE  PHOSPHORIC 
ACID  FROM  PHOSPHATE  OF  SODA,  WITH 
AX  ACCOUNT  OF  SOME  EXPERIMENTS  ON 
THE  PHOSPHORUS-NITRIC  ACID  METHOD 
OF  MANUFACTURE. 

BY   GEORGE   WATSON,    P.I    -. 

PfRE  phosphoric  acid  is  a  substance  used  to  a  certain 
extent  in  pharmacy,  constituting,  as  it  does,  one  of  the 
ingredients  of  metallophosphatic  syrups  of  various  kinds. 
The  acid,  usually  sold  for  the  preparation  of  these  syrups, 
is  a  thick  colourless  liquid  of  a  sp.  gr.  of  1"50,  con- 
taining about  89  per  cent,  of  orthophosphoric  acid.  It 
must  conform  to  all  the  tests  of  the  British  Pharmacopcea, 
that  is  to  say,  it  must  be  free  from  notable  quantities  of 
lime,  iron,  magnesia,  or  other  basic  substances.  It  must 
cot  coagulate  albumen  or  produce  a  precipitate  when 
wanned  with  mercuric  chloride  solution.  Neither  may  it 
contain  nitric  or  sulphuric  acids,  and  it  must  be  absolutely 
free  from  arsenic. 

It  is  commonly  prepared,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  frcm 
yellow  phosphorus,  but  as  this  latter  substance  is  itself 
made  from  crude  phosphoric  acid  by  means  of  carbo- 
naceous reduction,  it  is  evident  that  the  preparation  of 
pure  phosphoric  acid  from  phosphorus,  viewed  in  con- 
junction with  the  phosphorus  manufacture,  is  essentially 
its  preparation  from  crude  phosphoric  acid,  the  inter- 
mediate production  of  phosphorus  being  simply  a  method 
of  eliminating  the  various  impurities  inherent  in  the  crude 
acid. 

As  phosphorus  is  a  somewhat  expensive  article,  however, 
although  less  so  now  than  formerly,  the  possibility  of  doing 
away  with  its  use  and  of  preparing  the  pure  from  the  crude 
acid  by  some  cheaper  process,  naturally  suggests  itself. 

Some  years  ago,  therefore,  I  made  some  experiments 
with  this  object,  and  although  I  was  unsuccessful  in 
working  out  a  paying  prosess,  yet  as  I  had  also  carried 
out  some  experiments  on  the  phosphorus-nitric-acid  method 
of  manufacture,  I  thought  a  description  of  the  whole  might 
be  of  interest  to  the  Section. 

After  several  abortive  trials,  which  it  is  needless  to 
describe  minutely,  such  as  the  lixiviation  of  "  super- 
phosphate "  with  methylated  alcohol,  the  ignition  of 
amnionic  phosphate,  the  boiling  of  amnionic  phosphate 
with  hydric  nitrate  and  with  "aqua  regia,"  it  occurred 
to  me  that  in  the  treatment  of  sodic  phosphate  with 
hydric  chloride,  there  existed  a  reaction  which  was  some- 
what hopeful.  For  hydric  chloride,  in  its  affinity  for 
bases,  is,  at  ordinary  temperatures,  one  of  the  most  power- 
ful acids  known,  while  hydric  phosphate  is  a  relatively 
weak  one.  On  consulting  tables  of  the  relative  affinities 
of  acids  it  is  seen  that  the  strengths  of  these  two  acids 
are  in  the  ratio  of  1  to  0-25.  In  other  words,  if,  for 
example,  a  formula  weight  of  monosodic  phosphate  in 
dilute  aqueous  solution  be  mixed  with  a  formula  weight 
of  hydric  chloride,  the  soda  divides  itself  between  the  two 
acids  in  proportion  to  their  affinities.  If  the  amount  of 
base  existing  as  chloride  when  equilibrium  is  attained  be 
represented  by  the  symbol  "  a "  then  the  total  amount 
present  being  one  equivalent,  \—a  represents  the  amount 

retained  by  the  hydric  phosphate,  and  the  ratio     "-   is   a 

measure  of  the  relative  strengths  of   the    two    acids.      In 

the  case  under  consideration    this  ratio    is    equal  to     

from  which  the  value  of  "  a  "  is  found  to  be  0'80,  or 
80  per  cent,  of  the  soda  now  exists  in  solution  as  chloride. 
Further,  as  sodic  chloride  is  practically  insoluble  in  a 
saturated  solution  of  hydric  chloride,  then  by  saturating 
the  solution  with  this  gas,  one  would  expect  to  have  all  the 
dissolved  sodic  chloride  precipitated,  and  the  relative 
amount  of  hydric  chloride  being  simultaneously  much 
increased  a  further  decomposition  of  the  remaining  20  per 
cent,  of  sodic  phosphate  might  be  expected  to  take  place, 
resulting  in  the  liberation  of  an  increased  proportion 
of  hydric  phosphate.  As  the  use  of  dilute  solutions, 
however,  was  out  of  the  question  on  the  ground  of  economy, 


March  31, 1892.]     THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


225 


my  first  practical  experiments  were  confined  to  gassing 
melted  crystals  of  disodic  orthophosphate  with  hvdric 
chloride.  A  preliminary  experiment,  in  which  4  11).  of 
pure  disodie  phosphate,  mixed  with  a  little  water,  were 
used,  showed  that  the  soda  was  virtually  all  separated  by 
this  treatmeut ;  the  resulting liquoi  on  draining  off  from  the 
sodie  chloride  being  found,  on  analysis,  to  contain  soda 
equal  to  only  0-705  percent,  of  the  syrupy  hydrie  phosphate 
(sp.  gr.  1-  750)  actually  present.  I  then  proceeded  to  try 
the  process  on  a  larger  scale,  the  following  being  a  few 
typical  experiments. 

Thus,  G5  lb.  of  pure  disodic  phosphate,  melted  and 
gassed  with  hydrie  chloride,  weighed  after  saturation  90  lb. 
On  settling,  syphoning  and  draining  off  the  clear  superna- 
tant, 48  lb.  of  liquor  were  obtained,  which  on  evaporation 
gave  12  lb.  of  syrupy  hydrie  phosphate,  corresponding  to 
a  yield  of  60  per  cent,  of  the  theoretical  amount.  The  acid 
was  found,  on  testing,  to  be  quite  free  from  all  impurities 
with  the  exception  of  a  small  amount  of  soda  similar  to  that 
mentioned  above. 

Another  experiment,  in  which  691b.  of  sodie  phosphate 
were  used,  absorbed  24  lb.  of  hydrie  chloride,  while  the 
liquor,  drained  off  from  the  precipitated  sodie  chloride, 
weighed  53  lb.  On  evaporation  of  this  liquor  13|  lb.  of 
syrupy  phosphoric  acid  were  obtained  corresponding  to 
nearly  66  per  cent,  of  the  theoretical  quantity. 

In  the  next  trial  the  proportion  of  hydrie  chloride  was 
increased.  To  67  lb.  of  melted  sodie  phosphate  crystals 
were  added  20  lb.  of  pure  aqueous  hydrie  chloride 
(sp.  gr.  1'160),  then  the  whole  saturated  with  hydrie 
chloride  gas  as  before.  Of  this,  23  lb.  were  absorbed,  an 
amount  almost  identical  with  that  absorbed  in  the  previous 
trials.  On  draining  off,  80  lb.  of  liquor  were  got,  giving, 
on  boiling  up,  15  lb.  of  hydrie  phosphate,  equal  to  a  yield 
of  about  75  per  cent. 

Another  experiment  was  then  made  in  the  following  way  : 
70  lb.  of  sodie  phosphate  were  melted  and  saturated  with 
hvdric  chloride  as  before,  the  amount  absorbed  being  29  lb. 
while  the  liquor  drained  off  amounted  to  5C  lb.,  and  gave 
on  evaporation  14  lb.  of  hydrie  phosphate,  or  two-thirds  of 
the  total  amouut  obtainable.  The  residual  salt  was  then 
digested  with,  one  gallon  of  water  for  a  few  hours.  This 
liquor  on  draining  off  weighed  13V  lb.  On  saturation  with 
hvdric  chloride  it  weighed  16j  lb.,  and  gave  2  lb.  of  syrupy 
hydrie  phosphate.  Uu  digesting  the  original  salt  with  a 
second  gallon  of  water,  17^  lb.  of  liuuor  were  produced, 
absorbing  4  lb.  of  hvdric  chloride  gas  and  giving  1  j  lb.  of 
hydrie  phosphate,  the  total  yield  being  thus  equal  to 
81  per  cent,  of  the  theoretical. 

In  the  two  experiments  first  described,  the  weight  of 
sodie  chloride  produced,  supposing  all  the  hydrie  phosphate 
to  have  been  liberated,  is  22  S  lb.,  while  the  weight  of  liquor 
obtainable,  if  the  sodie  chloride  had  been  obtained  anhy- 
drous, should  have  been  69§  lb.  The  difference  between 
this  "right  and  the  mean  weight  of  liquor  actually  chained 
off  is  therefore  19  lb.  As  this  seemed  a  large  amount  of 
liquid  to  be  held  by  22  V  lb.  of  sodie  chloride,  I  was  inclined 
to  believe  that  a  considerable  portion  of  the  sodie  phosphate 
was  not  decomposed,  but  was  simply  thrown  down  as 
monosodic  phosphate. 

Consequently  I  then  proceeded  to  examine  the  reaction 
more  carefully  on  a  small  scale,  using,  instead  of  crystallised 
disodic  phosphate,  anhydrous  sodie  pyrophosphate  and 
digesting  it  with  definite  weights  of  pure  aqueous  hydrie 
chloride. 

The  sodie  pyrophosphate  used  was  made  from  the 
ordinary  pure  disodic  phosphate  of  commerce  by  a  further 
threefold  crystallisation.  The  purified  crystals  obtained 
were  then  melted,  filtered  through  paper,  and  the  filtrate 
evaporated  to  dryness.  The  residue  after  powdering  was 
then  ignited,  in  successive  small  portions,  to  a  red  heat  for 
about  an  hour.  The  hydrie  chloride  used  was  prepared  by 
distilliug  ordinary  pure  analytical  acid  and  bringing  the 
distillate  up  to  the  requisite  strength  by  bubbling  in  well- 
washed  hydrie  chloride  gas.  It  was  found,  by  alkaline 
titration,  to  contain  40-736  grms.  of  hydrie  chloride  per 
100  ce.,  measured  at  12°  C,  while  the  specific  gravity  at 
the  same  temperature  was  1-176,  thus  indicating  34'  63  per 
cent.     A  specific  gravity  determination  at  15°  C.  gave  1 '  174, 


which  from  Kolb's  table  is  equal  to  34  •  45  per  cent,  of  hydrie 
chloride. 

In  carrying  out  an  experiment,  the  pyrophosphate  was 
always  again  ignited  just  before  weighing  out,  and  while 
still  warm  was  again  ground  in  an  agate  mortar.  A  weighed 
quantity  was  then  placed  in  a  dry  stoppered  bottle,  a  definite 
quantity  of  hydrie  chloride  ruu  in,  and  after  inserting  the 
stopper  the  whole  shaken  up  at  intervals  and  allowed  to 
stand  a  prescribed  time. 

In  the  first  experiment  10  gc-ms.  of  pyrophosphate  and 
40  ce.  hydrie  chloride  were  digested  together  for  24  hours, 
then  the  liquid  filtered  off  through  a  funnel  plugged  with 
glass  wool  into  a  i  litre  flask,  and  the  residual  matter 
washed  with  methylated  alcohol  until  acid  free.  The  filtrate 
was  then  made  up  to  the  mark  with  water  and  the  hydrie 
phosphate  estimated  in  20  cc.  by  "magnesia  mixture," 
after  having  boiled  it  for  30  minutes  to  ensure  that  all  the 
pyrophosphoric  acid  was  converted  into  the  ortho  form. 
The  precipitate  obtained  weighed  0-3337  grm.,  equivalent  to 
7-365  grms.  of  hydrie  phosphate  in  the  ^  litre.  The  total 
amount  of  hydrie  phosphate  obtainable  from  10  grms.  of 
sodie  pyrophosphate  being  7-368  grms.,  this  result  is  equal 
to  99  ■  95  per  cent. 

Experiment  No.  2  was  similar  to  the  above  in  all  respects 
saving  that  30  ce.  of  hydrie  chloride  were  used  iustead 
of  40  cc.  The  precipitate  obtained  from  20  ee.  weighed 
0-3356  grm.,  equivalent  to  a  total  of  7-407  grms.  of  hydrie 
phosphate,  or  100  per  cent.  The  result  of  this  experiment 
may  be  expressed  symbolically  as  follows  :  — 

Na4P207  +  8-9HC1  +  aq.  =  2  HbP04  +  4  NaCl 
+  4-9  HC1  +  aq. 

or  as  a  general  expression  representative  of  the  complete 
decomposition  of  sodie  pyrophosphate  by  the  minimum 
of  hydrie  chloride  ;  we  have — 

Na4N,07  +  nHCl  +  aq.  =  2  IXT'O,  +  4  NaCl 
+  C«-4)HC1  +  aq. 

in  which  n  =  a  number  less  than  8-9.  Other  three  experi- 
ments were  then  made  to  ascertain  the  value  of  n. 

Experiment  No.  3. — 7-4215  grms.  of  pyrophosphate  and 
1 1  ■  636  grms.  of  hydrie  chloride  were  digested  48  hours. 
As  in  this  case,  however,  there  might  not  be  a  sufficient 
excess  of  hydrie  chloride  to  prevent  some  of  the  sodie 
chloride  from  going  into  solution,  50  cc.  of  methylated 
alcohol  were  added  before  filtering  off,  the  liquid  being  then 
filtered  through  paper  into  a  litre  flask,  and  the  residue 
washed  acid  free  with  alcohol  as  before.  The  filtrate  was 
then  made  up  with  water  to  the  mark,  and  50  ce.  taken  for 
the  determination  of  hydrie  phosphate.  The  precipitate 
weighed  0-2225  grm.,  equal  to  a  total  of  3-929  grms.  of 
hydrie  phosphate  in  the  litre,  or  a  yield  of  71-841  per  cent. 

Experiment  No.  4.  —  10  grms.  pyrophosphate  were 
digested  with  17-5  grms.  hydrie  chloride  for  48  hours, 
diluted  with  alcohol,  filtered  off,  and  the  filtrate  made  up 
to  a  i  litre.  The  precipitate  obtained  from  20  cc.  weighed 
•2955  grm.,  equal  to  a  total  of  6-522  grms.  of  Irydric 
phosphate,  or  88-518  per  cent. 

Experiment  No.  5. — In  this  experiment  10  grms.  of 
pyrophosphate  were  digested  with  16  cc.  hydrie  chloride  for 
66  hours,  then  diluted  with  alcohol  and  treated  as  before, 
the  filtrate  being  made  up  to  a  A  litre.  The  estimation  of 
hydrie  phosphate  in  20  cc.  gave  a  precipitate  weighing 
0-3315  grm.  equal  to  7 -317  grms.  of  hydrie  phosphate  in 
the  i-  litre  or  99-348  per  cent. 

In  experiments  Nos.  3  and  4,  an  interesting  relation 
between  the  hydrie  phosphate  set  free  and  the  hydrie 
chloride  required  for  its  liberation  exists,  which  enables  us 
to  calculate  the  value  of  n.  Thus  in  experiment  No.  3,  the 
weight  of  anhydrous  hydrie  chloride  contained  in  the 
11-636  grms.  of  aqueous  acid  taken  is  4-0190  grms.  If 
from  this  weight  there  be  subtracted  the  weight  of  dry 
hydrie  chloride  required  to  combine  with  half  the  soda  in 
the  7-4215  grms.  of  pyrophosphate  (i.e.,  the  amount 
necessary  to  transform  the  normal  sodie  pyrophosphate 
into  disodic  pyrophosphate  or  possibly  monosodic  ortho- 


226 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  si,  1S92. 


phosphate')  there  is  obtained  the  number  1-982:5. 
Multiplying  this  by  2  gives  3  9646,  a  number  practically 
identical  with  the  weight  of  hydrie  phosphate  found  to  be 
liberated  (3  '929  grms.).  From  this  experiment  it  is  seen 
that  the  hydrie  chloride  acts  with  two  functions  :  firstly  a 
portion  is  used  to  saturate  half  the  soda  in  the  pyrophos- 
phate, then  the  remainder  acts  on  the  resulting  salt  and 
sets  free  twice  its  weight  of  hydrie  orthophosphate. 
Examining  experiment  Xo.  4  in  the  same  way,  a  similar 
result  is  arrived  at.  Thus  deducting  from  the  weight 
of  hydrie  chloride  used  (6-0444  grms.)  the  weight  re- 
quired to  combine  with  half  the  soda  of  10  grms.  pyro- 
phosphate (  =  2-7443  grms.)  there  is  obtained  3-3001, 
which  multiplied  by  2  gives  6-6002,  a  number  virtually 
identical  with  the  weight  of  hydrie  phosphate  bound  to  be 
liberated  (6- 522  grms.). 

Assuming  then  this  relation  to  hold  for  all  quantities  of 
hydrie  chloride,  and  calculating  the  least  weight  necessary 
to  completely  liberate  the  hydrie  phosphate  from  10  grms. 
of  pyrophosphate,  there  is  obtained  6-4283  grms.  of  dry 
hydrie  chloride  which  is  equal  to  15-8  cc.  of  the  aqueous 
hydrie  chloride,  used  in  these  experiments.  In  experiment 
No.  5,  16  cc,  or  only  1-3  per  cent,  more  than  this,  was 
found  to  liberate  all  the  hydrie  phosphate  from  this  weight 
of  pyrophosphate,  so  that  the  statement  made  may  be 
taken  as  true.  The  following  equation  represents  therefore 
the  final  distribution  of  matter  when  equivalent  weights  of 
sodic  pyrophosphate  and  aqueous  hydrie  chloride  are 
digested  together  at  the  ordinary  temperature  under  the 
conditions  specified : — 

Na4T207  +  4  HC1  +  aq.  =  3-49  NaCl  +  1-49  II3P04 
+  0-51  HC1  +  0-51  NaH2P04 

while  the  expression  representing  the  complete  decompo- 
sition of  the  pyrophosphate  by  the  minimum  of  hydrie 
chloride  is  — 

Na4P307  +  4-685  HC1  +  aq.  =  2  H3P04  +  4  NaCl 
+  0-685  HC1  +  aq. 

The  symbol  "  aq. "  signifies,  of  course,  the  amount  of 
water  eoutaiued  in  the  aqueous  hydrie  chloride. 

This  reaction  was  not  found  to  constitute  a  paying  process 
for  the  manufacture  of  phosphoric  acid.  The  washing  out 
of  the  acid  retained  by  the  salt  by  means  of  alcohol  was 
inadmissible,  .vhile  the  use  of  hydrie  chloride  solution  for 
this  purpose  would  have  led  to  the  necessity  of  considerable 
evaporation  and  the  recovery  of  the  hydrie  chloride  used  if 
the  costs  were  to  be  kept  within  reasonable  limits.  Further, 
it  was  found  that  the  sodie  phosphate  had  to  be  quite  free 
from  sulphates,  otherwise  the  soda  was  not  completely 
separated.  The  sodic  sulphate  thus  left  in  the  syrupy  acid 
had,  when  in  small  quantities,  the  effect  of  imparting  a 
gelatinous  consistency  to  it,  while  in  some  cases  when  the 
amount  was  larger  the  acid  became  quite  solid  on  cooling. 
In  other  eases  again  the  acid  was  apparently  all  right  when 
at  first  prepared,  but  on  standing  for  some  days  it  became 
milky  from  the  separation  of  sodie  sulphate.  This  precipi- 
tate of  sodic  sulphate  took  a  long  time  to  settle,  and  the 
separation  not  being  complete  the  clear  supernatant  acid 
had  always  a  gelatinous  appearance.  Only  when  the  sodic 
phosphate  was  quite  free  from  sulphate  was  the  acid 
suitable. 

The  practical  experiments  described  above  were  made 
in  the  early  part  of  the  year  1888.  Alter  they  had 
been  completed  there  appeared  in  the  Chemical  .Society's 
Journal,  54,  321,  an  abstract  of  a  paper  by  A.  Bettendorft, 
published  in  the  Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  27,  24 — 26,  in  which  this 
reaction  is  made  use  of  for  the  detection  of  sodium  in  glacial 
phosphoric  acid.  According  to  this  chemist  98'5  per  cent. 
of  the  sodium  of  sodic  pyrophosphate  is  separated  as 
chloride  on  digesting  the  pyrophosphate  with  aqueous 
hydrie  chloride  of  1-19  sp.  gr.  He  also  suggests  this 
reaction  as  a  convenient  method  of  preparing  hydrie 
phosphate  directly  from  sodic  phosphate.  I  find  also  that 
a  similar  process  has  been  proposed  by  A.  Joly  (Compt. 
Rend.  102,  316 — 318)  in  the  ease  of  monammonium  phos- 
phate, the  liquor  obtained,  however,  after  separation  of  the 
amnionic   chloride,   being  heated   by    him    with    successive 


portions  of  hydrie  nitrate  in  order  to  complete  the  expulsion 
of  the  remaining  ammonia  as  well  as  the  hydrie  chloride. 

I  have  now  to  describe  the  experiments  made  on  the 
phosphorus-nitric-acid  method  of  manufacture.  As  this  is 
an  oxidation  process,  however,  it  may  be  of  interest  to 
review  shortly,  in  the  first  place,  the  results  obtained  by 
other  chemists  on  the  oxidation  of  phosphorus  by  various 
means. 

Phosphorus  is  not  so  easily  oxidised  into  the  state  of 
pentoxide,  or  of  hydrie  phosphate  as  one  might  imagine 
from  its  great  inflammability.  It  is  true  that  when  burned 
in  abundance  of  air  or  oxygen,  the  pentoxide  is  the  only 
final  product,  but  when  it  is  burned  in  a  confined  air  space, 
as,  for  example,  under  a  bell-jar,  a  considerable  amount  of 
the  trioxide  is  also  produced  in  addition  to  a  certain  quantity 
of  the  suboxide  P4  O.  (See  also  this  Journal,  1885,  574, 
et  seq.). 

Thorpe  and  Tutton  have  shown  (Trans.  Chem.  Soc.  57, 
545-573)  that  when  phosphorus  contained  in  a  combustion 
tube  is  burned  in  a  comparatively  rapid  current  of  air,  in 
addition  to  the  formation  of  the  suboxide,  a  certain  quantity 
of  the  trioxide  is  also  formed,  the  oxidation  being,  however, 
under  the  conditions  of  their  experiments,  a  relatively  feeble 
one,  if  compared  with  that  taking  place  in  the  open  air. 
On  the  other  hand,  according  to  the  same  chemists,  phos- 
phoric oxide  is  the  only  oxide  formed  when  phosphorus 
glows  in  the  air  at  the  ordinary  temperature  (Chem.  Soe. 
Trans.  49^  833)  while  they  also  prepared  from  the  products 
of  the  slow  oxidation  of  phosphorus  in  dry  air  an  oxide  of 
the  formula  P204  (loc.  «'£.)•  This  oxide  they  consider  to 
be  the  true  tetroxide  of  phosphorus,  and  not  the  anhydride 
of  hypophosphoric  acid  (H4l\oi()  obtained  by  Salzer,  by 
the  slow  oxidation  of  phosphorus  partially  immersed  in 
water. 

Again,  I.  Corne  (J.  Pharm.  Chiru.),  by  heating  phosphorus 
to  75°  C.  in  a  solution  of  cuprie  nitrate,  found  that  hypo- 
phosphoric  acid  was  formed  while  J.  B.  Senderens  (Compt. 
Rend.  104,  175-177)  states  that  amorphous  phosphorus 
when  heated  with  solutions  of  argentic  or  cuprie  nitrates 
gives  in  the  one  ease  a  precipitate  of  silver,  in  the  other  a 
precipitate  of  copper  phosphide,  the  phosphorus  being  at 
the  same  time  oxidised  into  hydrie  phosphate. 

It  is  also  known,  that  on  dissolving  yellow  phosphorus  in 
dilute  hydrie  nitrate,  a  certain  amount  of  hydrie  phosphite 
is  produced  which  amount  is  greater  at  the  initial  stages  of 
the  solution  (Fresenius'  Qual.  Analyses,  9th  ed.,  176),  but 
no  determinations  of  the  relative  proportions  of  the  two 
acids  seem  to  have  been  made.  I  therefore  thought  it 
would  be  of  interest  to  examine  this  point. 

For  this  purpose  a  flask  of  about  1  litre  capacity, 
having  a  short,  thick  welted  neck,  was  taken,  and  a  glass 
condensing  tube  of  about  three  feet  in  length  and  three- 
quarters  of  an  inch  bore  fitted  to  it  by  grinding.  An  in- 
definite weight  of  yellow  stick  phosphorus  (usually  about 
60  grms.)  was  then  placed  in  the  flask  and  500  cc.  of 
dilute  hydrie  nitrate  run  in.  The  condensing  tube  was  then 
inserted,  and  the  contents  heated  up  till  the  reaction  was 
started,  the  reaction  being  then  kept  going  for  the  pie- 
scribed  time,  external  heat  being  used  when  necessary. 
The  phosphorus  used  was  a  good  sample  of  commercial 
stick  phosphorus,  containing  a  little  arsenic,  and  the  hydrie 
nitrate  used  was  prepared  by  distilling  pure  analytical  acid 
and  diluting  the  distillate  to  a  sp.  gr.  of  1-223.  A 
titration  of  this  acid  with  standard  soda  showed  that  it 
contained  35-77  per  cent  of  HSOa.  This  acid  was  used  in 
experiments  Xos.  1,  2,  and  3,  while  in  the  remainder  weaker 
acids  made  from  it  by  dilution  were  used.  At  the  end  of 
an  experiment  the  solution  was  diluted  to  a  convenient 
strength  and  two  comparable  volumes  taken  for  the  esti- 
mation of  total  phosphorus  and  that  existing  as  hydrie 
phosphate.  The  hydrie  phosphate  was  always  precipitated 
as  ammonio-maguesic  phosphate  directly  from  the  solution 
after  having  diluted  it  to  a  volume  of  250  cc.  The  total 
phosphorus  was  estimated  in  its  portion  of  the  liquid  after 
it  had  been  evaporated  to  a  film  with  60  cc.  of  nitro- 
hydrochloric  acid,  this  treatment  being  found  to  effect  a 
complete  oxidation  of  the  hydrie  phosphite.  The  annexed 
table  contains  the  results  of  these  experiments. 


March  si,  1892.]     THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


227 


No.  ol 

Experi- 
ment. 

Strength 
or  Hydric 
Nitrate. 

Time  of 

Cohoba- 

tion. 

Weight  ofMg  P.O, 

Precipitate  obtained  = 

H3PO,  produced. 

Weight  of  Mu-jP.O-  Precipitate 

obtained  =  Total  Phosphorus 

dissolved. 

Ratio  of  Phos- 
phorous to  Phos- 
phoric Acid. 

Remarks. 

l 

)Vr  Cent. 
35  77 

5  liours 

Co.              Grin. 

40    gave     -3461 

Cc.               Gnu. 
20    gave     "IBM 

1    :    10-47 

2 
3 

» 

About  2 
liours. 
i  hour 

5       „       -2071 
20       „       -1353 

5        „        -2713 
20       „       "2646 

1    :      3-85 
1    :      1-35 

Allowed  to  proceed  to  an  end 
without  external  heating. 

i 

29-70 

2  hours 

5        „         -1373 

5        „        -2215 

1    :      1-94 

5 

a 

23-15 

i  liuur 
2.1,  hours 

411         „         -UsC, 
20        „         -2213 

20        „        -122S 
10        „        -2412 

1    :      1-11 
1    :      1-013 

H^P03  oxidised  by  Br  water 
in  estimation. 

7 

„ 

i  hour 

40        „         -1190 

20        „         -1296 

1    :      1-014 

S 

W06 
8-37 

}  hour 
£  hour 

20        „         -0965 
50        „         -1028     ■ 

20        „         •21B5 
50        ,.         -2203 

1    :        -901 
1     :        -994 

Liquor  not  diluted  before 
withdrawing  portion  for 
analysis. 

Do.              do. 

From  these  experiments  it  is  seen  that  as  the  strength 
of  the  hydric  nitrate  is  reduced,  the  ratio  of  the  phosphorous 
to  the  phosphoric  acid  alters  until  in  experiments  Nos.  6 
and  7  it  corresponds  to  that  of  equal  weights.  In  the  two 
last  experiments,  in  which  still  more  dilute  hydric  nitrate 
was  used,  the  proportion  of  hydric  phosphite  formed  is 
slightly  greater,  although  not  to  auy  remarkable  extent,  the 
ratio  still  practically  being  that  of  equal  weights.  Further, 
from  the  first  five  experiments,  in  which  the  strongest 
acids  were  used,  it  is  seen  that  the  effect  of  reducing 
the  time  of  cohobation  is  also  to  increase  the  propor- 
tion of  hydric  phosphite  formed.  These  show  that  in 
addition  to  the  fundamental  reaction,  a  secondary  one 
is  going  on,  in  which  the  hydric  phosphite  formed  in  the 
primary  reaction  is  being  oxidised  into  hydric  phosphate. 
The  primary  reaction,  therefore,  must  correspond  to  the 
formation  of  some  larger  proportion  of  hydric  phosphite 
than  that  found  in  experiment  No.  3  for  example.  If,  then, 
the  effect  of  diluting  the  hydric  nitrate  be  to  eliminate  this 
secondary  change,  the  ratios  found  in  the  last  four  experi- 
ments probably  represent  the  fundamental  reaction,  and 
these  ratios  correspond  to  the  formation  of  equal  weights  of 
hydric  phosphite  and  [phosphate.  From  a  consideration  of  the 
results  obtained  by  the  chemists  already  mentioned  it  might 
have  been  expected  that  the  primary  reaction  would  have  been 
one    in  which  equivalent  weights   of   the   two   acids   were 

formed,  corresponding  to  the  ratio  .     ,  "!  = — L  ,  but  in  only 

°     .       _  HaFO,     1-196 

one  experiment  (No.  5)  is  this  relation  at  all  approximated 
to,  and  this  experiment  does  not  represent  a  state  of  equili- 
brium. At  the  same  time,  it  is  possible  that  this  may  be 
the  principal  reaction,  and  that  the  excess  of  hydric  phos- 
phite is  due  to  another  bye  reaction.  For,  in  boiling  yellow 
phosphorus  with  hydric  nitrate,  little  globules  of  phosphorus 
are  thrown  up  to  the  surface  of  the  liquid  and  there  undergo 
a  slow  combustion  in  the  atmosphere  of  the  flask,  with  the 
result  that  the  upper  part  of  the  vessel  becomes  filled  with 
white  fumes.  In  all  these  experiments  these  fumes  were 
formed  and  issued  from  the  end  of  the  condensing  tube  into 
the  air.  In  nearly  every  case  a  portion  condensed  in  the 
cool  end  of  the  tube  as  a  white  film,  while  in  experiment 
No.  8  a  series  of  lambent  flames  passed  continually  down 
the  tube  from  the  orifice.  At  the  conclusion  of  experiment 
No,  1  this  film  was  washed  into  a  small  beaker  with  cold 
water.  It  did  not  wholly  dissolve  in  the  cold  even  after 
digesting  for  half  an  hour,  but  on  boiling  it  went  into  solu- 
tion with  separation  of  a  pale  yellow  powder.  The  solution, 
when  tested  qualitatively,  showed  the  presence  of  both  phos- 
phate and  phosphite,  the  latter  so  far  as  could  be  judged 
in  larger  amount.  The  white  fumes,  therefore,  evidently 
consisted  largely,  if  not  wholly,  of  phosphorous  oxide.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  the  equal  weight  ratio  be  due  to  this 
secondary  reaction,  it  is  remarkable  that  the  ratios  found  in 
experiments  Xos.  6  to  9  do  not  show  a  greater  variation 
among  themselves  than  they  do.     On  the  whole,  I  think 


that  the  balance  of  evidence,  so  far  as  it  goes,  is  in  favour 
of  the  statement  that  the  primary  reaction  taking  place  is 
one  in  which  equal  weights  of  hydric  phosphite  and  hydric 
phosphate  are  formed,  but  further  experiments  are  necessary 
on  this  point. 

In  carrying  out  this  reaction  for  the  preparation  of 
phosphoric  acid  a  few  points  have  to  be  attended  to.  As 
the  formation  of  hydric  phosphate  from  phosphorus, 
oxygen,  and  water  liberates  a  much  larger  amount  of  heat 
than  the  corresponding  formation  of  hydric  nitrate,  the 
reaction  between  phosphorus  and  hydric  uitrate  is  an 
exothermic  one.  The  speed  of  the  reaction,  and  therefore 
the  period  of  time  in  which  this  heat  is  evolved,  depends  on 
the  concentration  of  the  hydric  nitrate  and  the  extent  of 
phosphorus  surface  exposed  to  it.  Consequentlv,  if  the 
oxidation  is  being  done  in  a  glass  retort  cooled  only  by 
radiation,  and  the  amount  of  heat  generated  be  greater  than 
can  thus  be  dissipated,  the  excess  is  spent  in  distilling  over 
water  from  the  retort.  The  hydric  nitrate  becoming  in  this 
way  continually  stronger,  the  reaction  may  become  more 
and  more  tumultuous,  until,  when  all  the  liquor  has  been 
driven  over,  the  temperature  has  risen  so  high  that  any 
phosphorus  still  present  begins  to  distil,  and  the  vessel 
may  be  broken.  The  strength  of  the  hydric  nitrate  and 
the  extent  of  phosphorus-surface  exposed  to  its  action 
must  therefore  be  such  that  this  does  not  happen.  The 
strength  given  in  the  text-books  for  the  hydric  nitrate  is  the 
best  one,  viz.,  an  acid  of  about  1-200  sp.  gr.  From 
my  own  experience,  it  is  not  advisable  to  use  an  acid  of 
greater  gravity  than  1  ■  250  nor  one  much  below  1  ■  200,  so 
that  the  limits  are  somewhat  narrow.  By  increasing  the 
surface  of  the  phosphorus,  however,  the  speed  of  the  reaction 
can  be  safely  accelerated  to  a  certain  extent.  Thus,  using 
1  lb.  of  phosphorous  and  12  lb.  of  hydric  nitrate 
(sp.  gr.  1-215),  and  reacting  for  one  working  day,  2y  lb. 
of  syrupy  phosphoric  acid  were  produced.  With  the  same 
weight  of  hydric  nitrate  and  lj  lb.  of  phosphorus,  and 
reacting  for  as  nearly  as  possible  the  same  time,  3  lb.  of 
phosphoric  acid  were  obtained,  while  1^  and  lj  lb.  of 
phosphorus  gave  under  the  same  conditions  3|  and  3j  lb. 
nearly  of  phosphoric  acid  respectively. 

When  working  the  process  continuously,  it  is  not  advis- 
able to  continue  the  oxidation  until  all  the  phosphorus 
has  been  dissolved  as  the  reaction  becomes  very  slow 
when  the  phosphorus  becomes  small  in  amount,  but  it  is 
better  to  pour  off  the  liquor  at  the  end  of  a  day's  working 
and  re-start  with  an  augmented  amount  of  phosphorus 
and  a  new  quantity  of  hydric  nitrate. 

The  liquor  obtained  in  this  way,  which  still  contains  some 
hydric  phosphite,  is  then  evaporated  in  glass  retorts  until 
all  the  hydric  nitrate  has  been  expelled,  by  which  time  the 
oxidation  is  complete.  The  oxidation  of  this  remuant  of 
hydric  phosphite  seems  to  take  place  in  stages,  as  duriug 
the  concentration  the  liquid,  which  is  at  first  nearly  colour- 


228 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [March  si,  1892. 


less,  becomes  brown,  and  evolves  nitrous  fumes.  It  then 
becomes  clearer  until  the  concentration  has  proceeded 
further,  when  it  again  becomes  brown,  and  evolves  more 
nitrous  funics,  and  so  on,  the  final  oxidation  taking  place 
.when  the  evaporation  is  almost  finished.  The  heating  is 
then  continued  until  the  liquid  stops  bubbling,  and  is  kept 
hot  for  a  short  time  in  order  that  the  acid  may  be  rendered 
quite  colourless.  The  strong  acid  at  this  temperature  has  a 
corrosive  action  on  glass,  so  that  the  heating  must  not  be 
too  long  continued,  otherwise,  the  temperature  rising,  the 
retort  may  be  spoiled,  but  even  with  all  care  the  glass  in 
course  of  time  becomes  so  thin  that  the  retorts  have  to  be 
laid  aside. 

The  phosphoric  acid  obtained  still  contains  the  arsenic 
originally  present  in  the  phosphorus  from  which  it  has  to  be 
purified.  This  is  done  by  precipitation  as  sulphide.  A 
suitable  quantity  of  the  acid  is  diluted  with  water  to  a  gravity 
of  from  1-200  to  1 -250,  and  heated  up  in  a  stoneware  pan 
to  a  temperature  of  about  70°  C.  A  stream  of  hydric  sul- 
phide is  then  passed  in  until  the  arsenious  sulphide,  which 
at  first  imparts  a  uniform  yellow  colour  to  the  liquid,  sepa- 
rates out  as  a  precipitate.  The  liquor  is  then  allowed  to 
stanil  about  18  hours  until  cold,  when  it  is  again  well  gassed 
with  hydric  sulphide.  After  standing  till  the  next  day  it  is 
filtered  through  a  sufficient  thickness  of  calico,  and  the 
filtrate,  which  is  now  free  from  arsenic,  evaporated  to  a 
gravity  of  1 '  750. 

This  concludes  my  experiments  on  this  subject  at  the 
present  time,  but  when  time  permits  I  intend  to  examine 
the  action  of  aqueous  hydric  chloride  on  several  other 
phosphates,  phosphites,  and  hypophosphites  of  metals  which 
form  chlorides  insoluble  in  hydric  chloride,  and  will  have 
pleasure  in  placing  the  results  before  the  Society  at  a  future 
date. 

Discussion. 

The  Chairman  said  that  a  record  of  experiments  of  this 
sort  upon  any  point  in  chemistry— even  if,  or  perhaps 
especially  if,  they  proved  failures — was  very  valuable.  He 
o-athered  that  in' the  experiments  related  in  the  first  part  of 
the  paper  the  phosphoric  acid  was  made  pure,  with  the 
exception  of  the  presence  of  soda.  Perhaps  that  was  not  so 
bad  an  impurity  as  others.  Arsenic  was  often  present,  and 
that  was  worse.  This  impurity  prevented  the  use  of  such 
phosphoric  acid  in  medicine. 

Professor  E.  J.  Mills  asked  if  Mr.  Watson  had  tried  the 
experiment  of  simply  passing  a  current  of  air  through  the 
nitric  acid  during  oxidation,  and,  if  not,  he  might  be 
allowed  to  suggest  it  to  him. 

Mr.  C.  A.  Fawsitt  said  that  Mr.  Watson's  paper, 
coming  as  it  did  from  a  manufacturer  of  pure  acids,  would 
no  doubt  be  a  valuable  contribution  to  the  literature  on  the 
subject,  lie  had  occasionally  to  use  phosphoric  acid,  and 
found  it  difficult  to  obtain,  with  even  a  moderately  small 
percentage  of  iron,  at  a  reasonable  price.  The  author  had 
stated  that  the  acid  he  had  examined  contained  notable 
quantities  of  iron:  would  he  kindly  say  what  it  was  in 
per  cent.  Some  phosphoric  acid  that  he  had  seen  was  more 
like  a  solution  of  phosphate  of  iron  than  phosphoric  acid. 

Mr.  W.  G.  O'Beirne  asked:  In  what  vessels  did 
Mr.  Watson  evaporate  his  phosphoric  acid  from  the  dilute 
to  the  syrupy  condition  ?  He  had  made  some  experiments 
on  a  semi-manufacturing  scale  with  a  view  to  produce  pure 
phosphoric  aeid,  from  bone-ash,  Florida:rock,  and  Bull- 
river-rock,  in  the  course  of  which  he  found  the  phosphoric 
acid  to  act  very  severely  on  the  metallic  vessels  employed — 
glass  or  porcelain  being  too  small  for  the  purpose.  Lead, 
copper,  and  tin  were  tried  under  similar  conditions,  lead 
lost  2'0  percent.,  copper  0-4  percent.,  and  tiu5"l  percent., 
thus  showing  that  neither  of  these  met  ids  was  very  well 
adapted  to  the  purpose.  He  fully  agreed  with  Mr.  Fawsitt 
in  saving  that  the  preparation  of  a  really  pure  phosphoric 
acid  "was  not  an  easy  matter,  as  he  found,  when  working  with 
natural  phosphate.-,  that  the  elimination  of  all  traces  of  CaO 
and  S03to  be  very  difficult,  and  the  acid  so  obtained  almost 
invariably  darkened  in  colour  on  obtaining  a  specific  gravity 
of  about  1-5.     He,  however,  found    that  a    strong,  though 


really  not  pure,  acid  could  be  obtained  in  this  way.  He  did 
not  consider  a  process  in  which  spirits  were  employed  could 
be  a  financial  success,  and  also  thought  the  preparation  of 
phosphoric  acid  from  phosphorus  by  oxidation  with  nitric 
acid  was  a  costly  method.  He  had  been  told  that  a 
phosphoric  acid,  which  be  found  to  be  comparatively  pure, 
had  been  obtained  from  a  superphosphate  prepared  from 
Florida-rock  and  sulphuric  aeid,  hut  as  his  own  results  did 
not  confirm  this,  he  could  not  say  if  the  statement  were 
correct. 

Mr.  E.  Rodger  said  that  he  understood  Mr.  Watson 
objected  to  the  process  of  obtainiug  phosphoric  acid  by 
the  oxidation  of  phosphorus  in  the  usual  way,  because,  of 
the  presence  of  arsenic.  He  did  not  see  what  advantage 
the  process  of  oxidising  with  nitric  acid  had  over  the  ordi- 
nary one,  as  in  both  cases  the  arsenic  was  oxidised,  and  so 
the  phosphoric  acid  was  contaminated ;  but  Mr.  Watson 
had  doubtless  some  good  reason  for  making  use  of  nitric 
acid.  Regarding  the  manufacture  of  phosphoric  acid  from 
phosphate  rock,  he  might  say  that  if  pure  sulphuric  acid 
were  use!  to  decompose  phosphate  of  lime,  a  very  decently 
pure  phosphoric  acid  was  obtained  straight  away,  which  did 
not  contain  either  arsenic  or  soda. 

Mr.  Watson  in  reply  said  that  in  regard  to  the  prepara- 
tion of  phosphoric  acid,  there  were  two  qualities  made,  a 
pure  quality  used  solely  for  medicinal  purposes  and  a  crude 
or  impure  one  made  in  larger  quantities  and  used,  he  be- 
lieved, in  certain  processes  of  the  sugar  industry.  The 
paper  referred  only  to  the  former,  and  he  had  no  experience 
of  the  manufacture  of  the  latter,  lie  used  glass  vessels  in 
the  .concentration,  which  were  quite  suitable  for  the  quanti- 
ties required:  but  even  for  the  concentration  of  larger 
quantities  he  thought  that  the  use  of  glass  retorts,  such  as 
those  used  in  vitriol  concentration,  should  be  feasible.  No 
metal  dishes,  with  the  exception  of  platinum  ones,  could  be 
used  in  evaporating  phosphoric  acid  to  a  sp.  gr.  of 
l-7i0.  When  he  said  that  the  acid  mtht  be  free  from 
notable  amounts  of  iron,  lime,  &c,  he  meant  that  it  must 
fulfil  the  tests  of  the  British  Pharmacopoeia,  and  although  no 
definite  percentages  were  there  stated  he  supposed  that  a 
half  per  cent,  of  total  impurity,  exclusive  of  arsenic,  would 
be  the  limit.  Arsenic  could  not  be  tolerated.  He  had  not 
tried  the  experiment  suggested  by  Professor  Mills,  but  had 
no  doubt  it  would  recover  a  large  proportion  of  the  nitric 
acid.  Mr.  Rodger  was  mistaken  in  saying  that  he  objected 
to  the  process  of  obtaining  phosphoric  acid  by  the  oxidation 
of  phosphorus  in  the  usual  way,  and  as  he  (Mr.  Rodger) 
said,  the  arsenic  being  derived  from  the  phosphorus,  it  was 
certain  to  appear  in  the  phosphoric  acid,  no  matter  by  what 
method  the  phosphorus  was  oxidised.  Hence  it  had  to  be 
eliminated  afterwards,  and  he  found  that  precipitation  as 
sulphide  in  the  way  described  was  a  convenient  way  of 
doiug  this.  Phosphoric  acid  made  from  rock  phosphate 
and  sulphuric  acid  could  no  doubt  be  obtained  free  or  nearly 
so  from  lime,  but  it  would  still  contain  the  alumina,  magnesia, 
and  oxide  of  iron  present  in  the  mineral  phosphate,  and 
these  substances,  especially  alumina,  were  objectiouable  in  a 
pharmaceutical  phosphoric  acid.  He  had  recorded  his 
experiments  on  the  nitric  aeid  method  of  oxidising  phos- 
phorus (and,  indeed,  all  the  experiments  described)  simply 
in  the  hope  that  the  description  might  be  of  interest  to  the 
members  and  not  because  he  preferred  the  process  as  a 
practical  method  of  making  pure  phosphoric  acid. 


4$I)ttuai'p. 


EMERITUS  PROFESSOR  REDWOOD. 

Dr.  THEormLus  Redwood,  Emeritus  Professor  of 
Chemistry  ami  Pharmacy  to  the  Pharmaceutical  Society 
of  Great  Britain,  died  on  Saturday,  March  5,  at  his  Welsh 
home,  Bovertou,  Glamorganshire,  in  the  house  where  be  was 
born  eighty-six  years  and  five  days  previously. 


Mnvh  3i,is92.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


229 


Dr.  Redwood  was  very  fond  of  his  home  at  Boverton. 
It  was  a  small  estate  belonging  to  his  father,  and  was  where 
he  passed  his  boyhood.  It  came  into  his  possession  after 
the  death  of  an  elder  brother,  and  for  many  years  the 
Professor  turned  thither  every  summer  vacation.  His 
■wife  died  there  in  1868,  and  he  is  now  buried  beside 
her  in  Llanwit  Major  Churchyard.  During  the  last  two 
or  three  years  he  has  spent  the  greater  part  of  his  time  at 
Boverton,  paying  only  occasional  visits  to  London  when 
important  business  required  his  attention  at  his  laboratory. 
He  had  a  little  laboratory  at  his  home ;  but  his  hobby  at 
Boverton  was  to  make  improvements  on  his  estate — ■ 
gardening  and  such  other  country  work  as  came  in  his  way 
— for  others  as  well  as  for  himself.  He  was  well  known, 
and  much  loved  and  respected  by  his  neighbours,  poor  and 
rich,  for  many  miles  round — his  helpfulness  and  his 
unvarying  kindness  being  often  called  into  requisition. 

Dr.  Kedwood  was  first  introduced  to  the  drug  trade  at 
Cardiff,  and  in  that  same  town  last  August  he  appeared 
before  pharmacists  for  the  last  time.  His  son  tells  us  that 
he  believes  that  occasion  was  the  last  on  which  his 
father  took  part  in  any  public  function  of  any  kind. 
Very  hearty  indeed  was  the  reception  given  to  him  wheu  he 
stepped  forward  to  second  the  vote  of  thauks  to  the 
President  for  his  address.  It  was  just  seventy  years  ago, 
Said  the  speaker,  that  he  commenced  his  pharmaceutical 
studies  in  that  town.  He  had  a  claim,  therefore,  to  look 
upon  himself  as  a  Cardiff  pharmacist.  In  those  seventy 
years,  he  reminded  his  audience,  Cardiff  had  grown  from 
a  little  town  with  four  or  five  thousand  inhabitants,  with 
neither  docks  nor  railroads,  to  the  great  busy  place  with 
its  l'J8,000  inhabitants,  and  its  vast  docks  and  industries. 

Young  Redwood  went  to  the  shop  of  his  brother-in-law, 
Mr.  Charles  Vachell,  who  did  a  large  general  trade  and 
also  practised  as  an  apothecary. 

Some  three  years  later  a  Quaker  lady  who  knew  John 
Bell,  of  Oxford  Street,  was  staying  at  the  house  of  young 
Redwood's  father,  and  through  her  influence  an  opening 
was  made  for  him  in  that  celebrated  pharmacy.  Some  four 
or  five  years  after  he  had  entered  the  house,  and  when  he 
had  arrived  at  the  principal-dispenser  counter,  it  was  found 
necessary  to  enlarge  the  pharmacy.  The  firm  offered  a 
premium  for  the  plan  which  should  he  approved  by  them 
for  enlarging  and  remodelling  the  shop,  and  all  in  the  place, 
partners  and  assistants,  were  invited  to  compete.  Many 
drawings  were  sent  in,  but  the  one  which  received  the  prize 
was  Redwood's.  His  design  was  approved  in  every  detail, 
and  though  it  involved  some  structural  alterations,  these 
were  carried  out  exactly  as  described,  and  the  shop  as  it 
now  exists  is  almost  the  same  as  that  which  young  Redwood 
planned. 

While  he  was  engaged  in  the  business  of  John  Bell  & 
Co.,  the  son  of  the  chief,  Jacob  Bell,  came  into  the  establish- 
ment. Jacob  Bell  was  four  years  younger  than  Redwood, 
and  he  had  the  sense  to  take  him  as  his  guide  and  instructor 
in  pharmaceutical  matters. 

Redwood  left  Oxford  Street  and  established  a  business  of 
his  own  in  Crawford  Street.  There  he  fitted  up  a  small 
factory,  and  began  the  manufacture  of  some  chemical  and 
pharmaceutical  products,  devoting  especial  attention  to  the 
perfection  of  the  preparation  of  extracts  in  vacuo.  His 
business  subsequently  passed  into  the  hands  of  Mr.  Thomas 
Biggs,  to  whom  succeeded  Mr.  Frederick  Curtis,  who 
removed  it  to  Baker  Street,  and  whose  successors,  Messrs. 
Jameson  and  Son,  are  the  present  proprietors. 

In  1841  Jacob  Bell  commenced  the  organisation  of  the 
Pharmaceutical  Society,  and  from  that  date  till  Mr.  Bell's 
death,  in  1859,  Mr.  Redwood  was  the  thoughtful,  pains- 
taking, wise,  but  singularly  unobtrusive  supporter  of  the 
enterprise  to  elevate  the  status  of  the  British  chemist  and 
druggist.  Through  those  years  Mr.  Redwood  was  the 
organiser  of  the  Society's  scientific,  and,  to  a  great  extent, 
of  its  educational  work.  Some  Jubilee  reminiscences, 
from  Mr.  Joseph  Ince,  show  how  the  scientific  work  of 
tin  Society  was  done  in  its  early  days.  There  were 
excellent  evening  meetings,  good  papers  were  read,  im- 
portant processes  explained,  and  there  were  several  able 
nun  who  could  be  relied  upon  to  discuss  whatever  was 
brought   forward.     The  Council  appointed  a  committee  to 


provide  for  the  evening  meetings,  but  Redwood,  as  the 
scientific  officer  of  the  .Society,  communicated  all  papers. 
There  arose  complaints  that  Redwood  was  too  much  in 
evidence,  and  Mr.  Bell,  always  anxious  to  encourage  every 
one  to  take  part  in  the  common  work,  stepped  into  the 
background,  and  took  his  friend  with  him.  The  entire 
control  of  the  evening  meetings  was  handed  over  to  the 
committee,  and  when  the  session  of  1851-52  opened  there 
was  no  paper  and  no  suggestion,  and  October  1851  is  a 
blank  in  the  official  records.  Mr.  Bell  and  Professor 
Redwood  were  requested  to  resume  their  original  positions. 

Mr.  Redwood  was  appointed  Professor  of  Pharmacy  to 
the  Society  when  the  school  was  first  founded,  and  when 
Mr.  Fownes  resigned,  on  account  of  ill-health,  the  Chair  of 
Pharmacy  was  united  with  that  of  Chemistry.  The  labora- 
tory, which  was  the  first  in  this  country  specially  arranged 
for  giving  practical  instruction  in  chemistry  and  pharmacy, 
was  planned  from  Professor  Redwood's  designs.  The 
College  of  Chemistry,  under  Dr.  Hofmann,  and  the 
Birkbeck  Laboratory  at  University  College,  under  Professor 
Fownes,  followed  soon  afterwards,  the  latter  of  these  being 
constructed  on  the  same  principle  as  that  of  the  one  in 
Bloomsbury  Square. 

Professor  Redwood  was  for  many  years  Secretary  of  the 
Chemical  Society,  and  also  of  the  Cavendish  Society.  His 
degree  of  Ph.D.  was  conferred  upon  him  by  the  University 
of  Giessen,  at  the  special  request  of  Liebig  when  he  was 
resigning  his  professorship  at  that  institution. 

In  1847  Redwood  edited  and  partly  re-wrote  a  new 
edition  of  Gray's  Supplement  to  the  Pharmacopoeia.  In 
1849  a  further  edition  was  produced,  and  as  by  this  time 
there  was  scarcely  any  of  the  original  left,  it  appeared 
as  Redwood's  Supplement.  Subsequently  he  edited  and 
adapted  for  English  readers  a  work  on  practical  pharmacy, 
which  was  published  as  "  Mohr  and  Redwood's  Practical 
Pharmacy."  A  great  part  of  the  English  edition  was 
new  matter  written  by  Redwood.  Another  important 
literary  work  which  he  undertook  was  the  re-casting  of 
Pereira's  "  Materia  Medica."  This  work  was  done  in 
collaboration  with  his  colleague  Professor  Bentley.  He 
assisted  Mr.  Bell  to  found  the  "  Pharmaceutical  Journal," 
and  to  conduct  it  until  that  gentleman's  death  in 
1859.  From  1859  to  1870  Redwood  was  himself  the 
chief  editor.  When  the  first  British  Pharmacopoeia  was 
published,  in  1864,  it  was  found  so  unsatisfactory  that 
the  Medical  Council  was  obliged  to  call  in  the  aid  of 
some  pharmaceutical  experts.  Dr.  Redwood  and  Mr. 
Warington,  of  the  Apothecaries'  Hall,  were  engaged  to 
prepare  a  new  edition. 

For  fullness  of  knowledge  on  pharmaceutical  matters 
Dr.  Redwood  had,  perhaps,  no  equal  in  this  country. 
When  he  had  to  speak  in  public  he  was  generally  very 
deliberate,  but  always  very  clear,  and  his  words  were  always 
exactly  the  correct  ones.  But  when  he  had  to  reply  to  an 
attack  on  his  work,  he  was  at  his  very  best. 

Dr.  Redwood  was  married  in  1845  to  Charlotte  Elizabeth, 
the  eldest  daughter  of  the  late  Mr.  T.  N.  R.  Morson,  but 
he  had  the  great  misfortune  to  lose  her  in  1868  after  a 
long  illness.  He  leaves  six  sons  and  two  daughters.  A 
younger  sister  of  his  wife,  the  widow  of  his  half-brother, 
kept  house  for  him  at  Boverton,  and  was  with  him  at  his 
death. 

Dr.  Redwood  was  public  analyst  for  the  county  of 
Middlesex,  for  the  London  districts  of  Holborn  and  St. 
Giles,  and  for  the  borough  of  Luton. 

The  Redwood  Scholarship  founded  in  his  honour  by  a 
general  subscription  some  six  years,  when  he  retired  from 
the  active  duties  of  his  professorship,  will  after  the  present 
session  be  appropriately  a;sociated  with  the  Research 
Laboratory. 

To  the  majority  of  those  who  read  this  tribute,  Dr. 
Redwood  has  always  been  an  old  man  in  years,  though 
as  young  as  the  youngest  in  thought,  in  quickness  of 
apprehension,  in  debate,  and  in  cordiality.  From  his 
earliest  days  to  his  latest  he  seemed  absolutely  free  from 
prejudices. 


230 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCEETT   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  U.U9B. 


journal  ant)  patent*  literature* 


Class.  Pa*e- 

I.— General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery 230 

II.— Fuel,  Gas.  ami  Lieut 2.(1 

III —Destructive  Distinction,  Tar  Products,  4c 235 

I  v.— Colouring  Matters  and  Dyes  235 

V.— Textiles:  Cotton,  Wool,  Silk,  &c — 

VI.— Dyeing,   Calico   Printins,    Paper    Staining,   and 

Bleaching 237 

VII.— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 237 

V  III.— Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware 239 

IX.— Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars,  and  Cements. .  241 

X.— Metallurgy 242 

XI.— Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy   2 17 

XII.— Fats,  Oils,  and  Soap  Manufacture 250 

XIII  —Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 
Rubber,  4c 250 

XI v.— Tanning,  Leather,  Glue,  and  Size 253 

XV.— Manures,  tc 2°3 

XVI.— Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  4c — 

XVII.— Bretfing,  Wines,  Spirits,  4c 255 

XVIII  —  Chemistry   of   Foods,   Sanitary   Chimistry,    and 

Disinfectants 257 

XIX.— Paper,  Pasteboard,  ic 2'.1 

XX.— Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids.  Essences,  and  Extracts  261 

XXI.— Photoeraphic  Materials  and  Processes 366 

XXII—  Explosives.  Matches,  4c 267 

XXIII.— Analytical  Chemistry 267 


I  .-GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 


On  the  Durability  of  Aluminium.     C.  Winkler, 
angew.  Chem.  1892,  69. 

See  under  X.,  page  244. 


Zeits.  f. 


Improvements  in  Chemical  Fire  Extinguishers.     J.  Haslani, 
Tonge.     Eng.  Pat.  4839,  March  18,  1891. 

These  improvements  relate  to  stoppers  or  covers  for 
chemical  fire  extinguishers,  with  a  view  to  prevent  the 
escape  of  gas  produced  by  the  action  of  the  carbonate  or 
other  solution,  through  the  accidental  application  of  heat  or 
from  some  other  cause  when  not  in  use.  One  of  the 
arrangements  is  shown   in  the  accompanying  illustrations 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Cooling,  Heating,  and 
Drying  Liquid  and  other  Substances.  T.  A.  Shaw 
and  J.  Rushton,  Bradford.  Eng.  Pat.  4597,  March  14, 
1891. 
In  a  closed  chamber  of  rectangular  section  the  inventors 
dispose  a  number  of  perforated  plates  horizontally,  sur- 
mounted bv  a  filter  and  a  distributing  plate.  On  opposite 
sides  of  the  chamber,  at  alternate  divisions  between  the 
plates,  are  fixed  the  inlets  of  pipes  connected  with  main 
pipes  through  which  air  or  steam  can  be  made  to  enter  as 
may  be  required,  the  surplus  escaping  through  one  or  two 
outlets  in  the  third  side  of  the  chamber.  Two  similar  but 
smaller  receptacles  are  placed  at  a  lower  level,  one  on  each 
side  below  the  main  vessel,  and  these  are  similarly  fitted  up 
with  partitions,  pipes,  and  exits.  The  liquid  to  be  treated 
enters  by  a  pipe  in  the  top  of  the  larger  vessel,  passes  over 
the  distributing  plate  through  the  filter,  and  descends 
through  the  perforated  partitions,  being  exposed  on  its  way 
to  the  action  of  the  steam  or  hot  air,  if  it  is  a  question  of 
evaporating  or  heating,  or  to  that  of  cold  air  if  the  liquid  is 
to  be  cooled.  Two  outlets  near  the  bottom  of  the  chamber 
lead  the  liquid  through  suitable  pipes  to  the  two  lower 
vessels,  where  it  is  similarly  treated,  issuing  finally  from 
the  lower  ends  of  these  vessels  in  the  heated  or  cooled  state 
as  required. 

The  patentees  claim  the  arrangement  described  and 
shown,  and  the  specification  is  accompanied  by  two  sheets 
of  drawings. — B. 


*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post  by  remitting 
srf.— the  price  now  fixed  for  all  specifications,  postage  included— to 
Sir  Henry  Reader  Lack.  Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  South- 
ampton Buildings,  Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C. 


Improvements  in  Chemical  Eire  Extinguishers. 

which  will  explain  themselves.  India-rubber  or  other 
pliable  material  is  employed  for  making  the  joint  at  the 
mouth  of  the  vessel,  and  is  indicated  in  the  drawings  by  the 
thick  black  lines. 

The   patentee    makes   five   claims   and    illustrates    five 
different  devices. — B. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Drying  and    Disinfecting 

Cereals  and  other  Granular  or  Sub-divided  Materials. 

G.  Borgarelli,  Turin,  Italy.     Eng.   Pat.  5486,  March  28, 

1891. 
This  refers  to  an  apparatus  for  drying  grain  in  bulk  by 
passing  it  slowly  down  a  vertical  chamber  over  partitions  or 
diaphragms,   which  at  the  same  time  admit  of  air  being 
passed  through  in  the  opposite  direction. 

Each  diaphragm  consists  of  a  number  of  ridged  parallel 
surfaces  like  small  roofs  or  inverted  troughs,  with  openings 
at  the  top  capable  of  being  regulated  by  means  of  slides 
worked  from  the  outside.  Or  the  openings  may  be  on  the 
sloping  sides  of  the  ridged  surfaces  in  the  manner  of  louvres, 
and  the  ridges  are  placed  crossing  each  other  in  alternate 
diaphragms,  whilst  the  openings  through  the  tops  or  sides 
are  also  disposed  in  a  way  to  cause  the  grain  to  descend  in 
zig-zag  fashion.  From  a  plate  over  the  uppermost  diaph- 
ragms in  the  chamber  depends  a  number  of  hopper  openings 
through  which  the  grain  is  admitted,  and  hoppers  are 
similarly  provided  under  the  lowest  partition  for  its  removal. 
Above  the  lower  hoppers  the  chamber  is  encircled  by  an 
air-belt  which  admits  air  into  the  chamber  through  various 
holes,  and  there  are  arrangements  for  heating  the  air  as  well 
as  the  upper  part  of  the  chamber  itself.  Disinfecting  gases 
or  vapours  may  be  admitted  at  the  same  time. 

The  claim  is  for  the  arrangement  of  tiers,  as  described, 
and  the  specification  is  accompanied  by  one  sheet  of 
drawings. — B. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Separating  Liquids  from 
Solid  Matters  suspended  therein.  3.  Sawrey  and 
H.  Collet,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  5529,  March  31, 1891. 
In  an  upright  cylindrical  vessel  a  number  of  partitions  of 
hopper-like  shape  are  arranged,  with  perforations  through 
their  conical  sides,  and  each  centre  opening  provided  with  a 
long  spout  approaching  the  centre  hole  of  the  next  lower 
hopper.  The  liquid  enters  near  the  lower  end  of  the  vessel, 
and  on  rising  through  the  perforations  allows  the  solid 
matters  suspended  therein  to  settle  in  the  hoppers  and  slide 
down  their  inner  sides,  collecting  in  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel,  where  they  can  be  withdrawn. — B. 


Improved  Apparatus  for  obtaining  Products  of  Distilla- 
tion or  Separating  \~olatite  Liquids.  L.  J.  P. Pontallie. 
Eng.  Pat.  22,253,'Deeember  19,  1891. 

The  object  of  the  invention  is  to  obtain  the  separation  of 
liquids  from  a  mixture  of  vapours,  upon  the  principle  of 
passing    such   vapours     through    vertical    narrow    spaces, 


March 81, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


231 


whereby  those  which  are  less  volatile  condense  at  a  lower 
level  than  those  which  are  more  volatile.  One  arrangement 
of  the  apparatus  upon  this  system  is  shown  in  the  accom- 
panying figures,  which  will  make  the  matter  clear. 

Fig.  1. 


-'-'.  ••    -      -      •     „; 


Fig.  2. 


Apparatus  for    Distilling  and 
Liquids. 


Separating  Volatile 


The  injector  D  receiving  steam  through  the  valve  g  and 
pipe  V  draws  the  liquid  from  the  tank  O  into  the  atomiser 
A,  whence  it  reaches  the  narrow  cooling  spaces  in  the 
column  above.  Part  of  the  heated  spray  and  vapour  passes 
through  the  column  and  is  delivered  by  the  pipe  a  into  a 
condensing  coil  at  F,  whilst  that  part  which  is  condensed  in 
the  lower  .part  of  the  upright  column  runs  off  through  the 
pipe  1!  into  the  cistern  T.  Through  this  cistern  passes  a 
coil  of  pipes  connected  with  the  suction  from  the  cistern  O, 
by  which  means  the  distilling  liquid  takes  up  heat  before 
reaching  the  atomiser.  E  and/ are  thermometers,  and  h  is 
a  tap  for  regulating  the  temperature,  which  is  to  be  main- 
tained at  the  boiling  point  of  the  distillate  near  the  thermo- 
meter/. 

Fig.  2  shows  a  cross  section  of  the  condensing  columu, 
the  cooling  spaces  being  more  contracted  as  they  near  the 
upper  end. 

The  apparatus  is  said  to  separate  rapidly  and  accurately 
alcohol,  benzene,  toluene,  &c. 

Oue  sheet  of  drawings  and  five  claims. — B. 


II -FUEL,  GAS,  AND  LIGHT. 

The  Luminosity  of  Coal-Gas  Flames.    Vivian  B.  Lewes. 
Pi'OC  Chem.  Soc.  1892,  No.  105,  2 — 8. 

The  author  has  quantitatively  studied  the  actions  which 
lead  to  loss  of  luminosity  in  a  Bunsen  flame. 

The  volumes  of  varying  mixtures  of  nitrogen  and 
oxygen  required  to  render  16-  3  candle  coal-gas  non- 
luminous  in  a  Bunsen  burner  are  shown  in  the  following 
table : — 


Gas. 

Volume 

of 
Mixture 
required. 

Composition  of 
Mixture. 

Volume  of 
Oxygen 

Nitrogen. 

Oxygen. 

Amount 
required. 

1  vol. 

2-30 

1 

Nil. 

Nil. 

1  vol. 

■:■; 30 

5 

1 

0'38 

l  vol. 

2-27 

4 

1 

O'lo 

1vol. 

2-112 

3 

1 

0'50 

1  vol. 

1-19 

2 

1 

0'50 

1  vol. 

rno 

1 

l 

0-50 

l  vol. 

0'50 

Nil. 

1 

0-50 

It  is  evident  that  until  the  percentage  of  oxygen  reaches 
the  amount  present  in  the  atmosphere,  the  diluting 
influence  of  the  nitrogen  is  so  strong  that  it  prevents  the 
oxygen  having  any  practical  effect  in  destroying  luminosity; 
but  that  as  soon  as  the  quantity  of  oxygen  present  has 
risen  above  25  per  cent.,  then  its  activity  has  so  far  over- 
come the  diluting  influence  of  the  nitrogen,  that  the  latter 
has  ceased  to  exercise  any  retarding  influence  on  it. 

In  the  case  of  other  gases,  the  results  are  as  follows  : — 


1  vol.  of  coal  gas  requires   0 '  5   vol.  of  oxygen . 

„  „  1*26  vol.  of  carbon  dioxide. 

„  „  2-30  vol.  of  nitrogen. 

2'27  air. 
,,  ,.  5*11  carbon  monoxide. 

,,  „  12  'i   hydrogen. 

It  is  shown  by  experiment  that  dilution  has  the  effect  of 
destroying  luminosity  by  greatly  increasing  the  temperature 
necessary  to  decompose  heavy  hydrocarbons  with  liberation 
of  carbon,  so  that  at  the  temperature  existing  in  a  flame  a 
volume  of  gas  which  undiluted  will  deposit  0-22  grm.  of 
carbon,  when  diluted  with  2'3  vols,  of  nitrogen,  will  only 
deposit  0-0013,  but  the  higher  the  temperature,  the  less  is 
the  retarding  action. 

Experiments  are  next  described  in  which  the  effect  of  the 
surrounding  air  on  a  flame  is  examined,  and  it  is  shown 
that,  although  the  air  introduced  into  a  Bunsen  is  capable 
of  bringing  about  certain  changes  in  the  flame  when  alreadj- 
burning  in  air,  yet  that  it  is  quite  unable  by  itself  to  keep 
the  flame  burning. 

When  a  Bunsen  burns  under  normal  conditions,  it  has  a 
bluish  central  zone,  but  if  the  air  supply  be  largely  in 
excess  of  that  required  for  non-luminous  combustion,  the 
flame  becomes  smaller  and  fiercer  with  formation  of  a 
green  central  zone,  which  marks  the  change  from  a  com- 
bustion in  which  the  diluting  influence  of  the  nitrogen  is 
still  playing  a  certain  part  in  causing  non-luminosity,  to  a 
combustion  in  which  the  oxygen  present  having  exceeded 
0-5  vol.  for  each  volume  of  gas,  the  nitrogen  has  ceased  to 
exert  any  retarding  influence. 

By  means  of  a  platinum,  platinum-rhodium  thermo- 
couple, the  temperature  was  determined  in  various  parts  of 
a  non-luminous  Bunsen  flame,  burning  6  cubic  feet  of  coal- 
gas  per  hour : — 


232 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [March  si.  vm. 


Foint  in  Flame. 


Flame  rendered  Non- 
luminous  by 


NtoEen.      Carl,™ 


Luminous 

Flame 

from 

Bunsen. 


o 

0 

• 

0 

-'  inch  above  burner. 

51 

30 

35 

135 

I'  Inch  above  burner 

175 

111 

70 

421 

Tip  of  inner  cone  ... 

1,090 

441 

393 

913 

Centre  of  outer  cone. 

1,533 

999 

770 

1,323 

Tip  of  outer  cone  ... 

1.175 

1,151 

951 

72S 

Side  of    outer   cone 
level   with   tip   of 

inner  cone. 

1,333 

1,236 

970 

1,236 

A  determination  was  made  of  the  temperatures  existing 
during  the  normal  and  also  the  "  green  centre  "  combustion 
of  a  Bunsen  : — 


- — 

Blue 
Inner  Cone. 

Greenish 
Inner  Cone. 

°  C.                   "  C. 

I.ii'.'il                    1,575 

1,533                    1,600 

1,175                    1.515 

Side  nf  outer  cone  level  with  the  tip 
of  inner  cone. 

1,333 

1,511 

Analyses  of  gases  extracted  from  luminous  flames  at  the 
points  at  which  the  temperatures  had  been  determined  show 
that  in  the  inner  zone  there  is  a  rapid  diminution  in  the 
quantity  of  hydrogen  as  the  gases  ascend  in  the  centre  of 
the  flame,  a  slow  diminution  in  the  quantity  of  the  un- 
saturated and  saturated  hydrocarbons,  and  a  large  increase 
in  the  quantity  of  carbon  monoxide  in  the  first  half  of  the 
flame.  Analysis  also  revealed  the  fact  that  the  outer  non- 
luminous  zone  of  a  flame  is  not  an  area  of  complete 
combustion,  but  a  portion  of  the  flame  in  which  the  rapid 
entrance  of  air  cools,  dilutes,  and  finally  puts  out  the  flame, 
allowing  not  inconsiderable  amounts  of  methane,  carbon 
monoxide,  acetylene,  and  even  hydrogen,  to  escape 
unburn  t. 

The  undoubted  presence  of  acetylene  in  the  products 
escaping  from  the  flame,  and  the  fact  that  the  incomplete 
combustion  of  hydrocarbon  gases  always  gives  rise  to  the 
formation  of  this  compound,  suggested  the  idea  that  it 
might  play  an  important. part  in  the  changes  taking  place 
in  the  interior  of  a  flame,  and  experiments  were  made  to 
ascertain  if  any  appreciable  quantity  were  formed  during 
the  destruction  of  the  hydrocarbons  in  the  flame  gases. 

It  would  seem  that  in  the  interior  of  the  luminous  flame 
the  hydrocarbons  are  at  once  attacked  by  the  small  propor- 
tion of  air  which  penetrates  into  the  inner  zone,  and  that 
their  incomplete  combustion  gives  rise  to  acetylene,  which, 
by  the  time  the  top  of  the  inner  non-luminous  cone  is 
reached,  constitutes  over  70  per  cent,  of  the  unsaturated 
hydrocarbons  present,  some  of  the  acetylene,  however, 
having  probably  been  formed  b3'  the  interaction  of  methane 
and  carbon  monoxide.  A  small  propoition  of  some  more 
stable  unsaturated  hydrocarbon  may  remain  undecomposed 
and  penetrate  into  the  luminous  zone,  but  the  chief  effect  is 
due  to  the  acetylene  which  is  decomposed  by  the  higher 
temperature,  and  the  liberated  carbon  being  for  a  moment 
heated  to  incandescence  gives  luminosity  to  the  flame. 

The  author  therefore  regards  the  formation  and  decom- 
position of  acetylene  as  the  main  cause  of  luminosity  in  a 
hydrocarbon  flame,  and  if  it  be  necessary,  for  purposes  of 
simple  description,  to  divide  the  luminous  flame  into  zones, 
he  thinks  it  would  be  most  accurately  regarded  as  consisting 
of  three,  viz. : — 


1 .  The  inner  zone,  in  which  the  temperature  rises  from  a 
comparatively  low  point  at  the  mouth  of  the  burner  to 
about  1,0003  C.  at  the  apex  of  the  zone  ;  in  this  portion  of 
the  flame  various  decompositions  and  interactions  occur, 
which  culminate  in  the  conversion  of  the  heavier  hydro- 
carbons into  acetylene,  carbon  monoxide  being  also  pro- 
duced. 

2.  The  luminous  zone  in  which  the  temperature  ranges 
from  1,000°  C.  up  to  a  little  over  1,300°  C.  Here  the 
acetylene  formed  in  the  inner  zone  becomes  decomposed  by 
heat  with  liberation  of  carbon,  which  at  the  moment  of 
formation  is  heated  to  incandescence  by  the  combustion  of 
the  carbon  monoxide  and  hydrogen,  thus  giving  luminosity 
to  the  flame. 

3.  The  extreme  outer  zone.  Here,  combustion  being 
practically  completed,  the  cooling  and  diluting  influence  of 
the  entering  air  renders  a  thin  layer  of  the  flame  non- 
luminous,  finally  extinguishing  it. 

This  description  of  a  luminous  flame  is  of  necessity  far 
from  complete,  as  it  leaves  out  of  consideration  the  causes 
which  lead  to  the  formation  of  the  acetylene  and  the 
numerous  interactions  which  take  place  between  the  pro- 
ducts of  combustion  and  the  carbon  in  the  upper  zone  of 
the  flame. 

The  various  actions  which  tend  to  cause  the  loss  of 
luminosity  in  a  Bunsen  burner,  in  the  author's  opinion,  may 
be  summarised  as  follows  : — 

1.  The  chemical  activity  of  the  atmospheric  oxygen, 
which  causes  loss  of  luminosity  by  burning  up  the  hydro- 
carbons before  they,  in  their  diluted  condition,  can  afford 
acetylene. 

2.  The  diluting  action  of  the  atmospheric  nitrogen,  which, 
by  increasing  the  temperature  necessary  to  bring  about  the 
partial  decomposition  of  the  hydrocarbons,  prevents  forma- 
tion of  acetylene,  and  in  this  way  will  by  itself  cause  non- 
luminosity  ;  in  the  normal  Bunsen  flame  it  acts  by  doing 
this  until  destruction  of  the  hydrocarbons  by  oxidation  has 
taken  place. 

3.  The  cooling  influence  of  the  air  introduced,  which  is 
able  to  add  to  the  general  result,  although  the  cooling  is 
less  than  the  increase  in  temperature  brought  about  by  the 
oxidation  due  to  the  oxygen  in  the  air. 

4.  In  a  normal  Bunseu  flame  the  nitrogen  and  the  oxygen 
are  of  about  equal  importance  in  bringing  about  non- 
luminosity,  but  if  the  quantity  of  air  be  increased,  then 
oxidation  becomes  the  principal  factor,  and  the  nitrogen 
practically  ceases  to  exert  any  influence. 

In  the  discussion  which  followed,  Professor  Smithells 
directed  Professor  Lewes'  attention  to  the  controversy  on 
the  cause  of  delumination  of  flames  which  had  taken  place 
between  Blochmann  and  Heumann  (Annalen,  207,  167  ; 
Ber.  14,  1250,  1925,  2210);  also  to  Waldie's  observations 
(Phil.  Mag.  (1838),  13,  88),  in  which  delumination  was 
effected  by  introduciug  luminous  flames  into  atmospheres 
containing  gases  neutral  to  combustion.  Waldie  sought  to 
establish  a  relationship  between  diffusibility  and  delumi- 
nating  effect.  The  abormally  great  effect  of  carbon  dioxide 
in  destroying  luminosity  had  been  generally  attributed,  not 
to  its  high  specific  heat,  but  to  its  power  of  taking  up 
carbon. 

In  a  paper,  which  is  in  the  press,  it  would  be  clearly 
demonstrated,  he  thought,  that  there  are  four  distinct 
regions  in  a  flame,  however  many  gradations  of  chemical 
change  there  may  be.  He  considered  that  the  most 
important  point  in  the  paper  which  they  had  heard  was 
thai  relating  to  the  presence  of  acetylene  in  the  flame.  In 
his  own  experiments  with  ethylene  he  had  also  found  that 
during  luminous  combustion  scarcely  any  other  hydro- 
carbons than  acetylene  are  present  in  the  aspirated  gases. 
He  was  not  satisfied,  however,  with  Professor  Lewes'  proof 
of  the  escape  of  acetylene  from  ordinary  luminous  flames  ; 
whilst  there  was  no  a  priori  evidence  against  such  an 
occurrence,  unless  the  extraction  of  acetylene  had  been 
effected  otherwise  than  by  introducing  cold  aspirating  tubes 
into  the  flame,  it  might  be  that  the  production  of  acetylene 
was  a  consequence  of  the  method  of  experiment — it  being 
well  known  that  acetylene  escaped  freely  from  flames  in 
contact  with  metallic  surfaces.  Accepting  it  as  proved  that 
the   formation   of   acetylene   in   flames    was  an  important 


HirohSMHB.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


233 


(actor  in  tin'  origin  of  luminosity,  the  question  was  by  no 
means  worked  out.     It  remained  to  discover  exactly  what 

became  of  tin'  acetylene. 

Professor  Lewes,  in  reply,  said  that  the  theory  thai 
carbon  dioxide  acted  in  destroying  luminosity  by  converting 
ethylene  into  carbon  monoxide  and  methane  was,  he 
thought,  disproved,  both  by  the  experiments  on  the  effect 
of  heat  in  restoring  luminosity  to  the  flame  and  by  the 
thermal  changes  taking  place,  as  shown  by  the  temperature 
of  the  diluted  flame. 

Undoubtedly  Sir  Humphry  Davy  went  rather  too  far  in 
his  theory  of  luminous  flames;  but  in  a  paper  on  the 
subject  by  him,  in  the  Phil.  Mag.  for  1817,  he  says,  "The 
intensity  of  light  of  flames  depends  principally  upon  the 
production  and  ignition  of  solid  matter  in  combustion,"  also 
"  Flame  is  gaseous  matter  heated  so  highly  as  to  be 
luminous,"  and  "  when  in  flames  pure  gaseous  matter  is 
burnt,  the  light  is  extremely  feeble,"  so  that  it  seems 
hardly  just  to  insist  that  he  considered  solid  matter 
absolutely  essential  to  luminosity, 

The  determination  of  the  combustible  gases  escaping 
unburn!  From  the  outer  zone  of  non-luminous  flames,  had 
been  mode  by  taking  a  platinum  tube  2  mm.  in  diameter, 
bent  into  a  ring,  and  pierced  on  the  inside  with  minute 
hoi,-.  ;  this  ring  was  placed  round  the  flame,  but  not  in 
contact  with  it.  and  the  products  of  combustion  were 
aspirated  through  this,  so  that  the  acetylene  could  not  be 
due  to  tlie  action  of  the  tube. 

The  speaker  regarded  the  conversion  of  the  hydro- 
carbons into  acetylene  as  the  chief  cause  of  luminosity  in 
(lame,  because  acetylene  was  practically  the  only  heavy 
hydrocarbon  present  in  that  part  of  the  flame  where 
luminosity  commenced,  and  as  it  was  known  that  acetylene 
was  an  endothermic  compound,  which  could  be  decomposed 
by  detonation,  it  seemed  highly  probable  that  it  would  be 
readily  decomposed  by  heat  and  liberate  carbon. 


The    Baltimore    Meeting    of  the    American    Institute  of 

Mining  Engineers.      Kng.  and  Mining  J.  1892,  229. 

Thh    Simultaneous    Pboduction    of    Ammonia,    Tab, 
mo  Heating  (lis.     Alphonse  Hennin. 

It  i^  well  known,  said  A.  Heiinin.  that  under  certain 
conditions  ammonia  is  found  in  the  gas  produced  by  the 
distillation  of  coal.  For  many  years  little  or  no  importance 
was  attached  to  its  presence,  and  no  attempt  was  made  for 
its  recovery.  A.  W.  Hofmann  wis  the  first  to  establish  a 
n  lation  between  the  percentage  of  nitrogen  in  the  coal  and 
the  proportion  of  ammonia  in  tin-  coal-gas.  If  all  the 
nitrogen  in  the  coal  could  he  converted  into  ammonia  the 
value  of  this  product  would,  itself,  give  handsome  profits  on 
the  operation.  Indeed,  a  coal  containing  1|  per  cent,  of 
nitrogen  would  produce  per  ton  the  equivalent  of  ii;l  1!..  of 
ammonium  iulphate,  worth,  at  the  present  prices,  5  dols. 
In  1ST".  Dr.  II.  Grouven,  of  Leipzig,  discovered  that  in  a 
large   excess   of  superheated   -team,   when   the   necessary 

i liti.ui-  of  temperature,   time,    and   contact  are  supplied, 

combined  nitrogen  is  transformed  into  ammonia. 

Between  these  theoretical  actions,  however,  ami  the 
establishment  Of  an  economical  manufacturing  process  there 
were  many  difficulties  to  overcome.  The  practical  operation 
had  to  he  so  conducted  as  to  maintain  the  proper  heat, 
make  the  conditions  for  the  decomposition  of  ammonia  as 
unfavourable  as  possible,  and  at  the  same  time  to  produce 
sueh  a  gas  as  is  required  in  the  metallurgy  of  iron  and  steel. 
where  rapidity  of  heating  and  melting  with  the  lowest  per- 
centage of  waste  is  of  prime  consideration.  Mr.  Heiinin 
states  [hut  he  has  found  that  when  high-pressure  steam  is 
moderately  superheated  and  evenly  distributed  and  diffused 
II]  tlie  glowing  mass  in  a  gas-producer,  a  limited  supply  of 
air  drawn  into  the  generator  is  sufficient  to  maintain  the 
temperature  needed  to  admit  continuously  from  1  lb.  to 
1  |  lh  of  high-pressure  steam  per  pound  of  coal,  and  that 
this  proportion  of  steam  is  ample  to  provoke  the  necessary 
"''''on-  which  transform  into  ammonia  50  percent,  to  Gil 
l"  I  cent  ol  the  total  nitrogen  of  the  coal  and  still  to  pro- 
duces gas  of  the  foil. .wing  composition:  CO..  10'50  per 
cent.:  ii    loo    p,_r  cent.;  I'D    2O-00  per  cent.;  methane 


and  homologous  compounds  I  ■  jo  per  cent.;  hydrogen 
38'00  per  cent. ;  nitrogen  26-00  per  cent. 

This  gas  is  rather  high  in   carbonic   acid,  but  the  total  of 

ibustil.lc  matter  is  considerable   and  the  efficiency  of  the 

gas  in  a  regenerative  furnace  is  very  high.  It  burns  with  a 
sharp,  white-bluish  flame,  not  without  luminosity,  and  heats 
more  rapidly  and  more  economically  than  the  ordinary 
Siemens  gas.  With  well-designed  producers  ami  the  proper 
plant,  when  the  art  of  managing  ami  controlling  the  heat  in 
the  different  zones  his  been  mastered,  there  is  no  difficulty 
in  producing  regularly,  with  the  proper  amount  of  steam, 
from  each  ton  of  coal,  70  lb.  to  8.1  lb.  of  sulphate  of 
ammonia,  130,000  cub.  ft.  to  150,000  cub.  ft.  of  heating  gas 
of  high  quality,  and,  in  addition,  some  15  gals,  to  'Jo  e  .[-. 
of  tar,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  eoal  (this  Journal, 
lsss,  735—737). 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Method  and  Apparatus  for  the  Removal  or 
Prevention  of  Smoke  and  Fog,  and  the  Purification  of 
Air  in  Towns  nuil  other  Places,  fur  the  Heating  and 
Ventilation  if  Houses  and  other  Structures,  for  the 
Melting  if  Snow,  and  Jar  the  Extinguishing  of  Eire. 
F.  Oades,  Wokingham.  Kng.  Pat.  19,044,  November  24, 
1890. 

For.  carrying  out  some  of  the  objects  mentioned  above  two 
sets  of  pipes  or  mains  are  laid  under  the  roadway,  and  are 
provided  with  suitable  traps  or  gratings  through  which  the 
air  or  fog  is  drawn  by  means  of  pumps  placed  in  any  con- 
venient position  ;  1. ranch  pipes  leading  into  the  different 
apartments,  and  into  the  chimneys  or  fireplaces  of  the 
adjoining  buildings  are  connected  with  each  of  the  two 
mains.  The  fog  and  smoke  pumped  in  from  the  street  and 
from  the  buildings  is  passed  into  furnaces  or  stoics  of 
special  construction,  where  the  smoke  is  consumed,  unci  the 
fog  or  other  suspended   matter  dissipated. 

The  ventilation  of  sewers  might  also  lie  effected  with  an 
apparatus  of  this  kind,  the  foul  air  being  rendered  harmless 
in  passing  through  the  furnaces;  it  is  desirable,  however, 
that  separate  mains,  quite  independent  of  those  connected 
with  the  buildings,  should  be  provided  for  this  purpose. 

flic  smoke  from  ordinary  coal  fires  may  be  consumed 
without  the  employment  of  mains,  by  causing  it  to  pass 
through  a  small  gas  stove  packed  with  asbestos  and  placed 
in  a  convenient  position  above  the  grate;  tin- hot  air  from 
the  stove  may  he  passed  between  two  corrugated  plates, 
forming  an  overmantel,  so  that  tlie  greater  (art  of  the  heat 
would  he  utilised. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Gas-Producing  Apparatus  for  Thermal 
Motors,  (i.  1''.  Kedferii,  London.  From  "  La  Societe 
Anonyme  des  Moteurs  Thcriniipies  Gardie,"  Nantes, 
France.     Eng.  I'at.  19,047,  November  24,  1890. 

The  improved  gas  producer  is  specially  applicable  for  use 
with  the  gas  engine  previously  described  (fine.  Pat.  2(149 
of  lss'.i).  its  principal  feature  being  that  the  gas  is  produced 
under  pressure  (up  to  several  atmospheres)  ;  this  is  effected 
by  having  air  tight  doors  to  the  ash-pit  ami  to  the  openings 
communicating  with  the  hearth.  The  fuel  (  coal  or  anthracite) 
is  added  continuously  by  means  of  a  hopper,  which  is 
provided  with  an  air-tight  cover  above,  and  at  the  lower  part 
with  a  large  cock.  The  air  necessary  for  tlie  combustion  of 
the  fuel  is  forced  under  the  grate  with  the  aid  of  a  steam 
injector,  the  heat  of  the  generated  gas  being  used  for  the 
production  of  steam  for  working  the  gas  producer.  There 
are  four  claims  and  two  sheets  of  drawings. — F.   S.   K. 


Improvements  in  the  Generation  and  Combustion  of  Gas 
for  Smelting  and  Heating  Purposes,  and  in  Appliances 
connected  therewith.  .1.  Hargreaves,  Widnes.  Eng. 
Pat.   1386,  January  26,  1891. 

Soun  fuel,  sueh  as  coal,  coke,  or  charcoal,  is  fed  into  a 
closed  chamber  and  is  there  ignited  ;  part  of  u  measured 
quantity  of  a  mixture  of  hot  air  and  -team  (or  hot  air  alone) 


234 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  si,  mm. 


under  pressure  is  then  brought  into  contact  with  the  ignited 
fuel,  so  that  a  combustible  gas  is  generated  in  the  chamber. 
This  gas  is  then  led  to  the  melting  hearth,  and  is  there 
burnt  with  the  aid  of  the  remainder  of  the  definite  quantity 
of  heated  air,  the  flame  passing  over  the  substance  to  be 
heated  or  melted.  A  chamber  filled  with  chequer  brick- 
work, which  serves  as  a  heat  regulator  and  air  and  steam 
superheaters,  are  employed  in  connexion  with  the  rest  of 
the  apparatus. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  and  Distribution  of 
Gaseous  Fuel,  and  in  Arrangements  and  Apparatus 
therefor.  J.  W.,  A.  K.,  and  J.  Onuiston,  Glasgow. 
Eng.  Pat.  1009,  February  3,  1891. 

The  apparatus  employed  for  the  production  of  the  gaseous 
fuel  consists  of  a  large  cupola  or  chamber,  like  that  of  a 
blast  furnace,  which  is  provided  with  twyers,  charging 
appliances,  &c,  in  the  usual  way.  Instead  of  ordinary  coal, 
any  carbonaceous  materials  which  contain  a  large  propor- 
tion of  earthy  matter,  such  as  poor  shales,  or  mixtures  of 
such  minerals,  may  be  employed.  A  certain  amount  of 
limestone,  blast-furnace  slag,  or  other  suitable  substance  is 
mixed  with  the  charge  in  order  to  form  a  fluid  slag  with  the 
earthy  matters  ;  this  slag  is  tapped  off  at  the  bottom  of  the 
furnace  when  necessary,  without  interrupting  the  process  of 
gas-making. 

The  advantages  claimed  for  this  method  of  producing  gas 
arc,  amongst  others,  that  carbonaceous  materials  hitherto 
regarded  as  valueless  may  be  employed,  and  that  the  labour 
involved  in  removing  the  "  cinder  "  or  ashes  is  entirely  done 
away  with. 

The  gas  may  be  distributed  by  means  of  underground 
tunnels  pierced  through  rock  or  dense  strata,  and 
communicating  with  vertical  shafts  or  branches  at  suitable 
points. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Carburetting  Gas  or 
Air,  or  for  Distilling,  Evaporating,  or  Concentrating. 
F.  Lennard,  East  Greenwich.  Eng.  Pat.  3916,  March  4, 
1891. 

The  apparatus  here  described  is  for  use  in  cases  when  it  is 
desired  to  distil  off  the  volatile  constituents  of  a  liquid,  and 
at  the  same  time  to  utilise  the  vapours  for  carburetting  air  or 
gas.  The  liquid  to  he  distilled  is  first  warmed  by  the  hot 
vapours  produced  at  a  later  stage  of  the  operation,  anil  then 
caused  to  flow  down  a  series  of  vertical  tubes  which  are 
heated  by  steam  or  hot  air ;  in  this  way  a  large  surface  is 
exposed,  and  the  more  volatile  constituents  are  readily 
vaporised.  When  air  or  gas  is  to  be  carburetted  it  is 
admitted  under  pressure,  and  caused  to  pass  upwards 
through  the  heated  vertical  tubes  down  which  the  liquid  is 
flowing.— F.  8.  K. 


Tmprovtmentsinthe  Purification  of  Water-Gas,  or  other 
Producer  Gas  from  Sulphur  Compounds.  C.  F.  Claus, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  4279,  March  10,  1891. 

The  gas  to  be  purified  is  passed  through  iron  cylinders  or 
boxes,  tilled  with  iron  or  copper;  the  metal  maybe  em- 
ployed in  the  form  of  granules  or  scrap,  hut  it  is  preferable 
to  prepare  it  in  a  spongy  condition  by  reducing  it  from  the 
oxide  with  hydrogen  or  water-gas.  The  iron  cylinders  or 
boxes  are  either  set  iu  brickwork,  so  that  they  can  be 
heated  from  the  outside,  or  else  they  arc  lined  inside  with 
brickwork  so  that  they  may  be  heated  by  hot  gases  internally, 
such  heating  being  necessary  when  the  process  is  first 
started.  The  hot  gas,  at  a  temperature  of  from  500° — 
700°  C.  as  it  leaves  the  producer,  is  passed  through  two  or 
more  purifiers,  ami   is   there  deprived  of  its  sulphur  com- 

1 ids;  the    heat    of    the  gas   and    that  generated  by  the 

chemical  action  is  sufficient  to  maintain  the  requisite 
temperature  when  the  process  is  in  full  operation.  When 
the  purifier  is  spent,  or  partly  spent,  it  is  disconnected  and 
cold  or  hot  air   is   passed  through  it  until  the   whole  of  the 


sulphide  of  the  metal  has  been  converted  into  oxide;  the 
oxide  is  then  reduced  to  metal  by  treating  it  with  water-gas 
at  a  suitable  temperature,  and  the  purifier  is  then  ready  for 
use  again.— F.  S.  K. 


An  Improved  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  the  Puriji- 
fication  of  Smoke  in  Chimneys.  E.  It.  Salwey,  Bristol. 
Eng.  Pat.  4565,  March  14,  1891. 

See  under  XVIII.— B.,  page  260. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  Gas  Generators  for  Motor 
Engines.  A.  J.  Boult,  London.  From  "  Compagnie  des 
Fondcrics  et  Forges  de  l'Horme"  and  A.  Lencauchez, 
Paris,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  4798,  March  17,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  obtain  generator  gas 
which  can  be  employed  in  the  place  of  ordinary  coal-gas  for 
feeding  motor  engines ;  for  this  purpose  certain  improve- 
ments have  been  made  in  the  ordinary  apparatus  iu  order 
to  produce  a  richer  gas. 

The  air  for  supplying  the  blast  of  the  generator  is  first 
passed  through  a  tubular  superheater,  iu  which  its  tem- 
perature is  raised  to  200' — 300°  by  the  hot  generator  gas  ; 
it  is  then  passed  under  pressure  into  a  hollow  chamber 
situated  under  the  generator,  and  partly  filled  with  hot 
water,  which,  coming  from  the  cylinder  of  the  engine,  is 
caused  to  spray  against  the  metallic  portion  of  the  grate, 
whence  it  falls  to  the  bottom  of  the  chamber.  The  air, 
thus  saturated  with  water  and  superheated,  is  now  forced 
through  the  generator,  and  in  this  way  a  combustible  gas, 
rich  in  hydrogen,  is  produced.  This  gas  is  first  passed 
through  the  air  superheater,  whereby  it  is  cooled,  aud  then 
through  a  scrubber  or  washer  of  the  usual  form.  It  some- 
times happens  that  the  grate  loses  its  brightness  to  a 
certain  extent  owing  to  the  loss  of  heat  which  is  involved 
in  producing  the  generator-gas  ;  this  difficulty  is  overcome 
by  surrounding  the  grate  with  a  coil-  or  ring-burner,  fed 
with  gas  under  pressure  from  a  separate  gasometer. 

— F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Means  of  Consuming  Smoke.  S.  Iloyle 
ami  A.  Ilaslam,  Radclifte.  Eng.  Pa't.  4912,  March  19, 
1891. 

liv  this  invention  a  box  or  chamber  is  provided  extending 
beneath  anil  up  the  back  of  the  fire-bridge  and  communi- 
cating with  the  furnace,  above  the  fire-bars,  by  a  set  of 
parallel  passages  ;  below  the  bars,  by  a  wide  opening.  In 
working,  heated  gases  are  drawn  in  through  these  inlets 
and  issue  at  a  grided  outlet  just  behind  the  top  of  the  tire- 
bridge  ;  there  they  come  iu  contact  with  the  smoke  and 
consume  it. — 1).  A.  I.. 


Improvements  in  the  Art  of  Manufacturing  Illuminating 
Gas.  W.  II.  Munns,  London.  From  E.  de  Beauharnais, 
New  Bedford,  U.8.A.  Eng.  Pat.  5212,  March  24, 
1891. 

Crude  petroleum  is  allowed  to  drip  through  a  perforated 
cover  on  to  ground  corn-cobs,  on  .the  surface  of  which  a 
small  quantity  of  ashes,  made  from  the  wood  aud  hark  of 
the  white  ash-tree,  is  placed.  After  leaving  the  oil  in 
contact  with  this  mixture  for  about  24  hours,  it  is  mixed 
with  rain-water  and  introduced  into  a  U-shaped  retort 
together  with  heated  air  and  steam ;  the  gas  produced  in 
this  way  passes  along  one  horizontal  limb  of  the  retort,  and, 
at  the  bend,  comes  into  the  current  of  a  jet  of  steam,  wdiich 
is  directed  towards  the  outlet  of  the  other  limb,  and  which 
accelerates  the  passage  of  the  gas  from  the  retort;  the  gas 
is  then  carburetted  in  the  usual  manner. 

It  is  stated  that  the  gas  produced  from  petroleum  treated 
as  described  above  is  a  very  superior  illuminating  gas,  but 
what  the  chemical  effect  of  this  treatment  may  be  is  not 
known. — F.  S.  K. 


Harcli  si,  1892.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


23i 


Improvements  in  Carburettors.     M.  Merichenski,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  7188,  April  25,  1891. 

The  carburettor  consists  of  a  square,  rectangular,  or 
cylindrical  vessel  made  of  glass,  glazed  earthenware,  or 
some  other  suitable  material ;  it  is  packed  with  a  light 
absorbent  wood,  crushed  into  a  mass  and  saturated  with 
oil.  The  vessel  is  divided  by  partitions  in  such  a  way  that 
the  gas  to  he  carburetted  passes  through  as  great  a  length 
as  possible  of  the  saturated  wood.  A  portion  of  the  last 
channel  through  which  the  gas  passes  is  filled  with  charcoal, 
or  with  mineral  wool,  so  that  it  acts  as  a  cooling  or  con- 
densing chamber,  in  which  the  gas  is  freed  from  surplus 
carbon.  The  apparatus  is  charged  with  oil  at  intervals  as 
required,  either  from  a  can  or  from  a  reservoir.  The 
carburettor  is  designed  to  he  introduced  locally  in  buildings  ; 
it  is  stated  that  by  its  use  the  illuminating  power  of  ordinary 
coal-gas  is  raised  from  12  to  50  per  cent.,  and  that  the 
carbon  monoxide  and  sulphurous  gases  are  wholly  consumed. 

— F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  in-  Relating  to  Magnesium  Flash  Lights. 
I.'.  Raddan,  London.  From  F.  II.  F.  Engel,  Hamburg, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  7IS7,  April  30,  1891. 

See  under  XXL,  page  267. 


Process  of  and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Gas. 
W.  Fairweather,  Glasgow.  From  "  The  Acme  Liquid 
Fuel  Company,"  New  York,  U.S.A.  Fug.  Pat.  21,881, 
December  15,  1891. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  heating  and 
illuminating  gas  from  hydrocarbons,  from  hydrocarbons 
and  water,  and  from  hydrocarbons  and  hydrogen. 

The  hydrocarbon  is  first  heated  by  means  of  a  steam  coil, 
then  passed  into  a  vaporiser,  and  finally  superheated  ;  the 
fixed  gas  obtained  in  this  way  may  theu  be  mixed  with 
superheated  steam.  When  hydrogen  is  employed  it  is 
mixed  with  the  hydrocarbon  vapour  before  the  latter  is 
superheated.     For  details  the  original  must  be  consulted. 

There  are  50  claims  and  two  sheets  of  drawings. — F.  -S.  K. 


III.-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

On  Pirene.     It.  Lespican.     Hull.  Soc.  Chitu.  1891,  6, 
238  — 239. 

AMONGST  the  products  resulting  from  the  action  of  ethylene 
bromide  on  naphthalene  in  presence  of  aluminium  chloride 
was  a  hydrocarbon  described  by  Koux  as  boiling  at  -150°, 
and  crystallising  in  scales  melting  at  300".  In  taking  up 
the  further  study  of  this  substance  the  author  found  much 
difficulty  in  freeing  it  from  dinaphthyl  and  naphthalene 
derivatives,  but  after  several  distillations  and  crystallisations 
the  melting  point  rose  to  337",  and  the  substance  thus 
purified  was  found  to  resemble  the  hydrocarbon  termed 
picene  described  by  Burg.  Its  close  affinity  to  picene  was 
shown  by  the  formation  and  analysis  of  the  bromide,  a 
substance  m  elting  at  294°,  insoluble  in  chloroform,  but 
soluble  in  xylene.  Burg  gives  C.:.,H14  as  the  formula  for 
picene. — G.  II.  B. 


The    Melting    Points    of    Mixtures    of    Hydrocarbons. 
1..  Vignon.     Compt.  Kend.  1891, 113,  133—136. 

The  melting  point  of  mixtures  of  naphthalene  and  diphcnyl- 
naphthalcne  and  phenanthrcne,  naphthalene  and  triphenyl- 
methane,  diphenyl  and  phenanthrcne,  diphenyl  and 
triphenylmethane  in  proportions  varying  from  1  molecule 
of  the  one  to  4  molecules  of  the  other  is  in  all  cases  lower 
than    the    mean    of  the    melting  points  of   the    two  bodies 


composing  the  mixture.  In  each  case  a  minimum  melting 
point  is  reached,  corresponding  to  the  following  molecular 
proportions  :•  - 

MeUing 
Point. 

Naphthalene  and  diphenyl C10H8.(Ci3H,i))2 5U°C. 

Naphthalene  anil  phenanthrene i('i,iHjl..CuH,o 53°  C. 

Naphthalene  and  triphenylmethane. CioHe.CH(C0H3)3.  ...    53°  V. 

Diphenyl  and  phenanthrene (CwHioJg.Ci+Hio CV*  C. 

Diphenyl  and  triphenylmethane (C1BH „,),..(.' II (CGlf -. i,,.    50°  C. 

In  the  majority  of  these  cases  the  mixture  consists  of 
2  molecules  of  the  more  fusible  and  1  molecule  of  the  less 
fusible  hydrocarbon.  Mixtures  of  anthracene  with  diphenyl, 
triphenylmethane,  phenanthrene,  and  naphthalene  do  not 
show  such  regularities.  The  melting  point  of  the  mixture 
is  higher  than  the  mean  of  those  of  the  components  and 
rises  fairly  regularly  with  an  increase  in  the  proportion  of 
anthracene.—! '.  A.  K. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Carburetting  Gas  or  Air, 
or  for  Distilling,  Evaporating,  or  Concentrating. 
F.  Leonard,  Last  Greenwich.  Eng.  Pat.  3916,  March  4, 
I  Hill. 

See  under  II.,  preceding  page. 


The  Manufacture  of  Charcoal  from  Sawdust,  Wood 
Shavings,  and  the  like,  and  the  Treatment  of  Wine, 
Alcohol,  Brandy,  Cider,  Beer,  and  other  Matters 
therewith.  F.  L.  Calmant,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat. 
397S,  March  5,  1891. 

See  under  XVI I.,  page  257. 


An  Improved  Coke  Furnace  or  Oven.      K.  Lares,  Karwin, 

Austria.  Fng.  Pat.  17,371,  October  12,  1891. 
The  coke  oven  described  in  this  patent  with  the  aid  of  five 
sheets  of  drawings  is  designed  for  working  with  large 
charges,  the  main  object  of  the  invention  being  to  combine 
steady  working  with  rapid  coking,  and  at  the  same  time  to 
prevent  as  much  as  possible  the  deterioration  of  the  oven. 

The  gases  from  the  combustion  chamber  pass  through  a 
series  of  flues,  and  are  thus  brought  into  contact  with  the 
outer  surfaces  of  the  side  walls,  of  the  hearth,  and  of  a  part 
of  the  crown  of  the  furnace  :  the  air  necessary  for  their 
complete  combustion  is  admitted  through  suitable  passages. 

— F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  fir  Distilling  and  Rectifying. 
S.  Pitt,  Sutton.  From  "A  Savalle,  Sous  &  Co."  Paris, 
France.     Fng.  Pat.  21,708,  December  11,  1891. 

See  under  XVIL,  page  257. 


IY.-COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

Preparation  of  a-Trinitrotoluene.    C.  Hiiussermann. 
Ziits.  f.  angew.  Chetn.  1891,  661 — 662. 

Toluene  can  of  course  be  directly  converted  in  a  single 
operation  into  the  1:2:4:6  trinitro-derivative,  but  it  is 
more  advantageous  to  start  with  the  o-n-dinitrotoluene, 
which  is  prepared  by  allowing  a  mixture  of  75  parts  of 
91 — 92  per  cent,  nitric  acid  and  150  parts  of  95 — 96  per 
cent,  sulphuric  acid  to  run  in  a  thin  stream  into  100  parts 
of  p-nitrotoluene  while  the  latter  is  continuously  stirred  and 
the  temperature  maintained  between  G0° — 65°  ;  as  soon  as  an 
the  acid  has  been  run  in,  the  mixture  is   heated  for  half  all 

D  2 


2nn 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  Si,  1899. 


hour  at  80  to  85  ,  and  when  cold  the  excess  of  nitric  acid 
is  removed;  the  residue  is  a  homogeneous  crystalline  mass 
of  o-p-dinitrotoluene,  solidifying  at  69'5°.  To  convert  th's 
into  the  trinitro-derivative,  it  is  dissolved  by  gentlj  heating 
with  four  times  its  weight  of  95 — 96  per  cent,  sulphuric 
acid,  and  while  keeping  cool  is  mixed  with  lj,  times  its 
weight  of  90— 92  per  cent,  nitric  arid;  it  is  then  digested 
at  between  90' — 95  .  with  occasional  stirring,  until  the 
evolution  of  gas  ceases  in  about  tour  or  live  hours.  The 
operation  is  thru  stopped,  and  when  the  product  is  cool  the 
exci  ss  of  nitric  acid  is  separated  from  it  ;  the  residue,  after 
washing  with  hot  water  and  very  dilute  soda,  without  further 
purification,  solidifies  at  79  to  an  almost  white,  radiating 
crystalline  mass,-which  by  recrystallisation  from  hot  alcohol 
yields  trinitrotoluene  in  brightly  sparkling  crystals,  melting 
at  81'5°.  100  parts  of  dinitrotoluene  yield  105  parts  of 
the  trinito-derivative.  1:2:  1:6  Trinitrotoluene  can  also  he 
obtained  from  ordinary  commercial  dinitrotoluene,  melting 
between  60  —64  ,  hut  when  this  is  used  the  reaction  is  more 
violent ;  lii  per  cent,  more  nitric  acid  i<  required  and  in  per 
rent,  less  product  obtained.  It  should  be  borne  in  mind 
when  washing  trinitrotoluene  that  it  is  not  quite  insoluble  in 
hot  water,  and  moreover  that  it  is  decomposed  by  dilute 
alkalis  or  alkaline  carbonates. — 1).  A.  L. 


Action   of  Benzyl   Chloride  on   Meta-xylidine.     Jablen- 

Gonnet.  'Bull.  Soc,  Chim.  1891,  6,  21—22. 
Benzyl   chloride  acts  on  meta-xylidine  at    160° — 165°  C. 
to  form  the  benzyl  compound — 

0,,H,(<  H),  (11, .tXIKUr,. ('„![-) 
ii  yellow  liquid,  boiling  at  200° — 210  C,  insoluble  in  water, 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  in  benzene.  The  product  forms 
unstable  salts,  readily  decomposed  by  water  and  which  are 
soluble  in  alcohol.  Alky]  iodides  and  acetyl  chloride  react 
with  benzyl  meta-xylidine  to  form  alkyl  and  acetyl  com- 
pound- respectively,  which  are  under  investigation. 

— C.  A.  K. 


.1  New  Method  of  Preparing  Amido-alizarin.     C.  Lauth. 

Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1891,  6,  836. 
Beta-AMIDO-ALIZARIN  may  he  readily  prepared  by  the 
action  of  dimethylaniline  on  niti-o  alizarin  One  part  of 
nurd-alizarin  is  dissolved  in  four  parts  of  dimethylaniline, 
find  either  one  p.ut  of  syrupy  dimethylaniline  hydrochloride 
or  0-75  part  of  hydrochloric  arid  is  added.  The  mixture  i- 
gradually  heated  to  150  (  .  on  an  oil-bath,  and  maintained 
at  that  temperature  until  a  test-drop,  when  dissolved  in 
caustic  soda,  forms  a  pure  blue  solution.  The  operation  is 
thin  arrested,  and  the  mass  is  washed  with  warm  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid  to  remove  the  dimethylaniline.  The 
crystalline  residue  consists  of  impure  amido-alizarin.  It 
may  he  obtained   quite  pure  In    re-solution   in  caustic  soda 

ami  re-precipitation  by  h\  drochloric  acid.     The  reducti >f 

nitro-alizarin  may  In-  effected  b\  dimethylaniline  alone, 
although  not  so  readily,  as  well  as  by  aniline  itself  in 
preset if  fti tess  of  sulphuric  acid. — II.  T.  P. 


PATENTS. 

The  Manufacture  and  Production  of  Improved  Dyestujfs 
suitable  for  Dyeing  Vegetable  Fibre  with  "/  without  a 
Mordant,  .1.  Y.  Johnson, London.  Fromthe"  Badische 
Auilin   mid   Soda    Fabrik,"    Lndwigshafen-on-the  Rhine, 

' ,.in\.     Eng     l'at.   4543,   March  13,   1891.     (Second 

Edition.)  6d. 
It  has  long  lien i  known  (  Beyer  and  Kegel,  Tier.  Pat.  38,310, 
1885)  thai  certain  safranines,  on  diazotisation  and  combi- 
nation with  naphthol  sulphonic  acids,  yield  azo-compouuds. 
(twine  to  their  being  unsuitable  for  dyeing  purposes,  the 
patent  was  abandoned.  If,  however,  a  diazotised  safranine 
lie  combined  with  a-  or  fl  naphthol.  the  azo-eompound  thus 
formed  is  converted  into  a  valuable  colouring  matter 
to  treating  it  with  an  acid,  preferably  hydrochloric  or 
acetic  acid.  The  safranines  which  yield  good  results  are: 
Pbenosafranine,  Safranine  T  (obtained  by  oxidising  a 
mixture   of    molecular   proportions   of   toluylene   diamine, 


o-toluiiline,  and  aniline),  anil  Safranine  A  S  (obtained  by 
oxidising  p-amidodimethylaniline,  o-toluidine,  and  p-tolui- 
dine).  The  following  example  illustrates  the  method 
employed:  —  Dissolve  7  kilos,  of  Safranine  T  in  700  litres 
of  water,  cool  to  0  ,  and  diazotise  by  the  addition  of  2  kilos. 
of  sodium  nitrite  in  20  litres  of  water  and  23  kilos,  of 
hydrochloric  acid  of  30  per  cent.  IK'l.  The  solution  thus 
obtained  is  run  into  3  kilos,  of  fi-naphthnl  dissolved  in  1G5 
litres  of  water  and  25  kilos,  of  caustic  soda-lye  containing 
35  per  cent,  of  NaOH.  After  stirring  for  several  hours, 
the  blackish-violet  precipitate  formed  is  filtered  off,  washed, 
and  pressed.  To  convert  it  into  a  colouring  matter  it  is 
suspended  in  400  litres  of  water,  and  46  kilos,  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  are  added.  The  hydrochloric  arid  salt  formed 
is  then  filter-pressed  and  used  preferably  as  :i  paste.  The 
colouring  matters  obtained  from  the  various  safranines 
yield  different  shades,  varying  from  dark  violet  to  indigo 
blue.  They  can  be  employed  either  with  or  without 
mordants,  and  arc  fast  to  washing  and  light. — T.  A.  L. 


The   Manufacture  and    Production    of    New   Mordant- 
dyeing    Colouring   Matters    related    to    the    RQsaniline 

Series.  J.  Y.  Johnson,  London.  From  the  "  Badische 
Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik,"  Ludwigshafen-on  the-llhine, 
Germany.  Eng.  l'at.  4688,  March  16,1891.  (Secoud 
Edition.)     8d. 

Ax  extension  of  the  processes  described  in  Fug.  Pat.  4850 
of  1884  (this  Journal,  1885,  204)  and  of  Eng.  Pat.  5038  of 
1884  (this  Journal,  1885,  279).  It  has  been  discovered 
that  by  condensing  certain  hydroxy  compounds  with  tetra- 
methyl-  or  tetra-ethyl-diamidohenzophenone  compounds, 
new  bodies  are  produced,  which  by  reason  of  their  hydroxy 
groups  are  capable  of  combining  with  metallic  mordants 
to  give  a  variety  of  shades.  The  following  dihydroxy 
Compounds  give  good  results: — (1-2)  Dihydroxynaphtha- 
lcne,  (2-:i)  dihydroxynaphthalene  (Eng.  Pat.  15,803  of 
1890;  this  Journal,  1891,  762),  (2'7  or  2-2')  dihydroxy- 
naphthalene, pyrogallol. — T.  A.  L. 


Manufacture  of  New  Colouring  Matters  from  Naphthyl- 
-glycines.  E.  v.  Portheim,  Prague,  Bohemia.  Eng.  l'at 
21,949,  December  15,  1891.     Gd. 

Direct  dyeing  cotton  colouring  matters  are  obtained  hy 
combining  tetrazo-compounds  of  the  dipheoy]  series  with 
a-  and  |8-naphthyl-glycines  (O.  Jolles,  Her.  22,  2372). 
The  colours  and  properties  of  several  of  these  dyestuffs  ate 
given  in  the  following  table : — 


Diaz  >i  ised. 


Combined 

Willi 


Colour. 


Water. 


Spirit. 


Benzidine  

a-glyeine 

Blue-red 

Soluble     Solubl, 

e  glycine 

i:    i 

Soluble 

0  glycine 

Blue  red 

InsoUible 

a-m  Tolidine 

:  glycine 

Red 

1 1        line  sulphone 

glycine 

Blue 

Soluble 

Benzidine  snlphone 

.:  glycine 

" 

[nsoluble 

Benzidin^sulphonie  acid  . 

s  glycine 

Blue-red 

Solul.le 

Benzidinesiilphome  acid  . . 

(3-glycine 

" 

„ 

Benzidined  sulphonic  acid 

a -i!ly<  iii«' 

Beuzulinedisulplioni  i  ai  id 

3-slycinc 

B)  nzidine3ul  phoned  isul- 

phonic  :i  id. 
Benzidincsnlphonedisnl- 

I  lionic  ai  id, 

a-glycine 
p-glycine 

Blue 

-T.  A.  L. 


M»rohsi,iB9a.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTHY. 


237 


I  Veic  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Mailers.  J.  Iinray, 
London,  From  "  La  Societe  L.  Durand,  llugucnin  el 
Cie,"  Bale,  Switzerland.     Eng.  Pat.  22,623,  December  28, 

1891. 

Bute  colouring  matters  for  mordanted  wool  are  produced 
by  condensing  gallocyanine  with  trimcthylamine,  iso- 
butylamine,  amylumine,  diamylamine,  dipropylamine,  and 
dicthylamine,  the  first  three  under  similar  conditions  to 
those  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  18,526  of  1890  (this  Journal, 
1891,  138),  tliiit  is.  in  a  concentrated  aqueous  solution  on 
tlir  water -batlj.  The  other  amines  arc  employed  in  an 
anhydrous  condition,  the  condensation  with  dry  gallo- 
cyanine  also  taking  place  on  the  water-bath. — T.  A.  L. 


VI.-DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER- 
STAINING,  AND  BLEACHING. 

Improvements  in  Turkey-Red  Dyeing.     T.  Baldensperger. 
Bull.  Soc.  liul.  de  Rouen,  1891,  399. 

In  order  to  overcome  the  difficulties  experienced  in  dyeing 
piece-goods  with  alizarin  the  author  bas  proposed  the 
following  plan  for  dyeing  them  in  the  jigger.  The 
prepared  pieces  liist  pass  through  the  jigger,  which  is 
filled  with  cold  water,  to  which  a  little  lime-salts  have 
been  added.  The  solution  is  then  heated  to  50  C,  and 
;i  solution  of  alizarin  in  ammonia  added  in  2  or  in  1 
portions.  The  pieces  are  allowed  to  soak  for  half  an  hour, 
during  which  time  the  solution  is  heated  to  boiling,  and 
then  kept  at  the  boil  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  longer.  The 
hath  is  completely  exhausted  and  the  fabric  dyed  after 
In  turns.  The  alizarin  solution  consist-  ot  10  kilos,  of 
'Jo  per  cent,  alizarin  dissolved  in  -to  litres  of  water,  and 
1  kilo,  of  ammonia.  The  red  obtained  by  this  treatment 
is  brighter  and  purer  than  that  got  without  using  ammonia, 
whilst  I  per  cent,  less  alizarin  reckoned  on  the  weight  of 
the  material  can  be  employed,  since  the  ammonia  solution 
has  greater  covering  power.  Attempts  to  employ  a  solution 
of  alizarin  in  lime-water  were  unsatisfactory.  The  process 
can  doubtless  be  employed  for  violet,  garnet  red,  and  other 
colours  obtained  in  alizarin  dyeing  as  well  as  in  Turkey-red 
dyeing. — C.  A.  K. 


Action  of  Water  on  Basic  Salts  of  Copper.     G.  Rousseau 
and  G.  Tite.    Compt,  Bend.  1891,113,  191—193. 

gee  under  VII.,  page  2:ss. 


New  Crystalline  Oxychlorides  of  Iron.     (1.  Rousseau. 
Compt.  Rend.  1891,113,  542—54  1. 

See  under  XX.,  page  262. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Means  and  Method  of  Dyeing  or  Colouring 
Went,  Silk,  Hair,  Fur,  Feathers,  and  other  Animal  or 
Vegetable  Fibres  or  Plain  Cut  Pile,  Raised  Pile,  or 
Looped  Fabrics  composed  thereof .  II.  A.  Foster,  Queens- 
bury,  and  J.  Frost,  Huddersfield.  Eng.  Pat.  47S, 
January  10,  1891. 

I'iik  materials  specified  in  the  title  are  coloured  by  im- 
pregnation with  a  soluble  salt  of  lead  "  or  other  metallic 
salt  whose  sulphide  gives  the  desired  colour  or  shade," 
and  treatment  with  hydrogen  sulphide,  in  the  gaseous  state 
or  in  aqueous  solution,  or  with  a  solution  of  an  alkaline 
sulphide.  A  design  "or  ornamental  effect"  is  then  pro- 
duced on  them  by  printing  a  thickened  solution  of  hydrogen 
dioxide.  To  produce  coloured  effects  dyes  are  added  to 
the   hydrogen  dioxide   mixture,  and   the  printed  material 


steamed,  if  necessary,  to  ii\  the  dye;  or  the  material  may 
he  dyed  red,  yellow,  blue,  or  green,  before  or  after  being 
coloured  with  the  lead  sulphide,  and  then  he  printed  with 
the  suitably  thickened  hydrogen  dioxide. — E.  li. 


Process  for  Clarifying  ami  Bleaching  Tannin  Extracts  or 
Tanning  Liquors.  A.  Foesling,  Diisseldorf,  Germany. 
Eng.  I'at.  1385,  March  11,  1891. 

Tin:  liquors  obtained  by  the  extraction  of  such  tanning 
materials  as  chestnuts,  oak-hark,  and  divi  divi,  arc  brought 
to  a  density  corresponding  to  4  It.  at  17'.  C.,  and  drawn 
oil  into  a  tank;  to  every  10,000  litres  of  such  tannin- 
liquor,  500  grms.  of  oxalic  acid,  and  2  kilos  of  "  sodic 
chloride,"  dissolved  separately,  are  added.  The  liquid  is 
I  hen  heated  to  60    ( '.  and  subjected  to  electrolysis. 

•'  The  electric  current,  besides  decomposing  the  oxalic 
acid  and  sodic  chloride,  produces  between  the  two  poles  a 
voluminous  deposit  which  consists  chiefly  of  resin,  cellulose, 
and  colouring  matter,  that  is  to  say,  substances  other  than 
tannin." 

The  electrodes  may  be  made  of  platinum  wire  netting 
mounted  in  frames.  The  strength  of  the  current  depends 
on  the  quantity  of  liquid  to  be  clarified,  and  the  time  in 
which  the  clarification  is  to  take  [dace  — A.  (1.  11. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Alizarin  Colours, 
ami  in  Ike  Method  of  Employing  same  in  the  Process  of 
Dyeing.  11.  X.  V.  Schaeffer,  Lowell,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
20,010,  November  18.  1891. 

A  soluble  mixture  or  compound  of  alizarin  is  prepared 
by  drying  the  commercial  paste  and  mixing  one  part  of  it 

by  weight  with  two  parts  of  borax.  On  the  addition  of 
hoi  water  to  this  mixture,  a  perfect  solution  of  the  alizarin 
is  produced,  the  latter,  in  the  inventor's  opinion,  becoming 
combined  with  both  the  acid  and  base  of  the  borax, 
forming  a  definite  sodium  boro-alizarate.  The  solution 
thus  obtained  may  he  employed  at  once  in  dyeing,  the 
fibre  being  impregnated  with  it,  and  the  mordanting  salt 
subsequently  applied,  or  "may  and  preferably  will  be" 
evaporated  to  dryness  and  stored  ready  for  use  or  packed 
for  transport. 

The  colours  produced  by  tin'  interaction  of  sodium 
boro-alizarate  and  a  mordanting  salt  tire  more  brilliant 
and  intense  than  those  usually  obtained  in  dyeing. 

Instead  of  alizarin,  anthrapurpurin  and  its  homologucs  and 
allied  dyestuffs  may  be  employed  in  the  above  process. 

— E.  U. 


Erratum. 
This   Journal,   189-2,  page  31,  col.  1,  25  lines   from   the 
bottom,  for  dihlazyl-»i-phenylenediatnine   read  dibcnzyl-m- 
phenylenediamine. 


Th 


VII -ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

he    Art  ion  of  the  Alkaline   Bases    on    the  Solubility  of 
Sails  of  Ike  Alkalis.     R.  Engel.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1891 
6,  15—17. 

Tin:  author  has  previously  examined  the  action  of  carbon 
dioxide  on  the  solubility  of  certain  neutral  carbonates,  and 
that  of  hydrochloric  acid  on  the  solubility  of  a  large  number 
of  metallic  chlorides,  and  has  shown  that  one  molecule  of 
hydrochloric  acid  precipitates  one  molecule  of  monovalent 
and  half  a  molecule  of  divalent  chlorides  from  solution  in 
all  cases  where  the  chloride  does  not  combine  chemically 
with  the  hydrochloric  acid.  The  action  of  th.'  hydrates  of 
potassium  and  sodium  on  the  solubility  of   their  respective 


233 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [March  si, 1892. 


chlorides  is,  that  one  molecule  of  the  hydrate  precipitates 
half  a  molecule  of  the  chloride  from  its  saturated  solution  : 
or  that  the  prccipitatiou  of  oue  molecule  of  the  salt  is 
effected  by  one  molecule  of  the  oxide  K.:U  or  Na.,0. 
Tabulated  results  are  given  showing  that  the  above 
relationship,  although  not  absolutely  correct,  is  approximately 
so  with  solutions  containing  varying  amounts  of  the  chloride 
and  the  hydrate.  In  the  case  of  very  soluble  salts,  such  as 
iodide  or  nitrate  of  potassium,  the  precipitation  is  more 
rapid,  and  does  not  always  amount  to  one  molecule  of  the 
salt  for  one  molecule  of  the  hydrate.  In  the  ease  of  sodium 
nitrate,  one  molecule  of  sodium  hydrate  precipitates  0-71 
molecules  of  the  salt. — C.  A.  K. 


The  Action  of  Ammonia  on  the  Solubility  of  Ammonium 

Chloride.  '  R.  Engel.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1091,  6,  17. 

Thk  presence  of  ammonia  at  tirst  hardly  decreases  the 
solubility  of  ammonium  chloride  at  all  and  then  increases  it, 
as  shown  by  the  results  obtained.  This  in  the  opinion  of 
the  author  points  to  the  formation  of  compounds  of 
ammonia  with  ammonium  chloride'  such  as  have  been 
described  by  Troost. — C.  A.  K. 


Action  of  Water  on  Basic  Suits  of  Copper.     (!.  Rousseau 
and  G.  Tite.     Compt.  Rend.  1891,  113,  191—193. 

Wateii  transforms  a  number  of  neutral  metallic  sails  into 
basic  salts,  and  in  some  eases  the  oxide  is  formed,  as  in  the 
case  of  antimony  chloride  and  of  certain  borates.  The 
authors  have  ascertained  that  both  basic  acetates  of  copper 
are  transformed  completely  to  oxide  on  heating  "with  water 
in  sealed  tubes  at  160  C.  for  20  hours.  Basic  sulphate  is 
completely  transformed  into  oxide  by  heating  witli  water 
at  240°  to  250"  for  about  50  hours.  Basic  chloride  was 
slightly  decomposed  only  after  48  boms'  heating  at  210'  to 
260  C,  and  basic  phosphate  showed  no  change  on  heating 
for  several  days  at  275.— T.  L.  11. 


New   Crystalline   Oxychlorides   of  Iron.      G.    Rousseau. 
Compt.  Rend.  1891,  113,  512—544. 

See  under  XX.,  page  202. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements      in      Apparatus       connected  with      the 

Manufacture   of   Sulphate  of  Ammonia.  1!.  Dempster 

and    J.     Dempster,    Manchester.       Eng.  Pat.    12,661, 
August  13,  1890. 

With  a  view  of  conveniently  removing  the  sulphate  of 
ammonia  a  pump  is  placed  within  the  saturator,  the 
suction  pipe  extended  to  the  bottom  of  this  vessel,  and  the 
delivery  pipe  connected  to  the  drainers. 

The  patentees  state  they  make  no  claim  to  anything 
described  by  Wilton  in  Erig.  Pat.  19,225  of  1889"  (this 
Journal,  1S90,  623).— K.  E.  Si. 


Improvements  in  or  Appertaining  to  Apparatus  for  the 
Manufacture  of  Carbonates  of  Soda.  J.  J.  Howitt, 
Runcorn.     Eng.  Pat.  3657,  February  28,  1891. 

Fob  carbonating  ammoniated  brine  the  patentee  makes  use 
of  a  high  tower  with  perforated  floors,  through  which  two 
long  vertical  rods  are  passed.  By  means  of  these  rods 
every  floor  may  be  raised  up  on  one  side,  so  as  to  enable  the 
gases  to  pass  through  the  column  by  a  circuitous  course. 
The  water  used  for  cooling  the  tower  by  trickling  down 
outside  is  further  used  for  cooling  the  carbonic  acid  before 
entering  the  tower. 

The  mother-liquor  from  the  carbonating  tower  containing 
principally  chloride  of  ammonium,  i>  decomposed  by  ime 
and  distilled  in  an  ammonia-distilling  tower,  the  main 
improvement   of    which    consists    in    the    substitution   of 


corrugated  or  ribbed  caps  for  the  ordinary  plain  hoods. 
The  ammonia  liases  from  the  distilling  tower  pass  through 
a  cooling  apparatus  consisting  of  an  annular  chamber 
cooled  inside  and  outside.  It  i-  supplied  with  a  number  of 
floors  communicating  with  one  another  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  cause  the  gases  to  pass  through  nearly  the  entire 
"  auuulus  "  before  reaching  the  next  floor.  The  ammonia, 
deprived  of  practically  all  steam,  is  then  used  for  saturating 
fresh  brine. 

For  details  of  the  apparatus   the  drawings  accompanying 
specification  must  be  consulted. — K.  E.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  if  a  certain  Material 
(Mineral)  containing  Phosphate  of  Lime  for  the 
Purpose  of  obtaining  the  Latter  in  a  Highly 
Concentrated  Condition  as  Dicalcic  Phosphate, 
together  with  ( 'ertain  Bye-Products.  J.  Simpson, 
Liverpool.     Eng.  Pat.  3785,  March  3,  1891. 

Natural  phosphates  or  slags  sufficiently  free  from  lime  are 
treated  with  hydrochloric  acid  of  preferably  10  Tw.  The 
resulting  solution  is  decanted  off  from  the  insoluble 
residue.  The  latter  may  be  used  for  the  manufacture  of 
cement,  the  former  containing  phosphate  of  lime  is  imper- 
fectly neutralised  with  milk  of  lime,  so  that  the  precipitated 
dicalcium  phosphate  may  not  contain  any  free  lime.  The 
solution  is  now  completely  neutralised  ivith  lime,  any  excess 
of  which  may  be  utilised  by  an  addition  of  fresh 
"  phosphatic  solution." — K.  E.  M. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  used  in  the  Manufacture  of 
Sulphate  of  Ammonia,  C.  Marriott,  Kedcar.  Eng.  Pat. 
4730,  March  17,  1891. 

Tin.  invention  consists  in  conveniently  removing  the  sulphate 
of  ammonia  from  the  saturators  by  "  self-acting  means." 
Prom  under  a  bell-shaped  vessel,  through  which  the 
ammonia  gas  enters  the  saturator,  the  sulphate  of  ammonia 
is  continuously  carried  away  by  means  of  an  endless  apron 
entering  the  back  of  the  saturator  and  travelling  up  its 
inclined  front.  The  mother-liquor  drains  back  into  the 
separator.  The  crystals  are  removed  from  the  apron  by  a 
scraper  or  other  suitable  means. — K.  E.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Salt  in  Blocks  or 
Cakes.  V.  J.  B.  Vincent,  Paris,  France.  Eug.  Pat. 
6388,  April  14,  1891. 

Salt  is  fused  and  run  into  moulds  to  cool  with  a  view  of 
obtaining  salt  iu  blocks,  which  are  said  to  be  unaffected  by 
climatic  influences,  and  afford  iireat  facilities  for  transport. 

— K.  E   M. 


Improvements   in   the   Production   of   Chlorine.       if.  Kolb, 
Lille,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  6500,  April  15,  1891. 

The  pot  gases,  and  especially  the  roaster  gases  from  the 
salt-cake  furnaces  contain  a  certain  proportion  of  sulphurous 
and  sulphuric  acids,  which  soon  destroy  the  decomposing 
material  used  in  the  Deacon  process.  The  mixed  gases 
from  the  pot  and  the  roaster  may  be  purified  by  passing 
them  through  a  series  of  externally  heated  cylinders  charged 
with  salt.  As  shown  by  Hargreaves,  sulphurous  acid  is 
hereby  converted  into  sodium  sulphate,  and  chlorine  or 
hydrochloric  acid  is  given  off.  The  gases,  which  still 
contain  a  small  amount  of  sulphurous  acid,  are  passed 
finally  through  a  cylinder  charged  with  bricks,  previously 
saturated  with  magnesium  chloride  and  copper  chloride. 
The  chlorine  now  evolved  oxidises  the  sulphurous  acid  into 
sulphuric  acid,  which  in  its  turn  is  retained  by  the  bricks 
in  the  form  of  magnesium  sulphate.  Dealing  with  pot 
gases  alone,  the  latter  cylinder  by  itself  is  found  efficient. 

— H.  A. 


March  si,i892J     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  or 
Production  of  Bleaching  Powder.  ('.  Kellner,  Vienna, 
Austria.  Kng.  Pat.  20,037,  November  18,  1891. 
Tiik  apparatus  consists  of  a  vessel  provided  with  trays, 
with  alternately  placed  slits.  A  vertical  shaft  passes  through 
the  vessel,  carrying  arms  to  pass  over  each  tray.  Dry 
slaked  lime  is  introduced  on  the  top  shelf  and  is  raked  by 
means  of  the  arms  on  the  shelves  below ;  in  its  down- 
ward movement  it  meets  a  current  of  previously  washed 
chlorine  which  enters  from  below.  "  By  this  means  the 
chlorine  combines  with  the  hydrate  of  lime,  and  chloride  of 
lime  or  bleaching  powder  ready  for  use  passes  out  at  the 
bottom  of  the  apparatus."  A  sheet  of  drawings  illustrates 
the  specification. — H.  A. 


Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  or 
Production  of  Hydrogen  and  Chlorine  from  Hydro- 
chloric Acid.  C.  Kellner,  Vienna,  Austria.  Fug.  1'at. 
20,060,  November  18,  1891. 
Tin:  invention  refers  to  the  electrolysis  of  a  hot  solution  of 
h\  ill  ochloric  acid,  whereby  chlorine  is  given  off  at  the  anode 
ami  hydrogen  at  the  cathode.  The  apparatus  consists  of  a 
number  of  superposed  receptacles  made  of  acid-proof 
material  and  tightly  joined  together  on  the  outer  walls. 
Each  of  these  receptacles  is  divided  into  longitudinal  cells, 
formed  by  ribs  extending  both  from  the  bottom  and  the 
top  of  the  receptacles,  and  either  meeting  (in  which  case 
the  ribs  are  perforated),  or  else  separated  by  means  of 
interposed  diaphragms.  These  cells  contain  horizontally 
placed  electrodes,  arranged  in  alternate  order,  and  in  such 
a  way  that  all  cells  situated  vertically  over  one  another 
should  contain  a  similar  pair  of  electrodes.  A  solution  of 
hydrochloric  acid  is  introduced  in  the  uppermost  receptacle, 
and  flowing  through  the  compartments  runs  by  means  of  a 
lateral  overflow  pipe  or  overflow  wall  into  the  receptacle 
beiow,  and  traversing  this,  overflows  at  the  opposite  end  into 
another  receptacle,  b}-  which  means  the  acid  is  caused  to 
circulate  through  the  whole  apparatus,  leaving  the  bottom 
division  as  weak  acid.  The  gases  evolved  flow  in  separate 
streams  through  ascension  pipes,  connecting  the  respective 
superposed  cells ;  these  pipes  are  placed  at  the  alternate 
ends  of  the  cells,  thus  forcing  the  gases  to  take  an  opposite 
course  to  that  of  the  liquid.  The  liquid  is  heated  by  means 
of  indirect  steam,  conveyed  in  a  coil  of  lead  piping. 

The  description  is  given  of  it  round  apparatus,  composed 
of  superposed  receptacles,  each  of  which  is  divided  by  an 
annular  rib  (attached  to  the  bottom  of  the  next  higher 
receptacle)  into  an  inner  circular  chamber  and  an  outer 
annular  one,  containing  the  respective  electrodes. 

In  a  modified  apparatus  the  electrodes  are  placed  ver- 
tically in  a  common  trough,  and  the  alternate  rows  of  anodes 
and  cathodes  are  separated  from  one  another  by  means  of 
perforated  partitions.  The  electrodes  arc  fixed  to  a  sup- 
porting bar  which  forms  a  gas-tight  joint  with  each  cell. 
The  hydrochloric  acid  enters  the  apparatus  through  a  false 
bottom,  under  which  it  is  heated  with  steam ;  it  ascends 
through  the  cells  and  leaves  through  two  lateral  openings  on 
the  upper  part  of  the  vessel.  The  gases  evolved  are  led 
away  by  means  of  ascension  pipes,  which  pass  finally 
through  the  top  bar. 

Two  sheets  of  drawings  accompany  the  specification. 

— H.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Chlorine  from 
Hydrochloric  Acid  Gas.  "  La  Societe  A.  B.  Pechiney 
and  Cie,"  Salindres,  France.  Kng.  Pat.  22,320, 
December2l,  1891.    By  Internat.  Conv.  July  2,  1891. 

Instead  of  passing  a  mixture  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  and 
air  (or  oxygen,  or  either  of  these)  through  the  east-iron 
tubular  apparatus,  as  used  in  the  Deacon — or  in  the  De 
Wilde  and  Bcichler  process — the  inventors  propose  to  pass 
the  gases  through  any  of  the  well-known  hot  blast  stoves  of 
Cowper-Siemens,  Whitwell,  and  others.  It  is  expected  that 
a  higher  temperature  with  less  wear  and  tear  on  the  appa- 
ratus will  be  attained,  as  also  the  possibility  of  using 
the  cheaper  decomposing  substances,  such  as  De  Wilde  and 
Reichler's  mixture. — II.  A. 


YIII.-GLASS,  POTTERY,  AND 
EARTHENWARE. 

The    Composition    of  Chinese    lied    Gla:es.      II.    Seger. 
Thonind.  Zeit.  1891,  15,  853. 

The  author  having  dealt  with  the  general  points  in  con- 
nexion with  the  preparation  of  Chinese  red  cuprous  oxide 
glazes  in  a  previous  paper  (Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  1890,  14,  354 
and  3G8),  gives  the  composition  of  the  glazes  best  suited 
for  the  so-called  "  Seger-porcelarh,"  as  follows  : — 




Dark  Red 
Glaze, 

Light  Hcd 
Glaze. 

Blue  Irides- 
cent tilaze. 

75-00 

O'lo 

l-llil 

0-50 

23  -35 

70-00 
5' 00 
O'S— l'O 

-■(in 

22-00 

70-00 

5-00 

roo 

2-00 

1-00 

Baryta  ftlazc 

2f00 

1(10-00 

100-00 

ioo-oo 

Composition  of  the  baryta 
0*5  Nn.O") 

i  glazc- 
J-5  SiO 

,0-5.BaO; 

■ 

0-3  BaO  j 

In  each  case  the  heating  of  the  mixture  is  effected  in  a 
reducing  fire,  and  the  product  then  ground  up.  The  blue 
iridescent  glaze  becomes  especially  marked  if  the  glaze  is 
covered  for  a  second  time  with  the  baryta  glaze  and  then 
burnt.  The  most  beautiful  colours  are  obtained  with  other 
porcelain  and  earthenware  glazes,  when  the  difference  in 
the  melting  point  is  very  great,  i.e.,  when  the  earthenware 
glaze  is  very  fusible. — C.  A.  K. 


The  Composition  of  Sub-Glaze  Colours  for  Soft  Porcelain. 
11.  Seger.  Thonind.  Zeit.  1891,  15,  891  ;  and  Chem.  Zeit. 
Bep.  1891,15,347. 

The  sub-glaze  colours  are  produced  by  means  of  thick  oil 
and  turpentine,  or  of  glycerol  on  burnt  porcelain.  After 
painting,  aud  before  putting  on  the  final  colourless  glaze, 
the  coloured  porcelain  must  be  heated  to  about  the  melting 
point  of  silver  in  order  to  drive  out  the  oil  or  glycerol. 

1.  Blue  Colours. --These  arc  produced  by  cobalt  oxide 
or  phosphate ;  the  latter  gives  clear  transparent  tones. 
183  parts  by  weight  of  cobalt  phosphate  aud  103  parts  of 
commercial  aluminium  hydrate  are  ground  together,  dried, 
heated,  again  ground,  and  then  washed  with  water. 
Lighter  tints  are  got  by  using  a  larger  proportion  of 
alumina  or  by  the  addition  of  zinc  oxide,  but  in  this  case 
the  resulting  colour  is  opaque.  For  light  blue,  40  -6  parts 
of  pure  zinc  oxide,  G9  parts  of  cobalt  phosphate,  and 
103  parts  of  ignited  alumina  are  used.  A  very  light  blue, 
closely  resembling  Turkish  blue,  results  by  employing  a 
mixture  of  71  parts  of  oxide  of  zinc,  17 -2  parts  of  cobalt 
phosphate,  and  103  parts  of  ignited  alumina.  For  a  black- 
blue,  equal  proportions  of  cobaltous  and  nickel  oxides  are 
used.  The  addition  of  chromic  oxide  gives  green  tints  ;  for 
dark  blue-green,  165'G  parts  of  cobalt  oxide,  7G-2  parts  of 
chromic  oxide,  and  154-5  parts  of  ignited  alumina  are 
required.  Light  blue-greens  are  got  by  using  either  40- 6 
parts  of  oxide  of  zinc,  56-4  parts  of  cobalt  chromate,  and 
103  parts  of  ignited  alumina,  or  71  parts  of  zinc  oxide, 
14  parts  of  cobalt  chromate,  and  51"  5  parts  of  ignited 
alumina.  The  cobalt  chromate  is  prepared  by  the  precipi- 
tation of  154-8  parts  of  anhydrous  cobalt  sulphate,  by  97-1 
parts  of  neutral  potassium  chromate;  the  precipitated 
chromate  is  washed,  dried,  and  ignited. 


240 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  si,  UO. 


2.  Green  Colours. — Nickel  and  chromic  oxides  are  used. 
Nickel  oxide  alone  gives  olive  green,  119"6  parts  of 
nickel  oxide  and  76  •  2  parts  of  chromic  oxide  give  a  dark 
green  Pure  chromic  oxide  give  a  chrome-green,  and  the 
so-called  "  Victoria  Green "  gives  a  bright  green  in  a 
reducing  fire. 

;<.  lied  Colour*. — These  arc  produced  by  means  of  gold, 
as  already  described  by  the  author.  (Chum.  Zeit.  Rep. 
is'.'!.  15,  284.) 

4.  Blink  and  Grey  Colours. — Chrome  iron  ce  or  an 
artificial  ore  prepared  by  heating  40  parts  of  ferrous  oxide 
and  76*2  parte  of  chromic  oxide  in  a  reducing  fire,  is  used. 
If  the  proportion  of  iron  in  the  above  mixture  is  doubled,  a 
brown-black  glaze  results.  By  the  addition  of  20  parts  of 
cobalt  oxide  to  the  mixture,  a  blue-black  is  obtained. 
Grey  colours  ate  got  by  diluting  with  porcelain  mixture,  or 
by  adding  .">  parts  of  iridium  sesquioxide  and  95  parts  of 
porcelain  mixture. 

5.  Brown  Colours. — Both  iron  and  manganese  oxides 
ari  too  readily  dissolved  by  the  glaze.  The  following 
mixtures  gives  the  best  results  : — 


Parts  by  Weight. 


Dark 
Brown. 


II.  rl 
Brown. 


Light  Red 
Brown. 


Yellow 
Brown. 


Feme 

Chromic  oxidi 
I  i  alumina 

/ im  oxide  ...... 


6.  Yellow  Colours. — Antimony  is  destroyed.  The  best 
yellow  colours  arc  gol  1>\  using  II  I  parts  of  uranium  oxide, 
and  loii  pails  marble,  or  40  parts  ignited  t utile  and  40'G 
parts  oxide  of  /inc. 

All  the  above  mixtures  must  be  fired  in  the  finishing 
oven  foi  soft  porcelain,  as  this  aids  the  development  of  the 
colour-.  Also  special  attention  should  be  paid  to  the 
thorough  washing  of  the  porcelain  mixture.  To  make  the 
colours  more  proof  against  the  heat  of  the  lire,  they  are 
ground  up  intimately,  after  being  heated,  with  33-3  per  cert. 
of  the  porcelain  mixture. — C.  A.  K. 


Cuprous  Oxide  Sub-Glaze  Colours  foi  Soft  Porcelain. 
II.  Seger.     Thonind.  Zeit.  1891,  15,  908. 

(ri'iiii  oxide  is  not  suitable  for  the  production  of  sub-glaze 
colours  on  soft  porcelain  when  an  oxidising  tire  is  employed, 
owing  to  its  volatility  which  causes  it  to  spread,  but  when  a 
reducing  tiic  is  used  this  volatilisation  does  not  occur. 
tnstead  of  using  pure  cupric  oxide  the  author  recommends 
the  following  mixture  wl  ich  produces  i  red  colour  :  — 

Patt-S  bj 
Weight. 

I     in.'  oxide 7'.~. 

l'in  oxide Pen 

;  jV1,')'  52-6.SiOs.O-  I.JJjO 82-5 

-C.A.  K. 


Baryta  Blaze  j  "  '' 


Composition   oj    Glass   suitable  for  Chemical  Apparatus. 

K.  Weber.     Zcits.  f.  angew.  i'hem.  1891,  CC2— 665. 

.See  under  Will.,  page  267. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in   the    Manufacture   of   Glass.     T.    0.   •' 
Thomas,  London.     Enj.  Pat.  1391,  March  11,  1891. 

The  inventor  formerly  obtained  a  patent  (  Eng.  Pat.  12,076  of 
1S86;  this  Journal,  1888,  35)  for  the  use  of  oxygen  in  the 
manufacture  of  glass)  the  oxygen  being  Mown  through  the 
molten  metal  and  thus  burning  awaj  carbonaceous  matter  and 
removing  other  impurities.     The  present  invention  consists 


of  an  arrangement  whereby  the  oxygen  is  collected  and 
stored  for  use  after  being  blown  through  the  molten  glass. 
The  glass  pot  in  which  the  "  frit  "  is  melted  is  provided 
with  a  cover  furnished  with  two  openings  for  the  passage  of 
the  supply  pipe  and  theontlet  pipe.  The  outlet  pipe  passt  - 
to  a  gasometer. — V.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Glass-Making  Material. 

W.    Walker,    London.        Kng.     Pat.     a324,     March     -25, 
1891. 

In  Eng.  Pat.  2019  of  1891  (this  Journal,  1891,  643)  the 
inventor  has  described  a  process  for  the  production  of 
silicates  for  glass-making,  by  heating  together  sand,  calcium 
chloride,  and  common  salt.  In  the  present  process  lime  is 
substituted  for  calcium  chloride  when  the  latter  cannot  be 
readily  or  cheaply  obtained. — V.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for 
Manufacturing  Class  Plates,  Sheets,  ami  Films. 
W.  1'.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  R.  S.  Pease,  Min- 
neapolis,   U.S.A.      ling.     Pat.    20,438,    November    24, 

1891. 

This  invention  is  a  further  extension  of  the  principal  of 
thai  described  in  Kng.  Pat.  20,439  of  1891  (this  Journal 
1892,  163). 

The  plunger  which  serves  as  a  "bait  "  to  draw  out  a  film 
or  sheet  of  the  molten  or  plastic  glass  when  raised  from  the 
tank  in  which  it  bad  been  dipped  is  in  the  improved  process 
caused  to  form  such  a  lilm  or  sheet,  both  during  the  upward 
and  the  downward  stroke.  For  this  purpose  the  bottom  of 
the  receptacle  for  the  molten  glass  is  furnished  with  gates. 
The  metal  hackings  of  the  gates  are  brought  to  a  sharp 
edge  where  they  bear  against  the  plunger,  making  a  close 
joint.  When  opened  these  edges  serve  as  gauges  to 
deb  rmine  the  thickness  of  the  sheet  or  film.  The  thickness 
is  further  regulated  and  made  uniform  by  rollers,  between 
which,  and  the  plunger,  the  adhering  plastic  glass  is  com- 
pressed. If  desired  the  rollers  may  be  used  for  figuring  or 
marking  the  plates.  When  the  sheets  or  films  have  been 
drawn  downward  to  a  sufficient  distance  tiie  gates  of  the 
receptacle  for  molten  glass  are  thrown  upwards  and  against 
the  plunger  thus  severing  the  sheets  and  preventing  further 
escapeof  the  molten  glass. 

The  above  process  allows  four  films  or  sheets  to  he 
produced  at  a  complete  stroke  of  the  plunger,  two  on  the 
downward  and  two  on  the  upward  patt  of  the  stroke  (see 
following  abstract). — V.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Pro- 
ducing  Cylinders,  Pipes,  and  oilier  Tubular  or  Hollow 
Bodies  of  Class.  W.  I'.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From 
K.  S.  Pease,  Minneapolis,  U.S.A.  Kng.  Pat.  20,440, 
November  21,  1891. 

A  "bait"  of  suitable  form  (see  preceding  abstract)  is 
allowed  to  dip  into  a  receptacle  containing  molten  glass  and 
provided  with  a  raised  central  boss,  of  such  dimensions  that 
it  is  just  covered  by  the  "  bait."  While  the  "  bait  "  is  being 
drawn,  air  pressure  is  supplied  through  a  tube  or  blowpipe 
communicating  with  the  central  boss,  which  is  hollow.  In 
this  way  the  glass  taken  up  by  the  "  bait  "  is  blown  out  to 
the  required  diameter.  The  diameter  being  once  attained 
the  air  pressure  is  adjusted  so  as  just  to  keep  the  body  ;il 
this  diameter. 

The  enlarging  operation  though  not  absolutely  essential 
is  highly  desirable,  since  it  enables  a  much  smaller  bait  to 
hi'  used  and  the  drawing  operation  can  be  commenced  under 
much  more  favourable  conditions  than  would  otherwise  be 
the  ease. — V.  C. 


March  si,  1802.1     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


341 


Process  of  Making  Hose  or  Orange-Red  Stained  Glass. 
F.  Welz,  Klostergrab,  Austria.  Eng.  Pat.  21,350,  Decem- 
ber 7,  1891. 

Rosi  coloured  glass  is  produced  by  adding  selenium  to 
tli.  iMitenls  of  the  melting-pot,  the  depth  of  tint  depending 
on  1 1  il-  quantity  of  selenium  used  and  also  upon  the  ingre- 
dients of  the  glass,  whether  for  hard  or  soft  glass. 

The  orange-red  colour  is  produced  by  mixing  cadmium 
sulphide  with  the  selenium  before  adding  to  the  contents  of 
the  melting-pot,  the  amount  of  the  yellow  tint  depending 
on  the  proportion  of  cadmium  sulphide.  In  this  process  it  is 
not  necessary  to  reheat  the  articles  after  being  manufac- 
tured and  to  dip  them  in  a  colouring  mixture,  as  in  the 
ordinary  process  of  making  red  glass.— V.  C 


Improvements  in  Filtering  Tubes  with  Hall  Filtering 
Material  I'm-  Purifying  Mullen  Glass.  M.  Epstein, 
Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  21,826,  December  II, 
1891. 

Tins  invention  attains  a  continuous  delivery  of  purified 
molten  glass  by  the  following  device: — Into  a  melting-pot 
receiving  the  glass  dips  a  tube  with  openings  near  the 
bottom.  As  the  level  of  the  molten  glass  in  the  melting-pot 
rises  the  glass  flows  in,  and  clay  balls,  till  then  resting  on  the 
bottom  of  the  tube,  are  iioated  up  on  tin'  surface  of  the 
molten  glass  till  they  reach  a  grid  placed  across  the  tube, 
against  which  they  are  retained  in  position  by  the  upward 
flow  of  Ljiass.  As  the  level  of  the  i^lass  in  the  melting-pot 
risrs  the  liquid  passes  by  upward  filtration  through  the 
interstices  of  the  clay  balls.  As  long  as  the  level  of  liquid 
in  the  melting-pot  is  maintained  sufficiently  high,  a  supply 
of  the  Altered  glass  can  be  drawn  off  for  use  from  the 
filtering  tube.  The  number  of  working  hours  of  the  furnace 
is  much  increased  by  this  invention,  owing  to  its  avoiding 
the  necessity  for  re-charging,  and  the  wear  and  tearing  of 
plant  is  diminished. — V.  C. 


IX -BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  AND  CEMENTS. 

Influence  oj  the  Presence  of  Gypsum  in  the  Hair  Materials 
of  Portland'Cement.  Knlmenger.  Zeits.  f.  angew.  Chem. 
1891,  593— -595. 

(  Iypsum  is  often  used  in  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement 
to  retard  the  rate  of  setting,  the  addition  of  0'5to2per 
cent,  tit  the  finished  cement  sufficing  for  this  purpose. 
Discretion  is  necessary  in  its  use,  as  the  addition  of  a  com- 
paratively small  excess  may  lead  to  blowing  and  cracking. 
The  same  danger  occurs  when  the  gypsum  is  added  to  the 
raw  materials  instead  of  to  the  finished  cement.  It  seems 
probable  that  much  of  the  blowing  may  be  due  to  the 
calcium  oxide  of  the  gypsum  unduly  increasing  the  total 
amount  of  lime  iu  the  cement.  Should,  however,  the  proper 
relation  between  the  basic  and  acid  constituents  of  the 
Cement  be  maintained  by  increasing  the  proportion  of  clay, 
much  larger  quantities  of  gypsum  may  prove  harmless. 
It  must  not,  however,  be  forgotten  that  a  portion  of  the 
lime  will  remain  as  calcium  sulphide  (which  gives  the 
cement  a  dark  colour  that  deepens  as  the  amount  increases  i, 
from  which  calcium  sulphate,  with  all  its  well-known 
tendencies  to  cause  blowing,  may  afterwards  form.  One 
characteristic  of  cement  made  from  raw  materials  containing 
gypsum  is  the  tendency  of  the  clinker  to  break  up  more 
readily  than  ordinary  well-burnt  cement.  The  following 
table  shows  the  results  of  some  experiments  on  the  effect  of 


gypsum  added  both  to  the  raw  materials  and  to  the  finished 

cement  : — 


Percentage 

of 

Tensile  Strength  (Kilos.  perSq.  Cm.  Dt 28  Hays ) 

<  rypsuin  in  Raw 
Material. 

Withoul  the  Addition 
or  Gypsum  to 

[lie  Fiinsllri!  Cement. 

Willi  -J  perCent.  of 

Gypsum  added  to 

tin'  Finished  Cement. 

Nil 

I'll':, 

■Jl-ii 

1-5 

3f0 

29-0 

3-5 

22-0 

.. 

4 

23-5 

5 

23"0 

10 

24'0 

.. 

15 

18-0 

•• 

The  age  of  the  briquettes  differed  slightly  in  some 
instances  from  the  normal  period  of  28  days,  but  not 
sufficiently  to  affect  the  value  of  the  results.  The  tests 
were  made  in  all  cases  on  a  mixture  of  1  part  of  cement  and 
3  parts  of  sand  by  weight.  A  steady  increase  in  strength 
occurred  after  the  lapse  of  periods  longer  than  that  quoted. 
High  and  progressive  results  were  also  obtained  with  neat 
cement.  Although  the  figures  given  in  the  original  paper 
are  thus  favourable,  it  must  he  noted  that  the  longest  period 
of  experiment  was  four  months,  save  iu  the  ease'  of  the 
cement  containing  an  addition  of  10  per  cent,  of  gypsum, 
which  at  seven  months  showed  a  tendency  to  retrograde. 
Further  experiments  with  cement  made  from  a  raw  material 
containing  an  addition  of  20  and  50  per  cent,  of  gypsum 
showed  that  the  product  was  unsound,  and  possessed  a 
strong  tendency  to  blow.  The  same  raw  material  was  used 
throughout,  save  that  as  the  percentage  of  gypsum  increased 
the  quantity  of  lime  was  correspondingly  diminished.  The 
percentage  of  gypsum  added  is  reckoned  on  the  mixture 
ready  for  burning,  and  not  on  the  quantity  of  cement  to 
which  it  was  added. — 15.  B. 


PATENTS. 


Method  of  Manufacturing  Artificial  Stones  with  Glass 
Surfaces.  C.  Breuer,  1'unzlau,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
3532,  February  26,  1891. 

Artificial  stone  with  a  glass  surface  is  made  by  casting  a 
concrete  mixture  upon  the  back  of  a  sheet  of  glass  placed 
face  downwards  in  a  mould  with  hinged  sides.  The  hack  of 
the  glass  may  be  previously  roughened  and  toughened,  or 
coloured,  etched,  or  otherwise  decorated  glass,  in  one  sheet, 
or  several  pieces  may  be  employed.  Before  the  concrete  is 
fully  hardened,  it  may  be  grooved  on  the  surface  to  aid  the 
adhesion  of  mortar.  The  method  is  cheaper  than  that  in 
which  plate  glass  is  attached  to  blocks  of  artificial  stone  as 
practised  at  present. — B.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Portland  Cement. 
G.  H.  Skelsey,  Hull.  Eng.  Pat.  :i7'J7,  March  3, 
1891. 

The  patentee  claims  to  manufacture  Portland  cement  from 
hard  chalk,  such  as  is  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Hull, 
and  usually  considered  valueless  for  this  purpose,  by 
grinding  the  chalk  in  an  edge  runner  with  specially  con- 
structed heavy  runners,  before  it  goes  into  the  wash  mill. 

— B.  B. 


JIJ 


THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE  SOCIETY    OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [March Si,  1892. 


A  New  Manufacture  of  Materials  suitable  for  Building, 
Paving,  and  other  Purposes,  from  Waste  Pieces  or 
Debris  of  Slate.  "  The  Societe  Anonyme  des  Ardoisieres 
de  Deville "  and  V.  V.  der  Heyden,  Deville,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  4750,  March  27,  1891. 

100  tarts  by  weight  of  crushed  slate  are  mixed  with 
7  parts  of  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  "  colophouium  "  ami 
tar  or  pitch,  and  the  whole  heated  to  125°  C.  One  half 
or  one  quarter  per  cent,  of  "olibanum  "  may  lie  substituted 
for  a  similar  amount  of  "  colophouium,"  a  portion  of  which 
may  be  replaced  by  Venice  turpentine  to  modify  the 
properties  or  the  composition.  8  parts  of  lime,  4  parts 
of  gelatin,  and  1  or  2  parts  of  alnumen  may  be  used  as 
the  cementing  material  to  add  to  100  parts  of  the 
ground  slate  instead  of  the  mixture  described  above.  In 
this  case  the  mixture  is  first  made  in  the  cold  and  then 
heated  to  100°  C.  The  composition  may  be  moulded  into 
Mocks,  slabs,  or  pipes,  or  used  for  making  artificial  slates, 
either  alone  or  as  a  coating  to  wood,  paper,  or  sheet  metal. 
It  may  be  used  as  a  pavement  after  the  addition  of  fine 
ballast ;  for  this  purpose  the  surface  may  be  roughened  or 
grooved.  Ornamental  effects  may  be  produced  by  the 
incorporation  of  pigments.  The  material  is  said  to  be 
strong  and  water-proof.  Joints  can  be  made  in  it  by  simply 
heating  the  touching  surfaces.  The  name  patented  for  the 
material  is  "  Ardoisine." — 13.  B. 


Metallised  Plates  or  Fabric  of  Asbestos  or  other  Fibrous 
Material  for  Hoofing  and  other  Purposes.  K.  Graf, 
Westphalen,  Vienna,  Austria.  Eng.  Pat.  8831,  May  25, 
1891. 

Plates  or  fabrics  made  of  asbestos  or  such  like  fibrous 
material  are  inconveniently  porous  and  liable  to  dis- 
integration. The  remedy  proposed  by  the  patent  consists 
in  covering  the  asbestos  plates  or  fabric  with  electrolytic-ally 
deposited  metal  (copper  or  aluminium  for  instance),  the 
article  to  be  coated  having  first  been  rendered  conductive 
by  .i  film  of  graphite.  Should  the  asbestos  fabrics  contain 
a  cementing  material  such  as  glue,  starch,  or  chloride  of 
zinc,  which  is  affected  by  free  acids,  the  metal  covering 
must  be  deposited  from  a  neutral  solution.  The  material 
to  be  coated  may  be  manufactured  so  as  to  be  waterproof 
by  the  following  method  :  50  parts  by  weight  of  fibrous 
asbestos  are  mixed  with  10  parts  of  pounded  asbestos  felt 
waste,  10  parts  of  zinc  oxide,  and  300  to  500  parts  of 
water ;  to  which  is  added  in  succession,  the  mixture  being 
constantly  stirred,  7  parts  by  weight  of  zinc  chloride 
solution  (50°  to  60°  1!  ),  10  parts  of  a  solution  of  soap 
("  1  part  by  weight  of  best  quality  soap  to  10  of  water") 
2  parts  of  a  solution  of  alum  ("  3  parts  by  weight  of  alum 
to  21  of  water"),  0'3  part  of  soda  dissolved  in  2  parts  of 
water,  and  0-8  part  of  lead  acetate  dissolved  in  2  parts  of 
water.  The  mixture  thus  prepared  is  moulded  into  plates, 
which  are  then  metallised  as  described  above. — P.  B. 


X.-METALLURGY. 

Calorimetrieal  Investigations  of  the  state  in  which  Silicon 
and  Aluminium  exist  in  Cast  Iron.  F.  Osmond. 
Compt.  Kend.  1891, 113,  474—476. 

Silicon. — Troost  and  Hautfeuille  (Compt.  Rend.  81,  264) 
obtained  the  following  results  on  dissolving  silicides  of  iron 
in  bichloride  of  mercury  and  measuring  the  quantity  of  heat 
liberated  : — 


Heat  liberated. 


Found. 


Calculated 

from 

Composition 

of  Silicide. 


Diffcren-.-c. 


Silicide    containing    3*5 

percent.  Si  and  0  6  per 

cent.  C. 
Silicide  containing  7  per 

cent.  Si    and    (1*4  per 

cent.  C. 
Silicide  containing  12  per 

cent.  Si   and   0*4  per 

cent.  C. 
Silicide  containing  1 1  per 

cent.   Si    and    let  per 

cent.  C. 


i  lalories, 

071 1 


1,050 


1,270 


Calories. 

£70 


1,125 
1,295 
1,425 


tin 
155 


If  the  law  indicated  by  these  figures  hold  good  for  lower 
values  than  3' 5  per  cent,  of  silicon,  then  it  is  obvious  that 
silicon  when  present  in  very  small  proportion  must  be 
dissolved  by  iron  with  absorption  of  heat.  The  experi- 
mental verification  of  this  inference  has  been  undertaken 
by  the  author,  who  had  at  his  disposal  a  series  of  samples 
obtained  from  11.  A.  Hadtield  well  suited  for  the  purpose. 
The  following  table  gives  the  analyses  of  the  samples  : — 


Mark  of  Sample. 


K9i    \. 


t  D.     898  G. 


Carbon 0-135  0-190 

Silicon 0-200  2'100 

Sulphur 11-074  0"060 

Phosphorus i  0-014  0-039 

Manganese O'llO  j  0-150 


II -2  HI 
4-100 
0-042 
0-054 
0*200 


808  1. 


Fcrro- 
silieou  of 
Commerce. 


0-155 
7-310 


u-270 


2-0S0 
11-720 
0-020 
ll'll.-,(l 
CS20 


The  first  three  samples  were  forged  and  reheated  ;  two 
others  were  not  forgeable  and  were  merely  cast.  The 
analyses  and  the  calorimetrieal  tests  were  made  upon  fine 
filings  passeil  through  a  sieve  of  80  meshes  (to  the  centi- 
metre I-1).  The  solvent  used  for  the  calorimetrieal  tests  was 
a  saturated  solution  of  the  double  chloride  of  copper  and 
ammonia  (500  ec.  to  each  l'S  grm.  of  metal).  The  results 
obtained  were  as  follow  : — 


Mark  of  Sample. 

898  A. 

8!>8  D. 

898  G. 

898  1. 

Ferro- 
silicon. 

Cal. 

Cal. 

Cal. 

Cal. 

Heat  liberated  bv  1  Krm. 

) 

of  metal  (a  correction 

-  7I-.5 

843 

907 

926 

beinjr  inadeforcarbon.) 

) 

Excess     of"] 

heat  com-    found 

paredwith  V 

sample         calculated 

898  A.         J 

0 

78 

112 

lt',1 

0 

60 

123 

225 

Difference         between 

0 

+   18 

+   19 

-  64 

*'  found  "    and     "  cal- 

culated." 

Time  required  for  solu- 

3 

0 

5 

11 

tion  in  minutes. 

In  conformity  with  the  inference  drawn  from  Troost  and 
Hautefeuille's  experiments  the  difference  between  the 
quantities  of  heat  found  and  calculated  changes  sign  for  a 
certain  content  of  silicon. 

The  calculated  amount  of  heat  was  arrived  at  from  the 
formula — 


4  CuCIj  +  2  1LO  +  Si  (amorphous)  =    4  CuCl  +  4  HO  +  SiO.,  (dissolved) 
—  (4  x  62,600  +  2  x  69,000)  +  (4  x  33,340  +  4  x  39,300  +  207,400)  =  109,560  cal. 


Say   3,910  cal.   per  grm.  of   silicon,  and   3,910—  760 
3,160  cal.  for  line  grm.  of  silicon  replacing  one  grm.  of  iron 
iu  the  reaction. 


The  time  required  for  the  solution  of  the  samples  increases 
as  the  percentage  of  silicon  in  the  samples  increases.  The 
sample  of  ferro-silicou  containing   1 1  •  7  per  cent,  of  silicon 


March  si,  1893.]     THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


243 


was  attacked  with  difficulty  by  the  solvent,  and  after  our 
hour  a  residue  remained  equal  to  59  per  cent,  of  the  weight 
of  sample  taken,  which  was  found  to  contain  nearly  the 
whole  of  the  silicon  present. 

From  these  experiments  it  is  evident  that  silicon  can 
combine  with  iron  with  accompanying  liberation  of  heat, 
hut  the  compound  formed  is  dissociated  by  an  excess  of 
iron  ami  only  exists  when  the  silicon  occurs  to  a  sufficient 
degree  in  the  alloy.  Analogous  examples  are  furnished  by 
the  solution  of  salts  in  water. 

Aluminium. — The  samples  used  were  also  obtained  from 
11.  A.  Iladtiehl.  They  were  treated  in  the  same  way  as  the 
samples  of  siliceous  iron.  The  following  was  the  com- 
position of  the  samples  :  — 


A. 


U67A.      11G7G.       111)7  1. 


Carbon 0-140 

Silicon Q'207 

Sulphur 0*080 

Phosphorus 0-050 

Manganese trim 

Mi-minium 0"000 


0-150 

0-210 

0-220 

0-180 

0-180 

0"200 

o-ioo 

0-090     | 

0-080 

0-040 

o-oso 

0-030 

o-iso 

0-180 

n-2211 

0-210 

2--W0 

6-200 

The  following calorimctric-.il  results  were  obtained: — 

i   Cal.  i    Cal.       Cal.  ]    Oal. 
Heat  liberated  by  l  grm.  of  metal*) 
(a  correction   being    made    for  >     751 
silicon  ami  carbon) ) 


Excess  of  heatc ared  ffound  •  •  •  • 

^th  898  A Icalculated 


PinVivu-v  ltrtu'.-1-n    "futiiitl "    nu! 
"  calculated  " 


i  • 


The  calculated  excess  of  heat  was  arrived  at  from  the 
reaction  — 

6  CuClj  +  2  Al  =  Al'jClj  +  6  CuCl 
-  6  x  62,600  +  -175,600  +  6  x  33,340  =  300,040  cal. 

say  5,480  cal.  for  1  grm.  of  Al,  (  =  27-4)  and  5,480-  760 
=  4,720  cal.  for  1  grm.  of  Al,  replacing  1  grm.  of  Fc  in  the 
reaction. 

The  above  results  show  that  the  discrepancy  between  the 
amounts  of  heat  found  and  calculated  is  in  each  case  small, 
and  the  relative  difference  becomes  of  less  importance  the 
higher  the  percentage  of  aluminium  in  the  sample.  But 
this  difference  is  always  of  the  same  sign.  Moreover 
all  the  samples,  up  to  10  per  cent,  of  aluminium  (which 
was  the  alloy  richest  in  aluminium  that  was  used  in  these 
experiments)  dissolved  with  equal  rapidity  in  the  solution 
of  the  double  chloride  of  copper  and  ammonium. 

It  follows,  therefore,  that  aluminium  under  the  conditions 
in  which  it  is  used  in  the  metallurgy  of  iron,  dissolves  in  cast 
iron  with  absorption  of  heat.  If  then,  as  practical  men 
affirm,  a  liberation  of  heat  actually  takes  place,  this  cannot 
be  ascribed  to  an  exothermic  combination  of  the  two  metals, 
but  must  be  due  to  the  reduction  by  the  aluminium  of  the 
dissolved  oxide  of  iron,  aud  probably  also  to  the  formation 
of  an  allotropic  modification  of  the  iron.  That  modification 
which  is  produced  normally  at  about  850°  when  iron  is 
cooling,  is  found  not  to  take  place  in  the  presence  of  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  aluminium,  and  consequently  the 
modification  should  occur  at  the  moment  of  adding  the 
aluminium.— H.  S.  P. 


Volatility   of  Nickel  in  Presence   of  Hydrochloric  Acid. 
P.  Sehiitzenberger.     Compt.  Rend.  1891,  113,  177—179. 

Hydrochloric  acid  gas  would  seem  to  play  a  part 
analogous  to  the  part  played  by  carbon  monoxide  in  its 
action  on  nickel.  If  pure  chloride  of  nickel,  previously 
sublimed    in    a    current    of   nitrogen,   be    reduced   in   dry 


hydrogen,  a  volatile  product  is  obtained  containing  nickel, 
as  may  be  shown  by  heating  the  after  part  of  the  reduction 
tube  to  dull  redness,  when  a  deposit  of  nickel  chloride  is 
obtained.  To  ascertain  whether  this  was  to  be  accounted 
for  by  some  of  the  chloride  being  mechanically  conveyed 
away  by  the  hydrochloric  acid  formed  during  reduction,  the 
hard-glass  reduction  tube  was  half-tilled  with  the  anhydrous 
chloride,  after  which  came  a  long  layer  of  closely  packed 
glass  wool.  To  the  end  of  the  reduction  tube  was  then 
attached  a  narrow  glass  coil,  giving  a  path  of  four  metres 
to  the  gases  escaping  from  the  reduction  tube ;  from  this 
coil  the  gases  passed  through  a  straight  glass  tube,  entering 
through  a  wad  of  glass  wool.  Nickel  chloride  carried 
mechanically  from  the  reduction  tube  could  not  possibly 
reach  the  second  straight  tube  with  such  an  arrangement, 
aud  no  condensation  whatever  was  noticeable  in  the  coil, 
which  was  kept  at  the  prevailing  atmospheric  temperature  • 
yet  on  heating  the  second  straight  tube  to  redness  a  deposit 
of  nickel  chloride  was  obtained.  Analogous  results  are 
obtained  on  passing  dry  hydrochloric  acid  gas  over  finely- 
divided  nickel.  The  true  composition  of  the  volatile  com- 
pound has  not  yet  been  ascertained,  though  the  author 
seems  inclined  to  consider  it  a  hydrochloride  of  nickel. 

Iron  aud  zinc  give   a  similar   reaction.     (Compare   this 
Journal,  1890,  808  ;   1891,  644  and  836.)— T.  L.  B. 


On   the  Volatilisation  of  Iron  and  Nickel  by    Carbonic 
Oxide.     J.  Gamier.     Compt.  Kend.  1891, 113,  189— 191. 

In  connexion  with  recent  publications  concerning  volatile 
carbonic  oxide  compounds  of  metals  (see  this  Journal,  1890, 
808  ;  1891,  644  aud  836,  and  preceding  abstract),  the  author 
makes  the  following  observations  : — 

The  gases  escaping  from  a  charcoal  blast  furnace  in 
normal  action  give  a  perfectly  blue  flame  on  burning,  but  if 
the  temperature  of  the  furnace  be  allowed  to  fall  somewhat, 
the  escaping  gases  form  a  thick  smoke  and  burn  with  a 
white  flame,  ferruginous  matter  being  deposited.  The 
explanation  would  seem  to  be,  according  to  the  recent 
observations  of  lierthelot,  that  carbouyl  compounds  arc 
formed  and  evolved  at  the  lower  temperature  which 
cannot  exist  at  the  higher  temperature.  As  the  cooling 
of  such  furnaces  sometimes  causes  a  deposit  of  zinc,  the 
whitening  of  the  flame  has  been  attributed  to  zinc,  but 
this  could  not  be  the  case  in  the  furnaces  at  which  the 
present  observations  were  made.  Further,  the  instance 
of  manufacturing  iron-nickel  alloys  is  quoted,  where  nickel 
and  east  iron  arc  melted  together  in  plumbago  crucibles  ;  on 
removal  from  the  furnace  an  immense  shower  of  sparks 
escapes,  which,  it  is  suggested,  may  be  due  to  volatile 
carhonyl  compounds. — T.  L.  B. 


Behaviour  of  Hydrogen  towards  Lead  and  other  Metals. 
G.  Neumann  and  F.  Streintz.  Mouatsh.  1891,  12, 
642—660. 

See  under  XI.,  page  247. 


The     "  Ore     Process "      in    the     Basic    Open  -  Hearth 
Furnace.     Dr.   Leo.     Dingl.    Polyt.    J.    282,    13—17, 

41—45,  and  81—85. 

After  a  historical  review  of  the  development  of  processes 
of  steel  manufacture  in  open-hearth  furnaces,  the  author 
describes  the  experiments  made  by  M.  L.  Imperatori  on  the 
further  substitution  of  ore  for  scrap  in  the  modern  process. 
The  method  adopted  as  a  result  of  these  experiments  was 
to  mix  finety-powdered  ore  with  just  sufficient  powdered  coke 
to  reduce  it  to  metal  without  carburising  it,  damp  the  whole, 
shape  it  into  briquettes  or  blocks  by  hydraulic  pressure, 
thoroughly  dry,  and  smelt.  The  ore  used  should  be  roasted 
free  from  carbonic  anhydride  and  water  and  should  not 
contain  less  than  50  per  cent,  of  iron  ;  it  should  be  as  free 
as  possible  from  silica  and  lime;  sufficient  lime  may  how- 
ever be  introduced  to  form  a  mono-  or  bi-silicate  with  any 
silica  present.      About    22 — 25  per  cent,  of  powdered  coke 


244 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  si.  1893. 


or  26—35  per  cent,  of  coal  are  required  for  rich  Elba  arc. 
The  blocks  weigh  about  20—30  kilos,  each  j  they  are  air- 
dried  under  cover  for  7  to  8  days,  then  brought  near  the 
furnaces  and  thoroughly  dried;  they  acquire  a  certain 
solidity  from  the  conversion  of  a  portion  of  the  sesquioxide 
of  iron  in  the  ore  into  the  hydrated  oxide  !•>_,<  )3.3  BsO 
which  acts  as  a  cement.  These  Mocks  are  not  generally 
smelted  alone:  they  maj  be  introduced  into  an  iron  bath  in 
a  Siemens  furnace,  or  mixed  charges  of  pig  iron,  blocks  and 
scrap  may  be  worked.  In  the  latter  case  the  pig  iron  is 
first  charged  in,  a  layer  of  blocks  is  then  added,  and  the 
whole  is  covered  with  scrap  ;  the  charge  melts  in  about  an  hour, 
when  quantities  of  30— -In  blocks  are  repeatedly  introduced 
at  intervals  of  1- — 15  minutes.  When  the  bath  is  at  work 
it  is  covered  with  a  slag  which  is  black  at  lirst,  but  gradually 
turns  a  light  green,  and.  contains  very  little  iron.  It  is 
rarely  necessary  to  add  ore  to  the  bath  to  soften  the  metal, 
this  result  being  attained  by  adjusting  the  composition  of  the 
blocks  so  that  no  carburiscd  iron  is  produced  and  a  slight 
excess  of  oxide  is  available  for  the  decarburisation  of  the 
bath.  The  decarburised  metal  is  so  hot  that  the  end  of  an 
iron  pole  thrust  into  it  is  melted  in  a  few  seconds,  and,  on 
adding  ferrosilicon  and  ferrbmanganese  to  the  bath,  the 
resulting  steel  may  at  once  be  tapped. 

In  working  open-hearth  furnaces  in  the  usual  manner  the 
experimenter's  ordinary  charges  consisted  of  about  30  per 
cent,  of  Hawed  ingots,  rail-ends,  -rah',  &c,  from  the 
preceding  charge,  about  35 — -Jo  per  cent,  of  pig  iron, 
and  30-  35  per  cent,  of  other  matters,  chiefly  scrap. 
The  first  experiment  with  ore  blocks  was  made  with 
the  object  of  substituting  them  for  this  30—35  per 
cent,  of  scrap.  1,050  kilos,  of  ore  (from  Elba),  380 
kilos,  of  powdered  coal,  and  25  kilos,  of  lime  in  the 
form  of  milk  of  lime  were  well  incorporated,  consolidated 
with  heavy  stamp-  into  62  blocks,  dried  for  10  days  in  the 
air  and  for  24  hours  near  the  furnace,  800  kilos,  of  grey- 
Bilbao  pig  iron  were  now  charge. 1  into  the  furnace,  and  on 
this  the  02  blocks  were  placed  ;  the  charging  occupied  20 
minutes,  and  only  one  of  the  blocks  broke  up  during  the 
operation,  [n  an  hour  theblocks  became  spongy,  and  in 
l.l  hoursfrom  the  commencement  of  the  charging  800  kilos, 
of  steel  scrap  were  placed  on  the  half-molten  sponge ;  one 
hour  later,  a  sample  taken  consisted  of  a  fine-grained  steel : 
the  slag  was  glassy,  light  green  in  colour,  and  contained 
prills  of  soft  metal  ;  three  hours  after  charging,  50  kilos,  of 
ore  were  thrown  into  the  centre  of  the  bath,  the  temperature 
bring  sufficiently  high,  and  20  minutes  later  30  kilos,  more 
were  added;  10  minutes  afterwards  the  metal  was  soft. 
3  hours  40  minutes  alter  charging.  1'")  kilos,  of  ferrosilicon 
with  1  t  per  cent,  of  silicon  and  25  kilos,  of  ferromanganese 
containing  40  per  cent,  of  Mn  were  thrown  in  ;  five  minutes 
later  30  kilos,  of  ferromanganese  with  7'J  per  cent,  of  Mn 
were  added  and  the  charge  tapped.  The  product  consisted  of 
five  flawless  ingot-  weighing  407  kilos,  each  and  84  kilos, 
of  scrap.  See.,  thus  affording  a  yield  of  ,V>7  kilos,  of  iron 
for  the  1,100  kilos,  of  ore.  "The  composition  of  the  natal 
was:  Carbon  0-252  per  cent.,  -ilicon,  0-250  per  cent., 
phosphorus  0-oGo  per  cent.,  sulphur  0-100  per  cent., 
manganese  l-090pei  cent.  The  product  was  tough  and  could 
be  rolled  with  facility.  Test  pieces  of  rails  made  from  this 
metal,  weighing  36  kilos,  per  metre  and  placed  on  supports 
1-10  metres  apart,  were  uninjured  after  receiving  three 
blows  from  a  ram  of  600  kilos,  weight  falling  from  a  In  ighl 
of  B  unto-,  the  te-t  piece-  being  three  times  bent  back  at 
the  poinl  ol  impact.  A  test  piece,  160  mm.  long  ami 
1 6  mm.  diameter,  had  a  breaking  strength  of  56  kilos,  per 
square  millimetre,  an  elongation  of  20-10  per  cent.,  and  a 
diminution  of  sectional  area  of  41  per  cent. 

The  high  percentage  of  sulphur  was  principally  due  to 
the  coal  used,  and  could  have  been  reduced  by  weathering 
(lie  block-  lor  a  longer  time,  the  sulphur  under  these  con- 
dition- being  oxidised  to  sulphate,  which  is  decomposed  in 
the  furnace.  When  working  on  an  acid  hearth,  weathering 
the  block-  affords  the  only  means  of  eliminating  the 
i  ulphur. 

In  another  experiment  an  attempt  was  made  to  n  nder 
the  blocks  more  compact  by  substituting  coke  for  coal,  so 
thai  the  whole  charge  of  blocks  might  be  introduced  at  once 
into  the  furnace.     An  excess   of  coke  (iS1-  per  cent.)  was 


however  used  with  the  result  of  making  the  mass  very 
infusible,  prolonging  the  operation  for  lo  hours,  and 
necessitating   the    addition   of   a   considerable  quantity   of 

spiegeleisen  to  promote  fusion.  The  introduction  of  the 
whole  charge  of  blocks  at  once  also  proved  preju  licial 
The  yield  was  however,  very  good  (56*1  per  cent,  of  the 
ore  ),  and  the  product  was  a  good  quality  of  ingot  iron.  The 
slag  was  very  acid  and  poor  in  iron.  In  viewr  of  the  refrac- 
tory character  of  blocks  prepared  with  coke,  a  number  of 
trials  was  made  with  single  blocks,  and  from  tic,-,  it 
appeared  that  by  decreasing  the  amount  of  coke  added,  and 
substituting  a  little  dolomite  for  the  lime,  the  time  of 
reduction  could  be  reduced  by  one-half  and  a  readily  fusible 
-lag  obtaiued.  This  depends  on  the  formation  by  the  excess 
of  oxide  of  a  fusible  silicate  of  iron  3  FeO . Si(  1..  which 
combines  with  magnesia,  forming  a  very  fusible  double 
silicate,  which  is  subsequently  reduced  by  the  carbon  in  the 
pig  iron. 

For  the  next  charge  a  batch  of  120  blocks  were 
accordingly  compounded  of  2,625  kilos,  of  powdered-  ore, 
551  kilos.  (21  per  cent.)  of  powdered  coke,  131  kilos. 
(5  per  cent.)  of  dolomite,  and  10  per  cent,  of  water.  Five 
tons  of  Bilbao  pig  iron  were  charged  into  the  furnace,  then 
4  tons  of  small  -crap;  this  operation  occupied  two  hours. 
In  3  hours  20  minutes  from  the  commencement  the  metal 
was  incompletely  fused  ;  the  blocks  were  now  added  in 
small  quantities  at  intervals  of  10  —  15  minutes;  3  hours 
10  minutes  later  the  bath  was  completely  fused,  and  a  sample 
taken  out  consisted  of  a  hard  high-carbon  steel.  7  hours 
30  minutes  after  starling,  230  kilos,  of  lump  ore  were  added 
in  portions,  and  a  sample  taken  out  was  found  to  be  com- 
pletely decarburised.  <  >ne  hour  later,  70  kilos,  of  ferrosilicon 
containing  11  per  cent,  of  silicon  ami  loo  kilos,  of  ferro- 
manganese with  40  per  cent,  of  manganese  were  added;  the 
metal  was  not  however  tapped  till  half  an  hour  later,  in 
consequence  of  an  accident  :  it  was  then  a  homogeneous 
iron,  almost  too  soft  for  rails.  The  composition  was  : 
Carbon  0-17  per  cent.,  silicon  0095  percent.,  phosphorus 
0-1013  per  cent.,  sulphur  0-074  per  cent.,  manganese 
0-531  per  cent.  The  yield  from  the  'J.s.'i.'i  kilos,  ore 
introduced  was  1,635  kiios.  of  iron  (57*2  per  cent.) 

The  preceding  experiments  were  all  conducted  in  an  acid- 
lined  furnace,  but  experiments  are  in  progress  on  the 
smelting  of  ore  blocks  on  the  basic  hearth.  Ores  poor  in 
silica  may  be  expected  to  yield  good  results  and  a  product 
free  from  sulphur'  and  phosphorus.  Five  per  cent,  of  lime 
in  fragments  is  mixed  with  the  ore  to  eliminate  the  sulphur, 
but  the  addition  of  milk  of  lime  or  other  substances  which 
might  prevent  the  intimate  contact  of  the  ore  and  fuel  must 
be  avoided.  Phosphorus  is  gradually  removed  from  the 
bath  during  the  oxidation  period  when  the  bath  is  being 
decarburised.  It  is  preferable  to  substitute  well-washed 
powdered  caking  coal  for  coke,  and  a  high  pressure  should 

1"  used  in  i solidating  the  blocks;  the  temperature  of  the 

furnace  should  be  rather  high,  so  that  the  reduction  (of  the 
Elba  ore)  occurs  according  to  the  equation — 

Fe:03  +  3  C  =  2  Fe  +  3  C02 

the  slag  should  be  periodically-  removed  to  prevent  re- 
absorption  of  the  sulphur. 

The  Imperatori  process  appears  to  require  a  larger 
consumption  of  fuel  than  the  ordinary  process,  but  the 
amount  of  this   excess  has  not  been  clearly  ascertained. 

'The  remainder  of  the  paper  is  taken  up  with  an  account 
of  the  basic  open-hearth  process  as  practised  in  England, 
and  with  a  description  of  the  Hilton -Eston  modification  of 
the  Batho  furnace. — S.  II.  A.  A. 


On  the  Dxirability  of  Aluminium.     C.  Winkler.     Zeits.  f. 
angew.  (.'hem.  1S92,  69. 

Tin:  author  published  results  a  number  of  years  ago 
(Deutsche  Indu-tric/cit.  1877,64)  showing  that  with  con- 
tinuous use  the  losses  in  three  spoons  of  different  composition 
were  as  follows  : — 

Pei  I  i  mi.  pei  feat 

0"  103 

A  uminium  spoon  "630 

German  silver  spoon I  "000 


March si.1893.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCTETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


245 


Thi'  silver  and  aluminium  spoons   have  been   in   daily  use 

now  for  16  years ;  tin-  third  spoon,  however,  has    not   1 u 

nsed  with  the  same  regularity.  The  loss  during  the  16  years 
has  amounted  in  thecase  of  tho  silver  spoon  to  8*78  per 
Gent.,  a  result  rendered  too  high  by  continual  polishing  ;  the 
aluminium  spoon  has  lost  5*83  per  cent.,  a  result  which 
in  iv  be  taken  as  eorrect,  since  this  spo  >n  lias  been  rubbed 
merely  with  a  soapj  flannel  as  attempts  at  polishing  were 
ageless  :  lastly,  the  lo^s  in  the  oase  of  the  third  spoon  has 
amounted  to  5"62  per  cent.,  a  result  decidedly  low,  seeing 
that  this  spoon  has  not  been  regularly  used. 

It  thus  serins  evident  that,  as  regards  durability,  there  is 
not  very  much  to  choose  between  silver  and  aluminium, 
whilst  German  silver  wears  away  more  easily  than  either. 
Hence  [jiibbert  and  Roscher's  statement  (see Zeits. f. angew. 
Cliein.  I8'J2,  7)  is  assumed  to  be  without  foundation. 

— T.    1;.    11. 


Direct  Production  of  Iron  and  other  Metals  from  their 
Ores.  \.  l.rbied'ieff.  Swod.  priv.  1890,  l(j  and  20; 
Them.  Zeit.  Rep.  1891,  15,  350. 

The  pn ss  consists  in  combining  the  oxides  of  the  metals 

with  strong  liases  either  by  fusing  the  finely-ground  ore 
with  potash,  soda,  limestone,  dolomite,  &c.,or,  as  in  the  case 
of  chromium  and  of  manganese  by  roasting  a  mixture  of  the 
ure  and  the  above  liases  in  a  furnace,  with  access  of  air,  the 
mass  being  repeatedly  well   mixed  during  the  operation. 

The  addition  of  sodium  chloride  or  of  salpetre  aids  the 
process.  Also  some  compounds  of  the  metallic  oxides  with 
alkalis,  such  as  the  aluniinates,  can  lie  prepared  by  a  wet 
method.  The  fusion  can  be  carried  on  either  in  blast 
furnaces,  open  hearths,  or  reverberatory  furnaces.  The 
charge  consists  of  thcore  mixed  with  basic  oxides  as  slated,  to 
which  mixture  wood-charcoal  or  coke  and  sufficient  siliceous 
material  to  form  a  slag  with  the  resulting  metal,  are  added. 
To  prevent  the  furnaces  from  being  attacked  they  should  be 
lined  with  some  neutral  material.  For  the  reduction  of  iron 
and  other  easily  reducible  metals  the  coke  may  he  replaced 
by  reducing  gases  such  as  carbon  monoxide,  hydrogen 
or  hydrocarbons.  In  this  case  the  fusion  is  conducted  in 
reverberatory  furnaces  heated  either  in  the  usual  way  or  by 
regenerative  tires,  into  which  the  gases  are  led  by  pipes 
which  pa*s  to  a  certain  depth  in  the  fused  mass  ;  or  else  the 
pipes  pass  into  the  furnace  through  the  side  walls  aud   are 

com ted.  on  the  other  hand  with  high-pressure  generators 

or  gasometers.  As  the  fusion  proceeds  and  the  metal 
separates,  small  quantities  of  tin-  ore  mixed  with  tin-  basic 
oxides  air  added  from  time  to  time  so  as  to  form  a  thin 
covering  over  the  molten  mass.  In  eases  where  the  metallic 
oxiihs  will  combine  with  the  basic  oxides  by  direct  fusion, 
ill.  preparation  of  the  ore  aud  the  fusion  can  be  carried  on 
in   one  and    the    same   furnace.      Readily  fusible    metals  are 

tapped  as  they  separate,  whilst  the  more  difficultly  fusible, 
such  as  iron  and  chromium,  are  removed  from  the  furnace 
when  a  sufficient  quantity  has  accumulated  ami  separated 
from  the  alkaline  salts  by  treatment  with  water  or  acids 
after  cooling,  when  the  metal  remains  behind  in  the  form  of 
small  plates.  Another  method  is  to  add  to  the  reduced 
mass  some  substance  which  will  lower  the  melting  point  of 
the  metal  and  thus  allow  of  its  being  tapped;  for  instance 
this  may  he  effected  in  the  case  of  iron  by  the  addition  of 
cast  iron  rich  in  carbon. — C.  A.  K. 


Conversion  <>f  Cast  Iron  into  Wrought  Iron  ami  Steel. 
N.  Lebiedieff.  Swod.  priv.  1891,  18  ;  Chem.  Zeit.  Rep. 
1891,  15,  350. 

Tim  author  employs  the  above  method  of  working  (see 
previous  abstract)  for  the  conversion  of  cast  iron  into 
wrought  irou  and  steel  aud  for  the  purification  of  other 
metals  from  impurities  such  as  -aibon,  sulphur  and  silicon. 
To  effect  this  the  compound  of  the  metallic  oxide  with  a 
strong  base  is  fused  in  a  reverberatory  furnace  and  the  cast 
iron   then  added  to  the  fused  mass.     The   latter  melts  and 

under  the  influence  of  the  basic  oxides  the  carl ,  sulphur 

and  silicon  are  oxidised,  whilst  the  metal  originally  added  as 
Oxide  separates  in  the  free  state.     Small  quantities  of  the 


ore  are  added  from  time  to  time  as  the  process  proceeds  : 
stirring  aids  the  reduction.  The  choice  of  the  basic  oxides 
depends  upon  whither  the  pure  metal  or  an  alloy  is  required. 
In  the  former  case  a  compound  of  ferric  oxide  ami  a  basic 
oxide  is  mixed  with  the  cast  iron  ;  whilst  in  the  preparation 
of  wrought  iron  or  of  steel  containing  chromium,  manganese 
or  aluminium,  the  oxides  of  these  metals  are  employed  in 
addition, — t '.  A.  K. 


On  Certain  Ternary  Alloys.  Pari  HI.,  C.  It.  Alder  Wright 
and  C.Thompson;  Part  IV.,  ('.  1!.  Alder  Wright,  ( '. 
Thompson,  and  .1.  T.  Leon;  Part  V.,< '.  1!.  Alder  Wright, 
Proe.  Roy.  Soe.  49,  156,  171;  50,   372. 

The  experiments  described  in  these  three  papers  are  in 
continuation  of  those  previously  abstracted  (this  Journal, 
1890,  944).  The  later  results  are  expressed  in  accor- 
dance with  a  system  of  graphical  representation  proposed 
by  Sir  G.  G.  Stokes  in  a  note  embodied  in  Part  IV.,  in 
which  the  composition  of  a  given  mixture  of  three  substances 
is  expressed  by  the  position  of  the  centre  of  gravity  of  three 
weights  placed  respectively  at  the  three  corners  of  an 
equilateral  triangle,  and  representing  the  relative  masses  of 
the  three  constituents.  With  certain  pairs  of  metals,  e.g., 
lead  aud  zinc,  each  will  only  dissolve  the  other  to  a  limited 
extent  when  molten,  so  that  a  mixture  of  the  two  (outside 
of  certain  proportions)  separates  into  two  binary  alloys,  one 
containing  mainly  lead  with  a  little  zinc,  the  other  chiefly 
zinc  with  a  little  lead,  the  exact  proportions  varying  slightly 
with  the  temperature.  If  the  weight  representing  the 
heavier  metal,  lead,  be  placed  at  the  left  of  the  base  of  the 
triangle,  aud  that  representing  the  lighter  one,  zinc,  at  the 
right,  the  compositions  of  these  two  alloys  are  respectively 
indicated  by  two  points  situated  on  the  base  line  not  far 
from  the  two  corners  respectively.  If  a  third  metal,  e.g., 
tin,  be  added  to  the  mixture,  such  that  this  third,  or 
•'  solvent  "  metal  will  mix  in  all  proportions  with  either  of 
the  other  "immiscible  "  metals  separately,  the  composition 
of  the  entire  mass  is  indicated  by  a  point  within  the  triangle 
raised  above  the  base  to  an  extent  proportionate  to  the 
amount  of  tin  added  (the  weight  representing  tin  being 
placed  at  the  apex  of  the  triangle),  ami  inclining  to  the  left 
hand  side  or  to  the  right  according  as  lead  predominates 
over  zinc,  or  vice  versd.  The  mixture  thus  formed  is  a 
''real"  alloy  if  it  remains  uniform  in  composition  when 
well  intermixed  and  allowed  to  stand  molten  for  some  time  ; 
but  in  many  instances  this  is  not  the  ease,  the  mixture 
separating  into  two  different  ternary  alloys,  a  heavier  one 
where  lead  predominates,  whilst  some  tin  and  a  little  zinc 
air  present,  and  a  lighter  one  mainly  consisting  of  zinc  but 
also  containing  some  lead  and  tin.  The  points  indicating 
these  two  alloys  consequently  lie  respectively  to  the  left  aud 
right  of  the  point  representing  the  entire  mass,  or  "  ideal  " 
alloy  employed.  The  line  joining  them  is  termed  a  "  tie 
line  "  or  "  tie  ;"  necessarily,  the  point  indicating  the  "  ideal  " 
alloy  used  is  situated  011  this  line  nearer  to  the  one  or  the 
other  of  the  "  conjugate  points,"  according  as  one  or  the 
other  alloy  is  formed  in  larger  quantity,  IJy  employing  a 
series  of  mixtures  with  the  "solvent"  in  gradually 
increasing  proportions,  two  branches  of  a  '■  critical  curve" 
are  traced  out  by  the  positions  of  the  left-hand  and  right- 
hand  members  of  the  various  pairs  of  conjugate  points 
deduced.  These  two  branches  tend  to  run  one  into  the 
other,  meeting  at  a  point  termed  the  "  limiting  point " 
where  the  system  of  tie  lines  ultimately  vanishes.  The 
critical  curve  thus  indicates  tin-  boundary  between  "real" 
and  "ideal"  alloys;  all  points  lying  inside  the  space 
included  between  the  base  of  the  triangle  and  the  critical 
curve  correspond  with  ideal  alloys,  whilst  all  points  inside 
the  triangle  but  outside  the  critical  curve  correspond  with 
real  alloys.  If  the  tie  lines  slope  downward  to  the  left, 
the  "solvent"  is  contained  in  larger  proportions  in  the 
heavier  alloy  than  in  the  lighter  one,  and  rice  versS  if  they 
slope  downward  to  the  right. 

A  number  of  the  earlier  experiments  appeared  to  indicate 
that  the  positions  of  any  two  conjugate  points  (with  respect 
to  the  poiut  representing  a  given  ideal  alloy  from  which  the 
two  alloys  indicated   by  these  points   are  formed)   are  to  a 


24(5 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  si,  1S9& 


slight  extent  variable  with  the  relative  proportions  in  which 
the  heavier  ami  lighter  immiscible  metals  are  contained  in 
the  ideal  alloy  used.  This  matter  has  been  carefully 
investigated,  with  the  result  of  demonstrating  that  the 
apparent  variation  is  simply  due  to  the  great  difficulty 
experienced  in  obtaining  a  sufficiently  thoiough  and  com- 
plete intermixture  of  metals  melted  in  a  crucible.  The 
error  introduced  is  sensibly  least  when  the  two  ternary 
alloys  formed  are  produced  in  approximately  equal  volumes, 
or  at  any  rate  when  the  heavier  one  does  not  predominate, 
which  would  render  thorough  intermixture  more  difficult,  By 
substituting  for  molten  metals  substances  fluid  at  the  ordinary 
temperature  (more  especially  mixtures  of  chloroform  and 
water  as  "  immiscible  "  substances,  with  glacial  acetic  acid 
as  "solvent"),  it  was  found  that  absolutely  invariable 
conjugate  points  were  obtainable  with  all  proportions  of 
materials  forming  mixtures  representing  different  points  on 
a  given  tie  line,  when  thorough  intermixture  was  brought 
about  by  shaking  vigorously  for  some  time  in  a  stoppered 
bottle.  A  critical  curve  was  thus  traced  out  for  water, 
chloroform,  and  acetic  acid,  such  that  the  ties  uniformly 
sloped  downwards  to  the  left  (chloroform).  The  position 
of  the  limiting  point  was  not  the  point  of  the  curve  reaching 
the  greatest  elevation  above  the  base,  but  was  situated 
lower  down  on  the  left-hand  side  ;  at  this  point  the  ratio  of 
water  to  chloroform  was  sharply  that  indicated  by  the 
formula  2  CIK'l, .5  1LO.  "  Ideal  "  mixtures  situated  any- 
where near  this  point  were  found  to  be  excessively  sensitive 
to  temperature  variation,  a  difference  of  a  few  tenths  of  a 
degree  making  a  wide  difference  in  the  composition  of  the 
two  ternary  mixtures  formed,  and  in  some  cases  making  all 
the  difference  as  to  whether  the  mixture  remained  an  "  ideal  " 
one,  or  become  "  real  "  ;  in  all  cases  the  effect  of  tempe- 
rature variations  was  such  as  to  be  included  in  the  general 
rule,  the  critical  curve  fur  a  hit/her  temperature  lies  inside 
that  for  a  lower  one. 

Exactly  the  same  peculiarities  (mutatis  mutandis)  are 
found  to  characterise  the  curves  obtainable  with  suitable 
metallic  mixtures;  the  same  rule  as  to  effect  of  temperature 
variation  always  applies,  so  that  the  sensitiveness  of  the 
mixture  to  temperature  is  very  considerable  for  ideal  alloys 
near  the  critical  point,  although  towards  the  base  of  the 
curve  comparatively  little  effect  is  producible,  even  by  a 
difference  of  50c  or  100°.  Certain  differences,  however,  are 
noticeable  with  particular  metallic  mixtures,  as  regards  the 
general  characters  of  the  critical  curves  and  tie  lines ;  with 
some  ternary  alloys  the  ties  always  slope  to  the  left  (e.g. 
lead — zinc — silver  and  bismuth — zinc — silver)  ;  with  others, 
always  to  the  right  (e.g.  bismuth — zinc — tin)  ;  with  two  (and 
two  only,  out  of  a  dozen  under  examination,  viz.  lead — zinc 
— tin  and  lead — aluminium  —tin)  the  lower  ties  slope  in  one 
direction  (to  the  left)  and  the  upper  ones  in  the  opposite 
direction ;  this  appears  to  be  due  to  the  existence  of  a 
tendency  towards  the  formation  of  definite  atomic  com- 
pounds, on  the  oue  hand  of  tin  and  lead,  SnPb3,  on  the 
other  of  tin  and  zinc,  or  tin  and  aluminium,  respectively 
SnAlj  aud  SnZn^.  With  most  ternary  mixtures  no  marked 
irregularity  in  the  contour  of  the  critical  curve  is  noticeable, 
but  in  some  cases  notable  exceptions  to  the  rule  exist ; 
thus  alloys  of  lead — zinc — silver,  and  bismuth—  zinc — silver 
exhibit  remarkable  bulges  (inwards  and  outwards)  in  both 
branches  of  the  critical  curve,  the  situation  of  which,  and 
the  positions  of  maximum  bulge,  lead  to  the  deduction  that 
two  definite  compounds  of  zinc  and  silver  exist,  respectively 
AgZn5  and  Ag4Zn5.  No  such  bulges,  however,  are  noticed 
in  the  corresponding  alloys  where  aluminium  replaces  zinc. 

In  any  given  curve  containing  lead  as  one  of  the  two 
immiscible  metals,  substitution  of  bismuth  for  lead  invariably 
depresses  the  critical  curve,  eeteris  paribus;  so  that  the 
bismuth-containing  alloys  furnish  critical  curves  lying 
inside  the  respective  analogous  curves  obtained  with  lead- 
containing  alloys.  Precisely  the  opposite  effect  appears  to 
be  produced  by  the  substitution  of  aluminium  for  zinc. 

The  exact  positions  of  the  various  limiting  points,  it  was 
found,  could  not  be  arrived  at  by  direct  experiment  on 
account  of  the  sensitiveness  to  temperature  variation  near 
these  points,  and  because  the  two  alloys  formed  differed  but 
little  in  density,  and  therefore  did  not  readily  separate  from 
one  another.    Close  approximations,  however,  were  deducible 


by  means  of  two  graphical  methods  suggested  by  Sir  G.  G. 
Stokes.  The  limiting  points  thus  deduced  never  coincided 
with  the  point  in  the  critical  curve  where  the  elevation  above 
the  base  line  was  a  maximum,  but  always  lay  more  or  less 
lower  down,  on  oue  side  or  the  other,  on  the  left-hand  side  ; 
when  the  upper  ties  sloped  downwards  to  the  left  (e.g.,  lead — 
zinc — silver, bismuth — zinc — silver,  chloroform — acetic  acid 
— water),  on  the  right-hand  side  if  they  sloped  downwards  to 
the  right  (e.g.,  lead — zinc — tin,  bismuth — zinc — tin).  The 
two  immiscible  metals  were  present  at  the  limiting  points  in 
ratios  close  to  those  indicated  by  definite  atomic  formula' ; 
but  the  formula'  varied  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
solvent  metal,  being  wholly  different  with  tin  as  compared 
with  silver,  thus — 

With  lead— zinc— tin  alloys  the  ratio  was  near PbZnc 

With  lead— zinc— silver  alloys  the  ratio  was  near  ...  Pb^Zn 
With  bismuth— zinc— tin  alloys  the  ratio  was  near  .  BiZn10 
With  bismuth — zinc— silver  alloys  the  ratio  was  near    BiZn, 

Full  details  of  the  methods  of  investigation  aud  analysis 
employed  are  given  in  the  papers,  together  with  numerous 
tables  of  values  obtained  and  plottings  of  the  critical  curves 
ami  tie  lines  thence  deduced. — C.  B.  A.  \V. 


The  Baltimore  Meeting  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Mining  Engineers,  February  10 — 20,  1892.  Knc.  and 
Mining  .1.  1892,  227—229. 

The  Copper  Mines  op  Vermont  :  H.  M.  Howe. 

The  ancient  slates  of  the  Appalachian  range  contain  a 
series  of  large  beds  of  iron  pyrites  extending  from  Alabama 
to  the  St.  Lawrence.  These  deposits  occur  in  the  form  of 
enormous  lenses,  and  though  they  have  many  of  the 
characteristics  of  fissure  veins,  are  not  generally  thought  to 
be  such,  but  to  be  true  ore  beds,  their  irregularities  being 
due  to  folding  and  distortion  during  metamorphism.  In  the 
majority  of  cases,  although  there  are  marked  exceptions, 
these  lenses  pinch  out  in  depth.  In  the  Southern  States 
the  upper  part  of  the  ore  body  has  been  decomposed  and 
the  copper  leached  out.  Below  the  gossan  is  found  a  rich 
layer  of  copper  ore,  resulting,  perhaps,  from  the  re- 
precipitation  of  the  leached  copper.  Below  this  again  is  the 
region  of  undecomposcd  sulphides,  which  become  impove- 
rished as  depth  increases. 

In  the  Northern  States  both  the  gossan  and  richer  portion 
are  eroded,  leaving  the  undecomposed  sulphides  exposed  at 
the  surface.  The  sulphides  continue  in  depth  without  loss 
of  their  percentage  of  copper,  and  in  some  eases  are  said  to 
have  been  enriched.  In  the  Elizabeth  mine  the  ere  has 
been  worked  down  on  the  pitch  for  1.500  ft.,  and  in  places 
some  60  ft.  in  width.  At  the  Union  mine,  while  the  ore 
body  does  not  extend  continuously  to  a  great  depth,  jet 
continuations  of  new  lenses  are  found  by  cross-cutting 
when  the  lense  pinches. 

Although  at  present  the  pyrrhotite  ores  are  placed  at  a 
disadvantage  with  the  pyritous  ores,  as  far  a,  utilisation  for 
acid-making  is  concerned,  the}-  contain  a  larger  proportion 
of  copper,  and  when  (he  gigantic  sulphur  beds  of  Louisiana 
are  developed  they  will  he  on  a  par,  at  least,  with  the 
pyritous  ores. 

The  Magnetic  Ores  of  Ashk  Coi'ntv,  N.  C. : 
H.  B.  C.  Nitze. 

These  iron  ore  deposits,  situated  in  an  area  of  crystalline 
rocks  and  embracing  an  extent  of  150  square  miles,  are 
practically  undeveloped,  though  some  small  prospecting  has 
been  carried  on,  and  one  small  Catalan  forge,  making  a 
very  superior  tough  iron,  is  in  operation.  The  ores  are 
principally  magnetites,  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of 
Bessemer  pig  iron,  though  hematites  and  red  specular  ores 
of  excellent  quality  are  also  found,  but  in  very  limited 
quantities.  Mr.  Nitze  divides  Ashe  County  into  three  main 
belts-  -the  Ballon  or  River  belt,  the  Red  Hill  or  I'oisou 
Branch  belt,  and  the  Titaniferous  belt. 

The  Ballon  belt  has  been  opened  at  several  points, 
showing  thick  beds  of  ore  material  running  from  41  *36  per 


Marohsi.iWB.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


217 


cent,  metallic  iron  to  60-48  per  cent.,  and  extremely  low  in 
phosphorus  and  sulphur,  but  high  in  silica.  The  Red  Hill 
or  Poison  Branch  belt  has  been  opened  at  numerous  points 
along  its  outcrop,  showing  large  bodies  of  ore.  In  addition, 
the  bodies  have  been  traced  over  unopened  ground  by  the 
dipping  needle.  The  ore  generally  is  good  in  character, 
although  certain  portions  are  high  in  sulphur.  The  Titani- 
ferous  belt  is  extensive  and  persistent,  and  shows  large 
quantities  of  ore,  but  the  percentage  of  titanic  acid  from 
8' 8  per  cent,  to  9'7  per  cent,  condemns  it  for  blast 
furnace  use. 

TITANIFEROUS    IRON    IN    THE    BLAST    FURNACE. 

K.  W.  Raymond  suggested  that  for  the  benefit  of 
iron  workers  the  boundaries  of  the  titanic  ores,  which  seem 
to  run  in  a  belt  from  the  large  developments  in  the  South, 
through  New  Jersey,  New  York,  and  into  Canada  itself, 
should  be  determined.  Raymond  stated  that  the  Durham 
furnace  had  been  paying  a  rental  for  20  years  on  a 
magnificent  body  of  iron  ore  which  was  absolutely  useless 
to  it  on  account  of  its  high  percentage  of  titanic  acid, 
although  it  was  extremely  low  in  phosphorus.  The  titanic 
acid  ran  as  high  as  14  per  cent.  It  was  well  known  to 
metallurgists,  he  said,  that  titaniferous  ores  could  be  treated 
in  the  blast  furnace  by  carrying  large  quantities  of  alumina 
in  the  slag  ;  but  at  Durham,  where  they  relied  upon  the 
Trenton  dolomite  as  a  flux,  the  alumina  was  not  obtainable. 
Many  of  the  metallurgists  of  the  Lehigh  V alley  had  found 
accretions  of  uitro-cyanide  of  titanium  in  their  furnaces, 
showing  that  where  titanic  acid  occurred  in  small  quantities 
it  was  accumulative.  In  the  late  T.  Sterry  Hunt's  classifi- 
cation of  crystalline  rocks  the  titaniferous  ores  had  been 
placed  as  characteristic  of  a  certain  era,  and  although  this 
hypothesis  has  not  been  proved  conclusively,  it  was  in 
his  (Raymond's)  opinion  most  likely  to  be  correct.  The 
aluminous  and  titaniferous  slags,  Dr.  Raymond  said  in  reply 
to  a  question,  ran  poorly  and  were  difficultly  fusible.  They 
were  sometimes  used  to  "  heal  "  a  damaged  hearth. 

President  John  Birkinbine  stated  that  the  titaniferous 
iron  deposits  of  Northern  New  York  and  Canada  were 
bounded  on  either  side  by  bodies  free  from  that  element. 
Titaniferous  bodies,  strange  to  say,  were  placed  in  the  most 
inviting  of  positions  ;  huge  outcrops  enticed  the  miner. 
It  was  Birkinbiue's  opinion  that  the  salvation  of  the 
titanium  difliculty  lay  in  the  use  of  large  hearths  removable 
while  in  blast  if  necessary.  This  has  been  done  on  a  small 
scale,  he  said,  and  why  not  on  a  large  one. 

Dr.  Raymond  thought  the  remedy,  if  any,  would  be  the 
employment  of  some  of  the  modern  direct  open-hearth 
processes.  Howe,  however,  coincided  with  Birkinbine. 
Birkinbine  continued  by  saying  that  magnetic  concentration 
reduced  materially  the  amount  of  titanic  acid  in  the  product. 
Dr.  Egglestou  said  that  this  was  true,  but  that  he  had  made 
a  number  of  experiments,  which  showed  plain  jigging  would 
effect  the  separation  of  certain  titaniferous  minerals  from 
magnetite, 


Improvements    in  the   Manufacture   of  Galvanised    Iron. 
J.  W.  Richards.     Eng.  and  Mining  J.  52,  24,  1891,  677. 

The  author  has  found  that  the  presence  of  small  quantities 
of  aluminium  in  the  galvanising  bath  leads  to  the  deposition 
of  a  highly  crystalline  as  well  as  a  permanently  brilliant 
and  adhesive  coating  of  zinc.  The  aluminium  is  best  added 
to  the  bath  in  the  form  of  a  zine  alloy  containing  2  per  cent, 
of  aluminium,  4  oz.  of  this  alloy  being  added  to  the 
galvanising  bath  for  every  ton  of  zinc. 


Calculation  of  Slag  Components.      G.Murray.     Eng.  and 
Mining  J.  1892,  281. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  270. 


XL-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Behaviour  of  Hydrogen  towards  Lead  and  other  Metals. 
G.  Neumann  and  F.  Streintz,  Monatsh.  1891,  12, 
642—660. 

In  order  to  explain  some  physical  phenomena  which  take 
place  at  the  negative  plate  of  a  secondary  battery,  it  was 
assumed  in  a  previous  paper  that  lead  has  the  power  of 
absorbing  hydrogen ;  the  authors  attempted  to  put  this 
assumption  to  the  test  of  experiment  under  conditions 
similar  to  those  existing  in  a  secondary  battery,  but  no 
trustworthy  conclusions  could  be  drawn  from  the  results. 

They  then  examined  the  behaviour  of  molten  lead,  and 
found  that  it  has  the  power  of  absorbing  0-11 — 0-15  vol. 
of  hydrogen.  Several  other  metals  were  examined  as 
regards  their  power  of  occluding  hydrogen,  and  the  results 
are  given  in  a  table.— F.  S.  K. 


Determination  of  Eleeti  olytic  Dissociation  of  Salts  by 
Solubility  Experiments.  A.  A.  Noyes.  Technology 
Quarterly,  1891,  4,  259—291. 

The  effect  which  one  salt  exerts  on  the  solubility  of  another 
has  been  the  subject  of  numerous  investigations.  These, 
however,  yielded  nothing  more  than  a  mass  of  empirical 
results,  until  Nernst  showed  that  the  electrolytic  dissociation 
theory  offered  an  explanation  of  this  phenomenon  of  solu- 
tions. The  author  has  already  (Zeits.  f.  Bhys.  Chem.  6,  241) 
tested  by  experiment  the  validity  of  Nerust's  theory,  and 
has  generally  found  it  to  hold  good.  Such  discrepancies  as 
did  occur  were  probably  due  to  the  incorrectness  of  the 
dissociation  values  used  in  the  calculations,  i.e.,  to  the 
assumption  that  dissociation  and  molecular  conductivity  are 
proportional.  Now,  just  as  the  solubility  of  one  salt  in 
presence  of  another  can  be  calculated  if  the  values  of  the 
dissociation  be  known,  so  conversely  can  the  degree  of 
dissociation  be  determined  from  the  values  of  the  solubility 
experimentally  obtained.  Up  to  the  present  time  electric 
conductivity  is  the. only  physical  property  of  a  solution 
which  has  been  used  to  furnish  a  measure  of  the  dissociation 
of  the  substances  dissolved  in  it.  Although  this  method,  as 
used  by  Ostwald  and  others,  gives  reliable  results  in  the 
case  of  organic  acids,  the  author  believes  that  it  cannot  be 
depended  on  in  the  case  of  better  conductors,  such  as  most 
metallic  salts  and  strong  acids  and  bases.  These  considera- 
tions have  led  the  author  to  study  the  dissociation  of  the 
chlorides  of  various  metals  by  methods  depending  on  their 
solubility.     He  arrives  at  the  following  general  results. 

The  effect  of  11  different  chlorides  on  the  solubility  of 
thallous  chloride  was  investigated,  each  in  four  distinct 
concentrations,  and  the  dissociation  of  each  was  calculated 
from  the  solubility  effect.  The  three  alkali-metal  chlorides, 
potassium,  sodium,  and  ammonium,  were  found  to  be  equally 
dissociated,  their  dissociation  increasing  from  65  per  cent, 
in  the  ease  of  a  solution  of  0'2  normal  strength  to  89  per 
cent,  at  0-03  normal.  The  dissociation  of  hydrochloric 
acid  was  slightly  greater  (73  per  cent,  to  89  per  cent.). 
With  a  single  exception  all  the  bivalent-metal  chlorides 
investigated  (Mn,  Ca,  Ba,  Zu,  Mg,  and  Cu)  proved,  like  the 
univalent-metal  chlorides,  to  be  equally  dissociated.  Their 
dissociation  is  about  5  per  cent,  less  than  that  of  the  alkali 
chlorides.  Cadmium  chloride  forms  the  exception  spoken 
of,  its  dissociation  being  33,  43,  53,  and  60  per  cent.,  as 
against  62,  69,  78,  and  82  in  the  case  of  solutions  of  the 
other  chlorides  of  corresponding  concentration.  The  results 
were  confirmed  by  corresponding  experiments  with  lead 
chloride. — D.  E.  J. 

PATENTS. 

Manufacture  of  Porous  or  Spongy  Plates,  applicable  for 

Use  in  Secondary  Batteries,  $•<?.  F.  T.  Williams  and  J. 

C.    Howell,   Llanelly.     Eng.    Pat.  2573,  May  23,  1883. 
(Second  Edition.) 

This  invention  relates  to  the  formation  of  porous  blocks  of 
lead  or  its  alloys  by  removing  in  a  peiforated  ladle,  such  as 


24S 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[March  31, 1898. 


is  used  in  the  separation  of  lead  and  silver,  some  of  the 
molten  metal  which  Ins  been  allowed  to  cool  slowly  until 
it  is  just  crystallising  out.  The  liquid  metal  drains  through 
the  perforations,  and  the  miss  which  remains  sets  into  a 
porous  block,  which  can  be  cut  up  into  battery  plates  or 
be  used  for  the  manufacture  of  white  lead. — dr.  H.  It. 


Improvements  in  Extracting  Precious  Metals  from  Ores 
or  Minerals  containing  them,  and  Apparatus  therefor.. 
J.  15.  Haunav,  Dumbarton.  Eng.  Pat.  14,966,  September 
22,  1890. 

In  En?.  Pat.  14,061  of  18SG  (this  Journal,  1887,  C73)  a 
process  is  described  for  extracting  gold  from  refractory  ores 
bv  the  combined  action  of  chlorine,  a  cyanide,  and  electric 
currents.  In  the  present  patent,  chlorine  is  dispensed  with, 
the  electrolyte  being  kept  in  a  state  of  circulatory  agitation 
by  means  of  a  screw  or  propeller.  Gold  or  silver  ores  are 
reduced  to  a  fine  powder  and  mixed  to  the  consistency  of  a 
fluent  sludge  with  water  containing  not  more  than  2  per 
cent,  of  potassium  cyanide. 

Apparatus  is  illustrated  and  described  for  effectively 
carrying  this  method  into  effect  I  see  below ,  Eng.  l'at.  Hi, 181 
of  1890).— E.  T. 

An  Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Extracting  Cold 

from  Minerals  containing  it.     .J.  B.  Hannay,  Dumbarton. 
Eng.  Pat.  19,181,  November  25,  1890. 

Tins  patent  is  for  an  improvement  m  apparatus  for  effecting 
the  process  described  in  Eng.  l'at.  14,9GGO  of  1890 
(abstracted  above).  The  negative  electrode  is  of  mercury, 
immediately  under  a  propeller  mounted  on  a  vertical  shaft 
passing  through  the  bottom.  The  positive  electrode  is  a 
hollow  inverted  cone  of  carbon  mounted  immediately  over  the 
propeller.  By  the  action  of  the  latter,  the  sludge  i-  drawn 
through  the  hole  in  the  cone  and  driven  up  round  the  sides 
to  oner  more  enter  the  hole  at  the  top  and  continue  the 
circulation. — E.  T. 

A  Xeir  or  Improved  Dry  Couple  or  Element  for  Electrical 
Purposes.  II.  Birkbeck, London.  From  O.  Henrichsen, 
Copenhagen,  1  in, mark.  Eng.  l'at.  2o,s:;s.  December  20, 
1890. 

Ix  this  cell,  the  carbon  is  placed  in  the  centre,  with  its 
tower  half  surrounded  by  a  mixture  of  pyrolusite  ami 
graphite.  Between  this  layer  and  the  zinc,  which  is  in  the 
shape  of  a  cylinder  surrounding  the  whole,  is  the  solution 
of  sal-ammoniac,  of  which  the  absorbent  material  is 
siliceous  marl.  There  is  then  a  thin  horizontal  layer  ol 
siliceous  mail,  made  firmer  by  the  addition  of  plaster  of 
Paris.  Above  this  there  i-  a  very  deep  layer  of  sawdust  or- 
such  material.  The  cell  is  closed  at  the  top  by  layers  of 
plaster  ol  Paris  and  asphalt  or  resin.  A  bole  is  left 
through  tie'  two  top  layers,  and,  if  desired,  a  long  bent 
tube  may  be  attached  to  it,  so  that  any  gases  liberated  musl 
pas-  through  a  great  length  of  ahsorbent  material  contained 
in  it,  the  tub.'  itsell  being  wholly  c  mtained  in  the  cell. 

— E  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Lend  Plates  or 
Elt  ctrodes  for  Secondary  Batterit  s,  and  the  <  'onnexions, 
Straps,  or  Lugs  In  the  same.  P.  .1.  Davies,  London, 
ling.  Pat.  21,031,  December  24,  1890. 

Tin-  pat.  nt  i-  fur  mechanical  means  of  producing  such 
deeply  grooved  plates  as  are  used  for  Epstein  electrodes. 
The  grooves  may  In-  formed  by  casting  in  moulds,  by 
pressure  between  dies,  by  rolling  or  ploughing  out.  The 
moulds  "r  dies  are  formed  of  a  number  of  steel  laths 
fastened  together,  those  which  have  to  form  the  grooves  in 
the  electr  ides  being)  of  course,  n  ider  than  the  others.  Polls 
are  made  in  a  similar  way  bj  stringing  together  washers, 
those  for  forming  the  grooves  being  of  larger  diameter  than 
the  others.  V.ij  numerous  drawings  are  given  illustrating 
the  details.— E.  T. 


Improvements     in     Galvanic    Batteries    for     Producing 

Constant     Currents.      \\".    Wcnsky,     Berlin,     Germany. 
Eng.  l'at.  11),  January  1,  1891. 

This  cell  is  designed  for  the  production  of  constant  currents 
for  a  considerable  length  of  time.  A  plate  of  copper  placed 
horizontally  is  covered  with  copper  subchloride.  Above 
this  is  supported,  between  suitable  osmose  cloths,  first  a 
layer  of  powdered  zinc  and  then  a  /.in1  plate.  Tie.'  electro 
lyte  is  a  In  per  cent,  solution  of  zinc  chloride  containing 
1  per  cent,  of  mercury  perchloride.  A  number  of  such 
cells  are  made  up  into  a  single  vertical  block  b\  the  help  of 
rubber  rings.  In  the  decomposition  of  the  subchloride, 
copper  is  deposited  on  the  copper  plate,  and  zinc  chloride 
formed. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Electric  Cells  or  Batteries.  II.  T.  Eagar, 
Canterbury,  and  K.P.  Milburn,  Newcastle-on-Tyne.  Eng. 
Pa!   899,  January  17,  1891. 

An  electrolyte  suitable  more  especially  to  those  cells  which 
contain  aluminium  as  one  electrode  (Kng.  l'at.  6924  ol 
1890),  is  composed  of  sodium  bichromate.  :',  oz.  ;  water, 
12ii  oz.  j  sulphuric  acid  (commercial),  s  oz. ;  hydrochloric 
acid,  la  grains.  The  proportions  may  be  varied,  and  a 
suitable  quantity  of  ammonium  bichromate  used  instead  of 
the  so  limn  salt.  —  E.  T. 


Improvements    in    Primary    Batteries.      S.    W.    Maquay, 
London.     ling.  Pat'.  1035,  Januarj  20.  1891. 

This  patent  relates  to  the  raising  and   lowering  of  battery 
elements  bv  means  o!'  :,  chain  and  roller  or  sprocket  wheels, 
and  also  to  clamps  for  h  ildiug  the  zinc  plates  and  all 
of  their  rapid  replacement.— E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Galvanic  Batteries.     F.  Poudroux,  Paris 
Fiance.      Eng.  l'at.  3198,  February  21,  1891. 

In  an  outer  jar  is  placed  a  cylinder  of  carbon,  and  within 
this  a  porous  pot  containing  a  zinc  cylinder  ;  inside  this  a 
second  porous  pot  containing  a  carbon  rod.  The  inner 
carbon  is  bathed  in  water,  20  parts;  potassium  nitrate,  2; 
manganese  dioxide,  1  ;  sodium  bichromate,  :'.  :  sulphuric 
aiod,  2  parts.  The  solution  round  the  zinc  consist-  of 
water,  20;  sal-ammoniac,  3;  potassium  nitrate,  2  part-. 
Surrounding  the  outer  carbon  i-  a  solution  of  -odium  bi- 
chromate with  one-tenth  pari  by  weight  of  sulphuric  acid. 
It  is  claimed  for  this  cell  that  it  will  last  a  very  lung  time 
with. cat  attention,  and  that  by  the  employment  of  a  solution 
containing  no  acid,  the  zinc  very  seldom  requires  ami 
tion.— E.  T. 

An  Improved  Galvanic  Battery.  YV.  II.  Manns,  London. 
From  (1.  A.  Smith,  Halifax,  Canada.  Eng.  Pat.  3417, 
February  2.",.  1891. 

'I'm-  invention  consists  in  a  battery  composed  of  zinc  and 
carbon  elements  so  connected  to  a  plate  working  vertically 
no  guide  bars,  that  b\  means  of  a  lever  placed  on  the 
outside  of  the  enclosing  case  the  plates  can  be  raised  out  of 
or  immersed  in  the  electrolyte.1— G.  IL  1L 


Process  for  Clarifying  and  Bleaching  Tanning  Extracts 
or  Tanning  Liquors.  A.  F nesting,  Dusseldorf,  Germany. 
Foe.  Pat.  Lis:..  March  ii,  1891. 

.s-,,  under  VL,  page  237. 


A  lYeut  or  Improved  Solution  or  Electrolytic  Fluid  for 
Galvanic  Batteries.  \V.  J.  Engledue,  Byfleet.  Eng, 
l'at.  1781,  March  17,  1891. 

Tin  invention  consists  of  a  solution  for  galvanic  batteries 
composed  of  sulpbu'-ie  acid,  hydrochloric  acid,  bichromate 
ol  soda,  and  water. — G.  H.  R. 


M„,i,  ii.iw.i   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


249 


Improvements  Relating  to  the  Production  of  Porous 
Materials,  and  to  the  Manufacture  of  the  same  into 
Electrodes  or  Plates  for  Electric  Batteries.  II.  II. 
Lake,  London.  From  E.  A.  G.  Street,  and  A.  W. 
Dcsruelles,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  4781,  .Mann  18, 
1891. 

This  invention  consists  in  making  plates  for  batteries  by 
mixing  intimately  one  of  the  oxides  of  lead,  or  manganese, 
with  "any  suitable  calcareous  or  porous  material  "  which 
is  DO)  attacked  by  tile  electrolyte  to  lie  used.  The  mass  is 
made  into  a  paste  with  albumen  and  moulded  into 
[dates,  which  are  then  heated  to  coagulate  the  albumen. 

—  G.  II.  R. 


Improvements  in    Apparatus  fir     Preparing    Bleaching 

Solution     anil     Bleaching  Powder      by      Electrolysis. 

K.    K.    Lever,   Altriuchain.  Fug.    Pat.  11,621),   July    S, 
1891. 

\\  arrangement  of  tank  and  electrodes  is  described  for 
i  Erecting  the  decomposition  of  brine  or  sea-water  The  tank 
may  be  made  of  cast  iron  preferably,  with  a  porcelain 
porous  partition  between  the  I  no  compartments.  The 
chlorine  is  led  into  a  chamber  containing  lime  to  Form 
bleaching  powder.  The  whole  vessel  may  he  warmed  by 
steam. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  or  Connected  with  Accumttlators  or 
Secondary  /latteries.  II.  Hauser,  Madrid,  Spain. 
Bug.  Pat.  14,702,  August  31,  1891. 

According  to  this  invention  tin.'  plates  are  composed  of 
a  number  of  troughs  arranged  horizontally  one  over  the 
other  in  a  frame,  and  connected  at  their  ends  to  its  vertical 
sidt  S,  one  of  which  is  prolonged  and  forms  the  terminal. 
The  troughs,  which  are  made  of  an  alloy  of  lead  and 
antimony,  are  tilled  with  the  active  material,  which  is 
preferably  some  oxide  of  lead. — G.  II.  11. 


Obtaining  a  Fluid  far  Primary  Batteries,  and  Utilising 
lla'  Waste  Products  of  such  Batteries.  II.  II.  Leigh, 
London.  From  J.  B.  Gardiner,  Xyack,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  16,487,  September  29,  1891. 
Tins  patent  is  to  reduce  the  cost  of  working  by  the 
employment  of  a  cyclic  method.  A  chromic  acid  cell  is 
given  as  an  example.  Lead  eliminate  is  treated  with 
sulphuric  acid,  giving  chromic  acid  —  Port  A — and  lead 
sulphate — Part  B.  The  chromic  acid  is  used  In  the 
battery,  and  when  spent  is  treated  with  an  alkaline 
carbonate-  evaporated,  and  ignited;  potassium  eliminate 
and  zinc  oxide  are  thus  obtained.  The  latter  is  of 
immediate  commercial  value;  the  former  is  treated  with 
Pari  II  above — lead  sulphate — with  the  production  once 
more  of  lead  chromate  and  potassium  sulphate.  The  lead 
eliminate  may  now  go  through  the  whole  cycle  again. 

The  method  maybe  modified  as  follows:  Chromate  Of 
lime  and  sulphuric  acid  give  chromic  acid  and  sulphate  of 
lime.  The  spent  chromic  acid  after  use  in  the  cell  is  treated 
with  the  sulphate  of  lime  produced  alone,  or  with  carbonate 
of  lime,  dried,  and  ignited,  with  the  production  of  chromate 
of  lime  once  more  and  zinc  oxide.  The  principle  cau  be 
applied  to  a  great  number  of  salts.— E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Electric  or  Galvanic  /latteries,  ami  in 
Mat, rials  therefor.  D.J.  N.  Lamb,  Boston,  IS  A. 
Eng.  Pat.  17,1:10,  October  13,  1891. 

The  "  active  "  material  consists  of  a  mixture  of  granules  of 
potassium  bichromate,  copper  sulphate,  sal-ammoniac, 
manganese  peroxide,  lead  shot,  &c,  some  or  all  of  which 
are  rendered  impervious  to  moisture  by  a  coating  of  resinous 
or  waxy  material.  A  special  form  of  cell  is  also  described, 
in  which  this  active  material  seems  to  surround  zinc  and 
carbon  alike.     The  electrolyte  may  be  water. — E.  T. 


Improvements    in    and    Retatiny    la     Electric    Batteries. 

1!.     Schcithauer,     Ilallc  on-thc-Sualc,    Germany.        Eng. 
I'at.  17,994,  October  20,  1891. 

I  I.XYGEM  is  introduced  into  each  cell  of  the  battery  in  order 
that  it  may  combine  with  the  hydrogen  formed  at  the 
negative  plates,  and  so  prevent  polarisation. — F.  T. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  Batteries.  M.  Waddell, 
.1.  II.  Entz,  and  W.  A.  Phillips,  Bridgeport,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  I'at.  18,431,  October  27,  1891. 

Tiik  positive  electrode  is  made  of  copper  wire  surrounded 
with  copper  oxide,  which  is  held  on  with  a  braiding  of  Hue 
copper  wire,  the  whole  being  covered  with  a  braiding  of 
cotton.  Two  such  wires  placed  side  by  side  are  doubled 
on  themselves  and  then  turned  backwards  and  forwards 
into  a  mat,  one  wire  thick,  with  the  four  ends  at  the  top. 
This  mat  is  held  in  shape  by  stout  insulated  wires  round 
the  edges  and  along  the  faces.  The  negative  electrode  is 
a  perforated  sheet  of  iron  doubled  round  the  positive  like 
the  zinc  of  a  Grove  cell.  The  solution  is  sodium  and 
potassium  zincate.  The  binding  wires  mentioned  above, 
which  hold  the  mat  in  shape  and  also  insulate  the  positive 
plate  from  the  negative,  are  covered  with  a  cotton  braiding 
impregnated  with  whiting  and  silicate  of  soda.  When 
ininn  rsed  in  the  potassium  .solution  the  covering  becomes 
very  stiff  and  glassy.  The  iron  negative  electrode  may 
be  plated  with  nickel,  tin,  or  any  other  suitable  metal. 

— F.  T. 

Improvt  no  nis  in  Electric  .  Iccumulators  or  Storage  Batteries. 
W.  1'.  Thompson,  London.  From  N.  II.  Edgcrton, 
Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  Eng.  I'at.  19,458,  November  10, 
1891. 

The  lead  plates  of  the  electrodes  are  placed,  without 
metallic  contact,  in  thin  Mat  metal  cells  or  cases,  which 
are  Idled  with  active  material  such  as  a  lead  oxide.  The 
;ases  appear  to  be  water-tight  boxes  reaching  to  the  top  of 
the  containing  cell.  Three  such  electrodes,  each  with  its 
case,  are  placed  in  each  cell,  the  centre  oue  of  one  cell 
being  joined  to  the  two  outer  ones  of  the  next.  "The 
object  sought,  being  the  polarising  of  the  battery,  that  is 
to  say,  the  construction  ami  airangcnient,  to  develop  an 
increased  voltage  or  tension  of  electrical  energy." — F.  T. 


Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  or 
Production  of  Hydrogen  and  Chlorine  from  Hydro- 
chloric Acid.  C.  Kellner,  Vienna,  Austria.  Fug.  Pat. 
20,060,  November  IS,  1891.     11;/. 

See  under  VII.,  page  23U. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  a  Hard  Insulating 
Material.  1!.  1'apc,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  I'at.  20,407, 
November  24,  1891. 

Three  parts  of  soapstone  are  incorporated  with  •!  parts  of 
powdered  chalk,  or  magnesia  and  chalk,  by  means  of 
rotating  rollers  or  drums,  until  the  material  has  a  soapy 
touch.  Such  prepared  chalk  can  be  compressed  into  denser 
nia-ses  which  have  a  very  line  gloss,  and  can  be  worked  up 
with  tools  without  crumbling  and  without  easily  blunting 
the  tools.  For  use  as  an  insulating  material  the  prepared 
chalk  is  mixed,  gradually  and  with  constant  kneading, 
with  :>  parts  of  resin  or  shellac  dissolved  in  alcohol  until  a 
dough  is  obtained  ;  this  is  dried,  powdered,  warmed,  with 
constant  stirring,  to  30'  C,  and  finally  compressed  in 
suitable  hot  moulds. — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  or  Storage  Batteries. 
II.  II.  Lake,  London.  From  I.  I,.  Roberts,  New  York, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  I'at.  21,4  12,  December  8,  1891. 

In   this  battery  the    electrodes  are   iron   and   carbon  plates 
separated  by  a   porous  partition  of  vulcanised  libre.     The 


230 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [MarcUsi  im 


electrolyte  is  chloride  of  iron.  and  ou  charging  51  s  pii- 
chloride  of  iron  is  formed  in  the  anode,  or  carbon,  com- 
partment; while  iron  is  deposited  on  the  iron  plate.  On 
discharge  the  chloride  of  iron  is  reformed. — G.  H.  K. 


Improvements  in  Voltaic  Cells  or  Batteries.     II.  II.   Lake, 

Loudon.     From  E.  A.  Clark,  Huston.  U.S.A.      Eog.  Pat. 
21,870,  December  15,  1891.     6a*. 

The  electrolyte  is  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  pad  composed 
of  layers  of  paper,  or  other  porous  material,  which  enclose 
the  sulphate  of  copper,  or  other  salt,  used  with  a  copper 
zinc  couple.     Moistening  the  pad  sets  the  battery  in  action. 


XII.-FATS,   OILS.   AND  SOAP 

MANUFACTURE. 

Tin'  Suliil  Products  which  result  from  the  Oxidation  of 
Drying  Oils.  A.  Livache.  Compt.  Rend.  1891,  113, 
136—139. 

Ci.oez  has  shown  that  the  products  of  the  oxidation  of 
drying  oils  consist  of  fatty  acids  together  with  a  neutral 
insoluble  body,  to  which  Mulder  has  given  the  name  of 
Linojrin.  When  these  oxidation  products  are  treated  with 
solvents,  such  as  petroleum  ether,  ether,  oil  of  turpentine, 
acetone,  ethyl  acetate,  or  carbon  bisulphide,  in  the  cold, 
the  action  is  very  slight,  but  on  boiling  the  oxidised 
oil  with  a  small  quantity  of  the  solvent,  the  solid  product 
becomes  more  transparent,  swells  up,  and  gets  broken 
up  into  fragments  which  form  an  elastic  mass.  If  an 
excess  of  solvent  be  used  it  becomes  coloured  yellow, 
and  when  evaporated  leaves  a  solid  sticky  residue,  which 
softens  at  a  very  low  temperature.  The  insoluble  portion 
is  a  friable,  elastic  mass.  Mineral  essences  do  not  dis- 
solve any  portion  of  the  oxidised  oil,  but  only  break  it  up 
forming  an  opaque  greyish  mass  of  a  cohesive  nature. 

The  author  points  out  the  similarity  between  the  physical 
properties  of  the  oxidation  product  of  drying  oils  and  those 
of  caoutehouc,  and  considers  that  the  soluble  portion  of 
the  former  could  be  employed  with  advantage  in  an 
analogous  manner  to  caoutchouc  for  manufacturing  purposes. 

— C.A.  K. 


On  the  Polymers  of  Ricinoieic  Acid.     Scheurer-Kesther. 
Comp.  Rend.  1891,  113,  -"1  -203. 

The  author  has  already  shown  that  Turkey-red  oil.  pre- 
pared by  treating  castor  oil  with  monohydrated  sulphuric 
acid,  contains  polymers  of  ricinoieic  acid  (see  this  Journal, 
1891,471). 

Polymerisation  may  be  effected  also  by  heating  with 
water  alone.  The  acid  product,  obtained  by  heating  with 
water  at  150  C,  has,  when  freed  from  glycerol,  an  oily 
consistency,  and  is  heavier  than  ricinole'ic  acid  ;  according 
to  the  molecular  weight  it  is  a  mixture  of  ricinoieic  and 
diricinoleic  acids.  With  increase  of  temperature  polymerisa- 
tion is  carried  further,  as  far  as  tetra-  and  penta- ricinole'ic 
acids. 

Diricinoleic  acid  and  its  congeners  resist  saponification  by- 
soda,  decomposition  not  being  effected  below  100°.  The 
molecular  weights  were  determined  with  acids  dried  by 
calcium  chloride,  the  solvent  used  for  products  up  to  diri- 
cinoleic acid  being  acetic  acid,  and  for  products  above  this 
benzene. — T.  L.  B. 


XI1I.-PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES, 
RESINS,  INDIA-RUBBER,  Etc. 

New  Method  of  Examining  Chromt   Yellows.    M.  Lachaud 
and  C.  Lepierre.     Hull.  Soc.  ('him.  1891,  6,  235—237. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  269. 


Varnishes.    Dr.  HugoMiiller.  Nature,  1892,45,241—245. 

After  pointing  out  that  mastic  varnish  is  simply  a  surface- 
varnish,  and  should  never  be  mixed  with  oil  varnishes,  he 
proceeds  to  speak  of  fat  or  oil  varnishes,  which  are  of 
greater  importance  than  mastic  varnish.  They  arc  com- 
pounds of  the  harder  resins,  such  as  amber  and  the 
different  kiuds  of  copals,  with  linseed  oil,  and  diluted  with 
oil  of  turpentine.  They  form  in  reality  the  vehicle  or 
medium  for  modern  oil-painting,  and  consequently  furnish 
ultimately  the  matrix  in  which  the  particles  of  the  colour 
arc  embedded  and  held  together.  Next  to  the  stability  of 
the  colours,  it  is  then  the  durability  of  this  varnish  medium, 
in  combination  with  dry  linseed  oil,  on  which  the  permanency 
of  the  oil-painting  mainly  depends.  On  the  assumption 
that  the  valuable  qualities  of  the  hard  resins  are  maintained 
in  the  varnishes  derived  from  them,  it  is  understood  that 
arti>ts'  varnishes  are  prepared  only  from  the  hardest  and 
most  tenacious  kinds  of  resins.  Unfortunately,  these  are 
the  most  unmanageable  and  the  least  soluble,  and  require 
the  highest  degree  of  heat  to  bring  them  into  fusion  for  the 
purpose  of  effecting  the  combination  with  the  linseed  oil 
and  oil  of  turpentine,  in  the  process  of  making  varnish. 
Even  the  most  powerful  solvents,  such  as  acetoue,  ether, 
benzene,  chloroform,  aniline,  and  phenol,  have  only  a 
limited  solvent  action  upon  amber  or  the  harder  semi-fossil 
kinds  of  copal;  and  their  solution  can  only  be  effected  after 
they  have  uudergone  a  profound  change  by  fusion  or  other- 
wise. In  opposition  to  what  is  generally  stated,  neither 
amber  nor  the  semi-fossil  hard  copals  are  fusible  in  the 
ordinary  sense  of  the  word;  for  they  require  to  be  kept  at 
a  high  temperature,  in  suitable  vessels,  for  a  considerable 
time  before  they  become  gradually  liquefied  by  the  action 
of  the  heavy  oily  products  of  their  own  decomposition. 
Amber  and  copal,  when  thus  once  melted,  are  completely 
changed  ;  they  are  now  fusible  at  a  low  temperature  ;  they 
have  become  readily  soluble  in  ordinary  solvents,  and 
miscible  with  heated  linseed  oil ;  but  at  the  same  time  the 
original  hardness  of  the  resin  is  greatly  reduced,  and  the 
colour  has  become  of  a  more  or  less  dark  tint. 

It  remains  to  be  proved  whether  much  is  gained  by  using 
the  very  hardest  resins,  instead  of  softer  and  more  tractable 
kind- which  yield  lighter-coloured  varnishes ;  and  this  is  a 
subject  which,  in  Dr.  Midler's  opinion,  deserves  investiga- 
tion. Varnish-making  is  still  a  secret  trade,  and  the  nature 
of  varnishes,  more  than  any  other  artists'  materials,  is 
involved  in  much  obscurity.  There  are  no  chemical  methods 
known  for  ascertaining  the  nature  or  proportion  of  the 
ingredients  used  in  their  preparation,  and  as  time  is  the 
most  important  factor  iu  proving  the  quality  of  varnishes, 
direct  practical  experimental  tests  may  be  misleading. 

Anew  process  for  making  varnish,  said  to  be  iu  use  on  the 
Continent,  consists  in  heating  the  resins  with  the  solvents  iu 
autoclaves  under  high  pressure;  and  there  are  also  processes 
recommended  which  seem  especially  adapted  for  those  who 
\\i~h  to  make  their  own  varnishes  on  a  small  scale.  These 
latter  depend  on  the  peculiar  change  which  the  hard  copals 
undergo  when  exposed  for  some  time,  iu  a  state  of  very 
fine  powder,  to  the  action  of  hot  air,  whereby  the  resin  is 
rendered  more  soluble  without  becoming  much  discoloured. 
Professor  Church  {Chemistry  of  Paints  and  Painting') 
(this  Journal,  1S92,  185)  describes  such  a  process,  in  which 
the  finely-powdered  resin,  after  having  been  exposed  for 
some  time  to  the  action  of  air  at  a  temperature  of  220°  C, 
is  first  dissolved  iu  chloroform,  then  mixed  with  oil  of 
turpentine,  and  after  the  chloroform  has  been  distilled  off, 
the   resulting   solution   is  gradually   incorporated  with    the 


March  .-H.1892J     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


251 


(Irving  linseed  oil.  Although  220°  C.  is  repeatedly  mentioned 
as  the  temperature  to  which  the  powdered  resins  have  to 
be  exposed,  Dr.  Muller  suggests  that  this  must  be  amistake. 
Neither  amber  nor  the  copals  will  endure  tin*  temperature 
for  any  time  without  meltiug  and  becoming  of  ;i  dark  brown 
colour,  or  otherwise  decomposed. 

On  the  other  hand,  Dr.  Muller  has  found  that  the  various 
kinds  of  copal,  which,  by  exposure  in  a  finely-powdered 
condition  for  some  weeks  to  the  action  of  hot  air  in  a  steam 
closet,  have  become  readily  soluble  in  chloroform  or  acetone, 
are  nevertheless  almost  entirely  precipitated  again  on  adding 
oil  of  turpentine  or  benzene  to  such  a  solution,  and  no 
amount  of  digestion,  either  with  or  without  linseed  oil,  will 
re-dissolve  them.  Amber  thus  treated  behaves  in  a  similar 
manner,  but  the  amount  rendered  soluble  in  chloroform  or 
acetone  is  much  smaller.  It  would,  then,  appear  that  this 
matter  requires  some  further  elucidation  before  this  new 
process  can  be  made  readily  available. 

There  are  no  special  tests  for  ascertaining  the  quality  of 
a  varnish.  Spreading  a  thin  layer  on  a  sheet  of  glass,  and 
then  observing  the  character  of  the  film  produced  on  drying, 
seems  all  thai  can  be  done.  It  ought  to  become  dry  to  the 
touch  within  eight  or  ten  hours,  and  uot  become  fissured 
even  when  exposed  to  sunshine  during  a  year;  nor  should 
the  surface  become  dull  during  the  appearance  of 
"bloom,"  caused  by  the  minute  exudation  of  solid  fatty 
acids  originating  from  the  linseed  oil  employed  in  its 
preparation. 

As  the  drying  of  the  solution  of  resins  in  a  volatile  solvent 
depends  solely  on  the  volatilisation  of  the  solvent,  this 
process  is  accompanied  by  a  shrinkage  of  the  body  of  the 
varnish  which  sets  up  a  tendency  to  breaking-up  of  the 
surface.  Linseed  oil,  on  the  other  hand,  becomes  dry  or 
solid  in  consequence  of  combining  with  a  large  quantity  of 
oxygen,  and  this  is  attended  by  an  increase  in  bulk.  It 
follows  that  as  long  as  a  sufficient  proportion  of  oil  is  in 
combination  with  the  resin  the  tendency  to  crack  is  com- 
pensated, but  if  the  artist,  from  habit  or  other  reasons,  uses 
with  his  colours  a  medium  deficient  in  oil,  he  encounters 
the  risk  of  the  body  of  his  paintings  becoming  fissured  in 
the  course  of  time,  and  readily  subject  to  the  destructive 
action  of  the  atmosphere. 

There  is  still  much  to  be  learned  with  regard  to  the 
chemical  processes  involved  in  the  so-called  drying  of 
linseed  oil,  and  this  subject  deserves  a  thorough  re-investi- 
gation in  the  light  and  with  the  means  of  modern  chemical 
research.  It  is,  for  instance,  a  well-known  fact  that  linseed 
oil  under  certain  conditions  becomes  itself  a  most  powerful 
oxidiser — so  much  so  that  cauvas  or  paper  soaked  with 
it  will  become  destroyed  in  the  course  of  time  ;  and  it  seems 
that  this  effect  is  especially  marked  when  oil  of  turpentine 
has  been  used  along  with  it.  It  is  quite  conceivable  that 
this  activity  of  linseed  oil  may  be  one  of  the  agents  at  work 
in  the  deterioration  of  oil-paintings  ;  but  whatever  dangers 
may  arise  from  this,  the  use  of  linseed  oil  cannot  be 
dispensed  with.  It  is  otherwise  with  oil  of  turpentine,  for 
which  a  very  much  superior  substitute  might  be  found  in  the 
higher  members  of  the  benzene  series,  which  could  now  be 
obtained  at  a  sufficiently  moderate  cost  if  a  demand  for 
them  should  arise.  These  hydrocarbons,  whilst  indifferent 
to  the  action  of  atmospheric  oxygen,  possess  greater  solvent 
power  than  any  other,  and  on  this  accouut  they  are  also 
well  adapted  for  the  preparation  of  varnishes.  Hut  for  this 
latter  purpose  a  still  more  suitable  vehicle  will  be  found  in 
the  amylic  acetate,  which  dissolves  even  the  hardest  copals 
almost  entirely  after  having  been  previously  finely  powdered 
and  kept  for  some  time  in  a  hot  closet.  In  this  way  excellent 
varnishes  may  be  produced. 


Section  I.  contains 


On  the  Durability  of  Modern  Pigments  in   Oil.     A.  P. 
Laurie.     J.  Soc.  Arts,  March  11,  1892,  383—387. 

Professor  Church,  in  his  recent  book  on  the  "  Chemistry 
of  faints  and  Painting"  (this  Journal,  1892,  185),  has 
drawn  up  a  selected  palette  of  25  pigments  suitable  for  oil- 
painting,     lie  divides  them  into  two  groups. 


Flake  white. 
( ladmium  yellow. 
Cobalt  yellow. 
Yellow  ochre. 

Viridian. 

French  ultramarine. 


Vermilion. 
Madder  carmine. 

Light  red. 

Raw  umber. 
Cappagh  brown. 
Ivory  black. 


Section  II.  contains  : 


Haw  sienna. 
Naples  yellow. 
Baryta  yellow 

Green  oxide  of  < 
Tcrre  vcrte. 
Malachite. 
Kiuerald  green. 


Purple  madder. 
Madder  brown. 


hromium.        Cobalt  blue. 

Prussian  blue  (insol.). 
Burnt  sienna. 
Caledonian  brown. 


This  selected  palette  is  the  outcome  of  many  years  of 
experimenting  and  of  useful  observation  of  the  behaviour  of 
pigments.  It  is  also  sufficiently  complete  to  supply  all  that 
is  needed  in  painting  a  picture.  On  the  other  hand,  it 
cannot  be  regarded  as  final.  Doubtless,  as  knowledge 
increases,  certain  pigments  will  be  excluded  from  this  list, 
and  others  introduced. 

The  pigments  which  require  careful  preparation  and 
careful  testing  before  being  finally  included,  are  cadmium 
yellow,  cobalt  yellow,  vermilion,  madder  carmine,  French 
ultramarine,  Naples  yellow,  baryta  yellow,  purple  madder, 
madder  brown,  malachite,  emerald  greet),  Prussian  blue  — 
all  these  pigments  are  artificial  except  malachite,  which  is 
of  little  importance ;  aud  much  will  depend  on  the  method 
of  preparation,  careful  washing,  exclusion  of  dangerous 
impurities,  and  freedom  from  gross  adulteration.  The  other 
pigments  in  the  list  are  permanent,  if  genuine  ;  and  there- 
fore all  that  is  necessary  is  to  look  out  for  adulteration. 

To  take  then  the  yellow  pigments  mentioned  in  the  first 
column,  and  to  begin  with  Cadmium  Yellow,  careful  readers 
of  Prof.  Church's  book  will  find  that  he  refers  to  only  one 
shade  of  this  yellow  as  being  perfectly  safe,  an  orange- 
yellow  shade.  The  pale  cadmiums  are  notoriously  fugitive, 
and  contain  free  sulphur,  while  the  deep  orange  cadmiums 
seem  apt  to  change  into  the  yellow  varieties. 

The  endeavour  has  been  made  to  obtain  a  cadmium  of  a 
pure  light  yellow,  which  shall  contain  no  such  objectionable 
constituent  as  free  sulphur,  ami  shall  also  be  molecularly 
stable.  Some  lately  prepared  was  subjected  to  a  dull  red 
heat  before  grinding.  This  ought  to  increase  molecular 
stability,  and  would,  of  course,  prove  destructive  to  pale 
cadmium,  made  the  usual  way.  The  pigment  is  probably 
wot  thy  of  a  trial  as  it  ought  to  be  stable. 

Cobalt  Yellow  (Aureoline). — This  pigment  (a  nitrite  of 
cobalt  and  potassium)  is  prepared  from  a  recipe  very  similar 
to  the  one  given  by  Prof.  Church.  After  thorough  washing 
and  grinding  in  oil  it  appears  unaffected  by  12  months' 
exposure  out  of  doors  towards  the  south  ;  so  that  as  far  as 
the  tests  go,  confirmation  is  afforded  of  Prof.  Church's 
good  opinion  of  it. 

Yellow  Ochre. — Attention  was  directed  to  a  most  objec- 
tionable adulteration  of  yellow  ochre  with  lead  chrome 
yellow.  Out  of  seven  samples  of  "  Oxford  ochre"  sent  by 
wholesale  dealers  in  pigments,  two  contained  chrome  yellow, 
(hie  of  the  two  consisted  veryr  largely  of  whitening,  tinted 
with  chrome  aud  mixed  with  a  small  quantity  of  a  pale 
ochre.  The  result  was  a  sample  which  looked  as  bright  as 
the  best  samples  of  genuine  Oxford  ochre.  Prof.  Church 
mentions  adulteration  with  yellow  lake-  -uo  such  case  has 
yet  been  met  with. 

Vermilion. — Many  English  samples  were  found  to  contain 
alkaline  sulphide,  and  genuine  Chinese  vermilion  was  pre- 
ferred. The  following  are  the  percentages  of  ash  found  in 
different  samples  of  Chinese  vermilion  obtained  direct  from 
China  : — 


(1.) 

(2.) 

(S.) 

(4.) 

(-,.) 

(0.) 

0-1 

(1-  1 

0  •  OG 

0-12 

0-Ofi 

OMlt 

E  'i 


252 


THE  JOUKNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March si,  im. 


Some  of  tin-  English  vermilions  can  be  very  mucli  improved 
by  washing  with  weak  acid,  as  the  following  analysis 
shows ; — 

Per  Cent. 

Ash  before  washing 0"52 

Isli  after  washing 0'1-i 

All  vermilions,  iucluding  the  best  Chinese  vermilion, 
blacken  in  sunlight,  hut  are  probably  stable  pigments  when 
,  sposi  '1  to  tli''  diffused  light  of  a  room  or  gallery. 

Madder  Carmine. — Tin-  madder  lakes  experimented  on 
were  of  the  author's  own  making.  They  were  prepared  by 
dyeing  well-washed  alumina  with  artificial  alizarin,  ami 
again  thoroughly  washing.  A  purple,  a  ruby,  and  a  rose 
madder  were  prepared.  After  a  year's  exposure  the  purple 
had,  possibly,  l"-t  a  little,  the  ruby  was  unchanged,  and  the 
rose  was  very  slightly  faded,  and  hail  become  purpler  in 
tint.  They  win'  all,  practically,  unaltered,  but  with  a  slight 
advantage  in  Favour  of  the  ruby  madder. 

The  only  other  pigment  open  to  question  in  this  palette 
is  French  ultramarine.  No  experiments  on  this  pigment 
were  made. 

Naples  Yellow. — No  difficulty  was  found  in  preparing  a 
real  Naples  yellow,  that  is  a  compound  of  oxide  of  lead  ami 
antimony  of  a  line  colour,  hut  it  was  not  exposed  for  a 
sufficient  time  to  test  its  durability. 

Baryta  Yellow,  or  Lemon  Yellow. — Church  points  out 
that  lemon  yellow  is  often  a  strontium,  not  a  barium 
eliminate,  and  that  the  barium  eliminate  is  much  the  most 
permanent  of  the  two.  Author  therefore  only  experimented 
on  the  barium  chromate,  preparing  it  himself.  It  seemed 
to  lose  slightly  in  brilliancy  after  12  months' exposure.  As 
had  chrome  and  Prussiau  blue  are  known  to  be  mutually 
destructive,  it  was  thought  a-  well  to  test  a  mixture  of 
barium  chrome  and  Prussian  blue  A  bright  green  was 
produced,  only  slightly  dulled  by  12  months'  exposure. 
Here  and  there  the  Prussian  blue  seemed  to  have  laded, 
causing  the  yellow  to  -how  up  through  it  a  little  more, 
hut  they  ili'l  not  seem  to  have  any  mutual  injurious 
action. 

Brown  Madder  of  author's  own  making  was  not  tested 
for  a  longer  period  than  six  months,  for  that  period  it  was 
not  affected 

The  two  next  pigments  of  doubtful  stability  were 
malachite  ami  Emerald  Green.  Malachite  is  little  used, 
and  was  not  experimented  on.  Elsewhere  the  property 
which  emerald  green  possesses  of  slightly  dissolving  in  the 
linseed  oil,  and  slowly  diffusing  through  it  after  it  is  dry, 
is  described.  It  is,  of  course,  fatal  both  to  cadmium  yellow 
and  vermilion,  turning  them  black.  For  this  reason,  it  is 
better  rejected,  or,  if  used,  only  occasionally  by  itself,  and 
far  away  from  any  cadmium  yellow  on  the  picture.  Author 
advises  the  introduction  of  cobalt  green  into  the  palette.  It 
is  a  durable  and  beautiful  pigment, 

Prussian  Blue. — It  is  very  difficult  to  buy  Prussian  blue 
that  lias  been  properly  washed.  It  is  apt  to  contain  as 
much  as0'3  per  cent,  of  free  sulphuric  acid,  ami  often  large 
quantities  of  potassium  ferrocyanide.  English  makers 
are,  in  the  author's  experience,  peculiarly  careless  ;  ami  be 
has  found  it  best  to  buy  Prussian  blue  in  Germany.  It  is 
troublesome  to  make.  The  blue  he  has  obtained  from 
there  never  contains  more  than  0-01  per  cent,  of  free  acid, 
so  that  it  is  easily  washed  sufficiently.  He  had  some  of  a 
perfectly  washed  blue  exposed  for  12  months.  It  was 
found  to  be  faded  somewhat,  and  had  become  greener  in 
[int.  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that,  in  the  dark, 
Prussian  blue  recovers ;  so  that  it  should  be  stable  in  an 
ordinary  room.  It  may  be  mixed  with  cobalt  yellow  with 
impunity.  All  the  other  pigments  in  this  palette  are  of 
undoubted  stability,  ami  are  beyond  question. 

In  the  course  of  the  notes,  more  than  once  the  effect  of 
light  on  these  pigments  has  been  referred  to.  The  method 
of  testing  this  was  as  follows  : — An  attic  window  looking 
nearly  due  south  was  selected,  ami  outside  it  a  woollen 
frame  was  hung,  into  which  glass  plates  (half-plate  site) 
coiihl  I"-  slided.  After  preparing,  washing,  and  drying  a 
pigment,  it  was  ground  in   pure   roll  pressed,  sun-refined 


linseed  oil,  ami  rubbed  out  on  two  glass  plates,  getting  the 
two  patches  of  colour  to  look  as  nearly  the  same  as  possible; 
Both  were  put  away  to  dry,  and  thereafter  one  plate  was 
slipped  into  the  frame  and  the  other  put  away  into  a  plate 
box.  In  this  way  the  plate  outside  was  exposed  to  all  the 
weather  and  sun  for  12  months,  from  September  to 
September.     The  pigments  tested  were  : — 

Twelvk  Months, 


Run;  madder Unchanged. 

Rose  madder More   purple,   very   sllghtl} 

fade  i. 
Purple  madder Perhaps  very  slightly  railed. 

Cobalt  yellow Unchanged. 

Lcinnti  yellow  (barium) i  A  little  duller. 

Vermilion  (Chinese)  Black,or  dirty  brown. 

Prussiau  blue i  Faded,  greener. 

Six  Months. 
Brown  madder '  Unchanged. 

These    tests     were    of    such    except! il     severity,    the 

exposure  being  outside,  that  probably  none  of  these 
pigments  should  be  removed  from  the  selected  palette,  i 
they  have  practically  (with  the  exception  of  vermilion) 
proved  permanent.  The  reasons  for  not  distrusting 
vermilion  have  beeu  given  elsewhere.  As  far  then  as  the 
experiments  have  gone,  the  author  would  only  exclude 
emerald  green  from  this  palette,  provided  the  pigments 
mentioned  are  properly  prepared,  ami  with  such  restrictions, 
as  the  avoidance  of  impure  vermilion  and  of  pale  cadmium 
yellow,  as  at  present  manufactured.  Of  the  other  pigments, 
the  most  affected  by  exposure  (after  vermilion)  is  Prussian 
blue.  Of  the  other  blues,  of  coarse  cobalt  blue  is  perfectly 
safe,  but  Flench  ultramarine  requires  careful  testing. 

(in  the  whole,  this  palette  seems  a  very  trustworthy 
one,  anil  not  at  present  open  to  much  improvement.  There 
are,  however,  various  pigments  excluded  which  are  worthy 
of  further  trial,  and  may  ultimately  he  re-introduced. 

In  all  these  experiments  the  pigments  have  been  merely 
ground  in  pure  oil.  Different  vehicles  have  a  powerful 
influence  on  the  durability  of  many  pigments,  and  are 
worthy  of  special  study. 

Tile  results  may  be  briefly  summed  up  as  follows  ;  — 
Linseed  oil  is  permeable  by  moisture  and  gases,  and  con- 
sequently affords  poor  protection  to  pigments  liable  to  be 
affected  by  moisture  or  certain  gases. 

The  dissolving  of  resin  in  the  oil,  so  as  to  make  oil 
varnishes,  such  as  copal-oil  varnish  and  amber-oil  varnish, 
has  little  or  no  effect  in  protecting  the  pigments,  the 
moisture  still  penetrating. 

Pure  resin,  when  made  into  vehicles  by  solution  in 
volatile  liquids,  and  natural  varnishes  or  balsams,  such  as 
Venice  turpentine,  idea  de  abrzzn,  and  others,  do  protect 
very  effectively,  excluding  moisture  and  gases,  and 
enhancing  the  durability  of  the  pigment  under  adverse 
conditions. 

(This  probably  accounts  for  the  durability  of  most 
coloured  lacquer  work  from  Japan,  when  natural  varnishes 
arc  used ;  and  there  is  some  historical  evidence  to  show 
that  balsam  was  largely  used  by  both  Flemish  and  Italian 
painters  on  vehicles.) 

(  crtain  pigments  are  soluble  in  linseed  oil.  For  instance, 
verdigris  is  readily,  emerald  green  slightly,  soluble.  Such 
pigments  diffusing  through  the  oil  may  be  very  destructive. 
They  are  not  soluble  to  the  same  extent,  if  at  all,  in  resin. 
These  results,  the  author  hopes,  may  lead  to  the  discovery 
of  an  improved  medium,  which  will  protect  and  isolate 
pigments  ground  iu  it,  and  so  add  to  the  durability  of 
pictures. 

In  the  discussion,  Mr.  If.  Shields  asked  whether,  in 
regard  to  the  action  of  sulphuretted  In  drogen  iu  turning 
chrome   yellow    black,  the    lecturer  bad   tried   the  effect  of 


March  J1.18M.]    THE  JOURNAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


353 


Itrong  electric  lijrlit  in  reproducing  the  yellow  colour,  after 
it  had  beeu  turned  black.  He  imagined,  as  the  arc  light 
was  extremely  strong  in  active  rays,  that,  after  the  exposure 
of  a  few  hours  to  a  strong  arc  light,  one  could  definitely 
decide  whether  it  were  likely  that  the  colour  would  be 
restored  by  sunlight.  In  the  case  of  white,  the  electric 
light  restored  the  colour  sooner  than  the  sunlight ;  at  least 
Bach  sunlight  as  they  were  able  to  get  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Loudon.  His  attention  was  first  directed  to  this  matter 
through  some  experiments  tried  by  a  friend  in  connexion 
with  phosphorescence. 

Mr.  Laurie  said  the  suggestion  had  not  occurred  to  him, 
and  it  seemed  a  very  good  one. 

Mr.  Wollaston  asked  whether  it  would  not  be  possible  to 
produce  a  vermilion,  by  the  aid  of  hydrogen  sulphide  under 
pressure,  SO  as  to  avoid  the  alkaline  sulphates. 

Mr.  Laurie  said  these  Chinese  vermilions  were  prepared 
bj  BUblimating  the  sulphur  and  mercury  together,  and  then 
one  got  the  red  sublimate  on  the  top  of  the  crucible;  but 

he  had  not  the  faintest  idea  what  would  be  produced 
by  acting  upon  mercury  and  hydrogen  sulphide  under 
pressure. 


PATENTS. 


A  Process  for  Printing  on  Celluloid,  Iron/,  limn,  and 
like  Substances.  A.  A.  C.  de  Coetlogon,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  l'at.  5586,  March  81,  1891. 

A  FINE  close  grain  is  produced  on  the  surface  of  the 
materia!,  either  by  baud  or  by  mechanical  means,  such  as 
the  sand  blast.  The  surface  is  then  washed  with  water  or 
alcohol,  and  covered  with  a  varnish  consisting  of  two  parts 
of  fatty  varnish,  one  part  of  white  copal  varnish,  and  one 
part  of  rectified  essence  of  turpentine  or  lavender,  "  &c." 
The  varnish  is  rubbed  oil'  and  thus  made  to  penetrate  into 
the  graining  while  it  is  removed  from  the  surface.  An 
impalpable  powder  of  equal  parts  of  sulphate  of  magnesia 
and  sulphate  of  baryta,  with  or  without  colouring  matters, 
is  now  applied  ami  allowed  to  remain  on  the  surface  For 
some  hours,  after  which  the  surface  is  thoroughly  wiped 
and  subjected  to  any  known  satining  process.  Printing  upon 
such  a  surface  is  as  easily  and  effectively  accomplished  as 
upon  paper — A.  G.  B. 


From 
Eng. 


Improvements    in    Size.      J.    Shepherd,    London. 
A.    Kii/i-k   and   II.  Esche,  Geneva,  Switzerland. 
Pat.  12,331,  July  21,  1891. 

1*375  kilos,  of  "amidin  "are  moistened  with  a  portion  of 
93-875  kilos. of  water;  there  is  then  added  0- 100  kilo,  of 
" acid  of  salicylicum,"  to  which  1-375  kilos,  of  "natrium 
hydricum  (hydrate  of  soda) "  have  been  added,  in  small 
quantities  ;  the  remainder  of  the  water  is  then  stirred  in 
little  by  tittle.  An  addition  of  0-150  kilo,  of  "chrysoidin  " 
and  0*  1*2.")  kilo,  of  ether  '•  (spiritus  aetheras)  "  completes 
the  manufacture.     All  the  ingredients  are  used  cold. 

It  is  claimed  that  the  new    size   produces  the  same  effect 
as  two  to  four  coats  of  animal  size. — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  a  Hard  Insulating 
Material.  R.  Pape,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  20,407, 
November  24,  1891. 

See  under  XL,  page  219. 


XIV.-TANNING.  LEATHEE.  GLUE,  AND 
SIZE. 

The  Weighting  oj  Skins.     W.  Eitner.     Der  Gerber,  14,  27. 

Skins  which  have  been  weighted  with  sugar  ami  dried  in 
air  easily  mould  and  ferment  ;  this  is  prevented  by  heating 
the  skins  to  50' — 60J  for  G — 10  hours,  the  glucose  changing 
to  the  less  hygroscopic  anhydride.  The  presence  of  sugar 
may  be  quantitatively  ascertained  by  treating  1  grin,  of  the 
finely-divided  leather  with  10  cc.  of  water  for  five  minutes  ; 
tin  solution  is  then  shaken  with  freshly  ignited  magnesia 
until  the  liquid  becomes  pale,  the  filtrate  is  then  treated  with 
2 — 3  drops  of  a  15 — 20  per  cent,  alcoholic  solution  of 
a-naphthol  and  twice  its  volume  of  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid.  When  sugar  is  present  n  deep  blue-violet  colouration 
is  produced,  and  on  addition  of  water  a  blue  precipitate  is 
thrown  down  (Mblisch's  reaction).  Epsom  salts,  barium 
chloride,  and  a  mixture  of  Epsom  salts  and  glucose  are  also 
employed  as  weighting  materials.  Skins  yielding  more  than 
:'.  per  cent,  of  ash  ought  to  be  regarded  as  weighted. 

-J.  c.  c. 


Waterproofing    of 
Eog.    Pat.    3910, 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  the 
Leather.  *  '■  Brunner,  Manchester. 
March   I.  1891. 

The  waterproofing  solution  consists  of  1  oz.  of  finely-divided 

Castile  soap  wiili  4  oz.  of  turpentine  oil.  Five  ounces  of 
such  solution  arc  said  to  be  sufficient  for  the  soles  of  two 
pairs  of  boots  ;  it  is  spread  over  the  surface  of  the  soles  with 
a  brush,  in  successive  coats.  A  fixing  mixture  of  2  V  oz.  of 
concentrated  silicate  of  soda  to  'A  oz.  of  linseed  oil  is  then 
applied,  5g  oz.  of  the  mixture  being  required  for  the  two 
pairs  of  soles.  Each  coat  i~  allowed  to  dry  be  for.-  another  is 
applied  and  the  leather  is  finally  exposed  in  a  warm  place 
for  three  or  four  days.  \  further  fixing  may  be  applied  by 
immersing  the  soles  in  a  solution  of  1  oz.  of  bicarbonate  of 
soda  in  4  oz.  of  water  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  ;  hut  this  i> 
not  necessary.  The  mixtures  must  lie  shaken  immediately 
before  use.— A.  G.  B. 


Process  for  Clarifying  and  Winching  Tannin  Extracts  or 
Tanning  Liquors.  A.  Foesling,  Uiisseldorf,  Germany, 
Eng.  Pal    4385,  March  11,  1891. 

See  under  Yl.,page  237. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Peptone  Extracts, 
and  in  the  Application  of  the  same  to  various  Useful 
Purposes.  M.  P.  Hafschek,  London,  <i.  A.  Clowes, 
Needham,  and  L.  Briont,  London.  Eqg.  Pat.  2207, 
February  6,  1891. 

See  under  XVIII. — .1.,  page  259. 


XY.-MANUEES.  Etc. 

The  Sources  of  the  Nitrogen  of  our  Leguminous  Crops. 
Sir  J.  B.  Lawes  and  J.  II.  Gilbert.  Jour.  Royal.  Agric. 
Soe.  1891  [3],  2,  657—702. 

The  scientific  interest  and  the  practical  value  of  leguminous 
crops  depend  largely  on  the  amount  of  nitrogen  they  contain, 
on  the  sources  of  this  nitrogen,  and  especially  on  the  great 
differences  in  these  respects  between  them  and  tie-  other 
agricultural  crops.  Thus,  the  grain  crop^,  the  root  crops, 
and  potatoes,  all  of  which  yield  a  comparatively  small 
amount  of  nitrogen  over  a  given  area,  and  coutain  a  com- 


25 ! 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  si.  1893. 


parativelyjow  percentage  of  nitrogen  in  their  dry  substance, 
and  which  yield  comparatively  large  amounts  of  non- 
nitrogenous  products  —  carbohydrates  — are  especially 
benefited  by  the  application  of  nitrogenous  manures, 
although  the  increased  produce  is  characteristically  non- 
nitrogenous.  Leguminous  crops,  on  the  other  hand,  which 
are  characterised  by  their  higher  percentage  of  nitrogen, 
and  which  accumulate  more  nitrogen  over  a  given  area  of 
land  than  any  other  crops,  are  comparatively  little  benefited 
by  direct  nitrogenous  manuring. 

Boussingault's  experiments  and  those  made  at  Rothamsted 
in  1858 — 59,  in  which  the  action  of  electricity  and  of  microbes 
was  excluded,  showed  conclusively  that  neither  non-legu- 
minous nor  leguminous  plants  can  fix  free  nitrogen  under 
these  conditions.  And  the  evidence  now  at  command  still 
justifies  the  conclusion  that,  except  in  the  case  of  the 
Leguminosie,  free  nitrogen  is  not  available  for  agricultural 
plants.  With  regard  to  the  Leguminosse,  the  authors  have 
long  admitted  that  the  whole  of  their  nitrogen  could  not 
be  acoounted  for  in  a  satisfactory  manner.  The  residts  of 
Hellriegel  and  Wilfarth,  showing  that  certain  leguminous 
plants  may  acquire  nitrogen  brought  into  combination  under 
the  influence  of  lower  organisms,  were  obviously  of  great 
importance,  and  led  the  authors  to  make  experiments  on 
similar  lines.  The  first  set  of  experiments  (in  1888)  included 
peas,  yellow  lupins,  and  blue  lupins,  which  were  grown  : — 
No.  1  in  washed  sand  with  mineral  manure,  Xos.  2  and  3  in 
the  same  sand  with  minerals,  but  infected  with  soil  organisms, 
No.  4  in  soil.  The  peas,  which  grew  well,  gave  very  definite 
results,  showing  an  increase  of  growth  and  considerably  in- 
creased nitrogen  fixation,  under  the  influence  of  soil-extract 
seeding.  The  second  series  of  experiments  included  peas, 
beans,  vetches  and  lupins  (as  annuals),  white  clover,  red 
clover,  sainfoin  and  lucerne  (as  plants  of  longer  life).  The 
white  clover  experiment  is  still  going  on.  A  white  sand  was 
used  which,  after  being  well  washed,  was  sufficiently  sterilised 
by  heating  for  some  days  in  a  water-oven.  The  results  are 
very  definite  and  striking  and  abundently  illustrate  the  fact 
that  under  the  influence  of  suitable  microbe-seeding  there  is 
nodule-formation  on  the  roots,  aud  coincident!?,  increased 
growth,  and  gain  of  nitrogen.  Where  no  soil-extract  was 
given  no  nodules  were  found  on  the  roots  and  the  growth 
was  very  slight  anil  contained  only  about  as  much  nitrogen 
as  was  contained  in  the  seeds  sown.  Nobbe's recent  experi- 
ments indicate  that  there  arc  several  kinds  of  nodule 
organisms,  and  that  those  organisms  arc  most  beneficial  to  a 
given  plant  which  have  been  obtained  from  the  nodules  of 
a  similar  plant.  The  observation  made  by  Hellriegel,  and  at 
Rothamsted,  that  the  extracts  of  all  soils  are  not  equal  as 
ii  gards  nodule  production,  and  the  fact  that  the  nodules  on 
the  roots  of  different  plants  differ  widely  from  each  other  in 
form  and  in  their  distribution,  seem  to  lend  support  to  this 
view.  Besides  the  strictly  quantitative  experiments  above 
described,  another  set  of  experiments  was  made  in  which 
the  same  four  annuals,  and  the  same  four  plants  of  longer 
life,  were  grown  in  sand  to  which  soil-extract  was  given  and 
in  soil,  in  pits  so  constructed  that  the  plants  could  be  taken 
up  and  their  roots  examined  at  three  (or  four)  different 
periods  of  growth.  It  was  found  that  when  grown  in  sand 
infected  with  soil-organisms,  the  infection  was  more  local 
an  1  limited  than  was  the  ease  in  soil ;  in  sand  the  nodules 
were  fewer,  but  of  great  size ;  in  soil,  smaller  but  more 
numerous.  The  analyses  made  with  the  nodules  from  the 
roots  of  annuals  indicate  that  at  the  ripening  period  the 
nodules  had  lost  both  in  dry'  matter  and  in  nitrogen  ;  in  the 
case  of  plants  of  longer  life,  some  of  the  nodules  appeared 
to  have  become  exhausted,  whilst  others,  doubtless  new  and 
active,  were  richer  in  nitrogen. 

The  results  of  both  sets  of  experiments  make  it  probable 
that  free  nitrogen  is  fixed  in  the  course  of  the  development 
of  the  organisms  within  the  nodules,  mid  that  the  resulting 
nitrogenous  compounds  are  absorbed  and  utilised  by  the 
host. 

With  regard  to  the  practical  aspects  of  the  subject, 
Sehultz  of  Lupitz  has  for  years  devoted  a  considerable  ana 
of  coot  sandy  land  to  the  growth  of  leguminous  crops  by 
means  of  kainitc  and  phosphatic  manures  ;  and  he  found  the 
land  very  much  enriched  for  subsequent  corn  and  other 
crops.     The  system  is  extending  in  Germany  and  i^  being 


studied  in  Hungary.  In  this  country  Mr.  Mason  of  Eyns- 
ham  Hall,  Oxfordshire,  who  commenced, in  1889, experiments 
with  various  Leguminosse  in  small  plots,  and  afterwards  ii> 
specially-built  tanks,  has  now  devoted  about  200  acres  to 
the  practical  application  of  facts  recently  brought  to  light 
regarding  nitrogen  fixation,  his  idea  being  to  grow  nitrogen- 
accumulating  crops  for  home  consumption  and  afterwards 
nitrogen-consuming  crops  for  sale. 

It  is  clearly  established  that  there  is  a  great  gain  of 
nitrogen  under  some  conditions,  and  that  the  infection  of  the 
soil  aud  of  the  plant  is  essential  to  success.  It  may  also  be 
concluded  that  the  soil  may  be  duly  infected  for  one  or 
more  descriptions  of  plants  but  not  for  others.  Land  which 
is,  so  to  speak,  quite  exhausted  so  far  as  the  growth  of  one 
leguminous  crop  is  concerned,  may  still  grow  very  luxuriant 
crops  of  another  description  of  the  same  family,  but  of  very 
different  habits  of  growth,  -and  especially  of  different 
character  and  range  of  roots.  This,  though  more  or  less 
due  to  other  causes  also,  is  nevertheless  in  some  cases 
doubtless  dependent  on  the  existence,  the  distribution  and 
the  condition  of  the  appropriate  microbes.  In  aoy  system 
involving  a  more  extended  growth  of  leguminous  crops 
it  will  be  necessary  to  have  a  considerable  variation  in  the 
description  of  plant  grown.  It  will  generally  be  necessary 
to  give  liberal  applications  of  potash  and  phosphate  manures 
and  to  chalk  or  lime  the  land  for  the  leguminous  crop.  Then 
the  question  would  arise,  how  long  the  leguminous  crop 
should  occupy  the  land,  to  what  extent  it  should  be  con- 
sumed on  the  land,  or  the  manure  from  its  consumption  be 
returned  ;  or  under  what  conditions  the  whole  or  part  should 
be  ploughed  in 't  Lastly,  such  a  system  would  probably 
benefit  light  and  poor  soils  more  than  the  heavier  or  richer 
soils.— N.  II.. I.  M. 


Behaviour  of   Tricalciwn    Phosphate    towards    Carbonic 
Arid     and     Ferric      Hydroxide.     G.    v.    Georgtevics. 

Monatsh.  1891,12,  566— 581. 

The  author  describes  a  large  number  of  quantitative  ex- 
periments on  the  action  of  carbonic  anhydride,  alone  and 
in  the  presence  of  ferric  hydroxide,  on  tricalcium  phosphate. 
It  was  found  that  tricalcium  phosphate,  suspended  in  water, 
is  decomposed  by  carbonic  acid  in  accordance  with  the 
equation  — 

I  ';..,(  I'l  »,).  +  CO.,  +  II,0  =  Ca-J^tPO,).,  +  CaCO:, ; 

in  most  of  the  experiments  this  decomposition  was  far  from 
being  complete. 

When  carbonic  anhydride  is  passed  into  water  containing 
tricalcium  phosphate  and  ferric  hydroxide  in  suspension 
the  calcium  salt  is  decomposed,  and  the  phosphoric  acid 
combines  with  the  iron  ;  under  certain  conditions  the  whole 
of  the  phosphoric  acid  is  thus  withdrawn  from  the  calcium 
salt. 

These  results  have  an  important  bearing  on  the  question 
of  the  use  of  phosphatic  manures,  as  they  show  that  in  the 
presence  of  a  sufficient  quantity  of  ferric  hydroxide  and 
carbonic  anhydride,  the  whole  of  the  phosphoric  acid  in 
the  calcium  phosphate  applied  to  the  soil  may  finally 
become  converted  into  phosphate  of  iron.  Alumina,  which 
doubtless  acts  in  the  same  way  as  ferric  hydroxide,  plays 
nevertheless  a  less  important  part  in  decomposing  the 
calcium  phosphate,  because,  being  the  most  powerful 
silicate  base,  it  is  formed  by'  the  weathering  of  rocks  in 
comparatively  much  smaller  quantities. 

These  experiments  also  afford  an  explanation  of  the 
fact  that  lysimeter-  and  drainage-water  invariably  contain 
only  traces  of  phosphoric  acid.  In  what  way  the  phosphoric 
acid  combined  with  the  iron  or  aluminium  in  the  soil 
can  again  be  brought  into  solution  is,  as  yet,  unknown, 
although  the  fact  observed  by  Tuxeu,  namely,  that  the 
combined  phosphoric  acid  is  more  readily  soluble  in  water 
containing  sodium  salts  than  in  pure  water,  points  to  a 
solution  of  the  question. — F.  S.  K. 


March  SLUM.]     THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


2&S 


Manufacture  of  Superphosphate  from  Ferruginous 
Phosphates.  Schucht.  Zeits.  f.  angew.  Chem.  1891, 
0G7— fi71. 

Srpabating  (lie   phosphoric   acid   and   preparing   from  it 

alkaline   salts,  also  treatment   with   acid   alkaline  sulphates 
have  been  suggested  as  means  r  f  converting  ferruginous 
natural    phosphates    into    superphosphates.      The    author 
draws   attention   to  the   properties   and   behaviour  of  the 
suhstances  which    render   these    particular   phosphates  un- 
suitable for   the   preparation   of    superphosphates   in   the 
ordinary    manner.       He    maintains    that    they    can    all    he 
decomposed   by  sulphuric  acid  with    more  or  less  facility, 
according    to   the   character   of    the    phosphate    and    the 
Strength  of  the  acid,  the  iron  passing  into  solution  partly 
as  acid    phosphate  and    partly  as    sulphate,    inasmuch    as 
much  as  2  per    cent,  of  the   latter  can   remain  in  solution 
with  the  acid  calcium  phosphate  ;  hut  then  the  iron  sulphate, 
as  far   as  the   excess  of  acid  permits,  hy  reacting  with  this 
calcium    salt   gives  rise    to  calcium   sulphate,  which   in  its 
turn   draws  water    from  the    phosphoric  acid    holding  the 
iron  phosphate  ill   solution,  and  consequently   the  latter  is 
rendered  insoluble.-     A  similar  effect  is  produced  when  the 
natural  phosphate  is  imperfectly   decomposed,  as   the   un- 
dceomposed    calcium     salts    attack    the    phosphoric    acid 
required  by  the  iron  to  hold  it  in  solution,  and  so  "  revert  " 
it.     The  author   is,  therefore,  of    opinion   that  if  sufficient 
sulphuric  acid  is  used  to  ensure  the  complete  decomposition 
of   the  phosphate,  and    that    sufficient  excess  of   phosphoric 
acid  to  keep  the  iron  in  solution   is  maintained,  there  need 
then  he  no  fear  of  reversion.     Alumina  is  not  regarded  as 
exerting  any  direct  influence  on  the  reversion,  and  ferrous 
salts    are  stated  not   to  act  on  acid  calcium  phosphate,  so 
that  when  a  solution   of    the  latter  salt   is  mixed   with   a 
ferrous  salt  no  precipitation  takes  place  until  oxidation  from 
contact  with  the  air  or  otherwise  has  ensued.     In  order  to 
make   use  of   this  reaction    for   preventing    reversion   the 
author  suggests  the  following  method  for  the  preparation 
of   superphosphates   from  ferruginous   natural   phosphates. 
Decompose  portions  of    the   phosphate  in   the  presence  of 
ammonium  sulphate  with   the  total  quantity  of    sulphuric 
acid,  then   reduce  with   sulphurous  acid,  and    as   this  pro- 
duces a  large  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid,  mix  the  remainder 
of  the  phosphate  with  the  reduced  mass.     Experimentally 
a  phosphate   containing  per  cent.,  P.,<>,,  30 '7  ;  CaO,  39'2j 
!•>,<  ),,  I  ■  2  ;   ALU,,    1-9  s    MgO,  06j   COs,  5  0;   Fe,   1-1; 
and    Si(X„    r  8,  was  employed,  and  750    grins,   finely  pul- 
verised was   warmed   with    880   grms.    of    sulphuric    acid 
60°  B.,  until  decomposition  was  complete,  then   100  grms. 
of  powdered  ammonium  sulphate  were  put  in,  and  220  grms. 
of  water  saturated  in  the  cold  with  sulphurous  acid,  added, 
=  about  10  litres  of  this  gas,  really  an   excessive  amount 
of  it.     The  mass,  a  thin  magma,  w.\s  reduced  by  heating  in 
Hat  closed    iron  vessels    fitted    with    a  safety-valve.     Sub- 
sequently the  excess  of  sulphurous  acid  was  got  rid  of  and 
the  remainding  250  grms.  of   phosphate  mixed  in.     After 
two  weeks  the  superphosphate  contained   11 '2  per  cent,  of 
phosphoric  acid  with    13 -8  per  cent,  soluble  in  water  ;  after 
four  and  six  weeks  the   total  phosphoric    acid   was    14  3, 
the   soluble  13-8  per  cent.     It  is  advantageous  to  use  the 
more  readily  decomposable  phosphates  for  the  subsequent 
decomposition.      The    author  gives  figures  for  the  manu- 
facture on    a   large   scale   and  for   the  production   of   the 
sulphuric  acid   required;  also  suggestions  for  the  storage 
anil  economy  of  the  sulphurous  acid.      The  author  does  not 
consider    that    this    ferrous    superphosphate    will    oxidise 
readily,  firstly,   because  it    is  dry,  anil    secondly,    because 
the  ferrous    particles  would  be  protected  by  the  gypsum  ; 
the    admixture   of    bone-meal    would    still    further    lessen 
chances   of    oxidation.     As  regards   its  behaviour  towards 
plants  the  author  considers  that  in  the  quantities  sufficient 
to  supply  the  phosphoric  acid  to  a  crop,  there  would  not 
be  enough  ferrous  iron  present  to  exert  an  injurious  action. 

'  —1).  A.  L. 


The  Baltimore    Meeting   of  the    American    Institute    of 
Miniin/  Engineers.     Kng.  anil  Mining  .1.  18U2,  2_'s. 

Tiik  Phosphate  Deposits  of  Fxobida  : 
(J.  II.  Eldkidoe. 
After  a  topographical  and  geological  description  of  Florida 
in  which  he  said  that  the  formation  was  of  the  Tertiary  age, 
divided  into  Kocene,  .Miocene,  Pleiocene,  Tost  Pleioceue, 
ami  Recent,  Mr.  Eldridge  said  that  the  principal  portion,  as 
far  as  the  phosphate  deposits  were  concerned,  was  Kocene, 
the  age  of  the  friable  white  limestone  underlaying  the  surface 
being  determined,  without,  question,  by  its  fossils.  A  portion 
of  the  Median  portion  had  been  metamorphosed  principally 
by  alteration  into  phosphate  of  lime.  The  Miocene  lime- 
stones were  confined  to  a  small  territory  in  the  vicinity  of 
Tampa  Bay  and  the  upper  western  portion  of  the  State. 
These  limestones  were  always  bedded,  whereas  the  Eocene 
was  never  bedded.  But  the  Miocene  limestone  itself  bad 
suffered  alteration  to  phosphate  of  lime,  differing  but  little 
from  that  of  the  Kocene.  The  Pleiocene  covers  a  large 
section  of  the  State,  the  constituents  being  clay,  marls,  and 
limestones. 

Phosphate  deposits  in  the  Recent  arc  in  the  course  of  a 
number  of  rivers,  where  it  occurs  as  pebble  phosphate. 
The  Lafayette  occurring  it  the  northern  border  of  the  State 
was  a  formation  very  interesting,  since  it  was  the  southern 
continuation  of  the  red  clays  and  marls  which  extend  from 
the  Potomac. 

Ther.3  are  four  classes  of  phosphates,  he  said— the  hard 
rock,  the  soft  rock,  the  land  pebble  and  the  river  pebble. 
The  gradations  from  the  laminated  variety  strengthen  the 
theory  of  deposition,  especially  as  specimens  of  rock  entirely 
similar  in  appearance  were  found  at  the  Mammoth  Spring 
in  the  Yellowstone,  where  they  were  deposited  by  the  geyser 
mineral  waters.  The  origin  'of  the  phosphates  is  in  doubt, 
but  phosphate  of  lime  is  found  iu  many  sea  plants  and 
animals.  To  account  for  these  deposits  through  deposition 
and  substitution  there  are  four  requirements — phosphate  of 
lime,  carbonate  of  lime,  water,  and  a  reagent  to  dissolve 
those  minerals.  Evidence  goes  to  show  that  the  surface 
waters  in  Florida  carry  to-day  large  quantities  of  carbonate 
of  lime,  carbonic  acid,  the  real  solvent,  and  humic  acid, 
derived  from  the  soils.  These  waters  may  have  passed 
through  fissures,  and  the  phosphate  of  lime  deposited  as  the 
carbonic  acid  was  neutralised  by  the  limestone.  The  a<re, 
however,  was  the  Kocene.  The  boulders  were  formed  by 
cavities  in  the  limestone,  being  filled  with  phosphate  of  lime 
and  the  exterior  casing  being  washed  away, 


XVII.-BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

The  "  Ginger-Beer  Plant  "  and  the  Organisms  Composing 
it:  A  Contribution  to  the  Study  of  Fermentation-Yeasts 
and    Bacteria.      F.    Marshall    Ward.       Proc.  Roy.   Soc 
1*92,  50,  261—  265. 
This  organism  occurs   in   semi-transparent  yellowish  accre- 
gations  or  as  a  deposit   at  the  bottom  of  the  fermentations. 
It  consists  essentially  of  a  symbiotic  association  of  a  yeast 
and   bacterium   and   as   met    with   naturally  is    invariably 
associated  with  other  yeasts,  hacteria,  and  moulds. 
The  two  essential  organisms  are  both  new  species. 
The  yeast  (Saccharomyces  piriformis)  is  an  anaerobian 
bottom    yeast   forming  spores  and  developing   large  quan- 
tities of  carbon  dioxide,  but   very  little  alcohol ;  it  has  also 
an    aerobian   form   of   pyriform  cells,  whence  the  proposed 
name.     It  inverts   cane-sugar  and  ferments   the  products, 
but  does  not  ferment  milk-sugar.     At  suitable  temperatures 
it  forms  spores  in  24 — 48  hours. 

The  bacterium  (Bacterium  vermiforme)  occurs  in  the 
fermentation  as  rodlets  or  filaments,  curved  or  straight,  and 
encased  in  a  thick  firm  gelatinous  sheath,  and  is  markedly 
anaerobic,  the  best  results  being  obtained  by  cultivating  iii 
carbon   dioxide   under    pressure.      The   filaments   or   rods 


256 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  si,  1882. 


eventually  break  up  into  cocci, which  escape  from  the  sheath, 
become  free,  and  divide  rapidly  like  ordinary  bacteria. 

The  "ginger-beer  plant  "  has  been  synthesised  by  mixing 
pure  cultivations  of  the  yeasl  and  bacterium  ;  the  association 
of  these  two  acts  much  more  vigorously  than  each  one 
separately. 

Of  the  other  organisms  found  in  the  fermenting  liquid, 
two  {Mycodermn  cerevisin  and  Bacterium  aceti)  were 
always  present,  and  the  following  very  frequently  :  a  pink 
yeast,  a  small  aerobian  top  yeast,  Saccharomyces  ceri  visix, 
three  or  four  rare  v»  asts ;  Oidium  lactis,  VeniciUiumglaucum, 
Pematium  pvllvlans,  other  torula;  and  bacteria. 

A  full  account  of  this  research  will  shortly  be  laid  before 
the  Royal  Society.  -A.  L.  S. 


On  the  Presence  of  an  Aldehyde  containing  Finn-  Aloms 
of  Carbon  in  " Kau-de-Vie  de  Piquette."  .1.  A.  Muller. 
Bull.  Soe.  Chim.  1891,  6,  796-  800. 
In  an  "eau-de-vie  de  piquette,"  distilled  from  an  inferior 
wine  obtained  by  washing  pressed  grapes  with  water,  the 
author  has  detected  a  substance  resembling  iu  odour 
a-croton-aldehyde.  The  piquette  in  question  had  been 
accidentally  rather  excessively  exposed  to  air  and  possessed 
a  very  disagreeable  flavour,  whilst  the  spirit  itself  was 
ilndrinkahle.  The  aldehyde  supposed  to  be  present  was 
converted  into  the  corresponding  acid  by  digesting  the 
spirit  on  the  water-bath  with  moist  silver  oxide.  The 
liquid  after  concentration  yielded  on  treatment  with  strong 
alcohol,  a  caseous  white  precipitate,  possessing  the  formula 
(  ,1U  >;,Ag.  The  acid  itself  formed  a  syrupy,  strongly 
acid  liquid,  consisting,  so  far  as  could  be  determined  from 
the  small  amount  of  material  at  the  author's  disposal,  of 
7-hydroxybutyric  acid,  I'll  ,<  111 .(  TI...(  II  ,.('<><  HI.  All 
attempts  to  prepare  the  silver  salt  "f  this  acid  from 
a-croton-aldehyde  by  treatment  with  silver  oxide  failed, 
either  silver  crotonate  or  some  compound  containing  a 
smaller  percentage  of  carbon  being  obtained.  Theoretically, 
by  the  simultaneous  oxidation  and  hydration  of  a-croton- 
aldehyde,  only  a-  or  /3  hydroxybutyric  acid,  or  a  mixture  of 
the  two,  is  obtainable.  On  the  other  hand,  iso-croton- 
aldehyde,  if  it  exist,  might  yield  7-  or  /3-hydroxybutyric 
acid.— H,  T.  P. 


Specific  grai  i  i  v  . . 

Mcobol 

Acid 


1-023 

1  "ii."!   per  cent .  by  weight. 

0-S2        ..         (asHsS04) 


The   Manufacture  and    Properties  of  Fig  Wine.     .1.  H. 

Vogel.  Zeits,  f.  angew.  Chem.  1891,  641-  643 
In  a  recent  communication  (this  .loaned,  1891,  718)  furies 
describes  a  method  for  the  detection  of  fig-wine  in  admix- 
ture with  grape-wine,  based  on  the  fact  that  the  former 
contains  mannitol.  In  recent  years,  figs  have  been  largely 
employed  in  Portugal  for  the  manufacture,  not  so  much  of 
wine  as  of  a  species  of  brandy,  and  this  fact  has  induced 
the  author  to  repeat  Carles'  experiments  in  order  to  test 
tin  1 rrectness.  Fig-wine  was  prepared  from  ripe  second- 
year  fruit,  according  to  the  process  indicated  by  Carles. 
The  wine  obtained  possessed  a  most  agreeable,  refreshing, 
acid  flavour,  and  differed  in  no  way  from  the  local  red 
grape-wine,  except  that  its  colour  was  less  intense.  The 
disagreeable  smell  peculiar  to  fresh  tigs  had  entirely  dis- 
appeared. The  wine  (rather  more  than  one  month  old) 
gave  the  following  results  on  analysis  : — 


The  brandy  distilled  from  the  wine  possessed  a  most 
agreeable  flavour  and  smell.  The  author  was  unable  to 
confirm  Carles'  statemenl  that  the  syrup  obtained  by 
evaporation  of  the  wine  s,,ii,|iii,.s  to  a  crystalline  muss  on 
standing  in  a  cool  place  for  some  time.  No  crystallisation 
whatever  was  observed,  and  it  was  only  after  extraction  of 
the  syrup  with  alcohol,  decolonisation  with  charcoal,  and 
evaporation  of  the  alcoholic  solution,  that  ;i  quantity  of 
crystals  were  obtained.  The  crystals  were  by  no  means 
pure,  but  were  contaminated  with  a  brown   syrup  which 


rendered  their  quantitative  estimation  impossible.  Some  of 
the  wine  which  had  been  kept  for  three  weeks  longer  it 
corked  bottles  had  the  following  composition:  — 

Specific  r*rovity 1*020 

\  1c  ihol 4*20    per  cent,  by  weight. 

A< i.l 0*60  (asHsSO,) 

\    1 0*69 

Extract 6*98 

Phospln  in'  acid    (contained  in 

the  nsh  I 0*03 

The  ash  contained  much  COs.  On  testing  for  mannitol 
practically  the  same  result  was  obtained  as  before. 
Another  portion  of  wine  which  lead  been  exposed  to  the  air 
from  the  beginning  became  covered  with  a  white  film  and 
deposited  a  voluminous  light  precipitate,  whilst  at  the  edges 
of  the  vessel  numerous  worms,  4 — -8  mm.  in  length  and 
strongly  resembling  "  cheese-mites,"  were  observed.  At 
the  same  time  a  strong  cheesey  odour  was  developed, 
resulting,  no  doubt,  from  the  decomposition  of  the 
mannitol. 

In  view  of  these  results,  the  author  is  of  opinion  that 
the  mannitol  test  for  the  identification  of  fig-wine  is  un- 
satisfactory. '  >n  the  other  band,  the  determination  of 
extract  might  be  of  value,  for  only  a  sweet  grape-wine  (of 
equal  specific  gravity)  could  contain  so  high  an  extract. 
I'll,-  ash  of  tig-wine  also  considerably  exceeds  that  of  any 
grape-wine. — H.  T.  P. 


.V™-  Experiments  mi  flu  Effect  which  n  Treatment  with 
Tartaric  Acid  has  on  Brewery  Yeasl.  E.  C.  Hansen. 
Zeits.  f.  d.  ges.  Brauwesen,  1892,  2 — 6. 

In  a  previous  communication  (Carlsberg  Mitteilungen,  3, 
Heft.  1),  the  author  has  described  experiments  made  to  test 
Pasteur's  method  for  purifying  brewery  yeast  by  growing  it 
in  a  solution  of  cane-sugar  slightly  acidified  with  tartaric  acid. 
Duclaux,  Velten,  and  others  have  of  late  drawn  attention  to 
this  method  and  assert  that  it  is  as  efficacious  as  that  of 
Hansen  (cultivation  from  a  single  cell). 

In  the  communication  above  referred  to  the  author 
described  experiments  with  a  view  to  testing  the  value  of 
this  method,  and  found  that  not  only  was  it  quite  useless,  hut 
even  harmful,  as  it  led  to  a  considerable  increase  in  the 
proportion  of  wild  yeasts. 

Velten  has  criticised  these  experiments, objecting  that  the 
mixture  of  yeasts  used   by  Hansen  contained  considerably 

larger    amounts    of   wild    veasls    than    would    lie   present     in 

a  brewery  product,  and  that  the  temperature  at  which  the 
cultivations  wen-  made  (25   < '.  >  was  too  high. 

hi  order  to  leave  no  shadow  of  doubt  on  these  points, 
the  author  has  made  further  experiments. 

A  veast  was  obtained  from  a  beer  which  had  been  brewed 
with  pure  yeast,  the  beer  being  perfectly  satisfactory  in 
everyway.  The  yeast  on  being  grown  on  gypsum  blocks 
at  25  ( '..  produced  few.  if  any,  spores  during  six  or  seven 
days,  thus  showing  that  either  very  few  or  no  wild  yeasts 
were  present, 

Two  series  of  cultivations  of  the  yeast  in  the  slightly 
acidified  cane-sugar  solution  were  made  ;  one  at  the 
ordinary  room  temperature  (about  ]"(.'.)  and  the  other 
al   :i    C'. 

In  the  experiments  carried  on  at  the  room  temperature 
tin  yeast  was  SO  altered  not  only  after  4  or  5  cultivations 
hut  even  after  3  cultivations,  ami  that  after  a  final  cultivation 
in  wort  a  yeast  was  obtained  which  on  a  gypsum  block  at 
25  C.  showed  a  plentiful  spore  formation  after  3 — 1  days, 
thus  proving  that  a  considerable  quantity  of  wild  yeasts 
were  present.  From  a  microscopic  examination  these 
yeasts  appeared  to  he  chieflj  Paslorianus  and  Ellipsoideus. 
Alleronlv  two  cultivations  iu  the  acidified  sugar  solution 
and  a  final  cultivation  in  wort  the  pure  yeasts  -till  remained 

III    excess. 

The  second  series  of  experiments  at  9°  C.  gave  similar 
results,  except  that,  of  course,  owing  to  the  low  temperature, 
t!ie  time  required  for  the  successive  cultivations  was 
longer. 

I  hese  experiments  leave  no  doubt  as  to  the  accuracy  of 
the  statement  previously  made,  that  this  method  of  purifying 


March  si.  1892.]      THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OP   CHKMIOAL  INDUSTRY. 


2.77 


yeast  is  nol  only  useless  but  absolutely  noxious  ;  in  fact 
there  is  no  antiseptic  known  which  when  added  to  fermenting 
liquids  will  kill  :ill  the  wild  yeasts  and  leave  only  those 
suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  beer  ;  yet  there  is  no  doubt 
that  if  yeasts  contaminated  with  bacteria  he  cultivated  in 
a  slightly  acidified  solution  of  cane-sugar,  most  of  the 
bacteria  will  (lie  and  onjy  yeasts  remain. 

These  experiments,  besides  a tmplishing  their  primary 

object,  have  given  us  a  method  for  easily  analysing  brewery 
yeasts,  it  successive  cultivations  of  the  yeast  be  made  in 
acidified  cane  -  sugar  solutions,  as  employed  in  these 
experiments,  any  wild  yeasts  present  will,  in  the  final 
cultivation,  bear  a  much  greater  proportion  to  the  brewery 
yeasts  than  in  the  original, and  will  be  easily  detected  under 
the  microscope. — A.  I..  S. 


On     /In'    In/htcHct     of    Oxygen    and    Concentration    on 

Fermentation.     A.  J.   Brown,     l'roc.  Chem,  Soc.   1892, 

107,  33. 
The  au t hoi-  describes  ox  p.-i  iments  on  the  reproductive  power 
of  yeast,  from  which  it  appears  that  all  fermentable  nutritive 
solutions  encourage  the  increase  in  number  of  yeast  nils  to 
some  fixed  point  beyond  which  they  will  not  reproduce 
themselves;  and  he  shows  that  if  a  greater  number  of  cells 
be  introduced  into  a  fermentable  liquid  than  the  liquid 
could  originally  develop,  no  increase  in  number  of  cells 
takes  place.  As  under  conditions  like  these  fermentation 
still  proceeds  vigorously,  a  number  of  disturbing  factors 
which  complicate  the  results  obtained  under  ordinary  con- 
ditions may  he  eliminated  by  using  non-multiplying  yeast 
cells. 

A  series  of  experiments  are  described  in  which  fermen- 
tations were  conducted  in  presence  of  large  amounts  of 
oxygen,  whilst  at  the  same  time  duplicate  experiments  were 
made  in  which  oxygen  was  excluded:  the  same  number  of 
non-multiplying  yeast  cells  being  used  in  both  cases,  and  all 
the  other  conditions,  such  as  temperature  and  agitation,  &c, 
being  kept  constant.  Under  these  circumstances  it  was 
found  that  both  equal  numbers  of  yeast  cells  and  equal 
weights  in  presence  of  oxygen  exercised  more  fermentative 
power  than  when  unexposed  to  its  influence.  The  author  is 
unable  to  reconcile  these  results  with  M.  Pasteur's  theory 
of  fermentation. 

Experiments  carried  out  with  a  fixed  number  of  non- 
increasing  yeast  cells  also  showed  that  the  amount  of  sugar 
fermented  in  a  given  lime  by  them  did  not  depend  on  the 
concentration  of  the  solution,  but  that  within  the  limits  of 
'JO  ami  5  per  cent,  solutions  of  dextrose,  approximately  the 
same  weight  of  sugar  was  fermented.  When  the  strength 
of  a  solution  reaches  30  per  cent,  of  dextrose  fermentation 
proeeeds  much  more  slowly. 


PATENTS. 

An  Improved  Method  of  Increasing  the  Formation  of  Cells 
during   the  Process   of  Fermentation,     ti.   F.  Redfern, 

London,      From   .1 .  llradil,  Alt-1  lobelli.  < icimany.      Kliur. 

Pat.  3207,  February  21,  1891. 

The  above  object  is  said  to  be  attained  by  the  addition  of 
'•  vegetable  mucilage  "  to  fermenting  liquids,  the  incomplete 
fermentation  of  which  is  ascribed  to  a  deficiency  of 
"  mucilage."  The  mucilage  in  question  is  prepared  by 
boiling  certain  parts  of  plants,  such  as  quince  and  flax 
seeds,  plantago  pysllium,  fugacex,  unicellular  algse,  and 
other  plants,  the  tubers  of  orchids,  the  roots  of  althea,  &c, 
with  water  for  a  long  tiine.  The  extract  thus  obtained  is 
strained  and  concentrated,  or  reduced  to  complete  dryness 
by  evaporation.  Vegetable  mucilage  when  dry  forms  a 
horny  mass,  which  swells  up  in  water  to  a  transparent,  non- 
adhesive  jelly,  but  does  not  dissolve.  This  jelly  may  be 
added  either  to  the  liquid  to  be  fermented  or  to  the 
fermenting  agent  itself,  some  indifferent  substance  likewise 
being  added,  if  necessary,  to  effect  the  more  complete  sub- 
division of  the  jelly.  The  amount  of  mucilage  to  be 
employed  varies  greatly  according  to  circumstances.  In 
the  ease  of  a  potato  mash  25 — oil  grins,  may  be  used  per 
1,000  litres  of  wort.— H.  T.  P. 


The  Manufacture  of  Charcoal  from  Sawdust,  Wood 
Shavings,  ami  the  like,  and  the  Treatment  of  Wine, 
Alcohol,  Brandy,  Cider,  Beer,  and  other  Mailers 
therewith.  V.  I..  Calmant,  Paris,  France.  Fug.  Pat. 
:197S,  March  5,  1891. 

The  charcoal  is  made  by  carbonising  sawdust  or  compressed 
shavings  in  crucibles.  When  completely  carbonised  the 
charcoal  is  quickly  crushed  and  sieved  and  preserved  in  an 
air-tight  vessel.  The  temperature  of  carbonisation  varies 
from  000° — 1,000°  C.  according  to  the  use  for  which  the 
charcoal  is  intended.  Different  kinds  of  wood  are  to  be 
carbonised  separately  as  they  are  suitable  for  different 
purposes.— A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Distilling  ami  Rectifying. 

S.  Pitt,  Sutton.     From  *'  A.  Savalle,  Sons,  and  <  lo.,"  Palis, 
France.     Fng.  Pat.  21,708,  December  11,  1891. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  horizontal  cylinder,  divided 
into  communicating  compartments  by  discs  ;  a  shaft  passes 
through  the  cylinder  to  which  is  attached  in  each  compart- 
ment a  disc  with  a  paddle  and  scraper. 

The  liquid  to  be  rectified  is  introduced  at  one  end  and 
steam  at  the  other,  and  the  rectified  vapours  and  the  waste 
escape  at  other  openings. — A.  I..  S. 


Improred  Means  and  Apparatus  for  Rousing,  ASrating, 
and  Attemperating  Brewers1  Wort  during  the  Process 
of  Fermentation.  C.  F.  Jolliffe,  St.  Helens.  Fug.  Pat. 
22,124,  December  17,  1891. 

At  intervals  the  wort  is  pumped  from  the  bottom  of  the 
fermenting  vessels  into  trays  with  perforated  bottoms 
placed  over  the  fermenting  vessels  ;  by  this  means  the  wort 
is  well  roused. — A.  L.  S. 


XVIII.-CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY.  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

(A.)—  CHEMISTRY  up   FOODS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Seltzer 
Water;  Arrangement  of  the  Syphon.  M.  de  Pietra 
Santa.     Compt.  Kend.  1891,113,253. 

Tiif,  Pans  works  employ  the  waters  of  the  Dhuis  and  of  the 
Valines,  which  are  first  subjected  to  repeated  filtrations.  The 
water  is  aerated  by  liquid  carbonic  acid  by  decreasing  the 
pressure  on  the  liquefied  gas  contained  in  cylinders  from 
12  or  14  to  8  or  9  atmospheres."  The  head  of  the  syphon  is 
composed  of  an  alloy  of  pure  tin,  the  use  of  lead  being 
strictly  prohibited.  The  central  tube  of  the  syphon  is  made 
of  glass,  and  is  held  by  means  of  copper  in  a  cylindrical 
piston  made  of  ebonite.  The  inside  of  the  head  of  the 
syphon,  as  well  as  the  supply  pipe,  are  coated  with  a  glaze 
of  tine  porcelain,  so  that  the  water  has  no  contact  with 
metal  in  any  part  of  the  syphon  bottle. — C.  A.  K. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  In  and  relating  lo  Sterilising  Apparatus 
K.  Cohn,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  20,348,  Decem- 
ber 13,  1890.      (Reprint.) 

The  patent  refers  to  various  forms  of  apparatus  for  auto- 
matically closing  bottles  of  which  the  contents  have  been 
sterilised.  In  its  simplest  form  the  device  consists  of  a 
vertical  bar  passing  through  and  connected  with  the  lid  of 
the  sterilising  box,  ami  having  at  its  lower  end  a  V-shaped 
trough-piece  by  which  the  closing-pieces  of  the  bottles  can 


258 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March si,  189S. 


be  actuated.  By  regulating  the  position  of  the  vertical  bar 
relative  to  the  lid,  the  closing  of  the  bottles  can  be  effected 
earlier  or  later  than  that  of  the  sterilising  vessel.  A  more 
complex  form  consists  of  a  sterilising  chamber  containing  a 
waggon  running  on  rails  within  it,  and  provided  with  spaces 
for  as  many  bottles  as  may  be  necessary.  The  closing- 
pieces  of  the  bottles  are  actuated  by  closing-bars,  motion  to 
which  is  communicated  by  a  vertical  rack  turned  by  toothed 
segments  working  on  a  shaft  running  from  end  to  end  of  the 
apparatus,  the  outer  end  of  which  passes  through  the  door 
of  the  sterilising  chamber,  and  is  there  connected  with  a 
lever,  by  means  of  which  both  it  and  the  bolts  closing  the 
door  of  the  chamber  are  controlled.  The  position  of  this 
lever  relative  to  the  spindle  and  the.loekingbars  of  the  door 
can  be  regulated  so  as  to  vary  the  relation  of  the  time  of 
opening  tbe  door  to  that  of  closing  the  vessels.  In  another 
arrangement  which  is  figured  and  described,  the  closing  of 
the  bottles  is  effected  by  drawing  the  waggon  containing 
them  along  the  rails  on  which  it  runs  by  means  of  a 
horizontal  spindle  working  in  a  nut,  so  that  rollers  carried 
on  the  closing-bars  pass  under  cams  depending  from  the 
roof  of  the  sterilising  chamber,  whereby  the  closing-bars  are 
forced  down,  and  the  closing-pieces  thus  given  the  requisite 
vertical  motion.  In  this  form  of  apparatus  an  automatic 
safety-valve,  which  by  opening  permits  of  the  final  rush  of 
steam  being  greater  than  it  otherwise  would  be,  is  provided. 
The  invention  described  in  Gronwald  and  Oehlinan's  patent 
No.  206  of  1890  is  expressly  disclaimed. — li.  1!. 


Improvements  in   Milking  an   Extract  of  Coffee,   and   a 

Confection  of  the  same,  and  in  Preserving  Liquid  Coffee 

Extracts.     E.   Sonstadt,   Cheshuut.      Eng.    Pat.    21,019, 

December  24,  1890. 

Certain  improvements  are  described  relating  to  an  apparatus 

and  method  for  the  manufacture  of  coffee  extract  previously 

patented  by   the  inventor   (Eng.    l'at.   3172   of   1S89;  this 

Journal,  1890,  539).     The  improvements  are  as  follows  :  — 

1.  The  exclusion  of  air  from  the  digester  and  evaporator 
by  means  of  a  current  of  carbonic  acid  gas  or  nitrogen,  tbe 
former  being  preferable, 

2.  The  use  of  butter,  &e.  as  an  "  aroma-absorbing  agent," 
and  the  subsequent  employment  of  the  product  thus 
obtained  in  the  manufacture  of  a  coffee -confection  by 
admixture  with  sugar  and  concentrated  coffee  extract. 

:s.  The  substitution  of  asbestos,  glass-wool,  &c.  for  animal 
or  vegetable  wool  as  an  aroma  absorbent. 

I.  The  use  of  a  long,  shallow  digester  (admitting  of  a 
more  rapid  and  complete  extraction  of  the  coffee)  in  con- 
junction with  a  comparatively  small  boiler,  from  which  the 
extract  is  drawn  off  from  time  to  time  (preferably). 

5.  The  preseivationof  liquid  eoffee  extract  by  sterilisation 
at  100=  C. 

Full  details  of  the  method  of  producing  liquid  and  solid 
coffee  extracts  and  confection,  as  well  as  drawings  of  the 
necessary  apparatus,  are  given. —  H.  T.  P. 


Improvements   in   Making   an    Extract  of    Tea,    and    a 

Confection  of  the  same,  and  in  Preserving  Liipiid  Tea 
Extract.  E.  Sonstadt,  Cheshuut.  Eng.'  Pat.  21, 10C, 
December  27,  1890. 
Tuts  invention  is  an  addition  to  a  previous  patent  (Eng. 
Pat.  20,182  of  1889;  this  Journal,  1891,  65—66).  The 
modified  process  and  apparatus  here  detailed  are  precisely 
tin-  -am.  a>  those  given  tor  the  preparation  of  coffee  extract 
(Eng.  Pat.  21,(119  of  1890  :  Bee  preceding  abstract). 

—  II.  T.  P. 


Improvements   in   the    Preparation    of  Peptone    Extracts, 

and  in  the  Application   of  the  same  to  various   Useful 

Purposes.     M.    P.    Hatschek,    London,    (1.    A.    Clowes, 

Needham,   and    L.   Briant,    London.     Eng.   Pat.  2207, 

February  6,  1891. 

This  invention  forms  an  extension  of  two  preceding  patents 

(Eng.  Pats.  3363    and   18,399  of  1888;  this  Journal,  1888, 

859   and   1890,  8-1).     The  method,   formerly  described,  of 

preparing   malto-peptone   extract,  although   preferably  em- 


ployed, may  be  varied,  more  or  less  water,  or  simply  hot 
or  cold  water  alone  being  used,  with  or  without  the  addition 
of  antiseptics,  for  extracting  the  malt-culms. 

"  llalto-peptone  extract  is  used  for  the  following  pur- 
poses : — 1.  As  a  yeast  food  and  stimulant.  2.  A*  an 
addition  to  bakers'  ferment  and  sponges,  and  for  producing 
buns,  rolls,  &c.  3.  As  a  direct  addition  to  bread,  cakes, 
biscuits,  chocolate,  &c,  and  other  liquid  and  solid  foods  in 
order  to  raise  their  nutritive  values."  "The  extract  may 
also  advantageously  be  used,  either  alone  or  mixed  with  oil, 
glycerin,  &c.  as  a  substitute  for  yolks  of  eggs  in  tanning 
and  dressing  leather.  Further,  it  may  be  employed  as  a 
nutrient  in  pharmaceutical  preparations,  either  alone  or  in 
admixture  with  malt  extract,  cod-liver  oil,  &c."  Meat- 
peptone  may  also  be  used  for  any  of  the  above  purposes, 
although  it  is  not  so  suitable  as  malto-peptone. — II.  T.  P. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial 
Mineral  Waters.  H-  Hiibener,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  2245,  February  7,  1891. 

This  invention  has  for  its  object  the  manufacture  of 
artificial  mineral  waters  free  from  atmospheric  air,  and 
containing  mineral  matters  of  a  nature  more  beneficial  than 
those  usually  found  in  waters  of  this  class.  For  this 
purpose  the  following  ingredients  are  dissolved  in  every 
1,000  gnus,  of  air-free  distilled  water: — 

Onus. 
Phosphate  ofsdda  "free  from  air"...    0'73 

Sulphate  of  soda  free  from  air V3S 

Carbonate  of  lime 0  tfi 

and  a  small  quantity  of  citrate  of  soda  according  to  taste. 
Preferably  the  solution  is  sterilised  and  rendered  perfectly 
free  from  air  by  boiling  ;  or  the  air  may  be  removed  by 
suction.  The  air-free  water  is  finally  led  into  a  closi  d 
vessel  containing  carbonic  acid,  and  from  thence  to  a 
machine  in  which  it  is  eh  irged  with  carbonic  acid  at  2' 
atmospheres  pressure,  and  bottled  in  tbe  usual  way. 

—II.  T.  P. 


Processand  Apparatus  for  Sterilising  Liquids.  O.  Imray. 
prom  "  Calberla,  Pit/  end  Consorten,"  Berlin,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  2816,  February  16,  1891. 

The  patented  process  is  designed  to  sterilise  milk  and 
similar  liquids  continuously  ami  in  large  quantity.by  means 
of  an  apparatus  of  which  all  the  parts  are  permanently 
connected  during  the  operation.  A  device  is  also  patented 
for  removing  the  objectionable  flavour  of  milk  that  ha- 
been  heated  in  order  to  sterilise  it.  The  apparatus  consists 
essentially  of  a  pasteurising  vessel  of  cylindrical  form,  and 
having  the  whole  of  the  steam,  water,  and  air  pipes,  a-  well 
as  the  agitator,  suspended  from  the  lid,  so  that  they  can  be 
removed  at  one  operation  for  cleaning.  The  vessel  is 
connected  with  a  set  of  four  vessels  provided  similarly 
with  a  supply  of  water,  air,  and  steam,  which  act  as 
germinators,  the  object  being  to  develop  those  spores  that 
have  resisted  the  action  of  the  first  pasteurising  apparatus, 
which  suffices  to  destroy  fully-developed  bacteria.  The 
milk  having  passed  through  these  vessels  i>-  again  pasteurised 
in  an  apparatus  similar  to  that  already  described,  and  then 
flows  into  the  final  germinators  of  form  similar  to  the  first 
set.  Thus  there  are  two  sets  of  both  pasteurising  and 
germinating  vessels,  and  in  consequence  the  milk  undergoes 
two  distinct  treatments  of  each  kind.  In  the  case  of  the 
condensation  of  the  milk  being  required  for  foreign  transport, 
an  ordinary  vacuum  apparatus  in  provided  immediately 
after  the  final  germinators.  The  last  portion  of  the  plant 
is  a  sterilising  apparatus  similar  to  the  pasteurising  apparatus, 
but  fitted  in  addition  with  a  rose-like  device  by  means  of 
which  cool  sterilised  air  is  forced  through  the  milk  with  the 
view  of  improving  its  flavour.  The  air  is  sterilised  in  a 
separate  vessel  into  which  an  antiseptic  fluid,  such  as 
essential  or  volatile  oil,  is  sprayed  in  a  contrary  direction 
to  the  flow  of  the  in-coming  air.  The  bottom  of  the  vessel 
is  provided  with  a  liquid  seal  for  drawing  off  the  antiseptic 
liquid  without  opening  the  vessel.  The  cocks  and  joints  of 
the  apparatus  are  fitted  with  casings  filled  with  antiseptic 
material-. — B.  B. 


Mm  I, -1,1892.]    THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


259 


An  Improved  Process  for  Preserving  Milk.  J.  Oakhill 
and  K.  11.  Leaker,  Bristol.  Fng.  Pat.  2914,  February 
18,  1891. 

Fresh  milk,  contained  in  hermetically-sealed  vessels,  is 
gradually  heated  in  a  water-bath  up  to  a  temperature 
(about  300°  F.)  sufficiently  high  to  destroy  or  render  inert 
the  micro-organisms  present  in  the  milk.  The  bath  is  then 
allowed  to  cool  down,  and  the  milk  is  finally  cooled  to  32'"'  F. 
by  placing  the  containing  vessel  in  oold  water  or  ut  a 
refrigerator. 

"Milk  thus  treated  remains  iu  a  sound   and   unimpaired 
state  while  the  vessel  remains  unopened." 

Drawings  of  apparatus  accompany  the  specification. 

— H.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Jurying  and  Disinfecting 
( 'weals  and  other  Granular  or  Sub-divided  materials. 
P.  Hovgarelli,  Turin,  Italy.  Eng.  Pat.  5486,  March  28, 
18111. 

See  under  I.,  page  2no. 


Improvements  Relating  to  the  Making-up  or  Paching  of 
Baking  Powders.  W.  P.  Clotworthy,  Baltimore,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  18,491,  October  27,  1891. 

Bl  this  invention  it  is  intended  to  avoid  the  rapid  deteriora- 
tion of  baking  powder,  due  to  the  gradual  interaction  of  its 
acid  and  alkaline  constituents  during  storage.  For  this 
purpose  the  acid  and  the  alkaline  carbonate  or  bicarbonate 
are  packed  in  layers,  a  layer  of  starch  or  flour  being  placed 
between  the  two.  Baking  powders  thus  prepared  will  retain 
their  aerating  power  for  any  length  of  time.  It  is  con- 
venient to  make  them  up  in  packets  containing  sufficient  for 
one  pound  of  flour  (see  following  abstract). — II.  T.  P. 


Improvements   Relating  to   the  Making-up  or  Packing  of 

Baking  Powders.     W.  P.  Clotworthy,  Baltimore,  U.S.A. 

Eng.    Pat.    18,499,   October  27,    1891.     (..See    preceding 

abstract, Eng.  Pat.  18,491,  1891). 

Tm-:  layer  of  starch  separating    the  acid    from    the  alkaline 

carbonate  may  be   dispensed  with,    the   two   constituents  of 

the  baking  powder  being  simply  packed  consecutively  in  a 

suitable  receptacle.     The  portions  of  acid  anil  carbonate  in 

immediate   contact   form    a   layer   of   neutral    salt    which 

effectually  prevents  further  action. — II.  T.  1'. 


Improvements  in  Means  for  Preserving  Meat,  Fruits,  ami 
such  like  Perishable  Articles  in  Store  or  in  Transit. 
II.  S.  Klworthy,  Sujaupur,  India.  Eng.  Pat.  19,817, 
November  16,  1891. 
The  process  consists  in  storing  the  meat,  &c.  to  be  preserved 
in  a  closed  chamber  charged  with  moist  carbon  dioxide  or 
sulphur  dioxide  under  pressure.  The  preservative  influence 
of  the  gas  employed  may  be  increased  by  saturating  it  with 
some  volatile  antiseptic,  such  as  creosote,  which  for  this 
purpose  is  placed  in  the  chamber  in  a  dish,  or  sprinkled  on 
a  cloth,  &c.,  or  cotton  wool,  &c„  soaked  in  the  antiseptic 
may  be  placed  in  the  gas  inlet  pipe.  The  carbon  or  sulphur 
dioxide  is  preferably  employed  in  the  compressed  or  liquefied 
slate,  a  reducing  valve  being  used  to  lower  the  pressure  to 
the  desired  extent.  Details  of  the  necessary  apparatus  are 
given.— H.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbonated  Waters. 
M.  L.  Orr,  Blackro'ek,  P.  G.  Hovenden,  and  .1.  Vass, 
Dublin.  Eng.  Pat.  19,927,  November  17,  1891. 
llv  means  of  this  invention  it  is  intended  to  more  highly 
charge  carbonated  waters  with  carbonic  acid.  To  this  end 
the  excess  of  carbonic  acid,  escaping  through  the  automatic 
valve  of   the  carbonating  cylinder   is  passed   into  a  strong 


closed  subsidiary  tank  containing  the  liquid  to  be  carbonated. 
This  tank  is  fitted  with  a  valve  made  to  open  at  a  lower 
pressure  than  the  valve  on  the  carbonating  cylinder,  so  that 
the  air  expelled  from  the  water  by  the  carbonic  acid  may 
readily  escape.  The  liquid  in  the  tank  is  maintained  at  a 
constaut  level  by  means  of  a  floating  ball  which  actuates 
either  the  inlet-tap  or  a  water  pump,  which  it  throws  in  and 
out  of  gear.  Any  salts  which  it  may  be  desired  to  add  to 
the  water  are  forced  (in  solution)  into  the  tank  by  a  second 
pump  of  suitable  diameter.  In  operation,  the  water  in  the 
subsidiary  tank  becomes  gradually  charged  with  carbonic 
acid.  It  is  then  pumped  into  the  carbonating  cylinder  and 
impregnated  with  a  further  quantity  of  gas  in  the  usual 
way  ;  and  it  is  claimed  that  in  this  manner  highly  charged 
waters  may  be  obtained  at  a  comparatively  low  pressure. 

— H.  T.  P. 


Improved  Method  of  and  Appliances  for  Filling  Sterilised 
Liquids  into  Vessels,  and  in  Closing  said  Vessels 
Air-tight.  H.  D.  Fit/patrick.  From  G.  H.  Neuhass, 
J.  F.  H.  Gronwald,  and  E.  H.  C.  Oehlmann,  Berlin, 
Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  20,086,  November  19,  1891. 
The  method  patented  consists  in  the  use.  of  an  elastic 
rubber  tube  for  filling  the  vessel  intended  to  contain  the 
sterilised  liquid,  which,  after  the  vessel  has  been  filled,  can 
he  drawu  flat  across  the  mouth,  the  stopper  forced  in,  and 
the  tube  afterwards  cut  off.  A  separate  elastic  cover  can 
be  used  instead  of  the  end  of  the  delivery  tube,  to  avoid 
the  gradual  shortening  of  the  latter  which  otherwise  occurs. 
In  order  to  prevent  air  leaking  into  the  bottle  after  closure 
has  been  effected,  the  elastic  tube  may  be  tied  up  and  cut 
off  so  as  to  form  an  elastic  bag,  which  may  be  everted  into 
the  bottle  and  thus  prevent  the  passage  of  any  air  to  the 
liquid.  Alterations  in  flu.'  external  pressure  are  provided 
for  by  the  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  hag,  and  thus 
the  formation  of  a  space  between  the  liquid  and  the  stopper 
is  avoided.  The  bag  may  be  filled  with  a  liquid  not  liable 
to  change  in  contact  with  the  air,  and  the  stopper  may  be 
hollow  to  provide  an  additional  reservoir  of  liquid.  A  hole 
bored  through  the  stopper  allows  the  pressure  of  the 
atmosphere  to  be  transmitted  to  the  bag  and  its  contents. 
Another  form  of  the  method  described,  consists  in  the 
attachment  to  the  neck  of  the  vessel  lo  be  filled,  by 
means  of  washers  and  clamps,  of  a  cylindrical  cover  with 
side  tubulures  for  the  introduction  of  the  sterilised  liquid,  and 
provided  with  vertical  plungers  passing  through  stuffing 
boxes  for  inserting  the  stopper  and  wiring  it  down  by  any 
ordinary  form  of  bow-fastening.— B.  Ii. 


An  Improved  Method  of  Preventing  the  Curdling  of 
Albuminous  Solutions.  .1.  E.  Alen,  Gothenburg,  Sweden. 
Eng.  Pat.  20,419,  November  24,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  a  method  of  preventing  the 
curdling  of  samples  of  milk  intended  for  analysis,  and 
consists  in  adding  to  the  milk  a  small  quantity  of  a  soluble 
ehromate.  0'025  grm.  of  potassium  bichromate  per  100  cc. 
of  milk  suffices  to  preserve  it  at  the  ordinary  temperature 
for  12  days,  whilst  0' 01  grm.  per  100  cc.  would  probably 
prevent  curdling  for  24  hours.  To  preserve  milk  for  1 — 2 
months,  an  addition  of  0-1  to  0'2  grm.  of  the  salt  is 
necessary.  A  soluble  compound  of  mercury  may  be 
employed  instead  of  the  ehromate,  or  may  be  used  iu 
conjunction  with  the  latter  to  increase  the  preservative 
action.  Samples  of  milk  collected  during  several  days' 
working  may  be  preserved  by  this  process  and  finally 
united  to  form  an  average  sample,  thus  avoiding  the 
necessity  of  having  each  day's  sample  separately  analysed. 

—  H.  T.  P. 


An  Improved  Process  of  Manufacturing  Kumi/ss  Com- 
pounds or  Kumi/ss  Tablets.  J.  Carnrick,  New  York, 
l.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  21,372,  December  7,  1891. 
The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  manufacture  an  artificial 
dry  kumyss  compound  from  which,  by  solution  in  water,  an 
effervescent  kumyss  beverage  may  he  readily  prepared.    To 


200 


THE  JOURNAL  OF   THE   SOCIETY   OP   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY.      [Match 31, 1892. 


this  end,  fresh  milk,  deprived  of  most  of  its  fat,  is 
subjected  at  125  P.  to  the  action. of  a  digestive  ferment, 
preferably  pancreatine,  for  half  an  hour,  or  until  30  per 
cent,  of  the  caserne  has  been  digested  and  rendered  soluble. 
The  milk  is  then  sterilised  by  heating  to  190°  K.,  and 
subsequently  evaporated  to  dryness  in  a  vacuum  pan. 
Daring  this  operation  sufficient  cocoa-butter  is  added  to 
replace  the  natural  fat  originally  removed,  ami  cane  and 
milk  sugars  are  also  added  in  such  proportions  that  the  dry 
extract  may  contain  In  per  rent,  and  20  per  cent,  of  them 
respectively.  The  dry  residue  is  ground  to  a  fine  powder 
and  mixed  with  sufficient  bicarbonate  of  soda  and  citric 
acid  to  render  it  effervescent,  lactic  acid  or  a  small  quantity 
of  a  suitable  ferment  being  also  added  to  produce  a  further 
fermentation  if  desired.  Finally,  the  mixture  is  moulded 
into  tablets.  These  tablets  when  dissolved  in  water  in  a 
tightly-stoppered  bottle  yield  liquid  kumyss  a--  a  white 
opaque  fluid  "  perfectly  free  from  lumps  or  curds,"  and 
which,  when  the  bottle  is  opened,  forms  "an  agreeable 
effervescent,  nutritious  food-beverage  adapted  for  the  use 
of  invalids  and  convalescents."  If  the  bottled  kumyss  he 
kept  l"i  2  -  I  days,  fermentation  sets  in  with  the  production 
of  lactic  acid,  alcohol,  and  carbonic  acid,  whilst  the  easeine 
is  rendered  still  more  readily  digestible. — H.  T.  P. 


Improved  Apparatus/or  Cooling  Liquids.     II.  S.  Elworthy, 

Sujanpur,  Italia.     Kng.  Pat.  21,518,  December  0,  1891. 

Tin:  apparatus  for  which  the  claim  is  made,  and  which  is 
also  applicable  to  the  aerated  water  machine  described  in 
Kng.  Pat.  19,815  of  1891,  is  illustrated  by  the  accompanying 
diagrams. 

Fig.  1. 


^ 


Appakatt/s  fob  Cooling  Liquids. 

tank  B  contaius  the  liquor  which   is   to  be    cooled. 

Within  it  i>  placed  the  receptacle  C  containing  brine,  which 


surrounds  another  vessel  D,  closed  at  the  top  and  fitted 
with  a  central  tube  finishing  with  a  nozzle  at  the  bottom. 
The  vessel  1)  is  further  encircled  by  a  small  spiral  tube  e' 
which  enters  the  vessel  at  its  lower  end  but  i-  free  to  the 
atmosphere  at  the  top.  < )n  a  connexion  being  established 
between  the  central  tube  erf  ami  the  bottle  A  containing 
compressed  gas,  and  the  valve  O  being  opened,  the  gas 
escapes  through  the  nozzle  into  the  vessel  I),  where  it 
expands  and  produces  intense  cold,  the  coiled  pipe  *' 
allowing  it  to  escape  to  the  atmosphere,  and,  on  its  way,  to 
abstract  heat  from  the  brine. — li. 


(7?.)— SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

Behaviour  of  Tricalcium  Phosphate  towards  Carbonic 
Arid  and  Ferric  Hydroxide.  G.  v.  Georgievics. 
Monatsh.  1891, 12,  5G6— 581. 

See  under  XV.,  page  254. 


Physiological  Research  on  Carbon  Monoxide.    X.  Grehant. 
Compt.  Kend.  1891,  113,  289—290. 

The  author's  experiments  show  that  one  part  of  carbon 
monoxide  in  10,000  parts  of  air  may  be  detected  by 
aspirating  the  air  through  dog's  blood  and  testing  the 
respiratory  capacity  of  the  blood  before  ami  after  the 
experiment.  By  passing  200  litres  of  air  containing  20  cc. 
of  carbon  monoxide  through  50  cc.  of  blood  the  respiratory 
capacity  was  found  to  decrease  from  2.1  •  7  cc.  to  23'0  cc, 
showing,  according  to  the  experiments  of  C.  Bernard,  that 
0' 7  cc.  of  carbon  monoxide  had  replaced  an  equal  volume 
nf  oxygen  in  the  blood.  When  the  air  was  passed  through 
the  blood  under  a  pressure  of  5  atmospheres,  the  respiratory 
capacity  was  reduced  much  mon — from  2  5 -  7  cc.  to  1 7  -  _'  ec, 
corresponding  to  an  absorption  of  (j-5  cc.  of  CO.  By 
passing  the  air  under  pressure  in  this  maimer  the  delicacy 
of  the  test  becomes  considerably  increased,  whilst  it  is  also 
shown  that  the  absorption  of  the  carbon  monoxide  by  the 
haemoglobin  of  the  blood  is  dependent  upon  the  pressure 
and  is  proportional  to  the  weight  of  carbon  mom  side  con- 
tained in  a  given  volume  of  air.  and  not  to  the  pen 
of  contained  Lras. — C.  A.  K. 


PATEXTS. 


\n  Improved  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  tin  Purifi- 
cation of  Smoke  in  Chimneys.  V  It.  Salwey,  Bristol. 
Eng.  Pat.  4565,  .March  14,  1891. 

A  r.voK  loosely  tilled  with  asbestos  wool  or  other  suitable 
non-inflammable  material  is  placed  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
chimney  for  the  purpose  of  removing  sooty  particles,  &c, 
from  the  smoke,  more  particularly  that  arising  from  the 
domestic  hearth.  When  necessar]  the  cage  i^  either 
removed  for  cleaning  or  it  is  burnt  clean  in  situ  by  means 
of  a  gas  jet. — I).  A.  ].. 


Improvements  in  Mean*  far  Consuming  Smoke.     S.  Hoyle 
and  A.  Hasiam, Kadcliffc.  Eng.  Pat.  4912,  March  lit.  1891. 
See  under  II.,  page  234. 


(C.)— DISINFECTANTS. 

fl-Naphthol  Benzoate  or  "  Benzonaphthol"  a  New  Tn- 
testinal  Antiseptic.  Voon  and  Berlioz.  .1.  l'liann.  <  him. 
1891.24,  179. 

See  under  XX  ,  page  264. 


March 31, 1883.]      THE   JOUKNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


261 


XIX.-PAPER,  PASTEBOAKD,  Etc. 

The  Acid  Action  of  Drawing  Paper  if  Different  Makes. 
W.  S.  Hartley,  F.tt.S.  Proc.  CUem.  Soo.  1892,  No.  100, 
l'J — ^2. 

The  author  bad  experimented  with  varidus  kinds  of  the 
best  paper  in  use,  both  of  old  and  recent  manufacture, 
aud  had  come  to  tin-  conclusion  that  such  papers  were 
invariably  acid,  even  those  of  the  most   excellent  quality. 

The  fact  was  accounted  for  as  follows  : — The  fibre  of 
which  the  paper  is  made  is  steeped  in  dilute  sulphuric 
acid,  anil  the  subsequent  washing  with  pure  water  <loes 
nut  entirely  remove  the  acid  from  linen  fibre,  of  which 
the  best  papers  are  made.  He  actually  found  line  linen 
to  retain  traces  of  acid  aftei  it  had  been  steeped  in 
frequently  renewed  pure  distilled  water  for  a  period  of 
'lu'.  weeks.  The  acid  seems  to  combine  with  the  fibre, 
and  the  resulting  compound  is  only  slowly  decomposed  or 
dissolved  by  the  action  of  water.  Such  linen  gives  a  blue 
colour  when  an  aqueous  solution  of  iodine  is  dropped  upon 
it.  There  was  uo  intention  to  convey  the  idea  that  the 
paper  contained  free  acid  in  such  quantity  that  it  could 
In-  easily  removed  by  washing,  or  that  it  would  affect 
litmus  paper,  which  generally  is  not  a  sensitive  agent. 
The  samples  of  paper  exhibited  at  the  meeting  were  care- 
fully tested  in  the  following  manner: — A  pure  and  neutral 
solution  of  a/.olitiuin  prepared  from  litmus  was  allowed  to 
drop  upon  the  paper  and  soak  into  the  fibres;  the  edges 
of  the  drops  wen-  then  examined,  arid  found  to  be  red. 
The  bulk  of  the  liquid  was  then  removed  by  a  piece  of 
the  same  |ia|er.  with  the  result  that  in  every  ease  a  red 
spol  was  seen,  which  dried  red.  Another  mode  of  testing 
was  as  follows: — A  ileal'  sable  brush  washed  ill  distilled 
water  was  used  for  applying  a  wash  of  pure  neutral 
azolitniin  solution,  as  if  it  were  a  pigment,  such  washes 
turned  red  upon  the  paper. 

Prof .  Church,  in  his  work  on  "  The  Chemistry  of  Paints 
and  Painting,"  290,  published  in  1890,  remarks  that  he  is 
unable  to  endorse  author's  statement  that  the  best  drawing 
papers  have  an  acid  action.  He  finds,  in  fact,  that  sized 
papers  are  gem-rally  neutral  to  test-papers,  aud  that 
inferior  papers  are  more  often  slightly  alkaline  than  acid. 

The  papers  examined  by  the  author  were  all  of  the  best 
quality,  most  of  them  being  of  Whatman's  make.  That  no 
question  may  arise  on  this  point,  he  has  tested  the  samples 
named  below  in  three  ways :  first,  by  dropping  litmus 
solution  upon  the  paper;  secondly,  by  washing  with  a 
sable  brush  ;  thirdly,  by  steeping  strips  of  paper  in  pure 
distilled  warm  water,  and  testing  the  water  for  acidity,  and 
also  for  sulphates.  The  acid  action  was  recognised  by  a 
pure  litmus  solution,  by  an  ordinary  laboratory  preparation 
and  by  a  carefully  prepared  solution  of  helianthin,  though 
this  last  agent  is  not  very  sensitive. 

The  results  are  identical  with  those  obtained  on  former 
occasions.  The  description  of  the  samples  and  their  actions 
is  as  follows  : — 

1.  Whatman's  hand-made  paper,  96  lb.,  old  make. 
Washes,  acid ;  drops,  acid;  water,  decidedly  acid.  Large 
precipitate  with  barium  sulphate  insoluble  in  dilute  chlor- 
hydric  acid. 

2.  Whatman's  double  thick  Imperial,  14(1  lb.  Washes, 
acid ;  drops,  acid  ;  water,  decidedly  acid.  Large  pre- 
cipitate of  barium  sulphate,  as  with  Xo.  1. 

:;.  Whatman's  double  elephant,  hand-made.  Washes, 
acid  ;  drops,  acid  ;  water,  strongly  acid.  Large  precipitate 
of  barium  sulphate,  as  with  Xo.  1. 

4.  Whatman's  band-made,  72  lb.,  1-887.  Washes,  acid  ; 
drops,  acid;  water,  decidedly  acid.  Large  precipitate  of 
barium  sulphate,  as  with  No.  1. 

0.  Saunder's  hand-made.  Washes,  acid ;  drops,  acid ; 
water,  decidedly  acid. 

<i.  Hollingworth's  machine-made  paper.  Washes,  barely 
acid  ;  drops  of  strong  litmus  neutral  in  colour;  water,  very 
slightly  arid,  almost  neutral. 

7.  Arnold's  unbleached  band-made  paper.  Washes, 
acid. 


No  further  tests  for  acidity  were  recorded. 

It  will  he  seen  from  these  notes  that  there  were  good 
grounds  for  attributing  an  acid  action  to  even  the  best  of 
drawing  papers.  In  other  words,  if  a  very  sensitive 
solution  of  [Hire  litmus  be  applied  to  paper  in  the  same 
manner  as  a  strong  pigment,  as  for  instance  in  delicate 
washes,  the  action  is,  in  almost  every  case,  distinctly  acid  ; 
but  if  a  drop  of  a  strong  solution  be  allowed  to  sink  into 
the  paper  and  dry  up,  its  colour  may  be  so  slightly  changed 
as  to  appear  violet,  leading  to  the  inference  that  the  papei 
is  neutral.  The  strength  of  the  solution  of  litmus,  and  tin; 
manner  in  which  it  is  applied,  must  therefore  be  taken 
into  account,  because  the  quantity  of  the  purple  colouring 
matter  in  contact  with  the  paper  may  be  more  than  sufficient 
to  overpower  the  red  tint  caused  by  the  acid  present  in  the 
moistened  material.  It  is  therefore  extremely  probable 
that  there  has  been  only  an  incomplete  understanding  as 
to  the  degree  of  acidity  of  the  paper.  Solutions  of  helian- 
thin painted  on  the  various  samples  of  paper  gave  at  first 
a  pure  yellow  tint,  which  gradually  changed  to  a  colour 
intermediate  between  rose-colour  and  yellow.  Very  dilute 
solutions,  washed  on  freely,  showed  after  some  minutes  a 
pale  rose-colour,  mixed  with  a  yellowish  tinge.  A  suffi- 
ciency of  acid  yields  a  tiue  rose  tint  with  such  a  solution. 
Hollingworth's  paper  did  not  show  in  any  degree  an  acid 
action  with  helianthin,  although  it  gave  a  slight  indication 
with  litmus. 


The  Acid  Action  if  Drawing  Papers.     0.  Beadle,     Proc. 
Chem.  Soc.  1892,  No.  107,  34— 35. 

Prop.  W.  N.  Hartley  recently  communicated  a  note  on 
this  subject  (previous  abstract)  which  raises  questions  of 
considerable  technical  importance.  The  fact  of  the  "acidity  " 
of  papers  need  not  lie  discussed,  and  Prof.  Hartley's  con- 
tention that  an  acid  constituent  in  the  paper  has  a  serious 
effect  on  "  water  colours  "  applied  to  the  paper  the  author  is 
not  in  a  position  to  criticise.  He  merely  wishes  to  point  out 
that  Hartley  is  probably  in  error  as  to  the  cause  of  the 
acidity,  which  he  takes  to  be  a  residue  of  sulphuric  acid 
left  in  the  "fibre"  (rags)  after  the  process  of  "souring" 
and  washing. 

The  mill  where  the  "Whatman"  papers  are  made  is 
situated  at  Maidstone,  and  the  water  used  in  the  manu- 
facture is  the  characteristically  hard  water  of  that  district. 
The  "  souring  "  of  the  rags  is  followed  by  a  long  process  of 
continuous  washing  in  the  "  engine,"  and  after  some  \  ears' 
experience  of  paper  making  in  the  Kentish  district  the  author 
is  satisfied  that  no  acid  can  survive  this  treatment. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  papers  are  sized  with  gelatin  and 
alum  and  it  is  to  the  presence  of  the  latter  constituent  that 
the  "  acidity  "  is,  in  his  opinion, due.  In  a  recent  examina- 
tion of  one  of  these  papers  the  author  obtained,  by  treating 
with  distilled  water,  an  exhaust  which  showed  "  acidity  " 
equal  to  2-3  cc.  normal  ILSO.,  per  100  grrns.  paper,  using 
litmus  as  indicator  in  the  titration,  aud  yet  this  exhaust  was 
basic  to  methyl  orange.  Sulphate  of  alumina,  Al2,  3  SO,, 
being  acid  to  methyl  orange,  the  evidence  is  complete  that 
the  apparent  "acidity"  of  the  aqueous  exhaust  is  due  to 
the  presence  of  a  basic  sulphate  of  alumina  (this  Journal, 
1891,  202). 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

Conversion  of  Gallic  Acid  and  Tannic  Acid  into  Benzoic 

Acid.     C.  K.  Guignet.     Compt.  Rend.    1891,   113,  200— 
201. 

A  MIXTURE  of  ammonia  and  zinc  dust  is  heated  in  a  flask 
fitted  with  cork  and  tube.  So  soon  as  the  evolution  of 
hydrogen  is  sufficiently  regular  a  warm  solution  of  gallic 
acid  is  added  little  by  little.    By  keeping  the  temperature  at 


262 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [Mud, 


60  ('.  the  gallic  acid  is  completely  converted  utter  several 
hours.  To  extract  the  acid  the  mixture  is  boiled  with 
potassium  carbonate  alter  the  zinc  lias  been  precipitated  as 

carbonate  and  the  ammonia  transformed  into  carbonate, 
evaporated  to  dryness,  and  taken  up  with  alcohol,  which 
dissolves  the  potassium  benzoatc.  The  same  end  may  be 
attained  by  heating  gallic  acid  with  zinc  and  dilute  sulphuric 
acid  ;  in  this  case  the  benzoic  acid  is  obtained  in  the  form  of 
yellowish  insoluble  particles.  These  are  filtered  off  and 
washed  free  of  zinc  sulphate;  the  residue,  consisting  of 
benzoic  acid  and  excess  of  zinc,  may  be  treated  with  alcohol, 
or  distilled  directly.  The  sulphate  of  zinc  solution  contains 
also  some  benzoic  acid,  which  may  be  separated  as  potas- 
sium benzoate  by  adding  excess  of  potassium  carbonate, 
evaporating  to  dryness,  and  extracting  with  alcohol.  Tannic 
acid  may  be  converted  into  benzoic  acid  under  exactly 
similar  conditions. 

This  reduction  of  gallic  acid  is  in  agreement  with  the 
synthesis  by  treating  di-iodosalicylic  acid  with  potash. 

Catechu-tannic  acid  is  likewise  closely  allied  to  benzoic 
acid.  This  tannin  is  intimately  connected  with  eatechin, 
which  accompanies  it,  and  gives  the  same  derived  products. 
Catechin  dissolved  in  potash  gives  protocatechuic  acid, 
which  is  one  of  the  dioxybenzoi'c  acids.  The  methods  of 
reduction  may  thus  very  considerably  facilitate  the  study  of 
the  tannins,  such  as  the  tannin  of  oak  bark. — T.  L.  B. 


A'ew  Crystalline    Oxychlorides    of    Iron.     G.     Eousseau. 
Compt.  Kend.  1891,  113,542— 544. 

A  concentrated  solution  of  ferric  chloride,  containing 
over  80  per  cent,  of  Fe.,CI6,  kept  for  some  time  at  a 
temperature  between  160°  and  220°,  gives  rise  to  a 
crystallised  oxychloride  of  iron,  2  Ke:0„  Fe:(  'I,,,  ■'!  ILO.  This 
compound  in  contact  with  boiling  water  is  gradually 
changed  into  a  hydrate  Fe..O;i,  3  H30,  which  is  completely 
isomorphous  with  the  oxychloride.  The  author  has  carried 
on  the  study  of  the  decomposition  of  solutions  of  ferric 
chloride  at  temperatures  higher  than  220°.  The  solutions 
contained  85  to  90  per  cent,  of  FejCl, ,  and  were  sealed  in 
glass  tubes  with  a  fragment  of  marble.  In  the  interval 
between  225  and  280°  reddish-brown  scales  are  deposited; 
their  composition  corresponds  to  that  of  the  anhydrous 
oxychloride  Fe«03,  FeX'lr,.  Between  300'  and  340  \  brownish- 
black  scales  of  a  new  oxychloride  3  Fe.,0,,  FeX'ls  are  pro- 
duced. These  oxychlorides  are  only  slightly  soluble  in  dilute 
mineral  acids.  Heated  in  boiling  water  for  150  to  200 
hours  in  presence  of  marble  they  lose  all  their  chlorine,  and 
are  converted  into  brownish-red  sesquioxide. — D.  E.  J. 


500  ec.  of  solution  of  common  salt  :  this  solution  is  filtered 
and  allowed  to  run  iuto  the  first.  The  solution  becomes 
violet  in  colour  anil  a  precipitate  of  salicylate  of  bismuth 
is  formed  according  to  the  equation — 

BiCl3  +  C;n  u  Xa  +  2  NaOH 

C';Hi(BiO)03,  H20  +  3  NaCl 

The  mother-liquor  is  decanted  off  and  the  salt  is  washed 
with  water  slightly  acidulated  with  nitric  acid  until  the 
washings  arc  colourless.  The  salt  thus  obtained  is  in  the 
form  of  microscopic  prisms.  When  heated  it  decomposes 
with  loss  of  salicylic  acid. — I).  E.  J. 


On  the  Solution  of  Bismuth  Chloride  in  Saturated  Solutions 
of  Common  Salt  and  on  Basic  Salicylate  of  Bismuth. 
H.  Gansse.     Compt.  Kend.  1891,  113,  547—549. 

The  author  has  previously  shown  that  ammonium  chloride 
binders  the  dissociating  action  of  water  upon  salts  of 
bismuth,  and  has  now  found  that  sodium  chloride  acts  in 
the  same  way.  Thus  if  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  (about 
1  to  4)  is  allowed  to  act  upon  bismuth  oxide  until  no 
further  solution  takes  place,  it  is  always  found  that  the 
amount  of  oxide  dissolved  is  much  smaller  than  (about 
one-half)  that  required  to  saturate  the  acid  ;  in  other  words, 
a  considerable  portion  of  the  acid  is  required  to  maintain 
the  solution  in  equilibrium.  If  the  solution  is  now  saturated 
with  common  salt  and  again  placed  in  contact  with  bismuth 
oxide  it  will  dissolve  a  further  quantity.  The  author  finds 
that  the  total  amount  held  in  solution  in  the  latter  case  is 
almost  exactly  that  required  for  complete  neutralisation  of 
the  acid  present.  He  has  applied  this  method  to  the  pro- 
duction of  basic  salicylate  of  bismuth,  which  is  prepared  as 
follows  : — 35  grms.  of  bismuth  oxide  are  dissolved  in  40  cc. 
of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  ;  this  solution  is  mixed 
with  500  cc.  of  a  saturated  solution  of  common  salt ;  the 
free  acid  is  then  neutralised  either  by  adding  oxide  or 
carbonate  of  bismuth,  or  by  pouring  in  a  saturated  solution 
of  sodium  carbonate  and  chloride  until  the  precipitate 
produced  refuses  to  dissolve.  'J  grms.  of  caustic  soda 
and  22  grms.  of  salicylate  of  soda  are  introduced  into  another 


The  Action  of  Benzoic  Acid  on  Turpentine.    G.  Bouchardat 
and  J.  Lafont.     Compt.  Bend.  1891,  113,  551—553. 

Benzoic  acid  appears  to  combine  slowly  in  the  cold  witb 
French  turpentine;  at  150  ,  taking  equal  weights  of  acid 
and  turpentine,  the  action  is  rapid ;  after  heating  for 
50  hours  the  change  is  complete.  The  treatment  is  lust 
carried  out  in  a  copper  vessel  with  a  reversed  condenser. 
Several  products  are  obtained.  Before  proceeding  to  isolate 
them  it  is  necessary  to  remove  the  uncombined  acid  by 
means  of  an  alkaline  solution.  The  product  is  distilled  up 
to  200° — 220°,  the  thermometer  dipping  into  the  liquid. 

The  portions  which  volatilise  above  200°  consist  of 
eamphene,  which  is.  solid,  boiling  at  157°,  and  terpilene 
its  liquid  isomer,  which  boils  at  175J — 180°.  Both  have 
only  a  slight  action  on  polarised  light.  About  half  the 
product  distils  above  220°.  It  partially  decoinpo-i  -  on 
distillation,  but  if  the  pressure  is  reduced  to  3  cm.  it  can 
be  distilled  at  190° — 195°.  The  residue  consists  of  poly- 
terpilenes  (principally  coiophonium)  volatilising  at  about 
315°.  This  product,  distilling  iu  vacuo  at  about  190°, 
consists  of  an  oily  mixture  of  benzoic  ethers  of  camphenol 
and  isocamphenol.  These  benzoates  are  scarcely  attacked 
by  boiling  aqueous  solutions  of  the  alkalis  ;  on  the  other 
hand  they  can  be  saponified  in  the  cold  by  an  alcoholic 
solution  of  potash.  The  product  after  saponification  should 
be  washed  and  fractionated,  the  fractions  being  collected 
for  intervals  of  2-5°.  The  fractions  distilling  above  205c 
deposit,  on  standing  at  15°,  abundant  crystals  of  laevo- 
rotatory  camphenol,  mixed  with  a  little  dextro-rotatory 
isocamphenol.  The  portions  distilling  between  185°  aud  205J 
are  dextro-rotatory,  those  above  aud  below  are  la:vo- 
rotatory. — D.  E.  J. 

The    Preparation    of    Crystallised     Hydroxylamine. 
L.Crismer.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1891,  6,  793—795. 

Tw<  i  methods  are  given  for  the  preparation  of  this  substance 
from  zinc  dihydroxvlaminc  chloride  ZnCl»(NH2.OH)2. 

1.  The  dry  zinc  salt  (10  grms.)  is  distilled  in  vacuo  witb 
some  organic  base,  preferably  aniline  (20  cc.  of  pure, 
recently  distilled  aniline),  capable  of  displacing  the 
liydroxylamine  from  the  double  salt.  A  strongly  refracting 
liquid  passes  over  at  first  ;  but  towards  the  end  of  the 
distillation  the  drops  crystallise  as  they  enter  the  receiver, 
and  soon  the  whole  of  the  distillate  sets  to  a  mass  of  large, 
colourless  plates.  The  solidification  may  be  hastened  by 
placing  the  receiver  in  ice.  Finally,  the  crystals  arc 
transferred  to  a  filtering  tube,  plugged  with  glass-wool,  and 
washed  free  from  adhering  aniline  with  a  small  quantity  of 
absolute  ether.  Moisture  must  be  carefully  excluded 
during  the  whole  of  the  operation  by  means  of  calcium 
chloride  tubes,  &c.  The  liydroxylamine  thus  obtained 
possesses  all  the  properties  ascribed  to  that  substance.  It  is 
soluble  in  water  in  all  proportions  ;  and  the  crystals  on 
exposure  to  air  attract  moisture  so  rapidly  that  they  liquefy 
and  volatilise. 

2.  A  current  of  dry  ammonia  gas  (dried  by  KOH)  is 
passed  into  a  mixture  of  a  few  grms.  of  the  zinc  salt  with 
100  cc.  of  anhydrous  ether,  contained  in  a  flask,  moist  air 
being  carefully  excluded.  The  zinc  salt  is  decomposed, 
aud  swells  up.  The  reaction  being  completed,  the  ether  is 
decanted  and  distilled  in  vacuo.  The  crystalline  residue 
lift  in  the  retort  consists  of  pure  liydroxylamine. — H.  T.  P. 


March  si,  18S2.J     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


203 


Action  of  Hydriodic  Acid  oh  Vinchonine.  (i.  1'umi 
Monatsh,  1891,  12,  582—588,  (Compare  Skraup,  this 
Journal,  1891,  '.U0,  and  Lippmann  and  Fleissner,  ibid, 
945). 

Civ  iiiimxk  combines  with  3   inols.  of   hydrogen    iodide, 

forming  a  com] id  of  the  composition  t *,.,! I ...,N A  >(HI)3, 

which  begins  to  decompose  at  223,  and  melts  at  230°; 
when  this  salt  is  carefully  treated  with  alcoholic  ammonia  at 
the  ordinary  temperature  it  is  converted  into  an  unstable 
base  of  the  composition  CigH^NjOIg,  which  melts  at 
1ST — 1 90°,  but  begins  to  decompose  at  about  17.V.  This 
base,  which  is  named  dihydriodocinchonine,  forms  a 
crystalline  nitrate,  ClgHMN3OI3l  1IXO,,  and  a  crystalline 
sulphate  (t',,,11  24N3<  >Ij)3,  HjS04 ;  when  it  is  boiled  with  an 
alcoholic  solution  of  sodium  ethoxide  it  yields  cinchonine 
and  a  smaller  quantity  of  a  substance,  the  composition  of 
which  was  not  determined ;  when  warmed  with  silver 
nitrate  in  dilute  alcoholic  solution,  it  is  converted  into 
cinchonine. —F.  S.  K. 


Action  of  Hydriodic  Acid  on  Cinchonine.  E.  Lippmann 
and  F.  Fleissner.  Monatsh.  1891,  12,  661—066. 
(Compare  I'uni,  preceding  abstract). 

'I'm;  authors  have  repeated  some  of  their  experiments  on 
the  formation  of  hydriodociuehonine,  C^H^NoOI,  and  have 
confirmed  the  results  previously  obtained.  They  have  also 
prepared  the  dihydriodocinchohine  described  by  Pum 
(/»c.  c//.)  by  a  method  similar  to  that  employed  by  the 
latter;  this  compound  is  decomposed  by  ammonia  in  the 
cold,  yielding  bydriodocinchonine.  When  a  mixture  of 
molecular  proportions  of  cinchonine  trihydriodide  (compare 
Pum,  loc.  tit.)  and  bydriodocinchonine  is  dissolved  in  hot 
alcohol,  a  substance,  melting  at  187° — 190°,  which  seems  to 
be  identical  with  Pum's  dihydriodocinchonine,  is  deposited  on 
cooling. — F.  S.  K. 


Dissociation  in  Dilute  Solutions  of  Tartrates. 
S.  Sonucnthal.     Mouatsh.  1891,12,  003—619. 

The  author  has  examined  very  dilute  solutions  of  various 
acid  and  neutral  salts  of  tartaric  acid,  in  order  to  ascertain 
the  influence  of  concentration  on  the  rotatory  power  ;  the 
results  of  his  investigations  may  be  summed  np  as 
follows  : — 

( 1 .)  Aqueous  solutions  of  neutral,  and  of  acid  tartrates, 
undergo  a  change  of  condition  when  a  certain  degree  of 
dilution  is  attained. 

( 2.)  This  change  begins  to  take  place  in  the  case  of 
solutions  of  the  neutral  tartrates  at  between  0'4  and  0'3 
per  cent.,  but  in  the  case  of  solutions  of  the  acid  salts  not 
until  between  0-3  and  0-2  per  cent. 

(3.)  The  commencement,  and  the  amount,  of  this  change 
is  dependent  on  the  nature  of  the  salt-forming  metal  or 
radicle  ;  the  greater  the  atomic  weight  of  the  metal,  or  the 
molecular  weight  of  the  radicle,  the  greater  the  concentration 
at  which  the  change  begins,  and  the  greater  also  the 
departure  from  the  normal  condition. 

(1.)  The  rapidity  with  which  the  change  in  condition 
takes  place  seems  to  be  dependent  solely  upon  the  greater 
or  less  solubility  of  the  salt  in  question. 

It  would  seem  from  these  results  that  this  change  in 
condition  is  a  dissociation  phenomenon,  more  especially 
because  relatively  large  masses  of  water  must  he  present  in 
order  to  produce  the  change,  and,  further,  because  the 
larger  the  atomic  weight  of  the  metal  the  sooner  the  change 
commences. — F.  S.  K. 


Behaviour  of  Quinidiue  and  of  Quinine  towards  Hydriodic 

Acid.     -\".  Schubert  and  Z.    11.    Skraup.     Monatsh.  1891, 
12,  607  — 690.     (Compare  this  Journal,  1891,  946.) 

J)ilii/driodoquinidinehydriodide,C::lt\].Y^.1(>,\.,.  If  1  is  formed, 
together  with  dihydriodo-apoquinidine  hydriodide  (see 
below)  when  anhydrous  quinine  is  warmed  with  hydriodic 
acid   of  sp.  gr.    1  •  7  ;  if  quinidiue  is   heated   with  concen- 


trated hydriodic  acid  (sp.  gr.  1-90)  at  100'  for  three  hours, 
dihydriodo-apoquinidine  hydriodide  is  the  sole  product, 
whereas  when  the  reaction  is  carried  out  at  the  ordinary 
temperature  and  in  the  dark  only  dihydriodoquinidine 
hydriodide  is  formed.  The  last-named  salt  crystallises  in 
large  yellow  plates,  melts  at  230',  and  is  insoluble  in  potash  ; 
when  treated  with  alcoholic  ammonia  at  the  ordinary 
temperature  it  is  converted  into  dihydriodoquinidine 
Co0HMNaO3T?.  This  base  melts  at  218— 220  ,  decomposes 
at  about  228  ',  and  is  only  very  sparingly  soluble  in  alcohol, 
and  almost  insoluble  in  water  ;  it  forms  a  crystalline  oxalate 
(I '..„H.,„X..( ).,!.,)..,  C'.,li.,0„  and  a  crystalline  hydrochloride 
CjoHsoNjOjIj,  HC1. 

Dihydriodoapoquinidine   hydriodide,     CijHjjNjOoL,  .III, 

melts  at  about  252°,  and  is  soluble  in  potash.  Dihydriodo- 
apoquinidine,Ci9HM'S203Xi,  melts  at  about  the  same  tempera- 
ture as  dihydriodoquinidine,  and  forms  a  crystalline 
hydrochloride,  C,9H.,4N,0.,I„,  HO,  and  a  crystalline  nitrate, 
C,s,HMNjOsIa.  HN03. 

A  base  of  the  composition  C21)H24N2<  )2,  isomeric  with 
quinidiue,  is  obtained  when  dihydriodoquinidine  hydriodide 
is  warmed  with  silver  nitrate  in  dilute  alcoholic  .solution  ;  it 
melts  at  78° — 79°,  and  dissolves  in  acids  yielding  solutions 
which  show  a  blue  fluorescence  aud  which  give  a  green 
colouration  with  chlorine  and  ammonia.  When  dihydriodo- 
apoquinidine  is  treated  in  a  similar  manner,  it  yields  a  base 
of  the  composition  C|9H.:2N,.02.  This  substance  melts  at 
157°,  and  its  acid  solutions,  which  show  a  very  slight 
greenish  fluorescence,  give  with  chloriue  and  ammonia  a 
green  colouration ;  this  base  seems  also  to  be  produced 
when  dihydriodo-apoquinidine  hydriodide  is  heated  with 
aniline  at  1003  for  a  long  time. 

By  heating  anhydrous  quinine  with  hydriodic  acid  of 
sp.  gr.  1 '  17  at  100°,  the  authors  obtained  a  salt  melting  at 
228° — 230°  with  decomposition,  and  identical  with  the 
hydriodoquinine  hydriodide,  CjjH^NjOj,  3  Hi,  described  by 
Lippmann  and  Fleissner  (this  Journal,  1891,  945).  This 
substance  seems  to  be  a  mixture  of  two  salts,  because  it  is 
decomposed  by  alcoholic  ammonia  at  the  ordinary 
temperature,  yielding  a  mixture  of  two  bases  having  the 
composition  C20H25N2O2I  and  C20H2(;X2O;I2  respectively, 
the  former  being  present  in  the  larger  quantity. 

The  base  of  the  composition  C'20H25N2O2I  {hydriodo- 
quinine) is  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  but  only  sparingly  in 
ether,  and  melts  at  155°  —  160°  with  decomposition  ;  its 
solution  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid  shows  a  blue  fluorescence, 
and  gives  a  brownish-yellow  precipitate  with  chlorine  and 
ammonia. 

When  quinine  is  heated  with  hydriodic  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1  ■  96 
methyl  iodide  is  evolved,  and  a  salt  of  the  composition 
CigHojNoO^  3  HI  is  produced ;  this  compound  melts  at 
236° — 238°,  is  soluble  in  potash,  and  is  decomposed  by 
alcoholic  ammonia  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  yielding  a 
mixture  of  two  bases  having  the  composition  Ou,H,,.1N202I2 
and  C19H23N2()2I  respectively,  of  which  the  former  is 
produced  in  by  far  the  larger  quantity.  It  would  seem, 
therefore,  that  the  original  salt  is  a  mixture  of  the 
hydriodides  of  these  two  bases. — F.  S.  K. 


The  Alkaloids  of  the  Solanacese.  W.  Schiitle.  Arch.  Pharm. 
1891,229,492. 

The  investigations  have  been  undertaken  in  view  of  the 
opinion  expressed  by  Scheering  that  the  root  of  Atropa 
Belladonna  does  not  contain  any  atropine  but  only 
hyoscyamine  (Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  1891,  15(  117).  The 
author  finds  that  the  young  aud  wild  belladonna  roots 
contain  only  hyoscyamine,  whilst  the  older  roots,  both  wild 
aud  cultivated,  contain  atropine  in  small  quantity  side  by 
side  with  the  hyoscyamine.  The  ripe  berries  of  cultivated 
Atropa  belladonna  nigra  contain  both  atropine  and 
hyoscyamine,  whilst  the  fruit  of  the  wild  plant  contains 
atropine  only.  The  ripe  fruit  of  Atropa  belladonna  lutea 
contains  no  hyoscyamine,  the  atropine  being  associated  with 
a  base  perhaps  identical  with  atropamine  (this  Journal, 
1891,  158).  The  unripe  fruit  of  the  wild  deadly  nightshade 
contains    essentially    hyoscyamine,    together   with   a   little 


264 


THE  JOUKNAE  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [  March  si.iws 


atropine.  The  leaves  of  both  deadly  nightshades  contain 
both  alkaloids,  the  atropine  again  being  present  in  small 
quantity  onlv.  Both  fresh  and  old  seeds  of  Datura 
stramonium  consist  essentially  of  liyoseyamine,  but  also 
contain  a  little  atropine  and  scopolamine.  Solarium 
tuberosum  contains  betatn,  together  with  an  alkaloid 
possessing  a  mydriatic  action  which  has  not  been  identified. 
A  similar  alkaloid  also  occurs  in  ver\  small  quantities  in 
Li/cium  barbarum,  Solatium  nigrum,  and  in  Nicotiand 
tabacum.  In  the  seeds, leaves, and  root  of  Anisodus luridus 
byoscyaminc  alone  occurs. — C.  A.  Iv. 


$  Naphthol  Benzoale,  or  "  Benzonapthol"  a  New  Intes- 
tinal Antiseptic.  Yvon  and  Berlioz.  J.  l'liann.  Chini. 
1891,24,479- 
P-Naputhol  salicylate  or  "betol"  produces  objectionable 
secondary  reactions  in  the  system  when  the  kidnej  -  are 
disordered,  owing  to  the  separation  of  salicylic  acid  that 
takes  place.  To  remedy  this  defect  in  the  drug  the  authors 
have  replaced  the  salicylic  acid  in  betol  by  benzoic  acid. 
The  resulting  benzonaphthol  is  decomposed  in  the  body  into 
ii -naphthol,  which  remains  in  the  bowels,  and  benzoic  acid, 
which  is  eliminated  in  the  urine  either  as  such  or  as 
hippuric  acid.  To  prepare  the  benzoate,  0-naphthol  ami 
benzoyl  chloride  arc  heated  gently  to  125  I'.,  and  after- 
wards to  170  C,  the  mixture  being  kept  at  the  latter  tem- 
perature for  half  an  hour.  The  product  of  the  reaction 
is  purified  by  recrystallisation  from  90  per  cent,  alcohol,  or 
any  excess  of  0-naphthol  may  be  removed  by  washing  with 
m\  dilute  caustic  soda  at  50°— 60  C.  Benzonaphthol 
1 1  .11 ,'  t  :llll7)< .  >.:)  is  almost  insoluble  in  water,  fairly  soluble 
in  alcohol,  and  readily  so  in  chloroform;  it  melts  at  lit)  C. 
The  pure  product  should  not  be  coloured  blue  by  the 
addition  of  solid  caustic  potash  to  its  solution  in  pure, 
chloroform  and  then  warming,  nor  should  the  alcoholic 
solution  be  reddened  on  the  addition  of  nitric  acid,  ami  a 
lew  .Imps  of  acid  mercuric  nitrate. 

Benzonaphthol  can  be  taken  inconsiderable  doses  without 
producing  any  toxic  effect.  For  adults  the  dose  recom- 
mended is  5  grins,  per  da}',  for  children  '2  grms. — C.  A.  K. 


Corydaline.     .1.  J.  Dobbie  and   A.  Lauder.     Proc.    Chem. 

Soc.  1892,  105,  13—14. 
A\uei-  of  the  alkaloid,  as  well  as  of  its  salts  and  deriva- 
tivi  s,  led  llerm.  Wicke  (Annalcn,  1886,  137,  *-" '  >  to  assign 
to  corydaline  the  formula  C^II^X' >.,.  The  authors  have 
purified  samples  by  recrystallisation  from  a  mixture  of 
alcohol  and  ether,  and  have  obtained  the  alkaloid  in  the 
form  of  riat,  prismatic,  colourless  crystals,  melting  at  I34"5  . 
In  analysing  it  they  obtained  results  irreconcilable  with 
Wiekc's  formula,  I  , ..  1 1 ,  , N I  > , ,  and  propose  instead  the 
formula  (-11,.,  N't),. 

(  in  oxidation  with  potassium  permanganate,  corydaline 
yields  a  number  of  products  which  the  authors  are  now 
engaged  in  investigating. 


Limettin.     W.  A.  Tilden.     Proc.  Chem.  Soc;  1892,107, 
33—34. 

I.iai  iiin  is  the  name  given  by  the  author  to  a  crystalline 
substance  deposited  from  the  essential  oil  of  the  lime, 
originally  described  by  him  in  conjunction  with  ('.  It.  Beck 
t    S.  Trans.,  1890,  323), 

Further  investigation  of  it-  properties  shows  that,  instead 
of  the  formula  (',,,  11,, I  >,,  first  attributed  to  it,  limettin  has 
the  composition  expressed  bj  the  molecular  formula  CMIIiri<  >,, 
which  requires  nearly  the  same  percentages  of  carbon  and 
hydrogen. 

15y  the  action  of  nitric  acid  it  is  converted  into  a  nitro- 
derivative  (. ',, II„(  Xu.)i »,,  and  bj  the  action  of  bromine 
into  a  dibromo-derivative  (  ,,ll,i;i  t  i,.  while  chlorine  converts 

it    into  a  trichloro-com] I    CUH7C1304.     The   dibromo- 

compound  also  exchanges  the  third  atom  of  hydrogen  for 
chlorine,  giving   Cull-l!r,(  '!(•,.      Oxidising  agent-    convert 


limettin  into  acetic  or  oxalic  acid  without  definite  inter- 
mediate products.  Potash  fusion  produces  fioiu  it  phloro- 
glucol  and  acetic,  but  no  other  acid.  Treatment  with 
concentrated  solution  of  hydrogen  iodide  causes  the  elimi- 
nation of  two  methyl  groups. 

Sulphuric  acid  slightly  diluted  causes  limettin  to  assimilate 
a  molecule  of  water  forming  a  phenolic  compound  of  which 
the  diacetate  was  prepared  and  analysed. 

Limettin  is  not  attacked  by  acetyl  chloride,  by  phenyl- 
hydrazine  or  by  sodium  amalgam,  and  it  gives  no  colouration 
with  ferric  chloride.  It  forms  very  pale  3  ellow,  thin  prisms, 
which  melt  ai  M7'">  ;  it  dissolves  in  alcohol,  benzene, 
toluene,  and  acetic  acid  pretty  freely,  but  scarcely  in  water 
or  in  light  petroleum.  Dilute  solutions  exhibit  a  beautiful 
violet  fluorescence.  It  seems  to  have  the  constitution 
C6H3(OCH3)2.C3H02. 


Synthetical    Carbolic    Acid.      II.     W.   Jaync.     American 

J.  of  l'harm.  December   1891. 

1 1  has  been  known  for  some  years  that  carbolic  acid  1  phenol  I 
could  be  produced  by  numerous  synthetical  methods,  but 
interest  in  the  subject  has  been  especially  manifest*  d  recently 
on  account  of  several  firms,  in  response  to  the  constant 
demand  for  purer  preparations,  having  undertaken  its 
manufacture  on  a  commercial  scale.  ( If  the  many  reactions 
by  which  phenol  can  lie  produced,  only  two  arc,  at  present, 
commercially  practical,  both  usiuir  pure  benzene  as  the 
starting  point. 

The  first  or  sulphonate  method  is  applicable  to  the 
preparation  of  all  phenols,  and  has  been  used  for  some 
years,  producing  on  an  immense  scale  naphthol.  In 
this  method  pure  benzene,  free  from  thiophene,  is 
placed  with  about  live  times  its  weight  of  strongest 
commercial  sulphuric  acid  i  07  1!.)  in  closed  cast-iron 
pots  provided  with  stirrers  and  lead  coolers,  and  capable 
of  being  heated  by  a  steam  jacket.  While  the  mixture  is 
slowly  stirred,  the  vessel  is  gently  heated  with  steam  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  vapours  of  benzene  which  pass  into  the 
cooler  are  continually  returned  to  the  kettle.  After  a 
number  of  hours  the  reaction  is  finished,  and  the  benzene  not 
acted  on  is  collected  as  it  Hows  from  the  cooler.  The  crude 
hcnzeuesulphouic  acid,  mixed  with  the  excess  of  sulphuric 
aeid  used,  is  allowed  to  cool,  and  then  diluted  with  water  in 
a  lead-lined  tank.  Slaked  lime  is  added  to  the  hot  solution 
in  sufficient  quantity  until  it  is  faintly  alkaline.  This 
removes  the  excess  of  acid  by  forming  calcium  sulphate, 
which  is  then  filtered  off  by  means  of  a  filter-press.  The 
clear  liquor  containing  calcium  benzencsulphonate  is  treated 
with  sufficient  sodium  carbonate  to  precipitate  all  the 
calcium  as  carbonate,  which  is  removed  by  filtration,  and 
the  liquor  is  now  evaporated  to  dryness,  leaving  the  sodium 
benzencsulphonate  a-  a  white  powder. 

Iu  a  large  cast-iron  kettle  heated  by  a  coal  tire,  caustic 
soda  is  melted,  and  small  portions  of  the  dry  sodium  salt, 
prepared  as  above,  are  gradually  added,  and  finally  the 
whole  is  kept  in  quiet  fusion  for  some  sime.  The  melt  now 
contains  sodium  carbolate  and  sulphite,  together  with  the 
large  excess  of  caustic  soda  used — 

C6H5-   SdXa  +  -2  Xailll        (  JluXa    r  Xa,S(  ) ,  +  H„0 

It  is  ladled  from  the  kettle  into  pans  ami  allowed  to  cool, 
broken  up,  dissolved  in  water,  and  acidified  with  sulphuric 
or  hydrochloric  acid.  The  phenol  thus  liberated  separate- 
from  the  concentrated  salt  solution,  and  can  be  collected 
and  distilled. 

In  melting  the  sodium  benzencsulphonate  with  caustic 
soda,  it  i-  necessary  in  order  to  obtain  a  good  yield  to  use 
a  very  large  excess  of  the  latter.  A  greater  yield  is  obtain)  d 
with  caustic  potash,  and  if  as  large  a  quantity  as  six  parts 
are  used  to  one  of  the  soda  or  potash  salt  a  nearly  theoretical 
\  ield  can  he  obtained,  but  as  tins  would  greatly  increase  the 
cost,  can-tie  soda  i-  used  instead. 

It  has  been  proposed  to  treat  the  melt  after  dissolving  in 
water  with  carbonic  acid  gas,  which  would  liberate  the 
phenol  ■  I  a-  a  Stronger  aeid.  and  in  addition  would 

form  carbonate  of   soda  or   potash,  which  together  with  the 


March  81. 1892.]      THE  JOUKNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


265 


sulphite  already  present  could  be  converted  into  the  hydrate 
by  treating  with  lime,  concentrated,  and  used  for  a  second 
operation. 

The  second  method  is  much  simpler.  A  pure  aniline  oil, 
preferably  that  grade  called  aniline  for  blue,  is  dissolved  in 
water  in  a  lead-lined  tank  covered  with  a  hood,  and  provided 
with  stirrers  and  leaden  steam  coils.  The  solution  is 
acidulated  very  strongly  with  sulphuric  acid,  and  to  the  hot 
liquid  a  solution  of  commercial  nitrite  of  soda  is  gradually 
added,  phenol  being  at  once  formed. 

In  this  reaction  the  sodium  nitrite,  in  contact  with  the 
acid  solution,  liberates  nitrous  acid,  which  forms  diazoben- 
zenesulphate  with  the  aniline  sulphate — 

(C6H5NH2).,U,su4  +  2  HNO,  = 
(C6H5N  =  N)s  SU4  +  4  HX> 

hut  as  the  solution  is  hot  it  at  once  decomposes  into  phenol 
with  evolution  of  nitrogen — 

f('t,H,N  =  N)sS04  +  2H30  =  2C6H5OH  +  H2S04  +  4N 

Neither  of  these  synthetical  methods  can  at  the  present 
time  compete  in  price  with  the  extraction  of  carbolic  acid 
directly  from  the  coal-tar  oils. 

A  guild  grade  of  crystal  acid  can  be  purchased  abroad  in 
large  quantities  at  this  time  at  about  il  cents  per  pound, 
ivhile  the  pure  benzene  used  in  the  first  method  is  worth  at 
the  English  refineries  about  14  cents  per  pound,  and  aniline 
oil  about  20  cents,  without  taking  into  consideration  the 
other  expensive  chemicals  necessary  to  carry  out  the  reaction. 

When  the  synthetical  acid  was  first  placed  upon  the 
market  it  excited  much  interest,  and  purchasers  were  willing 
to  pay  the  high  price  it  commanded,  believing  that  they 
were  getting  a  much  purer  article  than  could  be  produced  by 
the  ordinary  methods.  This  interest  has,  however, 
considerably  abated  since  the  acid  has  been  found  to  redden 
just  as  easily  as  the  best  commercial  grades. 

It  could  scarcely  be  expected  that  an  acid  obtained  by 
either  of  the  complex  reactions  just  described  would  not  be 
contaminated  by  products  formed  by  side  reactions  in  the 
process.  lu  its  preparation  by  the  sulphonate  method, 
sulphur  compounds  (thiophenols,  &e.)  are  likely  to  be 
formed  ;  and  its  manufacture  from  a  substance  like  aniline, 
which  so  readily  produces  colouring  matters,  could  scarcely 
be  carried  out  without  at  the  same  time  forming  bodies 
which  at  once  or  later  under  the  influence  of  light  and  air 
would  discolour  it. 

In  addition,  commercially  pure  benzene  or  aniline  oil 
always  contain  small  quantities  of,  respectively,  toluene  or 
toluidine.  These  bodies  being  submitted  to  the  same  treat- 
ment as  their  homologues  give  cresol.  It  is  true  that 
this  body  would  be  present  only  in  minute  quantities,  but 
sufficient  to  reduce  the  melting  point  of  the  resulting 
phenol. 

Lunge  has  shown  that  the  addition  of  1'3  per  cent,  of 
cresol  to  pure  phenol  reduces  the  melting  point  8°  to 
3HJ,  and  in  the  preparation  of  a  high  grade  carbolic  acid 
a  difference  of  a  part  of  a  degree  is  of  great  importance. 

"  Forty  degrees  acid  "  is  ut  present  a  commercial  article 
sold  at  excessively  low  prices,  and  if  a  small  part  of  the 
attention  and  labour  which  is  used  in  producing  a  synthetical 
acid  was  expended  in  the  further  purification  of  this  40° 
acid,  without  doubt  just  as  pure  if  not  a  purer  article  could 
be  produced  direct  from  tar  oils  and  at  a  very  much  lower 
cost. 


Chemical  Study  of  the  German  and  Turkish  Otto  of 
Hoses.  U.  Eckart.  Arehiv.  des  Pharru.  229,  355 ; 
Monit.  Scient.  November  1891,  1145—1153. 

The  centre  of  production  for  this  essential  oil  is  Roumelia, 
120  villages  on  the  confines  of  Kesanlik  possessing  2,500 
stills,  and  furnishing  from  1,900  to  2,500  kilos,  per  annum. 
No  one  knows  precisely  the  date  at  which  this  industry  was 
commenced,  but  it  is  believed  to  have  been  somewhere  about 
the  17th  century.  For  the  preparation  of  the  essential  oil, 
the  Rosa  Damascena  f.  trigintipalate  is  principally 
cultivated,  a  cultured  red  variety  of  Rosa  gallica  and  of 
Rosa  centifolia  richer  in  essence  than  the  white  variety. 


The  fresh  petals  are  introduced  into  alembics  of  tinned 
copper  with  an  addition  of  twice  their  weight  of  water.  The 
contents  of  the  vessel  are  then  submitted  to  distillation, 
which  is  stopped  when  half  the  water  has  passed  over.  The 
product  is  then  submitted  to  renewed  distillation,  receiving 
the  sixth  part  of  the  liquid,  which  is  let  stand  for  two  days. 
The  supernatant  essential  oil  is  separated  by  means  of  small 
funnels  of  tin,  and  preserved  in  jars  of  tinned  copper 
containing  from  500  to  5,000  grms.  each. 

1,000  kilos,  of  fresh  flowers  yield  about  160  to  400  grms. 
of  essential  oil.  In  recent  years  the  firm  of  Schimmel  and 
Co.,  of  Leipsic,  have  cultivated  the  R.  centifolia  major,  and 
have  obtained  by  the  distillation  of  23,000  kilos,  of  fresh 
roses,  4  kilos.  500  grms.  of  essential  oil.  This  product  has 
in  part  served  for  the  investigation  to  be  described,  along 
with  another  quantity  of  essential  oil  from  Kesanlik  which 
had  had  separated  from  it  its  stearoptene. 

77ie  Crude  Essence.- — The  German  essential  oil  obtained 
in  the  harvest  of  1890,  possesses  at  the  ordinary  tempera- 
ture the  consistence  of  butter,  has  a  light  green  colour  from 
chlorophyl,  aud  melts  at  27 '.  The  odour  is  powerful,  and 
recalls  to  some  extent  that  of  mint.  This  essence  is  finer 
than  the  Turkish  product,  and  is  composed  of  stearoptene 
and  a  liquid  oil.  It  has  no  action  on  litmus  paper  moistened 
with  alcohol,  is  easily  soluble  in  ether  and  chloroform,  but 
with  difficulty  in  alcohol  and  glacial  acetic  acid.  The 
Turkish  essential  oil  solidifies  at  the  ordinary  temperatures, 
and  melts  at  17°  to  22°.  The  melting  point  varies  more  or 
less  with  the  extent  of  stearoptene,  and  this  content  is 
independent  of  the  climate.  The  specific  gravity  of  this  oil 
oscillates  between  0-87  and  0'89.  The  other  properties 
approach  very  closely  tho*e  of  the  German  oil, 

Separation  of  the  Stearoptene. — The  German  essential 
oil  is  distilled  and  about  5  per  cent,  of  the  product  is 
collected  from  79°  to  100°.  The  residue  distilled  in  vacuo 
gives  a  fresh  portion  of  liquid,  whilst  the  stearoptene  does 
not  pass  over.  This  process  was  replaced  by  the  following, 
which,  however,  does  not  yield  the  products  distilling  below 
100°.  The  oil  is  dissolved  in  five  times  its  weight  of  alcohol 
at  from  70°  to  80°,  the  solution  is  cooled  to  0°,  agitating 
meanwhile.  The  stearoptene  is  sepaiated  by  filtration,  and 
washed  with  cold  alcohol.  The  alcoholic  solution  is 
evaporated  in  vacuo,  and  an  oil  is  thus  obtained  almost 
completely  free  from  stearoptene.  Hy  this  treatment  it  is 
possible  to  obtain  : — 

(1.)  A  product  distilling  below  100°,  obtained  by  the 
method  first  specified. 

(2.)  Elceoptene,  remaining  portion  of  the  liquid  product. 

(4.)  Stearoptene. 

The  principal  part  of  the  essence,  that  also  which  is 
aromatic,  is  the  elceoptene. 

Product  passing  over  below  100''.— This  product,  5  per 
cent,  of  the  essential  oil,  consists  of  ethylic  alcohol. 

Properties  of  the  Oil  separated  from  the  Stearoptene. — ■ 
Physical  Properties. —  This  portion  of  the  German  essential 
oil  is  coloured  a  light  green  and  has  an  odour  like  that  of  mint, 
a  specific  gravity  of  0' 891  at  11  '5°,  and  the  power  of  rotating 
the  plane  of  polarised  light  to  the  left.  It  easily  dissolves 
in  ether,  alcohol,  chloroform,  bisulphide  of  carbon,  benzene, 
petroleum  spirit,  and  glacial  acetic  acid.  The  Turkish  oil  freed 
from  stearoptene  possesses  an  odour  strongly  resembling 
that  of  mint,  is  yellowish  in  colour  and  has  a  specific 
gravity  of  0-8804  to  0-8813  at  15°.  According  to  the 
polariscope  of  Wild,  it  turns  the  plane  of  polarised  light  to 
the  left  5-4°  for  a  length  of  200  mm.  As  regards  solubility- 
it  behaves  like  the  elceoptene  of  the  German  oil. 

Chemical  Properties. — This  oil  only  contains  carbon, 
oxygen,  and  hydrogen.  It  is  neutral  and  without  action 
on  ferric  chloride.  Potash  and  an  ammoniacal  solution  of 
nitrate  of  silver  are  equally  without  action  on  the  substance. 
It  does  not  combine  with  hydroxylamine.  Consequently  it 
neither  possesses  the  phenolic,  aldehydic,  or  cetonic 
functions. 

Submitted  to  distillation  in  portions  of  20  to  30  grms., 
this  oil  passes  over  from  110°  to  120°  under  a  pressure  of 
12  mm.  (It  is  necessary  to  avoid  the  use  of  more  of  the 
product  for  distillation  than  that  mentioned,  for  a  portion 
becomes  transformed  into  a  non-volatile  substance.)  Analysis 
gave  numbers  corresponding  to  the  formula  C10HlsO. 


266 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [March si,  1892. 


The  compound  C|0H,0O,  which    Markownikoff  found  in  The  elceoptene  does  not  contain  terpenes,  and  this  extract 

the   oil    of    Bulgarian   roses,   contains   76-92   per  cent.  C,  of  the  Turkish  essential  oil  behaves  like  that  found  in  the 

12-82  per  cent.  H,    whereas  the    author  found   11  '10  to  German    oil.      Thus    they    show    the    following    physical 

1 1  •  Til  per  cent.  H  (this  Journal,  1891,  63).  constants  : — 


Specific  Gravity. 


Temperature.        Boiling  Point. 


Index  of 
Refraction. 


Molecular 
Infraction, 


Dispersion. 


Rotatory 
Power. 


The  Elceoptene  of  the  German  Essence. 


o 

0 

( 

15 

21G 

1177.5 

49-28 

12 

5 

2-S 

..       0-8837....  J 

(. 

18 

1-4719 

49-28 

12 

5 

2-S 

2nrl  fraction,  0-87S9 
oi'il  fraction.  0'8782 
4th  fraction  


The  Elceoptene  op  Tubkish  Essence. 


18 
18 

IS 


216 

217 
217 


1-4710 

1-4718 
1-4725 


4s- '.'7 
48-9S 


12-0 

11-7 
11-1 


2-7 
2-7 
2-7 


The  author  gives  the  substance  the  name  of  Rhndinol, 
and  various  compounds  of  this  body  are  now  described.  By- 
heating  rhodinol  for  three  hours  from  180°  to  120°  in  a 
sealed  tube,  with  lime  or  an  alkali,  it  is  decomposed  so  as 
to  yield  small  quantities  of  valerianic  acid,  acetic  acid,  and 
formic  acid. 

Stearoptene. — Rose  oil  contains  from  20  to  68  per  cent, 
of  this  substance,  which,  according  to  Fliickiser,  crystallises 
in  the  hexagonal  system,  boils  at  32  ■  5°  and  distils  at  about 
350°,  though  not  without  decomposition.  Its  formula 
expresses  a  carbide  C16H34,  and  on  oxidation  by  nitric  acid, 
succinic  and  oxalic  acids  are  produced  along  with  other 
acids.  The  carbide  thus  appears  to  belong  to  the  fatty- 
scries.  From  the  stearoptene  of  the  Turkish  oil  two 
carbides  were  isolated,  one  of  which  melted  at  23°  and  the 
other  at  40°,  the  German  oil  yielding  under  the  same 
conditions  a  carbide  melting  at  22°  and  another  the  melting 
point  of  which  lies  between  40°  and  41°. 

Thus,  the  conclusion  is  arrived  at  that  stearoptene  from 
rose  oils  is  a  mixture  of  different  homologous  hydrocarbons. 

The  author  confirms  the  fact  of  the  existence  of  two 
kinds  of  stearoptene  in  the  rose  oils.  The  oils  obtained  in 
cold  countries  are  richer  in  stearoptene  than  those  of  hot 
countries,  but  it  must  be  added  that  the  amount  of  stearop- 
tene varies  in  the  same  region  with  the  time  of  the  year.  The 
melting  point  of  the  rose  oil  is  shown  to  depend  upon  the 
amount  of  stearoptene  present,  that  the  melting  point  of  this 
body  is  not  always  the  same,  and  that  it  is  generally  lower 
as  the  percentage  of  the  stearoptene  increases.  The  research 
shows  that  the  Turkish  and  German  oils  are  composed 
of  three  substances :  Ethylic  alcohol,  elceoptene,  and 
stearoptene.  The  must  important  constituent  is  elceoptene, 
or  rhodinol  C|0H3O,  which  belongs  to  the  series  of  alcohols, 
C  II  -2<>.  It  is  further  shown  that  rhodinol  belongs 
to  the  methane  series.  Thus  rose  oil  can  be 
amongst  the  rare  essential  oils  which  contain  bodies  rich 
in  carbon,  and  in  which  the  chain  is  a  closed  one. 
Rhodinol  is  a  primary  alcohol.  Its  molecular  refraction 
and  absorption  for  bromine  point  to  two  ethylene  links  in 
its  chain.  Its  optical  properties  indicate  that  it  contains 
an  atom  of  assymetric  carbon.  The  production  of  terpenes 
points  to  the  position  in  the  ring  of  the  methyl  and  propyl 
groups.  The  formula  thus  derived  explains  easily  the 
transformation  of  rhodinol  first  into  limonene  and  then  into 
dipentene — 

C(C3H;)  C(C3H.) 

1TC  f\  CH  HC  /\  CH 

OH    | 

H2C  I   J)  CH 

CH(CH3) 

Limonene. 


CH(CH3) 

Rhodinol. 


The  constitution  of  Geraniol,  an  isomeride  which  behaves 
like  rhodinol,  is,  according  to  Semmler — 

CH3.CH2.CH:CH.C(CH3):CH.CH2OH 

(this  Journal,  1890,  889  and  1145).  According  to  the 
author,  the  difference  between  the  two  isomerides  lies  in  the 
positions  of  the  groups  of  methyl  and  propyl,  in  those  of 
the  double  links,  and  in  the  nature  of  the  assymetric  carbon. 


XXI.-PHOTOGRAPHIC  MATERIALS  AND 
PEOCESSES. 

Photography  in   Colours.     Labatat.      Compt.   Rend.  1891 

113,  126—129. 
The  author  has  employed  Lippmann's  method  for  photo- 
graphing in  natural  colours  (this  Journal,  1891,  483),  to 
show  that  when  colour  sensitisers  are  emplo  ved  the  maxi- 
mum effect  of  the  acting  light  corresponds  exactly  to 
absorption  spectra  of  the  dyes  used.  The  colours  experi- 
mented with  were  Cyanine  and  Victoria  green.  In  both 
cases  the  maximum  effect  was  coincident  with  the  light 
absorbed  by  the  transparent  and  sensitised  emulsion  used, 
whilst  as  in  the  previous  experiments  the  resulting  plates 
after  development  showed  complementary  colours  when 
viewed  by  direct  and  by  reflected  light  respectively.  The 
due  interpretation  of  this  result  in  relation  to  the  wave  theory 
of  light  is  discussed  in  the  paper.  Since  the  colours  on  the 
sensitive  plate,  obtained  when  any  colour  sensitiser  is 
used  indicate  the  portion  of  the  light  rays  absorbed 
by  the  plate,  it  is  unnecessaiy-  to  examine  such  sensitisers 
spectroscopically  in  order  to  ascertain  the  limits  of  tin  ir 
action. — C.  A.  K. 


The  Action  of  Light  on    Silver  Chloride.     A,  Becbamp. 
Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1891,  6,  836—840. 

The  recent  work  of  Guntz  in  this  direction  (this  Journal, 
1892,  179)  has  induced  the  author  to  recapitulate  some 
experiments  made  by  himself  in  1853. 

Pure  silver  chloride  was  exposed  under  water  to  the 
action  of  light  for  four  days,  the  water  being  frequently 
changed.  The  supernatant  liquid  soon  after  the  commence- 
ment of  the  experiment  gave  a  precipitate  with  silver 
nitrate,  and  readily  decolourised  a  solution  of  indigo.  At 
the  same  time  no  gas  was  apparently  disengaged  from  the 


Unroll  si.  1892.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


267 


chloride,  and  the  odour  of  the  water  was  somewhat  different 
from  that  of  chlorine.  Evidently  an  oxygen  compound  of 
chlorine  had  been  formed.  The  blackened  chloride  was 
afterwards  collected  and  dried.  When  fused  it  did  not 
diminish  appreciably  in  weight,  proving  the  absence  of  an 
oxychloride,  and  on  cooling  separated  into  two  layers,  the 
one  being  yellow,  transparent,  and  horny,  the  other  black 
and  porous.  From  the  loss  of  weight  undergone  by  the 
silver  chloride  during  exposure  to  light,  the  amount  of 
silver-subehloride.  Ag..('l,  present  (assuming  it  to  have  been 
formed)  was  deduced  and  found  to  be  equal  to  rather  more 
than  one-sixth  of  the  total  chloride  taken ;  and  the  author 
remarks  that  so  far  as  he  can  remember  the  relative  bulks 
of  the  horny  and  porous  layers  above  mentioned  were  in  the 
same  ratio.  Referring  to  Guntz's  discovery,  that  silver 
chloride  which  has  been  heated  in  abseuce  of  light  becomes 
reducible  by  the  oxalate  developer,  the  author  remarks  that 
by  an  investigation  of  the  action  of  solar  light  deprived  of 
its  heat  ravs,  on  silver  chloride,  an  explanation  might 
possibly  he  found  for  the  varying  influence  of  light,  trans- 
mitted by  coloured  and  uncoloured  screens,  on  silver 
chloride.— H.  T.  P. 


(Quantitative  Estimation  of  Silver  and  Gold  by  Means  of 
Hi/droj ///amine  Hydrochloride.  A.  Leiner.  Monatsh. 
1891,  12,  689—641. 

See  under  XXI If.,  page  271. 


PATENT. 


Improvements  in  or  Relating  to  Magnesium  Flash  Lights. 
1!.  lladdan,  London.  From  F.  H.  F.  Engei,  Hamburg, 
Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  7487,  April  30,  1891. 
In  this  improved  apparatus  the  magnesium  reservoir  is 
mouuted  in  such  a  manner  that  it  can  be  turned  on  the 
blowing  tube  and  so  be  brought  into  an  inverted  position 
over  cavities,  provided  for  receiving  the  magnesium  powder, 
along  the  upper  part  of  the  blowing  tube  ;  these  then  become 
charged  and  the  reservoir  is  turned  back  again  ;  any  super- 
fluous powder  being  wiped  from  off  the  blowing  tube  back 
iuto  the  reservoir  by  lateral  strips  of  packing.  A  puff  of 
air  into  the  blowing  tube  projects  the  powder  into  burning 
gas  jets  placed  abo\e,  hut  with  this  apparatus  the  cavities 
can  be  quickly  refilled  by  repeating  the  above  operations. 

— D.  A.  L. 


XXII.-EXPLOSIVES.  MATCHES.  Etc. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Explosive  Substances. 
H.  E.  Newton,  London.  From  A.  Nobel,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  5331,  April  16,  188G.     (Second  Edition.) 

This  invention  describes  "  explosives  composed  of  a  nitrate, 
chlorate,  or  perchlorate  of  the  metallic  bases  intimately 
mixed  with  nitroglycerol  or  equivalent  explosive  matter, 
but  without  the  addition  of  combustible  matter." — W.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  of  Gu?i- 

poivder   or    like   Explosives.     J.   Y.   Johnson,    London. 

From  the  "  Dynamite  Actiengesellsehaft  Nobel,"  Vienna, 

Austria.     Eng".  Pat.  6128,  April  9,  1891. 

A  smokeless  powder  is   made  by  mixing  70  —  99  parts  of 

nitro-starch  with  1 — 30  parts  of  di-  or  tri-nitroheuzene  aud 

compressing  the  powder  to  a  suitable  degree.     The  pressure 

employed  imparts  a  density  to  the  grains  which  "gives  the 

lowest  possible  pressure  of  gas  on  combustion." — W.  fil. 


Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  High  Explosives  for  Use 
in  Mining  and  for  Military  and  other  Purposes. 
J.  M.  Pollard,  Washington,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  20,448, 
November  24,  1891. 

This  invention  consists  essentially  in  the  manner  of  mixing 
chlorates  or  nitrates  and  sulphur  together.  Sulphur  is  first 
added  to  melted  paraffin  so  that  each  particle  becomes 
coated  with  the  hydrocarbon,  then  the  chlorate  or  nitrate  is 
added  and  the  incorporation  continued.  The  mass  may 
now  be  pressed  into  cartridges,  or  if  the  explosive  be  desired 
in  the  form  of  grains  it  is  granulated  while  hot  and  allowed 
to  cool  gradually,  so  that  each  particle  may  retain  its  coating 
of  paraffin  and  thus  become  waterproofed. — W.  M. 


Improvements  in  Railway  Fog  Signal  Detonators.  A. 
Kuston  and  E.  Beadle,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  21,879, 
December  15,  1891. 

In  this  signal  the  base  is  formed  with  a  recess  in  which  the 
clip  for  attaching  it  to  the  rail  is  secured  so  that  the  surfaces 
of  the  base  and  clip  lie  flush  on  the  rail.  The  top  is  also 
formed  with  a  circular  recess  for  holding  the  percussion 
caps  in  position. — W.  M. 


XXIII.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

APPARATUS. 

Composition  of  Glass  suitable  for  Chemical  Apparatus. 
E.  Weber.     Zeits.  f.  angew.  Chem.  1S91,  662—665. 

The  author,  continuing  the  investigation  he  has  been 
engaged  in  for  years,  has  examined  some  more  specimens 
of  glass  with  the  following  results: — 


Perceutas^  of 

Ratio. 

Glass. 

Si02 

Al203,re203 

OaO(UgO)  K,o 

Na,,0 

Si02 

CaO 

fK20 
(.  Na2(J 

A 

69-8(5 

1-05 

3-23 

8-86 

17-00 

15-5 

:     1 

:    4-9 

B 

74'lii 

0-40 

5-S3 

7-32 

12-21 

11-8 

:    1 

:    2-64 

C 

74-88 

1-86 

6-85 

17-70 

12-0 

:    1 

:    2-0 

D 

E 

74-43 
74-68 

0-50 
IV  50 

7-15 
6-82 

6-64 

7-62 

11-23 
10-29 

0-.3 

:    1 

:    2-0 

F 

78-63 

2-01 

7-10 

16-64 

9-5 

:    1 

:    2-0 

G 

71-23 

1-70 

16-59 

W79 

4-0 

1 

:    0-0 

II 

73-J9 

(V51. 

14-50 

a-50 

9-50 

4-7 

:    1 

:    0-8 

I 

73-20 

1-98 

9-12 

1-75 

13-95 

7-6 

:    1 

:    1-1 

J 

73-13 

1*41 

11-51 

5-66 

W06 

5-s 

:    1 

1-0 

K 

71-10 

1-90 

9-75 

6-70    10-55 

7-2 

:    1 

:    1-34 

Glass  A  was  a  fragment  of  a  finely  graduated  burette,  it 
had  become  rough  both  in  aDd  outside,  glittering  flakes 
dropped  from  it  when  it  was  gently  heated,  and  on  boiling 
for  a  short  time  with  water  it  yielded  a  solution  strongly 
alkaline  to  ordinary  indicators.  Glass  B  was  from  a  boiling 
flask  ;  this  flask  when  left  filled  with  water  for  about  four 
weeks  became  coated  inside  with  a  gelatinous  deposit,  which 
was  developed  again  by7  a  second  treatment.  In  the  two 
treatments  the  flask,  0-8  litre  capacity,  lost  0- 1G2  grm.  in 
weight.  From  the  analytical  data  it  is  presumed  that  this 
glass  must  have  been  prepared  from  a  mixture  of  100  parts 
of  sand,  14  parts  of  calcspar,  14-5  parts  of  potash,  and 
28  parts  of  soda,  a  mixture  which  cannot  yield  a  proper 
glass.     Both  this  and  the  first  glass  are  absolutely  unfit  for 


268 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [March si,  1892. 


chemical  apparatus.  Glass  C  is  a  sample  of  similar  inferior 
glass  examined  10  years  or  so  ago.  Glasses  D  and  E  are 
from  flasks  about  100  cc.  capacity,  of  Bohemian  manufac- 
ture. These  were  only  slightly  affected  by  prolonged 
exposure  to  the  air  or  to  the  fumes  of  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  when  water  was  boiled  in  them  continuously  for  six 
hours  they  lost  0-iii2  grm.  in  weight.  Glass  F  is  a  similar 
glass  examined  10  years  or  so  ago.  Glass  G  is  an  example 
of  excellent  window  glass,  glass  H  of  French  glass  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  Fresnel'a  lighthouse  lenses,  both 
characterised  by  their  high  resistance  towards  ordinary 
deteriorating  agents.  Glass  I  is  a  sample  of  "  Hohl  "  glass, 
from  which  articles  of  great  durability  have  been  manufac- 
tured. Glass  J  ic  a  similar  good  glass  examined  in  1879. 
It  seems  that  what  is  required  is  more  lime  and  less  alkali 
in  glasses  for  chemical  purposes,  and  the  author  is  of 
opinion  that  much  might  be  done  in  improving  matters  in 
this  direction  without  fear  of  increasing  the  cost  of  pro- 
duction on  account  of  decreased  fusibility.  Glass  K  is  an 
example  of  a  glass  which  the  author  has  obtained  for  some 
years  ;  it  resists  the  action  of  air  and  acid  fumes  well,  and 
loses  only  very  slightly  in  weight  on  boiling  with  water  or 
dilate  acid;  thus  a  100  cc.  flask  of  this  glass  only  lost 
iiii  is  after  boiling  water  in  it  six  hours  continuously.  This 
glass  is  decidedly  less  readily  fusible,  but  nevertheless  does 
not  present  any  special  difficulty  to  be  overcome  in  its 
manufacture. — D.  A.  L. 


A  Mixer  and  Didder  for  Ore  Samples,  and  small  Sampling 
Machine.     11.  L.  Bridgman.     Eng.  and  Mining  J.  1892, 
275. 
Tins   apparatus  (Fig.  1)  entirely  obviates   the  tedious  and 

Fig.  1. 


frequently  inaccurate  methods — usually  with  oil  cloth  and 
spatula — now  in  general  use,  for  mixing  and  dividing  the 
ground  samples  of  ore,  matte,  slag,  and  other  similar 
material.  An  experience  of  several  months  has  shown  a 
very  decided  improvement  in  accuracy,  speed,  and  general 
convenience  over  the  old  way. 

The  operation  is  as  follows : — The  ground  material  is 
introduced  into  the  large  covered  funnel  (mixer),  the  outlet 
being  first  closed  by  thumb  or  finger,  as  may  be  most 
convenient.  Funnel  and  contents  are  then  well  shaken  for 
a  few  minutes,  and  then,  with  open  outlet,  passed  to  and 
fro  over  the  set  of  distributing  funnels  (divider)  and  bottles, 
as  shown.  With  very  finely  ground  or  very  light  material 
the  flow  may  be  assisted  by  a  slight  shaking  or  tapping 
with  the  hand.  The  little  skill  necessary  is  readily 
acquired. 

The  mixer  will  also  be  found  very  useful  for  the  prompt 
and  thorough  mixing  of  crucible  assay  charges  and  all  other 
work  of  similar  character. 

To  test  the  efficiency  of  the  mixer,  a  lot  of  6  assay  tons 
of  litharge,  3  assay  tons  of  soda  and  J  assay  ton  of  argols 
was  taken,  well  shaken,  divided  by  weight  into  three  lots  of 
3j  assay  tons  each,  and  these  charges  fused  separately  in 
crucibles.  The  resulting  lead  buttons  weighed  53-436grms., 
53-41G  grms.,  and  53 '398  grins,  respectm  h  . 

The  ore  sampling  machine  is  shown  in  Fig.  2.  Its 
particular  field  of  usefulness  is  the  quick  and  certain  cutting 
down  of  the  miscellaneous  small  samples  (from  5  lb.  to 
500  lb.  in  weight)  that  are  constantly  being  received  by  all 
assay  offices.     Tt  is   applicable  for  anything  from  the  fines 


assay  pulp  to  crushed  material  of  one-half  inch  or  more  in 
size.     It   is  a  very  decided  improvement   over  any  of  the 

Fig.  2. 


present  methods  of  quartering,  or  cutting  down  with  sample 
shovel  or  tin  sampler. 

In  operation,  the  material  is  fed  either  by  hand  or  (with 
large  lots)  from  a  suitably  supported  bucket  into  the  funnel 
F,  the  divider  1)  being  first  set  in  rotation  by  hand,  clockwork, 
or  any  convenient  power.  The  divider  gives  eight  cuts  to  the 
revolution,  four  being  delivered  to  the  funnel  1,  and  four  to 
the  receptacle  2 :  that  is,  with  uniform  flow  and  speed, 
cutting  the  material  in  half.  The  divider  may  easily  run 
100  revolutions  per  minute,  giving  in  that  time  800  cuts,  a 
very  much  greater  distribution  and  division  than  can  be 
secured  in  any  other  way.  The  rejected  sample  passes 
down  the  outlet  to  O.,,  both  into  suitable  vessels.  The 
retained  portion,  should  it  be  too  large,  may  be  cut  again 
and  again  until  of  suitable  size.  The  operation  is  very 
accurate  and  very  rapid,  being  about  as  fast  as  the  material 
will  flow  through  a  1-in.  spout. 


IN  O  N  G  A  XI  < ;  CHE  MIS  TR  Y.— 
QUALITATIVE, 

Volatility  of  Nickel  in   Presence  of  Hydrochloric  Acid. 
P.  Schiitzenberger.     Compt.  Rend.  1891,  113,  177—179. 

See  under  X.,  page  213. 


Behaviour  of  Tricalcium  Phosphate  towards  Carbonic 
Acid  and  Ferric  Hydroxide.  G.  v.  Georgievics. 
Monatsh.  1891,  12,  566—581. 

See  under  XV.,  page  254. 


INORGANIC    CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

The  Direct  Determination  of  Aluminium  in  Iron  and  Steel. 
T.  M.  Drown  and  A.  G.  McKenna.  Technology  Quarterly, 
1891,  4,  220—227. 

The  unsatisfactory  nature  of  most  methods  for  the  direct 
determination  of  aluminium  in  presence  of  iron  and  phos- 
phoric acid,  and  the  sharpriess  with  which  the  two  latter  can 
be  estimated,  have  led  chemists  to  rely  mainly  upon 
processes  in  which  the  aluminium  is  obtained  by  difference. 
But  in  examining  modern  alloys  which  ma}7  contain  only  a 
fraction  per  cent,  of  aluminium,  nothing  short  of  its  direct 
determination  can  be  satisfactory. 

The  authors  have  found  that  it  is  possible  to  remove  iron 
by  electrolysis  from  its  acid  solution  using  a  current  that  in 
no  way  affects  the  aluminium  present.  The  essential 
condition  of  success  is  the  use  (as  proposed  for  other 
purposes  by  Dr.  Wolcott  Gibbs)  of  mercury  as  a  cathode, 
the  iron  forming  an  amalgam  with  the  mercury  as  fast  as  it 
is  deposited  from  solution.  Preliminary  experiments  made 
to  test  the  completeness  of  the  deposition  of  iron  showed 
an  apparent  loss  notwithstanding  that  the  iron  was  com- 
pletely removed  from  solution.     This  was  found  to  be  due 


March  Si  1892.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


269 


to  the  volatilisation  of  mercury  on  drying  before  weighing. 
To  free  the  mercury  completely  from  moisture  it  is  only 
necessary  to  heat  it  for  about  two  minutes  at  a  temperature 
of  100°  C.,  and  in  this  time  the  loss  is  very  small.  It  is, 
however,  advisable,  in  cases  where  the  process  is  used  to 
determine  iron,  to  have  a  blank  beaker  in  the  circuit 
containing  only  mercury  and  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  to 
adil  any  loss  winch  may  be  found  iu  this  beaker  to  the 
amount  found  in  others  in  the  series.  The  best  conditions 
for  the  rapid  precipitation  of  the  iron  are  a  strong  current 
(about  2  amperes  or  20  cc.  of  electrolytic  gas  a  minute),  a 
marly  neutral  solution  of  small  bulk,  a  large  amount  of 
mercury  (not  less  than  50  times  the  weight  of  the  iron  to 
be  precipitated),  and  a  large  anode  of  platinum.  The 
mercury  cathode  is  brought  into  the  circuit  by  means  of  a 
platinum  wire  enclosed  and  fused  into  one  end  of  a  glass 
tube,  which  passes  through  the  liquid.  It  is  of  advantage 
to  pour  mercury  into  this  tube  to  the  depth  of  an  inch,  in 
order  to  weight  it  and  make  the  connexion  with  the  mercury 
cathode  more  stable.  10  grms.  of  iron  can  be  precipitated 
in  10  to  15  hours.  The  iron  amalgam  may  contain  as  much 
as  10  per  ceut.  of  iron.  After  long  exposure  to  air,  the  iron 
separates  out  as  a  black  powder,  which  may  be  removed  by 
agitation  with  water.  The  mercury  may  be  purified  by 
filtration  through  chamois  leather,  and  then  passing  air 
through  ii. 

Secondly,  the  authors  find  that  under  the  foregoing 
conditions  manganese  in  solution  is  partly  reduced  to  the 
metallic  state  (forming  an  alloy  with  the  mercury)  and 
partly  oxidised  to  the  dioxide  which  coats  the  platinum 
anode. 

Thirdly,  as  to  the  influence  of  phosphoric  acid  on  the 
deposition  of  iron.  Duplicate  experiments  made  with  and 
without  addition  of  phosphoric  acid  (hydrogen  di-sodium 
phosphate)  showed  that  its  presence  did  not  affect  the 
deposition  of  the  iron,  and  further,  that  the  phosphoric  acid 
in  solution  could  afterwards  be  accurately  determined  by 
precipitation  with  magnesium  mixture. 

Fourthly,  as  to  the  separation  of  iron  and  aluminium 
solutions  containing  known  amounts  of  both  (as  sulphates) 
were  electrolysed,  and,  after  the  iron  had  been  deposited  and 
estimated,  the  aluminium  was  precipitated  by  ammonia. 
The  results  were  entirety  satisfactory. 

Finally,  the  following  process  is  recommended  in  the 
examination  of  iron  or  steel.  Dissolve  5  to  10  grms.  of 
the  sample  in  sulphuric  acid,  evaporate  until  white  fumes 
of  sulphuric  anhydride  begin  to  come  off,  add  water  and  heat 
until  all  the  iron  is  in  solution,  filter  off  silica  and  carbon,  and 
wash  with  water  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid.  Make  the 
filtrate  nearly  neutral  with  ammonia,  and  add  to  the  beaker  in 
which  the  electrolysis  is  to  be  made  about  100  times  as  much 
mercury  as  the  weight  of  iron  or  steel  taken.  The  bulk  of 
the  solution  should  be  from  300  to  500  cc.  Pass  a  current 
of  about  two  amperes  over  night.  Iu  the  morning  test  for 
iron,  and,  if  necessary,  continue  the  electrolysis  after  adding 
nearly  enough  ammonia  to  neutralise  the  acid  set  free. 
Finally,  remove  the  solution  from  the  beaker  with  a  pipette 
while  the  current  is  still  passing.  When  as  much  has  been 
removed  as  possible  without  breaking  the  current,  add  water, 
and  continue  the  operation  until  the  acid  has  been  so  far 
diluted  that  there  is  no  danger  of  dissolving  iron  from  the 
mercury.  Take  the  anode  out  and  wash  the  mercury. 
After  filtering  (to  remove  any  flakes  of  Mn02)  add  sodium 
phosphate  in  excess,  and  10  grms.  of  sodium  acetate.  Make 
nearly  neutral  with  ammonia  and  boil  for  40  minutes.  The 
precipitate  of  aluminium  phosphate  is  then  filtered  off, 
ignited,  and  weighed.— D.  E.  .T. 


Oh  a  New  Hydrate  of  Copper,  and  on  the  Preparation 
of  Pure  Nitrogen.  A.  Le  Due.  Compt.  Bend.  1891, 
113,  71-72. 
By  carefully  watching  what  happens  in  the  preparation  of 
pure  nitrogen  by  means  of  copper,  the  author  has  been  led 
to  discover  a  new  compound  of  copper  with  hydrogen.  This 
new  compound  has  nothing  in  common  with  the  compound 
discovered  by  Wurtz,  which  is  formed  in  the  cold  and 
disappears  entirely  at  about  60°.     This,  on  the  other  hand, 


is  formed  at  a  dull  red  heat  by  direct  union  of  its  elements, 
and  shows  only  traces  of  dissociation  at  a  bright  red  heat. 
It  is,  therefore,  analogous  to  the  alkaline  hydrides  discovered 
by  Troost  and  Hautefeuille. 

In  preparing  pure  nitrogen  (in  order  to  determine  its 
density),  the  author  as  usual  passed  pure  dry  air  through 
a  tube  of  Bohemian  glass  containing  copper  turnings  heated 
to  a  red  heat.  He  found  it  was  important  to  earrv  out  this 
operation  at  a  somewhat  dull  red  heat ;  also  to  have  near  the 
further  end  of  the  tube  about  10  cm.  of  oxidised  turnings. 
Several  experiments  in  which  the  tube  was  raised  to 
incandescence,  showed  that  these  oxidised  turnings  at  the 
end  were  completely  reduced,  and  the  nitrogen  formed  in 
these  experiments  had  (like  lieguault's)  too  low  a  density. 
The  explanation  lay  iu  the  fact  that  the  copper  used  had 
first  been  oxidised,  and  then  reduced  in  a  current  of 
hydrogen  in  order  to  give  it  a  clean  surface.  This  was  shown 
to  be  the  case  by  the  following  experiment. 

The  tube  containing  the  copper  filings  was  heated  to  a 
bright  red  heat  in  the  middle  and  to  300°  towards  the  ends  ; 
a  current  of  hydrogen  was  passed  for  two  hours,  and  the 
copper  was  then  allowed  to  cool  in  the  gas.  In  the  parts  of 
the  tube  which  had  been  heated  to  a  dull  red  heat  there 
was  formed  a  large  quantity  of  a  substance  of  a  beautiful 
hjTacinth-red  colour,  partly  on  the  metal  itself  and  partly  on 
the  top  of  the  tube.  A  current  of  carbonic  acid  was  after- 
wards passed  through  the  cold  tube,  and  the  gas  on  leaving 
was  completely  absorbed  by  potash  ;  the  tube  was  then 
gradually  raised  to  incandescence.  The  gas  now  ceased  to 
be  completely  absorbed,  and  in  a  quarter  of  an  hour  over 
20  cc.  of  gas  was  collected,  which  proved  to  be  hydrogen 
mixed  with  a  small  quantity  of  carbonic  oxide,  formed  by 
the  reducing  action  of  hydrogen  upon  carbonic  acid. 

The  author  is  convinced  that  the  hydrogen  in  the  above 
substance  is  really  combined  with  the  copper,  and  not 
merely  absorbed  by  it. — D.  E.  J. 


New  Method  of  Examining  Chrome  Yellows.     M.  Lachaud 
and  C.  Lepierre.      Bull.  Soc.  Chim.   1891,  6,  235—237. 

The  authors  have  shown  that  chromateof  lead  on  treatment 
with  dilute  solutions  of  potash  become  decomposed,  accord- 
ing to  the  equation — ■ 

2  PbCr04  +  2  KHO  = 
PbCrOj.PbO  +  KXrO.,  +  H20  . 

On  this  reaction  the  following  analytical  process  is  based. 
Two  grms.  of  the  lead  chromate  are  well  shaken  in  a 
flask  with  20  cc.  of  binomial  potash  solution  (112  grms.  of 
Kill )  per  litre).  The  mixture  is  diluted  with  distilled  water, 
and  the  solution  is  decanted  or  filtered  from  the  residual 
basic  chromate.  The  excess  of  potash  in  the  solution  is 
determined  by  titration  with  sulphuric  acid  in  presence  of 
phenolphthaiein,  the  latter  part  of  the  titration  being 
performed  with  very  dilute  acid  iu  order  to  observe  the 
transition  point  more  exactly.  From  the  amount  of  potash 
neutralised  by  the  chromic  acid  extracted  from  the  original 
pigment,  the  total  amount  of  normal  lead  chromate  can  be 
calculated.  The  process  is  recommended  for  simplicity  and 
rapidity.— G.  H.  B. 


The  Action  of  Light  on  Silver  Chloride.      A.  Bechamn, 
Bull.  Soe.  Chim.  1891,  6,  836—810. 

See  under  XXL,  page  2GG. 


On  the  Colorimetric  Determination  of  Iron  by  Means  of 
the  Sulphocyanate  and  other  Coloured  Compounds  of 
the  Metal.  J.  Kibau.  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1821,  6,  916 
—920. 

A  method  of  estimating  small  quantities  of  iron  (especially 
in  blood)  has  been  proposed,  which  is  based  on  transforming 
it  into  the  sulphocyanate  and  comparing  in  a  colorimeter 
the  solution  thus  obtained  with  a  standard  solution  containing 
a  known  quantity  of  the  sulphocyanate.  The  author  has 
examined  the  accuracy  of  the  method  by  means  of  a 
Duboscq  colorimeter.      Iu   using  this  instrument   (and  all 


270 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  si,  1892. 


others  of  the  same  type)  a  certain  assumption  is  made. 
Calling  the  amounts  of  the  colouring  matter  contained  in 
the  two  solutions  to  be  compared  p  and  p„  and  the  depths 
of  two  columns  of  the  respective  solutions  which  appear  of 
me  colour  e  and  elt  then  it  is  usually  assumed 
that — 

P   =  1 
p,       e 

Tu  order  to  test  the  reliability  of  the  method  it  is  sufficient 
to  see  whether  experiment  shows  that  this  relation  is  true. 

A  series  of  solutions  of  ferric  chloride  was  prepared 
containing  regularly  decreasing  amounts,  p0,  p1,  p.:,  p ,,.  &c. 
of  iron,  so  that — 


*-§.»■ 


P-\  &c. 

2 


To  the  original  solution  (from  which  the  others  were  pre- 
pared by  successive  dilutions  with  water)  a  large  excess  of 
ammonium  sulphocyanate  was  added  in  order  to  diminish 
the  dissociation  which  the  dilution  with  water  might  be 
expected  to  produce.  The  first  solution  (p0)  contained 
O-O0O1  grm.  of  iron  per  cc;  the  fifth  (p4)  contained 
0-0000063  grm.  per  cc.  The  solutions  were  compared  in 
pairs  and  the  depths  (e0,  e,,  e.2,  &c.)  required  to  produce 
equality  of  tint  were  uoted.  The  results  show  a  wide 
divergence  from  the  values  required  by  the  relation — 

P.  =  eJ 

Pi  B 

(Thus,  e.g.,  in  comparing/),  and  p4,  the  ratio  between  e4  and 
c,  was  found  to  be  14-8,  whereas  according  to  the  theory  it 
should  be  =  8.)  This  divergence  is  most  marked  when  the 
solutions  compared  are  of  very  unequal  concentration.  The 
discrepancy  is  due  to  progressive  dissociation  of  the  sulpho- 
cyanate by  water.  The  method  is  therefore  unreliable 
excepting  when  the  two  solutions  to  be  compared  are  of  the 
same  composition  and  strength  ;  and  in  practical  colorimetry 
it  is  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  fulfil  these  conditions. 

The  author  has  endeavoured  to  obtain  better  results  by 
transforming  the  iron  salt  into  acetate  (both  neutral  and 
acid),  and  also  into  alkaline  tartrate  of  iron,  but  without 
success.  The  neutral  acetate  decomposes  in  the  cold  in 
about  24  hours,  depositing  a  basic  acetate  ;  and  the  addition 
of  acetic  acid  scarcely  mends  matters.  Dilute  solutions  of 
the  alkaline  tartrate  lose  their  colour  spontaneously  in  the 
light.— D.  E.  J. 


The  Composition  of  the  Atmosphere :  a  New  Gravimetric 
Mi  thod  for  ascertaining  the  Same.  A.  Leduc.  Compt. 
Bend.  1891,113,  129—132. 

The  method  adopted  for  ascertaining  the  gravimetric  com- 
position of  the  air  is  a  modification  of  that  proposed  by 
Brunner,  and  consists  in  absorbing  the  oxygen  contained  in 
a  known  weight  of  air  by  means  of  phosphorus  and  weighing 
tlit-  residual  nitrogen.  Full  details  are  given  of  the  pre- 
cautions taken  to  avoid  all  possible  sources  of  error.  The 
method  is  considered  more  exact  than  that  of  Dumas  and 
Bousingault  inasmuch  as  any  error  arising  from  the 
occlusion  of  hydrogen  by  the  copper  used  in  their  method 
is  avoided.  Two  analyses  made  at  intervals  of  six  days 
gave  23-244  and  23-208  per  cent,  of  oxygen  by  weight, 
whilst  Dumas  and  Bousingault  found  23  per  cent,  of 
This  corresponds  to  21-02  per  cent,  of  oxygen 
by  volume,  a  result  agreeing  with  that  obtained  by  the 
author  from  a  comparison  of  the  specific  gravities  of 
and  nitrogen. — C.  A,  K. 


Monatsh.  1891,  12, 


a-Orthostannic  Acid.     {•.    Xeumann. 
515—523. 

The  author  attempted  to  isolate  germanium  from  the 
mother-liquors  cf  commercial  tin-salt,  but  without  success ; 
in  the  course  of  these  experiments  a  cousiderable  quantity 
of  stannic  chloride  was   prepared,  and  the  boilius  point  of 


this  compound  was  found  to  be  114°,  under  a  pressure  of 
760  mm.  When  a  solution  of  stannic  chloride  containing  a 
large  quantity  of  ammonium  sulphate  is  treated  with  a 
small  quantity  of  an  aqueous  solution  of  hydrogen  sulphide, 
a  white  precipitate  is  produced;  this  precipitate  has,  when 
air-dried,  the  composition  SnO.:,  2  HJ  i.  "i  Sn  ( >H)4,  and  is 
readily  soluble  in  hydrochloric  acid,  so  that  it  must  be 
regarded  as  the  hydrate  of  a-stannic  acid.  The  same 
compound  is  obtained  when  a  solution  of  stannic  chloride 
is  treated  with  an  alkaline  sulphate  alone. — F.  S.  K. 


Estimations  in  Alkaline  Solution  by  aid  of  Hydrogen 
Peroxide.  P.  Jannasch  and  1!.  Niederhofheim.  Ber. 
1891,    2-1,    3945—3947.     (See   also  this  Journal,  1891, 

659  and  1037.) 

Separation  of  Zinc  and  Manganese. — The  mixture  of 
sulphates  dissolved  in  50  cc.  of  water  in  a  platinum  dish 
had  added  to  it  10  cc.  of  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  cyanide 
of  potassium,  and  then  10  cc.  of  a  25  per  cent,  caustic 
potash  solution;  the  whole  was  stirred  until  the  precipitate 
was  almost  completely  dissolved.  The  manganese  was  now 
precipitated  with  50 — 60  cc.  of  hydrogen  peroxide  solution. 
The  w-hole  was  heated  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  on  the 
water-bath,  and  then  filtered.  The  filtrate  was  saturated 
with  hydrochloric  acid  on  account  of  the  nitrate  of  soda 
contained  in  the  hydrogen  peroxide,  taken  to  dryness  in  a 
porcelain  dish  and  heated  to  110° — 115J ;  the  zinc  was  then 
precipitated  in  hydrochloric  acid  solution  of  the  residue  so 
obtained  (silica  being  filtered  off)  with  sodium  carbonate 
and  determined  as  oxide. 

Since  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  remove  all  the  potash 
from  the  manganese  precipitate,  it  is  advisable  to  re-dissolve 
in  dilute  nitric  acid  in  presence  of  a  small  quantity  of 
oxalic  acid,  and  re-precipitate  with  hydrogen  peroxide  in 
ammoniacal  solution. 

It  is  mentioned  that  copper,  in  slightly  ammoniaoal 
solutiou,  containing  only  small  quantities  of  ammonia  salts, 
is  precipitated  quantitatively  by  excess  of  hydrogen  peroxide, 
and  methods  for  the  separation  of  copper  and  zinc,  and  also 
of  copper  and  nickel,  are  in  progress. — T.  L.  B. 


The  Estimation  of  the  Inorganic  Constituents  of  Raw 
Sugars.  Alberti  and  Hempel.  Zeits.  Kubenzucker  Ind. 
1891,27,85—91. 

See  page  273. 


Calculation  of  Slag  Components.     G.  Murray.     Eng.  and 
'Mining  J.  1892,  281. 

From  a  given  set  of  ores  which  maybe  made  into  combina- 
tions such  that  there  may  be  a  division  into  three  or  more 
classes,  in  Xo.  1  metallic  basic,  Xo.  2  earthy  basic,  X'o.  3 
acid,  it  is  required  to  take  of  each  such  quantities  as 
combined  will  give  a  mixture  containing  its  components  in 
desired  proportion. 

Let  the  proposed  mixture  be  such  that  there  shall  be 
a,  FeO  metallic  bases,  6,  L'aO  earthy  bases,  and  c,  Si(  I,  acid 
components,  the  whole   —  100  lb.,  so  that  the  letters "mav 

expie-s  pciecut.iLr.  -  :   from  this  we  have — 

Total  FeO  =  -  Sit ) .  and  \  CaO 
c         -  b 

Take  an  ordinary  example :  Let  the  composition  of 
required  slag  be  40  per  cent.  FeO,  20  per  cent.  CaO,  40  per 
cent.  SiOj,  in  the  sense  above  taken.  X*o.  (1)  as  above, 
30  per  cent.  FeO,  5  per  cent.  Call,  20  per  cent.  SiOa 
No.  2,  3  per  cent.  FeO,  50  per  cent.  CaO,  4  per  cent.  SiO., 
X*o.  3,  6  per  cent.  FeO,  2  per  cent.  CaO,  60  per  cent.  Si(  i, 
weight  of  charge  to  be  1,000  lb. 

Denote  quantity  of  XTo.  1  by  r,  of  Xo.  2  byy,  take  1001b 
of  Xo.  3. 


Mmch8!,i892.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


271 


Making  the  first  term  of  an  equation  regarding  FeO 
components,  the  second  siliceous,  wa  have — 

0-30  J.-  +  6  +  0'03y  =  (0-501/  +0-05  x  +  2)  a  •  "  =  2. 

.v  =  4'Soy  -  10 

0-30J  +  6  +  0-03#  =  (0-20  x  +  0'04y  +  60)  -  •  -  =  1. 

x  =  540  +  0-1  y  =  4-$5y  -  10 
4 '75  y  =  550.  y  =  118 

x  +  y  +  No.  3  ore  =  770 
1,000-*-  770  -  1-3 
118  x  1-3  =  152;  552  x   1-3  =  717;    100  x   1-3  =  130; 
total,  1,000. 

Amounts  of  FeO,  CaO,  SiO.:  contained  iu  the  above  are 
respectively  227,  227,  and  114,  which  relate  to  each  other 
as  required.  The  total  is  partly  equal  to  the  weight  of  slag 
in  charge  =  568  lb. 

Were  the  quantities  of  FeO,  CaO,  Si02  in  the  generally 
constant  quantity  of  coke  used  in  place  of  those  in  No.  3 
ore,  the  amounts  of  .r,  y  deducted  from  1,000,  we  should 
have  the  difference  only  to  obtain  in  x,  y,  and  No.  3  ore. 
On  finding  these  and  adding  likes  to  likes,  we  have  the 
amounts  of  the  components  in  proportion  required. 

In  practice,  the  above  is  not  used  in  its  entirety,  small 
pi  rcentages  of  some  elements  being  discarded,  and  in  cases 
rj  constant  ore  simple  factors  taking  its  place 
altogether. 


The  Estimation  of  Oxygen  Dissolved  in  Water. 
M.  A.  Adams.     Proc.  C'hem.  Soc.  105,  1 — 2. 

The  author  describes  an  apparatus  in  which  the  estimation 
of  oxygen  in  water  by  Schiitzenberger's  method  may  be 
carried  out  so  as  entirely  to  avoid  the  loss  of  oxygen,  or* 
diffusion  or  its  entry.  The  essential  feature  is  a  cylindrical 
laboratory  vessel  about  350  ce.  in  capacity,  20  cm.  long, 
and  5  cm.  in  diameter,  provided  with  four  small  lateral 
tubulures  midway  from  the  closed  ends,  By  means  of 
these  it  is  attached  to  two  burettes,  one  containing  the 
indigo  carmine,  the  other  hyposulphite  solution,  and  also 
to  a  mercury  reservoir  and  to  a  Y"tuhe,  one  branch  of 
which  is  connected  with  a  supply  of  the  water  to  be 
examined,  the  other  serving  as  an  outlet  for  the  water. 
The  tubes  are  all  controlled  by  pinchcocks.  The  water 
and  the  liquids  for  titration  are  sucked  into  the  vessel  by 
lowering  the  mercury  reservoir,  and  are  subsequently  dis- 
charged by  raising  it  again ;  the  tubes  passing  into  the 
vessel  from  the  burettes  are  provided  with  india-rubber 
valves  which  prevent  either  reflux  or  diffusion  taking  place 
into  the  burettes. 

The  author  then  refers  to  the  peculiar  irregular  manner 
in  which  the  action  is  known  to  take  place,  and  describes 
his  own  observations,  giving  the  results  both  of  experi- 
ments nude  in  the  manner  directed  by  Schiitzenherger  and 
in  the  indirect  manner  recommended  by  Roscoe  and  Lunt 
(this  Journal,  1889,729—732).  From  the  results  he  con- 
cludes that  in  estimating  oxygen  by  the  Schiitzenherger 
process,  the  result  obtained  is  liable  to  differ  according 
to  the  rate  at  which  the  determination  is  effected,  it  being 
always  higher  when  the  titration  is  quickly  performed. 


Quantitative  Estimation  of  Silver  and  Gold  by  Means  of 
Hydroxylamine  Hydrochloride.  A.  Lainer.  Monatsh. 
1891,12,639—641. 

Hviihoxyi.amine  hydrochloride,  in  presence  of  potash,  is 
eminently  suitable  as  a  reagent  for  the  quantitative  deter- 
mination of  silver  in  silver  nitrate,  silver  sodium 
thiosulphate,  and  silver  potassium  cyanide,  and  also  for  the 
complete  reduction  of  chloride,  bromide,  and  iodide  of  silver. 
Special  experiments  showed  that  the  presence  of  organic 
acids,  such  as  citric  acid,  does  not  prevent  the  precipitation 
of  silver  by  hydroxylamine  hydrochloride  and  potash.  For 
separating   silver   from   other  metals,  such  as  copper,  for 


example,  it  is  first  precipitated  as  chloride,  and  the  washed 
precipitate  reduced  to  metal  by  boiling  it  with  an  aqueous 
solution  of  hydroxylamine  hydrochloride  and  potash. 

Hydroxylamine  hydrochloride  alone  precipitates  gold 
from  a  solution  of  auric  chloride  in  the  cold,  but  on  warming 
reduction  takes  place  much  more  readily;  this  reaction  may  be 
very  conveniently  employed  for  the  separation  of  gold  from 
solutions  of  the  chlorides  of  the  alkalis  and  alkaline  earths. 
In  presence  of  potassium  cyanide,  gold  is  not  precipitated 
from  a  solution  of  auric  chloride  on  addition  of  hydroxyl- 
amine hydrochloride  and  potash,  but  it  is  completely 
precipitated  from  a  solution  of  auric  chloride  containing 
sodium  thiosulphate. 

The  above  methods  may  be  suitably  employed  for  the 
recovery  of  silver  and  gold  from  photographic  residues, 
commercial  "  reducing  salt  "  being  used  instead  of  pure 
hydroxylamine  hydrochloride.  -F.  S.  K. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUALITATIVE. 

The  Qualitative  Reactions  of  Vegetable  Lubricating  Oils. 

Solde.    Mitt,  konig.  techn.  Versuchs.  1891,294—302. 
The    author   has   investigated   various    reactions    for    the 
identification  of  various  lubricating  oils  and  the  detection  of 
their  commonest  impurities. 

(a.)  Rape  Oil. — The  detection  of  rape  oil  in  such 
lubricating  oils  as  olive  oil,  has  been  alleged  to  be  possible 
by  means  of  the  sulphur  which  it,  in  common  with  other 
oils  of  the  cruciferse,  is  said  to  contain.  The  usual  method 
for  this  purpose  consists  in  saponifying  the  oil  and  testing 
the  product  with  a  lead  or  silver  salt.  According  to 
Schiidler,  however,  cold  pressed  rape  oil  is  free  from  sulphur, 
while  Benedikt  states  that  other  oils  that  have  been  extracted 
by  carbon  disulphide,  contain  sulphur.  Schweissinger 
failed  to  find  sulphur  in  a  large  number  of  samples  of 
genuine  rape  oil,  a  result  in  accordance  with  the  author's 
experience.  Schneider's  method  for  detecting  as  little  as 
2  per  cent,  of  rape  oil  in  olive  oil,  which  consists  in 
dissolving  one  volume  of  the  oil  in  two  volumes  of  ether, 
and  shaking  the  solution  with  20  to  30  drops  of  a  saturated 
alcoholic  solution  of  silver  nitrate,  was  found  quite 
unreliable.  The  method  proposed  by  Villavechia  and 
Fabris,  consisting  in  treating  10  cc.  of  the  oil,  previously 
saponified,  with  2  cc.  with  a  solution  of  silver  nitrate  and 
10  cc.  of  dilute  nitric  acid,  also  proved  unreliable,  as  the 
dark  ring  which  is  supposed  to  form  between  the  two  layers 
into  which  the  liquid  divides,  appeared  as  readily  with  olive 
oil  as  with  rape  oil. 

(6.)  Cotton-Seed  Oil.  —  Of  the  various  forms  of  the 
Bechi  test,  which  is  too  well  known  to  need  description,  that 
devised  by  Milliau  alone  proved  of  value.  Five  per  cent, 
of  cotton-seed  oil  gave  a  chocolate-brown  colouration,  while 
pure  rape  oil  and  olive  oil  yielded  only  a  yellow  solution. 
The  author  confirms  the  statement  of  Dieterich  (Helfen- 
berger  Annalen,  1890,  2)  that  cotton-seed  oil,  after  being 
heated,  may  fail  to  give  the  reaction.  One  of  the  two  samples 
examined  gave  a  comparatively  feeble  colouration  after  it 
had  been  heated  to  240°  C,  while  the  other  yielded  no 
perceptible  result.  The  process  proposed  by  Hirschsohn, 
which  depends  on  the  production  of  a  red  colouration  with 
gold  chloride  in  chloroformic  solution,  was  also  tried  and 
condemned.  The  same  remark  applies  to  the  use  of  nitric 
acid  of  sp.  gr.  1  ■  37,  which  is  supposed  to  give  a  coffee- 
brown  colouration.  By  shaking  1 — 2  cc.  of  the  oil  with  an 
equal  volume  of  nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1-41  somewhat  better 
results  were  obtained.  The  colouration  was  red-brown  in 
the  case  of  pure  cotton-seed  oil,  and  dirty  yellow  with  pure 
olive  oil,  becoming  brownish  on  standing.  Refined  rape 
oil  gave  a  brown  colouration.  20  per  cent,  of  cotton-seed 
oil  could  be  detected  in  olive  oil,  but  10  per  cent,  was  not 
recognisable  with  certainty.  The  method  has  therefore  a 
certain  utility  as  a  preliminary  test.  The  tests  proposed  by 
Peters  of  warming  equal  volumes  of  the  oil  and  acid 
together,  and  observing  the  colour  of  the  solidified  product, 
proved  valueless. 


2?  2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  si, I89ss. 


(r.)  Sesame  Oil. — The  well-known  s agar  test  was  found 
to  he  of  value.  The  author  carries  it  out  by  shaking  about 
of  hydrochloric  aciil  of  sp.gr.  1-19  with  a  pinch  of 
powdered  sugar,  adding  about  double  the  volume  of  oil  and 
again  shaking.  0-5  per  cent,  to  1  per  cent,  can  be  thus 
,1,  tected.  Pure  olive  oil,  rape  oil,  and  hemp  oil  gave  only  a 
yellowish  colouration.  The  colouration  should  be  observed 
immediately  after  the  separation  of  the  acid,  as  a  solution 
of  sugar  in  hydrochloric  acid  itself  becomes  reddish-brown 
on  standing.  Crace  Calvert's  method  depending  on  the  use 
of  a  mixture  of  nitric  and  sulphuric  acid  gave  unsatisfactory 
results. 

(d.)  Drying  Oils. — The  method  proposed  by  Benedikt, 
which  consists  in  immersing  a  clean  copper  wire  in  a 
mixture  of  2  ee.  of  nitric  acid  and  5  cc.  of  the  oil  to  he 
tested,  and  stirring  with  a  glass  rod,  proved  ineffective 
when  tried  with  linseed  oil,  no  pink  colouration  of  the 
wire  being  observed.  With  regard  to  hemp  oil,  15enedikt's 
method  of  treatment  with  hydrochloric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1  ■  19 
or  with  nitric  acid  sp.  gr.  1  •  IS,  which  are  said  to  give  a 
green  colour,  and  the  te^t  with  a  mixture  of  sulphuric  acid 
and  nitric  acid  mentioned  by  the  same  chemist,  proved  too 
uncertain  for  useful  application. 

(e.)  Bridle's  Reaction  for  Seed  Oils. — This  reaction, 
which  consists  in  warming  10  cc.  of  the  oil  to  be  tested  with 
0-1  of  the  gim.  of  powdered  albumen  and  2  ce.  of  nitric 
acid,  which  was  stated  to  be  of  general  applicability,  was 
also  found  to  be  useless  for  the  detection  of  seed  oil  in 
olive  oil. 

(/.)  Fish  Oils. — The  reaction  for  the  detection  of  fish 
oils  bj  means  of  syrupy  phosphoric  scid  has  been  already 
found  valueless  by  Schadler  and  Grittner. 

<:i.)  Minerals  Oils. — The  method  already  described  by 
the  author  (Mittheilungen,  1890,  22)  was  further  te.-ted.  It 
was  found  that  in  the  presence  of  only  small  proportions  of 
mineral  oil  (0'5  to  2  per  cent.)  the  turbidity  which  first 
appears  on  the  addition  of  water  sometimes  disappears  on 
dilution,  the  mineral  oil  being  dissolved  in  the  soapy  liquid. 
(h.)  Rosin  Oil. — The  method  given  in  the  Mittheilungen 
1890,  19  (this  Journal,  1890,419),  for  the  detection  of 
rosin  oil  by  means  of  sulphuric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1 '  624,  suffices 
for  the  examination  of  olive  and  rape  oil.  Morawsky's 
reaction  (this  Journal,  1SS9,  572)  is  also  available  in  the 
absence  of  rosin.     (Compare  this  Journal,  1891,  661.) 

It  appears  from  these  results  that  qualitative  reactions 
for  the  detection  of  adulterants  in  oils  are  of  very  limited 
utility,  seeing  that  those  tried  the  sugar  test  for  sesame  oil 
was  the  only  one  of  undoubted  reliability.  This  is  not  sur- 
prising when  the  fact  that  the  reactions  probably  depend 
on  unessential  constituents  of  the  oils  is  considered. — B.  B. 


On    some      Colour    Reactions     of    the     Carbohydrates. 
G.  Bertrand.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1891,  6,  259—261. 

When  a  glucose  is  gently  heated  with  concentrated  hydro- 
chloric acid  containing  a  small  quantity  of  phloroglucol  a 
yellow  colour  is  developed  which  passes  rapidly  to  orange 
red.  Ultimately  a  dirty  red  precipitate  forms  and  the 
solution  becomes  partially  decolourised.  The  reaction 
proceeds  in  the  cold,  but  requires  several  hours  for 
completion.  Analogous  reactions  have  been  described  bj 
various  authors,  who  have  also  employed  orciuol  and  o- 
naphthol  instead  of  phloroglucol;  but  the  author  considers 
that  erroneous  interpretations  were  given  to  the  reactions, 
and  instances  the  fact  that  Wiesner  considered  a  violet 
colouration  given  by  gum  arahic  with  hydrochloric  acid  aid 
orciuol  to  be  due  to  the  presence  of  a  diastase.  The  author 
finds  that  the  red  colouration  is  given  by  this  reaction  with 
all  the  glucoses  and  substances  furnishing  glucose  by 
hydration,  but  it  is  always  necessary  to  use  tne  concen- 
trated acid,  as  dilution  diminishes  the  numher  of  substances 
susceptible  of  the  reaction.  Many  of  the  phenols  can  be 
substituted  for  phloroglucol,  and  the  employment  of  orciuol 
is  the  more  instructive,  as  the  colouration  varies  with  the 
molecular  condensation  of  the  sugar  to  he  examined  ;  thus 
the  colour  is  violet-blue   with   arabinose  and  xylose  of  the 


five  carbon  atom  class  and  orange-red  with  glucoses  con- 
taining six  carbon  atoms.  The  author  believes  these 
reactions  are  attributable  to  certain  furfurol  derivatives 
which  are  produced  under  the  conditions  of  the  experi- 
ment. The  following  colour  reactions  were  obtained  with 
orciuol  and  hydrochloric  acid  : — 

1.  Orange-red  solution :  glucose  (by  Soxhlet's  method), 
glucose  (from  cellulose),  galactose,  mannose,  levulose, 
sorbin,  saccharose,  lactose,  maltose,  raffinose,  melizitose, 
strehyose,  trehalose,  isodulcite,  glycogen,  inulin,  levulin, 
potato  starch,  rice  starch,  dextrin,  achroo-dextrin,  amygda- 
line,  salicin,  hesperidin. 

2.  Violet-blue  solution :  arabinose,  xylose,  cherry-tree 
gum,  and  other  natural  gums.  Gum  arabic  and  gum 
Senegal  give  a  violet-red  colour. 

3.  Xo  colouration:  xylite,  sorbite,  dulcite,  mannite, 
perseite,  inosite,  pinite,  bergenite.  saccharin  (of  Peligot). 

— G.  H.  B. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUANTITATIVE. 

The  Detection  of  Saccharine.     1).  Vitali.     L'Orosi  14,  109. 

Three  different  methods  are  given.  In  each  case  the 
saccharine  is  first  isolated  in  the  usual  waj'  and  then  tested 
for  by  one  of  the  methods. 

1 .  The  substance  is  heated  in  a  tube  with  three  to  four 
times  its  volume  of  slaked  lime.  Ammonia,  calcium  car- 
bonate, calcium  sulphate,  and  phenol  are  therein"  formed. 
The  latter,  condensing  in  the  colder  parts  of  the  tube,  may 
be  detected  by  a  new  colour  test  devised  by  the  author.  A 
few  crystals  of  potassium  chlorate  are  carefully  added  to  a 
few  cc.  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  A  drop  of  this 
placed  on  a  porcelain  tile,  and  touched  with  a  glass  rod 
which  has  been  moistened  with  the  distilled  product, 
produces  when  phenol  is  present  a  green  colour,  which 
changes  to  an  intense  blue, 

-J.  When  the  substance  is  treated  with  concentrated  sul. 
phurie  acid,  benzoic  acid  is  produced. 

3.  By  heating  with  caustic  soda,  ammonia,  salicylic  acid, 
and  sulphuric  acid  are  produced. — J.  C.  C. 


On  Graphites.     W.  Luzi.     Ber.  1891,  24,  4085— 4095. 

It  has  been  known  for  a  considerable  time  that  graphite 
puffs  up  when  boiled  for  a  lengthened  period  with  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid,  then  washed,  dried,  and  ignited.  The 
following  reagents  and  mixtures  of  reagents  have  been 
used  by  various  authors  to  produce  the  result,  viz.,  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid,  a  mixture  of  the  same  with  concen- 
trated nitric  acid,  a  mixture  of  sulphuric  acid  with  potassium 
bichromate,  and  a  mixture  of  sulphuric  acid  with  potassium 
chlorate.  The  present  author  finds  concentrated  nitric  acid 
to  act  perfectly  well  alone  ;  a  mixture  of  sulphuric  acid  and 
potassium  permanganate  is  also  recommended.  A  quicker 
method,  however,  is  to  moisten  the  graphite  on  platinum 
foil  with  fuming  nitric  acid  and  then  to  heat  to  redness  in 
the  Bunsen  rlarne.  In  this  manner,  by  taking  pieces  of 
graphite  of  the  size  of  peas,  products  may  be  obtained  on 
which  the  structure  of  the  formation  is  easily  examined. 
These  transformed  pieces  of  graphite  float  on  water,  alcohol, 
and  ether  for  weeks,  and  evacuation  of  the  flask  in  which 
pieces  were  floating  on  water  did  not  produce  a  sinking  of 
the  particles.  A  low-power  microscope  reveals  the  crystal- 
line nature  of  the  inner  surfaces.  This  shortened  method 
of  treating  graphite  has  resulted  in  a  revelation  of  the  fact 
that  two  classes  of  natural  graphites  exist,  the  members  of 
the  one  class  showing  the  putting  up  with  the  treatment 
mentioned,  the  members  of  the  other  class  showing  no 
puffing  up  whatever. 

Belonging  to  the  first  class  are  :  — 

Graphite  from  Ticondcroga,  New  York. 

Ceylon  graphite. 

Norwegian  graphite. 

Graphite  from  Quebec. 
Belonging  to  the  second  group  are:— 

Graphites  from  l'assau,  Siberia,  New  Mexico,   Saxony, 
The  Fichtelgehirge,  and  also  "electric  "  graphite. 


March  si.  1899.]     THE   JOURNAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


273 


The  author,  conceiving  the  idea  that  there  might  he  a 
difference  in  constitution  between  the  two  classes,  made 
analyses  of  members  of  each  class,  but  no  essential  differ- 
ence in  composition  could  be  detected,  and  it  would  seera 
that  two  different  modifications  of  carbon  are  here  in 
question. — T.  L.  H. 


.-1    Method  for   the   Alkalimetric   Estimation    of  Phenol. 
K.  liader.     Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  1892,  31,  58—60. 

The  author  has  found  that  phenol  in  solution  in  water  may 
be  titrated  with  normal  caustic  soda,  using  as  an  indicator 
an  alcoholic  solution  of  symmetrical  triuitrobenzene.  This 
solution  is  made  by  dissolving  as  much  triuitrobenzene 
(melting  point  122°)  as  will  lie  on  the  point  of  a  knife  in 
5(1  cc.  of  absolute  alcohol  and  filtering,  this  solution  has  a 
slight  yellow  tinge  and  is  acted  upon  by  light,  so  it  is  best 
to  prepare  fresh  solution  from  time  to   time.     Not  more 

tl '_' — 3  drops  must  be  used  for  each  titration,  and  excess 

of  alkali  gives  a  reddish-yellow  colouration.  The  results 
from  this  method  are  from  £  to  |  per  cent,  too  high.  The 
author  gives  several  examples.  As  regards  the  application 
of  the  method  to  the  titration  of  the  homologues  of  phenol 
with  ortho-  and  meta-cresol,the  results  are  somewhat  unsafe, 
whilst  para-eresol  gives  at  once  a  troublesome  yellow  colour 
with  caustic  soda.  The  author  thinks  the  method  -would 
give  good  results  with  catechol  and  its  isomerides. — J.  C.  C. 


The    Testing    of   Inks.     Zeits.    Anal.    Chem.    1892,    31 
116—120. 

A  nokjial  ink  is  first  prepared  by  dissolving  23 '4  grins, 
of  tannin  and  7'7  grms.  of  crystallised  gallic  acid  in  water 
at  50'  C.|  and  adding  to  it  a  solution  of  ±0  grms.  of  gum 
arabic,  10  grms.  of  hydrochloric  acid  containing  2 "5  grms. 
of  HC1,  a  solution  of  30  grms.  of  sulphate  of  iron,  and 
1  grm.  of  carbolic  acid ;  the  whole  is  diluted  to  1  litre  and 
allowed  to  stand  for  four  days  and  the  clear  solution  poured 
off.  To  this  normal  ink  colouring  matter  is  added  to  get 
the  required  tint.  The  ink  to  be  tested  having  stood  for 
three  days  is  uncorked  and  50  cc.  is  taken  out  from  the 
centre  of  the  liquid  and  filtered  through  a  small  tine  filter- 
paper  ;  25  cc.of  the  filtrate  are  placed  in  a  cylindrical  vessel, 
the  neck  is  closed  loosely  with  filter-paper,  and  the  liquid  is 
allowed  to  stand  for  some  time  in  diffused  light  and  in  con- 
tact with  air  free  from  ammonia  and  acid;  if  after  14  days 
there  is  a  deposit  on  the  walls  of  the  vessel  the  ink  is 
unsatisfactory. 

In  order  to  test  the  darkening  qualities  of  the  ink  a  sheet 
of  the  best  white  writing  paper  is  stretched  on  a  frame 
and  placed  at  an  angle  of  45°,  then  a  little  of  the  unfiltered 
ink  is  allowed  to  run  down  the  surface  from  a  glass  tube  and 


iVem  Method  for  the  Determination  of  Phenol.     L.  Carre. 
Compt.  Rend.  1891,113,  139—141. 

The  method  consists  in  converting  the  phenol  into  picric 
acid,  and  then  determining  the  quantity  of  the  acid  formed 
coloriinetrically.  The  solution  to  be  tested  should  be  dilute; 
if  strong  it  must  be  diluted  to  10  times  its  original  strength. 
25  cc.  of  the  liquid  are  placed  in  a  small  flask  containing 
5  cc.  of  nitric  acid,  and  the  mixture  heated  on  the  water- 
bath  for  1 — 2  hours.  The  colouration  at  the  end  of  the 
heating  is  compared  with  that  given  by  solutions  of  phenol 
of  known  strength  heated  with  the  same  quantity  of  nitric 
acid  for  exactly  the  same  length  of  time.  The  method  is 
rendered  more  accurate  by  adding  20  cc.  of  caustic  soda 
solution  after  the  heating  and  making  up  the  solutions, 
both  tests  and  standards,  to  50  cc.  In  this  case  the 
solution  must  be  filtered  if  necessary.  In  presence  of 
small  quantities  of  alcohol  the  heating  on  the  water-bath 
must  he  continued  for  a  sufficient  length  of  time  to 
volatilise  the  alcohol ;  if  larger  quantities  are  present  the 
solution  must  be  diluted  first  so  as  to  prevent  the  formation 
of  nitrous  ether.  If  the  phenol  is  impure  it  must  be  heated 
with  the  nitric  acid  until  all  tarry  matters  are  destroyed. 
Two  results  given  show  the  accuracy  of  the  method. 

— C.  A.  K. 


form  a  streak  on  the  paper.  Another  streak  of  the  first 
ink  is  formed  in  the  same  way  by  the  side  of  the  second  and 
both  are  allowed  to  dry ;  then  if  they  compare  favourably 
both  inks  are  diluted  with  an  equal  volume  of  water  and  fresh 
streaks  are  made,  allowed  to  dry,  and  compared.  Further, 
the  paper  may  be  cut  into  strips  across  the  streaks  and 
treated  with  water,  85  per  cent,  alcohol  and  59  per  cent. 
alcohol  for  two  days,  after  drying  they  are  again  compared. 
To  test  the  fluidity  the  ink  is  allowed  to  flow  from  an 
oval  spreader  and  the  width  of  the  streak  measured.  The 
tendency  to  blot  may  be  observed  in  the  first  test.  The 
stickiness  is  tested  by  putting  bits  of  paper  on  the  dried 
ink  or  by  the  hand. — J,  C.  C, 


The  Estimation  of  the  Inorganic  Constituents  of  Raw 
Sugars.  Alberti  and  Hempel.  Zeits.  Hiibenzucker  Ind. 
1891,  27,  85—91. 
In  practice,  the  ash  of  sugars  is  usually  determined  by  the 
"  sulphate "  process,  one-tenth  being  deducted  from  the 
weight  of  the  sulphated  ash,  to  allow  for  the  increase  due  to 
the  conversion  of  carbonates,  &c,  into  sulphates.  The 
authors  point  out  that  the  results  thus  obtained  are  liable  to 
serious  errors,  and  are  not  even  comparable  amongst  them- 
selves, owing  to  the  variable  composition  of  sugar  ash,  and 
to  the  fact  that  mechanically  introduced  impurities,  such  as 
sand,  are  often  present.  Apart  from  this  consideration, 
however,  it  is  now  becoming  generally  recognised  that  the 
organic  non-sugars  influence  to  a  far  greater  extent  than  the 
mineral  constituents  of  any  given  raw  sugar,  the  production  of 
uncrystallisable  molasses  during  refining.  The  non-sugars 
are  usually  estimated  by  difference  (100  — ash,  —water, 
—  cane  sugar)  ;  and  the  authors  contend  that  the  numbers 
thus  obtained  are  always  too  low,  because  the  ash,  even  when 
directly  determined  (without  previous  sulphation)  contains 
something  (CIV)  not  present  as  such  in  the  original  sugar. 
The  following  process  is  recommended  in  order  to  overcome 
this  difficulty.  6 — 7  grms.  of  coarsely  powdered  quartz- 
sand  are  ignited  in  a  platinum  dish,  and  after  cooling,  the 
whole  is  weighed.  5  grms.  of  sugar  (in  the  case  of  molasses, 
3  grms.)  are  then  added  and  well  mixed  with  the  sand  by 
stirring  with  a  platinum  wire.  The  dish  and  contents  are 
subsequently  ignited  in  a  platinum  muffle  in  the  usual  way. 
By  this  means  the  carbon  dioxide  is  completely  expelled 
from  the  ash,  whilst  the  sulphates  and  chlorides  originally 
present  are  not  appreciably  decomposed.  The  weight  of 
ash  found,  therefore,  accurately  represents  the  total  mineral 
matter  present  in  the  sugar.  A  large  number  of  duplicate 
ash  determinations  made  by  the  "  sulphate"  and  "sand" 
processes,  as  well  as  a  series  of  complete  analyses  of  sugars 
are  given,  showing  the  variations  in  the  percentages  of 
organic  non-sugars  caused  by  adopting  either  the  one  or  the 
other  ash  result. — H.  T.  P. 


On  the  Estimation  of  Sugars  by  Osfs  Copper  Solution. 

M.   Schmoeger.      Zeits.    Kiibenzueker    Ind.     1892,    28, 

23—27. 

The    author,   in    general,  confirms    the    advantages   over 

Fehling's  solution  claimed  by  Ost  for  his  cupric  potassium 

carbonate    solution    (this    Journal,    1890,  825    and    1160; 

1891,  858).     In  the  case  of  dextrose  and  invert  sugar  the 

agreement  between  duplicate  determinations  is  very  good, 

and  the  results  are  practically  identical  with  those  of  Ost. 

With  milk-sugar  the  results  are  not  quite  so  satisfactory, 

1   and  in    this   case  the   use  of    Fehling's    solution  is  to  be 

preferred.      Ost's  solution  is,  however,  particularly  to    be 

recommended  for    the    estimation  of    small    quantities    of 

invert  sugar  in   presence  of   much    cane    sugar,  since  the 

1   latter   has    only    a    very   slight   reducing    action    on    the 

I   reagent.     The  weaker  solution  (3-6  grms.  of  CuS04.5H2U 

!   per  litre)  is  most   suitable  for   the    purpose.      There   are, 

however,  several  drawbacks  to  the  use  of    Ost's  solution. 

In  presence  of  calcium  salts  the  precipitated  cuprous  oxide 

will  contain  calcium  carbonate.     According  to  the  author 

this  difficulty  may  be    got  over  by  precipitating  the  lime 

with  potassium  oxalate,  and  after  filtration  using  the  clear 


2M 


THE  JOURNAL,  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY     [March  si,  iraa, 


filtrate  for  analysis.  Another  disadvantage  is  that  Ost's 
stronger  solution  when  boiled  with  water  or  a  sugar  solution, 
deposits  a  brown  film  of  cupric  oxide  on  the  side  of  the 
beaker.  This  film  ordinarily  weighs  from  1 — 2  mgrms. 
The  weaker  solution  gives  no  such  deposit  even  on  pro- 
longed  boiling.  As  regards  the  keeping  qualities  of  the 
reagent,  the  author  finds  that  the  stronger  solution  after 
several  months  (sometimes  weeks)  storage  in  closed  bottles 
deposits  a  distinct  blue  sediment  consisting  chiefly  of  a 
copper  silicate,  the  silicic  acid  being  derived  from  the 
glass  which  was  strongly  attacked.  Ost's  weaker  solution 
remains  unaltered  under  similar  conditions. — H.  T.  P. 


The  Melting  Poi)ils  of  Mixtures  of  Hydrocarbons. 
L.  Vignon.     Compt.  Uend.  1S91, 131,  133— 13G. 

See  under  III.,  page  235. 


On  the  Solution  of  Bismuth  ( 'hloride  in  Saturated  Solutions 
of  Common  Salt,  and  on  Basic  Salicylate  of  Bismuth. 
li.  Gausse.     Compt  Rend.  1891, 113,  547—549. 

See  under  XX.,  page  262. 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

The  Flow  of  Water,  Petroleum,  and  Mineral  Oil  through 
Tubes.     H.  Merczyng.     Cheni.  Zeit.  Kep.  1891, 15,  223. 

When  liquids  flow  through  tubes  two  cases  occur.  If  the 
liquid  passes  through  capillary  tubes,  the  fluidity  of  the 
body  is  calculated  after  Poirseuille's  formula  — 


Q  = 


8k 


a  being  equal  to  the  working  pressure  (the  difference 
between  the  pressure  at  the  beginning  and  end  of  tube), 
r  =  radius,  k  =  constant  of  friction.  This  formula  only 
holds  good  for  tubes  up  to  1  mm.  diameter,  and  where  the 
length  exceeds  the  diameter  40  times.  In  practice,  to 
determine  the  fluidity  of  any  liquid,  being  given  the  diameter 
of  the  tube  and  the  pressure  used,  the  formula — 


Q  =  7    ^/ 


can  be  made  use  of  where  y  is  an  experimentally-obtained 
constant,  which  alters  in  a  certain  proportion  to  the  rate  of 
outflow  of  the  liquid. 

The  temperature  of  the  liquid  on  flowing  out  is  of  impor- 
tance, as  it  alters  the  viscosity  and  friction  coustant, 
greatly  decreasing  the  latter  as  the  temperature  rises.  In 
practical  work  the  rise  of  temperature  due  to  movement  of 
the  liquid  through  tubes  in  the  case  of  water,  petroleum, 
and  mineral  oil  may  be  neglected  in  the  calculation. 
Krussel's  experiments  gave  the  following  results,  one  kilo, 
of  liquid  flowing  through  the  tube  per  second  : — 


Temp. 

Under 

Water, 
a  Pressure  of  Kilos. 

Petroleum. 

Spec.  Grav.  0"823. 

Under  Pressure  of  Kilos. 

0-70 

1-40 

2-11 

2'81 

n-711 

1'40 

2-11 

2-S1 

10° 

5-25 

3-75 

3 '25 

2-75 

6-50 

4\3 

3-75 

3-25 

25° 

6-1 

8-75 

8-0 

2'6U 

6'0 

4-25 

3-5     1     3-1 

40° 

5-0 

35 

SO 

2-00 

5"9 

4-25 

8-5         'i» 

Temp. 

Solar  Oil. 
Spec.  Grav.  0-886. 

Under  Pressure  of  Kilos. 

Mineral  Oil. 

Spec.  Brav.  0-885. 

Under  Pressure  of  Kilos. 

0'7n 

1-40       2'11 

2-S1 

0-70 

l-lil 

2-11 

2-sl 

10° 

12-0 

7'25 

5-0 

4'25 

1S-5 

10-25 

7-85 

G-25 

25° 

8-25 

5-0 

3'9 

3-36 

ll'O 

«-2S 

4-50 

3-75 

40° 

7'25 

t"  75 

3-75 

3-0 

V5 

5-0 

373  ;     3-25 

Temp. 


Lubricating  Oil. 

Spe  ■.  Grav.  0-912. 

Under  Pressure  of  Kilos. 


Mineral  Oil  Residue. 

Spec.  Grav.  0-9117. 

Under  Pressure  of  Kilos. 


0"70       l-lii       2-11 


10° 

25° 
40° 


IUii-5 
61-0 
20-25 


-1 


Ml 


LTM 


85-0 
44-5 
1V25 


66-5 

21-0 
WO 


43-0 
1775 
8-0 


186-5 

!lf23 

72-5 

36-5 

22-0 

11-73 

65-0 
20-75 
8-0 


45-25 

17 --'5 

C-25 


-E.  F.  H. 


Magnesium  Nitride.     V.  Merz.     lier.  24,  3940—3944. 

Magnesium  nitride,  Mg,X;,  ma}-  be  prepared  in  the  form 
of  a  light  yellow  mass,  becoming  darker  on  heating,  by 
passing  pure  dry  nitrogen  over  magnesium  powder,  previously 
carefully  dried,  and  strongly  heated  by  a  compound  Buusen 
burner.  It  may,  however,  be  obtained  more  readily  and  at 
a  lower  temperature  by  substituting  ammonium  for  nitrogen. 
The  gas  must  be  dried  with  great  thoroughness  by  passage 
through  long  absorption  tubes  of  caustic  potash  and  lime, 
and  the  powdered  magnesium  must  be  equally  free  from 
moisture.  Hydrogen  is  evolved  in  almost  the  calculated 
amount,  and  the  magnesium  nitride  obtained  corresponds  to 
the  formula  Mg3N,,,  sundry  samples  prepared  by  the  author 
containing  nearly  27  per  cent,  of  nitrogen  as  against  28  per 
cent,  demanded  by  theory.  A  small  proportion  of  the 
magnesium  attacks  the  glass  of  the  combustion  tube,  and 
therefore  absorbs  no  nitrogen.  Only  traces  of  hydrogen 
were  recognised  in  the  author's  preparation. — B.  B. 


A  Mode  of  Formation  of  Sulphide  Minerals.     E.  Chuard. 
Compt.  Kend.  1890,  113,  194—196. 

The  work  of  Daubree  (Compt.  Kend.  1875,  80,  461) 
illustrates  the  manner  of  formation  of  a  number  of  sulphide 
minerals,  such  as  galena,  pyrites,  tetrahedrite,  by  the  aid  of 
sulphuretted  waters,  but  such  a  method  of  formation  cannot 
well  have  been  universal,  and  examination  is  here  entered 
into  of  objects  of  the  bronze  period  found  in  the  Swiss  lake 
districts.  Bronze  objects  embedded  actually  in  the  mud 
have  been  found  to  be  coated  very  thinly  with  a  substance 
which  proves  to  contain  : — 

Per  Cent. 

Sulphur 27-09 

Tin .3117 

Iron Sl'05 

Copper 33-97 

— T.  L.  B. 


Physiological  Research  on  Carbon  Monoxide.    N.Grehant. 
Compt.  Kend.  1891, 113,  289—290. 

See  under  XVIII.— B.,  page  260. 


On   Certain   Capillary   Phenomena   and   the    Spheroidal 
Stale.     E.  Gossart.     Compt.  Kend.  1891, 113,  537— 540. 

The  author  has  measured  by  means  of  Le  Chatelier's 
pyrometer  the  minimum  temperature  at  which  a  plate  will 
support  a  liquid  in  the  spheroidal  state.     In   the  case  of 


March  81,1898.]     THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


275 


platinum,  which  cannot  he  satisfactorily  polished,  he  has 
always  found  that  Boutigny's  values  are  correct.  Hut  on 
well-polished  gold  and  silver  he  has  found  globules  remain  in 
the  spheriodal  state  decidedly  below  their  point  of  ebullition 
(e.g.  water  on  a  plate  at  80). 

He  also  tiuds  that  durable  spheroids  (in  all  respects  like 
those  of  Leidenfrost)  can  he  obtained  by  introducing  into  a 
liquid,  lying  on  a  polished  support,  drops  of  another  liquid 
of  greater  density  aud  superficial  tension.  Such  is  the  ease 
with  mercury  in  water,  alcohol,  saline  solutions,  &c,  on 
polished  gold.  The  gold  remains  unattracted  for  about 
half  au  hour,  and  there  is  no  electrical  contact  between  the 
plate  and  the  drop.  The  mobility  of  the  spheroid  shows 
that  it  is  in  a  condition  different  from  that  of  a  drop  of 
mercury  in  free  air. — D.  E.  J. 


$.t\J3  ^oofesi. 


Reactionen.  Fine  Auswahl  in  Pharrnaceutiseher  Hinsicht- 
wichtiger  Praparate  der  organischen  Chemie,  in  ihrem 
Yerhalten  zu  der  Gebrauchlichsten  Keagentien.  Von  F. 
_\.  li.i  i  -kikes.  1892.  Berlin:  R.  Gaertner's  Yerlags- 
buehhandlung,  Hermann  Heyfclder,  Schiinebergerstrasse, 
26,  S.W.  London  :  H.  Grevel  &  Co.,  33,  King  Street, 
Covent  Garden. 

A  sm  m.l  compact  work  on  the  Qualitative  Determination  of 
the  more  important  pharmaceutical  preparations  and  com- 
pounds of  Organic  Chemistry.  It  contains,  besides  the 
author's  Preface,  a  List  and  definition  of  the  most  commonly 
employed  reagents,  the  temperature  being  15°  C.  The  text 
covers  163  pages,  and  at  the  close  is  an  Alphabetical  Index 
of  substances  treated  of.  The  book  is  bound  in  cloth. 
Price  4s. 

Besides  the  reactions  for  the  vegeto-alkaloids,  the  newer 
coal-tar  medicaments  are  fully  treated,  aud  we  note  amongst 
these  the  following  : — Antifebrin,  Antipyrine,  Betol.  Phenol, 
Quinoline,  Cocain,  Cumarin,  Ecgonine,  Exalgin,  Guaiacol 
(wood-tar),  Isonaphthol,  Iodol,  Methacetin,  Methyl- 
acetanilide,  Naphthalene,  Naphthol,  Phenacetin,  Phenyl- 
dihydroquinazoline,  Phenyldimethylpyrazolone,  Propyl- 
metacresol,  Pyridine,  Resorcinol,  and  Saccharine,  &c. 


Handwoeterbuch  der  Pharmacie.  Praktisches  Hand- 
bueh  fur  Apotheker,  Arzte,  Medicinalheamte  und 
Drogisten.  Herausgegeben  vox  A.  Brestowski.  Zwei 
Bande.  Wien  und  Leipzig,  Wilhelm  Braumuller,  K.U.K. 
Hof- und  Universitats-Buchhandler.  18VI2.  Erscheint  in 
circa  24  Lieferungen  zu  je  5  Bogeu,  Lex,  8.  London  : 
H.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  Covent  Garden. 

This  new  Dictionary  of  Pharmacy,  brought  out  under 
the  best  auspices,  is  being  issued  in  parts  of  large  8vo. 
size,  bound  in  paper  covers.  The  price  of  each  part 
is  2  ■  40  M.,  or  about  2s.  5d.  It  contains  80  pages  of 
Subject-matter,  commencing  with  Aachen  and  ending  with 
Aiiu/l(tlhnho!,  and  counts  amongst  contributors  the  names 
of  such  men  as  Arnold,  von  Buchka,  Eisner,  B.  Fischer, 
Hellmanu,  Jolles,  Virehow,  and  Waage.  The  methods  of 
preparation  of  the  various  drugs  and  chemicals  described 
are  given  with  great  clearness  and  precision,  space  being 
at  the  same  time  economised  to  the  utmost. 

The  contributors  whose  names  appear  along  with  the 
Editor's  on  the  cover  of  each  part,  are  41  in  number,  and 
consist  of  the  best  known  pharmacists  aud  pharmaceutical 
chemists  in  Germany  and  Austria. 


Chemical  Calculations,  with  Explanatory  Notes, 
Problems,  and  Answers.  Specially  adapted  for  use 
in  Colleges  and  Science  Schools.  By  R.  Lloyd 
Whiteley,  F.I.C.,  Lecturer  on  Dyeing  and  Assistant 
Lecturer  and  Demonstrator  in  Chemistry  in  the 
University  College,  Nottingham.  London  :  Longmans, 
Green  and  Co.  New  York:  15  East  16th  Street. 
1892. 

Professoe  Clowes  writes  a  preface  to  this  little  work,  in 
which  he  points  out  that  laboratory  students  will  find  a  most 
useful  and  convenient  explauatiou  of  the  methods  of 
calculating  the  results  of  specific  gravity  determinations, 
analyses,  and  of  atomic  and  molecular  weight  determina- 
tions. We  are  further  told,  and  wisely  so,  that  it  is  not 
written  for  candidates  for  any  special  examinations,  but  for 
the  general  equipment  of  students  of  chemical  science.  The 
little  work  is  not  confined  to  mere  problems  for  calculation 
with  answers  appended,  but  each  division  of  the  subject  is 
prefaced  by  definitions,  explanations,  aud  fundamental  data, 
so  that  based  on  these  and  in  view  thereof  the  student  can 
then  attempt  the  solution  of  the  problems. 

The  subject  is  divided  as  follows  :  —  Atomic  Weights. 
Miscellaneous  Data.  Metric  System.  Conversion  of 
Thermometric  Scales.  Density  and  Specific  Gravity. 
Calculation  of  the  Percentage  Composition  of  a  Compound. 
Calculation  of  Empirical  FormuUe  from  percentage  compo- 
sition. Influence  of  Temperature  aud  Pressure  upon  the 
Volume  of  Gases.  Calculations  depending  upon  Chemical 
Equations.  Combination  of  Gases  by  Volume.  Calculation 
of  the  Results  of  Quantitative  Analysis.  Atomic  Weights 
Determinations.  Simple  Calculations  in  Gas  Analysis. 
Absorption  of  Gases  by  Liquids.  Determination  of  the 
Molecular  Weights  of  Compounds.  Calorific  Power  and 
Calorific  Intensity.  Answers  and  Appendix.  The  Alpha- 
betical Index  closes  the  little  work,  which  comprises  100 
pages  of  Subject-matter  illustrated  by  nine  woodcuts 
representing  apparatus.     Price  2s. 


The  Tannins.  A  Monograph  on  the  History,  Preparation, 
Properties,  Methods  of  Estimation,  and  Uses  of  the 
Vegetable  Astringents,  with  an  Index  to  the  Literature  of 
the  Subject.  By  Henry  Teimble,  Ph.  M.,  Professor  of 
Analytical  Chemistry  in  the  Philadelphia  College  of 
Pharmacy.  Volume  I.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott 
Company.  1892.  London  :  H.  Grevel  &  Co.,  33,  King 
Street,  Covent  Garden. 

Octavo  volume,  bound  in  green  cloth  and  containing 
Preface,  Table  of  Contents,  and  Subject-matter,  divided 
into  two  parts.  Part  I.  General,  and  Part  II.  Gallotannic 
Acid.  In  the  Preface  the  author  states  that  the  title  of  his 
monograph  "  might  well  have  been  A  Century  of  Tannin, 
as  just  about  one  hundred  years  have  elapsed  since  tannin 
first  became  recognised  as  a  distinct  substance,  or  class  of 
substances,  as  we  now  express  it."  The  text  covers  165 
pages,  and  is  sub- divided  as  follows: — Part  I.  General 
Description  of  the  Tannins.  Section  I.  The  Discovery 
of  the  Tannins.  II.  General  Character.  III.  The  Detec- 
tion aud  Estimation  of  the  Tannins.  Part  II.  Gallo- 
tannic Acid.  Sectiou  I.  Sources.  II.  History.  III. 
The  Preparation  and  Purification  of  Tannic  Acid.  IV.  The 
Properties  of  Tannic  Acid.  V.  The  Composition  and 
Constitution  of  Tannic  Acid.  Then  follow  an  Index  to  the 
Literature  of  the  Tannins,  Index  of  Authors,  Index  of 
Titles  with  Authors  and  Sources,  and  List  of  Books  con- 
taining notable  chapters  on  the  Tannins.  In  the  former 
Index  the  Journal  of  this  Society  figures  prominently  from 
the  year  1885,  in  connexion  with  the  names  of  Bertram 
Hunt,  K.  L.  Whiteley,  and  especially  Henry  R.  Procter. 
Two  or  three  well-executed  woodcuts  representing  apparatus 
for  the  analytical  determination  of  tannin  adorn  the  text. 


276 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [March  si, U92, 


A.Mi.ix-iiiiwAitz.  Unci  Seine  Anwendung  in  Farberei 
und  Zeugdruck.  von  Dr.  E.  Xokltinc;  uud  Dr.  A. 
Lehne.  Mit  11  Abbildungen  im  Text  und  32  Zeugdrnck- 
mustern  und  Ausfarbungen  auf  4  Tafeln.  1892.  Berlin  : 
Verlag  von  Julius  Springer.  Monbijouplatz  3.  London  : 
H.  Grevel  &  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  Covent  Garden. 

Large  8vo.  volume,  appropriately  bound  in  black  cloth, 
and  containing  Preface,  Table  of  Contents,  text  covering 
10G  pages,  followed  by  an  Alphabetical  Index  of  Subject- 
matter,  one  of  names  of  authors,  and  4  sheets  of  dyed  and 
printed  specimens  in  illustration  of  matter  in  the  text. 
The  text  is  embellished  with  11  well  executed  wood 
engravings,  and  comprises  the  following  sub-divisions  : — 
Historical  Introduction.    Theory  of  the  Formation  ol  Aniline 


Black.  The  Greening  of  Aniline  Black.  Employment  of 
Aniline  Black  in  Printing.  I.  Aniline  Black  in  Powder. 
II.  Formation  of  Aniline  Black  on  the  Tissue.  Employ- 
ment of  Aniline  Black  in  Dyeing.  Investigation  of  the 
most  important  Kaw  Materials  as  follow: — I.  Aniline.  II. 
Aniline  Salts.  III.  Chlorate  of  Potash.  IV.  Chlorate  of 
Soda.  V.  Potassium  Bichromate.  VI.  The  Testing  and 
Investigation  of  Aniline  Black  Dyes. 

It  is  shown  in  the  Preface  that  this  work,  originally 
designed  to  demonstrate  the  invalidity  of  the  Grawitz 
Patents,  has  now  become,  with  certain  additions,  an  impor- 
tant and  useful  treatise  in  itself,  and  hence  whilst  the 
useful  in  it  is  now  as  much  as  possible  made  prominent  the 
polemical  is  allowed  to  die  out.     The  price  of  the  work  is  8s. 


Crane  Import* 


TARIFF  CHANGES  AND  CUSTOMS  REGULATIONS. 

(From  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal.) 

New  Spanish  Customs  Tariff.* 

Statement  showing  the  Rates  of  Import  Duty  to  be  levied  in  Spain  under  the  New   Spanish  Tariff,  compared  with  the 
Rates  of  Duty  hitherto  leviable  on  Imports  into  that  Country. 

\  —Up  to  the  30th  June  next,  when  the  Anglo-Spanish  Convention  of  1886  expires,  the  Conventional  rates  ot  the  Spanish  Tariff  will 
still  be  levied  on  British  produce,  including  those  of  the  Franco-Spanish  and  German-Spanish  Treaties  whioh  are  enumerated  in 
Parliamentary  Paper.  Commercial  Xo.  15  (1886).    (C— 4778). 


No. 


Classification  of  Aeticles. 


Rates  leviable  bv  New 
Tariff  ol  1st  February  1892. 


General 
Tariff. 


Special 
Tariff. 


Classification  of 
Articles. 


Rates  leviable 

hitherto  on 

Imports  from 

United 

Kingdom. 


Id 

11 
12 
13 

II 

16 
17 

18 
19 


CLASS  I. 

Stokes,  Earthy  Mattbbs,  Minerals,  Glass,  Ejkih- 

e-nwake.  and  Productions  of  Pottery. 

Group  1. — Stones  and  Earthen  Productions  employed 

in  Building,  Arts,  and  Manufacture. 

Other  stones  and  earthenware  substances  employed  in 
building,  arts,  and  manufactures;  cement,  lime,  and 

gypsum. 

Group  2.— Coals. 
Coal  and  coke  (Note  1) 


■< .       p  3. — Bituminous  Shale,  Bitumen,  and  Bituminous 
Products. 

Pitch,  tar.  creosote,  unrefined,  mineral  oils  and  asphalts. 

bitumen,  and  shale  (Note  8). 
Naphtha,  vase!  be,  crude  petroleum,  natural  petroleum 

oil,  and  other  crude  oils  of  shale  (Notes  2  and  3). 
Benzine,   gasoline,    petroleum,    and  other   refined   oils 

(Notes  2  and  8). 


Group  4. — Minerals. 


Mineral  ores. 


Group  5. — Glass, 

Common  or  ordinary  hollow  glassware  (Noto  4) . 

Crystal,  or  its  imitations  in  glass  (Note  5) 

Flat  glass  and  crystal    

Glass  and  crystal  quicksilver 


6.—  VotU  ry,  "Eartht  nware,  >ni>!  Porcelain. 
Ornamental  clay  flagstones,  brick  and  tile  for  buildings, 

ovens,  &c.  (Note  6) . 
Clay  flagstones,  door  tiles,  ornamental    tiles,    japanned 

biles.and  pip  ml-  i  Note  7 1. 
Fine    earthenware,    One    clay,   and    figures   of  gypsum 

(Note  8). 
Porcelain 


Per  100  kilogs.  Per  100  kilogs. 
Pes.  cts.  Pes.  cts. 


0    40 


Per 

1,000  kilogs. 
3    00 


Per  100  kilogs, 
0    60 

25    00 

40    00 


Per 

1,000  kilogs. 

o    80 


Per  Ion  kilogs 
IS    00 

65    00 

-I    00 

lul     00 


0    30 


Per 
1,000  kilogs. 

'J     50 


Per  Kill  kilogs 

li      !U 

25    on 

li    ii  i 


Per 

1.000  kilogs. 

0    25 


PerlOOkilogs. 

i 

50    00 

L'n    00 

Ml      00 


Per  100 kill  gs.  PerlOOkilogs 


1  55 

6  50 

48  75 

68  25 


50 
5     00 

87    50 
52    50 


(  Flint  glass  and  glassware*) 

<    in  imitation  of  it  even  if  [ 
(.  gilt  or  silvered  inside.    J 


Window  and  plate  glass.. . 


Per  100  kilogs. 
Pes.  cts. 


0    06 


Per 
1,000  kilogs. 


l\-r  mo  kilogs. 
0    41 

21     00 

32     00 


Per 
1,000  kilogs. 

0    25 


PerlOOkilogs. 
li    50 


16    oo 


Pe 

plOOkilog 
0    06 

1 

50 

26 

68 

37 

50 

A  translation  of  the  notes  which  are  appended  to  the  Spanish  Tariff  will  appear  with  the  concluding  portion  of  the  tariff  in  the  April 

issue  of  the  Journal. 


March  si,  1898.]    THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


277 


Xkw  Spanish  Customs  Tariff — continued. 


Classification  of  Articles. 


Rates  leviable  by  New 
Tarill  of  1st  February  1892. 


General 
Tariff. 


Special 
Tariff. 


CLASS  II. 

Metals  and  all  Manufactures  into  wnicn 
Metal  enters  as  a  principal  Element. 

Group  1. — Gold,  Silver,  and  Platinum. 

Group  2, — Iron  Castings  [Note  12). 

Group  8. — Wrought  Iron,  forged  or  in  sheets,  and  Steel. 

Group  4. — Copper  am/  its  Alloys. 
(  shell  or  cement 


Per  inn  kilog?. 
Pes.  cts. 


I 


Ci  ipper  -!  of  first  fusion,  ami  old  copper 

I  ami  brass,  in  bars  and  ingots,  and  old  brass  .... 

Bronze,  unmanufactured 

fin  sheets  and  nails 

Copper 

ami     •!  in  tubes  and  large  pieces,  partially  manufactured. 
brass    i     such  as  outsides  of  coal  pans  and  bottoms  of 
L    boilers. 

Copper,  brass,  or  bronze  wire 


Copper  and  bronze  gauze,  not  further  manufactured,  up  to 
100  threads  to  the  inch  (Note  in). 

Ditto,  of  over  100  threads  to  the  inch  (Note  19) 


"Wares  of  copper,  bronze,  or  brass,  and  all  alloys  of  common 

metals  in  which  copper  enters,  polished  or  not  (Note  20) 

The  same, gilt,  silvered,  or  nickeled  (Note  20) 

Group  o.—  Tlie  other  Metals. 
Tin,  in  ingots 

Tin  bars,  lumps,  or  cakes 

Zinc  !  in  sheets,  nails,  and  wire 

Lin  manufactured  articles,  varnished  or  not  (Note  21 ) 

All  the  other  metals  and  alloys  not  enumerated  in  sheets, 
lumps,  nails,  tubes,  &c. 

Ditto,  manufactured,  varnished  or  not  (Note  21) 

The  same  metals  and  zinc,  in  wares  gilt,  silvered  or  nickeled 
(Note  21). 


CLASS  III. 

Substances  employed  in  Pharmacy,  Perfumery, 
and  Chemical  Industries. 

Group  1. — Simple  Drugs. 

Cocoa-nut  and  palm  oil,  and  other  heavy  oils  (Note  22) . . 

Other  vegetable  oils,  excepting  olive  oil 


Per  Kill  kilogs. 
Pes.  cts. 


Dyewoods  and  tannery  bark  . 


Seeds  of  rape,  of  flax,  and  other  oleaginous  seeds,  including 
copra  or  cocoa-nut. 

Colophony,  pitch,  and  other  resinous  products  of  a  similar 
kind. 

Garancine,  or  madder,  and  other  vegetable  products,  not  1 
specitied  under  other  headings.  S 

Products  of  the  animal  kingdom,  employed  in  medicine  . . 

Group  2. — Colours,  Byes,  and  Varnishes. 
Ochres  and  natural  earths,  for  painting,  including  alumina 

Indigo  and  cochineal  (Note  23) 

Dyeing  extracts 


0  CO 

15  00 

27  00 

12  00 

12  00 

OH  70 

48  00 

00  00 

Per  kilog 

2  40 

1  05 

3  75 

15  00 

6  00 

IS  00 

33  S 

2  00 

48  75 

58  50 


9  60 
27  60 

0  30 


1 

20 

5 

40 

12 

00 

3 

60 

0 

12 

54 

00 

9 

40 

0  60 
12  50 
22  50 
10  00 
35  00 
58  00 

■10  00 

76  00 

Per  kilog. 

2  00 

1  25 

2  50 

12  50 

5  00 

15  00 

26  00 

1  60 

37  50 

45  00 


4  50 


10 

00 

3 

00 

0 

10 

45 

00 

7 

80 

Classification  of 
Articles. 


Rates  leviable 

hitherto  on 

Imports  from 

United 

Kingdom. 


Not  separately 


mentioned. 


8 

00 

23 

00 

0 

25 

(.Madder  root 

1 

00 

.. 

Per  100  kii'iL-s. 
Pes.  cts. 


11  75 

18  60 

9  30 

33  15 

Hi  20 

20  60 

41  25 

Per  kilog. 

0  41 

0  87 

2  17 


f  Other  vegetable  products  ' 
I     not  elsewhere  specified . 


10 

55 

5 

00 

13 

65 

23 

7o 

1 

60 

10 

60 

45 

00 

1  00 

23  00 

0  10 

18  35 

0  20 


10 

00 

8 

00 

0 

10 

10 

oo 

3 

00 

Whilst  the  franco-Spanish  Treaty  ccntinues  in  force  23'69  pesetas  per  100  kilogs. 


273 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  si,  1892. 


New  Spanish  Customs  Tariff—  continued. 


No. 


98 
99 

100 

101 


102 
103 

lot 

105 

106 

107 

108 
109 

111) 
111 
112 
113 
114 
115 
110 
117 
118 
119 
1-20 

121 
122 

125 
121 
125 
126 
127 
128 


Classification-  of  Articles. 


Sates  leviable  by  New 
Tariff  of  1st  February  1892. 


General 
Tariff. 


Special 
Tariff. 


Classification  of 
Articles. 


I 

Rates  lei  iable 

,    hitherto  on 
Imports  from 
United 
Kingdom. 


varnishes 

Colours,  in  powder  or  in  lump  (Note  24) 
Ditto,  prepared,  and  inks 


Ditto,  derived  from  coal,  and  other  artificial  colours,  and 1 
garancine  and  its  mixtures  with  madder  (Note  25)  J 

Group  3, — Chemical  awl  Pharmaceutical  Products. 
Muriatic  or  hy  drochloric,  nitric,  and  sulphuric  acids 

Natural  mineral  waters 

Alkaloids  and  their  salts 

A!  inn 

Sulphur 

Alkaline  carbonates,  barillas,  caustic  alkalis,  and  ammo-') 
niacal  salts,  excepting  sulphate  -i 

Chloride  of  lime 

Chloride  of  potassium,  sulphate  of  soda,  chloride  and  car- 
bonate and  sulphate  of  magnesia. 

Chloride  of  sodium  (common  salt) 

Glues  and  albumen 

Phosphorus  

Nitrate  of  potash  (saltpetre) 

Nitrate  of  soda,  and  sulphate  of  ammonia 

Oxides  of  lead 

Sulphate  of  copper 

Sulphate  and  acetato  of  iron 

Pills,  capsules,  jujubes,  and  the  like 

Pharmaceutical  products  not  specified  (Note  26) 

Chemical  products  not  specified 

Group  4. — Various. 

Starch 

Feeulas,  for  industi:il  umjs,  and  dextrin 

Common  soap 

Mineral  and  vegetable  wax  in  lumps 

Paraffin,  stearine.  animal  wax,  and  spermacetis  in  lumps 

The  same,  and  all  manufactured  waxes 

Perfumery  and  essences 

Gunpowders,  explosive  compounds,  and  fuses  for  mines  . . 


Per  kilog. 

Pes.  cts. 

28    80 

9    00 

SO    70 


PerlOOkilogs 

2    60 
Per  hectol. 

6    00 

Per  kilog. 

36    00 

Per  100  kilogs 

1    80 

1    50 


3    10 
0    60 


Per  kilog. 

IVs   cts. 
24    0 

7     50 


La 


Per  kilog. 
Pe3.  ets. 
18    00 

4    80 

24  '  00 

0    75 

0     65 


Pcrlookilogs.  PerlOOkilog 

2    20        '  Muriate  and  hydrochloric  :  1    00 


Per  heclol. 

5    00 

Per  kilog. 

,30    00 

Per  100  kilogs. 

1    30 


aeels. 
Not  separately  mentioned. 


3    90 


2  60 
0     50 

3  25 


('Barilla,       natural,      and 
(  )     artificial. 

)  Alkaline  carbonates,  caus- 
v.  tic  alkalis,  &c. 


CLASS   IV. 

COTTON   AND   ITS  MANUFACTURES. 


CLASS  V. 

Hemp,  Flax,  Aloe,  Jute,  and  other  Vegetable 
Fibres  and  their  Manufactures. 


CLASS  VI. 

Wools,  Bristles,  Hair,  and  Manufactures 
thereof. 


It    40 

Per  kilos. 

0    S5 

Per  loo  kilogs. 

4    50 

12     00 

Per  kilnp. 

0    7o 

PerlOOkilogs 
3     75 

1    20 

1     00 

6     00 

5    00 

1     20 

1     00 

1  so 
Per  kilog. 

2  40 

1  50 
Per  kilog. 

2  00 

1    20 

1     00 

0    12 

0    10 

Per  loo  kilogs. 
is    no 

PerlOOkilogs 

15    00 

2     in 

2    Oil 

22    50 

18    75 

30    00 

25    00 

24    00 

20    00 

60    00 

Per  kilog. 

2    60 

50    00 

Per  kilog. 

2    00 

Not  separately  mentioned 


Per  kilog. 

27    50 

PerlOOkilogs. 

1    15 

0  25 

0  80 

1  no 
1  30 
0  50 

0    54 

12     00 
Per  kilog. 

0  35 
I'erloukilogs. 

1  50 

0    25 

2  00 


1     50 

Per  kilog. 

1     sj 

0    90 

0    10 


Per  100  kilogs. 
9    15 


0    60 


0     50 


Not  separately  mentioned. 


00 

80 


33    90 

Per  kilog, 
1     73 

0    47 


March  si,  1892.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


279 


New  Spanish  Customs  Tariff — continued. 


Rates  leviable  by  New 
Tariff  of  1st  February  1892. 


No. 


Classification  of  Articles. 


(><■].,  ral 
Tariff. 


Special 
Tar  i  IT. 


Classificatiox  of 
Articles. 


Rates  leviable 

i    hitherto  on 

Imports  from 

United 

Kingdom. 


CLASS  VII. 
Silk  and  Manufactures  thereof. 

CLASS  VIII. 
Paper  and  its  Applications. 

Group  1. 

Pulp  or  paste  for  paper-making  {Note  39) 


Per  lOOkilogs. 
Pes.  cts. 


Group  2.— Paper  fur  "Printing  of  Writing, 

Paper  (endless),  white  or  coloured,  unsized,  whose  weight 
does  not  exceed  35  grammes  to  the  square  metre. 

Ditto,  ditto,  whose  weight  is  comprised  between  36  and 
50  grammes  to  the  square  metre. 

Ditto,  ditto,  whose  weight  to  the  square  metre  is  51  gram  tnes 
and  upwards. 

Ditto,  ditto,  white  or  coloured,  of  any  weight ;  cut,  hand- 
made, and  pencil  or  ink  ruled,  and  envelopes. 


Group  3. — Paper,  printed,  engraved,  or  jiJmtngraphed. 

Group  4.— Paper  Hangings, 
Paper,  printed  on  natural  ground 

Ditto,  ditto,  on  glazed  or  lustrous  ground 

Ditto,  ditto,  with  gold,  silver,  flock,  or  glass 


1  5(1 

45  50 

15  00 

35  "5 

63  35 


35     75 


Per  Kin kilogs. 
Pes.  cts. 


Group  5. — Pasteboard  and  various  Papers. 
Straw  paper,  common  packing  paper,  and  smoothing  paper 

Ditto,  thin,  of  impure  pulp,  for  packing  fruit 

Other  papers  not  expressly"  mentioned 

Pasteboard  and  fine  cardboard,  glazed,  and  pressed  in 
sheets. 

Other  pasteboards  in  sheets,  and  boxes  lined  with  ordi- 
nary paper,  and  other  articles  of  pasteboard  and 
" eartonpierre,"  not  finished  (Note  12). 

Tin-  same  objects  finished,  and  pasteboard  boxes  with 
ornaments,  or  lined  with  fine  paper  or  other  materials. 

CLASS  IX. 

Wood  and  other  Vegetable  Materials  employed 
in  Manufactures,  and  Articles  .manufactured 
therefrom. 

Group  \.—  Tin,h,  r. 

Group  2. — "Furniture  and  Wood  Manufactures, 

Group  S.—  l'arinus. 
Charcoal,  firewood,  and  other  vegetable  combustibles  .... 

Cork 

Esparto,  not  manufactured 


65     00 

Per  kilog. 

2     60 

60    00 

Per  kilog. 

2    00 

Per  lOOkilogs. 
14    10 

Per  loo  kilos 
10    85 

86    00 

20    00 

62    00 

in    00 

36    40 

2S    00 

10    40 


Per  kilog. 
1     05 


1    00       i  Not  separately  mentioned. 

33  ""  )Paperin  the  roll"Papel-) 
>  continuo,"  unsized  or  [- 
\     half  sized,  for  printingj 


12    50 


27     50 


Per  lOOkilogs. 
Pes.  cts. 


27    50 


Paper  in  the  roll  for  writ- 
ing, lithographing,  or 
engraving. 


I  Paper  printed  with  gold, 
I     silver,  wood,  or  glass. 

J  Ditto,  of  other  kinds 


Not  separately  mentioned. 
Not  separately  mentioned. 


Per  kilog. 
1    50 


Rushes,  vegetable  hair,  soft  rushes,  twigs,    fine  straw, 
palm,  and  other  analogous  materials,  unmanufactured. 

The  same  materials,  and  esparto.manufaetured 


1    20 

Per  lOOkilogs 

1    15 

1    30 

0    30 

39    30 


1    00 
Per  100  kilogs. 

0  90 

1  00 
0    25 

30    25 


10    50* 


27    50 


43     75 


Per  100  kilogs. 
130    00 


23    84 


10    S5 


35    00 


6    93 


Per  kilog. 
1    35 


0    50 

Per  lOOkilogs. 

0    90 

0     20 

0    20 

30    24 


Duty  applied  during  the  duration  of  the  Commercial  Treaty  between  Spain  and  Belgium  10  pesetas. 


280 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  si,  me. 


EXTRACTS  FROM  DIPLOMATIC  AND 
CONSULAR  REPORTS. 

The  Production  am>  Consumption  of  Gas  in  the 
PBiNcrpAi.  European  Cities. 

Board  of  Trade  Journal,  March  1892,  263. 
A  volume  has  recently  been  issued  from  the  Government 
Printing  Office  at  Washington  containing  the  reports 
received  from  the  Consuls  of  the  United  States  in  different 
foreign  countries  in  answer  to  a  circular  from  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  as  to  the  gas  industry  in  the  various 
countries. 

The  following  particulars  with  regard  to  the  chief 
European  cities  are  taken  from  the  report  in  question  : — 

St.  Petersburg. — The  city  of  St.  Petersburg,  numbering, 
according  to  the  lau-st  estimate,  1,000,000  inhabitants,  has 
several  gas  companies  in  active  operation  at  the  present 
time.  The  old  gas  company,  as  it  is  still  called,  was  esta- 
blished in  L835,  and  manufactures  gas  from  bituminous  coal. 
These  works  comprise  242  retoits,  with  an  average  of 
seven  retorts  to  each  furnace,  one  Beale  exhauster,  six  gas- 
holders, with   a  total    capacity  of    750,000  cubic  feet,  and 

about  3,000  gasometers.     The  gas  production  is  1- ". 

cubic  feet.  There  are  20  gas  motors,  ranging  from  4  to  10 
horse-powers.  The  aggregate  length  of  the  mains  is  28  miles, 
with  pipes  varying  from  2  to  30  inches  in  diameter. 

The  Metropolitan  Gas  Lighting  Company  of  St.  Peters- 
burg supplies  a  large  portion  of  the  city  with  coal-gas, 
using  62,450  tons  of  coal  per  year.  The  price  for  lighting 
the  streets  for  an  aggregate  of  3,200  hours  has  been  3/.  0s.  id. 
per  lamp.  For  Government  buildings  the  price  has  been 
6s.  Id.,  and  for  private  consumers  7s.  \d.  per  1,000  cubic 
feet.  Recently  the  company  has  reduced  these  prices  to 
4s.  8d.  for  technical  purposes,  5s.  ad.  for  private  con- 
sumption. These  works  contain  three  groups  of  condensers, 
six  ordinary  scrubbers,  two  "Standard"  scrubbers.  32 
purifiers,  six  gas-holders  with  a  capacity  of  2,000,000  cubic 
feet,  five  regulators,  five  gas-meters,  and  six  steam  engines. 
The  gas  production  in  1887  was  637,496,200  cubic  feet. 
There  were  7,852  street  lamps,  120,524  private  burners,  aud 
72  gas  motors  aggregating  319  horse-power.  The  total 
length  of  the  gas  mains  is  about  165  miles. 

The  gas  works  of  Vassili  Ostroff,  an  island  on  the  north 
side  of  the  river  Neva,  and  forming  a  portion  of  the  city  of 
St.  Petersburg,  furnish  a  large  portion  of  the  gas  for  the 
inhabitants  of  the  island.  These  works  contain  nine  Biley's 
exhausters,  and  manufacture  gas  from  coal  in  the  usual 
manner.  The  returns  from  these  works  consists  of  44,469 
tons  of  coke,  2893  tons  of  tar,  and  5,416  tons  of  ammoniac 
water.  The  number  of  consumers  is  about  3,200,  with  an 
equal  number  of  gasometers.  The  aggregate  length  of  the 
main  is  about  27  miles. 

The  gas  works  of  the  Wiborg  and  old  St.  Petersburg 
portion  of  the  city  of  St.  Petersburg  belong  to  a  limited 
company  and  manufacture  gas  from  Newcastle  coal,  the 
quantity  of  coal  used  being  7,717  tons  per  annum.  The  gas 
production  in  1888  was  73,128,630  cubic  feet.  There  were 
1.457  street  lamps  and  10,500  private  burners  in  the  same 
year.  The  gas  works  of  the  Marshall  Academy  belong  to 
the  same  company,  and  from  both  of  these  \Torks  there  are 
obtained  annually  5,152  tons  of  coke  and  302  tons  of 
tar. 

In  addition  to  the  cities  and  towns  enumerated  above, 
employing  gas  for  lighting  and  heating  purposes,  there  are 
about  40  railway  stations  in  the  Empire  lighted  either  with 
coal-gas  or  petroleum-gas  and  about  160  gas  manufactories 
established  in  separate  buildings  for  the  use  of  factories, 
stores,  banks,  and  other  private  enterprises  of  various 
descriptions. 

The  laws  of  Russia  forbid  the  manufacture  and  use  of 
water-gas,  on  the  ground  that  the  gas  is  injurious  to  health. 
There  is  a  special  article  in  the  patent  laws  of  the  country 
to  the  effect  that  no  mechanical  device,  nor  any  chemical 
combination  producing  articles  injurious  to  the  health  of 
the  people  are  patentable,  and  if  patented  under  disguise 
or  ignorance  of  this  fact  the  patent  becomes  invalid. 
Many   parties   have    n/ade   repeated    efforts    to   introduce 


water-gas  in  Russia,  but  all  such  applications  have  been 
rejected,  invariablv  meeting  with  the  unanimous  opposition 
of  the  Imperial  Society  for  the  Preservation  of  Health. 

Berlin. — In  the  city  of  Berlin  there  are  two  gas  com- 
panies:  (1.)  The  City  Gas  Company,  owned  and  operated 
by  the  city  ;  (2.)  The  Imperial  Continental  Gas  Association, 
owned  and  operated  by  an  English  company. 

The  former  company  has  four  separate  gasworks  in  the 
eity.  The  latter  company  has  three  separate  gasworks  in 
Berlin  and  suburbs. 

It  appears  that  privileges  were  granted  to  the  English 
company  as  far  back  as  1S27.  By  contract  made  with  the 
town  of  Schonberg  in  1854,  this  company  has  the  exclusive 
right  to  lay  pipes  in  that  quarter  of  Berlin,  which  has  since 
been  acquired  from  Schonberg.  These  privileges  may  to  a 
certain  extent  account  for  the  difference  in  price  between 
the  gas  supplied  by  the  city  works  and  that  supplied  by  the 
English  company. 

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31st,  1889,  there  were 
nearly  4,000,000  cubic  metres  less  gas  used  in  the  city  of 
Berlin  than  in  the  preceding  year.  This  decrease  is  supposed 
to  be  due  to  the  influence  of  the  growth  of  electric  lighting 
and  especially  to  the  successful  efforts  of  the  lamp  makers 
in  producing  lamps  with  larger  and  better  burners. 

The  number  of  electric  lights  in  use  in  Berlin  during  the 
year  ended  March  31st,  1889,  was  66,650. 

During  the  calendar  year  1887  the  city  of  Berlin  consumed 
47,299  tons  of  petroleum,  and  in  the  year  1888,  54,138 
tons,  or  an  increase  of  15  per  cent. 

The  quantity  of  gas  produced  by  the  city  gas  works 
during  the  year  1889  was  90,000,200  cubic  metres. 

The  number  of  jets  led  by  the  city  gas  works  was  :  Public, 
17.509;  private,  798,631;  gas  works  and  offices,  3,309; 
total,  819,449. 

The  quantity  used  by  the  public  lights  was  11,489,208 
cubic  metres;  by  the  private  lights,  68,608,759  cubic 
metres. 

The  city  gas  works  used  314,264  tons  of  coal  from  the 
Silesian  coal-fields,  the  product  in  gas  for  each  ton  of  coal 
being  287-05  cubic  metres. 

The  length  of  the  net  work  of  pipes  used  by  the  city  gas 
works  was  693,493  metres. 

The  value  of  the  gas  used  in  gas  works  and  bureaus  was 
estimated  at  13|  pfennigs  per  cubic  metre.  The  value  of 
the  gas  used  for  other  purposes  than  lighting  was  estimated 
at  12 -8  pfennigs  per  cubic  metre.  The  value  of  the  gas 
used  for  lighting  was  estimated  at  16  pfennigs  per  cubic 
metre. 

The  total  income  of  the  city-  gas  works  was  as  follows  : — 
During  the  year  1889,  from  gas,  11,552,591  marks;  use  of 
gas  metres,  268,323 ;  cokes,  tar,  &c,  4,443,357 ;  total, 
16,264,271. 

The  total  expense  of  the  city  gas  works  duriug  the  same 
year  was  as  follows  :  Cost  of  coal,  5,614,245  marks  ;  firing, 
701,626;  purifying  material,  10,596;  wages,  588,918; 
interest  on  plant,  884,270-11;  other  expenses,  taxes, 
insurance,  &C,  3,414,789;  total,  11,214,444. 

These  figures  show  an  excess  of  receipts  over  expenses 
of  5,049,826-45  marks. 

There  are  no  official  statistical  data  at  hand  respecting 
the  income  and  expenses  of  the  English  company  which 
supplies  one-third  of  the  gas  consumed  in  the  city  of  Berlin. 

Paris. — The  gas  conijauy  known  under  the  name  of 
Compagnie  Parisienne  d'eclairage  et  de  chauffage  par  le 
gaz,  which  has  the  sole  permission  to  furnish  the  city  of 
Paris  with  gas,  was  founded  in  the  year  1855.  The  capital 
subscribed  amounted  to  3,377,500/.,  divided  into  336,000 
shares  at  10/.  Is.  each.  These  are  worth  now  about 
52/.  Is.  8d. 

The  total  receipts  for  the  year  1889  amounted  to 
1,247,780/.,  of  which  3,243,410/.  were  for  gas,  677.924/. 
for  coke,  and  1 42, 1 12/.  for  other  by-products.  The  expense, 
amounting  to  2,645,909/.,  comprised  847,379/.  for  coal, 
175,483/.  for  labour,  63,356/.  for  engineers  and  salaried 
working  staff,  42,535/.  for  the  central  administration, 
12,062/.  for  the  direction,  361,201/.  for  redemption  of 
capital,  273,046/.  for  municipal  charge,  including  the  tax 
of  Id.  per  cubic  metre. 


ttardbsi.i8»2.J     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


281 


The  net  profits  for  the  year  amounted  to  1,588,2292.,  of 
which  1,01 9,28  U.  go  to  the  stockholders,  and  360,614/.  to 
the  city  of  Paris.     The  dividend  for  the  year  was  3/.  2s.  6a". 

The  gas  is  manufactured  from  coal  by  the  ordinary 
process  and  is  assayed  every  day  before  delivery  as  regards 
its  lighting  power  and  purification'  by  company  agents,  and 
also  by  agents  appointed  by  the  city  authorities. 

According  to  contract  the  gas  delivered  for  consumption 
by  the  Parisian  gas  company  must  be  perfectly  purified  and 
its  lighting  power  under  a  pressure  from  2  to  3  millimetres  of 
water,  ami  an  average  consumption  of  105  litres  of  gas  per 
hour,  be  equal  to  the  light  of  a  lamp  burning  -12  grammes 
of  pure  colza  oil  per  hour. 

The  report  of  the  Paris  Gas  Company  for  1889  showed 
that  the  consumption  in  the  year  amounted  to  312,000,000 
cubic  metres  (11,013,000,000  English  cubic  feet). 

The  annual  consumption  of  gas  in  Paris  has  gone  up 
from  21S, 813,875  cubic  metres  in  1879  to  297,258,070 cubic 
metres  in  1888. 

The  annual  consumption  of  gas  rose  during  the  same 
period  for  the  whole  of  France  from  467,500,000  cubic 
metres  in  1S79  to  628,000,000  cubic  metres  in  1888. 

The  number  of  subscribers  to  the  Paris  Gas  Company 
for  1889  was  224,119,  an  increase  of  11,604  over  the  year 
1888. 

The  substitution  of  electric  lighting  in  a  number  of 
theatres,  public  establishments,  and  thoroughfares  has  been 
compensated  by  the  increased  use  of  gas  for  domestic 
purposes,  and  the  day  consumption  now  exceeds  26  per 
cent,  of  the  total,  atal  equals  one-third  of  that  in  the  dark 
hours. 

The  Paris  Gas  Company  delivers  the  gas  used  for  public 
lighting  at  the  rate  of  3*.  5<i  per  1,000  cubic  feet,  and 
for  private  use  at  the  rate  of  6s.  Sd.  per  1,000  cubic  feet. 

The  apparatus  which  permit  the  use  of  gas  in  kitchens 
(cooking  stoves,  ovens,  gridirons,  &c),  in  dressing  rooms, 
kettles  and  bath  heaters  in  private  apartments  (stoves), 
are  becoming  more  and  more  frequently  used. 

The  fact  that  in  Paris  one-fifth  of  the  gas  supplied  by 
tin'  gas  works  is  consumed  during  the  day  indicates  the 
importance  of  consumption  other  than  for  lighting  purposes. 

The  men  in  charge  of  tie  Furnaces  are  paid  2s.  *<l.  per 
1,000  kilos,  coal;  they  are  on  duty  12  hours  each  day, 
and  their  daily  earnings  are  from  9.v.  Id.  to  12s.  Id.  Coal 
carriers  and  cartmen  are  paid  from  3s.  id.  to  4s,  2</.  for  a 
day's  work  of  10  to  12  hours. 

The  coal  used  in  the  manufacture  of  gas  by  the  Paris 
company  is  obtained  in  France,  Belgium,  England,  ami 
Germany  at  an  average  price  of  12s,  Id.  to  14s.  7d.  per  ton. 

Brussels.  —  Brussels  has  its  own  gasworks,  maintained 
by  the  municipality.  The  suburbs  are  supplied  by  the 
Company  General  and  Imperial  Continental  Gas  Company, 

Gas  is  obtained  by  the  decomposition  of  coal  by  heat. 
Tin  coal  is  heated  in  angular  cylinders,  holding  about 
200  lb.  of  broken  coal.  The  gas  is  passed  from  the 
cylinders  into  coolers,  is  then  purified  and  ready  for  use. 
Two  hundred  pounds  of  coal  yield  on  an  average  about 
25  cubic  metres  of  gas,  8  lb.  of  coal  tar,  and  2J  bushels 
of  coke.  About  one-third  of  the  coke  thus  obtained  is 
employed  in  heating  the  cylinders,  the  remainder  is  sold 
for  domestic  use. 

The  candle  power  is  7  J  candles,  or  105  quarts  of  gas  pet- 
hour.  Approximate  annual  output  of  the  city  of  Brussels, 
14,226,787  francs.     Number  of  consumers,  19,152. 

The  price  of  gas  differs  more  or  less  according  to 
locality,  varying  10  to  25  centimes  per  cubic  metre,  as 
follows  : — 

111  the  city  of  Brussels,  day  consumption,  10  centimes 
per  cubic  metre  ;  night  consumption,  15  centimes  per 
cubic  metre.  The  suburban  consumers  of  Ktterbeck,  Forest, 
St.  (lilies,  Ixelles,  Koehelberg,  Molenbeck,  and  Cede, 
15  centimes  per  cubic  metre.  St.  Jean-Ten-Noode,  18 
centimes;  Schaerbeck, 20 centimes;  and  Laeken,  25  centimes 
per  cubic  metre. 

Wages  paid  to  workmen  employed  in  the  Brussels  gas- 
works vary  from  3  to  5  francs  per  day  for  11  hours'  work. 
In  the  provinces  of  Brabant,  Hainant,  and  Naniur,  11  and 
12  hours'  labour  is  exacted  for  wages  varying  from  2  to 
4'  50  francs  per  day. 


Home.  —  The  Anglo- Romano  Company  for  the  lighting  of 
Home  have  the  monopoly  of  supplying  the  city  both  with 
gas  and  electricity  for  purposes  of  illumination. 

They  have  two  gasworks,  one  on  the  Via  dei  Cherchi,  and 
one  on  the  Via  Flaminia.  The  process  described  is  that 
employed  at  the  hirger  works  on  the  Via  dei  Cherchi,  but  it 
is  substantially  the  same  at  each. 

The  coal  used  is  from  Newcastle,  mixed  with  5  per  cent, 
of  Liverpool  caunel  coal,  and  costs  from  1/.  5s.  9d.  to 
1/.  6s.  Id.  delivered  at  the  works.  At  this  price  the  com- 
pany has  a  contract  which  has  some  time  to  run,  although 
the  market  price  has  advanced  to  about  21.  O.v.  3d.  per  ton. 

The  retorts  used  are  of  clay,  and  measure  21i  in.  wide, 
14  in.  high,  and  9  ft.  6  in.  long.  They  are  made  in  Italy, 
are  much  better  than  the  French  manufacture,  and  are  equal 
to  the  English,  but  cost  less.  They  are  placed  in  groups  of 
seven  and  eight  around  the  furnaces.  There  are  78 
furnaces  that  heat  562  retorts.  Each  retort  has  a  capacity 
of  160  kilos.  (353  lb.)  and  is  charged  and  drawn  by  hand. 

All  the  furnaces  are  duplex,  the  invention  of  Mr.  Walter 
It.  Jones,  the  engineer  of  the  works,  who  has  secured 
patents  on  them  in  Europe  and  the  United  States.  This 
pattern  of  furnace  has  been  in  use  since  1884,  and  has  given 
excellent  results,  all  the  regenerative  furnaces  having  been 
transformed  in  preference. 

The  number  of  publie  gas  lights  in  Rome  in  1888  was 
6,033,  the  public  consumption  of  gas  was  115,650,000,  and 
private  consumption  381,550,000  cubic  feet.  The  cost  per 
1,000  cubic  feet  for  public  consumption  was  5s.  Id.,  for 
private  6s.  7</. 

Twelve  hours  constitutes  a  day's  labour,  and  the  wages 
paid  are  about  as  follows  : — Head  mechanics  per  day,  4s.  ; 
mechanics  and  machinists,  2s.  lOd. ;  superintendent  of 
firemen,  4s.;  firemen's  corporal,  3s.  Id. ;  firemen,  3s.  2d. 

For  good  conduct  a  bounty  is  given  to  the  firemen's 
corporal  of  8s.  Id.  A  pension  of  4s.  2d.  per  week  is 
paid  to  the  widows  of  workmen  so  long  as  they  remain 
widows. 

<  'onsfnntinople. — Gas    has    been    in    use    in    the    citj'  of 

Constantinople  for  the  last  30  years,  but  was  limited  to 
one  part  of  the  city,  namely,  Pera,  and  is  the  residence 
of  all  Europeans  and  foreigners  in  general,  as  well  as  of 
all  the  ambassadors,  ministers,  consuls;  &c. 

There  are  two  gas  companies  in  Constantinople.  The 
first  is  a  Turkish  company,  under  the  general  management 
of  and  belonging  to  the  imperial  Turkish  Government,  and 
is  called  Imperial  (las  Works.  The  factory  of  this  com- 
pany is  situated  in  Dolma  Baghtcbei  a  suburb  on  the 
Bosphorus,  and  furnishes  gas  for  the  use  only  of  Pera, 
the  Imperial  palaces  on  the  Bosphorus,  the  lower  end  of 
Pera,  which  is  called  Galata,  and  of  one  or  two  villages  on 
the  Bosphorus. 

The  second  company  i*  a  Belgian  German  concern,  which 
obtained  the  necessary  concession  from  the  Turkish 
Government  about  two  years  ago,  and  is  called  Soviets 
Ottomane  pom-  VEclairage  de  la  ville  de  Constantinople. 
This  company  lias  established  a  factory  at  the  Seven 
Towers,  on  the  Sea  of  Marmora,  and  has  the  privilege  of 
supplying  gas  only  to  the  other  side  of  the  city  of  ( !on- 
stantinopie,  properly  called  Stamboul,  which  is  largely 
inhabited  by  the  Turks,  including  the  suburb  of  Fyoub  in 
the  Golden  Horn. 

It  is  impossible  to  ascertain  the  amount  of  money 
invested  in  the  industry  by  the  first  Government  companv. 
The  amount  invested  by  the  second,  the  Belgian-German, 
is  152,07h/. 

Process  of  manufacture :  The  factory  of  the  Belgian- 
German  company  was  constructed  by  Mr.  Kloeune  de 
Dortmund.  It  has  a  gasometer  of  12,000  cubic  metres, 
with  furnaces  and  four  batteries,  with  eight  retorts  each. 
The  other  machinery  is  in  proportion. 

The  machinery  hall  is  90  metres  long  by  15  metres  wide; 
the  furnace  hall  is  also  90  metres  long  by  15  metres  wide. 

Brilliancy  of  gas,  12  to  14  candles. 

The  approximate  annual  output  is  1 ,0011,01111  cubic  feet  in 
Stamboul,  and  3,000,0011  cubic  feet  in  Pera  and  Galata. 

Number  of  consumers  ;  The  Belgian-German  company 
has  about  10,000  to  12,000  flames  for  the  present.  No 
statistics  can  be  obtained  from  the  Government  company. 


a 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  31,1892, 


The  prioe  of  gas  per  1,000  cubic  feet  is  Is.  id.,  with  25 
per  cent,  discount  for  public  fixtures. 

The  use  of  gas  stoves  for  heating  and  cooking  is  quite 
limited. 

The  wages  of  the  employes  of  the  Belgian-German 
company  range  as  follows:  Director,  1.000/.  per  annum; 
ebief  engineer,  680/.;  quartermaster,  16."i/. :  other  em- 
ployes, 10/.  The  hours  of  labour  are  about  12,  with  rests 
two  or  three  times  during  the  day  or  night. 

The  material  used  is  English  Newcastle  and  Cardiff  coal. 
The  price  is  1/.  6s.  3d.  to  1/.  7s.  3d.  per  ton. 

( 'hristiania.—l  hi  istiania,  the  capital  of  Norway,  situated 
at  the  inner  end  of  the  Christiania  Fiord,  has  a  population  of 
145,oih). 

The  Christiania  gas  works  belong  to  the  community. 
The  amount  invested  by  the  city  is  reported  to  be 
91.960Z. 

The  gas  produced  is  the  ordinary  coal-gas.  The  process 
done  by  sulphurous  acid  and  ferric  oxide. 

The  power  of  gas  is  equal  to  16  candles. 

The  annual  output  is  1G7,000,000  cubic  feet.  Number  of 
consumers,  3  205. 

Price  of  gas  for  illumination,  Is.  Oi/.  per  1,000  cubic  feet 
with  5  or  10  per  cent,  discount  for  consumers,  in  proportion 
to  quantities  used.  Price  of  gas  for  cooking  and  technical 
purposes,  8s.  id.  per  1,000  cubic  feet  without  discount. 

Number  of  gas  stoves  for  heating,  20  ;  cooking,  300  ;  gas 
motors,  13. 

Wages  of  employee,  from  2s.  3d.  to  3s.  4</.  for  12  hours  of 
labour  per  diem. 

New  Pelton  coal  from  Newcastle.  Their  cost  in  1889, 
1  Is.  English  per  ton. 

Copenhagen. — In  the  year  1886  Danish  gas  works 
manufactured  980,631,720  cubic  feet  of  gas.  Out  of  this 
amount  Copenhagen  produced  594,517,000  cubic  feet,  or 
il  60  per  cent,  of  the  whole  kingdom's  gas,  and  li  times 
more  than  all  the  other  gas  works  in  Denmark  together. 
[f  tin- suburb  of  Frcderiksbcrg  be  counted  as  part  of  the 
capital,  (  lopenhagen  consumes  more  than  twice  as  much  gas 
a<  the  rest  of  the  country. 

Of  gas  manufactured  in  Denmark,  83 '8  per  cent,  is  pro- 
duced by  municipal  gas  works,  and  only  16"2  percent,  from 
private  works.  \  steady  increase  has  taken  place  during 
the  last  \ears.  In  1S81  the  production  was  705,731,600 
cubic  feet",  and  the  increase  has  therefore  been  38 -9  per 
cent.  The  increase  in  the  gas  production  at  the  Copenhagen 
gas  works  was  during  the  same  period  1881 — 86,  27  per 
cent.,  or  about  I1,  per  cent,  a  year.  The  other  municipal 
gas  »<uks  bad  at  the  same  time  an  increase  of  63  per  cent., 
while  private  works  had  about  60  per  cent., equal  to  a  yearly 
increase  of  about  10  to  12  per  cent. 

Berne.—  The  money  invested  in  the  gas  works  at  Berne 
amounts  to  1,728,569  francs. 

Process  of  manufacture  :  gas  is  manufactured  exclusively 
in  retort  stoves.  The  manufacture  of  carbonated  gas  is  not 
known  in  Switzerland. 

It  is  prescribed  here  that  a  gaslight  consuming  150  litres 
per  bom  must  have  at  least  a  power  of  16  Amplaeetats 
lamps. 

Approximate  annual  output :  in  1889,  1,872,470  cubic 
metres  gas  were  produced  at  Berne. 

At  the  end  of  1889  Berne  had  1,741  gas  metres  for  lighting 
purposes,  32  for  machines,  and  244  for  gas  stoves  ;  total 
consumei s,  'J.t>27. 

Price  of  gas  for  illuminating  purposes,  25  centimes  per 
cubic  metre. 

The  use  of  gas  stoves  is  annually  increasing.  The  price 
of  gas  for  this  purpose  and  machines  is  20  centimes  per 
cubic  metre. 

Wages:  stokers  receive  from  3' 60  to  4  frs.  for  nine 
hours'  work  ;  still  their  presence  is  required  for  12  hours, 
of  which  time  they  have  three  hours  idle. 

For  the  manufacture  of  gas,  Saar  (Germany")  and 
St.  F.tienne  (France)  coals  are  now  used,  with  boghead  of 
\utiin  (France),  Tyne  boghead  (England),  and  pitch  coal 

from  Bohemia  to  gain  the  prescribed  light  power. 

l'riee  of  eoal  at  the  gas  works,  Berne:  Saar,  per  100  kilo- 
grammes, 3-1  t'rs.  ;  St.  F.tienne,  3  ■  22  frs. ;  French  boghead, 


7'30    frs.;    Tyne   boghead,    6'50    frs.;    Bohemian    pitch 
coal,  4-70  frs. 

Greece. — Cities  using  gas:  Athens,  I'incus,  Patras,  and 
Corfu.  < 

Names  of  companies:  Athens,  Compagnie  d'Kc/airagc 
pour  le  Gaz  pour  la  France  el  VEtranger,  Siege  social, 
Paris.  Piraeus,  SociSte  Iiehje.  Patras,  the  municipality  is 
owner  of  the  gas  works.     Corfu,  English  company. 

Amount  of  money  invested  in  the  industry  :  Athens, 
2,000,000  frs.;  Piraeus,  1,050,000  frs.;  Patras,  800,00ofrs. 

The  process  of  manufacture  is  by  distillation  of  eoal. 

The  candle  power  of  gas  is  5- 16  and  10  candles,  counted 
iu  carcels. 

The  approximate  annual  output  cannot  be  given. 

Number  of  consumers:  Athens,  1,400  j  Pirajua,  350j 
Patras,  300. 

Price  of  gas  per  1,000  cubic  feet :  Athens,  37  lepta  the 
cubic  metre  ;    Piraeus,  35  ;   Patras,  27. 

Some  gas  stoves  used  for  cooking,  none  for  heating. 

Wages,  3  frs.  to  3 '50  frs.  per  day,  Hours  of  labour, 
9  to  10. 

The  material   used   in   the  manufacture  of  gas   i> 
coal— Cardiff  and   Newcastle ;  about  35  drachmas  t: 
delivered  in  the  harbours  of  Pilaus.  Corfu,  or  Patras,' 


Bubnt  Clay  Mortar. 
United  States  Consular  Reports,  October  1891,  181. 
In  the  frequent  eruptions  of  Mount  Etna  in  times  past 
great  beds  of  clay  have  been  covered  by  lava  which  has 
burnt  and  converted  them  into  a  fine  red  gravel  or  powder. 
This  burnt  clay,  when  mixed  with  a  little  lime  and  water, 
forms  a  mortar  locally  considered  superior  to  any  other 
cement  for  building  purposes.  Every  building  in  Catania 
is  constructed  of  lava  liberally  cemented  with  this  mortar, 
giving  a  peculiar  soft  pink  colour  to  all  the  unpainted 
buildings.  In  building,  small  irregular  stones  are  used  just 
as  they  happen  to  come,  and  a  smooth  surface  is  after- 
wards given  by  a  thin  coating  of  mortar  iuside  and  out, 
which  can  then  be  divided  by  a  trowel  to  imitate  blocks  of 
stone.  The  harbour  breakwater  (which  extends  for  three 
quarters  of  a  mile  into  the  sea)  was  constructed  in  this  way 
ten  years  ago,  and  is  as  good  to  day  as  when  first  built. 

-(J.  H.  B, 

White  Wax  in  China. 

United  Slat,*  Consular  Reports,  October  1891,  201. 

In  Western  China,  not  far  from  the  Thibetan  frontier, 
flourishes  the  tree  Lignstrnm  lucidum,  called  by  the 
Chinese  "evergreen  tree,"  bearing  thick  dark  green  glossy 
leaves  with  clusters  of  small  white  flowers  in  the  summer, 
which  are  succeeded  by  fruit  of  a  dark  purple  colour. 
Early  in  the  spring  numerous  brown  pea  shaped  scales 
appear  on  the  boughs  and  twigs  of  the  tree  containing  the 
larva1  of  the  wax  insect  whose  scientific  name  is  Coccus 
pe-la.  These  scales  are  gathered  by  the  Chinese,  wrapped 
in  packages,  and  conveyed  about  200  miles  to  filiating, 
the  centre  of  the  industry.  The  scales  are  here  made  up 
into  small  packets  with  leaves  and  are  suspended  under  the 
branches  of  a  species  of  ash.  The  insects  on  emerging 
from  the  packets  creep  up  to  the  leaves  of  the  tree  and  after- 
wards descend  to  the  twigs  and  branches  where  the  wax  is 
deposited  by  the  male  insects.  After  100  days  the  deposit 
is  complete  and  the  branches  are  then  cut  down,  the  wax 
scraped  off,  and  what  remains  on  the  twigs  is  separated  by 
boiling  with  water,  which  destroys  the  insects  and  necessi- 
tates a  fresh  supply  of  larvae  in  the  next  year  from  outside 
districts.  A  pound  of  larva'  scales  will  produce  4  or  5  lb. 
of  wax,  a  ton  of  which  is  worth  about  1,000  dollars  at 
Shanghai.  A  tree  from  which  the  branches  are  removed  is 
only  available  again  after  three  years.  The  product  is  a 
clear  white  wax  melting  at  160°  F.,  and  is  chiefly  used  to 
cover  candles  made  of  animal  and  vegetable  tallow.  It  is 
also  used  for  sizing  paper  and  cotton  goods,  as  a  glaze  for 
silk,  and  a  polish  for  furniture.  The  introduction  of  foreign 
kerosene  has  had  a  discouraging  influence  on  the  production 
ef  white  wax  by  diminishing  the  demand  for  candles. 

— G.  H.  B. 


parch  SU892.J       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


283 


The  Pitch  Lake  of  Trinidad. 

United  Slates  Consular  Reports,  October  1891.     254. 

The  sum  of  26,714/.  was  derived  iu  revenue  from  the 
pitch  lake  in  1890.  The  extension  of  the  concession  of  the 
pitch  lake  was  approved  For  an  additional  year  for  every 
4.1IIUI/.  which  shall  be  paid  by  the  concessionaires  before 
February  1st,  1909,  over  and  above  the  minimum  sum  of 
1411,0110/.  payable  in  respect  of  the  first  term  of  14  years, 
and  the  farther  sum  of  28,000/.  payable  in  order  to  obtain 
the  extension  of  seven  years  from  February  1st,  1902.  One 
of  the  conditions  imposed  was  that  on  February  1st,  1891, 
the  concessionaires  should  make  a  special  payment  to  the 
colony  of  10,000/.,  in  addition  to  the  regular  payment  of 
10,000/.  due  on  that  day  under  the  terms  of  the  concession, 
both  payments  beiug  taken  as  against  shipments  of  the  year 
commencing  on  that  day.  Further,  the  Trinidad  Asphalte 
Company  agreed  that  if  by  February  1st,  1892,  the 
concessionnaires  had  not  paid  to  the  Colonial  Government 
100, ooo/.  in  addition  to  the  permanent  deposit  in  London  of 
lo  '""  '  io  company  should  on  that  day  give  to  theCrown 
ge  on  all  the  land  it  now  possesses  in  Trinidad 
•ral  security  for  the  balance  then  remaining  of  the 
140  '"  '  ,  the  payment  of  which  to  the  Colonial  Government 
the  compaDj  has  undertaken. — G.  II.  li. 

Sulfhub  Mining  in  Sicily. 
United  States  Consular  Reports,  November  1891.     363. 

The  mining  and  fusing  of  sulphur  in  Sicily  is  still  carried 
on  iu  a  primitive  fashion  owing  to  want  of  capital, 
Machinery  is  very  little  used  and  hand  labour  is  universal. 
The  two  processes  mostly  used  for  obtaining  sulphur  arc 
carried  on  in  furnaces  heated  by  the  sulphur  rock,  and  the 
acid  fumes  given  off  are  very  destructive  to  vegetation. 
A  process  recently  imported  from  Spain  gives  a  much 
improved  yield,  a  sulphur  ore  containing  15  per  cent,  of 
sulphur  giving  a  yield  of  12'2  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  while 
the  ordinary  process  yields  only  5 -6  per  cent,  of  sulphur 
from  the  same  material.  The  richness  of  the  mineral  in 
the  mines  is  subject  to  great  fluctuation,  the  risk  of  which 
becomes  an  objection  to  the  erection  of  expensive  plant. 
The  Sinopoli  furnace,  which  is  much  in  use,  consists  of  a 
number  of  iron  eases  about  two  metres  long,  three  metres 
high,  and  a  quarter  metre  wide  ;  they  are  surrounded  by 
walls  and  heated  by  two  furnaces.  When  the  requisite 
temperature  is  attained  the  sulphur  melts  and  runs  off 
through  holes  in  the  lower  part  of  the  cases,  the  operation 
lasting  about  30  hours.  Nine  dollars  per  ton  is  given  as 
a  low  estimate  for  the  cost  of  mining  and  fusing  of  the 
sulphur.  The  prices  of  the  various  grades  of  sulphur  differ 
by  only  small  increments  as  shown  in  the  following  list  of 
prices  per  100  kilos.  :  — 


Description, 


Price. 


First  grade  (bost) 

Second  grade:— 
Best 

Good 

Current 

Third  grade:  — 
Best 

Good 

Current 


Lire. 
10-71 


10-57 
10-41 

10-12 

9-85 
9-77 
8-70 


-G.  H.  H. 


The  Chemical  Industry  of  Berlin. 
United  States  Consular  lieports,  November  1891.     403. 
In  the  year  1890,  taken  as  a  whole,  the  chemical  industry 
of  Berlin   was  in  a   very  satisfactory  condition  in   spite  of 


constantly  increasing  cost  of  production,  due  to  increased 
prices  of  coal,  raw  materials,  and  labour,  and  to  the  burdens 
imposed  by  State  legislative  measures  adopted  for  the  good 
of  the  working  classes,  but  on  account  of  increasing  com- 
petition, sale  prices  did  not  improve.  The  production  did 
not  decrease  in  quantity,  but,  on  the  contrary,  in  some 
articles  increased  very  considerably.  The  price  of  sulphate 
of  ammonia  averaged  26  marks,  ammonium  carbonate  05, 
while  crystallised  sal-ammoniac  58  to  CO,  and  liquor 
ammoniac  (sp.  gr.  0-91)  33  marks  per  inn  kilns.  Quota- 
tions for  potassium  carbonate  of  96  lo  98  per  cent,  were 
36  to  37  marks  per  100  kilos.  The  trade  in  oxalic  acid  was 
very  active  at  cheap  prices,  averaging  55  marks.  In 
potassium  chlorate  there  was  decided  over-production,  and 
the  price  fluctuated  between  90  to  100  marks.  The  increased 
cost  of  alkali  used  for  sodium  silicate  did  not  lead  to 
increased  price  of  the  product  as  there  was  an  over- 
production, although  the  demand  increased.  Soda  ash 
and  caustic  soda  rose  steadily  in  prise,  but  soda  crystals 
were  over-produced  and  prices  did  not  continue  to  rise. 
Sulphuric  acid  of  66'  was  equal  to  the  demand  at  7  marks 
per  100  kilos.  Prices  for  Chili  saltpetre  rose  near  the  end 
of  the  year.  The  quotation  for  nitric  acid  of  36°  was 
23  marks.  The  condition  of  the  tar  industry  was  un- 
interruptedly satisfactory.  Benzol  rose  25  per  cent,  in 
price  and  the  manufacture  of  naphthalene  was  especially 
lucrative.  Toluene  also  found  increased  demand.  Anthra- 
cene found  steady  sales  at  unchanged  prices.  The  value 
of  crystallised  carbolic  acid,  previously  in  large  demand  at 
enhanced  prices  for  military  purposes,  fell  from  Hid.  to 
5','f/.,  but  a  rise  is  now  to  be  expected  Prices  of  coal-tar 
colours  weie  unchanged  and  any  hopes  of  renewed  success 
in  this  branch  lies  in  patented  specialities.  The  demand 
for  aniline  oil  and  aniline  salt  was  unusually  strong  and 
prices  rose  considerably.  The  "prices  of  chemical  mineral 
colours  advanced  15  per  cent,  over  those  of  1889.  Iu  Berlin 
and  its  vicinity,  where  wages  are  high  and  the  entire  cost 
of  manufacture  dear,  only  first  class  wans  can  be  manu- 
factured, whilst  the  cheap  products  (earth  colours,  &c.) 
are  made  in  provincial  factories. 

<  >n  the  whole  the  Berlin  chemical  mineral  colour  industry 
fully  maintained  its  position  in  the  trade  of  the  world,  except 
in  a  few  countries  from  whieh  it  is  kept  out  by  Customs 
duties.  Chemicals  for  pharmaceutical,  photographic,  and 
technical  purposes  were  in  active  demand,  but  profits 
arising  from  their  manufacture  were  not  increased. 

The  requirements  in  regard  to  chemical  purity  of  various 
pharmaceutical  preparations  have  considerably  increased 
since  the  publication  of  the  third  edition  of  the  German 
Pharmacopoeia,  but  the  increased  expense  necessitated  in 
obtaining  the  desired  qualities  finds  little  expression  in 
increased  prices.  The  price  of  bromine  remained  unchanged, 
but  the  prices  of  bromine  preparations  fell  on  account  of 
continued  competition  among  manufacturers.  The  con- 
sumption of  chloral  hydrate  decreased  on  account  of  the 
increased  use  of  other  hypnotics,  and  the  price  fell  50  per 
cent.  The  selling  price  of  potassium  cyanide  was  not 
affected  by  the  rise  in  price  of  its  raw  material,  yellow 
prussiate  of  potash.  The  glycerin  market,  on  the  whole, 
was  stagnant  in  1890,  aud  quotations  for  refined  or  distilled 
wares,  owing  to  sharp  competition,  at  no  time  during  the 
year  showed  the  proper  relation  to  the  value  of  raw 
material.— G.  H.  B. 


GENERAL   TRADE  NOTES. 
Palm  Oil. 

J.  Soc.  Arts,  40,  March  18,  1892,  407—408. 

The  total  import  of  palm  oil  into  Englaudis  about  50,000 
tons,  valued  at  over  1,000,000/.,  but  it  is  considered  that  this 
is  an  exceedingly  small  commerce  compared  to  what  might 
be  the  case  were  the  enormous  resources  fully,  or  even  mode- 
rately, utilised.  For  miles  along  the  west  coast  of  Africa,  ex- 
tending between  Cape  Bianco  and  St.  Paul  di  Loando,  there 
are  vast  forests  of  palms,  the  oleaginous  fruit  of  which  has, 
for  centuries,  rotted  unused  upon  the  ground.    The  oil-palm 

G  2 


284- 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  31, 1892. 


forests  at  the  back  of  the  eoast-line  of  Cape  Palmas  and 
Elmina  are  said  to  be  practically  inexhaustible ;  and  so  also 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Fernando  Po,  immense  tracts  are 
covered  with  the  trees. 

Lagos  furnishes  the  purest  oil  ;  for  there  are  in  com- 
merce regular  and  irregular  oils.  When  analysed,  if  the 
water  and  impurities  exceed  2  per  cent.,  an  allowance  is 
made ;  for  often  these  oils  contain  10  to  15  per  cent,  of 
water  and  impurities. 

Palm  oil  is  eaten  as  butter  by  the  natives,  and  used  for 
anointing  their  bodies.  Here  it  is  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  soap  and  candles,  and  in  South  Wales  in  the  preparation 
of  tin  plates.  Its  non-drying  qualities  render  it  valuable  as 
a  preservative  of  the  surface  ot  the  heated  iron  sheet  from 
oxidation  until  the  moment  of  dipping  into  the  bath  of 
melted  tin,  the  sheets  being  rapidly  transferred  to  that  from 
the  hot  oil-bath,  which  consists  almost  entirely  of  palm  oil. 

In  1871,  as  well  as  in  1880  and  1891,  the  imports  of 
palm  oil  into  the  United  Kingdom  exceeded  1,000,000  cwt. 
From  10,000  to  15,000  tons  of  palm  oil  are  shipped  direct 
from  Africa  to  the  Continent.  The  price  of  the  oil  has 
ranged  from  6Ss,  per  cwt.  in  188:(  to  23s.  in  1890. 

Increased  Consumption  of  Boric  Ann  in  France. 

In  1881,2  kilos,  of  boric  acid  sufficed  for  the  whole  of 
the  Paris  hospitals,  but,  thanks  to  the  progress  of  antiseptic 
6urgery,  though  consumption  began  to  increase  in  the  year 
following,  by  1884  the  quantity  rose  to  1,057  kilos.,  and  in 
1890  there  was  required  8,085  kilos,  of  the  acid.  There  has 
never  been  the  slightest  fluctuation,  simply  a  steady  increase. 
—  Chemist  and  Druggist. 

Stothesising  Tartaric  Acid. 
M.Genvresse  has  discovered  a  simple  way  of  syntbesising 
tartaric  acid.  He  starts  with  glyoxalie  acid  (CHO.Ct  »,I1  ). 
the  acid  peculiar  to  gooseberries,  grapes,  and  similar  fruits  ; 
and,  by  acting  upon  it  with  nascent  hydrogen  liberated  by 
the  action  of  acetic-  acid  upon  zinc-dust  in  contact  with  the 
glyoxalie  acid,  two  molecules  of  glyoxalie  acid  are  joined 
together  by  two  hydrogen  atoms,  and  that  union  gives 
tartaric  acid,  or  rather  the  optically  inactive  form  of  it 
known  as  racemic  acid,  there  being  apparently  equal 
molecules  of  the  dextro-  and  la-vo- varieties  produced.  The 
product  was  separated  and  examined.  This  new  synthesis 
of  tartaric  acid  would  appear  I"  throw  some  light  upon  the 
natural  formation  of  tartaric  acid;  for,  remembering  the 
close  relationship  between  glyoxalie  and  oxalic  acids,  which 
latter  is  one  of  the  most  readily  formed  in  vegetable  tissues, 
and  the  reducing  agencies  which  appear  to  he  connected 
with  chlorophyll,  we  have  all  the  means  at  hand  to  account 
for  tin'  natural  synthesis  of  tartaric  acid.  —  Ibid, 

The  Ai.kai.i  Industry. 
The  United  Alkali  Company  (Limited)  have  closed  their 
works  at  Clyde  Hank,  and  are  greatly  restricting  the  pro- 
duction at  their  Irvine  and  Eglinton  establishments.  They 
have  arranged  with  another  linn  to  control  the  production 
of  hleachiug-powder.  Chemical  works  are  to  be  established 
close  to  the  salt  works,  situated  some  miles  beyond  Fleet- 
wood, and  the  erection  of  buildings  is  expected  to  be  com- 
menced immediately.  Employment  will  be  afforded  to 
1,000  workmen.  The  Netham  chemical  works  at  St.  ( teorge'S; 
Bristol,  have  been  reconstructed  so  as  to  increase  their 
powers  of  production.  The  North  British  chemical  works 
at  Glasgow  are  being  dismantled,  ami  most  of  the  plant, 
which  is  said  to  b(  the  best  of  its  kind  in  the  country,  is  to 
be  removed  to  one  of  the  other  works  of  the  Alkali  Union, 
with  which  the  concern  has  been  incorporated.  —  Ibid. 

Thd  Portland  Cement  Industry. 

Bradstreet's  for  the  13th  February  publishes  the  following 
abstract  of  a  paper  by  M.  Pierre  Giron,  recently  read  before 
the  Engineers'  <  llub  at  Philadelphia  -.— 

"  The  present  annual  production  of  Portland  cement  in 
Europe  amounts  to  over  20,000,000  barrels,  and  its  commer- 
cial value  to  over  36,000,000  dols.  The  first  factory  was 
established  at  Northfleet,  on  the  Thames.  The  process  was 
SO  crude  thai  in  1  H . j < >  only  lour  factories   were  in  operation. 


In  England  there  are  now  over  8,300,000  barrels  made  each 
year.  The  process  used  there  is  about  the  same  as  it  was 
20  years  ago.  The  raw  materials  are  chalk  and  clay,  both 
very  pure,  and,  although  inferior  processes  are  used,  they 
make  a  satisfactory  cement,  A  few  years  ago  the  entire 
product  of  the  kilns  was  put  on  the  market,  but  the  fineness 
of  the  continental  cements  led  English  makers  to  improve 
their  qualities,  although  even  now  English  cement  is  not,  as 
a  rule,  as  firm  as  Geneva  or  French  Portland. 

"  The  manufacture  was  first  introduced  into  Germany  in 
1852.  To-day  there  are  60  large  works,  having  the  same 
annual  production  as  England.  The  raw  materials  are  of 
exceedingly  unfavourable  character,  but  the  makers  have 
made  a  serious  study  of  the  properties  and  uses  of  Portland 
cement,  and  the  producer  now  knows  exactly  what  rules  to 
follow  to  regulate  his  operations,  and  the  consumer  can 
depend  on  the  product  offered  him.  The  Association  of 
Manufacturers  has  had  much  to  do  with  the  immense 
development  of  ihe  industry  in  Germany. 

"  In  France  the  industry  grew  slowly,  the  total  output  in 
1880  hardly  exceeding  750,000  barrels  a  year.  To-day  the 
output  is  1,800,000  barrels.  The  works  of  the  Company  of 
French  Cements  at  Boulogne-sur-Mer  form  the  largesi 
Portland  cement  factory  in  the  world,  turning  out  about 
800,000  barrels  a  year.  In  Kussia  the  first  works  were 
established  in  1857,  and  there  are  now  eight  Portland  cement 
works,  making  900,000  barrels  a  year.  In  Belgium  there 
are  four  works,  producing  800,000  barrels.  In  Italy  the  Port- 
land cement  industry  does  not  properly  exist,  although  a 
certain  kind  of  natural  Portland  is  made.  In  Denmark, 
Norway,  and  Sweden  there  are  10  factories,  making  about 
8iMi,ooo  barrels. 

"  Portland  cement  was  imported  into  the  United  States 
as  early  as  1868.  In  1882  the  amount  imported  was 
:s7u,406  barrels,  and  last  year  it  exceeded  3,000,000  barrels. 
But  little  effort  has  been  made  to  develop  the  manufacture 
there.  The  materials  for  manufacture  are  as  hard  to  handle 
as  any  in  Germany,  and  the  processes  are  similar.  These 
are: — 1.  Grinding  the  rock  into  fine  powder;  2,  moulding 
it  into  bricks  ;  3,  drying  the  bricks  ;  1,  burning  in  an  inter- 
mittent kiln  with  alternate  layers  of  coke  ;  5,  grinding  the 
clinkers. 

"  These  operations  require  al  out  eight  days,  and  require 
great  care  to  produce  a  uniform  product.  The  cost  of  the 
system  is  too  great  to  make  it  successful  in  America.  The 
process  used  in  the  Portland  Cement  works  at  Coplay,  Pa., 
has  entirely  revolutionised  the  science  of  cement-making. 
Here  the  raw  compound  is  burnt  in  a  powdered  condition 
while  travelling  in  an  inclined  rotary  furnace  in  an  intensely 
hot  petroleum  Maine,  and  a  few  hours  is  sufficient  to  finish 
the  process.  The  cement  is  guaranteed  to  stand  400  lb. 
in  seven  days,  500  lb.  in  a  [month,  ami  600  lb.  in  three 
months,  and  to  leave  no  more  than  10  per  cent,  residue  on 
a  No.  80  sieve." 

German  Chemicals  in  Iniua. 
The  development  of  the  German  steam  service  with  the 
East  reveals  the  growing  power  of  Germans  in  the  Indian 
market  in  a  manner  that  would  have  been  impossible  if 
nearly  all  goods  were  still  slopped  by  way  of  this  country, 
as  in  former  days.  The  official  Indian  statistics  reoently 
published  give  the  following  particulars  of  some  of  the 
imports  into  British  India  from  Germany: — 


1689-90. 


1890-91. 


Rupees. 
Chemicals  (undenomiuated)  is. -,117 

Quinine ,         6,312 

Medicines |      is  430 

Opium 1  111 

Aniline  djes '     2»s.  ir,,-, 

Other  ilyes l.iuii 

Instruments  anil  apparatus W.471 


E&Upees. 
48,31 1 

24,266 

70,964 

1110 
297,01  i 

100,470 


ii.  i.  si.1892.]     THE  JOUKNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


285 


The  total  value  gf  all  goods  imported  into  India  from 
Germany  has  been: — In  1886  -87,Ks.  1,603,000;  1887 — 88, 
Re.  1,944,920;  1888—89,  Rs.  2,480,160  ;  1889—90,  Its. 
5,639,120;  1890—91,  Bs.  16,916,490.— Chemist  and  Drug- 
gist. 

Tin    Pbodi  i  iic.n  in    Phosphorus. 

Until  a  few  years  ago  the  countries  of  Central  and 
Northern  Europe  obtained  marly  the  whole  of  their  phos- 

I'li -from  England,  while  France  sent  pari  of  her  surplus 

production  to  Spain  and  Italy.  But  gradually  Russia  has 
secured  a  not  inconsiderable  share  of  the  Central  European 
trade,  a  fact  plainly  shown  in  the  German  statistics 
concerning  the  importation  of  phosphorus,  which   are  as 

follows  :  — 


Imports  from 

I8S3. 

1887. 

1889. 

1890. 

Tons. 

.. 

2 

Tuns. 
170 

" 

17 

2 

Tons. 
212 

2 

;ts 

Tuns. 
Ii7 

I  Mihi  oonnl  mi  . 

25 

Total 

179 

195 

202 

120 

-Ibid. 


Commercial  Museum    vi  Constantinople. 

An  intimation  has  been  received  from  Messrs.  Richard 
Shaw  and  Co.,  of  Liverpool,  to  the  effeet  that  a  permanent 
exhibition  for  displaying  samples  of  produce  and  manufac- 
tures has  heen  established  at  Constantinople. 

Its  object  is  to  draw  attention  to  and  make  known 
throughout  the  Ottoman  Empire,  as  well  as  in  foreign 
countries,  the  different  kinds  of  hand  and  machine-made 
goods,  and  to  give  a  larger  extension  to  the  demand  for 
these  goods  by  having  permanently  on  show,  in  premises 
specially  adapted  for  the  purpose,  properly  classified 
samples,  and  by  this  means  to  contribute  towards  the 
extension  of  the  commercial  relations  of  the  country  with 
other  States.  The  exhibition  will  be  divided  into  two 
sections. 

The  first  will  contain  samples  of  raw  material  produced 
in  the  Empire,  specimens  of  manufactures,  and  other 
articles  of  Turkish  make  ;  while  in  the  second  section  will 
he  classed  samples  of  Hritish  and  foreign  manufactures  and 
products  of  all  kinds.  The  museum  will  include  a  special 
bureau  of  commercial  and  industrial  information,  which 
will  supply  all  possible  details  as  to  Customs  tariffs,  cost  of 
goods  at  the  place  of  production  and  their  selling  prices  at 
the  markets  of  consumption,  the  cheapest  means  of  con- 
veyance by  sea  and  land,  the  charges  attending  the  import 
and  export  trade  with  Turkey,  aud  how  such  may  be 
reduced  to  their  lowest  possible  limits,  with  every  other 
information  on  commercial  matters  that  may  be  required. 

The  directors  of  the  museum  have  the  option  of  acting  as 
intermediaries  on  behalf  of  manufacturers  or  merchants, 
who,  with  a  view  to  protect  their  wares  against  spurious 
imitations,  may  be  desirous  of  benefiting  by  the  provisions 
of  the  law  relating  to  trade  marks,  &c,  or  on  behalf  of 
inventors  desirous  of  obtaining  patents.  A  special  book 
will  be  kept  at  the  store  in  which  entries  will  be  made  of 
the  nature,  quantity,  value,  place  of  origin,  and  the  names 
of  the  senders  of  all  goods  exhibited  in  the  magazin  aud 
sold  through  the  medium  of  the  directors,  as  also  particulars 
oi  any  improvements  effected  in  the  different  articles  of 
industrial  produce. 

The  following  are  the  rates  for  space  in  the  museum  :— 
1/.  7  s.  3<j.  per  square  metre  per  annum  ;  18s.  2d.  per  J  of  a 
square  metre  per  annum;  13s.  Sd.  per  i-  of  a  square  metre 
per  annum  ;  9s.  Id.  per  J  of  a  square  metre  per  annum,  for 
samples  of  any  article  or  product  whatsoever.— Board  of 
Trade  Journal. 


I'i  i ■uiii.Ki  m  Production  in  thk  United  States  in  1891. 
Bradstreet's  of  the  30th  January  says  that  :  — 
"The  petroleum  production  in  the  United  States  in  lH'.ll 
was  the  largest  in  the  history  of  the  industry.  In  ISS'.I  the 
total  production  was  35,163,513  barrels,  of  which  Penn- 
sylvania aud  New  York  produced  21,487,435  barrels; 
Ohio,  12,471,466  barrels;  West  Virginia,  544,113  barrels; 
Colorado,  316,476  barrels;  California,  303,220  barrels. 
The  remainder  was  produced  in  Indiana,  Kentucky,  Kansas. 
Texas,  and  Missouri.  No  detailed  figures  have  been  pub- 
lished for  1890,  bui  production  was  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  46,000,000  barrels,  of  which  about  29,000,000  were 
produced  in  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  and  Northern  West 
Virginia,  a  tittle  over  1,000,000  in  the  Macksburg  district, 
over  15,000,000  in  Lima,  and  1,000,000  in  other  districts, 
making  a  total  of  16,000,000.  The  production  in  1891  was 
approximately  50,150,000  barrels,  of  which  Pennsylvania, 
New  York,  and  West  Virginia  produced  about  34,500,000 
barrels  ;  Macksburg,  less  than 400,000 barrels  ;  Lima,  about 
14,500,000  barrels;  California,  350,000  barrels;  Colorado, 
32.5,000  barrels;  and  the  rest  of  the  country  50,000 
barrels." — Ibid. 

The  Adulteration  of  Fertilisers. 

The  Departmental  Committee  which  Mr.  Chaplin  has 
appointed  to  inquire  iuto  the  question  of  Agricultural 
Fertilisers  consists  of  the  following  members  :— Mr.  J.  S. 
Gathorne-Hardy,  M.P.,  Sir  Jacob  Wilson,  Dr.  .lames  Bell, 
C.B.,  r'.li.s..  Mr.  J.  F.  Rotton,  Q.C.,  Mr.  Channing,  M.P., 
Mr.  P.  M'Lagan,  M.P.,  and  Mr.  Albert  Pell,  with  Mr.  K.  T. 
Crauford  as  secretary.  The  following  are  the  terms  of 
reference :—"  To  inquire  into  and  report  upon  the  repre- 
sentations made  by  Chambers  of  Agriculture  and  other 
bodies  or  persons  with  reference  to  the  adulteration  of 
artifieial  manures  and  fertilisers  and  feeding  stuffs  used  in 
agriculture,  and  to  receive  and  report  upon  any  evidence 
which  may  be  forthcoming  on  the  subject,  and  to  consider 
whether  special  legislative  provisions  for  the  prevention 
and  detection  of  the  adulteration  of  the  commodities  referred 
to  appear  to  be  necessary,  and  if  so,  the  nature  of  those 
provisions." — Standard. 

New  Patent  Law  op  Germant. 

In  a  recent  report  to  his  Government,  the  United  States 
Consul-General  at  Berlin  encloses  the  following  translation 
of  an  extract  from  the  Hanover  Courier  concerning  the 
provisious  of  the  new  patent  law  of  Germany  ; — 

The  new  patent  law,  which  went  into  force  on  October  1st, 
contains  a  number  of  provisions  which  differ  very  materially 
from  the  former  requirements  of  law,  and  a  knowledge  of 
these  new  provisions  is  therefore  of  great  importance  both 
to  producers  and  consumers  of  patented  articles.  While 
formerly  the  industrial  use  of  products  manufactured 
according  to  a  patented  process  was  not  under  patent  pro- 
tection, a  paragraph  added  to  section  4  of  the  new  law 
provides  that  the  effect  of  the  granting  of  a  patent  for  a 
process  extends  also  to  articles  produced  directly  by  such 
process.  Accordingly,  a  dyer  who  obtains  and  uses  in 
Germany  dyestuffs  which  are  patented  in  Germany,  but 
which  are  produced  in  Switzerland  without  the  consent  of 
the  owner  of  the  patent,  makes  himself  liable  for  breach  of 
patent.  This  point  was  doubtful  under  the  old  lav,-.  The 
prosecution  for  such  breach  of  patent  is  rendered  easier  for 
the  owner  of  the  patent  in  so  far  as,  in  accordance  with 
section  35  of  the  new  law,  he  is  relieved  of  the  burden  of 
proof  that  the  patented  article  placed  on  the  market  is 
produced  according  to  this  patented  process ;  in  future,  in 
suits  for  infringement  of  patent,  the  burden  lies  on  the 
defendant  to  prove  that  the  article  in  question  was  produced 
by  another  process  than  the  patented  one.  The  above  pro- 
visions are  still  more  sharpened  by  the  fact  that,  according 
to  the  new  structure  of  the  law,  not  only  those  can  be  sued 
for  damages  who  violate  a  patent  knowingly,  but  also  those 
who  do  so  out  of  gross  carelessness.  All  of  tbese  new 
provisions  make  it  advisable  that  in  interested  industrial 
circles,  and  especially  among  small  tradesmen,  in  future 
patented  products  should  be  handled  with  the  greatest 
possible  circumspection,  with  careful   consideration   of  the 


23(5 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY.      [March  31.1892. 


new   provis -   of   law,    in    order   ti>    protect    themselves 

against  the  disadvantages  arising  from  a  breach  of  patent. — 
Hoard  of  Trade  Journal. 

A  New  Commercial  Oil. 

A  Chicago  glncose  company  is  now  turning  out  1,500 
barrels  per  day  of  a  new  commercial  product,  which  they 
call  "  com  oil,"  It  is  (s:us  the  Skipping  and  Commercial 
List)  a  yellow  liquid  much  resembling  linseed  oil  in  appear- 
ance, and  can  be  used  in  making  paint,  varnish,  or  soap. 
The  oil  is  contained  in  the  germinal  part  of  the  grain.  In 
the  process  of  manufacture  the  germ  is  separated  from  the 
kernel,  and  the  oil  obtained  by  hydraulic  pressure.  The 
oil  has  heretofore  been  a  waste  product,  which  was  lost  in 
the  ordinary  method  of  making  starch  and  glucose.  The 
proportion  of  oil  in  whole  corn  is  about  4  per  cent. — 
Chemist  and  Druggist. 


BOARV  OF  TRADE  RETURNS 
Summary  op  Imports. 


Month  ending  29tb  February 

1891. 

1892. 

£ 
1,891,649 

86-1,218 

622,098 

2,180,652 

£ 
1,752,223 

941,833 

592,1153 

Haw  materials   tor  non-textile  in- 
dustries. 

2.113,257 

Total  value  of  all  imports  .... 

33,311,351 

31,877,931 

Summary  of  Exports. 


Month  ending  29th  February 

1891.                    1892 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 

£ 

2,s:.(l72l 

756,000 
2,539,893 

£ 

2,629.389 

7(ll  .(122 

2,349,355 

20,470,621 

19,328,753 

Imports  of  Oils  for  Month  ending  20th  February. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


1892. 


...  Cwt. 

7,849 

12.4*7 

£ 

10,849 

£ 
14,125 

1,000 

-Mis 

40,084 

77,717 

61,562 

77.l'.2(i 

78,238 

in  i,i  ii  n 

:i.77'.>.71 7 

10,450,723 

202,283 

196,212 

2,609 

954 

1,1178 
1,134 

58,726 
22,029 

24,(170 

33,522 

45,780 

47,609 

58,002 

Other  articles  . 

.  Value  £ 
of  oils  ... 

•• 

•• 

6?,386 

79,226 

Total  value 

•■ 

•• 

522,098 

692,968 

Imports  of  Metals  for  Month  ending  29th  February. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


Copper  :— 
Ore Tons 

Regulus „ 

Unwrought 

Iron : — 
Ore 

Bolt,  bar,  &e. ...  „ 
Steel,  unwrought . .  „ 
Lead,  pig  and  sheet      „ 

Pyrites , 

Quicksilver Lb. 

Tin Cwt. 

Zinc Tons 

Other  articles  ...Value  £ 
Total  value  of  metals 


5,262 

11,113 

2,35s 

3117/153 
4,393 

S80 

12,065 

49,938 

1,237,896 

58,864 

3,896 


5,738 
82213 
2,680 

886,277 

■1,043 
388 
14,630 
69,194 
ii  7,: '05 
68,644 
3,475 


Values. 


1892. 


£ 

is.lsl 

.■III7.MS0 

131,000 

2:;:>.n5s 

40,281 

4,748 

157,767 
98,625 

1 12,01(1 

2(14,800 
89,069 

368,121 


1,891.049 


£ 

28,510 

218,950 
123,579 

278,187 
36,526 

1,138 

168,410 

104,812 

39,158 
263,824 

73,023 
423,106 


1,752,223 


Imports    of    Raw   Materials   for   Non-Textilb 
Industries  for  Month  ending  29th  February. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1892. 


Values. 


1892. 


Bark,  Peruvian  . 

Cwt. 

13,593 

12,717 

£ 

89,504 

£ 

28,541 

Lb. 

32,010 
877,065 

23,069 
375,206 

Cwt, 

22,945 

31,531 

Gum  :— 

„ 

3,438 

6,835 

10,774 

20,813 

8,795 

8,122 

Gutta-percha  . . . 

„ 

0,793 

3,816 

87,302 

47,591 

Hides,  raw : — 

„ 

32,443 

31.374 

80,820 

80,647 

Wet 

„ 

48.S36 

31,304 

Ins.l'.lll 

71,346 

„ 

637 

530 

3(1,527 

27,734 

Manure : — 

Tons 

1,482 

4,081 

12,612 

29,526 

13,4.57 

7.512 

70,621 

72.90S 

33,707 
60,128 

.    Cwt, 

53,445 

11,608 

Tons 

2,187 

2,448 

21,906 

23,726 

.. 

17,626 

21,817 

84.05S 

117,084 

Palp  of  wood  ... 

» 

12,835 

17,578 

08,417 

77,834 

Cwt. 

134,656 

210,13!) 

31,130 

41,300 

Tallow  and  stearin      „ 

.  5,49] 

101,495 

71,510 

133,121 

Tar...  

Barrels 

6,840 

2,338 

4,662 

1,691 

Wood:— 

Loads 

88,488 

126,917 

1.(2,2113 

214,898 

>• 

49,009 

78,551 

121,829 

2(13,443 

„ 

3,315 

5,666 

17,!>7(i 

36,868 

Tons 

5,275 

5,531 

47,501 

60,567 

Other  articles.... 

Value  £ 

•• 

723,745 

682,361 

Total  value 

•• 

•• 

8,180,658 

2,113,257 

Besides  the  nbove,  drugs  to  the  value  of  S5,-lHf,  were  imported 
as  against  53,ti09/.  in  February  1891. 


Mai  h3i.uk]     THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


L!S7 


Imports  of  Chemicals  and  Dyestuffs  for  Month 
ending  29th   Febru  \ry. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

5,319 

2,937 

£ 
3,241 

9,389 

£ 
2,651 

16,770 

Bark  (tanners,  &c.)     „ 

83,494 

10,766 

21,745 

38,078 

6,655 

11,105 

.. 

.. 

97,759 

131,951 

551 

256 

3,175 

2,080 

Cutch  and  gunbier  Tons 

2,993 

3,216 

69,507 

77,301 

Dyes  :— 
Aniline Value  £ 

,. 

24,580 

16,785 

•• 

•  • 

31,339 

26,1 139 

•• 

•  • 

1,079 

258 

17,672 

16,450 

361,851 

332,317 

Nitrate  of  soda....      „ 

195,455 

159,872 

70,55  4 

75,199 

Nitrate  of  potash  .      „ 

26,066 

30,253 

24,387 

25,772 

1,379 

4,326 

29,611 

63,223 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 

•• 

•• 

121,998 

156,383 

Total  value  of  chemicals 

•• 

•• 

864,218 

941 ,833 

Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  29th  February. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

.     Lb. 

843,400 

460,100 

£ 

18,816 

£ 
11,372 

Military  stores. . 

Value  £ 

■■ 

•  • 

67,591 

62,099 

1,1122,201) 

1,553,200 

20,710 

30,043 

Value  £ 

•  • 

97,939 

98,087 

.    Tons 

4  4,5 1 4 

39,780 

88,666 

76,225 

Products  of  coal 

Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

136,402 

180,805 

Earthenware  .. 

» 

.. 

141,932 

157,824 

., 

•  • 

9,323 

14,331 

Glass: — 

276,427 

242,951 

17,086 

12,800 

Flint 

8,469 

8,249 

19,181 

17,611 

.       „ 

68,452 

61,282 

31,600 

28,948 

Other  kinds.. 

.       ,. 

17,126 

13,322 

16,763 

10,757 

Leather : — 
Uuwrought .. 

13,522 

11,006 

116,882 

100,799 

Value  £ 

.. 

32,777 

24,904 

6,435 

123,900 
70,980 

128,121 
74,816 

Floorcloth 

Sq.  Yds. 

1,480,700 

1,869,400 

Painters'  materials  Val.  £ 

■  ■ 

.. 

126,846 

123,774 

70,913 

83,731 

125,026 

142,812 

3,689 

4,658 

29,519 

33,953 

36,938 

43,590 

43,183 

48,182 

•• 

•• 

2,539,893 

2,349,355 

Exports  of  Metals  (other  than  Machinery)  for 
Month  ending  li'Jrn  February, 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

8,844 

58,376 
30,031 
18,034 

218,581 
3,179 

9,089 

14,090 

8,827 

78,539 
33,778 
29,015 

18  4,310 
4,257 

8,41 4 
1 4.920 

£ 

38,701 

103,752 
104,379 
53,5:9 
193,  i:7 
99,348 
1,961,309 
48,099 
26,511 
22,300 
43,223 
1 4,052 
75,820 

£ 

39,295 

188,545 
101,02,8 
75,301 
180.074 
98,516 
1,694,132 
55,847 
23,712 
31,006 
39,719 
14,887 
86,607 

Copper  :— 

UnwrouRht 

Mised  metal 

Plated  wares . . .  Value  £ 
Telegraph  wires,  &c.   „ 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

•• 

■• 

2,850,721 

2,629,389 

ExroRTs  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals  for  Month  ending 
29th  February. 


Quantities. 

Values. 

Articles. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

514,049 
97,742 

420.170 
110,384 

£ 

182,992 

'  32,983 

£ 
152,855 

40,972 

Bleaching  materials    „ 

Chemical  manures.  Tons 

24,306 

27,620 

197,637 

202,162 

.. 

84,893 

83,600 

Other  articles  ...        „ 

257,495 

215.120 

" 

" 

756,000 

701,022 

iflont&Ip  patent  fcfet 

•  The  dates  Riven  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  OfBce  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  months  of  the  said  dates. 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPAIU  TUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 
Applications. 

2908.  H.  Salmon.  Acid  condenser  and  smoke  arrester, 
the  object  of  which  is  to  clear  the  atmosphere.    February  15. 

3013.  N.  Hunting.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  dis- 
tilling water  in  the  presence  of  air,  and  for  communicating 
heat  thereto,  and  for  supplying  water  and  air  thereto  and 
delivering  water  therefrom.  Complete  Specification.  Feb 
ruary  16., 


288 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE    SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.     [March  8i,  mi. 


3042.  R.  Harrison.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
means  for  heating  or  vaporising.     February  16. 

3215.  C.  Pryce.     Improvements  in  kilns.     February  18. 

3708.  F.  H.  Dancbell.     See  Class  XVI. 

3834.  E.  G.  Constantine.  Improvements  in  or  applicable 
to  annealing  and  other  furnaces.     February  27. 

4237.  F.  P.  Hill,  A.  J.  E.  Hill,  and  W.  Freeman. 
Adapting  glass  or  earthenware  bottles  and  vessel,0  of  a 
kindled  nature  for  the  purpose  of  containing  hydrofluoric 
acid  or  compounds  containing  hydrofluoric  acid.     .March  3. 

4907.  .1.  Lee  and  S.  Lancaster.  Apparatus  for  producing 
an  atmospheric  or  Bunseu  smokeless  flame  from  liquid 
hydrocarbons  as  fuel.     Complete  Specification.     March  12. 

4911.  T.  O.  Eastoa,  A.  Watt,  and  J.  Buchanan,  jun. 
Improvements  in  or  appertaining  to  apparatus  for  filtering 
saccharine  or  other  liquids  and  method  of  working  the  same. 
March  12. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted.* 

1890. 

20,16(!.  F.  M.  Robertson.  Process  and  apparatus  for 
evaporating  and  drying.     March  16. 

1891. 

5342.  H.  L.  Callendar.  Electrical  thermometers  or  pyro- 
meters.    March  2. 

8057.  W.  If.  Munris. — From  G.  Kaffenberger.  Digesting 
apparatus.     March  9. 

6587.  H.  Ilencke.  Method  and  apparatus  for  drying  and 
evaporating,  suitable  for  use  in  breweries,  distilleries,  sugar 
and  starch  manufactories,  and  other  industries.     March  16. 

7464.  A.  Hof.  Carburating  or  carbonising  apparatus. 
March  16. 

7446.  W.  Birch.  Apparatus  applicable  to  the  cleansing 
or  filtration  of  sewage  and  other  liquids.     March  9. 

1892. 

154.  A.  T.  Danks.  Appliances  for  saturating  air,  oxygen, 
or  other  gases  with  the  vapours  of  ether  or  other  volatile 
fluids.     February  24. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

3025.  H.  Axtmann.  Apparatus  for  producing  light  by 
the  combustion  of  magnesium  or  other  highly  luminiferous 
bodies.     February  16. 

3026.  J.  A.  Dubhs.  Improvement  in  the  manufacture  of 
asphaltum.     Complete  Specification.     February  16. 

3053.  G.  A.  Fuchs.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  coal-dust  bricks  from  bituminous  coal,  charcoal,  coke. 
ore  droBS,  brown  coal,  trad  the  like.     February  16. 

3092.  R.  L.  Barr,  J.  Macfarlane,  E.  J.  Mills,  and 
S.  Young.  Improvements  in  obtaining  cyanides.  Feb- 
ruary 17. 

3305.  O.  Sapori.  Improvements  relating  to  the  manu- 
facture and  utilisation  of  gar.  and  to  apparatus  therefor. 
Complete  Specification.     February  19. 

3326.  J.  Addie  and  J.  Cuninghame.  Improvements  in 
the  treatment  of  spent  lime  and  gas  liquors  and  of  blast 
furnace  and  other  gases  for  the  recovery  of  cyanides 
therefrom.     February  20. 

3355.  E.  W.  Harding.  Improvements  in  means  or 
apparatus  for  the  manufacture  into  blocks  or  moulded 
forms  of  carbonaceous  matter  for  use  as  fuel.  Complete 
S) itiration.     February  20. 

*  itoNote  (*)  on  previous  page. 


3442.  J.  B.  Butler.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
artificial  fuel.     February  22. 

3619.  T.  Zohrab.  An  improved  method  of  and  appa- 
ratus for  the  treatment  of  peat  and  the  conversion  of  peat 
into  charcoal.     February  24. 

3959.  .1.  Johnson. — From  H.  Kennedy,  United  Stair-. 
Improvements  in  coke  ovens.  Complete  Specification. 
March  1. 

3981.  J.  Addie  and  J.  Cuninghame.  Improvements  in 
the  treatment  of  blast  furnace  illuminating  and  other 
gases,  and  of  spent  lime  and  gas  liquors  for  the  recovery  of 
cyanides  therefrom.     March  1. 

3995.  A.  J.  Boult. — From  the  Chicago  Heat  Storage  Co., 
United  States.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  manu- 
facture of  fuel-gas.     Complete  Specification.     March  1. 

4032.  T.  R.  Osbourn.  Apparatus  for  quenching  coke. 
Complete  Specification.     March  1. 

1033.  T.  R.  Osbourn.  Apparatus  for  the  manufacture 
of  coke.     Complete  Specification.     March  1. 

4041.  I.  S.  McDougall  aud  J.  T.  McDougall.  Improve- 
ments in  the  treatment  of  mineral  oils  or  spirits  to  facilitate 
the  manufacture  of  gas  therefrom.     March  1. 

4241.  I*.  1).  Ferric  and  H.  J.  B.  Thiroux.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  enriching  ordinary  gas  by  means  of 
naphthalene.     March  3. 

4246.  J.  Woodward  and  F.  W.  Crossley.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  charging  aud  discharging  gas  retorts. 
March  3. 

4411.  J.H.Parkinson.  Improvements  in  the  separation 
of  oxygen,  nitrogen,  or  other  mechanically-mixed  fluids, 
aud  obtainmeut  thereof.     March  5. 

4440.  C.  Kilpatrick  and  The  Ferric  Sewage  and  Water 
Purification  Co.,  Lim.     See  (.'lass  X. 

4556.  A.  Jones  and  E.  Shepherd.  Improvements  in  or 
connected  with  means  or  apparatus  for  consuming  smoke 
and  economising  fuel.     March  8. 

4728.  J.  Moeller.  Improved  apparatus  for  making  gas 
from  oils,  fatty  substances,  and  other  material.      March  10. 

4907.  J.  Lee  and  S.  Lancaster.      See  Class  I. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1890. 

19,888.  J.  Love.  Manufacture  of  gas  and  apparatus 
therefor.     March  9. 

1891. 

578.  N.  Bourgoin  and  H.  Decorce.  Apparatus  for 
making  gas.     March  16. 

5960.  B.  J.  B.  Mills.— From  E.  L.  Clarke.  Machinery 
for  the  manufacture  of  peat  fuel.     March  9. 

6947.  W.  T.  Cotton  and  E.  F.  B.  Crowther.  Gas  retorts. 
March  2. 

7846.  B.  FIgger.  Automatic  apparatus  for  indicating  the 
presence  in  or  absence  from  a  space  of  gases  of  different 
specific  gravity  from  the  ordinary  gaseous  contents  of  such 
space.     March  16. 

21,223.  W.  R.  Alpe.  Apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of 
fuel  blocks.     March  2. 

1892. 

SIS.  (,.  B.  Field.  Means  for  burning  straw,  cornstalks, 
and  such  like  fuel.     February  24. 

965.  W.  K.  Vickers  ami  G.  A.  Everett.  Machinery  or 
apparatus  for  effecting  the  complete  mixture  of  inflammable 
gas  or  vapour  with  air.      March  2. 


March  si,  1982.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


289 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 
Applications. 
2953.    C.  I).   Abel. — From   The    Aetiengcscllsehaft    fur 
Aniliii  Fabrikation,  Germany.     Manufacture  of   new  bases 
and  colouring  matters  therefrom.     February  15. 

3698.  I.  linos.  Manufacture  of  a  new  compound  result- 
ing from  the  reaction  of  a  methylphenylhydrazine  and 
salicylaldehyde.     February  25. 

:S71S.  J.  V.  Johnson. —From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany,  [mprovements  in  and  relating  to 
the  manufacture  and  production  of  dyes  derived  from 
triphern  l-meihane  and  of  leneo  compounds  thereof,  and  of 
intermediate  products  in  the  >ai<l  manufacture.  February  25. 
3791.  A.  -I.  Bonlt. — From  The  Firm  of  W.  Bruns, Germany. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  colours  specially 
applicable  for  colouring  photographs.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    February  2fi. 

1109.  A.  Bang. —  From  G.  A.  Dahl,  Germany.  A  new 
black  azo  dye-Stuff,  and  the  production  of  the  same. 
March  3. 

I  I  in.  A..  Bang. — From  G.  A.  Dahl,  Germany.  A  black 
cotton  dyestuff,  combinations  of  the  same,  and  processes 
for  the  production  thereof.     March  2. 

1 106.  I  '•  tmray.  —  F'roin  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  und  Brilning,  Germany.  Manufacture  of 
Inta-amido  crolonic  anilide  and  of  bcta-iiicthylaiuido- 
crotonic  anilide.      March  5. 

4407.  0.  Imray. —  F'roin  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  und  liri'm'u  g,  Germany.  Process  for  the 
production  of  a  red  colour  on  textile  fibres.     March  5. 

IG77.  P.  Monnet.  The  manufacture  of  new  colouring 
matters  or  dyes.     Complete  Specification.     March  u. 

47GG.  < ).  Imray.  —  From  Messrs.  Kuchler  ami  Huff, 
Germany,  Process  for  the  production  of  methylendiplicnyl 
di-imide  and  its  homologues  and  the  conversion  thereof 
into  diamidodiphenylmethan  and  its  homologues  and  into 
fuchsine.     March  10. 

4932.  F.  (ieromont  and  H.  Goldenherg.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  colouring  matters.     March  12. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

3270.  A.  Fischesser.  Process  for  producing  azo  colour- 
ing matters.     March  2. 

4871.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.  Manufacture  of  colouring  matters 
derived  from  anthraquinone.     March  16. 

5984.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  F'arbenfabrikeu  vormals 
F.  Layer  and  Co.  Manufacture  or  production  of  azo- 
c  doming  matters.      February  24. 

6370.  Brooke,  Simpson,  and  Spiller,  Lim.,  and  A.  G. 
Green.  Production  of  new  bases  and  of  azo-colouring 
matters  therefrom.     March  16. 

6972.  S.  Pitt. — F'rom  L.  Cassella  and  Co.  Production  of 
amidonaphtholsulpho  acids  and  of  dyestuffs  therefrom. 
.March  9. 

725S.  .1.  V.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik.  Manufacture  and  production  of  dyes  belonging 
to  the  rhodamine  series,  and  of  new  materials  for  use  in 
their  preparation.     March  9. 

7713.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  The  manufacture  and  production 
of  diazo  dyes,  and  of  intermediate  products  in  their 
preparation.     March  16. 

7963.  ().  Imray. — F'roin  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister. 
Lucius,  und  Brilning.  Manufacture  of  nitro-  and  amido- 
methyl-phenylpyrazolon  and  a  derivative  of  the  latter. 
March  16. 

7964.  O.  Imray. — From  The  F'arhwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  und  Briining.  Production  of  blue  colouring  matters. 
March  16. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Applications. 

3210.  A.  Rowbotham.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
vegetable  textile  materials  such  as  cotton,  jute,  and  the  like, 
for  the  purpose  of  deodorising,  cleaning,  and  restoring  the 
same,  and  in  apparatus  for  use  in  connexion  therewith, 
which  improvements  are  also  applicable  to  the  treatment  of 
sponges.     February  18. 

3268.  R.  Brown  and  .1.  C.  Allardice.  An  improved 
composition  for  finishing  linen  and  other  fabrics.  Feb- 
ruary 19. 

3369.  T.  Thomson.  Improvements  in  compositions  for 
waterproofing  paper,  woven  fabrics,  and  other  materials. 
February  20. 

3650.  J.  Clegg.  An  improved  method  for  carbonising  or 
extracting  vegetable  or  other  foreign  matter  from  wool, 
woollen,  or  worsted  fabrics.     February  25. 

3979.  .1.  A.  Wilson  and  1).  Nicoll.  Treating  vegetable 
fibres  either  in  the  raw  or  in  the  manufactured  state  in  order 
to  arrest  or  retard  decay.      March  1. 

4692.  .1.  Yillicus.  A  process  for  producing  fibre  from 
the  hop  plant  for  textile  purposes  or  pulping.     March  9. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

6698.  .1.   G.   Smith From   F.    Doller.      Waterproofing 

textile  materials.     March  16. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

2939.  A.  Ophoven.  Improved  art  or  process  or 
colouring  pictures  or  textile  fabrics.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    F'ebruary  15. 

3413.  C.  Owens.  An  improvod  method  of  bleaching  raw 
cotton  or  other  vegetable  fibres.     F'ebruary  22. 

4278.  H.  Thies  and  E.  Herzig.  Improvements  in 
bleaching.     Complete  Specification.    -March  4. 

4823.  C.  J.  E.  de  Haen.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  bleaching  of  vegetable  and  animal  fibres  or  other 
organic  substances.     March  11. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1892. 

2096.  W.  Searle  and  \V.  H.  Elliot.  Apparatus  for 
dying  or  chemically  treating  and  drying  paper,  felt,  or 
other  fabrics.     March  16. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 
Applications. 

2991.  J.J.  Knight.  Improved  treatment  of  chloride  of 
ammonium  produced  in  the  manufacture  of  soda  by  the 
ammonia-soda  process  to  obtain  carbonate  of  ammonia  and 
chlorine.     February  16. 

3491.  The  Manchester  Oxygen  (Brin's  Patent)  Company, 
Limited,  and  W.  M.  Jackson.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  carbonic  acid.     February  23. 


•290 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  a, W92. 


3794.  (l.  V7.  Sharp  aud  C.H.- Harvey.  Improvements  in 
or-  relating  to  converting  ferrous  chloride  into  ferric  chloride, 
and  in  apparatus  therefor.     February  26. 

3880.  E.  Bijan.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
oxalic  acid  and  cellulose.  Complete  Specification. 
February  27. 

4346,  P.  E.  Singer.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  the  hydrides  of  the  metals  of  the  alkalis.     March  5. 

4527.  C.  G.  Collins.  An  improved  process  for  the 
purification  of  brine.     Complete  Specification.     March  8. 

4ii:")7.  II.  C.  Bull  and  G.  W.  Sharp.  Improvements  in 
or  connected  with  the  manufacture  of  ferric  chloride. 
March  9. 

4705.  II.  W.  Crowther.  Improvements  in  treating 
liquors  containing  sulphocyanides  for  the  purpose  of 
separating  the  said  sulphocyanides  therefrom.     March  10 

4851.  F.  Ellershausen,  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  soda  and  potash.     March  11. 

4903.  M.  N.  d'Andria.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  sulphocyanides.     March  12. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

1311.  C.  F.  Claus.  Manufacture  of  the  illuminates, 
sulphates,  and  carbonates  of  soda  and  potash,  and  the 
production  or  recovery  of  alumina  and  other  by-products. 
March  1C. 

4712.  J.  l'edder.  Using  a  combination  of  sulphuric 
acid  for  the  decomposition  of  chlorides,  sulphides,  sulphates, 
and  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen.     March  16. 

6509.  J.  W.  Wilson  and  C.  II.  G.  Harvey.  Treating 
waste  liquor  from  galvanising  works  and  other  similar 
liquors  to  obtain  ferric  chloride.     February  24. 

8006.  E.  L.  C.  Martin.  Manufacture  of  caustic  soda  and 
caustic  potash.     March  16. 

8018.  G.  Lunge  and  J.  Dewar.  Process  for  the  recovery 
of  sulphur,  carbonate  of  soda,  and  iron  oxide  from  double 
sulphide  of  sodium  and  iron.     March  2. 

8844.  A.  F.  M.  L.  Paillard.  Manufacturing  and  regene- 
rating salts  of  peroxide  of  iron.     March  9. 

17,130.  F.  Perez  -  Gutierrez.  Process  for  moulding 
common  salt  (chloride  of  sodium)  by  melting  it  previously. 
February  21. 

20,713.  C.  Kellner.  Manufacture  and  production  of 
chlorine  and  alkaline  carbonates.     February  24. 


1892. 

212.  S.  C.  C.  Currie.  Improvements  in  the  art  of 
producing  insoluble  chlorides  direct  from  the  metals. 
March  2. 

2389.  L.  Bruuner  and  A.  Zanuer.  Process  for  preparing 
at  the  same  time  neutral  sulphate  of  soda  and  precipitated 
phosphate  of  lime.     March  16. 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTEKY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 

Applications. 

3586.  C.  Armstrong.  Improvements  in  kilns  or  ovens 
for  burning  and  glazing  sanitary  ware  and  the  like.  Oom- 
ph tc  Specification.     February  24. 

:".S17.  .1.  Hughes  and  C.  Billiugton,  jun.  Improved 
construction  of  spurs, -stilts,  and  thimble-pins  for  use  in 
supporting  pottery  ware  whilst  being  fired.     February  27. 


4525.  H.  I).  Fitzpatrick. — From  M.  Schreiber  and  L. 
Oettinger,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
manufacturing  glass  bricks.  Complete  Specification. 
March  8. 

4545.  H.  II.  Pitt.  Improvements  in  the  process  of  the 
manufacture  of  pressed  glass  articles,  aud  in  apparatus 
therefor.     March  8. 

4585.  F.  Wright  and  C.  Rawle.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  articles  of  glass,  and  in  apparatus  therefor. 
March  8. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
1891. 

21,997.  J.  K.  Thompson.  Fire-resisting  bricks  and 
material  for  lining,  facing,  or  coating  fireplaces,  fireboxes, 
furnaces,  ovens,  and  kilns  of  every  kind.     February  24. 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

2957.  H.  Hartmann.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  a  resistible  material,  chiefly  designed  for  building  pur- 
poses.    Complete  Specification.     February  15. 

2970.  E.  Robbins.    Improvements  in  buildings,  structures, 

aud  decorative  works,  in   vitreous,  cementitious,  aud  other 
materials,  plant,  aud  machinery  therefor.     February  16. 

3079.  C.  R.  Coweus.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  calcination  of  limestone,  ironstone,  or  the  like  substances, 
and  in  the  recovery  and  utilisation  of  by-products  aud 
residuals  for  commercial  purposes.     February  17. 

3125.  J.  M.  Bridson.  An  improved  brick  for  building 
purposes.     February  17. 

3315.  W.  Thompson.  Improvement  in  the  method  of 
calcining  limestone.     February  20. 

3539.  H.  Briluson  and  E.  W.  Gillett.  Improvements 
in  building  or  paving  blocks.  Complete  Specification. 
February  23. 

4131.  J.  T.  Enowles.  —  From  Die  Actiengesellschaft 
"  Cimbria,"  Denmark.  A  process  for  the  treatment  of  raw 
materials  to  be  used  in  the  production  of  Portland  cement. 
March  2. 

4149.  \V.  H.  Charlesworth.  Improvements  in  slurry- 
drying  structures  used  in  the  manufacture  of  cement. 
March  2. 

4295.  J.  W.  Ardin  aud  J.  Brown.  An  improvement  in 
the  construction  of  blocks  or  bricks  for  street  pavements. 
March  4. 

4408.  C.  J.  Dobbs.  Improvements  iu  the  manufacture 
of  scoria  or  slag  blocks  for  paving  and  other  purposes. 
March  5. 

4496.  J.  S.  Holliday.  Improved  artificial  stones.  Com- 
plete Specification.     March  7. 

4499.  J.  Lyle.  Improved  combination  of  ingredients  to 
form  asphalt  compounds,  specially  adapted  for  road  and 
paving  purposes  generally.     March  7. 

4511.  S.Turner.     An  improved  fireproof  floor.     March  8. 

4540.  G.  M.  Graham.  Improvements  in  building  or 
paving  blocks.     Complete  Specification.     March  8. 

4553.  J.  W.  Knights.  An  improvement  iu  burning 
Portland  cement.     March  8. 


March  Si,  1892.]      THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


291 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

7184.  W.  W.  Horn.— From  W.  L.  Mason,  T.  W.  Blakey, 
aud  J.  A.  Wright.     Artificial  stone.     March  2. 

10,137.  II.   H.  Lake.— From   II.  B.  Seely.    Construction 

of  floors.     March  9. 

22,198.  F.  II.  Willis  and   E.    Astley.      Fireproof  floor. 
March  10. 

1892. 
795.  E.  Websky.     Treating  gypsum  casts.     February  24. 
1827.    W.  Brown.     Method    of  jointing  concrete  paving. 
March  9. 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 

Applications. 

2927.  H.  I'idot.  Improvements  in  the  production  of 
aluminium.     February  15. 

3H24.  A.  G.  Brookes.— From  B.  C.  Molloy,  South  Africa. 
Improvements  in  precipitating  and  collecting  metals  from 
solutions  containing  them.     February  16. 

3090.  A.  D.  Leyshou.  An  improvement  in  the  process 
of  coating  tin  and  terne  plates,  and  in  apparatus  therefor. 
February  17. 

3237.  It.  A.  Hadfield.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  cast  steel  projectiles.      February  19. 

3308.  M.N.  d'Andria.  Improvements  in  the  recovery 
of  hydrochloric  acid  aud  ferric  oxide  from  ferrous  chloride. 
February  19. 

3422.  A.  E.  Tucker   and  F.  W.  Harbord.     Improvements 

in    the   linings   of    steel    converters,    Siemens    and    other 
metallurgical  furnaces.      February  22. 

3493.  K.  L.  Sentiuella.  An  improved  treatment  of  iron 
and  steel  for  casting  the  same  from  crucibles.     February  23. 

3844.  T.  Twynam.  Improvements  in  the  separation  of 
tin  from  tin  scraj).     February  27. 

3854.  T.  M.  Ash  and  II.  W.  Gill.  Improvements  relating 
to  the  depositing  of  metals.     February  27. 

3947.  B.  Talbot,  sen.  Improved  form  of  furnace  for 
iron  and  steel  manufacture.     March  1. 

4173.  I'.  Rossigneux.  Improved  method  or  means  of 
desulphurising  eastings  or  alloys  of  certain  metals.  Date 
applied  for,  October  28,  1891,  being  date  of  application  in 
France.     Filed  March  2. 

4215.  F.  G.  Fuller.  Improvements  in  the  extraction  and 
recovery  of  gold  and  silver.     March  3. 

4333.  F.  Sugden  and  T.  Sugdeu.  Treatment  of  cast 
iron.     March  4. 

4334.  J.  Jones.  Improvements  iu  the  manufacture  of 
sheet  iron.     March  4. 

4440.  C.  Kilpatrick  aud  the  Ferric  Sewage  and  Water 
Purification  Company,  Limited.  A  new  or  improved  process 
for  the  utilisation  of  oxide  of  iron  obtained  as  a  by-product 
in  the  smelting  or  extraction  of  copper  from  cupreous  ores, 
or  from  spent  oxide  obtained  as  a  by-product  in  the 
purification  of  gas.     March  7. 

4460.  W.  1'.  Thompson.— From  W.  J.  Miles,  jun., 
H.  S.  Deming,  and  A.  Herz,  United  States.  Improvements 
in  metallic  alloys.     Complete  Specification.     March  7. 

4488.  T.  Evans  and   H.  C.   Bunkell.     Improvements   in 

amalgamating  the  precious   metals  and    their  ores,  and  the 
like,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     March  7. 

4644.  J.  Nicholas.  An  improved  means  of  extracting 
precious  aud  other  metals  from  their  ores,     March  9. 


Complete  Specifications  Acceited. 

1891. 

3057.  C.  A.  Faure.  Manufacture  or  production  of 
aluminium  alloys.     February  24. 

5851.  W.  Sowerby  and  E.  Casper.  Casting  metals. 
March  16. 

6942.  W.  Beardmore.  Manufacture  of  armour  plates  and 
apparatus  therefor.     March  2. 

8083.  L.  Mond.    Manufacturing  nickel  alloys.     March  9. 

HI  15.  A.  W.  Warwick.  Process  for  extraction  of 
antimony  from  its  ores,  and  separation  of  other  metals 
therefrom.     March  16 

9iil:i.  A.  M.  Clark From  The  Deutsche  Gold  und  Silber 

Scheide-Anstalt,  vormals  Koessler,   through  Wirth  and  Co. 
Process  for  desilverising  argentiferous  lead.     March  9. 

9757.  R.  Heathtield.  Process  for  coating  or  cleaning 
metals.    February  24. 

1892. 

581.  G.  Pickhardt.  Improvemeuts  in  connexion  with  the 
use  of  aluminium  and  aluminium  alloys.     March  16. 

1984.  D.  Dyreuforth.  Manufacture  or  treatment  of  iron 
or  steel.     March  9. 


XL— ELECTKO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Applications. 

2913.  G.  Nahnsen.  Improvements  in  the  electro- 
metallurgic  extraction  of  ziuc.  Complete  Specification. 
February  15. 

3114.  C.  Thompson.  Improvements  in  electrical  primary 
batteries.     February  17. 

3120.  P.  H.  Bertrand.  Improvements  relating  to  galvauo- 
plastics  or  the  electro-deposition  of  metal.     February  17. 

3512.  G.  I).  Davis.  Improvements  in  the  process  of 
electrolysing  alkaline  salts.     February  23. 

3514.  G.  I).  Davis.  Improvements  in  the  process  of 
electrolysing  alkaline  salts.     February  23. 

3523.  O.  Imray. — From  C.  Wasmuth,  Germany.  Im- 
proved galvanic  element.     February  23. 

3559.  S.  W.  Kimble.     .See  Class  XIII. 

3881.  K.  Kahabka.  Improvements  in  electrical  accumu- 
lators.    Complete  Specification.     February  27. 

4103.  R.Goodwin.  Electro-deposition  of  aluminium  on 
metals.     March  2. 

4154.  E.  Viarengo.  Improvements  in  electric  batteries. 
March  2. 

4190.  I".  M.  A.  Laurent-Cely  and  E.  Finot.  Improve- 
ments in  electrical  batteries.     March  3. 

4316.  E.  G.  Hoffmann.  Improvements  in  electric 
welding  and  iu  apparatus  therefor.     March  4. 

4456.  R.  W.  James.— From  G.  E.  Gale,  United  States. 
A  process  for  electro-plating.     March  7. 

4458.  R.  W.  James. — From  G.  E.  Gale,  United  States. 
An  electrode  for  electro-plating.     March  7. 

4576.  J.  V.  Sherrin.  Improvements  in  secondary 
batteries.     March  8. 

4579.  S.  A.  Rosenthal  and  J.  V.  Sherrin.  Improvements 
iu  galvanic  batteries  and  battery  liquids.     March  8. 

4758.  W.  Boggett.  Improvements  in  the  method  and 
means  of  obtaining  electricity.     March  10. 

4768.  S.  W.  Maijuay.  Improvements  in  electric  batteries. 
March  111 

4820.  L.  Mercky.  Improvements  in  primary  batteries. 
March  11. 


292 


THE  JOUENAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [March  Si,  1882. 


COMPLETE    Sl'EClIU'ATKlNS    ACCEPTED. 

1891. 

2471.  T.  \V.  Bush  and  M.  Doubleday.  Manufacture  of 
hjdrolysed  1l:i> I  cells  for  electrical  or  storage  batteries. 
March  9. 

5167.  !•'.  E.  Elmore  and  A.  S.  Elmore.  Manufacture  of 
tubes  by  electrolysis.     March  2. 

6243.  S.  M.  L.  l'.it/.  and  R.  Grebner.  Galvanic  batteries. 
February  2  I. 

6247.  J.  V.  Johnson. — From  F.  Gendron.  Automatic 
regulating  apparatus  employed  in  connexion  with  galvanic 
batteries.     February  24.' 

6793.  P.  C.  E.  Champion.  Tb,e  application  of  electricity 
for  the  production  of  pyrotechnic  and  other  effects, 
applicable  also  for  signalling  and  advertising  purposes,  and 
apparatus  therefor.     March  1  6. 

7i'i!i7.  ('.  P.  Elieson.  Electrical  accumulators  or  storage 
batteries,     March  9. 

S227.  \\\  P.  Thompson.— From  II.  G.  Tudor.  Electrodes 
lor  electric  Accumulators.     March  2. 


8845.     R.     Haddan. 

batteries.      March  9. 


-From    I.    Cabanyes.       Galvanic 


1892. 


1:191.  The  Loudon  Metallurgical  Co.  ami  S.  O.  Cowper- 
Coles.  Coating  article-  \\  itli  a  new  metallic  alloy  by  electro- 
deposition.     March  ■_'. 

1484.    J.   B.    Entz   ami    W.     A.     Phillips.       Secondary 

batteries.      March  2. 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Applications. 

3239.  C  II.  Ridsdale.  Improvements  in  lubricating  with 
solid  lubricants.     February  19. 

4174.  J.  Porteous.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
and  preparation  of  soap  or  pieces  of  soap  for  sale  or  use. 
March  2. 

-I2."i0.  R.  Zurrer.  Improved  process  for  transforming  the 
unsaturated  oleaginous  fatty  acids  into  less  fusible  saturated 
fatty  acids.  Filed  March  :(.  Date  applied  for  August  I, 
1891,  being  date  of  application  in  France. 

1117.  ( )•  Tillev.  A  new  or  improved  cleansing  composition 
and  process  of  cleaning  and  purifying  foul  casks  or  barrels 
and  the  like.     March  7. 

4649.  J.  Gibson  and  ('.  Estcourt.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  soap.     March  9. 

4883.  II.  Shaw.  Improvement  in  the  manufacture  of 
soap.      March  12. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

4454.  R.  Stone.  Manufacture  of  soap  and  utilisation  of 
the  residue  of  the  substances  used  therein.     March  9. 

7251.  W.  X.  Hartley  and  W.  E.  I!.  Blenkinsop.  Thicken- 
ing oil.    February  24. 

21,438.  C.  L.  Field  Manufacture  of  super-fatted  soap. 
March  2. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES,  and 
RESINS. 

Applications. 

3142.  H.Taylor.  Improvement  in  the  manufacture  of 
paints  and  varnishes,  also  in  materials  for  use  of  same. 
February  17. 

:;:;  17.  .1.  C.  Margetson.  A  method  of  devulcanising 
vulcanised  india  -  rubber,  so  as  to  recover  raw  rubber 
and  the  materials  contained  in  the  vulcanised  rubber. 
February  20. 

355.9.  S.  W.  Kimble.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  compositions  for  insulating  or  other  purposes. 
February  23. 

4169.  F.  C.  Williams,  M.  E.  Williams,  and  ('.  May. 
Improvements  in  or  relating  to  bronze  or  other  metallic 
paints.     March  2. 

4252.  I>.  Rigole.  Improvements  relating  to  the  extraction 
of  gutta-percha,  and  to  apparatus  therefor.  Complete 
Specification.     March  :>. 

4522.  W.  Thompson.  An  improvement  applicable  to 
blocks  of  laundrv  blue,  black  lead,  and  similar  compositions. 
March  8. 

4650.  .1.  Gibson  and  C.  Estcourt.  Improvements  iu  the 
manufacture  of  washing  blue.     March  9. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

5977.  J.  Robson.     Preservative  coatings  for  iron  or  other 
structures.     February  24. 

7036.  (t.    Hand    Smith.      Treatment  of    gums    aud   the 
preparation  of  varnishes  therefrom.     February  24. 

8022.  A.Honmanand  B.  Vulliez.     Process  and  apparatus 
for  the  manufacture  of  white  lead.     February  24. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 
Applications. 

3105.  C.  Cosinerie.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  a  light  coloured  albumen   from  blood.     February  17. 

4783.  J.  Pullman,  W.  R.  Pullman,  and  A.  Pullman.  An 
improved  process  for  treating  skins  and  hides.     March  In. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

8796.  R.  Wright  and  D.  Wright.  Machinery  or 
apparatus  for  staking,  softening,  ami  perchiug  leather. 
March  16. 

1892. 

951.  L.  Bertram.  Process  and  apparatus  for  extracting 
glue  or  gelatin  and  grease  out  of  hide  and  skin  waste,  and 
of  bones  at  comparatively  low  temperature.     February  24. 


Kirch  31,1831]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCEETT  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


293 


XV.— AGRICULTURE  and  MANURES. 

Applications. 

3029.  II.  II.  Lake. — from  the  Biolytic  Gypse  Co., 
United  States.  An  improved  insecticide  and  fertiliser. 
Complete  Specification.     February   16. 

3301.  I!.  Willeox. — From  The  Farbenfahriken  vorihals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.     .See  Class  XX. 

3806.  E.  Groc  and  E.  Ramorid.  A  composition  or 
dressing  for  vines  and  other  trees.     February  2G. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

8402.  A.  Knorre.  Manufacture  of  artificial  manure. 
March  1G. 

22,192.  L.  Lamattina.  Conversion  into  manure  of  the 
refuse  and  foul  matter  from  cities  and  towns.   February  24. 


XVI.— SUGARS,   STARCHES,   GUMS,  Etc. 
Applications. 

3241.  A.  G.  Brookes. — From  F.  Paetow,  Germany. 
Improvements  in  refining  or  purifying  sugar.     February  l'J. 

37(18.  F.  H.  Danchell.  Improvements  in  the  cleaning 
and  revivifying  of  charcoal  in  filters  for  saccharine  juice, 
water,  and  other  liquids,  and  in  and  connected  with  the 
construction  of  such  filters.     February  25. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
1891. 


21,477.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  J.   Hirsch. 

ture  of  cube,  loaf,  and  similar  sugar.     March  ■_'. 


Manufae- 


XVII.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

3010.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  C.  F.  Lawton,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  the  process  of  manufacturing 
beer,  ale,  wine,  cider,  or  the  like.  Complete  Specification. 
February  1 6. 

3011.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  C.  F.  Lawton,  lulled 
States.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  and  apparatus  for 
manufacturing  beer,  ale,  wine,  cider,  or  the  like.  Complete 
Specification.     February  16. 

3798.  W.  L.  Wise. — From  A.  Antheaume,  Fiance.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  beer.     February  26. 

3890.  A.  R.  Waddell.     A  beverage.     February  29.- 

1682.  A.  .1.  Boult. — From  The  Pfaudler  Vacuum  Fermen- 
tationCo.,  United  States-.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  beer.     Complete  Specification.     March  9. 

4688.  A.  J.  Boult. — From  The  Pfaudler  Vacuum  Fermen- 
tation Co.,  United  Slates.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  beer.     Complete  Specification.     March  9. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

7272.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  A.  II.  Jacques.  Appa- 
ratus for  converting  amylaceous  substances  into  soluble 
products.     March  9. 

20,649.  C.  Hof. — From  Schneider.  Production  of  colour 
malt.     March  1G. 

21,698.  P.  A.  Attout,  called  Tailfer.  Distilling  and 
apparatus  therefor.     March  9. 


1044.  J.  F.    Henderson 
wine.     February  24. 


1892. 
Manufacture   of   unferiuented 


XVIII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 
A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

3377.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  La  Societe  Mateu  del  Cano  et 
Cie.,  France.  Improvements  relating  to  the  preservation  of 
meat.     February  20. 

3462.  S.  Pitt. — From  J.  Mariosa,  Brazil.  An  improved 
process  for  the  preservation  of  meat.     February  22. 

3470.  G.  F.  Redfern.— From  G.  H.  Neuhauss,  J.  F.  H- 
Gronwald,  and  E.  H.  C.  Oehlmann,  Germany;  Improve- 
ments in  or  applicable  to  apparatus  for  sterilising  milk  and 
other  fluids.     Complete  Specification.     February  22. 

3592.  P.  McArdle.  The  preserving  of  fresh  eggs.  Feb- 
ruary 24. 

4928.  G.  D.  Sutherland.     An  improved  food.     March    12. 


C. — Disinfectants. 

3933.  G.  Kraemer.  Process  for  the  preparation  of 
sulphonate  salts  from  phenylised  ethane  derivatives  and  the 
preparation  of  disinfectants  therefrom.     February  29. 

3977.  S.  Armitage  and  A.  Gadot.  An  improved  com- 
pound for  disinfecting,  deodorising,  antiseptic,  preservative, 
and  similar  purpose-.     March  1. 

li'o.V  W.  Garthwaite.  A  new  and  improved  method  of 
disinfecting  infected  places,  called  a  disinfecting  smoke 
block.     March  3. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 
1891. 

4177.  W.  11.  Watson.  Means  employed  for  the  purifi- 
cation and  decolounsation  of  water,  dye,  ami  other  manu- 
facturing refuse  liquors,  sewage,  or  other  aqueous  or  saline 
liquids.     March  2. 

746G.    W.  Birch.      See  Class  I. 

8271.  II.  Wbilcv.  Improved  destructor  furnace  for 
refuse,  ami  apparatus  connected  therewith.     .March  16. 

22,531.  W.  Horsfall.  Furnaces  for  destroying  the  refuse 
and  dealing  with  the  sewage,  sludge,  and  other  offensive 
material  of  town-.      March  16. 

22,747.  J.  T.  Wood.  A  new  or  improved  method  or 
prdcesS  for  purifying  sewage  or  foul  water.     March  2. 


C. — Disinfectants. 
1891. 

17,121.  H.  B.  Thornton.  Manufacture  of  disinfectant 
tablets,  blocks,  or  the  like  for  use  in  water-closets,  urinals, 
drain-,  and  other  places  or  articles.     February  24. 


-"I  I 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [March  81, 1892. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
Applications. 

3091.  J.  Luke,  jun.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
the  manufacture  of  paper.     February  17. 

3103.  F.  T.  Jefferson.  A  new  or  improved  manufacture 
of  paper  for  the  copying  books  of  manifold  writers  for 
making  tracings  and  for  other  like  purposes.     February  17. 

3260.  .1.  Luke,  jun.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
the  manufacture  of  paper.     February  19. 

1073.  1'-  Wlnterhoff.  A  new  process  for  producing  water 
or  surface-marks  in  paper.     March  2. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

82G.  R.Brown  and  G.  Mackay.  Paper-making  machines 
for  making  the  surface  of  the  paper  equal  on  both  sides. 
February  24. 

3061.  J.  Feirabend.  Process  for  the  manufacture  of 
cellulose  wadding.     February  24. 

20,224.  T.  Luinb.  Machinery  or  apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  press  papers,  glazed  boards,  and  the  like. 
March  16. 


XX.— FINE   CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES, 

and  i:\TKACTS. 

Applications. 

3147.  A.  Hang. — From  G.  A.  Dahl,  Germany.  An  anti- 
pyretic and  anti-neuralgic  chinolin  derivative,  and  processes 
for  the  production  of  the  same.     February  18. 

3301.  B.  Willeox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in,  or  means 
for  tlie  treatment  of  trees  or  plants  for  destroying  caterpillars 
of  Liparis  monacka  and  other  insects  injurious  to  plant  life. 
February  19. 

3435.  1!.  Willeox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Haver  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture and  production  of  pharmaceutical  compounds. 
February  22. 

3698.   1.  lions.     See  Class  IV. 

4497.  B.  Willeox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  pharmaceutical  compounds.     March  7. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

0786.  J.  V.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  labrik.  Manufacture  of  hydrazine  or  diamidogeu 
and  its  salts.     February  24. 

7026.   11.   Willeox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken    vormals 
F.    Bayer   and   Co.     Manufacture   of   iodine    substitution 
products  of  phenols  and  cresols.     February  24. 


XXL— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  add 
MATERIALS. 

Applications. 

3500.  E.   Ireland.     A  new  or  improved  method  of  pro- 
ducing coloured  photographs.     February  23. 

3791.  A.  J.  Boult. — From  W.  Bruus  and  Co.,  Germany. 

.Sec  Class  IV. 

4498.   J.  Hauff.     A  process  for  developing  photographic 
images.     March  7. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
1891. 

7312.  W.  W.  J.  Nicol.     Photographic  printing  processes. 
March  2. 


XXII.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Applications. 

3605.  A.  Brock.  Improvements  in  material  for  fireworks. 
February  24. 

:f'.t.",7.  If.  1'.  Merriam.  Improvements  in  fuzes.  Com- 
plete Specification.     March  1. 

4146.  A.  V.  Newton. — From  A.  Nobel,  France. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  explosives.     March  2. 

4421.  R.  W.  S.  Griffith  and  G.  H.  Wadsworth. 
Improvements  in  the  treatment   of   explosives.     March    5. 

4659.  A.  Philip.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
nitroglycerin.     March  9. 

1660.  A.  Philip.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
nitro-glycerin.     March  9. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 


of    priming   caps    or 


1891. 

7256.     V.      Alder.       Manufacture 
exploders.     March  16. 

12,303.  K.  W.Anderson.  Machinery  for  the  manufacture 
(if  cordite  and  like  explosives.     March  16. 

I  7,319.  W.  E.  Fidier.  Detonating  fog-signalling  apparatus, 
and  detonators  for  use  therewith  for  signalling  on  railways, 
March  16. 


3175.    J.    E 
February  23. 


PATENT  UNCLAS8IFIABLE. 

Application. 
Fletcher.      The     carno-preservative    film. 


Printed  and  Published  by  Kyee  and  Spottisvioope,  Kast  Hardinpr  Street,  London,  E.C.,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 


THE   JOURNAL 


OF    THE 


Society  of  Comical  ^nbustty. 

A    MONTHLY    RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  4.— Vol.  XI.] 


APRIL    30,    1892. 


["Non-Members  30/-  per  annum  ;  Members 
21/-  per  Set  of  extra  or  bick  numbers  ; 
L    Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2/6. 


€ht  £»oci>tp  of  Cimntral  Intaustrp. 

Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  K.  Roscoe.M.P.,  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S 1881— 18S2. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel,  K.C.B.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S 1882—1883. 

Walter  Wcldon.  F.R.S 1883— 1884. 

\V.  11.  Perkin,  I'ii.D.,  F.R.S 1881r-lS85. 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1836. 

David  Howard 1886—1887. 

Prot.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S 1887—1888. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F,RS 1888—1889. 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Hart.,  F.R.S 1889— 189U. 

E.  Rider  Cuok 1890—1881. 


COUNCIL   FOR    YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 

President :  Pi-,'/.  J.  B»n  rson  R.  [molds,  W.V.,  D.Sc  .  F.II.S. 
Vice-Presidents : 
Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S.  Ludwig   Wood,  F.R.S. 

Wm.  Crowder. 

./><  uh  S    I'll  ih-tlll. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S. 
David  Howard. 

8.  If.  Johnson, 


Dr.  Hugo  Mull,  r,  F.R  S. 
li.  E.  R.  Nowlands. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.l'. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
Sir  John  Turney. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

Arthur  Boake. 

Jno.  <  'aldenoood. 

Dr.  Charles  Dreyfus. 

11.  Gnnishaw. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S, 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council  : 

E.K.  Muspratt. 
T.  L.  Pali,  rson. 
Boverton  Redwood. 

Jti<>,  Spilli  r. 

T.  ir.  Stuart. 

William  Thorp,  B.Sc. 


With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer : 
E.  Kider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 
Dr.  F  Hurt  >•. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Arehbutt. 

G.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc,  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 

H.  Krunner. 

E.  Rider  Cook. 

W.  T.  Dent. 

nhas.  Dreyfus,  Ph.D. 

Percy  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

|    F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 
C.  C.  Hutchinson, 
Wm.  Kellner,  Ph.D. 
Ludwig  Mnnd,  F.R.S. 
B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 
John  Pattinson. 
W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 
H.  R.  Procter. 
Boverton  Redwood. 
John  Spiller. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
Wm.  Thorp. 
Th<  mas  Tyrer. 


Editor : 
Watson  Smith,  University  College,  London,  W.C. 

Assistedby  the  following  Staff  of  Abstractors : 
S.  B.  Asher  Aron.  IV.,  IX.,  X. 

H.  Auer VII. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gen.Chcm. 
G.H.Beckett..    V.,  VI.,  VII. 

D.  Bendix m. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V.,  VI. 

Jos.Benia.vs.M.I.C.E.    I. 

E.  J.Bovan V..XIX. 


Bertram  Blount.  {vir^vYii 

Arthur  G.  Bloiam  XIV..  XV. 

J.C.  Chorley XXI. 

J.H.Collins X. 

\ . Cornish... Till.,  IX.,  XIII 

P.  Dvorkovvit.srh.il..  III..  IT., 
XII.,  Will..  Will 

W.  M.  Gardner v.,  VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton 1. 

I'.J.Hartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Client. 
IVof.D.E.  Jones,  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A   J.  King,  B.Sc VI.,  XVI. 

F.    S.    Kipping,  )        II.  and 
D.Sc S  Gen.  Clteiu. 


Chas.  A.  Kohn,    )  ,,        „, 
Ph.D  S  Chem. 

L.deKoningh  XVIII., XXIII. 

T.  A.  Lawson,  Ph.D. .    IT. 


J.    Walter    Leather, )  vv 
Ph.D jXV- 

F.H.Leeds.  III.,  XIII..  XXI. 

J. Lewkowitsch.1     Tit    vo 

Ph.D ;   in.  MI. 

A.  Liebmann,  Ph.D.  [  "xx'" 

A.  R.  Ling IV.,  XTI. 

D.A.Louis XV. 

W.  Maenab XXII. 

K.  E.  Markel,  Ph.D. . .     XII. 

A.  K.  Miller,  Ph.D..     III.,  IV. 

N.H.J.  Miller,  Ph.D.    XV. 

H.S. Pattinson, Ph.D.    VII.,  X. 

U.  T.  Pentcr-1    TVI     -«.,,., 
mann j  XVI-  XUI- 

G.  II.  Robertson XI. 

F.  W.  Rcnaut. . .    Patent  Lists. 

H.  Schlichter.Ph.D..    V..XV 

Edward  Simpson  ....    I. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

1).  A.  Sutherland  ...     II.,  III. 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

H.K.Tompkins,  B.Sc.    X. 

V.  H.  Veley,  M.A.    Gen.  Chem. 

C.  Otto  Weber,  Ph.D.  IV.,  XIII. 

A.  Wingham X. 


NOTICES. 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Utile  18  of  the 
Bye-laws,  uotice  is  hereby  given  that  those  Members  of 
Council  whose  names  are  plaeed  in  italics  in  the  annexed 
list  will  retire  from  their  respective  offices  at  the  forth- 
coming Annual  General  Meeting. 

Dr.  John  Evans,  F.R.S.,  has  been  nominated  to  the  office 
of  President;  and  Professor  J.Emerson  Key  nolcls,  F.R.S., 
has  been  nominated  Vice-President  under  Rule  11. 

Dr.F.  Hurter.  Or.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S.,  Mr.  John  Spiller, 
and  Professor  T.  E.  Thorpe,  E.R.S.,  have  been  nominated 
Vice-Presidents  under  Rule  8  ;  and  Mr.  Thos.  Tyrer  has  been 
nominated  an  Ordinary  Member  of  Council  under  Rule  17< 
in  the  place  of  Mr.  John  Spiller,  nominated  a  Vice-President. 

Mr.  Ludwig  Mond,  E.R.S.,  has  been  nominated  Foreign 
Secretary  ;  and  the  Treasurer  has  been  nominated  for  re- 
election. 

B 


29n 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        LApril so. !««■ 


Members  are  hereby  invited  to  nominate  fit  and  proper 
persons  to  fill  four  vacancies  among  the  Ordinary  Members 
of  Council  under  Rule  18.  Special  nomination  forms  for 
this  purpose  can  be  obtained  from  the  General  Secretary 
upon  application. 

Extract  from  Rule  IS: — "  No  such  nomination  shall  be 
valid  unless  it  be  signed  by  at  least  ten  Members  of  the 
Society  who  are  not  in  arrear  with  their  subscriptions,  nor 
unless  it  be  received  by  the  General  Secretary,  at  the 
Society's  Office,  at  least  one  month  before  the  date  of  the 
commencement  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting,  to  the 
election  to  take  place  at  which  it  refers.  Nor  shall  any 
such  nomination  be  valid  if  the  person  nominated  be  in- 
eligible for  election  under  Rules  12  or  15.  No  member  shall 
sign  more  than  one  nomination  form." 

Annual  General  Meeting. 

The  Annual  General  Meeting  will  be  held  in  London  on 
the  20th,  21st,  and  22nd  July  next.  An  outline  programme 
appears  iu  this  issue.  Tickets  of  membership  will  be 
issued  in  time  for  tile  meeting,  and  will  form,  as  hereto- 
fore, vouchers  for  visits  to  works  and  excursions. 


Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Rider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  Bow, 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 
communicated. 

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the -Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  arc  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Rule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  be 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  case  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 

Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  Eyre  and  Sfottiswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  is  prepared  to  offer  6s.  apiece  for  copies  of 
the  Society's  Journals  for  January  1883  iu  saleable  condi- 
tion. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  22nd  APRIL  1892. 


Bradley,  Fred.  J.,  52,  Arboretum  Street,  Nottingham, 
light  leather  dresser. 

Hull,  Johannes  ('.,  Erith,  Kent,  chemical  and  mechanical 
engineer. 

Croft,  Arthur,  10,  Abbey  Street,  Old  Lenton,  Nottingham, 
leather  dresser. 


Exley,  Arthur,  Meanwood  Grove,  Meauwood,  near 
Leeds,  tanner. 

Farmer,  Thos.  H.,  35,  Oliver  Street,  Boston.  Mass., 
U.S.A.,  pharmaceutical  chemist. 

Fischesser,  Alfred,  Lutterbach,  near  Mulhouse,  Alsace, 
dye  manufacturer. 

Harvey,  E.  Feild,  1,  Montpellier  Square,  Rutland  Gate, 
S.W.,  chemist. 

Horrocks,  Wm.  A.,  8,  Aldred  Street,  Crescent,  Salford, 
bleacher  and  finisher. 

Knecht,  Dr.  E.,  239,  Moss  Lane  East,  Manchester, 
analytical  chemist. 

Liddle,  Geo.  A.,  37,  Moorland  Avenue,  Leeds,  student. 

Lowe,  Jas.  S.,  1,  Atholl  Place,  Edinburgh,  sugar 
planter. 

McElroy,  Karl  P.,  1412,  Sixteenth  Street,  N.W., 
Washington,  O.C.,  U.S.A.,  agricultural  chemist. 

Morrell,  Jno.  B.,  Holdgate  House,  York,  cocoa  manufac- 
turer. 

Newall,  John  F.,  8,  Market  Place,  Manchester,  mer- 
chant. 

Preston,  Edw.  8.,  University  College,  Liverpool,  civil 
engineer. 

Terne,  Dr.  Bruno,  1512,  South  Sixth  Street,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  U.S.A.,  chemical  works  manager. 

Torsell,  Chas.  T.,  Mclvees  Rocks,  Allegheny  Co.,  Pa., 
U.S.A.,  chemist. 

Towusend,  Chas.  W.,  Port  Dundas,  Glasgow,  chemical 
manufacturer. 

Towusend,  Oliver  C,  Port  Dundas,  Glasgow,  chemical 
manufacturer. 

Whitehead,  Catell,  1114,  New  Hampshire  Avenue, 
Washington,  D.C.,  U.S.A.,  assayer  to  the  U.S.  Mint. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS. 


Auer,  Dr.  II.,  l/o  Widnes,;  71,  Island  Road,  Garstoti, 
Liverpool. 

Campbell,  Colin  M.,  l/o  Glasgow  ;  c/o  Long  and  Robert- 
son, Haliaua,  Mackay,  Queensland. 

Clark,  R.  Ingham,  l/o  Park  Prospect ;  3,  Albeit  Hall 
Mansions,  Kensington  Gore,  W. 

Clements,  H.  C,  l/o  Putney  ;  79,  Burton  Road,  Brixton, 
S.W. 

Conrad,  E.  C,  l/o  Holland  ;  Portland  Road,  Gravesend. 

Crawford,  1).,  l/o  Alexandria;  Kersal  Vale  Works, 
Higher  Broughton,  Manchester. 

Crumbie,  W.  D.,  l/o  New  York  ;  146,  Washington  Street, 
East  Urange,  N.J.,  U.S.A. 

Davidson,  J.  E.,  l/o  Newcastle!  40,  Percy  Gardens, 
Tynemouth. 

Freestone,  J.  W.,  l/o  New  Ferry  )  7,  Wilton  Road,  Rock 
Ferry,  Cheshire. 

Gait,  H.  A.,  l/o  Philadelphia  t  c/o  J.  B.  Ford  Chemical 
Co.,  Wyandotte,  Mich.,  U.S.A. 

Gamble,  J.  C,  l/o  Hardshaw  Brook ;  Cowley  Hill,  St. 
Helens. 

Garrett,  F.  C,  l/o  South  Shields ;  College  of  Science, 
Xewcastle-on-Tyne. 

Gibbs,  W.  P.,  l/o  Clydebank  ;  Ely  Paper  Works,  Cardiff. ' 

Hart,  Peter,  l/o  FVulkuer  Street ;  c/o  Tennants  aud  Co., 
Chemical  Works,  Clayton,  Manchester. 

Henderson,  Prof.  G.  G.,  l/o  The  University;  The 
Technical  College,  George  Street,  Glasgow. 

Jackson,  A.  G.,  l/o  (i.P.O. ;  Gotha  Street,  Valley,  Bris^ 
bane,  Queensland. 


April  so,  1892.1      THE  JOURNAL  OP   THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


297 


Jackson,  li.  Val.,  I/o  Hillhead;  c/o  Scotch  and  Irish 
( Ixvgen  Co.,  Polmadic,  Glasgow. 

Josclaud,  \V.  H.,  1  o  Manchester  ;  Tulko,  Stoke-on- 
Trent. 

Layeock,  Dr.  W.  !•'.,  l/o  Stowraarket;  2,  Park  Street, 
Dewsbury. 

Leonard,  K.  ;  Journals  to  Enfield  Lodge, St.  John's  Road, 
lilaekheath,  S.K. 

liindeman,  Dr.  G.,  l/o  Langereihe  ;  Wilhelniinenstrasse 
I,  II.,  St.  Pauli,  Hamburg. 

Morris,  Herb.  N. ;  Journals  to  University  Laboratory, 
Zurich,  Switzerland. 

Napier,  J.,  l/o  St.  Matthew's  Place;  89,  London  Road, 
Ipswich* 

Ncilson,  Thos.,  1  o  Kilmarnock  ;  c,o  Oregon  Iron  and  Steel 
Co.,  Oswego,  Oregon,  U.S.A. 

Richmond,  H.  1).,  l/o  Cairo  ;  50,  Clanricarde  Gardens, 
Bayswater,  W. 

Smith,  H.  Wood,  l/o  Manchester;  c/o  May  atld  linker, 
I.iiu.,  Garden  Wharf,  Hattersea,  S.W. 

Speakman,  Jas.,  l'o  Cree  Hill;  Penhold  P.O.,  Calgary, 
Canada. 

Thornton,  D.  H.,  l/o  Bradford;  Brookfoot  Dyeworks, 
Brighouse,  Voiks. 

Triinhle,  Prof.  H  ,  l/o  Marshall  Street;  145,  North  Tenth 
Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Turner,  H.  B.  H.,  l/o  Calcutta  ;  14,  Jesus  Lane,  Cam- 
bridge. 

Winsloe,  H.,  l/o  Faulkner  Street  ;  c  o  'Pennants  and  Co., 
Chemical  Works,  Clayton,  Manchester. 


CHANGE  OP  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 


A.  E.  Davies,  l/o  6,  Rutnford  Place,  Liverpool. 


MEMBERS  OMITTED   FROM  JANUARY  LIST. 


J.  H.  M.  Fallon,  c,o  Permian  Corporation,  Lima,  Peru. 
1).  Wesson,  The   American   Cotton   Oil   Co.,  Guttenberg, 
N.J.,  U.S.A. 


2BraU), 


G.  H.  Makins,  DanesnVld,  St.  Albans. 


2.011I) on   &.?rtion. 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Buulington  Uouse. 


Chairman  :  T.  Tyrer. 


Vice-Chai 


( '.  I',  Cross. 

./.    I>:   H'O)'. 

A.  G.  Green. 
8.  Il'ill. 
a  W.  II.  iton, 
D.  Howard. 
W.  Kellncr. 


W.  Crowder. 
Committee: 

W.  Ramsay. 
It.  lledwootl. 
W.  S.  Squire. 
G.  N.  Stoker. 
F.  Napier  Sutton. 
IVm.  Thorp. 
T.  E.  Thorpe. 


Hon.  Local  Seeretaru  :  John  Heron, 
SI .  John's  Villas,  Worple  Road,  Wimbledon. 


The  Haines  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  whe 
ret  ire  at  t  he  end  of  the  current  -Sesiion. 

The  following  have  heen  elected  to  fill  the  vacancies,  and  will 
take  olfice  in  July  next  ■.—Chairman .-  Win.  Thorp.  Secretary: 
John  Heron.  Committee:  6.  C.  Hutchinson,  B.  E.  R.  Newlands, 
F.  G.  Adair  Roberts,  A.  Gordon  Salamon,  T.  Tyrer,  and  Frank 
Wilson. 


SESSION  1891-92. 


1892!-- 
Mav  2nd  :  — 
Professor  Wm.  Rams -y,  F.R.S.,  and  Mr.  J.  C.  Chorley.    "  The 

Distillation  of  Wood." 
Dr.  S.  Rideal.    "  Notes  on  the  Composition  of  some  Indian 
Gums  of  known  Origin." 

May  30Ul  :— 

Mr.  J.  A.  Nettleton.    "  Vinegar." 

Dr.  S.  Ridoal.    "  The  Petroleum  Jellies  of  Commerce." 
June  18th  :— 

Professor  V.  B.  Lewes     "Oil  Gas." 

Mr  Watson  Smith.    "The  soluble  Bituminous  Constituents 
of  certain  Japanese  Coals." — cont. 


>\  rvrv^^.^.^.y>.^ 


Meeting  held  Monday,  "tlh  March,  1892. 


MR.    THOS.    TYREK,    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


ON    FLUID    SPECIFIC     GRAVITY    DETERMINA- 
TION FOR  PRACTICAL   PURPOSES. 

]1Y    C.     It.    ALDER    WRIGHT,    I). St.,    P.lt.s. 

In  the  practical  determination  of  the  "specific  gravity  " 
or  "relative  density"  of  a  given  fluid  a  very  moderate 
degree  of  exactitude  is  often  sufficient  for  the  purpose  in 
view  ;  and  in  such  cases  various  corrections  and  refinements 
may  be  safely  omitted,  which  are  simply  indispensable 
when  a  higher  amount  of  accuracy  is  desired.  Thus  when 
the  value  is  only  required  to  a  degree  of  accuracy  of  three 
places  of  figures  with  a  possible  error  of  +  one  unit  in  the 
third  place  {e.g.  when  a  liquid  is  found  to  have  the  sp.  gr. 
0-927,  implying  that  the  value  lies  between  0-926  and 
0-928),  corrections  may  he  ignored  that  must  be  taken  into 
account  when  4,  and  a  fortiori  when  5,  places  of  decimals 
are  required  ;  as  when  the  specific  gravity  is  said  to,  be 
0-9268,  implying  that  it  is  between  0-9267  and  0-9269  or 
when  it  is  said  to  be  0-92683,  implying  that  it  is  between 
0-92682  and  0-92684.  For  certain  special  technical  pur- 
poses such  high  accuracy  is  requisite  ;  in  such  cases  the 
author  has  found  certain  modifications  of  the  appliances 
ordinarily  used,  and  various  tables  for  corrections,  of 
considerable  practical  use. 

B  2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  §6, it.92. 


Before  discussing  these  in  detail  it  is  us  well  to  point  out 
thai  in  current  technical  literature  the  terms  "density," 
"  relative  density,"  and  "specific  gravity"  arc  frequently 
confounded  together  and  used  as  though  they  were  inter- 
changeable, which  strictly  is  by  no  means  the  case.  By 
"density"  is  meant  the  mass  of  a  unit  of  volume,  a 
quantity  not  the  same  as  the  weight  of  a  unit  <>f  volume. 
The  former  is  independent  of  the  gravitating  force  at  the 
spot  of  observation  ;  the  latter  not,  being  a  quantity  less  by 
some  ii")  per  cent  at  the  equator  than  at  the  pole,  cseteris 
paribus.  The  "  relative  density  "  of  a  body  A  (as  com- 
pared with  another,  1!)  implies  the  numerical  value- of  the 
ratio  between  the  density  of  A  ami  that  of  I!  ;  if  A  and  B 
are  both  examined  at  the  same  place  (or  at  places  where 
the  force  of  gravity  is  the  same)  this  ratio  is  identical  with 
Ihe  ratio  between  the  weight  of  a  given  volume  of  A  and 
that  of  the  same  volume  of  B  ;  but  not  otherwise.  If  B  be 
some  substance  chosen  as  a  standard,  e.g.  water  (or 
hydrogen),  when  A  is  said  to  have  such  and  such  a 
"specific  gravity,"  what  is  meant  is  that  this  value 
expresses  the  ratio  of  the  density  of  A  to  that  of  the  stan- 
dard substance  water  (or  hydrogen,  &c).  If  both  A  and 
II  are  at  the  same  temperature,  /,  A  is  said  to  have  the 
"  sp.  gr.  s  at  t  "  when  the  density  of  A  is  s  times  that  of 
B,  both  being  examined  at  t°.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
temperature  of  A  is  ;,,  different  from  that  of  B  =  t..,  A  is 
said  to  have  the  "  sp.  gr.  s  at  '  "  when  the  density  of 
A  at  /,  is  *  times  that  of  B  at  t2. 

It  results   from   the   above   that   if  r;  =  4"  C.  and  B  be 
water,  1  grm.  being.the  weight  of  1  cc.  of  water  at  4C  at  the 

place  of  observation,  the  value  of  s  at  j  is  the  weight   in 

grammes  of  1  cc.  of  substance  examined  at  the  temperature 
(,.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  t.,  be  not  4°,  if  d  lie  the  weight 
of  1  cc.  of  water  at  f;,  the  weight  of  1  ee.  of  substance  at 
r,  is  *  x  d. 

For  various  reasons  it  would  be  convenient  to  express 
all  values  relating  to  the  relative  density  of  bodies  on  the 
absolute  scale  of  "weight  per  cc."  ;  but  inasmuch  as  the 
experimental  data  usually  do  not  give  this  result  without  a 
little  calculation,  it  is  more  frequently  the  practice  to 
express  the  values  either  as  "  sp.  gr.  at  I  "  or  as  "  sp.  gr.  at 
I, 
'/ 


where   /    (or  /;)    is   not    4:  C.     The  result   is  that   it   is 

possible  for  different  observers  to  obtain  values  apparently 
notably  different  through  using  different  temperatures'for  the 
water  of  comparison,  when  really  their  results  are  identical. 
I'm  instance,  if  a  sample  of  vegetable  oil  at  20  C.  is  found 
by  one  observer  to  have  the  sp.gr.  0' 92475  referred  to  water 
at  4  ,  by  another  the  sp.  gr.  0-92560  referred  to  water  at 
15-5°,  and  by  the  third  the  sp.  gr.  0-92635  referred  to 
water  at  "Jo  ,  it  is  impossible  to  say  at  sight  whether  these 
figures  are  sharply  concordant  or  not  ;  but  if  all  three  are 
reduced  to  "weight  per  cc,"  it  is  obvious  that  they  are 
identical;  for  the  values  of  d  for  I,  15-5°,  and  20° 
are  re-pectivelv  1  '00000,  0- 99908,  and  0-99827,  and  those 
of  a  x  '/  respectively  are  — 

iiiil'i::,  ■  1-00000  -  ii:i_>t75 
0-82580  »  0-99903  -  0"92475 
0-92035  «  0'99827  -  0-92475 

The  Pyknometer  mid  Corrections  Applicable   thereto. 

A  pyknometer  is  a  vessel  so  constructed  that  fluids  can 
he  poured  therein  io  as  to  fill  it  to  a  sharply-defined  level. 
Being  weighed  empty,  and  then  filled  to  the  given  level 
with  water  ami  weighed  again,  the  increment  in  weight 
represents  the  weight  of  water  tilling  the  instrument  to  the 
given  level  at  the  temperature  obtaining  —  /  .  If  again 
Idled  with  another  fluid  also  at  I  ,  Ihe  excess  of  weight  over 
the  empty  vessel  now  represents  tin-  weight  of  the  same 
volume  of  fluid,    (.'ailing  the  weight  of  water  W,  and  that  of 

fluid  »-,  the  value  ol    "    is  the  "  specific  gravity  of  the  fluid 

at  /  ,"  as  above  defined. 

If,  however,  the  water  he   weighed  at  t2,  and  the  fluid 

ut  / .,  the  ratio   ''.  will    represent   neither  the   sp.  gr.   at   t 


nor  that  at  t..;  but  will  furnish  an  approximation  to  the 
value  of  the  sp.  gr.  at  -'  ,  which  will  be  closer  the  less  the 
vessel  has  altered  in  volume  by-  expansion  or  contraction 
between  /,  and  /;. 

Usually  the  vessel  is  of  glass,  the  coefficient  of  cubical 
expansion  of  which  may  be  taken  as  0-000025  =  M) 
per  1°  C.     If  '.;  >  r,  the  volume  of  fluid  contained  is  greater 

than    that  of  the   water  by   7""''  part  of  the  latter.     This 

41 11 11 "  • 

is  a  quantity  practically  negligible  when  t.:  and  f,  do  not 
differ  much,  even  when  four  places  of  decimals  arc  required  ; 
but  if  r.  — r,  have  a  considerable  value,  it  is  not  negligible 
even  when  the  specific  gravity  value  is  only  required  to  be 
exact  to  within  +  one  unit  in  the  three  places  of  decimals. 

The  following  table  indicates  the  correction  to  be  sub- 
tracted for  the  over-estimation  of  «-  on  account  of  the 
expansion  of  the  vessel  as  the  temperature  rises  from  r,  to 
1.,  (of  course,  to  be  added  if  l.2  <^  t{)  ■ — 


6  —  fi 


Table  I. 


Correction  to  lie  subtracted. 


value 


0  c. 

5 

0-0125 

pel 

cent,  ef 

)0 

0-025 

„ 

fo 

0-0375 

,. 

■M 

1105 

» 

80 

0'076 

„ 

40 

0-l 

„ 

50 

0-125 

.. 

60 

0-15 

,. 

7'i 

0-175 

» 

80 

0-2 

,. 

'.in 

0-iio 

•■ 

UBI 

0"25 

,, 

Hence,  if  the  water  were  weighed  at  l.V  and  the  fluid  at 
loo  .  so  that  <2  —  t,  =  8o;,  the  correction  to  be  subtracted 
would  be  0-2123  per  cent,  of   the  value;  i.e.,  for  an  oil,  &e. 

ofapparentsp.gr.  0*9535   at  the  correction  would  be 

—  0-0020,  and  tor  a  heavier  fluid  of  apparent  sp.gr.  1  -7385, 

—  0*0037  j  quantities  obviously  affecting  the  third  decimal 
place  by  more  than  one  unit. 

When  the  weights  «■  and  W  are  determined  in  air,  the 
observed  values  are  less  than  the  true  weights  by  an  amount 
representing  the  weight  of  a  quantity  of  air  occupying  a 
volume  equal  to  the  difference  in  bulk  between  the  water  or 
fluid  and  the  counterpoising  weights.  These  are  generally 
of  brass,  about  85  times  as  heavy  as  water.  Hence,  the 
correction  for  "air  buoyancy  "  to  be  applied  to  «■  and  W  is 

—  Va,  where  V  is  the  volume  of  fluid  in   cubic  centimetres 

(practically,  the  weight  in  grammes  of  the  water),  and  a  is  the 
weight  of  1  cc.  of  air;  a  value  varying  with  the  temperature 
and  pressure  at  the  time  of  weighing,  but  for  an  average 
temperature  of   l.V 5    C.,  and  average  pressure  of  760  mm., 

having  the  value  000122:! ;  whence  [|  a.  =  0-001079. 

If  the    pyknometer  hold  V  cc.  of  fluid,  the  true    specific 

.      .  .,         .  tc     ,    .  »•  +  V  x  (i-iiiiiii70      -,.., 

gravity  is  consequently  not  ^.  but  ^  +  ,.      „.„„.„.,,.      >\  hen 

//■  and  W  are  nearly  the  same  (specific  gravity  near  unity), 
this  correction  may  be  ignored,  as  also,  in  most  eases,  when 
only  three  places  of  decimals  are  required  ;  if,  however, 
four  are  desired,  the  following  table  gives  sufficiently  nearly 
the  relations  between  these  two  fractious:  — 


Ap.ii.in.  ism. i       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


299 


Table  II. 


ID 

Value  found  for  ^y 

Correction  to  he  added. 

0-B6 

+      II-IIIIOS 

o-s 

+     0-0005 

irT.- 

+     0-0003 

1*0 

Nil. 

1-25 

-    0*0003 

1-5 

-    (>• r. 

1"7B 

-     0-0008 

•2-0 

-    o-oim 

2-28 

-    o-oou 

2'.-, 

-   o-ooio 

2"75 

-    0-0019 

S*0 

-     0-01122 

When  five  places  of  figures  are  required,  it  is  not  sufficient 
to  take  the  mean  value  of  a  for  15-5'  ('.,  and  760  mm.  us 
above  ;  but  the  appropriate  value  for  each  ease  must  be 
taken  from  the  following  table;  e.g.,  for  20° and  730  mm. 
a  =  0-001157;  for  lo  ami  770mm,  «  =0-00120:!,  and 
so  on. 

Table  III. 


Temp. 

730  mm. 

740  itiin. 

750  mm. 

700  mm. 

770  mill. 

0 

0-001842 

0*001259 

0-001276 

0-O012U3 

0*001310 

2 

0*001233 

OOO1240 

o-oiiliii? 

0*001288 

0*001300 

4 

0-001224 

0001241) 

0-001257 

0-001274 

o- 001290 

0 

0-001215 

0-001232 

0*001248 

0-001265 

1281 

8 

0-001206 

0-001223 

0-001289 

0-001256 

0001272 

10 

0-001198 

0-0111214 

0-001231 

0-001247 

0*001263 

12 

0-00118!) 

0-001206 

0*001222 

0*001238 

0*001255 

U 

0-001181 

0-001197 

3-001214 

0-001230 

0*001216 

10 

0-001173 

0-001189 

0-001205 

0*001221 

0-0111237 

is 

0-001165 

0-001181 

0-001197 

0-001213 

0*001229 

20 

0-001157 

0-0O117S 

0-001189 

0*001204 

0*001220 

22 

0-0011  n 

0-001165 

0-001181 

0*001198 

(V001212 

21 

o-ooi  in 

0-001157 

0-001173 

0-001188 

0*001204 

26 

0-001134 

0-001149 

0*001165 

0-0111180 

0-001196 

28 

0- 001126 

0001142 

0*001157 

0*001172 

0*001188 

30 

0-001119 

0-001131 

0-0011411 

0-001105 

0*001180 

Modified  Pyknometer. 

Certain  forms  of  pyknonieter  in  common  use  (specific 
gravity  bottle  with  perforated  stopper,  with  or  without 
internal  thermometer,  Sprengel  U-tube,  &c.)  have  the  dis- 
advantage that  if  the  temperature  of  the  balance  is  above 
that  at  which  the  instrument  is  filled,  expansion  is  apt  to 
take  place  whilst  weighing,  so  that  the  liquid  runs  over,  and 
if  volatile  is  partly  lost.  Moreover,  with  all  such  forms,  to 
make  valuations  at  different  temperatures,  a  fresh  weighing 
must  be  made  for  each  temperature. 

The  following  modifications  of  the  ordinary  long-necked 
flask  with  a  mark  on  the  stem  have  been  found  by  the 
author  extremely  serviceable  not  only  in  obtaining  values 
exact  to  five  places  of  figures,  if  requisite,  but  also  iu 
avoiding  the  above  inconveniences  aud  in  obtaining  a  series 
of  valuations  at  different  temperatures  with  comparatively 
little  trouble. 


Figs.  1  and  2  represent  two  varieties;    the  first  is  con- 
veniently constructed  by  scaling  up  the  lower  end  of  an 


Fig.  1. 


Fig. 


ordinary  pipette  i  10,  25,  50,  or  ion  cc),  and  etching  n 
millimetre  scale  on  the  stem.  For  weighing,  this  is 
supported  by  wire  holder,  Fig.  3,  hung  on  to  the  hook  of 


Fig.     3. 


Fig.  I. 


•—o 


the  balance.  The  second  is  a  flat-bottomed  flask  with  two 
necks  :  one  a  long  narrow  tube  with  millimetre  scale,  as 
before  ;  the  other,  a  ground  tubulus.  into  which  a  stopper 
fits  provided  with  a  thermometer  for  reading  off  the  tempe- 
rature of  the  contents  of  the  flask.  This  form  is  especially 
convenient  for  cleansing  and  re-filling,  the  second  neck 
allowing  air  to  enter  iu  a  way  impracticable  with  the  first 
form,  especially  with  small-sized  intruments.* 

In  order  to  standardise  the  instrument  for  all  purposes, 
it  is  requisite  to  know  the  quantity  of  water  contained  when 
filled  up  to  a  given  level  at  a  given  temperature,  and  to 
have  the  means  of  thence  calculating  the  quantity  contained 
when  filled  up  to  any  other  level  at  any  other  temperature. 
This    is   effected  by    determining   the    quantity    of    water 


*  The  construction  of  a  ground    stopper  with  a  thermometer 

passing  tin gh  (fused,  not  cemented)  is  a  rather  delicate  piece  of 

workmanship.  The  instruments  exhibited  by  the  autborwere  made 
for  him  by  Messrs.  Jfegretti  and  Zambra,  Hoi  bore  Viaduct, 


300 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April 3d.  1898. 


contained  at  a  given  standard  temperature  when  tilled  up  to 
the  commencement  of  the  scale,  and  the  further  quantity  of 
water  corresponding  to  eaeli  millimetre  of  the  scale.  If  the 
first  quantity  be  w,  and  the  second  a,  the  quantity  of  water 
contained  when  tilled  up  to  a  level  of  «  millimetres  on  the 
scale,  \V„,  i^  given  by  the  formula — 

W„  =  «■  +  n  n. 

In  oider  to  deduce  the  variations  in  the  value  of  W„  with 
different  temperatures,  a  special  table  is  employed,  described 
below. 

To  determine  the  constants  u>  and  a,  the  empty  vessel  is 
weighed  (noting  the  temperature  and  pressure  in  order  to 
obtain  data  for  the  air-buoyancy  correction),  and  water 
poured  in  to  a  convenient  level,  a  little  above  the  com- 
mencement of  the  ;cale.  The  instrument  is  then  immersed 
in  a  large  pan  of  water  provided  with  a  stirrer  and  thermo- 
meter, the  temperature  being  slightly  below  that  at  which 
the  standardising  is  to  be  effected.  When  the  temperature 
of  the  bath  is  attained,  and  the  level  of  the  water  in  the 
pvknu meter  does  not  alter,  the  level  and  temperature  are  read 
off.  The  bath  is  slightly  raised  in  temperature  by  pouring 
in  a  little  warm  water,  well  stirred,  and  the  process  repeated, 
and  so  on  until  the  series  of  temperature  readings  averages 
the  required  standard  amount ;  then  the  average  of  the 
level  readings  is  the  level  for  that  temperature.  The 
instrument  is  wiped  dry  and  weighed  again,  so  that  the 
weight  of  water  contained  up  to  that  level  at  the  standard 
temperature  is  known.  More  water  is  now  poured  in,  and 
the  rise  of  level  carefully  noted,  also  the  increment  in 
weight.  This  operation  is  repeated  at  different  parts  of  the 
scale,  so  as  to  obtain  various  valuations  of  a. 

Thus,  with  a  particular  instrument,  the  following  data 
were  ill, tallied,  the  scale  being  30  millimetres  long;  mean 
temperature  reading,  1 ."» •  .">  ( '.  :  mean  level  for  tint  tempe- 
rature, 4 -I',  millimetres;  weight  of  water  contained  (weighed 
in  air  at  15  and  758  miliums,  pressure),  50  573  grms. 
Further  weighings  on  calibrating  the  tube  :  — 


Rise  of  Level.                 ^W*** 

Water 
per  Millimetre. 

From  1*5  to  28*1                       1-203 
From  1-3  to  19-8                       0  836 
From  15*1  to  28-9                     0-627 

0-0133 
0-0152 

ii  ii  -,l 

0*0163 

Obviously  the  bore  of  th_-   tube  was   sensibly  uniform  at 
both  top  and  bottom  of  scale. 


Water  contained  (in  air)  up  to  4V.  millimetres  . 

Subtract    1*6    ■    0*0453 


Value  of  to  I  iu  nir). 


50-578 
0-209 

50'365 


The  correction  for  air  buoyancy  is — 

x  50-3  x  0001223  =  005-4  grin. ;  whence  the  valu 

die   (corrected  to  vacuum)   =  50-365  +  0-054  =  50419. 

Hence,  when  tilled  up  to  a  level  n  millimetres  with  water 
at  the  standard  temperature  15 '5°,  the  weight  of  water, 
\V„,  contained  is — 

In  air  W„    =  50-365  +  n   x  0-0453 

lu  va-un...W„    =  50-419  +  n  x  00153 

When  high  accuracy  is  required,  several  valuations  of 
\V„  should  be  thus  made,  and  averaged. 

The  instrument  being  thus  standardised,  if  it  be  required 

rpo 

to   determine   the   specific  gravity  of  a   fluid  at    »  where 

/:  is  the  temperature  of  standardising  and  T:  some  other 
temperature,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  determine  the  weight 
«'„  of   fluid  that  tills   up   the   pyknometer  to  the    level   « 


millimetres  at  the  temperature  T   ;  then  the  value  required 
is  approximately  given  by  the  formula- 
te _  tr" 

To  obtain  the  exact  value,  this  result  must  he  corrected 
by  meant  of  Table  I.  (supra),  so  as  to  allow  for  the  varia- 
tion in  capacity  of  the  vessel  between  t  and  T°.  Of  course 
\V„  is  corrected  to  vacuum  if  mn  is  so  corrected  and  not  if 
the  air-weighing  only  is  taken. 

In  order  to  find  the  value  of  trtl  exactly  the  same  process 
is  gone  through  as  in  the  case  of  standardising  the  instru- 
ment; the  pyknometer,  rilled  with  fluid,  is  placed  iu  a  bath 
of  water  at  a  temperature  a  little  below  T  ;  the  level  being 
read,  the  temperature  is  slightly  raised,  and  a  new  pair  of 
readings  taken,  and  so  on  until  the  mean  of  the  temperature 
readings  is  T  .  When  desired,  a  whole  series  of  valuations 
can  thus  be  made  for  mean  temperatures  T,,  T.,,  T3.... 
only  one  weighing  of  the  fluid  being  requisite  throughout. 
By  using  a  pyknometer  holding  50  or  100  cc,  weighing  to 
half  a  milligramme,  and  using  several  level  and  temperatuie 
readings  for  averages  in  each  ease,  and  finally  correcting 
by  means    of   Table    1.,    valuations    of    specific  gravity   at 

T         T         T 

,.'.,    ,.'\,       *-    &c.  can  be  readily  obtained  with  compara- 
lo  o'    15  5'    lo  5-  J  l 

tively  little  trouble,  exact  to  within  +  0- 00001,  or  at  most 
+  0-00002  (  +  ore  or  two  units  in  the  fifth  decimal  place). 
For  example,  using  the  50  cc.  pyknometer  above  de- 
scribed as  illustration,  the  following  figures  were  obtained 
with  a  sample  of  vegetable  oil  : — 

w„    =    48-763. 


Weight  in  air  *  of  contained  oil 


Reading  on  Mm  Scale. 

i  orresponding  Temperatures. 

7  9 

191 

8-7 

20-1 

c,--2 

20'S 

Average    S'ti 

Average  20*0 

11-9 

24'5 

12-2 

250 

12-6 

255 





Average  12*23 

Average  25 '0 

Weight  in  air  of  water  tilling  up  to  8-6  mm.  at  15' 5°  : 
W„    (at  15  5)  =  50-365  +  86  x  00453         =        50-755 

Weight  in  air  of  water  filling  up  to  12-23  mm.  at  15*5°: 
W„   (at  15-5  )  =50*365  +    12-23  x    0-0453     =        50-919 


20 
155 


l-    71 
,',ii'  755 


^Vrl"  =        0-96075 


Uncorrected  sp.  gr.  at 

Correction  from  Table  f. :  4*5°  temperature 

difference  represents  —  0-01125  percent.  =  —  0-00011 


Corrected  sp.  gr.  at 


r 


=        0-96064 


18*768 


ncorrected  sp.  gr.  at  --  =  _   =  J?.<*   =       0*  95766 

Correction  from  Table  I. :  9  5°  temperature 

difference  represents  -  0*02375  percent.  =  -0-00023 


Corrected  sp.  gr.  at 


15*5 


0-9574 


*  Tin  soecific  gravity  bein«  not  much  below  unity,  the  correc- 
tion for  air  buoyancy  is  negligible  when  only  four  places  are 
required,  only  affecting  the  tilth  decimal  place  In  a  few  units  tvidt 
Table  II  .  supra). 


April 30. 18930       TrIE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


301 


Hence,  taking  values  to  four  places  only,  0-9606   and 
0*9574   arc  the   specific  gravities  of  the   oil   at   — ■   and 


respectively.* 


Tvisi.i:  IV, 


T  =  Tmu- 
perature. 


D=  Weight 

of  i  co.  or 
Water, 


T  -  l\     Difference 


l  +  -~-     \vx(l  +  )     Diflere 

1   '    iniiiiu      'V        ■UHHHiJ         per  1 


II 

0*99938 

0*99990 

U'99978 

2 

0-9999? 

.0*99995 

0*99992 

+  0*00007 

4 

I'OQOOO 

r  0000(1 

1*00006 

1    +  0*00004 

0 

0-99997 

1*00005 

1*00092 

;  +  0*00001 

8 

0*99989 

1*  00010 

0*99999 

-  0*00002 

111 

0*99974 

1*00016 

0*99989 

-  0-00003 

ia 

0-99056 

1*00020 

0*99976 

-  0*00007 

it 

0-99930 

1*( 25 

0*99956 

-  0*00011 

16 

0*99900 

l'OOOSO 

0*99930 

-  0*00013 

is 

0*99866 

1*40035 

0*99901 

-  0*00015 

in 

0*99827 

1*00040 

0*99867 

-  0*00017 

22 

0-99783 

1*00043 

0*99830 

-  0-00019 

24 

0*99738 

1 -111111311 

0*99783 

-  0*00021 

20 

0*99689 

1  '00055 

0*99744 

-  0*00022 

28 

0'996SS 

1*00060 

0-00095 

-  0*001124 

30 

0*99379 

1-  III  1005 

0*99644 

-  O-OOII20 

35 

0*9914 

1 -III  1077 

0-0951 

-  0*00027 

HI 

0*9924 

1-00090 

0*9933 

-  0*00036 

45 

0*9904 

1*00102 

0*9913 

-  0*00040 

511 

IV  9881 

1*00115 

11-0802 

-  0*00042 

fill 

0*983! 

1111)1 10 

0*9847 

-  OO1MH.5 

711 

0*9778 

1*00163 

0*9794 

-  0*00053 

80 

0*9718 

1- 00101 1 

0-97:10 

-  0-00058 

!I0 

0*9636 

1-00215 

n-007.". 

-  000061 

1  in  1 

0*9586 

1*00240 

0-959:) 

-  0*00076 

When  it  is  required  to  determine  the  specific  gravity  of  a 
fluid  at  some  temperature  T°  different  from  that  at  which 
the  instrument  is  standardised  (i.e.  referred  to  water  also  at 
T°),  the  following  table  enables  the  weight  of  water  W  „t 
contained  at  T°  up  to  any  given  level  in  millimetres,  to 
be  deduced  from  the  weight  WM  contained  at  the  standard 
temperature.  The  first  column  gives  the  temperature  T  ; 
the  second  the  relative  density  of  water  at  that  temperature 
with  respect  to  water  at  4"  C.  as  unity  (or  otherwise,  the 
weight  of  1  cc.  of  water  at  T°)  ;  the  third  the  capacity  at 
T°  of  a  glass  vessel  holding  1  cc.  at  4°  ;  and  the  fourth  the 
products  of  the  corresponding  numbers  in  the  third  and 
fourth  columns  representing  the  relative  weights  of  water 
contained  at  the  various  temperatures.     If  a  be  the  tabular 


*  From  these  figures  the  rate  of  eipansion  of  the  oil  between  20° 
and  25°  is  deducible,  95743  volumes  at  the  lower  temperature 
becoming  96004  volumes  at  the  higher  temperature ;  whence  100 
volumes  at  20°  expand  to  100-335  at  25°,  i.e.  the  oil  expands  0-007  per 
cent,  in  volume  per  1°.  Or  the  increment  in  bulk  may  be  directly 
dedueed  from  the  readings ;  thus— 

Rise  of  fluid  in  stem  on  heating  from  20°  to  25°  =  12*23  —  8*6,  or 
3*63  mm.,  corresponding  with  3'63  x  0'045-J  =  O'lOl  ec.  Fluid 
lupies  about  50"7  cc. ;  expansion  of  glass  through  5°  consequently 

represents  an  increased  capacity  of  about  50'7  x      B     =  0*006  ec. 

41 II II  III 
Heme,  total  increment  in  volume  is  0-164  +  0-006  =  0M70  cc.  - 

0034    ec.   per  1°,  representing    "^    x    O'OSl  =   0'067  per  cent. 

expansion  per  1°,  as  before. 
The  modified  pyknomcter  is,  in  fact,  a  form  of  dilatometer. 


number  in  the  fourth  column  corresponding  with  T°,  and  b 
that  corresponding  with  the  temperature  at  which  the 
instrument  is  standardised,  l\  then 

\V„(    =  W„    x    " 

To  determine  the  specific  gravity  at  T°,  it  is  simply 
requisite  to  determine,  as  before,  the  weight  W,  of  sub- 
stance filling  the  pyknometer  to  the  level  n  millimetres  at 
the  temperature  T's  then  the  sp.  gr  S  is  given  by  the 
formula — 

«•«  *''„         // 


S     : 


\v. 


«'„ 


Thus  in  the  case  of  the  preceding  example  of  vegetable 
oil,  suppose  that  it  is  required  to  determine  the  specific 
gravity  at  20",  and  also  at  25°,  from  the  data  given.  The 
instrument  being  standardised  at  15-5",  the  value  of  b  from 
the  table  is  0-99936;  similarly  for  20°,  a  =  0-99867  •  and 
for  25°,  a-=0*99766.  At  20°  (when  the  fluid  stands  at 
8-6  millimetres)  «-,  =  48-763  and  W„  =  50-755,  whence- 


specific  gravity  at  20°  = 


49*763   0-00930 


=  0-96141. 


specific  gravity  at  25°  =  ^  ' 


50-755    '    0*99867 
At    25°    (when   the    fluid    stands   at    12-33  millimetres) 
W.  =  50-919,  whence— 

0*99986 
50*919    009700  —   *»«**»-*»• 

When  it  is  required  to  calculate  the  weight  of  fluid  per 
cubic  centimetre  at  any  given  temperature,  if  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  fluid  at  that  temperature  be  known  (=  S) 
with  reference  to  water  at  any  given  temperature  (the  same 
as  the  fluid,  or  different)  =  f°,  the  weight  of  1  cc.  is  given 
by  the  formula — 

weight  of   1  cc.  —  S  x  D, 

where   D  is  the  value   in  the   second  column  of  the  above 
table  corresponding  with  the  temperature  T°. 

Thus  the  oil  possessing  the  sp.  gr.  095929  at  25°,  and 
0-96141  at  20°,  will  weigh— 

0-95929  x  0-99711  =  0-95652  grms.  per  cc.  at  25° 
0-96141  x  0-9982T  =0-95975  grms.  per  ce. at  20° 
As   above   explained,  this    mode   of    expressing    results 
(weight   per  cc.  at    a   temperature  V)  is  far  preferable  to 
any  other  method  for  relative  density  valuations. 

Immersion  Method  and  Corrections  applicable  thereto. 

A  heavy  suspended  body  (conveniently  a  glass  plummet) 
is  weighed  in  air  and  then  when  immersed  in  the  fluid  to  be 
examined  at  a  temperature  /,  ;  similarly  it  is  weighed  in 
water  at  f.,  ;  if  W,  be  the  weight  in  air,  W2  in  the  fluid,  and 
W3  in  water,  the  ratio  of  the  losses  of  weight  experienced 
when  weighed  in  the  two  fluids  p  7  "X  gives  an  approxi- 
■nation  to  the  relative  density  at  »' ;  from  which  the  true 
value  is  obtained  by  subtracting  a  correction  for  the 
alteration  in  volume  of  the  plummet  between  r,  and  t„. 
When  the  plummet  is  of  glass  this  correction  is  obviously 
identical  with  that  applying  in  the  case  of  a  glass  pykno- 
meter, and  may  accordingly  be  deduced  from  Table  I. 
supra. 

Precisely  the  same  correction  for  air  buoyancy  applies  in 
the  determination  of  the  values  W,  -  W„  and  W,  -  W3  as 
in  the  case  of  the  pyknometer :  hence,  when  only  four 
places  of  decimals  are  requisite,  the  correction  may  be 
deduced  from  Table  II.  ;  and  when  five  are  required,  by 
means  of  Table  III. 

When  the  weight  of  water  displaced  by  the  plummet  has 
been  determined  for  some  one  temperature,  that  displaced 
at  any  other  temperature  is  calculable  by  means  of  Table  IV., 
precisely  as  in  the  case  of  the  contents  of  a  hollow  glass 
vessel,  the  tabular  values  taking  into  account  both  the 
expansion  of  the  glass  and  the  diminution  in  density  of 
water  with  rise  of  temperature. 

When  results  accurate  to  +  one  unit  in  the  fourth  or 
fifth  decimal  place  are  required,  it  is  indispensable  that  the 
weighing  should  be  made  by  means  of  an  accurate  chemical 
balance ;      but    when     oniy    three     places    are    required, 


302 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[April  SO.  1892. 


"hydrostatic  balances"  on  the  steelyard  principle  (e.g. 
Westphal's)  are  sufficiently  accurate  for  the  purpose. 
Such  instruments  as  sold  are  often  sufficiently  delicate  to 
yield  concordant  figures  to  four  places  ;  but  the  results 
obtained  with  different  instruments  often  show  dif- 
ferences considerably  exceeding  the  limits  of  variation  of 
any  one  of  them.  With  any  given  instrument  of  fairly 
good  construction,  figures  accurate  to  within  •■  one  or 
two  units  in  the  fourth  decimal  place  (.e.g.  giving  the  value 
0  9264,  implying  something  between  0-9262  and  0-9 
or  between  0'92i;:t  and  0-9265)  may  be  readily  obtained  by 
constructing  a  table  of  errors  for  the  instrument  by  care- 
fully comparing  the  results  obtained  therewith  and  with  a 
delicate  pyknometer,  using  the  same  fluids  at  the  same 
temperature  for  each,  ami  applying  the  corrections  from 
Tallies  1.  and  II.  when  necessary.  This  involves  a  good 
ileal  cf  trouble:  but  unless  an  instrument  has  been  thus 
checked  it  is  never  safe  to  rebj  on  ii-  indications  beyond 
tie-  third  place  ol  decimals.  \\  hen,  however,  only  three 
places  are  required,  a  hydrostatic  balance  is  an  extremely 
convenient  instrument,  especially  for  observations  at  higher 
temperatures,  e.g.,  near  100   C. 

Arceometric  Method. 

Areometers  (hydrometers)  as  generally  sold  are  instru- 
ments decidedly  wanting  in  precision,  excepting  when 
prepared  for  certain  special  purposes,  e.g  alcoholometry ; 
so  that  their  indications  are  rarely  exact  within  less  than 
+  one  or  two  units  in  the  third  decimal  place.  Moreover, 
the  uncertainty  as  to  the  exact  level  of  the  liquid,  owing 
to  the  curvature  of  its  surface  through  adhesion  to  the 
stem,  often  prevents  any  extreme  degree  of  delicacy  being 
attainable.  Unless  the  liquid  is  very  dark  coloured  the 
level  is  best  read  off  as  with  a  burette,  the  lowest  point 
of  the  meniscus  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  liquid  being 
\iew..l  horizontally  against  the  stem  of  the  hydrometer. 

With  hydrometers  as  ordinarily  sold  it  results  from  the 
nature  of  the  graduation  that  no  means  exists  of  accurately 
checking  the  indications  at  different  parts  of  the  scale. 
excepting  the  rather  tedious  process  of  preparing  a  series 
of  fluids  of  different  densities,  reading  off  the  hydrometer 
levels  therein  at  a  standard  temperature,  and  determining 
carefully  the  true  specific  gravities  of  the  various  fluid-  :it 
that  temperature  by  means  of  an  accurate  pyknometer 
carefully  handled.  A  much  simpler  plan  the  author  finds  is 
to  construct  a  table  for  the  instrument  by  means  of  a  few 
easily-made  readings  for  the  determination  of  a  certain 
constant,  by  means  of  which  the  specific  gravity  of  a  liquid 
can  be  readily  known  with  an  accuracy  of  about  +  0*0001 
or  +  0-0002  (  +  1  to  2  units  in  the  fourth  decimal  plai 
To  effect  this  the  ordinary  hydrometer  graduations  are 
abolished,  and  instead  a  simple  divided  scale  (conveniently 
of  millimetres)  etched  on  the  stem. 

The  valuation  of  the  constant  /,■  to  be  determined  for 
such  an  instrument  is  arrived  at  as  follow-:  The  hydro- 
meter is  floated  in  a  fluid  of  such  specific  gravity  1>, 
at  the  standard  temperature  that  nearly  the  whole  of 
the  graduations  of  the  stem  are  above  the  surface  (in 
the  ease  of  an  instrument  intended  for  specific  gravitj 
values  less  than  1*0  the  fluid  may  be  water).  The  reading 
on  the  scale  representing  the  leyel  of  the  fluid  is  then  cave- 
fully  noted  as  the  zero  point  of  the  instrument.  A  suitable 
weight  ir  is  then  attached  to  the  top  of  the  stem.*  and  the 
level  of  the  surface  again  read  oft'.  Let  /  lie  the  difference 
between  the  two  readings,  i.e.,  the  additional  length  of  stem 
now  immersed :  and  let  W  be  the  weight  of  the  hydrometer 
(without  the  additional  weight  to)  :  then — 


To     determine    the     relative    density     Do    of    a    second 
lighter    liquid     in     terms    of    that     of     the     first     (i.e.,    to 

determine  the  value  of       i   the  hydrometer  is  floated  in  the 

second  liquid  at  the  standard  temperature  and  the  level  to 
which  it  sinks  noted.  If  the  difference  between  tliis  point 
aid  the  zero  point  hi-  n  millimetres  (i.e.,  il  the  instrument 
sink  so  that  the  zero  point  is  immersed  ti  millimetres  helow 
the  surface  i ;  then  — 

D_.  _    Jl_ 

]>,  "l+ni 

The  following  table  gives  the  values  of        '  —    over  a  con- 

1 
sidcrable  range  when  the  product  nk  is  known.f 


k    = 


WW 


•  It  sometimes  happens  that  attaching  an  extra  weight  al  the 
top  outside  the  fluid  prevents  the  hydrometer  from  floating 
property  upright,  and   so  interferes  with   Hie   sharpness   of  the 

readings;  this  i-  more  especially   :nr  with  the  modifioa- 

i i.  scribed  bc'ov  n  tin  I   the  reading 

taken   by   inc:o  -   <>'    :i    ring   etched    on    flu    liyi or   like    an 

Erdmanu  float.    Fu  such  (usi  ffi  ittach  to  the  lower  bulb 

■  it  the  hydrometer  by  means  orawire.a  bit  ol  hras  I 

lump  uf 'class,  the   «  wiili  tin-  wire,  has 

been  previously  ascertained  to  be   w.uhm  ic  ■  i-sed  in 

the  standird  fluid. 


nk 

1 

1  +  H  * 

Diflerei 

nk 

1 

n  ' ■ 

o-ni 

0-9901 

0*0099 

ii  _'i 

0-8284 





■  I  9804 

0*0097 

0-22 

0*8197 

0-0067 

0-113 

0-9709 

95 

0-2.5 

0*8130 

87 

iriit 

0*9616 

ie .; 

0*24 

0*8064 

0-0006 

ii-n.-, 

0*9521 

0*8000 

..  0064 

n   ec, 

0*0090 

0  7937 

.ri.7 

0*27 

ii  7s71 

0-0063 

0-08 

0    | 

11'. s 

0*7812 

0* 12 

0-09 

'I'.'iTt 

0*00S5 

0-29 

0*7752 

.n 

ii'lil 

n  909] 

0*0083 

0*3  ' 

10 

u- 11 



0-0082 

0-31 

0-7684 

- 

n-f-J 

,i  -■'■'i 

0*0080 

0*32 

ii  7676 

0-0058 

irl.-i 

0-8850 

0*0079 

ii";-; 

0-7S19 

0-0057 

0'H 

0-8772 

ii  :il 

0*7483 

i 56 

0-15 

0*0076 

0*35 

0-7407 

0-0050 

0-16 

0*8621 

0*0075 

0-35 

0-0954 

"•IT 

0-85*7 

ir.i'71 

0-87 

ii  7299 

0-0054 

"■is 

0-8475 

■ 

ii  7246 

3 

0*19 

0-8403 

17-' 

0-30 

0*0052 

0-20 

0-0070 

e-1,1 

0-7143 

ii  005] 

Instead  of  having  the  millimetre  scale  engraved  on  the 
stem  of  the  hydrometer,  it  may  be  etched  on  the  jar  itself, 
a  ring  being  also  engraved  on  the  belly  of  the  hydrometer 
like  au  Erdmann  float  (Fig.  4).  The  readings  are  then 
taken  by  reading  the  level  of  the  [meniscus  of  the  fluid 
surface  on  the  millimetre  scale,  and  also  that  of  the  ring  ; 
the  difference  between  the  two  when  the  hydrometer  floats 
in  the  standard  liquid  at  fhe  standard  temperature  is  care- 
fully noted,  representing  a  second  constant  for  the  particular 
instrument  =  a  millimetres.     When  the  hydrometer  floats 


•  The  above  formula  is  arrived  at  thus :— Let  L  be  the  "..inn  i- 
l.-nt  length"  "f  the  hydrometer  w iih  respect  to  the  Srst  liquid, 
i.e.,  the  length  of  a  column  of  that  liquid  of  section  equal  to  that 
Hi' the  hydrometer  stem  (considered  uniform)  that  would  weigh  w 
at  the  stan  lard  temperature. 

Then— 

L  :  L  +  I  :  :  W  :  W  +  to 


Whence  - 


Vml 


v 


I 


" 


*  = 


1,  "  M"  I 


1'       ,i         I 


1'. 


I. 


J-1'        l'   r  "        1  +  II   x  I        '  *  "  * 


April  so,  M9B.J       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


303 


in  the  second  liquid,  the  corresponding  difference  of  readings 
is  noticed  =  d.     Then  1/  —  a  —  n  iii  the  preceding  formula. 

The  advantage  of  this  form  of  instrument  is  that  whereas 
only  one  reading  is  practicable  when  the  scale  is  engraved 
on  the  hydrometer  stem  and  the  instrument  floated  in  a 
fluid,  any  number  of  different  pairs  of  readings  can  be 
taken  and  averaged  for  higher  accuracy  when  the  seale  is 
etched  on  the  jar.  When  one  pair  of  readings  (meniscus 
ami  ring)  has  been  taken,  a  few  drops  more  liquid  are 
carefully  added  to  the  contents  of  the  jar,  or  pipetted  out  of 
it,  thus  furnishing  two  different  level  readings,  and  conse- 
quently a  second  valuation  of  their  difference.;  and  so  on  as 
often  as  may  he  desired. 

In  making  these  various  readings  it  is  convenient  to  vary 
the  temperature  slightly  {e.g.  by  immersing  the  jar  in  a 
large  beaker  of  Water),  SO  that  the  average  of  the  various 
temperature  readings  may  he  that  required,  precisely  as 
with  the  modified  pyknometer  above  described. 

The  level  of  the  meniscus  at  the  top  of  the  fluid  can  be 
read  somewhat  more  accurately  by  constructing  the  jar  of 
a  U  shape,  each  limb  having  a  millimetre  seale  etched  upon 
it.  ( »ne  limb  is  made  wide  enough  to  enable  the  araeometer 
to  ride  freelj  therein,  the  scale  being  sufficiently  prolonged 
to  take  iii  all  possible  positions  of  the  ring  etched  on  the 
hydrometer;  the  other  may  he  narrower,  but  should  be 
sufficiently  wide  to  prevent  any  errors  through  varying 
capillarity  with  different  fluids.  On  this  limb  a  shorter 
scale  suffices,  as  the  meniscus  ot  the  top  level  only  is  read 
thereon.  Of  course  each  seale  commences  at  the  same 
horizontal  level,  so  that  the  difference  between  the  readings 
(meniscus  in  narrower  limb,  ring  in  wider  limb)  represents 
the  depth  of  the  ring  below  the  surface. 

The  following  figures  illustrate  the  modes  of  standardising 
and  use  of  the  millimetre  jar  araeometer.  The  same  jar 
was  used  throughout;  the  weighings  were  not  corrected  for 
air  buoyancy. 

Anroiiieler  A  ,-  intended  for  fluids  of  sp.  gr.  1-000  to 
0-850:  — 

Weight  of  araeometer,  \Y 26 '07  7  grins. 

Additional  weight,  w    3   548     „ 

Depth  of  ring  below  meniscus  when  in- 

mersed    without    additional    weight  in 

distilled  water  at  15'  5    (average  of  8 

concordant  readings)  —a 47'  76  mm. 

Do.         do.     with  additional  weight  =  6       135-76     „ 

Hence         !  =  b  —  a  =  88 '00  mm. 

and  ft=      "'       =    ,U-^J—-   =       0-001546     „ 

\\      I  -iii  Hi/  xssipii  " 

Arteomeler  B  ;  for  liquids  of  sp.  gr.  1-000  to  0-900  : 

W    --=    59-846  grins. 
10    =        3-548     „ 
a    =    109  4      mm. 
b    =    183-3         „ 
Hence — 

/   =    183-3  -  109-4    =   73-9  mm. 
and — 

k   =  ^.8|;f7s.9  =    0-0008022 

Am  mutter  C  :   for  liquids  of  sp.  gr.  1-850  to  1  •  GI>"  :  — 
W    =    106-561  grms. 
«■    =        8-088     „ 
Depth  of  ring  below  meniscus  when   im- 
mersed   at     15-5"     without    additional 
weight     in    sulphuric    acid    of    specific 
gravity  at  1  5  ■  5°.      1  ■  83538  (determined 

by  pyknometer )    =    ,/    59-02  mm. 

Do.        do.     with  additional  weight  w  —  b     151-01     ,, 
Hence — 

/    =    151-01  -59-02    =    9r99ium. 
and — 

h  -  m-mrwn  =  0-°008251 


Determination  of  Specific  Gravity  at  15-5°  of  Diluted 
Alcohol  with  Areeometers  A  and  II. 

Armometer  A.  Depth  of  ring  below  meniscus  when 
immersed  iu  liquid   at  15  5  '  (average   of  several  readings) 

—  d 76-29  111111. 

Ditto  when  immersed  in  water  {supra)  =  a=  47'76  mm. 
Then— 

n  =  d  -  a  =  76-29  -  47'76  =  28-53 
and — 

n  k  =  28-53  x  0001546  =  0-04411 

From    the   table     the   corresponding   value    of  is 

1+  Ilk 
0-9578,  i.e.,  the  specific  gravity  at  15-5    is  0-9578. 

Armometer  li.  Mean  value  of  d  at  15-5  . . .    1C4-0  mm. 
Value  of  a  (supra)..   l()9'4     ,. 

Hence — ■ 

n  =  d  -  a  =  1640  -  109-4  =  54-6  mm. 
and — 

11  h  =  54-6  x  0-0008022  =  0-04380  mm. 

From    the    table   the   corresponding   value    of  is 

0-9581. 

Valuations  of  the  same  fluid  with  three  different  modified 
pyknometers  as  above  described  gave  the  following  results 
at   15-  5°  :  — 

No.  1.  Pyknometer  of  pattern  shown  iu  Fig.  1, 

holding  about  100  ee 0-95791 

No.  2.  Another  pyknometer  of   pattern   shown 

in  Fig.  1,  holding  about  25  cc 0-95786 

No.  3.  Pyknometer  of  pattern   shown  in  Fig.  2, 

holding  about  100  cc 0-95789 

0-  95789 


In  similar  fashion,  the  following  figures  were  obtained 
with  a  sample  of  stronger  alcohol  : — 

.4 in ometer  A n  =  83 -07  111111. 

Hence — 

11  k  =  8307   x  0-001546  =  0-1284. 
Corresponding  specific  gravity  value  from  table  0  8862. 
No.  3.  Value  found  with  pyknometer  No.  3  supra  0-88624 
No.  4.  Pyknometer  of  pattern  shown  in  Fig.  1, 

holding  about  50  cc 0-88623 

Determination  of  Specific  Gravity  at  15 -5:  of  Slightly 

Diluted  Oil  of  Vitriol. 
Ar.rometer  C.    Depth  of  ring  below  meniscus 

at  1 5 " 5    =  d 143-68 

Value  of  a  (supra ) 59  02 

Hence — 

n  =  d  -  a  =  84-66 
and — 

n  h  =84-66  x   0-0008251  =  0-06985 
The-  value  of  corresponding  to  this  from  the  table 

is    0-9347;     whence,     siuee     I),  =  1-83538*     the     specific 
gravity  of  the  acid,  IX,,  at  15-5°  is— 

D,   X  ,  }     .   --  T83538  x  0-9347  =  17155 

1  1  +  11  A 

Value  found  with  pyknometer  Xo.  1  (supra). .      1-71568 
„  „  No.  4    1-71563 

Discussion. 

Mr.  David  Howakd  said  that  for  those  who  really 
wished  to  make  industrial  chemistry  a  scientific  matter. 
Dr.  Wright's  paper  was  of  extreme  value.  Every  chemist, 
whatever  his  qualifications,  was  under  the  impression  that 
he  could  take  a  specific  gravity.  Hut  if  the  determinations 
made  were  compared  with  those  of  others,  it  would  be  seen 


•  The  value  for  Dr  at  IB'60  was  found  in  be 

Bj  pyknometer  No.  1 1-83589 

.V".  t VI 

M 1   33538 


304 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.      [April  so,  im. 


that  men  of  ability,  careful  manipulators  and  observers, 
diffeied  to  an  astonishing  degree.  It  was  the  minute  details 
which  Dr.  Wright  had  insisted  upon,  which  shculd  be 
carefully  investigated.  If  chemists  wished  to  keep  pace 
with  the  times,  they  were  bound  to  make  sure  that  their 
observations  were  of  real  accuracy.  No  instrument  could 
he  trusted  until  it  had  been  tested  ;  and  no  determination 
could  be  relied  upon  until  the  scientific  values,  as  well  as 
the  mere  mechanical  values,  had  been  fully  considered. 

Mr.    Arnold   Philip   said   that    he    had    recently    had 

occasion  to  take  the  specific  gravity  of  a  sample  of 
petroleum  residne  at  a  temperature  near  100°  C.     This  he 

had  done  in  the  usual  manner  by  means  of  a  Sprengel's 
tube,  and  in  calculating  out  the  results  he  had  been  inclined 
to  think  that  some  correction  should  be  applied  for  the 
actual  alteration  of  the  internal  cubical  capacity  of  the  tube, 
due  to  the  alteration  of  form  on  heating.  The  usual 
correction  for  the  cubical  expansionof  glass,  which  Dr.  Wright 
had  mentioned,  would,  of  course,  hi'  absolutely  all  that  was 
necessary  if  one  were  dealing  with  a  solid  mass  of  glass, 
but  if  one  were  employing  a  hollow  vessel,  il  was  difficult 
to  imagine  that  no  internal  distortion  of  form  occurred  on 
raising  the  temperature  through  from  7o°  to  80°  C.  If  such 
distortion  did  take  place,  it  seemed  difficult  to  make  a 
correction  for  it.  What  he  imagined  would  he  the  best 
method,  would  be  to  weigh  the  vessel  full  of  mercury  (or 
some  other  pure  fluid  of  high  boiling  point,  whose  coefficient 
ofexpansion  was  accurately  known)  at  100°C,  and  calculate 
out  the  volume  which  the  weight  of  mercury  thus  obtained 
should  occupy  at  this  temperature.  He  would  be  glad  if 
Dr.  W right  would  elucidate  this  difficulty,  and  point  out  to 
the  meeting  the  most  simple  method  of  miking  such  a 
correction  if  it  were  necessary. 

Dr.  Murray  Thomson  insisted  on  the  necessity  for  the 
greatest  accuracy  in  taking  specific  gravities.  The  author 
had  suggested  many  necessary  corrections,  hut  there  was 
one  point  which,  though  not  mentioned,  could  hardly  have 
been  overlooked,  and  that  was  the  narrowness  of  the  vessel 
used  with  the  hydrometer.  It  was  well  known  that  in 
using  an  instrument  of  that  kind  it  was  almost  impossible 
to  avoid  producing  friction  against  the  side  of  the  vessel. 
All  tlie  methods  for  eliminating  such  friction  were  more  or 
less  apt  to  fail ;  and  the  only  way  out  of  the  difficulty  was 
to  make  a  great  number  of  determinations,  and  take  the 
mean  of  them.  Again,  in  introducing  the  specific  gravity 
instrument  into  a  liquid,  one  was  apt  to  find  air  bubbles 
adhering  to  the  sides  of  the  apparatus,  though  almost 
invisible  to  the  eye.  This  effect  could  only  be  avoided  by 
bobbing  the  instrument  up  and  down  in  the  liquid — thus 
leading  to  anothei  inaccuracy. 

Mr.  Oscar  Gittmann  said  that  he  was  much  interested 
in  the  determination  of  the  expansion  of  liquids  at  increasing 
temperatures  which  he  might  call  the  inverse  of  the  specific 
gravity.  In  a  factory  with  which  he  was  connected,  specific 
gravity  calculations  were  made  every  day  by  the  dozen. 
These  determinations  were  made  with  the  very  best  instru- 
ments obtainable,  and  as  much  care  as  possible  was  taken  ; 
yet  he  would  like  to  say  that  he  bad  learned  from  1  >r.  Wright 
a  great  deal  in  regard  to  the  matter  of  taking  an  accurate 
specific  gravity.  Hut  he  would  like  to  know  whether  iu  the  in- 
strument proposed  by  Dr.  Wright,  supposing  it  was  adjusted 
for  15°  C.  and  a  liquid  was  poured  into  it  at  100°  C,  the  glass 
cylinder  would  not  be  likely  to  expand.  As  the  divisions 
were  already  spaced  off  on  the  glass  cylinder,  the  instrument 
would  by  the  expansion  of  the  glass  (which  lie  thought  was 
very  likely  to  happen)  then,  very  probably,  be  inaccurate, 
and  it  might  be  necessary  to  have  different  cylinders  for 
different  temperatures.  He  had  noticed  the*  very  same 
thing  when  determining  the  expansion  of  liquids.  If  a  very 
narrow  glass  tube  were  used,  and  it  was  filled  up  to  a 
certain  level,  with  one  liquid,  say  at  15°,  then  put  into  a 
cylinder  filled  with  water  and  this  heated  to  a  higher 
temperature,  a  different  volume  would  be  found  ;  and  by 
the  two  readings  it  might  lie  possible  to  determine  the  rate 
of  expansion  of  the  two  liquids.  He  had  done  it  at  various 
temperatures  with  different  liquids,  such  as  sulphuric  acid, 
ml nr    mid,    muriatic     acid,   and    nilro-glyceriu.       He    had 


found  that  the  tables  and  formula;  he  had  consulted  in  that 
connexion  did  not  agree  with  his  observations,  and  he  could 
not  find  the  proper  ratio.  Even  taking  the  expansion  of 
water  as  a  standard,  and  calculating  by  the  usual  formulae 
he  could  never  get  a  proper  result.  He  had  tried  to  take 
into  account  a  factor  for  the  expansion  of  the  glass,  but  he 
was  bound  to  say  that  he  had  never  arrived  at  satisfactory 
results,  and  he  wquld  be  very  glad  to  see  the  question  taken 
up  by  someone  competent  to  deal  with  it. 

Mr.  Clayton  Beadle  thought  that  Dr.  Wright  had 
demonstrated  that  the  difference  in  the  expansion  of  liquids 
was  to  be  accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  they  had  been 
formed  at  varying  temperatures.  It  seemed  to  him  that 
they  could  not  be  read  at  one  and  the  same  temperature, 
unless  it  was  known  that  the  coefficients  of  the  expansion 
of  the  fluids  and  water  were  the  same.  If  a  fluid  was  taken 
at  100°  G.  and  compared  with  water  at  100  ('.,  the  specific 
gravity  could  not  be  the  same  as  if  determinations  were 
made  at  0°  (.'.,  unless  it  were  certain  that  the  coefficients  of 
expansion  in  the  waters  were  identical. 

Dr.  Samuel  Ridi:  u.  thought  that  Dr.  Wright's  suggestion 
with  reference  to  the  outer  cylinder  was  a  very  good  one  ; 
but  that  i*  would  not  be  applicable  in  the  ease  of  dark 
Liquids. 

Mr.  Arnold  Philip  thought  that  Mr.  Guttmann's 
question  and  his  own  were  very  much  the  same,  namely, 
how  to  distinguish  the  difference  between  the  expansionof  a 
solid  substance  like  glass,  and  the  expansion  of  such  a 
substance  in  the  form  of  a  tube  or  a  hydrometer  float. 

Dr.  Wright,  in  reply,  said  that  as  regarded  the  remarks 
that  had  fallen  from  Mr.  David  Howard,  he  cordially 
agreed  with  that  gentleman,  and  thanked  him  for  his 
corroboration  of  some  points,  especially  the  extreme  de- 
sirability of  not  trusting  implicitly  to  instrument  makers, 
who  were  not  infallible  ;  even  with  the  best  it  was  necessary 
(just  as  iu  the  ease  of  a  variety  of  other  political  and  social 
matters)  to  look  carefully  after  and  verify  the  products  of 
their  industry,  which  were,  in  many  respects,  wonderfully 
delicate.  He  would  not  like  to  say  a  word  against  the  skill 
of  instrument  makers,  after  Inning  obtained  from  them 
such  excellent  instruments  as  he  had  exhibited  to  the 
meeting  that  evening.  But  when  an  extremely  high  degree 
of  accuracy  was  required,  unless  the  instruments  used  had 
been  carefully  checked,  no  one  was  warranted  in  placing 
implicit  confidence  iu  the  numerical  results  obtained.  Even 
with  such  an  instrument  as  a  chemical  balance,  it  was 
absolutely  imperative  that  each  weight  should  be  checked 
against  the  others,  so  that  the  relative  values  of  all  the 
weights  should  be  exactly  known.  Unless  that  were  done, 
the  results  would  always  be  affected  by  a  certain  amount  of 
inaccuracy,  due  to  imperfect  adjustment  of  the  weights. 
One  or  two  speakers  had  referred  to  the  expansion  of  glass. 
questioning  whether  the  same  rate  of  expansion  wouid 
apply  to  a  solid  block  of  glass  as  to  a  hollow  vessel.  He 
did  not  see  why  it  should  not.  A  tube  might  be  regarded 
as  a  solid  block  of  glass,  from  which  the  inside  of  the  block 
hail  been  removed  ;  then,  what  would  apply  to  the  outside 
would  equally  apply  to  the  inside  ;  and  any  argument 
which  applied  to  the  outermost  layer,  would  also  apply  to 
the  innermost  layer.  For  the  present  purpose,  they  might 
be  satisfied  with  the  fact  that  all  physical  inquirers  who 
had  used  glass  instruments  for  such  matters  as  the  deter- 
mination of  the  rate  of  expansion  of  meicury,  and  such  like 
intricate  physical  problems,  had  satisfied  themselves  that 
within  the  limit  of  observation  the  principle  was  true,  that 
the  capacity  of  a  hollow  glass  vessel  increased  by  an  incre- 
ment of  temperature  at  the  same  rate  as  the  bulk  of  a  solid 
block  of  the  same  material.  He  thought  that  if  that  was 
slated  as  a  warrantable  deduction  in  the  present  state  of 
knowledge,  it  perhaps  meet  the  difficulties  that  seemed  to 
have  occurred  to  the  gentlemen  referred  to.  Regarding 
Mr.  Guttmann's  difficulty  with  reference  to  the  determina- 
tion of  specific  gravity,  that  the  value  found  at  one  tempe- 
rature is  not  the  same  as  that  obtained  at  another  temperature, 
that  must  necessarily  be  the  ease,  unless  the  standard 
fluid    and    the    substance    compared    with    it    expanded    at 


April  so,  1898.]       THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


305 


exactly    the  same   rate.      If  an  inexpansible    fluid    were 
compared  with  water  at  100°  C,  Its  specific  gravity  at  that 

temperature  would  be  something  like  1  per  cent,  higher 
than  the  value  obtained  at  15°  C.  j  whilst  if  the  fluid  were 
more  expansible  thau  water,  its  speeifie  gravity  would 
be  less  at  the  higher  temperature,  and  vice  versa ;  so  that, 
in  the  one  case,  the  specific  gravity  would  be  greater,  and 
in  the  other  case,  less  at  100°  C.than  at  15  C.  It  was  to 
points  of  that  kind  that  he  had  wished  more  particularly  to 
refer  in  his  opening  remarks  in  pointing  out  that  current 
technical  literature  was  attended  with  a  considerable  degree 
of  uncertainty  as  regards  the  exact  meaning  of  certain 
numerical  quantities,  through  the  improper  use  of  terms 
and  the  incorrect  application  of  them  in  defining  quantities 
of  this  description.  He  did  not  like  to  appear  invidious, 
but  might  mention  as  an  example  that  one  very  well-known 
author  had  spoken  of  the  ratio  of  the  weight  of  a  given 
volume  of  melted  fat  at  100;  F.  to  the  weight  of  the 
same  volume  of  water  at  the  same  temperature  as  being 
the  "actual  density"  a  wholly  improper  expression;  for 
the  term  density  involved  a  conception  of  something  more 
than  a  simple  numerical  ratio  ;  it  involved  the  fundamental 
notions  of  mass  and  volume,  and  the  use  of  a  phrase 
of  that  kind  implied  a  considerable  confusion  of  ideas  ; 
apart  from  which  the  "actual  density"  at  100°  F.  as 
thus  defined  was  a  value  which  was  absolutely  identical 
with  the  "  specific  gravity  at  100"  F.,"  and  was,  therefore, 
a  needless  expression,  even  if  correct.  Two  speakers  had 
referred  to  the  possibility  of  error  on  account  of  the 
sticking  of  the  hydrometer  against  the  side  of  the  vessel ; 
and  another  possibility  of  error  through  the  formation  of 
bubbles  upon  the  instrument.  The  former  difficulty  was 
1-iss  likely  to  occur  with  hydrometers  of  cylindrical  belly, 
floating  perfectly  upright  in  a  smooth  surfaced  jar ;  the 
latter  source  of  error  was  a  very  considerable  difficulty  in 
all  cases,  but  it  applied  equally  to  all  forms  of  instrument 
with  which  he  was  acquainted.  The  two  fluids  (diluted 
spirits  of  wiue,  and  sulphuric  acid)  on  the  table  had  not 
liberated  any  bubbles  during  their  use  as  examples,  but  it 
was  quite  possible  that  others  might  have  done  so.  As 
regarded  the  bobbing  up  and  down  of  the  hydrometer,  there 
was  a  very  simple  way  of  getting  over  the  error  that  might 
occur  through  the  adherence  of  a  film  of  liquid  to  the  upper 
part  of  the  stem  ;  and  that  was,  simply  to  lift  it  up  about 
an  iuch  or  so,  carefully  wipe  the  stem,  aud  gently  let  it  go 
so  that  it  would  quietly  subside.  Mr.  Fulton  had  referred 
to  au  instrument  (see  below)  which  he  (Dr.  Wright) 
bad  not  had  the  pleasure  of  being  able  to  examine 
thoroughly  ;  and  he  confessed  that  he  did  not  quite  under- 
stand its  modus  operandi:  but  it  appeared  to  him  that  the 
part  which  corresponded  to  the  shank  of  a  hydrometer  was 
somewhat  wide;  and,  therefore,  it  could  hardly  be  expected 
to  compare  in  delicacy  with  the  instruments  he  had 
exhibited.  The  instruments  he  had  on  the  table  had 
equivalent  lengths  of  750  to  1,250  millimetres  equal  to  some 
30  to  50  inches,  so  that  each  millimetre  of  stem  represented 
about  yTtjy  to  TT71-^  of  the  whole  instrument ;  i.e.,  for  an 
instrument  standardised  with  water  a  difference  in  specific 
gravity  of  0*0001  represented  about  one-tenth  of  a  millimetre. 
Hut  in  the  instrument  brought  before  the  meeting  by  that 
gentleman,  it  appeared  to  him  (Dr.  Wright)  that  the 
graduated  tube  was  very  much  wider,  so  as  to  seriously 
impair  the  sharpness  of  its  reading.  He  spoke  under 
correction,  as  he  had  not  had  an  opportunity  of  closely 
inspecting  the  apparatus ;  but  that  was  the  objection  which 
occurred  to  him  at  the  first  blush.  A  speaker  had  referred 
to  the  expansion  of  the  liquid,  and  had  asked  whether  the 
indications  of  a  "  millimetere  areometer  "  would  be  exact  at 
a  temperature  higher  thau  that  at  which  it  was  standardised. 
Certainly  not,  unless  it  was  known  what  was  the  rate  of 
expansion  of  the  substance  dealt  with  relatively  to  water  so 
as  to  make  the  necessary  correction.  If  a  gis'en  instrument 
were  calibrated  and  set  for  a  particular  temperature,  say 
15°  C,  it  could  be  used  at  that  temperature  with  a  fair 
degree  of  accuracy  ;  but  if  it  were  required  to  work  at  a 
widely  different  temperature,  say  100°  C.,  it  should  be  cali- 
brated at  that  temperature  also.  The  same  principles 
applied  as  in  the  ease  of  a  pyknometer  ;  so  far  as  the  effect 
of  expansion   was  concerned,  that  could  be  calculated   in 


much  the  same  way  as  that  described  for  pyknometers  in 
the  paper ;  hut  there  was  another  point  to  consider,  viz., 
that  if  the  temperature  of  the  jar  varied,  the  length  of  the 
millimetre  scale  etched  thereon  also  varied,  so  as  to  repre- 
sent a  lesser  length  thau  100  millimetres  at  a  temperature 
below  the  normal  one  for  the  instrument,  and  vice  versa, 
involving  au  additional  correction.  Dr.  Rideal's  experience 
with  the  Westphal  instrument  seemed  to  have  been  more 
unfortunate  than  his  (Dr.  Wright's)  and  worse  than  that 
of  most  others  who  had  used  it.  The  results  which  he  (Dr. 
Wright)  had  obtained  with  it  and  similar  instruments,  had 
led  him  to  believe  that,  except  in  determinations  involving 
accuracy  to  more  than  three  places  of  figures,  it  was  suffi- 
ciently accurate  to  be  of  considerable  practical  use.  One 
speaker  bad  stated  his  opinion  that  the  use  of  an  arrange- 
ment of  the  kind  described  by  him  would  be  limited  to  fluids 
not  deeply  coloured.  It  was  perfectly  true  that  in  the  ease 
of  a  dark  fluid  it  was  difficult  to  read  the  meniscus,  but  in 
that  case  the  level  of  the  top  of  the  liquid  could  be  easily 
read ;  wrhilst  with  a  properly  proportioned  jar,  not  too 
wide,  the  etched  rim  could  also  be  easily  read,  there  being 
onlv  a  thin  column  of  fluid  round  the  bulb  of  the  instrument. 


— ».  jf  tf  f  car  f «^° 


SPECIFIC  GRAVITY  APPARATUS. 

BY    H.    B.    PULTON,    F.C.S. 

It  seemed  to  me  that  while  the  little  piece  of  apparatus 
which  I  have  now  the  pleasure  of  exhibiting  is  perhaps 
scarcely  important  enough  in  itself  to  merit  an  independent 
communication  to  the  Society,  it  might,  in  connection  with 
Dr.  Wright's  paper  "  On  Specific  Gravities  for  Practical 
Purposes,"  be  not  altogether  devoid  of  interest. 

In  bringing  this  before  the  Society,  I  make  no  claim  of 
originality,  having  seen  the   principle   applied  some  years 

i   ago  in  America,  where  a  common  test  tube  was  employed 

l  for  the  purpose.  I  have,  however,  suggested  the  addition 
thereto  of  a  bulb  for  mercury  or  shot  to  weight  the  tube  as 
iu  the  case  of  au  ordinary  hydrometer. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  glass  tube,  having  as  uniform 

|  a  diameter  as  possible,  graduated  from  zero  upwards — a 
scale  of  millimetres  being  a  convenient  one — and  weighted 
with  mercury  so  as  to  maintain  a  vertical  position  when 
floated  in  water.  The  neck  by  which  the  mercury  bulb  is 
attached  is  comparatively  a  long  one,  so  that  the  centre  of 
gravity  may  be  as  low  as  possible.  The  lower  part  of  the 
tube  may  with  advantage  be  blown  so  as  to  have  a  small 
flattened  protruding  bulb  to  act   as  a  fender   (Fig.  1),  and 

'  thus  insure  more  accurate  readings  by  preventing  the  tube 
from  clinging  to  the  sides  of  the  test  jar;  or  the  same  result 
may  be  accomplished  by  other  means. 
The  modus  operandi  is  as  follows  : — 
Water  is  first  poured  into  the  tube  to  fill  it  at  least  to  zero 
on  the  scale.  A  little  more  does  not  matter,  and  there 
must  he  sufficient  to  cover  completely  the  specimen  whose 
specific  gravity  is  about  to  be  taken.  Suppose  it  to  have 
been  filled  exactly  to  zero,  the  tube  is  now  floated  in  a  jar 
of  water,  aud  the  level  at  which  it  floats  is  read  off.  This 
may  be,  say  20  (as  at  Fig.  2).  The  specimen,  perhaps  a 
piece  of  galena,  either  as  a  lump  or  in  powder,  is  now 
dropped  carefully  into  the  tube,  which  at  once  sinks,  say 
to  55  (as  at  Fig.  3),  and  the  weight  of  the  specimen  is  thus 
ascertained  as  55 — 20  =  35. 

At  the  same  time,  however,  the  volume  is  obtained  by 
noting  the  displacement  of  the  water  inside  the  tube  ;  and 
again    assuming  this    reading  to   be   5,   we   have   at   once 

35       „ 
sP-gr-  =    5    =  '• 

Although,  obviously,  determinations  cannot  thus  be  made 
with  the  same  accuracy  as  with  the  balance,  yet  the  apparatus 
admits  of  the  specific  gravity  of  vesicular  bodies,  such  as 
slags,  being  taken  rapidly  and  easily  in  the  state  of  grains 
or  powder,  with  sufficient  exactness  for  most  practical 
purposes.     By  diminishing  the  diameter  of  the  tube,  greater 


106 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  TNDUSTRT.        [April  so,  1892 


delicacy  can  of  course  In-  attained,  and  1  suggested  to 
Messrs.  Townson  and  Mercer,  who  made  the  tube  now 
before  you,  that  they  should  prepare  tubes  for  sale,  of  three 
different  diameters, perhaps  10  mm.,  is  nun.,  and  25  mm. 


Fig.  2. 


Fig.  1. 


Mi.-.  3. 


DC 

90 

• 

J 

• 


1st  position. 

Fulton's  SpKciprc  Gravity  Tube. 


=s^a»3Q03J» 


STUDIES  ON  ARTIFICIAL  MUSK. 

ALBERT    1S.4UR,    PH.D. 

Soarf  years  ago,  together  with  W.  Kelbe,  I  isolated  from 
rosin  spirit  (Harzessenz),  a  butyltoluene,  which  proved  to 
be  a  meta-derivatire.     (Ber.  16,  2559.) 

According  to  my  more  recent  investigations  on  this  subject 
1  have  succeeded  in  proving  thai  by  the  action  of  nitric  and 
sulphuric  acids  on  this  hydrocarbon,  a  crystallisable  com- 
pound is  formed  which  possesses  in  a  very  marked  degree 
the  odour  of  musk.  The  production  of  this  artificial  musk 
is  now  patented  in  all  countries.  The  preparation  is  known 
iii  commerce  under  the  name  "  Musk  Baur."  (This  Journal, 
1889,  1004.) 

In  the  Compt.  Rend.  1890,  111,  '238,  and  also  I  hem. 
Zeit.  1890,  [67]  (this  Journal,  1890,  964),  there  is  a 
notice  published  by  me  showing  that  artificial  musk  is 
a  trinitro-derivative  of  butyltoluene  of  the  formula 
<',  Hi  i  II  ii(  ,11.,  n  M>, ;.,,  I  have  extended  this  investi- 
gation, and  now  beg  to  communicate  the  further  results 
obtained,  (this  Journal,  1891,  IG24). 

The  hydrocarbon  of  rosin  spirit,  like  the  compound 
synthesiscd  from  tertiary  butylchloride  and  toluene,  both 
of  which  yield  artificial  musk,  are  shown  to  be  one  and  the 
same  thing,  vi/.,  tertiary  butyltoluene. 

Monomfroouty7fofoeMeC6H3(CH3)(N02)C(CB  i,  \\  ben 
fuming  nitric  acid  is  slowly  added  to  the  solution  of  the 
hydrocarbon  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  an  oil  is  obtained  which 
refuses  to  solidify  even  in  a  freezing  mixture,  and  can  be 
volatilised  with  steam.  On  distillation  under  the  atmo- 
spheric pressure  it  decomposes,  but  in  vacuo  it  distils 
without  decomposition  at  160; — 162°.     It  is  a  yellowish  oil 


of  peculiar  odour,  not  pleasant,  and  unlike  that  of  musk. 
On  long  standing  in  the  air  it  becomes  brown. 

lly  the  action  of  excess  of  nitric  acid  this  mononitro- 
compound  is  converted  into  the  trinitro  -  compound 
('•  artificial  musk  "). 

By  warming  the  oil  for  some  time  on  the  water  bath  and 
precipitating  with  water,  a  solid  product  was  obtained 
smelling  of  musk,  and  crystallising  from  alcohol  in  yellowish 
white  needles,  melting  at  D6  — 97  . 

Dinitrobutyltoluene,  C,.II.;(C11,)(N'0;)..)C',H9) 

When  the  hydrocarbon  is  allowed  to  drop  into  fuming 
nitric  acid  of  sp.  i^r.  1  ■ ."»,  the  liquid  being  strongly  re- 
frigerated, and  the  mixture  afterwards  let  stand  at  the 
ordinary  temperature,  a  mixture  of  mononitro-,  di-,  and 
trinitro  derivatives  is  obtained.  On  distillation  with  steam 
the  mononitro  product  first  passes  over,  and  then  follows  fl 
mixture  of  mono-  and  dinitro-compound.  The  trinitro- 
derivative  remains  behind  on  steam  distilling,  and  contains 
a  small  quantity  of  dinitrobutyltoluene. 

( In  allowing  the  original  product  to  stand  for  some  time 
at  rest,  the  trinitro-derivative  for  the  most  part  crystallises 
out. 

To  obtain  the  dinitro-compound  from  the  residual  oil, 
the  latter  is  submitted  to  distillation  in  vacuo  repeatedly. 
The  fraction  received  over  at  224  — 225  is  pure  dinitro- 
butyltoluene. It  is  a  brown  oil  of  very  unpleasant  odour, 
not  solidifying  in  a  freezing  mixture.  When  this  oil  is 
treated  with  excess  of  the  sulphuric  nitric  acid  mixture, 
trinitrobutyltoluene  results. 

Trinitrobutyltoluene  (Artificial  Musk) — 

C6H(CH3)(N02)3C(CH3)3 

The  simplest  method  of  preparation  is  from  the  hydro- 
carbon direct.  By  allowing  the  hydrocarbon,  butyltoluene, 
slowly  to  drop  into  5  times  its  weight  of  a  mixture  of 
1  part  of  nitric  acid  of  1*5  sp.  gr\,  and  2  parts  of  fuming 
sulphuric  acid  of  15  per  cent,  of  anhydride  and  warming 
the  mixture  on  the  water-bath  for  about  8 — 9  hours.  On 
pouring  into  water  a  crystalline  mass  is  precipitated,  con- 
sisting of  trinitrobutyltoluene,  but  not  quite  pure.  To 
obtain  a  perfectly  pure  article,  capable  of  giving  good 
analytical  figures,  it  is  necessary  to  nitrate  the  product 
once  more.  By  crystallising  the  product  from  alcohol, 
yellowish-white  needles  melting  at  96° — 97  are  obtained, 
and  these  have  an  intense  odour  of  musk.  The  compound 
is  insoluble  in  water,  but  easily  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether, 
petroleum  spirit,  benzene,  and  chloroform.  It  is  only  very 
slightly  volatile  on  attempted  steam  distillation.  By  dis- 
solving equal  molecular  weights  of  trinitrobutyltoluene  and 
naphthalene  in  boiling  alcohol  and  heating  the  solution  for 
some  time  under  inverted  condenser,  on  cooling  large  yeilow 
plates  are  obtained,  melting  at  89° —  90°. 

With  regard  to  the  constitution  of  the  trinitrobutrl 
toluene  there  are  four  formula1  possible — 


/\  No. 

NOs  'x/l  C4Hg 

N02 
CH3 

NO.A 


CH3 

NO.  /\  NO, 


N<  i, 


C4HS 


NO   I     J  C.H, 


CH3 

NO,     ''   '      No. 

<\H. 


NO, 


NO, 


The  three  first  have  the  common  peculiarity  that  in 
case  one  nitro-group  exists  in  the  ortho  position  to  another 
nitro-group,  whilst  in  the  fourth  formula  all  three  uitro- 
groups  are  respectively  in  the  meta  position  to  each  other. 
Now,  the  investigations  of  Laubenheimer,  Hepp,  &c.  have 
shown  that  the  compounds  in  which  the  nitro-groups  stand 
to  each  other  in  the  ortho  position,  rery  easily  exchange 
one  of  these  nitro  groups  for  an  OH,  NH2,  or  NHC6HS 
group    when    treated    with    alkalis,    ammonia,   or   aniline 


April  :s>: 


:.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


307 


respectively.  In  the  lirst  two  cases  the  nitro-group  is 
eliminated  as  nitrite,  in  the  third  ease  it  converts  the 
aniline  into  diazoamidobenzene,  C6H5  .  X  :  N  .  NCi;H,ll. 
If  the  nitro-groups  are  not  in  the  ortho  position,  then 
alkalis  and  ammonia  are  without  action,  and  aniline  gives 
rise  to  addition  products.  No  alteration  with  alkalis  and 
ammonia  taking  place,  and  an  addition  compound  with 
aniline  without  any  formation  of  diazoamidobenzene  being 
obtained,  the  fourth  formula  is  confirmed  as  the  true  one. 

flomologues  and  tsoinerides  of  Artificial  Musk.  —  A 
-nics  df  these  has  been  very  carefully  prepared  and 
qualitatively  tested.  Very  many  of  them  possess  the  smell 
of  umsk,  but  as  far  as  regards  technical  value  they  are 
all  inferior  to  the  trinitrobutyltoluene.  For  example,  the 
trinitro  compound  »/'  butylmetaxylene  has  been  prepared. 
It  possesses  a  strong  odour  of  musk,  and  has  the  formula — 

1,3  5        i.  l.i; 

Cc(riiA'(<',it,,t,x<>.,):, 

By-products  formed  in  the  Preparation  of  Butyltoluene. — 
Butyltoluene  is  by  no  means  the  only  product  of  the  action 
of  butylbromide  upon  toluene  in  presence  of  aluminium 
chloride.  To  purify  the  substance,  it  is  necessary  to  subject 
the  product  of  the  reaction  to  repeated  fractionation.  Even 
by  the  use  of  perfectly  pure  toluene  and  pure  isobutyl- 
bromide,  besides  butyltoluene,  also  butylbenzene,  butyl- 
xylene,  butylethylbcnzene  with  dihutylbenzene,  dibutyl- 
toluene,  and  other  products  as  yet  undistinguishable,  are 
obtained. 

The  formation  of  butylbenzene,  xylerje,  and  ethylbenzene 
is  explained  by  the  fact  that  in  the  reaction  of  Friedel  and 
Crafts  (Compt.  Bend.  101,  1218)  toluene  splits  up  under 
the  influence  of  aluminium  chloride  partially  into  benzene  on 
the  one  hand,  and  xylene  and  ethylbenzene  on  the  other, 
and  these  naturally  become  butylated,  like  the  toluene 
itself. 

Vmong  the  products  distilling  between  J 70°  and  200", 
which  I  have  specified  in  my  patent  as  applicable  for 
nitration,  all  these  compounds  are  contained,  and  the 
corresponding  trinitro-derivatives  find  their  way  into  the 
crude  artificial  musk.  Later  on,  it  was  however  found  best, 
even  for  technical  purposes,  to  subject  the  butyltoluene  to  a 
complete  purification  to  begin  with. 

When  the  bromide  is  employed,  which  has  been  prepared 
from  the  ordinary  commercial  butyl  alcohol  and  which 
always  contains  amyl  alcohol,  the  crude  hydrocarbon 
mixture,  as  per  patent,  boiling  at  170° — 200',  contains 
besides,  butyl  derivatives,  also  the  corresponding  amyl 
derivatives.  These  also  ou  nitration  yield  substances 
smelling  of  musk,  but  of  a  coarser  description  of  odour,  and 
which  arc  much  more  difficult  to  crystallise.  For  technical 
purposes,  then,  pure  butyl  bromide  must  be  employed. 

Anisol  and  Cresol  Derivatives,  and  another  Form  of 
Musk.—Ofx  account  of  the  analogies  of  the  phenol  ethers 
with  the  hydrocarbons,  it  seemed  to  me  of  interest  to  include 
them  in  the  scope  of  my  investigations.  1  have,  to  begin 
with,  introduced  the  butyl  group  into  anisol,  C6H5 . OCH3,  by 
means  of  the  Friedel  and  Crafts'  reaction,  and  then  sub- 
jected the  butylauisol— 

/OCH3 

NC4H9 

thus  obtained,   to  nitration.     The    Di-    and    Trinitrobutyl- 

anisol  are  crystalline  bodies  possessing  no  smell  of  musk. 

The  Trinitro-derivatives  of  the  butylated  p-cresol-  and 
o-cresol-ethers  have,  according  to  my  researches,  the 
following  constitution — 


"I'll;, 


N( », 


"\ 


V0     \/ 
CH 


(J4H,, 
NO, 


and 


NO.. 


OCH3 
\  C1I3 

C4H9 


They  exhibit  no  odoriferous  properties  worthy  of  notice 
or  remark. 

The  butyl-group  in  these  ethers  is  of  course  also  the 
tertiary. 

The  trinitro-derivative  of  the  butylated  o-vresol  ether  is 
a  beautifully  crystalline  product.  It  forms  shining  yellowish- 
white  needles  melting  at  Ij'j' — 70  .  This  ether  was  also 
obtained  from  the  m-butyltoluene  sodium  sulphonate  by 
fusion  with  potash,  and  by  nitration  and  subsequent 
etherification  of  the  phenol  thus  obtained  (Her.  16,  2S61). 

The  trinitro-derivative  of  the  butylated-p-cresol  ether,  on 
the  other  hand,  is  obtained  in  the  crystalline  form  with  very 
great  difficulty.  When,  however,  pure  m-cresol  'ether  is 
boiled  with  isobutyl  bromide  or  pseudobutyl  chloride  and 
aluminium  chloride,  a  butylated  m-cresol  ether  is  obtained, 
boiling  at  222° — 221°,  and  which  on  treatment  with  the 
nitro-sulphurie  acid  mixture  yields  a  trinitro-derivative  of 
intense  musk-like  odour.  This  compound  possesses  the 
formula — 

OCH3  orO.C„H-2„  +  , 

NO.,  /\  Ni  >, 


C4II0 


CH3 


NO„ 


This  ether  crystallises  from  alcohol  in  beautiful  yellowish- 
white  plates.  A  British  patent  has  been  recently  granted 
for  the  preparation  of  this  musk-like  cresol  ether. 

If  meta-cresol  be  treated  with  butyl  alcohol  and  then 
with  chloride  of  zinc,  and  the  mixture  boiled  under  the 
inverted  condenser,  an  unsymmetrical  butylcresol  is 
obtained,  which  when  etherified  and  nitrated,  yields  a 
product  possessing  an  odour  closely  resembling  the  so-called 
civet  ("  civette  ''). 

Discussion. 

The  paper  having  been  read  by  Mr.  Watsoji  Smith. 

Dr.  Alder  Wright  wished  to  ask  him  whether  the  author 
had  examined  the  nature  of  the  products  obtained  by  the 
methods  patented  by  Valentiner  (Kng.  Pat.  15,687  of  1890  ; 
this  Journal,  1891,  571),  where  certain  benzene  hydro 
carbons,  oil  of  turpentine,  &c,  were  treated  with  butylic  or 
other  homologous  alcohols  in  presence  of  sulphuric  acid, 
whereby  condensation  was  brought  about,  producing  hydro- 
carbons and  sulphouic  acids  thence  derived,  the  former  of 
which  gave  an  insoluble  musk  on  nitration,  and  the  latter 
a  soluble  musk.  It  would  thence  seem  as  if  a  variety  of 
homologous  nitro-derivatives  existed,  all  more  or  less 
possessing  the  odour  of  musk.  Were  any  particular  mem- 
bers of  this  group  better  suited  than  others  for  technical 
purposes  ?  and  if  so,  which  'i 

Mr.  Peter  MacEwan  said  there  was  no  doubt  that  the 
subject  before  the  meeting,  from  a  commercial  point  of 
view,  was  of  immense  interest ;  hut  in  his  opinion  it  was  of 
equal  interest  that  the  meeting  should  know  that  artificial 
musks,  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  consumer,  had  not 
been  quite  the  success  which  had  been  anticipated.  This 
fact  was  probably  due  to  the  assumption  that  musk  was 
used  per  se  as  a  perfume.  It  was  not  so  ;  the  principal 
use  of  musk  being  to  develop,  fix,  or  "  round  off "  the 
odours  of  other  perfumes.  This  property  did  not  appear  to 
be  possessed  by  the  artificial  musks.  There  was  another 
fact  in  regard  to  artificial  musk  which  he  had  noted  on  its 
introduction,  and  that  was,  that  it  underwent  some  modifi- 
cation in  presence  of  acids,  which  fact  had  a  very  material 
influence  upon  the  use  of  such  substances  in  confectionery, 
in  which  trade  there  was  undoubtedly  very  large  quantities 
of  musk  employed,  as  was  also  the  ease  in  tobacco  manu- 
facture. It  would  be  of  immense  advantage  to  those 
industries  in  which  musk  was  used  if  Dr.  Baur  would 
extend  his  studies  to  the  investigation  of  the  reactions  or 
decompositions  between  artificial  musk  and  those  bodies 
with  which  it  was  likely  to  come  in  contact.  It  was 
necessary  that  they  should  have  knowledge  ou  this  point 
before  they  could  say  whether  artificial  could  take  the  place  of 
natural  musk.  The  supply  of  the  latter  could  not  last  for 
ever,  and   although   the   extermination   of    the   musk  deer 


308 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[April  S0.16S3. 


might  not  be  a  question  for  the  present  generation,  it 
certainly  would  lie  for  the  next,  or  the  following  one ;  and 
what  there  would  he  to  fall  back  upon  then  it  was  difficult 
to  conjecture,  unless  a  satisfactory  artificial  article  could  be 
produced. 

Mr.  A.  G.  Green  inquired  whether  it  had  not  been 
shown  in  a  recent  number  of  the  Berichte  of  the  German 
Chemical  Society,  that  the  soluble  musk  obtained  according 
to  Valentiner  and  Schwar/.'s  patent,  owed  its  smell  to  a 
small  quantity  of  trinitrohutyltoluene  with  which  the  com- 
mercial product  was  contaminated,  and  that  the  pure 
sulphouate  was  odourless.  The  fact  that  the  trinitrohutyl- 
toluene was  insoluble  in  water  would  not  disprove  its 
presence,  as  it  might  be  dissolved  in  small  quantity  by  the 
sulphouate ;  a  priori,  it  was  difficult  to  conceive  of  the 
soilium  salt  of  a  sulphonic  acid  having  an  odour,  on  account 
of  the  extreme  non-volatility  of  such  bodies. 

Mr.  Watson  Smith,  in  reply,  said  that  Ilr.  Baur  had 
already  investigated  the  homologues  of  the  butyltoluene 
musk,  and  he  had  stated  definitely  that  none  of  them 
possessed  an  odour  comparable  with  that  of  his  pure  trinitro- 
product  for  fineness  and  purity.  With  regard  to  the 
question  of  the  blending  capacity  of  the  artificial  musk,  he, 
Mr.  Watson  Smith,  had  found  on  reference  to  Piesse's  work 
on  perfumes,  that  it  had  not  that  property  in  the  same 
degree  as  natural  musk.  What  he  understood  by  this  was 
that  whilst  natural  musk  had  an  extraordinary  power  of 
blending  its  perfume  with  other  odours  to  agreeable  results, 
the  artificial  product  lacked  this  capacity.  Natural  musk 
resin  had  an  entirely  different  composition.  With  reference 
to  soap  manufactuie,  in  connexion  with  the  question  of  any 
superiority  or  inferiority  of  the  water-soluble  sulphonatcd 
musks  for  scenting  purposes,  it  appeared  to  him  to  be  a 
question  of  how  much  of  such  soluble  products  were  required 
to  scent  one  ton  of  soap  as  compared  with  the  musk  of 
M.  Baur.  Manufacturing  practice  would  soon  settle  this 
point.  Otherwise  he  was  perfectly  at  one  with  the  opinion 
of  Mr.  A.  G.  Green. 

Mr.  Mac  Ewan  remarked  that  the  artificial  article  made 
from  oil  of  amber  was  used  in  the  manufacture  of  certain 
soaps,  in  which  natural  musk  could  not  possibly  be  used 
owing  to  its  high  price. 

Mr.  Watsoh  Smith,  continuing  his  reply,  said  that  it  was 
a  current  opinion  that  the  most  valuable  application  of 
artificial  musk  would  be  in  the  scenting  of  soaps. 

Dr.  A.  Baur  replied  to  the  following  effect  by  letter  : — 
Xot  only  he,  but  also  Professors  Graebe,  Noelting,  Nietzki. 
and  Witt  had  repeated  the  process  described  in  the  specifi- 
cation No.  19,687  of  October  3rd,  1890,  of  Valentiner.  By 
the  reactions  which  take  place  when  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  acts  upon  butyl  alcohol  and  oil  of  turpentine,  small 
quantities  of  butylated  aromatic  hydrocarbons  are  formed, 
which  are  volatile  with  steam,  and  on  nitration  yield  impure 
and  ill-flavoured  musks.  The  larger  portion  of  the  product 
is  non-volatile  with  steam,  and  furnishes  on  nitration  no 
musk  at  all.  As  regards  the  reaction  with  the  butyl  alcohol 
and  Mjlphuric  acid,  on  the  one  hand  butylxylene  is  formed, 
which  on  nitration  yield  Baur's  trinitro-derivative,  whilst  on 
the  other,  butylxylene  sulphonic  acid — 

C6H.,(CH;lV(CJH9)(S03H) 

is  produced.  Now  on  nitration  of  this  latter  compound, 
nitrobutylxylene  sulphonic  acid  is  produced  which  is,  as 
Mr.  A.  G.  Green  suspected,  without  odour;  and  on  con- 
tinued nitration,  suffers  decomposition  with  loss  of  the 
sulpho  group  and  formation  of  trinitrobutylxylene.  A 
complete  report  on  this  subject  is  given  by  Xoelting  in  the 
Berichte,  1892,  789,  where  he  states: — "The  so-called 
Soluble  Musk  of  Valentiner  owes  its  odour  to  small  quantities 
of  trinitrobutylxylene."  Trinitrobutylxylene,  although  in- 
soluble in  water,  dissolves  t"  some  extent  in  the  solution  of 
the  nitrated  sulphonic  ai  id  and  it-  salts.  A  realhj  soluble 
fa]  musk  does  not  exist.  He  (Dr.  Baur)  hail  heard 
from  various  perfumery  experts  and  firms  that  the  artificial 
musk  had  proved  itself  extremely  well  adapted  for  mixing 


with  other  perfumes,  and  that,  like  natural  musk,  it 
possessed  the  power  of  fixing  the  latter  as  well  as  amal- 
gamating with  them. 

Whilst  he  was  working  out  his  process,  it  subsequently 
appeared  that  two  other  German  chemists,  Messrs. 
Schnaufer  and  Hupfeld,  had  been  working  on  the  same 
lines.  Whilst  later,  as  to  date  of  application  in  Germany, 
these  chemist*  were  first  in  England,  viz.,  Kng.  Pat.  18,521, 
December  18,  1888,  whilst  his  patent,  No.  4963,  was  dattd 
March  21,  1889.  This  matter  was  now  fully  settled,  both 
patents  being  in  the  hands  of  the  same  firm,  the  Fabriqves 
de  produits  ehimimies  de  Thann  el  dc  Miilhmi.se,  and  the 
further  scientific  investigation  of  the  subject  now  rested 
solely  with  himself. 


NOTES  ON  ROSIN  OIL. 

BY    F.    H.    LEEDS,    F.I.C.,    F.C.S. 

CheNEVIEB  (Monit.Scient.  1890,4,685—689;  this  Journal, 
1890,  825)  has  stated  that  rosin  oil  "of  the  first  distilla- 
tion" may  be  distinguished  from  that  of  the  second  by  the 
amount  of  free  acid  present,  and  gives  as  the  limits  of  the 
acidity  from  4  to  10  per  cent.,  the  molecular  weight  of 
the  acids  being  assumed  to  be  302. 

Kosin  oil  "of  the  first  distillation,"  i.e.,  an  oil  which  has 
been  distilled  once,  the  spirit  it  contains  being  subsequently 
removed  either  by  steam  or  fire  heat,  varies  considerably 
in  its  composition,  according  to  the  design  of  the  stills, 
and  the  consequent  greater  or  less  ease  with  which  the 
rosin  can  volatilise  unchanged  during  the  distillation  ;  the 
acidity  of  commercial  samples  varying  from  about  15  to 
24  per  cent.  These  crude  oils  usually  have  a  blue  fluo- 
rescence, but  by  heating  to  a  temperature  of  150°  C.  for 
3 — 4  hours,  td'remove  the  last  traces  of  spirit,  they  Use 
from  1  to  5  per  cent,  by  weight,  and  the  fluorescence  becomes 
green.  Oils  containing  a  higher  percentage  of  non-acid 
substances  are  also  met  with,  and  with  little  trouble  may 
be  prepared,  having  only  about  0-4  per  cent,  of  acids. 

The  figures  for  acidity  given  above  are  obtained  by  titra- 
tion of  the  alcoholic*  solution  of  the  oil  with  caustic  potash 
and  phenolphthalein  ;  their  molecular  weight  being  taken  at 
the  figure  given  by  Chenevier  (r/.  atile).  By  boiling  the 
oils  with  excess  of  alcoholic  potash  and  titrating  back  with 
acid,  another — higher — figure  is  obtained,  the  difference 
between  the  two  varying  from  I  to  9  per  cent.,  but  having, 
as  reference  to  Table  I.  will  show,  apparently  no  connexion 
with  the  degree  of  purity  of  the  oil. 


Table  I. 


Acid  by  Acid  by  Difference 

Titration.  Saponification,         Per  Cent. 

I ... 


•J'J-71 

31-07 

83S 

U-ol 

•>i  -20 

7'68 

0M5 

9-73 

li  '27 

l.i-11 

lt'52 

1-11 

0-36 

I'M 

IMS 

Sample. 

A 
I! 
C 
D 
E 


( if  these  samples  E  was  a  laboratory  oil.  prepared  in 
glass,  and  1>  was  a  mixture  of  about  equal  parts  of  A  and 
E,  prepared  for  a  special  purpose. 

The  first  three  samples  were  exposed  in  evaporating 
basins  to  the  air  of  the  laboratory  for  file  mouths  from 
April  to  September,  to  see  the  effect  of  partial  drying. 
At  the  end  of  the  time  they  were  found  not  to  have 
increased  notably  in  viscidity,  but  A  was  dry  at  the  edges  : 
they   were    then    well    mixed   up    by   the   aid   of    heat    anil 

*  In  the  case  of  the  crude  oils,  solution  is  much  aided  by  the 
addition  "fa  few  drops  of  toluene. 


April  SM892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


S09 


thorough   stirring   and   again   titrated  ;    the   results  being 
shown  in  Table  11.  : — 

Table  II. 


S.iirplc. 

Acid  by 
Titration. 

Acid  by 
Saponification. 

I)i  (Terence 
Per  Cent. 

A 

23'2a 

W90 

1'62 

B 

1  r  i- 

ll'.O'.l 

fill 

0 

0'55 

va 

•'■  ■  <■■>"• 

It  is  to  be  noticed  that  the  figures  in  the  first  column 
show  hardly  any  change — the  decrease  in  H  being  pro- 
bably an  experimental  error.  Some  of  the  A  oil  after 
exposure  was  poured  on  to  glass  plates  and  again  exposed 
till  dry  to  the  touch ;  the  film  was  then  scraped  off  the 
glass,  and  gave,  on  analysis  : — by  titration,  24-60  per  cent., 
by  saponification,  37"00  of  acids. 

By  boiling  with  alcoholic  potash  and  treating  as  described 
in  .Mien's  Commercial  Organic  Analysis  for  the  estimation  of 
saponitiable  matter,  figures  agreeing  well  with  those  obtained 
volumetrically  could  not  be  obtained ;  sample  B  giving 
sravimetrically  16  12  per  cent,  of  acids  instead  of  14'52: 
further  experiments,  which  are  still  in  progress,  showing 
that  the  molecular  weight  of  the  resins  is  higher  than  302 
(Chenevier,  loc.  cit.).  The  author  hopes  to  give  further 
results  in  a  future  communication. 


mbnpool  Swtion. 

UnIvebsity  College,  Bbownlow  Street. 


Chairman  :  J!.  Bruuner. 
Vice-Chairman  :  A.  Norman  Tate. 
Committee : 
E.  Carey.  A.  H.  KniKht. 

V.  C.  Driffield.  .      D.McKechnie. 

/•'.  Gossage.  E.  K.  Muspratt, 

W.  B.  Herman.  H  uru  Tate. 

C.  L.  Biggins.  A.  Watt. 

F.Hiuter. 

Hon.  Treasurer :  \V  P.  Thompson. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 

Dr.  Chas.  A.  Kohu,  University  College,  Liverpool. 


Notices  ot  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

The  names  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  been  elected  to  till  the  vacancies,  and  will 
take  oltiee  in  July  next :— Vice  Chairman  :  E.  Carey.  Committee  : 
J.  Campbell  Brown,  Jos.  C.  Gamble,  G.  Schack-Sommer,  and  A. 
Norman  Tate. 


Meeting  held  Wednesday,  April  6th,  1892. 


MR.    A.    NORMAN    TATE    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


ADJOURNED  DISCUSSION  ON  MB.  A.  E. 
FLETCHER'S  PAPER  ON  MODERN  LEGISLA- 
TION IX  RESTRAINT  OF  THE  EMISSION 
OF  NOXIOUS  GASES  FROM  MANUFACTURING 
OPERATIONS.     (See  Vol.  XL,  page  120.) 

Mr.  Eustace  Carey  opened  the  discussion,  and  said  — 

I  purpose  this  evening  to  make  some  remarks,  which 
shall  be  few  and  brief,  by  way  of  introducing  a  discussion 
upon  the  subject  of  Mr.  Fletcher's  interesting  paper  of 
January  last,  with  the  intention  of  proposing  a  resolution  and 


of  obtaining  the  views  of  this  Section  as  to  what,  if  any, 
amendment  of  the  Alkali  Works  Regulation  Act  should  be 
recommended  in  the  interest  of  the  public,  amendments 
which  shall  be  at  the  same  time  without  injury  to  the 
manufacturer. 

In  making  the  following  remarks  I  wish  it  to  be  under- 
stood that  I  am  giving  only  my  own  individual  opinion,  I 
do  not  pretend  to  represent  any  particular  manufacture, 
and  though,  of  course,  I  can  only  speak  from  my  experience 
as  an  alkali  manufacturer,  I  shall  endeavour  without  fear  or 
favour  to  speak  in  the  interest  of  chemical  industry 
generally,  and  I  hope  with  a  due  regard  to  the  interest  of 
the  public  of  which  we  form  a  part. 

So  far  the  alkali  manufacturer  has  been  in  the  eyes  of 
the  public  and  of  the  Legislature  the  first  and  chief  object 
of  attention,  though  it  has  all  along  been  obvious  and 
admitted  that  there  are  other  industries  which  have  hitherto 
received  no  attention  whatever  which  deal  with  and  of 
necessity  evolve  into  the  atmosphere  the  very  same  gases  as 
those  produced  in  the  manufacture  of  alkali.  The  Act  of 
1863  was  directed  against  alkali  works  alone,  and  though 
the  subsequent  Acts  have  been  concerned  with  some  other 
industries  their  chief  object  has  been  the  regulation  of 
alkali  works. 

One  reason  for  this  is  readily  seen,  viz.,  that  in  alkali 
works  the  gases  are  evolved  in  such  a  manner  that  they 
can  be  regulated  and  their  escape  controlled  with  compa- 
rative ease.  Another  reason  is  that  the  foremost  alkali 
makers,  when  legislation  was  first  proposed,  happened  to  be 
men  of  singularly  open  mind,  public  spirited,  and  sagacious 
(as  many  of  these  men  have  passed  away,  I  trust  that  I  may 
be  permitted  this  tribute  to  their  memory).  They  began 
by  frankly  admitting  the  fact  that  the  gases  evolved  from 
their  works  had  done  harm  to  vegetation,  that  within 
reasonable  limits  the  escapes  of  these  gases  might  be  con- 
trolled, and  they  expressed  themselves  willing  to  incur 
reasonable  expense  in  erecting  plant  for  the  more  perfect 
condensation  of  such  gases.  They  went  further;  they 
cordially  assisted  the  Government  in  framing  a  working  Act, 
and  when  that  Act  was  passed  they  treated  the  inspectors, 
who  had  been  appointed,  in  a  thoroughly  friendly  way,  and 
gave  them,  so  far  as  I  know,  every  assistance  in  their  power. 
They  were  sagacious  enough  to  see  two  things  ;  one  was  that 
a  reasonable  regulation  of  escapes  would  be  ultimately  in 
favour  of  the  manufacturer  who  was  possessed  of  capital 
and  skill ;  secondly,  that  the  fact  of  their  works  being  so 
conducted  as  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  inspectors 
would  tend,  and  rightly  tend,  to  protect  them  from  vexatious 
actions  for  damage.  These  views  and  their  action  have  been 
justified  by  the  event,  for,  the  Acts  being  framed  in  a 
reasonable  manner,  manufacturers  generally  have  found  no 
great  difficulty  in  complying  with  the  regulations,  escapes 
have  been  greatly  lessened,  vegetation  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  alkali  works  suffers  less  than  it  did  20  or  30  years 
aeo,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  alkali  works  have  largely 
increased  during  that  period,  the  public  have  been  protected 
and  the  manufacturer,  to  say  the  least,  has  not  suffered. 

So  much  for  the  past ;  let  me,  with  equal  brevity,  now 
speak  of  the  future. 

Firstly,  then,  with  regard  to  Mr.  Fletcher's  suggestion 
that  works  should  be  no  longer  scheduled  but  that  gases 
should  ;  that  is  to  say,  instead  of  naming  a  list  of  the  works 
that  are  to  be  inspected  and  the  operations  of  which  are  to 
be  controlled  as  to  their  means  of  preventing  escapes,  a  list 
of  gases  should  be  named,  and  that  all  works  that  are  liable 
to  evolve  these  gases  should  be  brought  under  inspection 
and  eventually  under  reasonable  regulations  with  a  view  to 
the  prevention  of  escapes.  With  this  suggestion  I  quite 
agree,  the  present  system  of  naming  certain  works  and  only 
certain  works  results  in  glaring  anomalies  and  affords  another 
instance  of  the  old  saying  that  "  while  one  man  may  steal  a 
sheep  another  may  not  look  over  a  hedge."  Under  the 
present  system  ex.  gr.,as  has  been  often  pointed  out  before, 
the  alkali  maker  in  the  manufacture  of  sulphate  of  soda  is 
tied  down  by  stringent  regulations ;  he  must  catch  and  con- 
dense all  or  nearly  all  his  HO,  he  must  catch  and  condense 
all  or  nearly  all  his  chamber  SO,  and  SO:, ;  but  the  glass 
manufacturer  on  tne  other  hand  buys  sulphate  of  soda  and 
in  many  cases  common  salt   and  ealmty  decomposes  those 


310 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  fc>OCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  30, 1892. 


substances  with  Si02  and  makes  no  attempt  to  catch  and 
condense  either  his  S(  >,  or  HCI.  The  whole  of  these  gases 
escape  into  the  atmosphere,  and  as  the  alkali  manufacturer 
and  the  glass  manufacturer  are  often  next-door  neighbours 
the  unfortunate  alkali  maker  is  frequently  held  responsible 
for  annoyance  and  damage  to  which  perhaps  he  does  not 
contribute  more  than  one  hundredth  part.  The  same  obser- 
vations hold  gopd  in  respect  to  copper  smelting;  the  smelter 
by  the  dry  process  is  under  no  inspection  and  under  no 
obligation  to  even  try  to  condense  his  si  >,,  while  the  wet 
process  metal  extracting  works  are  defined  to  be  alkali  works 
and  therefore  under  regulations  as  stringent  as  those  of 
ordinary  alkali  works. 

ii|  course  it  will  be  argued  that  in  the  case  of  glass 
works  ami  dry  process  copper  works,  there  is  no  means — no 
practicable  means — of  condensing  these  gases.  That  maybe 
\er\  true  at  present  and  no  person  outside  a  lunatic  asylum 
would  dream  of  placing  the  same  restrictions  upon  them  as 
upon  alkali  work- :  luit  there  is  no  reason  why  no  attempt 
should  he  made  to  grapple  with  the  difficulty,  but  rather 
more  reason  for  putting  judicious  but  not  vexatious  pressure 
upon  such  manufacturers  to  try  to  make  them  improve 
their  processes  and  appliances  in  the  interest  of  the  public. 
1  think  also,  that  it  will  lie  better  to  name  certain  gases 
than  to  take  a  wider  definition — the  gases  when  enumerated 
are  something  upon  which  the  inspectors  can  definitely  act. 
If  a  wider  definition  is  attempted  such  as  that  proposed  by 
Dr.  Brown,  viz.,  "  any  gas  injurious  to  health  or  property," 
the  inspectors  would  have  an  almost  insuperable  practical 
difficulty  before  them  ;  they  or  the  Government  for  them, 
would  have  to  decide  from  time  to  time,  amidst  conflicting 
testimony,  what  gas  is.  and  what  gas  is  not  harmful,  and 
then  having  decided  that  they  would  have  to  say  what 
pen  entage  of  such  gas  is  harmful.  Is  0-2  per  cent,  of  CO._ 
prejudicial  to  health  or  if  I  pel  ct  ut.?  Is  0-01  gr.  of  HCI  or 
o  no  i  of  CI  in  a  cubic  foot  of  the  air  of  a  neighbourhood 
prejudicial  or  otherwise  ?  Now  these  questions  would  lead 
to  endless  delay  in  the  practical  working  of  any  Act,  and  I 
submit  that  our  Act  should  be  so  amended  as  to  enumerate 
gases  which  are  admitted  to  bs  harmful,  which  are  known  to 
be  manufactured  and  which  are  liable  to  escape  in  sufficient 
quantity  to  be  a  serious  annoyance  to  the  public. 

I  would  suggest  that  the  Act  be  so  drafted  that  the  list 
of  these  gases  can  be  amended  by  provisional  order  or 
otherwise  if  and  when  in  the  opinion  of  the  central  authority 
necessity  arises. 

The  Act  should  provide  that  any  works  where  these  gases 
are  manufactured  shall  be  inspected  by  qualified  inspectors 
appointed  by  the  central  authority,  that  when  such  works 
are  under  inspection  it  shall  he  competent  for  the  central 
authority  from  time  to  time  to  define  within  what  limits,  if 
limits  are  practicable,  escapes  may  be  tolerated  ;  in  other 
words,  a  "  best  practicable  means  clause  "  of  elastic 
construction  should  be  provided. 

By  such  a  clause  I  do  nut  mean  that  inspectors  should 
have  'la  power  of  saving  to  a  manufacturer  "  You  must 
use  such  and  such  means,  you  must  use  this  or  that 
apparatus  or  invention  for  the  purpose."  Such  power  is 
obviously  open  to  great  abuse,  but  the  inspector  should  have 
power  when  authorised  by  the  central  authority  to  say  to  a 
manufacturer,  "  It  has  been  proved  practicable  to  reduce 
these  escapes  to  such  and  such  a  limit,  you  must  now 
reduce  them  to  this  limit  ;  adopt  what  means  you  please,  put 
up  what  form  of  plant  you  like,  only  reduce  your  escapes  to 
what  is  now  known  to  be  reasonably  practicable.  You  shall 
have  three  mouths,  six  months,  or  whatever  time  is 
.try  to  effect  your  alterations,  but  by  such  and  such 
a  date  your  escapes  musl  be  reduced  to  the  required  point, 
Otherwise  I  shall  he  compelled  to  take  action  against  you." 

The  "best  practicable  means"  should  he  therefore  under- 
stood to  be  any  means  which  will  attain  that  result  which  is 
considered  by  the  central  authority  to  be  the  best  practicable 
result  for  the  time  being. 

Now  it    may  he   argued    by  those  who    do  mil  wish  to  sec 

oi\  extension  of  legislation,  that  "  British  manufactures  must 

not  be  handicapped  lei  regulations  which  are  not  in  force  in 

foreign  countries,  for  if  they  are  so  handicapped  the  foreign 

i.  iinet  will  have  an  unfair  advantage  over  us." 


I  reply,  if  the  proposed  regulations  are  such  that  the 
British  manufacturer  is  really  at  a  disadvantage  thereby, 
such  regulations  tire  not  reasonable  because  they  are  not 
politic,  and  being  unreasonable  and  impolitic  they  tire  not 
likely  to  be  suggested  by  any  responsible  authority. 

This  part  of  the  question  appears  to  me  to  resolve  itself 
into  this:   Can  we  trust  the  Government  ? 

I  venture  to  say  we  can,  for  I  believe  that  no  Government, 
be  it  ( 'onservative  or  Radical,  will  ever  have  the  desire,  or 
even  if  it  had  the  desire  will  ever  be  allowed,  to  hamper  our 
manufacturers  with  unreasonable  and  impolitic  restrictions. 

I  think  that  the  experience  of  the  last  30  years  shows  us 
that  in  noxious  vapours  legislation  we  have  been  careful 
of  the  manufacturer  :  it  lias  been  cautiously  tentative,  and, 
if  you  please,  illogical;  Englishmen  oftcu  appear  illogical  ; 
all  practical  men  do. 

Suppose  for  a  moment  that  ive  had  been  what  some  persons 
may  call  strictly  logical  and  had  insisted  upon  having  no 
anomalies,  we  should  have  been  forced  into  one  of  two 
courses  :  on  the  one  hand,  we  might  have  said,  for  example, 
all  works  that  evolve  sulphuric  acid  and  hydrochloric  acid 
must  condense,  therefore  glass  works  shall  do  so  as  well  as 
alkali  works ;  or,  on  the  other  hand,  we  might  have  said 
because  glass  works  cannot  control  their  escapes  therefore 
we  won't  ask  all' ali  works  to  control  theirs.  The  former 
alternative  if  vigorously  carried  out,  would  have  injured  or 
might  have  ruined  the  glass  trade,  the  latter  would  have 
indefinitely  delayed  improvement  in  the  alkali  trade.  Xo, 
thank  goodness,  we  have  not  been  "  logical ; "  we  have  been 
practical  and  haie  done  the  easy  work  first ;  if  we  hail  not 
so  acted  we  should  possibly  never  have  done  any  work  of 
the  kind  at  all,  and  in  any  case  it  would  have  been  much 
delayed. 

1  submit  the  time  has  come  when  by  the  experience  we 
have  gained  in  doing  the  comparatively  easy  task  of 
regulating  alkali  and  some  other  manufactures,  we  should 
put  our  shoulders  to  the  wheel  again  and  see  if  we  cannot 
take  another  step  forward,  and  that  next  step  seems  to  me 
to  be  the  amendment  of  the  present  Act  in  the  direction  of 
scheduling  certain  gases  and  not  certain  works,  and  in  the 
inspection  of  all  works  that  deal  with  those  gases. 

Ths  Government  is  preparing  to  amend  the  present  Act, 
and  will,  we  are  informed,  bring  in  a  Bill  this  session  with 
that  object.*  It  is,  I  think,  for  this  Society,  the  great 
representative  society  of  the  chemical  manufacturers  of  the 
T'nited  Kingdom,  to  watch  and  to  influence  legislation  in 
the  interest,  firstly,  of  chemical  industry,  but  not  forgetting 
that  chemical  industry  has  its  duties  as  well  as  its  rights. 
I  have  no  doubt  that  the  Parliamentary  Committee  of  the 
Council  are  fully  alive  to  this.  But  as  the  new  Bill  affects 
primarily  a  branch  of  our  trade,  the  largest  centre  of  which 
is  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Liverpool,  it  seems  highly 
desirable  that  this  Section,  having  special  knowledge  of 
that  part  of  the  subject,  should  take  action  and  confer  with 
the  Parliamentary  Committee.  1  have,  therefore,  much 
pleasure  in  proposing  the  resolution,  which  reads  as 
follows  :  — 

"  That  a  Committee  (with  power  to  add  to  their  number) 
be  appointed  by  this  Section  to  confer  with  the  Parlia- 
mentary Committee  of  the  Council  of  the  Society,  to 
consider  how  the  Alkali  Works  Regulation  Act  may  be 
amended  in  the  interest  of  the  public  and  without  injury  to 
the  manufacturer," 

Mr.  J.  C.  Gamble,  in  seconding  the  resolution,  said  he 
quite  agreed  with  Mr.  Carey  that  gases  should  be  scheduled 
and  not  processes.  At  the  same  time  he  had  not  such  great 
faith  in  the  Local  Government  Board  as  to  at  once  leave  it 
to  them  to  say  in  all  cases  what  were  the  best  practicable 
means.  He  would  prefer  in  the  case  of  processes  widely 
differing  from  those  that  have  already  been  under  inspection 
that  at  first  they  should  simply  be  put  under  inspection, 
and  when  the  inspectors  had  had  sufficient  time  to  become 
thoroughly  acquainted  with  all  the  conditions  under  which 
they  were  carried  out,  they  might  then  be  put  under  the 
"best  practicable  means"  clause. 

*  A  Bill  has  since  been  brought  in  and  was  read  tor  the  first  time 
in  the  House  of  Commons  on  t'ii<l:iy,  April  S,  1892,  and  will  he  found 
printed  in  $xti  two  on  p.  :|s^  of  this  issue. 


April 30, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


311 


Dr.  Hi  kter,  in  supporting  the  resolution,  drew  attention 
to  the  Act  as  foreshadowed  in  Mr.  Fletcher's  paper. 

He  was  sorry  to  find  that  the  numerical  standard  limits 
of  escape  provided  by  the  Alkali  Acts  of  1863,  1874,  and 
1881,  were  to  he  ahandoued,  and  that  the  " best  practicable 
means  "  clause  was  to  take  their  place  entirely.  From  Mr. 
Fletcher's  paper  he  gathered  that  the  new  Act  would  read 
as  follows  :  Noxious  Gases  Act :  Kvcry  manufacturer  mast 
use  what  in  the  opinion  of  a  judge  and  jury  were  the  best 
practicable  means  of  preventing  the  discharge  into  the 
atmosphere  of  any  such  gases  evolved  in  his  works,  of 
which  10  neighbouring  householders  made  bond. fide  com- 
plaints. If  the  Local  Government  Hoard  were  satisfied 
that  the  complaints  were  bona  fide,  their  iuspector  would 
institute  proceedings  against  the  manufacturer.  .Such  an  Act 
would  not  work.  A  judge  and  jury  would  be  the  authorities 
who  decide  whether  the  best  practicable  means  had  been  used. 
The  noses  of  10  neighbouring  householders  would  take  the 
place  of  anemometers,  aspirators,  &c,  and  it  might  well  be 
asked,  "Who  is  my  neighbour?"  Mr.  F'letcher  had  no 
doubt  the  best  intentions,  and  thought  that  such  an  Act  was 
simple  and  not  indefinite,  but  he  (Dr.  Hurter)  was  afraid 
that  to  the  counsel  of  a  defendant  company,  the  Act  might 
not  read  quite  so  definitely,  and  provided  the  means 
whereby  any  farmer  or  householder  might  harass  the 
manufacturers. 

He  approved  of  the  suggestion  to  schedule  the  gases 
rather  than  the  works,  but  pointed  out  that  the  numerical 
standard  limits  of  escape  should  be  retained.  These  could 
not  of  course  be  applied  at  once  to  all  the  works.  Escapes 
of  sulphurous  acid  from  glass  aud  copper  works  were  most 
difficult  to  deal  with,  and  the  question  arose,  supposing 
they  succeeded  in  suppressing  all  the  gases  evolved  in 
chemical  works,  would  they  derive  any  great  benefit  from 
it  as  regards  the  purity  of  the  atmosphere  ?  It  was  admitted 
on  all  sides  that  the  largest  pollution  of  the  atmosphere  was 
due  to  the  combustion  of  fuel,  the  sulphur  of  which  was 
by  far  the  greatest  source  of  sulphurous  acid.  He  did  not 
think  that  the  loss  which  might  be  inflicted  by  unduly 
harassing  the  manufacturers  would  be  compensated  by  the 
increase  iu  agricultural  profits,  and  be  thought  that  while 
they  were  obliged  to  control  the  escape  of  these  gases  to 
such  an  extent  that  they  would  not  be  injurious  to  health, 
they  must  stop  at  that  limit  and  not  press  for  more  than 
would  insure  that,  considering  that  our  population  lived 
chiefly  on  other  than  agricultural  pursuits. 

Mr.  Terry  did  not  approve  of  the  proposal  to  schedule 
the  gases.  He  thought  it  would  cause  serious  inconvenience 
to  many  industries  where  gases  were  evolved  to  a  small 
extent.  He  had  in  his  mind  such  industries  as  used  chloride 
of  sulphur  for  the  vulcanisation  of  india-rubber  and  other 
purposes.  Where  this  substance  was  used  on  the  large 
scale  the  neighbours  might  have  cause  for  complaint,  but  it 
would  be  a  difficult  thing  for  those  industries  where  the 
substance  was  used  in  but  small  quantity  and  intermittently 
to  have  to  follow  the  larger  works  in  putting  up  condensing 
plant.  There  would  be  an  objection  if  the  proposed  Act 
was  to  be  inoperative  unless  complaints  were  lodged,  as  a 
business  in  one  locality  might  be  seriously  hampered  to  the 
advantage  of  a  rival  house  where  no  legislative  restrictions 
were  in  force. 


Mr.  Rhodes  thought  the  experience  of  the  manure 
manufacturers  answered  Dr.  Hurter's  objection  with  regard 
to  the  best  practicable  means.  No  definite  limit  was  fixed 
for  those  manufacturers  who  had  their  condensation  to  do 
in  the  best  practicable  manner.  Had  the  limit  been  fixed 
early  it  would  have  been  extremely  difficult  to  conform  to 
it.  If  it  had  been  fixed  at  0'2  grains  per  cubic  foot  total 
acidity  in  the  mixer  gases,  some  works  would  have 
conformed  to  it  which  were  not  condensing  more  than 
60  or  70  per  cent,  of  the  gases  from  the  mixer.  Other 
works  might  be  condensing  98  or  99  per  cent,  and  yet  have  an 
escape  with  an  acidity  equal  to  0-5  grain  S03  per  cubic  foot. 
This  was  owing  to  the  different  construction  of  the  plant, 
as  when  a  fan  was  used  to  draw  the  gases  from  the  mixers 
large  quantities  of  air  were  sent  through  the  condensers 
and  diluted  the  gas,  and  went  to  reduce  the  total  acidity  per 


cubic  foot  in  the  escaping  gases.  Where  the  chimney 
only  was  employed,  this  dilution  of  the  gases  was  avoided. 
He  (Mr.  Rhodes)  was  also  of  opinion  that  gases  should  be 
scheduled  instead  of  works,  aud  maintained  that  even  in 
the  case  of  small  industries  such,  for  example,  as  the 
smelting  of  sulphate  of  lead  from  chamber  bottoms,  which 
caused  a  great  nuisance,  those  who  worked  such  processes 
should  be  compelled  to  condense  their  gases.  Dwellers  in 
YVidnes  sometimes  experienced  great  nuisance  from  the 
smelting  of  these  chamber  bottoms.  With  regard  to 
matters  going  before  a  judge  and  jury,  a  recent  well-known 
ease  in  which  the  defendants,  who  were  supposed  to  have 
caused  a  great  nuisance,  were  acquitted,  demonstrated  that 
under  directiou  of  a  judge  and  before  a  jury  everything 
would  be  thoroughly  thrashed  out. 

Mr.  Fletcher  remarked  that  as  a  judge  and  jury  were 
the  tribunal  before  whom  cases  in  dispute  must  be  brought 
for  their  decision,  the  facts,  however  technical,  must  be 
so  marshalled  and  established  as  to  be  apprehended  by 
them,  convincing  them  even  in  the  face  of  opposing 
evidence.  It  did  not  by  any  means  follow,  as  had  been 
suggested,  that  the  aspirator  and  anemometer  must  be  put 
on  one  side.  These  were  required  as  means  of  bringing 
forward  facts  to  convince  the  jury  that  the  accusation  or 
the  defence  was  correct. 

As  to  fixing  a  limit  to  air  pollution,  he  would  point  out 
that  the  observance  of  the  "  best  practicable  methods  "  clause 
included  the  power  of  giving  a  definite  limit.  Numerical 
limits  would  grow  iu  the  hands  of  those  who  had  to 
administer  this  clause. 

It  must  be  conceded  that  the  best  numerical  standards 
that  could  practically  be  attained  might  vary  under  different 
circumstances,  but  experience  and  a  continued  effort  to 
attain  the  best  results  would  bring  out  a  fixed  limit  clearly. 
Two  figures  had  been  mentioned  as  having  been  given 
provisionally,  and  they  might  still  stand.  They  were,  first, 
as  to  the  amount  of  chlorine  in  a  cubic  foot  of  air  issuing 
from  a  bleaching-powder  chamber,  that  was  given  as 
rive  grains.  Secondly,  the  amount  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
that  might  be  allowed  to  escape.  This  was  fixed  at  0. 
These  figures  came  as  the  result  of  experience  iu  the  use  of 
the  best  practical  means  for  preventing  the  escape  of  these 
gases,  and  in  this  way  from  time  to  time  other  numerical 
standards  would  grow. 

Prosecutions  had  been  successfully  carried  through 
resting  on  this  clause.  The  manufacturer  was  however, 
well  sheltered  from  unwarranted  attack.  The  difficulty  wa3 
with  the  inspector,  he  had  to  marshal  his  facts  and 
arguments  in  the  face  of  opposition  by  witnesses  on  the 
other  side  so  as  to  persuade  the  judge  and  jury  that  the 
best  practical  means  bad  not  been  used.  The  manufac- 
turers had  the  easier  side  of  the  argument  to  maintain ;  it 
was  for  the  inspector  to  prove  his  case,  and  he  was  not 
likely  to  go  into  court  unless  he  was  quite  certain  of 
establishing  it. 

Cases  that  had  recently  been  tried  in  Manchester  might 
be  cited  as  good  instances  of  the  protection  afforded  to 
manufacturers  by  the  Government  inspection.  Nuisances 
were  said  to  have  arisen  from  certain  factories  which  were 
under  partial  inspection,  but  the  prosecution  withdrew  their 
claims  against  those  portions  which  were  thus  under 
inspection,  and  rested  it  entirely  on  those  portions  which 
were  not  under  Government  inspection. 

The  difference  between  the  inspection  carried  on  under 
the  Alkali  Act  and  that  of  the  sanitary  officer,  was  that 
the  Alkali  Act  empowered  the  inspector  to  see  what  was 
going  wrong,  so  that  he  was  often  able  to  indicate  means 
by  which  the  source  of  complaint  could  be  removed. 
Manufacturers  were  immensely  shielded  by  the  appoint- 
ment of  skilled  inspectors  who  could  investigate  strictly 
into  what  was  going  on,  and  ascertain  if  the  best 
practicable  methods  were  employed  for  the  suppression  of 
nuisance. 

As  to  the  definition  of  sources  of  nuisance,  Mr.  Fletcher 
put  it  as  an  alternative  ;  either  that  the  gases  which  were 
to   be   subject  of  inspection  should  be  named,  or  that  all 


312 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  so,  1892. 


manufacturing  processes  from  which  any  noxious  gas  was 
liable  to  be  discharged  should  come  under  the  Act,  a 
suitable  definition  of  a  noxious  gas  being  given. 

Mr.  Norman  Tate  -aid  that  it  was  undoubtedly  desirable 
that  further  legislation  should  take  place  quickly.     It  was 

a  great  anomaly  that  one  works  should  be  debarred  from 
turning  out  a  certain  gas  whilst  another  works  close  to  it 
could  turn  it  out  in  quantity  without  interference.  He  was 
in  favour  of  scheduling  the  gases  instead  of  the  work-,  and 
thought  that,  wherever  possible,  limits  of  escape  should  be 
distinctly-  mentioned  ;  but  he  knew  that  it  would  be  quite 
impossible  in  many  cases  to  do  this,  and  therefore  a  clause 
such  as  the  "  best  practicable  means  "  clause  seemed 
absolutely  called  for.  He  decidedly  objected  to  legal  action 
being  initiated  by  the  representation  of  a  certain  number  of 
neighbours  or  householders  unless  their  complaints  were 
most  thoroughly  sifted  by  competent  inspection  before 
legal  action  was"  taken.  Any  clause  relating  to  such  coni- 
plaints  from  a  number  of  householders  or  neighbours 
would  require  to  be  watched  most  closely  and  carefully 
framed,  for  it  Mas  very  easy  to  get  together  the  requisite 
number  of  complaints  and  put  manufacturers  to  much 
inconvenience  and  expense. 

Mr.  Htc .-iian-ax  and  Dr.  Campbell  Brown  also  sup- 
ported the  resolution  which,  on  being  put  to  the  meeting, 
was  carried  unanimously,  and  a  committee  was  appointed 
in  accordance  therewith. 


Exhibition  ok  Models,  &c. 

Dr.  Campbell  Brown  exhibited  several  modi's  of 
metallurgical  furnaces  which  bad  recently  been  bought 
for  the  Chemical  Department  of  University  College  from 
funds  placed  at  its  disposal  by  the  City  Council.  These 
included  models  of  an  English  lead  furnace,  a  Belgian 
zinc  furnace,  a  copper  furnace,  and  a  blast  furnace,  all  of 
them  being  constructed  so  as  to  well  illustrate  the  working 
of  the  several  processes,  and  were  of  the  same  character  as 
those  supplied  to  the  Mining  Academy  at  Freiburg. 


#lanriKSitfT  £>r-rtton. 


Chairman:  Ivan  Levinstein. 
Vice-Chairman .-  Edw.  Schunck. 
Committee : 
J.  Angell.  J-  Grossmann. 

G.  H.  Bailey.  P.  Hart. 

R.  P.  Carpenter.  A.  Liebmann. 

(;.  E.  Davis.  Sir  H.  E.  Eoscoe,  M.r. 

B    /'  C.  Truby. 

H.  Grimshaw.  D.  Watson. 

lion.  Local  Secretary : 

3.  Carter  Bell, 

Bank  House,  Tile  Cliff,  Higher  Brougliton,  Manchester. 


The  names  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  been  elected  to  lill  the  vacancies  and  will 
take  office  in  July  next \— Committee :  I".  II.  Bowman,  .1.  M.  Irvinfr, 
and  E.  Knecht. 

Notices  ol  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


1/,  i  ling  held  Friday,  April  Bth,  1892. 


MR.    I.    LEVINSTEIN   IX   THE   CHAIR. 


THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  OXYGEN  GAS. 

1!V   FERDINAND    1ANTA. 

As  we  know,  atmospheric  air  is  composed  practically  of  four 
parts  in  volume  of  nitrogen  to  one  part  in  volume  of  oxygen, 
and  from  this  mixture  the  nitrogen  alone  cannot  be  re- 
moved because  it  has  no  inclination  to  combine  directly  or 
easily  with  any  s  ibstance  we  know  of,  which  does  not  also 
combine  with  oxygen. 

Although  mechanical  means,  such  as  forcing  the  air 
through  porous  material,  india-rubber,  metallic  gauze.  Sec., 
have  been  experimented  with,  there  does  not  seem  to  be 
any  likelihood  of  such  processes  becoming  practicable,  in 
consequence  of  the  great  similarity  of  the  two  gases  in 
respect  of  their  physical  properties,  and  of  their  density, 
which  may  be  said  to  be  approximately  the  same. 

I  now  come  to  the  method  of  separating  oxygen  from 
the  atmospheric  air  by  chemical  means,  and  since,  as  1 
have  just  pointed  out,  no  combination  can  take  place  with 
nitrogen,  it  becomes  necessary  to  avail  ourselves  of  the 
property  of  certain  compounds  of  oxygen  of  absorbing 
certain  determined  quantities  of  oxygen  which  will  he  taken 
from  the  atmospheric  air,  and  to  again  give  up  such  oxygen 
under  given  circumstances,  whereby  the  original  lower 
oxide  will  remain  as  residue. 

Two  distinct  processes,  based  on  these  reversible  reactions, 
have  been  brought  forward,  one  being  based  on  the  use  of 
barium  oxide  which  is  due  to  Bunsen,  the  other  based  on 
the  use  of  manganese  oxides  in  combination  with  caustic 
soda,  due  to  Tessic  du  Motay. 

These  are,  so  far  as  I  know,  the  only  two  processes  by 
which  oxygen  is  obtained  direct  from  atmospheric  air 
without  the  intervention  of  any  other  chemical  reaction, 
such  as  have  been  suggested  for  using  oxides  of  had, 
plumbates,  &c. 

The  process  of  utilising  barium  oxide  has  been  described 
at  length  in  the  Society's  Journal  (see  L.  T.  Thome,  189(1, 
246). 

As  \ on  are  no  doubt  aware,  this  forms  the  basis  of  the 
process  known  as  "  Erin's,"  and  is,  according  to  my  belief, 
the  only  one  which  has  till  recently  been  applied  on  a 
somewhat  large  scale,  and  I  am  glad  to  take  this  opportunity 
of  saying  that  some  of  the  important  applications  to  which 
oxygen,  when  produced  on  a  large  scale  and  a  low  cost . 
will  he  turned,  may  be  to  a  certain  extent  attributed  to  the 
enterprise  of  the  Briu  Co.,  who,  I  understand,  have  of  late 
years  introduced  a  series  of  improvements,  reducing,  if  not 
entirely  removing,  the  inconveniences  inherent  to  the 
process. 

In  reference  to  the  second  process,  viz.  ;  that  of  Tessic 
du  Motay  referred  to  above,  Professor  Mendeleefi 
expresses  himself  as  follows  :  — 

"  As  oxygen  may  become  of  considerable  technical  use 
from  its  capacity  for  giving  high  temperatures  and  intense 
light  in  the  combustion  of  substances,  its  preparation 
directly  from  air  by  practical  methods  forms  a  problem 
whose  solution  many  investigators  continue  to  work  at  up 
to  the  present  day.  The  most  practical  method  is  that  of 
Te-sie  du  Motay.  It  is  based  on  the  fact  that  a  mass  of 
equal  weights  of  manganese  peroxide  and  caustic  soda,  at 
an  incipient  red  heat  (about  300°)  absorbs  oxygen  from  air 
with  the  separation  of  water  according  to  the  equation 
MnOo+  2KaHO  +  U  =  Na5MnO_1  +  H20.  If  superheated  steam 
at  a  temperature  of  about  450°  be  then  passed  through  the 
mixture,  the  manganese  peroxide  and  caustic  soda  originally 
taken  are  regenerated,  and  the  oxygen  held  by  them  is 
evolved  according  to  the  reverse  equation  Na..Mii04  +  H2<  > 
=MnO»  +  2  NaHO  +  O.     This  mode  of   preparing  oxygen 


April  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


3i3 


may  he  repeated  for  an  indefinite  number  of  times.  The 
oxygen  in  combining  separates  out  water,  and  steam  acting 
<in  the  resultant  substance,  evolves  oxygen.  Hence  all  that 
is  required  for  the  preparation  of  oxygen  by  this  method  is 
fuel  and  the  alternate  cutting  off  the  supply  of  air  and 
steam.1' 

The  only  practical  means  of  producing  oxygen  besides 
the  '•  Brin  "  process  are  based  on  the  Tessie  du  Motay 
process.  Various  attempts  have  been  made  in  this  respect, 
but  seemingly  with  no  effective  result. 

The  difficulties  which  are  met  in  this  process,  and  which 
will  be  referred  to  more  particularly  in  this  paper,  are  of  a 
complex  nature,  and  it  will  be  my  endeavour  not  only  tc 
show  the  difficulties  which  have  prevented  the  Tessie 
du  Motay  process  hitherto  becoming  a  commercial  success, 
but  also  to  indicate  how  these  difficulties  are  being  overcome 
in  the  process,  of  which  I  may  claim  some  particular 
knowledge. 

I  now  come  to  the  different  attempts  to  utilise  the  Tessie 
du  Motay  process.  One  patentee  has  suggested  that,  in 
order  to  render  the  material  spongy  and  non-fusible,  the 
sesqnioxide  of  manganese  should  be  fused,  and  then  mixed 
with  an  admixture  of  caustic  soda,  also  in  a  fused  state.  It 
was  stated  that  the  granular  compound  so  formed  would,  if 
dusted  over  with  black  copper  oxide,  supply  means  of  con- 
tinuously producing  oxygen  by  the  alternate  passage  of  air 
and  -team. 

Another  patentee  has  advocated  the  use  of  permanganate 
admixed  with  kaolin,  clay,  &c,  for  the  purpose  of  forming 
a  kind  of  spongy  brick,  capable  of  yielding  oxygen  at 
different  temperatures  and  pressures. 

As  to  the  first  of  these  patents,  I  should  say  that,  from 
experiments  carried  out  with  the  greatest  care,  it  is  evident 
that  the  material  is  not  rendered  non-fusible,  and  that  the 
addition  of  copper  oxide  is  by  no  means  to  be  commended 
in  a  process  like  this,  since  by  doing  so  the  fusing  point  of 
the  compound  is  considerably  lowered.  From  what  I  shall 
have  an  opportunity  of  putting  before  3*011  later  on,  it  is 
moreover,  clear  that  it  is  a  decided  mistake  to  fuse  the 
excess  of  caustic  soda  in  order  to  get  rid  of  the  water 
contained  therein. 

As  for  the  second  patent,  I  may  be  allowed  to  say,  whie 
not  doubting  that  oxygen  may  be  produced  by  this  process, 
and  eventually  even  on  a  large  scale,  that  there  does  not 
seem  to  be  any  reason  why  such  an  elaborate  plant,  neces- 
sitating, as  it  does,  compressing  and  vacuum  pumps,  should 
be  introduced  for  the  purpose  of  utilising  the  remarkable 
properties  of  manganese  oxides. 

It  has  been  my  endeavour  to  study  the  causes  of  the 
non-success  of  the  Tessie  du  Motay  process  (with  the 
earliest  stages  of  whieh  I  would  here  remark  I  was  con- 
nected), and  as  a  result  of  the  researches  to  which  I  have 
been  led,  I  find  that  the  main  points  to  be  guarded  against 
can  fairly  be  said  to  be  the  following  : — 

It  is  all-important  to  render  the  material  as  granular  as 
possible,  and  also  to  prevent  it  from  fusing  at  a  com- 
paratively high  temperature. 

In  the  preparation  of  this  material,  I  came  to  the  con- 
clusion that  the  most  rational,  and,  I  may  say  now,  the  only 
way  of  attaining  this  object,  was  to  treat  the  material 
exactly  in  the  same  way  as  it  would  be  dealt  with  during 
the  process  in  the  retorts.  Accordingly,  the  material  must, 
before  being  inserted  in  the  retorts  or  utilised,  not  only  be 
submitted  to  a  temperature  at  least  equal  to  that  of  the 
furnace  in  which  it  will  be  ultimately  placed,  but  also  that 
a  sufficient  quantity  of  moisture  representing  a  similar 
amount  to  that  to  which  the  material  will  be  exposed  in  the 
retorts,  when  steam  is  passed  over  it,  should  be  introduced 
in  the  course  of  the  preparation  of  the  material.  This,  in 
other  words,  meant  preparing  the  material  according  to  a 
wet  instead  of  a  dry  method,  as  had  been  suggested  before. 

Without  going  into  the  effects  of  such  different  prepara- 
tions at  the  present,  since  I  shall  have  to  refer  to  thein  more 
fully  in  the  course  of  the  description  of  the  process,  I  would 
simply  say  that,  according  to  my  views,  manganate  of  soda 


p:v\  iously  crushed  by  any  ordinary  mechanical  means  should 
be  moistened  with  a  small  quantity  of  water,  in  which  5 — Id 
per  cent,  of  caustic  soda  has  been  dissolved,  until  a  thick 
paste  is  obtained,  and  this  mixing  is  best  done  by  mechanical 
means,  so  as  to  ensure  perfect  homogeneity. 

The  paste  is  next  submitted  to  slow  heat,  until  complete 
evaporation  has  taken  place.  When  the  material  is  with- 
drawn from  the  shallow  pan  in  which  it  has  been  evaporated, 
it  is  placed  in  a  crucible  where  it  is  submitted  to  white  heat. 
In  this  state  the  material  is  granular  and  spongy,  and  will 
not  fuse,  and  it  will  readily  be  understood  that,  even  if  some 
amount  of  moisture  were  at  any  time  brought  into  contact 
with  this  material,  a  simple  evaporation  will  rid  it  again  of 
the  moisture,  leaving  it  in  its  original  state  after  preparation. 
This,  however,  is  only  one  of  the  three  difficulties  to  be 
overcome. 

If  air,  charged  as  it  always  is,  with  a  certain  amount  of 
moisture  at  a  low  temperature,  be  brought  into  contact  with 
the  heated  material  in  the  retorts,  such  moisture  will  cause 
spontaneous  creation  of  steam,  which,  to  say  the  least,  would 
affect  the  oxidising  power  of  the  air  by  dilution  and  dis- 
placement. I  say  "  the  least  "  because,  in  my  opinion,  steam 
also  acts  as  a  de-oxidiser,  and  therefore  the  time  requisite 
for  the  full  oxidation  of  the  material  must  he  considerably 
increased,  so  much  so,  that  after  a  series  of  reversed  opera- 
tions (oxidising  and  de-oxidising  alternately)  it  will  become 
necessary  to  oxidise  the  material  by  a  prolonged  passage  of 
air  in  order  to  regenerate  it. 

It  is  moreover  essential  that  the  steam  used  in  the  de- 
oxidising period  of  the  process,  be  introduced  into  the 
retorts  in  as  dry  a  state  as  possible,  and,  if  anything,  at  a 
higher  temperature  than  that  of  the  material,  although 
repeated  experiments  have  proved  that  it  is  sufficient  to 
use  steam  at  the  temperature  at  whieh  the  retorts  are 
being  worked.  This  has,  moreover,  the  advantage  of 
facilitating  the  dissociation  of  the  elements  composing 
steam. 

The  result  of  the  foregoing  remarks  is,  that  in  order  to 
maintain  the  material  in  its  original  condition,  it  is 
necessary  to  render  the  material  non-fusible  by  the  wet 
process,  and  to  use  in  connexion  therewith,  air  previously 
deprived  of  its  moisture  and  heated  to  the  temperature  of 
the  material  in  the  retorts,  for  oxidising  purposes  in 
combination  with  superheated  steam  for  de-oxidising 
purposes,  and  in  that  manner  condensation  in  the  retorts, 
and  production  of  steam  during  the  oxidising  process  are 
avoided,  whilst  the  de  oxidation  is  facilitated  considerably 
by  the  dissociation  of  the  steam,  and  excess  of  moisture 
is  guarded  against  during  this  second  part  of  the 
process. 

The  formula  by  which  the  reactions  take  place, 
according  to  the  Tessie  du  Motay  process  are  as 
follows  : — 

MnO.,  +  2NaHO  +  O  =  Na.,Mn04  +  H20 
Na,Mn04  +  H.,0  =  MuO.,  +  2NaHO  +   6 

According  to  the  process  before  you  these  formula?  would 
read  as  follows  : — 

10Na.,Mn()4  +  NallO  +  10  H20  = 

21  XallO    +■   5  Mn303  +   Oi5. 
21  NallO  +  5  Mn.,0,  +  15  (O  +  N4)  = 

10  Na..Mn04  +  XaHO  +  10  H20  +  Nco. 

You  will  notice  that  the  excess  of  caustic  soda  acts 
independently  of  the  material  itself,  and,  provided  that  only 
that  amount  of  moisture  be  at  any  time  allowed  to  enter  the 
retorts,  that  can  readily  be  absorbed,  and  can  again  be 
given  up  by  such  excess  of  caustic  soda,  the  material  will 
practically  remain  unaltered. 

I  had,  perhaps,  better  at  this  stage  explain  the  tracings 
which  are  before  you,  as  it  will  enable  me  to  more  clearly 
convey  to  you  the  meaning  of  the  series  of  operations 
whieh  take  place  in  connexion  with  the  latter  reaction. 

I  intend,  after  having  given  you  a  brief  description  of  the 
apparatus,  to  enter  into  further  details,  if  time  permits,  and 


314 


THE  JOURNAL'  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  so,  im. 


April  80, 189a.]       THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


315 


also  to  demonstrate  ou  mi  experimental  scale  by  mean?,  of 
the  model  before  me,  the  mode  in  which  oxygen  is  pro- 
duced, which  I  trust  will  be  interesting  to  you, 


Description, 

Fig  2.  is  a  general  outline  sketch  diagramatic  of  the  whole 
arrangement  illustrating  the  mode  cf  operation. 

Figs.  5  and  G  are  longitudinal  and  cross  sections  of  one 
of  the  dish-shaped  retorts. 

The  same  letters  of  reference  indicate  similar  parts  in  the 
different  figures. 

As  shown  in  Fig.  2,  I  construct  an  apparatus  mainly 
composed  of  an  outer  rectangular  or  otherwise  suitably 
shaped  furnace,  in  which  I  place  two  or  more  series  of 
retorts  of  suitable  size  and  construction,  but  which  I 
preferably  construct  as  shown  in  Figs.  5  and  6.  These  are 
formed  of  a  shallow  rectangular  tray  or  case  made  of  cast 
iron,  fireclay,  or  other  suitable  material,  and  are  provided 
with  a  moveable  cover  or  lid  which  can  be  hermetically 
fastened  to  the  tray  by  means  of  bolts,  screws,  or  other 
appropriate  devices.  The  lower  end  of  the  tray  is  provided 
with  a  pipe  b,  running  along  the  lower  ledge  of  the  tray, 
and  the  upper  end  of  the  tray  is  provided  with  a  pipe./, 
communicating  with  the  upper  edge  of  the  tray.  Inside  the 
trays  are  small  wires  n  on  which  rests  a  perforated  plate  o, 
and  on  this  perforated  plate  the  manganate  (previously 
rendered  non-fusible)  is  placed.  The  trays  being  filled  with 
the  material;),  a  second  perforated  plate  o'  is  inserted,  and 
the  wires  n'  are  fastened  to  same  before  enclosing  the 
whole  by  screwing  down  the  lid  or  cover  m.  Channels 
x  and  y  are  reserved  in  the  moulding  or  casting  of  the  trays 
by  means  of  which  the  apertures  b  and//,  arc  made  to 
communicate  with  the  free  spaces  left  below  and  above  the 
perforated  plates  v  and  of  respectively. 

These  retorts  are  placed  at  an  incline  of  say  60°, 
and  superposed  on  each  other,  allowing  the  heat  of  the 
furnace  to  circulate  between  them  so  as  to  equally  aud 
regularly  heat  the  whole  of  the  material  with  which  they  are 
filled. 

Each  of  these  retorts  a  and  a'  is  provided  with  an  iniet  b 
at  one  end,  and  with  an  outlet  J  at  its  opposite  end,  ami  the 
connexions  between  the  retorts  are  made  in  such  a  way 
that  the  inlet  of  the  second  retort  is  kept  higher  than  the 
outlet  of  the  firm  retort,  so  as  to  allow  gases  or  steam,  as 
the  case  may  be,  to  ascend  freely,  owing  to  the  difference 
of  gravity  consequent  upon  the  heating  of  same  as  they 
pass  through  the  retorts. 

Fig.  2  shows  two  series  A  and  B  composed  each  of 
24  such  retorts,  each  of  these  series  being  formed  of  eight 
sets  of  three  retorts,  each  of  these  eight  sets  being  worked 
in  parallel  from  one  inlet  collector  H  (and  H'  respectively) 
and  each  one  of  such  sets  of  eiu-ht  is  also  provided  with 
an  outlet  collector  I  (and  1'  respectively). 

I  will  now  proceed  to  give  full  details  of  set  A,  it  being 
understood  that  the  second  set  B  is  in  every  way  similar  to 
set  A. 

The  inlet  collector  H  may  be  formed  as  shown  in  Fig.  2 
of  a  cylindrical  vessel,  tube,  or  pipe,  closed  at  one  end, 
whilst  at  the  other  end  (preferably  the  lower)  it  is  provided 
with  an  air  valve  of  sufficient  internal  section  to  provide  the 
current  of  air  necessary  for  eight  retorts  (in  this  ease).  The 
collector  is  moreover  provided  with  eight  small  flanges,  each 
of  which  is  connected  by  means  of  a  pipe  to  one  retort. 
The  eight  pipes  providing  the  necessary  current  of  air  to 
retorts  Xos.  1  to  8  (in  supposing  the  24  retorts  to  be 
numbered  in  numerical  order  from  1  to  24,  beginning  with 
the  lowest  one)  establish  the  communication  between  the 
collector  and  the  lowest  point  of  each  of  these  retorts,  whilst 
the  highest  point  of  each  of  these  is  put  into  communication 
with  the  lowest  point  of  each  of  the  next  eight  retorts  by 
parallel  junction  pipes,  and  the  highest  point  of  this  second 
lot  of  eight  retorts  is  again  put  into  communication  with  the 
lowest  point  of  the  third  lot  of  eight  retorts,  whilst  the 
highesl  point  of  these  communicates  with  the  outlet  collector 


I  in  every  way  similar  to  the  inlet  collector,  with  the 
exception  that  the  air  valve  in  this  ease  is  fixed  on  its  upper 
end. 

It  will  be  understood  from  the  above,  and  in  referring  to 
Fig.  2,  that  eight  distinct  series,  each  composed  of  three 
retorts,  viz.,  1,  9,  17  ;  then  2,  10,  ',8,  and  finally  8,  16,  24 
are  formed  ;  that  these  eight  series  are  supplied  simultaneously 
and  that  the  passage  of  air  through  these  24  retorts  is 
controlled  by  the  two  air  valves  K  and  L.  The  collector  JI 
is,  moreover,  provided  with  a  small  valve  /  for  the  inlet  of 
steam,  and  the  outlet  collector  I  is  provided  with  a  valve  g 
for  the  outlet  of  oxygen. 

On  the  other  hand  the  furnace  contains  two  series  of 
vertical  pipes  E  and  E' composed  each  of  a  suitable  number 
of  these,  connected  together  at  the  upper  end  by  horizontal 
pipes  M  aud  M',  and  at  the  lower  end  with  similar  connect- 
ing pipes  N  and  N'.  The  latter  are  connected  with  the  inlet 
valves  K  aud  K',  whilst  the  upper  pipes  M  and  M'  arc- 
connected  together  and  supplied  with  air  by  means  of  a  fan, 
blower,  or  similar  appliance. 

These  two  sets  of  pipes  E  and  E'  are  filled  with  lime, 
chloride,  or  suitable  material,  for  the  purpose  of  absorbing 
the  moisture  of  the  atmospheric  air  which  is  forced  through 
them,  previous  to  its  entering  the  retorts  containing  the 
material,  aud  in  this  way  such  air  is  heated,  and  reaches 
the  inlet  collectors  in  a  dry  state,  aud  at  the  same  tempera- 
ture, as  that  of  the  ma'erial  iu  the  retorts.  These  two 
points  are  essential  to  give  the  air  its  full  oxidising  power, 
as  otherwise  the  moisture  contained  in  same  would  create  a 
spontaneous  production  of  steam  (thus  tending  to  partly 
de-oxidise  the  material)  on  its  coming  into  contact  with  the 
hot  material  in  the  retorts,  and  to  this  the  unsuccessful 
attempts  made  up  to  the  present  time  with  the  Tessic  du 
Motay  process  may  largely  be  ascribed. 

As,  however,  the  continuous  passage  of  damp  air  over 
the  same  lime  would  speedily  render  some  inactive,  owing 
to  its  becoming  saturated  with  moisture,  each  of  the 
entrance  pipes  M  and  M'  is  provided  with  a  two-way  valve 
0'  0-,  Fig.  2,  by  means  of  which  each  of  the  two 
sets  E  and  E'  can  either  be  put  into  communication  with 
the  blower  or  can  be  thrown  open  allowing  the  moisture 
absorbed  by  the  lime,  whilst  the  damp  air  was  passing  over 
it,  to  evaporate,  thus  regenerating  the  lime,  aud  rendering 
it  serviceable  during  the  next  cycle. 

It  will  be  further  understood  that  by  means  of  these  two 
double-way  valves,  one  of  the  eets  (E  for  instance)  is 
traversed  by  air  on  its  way  to  the  valve  K,  such  air  being 
thereby  dried  and  heated,  whilst  the  other  set  E'  throws  off 
by  evaporation  the  moisture  which  it  had  retained  from 
the  air  passed  thrcugh  it  on  its  way  to  the  valve  If  in  a 
previous  operation.  The  action  of  the  two-way  valves  will 
be  readily  perceived,  and  the  way  they  are  operated  upon 
by  the  mechanical  device  explained  hereafter,  is  identical 
to  that  by  which  the  air  valves  themselves  are  reversed. 

In  addition  to  the  two  sets  of  retorts  containing  the 
material  to  be  oxidated  and  de-oxidated  alternately,  aud  to 
the  two  sets  of  air  heating  aud  drying  pipes  ;  the  furnace 
also  contains  a  continuous  coil,  serpentine,  or  similar  scries 
of  pipes  traversed  by  steam  derived  from  any  suitable 
boiler,  the  object  of  such  coil,  &e.  being  to  superheat  the 
steam  necessary  for  the  de-oxidating  of  the  material  iu  the 
retorts,  and  to  thus  decompose  same  into  its  constituent 
elements  previous  to  the  admission  thereof  to  the  steam 
valves  /and/'. 

The  operation  takes  place  as  follows: — 

The  dish-shaped  retorts  having  been  filled  with  material 
specially  prepared  so  as  to  render  it  uon-fusible,  in  accord- 
ance with  specification  named  before,  and  the  furnace 
having  been  set  to  work  until  a  regular  temperature  of 
betweeu  400°  and  450°  has  been  attained  throughout, 
air  is  forced  by  means  of  the  blower  through  set  A,  this  ait- 
passing  through  the  horizontal  pipe  M  into  the  series  of 
vertical  pipes  E,  where  it  rids  itself  of  its  moisture  and 
becomes  heated,  enters  the  collecting  pipe  N,  and  its 
temperature  is  still  further  increased  in  passing  in  the  fire- 
place   Vintil    it    reaches    the    inlet  valve    K.      Entering  the 


316 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  30, 1892, 


inlet  collector  II  it  finds  its  way  into  the  eight  lower 
retorts,  oxidates  th<-  material  contained  therein,  and  passes 
on  I"  the  next  eight  retorts  by  means  of  communicating 
pipes,  and  then  again  passes  from  these  eight  retorts  to 
eight  more,  finally  reaching  the  outlet  collector  I  in  the 
form  of  freed  nitrogen,  the  oxygen  having  been  retained  by 
the  material. 

Whilst  this  operation  has  been  going  on,  the  valves  /"and 
g  have  remained  closed. 

In  the  meantime,  and  simultaneously  with  the  passage  of 
air  through  the  retorts  of  the  series  A  for  the  purpose  of 
oxi  lath  g  the  material  therein,  the  following  has  heen 
taking  place  in  the  series  B,  viz  : — 

'  The  double-way  valve  O',  Fig.  2,  between  the  blower 
and  the  pipe  N'  being  placed  ill  such  a  position  that 
communication  is  intercepted  between  the  blower  and  the 
set  K'  of  drying  and  heating  pipes,  and  consequently  so 
that  the  moisture  contained  in  the  lime  of  these  pipes  can 
freely  evaporate  passing  into  the  open  air,  and  the  valves 
K'  and  L'  being  closed,  the  superheated  steam  has  been 
allowed  to  enter  by  means  of  the  valve/'',  whence  it  enters 
the  retorts  1  to  8  of  the  series  B,  de-oxidising  the  material 
contained  therein,  then  passing  from  the  highest  point  of 
these  retorts  to  the  lowest  point  of  retorts  9  to  16,  where  it 
de-oxidates  further  material,  and  so  on  until  the  oxygen 
thus  freed,  in  addition  to  that  liberated  from  the  last  eight 
ret.. its,  enters  the  outlets  collector  I',  and  leaves  same 
through  the  valve  g'. 

It  is  clear  from  the  above  that  the  inlet  and  outlet  air- 
valves  K  and  L  of  one  series,  and  the  steam  inlet-valve  f 
and  the  oxygen  outlet  g'  of  the  other  series,  will  have  to  be 
kept  open  ;  whilst,  on  the  contrary,  the  steam  inlet-valve/ 
and  oxygen  outlet  g  of  the  first  series,  and  the  inlet  and 
outlet  air-valves  K'  and  L'  will  have  to  be  kept  closed, 
when,  as  is  supposed  in  this  case,  the  series  A  is  being 
oxidised,  the  series  B  being  simultaneously  de-oxidised, 
and,  further,  that  the  position  of  each  of  these  valves  "ill 


have    to  be  reversed  when  the    oxidation  of    the   series   A 
and  the  de  oxidation  of  the  series  B  has  been  completed. 

The  reversing  of  these  valves  would  naturally  have  for 
effect  to  allow  the  superheated  steam  to  pass  over  the 
material  of  the  series  A  which  has  just  been  oxidised, 
thus  de-oxidising  it  again,  whilst  the  dry-heated  air  passing 
over  the  material  of  retort-  1!,  will  re-oxidise  the  material, 
which,  during  the  previous  operation  had  given  up  its 
oxygen  under  the  influence  of  steam. 

It  would  seem,  at  first  sight,  that  if  by  any  mechanical 
arrangement  the  spindles  of  the  eight  valves  (viz.  four  air 
and  tour  steam  oxygen  valves)  were  to  be  connected,  so 
that  K,  L,/',  g'  are  open,  and  K/,'1/,/,  g  are  closed,  the 
reversing  of  one  of  the  spindles,  or  of  the  shaft  to  which  the 
eight  spindles  were  geared,  would  produce  the  desired  effect 
of  alternating  the  flow  of  the  fluids. 

This  is,  however,  not  the  case,  and  would,  at  all  event-, 
necessitate  an  interruption  in  the  production  of  oxygen, 
whilst  it  would  entail  a  considerable  loss  of  the  gas  itself,  in 
consequence  of  the  de-oxidising  steam  entering  the  retorts 
'  before  the  air  valves  have  been  entirely  closed;  and  in 
I  supposing  even  that  the  reversing  of  the  valves  takes  place 
with  sufficient  rapidity  to  avoid  waste  of  gas,  then  agam  the 
air  in  the  retorts  would  become  mixed  up  with  the  oxygen, 
thus  considerably  impairing  its  pureness. 

What  is  needed,  on  the  contrary,  is  that  in  the  series 
which  has  been  traversed  by  air,  the  inlet  be  closed 
separately,  and  that  a  certain  interval  be  allowed  for  the  air 
or  nitrogen  to  find  its  way  out  into  the  atmosphere  (this 
being  facilitated  by  the  difference  of  gravity  of  such  air  m 
the  retorts  and  the  outer  atmosphere,  and  by  tile  inclined 
position  of  the  retorts  and  communicating  pipes)  before  the 
outlet  valve  is  closed,  thus  reducing  the  vitiating  element  to 
a  minimum,  whilst  retaining  in  the  retorts  the  full  quantity 
of  the  oxygen  which  the  material  has  been  capable  of 
absorbing. 
I  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  essential  that  the  \alvo  per- 
mitting the  outlet  of  the  oxygen  be  opened   before  the  valve 


Fig.  5. 


Fig.  e. 


April  80, 1892.]      THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


317 


regulating  the  inlet  of  steam  is  opened,  so  as  to  facilitate 

the  passage  of  the  superheated  steam  over  the  material,  and 
allow  the  same  to  traverse  the  retorts  with  the  greatest  pos- 
sible rapidity,  since  the  effect  of  hampering  it  in  any  way 
would  he  to  unnecessarily  condense  the  same,  consequently 
moistening  the  material,  which  should  he  avoided. 

The  preceding  remarks,  which  refer  to  the  set  which  is 
being  de-oxidised,  also  apply  to  the  second  set,  the  re- 
versing of  the  valves  of  which  has  for  its  object  to  allow 
the  oxidising  air  to  pass  over  the  material  which  has  just 
been  de-oxidised.  Here  it  is  important  to  close  the  inlet  of 
steam,  to  allow  an  interval  between  the  closing  of  the  first 
valve  and  the  closing  of  the  outlet  of  oxygen,  so  as  to  fully 
exhaust  the  oxygen  that  can  be  freed,  as  otherwise  the 
premature  openiug  of  the  air  valves,  would  amount  to  a 
waste  of  oxygen  which  would  be  carried  away  with  such 
air ;  then  only  open  the  outlet  of  air,  when  any  moisture 
retained  in  the  retort  will  find  its  way  out,  and  to  finally 
open  the  inlet  of  dry  hot  air  for  oxidising  purposes. 

This  latter  point  is  rendered  all  the  more  important  by 
the  fact  that  the  air  introduced  into  the  retorts  for  oxi- 
dising purposes  would,  if  carrying  moisture  with  it,  have  a 
de-oxidising  power  on  the  material  instead  of  an  oxidising 
power,  as  it  would  practically  act  like  steam  itself. 

It  is  consequently  necessary  that  the  valves  should  be 
made  to  act  in  the  following  rotation: — 

In  series  A-K  closes  ;  L  closes  ;  g  opens,  /  opens ; 
whilst  at  the  same  time,  in  series  B,  f  closes,  g'  closes  ; 
L'  opens,  K'  opens. 

From  this  it  will  he  seen  that : — ■ 

K  closes  when/'  closes, 
L  closes  when  g'  closes, 
1/  opens  when  g  opens, 
K'  opens  when /opens, 

and,  vice  vera&i — 

K'  closes  when/ closes, 
L'  closes  when  g  closes, 
L  opens  when  g'  open?,  and 
K  opens  when/'  opens. 

To  obtain  this  object  I  devise  a  mechanical  arrangement 
(Fig. 'J),  mainly  composed  of  a  horizontal  shaft  C,  pro- 
vided in  its  centre  with  a  screwed  part,  the  thread  of  which 
engages  in  a  threaded  plumber  block  E-,  and  this  shaft 
can  be  acted  upon  either  by  a  straight  belt  or  by  a 
cross  belt.  When  the  cross  belt  is  made  to  act,  the  shaft 
revolves  from  left  to  right,  and  is  made  to  travel  longi- 
tudinally from  left  to  right  also.  On  this  shaft  four  loose 
double  chain  wheels,  kept  in  position  by  lateral  supports, 
are  connected  by  means  of  chains  with  the  spindles  of  the 
valves  as  follows:  — 

One  of  the  wheels  of  the  double  chain  wheel  0  acts,  when 
same  is  thrown  into  gear,  directly  on  the  spindle  of  the 
valve  K,  thereby  closing  same,  whilst  the  second  wheel  of 
the  double  chain  wheel  O  acts  on  the  small  shaft  A',  the 
opposite  extremity  of  which  closes  at  the  same  time  the 
inlet  of  steam/'  by  means  of  the  gearing  h-  and  A3. 

The  double  chain  wheel  9  which,  as  stated  before,  is  loose 
on  the  shaft,  is  brought  into  action  in  consequence  of  the 
feather  A  of  the  shaft  C  becoming  engaged  in  the  key-way 
oi  the  wheel,  and  acts  upon  this  wheel  until  the  shaft  C  has 
travelled  sufficiently  to  the  right,  when  the  feather  becomes 
disengaged,  and  the  wheel  becomes  loose  again.  The 
thickness  of  the  wheel  aDd  the  pitch  of  the  screw,  as  well  as 
the  respective  diameters  of  the  chain  wheels,  are  so  calcu- 
lated that  the  valves  are  closed  or  open,  as  the  ease  may  be, 
when  the  feather  has  done  its  work.  The  shaft  then 
continuing  its  course,  occasions  the  feather  i  to  engage  in 
the  next  double  chain  wheel  1',  which  is  acted  upon  in  the 
same  way,  closes  the  valve  L  and  g',  whilst  the  shaft  still 
moving  from  left  to  right,  brings  the  chain  wheel  Q  into 
operation  by  means  of  the  feather  A,  thereby  opening  the 
valves  1/  and  g,  and  finally,  and  m  the  same  way,  the  feather  / 
acts  on  the  double  chain  wheel  V,  which  opens  ths 
valves  K'  and/. 


The  shaft  C  is  now  at  the  end  of  its  course,  and  is  made 
to  throw  the  cross  belt  out  of  gear,  and  is  thus  stopped. 

When  the  reversing  of  the  valves  becomes  necessarv,  the 
straight  belt  is  made  to  act  upon  the  shaft  C,  when  same 
turning  in  the  opposite  direction,  viz.  from  right  to  left, 
occasions  the  shaft  to  travel  longitudinally  in  the  opposite 
direction,  thus  coming  back  when  the  feather  /  acts  on  the 
double  chain  wheel  V,  then  feather  A  on  double  chain 
wheel  P,  and,  finally,  feather  A  on  double  chain  wheel  O, 
thus  reversing  the  respective  valves  in  their  proper  rotation, 
as  will  be  understood  ou  referring  to  the  drawing  and  to  the 
table  above.  When  the  shaft  C  has  again  come  to  the  end 
of  its  course  on  the  return  it  throws  the  straight  belt  out  of 
gear,  whereby  it  is  stopped,  being  thus  once  more  in  its 
original  position. 

The  throwing  into  gear  of  either  the  cross  belt  or  tho 
straight  belt  is  obtained  by  the  physical  state  and  condition 
of  the  fluid  coming  from  the  outlet  valves  g  and  g',  as 
explained. 

The  oxygen,  on  leaving  the  valves  g  and  g',  is  conveyed 
to  two  cooling  appliances,  R  and  R'  (Fig.  2),  the 
cooling  apparatus  R  being  connected  with  outlet  valve  <i, 
and  R'  being  connected  with  g'  At  the  lower  extremity 
of  the  cooling  apparatus,  where  the  oxygen  leaves  same  and 
is  carried  to  the  washing  vessel  W  (Fig.  2),  by  means  of 
the  pipes  r  and  »■',  two  branch  pipes  s  and  s'  are  provided 
for,  and  these  are  made  to  communicate  to  the  lower  end  of 
two  cylinders  S  and  S'.  Each  of  these  cylinders  is  provided 
with  a  float  V,  V,  connected  by  means  of  a  vertical  guide-rod 
to  a  balance  connecting  the  two  rods.  The  two  ends  of  this 
balance  are,  by  means  of  a  crank,  chain,  or  otherwise,  con- 
nected with  the  shipping  fork  of  a  friction  clutch,  which  acts 
on  a  pulley,  V,V,  the  boss  of  which  is  provided  with  a  key, 
engaging  in  a  groove  of  the  shaft  C,  on  which  they  are 
loose  otherwise,  so  as  to  allow  same  to  travel  longitudinally. 
The  gas  having  been  passed  through  the  washer,  leaves 
same  by  means  of  the  small  pipe  t,  which  conveys  same  to 
the  gasholder  for  storage  purposes. 

Midway  of  the  branch  pipes  s  and  »■'  are  inserted  two 
diaphragms  (G,  G'  Fig.  2)  valves  constructed  as  follows :—  . 
An  outer  casing  1,  I  (Fig.  7)  is  divided  into  two  com- 
partments by  means  of  an  elastic  diaphragm  or  plate,  so  as 
to  form  two  chambers,  The  upper  chamber  7  is  provided 
with  an  inlet  3,  and  an  outlet  2.  The  diaphragm  plate  G, 
forms  a  hermetic  joint  15  with  the  flanges  of  the  upper 
and  the  lower  chambers.  The  lower  chamber  has  an 
inlet  4,  and  outlet  pipe  5,  there  being  a  valve  seat  and 
valve  9,  between  this  inlet  and  outlet,  and  this  valve  is 
fastened  to  the  centre  of  the  diaphragm  plate  6  bv  means 
of  the  valve  spindle  10,  which  is  counterbalanced  and 
regulated  by  means  of  the  adjustable  spring  II,  and  the 
pressure  can  be  set  by  means  of  the  screw  pin  12. 

These  valves  are  placed  between  the  steam  superheaters 
and  the  steam  inlets/ and  /,  of  the  two  sets  A  and  Ii,  in 
the  following  manner : — 

The  steam  coming  from  the  superheater  enters  the 
pipe  4  of  the  lower  chamber,  and  passing  through  the 
valve  9  leaves  the  chamber  at  5  on  its  way  to  the  retorts. 
The  spring  11  is  set  so  that  the  valve  is  slightly  open  when 
oxygen  is  evolved  from  the  retorts. 

The  entrance  pipe  3  of  the  upper  chamber  is  connected 
with  the  upper  part  of  the  branch  pipe  s,  coming  from  the 
cooler,  and  the  outlet  2  of  the  same  chamber  7  is  connected 
with  the  vessel  S  containing  the  float  v. 

When,  and  as  long  as  oxygen  is  evolved  from  the  retorts, 
this  oxygen  finds  its  way  to  the  washing  vessel  without 
entering  chamber  7,  but  as  soon  as  steam  passes  through 
the  cooler,  same  becomes  condensed  and  the  water  resultimr 
therefrom,  ou  reaching  the  diaphragm  plate,  causes  same  to 
contract,  and  the  pressure  thus  acting  on  the  valve  9,  closes 
same  and  prevents  any  more  steam  from  entering  the 
retorts,  whilst  any  steam  which  is  still  contained  therein 
distills  over  to  the  cooler,  and  becoming  condensed  in  its 
turn  creates  a  vacuum  in  the  cooler  which  causes  the 
float  v  to  be  lowered  owing  to  the  water  contained  in  the 
vessel  8  being  taken  up  through  suction  pipe  s,  where  it 
remains  until  the  next  cycle  comes  into  operation, 


::is 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[April  3ii,1892. 


I'll,  two  valves  i  and  4'  are  identical  in  construction, 
and  their  respective  connexions  are  similar  in  every 
respect. 

The  operation  of  the  float  and  gear  arrangement  is  as 
follows : — 

As  long  as  oxygen  gas  is  liberated  from  one  of  the  sets, 
say  A  of  retorts,"  it  finds  its  way  to  the  cooling  apparatus  K, 


through  the  pipe  r,  and  the  washer  W,  into  the  gasholder. 
As  will  be  seen  the  floating  arrangement  has  not  in  any 
way  been  brought  into  action  so  far.  The  liquid  in  both 
cylinders  and  the  floats  therefrom  remaining  at  the  same 
level,  and  in  this  position  both  shipping  forks  T  and  T'  arc 
in  the  vertical  position,  both  pulleys  being  consequently  out 
of  gear,  and  the  shaft  G  stationary. 


When  however  the  oxygen  of  the  series  A  has  been 
exhausted  by  the  passage  of  the  requisite  quantity  of 
steam,  the  fluid  leaving  the  valve  (j  is  no  longer  oxygen 
only,  but  actual  steam,  which  although  superheated 
contains  all  the  constituents  of  steam,  and  in  fact  is  nothing 
but  steam.  Now,  as  soon  as  this  steam  enters  tin-  cooling 
apparatus  R,  this  cooling  apparatus  begins  (in  consequence 
of  the  large  available  cooling  surfaces)  to  act  as  a  surface 
condenser  of  the  steam,  thereby  creating  a  vacuum  owing 
to  the  fact  that  the  return  of  the  gases  from  the  gasometer 
is  rendered  impossible  ;  on  the  one  hand  by  means  of  clack 
valves,  whilst  on  the  other  hand  the  specially  constructed 
diaphragm  valves,  G,  G'.  shown  in  Figs.  7  and  2,  inserted 
on  the  pipe  leading  the  steam  from  the  steam  superheater 
to  the  retorts  containing  the  material  automatically  regulate 
or  determine  the  entrance  of  steam  into  the  retorts.  This 
valve  is  acted  upon  and  closed  as  soon  as  the  condensation 
water  coming  from  the  inside  of  the  refrigerator  tubes  is 
brought  into  contact  with  the  upper  surface  of  the 
diaphragm  plate  of  this  valve  ;  and  since  the  condensation 
water  is  led  on  to  the  diaphragm  as  soon  as  steam  passes 
in  the  refrigerator  instead  of  oxygen,  the  entrance  of  the 
steam  into  the  retorts  is  stopped  immediately. 

In  consequence,  however,  of  the  considerable  difference 
of  temperature  between  the  steam  remaining  in  the  retorts 
and    that  contained   in   the   pipes   of  the    refrigerator,   the 


steam  distils  over  to  the  refrigerator,  where  it  becomes 
condensed,  thus  creating  a  vacuum,  which  is  not  only  an 
advantage  in  respect  of  the  retorts  being  freed  of  un- 
necessary moisture,  but  this  vacuum  is  also  utilised  for 
acting  on  the  floats,  as  it  is  made  to  draw  away  part  of  the 
water  contained  in  the  vessel  S  by  means  of  the  pipe  s,  and 
in  this  way  float  v  is  lowered,  made  to  act  on  the  crank  ir, 
and  thus  on  the  shipping  fork  T,  which  engages  the 
pulley  V,  provided  with  a  cross  belt,  by  means  of  which 
arrangement  the  shaft  G  is  made  to  travel  from  left  to  right, 
reversing  the  position  of  the  valves  as  explained  before. 
When  the  shaft  is  at  the  end  of  its  course,  the  friction  clutch 
of  the  pulley  v  is  thrown  out  of  gear  by  the  shaft  itself, 
thus  stopping  same,  and  the  float  is  again  rendered  inde- 
pendent. 

The  series  1?  is  thereby  brought  under  the  influence  of 
steam,  in  the  stead  of  the  series  A,  and  as  long  as  oxygen  is 
being  liberated  the  floods  remain  inactive,  and  the  shaft  C 
stationary.  As  soon,  however,  as  the  oxygen  becomes 
exhausted,  the  same  action  as  that  explained  before  with 
reference  to  the  float  arrangement  in  connexion  with  the 
cooling  apparatus  K  takes  place  in  the  float  arrangement  S', 
and  thus  operates  on  the  shipping  fork  T',  and  on  the 
pulley  V',  which  is  acted  upon  by  the  straight  belt,  thus 
makiug  the  shaft  G  come  back  to  its  original  position, 
reversing  the  valves  on  it*  backward  course. 


April  30, 1893.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


319 


The  change  of  cycles  is  thus  produced  automatically,  and 
regulated  by  the  nature  of  the  hVd  leaving  the  retorts. 
The  main  object  and  result  obtained  thereby  is  not  only  a 
saving  of  labour,  but  is  principally  to  avoid  an  excessive 
strain  on  the  producing  power  of  the  retorts,  and  thus  the 
material  does  not  become  loaded  by  any  unnecessary 
moisture,  whilst  perfect  regularity  of  the  working  of  cycles 
is  secured. 

Discussion. 

l>r.  Bowman  said  that  a  most  important  point  in  the 
process  was,  that  the  air  and  steam  came  in  contact  with  the 
materials  at  the  same  temperature,  whereas  in  the  old 
processes  the  air  and  steam  were  at  different  temperatures. 
In  this  case,  however,  it  might,  without  injury,  vary  in  the 
furnace  or  retort,  since  the  pipes  travelled  side  by  side. 
The  reaction  thus  took  place  with  greater  certainty,  and 
the  materials,  instead  of  deteriorating,  retained  their 
properties  however  long  they  were  in  use.  The  process 
was  automatic,  and  a  temperature  of  about  600°  which 
could  be  obtained  as  waste  beat,  was  quite  sufficient  to 
evolve  oxygen  and  keep  the  material  in  a  fit  state  for  the 
process.  When  the  steam  had  done  its  work  it  ceased  to 
be  decomposed,  and  passed  through  the  pipes  towards  the 
cooler.  The  materials  used  were  very  cheap ;  and  when 
once  charged  the  operation  went  on  night  and  day.  The 
gas  contained  about  9o  per  cent,  of  pure  oxygen  as  it 
issued  from  the  machine. 

Mr.  Watsoh  Smith  said  he  had  seen  Mr.  Fanta's  model 
plant  at  work,  and  was  astonished  at  the  rapidity  with  which 
the  gas  was  evolved.  He  had  asked  Mr.  Fanta  to  let  him 
sec  the  experiment  carried  out  in  his  own  laboratory,  in  an 
ordinary  glass  tube  placed  in  a  combustion  furnace,  so  that 
he  might  prepare  the  materials  with  his  own  hands  according 
to  the  prescription.  The  success  of  such  an  attempt,  he  had 
found,  depended  to  some  extent  on  the  mass  of  the  material, 
and  as  a  glass  tube  continually  cracked,  a  copper  tube  like 
that  before  them  was  substituted.  ( 'omplete  success  had 
followed  the  trial.  He  thought  it  plucky  of  Mr.  Fanta  to 
dare  to  attempt  to  make  oxygen  gas  in  this  laboratory 
model  before  his  audience,  by  a  reaction  in  which  the 
question  of  mass  was  certainly  concerned  to  some  extent, 
and  in  which  the  process  was  also  a  reversible  one. 
Mr.  F^anta  had  done  this,  however,  at  his  urgent  sugges- 
tion, and  he  could  vouch  for  the  material,  for  he  (the 
speaker)  had  prepared  it  with  his  own  hands.  The  part  of 
the  process  which  had  at  first  excited  his  incredulity,  was 
that  in  which  it  had  been  alleged  that  the  material  was 
rendered  more  infusible,  by  first  intimately  mixing  it 
with  some  caustic  soda.  He  had  a  lively  recollection 
of  the  fate  of  caustic  soda  ash  in  the  soda-ash  furnaces, 
when  the  material  contained  say  13  or  14  per  cent.  NaOH. 
He  was  once  connected  with  the  old  Prestolee  Alkali 
where  a  very  white  caustic  ash,  which  contained  as 
much  as  16  to  17  per  cent.  NaOH,  was  skilfully  made 
for  rag  bleaching  in  paper  works  ;  and  he  well  remem- 
bered the  difficulty  of  furnacing  the  material  owing  to  the 
greatly  increased  fusibility  due  to  such  a  high  percentage 
of  caustic  soda.  Here  then  was  a  very  unexpected  physical 
condition,  superinduced  by  the  addition  of  a  substance  from 
which  the  opposite  result  would  have  been  expected. 

The  Chairman  said  in  his  opinion  the  demonstration 
which  Mr.  Fanta  had  brought  before  them  was  another 
forcible  illustration  that  chemical  industries  depended  not 
only  on  chemical  knowledge,  but  largely  on  chemical 
engineering.  As  a  chemical  invention  there  was  nothing 
new  in  the  process  described,  and  all  that  Mr.  Fanta  had 
done  was  to  resolve  the  mechanical  difficulties  which  stood 
in  the  way. 

Mr.  Fanta  said  he  started  with  caustic  soda  and  finished 
with  an  excess  of  it.  It  had  been  suggested  that  the 
caustic  soda  should  be  fused  and  then  put  into  the  retort. 
If  that  was  done,  after  a  time  the  material  became  absolutely 
unfit  for  use.  In  this  process  the  caustic  soda,  added  in 
the  solution  was  evaporated  with  the  mauganate,  aud  then 
submitted  to  heat.     In  that  condition  the  material  did  not 


fuse  again,  but  would  stand  wdiite  heat  without  fusing.  The 
theory  of  this  was  verified  by  the  reaction  which  he  had 
put  down,  and  this  was  again  verified  in  the  process  itself. 
There  was  one  important  point,  and  that  was,  if  the 
mauganate  in  the  retorts  were  wholly  deoxidised,  the  re- 
oxidation  did  not  take  place  freely- — in  fact,  in  some  cases 
it  would  not  take  place  at  all.  He  found  that  the  proportion 
of  mauganate  in  the  retorts  did  not  exceed  40  per  cent.,  and 
this  was  entirely  different  to  what  really  happened  in  other 
processes.  The  proportion  of  the  materials  was  one  of  the 
essential  points. 

Dr.  Gkossmann  said  he  had  been  closely  connected  with 
the  oxygen  industry  nearly  all  his  life.  If  there  were  any 
fault  which  he  could  find  with  the  apparatus  it  was  that  it 
was  too  ingenious,  but,  as  Dr.  Bowman  had  stated  that  it  did 
not  get  out  of  order,  this  was  all  the  more  creditable.  He 
should  like  to  ask  Dr.  Bowman  if  the  temperature  he  gave 
were  Fahrenheit  or  Centigrade  ? 

Dr.  Bowman  :  Between  600°  and  800°  F.  This  low  tem- 
perature was  one  of  the  advantages  of  the  process,  because 
it  enabled  them  to  use  iron  pipes  without  fear  of  deteriora- 
tion. 


ON  SOME  OF   THK   RISKS  ATTENDING   THE  USE 
OF  HIGH-PRESSURE  GAS IX 

BY    C.    F.    BCDENBERG,    B.SC,    AND    W.    E.    HEVS. 

The  newspapers  have  made  us  familiar  with  several  cases 
of-  explosions  attended  with  most  regrettable  consequences, 
which  have  occurred  in  the  use  of  high-pressure  gases.  An 
investigation  of  the  causes  which  have  led  up  to  these 
explosions  reveals  nothing  which  might  not  have  been 
predicted,  but  much  which  was  not  expected. 

We  will  ignore  such  explosions  as  have  their  origin  in 
the  use  of  defective  material  and  workmanship,  and  in 
insufficient  strength,  since  these  causes  are  purely  mechani- 
cal and  can  be  avoided  by  ordinary  prudence.  But  we  may 
remark  that  calculations  for  strengths  based  on  the  static 
pressure  of  the  gas  to  be  employed,  will  be  hereinafter 
shown  to  be  greatly  misleading  and  to  give  far  too  low 
values.  The  example  of  exploded  apparatus  on  the  table 
will  demonstrate  to  you  the  almost  criminal  negligence 
which  sometimes  occurs  in  the  manufacture  of  fittings  for 
high  pressures,  and  the  fatal  folly  of  users  who,  regardless 
of  risks,  prefer  what  is  cheap  to  what  is  good. 

In  the  use  of  high-pressure  gases,  they  are  generally 
contained  in  steel  flasks,  fitted  with  a  valve  at  the  nozzle. 
To  this  nozzle  the  service  pipe  is  secured,  which  is  usually 
fitted  with  a  regulator  valve  aud  a  pressure  gauge.  We 
may  usefully  limit  our  observations  to  such  an  arrangement, 
as  it  will  teach  us  all  that  is  necessary. 

Our  first  observation  is  that  immediately  on  the  opening 
of  the  valve,  no  matter  how  carefully  and  gradually  this 
may  be  effected,  the  needle  of  the  pressure-gauge  flashes 
suddenly  to  the  point  on  the  dial  indicating  the  pressure  in 
the  flask.  The  same  result  occurs  even  if  the  gas  is  wire- 
drawn by  being  caused  to  pass  through  the  finest  hole  which 
can  possibly  be  drilled,  say  less  than  the  tenth  of  a  milli- 
metre in  diameter. 

Secondly,  we  observe  that  the  service  pipe,  pressure- 
gauge,  and  regulator  valve,  enclose  a  rather  considerable 
air  space  to  which  the  compressed  gas  has  access. 

From  these  conditions  we  deduce — 

(a.)  That  oidinary  time  values  must  not  be  regarded, 
the  phenomena  being  instantaneous. 

(6.)  That  owing  to  the  enormous  velocity  of  the  issuing 
gas,  great  friction  must  arise  and  increase  the  temperature 
of  the  gas. 

(e.)  That  the  air  enclosed  in  the  fittings  must  be  instan- 
taneously compressed  to  at  least  the  same  pressure  as  the 
gas  in  the  flask. 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  30, 1892. 


(rf.)  That  this  instantaneous  compression  of  the  air  must 
result  in  an  increased  temperature. 

(e.)  That  owing  to  the  heat  of  friction  and  of  com- 
pression, the  mixed  gas  and  air  must,  instantaneously,  have 
a  highly  exalted  temperature. 

(/.)  That  this  increase  of  temperature  is  sufficient,  at 
less  than  100  atmospheres  pressure,  to  dissociate  the 
elements  of  hydrocarbons.  We  will  illustrate  this  experi- 
mentally with  atmospheric  air  at  about  80  atmospheres 
pressure,  which  you  will  see  is  quite  sufficient  to  reduce 
chips  of  wood  to  ashes. 

(^.)  That  in  the  event  of  the  compressed  gas  being 
oxygen,  this  gas  will  instantaneously  combine  explosively 
with  the  dissociated  elements,  forming  water  and  carbon 
dioxide.  The  increase  of  pressure  (e)  by  heat  and  (g~)  by 
explosion,  are  additive. 

It  will,  from  the  foregoing,  be  obvious  that  even  in  the 
case  of  an  inert  gas  like  nitrogen  or  CO.:  the  actual  pressure 
to  be  instantaneously  borne  by  the  fittings  is  very  far 
indeed  in  excess  of  the  pressure  in  the  flask. 

It  is  very  possible  and  easy  to  adopt  precautions  of  an 
elementary  character  which  will  eliminate  all  possible  risks 
of  danger  from  explosion. 

These  precautions  are  briefly  : — 

(1.)  Careful  avoidance  of  even  a  trace  of  oil,  or  of  any 
hydrocarbon  in  any  of  the  fittings,  or  anywhere  whence  it 
ma}'  leak,  penetrate,  or  be  conveyed  to  the  fittings. 

(2.)  Closing  the  orifice  through  which  the  gas  must  pass 
from  the  flask,  by  means  of  a  compact  porous  septum,  so 
as  to  prevent  any  outrush  of  gas. 

(3.)  Sufficient  strength  of  material  and  first  class 
workmanship. 

(4.)  The  avoidance  of  a  closed  casing  for  any  part  of 
the  fittings,  since  a  minute  leak  into  the  casing  may  induce 
an  explosion ;  sufficient  pressure  and  heat  being  accumu- 
lated'before  even  a  weak  casing  can  give  way.  In  the  case 
of  a  casing  for  a  pressure-gauge,  light  flaps  are  employed, 
to  close  suitable  openings  formed  in  it.  This  may  be  com- 
bined with  a  second  porous  septum  completely  tilling  the 
inlet  to  the  gauge. 

It  is  very  usual  with  some  makers  to  test  their  gauges 
by  means  of  an  oil  pump  ;  such  makers'  gauges  should  be 
avoided  for  high-pressure  gases. 

An  additional  precaution  may  be  found  in  making  all 
the  air  spaces  in  the  fittings  as  small  as  possible,  since 
the  quantity  of  the  air  compressed  is  one  measure  of  the 
amount  of  heat  developed  in  the  act  of  compression. 

We  desire  particularly  to  call  attention  to  two  remarkable 
characteristics  of  explosions  which  have  been  observed  as 
arising  from  the  presence  of  oil.  These  are,  their  intense- 
ness  and  their  limited  localisation.  An  explosion  of  mixed 
hydrogen  and  oxygen  in  well  made  fittings  is  comparatively 
innocent,  and  may  take  place  without  any  serious  damage 
at  all  pressures.  In  the  case,  however,  of  an  explosion 
owing  to  the  decomposition  of  oil,  such  as  we  have  before 
spoken  of,  the  explosion  is  of  the  most  intense  character 
and  attended  bj-  a  temperature  sufficient  to  fuse  a  consider- 
able mass  of  steel  or  brass  :  whilst  it  is  limited  in  its  effects 
to  a  very  small  portion  of  the  space  in  which  it  may  occur. 
Thus,  when  the  explosion  has  taken  place  in  a  tube  with  a 
quarter-inch  bore,  the  explosion  has  been  limited  to  some 
three  or  four  inches  in  length,  where  the  walls  of  the  tube 
have  been  so  fused  as  to  increase  the  bore  to  about  half  an 
inch,  and  the  tube  itself  has  been  completely  ruptured.  At 
the  same  time  a  pressure-gauge  attached  to  the  tube  at  a 
short  distance  has  not  been  damaged.  Probably  some 
members  of  the  Society  may  be  tempted  to  investigate  this 
part  of  the  snbject  more  fully.  It  may  be  new  to  some  of 
them  that  ordinary  oil  may  under  such  simple  conditions 
become  an  explosive  of  extraordinary  power. 


THE  ANALYSIS  OF  SNOW  FROM  THE  NEIGH- 
BOURHOOD OF  CHEMICAL  WORKS  AND 
VARIOUS  OTHER  PLACES. 

BT    J.    CARTER    BELL,    A.R.S.M.,    F.I.C.    ETC. 

The  Corporation  of  Manchester,  in  consequence  of  complaints 
from  people  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Mr.  Levinstein's 
works,  brought  an  action  against  him  at  the  last  Manchester 
Assizes  for  emitting  noxious  acid  and  other  vaponrs  from 
his  works,  thus  polluting  the  atmosphere.  As  the  ground 
all  round  the  works  was  covered  with  snow,  I  thought  it  a 
good  opportunity  to  collect  some,  and  compare  it  with  the 
snow  which  I  collected  from  other  places  far  removed  from 
chemical  works. 


Parts  per  Million. 


Place. 


Free  Fixed 

Ammonia.    Ammonia. 


Chlorine 

as 
Chlorides. 


Sulphuric 
Acid 

as  Sul- 
phates. 


1.  Corporation  St.... 

2.  Exchange  Station. 

3.  Broughton  Bridge 

4.  Bruughton  Park.. 

5.  Sewage  Works 

6.  Garden  on  Cliff... 

7.  Kersal  Moor 

8.  Owens  College.... 

9.  Outside  Mx.Levin- 
stcin's  Works. 

10.  Bank       opposite 
chimney. 


0-S5 

1-50 

2-00 

0-200 

0-50 

0-60 

I'V.M 

2-00 

run 
0-370 


1-00 
0-75 
1'25 
1-00 
1-50 

Till 
0-5  < 
1-00 


76-0 

108-0 

95-0 

7-0 
8-0 

:  0 

.VM 

17-0 
8-0 
6-0 


3- 10 
2-70 
3-00 
2 -till 
4' 90 
3-30 
2-90 
T7H 
1-80 
3-20 


None  of  the  samples  contained  any  free  acid,  but  the 
chlorine  in  Nos.  1,  2,  and  3,  is  excessively  high.  I  can  only 
account  for  this  by  assuming  salt  to  have  been  thrown  upon 
the  streets  as  is  the  custom  in  Manchester.  All  the  other 
samples  were  collected  from  the  upper  surface  of  undis- 
turbed snow.  These  analysts  with  other  evidence  actually 
proved  that  the  air  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  chemical 
works  was  purer  than  that  found  in  the  Manchester  streets. 


■=s83SS39»*ra»=- 


NOTE  ON  THE  VCT1()\  (IE  FROST  UPON 
COTTON. 

BY    C.    F.    SEYMOUR    ROTHWFIJ.,    P.C.S. 

From  the  literature  published  on  this  subject  one  obtains 
the  idea  that  cotton  is  tendered  by  frost.  Hummel,  in  his 
"  Drying  of  Textile  Fabrics,"  says,  "that  although  the 
evidence  on  this  point  is  quite  conflicting,  it  is  quite  con- 
ceivable that  the  crystallisation  might  act  injuriously  in  a 
mechanieal  way,  and  that  the  atmospheric  ozone  might 
also  exercise  some  slight  destructive  influence."  This 
uncertainty  is  no  doubt  due  to  the  fact  that  until  recently 
no  reliable  machine  for  testing  the  strength  of  the  cloth  was 
available. 

The  following  experiments  were  made  to  decide  this 
question  : — Two  pieces  of  "  madder-bleached  "  cloth,  one  of 
good  quality  and  the  other  of  very  poor  quality,  were  placed 
in  water  for  10  minutes,  withdrawn,  and,  without  squeezing, 
hung  up,  full  width,  the  thermometer  registering  four  degrees 
below  zero  Centigrade.  The  cloth  was  quite  stiff  in  three 
minutes,  and  although  the  temperature  never  rose  higher 
than  —  3°  C,  in  three  hours  the  ice  had  completely  evapo- 
rated leaving  the  cloth  quite  dry.  The  strength  of  the  cloth 
which  had  been  frozen  was  then  tested  with  Goodbrand's 
"  Dead  Weight  Cloth  Testing  Machine,"  against  some  of  the 
same  cloth  in  its  original  condition,  when  the  breaking 
weight  was  found  to  be  identical  in  both  cases. 


ipril  30,1893.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


321 


Winn  carefully  used  the  machine  is  accurate  to  within 
L  per  cent. 

The  above  trials  were  repeated,  but  when  the  ice  had 
evaporated — which  generally  took  three  to  four  hours  at 
-  3  i  to  —  1  ('.,  the  cloth  was  dipped  in  water  and  hung 
out  again,  this  being  repeated  four  times,  making  the  total 
time  the  cloth  was  frozen  about  16  hours.  The  strength  of 
botli  qualities  of  cloth  was  also  found  in  this  case  to  be 
equal  to  the  original  cloth. 

From  these  trials  it  is  evident  that  cotton  is  not  "  tendered  " 
by  the  freezing  of  water  within  it,  at  any  rate  not  when  in 
the  open  width. 

If  the  fibres  were  bound  or  held  in  position  to  a  greater 
or  lesser  extent,  such  as  obtains  in  the  ease  of  the  pieces 
near  the  bottom  of  a  waggon-load  of  cloth  when  frozen, 
probably  the  cloth  might  be  weakened  mechanically  by  the 
crystallisation  of  the  water,  but,  although  I  have  only  made 
a  few  trials  in  this  direction  still  they  indicate  that  the  cloth 
is  practically  uninjured. 

The  prevailing  opinion  that  cloth  is  weakened  when  it  is 
frozen  has  no  doubt  arisen  from  the  fact  that  when  the  fibres 
■in  stiff  they  are  easily  snapped;  but  any  stiffening 
body,  such  as  gum,  &c,  will  have  the  same  effect,  and 
this  has  obviously  nothing  whatever  to  do  with  the  actual 
strength  of  the  fibre. 


CCC^ff**1-^ 


Meeting  held  Friday,  February  5th,  1892. 


MB.   IVAN    LEVINSTEIN    IN   THE   CHAIR. 


ON  THE  ALUMINOFERRIC  PROCESS  OF 
SEWAGE  TREATMENT. 

BY  G.  SISSON,  JTUN. 
Several  important  omissions  in  the  papers  of  Messrs. 
Grimshaw  and  Barrow,  in  the  .January  number  of  the 
Journal,  appear  to  have  passed  unnoticed.  For  example, 
on  page  4  there  is  the  following : — "  For  the  purpose  of 
comparing  the  action  of  clarine  with  that  of  other  precipi- 
tants  and  processes,  I  have  been -able  to  obtain  figures  ready- 
to  hand  in  relation  to  the  International,  Electrical,  and 
Lime  processes.  These  are  the  only  processes  which  can  be 
said  to  be  in  the  field  for  the  purification  of  sewage." 

This  last  sentence  shows  a  remarkable  oversight  on  the 
part  of  the  writer,  as  over  30  towns  and  villages  are  now 
using  a  process  not  mentioned  in  the  above,  viz.,  the 
"  Aluiniuoferric,"  which  is  treating  at  least  20  million  gallons 
of  sewage  daily. 

<  >n  page  5,  sulphate  of  alumina  is  confused  with 
"  aluminoferric."  Although  the  latter  contains  the  former 
it  also  contains,  as  its  name  indicates,  an  iron  salt,  the 
proportion  being  sufficient  to  take  up  any  traces  of  sul- 
phuretted hydrogen  present  in  ordinary  town  sewage. 

Mr.  Grimshaw  (page  11)  claims  that  persalts  of  iron  act 
as  carriers  of  oxygen  to  oxidise  the  organic  matter  of  the 
sewage,  by  a  so-called  catalytic  action,  that  is  to  say,  ferric 
oxide  (of  course  hydrated)  becomes  ferrous  oxide,  having 
given  up  oxgen  to  the  organic  matters  ;  then  it  re-oxidises 
to  ferric  oxide  and  so  on. 

No  evidence  whatever  has  been  brought  forward  to 
support  this  view.  No  experiments  are  cited  to  prove  such 
a  reaction,  and  supposing  the  whole  of  the  surplus  oxygen 
of  ferric  hydrate  to  be  available,  the  amount  is  quite 
insufficient  to  deal  with  the  organic  matter  present  in  the 
sewage.  For  example,  in  the  addition  of  5  grains  of  Fe203 
per  gallon  of  sewage  only  0'5  grains  of  oxygen  are 
available  for  this  purpose,  while  sewage  such  as  that  of 
Salford  will  absorb  5  grains  of  oxygen  per  gallon,  viz., 
10  times  as  much.  Moreover,  when  a  reagent  is  added  to 
sewage  the  precipitate  formed  is  soon  carried  down  to  the 
bottom  of  the  settling  tank,  and  is  thus  removed  out  of  the 
field  of  action. 

With  reference  to  the  cost  of  different  processes,  the 
statements  on  pages  6  and  7  of  the  Journal  are  very 
confusing  ;  e.g.,   on   page   6  the  cost  of  the  aluminoferric 


process   is  stated  to  be   67*.  per  million  gallons,  while  on 

page  7  it  is  put.  down  at  75s.— apparently  a  mistake.     The 

calculations  must  be  based  on  erroneous  data;  at  all  events 

neither  of   the  figures  given  is  correct.     On  the  same  page, 

l   after  the  table  of  comparison,  it  is  stated  that  all  except  the 

I   first  and  last  processes  propose  to  filter,  thus  including  the 

|   "  aluminoferric  "  as  a  process  where  filtration  is   required. 

As  a  matter  of  fact  filtration  is  not  required,  and  is  indeed 

unnecessary. 

With  reference  to  sludge,  the  weights  given  on  page  7 
also  appear  to  be  incorrect.  No  actual  measurements  of 
sludge  were  taken  during  the  Salford  trial  with  "  alumino- 
ferric," and  the  figures  given  must  therefore  have  been 
obtained  by  some  method  of  calculation  not  stated.  The  lime 
process,  which,  it  is  generally  admitted,  gives  a  maximum 
amount  of  sludge,  is  actually  credited  with  a  less  quantity 
than  that  produced  by  aluminoferric,  thus  showing  the 
incorrectness  of  the  figures. 


J^etocastle  dwtion* 


Chairman:  John  Pattinson. 

Vice-Chairman  :  T.  W.Stuart. 

Committee : 


A.  Atthusen. 
P.  P.  Bedson. 
G.  T.  Prance. 
G.  Gatheral. 
C.  H.  Hills. 
T.  W.  Hogg. 


T.  W.  Lovibond. 
B.  S.  Proctor. 
W.  \V.  Proctor. 
W.  L.  Prfunoldsoii. 

J.  E.  St,, i, I. 
John  Watson. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  and  Treasurer: 
Dr.  J.  T.  Dunn,  The  School,  Gateshead. 


The  names  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  heen  elected  to  fill  the  vacancies  and  will 
take  office  in  July  next : — Chairman:  A.  Allhausen.  Viee'Chair. 
man:  John  Pattinson.  Committee:  John  Morrison,  W.  A.  Rowell, 
and  T.  AV.  Stuart. 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held  in  the  Durham  College  of  Science, 
Newcastle,  on  Thursday,  April  7th,  1892. 


MR.    JOHN    PATTINSON    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


NOTE  ON  THE   PREPARATION   OF   SAMPLES  OF 
RICH  ARGENTIFEROUS  LEAD  FOR  ASSAY. 

BY    JOHN    PATTINSON,    P.I.C.,    AND    H.    S.    PATTINSON, 
PH.D.,    F.I.I'. 

It  has  been  found  that  the  most  satisfactory  method  of 
obtaining  an  average  sample  of  pigs  of  rich  argentiferous 
lead — containing  from  100  to  abaut  1,000  oz.  of  silver  per 
ton  of  lead — is  to  saw  each  pig  through  with  a  circular  saw. 
The  fine  particles  produced  by  the  saw,  termed  "  sawings," 
are  collected,  and  from  them  the  samples  are  drawn  to  be 
sent  to  the  assayer. 

Assays  of  rich  argentiferous  lead  are  best  made   upon 

from  200  grains  to   half  an  ounce  of  lead,  but  such  a  small 

quantity  of  the  sawings  as  this  cannot  be  relied  upon  to 

j   represent  the  whole  bulk  of  the  sample,  because  of  the 

large  size  of  some  of  the  particles.     This  difficulty,  how- 

I   ever,  is  easily  overcome  by  melting  up  either  the  whole  of 

I   the  sample  or  such  a  quantity  of  it  as  can  be  relied  upon 

|   to  represent  the  composition  of  the  whole,  and  casting  the 

lead  into  small  cakes  or  "  buttons  "  from  which   portions 

j   weighing  from  200  grains  to  half  an  ounce  can  then  be  cut 

for  assaying.     We  find  that  from  a  samples  of  sawings  of 

|   the  usual  size  a  button  or  small  bar  fairly  representing  the 

sample  can  be  east  from  about  2,000  grains  of  the  sawings. 

When  the  sawings  are  melted  the  button  of  lead  obtained 

invariably  weighs   less  than   the  weight   of  sawings  takeu. 


322 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[April  SO,  1SL-2. 


This  loss  of  weight  is  partly  due  to  the  oxidation  of  the 
impurities  contained  in  the  lead,  which  separate  as  dross 
or  are  volatilised  during  the  process  of  melting.  The 
remaining  lead  is  consequently  enriched  in  silver  by  the 
removal  of  these  impurities  and.  the  assay  obtained  from 
this  lead  is  higher  than  the  true  assay  of  the  paicel  of  bars 
from  which  the  sawings  were  taken.  A  correction  must 
therefore  be  made  upon  the  assay  for  this  enrichment  in 
order  to  arrive  at  the  true  assay  of  the  sample. 

The  total  loss  of  weight  on  melting  the  sawings  is,  how- 
ever, not  wholly  due  to  oxidation  and  volatilisation  of 
the  impurities,  but  is  partially  due  to  the  combustion  of  the 
oil  that  is  upon  the  surface  of  the  sawings,  which  has  been 
introduced  into  the  sample  by  the  necessity  of  using  oil  to 
lubricate  the  circular  saw.  To  correct  the  assay  of  the 
melted  lead  by  an  amount  corresponding  to  the  total  loss 
of  weight  on  melting  the  sawings,  would  therefore  be 
obviously  wrong,  since  a  portion  of  this  loss  is  due  to  oil 
in  the  sample  which  was  no  part  of  the  original  bars  of 
lead.  The  percentage  of  oil  in  the  sawings  must  therefore 
be  ascertained  and  deducted  from  the  total  percentage  loss 
on  melting  the  sawings. 

We  determine  the  oil  in  the  sawings  by  washing  1,000 
grains  of  them  with  ether,  filtering  into  a  tared  flask, 
evaporating  the  ether,  and  weighing  the  oily  residue 
remaining  in  the  flask. 

With  some  classes  of  lead  the  loss  of  weight,  due  to 
oxidation  and  volatilisation  of  the  impurities,  when  the 
sawings  are  melted  alone,  is  very  considerable.  We  find 
that  a  very  convenient  waj'  of  diminishing  this  loss  is  to 
add  a  little  potassium  cyanide  to  the  sawings  when  they 
are  being  melted.  We  use  for  this  purpose  about  half  an 
ounce  of  ordinary  commercial  potassium  cyanide  to  2,i>00 
grains  of  the  sawings  and  the  melting  is  made  in  a  fireclay 
crucible. 

As  an  example  of  how  the  loss  is  diminished,  the  following 
instance  may  be  cited  : — 

4,000  grains  of  sawings  melted  alone  lost  iu  weight 
60  grains  =■  1  •  5  per  cent. 

2,000  grains  of  the  same  sawings  melted  with  KCN  lost 
16  grains  —  0-8  per  cent. 

The  percentage  of  oil  in  these  sawings  was  determined 
and  found  to  be  0'52  per  cent.  Deducting  this  amount 
from  each  of  the  above  total  losses  we  find  that  the  loss 
due  to  oxidation  and  volatilisation  is — 

When  the  sawings  are  melted  alone,  0-98  per  cent. 

When  the  sawings  are  melted  with  KCX,  0*28  per  cent. 

In  this  instance,  therefore,  the  loss  due  to  oxidation  and 
volatilisation  was  31  times  greater  when  the  sawings  were 
melted  alone  than  when  they  were  melted  with  potassium 
cyanide. 

The  following  table  gives  some  examples  of  the  results 
obtained  with  several  samples  of  sawings  when  potassium 
cyanide  was  used  in  melting  them  : — 




Percentage      Per£™f«e 
inching  Oil.     'l™  to  Oil. 

Percentage 

Loss 

exclusive  of 

Oil. 

1    First  trial 

0*78                  n-.v: 
0'8t>                     0-52 
11-35                     0-U 
0'35                     0"11 
II-:,"                   0-82 
n:i                u-32 

0-30                     0-15 
0'30                     0-13 
0-31                     0-12 
0-38                   015 
(1-25                     0-10 
0-33                     II- U 

0'26 

0-2S 

0-2-1 

1 

o-io 

019 

It  will  be  seen,  from  the  tests  of  the  first  three  samples, 
which  were  made  in  duplicate,  that  very  concordant  results 
are  found  by  this  process,  and  also  that,  in  all  the  samples, 
the  loss  of  weight  due  to  the  oil  is  very  considerable  as 
compared  with  the  loss  from  other  causes.  In  some 
instances  this  loss  due  to  oil  is  about  twice  as  much  as  the 
loss  from  oxidation  and  volatilisation. 

The  amount  of  loss  from  oxidation  and  volatilisation  in 
all  these  samples  is  but  small,  varying  from  0-15toO-28 
per  cent.,  and  it  may  seem  at  first  sight  to  be  of  little 
importance,  but,  actually,  the  correction  of  the  assay 
correspondiug  to  these  small  losses  makes  a  difference  on 
a  lead  containing,  say,  500  oz.  of  silver  per  ton,  of  J  oz. 
of  silver  per  ton  iu  the  first  case,  and  1  oz.  8  dwt.  per  ton 
in  the  latter  case  ;  and  these  amounts  when  deducted  from 
the  assays  of  the  cakes  of  lead  give  the  true  contents  of 
silver  in  the  original  lead.  With  richer  leads  the  correction 
is,  of  course,  proportionately  greater. 

It  is  obvious  that  in  the  above  cases,  if  the  correction  for 
loss  on  melting  the  sawiugs  were  to  include  also  the  loss 
due  to  the  oil,  an  error  would  be  made  which  would  lead  to 
an  excessive  deduction  varying  from  i  oz.  to  2  oz.  12  dwt. 
of  silver  per  ton,  supposing  the  lead  to  contain  500  oz,  of 
silver  per  ton  by  assay  of  the  cake  of  melted  sawings. 

Discussion, 

Air.  Sii  lw  suggested  that  liquation  and  separation  of 
constituents  might  take  place  in  the  small  ingot,  but  Mr. 
Pattinson  considered  that  it  was  too  small  and  cooled  too 
quickly  for  that  to  occur  to  any  measurable  extent. 

Air.  Kknnoi.iiso.n-  thought  that  if  the  oil  were  first 
removed,  its  amount  need  not  be  determined ;  he  also 
suggested  the  use  of  water  as  a  lubricant  in  place  of  oil. 


»>W»»s»— 


THE  VARIATION  IN  THE  COMPOSITION  OP 
CAUSTIC  SODA  WITHIN  THE  SAME  DRUM. 

BY   JOHN   WATSON,    F.I.I  . 

So  far  as  I  am  aware,  very  few  results  have  been  published 
with  a  view  to  elucidate  this  important  question. 

At  the  suggestion  of  our  worthy  Chairman,  I  have 
pleasure  in  submitting  the  tests  of  several  samples,  taken 
from  different  parts  of  drums  which  we  have  opened,  at 
various  times,  during  the  past  four  years. 

First,  it  niay  be  interesting  to  consider,  briefly,  what  has 
already  been  published  on  this  subject. 

In  the  Chemical  News,  for  25th  April  1873,  a  paper  by 
Messrs.  Glendinning  and  Edger,  of  this  town,  is  to  be 
found,  "On  the  separation  of  caustic  soda  into  portions  of 
different  strengths  on  passing  from  the  fused  to  the  solid 
condition." 

These  gentlemen  state  that  when  caustic  soda,  containing 
water  in  excess  of  that  combined  as  hydrate,  passes  from 
the  fused  to  the  solid  state,  it  separates  into  portions  of 
different  strengths.  In  such  a  case,  a  sample  taken  from 
the  drum  after  cooling  may,  according  to  circumstances, 
they  say,  differ  from  that  taken  ex  pot  during  the  packing 
operation  by  several  per  cents. 

A  drum  of  caustic  soda,  containing  66  •  8  per  cent,  soda 
(Na,0)  and  about  6  per  cent,  water,  in  excess  of  the  water 
of  hydration,  was  cut  through  its  centre,  transversely  to  its 
longitudinal  axis,  and  samples  were  taken  : — A,  from  the 
outside,  not  extending  more  than  1  iu.  towards  the  centre  ; 
B,  from  a  part  about  5  in.   nearer  the  centre ;  and  C,  from 


April  so,  18»2.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


323 


the   centre   itself.      The   radius   of   the   drum  was  11   in. 
The  results  were  : — 


Soda  (Na,0). 


Per  Cent. 

tin; 


The  outside,  or  A  sample,  invariably  agrees  closely  with 
the  packing  sample,  according  to  Messrs.  Gleudinniug  and 
Kdger.  Analyses  of  the  above  samples  showed  that  the 
differences  were  chiefly  due  to  water ;  but  in  some  measure 
to  chlorides  and  sulphates,  these  impurities  occurring  in 
largest  quantities  in  the  centre. 

The  differences  in  strength,  due  to  separation,  will  be 
influenced  by  circumstances,  say  these  authors,  such  as  the 
quantity  of  water  present,  the  temperature  at  the  time  of 
packing,  and  the  size  of  the  drum. 

Finally,  Messrs.  Glendinning  and  Kdger  explained  the 
higher  percentage  of  water  in  the  centre  by  a  theory,  of  the 
greater  affinity  for  water  possessed  by  the  fluid  than  by  the 
solid  caustic,  which,  as  Dr.  Lunge,  has  remarked  ("Treatise 
on  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Alkali,  Vol.  II.,  p.  622),  is  very 
questionable. 

Mr.  John  Morrison,  according  to  Dr.  Lunge  (loc.  cit. 
p.  622),  entirely  denies  the  difference  of  quality  within  the 
same  drum  ;  the  former  never  found  more  than  0*  2  per  cent, 
diffeience  in  testing  any  portion  of  a  block. 

First,  I  wish  to  make  it  clear  that  the  tests  I  am  about  to 
submit  to  you  are  those  of  caustic  soda  containing  no  water 
(except  that  combined  as  sodium  hydrate),  whereas  the 
drum  examined  by  the  gentlemen  first  referred  to  contained 
about  6  per  cent. 

With  regard  to  the  difference  between  samples  ex  pot 
and  those  taken  ex  drum.  For  nearly  three  years  at 
Allhusen's  works  we  took  samples  both  ways,  and  found 
the  tests  to  be  almost  identical.  Thus,  in  the  average  of 
one  month's  work  which  I  have  by  me,  there  was  only  a 
difference  of  0'06  per  cent,  between  the  tests  of  the  two 
sets  of  samples,  those  ex  drum  being  the  higher. 

This  difference  during  the  month  may  be  considered  to 
represent  our  experience  over  the  three  years,  and  now 
we  only  take  pot  samples  in  cases  where  we  have  to  make 
lower  strengths  of  caustic — 70  per  cent.,  &c. 

In  taking  the  samples,  the  tests  of  which  are  given 
below,  the  drums  were  laid  on  their  sides,  opened,  and  the 
block  of  caustic  split  across  lengthwise.  Pieces  were  then 
cut  out  as  follows  : — 

(1.)  From  near  the  top,  out  of  the  second  crust. 

(2.)  From  the  sides  of  the  drum. 

(3.)  F^rom  the  centre. 

(4.)  From  the  bottom. 

The  annexed  rough  sketch  shows  the  regions  from  which 
the  samples  were  taken. 


In  high-strength  caustic  soda,  76  or  77  per  cent.,  a  cone 
of  discoloured  caustic  is  almost  always  found  at  the  bottom 
of  the  cylindrical  mass. 

In  70  per  cent,  caustic,  so  far  as  I  have  seen,  the  discolored 
particles  are  generally  to  be  found  in  a  spherical,  or 
lenticular  patch,  near  the  centre  of  the  drum. 


77  per  Cent.  Caustic  Soda. 

Samples    taken    from    various   parts    of   two    drums   of 
Allhusen's  77  per  cent,  caustic — 


Mean  cE 
twoDrums 


Top  of  drum  (second  crust) . 

Sides  of  drum 

Centre 

Bottom  (discoloured  cone).. 


Average  of  the  four  samples 


Greatest   differenC3  between  two 

portions. 


76-85 

77'ls 

I'm-  (  cut. 

77-m 

76-95 

77'l'S 

77-01 

76'55 

76-61 

76'S8 

7t',-'ili 

76-97 

76-93 

76-S1 

76'E6 

70-88     , 

0-40 

0-57 

0-13 

It  will  be  seen,  from  the  above  tests,  that  in  the  first 
drum,  marked  E  21,  the  highest  test,  76-95  per  cent.,  was 
obtained  with  pieces  chipped  from  the  sides  of  the  drum, 
whereas  the  caustic  chipped  from  the  centre  of  the  drum 
tested  lowest,  viz.  76-55  per  cent.  The  greatest  difference 
in  this  drum,  therefore,  was  0-40  per  cent.  soda.  The 
second  drum,  L  66,  tested  highest  at  the  top  (second  crust), 
viz.  77  18  per  cent,  soda,  and  again,  the  lowest  test  was 
from  the  centre  pieces,  viz.,  76-61  per  cent,  soda ;  in  this 
case  tbe  greatest  difference  between  the  various  portions  of 
the  drum  was  0-57  per  cent.  I  shall  refer  to  the  tests  of 
this  drum  again,  later  on.  Taking  the  mean  of  the  tests 
from  both  drums,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  caustic  was 
strongest  at  the  top  and  sides,  viz.,  77-01  per  cent.,  and 
weakest  at  the  centre,  viz.,  76-58  per  cent. 

With  a  view  to  finding  out  the  cause  of  the  difference  in 
strength  within  the  same  drum,  I  weighed  off  a  considerable 
quantity  (40  grms.),  of  the  sample  from  centre  of  the 
L  66  drum,  also  a  similar  quantity  from  the  top  of  the  drum  ; 
the  two  chief  impurities  were  determined  with  the  following 
results  : — ■ 


Centre. 

Top  (2nd  Crust). 

0-54 
1*42 

76-61 

Per  Cent. 

0'S7 

The  difference   in  the   percentage   of  sulphate,  0-55,    is 
equivalent  to  0-40  per  cent.  Na.O. 

70  peu  Cent.  Caustic  Soda. 

Samples    taken   from   various    parts    of    two   drums   of 
Allhusen's  70  per  cent,  caustic  soda : — 


L78. 


L  S3. 


Mean  of 
two  Drums. 


Top  of  drum  (second  crust )  . . . .  70-51 

Sides !  70-25 

Centre I  70'91 

Bottom 70:ss 


70-05 
69-63 
70-23* 
69-49* 


70-29 
69-89 
70-67 
69-93 


Average  of  the  four  samples 


Greatest    difference    between ' 
two  portions 


70-52        69-82 


70-17 


*  Tn  the  case  of  these  two  portions  the  solution  was  slightly 
milky  in  appearance,  owing,  doubtless,  to  a  trace  of  lime,  which  was 
filtered  off  and  washed  before  titration. 


324 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[April  80, 


From  the  mean  of  the  above  results  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  samples  from  the  sides  of  the  drum  are  the  lowest  in 
strength,  those  from  the  centre  being  the  highest. 

In  a  third  drum  of  70  per  cent,  which  I  had  opened,  I 
found,  on  testing,  the  some  order,  viz.,  the  portions  from 
the  sides  of  the  drum  were  weakest,  those  from  the  centre 
strongest,  and  in  this  case  I  had  also  taken  the  precaution 
of  filtering  off  a  trace  of  lime  which  was  present  in  the 
sample  from  the  centre. 

The  results  given  above  show  that  in  L  78  the  centre  was 
the  strongest  sample,  testing  70*91,  the  portions  taken 
from  the  sides  were  weakest,  testing  only  70'  25,  the  greatest 
difference  being  0-66  per  cent.  soda.  In  L  83,  again,  the 
centre  sample  was  the  strongest,  70 '23  ;  the  sample  from 
the  bottom  was  in  this  case  slightly  weaker  than  that  from 
the  sides,  testing  69-49,  the  greatest  difference  being  0-74 
per  cent.  soda. 

»     Analyses  of  the  samples   from  the  centre  and  bottom  of 
I.  83  gave  the  following  results  :  — 


Centre. 


Sodium  chloride . 
Sodium  sulphate. 
Available  soda  ... 


Bottom. 


Per  Cent. 
9-2«J 


1-59 

69"49 


Again  it  will  be  seen  that  the  sulphate  is  very  much 
higher  in  the  weaker  portion.  The  difference  in  the  per- 
centage of  sulphate,  0' 94  is  equal  to  0- 73  soda  per  cent., 
whereas  the  difference  in  the  soda  was  shown  to  be  0*74 
per  cent. 

In  the  case  of  the  77  per  cent,  drum,  marked  L  66,  and 
that  of  the  70  per  cent,  drum,  marked  L  78,  I  tested  at 
least  two  portions  from  each  part  of  the  drum,  and  with  a 
view  to  prevent  hasty  conclusions  or  dogmatic  statements, 
I  give  the  individual  tests,  which  it  will  be  seen  show  that 
there  may  be  considerable  variation  within  the  same  region 
of  the  same  drum,  e.g.,  in  the  centre  of  L  66,  one  portion 
tested  76 '29,  whereas  other  two  portions  tested  76' 71  and 
76-83  per  cent.;  again,  at  the  sides  of  L  78,  the  first 
portion  tested  gave  70-50,  but  the  second  only  70-01  per 
cent. 

Individual  tests  from  various  parts  of  a  77  per  cent,  and 
of  a  70  per  cent,  drum  : — 


I.  IX. 

L  78. 

Top  (second  crust)  I 

77  82 

Per  Cent. 

70-56 

:i 

77-H 
77 'IS 

70-52 
70'54 

70-98 
77-19 

70  •.",() 

ii 

70'01 

77'ns 

70-25 

Tf>-  71 

70-86 

n 

76-29 

70-97 

hi.  .,          

70-33 

Average  

70 -fit 

70-91 

77-00 
78'95 

7<;-n7 

70-44 

7i  r:!.'! 

70-38 

To  sum  up,  in  conclusion,  my  experience,  based  on  the 
examination  of  samples  from  various  parts  of  seven  drums, 
From  different  batches  of  caustic  soda,  goes   to  show  that 


the  variation  in  strength  is  nothing  like  so  great  as  was 
found  in  the  isolated  case  reported  by  Messrs.  Glendinning 
and  Edger ;  but  the  different  conditions  as  to  moisture 
must  be  borne  in  mind.  On  the  other  hand,  the  greatest 
differences  in  strength  between  portions  from  the  same 
drum,  are,  as  a  rule,  according  to  my  experience,  greater 
than  stated  by  our  friend  Mr.  John  Morrison.  In  the  seven 
drums  which  I  have  examined,  in  only  one  case  did  1  find 
the  greatest  difference  as  low  as  0-20  per  cent.,  in  another 
case  I  found  it  as  high  as  1-34  per  cent. ;  but  the  average 
of  the  seven  drums  gave  0  71  per  cent,  difference  between 
the  highest  and  the  lowest  tests.  It  is  only  fair  to  my  em- 
ployers to  say  that  these  seven  drums  of  caustic  included 
one  not  made  at  Gateshead. 

It  is  notable  that  the  lower  the  strength  of  caustic,  or  in 
other  words,  the  greater  the  proportion  of  salt  present,  as  a 
rule,  the  greater  is  the  variation  of  strength. 


THE  USE  OF  FULLER'S  SPIRAL  SLIDE-RULE 
FOR  CHEMICAL  CALCULATIONS. 

BY    JOHN    WATSON,    F.I.C. 

The  use  of  the  slide-rule  to  facilitate  calculations  has  been 
long  known  to  chemists  and  engineers.  In  the  transactions 
of  the  Newcastle  Chemical  Society,  the  Society  which  most 
of  us  regard  as  the  parent  of  this  Section,  an  interesting 
paper,  by  Mr.  H.  R.  Procter,  is  to  be  found  (Vol.  IV.  p.  330) 
on  the  use  of  the  slide-rule  for  chemical  calculations. 

The  ordinary  slide-rule  answers  well  enough  for  certain 
purposes,  but  to  give  a  result  of  even  three  figures,  where 
the  third  figure  shall  be  strictly  accurate,  a  rule  is  required 
of  such  length  that  its  working  becomes  unhandy. 

When  we  are  reminded  that  this  spiral  slide-rule,  which 
can  be  handled  with  ease,  is  equivalent  to  a  straight  slide- 
rule  83  ft.  4  iu.  long,  or  a  circular  rule  13  ft.  3  in.  in 
diameter,  we  realise  the  advantage  of  this  form  which  has 
been  patented  by  Professor  Fuller.  Since  1879  this  slide- 
rule  has  been  obtainable  from  Mr.  W.  F.  Stanley,  the  well- 
known  instrument  maker  in  Holborn. 

In  the  preface  to  the  first  edition  of  "  The  Alkali  Makers' 
Pocket-Rook,"  by  Drs.  Lunge  and  Hurter,  reference  is  made 
to  the  fact  that  the  latter-named  gentleman,  iu  re-calculating 
the  tables  for  English  weights  and  measures,  used  Fuller's 
calculator  and  Thomas's  arithmometer,  to  avoid  errors  of 
computation  as  much  as  possible.  The  use  of  this  spiral 
slide-rule  for  chemical  calculations,  therefore,  is  not  new, 
as  the  book  referred  to.was  published  in  1884  ;  but  I  venture 
to  believe  that  there  are  man}-  chemists  in  this  district  who 
have  never  seen  a  Fuller's  calculator,  and  that  is  my  excuse 
for  taking  up  a  little  of  your  time  iu  bringing  so  useful  an 
instrument  before  your  notice  this  evening. 

It  is  due  to  my  old  friend,  Mr.  Walton  Brown,  of  the 
Coal  Trade  Office,  to  say  that  he  first  showed  me  an  instru- 
ment, similar  to  this,  which  he  had  used  for  some  time. 

Seeing  that  the  calculator  was  likely  to  save  much  time, 
paper,  and  pencil,  to  say  nothing  of  brain  work,  I  obtained 
this  instrument  through  Mr.  Winter,  in  Grey  Street,  and  we 
have  had  it  in  daily  use  for  the  last  18  months.  During 
this  period  it  has  not  required  any  repairs  or  re-adjustment, 
and  is  still  as  good  as  new.  The  price  of  an  instrument 
such  as  this,  in  mahogany  case,  is  31.  A  smaller  rule,  with 
a  scale  200  in.  long,  giving  an  approximation  of  S37nttu' 
was  made  for  some  time  and  sold  at  20s.,  but  in  November 
1890  I  heard  from  Mr.  Stanley  that  the  shorter  rule  was 
very  unsatisfactory,  and  he  had  ceased  making  them.  A 
pamphlet  of  1 1  pages,  giving  instructions  for  the  use  of 
the  rule,  is  presented  with  each  instrument ;  it  is  therefore 
needless  for  me  to  give  more  than  a  brief  description  (partly- 
taken  from  the  pamphlet)  of  the  mode  of  working. 

The  rule  consists  of  a  cylinder  or  muff,  d,  which  can  be 
moved  up  and  down  upon  and  turned  round  the  axis  g ; 
the  latter  is  held  by  the  handle  e.  Upon  the  cylinder  d  a 
single  logarithmic  scale  is  wound  in  a  spiral,  the  numbered 


April  3d,  1892.1        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


325 


graduations  being  from  100  to  1,000.  Each  of  the  primary 
divisions  up  to  650  is  divided  into  10  parts, and  from  thence 
to  1,000  iuto  five  parts.  It  follows,  therefore,  that  each 
number  of  four  figures  has  either  a  mark  upon  the  scale,  or 


m 


(if  above  050)  is  midway  between  two  marks.  Fixed  to  the 
handle  is  an  index  or  pointer  F,  and  fixed  to  the  innermost 
cylinder  ft,  which  telescopes  into  g,  are  two  indices,  the 
upper  J  and  lower  K,  whose  distance  apart  is  the  axial 
length  of  the  complete  spiral.  These  moveable  indices  may 
be  placed  in  any  position  relative  to  the  muff  d. 

In  using  the  slide-rule  it  will  be  found  most  convenient  to 
hold  the  handle  in  the  left  hand,  leaving  the  right  hand  to 
move  the  cylinder  h  by  the  top,  and  to  note  down  with  pen 
or  pencil  the  results  obtained.  On  the  axial  cylinder  g 
several  useful  tables  are  printed ;  among  others,  one  giving 
inches  and  vulgar  fractions  of  inches  as  decimals  of  a  foot, 
one  for  pounds  and  quarters  as  fractions  of  a  hundred- 
weight, &c. 

For  a  simple  multiplication  of,  say,  a  number  of  four 
figures  by  another  number  of  three  or  four  figures — 

Bring  100  to  F  (by  use  of  catch). 

Set  K  to  the  higher  number. 

Bring  the  lower  number  to  F. 

Read  product  at  J  or  K. 

For  working  such  a  case  as — 

a  x  b  x  c 
d  x  e 

Professor  Fuller  informs  me  that  he  finds  it  more  convenient 
to  do  without  the  stops  ;  they  can  be  easily  removed  if  not 
required. 

In  the  case  of  division  of  a  number  of  two  to  five  figures 
by  a  divisor  of  two  to  five  figures — 

Bring  the  divisor  to  F. 
Set  J  or  K  to  the  number  to  be  divided. 
Bring  100  to  F  by  use  of  the  c  itch. 
Read  quotient  at  J  or  K. 

Proportion,  or  "  rule  of  three,"  is  a  combination  of 
multiplication  and  division,  and  questions  in  this  rule  can 
be  easily  solved  by  use  of  the  calculator.  The  instrument 
has  other  applications,  for  particulars  of  which  I  must  refer 
those  interested  to  the  pamphlet  to  be  had  at  Mr.  Stanley's 
address. 

As  examples,  I  will  give  a  few  specimens  of  the  kinds  of 
calculation  which  a  chemist  would  find  this  slide  -  rule 
useful  for  : — 

Multiplication. — A  precipitate  of  barium  sulphate  has  been 
found  to  weigh  0'  178  grm. ;  the  factor  for  sodium  sulphate 
is  0-6094,  the  product  is  obtained  by  the  calculator  in  a 
very  short  time,  strictly  accurate  to  the  fourth  decimal 
figure  ;  indeed,  where  required,  a  very  close  approximation 
can,  in  this  case,  be  obtained  of  the  fifth  decimal  figure. 
Working  this  example  by  pencil  and  paper,  in  the  old  way, 
in  addition  to  the  two  factors,  14  figures  would  be  written 
down  before  the  product  could  be  got  by  addition  ;  but  the 
time  and  trouble  of  writing  these  14  figures  is  entirely 
dispensed  with  by  using  the  calculator. 


Dirision. — A  sample  lump  of  caustic  soda  weighing 
5-505  grms.  is  dissolved  in  water  and  titrated  by  standard 
acid  (I  cc.  =  0-100  grm.),  42-85  cc.  being  required:  — 
428'5  -f-  5- 565  gives  the  percentage  of  soda  in  the  sample. 
The  quotient,  to  the  second  decimal  place,  can  be  obtained 
in  a  very  much  shorter  time  by  the  calculator  than  by 
working  out  on  paper,  and,  by  use  of  the  instrument,  the 
writing  down  of  some  29  figures  is  obviated. 

Proportion. — Numerous  examples  might  be  given  ;  but, 
if  time  is  saved  by  the  use  of  the  calculator  in  multiplica- 
tion, and  also  in  division,  a  fortiori,  in  the  combination  of 
the  two,  time  is  also  saved. 

One  case  where  the  calculator  will  be  found  to  save  much 
time,  is  in  that  class  of  analyses  where  the  constituents  have 
been  determined,  say,  in  the  wet  state,  and  are  to  be 
calculated  to  the  dry  state.  In  an  actual  case  a  sample 
had  the  following  constituents  : — ■ 


In  Original  State. 


Calculated  to  Dry  State. 


48-81 

55-8(5 

23'2.J 

28"  90 

7 '  '>') 

8-114 

0-77 

irss 

u-74 

0-S5 

4  10 

C69 

Moisture  12'60 

•• 

99-82 

99  -82 

In  calculating  the  first  item  in  the  above  analysis  to  the 
dry  state,  the  proportion  would  be  stated — 

87-22  :  99-82  :  :  48-81  :  .r 

We  find  by  the  calculator  the  quotient  got  by  dividing 
the  first  term  into  the  second,  viz.,  1-1445,  and  leave  the 
moveable  pointer  K  at  that  quotient.  Now  bring  round 
the  muff  or  cylinder  d  till  the  third  term  of  the  proportion 
is  opposite  the  fixed  pointer  F.  The  answer  is  read  at 
the  moveable  pointer.  To  get  the  second  item,  in  the  dry 
state,  simply  move  the  muff  till  the  graduation,  2525,  is 
opposite  the  fixed  pointer  and  again  read  the  answer  at  the 
moveable  pointer ;  and  so  on  through  the  analysis,  it  being 
only  necessary  to  move  the  muff  to  bring  the  graduation  of 
each  fresh  number  opposite  the  fixed  pointer. 

I  need  scarcely  say  the  description  of  the  method  of 
working  takes  up  a  much  longer  time  than  the  actual 
working  of  the  instrument  itself  does. 

Another  instance,  which  should  come  under  the  heading 
of  multiplication,  may  be  given  :— Some  18  mouths  ago,  we 
had  to  determine  the  areas  of  a  large  number  of  liquor 
tanks  and  settlers  ;  having  measured  the  length  and  width, 
we  found  the  calculator  (with  its  table  giving  decimals  of  a 
foot)  very  useful  for  working  out  the  areas. 

Some  may  possibly  say  "  You  are  comparing  the  instru- 
ment with  old-fashioned  methods  of  working  chemical 
calculations.  Why  not  use  logarithms  ?"  I  must  confess, 
frankly,  that  I  was  never  enamoured  with  the  use  of 
logarithms ;  but,  as  I  have  tried  them  at  two  or  three 
different  periods,  I  am  not  biassed  against  their  use. 
Recently,  I  worked  a  set  of  calculations  with  this  calculator, 
against  a  chemist  who  regularly  uses  logarithms,  he  using 
his  "logs."  The  result  of  the  contest  was  decidedly  in 
favour  of  Professor  Fuller,  both  as  to  speed  and  accuracy. 


Mr.  Hugh  Barclay  made  a  verbal  communication  on  a 
process  for  the  ready  and  accurate  determination  of  the  loss 
of  coal  in  coal-washing  operations.  He  also  gave  a 
demonstration  of  the  process,  -which  depends  on  the  separa- 
tion of  constituents  of  different  densities  by  a  liquid  of 
intermediate  density. 


326 


1HE  JOURNAL   OF   THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1  April  3".  1894, 


^ottinsbam  £>f-rtion. 


University  College,  Nottingham. 


Cltairman  :  L.  Arehbutt. 
Committee : 
F.  Cli  I      .  I     W  Small. 

J.  B.  Coleman.  H.  J.  Staples. 

C.H.  Field.  I.  Taylor. 

H.  Forth.  Sir  John  Ttiruey. 

E.  Vn  J.  T.  Wood. 

S.  J.  Pentecost. 

Treasurer:  J.  M.  ('.  Paton. 

Hon,  Local  Secretary : 

R.  L.  Whiteley,  University  Colics.'.",  Nottingham. 


The  na.nes  in  italics  arc  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  he  cud  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  keen  elected  to  fill  the  vacancies,  and  will 
take  office  in  July  next  :—  Vice-Chairman  ■  F.  Clowes.  Committee: 
V.  J.  K.  Catulla,  F.  D.  Mordle,  and  (i.  J.  Ward. 


SESSION  1892. 


1892  :— 

Hay  —Mr.  i  .  Spackman.  "Notes  on  the  Manufacture  of 
Portland  Cement  from  I.iine  Mud  after  Treatment  by  the 
Chance  Sulphur  Recovery  Process." 


Meeting  held  Thursday,  February  \0th,  1892. 


MR.    L.    AECHEUTT    IN    THE    L1IA1K. 


ON  AX  IMPROVED  FORM  05   PIPECLAY 
TRIANGLE. 

BY    .7.    E.    COLEMAN,    A.K.C.SC.,    F.I.C. 

In  the  various  support?  used  for  holding  crucibles  and  like 
vessels  during  heating,  the  following  disadvantages  are 
present  : — 

1.  Platinum  triangles  on  heating  to  a  high  temperature 
expand  and  soften,  inducing  "  sagging."  If  platinum 
vessels  are  heated,  partial  fusion  between  the  wire  and 
vessel  may  occur.  The  expense  also  is  considerable,  and 
effectually  precludes  its  use  by  all  but  advanced  students. 

2.  The  ordinary  pipeclay  triangle  prevents  contact  of  the 
flame,  except  at  the  three  angles,  particularly  if  the  vessel 
to  be  heated  is  small,  such  as  crucibles,  &c. 

3.  Triangles  made  entirely  of  porcelain  and  fireclay  are 
fragile  and  expensive. 

The  modification  in  the  improved  form  of  triangle  shown 
in  Fig.  1  consists  simply  in  making  a  flange  iu  the  middle 

Fig.  1. 


portion   of  each  of  the  three  pieces  of  pipeclay  forming  the 
triangle.     In  this  way  contact   takes  place  in  three  points 


only,  and  thus  leaves  ample  space  for  the  flame  to  play 
upon  the  surface  exposed.  The  result  is  that  thorough 
contact  between  the  flame  and  the  vessel  to  be  heated  is 
secured.  The  effect  of  this  improvement  is  to  lessen  the 
time  of  heating,  and  also  to  increase  the  temperature 
attainable  from  a  given  flame. 

The  following  experiments  show  the  advantages  of  the 
triangles.  The  flame  used  in  these  experiments  was  that 
from  a  Hunsen  burner,  the  gas  supply  of  which  was 
regulated  by  means  of  a  Stott's  governor. 

1.  A  platinum  crucible  was  used  and  10  cc.  of  water  were 
gently  heated  to  boiling,  first  in  the  improved  and  then  on 
the  ordinary  form  of  triangle ;  the  time  required  was  carefully 
noted.     Results  : — 

Temp,  of  water,  ll'3:  C.    Temp,  of  air  (constant  I,  18   i  . 

Seconds. 
Improved  triangle.    Time  require!  for  10  cc.  of  water. .    45 
Ordinary         „  „  „  „  t; » 

Difference  iu  favour  of  improved  triangle 15 

2.  ui.)  A  platinum  dish  was  employed,  50  cc.  of  water 
were  heated  to  boiling  on  both  forms  of  triangle,  and  the 
time  required  noted.     Results  : — 

Seconds. 

Improved  triangle  with  100  ce.  water 65 

Ordinary         „  „  , So 

Difference  in  favour  of  improved  triangle 20 

(6.)  Into  &  porcelain  dish  2f  in.  diameter,  103  grms.  of 
an  alloy  of  lead  and  tin  were  introduced.  The  dish  was 
heated  until  the  alloy  was  thoroughly  melted  and  the  time 
required  noted : — 

Mill.  Sees. 

With  improved  triangle 2     20 

„      ordinary         2      50 

ur  of  improved  triangle 80 

Hence  the  gain  in  time  was  from  20  to  2.5  per  cent. 

3.  Iu  flat-bottomed  vessels  the  results  were  not  so  good, 
but  were  slightly  in  favour  of  the  improved  form  of 
triangle. 

4.  Experiments  were  also  made  in  burning  off  organic 
matter.  In  some  cases  the  time  occupied  was  less  than 
half  that  required  when  the  ordinary  form  of  triangle  was 
employed. 

To  sum  up,  the  triangle  is  cheap  since  it  can  be  made  in 
long  lengths  and  cut  up  into  suitable  portions  by  means  of 
a  tile,  which  are  then  threaded  and  bound  together  by  iron 
wire  in  the  ordinary  way.  It  is  strong,  since  the  flange  is 
made  at  the  weakest  point,  that  is,  at  the  middle.  It  is 
economical,  since  a  higher  temperature  and  more  rapid 
heating  is  obtained  from  a  given  flame. 

In  the  experiments  recorded  above,  ordinary  pipeclay 
was  used.  The  mould  was  made  of  hard  wood,  a  smooth 
iron  wire  being  used  for  the  core.  After  the  clay  was 
moulded  into  shape  the  wire  was  withdrawn,  and  the  clay 
dried  in  the  steam  oven,  and  finally  heated  for  several  hours 
in  a  muffle  furnace  and  allowed  to  cool  slowly.  For  use  on 
a  large  scale  polished  steel  moulds  will  be  found  suitable 
so  as  to  admit  of  a  greater  length  of  pipeclay  being  made  at 
once,  which  may  after  annealing  be  cut  up  into  the  required 
lengths. 

Discussion. 

The  Chairman  exhibited  a  welded  platinum  triangle 
which  he  had  used  for  many  years.  He  found  it  an 
advantage  to  be  able  to  alter  the  shape  of  the  triangle  to 
suit  different  sized  crucibles.  There  was  always  a  slight 
adhesion  between  the  triangle  and  the  crucible  at  a  red 
heat,  but  even  after  heating  in  the  blowpipe  flame  no 
transference  of  metal  took  place.  It  was,  however,  advisable 
to  allow  the  triangle  and  crucible  to  cool  down  below  redness 
before  separating  them  ;  a  slight  touch  was  then  sufficient. 
Jlr.  Coleman's  triangle  was  a  great  inpiovement  on  the 
ordinary  clay  triangle. 


Aprtlso,i8M.]        THE  .TOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


32? 


A  CONVENIENT  FORM  OF  DISTILLATION  FLASK 
FOB  THE  ESTIMATION  OF  AMMONIA  IN 
WATERS,  AND  FUR  OBTAINING  WATER  FREE 
FROM  ORGANIC  MATTER. 

BY   .1.    B.    COLEMAN,   A.R.C.SC,    I'.I.C. 

In'  the  estimation  of  "free  "and  "albuminoid"  ammonia 
in  water  considerable  difficulty  in  freeing  the  apparatus 
from  ammonia  gas  is  experienced.  This  is  not  so  great  if 
a  retort  he  used  as  the  distillator.  Rut  even  in  this  case,  in 
the  adaptation  of  the  neck  of  the  retort  it  is  necessary  that 
the  steam  conies  into  contact  with  rubber-joints,  unless  the 
retort  is  small  ;  since,  if  large  retorts  are  used,  it  is  neces- 
sary to  draw  ont  the  neck  so  as  to  fit  into  the  inner 
condenser  tube,  or  a  specially  large  condenser  tube  must 
be  used.     The  apparatus  then  is  somewhat  cumbersome. 

If  a  corked  flask  be  used  in  place  of  a  retort,  the  steam 
conies  into  direct  contact  with  the  cork,  and  with  the 
majority  of  corks  the  supply  of  ammonia  appear  exhaust- 
less.  Analysts  well  know  the  value  of  a  cork  which  is  not 
a  source  of  ammonia  in  the  above  operations. 

By  employing  a  distillation  flask  into  the  neck  of  which 
is  fused  a  side  tube  fitted  with  a  light,  hollow,  glass 
stopper,  all  the  above  objections  are  done  away  with.  The 
stopper,  when  wetted,  is  perfectly  steam-proof,  even  if  the 
grinding  is  indifferent.  The  side  tube  passes  several  inches 
down  the  inner  condenser  tube,  which  is  of  just  sufficient 
diameter  to  admit  it,  and  so  the  rubber-joint  is  obviated, 
perfect  condensation  occurring  without  escape  of  steam. 

The  water  or  reagent  may  be  added  without  disturbing 
the  apparatus  by  simply  taking  out  and  replacing  tne 
stopper. 

It  will  be  seen  that  by  employing  large  flasks,  water  free 
from  organic  matter  can  be  conveniently  prepared  in  this 
apparatus. 


Meeting  held  Thursday,  March  :i\stt  1892. 


-^iitecooci£*-ui— » » — ■- 


A  SIMPLE  METHOD  OF  CALIBRATING  A 
DELIVERING  PIPETTE. 

BY    PROFESSOR    FRANK    CLOWES,    D.SC,    F.I.O. 

The  following  will  be  found  to  be  a  simple  and  accurate 
way  of  estimating  the  capacity  of  a  pipette,  no  stop  cocks  or 
other  additional  apparatus  being  needed. 

The  clean  and  dry  pipette  is  first  provided  with  an 
arrangement  for  closing  the  delivering  end  so  that  it  may 
be  weighed  while  it  contains  water. 

This  arrangement  is  effected  by  slipping  a  strip  of  rubber 
4  in.  long  and  J  in.  wide  over  the  lower  end  of  the  pipette, 
then  drawing  up  the  free  ends  on  opposite  sides  under 
slight  tension  and  binding  them  tightly  with  copper  wire. 
The  rubber  now  forms  an  elastic  loop,  with  which  the 
end  of  the  pipette  may  be  closed  at  pleasure.  An  india- 
rubber  ring  cut  across  answers  admirably  for  this  strip. 

In  the  process  of  calibration  the  rubber  loop  is  drawn 
aside  and  the  pipette  filled  by  suction.  The  pipette  is 
allowed  to  empty  and  drain  for  half  a  minute,  and  the  end 
being  at  once  closed  by  the  rubber  band,  is  weighed  at  once. 
Distilled  water  at  15'  5°  C.  is  now  introduced  into  the  upper 
end  of  the  pipette  by  means  of  a  fine  wash-bottle  jet,  until 
ttie  graduation  is  reached.  The  pipette  is  now  weighed 
again.  The  increase  in  weight  should  be  equal  to  the  weight 
of  the  registered  number  of  cc.  at  15-5°C.  Should  this  not 
be  so,  a  little  water  may  be  added  or  taken  away  by  means 
of  a  piece  of  glass  tube  drawn  out  into  a  slender  capillary. 

Having  adjusted  the  weight  of  water  so  as  to  correspond 
with  the  registered  volume,  the  graduation  is  then  made  in 
the  usual  manner. 


Professor  Clowes  also  showed  and  described  his  apparatus 
for  testing  the  sensitiveness  of  different  forms  of  miners' 
safety-lamps  when  employed  for  detecting  low  percentages 
of  inflammable  gases  in  the  air. 


OX  DUMAS'  METHOD  OF  ESTIMATING  NITROGEN 
IN  ORGANIC  BODIES. 

BT    .1AMES    O'SCLI.IVAX,    F.I.C.,    F.C.S. 

Or  the  methods  employed  to  determine  the  quantity  of 
nitrogen  iti  organic  compounds  there  is  not  one  more 
favoured,  and  justly,  than  that  of  the  absolute  method  of 
Dumas.  This  process  entails  more  labour,  and  takes  more 
time  than  any  other,  but  this  is  compensated  for  by  the  faith 
which  can  be  placed  in  the  results  obtained  by  it. 

Dr.  Frankland  (Phil.  Trans,  vol.  cxlvii.  p.  59)  in  his 
classical  researches  "  On  the  Substitution  of  Nitrogen  for 
Carbon  in  Organic  Compounds,"  experienced  considerable 
difficulty  in  estimating  the  nitrogen  in  the  substitution 
products.  He  employed  Simpson's  modification  of  Dumas' 
method  and  found  it  impossible  to  obtain  the  resulting  gas 
free  from  considerable  quantities  of  nitric  oxide,  although 
the  gas  was  made  to  stream  over  12  inches  of  copper.  To 
obtain  the  absolute  volumes  of  nitrogen  and  nitric  oxide,  a 
gas  analysis  apparatus  had  to  be  employed. 

My  experience  with  the  absolute  method  proves  that  the 
gas  obtained  invariably  contains  an  appreciable  quantity  of 
nitric  oxide,  and  that  the  amount  is  not  much  influenced  by 
the  presence  of  the  usual  copper  in  the  combustion  tube. 

The  estimations  of  nitrogen  in  the  undermentioned 
substances,  except  where  it  is  otherwise  stated,  were  not 
made  to  prove  this,  but  were  simply  parts  of  an  analytical 
process. 

The  combustion  tube  was  filled  as  in  Dumas'  method ; 
however,  the  bicarbonate  of  soda  was  dispensed  with,  as  a 
Sprengel  pump  was  in  all  cases  employed  to  obtain  a 
vacuum  and  to  collect  the  resulting  gases  when  the  com- 
bustion was  completed. 

The  copper  oxide  employed  was  prepared  from  copper 
wire  cut  in  lengths  of  about  5  mm.,  and  the  copper  was  a 
roll  of  copper  gauze  3  in.  long,  enclosed  in  a  piece  of  sheet 
copper ;  this  was  oxidised  and  reduced  by  hydrogen  prior  to 
use. 

The  time  taken  to  burn  the  extracts  mentioned  was  in  no 
case  less  than  three  hours,  and  the  remaining  bodies 
tabulated,  being  more  difficult  to  burn,  took  about  four 
hours.  Arsenious  acid  mixed  with  the  copper  oxide, 
as  advised  by  Strecker,  did  not  have  any  influence  in 
accelerating  the  combustion.  A  gas-analysis  apparatus  was 
employed  in  all  cases  to  determine  the  absolute  volumes  of 
nitrogen  and  nitric  oxide  in  the  resulting  gas  which  was 
collected  over  potash.  The  total  volume  of  gas  was  first 
determined,  and  after  the  addition  of  an  excess  of  oxygen 
in  the  presence  of  potash,  the  excess  of  oxygen  was 
removed  by  a  few  drops  of  pyrogallin.  The  residual  gas, 
being  nitrogen,  was  then  determined,  and  the  difference 
between  this  quantity  and  that  of  the  original  gas  gave  the 
nitric  oxide  present,  which  was  absorbed  as  nitric  peroxide 
by  the  potash. 

In  Table  I.  is  shown  the  maximum,  minimum,  and  average 
percentages  of  nitric  oxide  in  the  resulting  gas  when  copper 
was  used  in  the  combustion  tube  : — 

Table  I. 


Number 

of 

Percentage  of  Nitric 
Oxide  on  Total  Gas. 

Determi- 
nations. 

Substance. 

Maxi- 
mum. 

Mini- 
mum. 

Aver- 
age. 

6 

9-81 

11-70 

8'inl 

:i'5C 
4-37 
■1-  73 

7 '.'is 

s 

S'211 

3 

Alcoholic  extract  of  barley 

5'11 

5 

Alcoholic  extract  of  malt . . . 

5-7'2 

•2-81 

4-38 

4 

Insoluble  residue  of  barley 

rm 

2-62 

3-ik; 

5 

Insoluble   residue  of    malt 
(grains). 

996 

S-06 

IV42 

3-28 


THE    JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [April so.  isse. 


These  numbers,  to  which  many  more  obtained  from 
similar  bodies  could  be  added,  show  that  with  all  the 
substances  burned,  even  though  there  was  copper  in  the 
combustion  tube,  nitric  oxide  was  present  in  the  gas. 

1  have  had  considerable  experience  with  Dr.  Fraukland's 
method  of  determining  organic  carbon  and  nitrogen  in 
water  residues  and  have  never  obtained  a  gas  that  did  not 
contain  nitric  oxide  although  copper  was  always  used. 

It  occurred  to  me,  as  my  experience  proved  the 
invariable  presence  of  nitric  oxide  in  the  gas,  which  had  to 
be  estimated,  in  all  eases,  that  the.  copper  might  be 
discarded  and  a  plug  of  asbestos  substituted.  This  does 
away  with  the  tedious  process  of  preparing,  by  reducing  with 
hydrogen,  the  oxidised  copper,  and  it  will  be  seen  from 
Tabic  II.  that  not  much  more  nitric  oxide  is  found  in  the 
gas  tints  obtained. 

Table  II. 


Number 

ot 

Substances. 

Percentage  of  Nitric 
Oxide  on  Total  Gas. 

De  termi- 
nal tons. 

Maxi- 
mum.. 

Mini- 
mum. 

Aver- 
age. 

712 

W08 
13*70 

lftin 
S-37 
4-20 

12-00 

S'lMI 

7'83 

7'0ti 
3-64 
2-62 
3-00 

5-3S 

8-85 

S'72 

5 
10 

4 

s 

Alcoholic  extract  of  barley  . 
Alcoholic  extract  of  malt. . , 

Insoluble  residue  of  barley 

(grains). 
Insoluble  residue  of  malt 

(grains). 

9-9.-> 
r.-si 
3'Ofi 
9-3H 

In  order  to  show  that  the  nitric  oxide  was  not  due  to  the 
substances  being  burned  under  a  reduced  pressure,  as  is  the 
case  when  a  Sprengel  pump  was  used,  I  made  a  few 
determinations  by  breaking  the  vacuum  before  proceeding 
with  the  combustion  of  the  substance.  A  longer  combustion 
tube  than  usual  was  employed.  About  0-3  grm.  of  cane 
MtL'ar  was  placed  at  the  closed  end  of  the  tube,  which  was 
then  filled  with  the  copper  oxide  and  the  substance,  after 
which  a  much  larger  quantity  of  copper  oxide  was  placed 
than  usual.  When  the  vacuum  was  formed,  three  to  four 
inches  of  the  front  of  the  tube  were  heated  to  redness  and 
then  the  end  containing  the  cane  sugar.  As  soon  as  the 
vacuum  was  broken  by  the  carbonic  anhydride  the  coinbus- 
tinn  was  preceded  with  in  the  usual  manner.  Four  deter- 
minations of  nitrogen  in  malt  were  made  in  this  way,  two 
without  copper  in  the  tube,  one  with  copper,  and  one  with 
a  coil  of  silver  foil  instead  of  copper.  The  resulting  gases 
contained  the  following  percentages  of  nitric  oxide  on  the 
total  gas  measured  : — 

Percent. 

No.  1.  without  copper 8 '  1 1- 

No.:!.  „  9'65 

No.  3,  with  copper 9'00 

No.  t,  with  silver 8-49 

Two  determinations  of  nitrogen  in  uric  acid  were  made 
without  employing  copper;  in  one  the  vacuum  was  broken 
In  cane  sugar  and  the  following  are  the  numbers  obtained  : — 


N  .<>.,  on 
Total  Gas 


No.  1,  vacuum  broken 

No.  -i,       ,.        unbroken.. 


PerCeut. 

.v  i.-. 


fMI 


Nitrogen.       Theory. 


Pert 'cut.. 
Found   33  S 


Per  Cent. 


33-3 


1  have  observed  that  in  the  determinations  of  carbon  and 
hydrogen  in  bodies  containing  nitrogen,  especially  when  the 
substances  were  burned   in    oxygen,  that  the  water   in  the 


chloride  of  calcium  tube  tasted  acid  and  bad  an  acid  reaction 
whether  copper  or  silver  was  used  in  the  combustion  tube. 
This  shows  the  presence  of  nitric  peroxide  in  the  gas  which 
must  be  absorbed  by  the  potash  bulbs,  and  consequently 
increases  the  carbon  number.  Dr.  Frankland,  iu  the  work 
already  mentioned,  observed  that  his  carbon  results  were 
high,  and  ascribed  this  to  the  formation  of  potassic  nitrite. 
(Frankland's  Experimental  Researches,  232.) 

The  quantities  of  the  substances  burned  are  not  given 
here,  nor  the  amounts  of  the  gases  obtained ;  however,  the 
total  gas  measured  in  any  case  was  not  more  than  0-04  grin, 
and  not  less  than  (1-008  grm. 

In  conclusion,  my  experience  of  the  determination  ot 
nitrogen  by  this  process  shows  that  copper  can  be  dispensed 
with,  and  as  there  is  always  nitric  oxide  in  the  gas  the  most 
accurate  results  are  obtained  by  measuring  the  quantity  of 
nitric  oxide  and  nitrogen  in  the  gas  by  means  of  a  gas- 
analysis  apparatus. 


TI1K  VOLUMETRIC  DETERMINATION  OF  CAL- 
CIUM PHOSPHATE  BY  MEAN'S  OF  URANIUM 
S(  ILUTION. 

BV  .!.   B.  COLEMAN,  A.R.C.SC,  P.I.C.,    AM)    .7.  D.   GRANGER. 

In  the  volumetric  estimation  of  calcium  phosphate  by 
means  of  uranium  solution,  it  is  stated  by  some  authorities 
that  to  obtain  correct  results  calcium  phosphate  in  place  of 
sodium  phosphate  must  be  used  for  standardisation. 

To  ascertain  the  relative  accuracy  of  the  two  methods 
the  same  uranium  solution  was  standardised,  firstly,  by- 
means  of  sodium  hydrogen  phosphate  solution,  and  secondly 
by  means  of  calcium  phosphate  solution. 

The  method  employed  in  all  the  determinations  was  the 
following  :  A  solution  of  uranium  nitrate,  previously  mixed 
with  sodium  acetate,  was  run  into  an  acetic  acid  solution 
of  the  phosphate,  also  previously  mixed  with  sodium  acetate. 
The  titration  was  performed  at  80°  C. 

The  end  of  the  process  was  indicated  when  a  drop  of  the 
liquid  gave  a  faint  brown  colouration  with  a  drop  of 
potassium  ferrocyanide. 

It  should  be  noted  that  an  appreciable  quantity  of  free 
acetic  acid  retards  the  formation  of  the  colour  considerably, 
therefore  as  little  free  acid  as  possible  was  used. 

The  sodium  phosphate,  Na„HPOv12  H.,0,  used  was 
twice  crystallised  and  dried  between  filter-paper.  It  was 
analysed  and  found  to  contain  19 -GO  per  cent,  of  P.jO, 
against  19-83  per  cent,  by  theory,  this  difference  being 
probably  due  to  the  presence  of  a  little  moisture. 

The  pure  calcium  phosphate  was  prepared  by  the  addition 
of  a  solution  of  Na-,HP04  to  an  alkaline  solution  of  CaCl., 
the  latter  being  kept  in  excess.  The  precipitate  was  washed 
and  finally  dried  in  the  steam  oven.  It  is  stated  that  this 
precipitate  varies  in  composition.  Three  samples  were 
prepared  by  the  above  method.  The  P205  precipitated 
with  ammonium  molybdate  and  the  precipitate  dissolved 
in  ammonia,  and  re-precipitated  by  means  of  magnesia 
mixture  and  weighed  as  Mg.,P.,0? 

The  percentage  of  P205  in  the  specimens  were  4(i-93, 
48 ■  8G,  49 •  59,  whereas  Ca^O,  contains  45-82. 

Since  these  numbers  varied  greatly,  another  sample  of 
calcium  phosphate  was  prepared  by  adding  an  alkaline 
solution  of  NasHP04  to  a  solution  of  CaCL.  This  sample 
was  analysed  bj-  the  method  mentioned  above  and  found 
to  contain  45  •  18  per  cent.  P206. 

A  standard  solution  of  calcium  phosphate  was  next  pre- 
pared, containing  2  grms.  of  P,0.,  per  litre,  i.e.  50  cc.  = 
0-1  grm.  P205. 


April  30,1898.]        THE  JOUENAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


329 


For  tins  purpose  -211104  grins,  of  calcium  phosphate 
containing  49-59  per  cent,  of  P»05  were  dissolved  in  a  little 
nitric  acid;  the  acid  was  then  neutralised  by  ammonium 
hydrate  and  a  slight  excess  of  acetic  acid  added.  The 
solution  was  then  made  up  to  500  cc. 

The  standard  solution  of  Na.,HPO,.I2  H..O  was  made  up 
by  dissolving  10-203  grins,  of  the  sodium  phosphate 
containing  1 9  ■  60  per  cent,  of  P,( > -  in  water  and  making 
up  to  a  litre ;  this  solution  therefore  contained  2  gnus. 
P505  per  litre,  and  was  therefore  the  same  strength  as  the 
calcium  phosphate  solution. 

A  solution  of  uranium  nitrate  containing  35  grms. 
per  litre  was  prepared  and  run  from  a  burette  into  separate 
50  ec.  of  the  above  solutions,  in  the  manner  described,  with 
the  following  results: — 

50  cc.of  the  calcium  phosphate  solution  required  10-80cc. 
of  uranium  solution. 

50  cc.  of  the  sodium  phosphate  solution  required  20*85  cc. 
of  uranium  solution. 

Thus  the  uranium  solution,  if  standardised  by  sodium 
phosphate,  would  give  too  low  results  when  used  for 
estimating  calcium  phosphates. 

Thus  if  the  calcium  phosphate  contained — 

50  percent,  of  P.:( ),  the  error  would  be  2-51  per  cent. 
10  per  cent,  of  P306  the  error  would  be  0-50  per  cent. 

The  uranium  solution  (standardised  by  means  of  calcium 
phosphate)  was  then  contrasted  against  the  gravimetric 
process  for  estimating  phosphates.  For  this  purpose 
analyses  were  made  with  samples  of  calcium  phosphate, 
first  by  precipitating  by  ammonium  molybdate,  and  finally 
estimating  as  MgaPs07  and  also  by  titration  with  uranium 
solution. 

The  following  results  were  obtained  with  two  samples  of 
calcium  phosphate : — 


Percentage  of  iy>, 
found. 

Calcium 
Phosphate  (l). 

Calcium 
Phosphate  (21. 

47-1G 
4(i-D:f 

45-lfi 

45-  is 

0*23 

The  above  results  show  that  to  obtain  correct  results  in 
volumetric  determination  of  calcium  phosphate,  by  means 
of  uranium  solution,  (1)  the  uranium  solution  must  be 
standardised  by  means  of  calcium  phosphate  ;  (2)  the  per- 
centage of  P205  in  the  calcium  phosphate  used  for  standard- 
isation must  be  estimated  gravimetrically. 

Also,  sodium  phosphate  cannot  be  used  for  standardisa- 
tion as  the  results  will  be  low,  especially  if  the  proportion 
of  calcium  phosphate  is  considerable. 


$)orksl)ire  gtrtiotn 


A.  H.  Allen. 
W.  BrtjJUt. 
T.  Fairley. 
A.  Hess. 
U.  Holliday. 
J.  J.  Hummel. 


Chairman  :  Sir  James  Kitson,  Bart. 
Yivf-Chninnan  •'  Dr.  F.H.Bowman. 

Committee : 

J.  Lewkowitscli. 
( '.  h'liwson. 
J  as.  Sharp. 
A.  SmithelU. 
G.  Ward. 
T.  Whitah  r. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  .- 

H.  R.  Procter,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 


The  names  in  italics  .ire  those  of  members  of  Committee  wlm 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  been  elected  to  fill  the  vacancies  and  will 
take  office  in  July  next:-  -Committee-  J.  B. Cohen;  F.  W.  Richard- 
son, G.  \V.  Blatter,  and  J.  B,  Wilkinson. 

Notices  of  Fapers  and  Communications  should  be  addressed  to 
the  Hon.  Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held  Monday,  April  4th,  1S92. 


MB.    QKORUK    WARD  IX    THE    CHAIR. 


XOTE  ON  THE  TECHNICAL  ANALYSIS  OF 
GAMMER,  &c— No.  2. 
kv    n.    it.    PROCTER,  P.I.C. 

Lecturer  on  Leather  Industries,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 

At  the  time  of  writing  the  Preliminary  Note  on  the 
Analysis  of  Gambier,  which  appeared  in  the  Journal  of 
Aug.  1891  (G81),it  was  anticipated  that  at  an  early  date 
a  report  might  he  made  recommending  a  method  for  general 
adoption.  This  has  not  proved  possible  for  various  reasons, 
In  the  first  place,  a  communication  has  been  received  from 
Director  Eitner,  of  the  Vienna  Versucksstation  fur  Leder- 
Industrie,  in  which  he  declines  for  the  present  to  take  part 
in  the  establishment  of  any  standard  method,  on  the  ground 
that  he  is  dissatisfied  with  all  those  at  present  in  use,  and 
that  he  hopes  before  the  close  of  the  year  to  complete 
investigations  which  will  give  a  new  basis  for  such  estima- 
tions. Having  regard  to  the  previous  contributions  of  the 
Vienna  Station  to  the  technology  of  leather  manufacture, 
and  to  its  wide  influence  among  leather  chemists,  it  is  clear 
that  it  is  of  no  use  to  attempt  to  anticipate  the  publication  of 
Director  Eitner's  results  by  any  convention  based  on  present 
methods.  Another  reason  for  delay  is  that  lack  of  time, 
and  the  complications  of  the  problems  involved,  has  pre- 
vented the  writer  from  giving  the  investigation  which  they 
demand  to  several  points  named  in  his  previous  communi- 
cation. Some  progress  lias,  however,  been  made,  and  it 
seems  worth  while  briefly  to  describe  the  methods  now  in 
use  at  the  Yorkshire  College,  not  as  final  or  perfect,  but 
as  giving  constant  and  reliable  results  without  unreasonable 
expenditure  of  time. 

The  question  of  the  estimation  of  eatecbiu  in  gambier  as 
apait  from  catechutanuie  acid,  i.-*  reserved  for  further  in- 
vestigation ;  together  with  the  equally  important  one  whether 
it  must  be  regarded  by  the  tanner  as  a  valuable  or  injurious 
constituent.  It  is  undoubtedly  the  cause  of  a  troublesome 
"disease"  of  leather  known  as  "the  whites.'*  When 
gambier  is  dissolved  hot,  and  added  in  large  quantities  to 
cold  liquors,  a  portion  of  the  dissolved  catechin  is  generally 
precipitated  in  an  amorphous  form,  as  has  been  pointed  out 
to  me  by  Mr.  Bertram  Hunt  ;  but  under  some  imperfectly 
understood  conditions,  of  which  gradual  cooling  of  the 
liquor  in  cold  weather  is  possibly  one,  the  supersaturated 

n  2 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  so.  lfsa. 


solution  deposits  crystalline  catechin,  either  in  the  interior, 
or  on  the  surface  of  the  hides,  forming  unsightly  white 
blotches,  which  are  only  removed  with  some  difficulty  by 
handling  in  warm  liquors.  The  nature  of  the  defect 
has  been  recently  investigated  in  the  Leather  Industries 
Laboratory  of  this  College,  and  it  has  been  found  that  the 
appearance  of  the  white  matter  is  distinctly  crystalline 
under  the  microscope,  and  that  when  portions  are  scraped 
off  and  dissolved  in  hot  water,  and  allowed  to  crystallise  on 
a  microscope  slide,  the  crystals  formed  are  identical  in  their 
appearance  and  reactions  with  those  obtained  direct  from 
gambler.  Some  gambiers  are  much  more  apt  to  produce 
this  defect  than  others,  probably  from  their  higher  per- 
centage of  catechin,  and  as  this  substance  is  easily  con- 
verted into  oncrystallisable  gambier-tannin  by  exposure  to 
heat,  it  becomes  a  question  of  importance  whether  garnbier 
would  not  be  improved  for  use  in  tanning  by  such  treat- 
ment. Cube-gambier,  which  contains  the  highest  percentage 
of  catechin,  and  which  is  hence  most  apt  to  cause  "  whites," 
would  have  its  catechin  converted  completely  into  tannin 
by  drying  at  a  temperature  of  12UC  C,  say  on  the  top  of  a 
steam  boiler. 

The  following  are  the  details  of  the  method  at  present 
employed. 

Sampling. — With  regard  to  block-gambier,  it  has  been 
found  practicable  to  sample  satisfactorily,  either  by  cutting 
slices  through  the  blocks,  or  by  the  use  of  a  tubular  sampling 
tool  like  a  large  cork  borer,  fitted  with  a  wooden  plug  or 
plunger  to  force  out  the  cylinders  of  garnbier.  It  is 
desirable  that  this  tool  should  he  long  enough  to  pass  com- 
pletely through  the  block,  or  in  withdrawing  it,  a  good  part 
of  the  cylinder  which  is  cut  is  apt  to  be  expelled  by  the 
pressure  of  the  air,  which  cannot  find  its  way  down  the 
sides  of  the  tool.  Probably  a  common  tin  pea-shooter 
might  be  used  successfully  as  a  makeshift.  In  any  case, 
the  whole  sample  drawn  from  several  blocks  must  be  at 
once  thoroughly  kneaded  up  into  a  single  homogeneous 
mass,  and  enclosed  in  a  bottle  or  tight  tin,  to  prevent  loss 
of  moisture.  Such  samples  soon  become  mouldy  on  the 
outside,  which  might  possibly  be  prevented  by  the  use  of  a 
few  drops  of  turpentine,  or  some  other  volatile  germicide  in 
the  bottle,  but  the  interior  of  the  sample  is  only  very 
slowly  affected.  The  sampling  of  other  tanning  materials 
calls  for  no  special  remark,  except  that  in  preparing  various 
hard  fruits,  such  as  valonia  and  myrabolarus  for  grinding 
in  small  mills,  the  use  of  a  heavy  short-handled  hammer, 
on  a  thick  metal  plate,  surrounded  on  three  sides  with 
raised  ledges  to  stop  flying  fragments,  as  proposed  by 
Mr.  A.  Xeobald  Palmer,  is  very  convenient. 

Quantity  of  Material  employed. — It  was  mentioned  in  the 
previous  note  that  while  at  the  Vienna  Versuchsstation  such 
a  quantity  of  tanning  material  was  employed  as  to  give  a 
solution  containing  1*0 — 1"2  per  cent,  of  dry  extract. 
Professor  von  Schroeder  and  Dr.  Koch  used  solutions 
containing  only  from  0-2 — U'5  grm.  per  100  cc. ;  and  other 
chemists  solutions  of  intermediate  strength.  At  the 
Yorkshire  College,  solutions  of  06 — 08  grm.  of  dry 
extract  per  100  cc.  are  used.  This  medium  strength  has 
been  chosen,  not  only  as  giving  results  not  very  divergent 
from  either  of  the  extremes,  but  as  being  practically  more 
convenient  than  either,  lessening,  on  the  one  hand,  the 
objectionable  evaporation  required  with  many  materials,  to 
obtain  the  necessary  concentration  for  the  Vienna  method, 
and  the  amount  of  hide-powder  used,  and  on  the  other,  the 
serious  errors  introduced  by  solubility  of  hide-powder,  and 
small  inaccuracies  of  weighing,  in  working  with  extremely 
small  quantities  of  substance.  It  is  argued  by  the  advocates 
of  stronger  infusions  that  only  liquors  of  such  strength  as 
can  be  practically  employed  in  tanning  should  be  used;  the 
strength  of  0-6 — 0'8  per  cent,  can  scarcely  be  objected 
to  on  this  ground,  since  in  256,  100,  of  the  Gerber,  the 
organ  of  the  Vienna  Versuchsstation,  the  strengths  of  IS 
Austrian  handler-liquors  are  given  which  all  range  below 
0-6  per  cent.,  and  equally  weak  liquors  arc  used  for  certain 
purposes  in  this  country.  Conversely,  it  is  pointed  out  by 
Von  Schroeder,  that  certain  tanning  colouring  matters  are 
only  soluble  in  much  water,  and  that  chemists  should 
endeavour  to  estimate    the  whole  tanning  substance  present. 


To  this  it  may  be  replied,  that  with  many  materials  no 
practical  amount  of  water  will  keep  the  whole  of  these 
bodies  in  solution ;  and  that  there  is  no  need  to  estimate 
more  than  will  dissolve  in  liquors  of  practical  strength,  as  a 
large  percentage  is  generally  rather  injurious  than  beneficial 
to  the  tanner  on  account  of  their  dark  colour. 

In  order  to  obtain  infusions  of  the  strength  named, 
approximate  quantities  for  the  following  materials  are  given 
belcw:  — 

Per  litre. 

Cutch,  cube,  garnbier,  and  dry  extracts,  algarobilla, 

jralls S  "ruts. 

Block   gambier,    divi-divi,   valonia,  myrabolams, 

mimosa 10     „ 

Sumach,  canaigre,  liquid  extracts,  mangrove  bark.  15 

Aiu'ieu  bark,  Persea  burl;.  "  Gambia"  pods 20     „ 

Babool  bark,  quebracho  wood,  cork  bark 30     „ 

Oak,  hemlock,  and  larch  Imrk -10—5(1    ,. 

Preparation  of  Infusion. —  Extracts.  —  The  weighed 
quantity  is  dissolved  in  nearly  boiling  water,  made  up  to 
about  1  litre,  and  cooled  rapidly  under  the  tap,  the  neck  of 
the  flask  being  covered  with  a  small  beaker,  as  the  stopper 
is  apt  to  stick.  When  cooled  to  15°  C.  it  is  made  up  exactly 
to  the  mark  and  at  once  filtered.  At  the  suggestion  of 
Dr.  Robert  Hellon,  Schleicher  and  Schull's  pleated  hardened 
filters  No.  588  of  18j  cm.  diameter  are  used  for  this  purpose, 
and  generally  give  at  once  a  clear  filtrate.  If  not,  the  first 
portions  must  be  rejected.  As  some  chemists  have  stated 
that  tannin  is  absorbed  by  paper,  the  first  100  cc.  filtered  is 
used  for  the  hide  filter.  Garnbier  is  treated  in  the  same 
way,  with  the  exception  that  water  of  about  80°  C.  is 
preferable  to  boiling,  as  it  dissolves  the  tannin  just  as 
completely,  but  gives  an  infusion  which  filters  more  readily. 
The  garnbier  is  dissolved  in  a  beaker  with  successive 
quantities  of  the  water,  settling  and  pouring  off  the  solution 
from  the  undissolved  part  till  it  is  practically  colourless. 
Dr.  Hellon  uses  a  von  Schroeder's  extiactor,  which  is  very 
convenient  if  at  hand,  as  the  coarser  particles  cannot  pass 
through  the  muslin  on  the  piston  until  dissolved  or  reduced 
to  a  fine  state  of  division,  and  the  insoluble  matters  are  left 
behind  in  a  state  very  suitable  for  examination.  The  same 
end  would  be  attained  by  filtration  through  muslin. 

Solid  materials  such  as  barks,  valonia,  &c.  are  best 
exhausted  in  the  extractor  devised  by  Dr. Koch  of  Leipzig,  or 
in  the  somewhat  simpler  modification  used  by  the  writer. 
In  its  original  form  this  apparatus  consists  of  a  flask  fitted 
with  an  india-rubber  cork  with  two  perforations.  One  of 
these  carry  a  short  glass  tube  which  does  not  project  into 
the  flack,  and  which  can  be  connected  by  means  of  rubber 
tube,  with  a  supply  of  distilled  water  on  a  shelf  4  or  5  feet 
above  it.  Through  the  second  hole  passes  a  tube,  long 
enough  to  reach  the  bottom  of  the  flask,  and  slightly- 
widened  at  the  lower  end,  and  covered  with  a  piece  of  silk 
gauze  such  as  is  used  for  dressing  flour.  The  upper  end  of 
the  tube  is  connected  with  a  short  piece  of  rubber  tube 
provided  with  a  screw  pineh-cock  (the  food  regulators 
supplied  by  druggists  for  use  on  babies'  bottles  answer  very 
well).  In  use,  a  layer  of  dry  sand  purified  by  hydrochloric 
acid  of  j  in.  deep  is  put  in  the  bottom  of  the  flask,  and 
the  material  to  be  extracted  is  introduced  by  means  of  a 
wide  funnel  ;  the  filter  tube  is  passed  down  through  it  into 
the  sand,  while  at  the  same  time  water  is  drawn  into  the 
flask,  by  immersing  the  short  rubber  tube  in  a  beaker,  and 
sucking  at  the  longer  one,  which  is  afterwards  connected 
with  the  raised  water-bottle  while  the  infusion  is  allowed 
to  drop  slowly  into  an  empty  flask  from  the  shorter  tube. 
The  cork  is  secured  with  string  or  a  special  clamp.  The 
apparatus  forms,  in  fact,  a  simplified  Real's  press,  with  the 
advantage  that  it  can  readily  be  placed  in  the  water-bath 
for  hot  extraction.  Its  most  serious  disadvantage  is  that, 
the.  filtering  area  of  the  gauze  being  small,  it  is  easily  choked 
by  finely-powdered  materials,  and  is  extremely  difficult  to 
clear  without  taking  the  apparatus  to  pieces.  It  is  also  a 
little  troublesome  to  fill. 

To  avoid  these  difficulties  the  following  modification  has 
been  devised  by  the  writer,  with  very  satisfactory  results. 
As  no  particular   advantage   is  gained  by  working  under 


April  so.  1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


301 


pressure,  an  ordinary  open  beaker  is  used  as  the  extracting 
vessel,  a  common  thistle-head  funnel  is  bent  twice  at  right 
angels  to  form  a  syphon,  and  the  head  is  covered  with  gauze. 
This  is  placed  on  the  bottom  of  the  beaker  and  held  in 
position  by  an  ordinary  retort  stand  clamp.  A  layer  of 
purified  sand  is  poured  in  to  the  depth  of  half  an  inch  or 
more,  and  then  the  tanning  material  for  extraction,  either 
dry  01  after  digesting  overnight  in  a  flask  or  beaker  with, 
say,  200  ce.  of  water.  I  purpose  trying  whether  exhaustion 
of  the  air  under  an  air-pump  at  this  stage  will  not  assist  the 
water  in  penetrating  the  material.  The  outer  arm  of  the 
funnel  is  now  connected  with  about  30  in.  of  small 
rubber  tube  fitted  with  a  pinch-cock,  and  the  syphon  is 
started  by  sucking,  and  allowed  to  drop  slowly  into  a  flask 
placed  below  to  receive  it.  If  it  be  desired  to  extract  at 
any  temperature  above  that  of  the  laboratory,  the  beaker  is 
placed  in  a  water-bath  which  is  large  enough  also  to  contain 
a  flask  of  water  which  is  used  to  refill  the  extractor  as  it 
becomes  emptied.  In  case  it  is  found  that  one  litre  of  water 
is  not  sufficient  fully  to  exhaust  the  material,  it  is  generally 
best,  after  about  800  cc.  has  been  passed,  to  change  the 
receiving  flask,  and  continue  the  exhaustion  till  complete, 
afterwards  concentrating  the  later  washings  by  boiling  in  a 
flask  with  a  funnel  in  the  neck,  until  they  can  be  added  to 
the  first  800  cc.  In  this  way  only  the  last  remnants  of 
tanning  matter  are  exposed  to  the  possible  injury  of 
evaporation.  It  is  sometimes  of  interest,  especially  when 
the  extraction  is  made  first  at  a  low  temperature  and  then 
at  a  higher,  to  keep  the  two  extracts  separate,  and  after 
concentrating  the  last  sufficiently,  to  make  a  separate 
determination  of  its  tanning  matter. 

It  has  been  shown  by  Messrs.  Seymour-Jones  and  A.  X. 
Palmer,  that  many  if  not  all  materials  will  yield  a  larger 
amount  of  tannin  at  lower  temperatures  than  if  extracted 
throughout  at  a  boiling  temperature,  and  the  whole  question 
of  temperature  in  extraction  is  one  which  will  evidently  pay 
for  investigation. 

Removal  of  Matter  absorbable  by  Hide. — After  carefnl 
comparison  between  the  various  digestion  methods,  and  the 
use  of  the  hide-powder  filter,  I  have  come  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  latter  is  not  only  the  most  rapid  and  convenient, 
but  gives  the  most  accurate  and  constant  results,  and  the 
most  complete  absorption  of  any  method  which  has  yet 
been  proposed.  In  this  investigation  I  have  been  rather 
prejudiced  against  than  in  favour  of  the  filter  method  by 
the  fact  that  it  was  my  own  invention.  In  comparing  it 
with  various  methods  of  digestion  and  percolation,  I  have 
noticed  that  the  figures  given  by  the  filter  were  a  limit 
towards  which  the  other  processes  tended  the  more  nearly 
the  more  completely  they  were  carried  out,  but  which  they 
never  passed.  In  all  eases  which  I  have  compared,  the 
hide-powder  filter  tends  to  more  complete  absorption,  and 
consequently  higher  results  in  "  tanning  substances."  The 
greatest  difficulty  in  the  use  of  the  filter  in  the  form  given 
it  by  the  Vienna  research  station,  is  that,  in  spite  of  the 
upward  filtration,  the  infusion  has  a  great  tendency  to  pass 
up  the  sides  of  the  glass  rather  than  through  the  hide- 
powder,  so  that  the  inner  part  of  the  powder  is  practically 
inoperative.  This  difficulty  is  largely  overcome  by  the 
form  at  present  in  use  at  the  Yorkshire  College,  in  which, 
instead  of  a  cylindrical  tube  about  1  in.  diameter  and  4  in. 
long,  and  holding  about  9  grms.  hide-powder,  the  upper 
part  of  an  ounce  bottle  is  employed,  forming  a  bell-shaped 
vessel  about  as  wide  as  it  is  high,  and  holding  only  about 
6  grm.  of  the  lightly-packed  hide-powder.  The  syphon 
tube,  of  about  il  in.  in  the  longer  limb,  is  allowed  to 
project  about  ',  in.  through  the  cork,  and  is  plugged  with 
a  small  tuft  of  cotton  wool,  while  the  powder  is  retained  in 
position  by  a  piece  of  muslin  held  by  an  elastic  band.  The 
general  arrangement  is  very  similar  to  that  of  the  syphon 
extractor  above  described,  the  filter  being  placed  in  a 
tumbler  and  the  liquor  added  gradually,  allowing  it  to  wet 
the  powder  by  capillarity.  This  is  easily  done  in  less  than 
an  hour,  when  the  syphon  is  started  by  sucking,  and  drops 
very  freely.  The  first  30  cc,  which  contain  most  of  the 
soluble  matter  of  the  hide,  are  rejected,  and  the  next  50  cc. 
used  for  evaporation  to  give  the  "  soluble  matter  not 
tanning." 


Evaporation  and  Drying. — Portions  of  50  cc.  each  of  the 
infusion  before  and  after  passing  through  the  hide-powder 
filter  are  evaporated  to  dryness  on  the  water-bath,  and  air 
then  dried  for  10  minutes  in  an  air-bath  at  110°  C.,  cooled 
in  the  desiccator  and  weighed,  and  again  dried  for  10 
minutes,  when  the  weight  will  usually  be  found  constant. 
Long  drying  is  not  advisable,  as  the  residues  gain  in 
weight  through  oxidisation.  Three-inch  porcelain  basins 
are  generally  used. 

Water  is  determined  on  a  separate  portion  of  the  original 
material  by  drying  at  110°  C.  In  the  case  of  block-gambier 
and  liquid  extracts,  the  quantity  used  should  not  much 
exceed  1  grm.,  and  should  be  spread  over  the  sides  of  the 
crucible  to  expose  as  much  surface  as  possible,  or  the  drying 
will  be  very  slow.  The  temperature  chosen  has  been  found 
to  admit  of  rapid  work  without  danger  of  decomposition 
of  the  tannins.  Any  cateehin  present  loses  its  first  molecule 
of  water  of  combination  and  is  converted  into  catechutanuic 
acid.  This  also  takes  place  at  100°  C,  but  with  such  extreme 
slowness  as  to  render  any  determination  very  tedious. 

Ash. — It  is  generall)'  advisable  to  determine  the  ash  as 
a  check  on  adulteration  and  means  of  distinguishing  the 
character  of  certain  extracts ;  but  it  cannot  be  added  into 
the  analysis,  as  it  is  partly  present  in  the  soluble  and  partly 
in  the  insoluble  residues,  and  its  separate  determination 
involves  an  amount  of  trouble  which  is  hardly  justified  by 
the  result. 

<  'alculation. — The  amount  of  extract  after  hide  filtration 
deducted  from  the  "  total  soluble  extract "  gives  the 
"  tanning  matter  absorbed  by  hide "  (which  of  course 
includes  colouring  and  other  matters  which  are  not  strictly 
tannins').  The  "  total  soluble  extract  "  deducted  from  the 
dry  substance  found  in  the  water  determination,  gives  the 
"  matter  insoluble  in  cold  water."  The  extraction  and 
determination  of  "tannin  matter"  are  of  course  always 
done  in  duplicate,  and  give  results  generally  differing  only 
by  the  fraction  of  1  per  cent,  in  materials  where  accurate 
sampling  is  possible.  This  may  be  illustrated  by  a  series 
of  "  oakwood "  extracts  taken  as  they  occur  in  the 
laboratory  book  without  selection. 


I 


A. 


Total  soluble  extract.. 
Scluble,  not  tanning  .. 

11 '3 

in 

1 
l 

•3 
•1 

3-1-9 

I'M 

30-1 

J3o-'0 
VI 

30-3 

35-2 
JO -3 

••JS  ■  t 
l.Vl 

37  "8 

iro 

38-0 
13-1 

Tanning  matters 27'2 

27"2 

23'3 

23-8 

21-U 

■ 

D. 

E. 

P. 

Total  soluble  oxtraot . . 
Soluble,  not  tannins  . . 

38'1 
1-s 

37'2 

41-0 

13-11 

11-5 
13-1 

30-9 
10"! 

311-2 
9-4 

Tanning  matters 

33-3 

32-3 

28-0  J    28-l 

29  "5 

29-8 

332 


THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


L April  30,  l«J-J. 


#lasgoto  anti  £>cotttsf)  £>rrtton. 


Chairman :   K.  V. 
Vice-Chairman :  A.  Crum  Brown, 


J.  Christu . 
11../.  A.DonaUl. 
D.  E.  Dull. 
C.  J.  Ellis. 
<.'.  A.  Fawsitt. 
Wni.  Foulis. 
J.  Gibson. 
K.  A.  Inglis. 


Cnmmillee : 

R.  Irvine. 
J.  Falconer  King. 
G.  McBob,  rts. 
T.  P.  Miller. 
J.  Pattison. 
J.  B.  Beadman. 
E.  Smith. 
R.  R.  Tatloek. 


Bon.  Treasurer:  II'.  J.  Chrytl    '. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 
.].  Stanley  Muir,  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  of  Glasgow. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

The  names  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  been  elected  to  till  the  vacancies  and  will 

take  office  in  July  next:     Chairman:  C.  A.  Fawsitt      Fice~Chair- 

B.  J.'  Mills.  Son.  &  i  r:  J.  Stanley  Muir. 

mittee:    G.  Beilby,  W.    J.   Chrystal,    J.  S.  Macarthur,  T.  L. 

Patterson,  E.  C.  C.  Stanford,  and  G.  AVatson. 


Meeting  held    in  the  Societies'  Bourns,  207,  Bath  Street, 
Glasgow,  on  Tuesday,  April  5th,  1892. 


MR.    K.    1  .    C.    STANFORD    IX    THE    CHAIR. 


THE  '■  DHV  HEAT"  VULCANISATION  OFRUBBEK, 
WITH  SPECIAL  INFERENCE  TO  THE  USE 
OF  AX  IMPROVED  VULCANISEK. 

BY    CHARLES    A.    FAWSITT,    F.R.S.E.,    F.C.S. 

For  the  vulcanisation,  or  as  it  is  technically  termed,  the 
"  curirig"  of  rubber,  four  processes^are  iu  use,  namely,  the 
steam,  dry  heat,  cold  cute,  and  vapour  processes. 

lie  "steam"  process  is  used  almost  exclusively  for  all 
goods  termed  "  mechanicals;"  and  the  goods  to  be  cured 
are  packed,  either  unprotected,  or  wholly  or  partially 
covered,  into  large  iron  vessels  into  which  direct  steam  is 
turned  until  the  pressure  corresponding  to  the  temperature 
necessary  for  the  proper  cuiing  of  the  goods  is  reached, 
and  i<  continued  for  a  time,  which  varies  according  to 
quality,  thickness,  &c,  of  the  goods.  The  "dry  heat," 
"  eold  cure,"  and  "  vapour "  processes,  are  principally 
used  in  the  curing  of  waterproof  cloth. 

The  "dry  heat"  consists  in  mixing  the  rubber  with  a 
small  percentage  of  sulphur  and  other  ingredients,  and 
"  curing "  the  cloth  spread  with  such  a  mixture  in  a  stove 
or  air  chamber  heated  by  pipes  or  chambers  through  which 
steam  or  hot  air  circulates. 

The  "cold  cure"  process  consists  iu  exposing  the  rubber 
composition  which  lias  been  spread  on  the  cloth  to  the 
action  of  chloride  of  sulphur  dissolved  in  bisulphide  of 
carbon  or  other  solvent. 

The  "vapour"  process  consists  in  exposing  the  goods 
which  are  to  be  cured  to  the  action  of  the  vapour  of  chloride 
of  sulphur  alone  or  mixed  witli  nitric  acid  in  large  cham- 
bers, or  merely  by  passing  the  proofed  side  of  waterproof 
cloth  over  vessels  iu  which  the  same  reagent  is  slowly 
evaporated. 

1  shall,  in  what  remains  of  this  paper,  treat  almost 
exclusively  of  the  curing  of  waterproof  cloth,  or,  more 
I  "in  Btly  speaking,  of  the  film  of  rubber  which  renders  the 
cloth  waterproof. 

At  present  there  is  a  revolution  taking  place  in  the 
rubber  trade,  so  far  as  the  vulcanisation  of  waterproof  cloth 


is  concerned,  in  favour  of  the  "dry  heat"  versus  the 
"  eold  cure "  process ;  and,  considering  the  usual  dis- 
inclination of  manufacturers  to  depart  from  old  methods, 
it  has  come  with  extraordinary  suddenness,  so  much  so,  that 
it  has  caused  consternation  amongst  the  manufacturers 
of  bisulphide  of  carbon  and  chloride  of  sulphur,  whose 
business  will  suffer  very  severely  unless  new  outlets  are 
discovered  for  their  products. 

Until  within  the  last  two  years  the  majority  of  rubber 
manufacturers  used  the  "  eold  cure "  process  almost 
exclusively  for  the  production  of  siugle  and,  to  a  consider- 
able extent,  in  that  of  double  texture  waterproof  garments, 
and  as  it  was  a  process  which  had  been  gradually  develop- 
ing aud  increasing  for  years,  its  discontinuance  was  all  the 
more  surprising. 

In  Scotland  the  manufacturers  have  all  adopted  the 
"dry  heat"  process,  but  in  England  matters  have  not  so 
far  advanced  in  this  direction,  as  some  of  the  leading  firms 
still  cling  to  the  "  cold  cure "  as  the  safest  and  best 
process,  bui  no  doubt  they  will  be  forced  to  partially 
adopt  it,  as  "dry  heat'  goods  ate  now  specially  asked 
for. 

The  "  dry  heat "  process  has  been  very  largely  and 
successfully  applied  in  America,  and  I  think  the  Americans 
are  to  be  congratulated  as  the  first  to  thoroughly  work  it 
out.  and  it  is  mainly  through  their  experience  that  manufac- 
turers have  been  persuaded  to  adopt  it  in  this  country. 

Perhaps,  before  we  proceed  further,  it  would  be  as  well 
to  look  at  the  reasons  which  have  brought  about  this  change 
of  front  on  the  part  of  rubber  manufacturers  ;  aud  I  think 
this  can  best  be  done  by  stating  in  a  few  words  the  advan- 
tages and  disadvantages  of  each  process.  The  advantages 
of  the  "cold  cure"  process  were: — 1st.  The  production  of 
what  is  called  a  "  transparent "  proofing,  which  was  and 
stiil  is,  though  perhaps  in  a  lesser  degree,  prized  for  single 
texture  garments.  2ndly.  The  speed  and  cheapness  of  the 
process  compared  with  the  "  dry  heat."  What  I  mean  by 
cheapness  here  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  composition  of 
the  proofing,  merely  the  cost  for  curing.  3rdly.  The  non- 
efflorescence  of  cold-cured  goods,  which  is  of  much  import- 
ance, and  the  reason  of  which  has  not  been  satisfactorily 
explained.  Digressing  for  a  moment,  I  shall  mention  one 
or  two  points  in  connexion  with  efflorescence  which  may  be 
of  interest.  How  is  it  that  in  cold-cured  rubber  we  can 
have,  say.  9  per  cent,  of  sulphur  present  without  efflorescence, 
when  in  the  "  dry  heat  "  process  <?  per  cent,  is  dangerous  ? 
Some  max  say  it  is  accounted  for  by  the  rubber  never 
having  been  heated  above  the  melting  point  of  sulphur,  hut 
I  tested  this  idea  by  heating  pieces  of  cold-cured  rubber 
containing  more  than  6  per  cent,  of  sulphur  above  its 
melting  point,  but  found  no  efflorescence.  The  following 
may  be  a  possible  explanation: — Some  time  ago  a  paper 
was  read  before  the  British  Association  by  Thomson 
(1890,  p.  785),  in  which  he  stated  that  when  rubber  was 
cold-cured  it  contained  not  only  sulphur,  but  chlorine,  the 
latter  element  being  almost  invariably  double  of  the  former. 
Now  it  occurred  to  me  that  the  non-efflorescence  of  cold- 
cured  might  be  accounted  for  by  the  sulphur  and  chlorine 
existing  together  in  the  rubber  iu  combination. 

Of  course  it  might  be  advanced  as  a  reason  against 
such  a  theory  that  the  greater  part  of  the  sulphur  can  he 
extracted  with  bisulphide  of  carbon,  which  fact  1  mentioned 
in  a  paper  read  before  this  Society  (Jour.  Soc.  Chem. 
Ind.  1SS9,  368),  but  although  such  is  the  ease,  may  not 
the  chlorine  be  extracted  at  the  same  time  and  which 
would  no  doubt  be  the  case  if  it  existed  as  a  compound. 
I  am  sorry  at  not  having  proved  or  disproved  this  idea, 
but  want  of  time  has  prevented  me. 

Now,  as  regards  the  disadvantages  of  the  cold-cure 
process: — 

1st.  The  chief  cause  which  led  manufacturers  to  embrace 
the  "  dry  heat  "  process,  was  the  loss  occasioned  by- 
damaged  goods  when  using  the  cold-cure  process,  and  the 
damage  often  arose  from  causes  which,  apparently,  could 
not  be  explained.  The  blame  was  usually  put  upon  the 
oil  contained  in  cloth,  but  I  think  this  was  only  occasionally 
the  real  cause,  and  my  sympathy  was  often  on  the  side  of 
the  cloth  manufacturers,  who  usually,  rather  than  lose 
a   customer,   paid  the   claim   put   upon   them.     No  doubt 


lpril8o,H8a.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


333 


manufacturers  often  made  mixings  which  were  very  unsuited 
for  this  process,  but  naturally  preferred  to  throw  the  blame 
on  other  shoulders. 

2ndlv.  The  injurious  action  of  the  vapour  of  bisulphide 
of  carbon  on  the  workmen  employed  in  attending  to  the 
"  curing  "  machines.  In  some  works  this  is  reduced  to  a 
minimum  and  is  not  urged  as  an  objection,  but  it  is  not  the 
case  in  the  majority  of  manufactories. 

.'trdly.  It  is  put  forward  by  the  majority  of  firms  that 
cold-cured  goods  do  not  stand  hot  or  cold  climates  so  well  as 
could  be  desired,  the  strong  light  combined  with  the  heat 
and  perspiration  from  the  body,  exerting  a  powerful  decom- 
posing action  in  hot  climates.  The  light  is,  I  think,  the 
chief  agent  in  bringing  about  the  mischief. 

■Ithly.  It  is  not  possible  to  adulterate  the  rubber  so  easily 
when  using  chloride  of  sulphur  as  the  curing  agent,  which 
in  these  days  of  low  prices  is  of  great  importance. 

My  experience  so  far  has  been  that  a  piece  of  rubber  cold- 
cured  properly,  is  the  most  perfectly  vulcanised  of  any 
made,  but  the  conditions  which  ensure  say  of  a  piece  of 
sheet  being  so  cured,  are  perhaps  not  possible  in  the  case 
of  proofed  cloth,  at  any  rate  not  easily  attainable. 

The  advantages  of  the  "dry  heat"  process  are  mostly 
implied  by  the  disadvantages  of  the  cold-cure  process  just 
mentioned,  for — lstly.  There  is  comparatively  little  claim 
for  damaged  goods,  and  cloths  can  be  used  containing  a 
proportion  of  oil  which  would  be  inadmissible  in  the  cold-cure 
process.  Now,  although  the  damage  arising  from  the  action 
of  the  cloth  on  the  proofing  is  in  the  dry  heat  much  reduced, 
yet  it  must  not  be  inferred  that  it  is  entirely  absent,  as  it  is 
noticed  with  poor  quality  of  black  and  brown  cotton  cloths 
that  12  months  is  about  sufficient  to  cause  the  decomposi- 
tion of  good  proofing.  This  is  due  to  the  mordants  and 
dyes  used.  2ndly.  The  use  of  bisulphide  of  carbon  is 
avoided.  3rdly.  The  proofing  is  said  to  stand  extreme  heat 
and  cold  better  than  that  made  by  the  cold  cure.  4thly.  A 
cheap  proofing  can  be  worked. 

As  regards  the  disadvantages  of  dry-heat  process,  we 
have — 

Firstly.  The  danger  from  efflorescence  which  has  been  the 
chief  cause  of  complaint  against  manufacturers ;  and  as 
black  paramattas  are  coming  more  into  fashion,  this  is  a 
point  of  much  importance. 

Secondly.  The  large  amount  of  stove  space  required  to 
turn  out  a  large  quantity  of  waterproof  cloth. 

Thirdly.  The  cost  per  yard  for  curing  is  double  that  of 
the  cold  cure  ;  no  doubt  this  is  made  up  for  by  being  able 
to  use  a  cheaper  proofing,  but  it  is  a  point  in  favour  of  the 
older  process. 

Fourthly.  The  non-possibility  of  producing  "trans- 
parent "  proofing  which  is  distinguished  from  ordinary 
"  dry  heat  "  proofing  by  its  softness  and  elasticity  as  well  as 
its  transparency. 

It  may  be  asked  why  not  use  the  "  steam "  process  for 
curing  waterproof  cloth  when  it  is  used  for  other  goods; 
and  the  answer  is  that  although  it  would  cure  the  rubber 
well  and  with  less  danger  of  efflorescence  than  with  "  dry 
heat,"  yet  it  is  fatal  to  the  colours  of  the  cloth  and  also 
to  the  cloth  itself.  Befare  the  "  dry  heat  "  process  came  in, 
it  was  used,  but  never  to  a  large  extent  except  for  black  and 
white  sheeting. 

What  is  the  "  bon  ideal "  of  a  vulcanised  process  for 
waterproof  cloth  ?  This  question  is  difficult  to  answer 
satisfactorily,  but  I  should  say  it  would  be  fulfilled  by  a 
process  which  in  the  shortest  time  and  at  the  lowest  tem- 
perature, consistent  with  a  sound  vulcanisation,  would 
produce  a  proofing  which  would  stand  the  hottest  and 
coldest  climates,  and  not  effloresce,  and  at  the  same  time 
could  without  unusual  difficulties  be  produced  at  a  cost 
which  woidd  enable  manufacturers  to  use  it  even  for  cheap 
goods. 

When  manufacturers  who  had  been  accustomed  to  work 
with  steam  and  cold-cure  processes  began  to  face  the  "  dry 
beat "  process,  a  few  difficulties  presented  themselves,  which 
were  not  easily  overcome.  For  instance,  if  you  take  a  piece 
of  rubber  mixed  with  4  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  and  heat  to 
250°  F.  in  a  "dry  heat"  stove,  it  becomes  soft  and  unfit 
for  use,  but  if  the  same  piece  were  steam-heated  it  would 
cure  up  satisfactorily.     To  overcome  this,  quite  a  different 


class  of  mixings  had  to  be  arranged  to  satisfy  each  quality 
of  proofing.  Again,  the  difficulty  of  avoiding  efflorescence 
and  at  the  same  time  get  a  satisfactory  vulcanisation  caused 
considerable  trouble,  and  the  experience  was  often  gained 
through  the  loss  of  custom,  because  time  is  the  factor  which 
tells  most  forcibly  as  a  test  on  rubber  goods.  Again,  buyers 
who  had  been  accustomed  to  purchase  the  finely-finished 
transparent  garments  with  a  velvety  feel,  and  good  elasticity 
did  not  readily  take  to  single  texture  goods  with  dark 
proofing,  and  not  so  soft  to  the  touch  and  with  less  elasticity. 
Of  course,  for  light  cloths  it  is  not  of  great  importance 
to  avoid  efflorescence,  but  for  black  or  dark  cloths  it  is 
necessary  to  avoid  it  completely.  This  efflorescence  could 
be  avoided  by  using  a  high  temperature  or  a  long-continued 
heat,  but  then  the  cloth  suffered.  In  fact  woollen  cloth  is 
found  to  "  tender  "  slightly  at  240"  F.,  hence  the  impor- 
tance of  using  a  low  heat  and  short  time,  both  being  con- 
sistent of  course  with  a  sound  proofing.  With  ordinary 
"  dry  heat  "  proofing  we  cannot  look  for  a  lower  temperature 
than  238°  F.,  as  sulphur  melts  at  that  heat ;  aud  any- 
thing below  this  is  of  no  use;  hence  the  obvious  necessity 
of  bringing  up  the  heat  of  the  stove  as  quickly  as  possible  to 
this  temperature.  As  regards  the  duration  of  the  heat,  it 
altogether  depends  on  the  composition  of  the  proofing,  but, 
as  a  rule,  however,  for  good  proofing  1 — 2  hours  at 
240° — 245°  F.  reckoned  from  the  time  the  temperature 
reaches  240°  F.  is  about  what  is  required. 

The  management  and  construction  of  the  stoves  requires 
considerable  practical  knowledge.  Steam  at  10  lb.  pressure 
would  be  more  than  sufficient  to  produce  a  temperature  of 
238°  F.,  assuming  that  no  heat  was  lost  by  radiation  and 
convection,  but  for  large  stoves  nothing  less  than  60  lb.  is 
used,  and  it  is  more  economical  to  work  with  a  still  higher 
pressure,  as  the  heat  can  be  brought  up  more  quickly  to  the 
melting  point  of  sulphur,  and  so  more  work  can  be  got  out 
the  stove  in  a  given  time. 

About  two  years  ago  my  firm  was  asked  for  a  vulcaniser 
which  would  be  suitable  for  the  production  of  transparent 
proofing  by  the  "  dry  heat  "  process,  and  as  I  thought  such 
a  thing  quite  feasible  I  had  a  series  of  trials  conducted, 
which  resulted  in  the  production  of  a  vulcaniser  which 
answered  the  purpose,  and  has  been  found  to  be  useful,  not 
only  for  that  special  class  of  work,  but  also  for  other  pur- 
poses which  had  not  been  anticipated.  After  completing 
the  laboratory  trials,  the  North  British  Rubber  Company, 
who  have  had  the  longest  experience  in  the  "  dry  heat  " 
process  of  any  firm  in  Great  Britain,  kindly  undertook  the 
practical  trials,  and  under  the  superintendence  of  Mr.  A. 
Douglas  have,  during  1891,  carried  them  to  a  successful 
issue,  in  so  far  that  they  have  proved  it  suitable  for  the  pro- 
duction of  "  transparent  "  proofing,  and  also  have  introduced 
it  into  the  manufacture  of  other  goods,  such  as  fishing 
stockings. 

Through  their  kindness,  I  am  able  to  show  you  to-night 
samples  of  some  of  the  goods  which  the}'  are  now  producing, 
and  the  more  important  of  which  are  the  pair  of  fishing 
trousers  which  Mr.  Douglas  got  made  for  his  own  use  last 
October,  and,  although  they  have  been  in  use  since  that 
time,  are  in  very  good  order ;  also  a  new  pair  of  fishing 
stockings,  which  show  very  well  the  nature  of  the  proofing. 
The  colour  you  will  notice  is  odd,  aud  can  no  doubt  be 
improved,  but  what  is  wanted  in  these  goods  is  a  good 
tough  proofing,  irrespective  of  appearance.  I  am  informed, 
moreover,  that  these  stockings  if  damaged  can  bo  repaired, 
which  is  a  special  property.  We  have  also  two  samples  of 
transparent  proofing,  which  serve  to  show  the  results  which 
can  be  obtained  in  this  direction. 

I  had  hoped  Mr.  Douglas  would  have  been  present  to- 
night to  explain  the  chief  points  of  difference  between  these 
sample  goods  aud  those  made  by  other  processes,  but  as  he 
was  prevented  from  coming  he  wrote  to  me,  and,  after  giving 
a  list  of  the  articles,  he  goes  on  to  say,  "  The  fishing  goods 
are  spread  with  pure  gum,  with  4  per  cent,  of  patent 
vulcaniser.  They  are  heated  for  two  hours,  50  minutes  of 
that  time  being  at  240°  F.  The  rubber  is  exceedingly 
tough,  more  so  than  it  would  be  by  any  other  process,  and 
the  short  and  low  temperature  reduce  the  risk  of  tendering 
the  fabric  very  considerably. 


334 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  so,  MM. 


The  two  "  transparent "  samples  are  spread  with  the  same 
gum  as  the  fishing  stockings.  The  silk  one  was  spread 
July  1S91,  and  vulcanised  three-quarters  of  an  hour  at 
240  F. ;  whilst  tlie  union  silk  was  spread  last  week, 
aud  heated  one  hour  240°  F.  This  gum,  more  par- 
ticularly in  very  light  spread  goods,  has  a  very  soft  and 
agreeable  feel,  and  looks  well,  but  I  am  afraid  the  high 
pries  of  your  patent  vulcaniser  will  seriously  interfere  with 
its  adoption  by  manufacturers  for  the  single  texture  water- 
proof garment  trade,  which  is  to  be  regretted,  as  I  consider 
it  the  best  form  of  vulcanisation  at  present  known  for  these 
goods." 

I  have  here  also  samples  of  coloured  sheet-rubber,  kindly 
prepared  for  me  by  Messrs.  W.  Warne  &  Co.,  which  contain 
only  2  per  cent,  of  vulcaniser.  The  vulcanisers  used  in 
these  trials  were  the  iodides  of  the  heavy  metals  mixed  with 
sulphur. 

In  my  patent  I  claim  all  iodine  and  bromine  compounds, 
but,  so  far,  hive  found  those  of  the  heavy  metals  to  give 
the  best  results.  The  addition  of  sulphur  was  found  to  be 
necessary,  as  without  it  it  was  impossible  to  obtain  good 
results. 

The  points  which  were  forcibly  brought  out  during  the 
trials  were: — 1st.  The  very  small  percentage  of  compound 
which  was  necessary  to  ensure  complete  vulcanisation. 
The  iodide  could  he  reduced  to  lj  per  cent.,  whilst  the 
sulphur  was  2  per  cent.,  and  you  can  well  understand  that 
3jj  per  cent,  of  compound  would  not  affect,  to  any  extent, 
the  transparency  of  the  rubber.  2ndly.  The  low  heat 
required  for  complete  vulcanisation.  This  seems  a  very 
important  point,  as  most  manufacturers  experience  great 
difficulty  in  getting  a  satisfactory  "  cure  "  at  a  temperature 
which  does  not  injure  the  cloth.  The  extreme  sensitiveness 
of  the  vulcaniser  to  heat  caused  a  little  trouble  at  the 
commencement  of  the  trials,  as  they  were  conducted  too 
much  on  the  lines  of  the  ordinary  '"  dry  heat  "  mixings.  I 
remember  the  first  trials  which  were  made  had  as  much  as 
15  per  cent,  of  the  iodide  and  6  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  aud 
the  astonishing  thing  was,  that  these  samples  cured  at 
200°-205J  F.,  considerably  below  the  melting  point  of 
sulphur,  which  was  very  unusual,  and  proves  that  whatever 
action  takes  place  it  does  so  in  a  manner  quite  different 
from  the  ordinary  process  in  which  no  action  is  apparent 
below  238°  F.,  although  a  considerable  proportion  of  the 
"  curing  "  agent  is  present.  Of  course  when  using  sach  it 
high  percentage  of  the  vulcaniser  you  can  naturally  imagine 
that  a  large  proportion  remains  unexhausted,  and  is  ready 
to  still  further  affect  the  rubber.  This  was  proved  by 
heating  a  piece  of  such  rubber  to  24CT-2450  F.  for  but 
39  minutes,  when  it  became  quite  hard.  The  property 
possessed  by  this  vulcanizer  of  exerting  a  curative  effect 
considerably  below  238°  F.,  although  of  little  practical 
importance  at  present,  may  at  some  future  time  receive 
useful  application.  3rdly.  The  quickness  of  the  cure  was 
rather  surprising,  as  one  half  hour  was  sufficient  when 
using  3  per  cent,  vulcaniser  and  2  per  cent,  sulphur,  aud 
when  using  a  high  percentage  along  with  a  high  temperature 
the  "  cure  "  was  effected  in  a  few  minutes.  With  15  per 
cent,  ten  minutes  at  250    F.  would  suffice. 

.V  quick  cure  is  regarded  by  some  rubber  authorities 
with  suspicion,  aud,  1  think,  naturally,  as  the  ordinary 
method  employed,  aud  which  must  force  itself  upon  the 
mind  for  comparison,  does  not  cure  uuder  two  hours  at 
23H'  F.  I  found  that  with  this  new  compound  it  was 
safest  to  use  a  small  percentage  and  lengthen  the  heat,  but 
an  hour  seemed  sufficient  for  all  ordinary  purposes,  using 
say  2—3  per  cent,  with  2  per  cent,  of  sulphur.  Willi 
these  proportions  the  curing  agent  seems  to  he  exhausted 
after  one  hour's  heating.  To  prove  this,  a  piece  of  mixed 
rubber  was  cut  into  two  pieces  ;  one  was  heated  for  on-!  hour 
at  240'  F.,  and  the  other  for  five  hours,  when  they  were 
both  equally  cured,  showing  that  with  the  extra  three  and  a 
hall  hours  heating  no  further  effect  was  produced.  The 
fact  of  the  vulcaniser  curing  so  quickly  aud  at  such  a 
low  temperature  is  a  saving,  in  that  more  work  can  be 
got  "lit  of  a  stove  in  a  given  time,  which  is  of  con- 
siderable advantage  in  the  "dry  heal,"  as  large  stoves 
i;re  required  to  put  through  a  large  quantity  of  cloth. 


The   continuous    stove   patented    by    Waddingtoa,    and 

worked  by  Messrs.  Charles  Macintosh  &  Co.  and  others, 
through  which  the  cloth  is  slowly  drawn,  ascending  and 
descending  many  times  before  it  is  finally  wound  upon  a 
roller  on  the  outside,  seems  to  be  a  move  in  the  right 
direction,  as  by  this  system  the  cloth  can  be  tested  occa- 
sionally, and  the  speed  of  the  rollers  regulated  according  as 
to  whether  the  proofing  is  over-  or  under-cured  ;  it  also 
prevents  the  creasing  and  marking  of  the  proofing,  which 
is  a  common  occurrence  in  ordinary  stoves.  This  system 
of  curing  would  be  specially  applicable  when  using  this  new 
vulcaniser,  seeing"  it  is  more  sensitive  to  heat  than  that  used 
for  ordinary  work. 

Whilst  working  with  this  vulcaniser  a  difficulty  presented 
itself  which  caused  some  trouble,  although  a  simple  remedy 
was  found  to  obviate  it.  When  working  with  woollen  and 
almost  all  kinds  of  union  tweeds,  the  proofing  cured  up 
quite  satisfactorily,  but  when  working  with  cotton  cloths 
containing  black  and  brown  dyed  yarn  the  proofing  became 
tacky  and  refused  to  cure  quite  satisfactorily.  It  was  very 
noticeable  with,  say,  a  piece  of  black  and  white  check  cotton 
cloth,  because  wherever  the  proofing  was  upon  the  black 
squares  it  was  soft  and  under-cured,  hut  upon  the  white 
squares  it  was  quite  cured,  and  iu  every  respect  satisfactorily. 
Seeing  that  black  woollen  cloth  was  free  from  this  peculiar 
action,  it  could  only  be  caused  by  the  different  manner  in 
which  the  dyes  were  fixed  in  the  two  eases.  In  the  case  of 
the  cotton,  the  mordanting  material  was  thought  either  alone 
or  in  combination  with  the  dyestuff  to  cause  the  mischief. 
It  being  difficult  to' tell  what  colours  were  to  blame  iu  cloths 
containing  many  colours,  I  procured  cotton-dyed  yarn  of 
different  colours,  and  got  them  knitted  into  strips,  which 
were  then  spread  with  rubber  dough  containing  a  proportion 
of  vulcaniser  which  was  known  to  be  more  than  sufficient  to 
cure  it.  After  curing  for  two  hours  at  240-245  1''., 
the  proofing  on  the  white,  blues,  drabs,  and  certain  shades 
of  brown  was  quite  vulcanised,  but  on  the  black  aud  dark 
browns  it  was  under-cured. 

As  the  black  cloth  had  caused  the  most  trouble,  attention 
was  specially  directed  to  it,  to  find  out,  if  possible,  the 
cause  of  this  action.  In  the  first  place  the  opinion  of  an 
experienced  dyer  was  taken  as  to  the  probable  process  used 
in  dyeing  the  yarn.  After  a  critical  examination  he 
reported  that  the  mordant  was  iron  liquor,  the  "prepared" 
tanr.in,  and  the  dye  logwood.  Three  pieces  of  white  cotton 
cloth  were  next  taken,  and  after  well  scouring  and  drying 
treated  as  follows  ; — 

No.  1  soaked  iu  a  solution  of  iron  liquor. 
,,    2  „  „  tannic  acid. 

„    3  ,,  „  logwood. 

They  were  now  dried  and  spread  with  rubber  dough  of 
same  composition  as  that  previously  used.  After  drying 
they  were  cured  two  hours  at  about  240°  F.,  and  it  was 
found  that  in  each  case  the  proofing  was  sound,  so 
separately  the  reagents  did  not  interfere  with  the  curing. 
Xext,  three  pieces  of  cloth  were  taken,  scoured,  and  treated 
as  follows : — 

Xo.  1  dipped  iron  liquor,  afterwards  tannic  acid. 
,,    2         ,,  „  „  logwood  extract. 

„    3         „  „  then  tannic  acid,  theu  logwood 

extract. 

After  drying  they  were  spread  with  rubber  dough  and  cured 
as  before,  when  Xo.  1  cured,  but  not  Xos.  2  aud  3,  proving 
apparently  that  it  was  the  compound  produced  between 
iron  oxide  and  colouring  matter  of  the  logwood  which 
accounted  for  che  mischief.  Want  of  time  prevented  nic 
from  going  further  into  the  matter,  and  trying  if  possible 
to  find  what  the  cause  of  this  action  was,  i.e.,  how  could  this 
dye  compound  so  influence  the  iodide  or  the  mixture  of 
iodide  and  sulphur  as  to  retard  its  curative  action.  It  almost 
looked  as  if  the  dye  compound  so  affected  or  combined  with 
the  sulphur  as  to  render  it  less  available  for  the  iodide,  as  the 
addition  of  extra  sulphur  was  found  to  be  an  antidote  as 
regards  the  curing,  but  was  inadmissible  when  working 
with  black  cloth,  because  of  danger  from  efflorescence.  It 
was  suggested,  as  a  probable  explanation,  that  the  tweed 
cloths  which    are    usually    sold  might  contain   sonic  of  the 


.M.iii  30, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


335 


mordant  unwashed  out,  or  greasy  matter,  so  pieces  of  such 
cloths,  containing  a  good  admixture  of  black  and  brown 
were  treated  as  follows:  — 

No.  1. — Treated  three  times  with  ether,  to  remove  grease. 

No.  2. — Boiled  three  times  in  water. 

No.  3.— Boiled  weak  acid,  then  water. 

No.  4. — Boiled  weak  alkali,  then  water. 

After  diving  they  were  spread  and  cured  two  hours 
210  ¥.,  but  the  proofing  was  useless,  which  disproved  the 
theory  of  grease  or  mordanting  material  being  left  in  the 
cloth. 

It  has  long  been  known  that  copper  and  certain  of  its 
compounds  exert  a  deleterious  effect  on  rubber,  and  this 
was  brought  forward  lately  by  Thomson  (India-rubber 
Journal,  1891,  328),  but  in  the  above  examples  copper  was 
absent. 

I  asked  Mr.  Christie,  of  Messrs.  J.  ( )rr  Ewing  &  Co.,  who 
has  had  a  large  experience  in  the  dyeing  of  cotton  yarn,  if 
he  could  offer  au  explanation,  and  he  thought  the  reason 
might  be  the  presence  of  peroxide  of  iron,  and  suggested 
the  procuring  of  a  piece  of  buff  cotton  cloth,  much  used  for 
window-blinds,  and  which,  he  said,  would  be  free  from  all 
foreign  matter,  such  as  tannic  acid  and  logwood,  used  in 
dyeing  black  and  brown  yarn.  I  did  this,  and  found  that 
the  action  of  the  vulcanise?  was  retarded,  almost  proving 
that  the  iron  oxide  was  the  cause  of  the  mischief;  but  if 
this  were  proved,  the  next  question  would  be,  what  is  the 
reaction  which  takes  place?  Although  this  action  was 
peculiar,  and,  ill  the  meantime,  to  me  inexplicable,  let  a 
simple  remedy  was  found  to  allow  of  its  being  used  on 
cotton  cloths.  This  consisted,  in  the  first  place,  in  giving 
the  cloth  a  coat  of  pure  rubber  dough,  mixed  with  2  per 
cent,  of  sulphur,  and  which  is  often  resorted  to  in  ordinary 
"  dry  heat  "  process  to  avoid  "  efflorescence." 

The  action  of  dyed  cloth  on  rubber  proofing  is  an 
important  question,  not  only  for  the  rubber  manufacturers 
but  also  for  dyers,  and  it  seems  to  me  that  the  solving  of 
the  problem  should  not  be  left  to  manufacturers,  but  to  the 
dyeing  schools,  who,  so  far  as  I  know,  have  given  the 
matter  little  or  no  attention,  and  some  of  the  wealthy  rubber 
manufacturers  could,  with  advantage,  encourage  the  in- 
vestigation of  such  questions  in  the  technical  schools. 

Au  important  point  in  connexion  with  the  use  of  this  new 
vulcaniser  is,  that  by  its  means  coloured  rubber  proofing  can 
be  easily  obtained  without  adding  a  large  amount  of  pig- 
ment to  the  rubber.  In  the  ordinary  "  dry  heat  "  process 
it  is  difficult  to  get  a  good  coloured  "  proofing,"  and  at  the 
same  time  keep  the  proportion  of  compound  so  low  that  it 
will  be  elastic. 

With  this  vulcaniser,  however,  brown,  drab,  red,  blue, 
ami  green  proofings  can  be  obtained. 

I  have  here  a  few  samples  of  coloured  proofings  which 
Messrs.  Campbell,  Achnach,  &  Co.,  kindly  prepared  for  me, 
and  you  can  judge  better  of  their  appearance  and  softness 
to  the  touch  by  inspection. 

Of  course,  it'  wanted,  the  pigment  can  be  increased,  as  I 
have  had  360  per  cent,  added,  as  per  sample  shown,  and 
still  the  rubber  was  strong  and  elastic. 

The  coloured  proofings  cured  up  in  a  time  according  to 
the  percentage  of  vulcaniser  and  compounding  material 
added,  but  the  usual  time  was  three-quarters  of  an  hour  at 
24U°-245°  F. 

It  mixes  very  well  with  most  pigments,  but  there  are 
some  which  retard  its  action.  It  appears  to  me  that  proof- 
ing cured  with  it  could  be  finished  without  farina,  as  the 
surface  after  curing  is  very  dry  and  soft,  and,  if  so,  it 
would  he  a  point  in  its  favour,  as  farina  seems  to  exert 
a  deleterious  action  on  the  surface  of  the  rubber,  ino 
doubt  through  its  getting  damp  and  fermenting;  besides, 
farina  comes  off  when  wet  upon  the  cloths,  and  leaves 
marks,  which  is  objectionable. 

Two  most  important  questions  in  regard  to  the  intro- 
duction of  this  new  vulcaniser  are,  as  to  its  keeping 
qualities  and  its  cost. 

Firstly.  As  regards  its  durability,  it  is  impossible  to  give 
an  answer  based  on  long  experience;  but  when  one  takes 
into  account  the  fact  that  the  samples  which  were  made  in 
the  preliminary  trials  15  months  ago  are  still  in  good 
condition,  it    is   surprising,  as    too    much    vulcaniser    was 


used,  and  the  method  of  working  has  been  much  im- 
proved. There  can  be  no  question,  I  think,  that  the 
"  transparent"  dry-heat  proofing  will  stand  better  than  that 
cold-cured  in  warm  climates.  To  test  their  heat-resisting 
properties,  a  piece  of  each  of  these  kinds  of  proofing,  and 
also  a  piece  of  that  which  had  been  cured  by  ordinary 
"dry -heat"  process  were  t.-.ken  and  heated  to  300°  F.  for 
half  an  hour.  The  cold-cured  r  iece  was  simply  rotted 
away;  the  ordinary  dry-heated  p;ece  had  quite  decom- 
posed, whilst  that  cured  by  the  uiw  vulcaniser  was  but 
slightly  so,  showing  that  it  was  not  readily  affected  by 
heat.  Judging  from  my  own  experience,  and  the  inter- 
change of  opinion  I  have  had  with  Mr.  Douglas  and 
others,  I  conclude  that  there  is  every  probability  that 
the  rubber  will  keep  as  well  as  the  ordinary  "  dry  heat " 
rubber. 

Secondly,  as  regards  the  cost.  At  first  sight  it  would 
appear  as  if  the  cost  would  be  such  as  to  preclude  it  from 
general  use,  but  on  looking  more  closely  into  the  question 
it  wears  a  different  aspect.  Taking  the  average  weight  of 
"  transparent"  proofing  on  a  coat  at  2  lb.,  we  have  for  this 
weight  4rf.  worth  of  vulcaniser.  Now  there  foils  to  be  deducted 
from  this  the  cost  of  curing  by  the  ordinary  method,  which 
is  about  one  penny,  and  we  must  also  take  into  account  that 
by  the  rapid  curing  a  considerable  saving  is  effected,  so  the 
difference  in  price  is  certainly  not  prohibitive.  If  it  is 
compounded,  of  course  the  price  can  be  reduced  to  that  of 
ordinary  curing. 

It  may  be  asked,  will  this  compound  mix  with  rubber 
substitutes,  and  I  may  say  that  the  ordinary  oil  substitute 
made  with  chloride  of  sulphur  is  quite  as  unsuitable  as  it  is 
for  all  "dry  heat  "  work.  Oil  vulcanised  with  sulphur  by 
heat  is  suitable,  but  the  admixture  of  different  substanees 
is  one  which  only  can  be  determined  by  the  manufacturers 
themselves. 

The  cheapening  of  rubber  by  adding  different  foreign 
materials  has  become  quite  an  art,  and  a  necessary  one,  no 
doubt,  and  something  will  soon  be  found  which  will  serve 
as  au  article  to  cheapen  the  mixing  with  the  new  compound 
also.  It  has  been  tried  for  double  as  well  as  single  texture 
garments,  and  is  very  serviceable  where  a  nice  pliable 
proofing  is  wanted  and  when  a  cloth  is  being  dealt  with 
which  is  easily  affected  by  heat. 

It  is  principally  in  connexion  with  "  dry  heat  "  that  it 
has  been  tried,  but  it  gives  good  results  in  the  steam 
heater  when  wrapped  up  to  protect  it  partially  from  the 
sleam.  I  have  here  a  piece  of  sheet  rubber  cured  2  \  hours 
at  260°  F.,  which  shows  that  by  this  process  it  is  possible 
to  bring  about  good  vulcanisation,  as  the  rubber,  you  will 
notice,  is  very  strong. 

My  best  thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  Anderson,  who  conducted 
all  the  experimental  work  involved  in  testing  the  properties 
of  this  new  vulcaniser ;  and  also  to  Mr.  Douglas,  Mr. 
Burbridge,  and  Mr.  Cairns,  for  their  kindness  in  preparing 
samples  and  giving  valuable  advice. 

Discussion. 

The  Chairman  said  that  he  thought  it  would  be  difficult 
to  exaggerate  the  value  of  this  paper.  Mr.  Fawsitt  seemed 
to  have  made  a  remarkable  discovery  in  the  vulcanisation 
of  rubber.  He  should  like  to  ask  what  particular  iodide  he 
used. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Biggari  said  that  Mr.  Fawsitt  remarked  that 
light  seemed  to  have  au  injurious  effect  upon  the  rubber,  as 
instanced  in  the  case  of  the  goods  hanging  in  a  shop 
window.  This  seemed  to  indicate  that  a  chemical  change 
took  place  under  the  influence  of  light,  and  he  should  like 
to  ask  what  change  it  was  that  actually  did  take  place. 

Mr.  Fawsitt,  in  reply  to  the  Chairman,  said  that  the 
iodide  used  in  all  the  trials  for  the  fishing  stockings  and 
other  specimens  shown  was  iodide  of  antimony.  They 
fixed  on  that  in  preference  to  iodide  of  tin  because 
antimony  was  a  cheap  material  and  produced  good 
results ;  iodide,  of  tin  also  gave  good  results  ;  but 
seeing  they  had  commenced  with  antimony,  they  did  not 
wish  to  alter  meantime.     Regarding  the  reaction  which  took 


336 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  so,  18B& 


place  in  the  vulcanisation,  he  had  never  formed  a  satis- 
factory opinion  on  that  point,  as  they  had  not  had  time  to 
go  into  the  subject  fully. 

With  reference  to  the  question  asked  by  Mr.  Biggart  as 
to  the  effect  of  the  rays  of  the  sun  on  the  proofing,  he  could 
not  give  particulars  of  the  chemical  change  that  took 
place. 


ON  THE  COMPOSITION  OE  "  HUNYADI  JANOS  " 
MINERAL  WATERS. 

BX   J.    W.    BIGOART. 

That  the  mineral  waters  as  a  class  occupy  a  very  im- 
portant place  in  Materia  Medica  is  an  acknowledged  fact. 
Regarding  the  properties  of  many  of  them  there  is  a  common 
belief  that  to  the  waters  as  found  in  nature  belong 
qualities  which  art  cannot  reproduce  by  any  of  its  pre- 
parations or  imitations.  Many  medical  men  hold  this 
opinion,  and  for  obvious  reasons  it  is  a  notion  suggested 
and  eneouraged  by  all  those  who  have  a  proprietary 
interest  in  any  of  the  wells. 

While  it  is  here  granted  that  the  artificial  waters  must 
and  will  differ  in  properties  from  the  natural,  if  any  of  the 
various  radicles  in  the  artificial  imitations  be  brought 
together  either  in  a  different  order  or  iu  different  amounts 
from  that  which  they  hold  in  the  natural  water,  still  it  is 
hard  to  see,  how,  if  these  combinations  and  the  gases 
present  in  the  water  be  exactly  known  and  the  data 
deduced  from  them  correctly  followed,  there  can  or  will  be 
any  difference  between  the  medicinal  qualities  of  a  natural 
water  and  its  artificial  imitation.  In  short,  if  the  salts 
present  and  their  amounts  be  known  then  the  water  can 
surely  be  prepared.  It  is  on  oue  of  these  natural  mineral 
waters  called  "  Hunyadi  Janos,"  that  this  short  note  and 
analysis  have  beeu  prepared,  and  it  may  be  of  some  interest 
to  state  that  it  is  one  of  the  most  popular  aperient  waters 
having  a  sale  which  is  reckoned  by  several  million  bottles 
per  annum. 

Concerning  this  water,  the  writer  has  heard  it  repeatedly 
stated  (by  medical  men)  that  it  possesses  properties  so 
peculiarly  its  own  that  they  cannot  be  reproduced  In  art, 
but,  discrediting «uch  a  theory,  its  analysis  and  examination 
were  undertaken. 

The  generally  accepted  opinion  concerning  the  composi- 
tion of  the  water  is  that  it  contains  principally  maguesic 
and  sodic  sulphates  and  chlorine  combined  with  sodium  as 
common  salt. 

For  the  most  part  this  opinion  has  been  verified,  but  in  one 
respect,  namely,  the  state  of  combination  of  the  chlorine, 
a  vital  ami  important  difference  has  been  observed,  a-  shall 
be  presently  pointed  out. 

The  analysis  of  the  salts  left  on  evaporating  a  portion  of 
tlic  water  gave  the  following  percentages  of  the  different 
radicles  : — 


Basic. 

Soda 1*09 

MagllCS 0*635 

Lime   0"18 

Iron Trace. 


Acid. 


Silica Trace. 

Sulphuric  acid 2'42 

Chlorine O'lOl 

Phosphoric  acid. . .  Trace. 


On  looking  over  these  results  it  is  apparent  that  all  the 
lime  must  first  be  calculated  to  sulphate.  After  this  it  is 
necessary  to  discover  to  what  base  or  bases  the  chlorine  is 
linked.  Then  it  only  remains  to  calculate  soda  and 
magnesia  left  to  sulphates.  As  the  condition  of  the  chlorine 
is  the  only  point  which  presents  any  difficulty,  the  particular 
state  of  its  combination  was  arrived  at  in  the  following 
manner:— A    measured   volume   (5o  ccO   of  the    mineral 


water  was  evaporated  spontaneously  in  the  air  (this  pre- 
caution was  adopted  to  ensure  against  any  double  decom- 
position taking  place  between  the  salts). 

After  evaporation  tin-  salts  were  taken  up  with  absolute 
alcohol,  which  dissolved  the  chlorides  present,  but  left  the 
sulphates  as  an  insoluble  residue.  The  alcoholic  extract 
was  nex'.  evaporated  to  dryness  (also  in  the  air)  and  the 
residual  mass  taken  up  as  before.  The  acids  and  bases 
present  in  this  solution  were  then  estimated,  and  they  were 
found  to  be  practically  pure  maguesic  chloride.  Proceeding 
on  these  data,  and  linking  the  proper  bases  to  their  own 
acids,  calculation  showed  the  composition  of  the  water  to  be 
as  follows:  — 

Parts  per  1,000. 

Calcic  sulphate irll 

Magnesic  do lti*0S 

Sudic          do 25-00 

Magnesic  chloride L'20 

Silica 0-12 

Water 867*22 

l.lltltl-00 


Discussion. 

The  Chairman  said  that  the  composition  of  these  mineral 
waters  was  extremely  interesting,  and  the  one  which  was 
the  subject  of  this  paper  was  perhaps  the  most  interesting 
of  all.  It  seemed  that  waters  the  same  as  this  and  to  have 
the  same  effect  could  he  artificially  made.  It  was  well 
known  that  for  many  years  there  was  a  German  spa  at 
Brighton,  where  the  waters  made  were  an  exact  imitation 
of  many  of  the  German  natural  waters.  He  had  used 
Hunyadi  Janos  water  in  his  own  house  for  many  years,  but 
had  always  prepared  it  himself,  and  never  could  find  any 
difference  from  the  natural  water.  He  knew  that  the 
composition  of  the  artificial  water  was  always  the  same,  and 
the  natural  water  was  not.  He  should  like  to  ask  if 
Mr.  Biggart  found  no  potash  salts  iu  this  water,  as  he 
understood  that  there  was  always  small  quantities  of 
sulphate  of  potash  and  of  bicarbonate  of  soda  present  '1 

Mr.  T.  L.  Patterson  did  not  think  that  Mr.  Biggart's 
method  of  analysis  proved  conclusively  the  presence  of 
magnesium  chloride  in  Hunyadi  Janos  water,  as  there  was 
no  doubt  that  chemical  changes  might  take  place  on  addition 
of  absolute  alcohol  to  the  mixture  of  salts,  resulting  in  the 
formation  of  easily  soluble  magnesium  chloride. 

Dr.  G.  G.  Henderson  agreed  with  Mr.  Patterson  in 
thinking  that  Mr.  Biggart's  analysis  left  it  doubtful  whether 
magnesium  chloride  was  present  in  the  natural  water.  He 
should  like  to  Iknow  whether  the  dissolved  gases  had  been 
estimated.  He  thought  there  was  a  large  field  open  to 
manufacturers  of  mineral  waters,  for  it  would  be  quite 
unnecessary  in  many  cases  to  go  to  German  spas,  or  to 
buy  the  foreign  mineral  waters  imported  into  this  country 
in  such  enormous  quantities,  if  these  waters  could  be 
prepared  artificially  at  home.  There  ought  to  be  little 
difficulty  about  this,  seeing  that  the  composition  of  most  of 
the  waters  was  well  known. 

Mr.  Biggart,  in  reply  to  the  Chairman,  said  that  he  had 
examined  the  residue  for  potash  salts,  but  had  failed  to 
detect  them.     He  had  not  estimated  the  dissolved  gases. 


April 3u,i80i.3       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


337 


3ournaI  anti  patent*  ^Literature. 


Class. 

I.— General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery 

1 1. — Fuel,  Gas.  and  Light 

III.— Destructive  Distillation,  Tar  Products,  4c 

I V.— Colouring  Matters  and  Dyes   

V— Textiles:  Cotton, Wool,  Silk,  it- 

VI.— Dyeing,   Calico   Printing,    Paper    Staining,   and 

Bleaching 

VII.— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 

VIII.— Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware 

IX.— Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars,  and  Cements. . 

X.— Metallurgy 

XI.— Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy   

XII.— Fats,  Oils,  and  Soap  Manufacture 

XIII.— Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 
Rubber,  &c 

XIV. —Tanning,  Leather,  Glue,  and  Size 

XV.—  Man  tires,  &c 

XV  I.— Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  &c 

X  V 1 1.— Brewing,  Wines.  Spirits,  4c 

XV 1 11. —Chemistry   of   Foods,   Sanitary   Chemistry,    and 

Disinfectants 

X I X.— Paper,  Pasteboard,  &c 

XX.— Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids,  Essences,  and  Extracts 

XXI. — Photographic  Materials  and  Processes 

XX II.— Explosives,  Matches,  4c 

XX II I. — Analytical  Chemistry 


Page. 
337 
8S7 
340 

311 


345 
346 


S49 

353 
355 


362 

362 
363 


370 


I.-GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Methods  of  Heating  Liquids,  and 
Generating  mid  Utilising  Vapour  for  Motive  Power  and 
the  like  Purposes,  and  in  Apparatus  and  Appliances 
connected  therewith.  W.  II.  Watkinson,  Sheffield.  Eng. 
Pat.  1596,  March  14,  1891. 

The  principal  novelty  involved  in  this  patent  consists  in 
loading  steam  or  vapour  with  liquid  in  the  form  of  spray  or 
with  gaseous  matter,  for  the  purpose  of  diminishing  the  speed 
of  the  issuing  steam  when  acting  upon  motive  power  engines 
of  the  rotary  kind,  such  as  steam  turbines,  whereby  the 
economical  speed  of  the  turbine  can  be  reduced  to  a  more 
practical  limit  than  has  hitherto  been  attained.  The 
heating  of  the  liquid  for  the  production  of  steam  is  accom- 
plished in  a  heater  consisting  of  narrow  cells,  in  which 
almost  every  particle  of  the  liquid  is  brought  in  direct 
eoutaet  with  the  heated  walls.  The  rest  of  the  specification 
refers  principally  to  the  mechanical  arrangements  involved 
in  carrying  out  the  above  objects  of  heating  and  spraying 
the  liquid,  and  mixing  the  spray  with  the  issuing  vapour. — B. 


Improvements  in  the  Drying  or  Superheating  of  Steam, 
and  Apparatus  therefor.  T.  Mudd,  West  Hartlepool. 
Eng.  Pat.  5783,  April  3,  1891. 

The  use  of  superheated  steam  in  steam  engines  has  hitherto 
failed  owing  to  the  mechanical  difficulties  encountered  through 
the  destruction  of  the  working  surfaces,  the  superheater  not 
being  under  proper  control  or  adjustment.  The  patentee 
proposes  to  overcome  this  difficult}'  by  superheating  only- 
part  of  the  steam,  and  mixing  it  with  the  saturated  steam  in 


*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post  by  remitting 
M. — the  price  now  lixed  for  all  specifications,  postage  included— to 
Sir  Henry  Reader  Lack,  Comptroller  of  tin  Patent  Office,  South- 
ampton Buildings,  Chancery  Lane.  London,  W.C. 


any  desired  proportion,  at  the  moment  when  it  enters  the 
valve-box  of  the  cylinder.  For  this  purpose  steam  is  taken 
from  the  boiler  through  a  separate  pipe,  and  carried  to  a 
superheater  fixed  in  the  smoke-box  of  the  boiler,  or  heated 
in  any  other  convenient  manner,  and  thence  taken  through 
another  pipe  to  join  the  saturated-steam  pipe,  suitable  valves 
being  inserted  for  the  regulation  of  the  supply. — B. 


A  Method  and  Apparatus  for  subjecting  Liquids  having 
Substances  suspended  in  them  to  Centrifugal  Action, 
whereby  they  are  brought  in  Contact  only  with  Sterilised 
or  with  other  Air,  with  which  they  are  to  be  Saturated. 
O.  Inuay,  London.  From  A.  Bergh,  Copenhagen,  Den- 
mark.    Eng.  Pat.  19,071,  November  24,  1891. 

I.\  the  applicant's  specification,  No.  86,  1891,  is  described 
a  centrifugal  apparatus  applicable  mainly  for  treating  worts 
and  beer,  and  a  method  of  so  conducting  the  brewing 
process  that  they  may  be  brought  into  contact  with  sterilised 
air  only.  It  is  now  claimed  in  the  above  patent  that  this 
method  is  of  great  importance  in  the  treatment  by  centrifugal 
action  and  aeration  of  various  other  fluids,  water,  blood, 
milk,  oil,  yeast,  wine,  and  spirits.  The  two  last  should,  how- 
ever, be  first  heated  to  render  them  capable  of  taking  up 
more  air. 

Any  gas  which  mixes  readily  with  the  liquids  treated, 
and  saturates  them  may  be  substituted  for  sterilised  air. 

Drawings  accompany  the  specification. — L.  de  K. 


II— FUEL,  G-AS,  AND  LIG-HT. 

Sulphocyanogen   in  Coal-Gus.    J.  V.  Esop.     Chcin.  Ind. 
1892,  15,  6—10. 

The  formation  of  cyanogen  and  its  derivatives  by  t lie 
destructive  distillation  of  coal  is  attributed  by  dc  Romilly 
to  the  conversion  of  the  ammonia  into  ammonium  cyanide 
at  a  bright  red  heat  in  the  presence  of  carbon.  The  quantity 
thus  generated  depends  on  the  mode  of  carbonisation. 
According  to  Gasch,  retorts  worked  with  heavy  charges  give 
the  largest  proportion.  If  the  products  of  distillation,  after 
leaving  the  retort,  are  kept  at  a  sufficiently  high  temperature, 
ammonia  and  cyanogen  are  found  in  the  gaseous  mixture  in 
a  free  state.  If,  however,  the  temperature  is  allowed  to  fall 
below  80°,  which  is  the  case  in  the  purification  of  coal-gas, 
ammonium  cyanide,  ammonium  thiocyanate,  and  ferro- 
cyanides  are  formed.  Of  the  aqueous  liquids  deposited  in 
the  condenser  during  the  manufacture  of  gas,  it  is  here 
necessary  to  consider  only  ammonia  and  thiocyanie  acid. 
German  gas-liquor  obtained  from  Saar  and  Ruhr  coal  gave 
by  analysis  : — 


— ■ 

ON  MI 

NH3 

Grms. 
1"22 

Gnus. 
18-05 

1-51 

19-03 

2-33 

36-00 

In  the  purification  of  gas  by  chemical  treatment  free 
sulphur,  thiocyanie  acid,  ammonia,  and  potassium  ferro- 
cyanide  are  the  most  important  constituents  to  which  it  is 
necessary  to  direct  attention  in  the  present  paper.  The 
following  table  gives  the    percentages   of   thiocyanie  acid, 


333 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  so,  1892. 


ammonia,   and    potassium   fen-ooyanide   contained   in   gas- 
purifyiug  material  saturated  with  "these  impurities: — 


CXSH 


>'H3 


FeCNGK,.S  HaO 


Essen  I  K ru pji) 


Stuttgart . 
Wit  Ion  ... 


Lcipz:g  . 


Freiburg... 

Ulm 

Mannheim  . 

lltilbronn  . 
Pforzheim  . 


Wiesbaden  .... 

Kaiserslautcrn. 

Zurich   

Schwetzingen. . 
Andcrnach  .... 

Nurnberg 

Mam/ 


0-39 
0-3(1 
0-32 
0'85 
0'94 
1-09 
1G2 
1-in; 
1'9S 

rov 

1-03 
1-43 
2-32 
3-53 
1-12 
0-92 
1 '  13 
1-27 
2-32 
253 
3-72 


o-llf 
0-311 
0'40 
1-03 
1-02 
1-05 
2-06 
1-13 
2-31 
l-57 
1-42 
1-72 
2-13 
3-21 
023 
0-82 
0-51 
0-92 
0-21 
1-57 
1-21 
2"25 


3-02 
5-00 
f62 
3-51 
3-42 
5-42 
f  42 
1-03 
t-51 
6' 23 
5-4.-! 
4-S5 
4-37 
4;84 
8-27 
6-03 
5-35 
1'OS 
3-03 
1-28 
4' 53 
4'S8 


If  this  material  be  stored  in  the  cold  protected  from 
atmospheric  influences,  and  in  layers  of  moderate  dimen- 
sions, it  may  be  kept  for  some  time  without  suffering 
decomposition.  If,  however,  stored  in  large  masses  the 
temperature  gradually  rises,  the  green  colour  changes  to 
red,  acid  fumes  are  liberated  in  the  course  of  a  few  days, 
and  finally  the  sulphur  ignites  and  burns  away.  At  this 
stage  the  decomposition  of  thioeyauic  acid  has  reached  its 
maximum,  only  about  0'5  per  cent,  remaining  unchanged. 
A  portion  is  converted  into  ferrocyauide,  and  the  remainder 
is  wholly  decomposed.  The  quantity  of  ferrocyanide  is 
thereby  increased  from  4  •  3  to  7  -2  per  cent.  The  extraction 
of  thiocyanic  acid  is  effected  by  lixiviating  the  exhausted 
purifying  agent  and  evaporating  the  aqueous  extract  in 
enamelled  pans.     Ammonium  thiocyanate   crystallises   out 


ami  this  is  then  decomposed  by  the  addition  of  alkalis 
(hydroxides)  or  soluble  alkaline  sulphides.  From  weak 
extracts  or  solutions  highly  charged  with  chlorides,  sul- 
phates, sulphites,  &C,  it  is  preferable  to  precipitate  the 
thiocyanic  acid  by  means  of  a  cuprous  salt  and  decompose 
the  thiocyanate  thus  obtained  by  the  addition  of  a  soluble 
alkaline  sulphide.  The  resulting  cuprous  sulphide  is  roasted, 
the  oxide  dissolved  in  hot  dilute  acid,  and  the  solution  used 
for  the  precipitation  of  a  fresh  portion  of  aqueous  extract. 
To  obtain  pure  ammonium  thiocyanate  the  crude  salt  is 
recrystallised,  having  been  previously  treated  with  barium 
sulphide.  A  chemically  pure  product  is  obtained  by 
carrying  out  thi  process  expressed  by  the  equation 
(CXS)2Ba  +  (NH4)2S04  =  2  NH4CNS  +  BaSO.,.  Barium 
thiocyanate  is  obtained  from  the  ammonium  salt  by  the 
addition  of  barium  hydroxide  or  preferably  barium  sulphide. 
The  decomposition  is  effected  in  a  closed  vessel  fitted  with 
mechanical  stirrers  and  heated  with  steam  under  slight 
pressure  (0-2  to  0'4  atmosphere)  to  a  temperature  of 
80° — 90°,  the  ammonia  being  driven  off  as  rapidly  as 
possible.  The  barium  salt  may  be  obtained  also  from 
cuprous  thiocyanate  by  fractional  precipitation,  the  un- 
decomposed  portion  being  treated  with  an  excess  of  barium 
sulphide,  and  the  resulting  solution  evaporated  after  the 
removal  of  all  traces  of  metal  and  barium  sulphide.  The 
calcium  salt  is  prepared  from  the  ammonium  salt  by  the 
addition  of  calcium  hydroxide,  ammonia  being  liberated. 
The  solution  is  evaporated  to  45°  B.  and  allowed  to  cool 
when  the  calcium  salt  crystallises  out  in  deliquescent  but 
well-defined  needles.  The  potassium  salt  is  obtained  by 
the  addition  of  potassium  sulphate  or  carbonate  to  alkaline 
thiocyanates  or  by  precipitating  ammonium  or  cuprous 
thiocyanate  witli  potassium  sulphide.  The  aluminium  salt 
is  prepared  by  decomposing  the  calcium  or  barium  salt 
with  alum  free  from  iron. — 1).  B. 


Geological  and  Economical  Conditions  oj  the  Westphalian 
Coal-Beds.  Brookmann.  J.  fur  Gasbeleuchtung,  1891, 
34,  633-636. 

After  giving  an  account  of  the  development  and  present 
condition  of  the  coal-fields  of  Westphalia,  the  author 
proceeds  to  consider  the  classification  and  nature  of  various 
kinds  of  coal,  pointing  out  at  the  same  time  that  the  terms 
which  he  employs  are  purely  relative  and  only  apply  to 
Westphalian  coal. 

In  the  following  table  the  percentage  of  carbon,  hydrogen, 
and  oxygen  in  various  carbonaceous  deposits,  calculated  on 
the  ash-  and  water-free  substance,  is  given  ;  the  quantity  of 
available  hydrogen,  and  the  yield  of  coke  are  given  in  the 
fourth  and  fifth  columns  respectively,  whilst  in  the  sixth 
column  the  geological  period  to  which  the  coal  belongs  is 
stated ;  iu  the  seventh  column  the  products  of  the  natural 
distillation  of  the  coal  are  given  : — 


"Wood 

Turf 

Lignite 

Forest  coal 

Flame  coal 

'  i;is  coal 

Coke  coal 

Poor  coal 

Anthracite  (coke) 
Graphite 


41 

110 

Co 


73 
80 


95 

loo 


H 


eo 

31 

2s 


19 
14 


Available 
II 


Coke. 


Period  of 
Formation. 


Distillation 
Product. 


15 
20 

lo 


50 

00 

70 

SI  I 

£-0 

95 

100 


esenl . 


1- 

Ter 

(  Chalk.. 

(.Jurassic 


Tertian 
f  Chalk. 


I  larboniferous. 


f-HsO 

(.co., 

CH. 
CH, 
CH, 

rcu, 

I  CH,  +  U. 

I 

•J  CH,  +  H3 

•  II,  +  H, 
L'H,  +  Hj 


Silurian. 


April  3iU892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


3^9 


1 1  will  be  seen  from  the  table  that  the  percentage  of  carbon 
increases,  whilst  that  of  oxygen  decreases,  with  the  age  of 
the  deposit,  whereas  the  percentage  of  hydrogen  undergoes 
DO  material  alteration.  This  change  in  composition  which 
takes  place  in  the  earth  is  similar  in  some  ways  to  I  hat 
which  occurs  in  gas-making;  in  the  lirst  stages  of  the 
distillation  of  coal  the  gases  evolved  are  highly  luminous, 
but  as  the  process  continues  the  gases  lose  their  luminosity 
and  finally  consist  almost  entirely  of  hydrogen. 

The  quality  and  the  quantity  of  the  coke  depends  to  a 
great  extent  on  the  chemical  composition  of  the  coal ;  an 
anthracite  coa!,  for  example,  gives  only  a  loose  powdery 
coke,  whereas  ordinary  gas-coal  yields,  as  a  rule,  a  good 
cake  of  porous  coke.  The  colour  of  the  coke  obtained  from 
various  kinds  of  coals  is  very  characteristic,  and  affords  a 
means  of  estimating  the  geological  age  of  the  coal  when 
other  criteria  fail. 

The  quality  of  a  coal  may  also  be  judged  by  its  appear- 
ance; on  examination  it  will  be  found  that  even  in  coal 
from  the  same  stratum  considerable  differences  may  be 
observed.  In  some  samples  lustrous  deep  black  lines  are 
seen,  indicating,  as  a  rule,  a  low  gas-producing  power  and 
a  lo«  percentage  of  ash ;  also  greyish  black  stripes  of  coal 
which  has  a  high  gas-producing  power,  but  which,  at  the 
same  time,  contains  a  large  percentage  of  ash.  Mineral 
wood-coal,  a  non-cokable,  fibrous  coal,  of  low  gas-producing 
power  and  rich  in  ash,  is  a  very  frequent  constituent  of 
coals;  stripes  or  layers  of  cannel,  pseudo-cannel,  shale,  &c, 
are  also  frequently  met  with  iu  one  and  the  same  sample, 
the  quality  of  which  will,  of  course,  depend  on  the 
predomineuce  of  one  or  other  of  these  varieties. — F.  8.  K. 


IVeio  Researches  on  the  Heat  of  Combustion  of  Coal,  deter- 
mined by  Means  of  a  Calorimetric  Shell.  Scheurer- 
Kestner  and  Meunier-Dollfus.  Bull.  Soe.  Ind.  Mulhouse, 
18»1,  577—589. 

The  authors  describe  some  experiments  which  they  carried 
out  with  the  object  of  verifying  results  obtained  by  them 
with  a  Favre  and  Silbermann  calorimeter.  The  apparatus 
used  was  Berthelot's  calorimetric  bomb,  which  was  placed 
at  their  disposal.  This  consists  of  a  metal  shell  lined  with 
platinum  (to  resist  chemical  action),  in  which  combustion 
can  take  place,  and  an  ordinary  calorimeter  of  about  2  litres 
capacity  in  which  the  shell  can  he  suspended,  and  by 
means  of  which  the  heat  developed  is  observed.  The 
substance  to  be  experimented  upon  is  weighed  and  sus- 
pended within  the  shell  in  a  perforated  platinum  capsule. 
Immediately  above  this  is  placed  a  spiral  or  fine  iron  wire, 
through  which  a  current  of  electricity  can  be  passed.  The 
lid  of  the  shell,  which  can  be  screwed  in  its  place,  carries 
a  valve,  by  means  of  which  oxygen  at  a  pressure  of  25 
kilos,  can  be  admitted  to  the  interior.  This  having  been 
done  the  shell  is  placed  in  the  calorimeter  and  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  whole  is  allowed  to  become  uniform.  The 
temperature  is  then  observed  from  minute  to  minute  and  a 
current  is  sent  through  the  spiral.  This,  as  it  heats,  sets 
the  combustible  on  fire.  Combustion  is  sudden  and  com- 
plete, leaving  no  combustible  residue.  The  temperature 
should  be  observed  during  several  minutes,  but  the  whole 
operation  is  over  in  a  quarter  of  an  hour. 

The  advantages  of  the  method  are  (1)  simplicity  of 
apparatus,  in  consequence  of  which  a  single  experimenter 
is  sufficient,  whereas  at  least  two  were  required  with  the 
older  apparatus,  (2)  economy  of  time,  and  (3)  owing  to 
complete  combustion  the  corrections  to  be  applied  are  of  a 
lower  order  than  those  necessary  with  the  apparatus  of 
Favre  and  Silbermann.  The  principal  drawback  to  the  use 
of  the  new  apparatus  is  in  the  cost,  both  of  the  platinum 
lining  to  the  shell  and  of  the  reservoir  for  compressed 
oxygen.  When  the  substance  to  be  experimented  upon  is 
coal,  it  presents  the  further  disadvantage  that  it  is  not 
possible  to  weigh  the  ashes.  These  are  scattered  by  the 
violence  of  combustion  about  the  walls  of  the  shell,  and, 
further,  it  must  be  remembered  that  they  are  soluble  in 
the  sulphuric  and  nitric  acids  formed  during  combustion. 
Their  amount  can,  however,  be  estimated  by  determining 
the  amount  of  the  ashes  formed  in  burning  known  weights 


of  the  same  coal.  Another  source  of  error  arises  from  the 
heat  of  formation  of  sulphuric  and  nitric  acids,  which 
although  negligible  in  approximate  work,  must  be  allowed 
for  if  great  accuracy  is  desired.  The  amount  of  these 
boilies  formed  during  combustion  is  estimated  by  titration 
with  an  alkali,  and  the  heat  developed  iu  their  formation  is 
calculated  by  Dulong's  law.  It  is  also  necessary  to  allow 
for  the  heat  generated  in  the  spiral  by  the  current,  which, 
for  the  particular  spiral  used,  was  estimated  at  22  calories. 

( In  the  whole  the  authors  are  of  opinion  that  the  results 
obtained  by  this  method  are  more  reliable  than  those 
obtained  by  the  older  methods,  as  the  necessary  correc- 
tions are  of  so  much  less  relative  importance. 

In  order  to  make  the  correction  for  radiation  as  small  as 
possible,  the  calorimeter  was  placed  within  a  large  double 
calorimeter,  the  space  between  the  walls  of  which  was  filled 
with  water.  By  this  means  the  correction  for  radiation 
was  reduced  from  0-002°  to  0-001°  per  degree  per  minute. 
The  authors  also  found  that  when  the  coal  was  used  in 
pieces  instead  of  in  powder,  it  was  possible  to  obtain  com- 
plete combustion.  In  the  latter  case  it  was  necessary  to 
dilute  the  oxygen  with  air,  pure  oxygen  giving  rise  to 
explosions  which  always  left  a  combustible  residue. 

In  general,  the  results  obtained  by  this  method  give  a 
lower  value  for  the  calorific  power  than  those  obtained  by 
former  methods.  The  following  table  gives  the  results 
of  an  experiment  with  a  particular  sample  of  coal : — ■ 

Grm. 

"Weight  of  substance 0*913 

Initial  temperature 11 '735° 

Temperature  at  end  of  1st  minute 14-000° 

2nd      „       14-600° 

„             „             3rd       , 11-650° 

4th      IftUir 

5th      , 14-830° 

0th       14-620° 

7th       „        14-600° 

8th      11-590° 

Highest  temperature 14"650° 

Initial             „             11-735° 

Rise  of  temperature 2'915° 

Correction -t-0'039 

■J'!'.-,t 

Calories. 

Thermal  capacity  of  calorimeter. 2,400 

2-954°  x  2,000  = 7,089 

Deducting  for  lirat  generated  in  spiral. . .         22 

7,067 

',,(.'-  =  7,494  calories  per  unit  weight  ot  the  coal. 

The  mean  of  several  determinations  of  the  composition 
of  this  sample  showed  that  only  87  per  cent,  of  it  was  pure 
coal. 

7  404 
'  '     x   100  gives   8,620  calories  per  unit  weight  of  pure 

coal.  This  number  is  326  less  than  that  obtained  in 
former  experiments  by  the  authors.  The  authors  have  also 
arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  it  is  impossible  to  calculate 
the  heat  of  combustion  of  a  specimen  of  coal  from  its 
composition.  Appended  are  the  observed  and  calculated 
values  for  three  samples  of  coal. 

Calories. 

1.  Calculated  by  Dulong's  law S.3S2 

Calculated    from    total     amounts    of 

carbon  and  hydrogen  present 8.703 

Observed 8;897 

2.  Calculated  by  Dulong's  law 8,082 

Calculated    from    total    amounts    of 

carbon  and  hydrogen  present 8,501 

Observed 8,264 

3.  Calculated  by  Dulong's  law 8,513 

Calculated    from    total    amounts    of 

carbon  and  hydrogen  present 8,685 

Observed 8,700 


310 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  so,  1892 


The  authors  consider  that  they  have  proved  (iu  con- 
formity with  their  earlier  researches)  thai  sunn-  kinds  of 
coal  have  a  heat  of  combustion  which  is  greater  than  that 
of  the  carbon  and  hydrogen  which  they  contain;  the  heat 
of  combustion  of  others  is  less  than  this,  Although  it  is 
sometimes  higher  than  the  heat  calculated  by  Dulong/s 
method.— D.  E.  J. 


Note  an    the  Carbon   deposited  from    Coal-Gas    Flames. 
W.  Foster.     Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1892  [108],  46. 

Thr  author  quotes  analyses  of  cokes  obtained  by  carbonising 
sugar  and  starch  : — 

Cane  Sugar  Coke.  —  High  temperature,  carbon  95-0, 
hydrogen  1  ■  1 ;  low  temperature,  94- 1  carbon,  1  '2  hydrogen. 

Starch  Coke. — 95-0  per  cent,  carbon,  0-9  per  cent. 
hydrogen  respectively. 

From  the  similarity  in  composition  of  these  cokes  to 
that  of  the  soot  obtainable  from  coal-gas  flames,  he  is 
of  opinion  that  there  is  a  resemblance  in  the  general 
character  of  the  chemical  processes  whereby  they  are 
formed. 


The  Origin  of  Acetylene  in  Flames.     V,  B.  Lewes.     I'roc. 
Chem.  Soc.  1892,  [108],  47—48. 

The  author  has  sought  to  determine  whether  acetylene  is 
the.  product  of  high  temperature  change  or  of  oxidation. 
The  experiments  described  consisted  in  passing  hydro- 
carbon gases  and  mixtures  of  such  gases  with  others 
through  a  heated  platinum  tube  2  mm.  in  diameter,  which, 
judging  from  experiments  made  to  test  the  point,  would 
seem  to  be  without  special  action. 

On  passing  methane  alone  through  the  tube  while  a 
length  of  G  in.  was  heated  to  1100  in  the  flat  flame  of  a 
broad  Bunsen,  a  product  was  obtained  containing  3-2  per 
cent!  of  unsaturated  hydrocarbons  and  1'8  per  cent,  of 
acetylene.  The  effect  of  heating  methane  with  other  gases 
is  indicated  by  the  following  figures  : — 


S  per 

1     Cent. 
(Ixyi-cn. 

15  per 
Cent. 
Air. 

60  per 

Cent. 

i  iarbon 

Monoxide. 


Unsaturated       hydro- 
carbons. 
Acetylene 


BO  i"  i 

Cent, 

Hydrogen. 


Carbon  monoxide. 


-•" 

a-o 

I'll 

rt7 

1-428 

0-666 

(|-ss7 

0-473 

[■1 

1-0 

0-490 

These  results  appear  to  point  to  acetylene  being  formed 
by  the  action  of  heat  alone. 

Ethane  heated  alone  gave  a  product  containing  19-47  per 
cent,  unsaturated  hydrocarbons  and  3-224  per  cent,  of 
acetylene.  The  effect  of  heating  ethane,  diluted  with 
311  per  cent,  of  hydrogen  with  air  was  as  follows  : — 


IS  per  Cent.  i»  per  Cent.  -jr.  i>er  Cent. 
Air.  Air.  Air. 


Unsaturated  hydrocarbons..  7*60 

Acetylene 8-39 

Carbon  dioxide 0-00 

Carbon  monoxide '  i*'>t 


The  effect  of  temperature  Ou  the  formation  of  acetylene 
is  well  shown  by  the  following  results  obtained  on  convert- 
ing Russian  petroleum  into  oil-gas  in  a  Patterson  retort :  — 


PATENT. 


Improvements  in  Machinery  for  the  Manufacture  of  Peat 
Fuel.  B.  G.  B.  Mills,  London.  From  E.  L.  Clarke, 
Montreal,  Canada.     Eng.  Pat.  5980,  April  7,  1891. 

The  machinery  patented  consists  essentially  of  a  cylindrical 
mould  with  a  flat-headed  screwed  revolving  plunger,  the  peat 
to  be  compressed  into  fuel  being  fed  through  a  hopper  on 
to  the  screw  and  compressed  into  the  mould  by  the  head  of 
the  plunger.  The  plunger  is  actuated  by  a  spindle  co-axial 
with  it,  to  which  is  communicated  a  revolving  motion  to 
cause  the  travel  of  the  peat  by  means  of  the  screw  thread, 
and  a  longitudinal  motion  by  means  of  an  eccentric  driven 
by  a  shaft  at  right  angles  to  that  by  which  the  revolving 
motion  is  communicated.  This  arrangement  is  preferably 
worked  in  duplicate,  a  single  central  shaft  then  sufficing  to 
actuate  two  plungers  parallel  with  itself.  The  pinion  upon 
the  central  shaft  is  sufficiently  wide  in  the  face  to  allow  of 
the  reciprocating  movement  caused  by  the  action  of  the 
eccentric  to  take  place  without  the  teeth  becoming  disen- 
gaged. A  wooden  resistance  block  is  inserted  into  the 
mould  at  the  beginning  of  the  compressing  operation,  its 
place  being  afterwards  supplied  by  the  peat  itself.  The 
thread  on  the  plunger  is  kept  clear  by  means  of  a  worm 
wheel  working  at  the  bottom  of  the  hopper.  The  apparatus 
described  is  used  in  connexion  with  the  preliminary  dis 
integrating  and  drying  machine,  in  which  the  peat  after 
having  been  freed  from  sticks  is  carried  through  a  cylinder, 
throtrgh  which  furnace  gases  are  caused  to  pass,  by  means 
of  a  rotating  longitudinal  shaft  fitted  with  stirrers,  and 
driven  by  the  same  gear  as  gives  motion  to  the  compressing 
machinery.  It  is  claimed  that  the  heat  generated  in  com- 
pressing the  peat  aids  its  agglomeration  by  bringing  "  to  the 
surface  the  tarry  residue  inherent  iu  the  peat  particles." 

— B.  B. 


IIL-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Paranthracene.     K.  Elbs.     J.  Prakt.  Chem.  1891,44, 
467—469. 

In  I860  Fritzsche  discovered  the  transformation  of 
anthracene  into  paranthracene  by  prolonged  exposure  to 
sunlight  and  recommended  this  reaction  as  a  suitable  means 
of  preparing  pure  anthracene.  The  author  obtained  this 
hydrocarbon  by  exposing  a  saturated  solution  of  anthracene 
(90  per  cent.)  in  benzene  (at  40°  to  60°)  to  the  action  of 
sunlight  for  one  week,  the  solution  being  heated  ou  a  water- 
bath  from  time  to  time  for  the  purpose  of  re-dissolving  any 
anthracene  which  may  crystallise  out.  The  deposit  was 
filtered  off,  boiled  out  with  a  small  quantity  of  benzene  and 
recrystallised  from  hot  xylene  or  dimethylaniline.  From 
the  former  paranthracene  separates  in  colourless  lustrous 
needles,  whilst  dimethylaniline  f,'ives  it  in  the  form  of 
laminae.  Both  melt  at  27a  — 274  with  complete  conversion 
into  anthracene.  Paranthracene  possesses  no  fluorescent 
properties,  and  its  solution  in  dimethylaniline  may  be  boiled 


AiMii.m.iSM.j        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


341 


without  change.  On  prolonged  boiling  in  naphthalene  it  is, 
however,  gradually  converted  into  anthracene,  the  change 
being  observable  by  the  original  colourless  solution  assuming 
a  violet  fluorescence.  It  is  only  sparingly  soluble  in  most 
solvents.  At  the  temperature  of  its  melting  point  glacial 
acetic  acid,  phenol,  thymol,  resoreinol,  quiuol,  paranitro- 
toluene,  (1  :  2  : -1) — dinitrotoluene,  a  -  nitronaphthalene, 
acetanilide,  acetoparatoluidide,  salicylic  acid,  and  diphenyl- 
trichlorethane  dissolve  O'l  per  cent,  or  even  less;  a-naph- 
thylphenylketone,  nitropseudoeumene,  and  diphenyl  from 
0-l  to  0*2  per  cent.,  and  naphthalene,  acenaphthene, 
azobenzene,  diphenylamine,  and  triphenylmethane  from  0*2 
to  0-3  per  cent.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  a  solution  of 
parauthraccne  in  naphthalene  saturated  at  the  temperature  of 
its  melting  point  was  found  to  contain  only  0*229  per  cent,  of 
paranthracene,  the  depressions  to  be  observed  ate  obviously 
so  small  that  in  order  to  minimise  the  error  as  much  as 
possible  the  results  should  be  calculated  from  the  average 
of  a  number  of  observations.  The  mean  molecular  weight 
of  paranthracene  calculated  from  ten  sets  of  experiments 
comprising  in  all  1 1 8  separate  readings  was  found  to  be 
303,  the  lowest  value  observed  being  IMS  and  the  highest 
344.  The  measurements  were  made  with  an  ordinary 
Beckmann  apparatus,  each  degree  ot  the  thermometer  being 
divided  into  50  parts.  The  following  table  gives  the  results 
of  a  complete  group  of  measurements:  — 


Paranthracene 

in  the 

Solution  per  Cent. 

Depression. 

Molecular  Weigh! 

(Molecular 

Depression  for 

C„,H,  =  701. 

Number  of 
Trials. 

0*059 

0*012 

344 

7 

n-ios 

0*023 

329 

7 

0-132 

11-027 

342 

t 

0*1*0 

0-osr 

276 

s 

0*229 

ii -o.-,:; 

3113 

ID 

anthracene  with  formation  of  dibromanthracenetetrabromide. 
A  similar  result  was  obtained  with  anthracene  when 
brominated  under  the  same  conditions. — 1).  II. 


For  CMH10  the  molecular  weight  is  178,  and  for  (Ci4H10)2 
356,  showing  that  paranthracene  is  formed  from  anthracene 
by  the  combination  of  2  mols.  According  to  Graebe  and 
Liebermann,  bromine  has  no  action  on  paranthracene. 
The  author,  whilst  confirming  this  observation,  states  that 
in  the  presence  of  sunlight,  bromine  strongly  attacks  para- 


l'ATKNT. 


Improvements  in  the  Distillation  of  Mineral  Oils  and 
Light  Bodies,  and  in  Apparatus  therefor.  J.  Laing, 
Edinburgh.     Kng.  Pat.  6134,  April  10,  1891. 

The  chief  improvement  patented  consists  in  making  oil 
stills  of  such  a  form  that  the  upper  part  only  of  the  liquid  in 
them  is  heated,  and  a  sort  of  central  well  is  provided  into 
which  the  heavy  residue  can  sink,  and  whence  it  can  be 
drawn  off  periodically.  The  shape  of  the  body  of  the  still 
somewhat  resembles  the  head  of  an  ordinary  still  inverted, 
an  annular  fire  playing  on  the  wider  part.  The  depth  of 
the  oil  is  maintained  constant  by  means  of  a  ball-cock  or 
similar  device.  It  is  claimed  that  by  this  arrangement  the 
heating  is  more  uniform,  and  the  distillation  takes  place  at 
a  lower  temperature  than  in  the  ordinary  form  of  still, 
while  a  smaller  quantity  of  the  oil  is  "cracked "and  a 
better  product  is  obtained. — Ii.  1!. 


IV -COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

Dyewood  Extracts  and  their  Manufacture.  F.  E.  Marat. 
Bull.  Soc.  Iud.  Mulhouse,  1891,  361—  452— {concluded). 
(This  Journal,  1892,  154—155.) 

The  appended  tables  show  the  composition  (calculated  to 
30°  B.)  of  the  logwood  extracts  manufactured  at  Havre  let 
the  two  methods  already  described  (this  Journal,  1892, 
153—155). 

Throughout  the  tables  the  weights  given  represent  kilos. 


Logwood  Extracts,  Havre  (First  System). 


Brand. 


Logwood  extract,  dry,  pure    

Hemateine,  in  powder 

Logwood  extract,  dry,  prima,  superior  

Logwood  extract,  dry,  prima  

Logwood  extract,  dry,  Xo.  1 

Logwood  extract,  dry.  No.  2 

Logwood  extract,  dry,  No,  8,Sanford 

Logwood  extract,  dry,  No.  3.  for  cold  countries 

Logwood  extract,  dry.  No.  3a    , . . . 

Logwood  extract,  dry.  No.  3B 

Logwood  extract,  30°  B..  pure  

Logwood  extract,  80°  15..  No.  l 

Logwood  extract,  S0°  B,  No.  2 

Logwood  extract,  30-  K..  Xo.  3 

Logwood  extract, 30    It..  No.  4 


Wood  used. 

Yield  of 

Extract  at 

30s  B. 

4.1  ll  II) 

1.01  III 

l.llilll 

1.111)0 

4, 1 

1,111111 

(.Oihi 

1.01)0 

.V.IIOII 

l.llilll 

4,000 

1,0110 

1. 

1,000 

4,001) 

1,001) 

4.1  "HI 

1,000 

4.000 

1,000 

l.iliin 

l.llilll 

4.1100 

1,111111 

4,0110 

l.OOil 

4,000 

1.000 

4,01111 

1,000 

Molasses  at 
30°  B. 


Chestnut 

Extract,  at 

:;ii    Ii. 


2r><: 
236 
305 
530 
560 
SCO 
660 


210 
280 
■till 
560 


.-,n 
Ml 
200 
200 
300 
350 
500 


Carbonate       Powdered 
of  Soda.  Gypsum. 


10 
10 
20 
20 
20 


Si 

4' 
51 


10 
10 
10 
10 
12! 


342 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  so,  1893. 


Logwood  Extracts,  Havre  (Second  System). 


Brand. 


Wood 
used. 


Yield  ot 

Extract  at 

SO    B. 


Molasses, 

at  3o    IS. 


I 
Chestnut.        Sumac.        Potassium 
calculated    calcu'ated        Ferri- 
to  Sir"  I!.       toSO0  li.       cyanide. 


Powdered 
Gypsum. 


Logwi  "ii 
■  Foots." 


The  trade  names  and  composition  of  the  fustic  extracts  as  the   basis    that    quercitron    hark   yields  30  per  cent,  of 

manufactured  at  Havre   are  given   in  the  following  table.  extract  at  30° ;  sumac  leaves,  75  per  cent,  of  extract  at  30°; 

The  wood  is  reckoned   as  yielding  17  per  cent,  of  extract  turmeric  root,  150  per  cent,  of  extract  at  30';  and  divi-divi, 

at  30  .     The  other  substances  added  as  solids  are  calculated  53  per  cent,  of  extract  at  30c  li. 


Fcstic  Extracts  (Havre). 


Brand. 


Product  Alizarin- 

v7ood          of          Bark     Sumac  Turmeric  Divi-divi   Molasses    Dextrin    Sulphate    Orange, 

used.      Extract   at 30° B.  at 30° B.  at  SO   B.  atS0°B.    at  30°  B     at  SO  B.    of  Soda.      20  per 

at  30°  B.  Cent. 


Fustic  extract,  dry.  [aire 6 

Fustic  extract,  dry.  prima 6.030 

Fustic  extract,  dry.  No  2 >,C00 

Fustic  extract,  dry.  tfo.8 6, 

Fustic  extract,  30°  B.,  pure 6,000  | 

Fustic  extract,  30    B.,  yellow  JJ 

Fustic  extract,  34    B.,  medium  yellow.  O.ooO 

.l\l  I. 

Fustic   extract.  30°   1!  .  orange    yellow,  0,000 

JO  II. 
Fustic  extract.  3o:  B.,  orange  JO  III 0, I 


1,020 

•• 

•• 

•• 

1,020 

54 

.. 

PI 

ISO 

1,020 

54 

Hi 

135 

.. 

135 

Oil 

1,02m 

u 

92 

135 

1"5 

60 

.. 

1,020 

■  ■ 

•' 

•  • 

1,02  i 

51 

16 

168 

60 

.. 

1,020 

51 

•  • 

•  ■ 

16 

252 

•• 

60 

1.020 

54 

10 

462 

15 

13 

1,020 

51 

16 

630 

15 

15 

The  following  table   gives  the  trade  names  of  the  logwood  and  fustic   extracts  manufactured   at   R  men,  together  with 
the  proportions  of  the  materials  used  in  their  manufacture  : — 

Logwood  and  Fustic  Extracts  (Rouen)- 


Brand. 


Wind    Molasses, 
u^d.         1JC  B. 


Chestnut 
Extract, 
30°  B.     j 


l.i i -'\\..i  d  extract, dry,  orHematine 

Xo.  1, guaranteed  pure. 

i  extract,  dry, or  Hcmatine 

Xo.  2,  extra  refined. 
Logwood     extract,      dry.     prima 

superior. 
Logwood  extract, dry, prima  Bl).. 

Logwood  extract,  dry.  Nil.  1  Bit. .. 

Logwood  extract,  dry,  Xo.  2  

Logwood  extract,  dry,  Su.  3 

Logwood  extract,  dry,  Sanford  A  .. 

logwood  extract,  dry,  Sanfi     i   B, 

Logwood   extract,  30     B.    extra: 

Heiiiatine.  pure  . 
Logwood   extract,    30     I!,   extra  ; 
Hematinc,  refined. 


Sicilian    Quercitron    Turmeric  Glucose, 
Sumac.  Bark.         Powder.      30   B. 


Powdered 
Gypsum. 


Total 
Yield  of 
Extract. 


Percentage 
of  Foreign 

BndieS. 


73 

SO 

-.SHU 

6(10 

150 

8,800 

720 

250 

2*0 

720 

375 

240 

060 

500 

2IU 

8,800 

1,340 

750 

24U 

i  580 

S75 

240 

8,800 

1,820 

1,000 

2W 

■-.Mil. 

SJjOO 

75 

SO 

1,465 

1,556 

2.o7.-, 

2,426 

lit 

2515 

60 

2.S75 

SO 

3.  Ho 

120 

3,700 

150 

4,1110 

2,200 

2.3S5 

li 

284 
391 

t2 ; 

411 
57 
61 

i-.t; 


April  so,  189a.]       THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CIIEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


343 


LocnvooD  a.m.  Fustic  Extracts  (  Rouen)— continued. 


Brand. 


W I    Molnssei 

used.       3D    B. 


<  ihesttml 

Extract, 

12°  B. 


Silici.-m    Quercitron 
Sumac.         Bark. 


I  og  wood    extract,   30°    B.,    prima 

superior. 
Logwood  extract,  30   B.,  prima. 

Logwood  extract,  30   B„  No,  i  . 

Logwoo  l  extract,  30    B.,  No.  2  . 

Logwood  extract,  30    K.,  No.  ■"■  - 

Fustic  extract,  dry,  Cuba,  prima 

iupei  ior. 
Fustic  extract,  dry,  Cuba,  No.  2.. . 

Fustic  oxtract,  dry,  Cuba,  No. "■ 

I'n -in'     i  \ i ract,    80      B.,     prima 

superior. 
Fustic  extract,  30°  B.,  No.  2 

Fustic  extiact,30   B„  No.3 


8,800 

mil 

.. 

150 

8,800 

720 

260 

L'  HI 

8,800 

720 

375 

240 

8,800 

080 

300 

210 

8,800 

1,340 

750 

240 

8,800 

ISO 

8,800 

1  0 

8,800 

ISO 

B.800 

ISil 

8,800 

lsil 

8,800 

180 

Turmeric 
Powder. 


200 


Glucose, 


Powdered 
Gypsum. 


Total 
Yield  of 
Extract. 


900 

450 
675 




.. 

3,150 

3,630 

3,700 

P.280 

5,000 

40 

1,515 

60 

1,590 

SO 

1,760 

2,250 

2,300 

2,530 

Percentage 

of  Foreign 

Bodies. 


■j'.i; 

m 

4S 
66 
28 
35 
43 
26 
35 
41 


— W.  B.  IC. 


Studies  on  the  Colour-Derivatives  of  Triphenylmethane. 
E.  Noelting  and  Polonowsky.  Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  Mulhouse, 
1892,  28—40. 

The  following  jp-amido  compounds  : 


XH., 


NH, 


NH„ 


I 

\/ 
CH3 
1. 

(11. 


CH, 


CH:i 


CH:1 


CH, 


CH3 


CH, 


\/ 


XH3 

\y 

CH, 
4. 


CH, 
CH, 


CH, 


XH., 

'II, 

5. 


in  addition  to  the  p-  and  m-amido  compounds  previously 
mentioned  (this  Journal,  1890,53,279  ;  1891, 456;,  condense 
with  tetramethyldiamidobenzhydrol  (tetramethyldiamidodi- 
phenylcarbinol).  When  the  condensation  is  effected  by 
means  of  sulphuric  acid,  leuco-compounds  are  obtained 
which  melt  at  (1)  158°,  (2)  142°,  (3)  132°,  and  (4)  157% 
and  oxidise  respectively  into  green,  blue-green,  green-blue, 
and  blue-green  dyes.  Prehnidine  (5)  does  not  condense 
well.  The  authors  have  been  unable  to  decide  which  of  the 
two  formulae — 

(CH3)2N.C6H4]2 :  CH.C6H2(CH3;.,NH.. 
[CH  :  CH3  :  CH3:NH2  =  1  :  2  :  6  :  5  and  1  :  2  :  4  :  5] 

represents  the  constitution  of  the  compound  obtained  from 
a-7«-xylidine,  but  consider  the  second  more  probable,  as 
symmetrical  sulpho-  and  nitro-derivatives  are  obtained  from 
that  base.  With  mesidine,  pseudoeumidine,  isoduridine,  and 
pfehnidine  one  formula  in  each  case  is  alone  possible. 

When  the  condensation  is  effected  by  concentrated 
hydrochloric  acid,  the  leuco-base  from  m-xylidine  melts  at 
145°;  that  from  pseudoeumidine  at  163  ■  4°.  Both  oxidise 
badly,  in  consequence  probably  of  the  combination  taking 
place  in  the  o-position  to  their  amido-groups.  The  above- 
mentioned  derivative  of  prehnidine  also  oxidises  unsatis- 
factorily for  the  same  reason.  Mesidine  and  isoduridine 
yield  with  hydrochloric  acid  the  same  leuco-compounds  as 
with  sulphuric  acid,  but  less  readily. 

The  dibenzyl-compound  obtained  by  treatment  of  hexa- 
methyltriamidotriphenylmethane  with  benzyl  chloride  yields 
on   oxidation  a  blue-green  dye   of   sparing  solubility.     A 


more  soluble  dye,  suitable  for  wool  and  silk,  is  obtain,  ,1  by 
sulphonating  the  kuco-base  before  oxidising.  As  the  ethyl- 
derivative  of  the  compound — 

[(CH3)2X  .C6H4], :  CH.C,iH4.XH;  (CH  :  XH.  =  1:3) 

yields  on  oxidation  a  green  dye  of  yellower  shade  than  the 
preceding,  it  would  seem  that  the  methyl-group  in  the 
o-position  to  the  methane-carbon  atom  exercises  a  sensible 
influence  on  the  shade  of  the  resultant  dye. 

An  isomeric  dibenzyl  -  compound  obtained  by  con- 
densation of  dibenzyl-/)- toluidine  and  tetramethyldiamido- 
benzhydrol with  sulphuric  acid,  oxidises  to  a  dye  of  a  pure 
green  shade.  In  this  ease  the  methane-carbon  atom  is 
probably  directly  combined  with  the  benzyl-group  and  not 
with  the  benzene  nucleus,  since  benzylamine  similarly  yields 
the  leuco-lase  of  a  green  dye  when  condensed  with 
tetramethyldiamidobenzhydrol. — E.  B. 


Sealed  Notes  deposited  with  the  Industrial  Society  of 
Mulhouse  by  E.  Noelting:  opened  October  28,  1891. 
Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  Mulhouse,  1892,  40—46. 

Notes  deposited  April  2,  1887. 
Note  No.  499, — Diazoamidobcnzoie  acid — ■ 
,  COOH 
«,H4< 

\N:X.HX.C6H,.C(>oH 

when  heated  with  aniline  and  aniline  hydrochloride,  under- 
goes a  molecular  interchange  forming  amido-azobenzene 
carboxylic  acid — 

,  COOH 

c„h  / 

\N:X.CCH,X1L 

The  latter  dyes  yellow  on  cotton  mordanted  with  alumina 
and  olive  on  chrome.  It  may  be  diazotised  and  combined 
with  aromatic  amines,  carboxylic  acids,  and  phenols, 
yielding     derivatives    which   dye    cotton   mordanted   with 

metallic  hydrates. 

Note  No.  500. — The  hydrazine  derivatives  of  carboxylic 
acids  condense  with  ketones  and  diketones  forming  dyes. 
Thus  dihydroxytartaric  acid  condenses  with  nt-phenylhy- 
drazine-carboxylic  acid  forming  a  hydrazone  which  differs 
from  ordinary  Tartrazine  in  its  property  of  dyeing  on 
alumina  and  chrome  mordants,  o.  and  p-phenylhydrazine 
carboxylic  acids  furnish  similar  condensation  products. 
The  hydrazine  carboxylic  acids  also  condense  with  phenan- 
thraquinone  and  benzil,  but  the  orange  compounds  obtained 


311 


THE  JOUaNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  so,  1892. 


are  devoid  of  dyeing  power.  Balay,  a  student  of  Noelting's, 
finds  that  hydrazine-sulphonic  acids  condense  with  pbenan- 
thraquiuone,  forming  valuable  orange  dyes  suitable  for 
wool. 

Aote  No.  502. — Nitrotoluic  acid — 

[COOH:CH3:NH2=  1  :  2:5]  on  fusion  with  soda,  yields 
a  compound  which  dyes  unmordanted  cotton  yellow.  Re- 
ducing agents  convert  this  compound  into diamidostilbenedi- 
carboxylic  aeid,  which  can  be  diazotised  and  combined  with 
phenols  and  amines,  furnishing  derivatives  which  dye  un- 
mordanted cotton.  The  author  considers  it  probable  that 
all  compounds  which  contain  methyl-  and  nitro-groups  in 
the  ^-position  to  each  other,  arc  capable  of  undergoing 
similar  condensation  and  purposes  further  studying  this 
reaction. — E.  B. 


Changes    in    Chromium   Pigments.     Papier  Zeitung,    1891, 

17,  292. 

See  under  VI.,  next  page. 


On  the  Manufacture  of  <  'hromium  Pigments.     CO.  Weber. 
Dingl.Polyt.  J.  1891,  282,   138,  183,  and  206. 

See  under  XIII.,  pages  357 — 360. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Process  for  Producing  Azo-Colouring 
Mullets.  A.  Fischesser,  Lutterbach,  Alsace,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  3270,  February  23,  1891. 

In  place  of  a-  or  3-naphthol  used  in  producing  insoluble 
azo-eolouring  matters  on  the  fibre,  it  is  proposed  to  employ 
8-hydroxynaphthoic  acid  having  a  melting  point  of  216°  C. 
If  dianisidine  be  diazotised  and  employed  as  the  amine  in 
this  process,  a  blue  is  obtained  resembling  indigo,  which 
resists  soap  and  washing.  The  fibre  is  impregnated  with 
the  solution  of  the  diazo-  or  tetrazo-compound  and  passed 
through  an  alkaline  solution  of  the  /3-hydroxynaphthoic 
acid  or  vice  versa.  Passing  the  fibre  through  weak  acid 
after  dyeing  is  advantageous  in  developing  the  colour.  If 
0-naphthylamine  be  employed  it  gives  a  Bordeaux,  aniline 
a  yellowish-red,  nitraniline  a  fiery  red,  and  tolidine  a  deep 
violet  or  reddish  blue. — T.  A.  L. 


I. 


PS  II    i   4CII..IUI 


,O.N(CH3)3lI2 
PO ■'  O.N(CH3)o.H3 
\OH 


II. 

0N(CH  i.dl, 

OX(CH3).,H2  -  CH3.0H  =* 
\OH 
!'(),.( INCH ,11,  +  NH(CH3)3 


PO^ 


Phenol  and  /3-naphthol  react  at  3003  C.  with  phosphane, 
but  only  under  increased  pressure,  diphenylamine  and 
9-dinaphthylamine  being  formed.  The  phospham  is  pre- 
pared by  adding  a  solution  of  yellow  phosphorus  in  carbon 
bisulphide  to  powdered  sulphur,  so  as  to  moisten  it,  and 
heating  the  residue,  after  evaporating  off  the  solvent,  to  a 
white  heat  with  ammonium  chloride.  Boron  nitride  reacts 
h>s  readily  than  phosphane:  cyanogen  and  cyanides  only 
}  it  I<1  traces  of  fatty  or  of  aromatic  amines. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  and  Separation  of 
Methylamines,  Ethylamines,  Phenylamines,  and  Naph- 
thylamines.  K.  Vidal,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  3622, 
February  27,  1891. 

The  above  amines  are  produced  by  the  action  of  the 
ht  droxy  compounds  or  of  the  oxides  of  the  hydrocarbon 
radicles  upon  nitrides  of  the  metalloids,  such  as  nitride 
of  boron,  cyanogen,  and  phosphane.  An  amine  salt  of  an 
acid  of  the  non-metal  and  an  amine  result,  the  change, 
in  the  case  of  phosphane,  being  represented  by  the 
following  equations  : — 


With  phospham  and  methyl  or  ethyl  alcohol  the  reaction 
takes  place  at  tin1  ordinary  pressure  in  a  closed  vessel  at 
230°  C.|  1  part  of  phospham  to  about  I  pans  of  the  alcohol 
biing  employed.  The  resulting  amine  remains  in  solution 
in    the   excess   of  alcohol    and    can    be   readily    separated. 


Improvements  in  lite  Manufacture  "/  a  Sulpho-Acid  "J 
Alpha-Naphthol,  and  of  Colouring  Mailers  therefrom. 
Read  Holliday  and  Suns,  Limited,  T.  Holliday  and 
P.  B.  E.  Seidler,  Hiiddersfield.  Eng.  Pat.  5103,  March 
21,  1891. 

If  one  part  of  a-uaphthol  be  heated  with  2\  parts  of 
sulphuric  acid  of  66  B.  at  loo  to  140  0.  until  a  sample 
on  treatment  with  nitric  acid  gives  little  or  no  precipitate 
of  diuitronaphthol,  a  new  a-naphthol  sulphonic  acid  is 
formed  which  can  be  precipitated  from  the  melt  by  dilution 
with  water  and  saturating  the  solution  with  salt.  After 
filtration  the  salt  of  the  new  acid  can  be  purified  by  recrys- 
tallisation  from  water.  Another  method  of  separating  it 
from  the  mixture  of  a-naphthol  sulphonic  acids  formed 
simultaneously  is  to  fractionally  precipitate  them  as  azo- 
colours  by  the  addition  of  diazoxylenc  or  other  diazo- 
compound.  The  new  sulphonic  acid  forms  the  colour 
known  as  acid  yellow  when  treated  with  nitric  acid,  and  if 
a  solution  of  the  colour  produced  by  combining  diazotised 
uaphthionic  acid  and  an  alkaline  solution  of  the  new 
naphthol  sulphonic  acid  be  spotted  on  paper  the  colour  is 
unaffected  by  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  sulphuric  acid. 
The  new  acid  is  said  to  differ  in  these  reactions  from 
sulphonic  acids  of  a-naphthol  previously  known,  and  is  to 
be  used  for  combination  with  diazo-  and  tetrazo-compounds 
for  producing  azo-colouring  matters. — T.  A.  L. 


]  Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  of  Ortho- 
o.rydiphenyl-carhon-acid.  B.  Willeox,  Loudon.  From 
F.  von  Heyden,  Xaehfolger,  Radebeul,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  5122, ".March  21,  1891. 

OrtTHo-HVOROXY-iuriiENYi.,  when  dissolved  in  caustic  soda, 
and  the  dry  salt  heated  with  carbon  dioxide  under  pressure 
to  100° — 220^  C.,  is  converted  into  the  corresponding 
carboxylic  acid.  The  product  of  the  reaction  is  dissolved  in 
water  and  decomposed  with  hydrochloric  acid  when  the  free 
aeid  is  precipitated,  which  melts  at  180°  C.  It  can  be  used 
as  an  antiseptic  and  for  the  manufacture  of  colouring 
matters  and  of  dyestuffs. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Black  Colouring 
Matters.  O.  Imray,  London.  From  the  "  Farbwerke 
vormals  Meister,  Lucius,  und  Bruning,"  Hoechst-on-the- 
Maine,  Germany,     ring.  Pat.  5904,  April  6,  1891. 

By  fusing  the  naphthol  trisulphonic  acid  or  the  naphtho- 
sultone  disulphonic  acid  described  in  Germau  Patent  56,058 
with  caustic  alkalis,  a  dihvdroxynaphthalene  disulphonic 
acid  is  formed,  which  will  combine  with  two  molecules 
either  of  the  same  or  of  different  diazo-eompounds.  For 
example,  one  molecule  of  dihydroxynaphthalene  disul- 
pbonate  of  soda  is  dissolved  in  water  with  four  molecules 
of  caustic  soda  to  a  15 — 20  per  cent,  solution,  and  combined 
with  a  solution  containing  two  molecules  of  diazobenzeue 
chloride.  After  standing  12  hours  the  colouring  matter  is 
salted  out.  The  most  valuable  colouring  matters  are  those 
obtained  by  combination  with  diazo-compounds,  one  of 
which  is  sulphonated  and  the  other  not.  Much  deepei 
black  shades  can  be  produced  by  dyeing  in  an  acid  bath  in 
the  presence  of  chromates  ;  the  shade-  range  from  a  blue  to 
a  greenish-black. —  T.  A.  L. 


April 3 1, i8M.j       'ME  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


34. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  of  Azo- 
Colouring  Matters.  B.  Willcox,  London.  From  the 
"  Farbeufabriken  vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,"  Elberfeld, 
Germany.     Ens-  l'at.  5984,  April  7,  1891. 

Tins  is  an  extension  of  the  following:  Erjg.  Pat  13,605 
of  1889  (this  Journal,  1890,  854,  cf.  Ger.  Pat.  -10,571), 
Eng.  Pat.  3397  of  !890,  Fng.  Pat.  13,443  of  1890  (this 
Journal,  1891,  760),  and  Eng.  Pat.  IS, 517  of  1889  (this 
Journal,  1890,  1032).  All  these  patents  refer  to  hydroxy- 
naphthalene  or  naphthylamioe  sulphonic  aeids  which  have 
now  been  recognised  as  containing  two  hydroxyl  groups, 
or  a  hydroxy]  and  an  amido  group  in  the  1:1'  position. 
Several  azo-colouring  matters  have  already  been  described 
in  the  above  specifications,  and  in  addition,  the  following 
amines  can  be  employed  after  diazotisation  for  combination 
with  the  sulphonic  acids  of  1:1'  dihydroxynaphthalcne  and 
of  1 : 1'  amidonaphthol. 

1.  Atnido-phenols,  amido  cresols,  and  their  substitution 
products  which  contain  the  amido  and  hydroxyl  groups 
in  other  than  an  ortho-position. 

-.  The  aniiduphenol  ethers,  amidocresol  ethers,  amido- 
naphthol ethers,  and  their  sulphonic  acids,  with  the 
exception  of  those  already  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  18,517 
of  1889. 

3.  Xiti. online,  amidoazobenzene,  their  homologues,  and 
sulphonic  acids. 

1.  Amidonaphthols,  amidodihydroxynaphthalene  ethers 
and  their  sulphonic  acids. 

5.  Amidobenzoic  acids  and  certain  of  their  derivatives. 

6.  Phenylene,  toluylene,  and  naphthylene  diamines  (sub- 
stituted in  one  of  the  amido  groups  by  alkyl,  phenyl,  or 
benzyl)  and  their  sulphonic  acids. 

7.  The  amidoazo  compounds  formed  by  combining  with 
a-naphthylamine  or  o-amidonaphthol  ether  the  diazo- 
derivatives  of  t lie  amines  already  mentioned  under  2,  4,  5, 
and  6,  and  in  addition  the  a-  and  /3-naphthylamiue  tri- 
sulphonie  acids.  The  colouring  matters  are  dyestuffs  for 
wool,  giving  mostly  violet  to  blue  shades. — T.  A.  L. 


Production  of  Amidonaphtkolsulpho  Acids  and  of  Dye- 
stuffs  therefrom.  S.  Pitt,  Sutton.  From  L.  Cassella 
and  Co.,  Frankfort  on-thc-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
6972,  April  22,  1891. 

Ax  extension  of  Eng.  l'at.  16,699  of  1889  (this  Journal, 
1890,  935),  Eng.  Pat.  19,330  of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891, 
917),  and  Eng.  Pat.  1742  of  1891  (this  Journal,  1891,  918), 
which  refer  to  the  manufacture  of  azo  dyestuffs  derived 
from  amidonaphthol  sulphonic  acids.  Some  new  amido- 
naphthol sulphonic  acids  are  described  and  also  other 
processes  for  producing  acids  already  known. 

1.  The  acid  H  described  in  Eng."Pat.  1742  of  1891  can 
be  obtained  as  follows  :  the  naphthylamine  trisulphouic 
acid  obtained  by  nitration  and  reduction  of  the  naphthalene 
trisulphouic  acid  of  Eng.  Pat.  15,716  of  1885  (this  Journal, 
1886,  662),  when  heated  with  caustic  alkalis  to  170° — 190° 
yields  after  acidification  an  amidonaphthol  disulphonic  acid 
identical  with  acid  H. 

2.  A  new  naphthalene  trisulphouic  acid  is  produced  by 
sulphonating  naphthalene  )3 -disulphonic  acid.  This  forms 
a  mono-nitro  derivative,  which,  on  reduction  yields  a  new 
naphthylamine  trisulphouic  acid  of  which  the  neutral  sodium 
salt  is  easily  soluble  in  water  with  a  green  fluorescence.  If 
the  acid  be  treated  with  caustic  soda  in  an  autoclave  it  is 
converted  into  a  new  amidonaphtholdisulphonie  acid,  of 
which  the  orange  diazo-compound  is  turned  blue  by  alkalis 
and  can  be  precipitated  by  salt. 

3.  The  naphthalene  /3-sulphonic  acid  gives  a  dinitro- 
derivative  and  on  reduction  forms  diamidonaphthalene 
sulphonic  acid,  which  is  nearly  insoluble  in  cold  water. 
Heated  with  dilute  mineral  acids  to  120'  C.  under  pressure, 
it  also  is  converted  into  a  new  amidonaphthol  sulphonic 
acicl  nearly  insoluble  in  cold  water. 

4.  By  sulphonating  jS-naphthylamine,  the  7-disulphonic 
acid  is  not  the  only  product  formed.  If,  therefore,  the 
crude  melt  be  fused  with  caustic  alkalis  instead  of  the  pure 
jB-naphthylamine-7-disnlphonic  acid,  the  7-amido-/3-naphthol 
sulphonic  acid  formed  is   somewhat  altered  as   well   as  the 


colouring  matters  therefrom.     The  colouring  matter  from 
tetrazodiphenyl  (diamine  black  1  becomes  more  violet. 

5.  By  heating  /8-naphthylamine  trisulphouic  acid  (corre- 
sponding to  the  known  /3-naphlhol  trisulphonic  acid)  with 
caustic  alkalis  according  to  Eng.  Pat.  15,175  of  1889  (this 
Journal,  1890,  85  1),  a  0-amidonaphthol  disulphonic  acid 
is  produced  which  can  be  used  for  the  purposes  of  this 
I  invention.  These  amidonaphthol  sulphonic  acids  are  em- 
(  ployed  for  the  production  of  colouring  matters  as  already 
mentioned  in  the  previous  patents  The  specification  also 
I  describes  the  preparation  of  new  dyestuffs  from  colouring 
matters  of  which  the  aciil  H  is  one  of  the  components.  For 
instance,  the  colouring  matter  obtained  from  tetrazodiphenyl 
anil  amidonaphthol  disulphonic  acid  H,  which  is  a  blue,  can 
be  diazotised  and  when  combined  with  resorcinol  gives  a 
green  which  dyes  unmordanted  cotton.  If  a-naphthylamine 
be  substituted  for  the  resorcinol,  a  bluish  black  dyestuff 
results.— T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  and  Production  of  Dyes 
belonging  to  the  Rhodamine  Series, and  of  New  Materials 
for  Use  in  their  Preparation.  J.  V.  Johnson,  London. 
From  the  "  Uadische  Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik,"  Ludwigs- 
hafen-on-the-lihine,  Germany.  Fug.  Pat.  7258,  April 
27,  1891. 

The  dyestuffs  of  the  rhodamine  series  (Eng.  Pat.  15,374 
of  1887  ;  this  Journal,  1888,  745)  cannot  be  converted  iuto 
sulphonic  acids  by  direct  sulphonation.  Certain  benzylated 
m-amidophenol  derivatives  can  be  condensed  with  phthalic 
anhydride  to  yield  new  basic  rhodamine  dyestuffs,  which  on 
sulphonation  yield  sulphonic  acids  capable  of  employment 
as  ordinary  acid  dyestuffs.  Mono-methyl-  or  ethyl-m-sul- 
phanilic  acid  is  converted  by  the  action  of  henzylchloride 
and  caustic  soda  in  an  aqueous  solution  into  methyl-  or 
ethyl-benzyl-m-sulphanilic  acid.  This  on  fusion  with  caustic 
soda  yields  methyl-  or  ethyl m-amido-phenol,  which  when 
heated  with  phthalic  anhydride  gives  dimethyl-  or  diethyl- 
dibcnzyl-rhodamine.  The  sulphonation  is  performed  with 
fuming  sulphuric  acid,  containing  about  30  per  cent,  of  sul- 
phuric anhydride,  and  the  sulphonic  acid  obtained  dissolves 
to  a  fluorescent  solution  in  hot  or  cold  water,  dyeing  wool 
atal  silk  from  an  acid  bath  in  red  shades  fast  to  light  and 
alkalis.— T.  A.  L. 


VI.-DYEING,  CALICO  PEINTING,  PAPER- 
STAINING-,  AND  BLEACHING. 

1  'hanges  in  Chromium  Pigments.     Papier  Zeitunn-.  1891, 
17,  292. 
The  pigments  used  at  present  in  paper  staining  are  generally 
aniline-lakes  obtained  by  precipitating  the  solutions  of  the 
various  aniliue  dyes  with  solutions   of  sulphate  of  alumina 
and  sodium  carbonate. 

The  chrome  yellows  are  obtained  by  precipitating  a 
solution  of  lead  acetate  with  a  solution  of  bichromate  of 
potash,  lied  and  orange  chromes  can  be  produced  by 
treating  chrome  yellow  with  caustic  soda  or  potash. 

Blanc  fixe,  which  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
"enamelled"  papers,  is  the  product  of  the  precipitation  of 
a  solution  of  barium  chloride  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid. 

Generally  speaking,  the  aniline  lakes  are  very  fugitive, 
more  particularly  so  in  direct  sunlight.  In  paper  staining 
they  are  mixed  with  hlanc  Jl.re,  and  those  lakes  produced 
from  acid  coal-tar  colours  give  in  these  mixtures  better 
results  than  the  lakes  from  basic  dyes.  The  glue  which 
also  forms  part  of  these  mixtures  ought  to  be  perfectly 
neutral. 

The  chrome  yellows,  which  were  always  considered 
perfectly  fast  to  light,  according  to  the  author,  are  quite 
unworthy  of  this  reputation,  ami  as  a  matter  of  fact  are 
even    more    fugitive    than     the    aniline    lakes.      Chrome 

E  2 


[6 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  30. 1892 


pigments  precipitated  upon  the  vegetable  fibre  are  fairly 
fast,  lnit  their  mixtures  with  aniline  pigments  and  blanc 
fixe  do  not  stand  well  at  all. 

The  changes  of  the  chromium  pigments  are  due  to  the 
following  causes  : — 

1.  Insufficient  agitation  of  the  mixed  pigments,  causing 
the  heavy  chrome  yellows  to  settle  on  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel.  2.  Mixture  of  yellow  and  basic  orange  chromes. 
3.  Too  high  a  working  temperature. 

The  decomposition  of  the  glue  with  which  the  pigments 
are  mixed  may  cause  evolution  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
which  will  very  seriously  affect  the  shade  of  the  chrome 
yellow  mixture. 

Aniline  pigments  in  similar  mixtures  are  uot  liable  to 
such  changes. — C.  O.  W. 


The  Composition  oj  Turkey-red  Oil. 
Soc.  Uhim.  1891,6,  638 
See  under  XII.,  pages  355 — 357. 


P.  Juillard. 

656. 


Bull. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  m  Means  for  Use  in  Electrolysis.  .T.Marx, 
I'lankl'mt-on-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Tat.  6266,  April 
24,  1890.     (Second  Edition.) 

See  under  XI.,  page  353. 


Improvements  in  and  Apparatus  for  Electrolysing  and 
Bleaching.  .T.  Marx.  Bad-Vauheim,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pal    3738,  March  2,  1891. 

See  under  XI.,  page  353. 


Improvements  in  I  In'  Formation  of  Ozone  in  Presence  of 
Air  or  Oxygen,  and  Apparatus  therefor.  A.  Schneller 
an. I  W.  :).  Wisse,  The  Hague.  Holland.  Eng.  Tat.  5222, 
March  24,  1891. 

See  under  XI.,  page  35  I. 


A  JS'eie  or  Improi  id  (  'omposition  of  Ink  for  Reproduction 
of  Copies  by  Ike  Manifold  Process  and  the  like. 
\V.  Sherwood,  Loughborough.  Eng.  Pat.  5437,  March 
26,  1891. 

The  invention  consists  in  making  an  ink  composed  of  an 
appropriate  aniline  dye  dissolved,  together  with  borax,  in 
water  and  boiled  linseed  oil.  In  a  typical  ease  which  is 
quoted,  Hi  parts  "aniline  dye  powder  nigrosine  No.  15  " 
are  mixed  with  four  parts  of  powdered  borax,  lit  parts 
of  boiling  water  added,  the  whole  allowed  to  digest  for 
8  or  12  hours,  and  Id  parts  of  boiled  linseed  oil  added. 
The  details  of  the  process  may  be  varied. — B.  B. 


A  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Increasing  the  Bleaching 
Properties  of  Chlorine  Gas.  C,  Kellner,  Manchester. 
Eng.  Pat.  22,438,  December  23,  1891. 

See  under  XI.,  paije  354. 


Improvements  in  Inks  for  Printing,  Stamping,  and  the 
Like.  <'.  M.  Higgins,  New  STork,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  93, 
January  2,  1892. 

See  under  XIII.,  page  362. 


VII.-ACIDS.  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 


/'he  Solubility  of  Sodium  Carbonate,  and  of  Sodium 
Hi*  ai  Inmate  in  Solutions  o/  Sodium  Chloride.  K.  Reich. 
Monatsh.  1891, 12,  164—473. 

The  method  adopted  by  the  author  for  the  determination  of 
the  solubility  of  sodium  carbonate  in  sodium  chloride  con- 
sisted in  treating  an  excess  of  the  deca-hydrated  carbonate 
with  solutions  of  sodium  chloride  of  varying  strengths  at 
15°C.  in  suitable  flasks,  the  mixing  being  effected  partly 
by  shaking  and  partly  in  a  rotating  machine  worked  by  a 
water  motor.  After  the  mixing  by  hand  the  contents  of  the 
flasks  wire  allowed  to  stand  overnight,  and  the  final  mixing 
in  the  rotating  machine  given  the  following  morning  for 
1 — 2  hours.  Variations  in  the  time  of  mixing  between  these 
limits  were  found  to  give  concordant  results.  The  solutions 
were  then  filtered  and  the  filtrates  titrated  with  decinormal 
silver  nitrate  and  with  seminormal  hydrochloric  acid  to 
determine  the  sodium  chloride  and  the  sodium  carbonate 
respectively. 

In  the  following  table  x  and  y  are  the  number  of  parts  of 
sodium  chloride  and  of  sodium  carbonate  respectively  dis- 
solved by  lOd  parts  of  water  : — 


X. 

"■ 

V- 

(NaCI) 

(Na  1  u,i„n.iii 
Observed. 

(Na  1  n;.i0H2O) 
Calculated. 

Difference. 

O'OO 

61-42 

61-41 

+o-oi 

1-03 

53-86 

53-88 

-0-02 

8-02 

Is-llll 

W05 

-0-05 

12'02 

i::-;s 

43-77 

+  0-01 

16'05 

40-96 

W91 

+  0-0.7 

19-S2 

39-46 

39- 15 

+  0-01 

2.1  "70 

39-06 

39-06 

o-oo 

27-93 

39-73 

39-81 

-o-os 

31  '66 

41-44 

4T37 

+  11-117 

35U6 

48-77 

t3"78 

-o-oi 

r  37-19 

46-22 

45"  10 

+  0-12 

C  37-27 

15-32 

l.vn; 

+  0-111 

In  the  two  last  experiments  a  mixture  of  sodium  chloride 
and  sodium  carbonate  was  treated  with  a  quantity  of  water 
insufficient  to  dissolve  either  constituent,  in  which  case  it  is 
seen  that  the  solubility  of  both  salts  increases  somewhat  as 
compared  with  the  calculated  result.  This  calculated  value 
is  obtained  from  the  first  10  of  the  above  observations  by 
the  method  of  least  squares  for  a  parabolic  curve  of  the 
third  order,  corresponding  to  the  equation — 

y  =  61-406  -  2-091077.1'  +  0-055493x":  -  0-000297357. r; 

The  results  show  that  the  solubility  of  sodium  carbonate  in 
sodium  chloride  solutions  decreases  with  an  increase  in  the 
quantity  of  sodium  chloride  present  at  first,  and  then 
increases  and  therefore  there  must  be  a  certain  strength  of 
sodium  chloride  solution  in  which  the  solubility  of  sodium 
carbonate  is  a  minimum.  This  minimum  value  calculated 
from  the  above  equation  is  with  -r(XaCI)  =  23*15. 

ij  (Xa;(  'o:, .  1 0  H30)  =  39  •  05. 
Prom   the    above  equation  the    solubility    of    anhydrous 
sodium  carbonate  in  sodium  chloride  can  be  calculated,  the 
resulting  equation  being — 

t/!  =  16-4082  -  0-70749.r,  +  0 •  01 66143V  +  0- 000 1025 S.r,3 

in  which  x1  and  y,  represent  the  proportions  of  sodium 
chloride  and  of  sodium  carbonate  respectively  contained  in 


April  30. 18D2.1      THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


117 


l  mi  parts  of  the  solution.    From  tliis  the  following  numerical 
values  result  :— 


(NaCl) 


(Nam,) 
Observed. 


(Na>C0 
Calculated. 


Difference. 


FerCeut, 
ft-00 

iti-42 

18-408 

H  0-012 

i-'.ii 

n-t: 

H-47i> 

-0-006 

6  so 

12-87 

1-2-833 

-0-013 

8'fll 

11-62 

iroi  i 

+  0-006 

11-31 

10-70 

10-880 

.  ii  020 

13-71 

1IVU 

10'096 

+0'014 

15-98 

9-76 

9-764 

-0-O04 

18-28 

9-62 

9  -653 

-0-033 

20-06 

0-73 

9-730 

o-ooo 

2  \-::, 

B-95 

9-986 

+  0-015 

22     I:. 

19-12 

10-000 

+  0-01)0 

10- 13 

I0'064 

1-0-066 

The  minimum  solubility  in  this  case  corresponds  to — ■ 

.r,  I  NaCl  I        -   18*22 

»i(NasCOs)   =    9-6S 
The  following  table  gives  the  solubility  of  the   anhydrous 
carbonate  in  sodium  chloride  solutions  of  various  percentage 
strengths :  — 


NaCl 

Na*<  a  1 . 

Nad 

NajCO, 

Per  Cent. 

0 

16-408 

Per  Cent. 

12 

10-488 

1 

15-717 

13 

10-244 

2 

15-060 

11 

10-041 

3 

14-438 

15 

9-880 

4 

13  S51 

In 

9  762 

5 

13-2011 

17 

9-686 

i; 

12-783 

18 

9-055 

7 

12-303 

19 

9-667 

s 

11-864 

■20 

9-725 

9 

11-461 

21 

9-828 

10 

11-097 

22 

8-977 

11 

10-773 

The  determination  of  the  solubility  of  sodium  bicarbonate 
in  sodium  chloride  solutions  was  determined  by  passing 
carbon  dioxide  into  saturated  solutions  of  sodium  carbonate 
in  sodium  chloride  at  15°  C.  Solutions  of  sodium  chloride 
of  various  strengths  were  employed  in  which  so  much 
sodium  carbonate  wits  dissolved  that  a  small  quantity  of 
bicarbonate  was  precipitated  after  passing  in  the  carbon 
dioxide,  the  latter  being  passed  until  the  solution  ceased  to 
colour  turmeric  paper.  The  resulting  solution  was  then 
rotated  as  described,  at  15°  C,  and  the  sodium  chloride  and 
sodium  bicarbonate  determined  volumetrically  after  filtra- 
tion. No  allow  auce  was  made  for  the  slight  increase  of 
pressure  due  to  the  liberation  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the 
shaking;  u-2  parts  of  carbonic  acid  were  allowed  for  as 
being  taken  up  by  every  100  parts  of  solution.  The  results 
thus  obtained  go  to  show  that  the  quautity  of  bicarbonate 
precipitated  from  solutions  of  sodium  carbonate  in  sodium 
chloride  by  carbon  dioxide  at  15""  increases  with  an  increase 
in  the  strength  of  the  original  sodium  chloride  solution. 


The  following  numerical  values  have  been  calculated  from 
the  results  obtained: — 


PerCent.  X.-i  ,('<>,  in    NaHC03lefl  !  PerCent.of 

NaCl  in  100  parts    |    in  Solution  Precipitated         N:ii<> 

tlie  original       ot'tliis       after  'passing  NaHCOa        precipitated 

Solution.  Solution,          in  COj  i  as  NaHCOa 


111-  642 

10-884 

2 -oils 

11- 252 

82-62 

15-804 

9-782 

1-869 

13-834 

S7-95 

15-932 

9-768 

1-S47 

13-685 

88-07 

21-618 

9-915 

1-081 

1  f653 

03-25 

23-71 

10-31 

0-886 

15-504 

9-1-6 

The  last  result  is  obtained  from  the  curve  for  the  solubility 
of  anhydrous  sodium  carbonate  in  sodium  chloride  solutions. 

— C.  A.  K. 


On  the  Decomposition  of  Sodium  Nitrate  by  Sulphuric 
Acid.  C.  W.  Yolnev.'  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.  1891,  13 
2-16-251. 

When  distilling  nitric  acid  from  the  usual  mixture  of 
sodium  nitrate  and  sulphuric  acid  it  is  frequently  observed 
that  at  certain  periods  a  \  ioleut  reaction  sets  in,  and  that  the 
contents  of  the  retort  are  carried  over  into  the  receivers. 
The  general  supposition  is  that  overheating  is  the  cause  of 
this.  Tile  author  here  distils  a  mixture  of  2,500  grms.  of 
sodium  nitrate  and  2,600  grms.  of  commercial  sulphuric 
acid  (sp.gr.  1  837  at  67°  F.)  in  a  glass  retort  having  a 
capacity  of  about  two  gallons,  and  heated  in  a  bath  of 
paraffin  ;  temperature  of  the  bath  and  the  temperature  of 
the  evolved  products  were  noted.  The  results  obtained 
show  that  the  products  of  distillation  pass  over  in  three 
distinct  fractions,  and  that  the  frothing  commences  with  the 
beginning  of  each  part  of  the  reaction  preceding  distillation 
of  the  various  strengths  of  nitric  acid,  although  the 
temperature  of  the  bath  did  not  greatly  exceed  the  tem- 
perature of  the  distilling  products.  The  first  fraction 
passing  over  showed  the  temperature  773 — 90  C.  and 
weighed  960  grms.;  its  specific  gravity  was  1*5193  at 
60°  F.,  and  in  colour  it  was  almost  white  ;  the  second  frac- 
tion showed  the  temperature  94" — 109°,  weighed  565  grms., 
had  a  sp.  gr.  1  -505,  and  was  very  faintly  yellow  ;  the  third 
fraction  showed  the  temperature  117  — 122°,  weighed 
316  grms.,  had  a  specific  gravity  of  1  -42, and  was  of  a  light 
yellow  colour.  The  author  considers  the  reactions  best 
explained  by  the  existence  of  several  hydrates  of  nitric 
acid  ;  the  sodium  nitrate  is  not  completely  decomposed  by 
sulphuric  acid  at  a  low  temperature,  and  the  decomposition 
takes  place  in  stages,  frothing  occurring  us  each  stage  is 
suddenly  reached. — T.  L.  B. 


The  Nitrate  Fields  of  Chili.     C.   M.  Aikman.     Black- 
wood's Mag.  March  1892,  1—9. 

The  chief  deposits  at  present  being  worked  are  those  lying 
in  the  Pampa  of  Tamarugal,  in  the  province  of  Tarapaca. 
They  stretch  at  a  distance  of  thirty  or  forty  miles  inland, 
from  Pisagua  southwards  to  somewhat  beyond  the  town  of 
Iquique.  This  huge  desert,  as  has  been  already  indicated, 
seems  to  be  entirely  destitute  of  all  vegetation  and  animal 
life.  Even  in  the  immediately  adjoining  country  the  only 
kind  of  vegetation  that  seems  to  grow  is  aspjeies  of  acacia. 
The  few  streams  that  are  found  in  this  neighbourhood  are 
entirely  fed  by  tbe  melting  snow  from  the  Cordilleras. 
Darwin  describes  the  appearance  presented  by  these  pampas 
as  resembling  *'  a  country  after  snow,  before  the  last  dirty 
patches  are  thawed." 

Scattered  over  the  pampas,  at  various  distances  from  one 
another,  are  situated  the  ojicinas,  or  nitrate  manufactories, 
where  the  raw  material  is  refined.  Seen  from  a  distance, 
their  most  conspicuous  features  are  their  tall  black  chimneys. 
According  to  Dr.  Russell,  they  present  a  general  resemblance 


348 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


LAjiril  SO,  1892. 


to  pas  works,  with  the  adjuncts  of  a  coal-mine.  Nearer 
approach  shows  them  to  consist  of  aelusterof  buildings, 
with  open  boiling-pans,  liquor-vats,  and  machinery  of 
different  kinds.  Then:  is  something  vciy  striking  in  the 
presence  of  these  oficinas,  so  indicative  of  life  and  enter- 
prise in  the  midst  of  sandy  deserts,  and  dependent  for 
everything  on  external  supplies  brought  from  a  great 
distance.  Of  these  manufactories  there  are  a  considerable 
number  in  different  parts  of  the  pampas.  Many  of  them 
are  old,  and  not  in  work.  Most  of  those  in  active  work  at 
present  are  the  property  of  foreigners  ;  and  two-thirds  of 
the  nitrate  exported  from  Chili  is  said  to  come  from  oficinas 
owned  by  English  companies,  Beside  the  oficina  are  the 
houses  of  the  manager  and  his  staff,  and  the  huts  of  the 
native  workmen.  Every  oficina  possesses  a  public  store,  or 
pulperia,  where  the  employes  obtain  their  provisions. 
The  whole  group  of  buildings  constitutes  what  is  called  a  | 
maquina.  The  extent  of  the  property  of  each  manufactory 
naturally  varies,  but  some  of  the  largest  estates  extend  over 
12  square  miles. 

The  caliche,  or  raw  uitrate  of  soda,  is  not  equally  dis- 
tributed over  the  pampas.  The  most  abundant  deposits  are 
situated  on  the  slopes  of  the  hills  which  probably  formed 
the  shores  of  the  old  lagoons.  An  expert  can  tell,  from  the 
external  appearance  of  the  ground,  where  the  richest 
deposits  are  likely  to  be  found.  The  caliche  itself  is  not 
found  on  the  surface  of  the  plain,  but  is  covered  up  by  two 
layers.  The  uppermost,  known  technically  as  chuca,  is  of 
a  friable  nature,  and  consists  of  sand  and  gypsum;  while 
the  lower — the  rostra — is  a  rocky  conglomerate  of  clay, 
gravel,  and  fragments  of  felspar.  The  caliche  varies  in 
thickness  from  a  few  inches  to  LO  or  12  feet,  and  rests 
on  a  soft  Stratum  of  earth  called  cova.  The  mode  in 
which  the  caliche  is  excavated  is  as  follows  :  A  hole  is 
bored  through  the  chuca,  rostra,  and  caliche  layers  till  the 
coca  or  soft  earth  is  reached  below.  It  is  then  enlarged 
until  it  is  wide  enough  to  admit  of  a  small  boy  being  let 
down,  who  scrapes  away  the  earth  below  the  caliche  so  as 
to  form  a  little  hollow  cup.  Into  this  a  charge  of  gun- 
powder is  introduced,  and  subsequently  exploded.  The 
caliche  is  then  separated  by  means  of  picks  from  the  over- 
lying rostra,  and  carried  to  the  refinery.  Both  in  appear- 
ance and  composition  it  varies  very  much.  In  colour  it 
may  be  snow-white,  sulphur,  lemon,  orange,  violet,  blue, 
and  sometimes  brown,  like  raw  sugar.  The  caliche  found 
in  the  Pampa  de  Tamarugal  contains  generally  about  30  to 
.50  per  cent,  pure  citrate  of  soda;  that  in  the  province  of 
Atacama  contains  from  25  to  -10  percent.  The  subsequent 
refining  processes,  which  consist  in  crushing  it  by  means  of 
rollers,  and  then  dissolving  it,  need  not  here  be  described. 
It  may  be  sufficient  to  mention  that  the  process  used  is 
that  known  as  sj  stematic  lixiviation,  and  is  analogous  to 
the  method  introduced  by  Shanks  in  the  manufacture  of 
soda.  The  chief  impurity  in  the  raw  material  is  common 
salt  :  gypsum,  sulphates  of  potassium,  sodium,  and  mag- 
nesium, along  with  insoluble  matters,  are  the  other  im- 
purities. The  manufacture  of  iodine,  which,  as  has  been 
already  noticed,  is  found  in  the  nitrate  beds,  is  also  carried 
on  at  these  oficinas. 

Formerly  the  refined  article  had  to  he  carried  to  the  coast 
on  mules  ;  now,  however,  there  i-  railway  communication, 
which  maintains  a  constant  and  ever-increasing  traffic  with 
Iquique,  Pisagua,  and  the  other  nitrate  ports,  t  If  these, 
Iquique  is  by  far  the  most  important.  In  respect  of  its 
situation  and  surroundings,  this  little  town  is  one  of  the 
most  striking  in  the  world.  The  following  is  Darwin's 
description  of  it  when  the  "  Beagle  "   visiti  d  it  in  1835  : — 

"The  town  eontaius  about  1,000  inhabitants,  and  stands 
in  a  little  plain  of  sand  at  the  foot  of  a  great  wall  of  rock 
2,000  feet  high,  here  forming  coast.  The  whole  is  utterly  a 
desert.  -V  light  shower  of  rain  falls  only  once  in  very 
many  years ;  the  ravines  are  consequently  covered  with 
detritus,  and  the  mountain  sides  covered  with  piles  of  white 
sand,  even  to  a  height  of  1,000  feet.  During  July  a  heavy- 
bank   of  cloud   stretches  over  th ;ean  ;  it  seldom  rises 

above  these  walls  of  locks  on  the  coast.  The  aspect  of  the 
coast  is  most  gloomy.  The  little  port,  with  its.  few  houses, 
seemed  overwhelmed  and  out  of  all  proportion  with  the  rest 
of  the  scene.     The   inhabitants  live  like  persona   on  board 


of  ship.  Every  necessary  is  brought  from  a  distance ; 
water  is  brought  in  boats  from  Pisagua,  about  40  miles  by 
water,  and  is  sold  at  the  late  of  4s.  6d.  an  18-gallon  cask. 
Very  lew  animals  ran  lie  maintained  in  such  a  place.  I 
hired  with  difficulty,  at  the  high  price  of  4/.,  two  mules 
and  a  guide  to  take  me  to  the  nitrate  of  soda  works." 
Since  1835,  however,  the  appearance  of  the  town  has 
changed'very  much  for  the  better.  The  enormous  develop- 
ment of  the  nitrate  trade  has  effected  a  corresponding 
development  in  Iquique.  Its  population  is  now  between 
16,000  and  20,000,  very  largely  consisting  of  foreigners; 
and  tin-  town  can  boast  of  a  fairly  imposing  appearance. 
Much  of  its  food  supplies  has  still  to  be  brought  from  a 
distance,  hut  the  town  now  possesses  a  water  supply  of  its 
own.  The  example  of  a  town  of  this  size  so  dependent  on 
external  sources  is  indeed  unique. 

The  question  of  the  extent  of  the  nitrate  of  soda  deposits 
is  naturally  one  of  very  great  interest,  especially  from  the 
agricultural  point  of  view. 

Legrange,  a  French  writer,  estimated  a  few  years  ago 
that  they  still  contained  about  100,000,000  tons  of  pure 
nitrate  of  sola.  <  (pinions  on  this  point  differ  very  con- 
siderably, and  it  seems  wellnigh  impossible  to  arrive  at 
any  very  accurate  estimate.  The  number  of  years  they 
will  last  will  depend,  of  course,  on  the  amount  of  annual 
exportation.  This,  at  presentj  falls  little  short  of  1,000,000 
tons.  If  this  amount  is  maintained  they  should  last,aceoid- 
ing  to  experts,  some  twenty  or  thirty  years  at  least. 

Hitherto  the  Government  of  Chili  has  been  content  to 
allow  foreign  enterprise  to  open  up  the  nitrate  fields,  im- 
posing a  heavy  tax  on  all  nitrate  manufactured.  The 
enormous  source  of  revenue  which  nitrate  of  soda  is  to 
the  Chilian  Government  may  he  interred  from  the  fact  that 
one  oficina  alone  pays  about  7  jo/,  per  diem,  or  in  round 
numbers  25O,OO0Z.  pet  annum,  of  export  duty  on  the  uitrate 
there  manufactured. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Chlorine.  G.  E.  Davis 
and  A.  11  l>a\is,  Manchester.  Eog.  Pat.  6416,  April  28, 
1890.     (Reprint.) 

The  claims  embodied  in  the  original  patent  (this  Journal, 
1891,  463)  are  abandoned,  with  the  exception  of  the  second 
claim  for  "  the  utilisation  of  the  water  charged  with  im- 
purities from  the  wash  tower  D  fot  preserving  the  normal 
strength  of  the  nitric  acid  employed  in  the  operation  .  .  .  ." 

— H.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Chlorine.  G.  E 
Davis  and  A.  B.  Davis,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  6698, 
May  1,  1890.     (Reprint.) 

The  claims  of  the  original  patent  (this  Journal,  546,  1891) 
are  restricted  to  "  the  process  of  manufacturing  chloro- 
nitrous  gas  by  acting  upon  an  aqueous  solution  of 
hydrochloric  acid  with  nitrosulphuric  acid  in   the   presence 

of  ail  in  a  tower  packed  with  suitable  material " 

—II.  A. 


Treating  Ores  ami  Residues  containing  Zinc  In/  means  of 
Bisulphate  of  Soda  for  the  Production  of  Commercial 
Products.  A.  M.  Clark,  London.  From  F.  E.  Costes, 
'•  La  Sociele  anonynie  de  Produits  ( 'himiques  Etablisse- 
ments  Maletta,"  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  1374, 
January  24,  1891. 

See  under  X.,  page  352. 


April  so,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


n  to 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Composite  Ores  con- 
taining Zinc.  P.  Hart,  Manchester.  Eng.  Tat.  iOOO, 
February  l,  189 1 . 

See  under  X.,  page  352. 


Improvements   in    Apparatus  for    the    Condensation   of 
Nitric  Arid.    K.  Edwards,   London.    From  O.  Guttniuun 
and    L.  Bohrmann,  Krauschwitz,  Germany.     Ku«-    Pat 
in, (129,  June  22,  1891. 

The  inventors  find  it  important  in  the  condensation  of 
nitric  acid  "  that  the  nitric  acid  as  formed  should  be  brought 
out  of  contact  with  the  impurities  contained  in  the  gases 
as  quickly  as  possible."  This  is  effected  by  a  doable  con- 
nexion of  the  still  with  the  receivers.  A  series  of  top- 
connexiona,  consisting  of  uptight  pipes  and  bends,  enables 
the  gases  to  pass  from  receiver  to  receiver,  whilst  an 
inclined  main  connected  with  the  bottom  of  each  receiver 
makes  possible  the  drawing  off  of  the  condensed  acid  as 
it  is  formed.  To  prevent  the  gases  from  the  still  nr  the 
receivers  from  entering  Ibis  main,  the  latter  is  divided  into 
chambers  by  means  of  partitions  or  diaphragms  between 
each  receiver  inlet,  which  (handlers  communicate  through 
elbows  luted  with  acid  (this  Journal,  1890,  863). — H.  A. 


X.-METALLURGY. 

The   Melting    Points    of  the    Gold    Aluminium    Series   of 
Alloys.     VV.  C.  Roberts-Austen.     Hoy.  Soc.  l'roc.  1892 
50,  367— 3C8. 

By  means  of  the  Le  Chatelier  thermo-couple  the  author  has 
found  that,  although  a  white  alloy  of  gold  and  aluminium 
containing  10  per  cent,  of  the  latter  has  a  melting  point 
417°  C.  below  that  of  gold,  yet  the  purple  alloy  AuAI2  has 
a  melting  point  32  -5°  C.  higher  than  gold.  'Alloys  "con- 
taining more  aluminium  have  melting  points  which  fall 
continuously  to  G60:  C.  The  author  points  out  that  the 
purple  alloy  is  the  only  known  case  of  an  alloy,  free  from 
mercury,  having  a  higher  melting  point  than  that  of  the 
least  fusible  of  its  constituents,  and  that  this  after  Is  strong 


evidence    of    its    being 
aluminium. — -J.  C.  C. 


a    true  compound   of    gold    and 


Buli 


The  Molecular  Changes  of  Iron.     H.  Moreillon. 

Soc.  Ind.  de  Mulhouse,  1891,  629—656. 
The  author  has  examined  the  effect  of  various  thermal  and 
mechanical  conditions  upon  a  specimen  of  wrought  iron 
having  a  tensile  strength  of  38  kilos,  per  sq.  mm.*" and  an 
elongation  on  200  mm.  of  26  per  cent. 

(1.)  Effect  of  Temperature. — The  effect  of  heating  iron 
having  a  fibrous  structure  is  to  give  rise  to  a  crystalline 
granular  condition,  the  result  being  more  noticeable  the 
higher  the  temperature  and  the  more  its  influence  is  pro- 
longed. Quenching  in  water  does  not  modify  the  granular 
state  produced  by  the  heating.  By  auuealing  at  a  tern 
perature  below  that  to  which  the  iron  has  been  subjected  in 
order  to  change  its  fibrous  structure  to  a  crystalline  one  its 
original  condition  is  to  a  great  extent  restored. 

*.-•)  Effects  nf  Mechanical  Work. — The  general  effect 
of  working  in  the  cold  is  to  lead  to  the  production  of  a 
granular  structure  and  to  cause  a  partial  separation  along 
the  lines  of  welding.  In  extreme  cases  the  extension 
diminishes  to  a  mere  fraction  of  its  normal  amount,  and 
although  the  tensile  strength  is  considerably  raised,  the 
material  becomes  brittle  and  unreliable. 

(•'•)  Effecl  "f  Annealing.  —  l!y  annealing  at  suitable 
temperatures  the  fibrous  character  can  be  restored  to  iron 
which  has  assumed  a  crystalline  condition  from  oue  or  other 
of  the  causes  mentioned  above. 

The  molecular  alteration  indicated  by  the  appearance  of 
the  fracture  has  a  considerable  influence  on  the  mechanical 
properties  of  the  iron.  The  alteration  from  the  fibrous  to 
the  crystalline  state  is  generally  accompanied  by  a  diminu- 
tion in  tensile  strength,  while  the  elastic  limit  is  but  slightly 
altered  and  the  elongation  is  decreased.  Although  a  red 
heat  appears  to  be  necessary  to  bring  about  the  changes 
recorded  above,  yet  considerable  alterations  in  the  me- 
chanical properties  of  iron  and  steel  take  place  at  lower 
temperatures,  as  has  been  shown  by  A.  le  Chatelier  (Genie 
Civil,  147,  107  ;  cf.  this  Journal,  1889,  710).  In  all  cases 
in  his  experiments  the  tensile  strength  decreased  from  a 
temperature  of  15°  C.  up  to  8o°  C.  above  which  it  rose  again 
and  attained  a  maximum  at  250° — 3u0"  C.  These  results 
are  shown  more  clearly  iu  the  diagram  below. 

*  (To  convert  kilos,  per  sq.  mm.  into  tons  ner  sq.  in.  multiply 
I'.v  0-636*.)  '  ■ 


Degrees 


25     50     75    100    25     50     75    200    25     50     75    300   25     50     75    400    25     50     75    520    25    50 


350 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[April  30,  1892, 


\  difference  is  observed  according  to  the  speed  with 
which  the  test  is  made,  the  (lotted  lines  uniformly  following 
a  different  course  from  the  continuous  Hues  which  represent 
the  figures  obtained  by  the  slower  test*.  The  elastic  limit 
appears   to   decrease   in  proportion  as  the  temperature  is 


increased.  The  diminution  is  very  slight  at  first,  hut 
beyond  300  C.  it  becomes  extremely  rapid  and  difficult  to 
measure.  The  effect  upon  the  elongation  is  shown  by 
the  diagram  below. 


,w° 

' 

1 

^ 

- 

^ 

\'-' 

5 

1 

a. 

n  r 

Vfi> 

Swedis 

h  iron 

5>\\ 

\l- 
1^ 

'■    1 

.  v 

01 

\ 

11    ' 

Dap 

50       " 


00    25     50      75    200    25     50      ~>5    300    25     50      75  59     75     500     25    So 


(t  is  noticeable  that  if  a  test  piece  be  heated  to  a  mod.  rat.' 
temperature,  cij.,  100°  <"'..  and  then  slightly  stretched,  it 
will  he  found  to  give  a  higher  tensile  strength  when  tested 
afterwards  at  the  ordinary  temperature  than  one  which  has 
not  been  thus  treated.  The  elastic  limit  is  also  raised  and 
the  elongation  decreased.  The  following  table  shows  some 
figures  obtained  in  this  way  : — 


Swedish  Iron. 


Tested  'it  15°  C. 


Tested  at  is   i    after  being 
Stretched  S  per  Cent,  at  I 


Tensile    strength,    30'9   kilos. 

per  so.  mm. 
EloiiKation,  11  per  cent 


::s'u  kilns,  per  sq,  mm. 

15  per  oent.    im  ludiii*    the   ori- 
ginal 3  per  cent. 


Vebi   Mild  Stekl  (Saint  Chamond). 


Tested  at  15°  C. 


Tested  mi  15   C.  after  being 
Stretched  3'5  per  Cent,  at  -:i»   t '. 


Tensile   strength,  86-18   kilos  10-45  kilos,  per  sq.  mm 

per  sq.  mm. 

Elongation, 25  per  cent 12-6   per   cent.,    including    the 

„,    ..     ,.    ..    „.  „   ,  .,  original  3-5  per  cent. 

Elastic  hunt,  24'ii   kilos,  per  39-5  kilos,  per  sq.  mm 

sq.  mm. 


The  practical  deductions  from  these  facts  as  to  the  pro- 
bable changes  that  may  occur  in  iron  worked  at  a  slightly 
elevated  temperature  are  sufficiently  obvious,  especially 
when  it  is  considered  that  these  temperatures  are  those 
frequently  attained  by  boiler  plates.  The  phenomenon  in 
question  is  not  confined  to  the  temperature  mentioned,  us  ;,t 
the  ordinary  temperature  repeated  strains  on  a  test  pjeCe 
are  known  to  raise  the  elastic  limit  bj  successive  increments 
without  affecting  the  ultimate  tensile  strength.  Thus  in  a 
series  of  tests  made  by  II.  Deschamps  (Revue  Universelle 
des  Mines  el  de  la  Metallurgie,  November  1890)  the 
following  results  were  obtained  with  a  steel  which  when 
tested  in  the  ordinary  way  had  an  elastic  limit  of  30-3  and 
a  tensile  strength  of  55-7  kilos,  per  sq.  mm. 


— 

Kilos,  per  Sq.  mm. 

Experiment  (li  ... 
Experiment  (2)  . . . 

(.Tensile  strength 

3f3 
35-3 

Experiment  (3i  . . . 

10'3 

Experiment  (4)  ... 

45-3 

Expi  i  iment  (5)  ... 

(~A\\  elastic  limit 

19 '2 

Experiment  (6)  ... 

53-2 
65'5 

Metal  which  has  suffered  such  a  change  as  is  here 
indicated,  having  its  elastic  limit  approximating  to  its 
ultimate  tensile  strength,  is  obviously  a  very  dangerous 
material. 

The  foregoing  results  refer  to  iron  which  has  been  <nii- 
jected  to  physical  changes  only,  its  ultimate  chemical 
composition  having  been  left  unaltered.  Deep  -  seated 
alterations  of  structure  are  also  brought  about  hy  variations 
in  composition.  For  example,  a  specimen  of  "  burnt  "  iron 
with  a  coarse  crystalline  structure  and  extremely  cold-short 
taken  from  the  hearth  of  a  welding  furnace  contained  0-764 
per  cent,  of  phosphorus  with  0-139  percent,  of  silicon  and 
a  trace  of  carbon,  while  the  original  iron  before  "burning" 
had  taken  place  contained  at  most  0'2  per  cent,  of  phos- 
phorus, the  increment  being  due  to  contact  with  the  slag 
from  the  uuburnt  portion.  It  has  been  contended  that  the 
fibrous  or  granular  structure  of  iron  is  primarily  dependent 
on  the  manner  in  which  fracture  has  been  effected.  This  is 
to  a  certain  extent  true,  but  does  not  invalidate  experiments 
in  which  the  method  of  fracture  is  kept  identical  in  all  cases 
where  comparisons  have  to  be  made. 

With  regard  to  the  influence  of  the  impurities  usually 
present  in  iron  on  the  grain  of  the  metal,  carbon  makes  the 
structure  closer  and  finer,  approximating  eventually  to  that 
of  steel,  while   silicon   within   ordinary  limits   (say   up    to 


April  3ii,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


351 


0'  15  per  cent.)  has  but  little  effect  ;  phosphorus  renders  the 
erain  coarse  and  more  crystalline,  and  sulphur-  has  no  very 
marked  influence.  Manganese  is  not  commonly  present  in 
appreciable  amount  in  ordinary  puddled  irons. — 11.  1!. 


On  the  Possibility  of  Extracting  the  Precious  Metals  from 
Sea-Water.  C.  A.  Mituster.  (Norsk  Tekuiak 
Tidsskrift,   Kristiania,  10th  Xo].,  No.    1.,   February  29, 

1892.) 

The  author  recounts  the  experiments  of  Malaguti,  Durocher 
and  Sarzeand,  estimating  the  amount  of  silver  present  in 
sea-water,  and  the  later  ones  of  Sonstadt,  proving  the 
presence  of  gold.  After  pointing  out  several  possible  sources 
of  error  in  the  various  processes  adopted  he  describes  the 
method  used  by  himself.  Sea-water  was  taken  from 
Kristiania  Kjord,  and'100  litres  were  evaporated  to  dryness, 
giving  1,830  grins,  of  residue.  This  was  ground,  and 
divided  into  portions  of  800  gnus.,  each  of  which  was  mixed 
with  100  grins,  of  litharge.  100  gnus,  of  pure  KXat't),,  and 
four  gnus,  of  carbon  from  starch,  and  the  silver  and  gold 
determined. 

The  result  was, — 19  mgrins.  silver  and  0  mgrms.  gold  per 
ton  of  average  sea-water. 

By  cheek  experiment  this  result  was  modified  to  a  final 
result,  tin-  effect  of  which  was  that  one  ton  of  average  sea- 
water  contains  20  mgrms.  of  silver  and  "i  mgrins.  of  gold 
per  ton,  worth  respectively  0*03  and  0- 19  of  a  penny. 

Considering  the  extremely  small  amounts  of  precious 
metals  present,  the  author  considers  that  no  method  of 
precipitation  in  tanks  can  possibly  be  successful,  instancing 
the  failure  of  II.  Munktell,  who  tried  precipitation  with 
protosulphate  of  iron  and  milk  of  lime,  at  Bommelo,  on  the 
west  coast  of  Norway.  He  thinks  that  the  precipitation 
must  be  effected  in  the  sea  itself,  where  the  water  is  con- 
tinuously renewed  by  a  natural  current,  and  points  out  that 
the  copper  sheathing  of  vessels  has  long  been  known  to 
precipitate  silver  under  these  circumstances,  estimating  that 
at  least  one  grm.  is  precipitated  per  annum  on  each  square 
metre  of  surface  exposed. 

He  proposes  that  a  channel  about  Go  metres  wide  between 
two  small  islands,  well  sheltered  from  sea  or  wind,  where 
there  is  a  current  of  about  4  metres  per  minute,  should  be 
selected  for  the  experiment,  such  rocky  islets  being  common 
off  the  Norwegian  coast;  across  this  channel,  60  plates  of  gal- 
vanised iron  each  2  metres  x  3  metres,  should  be  arranged  at 
an  angle  of  30°  to  the  stream,  and  an  electric  current  be  sent 
through  the  series  to  precipitate  the  precious  metals.  The 
power  required  theoretically  for  this  purpose  he  calculates 
at  only  j  H.P.,  and  thinks  that  to  produce  a  current  of  such 
trivial  potential  difference  iu  practice  would  only  require 
a  few  horse-power,  which  could  cheaply  be  obtained  from 
water-power,  wind,  or  even  by  the  thermo-electric  principle 
utilising  the  difference  of  temperature  between  the  sea  and 
the  air.  The  large  anodes  required  could  be  cheaply- 
prepared  from  wood,  impregnated  with  graphite  and  tar, 
and  carbonised,  high  conductive  power  not  being  required 
for  such  a  feeble  current.  If  all  the  precious  metals  passing 
these  plates  were  precipitated,  he  calculates  that  over 
300,000/.  would  be  obtained  per  annum,  and  as  the  working 
expenses  would  be  most  trivial,  if  only  -r^yth  or  even  yji-fmth 
of  this  amount  were  obtained,  it  would  still  pay  well ;  he 
therefore  thinks  the  experiment  well  worth  a  trial. — J.  H.C. 


PATENTS. 


Improved  Method  or  Process  for  Treating  Metal-bearing 
Bodies,  and  the  Recovery  of  Metals  therefrom.  W.  C. 
Loe,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  5937,  April  18,  1890. 

Free  milling  matrices  are  pulverised  to  float  and  calcined 
with  one-fortieth  part  of  potassium  hydrate  and  one-eightieth 
part  of  sulphur  to  a  dull  red  heat  for  2 — 4  hours.  The 
product  is  then  washed  in  tanks  at  200°  (F.  ?),  and  the 
liquor  drawn  off  at  the  top.  The  latter  is  then  treated  with 
a  saturated  solution  of  calcium  sulphide,  when  a  black  slime 
is   precipitated.     This  is  roasted   and  tin-  residue  fluxed  ami 


refined  by  known  means.  If  necessary,  the  potash  ami 
sulphur  may  he  brought  into  solution  by  boiling  with  water 
before  being  added  to  the  ore.  The  sulphur  may  be  omitted 
if  the  ore  contain  sufficient  of  that  element.  Complex  ores 
are  first  mixed  with  a  saturated  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate, 
dried  and  roasted,  and  are  then  treated  with  potash  and 
sulphur.  If  the  ore  contain  less  than  2|  per  cent,  of  iron 
sufficient  oxide  of  iron  must  be  added  to  make  up  the 
deficiency. — H.  K.  T. 


An  Improved  Method  for  Treating  Cupreous  Liquors  for 
the  Purpose  of  utilising  the  same.  C.  Hopfner,  (lie-sen, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  18,080,  November  10,  1890. 

Tins  patent  consists  of  precipitation  processes  for  extracting 
copper  and  other  metals  from  crude  copper  solutions  derived 
from  the  roasting  ami  lixiviatiou  of  copper  pyrites  and  from 
other  sources. 

The  copper  solution  is  first  converted  into  a  mixture  of 
cuprie  chloride  and  sodium  sulphate  by  the  addition  of 
either  sodium  chloride  or  copper  sulphate,  and  the  copper  is 
then  precipitated  as  cuprous  chloride  by  treating  the  liquor 
with  metallic  copper,  silver  being  precipitated  as  metal  at 
the  same  time.  The  solution  now  contains  only  sodium 
sulphate  together  with  traces  of  iron,  nickel,  &c.  The  latter 
are  precipitated  by  known  processes,  and  the  liquor  then 
treated  f  ir  the  separation  of  Glauber's  salt.  If  the  original 
liquor  is  acid,  it  is  first  neutralised  by  the  addition  of  cuprous 
or  cuprie  oxide.  Cuprous  sulphide,  oxide,  or  carbonate  can 
be  used  instead  of  metallic  copper  for  precipitating  copper 
from  the  cuprie  chloride  solution.  In  this  ease  iron, 
manganese,  and  other  metals  are  also  precipitated.  The 
necessary  cuprous  oxide  is  obtained  by  treating  cuprous 
chloride  with  caustic  lime.  The  copper  precipitate,  which 
may  contain  metallic  copper,  cuprous  and  cuprie  oxides, 
and  cuprous  chloride,  is  next  dissolved  in  a  neutral  or 
alkaline  sedation  of  some  chloride  which  will  dissolve 
cuprous  chloride,  such  as  sodium,  potassium,  cuprie  or 
magnesium  chloride,  when  silver,  bismuth,  arsenic,  and 
antimony  are  left  behind  as  metal  or  oxidised  compound. 
Metallic  copper  is  obtained  in  a  state  of  purity  from  the 
solution  by  electrolysis.  Other  methods  of  extracting  the 
copper  from  the  cuprous  precipitate  are  to  treat  it  with  lime 
and  utilise  the  oxides  which  are  produced.  Or  the  cuprous 
oxide  precipitate  may  be  heated  with  sulphuric  acid,  when 
metallic  copper  and  cuprie  sulphate  are  obtained.  Seduction 
by  iron  can  also  be  used.  As  the  oxidation  and  chlorination 
of  pyrites  by  roasting  is  often  incomplete,  it  is  advisable  to 
separate  magnetic  pyrites  from  the  roasted  mass  byr  means 
of  magnets  before  leaching,  ami  to  submit  these  pyrites  to 
a  separate  treatment. — H.  K.  T. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  and  Process  of  Treating 
Zinc  Ores.  \V.  West,  Denver,  Colorado,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  January  20,  1891. 

Tins  is  a  process  for  the  reduction  of  ores  occurring  iu 
America,  consisting  of  a  mixture  of  sulphides  of  zinc,  lead, 
iron,  and  copper,  together  with  some  gold  and  silver,  and 
has  especial  reference  to  the  economical  extraction  of  the 
zinc.  The  process  consists  in  roasting  the  ore  so  as  to 
obtain  sulphurous  anhydride,  and  then  allowing  this  gas, 
after  ii  has  been  cooled  to  a  temperature  below  180  F.,  to 
act  upon  a  moist  and  previously  roasted  portion  of  the  ore, 
thereby  forming  soluble  sulphite  of  zinc.  The  latter  is  then 
dissolved  out  with  water,  the  zinc  precipitated  as  hydrate 
with  ammonia  and  reduced  iu  the  usual  way.  The  ammonia 
is  recovered  by  distilling  the  liquor  from  the  above  pre- 
cipitation with  lime  and  the  extracted  ore  is  treated  by  the 
usual  methods  for  the  remaining  metals.  The  apparatus 
used  in  the  process  consists  of  a  roasting  chamber  heated 
froui  he'ow ,  a  zig-zag  flue  which  conveys  the  hot  sulphurous 
anhydride,  and  which  is  covered  with  iron  plates  to  form  a 
floor  ou  which  previously  extracted  ore  can  be  dried  ;  thus 
effecting  at  one  and  the  same  time  the  drying  of  the  ore  and 
the  cooling  ot  the  gas,  further  cooling  apparatus  if  necessary, 
a  blower  to  exhaust  the  gas  from  the  roasting  chamber  and 
force   it  into  the   leaching  vessel,  a  pipe  conveying  steam 


:!52 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April 30, 189 


which  mixes  with  the  gas  before  it  enters  the  leaching  tank 
and  furnishes  the  necessary  moisture  and  a  leaching  vessel 
provided  with  a  false  bottom  on  which  the  ore  is  supported. 
The  chief  novelty  of  the  process  consists  in  the  use  of  a 
mixture  of  sulphurous  anhydride  gas  aud  steam  instead  of  a 
solution  of  the  gas  in  water,  whereby  the  bulk  of  liquid  to 
be  Heated  is  greatly  reduced  and  the  production  of  sulphuric 
acid,  and  consequent  solution  of  copper  and  iron,  avoided. 

—II.  K.  T. 


Improved  Gold  Extracting  Reagents.  J.  H.  Poilok, 
Glasgow.  Eng.  Pat.  1309,  January  24,  1891. 
This  patent  is  for  improvements  in  the  chemicals  used  in 
the  processes  described  in  Eng.  Pats.  17,-195  of  1887,  16,796 
of  1888,and  5578  and  10,298  of  1889  (this  Journal,  1890,4-14, 
&c.)  A  small  proportion  of  sodium  sulphite  is  now  melted 
in  with  the  nitre  cake  to  remove  any  trace  of  nitric  acid,  any 
increase  of  acid  desirable  being  obtained  by  adding  sulphuric 
acid  to  the  nitre  cake  before  the  audition  of  tin'  sulphite. 
Also  iustead  of  using  crystallised  ferrous  sulphate  to 
precipitate  the  gold,  the  crystal-  are  first  broken  and  then 
raised  in  a  steam-heated  vessel  furnished  with  agitators  to 
any  desired  temperature.  By  raising  the  temperature  from 
100°  C.  to  150  < '.  the  salt  is  left  with  only  one  molecule  of 
water,  aud  is  therefore  lighter  and  costs  less  for  transport. 

-E.  T. 


Tnuting  Ores  and  Residues  containing  Zinc  by  Means  of 
Bisulphate  of  Soda  for  the  Production  of  Commercial 
Products.  A.M.Clark,  London.  From  F.  E.  I  'ostcs, 
"  La  Societe  Anonyme  de  Produits  Chimiques,  Etabfisse- 
nients  Maletra,"  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Fat.  1374,  January 
•24,  1891. 
According  to  the  preseut  invention,  zinc  turnings,  tilings, 
and  other  scrap,  scum  and  dross  from  molten  zinc, 
galvanisation  residues,  slimes  from  the  washing  of 
calamines  and  blendes,  calamines  or  blendes  too  poor 
in  zinc  for  distillation,  and  other  waste  products  con- 
taining zinc,  are  utilised  by  treatment  with  the  waste 
residues  from  the  manufacture  of  nitric  acid,  known  as 
bisulphate  of  soda.  The  zinc  waste  is  mixed  with  a  variable 
proportion  of  bisulphate  of  soda  according  to  its  richness  in 
zinc  (thus  zinc  ashes  containing  70  per  cent,  of  zinc  would 
require  2^  or  3  times  their  weight  of  bisulphate),  introduced 
into  a  reverberatory  furnace  with  refractory  lining,  and  the 
charge  withdrawn  immediately  the  mass  becomes  pasty  and 
homogeneous,  and  after  nearly  all  the  vapours  have  ceased 
to  disengage.  The  zincic  frit  obtained  is  thrown  into  water, 
which  dissolves  the  sulphates  of  zinc,  sodium,  and  iron, 
leaving  the  gangue  aud  impurities  in  the  residue.  The 
solution  is  decanted  off,  and  after  separating  the  iron  by 
any  suitable  means,  the  sulphate  of  soda  is  crystallised  out 
anil  prepared  for  the  market.  The  zinc  in  the  mother- 
liquors  is  then  precipitated  either  by  lime-water,  sodium 
sulphide,  or  ammonia,  and  the  precipitate  of  oxide  or 
sulphide  of  zinc  calcined  in  a  muffle  furnace,  the  tempera- 
Hue  in  case  of  the  sulphide  being  kept  below  400°— 500°  C. 
The  product  is  a  zinc  white,  which  has  a  good  colour,  is 
unctuous,  aud  covers  well. 

If  metallic  zinc  is  required,  the  oxide  or  sulphide  should 
be  well  washed,  moulded  into  bricks,  aud  highly  calcined  ; 
the  product  is  an  oxide  containing  70  per  cent,  of  zinc, 
which  on  reduction  distils  over  in  one-half  less  time  than 
that  required  by  ordinary  calcined  calamines. 

If  ammonia  is  used  for  precipitating  the  zinc,  the  sulphate 
of  ammonia  is  crystallised  out  from  the  mother-liquors, 
but  if  lime-water  or  sulphide  of  sodium  have  been  used,  the 
mother-liquors  may  be  utilised  for  the  manufacture  of 
barium  sulphate  or  "  blanc  Ji.re"  by  adding  to  them  a  weak 
solution  of  barium  hydrate  of  low  quality,  and  collecting  the 
precipitate. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Composite  Ores  con- 
taining '/.inc.  V.  Hail,  Manchester.  Eng.  l'at.  Feb- 
ruary 4,  1891. 
This  process  is  intended  for  poor  ores  of  a  composite 
nature  in  which  the  metals  exist  as  sulphides  or  partly  as 
sulphides  and  partly  as  oxides.  The  ore  is  fiuely  powdered, 
mixed  with  sulphuric  acid  of  sp.gr.  1-750  aud  heated  to 
300°  to  400J  V..  gases  consisting  chiefly  of  sulphurous 
anhydride  are  given  off  and  are  conducted  into  a  sulphuric 
acid  chamber  and  converted  into  sulphuric  acid.  The  mass 
is  next  gradually  heated  to  redness  to  render  iron  salts 
insoluble  and  is  then  lixiviated.  Cupper  is  removed  from 
the  solution  by  means  of  zinc  and  the  solution  of  zinc 
sulphate  is  then  evaporated  anil  crystallised  or  used  for  any 
purpose  for  which  it  is  suitable.  Any  lead  which  the  ore 
may  contain  will  be  found  as  sulphate  in  the  residue  and 
may  be  extracted  by  means  of  a  strong  solution  of  brine  or 
other  solvent,  the  metal  being  separated  from  the  solution 
by  electrolysis  or  other  means.  Or  the  magma  of  silica, 
lead  sulphate,  &c.  may  he  smelted  in  the  ordinary  manner. 
No  apparatus  other  than  that  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
sodium  sulphate  is  required. — II.  lv.  T. 


A  Process  for  the  Extraction  of  Tin  from 'I  in  Slags  and 
Tin  Refuse  by  Lead  or  its  Salts.  I  'arbonaceous  Matter, 
Fluorspar,  or  other  suitable  Fluxes.  F.  H.  Mason, 
London.  Eng.  l'at.  1 0,985,  June  27,  1891. 
Tin  slag  or  refuse  from  tin-smelting  is  crushed  so  that  the 
largest  pieces  do  not  exceed  the  size  of  a  walnut,  and  mixed 
with  15  per  cent,  of  fluorspar  or  other  suitable  flux,  a 
quantity  of  lead  ashes  or  salts  of  lead  containing  three  times 
as  much  lead  as  there  is  tin  in  the  slags,  aud  sufficient 
anthracite  to  reduce  both  the  lead  and  tin  compounds. 
The  mixture  is  charged  into  a  reverberatory  or  low  blast 
furnace,  aud  the  temperature  raised  until  the  mass  melts. 
The  whole  is  then  kept  at  a  uniform  heat  and  well  rabbled 
until  the  bubbling  ceases  ;  a  little  anthracite  is  then  thrown  in, 
an.l  the  rabbling  continued  until  the  mass  is  again  quiet;  the 
metal  is  then  run  out  and  cast  into  ingots.  1  he se  ingots 
are  next  subjected  to  a  process  of  liquation,  th.  portions 
first  liquating  out  being  collected  apart  ;  the  other  portions 
are  heated  and  poled,  the  product  being  an  alloy  of  tin  and 
lead  which  may  be  utilised  as  solder. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


Improvements  in  Blast  Furnace  Linings.  J.  T.  King, 
Liverpool.  From  J.  Gayly,  Braddock,  U  S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
13,690,  August  14,  1891. 
The  brickwork  lining  of  the  boshes  aud  hearths  of  a  blast 
furnace  generally  undergoes  rapid  corrosion  until,  owing 
to  certain  reactions,  a  carbonaceous  deposit  is  formed  on 
these  parts,  which  to  some  extent  arrests  the  destructive 
action.  This  coating,  however,  is  liable  to  be  removed 
by  slags  of  exceptional  composition.  The  inventor,  there- 
fore, proposes  to  line  the  walls  of  the  boshes  with  graphitic 
bricks  composed  preferably  of  75  parts  of  fireclay  and 
25  parts  of  graphite  set  in  a  mortar  of  the  same  material, 
and  forming  a  layer  of  18  in.  or  less  in  depth.  The  bricks 
are  tempered,  moulded,  and  burnt  in  the  usual  manner,  no 
sensible  deterioration  being  caused  by  the  last  operation ; 
the  proportions  of  the  ingredients  may  be  varied,  other 
forms  of  carbon  substituted  for  graphite,  and  20  per  cent, 
or  less  of  lime  or  5  per  cent,  or  less  of  magnesia  may  be 
added  to  render  the  bricks  more  refractory  and  durable. 

-  S.  B.  A.  A. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Leaching  Ores  in  separating 
Gold  and  Silver  therefrom.  W.  I).  Bohm,  Chiswiek. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,737,  September  1,  1891. 
In  treating  certain  ores  by  forcing  a  leaching  solution 
upwards  through  them  and  then  through  a  filter  at  the 
upper  part  of  the  vat,  the  filter  is  liable  to  become  clogged 
and  the  working  impeded.  According  to  the  present 
invention  this  is  obviated  by  the  use  of  a  vat  provided  with 
a   filter   both  at    the  top  aud   bottom  with    corresponding 


April  SO,  1892.] 


THE   JOURNAL.  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


353 


openings,  the  vat  being  arranged  so  us  to  turn  on  trunnions 
when    required,  and    reverse   the    position   of    the    filters. 

The  hearings  contain  passages  through  which  the  liquid 
is  forced  into  and  passes  from  the  vat,  and  which  com- 
municate with  the  openings  at  the  ends  of  the  vat,  the 
connexions  being  reversed  when  the  vat  is  turned.  For 
the  mechanical  details  of  the  construction  of  the  vat  aud 
attached  gearing  the  drawings  and  description  in  the 
specification  must  he  consulted. — S.  U.  A.  A. 


Improvements  in  Blast  Furnace  Linings.  J.  Johnson, 
Liverpool.  From  .1.  Gayly,  Braddock,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat,  19,330,  November  9,  1891. 

Thk  inventor  proposes  to  line  the  boshes  and  hearth  of 
bias,  furnaces  with  bricks  composed  of  coke  and  tar  for 
the  purposes  explained  in  the  preceding  abstract  (Eng. 
Pat  13,690,  of  1891).  The  bricks  are  prepared  as  follows  : 
Good  hard  coke  of  graphitic  appearance  and  low  in  ash  is 
ground  in  a  pug  mill,  heated,  thoroughly  incorporated  with 
5  to  15  per  cent,  of  hot  tar  according  to  the  pressure 
obtainable  at  the  moulding  machine,  moulded  into  bricks  and 
fired  at  a  low  temperature  in  a  muffle  furnace.  Anthracite 
eoke  and  charcoal  may  be  used  in  addition  to  ordinary 
coke  in  the  manufacture  of  the  bricks.  The  latter  are 
generally  arranged  as  a  lining  to  the  boshes  and  hearth,  but 
in  iron  jacketed  furnaces,  they  may  form  the  whole  thickness 
of  the  wall  in  those  regions, — S.  B.  A.  A. 


Improvements   in    lite    Treatment   of  Ores.     A.  M.  Clark, 

London.     From    C.   G.   Richardson,    \V.    D.   Firstbrook, 

Toronto,  aud   E.  H.  Davis,  Montreal,  Canada.     Eng.  Pat. 

20,521,  .November  2.'.,  1S91. 

ACCORDING    to    this    invention    ores    containing  sulphides, 

arsenides, or  sulpharsenides  are  freed  from  sulphur  and  arsenic 

by  treatment  with  steam.     The  ore  is  pulverised,  placed  in 

a  closed  receptacle  which    is   kept    in   a    state  of  constant 

agitation  and   may  be  heated  or  otherwise,  and  superheated 

or  other  steam    is    passed    in  until  the  ore  contains  no  more 

sulphur  and  arsenic  than  is  desirable.     The  bases  remain  as 

oxides ;   the    sulphur  and    arsenic    may   be    recovered    by 

collecting    the    sulphuretted    arid    arseniuretted    hydrogen 

evolved  and  treating  these  gases  in  any  suitable  manner. 

-S.  B.  A.  A. 


An  Improved  Method  of  Treating  Plumbiferous  Copper 
Mattes  and  Ores.  C  James,  Swansea.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,041,  December  16,  1891. 

Thk  process  described  is  an  improvement  on  the  method  of 
Eug.  Pat.  13,739  of  1891  (this  Journal,  1891,  1012),  and 
deals  with  the  same  classes  of  material.  According  to  the 
improved  process  the  matte  is  crushed,  completely  calcined, 
preferably  in  a  revolving  calciner,  mixed  with  rate  matte, 
and  silica  or  siliceous  ore  or  other  matter  in  such  proportions 
as  to  provide  sufficient  sulphur  to  combine  with  all  the 
copper  present  and  sufficient  silica  to  form  a  silicate  of  iron 
ami  lead  ;  the  mixture  is  then  melted  in  a  reverheratory  fur- 
nace. If  the  proportion  of  silica  be  so  adjusted  as  to  be  quite 
neutralised  by  the  lead  anil  iron  present  the  products  will  be 
a  rich  regulus  or  coarse  copper  entirely  free  from  lead,  and 
a  lead  slag  nearly  free  from  copper.  Any  silver  or  gold 
originally  present  in  the  matte  is  almost  entirely  concen- 
trated in  the  copper  regulus. 

(Ires  containing  more  than  15  per  cent,  of  lead  cannot  be 
completely  calcined,  and  are  best  reserved  for  admixture 
with  calcined  ores  of  lower  lead  content.  For  example, 
8  parts  of  a  thoroughly  calcined  matte  containing  36  per 
cent,  of  copper  aud  16  per  cent  of  lead  mixed  with  3  parts 
of  a  raw  matte  containing  32  per  cent,  of  copper  and  24  per- 
cent, of  lead,  yielded  on  fusion  a  coarse  copper  with  90  per 
cent,  copper  free  from  lead  aud  a  slag  containing  19  per 
cent,  of  lead.  Deoxidation  of  the  matte  during  fusion,  as 
in  the  "roaster"  process,  or  by  addition  of  oxidising 
agents,  with  the  simultaneous  introduction  of  silica,  is  also 
claimed.  — S.  li.  A.  A. 


Improred  Material  fir  making  Amalgam  for  Filling  Teeth 
and  Method  of  Manufacturing  the  same.  G.  Juterboek, 
Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  22,211,  December  19, 
1891. 

FOR  the  purpose  of  tilling  teeth,  dentists  dissolve  tin  alloy 
of  silver  and  tin  in  mercury,  and,  if  required,  add  a  certain 
proportion  of  gold  or  platinum.  The  alloy  is  supplied  in 
filings  or  chips  which  are  contaminated  with  dirt  and  small 
particles  of  metal  from  the  cutting  tool,  and  are,  moreover, 
liable  to  oxidation.  This  is  remedied  according  to  the 
present  invention  by  rolling  the  alloy  into  sheets,  which  are 
electro-plated  with  gold  ami  cut  into  pieces.  The  layer  of 
gold  protects  the  alloy  from  oxidation,  but  at  once  dissolves 
in  mercury,  exposing  the  pure  alloy,  which  is  rapidly 
amalgamated. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


XI.-ELECTEO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Means  for  Use  in  Electrolysis.  J.  Marx, 
Frankfurt-on-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  6266,  April  24, 
1890.     (Second  Edition.) 

The  apparatus  described  is  especially  suited  to  the  elec- 
trolysis of  such  solutions  as  that  of  sodium  chloride,  where 
the  materials  resulting  from  electrolysis  at  one  electrode 
must,  as  far  as  possible,  be  kept  apart  from  those  set  free  at 
the  other.  For  this  purpose  the  liquid  is  always  employed 
in  a  shallow  layer  with  pointed  anodes  dipping  a  short  way 
into  it,  while  the  cathodes,  placed  alongside,  are  covered  by 
hoods  to  catch  the  hydrogen  liberated.  No  diaphragms  are 
employed. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Electro-depositing.  W.  Gibbings, Garston. 
Eng.  Pat.  2518,  February  12,  1891. 

A  beau  of  insulating  material  is  placed  on  each  side 
of  the  tank,  below  the  surface  of  the  electrolyte.  The 
plates  are  supported  by  projections  at  the  top  which 
rest  at  each  side  on  the  beams.  Current  is  led  in  aud  out 
by  the  end  plates,  but  as  all  the  plates  are  insulated  from 
each  other,  except  through  the  electrolyte,  it  is  as  though  a 
number  of  cells  had  been  formed,  each  plate  acting  as  a 
division  wall  and  being  a  cathode  to  one  cell  and  anode  to 
the  next.  By  placing  the  supporting  beams  sufficiently  low- 
down,  the  plates  may  be  wholly  immersed  and  waste  in  that 
way  prevented. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  and  Apparatus  for  Electrolysing  and 
Bleaching.  J.  Marx,  Bad-Naubeim,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  3738,  March  2,  1891. 
Is  the  electrolysis  of  sodium  chloride  by  such  apparatus  as 
that  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  6266  of  1890  (see  above),  it  is 
impossible  to  prevent  a  certain  amount  of  recombination 
between  the  chlorine  aud  the  alkali  liberated.  The  patentee 
diminishes  this  by  treating  the  electrolysed  solution  with 
carbon  dioxide  so  as  to  leave  alkaline  carbonates  or 
bicarbonates  and  hypochlorous  acid.  The  liquor  is  then 
again  electrolysed,  perhaps  with  the  addition  of  more 
chloride,  and  the  acid  present  prevents  so  much  of  this 
recombination  taking  place.  If  a  bleaching  solution  is 
desired,  the  recombiuation  is  rather  favoured,  and  a  larger 
amount  of  carbonic  dioxide  used,  so  as  to  produce  more 
hypochlorous  acid,  which  acts  as  a  bleaching  agent.  To 
absorb  the  carbonic  acid,  the  liquor  is  allowed  to  flow  down 
an  inclined  plane  furnished  with  ridgts  in  an  atmosphere  of 
the  gas.— E.  T. 


35 1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  so.  1692. 


Improvements  in  the  Electric  Reduction  of  Aluminium  and 
other  Metals,  ami  in  tlie  Production  of  Allot/*  therefor. 
T.  I..  Willson,  Brooklyn,  I  .S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  4757,  March 
17,  1891. 

A  i  kucible  of  carbon  is  made  the  anode  while  a  carbon 
rod,  introduced  through  a  nou-couducting  lid,  serves  as 
cathode.  The  current  consequently  passes  upwards  through 
the  ore  in  the  crucible,  to  the  negative  electrode  above.  To 
prevent  wasting  of  either  electrode,  powdered  carbon  or 
coal,  &c.  are  fed  in.  For  aluminium  bronzes,  copper  is  fed 
in  with  the  ore.  With  iron  ore  and  corundum  au  aluminium 
steel  can  be  made. — E.  T. 


Improvements  m  the  Formation  of  Ozone  in  Presence  of 
Air  or  Oxygen,  and  Apparatus  therefor.  A.  Schneller 
and  W.  .1.  Wisse,  The  Hague,  Holland.  Eng.  Pat.  5222, 
March  24,  1891. 

The  -ozonising  chamber  contains  a  number  of  electrodes 
enclosed  in  tubes  of  glass  or  other  good  di-electric  material. 
These  electrodes  are  alternately  +  and  — ,  but  as  they  are 
joined  up  to  a  transformer  or  alternating  current  dynamo 
giving  a  large  E.M.F.,  their  polarity  is  perpetually  changing. 
Hi  awing-  are  also  given  of  apparatus  for  freeing  the  air  or 
oxygen  of  dust  ami  moisture  before  passing  it  into  the 
ozonising  chamber. — E.  T. 


Improvements  in  Electric  Batteries.  H.  I.  Harris,  Loudon, 
and  W.  H.  Power,  Anerlev.  Eng.  Pat.  5918,  April  6, 
1891. 
The  invention  consists  in  the  use  of  iron  and  sulphur  cells 
as  the  electrodes  of  a  battery,  and  water  as  the  exciting 
fluid.  The  sulphur  cell  is  insulated  from  the  iron,  and  they 
are  closed  by  a  water-tight  lid.  The  water  is  led  in  at  the 
bottom  of  the  outer  cell,  percolates  under  pressure  through 
the  brimstone,  and  is  siphoned  off  from  the  inner  cell.  The 
supply  can  be  regulated  by  a  tap. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  Galvanic  Batteries.  S.  Marcus,  L.  Patz, 
and  It.  Grebner,  Vienna,  Austria,  Eng.  Pat.  6243,  April 
11,  1891. 

The  invention  consists  in  making  one  of  the  electrodes  of 
cylindrical  shape,  the  other  being  placed  withiu  it  in  the 
form  of  a  triangle,  square,  or  other  suitable  prism,  so  that 
the  two  electrodes  come  into  close  proximity  at  certain 
points,  whilst  between  these  points  hollow  spaces  are  left 
for  the  electrolyte. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  Automatic  Regulating  Apparatus  employed 
in  aunt. emu  with  Galvanic  Batteries.  J.  Y.  Johnson, 
London.  From  F.  Gendron,  Bordeaux,  France.  Eng. 
Pat.  6247,  April  11,  1891. 

A tDING  to   this    invention,  which  is  specially  applicable 

to  two  fluid  cells,  the  several  vessels  containing  the  liquids 
are  arranged  in  a  frame  having  three  stages  with  insulating 
rollers,  on  which  the  vessels  can  be  readily  moved.  The 
two  upper  shelves  carry  the  battery  cells,  while  the 
tanks  containing  the  liquids  are  placed  on  a  lower  one. 
A  small  motor  driven  by  a  current  from  the  battery  works 
the  two  circulating  pumps,  which  may  be  of  anj'  suitable 
construction,  but  are  preferably  "  Sausay  pumps,"  specially 
designed  Eor  acid  liquids.  One  pump  is  used  for  the 
exciting  liquid,  and  the  other  for  the  depolariser.  Each 
pump  is  connected  with  tie-  corresponding  store  tanks  by 
branch  pipe-,  provided  with  stop-cocks  and  valves  worked 
automatically  b)  sliding  rods,  so  arranged  that  when  one 
set  of  valves  is  open  the  other  is  shut.  The  sliding  rod 
is  provided  witli  ratchet-shaped  teeth,  and  is  capable  of 
being  moved  laterally  by  an  electro-magnet  so  as  to  bring 
the  lateral  projections  into  the  path  of  one  or  other  of  the 
leg-  of  a  forked  lever,  to  which  the  motor  imparls  a 
continuous  vibrating  motion.  By  engaging  with  this  lever 
the  rod   i-  caused  to  work  the  valves  and  place  the  pump 


in  connexion  with  the  different  tanks.  Similar  mechanism 
controls  the  number  of  cells  in  action  at  one  time,  and 
puts  them  in  or  cut-  them  out  as  required. — ti.  II.  R. 


Improvements  in  Electrical  Accumulators  or  Storage 
Batteries.  C.  P.  Elieson,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  7697, 
.May  4,  1891. 

This  invention  consists  in  building  up  the  electrodes  of  a 
series  of  corrugated  envelopes  of  cylindrical  or  other 
desirable  shape,  composed  of  thin  lead  or  other  suitable 
metal,  and  preferably  perforated.  These  envelopes  are 
placed  one  within  the  other,  and  the  corrugations  are  so 
arranged  that  those  of  one  cylinder  cross,  or  are  at  au 
angle,  to  those  of  adjacent  cylinders.  Suitable  means  are 
provided  for  preventing  them  coming  into  contact. — G.  H.  1!. 


Improvements  in  Electrodes  for  Electric  Accumulators. 
W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  H.  1 1.  Tudor, 
llosport,  Luxembourg.      Eng    Pat.  8227,  May  13,  1891. 

The  improvements  consist  in  forming  the  electrodes  of  a 
plate,  the  two  surfaces  of  which  are  provided  with  grooves 
or  ridges  of  any  suitable  form  or  depth,  instead  of  the 
plain  plate  mentioned  by  the  inventor  in  Eng.  Pat.  11,543 
of  1887;  and  these  grooves  or  ridges  have  on  each  side  of 
them  other  smaller  grooves,  running  horizontally  or  vertically 
as  previously  described. — (J.  II.  II. 


Improvements  in  Galvanic  Batteries.  R.  Haddau,  London. 
From  I.  Cahanyes,  Paris.  France.  Eug.  Pat.  8845, 
May  25,  1891. 

The  improved  cell  is  constructed  as  follows: — the  outer 
ease  is  composed  of  two  cases  of  wood  placed  one  within 
the  other,  the  space  beivsMi  being  filled  with  melted 
paraffin.  The  carbon  electrode  is  composed  of  a  number 
of  carbon  rods  fixed  to  a  copper  connecting  riug.  A 
suitable  number,  preferably  four  of  these,  are  connected  to 
form  one  electrode.  The  zinc  rods  dip  into  porous  jars 
placed  w:ithin  each  group  of  carbons,  and  are  so  arranged 
that  any  one  may  be  remosed  and  replaced  while  the  battery 
is  working.  The  solution  for  the  carbons  iu  the  outer  case 
or  jar  consists  of  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  nitric  acid 
and  hydrochloric  acid,  to  which  mixture  is  added  water 
acidulated  with  5  per  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid.  Hie 
volume  of  water  is  equal  to  the  volume  of  the  two  acids 
together.— G.  H.  K. 

A  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Increasing  the  Bleaching 
Properties  of  Chlorine  Gas.  C.  Kellner,  Manchester. 
Eng.  Pat.  22~,438,  December  23,  1891. 

The  chlorine  is  treated  iu  the  same  way  as  air  when  it  is 
desired  to  produce  ozone.  Two  pieces  of  apparatus  are 
described.  The  first  consists  of  two  test  tubes,  one  inside 
the  other,  and  fused  together  at  the  top.  The  chlorine 
passes,  by  a  tube  at  the  bottom  of  the  outer  test  tube,  into 
the  space  between  the  two,  and  passes  out  near  the  top. 
The  inner  tube  contains  sulphuric  acid  as  one  electrode, 
while  more  sulphuric  acid,  in  which  the  outer  tube  is 
immersed,  serves  as  the  other  electrode.  In  the  other 
apparatus  the  gas  passes  by  a  zigzag  course  between  flat 
vessels,  alternately  +  and  — ,  containing  sulphuric  acid. 
The  polarity  is  rapidly  changed  iu  the  usual  way. — E.  T. 


Improvements  iu  and  relating  to  Secondary  Batteries. 
J.  B.  Entz  and  \V.  A.  Phillips,  Bridgeport,  Conn.,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  1484,  January  26,  1892. 

The  object  of  the  invention  is  to  render  the  electrolytic 
action  more  uniform  over  the  surface  of  the  plates  during 
charge  ami  discharge,  thus  securing  longer  life  to  the  cell. 
This  is  effected  by  heating  the  bottom  of  the  cells,  thus 
causing  the  liquid  to  circulate. — G.  H.  R. 


April So.  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


15 


XII.-FATS,   OILS,   AND  SOAP 
MANUFACTURE. 

The  Glycerin  and  Artificial  Butter  Industry  under 
United  States  Patents.  E.  Starek.  School  of  Mines 
Quarterly,  1892,  13,  131—141. 

(•nk  of  the  <;irli«'>t  commercial  methods  for  the  manu- 
facture "I  glyceric  is  that  of  saponifying  fata  by  means  of 
lime  and  distilling  off  the  glycerin  with  superheated  steam  ; 
it  however  necessitates  the  use  of  sulphuric  or  oxalic  acid 
to  neutralise  any  free  alkali  and  to  decompose  the  lime 
soaps  For  the  recovery  of  the  fatty  acids.  No  early 
American  patent  appears  to  have  been  issued  for  such  a 
process,  but  lime  is  used  in  conjunction  with  superheated 
-team  by  Werk  (U.S.  Pat.  1858,  21,711);  ami,  later, 
oxides  i't'  zinc  and  tin,  "  chloride  of  lime,"  and  a  mixture 
of  sine  oxide  and  time  is  used  to  effect  the  saponification 
and  separation  of  the  fatty  acids  from  glycerin  and  water 
l>\  Litzelman  (this  Journal,  1883,  4:t),  Max  Ams  and 
I.'it/.eliuan  (U.S.  Pat.  1SS3,  272,510),  and  Iiaujard  (U.S. 
Pat.  1883,280,894).  Glycerin  is,  however,  obtained  on  a 
large  scale  by  the  decomposition  of  fats  with  superheated 
steam,  and  From  the  sub-lye  of  the  soap  maker.  Tilghman 
(U.S.  1'at.  1854,  11,766)  devised  an  apparatus  whereby  fat 
or  oil  in  a  thud  state  is  emulsified  with  water,  and  the 
emulsion  passed  through  a  coil  of  iron  tubing  heated  to 
the  temperature  of  melting  lead,  and  then  through  a  cooling 
coil  heated  to  212"  F.,  from  which  it  escapes  into  the 
receiving  vessel.  Wright  and  Fouche  (U.S.  Pat.  1859, 
22,765)  constructed  an  apparatus  in  which  the  decomposition 
is  effected  by  the  continuous  circulation  of  highly-heated 
water  in  a  finely-divided  state  through  the  fats;  and  since 
then  forms  of  apparatus  have  been  devised  whereby  the 
fats  are  thoroughly  atomised  by  the  steam  while  they  are 
undergoing  decomposition.  (See  Sahfeld  (U.S.  Pat.  1878, 
201,704),  Kuehue  (U.S.  Pat.  1879,  215,372),  Babbit  (U.S. 
Pat.  1883,275,976;  1885,316,104).) 

Clolus  (U.S.  Pat.  1881,  242,272)  recovers  glycerin  from 
soap  lyes  by  neutralising  the  same  with  hydrochloric  acid  ; 
l!attcrshall  (this  Journal,  1883,  91)  neutralises  with  sul- 
phuric acid  ;  whilst  Domeier  and  Hagemann  (U.S.  Pat. 
1 SS7.  371,127)  precipitate  the  soapy  matters  as  insoluble 
soaps,  and  subsequently  concentrate  the  lye,  the  remaining 
fatty  and  resinous  constituents  being  decomposed  by  hydro- 
chloric acid,  and  mechanically  removed  with  clay  or 
alumina.  The  manufacture  of  resin  soap  simultaneously 
with  that  of  glycerin  is  covered  by  the  last-mentioned 
patentees  (U.S.  Pat.  1888,  385,105)  ;  whilst  Mining  (I'.S. 
Pat.  1888,  385.3G7)  precipitates  the  fatty  and  resinous 
impurities  by  the  addition  of  barium  or  strontium  chloride, 
and  the  latest  attempts  have  been  directed  towards  prevent- 
ing the  mechanical   occlusion   of  glycerin  by  the  salts,  this 


Arr  u:\tvs  ron  the  Manufacture  of  Glycerin. 


being  effected  by  the  apparatus  of  Domeier  aud  Hagemann 
(I  ,S.  I'at.  1890,  t28,468).  A  i-  the  boiler  in  which  the 
concentration  is  effected,  11  the  enclosing  brickwork,  ( '  the 
fire  space,  I)  the  metal  outer  wall,  E  ami  ]*'  girders,  G  the 
receptacle  for  the  precipitated  salts  ;  it  can  be  separated 
from  A  by  closing  the  valve  II.  G1  is  a  doorthrough  which 
the  collected  matter  is  removed,  Gr  a  strainer  or  perforated 
plate.  Soap  lye  or  brine  containing  less  glycerin  than  that 
adhering  to  the  mineral  crystals  can  be  admitted  through 
G\  the  deposits  remaining  on  the  strainer  Gr,  whilst  the 
liquid  escapes  by  G'.  At  the  commencement  of  the 
operation,  A  is  tilled  with  soap  lye,  and  as  it  is  in  communi- 
cation with  (i,  the  latter  is  also  tilled  ;  when  the  boiling 
liquor  in  A  becomes  more  concentrated  the  precipitates 
formed  pass  into  (1.  The  apparatus  is  fed  through  G4,  the 
liquor  contained  in  G  being  thus  pushed  into  the  boiling 
portion.  As  soon  as  G  is  filled  with  deposited  crystals,  H  is 
closed,  the  excess  of  liquor  removed  through G4,  and  the 
crystals  washed  as  described,  and  removed.  H  is  now 
opened  and  the  process  repeated. 

Some  manufacturers  precipitate  the  soap  by  an  excess  of 
alkali,  which  is  then  removed  by  treatment  with  more  fat 
(Babbit,  U.S.  Pat.  1870,  107,324"),  or  by  treatment  with 
carbonic  acid,  which  converts  the  alkali  into  bicarbonate 
insoluble  in  glycerin  (Mellon,  I'.S.  Pat.  1890,  422,140). 
Hydrate  of  iron  is  employed  for  the  last  mentioned  pur- 
pose by  Domeier  and  Hagemann  (U.S.  Pat.  1892,  453,829). 

The  concluding  portion  of  the  paper  deals  with  artificial 
butter,  aud  mentions  some  10  American  patents  for  its 
production,  extending  from  1873 — 1882. — A.  R.  L. 


The  Composition  of  Turkey- Red  Oil.     P.  Juillard.     Hull. 
Soc.  Chim.  1891,  6,  638—656. 

It  is  well  known  that  tie'  product  of  the  action  of  monc- 
hydrated  sulphuric  acid  on  castor  oil,  after  removal  of  the 
excess  of  acid  by  washing  with  a  solution  of  an  alkaline 
salt,  consists  essentially  of  two  portions,  one  of  which  is 
soluble,  the  other  insoluble,  in  pure  water.  According  to 
Liechti  and  Suida  (this  Journal,  1883,  540)  the  soluble 
portion  has  the  constitution  (( ',.11 .(  r  .( '  .II  ,.(  HI)  S(  >,. 
Muller-Jacobs  (this  Journal,  1884,  412),  on  the  other  hand, 
looks  upon  it  as  a  sulphonic  acid  of  ricinic  acid  ;  while 
Benedikt  and  Ulzer  (this  Journal,  1888.329)  consider  it  to  be 
a  ricinosnlphuric  ester  of  the  formula  IIS(  I,  .  ( 'i;H3.,.COOH. 
The  portion  insoluble  in  water  is,  in  the  opinion  of  Liechti 
and  Suida,  dihydroxyrieinic  acid;  in  that  of  Muller-Jacobs, 
Benedikt,  and  others,  a  mixture  of  rieinic  acid  and  unaltered 
rieinole'in. 

The  author  has  shown  (Arch,  de  Geneve,  1890,  24,  134 
and  1891,  25,  275  ;  see  also  this  Journal,  1891,  471)  that, 
in  spite  of  its  inaccuracy,  the  formula  of  Liechti  and  Suida 
gives  a  molecular  weight  closely  approaching  that  of  the 
soluble  portion  obtained  by  washing  in  the  cold  ;  and  that 
the  formula  proposed  by  Benedikt  and  Ulzer  represents  the 
actual  state  in  the  molecule  of  the  sulphuric  acid  residue, 
though  it  is  much  too  simple  to  express  the  constitution  of 
the  chief  soluble  compound  produced,  since,  as  the  author 
has  discovered,  polymerisation  of  the  fatty  acids  is  ac- 
complished simultaneously  with  their  estermeation  by  the 
action  of  sulphuric  acid. 

Rieinic  Acid,  HO.C,7H32.COOH,  contains  an  alcoholic 
hvdroxyl  group,  by  reason  of  which  it  is  capable  of  readily 
yielding  ethers ;  thus  with  acetic  acid  it  yields  an  acid  ester 
of  the  formula  C:H30L,.C1-Hi,,.COOH !  with  oleic  acid,' 
similarly,  an  oleoricinic  acid  C1,H:i:,t)..t']rH1_,.COOH  ;  and 
with  ricinic  acid,  ricinoricinic  or  diricinic  acid" — 

HO.ei;HK.COO.C17H3.:.COOH 

The  last-named  compound  contains  a  hydroxyl  group 
which  enables  it  to  condense  with  another  molecule  of 
ricinic  acid,  forming  tririeinic  acid,  which  in  turn  is 
condensable  with  1  mol.  of  ricinic  acid,  yielding  tetraricinic 
acid,  and  with  two,  yielding  pentaricinic  acid.  These  poly- 
ricinic  acids  may   be   produced   from   ricinic  acid   by  the 


356 


THE  JOURNAL  OF   THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April so,  1892, 


action  of  hydrochloric  acid,  their  formation  probably 
taking  place  in  two  stages,  thus — 

HO.C17HE.(  "i»H  +  HC1  =  n.C17H.„.COOH  +  H,0 

HO.C,7H3..COOH  +  Cl.('l;H:;:.C(t()H  = 

HO.C,7H32.COO.C17H3S.COOH  +  HC1 

Willi  sulphuric  acid  a  similar  series  of  changes  takes 
place — 

HO.C,7H32.COOH  +  H;S(), 
HSn1.C,-II.t,.COOH   +  HX> 

HO.C17H3,.COOH  +    HS04.C17H3S.COOH 
HO.Ci;H:l2.C(>O.C,7HM.COOH  +  H2S04 

lli>.C,7II;v.. ('<)<>. C'I7H:,;.C(K>1I    +   H,S(), 
HS04.C17H32.COO.CI7H32.COOH  +  H,,U 

and  so  ou,  to  the  formation  of  pentaricinic  acid.  In  this 
case,  however,  the  intermediate  compounds  have  been 
isolated  and  examined. 

The  immediate  action  of  sulphuric  acid  on  castor  oil  is 
to  produce  a  diricinoleiusulphuric  anhydride  of  the 
formula — 

,U  CI7H3,.COO 
SO  /  | 

\o CJI, 

I 

HO.CI7H32.COO 
according  to  the  equation — 

(HO.Ci7H32.COO)3  !  C:,H,  +  HjSOj  = 
(.'.,,H7„<  >5.S04  +  HO.C17H32.COOH  +  H.,() 

The  formation  of  this  body  being  presumably  preceded  by 
that  of  diriciuoleinsulphurie  acid — 

HS04.CI7H32.COO 

H().(J.,H5 
I 

iio.r,7ir,.:.c<Hi 

This  anhydride  in  contact  with  rieinic  and  sulphuric 
acids  then  slowly  undergoes  change  into  polyricinosulphuric 
and  polyrieinic  acids. 

Properties  of  the  Polyrieinic  Acids. — The  portion  of 
Turkey-red  oil  which  is  insoluble  in  water  and  which  usually 
amounts  to  about  one-third  of  the  whole,  consists  of  a 
mixture  of  riciuolein  (when,  as  is  generally  the  case,  the 
oil  is  prepared  from  castor  oil  and  not  from  rieinic  acid), 
and  mono-  and  polyrieinic  acids.  Its  quantity  may  be 
increased  by  prolonging  the  duration  of  the  washing  of  the 
acid  oil ;  after  several  months'  contact  with  water,  the 
sulphuric  acid  residue  being  completely  eliminated  from 
the  acid  magma.  Polyrieinic  acids  are  further  producible 
by  keeping  the  washed  Turkey-red  oil  at  a  temperature  of 
20° — 30D  for  several  weeks,  as  well  as  by  the  action  of 
hydrochloric  acid  ou  ricinole'in  or  rieinic  acid  at  the  ordinary 
temperature  or  more  rapidly  tin  2 — 3  hours)  at  95" — 100°. 
They  were  first  obtained  in  a  fairly  pure  state  by  the  author 
by  fractional  separation  from  commercial  Turkey-red  oil 
which  had  undergone  spontaneous  decomposition.  The 
latter  appeared  as  a  viscid  liquid,  soluble  in  ether,  light 
petroleum,  and  benzene,  imperfectly  in  acetic  acid,  and 
sparingly  so  in  cold,  but  easily  so  in  hot  alcohol;  its 
molecular  weight,  determined  by  Kaoult's  method  (phenol 
being  used  as  solvent  and  the  lowering  of  solidifying  point 
being  compared  with  that  produced  by  acetonemic  acid) 
was  994.  On  the  addition  of  alcohol  to  the  ethereal  solu- 
tion of  this  oil  a  voluminous,  oily  precipitate  was  obtained 
which,  after  being  washed  several  times  with  alcohol,  had  a 
molecular  weight  corresponding  with  that  of  pentaricinic 
acid.  The  ethereal-alcoholic  mother-liquor,  after  the 
evaporation  of  the  ether,  deposited  an  oil  which  was  washed 
with  concentrated  alcohol  and  submitted  i<>  analysis,  giving 
numbers  corresponding  with  those  required  for  iriricinic 
acid.  The  alcoholic  solution  from  which  the  latter  com- 
pound had  separated,  was  cooled   to  o    and   a  precipitate 


obtained  which  was  purified  with  warm  alcohol,  the  residue 
then  showing  a  molecular  weight  of  592  approaching  that 
of  diricinic  acid  (578). 

Penta-  and  letraricinic  acids  are  viscid  oils  ;  are  com- 
pletely insoluble  in  cold,  concentrated  alcohol;  sparingly 
soluble  in  acetic  acid  ;  freely  so  in  ether,  light  petroleum, 
and  benzene ;  their  alkaline  salts  are  difficultly  soluble  in 
dilute  alcohol.  Submitted  to  prolonged  treatment  with 
hydrochloric  acid,  they  do  not  undergo  further  condensa- 
tion ;  suspended  in  alcohol  and  treated  with  dry  hydrochloric 
acid  gas,  they  are  slowly  transformed  into  ethyl  ricinate. 
In  common  with  the  other  polyrieinic  acids,  they  are  uude- 
composed  by  boiling  solutions  of  alkaline  carbonates,  but 
are  converted  by  boiling  solutions  of  caustic  alkalis  into 
salts  of  monoricinic  acid.  Triricinic  acid  is  soluble  in  ether, 
ligh'  petroleum,  acetic  acid,  and  excess  of  alcohol ;  its 
alkaline  salts  in  dilute  alcohol.  Diricinic  acid  is  soluble  in 
all  proportions  in  light  petroleum,  ether,  acetic  acid,  and 
absolute  alcohol ;  its  alkaline  compouuds  are  insoluble  in 
water,  but  soluble  in  dilute  alcohol ;  on  titration  with 
normal  potash  solution  and  phenolphthalein  it  absorbs  a 
smaller  quantity  of  alkali  than  it  theoretically  should. 

Properties  of  the  Polyricinosulphuric  Acids. — A  mixture 
of  the  various  polyricinosulphuric  acids  is  readily  obtained 
by  precipitating  with  common  salt  an  aqueous  solution  of 
washed  Turkey-red  oil,  after  removal  of  the  portion  extract- 
ible  with  ether  by  treatment  with  that  menstruum.  This 
mixture,  after  the  spontaneous  evaporation  of  the  ether, 
which  it  retains  in  small  amount,  appears  as  a  viscid,  yellow 
oil  ;  is  hydrated  ;  soluble  in  all  proportions  in  water,  alcohol, 
and  ether  ;  and  in  aqueous  solution  readily  dissolves  rieinic 
acid  and  ricinole'in,  and  less  readily  the  polyrieinic  acids. 
It  is  decomposed  by  boiling  water,  or  more  rapidly  by 
boiling  dilute  acids  into  fatty  acids,  glycerin,  and  sulphuric 
acid.  This  portion  of  the  Turkey-red  oil  constitutes  about 
two-thirds  of  the  total  oil-magma,  and  consists  chiefly 
(three-fourths  or  so)  of  diricinole'insulphuric  anhydride,  as 
is  proved  by  its  high  neutralising  equivalent  ;  thus  in  two 
experiments  224  and  2'82  per  cent,  of  KHlI  were  respec- 
tively required,  while  diricoleinsulpliuric  acid,  which  has 
approximately  the  same  molecular  weight,  requires  9 '39  per 
cent.  Left  some  time  at  the  ordinary  temperature  in  the 
presence  of  a  slight  excess  of  caustic  potash,  the  Anhydride 
is  converted  into  diricinoleinsulphuric  acid.  The  latter 
compound  is  very  unstable ;  when  liberated  by  a  mineral 
acid  from  its  alkaline  salts,  it  decomposes  almost  instantly 
into  monoricinosulphuric  acid,  rieinic  acid,  and  glycerin. 
The  anhydride  in  an  aqueous  solution,  to  which  a  small 
quantity  of  mineral  acid  has  been  added,  suffers  a  similar 
change,  but  is  quite  stable  in  solution  in  excess  of  pure 
water.  In  concentrated  aqueous  solution,  however,  it 
gradually  decomposes  successively  into  polyricinosulphuric 
and  polyrieinic  acids.  The  anhydride  is  further  decomposed 
by  boiling  solutions  of  caustic  alkalis  and  of  alkaline 
carbonates  in  excess  into  monoricinosulphuric  acid,  rieinic 
acid,  glycerin,  and  an  alkaline  sulphate;  if  normal  potash 
solution  be  added  in  successive  small  doses  to  a  solution 
of  the  anhydride  whilst  being  heated  for  a  period  of  1 8  hours, 
there  is  required  to  neutralise  12  to  16  times  the  amount 
required  in  the  cold.  Boiling  alcoholic  potash  decomposes 
the  anhydride  almost  completely  into  monoricinosulphuric 
acid  and  rieinic  acid,  a  trace  only  of  potassium  sulphate 
being  produced.  This  greater  resistance  of  potassium  mono- 
ricinosulphate  towards  alcoholic  than  towards  aqueous 
potash,  the  author  considers  to  be  probably  due  to  the  pro- 
duction in  the  former  ease  of  a  salt  containing  two  atoms  of 
potassium,  which  is  stable  in  the  presence  of  excess  of 
alkali. 

In  the  author's  opinion  the  diricincsulphuric  acid  described 
by  Seheurer-Kestner  (this  Journal,  1891,  471)  is  not  a 
uniform  substance,  but  a  mixture  of  that  acid  with  diricino- 
sulphuric  anhydride,  monoricinosulphuric  acid,  and  fatty- 
acids  insoluble  in  pure  water,  which  a  single  treatment  with 
ether  is  insufficient  to  remove  from  aqueous  solution. 

(  'ompositon  of  Turkey-red  OU. — The  Turkey-red  oils  of 
commerce  vary  considerably  in  composition.  As  a  general 
rule,  however,  they  consist  of  a  mixture  of  diricinoleiu- 
sulpliuric    anhydride    and    of    the  alkaline  (sodium  or  am- 


ipriisu832.j        THU  JOURNAL   OP   THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


357 


uioniuni)  salts  of  diricinoleinsulphuric,  mono-  and  polyrici- 
nosulphuric,  and  of  mono-  and  polyricinic  acids,  along  with 
unaltered  rieinolcm. 

Analysts  of  Turkey-red  Oil. —  In  addition  to  the  usual 
estimation  of  the  fatty  acids,  the  glycerin  and  sulphuric 
acid  should  be  determined,  the  latter  by  precipitation  as 
barium  salt,  after  decomposing  the  oil-mixture  by  boiling 
with  hydrochloric  acid.  In  view  also  of  the  different  shades 
yielded  in  dyeing  and  printing  by  the  various  components  of 
the  oil.  a  determination  of  the  molecular  weight  of  the  fatty 
acids  present  in  the  soluble  and  insoluble  state,  is  desirable. 
This  may  be  accomplished  by  Kaoult's  method,  but  care 
must  be  taken,  when  decomposing  the  soluble  portion,  that 
a  sufficient  amount  of  water  is  used  to  bring  the  whole  of  it 
into  solution,  otherwise  the  results  obtained  are  too  high. 
The  author  condemns  the  method  of  testing  Turkey-red  oil 
suggested  by  Scheurer-Kestner  (this  Journal,  1891,  471)  in 
which  the  soluble  and  insoluble  portions  of  the  oil  are 
directly  estimated  by  titration  with  standard  ammonia, 
litmus  anil  phcnolphthalcin  being  successively  employed  as 
indicators.  This  method  gives  inaccurate  results,  especially 
when  diricinoleinsulphuric  anhydride  is  present  in  the  oil, 
which  is  almost  invariably  the  case. — E.  1>. 


On  the  Nitrogenous   Bases   present   in  the  Cotton  Seed. 
W.  Maxwell.     Amer.  (.'hem.  J.  1891,  13,  469—471. 

Set  under  XXIII.,  ptuje  372. 


PATENT. 


An    Improved    Sheep    Dip.     A.    Robertson,    Oban.     Eng. 
Pat.  20,395,  November  24,  1891. 

See  under  XVIII. — C,  1'iige  365. 


XIII.-PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES, 
RESINS,  INDIA-RUBBER,  Etc. 

I  hi  lln  Manufacture  of  Chrome  Pigments.     C.  0.  Weber. 
Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1891,  282,  138,  183,  and  20(1. 

Chrome  Greens  from  Chrome  Yellows. — [t  has  become 
customary  to  apply  the  term  of  chrome  green  not  only  to 
chromic  hydrate  (Guignet's  green)  and  other  compounds 
of  chromic  oxides,  but  also  to  the  green  pigments  which 
represent  mixtures  of  chrome  yellow  and  Prussian  blue. 
The  quality  of  these  mixed  chrome  greens  depends  upon — 

(a)  the  nature  of  the  chrome  yellow  used, 
(/>)  the  nature  of  the  Prussian  blue  used, 
(c)  the  process  of  producing  the  mixture  of  the  two. 

'  Inly  those  chrome  yellows  possessing  a  pure  lemon 
colour  will  produce  bright  greens,  but  the  brightness  of 
the  green  has  very  little  to  do  with  the  brightness  of  the 
yellow,  provided  the  latter  is  only  free  from  even  the 
slightest  touch  of  orange,  which  always  tends  to  produce 
shades  known  as  olive-greens  or  moss-greens. 

Lemon  shades  of  chrome  yellow  are  generally  obtained 
by  the  simultaneous  precipitation  of  lead  sulphate  and  lead 
chromate,  and  it  might  appear  that  the  proportion  of 
sulphate  and  chromate  contained  in  such  a  yellow  would 
be  a  matter  of  indifference  so  long  as  the  proper  shade  of 
chrome  yellow  was  obtained,  and  this  is  certainly  so  as 
far  as  only  the  shade  of  the  resulting  chrome  greens  is 
concerned.  But  on  a  closer  investigation  of  this  matter  we 
find  that  the  proportion  of  sulphate  contained  in  a  chrome 
yellow  stands  in  tin-  inverse  ratio  i"  tin-  covering  power 
of  the  green  obtained  from  it.  This  makes  it  desirable  to 
keep  the  proportion  of  lead  sulphate  in  chrome  yellows 
intended  for  chrome  greens  as   low   as   possible,  and   very 


seldom  we  find  in  a  chrome  yellow  for  green  the  proportions 
of  lead  sulphate  and  lead  chromate  to  be  more  than  2  ■  5 
of  the  former  to  5  of  the  latter. 

The  following  formuhe  yield  chrome  yellows  of  this 
description  which  are  well  adapted  for  the  manufacture  of 
chrome  greens  :— 

1. 

36  lead  acetate  (or  32  lead  nitrate), 

7*5  potassium  bichromate, 

"■  5  sulphate  of  alumina, 

5  carbonate  of  lime  (  Paris  white). 

The  solution  of  the  lead  salt  is  precipitated  with  the 
united  solutions  of  the  bichromate  and  the  sulphate  of 
alumina  to  which  the  lime  carbonate  has  been  added. 


II. 

26  acetate  of  lead, 
7  5  potassium  bichromate, 
3  •  5  Glauber's  salt  crystallised, 
or — 

111. 

36  acetate  of  lead, 
7 -5  potassium  bichromate, 
7 '8  Glauber's  salt,  calculated, 
9  soda  ash. 

After  precipitation  the  yellows  are  washed  once  or  twice 
by  decantation,  and  in  the  interest  of  the  beauty  of  the 
product  this  ought  to  be  done  in  the  least  possible  space 
of  time.  The  chrome  yellows  are  thus  obtained  in  the 
form  of  a  thin  paste  to  which  the  Prussian  blue,  also  in 
paste,  is  added,  the  quantities  of  course  depending  entirely 
upon  the  required  shade  of  green.  After  well  agitating  the 
mixture  of  yellow  and  blue  the  green  is  pressed  and  dried. 
This  process  of  manufacturing  chrome  greens  is  very  old, 
but  it  is  still  largely  practised.  The  process  is,  however, 
a  very  unsatisfactory  one,  as  it  is  difficult  to  always  produce 
a  desired  shade  of  green  and  it  involves  also  a  waste  of 
Prussian  blue,  as  the  latter  even  when  in  a  paste  cannot 
be  brought  in  such  a  state  of  fine  subdivision  as  to  be 
capable  of  producing  its  maximum  effect.  Very  remarkable 
is  the  great  fugitiveness  of  greens  prepared  in  this  manner, 
an  hour  of  exposure  to  direct  sunlight  often  being  sufficient 
to  destroy  the  shade  of  the  green,  turning  it  a  dirty-looking 
yellow.  This  bleaching  is  accompanied  by  evolution  of 
considerable  quantities  of  cyanogen  and  proceeds  indepen- 
dently of  the  presence  of  oxygen,  noris  it  in  the  least  retarded 
by  exposing  the  green  in  vacuo  or  in  an  atmosphere  of  pure 
oxygen,  ozonised  oxygen,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  or  carbonic 
acid.  On  treating  such  a  bleached  green  with  dilute  nitric 
|  acid,  ferric  oxide  and  chromic  oxide  are  found  in  solution, 
but  no  lead,  the  latter  probably  being  converted  into 
peroxide,  thus  :  — 

2  PbCrOj  =  2  PbOo  -;   Cr303  +  O 

Considerably  faster  greens  are  obtained  by  adding  the 
well-diluted  paste  of  Prussian  blue  to  the  solution  of  the 
lead  salt  before  precipitation,  but  this  method  is  no  more 
economical  as  regards  the  use  of  Prussian  blue  than  the 
former. 

The  function  of  lead  sulphate  in  chrome  yellows  has 
been  exhaustively  treated  in  a  former  article  (this  Journal, 
1891,  709 — 712),  but  attempts  to  produce  chrome  yellows 
suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  chrome  greens  free  from 
sulphate  of  lead  were  frequently  made.  The  first  practicable 
process  was  originated  about  12  years  ago,  and  consists  in 
the  precipitation  of  a  solution  of  lead  acetate  with  a 
solution  of  bichromate  of  potash  partially  reduced  by 
acetic  or  citric  acid.  20  lb.  of  bichromate  are  dissolved  in 
6  gallons  of  boiling  water  and  2  lb.  of  powdered  citric  acid 
added.  A  violent  reaction  ensues,  and  eventually  a  dark 
olive-brown  solution  is  obtained,  with  which  a  solution  of 
56  lb.  of  lead  acetate  in  loo  gallons  of  water  is  precipitated. 
The  resulting  chrome  yellow  possesses  a  dull,  very  greenish 
shade,  and  produces  with  Prussian  blue  exceedingly  bright 
and   strong  shades   of   chrome  green.     As  the  result  of   a 


358 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


"April    II 


careful  analytical  investigation  of  this  process  the  reaction 
between  potassium  bichromate  and  i-itric  acid  was  found  to 
proceed  according  to  the  equation — 

(3  K,CvJ>.   y   7C6H807  = 
6  K.fiO,  +  3  Cr3(C6H607)2  •  6COs  +  13  BaO 

This  equation,  verified  by  experiment  and  analysis,  shows 
that,  uol  as  might  have  been  expected,  the  whole  of  the  citric 
arid  is  oxidised,  but  that  about  :>o  per  cent,  of  the  total 
quantity  is  converted  into  chromium  citrate,  so  that  on  pre- 
cipitation of  the  lead  sail  with  the  above  chromate  mixture 
a  small  quantity  of  lead  citrate  is  simultaneously  precipitated; 
and  further  experiments  revealed  the  fact,  that  this  small 
quantity  of  citrate  prevents  the  "turning"  of  the  shade  of 
the  "lemon  chrpme"  obtained.  Careful  observation  of 
the  following  rules  will  entirely  prevent  the  turning  of 
rln  miii,    \  ellows  : — 

1.  The  yellow  must  be  precipitated  in  the  presence  of 
>  5S  of  lead  salt. 

1.  Simultaneously  with  the  chromate  of  lead  must  be 
precipitated  the  lead  salt  of  an  acid  easily  oxidisable  by 
chromic  acid.  This  lead  salt  must  be  insoluble  in  the  free 
arid  tunning  on  precipitation  of  the  chromate. 

3.  If  such  lead  salts  are  used  the  free  acid  of  which 
would  dissolve  the  lead  salts  of  the  oxidisable  acids,  the 
precipitation  must  be  performed  by  means  of  mono- 
chromates. 

That  the  ''turning"  of  the  chrome  yellows  is  due  to  a 
decomposition  of  the  lead  chromate  into  a  basic  salt, 
whereby  chromic  acid  is  set  free,  the  slightest  traces  of 
which  have  a  most  detrimental  influence  upon  the  beauty 
of  the  shade,  is  now  an  established  fact.  The  cure  for 
the  tendency  of  the  chrome  yellows  to  decompose  in  this 
manner  is  the  presence  of  a  small  quantity  of  the  lead  salt 
of  an  easily  oxidisable  organic  acid,  which  also  prevents 
the  rapid  destruction  (oxidation)  of  chrome  greens,  a 
process  which,  as  shown  above,  is  also  an  oxidation 
process. 

Chrome  Yellows  for  Chronu  Greens. — For  the  manu- 
facture of  chrome  yellows  for  chrome  greens  ferrocyan- 
hydric  acid  or  its  soluble  salts  are  very  suitable,  as,  owing 
to  thi  insolubility  of  ferrocyanide  of  lead  in  dilute  nitric 
acid,  they  allow  of  the  production  of  these  pigments  from 
nitrate  of  lead. 

The  method  of  manufacturing  chrome  greens  by  adding 
In     Prussian    blue   paste  to   the    solution  of  the  lead   salt 

tui.  precipitation,  or  by  adding  it  to  the  already  formed 
chrome  yellow,  lias  been  shown  above  to  be  uneconomical 
and  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  best  and  most  economical 
form  in  which  the  Prussian  blue  can  be  used  is  that  of  a 
solution.  As  is  well  known,  Prussian  blue  may  be  dissolved 
in  certain  acids  or  salts,  and  these  solutions  are  most 
advantageously  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  chrome 
greens.  Oxalic  acid  has  been  used  for  this  purpose  by 
who  dissolves  the  Prussian  blue  in  10  per  cent,  of  its 
weight  of  oxalic  acid,  then  adds  a  solution  of  bichromate  of 
potash  ami  subsequently  precipitates  with  this  mixture  a 
solution  of  lead  acetate.  The  following  proportions  have 
in  in  emploj  ed  by  Vogel : — 

20  Prussian  blue, 
L'  oxalic  aeid, 
in  potassium  bichromate, 

100  lead  acetate. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  the  chrome  yellow  contained  in  this 

i<  -  a  i-   also  tier  from   sulphuric  acid,  and  the  beauty  and 

fastness  nf  the  green  so  obtained  must   be  ascribed  to  the 

ii     in    ii    of    a    small  quantity    of   lead    oxalate.     In 

adding    the    solution    of    bichromate    to    the   solution    of 

Prussian    blue  containing    the  oxalic    aeid    a    very  violent 

reaction  takes  place, but  there  is  no  doubt  that  it  proceeds 

on   the  same  line  as   the  one  between  bichromate   and  citric 

acid,  ami  accordingly  comes  to  a  standstill  as  soon  as  all 

ree  oxalic  acid   has  disappeared,  partly  through  oxidation, 

partly  through  formation  of  chromium  oxalate.     In  perfect 

inn    with  this  assumption   is   the   observation   that 

neutral  oxalates  are  not  oxidised  by  solutions  of   bichromate, 

either  hot  or  cold. 


There  is  a  large  number  of  oilier  substances  capable  of 
dissolving  Prussian  blue,  but  as  a  rule  they  are  limit 
expensive  than  oxalic  aeid,  especially  so  considering  that 
oxalic  acid  not  only  acts  as  a  solvent  for  the  blue,  but  is 
also  essential  in  producing  full  and  fast  shades  of  chrome 
yellow. 

The  capability  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  to  dissolve 
Prussian  blue  is  also  utilised  in  the  manufacture  of 
chrome  greens,  lint  whereas  oxalic  acid  easily  dissolves 
dry  Prussian  blue,  ferrocyanide  of  potassium  dissolves  this 
pigment  satisfactorily  only  in  the  form  of  a  paste.  The 
quantity  of  ferrocyanide  used  is  best  about  L'n  per  cent  of 
the  weight  of  the  Prussian  blue  which  is  to  be  dissolved,  a 
few  minutes"  boiling  being  sufficient  to  produce  a  dark  blue 
solution  which  may  1«  filtered  without  leaving  any  residue  on 
tin-  filter.  i'n  addition  of  indifferent  salts,  such  as  Glauber's 
salt,  to  such  solutions,  the  blue  is  apparently  precipitated  as 
it  settles  from  the  solutions,  but  on  stirring  it  up  the  apparent 
precipitate  can  be  filtered  through  filter-paper  almost  as 
completely  as  the  original  solution.  (In  addition  of  a 
solution  of  bichromate  to  the  solution  of  the  blue,  tin 
former  of  course  acts  tit  once  with  great  energy  on  the 
ferrocyanide  contained  in  the  latter,  and  the  blue  apparently 
is  precipitated,  although  the  mixture  Alters  without  any 
residue.  By  precipitating  with  this  mixture  a  solution  of 
lead  acetate  or  nitrate,  greens  are  obtained  which  in 
beauty  rival  brilliant  green  lakes,  and  owing  to  the  ideal 
state  of  sub-division  of  the  blue,  the  latter  is  enabled  to 
produce  in  every  case  its  maximum  effect.  The  following 
proportion-  may  serve  as  an  example: — 

V. 

300  Prussian  blue  <  4  per  cent,  dry), 
■2  4  ferrocyanide  of  potash, 
18  potassium  bichromate, 
50  lead  acetate. 

This  corresponds  to  the  following  proportions  according  to 
Vogel's  method  : — 

VI. 

300  Prussian  blue  (4  per  cent,  dry), 

■>  oxalic  acid, 

18  potassium  bichromate, 

."ill  lead  acetate. 

These  two  greens,  although  practically  identical  in  regard 
to  their  chemical  composition,  differ  very  much  in  their 
appearance,  which  no  doubt  is  due  to  the  difference  in  the 
amount  of  bichromate  reduced  in  the  course  of  the  two 
processes  respectively.  The  result  obtained  in  working 
according  to  the  proportions  VI.  may  be  considerably 
improved  upon  by  using  oxalate  of  ammonia  instead  of 
oxalic  aeid  for  the  solution  of  the  Prussian  blue: — 

VII. 

300  Prussian  blue  (4  per  cent,  dry), 
3  oxalate  of  ammonia, 
18  potassium  bichromate, 
."in  lead  acetate. 

The  shade  of  this  green  is  brighter  than  that  of  chrome 
green  VI.,  and  at  the  same  time  very  much  bluer  than  even 
that  of  chrome  green  V.,  and  this  shows  that  by  using 
oxalate  of  ammonia  even  less  blue  is  necessary  for  the 
production  of  a  certain  shade  than  by  using  either  oxalic 
acid  or  ferrocyanide.  Moreover,  green  VII.  is  distinguished 
by  its  truly  remarkable  fastness.  This  latter  method  might 
be  used  on  a  large  scale  with  considerable  advantage. 

A  combination  of  the  above-described  oxalate  and  ferro- 
cyanide processes  has  been  in  use  for  some  time  in  this 
country  and  in  America,  and  the  chrome  greens  obtained 
by  the  combination  of  these  two  methods  are  remarkable 
for  the  delicacy  and  purity  of  shades,  as  well  as  for  their 
great  fastness  to  light.  It  is  not  easy  to  see  why  chrome 
greens  obtained  by  the  'combined  methods  should  be  at  all 
superior  to  those  produced  by  either  of  the  two  methods, 
t  lonsidering,  however,  that  oxalic  aeid  and  potassium  ferro- 
cyanide act  at  boiling  temperature  not  only  upon  the 
Prussian  blue,  but  also  upon  each  other,  and  that  ferric 
oxide,  which  is  invariably  produced  by  the  action  of  oxalic 


April  89, 1833.J         TIIE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


359 


acid  on  Prussian  blue,  is  eventually  re-converted  into  blue 
through  the  ferrocyanide  present,  the  rationale  of  this 
method  is  explained  to  a  considerable  degree.  The  follow- 
ing formuhe  are  types  of  this  method  : — ■ 


a. 


b. 


dead  acetate 

Litharge  

Potassium  bichromate  . 

Prussian  blue  (dry) 

Oxalic  acid 

Potassium  ferrooyanide. 


loo 

50 

50 
25 

4 

5'5 


101) 
30 
50 
50 
7 
10 


101) 
50 
50 

Inn 
15 
13 


The  lead  acetate  and  litharge  are  together  converted  into 
basic  acetate  in  the  manner  described  in  a  former  paper 
(this  Journal,  1891,  70'J).  This  lead  solution  is  run  into  a 
large  tub  filled  with  water  to  about  one-third.  Oxalic  acid 
and  ferrocyanide  are  then  dissolved  in  about  60  gallons  of 
water,  and  to  the  boiling  solution  is  added  the  finely- 
powdered  Prussian  blue.  After  half  an  hour's  boiling  the 
bichromate  is  added  to  the  solution,  and  the  lead  salt  is  then 
precipitated  with  these  united  solutions.  The  precipitated 
green  is  washed  in  the  usual  manner  ;  it  is  the  finest  and 
fastest  chrome  green  which  is  known  at  present. 

If  desired,  neutral  lead  acetate  or  lead  nitrate  may  be  used 
instead  of  the  basic  acetate,  but  it  is  worth  mentioning  that 
different  lead  salts  produce  also  greens  more  or  less  differing 
in  appearance.  This  is  rather  difficult  to  explain,  but  it  is 
nevertheless  a  well-known  fact,  and  very  probable  in  some 
relation  to  the  often-made  observation  that  yellows  made 
from  nitrate  of  lead  give  very  bad  results  in  calico  printing, 
only  yellows  from  lead  acetate  being  available  for  this 
purpose. 

Like  the  chrome  yellows,  the  chrome  greens  are  generally 
"  filled  "  with  some  indifferent  mineral  "  base,"  not  only  in 
order  to  produce  lower  grades,  but  also  to  give  them  such 
physical  properties  as  are  required  to  make  them  suitable 
for  various  applications,  properties  which  the  pure  greens 
either  do  not  possess  at  all  or  in  an  insufficient  degree. 
It  is  not  only  of  importance  which  "bases"  have  been 
added  to  a  green,  much  depending  also  on  the  manner  in 
which  the  two  have  been  combined.  The  most  important  of 
these  bases  are  barium  sulphate,  mineral  white  (gypsum), 
china  clay,  alumina  hydrate. 

Barium  sulphate  and  mineral  white  are  principally  used 
for  the  manufacture  of  low  grades  of  green,  and  it  is 
advisable  to  use  for  moderate  "  reductions "  exclusively 
mineral  white  ;  for  high  "  reductions,"  mineral  white  and 
barium  sulphate  are  preferable,  generally  the  barium  sul- 
phate constituting  the  larger  portion  of  the  mixture  of  the 
two  "  bases."  For  purposes  where  such  substantial  bases  as 
the  two  before  mentioned  are  not  desired,  as  in  the  case  of 
paper-staining,  alumina  hydrate  and  china  clay  are  used. 
The  alumina  hydrate  is  now  always  prepared  from  alumi- 
nium sulphate  by  precipitation  with  sodium  carbonate,  but 
great  care  must  be  taken  to  have  the  alumina  salt  free  from 
iron,  0'008  per  cent,  of  which  will  give  the  otherwise 
brilliant  white  aluminium  hydrate  a  peculiar  dead  and  dirty- 
looking  shade,  the  effect  of  which  on  the  shade  of  a  chrome 
green  is  greater  than  might  be  anticipated.  "With  regard  to 
the  china  clay  employed  as  a  "  base,"  that  which  in  com- 
position'comes  nearest  to  the  formula,  (Al203)2(Si02)3,  3H20, 
will  be  found  the  best. 

It  used  to  be  customary  at  one  time  to  add  the  whole  of 
the  "  base,"  which  was  intended  to  be  incorporated  in  a 
chrome  yellow  or  chrome  green,  to  the  solution  of  the  lead 
salt  before  precipitation,  the  idea  evidently  being  to  precipi- 
tate the  chrome  pigment  upon  the  base,  and  so  to  obtain  as 
close  a  union  as  possible  between  pigment  and  base.  This 
method  is  now  practically  abandoned  as  it  has  been  found 
more  advantageous  to  either  add  the  base  to  the  solution 
of  the  lead  salt  at  the  same  rate  as  the  precipitation  of 
the  pigment  is  proceeding,  i.e.,  simultaneous  with  the  latter, 
or  to  add  the  base  to  the  pigment  after  precipitation.     In 


each  of  the  two  cases  the  "  base  "  or  mixture  oi  "  bases  "  is 
suspended  in  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  and  run,  either 
during  or  after  the  precipitation  of  the  pigment,  into 
the  precipitation  tub  through  a  moderately  fine  sieve  (Xo. 
40).  These  remarks  refer  particularly  to  the  use  of  barium 
sulphate  and  mineral  white. 

If  aluminium  hydrate  is  employed  as  "  base,"  a  special 
method  has  to  he  followed  in  order  to  ensure  a  perfect 
union  between  aluminium  hydrate  and  the  chrome  pigment, 
the  specific  gravities  of  which  are  so  very  different.  To 
the  precipitated  pigment  is  added  a  solution  of  sulphate  of 
alumina,  about  15  per  cent,  of  the  whole  quantity  which  it 
is  intended  to  precipitate,  and  subsequently  an  equivalent 
quantity  of  soda  carbonate  is  slowly  and  carefully  run  into 
this  mixture  in  order  to  precipitate  aluminium  hydrate.  In 
this  way  a  most  intimate  mixture  of  the  chrome  pigment 
and  a  small  quantity  of  aluminium  hydrate  is  obtained. 
The  evolution  of  carbonic  acid  which  accompanies  the 
precipitation  of  the  aluminium  hydrate,  assists  very 
materially  in  producing  the  compound  pigment  in  a  very 
voluminous  form,  in  which  it  can  readily  be  mixed  with 
almost  any  desired  quantity  of  ready-formed  aluminium 
hydrate.  Where  chrome  pigments  are  intended  to  be  filled 
not  only  with  aluminium  hydrate  but  also  with  sulphate  of 
barium,  mineral  white,  or  china  clay,  it  is  advisable  to  add 
these,  during  or  after  the  precipitation,  before  the  incor- 
poration of  any  of  the  aluminium  hydrate,  which  is  then 
proceeded  with  as  above  described. 

A  matter  of  very  great  importance  in  the  manufacture  of 
chrome  greens  is  the  quality  of  the  Prussian  blue  employed 
for  this  process,  an  unsuitable  blue  producing  very  poor 
results  even  with  the  best  yellows.  Practically  pure  Paris 
blue  is  manufactured  in  a  great  variety  of  shades,  ranging 
from  a  bright  ultramarine  to  a  very  deep  blue-violet. 
The  lighter  shades  of  Prussian  blue  are  especially  useful 
for  the  manufacture  of  zinc  greens,  the  dark  shades  are  the 
the  most  suitable  for  chrome  greens.  In  this  manner 
particularly  three  shades  of  pure  Paris  blue  are  used,  viz., 
Paris  blue  ultramarine  shade  (milori  blue,  steel  blue,  Chinese 
blue),  Paris  blue  indigo  shade,  and  Paris  blue-violet  or 
"  red  "  shade. 

The  principle  of  the  manufacture  of  these  three  blues  is 
the  same  in  every  case,  namely,  the  oxidation  of  the 
"  white  paste  "  obtained  on  the  precipitation  of  potassium 
or  sodium  ferrocyanide  with  a  ferrous  salt.  The  shade  of 
the  blue  is  greatly  influenced  \>y  the  conditions  under 
which  it  is  produced,  the  most  important  of  which  are  (1) 
the  proportions  of  ferrocyanide  and  ferrous  salt  used  in  the 
precipitation  of  the  white  paste,  (2)  the  particular  ferrous 
salt  employed,  (3)  the  oxidising  agent  and  the  acid  in  the 
presence  of  which  the  oxidation  is  performed. 

I.  Prussian  blue  ultramarine  shade:  100  lb.  of  ferro- 
cyanide are  dissolved  in  450  galls,  of  water,  the  solution  is 
heated  to  boiling,  25  lb.  of  hydrochloric  acid  28'*  Tw.=  1  ■  14, 
are  added,  and  the  boiling  continued  for  half  an  hour.  Into 
this  boiling  solution  is  then  run  a  solution  65  lb.  of  ferrous 
chloride  (FeCU)  in  50  galls,  of  boiling  water ;  or  the  two  solu- 
tions are  run  simultaneously  into  a  large  tub  partly  filled  with 
boiling  water.  After  precipitation,  the  contents  of  the  tub 
must  be  well  agitated  and  the  boiling  continued  for  at  least 
half  an  hour.  The  tub  is  then  filled  up  with  cold  water 
and  the  precipitate  left  to  settle  for  three  days,  when  the 
supernatant  liquor  is  siphoned  off,  the  precipitate  boiled 
up  with  steam  and  subsequently  oxidised  by  adding  to 
the  boiling  mass  in  turns  25  lb.  of  hydrochloric  acid 
and  12  lb.  of  chlorate  of  potash  or  soda.  The  oxidation 
being  complete,  the  tub  is  again  filled  up  with  cold  water 
and  the  acid  completely  washed  out  of  it  by  decantation. 
The  water  used  for  the  washing  is  of  great  importance, 
and  ought  to  contain  no  lime,  especially  not  in  the  form  of 
carbonate,  very  small  quantities  of  which  suffice  to  destroy 
the  "  bloom  "  of  these  pigments.  If,  however,  a  hard  water 
must  be  used,  acidifying  with  acetic  acid  will  almost 
entirely  prevent  its  harmful  influence. 

II.  Prussian  blue  indigo  shade :  100  lb.  of  ferrocyanide 
and  90  lb.  of  ferrous  sulphate  are  dissolved  in  separate  tubs, 
and  to  the  solution  of  the  ferrous  salt  25  lb.  of  sulphuric 
acid  168°  Tw.  =  1'84,  and  l\  lb.  of  stannous  chloride  are 
added.     The  two  solutions  arc  run  simultaneously  into  the 


360 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April so,  1892. 


precipitating  tank,  which  is  partly  tilled  with  boiling  water  ; 
the  boiling  is  to  be  continued  during  and  for  about  30  minutes 
after  the  precipitation.  The  white  paste  is  again  left  to 
settle  for  some  days  and  then  oxidised  either  by  means  of 
nitric  acid  or  by  means  of  bichromate. 

In  oxidising  with  nitric  acid  the  white  paste  is  run  into  a 
rectangular  lead-lined  vat,  with  a  barrel-shaped  bottom  and 
a  hood  on  the  top  which  has  an  opening  on  one  of  the 
narrow  sides  only,  allowing  an  agitator  to  be  inserted  in 
order  to  mix  the  paste  during  the  process  of  the  oxidation. 
( (pposite  to  that  opening  a  spacious  clay  pipe  is  fitted  in 
the  hood,  through  which  the  noxious  vapours  developed 
during  the  oxidation  may  be  drawn  in  a  chimney  or  furnace. 
A  lead  pipe  carrying  a  funnel  penetrating  the  side  of  the 
vat  and  terminating  on  the  bottom  of  it  is  arranged. 
Through  it  50  lb.  of  sulphuric  acid  168°  Tw.,and  subsequently 
32  lb.  of  nitric  acid  78D  Tw.  are  added  to  the  white  paste, 
which  is  well  mixed  all  the  time.  After  the  development 
of  nitrous  acid  from  the  mixture  has  ceased,  the  blue  is 
transferred  to  the  washing  tubs  to  be  freed  from  acid.  If 
bichromate  is  used  for  the  oxidation  of  the  white  paste,  the 
oxidation  may  be  performed  in  the  precipitation  tub  after 
having  run  off  the  supernatant  wash-water.  50  lb.  of 
sulphuric  acid  are  added  to  the  white  paste,  and  the 
oxidation  is  effected  at  the  boiling  temperature,  by  adding 
gradually  a  solution  of  28"5  1b.  of  bichromate  in  28  galls. 
of  boiling  water.  The  chromium  sulphate  clings  to  the 
blue  very  obstinately,  and  great  care  must  be  employed  to 
wash  it  out  completely. 

III.  Prussian  blue  red  shade  :  The  precipitation  of  the 
white  paste  for  this  blue  is  performed  in  exactly  the  same 
manner  as  above  described,  using  100  lb.  of  ferrocyanide 
and  90  lb.  of  ferrous  sulphate.  The  oxidising  agent  used 
is  ferric  sulphate,  which  produces  blues  of  an  excellent  dark 
shade  very  suitable  for  the  ordinary  chrome  greens.  Before 
oxidising  the  supernatant  water  is  run  off  the  white  paste, 
to  which  25  lb.  of  sulphuric  acid  168°  Tw.  are  added  and 
the  mixture  heated  to  boil.  150  lb.  of  ferric  sulphate 
I  ferric  liquor)  prepared  as  below  are  then  added,  the 
boiling  being  continued  for  half  an  hour.  The  filtrate  from 
a  sample  of  the  oxidised  blue  must  distinctly  show  the 
presence  of  an  excess  of  ferric  salt.  The  oxidised  blue  is 
purified  by  washing  in  the  usual  way. 

Although  the  ferric  liquor  is  a  commercial  product,  it  is 
advisable  to  prepare  it  especially  for  this  process,  the  com- 
mercial article  containing  frequently  a  large  proportion  of 
ferrous  salt.  It  is  best  prepared  in  a  number  of  large 
Woulffs  bottles  (tourils)  which  are  connected  amongst 
themselves,  with  the  usual  clay  pipes  and  with  a  chimney 
or  absorption  tower  to  draw  away  the  large  quantities  of 
nitrous  acid  evolved.  The  bottles  are  charged  with  10  galls, 
of  water,  64  lb.  of  nitric  acid  78°Tw.,and  GO  lb.  of  sulphuric 
acid  168°  Tw.  To  this  hot  mixture  300  lb.  of  finely- 
crystallised  or  ground  ferrous  sulphate  are  slowly  added. 
The  oxidation  proceeds  very  rapidly  but  quietly.  It  is 
advisable  to  keep  the  bottles  warm  during  the  operation, 
for  which  purpose  they  are  placed  in  a  steam-heated 
wooden  box  from  which  only  the  tops  of  the  bottles  and  the 
bottom  taps  for  drawing  off  the  liquor  project. — C.  <  >.  W. 


Changes   in  Chromium   Pigments.     Papier  Zeitung,  1891, 
17,  2:12. 

See  under  VI.,  page  3  15. 


Excrescent  Resins.     M,  Bamberger.    Monatsh.  1891,  12, 

111—403. 

See  under  XX.,  page  365. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Paints 
or  Paint-Stocks.  G.  W.  Scollay,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  2382,  February  10,  1891  . 

The  inventor  combines  the  preparation  of  paint  or  paint- 
stock  with  the  refining  of  vegetable  oils  in  the  following 
ways  : — 

1 .  By  mixing  with  commercial  yellow  cotton-seed  oil  a 
suitable  quantity  of  ochre  or  other  pigment,  which  com- 
bining with  the  impurities  of  the  oil  forms  a  paint  or  paint- 
stock,  at  the  same  time  refining  the  oil.  When  ochre  is 
used  all  uncombined  water  must  first  be  expelled.  Umbers 
must  be  heated  until  they  assume  a  deep  brown  colour  ; 
siennas  until  they  show  a  light  red  colour.  Overheating, 
causing  all  constitutional  water  to  be  expelled  ought  to  be 
guarded  against,  as  it  renders  the  pigments  inert.  From 
four  to  twelve  parts  of  the  grease  are  mixed  with  one  part 
of  above  pigments,  and  after  about  40  minutes  the  oil  is 
separated  from  the  insoluble  sediment  by  any  convenient 
means.  In  this  way  a  superior  quality  of  oil  and  a 
merchantable  paint  or  paint-stock  are  obtained. 

2.  A  barrel  of  oil  is  mixed  with  from  two  and  one-half  to 
four  pounds  of  caustic  soda,  agitated  for  about  40  minutes, 
then  left  to  settle.  The  refined  oil  is  drawn  off,  the  residue 
is  soap  or  soap-stock,  which  may  be  converted  into  paint  or 
paint-stock  by  means  of  chloride  of  calcium  and  similar 
salts. 

3.  The  oil  is  first  partially  refined  by  treating  it  with  a 
small  quantity  of  caustic  alkali,  and  the  refining  is  subse- 
quently completed  by  treating  with  ochre. 

4.  The  oil  may  be  treated  with  any  metallic  salt  and 
caustic  alkali  simultaneously,  or  by  any  combination  of  the 
above  described  reagents. 

Paints  or  paint-stocks  of  the  above  description  are  con- 
verted into  paints  of  greater  variety  and  brilliancy  in  colour 
in  the  following  manner  : — 

To  make  yellow  paint,  soap  stock  is  converted  into  lead 
plaster  by  means  of  acetate  of  lead,  this  lead-soap  is  then 
acted  upon  with  bichromate  or  chromate  of  soda. 

Blue  paint  is  obtained  by  treating  the  soap-stock  with 
iron  salts  first  and  then  with  ferroe.yanides. 

Green  paint  is  produced  by  boiling  the  soap-stock  with 
arsenious  acid,  on  addition  of  copper  sulphate  a  vivid  green 
is  obtained. 

The  paints  may  be  washed  with  water  and  dried  at  a 
moderate  heat. 

The  paint  or  paint-stock  obtained  as  above  described  is 
used  for  treating  or  tilling  pigments  in  order  to  make  them 
less  absorbing.  The  pigments  are  mixed  with  those  paints 
or  paint-stocks  and  10  per  cent,  of  naphtha.  On  heating  the 
paint  or  paint-stock  is  dissolved  and  penetrates  into  the 
pigment,  the  naphtha  is  volatilised.  Pigments  treated  in  this 
manner  can  be  converted  into  paints  with  much  less  oil 
than  the  untreated  pigments,  and  the  paints  so  obtained  are 
of  excellent  drying  power. — C.  O.  W. 


A  Aew  or  Improved  Composition  of  Ink  fir  Reproduction 
of  Copies  In/  the  Manifold  Process  and  the  like. 
W.  Sherwood,  Loughborough.  Eng.  Pat.  5437,  March 
20,  1891. 

See  under  VI.,  page  346. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of   White  Lead  or   Basic 

Carbonate  of  Lead  from  Galena   or  Sulphide  of  Lead 

Ore,  or  from  suitable  Residual  Products  or  Substances 

containing   Sulphide  of  Lead.     Watson    Smith  anil   W. 

Elmore,  London.     Eug.  Pat.  5501,  March  28,  1891. 

Tins  is  essentially   a  combination   of  known  methods   for 

the  production  of  oxide   of  lead  from  galena,  sulphide  of 

lead  ore,  or  from  other  substances  containing  sulphide  of 

lead,  with  Maclvor's  method  (Eng.  Pat.  10,426,  lSSS^  and 

Maclvor  and  Smith's  process   (Eug.  Pat.  16,093,  1890)  for 

the  production  of  white  lend  by  the  action  of   acetate  of 

ammonia   and   carbonic    acid,   with   various   modifications, 

upon  oxide  of  lead. 


April 30,1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


361 


Improvements  in  or  appertaining  to  Preservative  Coatings 
for  Iron  or  oilier  Structures.  J.  Robson,  Southsea. 
Eng.  Pat.  5977,  April  7,  1891. 

Tiik  invention  refers  to  a  mixture  of  rosin  pitch,  residues 
from  the  distillation  of  mineral  oil  or  ozokerite,  American 
asphaltum,  melted  with  sufficient  paraffin  wax  to  give 
fluidity  and  freedom  from  stickiness  when  hot. — C.  0.  W. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Gums  and  the  Prepara- 
tion of  Varnishes  therefrom.  G.  H.  Smith,  Loudon.  Eng. 
Pat.  7036,  April  23,  1891. 

The  patentee  claims  the  utilisation  of  the  property  observed 
by  him,  to  be  possessed  by  soft  readily  soluble  gums,  of  aiding 
the  solution  of  harder  and  more  refractory  gums,  in  an  appro- 
priate solvent,  such  as  linseed  or  other  oil.  He  gives  as  an 
example  the  treatment  of  kauri  gum  for  making  a  varnisli 
therefrom.  About  one  pound  of  a  soft  gum,  such  as  gum 
dammar,  is  dissolved  in  linseed  oil  and  added  to  16  lb. 
of  kauri  gum,  and  heated  to  a  temperature  of  from  400  — 
500;  F.  whereby  solution  is  said  to  be  effected.  In  place  of 
gum  dammar  "  a  small  quantitj-  of  the  liquid  products  of 
distillation  of  these  gums  and  resins,  such  as  is  given  off 
upon  the  treatment  by  fusion  of  gums  in  ordinary  processes 
of  varnish  making  as  now  practised,  and  which  liquid 
products  of  distillation  are  now  practically  wasted  "  may  be 
used.— B.  B. 


Solutions  of  acetate  of  lead  or  tribasic  acetate  of  lead 
prepared  in  the  manner  described  in  the  above-mentioned 
patents  contain  copper  if  the  galenas  or  other  sulphides  of 
lead  used  for  the  preparation  of  the  oxide  of  lead  were 
contaminated  in  this  manner.  From  the  above  solutions 
the  copper  is  removed,  after  all,  or  practically  all,  lead  has  I 
been  precipitated,  by  slightly  acidulating  the  solutions  with 
acetic  acid,  and  either  treating  it  with  zinc,  preferably  in 
the  form  of  "gossamer  zinc,"  or  with  an  electric  current, 
employing  carbon  electrodes,  the  copper  being  deposited 
upon  the  cathode. 

Tlie  inventors  describe  in  detail  the  process  of  carbonating 
the  ammoniacal  solutions  of  lead  acetate  by  a  fractionating 
method  in  order  to  obtain  white  lead  of  uniform  and  high 
basicity  and  at  the  same  time  free  from  copper,  which  latter 
may  cause  yellow  discolouration  of  the  pigment. 

The  galena  or  other  sulphide  of  lead  may  be  at  once 
smelted  for  reduction  to  metal,  the  eliminated  sulphur  being 
converted  into  sulphuric  acid,  or  sulphites,  or  bisulphites 
respectively.  The  rough  metallic  lead  is  melted  on  a  bone- 
.isli  or  i  h\  bed  anil  exposed  to  a  current  or  blast  of  air  to 
form  litharge,  which  is  removed  by  means  of  suitably- 
arranged  oveflows  or  mechanical  means.  The  tirst  portions 
of  litharge  formed  are  contaminated  with  iron,  and  are 
smelted  with  a  fresh  lot  of  ore  or  sulphide.  Those  fractions 
containing  only  most  minute  traces  of  iron  are  used  for 
solution  in  acetate  of  ammonia. 

Any  silver  contained  in  the  original  ore  or  sulphide  of 
had  is  left  on  the  bone-ash  or  other  bed,  and  may  be 
recovered  by  smelting  with  a  suitable  flux. — C.  O.  W. 


Improved  Manufacture  of  Size  Paint.     A.  J.  Boult, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  7695,  May  4,  1891. 

One  lb.  wheat  flour  is  boiled  to  form  a  paste,  and  a  solution 
of  1  oz.  of  alum  is  added. — C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  in  Pigments  having  a   Lead  Basis.     C.  A. 
Bmghardt,  Manchester.     Eng.  Pat.  5681,  April  2,  1891. 

Tins  is  a  process  devised  to  utilise  the  plumbic  hydrate 
obtained  in  accordance  with  the  inventor's  process  of 
manufacturing  nitrate  of  ammonia  (Eng.  Pat.  5442,  18901. 
The  pigments  are  prepared  by  adding  to  the  plumbic 
hydrate  solutions  of  suitable  aniline  colours.  In  some 
cases  the  operation  is  aided  by  heating  the  mixtures. 

— C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  and  Apparatus  for  tlie 
Manufacture  of  White  Lead.  A.  Honman  and  V.  Vullier, 
Williamstowu,  Victoria.     Eng.  Pat.  8022,  May  9,  1891. 

The  invention  consists  mainly  in  preserving  the  basic  acetate 
of  lead  at  a  uniform  temperature  of  about  120°  F.,  and  in 
the  conversion  into  white  lead  of  the  sulphate  of  lead, 
produced  in  the  roasting  of  sulphide  of  lead  ore  and  dissolved 
in  caustic  soda,  caustic  potash  or  ammonium  acetate,  by 
precipitation  with  a  solution  of  carbonate  or  bicarbonate  of 
soda,  potash  or  ammonium.  In  carrying  out  the  process 
ordinary  galena  is  roasted  in  a  reverberatory  furnace  of 
special  construction  at  a  low  red  heat  for  a  sufficient  time 
to  drive  off  the  greater  part  of  its  sulphur.  When  this  is 
accomplished  the  roasted  ore  is  placed  in  one  of  a  series  of 
tinned  copper  cylinders  where  it  is  treated  with  a  hot 
solution  of  lead  acetate  at  15°  B.  and  steam.  The  solution 
so  obtained  is  run  into  settling  tanks,  and  from  these  the 
clear  solutions  are  conveyed  into  vats  in  which  the  liquor  is 
kept  at  an  even  temperature  of  120°  F.,  when  it  is  sub- 
sequently treated  with  a  current  of  carbonic  acid,  the  supply 
of  which  is  cut  off  as  soon  as  the  specific  gravity  of  the 
solution  has  decreased  to  15°  B.  The  precipitated  white 
lead  is  drawn  off  then  from  the  botton  of  the  tanks  which 
are  at  once  refilled  with  a  fresh  quantity  of  basic  acetate  of 
lead  until  the  original  density  of  18°  B.  is  again  reached, 
when  the  carbonatiug  operation  is  at  once  repeated.  The 
lead  liquor  drawn  off  with  the  carbonate  of  lead  is  separated 
from  the  latter  and  pumped  back  to  the  above-mentioned 
extraction  cylinders,  and  when  the  oxide  of  lead  therein  has 
been  entirely  dissolved  the  sulphate  of  lead  which  forms 
portion  of  the  residue  is  dissolved  by  a  solution  of  caustic 
soda  or  potash.  The  solution  thus  made  is  conveyed  to  a 
tinned  copper  pan  wherein  the  white  lead  is  precipitated  by 
means  of  a  solution  of  carbonate  of  soda  or  potash  or 
ammonia. 

The  construction  of  the  special  plant  devised  for  the 
carrying  out  of  these  processes  by  the  inventors  cannot  be 
understood  without  the  drawings  accompanying  the 
specification. — CO.  W. 


Improved  Rust-  and  Acid-Proqf  Paint.    R.  Lender,  Berlin. 
Eng.  Pat.  20,274,  November  21,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  a  rust-  and  acid-proof  paint  for 
metals  and  other  materials.  Natural  iron  silicate  is  the 
chief  ingredient,  which  is  reduced  to  a  fine  powder  and 
ground  into  a  paint  with  a  suitable  quantity  of  ozonised  or 
otherwise  oxidised  linseed  oil  or  varnish. — C.  O.  W. 


Improvement*     in    the     Manufacture    of     Venetian-red. 

W.  J.  Wigg,  Frodsham,   Cheshire.     Eng.   Pat.    21,279, 

December  5,  1891. 
This  invention  consists  in  an  improved  method  of  uniting 
and  combining  Venetian-red  with  indifferent  white  bodies, 
such  as  powdered  barytes,  gypsum,  or  the  like.  Residual 
copper  liquors  containing  about  10  per  cent,  of  chloride  of 
iron  and  16  per  cent,  of  sulphate  of  soda  is  treated  with  a 
large  excess  of  milk  of  lime  or  other  similar  oxide,  and 
after  precipitation  the  mass  is  oxidised  with  a  current  of 
steam  and  air.  Afterwards  the  precipitate  is  washed  and 
filter-pressed.  The  specification  is  accompanied  by  a  set 
of  drawings. — C.  O.  W. 


362 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  so,  1892 


Improvements  in  Inks  for  Printing,  Stamping,  and  Ike 
like.  C.  M.  Higgins,  New  York,  U.S.A  Eng.  Pat.  93, 
January  2,  1892. 

Thk  patentee  states  that  castor  oil,  oil  of  cassia  and  carbolic 
acid,  "  and  its  substitute  creosote,"  have  no  action  on  india- 
rubber,  and  are  well  suited  for  forming  a  non-drying  ink  for 
stamps,  type  writer  ribbons,  and  the  like.  Aniline  dyes 
are  readily  soluble  in  the  mixture.  As  an  example  of  a 
stamp  ink  there  is  quoted  the  following  recipe  :  four  fluid 
ounces  of  castor  oil  are  mixed  with  one  fluid  ounce  each  of 
carbolic  acid  and  oil  of  cassia,  and  one  ounce  of  ethyl  violet 
or  other  aniline  dye  dissolved  therein.  The  solution  takes 
place  cold,  but  may  be  aided  by  stirring  and  heating.  The 
proportions  may  be  varied  according  to  the  purpose  in  view. 

— B.  B. 


XV.-MANURES,  Etc. 

The  " Bordeaux  Mixture"  a  Remedy  for  \  ine  Mildew 
and  Potato  Disease.  M.  Ferret.  "  Standard  "  Agricul- 
tural Reports. 

See  under  XVIII. —  C,  pages  364 — 365. 


PATENT. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Conversion  into  Manure  of 
the  Re/use  and  Foul  Matters  from  Cities  and  Towns. 
L.  Lamattina,  Rome,  Italy.  Eng.  Pat.  22,192,  Decem- 
ber 18,  1891. 

.Sec  under  XVIII.—  B.,  page  364. 


XVI.-SUGAR,  STARCH,   GUM.  Etc. 

A  Crystalline  Magma  of  Invert-Sugar.   P.  U.  Wiechniauu. 
'  School  of  Mines  Quarterly,  1892,  13,  149-154. 

A  sample  of  granulated  sugar  polarising  99' 9 — 100  was 
inverted  with  hydrochloric  acid  (sp.gr.  1*2)  using  0-0265 
per  cent,  on  the  weight  of  sugar ;  the  product  was  a  colour- 
less syrup,  having  a  density  of  about  80°  Brix,  (43-  ll3 
Beaume)  and  contained  84-8  percent,  of  invert-sugar;  it 
had  a  slishtly  acid  reaction.  The  syrup  was  placed  in  a 
well-corked  flask,  and  was  exposed  to  diffused  and  direct 
sunlight  at  a  temperature  of  24°  C,  and  after  three  months, 
it  had  become  a  white  crystalline  magma. 

An  aqueous  solution  of  the  magma  having  a  sp.  gr.  1  •  1427 

at   15D  (  =  32-7;  Prix)  was  prepared;  .'J'."   =  3-058;  hence 

3 '058  grins,  of  the  solution  contained  1  grm.  of  dry 
substance. 

(I.)  39*827  grms.  of  this  solution  (=13-024  grms.  on 
the  dry  substance)  were  made  up  to  100  cc. ;  of  which  50  cc. 
were  further  diluted  to  1  litre,  and  35  cc.  of  the  latter  solu- 
tion (  =  0-2279  grms.  of  dry  substance)  were  added  to  50  cc. 
of  boiling  Fehling's  solution  (Soxhlet's  formula)  together 
with  1 5  cc.  of  water,  the  boiling  being  maintained  for  two 
minutes.  As  the  mean  of  three  experiments  0-394  grm.  of 
metallic  copper  was  obtained  ;  according  to  Meissl  (Zeits.  d. 
Vcr.  f.  Hiibenz.  lnd.  1879,  1034),  0-2278  grm.  of  pure 
invert-sugar  reduces  0-404  grm.  Cu,  so  that  the  amount 
of  copper  obtained  corresponds  to  0-2212  grm.  of  invert- 
sugar,  and  the  sample  contained  97-06  per  cent,  of  invert- 
sugar  and  2"8  per  cent,  of  sucrose  on  the  dry  substance. 

(11.)  30-58  grms.  of  the  above-mentioned  solution  (32-7° 
Brix),  corresponding  to  10  grms.  of  dry  substance  were 
dissolved  in  water,  diluted  to  100  cc.  at  17-5°  C.  and 
polarised   at    20    ;    this  solution   gave    [a]D20    =  —18-16, 


whereas  Gubbe's  value  for  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  pure 
invert-sugar  is  [a]D-,i)  =—  20-018;  assuming  that  the  2-8 
per  cent,  of  sucrose  preserves  its  usual  optical  properties, 
the  value  corrected  for  the  latter  is  [«■],,  20  =  —20-02. 

26-048  grms.  of  the  magma  were  dissolved  in  water, 
made  up  to  100  cc,  and  the  solution  polarised  at  203  in  a 
200  mm.  tube.  The  reading  immediately  after  preparation 
was  7-9,  and  this  gradually  increased  to  —23-3  at  the  end 
of  23  hours.  50  cc.  of  the  solution  were  heated  with  5  cc. 
of  hydrochloric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1  2)  at  67°  C.  for  five  minutes, 
when  it  was  cooled,  made  up  to  100  cc.  and  polarised,  the 
readings  being  — 26'2  to  —26-6,  which  remained  constant 
after  20  hours. 

A  solution  of  the  magma  corresponding  to  10  grms.  of 
the  dry  substance  in  100  cc.  had  a  sp.  gr.  1-03853  at 
1 7  •  J  ( '.,  whilst  the  specific  gravity  of  a  solution  of  pure 
invert-sugar  of  this  concentration  is,  according  to  Herzfeld, 
1-03901. 

Five  grms.  of  the  magma  were  placed  in  a  test  tube 
together  with  a  thermometer,  and  slowly  heated  in  a 
water-bath.  It  commenced  to  liquefy  at  50J,  and  liquefac- 
tion was  complete  in  29  minutes,  the  temperature  then 
being  60- 5  t'.  After  12  days  it  commenced  to  resolidify, 
and  crystallisation  progressed  slowly. 

Two  grms.  of  the  magma  placed  in  a  vacuum  over  con* 
centrated  sulphuric  acid  lost  9-7  per  cent,  in  645  hours. 
The  author  considers  it  probable  that  the  transformation 
of  the  2-8  per  cent,  of  sucrose  is  only  a  question  of  time  ; 
the  specimen  is  being  exposed  to  full  daylight,  and  should 
complete  inversion  be  effected,  a  careful  determination  of 
the  relative  amounts  of  dextrose  and  levulose  present  will 
be  made,  and  the  question  as  to  whether  it  consists  of 
pure  invert-sugar  in  the  crystalline  form  elucidated. 
(Compare  Wohl  and  Kollrepp,  this  Journal,  1890,  957.) 

—A.  K.  L. 


Pine-Tree  Sugar.     II.  W.  Wiley.     J.  Amur.  Cliem.  Soc. 
1891,  13,  228—2:::. 

Beutiielot  examined  a  sugar  from  Pinus  lambertiana 
(Ann.  de  Chim.  1856  [3],  46,  76),  and  found  it  to  have 
the  empirical  formula  CeH1=03,  a  specific  rotatory  power 
[a] ,  58 "6,  aud  to  form  a  compound,  C6H1205,  2  Pb<>,  when 
treated  with  ammoniacal  lead  acetate  ;  also  that  the  rotatory 
power  was  unaltered  when  the  sugar  was  treated  with 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  at  100°  for  10  minutes. 
The  author  commenced  the  study  of  pine-tree  sugar  from 
Pinus  lambertiana  (California),  but  a  paper  by  Maquenne 
on  the  same  subject  (this  Journal,  1890,  311)  anticipated 
his  work  to  a  large  degree,  JIaqueuue's  sugar,  which  he 
named  jS-pinite,  was  obtained  from  Pinus  lambertiana 
(Nebraska),  but  as  this  tree  does  uot  grow  in  Nebraska, 
Maquenne  must  have  been  mistaken  as  to  the  origin  of  the 
sugar.  The  author  concludes  from  a  comparison  of  Ber- 
thelot's  and  Maquenne's  work  that  the  compounds  obtained 
by  both  these  chemists  arc  one  and  the  same,  and  that 
Berthelot's  specific  rotatory  power  is  too  low.  In  the 
present  research  the  following  method  of  isolating  the  sugar 
is  adopted.  The  crude  sugar  is  boiled  with  successive 
portions  of  95  per  cent,  alcohol  to  remove  some  of  the 
colouring  matter,  the  dried  residue  dissolved  in  water,  and 
the  solution  filtered  while  hot  through  animal  charcoal ; 
the  filtrate  is  treated  with  basic  lead  acetate,  and  the  lead 
precipitated  from  this  filtrate  by  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  the 
filtered  solution  being  concentrated  and  once  more  filtered 
through  animal  charcoal.  The  clear  solution  is  evaporated 
to  the  crystallising  point,  agitated,  aud  allowed  to  remain, 
when  crystals  separate  in  2 — 4  days;  the  concentrated 
syrup  may  also  be  placed  in  a  jar  surrounded  by  ice  and 
three  times  its  volume  of  absolute  alcohol  stirred  in,  when 
the  whole  of  the  sugar  separates  in  10 — 15  hours  ;  in  either 
case  the  crystals  are  washed  successively  with  alcohol  and 
ether,  dried  at  50°,  and  finally  placed  over  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  until  of  constant  weight.  The  specific 
rotation  appears  to  be  independent  of  the  concentration, 
and  was  found  to  be  [a],,  =  65-01,  thus  confirming 
Maquenne's  value  (loc.  or.).  When  the  sugar  is  distilled 
with    sulphuric  acid  a  trace   of   furfuramide  is  produced; 


April  so,  1892.J       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


363 


whilst  on  oxidation  with  nitric  acid  large  quantities  of 
rhodozonic  acid  are  obtained,  and  a  small  quantity  of  a 
yellowish  substance,  which  is,  perhaps,  picric  or  croconic 
acid.  It  does  not  yield  an  osozone  with  phenylhydrazine, 
but  when  treated  witli  calcium,  barium,  or  strontium 
hydroxides,  precipitates  are  produced  which  become 
crystalline  on  remaining. 

In  conclusion,  the  author  refers  to  the  formation  of 
/8-inosite  (Maqnenne,  loc  oil.),  and  also  to  Combes'  work 
(this  Journal,  1890,  311),  according  to  whom  Maquenne's 
0-pinite  is  identical  with  matezite,  and  6-inosite  with 
matezodambose. — A.  R.  L. 


The  Specific  Rotatory  and  Cupric  Reducing  Power  of 
Invert  Sugar  and  of  Dextrose  obtained  from  Cane 
Sugar  by  means  of  Invertase.  J.  O'Sullivan.  1'roc. 
i  ihem.  Soo.  1892  [109],  50. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  372. 


XVII.-BREWINC-,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 


Cash  Plant.     A. 


Hartley.     Trans 
85—111. 


The  first  portion  of  the  paper  treats  of  coopers'  work,  and 
includes  a  detailed  account  of  the  different  varieties  of  oak 
used  in  making  brewers'  casks,  the  sorting  of  the  staves, 
and  the  different  ways  of  sawing  them,  the  judging  of  the 
workmanship  of  a  cask,  branding,  numbering,  &c.  In 
dealing  with  cask  capacity,  it  is  pointed  out  that  the 
amount  of  wood  surface  exposed  to  the  beer  is  very  much 
larger  in  small  casks  than  in  large  ones. 

A  few  words  on  repairing  are  followed  by  a  list  of  coopers' 
prices  current  in  London  and  Burton. 

The  seasoning  of  casks  is  usually  accomplished  by  soaking 
them  for  1 — 2  days  in  a  solution  containing  about  1  lb.  salt 
anil  \  lb.  soda  to  the  barrel.  After  emptying  the  casks  are 
filled  with  cold  water  for  an  hour  or  so  and  then  scalded 
out  and  steamed. 

The  same  treatment  may  he  used  with  advantage  for 
curing  acid  casks,  the  solution  being  made  double  the 
strength,  and  followed  by  treatment  with  sulphurous  acid. 

With  reference  to  the  cure  of  mouldy  or  stinking  casks, 
a  great  deal  depends  on  the  extent  of  the  evil ;  if  only  slight 
the  casks  should  be  scrubbed  and  treated  with  sulphurous 
acid,  if  more  pronounced,  they  should  be  filled  with  warm 
water  containing  about  1  lb.  to  the  barrel  of  chloride  of 
lime  and  a  pint  of  strong  sulphurous  acid  ;  if  the  casks 
are  very  bad,  the  staves  must  be  shaved  or  the  casks 
broken  up.  Occasionally  lengthened  exposure  of  the 
unheaded  casks  to  the  weather  will  cure  stinkers.  Another 
method  of  curing  them  is  by  the  use  of  enamel,  but  this  is 
not  recommended. 

The  best  way  of  storing  empty  casks  is  to  stack  them 
with  their  heads  out  and  the  bunghole  downwards ;  or  the 
casks  as  they  are  received  back  containing  the  hops  and 
bottoms  may  be  placed  in  the  store  until  required  ;  this  is, 
however,  rather  risky  in  warm  weather,  or  the  casks  may  be 
cleaned  as  soon  as  received,  and  then  stopped  down  with  a 
little  sulphurous  acid. 

With  regard  to  the  general  preparation  of  casks  for  filling, 
the  author  does  not  consider  unheading  necessary,  but  if 
in  good  condition  recommends  rinsiug  with  hot  water 
followed  by  treatment  with  sulphurous  acid  and  testing 
with  steam. 

Great  stress  is  laid  on  the  "  passing-in  "  of  casks  ;  none 
should  be  passed  which,  have  the  slightest  taint  about  them. 

—A.  L.  S. 


Inst.  Brewing,  1892,  5, 


XVIII.-CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

{A.)—  CHEMISTRY  OF   FOODS. 
The  Glycerin  and  Artificial  Butter  Industry  under  United 
states  Patents.     F.  Starek.     School  of  Mines  Quarterly, 
1892,13,131—1-11.  " 

See  under  XII.,  page  355. 


Zinc  in  Preserved  Foods.     J.  E.  Alen.     Chem.  Zeit. 
1891,15,  1714. 
It  is  well-known  that    copper    often    occurs    in  preserved 
foods,  and  is  in  fact  wilfully  added  to  improve  the  colour 
of    the   articles,  but   addition  of   zinc  seems  to  serve  no 
useful  purpose. 

The  author  has,  nevertheless,  tested  samples  of  preserved 
peas,  which,  although  free  from  copper,  contained  a  large 
proportion  of  zinc.     They  had  a  pleasant  green  colour. 

— L.  de  K. 


On  the  Occurrence  of  Tin  in  Canned  Food.     H.  A.  Weber. 

Journ.  Amer.  Chem.  Soe.  1891, 13,  200 — £07. 
The  following  method  was  employed  :—  The  contents  of 
each  can  were  emptied  into  a  large  porcelain  dish,  and  the 
condition  of  the  inner  portion  of  the  can  noted ;  after 
thoroughly  mixing  the  contents,  50  grms.  were  weighed  off 
and  incinerated  in  a  porcelain  dish.  The  residue  was 
treated  with  an  excess  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid 
evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  residue  extracted  with 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  filtered  and  washed,  the  insoluble 
residue  being  again  incinerated  and  treated  as  above.  The 
solution  thus  obtained  was  treated  with  hydrogen  sulphide, 
the  precipitate  collected  after  12  hours,  and  the  tin 
weighed  as  stannic  oxide.  The  following  table  shows  the 
amounts  of  stannic  oxide  obtained  in  the  various  samples 
tested : — 


Sample. 


SnO. 


Remarks. 


Canned  pumpkin  . 


Hubbard  squash. . 
Canned  tomatoes . 


Canned  peas 

Canned  mushrooms 

Canned  blackberries 

Canned  blueberries 

Canned  salmon 

Canned  pears 

Canned  peaches 

( banned  blackberries 

Canned  cherries 

Canned  pumpkins 

Canned  baked  sweet  potatoes 

Canned  peas 

Canned  beans 

Canned  salmon 


I  Grains 
per  Lb. 

r'.n 

3-11 
0-33 

]  '-.'i 
o-st 
0-98 

o-ts 
i  •  Hi 
n-so 

2-10 
0-M 

(Pol 
2-58 

no 

2-89 

1-29 
0-92 
0-30 
1-08 
0-30 


Canned  condensed  milk. 


Can  corroded. 

Can  badly  corroded. 

Inner  coating  corroded. 

Can  corroded. 

No  visible  corrosion. 

Inner  coating  discoloured. 

Inner  coating  corroded. 

Can  badly  corroded. 

Inner  coating  corroded. 

Can  corroded. 

Can  badly  corroded. 


Can  corroded. 

Can  slightly  corroded. 

Can  corroded. 

Can  slightly  corroded. 


O'OO      No  visible  corrosion. 


Canned  pineapples O'CS      Can  corroded. 

, 1-11 


364. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  30,  lssa 


Sample  No.  7,  "Canned  Pens,"  contained  an  amount  of 
copper  equivalent  to  3-95  grains  per  pound  of  copper 
sulphate,  and  this  was  in  addition  to  the  above-mentioned 
tin.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  all  the  samples  examined, 
except  the  condensed  milk,  contained  an  amount  of  tin 
salts  likely  to  be  injurious  to  health.— A.  E.  L. 


(G.)— SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 
Further  Observations  on  the  Efficacy  of  Sand- Filters  as 

employed   in    the    Waterworks   at   Zurich.     J.   f.    Gas- 

beleuehtung,  1891,  34,  704—709. 
Ni  mi  Kins  bacteriological  examinations,  during  a  number 
of   years,   of   the  Zurich   water   supply,  before  and   after 
filtration   through   sand,   have  led   to   certain   conclusions 
which  may  be  summarised  as  follows  : — 

Friinkel  and  Piefke's  assertion  that  sand-filters  offer  no 
absolute  protection  against  pathogenic  organisms  is  disputed, 
as  being  not  applicable  to  all  sand-filters  ;  and  their  state- 
ment that  the  number  of  bacteria  present  in  the  filtered 
water  i'  simply  proportionate  to  the  rate  of  filtration  and 
to  the  number  of  organisms  existing  in  the  water  originally, 
is  shown  to  be  erroneous.  On  the  contrary,  the  author 
finds  that  under  the  conditions  obtaining  at  Zurich,  the 
number  of  developable  spores  in  the  filtered  water  is  small 
and  fairly  constant,  and  quite  independent  of  the  degree  of 
original  pollution  or  the  rapidity  of  filtration  (3  to  12  metres 
per  day).  It  is  of  importance,  however,  that  the  filters  be 
allowed  time  to  acquire  their  "  normal"  working  condition, 
and  that  the  rate  of  filtration  be  uniform.  In  the  case  of 
new  filters,  or  after  cleaning,  &c,  the  action  is  for  some 
time  abnormal,  and  the  water  during  filtration  may  even 
take  up  organisms  from  the  sand.  This  fact  may  possibly 
explain  the  bad  results  obtained  during  the  trial  of  sand- 
filters  at  the  Stralau  waterworks  in  Berlin  (this  Journal, 
1890,  642—643). 

It  may  be  mentioned  that  the  bulk  of  the  Zurich  water- 
supply  is  drawn  from  the  lake,  and  after  filtration  it  is  very 
constant  in  composition,  both  chemically  and  bacterio- 
logicaliv  (see  also  this  Journal,  1889,  998).— H.  T.  P. 


PATENTS. 


earth,  &c.  over  the  filter-bed,  are  driven  by  means  of 
belts  or  chain  gearing  from  the  shaft  of  the  water-wheel. 
The  apparatus  is  provided  with  reversing  gear,  operated 
automatically,  as  may  lie  desired.  The  filter-bed  is  preferably 
constructed  of  concrete,  and  is  covered  with  a  layer  of  earth, 
&c,  spread  out  between  walls  of  rushes  and  perforated  tiles. 
The  polluted  water,  falling  on  the  filtering  medium,  soaks 
through  it  laterally,  and  passing  through  the  perforation  in 
the  tiles,  finds  its  wav  into  channels  on  each  side  of  the  bed. 

— H.  T.  P. 

Improved  Apparatus  applicable  to  the  Cleansing  or 
Filtration  of  Seivage  and  other  Liquids.  W.  Birch, 
Manchester.     EDg.  Pat.  7466,  April  30,  1891. 

This  apparatus  is  more  particularly  intended  for  removing 
the  suspended  matter  from  sewage,  &c.  It  consists  of  a 
series  of  tanks  arranged  on  the  same  level,  or  of  a  long 
sluice  divided  into  separate  compartments  by  means  of 
transverse  partitions,  the  upper  edges  of  which  are  below 
the  level  of  the  edges  of  the  sluice.  The  first  of  these 
partitions  is  preferably  made  somewhat  higher  than  the 
rest.  The  sewage  or  other  liquid  is  discharged  into  the 
first  tank,  which  it  fills.  It  then  overflows  into  the  second, 
and  so  on  until  all  the  compartments  are  filled,  after  which 
the  liquid  flows  in  a  level  stream  over  the  tops  of  the 
partitions.  The  bulk  of  the  liquid  in  the  tanks  being  com- 
paratively stagnant,  the  particles  in  suspension  settle,  and, 
passing  through  a  flat  or  conical  (perforated  false  bottom, 
fall  on  the  floor  of  the  tank.  Each  compartment  is 
provided  with  a  flushing  pipe  below  the  false  bottom,  by 
means  of  which  the  deposit  of  sludge  may  be  periodically 
removed. — II.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Means  employed  for  the  Purification 
and  Decolorisation   of  Water,  Dye,  and  other  Manu- 
facturing Refuse-liquors,  Seieage,  or  other  Aqueous  or 
'Saline   Liquids.     W.    H.    Watson,    Bolton.     Eng.    Pat. 
4177,  March  9,  1891. 
Tin    inventor  employs  for  the  above  purpose  a  filter-bed 
composed  of  some  kind  of  iron  slag,  such  as  "  tap  cinders," 
"mill-cinders,"  "mill-scrap,"   blast-furnace   slag,   basic   or 
phosphatic  slag,  &c,  either  alone  or  in  conjunction  with 
sand   (preferably  refuse  moulding  sand),  gravel,   cobbles, 
charcoal.  &C.-H.  T.  P. 


Improved  Means  for  Delivering  and  Distributing  Polluted 
Water  upon  and  over  a  Filter-Bed.  J.  D.  Garrett, 
Southwold.     Eng.  Pat.  4677,  March  16,  1891. 

The  apparatus  employed  consists  of  an  over-shot  water- 
wheel  mounted  in  bearings  on  a  travelling  carriage  which  is 
arranged  to  pass  automatically  on  rails  over  a  long  filter- 
bed.  A  comparatively  short  trough  is  attached  to  the 
frame  of  the  carriage  and  moves  with  it.  The  forward  end 
of  this  trough  overhangs  the  water-wheel,  whilst  the  other 
end  is  supported  on  rollers  which  run  on  rails  extending 
the  whole  length  of  the  filter-bed.  Over  and  parallel  to  the 
moving  trough  is  a  fixed  trough  equal  in  length  to  the  filter- 
bed,  and  provided  at  suitable  intervals  with  valves  for  the 
exit  of  the  water  that  is  discharged  into  it  from  a  drain 
pipe.  These  valves  are  raised  and  lowered  one  after  another 
as  the  carriage  travels  along  by  means  of  a  projecting  rib 
attached  to  the  moving  trough.  The  sewage  which  flows 
from  the  fixed  into  the  moving  trough  passes  to  tin-  water- 
wheel,  causing  it  to  revolve,  and  subsequently  falls  on  the 
filter-bed.     'I'll.'   carriage,  ami    the   hopper  for    distributing 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Conversion  into  Manure  of 
the  Refuse  and  Foul  Matters  from  Cities  and  Towns. 
I,.  I.amattina,  Rome,  Italy.  Eng.  Pat.  22,192,  December 
18,  1891. 

Accobding  to  this  process,  town  refuse  is  converted  into 
manure  by  subjecting  it  to  ammoniacal  fermentation.  By 
this  means  putrefactive  fermentation  and  the  possible 
development  of  pathogenic  organisms  are  arrested,  and  all 
danger  to  public  health  is  avoided.  The  inventor  proceeds 
as  follows  : — Upon  an  impermeable  basis  of  clay  or  cement, 
heaps,  3 — 6  metres  high,  are  constructed  of  farm  dung,  town 
refuse,  and  earth  in  alternate  layers,  each  set  of  layers 
being  slightly  moistened  with  water.  At  regular  intervals 
iron  rods  are  built  into  the  mass  in  such  a  manner  that  when 
withdrawn,  holes  are  left  for  the  insertion  of  a  thermometer. 
The  heaps  are  preferably  arranged  in  pairs,  the  two  beds 
being  placed  end  to  end  and  sloping  in  opposite  directions. 
A  pit  is  dug  in  the  ground  between  the  two  heaps,  and 
suitable  gutters  are  provided  so  that  the  drainings  from  the 
manure  ma}"  run  into  it.  During  fermentation  the  drainings 
are  continually  pumped  back  on  to  the  heaps,  and  the 
ammonia  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen  formed  are  absorbed 
by  scattering  over  every  alternate  set  of  layers  of  the  heap 
a  layer  of  ground  ferrous  sulphate.  When  the  temperature 
of  fermentation  has  fallen  to  30°  C.  an  extra  layer  of  earth 
is  spread  on  the  heaps  and  the}*  are  left  for  three  months, 
the  edges  of  the  beds  being  watered  once  or  twice  weekly 
during  the  first  month.  After  this  time  the  heaps  will  have 
diminished  in  bulk  by  about  one-third,  and  the  manure  will 
be  fit  for  use.  The  manure  thus  obtained  is  said  to  be 
greatly  superior  to  ordinary  farm  dung. — II.  T.  P. 


(C.)— DISINFECTANTS. 

The  "  Bordeaux  Mixture,"  a  Remedy  fir  Vine  Mildew  and 
Potato  Disease.  M.  Ferret.  "  Standard  "  Agricultural 
Reports. 

An  important  communication  was  made  by  M.  Michel 
Perret  at  the  recent  meeting  of  the  National  Agricultural 
Society  of  France  in  relation  to  the  preparation  of  the 
famous  Bordeaux  mixture  in  a  form  at  once  innocuous  to 
foliage,  more  speedily  active  than  the  ordinary  mixture,  and 


April  so,  L89i.j        THE  JOUKN&L  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


365 


less  liable  to  be  washed  away  by  rain.  It  has  been  found 
that  the  copper  in  the  mixture  is  so  slowly  soluble  that  the 
solution  does  not  keep  pace  with  the  progress  of  vine  mildew 
or  potato  disease  in  the  case  of  a  virulent  attack.  More- 
over, when  sulphate  of  copper  is  simply  mixed  with  water, 
the  acid  salt,  in  drying,  is  concentrated,  and  iojures  the 
foliage  to  which  the  mixture  has  been  applied.  It  has  been 
suggested  that  ammonia  should  be  used  to  neutralise  the 
sulphate  of  copper,  but  the  sulphate  of  ammonia  thus 
produced  is  nearly  as  injurious  to  the  foliage  as  the  sulphate 
of  copper  is.  Therefore  it  was  desirable  to  find  a  harmless 
dissolvent  of  the  copper,  and  sugar,  on  account  of  its  affinity 
for  the  bases,  suggested  itself  to  SI.  Perret.  Accordingly 
he  set  himself  to  obtain  the  solution  of  copper  by  forming 
saccharate  of  lime,  which  he  added  to  the  sulphate  of 
copper,  thus  producing  a  double  decomposition  by  the 
reaction  of  the  sulphuric  acid  on  the  lime,  and  by  that  of 
the  sugar  on  the  copper,  forming  sulphate  of  lime  and 
soluble  saccharate  of  copper.  Now  it  is  indispensable  to 
maintain  an  excess  of  lime  in  order  that  the  mixture  may 
remain  alkaline,  and  it  is  difficult  to  determine  the  limit  of 
saturation  in  making  the  ordinary  Bordeaux  mixture.  But 
where  sugar  is  added  a  simple  phenomenon  gives  certitude 
on  this  point.  The  formation  of  saccharate  of  copper  takes 
place  only  in  the  presence  of  an  excess  of  lime,  and  the 
complete  saturation  of  the  copper  is  verified  at  the  moment 
when  the  mixture  shows  a  blue  tinge,  the  unsugared  Bordeaux 
mixture  being  colourless.  Thus  M.  Perret  has  been  able  to 
determine  the  correct  proportions  of  the  ingredients,  and  his 
prescriptions,  converted  into  Knglish  quantities,  will  be 
valuable  to  those  who  intend  to  make  experiments  during 
the  present  season.  Twenty  pounds  of  quicklime  are  dis- 
solved in  80  gallons  of  water,  and  to  this  solution  20  lb.  of 
molasses  dissolved  in  10  gallons  of  water  are  added,  while 
stirring  briskly.  Lastly,  20  lb.  of  sulphate  of  copper, 
preciously  dissolved  in  10  gallons  of  water,  are  also  added. 
'Ihus,  100  gallons  of  a  mixture  are  obtained  which  deposits 
slowly,  does  not  encumber  the  distributing  machine,  and  yet 
sticks  well  to  the  foliage,  in  spite  of  a  moderate  washing  by 
rain.  The  use  of  molasses  instead  of  sugar  causes  the 
mixture  to  assume  a  greenish  hue. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  of  Ortho- 
oxydiphenyl-carbon  Arid.  ]'..  Willcox,  Loudon.  From 
I"  von  Heytlen,  Nachfolger,  Badcbcul,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  5122.  March  21,  1891. 

See  under  IV.,  page  344. 


Improvements  in  or  Relating  In  the  Manufacture  of  Disin- 
fectant Tablets  or  Blocks,  >r  the  like  for  Use  in  Water- 
Closets,  Urinals,  Drains,  and  other  Places  or  Articles. 
H.  B.  Thornton,  Liverpool.  Eng.  Pat.  17,421,  October  13, 
1891. 
The  disinfectant  blocks  are  prepared  by  mixing  together 
permanganate  of  potash,  or  other  disinfectant,  paraffin  wax, 
sulphate  of  calcium  or  any  other  suitable  cement,  and  some 
absorbent  material  such  as  asbestos,  cotton  yarn,  pumice 
stone,  cinders,  &c.  The  mixture  is  made  into  a  paste  with 
sodium  hydrate  solution,  and  subsequently  moulded  into 
blocks,  tablets,  or  lozenges,  &c.  Sodium  carbonate  and 
salt  may  be  added  to  the  mass  at  this  stage  in  order  to 
increase  the  efficiency  of  the  disinfectant.  Afterwards  the 
blocks  may  be  coated  with  paraffin  wax  or  other  material, 
only  a  small  portion  of  the  surface  being  left  bare  to  allow 
the  liquid  in  which  the  blocks  are  placed  to  get  at  the 
internal  substance.  In  use  the  blocks  may  be  placed  in  the 
tank  or  other  receptacle  itself,  when  the  discharge  is  regular 
and  frequent,  but  when  the  discharge  is  irregular,  as  in  the 
case  of  water-closets,  the  tablet  is  preferably  so  arranged 
that  it  conies  into  contact  with  the  water  only  at  each 
emptying  and  filling  of  the  cistern. — II.  T.  1'. 


An    Improved    Sheep    Dip.     A.   Robertson,   Oban.     Eng. 
Pat.  20,395,  November  24,  1891. 

The  sheep  dip  in  question  forms  a  paste  which  is  said  to 
be  freely  soluble  in  four  times  its  bulk  of  water.  From 
the  solution  a  "dip"  maybe  prepared  combining  all  the 
advantages  of  the  simple  "  arsenical  "  and  "  carbolic  "  dips. 
The  paste  is  made  from  the  following  materials  : — 

l'arts. 

"  Arscnious  acid 2 

( larbocresylic  oil 6>V 

Carbolioacid 2 

Rosin  ami  grease  mixture ;{' 

Soda  lye li  " 

The  rosin  and  grease  mixture,  previously  heated  nearly 
to  the  boiling  point,  is  boiled  with  a  portion  of  the  soda- 
lye.  The  arseuious  acid  dissolved  in  the  remaining  lye  is 
then  added  and  the  whole  thoroughly  boiled.  Finally  the 
earbocresylic  oil  and  carbolic  acid  are  added  and  well  mixed 
with  the  other  ingredients  by  stirring. — II.  T.  P. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS. 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

Excrescent  Resins.     M.Bamberger.     Monatsh.     1891,12 
441  —  463. 

The  author  has  previously  examined  a  number  of  balsams 
and  resins  with  a  view  of  determining  the  number  of 
"methoxyl"  groups  present  (this  Journal,  1889,  925,  and 
1890,  659),  and  in  the  present  paper  deals  with  the  nature 
of  the  constituents  of  the  resins  of  the  black  fir,  Pinus 
Laricio,  and  of  the  pine,  Picea  vulgaris.  Full  details  of 
the  physical  nature  of  the  two  resins  are  given. 

1.  Resin  of  Pinus  Laricio. — This  resin  is  readily  soluble 
in  alcohol  and  ether,  almost  insoluble  in  petroleum  ether, 
melts  at  about  100°  C.  and  turns  red  on  exposure  to  air. 
It  gives  the  reaction  for  phloroglueiuol.  When  it  is  dis- 
solved in  alcohol  and  the  alcoholic  solution  treated  with 
steam  until  the  alcohol  has  been  distilled  off,  a  portion  of 
the  dissolved  resin  is  precipitated  whilst  a  portion  goes  into 
solution  which  separates  out  in  crystalline  crusts  on 
standing.  This  extract,  after  careful  purification,  was  found 
to  consist  essentially  of  eaffeeic  acid — 

C6H3(OH  =  C!H.CO.OH)(OH)(OH)    [1:3:4] 

which  fact  was  confirmed  by  converting  the  acid  into  its 
diacetyl  and  dihydro-derivatives.  Smaller  quantities  of 
ferulie  acid — 

C6H"3(CH  =  CH.CO.OH)(OCH3)(OH)  [1:3:4] 
and  of  vanillin  — 

C6H3(COH)COCH3)(OH)    [1:3:   4] 
were  also  found  in  the  above  aqueous  extract.     When  fused 
with  caustic   potash  the  resin   yields   catechol  and  proto- 
catcchuic   acid,  the  latter  resulting  from  the  decomposition 
of  the  ferulie  acid. 

2.  Resin  of  Picea  Vulgaris. — This  melts  at  about  100°  C. 
and  when  treated  with  steam  in  alcoholic  solution  by  the 
above  method,  yields  a  solution  from  which  a  crystalline 
residue  results  upon  evaporation.  This  residue  contains 
para-cumaric  acid — 

C6H.,(CII=CH.CO.OH)(OH)  [1:4] 
and  vanillin.  The  presence  of  ferulie  acid  could  not  be 
ascertained  with  certainty,  and  in  neither  of  the  resins  was 
abietic  acid  found.  On  fusion  with  caustic  potash  catechol 
together  with  a  mixture  of  protocatechuic  acid  and  para- 
hydroxybeuzoie  acid,  appear  to  result. — C.  A.  K. 


366 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[April  30, 1892. 


The  Substances  contained  in  the  Petals  of  Gentiana  verna. 
<;.  Goldschmiedt  and  B.  Jahoda.  Monatsh.  1891,  12, 
479—485. 

The  petals  of  Gentiana  verna,  when  extracted  with  80  per 
cent,  alcohol,  yield  a  reddish  violet  solution,  from  which  a 
dark  red  sticky  mass  results  on  evaporating  off  the  alcohol. 
This  residue  is  partially  dissolved  by  water,  the  colouring 
matter  of  the  solution  being  precipitated  on  the  addition  of 
lead  acetate  ;  the  filtrate  from  the  colouring  matter,  which 
itself  could  not  be  examined  owing  to  the  readiness  with 
which  it  decomposes,  appears  to  contain  a  mixture  of  sugars 
--  probably  glucose  and  levulose.  The  portion  of  the 
extract  insoluble  in  water  consists  of  a  mixture  of  three 
compounds — one  of  which  preponderates  considerably,  and 
which  can  be  separated  by  fractional  crystallisation  from 
alcohol.  To  this  chief  constituent  the  name  of  Gentiol  is 
given.  It  is  a  white  amorphous  powder,  melting  at  215° — 
219D  C,  and  which,  according  to  analysis  and  a  molecular 
freight  determination  by  the  cryoscopic  method  in  phenol 
solution,  has  the  formula  C30HJSO;1.  It  forms  a  tri-aeetyl 
compound,  and  is  therefore  to  be  regarded  as  a  trihydroxy- 
compound,  (  ;ilII,,(OH)3.  On  oxidation  it  yields  an  acid, 
melting  at  127D  C,  the  composition  of  which  was  not  ascer- 
tained owing  to  lack  of  material.  When  distilled  over  zinc- 
dust  in  an  atmosphere  of  hydrogen  a  greenish  oil  having  a 
tarry  smell  is  formed,  which  boiled  at  210J  C.  under  a 
pressure  of  22  mm.  The  second  body  occurring  in  the 
above  residue  forms  white  crystalline  plates,  melting  at 
215'— 217°  C.  to  which  the  formula  C3sHw03  is  assigned 
from  analysis,  and  a  determination  of  the  molecular  weight. 
A  third  substance  consisting  of  a  yellow  amorphous  powder, 
melting  at  240°  C,  was  also  isolated  from  the  mixture,  but 
in  too  small  quantity  for  further  examination. — C.  A.  K. 


Contributions  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Aconite  Alkaloids. 
Part  II.  The  Alkaloids  of  True  Aconitum  napellus. 
W.  II.  Dunstan  and  J.  C.  Umney.  Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  192 
[108],  42—44. 

The  authors  have  examined  the  alkaloids  of  true  Aconitum 
napellus  plants  grown  by  E.  M.  Holmes  at  the  instance 
of  the  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference.  The  alkaloids 
were  extracted  from  the  roots  by  the  following  process, 
which  precludes  the  possibility  of  the  occurrence  of  hydro- 
lysis, &c. : — The  solution  obtained  by  percolating  with  cold 
rectified  fusel  oil  (boiling  point  100° — 132°)  was  agitated 
with  water  acidified  with  1  per  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid,  and 
the  resin  having  been  removed  by  extracting  the  acid 
solution  so  obtained  with  chloroform,  the  liquid  was  made 
just  alkaline  with  dilute  ammonia  and  extracted  with  ether, 
which  dissolved  out  a  considerable  quantity  of  alkaloid,  but 
kit  in  solution  a  further  and  smaller  quantity,  which  was 
subsequently  extracted  by  agitation  with  chloroform.  The 
alkaloid  soluble  in  ether  was  obtained  as  a  gum-like  mass 
iucapable  of  crystallisation.  By  conversion  into  bromhydride 
it  was  separated  into  a  crystallisable  and  an  uncrystallisable 
salt. 

The  crystalline  product  was  identified  as  the  salt  of 
aconitine,  the  crystalline  and  highly  toxic  alkaloid  already 
described  by  one  of  the  authors  and  Dr.  W.  H.  Ince 
(( '.  S.  Trans.  1891).  The  alkaloid  separated  from  the  pure 
bromhydride  melted  at  188-5°  (corr.),  and  afforded  on 
combustion  numbers  agreeing  with  the  formula  C'33H.l5N012. 
The  specific  rotation  of  the  bromhydride  in  aqueous  solution 
was  ascertained  to  be  [a]  D  —  29  •  65,  a  value  which  agrees 
with  that  previously  recorded.  As  some  doubt  exists  as  to 
the  solubility  of  aconitine  in  water,  a  determination  was 
carefully  made  with  this  pure  specimen.  The  mean  of  two 
determinations  gave  1  grin,  in  4,431  grms.  of  water  as  the 
solubility  at  22° ;  Jiirgens  had  previously  recorded  the  far 
greater  solubility  of  1  in  745  at  the  same  temperature. 

The  non-crystalline  bromhydride  furnished  a  gummy 
alkaloid  soluble  in  ether  and  alcohol,  but  only  sparingly 
soluble  iu  water,  the  aqueous  solution  being  alkaline  to 
litmus,  and  very  bitter,  but  not  giving  rise  to  the  tingling 
sensation  so  characteristic  of  aconitine.  Not  only  the 
alkaloid,  but  also  the  chlorhydride,  sulphate,  nitrate,  and 
aurichloride  prepared  from   it   could   not    be  crystallised. 


This  alkaloid  is  not  identical  either  with  aconine  or  with  the 
picraconitine  of  Wright  and  Luff.  The  authors  propose  to 
assign  to  it  the  name  napelline,  which  was  first  given  to  the 
alkaloid  now  known  as  pseudaconitine,  and  afterwards  by 
Hubschmann  to  a  substance  which  the  work  of  Wright  and 
Luff  showed  to  be  a  mixture  chiefly  composed  of  aconine. 
The  napelline  obtained  in  the  manner  described  is  probably 
associated  with  another  amorphous  alkaloid. 

The  alkaloid  soluble  in  chloroform  was  proved  to  be 
aconine,  the  compound  which  is  obtained  together  with 
benzoic  acid  on  hydrolysing  aconitine. 

The  roots  of  true  Aconitum  napellus,  therefore,  must  lie 
held  to  contain  three  alkaloids,  one  of  which  is  crystalline, 
viz.,  aconitine,  two  being  amorphous,  viz.,  napelline  and 
aconine.  Indications  have  been  obtained  of  the  presence  of 
a  fourth  alkaloid,  which  is  amorphous  and  closely  resembles 
napelline. 

The  authors  find  that  the  juice  expressed  from  the  roots 
contains  a  large  proportion  of  amorphous  bases,  but  very 
little  aconitine,  the  greater  part  of  this  latter  remaining  in 
the  root,  from  which  it  may  be  extracted,  together  with  the 
remainder  of  the  amorphous  alkaloids,  by  exhausting  with 
ainyl  alcohol.  The  total  quantity  of  amorphous  alkaloid 
obtained  amounted  to  more  than  twice  that  of  aconitine. 

The  physiological  results  so  far  obtained  point  to  the 
conclusion  that  crystalline  aconitine  is  by  far  the  most  toxic 
of  the  alkaloids  contained  in  Aconitum  napellus. 


Contributions  to  our  Knowledge  of  the  Aconite  Alkaloids. 

Part  III.   The  Formation  and  Properties  of  Aconine 

and  its  Conversion  into  Aconitine.     W.  K.  Dunstan  and 

V.  W.  Passmore.  Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1892  [108],  44—46. 
( »\vi\(;  to  the  uncertainty  wdiich  exists  with  reference  to  the 
product  of  the  hydrolysis  of  aconitine,  the  authors  have  re- 
investigated the  subject,  using  a  pure  alkaloid.  Wright  and 
Lutt'  have  stated  that  when  aconitine  is  hydrolysed  the  sole 
products  are  aconine  and  benzoic  acid.  More  recently, 
however,  Dragendorff  and  Jiirgens  have  asserted  that  the 
hydrolysis  occurs  iu  two  stages,  their  contention  being  that 
benzoic  acid  and  an  alkaloid  identical  with  the  picraconitine 
isolated  by  Wright  and  Luff  from  the  roots  of  supposed 
Aconitum  napellus  are  formed  in  the  first  stage,  while  in  the 
second  stage  the  picraconitine  is  hydrolysed  into  benzoic 
acid,  methyl  alcohol,  and  aconine,  which  last  is  the  final 
product  of  hydrolysis. 

The  authors  have  carefully  hydrolysed  pure  aconitine  by 
heating  it  with  water  iu  closed  tubes  at  150',  and  the 
alkaloid  extracted  from  the  solution  by  ether  was  proved  to 
be  a  mixture  of  aconine  with  unaltered  aconitine.  Using 
pure  aconitine,  action  occurs  precisely  in  accordance  with 
the  equation  C^H^NO,.,  +  HaO  =  C:6H4lX()n  +  C7H6Oa, 
leaving  little  doubt  that  aconitine  is  benzoylaconine. 

Anhydroaeonitine  was  obtained  by  the  interaction  of 
aconine  and  ethylic  benzoate  at  130°;  as  the  anhydro- 
compound  is  convertible  into  aconitine,  the  partial  synthesis 
of  the  alkaloid  thus  effected  leaves  no  doubt  that  it  is 
benzoylaconine. 

LTp  to  the  present  time  neither  aconine  nor  its  salts  have 
been  obtained  in  a  crystalline  state.  The  authors  have 
hitherto  been  unsuccessful  iu  all  their  attempts  to  crystallise 
aconine,  but  they  have  succeeded  in  crystallising  several  of 
its  salts,  viz.,  the  chlorhydride,  bromhydride,  sulphate,  and 
nitrate.  All  these  salts  are  very  soluble  in  water,  the 
chlorhydride  being  least  soluble  and  the  easiest  to 
crystallise  ;  it  is  best  prepared  by  crystallisation  from  a 
mixture  of  alcohol  and  ether ;  when  dried  at  100°  it  melts 
at  175'5°  (corr.).  The  crystals  deposited  from  alcohol 
have  the  composition  C;GHuNOu,  HC1,  2  H3(  >.  When  dried 
at  100J  they  still  retain  one  molecular  proportion  of  water, 
which  is,  however,  lost  at  120°.  The  aqueous  solution  is 
kevorotatory  :  [a]„  =  —  7'71°.  It  combines  with  uurie 
chloride  forming  an  aurichioride  considerably  more  soluble 
than  the  corresponding  aconitine  salt. 

Aconine  was  prepared  from  the  pure  chlorhydride  by 
adding  silver  sulphate  and  subsequent  treatment  of  the 
aconine  sulphate  with  exactly  sufficient  baryta  water.  The 
solution  on  evaporation  furnished  a  hygroscopic,  brittle  gum 


April  s»,  1898.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


367 


which  refused  to  crystallise;  this  melted  at  132°  (corr.), 
and  on  analysis  it  afforded  numbers  agreeing  with  the 
formula  C^.H^NO,,,  which  is  that  proposed  by  Dunstan 
and  luce  from  the  results  of  their  study  of  pure  aconitine. 
Aconine  is  very  soluble  in  water ;  the  aqueous  solution  is 
alkaline.  Its  aqueous  solution  is  slightly  bitter  and  gives 
rise  to  a  burning  sensation  in  the  mouth,  but  does  not 
produce  the  tingling  which  is  characteristic  of  aconitine. 
Iu  respect  of  its  action  on  polarised  light  aconine  exhibits 
the  same  peculiarity  as  aconitine.  Its  salts  are  lasvo- 
rotatory,  whilst  a  solution  of  the  alkaloid  is  dextrorotator}', 
[a]„  +  23°.  When  heated  with  alkalis  aconine  slowly 
resinities. 

The  examination  of  various  agents  on  aconine  has  so  far 
not  led  to  any  important  results.  Nitrous  acid  fails  to 
attack  it.  The  principal  product  of  its  oxidation  by 
alkaline  permanganate  is  oxalic  oxide. 

By  the  action  of  methyl  iodide  on  aconitine  a  crystalline 
aconitine  methiodide  (C^H^NO^.CHjl)  was  obtained, 
which  melts  at  219°  (corr.).  The  aconitine  methydroxide 
prepared  from  the  compound  (C,,H4-X(  )|L,.C'H,OH)  is 
amorphous,  and  the  salts  which  it  yields  do  not  appear  to 
crystallise, 


A  Study  of  the  Conditions  which  determine  Combination 
between  the  Cyanides  of  Zinc  and  Mercury  :  and  of  the 
Composition  and  Properties  of  the  Resulting  Uonble 
Salt.  W.  E.  Dunstan.  Proc' Chem.  Soc.  1892  [109], 
51—53. 

\\'ni:x  a  solution  of  zinc  sulphate  is  added  to  a  solution  of 
mercuric  potassium  cyanide  [HgK2(CN)4],  or  when 
mercuric  chloride  is  added  to  a  solution  of  zinc  potassium 
cyanide  [ZnK.,(CN).,],  a  white  precipitate  is  formed  which 
lias  been  stated,  on  the  authority  of  Gmelin,  to  consist  of  a 
double  cyanide  of  zinc  and  mercury  of  the  formula 
ZuHg(CN)4.  This,  the  author  has  shown,  is  not  the  case 
(1'harm.  J.  3,  20,  653;  J.  Chem.  Soc.  Abstr.  1890,  855).  The 
precipitate  loses  a  large  quantity  of  mercuric  cyanide  when 
it  is  washed  with  cold  water,  some,  however,  remaining 
attached  to  the  cyanide  of  zinc.  Previous  experiments 
seemed  to  point  to  the  conclusion  that  the  mercuric  cyanide 
thus  retained  is  not  combined,  but  in  some  manner  mechani- 
cally entangled  by  the  zinc  cyanide.  This  view  is,  however, 
disposed  of  by  further  experiments,  of  which  an  account  is 
now  given. 

The  precipitate  is  in  many  respects  a  remarkable  sub- 
stance. The  amount  of  mercuric  cyanide  "retained"  is 
dependent  on  the  amount  of  water  present  during  precipita- 
tion, as  well  as  on  the  proportion  in  which  the  salts 
interact;  the  maximum  quantity  retained  is  38'5  per  cent. 
Zinc  cyanide  having  this  percentage  of  mercuric  cyanide 
attached  to  it  in  such  a  form  that  it  canuot  be  removed  by 
ordinary  washing  with  cold  water  is  precipitated  when  cold 
saturated  solutions  of  the  two  salts  are  mixed  in  equi- 
molecular  proportions.  The  washed  precipitate  is  amor- 
phous. Prolonged  contact  with  cold  water  leads  to  the 
gradual  removal  of  mercuric  cyanide.  lioiling  water 
dissolves  the  mercuric  salt  more  rapidly.  A  cold  solution 
of  potassium  iodide  readily  dissolves  the  mercuric  cyanide 
with  the  formation  of  the  soluble  double  salt  Hg(CN)2.2  KI. 

A  series  of  experiments  in  which  the  masses  of  the  inter- 
acting salts  were  varied  proved  that  a  compound  of  the  two 
cyanides  is  formed,  and  suffers  decomposition  to  a  greater 
or  less  extent,  depending  on  the  relative  amount  of  water 
present.  An  examination  of  the  curves  plotted  from  these 
results  leads  to  the  inference  that  the  composition  of  the 
double  salt  is  expressed  by  the  formula  Zn4Hg(CN)10,  that 
is  to  say,  the  two  cyanides  are  present  in  it  in  the  propor- 
tion Zn(CN);,  |  Hg(CN)».  Such  a  salt  contains  40-G  per 
cent,  of  mercuric  cyanide.  It  canuot  be  obtained  pure, 
since  it  is  decomposed  by  water,  and  it  can  only  be  produced 
by  precipitation  of  aqueous  solutions.  Under  the  most 
favourable  circumstances,  when  the  quantity  of  water 
present  is  reduced  to  a  minimum,  a  substance  containing 
98  per  cent,  of  the  double  cyanide  is  obtained ;  the 
remaining  2  per  cent,  consists  of  zinc  cyanide,  resulting 
from  the  decomposition  of  some  of  the  double  salt  by  water, 


the  mercuric  cyanide  being  dissolved,  whilst  the  insoluble 
zinc  cyanide  remains  mixed  with  the  double  salt.  All 
attempts  to  prepare  the  double  cyanide  by  other  methods 
than  that  of  precipitation  have  failed.  Fundamental 
molecules  of  zinc  cyanide  and  mercuric  cyanide  must 
apparently  be  present,  in  order  that  combination  may  occur. 
The  aggregates  of  fundamental  molecules  [Zn(CN)3]n  and 
[Hg(CN)o].,,  which  constitute  the  solid  salts,  show  no 
tendency  to  combine.  No  evidence  is  forthcoming  of  the 
existence  of  any  other  compound  of  the  two  cyanides  than 
that  now  described.  No  similar  compound  of  zinc  cyanide 
with  other  metallic  cyanides  than  that  of  mercury  could  be 
obtained. 

This  tetrazincic  monomercurideeacyanide,  mixed  with 
more  or  less  zinc  cyanide,  has  been  found  by  Sir  Joseph 
Lister  to  be  an  admirable  surgical  antiseptic,  and  it  is  at  his 
suggestion  that  the  inquiry  was  undertaken. 

A  full  account  of  the  best  method  of  preparing  the  salt 
is  given  in  the  author's  previous  paper  (J.  Chem.  Soc. 
Abstr.  1890,  855). 

In  the  discussion  following,  Sir  Joseph  Lister  said  that 
the  great  value  of  the  salt  arose  from  the  circumstance 
that  while  equally  effective  as  an  antiseptic,  it  had  none  of 
the  irritant  qualities  of  mercuric  cyanide  ;  and  its  slight 
solubility  was  an  advantage.  When  mercuric  chloride  was 
used,  it  was  liable,  on  the  one  hand,  to  be  washed  awa\  by 
the  discharges,  and,  on  the  other,  to  accumulate  until  a 
solution  was  formed  which  was  so  concentrated  that  it 
caused  great  irritation. 


^-Pyridine  and  Piperidine  Bases.     C.  Stoehr.     J.  Prakt. 
Chem.  1892,  45,  20—47. 

By  heating  a  mixture  of  glycerol  and  ammonium  phosphate, 
/3-methyl  pyridine  results,  as  has  been  shown  by  the 
experiments  of  P.  Schwarz  (Per.  1891,  24,  1676)  and  of 
L.  Storch  (Per.  1886,  19,  2456).  The  reaction  is  a 
complex  one,  and  a  number  of  basic  products  result  in 
addition  to  the  j8-inethyl  pyridine,  including  ,8-ethyl  aud 
perhaps  /3-propyl  pyridine ;  also  a  considerable  quantity 
of  pyridine  itself  is  formed  and  bases  containing  2  atoms 
of  nitrogen,  which  are  to  be  regarded  as  homologues  of 
the  diazine  C4H4N...  Only  traces  of  a-pyridine  bases 
result,  which  is  of  interest  since  the  bases  obtained  from 
animal  oils,  the  formation  of  which  is  to  be  traced  to  the 
glycerol  of  the  fats  in  the  animal  residues,  consist  essentially 
of  these  a-bases.  The  mixture  of  bases  obtained  by  the 
distillation  of  glycerol  and  ammonium  phosphate  boil 
between  120°  C.  and  250°  C.  The  most  volatile  portion  of 
the  oil  (up  to  120°  C.)  contains  the  pyridine,  that  from 
120^ — -140°  C.  a  mixture  of  pyridine  and  /3-methyl  pyridine 
together  with  a  small  quantity  of  a-methyl  pyridine,  and 
that  from  1403— 150°  C.  the  bulk  of  the  /3-methyl  pyridine, 
which  was  isolated  by  means  of  its  mercuric  double  chloride. 
The  free  base  boils  at  143° — 143-2'  C,  and  has  the 
sp.  gr.  0-9748  at  0°  C.  It  is  soluble  in  water  in  all  propor- 
tions on  gentle  warming,  combines  with  methyl  iodide  to  a 
crystalline  ammonium  iodide,  which  is  readdy  soluble  in 
water  and  is  carbonised  when  heated  with  bromine.  The 
base  obtained  by  the  distillation  of  strychnine  and  of  brucine 
with  lime  is  identical  with  the  above  in  every  respect. 
The  platinum  double  chloride  of  /3-methyl  pyridine — 

(C6H;N .  HC1)2 .  Pt .  Cl4 .  H30 

forms  mouocliuic  crystals,  which  lose  their  water  of 
crystallisation  over  sulphuric  acid  and  melt  with  decom- 
position at  201°— 202°  C.  When  gently  heated,  the  salt 
gives  up  hydrochloric  acid  to  form  the  platino-salt, 
((  ,1 L7 X  ).2l*t014,  a  pale  yellow  crystalline  precipitate,  almost 
insoluble  in  water.  The  mercuric  chloride  double  salt, 
CH7.X.HCl.HgCl2,  crystallises  in  needles  from  solutions 
containing  2 — 3  per  cent,  of  free  hydrochloric  acid,  and 
melts  at  146°  C.  The  zinc  chloride  and  silver  nitrate 
double  salts,  2  (C6H-.N)ZnClo  and  3  (C6H;N')  .  AgN03,  are 
also  characteristic.  y8-methyl  pyridine  does  not  condense 
with  aldehydes,  differing  in  this  from  the  isomeric  a-  and 
7-hases. 

On  reduction  with  sodium  amalgam  in  alcoholic  solution, 
/3-methyl    piperidine,   CCHI2NH,    is    formed.      This     is    a 


:J'38 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[April  30;  1892 


colourless  oil,  boiling  at  1253 — 126°  C,  and  having  a  specific 
gravity  of  0-8635  at  0°  C.  Its  salts  with  mineral  acids  are 
characterised  by  being  readily  soluble  in  water,  whilst  the 
double  salts  are  also  considerably  more  soluble  than  those 
of  the  corresponding  pyridine  base. 

fi-etlujl  Pyridine,  CsH4(C2Hb)N')  is  contained  in  the 
portion  of  the  mixture  got  Dy  the  distillation  of  glycerol 
and  ammonium  phosphate,  boiling  at  160° — 166c  C.,  and  is 
best  isolated  by  means  of  its  mercuric  double  salt,  which 
closely  resembles  the  corresponding  fl-methyl  pyridine  salt, 
and  which  melts  without  decomposition  at  131" — 132°  C. 
The  free  base  boils  at  165  C,  and  has  the  sp.gr.  0-9585 
at  0°.  It  is  a  colourless,  highly  refractive  liquid,  con- 
siderably less  soluble  in  water  than  the  methyl  base,  and 
readily  volatile  with  steam.  Its  salts  with  mineral  acids 
are  very  hygroscopic,  but  the  base  forms  well-defined 
double  salts  with  mercuric  chloride,  platinie  chloride,  auric 
chloride,  silver  nitrate,  and  with  picric  acid.  On  oxidation 
with  potassium  permanganate,  nieotiuic  acid  results.  The 
base  obtained  by  distilling  brucine  with  lime,  together  with 
/3-methyl  pyridine,  is  y8-ethyl  pyridine,  which  is  identical 
with  the  product  from  glycerol  in  every  respect.  /3-ethyl 
pyridine  forms  a  crystalline  ammonium  iodide,  the  cadmium 
iodide  double  salt  of  which  is  characteristic.  On  reduction 
/3-ethvl  piperidine,  C5Ha(C2H5)NH,  is  formed,  which  boils 
at  154  — 155"  and  has  a  sp".  gr.  0-8711  at  0°  C.  the  hydro- 
chloride of  which  is  readily  soluble  both  in  water  and  in 
alcohol.  Other  salts  of  the  base  are  described.  The 
physiological  action  of  /3-methyl-  and  ethyl  piperidine  was 
tried  on  white  mice  by  subcutaneous  injection,  the  bases 
being  employed  in  the  form  of  their  hydrochlorides.  They 
both  act  similarly  to  conine.  The  breathing  is  gradually 
slowed  after  being  first  stimulated,  and  this  action  is  then 
followed  b_v  flowing  of  saliva  and  clonic  spasms,  finally 
producing  death.  The  fatal  dose  is  greater  in  the  case  of 
the  methyl  base,  the  relative  intensity  of  the  action  as 
compared  with  that  of  conine  being  7"  1  to  1  in  the  case  of 
fl-methyl  pyridine  and  G'2  to  1  in  that  of  /3-ethvl  pyridine. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Synthesis    of    Oxygenated    Pyrazolc     Derivatives.         L. 
Lederer.     J.  Prakt.  Chem.  1892,  45,  83—94. 

The  synthetical  methods  emplo3'ed  for  the  preparation  of 
antipyrine  have  led  the  author  to  study  the  action  of  phenyl- 
hydrazine  in  j8-halogen  substituted  fatty  acids.  Condensa- 
tion takes  place  between  tin/  amidohydrogen  of  the  phenyl- 
hydrazine  and  the  halogen  atom  of  the  substituted  acid, 
an  assymmetric  derivative  of  the  fatty  acid  with  phenyl- 
hydrazine  being  first  formed,  which  readily  condenses  to 
a  pyrazolone  from  which  an  isomer  of  antipyrine  can  be 
prepared. 

fl-brombutyric  acid  in  the  form  of  its  potassium  salt  was 
employed  as  the  starting  point,  and  this  when  treated  with 
phenylhydrazine  yields  assymmetric  phenylhydrazine  butyric 
acid. 

This  acid  forms  glittering  plates  when  crystallised  from 
alcohol,  which  melt  at  111  C.  and  when  heated  with 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  to  100°  O.  yielded  phenyl- 
niethyl-isobydro-pyrazolone  which  can  be  extracted  with 
chloroform  after  neutralising  the  product  of  the  reaction 
with  ammonia. 

It  forms  colourless  crystals  which  melt  at  127°  O  when 
crystallised  from  alcohol ;  from  benzene  solution  it  some- 
times separates  in  an  unstable  form  consisting  of  colourless 
crystals  which  readily  change  into  a  stable  pale  red-coloured 
modification.  With  silver  nitrate  a  blue  colour  resembling 
Pyrazole  blue  is  formed.  When  methylated  a  readily  soluble 
product  results,  which  tastes  something  like  antipyrine. 
This  substance  is  under  investigation.  A  mono-acetyl 
derivative  melting  at  79  is  easily  obtained  in  the  normal 
way-  When  oxidised  with  a  dilute  aqueous  solution  of  ferric 
chloride,  phenyl-methyl-isopyrazolone  is  formed,  which  is 
best  extracted  with  chloroform.  It  is  readily  soluble  in 
benzene,  chloroform,  and  alcohol,  and  like  the  hydro-base 
exists  iu  two  modifications,  the  unstable  form  melting  at 
1.J7  O,  the  stable  form  at  167°  C.  When  heated  in  methyl 
alcohol  solution  iu  a  sealed  tube  to  100°  with  an  excess  of 
methyl  iodide  phenyl-dimethyl-iso-pyrazolone  the  isomer  of 


antipj'rice  is  formed,  which  is  also  extracted  from  alkaline 
solution  by  chloroform.  Iso-antipyrine  is  readily  soluble 
in  water  and  in  alcohol,  soluble  in  chloroform  and  in  hot 
benzene,  difficultly  soluble  in  ether.  From  the  last  it 
separates  in  tables  which  melt  at  113"'.  It  is  a  strong  base 
closely  resembling  antipyrine  in  its  behaviour  with  reagents. 
The  platinum  double  chloride  is  more  soluble  in  water  than 
that  of  antipyrine,  but  both  melt  at  the  same  temperature — 
192°  C.  The  picvate  is,  like  that  of  antipyrine,  with  difficulty 
soluble  in  water ;  it  forms  pale  yellow  needles  which  melt 
at  1 68 J  C. ;  antipyrine  picrate  melts  at  187  C.  Potassium 
ferroeyanide  gives  a  white  crystalline  precipitate  in  slightly 
acid  solution  of  the  base,  ferric  chloride  gives  a  dark 
red  colouration  and  bromine  is  absorbed  by  a  glacial 
acetic  acid  solution  of  iso-autipyrme,  a  crystalline  product 
separating  on  standing. 

Iu  all  these  reactions  the  base  behaves  just  like  antipyrine. 
The  salicylate,  of  iso-antipyrine  is  difficultly  soluble  in  water 
and  does  not  crystallise  as  readily  as  the  corresponding  salt 
of  antipyrine.  The  dilute  slightly  acid  solution  is  coloured 
emerald  green  by  sodium  nitrite,  and  in  more  concentrated 
solution  a  precipitate  of  the  nitroso-body  is  formed  which, 
when  pure,  consists  of  moss-green  needles  which  decompose 
at  155°  C.  Like  nitroso-antipyiine,  this  body  gives  Lieber- 
manu's  nitroso  reaction.  Iso-antipyrine  is  less  stable  towards 
nitric  acid  than  antipyrine ;  the  nitro-compound  formed 
melts  at  210°  C.  Both  antipyrine  and  iso-antipyrine  melt 
at  113°  and  resemble  one  another  exactly  in  their  solubilities. 
They  are  both  separated  from  their  aqueous  solutions  on 
the  addition  of  caustic  soda  as  oils  which  are  readily  taken 
up  by  ether.     Iso-antipyrine  is  also  a  powerful  antipyretic. 

The  constitutional  formula'  for  the  two  bases  are  :  — 


CH3N 
OC 


C6H5 

I 
N 

/\ 


CSHS 


C.CH3 
ICH 


Iso-antipyrini . 
(Phenyl-diuietliyl-isopyrazolone.) 


Antipyrine. 
(Phenyl-dimethyl-pyrazolone.) 


The  reactions   involved   in   this   preparation    have   been 
patented  in  Germany,  1).  1!.  P.  .r>3,8:U,  October  1889. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Dextro-rotatory  Terpene  from  the  Leaves  of  the  Siberian 
Cedar  (Pinvs  cembra).  F.  Hawitskv.  .1.  Prakt. 
Chem.  1892,45,  115—123. 

The  complete  analogy  in  the  properties  and  reactions  of 
the  dextro-  and  laevo-rotatory  terpenes  from  both  Russian 
and  French  turpentine  oil  render  it  highly  probable  that  the 
rotatory  powers  of  these  two  modifications  of  terpenes  are 
equal  and  opposite  although  the  laevo-rotatory  terpene  from 
French  oil  has  a  specific  rotatory  power  [a]D  =  —  43-3G  . 
and  the  dextro-rotatory  terpene  from  Russian  oil  a  rotatory 
power  of  only  +  32"00°.  The  method  of  isolation  of  the 
terpenes  from  the  two  oils  may  explain  this  difference,  but 
even  when  the  latter  was  purified  by  distillation  with  steam 
and  subsequent  fractionation  its  specific  rotatory  power  was 
only  brought  up  to  +  37-  8°.  The  author  has,  therefore, 
examined  the  oil  of  the  Siberian  cedar  with  the  view  of 
obtaining  a  purer  dextro-rotatory  terpene.  The  purified 
terpene  boils  at  156°  under  753  mm.  pressure  (eorr.),  and 
has  a  specific  rotatory  power  [a]„  =  +  45 '04.  It  yields  a 
crystalline  hydrochloride  Ci0H16HCI,  which  melts  at  125 
and  a  bromide,  ('1((Iflt;Pr,,  which  could  not  be  obtained  in  a 
solid  form.  With  alcoholic  sulphuric  acid  a  hydrate, 
CHIHlr,Il„0,  boiling  at  210°  C.  and  [possessing  all  the 
properties  of  the  hydrate  of  dextro-rotatory  terpene,  results. 

The  chemical  and  optical  properties  of  the  above 
substances  together  with  measurements  of  the  latter  are 
fully  detailed  in  the  paper,  together  with  the  method  of 
isolation  and  purification  of  the  oil. — C.  A.  K. 


Ajwil  80, 1892.J         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


369 


The  Terpenes  of  the  Oil  from  the  Resin  of  the  Pine 
(Pinus-atoes).  B.  Kuriloff.  J.  Prakt.  Chem.  1892,  45, 
12:;  — 133. 

The  oil  obtained  from  the  resin  of  Pinus  abies  consists 
of  an  optically  inactive  terpene  and  a  dextro-rotatory 
isoterpene.  The  former  hoils  or  1 573  (corr.)  under  76U  mm. 
pressure  and  forms  a  hydrochloride,  C10H16.HC1,  melting  at 
126"5°  C.  The  isoterpene,  which  forms  about  2  per  cent,  of 
the  oil.  boils  at  176-7"  (corr.)  under  772  mm.  pressure  and 
has  a  specific  rotatory  power  [o]„  =  —  47-5°.  Its  hydro- 
chloride, C10H162HC1,  crystallised  from  alcohol,  melts  at 
48j°(_'.  The  paper  contains  full  details  of  the  properties, 
densities  and  refractive  powers  of  the  two  substances. 

— C.  A.  K. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Manufacture  or  Production  of 
certain  Phosphorus  Compounds.  P.  G.  W.  Typke,  New 
Maiden.     Eng.  Pat.  2,252,  February  7,  1891. 

Tin.  phosphoretted  hydrogen  given  off  in  the  manufacture 
of  the  hypophosphites  is  recovered  and  converted  into 
phosphorus  according  to  the  following  process.  The  gases 
and  steam  evolved  in  the  manufacture  are  tirst  cooled  and 
the  greater  portion  of  the  steam  thus  condensed.  The 
cooled  gases  are  then  led  through  tubes  or  retorts  made  of 
tircr  lay  or  of  iron  filled  with  pumice  stone,  coke,  or  other 
suitable  material  which  will  stand  a  high  temperature  and 
which  will  not  combine  either  with  phosphoretted  hydrogen 
or  with  its  decomposition  products.  The  hydride  of 
phosphorus  is  thus  completely  dissociated  ;  the  vapours  of 
phosphorus  are  condensed  in  suitable  receivers  whilst  the 
hydrogen  is  allowed  to  escape. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  and  Separation  of  Methyl- 
amines,  Kthylamines,  Phenylamines,  and  Naphthyl- 
amines.  R.  Vidal,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  3622, 
February  27,  1891. 

■See  under  lY.,page  344. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  of  Orlho- 
oxydipkenyl-carbon  Acid.  B.  Willcox,  London.  From 
F.  von  Heyden,  Nachfolger,  Kadebeul,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  5122,  March  21,  1891. 

.See  under  IV.,  page  344. 


Processfor  the  Production  of  Mono-  Bromo-  and  Di-bromo- 
para-o.vy-benzoic  Acid,  suitable  for  Conversion  into 
Protocatechuic  Acid,  Pyrocatechin,  and  the  like.  J.  Y. 
Johnson,  London.  From  F.  von  Heyden,  Nachfolger, 
Radebeul,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  5184,  March  23,  1891. 

Mcj.no-bromparahydroxybenzoic  acid  is  prepared  by 
treating  the  free  acid  or  its  alky]  ester  with  one  molecular 
proportion  of  bromine,  in  glacial  acetic  acid  solution.  The 
dibromo  substitution  product  is  obtained  by  the  action  of 
the  calculated  quantity  of  bromine  on  the  alkyl  esters  of 
the  acid  dissolved  in  caustic  soda.  The  free  acid,  vhen 
thus  treated,  yields  tribromopheuol. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Formation  of  Ozone  in  presence  of 
Air  or  Oxygen,  and  Apparatus  therefor.  A.  Schneller 
and  YV.  F.W'isse,  The  Hague,  Holland.  Eng.  Pat.  5222, 
March  24,  1891. 

See  under  XI.,  page  354. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Salicylic-Acid  Derivatives 
containing  Chlorine  and  Sulphur.  J.  Y.  Johnson, 
London.  From  F.  von  Heyden,  Nachfolger,  Radebeul, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  5263,  March  24,  1891. 

DiTHKi-sAi.ti  Yur  acid  results  when  two  molecular  pro- 
portions of  salicylic  acid  are  treated  with  one  molecular 
portion   of    chloride   of   sulphur    (S;    CI.)   by   the    method 


described  in  a  previous  patent  (Eng  Pat.  14,443  of 
1888).  If  double  the  above  proportion  of  chloride  of 
sulphur  be  employed,  and  the  mixture  heated  to  100° — 
150°  C.  a  mixture  of  derivatives  of  salicylic  acid  result 
more  highly  sulphurised  than  the  dithio-salicylie  acid,  ami 
which  also  contain  a  portion  of  the  hydrogen  substituted 
by  chlorine.  When  not  less  than  four  molecular  proportions 
of  the  chloride  of  sulphur  to  two  of  salicylic  acid  are  used, 
a  simple  body  results  which  from  analysis  appears  to  be  a 
a  tetrathio-dichloro  salicylic  acid,  having  the  following 
formula  : — 


HO.OCC1.HC, 


/ 


S 


'\ 


C5H.Cl.CO.OH 


The  free  acid  forms  a  clear  yellow  amorphous  mass, 
insoluble  in  cold  water,  readily  soluble  in  ether,  alcohol,  &c. 
The  alkali  salts  and  the  magnesium  salt  are  readily  soluble 
in  water,  whilst  the  salts  with  the  heavy  metals  and  with 
the  alkaline  earths  are  yellow  to  grey-coloured  precipitates. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Aromatic  Glycocol 
Derivatives.  W.  Majert,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat 
5269,  March  24,  1891. 

Two  products  have  been  shown  to  be  formed  by  the  action 
of  ammonia  on  chloro-  or  bromo-acetanilide,  viz. :— Glycocol 
anilide  and  di-glycocol  anilide.  These  same  bodies  are 
formed  when  the  esters  of  glycocol  or  glycocol  amide  are 
treated  with  a  primary  aromatic  amine,  according  to  the 
following  equations : — 

NH2.CH2.CO.OCH3  +  CCH5.NH2  = 
C6H5.NH.CO.CH2.NH,  +  CH3.OH 
or — 

NH2.CH2.CO.NH2  +  CCH5.NH2  = 
C6H5.NH.CO.CH2.NH2  +  NH3 

The  resulting  products  are  readily  soluble  in  water  and 
alcohol,  less  soluble  in  ether,  benzene  or  petroleum  ether  ; 
the  derivatives  obtained  from  the  di-alkylated  primary 
amines  are  insoluble  in  water.  They  are  all  strong  bases, 
which  absorb  carbonic  acid  readily  from  the  air  and 
combine  with  acids  to  form  stable  salts.  The  salts  are 
decomposed  by  ammonia  in  the  cold,  but  hot  solutions  of 
ammonium  salts  are  decomposed  by  the  free  bases. 

The  di-glycocol  derivatives  are  very  weak  bases  and 
their  salts  dissociate  in  aqueous  solution. 

The  products  are  best  prepared  by  the  action  of  alcoholic 
ammonia  on  bromacetanilide  and  its  homologues,  or  by 
treating  the  methyl  or  ethyl  ester  or  the  amide  of  glycocol 
with  the  amine.  In  this  way  the  following  bodies  have 
been  obtained,  the  physical  properties  of  which  are 
described  in  the  patent :  — Glycocolanilide,  dimethyl 
glycocolanilide,  glycocol-toluide  (ortho,  meta,  and  para), 
glycocolanisidine  (ortho,  meta,  and  para),  glycocol- 
phenetidine  (ortho,  meta,  and  para),  and  glycocol- 
diphenylamine.— C.  A.  K. 


Production  of  Basic  Gallate  of  Bismuth.  (J.  Imrav, 
London.  From  the  "  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  and  Briining,"  Hoechst-am-Maine,  Germany 
Eng.  Pat.  6234,  April  11,  1891. 

Neutral  bismuth  nitrate  in  nitric  acid  solution  is  treated 
with  gallic  acid  dissolved  in  70  per  cent,  alcohol  and  caustic 
alkali  or  alkali  carbonate  added  to  the  resulting  mixture 
until  the  whole  remains  but  slightly  acid.  On  the  addition 
of  sodium  acetate  or  on  dilution  with  water  a  yellow 
precipitate  of  basic  bismuth  gallate  is  formed,  having  the 
composition  Bi(OH)2CO.()Cr,H2(OH):l.  It  is  insoluble  in 
water  and  in  dilute  acids.  Neutral  soluble  salts  of  gallic 
acid  may  be  substituted  for  the  free  acid  in  the  preparation. 

— C.  A.  K. 


370 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  30,  iS92. 


Improvement  in  and  Relating  to  the  Production  of  a  Solu- 
tion of  Myrrhie  Resin.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool. 
From  A.  Fliigge,  Frankfort-on-Maine,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  6306,  April  13,  1891. 
Myers  is  a  gum  resin  containing  about  30 — 35  per  cent,  of 
resin,  3  per  cent,  of  ethereal  oil,  and  63  per  cent,  of  gum. 
Hitherto  strong  alcohol  has  been  the  only  known  solvent  for 
the  resin,  but  the  patentee  finds  that  a  solution  of  four  parts 
of  castor  oil  to  one  part  of  alcohol  dissolves  the  resin 
completely  when  digested  with  it  in  a  closed  vessel  for  eight 
days.  The  solution  obtained  is  perfectly  clear,  of  a  light 
brown  colour  and  of  an  agreeable  aromatic  smell.  A  similar 
solution  can  be  got  by  treating  the  alcoholic  extract  of  the 
resin  with  castor  oil  and  then  evaporating  off  the  former 
solvent.  The  solution  can  be  diluted  with  other  oils  or 
fats,  and  can  be  employed  for  embalming  and  preserving 
purposes,  which  is  not  the  case  with  alcoholic  solutions  of 
the  resin,  the  resin  being  separated  from  the  latter 
ininiediatelv  on  contact  with  water. — ('.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of 
Hydrazine  or  Diumidogen  and  its  Salts.  .1.  Y.  Johnson, 
London.  From  the  Badische  Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik, 
Ludwigshafen,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  6786,  April  20, 
1891.  (Second  Edition.) 
The  preparation  of  hydrazine,  NH3— NHj,  starts  from 
guanidine  either  in  the  form  of  thiocyanate  or  of  carbonate 
■which  is  converted  into  a  nitro-compound  by  the  action  of 
nitric  acid  preferably  in  presence  of  sulphuric  acid. 
The  product  of  the  reaction  is  poured  into  water, 
when  the  nitro-guinidine  separates  and  may  be  purified 
by  recrvstallisation  from  water.  Other  salts  of  guanidine 
can  be  substituted  for  the  above  and  nitrates  can 
be  employed  in  place  of  nitric  acid.  The  nitro-com- 
pound is  then  reduced  to  the  corresponding  amido-guauidine, 
zinc-dust  or  iron  filings  in  presence  of  dilute  acid  or  else 
sodium  amalgam  being  used.  The  solution  of  the  resulting 
salt  of  amido-guauidine  is  then  concentrated,  and  may  be 
purified  by  converting  it  into  the  sulphate,  which  is 
difficultly  soluble.  By  tbe  action  of  alkalis,  the  hydrates 
of  the  alkaline  earths,  mineral  acids  or  water  under  pressure, 
tbe  amido-guauidine  is  decomposed  with  the  liberation  of 
ammonia  and  of  carbon  dioxide  and  the  formation  of 
hydrazine.  This  decomposition  is  effected  in  a  vessel 
attached  to  an  upright  condenser.  The  hydrazine  can  be 
precipitated  as  sulphate  by  means  of  sulphuric  acid,  or  it 
can  be  purified  by  other  known  means  such  as  distillation 
and  subsequent  conversion  into  any  desired  salt. 

Hydrazine  is  capable  of  use  in  the  production  of_  various 
chemical  and  pharmaceutical  compounds. — C.  A.  K. 


iodine  in  heating,  are  insoluble  in  water,  but  dissolve 
readily  in  olive  oil,  ether,  and  chloroform,  somewhat  less 
readily  in  alcohol,  benzene  and  petroleum  ether.  Like  the 
iodine  derivatives  previously  described,  these  new  products 
are  used  for  medioal  purposes.^**,  A-  K 


XXIII.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

APPARATUS. 

An  Exact  and  Convenient  Method  for  the  Determination 
of  Vapour  Densities.  C.  Schall.  J.  Prakt.  Chem.  1892, 
45,  131—144. 

The  method,  which  applies  also  to  the  determination  of 
vapour  densities  under  greatly  reduced  pressure,  depends 
upon  the  measurement  of  the  depression  of  a  column  of 
mercury  placed  in  manometer  produced  by  the  vapour  of 
the  substance,  this  pressure  being  compared  with  that 
produced  by  the  decomposition  of  a  known  weight  of  pure 
sodium  carbonate  when  decomposed  by  dilute  sulphuric 
acid.  The  apparatus  consists  of  a  three-bulbed  vessel 
heated  in  a  suitable  bath  and  connected  by  a  T-piece  on 
the  one  hand  to  the  manometer,  and  on  the  other  hand  to  a 
tube  leading  to  a  pump.  The  substance  is  clamped 
between  the  two  ends  of  a  tube  above  the  bulbed  vessel 
previously  to  introducing  it  into  the  latter.  The  vessel  for 
decomposing  the  sodium  carbonate  is  attached  to  the 
tube  leading  to  the  manometer  by  a  second  T-piece.  The 
whole  apparatus  is  first  exhausted,  then  the  carbonate 
decomposed,  and  finally  the  substance  introduced,  measure- 
ments of  the  pressure  exerted  by  the  carbon  dioxide  in  the 
first  case,  and  by  the  vapour  of  the  substance  in  the  other 
being  taken.  The  vapour  density  is  then  calculated 
according  to  the  formula— 

-,,  _  u    *  '<       IOC   -  1/528 

Where  g'  =  weight  of  substance. 
( .        weight  of  carbonate. 

h  -    pressure  due  to  carbon  dioxide. 

h'  —  pressure  due  to  substance. 

1  •  32S  =  specific  gravity  of  CO.,  compared  with  air. 

44  =  molecular  weight  of  CO». 

106  =  molecular  weight  of  Na3C03. 

Full  details  of  the  method,  together  ~ith  a  sketch  of  the 
apparatus,  are  given  in  the  paper. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Iodine  Substitution 
Products  of  Phenols  and  Cresols.  B.  Willcox,  London. 
From  the  "  Farbenfabriken  vormals  F.  Bayer  &  Co.," 
Elberfeld,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  7026,  April  23,  1891. 
By  acting  with  iodine  in  presence  of  alkali  on  certain 
phenols  the  hydrogen  atom  of  the  hydroxyl  group  is  replaced 
by  iodine  as  already  described  in  previous  patents.  (Eng. 
Pat.  5079,  March  23, 1889.  and  Eng.  Pat.  18,021,  November 
8,  1890  ;  this  Journal,  1890,  412.)  The  phenols  previously 
employed  were  phenol,  cresol,  thymol,  para-isobutylphenol, 
para-isobutylorthocresol,  and  para-isobutylmetacrcsol.  The 
present  specification  covers  the  preparation  of  similar  pro- 
ducts from  ethyl,  propyl,  and  amyl  phenol,  methyl,  ethyl 
and  amyl  cresols  and  propyl  cresols,  isomeric  with  thymol 
and  carvacrol.  Amyl  phenol  is  obtained  by  heating  phenol 
auivl  alcohol  with  zinc  chloride  and  the  other  substituted 
phenols  are  similarly  prepared  by  heating  the  phenol  with 
the  alcohol  in  presence  of  zinc  chloride.  The  resulting 
phenol  is  separated  by  the  addition  of  alkali  and  purified  by- 
fractional  distillation  after  the  addition  of  acid.  The  iodine 
derivatives  are  obtained  by  treating  a  solution  of  the  phenol 
iu  alkali  with  a  solution  of  iodine  in  potassium  iodide,  in  the 
form    of    yellow   amorphous   precipitates.     They   give   off 


INORGANIC    <  1IKMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

The  Solubility  of  Sodium  Carbonate  and  of  Sodium 
Bicarbonate  in  Solutions  of  Sodium  Chloride.  K.  Keich. 
Monatsh.  1891,  12,  464— 4-,  3. 

See  under  VII. ,  pages  346  —  317. 


The  Quantitative  Determination  of  Arsenic  by  the  Ber- 
zelivs-Marsh  process,  especially  as  applied  to  the 
Analysis  of  Wall  Papers  and  Fabrics.  C.  A.  Sanger. 
Amer.  Chem.  J.  1891, 13,  431—453. 

The  object  of  the  author  was  to  obtain  some  method  by 
which  a  very  small  amount  of  arsenic  might  be  estimated 
without  resorting  to  the  usual  quantitative  methods  which 
require  too  much  time  for  ordinary  use. 

The  author's  method  of  obtaining  an  approximate  esti- 
mate of  the  amount  of  arsenic  present  was  suggested  by 
H.  B.  Hill,  and  consists,  briefly,  in  the  comparison  of  the 


April  30, 18920       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Stt 


minor  obtained  from  an  aliquot  part  of  the  solution  with  a 
series  of  standard  mirrors  obtained  from  known  weights  of 
arsenious  oxide. 

A  known  quantity  of  the  paper  is  taken,  the  quantity 
depending  upon  the  probable  quantity  of  arsenic  present, 
and  upon  the  character  of  the  paper  (i.e.,  whether  a  plain 
colour,  a  small  or  large  pattern).  The  paper  is  measured  by 
means  of  thin  glass  plates  cut  to  the  required  dimensions. 
The  author  has  used  the  following  sizes : — 25  sq.  cm. 
(5x5);  50  sq.  cm.  (5  x  10,4  x  12 '5,  2  x  25);  100  sq. 
cm.  (10  x    10,  5   x  20,  4   x  25,  3  x   12-5,  2   x   50). 

The  paper  is  cut  into  small  pieces  and  treated  in  a  glazed 
porcelain  dish  with  strong  sulphuric  acid  (1  to  5  cc),  to  which 
has  been  added  about  one-thirtieth  of  its  volume  of  strong 
nitric  acid.  When  the  paper  lias  absorbed  the  acid,  the 
dish  is  heated  over  a  low  flame  until  the  paper  is  thoroughly 
charred,  the  mixture  being  continuously  stirred  with  a 
thick  glass  rod.  In  order  to  get  rid  of  every  trace  of 
nitric  acid  it  is  best  on  cooling  to  add  a  few  cc.  of  water, 
and  heat  again  until  sulphuric  acid  fumes  appear.  On 
again  cooling  the  "char"  is  moistened  with  about  5  cc. 
of  water,  well  triturated  with  the  glass  rod  until  all  lumps 
are  thoroughly  broken  up,  heated  to  boiling  to  expel 
sulphur  dioxide,  and  filtered  hot,  which  is  best  done  by 
means  of  a  filter-pump.  After  filtering  the  "  char  "  is 
washed  with  hot  water,  and  after  cooling  the  extract  is 
ready  for  weighing  and  introduction  into  the  apparatus. 

Any  form  of  hydrogen  generator  may  be  used,  but  the 
author  prefers  to  use  a  modification  of  Hloxam's  electro- 
lytic method,  in  order  to  ensure  a  eontant  supply.  To 
the  delivery-tube  is  attached  a  two-way  or  a  three-way 
distributing  tube  according  to  the  number  of  reduction 
flasks  to  be  used.  The  reduction  flask  is  a  wide-mouthed 
bottle  of  about  75  cc.  capacity,  fitted  with  an  india-rubber 
cork  pierced  with  three  holes.  Through  one  hole  passes 
a  right-angled  tube  reaching  to  the  bottom  of  the  flask, 
the  other  end  being  connected  to  the  distribution  tube 
of  tiie  generator.  Through  the  second  hole  is  inserted  the 
right-angled  delivery  tube,  reaching  just  below  the  cork, 
and  the  third  hole  serves  for  the  introduction  of  acid  and 
extract.  A  straight  bulb  drying-tube  containing  calcium 
chloride  is  attached  to  the  delivery,  tube  of  the  reduction- 
flask,  and  to  this  drying-tube  is  attached  the  reduction-tube 
of  hard  Bohemian  glass.  At  the  place  where  the  arsenic 
mirror  is  formed  this  tube  is  drawn  out  till  the  bore  is  from 
1  ■  5  mm.  to  2  mm.  This  finely  drawn  part  is  bent  slightly 
upward  and  sealed. 

The  reagents  and  materials  employed  must  be  strictly 
free  from  arsenic  and  the  acid  should  be  one  part  strong 
acid  in  eight  parts  of  water.  In  the  reduction-flask  are 
placed  not  more  than  three  grms.  of  zinc  and  about  20  cc. 
of  acid.  The  hydrogen  is  now  turned  on  from  the  generator, 
and  lighted,  the  flame  being  not  more  than  1  to  2  mm.  in 
height,  the  evolution  of  hydrogen  being  kept  at  this  rate 
during  the  reduction.  If  the  flask  becomes  heated  it  may 
be  placed  in  a  basin  through  which  a  current  of  cold  water 
circulates.  liefore  adding  the  extract  the  author  allows 
the  hydrogen  to  run  for  about  15  or  20  minutes  to  test  for 
arsenic,  a  lamp  being  held  under  the  heating  place.  If  the 
apparatus  is  found  free  from  arsenic  a  known  portion  of 
the  extract  is  added.  If  no  mirror  appears  in  three  or 
four  minutes  a  further  quantity  is  added,  and  the  whole 
may  be  introduced  if  no  mirror  appears  in  another  five 
minutes.  When  the  size  of  the  mirror  formed  in  the  first 
15  minutes  is  not  larger  than  that  corresponding  to 
0-05  mgrm.  of  arsenious  oxide,  25  minutes  is  sufficient  for 
the  deposition  of  all  the  arsenic. 

To  make  the  standard  mirrors  the  author  takes  1  grm. 
of  pure  arsenious  oxide  dissolved  in  water  by  means  of 
sodium  bicarbonate  and  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid. 
This  is  then  made  up  to  a  litre  and  contains  1  mgrm.  of 
As203  to  1  cc.  Ten  cc.  of  this  solution  are  then  made  up 
to  a  litre  forming  a  second  solution  containing  0-01  mgrm. 
to  1  cc.  Of  this,  1  cc.,  2  cc,  3  cc,  &c.  are  carefully 
measured  into  the  reduction  flask,  giving  mirrors  corre- 
sponding to  the  same  number  of  hundredth-milligrammes. 
Mirrors  corresponding  to  lialf-hundredths  may  be  made  in 
order  to  get  a  complete  set. 


For  the  purpose  of  comparison  the  author  uses  a  tin 
box  shaped  like  a  stereoscopic  camera  and  painted  black 
inside.  The  standard  mirrors  are  mounted,  in  order,  on  a 
suitable  slide,  so  that  any  pair  of  mirrors  can  be  brought 
under  the  eye-holes.  The  mirrors  to  be  compared  are  also 
mounted  on  a  slide  which  can  be  inserted  in  the  box  above 
the  first,  thus  allowing  each  mirror  to  be  brought  between 
a  pair  of  the  standard  mirrors  for  comparison.  J'he 
calculation  of  the  amount  of  arsenic  in  the  area  taken 
follows  from  the  determination  of  the  amount  in  the  aliquot 
part  of  the  solution.  From  this  can  be  found  the  number 
of  milligrammes  per  square  metre  or  of  grains  per  square 
yard. 

The  following  table  shows  a  comparison  of  the  results 
obtained  by  this  method  with  those  obtained  by  the 
volumetric  method  : — 


Mgrm.  As.d,,  per  Squat 

c  Metre. 

Number  of  Paper. 

Berz. -Marsh.                 Volumetric. 

:,■■:: 

8-8 

!il 

350 

■J  I'll 

20-5 

392 

i  ;-s 

4ll-."i 

39 

6fJ 

G7-.-> 

40:1 

Tli'S 

74-9 

m 

1111  -4 

108"7 

393 

193-0 

210-4 

42 

478-8 

421-8 

Hit 

8 1-2-0 

832-7 

ljj 

1527-1 

1478-5 

This  table  shows  that  the  method  not  only  gives  an 
approximation  to  the  actual  amount,  but  may  be  made  with 
care  to  give  results  comparable  with  those  of  other 
quantitative  methods. 

The  author  thinks  the  process  likely  to  be  of  great  use  in 
toxieolo^ical  work,  being  the  only  means  of  rapidly  esti- 
mating the  amount  of  arsenic  present  when  this  is  minute, 
the  arsenic  being  extracted  by  distillation.  The  limit  of 
arsenic  that  he  has  been  able  to  detect  by  this  method  is 
0-001  mgrm.  As203  or  0-0007  As.— D.  E.  J. 


The  Volumetric  Estimation  of  Mercury.     Chapman  Jones. 
Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1892  [108],  46—47. 

The  author  has  found  the  cyanide  method  of  estimating 
mercury  suggested  by  Hannay  (J.  Chem.  Soc.  1873,  565) 
and  modified  by  Tuson  and  Neison  (J.  Chem.  Soc.  1877, 
32,  673)  to  be  unsatisfactory,  the  presence  of  carbon 
dioxide  interfering  with  the  titration.  If,  however,  instead 
of  adding  the  potassium  cyanide  solution  until  the  turbidity 
produced  by  ammonia  disappears,  the  titration  be  finished 
by  adding,  with  certain  precautions,  a  standard  mercury 
solution  until  a  definite  and  permanent  turbidity  is  pro- 
duced, concordant  results  are  readily  obtained.  The  method 
of  working  described  is,  if  necessary,  to  separate  the 
mercury  as  sulphide,  and  dissolve  the  washed  precipitate  in 
cold  aqua  regia,  and  to  dilute  and  filter  the  solution.  For 
the  titration,  litmus  extract  is  added  and  neutralisation 
effected  with  solid  potassium  carbonate  and  hydrogen 
chloride,  and  finally  with  dilute  ammonia.  Excess  of  the 
cyanide  solution  is  added,  then  a  slight  excess  of  ammonia, 
and,  lastly,  a  standard  solution  of  mercuric  chloride,  until  a 
permanent  turbidity  is  obtained,  equal  to  that  produced  by 
0  1  cc.  of  the  mercury  solution  in  water  containing  about 
the  same  amounts  of  litmus  and  ammonia  as  the  solution 
which  is  being  titrated. 


372 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  so,  1893. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUANTITATIVE. 

Snlphocyanogen  in  Coal-Gas.     J.  V.  Esoo.     Ohem.  led. 
1892,  15,  6-10. 
See  under  II.,  pages  337 — 338. 


The  Composition  of   Turkey-red  Oil.     P.   Juillard.     Bull. 
Soc.  Chiin.  1891,  6,  638-656. 

See  under  XII.,  pages  355 — 3.J7. 


Report    Pharmaceutical   Conference,  Halle.     Chem.    Zeit. 

1891,  15,  1371—1376. 
Among  several   papers  read  by  Soltsien  the  following  will 
no  doubt  he  found  very  interesting: — 

1.  Detection  of  Unsaponifiable  Fats. — The  process 
recommended  consists  in  treating  with  sulphuric  acid  and 
shaking  out  with  petroleum  spirit. 

2.  Detection  of  Nitric  Acid  in  Vinegar. — The  tests 
with  brucine  or  diphecvlamine  should  always  be  applied 
before  giving  an  opinion. 

3.  Cinnamon  Powder. — The  author  calls  attention  to  the 
enormous  dilution  with  sugar. 

4.  Mace. — This  is  still  adulterated  wholesale  with  the 
inferior  Bombay  article,  and  to  improve  it  again  a  little 
of  a  small  proportion  of  nutmeg  is  added.  It  is  a  pity  that 
there  exists  as  yet  no  reliable  chemical  test,  so  the  expert 
must  rely  on  the  microscope. 

5.  Cocoa. — This  is  mixed  to  such  a  large  extent  with 
shells  aud  starch  that  it  is  often  undeserving  of  the  name. 

— L.  de  K. 


On    the  Nitrogenous  Bases   present    in    the    Cotton    Seed. 
W.  Maxwell.     Amer.  Chem.  J.  1891,  13,  4G9-471. 

Owing  to  the  known  poisonous  character  of  choline  the 
author  has  endeavoured  to  find  out  whether  choline  and 
betaine  are  present  in  the  cotton  seed  from  which  various 
cattle  foods  are  prepared,  both  these  alkaloidal  principles 
having  been  shown  to  be  present  iu  the  foods.  0-3  grm. 
of  choline  is  sufficient  to  paralyse  a  strong  cat  and  0*5  grm. 
will  produce  immediate  death.  Betaine  is  generally 
believed  to  be  non-poisonous,  but  is  usually  found  admixed 
with  choline.  It  is,  therefore,  very  desirable  to  estimate  the 
quantities  of  these  bodies  present  in  cotton  seed. 

About  5  lb  of  fineby-grouml  cotton-seed  cakes  are  ex- 
tracted with  70  per  cent,  alcohol,  the  extract  distilled  and 
the  residue  taken  up  in  water.  On  adding  lead  acetate  to 
this  solution,  a  lead  precipitate  is  thrown  down  which  is 
separated  by  filtration,  and  the  filtrate  is  evaporated  to  a 
syrup  after  the  excess  of  lead  has  been  removed  from  it. 
The  alkaloidal  bodies  are  then  taken  up  from  this  syrup  in 
a  mixture  of  70  per  cent,  alcohol  aud  1  per  cent,  hydro- 
chloric acid.  This  extract  is  treated  with  an  alcoholic 
solution  of  mercuric  chloride,  and  immediately  an  almost 
pure  white  double  salt  of  the  nitrogenous  bases  begins  to 
separate  out.  After  standing  for  10  days  the  crystals  are 
separated  from  the  liquid,  from  which  more  crystals  can  be 
obtained  after  some  weeks.  After  recrystallisatiou  from 
water  the  salt  is  decomposed  by  means  of  hydrogen 
sulphide,  the  mercury  sulphide  being  removed  by  filtration. 
The  filtrate  containing  the  hydrochlorides  of  the  bases  is 
slowly  evaporated  to  a  small  volume,  and  then  placed  iu  a 
desiccator  over  sulphuric  acid  until  crystallisation  of  the 
salts  is  complete.  The  crystals  are  free  from  colour  and 
well-developed.  After  drying  they  are  saturated  with 
absolute  alcohol  in  which  the  choline  salt  dissolves  along 
with  a  small  proportion  of  the  betaine  salt.  7-248  grms. 
of  the  crystals  were  treated  with  alcohol,  aud  the  extract 
evaporated  to  dryness  and  re-extracted  three  times  to 
obtain  the  choline  salt  free  from  betaine.  The  following 
were  the  results  : — 

Choline  hydrochloride  =  1' 08  gnus. 
Betaine  „  6 '168  grms. 


Choline  and  betaine  appeared  to  be  present  in  the  sample 
of  cattle  food  used  by  the  author  in  the  relative  proportions 
of  17 '5  per  cent,  choline  to  82-5  per  cent,  betaine. 

The  alcoholic  solution  of  the  choline  salt  was  treated 
with  platinum  chloride,  and  a  platinum  double  salt  of 
choline  obtained.  From  this  an  aqueous  solution  of  choline 
hydrochlorate  was  obtained  by  treatment  with  hydrogen 
sulphide,  and  the  separation  of  the  resulting  sulphide  by 
filtration.  This  aqueous  solution  gave  the  following 
reactions  : — 

With  (1.)  Phospho-tungstic  acid,  white  precipitate. 

(2.)  Phospho-molybdic  acid,  yellow  precipitate. 

(3.)  Bismuth-potassium  iodide,  red  precipitate. 

(4.)  Cadmium-potassium  iodide,  grey  precipitate. 

(5.)  Iodine,  brown  precipitate. 

(6.)  Platinum   chloride,  yellow  precipitate  soluble 
iu  water. 

An  aqueous  solution  of  the  betaine  salt  was  treated  with 
phospho-tungstic  acid  and  a  phospho-tungstate  of  the  base 
obtained.  This  was  broken  up  with  calcium  hydroxide  aud 
the  resulting  lime  salt  filtered  off.  The  residue  was  extracted 
with  strong  alcohol  from  which  free  betaine  was  crystallised 
out.— D.  K.  J. 


An  Error  in  the  Determination  of  Albuminoid  Nitrogen 
bif  K/eldahl's  Method.  H.  Synder.  J.  Amer.  Chem. 
Soc.  1891,13,  212—214. 

In  the  determination  of  nitrogen  by  Kieldahl's  method,  all 
the  mercury  should  be  precipitated  by  potassium  sulphide 
in  order  to  prevent  the  formation  of  mercurammonium 
compounds  which  resist  the  subsequent  action  of  soda. 
The  "  official "  modification  of  this  process  requires, 
however,  for  the  determination  of  albuminoid  nitrogen  the 
use  of  7 — 8  grms.  of  copper  hydroxide,  which  is  also  preci- 
pitatble  by  potassium  sulphide;  as  the  quantity  of  sulphide 
employed  is  never  sufficient  to  precipitate  the  whole  of  the 
copper  and  mercury,  a  large  and  variable  portion  of  the 
latter  metal  is  left  in  the  solution,  and  all  the  conditions 
are  favourable  for  the  formation  of  mercurammonium  com- 
pounds. This  was  confirmed  by  experiment,  lower  results 
being  obtained  when  au  amount  of  potassium  sulphide 
insufficient  to  precipitate  the  total  copper  and  mercury  was 
used,  than  when  an  excess  was  employed.  The  author 
recommends  the  following  modification  of  the  "  official 
method  "  : — 7  grms.  of  the  substance,  a  quantity  of  copper 
hydroxide  and  glycerin  solution  equivalent  to  0'5 — 0'6 
grins,  of  the  hydroxide,  and  finally  30  cc.  of  potassium 
sulphide  solution  are  used.  In  determining  nitrates  by  the 
"  official  method  "  2  grms.  of  zinc-dust  arc  used,  but  to 
insure  uniform  results,  the  previous  addition  of  2  grms.  of 
salicylic  acid,  to  convert  the  zinc  into  au  insoluble  and 
crystalline  form  at  the  close  of  the  digestion,  is  necessary. 

—A.  R.  L. 


The  Specific  Rotatory  and  ( hepric  Reducing  Power  of 
Invert  Sugar  and  of  Dextrose  obtained  from  Cane 
Sugar  by  Means  of  Invertase.  J.  O'Sullivan.  Proc. 
Chem.  Soc.  1892  [109],  56. 

After  referring  to  the  various  values  assigned  to  the 
rotatory  power  of  levulose  and  to  the  doubt  thrown  on 
Dubrunfaut's  value  by  the  statements  of  Herzfeld,  Bomstein, 
aud  Winter,  the  author  minutely  describes  experiments  in 
which  hydrolysis  of  cane  sugar  was  effected  by  invertase 
instead  of  by  means  of  acid.  The  conclusion  finally  arrived 
at  is  that,  as  the  specific  rotatory  power  of  invert  sugar 
obtained  by  means  of  invertase,  which  has  no  actiou  on 
levulose,  is  [a];  =  —  24-5°,  and  that  of  the  dextrose 
prepared  from  such  invert  sugar  is  [a]j  =  57°,  the  apparent 
specific  rotatory  power  of  levulose  calculated  from  these 
numbers  must  be  —  24 '5  x  2  +  57°  =  [a],  —  106  or 
[a]„  —  93  •  8,  a  value  agreeing  with  that  generally 
accepted. 


April  8*1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


373 


^eto  £oofe$. 


A  Treatise  on  Chemistry.  By  Sir  II.  Roscoe,  F.R.S. 
and  C.  Sohoiu.emmer,  F.R.S.  Vol.  III.  The  Chemistry 
of  the  Hydrocarbons  ami  their  Derivatives,  or  Organic 
Chemistry.  Part  VI.  London  and  New  York:  Mac- 
millan  &  Cc.     1892. 

This  part  of  Roscoe  and  Sehorlemmer's  well  known  and 
classical  Treatise  on  Organic  Chemistry,  contains  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  derivatives  of  naphthalene  and  the  allied 
hydrocarbons,  as  well  as  of  the  compounds  consisting  of 
two  or  more  benzene  nuclei  directly  connected.  It  forms  a 
volume  of  8vo.  size,  bound  in  cloth,  containing  Preface, 
List  of  Contractions,  Table  of  Contents,  and  561  pages  of 
subject-matter.  The  Alphabetical  Index,  a  most  complete 
oue,  occupies  18  pages.  The  text  throughout  is  profusely 
annotated  with  references  to  original  sources  of  information. 
The  groups  treated  of  are  the  following : — Indene  Group, 
Naphthalene  Group;  Methylnaphthalene  Group  ;  Dimethyl- 
uapbthalene  Group  ;  Ethylnaphthaleue  Group  ;  Naphtha- 
lene Derivatives  containing  more  than  12  carbon  atoms; 
Xaphthindole  derivatives;  Aeenaphtheue  Group:  Pyrene 
Group ;  Dipheuyl  Group ;  Methyldiphenyl  Group ;  Di- 
methyldiphenyl  Group  :  Ethyldiphenyl  Group  ;  Derivatives 
of  Diphenvl  containing  more  than  14  carbon  atoms  ;  Azc 
Dyes  of  the  Diphenyl  Group ;  Fluorene  Group  ;  Phen 
anthrene  Group;  Retene  Group;  Fluoranthane  Group; 
Phenyluaphthaleue  Group  ;  Chrysene  Group  ;  Dinaphthy: 
Gioup  ;  Diphenylbenzene  Group  ;  Triphenylbenzene  Group. 
Special  attention  is  throughout  the  work  given  to  the 
organic  colouring  matters  and  dj'estuft's  and  their  effects  in 
dyeing  and  printing ;  also  to  those  organic  substances  which 
may  be  classed  as  "  Fine  Chemicals."  With  regard  to 
the  technological  application  of  organic  substances  in  the 
tinctorial  arts  and  pharmacy,  &c,  this  work  on  Organic 
Chemistry  throughout  holds  a  perfectly  unique  position 
amongst  treatises  on  this  branch  of  science. 
The  price  of  the  volume  is  21s. 


Lessons    in   Elementary    Chemistry,    Inorganic     inh 
(  Irganic.      By   Sir  Henry  E.  Roscoe,   LL.D.,  F.R.S. 

Late   Professor  of  Chemistry  in  the  Victoria  LTniversity, 

The   Owens    College,   Manchester.      London    and   New 

York  :  Macmillan  and  Co.  1892. 
Tins  well-known  little  work  in  this  its  latest  edition,  is 
considerably  improved  and  enlarged.  Especially  in  the 
seetion  dealing  with  Organic  Chemistry  are  the  extensions 
noticeable.  The  last  edition  was  published  in  1886.  In 
the  Inorganic  Chemistry  Section,  as  an  example  of  the  stage 
to  which  this  branch  of  the  elementary  literature  has  been 
brought,  may  be  mentioned  the  record  of  the  striking 
discoveries  of  nickel  carbon  monoxide  and  iron  carbon 
monoxide  made  by  Mond,  Langer,  and  Quincke,  and  Mond 
and  Quincke,  respectively.  In  the  Organic  Cbemistty 
Section  it  is  noticeable  that  on  the  subject  of  Indigo,  the 
chemistry  of  which  has  been  deeply  studied  in  so  many 
phases  for  the  main  purpose  of  commercial  application,  the 
literature  is  naturally  expanded,  though  notice  of  the 
technical  application  so  far  as  replacement  of  the  natural 
product  is  concerned,  is  in  this  edition  cut  down  to  the 
remark  that  "  none  (of  the  synthetical  methods)  have  yet 
been  so  successful  as  to  compete  to  any  extent  with  the 
natural  product." 

Among  the  alkaloids,  a  short  description  of  Cocaine  and 
its  uses,  and  of  Antipyrine,  with  the  constitution  of  the  latter, 
is  noted  as  an  additional  feature.  Moreover  a  chapter  is 
added  (Lesson  XLIII.)  on  the  "  Synthetical  Production  of 
Organic  Compounds,"  in  which  the  outlines  of  the  more 
typical  cases  of  Organic  Chemical  Synthesis  are  given. 
The  present  edition  thus  contains  43  chapters,  whilst  that 
of  1886  contained  41.  The  other  additional  chapter  was 
obtained  by  splitting  up  Chapter  XL.  of  the  1886  edition, 
on    Turpentine,    Camphor,   and     the   Alkaloids,   into    two 


chapters  for  this  the  1892  edition,  so  that  here  we  have 
Chapter  XL.  devoted  to  Turpentine,  Camphor,  and  the 
Glucosides,  whilst  in  Chapter  XLI.  the  Alkaloids  are 
separately  dealt  with.  In  the  edition  for  18S6  there  are 
439  pages;  in  this  the  1892  edition  486  pages  of  subject- 
matter.  The  work  is  illustrated  with  78  well-executed  wood 
engravings,  and  a  beautiful  chromolithograph  chart  of  the 
spectra  of  the  metals  of  the  alkalis  and  alkaline  earths.  The 
price  of  the  book  is  is.  6d. 


Anleitung  zur  Chemischen  Analyse  Organischer 
Stopfe.  Von  Dr.  G.  Vortmann,  Privatdocent  an  der 
Technischen  Hoebschule  in  Aachen.  Leipsic  and 
Vienna  :  Franz  Deuticke.  London  :  H.  Grevel  and  Co., 
33,  King  Street,  Covent  Garden.    1891. 

In  his  preface  the  author  points  out  that  hitherto  the  term 
"  Organic  Analysis  "  has  been  made  almost  exclusively  and 
with  few  exceptions  to  refer  to  certain  restricted  methods 
of  elementary  quantitative  analysis,  and  that  the  behaviour 
of  organic  substances  to  reagents,  and  especially  of  chemi- 
cally allied  substances  to  oue  and  the  same  reagent,  has 
received  but  scanty  attention  of  a  systcmatised  kind.  But 
the  means  at  disposal  through  lack  of  systematised  matter, 
and  by  reason  of  many  vacuities  as  to  known  reactions,  were 
inadequate,  and  much  special  experimental  investigation  was 
necessary  before  the  vacuities  could  be  tilled  up  and  a 
definite  system  constructed.  This  work  now  contains  a 
system  of  qualitative  reactions.  The  author  states  that  he 
has  not  given  much  prominence  to  the  treatment  of  the 
alkaloids,  as  this  subject  is  already  so  well  handled  in  the 
text-books  of  analytical  chemistry. 

The  present  volume  is  of  8vo.  size,  with  paper  cover,  and 
containing  Title  page,  Preface,  Table  of  Contents,  subject- 
matter  covering  403  pages,  and  an  Alphabetical  Index.  Lastly 
follows  a  series  of  18  elaborate  tables  of  numerical  data  of 
which  the  principal  comprise  "  Vapour  Tensions  of  Potash 
Solution  of  1'258  Specific  Gravity  ;"  "Melting  and  Boiling 
Points  of  the  Hydrocarbons;  "  "Tables  for  Determining 
the  Percentage  Amounts  of  Alcohol  in  Spirituous  Liquors  ;" 
"  For  Determining  the  Amounts  of  Alcohol  by  the  Drop 
Test  (Traube);"  and  "For  the  Specific  Gravity  and  Index 
of  Refraction  of  Aqueous  Glycerol  Solutions  ;"  "  Tables  of 
Absorption  Spectra  ;"  "  Specific  Gravity  of  Mixtures  of 
Ether  and  Alcohol  (Squibb)  ;"  "  Specific  Gravity,  Melting 
Points  and  Solidifying  Points  of  Fats  and  Oils  ;"  "  Melting 
Points  and  Solidifying  Points  of  Free  Fatty  Acids,"  &c,  &c. 

The  text  is  illustrated  by  27  wood-cuts  representing 
apparatus  necessary  in  the  experiments. 

The  following  excerpt  of  contents  will  sufficiently  indicate 
the  nature  and  scope  of  the  work : — 

I.  Detection,  Discrimination  and  Quantitative  Estima- 
tion of  the  Elements. — -A.  Qualitative  Analysis.  Carbon. 
Hydrogen.  Chlorine,  Bromine,  and  Iodine.  Oxygen. 
Sulphur.  Nitrogen.  Phosphorus.  Metals.  B.  Quantitative 
Analysis.  Estimation  of  Carbon  and  Hydrogen.  Estimation 
of  Chlorine,  Bromine,  and  Iodine;  of  Oxygen;  of  Sulphur; 
of  Nitrogen ;  of  Phosphorus ;  of  Metals.  Methods  for 
simultaneous  Estimation  of  several  Elements.  Calculation 
of  Analyses. 

II.  Discrimination  and  Quantitative  Estimation  of 
Atomic  Groups. — Hydroxyl-,  Methoxyl-,  Ethoxyl-,  Sulph- 
hydryl  ,  Sulphmethyl-  and  Ethyl  ,  Amido-  Imido-,  Metbyl- 
amido-  or  Ethylamido-,  Hydrazine-,  Diazo-,  Nitro-,  Nitroso-, 
Carbiuol-,  Aldehyde-,  Carbonyl-  (Ketone-),  Carboxyl-,  and 
Nitrile-  Groups.     Also  Radicals  of  Hydroxy  Acids. 

III.  Discrimination  and  Quantitative  Estimation  of 
Compounds. — Hydrocarbons.  Halogen  Substitution  Pro- 
ducts of  the  Hydrocarbons.  Alcohols.  Phenols.  Ethers 
and  Esters.  Aldehydes.  Ketones.  Carbohydrates.  Quinones. 
Glucosides.  Acids.  Sulphur  Compounds.  Primary  Amines. 
Secondary  Amine-*.  Tertiary  Amines.  Acid  Amides.  Pyri- 
dine- and  Quinoline-  Bases.  Alkaloids.  Nitriles.  Nitro 
Compounds.     Albuminoids.     The  price  of  work  is  10s. 


37-i 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  SO,  1892. 


Handworterbuch  dee  Pharmacie.  Praktisches  Hand- 
bach  fur  Apotheker,  Arzte,  Medieinalheamte  und 
Drogisten.  Herausgegeben  von  A.  Brestowski.  Wien 
und  Leipzig;  Wilhelm  Braumuller.  K.  U.  K.  Hof-und 
I'niversitats-Buehhandler.  London:  H.  Grevel  and  Co., 
33,  King  Street,  Covent  Garden.     1K92. 

This,  the  second  number  of  the  new  Dictionary  of  Pharma- 
cology, edited  and  published  by  Brestowski,  has  just 
appeared.  (See  this  Journal,  1892,  27.",,  col.  1.)  The 
price  of  each  number  issued  is  2s.  ~>d.  The  Editor  is 
assisted  by  41  contributors  of  eminence.  The  first  volume 
of  the  two  which  furnish  the  complete  work  will  comprise 
about  24  numbers  or  parts. 

Whilst  due  attention  is  given  to  the  chemical  relations 
and  properties  of  the  individual  substances  treated  of  in  the 
text,  the  physiological  aud  toxicological  relations  are 
specially  dealt  with,  as  also  the  best  methods  of  preparation 
from  the  pharmaceutical  point  of  view.  Attention  is  also 
fully  devoted  to  tests  for  purity  and  discrimination.  The 
present  number  commences  with  Amylacetate  and  ends 
with  Aseptol  (Ortkophenolsulphonic  acid). 


Ciiemisch-Technischeb  Repertorilm.  Uebersichtlich 
georduete  Mittheilungen  der  neuesten  Erfindungen, 
Fortschritte  und  Verbesserungeu,  auf  dem  Gebiete  der 
Technischen  und  Industriellen  Chemie  mit  Hinweis  auf 
Maschinen,  Apparate  und  Literatur.  Herausgegeben  von 
Dr.  Emil  Jai/obsen.  Erstes  Balbjahr.  Erste  Halfte. 
Berlin  :  B.  Gaertner's  Yerlagsbuchhaiidlung.  Hermann 
Heyfelder,  S.W.,  Schonebergerstr,  26.  London ; 
II.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  Covent  Garden. 
1892. 

This,  the  first  issue  of  Jacobsen's  Bepertorium  for  1891, 
and  representing  the  first  half  of  the  opening  half  year, 
appears  in  a  volume,  the  pages  of  which  run  from  1  to  152. 
The  text  is  illustrated  with  27  woodcuts.  The  subjects 
treated  of  are  as  follows  : — Building  Materials,  Cements, 
Artificial  Stone,  Colouring  Matters,  Dyes  and  Calico 
Printing.  Fats,  Oils,  Illuminating  and  Heating  Materials. 
Fermented  Liquors.  Tanning,  Leather,  and  Glue  Manu- 
facture. Textiles,  (Mass,  and  Earthenware.  Wood  and 
Horn.  India-rubber.  Cements,  Gums,  Pastes,  and  Adhesives. 
Lake-,  Varnishes,  and  Paints.     Metals. 


A  Dictionary  op  the  Coal-Tar  Coloirs.  Compiled  by 
George  H.  Hirst,  F.C.S.  (member  of  the  Society  of 
Chemical  Industry).  London:  Heywood  and  Co-,  Lim., 
68,  Fleet  Street.     1892. 

Large  8vo.  volume,  handsomely  bound  in  blue  cloth  and 
gilt.  It  contains  Preface,  a  Plan  of  the  Work,  Introduction, 
aud  Text,  covering  106  pages.  The  matter  is  arranged 
alphabetically  according  to  the  technical  or  trade  names  of 
the  colours.  After  each  colour  or  dye  is  given  in  brackets 
the  name  of  the  manufacturer  or  inventor.  The  English 
patents  are  also  given,  number  and  year  being  specified. 
Modes  of  application  of  the  colours,  specialities,  and  tests 
are  also  included.  Where  several  names  are  applied  to 
a  colour,  these  names  are  indicated.  The  method  of  treat- 
ment of  each  colouring  matter  described  in  this  Dictionary 
may  be  gleaned  from  the  following  plan  followed  in  each 
is  marly  as  possible.  "  No  systematic  account  of  the 
process  of  manufacture  or  chemical  relationships  of  the 
colours  is  given,  but  as  far  as  possible  to  obtain  the  infor- 
mation, the  chemical  composition,  formula,  method  of 
preparation,  date  of  introduction,  literature  relating  to  it, 
and  the  discoverer  are  given,  whilst  the  properties  and  uses 
of  the  colours  have  hail  special  attention  paid  to  them." 
The  price  of  the  work  is  10s.  G(/. 


Silk  Dyeing,  Printing,  and  Finishing.  By  George  H. 
Hirst,  F.C.S.,  Lecturer  on  Technology  of  Painters' 
Colours,  (  his,  and  Varnishes  at  the  Manchester  Technical 
School,  &c.  London :  George  Bell  and  Sons,  York 
Street,  Covent  Garden  ;  also  New  York.     1892. 

Small  8vo.  volume,  bound  in  cloth.  It  contains  Title 
Page,  Preface,  Table  of  Contents,  List  of  Coloured  Patterns, 
and  220  pages  of  subject-matter.  The  work  terminates 
with  an  Alphabetical  Index.  The  text  is  illustrated  with 
21  woodcuts  and  11  plates  of  dyed  and  printed  silk 
specimens.  The  subject-matter  is  divided  into  chapters,  as 
follows:  — I.  Origin;  structure,  composition,  and  properties 
of  Mori,  Tussah,  and  other  wild  Silks.  II.  Boiling  off  aud 
bleaching  of  Silks.  III.  Dyeing  Blacks  on  Silk,  Logwood 
blacks,  and  Tannin  blacks,  Aniline  aud  other  Coal-Tar 
blacks.  IY.  Dyeing  of  Fancy  Colours  on  Silk.  Weighing 
of  Silks.  Beds,  Oranges,  Yellows,  Blues,  Greens,  Browns, 
Violets,  &c,  on  Silk.  Y.  Dyeing  mixed  Silk  Fabric-.  VI. 
Silk  Printing.  VII.  Silk  Dyeing  and  Finishing  Machinery, 
Yarn  Dyeing,  Piece  Dyeing,  Silk  Finishing  Machinery,  Silk 
Finishing.  VIII.  Examination  and  Assaying  of  Baw  aud 
Dyed  Silks. 

Appendix  of  170  recipes  for  Dyeing  and  Printing  Silks 
and  66  patterns. 

The  price  of  the  book  is  7s.  6d. 

This  book  foirus  one  of  the  Technological  Handbooks, 
edited  by  Sir  H.  Trueman  Wood,  Secretary  of  the  Society  of 
Arts. 


Xni  isi  nun  i  for  Anorganische  Chemie.  Unter  Mitwir- 
kung  von  Berthelot,  Blomstraud,  Brauner,  Clarke, 
Classen,  .  live,  Cooke,  Cossa,  Crookes,  Ditte,  Friedheim, 
Gibbs,  Hempel,  Joergensen,  Kraut,  Lunge,  Mallet, 
Mauro,  Mendelejeff,  Meyer,  Mond,  Nilson,  Piccini, 
Boscoe,  Seubert,  Spring,  Thorpe,  Wiukler,  und  andere 
Fachgenossen.  Herausgegeben  vou  Gerhard  Krcss. 
Band  I.  Heft.  1,  1S92.  Hamburg  and  Leipsic :  Verlag 
von  Leopold  Yoss.  London:  H.  Grevel  &  Co.,  33,  King 
Street,  Covent  Garden. 

Tins  new  and  important  work  on  Inorganic  Chemistry  is  to 
appear  as  a  periodical,  the  parts  of  which  can  ultimately  be 
bound  to  form  volumes  of  30  sheets  each.  A  volume  would 
be  priced  at  12s.  As  the  above  eminent  names  indicate, 
the  contributors  to  this  work  are  of  various  nationalities  and 
of  representative  character. 

The  present,  aud  opening  number,  is  a  pamphlet  of  8vo. 
size,  containing  82  pages  of  subject-matter.  The  articles  con- 
tributed to  this  the  first  issue  are  as  follows  :  On  Phosphorus 
Oxysulphide  (Thorpe  and  Tutton).  The  Double  Acids  of 
the  Heptatomic  Iodine  (Blomstraud).  Action  of  Hydrogen 
Peroxide  on  some  Fluorides  and  Oxyfluorides  (Piccini). 
Some  Ammoniacal  Platinum  Compounds  (Carlgren  and 
Cleve).  Preparation  of  Tungstates  free  from  Molybdenum 
(Friedheim  and  Meyer).    A  Lecture  Experiment  (Winkler). 


April  so,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


375 


Crane  lUport. 


TARIFF  CHANGES  AND  CUSTOMS  REGULATIONS. 

{From  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal.") 

Xnw  Spanish  Customs  Tariff — Concluded. 

Statement  showing  the  Rates  of  Import  Duty  to  he  levied  in  Spain  under  the  New  Spanish  Tariff,  eompared  with  the 
Rates  of  Duty  hitherto  leviable  on  Imports  into  that  Country. 

Wote.—Vp  to  the  30lli  June  next,  when  the  Anglo-Spanish  Convention  of  1880  expires,  the  Conventional  rates  of  the  Spanish  Tariff  will 
still  be  levied  mi  British  produce,  including  those  of  the  Franco-Spanish  and  German-Spanish  Treaties  which  are  enumerated  in 
Parliamentary  Paper,  Commercial  No.  18  (1880).    (C— 4779) . 


No. 


Classification  of  Articles. 


Rates  leviable  by  New 
Tarill  of  1st  February  1S92 


General 
Tariff. 


Special 
Tarill. 


Classification  of 
Articles. 


Rates  leviable 

hitherto  on 

Imports  from 

United 

Kingdom. 


238 

239 

2111 


313 

317 

318 
352 

303 
35 1 

355 
356 
889 


CLASS  X. 

Animals  and  Animal  Products  emplotbd  is 

industry. 

Group  1. — Animals. 
Gro'tp'2.  -Hides,  Skins,  and  Leather  Worms. 

Skins  and  hides  untanned  (Note  45) 

Varnished  leather,  calf  skins,  tanned  and  dressed 

Other  hides,  tanned  or  dressed,  including  sole  leather. . . 


Group  3. — Fea  thers. 

Group  I.— Animal  Products. 

250  Animal  fats 

251  Guano  and  other  natural  manures 

252  I  Other  artificial  manures 

253  Gut 

254  '  Other  animal  products  not  specified,  unmanufactured 

CLASS  XI. 

Instruments.  Machinery,  and  Apparatus  employed 
in  Agriculture.  Industry,  and  Locomotion. 


CLASS  XIII. 
Various. 

Horn,  whalebone,  meerschaum,  hone,  and  paste,  in 
imitation  of  the  substances  last  above  spaciliod,  manu- 
factured. 

Cartridges  without  projectile  or  ball,  for  fire-arms,  not 
prohibited. 

Ditto,  with  projectile  or  ball,  for  fire-arms,  not  prohibited 


Pes.  cts. 


Pernio  kilogs 

7     2ii 

Pc-  kilng. 

3    25 

1     00 


1  39 

0  05 

0  30 

25  35 

ii  85 


Pes.  cts. 


Per  1«0  kilogs. 

i;    no 

Per  kilocr. 

2    5il 


Priming  or  percussion  caps  for  ditto 

India-rubber  and  gutta-percha,  unmanufactured  . 


Ditto,  in  sheets,  threads,  and  t  ubes 

Ditto,  manufactured  in  objects  of  any  form 


Oilcloths  and  tarpaulins  for  flooring  or  packing. . . 
Ditto,  of  other  kinds 


India-rubber    elastic    tissues    with    mixture    of    other 
materials  (Note  70). 


3    25 

Per  100  kilogs 

tin   oo 

72    00 

Per  kilog. 

2     ID 

Per  loo  kilogs. 

60    00 

Per  kilog. 

0  no 

2  60 

Per  10 ,1  kilogs. 

30     mi 

Perkilosr. 

1  30 

3  00 


1  00 

0  05 

0  25 

19  50 

0  50 


2     50 
Per  100  kilogs. 

75     00 

60    00 
Per  kilog. 

1  75 
Per  100  kilogs. 

5    10 

Per  kilog. 

0  75 

2  00 

Per  109  kilogs. 

:a    5u 

Per  ki'uL'. 

1  mi 

3  00 


Pes.  cts. 


Pernio  kilogs. 

6    00 

Per  kilog. 

.1    25* 


1    85+ 


1    00 

0    01 

0    01 

21     90 

0    59 

fiudia-rubber,  in  sheets 
tubes. 
Ditto,  in  thread 


I  Ditto,    manufactured 
L    any  form. 


2  50 

Per  100  kilogs. 
45    85 

22    90 

Per  kilog. 

146    05 

Per  100  kilegs. 

3  00 
Per  kilog. 

0    75 

0  50 

1  50 

Per  100  kilogs. 

21    65 

Per  kilog. 

0    65 

2  75 


*  Duty  whilst  the  Commercial  Treaties  between  Spain  and  Belgium  and  Spain  and  France  remain  ii.  force,  2*59  pesetas  per  kilog. 

t  ..  ..  ,.  ■•  ..  1-25 


376 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  3o,  1892. 


Kxi-ort  Tariff. 


Rates 
leviable  by 
New  Tariff  of 
1st  Feb.  1892. 


(    ri  .  in  lumps  or  sheets 

Linen,  cotton,  or  hemp  rags, and  used  wares  of  same  materials. 

Galena  ores  (Notel) 

Argentiferous  lead  ores  (Notes  1  and  2) 

Irgi  ntiferous  litharge  (Notes  1  and  2) 

All  other  articles 


Per  1"  i  kilogs. 

Pes.  els. 
',     III) 

4    00 

1    25 

1    00 

1     SO 

Five. 


ARTICLES. 


Rairs  leviable 
hitherto 
under  the 

Special  Tariff. 


Pei  I""  kilojrs. 

Pes.  cts. 

4    90 

4    00 

1    25* 

0  OS* 

1  1.1* 

Free. 


Free  of  duty  whilst  the  Commercial  Treaty  between  Spain  and  France  remained  in  force. 


Special  Tariff,  No.  4. 

The  following  Articles,  when  imported  into  Spain  or 
the  Balearic  Isles,  proceeding  from  or  loaded  at  European 
ports,  shall,  in  addition  to  the  duty  payable  under  this 
tariff,  be  subjected  to  the  following  surcharge  : — 


No. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

0 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 


Articles. 


Per 

111  I   Kll-i:S. 


Petroleum,  crude  or  refined. 

Cocoa  and  palm  oil 

Indigc 

Raw  c  itton 

Abaca,  aloe,  and  jute,  raw... 
Skins  and  hides,  untanned.. 

Co?oa 

Coffee 

Ceylon  cinnamon 

CI  inese  cinnamon 

Cloves  

Pepper  

Tea 


Pes.  el  3. 

ii  50 

1  50 
20  00 

2  60 

1  00 

3  00 

4  00 
4  50 
8  00 

2  00 

3  50 

3  50 

4  00 


Notes. 

(1.)  Coal  and  coke  shall  be  cleared  in  conformity  with  the 
•weight  of  the  quantity  received  on  board,  stated  in  a 
certificate  to  be  given  to  the  captain  of  the  vessel  by  the 
Spanish  Consul  at  the  port  of  loading,  in  accordance  with 
the  cargo  note  and  bills  of  lading,  which  the  said  Consul 
shall  demand  to  see  for  the  purpose.  In  doubtful  eases  the 
Custom  houses  may  verify  the  weight  of  the  coal  or 
coke. 

(2.)  Crude    shale    oils  shall    be  understood    to   be  those 

d  by  a   first   distillation,   and  distinguished  by  their 

yellow  colour  and  their   density  of  Cr'JOO  to  0-920,  or  G6  to 

57|  "f  the  centesimal  areometer,  equal  to  21  69  to  21-48 

(  artier. 

Crude  natural  mineral  oils  shall  be  recognised  by  the 
following  qualities  : — 

1.  That  when  gradually  and  continuously  distilled  in  a 
glass  vessel  at  a  temperature  of  300°  C,  they  shall  leave  a 
residue  of  more  than  20  per  cent,  of  the  original  weight. 

2.  That  this  residue  shall  afterwards  leave  a  minimum  of 
1  per  cent,  of  coke  of  the  total  weight  of  the  mineral  oils 
assayed. 

3.  That  when  assayed  in  the  Granier  apparatus  they 
shall  be  inflammable  at  a  temperature  of  less  than  16   I '. 


All  mineral  oils  which  have  not  the  above  properties  shall 
be  considered  refined  oils. 

The  duties  imposed  on  mineral  oils,  whether  crude  or 
refined,  are  appraised  on  the  net  weight  of  the  liquid. 

Bottles  ("envases")  containing  the  said  oils  shall  pay 
separately  ;  barrels  as  casks  ;  tin  boxes  as  tin  worked  up  ; 
and  wooden  boxes  in  which  the  latter  are  inclosed  as  common 
wood  worked  up. 

In  all  cases  where  doubts  arise  regarding  the  application 
of  Nos.  1,  8,  and  9,  the  Custom  houses  shall  consult  the 
Central  Custom  House  (Direccion  General  de  Contribuciones 
Indireetas). 

As  regards  crude  mineral  oils,  it  shall  be  indispensable  in 
all  cases  to  take  samples  in  the  following  form  : — ■ 

In  all  clearing  of  crude  mineral  oil,  a  sample  of  200  cubic 
centimetres  shall  be  taken  from  every  50  cases,  and  a  like 
quantity  from  every  10  barrels  of  the  total  quantity  declared, 
provided  the  quality  is  the  same. 

These  samples  shall  be  mixed  together  in  a  large  bottle, 
and  when  the  clearance  of  the  whole  cargo  has  been  effected, 
two  litres  shall  be  taken  of  the  samples  filling  two  bottles, 
and  when  these  bottles  have  been  closed  with  sealing  wax 
and  stamped,  the  labels  shall  be  signed  by  the  Customs 
officers  and  the  owner  of  the  goods,  and  the  samples  shall 
be  sent  on  to  the  Director-General  of  Customs  to  be  assayed. 

The  declaration  shall  be  proceeded  with  at  once  in 
accordance  with  No.  8,  and  the  owner  of  the  goods  shall 
be  bound  by  the  result  of  the  analysis,  and  the  clearance 
shall  not  be  deemed  definitive  until  that  result  be  known. 

The  samples  shall  be  assayed  within  the  space  of  one 
month,  no  extension  of  this  period  being  permissible.  The 
owners  of  the  goods  shall  have  the  right  to  see  the  samples 
opened  and  assayed,  and  to  appeal  to  the  Ministry  of 
Finance  from  the  decision  of  the  Custom  house. 

When  the  owners  of  the  goods  request  in  their  appeals 
that  fresh  assays  he  made,  they  shall  be  liable  for  the 
expenses  thereof,  should  no  change  be  required  to  be  made 
in  the  clearance  dues  decided  on  by  the  Custom  house. 
Should  the  contrary  be  the  case  the  expenses  shall  be  borne 
by  the  Administration. 

In  order  to  secure  their  right  to  be  present  at  the 
clearance,  owners  of  goods  must  demand  this  in  writing 
when  signing  the  labels  of  the  samples. 

3.  See  Tariff  Xo.  4  respecting  arrivals  from  non-European 
ports. 

4.  Under  this  number  shall  be  comprised  bottles,  demi- 
johns, and  flasks  for  holding  oils,  wines,  drugs,  perfumery, 
and  chemical  products,  provided  they  be  not  cut ;  also  thick 
unpolished  glass  of  more  than  12  millimetres,  for  skylights 
and  pavements. 

5.  Under  this  number  shall  be  comprised  bottles,  tumblers, 
glasses,  and  other  articles  for  table  service  or  liwhtinf 
purposes,  whether  of  crystal  or  glass,  plain  or  stained. 

6.  Only  rough  bricks,  flagstones,  and  tiles  of  baked  earth 
or  clay,  employed  in  the  construction  of  walls,  furnaces,  &c, 
are  to  be  included  in  this  category. 


April  30, 1898.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


:;77 


7.  Xo.  1"  includes  small  bricks  for  flooring  and  for  mosaic 
■work,  and  also  the  objects  comprised  under  No.  16,  employed 
for  building,  when  glazed,  painted,  enamelled,  and  made  of 
washed  and  sifted  earths. 

8.  The  articles  of  fine  earthenware  included  in  this 
category  are  dinner  services  and  kitchen  utensils. 

19.  The  number  of  threads  comprised  in  the  inch  for  the 
application  of  this  duty  are  only  those  of  the  warp  of  the 
stuff. 

2ii  and  21,  To  test  gilt  articles,  they  shall  be  rubbed  with 
hot  alcohol,  and  then  touched  with  a  drop  of  nitric  acid. 
If  they  are  varnished  only,  the  varnish  will  come  off  with 
the  alcohol  and  the  nitric  acid  will  act ;  if  they  are  gilt  the 
alcohol  will  cause  no  corrosion  and  the  nitric  acid  will  not 
have  any  effect  upon  them. 

Silvered  articles  shall  be  filed  uutil  the  superficial  coating 
of  silver  gives  way,  and  the  colour  of  the  metal  of  which 
they  are  principally  composed  becomes  visible.  Moreover, 
if  a  portion  of  the  plated  metal  be  dissolved  in  nitric  acid, 
the  silver  (if  there  be  any")  will  be  precipitated  with  chloric 
acid,  thus  forming  chloride  of  silver  soluble  in  ammonia 
and  possessing  the  characteristics  of  this  substance. 

In  the  ease  of  nickeled  objects,  the  superficial  part  of  the 
nickel  which  overlays  them  shall  be  filed  so  as  to  leave 
uncovered  the  brass  or  other  metal  which  forms  their  chief 
component. 

22  and 23.  See  Tariff  Xo.  4  on  arrivals  from  non -European 
countries. 

24.  The  colours  comprised  in  this  number  are  compounds 
having  a  metallic  basis,  and  are  used  mixed,  with  oil  or 
turpentine,  generally  insoluble  in  water,  alcohol,  or  ether, 
rarely  crystallised,  and  almost  always  in  powder  or  lumps. 
Among  these  are  white  lead,  yellow  chromate,  vermilion, 
Prussian  blue,  Theuardtite,  English  green  and  parrot  green 
("papagayo"). 

25.  The  colours  comprised  in  this  number  are  called 
artificial  colours  or  organic  products  in  which  metallic 
substances  are  rarely  found.  They  are  generally  crystal- 
lised, soluble  in  water,  alcohol  or  ether,  and  are  used  more 
for  dyeing  and  stamping  than  in  painting,  with  or  without 
goldsize  ("  mordiente  ").  Among  these  are  picric  acid, 
aldehyde  green,  English  violet,  rose  aniline,  and  salts  of  the 
same  colours  of  naphthaline,  artificial  alizarine,  &c. 

26.  The  products  or  substances  comprised  in  Nos.  IIS 
and  1 19  shall  be  examined  by  pharmaceutical  inspectors, 
who  shall  sign  the  certificates  in  conjunction  with  the 
Customs  officials  in  the  following  form  : — 

The  products  cleared  are  correctly  stated  in  the  declara- 
tion and  are or  are  not — passed  as 

imports,  the  formula  thereof  having  been  published 
(state  where);  and  the  composition  thereof  having 
been  ascertained  by  means  of  an  assay  made  by  A.  15. 

f!9.  In  order  to  have  the  benefit  of  this  number  the  pulp 
or  paste  must  be  perforated  so  that  it  cannot  be  used  for 
any  purpose  except  paper  making.  When  the  paste  or 
pulp  is  presented  for  clearance  without  being  perforated, 
the  Customs  officers  shall,  at  the  expense  of  the  owner  of 
the  goods,  break  up  the  sheets  in  a  manner  that  may 
render  the  stuff  useless  for  any  other  purpose  than  paper 
making.  Paste  or  pulp  not  perforated  shall  pay  duty  as  if 
it  were  common  pasteboard. 

42.  Boxes  of  pasteboard  lined  with  paper  more  or  less 
common,  that  may  be  used  as  packing  for  handkerchiefs, 
shirt  fronts,  buttons,  pieces  of  tissues,  or  other  similar 
articles,  shall  pay  duty  in  accordance  with  this  number. 

45.  See  Tariff  Xo.  4  on  arrivals  from  non-European 
countries. 

70.  Under  this  number  are  comprissed  all  tissues,  whether 
they  have  one  or  two  coatings  of  rubber,  and  likewise  those 
which  are  rubbered  only  between  the  two  surfaces. 


GENERAL  TRADE  NOTES. 

Notks  and  Hints  on  the  Vegetable  Products  of 
Tropical  Africa. 

./.  R.  Jackson,  Journ.  Soc.  of  Arts  1891,  49,   110—111, 
and  122—123. 

Bubber. — The  various  known  kinds  of  African  rubber 
come  from  climbing  plants  of  the  orders  Apocynacew  ami 
Orticaccre,  mostly  from  the  former.  All  plants  of  these 
orders  should  be  examined  for  rubber.  Liberian  rubber 
from  a  tree  named  "  Abba "  has  a  considerable  export 
capable  of  great  development  if  systematic  planting  were 
undertaken. 

Attention  should  be  given  to  juices  from  any  species  of 
Euphorbia  as  they  yield  milky  juices  solidifying  on  exposure 
to  air  which  may  be  useful  for  mixing  with  rubber  and 
gutta-percha. 

Gutta-percha  plants  of  the  order  Sapotace.v  should  be 
examined  for  the  milky  juices  of  their  trunks  and  for  the 
fats  and  oils  which  the  seeds  contain.  The  " butter-tree  " 
is  of  this  order,  the  seeds  of  which  yields  gutta-shea  the 
product  most  nearly  resembling  true  gutta-percha.  It  is  at 
present  used  in  making  hard  soaps. 

Food  products. — The  cassava  {Manihot  utillissima)  is 
cultivated  in  West  Africa  for  the  sake  of  its  roots,  from 
which  tapioca  is  made.     It  is  worth  extended  cultivation. 

Drugs. — A  large  field  is  open  in  this  department  and  any 
plants  used  by  the  natives  for  medicinal  purposes  should  be 
>eut  to  England  for  experiment  or  trial.  Plants  of  the 
order  Rubiacex  should  be  tested  for  bitter  tonic  principles, 
the  mallow  family  for  demulcent  properties,  the  Euphor- 
biacese  for  cathartic  properties.  The  ordeal  bean  of  ( >ld 
Calabar  is  used  in  ophthalmic  and  other  cases  and  might  be 
worth  cultivation.  The  downdake  (Sarcocephalus  Escu- 
lentus)  has  attracted  attention  on  account  of  its  properties 
as  a  tonic  and  febrifuge.  Strophantus  (or  Konibe)  has 
valuable  cordial  properties.  Several  species  are  probably 
comprised  under  this  name.  The  fruits  and  follicles  should 
not  be  gathered  till  they  are  ripe,  as  the  immature  seeds 
shrivel  in  drying  and  lose  some  of  their  active  principle. 
I  anilla,  which  has  never  been  cultivated  to  any  great  extent 
in  British  possessions,  would  no  doubt  flourish  in  Western 
Africa. 

Oils  a  nil  Fats. — A  large  number  of  new  oil  seeds  have 
come  into  the  English  market  from  the  West  Coast  of 
Africa  during  the  last  few  years.  The  seeds  of  any  un 
known  plant  should  be  examined  for  oil,  and  if  found 
specimens  of  the  plant  should  be  sent  home  for  the  deter- 
mination of  their  botanical  affinities.  The  following  plants, 
the  characters  and  value  of  which  are  at  present  not  com- 
pletely known,  furnish  seeds,  the  oil  from  which  has  found 
its  way  into  the  market  in  larger  or  smaller  quantities  : 
mutugo  (from  the  Telfaria  occidentalism, maluku,  (from  the 
Polygala  rarifolia),  meni  (from  the  Lophira  alat),  owala 
(from  the  pentaclethra  macrophylla'),  and  the  M'paga  nut 
from  a  species  not  yet  identified. 

Gums Any    species   of   acacia    may    be    expected    to 

furnish  a  soluble  gum. 

Resins,  or  semi-fossil  gums,  commercially  kuowu  as 
copal,  are  found  buried  at  various  depths  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  gum-yielding  trees,  or  on  the  site  of  extinct  forests. 
Amine  found  in  Zanzibar  is  the  most  valuable  variety.  In 
hambane  copal  discovered  in  1SS3  has  fetched  80/.  to  100?. 
a  ton.  Ogea  gum  was  introduced  from  the  Gold  Coast  in 
the  same  year. 

Dyes. — The  Yoruba  indigo,  though  used  by  the  natives, 
has  not  found  its  way  to  England.  Downdake,  and  the 
yellow  dye  plant  of  the  Soudan  (('ochlospermum  tinctnriu) 
are  worth  more  attention  than  they  have  received. 

Fibres. — There  is  a  wide  field  for  the  utilisation  of 
fibrous  substances.  The  leaf  stalks  of  the  bamboo  palm  of 
West  Africa  seem  likely  to  become  important  for  brush 
making.  The  liolobolo  fibre  brought  to  notice  in  1889 
seems  likely  to  command  a  considerable  price. 

Perfumes. — In  collecting  specimens  of  fragrant  plants 
for  transmission  to  England  for  examination,  care  should 
be  taken  to  dry  the  fragrant  part  of  the  plant  thoroughly. 

— \  .  C 


178 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


LA|inl  3d,  1892. 


April  so,  18U2.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


379 


The  Results  or  Improved  Coke  Ovens. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Society  of  German  Ironmasters, 
held  on  January  31st,  in  Diisseldorf,  Herr  F.  W.  Liirmann, 
of  Osnabiirck,  read  a  paper  on  "  Coke  Oven  Progress,  with 
special  regard  to  obtaining  by-products,"  of  which  the 
following  is  an  abstract :  For  obtaining  by-products  in  coke 
oven  working,  which  began  some  35  years  ago,  and  at  first 
met  with  little  acceptance,  the  Hoffmann-Otto  oven  takes 
first  rank,  there  being  at  present  in  Germany  1,205  of  these 
ovens.  The  installation  of  a  group  of  60  ovens  costs 
300,000  marks  (the  mark  is  equivalent  to  23 '8  cents.),  and 
the  necessary  condensation  apparatus  120,000  marks.  Such 
a  group  treats  in  the  course  of  a  year  from  57,000  to  70,000 
tons  of  coal,  with  an  average  result  of  from  65  per  cent  to 
77  per  cent,  of  coke,  2-5  per  cent,  to  4-5  per  cent,  of  tar, 
and  0-8  to  1-25  per  cent,  of  sulphate  of  ammonia.  The 
Semet-Solvay  oven,  the  construction  of  which  permits  of  a 
stronger  formation  of  the  covering  masonry,  attains  a  very 
high  temperature,  and  good  coke  can  be  obtained  with  an 
addition  of  from  23  per  cent,  to  27  per  cent,  of  thin  coal. 
From  the  same  cause  the  yield  is  greater  than,  for  example, 
that  of  the  Coppee  oven,  which,  however,  is  also  a  satis- 
factory oven,  1,000  being  in  use  in  Great  Britain.  For  some 
three  years  benzine  has  been  obtained  direct  from  the 
coking-gases  ;  the  necessary  apparatus,  invented  by  Herr 
Franz  Brunek,  is  a  secret ;  it  costs  5.000  marks  per  oven. 
From  3  to  7  kilos,  of  benzine  are  obtained  from  1  ton  of 
coal.  The  value  of  the  by-products  amounts,  for  a  Hoffmann- 
Otto  oven,  irrespective  of  benzine,  to  from  3,100  to  5,000 
marks,  the  average  being  1,600  marks  ;  for  all  the  ovens 
of  this  system  in  Germany  5,600,000  marks.  The  old  idea 
that  in  obtaining  by-products  the  quality  of  the  coke  is 
prejudiced  no  longer  appears  to  hold  good.  In  the 
discussion  which  followed,  Herr  Uusseuer  mentioned  that 
a  certain  water-contents,  according  to  the  quality  of  the 
coal  fioiu  10  per  cent,  to  17  per  cent.,  is  advantageous  in 
coking,  and  that  coal  poor  in  gas  are  not  suitable  for 
obtaining  by-products;  the  limit  is  about  80  per  cent,  to 
82  per  cent,  coke-yield  in  the  crucible. — Engineering  and 
Mining  Journal* 

Commercial,  &c,  Progress  of  Russia. 

Taking  the  mining  products  of  the  country,  wc  hnd  first 
that  the  production  of  gold  amounted  in  quantity  to  720  cwt, 
and  in  value  to  5,051,000/.  in  1881,  and  in  18S9  to  733  cwt. 
and  5,117,000/.  The  principal  centre  for  this  production 
is  Eastern  Siberia,  where  the  auriferous  sand  of  the  Djulon 
river  has  lately  increased  the  amount  produced.  In  isss 
the  production  of  Russian  gold  represented  a  proportion  of 
21-6  per  cent,  of  that  of  the  whole  world,  30*7  per  cent, 
falling  to  the  United  States,  and  25  •  3  per  cent,  to  Australia. 
Of  platinum,  53  cwt.  were  produced  in  1888,  and  the 
working  of  the  metal  is  concentrated  exclusively  in  the 
Ural,  in  the  Government  of  Perm,  at  the  mines  of  Nijni- 
liiguil  and  Govoblagodat.  There  are  two  large  establishments 
at  St.  Petersburg  engaged  in  the  purification  of  the  metal. 
Of  silver,  144  cwt.  were  exported  in  1883  and  297  cwt.  in 
1888.  This  metal  is  obtained  chieHy  from  the  mines  of 
Altai  and  from  the  mines  of  the  Kirghese  steppes. 

Lead  is  only  produced  in  Russia  as  a  secondary  product 
of  the  treatment  of  argentiferous  ores,  and  the  production 
of  this  article  falls  very  much  below  the  requirements  of 
the  country,  which  imported  391,000  cwt.  in  1889  and 
423,000  cwt.  in  1890. 

There  are  21  copper  foundries  which  treated  2,224,000 
cwt.  of  ore  and  produced  90,000  cwt.  of  bar  copper  in  1888. 
The  principal  centres  of  this  production  are  the  Ural  and 
the  Caucasus.  There  are  1 1 6  copper  mines  at  present  in 
working.  The  zinc  industry  is  almost  exclusively  concen- 
trated in  Poland,  the  number  of  mines  being  12,  from  which 
900,000  cwt.  of  ore  have  been  extracted.  The  product  of 
the  country  has  only  furnished  74  per  cent,  of  the  quantity 
required  for  home  consumption,  the  remainder  being  supplied 
by  importation.  Of  tin  almost  the  entire  quantity  comes 
from  abroad.  Mercury  is  worked  at  one  place  only,  uamely, 
Nikitooke,  and  3,200  cwt.  of  pure  mercury  were  produced 
in  1888  and  6,000  cwt.  in  1890.  Russia  is  now  commencing 
to  export  mercury. 


The  iron  industry  is  very  important,  522  mines  in  the 
Ural  supplying  1.3,750,000  cwt.  in  1888,20  mines  in  the 
South,  4,500,000  cwt.,  63  mines  in  Poland,  3,857,000  cwt. 
The  total  product  exceeds  27,960,000  cwt.  The  number  of 
establishments  producing  iron  was,  according  to  the  latest 
returns,  132,  with  200  blast  furnaces,  which  worked  up 
over  26,357,000  cwt.  of  ore,  and  produced  about  13,178,000 
cwt.  of  iron,  of  which  three-fourths  were  obtained  by  the 
charcoal  blast  furnace,  and  one-  fifth  by  the  coke  furnace. 
The  Ural  holds  the  first  place  in  the  production  of  iron,  and 
the  establishments  which  show  the  largest  out-turn  are 
those  of  the  Compagnie  de  la  Nouvelle  Russie,  the  Com- 
pagnie  Huta  Baukowa,  and  lhe  Compagnie  de  Briansk. 
In  those  districts  in  which  the  blast  furnaces  work  with 
charcoal,  the  metallurgical  industries  can  only  increase  their 
production  to  a  limited  extent,  by  reason  of  the  difficulty  of 
obtaining  an  increased  quantity  of  combustibles  ;  in  those 
in  which  coal  is  used  (Southern  Russia  and  Poland)  the 
development  is  much  more  rapid.  In  10  years  the  total 
product  has  increased  50  per  cent. ;  in  the  provinces  of  the 
South  and  South-west  it  has  quadrupled,  and  in  Poland  it 
lias  trebled.  The  proportion  which  the  Russian  production 
bore  to  the  national  consumption  was  established  for  1888 
in  the  following  ratios  :  pig  iron,  90  per  cent. ;  finished 
iron,  S5  per  cent. ;  and  steel,  96  per  cent. 

Kuring  the  same  year  the  number  of  coal  mines  working 
was  330,  and  they  produced  5,078,550  tons  of  coal ;  of  this 
quantity  2,346,400  tons  were  supplied  by  Poland,  1,700,000 
tons  by  the  Donetz  basin,  257,140  tons  by  Moscow,  and 
192,850  tons  by  the  Ural.  The  principal  mines  in  the 
kingdom  of  Poland  belong  to  M.  de  Kramtsa,  the  Societe 
Franco-Italienne,  and  the  Societe  de  la  Nouvelle  Russie. 
It  is  principally  England  and  Germany  which  supply  Russia 
with  the  greater  part  of  the  combustibles  for  which  she  is 
obliged  to  have  recourse  to  foreign  countries.  In  1890 
England  supplied  1,354,800  tons,  Germany  139,800  tons, 
and  Austria  11,250  tons.  The  use  of  Russian  coal  on  the 
various  railways  has  increased  by' 50  per  cent,  during  the 
last  10  years,  and  the  consumption  of  foreign  coal  has 
decreased  in  the  same  proportions. 

The  production  of  naphtha  is  almost  exclusively  confined 
to  the  Caucasus  in  the  peninsula  of  Ape-heron  and  principally 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Baku.  Petroleum  is  also  worked 
in  the  Crimea  and  in  the  Transcaspian  districts.  After  the 
annexation  of  Baku  to  Russia  this  industry  was  the  object 
of  a  monopoly  which  from  1821  to  1S72  yielded  to  the 
Treasury  an  annual  revenue  of  about  89,000  roubles.  In 
the  Caucasus  the  production  of  naphthas  amounted  to 
3,325,130  tons  in  1889,  and  to  3,815,000  tons  in  1890. 
The  principal  workings  are  those  belonging  to  the  following 
companies:  Nobel,  Baku,  Caspienne,  Caspienne  et  Mer 
Noire,  Denibo  et  Cohan,  Schibaiew,  &c.  The  Nobel  Com- 
pany has  50  wells  at  work,  and  the  factory  belonging  to 
the  company  is  the  most  important  one.  It  contains  a 
refinery  for  petroleum  and  benzine,  a  factory  for  lubricating 
oils,  and  works  for  sulphuric  acid  and  carbonate  of  soda. 
In  this  establishment,  707,140  tons  of  naphtha  were  treated 
in  1889,  and  from  this  quantity  257,140  tons  of  refined 
petroleum  were  obtained.  The  vessels  belonging  to  this 
company  are  said  to  represent  a  value  of  six  millions  of  - 
roubles  ;  its  tank  waggons,  three  millions  of  roubles. 

In  1890  the  quantity  of  petroleum,  raw  and  refined, 
shipped  from  Baku,  amounted  to  2,839,520  tons,  of  which 
765,000  tons  were  for  foreign  countries.  About  74  per 
cent,  of  the  product  goes  into  the  interior,  26  per  cent,  to 
foreign  countries,  principally  to  England,  Turkey,  Austria, 
'  iermany,  Belgium,  and  Italy. — Board  of  Trade  Journal. 

The  New  Fbench  Customs  Tariff. 

The  French  Tariff  Law  of  the  11th  January  1892  has 
now  been  printed  and  issued  to  the  public,  and  two  trans- 
lations of  the  law  into  English  have  also  been  published. 
The  first  of  these  is  issued  by  the  International  Customs 
Tariffs  Bureau,  in  Brussels,  and  forms  No.  22  of  the 
International  Customs  Journal.  The  second  is  issued  by 
the  Trade  and  Treaties  Committee,  and  is  attached  to  their 
Seventh  Report  which  has  been  presented  to  Parliament 
(C— 6611). 

II    2 


880 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTBT.       [April 30, 1892. 


This  hitter  return  gives  the  duties  now  leviable  under  the 
new  French  general  and  minimum  tariffs  of  1892  in  a  com- 
parative form  with  those  levied  under  the  Conventional 
Tariff  of  1882.  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  say  that  the 
duties  generally  speaking  have  in  the  new  tariff  been  raised 
all  round.  This,  if  any  one  glances  at  the  comparative 
statement  referred  to,  is  at  once  evident.  But  another  fact 
will  also,  at  the  same  time,  strike  the  most  casual  observer, 
'his  is,  that  so  many  articles  now  specially  mentioned  in 
the  new  tariff  did  uot  occur,  or  were  not  separately  distin- 
guished in  the  tariff  of  1882,  as  not  being  at  that  time  of 
sufficient  importance,  as  articles  of  commerce  to  be  so 
distinguished;  further,  that  a  large  proportion  of  the  articles 
now,  for  the  first  time,  separately  distinguished,  are  con- 
nected with  recent  inventions  of  art  or  science,  or  have 
come  into  demand  in  the  last  decade  through  being  used  in 
some  recent  invention. 

It  is  now  proposed  shortly  to  give  in  review  a  list  of  such 
articles,  together  with  the  amount  of  import  duty  allotted  to 
each  article,  and  this  may  be  premised  by  the  statement 
that  the  duties  on  such  articles  are  high  in  the  majority  of 
eases.  It  may  also  be  here  stated  that  the  order  of  the 
articles  according  to  the  French  tariff  number  has  been 
strictly  adhered  to.  and  that  the  duties  affixed  are  those  of 
the  minimum  tariff  as  being  those  levied  on  articles  of 
British  manufacture.  The  first  of  these  articles  to  which 
reference  should  be  made  is  margarine,  oleomargarine,  and 
all  other  fatty  substances  to  be  used  as  food  (No.  31  of  the 
French  tariff),  such  articles  will  pay  Gs.  per  cwt.,  over  ',</. 
perlb.  The  next  is  wood  pavement  (No.  1 29),  which  will 
pay  very  close  on  Scl.  per  cwt.  Pates  de  cellulose  (No.  158) 
wood  pulped,  will  pay,  if  treated  by  mechanical  pressure, 
dry,  j(/.,  or  if  moist,  2J</.  per  cwt.,  the  same  article,  if 
treated  chemically,  will  pay  lOrf.  Amongst  builders' 
materials,  tiles,  machine-made  (No.  181c)  will  pay  id.  per 
cwt.,  and  squares  of  compressed  cement  (No.  186)  will 
pay  duties  varying  from  5rf.  to  Is.  8rf.  per  cwt.,  according 
to  state. 

Mineral  wax  or  ozokerite  (No.  194)  will  pay  when 
crude  4s.  per  cwt.,  and  when  refined  16s.  Paraffin  and 
vaseline  (No.  199)  will  pay  respectively  12s.  and  lis.  2d.  per 
cwt.  Fther  (No.  2GGa)  will  also  pay  12s.  per  cwt.,  and 
chloroform  (No.  2666),  30*.  per  cwt.,  collodion  (No.  26Gc) 
being  also  taxed  12s.  per  cwt.  Pyrolignite  (No.  271a)  of 
lead  will  pay  Is.  2]d.  per  cwt.,  while  pyrolignite  of  lime 
will  pay  9|a\  Sulphate  and  other  salts  of  quinine  will  pay 
30/.  per  cwt.,  or  5s.  id.  per  lb.  Chemical  manures,  being 
chemical  products  to  be  used  in  agriculture  (No.  281o),  are 
to  be  imported  free.  Celluloid  in  lumps,  cakes,  or  sheets 
(No.  2814)  will  pay  11.  10s.  per  cwt.  Charcoal  specially 
prepared  for  electric  lights  (No.  302)  will  pay  \l.  per  cwt. 
Transparent  soaps  containing  alcohol  or  sugar  (No.  311) 
will  pay  16s.  per  cwt.  Dextrin  and  other  products  derived 
from  feeula  and  starches  (No.  3196)  will  pay  5s.  2d.  per 
cwt.  Electric  incandescent  lamps  (No.  361),  will  pay,  if 
with  their  mountings,  71.,  and  14/. per  cwt.  if  without*  the 
mountings. 

Under  tissues  of  silk  there  is  also  a  fresh  category,  tissues 
of  artificial  silk  of  all  sorts  (No.  459)  ;  these,  if  unmixed 
with  other  tissues,  will  pay  duty  as  chemical  products  which 
contain  alcohol,  while,  if  mixed  with  other  material,  the 
article  will  pay  the  duty  on  the  most  highly  taxed  material 
of  which  composed. 

Turning  to  paper,  there  are  also  several  new  categories 
which  attract  attention ;  these  are  paper  hangings  (No.  4Gto) 
which  will  pay  4s.  per  cwt.  Paper  sulphurised  (No.  4616) 
paying  8s.  per  cwt.  Photographer's  paper,  albuminised 
(No.  461c),  which  will  pay  2?.  per  cwt.  when  not  sensitised, 
and  double  that  duty  when  sensitised.  Also  blacked  paper 
(tracing  paper)  so  called  "  papier  au  charbon  "  will  pay  1/. 
per  cwt. 

There  are  new  categories  under  the  head  of  cardboard 
made  from  cellulose  or  wood  pulped  (No.  4G5)  ;  these 
articles  when  moulded,  compressed,  or  hardened  will  pay 
6s.  4|rf.  per  cwt.  The  same  articles  when  lacquered  or 
covered  with  a  uniform  varnish,  20s.  per  cwt.,  and  when 
decorated  with  paintings  or  incrustations,  41.  per  cwt. 

Turning  to  leather  we  find  a  new  category  for  imitation 
leather  (cuir  factice)  (No,  177),  which  wil'l  pay  10s,  per 
cwt. — Ibid. 


Nitrate  Revenue  in  Chili. 

The  Chilian  Times  for  February  3rd  says  that  since  Chili 
came  into  possession  of  Tarapaca  and  the  other  nitrate- 
producing  territories  she  had  received  in  duties  on  nitrate 
and  iodine  up  to  the  end  of  1889  the  enormous  sum  of 
110,127,783  dols.,  as  under  :— 

1880,  1,336,881  dols. ;  1881,  5,829,633;  1882,8,317,712; 
1883,  10,176,336;  1884,  10,855,330;  1885,  10,510,182; 
1886,  10,599,419;  1887,  13,098,'747  :  1888,  17,917,858; 
1889,  21,485,685  dols. 

If  to  the  above  there  be  added  the  duties  received  in 
1890  and  1891,  we  shall  have  a  total  not  far  short  of 
150  millions. 

Paper-Making  and  River  Pollution. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Joint  Rivers  Committee  dealing  with 
the  watershed  of  the  Kibble,  Mr.  W.  Naylor,  chief  inspector 
for  the  watershed,  submitted  his  report  for  the  month, 
which  stated — ■ 

During  the  past  month  the  examination  of  the  river 
liibble  has  been  continued,  and  the  western  section,  ex- 
tending from  the  Calder  confluence  to  the  estuary,  inclusive 
of  the  Darwen  and  its  affluents,  completed.  This  area 
collects  the  drainage  of  200  square  miles,  and  bears  a 
population  of  311,500.  Visits  have  been  paid  to,  and 
entries  made  concerning  14  paper  mills,  one  paper-staining 
mill,  one  chemical  works,  two  dye  works,  one  tar  distillery, 
and  numerous  cotton  factories. 

Most  of  this  month's  work  has  been  on  the  Darwen, 
where  the  paper  trade  is  largely  represented.  One  instance 
only  was  noted  where  dry  solids  were  thrown  into  the 
Harwen  from  a  paper  mill,  but  the  solids  suspended,  and 
very  distinctly  visible,  in  paper  mill  refuse,  are  serious.  A 
large  quantity  of  soda  still  finds  its  way  into  the  river  from 
paper  mills,  although  it  is  a  fact,  known  widely  outside  the 
paper  trade,  that  it  can  easily  be  recovered,  and,  further, 
at  each  of  the  mills  where  evaporating  plant  has  been 
erected,  1  am  informed  that  it  is  a  source  of  profit.  The 
evaporation  of  soda  has  very  important  secondary  effects  in 
lessening  pollution.  (a)  Soaps  formed  in  the  boilers  from 
fatty  matters  on  the  raw  material  are  burnt  in  the  incinerator 
or  cremator  eventually  ;  and  (6)  in  washing  the  boiled  raw 
material  or  half  stuff  for  any  soda  retained  in  the  interstices 
of  the  fibre,  an  amount  of  diit  and  organic  matter  is  always 
washed  out,  which  also  goes  right  along  to  the  incinerator 
and  is  burnt.  The  annual  consumption  of  soda  ash  on  the 
Darwen  is  3,300  tons.  Evaporating  plant  is  installed  at 
the  works  having  an  aggregate  consumption  of  1,720  tons. 
Assuming  half  the  remainder  is  used  in  the  process  of 
boiling,  there  is  a  residue  of  about  800  tons  thrown  into 
the  river  annually.  But,  granting  that  the  whole  of  the 
soda  lias  been  eliminated  from  the  paper  mill  refuse,  there 
remains  a  thick  coloured  waste  liquor  from  the  washers, 
beating  engines,  and  paper  machines,  bearing  the  dirt 
from  the  rags,  Surat  bagging,  Sec,  according  to  the  nature 
of  the  mill.  From  returns  kindly  supplied  by  paper-making 
firms  on  the  Darwen,  it  is  estimated  that  in  this  river  alone 
the  consumption  of  raw  material  is  annually  10,300  tons 
rags;  12,400  tons  straw  and  esparto;  4,700  tons  ropes, 
Surat  bagging,  canvas,  &c. ;  3,000  tons  waste  paper,  peat, 
&e. ;  giving  a  total  of  30,400  tons  to  he  washed.  There 
are  used  in  addition  about  18,000  tons  mechanical  wood 
pulp,  950  tons  chemical  wood  pulp,  which,  while  requiring 
no  washing,  will  lose  some  proportion  as  waste  during 
manipulation.  The  filthy  condition  of  some  of  this  raw 
material  is  worthy  of  note,  too,  the  albuminoid  ammonia, 
being  as  high  in  an  average  of  six  representative  samples 
of  paper  waste  as  in  the  average  urban  sewage,  namely, 
0-4  parts  per  100,000.  But  the  point  calling  for  earliest 
attention  is  the  quantity  of  solids  in  suspension,  as  these 
could  be  lessened  to  a  great  extent  without  plant  or  appa- 
ratus, coupled  with  maintaining  cost,  ignoring  their 
importance  as  polluting  agencies.  The  average  suspended 
solids  in  white  paper  mills  is  85'  1  ;  brown  paper  mills,  98' 1  ; 
ditto  dissolved  solids,  white  paper  mills,  80' 1  ;  ditto  brown 
paper  mills,  170-9:  Quantity  of  water  turned  into  river 
by  white  paper  mills,  2|  millions  galls,  per  day;  ditto 
brown  paper  mills,  j  million  galls,  per  day  ;  total  3  millions 
galls,  daily.     A  deduction,  however,   should  here  be   made 


April  3.US92.]      THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


381 


for  the  brown  paper  mills,  as  they  use,  in  most  instances, 
river  water  directly,  already  contaminated  by  the  white 
paper  mills  ;  but,  allowing  them  the  benefit  of  creating  no 
more  pollution  than  the  white  paper  mills,  we  get  a  uniform 
waste  bearing  in  suspension  85  grains  per  gallon,  and 
holding  in  solution  80  grains  per  gallon,  or  5,090  tons 
per  annum  of  suspended  solids,  and  4,700  tons  per 
annum  of  dissolved  solids,  at  six  days  per  week,  and  this 
amount,  large  as  it  appears  (only  20  per  cent,  of  the 
raw  material  used),  is  rather  under  than  over  the  mark, 
allowing  the  river  an  initial  burden  of  20  grains  per 
gallon  dissolved  solids.  It  was  found  upon  experiment 
that  a  mixture  of  white  mill  refuse  lost  98  per  cent, 
of  suspended  solids  by  subsidence  only,  and  a  mixture  of 
brown  mill  refuse  lost  85  per  cent,  by  subsidence  only.  If, 
therefore,  this  refuse  could  be  turned  into  a  receptacle 
allowing  a  subsidence  before  entering  the  river,  ranch  good 
would  be  done.  But  such  receptacles  must  admit  of  absolute 
quiescence ;  continuous  tanks  are  useless,  as  the  fibre  is 
extremely  light  and  finely  divided.  The  continuous  tanks 
at  Spring  Vale  paper  mill,  of  27,000gallons  capacity,  brought 
about  a  reduction  of  2  per  cent,  only  in  suspended  solids, 
and  the  effect  at  Primrose  Lodge,  Clitheroe,  is  about  the 
same,  but  at  both  places  there  is  additional  treatment.  The 
great  desiderata  at  paper  mills  are  evaporating  plant  and 
receptacles  in  duplicate  to  hold  six  hours'  refuse  at  Ihe  least, 
ami  the  sooner  steps  are  taken  in  this  direction  the  better 
it  will  be  for  the  river  Darwen.  In  the  discussion  of  these 
matters  with  gentlemen  in  the  paper  trade,  inspectors  are 
treated  with  every  courtesy,  and  I  am  strongly  of  opinion 
that,  on  the  whole,  they  are  willing  to  meet  the  reasonable 
demands  of  this  committee.  Considerable  expense  would 
be  incurred  in  providing  plant  for  evaporation,  and  it 
depended  entirely  on  the  value  of  soda  ash  whether  the 
outlay  was  remunerative  or  not.  Speaking  generally,  how- 
ever, he  thought  the  inspector  had  received  correct  informa- 
tion when  he  said  the  provision  of  such  plant  would 
remunerate  manufacturers  in  the  end.  He  thought  he 
might  say,  as  far  as  the  paper  trade  was  concerned,  they 
were  prepared  to  carry  out  any  reasonable  requirement. 
In  answer  "to  Mr.  Smith,  the  Chairman  said  the  cost  of 
providing  the  evaporating  plant  for  a  moderate-sized  mill 
would  be  from  1,000/.  to  3,000/.,  and  he  believed  the  income 

would  pay  interest  on  the  capital  outlay Chemical  Trade 

Journal. 

Drug  Imports  into  the  United  States, 

The  full  official  statistics  of  the  foreign  trade  of  the  1  'nitcd 
States  for  1891  are  now  to  hand.  They  give  the  following 
results,  so  far  as  concerns  the  imports  of  some  of  the 
principal  drugs  : — 

Duty-free. 


Dutiahlr. 


1891. 


Alizarine 

Cinchona  

Gum  arable 

Camphor  (crude) 

Shellac 

Liquorice  root. .. 
Bleaching  powder 

Opium 

Potash,  chlorate  . 
„      muriate.. 

Quinine 

Sulphur 

Vanilla 

Nutmegs 

Pepper, all  kinds. 


Lb. 
4,123,032 

2,861,423 

826,248 
1,982,083 

7,485,450 

82,589.923 

108,880,381 

434,120 

3,134,464 

78,144,810 
Oz. 
2,527,009 
Tons 
116,071 
Lb. 
228,435 

1,382,900 

12,675,006 


Lb. 
2,667,109 

3,274,117 

935,841 

1,400,483 
5,837,208 

45,360,615 
105,600,016 

Dutiable 


03,773,038 
Oz. 
37011,297 
Tons 
131,090 
Lb. 
179,046 

1,289,312 

15,923,819 


Glycerin 

Dyewood  extracts. 

( Ipium  (crude)  .. . 

(smoking). 

-Soda,  bicarbonate. 

„     caustic 

„    sal 

Whale  oil 

Olive  oil 

Salt 

Linseed 

s  tap,  toilet 

Spices,  ground  — 


Lb. 
14,710,119 


63,189 

1,500,663 

68,154,226 

347,822,902 
Galls. 
359,215 

613,497 
LI). 
163,455,263 

758,756 

733,987 

2,253,137 


Lb. 

1 1,290,709 

3,066,952 

334,564 

77.07S 

916,355 

88,845,462 

360.621.6o6 
Gulls. 
805,710 

755,667 

LI). 
527.S35.772 

2,576,284 

752,256 

1,189,146 


— Chemist  and  Druggist. 

The  French  Drug  Trade. 
The  following  figures  show  the  imports  into  and  exports 
from    France    of   some   of  the  most   important   drugs  and 
chemicals  (in  kilos.)  during  the  year  1891 : 


In, ports. 


Exports. 


Gums  (from  Europe) 

Gums  (exotic) 

Turpentine 

Shellac 

Copal  and  damar 

Benzoin 

Copaiba 

Camphor  (raw) 

Camphor  (refined)  

Aloes 

4  ipiuni 

Rhubarl 

SarsapariUa 

Jalap 

Cinchona  

Senna  

Medic,  llowers 

Iodine 

Iodide  pot 

Phosphorus,  white 

Phosphorus,  red 

Acid,  citric 

C< mcentr.,  juice 

Acid,  tartaric 

Soda,  bicarb 

Borax 

Chlorate  pel 

Glycerin  

Snip,  copper 

Quinine 

Cream  of  tartar 


48,378 

5,821,386 

18,066 

182,022 

1,245,395 
158,837 

35,320 
346,106 
152,677 

83,1111 

128,207 

7,029 

112,41  i 

11,807 
787,290 

06,622 
561,937 

21,9111 
1,320 


10,360 
557,268 
140,175 

027,288 
95,(157 

1,976,333 

15,123,134 

7,038 

25,974 


45,993 
2,354,666 
178,097 
84,535 
399,121 
100,020 


03,205 
21,151 

1,461 
78,318 
8,130 

162,081 
17,790 

317,150 
16,779 
17.105 

311,330 
28,608 


lis. 777 

80,190 

702,840 

385,246 

7,230,405 

805,518 

11.852 

15,759,521 


— Ibid. 


182 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  so,u»2. 


The  Price  of  1'hiintm. 

Platinum  has  fallen  considerably  in  value  lately,  and  now 
costs  only  about  one-half  of  its  price  in  September  1890, 
when  it  attained  the  highest  quotation  known.  The  following 
figures  (in  marks  per  kilog.)  represent  the  fluctuations  of  the 
metal  during  the  last  five  years  : — 


1"7 

f  July 
I    925 

Sept. 
gSO 

•• 

■• 

(   Feb. 
•     1,000 

May 
970 

Aug. 
950 

Nov. 

1JKK) 

1880 

>     Jan. 

: 

March 

1,100 

Yu-_'. 

Oct. 
1,000 

Nov. 
1,075 

Dec. 

1,21  'i 

f    Jan. 
(    1,500 

June 

1,900 

Sept. 

2  

Oct 
2,200 

Nov. 
2,100 

•• 

1891 

f    Jan. 
i    1,750 

July 
1,550 

Sept. 
MOO 

Oct 

1.300 

Dec. 
1,275 

<    Feb. 
1   1,250 

March 
1,200 

— Ibid. 


The  Supply  of  Tungsten. 


The  use  of  tungsten  in  the  manufacture  of  tungsten  steel 
has  created  a  very  considerable  demand  for  wolfram,  the 
principal  ore  of  that  metal  and  the  supply  being  limited  its 
market  price  has  risen  to  a  higher  figure  than  has  been 
obtained  for  many  years.  It  would  appear  from  recent 
experiments,  of  which  we  have  been  informed,  that  the 
advantages  of  tungsten  steel  will  prove  so  important  that 
this  alloy  will  come  into  quite  general  use,  perhaps  taking 
the  place  of  nickel  steel.  In  view  of  the  high  value  of 
tungsten  at  the  present  time  it  is  worth  the  while  of 
prospectors  to  look  for  its  ores. — Engineering  and  Mining 
Journal. 

Alkali.    &e.   WORKS. 

V  Bill  to  amend  the  Alkali,  &c.  Works  Regulation  Act, 
1881. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Queen's  most  Excellent  Majesty,  by 
and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords  Spiritual 
and  Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this  present  Parliament 
assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  as  follows  ; 

1 .  The  works  specified  in  the  schedule  hereto  shall  be 
added  to  those  specified  in  the  schedule  to  the  Alkali,  &c. 
Works  Regulation  Act,  1SS1,  and  shall  be  scheduled  works 
for  the  purposes  of  that  Act. 

Provided  that  if  the  process  used  in  any  work  specified 
in  Part  I.  of  the  schedule  hereto  shall  he  such  that  no 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  is  evolved  therein,  the  work  shall 
not  he  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  schedule. 

2.  Works  in  which  salt  is  produced  by  refining  rock- 
salt,  other  than  those  where  the  rock-salt  is  dissolved  at  the 
place  of  deposit,  shall  not  be  within  the  provisions  of  the 
Alkali,  &e.  Works  regulation  Act,  1881,  in  regard  to 
works  in  which  the  extraction  of  salt  from  brine  is  carried 
on,  or  of  any  order  made  or  to  he  made  under  section  ten 
of  that  Act. 

3.  This  Act  shall  come  into  operation  on  the  first  day  of 
April  in  the  year  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  ninety- 
three,  but  certificates  of  registration  may  be  applied  for 
and  issued  at  any  time  after  the  first  day  of  January  in 
that  year. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  the  Alkali,  &c.  Works 
Regulation  Act,  1892. 

Sc  HEDUI.E. 

Part  I. 

(1.)  Alkali  waste  works,  that  is  to  say,  works  for  the 
recovery  of  sulphur  from  alkali  waste  or  for  utilising  the 
sulphur  or  any  other  constituent  of  such  waste. 


(2.)  Barium  works,  that  is  to  say,  works  for  the  manu- 
facture of  barium  compounds  from  barium  sulphide. 

(3.)  Strontium  works,  that  is  to  say,  works  for  the  manu- 
facture of  strontium  compounds  from  strontium  sulphide. 

(4.)  Antimony  sulphide  works,  that  is  to  say,  works  for 
the  manufacture  of  antimony  sulphide. 

(5.)  Bisulphide  of  carbon  works,  that  is  to  say,  works 
for  the  manufacture  of  bisulphide  of  carbon. 


Part  II. 

(6.)  Venetian  red  works,  that  is  to  say,  works  for  the 
manufacture  of  Venetian  red,  crocus,  or  polishing  powder 
by  heating  sulphate  or  some  other  salt  of  iron. 

(.7.)  Lead  deposit  works,  that  is  to  say,  works  where  the 
sulphate  of  lead  deposit  from  sulphuric  acid  chambers  is 
smelted. 

(8.)  Arsenic  works,  that  is  so  say,  works  for  the  pre- 
paration of  arsenious  acid,  or  where  nitric  acid  or  a  nitrate 
is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  arsenic  acid  or  an  arseniate. 

(9.)  Nitrate  and  chloride  of  iron  works,  that  is  to  say, 
works  in  which  nitric  acid  or  a  nitrate  is  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  nitrate  or  chloride  of  iron. 

(10.)  Muriatic  acid  works,  that  is  to  say,  works,  not 
being  alkali  works  as  defined  in  the  Alkali,  Sc.  Works 
Regulation  Act,  1881,  where  muriatic  acid  is  made. 

(11.)  Fibre  separation  works,  that  is  to  say,  works 
where  muriatic  acid  gas  is  used  for  the  separation  of  silk 
or  woollen  fibre  from  vegetable  fibre. 

(12.)  Tar  works,  that  is  to  say,  works  where  gas  tar  is 
distilled  or  is  heated  in  any  manufacturing  prove--. 

(13.)  Zinc  works  or  works  in  which  zinc  is  extracted 
from  the  ere. 


BOARD  OF  TRADE  RETURNS, 
Summary  of  Imposts. 


Metala 

Chemicals  and  dyestuffs 

Oils 

Raw  materials   for  non-textile  in- 
dustries. 

Total  value  of  all  imports  . . . . 


Month  ending  31st  March 

1891. 

1892. 

£ 
1,S31,153 

£ 
1,850,188 

706,735 

764,052 

534.674 

537.SLM 

2,691,726 

2,593,041 

35,253,059 

36,704,177 

Summary  of  Exports. 


Mouth  ending  31st  March 

1891. 

1892. 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 

£ 

:;,7S0,663 

B46378 

2,954,560 

£ 

2,S42,9S6 

839411 

2,616,475 

Total  value  of  all  exports 

21,663,878 

19,665,382 

April  30,1892.]       THE  JOUBNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


383 


Imposts  of  Metals  for  Month  ending  31st  March. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Coiiper :  — 

Un  wrought , 

Iron  :— 

6,228 
6,373 
3,160 

257,884 
3,426 

553 

10,536 

51,811 

822.556 
65,483 
4,921 

6,516 
10,664 
2,378 

407,920 

3,625 

181 

15,722 

16,948 

815,315 

57,290 

3,365 

£ 
57,673 

19S.286 

170,125 

230,232 
33,079 

6,757 

133,767 

98,766 

92,305 

296,572 

114,768 

398.S23 

£ 

48,937 
276.050 
114,014 

297,733 

29,077 

5,010 

172,754 

82,534 

77,374 

255,127 

73,557 

416,212 

Bolt,  bar,  &e , 

Steel,  unwrought..      „ 
Load,  pig  and  sheet      „ 

Other  articles  . .  .Value  £ 

Total  value  of  metals 

" 

j  1,831,153 

1,880,188 

Imtorts   of    Raw   Materials   for 
Industries  for  Month  ending  31 


Non-Textile 
st  March. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1892. 


Values. 


1891.  1892. 


Bark,  Peruvian  . .  Cwt. 

Bristles Lb. 

Caoutchouc Cwt. 

Gum  : — 

Arabic „ 


Lac,  Ac 

Gutta-percha  . 

Hides,  raw: — 
Dry 

Wet 

Ivory 


Manure : — 
Guano Tons 

BoneB „ 

Paraffin Cwt. 

Linen  rags Tons 

Esparto 

Pulp  of  wood  ....       „ 

Rosin Cwt. 

Tallow  and  stearin      „ 

Tar Barrels 

Wood:— 
Hewn Loads 

Sawn 

Staves , 

Mahogany Tons 

Other  articles. . .  .Value  £ 


Total  value  . 


16,320 

275,796 

22,245 

5,506 

13,870 

6,831 

47,697 

38,231 

1,057 

1,871 

7,903 

54,651 

2,656 

19,388 

10,044 

137,343 

135,260 

2,027 

138,927 
92,837 
3,724 
3,837 


0.S50 

£ 
88,771 

2211,305 

43,265 

27,184 

286,843 

3,863 

15,568 

11,789 

54,889 

2,828 

83,429 

48,805 

110,033 

30,990 

83,268 

1,164 

53,262 

3,026 

10,492 

8,226 

47,602 

51,387 

76,743 

2,864 

24,783 

22,096 

95,806 

13,690 

59,565 

93,985 

30,596 

94,548 

172,633 

2,118 

1,099 

138,627 

227,834 

107,916 

216.455 

7,387 

22,276 

(.065 

37,709 

•• 

789,807 

•• 

2,501.726 

£ 

20,328 

31,189 
296,9011 

12,006 
45,088 
33,788 

113,487 
67,990 
56,051 

34,294 
37,495 
86,568 
28,658 

104,531 
64,808 
19,612 

122.028 
1,208 

264,489 

254.50S 
47,073 
42,934 

S16.408 


Imports  of  Oils  for  Month  ending  31st  March. 


Besides  the  above,  drugs  to  the  value  of  78,0182,  were  imported 
m  against  86,093?.  in  March  1891. 


Artioles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1802. 

1,985 

1,529 

50,055 

10,093,410 

2,694 

735 

15,047 

1,470 
1,831 
96,823 
0,650,528 
1,838 
1,532 
5,204 

£ 
2,859 

62,089 

59,352 

280,854 

66,160 

15,658 

21,334 

76,368 

£ 

1,002 

71,026 
113,824 

102,126 
49,868 
29,551 

5,748 
70,600 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

Total  value  of  oils  . . . 

•• 

•• 

334,674 

537,820 

Imports  of  Chemicals  and  Dyestuffs  for  Month 
ending  31st  March. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

6,736 
31,160 

38,754 

266 
1,373 

7,499 

231,036 

32,351 

1,513 

3,663 

20.728 
27,751 

211 
2,375 

9,016 
219,885 

25,666 
4,756 

£ 

3,818 

9,549 

11,517 

110,716 

1,502 

83,378 

22,317 

32,780 

1,196 

160,622 
06,501 
2S.S58 
31,617 

163,271 

£ 

Bark  (tanners,  4c.)    „ 

Cutch  and  gambier  Tons 
Dyes:— 

11,801 

8,069 

118,317 

1,275 

.-6.501 

16,485 
30,661 
1,088 
173,344 
99,504 
22,374 

Nitrate  of  soda. ...      „ 
Nitrate  of  potash  .      „ 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 

160,236 

Total  value  of  chemicals 

706,735 

761,052 

Exports  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals  for  Month  ending 
31st  March. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

527,859 

114,505 

£ 

2(16.126 

38,446 

£ 

195,629 

46.S91 

Bleaching  materials    „ 

114,552 

Chemical  manures.  Tons 

35,136 

35,517 

252,771 

249,970 

.. 

.. 

90,070 

100,448 

Other  articles 

•• 

238,860 

246.773 

•• 

•• 

346,273 

38  A 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[April  30, 1892. 


Exports  of  Metals  (other  than  Machinery)  for 
Month  ending  31st  Mabch. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

8,748 

9,623 

£ 
40,077 

£ 
12,095 

Copper  :— 

34,265 

80,877 

240,023 

193,190 

Wrought „ 

2t,13fi 

34,337 

104,329 

Mixed  metal 

25,853 

25,413 

72,121 

64,935 

.. 

.. 

215,793 

197,178 

•• 

•• 

110,597 

115,287 

256,439 

218,980 

2,400,729 

1360,382 

Lead 

3,517' 

5,680 

51,873 

72,960 

Plated  wares . . .  Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

26,834 

26.S08 

Telegraph  wires,  &c.   „ 

•  • 

•  • 

392,552 

18,827 

8,812 

10,317 

38,913 

47,820 

12,969 

17,676 

13,743 

16,489 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

•• 

•• 

96,908 

82,586 

.. 

3,7S0,6C3 

2,813,986 

Exports  oe  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  3  1st  March. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

766300 

713,800 

£ 
17,016 

£ 

IS, -SI 

Military  stores.. 

Value  £ 

•  • 

•  • 

09,027 

93361 

Value  £ 

1,42-1,800 

1,871,500 

88,132 
103,446 

36,249 

1":;,-;,;, 

65,644 

41,194 

1!  1,245 

79,275 

Products  of  coal 

Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

174,218 

1 13,612 

Earthenware  . . 

,, 

■  • 

.. 

105,343 

104,942 

„ 

.. 

.• 

18,002 

L5328 

Glass: — 

267.032 
8,435 

1  17,029 
9,556 

17,730 
20,167 

8,776 

21,0110 

67,184 

71,714 

31,514 

33,900 

Other  kinds.. 

■ 

19,489 

17,041 

16,713 

1  l.iv.l 

Leather : — 
Unwrought . . 

•      »» 

14,306 

11,3ns 

12:'  139 

107,454 

Value  £ 

.. 

32,:>79 

27,270 

7,968 

7,7»3 

167,969 

162,243 

Floorcloth  

Sq.  Yds. 

1,731,700 

1,525,200 

70,479 

65,712 

Painters' materials  Val.  £ 

.. 

.. 

130.330 

137,769 

B9.284 

B5.817 

154,973 

145,183 

3,751 

5,351 

25,703 

30,558 

49,160 

51.742 

55,338 

•• 

2,954,560 

2,616,475 

i«ontt)Ip  patent  itet. 

*  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised. 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  months  of  the  said  dates. 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  and 

MACHINERY. 

Applications. 

5108.  R.  Fish  and  YV.  Smith.     Improvements  in  apparatus 

for  regulating  liquid    seals  in   gas  washers   and    the   like. 

Match  15. 

5125.  F.  H.  Rowlett.     See  Class  II. 

5214.  A.  Desgoffe.  Improvements  in  machinery  for 
manufacturing  fuel  blocks  and  other  articles  from  plastic 
material.     March  16. 

5238.  J.  A.  Yea. ion  and  W.  Adgie.     See  Class  III. 

5239.  J.  A.  Yeadou  ami  W.  Adgie.  Improvements  in 
apparatus  for  revivifying  gas,  lime  (sulphide  of  calcium), 
and  other  analogous  materials.     March  16. 

52S1.  C.  Fery.     See  Class  Will. 

5325.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  T.  Craney,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  evaporating  apparatus.     March  17. 

5377.  S.  IT.  Johnson  and  C.  C.  Hutchinson.  Improve- 
ments in  apparatus  for  mixing  liquids  with  liquids  and 
solids.     Complete  Specification.     March  18. 

5538.  0.  W.  Ketchum.  Improvements  in  gas  generating 
furnaces  or  gas  producers.     March  21. 

5558.  P.  Lucas.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the 
fireplaces  of  brewers'  pans,  salt  pans,  iron  and  steel  furnaces, 
and  other  like  furnaces.     March  22. 

5619.  J.  A.  Fisher.  Improvements  in  the  construction 
of  non-conducting  coverings  to  prevent  the  radiation  of 
heat.     Complete  Specification.     March  22. 

5659.  I!.  L.  Newman.  Improvements  in  evaporators  for 
the  distillation  of  liquids.     March  22. 

6134.   1>.  Stewart.    An  improved  vacuum  pan.    March  30. 

6354.  T.  Thornley.  Improvements  in  kilns  or  furnaces 
applicable  for  the  drying  and  incineration  of  spent  soda 
solutions.     April  1. 

G478.  F.  W.  Scott,  E.  G.  Scott,  and  F.  W.  Scott,  jun. 
Improvements  in  evaporating  apparatus.     April  4. 

6535.  \\".  Birch.  Improved  means  and  apparatus  for 
separating  solid  or  semi-solid  substances  from  sludge  or 
other  fluid  or  semi-fluid  matters.     April  5. 

6700.  C.  1).  Abel.— From  E.  Theisen,  Germany.  Im- 
provements in  Mii  lace  condensing  and  refrigerating  apparatus. 
April  7. 

CS9H.  1.'.  S.  Brownlow.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
heating  feed-water,  applicable  also  for  evaporating  and  for 
cooling  or  condensing.     April  11. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted.* 

1891. 
6887.  J.  Peake.     Kilns  for  various  purposes.     March  23. 

8177.  F.  Smith  and  YV.  Travis.  Apparatus  for  drawing 
off  liquids.     March  23. 

8546.  J.  C.  Mewburu.  —  From  The  Maschinenfabrik 
Grevenbroich.      See  Class  XVI. 

9181.  J.  Dawson  and  .1.  W.  IHampson.  An  improved 
construction  of  refrigerator  or  cooling  pan  for  chemical  and 
other  purposes.     April  6. 

9310.  A.  J.  Boult.— From  A.  Klonne  and  F.  Bredel. 
Setting  and  heating  retorts.     April  6. 


April  S0.1S98.J       THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


385 


1892. 

1210.  1!.  Zeitschel.  Apparatus  for  rapidly  heating 
liquids.     April  6. 

2117.  C.  F.  lietting.  Assay  or  chemical  balances. 
March  23. 

3013.  N.  Hunting.  Apparatus  for  distilling  water  in  the 
presence  of  air,  and  for  communicating  heat  thereto,  and 
for  supplying  water  and  air  thereto  and  delivering  water 
therefrom.     March  23. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

4982.  G.  Angel.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
peat  fuel.     March  14. 

■1991.  C.  Heath.  Improvements  in  apparatus  or  means 
for  utilising  small  or  waste  coal  or  other  fuel  for  steam  boiler 
and  other  tires  and  furnaces.     March  14. 

5031.  R.  E.  P.  Craven.  An  improved  apparatus  for 
washing  smoke  and  separating  carbon  and  other  matters 
therefrom.     March  15. 

5125.  F.  H.  Rowlett.  Improvements  in  the  construction 
of  "  saturators  "  used  in  the  manufacture  of  gas,  applicable 
also  for  dye-vats  and  other  purposes.     March  15. 

5173.  M.  Lauchlan.  Carbon  diamond  fire  -  lighters. 
March  16. 

5198.  J.  Laycock  and  S.  li.  Clapham.  Improvements  in 
apparatus  for  use  in  the  purification  of  coal-gas.    March  16. 

5575.  T.  O.  Dixon.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
perforated  fuel.     March  22. 

5620.  F,  A.  Tagliaferro,  A.  A.  Moore,  and  R.  Campion. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  tire  -  lighters  and 
artificial  fuel.     March  22. 

5698.  J.  Tattersall.     Fire-lighters.     March  23. 

5755.  A.  Mortimer.     An  improved  fire-lighter.  March -24. 

5994.  J.  Rudd.  Improved  apparatus  and  means  for  in- 
creasing the  illuminating  power  of  gas.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    March  28. 

6000.  C.  Hunt.  Improvements  in  gas. washing  apparatus. 
March  28. 

6020.  C.  Herzog.  An  improved  method  of  and  means  for 
the  regulation  of  the  quality  of  an  artificial  gas.     March  29. 

6062.  W.  Helton,  G.  E.  Davis,  and  A.  R.  Davis.  Im- 
provements in  the  purification  of  coal-gas.     March  29. 

6362.  C.  Bougourd  de  Lamarre.  A  new  process  of  and 
apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  gas.  Complete 
Specification.     April  1. 

6697.  J.  Morle3'.  The  treatment  of  ingredients  and  the 
manufacture  of  compound  block  for  use  as  fire-lighters 
Complete  Specification.    April  7. 

6733.  D.  Rylands.  An  improved  means  of  utilising  gas 
for  wanning  or  heating  purposes.     April  8. 

6819.  W.  D.  Scott  -  Moncreiff.  Improvements  in  or 
relating  to  the  treatment  of  fuel.     April  9. 

6908.  H.  Collet  and  M.  Merichenski.  Improved  mixture 
intended  for  use  in  carburettiug  air  or  enriching  combustible 
gas.     April  11. 

6909.  H.  Collet  and  M.  Merichenski.  Improvements  in 
carburettors.     April  11. 

7079.  C.  R.  Collins.  Improvements  in  gas-making  appa- 
ratus.    Complete  Specification.     April  12. 

7202.  J.  N.  Morath  and  F.  S.  de  Straznicki.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  artificial  fuel.  Complete 
Specification.     April  14. 

7243.  C.  Fink.  Improvements  in  method  of  and  appa- 
ratus for  purifying  smoke  and  [jrecipitatiug  the  products  of 
combustion  thereof.     Complete  Specification.     April  14. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 
7092.  A.   A.  Lister.     Apparatus  for   extracting  tar  and 
ammonia  from  gas.     March  23. 

7648.  10.  Stauber.  Process  and  appliances  for  producing 
peat-coke  cakes.     March  23. 

8479.  .1.  Ruseoe.  Apparatus  for  charging  and  drawing 
gas  retorts.     April  6. 

9180.  P.  H.  Thwaite.  Methods  of  storing  inflammable 
spirits  or  highly  volatile  hydrocarbons.     April  6. 

9366.  P.  Gibbons  and  W.  P.  Gibbons.  Apparatus  for 
charging  inclined  gas  retorts.     April  13. 

9398.  P.  van  Gelder.  Separating  smoke  or  soot  from 
air  or  other  gases  and  utilising  the  air  or  gases  so  purified. 
April  13. 

9457.  .1.  H.  Parkinson.  Apparatus  for  obtaining  or 
separating  oxygen  from  atmospheric  air.     April  13. 

lii,918.  J.  C.  Chandler.  Apparatus  for  washing  or 
scrubbing  gas.     April  6. 

11,416.  J.  Promilow.     Gas  producers,     April  13. 

1892. 
2367.  L.  Sepulchre.     Gas  generator  for  the  distillation  of 
mineral  oils  and  the  combustion  at  a  distance  of  a  part  or 
the  whole  of  the  products  of  the  distillation,  applicable  to 
apparatus  for  lighting  and  heating.     March  23. 

3026.     J.     A.    Dubbsf.       Manufacture     of     asphalt  urn 
March  23. 

3355.  E.  W.  Harding.  Apparatus  for  the  manufacture 
into  blocks  or  moulded  forms  of  carbonaceous  matter  for 
use  as  fuel.     March  30. 

3959.  J.  Johnson. — From  H.  Kennedy.  Coke  ovens. 
April  6. 

3995.  A.  J.  Boult.— From  The  Chicago  Heat  Storage  Co. 
Manufacture  of  fuel-gas.     April  6. 

4032.  T.  R.  Osbourn.  Apparatus  for  quenching  coke. 
April  6. 

4033.  T  R.  Osbourn.  Apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of 
coke.     April  6. 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 
Applications. 
5238.  J.   A.  ■  Yeadon  and  W.  Adgie.     Improvements  in 
apparatus  for  distilling  mineral  or  other  tars,  hydrocarbons, 
or  other  analogous  liquids.     March  16. 

5539.  B.  Willcox.— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  purifying 
anthracene  and  anthraquinone.     March  21. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 
9052.  W.    P.  Thompson.— From   I'.  Kuntze.     Manufac- 
ture   of    ammonia    and     tar    from     nitrogenous     organic 
substances,  and  apparatus  relating  thereto.     March  23. 


2367.  L.  Sepulchre. 


1892. 
See  Class  II. 


I V.- COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 
Applications. 
5112.    B.  Willcox.— From   The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.   Bayer   and   Co.,    Germany.     The    manufacture  of  new 
colouring  matters.     March  15. 

5540.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Analin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  the  red  basic  naphthalene  colouring  matter  which  yields 
azocarmine  on  sulphonation.     March  21. 


386 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [April  ausoa 


5761.  The  Clayton  Aniline  Co.,  Limited,  .1.  Hall,  and 
P.  Moore.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  and  prepara- 
tion of  a  yellow  colouring  matter.     March  24. 

5811.  C.  1).  Abel.— From  C.  F.  Boehringer  and  Sonne 
and  Co.,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  derivatives  of  amido- 
crotonic  acid.     March  24. 

5815.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
!•'.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  pro- 
duction of  fast  colours  on  the  fibre  for  printing  and  dyeing 
purposes.     March  24, 

6252.  K.  Holliday  and  Sons,  Limited,  and  L.  G.  Paul. 
Improvements  in  treating  nitroso  compounds  for  use  in 
dyeing  animal  fibres.     March  31. 

6630.  C.  1).  Abel. — From  The  Aetien  Gesellschaft  fur 
Anilin  1'abrikation,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  colouring  matters.     April  6. 

7120.  W.  Marekwald  and  J.  F".  Holtz.  Manufacture  or 
production  of  aromatic  disulpho-ethvlenediamides,  aromatic 
disulphopiperazides,  and  piperazine.     April  13. 

7298.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  dyestuffs.     April  16. 

7337.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  colouring  matters  and  new  materials  therefor. 
April  16. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

81i)7.  S.  Pitt. — From  L.  Cassella  and  Co.  Production  of 
blue  dyestuffs.     March  30. 

8702.  li.  Willcox. — F'rom  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
K.  Haver  and  Co.  Manufacture  and  production  of  colour- 
ing matters  derived  from  authraquinone  and  alizarine  blue. 
March  30. 

9943.  O.  Imray. — F'rom  The  F'arbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  and  Briining.  Production  of  blue  colouring  matter. 
April  20. 

10,619.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  and 
Soda  Fabrik.  Manufacture  and  production  of  new  basic 
dyestuffs.     April  20. 

11,298.  E.  Schweich  and  E.  Bucher.  Colouring  matter  or 
ilye  and  methods  of  extracting  and  utilising  the  same. 
April  6. 

1892. 

960.  A.  Bang. — From  G.  A.  Dahl.  The  production  of 
fast  yellow  mordant  dyeing  azo-dyestuffs.     March  23. 

1231.  H.  H.  Lake. — F'rom  Wirth  and  Co.,  Agents  for 
A.  Leonhardt  and  Co.  Manufacture  of  colouring  matters. 
April  6. 

2718.  S.  Pitt. — From  L.  Cassella  and  Co.  Production  of 
black  dyes  suitable  for  dyeing  wool.     April  20. 

1677.  P.  Monnet.  Manufacture  of  new  colouring  matters 
or  dyes.     April  20. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 
Applications. 

5297.  P.  Temming.  A  new  fabric  suitable  as  a  substitute 
for  cotton  waste  for  cleaning  parts  of  machinery,  and 
process  for  making  the  same.  Complete  Specification. 
March  17. 

5462.  E.  Knowles.  Manufacture  of  mixed  silk  and 
cotton  yarn.     March  19. 

6550.  B.  J.  B.  Mills. — F'rom  G.  Bergier,  France.  Im- 
provements in  the  spinning  and  treatment  of  silk  in  the 
manufacture  of  various  classes  of  silk  thread.  Complete 
Specification.  April  5. 

7321.  C.  D.  Abel. — From  The  Aetien  Gesellschaft  fur 
Anilin  Fabrikatiou, Germany.  Process  for  the  preservation 
of  textile  fabrics  and  fibres.     April  16. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

3960.  W.  H.  Hughes.  Cleaning,  restoring,  and  bleaching 
damaged  cotton,  or  other  products  from  cotton  seed,  sponges, 
and  all  textile  material.     April  13. 

10,556.  A.  M.  Clark. — F'rom  La  Socicte  La  Ramen. 
Process  of  ungumming  and  decorticating  textile  materials. 
April  13. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

4984.  K.  Zillessen,  sen.  An  improved  process  for  dyeing 
piece-goods.     March  14. 

5197.  R.  H.  Pickles.  Improvement  in  the  composition 
of  compounds  of  aluminium,  iron,  and  chromium,  to  be  used 
as  mordants.     March  16. 

5204.  W.  Crippin  and  B.  Burrell.  Improvements  in  the 
process  of  dyeing  with  indigo  cotton,  and  other  fibrous 
materials,  in  the  raw  or  manufactured,  or  partly  manufac- 
tured state.     March  16. 

5408.  G.  Jagenbarg.  Process  for  dyeing  loose  cotton, 
cotton  thread,  and  woven  fabrics.     March  18. 

6162.  E.  Hermite,  E.  J.  Paterson,  and  C.  F.  Cooper. 
An  improvement  in  the  bleaching  of  textile  and  pulping 
materials  in  vacuo.     March  30. 

6304.  T.  Hoyle  and  Sons,  Limited,  and  W.  X.  Neild 
Improvements  in  dyeing  cotton  and  other  textile  fabrics 
April  1. 

7339.  B.  Willcox. — F'rom  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
]•'.  1  layer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  pro- 
duction of  fast  colours  on  fibres.     April  16. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

4928.  G.  Young  and  W.  Crippin.  Apparatus  for  dyeing 
and  bleaching  and  otherwise  treating  cotton,  wool,  silk,  and 
other  fibrous  materials  in  the  raw  and  manufactured  or 
partly  manufactured  state.     March  23. 

19,113.  W.Ward.  Colouring  cork  used  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  floor  coverings,  and  apparatus  used  in  colouring 
the  same.     March  30. 

1892. 

2939.  A.  Ophoven.  Art  or  process  for  colouriug  pictures 
or  textile  fabrics.     March  23. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 

Applications. 

5127.  J.  E.  Campbell.  Improvements  in  the  utilisation 
of  galvanisers'  waste  pickle  and  the  like,  and  in  apparatus 
therefor.     March  15. 

5195.  A.  G.  Haddock.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  carbonate  of  soda  with  recovery  of  sulphur. 
March  16. 

5225.  A.  Allbusen,  G.  E.  Edgell,  and  W.  Russell.  Im- 
provements in  the  recovery  of  sulphur  from  the  waste  gases 
from  Clans  kilns  or  similar  gases,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
March  16. 

5296.  C.  J.  Bayer.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
bauxite  or  similar  minerals  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
alkali-aluminates  or  alumina  hydrate.     March  17. 

5388.  H.  C.  Bull.  An  improved  method  or  process  of 
and  means  for  concentrating  and  purifying  sulphuric  acid. 
March  18. 


April  :in,  1S02.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


387 


5425.  J.  C.  Ody.  Method  for  making  caustic  soda  (sodium 
hydrate).     Complete  Specification.     March  19. 

6139.  J.  C.  Ody.  New  method  for  manufacturing  car- 
bonate of  soda.     March  30. 

6288.  H.  C.  Bull.     See  Class  XI. 

G931.  H.  H.  Lake— From  J.  H.  C.  liehnke  and  the 
hemische  Fabrik  in  Billwarder  vorm.  Hell  and  Staamer, 
Germany.  Improvements  relating  to  the  production  of 
pure  carbonic  acid  from  the  products  of  combustion  of 
furnaces,  kilns,  and  the  like,  and  to  apparatus  therefor. 
April  11. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

5354,  J.  J.  Hood  and  A.  G.  Salamon.  Manufacture  of 
cyanogen  compounds,  and  the  treatment  of  substances  used 
therein.     March  30. 

5801.  M.  Royon.  Apparatus  to  produce  sulphuretted 
hydrogen.     March  23. 

9332.  Comte  T.  S.  de  I).  Brochocki.  Manufacture  or 
production  of  chlorine  compounds  for  bleaching.     April  6. 

9575.  D.  Rylands.  Process  or  arrangements  for  the 
manufacture  of  carbonic  acid  gas.     April  13. 

1892. 

lu:!2.  1'.  H.  de  Lambilly.  Method  or  process  for  the 
production  of  alkaline  cyanides.     April  13. 

J.'i27.  ( '.  (!.  Collins.  Process  for  the  purification  of 
brine.     April  13. 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 
Applications. 

5249.  J.  Slater.  Improvements  in  treating  vitreous  sub- 
stances for  joining  the  same  or  for  attaching  metals  thereto. 
March  17. 

5527.  O.  Imray.  —  From  The  Actiengesellschaft  fur 
Glasindustrie  vormals  F.  Siemens,  Germany.  Manufacture 
of  blown  hollow  glass  with  metal  insertions.     March  21. 

7024.  ]{.  Crcsswell.  The  treatment  of  ingredients  for  the 
manufacture  of  compounds  specially  adapted  for  coating 
glass  for  reflective  purposes ;  also  in  means  for  increasing 
the  reflective  power  of  glass  so  treated.     April  12. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 
7040.  W.  A.  Kerr.     See  Class  IX. 

7547.  J.  Morton.  Kilns  for  burning  retorts,  pipes, 
quarries,  and  other  refractory  substances.     March  23. 

7988.  T.  C.  J.  Thomas.    Manufacture  of  glass.    April  13. 

9960.  D.  Rylands.  Furnaces  for  glass  melting  and  for 
similar  purposes.     April  20. 

18,281.  C.  D.  d'Enghein,  A.  1).  d'Enghien,  and  S.  1). 
d'Eughien.  Kilns  or  ovens  for  tiring  terra-cotta  and  other 
like  materials.     March  30. 


1892. 
Process  of  marking  glass  by  acids. 


1974.  W.  Lend 
March  23. 

3586.  C.  Armstrong.  Kilns  or  ovens  for  burning 
glaring  sanitary  ware  and  the  like.     March  30. 

4525.  H.  D.  Fitzpatrick.  From  M.  Schreiber 
L.  Oettinger.     Manufacturing  glass  bricks.     April  13. 


and 


and 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

5683.  T.  I).  Harries.  An  improved  artificial  stone. 
March  23. 

5746.  A.  T.  Morse.  An  improved  distemper  for  walls, 
ceilings,  and  the  like.     Complete  Specification.     March  23. 

6608.  T.  Potter.  Improvements  in  the  construction  of 
rtre-proof  floors.     April  6. 

6745.  V.  F.  L.  Smidth.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  hydraulic  cement  for  building  purposes.  Complete 
Specification.     April  8. 

7034.  F.  H.  Willis  and  R.  Astley.  An  improved  form 
and  method  of  constructing  and  fixing  fire-proof  floors. 
April  12. 

7270.  R.  Huppertsberg.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  artificial  bituminous  stone.     April  16. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

5709.  O.  Clausen.  Manufacture  of  fire-clay  and  magnesian 
bricks,  and  kilns  for  firing  same.     April  13. 

6532.  J.  Jackson.  Manufacture  or  production  of  decora- 
tive material,  more  especially  intended  for  application  to 
walls,  ceilings,  or  like  surfaces.     March  30. 

7040.  W.  A.  Kerr.  Composition  designed  to  serve  as  a 
substitute  for  wood,  and  also  applicable  for  the  manufacture 
fo  bricks  and  crucibles,  retorts,  and  other  articles  of 
earthenware.     April  13. 

8567.  0.  Imray. — From  W.  Schlening.  Manufacture  of 
arttficial  stone.     March  23. 

9319.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  J.  P.  von  Balgooy.  See 
Class  XIII. 

20,743.  J.  T.  Abell.     Paving.     March  23. 

1892. 

2957.  H.  Hartmann.  Manufacture  of  a  resistible 
material,  chiefly  designed  for  building  purposes.     April  13. 

3539.  H.  Brunsou  and  E.  W.  Gillett.  Building  or  paving 
blocks.     March  30. 

4496.  J.  S.  Holiday.     Artificial  stones.     April  13. 

4540.  G.M.Graham.    Building  or  pairing  blocks.   April  13. 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 
Applications. 

4997.  J.  de  Coppet.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
minerals,  mattes,  speiss,  and  other  substances  containing 
nickel  for  the  separation  of  copper,  nickel,  and  cobalt. 
March  14. 

5026.    T.    H.    Mallaband. 
furnaces.     March  15. 


Improvements    in    melting 


5255.  J.  G.  H.  Batehelor  and  C.  T.  Batchelor.  Improved 
means  for  the  recovery  of  tin  and  iron  from  tin  plate  scrap 
or  other  waste  material  from  tinned  goods.     March  17. 

5258.  R.  Henderson.  Improvements  in  machinery  or 
apparatus  for  separating  and  concentrating  auriferous  and 
argentiferous  ores  and  extracting  gold  and  silver  therefrom 
by  amalgamation.     March  17. 

5560.  R.  Heaton.     A  solder  for  aluminium.     March  22. 

5651.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  H.  F.  Brown,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  ore-roasting  furnaces.     March  22. 

6038.  G.  Wegner.  Improved  solder  for  joining  together 
aluminium  pieces  or  pieces  of  aluminium  with  other  metals. 
Complete  Specification.     March  29. 


38S 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTET.         [April  so,  im 


623.').  W.  H.  I).  Cleminson.  Improvements  in  easting  or 
founding.     March  31. 

1399.  J.  C.  Bull.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  or 
refining  of  copper  and  other  metals.     April  2. 

6454.  F.  Kyland.  An  improvement  or  improvements  in 
tinning  cast-iron  hollow-ware.     April  4. 

6567.  II.  I!.  Lewis  and  C.  Gelstharp.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  treatment  of  ores  and  other  compounds 
containing  metals  and  sulphur,  and  to  apparatus  therefor. 
April  .">. 

6612.  T.  Twynam.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
iron  and  steel.     April  6. 

6704.  S.  H.  Brown.  Improvements  in  a  compound  for 
carburising  metals.     Complete  Specification.     April  7. 

6S14.  W.  I).  Parr  and  E.  H.  Crapptr.  An  improved 
process  of  surface  hardening  and  annealing  steel  and  iron 
plates.     April  9. 

C927.  A.  Gentzsch.  Improved  process  for  winning  gold 
without  using  mercury.     April  11. 

7027.  C.  Raleigh.  A  combination  of  matter  adapted  fur 
use  in  the  process  of  chlorination  and  means  for  producing 
the  same.     April  12. 

7064.  C.  T.  .1.  Vautin.  An  improved  process  for  the 
separation  of  lead  from  ores  containing  galena  and  blende. 
April  12. 

7067.  A.  E.  Butler,  B.  F.  Butler,  and  H.  M.  Butler. 
Improvements  in  furnaces  for  heating  and  melting  metals. 
April  12. 

7069.  G.  .1.  Atkins.  Improvements  in  means  and 
apparatus  for  separating  gold,  silver,  and  other  metals  from 
their  ores.     Complete  Specification.     April  12. 

7151.  J.  E.  Duke  and  F.  Bedman.  Improvements  in 
separating  or  recovering  tin  from  tin  plate,  and  apparatus 
for  the  purpose.     April  13. 

7152.  J.  F.  Duke  and  F.  Bedman.  Improvements  in 
producing  metal  or  other  eastings.     April  13. 

7159.  J.  B.  Chamberlain.     An  improved  alloy.     April  13. 

7160.  J.  B.  Chamberlain  and  A.  Gutensohn.  An 
improved  process  for  coating  metal  with  a  vitrifying 
material  for  the  removal  of  scale.     April  13. 

7302.  A.  Turner  and  M.  B.  Baird.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  iron  and  steel.     April  16. 

7332.  G.  Ketterer.  Improvements  in  galvanising  iron, 
and  apparatus  therefor,     April  1 6. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

213.  D.  Edwards.  Apparatus  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  tin,  terne,  and  other  coated  metal  plates.     April  13. 

214.  D.  Edwards.  Apparatus  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  tin,  terne,  and  other  coated  metal  plates.     April  13. 

215.  D.  Edwards.  Apparatus  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  tin,  terne,  and  other  coated  metal  plates.     April  13. 

795.  J.  E.  Bott.  Manufacture  of  ferro-bronze  and  other 
alloys.     April  20. 

6479.  W.  T.  Rickard.  Mechanical  and  ehemico-metal- 
lurgieal  treatment  of  copper,  the  precious,  and  other 
metallic  ores.     March  30. 

7625.  A.  Tropenas.  Manufacture  of  steel,  steel  castings, 
or  ingot  iron,  and  apparatus  and  appliances  employed 
therein.     April  6. 

8122.  B.  Krantz  and  II.  Zeissler.  Decorating  metal 
articles  with  other  metals  deposited  thereon.     April  13. 

8137.  S.  Pearson  and  J.  II.  Pratt.  Metallic  alloys. 
March  23. 

8529.  D.  ('.  Bateman.  Apparatus  for  hardening  and 
tempering  steel  wire.     March  23. 

10,144.  P.  II.  Bertram!.  Method  of  forming  magnetic 
oxide  (Fe,0,)  upon  the  surface  of  wrought  or  east  iron. 
April  20. 


15,444.  T.  H.  J.  Eskuchen  and  H.  A.  Haarmann.  Burn- 
ing of  pressed  blocks  of  purple  ore,  and  apparatus  or 
kilns  therefor.     April  20. 

1892. 

1565.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  J.  Gould,  jun.  Coating  of 
metal  plates,  and  apparatus  therefor.     March  23. 


XI.- 


-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 


Applications. 

4949.  A.  F.  YVilluian.  The  generation  of  el"ctricity  for 
electric  lighting  and  other  purposes.     March  14. 

5245.  J.  Pedder.  Improvements  in  the  production  of 
caustic  soda  and  carbonate  of  soda  by  electrolysis,  and  in 
apparatus  therefor.     March  17. 

5311.  J.  C.  Richardson.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
construction  of  electrodes  for  electrolytic  purposes. 
March  17. 

5409.  G.  E.  B.  Pritchett  and  T.  W.  Pritchett.  Im- 
provements in  secondary  batteries.     March  lis. 

5442.  J.  F.  Bennett  and  F.  A.  Colley.  Improvements  in 
galvanic  batteries.     March  19. 

5546.  J.  W.  Swan.  Improvements  in  or  connected  with 
the  electrolytic  deposition  of  copper  or  other  metals. 
March  21. 

5645.  L.  Pyke  and  E.  S.  Harris.  Improvements  in  or 
connected  with  electric  batteries.     March  22. 

6006.  T.  Parker  and  A.  E.  Robinson.  Improvements  in 
the  treatment  of  electro  deposits  of  metals.     March  28. 

6007.  T.  Parker  and  A.  E.  Robinson.  Improvements  in 
or  connected  with  cells  for  electrolysing  chloride  solutions. 
March  28. 

6058.  W.  F.  Taylor.  Improvements  in  machinery  for 
the  purpose  of  hardening  and  tempering  metals  by 
electricity.     March  29. 

6112.  II.  H.  Lake.— From  W.  Sleicher,  jun.,  and  G.  A. 
Mosher,  United  States.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
secondary  batteries  or  accumulators.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    March  29. 

6288.  II.  C.  Hull.  Improvements  in  or  connected  with 
the  manufacture  of  alkalis,  chlorine,  and  hydrogen  by 
electrolysis.     April  1. 

6289.  J.  C.  Graham.  Improvements  in  the  deposition  of 
metals  by  electrolysis,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     April  1. 

6405.  D.  Urquhart  and  J.  M.  Small.  An  improvement 
in  secondary  voltaic  batteries.     April  2. 

6428.  E.  Hancock  and  A.  J.  Macquand.     Improvements 

in   the  manufacture  of  elements   for  electric  or   secondary 
batteries.     April  2. 

6465.  G.  E.  Ileyl.  Improvements  in  electrical  secondary 
or  storage  batteries.     April  4. 

6467.  E.  Hermite  and  A.  Dubosc.  Manufacture  of  the 
alkaline  carbonates  or  bicarbonates  by  the  electrolytic 
decomposition  of  alkaline  chlorides  in  the  presence  of 
gelatinous  alumina  or  chloride  or  other  salt  of  aluminium. 
April  4. 

6637.  G.  E.  Heyl.  Improvements  in  electrodes  for 
storage  batteries.     April  6. 

6722.  W.  W.  Donaldson  and  R.  Macrae.  Improvements 
in  battery  plates  or  secondary  batteries.  Complete  Specifi- 
cation.    April  7. 

6949.  J.  Marx.  Improvements  in  and  apparatus  for  the 
electrolysis  of  solutions  of  salts  or  compounds  of  the 
alkalis,  more  especially  intended  for  the  manufacture  or 
production  of  alkalis  and  chlorine  and  for  bleaching. 
April  11. 

7088.  A.  W.  Wcthcrclt.  An  improved  dry  battery. 
April  13. 


April  so,  189-2. j        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


389 


7144.  G.  H.  Cutting.  Improvements  in  secondary 
batteries.    April  13. 

7170:  T.  E.  Weatherall.  An  improvement  in  primary 
batteries.     April  14. 

7220.  F.  B.  Stone.  An  improved  primary  battery. 
April  14. 

7226.  C.  H.  A.  Hobo  and  E.  A.  ('.  Lagrange.  Improve- 
ments in  or  relating  to  the  electric  treatment  of  metal  or 
Other  bodies.     April  14. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

7960.  R.  D.  Sanders.  Apparatus  for  use  in  the  manu- 
facture of  metal  tube  cylinders,  or  other  articles  by  electro- 
deposition.     April  13. 

8126.  G.  J.  Philpott.  Compound  dynamo-electric 
generators.     March  30. 

9079.  C.  Hoepfner.  Electrolytic  extraction  of  metals  and 
the  electrolysis  of  other  substances.     March  30. 

9628.  D.  G.  Fitzgerald.  Negative  elements  (positive 
electrodes  in  charging  secondary  cells)  of  voltaic  batteries. 
April  13. 

9629.  1).  G.  Fitzgerald.  Negative  elements  (positive 
electrodes  in  charging  secondary  cells)  of  voltaic  batteries. 
April  13. 

96S9.  V.  Jeanty.  Apparatus  for  supplying  depolarising 
Or  Other  liquids  to  a  series  of  electric  batteries.      April  13. 

9734.  W.  Aldreil.     Dynamo-electric  machines.     April  2o. 

9803.  W.  J.  Engledue.     Galvanic  batteries.     April  13. 

10,082.  P.  Jablochkoff.     Voltaic  batteries.     April  20. 

10,090.  L.  Grabau.  Process  for  the  electrolytic  produc- 
tion of  aluminium.     April  13. 

13,460.  The  London  Metallurgical  Company,  Limited, 
and  S.  O.  Cowper-Coles.  Coating  articles  with  a  new 
metallic  alloy  by  electro-deposition.     April  20. 

1 6,270.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  E.  Correns.  Accumu- 
lators for  the  storage  of  electric  currents.     March  30. 

17,655.  G.  D.  Burton,  A.  H.  Eddy,  and  G.  T.  Briggs. 
Heating  metals  by  electricity  and  machines  therefor. 
March  30. 

1892. 

222."..  G.  Nahnsen.  Method  of  purifying  electrolytes 
containing  zinc,  relating  to  or  connected  with  the  electro- 
inetallurgie  production  of  zinc.     April  6. 

2329.  O.  Inn-ay. — From  T.  J.  Montgomery.  Process 
and  apparatus  for  bleaching  by  electrolysis.      March  23. 

2913.  G.  Nahnsen.  Electro-metallurgic  extraction  of 
/inc.     March  23. 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 


5794,    G,    11.   llikin 
March  24. 


Applications. 

Improved    washing   compounds. 


.r)938.  R.  Bell  and  G.  H.  Barber.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  soap.     March  2G. 

6955.  E.  .1.  J.  B.  lienoit  and  J.  S.  y  Vila.  Improvements 
in  the  method  of  extracting  stearine  and  oleine  from  tallow, 
and  in  apparatus  therefor.    Complete  Specification.  April  11. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

94:11.  11.  H.  Lake. — From  La  Societe  Anonyme  dcs  Par- 
funis  Naturels  de  Cannes.  Purification  of  fatty  substances. 
March  30. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES,  and 
RESINS. 

Applications. 

5120.  H.  W.  Picton  and  S.  E.  Linder.  Improved  manu- 
facture of  vermilion.     March  15. 

5287.  J.  W.  H.  .Tames.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  white  lead,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.  Complete 
Specification.  F'iled  March  17.  Date  applied  for  October 
1,  1891,  being  date  of  application  in  France. 

5862.  J.  B.  Carruthers.  Improvements  in  colour  cakes, 
blocks,  or  sticks  for  marking  or  colouring  purposes. 
March  25. 

6009.  S.  Z.  de  Ferranti  and  J.  H.  Noad.  Improvements 
in  the  production  of  white  lead  and  chrome  pigments. 
March  28. 

6516.  G.  W".  Scollay.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  pigments.     Complete  Specification.     April  5. 

6542.  J.  S.  Fairfax.— From  F.  Crane,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of.  pyroxyline  solutions 
and  compounds  for  varnishes  and  coatings.     April  5. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

3832.  J.  II.  Noad.      Manufacture  of  white  lead.     April  6. 

6683.  It.  J.  White.    Manufacture  of  white  lead.     April  20. 

8296.  A.  MacLean,  jun.  Transparent  coloured  materials 
for  decorative  purposes.     March  23. 

9193.  R.  Jacks. — From  G.  Sharp.  Composition  for 
coating  ships'  plates  and  the  like.     March  30. 

9267.  W.  B.  Lawson  and  H.  Schofield.  Manufacture  of 
black-lead  blocks.     April  6. 

9319.  W.  1'.  Thompson.— From  .1.  P.  von  Balgooy.  Pro- 
cess and  compositions  for  coating  walls  and  similar  surfaces 
to  prevent  the  penetration  of  damp.     March  30. 

1892. 

2253.  C.  H.  Bigland.  Paints  or  protective  coverings  for 
ships'  bottoms  and  other  structures.     March  23. 

3142.  H.  Taylor.  Manufacture  of  paints  and  varnishes, 
and  in  the  treatment  of  materials  in  connexion  therewith 
April  13. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 

Applications. 

5689.  F.  Riegert.  A  process  for  waterproofing  all  kinds 
of  skins  and  rendering  them  more  durable.  Complete 
Specification.     March  23. 

5704.  J.  T.  Hardy.  An  improved  method  or  process  of 
furnishing  moroccos,  goat  skins,  and  other  leathers. 
March  23. 

5828.  C.  K.  Falkenstein  and  K.  K.  Falkenstein.  An 
improved  method  of  rapid  tanning  with  the  aid  of  electricity. 
March  25. 

6104.  C.   W.  Luther.     The  production  of  a  cement  or 

glue  for  joining  wood.     March  29. 

6416.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  F.  A.Wolff,  Germany. 
Improvements  in  and  in  apparatus  for  the  treatment  of 
liquid  gelatin  or  glue  for  the  ultimate  production  of  plates 
or  sheets  of  such.     Complete  Specification.     April  2. 

7150.  C.  J.  Sanders.  A  process  for  treating  the  entrails 
or  intestines  of  animals  to  render  them  waterproof  and 
useful  for  industrial  purposes.     April  13. 


390 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[April  so,  I89i. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

7106.  A.  Huillard.  Process  of  decolourising  and  clarifying 
tunning  liquors  or  tannic  extracts.     April  6. 

9624.  W.  Crowther  and  J.  Crowther.  Preserving  a 
solution  of  tannin  and  keeping  it  from  fermenting  or  changing 
into  gallic  acid.     April  13. 

10,871.  B.  Whiteley.  Manufacture  of  mats,  rags,  and 
and  similar  articles  from  the  skins  of  animals  such  as  sheep 
and  the  like.     March  30. 

18,003.  F.  J.  Bugg.  Manufacture  of  an  improved  com- 
position leather  fabric.     March  30. 

19,397.  I.  Goldschmidt.  Process  of  dyeing,  tanning,  and 
mordanting  leather,  teasled  fabrics,  or  other  porous  materials, 
and  apparatus  employed  therefor.     April  6. 

1892. 

2429.  H.  E.  Howe.  Method  of  rendering  leather  used 
for  the  outer  soles  of  boots  and  shoes  flexible  or  pliable. 
March  23. 


XV.— AGRICULTURE  and   MANURES. 

Application. 

5411.  F.  W.  Saatmann.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  superphosphates.     .March  is. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

.Vi.'iT.  II.  II.  Lake. — From  A.  Briart  and  P.  Jacquemin. 
Method  for  enriching  calcareous  phosphates,  and  for 
manufacturing  superphosphates  and  various  by-products. 
.March  30. 

1SU2. 

3029.  II.  IT.  Lake.— From  The  Biolytic  Gypse  Co. 
Insecticide  and  fertiliser.     March  23. 


XVI.— SUGARS,   STARCHES,   GUMS,  Etc. 
Applications. 

5719.  T.  Drost.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  relined  sugar  from  raw  sugar.     March  23. 

6160.  1!.  Broekhoff.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
manufacturing  sugar.     Complete  Specification.     March  30. 

7254.  (i.  F.  Delory.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
fecula  and  other  amylaceous  matters,  and  in  apparatus 
therefor.     April  14. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 


The    Maschinenfaluik 
saccharine   and     other 


1891. 

8545.  J.  C  Mewburn.  From 
Grevenbroich.  Crystallisation  of 
solutions.     March  23. 

8546.  .1.  C.  Mewburn.  From  The  Maschinenfabrik 
Grevenbroich.  Treatment  of  solutions  which  have  been 
boiled  to  the  granular  state.     March  23. 

21,370.  L.  Kern.  Production  of  adhesive  substances 
soluble  in  water,  from  the  gum  exuded  from  almond,  cherry, 
peach,  and  other  trees.     April  6. 


XVII.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

5059.  G.  Sobotka  and  A.  Kliemetschek.  Method  of  and 
apparatus  for  producing  clear  wort.  Complete  Specification. 
March  15. 

.")227.  R.  Rozeubaum.  A  process  for  the  treatment  of 
wine.     March  16. 

6075.  1 1.  Sobotka.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for  separating 
yeast.     Complete  Specification.     March  29. 

6286.  W.  (J.  Davidson.  Davidson's  precipitating  and 
hot  blast  process  for  treating  and  cooling  distillers'  dreg. 
April  1. 

6531.  .1.  F.  Wittemann.  An  improved  process  of 
finishing  beer.     Complete  Specification.     April  5. 

6555.  C  M.  Johnson  and  E.  do  Cock.  Improved  method 
of  or  means  for  treating  beer  for  improving  its  qualities 
and  colour.     Complete  Specification.     April  5. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

9763.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  J.  F.  Theurer.  Process 
and  apparatus  for  effecting  the  extraction  of  bops,  with 
the  simultaneous  production  of  a  fine  extract.     April  13. 


10,135.  P.  M.  Justice.— From  A.  W.  Billings, 
and  means  for  manufacturing  beer  and  ale. 

18,511.   A.  Umbeck.     BrewiDg.     March  23. 


Method 


Process 

the    like. 


1892. 

3010.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  C.  F.  Lawton. 
of     manufacturing    beer,   ale,   wine,    cider,    or 
March  23. 

3011.  W.P.Thompson. — From  C  F.  Lawton.  Method 
and  apparatus  for  manufacturing  beer,  ale,  wine,  cider,  or 
the  like.     March  23. 


XVIII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 


Applications. 


A, 


United   states. 
March  14. 


■Chemistry  of  Foods. 

4948.  H.   J.    Allison.— From   J.   Miner, 
Process  of  making  food  compounds. 

5589.  S.  L.  West.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
purifying,  sterilising,  and  filtering  water,  and  rendering  the 
same  fit  for  potable  purposes.  Complete  Specification. 
March  22. 

5725.  J.  Falcimagne.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  preservation  of  meat  and  fatty  matters.  Complete 
Specification.     March  23. 

6570.  G.  J.  Epstein.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  a  substitute  for  egg.     April  5. 

6808.  G.  Tall.  The  manufacture  of  an  improved 
substitute  for  butter.     April  8. 

6841.  W.  Crawford.  An  improvement  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  malt  bread,  biscuits,  confectionery,  and  other  articles 
of  diet.     Complete  Specification.     April  9. 

7043.  C.  Saville.  A  new  or  improved  food  product,  and 
process  of  producing  the  same.  Complete  Specification. 
April  12. 


April  so,  una.]     THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


391 


B. — Sanitary  Chemistry, 

5077.  1).  Hanvood.  Improved  means  for  preventing  the 
pollution  of  the  atmosphere  in  large  cities  and  towns. 
March  15. 

6211.  J.  Price.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
sewage.     March  31. 

6396.  P.  W.  Lacey.      Improvements  in  apparatus  for  the 

treatment  of  noxious  gases.     April  2. 

G731.  H.  Grimshaw.  A  new  and  improved  method  for 
the  purification  of  sewage  and  waste  water  from  manufac- 
turing processes.     April  8. 

6882.     H.    C.     W.     Baldwin.  Improvements    in    the 

construction  and  arrangements  of  purifying  and  disinfecting 
apparatus.     April  9. 


C — Disinfectants. 

5036.  .).    B.    Dewhurst.      An    improved   compound    for 
disinfecting  and  other  purposes.     March  15. 

5979.  1'.   W.  A.   llille.     Improvements  in  disinfectants. 
March  28. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

A.— Chemistry  of  Foods. 
1891. 

7345.  ];.  Kick  and  O.  Dahm.  Manufacture  of  artificial 
"  human  milk"  and  other  easily  digestible  foods. 
March  23. 

1892. 

3470.  G.  F.  Redfern.— From  G.  II.  Xeuhauss,  J.  F.  II. 
Gronwald,  and  F.  11.  ( '.  <  •ehlmann.  Apparatus  for  sterilising 
milk  and  other  fluids.     April  20. 


C. — Disinfectants. 

1891. 

8827.  K.  Armstrong.     Manufacture  of  detergent  powder. 
March  30. 

9491.  T.    H.     Williams.       Manufacture    of    disinfecting 
powder.    April  13. 

9492.  T.     II.     Williams.       Manufacture   of    disinfecting 
powder.      April  13. 


XIX.— PAPFR,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
Application. 

5981.  J.  F.  Hollidge.  A  treatment  of  paper  or  other 
material  wherehy  writings  hecome  unalterable  by  the  action 
of  time  or  exposure.     March  28. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

20,225.  C.  Kellner.  Treatment  of  short  fibres,  particu- 
larly paper  pulp,  forming  therefrom  rovings  and  other  goods. 
March  2::. 


XX.— FINE   CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES, 
and  EXTRACTS. 

Applications. 

5745.  J.  Pfleger  and  W.  Krauth.  An  improved  process 
for  the  production  of  oxygenated  pyrrazol  derivatives. 
March  23. 

7269.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  W.  C.  Tiffany,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  extracts  and  distillates  of  ruinex, 
hymenosepalum,  torr,  and  their  by-products,  and  the 
processes  of  producing  the  same.     April  16. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

8584.  L.  F.  Riedel.  Manufacture  of  an  iodine  derivative 
of  phenacetin.     March  23. 

9431.  H.  H.  Lake.  —  From  La  Societe  Anonyme  des 
Parfums  Naturels  de  Cannes.     See  Class  XII. 

9450.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  F.  von  Heyden.  Manufac- 
ture of  iso-eugenol  and  poly-iso-eugenol.     March  30. 

9763.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  J.  F.  Theurer.  See  Class 
XVII. 


XXL— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 
MATERIALS. 

Applications. 

5597.  J.  W.  McDonough.  Improvements  in  the  art  of 
producing  coloured  photographs.  Complete  Specification. 
March  22. 

6342.  V.  Mathieu.  Process  for  producing  coloured 
photographs.     Complete  Specification.     April  1. 

6543.  J.  S.  Fairfax.— From  F.  Crane,  United  State.-. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  pyroxyline  solutions 
and  compounds  for  photographic  or  other  films  or  coatings, 
and  for  solid  or  massive  articles.     April  5. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

7785.  B.  Krantz  and  H.  Zcissler.  Method  and  apparatus 
for  reproducing'photographs.      April  13. 


XXII.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Applications. 

5499.  E.  Davies.  Improvements  connected  with  explosive 
and  non-explosive  projectiles,  and  in  an  explosive  compound 
to  be  used  with  the  explosive  projectile.     March  21. 

6258.  O.  Imray. — From  MM.  Rotten  and  Co.,  Germany. 
Improved  manufacture  of  explosives.     March  31. 

6448.  C.  O.  Lundholm  and  J.  Saj'ers.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  explosives.     April  4. 

6470.  R.  H.  Courtenay.  Improvements  in  and  means 
for  discharging  highly  explosive  substances  or  fluids  for 
war  and  mining  and  other  purposes.     April  4. 

G548.  D.  Morrison  and  J.  Somerville.  Improvements  in 
and  relating  to  matches  for  lighting  purposes.     April  5. 

7238.  J.  K.  von  Falkenstein  and  A.  M.  Bohm.  New 
or  improved  manufacture  of  smokeless  powder  and  high 
explosives.     April  14. 


392 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [April  80, 1892. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

189). 
9503.  H.  T.  Ashton.     Percussion  fuses.      April  20. 


10,747.  J.  Selwig  and  B.  Lange.    Apparatus  for  nitrating      distillation.     March  16. 


XXIII.— ANALYTICAL   CHEMISTRY. 

Applications. 
5211.   E.    E.    Dulier.       An     improvement     in     fractional 


cotton,  cellulose,  straw,  &c.     April  20. 

12,474.  ,1.  Heath  and   W.  Frost.     A    safety   fuse  lighter. 
April  20. 


5281.  C.  Eery.     A  new  instrument  for  the  measurement 
of  the  refractive  index  of  light  in  liquids.     March  17. 


Printed  and  Published  by  IOyre  and  Spottiswoode,  East  Hnrding  Street,.  London,  E.C.,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry, 


THE   JOURNAL 


OP  THE 


Society  of  Cfyemtcal  3noustry: 

A   MONTHLY    RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  :>.—  Vol.  XI] 


MAY    31,    1892. 


No.n-Members  SO/-  per  annum ;  Members 
21/-  per  Set  of  eitra  or  back  numbers  ; 
Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2/6. 


CI)e  £>orietp  of  Clmm'cal  finori&trp. 

Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P..  LL.I).,  V.P.R.S 1881—1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  K.C.B.,  D.O.L.,  F.R.S 1S82— 1883. 

Walter  Weldon,  F.R.S 1883—1884. 

W.  H.  l'erkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 18S4— 1885. 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885— 18S6. 

David  Howard 1888—1887. 

Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S 1887—1888. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S 1888—1889. 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S 18S9— 1S90. 

E.  Rider  Cook 1S90— 1891. 


COUNCIL  FOR   YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 

President:  Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds.  .11.1).,  D.Sc ,  F.li.S. 
Vice-Presidents : 


Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S. 

Wm.  Crowder. 

Janus  Duncan. 

Sir  John  Ecuns.K.C.  B.,F.R.S.,£c 

David  Howard. 

S.  II.  Jul,  11.1,111. 


Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 
Dr.  Hugo  Miller,  F.R.S. 
B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
Sir  Juhn  Turney. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council: 
A.  H.  Allen.  I       E.  K.  Muspratt. 

Arthur  Boake.  T.  L.  Patterson. 

Ju'i.  ,'uhh  rwtnul.  Boverton  Redwood. 

Dr.  Charles  Dreyfus.  Jno.  Spiller. 

H.  Grimshaw.  T.  71".  Stuart. 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S.  William  Thorp,  B.Sc. 

With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer: 
1J.  Rider  Cookt  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 
Dr.  F  Hurter. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Archbutt. 

G.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc.  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 

H.  Brunner. 

E.  Rider  Cook. 

W.  Y.  Dent. 

Ohas.  Dreyfus,  Ph.D. 

Percy  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 


Publication  Committee: 
The  President. 

F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

Wm.  Kellner,  Ph.D. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

John  Pattinson. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 

H.  R.  Procter. 

Boverton  Redwood. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Wm.  Thorp. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor : 
Watson  Smith,  University  College,  London,  W.C 

Assisted  by  the  following  Staff  of  Abstractors : 
S.  B.  Asher  Aron.  IV.,  IX.,  X. 

H.Auer VII. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gen.Chem. 
G.  H.  Beckett . .    V.,  VI.,  VII. 

D.  Beudii HI. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V.,  VI. 

Jos.Bernays.M.I.C.E.    I. 

E.  J.  Bevan V..XIX. 

Bertram  Blount .  (x?^  '\ni 
Arthur  G.  Bloxam  XIV.,  XV. 

J.  C.  Chorley XXI. 

J.H.Collins X. 

V.Cornish... VIII.,  IX.,  XIII 


P.  Dvorkowitseh.il.,  III.,  IV., 
XII.,  XVIIL,  XXIII. 

W.  M.  Gardner V.,  VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton I. 

1'.  J .  Hartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Chem. 
Prof.  D.  E.  Jones',  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc VI.,  XVI. 

F.    S.    Kipping,  I       II.  and 
D.Sc $  Gen.Chem. 

'    j  Gen.  Chem. 

L.deKoningh  XVIIL, XXIII. 

T.  A.  Lawson,  Ph.D. .    IV. 


Chas.  A.  Kohn 
Ph.D.  . . 


J.    Walter     Leather,  f  Yir 
Ph.D jxv- 

F.H.Leeds.  III.,  XIII.,  XXI. 

J.  I.eukowitsch,')     T.T    ,.., 
Ph.D J     111.,  XII. 

A.  Liebmann,  Ph.D.  (  "xj1" 

A.  R.Ling IV..XVI. 

D.A.Louis XV. 

W.  Macnab XXII. 

K.  E.  Markel,  Ph.D. ..     XII. 

A.  K.  Miller,  Ph.D..     III.,  IV. 

N.  H.  J.  Miller,  Ph.D.    XV. 

H.S. Pattinson, Ph.D.    VII.,  X. 

U.  T.  PenterO   xyT     xyn 
mann j   -v,1->  -a-m. 

G.H.Robertson XI. 

F.  W.  Renaut. . .    Patent  Lists. 

H.  Schlichter.  Ph.D..    V.,  XV 

Edward  Simpson  ....     I. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.A.Sutherland...    II.,  III. 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

H.K.Tompkins,  B.Sc.    X. 

V.  H.  Veley,  M.A.    Gen.Chem. 

C.  Otto  Weber, Ph.D.  IV.,XIII. 

A.  Wingham X. 


NOTICES. 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Rule  18  of  the 
Rye-laws,  notice  is  hereby  given  that  those  Members  of 
Council  whose  names  are  placed  in  italics  in  the  annexed 
list  will  retire  from  their  respective  offices  at  the  forth- 
coming Annual  General  Meeting. 

Sir  John  Evans,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  has  been  nominated  to  the 
office  of  President;  and  Professor  J.  Emerson  Reynolds, 
F.R.S.,  has  been  nominated  Vice-President  under  Rule  11. 

Dr.  F.  Hurter,  Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S.,  Mr.  John  Spiller, 
and  Professor  T.  E.  Thorpe,  F.R.S.,  have  been  nominated 
Vice-Presidents  under  Rule  8  ;  and  Mr.  Thos.  Tyrer  has  been 
nominated  an  Ordinary  Member  of  Council  under  Rule  17, 
in  the  place  of  Mr.  John  Spiller,  nominated  a  Vice-President. 

Mr.  Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S.,  has  been  nominated  Foreign 
Secretary  ;  and  the  Treasurer  has  been  nominated  for  re- 
election. 

B 


394 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [M«ysi.i«* 


Members  are  hereby  invited  to  nominate  tit  and  proper 
persons  to  till  four  vacancies  among  the  Ordinary  Members 
of  Council  under  Rule  18.  Special  nomination  forms  for 
this  purpose  can  be  obtained  from  the  General  Secretary 
upon  application. 

Extract  from  Hule  18  -.— "  No  such  nomination  shall  be 
valid  unless  it  be  signed  by  at  least  ten  Members  of  the 
Society  who  are  not  in  arrear  with  their  subscriptions,  nor 
unless  it  be  received  by  the  General  Secretary,  at  the 
Society's  Office,  at  least  one  month  before  the  date  of  the 
commencement  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting,  to  the 
election  to  take  place  at  which  it  refers.  Nor  shall  any 
such  nomination  be  valid  if  the  person  nominated  be  in- 
eligible For  election  under  Rules  12  or  15.  No  member  shall 
silhi  nunc  than  one  nomination  form." 

Anm -al  General  Meeting. 
The  Annual  General  Meeting  will  be  held  in  London  on 
the  20th,  21st,  and  22nd  July  next.  A  detailed  programme 
appears  in  this  issue.  Books  of  Coupon  Tickets  will  be 
provided  upon  application  to  the  Hon.  Local  Secretary,  and 
will  be  wanted  as  vouchers  for  visits  to  works  and  excursions. 


Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Rider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  Bow, 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 
communicated.  

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Rule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  he 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  case  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 


Clarke,  Chas.,  Macloutsie,  Bechuanaland,  South  Africa, 
analyst  and  assayer. 

Dodd,  Archelaus,  135,  Coleman  Street,  Whitrnorereans, 
Wolverhampton,  electro  chemist. 

Gilmour,  Jas.  D.,  138,  Aitkenhead  Road,  Glasgow, 
chemist. 

Hamilton,  Robt.,  Leeds  Steel  Works,  Limited,  Leeds, 
analytical  chemist. 

Moore,  Dr.  G.  Dunning,  25,  Catharine  Street,  Worcester, 
Mass.,  C.S.A.,  professor  of  chemistry. 

Paine,  Augustus  G.,  The  New  York  and  Pennsylvania 
Company,  Times  Building,  New  York  City,  U.S.A.,  paper 
manufacturer. 

Pope,  Wm.  J.,  43,  Hartismere  Road.  Walham  Green,  SAY., 
chemist. 

Seutter,  Dr.  Erhard  von,  Via  Trere  4,  Giirz,  Austria, 
works  manager. 

Smithson,  Saml.,  Ravensthorpe,  near  Dewsbury,  Yorks, 
dyer  and  drysalter. 

Taylor,  Ernest  II.,  Teinturie  "  Le  Phoenix,"  Borgerhout, 
Antwerp,  chemist. 

Thorp,  G.  H.,  Clowes  Villa,  Lower  Broughton,  Man- 
chester, engineer. 

Wing,  Jno.  D„  Box  59,  New  York  City,  U.S.A., 
merchant. 


CHANGES   OF   ADDRESS. 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  EYRF.and  Sfottiswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  is  prepared  to  offer  as.  apiece  for  copies  of 
the  Society's  Journals  for  January  1883  in  saleable  condi- 
tion. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED.  23rd  MAY  1892. 


Allen,  Walter  W.,  c/o  the  Pueblo  Smelting  and  Refining 
Co.,  Pueblo,  Colorado,  U.S.A.,  manager. 

Bower,  W.  Ackroyd,  Carnbroe  Chemical  Works,  Coat- 
bridge, N.B.,  chemical  engineer. 

Brooke,  Wilton,  Ashvillc,  Stairfoot,  Barnsley,  Yorks, 
manufacturing  chemist. 


Archbold,  Dr.  G.,  1  o  Washington  ;  121—123,  Front  Street, 
New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

Barrett,  A.  A.,  1  o  Liverpool ;  Isola  Perroui,  Piazza  del 
Collegio  Militare,  Messina,  Sicily. 

Barrow,  Jos.,  l/o  Failsworth  ;  65,  Bromboro'  Road,  Lower 
Bebington,  Birkenhead. 

Bartlett,  F.  C,  Journals  to  c/o  American  Zinc  Lead  Co., 
Canon  City,  Colorado,  U.S.A. 

Beckett,  G.  H.  I/o  London  ;  c/o  Alfred  Nobel,  San  Remo, 
Italy. 

Benjamin,  Dr.  M.,  1  o  West  121st  Street;  77,  West  50th 
Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

Beringer,  J.  J.,  1  o  Treon  Road;  Basset  Road,  Camborne, 
Cornwall. 

Boothby,  Chas.,  l/o  Westminster;  The  Hollies,  Mile  End, 
Stockport. 

Cargey,  W.  E.,   l/o  Newcastle;  dalla   Signora   Poccardi, 
51,  Via  alia  l'onte  Mosca,  Torino,  Italy. 

Colwell,  W.  E.,  l/o  London;  e/o   B.  P.  Clapp  Ammonia 
Co.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  U.S.A. 

Conroy,  Jas.   T.,  l/o  Montpellier  Crescent;  Hunstanton, 
Hamilton  Road,  New  Brighton,  Cheshire. 

Crichton,  D.  G.,  l/o  Broken  Hill ;  Nundle,  via  Tain  worth. 
New  South  Wales.     (Journals.) 

Davis,  Chas.,  I/o  Oakfield  Road ;  3,  Leitrim  Terrace,  High 
Street,  East  Ham,  E. 

Fleck,    Hermann,  l/o  Philadelphia;   I'hland  Strasse  14, 
Tubingen,  Germany. 

Fletcher,  R.  J.,  1  o  London  ;  50,  Maitland  Street,  Halifax, 
Nova  Scotia. 

Gowlaud,  Wm.,  1  o  London ;    Buena   Vista,   Frodsham, 
Cheshire. 

Gray,  John,  l/o  Johnstone ;   Pentland   Oilworks,    Loan- 
head,  N.B. 

Gregory,   Wm.,  l/o  Ashford  ;  Steam  Brewery,  Dartford, 
Kent. 

Haller,  G.,  Journals  to  86a,  Leadenhall  Street,  E.C. 
Hamilton,  Oswald,  l/o  London  ;  c/o  The  Northfleet  White 
Lead  Co.,  Northfleet,  Kent. 

Heron,  John,  l/o  Worple    Road ;  Ellerdale,  Cottenham 
Park,  Wimbledon. 


May  .si,  1812.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


395 


Holloman,  F.  E.,  l/o  Rawcliffe  Bridge ;  3,  Laxton  Terrace, 
Sedgwick  Road,  Ley  ton,  E. 

Johnstone,  h.,  l/o  Newcastle;  1,  Leadenhall  Street,  E.C. 

Longshaw,  Jas.,  l/o  Manchester ;  3,  Church  Road,  Sea- 
forth,  near  Liverpool. 

Lowe,  Jas.  S.,  Journals  to  c/o  Oriental  Hank  Estates  < '».. 
Lil.,  Port  Louis,  Mauritius. 

Lowinan,  Dr.  Oscar,  l/o  Jefferson  Avenue  ;  424,  lirush 
Street,  Detroit,  Mich.,  U.S.A. 

Mallnlieu,  T.  C,  l/o  Manchester ;  Anlage  24  C,  Heidel- 
berg,  liaden. 

Mond,  V.,  Journals  to  20,  Avenue  Road,  Regent's  Park, 
N.W. 

Moult,  John,  l/o  Gladstone  Terrace  ;  I'nderhill,  Low  Fell, 
Gateshead. 


Panton,  J.  A.,  l/o  Abbots  Langley  ; 
Bayswater,  W. 


l'embridge  Villas, 


Preston,  E.  S.,  Journals  to  30,  Percy  Street,  Liverpool. 
Richardson,  C.   T.,  Journals  to  3a,  Portman  Mansions, 
Baker  Street,  W. 

Kiddell,  Kobt.,  l/o  Leicester ;  c/o  S.  Allsopp  and  Sons, 
Limited,  The  Brewery,  Hurton-on-Trent. 

Scott,  Ernest,  l/o  Hampstead  ;  67,  Lord  Street,  Liver- 
pool. 

Scudder,  F.,  l/o  Claphum  Common  ;  146,  Earl's  Court  Road, 
South  Kensington,  S.W. 

Sewell,  Parker,  l/o  Alice  Street;  194,  South  Eldon  Street, 
South  Shields. 

Smith,  A.  J.,  l/o  Fir  Vale  ;  103,  Rock  Street,  Pitsmoor, 
Sheffield. 

Weldon,  Ernest,  l/o  Noel  Street;  300,  Radford  Road, 
New  Basford,  Nottingham. 

Westmoreland,  J.  W.,  l/o  Leeds  ;  2,  City  Road,  Finsbury 
Square,  E.C. 

White,  H.,  l/o  Rotherham  ;  80,  London  Road,  Carlisle. 

Wigg,  G.  L.,  l/o  Runcorn  ;  Bro.w  Head,  Windermere. 

Williams,  R.  Greville,  l/o  Heywood ;  Greenfield  House, 
Hopwood,  near  Manchester. 

Williamson,  Robt.,  l/o  Middlesbrough;  c/o  Jos.  William- 
son, Camp  Terrace,  North  Shields. 

Wilson,  J.  Millar,  l/o  Ridley  Park  ;  Eddystone,  Delaware 
Co.,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 


Graham,  J.  A.,  l/o  Dunmow,  Essex. 
Deeming,  T.  H.,  l/o  Burneston  House,  Plaistow,  E. 
Lees,  Asa,  l/o  76,  Duucombe  Road,  Upper  Holloway,  N. 
Milne,  G.  A.,  l/o  Norton,  Malton,  Vorks. 
Reay,  T.  B.,  l/o  Herrington  Street,  Sunderland. 
Whelan,  E.  J.,  l/o  Star  Chemical  Co.,  Wandsworth  Bridge 
Road,  Fulham,  S.W. 


MEMBER  OMITTED  FROM  JANUARY  LIST. 


Lee,  J.  W.  Richmond;  70,  St.  Helen's  Gardens,  North 
Kensington,  W. 


3Beat&& 

Hofmann,  Prof.  A.  W.,  F.R.S.,  10,  Doratheen  Strasse, 
Berlin. 

Shaw,  D.,  Clayton,  near  Manchester. 


Pontoon  Section. 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House. 


C.  F.  Cross. 
J.  Detvar. 
A.  G.  Green. 
S.  Mall. 

C.  W.  Beaton. 

D.  Howard. 
W.  Kellner. 


Chairman :  T.  Tyrer. 

Vice-Chairman :  W.  Crowder. 

Committee: 

W.  Ramsay. 
B.  liedwood. 
II'.  .v.  Squire. 
G.  N.  Stoker. 
F.  Nanier  Sutton. 
Win.  Tlun-,,. 
T.  E.  Thorpe. 


Ron.  Local  Secretary  :  John  Heron, 
Ellerdale.  Cottenham  Park,  Wimbledon. 


The  names  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  whe 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  been  elected  to  fill  the  vacancies,  and  will 
take  office  in  July  next ; — Chairman :  Wm,  Thorp.  Secretary: 
John  Heron.  Committee:  C.  C.  Hutchinson.  B.  E.  R.  Newlands, 
F.  G.  Adair  Roberts,  A.  Gordon  Salamon,  T.  Tyrer.  and  Frank 
Wilson. 


SESSION  1891-92. 


'(hi  some  Aluminium 


1S92  :— 

Mav  30th  :— 
Dr.  C.  R.  Alder  Wright,  F.R.S. 

Alloys." 
Mr.  J.  A.  Nettleton.    "  Vinegar." 

June  13th  :— 
Professor  V.  B.  Lewes.    "  Oil  Gas." 

Mr.  Watson  Smith.    "The  soluble  Bituminous  Constituents 
of  certain  Japanese  Coals." — cunt. 


Meeting  held  Monday,  2nd  May  1892. 


US,    THUS.    TYRER    IN   THE    CHAIR. 


ON  THE  DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION  OF 
WOOD. 

BY   JOHN    C.    CHORLEY   AND    WILLIAM    RAMSAY,  PH. It.,  F.R.S. 

The  destructive  distillation  of  wood  has  been  the  subject  of 
numerous  researches.  Some  investigators  have  carried  out 
experiments  on  a  large  scale,  using  different  kinds  of  wood, 
and  in  a  rough  way,  different  temperatures ;  others  have 
investigated  more  particularly  the  nature  of  the  distillate 
and  the  composition  of  the  gases  evolved. 

It  may  not  be  out  of  place  here  to  give  a  brief  summary 
of  the  previous  investigations  on  the  subject,  before  pro- 
ceeding to  describe  our  own  experiments  in  detail ;  but  we 
shall  confine  our  remarks  to  those  woods  generally  used  in 
practice,  viz. :  oak,  beech,  and  alder,  as  it  is  with  these  that 
our  experiments  have  been  carried  out. 

E.  Fischer  (Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  238,  55)  gives  the  results  of 
experiments  on  beech  on  the  manufacturing  scale.  Beech 
yielded,  per  cent. : — 

Vinegar. .  .45,  equivalent  to  t  per  cent.  C^HjO.  and  l'l  per  cent. 
CH.O. 

Charcoal..  .23 

Gas 28(CO2,20;  CO,  7  ;  CH„(P6;  H,  005). 

M.  Seuff  (Ber.  18,  60)  distilled  in  an  iron  retort 
from  four  to  six  kilos,  of  wood;  slow  distillation  (a)  was 
achieved  by  packing  the  retort  with  air-dried  wood  and 
heating  by  means  of  a  small  fire  ;  quick  distillation  (ft)  by 
heating  the  retort  to  bright  redness,  introducing  the  wood 
into  the  red-hot  retort,  closing,  and  continuing  the  process 

E  2 


396 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May31,lS92. 


at  as  high  a  temperature  as  possible.  He  experimented 
with  a  number  of  woods,  but  to  quote  his  results  for  oak 
will  serve  our  purpose. 


Total 
Distillate. 


Tar.    Vinegar. 


<«.)  iv  1.'. 

■to-3i 


:;-7 
32 


41-48 
4-2-04 


C2H,0..    |  Charcoal.       Gas. 


4-03 

:;    II 


:ifi;s        17  17 
•27 '73         27-03 


His  conclusions  are  that  quick  distillation  causes  the 
formation  of  more  gas,  with  less  distillate  and  less  carbon; 
that  the  vinegar  is  poorer  in  acid,  and  that  the  charcoal  is 
more  hygroscopic.  He  remarks  incidentally  that  the  yield 
of  methyl  alcohol  follows  that  of  acetic  acid,  being  high  or 
low,  according  as  the  yield  of  arid  is  high  or  low. 

Similar  experiments  are  recorded  by  C.  A.  Fawsitt  (this 
Journal,  4,  319).  He  gives  as  the  most  suitable  tempera- 
ture, 350  —400  ;  and  for  oak  his  numbers  are  : — 

\  in.  gar,  17  •  r,  per  cent,  containing  o-4  per  cent.  C.-li40.. ; 
and  charcoal,  2-1  ■  9  per  cent. 

Lastly,  \V.  Rudners  (Dingl,  1'olyt.  J.  264,  88  and  128) 
distilled  small  amounts  of  wood  (20 — 47  grains)  in  the 
state  of  sawdust  from  glass  retorts,  using  a  bath  of  Wood's 
alloy  as  a  source  of  heat.  The  temperature  was  made  to 
rise  slowly  from  150°  to  300°,  and  above.  Oak  yielded 
7-92  and  8-21  per  cent.  C;,H402,  and  birch,  9-52  per  cent. 
Comparisons  are  also  given  of  the  yield  from  other  woods, 
and  from  cellulose  prepared  from  birch. 

A  comparative  table  of  yields  is  also  quoted  in  "  Chemistry 
as  applied  to  Arts  and  Manufactures  "  (Mackenzie),  but 
without  particulars  as  to  temperature. 

.The  main  products  of  the  distillation  of  wood  are  water, 
acetic  acid,  methyl  alcohol,  aromatic  oils,  and  charcoal. 
Hut  the  following  subsidiary  products  have  been  detected  :— 
formic,  propionic,  butyric,  crotonic,  iso-crotonic,  and  angelic 
acids  (Grodski  and  Kramer,  Ber.  11,  1356)  ;  acetone, 
methyl  acetate,  allyl  alcohol,  mesityl  oxide,  phorone  {ibid., 
7,  1492)  :  aldehyde,  methyl  formate  (C.  F.  Mabery,  Amer. 
(  lie-in.  .1.  5,  256)  :  methyl  ethyl  ketone,  and  two  bodies  of 
tli.-  formulae  <',H|_<  >  and  CluH160,  supposed  to  result  from 
the  mutual  action  of  acetone  on  aldehyde,  and  of  acetone  on 
ethyl  methyl  ketone,  and  yielding  on  further  dehydration 


xylene  an  1  cymene ;  methylal  (Fawsitt,  loc.  cit.)  ;  and  at  a 
low  temperature,  furfural  (Heill,  Ber.  10,  936).  The  tar 
contains  guiacol  and  creosol,  together  with  numerous  allied 
bodies ;  and  the  pitch,  retene  in  considerable  amount. 

Analyses  of  the  gas  evolved  at  different  stages  of  the 
distillation  are  also  given  by  Fischer  (loc.  cit.").  It  consists 
mainly  of  carbon  dioxide  (55-6  to  64-7)  and  monoxide 
(30-1  to  35-1)  together  with  methane  (first  three  hours, 
3-94;  8th  hour,  4-67;  11th  hour,  5-12;  12th  hour, 
2-43) ;  traces  of  ethylene  (0-05  to  0-69)  and  from  1-2  to 
4  percent,  of  hydrogen. 

There  appeared  to  be  still  room  for  a  careful  investigation 
of  the  operation  of  wood-distillation,  regard  being  paid  to 
temperature  of  the  air-bath  used  to  heat  the  still :  to  the 
temperature  of  the  contents  of  the  still ;  to  the  yield  of  acid 
and  wood-spirit  at  different  stages  of  the  distillation  ;  and  to 
the  composition  of  the  gas  evolved.  Much  still  remains  to 
be  done ;  but  the  experiments  carried  out  form  a  contribution 
to  our  knowledge  of  the  whole  subject. 

Description  of  Apparatus. 

The  distillations  were  conducted  in  glass  ;  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  still  was  raised  by  means  of  an  air-bath  with 
triple  walls,  an  admirable  device  for  securing  constant  known 
temperatures  ;  such  air-baths  arc  made  by  L.  Buhler,  of 
Tubingen,  from  a  design  by  Prof.  Lothar  Meyer.  The 
products  of  distillation  passed  through  a  Liebig's  condenser 
into  a  receiver ;  the  gases  escaping  were  washed  with  strong 
sulphuric  acid,  for  the  purpose  of  retaining  methyl  alcohol, 
the  vapour  pressure  of  which  is  so  considerable  at  ordinary- 
temperatures  (54  ■  2  mm.  at  10  )  as  to  cause  considerable  loss, 
provided  no  means  had  been  taken  to  arrest  its  progress. 
Assuming  the  escaping  gas  to  have  heen  saturated  with 
methyl  alcohol  at  15°,  the  amouut  retained  by  4' 5  litres  of 
gas —an  average  yield — would  have  been  0-45  grm.  It  is 
not  certain  that  no  alcohol  passed  the  scrubber  of  sulphuric 
acid,  but  the  loss  of  wood-spirit  must  have  thus  been  greatly 
lessened.  After  passing  the  scrubber  the  gases  were  made 
to  bubble  through  two  large  sets  of  Liebig's  buibs  full  of 
potash,  to  retain  carbon  dioxide  ;  they  then  entered  a  gas- 
holder of  glass,  roughly  graduated,  so  that  their  volume  was 
measured. 

The  accompanying  woodcut  shows  the  arrangement  of  the 
apparatus  : — 


Thermometers. 

It.    Fla.sk    containing   the 

wood, 
c.    Condenser. 


d.  Recei  vt-r. 

e.  Sulphuric  acid  washer. 
/,/,.    Potash  bulbs. 


a.    Gauge. 

A.    Oas-holder. 

*.    Pipe  to  water-pump. 


To  ensure  at  least  partial  absence  of  air  in  the  gases,  the 
still  and  appurtenances  were  exhausted  by  a  good  water- 
pump  before  commencing  distillation.  The  vacuum  produced 
was  about  740  mm.  at  an  atmospheric  pressure  of  760  mm., 
hence  the  amount  of  air  remaining  in  the  whole  apparatus 
and  ultimately  reaching  the  gas-holder  did  not  exceed  as  a 
rule  100  cubic  centimetres.  To  have  made  a  perfect  vacuum 
would  have  scarcely  been  possible,  because  it  was  necessary 
to  employ  an  ordinary  cork  for  the  distilling-ftask,  owing  to 
the  high  temperature  of  the  issuing  vapours. 


The  temperature  of  the  air-bath  and  the  temperature  of 
the  wood  were  read  frequently  during  each  distillation. 
They  are  illustrated  by  curves.  Thermometers  containing 
nitrogen  were  employed ;  in  some  cases,  however,  the 
temperature  was  too  high  to  be  thus  registered,  and  the 
readings  are  therefore  omitted. 

The  wood  (oak,  beech,  or  alder)  was  cut  into  small  chips 
and  placed  in  the  tlask,  a  thermometer  being  inserted  so  that 
its  bulb  occupied  the  centre  of  the  space,  and  served  to  show 
the  progress  of   the   distillation.     The   temperature   of  the 


May  31 IB98.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY, 


397 


bath  was  thcu  raised,  the  whole  apparatus  having  been 
tendered  vacuous.  As  soon  as  the  gas  from  the  still  raised 
the  internal  pressure,  the  entrance  to  the  gas-holder  was 
opened,  and  the  gas  passed.  Distillation  was  continued 
until  gas  ceased  to  he  evolved.  Hut  this  must  he  taken  only 
as  a  general  description  of  the  method  of  conducting 
experiments,  for  in  many  cases  it  was  altered  more  or  less 
in  order  to  obtain  special  information. 

After  the  distillation  was  over  the  weights  of  the  charcoal, 
the  distillate,  and  the  carbon  dioxide  bulbs  were  ascertained, 
and  the  total  volume  of  the  gas  was  read.  The  distillate 
was  redistilled,  and  the  insoluble  oils  were  weighed.  The 
second  distillate,  containing  chiefly  acetic  acid  and  methyl 
alcohol,  was  titrated  for  total  acid  ;  and  the  methyl  alcohol 
was  distilled  off,  after  neutralisation  of  the  acid.  It  was 
united  with  the  distillate  from  the  sulphuric  acid  scrubber, 
diluted  with  much  water.  The  total  carbon  dioxide, 
produced  by  oxidising  the  methyl  alcohol,  &c.  with  chromic 
acid  was  ascertained,  and  it  was  assumed  for  the  sake  of 
comparison  to  be  all  due  to  methyl  alcohol.  This  is 
obviously  an  incorrect  assumption,  for  the  distillate  is 
known  to  contain  a  considerable  percentage  of  acetone, 
which  also  yields  carbon  dioxide  as  one  of  its  oxidation 
products,  besides  other  substances  in  smaller  amount,  many 
of  which  would  also  be  oxidised  to  carbon  dioxide  ;  the  total 
amount,  however,  of  all  these  products  was  so  small  that  it 
was  thought  better  to  submit  them  as  a  whole  to  some  such 
rough  test,    rather   than   attempt  a  separation   which  would 


have  been  difficult,  and  which  would  in  all  probability  have 
involved  considerable  loss. 

To  gain  an  idea  of  the  possibility  of  thus  estimating 
methyl  alcohol  the  following  experiments  were  performed : — 

Pure  methyl  alcohol  in  about  7  per  cent,  solution  was 
boiled  with  a  solution  of  chromic  anhydride,  and  the  carbon 
dioxide  evolved  was  led  through  a  second  flask  containing 
a  boiling  solution  of  the  same  oxidising  agent.  The  vapours 
escaping  were  caused  to  return  to  the  second  flask  by  means 
of  an  inverted  condenser.  To  the  open  end  of  the  con- 
denser was  attached  a  flask  containing  a  known  volume  of 
a  solution  of  barium  hydroxide,  ^ith  normal.  The  resulting 
barium  carbonate  was  removed  by  liltration,  and  the 
residual  alkalinity  determined  by  titration. 

Two  experiments  conducted  on  pure  methyl  alcohol  gave 
94-8  and  9.V6  per  cent.;  but  in  estimating  the  amount  of 
methyl  alcohol  in  the  crude  products  of  distillation,  no 
correction  was  introduced  for  the  deficiency,  for  the  method 
was  regarded  as  merely  a  comparative  one.  The  yieM  o£ 
methyl  alcohol  in  the  distillate  from  wood  must  therefore 
be  understood  to  be  calculated  on  the  basis  of  C03,  obtained 
when  it  was  treated  in  the  manner  described  above. 

It  will  be  best  to  exhibit  the  general  results  in  a  tabular 
form  first,  showing  the  results  at  high  and  at  low  tempera- 
tures. The  methods  of  securing  these  temperatures  wdl  be 
afterwards  described,  together  with  the  thermal  changes 
which  occur  in  the  woods  during  distillation. 


Table  I. 


Oak. 


No.  1.         No.  2.        No.  3. 


No.  1. 


No.  5. 


No.  6. 


X"  7  No.  8. 


AVeight  of  wood  taken  in  grins 


158-0 


Per  vent,  of  charcoal 32 '9 

Per  cent,  of  distillate 55'7 

]'ir  cent .  of  C(  >a  absorbed 6'43 

Percent,  of  gas  to  make  up  100  by  difference 4 •  i»7 

- 

Volume  of  pis  after  absorbing  the  O  >_■ 4,010 

fCO 61-35 

I  O 

Per  cent,  by  volume  of  the  above  gas  !  ii'-Al, 

I  CH N 

I  >  20-ir, 

LN  by  difference  ) 

Per  cent,  of  pitch  from  dial  illate  on  i  he  wood 7"~2 

Percent,  of  acetic  acid  distillate  on  the  wood 5*6 

Per  cent,  of  meth.vl  alcohol  on  the  wood 2 '02 

Maximum  temperature  about ,'H5 


160-0  160-0 


160-0 


181-5 


so-o 

29-60 

31-25 

30-58 

33-7 

25-00 

58-1 

60-56 

58-75 

59-87 

56*35 

59-41 

3-9?' 

6-73 

7-i0 

6'5II 

o-  to 

B'05 

8-0! 

3-00 

2 '.-,e 

3-05 

3-49 

7-51 

6,000 

76-2 
1-5 


8-1S 

.", '  D5 
IT, 


1,350 

S3  -03 
2-91 

0-67 
13-30 

7-03 
5  ■  58 
1-78 


4,650 


81-79 

1-72 

2-61 

13-88 

360 


356-5 


s-ia 

5-5S 
1-  1 

334 


4,300 
91-82 


1-73 

6-25 

8-09 
5-5S 

1-22 

345° 


1,110(1 

02 '25 


7,-500 
71-01 


•   17-41 


:■.  II' 


500 


167-0 

21'55 
58-69 

9-58 
7-1S 


1-89 

1T55 

7  -09 

WOO 

5-58 

5-76 

1-32 

0-86 

7,000 

7ir77 

f     l'" 
C.  14-90 

13-32 

9-58 
I'-IS 
1-8S 


500° 


'  CO,  not  all  absorbed  by  the  bulbs. 


Confining  our  attention  first  to  Table  I.,  in  which  the 
results  with  oak-wood  are  stated,  the  chief  feature  to  be 
noticed  is  that  the  percentage  of  charcoal  obtained  with  a 
maximum  temperature  of  334c — 360°  varies  from  2° -69  to 
33-7  per  cent.  The  air-bath  in  these  experiments  was 
slowly  raised  till  distillation  commenced  ;  and  the  whole 
distillation  from  beginning  to  end  took  from  2  to  3  hours. 
For  high  temperatures  the  air-bath  was  on  one  occasion 
raised  to  the  highest  temperature  obtainable  with  the 
burner  we  possessed,  and  when  the  temperature  had 
attained  its  maximum,  the  distilling  flask  was  introduced. 
This  made  no  appreciable  difference.  The  whole  distilla- 
tion in  No.  7  lasted  only  three-i'uarters  of  an  hour;  and  in 
No.  8  about  the  same  time.     The  table  shows  the  effect  of 


such  rapid  distillation  very  clearly.  The  charcoal,  instead 
ot  amounting  to  31  per  cent,  of  the  wood,  drops  to  25  per 
cent.  The  total  weight  of  distillate  is  not  greatly  changed  ; 
hut  the  carbon  dioxide  has  increased,  and  the  total  amount 
of  gas  is  more  than  doubled.*  Analysis  of  the  gas  shows  that 
a  considerable  amount  of  methane  has  been  formed  chiefly, 
apparently  at  the  expense  of  the  water,  and  perhaps  to  some 
extent  of  the  methyl  alcohol,  for  the  acetic  acid  shows  a 
yield  a  little  above  the  average.  It  may  he  conjectured  that 
the   carbon    and   water    react   giving   carbon  dioxide   and 


*  It  is  curious  to  note  that  Priestley  in  1772  records  the  observa- 
tion that  a  much  larger  amount  of  inflammable  -fas  is  liberated 
from  wood  by  rapid  distillation. 


398 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [May  si,  mm. 


niethaue  for  the  most  part.  It  must  be  remembered  that 
the  water  of  the  distillate  is  cot  all  due  to  mechauical 
retention  in  the  wood,  which  was  in  all  cases  seasoned  and 
air-dried ;  but  that  we  have  here  the  action  of  nascent 
carbon  on  water,  partly  present  as  such,  partly  in  course 
of  formation.  It  is  easy  to  construct  an  equation  which 
shall  represent  such  an  action,  it  is — 

a  C  +  2  HjO  =  CH4  +  co2 

It  is  true  that  such  an  action  does  not  take  place  between 
ordinary  charcoal  and  water-gas ;  but  it  presents  a  certain 
analogy  to  the  action  of  carbon  disulphide  on  hydrogen 
sulphide,  in  presence  of  copper,  when  nascent  carbon  is 
liberated  from  the  disulphide.  We  notice  also  the  produc- 
tion or  a  small  quantity  of  oletines,  due,  no  doubt,  to  the 
decomposition  of  the  methane,  for  some  carbon  was  deposited 
on  the  walls  of  the  flask. 

Table  It. 


Beech. 


Xo.  1.    No.  2. 


Xo.  3.    Xo.  t. 


Weight  of  wood  in  gruis. 


187        180        is"        ISO 


Per  cent,  of  charcoal 84 '22 

Per  cent,  of  distillate 53'47 

Per  cent,  of  CO,  absorbed ''40 

Per  cent,  of  gas  to  make  100  per  cent.  l'S2 


Vol,  of  gas  after  absorbing  CO. 5,000 


33'33      27'77 
5S'33     50H 


6-66 
1-68 


8-SS 


1,5 1,000      7 


26'66 

59  '33 
9-23 

4'7s 


Per  cent,  by  vol.  of 
the  above  gas. 


CO 87-36  ss-ss  79-13  JS  14 

O I'll  121  "18  1-02 

■!  CjH, Xone         ..  Vi9 

CH, 1-1.3  3-39  10-93  18-71 

l_N  by  difference      7'38  6-49  9'51  564 


Per  cent,  of  pitch  from  distillate  on  7'49      7'22         ..       ll'll 

wood. 

Per  cent,  of  acetic  acid  from  distillate  6-02      5*3!      6"05      6-54 

on  wood. 

Per  cent,  of   methyl  alcohol    from  j'.'ii       .V42       5-6        6'08 

distillate  on  wood.  I I 

about    about 

Maximum  temperature 380°       33i>=       5003       500° 

slow.      fast. 

An  analysis  of  gas  produced  during  distillation  of  oak  on 
the  manufacturing  scale  by  the  late  Professor  Dittmar, 
kindly  furnished  to  us  by  Messrs.  Turnbull,  of  Camlachie, 
gave  the  numbers  : — 

C02 33-3per  cent. of  total  gas. 

The  residue  consisted  of : — 

CO sji-, 

i  II, 13-83 

CjH 75 

X 3-25 

The  total  weight  of  gas  per  100  parts  of  wood  on  the 
large  scale  amounted  to  16  to  18.  It  will  be  noticed  that 
the  total  percentage  at  500°  found  by  us  was  15  to  16  per 
cent.:  but  at  lower  temperatures  9  to  10  percent.  The 
percentage  of  pitch  also  increases  at  high  temperatures 
from  8  to  about  10  per  cent.  This  probably  arises  from 
the  formation  of  acetylene  groupings  between  carbon  and 
hydrogen,  and  the  condensation  to  aromatic  products,  ths 
chief  of  which  are  known  to  be  creosol  and  guaiacol.  The 
formation  of  such  aromatic  compounds  which  contain 
methyl  groups  does  not  appear  to  influence  the  percentage 
of  methyl  alcohol  to  any  great  extent. 

If  we  survey  the  results  of  distilling  beech-wood  the 
same  general  features  appear:  but  contrasting  columns  1 
and  2  with  4  and  5,  it  is  to  be  noticed  that  the  percentage 
of  charcoal  falls  from  33  —  34  per  cent,  to  26 — 28  per  cent., 
•.  ith  rise  of  maximum  temperature  from  350° — 3S0D  to  500°. 


There  is  again  a  rise,  although  a  smaller  one,  in  the  per- 
centage of  carbon  dioxide,  and  again  an  increase  in  the  total 
gas.  Ethylene  and  marsh-gas  again  appear,  the  former  in 
quantity  ;  and  the  yield  of  tar  is  increased.  Yet  the  yield  of 
acetic  acid  and  of  methyl  alcohol  do  not  appear  to  suffer. 
And  Table  III.  giving  the  results  of  distilling  alder-wood 
shows  the  same  general  features. 

Table  III. 


Alder. 


Xo.  1.    Xo.  •-'.    Xo.  3.    Xo.  1. 


Weight  of  wood  in  grins 150 


150 


150 


131 


Per  cent,  of  charcoal 34-C6  I  34-66     25'33  25-37 

Per  cent,  of  distillate 54-66    5*- W00  59-70 

Per  cent,  of  CO.  absorbed 7'33  i    8'00     W66  9-70 

Percent,  of  gas  to  make  100  per  cent.  S-35      3-34      4-01  5'23 


Vol.  of  gas  after  absorbing  COj 4,500 


4,000 


rco. 
o.. 


Per  cent,  by  vol.  of  ,  p  o 
the  above  gas. 


77-35     84-61 
i's7       1-66 

None 


CH\ 4-77 

LN  by  difference    15-01 


4  32 
9-43 


Percent,  of  pitch  from  distillate  on     12'CC     11-33 

Wood. 

Per  cent,  of  acetic  acid  from  distillate      5'71       5*78 
on  wood. 


Per   cent,  of   methyl   alcohol   from     11'13 
distillate  on  wood. 


Maximum  temperature . 


3o7' 


10-75 


7,500  .   6,000 


04-01 

2-15 


s-72 
25-12 


7-;  (7 

1-52 
1-59 

2irll 
4-31 


13-33 
0-29 
W19 


:;r.\ 


- 


15-67 

5-90 
11-17 


51  *>'■ 


Comparing  next  the  three  woods  with  each  other,  it  is  to 
be  remarked  (see  Table  IV.,  where  typical  cases  are  selected 
for  high  and  for  low  temperatures)  that  the  total  yield  of 
charcoal,  both  at  high  and  low  temperatures,  the  total 
distillate  and  the  total  carbon  dioxide  do  not  appreciably 
differ  for  the  different  woods.  The  composition  and  amount 
of  the  other  gases  are  also  fairly  comparable.  But  alder 
gives  a  higher  yield  of  tar  than  the  other  woods,  and, 
although  the  acetic  acid  is  nearly  the  same  for  all,  the 
percentage  yield  of  methyl  alcohol  differs  enormously. 
It  is  least  with  oak,  very  much  increased  with  beech,  and 
greatly  higher  with  alder.  In  fact  about  five  times  as  much 
methyl  alcohol  (or  to  be  guarded,  light  spirit  yielding  C02 
on  oxidation)  is  produced  from  alder  as  from  oak.  And 
here  also  we  can  see  that  the  influence  of  a  high  tempera- 
ture is  not  to  decrease  the  yield  of  methyl  alcohol. 
Attention  will  be  drawn  to  this  fact  later. 

We  come  next  to  consider  the  temperature  of  the  wood 
during  distillation.  It  will  be  remembered  that  a  thermo- 
meter was  placed  so  that  its  bulb  occupied  the  centre  of 
the  still  containing  the  wood  ;  hence  the  temperature  of  the 
wood  could  be  compared  directly  with  that  of  the  air-bath. 

It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  results  obtained  are 
very  remarkable.  The  conclusion  may  be  shortly  stated. 
The  change  of  wood  into  products  of  distillation  is  an 
exothermic  change  ;  wood  is  of  the  nature  of  an  explosive. 
The  diagrams  of  temperature-curves  insetted  in  this  paper 
will  amply  prove  this  statement. 

t  )f  these  three  have  been  selected,  which  are  fair  average 
samples.  The  ordinates  are  time  in  minutes  the  abscissae 
temperatures  of  the  thermometers  outside  and  inside  the 
still.  While  the  temperature  outside  shows  a  gradual  rise, 
fast  at  first,  and  slow  afterwards,  when  the  radiation  from 
the  air-bath  begins  to  affect  the  rate  of  rise  of  temperature 
due  to  the  source  of  heat,  and  gradually  becoming  horizontal, 
when  radiation  and  supply  of  heal  balance,  the  opposite  is 
noticeable  with  the  inside  temperature-curve.  There  the 
form  of  the  curve  shows  that  as  soon  as  water  has  distilled 


Mwsi.iwa]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


30lt 


Tablk  IV. 


Oak. 

Beech. 

Alder. 

Oak. 

Boccli. 

Alder, 

Weight  of  wood  taken  in  grins 

107 

ISO 

134 

1S1 

187 

151) 

•-'1-55 
58"69 
9-58 

-■is 

7,000  cr. 
70-77 

1-11 
L4-S0 
13-32 

26-66 

59'3'i 
9-23 

4'7S 

7.200  00. 

7:;  ■  1 1 
1-02 
i  ■  to 

18-71 

.Vi;i 

25-37 
69-70 
11'  7D 
5-23 

6,000  cc. 

73-47 
1-52 
1-59 

20-11 
4-31 

33-7 
56-35 
G-40 
3-40 

34-22 
58-  17 

7-m 

4-82 

S4"66 

Per  oenfc.  of  distillafa 
Per  cent  of  COa  abst 
Difference  to  make  u 

Percent,  of  distillat 
Per  cent,  of  CO*abs 
Difference  to  make 

rbed  by  Koil.. 

•  Hhi  per  cent.  . 

orbed  by  K\  HI. 
ip  inn  per  cent. 

S'llll 

:;'.;i 

Volume  of  gas  after  j 

bsorbing  1  <  >.■  . . 
rCO 

Volume  of  gas  after  absorbing  CO.. . . 

4,1)1111  CC. 
•J2-2.J 

2-96 

4'89 

6,000  cc. 

87-36 

1-11 

415 
J-38 

l.ll'lll  cc. 

'CO 

8V61 

Percent. 

composition  of 

this  gas. 

O 

Olefioes 

cil, 

composition  of 

CI, 

4-32 

X  by  difference 

v.\  by  difference 

9' 12 

Per  cent-,  of  pitch  IV 

the  wood. 
Per  cent,  of  acetic  ac 

Per  cent,  of  methj  I  a 

•in  distillate  on 

9-58 
G-13 
1-36 

11-11 

liTil 

6-08 

15-67 
5'90 
11-17 

Percent. of  pitch  from  distillate 

Per  cent,  of  acetic  acid 

7-09 
5  ■.",■( 
1-32 

7-49 
6-02 

A  '31 

11-33 
5*76 
10-73 

acli  rase  a 

bout  5011°. 

Maximum  temporal 

341° 

380°      | 

313° 



over,  the  reaction  is  exothermic,  and  as  temperature  rises, 
the  evolution  of  heat  is  more  and  more  marked.  Indeed,  in 
all  eases  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  temperature  inside  rises 
considerably  higher  than  the  outside  temperature ;  with 
oak,  30",  with  beech,  55',  and  with  alder  40°. 


350 

OAK. 

N»6. 

300 

GO 

cc    f 

r- 

r] 

1 

2  SO 

Ojg 

dj_-^ 

SOct 

/2X\\ 

3  litres 
res  gas 

4l,tns 

ZOO      J 

y 

150/ 

40 

CC        f\ 

lj» 

20cc 

30CC 
1 

V^ 

/lilt 

r»cjas 

/         10 
50 

ce.eJistillate  1 

\^ 

HI 


350 

BF.EC 

H.N? 

. 

30<j 

250 

a>(S  / 

ISO 

/ 



IOO' 

SO 

i 

o       J 

:      i 

3 

2 

D          3 

0           4 

3          5 

)       3 

I        i 

0          2 

0 

350 

1 

ALDER.  N° 

. 

^~- 

—\ 

300 

/ 

— —- — — , 

^ 

/ 

250 

/ 

200/ 

150 

100 

50 

10         20         30         40  50  HI  10         20  30         40 

It  is  now  possible  to  suggest  a  reason  for  the  constancy 
of  the  yield  of  acetic  acid  and  methyl  alcohol,  even  when 
the  temperature  of  the  still  is  greatly  raised.  It  is  because 
the  acetic  acid  and  alcohol  are  the  products  of  the  exothermic 
reaction.  A  supply  of  heat  from  without  is  necessary  to 
start  the  reaction,  as  it  is  in  setting  fire  to  gunpowder  ;  the 
exothermal  change  continues  the  distillation  independently 
of  any  external  source  of  heat. 

And  yet  when  we  contrast  cellulose  with  acetic  acid, 
methyl  alcohol,  carbon  monoxide,  dioxide,  and  water,  we 
cannot  be  surprised,  for  these  are  among  the  compounds 
formed  with  the  greatest  evolution  of  heat  from  their 
elements.  And  it  is  indeed  to  he  expected  that  such  bodies 
should  be  formed  from  cellulose  with  considerable  evolution 
of  heat. 

Next,  as  regards  the  progress  of  the  distillations. 

Oak. — No.  I.  The  inside  temperature  was  not  determined. 
Fifty  cubic  centimetres  of  distillate  were  collected  before 
any  considerable  amount  of  gas  was  evolved.  There  was 
then  a  sudden  rush  of  gas,  and  in  25  minutes  the  distillation 
was  over. 

No.  2.  After  45  minutes  the  inside  temperature  had  risen 
to  100°,  the  outside  temperature  being  275° ;  about  30 
cubic  centimetres  of  distillate  had  come  over,  and  about  1 


400 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Mwsi.ihh 


litre  of  gas  was  collected.  Thirty-five  minutes  later  gas  was 
coming  off  quickly,  and  the  inside  temperature  had  risen  to 
310°.  The  outside  temperature  was  kept  constant.  The 
inside   temperature    quickly    rose    to   360°,    and    then    fell 

to  the  temperature  of  the  air-bath. 

Nit.  :;.  This  experiment  was  conducted  as  before.  The 
air-bath  was  slowly  heated  up.  When  it  had  a  temperature 
of  254°,  the  inside  temperature  was  90°,  and  30  cc.  of 
distillate  were  collected.  Ten  minutes  later  the  outside 
temperature  was  27n  ,  the  inside  temperature  143°,  and 
40  cc.  of  liquid  had  condensed.  Gas  came  off  suddenly  as 
before. 

No.  4.  Both  temperatures  slowly  rose.  After  90  minutes 
the  outside  temperature  was  271',  the  inside  temperature 
261°,  and  40  cc.  distillate  had  condensed.  Gas  then  came 
off  quickly.  In  20  minutes  other  10  ce.  had  condensed, 
the  outside  temperature  was  308",  and  the  inside  temperature 
299°,  while  2  litres  of  gas  were  collected.  Within  the  next 
1 ."  minutes,  the  amount  of  gas  had  risen  to  4  litres,  but  little 
more  distillate  was  formed. 

Xo.  5.  In  this  experiment  the  air-bath  was  heated  up  to 
:ilj  before  introducing  the  flask,  but  this  does  not  appear 
to  have  affected  the  results. 

No.  G.  Tbe  temperature  of  the  air-bath  was  kept  as  low 
as  possible.  The  results  are  shown  in  the  curve,  and  it  is 
evident  that  This  accounts  for  the  high  percentage  of  charcoal 
and  low  percentage  of  distillate. 

X'o.  7.  The  air-bath  was  at  500°  ;  the  flask  was  introduced 
and  its  temperature  rapidly  rose  to  ll.V,  when  the  thermo- 
meter bad  to  be  removed.  X'o.  8  was  treated  in  the  same 
way. 

Beech. — Xo.  1.  The  distillation  occupied  two  hours. 
After  lj  hours  the  external  temperature  was  318°,  the 
internal  temperature  250  ;  and  a  little  over  two  litres  of 
gas  had  been  evolved.  In  rive  minutes  more  the  inside 
temperature  had  risen  to  318°,  and  three  litres  of  gas 
were  collected.  Five  minutes  later  the  outside  temperature 
was  -:ill  only  320'5°,  but  the  inside  temperature  had 
reached  368°,  and  over  four  litres  of  gas  had  passed,  and 
after  other  five  minutes,  the  gas  bad  reached  live  litres, 
but  was  stopping  ;  the  outside  temperature  was  325°,  but 
the  inside  temperature  had  risen  to  380-5°.  The  rise  of 
temperature  due  to  the  exothermic  decomposition  of  the 
wood  accounts  for  the  slight  rise  of  external  temperature. 
T  he  temperature  of  both  bath  and  bulk  sank,  till  the 
distillation  had  stopped  with  outside  temperature  315°  and 
inside  temperature  332',  and  rapidly  falling. 

X'o.  2.  Practically  a  repetition  of  the  same  phenomena. 

Xos.  3  and  4  were  distilled  at  about  500°,  or  somewhat 
over,  with  the  same  result  as  with  oak. 

Alder. — No.  1.  The  same  general  behaviour  as  oak  and 
beech  at  low  temperatures.  After  one  hour  the  outside 
temperature  was  326",  the  inside  temperature  250°.  Ten 
minutes  later  the  outside  temperature  was  still  326',  but  the 
iuside  temperature  had  risen  to  350°.  The  rise  continued, 
the  highest  temperature  attained  being  367'. 

No.  2  showed  nearly  the  same  results,  and  Xos.  3  and  4 
the  same  as  the  beech  and  oak  at  high  temperatures. 

Special  experiments  were  made  with  beech  and  with  oak 
in  order  to  ascertain  the  rate  at  which  acetic  acid  and 
methyl  alcohol  were  evolved.  The  temperature  of  the  air- 
bath  was  raised  very  slowly,  and  the  distillate  collected  in 
lo  fractions.  The  outside  temperatures  and  the  percentages 
of  methyl  alcohol,  calculated  on  the  original  weight  of  wood, 
are  given  in  the  following  table  :  — 

Per  Cent.  MeOH. 

No.l.  Below  185° nn7 

No.2.  135      I  : im7 

No.  S.  165      215" n-22 

No.  1.  215°— 275° ir.-.T 

No. 5.  275  —285° O'liO 

No.6.  285"    295  0-57 

N".  7   296     30J 11-55 

N   .  B.  305  -.l-.'n ■> - 1 1 

N".  9,  320°    325  0 

No.  10.  325  and  above o-is 


The  total  amounts  to  3'57  per  cent.,  but  the  exposure  of 
the  distillates  doubtless  caused  lass.  The  numbers  may  be 
taken  as  comparative,  and  it  would  appear  that  the  ale.. hoi 
conies  over  chieflv  above  165°,  and  continues  to  be  formed 
up  to  325°. 

Experiments  with  oak  to  ascertain  the  rate  of  yield  of 
acetic  acid  at  different  temperatures  were  made  with  183 
grms.  of  oak.  The  gases  were  neglected,  and  the  tempera- 
ture was  raised  slowly  as  in  the  experiments  Xos.  1  to  6  of 
Table  I.  The  distillates  were  re-distilled  when  necessary, 
and  were  titrated  with  sodium  hydroxide  solution.  The 
following  table  reproduces  the  results ;  — 


No. 

Yield. 

Containing 
Acetic  A  '-i.i . 

1 

Uptoiao 

ce. 

2'i 

(Jrtnv. 

■i 

120      ISO 

10 

II- 1751', 

3 

180°   -2U>° 

111 

Q-7320 

4 

2l0°-260 

10 

lllJlN 

5 

260°— 300' 

111 

1-4610 

6 

300"— 310 

10 

1-5872 

7 

310     "si 

1" 

1-0980 

S 

322°  -350° 

15 

2-3424 

'.1 

35uc-r." 

About  to 

roioi 

Total 

:'-:'stt 

Equal  to  5 -44  per  cent,  of  acetic  acid.  There  was  doubt- 
less some  loss  on  redistilling;  but  the  results  may  be  taken 
as  comparative,  and  they  show  that  the  acetic  acid  rises  in 
amount  up  to  3.50',  and  then  falls  slightly.  Comparing 
theseresultswiththo.se  for  methyl  alcohol,  it  would  seem 
that  the  alcohol  is  the  first  product  of  decomposition,  when 
the  exothermic  reaction  sets  in,  and  that  the  acetic  group 
is  next  separated  from  the  wood.  The  chief  evolution 
of  heat  appears  to  be  due  to  the  last  separation.  But  it 
must  be  noted  that  the  initial  form  of  the  temperature  curve 
may  be  due  not  perhaps  entirely  to  the  commencement  of 
an  exothermic  reaction,  but  possibly  to  some  extent  to  the 
better  conducting  power  of  the  dried  and  partially  charred 
wood.  As  we  do  not  know  the  relative  conductivities  for 
heat  of  wet  and  dry  wood,  we  are  of  course  unable  to 
apportion  the  relative  amounts.  Still  it  is  well  to  bear  this 
in  mind.  If  this  be  neglected,  it  would  appear  that  the 
evolution  of  methyl  alcohol  is  itself  accompanied  by  evolu- 
tion of  heat,  and  that  the  formation  of  acetic  acid  causes  a 
still  larger  evolution.  A  similar  distillation  was  carried  out 
with  alder. 

It  was  deemed  of  interest  in  this  experiment  to  obtain 
some  idea  of  the  amount  of  furfural  produced.  That  furfural 
is  formed  during  the  distillation  of  wood  at  low  temperatures 
was  noticed  by  Heill  (toe.  cit.).  The  actual  yield,  so  far  as 
we  know,  has  never  been  made  the  subject  of  experiment. 
Furfural  is  easily  estimated  by  means  of  phenylhydrazine. 
A  solution  of  that  substance  was  standardised  against  a 
1  per  cent,  solution  of  pure  furfural  in  dilute  methyl 
alcohol,  using  as  indicator  aniline  hydrochloride,  which  gives 
a  crimson  colour  with  furfural.  The  reaction  is  a  neat  one. 
and  permits  of  an  accurate  quantitative  examination. 

A  quantity  of  alder,  amounting  to  148  grms.,  was  distilled 
very  -lowly  ;  in  two  hours  the  temperature  of  the  bath  was 
steady.  The  distillate  was  collected  in  portions.  Gas  began 
to  come  off  slowly  at  280',  and  increased  in  rate  up  to  340'. 
The  external  temperature  was  then  321°,  the  inside  tempe- 
rature overtaking  the  outside  temperature  at  about  300  . 
At  500°  (for  the  temperature  of  the  bath  was  subsequently 
raised)  about  5  cc.  of  an  almost  colourless  distillate  «;i- 
obtained. 


May  31,  LS92.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


•Ml 


The  ri-siilt>  arc  given  in 

the  followii 

g  table  :  — 

No. 

Tempera- 
ture. 

Time. 

Quantity  of 
Distillnto. 

Furfural. 

Acetic  Acid. 

l 

200c 

Hours. 

Loss  than 
l  ce. 

(inns. 

Il'0."i 

1  trms. 

nil 

a 

200 '    -'in 

2 

r:' 

li'llli 

L-28 

3 

i 

230  —250 
250°    270° 

1 
Mill. 

6-0 

I':, 

0-096 

li'iij 

1  ■!'.-, 

0-88 

5 

270°— 290° 

2:> 

i'S 

O'OOl 

0-83 

ti 

:>90°— 311)' 

u 

3'5 

O'oso 

0-80 

7 

310°— 320° 

1(1 

5"0 

0"148 

0'79 

8 

520      330 

JO 

5'll 

0"170 

0'78 

;i 

330      840 

IS 

f5 

0-237 

0-87 

Tot  ills 

0-HSo 

8-18 

It  is  again  evident  that  the  yield  of  acetic  acid  increases 
towards  the  end  of  the  distillation,  hearing  out  the  remarks 
which  were  made  before. 

Contrary  to  expectation,  the  furfural  appears  to  be  pro- 
duced in  larger  quantity  at  the  end  than  at  the  beginning 
of  the  distillation,  and  it  amounts  to  the  not  inconsiderable 
quantity  of  u-62  percent,  of  the  weight  of  the  wood.  The 
acetic  acid  forms  5-45  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  the  wood. 
Tbis  furfural  does  not  appear  in  operations  on  the  large 
scale,  because  it  is  destroyed  in  "liming"  the  methyl 
alcohol.  When  heated  with  an  alkali,  it  is  converted  into 
pyromucate  of  the  alkali  metal,  and  furfuryl  alcohol,  a  non- 
volatile syrup.  Hence  it  remains  in  the  residues  as  a  tarry 
mass.  It  is  however  possible  to  obtain  furfural  in  quantity 
by  allowing  the  weak  alcohol  to  deposit  it  as  an  oil,  before 
rectifying  over  lime.  In  the  course  of  some  days  a  kiver 
settles,  which  can  be  drawn  off.  Of  course  much  still 
remains  dissolved,  which  must  be  removed  by  "liming." 

A  matter  of  some  interest  is  the  amount  of  water  con- 
tained in  the  wood.  This  water  cannot  be  estimated  by 
drying  at  100°,  for  at  that  temperature  the  wood  is  partially 


lOgrms. 

Oa 

k  aceti£_ 

,/Alder 
^acetic 

a 

-MeOH 

6 

,—  Furfural 

4- 

Z 

0  50  100'  150'  200'  250"  300"  350" 

decomposed,  and  the  escaping  vapours  do  not  consist 
wholly  of  water.  Experiments  were  therefore  made  of 
drying  the  wood  over  sulphuric  acid  in  vacuo  for  a  month. 
The  results  are  as  follows  : — ■ 

Per  Cent. 

Oak 13-58  H,.f> 

Beech 11-60     „ 

Alder H'6t      „ 

Alder,  when  bought,  is  usually  very  wet,  and  dries  very 
rapidly  after  it  is  s.acked.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that 
alter  such  drying  it  contains  nearly  the  same  percentage  of 
hygroscopic  water  as  oak  or  beech. 

Such  are  the  results  of  the  first  part  of  this  research.  To 
summarise  them  briefly  : — 

1.  The  distillation  of  oak,  beech,  and  alder  is  accompanied 
by  an  exothermic  reaction,  having  for  its  products  charcoal, 


carbon  monoxide  and  dioxide,  and  methane,  acetic  acid, 
methyl  alcohol,  acetone,  and  furfural,  together  with  certain 
methoxy-ben/.ene  compounds. 

2.  These  substances  appear  to  be  formed  from  beginning 
to  end  of  the  distillation  ;  their  appearance  at  first  is  doubt- 
less due  to  the  rise  of  temperature  at  the  exterior  of  the 
wood;  hut  they  are  formed  in  largest  quantity  when  the 
exothermic  reaction  sets  in. 

3.  The  proportions  of  charcoal  and  gas  relative  to  the 
other  products  depends  on  the  temperature  of  distillation  ; 
but  a  high  temperature  does  not  appear  to  diminish  the 
proportion  of  acetic  acid  and  methyl  alcohol. 

4.  Different  woods,  while  nearly  constant  in  their  yield  of 
acetic  acid,  differ  greatly  in  their  yield  of  methyl  alcohol, 
or  at  least  of  some  product  which  yields  carbon  dioxide  on 
oxidation  with  potassium  dichromate  and  sulphuric  acid. 

The  direction  of  further  investigation  is  obvious.  It  is 
known  that  wood  which  has  been  stored  for  long,  and  has 
rotted  more  or  less  completely,  gives  much  poorer  yields  of 
acid  and  spirit  than  seasoned  dry  wood ;  and  we  are  now 
proceeding  with  the  study  of  cellulose  (cotton-wool)  and  of 
jute  in  order  to  ascertain  the  effects  of  such  changes. 

Discussion, 

Mr.  Rerteam  Ilr.oiiNT  asked  whether  it  was  customary, 
when  working  on  a  large  scale,  to  carry  out  the  distillation 
in  vacuo.  It  appeared  from  the  sketch  illustrating  the 
apparatus  that  the  author  of  the  paper  had  made  his 
experiments  in  vacuo  ;  and  it  seemed  to  him  that  the  results 
would  be  considerably  influenced  by  the  absence  of  pressure, 
lie  would  also  like  to  know  why  Professor  Kamsay  classified 
wood  as  an  explosive.  Wood  might  be  a  substance  which, 
on  distillation,  gave  an  exothermic  reaction,  but  he  did  not 
think  that  it  could  legitimately  be  called  an  explosive  on 
that  account. 

Mr.  Oswald  Hamilton  said  the  authors'  experiments 
indicated  considerable  differences  between  the  amounts 
of  methane  produced  at  high  and  low  temperatures  respec- 
tively. He  thought  that  the  differences,  observed  by  the 
authors  between  the  amount  of  charcoal  produced  at  high 
and  low  temperatures,  were  more  apparent  than  real,  for  the 
charcoal  produced  at  low  temperatures  probably  contained 
some  pitch.  This  was  boruc  out  by  the  authors'  tables,  where 
the  sums  of  the  charcoal  and  pitch,  at  high  and  low  tempera- 
tures respectively,  were  practically  the  same.  With  regard 
to  the  sudden  rise  of  temperature  about  300°  C.  a  similar 
phenomenon  was  observed  in  the  distillation  of  coal-tar, 
during  which  process  the  mercury  in  the  thermometer 
suddenly  rose  from  300°  O.  to  over  360°  ('.  Whether  this 
was  due  to  an  exothermic  reaction  or  not,  he  could  not  say. 

Mr.  C.  F.  Cross  thought  that  in  describing  wood  as  an 
"  explosive  "  substance,  Professor  Kamsay  had  given 
particular  point  to  a  most  important  result.  This  property- 
was  a  fair  inference  from  the  general  plvysiological  con- 
sideration of  substances  composing  living  tissues.  In  recent 
chemical  literature  the  correlative  term  "  chemical  tension  " 
had  been  much  used,  and  the  conception  expressed  by  it  had 
been  identified  as  a  necessary  condition  of  substances  which 
had  to  adapt  themselves  to  a  long  series  of  intrinsic  changes. 
The  light  which  had  now  been  thrown  on  the  subject  from 
an  altogether  unexpected  source  gave  the  question  new 
emphasis  ;  and  with  the  term  explosive  the  authors  of  the 
paper  had  given  definite  expression  to  a  phenomenon  which 
he  (Mr.  Cross)  and  others  had  recognised  rather  on  a  priori 
grounds.  He  would  venture  to  quote  from  a  review  written 
by  himself  some  years  ago. 

"  The  study  of  the  chemistry  of  bonification  and  of  the 
fate  of  moribund  vegetable  matter  therefore  proves  the 
possession  of  a  high  degree  of  intrinsic  energy  by  plant 
substances,  and  the  tendency  to  retain  this  energy  in  the 
form  of  derived  compounds  in  which  the  carbon  is  pro- 
portionately accumulated  (Nature,  1885,  p.  606)." 

He  would  not  refer  at  length  to  what  Professor  Kamsay  had 
promised  later  on,  namely,  the  further  consideration  of  the 
results  he  had  brought  before  the  meeting ;  but  he  would 
emphasise  one  point.     The  authors  had   obtained  no  acetic 


402 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31,  189-2. 


acid  in  the  dry  distillation  of  the  jute  fibre  ;  whereas  this 
acid  was  easily  obtained  by  the  action  of  hydrolytic  agents. 
It  appeared  to  be  formed,  together  with  furfural,  from  the 
cellulose  0  of  the  fibre— a  "  penta  "-cellulose.  It  was  pre- 
mature to  attempt  to  explain  this  negative  result ;  but  the 
hypothesis  that  lignification  was  a  continuous  process  of 
conversion  of  the  wood  cellulose  into  this  cellulose  /3  and 
semi-aromatic  products,  might  be  taken  into  account  by  the 
authors  in  the  prosecution  of  their  investigations. 

Mr.  David  Howard  would  like  to  say  a  word  in  praise 
of  the  strong  language  used  by  Professor  Ramsay.  .From 
a  manufacturer's  point  of  view,  wherever  there  was  a 
possibility  of  a  spontaneous  rise  in  temperature,  a  practical 
expression  for  an  exothermic  reaction,  there  was  a  danger 
of  explosion.  He  had  no  personal  experience  in  the 
distillation  of  wood,  but  certainly  if  he  had  to  carry  out 
the  process  described  by  the  authors,  he  would  look  very 
carefully  to  his  outlets  before  he  began. 

Mr,  William  Foster  referred  to  some  notes  of  his  own 
experiments  on  the  destructive  distillation  of  the  carbo- 
hydrates, -electing  those  referring  to  dry  sawdust  from  the 
wood  of  the  conifene.  The  temperatures  used  in  his 
obsi  i  rations  were  much  higher  than  those  employed  by  the 
authors,  and  were  similar  to  those  found  in  coal  and  shale 
distilling  industries.  One  point  had  been  made  pretty  clear, 
namely,  that  the  amount  of  carbonaceous  residue  (coke) 
was  practically  constant  when  a  substance  was  destructively 
distilled  at  temperatures  called  "  high"  and  "low"  by  gas 
engineers.  Great  variations,  however,  occurred  in  the 
amounts  of  condensibles  (tar  and  water)  and  gas.  The 
quantity  of  gas  both  as  to  volume  and  weight  was  increased 
l.\  augmented  temperature,  the  quantity  of  tar  and  water 
being  proportionately  diminished.  The  quantities  of  char- 
coal (coke)  from  oak  at  high  and  low  temperatures  given 
in  the  authors'  tables  as  24  per  cent  and  33  per  cent,  respec- 
tively, showed  differences  greater  than  he  had  observed  in 
destructive  distillation  proper.  The  following  figures  were 
obtained  in  three  independent  experiments  with  sawdust 
(dried)  :  — 


21-97 
:S2-2H 

«-si 

21-17 
31-69 
46"M 

'21-115 

Tar  and  Mater 

Gas 

27-52 
50-93 

98-07 

99'SO 

99-60 

Gas    obtained   per    pound') 
(measured  at  62°  F.,  and  > 

B'44 

6-89 

7-83 

Each  of  the  gases,  marsh-gas  and  hydrogen,  was  present 
to  the  extent  of  about  18  per  cent. ;  and  the  carbonic  oxide 
and  anhydride  jointly  measured  more  than  50  per  cent. 
The  free  nitrogen  was  in  no  case  more  than  3  per  cent. 
These  figures  were  obtained  after  some  considerable 
experience  with  an  apparatus  which  had  been  devised  for 
the  purpose  of  accurately  ascertaining  the  amount  of  each 
factor  when  the  raw  material  operated  on  weighed  2  lb.  or 
even  more. 

Furfural  was  abundantly  produced  in  the  distillation  of 
the  carbohydrates  at  high  temperatures,  the  tar  from  such 
bodies  being  probably  as  convenient  a  source  of  supply  as 
any  given  in  the  text  books.  Acrolein  and  allyl  alcohol 
were  also,  he  believed,  to  be  found  under  such  circum- 
stances, although  he  had  not  separated  them  from  the  other 
products  as  he  had  done  in  the  case  of  furfural. 

Mr.  Watson  [smith  had  listened  with  much  interest  to 
the  paper,  although  he  had  had  the  privilege  of  seeing  the 
experiments  made  in  University  College.  He  would  like 
to  add  his  word  of  support  in  favour  of  the  word  "  explosion," 
as  signifying  an  exothermic  development,  and  he  would  like 
also  to  point  out  the  very  considerable  difference  between 
thai    action  and  the   so-called  "break  "  in   coal-tar  distilla- 


tion. No  exothermic  phenomenon  was  concerned  in  that 
"  break,"  for  when  the  distillate  reached  a  certain  degree  of 
temperature  there  was  a  cessation  of  the  distilling  process 
until  the  temperature  of  about  1 10°  C,  at  which  the  break 
commenced,  had  been  increased  by  extra  firing  to  about 
180°  C,  when  distillation  recommenced.  In  1871  he  had  the 
management  of  both  a  coal-tar  and  a  wood  distillery,  so 
that  he  could  look  upon  himself,  to  some  extent,  as  an  old 
wood  distiller.  In  that  year  he  communicated  a  paper  to 
the  Chemical  Society  on  the  subject  of  the  distillation 
of  wood  (J.  Chem.  Soc.  1871,  1101—1108.)  He  had 
demonstrated,  by  the  testing  of  samples  taken  at  different 
stages  of  the  process,  that  the  amount  of  acetic  acid 
gradually  increased  in  a  12  hours'  distillation,  up  to  the 
seventh  hour  after  the  commencement,  and  that  thereafter 
a  gradual  fall  took  place.  During  the  first  six  hours,  the 
specific  gravity  gradually  increased  from  1-01  to  1-017, 
and  then  in  one  hour  rose  to  1-03.  At  this  point  the 
specific  gravity  remained  constant  during  the  remainder  of 
the  distillation.  After  reaching  the  stage  at  which  the 
specific  gravity  had  increased  to  1'03  the  amount  of  tar 
distilling  over  was  found  to  have  reached  the  highest  pro- 
portion so  far  attained.  After  the  eighth  hour  the 
proportion  of  tar  increased  steadily.  Professor  Ramsay 
and  Mr.  Choi'ley  had  also  found  tlui:  the  proportion  of  tar 
became  increased  if  the  temperature  of  distillation  was 
raised.  Towards  the  end  of  the  distillation  the  temperature 
would  naturally  be  higher,  and  for  that  reason  he  would 
expect,  a  priori  that  the  quantity  of  tar  furnished  at  the 
latter  stage  would  be  higher.  In  working  wood  retorts  on 
a  large  scale,  he  had  never  noticed  sudden  rises  in  tempera- 
ture. There  was  no  outward  manifestation  such  as  would 
strike  a  workman ;  and  he  did  not  think  that  it  was 
considered  necessary  to  draw  the  fires,  or  to  open  the  fire- 
doors.  This  was  his  experience,  and  he  had  since  learnt  it 
was  the  experience  during  40  years  of  his  friends  .Messrs. 
Robt.  Ruinney  and  Co.,  of  Manchester.  But  it  was  only 
fair  to  add  that  in  these  cases  oak  crop  wood  and  timber  in 
fairly  large  pieces  were  carbonised,  whereas  the  authors 
used  their  w-ood  cut  up  very  small,  and,  moreover,  it 
seemed  well  dried.  In  the  first  ease  there  would  be  small 
surface  and  slow  action,  in  the  latter,  large  surface  and 
rapid  developments.  He  did,  according  to  his  own  ex- 
perience, recollect  that  a  few  hours  after  commencing, 
at  the  period,  probably,  at  which  most  of  the  water  as 
moisture  in  the  wood  was  driven  off,  there  was  a  much 
larger  flow  of  gas  than  had  previously  been  the  case. 
With  regard  to  wood  charcoal,  he  believed  that  it  was 
never  absolutely  charred.  The  charcoal,  when  transferred 
from  the  ovens  to  the  cooling  vaults,  generally  had  a 
quantity  of  water  thrown  in  after  it  in  order  to  choke  out 
any  possible  combustion.  Being  saturated  in  this  way 
with  aqueous  vapour  and  moisture,  and  having  cooled,  the 
vault  doors  were  opened,  and  the  charcoal  conveyed  in  iron 
wheel-barrows  to  the  shed.  This  charcoal  was  exceedingly 
liable  to  burst  spontaneously  into  ignition  in  the  shed,  and 
for  this  reason  great  caution  had  to  be  exercised.  In  this 
connexion  he  would  remind  the  meeting  that  in  a  recent 
communication  to  the  Society  of  Arts  Journal  with  regard 
to  coal,  Professor  Vivian  Lewes  had  stated  that  it  was 
found  that  coal  caught  fire  spontaneously  even  in  the 
absence  of  pressure,  when,  for  example,  a  quantity  of  coal 
powder  in  a  biscuit  tin  was  maintained  at  a  temperature  of 
100  C.  for  some  little  time.  These  were  simple  cases  of 
exothermic  action,  or  "  explosion,"  and  doubtless  that  of 
the  charcoal  described  was  quite  analogous  to  that  of  the 
wood  at  a  less  advanced  stage  of  decomposition,  as  described 
by  the  authors.  It  was,  for  the  most  part  at  least,  the 
"  explosion  "  breaking  out  anew,  albeit  under  slightly 
modified  conditions. 

As  to  the  utilisation  of  wood  creosote,  an  American 
member,  Dr.  Franklin  S.  Clark,  distilled  forest-wood  very 
largely  in  Wilmington,  N.C.,  principally  to  obtain  wood- 
creosote  for  the  -antiseptic  treatment  of  wood  for  railway 
sleepers,  and  for  especially  resisting  the  attack  of  the  sea- 
worm  (teredo  navalis).     (This  Journal,  18110,  1005). 

He  would  like  to  point  out  that  the  late  Mr.  E.  T. 
Chapman  fouud  hydrogen  in  wood-gas  (Chemical  News, 
1871.  105.     See  also  ibid,  pages  91—93). 


Muy  si,  is(l.  I         THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


403 


Mr,  A.  G.  Green  inquired  whether  Professor  Ramsay's 
numbers  for  the  methyl  alcohol  were  obtained  by  oxidation 
of  the  total  alcoholic  mixture  or  whether  this  was  submitted 
to  a  preliminary  fractionation.  He  thought  if  this  was  done 
the  acetone  might  be  determined  by  conversion  into  iodo- 
form, and  the  difference  would  give  the  methyl  alcohol. 
Be  gathered  that  the  authors  had  not  as  vet  determined  the 
acetone. 

Mr,  Ii.  Biggs  remarked  that  in  this  country,  chiefly  South 
Wales  and  .Scotland,  an  important  quantity  of  wood  spirit 
was  turned  out ;  but  the  great  difficulty  in  England  was 
that  manufacturers  were  hampered  by  the  Government 
from  treating  the  products  of  wood  distillation  in  the  way 
in  which  the  Germans  dealt  with  them.  If  methyl  alcohol 
were  made  in  England,  the  duty  upon  it  would  be  17s.  or 
IS.v  a  gallon,  and  with  that  burden  placed  upon  its  manu- 
facture, it  was  impossible  to  make  it  a  paying  industry,  ot- 
to compete  with  German  manufacturers  in  producing  the 
colour  for  which  it  was  employed.  He  had  endeavoured  to 
get  the  authorities  to  amend  that  state  of  affairs,  but  he 
was  sorry  to  say  that  he  had  not  been  successful.  The 
question  of  wood  distillation  was  a  very  interesting  one,  but 
he  was  afraid  that  in  this  country,  till  some  change  was 
brought  about,  it  must  be  considered  as  a  dying  industry. 

Professor  Ramsay,  in  reply,  said  that  there  had  beeu 
some  misunderstanding,  perhaps,  because  he  had  not  made 
himself  quite  clear.  The  apparatus  explained  itself.  After 
the  air  had  been  pumped  out  of  the  apparatus,  the  distilla- 
tion commenced,  and  the  gases  produced  soon  raised  the 
pressure  again.  When  pressure  had  become  normal,  the 
gases  «  ere  allowed  to  enter  the  gas-holder.  Mr.  Hamilton 
was  quite  right  in  his  remarks  about  charcoal.  The  authors 
of  the  paper  had  found,  after  further  research,  that  un- 
doubtedly the  resulting  charcoal  contained  a  large  quantity 
of  gas.  Distillation  on  the  large  scale  usually  lasted  about 
12  hours,  ami  on  the  small  scale  from  2^  to  3  hours,  so 
that  six  hours  on  the  large  scale  would  correspond  to  three 
on  the  small.  It  had  been  uoticed  on  the  large  scale  that 
there  was  au  exothermic  reaction.  One  manufacturer  he 
knew  of  had  been  in  the  habit  of  burning  the  gas,  but  this 
course  was  not  of  much  use,  because  the  gas  came  at  the 
wrong  time,  and  it  was  not  wanted  at  the  end.  With 
reference  to  the  question  of  creosote,  he  would  like  to  ask 
Mr.  Watson  Smith  whether  it  was  utilised  in  this  country. 

Mr.  Watson  Smith  replied  that  it  was  only  utilised  in 
the  United  States. 

Professor  Ramsay,  continuing,  said  that  he  would  like  to 
add  one  point,  namely,  with  regard  to  the  temperature 
of  distillation  on  the  large  scale.  It  was  a  mere  matter  of 
guesswork.  It  was  somewhere  between  400°  and  500°, 
probably  about  425°.  A  fairly  accurate  conclusion  could  be 
arrived  at  by  comparing  the  yields  of  charcoal  and  gas  on 
the  large  with  those  on  the  low  scale. 


NOTES  ON  SOME  INDIAN  GUM  SAMPLES  OF 
KNOWN  ORIGIN. 

BY    DR.   s.    ItlliKAI.. 

During  au  investigation  by  Mr.  Youle  and  myself  on  the 
relative  value,  for  commercial  purposes,  of  some  modern  sub- 
stitutes for  gum  arabic  (this  Journal,  1891,  610)  ourattentiou 
was  naturally  drawn  to  the  characteristic  properties  of  those 
Indian  gums  which  are  brought  to  the  London  market. 

The  favourable  results  obtained  from  the  samples  which 
were  then  examined  for  a  variety  of  purposes  led  us  to 
devote  considerable  attention  to  this  class  of  gum,  and  we 
found  that,  as  a  rule,  a  good  mucilage  could  be  reasonably 
expected  from  them,  as  seldom  did  the  insoluble  portions 
reach  a  very  high  percentage. 


We  advocated  the  use  of  Ghatti  gum  for  pharmaceutical 
purposes  at  the  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference  at 
Cardiff  during  the  autumn  of  last  year  (Year  Book  of 
Pharmacy,  1892,  405,  et  seq.)  and  have  since  found  that 
many  manufacturers  have  been  induced  to  give  these  gums 
a  further  trial.  Quite  recently  the  Bombay  correspondent 
of  the  "Chemist  and  Druggist"  (March  19th  issue)  has 
again  drawn  the  attention  of  English  consumers  to  this 
article  :  he  says,  in  speaking  of  Ghatti  gum  (finest  sort), 
"  This  gum  is  exclusively  used  in  India  by  pharmacists. 
The  English  druggist  has  apparently  not  yet  found  out  the 
value  of  this  drug,  which  can  be  had  in  all  qualities,  and 
is  (in  the  best  grades)  double  the  strength  of  Turkish  gum 
acacia."  These  remarks,  whilst  confirming  the  favourable 
opinion  already  formed,  naturally  lead  one  to  imagine  that 
in  India  we  have  gums  which  are  very  suitable  for  many 
classes  of  work  in  this  country.  Unfortunately  the 
gathering  of  gum  in  India  is  not  yet  carried  out  with  any 
system  and  little  is  known  as  to  which  gums  would  yield 
the  best  price  in  England.  That  which  is  at  present 
exported  is  named  "  ghatti,"  "  amrad,"  &c.  from  inspec- 
tion, and  sorting  the  gums  when  once  they  are  mixed  is  a 
laborious  and  expensive  operation.  We  thought  that  it 
would  be  interesting  if  gums  of  known  origin  from  India 
could  be  sent  in  small  quantities  to  this  country  for  the 
purpose  of  examination,  and  that  by  so  doing  light  would 
be  thrown  on  the  best  localities  for  the  finest  sorts  of  gum. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Professor  Pedler,  of  Calcutta, 
1  have  had  placed  at  my  disposal  a  series  of  gums  which 
have  been  collected  by  the  Government  department,  from 
trees  of  known  botanical  origin,  and  in  most  cases  from 
known  localities,  and  it  is  the  purpose  of  this  uote  to 
briefly  describe  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of 
these  gums.     Amongst  these  the  most  important  is  the — ■ 

Acacia  Arabiea  Gum. — In  India  the  tree  is  known  as  the 
Babul  tree  and  abounds  all  over  Northern  India,  where  it 
is  prized  more  for  its  wood,  which  is  used  for  fuel  and 
timber,  and  its  bark,  which  is  of  value  for  tanning  purposes, 
than  for  its  gum.  The  yield  of  gum  too,  is  very  small  as 
compared  with  the  yield  from  the  same  tree  in  other  parts 
of  the  world,  e.g.,  in  Arabia  aud  Egypt.  This  small  yield 
is  probably  due  to  the  climatic  difference  of  India,  as  the 
production  of  gum  requires  a  dry  atmosphere  like  that 
which  abounds  in  the  deserts  of  Arabia  and  Africa,  the 
true  home  of  the  gum  arabic. 

Where  such  a  climate  exists  as  in  Kajputana  and  Sind, 
the  tree  yields  quantities  of  gum,  but  not  sufficiently  large 
to  form  an  important  item  in  the  export  trade.  The 
indigenous  product  is  merely  used  for  home  consumption 
in  the  interior  of  the  country.  The  requirements  of  the 
seaport  districts  being  met  by  the  imported  gum,  very  little 
of  it  finds  its  way  to  the  seaport  for  export.  The  gum 
exported  from  Bombay  to  Europe  is  chiefly  obtained  from 
the  Red  Sea  ports,  and  it  is  more  or  less  adulterated  with 
the  Indian  product.  The  Indian  gum  is  inferior  in  quality 
to  that  obtained  from  Arabia  aud  Africa.  The  colour  is 
usually  dark  and  it  is  frequently  mixed  with  gums  of 
other  trees,  and  often  these  admixtures  contain  fragments 
of  gums  which  are  insoluble  in  water.  In  India,  acacia 
gum  is  used  for  medicinal  purposes  as  well  as  in  the 
preparation  of  sweetmeats.  The  true  Indian  gum  sells  at 
15  to  25  rupees  per  hundredweight,  according  to  quality. 
It  is  reported  that  barren  trees  can  be  made  to  yield  gum 
by  inoculating  it  with  gum  from  another  tree,  but,  as  far  as 
I  have  been  able  to  ascertain,  no  systematic  experiments  in 
this  direction  have  as  yet  been  tried.  The  samples  of  gum 
acacia  sent  from  India  consists  of  very  hard,  light,  brown, 
irregular  masses,  without  any  marked  taste  or  smell.  They 
swell  up  in  water  to  a  pale-brown  jelly  and  finally  are 
completely  soluble.  They  give  a  mucilage  which  is  fairly 
adhesive,  and  with  most  reagents  give  characteristic 
reactions,  while  Ghatti  gums  gave  negative  results. 

On  analysis  the  sample  gave  16';i8  per  cent,  moisture  aud 
a  fairly  high  ash  (4 -46).  Its  solution  was  very  viscous, 
and  it  contained  the  smallest  quantity  of  nitrogen  of  any  of 
the  samples  examined.  O'Sullivan,  in  a  recent  paper,  has 
drawn  attention  to  the  presence  of  some  nitrogenous 
substance  in  samples  of  Gedda  gum,  but  apparently  it  exists 
in  too  small  a  quantity  for  isolation.     On   the  other   hand, 


404 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 1892 


it  may  be  that  the  gum  acid  is  itself  sometimes  partially 
converted  into  an  amido  compound.  The  quantity  of 
nitrogen  present  in  all  these  Indian  samples  is  recorded  in 
the  table,  but  it  is  difficult  to  draw  any  conclusions  from  the 
numbers  obtained. 

Acacia  Catechu. — From  this  tree  the  catechu  of  commerce 
is  obtained.  It  yields  a  gum  of  a  pale  yellow  colour,  and 
like  the  enm  obtained  from  the  Babul  tree,  is  usually 
completely  soluble  in  -water.  Some  of  the  specimens  are 
almost  white,  and  apparently  in  India  the  gum  from  these 
trees  is  usually  of  better  quality  than  that  obtained  from 
the  tree  Acacia  Arabica  when  grown  in  the  same  place. 
It  is,  however,  not  procurable  in  large  quantities.  In  point 
of  fact,  none  of  the  Indian  gums  at  present  can  be  obtained 
pure  in  such  quantities  as  to  form  a  trade  article  by  itself  ; 
hence  Indian  gums  imported  to  this  country  are  usually  of 
the  mixed  character  already  referred  to.  The  sample  of  a 
case  of  catechu  examined  came  from  Surat,  Bombay,  and 
occurred  in  light  brown  translucent  angular  masses.  It 
left  a  slight  residue  insoluble  iu  water.  The  specimens  at 
my  disposal  were  slightly  musty,  so  that  the  mucilage 
obtained  from  it  had  not  a  very  good  adhesive  value.  Its 
viscosity  was  also  small,  and  it  had  a  fairly  low  ash.  The 
complete  figures  of  this  and  the  other  gums  are  given  in 
the  table  at  the  end  of  these  notes. 

Acacia  Farnesiana. — This  tree  yields  a  large  quantity  of 
cum,  and  is  also  found  in  the  mixed  gums  imported  to 
this  country.  The  tree  grows  very  freely  in  Sicd.  The 
sample  examined  was  furnished  by  the  Forest  Department 
of  the  Xorth-West  Provinces,  and  had  a  pale  red  colour. 
Mr.  Baden  Powell  has  described  the  gum  as  occurring  in 
"  dark  conchoidal  masses  translucent  and  transparent  at  the 
edoes.  Some  of  the  pieces  are  much  whiter."  ( )ur  samples 
came  from  Bahraich  and  Oudh,  and  were  mixed  with  bark. 
It  dissolved  completely  in  water,  forming  a  deep  brown 
mucilage  which  had  very  poor  adhesive  property.  It  did 
not  darken  on  warming  with  normal  soda,  gave  a  slight 
brown  precipitate  with  ferric  chloride,  and  threw  down  a 
copious  precipitate  with  alcohol.  It  contained  1J-4.J  per 
cent,  of  moisture  ;  ash,  2-08  per  cent.,  and  nitrogen,  0-061 
per  cent. 

Acacia  Ferrugina. — This  gum  occurs  in  brown  irregular 
masses  very  similar  to  the  former  sample  (,4.  Farnesiana'). 
It  is  entirely  soluble  in  water  and  is  fairly  adhesive.  It 
differed  from  A.  Farnesiana,  in  darkening  with  normal 
soda,  but  in  other  respects  was  very  similar  in  character. 
Its  moisture  was  high.  17'09,  its  ash  3-22,  and  it  contained 
the  highest  quantity  of  nitrogen,  0-082,  of  any  of  the 
samples.     Our  sample  came  from  Pauchmahals,  Bombay. 

.-loam  Leucophlaa. — This  tree  is  generady  found  in 
Central  and  South  India.  It  yields  a  gum  which  is  usually 
as  white  as  the  true  gum  arabic.  It  was  exhibited  at  the 
Colonial  and  Indian  Exhibition  and  was  described  by 
Dr.  Ire  as  "gum  bassora."  The  sample  examined  came 
from  Sahara, Bombay.  It  consisted  of  light  brown  irregular 
masses  with  a  slight  marked  taste  and  a  peculiar  aromatic 
odour.  It  dissolved  entirely  in  water  to  a  light  brown 
liquid,  and  gave  a  fairly  adhesive  mucilage.  In  this  respect 
therefore  our  sample  differed  from  the  sample  deseribi  d  bj 
Dr.  Ure,  but  it  contained  a  certain  amount  of  metarabin 
arabin,  as  it  gave  a  gelatinous  precipitate  with  ferric 
chloride.  Normal  soda  darkened  the  solution  faintly. 
It  yielded  a  white  ash,  gave  a  very  viscous  solution,  and 
contained  14-65  per  cent,  of  moisture. 

Acacia  Modesto..  —This  tree  yields  beautifLil,  char, 
transparent  lumps  of  reddish  gum.  I  learn  that  it  is  largely 
used  by  calico  printers  in  India.  The  sample  examined 
came  from  the  Punjab.  It  had  an  aromatic  odour, 
dissolved  completely  to  a  pale  yellow  liquid,  and  gave  a 
fairly  adhesive  mucilage.  It  turned  yellow  with  normal 
soda",  became  solid  on  the  addition  of  ferric  chloride,  and 
gave  a  thick  white  precipitate  on  the  addition  of  alcohol. 
Basic  acetate  of  lead  also  gave  a  thick  white  precipitate 
with  the  mucilage,  and  the  contents  of  the  tube  became  a 
solid  mass.  The  sample  had  a  fairly  low  ash,  2-91,  con- 
tained 1670  of  moisture,  and  yielded  a  solution  of  medium 
viscosity.  These  were  the  only  true  acacias  of  which 
samples   were  sent,  but  in   addition   there  are  other  gum- 


yielding  trees,  of  which  several  samples  were  submitted,  of 
which  the  following  is  a  short  account : — ■ 

Albizzia  Amara. — This  tree  is  found  in  South  India  and 
yields  a  red  coloured  gum  very  much  like  the  best  kind 
of  Indian  acacia  gums.     The   sample  examined  came  from 

Cornbatorea,  Xorth  Madras.  It  had  a  fragrant  smell,  was 
entirely  soluble  in  water  yielding  a  yellowish  brown  liquid. 
and  was  a  very  good  adhesive  gum.  The  liquid  became 
thick  on  standing  with  ferric  chloride,  turns  bright  yellow- 
when  warmed  with  normal  soda,  and  gave  a  slight  precipitate 
with  stannous  chloride.  The  viscosity  of  the  solution  was 
high,  being  19 -2S  times  that  of  water.  It  contained  11-22 
per  cent,  of  moisture,  3-20  per  cent,  of  ash,  and  had  a  very 
small  percentage  of  nitrogen. 

Anogeissus  latifolia. — This  tree  is  found  all  over  India, 
and  yields  very  large  quantities  of  gum,  which  is  also 
extensively  used  in  calico  printing.  It  is  whiter  than  most 
acacia  gums,  but  seems  tn  possess  far  less  adhesive  power. 
The  samples  examined  came  from  Seeunderabad,  near 
Hydrabad,  and  occurred  in  large  spherical  nodules.  These 
lamps  swell  up  to  a  great  amount  on  the  addition  of  water, 
consisting  almost  entirely  of  metarabin,  very  little  liquid 
being  strained  off.  It  is  useless  as  an  adhesive  gum. 
Mercuric  chloride  gave  a  white  precipitate:  with  borax  the 
solution  became  thicker.  Ferric  chloride  darkened  tin- 
liquid,  showing  the  presence  of  tannin.  Jt  turned  yellow 
with  normal  soda,  and  gave  a  thick  white  precipitate  with 
alcohol.  The  gum  yielded  a  very  small  ash,  128.  The 
solution  was  very  feebly  viscous,  viscosity  '/.  equal  to  320. 
It  was  certainly  tin-  \ rest  of  any  of  tin-  gums  examined. 

Banhinia  retusa. — This  gum  is  obtained  from  the  Xorth- 
West  Provinces  and  Oudh.  It  resembles  Indian  gum 
acacia  in  colour  and  is  soluble  in  water  to  a  light-brown 
liquid.  The  sample  sent  was  in  too  small  a  quantity  for 
many  experiments.  It  yielded  3-2S  per  cent,  ash  and 
10-  49  per  cent,  moisture. 

Banhinia  variegata. — This  gum  resembles  the  former, 
hut  the  sample  examined  from  Garhwall  seemed  to  be  a 
mixture,  as  amongst  the  dark  brown  masses  were  lighter 
coloured  particles.  It  dissolved,  however,  entirely  in  water, 
forming  a  reddish-brown  liquid.  It  had  a  slight  aromatic 
smell,  turned  brown  with  the  addition  of  normal  soda,  gave 
a  thick  flesh-colour  precipitate  with  basic  lead  acetate,  and 
turned  solid  on  the  addition  of  ferric  chloride.  Alcohol  also 
threw  down  a  thick  flesh-colour  precipitate.  It  yielded  a 
solution  which  was  of  very  poor  viscosity,  and  is  useless  as 
an  adhesive  gum.  It  had  a  low  ash,  2-.51  per  cent.,  and 
contained  13'63  per  cent,  of  moisture. 

Buckanania  latifolia. — This  is  described  as  a  clear 
resinous  gum,  but  it  resembles  the  true  gum  acacia  iu 
appearance,  being  nodular  and  covered  over  with  fissures. 
It  dissolves  readily  in  water,  forming  a  pale  yellow  liquid, 
hut  this  solution  is  only  \ cry  slightly  adhesive.  It  has  a 
sweet  taste,  a  faint  aromatic  smell,  and  gives,  with  ferric 
chloride,  a  dark  brown  jelly  immediately  :  basic  lead  acetate 
gives  a  thick  white  precipitate;  mercurial  chloride  converts 
it  into  a  jelly,  and  it  turns  bright  yeliow  on  warming  with 
normal  soda.  It  yielded  4-65  per  cent,  ash,  which  contained 
a  trace  of  iron,  contained  not  less  than  20-73  percent, 
moisture,  and  hail  a  viscosity  value  '/.  equal  to  0-694.  The 
sample  came  from  Betut,  Central  Provinces. 

Odina  Wadier. — This  tree  yields  a  large  quantity  of 
gum  during  the  rainy  season.  This  js  white  when  it  hangs 
on  the  tree,  but  becomes  dark  when  it  falls  on  the  ground. 
The  gum  is  not  much  valued  in  ludia,  hut  is  sometimes 
used  in  calico  printing.  A  sample  from  Seeunderabad,  neat- 
Hyderabad,  was  examined.  It  occurred  in  dark  brown 
lumps,  had  undergone  slight  fermentation,  having  a  sour 
taste  and  smell.  It  partly-  dissolved  iu  water,  the  remainder 
swelling  up.  With  ferric  chloride  it  gelatinised  at  once.  It 
turned  very  dark  on  warming  with  normal  soda  :  gave  a 
thick  white  precipitate  with  basic  lead  acetate,  ami  borax 
thickened  the  mucilage.  It  contained  18-09  moisture,  and 
.",  ■  52  ash.     The  solution  was  of  very  feeble  viscosity. 

Terminalia  Tomentosa. — t  >ur  sample  of  gum  of  this  tree 
also  came  from  Seeunderabad.  The  tree  is  stated  to  yield 
gum  only  in  small  quantities.     The  specimen  examined  was 


May  SI,  1892." 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


■405 


very  pale  yellow  in  colour,  the  lumps  being  very  glossy  and 
transparent.  Although  in  appearance  so  good,  it  only  partly 
dissolved  in  wafer.  The  soluble  portion  formed  a  fairly 
adhesive  mucilage,  but  it  gelatinised  ami  darkened  in 
colour  mi  the  addition  of  ferric  chloride.     It  was  thickened 


with  borax,  and  turned  pale  yellow  on  warming  with 
normal  soda.  This  gum  was  further  characterised  by  an 
exceptionally  low  ash,  0*60  percent.  Its  solution  was  of 
very  feeble  viscosity,  and  the  solid  had  a  high  specific 
gravity  1'904. 


Table  I. 


Viscosity. 


Specific  Gravity. 


Moisture. 


Ash. 


10  per  Cent. 

Solution. 


Nitrogen. 


Of  Solid. 


Acacia  leucophluea 

Acacia  catechu 

Acacia  ferrugina  

Vcacia  farnesiana 

Acacia  modesta 

Acacia  arabica 



Albizzia  amara 

Anogeissus  Latifolia.. . 

Banhinia  retusa 

Banhinia  variegata 

< >Jinia  ivadier 

Terminalia  tomentosn 
Buchanania  latifolia  . . 


ik; 

13 

■21 

17 

oa 

15 

15 

](i 

7u 

1G 

38 

11 

22 

li 

in 

in 

I.I 

13-63 

18 

H'.i 

17 

50 

20-73 

*■» 

0-1371 

211 

HUI2I 

S-22 

0-1132 

2'08 

0'1325 

2-1)1 

ii  09006 

in: 

11-11470 

1-88 

11-3030 

3-2(1 

H-2307 

1"23 

0  0197 

3-28 

2-51 

0-00917 

3T,2 

niilllj 

0"66 

0'06510 

4-65 

0'0800 

T.< 

I!LK    II. 

3,106 

312 

913 
1,071 

720 
1,167 
2,151 
1,928 

320 

560 
350 
525 
69.1 


1-020 
1-017 

1-1117 


1-001 
1-017 
1-017 
1-002 
1  1115 
1-019 
i  in.; 
1-017 
1-018 


1-599 
1-713 
1-622 
1-623 
l'lill 
1-623 
1-GJfi 
1-794 
1-696 
1-750 
1-696 

1-901 

l'O+ll 


0-051 
O'OOo 
6-082 
0-061 
0'053 

II-H31 
0-IJ35 
11-1136 

0-039 
0-038 
0055 
0-054 
0-069 
0-069 


<  iiun. 

Colour. 

Taste. 

Smell. 

Solubility. 

Adhesiveness. 

Light  brown,  irregular 

Marked 

Peculiar  odour 

Entirely  soluble  to  light 
brown  liquid. 

Acacia  catechu 

Light  brown,  translucent, 
angular. 

Slightly  sum- 

Sour 

Partly  soluble  to  colourless 
liquid. 

Very  slight. 

Acacia  ferrugina   

Brown,  granular,  con- 
taining bark. 

Nil 

Faintly  sour 

Entirely  soluble  to  brown 
liquid. 

Fair. 

Brown,  irregular,  not  all 

the  same  colour. 

Slightly  sweel 

Nil 

Entirely  soluble  to  brown 
liquid. 

Very  slight. 

Light  brown,  irregular 

Nil 

Peculiar  odour 

Dissolves  completely  to 
yellow  liquid. 

Fair. 

Acacia  arabica 

Very  hard  light  brown, 

irregular. 

Nil 

Slight  mouldy 

smell. 

Swells  up  t<>  pale  brown 
jelly. 

.... 

Brown,  irregular 

Nil 

Very  faint 
odour. 

Tartly  soluble  to  light 
brown  liquid. 

Slight. 

Albizzia  amara 

Light  brown 

Nil 

Sweet  odour 

Entirely  soluble  to 
yellowish  brown  liquid. 

Very  good. 

\  nogeissus  latifolia 

Light  brown,  partly 
spherical. 

Nil 

Nil 

Swells  up  to  prey  muss. 
Little  liquid  strained  off. 

Useless. 

Dark  brown,  containing 
lighter  particles. 

Nil 

Very  faint 

Entirely  dissolves 
to  reddish-brown  liquid. 

.... 

Yellowish  brown  ;  bark 
adhering  to  it. 

Sweet 

Faint 

Entirely  soluble  to  pale 
yellow  liquid. 

Slight. 

Dark  brown 
Translucent  yellow 

Sour 
Nil 

Sour 

Smell  like 
leather. 

Partly  dissolves. 

Partly  dissolves;  soluble 
portion  pale  yellow. 

Fair. 

The  more  important  physical  and  chemical  properties  of 
the  gums  examined  are  tahulated  above,  but,  in  addition, 
the  following  summary  of  the  behaviour  of  a  10  per  cent, 
solution  of  the  gums  towards  the  following  reagents  may 
be  of  interest  : — 

I,  When  warmed  with  an  equal  bulk  of  normal  soda, 
A.  farnesiana  and  A.  arabica  did  not   darken  in  colour; 


A.  modesta,  Albizzia  amara,  Anogeissus  latifolia,  Buch- 
anania variegata,  and  Terminalia  tomentosa  turned  yellow  ; 
whilst  the  other  gums  darkened  considerably. 

2.  A  saturated  solution  of  borax  only  appreciably 
thickened  the  mucilages  from  Anogeissus  latifolia,  Such' 
anania  latifolia,  Odinia  wadier,  Terminalia  tomentosa. 


406 


THE  JOUKNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [May  si,  isms 


:s.  Mercuric  chloride  gelatinised  the  mucilage  from 
Buchanania  latifolia,  and  gave  precipitates  with  Anogeissus 
latifolia  and  Terminalia  tomentosa. 

i.  Stannous  chloride  gave  no  reaction  with  the  solutions 
of  Acacia  leucophlaa,  A.  ferrugina,  A.  farnesiana, 
Buchanania  latifolia,  and  Odinia  wadier. 

Ammonium  oxalate,  basic  lead  acetate,  and  alcohol  gave 
precipitates  more  or  less  copious  with  all  the  samples 
examined,  and,  as  already  mentioned,  ferric  chloride 
gelatinised  many  of  the  acacia  gums  as  well  as  those 
obtained  from  other  trees. 

Traces  of  phosphoric  acid  were  found  in  the  ashes  of  all 
the  samples  with  the  exception  of  Acacia  catechu,  A 
leucophlwa,  A.  modesta,  and  Banliinia  cariegata,  and, 
although  material  was  insufficient  for  an  estimation,  it  was 
apparently  present  in  fair  quantity  in  the  ashes  of  Acacia 
ferruginea,  Banhinia  retusa,  and  Terminalia  tomentosa. 

It  will  further  be  noticed  that  nitrogen  was  found  in  all 
the  gums  examined,  varying  in  amount  from  0'031  to 
0-082  per  cent. 

From  this  investigation  it  will  be  seen  that  the  Indian 
gums  vary  very  considerably  in  character,  and  as  this 
examination  is  by  no  means  exhaustive,  I  hope  that  further 
attention  will  be  directed  to  the  subject.  Statistics  are 
wanted  as  to  the  best  localities  for  the  growth  of  these 
different  trees,  and  also  the  climatic  conditions  which  occur 
in  those  districts.  No  doubt  the  geological  structure  of  the 
country  also  materially  influences  the  quality  of  the  gum 
yielded  by  the  tree  ;  and  if  this  paper  will  lead  to  the  work 
being  carried  on  in  India,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  we 
shall  eventually  obtain  from  that  country  gums  of  known 
value  and  suitable  for  many  industrial  purposes. 


Discussion. 

Mr.  Peter  MacEwan  said  that  the  mistake  made  by  those 
who  had  taken  up  the  question  of  gum  arabic  and  its  sub- 
stitutes was  that  they  had  not  persevered  with  the  subject. 
He  was  pleased  to  notice  that  Dr.  Rideal  persevered,  and 
there  was  need  for  that  as  the  various  gums  known  as  gum 
arabic  differed  very  much,  and  not  only  did  the  gums  from 
different  countries  differ,  but  those  from  one  country  varied 
considerably  according  to  the  nature  of  the  season.  He 
trusted,  therefore,  that  I)r.  Rideal  would  still  continue  his 
research. 

Mr.  W  ltson  Smith  said  that  he  had  examined  the  waste 
liquors  of  the  sulphite  cellulose  process  for  preparing  wood 
pulp,  and  had  found  a  considerable  amount  of  gums  of  very 
adhesive  nature.  On  evaporating  these  liquors,  the  same 
sickly  and  disagreeable  odour  was  developed  that  was 
characteristic  of  the  vapours  proceeding  from  the  works 
when  the  contents  of  the  digesters  were  discharged.  So 
long  as  water  remained  and  the  gum  existed  in  solution,  the 
smell  remained.  On  evaporating  to  dryness  the  gum 
possessed  no  smell,  but  on  re-dissolving  in  water  the 
solution  smelt  as  disagreeably  as  ever.  So  far,  any  method 
he  had  found  efficacious  in  destroj'ing  the  odour  also 
seriously  interfered  with  the  gums. 

Dr.  Rideal,  replying  to  Mr.  Watson  Smith,  said  that  he 
would  be  \ery  glad  if  he  would  send  him  a  sample  of  the 
substance   referred    to.     He   agreed  with   Mr.  MacEwan's 

remarks. 


£tbapool  Section. 


University  College,  Brownlow  Street. 


Chairman  :  H.  Brunner. 
Vice-Chair  man:  A.  Norman  Tate. 


Committee : 


E.  Carev. 

V.  C.  Driffield. 

F.  Gossage. 

W.  D.  Herman. 
C.  L.  Higgins. 
F,  Huiter. 


A.  H.  Knight. 

D.  McKeehnie. 

E.  K.  Muspratt. 

H,  itru  Tate. 
A.  Watt. 


lion.  Treasurer:  W  P.  Thompson. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 

Dr.  Chas.  A.  Kohn,  University  College,  Liverpool. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

The  names  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  been  elected  to  fill  the  vacancies,  and  will 
take  office  in  July  next  :— Vice-Chairman  :  K.Carey.  Committee  : 
J.  Campbell  Brown,  Jos.  C.  Gamble,  G.  Sehack-Sommer,  and  A. 
Norman  Tate. 


Meeting  held  Wednesday,  2nd  March,  1892. 


MR.    A.    NORMAN    TATE    IN    THE    CHAIB. 


ON  AGRICULTURAL  FERTILISERS  AND  FEEDING 
STUFFS  AND  THE  BILL  NOW  REFORM 
PARLIAMENT  TO  AMEND  THE  LAW  WITH 
RESPECT  TO  THEIR  SALE. 

BY   DR.    GU8TAF   SOHACK-SOMMER. 

On  previous  occasions  I  have  had  the  honour  of  appearing 
before  you  as  an  advocate  of  the  cultivation  of  beetroot  in 
England  and  Ireland  for  the  purpose  of  sugar  manufacture, 
as  that  industry  is  conducted  on  the  Continent,  and  more 
especially  in  Germany  and  France.  The  subject  which  I 
wish  to  bring  before  you  to-night  may  be  regarded  as  some- 
what remotely  connected  with  that  of  beetroot  cultivation, 
it  relates  to  fertilisers  aud  animal  food  stuffs.  You  are  no 
doubt  aware  that  a  Bill  was  introduced  by  Mr.  Chaplin  into 
the  House  of  Commons  last  July  in  his  new  office  as 
Minister  of  Agriculture,  to  regulate  the  trade  in  these 
articles.  The  Bill  runs  much  upon  the  same  lines  as  the 
Food  and  Drugs  Act,  and,  as  it  is  virtually  an  extension  of 
this  Act  which  relates  to  the  adulteration  of  food,  and  is  an 
attempt  to  prevent  the  adulteration  of  fertilisers  aud  feeding 
stuffs  prepared  upon  chemical  principles,  I  think  the 
subject  should  have  a  strong  claim  upon  the  attention  of 
societies  such  as  this.  Manufacturers  (smd  more  especially 
those  whose  business  is  conducted  on  scientific  principles) 
should  be  afforded  an  opportunity  not  only  of  criticising  the 
proposals  of  the  Legislature,  but  when  advisable,  of  bringing 
pressure  to  bear  with  a  view  to  their  amendment.  Under 
these  circumstances  it  is  clearly  our  duty,  in  the  best 
interests  of  the  community,  to  make  our  weight  as  a  society 
felt,  by  offering  such  suggestions  as  those  I  have  the  honour 
of  submitting  to-night,  and  which  I  hope  may  be  speedily 
supplemented  by  others  coming  from  those  who  possess 
more  extensive  scientific  knowledge  and  larger  practical 
experience. 

Before  proceeding  further  it  may  be  well  to  recite  the 
provisions  of  the  Fertilisers  and  Feeding  Stuffs  Bill,  and 
of  course  1  shall  not  trouble  you  with  its  legal  phraseology 
but  merely  with  a  brief  resume  of  its  clauses. 


>uy  si,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


407 


Taking  these  in  their  order  we  find  a  penalty  of  20/.  is 
imposed  for  the  first  offence  and  50/.  for  each  subsequent 
offence,  when  a  conviction  is  obtained  for  selling  adulterated 
fertilisers  and  food  stuffs  for  cattle  ;  but  that  the  seller  shall 
not  be  liable  if  the  article  purchased  was  not  used  for  the 
purpose  for  which  it  was  sold :  yet  that  it  shall  be  no 
defence  to  allege  that  the  purchaser,  having  bought  only  for 
analysis,  was  not  prejudiced  by  the  sale;  that  an  invoice 
must  be  given  to  each  purchaser  specifying  the  nature  and 
quality  of  the  article  sold,  and  in  the  case  of  a  compound 
article  its  material  ingredients  with  the  percentage  or 
approximate  percentage  of  each ;  that  any  material 
inaccuracy  in  the  description  in  the  invoice  shall  render  the 
vendor  liable  to  the  before-mentioned  penalties ;  that  a 
seller  shall  not  be  liable  if  he  can  prove  that  he  sold  the 
article  as  lie  received  it ;  that  a  seller  who  can  prove  this, 
but  who  is  convicted,  shall  be  able  to  recover  the  fine  with  all 
costs  and  damages  either  from  the  manufacturer  or  from  the 
dealer  from  whom  the  article  was  purchased  in  the  first 
instance;  and,  that  the  Hoard  of  Agriculture  may  appoint  a 
chief  analyst. 

In  this  Hill  I  may  remark  that  I  do  not  find  any  provision 
for  punishing  a  dealer  who  sells  feeding  stuffs  which,  through 
decomposition  or  because  of  their  composition,  or  for  any 
othei  reason,  may  be  unfit  for  the  purpose  for  which  they 
H tic  sold.  The  Bill,  too,  should  be  so  amended  as  not  to 
unnecessarily  harass  manufacturers  in  the  business,  or  place 
obstacles  in  the  way  of  honest  dealing  in  such  articles. 
Take,  as  an  example,  the  case  of  a  manufacturer  who,  having 
discovered  a  by-product  which  contains  one  or  more  of  the 
four  principal  fertilisers,  mixes  this  by-product  with  other 
substances  containing  the  other  necessary  fertilisers.  Why 
should  he  be  compelled  to  divulge  the  secret  of  his  manu- 
facture by  describing  it  on  an  invoice  as  proposed  in  the 
liill  ?  In  my  opinion  all  that  is  necessary  is  a  guarantee 
that  the  article  sold  contains  certain  proportions  of  nitrogen, 
phosphoric  acid,  potassium  and  lime.  In  the  case  of  feeding 
stuffs  a  very  large  trade  is  done  in  mixtures,  and  as  long  as 
those  are  guaranteed  to  contain  stated  proportions  of  good, 
sound,  digestible  food,  including  protein,  fat,  sugar,  and 
non-nitrogenous  extractable  matter,  theie  is  clearly  no 
necessity  to  require  the  secrets  of  manufacture  to  be 
published  in  an  invoice  for  the  benefit  of  trade  rivals. 
What  is  of  great  importance  is,  that  farmers  should  be 
taught  clearly  the  elementary  chemical  principles  underlying 
the  successful  preparation  both  of  manures  and  feeding 
stuffs,  so  that  they  may  be  able  to  select  the  best  goods  for 
their  purpose.  This,  of  course,  means  technical  education 
for  farmers,  and  when  it  is  achieved  there  will  be  less 
necessity  for  special  legislation  for  their  protection. 

Glancing  at  other  countries  we  find  that  while  Fiance  and 
Iielgium  have  special  laws  affecting  this  subject,  a  different 
state  of  things  prevails  in  Germany  and  Austria.  The 
Governments  of  the  latter  countries,  after  going  fully  into 
I lu-  question,  have  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  by  private 
arrangement  between  manufacturers,  dealers,  and  purchasers, 
thej  are  able  to  protect  one  another,  and  this  has  resulted 
in  the  establishment  of  a  set  of  rules  which  have  to  be  adhered 
to  by  the  members  of  such  an  association,  consisting  of  the 
manufacturers,  dealers,  and  buyers  of  feeding  stuffs  and 
fertilisers.  These  rules  all  aim  at  one  object,  and  that  is  the 
protection  of  the  small  buyer.  Buyers  on  a  large  scale  are 
astute  enough  not  to  begrudge  the  small  fee  for  testing  the 
goods  they  buy,  and  so  assuring  themselves  that  they  get  full 
value  for  their  money.  The  small  buyer  on  the  other  hand 
has  to  be  protected  partly  from  want  of  technical  instruction, 
for  it  may  be  presumed  lie  rarely  knows  of  agricultural 
testing  stations  and  laboratories,  or  if  he  does  he  distrusts 
them,  and  partly  perhaps  from  finding  that  however  small 
the  fee,  it  increases  the  price  of  his  purchase,  and  for  this 
purpose  the  following  rules  were  established.  They  state 
that  the  article  must  be  sold  in  its  original  bag  or  package 
with  the  following  information  written  or  printed  legibly 
upon  it:  — 

1st.  The  maker's  name  or  that  of  the  factory. 
2nd.  The   article  it   contains,  and    whether   in   powder, 
granular,  or  in  lumps. 

3rd.  What  ingredients  are  guaranteed. 


A  dealer  vrho  had  bought  a  one  hundredweight  bag  could 
not  repack  it  into  two  half-hundredweight  bags,  but  in  the 
case  of  a  demand  for  the  latter  would  have  to  get  the 
smaller  size  from  the  manufacturer.  The  advantages  of 
these  rules  are  so  obvious  that  I  must  apologise  for  dwell- 
ing on  them.  Any  honest  manufacturer  or  dealer  will  court 
being  checked  by  an  agricultural  chemist,  and  will  most 
likely  contribute  to  laboratories  which  not  only  guard  the 
purchaser,  but  at  the  same  time  the  interest  and  reputation 
of  the  manufacturer. 

As  far  as  this  country  is  concerned  I  think  it  is  safe  to 
assume  that  if  adulteration  takes  place  it  will  arise  through 
a  system  of  fraudulent  repacking  by  greedy  middlemen,  a 
species  of  cheating,  which  the  rules  I  have  mentioned  make 
impossible  on  the  Continent.  In  such  a  case,  should  a 
dishonest  dealer  imitate  the  bag  or  package  of  a  manufac- 
turer, or  re-pack  and  adulterate  the  contents,  he  would  run 
the  risk  of  being  found  out,  and  of  course,  on  conviction, 
could  be  punished  by  the  law  as  it  now  stands.  What  we 
want,  in  fact,  is  not  an  alteration  of  the  English  law  but  the 
introduction  of  the  German  and  Austrian  rules  of  sale. 
The  weak  point  in  the  situation,  as  far  a*  the  chance  of  the 
adulterating  middleman  being  found  out  is  concerned,  lies 
iu  the  absence  of  testing  stations  and  laboratories  in  con- 
nexion with  the  various  agricultural  societies,  as  well  as  of 
travelling  teachers  to  give  the  farmers  the  technical  instruc- 
tion which  they  stand  so  much  in  need  of.  An  ideal 
system,  if  I  may  mention  such  a  thing  en  passant,  to  a 
practical  society,  would  be  for  the  agricultural  societies  of 
each  district  to  form  themselves  into  co-operative  associa- 
tions for  the  purpose  of  buying  feeding  stuffs  and  fertilisers 
in  large  quantities,  and  distributing  them  amongst  their 
members,  and  retaining  a  chemist  well  versed  in  botany, 
and  employing  teachers  to  travel  in  the  district  to  impart 
instruction.  I  have  been  told  that  such  a  combination  has 
just  been  formed  in  Yorkshire,  and  the  Agricultural  and 
Horticultural  Association,  Limited,  in  London,  generally 
called  the  "  One  and  All,"  have  done  much  useful  work  in 
that  direction  for  some  time  past. 

Even  on  the  Continent,  with  their  rules  of  sale,  and  their 
chemical  testiqg  stations  and  laboratories,  they  have  not  by 
any  means  attained  perfection,  for  Professor  Maercker  and 
others  have  expressed  an  opinion  that  the  agricultural 
laboratories  in  organisation  and  methods  of  analysis  are 
not  yet  sufficiently  advanced,  especially  in  the  matter  of 
determining  the  purity  of  articles.  That  being  the  ease  on 
the  Continent,  matters  are  of  necessity  very  much  worse  in 
this  country,  where,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  there  are 
only  two  agricultural  testing  stations  and  laboratories,  viz., 
one  at  Rothampstead  and  one  at  Aberdeen  ;  perhaps  this 
may  seem  a  small  matter  to  those  who  believe  that  it  is  easy 
for  the  purchaser  of  food  stuffs  to  ascertain  that  they 
contain  a  guaranteed  amount  of  fat,  or  nitrogenous  sub- 
stance, and  in  the  case  of  fertilisers  to  obtain  satisfactory 
guarantees  of  the  presence  of  a  certain  preparation  of 
nitrogen,  phosphoric  acid,  or  potash.  The  difficulty  is, 
however,  for  the  purchaser  to  protect  himself  against  such 
articles  as  contain  injurious  matters  in  addition  to  other 
innocuous  materials  which  ma3'  have  been  purposely  added, 
or  occur  accidentally  through  careless  manufacture,  or  by 
using  unsuitable  or  inferior  raw  material. 

With  the  help  of  such  trade  rules  as  I  have  already  told 
you  are  in  force  in  Germany  and  Austria,  there  would  be 
little  necessity  for  legislation  of  any  sort  to  prevent  adultera- 
tion. Agricultural  societies  and  their  journals  should 
constantly  bring  such  regulations  under  the  notice  of 
farmers,  and  warn  them  against  buying  fertilisers  which 
were  not  delivered  in  accordance  with  such  regulations. 

What  these  regulations  are  you  will  perhaps  allow  me  to 
describe  a  little  more  in  detail,  and  I  hope  in  doing  so  as 
briefly  as  possible  I  shall  not  try  your  patience.  The  bags 
containing  the  fertiliser  must  be  branded  with — 

1.  The  name  of  the  factory  where  the  fertiliser  was  made. 

2.  The  commercial  name  of  the  article ;  and 

3.  The  percentage  of  each  important  constituent. 

The  bags  should  contain  even  weights,  say  56  lb.,  1  cwt., 
or  2  cwt. 

I  have  prepared  a  table  showing  what  constituents  should 
be  guaranteed  in  fertilisers.     Phosphoric  Acid  soluble  in 


- 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31.  1892. 


wnler  in  superphosphates,  Thomas   slag  ;  precipitates,  bone 
ash;  Baker  guano. 

N'.B. — If  these  manures  are  valued  and  paid  for  accord- 
ing to  their  contents  of  soluble  and  insoluble  phosphoric 
acid,  then,  of  course,  the  percentage  of  both  will  have  to 
be  given. 

Phosphoric  acid  soluble  in  water  and  all  the  nitrogen 
(X)  should  be  stated  in  bone  meal,  fish  guano,  flesh  meal, 
Peruvian  guano,  and  ammoniacal  and  nitrogenous  super- 
phosphates, horns  and  other  residue  of  tanneries. 

Nilrogen  (N~)  in  blood  meal,  germ  meal,  nitrate,  &c. 

Potash  (KM)  in  kaiuite  and  other  potassium  salt.-. 

When  samples  are  drawn  they  must  be  taken  by  the 
buyer  or  his  representative,  if  possible  in  the  presence  of 
the  seller  or  sender,  or  his  representative,  on  the  quay,  or 
at  the  station,  within  two  days  of  arrival  at  destination. 

It  would  be  very  desirable  if  we  could  formulate  on 
similar  Hues  conditions  for  the  sale  of  feeding  stuffs,  but 
unfortunately  it  is  not  so  easy  as  in  the  case  of  fertilisers, 
for  there  are  many  more  factors  to  reckon  with.  In  feeding 
stuffs  we  could  not  remain  content  with  a  declaration  that 
they  contained  a  certain  proportion  of  protein,  fat,  sugar, 
and  extractable  non-nitrogenous  matter,  for  it  is  essential 
to  know  how  much  of  the  protein  is  digestible.  What  is 
also  important  to  learn  is  not  only  whether  it  is  unadulterated 
in  the  general  sense  of  the  term,  but  whether  the  food  is 
clean  and  wholesome.  The  introduction  of  an  obligatorv' 
guarantee  as  to  contents  and  quality  is  of  the  highest 
importance  both  to  agriculturists  and  manufacturers.  A 
certain  reasonable  minimum  figure  should  be  fixed  for  the 
percentage  of  fat  separately  for  the  various  feeding  stuffs 
and  the  same  for  protein.  In  a  letter  which  I  received  from 
Professor  Dr.  Maercker  this  morning,  he  communicates  the 
fact  to  me  that  at  a  recent  meeting  in  Berlin  the  represen- 
tatives of  the  German  Agricultural  Hoards  and  of  the 
experimental  stations  have  come  to  an  agreement  with  the 
dealers  in  feeding  stuffs  to  give  a  separate  guarantee  for 
both" Jot"  and  "proteitie"  in  future.  And  noDe  below 
this  percentage  ought  to  be  allowed  to  be  sold.  Oilcake, 
for  instance,  varies  from  10  to  20  per  cent,  in  fatty  matter, 
according  to  the  amount  of  pressure  used  in  the  manu- 
facture, and  as  the  fat  is  not  only  valuable  itself  but  further 
aids  the  animal  in  digesting  the  other  ingredients,  it  is 
really  the  most  important  element  to  be  taken  into  account 
when  estimating  the  value  of  a  feeding  stuff.  A  higher 
percentage  of  fat  therefore  might  be  paid  for  on  a  sliding 
scale,  on  the  system  which  has  proved  so  successful  in  the 
sugar  industry.  Let  me  here  point  out  that  the  agricultural 
experimental  stations  and  laboratories  in  Germany  and 
Austria  allow  a  latitude  of  one  and  a  half  per  cent,  for 
protein  tests,  and  of  one  half  per  cent,  for  fat  tests,  as  a 
margin  for  errors  in  testing.  It  would  be  difficult  to 
formulate  the  exact  extent  to  which  a  guarantee  could  be 
given  as  to  the  good  and  healthy  condition  of  a  feeding 
stuff  and  its  freedom  from  foreign,  injurious,  valueless,  or 
indifferent  ingredients,  but  each  invoice  should  include  the 
guarantee  upon  which  the  article  was  sold.  These 
guarantees,  however,  are  not  all-sufficient.  The  farmer 
should  have  such  technical  knowledge  as  would  enable  him 
to  choose  the  best  feeding  stuffs  and  fertilisers  for  his 
particular  purpose  ;  yet  how  many  farmers  possess  this 
ary  knowledge  ?  It  may  therefore  possibly  be  useful 
if,  with  your  permission,  I  submit  a  few  observations  with 
regard  to  the  most  important  cattle  fodders,  and  the 
nature  of  the  most  frequent  adulterations. 

Artificial  feeding  stuffs  include  bran,  feeding  meals  and 
cakes,  by-products  from  distilleries  and  breweries,  and  last 
but  not  least  those  also  of  beetroot  sugar  factories. 

Bran  is  very  nutritious  in  consequence  of  being  inseparable 
from  the  harder  outer  part  of  the  real  grain  which  contains 
much  gluten.  Its  feeding  properties  are  protein,  of  which 
wh.eat  bran  may  contain  up  to  14  per  cent.,  and  fat, 
4'9  per  cent.  The  woody  fibre,  which  is  the  valueless 
portion,  is  in  the  best  kind  of  wheat  bran  only  about 
5-5  per  cent.,  whereas  in  buckwheat  bran,  with  10  per 
cent,  protein  and  2  per  cent,  fat,  the  woody  fibre  is  38-2 
per  cent.,  and  peaskin  bran  with  s  per  cent,  protein  and 
25  per  cent,  fat,  the  woody  fibre  is  13*7  per  cent.     If  the 


bran  has  not  been  properly  stored  it  gets  mouldy,  and  this 
can  be  detected  by  the  microscope  which  shows  the  fungi, 
as  well  as  by  the  disagreeable  odour.  In  that  condition, 
of  course,  it  is  unfit  for  feeding  purposes,  but  this  is  more 
easily  guarded  against  than  the  danger  arising  from  the 
addition  of  such  weed  seeds  as  are  absolutely  and  actively 
injurious.  Among  these  are  ergot  (silerotium  davits),  corn 
cockle  (agrostemma  githago),  darnel  or  bearded  ryegrass 
(folium  teimtlentitm).  Moreover  sand,  slate,  gypsum,  husks 
of  oats,  rice   and   other  grains,  and  sometimes  as  much  as 

10  per  cent,  of  water  is  added  to  increase  the  weight. 

Of  feeding  meals  the  best  known  perhaps  is  rice  meal, 
which  ought  to  contain  about  11 '5  per  cent,  fat,  and  46*1 
per  cent,  soluble  non-nitrogenous  contents.  This  is  often 
adulterated  with  its  own  or  other  husks,  as  for  instance 
peaskins  which  are  absolutely  without  any  nutritious  value  ; 
also  with  chalk  up  to  22  per  cent.,  with  sand  and  gypsum 
up  to  20  per  cent.,  and  from  15  per  cent,  to  20  per  cent,  of 
sulphate  of  barium.  Linseed,  cotton-seed,  and  other  meals 
are  simply  ground  cakes  afterjthe  oil  has  been  extracted  from 
the  respective  seeds.  Linseed  meal  is  often  adulterated  with 
the  seeds  of  gold  of  pleasure,  cabbage,  rye  meal,  and  ground- 
nut meal,  clover  seed,  clover-seed  chaff,  coffee  kernels,  mus- 
tard seeds,  and  sand  and  soil  up  to  a  total  of  48  per  cent.  It 
is  also  adulterated  with  the  seed  of  plantain,  dodder,  garlic, 
mustard,  and  castor,  any  of  which  give  the  cattle  colic,  with 
the  result  that  not  infrequently  they  die.  Meat  feeding 
meal  is   a  good  and  nourishing  feeding  stuff,   containing 

1 1  •  14  per  cent,  of  fat,  and  is  mostly  made  in  Fray  Bentos 
by  Liebig's  Extract  of  Meat  Company.  It  has  happened 
before  now  that  stuff  sold  as  this,  or  as  a  similar  article, 
contained  no  meat  substance  whatever,  but  turned  out  to  be 
a  mixture  of  rubbish  from  tanneries  such  as  glove  and  calf 
leather,  with  bran  and  about  5  per  cent,  of  alum.  Oilcakes 
are  of  the  highest  feeding  value,  and  contain  a  large  amount 
of  protein,  in  the  groundnut  cakes  as  much  a9  42  S  per 
cent.,  and  a  varying  quantity  of  fat  according  to  the  greater 
or  less  pressure  used  in  extracting  the  oils.  These  oilcakes 
are  sometimes  mixed  with  sand,  stones,  and  other  rubbish 
to  make  weight,  but  this  does  not  happen  so  often  as  does 
adulteration  with  less  valuable  and  sometimes  really  harmful 
products.  For  instance,  so-called  German  rape  cake  is  very 
often  made  almost  entirely  of  the  unwholesome  garlic 
mustard  seed,  which  for  that  purpose  is  specially  imported 
from  Russia.  Groundnut  cake  is  adulterated  with  castor- 
oil  seed,  castor-oil  seed  chaff,  and  castor  oil,  and  at  other 
times  with  poppy-seed  cake,  which  has  not  half  the  value 
of  groundnut  cake.  Some  Fast  Indian  rape  cakes  are  full 
of  myronates,  which  when  brought  in  contact  with  water 
turn  into  mustard  oil,  which  may  do  the  cattle  harm,  and 
therefore  it  is  obviously  necessary  to  know  where  the  cake 
comes  from.  Groundnut  cake,  when  adulterated  with  poppy- 
>C'li1  rake,  has  a  tendency  to  go  musty,  and  the  opium  in 
the  latter  is  very  bad  and  dangerous  for  the  cattle,  while 
the  milk  of  cows  fed  with  this  stuff  cannot  fail  to  be 
injurious  to  young  children.  Cakes  which  have  been  badly 
stored  sometimes  get  heated,  and  this  causes  the  protein  to 
decompose,  with  the  alarming  result  that  the  food  mav  not 
only  make  the  cattle  ill,  but  actually  kill  them.  These 
cakes  have  frequently  been  ground  up  and  mixed  with  good 
meal,  and  then  soid  for  feeding  purposes.  Such  a  case  of 
fraud,  the  consequences  of  which  cannot  be  estimated  or 
foreseen,  is  one  of  the  worst  that  has  come  to  my  know- 
ledge, and  is,  as  you  will  see,  a  very  difficult  one  to  detect 
and  punish.  Oilcakes  of  all  kinds  are  often  adulterated 
with  the  husks  of  cereals,  which  are  themselves  absolutely 
without  feeding  value,  and  merely  load  the  stomachs  of  the 
animals  unnecessarily.  Then,  again,  dried  grains  from 
breweries  and  distilleries,  malt-sprouts  and  molasses,  and 
dried  beetroot  slices,  which  should,  according  to  Dr. 
Maercker's  table,  contain  protein  from  6  per  cent,  to  33  per 
cent,  and  fat  up  to  23  per  cent.,  are,  however,  often  adul- 
terated to  increase  their  weight  with  sand,  talc,  lime,  oxide 
of  iron,  and  manganese.  The  weed  seeds  gathered  in  the 
cockle  machine,  which  cleans  the  grain  before  it  is  ground 
into  flour,  are  sold  for  the  purpose  of  adulterating  feeding 
stuffs,  and  these  are  distinctly  injurious  and  poisonous. 
They  are  henbane,  spurge,  crow's-foot,  yellow  rattle,  ergot, 
&c,  comprising  altogether  about  72  different  varieties. 


MaySLMW-J         THE  JOUKNAL  OF   THE  SOCIETY   OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


409 


Kind  of  the  Feeding  Stuff. 


R.apeseed  cake 

Groundnut  cake   

i  Sol  ton-seed  meal 

Poppy-seed  cake 

Palm  kernels  cake 

Coooanut  cake. 

Sesame  cake 

Rice  feeding  meal 

Malt-sprouts 

Pried  brewers'  grains 

Wheat  bran 

Ryo  lirun 

Dried  distillers'  grains,  I 

Dried  distillers'  grains,  It 

Dried  beetroot  slices  from  which  the  sugar  was 

extracted. 
Molasses 


Non- 
nitrogenous 

Extract 
Compounds. 


Total  of 
Feeding 

Value  Units. 


The  necessity  for  microscopical  aud  bacteriological 
examination  of  feeding  stuffs  is  of  the  very  greatest  impor- 
tance. As  a  rule  one  may  form  an  opinion  of  the  purity  or 
otherwise  of  a  feeding  stuff  from  the  appearance  of  the 
textures  or  elements  of  textures,  and  it  is  therefore  almost 
indispensable  that  chemists  should  make  themselves  suffi- 
ciently acquainted  with  the  use  of  the  microscope  so  as  to 
be  able  to  examine  and  judge  the  feeding  stuffs  from  a 
botanical  point  of  view.  There  are  three  distinct  micro- 
scopical methods  in  use,  namely — (1)  Witmack's  paste 
method,  (2)  Bencke's  flour  proof  method,  and  (3)  Dr.  Von 
Weinzierl's  mechanical  microscopical  examination.  Special 
directions  as  to  how  to  proceed  cannot  be  laid  down,  but 
every  one  must  be  left  to  choose  his  own  way.  Every 
sample,  however,  should  first  be  examined  on  the  outside 
for  animal  or  vegetable  parasites,  or  foreign  admixtures,  and 
if  any  are  detected  the  sample  ought  to  be  put  aside  to  be 
in  due  time  further  examined. 

This  brings  us  to  the  question  as  to  when  a  feeding  stuff 
may  be  considered  to  fall  into  one  of  three  categories, 
namely — (1)  impure,  (2)  adulterated,  and  (3)  injurious.  By 
the  last-named,  of  course,  I  mean  injurious  to  the  animals, 
or  to  those  who  use  the  products,  such  as  milk  and  butter. 
Under  the  first  and  second  heads  I  would  include  adu  itera- 
tions which  cannot  be  proved  to  be  injurious,  but  which 
have  a  less  nutritious  value  and  are  added  to  make  the 
article  cheaper,  or  for  fraudulent  reasons.  It  certainly 
should  be  punishable  by  law  to  offer  as  feeding  stuffs  articles 
which  contain  from  3D  to  40  per  cent,  of  materials  which 
are  not  only  absolutely  valueless  for  nutrition,  but  over- 
charge the  stomachs  of  the  animals,  and  which,  through 
continual  use,  would  counteract  the  effect  of  or  destroy 
altogether  the  gastric  juice,  and  harden  the  organs  of 
digestion.  But  before  pursuing  this  question  further, 
permit  me  to  repeat  that  I  fail  to  see  what  good  would  be 
done  by  revealing  to  the  purchaser  the  secret  of  the 
manufacturer  who  combines  valuable  by  -  products,  or 
material,  either  in  the  composition  of  fertilisers  or  feeding 
stuffs.  What  would  the  manufacturers  of  Pears'  soap,  who 
have  kept  their  secret  for  more  than  a  century,  according  to 
their  advertisement,  say  ;  or  what  would  the  more  modern 
"  Sunlight"  makers  of  a  similar  article,  be  likely  to  say  to 
a  proposal  that  every  package  should  have  legibly  printed 
upon  it  every  detail  of  the  chemical  and  other  ingredients  ? 
You  see  at  once,  of  course,  that  such  a  suggestion  is 
repugnant   to  common  sense,  and   that  the  suggestion  could 


28  40 

143-00 

25-10 

180*00 

20-7(1 

183  "00 

20-20 

114-00 

Sfl-40 

102-00 

87-40 

122-00 

22-40 

luroo 

W10 

104-00 

42-30 

117-00 

40-40 

114-00 

57-20 

104'00 

58-70 

112-00 

44-00 

138-00 

22-00 

li'.yon 

56'70 

76-40 

Ofi-00 

81-00 

Price. 


Per  Cwt. 


Cost  per 
Feeding  Unit. 


8.  (I. 

0  0 

7  0 

7  0 

5  a 

5  i) 
7  3 

6  6 
5  6 
5  0 

5  6 
0  6 

7  0 

6  0 

7  0 
3  0 
2  6 


0-55 
0--J7 
0-47 
0-4.' 
0-07 
0-71 
0-4S 
0-68 
0-51 
0-57 
0-75 
0-80 
0-52 
0-50 
0-47 
0-36 


not  be  entertained  for  a  moment  as  in  the  remotest  degree 
approaching  practicability.  This  does  not  apply,  of  course, 
to  compounds  containing  simple  elements,  the  proportions 
of  which  can  and  ought  to  be  guaranteed  to  the  purchaser. 
It  only  applies  in  the  case  of  a  manufacturer  who  has  made 
his  feeding  stuff  a  specialty  by  careful  and  laborious  research, 
and  who  certainly  ought  not  to  be  called  upon  to  proclaim 
the  results  from  the  housetops  for  the  benefit  of  less  indus- 
trious rivals.  In  my  opinion — which,  of  course,  I  give 
merely  for  what  it  is  worth— it  ought  to  be  quite  sufficient 
if,  in  the  case  of  fertilisers,  the  percentage  of  nitrogen, 
potassium,  lime,  and  phosphoric  acid  was  published,  and  in 
the  case  of  feeding  stuffs  that  of  protein  and  fat.  This 
would  enable  the  manufacturer  who  had  his  wits  about  him 
to  mix  such  products  as  come,  for  instance  from  East  India 
and  Africa,  where,  for  want  of  good  machinery,  the  oil  is 
not  properly  squeezed  out  of  the  seeds,  or  other  raw  material 
with  their  own  oilcake  and  so  make  a  mixture  that  would 
be  of  a  better  value  to  the  farmer  than  it  would  be  without 
this  addition.  That  such  mixtures  are  legitimate  has  lately 
been  demonstrated  in  a  very  able  and  interesting  paper  by 
Professor  Maercker,  in  which  he  specially  dilates  on  the 
scientific  way  of  putting  such  mixtures  together  so  as  to 
secure  as  much  nutriment  as  is  contained  in  bran,  while, 
taking  into  account  the  high  price  of  the  latter  at  the 
present  moment,  they  would  not  cost  more  than  about  half 
the  price.  I  will  give  you  here  the  gist  of  his  calculations. 
The  average  figures  of  the  nutritious  contents  have  been 
taken  from  the  analysis  of  the  fodders  during  many  years 
at  the  experimental  agricultural  station  in  Halle.  To 
estimate  the  nuitritious  value,  he  adopted  the  figures  of 
value  of  Professor  Kciuig  of  Munster,  who  laid  it  down  that 
the  feeding  value  unit  of  non-nitrogenous  compounds  may 
be  taken  as  one  ;  ttat  of  fat  as  double,  say  two ;  and  that 
of  protein  half  as  much  again  as  fat,  or  say  three;  here, 
however,  I  must  inform  you  that  Professor  Maercker  writes 
me: — 

"The  relative  value  of  protein  to  fat  aud  nou-nitrogenous 
substances  is  calculated  by  the  united  agricultural  trial 
stations  in  Germany,  according  to  the  method  of  the 
smallest  squares  from  the  prices  of  the  most  important 
feeding  stuffs,  and  this  calculation  is  checked  every  year  by 
the  variations  in  prices."  The  last  calculation  made  by 
Professor  Konig  gave  the  proportion  as  3:2:1,  but  since 
then  the  nitrogenous  fat-containing  feeding  stuffs  have 
risen   in  cost  so  considerably  that    this    proportion   is   no 


410 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [May  31,1892. 


longer  correct — as  Professor  Maercker  knows  privately  from 

Professor  Kiinig— and  in  the  next  calculation,  which  will 
soon  be  published,  the  proportion  will  most  likely  be  3:3: 1, 
so  that  as  a  matter  of  fact  fat  and  protein  have  become  of 
equal  feeding  cost.  This  would,  of  course,  he  altered  as 
soon  as  the  feeding  stuffs  which  contain  much  fat  fall  in 
price.  On  the  question  of  what  part  in  the  digestion  is 
done  by  fat,  Dr.  Maercker  says  that  for  the  preservation  of 
heat,  fat  acts  equal  to  its  equivalent  of  heat,  that  is,  2  ■  5  of 
the  carbohydrates  ;  but  that  as  a  nuitritious  substance  in 
place  of  albumen  it  is  only  equal  to  1  •  8  to  2  of  the  carbo- 
hydrates. The  actual  part  which  fat  takes  in  the  digestion 
has  not  been  proved  with  certainty,  but  it  is  generally 
assumed  that  the  action  is  both  mechanical  and  dietetic, 
that  is  to  say  that  the  intestines  work  better  when  they  are, 
as  it  were,  lubricated  or  oiled.  I  doubt  this,  says  the 
Professor,  and  believe  that  the  feeding  stuffs  which  are  rich 
in  fat  are  so  highly  valued  because  they  always  at  the  same 
time  contain  much  protein.  As  far  as  the  actual  nutritious 
value  is  concerned  the  fat  can  be  easily  replaced  by  the 
equivalents  of  carbohydrates,  though  an  exception  ought  of 
course  to  he  made  with  fats  that  have  a  specially  favourable 
influence  on  the  fat  of  the  milk,  like  that  of  the  palm 
kernels. 

Taking  wheat  bran  at  6s.  Gd.  per  cwt.,  he  says  that  it 
contains  13  *7  per  cent,  raw  protein,  which  in  the  proportion 
of  three  to  the  whole  makes  41  •  1  units,  2*9  per  cent,  of  fat. 


which  at  two  makes  5  •  8  units,  and  57 '2  per  cent,  of  non- 
nitrogenous  substance  which  at  one  makes  57  *2  units. 
Total  104,  feeding  value  units,  for  which  6.v.  C</.  has  been  paid, 
and  therefore  one  unit  costs  in  wheat  bran  'fd.  per  feeding 
value  unit.  It  is  after  this  principle  that  the  table  (see  pre- 
ceding page)  of  the  most  important  feeding  stuffs  has  been 
put  together  by  1  >r.  Morgan,  and  withthe  help  of  this  table  it 
is  easy  to  rind  which  feeding  stuffs  are,  according  to  the 
prices  of  the  day,  the  cheapest,  and  which  it  is  best  to 
select  in  order  to  make  up  not  only  the  cheapest,  but  the 
most  nutritious  class  of  feeding  stuff.  A  glance  at  the  last 
column  shows  that  wheat  and  rye  bran  are  the  most  expen- 
sive among  the  fodders  named.  The  question,  therefore,  of 
how  to  replace  them  by  cheaper  mixtures  is  obviously  of  the 
greatest  importance. 

From  this  table  the  actual  money  value  of  each  unit  of 
the  feeding  value,  according  to  chemical  analysis,  can  be 
easily  seen.  Another  important  point  is,  however,  how 
much  of  the  feeding  value  unit  of  protein  is  digestible. 
Sometimes  two  feeding  stuffs  of  the  same  chemical  compo- 
sition will  vary  greatly  in  their  nutritious  value,  as  the  total 
of  the  feeding  value  units  in  the  one  is  more  easily  and 
more  thoroughly  digestible  than  in  the  other. 

The  following  table  will  give  a  few  figures  as  to  the 
digestibility  of  the  different  kinds  in  the  feeding  stuffs,  and 
these  figures  ought  to  be  taken  as  the  basis  for  calculating 
the  rations  of  equal  value  : — 


Kind  of  the  Feeding  Stuffs. 


Molasses 

Dried  beetroot  slices   out    of  which    sugar  has    been 

extracted. 
Cotton-seed  meal 

Groundnut  cake  

Popp.y-seed  cake 

Sesame  cake 

Dried  distillers'  grains,  II.  (60  per  sent.) 

Dried  distillers'  grains,  I.  (35  percent.) 

Rapeseed  cake 

Malt-sprouts 

Hay  at  3s.  Gd.  per  cwt 

Clover  hay  at  4s.  per  cwt 

Rice  feeding  Hour 

Dried  brewers'  grain 

Palm  kernel  cakes 

Cocoanut  cake 

Wheat  bran 

Rye  bran 


Total  of 

Digestible 

Feeding  Value 

Quits. 

The  Cost  of 

One  Digestible 

Feeding  Value 

Unit  is 

Per  Cent 

.  Digestible  Compounds. 

Protein. 

Non- 
F'at.             nitrogenous 
.Soluble  Matter. 

84*00 

a. 

0'3« 

CO 

66*0 

73 'SO 

0'4S 

5*0 

.. 

87*0 

168*30 

0*49 

12*fl 

11*4 

ltr  7 

170-70 

0*49 

14*5 

6'3 

iff, 

129*90 

0*68 

31*9 

8*0 

18-2 

144*40 

0*54 

35 '7 

11*7 

14'1 

152*40 

0*55 

30*4 

20'7 

19*8 

126*00 

0'57 

24*0 

7*2 

39-0 

ii  ran 

O'l'.l 

28*4 

7'3 

21'7 

100 *su 

0*59 

20*8 

1*0 

30*4 

64*10 

0*65 

7*6 

41*6 

70  •  Oil 

0*69 

10*0 

40'0 

g6*S0 

0*08 

lo-o 

10*1 

41', -1 

91*40 

0'72 

18*1 

5*0 

27-1 

89-20 

077 

13*2 

7"7 

34*2 

111*70 

0'7S 

19-2 

11  9                       30*3 

80*50 

0*96 

10*1 

2-2                         45*8 

92*70 

0-97 

13-5 

2*6 

47-0 

From  this  table  you  will  see  that  the  brans  are  by  far  the 
most  expensive  feeding  stuffs  of  all,  for  in  the  cotton-seed 
and  groundnut  meal  a  feeding  value  unit  will  only  cost 
0*49d.,  whereas  in  wheat  and  rye  bran  just  twice  as  much 
has  to  be  paid  for  it,  that  is,  0-96d.  and  0*97<f.  respectively. 
Molasses  and  dried  beetroot  slices,  the  by  products  of  the 
beetroot-sugar  manufactory,  also  are  much  cheaper.  This 
is  one  more  reason — though  I  must  plead  guilty  to  having 
mentioned  it  in  previous  lectures  here — to  recommend  the 
introduction  of  the  beetroot-sugar  industry  in  England,  as 
it  would  enable  the  farmers  to  get  their  feeding  stuffs  in  the 
form  of  molasses  and  beetroot  slices  so  much  cheaper.  A 
feeding  stuff  having  a  nutritious  value,  both  on  account  of 
its  nitrogenous  elements,  as  well  as  of  those  that  are  free  from 
nitrogen,  that  is  to  say, a  replacement  of  one  nutritious  element 


by  another  of  equal  value,  can,  of  course,  only  take  place 
if  the  different  nutritious  contents,  or  compound  elements, 
are  in  the  same  proportion  to  one  another.  This,  however, 
is  very  seldom  the  case,  and  this  is  the  reason  why  it  is 
necessary  to  mix  different  stuffs,  as,  for  instance,  to  mix  a 
feeding  stuff  very  rich  in  nitrogenous  matter  with  a  poorer 
one,  and  use  that  in  place  of  a  medium  nitrogenous  fodder. 
As  an  illustration  1  may  say  that  it  would  not  do  to  replace 
bran  by  cotton-seed  or  groundnut  meal,  as  in  these,  to 
every  one  part  of  digestible  nitrogenous,  nutritious  sub- 
stance, there  would  be  only  1  *  15  non-nitrogenous — that  is 
fat — whereas  in  wheat  bran  the  proportion  is  1  to  1  *  508. 
It  is,  however,  possible  to  make  up  for  this,  if  to  the 
mixture  is  added  a  substance  that  has  a  large  proportion  of 
non-nitrogenous  nutritious   matter  in  comparison  with  the 


May  31,1893.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


411 


nitrogenous  contents,  as,  tor  instance,  rice  meal  (lil'i), 
dried  beetroot  slices  (1:10-2),  and  molasses  (1:11-0). 
The  two  latter,  which  can  be  obtained  in  abundance  in  all 
beetroot-growing  countries,  arc  really  some  of  the  most 
useful  and  cheapest  feeding  stuffs,  and  cannot  be  too  highly 
recommended  to  farmers  for  this  purpose. 

As  to  the  dietetic  influence  of  bran  as  one  of  the  most 
esteemed  fodders,  I  may  say  that  a  great  many  mixtures 
made  tip  according  to  the  principles  already  shown  have 
been  used  with  the  very  best  results  for  years  by  the 
greatest  cattle  rearers  on  the  Continent.  Feeding  with  bran 
has  only  been  adhered  to  in  the  rearing  of  young  animals 
and  with  milch  cows  which  are  kept  for  young  children. 

May  I  venture  to  suggest  in  conclusion  that  it  is  evident 
that  the  question  of  feeding  stuffs  is  to  the  liritish  farmer 
of  the  greatest  importance,  for,  in  spite  of  the  decrease  in 
agricultural  pursuits  in  this  country,  cattle  and  other 
domestic  animals  have  increased  in  numbers  as  the  following 
figures  show  : — 




Horses. 

Cattle. 

Sheep. 

Pigs. 

1890 

1,432,680 
1,488,403 

6,508,632 

6:853,821 

27,373.489 
38,732,568 

3,773,609 
3,888,773 

Increase  in  1891. 

53,783 

314,189 

1,460,099 

115,164 

Now,  if  the  rearing  of  cattle  is  one  of  the  main  sources 
of  income  for  the  farmer,  nothing  should  be  left  undone 
that  will  tend  to  make  that  industry  a  thriving  one.  More- 
over, domestic  animals  are  dependent  for  their  comfort  and 
well-being  on  man,  and  it  is  the  duty  of  all  stock  rearers  to 
feed  their  beasts  with  good  sound  food,  and  treat  them 
generally  in  the  enlightened  manner  which  science  teaches 
and  common  sense  dictates  as  being  best  for  both  man  and 
beast.  The  Government,  too,  must  do  its  duty  and  recognise 
the  necessity  for  regulating  the  trade  in  feeding  stuffs  and 
fertilisers,  and  stamping  out  deleterious  compounds  and  the 
fraudulent  manufacturer  of  them.  The  Hill  which  Mr. 
Chaplin  is  going  to  submit  for  investigation  to  a  depart- 
mental committee  will  not,  I  fear,  do  this.  It  will  harass 
the  makers  of  feeding  stuffs  and  the  manufacturer  of 
manures  without  benefiting  Die  farmer. 

First  and  foremost,  efficient  agricultural  trial  stations  and 
laboratories  should  be  established,  scientific  farming  and 
feeding  should  be  encouraged  by  every  known  means. 
Farmers  should  lie  shown  the  kinds  of  food  which  should 
be  given.  They  should  be  taught  how  to  mix  the  different 
feeding  stuffs  so  as  to  provide  each  animal  with  the 
substances  best  suited  to  its  special  requirements  of 
befitting  its  special  work,  while  the  supervision  of  the 
feeding  should  be  his  constant  care. 

Finally,  if  the  farmer  is  to  do  his  duty,  he  must  learn 
first  and  foremost  the  rudiments  and  principles  of  scientific 
feeding,  gain  an  intelligent  appreciation  of  the  valne  of  the 
different  feeding  stuffs  and  of  what  special  use  the  principal 
well-defined  chemical  substances  are,  and  then  he  will  be 
soon  able  to  invest  his  money  for  fodder  to  the  very  best 
advantage,  and  by  that  time  he  will  require  no  cumbrous 
law  to  protect  him  from  being  swindled  in  his  purchases  of 
feeding  stuffs  and  fertilisers. 

Discussion. 

Mr.  Tate  said  that  legislation  was  required,  as  there  was 
no  doubt  that  at  the  present  time  a  great  deal  of  rubbish  was 
sold  both  for  manure  and  cattle  food  purposes. 

The  Bill  as  it  at  present  stood  required  very  considerable 
amendment,  its  provisions  being  very  loose  and  indefinite. 
He  thought  it  was  unnecessary  and  undesirable  to  state 
definitely  of  what  any  particular  manure  was  made  up,  but 
the  nature  and  percentage  of  the  constituents  considered  of 
special  manurial  value  should  be  distinctly  mentioned.  A 
similar  course  could  be  followed  with  cattle  foods,  although 
with  these  it  was  desirable  to  state  more  definitely  the 
substances  from    which   they  were  produced,  as   a  feeding 


cake  for  example,  made  from  one  kind  of  seed  or  substance 
might  have  a  very  different  value  to  another  on  account  of 
relative  conditions  for  assimilation,  although  the  actual 
proportions  of  fat,  nitrogenous  constituents,  &c.  were  the 
same.  As  Dr.  Schack-Sommer  had  well  pointed  out,  not 
only  was  it  desirable  to  note  the  chemical  constituents  of 
foods,  but  also  other  characteristics,  as  for  instance,  their 
texture,  which  might  be  sufficiently  coarse  or  rough  and 
indigestible  to  do  mischief  by  mechanical  irritation  in  the 
intestines  of  animals. 

Microscopical  examination  certainly  should  supplement 
the  chemical  in  nearly  all  cases  of  cattle  food,  so  as  to  obtain 
a  clearer  insight  into  the  nature  of  the  constituents  present. 
One  point  Dr.  Schack-Somnier  had  alluded  to  was  of  the 
highest  importance,  viz.,  that  there  should  be  a  stipulation 
that  no  element  of  an  injurious  character  should  be  present 
either  in  manure  or  food,  especially  in  the  latter,  and  here 
the  provisions  for  the  appointment  of  analysts  in  different 
centres  would  be  useful.  The  appointment  of  trained 
analysts  for  special  agricultural  purposes  would  prove  of 
great  service  to  agriculture  generally,  providing  farmers  and 
others  made  use  of  their  services.  It  was  quite  possible  to 
so  amend  the  present  Bill  as  to  make  it  a  really  useful 
measure ;  and  Dr.  Schack-Sommer  had  done  good  service  in 
calling  attention  to  it  so  that  those  interested  could  think 
over  in  what  direction  amendment  might  be  possible. 

Dr.  Leather  said  he  did  not  think  that  the  majority  of 
manufacturers  practised  adulteration,  and  certainly  the 
larger  portion  of  the  materials  sold  as  manures  were  not 
adulterated  ;  but  he  did  think  at  the  same  time  that  there 
were  a  number  of  smaller  dealers  who  did  habitually 
adulterate  to  a  large  extent.  There  was  an  admitted 
necessity  for  legislation,  but  in  what  way  were  they  to 
legislate  ?  One  of  the  knottiest  questions  in  the  discussion 
of  that  measure  would  be  as  to  the  way  the  materials  should 
be  branded,  if  at  all ;  whether  the  percentages  of  ingredients 
should  be  branded,  or  whether  a  statement  should  be  given 
that  the  bags  contained  merely  such  and  such  materials. 
At  first  sight  it  did  seem  best  that  the  bags  should  be 
branded,  showing  that  they  contained  certain  percentages  of 
phosphoric  acid,  nitrogen,  &c.  It  was  not,  however,  so 
simple  as  that,  because  these  ingredients — phosphoric  acid, 
nitrogen,  potash,  &c.  might  be  derived  from  different 
materials  in  which  they  were  present  in  forms  of  varying 
assimilability.  It  was  not  sufficient  to  say  that  a  manure 
contained,  for  instance,  so  much  nitrogen ;  they  must  indicate 
also  in  what  form  that  nitrogen  was  present,  in  order  that 
the  farmer  might  know  what  its  worth  was. 

With  compound  manures,  the  only  thing  would  be  for 
manufacturers  to  brand  percentages  if  the}'  had  to  name 
them  at  all.  Personally,  he  thought  the  best  plan  would  be 
to  use  simple  materials,  and  not  buy  compound  manures. 
The  quality  of  the  materials  of  which  food  stuffs  were  made 
was  of  greater  importance  than  the  actual  percentage  of 
ingredients  contained  in  them.  Mr.  Tate  had  pointed  out 
the  absolute  necessity  for  those  materials  which  were  offered 
as  food  for  stock  being  made  of  thoroughly  sound  substances, 
and  he  (Dr.  Leather)  objected  there  again  to  recommending 
farmers  to  use  compound  materials.  It  would  be  better  if 
the  farmer  used  simple  materials  and  mixed  them  himself ; 
most  farmers  possessed  machines  for  crushing,  &c. 

The  only  way  to  make  the  Bill  work  at  all  would  be  to 
appoint,  not  merely  chemists,  but  inspectors  also,  and  that 
manures  and  food  stuffs  should  be  analysed  and  sampled 
by  the  county  authorities  whenever  they  thought  fit,  making 
it  on  a  par  with  the  Food  and  Drags  Act  of  to-day.  If  the 
Bill  were  passed  in  its  present  form  and  it  were  left  to  the 
farmer's  own  initiative  to  employ  the  chemist,  he  was 
persuaded  that  the  provisions  of  the  Bill  would  be  practically 
inoperative. 

Mr.  Smetham  said  that  Dr.  Schack-Sommer  had  brought 
a  severe  indictment  against  manufacturers  generally,  and 
shown  that  all  sorts  of  things  were  adulterated  to  a  great 
extent.  It  was  doubtless  true  that  such  adulteration  did 
exist,  but  not  to  the  extent  that  the  lecturer  would  have 
them  believe.  As  the  result  of  considerable  experience  in 
analysing  both  feeding  stuffs  and  manures,  he  maintained 
that  so  far  as  the  large  manufacturers  were  concerned,  the 


412 


'i'liE  JOUKftAL  OF  '.THE  SOCIETY  Of  CHEMICAL  INDUSTliY.  [MaySLisaS 


substances  sent  out  were  usually  what  they  were  represented 
to  be,  and  of  good  quality,  the  adulteration  and  the  mis- 
representation being  done  chiefly  by  the  smaller  dealers, 
who  bought  a  thing  in  one  name  and  sold  it  as  another, 
transacting  their  business  usually  with  the  more  ignorant 
farmers  over  a  pint  of  beer  in  the  public-house.  The  Bill 
in  its  present  form  was  quite  unworkable.  Manufacturers 
would  never  allow  such  a  Bill  to  pass  ;  manufacturers  of 
food  stuffs,  such  as  calf  meals,  would  never  state  in  detail 
the  whole  of  the  constituents.  To  do  so  would  do  away 
with  all  enterprise,  and  many  of  the  best  men  would  leave 
business — that  is  if  they  were  compelled  to  tell  their 
secrets  to  every  rival.  Another  difficulty  in  the  Bill,  which 
had  already  been  pointed  out,  was  that  the  working  of  the 
Act  depended  entirely  on  the  voluntary  sending  of  samples 
by  the  purchasers.  Farmers  generally  would  not  take  the 
trouble  and  pay  for  the  analysis,  and  manufacturers  would 
object  to  the  district  analyst  and  go  to  the  chief  analyst, 
ami  by  so  doing  would  place  obstacles  in  the  way  of  the 
successful  working  of  the  Act.  The  Bill  in  its  present  form 
was  practically  dead,  and  was  to  be  referred  to  a  Committee, 
when  all  points  would  be  thoroughly  thrashed  out. 

Mr,  Davies  pointed  out  that  with  regard  to  the  general 
question,  so  far  as  food  stuffs  were  concerned,  it  would  not 
do  for  the  manufactuier  to  be  obliged  to  specify  all  the 
materials  he  employed,  though  it  seemed  quite  practicable 
that  the  amount  of  fats,  proteins,  &c.  should  be  stated,  and 
that  the  manufacturers  should  give  a  guarantee  that  no 
injurious  substances  were  used.  Regarding  manures,  in 
his  experience,  manufacturers  did  supply  the  article  that 
they  claimed  to  do  when  analyses  were  given. 

Dr.  Schack-Sommer,  in  reply,  said  that  in  his  paper  he 
had  laid  stress  on  the  fact  that  large  consumers  would  not 
object  to  send  samples  for  analysis,  bnt  that  the  small 
farmers,  if  they  knew  of  the  existence  of  such  a  being  as 
an  analytical  chemist,  would  shirk  the  expense  of  sending 
samples  of  their  purchases  to  him,  as  even  the  smallest  fee 
would  increase  the  cost  of  the  manures  or  feeding  stuffs. 
He  therefore  thought  that  the  advice  of  consulting  chemists 
paid  by  Government  or  county  councils  should  be  at  the 
disposal  of  the  small  farmers  free  of  charge,  as  was  done 
with  regard  to  the  Food  and  Drugs  Act.  Money  expended 
in  that  way  would  repay  itself  a  thousnadfold.  All  through 
his  paper  he  thought  he  had  made  it  clear  that  he  was 
particularly  anxious  to  protect  the  small  and  generally  less 
educated  farmer,  the  man  who  really  did  not  know  what  he 
ought  to  buy  when  he  made  his  purchases  of  manures  and 
feeding  stuffs.  He  cited  a  case  lately  reported  in  the 
newspapers,  where  some  unscrupulous  person  had  sold  to 
various  farmers  in  the  South  at  bl.  per  ton  refuse  from 
tanneries  for  which  the  tanners  hitherto  had  paid  10*.  per 
load  for  getting  rid  of,  and  which  had  no  fertilising  value 
whatever.  It  should  be  made  compulsory  to  send  samples 
of  all  purchases  for  analysis. 

Dr.  Leather's  point  was,  that  it  was  more  important  that 
manures  should  have  the  names  of  the  principal  ingredients 
printed  on  the  bags  than  the  percentage  of  nitrogen, 
phosphoric  acid,  lime,  and  potassium.  In  nitrate  of  soda 
and  sulphate  of  ammonia  the  nitrogen  was  undoubtedly  at 
once  available  for  absorption  by  the  plants  when  put  in  the 
ground ;  whereas  in  leather  and  shoddy,  with  their  small 
percentage  of  nitrogen,  this  was  not  the  case,  and  he  would 
therefore  suggest  that  only  soluble  nitrogen  should  be  the 
basis  of  the  purchase.  There  should  be  no  possibility  that 
those  who  desired  to  buy  a  certain  article,  say  for  instance 
sulphate  of  ammonia,  should  get  something  else  mixed  with 
sulphate  of  ammonia. 


i¥lanrfKsstn-  Section. 


Chairman :  Ivan  Levinstein. 

Vice-Chairman :  Edw.  Schunck. 

Committee : 


J.  Angell. 
G.  H.  Bailey. 
R.  F.  Carpenter. 
G.  E.  Davis. 
Harold  B.  Dixon. 
H.  Grimshaw. 


J.  Grossmann. 

P.  Hart. 

A.  Liebmann. 

Sir  It.  E.  Roscoe.M.P. 

C.  Truby. 

D.  Watson. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary : 

J.  Carter  Bell, 

Bank  House,  The  Cliff,  Higher  Broughton,  Manchester. 


The  names  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  been  elected  to  till  the  vacancies  and  will 
take  office  in  July  next :— Committee  :  V.  11.  Bowman,  J.  M.  Irving, 
and  £.  Knecht. 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held  Friday,  6th  May  1892. 


MB.    I,    LEVINSTEIN    IN    TH1C    CIlAlIi. 


TESTING  THE  ILLUMINATING  POWER  OF 
COAL-GAS. 

BY    GEORGE   E.   DAVIS,   F.I.C.,  ETC. 

A  TitiAJ.  of  the  illuminating  power  of  coal-gas  is  not  in  any 
sense  a  chemical  operation  :  it  is  a  physical  measurement  of 
the  result  of  the  combustion  of  coal-gas  in  ordinary  air 
measured  against  sperm  candles  burning  at  a  specified  rate. 

It  will  be  known  to  most  of  you  that  a  Select  Committee 
is  now  sitting,  having  for  its  object  an  inquiry  into  the 
subject  of  a  standard  for  photometric  purposes,  the  sperm 
candle  for  a  long  period  not  having  been  considered  satis- 
factory. It  will  therefore  be  obvious  to  you  that  I  could 
not  enter  into  a  discussion  upon  the  matter  of  a  standard 
light,  but  there  are  many  other  points  open  to  consideration, 
contrasting  the  basis  upon  which  physical  tests  are  made 
with  that  upon  which  chemical  examinations  ate  founded. 
It  may  be  taken  for  granted  that  if  coal-gas  -was  always  of 
one  and  the  same  quality,  there  wouWl  be  no  need  for  a 
trial  to  be  made  of  its  illuminating  power.  But  coal-gas  is 
not  a  simple  gas,  it  consists  ::n  a  great  measure  of  non- 
illuminating  hydrogen  and  feebly  illuminating  marsh-gas 
made  luminous  by  partial  saturation  with  the  vapours  of 
benzol,  toluol,  crotonylene,  arid  other  hydrocarbons,  the 
excess  of  which  vapours  arc  found  in  the  tar  which  is 
condensed  from  the  crude  gas.  The  gases  further  do  not 
come  off  from  the  coal  in  regular  and  even  proportions,  the 
composition  of  the  gases  given  off  during  the  first  half  of 
the  period  of  carbonisation  yielding  greater  luminosity  than 
those  given  off  during  the  latter  half.  In  fact,  towards  the 
end  of  the  charge,  little  else  than  pure  hydrogen  is  given 
off,  having  very  little,  if  any,  luminosity  when  burned. 

I  am  fully  aware  that  the  gas  leaving  the  hydraulic  main 
in  a  well-regulated  gasworks  is  olf  fairly  constant  composition 
— its  illuminating  power  will1  vary  in  different  works, 
according  to  the  length  of  time  (and  temperature)  the  gas 
is  allowed  to  remain  in  contajct  with  the  tar,  and  this  is 
brought  about  by  the  regulajr  and  alternate  system  of 
charging  the  retorts;  but  it  is  possible  that  a  variation  of 
quality  from  this  source  may  hrfve  to  be  considered  in  the 
future,  as  it  would  be  quite  easy  to  arrange  the  charging  so  that 
that  of  20-candle  power  could  be  collected  from  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  charge,  and  10-ea-ndle  gas  from  the  posterior, 


May  31,1392.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


413 


I  do  not  suggest,  however,  that  any  irregularity  occurs 
through  charging  the  retorts,  except  in  small  and  terribly 
mismanaged  works. 

The  quantity  of  gas  yielded  by  the  ton  of  coal  does, 
however,  affect  the  illuminating  power,  as  you  may  learn  by 
studying  the  paper  read  before  the  London  Section  of  this 
Society  in  1884  by  Mr.  Lewis  T.  Wright,  who  was  then 
manager  of  the  gasworks  at  Nottingham.  My  own 
experience  in  this  matter  is  not  a  small  one.  In  the  gas- 
works I  was  instrumental  in  establishing  near  Sheffield,  it 
was  my  aim  to  secure  a  large  quantity  of  illuminants,  and 
as  the  result  of  many  experiments,  working  the  same  quality 
of  best  fresh-wrought  gas-coal,  I  obtained  9,060  cub.  ft.  of 
18-candle  gas  to  the  ton,  10,100  ft.  of  16-candle  gas  and 
11,400  cub.  ft.  of  14  caudle  gas  to  the  ton  of  20  cut.  In 
the  first  case  the  coke  was  too  soft  for  sale,  in  the  last  case 
it  was  hard  and  saleable.  The  tendency  is  nowadays  to 
run  the  production  up  to  the  highest  possible  limit,  and 
without  more  benzol  is  volatilised  from  the  tar  than  formerly, 
the  result  will  be  a  debased  gas. 

There  is  another  reason  why  coal-gas  should  have  trials 
made  of  its  illuminating  properties.  A  process  was  intro- 
duced some  years  ago,  better  known  perhaps  as  Hawkins' 

pr< S8,  fur  introducing  earburetted  air  into  the  gas  before 

its  entry  into  the  oxide  purifiers,  in  order  to  prevent  the 
necessity  of  so  frequently  changing  the  contents.  The 
oxygen  of  the  air  introduced  acts  upon  the  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  in  the  presence  of  oxide  of  iron,  forming  water 
and  free  sulphur,  while  the  nitrogen  remains  in  the  gas, 
diluting  its  illuminating  power.  Now  the  testing  of  the 
illuminating  power  of  coal-gas  is  not  such  a  simple  process 
as  the  testing  of  butter  for  margarine  or  of  milk  for  added 
water.  Parliament  in  its  wisdom  has  seen  tit  to  prescribe 
that  certain  forms  of  apparatus  shall  be  used  for  trying  the 
illuminating  power  of  coal-gas.  I  take  it  that  the  Legis- 
lature has  only  sought  to  ensure  that  reliable  methods  and 
apparatus  should  be  used,  so  as  to  guarantee  that  the 
consumer  gets  what  he  pays  for,  for  it  is  pretty  obvious 
that  the  producers  may  as  a  rule  he  left  to  take  uare  of 
themselves. 

Part  I.  of  the  schedule  of  the  Gas  Works  Clauses  Act  of 
1871  specified  that "  the  apparatus  for  testing  the  illuminating 
power  of  the  gas  shall  consist  of  the  improved  form  of 
liunsen  photometer  known  as  Letheby's  open  GO-inch 
photometer  or  Evans'  enclosed  100-inch  photometer,  together 
with  a  proper  meter,  minute  clock,  governor,  pressure 
gauge,  and  balauce."  "  The  burner  to  be  used  for  testing 
the  gas  shall  be  such  as  shall  be  prescribed."  "  The  candles 
used  for  testing  the  gas  shall  be  sperm  candles  of  six  to  the 
pound,  and  two  candles  shall  be  used  together." 

Such  are  the  regulations  in  respect  of  testing  apparatus, 
but  strange  to  say,  though  the  Gas  Acts  are  so  stringent 
with  respect  to  the  testing  of  meters,  there  are  at  present  no 
compulsory  powers  for  the  public  testing  of  photometers, 
A  photometer  may  be  perfectly  accurate  when  first  pur- 
chased, but  a  disarrangement  or  displacement  of  the  scale, 
the  candle  balance,  or  the  standard  burner,  is  quite  enough 
to  give  the  most  fallacious  results,  and  there  is  no  compulsory 
provision  for  verifying  these  instruments. 

The  President  of  the  Eastern  Counties  Gas  Managers' 
Association,  in  an  address  delivered  at  Sleaford  in  March 
last,  said :  "  I  maintain  that  gas  men  have  no  business  to 
bother  about  these  developments  of  the  illuminating  power 
of  gas.  The  people  who  buy  and  not  the  people  who  sell 
the  gas  should  take  this  trouble."  This  is  all  very  well, 
hut  as  the  cost  of  either  of  the  instruments,  duly  fitted, 
prescribed  by  the  Act  of  1881,  is  about  one  hundred  and 
twenty  pounds  sterling,  it  is  not  likely  that  many  gas 
consumers  will  incur  the  expense. 

It  will  thus  be  seen,  as  I  have  already  stated,  that  the 
testing  of  coal-gas  is  placed  on  quite  a  different  footing  to 
such  substances  as  butter,  milk,  &c.  In  the  testing  of 
these  substances  the  Legislature  does  not  step  in  and  say 
what  size  filter  shall  be  used,  how  the  alcoholic  potash 
shall  be  made,  or  the  particular  kind  of  gas-burner  employed 
for  heating  the  flask,  and  in  the  many  prosecutions  which 
take  place  on  this  matterjno  counsel  ever  thinks  of  questioning 
the  apparatus  or  methods  employed  by  the  expert  whose 
testimony  is  to  convict  or  acquit  the  defendant. 


This  is  not  the  case  with  coal-gas,  the  suppliers  can 
legally  object  to  the  use  of  any  other  apparatus  than  that 
specified,  but  this  of  course  makes  no  difference  whatever 
in  the  accuracy  of  the  results.  In  fact,  various  details  of 
photometry  have  been  greatly  perfected  since  1871,  and  I 
doubt  very  much,  if  a  Gas  Works  Clauses  Amendment  Act 
were  passed  to-morrow,  whether  the  apparatus  and  methods 
would  be  the  same  as  specified  in  the  Act  of  1871. 

My  own  photometer  was  designed  not  only  for  the 
examination  of  ordinary  coal-gas,  but  for  the  purpose  of 
all-round  uses,  one  of  which  was  a  thorough  examination 
of  the  illuminating  power  yielded  by  the  vapours  of  different 
hydrocarbons,  and  of  which  I  hope  to  speak  to  you  at  some 
future  time. 

My  photometer  may  be  called  a  GO-inch  enclosed  "  Evans," 
but  it  differs  from  the  "  Evans  "  in  that  the  scale  is  divided 
into  inches  and  tenths  instead  of  being  graduated  for 
"  caudles."  This  makes  a  calculation  necessary  for  each 
experiment,  but  as  we  have  calculated  a  table  for  each 
possible  position  of  the  screen  index,  a  simple  inspection 
of  it  gives  the  candle-power  direct.  The  apparatus  is  fitted 
with  an  experimental  meter  reading  to  the  one-hundredth 
of  a  cubic  foot ;  it  is  also  fitted  to  burn  either  the  prescribed 
pair  of  sperm  caudles,  or  a  ten-candle  Methven  light  pre- 
pared with  great  care  for  me  by  the  well-known  firm  of 
W.  Sugg  and  Co.,  the  gas  to  be  tested  is  burned  in  one 
of  Sugg's  London  argauds  as  prescribed. 

We  have  now  made  nearly  1,000  tests  with  this  apparatus, 
and  I  have  thought  that  a  summary  of  the  results  may  he 
interesting  to  you.  As  the  apparatus  was  fitted  in  our 
laboratory  we  had  to  be  satisfied  with  the  Salford  gas 
supply,  a  photometer  of  this  kind  not  being  a  very  portable 
instrument.  The  reason  a  ten-candle  standard  was  adopted 
was,  first,  because  it  is  a  very  convenient  standard  having 
regard  to  the  experiments  iu  which  I  was  engaged,  and 
secondly,  because  the  screen  is  thus  brought  nearer  the 
centre  of  the  graduated  bar,  thus  ensuring  greater  accuracy 
than  wThen  a  two-candle  standard  is  employed,  and  thirdly, 
there  will  only  be  the  same  absolute  error  in  adjusting  a 
ten-candle  standard  as  in  making  a  two-candle  standard,  in 
which  latter  case  the  error,  if  any,  is  five  times  greater  than 
with  the  ten-candle  standard.  This  ten-candie  standard 
was  presumably  made  and  standardised  with  London  gas. 
When  tested  with  Salford  gas  against  sperm  candles  burning 
120  grains  of  sperm  per  hour,  it  yielded  a  light  of  9  •  94 
candles ;  30  separate  tests  were  made  to  establish  this, 
according  to  the  directions  given  for  testing  gas  by  the  Gas 
Referees.  Of  these  30  tests,  five  were  rejected  owing  to  the 
abnormal  rate  of  consumption  (being  below  144  grains  or 
over  126),  while  if  the  10  nearest  tests  to  120  grains  be 
taken  the  illuminating  power  comes  out  exactly  ten  candles. 

When  the  testing  was  first  established  I  was  surprised 
at  the  low  results,  and  having  satisfied  myself  that  the 
ten-candle  standard  was  correct,  absolutely,  I  carefully 
examined  every  point  in  detail  without  finding  any  error. 
The  testing  was  continued  iu  this  manner  for  about  three 
months,  the  average  value  coining  out  about  15 '7  candles. 
The  apparatus  was  then  altered  by  the  substitution  of  a 
pair  of  sperm  candles  for  the  ten-candle  Methven  standard 
and  tests  were  made  twice  a  day  for  upwards  of  three 
mouths.     The  average  in  this  case  came  out  15 '4  candles. 

The  nuisance  of  using  candles  in  place  of  the  Methven 
standard  was  so  obvious  iu  the  foregoing  experiments  that 
candles  were  abandoned,  aud  in  continuing  the  experiments 
the  Methven  standard  was  alone  employed,  and  further 
experience  has  shown  me  that  it  is  far  more  reliable  than 
the  sperm  candle,  aud  much  more  convenient  to  use. 

A  few  words  as  to  the  consumption  of  sperm  in  nearly 
a  thousand  tests  may  not  be  out  of  place,  the  consumption 
was  most  irregular,  varying  from  108  grs.  on  the  one  hand 
to  137  grs.  on  the  other.  The  Gas  Referees  having  pre- 
scribed that  all  tests  in  which  less  than  114  grs.,  or  more 
than  126  grains  are  consumed  should  be  discarded,  and  this 
has  been  done  in  all  our  tests ;  the  proportion  discarded  has 
been  15  per  cent.  The  tests  retained,  in  which  less  than 
118,  or  more  than  122  grains  were  burnt,  amounted  to  55 
per  cent.,  while  the  test  burning  from  118—122  amounted 
to  the  remainder  of  30  per  cent.  This  is  the  boasted  parlia- 
mentary standard,  and  to  do  it  as  much  justice  as  possible, 


414 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 1882. 


I  may  say  that  the  candles  were  from  a  recognised  leadiug 
maker.  It  would  be  invidious  to  mention  his  name.  My 
experience  in  photometry  leads  me  to  say  most  emphatically 
that  the  parliamentary  "  candle  "  is  by  no  means  a  standard 
that  analytical  chemists  would  be  satisfied  with,  it  might  suit 
gas  engineers,  but  not  a  chemist  with  any  idea  of  accuracy. 
And  this  leads  me  to  another  point.  Coal-gas  is  usually 
tested  at  the  gasworks,  which  in  my  opinion  is  a  most 
unjust  provision  of  the  law.  Consumers  do  not  burn  the 
gas  at  the  gasworks,  and  sometimes  there  is  a  ■  great 
difference  between  tests  made  in  the  gasworks  and  tests 
made  half  a  mile  away.  My  own  tests  are  cases  in  point. 
Taking  the  Salford  supply  to  our  laboratory,  on  July  2  last 
year  by  my  photometer  the  gas  tested  (day  supply)  13- 4 
candles;  on  November  16,  13-2  candles;  December  5, 
13-6  candles;  December  22,  13-1  candles;  December  23, 
12-3  candles  ;  and  December  24,  12  ■  5  candles.  The  two  last 
tests  were  made  during  the  very  foggy  Christmas  week  when 
gas  was  being  burned  all  day  long,  and  when  the  consumers 
were  complaining  to  each  other  very  generally  that  "  the 
gas  was  very  bad."  A  summary  of  the  whole  of  my  tests 
of  our  gas  supply  from  July  1,  1891,  to  February  27,  1892, 
is  as  follows  :  — 


Month. 


Illuminating 
Power. 


Grains  of 


Carbonic  Acid 


July  1891 

1  f70 

lfi-Sl 

II -v. 

Augusl  1S91  .... 

14-31 

14-00 

1-22 

Bepfc  mber  1891  . 

HMO 

17-12 

I'M 

October  ism 

15-20 

20-01 

1-1.1 

November  1891.. 

15-1C 

21  -.<2 

1-05 

December  1891.. 

14-72 

21-88 

0-98 

January  1802  . . . 

15-09 

19-07 

1-12 

February  1892  .. 

14T5 

19-80 

1-07 

Xow,  the  results  of  these  examinations  do  not  agree 
with  the  tests  made  at  the  gasworks,  whj*  I  do  not  pretend 
to  explain,  but  I  have  convinced  mj-self  that  the  readings 
of  my  photometer  are  accurate  ;  each  point  has  been  checked 
in  every  possible  way,  and  there  is  practically  no  difference 
in  the  results  obtained  with  either  candles  or  the  Methven 
standard,  provided  that  all  tests  he  rejected  in  which  an 
abnormal  combustion  of  sperm  has  taken  place.  Again,  a 
10-candle  standard  made  in  London  tests  exactly  10 
candles  upon  my  photometer  though  used  with  a  different 
gas.  Hut  the  Salford  gas  committee  say  that  the  tests 
made  bj-  them  (in  the  works)  averaged  for  1891,  18-86 
candles  at  one  works, and  18-71  candles  at  another  station. 
This  is  very  poor  consolation  for  those  who  have  to  burn 
the  gas  a  mile  away  from  the  works,  and  I  am  of  opinion 
that  the  subject  is  important  enough  for  the  city  council 
to  investigate  over  the  heads  of  the  gas  committee. 

The  foregoing  remarks  bear  upon  gas-testing  generally  all 
over  the  country,  and  if  this  paper  falls  into  the  hands  of 
our  legislators  I  hope  they  will  consider  whether  the  time 
has  not  arrived  when  the  testing  station  should  be  removed 
from  the  precincts  of  the  producing  works  to  some  public 
office  at  a  distance.  Salford  is  a  good  instance :  there  are 
the  town  halls  at  Salford,  Broughton,  and  Pendleton,  each 
served  by  the  Salford  works,  why  should  not  a  photometer 
be  fitted  up  in  each  place,  and  the  borough  analyst  deputed 
to  make  regular  tests  on  each  apparatus  ?  Such  a  process 
would  undoubtedly  be  more  assuring  to  the  consumer  than 
the  present  system ;  if  the  results  should  turn  out  identical 
with  those  obtained  at  the  works,  those  in  charge  of  the 
works  would  not  complain,  while  if  the  results  differed  the 
sooner  the  cause  of  it  was  discovered  and  remedied  the 
better  for  all  concerned. 

One  thing  has  struck  me  during  these  experiments,  and 
that  is  the  ease  with  which  a  special  standard  for  each  gas 
supply  might  be  made  and  verified.  It  is  simple,  though 
somewhat  tedious,  to  make  a  large  number  of  tests  with 
sperm  candles,  rejecting,  say,  all  under  118  grains  ami  all 


over  122  grains  consumption.  A  Methven  screen  could 
thus  be  cut  with  very  great  accuracy,  and  this  could  be 
made  of  the  minimum  power  the  works  were  allowed  to 
supply.  Such  a  standard  should  not  be  put  into  use  before 
verification  by  the  Standard  Department  of  the  Board  of 
Trade,  and  reverification  should  be  made  compulsory  every 
six  or  12  months  under  heavy  penalties  for  disobedience. 

At  present  I  am  not  aware  that  the  verification  of 
photometers  is  compulsory.  I  have  already  pointed  out 
that  serious  differences  have  appeared  between  the  results 
obtained  with  my  photometer  and  that  of  the  Salford  gas- 
works ;  may  they  not  be  due  to  the  employment  of  an 
unverified  photometer  at  the  gasworks. 

The  Gas  Act  is  faulty  in  many  respects,  and  now  that  I 
have  given  the  results  of  my  experience  I  hope  the  matter 
will  be  taken  up,  and  the  testing  of  coal-gas  for  its 
illuminating  power  be  put  on  a  proper  basis. 


Discission. 

Mr.  Carter  Bell  said  he  had  made  some  experiments 
with  Mr.  Davis'  photometer,  and  was  bound  to  admit  that 
the  10-candle  standard  as  used  by  him  and  his  method  of 
graduation  of  the  beam  was  an  immense  improvement  on 
the  ordinary  method  of  testing  coal-gas,  and  he  believed  far 
more  accurate  than  the  photometer  mentioned  in  the  Act  of 
Parliament. 

Dr.  Grossman  said  that  the  difference  in  the  illuminating 
power  of  gas,  as  shown  by  the  photometer  at  the  gasworks 
and  by  the  time  it  reached  the  consumers,  might  be 
accounted  for  b)  the  hydrocarbons  deposited  in  the  mains  ; 
but,  in  his  opinion,  the  consumers  had  nothing  to  do  with 
this,  as  gas  companies  and  corporations  should  be  compelled 
by  their  Act  of  Parliament  to  supply  gas  of  a  certain 
standard  to  all  their  consumers  however  far  they  might  be 
situated  from  the  works. 

I  >r.  Dreyfub  thought  that,  as  gas  contained  certain  hydro- 
carbons which  produced  the  illuminating  power,  it  was  a 
question  whether  it  could  not  be  more  accurately  tested  by 
chemical  analysis  than  by  the  ordinary  means  of  photometry. 

Dr.  Carl  Weber  said  he  was  afraid  that  the  relation 
between  the  hydrocarbons  and  their  illuminating  powers  was 
so  complicated  and  exceedingly  difficult  of  interpretation 
that  the  photometric  test  was  the  best  test  of  the  illuminat- 
ing power  of  gas,  and  that  chemical  analysis  was  not 
admissible. 

Mr.  Stenhouse  (of  Rochdale)  wished  to  know  if 
.Mr.  Davis  had  noticed  any  considerable  difference  between 
tests  made  in  the  daytime  and  those  made  at  night  ?  It  was 
quite  possible  that  they  had  not  been  so  particular  in  the 
daytime  wheu  the  gas  was  not  used  for  illuminating  purposes. 
It  was  generally  acknowledged  that  the  best  time  for  making 
a  test  was  at  night  time,  when  the  largest  consumption  was 
taking  place,  hut  Mr.  Davis'  experiments  seem  to  have  been 
made  during  the  day. 

Dr.  Bowman  said  it  was  usually  considered  that  a 
greater  condensation  took  place  iu  the  daytime  than  at 
night,  when  the  gas  was  more  agitated  by  the  increased 
consumption  going  on.  He  had  found  as  much  as  five-caudle 
power  difference ;  between  noon  and  night.  He  was  quite 
convinced  from  experiments  which  he  had  made  that  the 
mechanical  means  of  testing  was  much  better  than  any 
chemical  method  could  ever  hope  to  be. 

Mr.  Wilson  said  that  wheu,  in  consequence  of  complaints 
which  had  been  made  by  consumers  at  Bury,  the  gas 
committee  established  a  photometer  some  distance  from  the 
gasworks.  Serious  differences  were  found  between  the 
quality  of  the  gas  at  the  gasworks  and  the  testing  station, 
and  this  difference  was  at  the  time  attributed  to  conden- 
sation. 

Dr.  Bailey  wished  to  call  attention  to  a  fact  which  might 
have  been  overlooked,  and  that  was  that  very  frequently 
low  results  were  obtained  simply  through  air  having  got 
into  the  pipes,  and  the  gas  not  being  allowed  to  burn  before 
the  test  was  made. 


Jiav  si,  1802.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


415 


Mr.  Geokgb  E.  Davis,  in  reply,  said,  referring  to  the 
remarks  of  Dr.  Grossman,  he  did  not  consider  that  conden- 
sation in  the  mains  was  a  serious  matter.  He  had  been 
served  with  gas  some  miles  away  from  the  gasworks,  and  it 
was  practically  delivered  to  him  at  the  same  degree  of 
illuminating  power  as  it  left  the  works,  there  not  being  more 
than  half  a  candle  difference.  Besides,  if  condensation  kept 
taking  place  in  the  mains,  this  condensed  liquid  should 
appear  in  the  street  syphons,  where  it  is  well  known  that 
nothing  but  foul  water  usually  appeared.  A  deposit  of 
hydrocarbon  from  the  gas  could  only  take  place  if  such  gas 
were  saturated  with  hydrocarbon  vapours.  He  had  never 
yet  met  with  a  sample  of  gas  thoroughly  saturated,  and  he 
quite  agreed  with  Dr.  Grossman  that  gas  companies  should 
supply  all  their  consumers  with  gas  of  the  standard  illumi- 
nating power.  It  was  not  sufficient  to  test  at  the  works, 
which  he  thought  had  been  sufficiently  proved.  If  gas  were 
tested  outside  the  works  in  some  public  building  from  the 
ordinary  mains,  he  felt  quite  sure  the  complaints  of  bad 
gas  would  be  reduced  to  a  minimum.  In  reference  to 
Dr.  Dreyfus'  remarks,  be  was  of  opinion  that  the  physical 
test  of  photometry  was  far  more  reliable  than  it  was 
possible  to  make  any  chemical  test,  For  instance,  there 
was  a  great  difference  in  the  illuminating  power  of  the 
vapour  of  benzene  (CfiH6)  and  hexyl  hydride  (C^H^),  while 
the  chemical  difference,  so  far  as  regarded  percentage  of 
hydrogen  and  carbon,  was  very  small.  Dr.  Frankland  and 
others  had  attempted  to  value  the  illuminating  power  of 
coal-gas  by  means  of  its  chemical  composition,  but  it  was 
his  opinion  that  all  such  endeavours  must  end  in  failure. 
In  reply  to  Mr.  Stenhouse,  the  tests  of  the  gas  were  made 
in  the  Manchester  technical  laboratory  at  10  o'clock  in  the 
morning  and  between  3  and  4  in  the  afternoon,  and  he 
did  not  attribute  the  difference  between  the  tests  made  at 
the  gasworks  and  his  own  tests  to  anything  more  than  the 
presence  of  nitrogen  and  air.  It  was  impossible  to  have 
gas  of  a  high  quality  when  it  contained  as  much  carbonic 
acid,  nitrogen,  and  oxygen  as  the  gas  did  in  the  daytime, 
and  this  bore  upon  the  question  put  by  Dr.  Bailey.  Every 
precaution  was  taken  to  sweep  out  all  the  old  gas  from  the 
pipes  before  a  test  of  any  kind  was  made,  as  at  9  o'clock  in 
the  laboratory  a  large  gas  sand  bath  was  always  lighted 
and  kept  burning  for  an  hour  before  a  test  commenced ; 
aud  further,  the  instructions  of  the  Gas  Referees  as  to  the 
testing  of  gas  were  always  implicitly  followed.  If  the 
argument  were  a  valid  one,  that  hydrocarbons  were  deposited 
in  the  mains  during  a  slow  flow  of  gas  and  taken  tip  again 
in  the  equal  rush  by  night,  the  candles  lost  in  the  daytime 
should  increase  the  luminosity  of  the  gas  in  the  evening, 
but  he  had  never  found  such  an  increase,  although  there 
was  a  difference  between  the  day  quality  and  the  night 
quality  j  but  this  difference  was  mainly  due  to  the  greater 
percentage  of  nitrogen  in  the  daytime  than  at  night. 


■=M8»9»sc- 


THK  ESTIMATION  OF  NITROGEN  IX    COAL-GAS. 
BY  c.  n.  NEW. 

Amongst  the  numerous  methods  which  have  been  suggested 
for  the  estimation  of  nitrogen,  there  are,  to  the  best  of  my 
belief,  none  which  are  not  based  either  upon  the  conversion 
of  the  nitrogen  into  ammonia,  or  measuring  the  volume  of 
gas  obtained  after  the  removal  of  all  other  gases,  by 
absorption  or  other  suitable  means. 

Owing  to  the  presence  of  appreciable  quantities  of 
cyanogen  and  basic  compounds,  the  former  method  is  not 
capable  of  being  readily  applied  to  the  estimation  of  the 
nitrogen  in  coal-gas,  and  therefore  it  is  upon  the  latter 
method,  namely,  that  of  ascertaining  the  volume  of  the 
residual  gas,  that  the  method  which  I  shall  shortly  describe 
is  based. 

The  circumstances  which  created  the  need  for  a  speedy 
and  accurate  method  for  the  estimation  of  nitrogen  gas, 
arose  in   connection   with   some   experiments   which   were 


being  conducted  by  my  esteemed  principal  Mr.  G.  E.  Davis, 
in  the  Manchester  Technical  Laboratory,  upon  the  amount 
of  air  which  it  is  advisable  to  introduce  for  the  purpose  of 
purifying  coal-gas. 

In  order  to  accomplish  this  end,  Hawkins  suggested  the 
use  of  carburetted  air,  but  during  recent  years  the  practice 
of  introducing  air  pure  and  simple  into  coal-gas  (previous 
to  its  passage  through  the  purifiers)  so  as  to  oxidise  the 
sulphur  compounds  and  assist  the  purifiers  to  maintain 
their  activity,  has  rapidly  grown  in  favour  amongst  gas 
managers. 

Under  these  conditions  it  is  without  doubt  advisable  to 
ascertain  that  air  is  not  introduced  in  unduly  excessive 
proportions.  It  is  with  this  object  therefore  that  the 
following  method  has  been  adopted,  since  by  ascertaining 
the  amount  of  nitrogen  present  prior  to,  and  subsequent  to, 
the  introduction  of  air,  a  very  'close  approximation  of  the 
amount  of  air  introduced  can  be  made. 

The  outline  of  the  method  consists  in  first  removing  the 
majority  of  the  bases,  and  certain  hydrocarbons  such  as 
benzene,  xylene,  &c.,  by  passing  the  gas  through  strong 
sulphuric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1-85)  and  then  converting  the 
whole  of  the  remaining  hydrocarbons  into  carbon  dioxide 
and  water,  by  passing  the  gas  over  red-hot  copper  oxide. 
The  gases  which  result  from  this  treatment  consist  of 
carbon  dioxide  and  nitrogen,  so  that  the  former  may  be 
absorbed  by  caustic  soda  and  the  volume  of  the  remaining 
nitrogen  ascertained. 

The  apparatus  employed  is  not  of  a  very  elaborate 
nature,  the  idea  being  that  the  manipulation  should  be  as 
simple  as  is  compatible  with  accuracy.  It  may  be  divided 
into  five  puts. 

(I.)  An  apparatus  for  generating  CO.. 

(.2.)  A  burette  graduated  to  hold  100  cc.  of  gas,  fitted  at 
the  top  with  a  three-way  tap,  and  connected  at  its  lower 
extremity  with  an  aspirator. 

(3.)  A  combustion  furnace  containing  a  combustion  tube 
about  80  cm.  long,  projecting  some  10 — 12  cm.  beyond 
the  furnace,  and  packed  with  coarse  copper  oxide  to  within 
7  cm.  of  the  ends  of  the  tube  which  are  fitted  with  india- 
rubber  bungs.  Through  each  bung  a  piece  of  small-bore 
glass  tubing  passes,  one  of  these  being  connected  with  a 
small  bottle  of  about  30  cc.  capacity  containing  strong 
sulphuric  acid. 

(4.)  A  receptacle  in  which  to  collect  the  C02  and  nirogen 
resulting  from  the  combustion  of  the  coal-gas,  capable 
of  holding  200  cc,  and  graduated  with  a  containing  mark 
at  150  cc,  and  at  201 1  cc. 

(5.)  A  Hempel's  gas  apparatus. 

For  the  generation  of  the  C02,  HC1  and  marble  are  used. 
The  familiar  arrangement  of  two  aspirating  bottles  as 
generally  employed  for  the  preparation  of  hydrogen 
sulphide  gas  is  preferable  to  a  Kipp's  apparatus,  as  the 
gas  can  then  be  generated  under  pressure. 

It  is  advisable  to  about  one-third  fill  the  generating  flask 
with  broken  glass  before  introducing  the  marble. 

As  it  is  essential  that  the  COy  employed  should  be 
completely  absorbed  by  caustic  soda,  HC1  and  marble  have 
been  selected  for  the  generation  of  this  gas,  upon  the 
authority  of  Hufsehmidt  (Ber.  18,  1441)  who  states  that 
these  reagents  are  preferable  to  sodium  carbonate  and 
sulphuric  acid,  three  litres  of  the  C02  obtained  from 
marble  and  HOI  containing  on  an  average  0-2  cc.  of  gas 
unabsorbed  by  caustic  soda. 

The  gas  burette  may  conveniently  be  made  from  an 
ordinary  100  cc.  tube  fitted  at  the  top  with  a  good  india- 
rubber  bung,  through  which  passes,  flush  with  the  bottom 
of  the  bung,  a  well-greased  three-way  tap.  (In  a  case  of 
emergency  a  plain  tap  connected  with  a  T-tube  may  be 
substituted.)  The  bottom  of  the  burette  which  is  con- 
tracted, is  connected  by  thick  walled  india-rubber  tubing 
with  a  small  aspirator,  the  burette  being  firmly  held  in  a 
strictly  perpendicular  position  by  means  of  a  screw  clamp 
attached  to  a  retort  stand  weighted  with  lead. 

Of  the  combustion  tube,  &c.  there  is  no  need  to  speak, 
the  usual  precautions  in  packing  the  tube  being  observed. 

The  receiver  which  is  reoommended  is  shown  in  the 
accompanying  illustration.  It  is  an  Orsat's  absorption  tube, 
such  as  is  used  for  absorbing  O  by  Cu  gauze  and  AmHO, 


416 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [May  si,  ihw. 


which  is  easily  adapted  for  this  purpose,  all  that  is  necessary 
being  to  insert  a  piece  of  glass  tubing  of  narrow  bore  into 
the  wide-mouthed  tubulure  by  means  of  a  collar  of  india- 
rubber,  and  to  tit  the  the  smaller  tubulure  at  the  bottom 


with  a  tap  in  the  same  way.  The  side  furnished  at  the  top 
with  a  capillary  tube  is  then  graduated  at  the  150  ee.  and 
200  cc.  containing  mark,  and  fitted  with  a  piece  of  india- 
rubber  tube  and  a  pinch  cock. 


The  Ilempel  gas  apparatus  required  is  similar  to  that 
usually  employed,  two  absorption  pipettes  being  requisite, 
one  charged  with  caustic  soda  of  about  (1  -30  sp.  gi\),  and 
the  other  with  alkaline  pyrogallate. 

With  regard  to  the  fluid  over  which  the  gases  maybe 
collected  both  before  and  after  the  combustion,  mercurj  of 
course  is  to  be  preferred,  but  owing  to  the  cost  entailed  by 
the  loss  of  this  material  through  careless  handling,  any 
other  suitable  fluid  may  be  employed,  as  for  instance  air- 
free  water,  or  heavy  petroleum  oil. 

The  former  of  the  two  latter  is  obtained  by  boiling 
distilled  water  briskly  for  about  30  minutes  after  it  has 
attained  a  temperature  of  100°  C,  and  allowing  the  same 
to  cool  in  an  atmosphere  of  coal-gas,  and  will  be  found 
perhaps  the  most  desirable  substitute  for  mercury. 

The  process  itself  which  I  am  now  about  to  describe, 
although  possibly  appearing  rather  involved  when  detailed 
at  length,  is  in  practice  by  no  means  so,  since  the  whole 
operation  from  the  passing  of  the  CO_,  to  the  final  reading 
of  the  nitrogen  may  be  accomplished  in  a  period  of 
30  minutes  duration. 

Assuming  therefore  that  the  combustion  tube  and  the 
copper  oxide  contained  therein  have  been  raised  to  a  full 
red  heat,  during  which  operation  a  current  of  air  has  been 
aspirated  through  the  tube  by  means  of  a  Uunsen  pump,  so 
as  to  carry  away  any  aqueous  vapour  which  may  be  given 
off,  and  to  ensure  that  none  of  the  copper  remains  unoxidised, 
the  air  pump  is  stopped  and  the  C02  generating  apparatus 
connected  through  the  three-way  tap  with  the  combustion 
apparatus. 

A  brisk  current  of  COs  is  then  passed  through  the 
sulphuric  acid  absorber  and  combustion  tube,  thus 
sweeping  out  all  traces  of  air.  After  this  has  gone  on  for 
about  three  minutes  the  tube  connecting  the  three-way  tap 
with  the  absorbing  bottle  is  closed  by  a  pinch  cock,  and  the 
gas  receiver  having  been  completely  tilled  with  mercury 
is  connected  with  the  other  end  of  the  combustion  tube 
taking  care  to  avoid  the  entrance  of  any  air.  The  pinch 
cock  intervening  between  the  C()2  generator  and  the  three- 
way  tap  is  also  closed. 

The  india-rubber  tube  connecting  the  absorption  bottle  with 
the  three-way  cock  is  then  temporarily  removed,  and  after 
displacing  all  air  in  the  burette  with  mercury,  coal-gas  is 
admitted  by  connecting  with  the  gas  supply  and  lowering 
the  aspirator  bottle,  the  gas  being  adjusted  to  the  100  cc. 
mark  by  levelling  the  height  of  the  mercury. 

The  absorption  bottle  is  now  again  connected  with  the 
three-way  tap,  and  the  pinch  cocks  both  here  and  at  the 
top  of  the  receiver  opened.  The  gas  is  then  slowly  chased 
oyer   from    the  burette  through  the  absorption    bottle  and 


the  combustion  tube,  the  rate  at  which  the  gas  is  passing 
being  ascertained  by  observing  the  bubbles  in  the  absorber. 
The  displacement  of  the  100  cc.  of  coal-gas  should  occupy 
about  1.5  minutes. 

When  this  is  done  the  connexion  with  the  burette  is 
closed  and  the  tap  once  more  connected  with  the  COa 
generator,  from  which  a  current  of  C02  gas  is  slowly 
passed  through  the  whole  apparatus,  displacing  the  coal-gas 
in  the  absorber,  and  carrying  over  all  the  nitrogen  in  the 
combustion  tube  into  the  receiver. 

The  mercury  in  the  receiver  is  brought  during  the  ex- 
periment nearly  to  a  level  maintaining  the  gas,  however, 
under  a  slight  pressure,  and  adjusting  the  same  by  means 
of  the  small  tap  at  the  bottom,  so  that  when  the  gas  reaches 
the  150  cc.  mark,  and  the  pinch  cock  at  the  top  and  the  tap 
at  the  bottom  are  simultaneously  closed,  the  levels  of  the 
two  "columns  of  mercury  are  coincident  with  each  other. 
The  receiver  is  then  disconnected,  and  the  combustion  tube 
having  been  opened  to  the  air  the  pump  is  again  started  to 
reoxidise  the  copper  oxide. 

The  wide-mouthed  limb  of  the  receiver  is  then  filled  with 
mercury  and  100  ce.  of  the  gas  passed  into  the  Hempel 
burette.  The  COs  being  absorbed  with  caustic  soda  in  the 
usual  way.  It  has  also  been  found  necessary  to  remove 
traces  of  oxygen  from  the  gas  before  taking  the  final  reading 
as  nitrogen. 

The  average  amount  of  oxygen  in  coal-gas  as  taken  from 
19  experiments  upon  the  gas  of  towns  in  all  parts  of  the 
United  Kingdom,  is,  according  to  Frankland,  about  0-3  per 
cent.,  and  a  varying  amount  of  this  oxygen  passes  over  the 
nitrogen  and  carbon  dioxide,  though  it  would  be  supposed 
that  a  considerable  portion  would  be  retained  in  order  to 
reoxidise  the  reduced  copper.  Having,  therefore,  removed 
all  oxygen  the  volume  of  remaining  gas  is  noted,  calculated 
on  to  150  cc,  and  after  correction  for  temperature  ami 
pressure  gives  the  per  cent,  per  volume  direct. 

In  summarising  the  foregoing  there  arc  five  precautions 
which  it  is  advisable  to  observe,  viz.,  (1)  to  work  the 
apparatus  under  a  slight  pressure ;  (2)  to  make  sure  that 
all  air  is  displaced  from  the  apparatus  before  commencing 
the  experiment ;  (3)  also  to  ascertain  that  the  CO™  used  is 
wholly  absorbed  by  caustic  soda;  (4)  to  thoroughly  re- 
oxidise the  CuO  so  as  to  avoid  the  presence  of  any  metallic 
copper  in  the  tube  ;  (5)  and,  lastly,  to  pass  the  coal-gas  at 
a  rate  that  will  ensure  complete  oxidation. 

The  figures  which  are  given  below  indicate  the  amount 
of  nitrogen  found  in  the  Salford  gas  as  supplied  to  the 
Manchester  Technical  Laboratory,  being  a  series  of  tests 
made  at  different  times  during  a  period  of  several  weeks. 


Kay  31, 1898.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


417 


Table  I. — Salford  Gas. 


No.  of  Experiment. 

Nitrogen  per  Cent,  per  Volume. 

1 

14*1 

2 

13-5 

3 

13-8 

4 

5 

8'7 

7-4 

Day. 

1! 

6-4 

7 

in-'.i 

S 

11-7. 

!) 

10-3~| 

10 

n-3 

11 

70 

12 

7-3 

■Night. 

[8 

7-0 

U 

7'8 

IS 

4-0, 

In  the  early  days  of  the  gas  industry  it  was  considered 
highly  detrimental  to  the  quality  of  the  gas  to  admit  the 
slightest  quantity  of  air.  This  belief  existed  as  late  as 
1878,  when  in  a  report  made  by  the  manager  of  the  Salford 
(ias  Works  it  is  stated,  "  To  pump  air  into  gas  would  not 

simply    dilute   it but   the   gas    would   be 

absolutely  destroyed  as  regards  fitness  for  lighting  purposes, 
as  may  be  seeu  by  consulting  the  following  table  "  : — 


Percentage  of  Air  added. 


Illuminating  Power  in  Candles. 


Original  gas  , 


25  mii 
22-25 
18-75 


It  is  therefore  safe  to  assume  that  the  amount  of  nitrogen 
found  in  Manchester  gas,  as  given  in  Roscoe's  translation 
of  Bunsen's  Gasometry,  may  be  taken  as  representing  the 
amount  of  nitrogen  existing  in  the  coal  gas  itself,  and  not 
due  to  the  introduction  of  air,  the  amount  there  stated  to 
be  present  being  2  •  -16  per  cent.  Subjoined  are  two  analyses 
which  apparently  aie  drawn  from  the  same  source.  No.  1 
is  to  be  found  as  au  analysis  of  Manchester  gas  due  to 
Bunsen,  and  is  taken  from  Humphrey's  "  Chemistry  of 
Illuminating  Gas."  No.  2  is  the  original  as  it  occurs  in 
Bunsen's  Gasometry.  No.  2,  being  in  all  probability  the 
correct  one,  is  recommended  as  the  more  suitable  of  the  two 
for  the  purposes  of  comparison. 

Table  II. — Analyses  of  Manchester  Gas. 


No.  1. 


No.  2. 


Hydrogen 

Marsh-gas 


(Klayl. 

s*i 


Illumiiiaut.. , 

(.Ditetryl. 

Carbonic  oxide 

as 

Nitrogen 

Carbonic  acid 

Oxygen 


45 '58 

3f!lll 

t',-40 
6  "64 

3-67 


It  is  noticeable  that  the  amount  of  nitrogen  occurring  in 
coal-gas  was  in  many  cases  much  greater  in  1883  and  1884 
when  the  use  of  air  was  increasing,  as  is  shown  in  the 
following  analyses  made  by  Frankland  about  that  time  : — 

Per  Cent.  N 

Liverpool c  •  1  n 

Birmingham 10'  10 

Bristol 5'H 

London  Chartered  Co 5 -95 

Newcasttc-under-Lyrie 6*23 

Ipswich 10'Slr 

Preston 4-79 

There  is  also  another  point  of  interest,  which  is  shown  in 
the  following  table,  which  gives  the  percentage  of  nitrogen 
found  on  different  days  at  varying  times. 

Table  III. 


Time  P.M. 

12.30 

1.0 

1.30 

4.20 

4.30 

7.30 

Per  cent  per.  vol .  N . . 

11-7 
14.1 

10-0 

13-8 

8-7 

10-3 

Time  P.M. 

8.0 

8.20         8.50 

9.20      |      9.40 

Per  cent,  per  vol.  N".. 

4-0 

7.H 

.. 
7-0 

7-3 

7-S 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  amount  of  nitrogen  occurring  in 
the  gas  is  much  larger  in  the  daytime  than  at  night^  an 
occurrence  of  such  significance  that  it  needs  no  explanation. 


Discussion. 

The  Chairman  asked  whether  he  fully  understood  the 
author  to  say  that  there  was  more  air  in  the  daytime  than 
in  the  evening,  and  how  did  the  air  get  into  the  pipes  ?  If 
it  were  pumped  in,  how  did  he  know  there  was  more  in  the 
house  than  at  the  station  ?  Ho  understood  it  was  due  to 
the  distance. 

Mr.  Stp.nhouse  thought  that  the  results  obtained  by 
Mr.  New  were  most  extraordinary,  inasmuch  as  14  per  cent, 
of  nitrogen  meant  a  great  quantity  of  air,  which  must  have 
been  purposely  forced  into  the  gas  ;  and  not  only  would 
there  have  to  be  a  large  quantity  of  air  pumped  in,  but 
there  would  have  to  be  a  corresponding  proportion  of 
oxygen.  Probably  the  oxygen  would  be  reduced  1  per  cent, 
assuming  the  coal-gas  to  contain  1,000  grains  to  the  100  cubic 
feet  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  There  would  be  sufficient 
oxygen  to  oxidise  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  deposit  all 
the  sulphur.  Therefore  a  quantity  of  air  would  go  forward. 
Was  it  quite  certain  that  all  the  compounds  that  should  be 
absorbed  by  the  sulphuric  acid  were  absorbed  by  simple 
bubbling?  Surely  the  gas  had  to  be  agitated  with  the 
different  reageDts  before  the  compounds  were  absorbed. 

Dr.  Grossman  asked  if  the  author  had  made  an  analysis 
of  the  air,  and  if  so,  what  figures  he  had  obtained  for 
nitrogen  ?  The  apparatus  seemed  to  require  to  be  handled 
very  carefully,  or  the  results  would  not  be  reliable  to  1  or  2 
per  cent. 

Mr.  Stenhouse  stated  that,  according  to  a  recently 
published  analysis  of  the  London  gas,  the  average  was  0- 15 
per  cent,  by  volume  of  oxygen  and  less  than  1  per  cent,  of 
nitrogen,  and  this  was  greatly  different  from  the  results 
shown. 


418 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 1892. 


In  reply  to  Mr.  Stenhouse,  Mr.  New  said  that  Frankland 
found  on  more  than  one  occasion  10  per  cent,  of  nitrogen, 
and  he  had  himself  found  oxygen  in  the  coal-gas  to  an 
extent  which  would  correspond  to  the  excess  left  after  that 
required  for  reducing  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  had  been 
used  up.  In  regard  to  the  complete  removal  of  the  com- 
pound absorbed  by  sulphuric  acid,  sulphuric  acid  was  only 
used  in  a  bubbling  bottle  in  order  to  ascertain  the  rate  at 
which  the  coal-gas  was  passing.  As  a  result  some  of  the 
hydrocarbons  were  absorbed,  but  it  was  immaterial  whether 
they  were  or  not,  since  they  would  all  be  decomposed  duriug 
their  passage  over  the  red-hot  cupper  oxide. 


c^a>ffff(fa — 


A  VISCOMETER  FOB  TESTING  THE  VISCOSITY 
OF  OILS. 

BY   GEORGE   II.    HURST,   F.C.S. 

1  bring  before  you  this  evening  a  new  form  of  viscometer 
or  viscosimeter  for  testing  the  viscosity  of  oils.  No  new 
principle  is  involved  in  the  construction  of  this  instrument, 
as  you  see.  It  follows  the  lines  on  which  most  of  those  now 
in  use,  and  which  have  been  found  to  give  the  most  satis- 
factory results  are  constructed,  viz.,  the  determination  of 
the  speed  of  flow  of  a  measured  quantity  of  oil.  The 
instrument  differs  from  those  hitherto  made  in  that  it 
requires  a  smaller  quantity  of  oil,  in  the  oil  flowing  through 
a  tube  of  small  bore,  and  in  the  mode  of  heating.  As  you 
see,  it  consists  of  an  outer  vessel  which  holds  the  water 
required  to  heat  the  inner  oil  chamber.  This  water  is  heated 
by  a  separate  boiler  working  on  the  circulatory  system 
placed  at  one  side  of  the  apparatus.  I  may  say  in  passing 
that  I  have  found  this  mode  of  heating  very  satisfactory, 
and  in  passing  I  may  remark  that  it  would  be  worth  while 
adopting  it  in  all  cases  where  it  is  required  to  heat  and  keep 
at  a  high  temperature  water  -  baths  and  water  -  jackets, 
especially  where  it  is  not  possible  to  apply  a  Bunsen  burner 
direct  to  the  water-jacket. 

The  inner  vessel  is  the  oil  vessel.  From  the  bottom  of 
this  passes  a  short  tube  with  a  narrow  bore,  the  entrance  to 
which  is  closed  by  a  valve.  By  raising  or  lowering  of  this 
valve  the  oil  may  be  allowed  to  run  or  be  stopped  as  may  be 
required.  A  gauge  pin  to  regulate  the  amount  of  oil  placed 
in  the  oil  chamber,  with  arrangements  to  support  thermo- 
meters in  the  oil  and  the  water-jacket,  complete  the 
apparatus. 


The  instrument  is  not  put  forward  as  a  standard  instru- 
ment, but  readings  of  several  such  apparatus  have  been 
found  to  give  concordant  results,  so  that  it  might  fairly  be 
quoted  as  a  standard.  At  all  events,  any  instruments  sent 
nut  will  be  so  made  as  give  concordant  readings. 


The  apparatus  is  an  inexpensive  one,  and  possesses  many 
advantages  over  the  viscometers  which  are  in  general  use  by 
oil  dealers. 

The  following  table  embodies  some  readings  made  with  the 
new  instrument,  which  will  serve  to  show  its  range  and 
capacity : — 

Table  of  Viscosities  oe  Oils. 


Temperature— Fahrenheit. 


Castor  oil 

Thickened  rape  nil 

Sperm  oil 

Colza  oil 

Whale  oil 

Tallow  oil 

Cotton  oil 

American  8-35  oil 

American  905  oil 

American  915  oil 

Scotch  865  oil 

Scotoh  88a  oil  

Scotch  890  oil 

Russian  900  oil 

Russian  Jill  nil 

Rosin  oil,  dark 

Rosin  oil,  pale 

Cylinder  oil,  medium... 

Cylinder  oil,  pale. 

Cylinder  oil,  dark 


1,248 

1,37(1 

68-5 
131 
128-7 
105 
100 

68 
113 

lto 

32 '5 
58-5 
71-5 

202-5 

462 

152-5 

130  Ti 


4S7-5 
331-5 

36-4 

50 

61 

63 

55 

35 

44 

47 

22 

20 

39 

97-5 
143 

97-6 

49-4 
385 
105 
890 


201-5 
279-5 

26 

44 

H 

45 

in 

23 

32-5 

30 

18 

22 

20 

56 

91 

38 

25 
253 
265 


91 
156 

19-5 

32-5 

28-5 

30 

25 

15 

19'5 

21 

1.V5 

18 

19-5 

30 

82-5 

22 

18 
170 
120 
230 


Chairman:  Sir  James  Kitson,  Bart. 
Vice-Chairman:  Dr.  F.  II.  Bowman. 


Committee: 

A.  H.  Allen. 

J.  Lewkowitsch 

W.  Breffiit. 

C.  Rawsoii. 

T.  Fairley. 

Jas.  Sharp. 

A.  Hess. 

A.  SmUhells. 

R.  Holliday. 

G.  Ward. 

J.  J.  Hummel. 

T.  Whilaker. 

Hml 

Local  Secretary  : 

H.  R. 

Procter,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds 

48 
78-5 
17 
28 
28 
21 1 
20 
It 
18 

19-5 
13 
15-5 
17 
22 
26 
18 
17 
70 
00 
100 


©orfcsfotn  £>erttoit. 


The  names  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  been  elected  to  fill  the  vacancies  and  will 
take  office  in  July  next:-  CUmiviittec:  J.K.Cohen,  F.W.Richard- 
son, G.  W.  Slatter,  and  J.  B.  Wilkinson. 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  should  be  addressed  to 
the  Hon.  Local  Secretary. 


Hay  si,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


419 


Meetiny  held  Afimdni/,  4th  April  1892. 


Ml(.    QKOBGE    WVRDIX    THE    CHAIR. 


ON  THE  IMPURITIES  IX  COAL-GAS. 


t    T.     FAIRLEY,"  F.R.S.F.,  F.I.C, 


Bl 


In  1886  (this  Journal,  283 — 6)  I  read  a  short  paper  before 
the  Manchester  Section  on  this  subject,  and  I  now,  at  the 
request  of  the  secretary,  bring  before  you  this  short  note 
reporting  further  experience  of  the  method  for  analysis  of 
coal-gas  proposed  in  that  paper. 

The  chief  impurities  in  coal-gas,  itself  a  complex  mixture, 
are  those  substances  which  give  unwholesome  combustion 
products,  or  which  interfere  with  the  development  of  the 
light-giving  properties  of  the  gas  when  the  latter  is  burnt 
in  an  ordinary  gas-burner.  The  sulphur  compounds, 
hydrogen  sulphide,  carbon  disulphide,  and  other  more 
complex  compounds  such  as  thiophen,  are  among  the  first, 
and  carbon  dioxide,  ammonia,  air,  and  nitrogen  are  among 
the  second. 

Of  the  sulphur  compounds,  hydrogen  sulphide  is  scarcely 
ever  present  in  the  gas  from  any  ordinary  well-conducted 
works.  The  processes  for  its  removal  are  so  effective  that 
there  is  no  excuse  for  the  presence  of  this  imparity.  Some- 
times, in  spite  of  efficient  purification,  this  substance  is 
found  in  the  gas  in  certain  parts  of  the  area  supplied,  and 
in  two  cases  within  my  own  experience  the  source  of  the 
impurity  was  traced  to  leakage  from  crude  gas-liquor  mains. 
or  storage  tanks. 

Sulphide  of  carbon  and  other  compounds  of  a  more  or 
less  acid  nature  are  generally  found  in  coal-gas  supplied  to 
consumers.  Their  partial  removal  is  effected  by  means  of 
alkaline  earth  sulphides,  such  as  calcium  sulphide  or 
sulphydrate.  Xo  sulphur  compounds  of  a  basic  character 
have  as  yet  been  detected  in  coal-gas. 

In  my  former  paper  I  gave  a  resume  of  the  methods 
hitherto  used  for  the  estimation  of  the  sulphur  in  coal-gas 
as  supplied  to  consumers,  and  I  have  before  you  the 
Referees'  apparatus,  now  generally  used  for  this  purpose 
(this  Journal,  1886,  283). 

Iu  place  of  the  solid  ammonium  carbonate  round  the 
burner  in  the  Referees'  apparatus,  I  proposed  the  use  of  a 
dilute  solution  of  hydrogen  dioxide,  run  iu  through  a 
capillary  tube  at  the  rate  of  about  3  cc.  per  hour  at  the 
top  of  the  condenser.  The  sulphur  dioxide  is  completely 
oxidised  into  sulphuric  acid,  and  may  be  determined  by 
titration  with  standard  alkali.  If  a  solution  of  sodium 
hydrate  used  contain  025  grain  XaHO  or  0-0162  grm. 
XaHO  per  cubic  centimetre,  then  the  number  of  cubic 
centimetres  of  standard  sodium  hydrate  give  without 
calculation  the  number  of  grains  of  sulphur  per  100  cubic  feet 
of  gas,  when  ten  cubic  feet  of  gas  are  burnt.  There  should 
always  be  a  slight  excess  of  hydrogen  dioxide  in  the  con- 
densed liquid,  so  as  to  secure  complete  oxidation  of  the 
sulphur.  I  do  not  advise  the  use  of  standard  ammonia  in 
this  titration,  as  higher  results  are  obtained  when  this  alkali 
is  used,  the  dioxide  apparently  tending  to  assume  the  part 
of  an  acid.  If  such  an  excess  of  dioxide  is  present  as  to 
interfere  with  the  use  of  litmus  or  other  indicator,  then  the 
liquid  may  be  evaporated  to  dryness  in  a  small  hulk  with 
an  excess  of  standard  soda,  and  the  excess  of  alkali 
titrated  with  standard  acid. 

The  dioxide  must  be  carefully  tested  for  impurities, 
especially  sulphuric  acid  or  barium  salts. 

The  gas  before  burning  should  be  as  completely  freed  as 
possible  from  ammonia,  by  passing  through  a  saturator  con- 
taining a  large  excess  of  sulphuric  acid.  Minute  quantities 
of  nitric  acid  are  sometimes  found  in  the  condensed  liquid, 
probably  formed  by  the  oxidation  of  ammonia  or  other 
nitrogen  compound  left  in  the  gas.  I  have  not  found  this 
circumstance  to  practically  interfere  with  the  use  of  the 
process. 

As  compared  with  the  ammonium  carbonate  process,  the  use 
of  hydrogen  dioxide  has  two  other  advantages.  The  reagent 
is  supplied  at  a  uniform   rate  throughout  the  experiment, 


Ammonium  Carbonate 
by  precipitation  witb  BaCl2. 


whereas  with  ammonium  carbonate  there  is  a  large  excess 
of  ammonia  at  the  beginning  of  an  experiment,  followed  by 
a  possible  deficiency  before  the  twenty  hours  (required  for  a 
ten  cubic  feet  combustion)  have  expired.  There  are  no 
solid  products,  such  as  ammonium  sulphate,  formed  iu  the 
chimney  or  condenser.  The  apparatus  may  therefore  be 
used  continually  for  days  together,  and  a  true  average  of 
the  sulphur  contaiued  in  the  gas  supplied  at  all  times 
obtained  by  simply  analysing  a  fractional  part  of  the  con- 
densed liquid,  without  washing  out  the  apparatus.  This  is 
specially  valuable  iu  a  gasworks,  where  it  is  desired  to 
constantly  test  the  gas  as  it  is  made.  Under  ordinary 
circumstances  a  continuous  test  of  the  gas  as  supplied  to 
consumers  woidd  give  an  undue  preponderance  to  the 
gas  supplied  during  the  day,  as  the  sampling  would  be 
taken  from  a  smaller  consumption. 

The  numbers  obtained  by  the  use  of  hydrogen  dioxide 
generally  give  from  one  to  two  grains  of  sulphur  per  100 
cubic  feet  of  gas  more  than  is  obtained  by  the  use  of 
ammonium  carbonate.  Out  of  a  large  number  of  tests,  the 
following  may  be  quoted  : — 


Hydrogen  Dioxide 

by  precipitation  with  BaCIa  or 

by  titration  as  above. 


j'15'73  by  precipitation. 

115 "42  by  titration. 
15'43  by  titration. 
li'li  by  precipitation. 
14*00  by  precipitation. 
U'31  by  precipitation. 


I  have  also  devised  an  apparatus  for  the  continuous 
testing  of  gas  for  carbon  dioxide  and  ammonia,  which  I 
have  before  you.  The  results  obtained  by  the  use  of  this 
apparatus  I  hope  to  bring  to  the  notice  of  the  Section 
on  a  future  occasion. 

My  best  thanks  are  due  to  my  friend  and  assistant 
M.  B.  A.  Burrell,  F.I.C,  a  member  of  our  Society,  for 
carrying  out  many  of  the  tests  mentioned  in  this  paper. 

Discussion. 

The  Chairman  inquired  whether  he  rightly  understood 
Mr.  Fairley  that  the  "  Referees'  process "  for  estimating 
sulphur  in  coal-gas  only  estimated  half  the  sulphur  present  ? 
Also  whether  Mr.  Fairley  had  ascertained  in  his  process 
any  of  the  atmospheric  nitrogen  was  oxidised  into  nitric 
or  nitrous  acids  by  the  hydrogen  peroxide  employed.  It 
would  be  very  convenient  if  the  sulphuric  acid  produced 
could  be  estimated  by  the  specific  gravity  of  the  solution. 

Mr.  F.  W.  Richardson  wished  to  know  whether  the 
equation,  SO;,  +  H._,02=  H„SOj  was  really  the  result  of 
observation,  or  whether  it  was  not  more  likely  that  the  hydric 
peroxide  acted  simply  as  an  oxidising  aged,  parting  with 
its  oxygen,  and  being  reduced  to  water.  He  also  inquired 
whether  it  was  better  in  Pettenkofer's  process  to  employ 
standard  oxalic  or  hydrochloric  acid. 

Dr.  Lewkowitsch  said  that  in  some  experiments  he 
had  occasion  to  make  on  crude  German  petroleum,  the  bad 
qualities  of  which  were  ascribed  to  sulphur,  he  first  used  a 
process  in  which  the  petroleum  was  burned,  and  the  sulphur 
was  oxidised  in  the  wet  way  by  a  solution  of  bromine  in 
hydrochloric  acid,  but  afterwards  adopted  a  method  pro- 
posed by  Victor  Meyer  for  the  determination  of  sulphur  in 
thiophen  ;  as  Mr.  Fairley  wanted  to  put  a  convenient  method 
in  the  hands  of  gas  managers,  was  it  perhaps  possible  so  to 
regulate  the  combustion  of  the  sulphur  that  the  whole  might 
be  burnt  into  sulphur  dioxide,  and  estimated  by  its  action 
on  iodine  solution  ? 


420 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 1892. 


Prof.  Tilden  said  it  was  interesting  to  see  how  faithfully 
Mr.  Fairley  stuck  to  his  favourite  reagent,  hydrogen  per- 
oxide. There  was  a  very  great  advantage  in  being  able  to 
use  titration  in  place  of  the  usual  gravimetric  method.  As 
regarded  the  possibility  of  so  burning  sulphur  that 
sulphur  dioxide  only  should  be  produced,  a  proportion 
of  sulphuric  acid  always  resulted  when  sulphur  was  burnt 
in  presence  of  water  vapour.  Its  production  was  shown  in 
a  very  striking  way  by  the  drops  of  oil  of  vitriol,  which 
often  condensed  on  glass  bells  suspended  over  gas  burners. 
In  evaporating  water  in  a  basin  covered  with  filter-paper 
over  an  ordinary  Bunsen  burner,  it  was  often  found  that 
the  surface  of  the  paper  was  charred,  not  with  the  heat,  but 
by  the  action  of  the  sulphuric  acid  evolved. 

Air.  Archbutt  suggested  the  use  of  phenolphthalein  in 
titration  of  the  C02  absorbed  by  sodie  hydrate. 

Mr.  S.  C.  Lottos  had  made  a  few  experiments  iu  the  early 
days  of  the  "  Referees'  process "  under  the  direction  of 
Mr.  Harcourt,  with  the  object  of  obtaining  a  more  simple 
method.  Attempts  to  oxidise  the  sulphur  in  the  gas  in 
the  wet  way  by  passing  it  through  a  hot  acid  solution  of 
potassium  dichromate  or  chlorate  coutained  iu  a  lirodie's 
tube,  failed  from  the  liability  of  the  liquid  to  project  from 
the  tube. 

The  converse  method  of  reduction  proposed  by  Mr.  Hai- 
court  (B.  A.  Reports,  1875)  promised  much  better  results. 
If  gas  free  from  hydrogen  sulphide  be  passed  through  a 
red-hot  tube  packed  with  broken  porcelain,  a  fairly  regular 
proportion,  though  possibly  not  the  whole  of  the  sulphur, 
is  converted  into  hydrogen  sulphide.  This  may  be  absorbed 
by  an  alkaline  solution  of  lead  nearly  saturated  with  sugar, 
which  retards  the  formation  of  a  precipitate,  and  estimated 
colorimetrically. 

Mr.  II.  R.  Procter  inquired  if  Mr  Archbutt  fouud  phenol- 
phthalein a  satisfactory  indicator  for  carbonic  acid.  In  his 
experience  the  bicarbonate  and  not  the  normal  carbonate 
of  soda  was  neutral  to  it,  and  the  end  reaction  was  not 
extremely  sharp.  He  alluded  to  the  injurious  action  of  the 
sulphuric  acid  produced  by  the  combustion  of  gas  upon 
leather,  and  mentioned  a  case  in  which  he  actually  found 
upwards  of  1  i  per  cent  of  free  sulphuric  acid  iu  leather, 
which  had  been  destroyed  in  this  way. 

Mr.  Archbctt  replied  that  it  was  correct  that  the  acid 
carbonate  and  not  the  normal  was  neutral  to  phenolphthalein, 
but  that  he  found  the  estimation  of  carbonic  acid  iu  water 
was  very  satisfactorily  accomplished  by  the  use  of  a  standard 
solution  of  sodie  carbonate  with  this  indicator,  the  reaction 
being  exact  though  not  very  rapid. 

Mr.  Fairley  in  reply,  said,  that  the  sulphur  converted 
into  sulphuric  acid  by  the  combustion  of  sulphur  in  an 
ordinary  or  Bunsen  gas-burner  varied  from  one-half  to  one- 
tenth  of  the  total,  but  the  product  was  always  a  mixture  of 
sulphurous  and  sulphuric  acids. 

Specific  gravity  could  not  be  used  in  place  of  titration,  to 
determine  the  amount  of  sulphuric  acid  produced,  since  the 
variation  due  to  the  acid  was  small  compared  with  that 
caused  by  changes  of  temperature.  The  temperature  of  the 
air  had  also  some  influence  ou  the  amount  of  water  con- 
densed with  the  acid. 

Oxides  of  nitrogen  were  found  in  the  products  of  com- 
bustion of  the  gas,  but  might  be  due  to  the  presence  of 
traces  of  ammonia,  which  purification  had  failed  to  remove. 


(tEHutuarp. 


PROFESSOR  AUGUST  WILHELM  HOFMANN, 
PH.D.,  F.R.S.,  &c. 

Member  of  ttie  Society  op  Chemical  Industry. 
It  will  remain  a  disputed  question  whether  in  the  fields 
of  chemical  investigation  and  research,  or  iu  the  capacity 
of  teacher  of  his  science  and  lecturer,  Hofmann  held 
most  potent  sway.  But  whether  considered  as  thinker, 
investigator,  or  teacher,  the  world  has  indeed  lost  a 
master-mind,  aud  of  this  fact,  England,  mindful  of  his 
devoted  services  and  brilliant  career  from  1848  to  1864 
at  the  Royal  College  of  Chemistry,  Loudon,  will  cordially 
join  with  Germany,  also  mindful  of  a  like  career  at  Bonn 
and  Berlin,  from  1865  to  the  date  of  his  decease,  iu 
bearing  honourable  aud  grateful  testimony. 

Some  of  the  most  eminent  English  chemists  were 
trained  under  Hofmann  in  the  Royal  College  of  Chemistry, 
and  one  and  all  retain  a  grateful  recollection  alike  of  the 
patience  and  perseverance  characteristic  of  him  as  a 
teacher,  as  of  his  kindly  interest  in  their  progress. 
Judging  from  the  subsequent  careers  of  so  many  of  his 
old  pupils,  it  is  probably  safe  to  venture  the  deduction 
that  Hofmann  had  a  clear  and  accurate  estimate  of  the 
true  position  and  value  of  chemical  technology  as  a 
composite  branch  of  science  iu  itself.  The  correctness 
of  this  deduction  receives  immediate  support  when  we 
remember  Hofmann's  celebrated  Report  of  the  Advance 
and  Position  of  Applied  Chemistry  at  the  period  of  the 
Gieat  Exhibition  of  1851,  a  report  without  which,  for 
many  years,  no  chemical  library  was  thought  complete, 
a  report  stiil  sought  after  and  prized.  It  is  with  pleasure, 
moreover,  that  the  writer  records  the  fact  that  from  the 
very  foundation  of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry,  the 
name  of  A.  \V.  Hofmann  has  been  recorded  in  our  list  of 
members,  indeed  the  very  first  name  of  a  chemist  of 
distinction  mentioned  in  the  very  first  paragraph  of  the 
"  Report  of  Council,"  which  opens  this  Journal,  as  that  of 
a  distinguished  foreigner  "  who  had  already  expressed  a 
desire  to  be  enrolled  upon  the  register,"  was  the  name  of 
Professor  Hofmann. 

Hofmann  was  born  at  Giessen  on  April  8,  1818, 
and  after  first  studying  modern  languages  devoted 
himself  to  chemistry,  under  Liebig,  at,  the  university  of 
his  native  town.  After  graduating,  he  acted  as  Liebig's 
assistant  until  1845,  and  during  that  time  began  to  devote 
special  attention  to  the  investigation  of  the  coal-tar  bases. 
From  1845  to  1848  Hofmann  acted  as  Privat-docent  in 
Bonn,  whence  he  removed  to  London,  where  he  had  been 
appointed  superintendent  at  the  Royal  College  of 
Chemistry  in  Oxford  Street,  now  the  chemical  department 
of  the  School  of  Mines,  at  Liebig's  recommendation,  and 
at  the  nomination  of  H.R.H.  the  late  Prince  Albert. 
Among  those  who  attended  Hofmann's  lectutes  in 
Germany  were  Prince  William  of  Prussia,  afterwards 
William  L,  German  Emperor,  aud  his  son,  the  late 
Emperor  Frederick.  Until  close  upon  his  death  the  old 
Emperor  William  was  kept  constantly  informed  of  the 
progress  of  chemical  science  by  Professor  Hofmann,  and 
one  of  the  first  acts  of  the  late  Emperor  Frederick  upon 
ascending  the  throne  was  to  confer  a  patent  of  nobility 
upon  his  former  teacher,  with  whom  he  was  upon  terms 
of  close  personal  friendship.  Professor  Hofmann  re- 
mained in  London  until  1863.  The  Prussian  Government 
asked  Hofmann  to  undertake  the  reorganisation  of  the 
chemical  laboratory  at  Bonn  University,  and  iu  1863 
he  was  appointed  Professor  of  Chemistry  in  Berlin,  a 
position  which  he  has  held  ever  since  ;  indeed,  his  last 
lecture  was  given  on  the  morning  of  his  death.  Hofmann 
was  a  great  friend  of  Italy ;  his  vacations  were  mostly 
spent  in  that  country,  and  he  was  on  terms  of  close 
friendship  with  many  prominent  Italian  statesmen, 
authors,  and  scientists.  Hofmann's  doctor-jubilee  was 
celebrated  with  great  pomp  last  year  in  German 
University  and  chemical  industrial  circles.  To  him  was 
due  the  discovery  of  the  composition  of  rosaniline,  and 
his  researches  on  this  and  allied  compounds  proved  sub- 
sequently of  great   technical  importance  in  the  Coal-tar 


May31.  18D2.J 


THE  JOURNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTliY. 


4J1 


colour  iudustry.  His  studies  were  principally  in  the 
domain  of  the  organic  bases,  and  he  did  a  huge  amount 
of  work  on  this  subject.  One  of  the  earlier  and  once 
greatly  admired  aniline  dyes,  "  Hofmann  Violet,"  was 
named  after  him.  In  1868,  Hofmann  founded  the 
German  Chemical  Society,  of  which  he  was  the  first 
president.  He  was  also  its  president  at  the  time  of  his 
death.  He  was  one  of  the  foremost  scientific  advisers 
of  the  German  Government. 

In  1851  he  was  elected  a  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society, 
and  in  1854  received  the  Royal  Medal  in  especial  con- 
sideration of  his  "  Researches  on  the  Molecular  Consti- 
tution of  the  Organic  Bases."  In  1875  Hofmann  further 
received  the  Copley  Medal — the  highest  distinction  that 
science  in  this  country  can  confer.  He  has  been 
President  of  the  Chemical  Society  of  London,  and  was 
up  to  the  period  of  his  death  one  of  its  vice-presidents. 
The  immediate  cause  of  death,  which  took  place  on  the 
5th  instant,  was  paralysis  of  the  lungs.  He  has  gone  to 
his  grave  laden  with  distinctions,  honour,  goodwill,  and 
high  esteem. — W.  S. 


GEORGE  HOGARTH  MAKINS. 
Member  of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 
Georce  Hogarth  Makins  was  born  in  1815.  He 
was  educated  for  the  medical  profession,  and  passed  the 
usual  qualifying  examinations,  but  he  never  practised. 
His  tastes  were  from  the  first  strongly  directed  towards 
chemistry,  which  he  had  the  advantage  of  studying  under 
Professor  Daniell,  of  King's  College.  After  qualifying 
as  a  medical  practitioner  he  was  successively  lecturer  on 
chemistry  at  the  Aldersgate  and  at  the  Middlesex 
Schools  of  Medicine.  For  a  few  years,  1849 — 52,  he 
carried  on  the  manufacture  of  pure  chemicals  at  Surbi- 
ton,  and  during  this  time  prepared,  by  a  process  of  his 
own,  a  considerable  amount  of  spongy  gold  for  the  use 
of  dentists.  At  the  recommendation  of  Mr.  Field, 
assayer  to  the  Mint,  he  then  came  to  London,  and 
after  a  preliminary  study  in  the  Mint  laboratory,  opened 
an  assay  office  in  Coleman  Street.  This  work  proved  a 
great  success ;  he  was  soon  appointed  assayer  to  the 
Bank  of  England  and  afterwards  made  their  referee. 
Mr.  Makins  introduced  a  number  of  improvements  into 
the  process  of  assaying.  He  designed  a  new  balancer, 
which  was  described  at  the  Chemical  Society  in  1852  ;  he 
gave  up  the  use  of  "  trial  plates "  and  substituted  for 
them  pure  gold  and  silver;  he  improved  the  apparatus 
employed  for  "  acid  parting  ;"  he  abolished  the  charcoal 
furnace  and  substituted  anthracite  as  the  fuel.  In  1863 
Mr.  Makins  was  obliged  by  ill-health  to  retire  from  the 
assay  laboratory.  He  continued  to  deliver  a  short 
annual  course  of  lectures  on  metallurgy  at  the  Dental 
Hospital  in  Leicester' Square  from  1860  to  1880.  These 
lectures  were  enlarged  and  published  as  a  "  Manual  of 
Metallurgy  "  in  1862  ;  a  second  edition,  much  increased 
in  size,  was  brought  out  in  1873.  Mr.  Makins  was 
elected  a  Fellow  of  the  Chemical  Society  in  1845,  and 
served  repeatedly  on  the  Council.  He  was  an  original 
Fellow  of  the  Institute  of  Chemistry,  and  was  a  member 
of  the  Council  at  the  time  of  his  death.  He  was  also  an 
original  member  of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 
Chemistry,  however,  by  no  means  absorbed  the  whole 
of  Mr.  Makins'  energy  ;  he  was  an  amateur  architect  of 
considerable  experience,  and  a  thorough  musician.  He 
was  devoted  to  the  organ,  and  constructed  himself  three 
organs  in  the  course  of  his  life.  In  his  later  years  a 
new  sphere  of  activity  was  opened  to  him.  In  1880  he 
was  elected  on  to  the  Court  of  Assistants  of  the  Society 
of  Apothecaries,  and  for  12  years  was  most  assiduous 
in  his  endeavours  to  promote  the  welfare  of  the  Society. 
He  became  Master  of  the  Society  in  1889.  Mr.  Makins 
retained  his  activity  till  a  few  mouths  before  his  death, 
which  took  place  on  12th  April  1892.  Mr.  Makins  was 
much  esteemed  by  those  who  knew  him.  He  was 
methodical  and  paiustaking  in  his  work,  and  of  a  very 
kindly  disposition. 


3mirnal  an)  pattnt*  iUteraturt, 


Class.  Pane. 

I.— General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery 421 

1 1.— Fuel,  Gas,  and  Light 423 

III. — Destructive  Distillation,  Tar  Products,  &c 424 

IV. — Colouring  Matters  and  Dyes  425 

V.— Textiles :  Cotton,  Wool,  Silk,  &e 426 

VI. — Dyeing,   Calico   Printing,    Paper    Staining,   anil 

Bleaching 428 

VII— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 432 

VIII.— Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware 4.11 

IX.— Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars,  and  Cements. .  435 

X. -Metallurgy 437 

XI. — Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy  444 

XII. — Fats,  Oils,  and  Soap  Manufacture 145 

XII  I. — Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 
Rubber.  &c 4ti'. 

XIV.— Tanning,  Leather,  Glue,  ana  Size 447 

XV.— Manures,  &c 4ts 

XVI— Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  &c 448 

XVII. — Brewing,  Wines,  Spirits,  Ac 4t9 

XVIII.— Chemistry   of   Foods,   Sanitary    Chemistry,    and 

Disinfectants 449 

XIX.— Paper,  Pasteboard,  4c 452 

XX.— Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids,  Essences,  and  Extracts  453 

XXI.--Photographic  Materials  and  Processes 455 

XXII.— Explosives,  Matches,  &c 450 

XXI1L— Analytical  Chemistry 457 


I.-GENEKAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 

PATENTS. 

A  Process  for  Treating  Chemically  Softened  Water,  So  (is 
to  prevent  the  Formation  of  an  Adherent  Deposit  in 
the  Feed  Apparatus  oj  Steam  Boilers.  L.  Archbutt 
and  R.  M.  Deeley,  Derby.  Eng.  Pat.  3051,  February 
19,  1891. 

In  order  to  convert  any  carbonates  which  may  be  present 
in  water  already  softened  by  the  addition  of  lime,  sodium 
carbonate,  &c,  into  bicarbonate,  the  gases  from  the 
chimney  or  other  source  which  contain  considerable 
quantities  of  carbonic  anhydride,  are  brought  into  contact 
with  the  softened  water  in  the  softening  tank,  and  before  the 
water  enters  the  injectors  or  pumps.  In  one  arrangement 
the  water  passes  from  the  storage  tank  by  means  of  a  siphon, 
which  rises  several  feet  above  the  water  level.  At  the  top 
of  the  bend  of  the  siphon  a  small  pipe  is  attached,  and 
through  this  the  gas  containing  the  carbonic  anhydride  is 
allowed  to  pass,  and  is  thus  brought  into  intimate  contact 
with  the  water.  In  another  arrangement  suitable  for  a 
large  plant,  the  gases  from  a  coke  stove  are  pumped  into 
the  water  by  a  special  cylinder.  A  slight  excess  of  carbonic 
anhydride  over  and  above  that  required  to  convert  the 
carbonate  into  bicarbonate  is  recommended,  the  following 
test  being  made  :  10  cc.  of  the  uncarbonated  softened  water 
are  treated  with  the  carbonated  softened  water,  until  phenol- 
phthalein  is  decolourised,  and  from  90  to  100  cc.  should  be 
required. — J.  W.  L. 

Improvements  in  Filters.  R.  W.  Barker,  London.  From 
H.  Goodacre,  Lexington,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  4817,  March 
18,  1891. 

The  improved  filter  consists  of  an  upright  cylinder,  with 
double  walls,  packed  with  a  non-conducting  substance.  It  is 
provided  with  a  cover  fitting  air  tight,  provided  with  a 
threaded  nipple  to  which  may  be  connected  the  pipe  from 
the  source  of  supply.  The  draw-off  cock  is  at  the  lower 
end,  and  above  it  is  a  box  carrying  a  removeable  ice-drawer. 

*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post  by  remitting 
stf.— the  price  now  fixed  for  all  specifications,  postage  included— to 
Sir  Henry  Reader  Lack,  Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  South- 
ampton Buildings,  Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C. 


422 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  81, 1892. 


The  Piter  comprises  an  upper  and  lower  circular  disc,  both 
of  which  have  a  central  hole.  The  upper  disc  is  provided 
with  several  concentric  series  of  curved  slots,  and  with 
curved  depending  flanges  on  the  under  surface.  The  lower 
disc  is  similarly  provided  with  curved  slots,  but  with  the 
Manges  on  the  upper  side.  Between  the  two  discs  is  placed 
;i  set ies  of  porous  filtering  cylinders,  graduated  to  fit  one 
within  the  other,  and  dividing  the  filter  into  a  series  of 
annular  filtering  compartments,  a  bolt  keeping  the  discs 
and  cylinders  in  position.  The  unfiltered  water  passes 
through  the  slots  in  the  upper  disc  at  the  upper  end  of  each 
alternate  compartment,  through  the  filtering  cylinders  to  the 
slots  and  compartments  of  the  lower  disc,  and  the  filtered 
water  is  thoroughly  cooled  before  being  drawn  off,  by  flowing 
round  the  ice-box. — E.  S. 


Improvements  in  Digesting  Apparatus.  W.  H.  Munus, 
London.  From  G.  Kaffenberger,  Cleveland,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  6057,  April  8,  1891. 

The  object  of  the  present  invention  is  to  produce  a  digesting 
apparatus,  in  which  the  process  may  be  carried  on  in  a 
continuous  manner.  The  invention  comprises  a  conduit, 
which  has  a  receiving  and  a  discharge  end.  Two 
valves  are  arranged  near  the  discharge  end  forming  a 
chamber  in  the  conduit  between  the  valves.  A  similar 
arrangement  is  provided  at  the  receiving  end.  Suitable 
horizontal  cylinders,  with  piston  and  valves,  open  at  one  end 
into  each  of  the  above-mentioned  chambers.  The  digester 
thus  consists  of  three  chambers.  For  details  of  the  mode 
of  working,  which  here  specially  refers  to  the  digestion  of 
straw  for  paper  -  making,  the  specification  should  be 
consulted. — E.  S. 

A    Neiv   or    Improved   Filter  Pump.     F.  C.  Nordtmeyer, 
Breslau,  Germany.     Fng.  Pat.  7155,  Apiil  25,  1891. 

The  patentee  provides  a  filter  in  the  shape  of  a  pump, 
which  he  calls  a  "  filter  pump,"  in  which  the  piston  or  ram 


is  composed  of  filtering  material  through  which  the  water 
passes  in  a  filtered  state  as  the  ram  is  pressed  home  ; 
the  unfiltered  water  enters  the  pump  through  a  suction- 
valve.  The  accompanying  cut  shows  one  of  the  two 
modifications  illustrated  in  the  drawings. 

a  is  the  pump  cylinder,  b  the  suction-valve  casing,  with 
the  opening  c,  the  ball-valve  i,  and  the  strainer  d.  To  the 
rainy* is  secured,  in  a  central  position,  the  filtering  material 
A,  through  which  the  water  passes  reaching  the  spout  and 
handle  It  through  the  stem  g.  An  outlet  valve  is  stated  to 
be  unnecessary,  owing  to  the  resistance  offered  to  the  water 
by  the  filtering  substance  on  the  return  stroke. 

This  pump  is  intended  to  replace  the  ordinary  portable 
pocket  filter.  It  raises  the  water  to  a  convenient  height  for 
drinking  and  can  be  readily  taken  to  pieces  for  cleaning 
purposes. — B. 


Improved  Filtee  Pump. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Ejecting  or  Withdrawing 
Vapours  and  Gates  from  Pipes  and  Chambers.  E. 
Edwards,  London.  From  L.  Kohrmann,  Krauscliwitz, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  7579,  May  1,  1891. 

This  patent  refers  to  details  of  manufacture  of  a  porcelain 
or  clay  tube  provided  with  an  annular  opening  at  one  end 
through  which  steam  is  to  he  ejected  for  the  purpose  of 
withdrawing  gases  of  a  corrosive  nature  from  pipes  or 
receptacles.  For  further  particulars  the  specifications 
should  be  consulted. — B. 


Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  Evaporators  and  Feed- 
Water  Heaters.  L.  Burnet,  Govau.  Eng.  Pat.  22,863, 
December  31,  1891. 

The  improvements  described  relate  to  evaporating  vessels 
specially  suitable  for  supplying  auxiliary  feed- water  to  steam 
boilers,  is  best  shown  in  connexion  with  one  of  the  illus- 
trations accompanying  the  specification,  which  i9  heie 
reproduced. 


The  outer  shell  1  is  fitted  with  a  cover  2  and  bottom  3, 
secured  by  angle-iron  rings  4  and  5.  The  heating  surface 
is  formed  by  vertical  tubes  6  fitted  into  plates  7  and  8,  and  a 
return  pipe  9  for  facilitating  circulation  is  fitted  to  the  outside 
of  the  shell.  The  feed  inlet  valve  may  be  fitted  to  this  pipe 
at  the  point  10,  11  is  the  inlet  for  the  steam,  12  the  air 
outlet,  and  13  that  for  condensed  water.  The  baffie  plate 
14  is  to  prevent  priming  from  the  surface  of  the  evaporating 
liquid,  and  the  resulting  vapour  is  carried  away  through  15, 
16,  and  17,  a  safety-valve  being  represented  at  18.  The 
specification  refers  to  several  variations,  including  some  with 
immoveable  tubes.  If  the  apparatus  is  arranged  for  use  in 
"  multiple  effect  "  the  last  evaporator  is  fitted  with  a  feed- 
water  heater  or  economiser,  which  is  constructed  on  the 
injector  principle  and  may,  if  necessary,  be  supplied  with 
fresh  steam  in  addition  to  the  vapour  issuing  from  the  last 
evaporator. — 1!. 


May  31,1898,]        THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


<m 


II.-FUEL,  OAS,  AND  LIGHT. 

The    Origin   of  Petroleum.      Sickenberger.      Cheiu.  Zeit. 

1891,  15,  1582—1583. 
In  support  of  the  animal  origin  of  petroleum,  the  author 
gives  in  detail  an  account  of  his  observations  with  regard  to 
the  connexion  he  believes  he  has  traced  between  the  excessive 
animal  life,  and  consequent  animal  remains  in  the  Red  Sea, 
and  the  tarry  and  bituminous  matter  found  in  the  chalk  on 
the  coast. — A.  R.  L, 


Fuel  Gas ;  its  Production  and   -Distribution.     A.   Kitson. 
Jour.  Franklin  Inst.  1891, 132,  424—448. 

Tiik  author  discusses  at  some  length  the  comparative  value 
of  producer-gas,  water-gas,  and  semi-water-gas,  and  strongly 
advocates  the  employment  of  the  last-named  as  being  the 
cheapest  gas,  provided  it  is  supplied  within  a  reasonable 
distance  from  the  place  of  production  ;  he  believes  that, 
allowing  for  all  contingencies,  it  is  possible  to  obtain  from 
2,240  pounds  of  anthracite  from  150,000  to  160,000  cubic 
feet  of  semi-water-gas,  averaging  165  heat  units  to  the  cubic 
foot,  which  will  contain  25  million  units  of  potential  heat, 
or  about  83  per  cent,  of  the  heat  energy  of  the  coal  itself. 

The  cost  cf  production  of  semi-water-gas  is  trifling,  and 
the  labour  attached  to  its  manufacture  very  slight ;  with 
coal  at  3  dollars  per  ton  its  cost  should  not  exceed  2  s  cents 
per  1,000  cubic  feet,  that  is  to  say,  one  million  heat  units  at 
a  cost  of  15  cents. 

The  objections  that  are  urged  against  the  use  of  semi- 
water-gas  are  (1)  that  the  presence  of  such  a  large  propor- 
tion of  non-combustible  gases  (nitrogen  and  carbon  dioxide) 
necessitates  the  use  of  large  pipes  ;  and  (2)  that  combus- 
tion is  maintained  with  difficulty.  The  first  objection  only 
applies  where  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  use  pipes  already 
existing,  as,  in  laying  a  new  service,  it  would  not  matter 
much  whether  a  9-inch  pipe  had  to  be  laid  instead  of  a 
6-inch  pipe,  for  example  ;  the  second  objection  is  confined 
almost  entirely  to  producer-gas,  because  the  combustion  of 
semi-water-gas  is  readily  maintained,  especially  wheu  it  is 
heated  prior  to  ignition. 

Not  the  least  of  the  advantages  which  semi-water-gas, 
or  "  steam-jet "  producer-gas,  as  it  is  sometimes  called, 
possesses  over  water-  or  coal-gas,  is  the  ease  and  simplicity 
of  its  production.  It  can  be  made  in  a  furnace  not  much 
larger  than  some  that  are  in  use  for  heating  dwellings,  it 
requires  no  storage,  is  automatic  in  its  production,  and  can 
be  made  in  quantities  varying  from  500  cubic  feet,  to  an 
indefinite  quantity,  per  hour. 

The  apparatus  designed  by  the  author  for  the  production 
of  semi-water-gas,  and  which  has  been  in  use  for  some  time 
driving  a  Korting  gas-engine,  is  described  (see  this  Journal, 
1890,  48). 

The  Kitson  gas  generator  occupies  about  10  sq.  ft.  of 
floor  space,  and  stands  8  ft.  from  the  floor  to  the  top  of  the 
feed  hopper;  it  will  give  1,500  cubic  feet  of  gas  per  hour. 
It  consists  of  a  cylindrical  shell  of  boiler  iron,  liued  with 
brickwork,  the  internal  diameter  of  the  brickwork  being 
21  in.,  and  the  height  from  the  grate  to  the  top  of  the 
furnace  3  ft.  6  in. ;  the  grate  is  connected  on  one  side  with 
a  steam  and  air  injector,  on  the  other  with  the  gas  supply 
pipe,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  cast-iron  box,  which  forms  the 
ashpit,  and  which  is  securely  fastened  to  the  cylindrical 
shell ;  the  whole  apparatus  is  supported  on  four  east-iron 
legs.  The  ash  box  terminates  in  a  mouth  piece,  which  is 
opened  and  closed  with  a  valve  worked  by  a  lever  from  the 
outside,  and  serves  to  dump  the  ashes  whenever  necessary 
without  interfering  with  the  process  of  gas  making.  The 
top  of  the  furnace  is  closed  by  an  iron  plate  on  which  is 
fastened  the  hopper,  openings  in  the  plate  being  provided 
for  a  pipe  leading  to  the  chimney,  and  for  a  connexion 
leading  to  a  gas  supply  pipe,  both  pipes  being  provided 
with  valves.  A  small  reservoir,  forming  the  boiler,  is 
placed  on  one  side  ;  it  communicates  with  two  coils  con- 
tained in  the  brickwork,  the  lower  of  which  generates  steam, 
whilst  the  upper  one  acts  as  a  superheater.    An  injector  is 


provided  at  the  top  of  the  furnace,  and  air  channels  are 
arranged  spirally  in  the  brickwork  tltrough  which  air  is 
drawn  by  the  injectors.  The  walls  of  the  furnace  are 
inclined  inwardly  towards  the  top  so  that  the  entire  weight 
of  the  fuel  is  thrown  on  the  grate ;  the  grate  is  provided 
with  mechanism  for  giving  it  a  rotary  and  an  up-and-down 
motion,  the  effect  of  which  is  to  break  up  an}'  clinker,  to 
keep  the  coal  in  a  compact  mass,  and  to  throw  the  dust  and 
ash  into  the  ash  pit. 

The  author  claims  that  this  form  of  generator  is  cheap  in 
construction  and  economical  in  working;  it  can  be  made 
small  enough  to  produce  500  cubic  feet  of  gas  per  hour, 
which  means  a  consumption  of  only  six  or  seven  pounds  of 
coal.  It  is  also  easily  set  up,  taken  down,  and  removed  ;  there 
is  no  danger  from  fire  or  explosion,  and  it  requires  but 
ordinary  care,  as  in  the  case  of  a  common  coal  furnace. 

— F.  S.  K. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  and  connected  with  Apparatus  for 
Burning  Hydrocarbon  or  other  Oils  for  Heating  anil 
Lighting  Purposes.  G.  Rose,  Glasgow.  Kng.  Pat.  829, 
January  16,  1891. 

This  specification  proposes  improvements  in  apparatus 
described  in  patent  No.  18,101,  1889  (this  Journal,  1890, 
1025)  in  which  hydrocarbon  ores  are  burned  by  aid  of 
steam  generated  from  water  supplied  to  a  coil  pipe  heated 
by  the  flame. 

A  single  tank  divided  into  two  compartments  or  two 
separate  tanks  may  be  used,  a  pipe  leads  from  the  reservoir 
containing  oil  to  the  burner,  and  another  pipe  leads  water 
from  the  other  tank  or  division  to  the  steam  generating  coil. 
The  steam  is  led  from  the  coil  to  the  burner  to  spray  the 
oil. 

A  sheet  of  drawings  accompanies  the  specification  and 
illustrates  the  details  of  the  application  of  this  invention  to 
rivet  heating,  cupola,  and  other  furnaces  or  boilers. 

— D.  A.  S. 

Improvements  in  the  Treatment  and  Desiccation  of  Peat. 
W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  J.  M.  A.  Gerard, 
Paris,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  5036,  March  .20,  1891. 

Iris  proposed  to  produce  from  peat,  rapidly  and  economically, 
a  dense  agglomerated  fuel  which  may  be  used  in  every 
kind  of  furnace.  The  blocks  of  peat  from  the  turf  pit  are 
immersed  in  water  and  are  subsequently  raised  by  an 
elevator  to  a  horizontal  pug-mill  where  the  peat  is  thoroughly 
disintegrated.  The  peat,  in  the  form  of  a  fluid  paste,  is 
led  into  purifiers  where  impurities,  such  as  sand  and  clay, 
are  separated  by  gravity.  The  paste  is  then  spread  on  an 
endless  metal  gauze  band  travelling  on  cylinders  arranged 
in  a  horizontal  frame,  and  by  means  of  a  cam  shaft  receives 
a  series  of  shocks  to  assist  the  drainage.  On  leaving  this 
frame  a  second  endless  wire  gauze  band  is  led  over  as  a 
cover  and  continues  to  circulate  throughout  the  subsequent 
operations,  thus   carrying  the  peat  enclosed. 

The  bands  pass  through  rolls  and  other  suitable  arrange- 
ments to  press  out  as  much  water  as  possible,  and  travel 
subsequently  through  a  drying  stove  maintained  at  a 
temperature  high  enough  to  drivo  off  the  gas  and  volatile 
matter  and  partially  carbonise  the  peat,  the  tar  is,  however, 
retained  to  aid  in  the  agglomeration  and  combustion. 

On  leaving  the  fnrnace  the  bands  separate,  the  peat 
being  removed  by  means  of  revolving  brushes,  is  led  to 
a  mill,  where  after  being  mixed  with  agglomerating  sub- 
stances it  is  finally  moulded  into  briquettes.  The  process 
is  continuous,  but  may  be  varied  according  to  the  quality 
of  peat  used.  A  drawing  of  the  apparatus  is  attached  to 
the  specification. — 1).  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  ami  connected  with  Gas  Retorts.  W.  T. 
Cotton,  London,  and  E.  F.  B.  Crowther,  Manchester. 
Eng.  Pat.  6947,  April  22,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  certain  improvements  in  gas 
retorts  by  which  it  is  rendered  possible  to  take  the  gaseous 
products  from  the  top  of  the  retort   to  the  hydraulic  main, 


124 


THE  JOURNAL.  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 1892. 


and  also  to  charge  the  retort  directly  from  an  overhead  tram 
or  railing  by  a  very  simple  apparatus. 

The  retort  is  built  in  the  stack  in  an  inclined  position, 
and  its  lower  end  is  closed  by  a  suitable  lid.  The  upper 
extremity  is  provided  with  two  lateral  openings  close  to  the 
end  of  the  retort ;  one  of  these  openings  is  connected  with  a 
vertical  pipe  leading  to  the  hydraulic  main.  The  other 
opening  is  closed  with  a  suitable  lid,  directly  over  which  can 
be  brought  a  hopper  or  vessel  containing  the  charge,  and 
suspended  on  an  overhead  tram  or  railway.  When  the  lid 
and  the  hopper  valve  are  opened  the  coal  falls  directly  into 
the  retort.  At  the  top  end  of  the  retort  there  is  a  third 
opening,  through  which,  when  the  cover  is  removed,  a  rod 
may  be  thrust  in  order  to  clear  away  any  coke  or  carbon 
deposit.  The  retort  is  inclined  at  such  an  angle  that  when 
the  door  at  the  bottom  is  opened  the  coke  will  fall  out  of 
the  retort. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  Gas  from 

Hydrocarbon  Oils,  and  to  Apparatus  therefor.  H.  H. 
Lake,  London.  From  C.  H.  Wilder,  Boston,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  18,498,  October  27,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  inventiou  is  to  provide  a  process  for 
feeding  oil  or  any  other  hydrocarbon  liquid  to  a  vaporising 
retort  in  such  a  way  that  sediment  and  other  foreign  matter 
present  in  the  oil  may  be  deposited  before  the  oil  is  passed 
into  the  retort. 

This  is  effected  by  heating  the  oil  in  a  tank  which  is 
partially  filled  with  water,  and  then  forcing  it  by  hydrostatic 
pressure,  together  with  a  suitable  proportion  of  air,  into  the 
vaporising  retort  ;  in  this  way  not  only  is  the  oil  fed 
uniformly  into  the  retort,  but  it  is  also  purified  by  direct 
contact  with  the  hot  water,  the  sediment  being  drawn  off  by 
a  pipe  at  the  bottom  of  the  vessel.  The  vaporising  retorts 
are  coated  inside  with  a  pasty  mixture  of  plumbago  and 
molasses,  which  on  heating  forms  a  protecting  covering  of 
fixed,  practically  indestructible  carbon. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Gas  and  in  Appa- 
ratus to  he  used  therein.  T.  G.  SDringer,  Chicago, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  19,011,  November  12,  1891. 

I.\  the  manufacture  of  a  fixed  illuminating  gas  from  water- 
gas  and  oil  or  liquid  hydrocarbon  it  is  evident  that  oils  of 
high  specific  gravity  will  require  a  higher  temperature  for 
their  complete  vaporisation  than  those  of  low  specific  gravity. 
According  to  this  invention  the  vaporisation  of  the  oil  is 
effected  by  providing  a  vaporiser  quite  independent  of  the 
water  or  steam  gasifier,  so  that  the  temperature  may  be 
regulated  according  to  the  specific  gravity  of  the  oil. 

The  vaporiser  described  consists  of  a  retort,  heated 
directly  by  a  furnace  of  its  own  ;  the  oil  is  delivered  directly 
from  a  ring  pipe  into  the  top  of  the  retort,  the  sides  of 
which  are  inclined  inwards  and  downwards,  so  that  the  oil 
is  caused  to  flow  in  a  thin  film  down  the  heated  walls,  the 
impurities  being  at  the  same  time  directed  towards  the 
bottom,  whence  they  can  be  readily  removed.  The  fixing 
chamber  may  advantageously  contain  trays  filled  with  lime, 
which  removes  some  of  the  carbonic  acid  present ;  on  re- 
heating, the  carbonic  acid  is  driven  off  and  the  lime  is 
rendered  capable  of  again  acting  as  a  purifier. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Manufacture  of  Gas.    <;.  M.  S.  Wilson, 

Toronto,  Canada.     Eng.  Pat.  535,  January  11,  1892. 

The  improved  apparatus  consists  of  a  series  of  retorts 
arranged  in  such  a  way  that  a  mixture  of  air,  steam,  and  oil 
is  exposed  for  as  long  a  time  as  possible  to  a  uniform  heat  ; 
the  result  of  this  treatment  is  that  practically  the  whole  of 
the  hydrocarbon  vapour  is  fixed,  and  the  gas  obtained  is 
exceptionally  clean  and  free  from  readilv-coudensible 
vapours. 

There  are   five  retorts,  three  of  which  are  placed  close 
together  and  occupy   the  whole  width  of  the  inside  of  the 


furnace  ;  the  upper  surfaces  of  these  retorts  form  the  bed 
for  a  fire  which  not  only  serves  to  heat  the  retorts  but  also 
to  heat  the  steam  boiler.  Below  the  retorts  just  mentioned 
are  placed  two  others,  heated  by  a  fire  underneath.  The 
oil,  steam,  and  air  are  introduced  through  pipes  and  jets 
into  the  ends  of  the  two  outer  top  retorts;  the  mixtuie 
passes  the  whole  length  of  these  retorts  and  is  then  con- 
ducted by  elbows  to  the  two  lower  retorts  ;  after  traversing 
the  whole  length  of  the  latter  the  two  streams  are  united 
and  passed  first  into  the  centre  top  retort,  and  finally 
through  a  smaller  tubular  retort  supported  centrally  in 
the  larger  one  ;  the  fixed  gas  then  flows  into  the  discharge 
pipe.  Each  retort  is  provided  at  its  end  with  a  removable 
plug  so  that  it  can  be  easily  cleaned  out  should  any 
accumulation  of  carbon  take  place. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Machinery  or  Apparatus  for  Effecting 
the  Complete  Mixture  of  Inflammable  Gas  or  Vapour 
with  Air.  W.  E.  Vickers,  Surbiton,  and  G.  A.  Everett, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  965,  January  18,  1892. 

The  machinery  or  apparatus  described  in  this  patent 
consists  essentially  of  a  number  of  force  pumps  by  means 
of  which  air  and  an  inflammable  gas  or  vapour  are  first 
forced  together  through  a  single  pipe  into  the  lower  end  of 
a  chamber  A  ;  the  mixture  then  passes  through  a  large 
number  of  small  holes  or  jets  in  the  walls  of  the  chamber 
A  and  impinges  on  the  inner  walls  of  a  somewhat  larger 
chamber  B,  which  surrounds  the  perforated  chamber  A. 
The  mixture,  which  is  in  this  way  rendered  very  intimate 
and  permanent,  finally  passes  out  of  the  chamber  B 
through  a  delivery  pipe.  The  pist  ins  of  the  force  pumps 
are  driven  by  adjustable  eccentrics,  so  that  the  quantity  of 
air  and  of  inflammable  gas  or  vapour  can  be  conveniently 
and  accuratelv  regulated. — F.  S.  K. 


III.-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS.  Etc. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Means  and  Apparatus  for  'Refining 
Paraffin.  J.  and  \V.  Baxter,  Addiewell.  Eng.  Pat. 
4321,  March  11,  1891.  „ 

The  improved  process  described  relates  to  the  refining  of 
paraffin  wax,  and  consists  in  placing  the  cakes  of  paraffin 
on  their  edge  inside  a  wire  cloth  case  which  may  be  lined 
with  canvas ;  the  cases  are  secured  (a  space  being  left 
between  each)  to  carriages  running  on  wheels  with  rails 
or  guides  on  each  side,  top  and  bottom.  The  carriage;  are 
connected  together  by  an  endless  pitch  chain,  and  after 
being  charged  are  run  by  means  of  the  pitch  chair,  at  the 
desire  of  the  operator.  The  sweating  chamber  is  heated 
with  steam  pipes  suitably  placed.  It  is  claimed  that  by 
sweating  in  this  perpendicular  manner,  the  heat  being  aided 
by  the  pressure  of  the  paiaffin  itself,  the  impure  matter 
flows  more  freely  from  both  sides  of  the  cake  and  a  better 
result  than  hitherto  cau  be  obtained. 

After  the  sweating  is  completed  the  carriages  are  run  on 
and  passing  under  arc  inverted  and  so  discharge  their 
contents  mechanically  into  a  finished  product  tank. 

In  the  accompanying  drawings  Fig.  1  is  a  side  elevation, 
and  Fig.  2  the  end  elevation,  n1  and  a-  show  the  carriages, 
g  the  pitch  chain  passing  round  notched  wheels  e  e,  fixed 
to  shafts  f  f,  mounted  on  bearings  on  a  frame  mounted  on 
pillars  i  :  k  is  the  tank  for  receiving  the  discharged  finished 
product,  il  d  the  rails,  j  a  saucer  beneath  the  carriages  to 
carry  off  the  impure  matter,  1 1  steam  pipes,  the  inlet  being 


May  81, 189a: 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


425 


Fig.  1. 


Improved  Apparatus  fob  Refining  Paraffin. 

at  g  and  outlet  at  o  after  passing  through  the  tank  k.  The 
operator  can  cause  the  carriages  to  revolve  at  will  by  setting 
the  chain  in  motion.  The  whole  of  the  apparatus  is  erected 
on  and  embedded  in  brickwork  shown  at  h. — D.  A.  S. 


PATENT. 

Improvements  in  Cauldrons  for  Melting  Pitch  and  Fatty 
Substances,  B.  D.  Henley,  Bambcr  Bridge.  Eng.  Pat. 
321,  January  7,  1892. 

See  under  XII.  page  4-10. 


H -COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

On  the  Constitution  of  the  Ortho-hydroxyaxo  Compounds. 
S.  (Janelin  and  St.  v.  Kostaneeki.  '  Ber.  1831,  24,  3976. 

In  many  cases  it  is  difficult  to  decide  whither  an  ortho- 
oxyazo  compound  contains  a  hydroxyl  group,  or  whether 
its  constitution  is  that  of  a  hydrazone.  Monohydroxylated 
colouring  matters  containing  the  hydroxyl  group  in  the 
ortho  position  to  certain  atomic  groups  arc  capable  of  dyeing 
mordanted  fibre.     By  substituting  in  such  colouring  matters 


the  cpiiuone  oxygen  atom  for  the  hydroxyl  group  the  resulting 
compounds  lose  their  affinity  for  dye  mordants,  so  that 
probably  the  azo  colouring  matters  containing  respectively 
the  above  two  isomeric  groups  will  show  the  same  difference 
in  the  dyeing  test,  and  the  latter  would  therefore  be  a  very 
simple  method  to  determine  the  constitution  of  a  given 
ortho-oxyazo  compound.  Noelting  and  Trautmann  (Ber. 
1890,  23,  3660)  and  Kostaneeki  (Ber.  1891,  24,  150;  this 
Journal,  1891,  356)  found  ortho-oxyquinoline  to  dye  mor- 
danted cotton,  while  ana-nitroso-ortho-oxyquiuoliue — 

NOH 


\y\/ 

O     N 

had  lost  this  property.  The  same  difference  is  likely  to 
exist  between  the  two  corresponding  orthoazo  derivatives 
of  ortho-oxyquinoline,  viz. : — 


CfiHsN2 


and 


Cr,H5N„H 


OH    N 


O     N 


Anaphenylazo-ortho-oxyquinoline  being  a  para-azo  deriva- 
tive is  sure  to  contain  a  hydroxyl  group,  and  this  compound 
the  authors  found  to  dye  yellow  upon  an  alumina  mordant, 
brown  on  an  iron  mordant.  In  order  to  obtain  an  ortho- 
azo compound  of  ortho-oxyquinoline  the  authors  used 
Noelting  and  Trautmann' s  ortho-hydroxyanamethylquino- 
line — ■ 

CH3 


OH    N 

Metaphenylazo-ortho-hydroxyanamethyguinoline — 

CrftNA^lCHONCOIl) 

This  azo  compound  was  obtained  by  adding  to  a  solution 
of  diazobenzene  chloride  a  corresponding  quantity  of  ortho- 
hydroxyanamcthylqninone  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid. 
On  addition  of  alkali  the  colouring  matter  is  precipitated  and 
recrystallised  from  glacial  acetic  acid,  when  it  is  obtained 
in  the  form  of  carmine-coloured  needles,  melting  at  120°  C, 
insoluble  in  cold  water,  very  little  soluble  in  hot  water. 
Alkalis  dissolve  only  very  small  quantities,  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  dissolves  the  substance,  forming  a  yellowish- 
red  solution.  This  compound  dyes  a  yellowish-red  on 
alumina  mordant  and  a  dark  brown  on  iron  mordant,  which 
goes  to  prove  that  it  is  an  azo  compound  and  not  a  hydrazone. 


426 


I'lIK  JOURNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


L  May  31,1802. 


Mr  ta-amido-ortho-hydroxyanamethylquinoline — 

( '.1II)\(Cirl-)(OH)(NHj) 

On  treating  the  above  described  azo  compound  with  tin 
and  hydrochloric  acid  the  hydrochloride  of  this  compound 
is  obtained,  crystallising  from  hot  water  in  large  prisms. 
Carbonate  of  soila  precipitates  the  free  base,  which 
crystallises  from  benzene  in  tliick  broad  needles,  melting  at 
139    C. 

According  to  the  theory  of  the  authors  the  a/.o  compounds 
of  such  hydroxyquinolines  as  do  not  contain  a  hydroxyl 
group  in  the  ortho  position  to  the  nitrogen  of  the  pyridine 
ring  should  be  incapable  of  dyeing  on  mordants.  On 
testing  Matkeus'  phenylpara-bydroxyquinoline,  in  accord- 
ant- with  this  theory,  it  was  found  unable  to  dye  mordanted 
cotton. 

This  shows  that  the  colouring  matters  of  the  quinoline 
series  and  also  the  hydroxyazo  compounds  of  the  quinoline 
series  are  in  perfect  accordance  with  the  theory  advanced 
for  all  other  mordant  dyeing  colouring  matters. — 0.  <  >.  W. 


On   Acelyl-Indigo  While  and   Acetyl-Indigo.     C.  Lieher- 
mann  and  F.  Dickhutt.     Ber.*1891,  24,  4130. 

Treating  indigo  with  a  mixture  of  zinc  dust,  sodium 
acetate,  and  acetic  anhydride  (Her.  21,  442  (foot note)  ; 
this  Journal,  188S,  20."j),  di-acetyl-indigo  white — 

Clf,H10(C,H3O)3N ,<  >, 

is  obtained,  whereas  Baeyer's  indigo-white  formula — 

C(OH)    C(01i) 


C,B4Ac-C<  ^C6H4 
Nil  NH 

would  lead  us  to  expect  the  formation  of  the  tetracetyl 
compound.  This  latter,  however,  the  authors  failed  to 
obtain  under  the  above-mentioned  conditions. 

On  heating  a  solution  of  di-acetyl-indigo  white  in  acetic 
anhydride  with  a  drop  of  nitric  acid  (1-20  sp.  gr),  the 
mass  assumes  a  beautifully  red  colour.  The  same  reaction 
is  obtained  by  using,  instead  of  nitric  acid,  bromine,  chlorine, 
or  chromic  acid.  This  reaction  therefore  is  evidently  due 
to  an  oxidation,  resulting  in  the  formation  of  di-acetyl- 
indigo — 

CO  CO 


C.H, 


Ac- 

N(C,H30)      N(C2H30) 


-f'/     (    il 


This  substance  is  best  obtained  by  suspending  di-acetyl- 
indigo  white  in  To  times  its  weight  of  acetic  anhydride,  and 
passing  through  the  mixture  a  current  of  nitrous  acid.  The 
reaction  may  be  accelerated  by  gently  war/ning,  and  is 
completed  as  soon  as  the  mass  shows  a  bright  red  colour. 
After  nitration,  the  di-acetyl-indigo  soon  crystallises  out  in 
the  form  of  fine  carmine  coloured  flitters. 

The  substance  is  insoluble  in  water,  and  with  great 
difficulty  soluble  inmost  of  the  ordinary  solvents;  it  is  best 
recrystallised  from  benzene.  On  heating  with  dilute  alkalis 
the  substance  is  easily  and  quantitatively  converted  into 
indigo.  Di-acetyl-indigo  dissolves  in  concentrated  sulphuric 
blue,  acid  with  a  green  colour  which,  on  heating,  changes  into 
through  formation  of  indigo-sulphonic  acid.  These  reactions 
leave  no  doubt  as  to  the  constitution  of  di-acetyl-indigo 
white  and  di-acetyl-indigo. 

Di-acetyl-indigo  may  be  obtained  direct  by  treating  a 
boiling  mixture  of  indigo  and  acetic  anhydride  with  acetyl 
chloride.  In  place  of  the  latter,  hydrochloric  acid  may  be 
employed,  but  in  this  ease  the  reaction  proceeds  much 
more  slowly. 

In  the  above  described  di-acetyl-indigo  white  the  acetyl 
groups  are  attached  to  the  nitrogen  atoms,  and  accordingly, 
that  compound  ought  to  contain  two  unaltered  hydroxyl 
groups,  which  would  render  it  soluble  in  alkali;.      Hut  this 


di-acetyl  compound,  being  insoluble  in  cold  alkalis,  belongs 
probably  to  the  class  of  tautomeric  forms  of  indigo  com- 
pounds (Bayer's  ^-forms) — ■ 


C.H 


CO 

0Cfl— 

N(CaH30)        N(CjH30) 


CO 
-CH  / 


'Ml, 


in  whicli  the  hydrogen  is  attached  to  the  two  central  carbon 
atoms  instead  of  to  the  carboxyl  groups. 

Tetra-acetgl-indigo  whit,;  C^H^CM/))^./),.  This 
compound  was  obtained  by  treating  di-acetyl  indigo  with  a 
mixture  of  zinc  dust,  acetic,  anhydride,  and  sodium  acetate. 
It  is  a  colourless  substance,  which  crystallises  from  its 
solution  in  boiling  acetic  anhydride  in  the  form  of  a  sandy 
powder.  On  boiling  the  substance  with  dilute  alkali, 
indigo  is  obtained.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  dissolves 
it  with  a  green  colour,  which  on  heating  turns  blue. 

Tautomeric  ($-)  di-acetyl-indigo  white  — 

el6H10(CsH3O)2tfA 

was  obtained  by  carefully  heating  a  mixture  of  acetyl 
indigo  (17  parts),  phenylhydrazine  (11  parts),  and  a  small 
quantity  of  benzene.  Evolution  of  gaseous  nitrogen  takes 
place,  and  at  the  same  time  a  white,  crystalline  substance 
begins  to  separate  out,  which  is  the  above-named  com- 
pound. It  differs  from  the  first  described  di-acetyl-indigo 
white  which  is  crystalline,  by  its  indifference  to  nitrous  acid 
which  does  not  convert  it  into  acetyl  indigo,  and  its 
capability  of  dissolving  in  cold  alkalis,  thereby  forming  an 
indigo  vat.     This  /3-di-acetyl-indigo  white  is  therefore — 


.".<> 


C(OH)     C(OH) 


c— c 


O 


t'tii) 


N(C3H30)    N(CJI30) 

This  formula  is  confirmed  by  the  fact  that  on  treat  men  I 
of  this  compound  with  acetic  anhydride  and  sodium  acetate 
tin-  identical  tetra-acetyl-indigo  white  i;  obtained,  which 
has  already  been  described  above,  and  the  formula  of  which 
must  be  accordingly — 

rC(OCoH3OV  .C(OC2H30)x 

\  N(C2H30)  /  \  >T(C2HaO)  / 

— c.  o.  w. 


V.-TEXTILES :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK.  Etc. 

On  Fibres  made  from  the  Leaves  of  Fir  Trees.  F.  v.  llohuel. 
Centr.  Org.  f.  Waarenkunde  u.  Techn.  1891,  1,  144  ;  and 
Chcm.  Zeit.  Rep.  1801, 15,  218. 

An.  experiments  to  obtain  good  textile  fibres  from  the 
leaves  of  European  firs,  especially  Pimis  .lilrestris,  have 
been  more  or  less  unsatisfactory,  as  the  product  obtained 
called  "  pine-wool  "  (laine  vegetale,  Waldwclle)  consists  of 
coarse,  short,  brownish  fibres  of  little  elasticity,  which  are 
not  easily  spun  ami  bleached.  If  the  leaves  of  Pinus 
silvestris  are  examined  microscopically,  they  show  an 
epidermis  which  is  almost  twice  as  thick  as  the  hypodermal 
layers,  and  most  of  the  leaves  have  a  length  of  only 
4  to  7  cm.  Hence  the  fibres  of  Pinus  silvestris  are  unfit 
for  spinning.  But  some  American  species  of  firs,  especially 
the  so-called  yellow  pitch  or  broome  pine  (Pinus  australis) 
and  the  Loblolly  pine  (Pinus  Taeda)  seem  to  yield  much 
more  suitable  fibres.  Their  leaves  are  16  to  35  cm.  long, 
and  a  microscopical  examination  shows  that  the  epidermis 
is  much  less  developed,  being  only  one-half  or  one-third  the 
thickness  of   the   hypodermal  layers.     Moreover   the  latter 


Maysi.isw.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


427 


ure  mostly  separated  from  the  epidermis  by  a  layer  of  cells 
with  thinner  walls,  and  the  fibres  are  longer  and  stronger. 
The  consequence  is  that  this  American  pine-wool  is  often 
free  from  epidermis,  and  therefore  much  better  adapted  for 
textile  fabrics.  The  coarse  American  pine-wool  is  used  for 
upholstering  and  similar  purposes.  The  finer  kinds  un- 
bleached are  light  brown,  bleached,  of  a  yellow  colour,  and 
may  be  used  for  coarse  yarns  in  the  manufacture  of  common 
carpets,  sacking,  &c. — II.  S. 


Properties  of  Amnion  iacal  Copper  Hydrate.     Prud'hotume. 
Monit.  Scient.  1891,  5,  681. 

Ammoniac  ai.  copper  hydrate  is  »n  oxidising  agent.  This  is 
proved  by  its  bleaching  action  on  cotton  dyed  a  medium 
shade  of  indigo  blue.  Such  cottou,  when  immersed  in  a 
solution  of  the  reagent  which  has  been  sufficiently  diluted 
to  prevent  its  attacking  the  fibre,  is  decolourised  in  24  hours  ; 
at  60°  C.  the  decolourisatiou  is  complete  in  a  few  minutes. 
In  this  instance  the  oxidising  effect  of  the  ammoniacal  copper 
solution  is  greater  than  that  of  hydrogen  dioxide,  which  has 
little  action  on  indigo.  Again,  when  cotton  is  treated  for  a 
short  time  with  a  concentrated  solution  of  ammoniacal 
copper,  then  well  rinsed  and  treated  with  dilute  acid  (to 
remove  copper  hydrate)  it  possesses  a  strong  attraction  for 
-Methylene  blue,  showing  its  conversion  into  oxycellulose. 

Ammoniacal  copper  attacks  and  dissolves  mercerised 
cotton  more  rapidly  than  it  does  ordinal}'  cotton  (this  Journal, 
1891,  835).  As  prepared  by  agitating  copper  turnings  with 
ammonia  solution,  ammoniacal  copper  hydrate  contains 
ammonium  nitrite,  as  lierthelot  and  Pean  de  Saint-Gilles 
have  pointed  out.  At  the  commencement  of  the  operation, 
however,  the  blue  solution  obtained  is  free  from  nitrite,  the 
latter  being  formed  gradually  in  contact  with  air.  Its  forma- 
tion may  be  observed  by  taking  successive  portions  of  the 
solution,  faintly  acidifying  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and 
adding  aniline  hydrochloride  and  an  alkaline  solution  of 
a-naphthol,  an  orange  colour  being  produced.  Metallic 
copper  acts  in  the  cold  upon  a  solution  of  ammonium 
nitrite,  liberating  nitrogen  dioxide  (red  fumes)  and  after- 
wards ammonia — 

2  NH4NO.,  +  Cu  =  CuO  +  2  NO  +  2  NH3  +  H.;0 
In  the  presence  of  ammonia,  nitrogen  is  evolved — 

2  NtI.,N02  +  3  Cu  =  3  CuO  +  Ns  +  2  NH3  +  H.,0 

In  both  ca>es  the  liquid  rapidly  takes  a  blue  colour.  Ou 
the:  addition  of  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  to  this  solution, 
or  to  the  ordinary  solution  of  ammoniacal  copper,  eupric 
hydrate  is  precipitated.  The  blue  solution  in  contact  with 
copper  in  a  closed  vessel  becomes  colourless,  and  then 
contains  cuprous  oxide,  since,  on  the  addition  of  sulphuric 
acid,  copper  sulphate  is  produced  along  with  a  precipitate  of 
metallic  copper.  The  final  composition  of  an  ammoniacal 
copper  solution  evidently  depends  upon  the  extent  to  which 
the  above  actions  take  place. — K.  B. 


Action  of  Nitric  Acid  on  Silk.     L.  Vignon  and  P.  Sisley. 
Compt.  Rend.  1891,113,  701—704. 

See  under  VI.,  page  430. 


The  Rotatory  Tower  of  Silk.     L.  Vignon.     Compt.  Rend. 
1891,113,  802—804. 

ACCORDING  to  its  chemical  constitution  silk  ought  to  be 
classed  amongst  the  albuminoids.  Heated  with  dilute 
sulphuric  acid,  leucine  and  tyrosine  are  found  amongst  the 
decomposition  products.  Leucine  is  (optically)  inactive, 
but  by  the  action  of  Penicillium  glaucum  is  changed  into  an 
active  modification.     Tyrosine  is  active  and  lano-rotatory. 

The  author's  intention  was  to  determine  whether  silk 
itself  had  any  action  on  polarised  light,  and  at  first  great 
difficulty  was  experienced  from  lack  of  a  suitable  solvent. 
This  has  been  surmounted  and  the  optical  behaviour  of  the 
seriein  and  fibroin,  separately  studied. 


/.  Seriein. — After  removing  the  natural  colouring  matter 
of  the  silk  by  means  of  alcohol  containing  a  little  hydro- 
chloric acid  the  seriein  was  dissolved  off  with  sodium 
hydrate  (3  per  cent,  solution).  This  did  not  sensibly  attack 
the  fibroin. 

(a.)  After  filtration,  the  slightly  yellowish  solution  of 
seriein  was  immediately  examined  by  a  Laurent  polari- 
meter,  using  the  yellow  monochromatic  sodium  light.  A 
ver3'  clear  deviation  to  the  left  was  noticed,  five  observations 
giving  an  average — 

_  l°-43'=  -  1°-71 
from  which  is  deduced— 

(6.)  10  cc.  HC1  32"  Tw.  were  added  to  20  cc.  of  the 
seriein  solution,  giving  a  clear  strongly  acid  liquid 
deviating — 

-  1J-16 
whence — 

,    v  -r-16  x  150  „„  ... 

(■'),         — «  ,         =  —  39  -5. 
*■    "       2  x  2"2CJ 

(c.)  10  cc.  of  distilled  water  added  to  20  cc.  of  the 
original  solution,  gave  —  1  ■  15  to  the  left,  corresponding 
to— 

(t\.  -lt"18*150_   _  „<v  .„ 

W'      2x2-20       "        iJ     - 

The  rotatory  power  is  slightly  augmented  by  dilution,  but 
the  acid  or  alkaline  character  of  the  solution  appears  to 
exert  no  influence. 

//.  Fibroin. — To  ensure  the  complete  removal  of  the 
seriein  (silk  glue)  the  silk  was  "  boiled  off  "  twice  with  soap, 
and  then  thoroughly  washed  with  water,  acid,  and  aleohol. 
After  drying  it  was  dissolved  in  concentrated  hydrochloric 
acid,  the  solution  taking  place  very  rapidly,  forming  a 
viscous  homogeneous  liquid.  After  diluting  with  water  and 
filtering,  this  solution  was  examined  by  the  polarimeter. 

(a.)  The  acid  liquid  gave  an  average  deviation  of  —  3  '17 
corresponding  to — 


CO,  =  " 


.'!  '17  xjioo 
2  x  7-93 


39° -96. 


(6.)   When  diluted  with  an  equal  volume  of  distilled  water 
the  solution  is  not  precipitated.     Its  deviation  then  becomes 

—  l°-64,  from  which — 

,    -  -  10,64  x  200  ,,;,,,„ 

(*)/=      ixrM      =  --11    ^0. 

(c.)  The  original   liquid   diluted   with  its  own   volume  of 
ammonia  gave  a  limpid   solution,  the  deviation  of  which  is 

-  1  •  73°,  from  which  wc  deduce  as  before — 


CO,  - 


1  73       200 

2  x  7-93 


-  42  -80. 


Therefore  dilution  again  slightly  increases  the  rotation, 
but  the  values  are  found  little  different  in  acid  or  alkaline 
solution.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  numbers  given  by  the 
fibroin  solution  are  very  near  those  of  the  seriein,  and  also 
approximate  to  those  of  other  albuminoids. 

The  solution  of  fibroin  in  hydrochloric  acid  becomes  yellow 
on  adding  nitrous  nitric  acid  like  otheralbuminous  substances. 
By  neutralisation  a  substance  is  deposited  which  appears 
identical  with  the  original  silk,  but  possesses  the  additional 
property  of  being  easily  and  completely  soluble  in  ammonia. 

In  conclusion,  the  author  summarises  his  results,  stating 
that  the  solutions  of  the  two  principal  constituents  of  silk 
from  Bombyx  mori,  i.e.,  seriein  and  fibroin,  both  exert  a 
considerable  action  ou  polarised  light  ;  the  action  of  both 
being  hcvo-gyrate,  ami  the  rotatory  power  in  each  case 
being  very  near,  —  40  . — \V.  M.  G. 


428 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Maysi.usi 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER- 
STAINING.  AND  BLEACHING. 

On  the  Methods  of  Increasing  the  Tinctorial  Properties  of 
Dye-Wood  Extracts.  V.  H.Soxhlet.  Cliem.  Zeit.  1891, 
15,  1490—1491. 
Tmk  treatment  of  logwood-extract  with  ammonia  and 
subsequent  neutralisation  with  sulphuric  acid  (MeFariane 
and  Clarkson)  heightens  the  shade  imparted  to  woollen 
fibres,  lint  does  not  alter  that  imparted  to  vegetable 
fibres;  even  in  the  former  case  the  increase  in  brightness 
is  not  permanent.  This  method  is  of  no  value  to  the 
extract  manufacturer,  as  the  extract  mast  be  treated  at  a 
density  of  0-5  B.,  and  on  concentrating  in  vacuo  de- 
composition occurs.  The  American  process,  which  consists 
in  the  oxidation  of  hematoxylin  to  hematein  give-  fair 
results,  but  it  is  not  likely  to  find  favour  with  the  extract 
manufacturer.  The  use  of  potassium  permanganate  with 
the  extract  has  been  abandoned  because  the  product  is 
not  available  for  dyeing  wool.  After  numerous  experiments 
with  different  salt-,  the  author  found  that  all  those  extracts 
which  are  oxidised  during  the  extraction,  possess  less 
intense  tinctorial  powers  than  when  such  oxidation  is 
avoided.  Chalk,  borax,  soda,  &c.  should  not  be  present 
during  the  extraction,  but  may  be  subsequently  added  to 
the  vacuum  evaporation  apparatus  which  is  conveniently 
heated  by  a  glycerol-bath. 

When  logwood  is  extracted  in  the  presence  of  0*05  per 
cent,  of  potassium  nitrate  and  rock-salt,  and  0'O13  per  cent. 
of  a  "bisulphite  solution"  of  40°  1!.  (the  percentages 
calculated  on  the  logwood),  and  extracted  at  a  pressure  of 
I'.",  atmospheres,  the  shades  produced  are  -.veaker  than 
those  obtained  by  extracting  the  logwood  per  se.  On  the 
other  hand,  when  an  oxidising  agent  is  added  to  the  dye- 
bath,  cotton  mordanted  with  iron,  and  wool  boiled  with 
bichromate  and  sulphuric  acid,  are  dyed  much  brighter,  the 
most  intense  shades  being  obtained  by  adding  potassium 
nitrate  and  bisulphite  to  the  bath.  Borax,  ammonia,  water- 
glass,  and  soda  give  good  results  ;  the  first,  however,  is  not 
easily  miscible  with  the  extract,  and  the  others  by  protracted 
action  decompose  it.  By  employing  sodium  chlorate  in 
cotton-printing  a  shade  of  10  per  cent,  mote  intensity  is 
edj  whilst  bj  the  addition  of  potassium  ferricyanidc, 
wool  mordanted  with  bichromate  gives  a  bluish  black  15 
per  cent,  more  intense  than  without  it.  i.e.,  15  per  cent. 
more  of  tin  pure  extract  must  be  used  to  produce  an  equal 
depth  of  colour.  The  logwood  i-  cut  into  transversi 
avoiding  the  production  of  too  much  dust,  and  the  author 
employs  a  battery  of  five  copper  extractors,  four  of  which 
are  filled  with  logwood,  and  arc  extracted  five  limes  under 
a  pressure  of  1*5  atmospheres  for  15  minutes,  whilst  the 
remaining  extractor  is  tilled  with  boiling  water  and  kept  at  a 
certain  pressure ;  it  serves  to  supplj  the  others  with  water. 
The  extractor  is  now  recharged  with  logwood  and  the  boding 
extract  having  a  density  of  0"5  1>.,  and  boiling  water 
together  with  one  oE  the  previously  mentioned  salts  added  : 
it  is  then  allowed  to  settle  in  a  tank,  evaporated  to  a  density 
of  30  li.  iu  a  vacuum  apparatus,  and  mixed  with  the 
requisite  quantity  of  potassium  ferricyanide.  The  same 
method  gives  equally  good  results  with  Brazil-wood,  fustic, 
and  quercitron  bark  as  with  logwood. 

tt-blue  is  obtained  as  a  paste  of  a  golden  lustre  by 
precipitating  a  logwood  extract  with  aluminium  acetate  and 
mating  the  precipitate  with  hydrochloric  acid. — A.  II.  L. 


author  is  inclined  to  think  that  this  is  due  to  an  oxidation 
of  the  wool  fibre  by  the  permanganate.  A  series  of  experi- 
ments in  which  wool  was  treated  with  potassium  permanganate 
of  7  per  cent,  strength,  to  which  1  per  cent,  of  magnesium 
chloride  was  added,  and  afterwards  dyed  with  different 
colouring  matters  (e.g.,  Amaranth,  Ponceau,  Victoria-blue, 
&c),  showed,  however,  that  in  most  cases  the  treatment 
with  the  permanganate  is  of  little  advantage.  Also 
for  printing  on  wool  the  application  of  permanganate 
proved  unsatisfactory  -,  but  the  author  discovered  that  if 
sodium  chlorate  (6 '67  per  cent.)  and  vanadium  dichloride 
(0*2  per  cent.)  are  added  to  the  dyes,  darker  shades  are 
obtained  by  printing  on  unprepared  wool  than  if  wool  pre- 
pared with  chlorine  be  treated  with  colouring  matters 
without  these  additions.  1'nfast  dyes,  e.g.,  Amaranth,  arc 
an  exception,  as  printing  with  them  gives  more  intense 
shades  on  prepared  wool.  This  new  treatment  has  the 
advantage  that  the  wool  remains  soft  and  white.  If  the 
dyes  are  allowed  to  stand  for  more  than  10  or  14  days,  with 
the  above  specified  additions  decomposition  sets  in  ;  they 
should  therefore  be  mixed  shortly  before  use.  By  a  further 
addition  of  acetate  of  tin  (4  percent,  of  5i  I!.)  still  more 
intense  shade-  may  lie  obtained. — 11.  S. 


On  t/i.   0  of  Hod/  Fibres  and  a  If  etc   Treatment 

,./'  Unprepared  Wool  in  Wool-Printing.  Ohem.  Zeit. 
1891,15,  1674—1675. 
It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  wool  fibre  may  reduce  sub- 
stances which  readily  give  off  oxygen.  This  property  is  of 
importance  for  the  application  of  colouring  matters.  Some 
time  ago,  V.  II.  Soxhlet  found  that  if  woollen  yarns  arc 
treated  with  a  potassium  permanganate  solution  of  7  per 
cent,  strength,  and  then  dyed  in  the  indigo  vat,  the  shade 
is  much  darker  than    by    the    ordinary   treatment,  and  the 


Indigo   and   its   Application    in    Dyeing    and    Printing. 
A.  Woscher.     Zeits.  f.  angew.  Che'm.  1891,  731—738.  ' 

INDIGO  is  obtained  from  several  species  of  leguminous 
plants  indigenous  to  the  tropics,  the  most  valuable  being 
indigofera  tinctoria,  disperma,  anil,  and  argeutea.  Where  its 
manufacture  is  carried  on  by  natives,  as  it  in  the  main  still  is, 
the  yield  and  quality  of  indigo  obtained  are  generally 
unsatisfactory.  The  factories  directed  by  Europeans 
obtain  a  better  yield  and  superior  product.  In  India 
three  crops  of  plants  are  obtained  during  the  year.  The 
land  is  sown  in  March  and  the  plant-stalks  cut  down  for  the 
first  time  early  in  June,  a  second  crap  being  collected  in 
September,  and  a  third  in  January.  To  separate  the 
indigo,  the  plants  arc  steeped  in  lime-water,  wheu  a  fermen- 
tation takes  place  with  the  formation  of  leuco-indigotine. 
The  solution  of  the  latter  is  run  into  a  tank  situated  at  a 
lower  level  than  the  extraction  tank  and  well  agitated  to 
oxidise  the  leuco-compound,  the  indigo  formed  being  after- 
wards separated  by  subsidence  and  dried.  The  first  crop 
of  plants  gives  the  greatest  yield  of  indigo,  the  third  the 
least.  In  regard  to  quality,  however,  this  order  is  reversed, 
the  indigo  obtained  from  the  third  crop  being  the  best. 
Usually  the  plants  are  extracted  immediately  after  cutting  ; 
sometimes,  however,  they  arc  first  dried  in  the  sun.  In  the 
latter  case  they  must  be  extracted  along  with  freshly-cut 
plants,  as  a  ferment  which  causes  the  formation  during 
extraction  of  leuco-indigotine  is  contained  in  the  living  plant 
and  is  destroyed  by  drying. 

The  author  points  out  that  definite  proof  is  lacking  that 
indigotine  is  present  in  the  plant  in  the  form  of  glucoside 
(indicau),  as  it  is  usually  assumed  to  be,  indican  having  been 
isolated  from  woad  (isatis  tinctoria  of  the  order  Crucifera') 
alone.  If  such  u  glucoside  be  contained  in  the  indigo 
plant,  indigo  could  be  readily  manufactured  by  decomposi 
tion  of  the  aqueous  extract  with  dilute  acid. 

The  various  qualities  of  indigo  sent  into  the  market  are 
distinguished  by  the  names  of  their  places  of  manufacture. 
This,  however,  is  an  unsatisfactory  method  of  classification, 
since  the  quality  of  the  product  varies  according  to  the 
season  of  manufacture,  and  in  one  and  the  same  district, 
according  to  the  greater  or  less  care  exercised  in  its  manu- 
facture. I  if  the  various  sorts,  that  from  Java  is  the  most 
esteemed,  as  it  contains  a  high  percentage  of  colouring 
matter — a  sample  tested  by  the  author  showing  74  per 
cent. — with  little  or  no  organic  impurity.  This  quality  is 
chiefly  employed  for  the  manufacture  of  indigo-carmine. 
Bengal  indigo  is  very  variable  :  the  best  qualities  are  not 
inferior  to  Javanese,  the  worst  are  very  hard  and  of  little 
value.  Bengal indigofrequently  contains  a  considerable  pro- 
portion of  red  and  brown  colouring  matters  which  give  it  an 
additional  value  for  dyeing  dark  bronzy  shades.  An  average 
sample   of    it   contains  about     60   per    cent,  of   colouring 


May  SI,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


429 


matter.  Madras  sorts,  on  the  whole,  are  inferior  to  those 
of  Bengal  manufacture.  Guatemala  indigo  is  unreliable, 
consisting,  as  it  usually  does,  of  good  and  bad  qualities 
mixed  together.  A  sample  tested  showed  34  per  cent,  of 
indigotine.  Chinese  indigo,  as  a  rule,  is  of  good  quality  ;  it 
is  exported  in  the  form  of  rounded  cakes,  sometimes  in  a 
wet  state.  African  and  Egyptian  indigos  are  of  moderately 
good  quality. 

The  total  annual  production  of  indigo  amounts  to  about 
10  million  kilos.,  representing  a  value  of  about  90  million 
marks. 

Testing  of  Indigo, — The   following  modification  of  the 

permanganate  test  gives  satisfactory  results  in  eases  where 
the  indigo  contains  little  organic  matter  other  than  indigotine 
and  indirubin,  and  in  all  cases  is  very  suitable  for  testing 
indigo  which  is  intended  for  the  manufacture  of  indigo- 
carmine: — 1  gnu.  of  a  finely-powdered  sample  of  the  indigo 
is  placed  in  a  beaker  of  50  cc.  capacity,  and  mixed  with 
s  cc.  "I'  fuming  sulphuric  acid  containing  10  per  cent,  of 
anhydride.     The  mixture  is  heated  on  a  sand-bath  to  50" — 

CO    and  well  agitated.      At  tl ml   of  two   or   three  hours, 

the  solution  obtained  is  rinsed  into  a  litre-flask,  and  the 
latter  tilled  to  the  mark.  100  cc.  of  this  solution  are  then 
taken,  mixed  with  100  ee.  of  water  and  50  of  dilute  (1:10) 


sulphuric  acid,  and  titrated  with  deeinormal  permanganate 
solution  until  the  blue  colour  has  entirely  disappeared.  The 
result  is  calculated  on  the  basis  of  1  cc.  of  the  pertnacgauate 
solution  oxidising  7'415  ragrms.  of  indigotine. 

Syntheses    of  Indigo.  —  The  methods    of   manufacture 

i  discovered  by  liaeyer  (this  Journal,  1882,  17,  21  and  146) 
and  Heumann  (this  Journal,  1890,  1121,  and  1891,  41)  are 

I  too  costly  to  be  industrially  successful.  Heymann's 
synthesis  of  indigo-carmine  (this  Journal,  1891,  758  and 
827)  is  more  practicable,  both  on  account  of  its  offering 
fewer  difficulties  in  carrying  out  on  the  large  scale,  and 
on  aecount  of  the  greater  yield,  amounting  to  GO  per  cent, 
of  the  weight  of  phenylglycocine,  obtained. 

Indigo  Dyeing. — The  application  of  indigo  in  dyeing 
is  based  on  its  conversion  by  the  action  of  alkaline 
reducing-niixtures  into  leuco-indigotine,  which  dissolves  in 
the  alkali  present.  For  this  purpose  there  are  variously 
used  :  lime,  caustic  soda,  ammonia,  and  alkaline  carbonates, 
along  with  ferrous  sulphate,  zinc  powder,  iron  filings, 
sodium  hyposulphite,  stannous  chloride,  sodium  xanthate, 
thiourea,  arsenious  oxide,  and  glucose.  For  wool-dyeing, 
vats  are  also  prepared  by  the  action  of  certain  ferments. 
The  composition  of  such  fermentation  vats  is  shown  in  the 
following  table  : — 


Niuii'  nl  Vat. 


luiliu' 


Woad. 


m h  Bran- 1  ssssjk 


Quick- 
lime: 


Potash. 


Soda 
Crystals 


Woad 

Indian ,...., 

German 

Combination 

Bcnoist  and  Collin' 
Peptin 


Kilns. 

12— 15 


8-10 

e-s 


8—10 
5 


Kilos. 
150- '200 


Kilns. 
5—10 

0—4 
8—10 


Kilns. 

5—6 
50—80 
20—25 


Kilos. 

Kilos. 
4— 6 

2—4 

Kilns. 
10 

•■ 

4-5 

ti— 8 

200—300 

•• 

Caustic 

Soda 


Flour 

or 
Starch. 


Glu- 
cose. 


Mag- 
nesia. 


Water. 


Kilos. 

Kilos. 

Kilos. 

Kil'iS. 

Kilos. 

12—15 

•• 

•• 

•• 

•• 

1-6 

5 '4 
6-S 

lii 

8 

1 

Litres. 

s     in, 

t-  r,.0(io 
1-  5,000 

ti-  7, 

S,000 
5,000 


Most  ot  these  vats  have  been  in  use  a  long  time,  and 
although  recently  the  theory  of  the  action  taking  place  in 
them  has  been  better  understood,  no  improvement  of 
moment  has  been  made  in  them.  According  to  recent 
investigations,  hydrogen  is  liberated  by  the  action  of  the 
ferment-bacteria,  the  carbohydrates  present  being  converted 
first  into  lactic  acid  and  then  iuto  butyric  acid,  carbon 
dioxide,  and  hydrogen.  This  action  takes  place  best  in 
the  presence  of  a  moderate  excess  of  alkali.  Too  much 
alkali  hinders  it,  too  little  encourages  a  rapid  and  destructive 
fermentation. 

The  fermentation  vats  are  being  gradually  replaced  for 
wool-dyeing  by  the  hyposulphite  vat.  In  practice  the 
turbid  acid  mixture  resulting  from  the  action  of  zinc  on  a 
solution  of  sodium  bisulphite  is  directly  used  for  reducing 
the  indigo.  Sometimes,  however,  a  clear  and  more  stable 
solution  of  sodium  hyposulphite  is  prepared  by  adding 
milk  of  lime  to  this  crude  hyposulphite  solution  and  allowing 
it  to  settle,  when  zinc  hydrate  and  calcium  sulphate  are 
precipitated  along  with  the  excess  of  lime.  With  the 
hyposulphite,  a  concentrated  indigo  solution  or  vat  is  pre- 
pared and  added  to  the  dye-vat  in  the  required  amount. 
The  alkali  thus  introduced  into  the  vat  is  not  absorbed 
by  the  material  which  is  dyed,  and  tends  to  gradually 
accumulate.  As  an  excess  of  it  renders  the  vat  inoperative 
besides  injuring  the  wool,  its  increase  must  be  checked 
from  time  to  time  by  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid  or  of 
the  crude  acid  hyposulphite  solution  mentioned  above. 

The  hyposulphite  vat  is  less  used  for  cotton-dyeing  than 
those  prepared  with  copperas  and  zinc  dust.  Zinc  dust  has 
the  advantage  of  giving  a  much  clearer  vat  than  copperas, 
and  so  enables  the  dyer  to  employ  shallower  or  smaller 
vats. 

Substitutes  for  Indigo.  —  Indigo  shades  are  closely 
imitated  on  linen  and  cotton  with  Paraphenylene  blue, 
Indoine,  Metaphenylene  blue,  Ben/.oazuriu,  and  other  dyes. 
Although  not  so  fast  as  indigo,  they  have  the  advantage 


over  the  latter  of  being  fast  to  rubbing.  The  fulness  of 
colour,  characteristic  of  dark  shades  of  indigo,  cannot, 
however,  be  obtained  with  these  dyes  when  employed  alone, 
but  is  frequently  obtained  by  first  dyeing  with  them  and 
then  with  a  small  quantity  of  indigo.  For  dyeing  wool  dark 
blue  Alizarin-blue  is  very  extensively  employed,  but  is 
inferior  to  indigo  in  its  resistance  to  light. 

Substitutes  for  Indigo-carmine.- — Indigo-carmine  is  exten  • 
sively  employed  in  the  dyeing  of  woollen  goods,  as  it 
possesses  the  property  of  dyeing  along  with  other  acid  dyes 
and  is  useful  for  the  production  of  compound  shades. 
Recently  two  coal-tar  dyes,  Thiocarmiue  and  Patent  Blue, 
have  entered  into  serious  competition  with  it. 

Application  of  Indigo  in  Printing. — Patterns  in  indigo 
are  produced  on  calico  either  by  printing  reserves  and  dyeing, 
or  by  dyeing  and  then  discharging  the  blue  colour  from 
certain  parts,  or  again  by  directly  printing  with  indigo.  In 
the  first  method  the  entry  of  the  leuco-indigotine  into  the  fibre 
is  prevented  by  such  substances  as  kaolin,  copper  sulphate, 
copper  acetate,  tartaric  acid,  and  alum.  The  last  two 
compounds  cause  a  superficial  precipitation  on  the  cloth  of 
leuco-indigotine,  which  then  acts  as  a  mechanical  resist. 
Discharge-patterns  are  produced  by  printing  on  the  dyed 
cloth  a  thickened  solution  of  sodium  chromate,  along  with 
albumen  and  a  pigment  for  colour-effects,  and  passing 
through  a  bath  of  sulphuric  and  oxalic  acids.  As  pigments 
chrome  yellow,  orange,  and  green,  vermilion,  Prussian 
blue,  and  iron-oxide  buff  are  used,  with  other  pigments, 
which  are  capable  of  withstanding  the  action  of  chromic 
acid.  White  discharge-patterns  are  also  produced  by  print- 
ing potassium  ferricyanide  and  passing  through  caustic  soda 
solution,  as  well  as  by  printing  a  thickened  mixture  of  a 
chlorate,  potassium  ferricyanide,  and  stannic  oxalate  and 
steaming  for  an  hour.  Beautiful  effects  are  obtained  by 
the  chromic  acid  method,  but  the  colours  so  printed  are  not 
satisfactorily  fast  as  they  are  only  superficially  deposited 
and  fixed  with  albumen,  and  again   the   fibre  in  the  printed 


130 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  SI,  1892. 


part   becomes  more  or  less  tendered  through  the  formation 
of  oxycellulose. 

( If  the  numerous  attempts  made  to  print  indigo  directly, 
none  has  been  so  successful  as  the  glucose  process  (this 
Journal,  1884,  52— 62).  An  important  extension  of  this 
process  is  its  combination  with  the  printing  of  chrome 
yellow  ami  a  mixture  of  indigo  and  chrome  yellow  in  a 
Turkey-red  discharge  style.  The  Turkey-red  cloth  is  padded 
w  ith  glucose,  dried,  and  printed  with  a  "thickened  mixture  of 
indigo  and  caustic  soda  for  blue,  with  caustic  soda  and  lead 
oxide  for  yellow,  and  with  indigo,  lead  oxide,  and  caustic 
soda  for  green  patterns.  It  is  then  dried,  steamed,  washed, 
passed  through  dilute  acid,  again  washed,  anil  chromed. 

Substitute?  for  Indigo  in  Printing. — Several  very  fast 
blues,  giving  shades  resembling  those  of  indigo,  are 
employed  in  calico  printing,  but  can  scarcely  be  said  to 
compete  with  indigo.  Aeetiu  blue  and  the  so-called 
Printing  blue  (a  spirit-soluble  induline)  are  amongst  the 
newest  of  these  dyes. — E.  1!. 


Action  of  Nitric  Acid  on  Silk.     h.  Vignon  and   P.  Sisley, 

Compt.  Kend.  1891, 113,  701—704. 
Iris  a  well  known   fact   that  nitric  acid  imparts  a  yellow 
colour  to  albuminoids ;  and  the  authors,  in  specially  study- 
ing the   phenomenon  in   the  ease  of    silk,   have    made  the 
following  observations : — 

I.  The  yellow  colour  is  best  produced  by  immersing  the 
silk  for  about  a  minute  in  nitric  acid  diluted  to  1  ■  133  sp.  gr. 
(26-6°  Tw.)  at  45'  C.  A  characteristic  deep  yellow  colour 
is  immediately  developed,  which  is  retained  on  thoroughly 
washing  with  water.  The  colour  is  not  readily  affected  by 
exposure  to  air  and  light,  and  is  greatly  iutensified  by- 
steeping  the  silk  in  alkali,  but  restored  to  the  original  tint 
by  acids.  This  yellow  colour  has  been  practically  utilised 
in  Lyons  under  the  names  "  Mandani  "  and  "  Nitric  acid  " 
yellow. 

II.  Nitric  acid  free  from  nitrous  acid  does  not  produce 
any*  colouration  under  the  above  conditions. 

III.  Pure  nitric  acid  with  addition  of  a  small  amount  of 
sodium  nitrite  gives  a  strong  yellow  colouration,  which  is 
intensified  by  increasing  the  amount  of  NaN02,  the  concen- 
tration of  the  solution,  and  the  temperature,  but  cannot  be 
carried  beyond  a  certain  point  without  destroying  the  fibre. 

IV.  The  colour  obtained  with  the  mixture  of  nitric  and 
nitrous  acids  is  also  rendered  darker  by  alkalis  ;  a  portion  of 
the  latter  being  permanently  absorbed  since  a  notable 
quantity  may  be.  detected  in  the  ash  left  on  incinerating  the 
silk. 

The  shade  of  yellow  obtained  varies  with  the  alkali  em- 
ployed, ammonia  giving  the  lightest,  and  baryta  water  the 
reddest  shade. 

On  the  other  hand  the  causticising  of  the  alkali  has  no 
effect,  NaOH  and  Na  ,i  03,  bull  and  K2C03  giving  respec- 
tively the  same  shade. 

The  above  experiments  show  that  the  presence  of  nitrous 
acid  in  the  nitric  acid  is  essential  to  the  production  of  the 
yellow  colour  on  silk.  A  second  series  of  experiments 
was  made  with  the  object  of  studying  the  action  more 
thoroughly. 

I.  Silk  treated  with  nitrous  acid  (XaN02  +  HC'l)  acquires 
a  pah:  yellow  colour  which  is  not  at  all  fast  ;  the  shade 
rapidly  changing  to  pale  brown  on  exposure  to  air  or  light. 
Boiling  water  or  alcohol  also  changes  the  shade  to  brown 
without  liberation  of  nitrogen.  Alkalis  develop  a  red- 
brow  d  colouration. 

II.  A  permanent  yellow  colour  is  readily  produced  from 
the  unstable  pale  yellow  obtained  as  above,  by  treating  with 
pure  nitric  acid,  the  same  effect  being  obtained  upon  silk 
previously  treated  with  nitrogen  dioxide  (NO),  or  tetroxide 
(NO/,),  in  an  atmosphere  of  carbon  dioxide. 

III.  Permanganic  acid  ( l\2Mn208  4-  HOI)  develops  a 
stable  yellow  colour  on  silk  treated  with  nitrous  acid, 
identical  with  that  produced  by  pure  nitric  acid  ;  the  latter, 
therefore,  acts  simply  as  an  oxidising  agent. 


The  reaction  ichich  produces  the  characteristic  stable 
yellow  colouration  upon  silk  requires  the  presence  of 
NO,  NO.,  or  HNO.,  >n  conjunction  with  HNOs  as  an 
oxidising  agent. 

IV.  Silk  treated  with  nitrous  nitric  acid  is  slowly, 
decolourised  by  a  concentrated  hot  solution  of  stannous 
chloride  or  chromous  chloride.  Alkaline  reducing  agents 
have  not  the  same  effect. 

V.  Two  examples  of  bleached  Canton  silk  were  submitted 
to  elementary  analysis  after  undergoing  a  preliminary 
purification  byT  being  "  boiled  off  "  with  soap,  washed  with 
distilled  water,  dilute  IIC1,  again  with  water,  and  finally 
with  alcohol.  After  this  treatment  the  ash  only  amounted 
to  0-023  per  cent. 

One  hank  was  treated  with  nitrous  nitric  acid  under  the 
specified  conditions,  its  weight  thereby  being  increased 
about  2  per  cent. 

The  numbers  obtained  on  analysing  the  two  samples 
were  :  — 


Purified  Silk. 


Alter  Treatment  with 
HNOj,  HN03. 


C 

II 

>' 

()  (by  difference)  . 


PerCent. 

48'3 


19-2 
260 


PerCent. 

46-8 

6-5 
25-1 


It  will  be  noticed  that  after  treatment  the  silk  is  richer  in 
N,  but  contains  less  C  and  O,  as  would  be  expected  from 
the  above-mentioned  increase  in  weight  of  2  per  cent. 

The  conditions  of  the  treatment,  and  a  consideration  of 
analogous  reactions,  indicate  that  the  nitrogen  which  has 
entered  into  combination  was  first  fixed  in  the  form  of  NO 
and  afterwards  changed  by  oxidation  into  NO>.  It  is  im- 
probable that  the  NCI  replaces  hydrogen,  the  result  of 
the  analyses  indicating  that  CO  groups  are  eliminated,  with 
formation  of  carbonic  or  oxalic  acid. 

The  authors  further  state  that  wool  acts  in  an  exactly- 
similar  manner  to  silk  when  treated  with  nitrous  nitric 
acid,  and  that  their  results  differ  materially  from  those 
obtained  by  Mulder  when  preparing  his  xanthoproteic  acid. 

Nitrated  silk  does  not  deflagrate  when  burnt,  but  the 
combustion  is  quicker  than  with  ordinary  silk.  It  also 
smells  like  burnt  feathers. 

Towards  solvents  the  nitrated  silk  behaves  generally-  in 
the  same  way  as  ordinary  silk,  but  when  treated  with  con- 
centrated sulphuric  acid  it  swells  up  and  gives  a  viscous 
mass  similar  to  albumen. — W.  M.  G. 


The  Rotatory  Power  of  Silk.     L.  Vignon.    Compt.   Rend. 
1891,  113,  802—804. 

See  under  V .,  page   427. 


PATENTS. 

Improvemetits    in    the    Manufacture    of     Copying    Ink. 

E.  Coen,  Turin.     Eng.  Pat.  3247,  February  23,  1891. 

See  under  XIII.,  page  446. 


A  Nero  or  Improved  Method  of  Manufacture  of  certain 
Compounds  of  Chromium  used  in  Dyeing  and  Calico 
Printing.  W.  Watson  and  E.  Bentz,  Manchester.  Eng. 
Pat.  3385,  February  24,  1891. 

0hro.mii  m  acetate,  basic  acetate,  and  sulphite,  or  mixtures 
of  these  salts,  either  alone  or  with  chromium  sulphate  or 
basic  sulphate,  are  prepared  by  reducing  chromic  acid  in  the 
form  of  sodium  chromate  or  bichromate,  with  sodium 
sulphite  or  sulphurous  anhydride  in  the  presence  of  a 
suitable  acid,  such  as  acetic  acid. 


Kay  31,1882.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


431 


Chromium  acetate  is  prepared  by  dissolving  112  lb.  of 
commercial  sodium  bichromate  in  550  lb.  of  25  per  cent, 
acetic  acid,  to  which  is  then  added  gradually  -100  lb.  of  30 
per  cent,  solution  of  sodium  bisulphite,  the  temperature 
being  kept  down.  The  mixture  is  allowed  to  cool  to  allow 
the  greater  portion  of  the  sodium  sulphate  to  crystallise  out, 
a  further  quantity  of  sodium  sulphate  being  separated  by 
the  additiou  of  20  lb.  of  sodium  earbonate  or  its  equivalent 
of  sodium  hydrate. 

Chromium  basic  acetate  is  prepared  by  employing  one- 
halt'  the  above  amount  of  acetic  acid,  the  amounts  of  the 
other  materials  remaining  the  same. 

Chromium  sulphite  is  prepared  by  dissolving  112  1b.  of 
sodium  bichromate  in  400  lb.  of  water,  adding  39  lb.  of  95 
percent,  sulphuric  acid,  and  then  gradually  800  lb.  of  a 
30  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium  bisulphite,  after  which 
the  mixture  is  allowed  to  cool  until  the  sodium  sulphate  has 
crystallised  out  as  far  as  possible.  Instead  of  using  sodium 
bisulphite,  sulphurous  anhydride  may  be  employed  in  such 
quantity  as  is  necessary  to  produce  the  salt  of  chromium 
which  is  required. 

A  mixture  of  chromium  acetate  and  sulphate. is  obtained 
bj  acidifying  the  solution  of  sodium  bichromate  with  a 
mixture  of  acetic  and  sulphuric  acids,  the  amount  of  water 
used  depending  on  the  strength  of  these  acids. 

A  mixture  of  chrominm  acetate  and  basic  sulphate  is 
prepared  by  the  use  of  the  same  materials  as  in  the  pre- 
paration of  a  mixture  of  the  acetate  and  sulphate,  hut  the 
quantities  of  acetic  and  sulphuric  acid  are  reduced,  or  the 
addition  of  sulphuric  acid  may  be  omitted,  sufficient  being 
formed  from  ihe  sulphurous  acid. 

A  mixture  of  chromium  sulphite  and  sulphate  is  prepared 
by  dissolving  112  lb  .of  sodium  bichromate  in  400  1b.  of 
water,  adding  60  lb.  of  95  per  cent,  sulphuric  acid,  and  then 
gradually  667  lb.  of  30  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium 
bisulphite,  after  which  the  sodium  sulphate  is  allowed  to 
crystallise  out. 

A  mixture  of  chromium  sulphite  and  basic  sulphate  is 
prepared  in  a  similar  manner,  but  only  30  lti.  of  sulphuric 
acid  is  employed. 

A  mixture  of  chromium  sulphite  and  acetate  is  prepared 
by  dissolving  112  lb.  of  sodium  bichromate  in  100  lb.  of 
water,  and  367  lb.  of  25  per  cent,  acetic  acid,  and  then 
gradually  534  lb.  of  30  per  cent,  sodium  bisulphite  solution, 
after  which  the  sodium  sulphate  is  allowed  to  crystallise 
out. 

The  mixture  of  chromium  acetate,  sulphite,  and  sulphate 
is  prepared  by  replacing  part  of  the  acetic  acid  employed  in 
the  last  recipe  by  an  equivalent  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  a 
mixture  of  chromium  basic  sulphate,  acetate,  and  sulphite  is 
prepared  by  reducing  the  amount  of  acetic  acid  which  is 
employed  in  the  preparation  of  the  mixture  of  sulphate, 
sulphite,  and  acetate. — -J.  W.  L. 


Improvements  in  Ihe  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Manu- 
facturing Inlaid  Linoleums  or  Floor  Cloths.  W.  G. 
Thomson,  Halifax,  and  J.  S.  Powell,  Loudon.  Eng.  Pat. 
42 40,  March  10,  1891. 

A  pattern  block,  constructed  with  one  or  more  chambers 
of  the  various  shapes  required  for  the  pattern,  and  of  any 
convenient  size,  is  surmounted  by  a  plate  carrying  cores 
corresponding  in  size  and  shape  with  those  of  the  chambers 
in  the  block.  The  block  is  filled  with  the  "  ingredients  in 
the  various  colours  required,"  and  placed  on  the  eaovas  to 
be  printed,  and  the  cores  forced  down  ;  the  block  is  then 
raised  a  little  in  order  to  leave  a  sufficient  thickness  "  of 
material "  on  the  canvas,  a  band-knife  being  passed  under 
it  to  detach  the  protruding  colour-mixture.  After  thus 
printing,  the  block  is  mechanically  raised  and  moved 
laterally  to  print  a  further  portion  of  the  canvas,  which 
remains  stationary,  until  all  of  it  on  the  machine-frame 
has  been  printed.  The  mechanical  details  of  the  apparatus 
employed  and  several  modifications  of  the  above  method  of 
printing  are  described  in  the  original  specification,  which  is 
illustrated  with  three  sheets  of  drawings. — E.  B. 


An  Improvement  in  Dyeing  Mais,  Carpets,  or  other 
Fabrics  of  Fibre,  Wool,  Yarn,  Silk,  or  any  other 
Material.  J.  Daw,  juu.,  North  Dulwich.  Eng.  Pat. 
6294,  April  13,  1891.  ' 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  produce  ornamental 
designs  or  colours  on  mats  or  other  similar  articles  without 
the  use  of  differently  coloured  materials  in  the  weaving 
process.  For  this  purpose  the  mat  is  placed  under  a  metal 
stencil  plate,  and  pressure  being  applied,  the  colour  solution 
in  the  form  of  spray  is  brought  into  intimate  contact  with 
the  material  at  a  considerable  temperature  anil  pressure  by 
means  of  a  jet  of  steam. — W.  M.  G. 


Improvements  in  Ihe  Manufacture  of  ( 'oloured  {lubber 
Goods  or  Rubber-coated  Goods  and  a  Material  or 
Preparation  to  be  used  in  the  said  Manufacture. 
('.  Dreyfus,  Clayton.  Eng.  Pat.  17,566,  October  14, 
1891. 

See  under  XIII.,  page  447. 


Improvements  in  and  Means  for  Dyeing,  Mordanting,  or 
Bleaching  Textile  Fibres.  V.  Hughes,  London.  From 
A.  Tebugheiu,  (laud,  Belgium.  Eng.  Pat.  20,866, 
November  30,  1891. 

The  principal  application  of  the  invention  consists  in  an 
improvement  of  the  ordinary  "  jigger  "  machine  for  cloth 
dyemg.  The  latter  is  constructed  either  with  or  without 
squeezing  rollers,  both  systems  having  certain  defects. 

If  the  cloth  is  not  submitted  to  a  squeezing  a  good  deal 
of  liquor  is  carried  over  from  one  bath  to  another  (say  from 
mordant-bath  to  dye-bath),  and  there  is  consequently  a 
great  waste  of  mordant  in  the  liquor  carried  forward,  and 
of  dyestuff  through  precipitation  by  the  mordant ;  there  is 
also  a  superficial  deposition  of  unfixed  dyestuff,  which  after- 
wards causes  the  defect  of  "  rubbing  off." 

On  the  other  hand,  when  squeezing  rollers  are  employed 
in  the  ordinary  way,  the  dyeing  is  apt  to  be  irregular  from 
the  fact  that  the  cloth  is  drawn  through  the  liquor  at  an 
increasing  speed  as  the  diameter  of  the  winding  roller 
gradually  increases  by  the  rolling  up  of  the  material  upon 
it.  In  some  machines  this  defect  is  overcome  by  driving 
the  winding  roller  by  surface  contact  with  the  drawing  off 
roller,  but  this  arrangement  is  open  to  the  objection  that 
the  pressure  becomes  greater  as  the  weight  of  the  cloth 
upon  the  winding  roller  increases.  Thus,  in  ordinary 
jigger  either  the  speed  at  which  the  cloth  travels  or  the 
pressure  to  which  it  is  subjected,  is  variable. 

The  inventor  claims  to  have  overcome  these  difficulties  in 
a  very  simple  manner.  The  improvement  consisting  solely 
iu  so  fixing  the  top  squeezing  roller  that  it  is  easily  raised 
out  of  contact  with  the  bottom  roller,  and  thus  the  improved 
jigger  can  either  be  used  as  an  ordinary  machine  or  with 
the  squeezing  rollers.  The  squeezing  action  depending 
entirely  upon  the  dead  weight  of  the  top  roller,  is  also  of 
necessity  constant.  An  equal  speed  of  travel  of  the  cloth  is 
ensured  by  driving  the  winding  roller  by  surface  contact 
with  the  bottom  squeezing  roller.— W.  M.  G. 


An  Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Bleaching  Paper 
Pulp  and  other  similar  Vegetable  Substances.  C.  Kell- 
ner,  Manchester.     Eng.  Pat.  22,4:17,  December  23,  1891. 

The  inventor  has  devised  a  novel  apparatus  for  the  con- 
tinuous bleaching  of  paper  pulp  by  means  of  chlorine  gas, 
the  material  passing  slowly  in  one  direction  and  the 
bleaching  agent  continuously  traversing  the  apparatus  iu 
the  opposite  direction. 

The  diagram  clearly  illustrates  the  construction  of  the 
apparatus,  the  tower  A  being  built  up  of  a  series  of  (pre- 
ferably) earthenware  troughs  which  divide  the  structure 
into  a  number  of  compartments.  Each  trough  is  provided 
with  one  radial  opening  or  slit,  and  the  troughs  are  so 
arranged  with  respect  to  each  other  that  the  slots  form  an 
ascending  or  descending  spiral,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2.  The 
upper  edge  of  each  trough  is  provided  with  a  gutter,  into 
which  the  lower  edge  of  the  succeeding  one  is  fitted  and 
made  gas-tight  by  a  water  seal  as  indicated  in  Fig.  3, 


132 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31,18112. 


Passing  through  a  central  hole  in  each  trough  is  a 
perpendicular  rotating  shaft  fitted  with  radial  arms,  one  in 
each  compartment  (a,  Fig.  11. 

The  paper  pulp  is  fed  into  the  apparatus  through  the 
hopper  k  and  falls  to  the  bottom  of  the  first  compartment ; 
it  is  there  pushed  round  by  the  radial  arm  until  it  reaches 
the  slit  through  which  it  falls  on  to  the  next  trough,  pro- 
ceeding in  this  manner  until  it  reaches  the  bottom  of  the 
apparatus.  Chlorine  gas  is  meanwhile  passing  in  the 
opposite  direction,  entering  by  the  pipe  It  and  finding  exit 
at  I.  The  height  of  the  tower  and  the  rate  of  supply  of 
chlorine  must  be  such  that  the  pulp  is  thoroughly  bleached, 
but  no  excess  of  chlorine  escapes  at  i. 


Fig.  1. 


rig.  2. 


Fig.  3. 


Improved  Bleai  him.  Apparatus. 

The  hydrochloric  acid  produced  in  the  bleaching  opera- 
tion is  recovered  and  again  used  for  the  production  of 
chlorine  by  the  electrolytic  method.  — W.  M.  G. 


VII.-ACIDS,  ALKALIS.  AND  SALTS. 

Variations  in  the  Specific  Gravity  of  Nitric  Acid  produced 
by  Nitrogen  Peroxide.  G.  Lunge  and  L.  Marchlewski. 
Zeits.  f.  angew.  Chem.  1892,  10—12. 
Puke  nitric  acid  of  commerce,  sp.  gr.  1-4960  at  '3'  was 
mixed  with  different  quantities  of  pure  nitrogen  peroxide, 
prepared  by  heating  lead  nitrate.  The  specific  gravities  were 
taken  with*  a  hydrometer  at  15  ,  17  .  19°,  aud  21  ,  with  the 
following  mean  results  : — 


Percentage  of 


Nitrogen 
Peroxide. 


Nitric  Acid 

I  Total 
\    dity). 


c.,„„;fi„  Variation. 

Specific  in  Speciflc 

Gravity  at  V1  Gravity  for 

inVnpnn  each  Degree  of 

m  vacuo.  Temperature. 


■ 

lOI 

93*25 

1-4986 

±0-00136 

a 

2  ••.'.". 

9:1  -37 

1*6074 

0-00141 

.•i 

5-83 

94*65 

1*5199 

0-00142 

i 

7-32 

95-09 

1-5261 

0-001H 

5 

12*70 

:-777 

I  Ml.". 

0-  00143 

To  estimate  the  nitrogen  peroxide  the  acid  is  charged 
into  an  accurately  calibrated  narrow  burette,  divided  into 
^jCc,  and  which  can  be  read  to  -pi^  re,  and  allowed  to 
assume  the  temperature  of  the  room.  It  is  then  run 
gradually  into  a  known  volume  of  semi-normal  permanganate 
heated  to  40°,  until  the  colour  is  discharged,  the  quantity  of 
nitrogen  peroxide  being  then  readily  calculated.  The  total 
acid  was  ascertained  by  running  10  ec.  of  the  acid  from  the 
above  burette  (thus  avoiding  the  inconveniences  attached  to 
weighing  such  material)  into  ice-cold  water,  making  up  to 
100  and  titrating,  whilst  warming  an  aliquot  part.  Litmus 
was  used  as  an  indicator.  I!y  considering  the  above  numbers 
in  various  ways  the  following  data  are  obtained,  which  show 


A. 

B. 

C. 

Specific 

Specific 

Nitric 
Acid 

Actual 

Actual 

Variation 
of  Specific 

Gravity 

for  cacii 
1  per  Cent. 

of  X,0, 

— 

corre- 

Nitric 

Nitric 

Gravity 

Gravity 

sponding 

to  the 

Acid  less 
that  due 

Acid  n  ith 
half  that 

of  Acid  B.  of  Acid  C. 

Nitric 

10  Nitric 

due  to  the 

Peroxide 

Peroxide. 

Peroxide. 

present. 

Per  Cent. 

Per  Cent. 

1 

1-42 

91-S3 

92-54 

1-4954 

1-4969 

11-011317 

0 

4-02 

89-55 

91-50 

1-4899 

1-4950 

0-00599 

:; 

7  ".17 

1-4810 

1 '  1924 

"■ 158 

4 

lo-sa 

-   n 

1-4760 

1-4909 

0 

17- Hi 

80-37 

89-07 

1  -4618 

T48S6 

0-00654 

the  relationship  of  the  specific  gravity  to  the  amount  of 
nitric  peroxide  present,  aud  as  this  is  not  regular  the  authors 
noted  down  all  results  obtained,  and  struck  a  mean  curve 
from  which  they  have  constructed  the  following  table,  to  show 
the  variations  of  specific  gravity  of  the  strongest  acid  of 
commerce  under  the  influence  of  the  presence  of  nitric 
peroxide.  The  experiments  with  weaker  acids  have  not 
given  satisfactory  numbers. 

Variations  in  the  Specific  Ghavity  of  Nitric  Ann, 
Sp.  Gr.  1-4960  at  15  4°  in  Vacuo  by  the  Admixture 
of  Xitric  PeROXIM  . 


N  1 1, 

Corre- 
sponding 
Variation 

5 
Gravity, 

NjO« 

Corre- 
sponding 
Variatiou 
a  Spi 

Gravity. 

N,0, 

Corre- 
sponding 
Variation 
in  Specific 
Gravity. 

Percent. 

0-25 

Per  Cent. 
4-75 

0-03050 

Per  Cent. 
9-25 

o-otnoo 

0-50 

0*< 75 

5-00 

0*03226 

9-50 

0-06325 

0-75 

0-00150 

5-25 

0*03365 

9*76 

0 -1)65110 

1-00 

0-00300 

5'50 

0-03600 

10-00 

0*06600 

1-25 

0*00476 

5*75 

003775 

10-26 

0-06815 

1-50 

0-00675 

6-00 

11-03950 

10-50 

0*06975 

1-75 

0-00775 

6*23 

0-04175 

10*75 

0-07135 

2-1  mi 

0-01050 

0-50 

0-04300 

11-00 

0  07.1O0 

2-25 

'  iO 

6-75 

0*04475 

11-25 

0*07450 

2-50 

0-01425 

7-00 

0*04660 

11-50 

0- 07600 

2-75 

9*01625 

7*26 

0*04720 

11*76 

0-07750 

3*00 

n-oisoo 

7*60 

0-05000 

12*00 

0-07850 

3-25 

0-01985 

7-75 

0*06166 

12-25 

0*08050 

8-50 

0*02165 

s-00 

n-05325 

12*60 

0-DS200 

3-75 

0-02350 

S-25 

0-05500 

12-75 

0*08360 

4-00 

0*02525 

8*60 

0*05660 

4  -J.'. 

0-02690 

8-75 

0*05825 

4-50 

0-02875 

9*00 

0*06000 

May  81,1898.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


433 


The  nitric  peroxide  is  regarded  as  all  inactive  in  the  above 
table,  inasmuch  as  the  authors  consider  that  the  reaction, 
N .(  1 1  +  H20  =  HN03  +  HXOj,  may  be  disregarded  when 
using  such  strong  acid,  but  if  it  is  to  be  taken  into  con- 
sideration, a  smaller  number  than  those  above  given  would 
have  tn  be  deducted  from  the  numbers  given  in  Lunge  and 
Bey's  tables  (this  Journal,  1891,  541 — 546),  in  order  to 
ascertain  the  actual  amount  of  active  nitric  acid  and  a  special 
table  would  have  to  be  constructed. — 1).  A.  L. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Soda  Waste.  F.  Eller- 
hausen,  I  lebburn-on-Tyne.  Eng.  Pat.  20,012,  Decem- 
ber X,  1S90. 

Wash:,  consisting  principally  of  sulphide  of  iron  and  sodium 
is  treated  either  in  the  wet  condition  in  a  closed  vessel  with 
carbonic  anhydride  or  in  the  dry  state  in  a  muffle  furnace. 
If  the  treatment  takes  place  in  the  wet  state  hydrogen 
sulphide  is  expelled,  whilst  in  the  furnace  the  sulphur  passes 
off  as  sulphurous  anhydride.  In  any  ease  the  resulting 
mixture  of  sodium  carbonate  and  ferric  oxide  is  heated  until 
sodium  ferrate  is  formed. — .1.  W.  1.. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  of  Salt 
from  Brine.  E.  O.  Lambert,  London.  From  S.  Pick, 
Szczakowa,  Galicia.  Kng.  Pat.  1453,  January  27,  1891. 
The  invention  has  for  its  object  the  precipitation  of  salt 
from  brine  by  treatment  of  the  brine  with  solution  of  sub- 
stances having  a  strong  affinity  for  water,  such  as  the 
chlorides  of  calcium  and  magnesium.  The  quantity  and 
quality  of  salt  precipitated  from  brine  depends  upon  the 
strength  and  quality  of  the  precipitating  solution  employed. 
By  adding  two  volumes  of  chloride  of  calcium  solution, 
having  a  specific  gravity  of  80°  Tw.  to  one  volume  of  brine, 
aboul  98  per  cent,  of  the  salt  maybe  separated  from  the 
brine  in  the  form  of  flour  salt.  By  mixing  one  volume 
of  chloride  of  calcium  solution  with  2  volumes  of  brine, 
only  25  per  cent,  of  salt  are  precipitated  again  in  the  state 
of  flour  salt.  In  the  latter  case  the  remaining  75  per  cent, 
may  be  obtained  either  as  ordinary  fine  salt  (table  salt)  or 
as  coarse  salt.  In  the  first  case  the  liquor  is  concentrated 
to  a  point  at  which  salt  begins  to  precipitate.  On  cooling, 
the  salt  crystallises  out,  it  being  more  soluble  in  hot  than  in 
cold  solutions  of  chloride  of  calcium.  The  mother-liquor 
may  be  repeatedly  concentrated  and  cooled  until  it  consists 
practically  of  chloride  of  calcium  only.  By  varying  the 
quantity  of  calcium  chloride  liquor  employed  in  the  first 
instance,  and  also  the  subsequent  treatment  of  the  mother- 
liquors,  the  different  grades  of  salt  may  be  obtained  in  any 
required  proportion.  In  all  cases  the  salt  obtained  is 
washed  by  brine  in  filters  or  other  suitable  vessels,  and  salt 
is  produced  from  such  water  in  the  same  way  as  described. 
Detailed  drawings  of  an  apparatus  suitable  for  the  produc- 
tion of  salt  in  the  above  manner  accompany  the  specification 
(this  Journal,  1888,  426;   1890,  616;    1891,  624  and  749). 

— K.  E.  M. 

A  New  or  Improved  Method  of  Manufacture  of  certain 
Compounds  of  Chromium  used  in  Dyeing  and  Calico 
Printing.  W.  Watson  and  E.  Bentz,  Manchester.  Eng. 
Pat.  3385,  February  24,  1891. 

See  under  VI.,  page  430. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Chlorine.     F.  M.  Lyte, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  4068,  March  6,  1891. 

Plumbic  chloride  is  first  formed  from  either  native  or  waste 
chlorides,  such  as  sodium  chloride,  hydrochloric  acid, 
calcium  chloride,  magnesium  chloride.  From  these  chlorides 
hydrochloric  acid  is  first  formed,  either  by  the  Le  Blanc, 
or  Lyte  and  Stciuhart's  processes,  and  it  is  then  treated  with 
plumbic  oxide,  acetate,  or  nitrate. 

Ammonium  chloride  may  be  boiled  with  plumbic  oxide. 
The  plumbic  chloride  thus  obtained  is  melted  in  a  trough  or 
crucible  of  either  earthenware  or  enamelled  iron,  and  a 
current  of  electricity  of  low  tension,  about  5  volts,  is  passed 


through  it,  the  poles  being  either  of  carbons,  or  carbons  form 
one  pole,  the  anode,  and  molten  lead,  previously  added, 
forms  the  cathode,  the  connection  with  the  latter  being  made 
by  means  of  a  tinned  iron  bar  passed  through  the  bottom  of 
the  vessel. 

The  molten  lead  is  allowed  to  pass  away,  as  it  is  formed, 
through  a  syphon  which  maintains  a  constant  level  in  the 
trough  — J.  W.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Alkali  and  Apparatus 
therefor.  W.  Mills,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  4601,  March  16 
1891. 

The  invention  refers  to  the  treatment  of  fused  sodium 
chloride  with  a  mixture  of  about  equal  volumes  of  hydrogen 
and  carbonic  oxide,  such  as  water-gas,  in  shallow  iron  pans, 
Bessemer  converters,  or  reverberatory  furnaces.  The  gas 
is  passed  into  the  fined  mass  by  means  of  perforated  pipes. 
As  a  result  of  the  reaction,  "  hydrochloric  acid  is  given  off, 
aud  a  mixture  of  sodie  oxide  and  carbon  remains  behind." 
This  residue  is  available  for  the  production  of  caustic  soda, 
by  lixiviating,  filtering  off  the  carbon,  and  evaporating  the 
solution.  The  carbon  may  be  otherwise  eliminated  bv 
passing  a  blast  of  air  through  the  melted  mass,  when  "  sodic 
oxide"  will  remain  behind  "  in  a  pure  state." — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  o>  Appertaining  to  the  Manufacture  of 
Alkali.  A.  G.  Haddock,  Ditton,  and  J.  Leith,  St.  Helens. 
Eng.  Pat.  5844,  April  4,  1891. 

In  a  previously  patented  process  (this  Journal,  1891,  641) 
residues  of  alkali  waste  and  of  gypsum  are  obtained,  both 
containing  a  certain  proportion  of  sulph-hydrates.  It  is 
proposed  to  eliminate  these  by  washing  with  water,  decanting, 
and  treating  the  remaining  thick  cream  with  carbonic  acid, 
which  is  afterwards  passed  into  the  carbonators. 

It  is  important  for  many  processes  in  using  carbonic  acid 
to  obtain  the  same  free  from  oxygen.  This  end  may  be 
attained  by  adding  to  it  water-gas,  hydrogen,  or  hydro- 
carbons, either  in  the  lime  kilns  or  in  other  externally 
heated  apparatus, — the  oxygen  being  consumed  in  the 
combustion  of  these  compounds. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  Treating  Waste  Liquor  from  Galvanising 
Works  aud  other  Similar  Liquors  to  obtain  Ferric 
<  'Idoride.  J.  W.  Wilson,  Manchester,  and  C.  H.  G. 
Harvey,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  6509,  April  16,  1891. 

The  waste  liquor  is  fed  in  from  a  suitable  reverberatory 
furnace,  which  is  provided  with  flues  for  carrying  away 
the  acid  fumes  evolved  in  the  operation.  The  furnace  is 
heated  by  means  of  fuel  free  from  sulphur,  in  conjunction 
with  an  air  blast.  The  liquor  evaporating,  gradually  forms 
an  impervious  crust  on  the  furnace  bed,  and  when  the 
crust  is  of  sufficient  thickness,  the  running  in  of  liquor  is 
stopped  and  the  temperature  of  the  residue  on  the  furnace 
bed  raised  to  a  bright  red  heat.  As  ferrous  chloride  is 
converted  into  ferric  chloride  the  latter  is  volatilised,  and 
the  vapours  are  condensed  in  tanks  containing  hydrochloric 
acid.  The  residue  of  ferric  chloride  and  ferric  oxide  is 
introduced  while  hot  into  the  same  hydrochloric  acid  tanks, 
the  contents  of  which  may  be  heated  to  the  boiling  point. 
The  whole  of  the  iron  is  thus  converted  into  a  supersaturated 
solution  of  ferric  chloride.  The  gaseous  hydrochloric  acid 
given  off  in  the  process,  is  condensed  in  suitable  apparatus 
and  may  be  used  over  again. — H.  A. 


A  Process  for  Recovery  of  Sulphur,  Carbonate  of  Soda, 
and  Iron  Oxide  from  Double  Sulphide  of  Sodium  and 
Iron.  G.  Lunge,  Zurich,  Switzerland,  and  J.  Dewar, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  8018,  May  9,  1891. 

In  a  process  for  the  production  of  caustic  soda  (this 
Journal,  1891,543  aud  547)  a  residue  is  left  "consisting 
mostly  of  a  double  sulphide  of  sodium  and  iron,  or  it  may 
be  of  several   such  double   sulphides,  the   composition   of 


m 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTBY. 


[.May  31, 1892. 


which  is  not  exactly  known."  The  moist  residue,  when 
exposed  at  ordinary  temperatures  to  the  action  of  a  mixture 
of,  Bay,  one  vol.  of  carbonic  acid  to  about  four  vols,  of  air, 
decomposes  with  formation  of  sodium  carbonate  and  of 
certain  quantities  of  sodium  hyposulphite,  both  of  which 
may  be  extracted  by  lixiviation.  The  insoluble  matter 
consists  of  hydrated  sesquioxide  of  iron,  sulphur,  and  n 
quantity  of  "  special  double  sulphide  or  of  sulphides  of 
sodium  and  iron  ;  "  the  amount  of  these  latter  depends  on 
the  length  of  time  for  which  the  process  has  been  carried 
on.  The  sulphur  may  be  melted  out,  burnt  out,  or  extracted 
by  means  of  carbon  bisulphide,  and  the  residue  may  be 
used  over  again  for  the  manufacture  of  sodium  ferrite, 
whilst  the  soluble  sodium  Baltsare  utilisedfor  the  production 
of  ash,  caustic,  or  sodium  ferrite. — H.  A. 


.1  Method  of  Manufacturing  and  Regenerating  Salts  of 
Peroxide  of  Iron.  A.  E.  M.  L.  Paillard,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  8844,  May  25,  1891. 
Wilts  reduced  to  ferrous  salt  in  some  technical  oxidising 
process,  it  is  proposed  to  regenerate  the  persalts  for  further 
useful  oxidising  action,  by  treatment  of  the  ferrous  salt  in 
solution  with  the  necessary  amount  of  sulphuric  acid  and  a 
small  quantity  of  nitric  acid,  for  conversion  into  sesquisul- 
phate.  The  mixture  is  then  blown  by  means  of  an  injector 
into  a  receiver,  where  the  separation  of  the  liquid  ami  the 
gases  takes  place.  The  latter  are  returned  with  an  ad 
mixture  of  air  to  an  absorbing  chamber  connected  with 
tlie  suction  of  the  injector  lor  the  regeneration,  to  a  certain 
extent,  of  the  nitric  acid. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  and  Apparatus  for  the  Concentration 
of  Sulphuric  Acid.  J.  L.  Kessler,  Clermont-Ferrand, 
France.  Eng.  Pat.  19,215,  November  G,  1891. 
The  apparatus  consists  of  a  series  of  shallow  evaporating 
pans  made  of  siliceous  materials  covered  with  lead,  ami  the 
figure  represents  a  vertical  section  of  one  form  of  it.  The 
heat  is  derived  from  a  large  open  fire  of  slow  draught,  and 
after  putting  on  fresh  fuel  the  draught  must  be  cut  off 
from  the  apparatus  in  order  to  prevent  the  acid  from 
becoming  contaminated  with  dust.  The  hot  air  is  prefer- 
ably drawn  through  the  apparatus  by  means  of  an  exhaust 
at  the  outlet.  The  temperature  of  the  acid  need  not  rise 
above  200  . 

The  apparatus  consists  of  the  trough  S  into  which  the 
hot  gases  pass  from  the  furnace.  They  circulate  first  through 
the  passages  q  q  (q-  q-  are  partitions)  from  which  it  passes 
to  the  passages  iy'  </>,  and   the  acid  is  readily  concentrated 


! 1 I 


i 


APPARATUS  FOR  CONCENTRATING  SULPHURIC  AciD. 
to  66°  B.  in  this  trough.  The  gases  passes  upwards  over 
each  succeeding  trough  of  acid,  whilst  from  the  upper 
troughs  the  acid  flows  downwards,  finally  reaching  the 
bottom  trough  S.  The  weak  acid  to  be  concentrated  is 
run  into  the  upmost  trough  and  becomes  gradually  con- 
centrated as  it  passes  to  the  lower  ones. — .1.  \V.  I,. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Sodium  Borates. 
C.  Bigot  and  J.  Schreiter,  Hamburg,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  19,38'2,  November  9,  1891. 

Calcium  borates  may  be  converted  into  calcium  tetra- 
borate by  treatiug  them  with  sulphuric  acid  or  sodium 
hydrogen  sulphate,  and  the  calcium  tetraborate  may  be 
readily  converted  into  sodium  tetraborate  by  heating  with 
sodium  sulphate.  The  quantities  recommended  are :  100 
parts  of  calcium  borate,  200  parts  of  water  boiled  with 
37  parts  of  sulphuric  acid  and  140  parts  of  sodium 
sulphate,  or  with  91  parts  of  sodium  bisulphate  and 
85  parts  of  sodium  sulphate.  The  mixture  may  be  boiled 
under  a  pressure  of  2\  atmospheres  or  in  an  open  pan 
titled  with  an  agitator.  The  gypsum  is  then  filtered  off, 
and  sodium  biborate,  borax,  obtained  from  the  solution 
of  sodium  tetraborate  by  the  addition  of  lime  or  soda. 

-J.  W.  L. 


VIII.-GLASS,  POTTERY,  AND 
EAETHENWARE. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  relating  to  Ovens,  Kilns,  or  Furnaces  for 
Firing  Pottery  or  Earthenware,  and  for  other  Purposes. 
F.  Plant,  Stoke-on-Trent.  Eng.  Pat.  4610,  March  14, 
1891. 

Ix  order  to  retard  the  passage  of  heat  through  the  flues, 
"  obstructors  "  made  of  fireclay  or  other  refractory  material 
having  perforations  or  openings  for  the  passage  of  the 
products  of  combustion  are  placed  in  or  upon  the  outlets  of 
the  tines  of  the  ovens.  They  are  preferably  circular  or 
arch-shaped  to  prevent  them  collapsing  owing  to  the  high 
leat  to  which  they  are  exposed. 

In  a  pottery  oven  they  may  be  placed  on  the  top  of  the 
"  hags  "  and  also  at  one  or  more  points  in  the  well  hole. 

Along  with  these  "  obstructers  "  perforated  laps  or  covers 
may  be  used,  the  combination  forming  chambers  through 
which  the  heat  and  smoke  pass  to  assist  in  the  combus- 
tion. Steam  or  air  is  in  some  cases  introduced  into  the 
chambers. 

A  dome-shaped  cover  is  also  described  which  may  be 
placed  on  top  of  the  oven  and  be  raised  when  required  by 
a  lever  or  other  suitable  means. 

There  are  two  sheets  of  drawings  showing  ovens  lilted 
with  obstructers  and  covers. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in,  and  in   the  Preparation  or  Manufacture 

of  Enamelled  Iron  and  Steel  Plates  and  other  Enamelled 
Iron  and  Steel  Ware,  having  Letters,  Figures,  or 
Designs  appearing  at  or  in  the  Surface  thereof. 
C.  F.  Clark,  Wolverhampton.  Fng.  Pat.  4853,  March  18, 
1891. 

Hitherto  letters,  designs,  &c.  have  been  produced  on  iron 
and  steel  plates  by  first  coating  the  whole  surface  with  a 
coloured  opaque  enamel,  and  then  forming  the  letters  or 
designs  of  another  enamel  on  the  surface  of  the  first 
enamel.  Another  method  was  to  form  the  letters  in 
opaque  enamel  on  the  surface  of  the  metal  plate  and  then 
to  coat  the  general  surface  nearly  or  quite  to  the  level  of 
the  raised  letters. 

In  this  invention  letters  or  designs  sunk  in  the  metal 
plate  are  filled  with  opaque  enamel,  and  after  burning  or 
baking  a  transparent  or  semi-transparent  enamel  is  spread 
over  the  surface  of  the  plate,  and  also  over  the  opaque 
enamel. — Y.  C. 


Haj  81,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


435 


Improvements  in  Kilns  for  Use  in  the  Manufacture  of 
Pottery,  Porcelain,  and  Earthenware  and  other  similar 
Goods.  F.  Query,  Montgesoye,  France.  Fng.  Pat. 
5068,  March  21,  1891. 

Each  of  these  kilns  consists  of  three  portions,  the  kiln  proper, 
a  regenerator  situated  below  the  kiln,  and  a  drying  stove  for 
dryiDg  the  articles  to  he  afterwards  tired  in  the  kiln. 
When  intended  for  nse  in  making  enamelled  or  glazed 
ware  a  supplementary  laboratory  or  kiln  body  is  used. 

The  waste  gases  from  the  kiln  after  parsing  through  the 
regenerator  are  used  for  heating  the  drying  stove.  The 
air  for  combustion  is  admitted  through  the  regenerator  and 
so  heated.  A  special  feature  of  the  furnace  is  its'  con- 
struction, enabling  short  bars  of  refractory  material  to  be 
used,  thus  dispensing  with  grate-liars  of  east  metal,  which 
effects  considerable  economy  in  the  firing  of  glazed 
stoneware. 

The  inventor  claims  by  the  use  of  this  kiln  to  effect 
saving  in  cost  of  fuel,  tire-bars,  ami  drying,  while  securing 
increased  production  from  a  number  of  kilns,  as  also  great 
regularity  in  heating  and  cooling. 

Uy  means  of  such  a  kiln  a  charge  of  wares  mav  lie 
charged,  fired,  and  discharged  " in  72  hours  at  the  most." 
The  specification  is  illustrated  with  drawings.—  D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Terra  Cotta  Ware. 
\V.  !S.  Edwards,  Ruabon,  and  .1.  W.  Edwards,  Wrexham. 
Kug.  Pat.  17,381.  October  13,  1891. 

During  evaporation  of  the  mixture  a  "scum"  or  light- 
coloured  substance  is  apt  to  form  on  the  surface  of  terra 
cotta.  The  processes  in  use  for  removing  this  blemish 
(e.g.,  by  scrubbing)  are  injurious,  because  they  leave  the 
surface  rougher. 

This  invention  aims  at  preventing  the  formation  of  a 
"  scum  "  by  coating  the  surface  of  the  terra  cotta  with  hot 
tar.  Those  surfaces  which  will  not  be  exposed  to  view 
are  left  uueoated,  and  through  them  only  evaporation  takes 

place. — V.  C. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Enamelling  of  Iron  Plate. 
H.  Clans,  Thale  in  the  Ilarz,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,705,  December  29,  1891. 

Ix  order  to  enamel  iron-plate  utensils  in  imitation  of  granite 
or  in  mottled  or  variegated  colours,  and  with  a  rough 
surface,  the  articles  undergo  three  treatments. 

They  are  coated  first  with  an  enamelled  ground  and  then 
washed  with  a  solution  of  magnesium  and  ammonium 
sulphates,  which  serve  to  decompose  the  next  enamel 
coating.  This  second  enamel  is  very  coarsely  ground  to 
produce  roughness.  A  thin  paste  of  transparent  enamel 
as  finely  ground  as  possible  is  finally  applied. — 1).  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Enamelled  Iron  Ware. 
H.  Glaus,  Thale  in  the  Harz,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,732,  December  29,  1891. 

In  order  to  obtain  mottled  enamelled  iron  ware  in  grey, 
blue,  or  white  marbling  or  other  tints  one  of  two  processes 
may  be  used,  either  the  iron  receives  a  single  thick  coatinn- 
or  two  or  more  thin  coatings.  For  the  former  process  the 
enamels  are  such  that  the  metallic  ground  work  may  he 
partially  oxidised  and  speckles  produced  in  the  enamel. 
The  alkaline  ingredients  are  reduced  so  as  to  obtain  a 
completely  glazed  hard  mass  after  melting  down.  In  the 
second  process  the  ground  enamel  is  of  elastic  soft  com- 
position, and  may  he  mixed  with  nickel  or  cobalt  oxide  ; 
it  should  be  applied  in  a  very  thin  layer.  The  covering 
material  consists  of  finely  powdered  felspar,  granite,  sand, 
cryolite,  borax,  saltpetre,  kaolin,  and  tin  oxide  ;  when  these 
are  ground  to  a  mass  some  nickel  sulphate  and  cobalt 
sulphate  are  added.  The  mixture  is  then  applied  in  thin 
layer,  and  while  still  moist  is  powdered  over  with  some 
ammonia  soda  (sic)  dried  and  fired  as  usual.  The  glaze  is 
alleged  to  be  beautifully  tinted. 


The  inventor  explains  the  reaction  as  due  to  the  forma- 
tion of  NiCo3  and  CoC03  on  addition  of  the  soda  ;  these 
substances  tending  to  draw  out  and  absorb  the  dissolved 
NiSI  I,  and  CoSG4  to  form  basic  salts,  2  CoC03  +  3  Co(OH)., 
or  2  N1CQ3  +  3  Ni(OH)2,  thus  the  colouring  matter  is  con- 
centrated at  central  points.  On  the  addition  of  the  soda, 
sodium  sulphate  is  formed,  this  quickly  takes  up  water  of 
crystallisation  causing  currents  in  the  enamel  and  producing 
beautiful  designs. 

These  enamels  are  of  great  durability  and  resist  acid. 
For  the  resistance  of  strong  chemical  reagents  a  thin 
covering  of  felspar,  fluorspar,  quartz,  borax,  and  saltpetre  is 
applied. 

Salts  of  copper,  chromium,  iron  and  manganese  may  lie 
used.— D.  A.  S. 


IX.-BTJILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  AND  CEMENTS. 

Hydraulic    Mortars  from    S/aij.       M.    .Midler.       Zeits.    f. 
angew.  Cheru.  189l\  ]'JG— 110. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  basic  slag  resulting  in  the  manu- 
facture of  grey  pig  iron  has  the  property  of  hardening 
under  water  when  mixed  with  calcium  hydrate.  Mixtures 
of  such  slag  and  calcium  hydrate  are  extensively  produced 
and  used  as  Puzzolana  cement ;  the  proportion  in  which  the 
ingredients  are  mixed  being  3  parts  of  6lag  meal  and  1  part 
of  calcium  hydrate,  which  latter  may  be  substituted  by 
Roman  cement.  The  ironmasters  themselves  do  not 
manufacture  the  cement,  but  they  occasionally  prepare 
stones  from  the  slag,  thus  deriving  sometimes  larger  profits 
from  the  by-product  than  from  the  pig  made.  "  For  this 
purpose  the  slag,  in  the  form  of  a  coarse  powder,  is  mixed 
with  calcium  hydrate  in  the  proportion  of  -1  :  1,  the  ma*s 
shaped  into  stones  and  allowed  to  remain  in  the  open  air  in 
a  moist  state  until  they  have  attained  the  required  hardness. 
The  great  weight  of  these  stones  naturally  localises  such  a 
trade. 

•  Inly  those  slags  are  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  the 
Puzzolana  cement  which  result  from  grey  pig  made  in 
blast  furnaces,  the  slags  from  white  iron,  spiegcl,  &c.  being 
completely  unsuitable  for  this  purpose.  Put  this  property 
of  the  slag  to  form  a  hydraulic  cement  does  not  depend 
solely  on  its  chemical  composition ;  only  on  the  condition 
that  the  molten  slag,  just  as  it  is  flowing  from  the  tap  hole 
of  the  blast-furnace,  is  suddenly  chilled  by  being  run  in 
a  thin  stream  into  water,  will  it  be  found  suitable  for  the 
manufacture  of  Puzzolana  cement.  Through  this  operation 
the  slag  is  disintegrated  at  the  same  time  to  a  great  extent, 
and  can,  after  drying,  be  easily  reduced  to  the  finest  meal 
l>\   being  ground  between  crushers. 

If  the  slag  be  not  chilled,  but  allowed  to  cool  slowly,  the 
powdered  slag  will  not  harden  under  water  when  mixed 
with  lime,  although  the  chemical  composition  is  exactly  the 
same. 

The  strongly  basic  slags  have  the  property  of  swelling 
out  in  contact  with  air,  and  thus  becoming  disintegrated 
into  a  very  fine  powder ;  but  this  slag  cannot  give  a 
hydraulic  cement  either. 

The  different  behaviour  of  chilled  and  naturally  disinte- 
grated slag  is  therefore  not  caused  by  a  change  in  its 
chemical  composition,  but  by  an  alteration  in  its  chemical 
constitution.  In  the  chilling  process,  the  chemical  com- 
pounds, as  they  exist  in  the  molten  slag,  are,  so  to  speak, 
fixed,  while,  on  slowly  cooling,  a  change  in  the  grouping 
of  the  atoms  must  take  place.  It  is,  therefore,  evident 
that  the  molecules  of  the  slag  are  under  a  certain  tension, 
and  thus  enabled  to  easily  form  new  compounds  when 
mixed  with  other  substances.  The  author  had  tried,  some 
years  ago,  to  define  the  chemical  difference,  but  did  not 
arrive  at  any  tangible  result,  wherefore  he  did  not  publish 
his  work.     A  communication,   however,   of  A.  Busch  (this 


4M 


THE  JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [May  31,1898. 


Journal,  1 892,  1 65)  induces  the  author  to  communicate  the 
results  of  his  researches.  Busch  concludes  from  the  action 
of  bromine  water  on  the  slag  which  has  crumbled  to  pieces 
on  contact  with  air,  thai  sucli  slag  contains  large  quantities 
of  free,  dead-burnt  lime,  and  that  the  chilled  slag  also 
occludes  some  such  lime,  wherefore  these  cements  do  not 
harden  in  contact  with  sea-water.  The  residue  left  from 
the  action  of  bromine  water  on  the  slag  is  considered  by 
Busch  to  have  the  formula  AL<  >  i  Si(  U  !aO  )._..  The  author 
attacks  these  conclusions  of  Busch  as  not  consistent  with 
the  facts. 

The  material  for  a  comparative  examination  of  chilled 
slai:  and  -lag  disintegrated  h\  contact  with  air,  not  being 
easy  to  obtain,  the  author  proceeded  to  prepare  the 
latter  from  a  chilled  slag  in  the  laboratory  by  heating  the 
chilled  slag  in  a  muffle  to  a  bright  red  heat,  and  allowing 
it  to  cdoI  slowly.  In  consequence  of  this  heating,  the 
chilled  slag  loses  altogether  the  property  of  yielding  a 
hydraulic  cement,  whilst  its  chemical  composition  has 
undergone  only  slight  alteration,  the  calcium  sulphide 
contained  in  the  chilled  -lag  becomes  oxidised  through  the 
heating  in  the  muffle  to  calcium  sulphate.  The  specific 
gravity,  however,  is  considerably  lowered  owing  to  the 
increase  in  volume.  The  analyses  of  the  original  chilled 
and  of  the  heated  slag  gave  the  following  results  : — 




Chilled  Slag. 

Heated  Slag. 

Per  Cent. 
26-63 

18-81 

50-82 
3-1.5 
2-710 

PerCent, 

25-  H 

18-64 

50' 82 

3-05 

2-413 

The  action  of  bromine  water  on  both  slags  was  deter- 
mined by  allowing  the  finely-powdered  slags  to  stand  for  a 
fortnight  in  a  well-stoppered  bottle  with  an  exec--  of 
bromine  water,  and  examining  the  filtrate  from  the 
undissolved  portion.  The  analysis  yielded  the  following 
values  : — 


Dissolved  in  Bromine  Water 
in  11  Days. 


Chilled  Slag.       Heated  Slag. 


Per  Cent. 
0-93 


Per  Cent. 
SiO 0-43 

AU03(  +  Fe:03) 0-2  0-19 

CaO 1S"5  83-60 

Mg<  i i  ^"ot  determined. 


When  the  bromine  water  is  allowed  to  act  for  a  longer 
period,  the  chilled  slag  loses  considerably  more  lime,  whilst 
the  heated  slag  undergoes  very  little  further  change,  as  t  lie- 
author  proved  in  another  specimen  of  slag. 

From  these  experiments  the  author  concludes  that  the 
lime  of  disintegrated  furnace  slag  is  more  loosely  combined 
than  in  the  chilled  slag,  but  it  would  be  premature  to 
conclude,  as  Bosch  does,  that  this  lime  is  dead-burnt  lime, 
which,  in  contact  with  sea-water,  forms  calcium  sulphate 
and  magnesium  hydrate,  thus  causing  the  uselessness  of 
the  Puzzolana  cement  for  building  purposes  under  sea- water. 
If  Busch's  opinion  be  correct,  Portland  cement,  which 
withstands  the  action  of  sea -water  well,  ought  not  to 
contain  free  lime,  and  consequently  not  yield  any  lime  to 
bromine  water.  The  author  examined,  therefore,  a  good 
Portland  cement  (Stettin  Star  brand)  containing  64  44  per 
cent,  (ad,  and  found  that  bromine  water  dissolved  from  it 
during  a  fortnight  the  greatest  part  of  the  CaO  ;  in  fact 
89-7  percent,  of  the  lime  present  in  the  Portland  cement 
was  found  in  the  solution.  As  no  one  would  contend  that 
such  a  large  percentage  of  free  lime  exists  in  Portland 
cement,    it    will    be    considered    more    likely    that    there  is 


present  in  it  a  chemical  compound  containing  large 
quantities  of  CaO,  which  hardens  easily  by  combining  with 
water,  but  is  easily  decomposed  by  bromine  water. 

Experiments  of  the  author  to  extract  free  lime  from  -both 
the  chilled  and  the  heated  slags  by  means  of  a  20  per  cent. 
sugar  solution  showed  that  only  very  small  quantities  of 
CaO  were  dissolved. 

It  is  generally  assumed  that  the  slag  only  hardens  on 
addition  of  lime.  The  author  concludes  from  his  experi- 
ments that  the  slag  meal  itself  takes  up  water  slowly, 
thereby  becoming  hardened. 

Chilled  slag  and  heated  slag  were  kept  in  test  tubes 
under  water  for  a  period  of  five  weeks,  when  the  chilled 
slag  was  found  to  have  become  quite  hard,  whilst  the 
heated  slag  could  easily  be  crushed  with  the  finger.  The 
author  determined  the  amount  of  water  taken  up  by 
drying  the  samples  in  a  desiccator  and  weighing  the  water 
given  off  on  subsequent  heating.  He  found,  for  the  chilled 
slag,  7*15  per  cent,  water,  and  for  the  heated  slag  3*55  per 
cent.  Another  experiment,  extending  over  a  period  of 
three  mouths,  gave  for  the  chilled  slag  10-71  per  cent.,  and 
for  the  heated  slag  5*11  per  cent,  water.— J.  L. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  and  in  the  Preparation  or  Manufacture 
oj  Enamelled  Iron  and  Steel  Plates  and  other  Enamelled 
Iron  and  Steel  Ware  having  Letters,  Figures,  or 
Designs  appearing  at  or  in  the  Surface  thereof.  C.  F. 
Clark,  Wolverhampton.  Eng.  Pat.  4853,  March  18, 
1891. 

.See  tinder  VIII.,  page  434. 


Improvements  in  Clay  Presses  for  making  Tiles  and  Ihe 
like.  C.  Huelser,  London.  From  E.  FrOhlich,  Schweriu, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  5772,  April  3, 1891. 

A  device  for  quickly  forming  tiles,   &c,  by  means  of  clay 
presses. 

The  mould  box  B   is   secured  to  the  mouthpiece   of  the 


Ax  Improvement  in  Clay  Presses. 

clay  press,  the  box  being  provided  with  core  pieces  D,  a 
stencil  C  which  can  be  taken  out,  and  slits  i  for  allowing  the 
air  to  escape.  When  the  clay  begins  to  come  out  through 
these  slits  the  lever  nut  k  is  loosened  and  a  wire  is  passed 
along  the  rear  of  the  mould  box  b,  whereby  the  tile  0  is 
formed. — V.  C. 


An  Improved  Artificial  Stone.  W.  W.  Horn,  London. 
From  W.  L.  Mason,  T.  W.  Blakey,  and  J.  A.  Wright, 
Keene,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  7184,  April  25,  1891. 

The  material  is  made  from  the  following  ingredients  : 
granite  40  parts,  flint  15,  felspar  5,  fireclay  4.  The  granite 
is  calcined  and  afterwards  pulverised  and  sifted.  The  other 
materials  in  the  proportions  above  stated  are  thoroughly 
mixed  with  the  granulated  granite  and  water.     The  mixture 


May 81,189*.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


437 


is  then  moulded,  set  aside  to  dry,  placed  in  saggers,  and 
heated  to  about  4,000°  F.  The  material  obtained  resembles 
granite  but  is  stronger,  is  fireproof,  and  is  practically 
impervious  to  water. — V.  C. 


Improved  Fire-Resisting  Sticks  and  Materials  for  Lining, 
Facing,  or  Coating  Fire-places,  Pire-boxes,  Ovens,  and 
Kilns  of  every  kind.  J.  K.  Thompson,  Leeds.  Eng. 
Pat.  21,997,  December  1G,  1891. 

The  material  consists  of  a  mixture  of  7  parts  of  ground 
fireclay,  1  part  of  graphite,  1  part  of  plumbago,  1  part  of 
cement  and  the  necessary  water.  When  bricks  are  to  be 
made  the  materials  are  moulded  and  subjected  to  hydraulic 
pressure,  after  which  they  are  fired  in  the  usual  way. 

The  same  mixture,  but  made  more  fluid  by  an  additional 
quantity  of  water,  can  be  used  as  a  wash  or  coating  for 
ordinary  fire-bricks  or  other  articles. — V.  ( '. 


Improvements  relating  to  tlie  Enamelling  of  Iron  Plate. 
H.  Clans,  Thale,  in  the  Hart/.,  Germany.  Eng.  l'at. 
22,705,  December  29,  1891. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Enamelled  Iron  Ware. 
If.  Clans,  Thale,  in  the  Hartz,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,7:12,  December  29,  1891. 

See  under  VIII.,  page  435. 


Improvements  in  Gypsum  Casts.    E.  Websky.   Tannhausen, 
Germany.     Kng.  Pat.  795,  January  14,  1892. 

The  inventor's  object  of  rendering  gypsum  casts  capable  of 
withstanding  exposure  to  the  atmosphere,  of  improving  their 
artistical  appearance,  and  allowing  their  being  easily  cleaned, 
is  attained  by  immersing  the  dried  casts,  previously  heated  to 
a  temperature  of  170° — 200°  F.,  into  a  drying  oil  having  the 
same  temperature.  After  8  or  10  hours  the  gypsum  casts 
are  taken  out  and  allowed  to  stand  12  hours  in  a  place  free 
from  dust.  The  same  process  is  repeated  once  more  for  a 
shorter  period  of  time,  the  adhering  oil  is  carefully  removed 
and  the  casts  again  allowed  to  dry. 

The  gypsum  casts  are  thus  rendered  translucent  to  a 
certain  depth  and  acquire  a  stone-like  appearance. 

The  oil  used  is  bleached  linseed  oil-  (or  red  poppy  oil. 
hemp  oil,  nut  oil,  castor  oil)  with  or  without  an  addition  of 
lo — 20  per  cent,  of  Dammara  resin.  It  is  not  advisable  to 
accelerate  the  drying  of  the  oil  by  adding  a  dryer. — J.  1,. 


X.-METALLURGY. 

Quantitative  Analysis  of  Sulphides.  P.  Jannasch  and  V. 
Wasowicz.  J.  Prakt.  Chem.  1892,  45,  94—102.  (See  also 
this  Journal,  1890,  769.) 


The  Determination  of  Sulphur  in  Lead  Glance  and  in 
Minerals  containing  Lead.  P.  Jannasch  and  K.  Aschoff. 
J.  Prakt.  Chem.  1892,  45,  103—109. 


Wet  Methods  of  Analysis  of  Lead  Glance.  P.  Jannasch 
and  h\  Aschoff.  J.  prakt.  Chem.  1892,  110—111,  and 
J.  Prakt.  Chem.  1892,  45   111—113. 


Drij  Method  of  Analysis  of  Lead   Glance.     P.  Jannasch 
and  T.  Bickes.      J.  Prakt.  Chem.  1892,  45,  113—114. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  4,*>7. 


A  Quick  and  Reliable  Method  for  the  Decomposition  and 
Analysis  of  Ferrocltrome.  II.  N.Warren,  them.  News, 
65,  186. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  460. 


Canadian  Nickel.  Board  of  Trade  Journal. 
In*  an  article  on  Canadiau  nickel  production,  the  Monetary 
Times  of  Toronto  says  that  the  nickel  deposits  at  Sudbury, 
Ontario,  form  one  of  the  two  great  sources  of  the  world's 
supply  of  this  metal,  the  other  being  the  mines  of  New 
Caledonia,  a  colony  of  France  situated  in  the  Pacific  Ocean, 
some  hundreds  of  miles  east  of  Australia. 

The  great  deposits  in  New  Caledonia  are  of  garnierite,  a 
hydrous  silicate  of  nickel  and  magnesia,  while  the  Sudbury 
ores  are  of  nickeliferous  pyrrhotite  and  chalcopyrite.  The 
quantity  of  nickel  mined  in  the  United  States  in  the  last 
16  years,  according  to  a  paper  on  nickel  by  Mr.  W.  B. 
Ingalls,  M.E.,  has  averaged  only  121,000  lb.  per  annum. 
The  principal  source  of  the  metal  in  that  country  is  the 
Lancaster  Gap,  Pennsylvania  mine,  but  its  output  is 
lessening,  and  in  fact  it  shows  signs  of  exhaustion.  There 
are  other  deposits  of  the  nickel  in  Nevada,  Arkansas, 
Oregon,  North  Carolina,  and  Connecticut,  as  well  as  in  the 
Black  Hills  of  South  Dakota,  but  none  of  these  mines,  we 
understand,  have  yet  become  regular  producers.  The 
deposits  vary  in  character  from  a  cobalt  and  nickel  sulphide, 
as  at  Churchill,  Nevada,  to  the  nickel  silicate  found  at 
Riddles,  Oregon.  Exports  of  nickel  from  the  New  Caledonia 
mines  reached  885,000  lb.  in  1890,  nine-tentbs  or  more  in 
the  form  of  nickel  ore  averaging  8  per  cent,  of  the  metal. 
Norway  produced  in  1889  some  149,000  lb.  Says  Mr. 
Ingalls  : — 

"  The  nickeliferous  chalcopyrite  and  pyrrhotite  of  Sudbury 
are  first  roasted  and  then  .smelted  in  cupola  furnaces  to 
nickel-copper  matte,  containing  about  20  per  cent,  nickel. 
These  mattes  are  very  refractory,  and  it  is  only  within  the 
past  year  that  they  have  been  successfully  handled.  Of  the 
arge  output  in  the  Sudbury  district  in  1890  but  a  com- 
paratively small  portion  was  shipped.  About  15  months 
ago  the  Orford  Copper  Company  devised  a  successful 
method  for  refining  these  mattes,  and  since  then  the  bulk  of 
the  output  of  the  Canadian  mines  has  been  brought  to  this 
country,  the  Orford  Copper  Company  now  being  the  largest 
nickel  refiner  in  the  world.  Early  in  the  year  the  United 
States  Government  purchased  a  large  amount  of  matte  of 
the  Canadian  companies,  practically  cleaning  out  their 
accumulated  stocks,  and  all  of  this  has  been  refined  by  the 
Orford  Company.  By  the  process  used  by  the  latter,  which 
is  a  secret  one,  the  copper  and  nickel  in  the  matte  are 
separated  and  the  nickel  converted  into  uickel  oxide,  which 
is  said  to  be  more  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  nickel 
steel  than  metallic  metal.  A  small  part  of  the  Sudbury 
mattes  is  sent  to  Swansea  to  be  refined." 

Of  the  three  uickel  smelting  works  in  the  United  States, 
the  American  works  at  Camden,  N.J.,  run  on  Pennsylvania, 
Missouri,  and  Canadian  ores  ;  the  Orford  works,  opposite 
Staten  Island  in  New  York  harbour,  on  Canadian  mattes 
only  ;  while  the  Canadian  Copper  Company's  works  at 
Cleveland,  Ohio,  are  to  run,  when  completed,  upon  mattes 
from  that  company's  mines  at  Sudbury.  La  Societe  du 
Nickel,  which  owns  the  New  Caledonia  mines,  has  four 
refineries  in  operation  ;  one  near  Havre,  in  France  ;  one  at 
Kiserlohn,  in  Germany  ;  one  at  Glasgow,  Scotland;  one  at 
lrdlington,  near  Birmingham,  England. 

Matters  in  the  Canadian  uickel  belt  in  northern  Ontario, 
about  Sudbury,  are  by  no  means  stationary.  We  hear  that 
the  Drury  Nickel  Company,  whose  lands  are  in  the  town- 
ship of  Drury,  have  not  only  built  a  smelter  which  is  about 
ready  for  work,  but  have  constructed  a  line  of  railway  to 
connect  their  property  with  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway. 

A  late  paragraph  mentions  the  formation  at  Havre  of  a 
company  for  the  manufacture  of  nickel,  which  shall  use  the 
mineral  from  Canadian  mines.  This  points  to  competition 
with  La  Societe  du  Nickel,  which  controls  the  New  Caledonia 
mines.  At  any  rate  this  new  company  is  erecting  a  factory 
on  the  Tanearville  canal  at  Havre,  and  is  said  to  have  con- 
cluded an  important  contract  with  the  Government  of 
France  for  nickel-plating  parts  of  the  Lebel  rifles. 


i.;s 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31,1892. 


On  the  Oxidation  of  Nickel  Carbonyl.    Berthelot.    Compt. 
Bend.  1801, 113,  079—680. 

The  author  has  already  described  several  new  properties 
of  nickel  carbonyl,  and  showed  that  it  behaves  as  a  true 
organic  radicle,  the  products  of  its  spontaneous  oxidation 
not  consisting  simply  of  oxide  of  nickel  and  carbonic  acid. 
New  details  are  now  given. 

Nickel  carbonyl  maybe  preserved  without  alteration  in  a 
flask  under  a  layer  of  water,  so  long  as  air  is  absolutely 
excluded.  If  the  air  penetrates  into  the  flask  the  compound 
is  slowly  oxidised,  forming  at  the  bottom  a  stratum  of  apple- 
green  hydrated  oxide  of  nickel  (free  from  carbon  in  the 
author's  experiments).  At  the  same  time  some  of  the 
nickel  carbonyl  escapes  and  is  oxidised  by  the  air,  forming 
fumes  which  deposit  as  a  whitish  film  upon  all  objects  in  the 
same  cupboard. 

In  order  to  collect  this  product  of  slow  oxidation  the 
flask  was  placed  in  a  double  tin  jacket,  and  in  this  way 
several  decigrammes  of  a  complex  oxide  were  collected.  This 
body,  which  is  whitish  in  film  but  greenish  in  bulk,  is  a 
hydrated  oxide  of  an  organic  radicle  compound  of  nickel. 

Its  analysis  by  oxide  of  copper  gave  numbers  approxi- 
mately corresponding  to  the  formula  C5Os.Ni.(.  10  H20. 

It  is  the  oxide  of  a  complex  radicle  analogous  to 
eroconic  or  rhodizonic  acid,  and  a  part  of  the  nickel  may 
be  combined  or  mixed  with  it  as  a  simple  oxide.  In  this 
case  the  complex  oxide  would  be  some  such  substance  as 
C.,ONi,  and  would  be  derived  from  ethylene  (C2H4)  or  a 
more  condensed  type  of  the  same  series. 

The  equation  representing  its  formation  would  then  be — 
C,i)4M  +  0  =  2  CO.  +  GjONi. 

Further  studv  of  nickel  carbonvl  is  necessary  to  prove 
this.— W.M.  <;'. 


Formation  and  Behaviour  of  ISasic  Calcium  Phosphates, 
unci  their  Relationship  to  Thomas  Slag.  0.  Foerster. 
Zeits.  f.  angew.  Chem.  1892,  13-  22. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  460. 


The  Condition  of  Gold  in  Pyrites.    Eng.  and  Mining  J. 
1892,'  451. 

Treatises  on  ore  deposits  frequently  refer  to  the  occurrence 
of  gold  in  the  form  of  a  natural  sulphide  as  possible  and 
probable.  There  is  really  foundation  for  the  belief  that 
gold  often  does  occur  in  a  state  which  resists  amalgamation, 
even  with  the  best  mechanical  appliances. 

While  the  theory  of  the  existence  of  a  gold  sulphide 
meets  with  no  objections,  and  is  assumed  as  a  convenient 
working  hypothesis,  to  establish  it  by  positive  proof  is 
another  and  by  no  means  an  easy  matter.  A  sulphide  ore 
(pyrites,  arsenopy rites,  chalcopyrites,  marcasite,  blende, 
galena,  &c  ,  a  mixture  of  two  or  more  of  these,  or  of  silver 
sulphides,  perhaps  in  connexion  with  arsenides,  antimouides 
or  tellurides)  which  carries  lOoz.  to  20  oz.  gold  per  ton, 
would  be  of  exceptionally  high  grade.  The  bulk  of  the 
auriferous  sulphuret  concentrates  does  not  run  higher  than 
one  or  two  ounces  per  ton.  And  since  of  this  gold  a  Urge 
part,  nearly  all,  or  the  whole,  may  be  in  the  metallic  state. 
laboratory  experiments  become  very  difficult  and  their 
results  uncertain,  owing  to  the  small  percentage  of  gold 
(whether  native  or  as  sulphide)  available  to  work  upon. 
The  same  difficulty  was  met  with  in  determining  gold 
tellurides.  If  an  auriferous  pyrites  ore  is  crushed  and, 
without  roasting,  is  panned  or  horned,  a  portion  of  the  gold 
contents  (as  determined  by  lire  assay)  may  be  recovered, 
the  gold  being  in  various  degrees  of  comminution  down  to 
a  fineness  which  may  escape  the  most  careful  panning. 
Such  a  pyrites,  examined  under  the  microscope,  sometimes 
shows  minute  films  and  flakes  of  gold  lying  along  the 
cleavage  planes  as  though  squeezed  out  in  the  process  of 
crystallising,  or  in  particles  in  the  mass  of  crystals.  Most 
of" the  gold-bearing  pyrites  does  not  occur  in  large  blocky 
crystals,  hut  finely  disseminated  through  the  quartz,  spar, 
or  other  gangue,  and  hence  does  not  lend  itself  readily  to 
observation. 


Some  sixteen  years  ago  Mr.  W.  C.  Wynkoop  detected 
what  he  belie  ted  to  be  a  natural  sulphide  of  gold  in  copper 
pyrites  from  the  Stoughton  mine,  Ward  district,  Boulder 
county,  Colo.  This  ore  was  not  amalgamable  raw,  showed 
no  gold  nor  any  signs  of  an  unknown  mineral  under  the 
microscope,  hut  on  treating  with  ammonium  sulphide  gave 
a  filtrate  containing  gold.  Kecenlly  certain  investigations 
have  been  described  by  Mr.  T.  W.  T.  Atherton,  of  the 
Xambucca  Heads  Gold  Mining  Company,  of  Deep  Creek. 
New  South  Wales,  which  seem  to  be  conclusive,  if  any 
doubt  remains.  Mr.  Atherton  proves  that  during  his 
investigations  on  the  ores  of  the  Deep  Creek  mines  he  has 
found  in  them  the  long-sought  gold  sulphide. 

If  natural  gold  sulphide  exists  and  is  not  amalgamable,  it 
cannot  be  reduced  by  any  simple  process  of  grinding,  which, 
however,  may  liberate  some  other  forms  of  refractory  gold. 
Roasting  would  probably  drive  off  the  sulphur  more  easily 
than  from  other  sulphides,  as  the  gold  sulphide,  it  is  to  be 
presumed,  is  a  less  stable  compound.  Hut  roasting  would 
leave  the  freed  gold  in  such  a  minute  state  of  subdivision 
as  to  make  it  an  awkward  material  to  handle  by  any  amal- 
gamating appliances,  since  it  would  be  likely  to  escape  in 
the  slimes.  Concentration,  roasting,  chlorinating,  and 
leaching  ought  to  save  it,  or,  perhaps,  even  a  raw  lixiviation 
process  may  be  practicable.  At  present  concentration  and 
smelting  after  roasting  (or  raw,  if  in  small  proportion  in  the 
smelting  mixture),  in  connexion  with  silver-lead  smelting, 
seems  to  be  the  simplest  and  surest  mode  of  treatment. 
But  fine  crushing  before  concentration  would  tend  to  slime 
the  gold  sulphide,  which  most  probably  exists  as  an  intimate 
mixture  scattered  through  the  base  sulphides,  as  a  distinct 
mineral,  perhaps,  yet  uudistinguishable  to  the  eye  and  not 
mechanically  separable  from  the  other  sulphides. 

These  questions  are  pertinent :  Does  much  of  this  gold 
sulphide  really  exist,  and  is  its  occurrence  more  frequent 
than  is  supposed  ?  If  so,  will  it  prove  to  be  of  sufficient 
importance  to  modify  metallurgical  methods? 


The   )Yorl<i's  Store  of  Tin.     E.  \V.  Claypole.     Iron,  39, 
362—363  j  Engineering  Mag.  January  1892. 

t  iSSITERlTE  is  almost  always  found  associated  with  primitive 
rocks,  chiefly  granite.  It  never  occurs,  as  does  iron,  in 
seams,  or  in  narrow  solid  veins,  as  do  galena  and  some  other 
ores,  hut  disseminated  in  detached,  and  often  very  minute, 
crystals  in  the  vein-stone.  The  veins  may  vary  from  a  few 
inches  to  many  feet  in  width,  and  through  this  mass  the  ore 
is  dispersed  with  great  irregularity,  large  parts  heiug 
absolutely  barren,  while  through  others  the  cassiterite  is 
diffused  ill  shreds,  streak-,  and  patches.  This  scanty 
diffusion  in  the  granite  or  other  matrix,  and  the  small  extent 
of  workable  tin  country  yet  known  in  the  world,  are  together 
the  causes  of  the  scarcity  and  high  price  of  the  metal  in  the 
market.  The  only  countries  in  which  we  have  any  real 
knowledge  of  the  geology  of  cassiterite  are  Spain,  Saxony, 
Britain,  and,  to  a  smaller  degree,  South  Dakota.  In  all  the 
other  regions  from  which  tin  is  obtained,  the  ore  is  for  the 
most  part  picked  up  on  the  surface,  and  not  mined  below  it. 

Iu  Cornwall  the  granite  occurs  as  a  number  of  bosses 
projecting  through  the  slates  which  formerly  overlay  them, 
hut  have  been  removed  by  erosion.  Dartmoor,  in  Devon,  is 
the  largest  of  these,  and  they  continue  in  a  south-westerly 
direction  through  Cornwall  and  the  Scilly  Isles,  but  not  all 
of  them  are  equally  stanniferous.  The  cassiterite  in  Cornwall 
occurs  in  lodes  that  traverse  alike  the  granite  and  the  slates, 
and  are  consequently  of  later  date  than  both.  These  lodes 
run  in  a  direction  from  west-north-west  to  east-south-east, 
and  are  cut  by  a  scries  of  cross  courses  running  nearly  north 
and  south,  and  often  carrying  lead,  silver,  or  manganese, 
but  rarely  tin.  The  country  is  thus  cut  up  into  a  number  of 
rudely-rectangular  blocks,  and  the  points  of  greatest  pro- 
ductiveness, or  pockets,  are  at  the  intersections  of  the  lodes 
with  the  cross  courses. 

The  Cornish  tin-stone  is  not  geologically  ancient.  That 
tin  ore  has,  however,  been  formed  in  other  cases  at  a  later 
date  than  that  above  assigned  to  the  lodes  is  proved  by  the 
discovery  of  deer-horns  so  thoroughly  impregnated  with 
cassiterite  that  they  were  as  rich  in  tin  as  the  average  ore  of 


Ma.\  :il,  18X'.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


439 


the  county.  The  lodes  of  tin  ore  not  (infrequently  split  up 
into  fine  thread-like  veins  which  so  penetrate  the  slate  that 
both  must  be  worked  together. 

The  story  of  the  Dakota  tin  is  very  different.  There  the 
cassiterite  is  confined  strictly  to  the  granite.  Hut  the  granite 
is  not  u  vast  erupted  mass  as  is  that  of  Cornwall.  It  is 
probably  a  result  of  aqueo-thermal  action.  There  is  a 
wonderful  similarity  between  I  lie  ores  of  the  two  places, 
indicating  similar  condition  of  formation.  The  tin-bearing 
lodes  are  for  the  most  part  on  the  western  side  of  the  Black 
Hills,  among  the  older  schists,  and  are  of  very  different 
degrees  of  value.  Some  of  them  are  of  enormous  thickness, 
exceeding  100  ft.,  but  the  cassiterite  is  not  equally  distributed 
in  them.  It  is  found  in  strings  and  patches  and  sheets,  and 
many  of  the  veins  and  large  parts  of  others  contain  none. 
The  granite  veins  are  very  numerous,  and  a  large  proportion 
of  them  are  more  or  less  stanniferous.  But  the  percentage, 
as  elsewhere,  is  very  low,  about  equalling  the  average  yield 
of  the  Cornish  mines  at  present  in  operation.  It  is  not  easy 
to  give  figures,  but  a  sanguine  estimate  might  put  both  at 
2  per  cent.,  and  probably  in  order  to  attain  this  some  of  the 
poorer  mineral  must  be  excluded. 

The  tin  works  of  the  Er/.geberge  Mountains,  between 
Saxony  and  Bohemia,  are  of  little  importance,  but  deserve 
notice  because  the  cassiterite  does  not  occur  in  distinct 
lodes,  but  forms  a  network  of  small  veins  traversing  the 
stanniferous  rock.  A  mine  in  rock  of  this  kind  is  called  a 
"  stockwork."  Cassiterite  so  diffused  is  more  costly  to  work 
than  the  kinds  already  mentioned,  and  were  it  not  that  the 
mines  have  been  operated  for  many  years,  and  that  labour 
is  very  cheap  and  appliances  simple,  the  Saxon  and 
Bohemian  tin  mines  could  not  remain  open.  In  the  stock- 
works  of  Altenberg  the  rock  is  said  to  contain  0'33  to  0'50 
per  cent,  of  cassiterite.  Their  yield  is  constantly  decreasing, 
and  from  some  has  already  ceased. 

But  all  other  deposits  of  tin  fade  into  insignificance  with 
those  of  the  south- eastern  regions  of  the  Eastern  hemisphere. 
The  wealth  of  Malacca  has  been  known  tor  centuries,  but 
only  of  late  years  have  its  enormous  stores  of  tin  been 
brought  into  the  market.  The  long  granite  axis  of  the 
Malayan  Peninsula  and  its  continuation  in  the  Island  of 
Mania  is  traverstd  by  quartz  veins  containing  tin-stone  of  ten 
so  pure  that  it  is  of  a  light  brown  colour  or  even  translucent. 
From  these  veins  large  quantities  of  cassiterite  have  been 
washed  down  into  the  valleys,  where  it  is  now  gathered. 
The  lodes  resemble  those  of  Cornwall,  but,  if  we  may  judge 
from  appearances,  must  be  vastly  richer.  No  attempts  have 
mi  been  made  to  work  them.  All  the  tin-stone  exported  is 
picked  up  or  washed  out  in  the  watercourses,  as  was  formerly 
done  in  Cornwall.  This  is  the  "  stream-tin  "  of  the  miner, 
and  its  collection  is  called  "  streaming."  It  is  in  Malacca 
remarkably  free  from  arsenic,  sulphur,  and  wolfram,  but 
whether  or  not  this  same  high  quality  will  be  maintained  in 
the  lodes  remains  to  be  saen. 

Equal  in  richness  and  in  value  to  these  are  the  recently- 
revealed  tin  deposits  of  Queensland  and  New  South  Wales. 
The  granitic  range  of  the  eastern  coast  of  Australia  is  the 
matrix  from  which  the  tin-stone  has  been  derived,  and  all 
that  has  yet  been  done  is  to  mine  and  wash  the  stream-tin 
that  ages  of  erosion  have  accumulated  on  the  surface  and  in 
the  watercourses.  The  workings  on  Vegetable  Creek,  in 
New  South  Wales,  have  proved  wonderfully  productive. 
Ninety  .feet  of  basalt  cover  the  sands  and  gravels  of  an 
ancient  buried  river  bed  in  which  the  tin  ore  was  found. 
Below  this  and  under  a  bed  of  pipeclay  occur  the  stannife- 
rous sands  and  gravels  15  ft.  thick  above  water-level.  How 
far  they  reach  below  is  not  known,  as  the  workings  at 
present  cease  when  the  water  is  reached.  Bater  still  the 
developments  in  Rose  Valley  have  even  surpassed  these. 
From  this  mine,  which  closely  resembles  the  other,  and  lies 
near  it,  more  ore  was  taken  in  1881  than  is  produced  by  any 
of  the  Cornish  mines,  with  the  exception  of  some  half  dozen. 
These  Australian  tin  lodes  reappear  in  Tasmania  on  a  some- 
what smaller  scale,  and  considerable  ore  is  now  coming  from 
Hobart,  more  than  3,000  tons  having  been  shipped  in  1881. 

The  following  table  includes  all  the  regions  that  now 
contribute  any  appreciable  amount  to  the  world's  stock  of 
tin,  or  in  which  the  ore  possesses  any  geological   interest : — 


Tons  of  Metal. 

Cornwall  (1882) '.»,i«»i 

Saxony  (1S80) 170 

Italy  (1880) 16 

Russia  (1870) 2 

Japan  (1875) 7 

Fenang  and  Singapore  (lss2) 15,913 

Penang  and  Singapore  (1887) 18,515 

Fenang  anil  Singapore  (lsss) 25,594 

Banca  and  Billiton  (1882)  8,550 

Victoria  (1880) 103 

New  Sout  h  Wales  (1882) (!,500 

Queensland  (1881) i;:t,o00 

Queensland  (iss-i) ni.:iso 

Tuns  of  Cassiterite. 

Tasmania  (18S1) 3,500 


The  Lechcsne  Nickel  Steel  Process.'    Iron,  39,  1892,  3G0. 

The  Sociele  du  F'erro  Nickel,  of  France,  lias  succeeded 
in  obtaining  nickel  iron  and  steel  containing  a  large 
percentage  of  nickel,  and  participating  in  the  remarkable 
properties  of  tins  metal  (non-oxidisability,  brightness,  &c.) 
and  susceptible  of  being  substituted  for  it  in  a  large 
number  of  uses  from  which  it  has  hitherto  been  excluded 
by  the  high  price  of  pure  nickel.  In  continuing  the  series 
of  ferro-nickels,  the  lowering  the  percentage  of  nickel 
below  25  per  cent,  forms  a  category  of  metals  the  new 
properties  of  which  constitute  a  special  class  of  altogether 
peculiar  interest.  We  have  here  no  longer  alloys  of  a 
somewhat  high  price,  capable,  on  account  of  their  richness 
in  nickel,  of  replacing  the  pure  metal,  but  metals  com- 
parable to  iron  and  steel,  and  in  which  the  intervention 
of  even  a  small  proportion  of  nickel  modifies  the  con- 
stitution of  the  metal  without  (in  low  percentages) 
materially  increasing  its  cost,  and  gives  to  the  iron  and 
steel  employed  an  improvement  of  quality  which  is  very 
remarkable. 

The  process  consists  in  the  simultaneous  employment  of 
manganese  and  aluminium  with  or  without  the  addition  of 
carbon,  under  the  form  of  charcoal,  or  metallic  or  ferro- 
eyauides.  In  the  case  of  manganese,  either  pure  manganese 
is  used  or  oxides  mixed  with  a  reducer,  or  ferro-mauganese. 
In  like  manner  for  aluminium,  either  the  pure  aluminium 
is  used  or  a  mixture  of  iron  and  aluminium.  The  nickel 
itself  is  introduced  either  in  the  form  of  pure  metal  or  in 
the  form  of  malleabilised  metal,  or  crude  metal  more  or  less 
rich  in  nickel,  proceeding  either  from  the  treatment  of 
nickel  ore  up  to  the  point  of  elimination  of  the  iron  or  from 
previous  fusions  of  cast  iron,  wrought  iron  or  steel  with 
nickel.  It  is  preferable  to  take  the  pure  nickel  or  mixed 
with  iron  at  the  outset  of  the  operation.  The  manganese, 
under  whatever  form  it  is  employed,  mixed  or  not  with  the 
chosen  carbouiser,  is  added  in  one  or  two  increments  in  the 
course  of  fusion.  The  quantity  of  aluminium  necessary  is 
projected  at  the  close  of  the  operation  in  the  bath  of  metal 
or  in  the  casting  ladle.  The  best  results  are  obtained,  with 
proportions  of  aluminium  varying  from  a  ten-thousandth  to 
about  one-thousandth,  and  of  manganese  varying  from 
one-thousandth  to  about  two  hundredths  per  kilogramme  of 
alloy  to  be  produced  according  to  the  quantity  of  nickel 
and  the  quality  of  the  metal  to  be  attained. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  the  carbonising  agents,  it  has 
been  ascertained  that  according  as  it  is  wished  to  obtain 
metal  soft  or  hard,  carburetted  or  not,  with  the  same 
percentage  of  nickel,  carbon  or  cyanide  must  be  used  in 
variable  proportions.  In  this  way  it  is  possible,  by  the 
employment  of  ferro-cyanide  with  manganese  aluminium, 
without  even  the  addition  of  nickel,  to  transform  the  iron 
into  a  tempered  steel  naturally  susceptible  of  furnishing 
turning  tools  without  tempering  and  by  direct  forging. 
We  shall  give,  for  instance,  the  best  quantities  for  obtaining 
on  the  hearth  a  ferro-nickel  with  5  per  cent,  of  nickel, 
starting  with  a  nickeliferous  pig.  The  work  is  proceeded 
with  as  for  the  manufacture  of  steel,  and  after  partial  or 
complete  decarbonisation,  according  to  the  quality  of  the 
metal  to  be  obtained,  metallic   manganese  ot  ferro-cyanide 


440 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  SI,  1892, 


of  manganese  is  ad<leil,  and  at  the  moment  of  tapping  the 
aluminium  is  added  either  in  the  furnace  or  in  the  easting 
ladle.  Fjr  500  kilogrammes  of  alloy  the  proportions  are  as 
follows  : — 

Kilos. 

Pig  with  -.'<  per  cent,  nickel 100 

s.,ft  iron  or  steel WO 

Ferro-manganese  with  7a  per  cent,  of  manganese  .         3 
Aluminium 0*25 

Total 503-25 

The  character  of  the  various  alloys  is  as  follows  : — 
These  metals  possess  a  much  more  perfect  homogeneity 
than  that  of  iron  or  steel  obtained  by  the  usual  processes, 
and  consequently  they  have  the  qualities  of  malleability, 
ductility,  tenacity,  elasticity,  &c,  to  an  altogether  superior 
degree.  The  coagulation  of  the  ingots  is  very  rapid,  and 
bubbles  are  avoided.  Ferro-nickel,  with  25  per  cent,  of 
nickel,  whatever  the  quantity  of  carbon,  does  not  take 
tempering,  but  according  as  the  proportion  of  nickel 
diminishes,  the  property  of  being  tempered  reappears,  and 
goes  on  asserting  itself  until  with  proportions  of  7,  5,  and 
3  per  cent,  and  below,  we  obtain  alloys  capable  of  being 
tempered  according  to  laws  analogous  to  those  which 
govern  the  tempering  of  ordinary  kinds  of  steel.  The 
proportion  of  carbon,  the  distribution  and  special  forms  of 
the  carbon  in  the  cement  ami  the  metallic  core  (modifica- 
tion due  to  the  presence  of  the  nickel),  the  fall  of 
temperature  between  the  heating  and  the  cooling,  and  the 
rapidity  of  the  cooling,  combine  to  produce  various  degrees 
of  hardness,  as  could  be  predicted  by  the  complete  analysis 
made  according  to  the  very  exact  methods  recently 
discovered,  and  by  the  remarkable  investigations  into  the 
constitution  of  steel  which  have  appeared  of  recent  years. 
The  influence  of  the  agents  of  malleabilisation  in  the 
application  of  these  processes  is  demonstrated  by  the  fact 
that,  when  these  agents  are  employed  without  the  inter- 
vention of  nickel,  the  products  obtained  present  much 
superior  qualities  to  those  of  iron  and  steel  treated  by  the 
ordinary  processes. 


The  Specific  Heat  of  Aluminium.    J.  W.  Richards.    Journ. 

Franklin  Inst.  1891,  133,  121-121. 

I:,  1855  Begnault  calculated  the  specific  heat  of  pure  alu- 
minium from  observations  on  the  crude  metal  to  be  02181 
between  25°  and  97°,  and  later  on  as  0' 2143  between  11 
and  97".  In  1882  Mallet  determined  the  mean  specific  heat 
of  chemically  pure  aluminium  between  0°  and  100°  as 
0-2253.     Recently  Naccari  obtained  the  following  values: — 


18° 


inn 


These  values  show  an  increase  in  flu-  specific  heat  of 
O"009.'i  per  Ion    and  lead  to  the  formula' — 

S  0-2116    *    0-000095  / 

Sin  =  0-2116  +   0-OQOO475  </,  i-  /.,) 

in  which  0-2116  is  the  true  specific  beat  at  0°.  The  mean 
value  between  0  and  100°  would  be  0-2164,  agreeing  well 
witli  Regnault's  results,  but  much  lower  than  Mallet's 
The  author  has  determined  the  specific  heat  of  some 
aluminium  made  by  the  Hall  process  which  consisted  of — ■ 

Pel-Cent. 

Aluminium 99*93 

Silicon il'li; 

Iron Trace. 

Three  methods  of  procedure  were  used.  First,  a  large 
weight  of  aluminium  (100—200  grms.)  was  put  into  an 
empty  calorimeter,  the  water  equivalent  of  which  had  been 
accurately  determined  by  experiment,  and  allowed  to  stand 
scleral  hours.      When  the  temperature  was  nearly  constant. 


a  known  weight  of  water  at  a  higher  temperature  was 
run   in,   and   the  total   loss   of   heat   calculated  from   the 

observations.  This  method  gave  mean  specific  heats  between 
about  16°  and  22". 

Secondly,  the  aluminium  was  suspended  in  steam  and 
dropped  into  the  water  in  a  calorimeter.  This  gave  values 
from  20°  to  100°.  Thirdly,  two  exactly  similar  calorimeters 
were  used.  The  aluminium  and  a  platinum  ball  weighing 
52  grms.  were  placed  on  a  platinum  support,  and  heated 
together  either  in  an  air-bath  to  120",  or  in  a  small  furnace 
up  to  100°,  500°,  and  600°.  The  platinum  ball  was  dropped 
into  one  calorimeter  and  the  lump  of  aluminium  into 
another.  From  the  heat  given  out  by  the  platinum  its 
temperature  was  calculated,  and  the  aluminium  was  assumed 
to  have  been  at  the  same  temperature. 

The  third  method  gave  the  most  concordant  results.  The 
first  method  was  used  for  such  a  small  range  of  tem- 
perature that  the  experimental  errors  were  large  ;  the  second 
method  was  defective  in  default  of  suitable  apparatus  to 
secure  the  instant  transfer  of  the  metal  from  the  steam  into 
the  calorimeter.  The  third  method  had  the  advantage  that 
since  the  platinum  and  aluminium  were  taken  out  of  the 
furnace  together  and  were  dropped  almost  simultaneously 
into  the  calorimeters,  it  could  fairly  be  assumed  that  they 
would  cool  to  about  the  same  extent  in  the  two  or  three 
seconds  during  which  they  were  exposed  to  the  air.  The 
author  made  two  experiments  by  the  first  method,  five  by 
the  second,  and  1 6  by  the  third.  By  selecting  the  most 
satisfactory  experiments  and  combining  the  results  by  the 
method  of  least  squares  the  following  formula'  were 
arrived  at — 

S      =  0-2220  +  0-0001  t 

Sm  =  0-2220  +  0-00005  (7,  +  r,) 

in  which  0-222o  is  the  true  specific  heat  at  0°  C. 
'  From  these  formula'  the  following  data  were  calculated  : — 


Temperature. 

True 
Specific  Heat. 

Range  of 
Temperature. 

.Mean 
Specific  Heat. 

0 
20 

tun 

620 
(melting  point) 

0-2220^ 
0-2240  j 

0-2320-} 

ii-'Jstjj 



11-025 

ii-  2270 
tr'J.Vtf 

Total  caloric  capacity  to") 
the  melting  point i 


The  author's  results  thus  confirm  Mallet's  determinations 
of  the  true  specific  heats  and  Naccari's  figures  for  the  rate 
of  its  increase  with  the  temperature. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


Bearing-Metal  Alloys.     <'.  1!.  Dudley.     Journ.  Franklin 
hist.  1892, 133,  81— 93  and  161— 172. 

In  this  paper  an  account  is  given  of  analyses  and  experi- 
ments carried  out  in  the  laboratories  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Railway  Company  during  the  last  15  years  with  the  object 
of  determining  the  most  advantageous  alloy  for  use  in  the 
construction  of  bearings  for  axles,  crank-pins,  See.  for 
locomotives  anil  other  rolling  stock. 

Heatings  made  of  alloys  have  the  following  advantages 
over  those  made  of  cast  iron  or  of  the  metal  of  which  the 
journal  is  composed: — (1.)  The  friction  between  the 
bearing  and  journal  is  in  general  less.  (2.)  The  alloys 
melt  at  a  lower  temperature,  and  can  he  more  easily  shaped. 
(3.)  Tlie  alloys  take  up  the  wear  and  thus  save  the  more 
valuable  journals.  A  good  bearing  metal  should  have  the 
following  characteristics  : — (1.)  It  should  be  strong  enough 
lo  hold  up  the  load,  which  in  railroad  practice  is  often 
350 — 400  Hi.  per  square  inch,  without  distortion,  and  it 
should  be  aide  to  resist  the  breaking  strain  to  which  the 
bearings  are  subjected  when  tlu\  are  fitted  on  worn 
journals.     (2.)   It  should  not  heat   readily.     (3.)  It  should 


Mny  81. 18920       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


441 


be  susceptible  of  treatment  in  the  foundry  on  the  large 
scale  ami  yield  sound  castings  without  requiring  great  care 
to  prevent  oxidation.  The  addition  of  1  to  2  per  cent,  of 
zinc  or  of  a  small  amount  of  phosphorus  in  the  form  of 
phosphor-tin  or  other  alloy  generally  leads  to  this  result. 
(4.)  Under  given  conditions  of  lubrication,  &c.  the  friction 
should  be  comparatively  small.  (5.)  The  wear  of  the 
bearing  with  reference  to  the  mileage  run  should  be  small. 
The  average  bearing  loses  1  lb.  in  weight  for  every  25,001) 
miles  it  has  been  in  use.  The  common  metals  from  which 
Hoys  are  made  for  bearings  are  copper,  tin,  lead,  zinc, 
antimony,  iron,  and  aluminium.  Sometimes  manganese, 
silicon,  bismuth,  mercury,  cadmium,  nickel,  cobalt,  sulphur, 
arsenic,  and  phosphorus,  occur  either  as  essential  or 
accidental  constituents.  The  following  analyses  represent 
samples  of  various  bearing  metals  submitted  to  the  Penn- 
sylvania Railway  Company  during  the  last  15  years  : — 

Cameha  Metal. 

Copper 70-20 

Tin 4*25 

Lead If  75 

Zinc 10'20 

Iron 0*55 

Anti  friction  Metal. 

Tin 98*18 

Copper 1'60 

Iron Trace. 

White  Metal. 

bead S7"!'2 

Antimony  (liy  dill.) 12-08 

Mktal  for  Lining  Car-brasses. 

bead 84-87 

Antimony 15*10 

Tin Trace. 

Salgee  Anti-friction  Mktal. 

Zinc S.V57 

Tin 9*91 

Copper liil 

Lead 1-].-, 

Graphite  Bearing  Mktal. 

Lend 07-73 

Tin 1P38 

Anli i  iy 1(1- 73 

Iron Not  determined. 

Graphite None. 

Antimoniat.  Lead. 

Lead 80-69 

Antimony  (by  diff.) IS'83 

Carbon  Bronze. 

Cupper  75*47 

Tin 9-72 

Lead 14*57 

Carbon Possible  trace. 

Cornish  Bronze. 

Copper 77*88 

Tin 9*60 

Lead 12-40 

Zinc Trace. 

Iron Trace. 

Phosphorus Trace. 

Delta  Metal. 

Copper 02-39 

Tin 2-37 

Lead 5'10 

Iron 0-07 


Magnolia  Metal. 

Lead 83*55 

Antimony  (by  dill.) tO'45 

and  traces  of  iron,  copper,  zinc  and  possibly  bismuth. 

American  Anti-friction  Metal. 

Lead 78'44 

Antimony 10'ttO 

Zinc 0-98 

Iron 0-(!5 

Tobin  Bronze. 

Copper 59*00 

Zinc 38-40 

Tin 2*16 

Iron 0-11 

Lead 0*81 

Ghaney  Bronze. 

Copper 75'80 

Lead 1500 

Tin 9-20 

Damascus  Bronze. 

Copper 76*41 

Tin 10*00 

Lead 12*52 

Manganese  Bronze. 

Copper 90*32 

Tin 9*58 

Manganese None. 

A.iax   Mktal. 

Copper SI '  24 

Tin 10-98 

Lead 7  27 

Phosphorus  or  arsenic 0*87 

Anti-friction  Metal. 

Lead Wit 

Antimony  11*93 

Harrington  Bronze. 

Copper 55-73 

Zinc 42*67 

Tin ir  07 

Iron 068 

Car  Box  Mktal. 

Lead S4'33 

Antimony 14*38 

Iron n- in 

Zinc Trace. 

Hvrii  Lead. 

Lend 04*40 

Antimony 6*03 

Phosphor-Bronze. 

Copper 79*17 

Tin 10-22 

Lead 9'01 

Phosphorus 0*94 

Ex.  B.  Metal. 

Copper 76'80 

Tin 8-00 

Lead  15*00 

Phosphorus 0*20 

Metallic  lead  and  many  of  the  white  metal  alloys  arc 
disadvantageous  on  account  of  their  inability  to  resist  the 
breaking  strain  caused  by  journals  of  smaller  diameter  than 
the  bearings  (i.e.  worn  journals)  and  generally  on  account 
of  their  want  of  strength. 

E 


U2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE    SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  81, 1882. 


In  copper-zinc  alloys  the  wonderful  influence  of  the 
addition  of  a  small  amount  of  iron  is  well  seen  in  the 
so-called  Harrington  bronze,  the  analysis  of  which  is  given 
above.  After  rolling  it  had  a  tensile  strength  of  75, 000  lb. 
per  square  inch,  and  an  elongation  of  20  per  cent,  in  a  two- 
inch  section.  The  method  adopted  in  testing  the  wear  of 
the  different  alloys  was  to  have  a  certain  number  of  bearings 
made  of  a  standard  alloy,  and  the  same  number  made  of  the 
experimental  metal  placed  on  the  same  axles  either  on 
locomotive  tenders  or  on  cars,  one  half  of  the  standard  and 
experimental  bearings  being  on  one  side  of  the  car  and  the 
other  half  on  the  other  side,  so  that  in  all  cases  a  standard 
and  an  experimental  bearing  were  on  opposite  ends  of  the 
same  axle.  The  bearings  were  all  carefully  weighed  before 
going  into  service,  and  after  a  sufficient  lapse  of  time  taken 
ouc  and  reweighed.  In  this  way  a  sufficiently  constant  ratio 
could  be  obtained  between  the  loss  of  metal  in  the  experi- 
mental alloy  and  that  in  the  standard,  whereas  attempts 
made  to  determine  the  wear  of  an  alloy  absolutely  in  terms 
of  the  mileage  gave  unsatisfactory  results  on  account  of  the 
variations  in  the  load  and  state  of  lubrication  of  each  axie. 
The  Phosphor-Bronze  Smelting  Company's  "  S  bearing 
metal,"  containing  approximately  79  ■  7  per  cent,  of  copper, 
10  per  cent,  of  tin,  9-50  per  cent,  of  lead,  and  O-80  per 
cent,  of  phosphorus  was  used  as  a  standard,  and  1G  bearings 
of  each  kind  were,  in  the  first  instance,  attached  to  loco- 
motive tenders  as  a  preliminary  experiment,  and  if  the 
metal  proved  favourable,  50  or  100  bearings  of  each  kind 
were  put  in  service.  In  the  first  test  the  old  copper-tin 
alloy  was  compared  with  the  standard  with  the  following 
result : — 

Copper-Tin  v.  Phosphor-Bronze. 


Composition 
Copper-Tin  Alloy. 


Composition 
Phosphor-Bronze. 


Copper 87*50 

Tin 12-50 

Lead None 

Phosphorus None 


Wear. — First  experiment,  copper-tin  wore  48  per  cent, 
faster  than  phosphor-bronze  ;  second  experiment,  copper- 
tin  wore  53  per  cent,  faster  than  phosphor-bronze  ;  third 
experiment,  copper-tin  wore  47  per  cent,  faster  than 
phosphor-bronze. 

It  was  also  found  [hat  a  much  larger  percentage  of  the 
copper-tin  bearings  heated  than  of  the  phosphor-bronze. 
The  value  of  the  copper-tin  alloy  is  thus  seen  to  be  far 
inferior  to  th.it  of  the  phosphor-bronze.  It  was  then  observed 
thai  arsenic  may  practically  take  the  place  of  phosphorus 
in  a  copper -tin  alloy. 

The  following  experiments  were  accordingly  made  with 
arsenic-bronze  :  — 


Arsenic  -Bronze  u.  Phospiiok-Bkonzk. 

(First  Experiment.) 


t  !ompo*ition 
Arsenic-Bronze. 


Coiiipusitinii 

Phosphor-Bronze. 


Copper 

Tin 

Lead 

Phosphorus 

Arsenic 


89-20 
10-00 
V '  i  it  ■ 
None 
0-80 


79-/0 
WOO 

9  -50 
0-80 
Nmie 


Wear. — Arsenic-bronze   wore    12   per    cent,  faster  than 
phosphor-bronze. 


(Second  Experiment.) 


Composition  Composition 

Arsenic- Bronze  (?).    Phosphor-Bronze. 


Copper  

Tin 

Lead 

Phosphorus 
Arsenic 


79'20 
10-00 
7-00 
None 

(I'M. 


79-70 

io-oo 

9-M 

o-so 

None 


Wear. — Arsenic-bronze   wore    15    per  cent,  faster   than 
phosphor-bronze. 

(Third  Experiment.) 


Copper  

Tin 

Lead 

Phosphorus 
Arsenic 


Composition 
Arsenic-Bronze. 


Composition 
Phosphor-Bronze. 


79'70 

io-oo 

9-00 
None 
0-80 


79-70 
10-00 
9-50 
0-80 
None 


Wear. — Arsenic-bronze  wore  1  per  cent,  faster  than 
phosphor-bronze. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  first  experiment  was  practically 
on  a  copper-tin  alloy  containing  some  arsenic,  and  that 
this  wore  nearly  as  fast  as  the  ordinary  alloy  (seven  of 
copper  to  one  of  tin),  and  it  may  be  inferred  that  the  utility 
of  arsenic  (and  phosphorus)  is  principally  confined  to  the 
foundry.  In  the  second  experiment  the  introduction  of  lead 
effects  a  marked  diminution  of  the  rate  of  wear  ;  whilst  in 
the  third  experiment,  in  the  presence  of  an  equal  amount  of 
lead  in  the  two  alloys  the  wear  is  almost  the  same,  the 
substitution  of  arsenic  for  phosphorus  having  little  influence 
on  the  rate  of  wear  or  on  the  heating  of  the  bearings. 
Accordingly  an  alloy  containing  more  lead  than  the  standard 
was  prepared  and  tested  with  the  following  results  :  — 


'  It  "-Bronze  v.  Phosphor-Bbcnzk. 


Composition 

"  K  "-Bronze . 


Composition 

Phosphor-bronze. 


Copper  

Tin 

Lead 

Phosphorus. 


79-711 

io-oo 

9-50 
0-80 


Wear. — First  experiment,  "  It  "-bronze  wore  8  per  cent. 
slower  than  phosphor-bronze;  second  experiment,  "It"- 
bronze  wore  7 '30  per  cent,  slower  than  phosphor-bronze, 
"  It  "-bronze  behaves  like  phosphor-brenze  with  respect  to 
beating,  &c,  the  only  difference  being  in  the  rate  of  wear. 
During  the  progress  of  the  experiments  it  became  apparent 
that  there  was  a  law  governing  the  composition  of  bearing 
metal  alloys  which  may  be  stated  as  follows  : — "  The  alloy 
which  can  endure  the  greatest  amount  of  distortion  without 
rupture  will  give  the  best  results  in  wear."  Experiments 
were  accordingly  made,  first  with  copper  and  tin  to  ascertain 
what  proportions  of  these  metals  an  alloy  capable  of 
enduring  a  maximum  amount  of  distortion  should  contain, 
and  then  to  find  how  much  lead  could  with  advantage  be 
ai'.ded  to  this  alloy.     The  proportions  selected  were  9|  parts 


May  31, 1S92.J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


443 


of  copper  to  1  of  tin,  but  it  is  now  doubtful  whether  12  or 
IS  parts  of  copper  to  1  of  tin  would  not  have  been  prefer- 
able, It  was  then  observed  that  the  addition  of  lead  has 
ranch  the  same  influence  on  a  copper-tin  alloy  that  a  dimi- 
nution of  the  tin  would  have,  but  that  as  the  amount  of  tin  is 
diminished  and  the  amount  of  lead  increased  the  tendency 
of  the  metal  to  yield  more  readily  under  pressure  increases. 
As  a  result  of  several  trials,  an  alloy  "  li  "  was  made,  which 
give  the  following  tests  :  — 


Alloy  "B' 


Phosphor-Bronze. 


Composition 
Alloy  "  B." 


Composition, 
Phosphor-bronze. 


Copper ' 

Tin 

Lead 

Phosphorus ' 


TT'iiu 

vim 

15-00 

None 


79' TO 
10  00 
9'60 
0'80 


Physical  Properties. 

Alloy  "B." 

Phosphor-bronze. 

Tensile  strength,  pounds 
per  square  inch. 

24,000 
11 

30,000 
6 

Wear. — Alloy  "B"  wore  13'50  per  cent,  slower  than 
phosphor-bronze. 

This  alloy  is  now,  with  a  slight  modification,  the  standard 
bearing  metal  of  the  Pennsylvania  Railway  Company,  but 
it  is  probable  tha'  a  still  further  diminution  in  the  amount 
of  tin  and  increase  of  the  lead  would  give  even  better 
results  ;  a  certain  amount  of  tin  is,  however,  necessary  to 
bold  the  lead  alloyed  with  the  copper.  In  order  to  utilise 
phosphor-bronze  scrap  and  to  obtain  sound  castings,  the 
formula  actually  in  use  by  the  Company  is  the  following : — 

Lb. 

Copper 105 

Phosphor-bronze,  new  or  scrap 60 

Tin 9J 

Lead 25J 

The  product  is  the  Ex.  B.  metal  of  which  the  analysis 
has  been  given.  By  using  ordinary  care  in  the  foundry, 
keeping  the  metal  fairly  well  covered  with  charcoal  during 
the  melting,  it  is  quite  possible  to  get  perfectly  successful 
castings  in  car-bearings  with  the  above  formula.  The  whole 
of  the  copper  and  phosphor-bronze  can  be  charged  into  the 
pot  before  placing  in  the  melting-hole;  the  tin  aud  lead 
are  added  after  the  pot  is  removed  fix  in  the  fire. 

In  conclusion,  the  author  points  out  that  besides  a  high 
elongation  and  tensile  strength  which  are  required  in  an 
alloy  to  impede  the  removal  of  particles  by  attrition,  there 
is  a  third  hitherto  unconsidered  factor  which  affects  the 
wear,  namely,  the  granular  structure  of  the  alloy  or  the 
size  of  the  particles  which  maybe  torn  off.  This  is  pro- 
bably the  most  important  factor,  but  there  are  no  data  on 
this  point,  beyond  certain  observations,  that  case-hardened 
iron  wears  better  than  either  the  wrought  iron  from  which 
it  is  made  or  ordinary  hammered  steel  of  approximately  the 
same  carbon.  Theoretical  considerations,  however,  indicate 
that  a  finely  granular  structure  is  desirable  in  a  bearing 
metal.  — S.  li.  A.  A. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Method  of  Extracting  Copper  from  Ores 
or  Compounds  containing  the  same.  T.  1).  Nicholls, 
C.  James,  Swansea,  and  the  Cape  Copper  Company, 
Limited.     Eng.  Pat.  18,898,  November  21,  1890. 

Tin:   process  depends  on  the  reduction  of  oxides  of  copper 
by  means  of  cupric  sulphide  in  a  reducing  furnace. 


One  portion  of  copper  matte,  preferrably  containing 
76 — 78  per  cent,  of  copper,  is  roasted  in  a  current  of  air 
until  the  copper  is  converted  into  either  cupric  oxide  or 
cuprous  oxide  or  a  mixture  of  the  two,  but  preferably 
into  cuprous  oxide  which  is  more  economical,  and  this  is 
then  mixed  with  an  equivalent  quantity  of  raw  copper 
matte,  previously  ground  so  us  to  pass  through  a  ^-th  screen. 
The  mixture  of  sulphide  and  oxides  of  copper  is  then 
heated  in  a  close  furnace,  when  the  sulphur  unites  with  the 
oxygen,  sulphurous  anhydride  passing  away,  and  the  copper 
thus  obtained  is  run  into  ingots  direct. 

It  is  claimed  that  the  process  may  be  worked  at  about 
one-half  the  cost  of  the  usual  one,  that  the  volatile  im- 
purities contained  in  the  matte  are  expelled  more  readily 
during  the  evolution  of  the  sulphurous  anhydride,  than  is 
usually  the  case,  and  that  by  employing  a  flux,  the  non- 
volatile impurities  are  readily  separated.  Moreover  less 
copper  remains  in  the  slags  and  in  the  furnace  bottoms  than 
is  found  in  the  usual  process.  Although  rich  ores  are  pre- 
ferred, good  results  are  also  obtained  when  working  poor 
ores  containing  but  30  per  cent,  of  copper. — J.  W.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Refractory  Materials 
or  Articles.  J.  B.  Alzugaray,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
21,212,  December  30,  1890. 

It  is  recommended  to  make  the  inner  wall  or  lining  of 
crucibles  of  a  layer  of  finely  ground  coke,  plumbago, 
graphite  or  other  form  of  earbou,  whilst  for  the  outer  coat, 
mixtures  of  different  infusible  materials  are  recommended. 
The  different  mixtures  named  are  made  up  of  several  of 
the  following  materials  :  finely  pulverised  emery,  asbestos, 
chalk,  limestone,  graphite,  retort-coke,  bauxite,  quartz, 
magnetic  oxide  of  iron,  kaolin,  fire-clay,  magnesite.  The 
materials  are  all  finely  ground  and  mixed  with  about  10  per 
cent,  of  their  weight  of  tar  or  oil,  or  other  carbonaceous 
material.  If  desired,  on  account  of  economy,  to  insert 
between  the  outer  coat  and  the  inner  lining  a  third  layer  of 
some  cheaper  material,  this  may  be  done,  for  which  purpose 
any  infusible  material  that  is  without  action  on  the  other 
materials  may  be  used. — J.  W.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  Coating  or  Cleaning 
Metals.  R.  Heathfield,  Darlaston.  Eng.  Pat.  500, 
January  10,  1891. 
In  order  to  avoid  the  use  of  acids  in  cleaning  the  surface 
of  metals  before  galvanising,  the  objects  to  be  cleaned 
are  immersed  in  a  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate  or  chloride, 
aud  connected  with  the  positive  pole  of  a  dynamo,  whilst 
another  set  of  objects  are  connected  with  the  negetativc 
pole.  Metal  is  dissolved  off  the  surfaces  of  the  objects 
acting  as  the  anode,  and  a  corresponding  quantity  deposited 
on  those  of  the  objects  which  constitute  the  cathode,  a  great 
saving  of  expense  being  thus  effected. — J.  W.  L. 


Improvements  in  Treating  Waste  Liquor  from  Galvanising 

Works  and  other  similar  Liquors  to  obtain  Ferric 
Chloride.  J.  W.  Wilson,  Manchester,  nd  C.  II.  G. 
Harvey,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  6509,  April  16,  1891. 

See  under  VII.,  page  133. 


A  Process  of  Using  Galvanisers'    Waste.*.     I!.    J.  Brice, 

London.     Eng.  Pat.  15.2SS,  September  9,  1891. 
Tin:   two   products  which  constitute  galvanisers'  waste,  are 
"sal-ammoniac   skimmings"  and "  zinc-ashes."      In   order 
that  the  skimmings  may  be  economically  worked,  they  should 
be  preserved  in  casks  until  required. 

The  sal-ammoniac  skimmings  are  fused,  preferably  in    an 
iron   pot,  the  metallic  zinc   melts  and   is   drawn   off  at  the 

E  2 


Hi 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31. 1892. 


bottom,  the  "  waste  "  is  then  transferred  to  boiling  water, 
when  it  becomes  reduced  to  a  tine  state  of  subdivision. 
Milk  of  lime  is  now  added  to  the  water  containing  the  waste, 
in  quantity  equal  to  about  20  parts  of  quicklime  to  100 
pails  of  skimmings  operated  upon.  Calcium  chloride  and 
zinc  ozychloride  are  thus  formed.  The  solution  containing 
the  former  is  separated,  and  any  ammonia  it  may  contain  is 
separated  by  the  addition  of  a  little  more  milk  of  lime  and 
then  distilling. 

The  precipitated  zinc  oxychloride  may  be  pressed  from 
the  liquid,  and  used  as  a  pigment  by  itself,  or  it  may  be 
mixed  with  zinc  ashes  in  quantity  equal  to  the  weight  of 
skimmings  operated  upon,  when  the  pasty  mass  is  dried  and 
calcined,  when  it  becomes  much  lighter  coloured,  and  forms 
paint  of  more  than  ordinary  body  and  durability.  Before 
mixing  the  zinc  ashes  with  the  precipitated  zinc  oxychloride, 
the\  are  screened  from  the  rough  particles  of  metallic  zinc. 

—J.  W.  L. 


XI.-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 


Quantitative  Analysis  by  Electrolysis.     F.  Kiidorff. 
Zeits.  f.  angew.  Chem.  1892,3—7. 


See  under  XXIII.,  pape  459. 


Hoepfner's   Electrolytic  Copper  Process.      Kng.  and 
Mining  .1.  April  30,  1892,  171. 

Tins  process  differs  very  materially  from  that  of  Siemens, 
in  that  the  copper  is  precipitated  from  a  cuprous  chloride 
solution,  wherein  is  a  great  advantage,  for  the  same  current 
will  deposit  copper  from  a  cuprous  chloride  solution  just 
twice  as  fast  as  from  a  sulphate  solution. 

While  copper  sulphate  solution  is  used  in  the  Siemens 
and  Halske  process  for  the  electrolytic  separation  of  copper, 
Dr.  Hoepfuer,  of  Giessen,  uses  in  his  process  a  cuprous  chloride 
solution  which  deposits  2-36  grms.  of  copper  per  ampere 
hour.  The  liquid,  which  is  a  solution  of  cuprous  chloride 
in  strong  brine,  or  in  a  concentrated  solution  of  chloride  of 
lime,  and  which  contains  120  gnus,  of  copper  per  litre, 
Hows  through  an  electrolytic  bath  with  vertical  electrodes, 
in  which  the  anodes  and  cathodes  are  separated  by  dia- 
phragms, but  in  such  a  way  that  there  is  nevertheless  a 
constant  circulation  of  the  solution  along  both  electrodes. 
At  the  cathodes  metallic  copper  is  deposited  from  the 
solution. 

If  the  sepatate  cathodes  of  such  a  bath  have  each  a 
surface  of  one  square  metre  and  the  current  be  50  amperes 
per  square  metre,  then  there  will  be  deposited  on  that  sur- 
face, according  to  theory,  2-76  kilos,  of  copper  per  24  hours, 
and  HoepFner  asserts  that  with  careful  work  he  can  obtain 
90  per  cent,  of  the  quantity.  The  loss  of  10  per  cent. 
is  line  to  diffusion  of  the  cupric  chloride  from  the  anodes 
through  the  diaphragm  to  the  cathodes. 

Tin-  solution  flows  continuously  from  the  cathode  cells 
after  having  pissed  a  large  number  of  them  and  after 
having  deposited  its  copper.  That  portion  of  the  cuprous 
chloride  solution  which  has  been  flowing  during  the  same 
time  continuously  through  the  anode  cells  retains  its  copper 
entirely,  but,  owing  to  atomic  changes,  free  chlorine  is 
generated  at  the  carbon  anodes  naturally  proportionate  in 
quantity  to  the  amount  of  copper  deposited  at  the  cathodes. 
The  nascent  chlorine,  of  course,  attacks  the  cuprous 
chloride,  changing  it  to  cupric  chloride,  and  thereby  deve- 
loping positive  electromotive  force ;  that  is,  electromotive 
force  tending  to  precipitate  more  copper  at  the  cathodes,  so 


that  the  electrolysis  will  take  place  even  if  there  be  more 
than  0-6  to  0-8  volt  for  each  bath,  while  double  that 
potential  would  be  not  necessary  if  there  were  no  such 
chlorine  depolarisation. 

The  cupric  chloride  at  the  end  is  mixed  with  the  cathode 
solution  now  freed  of  its  copper,  and  this  mixed  solution 
then  should  contain,  according  to  the  theory  of  the  process, 
only  one-half  as  much  copper  as  before  electrolysis,  or 
about  CO  grms.  of  copper  per  litre. 

The  copper  is  now,  however,  no  longer  in  the  form  of 
cuprous  chloride,  but  is  present  as  cupric  chloride.  It  is 
well  known  that  this  latter  chloride,  heated  as  a  dry 
powder,  will  lose  half  its  chlorine,  which  goes  off  as  free 
chlorine  gas.  In  solution  this  salt  is  well  adapted,  notably 
when  heated,  to  dissolve  sulphides,  especially  that  of  copper 
from  its  ores,  precipitating  free  sulphur.  On  the  sulphides 
of  silver  it  acts  in  the  same  way,  and  of  this  dissolving 
power  Hoepfuer  makes  practical  use. 

The  copper  ores,  which  may  also  contain  silver,  are 
ground  very  fine  in  a  Gruson  mill,  either  crude  or  after 
having  been  roasted.  They  are  then  raised  by  an  elevator 
to  a  platform  above  the  leaching  barrels,  to  which  they  are 
afterwards  transferred  as  needed. 

The  leaching  barrels  are  of  wood,  of  a  capacity  of  10,000 
litres  each,  and  rotate  on  fixed  iron  wheels,  the  rotary 
motion  being  obtained  by  sprocket  wheel  and  chain.  There 
must  be  three  or  four  such  barrels.  Each  of  them  is  filled 
with  8,000  litres  of  the  heated  solution  and  a  corresponding 
amount  of  the  ore  to  be  treated,  and  is  then  set  in  motion. 
The  time  necessary  for  the  leaching  varies  of  course  with 
the  character  of  the  ore.  It  takes  from  two  to  six  hours  to 
reduce  the  cupric  chloride  solution  to  the  cuprous  chloride. 
In  practice  the  so-called"  Methodical  Leaching  "  is  resorted 
to,  that  is,  every  portion  of  ore  is  leached  out  twice,  first  by 
a  solution  containing  a  smaller  amount  of  the  cupric 
chloride,  and  then  by  another  very  rich  in  that  salt,  which 
latter  solution  takes  out  the  remainder  of  the  copper  com- 
pletely. 

When  the  solution  has  been  sufficiently  regenerated,  the 
rotation  of  the  barrel  is  stopped,  the  particles  of  ore  fall  to 
the  bottom,  and  the  clear  solution  is  drawn  off.  The  solu- 
tion is  then  cleaned  both  mechanically  and  chemically  in 
special  apparatus. 

Besides  holding  copper,  the  solution  contains  silver,  and 
certain  small  quantities  of  such  impurities  as  lead,  iron, 
arsenic,  &c.  These  are  first  removed,  so  as  to  obtain  in 
the  electrolysis  afterwards  a  perfectly  pure  copper.  The 
silver  can  be  precipitated  either  chemically  or  electrolyti- 
cally.  An  analysis  of  the  copper  deposited  by  the  process 
of  Dr.  Hoepfuer  from  very  impure  ores  showed  only  very 
small  quantities  of  impurities,  which  were  not  sufficient  to 
influence  in  any  way  the  quality  of  the  product. 

The  advantages  of  this  product  are,  according  to  the 
inventor  :  1.  The  process  yields  per  unit  of  current  just  twice 
as  much  copper  as  a  sulphate  process.  2.  The  silver  in 
the  ore,  which  often  is  of  great  value,  will  also  be  obtained. 
3.  The  conductivities  of  the  solutions  arc  very  good  and 
their  dissolving  power  is  great. 

After  having  been  cleaned  the  solution  goes  to  the  baths 
for  electrolysis,  passes  through  them,  and  comes  out  again 
as  a  cupric  chloride  solution,  which  is  again  used  as  a 
solvent.  It  is  therefore  a  continuous  process,  in  which 
the  solution  circulates  constantly,  dissolving  and  precipi- 
tating copper  in  its  various  stages. 

The  ore  is  forced  from  the  barrel  in  the  form  of  a  thick 
mush,  which  is  washed  in  a  filter-press.  It  is  due  to  this 
latter  circumstance,  i.e.,  the  use  of  the  Ifilter-press,  and  to 
the  compactness  of  the  plant,  that  the  process  requires 
very  little  room. 

The  electrolytic  plant  for  a  daily  production  of  2,000 
kilos,  of  copper  needs  only  800  square  metres,  while  the 
entire  plant,  including  machinery  and  all,  would  require  uot 
more  than  twice  that  area. 

Since  the  foregoing  article  was  written,  many  improve- 
ments hove  been  made,  one  of  the  most  important  of  which 
is  the  abandoning  of  the  carbon  anodes.  These  being  so 
expensive,  Hoepfner  tried  to  replace  them  by  another 
substance,  and  was  finally  successful  last  summer  in  finding 
a  very  cheap  anode,  and  which,  like  the  carbon  anodes,  does 


May  81,1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


4-15 


not  dissolve.  The  analysis  of  the  copper  obtained  from 
very'  impure  ores,  which  is  referred  to  near  the  end  of  the 
article,  was  made  in  Presenilis'  laboratory  in  Wiesbaden. 
Tlic  results  were  as  follows  :— Sulphur,  0-0004  percent.; 
iron,  trace;  arsenic,  trace;  antimony,  trace;  lead,  trace; 
nickel  and  cobalt,  0-0012  percent.;  molybdenum,  0-0023 
per  cent.  In  other  words,  this  copper  was  as  pure  as  the 
best  copper. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Cells  for  the  Electrical  or  Storage 
/latteries,  and  the  Manufacture  of  Lead  for  the  same. 
T.  YV.  Bush,  Broseley,  and  it.  DouWeday,  Nottingham. 
Eng.  Pat.  2471,  February  11,  1891. 

Tiif:  process  consists  in  pouring  molten  lead  into  water,  or 
acid,  or  alkali  diluted  with  water.  The  material  so  obtained, 
named  "  hydrolised  lead,"  may  be  placed  in  vessels 
separated  by  porous  partitions,  each  compartment  forming 
a  plate.  Grids  may  be  placed  in  the  liquid,  and  then  the 
material  is  reduced  by  pressure  into  uniform  thickness ;  or 
the  grids  may  be  replaced  by  cocoa-nut  matting.  This 
material  is  also  used  for  separators  after  being  impregnated 
with  plaster  of  Paris.  The  plates  are  held  together  by- 
wood  or  vulcanite  screw-bolts,  thus  avoiding  the  use  of 
binding  frames. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  Voltaic  Cells.  H.  H.  Lake,  London. 
Prom  E.  Weston,  New  Jersey,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  22,482, 
December  23,  1891. 

The  object  af  this  invention  is  to  provide  a  standard  cell 
whose  electromotive  force  shall  be  practically  independent 
of  temperature.  This  may  be  accomplished  in  one  of  three 
ways  :  firstly,  by  using  as  an  electrolyte  a  saturated  solution 
of  cadmium  salt  with  electrodes  of  other  material ;  secondly, 
by  using  an  electrode  containing  cadmium  opposed  to 
mercury  in  a  solution  of  some  salt  other  than  cadmium  ; 
thirdly,  and  this  is  best  for  a  permanent  standard  cell, 
cadmium  amalgam  in  a  saturated  solution  of  cadmium 
sulphate  opposed  to  mere  iry  in  mercurous  sulphate. 

— G.  H.  B. 


XII.-FATS,   OILS,   AND  SOAP 

MANUFACTURE. 

The  Solid  Fatty  Acids  of  Palm  Oil.    H.  Ndrdlinger. 
Zeits.  f.  angew.  Chem.  1892,  110—111. 

Statements  of  text-books  point  to  the  possibility  of  easily 
obtaining  pure  palmitic  acid  by  crystallising  the  palm  oil 
acids  from  alcohol.  The  author  did  not  succeed  by 
proceeding  in  this  way,  and  undertook,  therefore,  the 
examination  of  a  specimen  of  pure  Lagos  oil,  melting  at 
38  ('.,  and  containing  50-8  per  cent,  free  fatty  acids 
(calculated  for  oleic  acid).  The  oil  was  saponified  and  the 
fatty  acids  separated  by  means  of  sulphuric  acid  and 
washed  repeatedly  with  water.  The  fatty  acids  were 
divided  into  two  parts.  (Although  the  author  speaks  only 
of  the  solid  fatty  acids  of  the  palm  oil,  he  does  not  state 
whether  and  how  he  separated  the  solid  fatty  acids  from 
the  liquid  acids  of  the  palm  oil.) 

The  author  claims  the  existence  of  a  heptadecylic  acid 
in  palm  oil,  which  may  be  identical  with  Gerard's  daturic 
acid  (this  Journal,  1889,  1137),  melting  point  55    ( '. 

The  solid  fatty  acids  of  palm  oil  consist,  according  to  the 
author,  of  98  per  cent,  palmitic  acid,  1  per  cent,  stearic 
acid,  and  1  percent,  heptadecylic  acid. — J.  L. 


PATENTS. 

Manufacture  of  Fatty  Matter  from  Wool-Fat.  P.  C. 
Glaser,  Berlin.  Prom  O.  Braun  and  ( ).  Liebreich,  Berlin, 
Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  4992,  October  20,  1882.  (Second 
Edition.) 

A  description  of  this  process  has  already  appeared  in  this 
Journal,  1883,  182;  (Braun  and  Liebreich,  U.S.  Pat. 
271,192).  The  inventors  obtain  from  the  wash-waters  of 
wool-scouring  works  or  from  impure  commercial  wool-fat  by 
means  of  a  hydro-extractor  a  purified  wool-fat,  which  has 
the  property  of  combining  with  water,  thus  forming  a  white 
inodorous,  neutral  unguent.  This  purified  wool-fat  has 
been  termed  by  the  inventors  "  Lanolin." — J.  L. 


Improvements  in  Lubricants  for  Heavy  Machinery.  C.  H. 
Ridsdale,  Guisborough,  and  A.  Jones,  .Middlesbrough. 
Eng.  Pat.  3782,  March  3,  1891. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  waste  attending  the  usual  method  of 
applying  the  lubricant  to  heavy  machinery,  such  as  necks  of 
rollers  in  iron  or  steel  rolling  mills,  the  patentees  prepare 
the  lubricant  in  solid  form  as  blocks,  bars,  slabs,  &c.  They 
use  ordinary  soap,  or  an  alkali  or  alkaline  earth,  or  a  mixture 
of  both,  and  add  to  this  mixture  saponifiable  oils  or  fats  in 
quantities  suitable  to  produce  the  hardness  required  for  the 
special  purposes,  if  the  soaps  are  mixed  with  mineral  oils  or 
mineral  lubricants,  such  as  black  lead,  sulphur,  mica,  &c. 
Two  recipes  will  illustrate  the  composition  of  these  lubri- 
cants ; — 

Per  Cent. 

Hard  Lubricant:  — 

Lime  or  magnesia 3 

Ordinary  soap n 

Rendered  suet 75 

Fine  black  lead it; 

Soft  Lubricant  :— 

Lime  or  magnesia 2 

Etei  dered  suet 45 

Sulphur  (line) It 

Black  lead 19 

Heavy  petroleumoil 30 

—J.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Snap,  and  in  the 
Utilisation  of  the  Residue  of  the  Substances  used  therein. 
R.  Stone,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  4454,  March  12,  1891. 

The  novelty  of  this  invention  consists  in  the  use  of  a 
combination  of  fruits  or  of  vegetables.  The  inventor  soaks 
these  materials  iu  10  per  cent,  of  glycerin  or  almond  oil  or 
palm  oil,  and  mixes  the  juice  expressed  from  these  sub- 
stances "of  a  nutritious  and  skin-healing  nature"  with 
soap.  For  such  a  soap  the  property  is  claimed  of  being 
"especially  soothing  and  healing  to  the  skin." 

The  residues  obtained  from  the  soaked  material  are  baked 
or  dried  and  ground  up.  This  material  is  to  be  used  as  a 
substitute  for  coffee,  being  alleged  to  be  "  far  more  nutritious 
for  the  human  system  than  ordinary  coffee." — J.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Thickening  o]  Oil.  W.  X.  Hartley, 
Dublin,  and  W.  ]•'..  Blenkinsop,  Wandsworth  Common. 
Eng.  Pat.  7251,  April  27,  1891. 

Linseed  oil  may  be  thickened  and  thereby  converted  into 
a  suitable  material  for  manufacturing  oil-skin,  oil-silk, 
oil-cloth,  floor-cloth,  linoleum,  lincrusta,  &c,  by  adding  a 
solution  of  one  part  of  manganese  soap  or  manganese 
linoleate — as  prepared  in  the  manner  described  in  Eng.  Pat. 
11,629,  1891  (this  Journal,  1891,  263)— in  two  parts  of 
turpentine  to  the  oil  to  be  thickened.  Two  or  five  volumes 
of  this  soap  solution  are  used  for  100  volumes  of  the  oil  to 
be  treated.  Insoluble  matters  are  allowed  to  settle  out  and 
are  removed.     The  mixture  is  raised  to  a  temperature  of 


116 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


fMay  31,189     2 


212°  F.  (in  an  apparatus  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  11,629)  and 
a  current  of  air  or  oxygen  passed  through  the  oil  until  it 
ncc|uires  any  desired  degree  of  thickness.  Thus,  e.g.,  from 
a  linseed  oil,  sp.  gr.  0-937,  a  clear  transparent  oil  of  a  pale 
amber  colour,  sp.  gr.  0-997  (at  70°  F.),  has  been  obtained. 
Cotton-socd  oil  may  be  thickened  iu  the  same  manner  ; 
the  patentees  use  for  this  oil  one  volume  of  linoleate  solution 
to  400  volumes  of  cotton  oil. — 1.  L. 


A  New  or  Improved  Method  of  Treating  Oils  used  for 
Lubricating  and  Tempering  Purposes,  t<>  render  the 
same  Incomhtstibl  <>r  Fireproof.  It.  1!.  Graf,  Baltimore, 
U.S.A.,  Eng.  l'at.  20,512,  November  25,  1891. 
I'm  object  of  the  "inventor"  is  to  render  lubricating  oils 
incombustible  and  fireproof,  and  lie  proposes  to  do  this  by 
triturating  32  parts  of  sodium  tungstate,  32  parts  of  sul- 
phate of  ammonia,  18  parts  of  phosphate  of  ammonia,  12  parts 
of  sal-ammoniac,  and  24  parts  of  sodium  monocarbonate  in  a 
mortar  with  sufficient  linseed  oil  to  obtain  a  paste  of  even 
consistency,  and  finally  mixing  this  paste  with  520  parts  of 
any  suitable  heavy  oil.  It  is  claimed  that  this  mixture  has 
all' the  good  properties  of  a  lubricant,  "  the  oil  being  in  all 
respects  just  as  good  as  before  treatment,"  and  can  be 
applied  not  only  to  fast-running  machinery,  as  dynamos 
and  electric  motors,  but  also  be  used  with  great  advantage 
in  tempering  steel  tools. — .1.  L. 


Improvements   in    Cages  for    Oil  Presses.     A.   Estrayer, 

.Marseilles,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  2264,  Fehruary  5,  1832. 
The  improvement  consists  in  building  up  the  interior  of  the 
cage  of  eight  sections  which  are  made  to  open  and  close  by 
means  of  a  vertically  moving  outer  cylinder.     For  details 
the  sheet  of  drawing  should  be  consulted. — J.  L. 


An  Improved  Manufacture  of  Superfatted  Snap.     C.   L. 

Field.  London.     Eng.  l'at.  21,438,  December  8,  1891. 
Tins  improvement  in  tin   manufacture  of  superfatted  soaps 
consists  ni  adding  to   snap,  made   by  the  cold  process,  milk, 
cream,  or  butter  iu  such  quantities  that  any  alkali  in  excess 
is  saturated  and  an  excess  of  cream  is  left. — J.  L. 


Improvement.-    in    Candles  or   Tapers  for  Fumigating    or 
Perfuming  or  Evaporating  Purposes.     J.  Eyder,  Man- 
chester.    From  E.  A.  Weidemann,  Liebenburg,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  22,742,  December  30,  1891. 
(  'an-pi.es  or  tapers  for  fumigating  purposes  are  manufactured 
iu  such  a  way  that  the  substances,  the  vapours  of  which  are 
to  perfume   or   disinfect    the   air   of  a   room,   are  closely 
enveloped  by  the  ordinary  material  of  the  candles  or  tapers. 
This  is  effected  by  either  incorporating  the  perfuming  sub- 
Stanccs  with  the  material  of  the  caudles  or  filling  them  into 
tubes  which  are  embedded  iu  the  candle  material.  — 1.  L. 


Improvements  in  Cauldrons  far  Melting  Pitch  and  Fatty 
Substances.  B.  I).  Healey,  Bamber  Bridge.  Eng.  Pat. 
32  I.  January  7.  1892. 
The  invention  relates  to  a  mechanical  improvement  of  an 
apparatus  previously  patented  by  the  same  inventor  (Eng. 
l'at.  11,443  of  1891),  and  consists  essentially  in  an 
improved  method  for  drawing  off  gas  and  air  from  the 
cauldrons  and  for  making  the  bogie  or  swivel  box  for  the 
front  wheels  of  the  cauldrons.  For  details  the  drawings 
accompanying  the  specification  must  he  consulted. — J.  L. 


XIII.-PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES, 
RESINS,  INDIA-RUBBER,  Etc. 


PATENTS. 

An  Improved   Waterproofing  and  Rust-Preventing  Compo- 
sition,   applicable    also    in    the  Manufacture    of    Ink. 
F.   L.    Leech,    Middleton   Junction,    and    A.    Ilorrobin, 
Hollinwood.     Eng.  Pat.  1616,  January  29,  1891. 
This  invention  has  for  its  object  the  providing  of  a  solution 
by  which  paper,  leather,   &c.,  can  be  waterproofed.     The 
liquid  is  also  applicable  as  a  coating  for  walls,  as  a  rust- 
preventer   for  machinery,  and,  mixed  with   colour,  as  an 
indestructible  ink.     The  ingredients    used    are    turpentine, 
asphaltum,  resin,  alum,  and  bees'-wax. — E.  G.  C. 


Improvements     in     the      Manufacture    of     Copying     Ink. 
E.  Coin,  Turin.     Eng.  Pat.  3247,  February  23,  1891. 

The  following  are  the  ingredients  of  tiiis  ink: — Ordinary 
ink,  (190  parts  ;  candied  or  twice  refined  sugar,  225  parts  ; 
and  pure  glycerin,  85  parts. — E.  G.  C. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  Sulphuretted  Solutions  and 
Compounds  used  for  the  Production  of  Films  or 
Coatings.  J.  S.  Fairfax,  London.  From  F.  Crane, 
New  York,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  3345,  February  24,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  produce  a  substance  or 
compound  which  is  not  injuriously  affected  by  exposure  to 
the  air,  and  is  waterproof.  Such  a  substance  has  many 
applications,  as  a  coating  for  paper,  leather,  textile  fabrics, 
or  as  a  substitute  for  india-rubber  in  some  of  its  applica- 
tions. For  the  purpose,  a  combination  of  soluble  pyroxydin 
with  sulphuretted  oil  is  employed  by  the  inventor  ;  and 
good  results  are  stated  to  have  been  yielded  by  the  following 
formula :  — Butyl  acetate,  7  gals.;  petroleum  naphtha, 
3  gals.:  pyroxylin,  15  lb.;  sulphuretted  oil,  30 — 4U  lb.; 
and  any  desired  pigment,  1 — 2  lb. — E.  G.  G. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Manu- 
facturing Inlaid  linoleums  or  Floor  Cloths.  \V .  (1. 
Thomson,  Halifax,  and  J.  S.  Powell,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
4210,  March  10,  1891. 

See  under  VI.,  page  431. 


Improvements  in  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Extruding 
Glue  <>r  Gelatin  antl  Crease  out  of  Hide  and  Shin 
Waste  and  of  Bones  id  comparatively  Low  Temperature. 
L.  Bertram,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  l'at.  961,  January  18, 
1892. 

See  under  XIV. — page  447. 


Improvements   in   the    Manufacture    of   Coloured    Rubber 

Goods   or    Rubber-Coated  Goods,  and    a   Material    or 

Preparation    to    be    used    in    the    said    Manufacture. 

C.   Dreyfus,  Clayton.     Eng.   Pat.    17,566,  October    11, 

1891. 

The   inventor   states   that   hitherto   colours    produced   on 

rubber-coated  fabrics   have  been  mechanically  mixed  with 

the  rubber  solution,  or  with  the  "swelled"  rubber,  prepared 

in   the   usual   way   with   so-called   solvent   naphtha.     The 


May  31, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


147 


novelty  claimed  is  the  use  of  a  coloured  solvent  for  the 
rubber,  the  lakes  produced  by  treating  an  aqueous  solution 
of  resin  soap  with  metallic  salts,  or  salts  of  an  alkaline 
earth,  and  a  basic  coal-tar  dye,  being  dissolved  in  the 
"  dissolving  naphtha "  of  commerce,  or  in  benzene.  The 
rubber  is  then  added. — K.  O.  C. 


Improvements  in  Mucilages,  Sizes,  and  Adhesive  Com- 
pounds. C.  M.  Higgins,  Brooklyn,  TJ.  S.  A.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,679,  December  29,  1891. 

Dextrin,  7 — 9  lb.,  is  dissolved  in  water,  1  gal.,  at  a  tem- 
perature of  60° — 100°  F.,  and  after  the  solution  is  cool,  half 
a  pint  to  one  pint  of  IS  vol.  hydrogen  peroxide  solution  is 
added.  The  patentee  claims  the  production  of  an  "  adhesive 
compound  "  and  the  application  of  hvdrogen  peroxide  as 
above.  The  effect  of  the  last-mentioned  ingredient  is  to 
increase  the  solubility  of  the  dextrin  and  to  prevent  the 
separation  of  "dense  grayish  sediment  "  which  usually 
takes  place  when  it  is  not  used.  "  Yellow  dextrins  act 
better  than  white  dextrins,  but  either  may  be  used." 

—A.  K.  L. 


Improvements  in  Mucilages,  Sizes,  and  Adhesive  Com- 
pounds. ('.  M.  Higgins,  Brooklyn,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,682,  December  29,  1891. 

The  patentee  claims  the  production  of  an  adhesive  com- 
pound by  heating  a  solution  of  dextrin  and  borax  in  water, 
and  the  thickening  of  the  same  with  an  alkali.  His 
invention  differs  from  that  specified  in  U.S.  Pat.  244,200 
of  1881,  in  that  a  larger  quantity  of  borax  relatively 
to  that  of  dextrin,  viz.,  T'ff — }  the  weight  of  the  latter, 
is  used,  and  the  mixture  is  heated  or  boiled  to  effect 
chemical  combination.  For  an  ordinary  "  strong  muci- 
lage," the  following  proportions  a^e  used :  —  Dextrin 
(preferably  white  dextrin)  is  dissolved  in  an  equal  weight 
of  water  (at  60° — 150°  F.),  together  with  \  its  weight  of 
tV — Va  its  volume  of  ammonia 


borax  ;  to   the  cool  solution 


(20°  B.1  or  caustic  soda  lye  (.40°  B.)  is  stirred  in, 
when  the  solution  suddenly  thickens,  accompanied  by  a 
rise  in  temperature  of  about  6  F..  and  the  adhesive  qualities 
of  the  mixture  become  considerabhy  enhanced  ;  the  order 
in  which  the  ingredients  are  mixed  cannot  be  varied. 
When  a  saturated  solution  of  alum  is  added  to  the  solution 
of  borax  and  dextrin,  and  subsequently  an  alkali,  the 
mucilage  becomes  extremely  viscous  and  adhesive.  The 
mucilage  may  be  dried  into  a  solid  granular  gum,  which 
is  dissolved  in  water  as  required.  In  certain  cases  dextrin 
and  borax  may  be  mixed  together  in  powder,  and  when 
this  mixture  is  dissolved  in  hot  water  it  yields  a  very 
adhesive  mucilage  on  addition  of  ammonia  or  other  alkali. 
"  The  improved  compound  may  be  used  for  sizing  paper 
or  textile  fabrics,  also  for  size  in  kalsomine  or  other  washes 
or  paints." — A.  B.  L. 


Improvements  in  Mucilages,  Sizes,  and  Adhesive  Com- 
pounds. C.  M.  Higgins,  Brooklyn,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,685,  December  29,  1891. 

The  patentee  describes  the  production  of  an  "  adhesive 
compound "  formed  by  dissolving  dextrin  and  borax  in 
water,  as  specified  in  the  last  abstract,  and  stirring  into  the 
cool  solution  T's — J-  of  its  volume  of  15  vols,  hydrogen 
peroxide  which  clarifies  it.  After  a  few  days  or  weeks,  the 
clear  supernatant  liquid  is  drawn  off  and  bottled,  or  in 
some  cases  -^ — ^  its  volume  of  ammonia  (20°  B.)  or 
of  soda  lye  (40"  B.) — a  mixture  of  alum  and  sodium 
carbonate  may  also  be  used — is  added  to  thicken  it.  He 
claims  that  the  mucilage  thus  obtained  is  equal  or  superior 
to  that  produced  from  natural  gums,  at  the  same  time  being 
much  less  costly.  The  "  improved  compound "  may  be 
used  for  the  same  purposes  as  that  described  in  the 
preceding  abstract,  and  "  for  any  similar  uses  where  a  size, 


fixative,  stiffening,  or  adhesive  substance  is  required. 
Sometimes  a  second  addition  of  hydrogen  peroxide  is  made, 
which  has  the  effect  of  rendering  the  mucilage  still  clearer 
and  purer. — A.  R.  L. 


XIV.-TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  AND 
SIZE. 

Analysis  of  "Eggio."   C.  S.  Boyer.    Journ.  Franklin  Inst. 
1891,  133,  205—206. 

"  Eggio"  is  a  preparation  of  the  yolk  of  eggs,  and  is  used 
for  the  dressing  of  fine  leathers.  Only  the  ingredients 
valuable  for  this  purpose,  namely,  water,  ash,  and  fatty  acids, 
were  determined.      '1  he  results  were  as  follows  :  — 


II. 


III. 


IV. 


Wate 


Ash 

Frilly  acids  . . 


f  56-91 


(  66-81  f  53 '75 

5-64      \                    ;    56-45  )■  5*-20      i 

(.  56-utl  (.  53-62 

I,  56-79  J 

11-73 


(  11-73      ")  ,      9-46      ~) 

]  [   19-25  [  13 

(.  11-80     )  (.    9-17     ) 


67  10-35 

16-00     I       15-23 


The  water  was  determined  by  mixing  with  ignited  sand 
and  drying  for  2 — 4  hours  at  110°  O. ;  the  ash  left  on 
igniting  the  residue  was  light  grey  to  white  in  colour  and 
free  from  lime. 

From  a  comparison  of  the  analyses  with  values  obtained 
from  pure  egg  yolk  it  appears  that  commercial  "  eggio  " 
contains  from  2  to  5  per  cent,  more  water,  and  from  3|  to 
6  per  cent,  less  fatty  acids.  The  high  ash  is  due  to  sodium 
salts  added  to  prevent  putrefaction. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


PATENT. 


Improvements  in  Process  anil  Apparatus  far  Extracting 
Glue  or  Gelatin  anil  Grease  out  of  Hide  and  Skm 
Waste  and  of  Bones  at  comparatively  Lou  Temperature. 
L.  Bertram,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  951,  January  18, 
1892. 

Give  or  gelatin  of  the  best  quality  are  only  obtained  when 
the  extraction  is  carried  out  at  a  low  temperature.  The 
inventor  proposes  for  this  purpose  an  apparatus  in  which 
the  raw  material  is  extracted  at  a  temperature  of  75°  to  85°  C. 
The  apparatus  consists  essentially  of  a  water-bath  which  can 
be  heated  either  by  a  steam  coil  placed  inside  the  water 
jacket  or  by  a  separate  steam  compartment  fastened  to  the 
bottom  of  the  vessel.  Inside  the  water-bath  the  inventor 
places  a  vessel  made  of  sheet  iron  and  tinned  inside  and 
furnished  with  a  false  bottom  made  of  the  same  material  on 
which  the  raw  material  to  be  extracted  is  placed  and  covered 
with  water.  By  two  or  three  extractions  the  most  valuable 
parts  are  obtained ;  the  last  quantities  are  recovered  by 
boiling  the  material  with  direct  steam,  for  which  purpose  the 
innermost  vessel  is  provided  with  a  lead  steam  coil.  To 
increase  the  heating  surface  of  the  water-bath  hot  water 
tubes  communicating  with  the  water-jacket  protrude  into  the 
inner  vessel,  in  which  the  extraction  is  carried  out. 
There  are  six  claims  and  one  sheet  of  drawings. — .1.  L. 


4*8 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 1892. 


XV.-MANUEES.  Etc. 

Formation  and  Behaviour  of  Basic  Calcium  Phosphates 
and  their  Relationship  to  Thomas-slag.  O.  Foerster. 
Zeits.  E.  angew.  Chem.  1892,  13—22. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  16o. 


XVI.-SUGAR,  STARCH,   GUM,  Etc. 

The  Technical  Analysis  of  the  Calcined  Vinasse  from 
Beetroot  Molasses.  C.  Heyer.  Chem.  Zeit.  18'J1,  15, 
1489 — 1490,  1523 — 1524  and  loo".  (Compare  this 
Journal,  1891,861.) 


The  Technical  Analysis  <f  Ihe  Calcined  Y masse  from 
Beetroot  Molasses.  Alberti  and  Henipel,  Chem.  Zeit. 
1891,15,  1623—1624. 

See  under  XXIII., page  462. 


1    Method    of    Inversion    and    Estimation    of    Raffinose. 
Koydl.    <  testerr.  Zeits.  Zuckerind.  1891,  20,  700, 

See  under  XXIII., page  463. 


PATENTS. 


cold  water.  This  may  be  effected  in  a  closed  vespi  I  con- 
taining the  substances,  t  )gether  with  sulphurous  anhydride, 
heated  by  an  oil-hath,  but  a  more  uniform  action  is  insured 
by  the  use  of  an  apparatus  described  in  the  specification. 
It  consists  of  a  cylindrical  vessel  supported  at  its  extremities 
by  two  hollow  trunnions  in  pedestals,  and  capable  of 
revolving  on  its  longitudinal  axis  ;  a  steam  coil,  fed  by  a 
tube  branching  from  one  of  the  trunnions,  the  steam 
escaping  by  two  pipes  provided  with  valves  having  an  exit 
at  the  other  trunnion,  is  placed  within  the  vessel;  the 
trunnions  are  fitted  with  stuffing  boxes  to  avoid  the  escape 
of  steam.  A  man-hole  is  attached,  capable  of  being  easily 
opened  and  hermetically  sealed.  The  vessel  is  half  rilled 
with  the  amylaceous  substance,  and  gaseous  sulphurous 
anhydride  passed  in  until  the  air  is  displaced,  when  the  exit 
tube  is  closed,  and  when  the  vessel  is  full  of  sulphurous 
anhydride,  the  temperature  is  raised  from  120°  to  190°  C, 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  desired  product.  When  the: 
conversion  is  complete,  the  sulphurous  anhydride  is  allowed 
to  escape. — A.  1!.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Refining  or  Extraction  of  Sugar  from 

Hate  Sugar  Solution,  .time,  or  Molasses.  A.  Schncller 
and  W.  J.  Wisse,  The  Hague,  Holland.  Eng.  Pat.  5236, 
March  24,  1891. 
A  S<  mBBKR  in  the  form  of  a  tower  is  packed  with  broken 
brick,  earthenware,  china,  or  glass,  and  the  solution  con- 
taining the  raw  sugar  juice  or  molasses  is  thrown  in  a  spray 
upon  the  top  portion  of  it.  As  it  trickles  over  this  surface 
in  a  downward  direction,  ozonised  air,  produced  according 
to  the  process  specitied  (Eng.  Pat.  5222  of  1891;  this 
Journal,  1892,  354),  is  caused  to  enter  at  the  lower  part  of 
the  scrubber,  and  coming  into  close  contact  with  the  solution, 
oxidises  the  impurities  contained  therein.  The  solution 
afterwards  collects  in  a  reservoir  at  the  bottom  of  the 
scrubber,  and  is  again  (as  often  as  necessary)  treated  in  a 
similar  manner  in  the  same,  or  preferably  another  scrubber. 
With  more  than  one  scrubber  the  process  may  be  carried 
on  without  interruption.  The  spent  ozonised  air  may  1»* 
used  for  bleaching  or  other  suitable  purpose,  but  if  it  be 
desired  to  destroy  tin-  ozone  in  it,  is  is  led  into  a  furnai  < 

—A.  R.  L. 


Improvements  relating  t"  tlie  Manufacture  of  Cube-,  Loaf, 

and     Similar     Sugar.      W.     P.    Thompson,    Liverpool. 

From   .1.    Hirsch,  Griinan,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  21,477, 

December  8,  1891. 
Tiik  patentee  claims  that  his  invention  provides  a  method 
of  directly  preparing  the  sugar  obtained  by  the  Steffen 
washing  process,  or  by  any  other  process  of  refining  for 
table  cubes,  loaves.  &c,  without  dissolving,  clarifying,  or 
filtering  such  sugar. 

A  warm  mash  is  prepared  in  a  receptacle  above  a  vacuum 
apparatus,  and  in  the  mash  white  sugar  is  mixed  with  a 
clarifying  liquid  or  water  to  a  thick  paste,  and  carefully 
warmed.  The  vacuum  pan  is  then  charged  with  the 
mixture,  closed,  and  the  air  pump  applied  ;  the  liquid  sugar 
is  then  brought  to  the  required  temperature  and  finally 
drawn  off.  "  Blued  cleare,  or  blued  pure  water"  is  then 
added  to  it,  and  it  is  boiled  down  until  of  the  necessary 
firmness,  the  massecuitc  thus  obtained  being  put  into 
moulds  to  be  made  into  cubes,  loaves,  &c. — A.  K.  L. 


Improvements   in    Mucilages,    Sizes,   anil   Adhesive  Com- 
pounds.    C.  M.  Higgins,  Brooklyn,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pats. 
22,679,  L'L'.r.s-j.  and  22,685,  December  29,  1891. 
See  under  XIII.,  page  447. 


1 in  pi  m  i  mi  nts  in  a  ltd  Apparatus  for  (  Converting  Amylaceous 

Substances    into    Soluble    Prodticls.      W.   P.  Thompson, 

Liverpool.     Prom    A.   H.  J.   Berge,    Brussels,    Belgium. 

Eng.  Pat.  7272,  April  27.  1891. 

'I'm  patentee  claims  an  improved  process  for  the  conversion 

of  amylaceous  substances  such  a-  "  starch,  flour,  or  farina, 

ground,   bruised,  or   even   whole    grain  "  into  dextrin-like 

products  in  ;i  dry   state  by   means  of  gaseous  sulphurous 

anhydride;  tin-  products  being  soluble  in  cither  warm  or 


Improvements    in    Refining   Sugar.     E.  Langen,   Cologne, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  420,  January  9,  1892. 

The  patentee  claims  that  his  invention  provides  a  method 
whereby  the  total  sugar  obtainable  by  crystallisation  from 
the  after-products  of  the  refining  process  is  led  back  into 
the  circuit  of  this  process  in  the  form  of  an  almost 
chemically  pure  sugar  solution. 

A  filtered  solution  of  raw  sugar  is  boiled  down  to  a 
granular  filliiiir  mass  in  the  usual  manner  to  obtain  No.  1 
product  of  the  refining  process.  The  first  so-called  green 
svrup  is  concentrated  to  a  granular  consistency,  and  the 
resulting  mass  is  agitated  with  sugar  crystals  to  induce 
crystallisation,  according  to  the  Wulff  or  Bock  process ;  it 
being  then  divided  according  to  Steffen's  process  of 
"fractionated  washing"  into  a  whitish  crystalline  magma, 
consisting  of  Xo.  11.  product,  and  low-grade  syrup.  After 
pumping  off  the  low  grade  syrup  (see  below)  from  the 
magma,  water  is  distributed  uniformly  over  its  surface  in 
thin  streams,  whereby  all  the  sugar  passes  into  solution. 
If  the  first  portion  of  the  solution  issuing  from  the  washing 
vessel  be  coloured,  it  is  used  as  boiling  liquor  for  No.  1. 
product  ;  whilst  that  subsequently  pumped  out  is  employed 
for  the  preparation  of  the  clear  liquor.  The  low-grade 
syrup  from  No.  IL  is  concentrated  and  made  to  crystallise 
as  described  aluvc,  the  mass    produced   being   subjected  to 


Maysi.1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


449 


centrifugal  action,  and  the  yellowish  granular  sugar 
( No.  III.  product)  used  for  inducing  the  crystallisation  of 
No.  II.  product.  The  syrup  obtained  from  No.  III. 
product  is,  as  a  rule,  sufficiently  low  for  treating  as 
molasses,  but  when  this  is  not  so,  it  may  be  again  subjected 
to  the  crystallisation  process  and  No.  IV.  product  obtained, 
the  latter  being  used  to  induce  the  crystallisation  of  cither 
Xo.  II.  or  No.  III.  products. — A.  It.  L. 


XVII.-BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

The  Decomposition  of  Manitol  and  Dextrose  by  the 
Bacillus  Ethaceticus.  1'.  F.  Frankland  and  J.  S. 
Lumsden.     Proc.  Chein.  Soc.  1892  [lid],  70—72. 

The  products  of  the  fermentation  of  both  these  compounde 
consist  of  ethyl  alcohol,  acetic  acid,  carbonic  anhydride, 
hydrogen,  and  traces  of  succinic  acid.  When  the  fermenta- 
tions are  couducted  in  a  closed  space  there  is  invariably  also 
a  considerable  quantity  of  formic  acid  produced,  whilst  in 
fermentations  in  an  open  space  (flasks  plugged  with  cotton 
wool)  formic  acid,  except  in  traces,  is  a  most  exceptional 
product.  The  same  phenomenon  has  been  already  pointed 
out  by  one  of  the  authors  in  the  case  of  a  fermentation  with 
another  organism  (/i.  ethacetosuccinicus),  and  it  is  doubtless 
due  to  formic  acid  being  one  of  the  primary  products  of  the 
fermentation,  and  then  breaking  up,  more  or  less  completely, 
into  equal  volumes  of  carbonic  anhydride  and  hydrogen  ; 
this  decomposition  is,  however,  retarded  wheu  the  products 
— carbonic  anhydride  and  hydrogen — are  prevented  from 
escaping,  as  is  the  case  in  fermentations  conducted  in  a 
closed  space.  Indeed,  the  proportion  in  which  the  carbonic 
anhydride  and  hydrogen  were  found  coincides  almost  exactly 
with  that  in  which  they  are  present  in  formic  acid.  The 
proportions  in  which  the  several  products  are  obtained 
from  manitol  is  approximately  represented  by  the  equation — 


3  CGH1406  + 

5  C.,H,,( ) 


II..O  = 
5  CPU). 


whilst  in  the  case  of  the  dextrose  the  products  occur  in  the 
proportions — 

2-5  C2H60:l-5  C3H4Oa:3  CHs02:COs 

Thus,  there  is  more  acetic  acid  in  proportion  to  alcohol 
aud  formic  acid  produced  in  the  case  of  dextrose  than  in 
that  of  manitol.  The  carbon  dioxide  given  among  the 
products  really  represents  that  liberated  from  the  calcium 
carbonate  present  in  excess  by  a  fixed  acid  insoluble  in 
ether,  the  nature  of  which  could  not  be  determined. 

The  fermentations  conducted  in  a  closed  space  are  always 
found  to  be  markedly  less  complete  than  those  which  take 
place  in  an  open  one. 

There  is  a  close  qualitative  and  quantitative  resemblance 
between  these  fermentations  by  the  IS.  ethaceticus  and 
those  previously  described  by  one  of  the  authors  as  taking 
place  through  the  agency  of  the  Pneamococeus  (Fried- 
hinder),  which  renders  it  probable  that  this  ethacetic 
decomposition  is  a  very  general  and  typical  form  of 
fermentative  change. 

In  reply  to  a  question  by  Dr.  Kipping,  he  added  that  it 
was  very  remarkable  that,  notwithstanding  both  alcohol  and 
acetic  acid  were  formed,  no  trace  of  ethylic  acetate  could 
be  detected  among  the  products. 


PATENT. 

Improvements  in  the  Process  of  and  Apparatus  for  Brewinq 
Birr.     D.  Quertain,  Lobbes,   Helgium,    and   II.    Pecker, 
Charleroi,  Belgium.     Eng.  Pat.   654,  January  13,  1891. 
(By  International  Convention),  June  14,  1890. 
The  "  invention  consists  of  a  new  process  for  the  brewing  of 
beers  by  one  continuous  work  and  by  natural    decantation 
by  means  of  new  or  improved   apparatus,  and  the  object  of 
the    invention  is    to    obtain  a    more   rapid  manufacture   to 
prevent  evaporation,  (o  prevent  the  formation  of  a  head,  and 
to  obtain  a  beer  as  strong  as  those  now  manufactured,  at  the 
same    time   employing  a  less  quantity  of  malt."     In  details 
of  this  invention   the   original    specification   must  be  con- 
sulted.—A.  L.  8. 


XVIII.-CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

(A.)— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS. 

On  the   Chemistry  <>f  the  Preserve  Industry.     W.  Reuse. 

Chem.  Zeit.  1891,  15,  1522—1523,  and  1583. 
The  author  noticed  the  presence  of  lead  in  some  preserves 
put  up  in  tinned-iron  canisters,  the  latter  were  constructed 
by  bending  the  sheet-metal  together,  thereby  avoiding 
contamination  with  lead  by  means  of  solder  and  hermeti- 
cally sealed  by  india-rubber  bands.  He  subsequently 
traced  the  lead  to  these  bands,  which  contained  this  metal 
in  the  form  of  minium.  On  examining  red  india-rubber 
hands  of  French,  German,  and  English  manufacture,  hi 
found  them  to  contain  as  much  as  CO  per  cent,  of  minium. 

—A.  R.  L. 


On  the  Estimation   if  Fatty   Matters  in  Milk    Products. 
Leze  and  Allard.     Compt.  Rend.  1891,  113,  65-1—656. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  165. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Means  for  Storing  and  Preserving  Fvud 
for  Domestic  Uses.  L.  Smith,  Chicago,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  2414a,  February  10,  1891. 

It  is  a  well  established  fact  that  canned  goods  undergo  a 
change,  aud  that  their  delicate  flavour  is  either  entirely 
destroyed  or  sufficiently  altered  to  render  them  more  or  less 
unpalatable.  The  cold-storage  system  also  has  its  disadvan- 
tages, apart  from  the  great  expense,  as  food  thus  preserved 
must  not  he  kept  for  any  length  of  time  after  removal  from 
the  cold  storage,  as  it  is  known  to  perish  very  rapidly. 

The  invention  consists  in  storing  the  goods  in  an  air  tight 
receptacle  from  which  the  air  cap  be  exhausted,  while 
carbonic  acid  is  allowed  to  take  its  place-  This  gas,  as  is 
well  known,  has  little  or  no  effect  upon  articles  of  food,  and 
does  not  alter  their  flavour  or  impart  to  them  an  unpalatable 
taste  to  any  gnat  extent,  Forfurther  particulars  the  original 
specification  must  be  consulted. — L.  de  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Soap  and  in  the 
I  'tilisntion  of  the  Residue  of  the  Substances  Used  therein. 
R.  Stone,  London.      Ihig.  Pat.  4454,  March  ii,  1891. 

See  under  XU.,  paye  446. 


450 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 1892. 


I     Veto   Chemical  Food.     A.  D.  McKay,  Liverpool.     Eng. 
Pat.  270,  January  6,  1892. 

To  be  utilised  as  food  by  young  children  or  aged  persons 
who  are  unable  otherwise  to  retain  or  assimilate  it,  milk  is 
subjected  to  special  treatment.  The  invention  consists  in 
adding  to  the  milk,  which  is  preferably  lirst  condensed,  a  large 
proportion  of  sugar  and  pure  dextrin,  a  small  quantity  of 
albumin,  and  a  very  small  amount  of  both  sodium  and 
calcium  hypophosphites. — L.  de  K. 


(fi.)— SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

Drinking   Water  and  Disease.     W.  P.  Mason.     Jour. 
'  Franklin  Inst.  1891,  132,  356—365. 

The  author  comments  on  the  prevalent  ignorance  of  the 
pi.tho^enic  significance  of  The  presence  of  fresh-water  alga; 
in  our  city  water  supplies  :  he  is  also  inclined  to  regard 
water  polluted  by  sewage  from  healthy  persons  as  less 
harmful  than  sewage  from  pathological  sources.  Referring 
to  the  self-purification  of  polluted  water  in  running  streams, 
he  is  of  opinion  that  a  very  considerable  self-purification 
does  take  place  in  running  streams,  but  that  what  holds 
good  for  dilute  sewage  does  not  necessarily  apply  to  waters 
as  they  approach  the  limit  of  potability  ;  in  fact,  he  believes 
that  the  rate  of  self-purification  varies  directly  as  the 
amount  of  sewage  contamination,  and  therefore,  given  a 
stream  with  a  certain  amount  of  pollution,  the  percentage  of. 
this  disappearing  per  mile  should  continually  decrease  as 
the  stream  flows  on.  His  views  find  support  in  the  analytical 
investigations  of  Dr.  Long  on  the  water  of  the  Illinois  and 
Michigan  canal.  This  canal  receives  its  supply  of  water,  or 
rather  dilute  sewage,  at  Bridgeport  ;  it  then  flows  along  the 
level  to  Lockport,  29  miles  below,  requiring  about  a  day  for 
its  passage.  It  receives  no  dilution  on  the  way,  but  is 
frequently  agitated  by  passing  boats,  and  it  is  distinctly 
shown,  by  a  great  number  of  analyses  of  samples  taken  on 
various  dates,  but  at  both  Bridgeport  and  Lock  port  on  the 
same  days,  that  when  the  free  ammonia,  the  albuminoid 
ammonia,  and  oxygen  consumed  were  very  high,  the  amount 
of  reduction  was  considerable,  and  that  when  they  were  low 
tin  amount  of  reduction  was  insignificant.  Taking  two  sets 
of  analyses  for  example,  the  numbers  obtained  are  . — ■ 


Free 
Ammonia. 

Albuminoid 
Ammonia. 

Oxygen 

consumed. 

June  r:  nt  Bridgeport. 

2-6 

0-M 

12MI 

Uig.  25,  ;it  Bridgeport 

'!'.''- 

1-90 

35  i 

.tunc  6,  at  Lockpoi  t. . . 

J'S 

ii-'.r. 

1V36 

ii  Lockport  . . 

l.s-o 

0-88 

12-40 

This  result  is  better  shown  in  the  paper  by  diagrams 
giving  the  numbers  mapped  in  curves.  The  author  points 
out  that  even  the  best  of  the  water  samples  from  this  canal 
are  very  far  from  being  potable,  and  he  is  of  opinion  that 
the  self-purification  of  large  streams  contaminated  with  city 
sewage  is  exceedingly  slow,  and  quotes  his  experience  with 
the  Hudson  River  water  in  support  of  this  opinion.  He  took 
the  precaution,  when  examining  the  water  supply  of  Albany, 
to  examine  the  river  both  above  and  below  the  place  where 
the  contamination  entered,  and  although  it  showed  a  great 
improvement  between  the  latter  place  and  Albany,  yet  when 
comparison  was  made  with  the  camples  taken  above  the 
influx  of  contamination,  the  results  led  the  author  to 
condemn  the  river  as  a  water  supply.  In  another  instance 
he  traces  an  outbreak  of  typhoid  fever  in  various  cities  using 
Hudson  River  water  which  bad  received  contamination, 
whilst  cities  in  the  immediate  proximity  and  using  Hudson 
River  water  taken  above  such  contamination  were  practically 
exempt  from  the  outbreak.—  D.  A.  I,. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Treating 
Towns'  Slaughter-house  and  other  Refuse  or  Substances 
to-  Materials.  E.  Cunliffe  and  E.  Barlow,  Manchester. 
Eng.  Pat.  19,967,  December  8,  1890. 

The  invention  consists  chiefly  in  filtering  off  any  solid 
matter  or  sludge,  or  cutting  up  .any  animal  refuse  before 
subjecting  to  heat  and  destructive  distillation.  The  hot 
gases  are  withdrawn  and  burnt ;  the  residue  is  discharged. 
The  special  apparatus,  figured,  is  claimed. — L.  de  K. 


Improvements  in  Means  or  Apparatus  for  Sterilising 
Water.  J.  Y.  Johnson,  London.  From  "  La  Societe 
Geneste,  Herscher  and  Co.,"  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat. 
2051, February  4,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  an  apparatus  for  completely 
sterilising  water  under  pressure,  so  as  to  avoid  the  loss  of 
the  discolved  gases  on  which  its  palatibility  depends.  The 
apparatus  is  complete  in  itself  and  is  arranged  to  work 
continuously.  The  water  to  be  sterilised  is  forced  by  a 
steam  pump  successively  through  two  closed  cylinders,  each 
of  which  is  provided  with  a  coil  through  which  hot  2nd  already 
sterilised  watsr  circulates.  The  latter  is  thus  cooled  down, 
whilst  at  the  same  time  the  fresh  water  in  the  outer 
cylinders  is  fore-warmed.  The  water  then  passes  on  to  a 
sterilising  vcsel  in  which  it  is  heated  to  120" — 1300  C.  by 
means  of  steam  pipes  and  a  steam  coil  supplied  with  steam 
from  a  small  boiler.  Subsequently  the  water  passes  through 
a  filter,  and  filially  is  cooled  by  its  passage  through  the 
cooling  worms  mentioned  above.  The  sterilised  water 
leaves  the  apparatus  by  a  valve-tap  which  opens  at  a  suitable 
pressure.  The  various  valves,  &c,  are  so  arranged  that 
the  pump  automatically  ceases  working  until  the  water  in 
the  steriliser  has  attained  the  right  temperature  ;  or  when- 
ever the  boiler  pressure  falls  below  a  certain  limit. — II.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Disinfection  and  Deodorisation  of 
Sewage,  and  in  the  Apparatus  fur  Preparing  and 
Applying  the  Disinfectant.  A.  McDougal,  Southport, 
and  J.  J.  Meldrum,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  2846, 
February  17,  1891. 

The  prejudicial  and  offensive  products  of  the  decomposition 
of  sewage  matter  are  mainly  compounds  of  sulphur  and 
phosphorus  with  hydrogen  and  sulphur,  or  phosphorus 
compounds  with  alkalis,  or  ammonia.  Sulphurous  acid 
decomposes  these  products  with  the  formation  of  odourless 
products,  such  as  hypophosphites  or  thiosulphates,  and  on 
this  fact  the  inventors  have  based  their  process.  The 
sulphur  dioxide  is  generated  by  the  combustion  of  sulphur, 
pyrites,  or  spent  oxide  in  a  suitable  furnace,  and  as  a  rule 
the  termination  of  the  action  of  the  gas  is  conveniently 
indicated  by  the  change  of  the  liquid  from  an  alkaline  to  an 
acid  reaction.  The  sulphurous  acid  is  supplied  to  the 
sewage,  &c.  by  a  steam  injector  fitted  to  the  furnace 
generating  the  gas. — L.  de  K. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Purifying  Water.     F.  C. 
Nunn,  Loudon.     Eug.  Pat.  4C19,  March  14,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  Anderson's  revolving  purifiers  in 
which  water  is  brought  into  intimate  contact  with  metallic 
iron  under  high  atmospheric  pressure.  The  improvement 
consists  in  forcing  the  air  into  the  cylinder  through  a  pipe 
passing  through  one  of  the  trunnions.  On  entering  it 
branches  out  into  four  or  more  perforated  pipes  running 
side  by  side  in  the  form  of  a  grid  to  the  other  end  of  the 
cylinder.  The  air  escaping  from  these  pipes  rises  through 
the  water  to  the  top  of  the  cylinder,  and  escapes  through 
a  pipe  taken  down  and  out  through  the  other  trunnion. 
The  water  is  led  out  of  the  purifier  through  a  long  box 
with  a  perforated  top,  and  suspended  in  a  fixed  position  in 
the  cylinder  underneath  the  air  pipes  as  low  down  as  may 
be  to  allow  the  shelves  to  pass  under  it  as  the  cylinder 
revolves.     One  end  of  the  box  is  connected   by  a  chamber 


Mn.v.ii,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


451 


to  the  ordinary  outlet  pipe.  The  other  hox  is  closed  so 
that  the  water  cannot  escape  from  the  cylinder  save  through 
the  box.  The  action  will  be  readily  understood.  As  the 
cylinder  revolves,  a  large  quantity  of  the  purifying  material 
is  brought  up  by  the  shelves  fixed  in  the  cylinder  and 
showered  down  on  to  the  box,  covering  both  box  and  air 
pipes  and  forming  a  heap  by  which  means  the  bubbles  of 
air  are  broken  up.  At  the  same  time  the  water  is  thoroughly 
brought  into  contact  with  both  the  air  anil  the  purifying 
material  on  its  way  to  escape  through  the  box.  The 
materia)  is  prevented  From  raking  by  the  revolving  of  the 
cylinder. — L.  de  K. 

Improved  Process  for  Purifying  Sewage  Effluents  and 
other  Impure  Liquids,  and  Apparatus  therefor.  E.  E. 
Scruby,  Kpping.     Eng.  Pat.  5330,  March  25,  1891. 

The  invention  consists  in  first  removing  as  far  as  possible 
by  the  usual  processes  of  settling,  filtering,  &c.  all  solid 
matters.  By  means  of  the  inventor's  apparatus  the  liquid 
is  then  saturated  with  oxygen,  which  may  be  generated  in 
any  suitable  and  convenient  manner. — L.  de  K. 


An  Improved  Mode  of  and  Apparatus  for  Clarifying 
Muddy  Liquids.  1!.  Dervaux,  Brussels,  Belgium.  Eng. 
l'at.  5340,  March  25,  1891. 

'I'm:  improved  apparatus  described  is  intended  to  facilitate 
the  deposition  of  suspended  particles  from  muddy  liquids. 
It  consists  of  a  number  of  superimposed  chambers,  separated 
from  rich  other  by  slanting  or  conical  partitions.  The 
water  to  be  clarified  is  charged  into  these  chambers  from 
below,  either  from  a  common  main  or  by  means  of  separate 
supply  pipes.  The  mud  which  settles  out  passes  through  holes 
in  i  lie  centre  or  near  the  lower  edge  of  each  partition,  to  the 
bottom  of  the  apparatus  ;  whilst  the  clear  liquid  flows  from 
the  top  of  each  compartment  into  a  vertical  collecting  pipe. 
Finally,  if  necessary,  the  liquid  is  forced  upwards  through  a 
filter,  and  thus  further  clarified.  Details  and  drawings  of 
various  forms  of  the  apparatus  are  given. — H.  T.  P. 


.4.    New    or    Improved    Filter-Pump.      H.    Nordtmeyer, 
Breslau,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  7155,  April  25,  1891." 

See  under  I.,  page  422. 


Improvements    in    Apparatus  for   Purifying   or    Treating 
Water.      E.    Devonshire,    London.       Eng.    l'at.    I  1,735, 

September  1,  1891. 
The  invention  relates  to  apparatus  for  purifying  water  by 
bringing  it  into  intimate  contact  with  iron  "  or  other 
chemically  acting  material,"  and  aerating  the  water,  and 
especially  for  "  producing  uniform  contact  between  all  the 
water  and  the  purifying  material,  and  air  or  gas."  The 
invention  consists  in  a  vessel,  chamber,  or  tank  having  a 
water  inlet  and  outlet  and  grids  or  open-wotk  partitions  at 
intervals  in  the  chamber  with  means  for  polishing  them. 

An  elaborate  description  of  the  apparatus  is  given,  but 
it  cannot  be  well  understood  without  the  accompanying 
drawings. — L.  de  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Disposal  of  Sewage,  and  Apparatus 
connected  therewith.  J.  Norris,  Egham.  Eng.  Pat. 
20,726,  November  28,  1891. 
Tin-',  inventor  proposes  a  new  method  for  the  disposal  of 
sewage  without  the  ordinary  cesspool,  and  for  the  preven- 
tion of  the  accumulation  of  sewer  gas.  A  chamber  called 
the  fresh  air  inlet  chamber  has  its  sides  and  ends  lined 
with  glazed  bricks.  Its  slopes  at  the  bottom  are  of  concrete, 
lined  with  white  glazed  tiles,  and  at  the  bottom  is  an 
enamel  overflow  pipe  to  carry  off  the  liquid  portion  of  the 
soil.  The  chamber  is  covered  in  by  a  hinged  iron  grating. 
The  soil  drain  from  the  water-closet  enters  the  chamber 
about  one  foot  from  the  bottom.     Underneath  its   orifice 


is  placed  a  strainer,  the  sides  and  ends  of  which  are  made 
of  galvanised  iron  wires  about  J  in.  apart,  the  top  of  the 
strainer  being  open.  The  bottom  of  the  strainer  is  made 
of  galvanised  sheet  iron  punctured  all  over  with  holes  of 
about  i  in.  in  diameter,  and  turned  up  about  2  in.  all 
round.  A  handle  is  fitted  to  the  strainer  so  that  it  may 
be  daily  taken  out  and  replaced,  and  it  is  also  kept  in  its 
proper  position  b}r  means  of  tu  o  iron  rods.  When  the 
soil  enters  the  strainer,  its  solid  portion  is  retained,  but  the 
liquid  portion  passes  into  the  chamber  and  is  carried  off 
by  the  overflow  pipe.  The  solid  contents  should  be  daily 
removed  and  mixed  with  earth.  A  current  of  fresh  air 
passes  through  the  iron  grating  of  the  inlet  chamber 
through  the  soil  drain,  which  is  connected  with  an  ordinary 
ventilating  shaft. — L.  de  K. 


A  Neio  or  Improved  Method  or  Process  for  Purifying 
Sewage  or  Foul  Waters.  .1.  T.  Wood,  Rochdale.  Eng. 
Pat.  22,747,  December  30,  1891. 

According  to  this  process,  sewage  is  purified  hy  subject- 
ing it,  in  a  finely-divided  state,  to  the  action  of  a  current  of 
air,  air  and  oxygen,  ozone,  or  other  suitable  gas.  In  prac- 
tice the  sewage  to  be  treated  flows  through  a  screening 
chamber,  and  from  thence  passes  over  a  suitable  distributing 
mechanism  into  an  oxidising  chamber.  Daring  its  descent 
into  the  latter,  the  sewage  encounters  a  blast  of  air,  See. 
underpressure,  with  the  result  that  it  is  converted  into  spray 
and  becomes  saturated  with  the  gas.  At  this  stage,  any 
chemical  precipitant  that  it  is  desired  to  add  i>.  projected 
into  the  spray  by  means  of  a  hopper  with  revolving  rollers. 
Subsequently  the  sewage  flows  into  tanks  where  the  sus- 
pended matters  are  allowed  to  settle.  The  clear  supernatant 
liquid  is  then  further  purified  by  passing  it  over  an 
"  oxidising  stairs  "  the  "  risers  "  or  "  faces  "  being  provided 
with  openings  which  communicate  with  tubes  conveying  air, 
&c.  under  pressure.  It  is  claimed  that  by  this  process  the 
oxidation  will  be  more  vigorous  and  complete  than  by  any 
other  means,  that  it  will  require  less  area  for  its  operation, 
and  can  be  applied  indiscriminately  in  all  cases.  Modifica- 
tions of  the  air-blast  process,  applicable  to  filter-beds  and  to 
weirs  of  rivers,  are  described.  For  details  and  drawings  of 
the  apparati  s  the  original  specification  must  be  consulted. 

— H.  T.  P. 


(O.)— DISINFECTANTS. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Supplying  Disinfectants  to  the  Flushing 
Pipes  of  Urinals,  Water-Closets,  and  the  like.  T.  Panario, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  4287,  March  10,  1891. 

By  this  invention  simple  and  efficacious  means  are  provided 
whereby  disinfectants  can  be  supplied  to  the  flushing  pipes  of 
urinals  and  water-closets  in  a  definite  quantity.  Various  dis- 
infectants can  be  used  in  and  with  the  apparatus.  Any  solid 
disinfectant  soluble  in  water,  such  as  permanganate  of  potash, 
or  any  heavy  liquid  such  as  carbolic  acid  may  be  employed. 
The  disinfectant  is  put  into  a  receptacle  which  is  tightly 
attached  to  the  outer  end  of  an  elbowed  block  in  a  pre- 
ferably vertical  position.  When  a  flush  is  given,  the  rush 
of  water  will  create  a  vacuum  and  so  draw  a  portion  of  the 
disinfectant  from  the  receptacle  and  cause  it  to  mingle  with 
the  water. — L.  de  K. 

A  New  or  Improved  Manufacture,  being  a  Disinfectant, 
Antiseptic,  Deodoriser,  Vermin  and  Insect  Destroyer, 
and  also  applicable  for  use  ua  an  Ingredient  in  and  as 
Fire-lighters.  A.  Lutschaunig,  Liverpool.  Eng.  Pat. 
4352,  March  11,  1891. 

The  leaves  (needles)  and  young  branches  or  shoots  of 
pine  or  other  resinous  trees  are  broken,  shredded,  and 
dried,  or  pulped  or  otherwise  reduced  to  a  small  condition 
and  dried.  If  desired  the  material  may  further  be  teased 
and  the  dust  separated  from  it  by  sifting.  This  pre- 
paration constitutes  a  valuable  disinfectant  for  sick  rooms, 
hospitals    or   similar   places.      When   desired    it    may    be 


452 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 181I2. 


mixed  with  other  disinfectants.  It  is  also  a  good  vermin 
or  insect  destroyer,  and  the  inventor  particularly  recom- 
mends to  spread  it  over  the  floors  of  dwelling  rooms  before 
sweeping  these.  In  the  application  of  the  substance  as  a 
fire-lighter  it  must  be  mixed  with  an  equal  weight  of  rosin 
or  like  inflammable  material.  After  melting  the  mixture 
it  must  be  moulded  by  pressure  into  blocks  of  suitable 
form  and  size. — L.  de  I\. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  Vaporising  ( 'arholic 
Acid  and  other  Disinfectants,  and  in  Apparatus  there- 
for. C.  Scott,  Belfast.  Eng.  Pat.  9083,  May  29, 
"l89l. 

Fob  the  purpose  of  disinfection,  carbolic  acid  or  any  other 
volatile  disinfectant  is  subjected  to  the  action  of  heat  in  a 
vessel  having  a  large  surface  internally  and  a  small  bell- 
shaped  mouth  or  aperture  to  admit  the  disinfectant  and 
allow  the  vapour  thereof  to  escape,  by  which  means  large 
quantities  of  the  disinfectant  volatilise  in  a  moderate  space 
of  time. 

After  the  vessel  has  been  placed  in  the  fire  and  made 
red  hot  it  is  removed  into  the  room  where  the  persons, 
animals  or  their  belongings  are  to  be  disinfected,  aud  after 
external  air  has  been  as  far  as  possible  excluded,  t lie  carbolic 
acid  is  poured  into  the  vessel. — L.  de  K. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  Soluble  Quinoline  Anti- 
septics. A.  Lembach,  l".  Schleicher,  and  C.  J.  Wolff, 
Hiebrich,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  18,913,  November  3, 
1891. 

It  has  been  proved  that  quinoline  aud  toluquinoline  possess 
great  antibacterial  properties,  but  the  complete  insolubility 
of  these  substances  in  non-acid  fluids  presented  a  serious 
obstacle  to  their  becoming  available  for  general  use. 

The  inventors  have  at  last  succeeded  in  finding  a  suitable 
solvent,  and  there  is  now  nothing  in  the  way  of  the 
technical  aud  commercial  application  and  use  of  the  said 
substances  as  antiseptics.  The  invention  consists  in  using 
soap  in  the  nascent  state.  For  instance,  to  50  kilos,  of 
a  suitable  oil,  such  as  castor  oil,  is  added  50  kil<>^.  of 
quinoline,  and  also  15  kilos,  of  hydrate  of  potash  in  50 
kilos,  of  water.  The  mixture  is  boiled  until  the  saponifica- 
tion is  quite  complete,  which  stage  is  indicated  by  the 
perfect  clearing  of  the  liquid,  which  must  then  be  diluted 
with  another  85  kilos,  of  water. — L.  de  K. 


Improvements  in  ( 'andles  or  Tapers  for  Fumigating  or 
Perfuming  or  Evaporating  Purposes.  J.  Kyder,  -Man- 
chester.    From  E.  A.  Weidemann,  Liebenburg,  Germany. 


Eng.  Pat.  22,742,  December  30,  1891. 
See  under  XII.,  page  446. 


XIX.-PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Determination  of  Mechanical  Wood    Pulp   in    Paper.     II 
Godeffroy.     Mitt.  U.  k.  Techn.  Gcw.  Museums,  1891,  295. 

See  under  X  X  1 1 1.,  page  -16-4. 


On   the  Quantitative  Determination  of  Mechanical  Wood 
Pulp  in  Paper.    .1.  Bandisch.    Papier  Zeitung,  1891,  16, 

2414—2415. 

Set  under  \\III.,  page  4G4. 


Bisulphite  Process :   Boiler  Tests.      Papier  Zeitung,  1891, 
16,  2699. 

Tun  progress  of  the  treatment  in  the  digesters  is  best 
followed  according  to  A.  Ilarpf,  by  the  results  of  the 
"  ammonia  test,"  precipitation  of  neutral  sulphite,  together 
with  those  of  the  iodine  titration,  of  samples  of  the  liquor 
withdrawn  from  time  to  time.  Such  purely  empirical 
evidence  as  colour,  smell,  and  viscosity  are  adopted  by  the 
"practical  man"  often  as  his  only  guide,  and  it  must  be 
admitted  with  satisfactory  results. — C.  F.  C. 


Straic  Boiling.     Papier  Zeitung,  1891,  16,  2700. 

In  boiling  straw  for  straw  boards  it  is  recommended  to 
introduce  the  quicklime  directly  into  the  boiler :  and  in 
districts  where  only  inferior  lime  is  obtainable,  a  proportion 
of  soda  ash  should  be  added.  The  mixed  lime  and  soda 
boil  is  an  economical  variation  of  the  ordinary  treatment 
in  the  case  of  refractory  straws,  or  where  the  supply  of 
water  for  washing  purposes  is  not  abundant. — C.  F  C. 


On  Cellulose  and  its    Forms :    Cellulose    Gum.      W.  Hoff- 
meister.    Landw.  Versuchsstat.  1891,  39,  461. 

The  author  formerly  held  the  view  that  the  cellulose  might 
be  dissolved  out  of  plant-tissues  by  dilute  alkalis  when 
certain  substances,  "incrustations"  are  removed;  his 
present  experiments  prove  that  this  is  not  exclusively 
the  case.  He  confirms  the  observation,  however,  that  the 
cellulose  can  be  quantitatively  extracted  in  the  pure  state 
on  treatment  with  "  chlorine  mixture  "  and  ammonia.  By 
direct  treatment  gum-like  compounds  are  obtained  ;  whilst  to 
isolate  these  previous  extraction  with  soda-lye  is  necessary. 
They  may  also  be  obtained  by  treating  the  tissues  with 
glacial  acetic  acid  and  ammonia  in  the  warm  ;  and  by 
dissolution  in  ammoniacal  cupric  oxide  solution,  hut  the 
form  of  the  cellulose  undergoes  alteration  by  these  methods. 
Tlic  author  names  that  form  of  cellulose  which  is  soluble  in 
caustic  alkali  in  accordance  with  Tollens'  proposal 
"  cellulose  gum."  This  has,  however,  various  forms  which 
may  be  spoken  of  collectively  as  cellulose  gum -like  sub- 
stances. To  prepare  "  cellulose  gum  "  in  the  pure  state  the 
raw  material  is  necessarily  extracted  with  ether,  alcohol, 
water,  and  dilute  ammonia  ;  the  residue  is  cither  extracted 
with  ammoniacal  cupric  oxide  solution  to  separate  the 
cellulose  from  the  lignin,  or  when  this  is  not  needful  digested 
direct  with  dilute  ammonia  on  the  water-bath.  If  starch  be 
present  it  is  removed  by  digestion  on  the  water-bath  with 
glacial  acetic  acid  and  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid,  or 
better  still  with  malt  extract.  After  digesting  the  residue 
for  a  long  time  with  ammonia  aud  washing  it,  it  does  not 
give  the  lignin  reaction,  but  this  substance  is  still  present. 
The  cellulose  is  then  extracted  with  ammoniacal  cupric 
oxide  solution,  more  or  less  "  cellulose  gum  "  can  then  be 
separated  from  the  cellulose  thus  obtaiutd,  by  extraction 
with  5  per  cent,  soda-lye.  II  ud  woods  may  be  initially 
extracted  with  hot  glacial  acetic  acid.  The  "  incrusting 
substances"  or  their  decomposition  products  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  glacial  acetic  acid  and  ammoniacal  extracts. 
A.  B.  L. 


The  Influence  of  Moisture  on  the  Vegetable  Sizing  of 
Paper.  P.  A.  Hasselkuss.  Olu  m.  Zeit.  Rep.  1891, 15, 
326. 

The  more  humid  the  air  is  during  the  sizing  of  paper  the 
less  successful  is  the  operation;  slow  dryius  is  better  than 
quick.  It  cannot  be  stated  for  all  descriptions  of  paper 
beyond  what  limit  of  hunndit\  deficient  sizing  is  produced. 
There  is  however  for  all  I, ids  of  paper  a  certain  maximum, 
ami  tin-  thicker  the  paper  is  the  more  water  can  it  take  up 
without  deleterious  influence  on  the  sizing;  5 — 8  per  cent, 
may  be  placed  as  an  average  amount  of  water  for  paper  to 
contain.  When  paper  is  sized  in  a  too  moist  condition  its 
defects  can  be  remedied  by  keeping  it  for  three  weeks  to 
three  months  in   dry  air;   whereas  even    a   well-sized  paper 


May  31, 1883.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


i'oS 


is  spoiled  hy  keeping  it  in  a  dump  room.  The  alternating 
action  of  dry  and  most  air  (containing  more  than  80  per 
cent,  of  moisture)  appears  to  be  exceedingly  harmful. 
Paper  containing  a  large  quantity  of  "cellulose  or  straw 
palp"  is  not  affected  by  moisture,  i.e.,  as  regards  its  sizing. 
Letter  or  post-card  paper  which  require  well  sizing,  anil 
where  the  tinting  is  not  of  so  much  importance,  should 
contain  1  ."> — 30  percent,  of"  cellulose  or  straw-pulp."  Better 
and  more  durable  papers  to  which  the  addition  of  "cellu- 
lose" is  inadmissible  should  only  be  ntored  in  dry  rooms. 

— A.R.  L. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS. 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

<  hi   "  Phenocoll"   an    Antipyretic    and    Antirheumatic. 
Schmidt,      l'harm.  Zeit.  1898,  36,  585. 

(l)  (4) 

"Phenocoll,"  (C,Hi())C6H!.(NH.CO.CH,.NHc),  is  pre- 
pared by  treating  p-phenetidine  with  acetyl  chloride,  whereby 
chlorophenacetine  is  produced,  and  then  treating  this 
product  with  ammonia.  It  has  the  antipyretic  properties  of 
phenacetine,  while  by  reason  of  its  superior  solubility  and 
better  resorption,  its  action  is  more  prompt.  It  is  a  monacid 
base  ;  the  acetate  forms  interlaced  needles,  and  is  soluble  in 
:!j  parts  of  water;  the  salicylate  crystallises  from  water  in  long 
needles,  and  combines  the  therapeutic  properties  of  phenocoll 
aud  salicylic  acid.  The  following  tests  are  given  for  the 
hydrochloride: — 0'5  grm.  dissolves  to  a  clear  solution  in 
15  cc.  of  water,  which  should  not  give  a  reaction  with 
red  litmus  paper ;  on  addition  of  caustic  potash  a  white 
crystalline  precipitate  of  the  base  separates ;  it  leaves  no 
residue  when  ignited  on  platinum  foil.  When  the  base 
is  heated  with  a  little  water  it  melts,  but  resolidifies  to  a 
crystalline  mass  on  cooling. — A.  R.  L. 


On  I'enlal,  05//„„  an  Anesthetic.     Hollander      Therapeut. 
Monntsh.  1891,  5,  509. 

I'entai.  is  the  name  given  to  the  amylene  CH:,.CH:C(CH:()2 
boiling  at  38°.  It  is  prepared  by  heating  "  amylene 
hydrate "  with  acids,  aud  is  a  colourless  liquid,  which  is 
insoluble  in  water,  but  miscible  in  all  proportions  with 
alcohol,  chloroform,  and  ether,  and  is  extremely  volatile  ; 
when  iuhaled  it  does  not  in  any  way  injure  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  mouth  and  breath  passage.  The  narcosis 
produced  by  pental  comes  on  by  degrees,  and  headache 
or  vomiting  are  not  produced  during  the  narcosis  nor  after- 
wards ;  the  author  could  observe  no  effect  either  on  the 
heart's  action  or  on  the  respiration.  It  acts  quicker  than 
chloroform,  and  it  has  the  advantage  over  "bromethei" 
that  the  narcosis  lasts  longer,  that  unpleasant  after-actions 
are  not  produced,  and  that  even  in  large  doses  it  appears 
innocuous. — A.  It.  L. 


Lupanine.     C.  Leibeck.     Arch,  l'harm.  1891,  531. 

Lufaninb  from  the  blue   lupin  yields  a  hydrochloride  of 
the  composition  C15H54N20.HC1  +  2H,0.-I).  A.  L. 


Sophorine.    C.  Plugga.     Arch.  Pharm.  1891,  561. 
According    to     the     author,    sophorine     from    Sophosa 
tomentosa  is  presumably  identical  with  cytisine. —  I).  A.  L. 


Atropine  and  Hyoscyamine.    W.  Schutte. 

1891,  492. 


Arch.  Pharm 


Hvoscvamink  in  solution,  even  in  the  form  of  auro  salt,  it 
is  found  is  converted  into  atropine  by  repeated  crystallisa- 
tion, or  by  frequent  evaporation,  or  by  prolonged  storage. 
In  roots  of  young  plants  of  Atropa  belladonna  hyoscyamine 
only  is  found  ;  in  those  of  old  plants  atropine  is  also  found. 
The  percentage  of  alkaloid  varies  according  to  the  season. 


— 

Percentage  in  Young 
Roots. 

In  Old  Roots. 

0-13 
0'« 
OMl! 

0-17 
0'36 

0'2S 

The  leaves  coutain  besides  a  little  atropine  much 
hyoscyamine.  Atropine  and  hyoscyamine  are  both  found 
in  the  ripe  berries  of  cultivated  Atropa  belladonna  nigra, 
but  in  the  berries  of  the  wild  plant  atropine  only  is  found; 
the  ripe  fruit  of  the  yellow  atropa  also  only  contains 
atropine,  whilst  the  unripe  fruit  of  the  wild  black  night- 
shade, the  leaves  of  both  the  yellow  and  black  wild 
plants  and  both  fresh  and  old  seeds  of  Datura  stramonium 
contain  principally  hyoscyamine  with  a  small  quantity  of 
atropine.  Datura  stramonium  seeds  also  yield  a  small 
quantity  of  skopolamine. — D.  A.  L. 


Further  Researches  on  Ash-free  Albumen.     E.  Harnack. 
Ber.  1892,  24,  204—209. 

Thk  author  has  succeeded  in  preparing  a  form  of  albumen 
which  differs  in  many  respects  from  the  modifications 
hitherto  described.  It  is  prepared  by  treating  an  alkaline 
albumen  solution  (free  from  corpuscles)  with  copper  sul- 
phate solution,  re-dissolving  the  filtered  precipitate  in  a 
little  alkali  (soda),  aud  re-precipitating  with  dilute  acetic 
acid,  decomposing  the  precipitate  with  strong  caustic  potash 
solution,  and  after  allowing  the  solution  to  stand  for  24 
hours  it  is  treated  with  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the 
precipitate  is  washed.  When  the  excess  of  hydrochloric 
acid  is  removed  the  substance  becomes  soluble  in  water,  is 
free  from  ash,  but  still  retains  from  1  to  2  per  cent,  of 
hydrochloric  acid,  which  can  be  removed  by  dialysis.  As 
the  last  portions  of  acid  leave  the  albumen  solution,  it 
becomes  a  transparent  jelly,  which  on  boiling  with  water 
becomes  compact  and  white  with  a  crystalline  appearance 
aud  character,  especially  on  drying.  Alcohol  brings  about 
a  similar  transformation  of  the  jelly.  The  crystalline 
powder  is  insoluble  in  pure  water,  but  dissolves  at  once  on 
the  addition  of  a  trace  of  hydrochloric  acid.  An  excess  of 
the  acid  would  re-precipitate  the  albumen  from  this  solution. 
The  dialysed  substance  is  of  course  soluble  in  presence  of  a 
trace  of  free  alkali.  The  change  produced  by  boiling  seems 
to  be  a  transformation  of  the  colloid  into  the  crystalline 
modification,  but  the  question  whether  changes  have  thereby 
taken  place  in  the  albumen  molecule  must  be  left  for 
further  elucidation.  The  possibility  of  the  soluble  hydro- 
chloric acid  compound  being  identical  with  acid  albumen  is 
negatived  on  a  comparison  of  their  reactions. 


Acid  Albumen.     Ash-freeAIbumen. 


In  water 

In  dilute  hydrochloric  acid... 

On  adding  alcohol  other,  &c. 
to  the  solution. 

On  adding  excess  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  to  the  solution. 

(in  adding  neutral  salts  to  the 
solution. 


Not  soluble  Soluble. 

Soluble  Not  soluble. 

Precipitated      '  Not  precipitated. 
Not  precipitated       Precipitated. 

Partially  Precipitated. 

precipitated. 


-G.  II.  B. 


454 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31,  1892. 


On  the  Testing   of  Liquor  Ammonia'.     J.  Hertkorn. 
Chem.  Zeit.  1891,15,  1493. 

See  under  Will.,  page  457. 


Researches    on    Digitaleih.      J.    Hondas.      Compt.  Rend. 
1891,113,  648—651. 

The  existence  of  this  substance  which  is  characterised  like 
saponin  by  the  property  of  causing  water  to  froth,  was  first 
noticed  in  the  Digitalis  by  Horndle  and  Quevenue  in 
1840.  It  was  isolated  by  Walz  in  the  amorphous  state 
( Jahresb.  f.  prakt.  Pharm.  14,  20),  and  has  been  studied  by 
Nativelle  (Journ.  de  Pharm.  et  Chim.  20,  81),  Goerz 
(Dupat  thesis,  1S73),  Kausmann  (Journ.  de  Pharmacie,  20, 
427),  and  finally  by  Sehmiedeberg  (Arch.  f.  Experiment. 
Pathologic,  3,  16).  Sehmiedeberg  admits  the  existence  of 
two  digitalines  soluble  in  water,  which  he  calls  digitonin  and 
digitalein.  The  author  showed  in  a  memoir  read  before 
the  French  Academy  of  Medicine  in  1891  that  Schmiede- 
berg's  products  consist  almost  entirely  of  one  substance, 
for  which  he  keeps  Nativelle's  name,  digitalein.  The 
aqueous  solution  obtained  in  the  preparation  of  digitalin 
was  treated  with  absolute  alcohol  according  to  Schmiede- 
berg's  directions,  and  then  fractionally  precipitated  with 
ether.  The  precipitates,  after  repeated  fractionation,  yielded 
the  same  body  as  that  precipitated  by  absolute  alcohol. 
Digitalein  cannot  be  crystallised  from  an  aqueous  solution, 
but  if  au  alcohol  of  the  fatty  series,  e.g.,  methyl,  ethyl,  or 
amy]  alcohol  be  added  to  this  solution  a  crystalline  com- 
pound of  hydrated  digitalein  and  the  alcohol  is  obtained. 
The  solubility  of  the  crystals  thus  found  decreases  as  the 
molecular  weight  of  the  added  alcohol  increases.  If  amyl 
alcohol  be  added  to  a  concentrated  solution  of  digitalein, 
the  solution  rapidly  crystallises  out  if  the  solution  be 
sufficiently  concentrated  the  mass  may  become  solid. 
Phenols  act  in  the  same  way  as  alcohols.  Digitalein 
crystallised  from  ordinary  alcohol  is  obtained  in  the  form  of 
tine  needles  radiating  from  a  centre,  which  lose  their  alcohol 
and  water  of  crystallisation  at  110°.  Digitalein  is  slowly 
soluble  in  cold,  rapidly  soluble  in  hot,  water  ;  the  solution 
froths  on  agitation,  and  on  evaporation  yields  a  glassy  mass. 
It  is  a  glucoside.  It  is  only  slightly  soluble  in  absolute 
alcohol,  and  almost  insoluble  in  chloroform,  ether,  and 
ligroiu.  The  aqueous  solution  is  la;vo-rotatory  [aD]  = 
—  49' 25°.  On  heating  the  substance  it  does  not  distinctly 
melt ;  about  250D  degrees  it  agglomerates;  at  270°,  froths  ; 
at  280°,  is  converted  intocaromel.  It  appears  to  be  unalter- 
able in  the  air,  both  in  the  solid  and  dissolved  states.  It  is 
soluble  without  colouration  in  cold  hydrochloric  acid,  and 
the  solution  on  heating  turns  to  a  red  violet  colour  with  a 
slight  green  fluorescence.  With  sulphuric  acid  diluted  with 
an  equal  bulk  of  water  it  gives  a  yellow  colouration  in  the 
cold  which  turns  first  red  then  black  on  heating.  The 
solution  yields  a  precipitate  with  tannin  and  ammoniacal 
lead  acetate.  Analysis  suggests  a  formula  C31H52017,  but 
this  can  only  be  looked  on  as  tentative  until  the  decomposi- 
tion products  are  better  known.  The  author  rejects  Kiliani's 
formula  (Her.  23,  1555,  and  24,339;  this  Journal,  1S90, 
820;  and  1891,  567)  C^U.,  JJ1:1.  By  cautiously  acting  on 
digitalein  with  dilute  acids  it  has  been  split  up  into  two 
new  glucosides  without  any  liberation  of  glucose.  These 
products  and  a  new  glucoside  derived  from  the  amorphous 
digitalein  of  the  Codex  will  be  described  shortly. — P.  J.  H. 


Coca  Leaves.     J.  Holmes.     Chem.  and  Druggist,  40,  580. 

Ix  commerce  there  are  two  kinds  of  leaves,  the  dark  green, 
strong  Bolivian,  or  Huanoco,  and  the  light  green,  Peruvian, 
or  Truxillo  leaf.  A  third  variety  of  leaf  is  that  cultivated 
in  the  island  of  Java,  which  is  occasionally  met  with  in  the 
markets  of  the  world,  and  has  the  reputation  of  being  a  very 
carefully  dried  article.  About  four  years  ago  Mr.  Morris, 
of  Kcw,  in  au  exhaustive  paper  on  coca,  described  a  variety 
which  he  called  "  Xovogranatense,"  which  has  narrower 
leaves  and  is  of  a  paler  green  colour  than  the  Bolivian 
leaf,   and   this  is   the  variety   which   appears  to  yield  the 


Java  leaf  of  commerce.  With  regard  to  the  respective 
alkaloidal  values  of  the  various  leaves,  Peruvian  and  Bolivian 
leaves  yielded  cocaine  and  isotropyl-cocaine  in  almost  equal 
parts,  whereas  the  Java  leaves  gave  less  cocaine  than  the 
two  former.  In  this  country,  cocaine  was  generally  prepared 
by  purifying  the  crude  cocaine  manufactured  in  Peru,  and 
the  Java  leaves  were  therefore  all  used  by  the  German 
cocaine  makers.  So  far  as  cocaine  manufacture  is  concerned 
the  leaves  of  the  Erythroxyloji  Boliciatnim  are  preferred, 
and  of  this  variety  the  pale  brown  leaves  are  the  best.  The 
leaves  of  young  plants  contain  more  than  double  the  quantity 
of  alkaloid  found  in  the  leaves  from  old  shrubs,  and  moisture 
caused  a  considerable  loss  in  the  yield  of  alkaloid.  The 
variety  described  by  Mr.  Morris  tapers  at  the  base  and  the 
flowers  have  a  short  stigma.  The  cultivated  Java  leaves 
are  not  so  long  as  Mr.  Morris's  •'  Novogranatense "  leaf. 
They  are  broader  in  the  middle,  the  flowers  have  longer 
stigmata,  and  the  habit  is  different  from  that  of  the  others. 
The  brown  Bolivian  leaf,  finally,  has  a  more  leathery- 
appearance  and  the  midrib  shows  a  distinct  ridge. 


Cinchona.    J.  Holmes.    Chem.aud  Druggist,  40,580 — 581, 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Pharmaceutical  Society  nine  varieties 
of  bark  were  exhibited  and  described.  Mr.  Thomson,  a 
Colombian  planter,  had  discovered  some  of  these  barks  in 
the  central  range  of  the  Colombian  Andes  while  travelling 
in  that  region  a  few  years  ago  ;  others  were  cultivated 
by  him  upon  his  plantation.  Analyses  of  the  barks  showed 
them  to  be  of  remarkable  average  richness,  the  following 
being  the  figures  given  : — 


Quinine   0uininp  Cincho- 
Sulphate.  ymmne-  nidine. 


Thomsoniana 
Ledger  Verde 

Negra 

Morada 

Tuna 

Pombiana... 
Oreinalis.... 
Succirubra  . 
Hybrid 


.V'.ll 

r  ir, 

4*90 

3-68 

7' 3(1 

.V4s 

o'lW 

2-311 

8-04 

.;-is 

5-88 

■r-41 

6-32 

171 

5*93 

4 '  l.-> 

3-32 

2-4'J 

0-27 
0-00 

o'Oi) 
ii-iiii 
0-40 
0-34 


Cincho- 
nine. 


Quini- 
dine. 


Amor- 
phous. 


irs2 
O'OI 

(1-10 

11-111 

0'38 

irii2 


f23         lllll 


2-77 
1-92 


0-12 
0-01 


a- 2i; 

0-20 
Trace 
0'50 

o-is 

Trace 
0-07 
0-02 

Trace 


ll  74 
u-4t 
II-7S 
0-38 
0-42 
•21! 
0-42 
0'S6 
II-.-.2 


The  three  last  named  kinds  are  well-known  varieties,  and 
not  natives  of  Colombia,  any  more  than  the  Ledgeriana 
Verde  and  Morada.  The  tree  yielding  the  bark  marked 
"  Negra  "  was  discovered  by  Mr.  Thomson  in  1883.  It  grows 
at  an  altitude  of  8,000  feet,  attains  maturity  with  singular 
rapidity,  resembling,  in  this  respect,  the. Succirubra  variety, 
and  is  exceedingly  rare.  Both  flowers  and  leaves  are  very 
large  ;  the  latter  have  a  rich  brown  colour  and  hairy  under- 
surface.  They  are  without  the  scrubbicules,  or  little  warts, 
the  existence  of  which  has  been  held  to  indicate  alkaloidal 
richness.  Whether,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  rich  barks  are 
always  collateral  yvith  scrubbiculed  leaves  may  be  doubted. 
The  microscopical  structure  of  the  Negra  bark  indicates  a 
relationship  to  that  of  the  Lancifolia.  The  tree  grows  slowly 
and  does  not  appear  to  prosper  so  well  under  cultivation  as 
iu  the  wild  state.  It  received  from  Mr.  Thompson  the  name  ■ 
of  "Negra"  (black),  because  of  its  deep  claret-coloured 
petioles,  by  which  the  peons  are  able  to  distinguish  it  from 
other  kinds.  In  the  Tuna  bark  ("tuna"  is  a  native  word  of 
uncertain  meaning),  the  richest  of  all  Mr.  Thompson's 
varieties,  the  resemblance  to  the  Ledger  species  is  very  evi- 
dent. Like  all  other  kinds  belonging  to  the  Lancifolia  group, 
the  bark  of  this  species  contains  numerous  stone  cells,  fairly 
well  distinguishable  under  the  microscope ;  in  the  soft  or 
middle  layer  there  are  no  stone  cells ;  in  the  other  layers  the 
cells  are  now  arranged  in  solitary  lines,  now  in  clusters.  The 
Pombiana  variety  was  discovered  in   1883  in  Ecuador  by  a 


May  »i»  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


455 


gentleman  living  in  that  country,  and  whose  name  had  been 
given  to  it.  The  Pombiana  does  not  in  histological  structure 
resemble  any  of  the  cinchonas,  but  it  is  like  the  uiyrtaceous 
plants.  Its  leaves  are  small  and  glossv,  and  its  foliage  is 
very  dense.  The  capsules  also  are  small  (a  fact  which,  in 
cinchonas,  is  held  to  presage  richness  in  quinine).  The 
wood  fibres  form  distinct  oblong  groups  like  those  of  the 
(!.  lancifolia,  the  leaves  are  leathery  and  narrower  than 
those  of  the  C.  pitayensis,  the  flowers  are  hairy  on  the 
under-surface  of  the  corolla,  the  petals  are  hairy  all  over, 
whereas  in  nearly  all  true  ciuchouas  the  petals  are  only 
fringed  with  hair.  In  C.  pitayensis  there  are  no  stone  cells 
in  the  middle  layers  of  the  bark.  The  Pombiana  may  be 
-•-liil  to  form  a  link  between  the  Pitayo  and  the  Lancifolia, 
or  "  soft  Colombian,"  species. 


Eucalyptus  Oil.     J.  Holmes.     Chem.  and  Druggist,  40, 
581. 

The  author  referred  to  the  introduction  of  Eucalyptus 
Globulus  oil,  and  the  great  differences  which  were  noted 
in  the  qualities  of  commercial  oils  as  soon  as  eucalyptus 
began  to  be  popular.  Within  the  last  two  years  a  new 
kind  of  oil  had  appeared  in  the  market  under  the 
name  of  E.  oleosa,  which  had  a  cuminlike  odour,  very 
different  from  that  formerly  known  as  oleosa  oil.  The 
fact  w:is  that  the  oil  which  formed}'  went  by  that  name 
was  the  Mallee  scrub  oil,  a  mixture  distilled  from  four 
species  which  grew  together,  and  the  new  oleosa  is  a  distinct 
variety.  He  expressed  the  opinion  that  although  the  original 
reputation  of  eucalyptus  oil  was  based  on  the  Globulus 
variety,  it  had,  in  reality,  happened  that  for  years  the 
amygdalina  oil  was  the  only  one  which  came  on  the  market, 
and  even  yet,  this  oil  is  preferred  for  inhaling  in  lung- 
diseases. 


Artificial  Salicylic  Acid     Chem.  and  Druggist,  40, 
590—591. 

The  investigation  completed  about  two  years  ago  by 
Messrs.  Dunstan  and  Bloch,  and  supplemented  by  Pro- 
fessor Charteris,  left  it  somewhat  uncertain  as  to  whether 
artificial  salicylic  acid  can  be  obtained  absolutely  identical 
with  the  natural  product — at  least,  on  a  commercial  scale. 
Apart  from  the  work  of  these  investigators,  which  un- 
doubtedly served  to  call  special  attention  to  the  salicylic 
acid  question  in  this  country,  much  has  been  done  to  show 
that  a  determination  of  the  melting  point  of  the  acid  is  the 
best  criterion  of  its  quality,  and  it  has  been  admitted  that 
the  boiling  point  figure,  155°  C,  is  too  low.  In  this 
connexion  Messrs.  Helbing  and  Passmore  have  just  com- 
pleted an  examination  of  a  well-known  brand  of  salicylic 
acid  and  its  sodium  salts,  the  result  of  which,  as  published 
in  "  Helbing's  Record,"  contains  several  interesting  points. 
The  investigators  confirm  previous  observations,  in  stating 
that  the  melting  point  of  the  pure  acid  is  slightly  below 
157°C— to  be  exact  156-S5°— 156-86°  C— and  they  find 
that  fractionation  of  the  silver  salt  is  the  quickest  and 
surest  means  of  determining  the  purity  of  the  acid, 
since  any  cresol  derivatives  which  may  be  present 
accumulate  and  come  out  in  the  last  fractions.  In  one 
respect,  it  is  a  matter  of  regret  that  Messrs.  Helbing 
and  Passmore  were  not  dealing  with  a  less  pure  acid 
than  they  had,  for  in  the  worst  sample,  melting  at 
156-4° — 156-75",  the  amount  of  impurity  was  only  about 
0-1  per  cent.,  whilst  Messrs.  Dunstan  and  Bloch  dealt  with 
acids  melting  at  154°  C,  and  the  like.  Ii,  fractional  crystal- 
lisation with  silver,  a  known  weight  of  the  acid  is  first 
converted  into  the  sodium  salt,  and  freed  from  carbonic 
acid  by  adding  a  trace  of  nitric  acid,  and  boiling.  During 
ebullition  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  silver  nitrate  is  added 
in  quantity  sufficient  to  precipitate  from  a  tenth  to  a  fifth  of 
the  salicylic  acid.  Silver  salicylate  is  practically  insoluble 
in  hot  water,  and,  unlike  lead  salicylate,  has  no  tendency 
to  the  formation  of  basic  salt,  a  disadvantage  which  gave 
Messrs.  Dunstan  and  Bloch  much  trouble,  and  to  which  is 
probably  due  the  want  of  regularity  in  the  melting  points 
of  their  fractions.     After  the  first  fractionation  with  silver, 


a  second,  third,  and  fourth,  or  even  more  may  he  made 
using  increased  quantities  of  silver  nitrate  until  50  or 
60  per  cent,  of  the  acid  has  been  precipitated,  and  then 
decreasing  the  size  of  the  fractions.  Much  depends  upon 
the  initial  melting  point  of  the  acid  ;  should  this  be  low,  it 
is  advisable  to  keep  the  larger  fractions  towards  the  end,  so 
as  to  accumulate  the  impurities  in  them.  The  acid  is 
regenerated  from  the  silver  salicylate  by  digestion  with 
boiling  water  and  an  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  the  mixture 
filtered,  the  salicylic  acid  crystallised  twice  and  dried.  The 
melting  point  of  each  fraction  is  then  determined.  In  one 
ease  Messrs.  Helbing  and  Passmore  found  four  fractions 
from  a  "  physiologically  pure  "  acid  melted  at  the  same  tem- 
perature, viz.,  156  •  85°  C.,  the  residuum  melting  at  156'84°C. 
The  sample  was,  therefore,  "  chemically  identical  with  the 
natural  acid  from  oil  of  wiutergreen."  As  showing  the 
delicacy  of  this  method  of  testing,  it  is  observed  that  the  last 
fraction  of  another  specimen  (7  per  cent,  of  the  quantity 
taken)  melted  at  156  "3°  C,  the  others  being  normal,  and 
the  last  of  another  (10-5  per  cent.)  melted  at.  155-9°  C.  As 
Fischer  found  that  the  presence  of  1  per  cent,  of  cresotic 
acids  reduces  the  melting  point  of  salicylic  acid  by  about 
1°  C,  it  is  obvious  that  these  last  fractions  give  a  very 
critical  indication  of  quality,  especially  when  the  initial 
melting  points  only  vary  from  the  normal  by  fractions  of  a 
degree.  It  is  demonstrated  then  that  silver  fractionation 
ensures  true  separation  of  salicylic  acid  from  its  objectionable 
contaminants.  Another  point  brought  out  by  the  investiga- 
tion is  that  sodium  salicylate  in  crystals  is  anhydrous,  or 
practically  so,  the  loss  on  drying  at  104°  C.  being  only 
0-24  per  ceut.,  the  boiling  point  formula  (NaC7H503).;H2O 
requiring  5*3  per  cent.  The  loss  of  scale  salicylate  was 
0-23  percent,  and  of  powder  0-19  per  cent.  The  obvious 
conclusion  is  that  sodium  salicylate  does  not  contain  water 
of  crystallisation,  the  little  which  there  is  present  being 
mechanically  retained  after  drying. 


Safrol.     Chemist  and  Druggist,  40,  592. 

Thk  importation  into  Kurope  of  the  waste  product, 
camphor  oil,  from  the  distillation  of  camphor  in  Japan, 
has  turned  out  to  be  a  veritable  mine  of  industrial,  if  not 
monetary  wealth.  At  first  the  oil  had  solely  a  medicinal 
application,  but  the  study  of  its  constituents  resulted  in 
the  discovery  of  several  valuable  components.  The  most 
important  of  these  is  safrol — the  sassafras-like  body  to 
which  the  peculiar  odour  of  the  oil  is  due.  This  was  first 
isolated  by  Schimmel,  and  has  since  been  used  extensively 
to  cover  the  odour  of  the  fatty  bases  of  soap.  The  dis- 
coverers report  that  the  use  of  the  article  for  this  purpose 
is  as  great  as  ever,  and  that,  mixed  with  citronella  or  cassia 
oil,  it  is  also  extensively  employed,  such  mixtures  being 
made  more  lasting  by  the  addition  of  a  little  cedar-wood  oil. 
One  part  of  the  mixture  is  sufficient  to  add  to  1,000  parts  of 
common  household  soap  basis.  Under  the  name  of 
"  safrine,"  safrol  has  been  introduced  in  America  as 
artificial  oil  of  sassafras.  The  specific  gravity  (1-108) 
indicates  its  source  ;  ol.  sassafras,  U.S. P.,  having  a  specific 
gravity  about  1  ■  090. 


XXI.-PHOTOGRAPHIC  MATERIALS  AND 
PROCESSES. 

The    Chemical  Changes   attending  Photographic    Opera- 
tions.    H.  E.  Armstrong.     Chem.  News,  65,  181 — 184. 

The  author  describes  the  electrolytic  action  of  the  De  La 
Rue-Miiller  cell  and  compares  it  with  the  similar  action 
which  attends  development.  He  discusses  the  influence  of 
bromide  as  a  restrainer,  and  the  accelerating  effect  of 
alkalis.  In  the  case  of  ammonia  being  used  as  the  accele- 
rator, the  addition  of  bromide  prevents  the  solution  of  silver 
bromide  in  the  ammonia ;  and   the  image  is  probably  not 


456 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 18S>2. 


composed  entirely  of  silver,  lmt  of  a  species  of  pigment, 
possibly  Formed  by  the  dissolved  silver  and  the  colouring 
matter  from  i  1m-  oxidised  developer,  to  which  also  the 
formation  of  the  peculiar  fog  which  often  occurs  with 
ammonia  and  pyro-developers  may  be  attributable.  In  the 
ease  of  alkalis  being  used  as  accelerators,  the  bromide  has 
a  different  action,  probably  that  of  neutralising  the  hydro- 
bromie  acid  formed  and  tbus  preventing  the  reversal  of  the 
action  which  would  otherwise  take  place.  Also,  as  a  silver 
haloid  in  the  presence  of  an  alkali  and  reducing  agent  tends 
to  undergo  reduction,  the  accelerating  effect  of  adding 
alkali  may  be  understood,  as  well  as  the  restraining  influence 
of  bromide  which  tends  to  reverse  the  action.  The  author, 
contrary  to  Meldola's  view,  suggests  that  the  invisible  image 
is  not  the  same  as  the  darkened  product  formed  en  develop- 
ment, i.e.,  an  oxyhaloid  compound  of  silver  ;  that  there  are 
perhaps  two  latent  images  formed,  one  by  the  blue  and  the 
other  by  the  yellow  raj  -.  these  behaving  differently  during 
development.  The  blue  image  being  silver  and  the  yellow 
silver  oxyhaloid,  the  former  being  comparable  with  the  silver 
wire  in  the  l)e  la  Kuc-Mullcr  cell,  whilst  in  the  case  of  the 
latter  the  silver  bromide  undergoes  electrolysis  in  a  circuit 
which  includes  oxygen,  the  halogen  which  is  liberated 
converting  the  silver  formed  by  the  action  of  the  blue  rays 
into  silver  haloid  ;  but  in  gelatin  plates  this  halogen  is 
taken  up,  still  after  a  time  depending  on  the  exposure,  the 
gelatin  will  become  saturated,  and  the  silver  would  tend  to 
become  rehalogenised  ;  this  view  being  borne  out  by  the 
phenomena  of  oter-exposed  plates  flashing  out  on  develop- 
ment, owing  to  the  richness  in  oxyhaloid.  If  sufficient 
bromide  was  present  the  oxyhaloid  may  be  converted  into 
haloid,  and  so  the  flashing  out  prevented.  Finally,  the 
author  compares  the  sensitiser  to  oxygen  as  influencing  the 
solution  of  copper  in  sulphuric  acid. — J.  C.  C. 


PATENT. 
Improvements    in    Photographic   Printing  Processes.     W. 

\V.  J.  Nicol,  Birmingham.     Eng.   Pat'.   7:U2,   April  28, 

1891. 
The  use  of  silver  salts  for  the  developing  mixture  described 
in  the  inventor's  previous  patent  (this  Journal,  1890,  413)  is 
connected  with  certain  inconveniences.  In  order  to  obviate 
these,  the  silver  solution  is  employed  for  the  preparation  of 
the  sensitising  solution,  along  with  suitable  proportions  of 
certain  organic  iron  salts  (citrate,  oxalate,  or  tartrate),  and 
if  desirable,  with  the  potassium  and  ammonium  salts  of  these 
acids.  The  material  thus  prepared  is  exposed  to  light  under 
a  screen  and  the  ferrous  image  then  developed  with  an 
alkaline  salt  of  carbonic,  acetic,  or  any  other  of  the  above 
enumerated  organic  acids.  In  certain  cases  addition  of 
potassium  chromatewill  be  necessary.  The  resulting  prints 
are  washed  in  dilute  ammonia  and  finally  in  water. 

In  an  alternate  method  the  print  may  be  developed  at 
once  with  dilute  ammonia,  which  may  hold  in  solution  any 
of  the  enumerated  developing  sails. 

In  a  th;rd  method  the  paper  may  be  prepared  with  a 
mixture  of  ferric  salt,  silver  salt,  and  a  developing  salt  ;  the 
sensitised  surface  is  then  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  light 
and  the  print  washed  in  ammonia. — II.  A. 


XXII.-EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 


usual  mixture  of  strong  acids.  In  this,  the  cotton  is 
immersed  for  5—6  minutes  aud  conveyed  with  about  six 
limes  its  pwn  weight  of  a.-ids  to  the  second  bath,  which 
conlainsa  large  exc<  ss  of  slightly  weaker  acid  mixture.  The 
partially  nitrated  cotton  remains  for  IB  — 4S  hours  in  this 
bath  until  the  nitration  is  completed,  and  the  large  excess  of 
acids  prevents  any  fuming  off  through  heating.  The 
strength  of  this  second  bath  is  maintained  by  the  portion  of 
stronger  mixture  introduced  with  each  batch  of  cotton  from 
the  first.— W.  M. 


Ffew  in-  Improved  Explosive  Compositions.    E.  von  Brank, 

Hoppard-am-Khein,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  .'><>27,  March  20, 
1891. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  powders  con- 
taining potassium  chlorate,  for  shooting  and  blasting 
purposes.     The  composition  of  the  powders  is  as  follows:  — 

Shooting. 

1''  itassium  chlorate 100  p:irts. 

Boiled  linseed  oil 40  parts. 

Le.id  oxide* 1*5  parts. 

Blasting. 

Potassium  chlorate 101  parts. 

American  resin 1",  parts. 

In  the  blasting  powder  the  ingredients  are  mixed  to  a 
stiff  paste  with  a  decoction  in  water  or  vinegar  of  a  guin- 
giving  plant,  the  iiia-s  being  afterwards  dried  and  granulated. 

— W.  M. 


Improvements   in   Explosives.     0.  H.  Curtis,  London,  and 
G.  (i.  Andre,  Dorking.     Eng.  Pat.  5821,  April  4,  1891. 

Tiik  object  of  this  invention  is  to  obtain  an  explosive  the 
e.xplosivcness  of  which  can  be  regulated  at  desire,  and  at 
the  same  time  to  render  it  proof  against  atmospheric 
changes,  aud  producing  greater  cohesion  between  the  fibres. 
Gun-cotton  or  other  nitrocellulose  compound  is  taken  wet 
and  treated  with  a  warm  solution  of  gelatin,  whereby  its 
fibres  or  particles  become  coated  with  a  thin  film  of  gelatin. 
The  material  is  then  further  treated  with  tannic  acid  for 
the  purpose  of  rendering  the  film  of  gelatin  insoluble  and 
imputrescible. 

The  thickness  of  the  film  should  be  such  as  to  increase 
the  weight  of  the  nitrocellulose  about  5 — In  per  cent, 
according  to  the  degree  of  explosiveness  desired. — IV.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  ProJurtion  of  dun 
powder  or  like  E.rplosives.  .1.  Y.  Johnson.  From 
"  The  Dynamite  Actiengesellsehaft  Nobel,"  Vienna, 
Austria.     Eng.  Pat.  6129,  April  9,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  the  manufacture  of  a 
smokeless  powder  from  nitrocellulose  without  the  addition 
of  substances  which  dissolve  or  gelatinise  the  nitrocellulose. 
Nitrocellulose  ina  state  of  fine  meal  is  mixed  with  di-  or  tri- 
nitro  derivatives  of  benzene,  toluene,  xylene,  or  naphthalene, 
the  proportions  of  nitrocellulose  to  the  said  nitro-derivativea 
depending  on  the  projective  force  required,  varying  from  99 
to  70  parts  by  weight  of  the  former  to  1  to  30  pans  by 
weight  of  the  latter. — W.  M. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Nitro- 
subsiitution  Compounds  of  Cellulose.  H.  Maxim, 
I  !ray  bud.  Eng.  Pat.  4129,  March  7,  1891. 
The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  produce  nitrocellulose  of 
a  high  grade  with  a  less  consumption  of  acids  than  has 
hitherto  been  necessary.  In  carrying  out  the  invention  two 
immersion    baths   are   employed,   the   first  containing  the 


M:.j ■::i,  18..I]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


457 


XXIII.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

APPARATUS. 

Spit!/  Blast-Lamp.     Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 15,  1494. 

The  lamp  consists  of  a  brass  reservoir  or  kettle  with  a 
copper  bottom,  anil  is  tilled  with  commercial  spirit.  The  side 
tiilmlns  terminates  with  a  safety  valve.  A  small  quantity 
of  spirit  is  placed  in  the  dish  under  the  kettle  and  ignited, 
whereby  the  spirit  contained  in  the  kettle  is  boiled  and  its 
vapour  escapes  by  two  tabes,  one  terminating  at  the  bottom 


Spirit  Blast  Lamp. 

of  tha  kettle,  and  the  other  having  the  form  of  a  Bunsen 
burner  extending  from  the  top  portion  of  it.  The  vapour 
escaping  from  the  lower  tube  is  ignited  by  the  flame  from 
the  dish,  and  it  serves  to  keep  the  evolution  of  vapour 
continuous.  On  now  igniting  the  vapour  escaping  from  the 
upper  tube,  a  flame  resembling  that  of  a  Bunsen  burner  is 
produced,  which  melts  2  mm.  copper  wire  with  ease,  and 
brings  1  litre  of  water  to  the  boiling  point  in  eight  minutes. 
The  two  flames  are  regulated  bv  cocks  shown  in  the  Figure. 
"  —A.  R.  L. 

INORGANIC   CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

On  Volumetric  Estimations  and  Methods  of  Separation 
by  Means  of  Potassium  Ferro-  and  Ferricyanide. 
C.  Luckow.     Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 15,  1491—1492. 

In  the  titration  of  zinc  with  potassium  ferroeyanide  any 
iron  present  must  be  previously  removed  as  ferric  oxide, 
or  the  titration  must  be  made  in  an  ammoniacal  solution, 
the  iron  having  been  previously  oxidised  to  the  ferric  state  ; 
certain  metals,  however,  as,  for  example,  silver,  do  not  form 
ferrocyanides  insoluble  in  ammonia.  The  author  finds  that 
many  metals  may  be  titrated  with  potassium  ferricyanide 
in  acid  solution,  even  in  the  presence  of  ferric  salts,  and 
that  with  the  exception  of  gold,  platinum,  antimony,  and 
arsenic,  those  metallic  salts  which  do  not  form  insoluble 
compounds  with  the  ferricyanide  may  be  estimated  with 
the  ferroeyanide,  these  are  mercuric,  ferric,  manganic, 
uranic,  stannic,  and  lead  salts.  For  the  estimation  of  zinc 
and  lead  in  the  presence  of  one  another,  the  former  is 
titrated  in  a  solution  acidified  with  nitric  or  acetic  acids 
with  ferricyanide  (the  zinc  ferricyanide  may  also  be 
weighed),  and  the  latter  in  the  filtrate  from  this  with 
ferroeyanide.  Stannic  oxide  is  evaporated  with  oxalic  acid, 
the  solution  acidified  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  and  estimated 
either  gravimetrically  or  voluinetrically  with  ferroeyanide, 
the  separation  from  antimony  and  arsenic  being  thus 
effected.  The  ordinary  impurities  in  commercial  potassium 
ferroeyanide — chlorides,  sulphates  and  sodium  salts — need 
only  be  removed  in  dealing  with  such  metallic  salt  solutions 
as  precipitate  them.  The  solution  of  the  ferroeyanide 
undergoes  slight  changes  in  direct  sunlight;  whilst  the 
ferricyanide  is  influenced  both  in  the  dry  state  and  in 
solution  by  temperature  and  light.  In  rcerystallising  the 
latter  the  temperature  should  not  be  raised  above  50° — 60°, 
and  the  solution  is  cautiously  treated  with  chlorine  to 
oxidise  any  ferroeyanide  produced  ;  it  should  not  give  a 
precipitate  with  lead  salts. 


The  indicators,  which  cannot  be  added  to  the  solution, 
may  be  either  such  as  react  with  the  metal  or  with  the 
precipitant.  Of  the  former  kind  a  mixture,  zinc  salt, 
ammonia,  ammonium  sulphide,  and  rosolie  acid,  is  con- 
veniently employed  with  those  me  als  forming  dark 
sulphides,  it  being  easy  to  determine  the  complete  precipi- 
tation of  the  metal  by  the  appearance  of  the  rosolie  acid 
colour  in  the  place  of  the  sulphide  ;  whilst  of  the  latter 
kind  copper  acetate  solution  acidified  with  acetic  acid  or 
ferric  chloride  is  used  for  ferricyanide,  and  cobaltous,  or 
better,  ferrous  salts  for  ferroeyanide. —  A.  R.  1.. 


On  the  Testing  of"  Liquor  Ammonite."     J.  Hertkorn. 
Chem.  Zeit.  1891,15,  493. 

According  to  the  German  Pharmacopoeia  "spirits  of 
ammonia"  should  only  give  a  slight  turbidity  on  addition 
of  an  equal  volume  of  lime  water.  When,  however,  a 
current  of  carbonic  anhydride  is  passed  over  the  surface  of 
this  liquid  or  it  is  allowed  to  remain  in  the  presence  of 
carbonic  anhydride,  it  frequently  still  only  gives  a  slight 
turbidity  with  lime  water  which  cannot  be  removed  by 
filtration;  if,  however,  the  liquid  be  boiled  a  copious  white 
precipitate  falls.  Since  this  cannot  be  due  to  the  presence 
of  ammonium  carbonate,  the  author  ascribes  it  to  the 
formation  of  ammonium  carbamate  which  also  pre-exists  in 
the  solution ;  this  compound,  as  is  known,  breaks  up  on 
heating  into  ammonia  and  carbonic  anhydride.  Commercial 
ammonia  solution  (100  cc.)  sp.  gr.  0-921  was  diluted  with 
au  equal  volume  of  water  (free  from  CO.,),  lime  water 
(200  cc.)  added,  and  the  mixture  placed  aside  for  an  hour, 
when  it  was  slightly  turbid.  On  boiling  the  mixture  for  one 
hour  0-031  grm.  CaCO-,  was  precipitated,  and  the  same 
quantity  when  the  ammonia  solution  was  boiled  alone  for 
an  hour  and  the  lime  water  subsequently  added.  As  such 
an  ammonia  solution  might  on  the  above  given  official  test 
be  taken  as  free  from  carbonic  anhydride,  and  used  for 
determinations  which  are  vitiated  by  its  presence,  the 
author  recommends  that  the  directions  of  the  German 
Pharmacopoeia  for  the  testing  of  "  liquor  ammonia'  "  be 
altered  to  the  following : — "  A  mixture  of  equal  parts  of 
spirits  of  ammonia  and  lime  water  should  only  show  a 
slight  turbidity  after  boiling." — A.  R.  L.  . 


On  the  Estimation  of  Manganese  hj  the  Chlorate  Method. 

W.  Hampe.  Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 15,  1579—1580. 
A  committee  appointed  by  the  "  Verein  vorn  deutcher 
Eisenhuttenleute  "  recently  stated  in  their  report  on  the 
estimation  of  manganese  (Stahl.  und  Eisen,  1891,11  373) 
that  the  chlorate  method  devised  by  the  author  (Chem.  Zeit. 
1883,  7,  1 106  ;  1885,  9,  1083  and  1513  ;  this  Journal,  1885, 
690)  only  gives  good  results  when  used  in  a  modified  form, 
and  when  the  titre  of  the  solutions  are  determined  exactly 
as  the  actual  titration  is  carried  out.  The  author  contends, 
and  gives  most  cogent  reasons,  that  the  proposed  modifica- 
tions add  nothing  to  the  accuracy  of  the  method. — A.  R.  L. 


Quantitative   Analysis   of    Sulphides.     P.    Jannasch   and 
V.  Wasowicz.     J.  Prakt.  Chem.  1892,  45    94— 102.     (See 
,1    iouo   759) 


also  this  Journal,  1890, 


This  paper  gives  an  account  of  the  working  out  of  a 
method  for  analysing  quantitatively  molybdenum  glance, 
realgar,  and  orpiment ;  in  the  determination  of  the  sulphur 
ignition  in  oxygen  is  effected  and  the  sulphur  dioxide 
formed  is  collected,  not  in  bromine  water  as  usual,  but  in 
hydrogen  peroxide  solution. 

Analysis  of  Molybdenum  Glance. — The  finely  powdered 
mineral  was  heated  in  a  platinum  boat  in  a  current  of 
oxygen,  and  the  evolved  gas  was  bubbled  through  a  three 
per  cent,  solution  of  hydrogen  peroxide  (free  from  sulphuric 
acid),  contained  in  three  flasks,  or  better,  two  flasks,  and  a 
cylinder  as  the  final  vessel,  the  cylinder  being  merely  a 
check,  need  not   contain  so  much   peroxide  as  the  others 


458 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 159?. 


The  combustion  lusted  an  hour  and  a  half,  an  excessive 
temperature  having  to  be  guarded  against  to  prevent  the 
possibility  of  sublimation  of  molybdic  acid. 

The  boat  was  removed  from  the  combustion  tube 
while  still  hot  and  the  contents  found  to  be,  as  is  neces- 
sary, perfectly  white.  When  cold  the  boat  and  its 
contents,  which  were  proved  to  be  free  of  sulphuric 
acid,  were  weighed,  and  then  warmed  on  a  water-bath 
for  an  hour  with  ammonia  in  a  porcelaiu  dish  ;  the  reddish 
insoluble  residue  was  filtered  off  and  washed  with  am- 
monia, and  finally  with  amtnoniacal  water.  To  the 
filtrate  (after  heating  for  some  time  on  a  water-bath  to 
remove  ammonia)  a  solution  of  mercurous  nitrate  was 
added ;  the  precipitate  was  filtered  off  after  24  hours, 
washed  with  a  very  dilute  solution  of  mercurous  nitrate, 
then  dried  at  110°  C  and  as  completely  removed  from  the 
filter-paper  as  possible.  What  remains  on  the  paper  is 
dissolved  by  extremely  dilute  nitric  acid  and  run  into  a 
Rose's  crucible  in  which  it  is  taken  to  dryness  on  a  water- 
bath,  after  which  the  dried  precipitate  previously  removed 
from  the  paper  is  added,  and  the  whole  reduced  to  metallic 
molybdenum  in  a  current  of  hydrogen,  heating  being  at  first 
performed  by  a  Bunsen  flame,  afterwards  by  aid  of  the 
blow-pipe.     Complete  reduction  occupied  two  hours. 

The  reddish  residue  insoluble  in  ammonia  was  shown  to 
contain  merely  oxide  of  iron  and  silica ;  the  iron  was 
removed  by  sulphuric  acid  and  precipitated  by  ammonia. 

For  determination  of  the  sulphuric  acid  the  hydrogen 
peroxide  solutions  were  evaporated  on  a  water-hath  to  small 
bulk,  a  few  cc.  of  dilute  hydrochloric  were  then  added,  and 
the  sulphuric  was  precipitated  with  barium  chloride  in  the 
usual  way. 

A  number  of  results  obtained  show  close  agreement  with 
each  other. 

Analysis  of  Realgar  and  Orpiment. — These  were  burnt 
in  oxygen  as  in  the  foregoing  case  of  molybdenum,  and  the 
products  passing  away  were  bubbled  through  hydrogen 
peroxide.  The  hydrogen  peroxide  was  subsequently  evapo- 
rated to  a  smaller  bulk  on  a  water-bath,  and  then  excess  of 
ammonia  was  added  and  magnesia  mixture  free  from  sul- 
phates. The  whole  was  allowed  to  stand  24  hours,  then 
filtered  and  washed,  and  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid. 
The  precipitate  was  again  brought  down,  a  few  drops  of 
magnesium  chloride  being  added,  filtered  off,  washed,  dried 
at  10U°,  and  ignited  like  the  molybdenum  precipitate.  The 
sulphuric  acid  was  determined  in  the  filtrate  after  evapora- 
tion of  the  ammonia. 

Results  obtained  are  very  good.  In  a  note  Jannasch 
remarks  that  no  priority  can  he  claimed  for  the  method, 
and  all  that  is  claimed  is  the  proof  that  the  method  is  appli- 
cable generally  to  inorganic  sulphides  (besides  organic). 
The  mode  of  carrying  out  the  analysis  is  simpler  than  the 
method  used  by  Sauer  (see  this  Journal,  1890, 330). — T.L.  B. 


The  replacement  of  oxygen  by  air  during  the  second  part 
of  the  operation  is  rendered  necessary  owing  to  the  liability 
to  explosions;  during  the  use  of  the  ammonium  carbonate 
it  is  likewise  absolutely  necessary  to  watch  all  passages,  as 
blocking  may  occasionally  occur. 

Comparative  analyses  show  :  — 


The  Determination  of  Sulphur  in  Galena,  and  in 
Minerals  containing  Lead.  P.  Jannasch  and  K.Aschoff. 
J.  I'rakt.  (liern.  1892,45,  103—109. 
Vfteb  trial  of  a  number  of  methods  for  oxidising  the 
sulphide  by  means  of  oxygen,  the  following  was  adopted 
as  the  only  one  capable  of  giving  complete  oxidation.  The 
galena  is  very  finely  powdered  and  introduced  into  a 
porcelain  boat,  which  is  then  placed  in  a  combustion  tube  ; 
the  whole  is  then  heated,  a  quick  current  of  oxygen  con- 
taining oxides  of  nitrogen  (obtained  by  bubbling  the  oxygen 
through  fuming  nitric  acid)  being  passed  the  while.  Hydro- 
gen peroxide  is  used  in  the  receivers  (see  foregoing 
abstract).  For  about  20  minutes  a  dull  red  heat  only  is 
necessary,  then  a  higher  temperature  is  used  for  an  hour. 
The  nitric  acid  bottle  is  replaced  by  a  flask  containing 
ammonium  carbonate,  which  is  gently  warmed,  and  the 
current  of  oxygen  is  replaced  by  a  current  of  air.  After 
half  an  hours  strong  heating  the  chief  reaction  begins,  and  is 
evidenced  by  fusion  of  the  material  in  the  boat ;  completion  of 
the  reaction  takes  place  in  less  than  an  hour  from  this  point. 
The  residue  in  the  boat  is  now  completely  oxidised  and 
contains  no  sulphate,  the  whole  of  it  having  passed  as 
ammonium  sulphate  to  the  receivers. 


— 

Dry  Way. 

Wcl  Way. 

Theory. 

133-2 
85-99 

C-4-2 

13-50 
W4  7 
0-4-2 

13-4(1 

Pb 

SG'CO 

99'73 

59-39 

line. ill 

The  method  as  described  is  perfectly  easily  applicable  to 
the  analysis  of  the  mineral  bournonite ;  it  is  to  be  noted, 
especially  in  this  latter  case,  that  the  temperature  must  be 
raised  to  redness  quite  gradually,  after  which  heating  at  a 
strong  red  heat  for  an  hour  and  a  half  in  a  current  of  air 
and  ammonium  carbonate  takes  place  as  before. — T.  L.  B. 


Wet    Methods    of   Analysis    of    Galena.       P.  Jannasch 
and  K.  Aschoff.    J.  Prakt.  Chem.   1892,110—111;   and 

P.  Jaunasch  and  T.  Bickcs,  J.  Prakt.   Chem.   1892,  45, 
111—113. 

The  use  of  chlorine  ina\  be  conveniently  replaced  by- 
bromine  as  follows:  — 

The  powdered  mineral  is  treated  in  a  large  crucible  with 
tolerably  strong  nitric  acid,  and  the  sulphur  thereby 
separated  is  oxidised  by  bromine.  The  lead  sulphate  is 
dissolved  in  caustic  soda  and  the  whole  is  largely  diluted 
with  hot  water,  so  that  the  gaugue  may  be  filtered  off.  Now, 
instead  of  chlorine  being  passed  into  the  solution,  bromine 
is  added  and  allowed  to  act  in  the  cold,  heating  on  the 
water-bath  being  resorted  to  finally  for  purposes  of  driving 
away  the  bromine. 

Another  convenient  method  of  analysis  is  as  follows,  the 
lead  being  precipitated  by  hydrogen  peroxide  in  ammoniacal 
solution.  Half  a  gnu.  of  the  finely-powdered  mineral  is 
oxidised  as  before  in  a  large  porcelaiu  crucible  and  the 
whole  is  then  taken  to  dryness.  The  residue  is  evaporated 
three  or  four  times  with  concentrated  hydrochloric  arid,  so 
as  to  decompose  the  small  quantities  of  lead  bromate  formed, 
and  the  lead  sulphate  then  got  into  solution  by  aid  of  10  cc. 
of  ammonia  and  10  cc.  of  glacial  acetic  acid  together  with 
the  necessary  amount  of  water.  This  solution,  covered,  is 
warmed  on  the  water-bath  and  filtered  from  gangue,  the 
filter  being  washed  thoroughly  with  a  hot  dilute  solution  of 
ammonium  acetate.  Lead  is  precipitated  in  the  filtrate  by 
addition,  in  the  cold,  of  a  mixture  of  ammonia  and  hydrogen 
peroxide  ;  at  the  end  of  an  hour  filtration  may  be  performed, 
the  washing  being  done  with  cold  water.  In  order  to  obtain 
a  good  result  precipitation  must  be  performed  in  the  well- 
cooled  solution.  The  sulphur  may  be  determined  in  the 
usual  way  by  precipitation  with  barium  chloride,  in  the 
filtrate.— T.  L.  B. 


'Employment   oj    Cadmium    in    Gold    Hnll'iun  Assays.     C. 
Whitehead.  '  Jour.  Franklin  lust.  1891,  132,  365— 3C9. 

Great  difficulties  are  encountered  when  it  is  desired  to 
determine  a  small  percentage  of  silver  in  bullion  containing 
platinum  or  copper  or  both.  Making  an  alloy  containing 
added  silver  and  lead  is  unsatisfactory,  inasmuch  as  the 
comparative  insolubility  of  lead  nitrate  renders  it  impossible 
to  extract  all  the  silver-lead  alloy  from  the  gold.  The  author 
recommends  as  successful  the  following  modification  of 
Balling's  cadmium  treatment: — 0'5  grm.  of  the  refractory 
bullion  is  heated  with  lOgrms.  of  potassium  cyanide;  when 
the  latter  is  well  fused  1  grm.  of  cadmium  is  dropped  in 
and  the  molten  mass  is  poured  on  a  slab  to  cool.  After 
washing,   the   alloy,   being  very    brittle,  is  pulverised  and 


Kay  si,  int.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


ild 


treated  with  nitric  acid,  sp.  gr.  1-278,  along  with  I  '004  grm. 
of  silver;  the  total  silver  is  then  determined  either  as 
chloride  or  thiocyanide,  neither  of  which  determinations 
are  interfered  with  by  the  cadmium  nitrate.  The  result  is 
compared  with  a  proof  assay  made  with  1-004  grin,  of  pure 
silver  dissolved  in  the  same  amount  of  acid. — D.  A.  L. 


Quantitative  Analysis  by  Electrolysis*     V.  Rudorff. 
Zeits.  f.  angew.  Chem.  1892,  3 — 7. 

In  reference  to  this  branch  of  analytical  chemistry,  the 
author  remarks,  that  proposed  methods  for  the  estimation 
of  particular  metals  by  means  of  electrolysis  are  not  only 
very  numerous  but  to  some  extent  contradictory,  so  that  it 
it  difficult  for  chemists  to  make  a  selection.  The  author 
has  therefore  submitted  all  the  proposed  methods  to  com- 
parative practical  tests,  in  order  to  ascertain  which  are  the 
most  suitable  for  use  in  an  ordinary  laboratory  where  costly 
and  exceptional  apparatus  are  not  readily  accessible.  The 
requirements,  in  his  opinion,  are : — A  cheap  source  of 
electricity,  which  must  be  always  available  and  simple  to 
handle;  aiid-a  method  as  exact  and  as  reliable  as  the 
ordinary  gravimetric  methods  now  in  use.  Of  all  the 
sources  of  electrbity  investigated  by  the  author,  including 
dynamos,  accumulators,  Darnell's  cells,  Bunsen's  elements, 
&c,  ihe  Meidinger  elements  are  accepted  as  the  most 
generally  suitable  for  the  purpose  under  consideration. 
These  elements  are  neither  dear  to  purchase  nor  to  keep 
in  order,  and  when  properly  charged  their  activity  remains 
for  months  almost  unaltered.  The  strength  of  current 
obtainable  from  them,  as  indicated  by  cc.  of  water-gas 
per  minute  in  a  voltameter  is  as  follows  : — 

Cc. 

8  elements 2"6 

ti       „        1-9 

4       „         1-2 

3        0-8 

■1       .,        about 0-03 

The  apparatus  employed  by  the  author  consists  of  a 
platinum  dish  60  mm.  high,  75  mm.  diameter  at  the  top, 
about  40  grms.  weight  and  170  cc.  capacity,  and  a  piece 
of  thick  platinum  wire  bent  into  a  helical  form  at  one  end. 
The  condition  of  the  precipitated  metal  is  greatly  influenced 
by: — 1.  The  intensity  of  the  current ;  2.  The  concentration 
of  the  solution  ;  and,  3.  The  substances  added  to  the  solution 
undergoing  electrolysis.  It  is  in  this  latter  point  that  most  of 
the  proposed  methods  vary.  In  the  estimation  of  copper, 
for  instance,  by  the  Luckow  method,  so  much  nitric  acid 
is  added  that  the  precipitated  metal  has  to  be  washed 
while  the  circuit  is  still  closed,  which  is  undesirable ;  and 
Classen's  suggestion  of  adding  an  excess  of  ammonium 
oxalate  does  not  improve  matters.  The  following  is  a 
successful  method:— A  solution  containing  0-1  to  0-4  of 
copper  as  nitrate  or  sulphate,  after  any  free  acid  has  been 
neutralised  with'  ammonia  or  soda,  is  mixed  with  5  drops 
of  nitric  acid,  sp.  gr.  1-20.  diluted  to  about  100  cc.  and 
electrolysed  with  2  to  G  Meidinger  elements  over  night. 
When  the  electrolysis  is  complete,  about  10  drops  of  a 
saturated  solution  of  sodium  acetate  are  added,  the  circuit 
is  then  broken  and  the  bright  pale  red  precipitate  of  copper 
adhering  firmly  to  the  dish  is  well  washed,  drained,  dried 
at  100°  and  weighed. 

The  presence  of  chlorides  would  cause  the  metal  to  form 
a  spongy  deposit,  but  this  is  prevented  by  adding  2  to 
3  grms.  of  ammonium  nitrate,  20  cc.  of  ammonia,  sp.  gr. 
0-91,  and  water  to  make  volume  up  to  100  cc.,  then  electro- 
lysing with  4  to  6  Meidinger  cells,  and  when  precipitation 
is  complete,  saturating  any  free  ammonia  with  acetic  acid, 
before  opening  the  current.  In  the  presence  of  iron,  2  or 
3  drops  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  are  added  instead  of 
the  nitric  acid,  the  precipitated  copper  has  not  then  such  a 
good  appearance,  but  the  estimation  is  nevertheless  trust- 
worthy. Mercury  is  readily  estimated  in  a  solution  con- 
taining 0'1  to  0-3  grms.,  any  free  acid  being  first 
neutralised  by  alkali,  to  which  any  of  the  following  additions 
are  made  : — 5  drops  of  nitric  acid,  sp.  gr.  1  -20  ;  5  drops  of 
dilute  (1:10)  sulphuric  acid;  1-5  grm.  of  tartaric  acid, 
ami  lo  cc.  of  ammonia,  sp.  gr.  0-91 ;  5  cc.  of  nitric  acid; 


10  cc.  of  a  saturated  solution  of  sodium  pyrophosphate,  and 
13  cc.  of  ammonia,  or  about  1  grm.  of  potassium  cyanide, 
making  up  to   100  cc.  with  water,  and  electrolysing   over 
night  with  2  to  G  cells.     Then  adding  10  cc.  of  the  saturated 
solution  of  sodium  acetate,  disconnecting,  and  washing  the 
bright  mirror   or   adhesive   lustrous   globules  of  deposited 
mercury    first  with  water,  then    with   alcohol,  allowing  to 
drain  and  ultimately  to  dry  over  sulphuric  acid.     For  the 
electrolytic  estimation  of  silver,  the  addition  of  ammonium 
sulphate  and  ammonia  has   not  proved  satisfactory  in  the 
hands  of  the  author,  but  excellent  results  are  obtained  by 
using    a    solution   containing   0-1    to   0-3   grm.    of  silver, 
neutralising  any  free  acid  with  soda,  adding  slight  excess  of 
potassium  cyanide,  making  up  to  100  cc,  and  electrolysing 
over   night   with  3  to    6  Meidinger  cells.     The  dull  white 
adhesive  precipitate  of   silver   is    washed   with   water   and 
dried  at  100"-     The  best  process   for  estimating  nickel,  in 
the  absence  of  chlorine,  is  by  adding  25  cc.  of  a  saturated 
solution   of  ammonium   sulphate  and   25  cc.  of  ammonia, 
sp.gr.  0-91,  to  a  solution   containing  from  0-1  to  0-3  grm., 
diluting  to  100  cc,  and  electrolysing  with  3  to   G  elements 
over  night.     The  moderately  bright,  platinum  like,  adhesive 
deposit  of  nickel  is  washed  with  water,  dried  at   100°,  and 
weighed.     With  20  cc.  of  a  saturated  solution  of  sodium 
pyrophosphate    instead    of    the    ammonium   sulphate   the 
nickel  separates  out  dull  and  grey.     Cobalt  is  estimated  iu 
the  same  way  as  nickel,  using  six  to  eight  cells ;  the  deposit 
is  dull  and  grey.     In  the  case  of  cadmium  various  additions 
give  unsatisfactory  results,  and  as  sodium  acetate  and  acetic 
acid,  or  oxalates,   in   ammonia,  or  sodium  pyrophosphates 
and  ammonia,  the  following  treatment  is,  however,  efficient : 
The    neutral  solution,   containing  from   0-1   to  0-4  of  the 
metal  is   mixed,  until  clear,  with  potassium  cyanide,  made 
up  to  100  cc,  and  electrolysed  with  three  to   six  cells  over 
night.     The  dull   grey  adhesive  precipitate  of  cadmium  is 
washed   first   with  water,  then   with  alcohol,  and  dried  at 
70° — 80".     Of   the   numerous    suggestions   for    estimating 
manganese,   the  author  selects  the  following  : — The  man- 
ganese  must  be   present   only  as  sulphate,  and  must  not 
exceed   0-04   grm.  iu  quantity.     To   such  a  solution  three 
drops  of  dilute   (1  :  10)  sulphuric  acid  are  added,  and  the 
volume  is  made  up  to    100  cc.  ;  two  cells  only  are   used  for 
the  electrolysis,  or  six  cells  may  be  divided  between  three 
dishes  working  simultaneously,  and  the  dish  is  connected 
with  the  positive  electrode  and  not  the  negative  as  in  all  the 
cases  hitherto  considered.     The  precipitate  is  washed  with 
water,  drained,  dried  over  sulphuric  acid,  and  then  at  60°, 
inasmuch  as  at  this   temperature  the  composition  remains 
constant  as  Mn02  +  H.:0,  and  the  author  considers   this 
mode   of    procedure    more   trustworthy    than    ignition    to 
Mn304 ;  the  numbers  obtained  multiplied  into  0  ■  523  give 
the  proportion   of  mangaLese  in   the  precipitate.     The  dry 
precipitate  is  brown  with  metallic  lustre  and  adheres  well  to 
the    dish.      The   dish  in   this   instance  is  best  cleaned  by 
dissolving  the   precipitate  in  very   dilute  sulphuric  acid,  to 
which   some    hydrogen    peroxide   is   added ;    in  the  other 
instances   the   same  object  is   effected  by  the  use  of  dilute 
nitric  acid.     Further  communications  on  the  fifth  subject 
are  forthcoming. — D.  A.  L. 


Estimation  of  Aluminium  in  Ferro-Aluminium.    E.  Donath. 
Zeits.  f.  angew.  Chem.  1892,  13. 

The  author,  referring  to  F.  Kegelsberger's  paper  on  the 
estimation  of  aluminium  in  its  alloys  (this  Journal,  1891, 
1033),  points  out  that  he  investigated  the  cyanide  method 
iu  1880,  and  found  that  the  presence  of  much  iron  was 
unfavourable.  Therefore,  when  small  quantities  of  alumi- 
nium are  to  be  determined  in  the  presence  of  large  quantities 
of  iron,  it  is  considered  preferable  to  precipitate  all  the 
aluminium  with  a  little  of  the  iron,  and  proceed  with  the 
estimation  in  this  precipitate.  Moreover,  for  the  reduction, 
the  author  prefers  using  sodium  sulphate  to  either  sodium 
hydrogen  sulphite  or  ammonium  cyanide  suggested  by 
Kegelsberger  ;  working  with  boiling  ammonium  cyanide  is 
any  way  not  agreeable. — 1).  A.  L. 


i-   2 


460 


THE  JOURNAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Maj  3l,lS6i. 


A  Quick  and  Reliable  Method  for  the  Decomposition  and 
Analysis  of  Ferrochrome.  H.  N.  Warren.  Chem. 
News,  65,  186. 

The  finely  powdered  substance  is  treated  in  a  flask  with 
strong  sulphuric  acid  and  gently  heated,  SO;  is  evolved, 
and  the  heat  is  raised  until  the  sulphuric  acid  begins  to 
volatilise.  In  this  way  the  ferrochrome  is  completely  dis- 
solved in  a  tew  minutes.  A  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid 
are  added,  the  solution  is  diluted,  filtered,  and  made  up  to 
a  known  volume.  An  aliquot  portion  is  titrated  with 
standard  bichromate  for  iron  ;  and  the  chromic  and  ferric 
hydrates  precipitated  in  another  portion,  from  these  the 
percentages  of  iron  and  chromium  may  be  obtained. 

—J.  c.  c. 


Formation  and  Behaviour  oj  Basic  Calcium  Phosphates 
and  their  Relationship  to  Thomas-slag.  O.  Foester. 
/.,  its.  f  angew.Chem,  1892,  13—22. 

Tin;  proneness  of  calcium  and  phosphoric  acid  to  form  basic 
salts  has  long  been  realised.  Thus  it  is  known  that  tri- 
calcium  phosphate  is  decomposed  and  yields  up  some  of  its 
phosphoric  acid  to  hot  solutions  of  sodium  or  potassium 
carbonate,  or  when  ignited  with  these  salts;  and,  moreover, 
when  the  hydroxides  of  these  metals  are  used  in  moderately 
strong  solution,  a  residue  remains  containing  calcium  oxide 
and  phosphoric  acid  in  the  proportions  of  10  mols.:  3  mols., 
and  to  which  the  formula  (Ca3P;<  M:tCa< )  has  been  ascribed. 
The  same  compound  is  obtained  whether  mono-,  di-.  tri,  or 
pyrocalcium  phosphate  is  employed.  With  very  strong 
alkali  and  prolonged  boiling  the  proportion  of  phosphoric 
acid  remaining  in  the  residue  can  be  reduced  to  1  mol.:4  mols. 
of  lime.  The  compound  (I  'a  .!'  '  '.)  ,<  !a(  I,  prepared  by 
igniting  di- or  tricalcium  phosphate  with  calcium  dihydroxide 
or  carbonate,  although  not  attacked  by  dilute  alkali,  can  be 
brought  to  yield  a  residue  of  1  Ca(  I  :  1  P»< ) ,  with  very  strong 
alkali.  Whilst  basic  cinder  and  tetracalcium  phosphate, 
obtained  by  strongly  igniting  di-  or  tricalcium  phosphate 
with  the  requisite  proportion  of  lime,  yields  up  their 
phosphoric  acid  more  readily  still,  and  leaves  a  residue  in 
which  the  proportion  of  phosphoric  acid  to  lime  is  1  niol.  i 
•>  mols.  Sugar  solution  dors  riot  extract  lime  from  the 
products,  ;( 'a  I' I  >.)<  a(ll< ))_,,  of  the  dec, imposition  of  di- 
or  tricalcium  phosphates,  thus  showing  that  all  the  lime  in 
this  compound  is   in  combination,  but  as  long  a*  any  water 

rel  ined  by  it  it  is  soluble  in  citric  acid.  On  the  other 
hand,  by  drying  at  a  high  temperature  it  becomes  almost 
insoluble,  owing  to  the  formation  of  the  anhydrous  com- 
pound. This  is  the  compound  which  is  found  in  ordinary 
blowpipe  ignitions,  but  at  the  temperature  of  the  softening 
of  wrought  iron  tetracalcium  phosphate  is  formed,  for  even 
it  the  quantity  of  lime  present  is  insufficient  to  convert  the 
whole  of  the  phosphoric  acid  into  tetra-compound,  a  mixture 
of  it  with  tricalcium  phosphate  and  (l'a3l\.<  >„ ) .( 'at  >  is 
obtained.  The  products  of  the  decomposition  of  calcium 
phosphates  containing  a  large  proportion  of  lime  appear  by 
their  behaviour  not  to  be  chemical  compounds,  but  mixtures 
of  Ca3P208)  i  !a(OB  i3  with  free  Ca(HO)2. 

The  phosphoric  acid  can  be  abstracted  from  calcium  phos- 
phates far  more  readily  and  more  completely  by  fusion  with 
alkalis  ;  in  fact,  by  repeated  and  continued  fusion  the  whole 
of  their  phosphoric  acid  can  gradually  be  extracted,  especially 
when  there  is  free  access  of  carbonic  anhydride.  All 
calcium  phosphates  give  by  fusion  with  alkalis  a  mobile, 
transparent,  and  molten  mass,  which  becomes  opaque  when 
solid,  and  by  treatment  with  water  leaves  a  residue  contain- 
ing all  the  lime  mostly  as  carbonate,  but  some  free,  and  the 
remainder  not  as  (Ca3Ps08)3CaO,  but  as  tricalcium  phos- 
phate II  i-  assumed  that  really  all  the  calcium  phosphate 
undergoes  decomposition,  hut  that  during  the  treatment  of 
the  fused  mass  with  water  a  partial  recombination  takes 
place  resulting  in  the  formation  of  some  tricalcium 
phosphate. 

In  order  to  ascertain  the  composition  of  the  various 
products  of  theseand  subsequent  experiments,  the  products 
are:  1.  Ignited  with  ammonium  carbonate:  2.  Suspended 
in  water  and  exposed  for  some  time  to  a  current  of  carbonic 
anhvdride  to  remove  any  carbonate  of  lime:  3.  The  lime 


soluble  in  a  solution  of  sugar  is  estimated  and  extracted  ; 
4.  The  products  are  treated  with  dilute  acetic  acid  in 
quantity  insufficient  for  solution  :  5.  They  are  also  digested 
at  40 — 60'  for  10  hours  with  100  parts  of  5  per  cent,  citric 
acid  solution.  In  both  the  latter  cases  the  composition  of 
the  insoluble  residue  is  ascertained,  and  in  almost  all  cases 
the  residue  from  the  citric  acid  treatment  is  (Ca.jP2Os)3CaO. 
The  author  has  made  numerous  experiments  on  the  action 
of  these  various  solvents  on  the  different  calcium  phosphates, 
examining  in  all  cases  intermediate  products;  with  carbonic 
auhydride  and  water,  for  instance,  tricalcium  phosphate  is 
partially  decomposed  into  dicalcium  phosphate  and  calcium 
carbonate,  whereas  t,Ca3P2Os)3CaO  is  converted  into 
(Ca.3£'2Os)3CaC03  and  tetracalcium  phosphate  remains 
unaltered.  By  dilute  acetic  acid  tricalcium  phosphate  is 
very  slowly  half  changed  into  dicalcium  phosphate,  whilst 
(Ca3PaOs)3CaO  after  some  time  only  gives  up  its  extra 
molecule  of  calcium  oxide,  but  tetracalcium  phosphate  is 
quickly  and  completely  converted  into  dicalcium  phosphate 
by  this  reagent.  By  treatment  with  a  5  per  cent,  solution 
of  citric  acid,  which  also  gives  a  measure  of  the  solubility, 
of  the  phosphoric  acid  in  the  soil,  in  proportions  of  100  cc. 
to  one  grm.  of  phosphate,  and  at  40°  to  60  for  about  10 
hours,  both  unignited  tricalcium  phosphate  and  tetracalcium 
phosphate  pass  completely  into  solution;  ignited  tricalcium 
phosphate  leaves  a  residue  which  contains  somewhat  more 
lime  thau  the  preparation  employed,  but  (Ca3P2<  >9)3C'aO 
undergoes  no  change. 

Similar  products  to  those  obtained  with  the  alkaline  lye 
are  produced  by  heating  dried  mixtures  of  aqueous  phos- 
phorio  acid,  mono-,  di-,  or  tricalcium  phosphate  with  the 
proportion  of  lime,  quick  or  slacked,  or  calcium  carbonate, 
required  to  form  the  basic  salt.  In  these  cases  the  extent 
of  the  decomposing  action  on  the  tricalcium  phosphate, 
first  formed  or  already  present,  depends  on  the  degree  of 
heat  and  the  duration  of  the  heating.  The  mixtures  were 
therefore  ignited: — 1.  Many  days  in  a  potter's  kiln. 
2.  Many  hours  in  a  good  drawing  reverberating  furnace, 
tired  with  wood,  charcoal,  and  coke.  3.  Two  hours  at  a 
temperature  sufficiently  high  to  render  wrought  iron  plastic 
without  melting  it.  The  first  two  temperatures  occasioned 
considerable  shrinkage  of  the  mixtures  and  yielded  a  caked, 
but  not  sintered,  friable  product ;  whilst  the  product  of  the 
third  and  highest  temperature  employed  was  a  strongly 
sintered  partially  fused,  mass,  with  a  distinctly  stallate, 
crystalline  structure,  but  of  slight  hardness. 

With  regard  to  the  chemical  behaviour  of  these  mixtures 
under  these  conditions,  a  noteworthy  formation  of  tetra- 
calcium phosphate  only  regularly  occurred  at  the  highest 
temperature  used,  although  it  was  observed  occasionally  in 
the  reverberatory  product  ;  but,  in  fact,  at  the  lower 
temperatures  the  greater  part  of  the  tricalcium  phosphate 
combined  with  the  excess  of  lime  to  form  (Ca;,P3Oj)3CaO. 
The  products  in  which  the  saturation  of  the  phosphoric 
acid  had  only  arrived  at  this  stage,  yielded  only  traces  of 
phosphoric  acid  to  boiling  alkalis,  but  when  heated  with 
ammonium  carbonate,  no  matter  what  the  proportion  of 
lime  to  phosphoric  acid  had  been  employed  in  the  original 
mixture,  they  absorbed  so  much  carbonic  auhydride  that 
after  the  removal  of  the  calcium  carbonate,  (CajPjOg^CaO 
alone  remained.  Under"  the  simultaneous  action  of  water 
and  carbonic  auhydride  things  were  different,  for  theu  so 
much  carbonic  anhydride  is  absorbed  that,  after  the 
removal  of  the  calcium  carbonate,  tricalcium  phosphate 
remains.  Perhaps,  in  this  instance,  the  apatite-like 
compound,  (Ca3l,.:Os)3CaCo3,  is  formed,  which  is  the  pre- 
ponderating mineral  constituent  of  limes. 

The  products  of  the  higher  temperature  behave  quite 
differently,  for,  although  in  no  case  consisting  entirely  of 
tetiacalcium  phosphate,  owing  probably  to  the  fact  that 
the  mixtures  never  fused,  yet  in  all  these  experiments 
evidence  of  its  presence  in  large  quantities  is  obtained  ; 
they  yield  plenty  of  phosphoric  acid  to  boiiing  alkali,  also 
to  citric  acid,  and  are  readily  and  completely  changed  to 
dicalcium  phosphate  by  dilute  acetic  acid,  &c. ;  in  fact,  the 
citrate  insoluble  portion  consists  of  (Ga3P208)3Ca(.).  More- 
over, they  arc  not  acted  on  by  prolonged  exposure  to  water 
and  carbonic  anhydride,  and  they  do  not  contain  any  lime 
soluble  in  sugar  solution 


Mu.v3i,i992.*j         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[61 


The  author  reviews,  criticises,  and  discusses  the  various 
opinions  which  have  been  advanced  for  and  against  the 
existence  of  the  tctra-basic  calcium  phosphate  in  basic 
cinder,  the  ultimate  conclusion  being  that  not  alone  does  it 
exist,  but  that  all  the  phosphoric  acid  in  basic  cinder 
ought  to  be  there  as  tetracalcium  phosphate,  in  fact,  under 
under  the  conditions  of  its  formation,  could  not  be  preseut 
in  any  other  state  of  combination.  Nevertheless,  chemical 
examination  of  different  samples  of  basic  cinder  always 
indicates  the  presence  of  a  certain  irregular  amount  of 
phosphate,  which  is  not  soluble  in  citric  acid  or  ammonium 
citrate,  and  which,  therefore,  cannot  be  tetracalcium 
phosphate.  This  has  hitherto  been  very  generally,  but  in 
some  eases  erroneously,  attributed  to  admixture  with  some 
adulterant.  The  author  has,  however,  investigated  the 
point,  and  finds  that  when  tetracalcium  phosphate  is 
exposed  to  a  temperature  somewhat  below  its  temperature 
of  formation  that  it  undergoes  reversion  with  the  setting 
free  of  lime  and  the  formation  of  (Ca3P1!09)3CaO  or  in  the 
presence  of  much  silica,  (CajP2Os):lCa.SiO,.  The  free  lime 
has  been  extracted  by  means  of  sugar  solution,  and  found 
to  be  present  in  the  proper  proportions  required  by — 

3  Cu.iy  >„      (Ca3P2Oa)3CaO  +  2  Cat ) 

This  change  takes  place  more  readily  in  the  presence  of  air. 
The  author  is,  therefore,  of  opinion  that  the  presence  of 
citrate  insoluble  caleiuai  phosphate  in  basic  cinder  is  to  be 
ascribed  to  the  treatment  the  cinder  undergoes  after  leaving 
the  converter,  and  that,  in  fact,  it  is  the  result  of  the  re- 
conversion of  some  of  the  tetracalcium  phosphate,  in  the 
manner  just  set  forth,  during  the  slow  cooling  of  the  mass 
of  heated  cinder  in  the  air;  the  comparatively  small 
proportion  of  insoluble  phosphate  found  in  slag  may  be 
accounted  for  by  the  reasonable  assumption  that  in  such  a. 
complex  environment  the  free  lime,  as  well  as  the 
phosphates,  would  probably  enter  into  some  other  state  of 
combination  ;  and  this  assumption  has  been  to  some  extent 
experimentally  confirmed.  Moreover,  (Oa3P2Os)3CaO  is 
not  absolutely  insoluble  in  citrate,  and  therefore  in  the  line 
state  of  division  in  which  it  exists  in  basic  cinder,  it  may 
probably  pass  into  solution  in  larger  quantities  than  mipdit 
be  anticipated.  The  presence  of  citrate  in  soluble  calcium 
phosphate  may  also,  perhaps,  in  part  be  ascribed  to  lime 
being  present  in  insufficient  quantity  to  change  all  the 
phosphoric  acid  into  the  tetracalcium  salt.  It  seems,  how- 
ever, worth  while  trying  if  more  rapid  evolving  of  basic 
cinder  will  prevent  the  formation  of  the  inferior  calcium 
phosphate. 

Taking  into  consideration  the  much  greater  facility  with 
which  tetra-basic  phosphate  undergoes  decomposition  in  the 
soil,  and  conversion  into  dicalcium  phosphate,  as  compared 
with  tricalciutn  phosphate,  the  author  suggested  that  the 
two  of  the  lime  molecules  must  be  in  looser  state  of  com- 
bination. The  following  formulas  aic  furnished  to  give  a 
graphic  representation  of  such  an  arrangement ;-— 

Tricalcium  phosphate — 

,  0— Ca— O . 
Ca,P.,<  )s    O  =  V(  O—  Ca— O   )  1'  -  U 
\0— Ca— 0/ 


Tetracalcium  phosphate 


0- 


ra,iy:>,,    o^i'/o 


-Ca- 
-Ca- 


\  O— Ca— O— Ca— O 


o  \  P  =  o 


—D.  A.  L. 


The  Separation  of  Arsenic,  Antimony,  and    Tin.     John 
Clark.     Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1892  [110],  68—70. 

The  mixed  sulphides  of  arsenic,  antimony,  and  tin  obtained 
in  the  ordinary  course  of  analysis  are  dissolved  in  a  strong 
solution  of  ferric  chloride  in  chlorhydric  acid,  and  the 
arsenic  is  distilled  off  and  weighed  as  trisulphide.  The 
residual  liquid  contains  the  antimony  as  trichloride,  and 
the  tin  as  stannic  chloride,  also  ferrous  and  ferric  chlorides. 
The  author  corroborates  Loveton's  statement  that  antimony 
and  tin  can  be  separated  by  taking  advantage  of  the 
difference  in  solubility  of  their  sulphides  in  solutions  of 
hydrogen  chloride  of  certain  strengths,  but  thinks  the  pro- 
portion of  acid  should  be  reduced  from  a  half  to  a  third, 
to  ensure  the  complete  precipitation  of  the  antimony,  and 
to  avoid  the  necessity  of  filtering  through  cotton  wool.  He 
recommends  a  combination  of  Loveton's  and  W.  F.  Clarke's 
processes,  anil  without  removing  the  iion  salts  he  precipitates 
the  antimony  with  hydrogen  sulphide  in  a  tepid  solution 
containing  from  one-thitd  to  one  quarter  of  its  volume  of 
chlorhydric  acid  and  a  considerable  quantity  of  oxalic  acid. 
The  precipitate,  which  is  free  from  tin,  is  washed  first  with 
water,  then  with  alcohol,  and  finally  with  carbon  bisulphide, 
and  weighed  as  SboS(  after  being  heated  at  a  temperature 
of  about  13u°  to  ensure  the  complete  expulsion  of  water. 
He  considers  this  temperature  sufficiently  high  to  dry  the 
Sb2S3.  He  points  out  that  when  Sb.S,  is  dried  at  130°, 
it  suffers  little  or  no  further  loss  in  weight  till  it  is  raised 
to  the  temperature  at  which  it  is  converted  into  the  black 
sulphide,  and  his  experiments  indicate  that  the  loss  in  weight 
observed  at  this  stage  is  not  due  to  water,  but  to  oxidation 
as  after  heating  between  200  and  230°  for  several  days 
there  was  a  continuous  loss,  the  black  sulphide  becoming 
brown,  and  it  was  found  by  analysis  to  consist  chiefly  of 
oxide  of  antimony. 

When  the  Sb2S3  precipitate  is  large  it  is  necessary,  after 
drying,  to  digest  it  in  carbon  bisulphide  to  extract  the 
whole  of  the  sulphur.  To  obviate  this  objection  the  author 
reduces  the  excess  of  ferric  chloride  with  thin  sheet  iron, 
and  as  soon  as  the  yellow  colour  has  disappeared  the 
undissolved  iron  is  removed  and  the  antimony  which  has 
come  down  is  redissolved  with  the  aid  of  a  little  ferric 
chloride,  which  is  added  drop  by  drop  till  the  solution  is 
distinctly  yellow  to  ensure  that  all  the  tin  is  in  the  stannic 
state;  a  warm  solution  of  oxalic  acid  containing  about  one- 
third  of  its  volume  of  chlorhydric  acid  is  then  added,  and 
the  antimony  is  precipitated  as  SbjS.,,  together  with  traces 
of  sulphur,  and  washed  with  water,  alcohol,  and  carbon 
bisulphide. 

After  the  removal  of  the  antimony  the  hydrogen  sulphide 
is  expelled  by  boiling,  the  oxalic  acid  decomposed  with 
potassium  permanganate,  and  the  tin  precipitated  in  a  hot 
solution  with  hydrogen  sulphide,  and  allowed  to  stand  till 
cold.  The  SnSn  obtained  in  this  way  can  be  filtered  off 
and  washed  with  water  without  passing  through  the  filter. 
It  is  then  converted  by  ignition  into  SnO?,  in  which  form 
the  tin  is  weighed.     The  test  analyses  are  very  satisfactory. 

For  qualitative  purposes  in  distilling  off  the  arsenic  a 
condenser  is  not  necessary,  a  bent  tube  dipping  into  water 
being  sufficient.  It  is  advisable,  however,  to  use  a  safety- 
tube  to  prevent  the  distillate  coming  back. 

In  the  case  of  alloys  the  metal  is  dissolved  in  strong 
chlorhydric  acid  with  the  aid  of  ferric  chloride,  and  the 
arsenic  distilled  off  at  once.  The  antimony  and  tin  after 
being  separated  from  the  other  metals  of  the  group  are 
then  estimated  in  the  manner  described  above. 


Properties  of  Ammoniacal  ( 'upper  Hydrate. 
Monit.  iscient.  1H91,  5,  681. 

See  under  V .,  page  427. 


Prud'homme. 


The  Cornish  Assay,     Engineering  and  Mining  Journal 
See  page  470. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUALITATIVE. 

A  Colour  Reaction  of  Acid  Anilides.    J.  Tafel.     Ber.  1892, 

25,  412-113. 
Many  acid  anilides  give  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
and  potassium  bichromate,  or  lead  peroxide,  colourations 
similar  to  those  obtained  with  alkaloids  under  like  conditions  ; 
unlike  acid  hydrazides,  phenylhydrazones,  and  phenylosa- 
zones.  the  acid  anilides  give  no  colouration  with  sulphuric 
acid  and  ferric  chloride. 


162 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  81, 1892. 


The  reaction  is  best  carried  out  by  dissolving  a  few 
milligrammes  of  the  anilide  in  sulphuric  acid  and  then  adding 
a  little  powdered  potassium  bichromate  ;  under  these 
conditions  the  anilide  and  the  hydrazide  of  one  and  the 
same  acid  give  the  same  colouration.  The  reaction  is  given 
by  all  simple  anilides  and  by  all  phenylcarbamides,  but  not 
by  the  products  of  the  interaction  of  acetic  anhydride  and 
benzoic  chloride  with  ethyl-  and  methyl-aniline. 

Acetylparatoluidine  gives  no  colouration  but  acetylortho- 
toluidine  does ;  the  acetyl  and  benzoyl  derivatives  of 
a-  and  3-naphthylamine  give  a  dirty  brown  colouration. 

The  following  compounds  give  the  reaction  :  — Acetanilide, 
reddish-violet  ;  propanilide,  blood  red ;  ethyl  oxanilate, 
magenta  red;  oxanilide,  violet;  oxalacetanilide,  magenta- 
red  ;  benzanilide,  violet ;  symmetrical  diphenylcarbamide, 
bluish-violet ;  symmetrical  ethylphenylcarbamide,  rose-red  ; 
asymmetrical  ethylphenylcarbamide,  cherry-red  ;  acetyl- 
hydrazobenzene,  blood-red  ;  acetylorthotoluidine,  cherry- 
red  ;  dibenzoj'lmetaphenvlenediamine,  blood-red  ;  henzoyl- 
tetrahydroquinoline,  blood-red  ;  acetyltetrahydroquinoliue, 
rose-red. — F.  S.  K. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTR  Y—QUANTITA  Tl  VE. 

Action  of  Nitric.  Acid  on  silk.     L.  Viguon  and  P.  Sisley. 
Compt.  Rend.  1891,113,  701—704. 

See  under  VI.  page  430. 


The  Rotatory  Power  of  Silk.     L.  Yignon.     Compt.  Kend. 
1S91,  113,  802—804. 

See  under  V.,  page  427. 


The    Technical  Analysis  of  the  Calcined    Vinasse  from 

Beetroot  Molasses.     C.  Heyer.  Chem.   Zeit.   1801,   15, 

1480—1490,    1523—1524,   and  1557.       (Compare     this 
Journal,  1891,  861.) 

The  author  gives  tin  following  scheme  for  the  analysis 
of  this  substance.  The  sample  is  pulverised,  mixed  and 
stored  in  a  dry  bottle  fitted  with  a  cautchouc  stopper. 
(1.)  Moisture: — 5*12  grms.  are  heated  in  a  drying  oven 
at  1  10  until  of  constant  weight.  (2.)  Insoluble  matter  .— 
20  grms.  are  slowly  added  to  250  cc.  of  boiling  water 
contained  in  a  beaker,  boiled,  and  after  well  stirring  and 
allowing  to  remain  for  15  minutes,  collected  on  a  tared 
filter  previously  dried  at  110°  C,  washed  with  boiling 
water  and  finally  dried  at  110°  C.  until  of  constant  weight  ; 
the  filtrate  and  washings  are  made  up  to  500  cc-  (see 
below).  After  ascertaining  the  weight  of  the  insoluble 
matter  dried  at  llo  C,  it  is  ignited,  and  the  amount  of 
fixed  matter  determined  bj*  reweighing  this.  (3.)  Alkali 
salts: — Four  25  cc.  portions  of  the  filtrate  and  washings 
mentioned  above  (each  corresponding  to  1  grm.  of  vinasse) 
are  evaporated  to  dryness  in  tared  dishes  on  the  water- 
bath,  the  residue  carefully  calcined,  ignited,  and  weighed  ; 
the  numbers  deviate  from  one  another  at  most  0-l  per  cent. 
(I.)  Potassium  chloride: — One  of  the  last-mentioned 
residues  is  dissolved  in  water  exactly  neutralised  with 
nitric  acid,  boiled  to  remove  hydrocyanic  acid  when  present, 

X  ... 

and  titrated   with  -     silver  solution,  employing  potassium 

chromate  as  indicator.  (5.)  Potassium  sulphate  : — Another 
of  the  residues  is  dissolved  in  100»cc.  of  water,  an  excess 
of  hydrochloric  acid  added,  and  after  boiling  the  solution 
with  a  small  quantity  of  nitric  acid  or  bromine  water,  it  is 
precipitated  with  a  boiling  solution  of  barium  chloride,  the 
barium  sulphate  being  collected  as  usual  and  weighed  :  it 
is  calculated  to  K2S( .),.  (G. )  Potassium  phosphate  : — To 
250  cc.  of  the  standard  solution  an  excess  of  nitric  acid 
and  ammonium  uitrate  (40  grms.)  are  added,  it  is  then 
precipitated  with  molybdenum  solution,  and  finally  con- 
verted in  the  usual  manner  into  magnesium  pyrophosphate, 
weighed  as  such  and  calculated  to  K,P04.  (7.)  Potassium 
carbonate: — A  portion  of  the  ignited  residue  from  25  cc. 
of  the  solution  is  dissolved  in  water  in  a  100  CO.  flask, 
boiled  with  an  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  exactly 
precipitated  with  the  quantity  of  barium  chloride  calculated 


from  (5)  ;  then  cooled,  made  up  to  the  mark,  and  filtered 
through  a  dry  filter.  20  cc.  of  the  filtrate  are  evaporated 
on  the  water-bath  with  platinic  chloride  solution  (10  cc, 
containing  1  grm.  Pt),  80  per  cent,  alcohol  poured  over  the 
residue,  and  allowed  to  remain  for  half  an  hour ;  then 
washed  by  decantation  with  80  per  ceut.  alcohol,  brought  on 
to  a  tared  filter  previously  dried  at  120J,  and  finally,  after 
drying  at  the  same  temperature,  weighed.  This  is  calcu- 
lated to  K3C03  aud  represents  the  total  potassium,  the 
amount  of  potassium  carbonate  in  the  sample  being 
arrived  at  by  deducting  from  it  that  of  the  other  potas- 
sium salts  as  found,  likewise  calculated  to  K2CO:1.  It 
is  unnecessary  to  correct  for  the  volume  of  the  barium 
sulphate  precipitate,  as  the  slight  raising  of  the  results 
occasioned  thereby  is  compensated  by  the  lowering  of  the 
same  due  to  the  co-precipitation  of  a  small  quantity  of 
potassium  chloride  with  the  barium  sulphate.  (8.)  Sodium 
carbonate  : — This  is  obtained  by  deducting  the  sum  of  the 
percentages  of  K2CO,,  KC1,  K„S04,  and  K,POj  found  from 
that  of  the  total  alkali  salts  (3),  and  may  be  controlled  by 
determining  the  alkalinity,  calculating  this  to  K2CO„ 
deducting  the  K2C03  found  from  it,  and  calculating  the 
difference  to  Na2C03.  (9.)  Alkalinity  : — This  is  determined 
by  dissolving  the  residue  from  25  cc.  of  the  standard  solu- 
tion in  water  and  titrating  with  normal  sulphuric  acid ;  or 
25  cc.  of  the  solution  may  be  directly  titrated  with  normal 
nitric  acid,  and  this  used  for  the  chlorine  estimation  (4). 
The  f  ollowiug  analysis  of  a  sample  of  the  calcined  vinasse  hy 
the  above  scheme  is  given  :  — 

Per  Cent. 

KX'O;, 50-03 

Kt'l IS'18 

KsSO t'i; 

KJ'O, 0-20 

Na.2C03  (from  alkalinity  15'06  per  cent.  \ 1B'14 

Insoluble  rmtter   (oiyanic,  1*15  per  cent.; 

inorgaui  ■,  8*95  per  cent.) 5'10 

Moisture 0'S7 

Tutal 00-S7 

The  ordinary  way  of  determining  the  amount  of  potassium 
and  sodium,  viz.,  precipitating  the  solution  acidified  with 
hydrochloric  acid  with  an  excess  of  barium  chloride, 
rendering  alkaline  with  ammonium  carbonate,  filtering, 
washing  with  ammoniaeal  water,  evaporating,  igniting, 
extracting  with  water  and  filtering  from  silica,  then  again 
evaporating,  igniting,  weighing  the  soluble  chlorides,  and 
finally  separating  them  with  platinic  chloride  gives  good 
results,  but  the  author  contends  that  the  same  accuracy  is 
attainable  by  the  method  given  above  (7  and  8),  which  is 
much  more  expeditious.  The  strengh  of  the  alcohol  em- 
ployed to  wash  the  platinochlorides  (80  per  cent.)  is  that 
recommended  by  Fresenius,  aud  the  author  makes  use  of 
the  factor  (Op2832)  adopted  by  this  chemist  for  calculating 
potassium  platino-ehloride  to  the  carbonate.  (Compare 
following  abstract). — A.  It.  L. 


The  Technical  Analysis  of  the  Calcined  Vinasse  from 
Beetroot  Molasses.  Alberti  and  llempcl.  Chem.  Zeit. 
1891,15,   1623—1624. 

The  authors  point  out  that  Heyer  (preceding  abstract)  has 
not  taken  into  account  the  estimation  of  silica,  and  they 
disagree  with  him  in  calculating  the  total  sulphur  as  potas- 
sium sulphate.  They  propose  the  following  alterations  in 
(.V)  and  (7)  loc.  cit. : — The  ignited  residue  from  a  25  cc. 
portion  of  the  solution  is  acidified  with  an  excess  of  hydro- 
chloric acid,  evaporating  to  dryness,  and  heated  at 
105  —110°  fori — 2  hours;  it  is  now  extracted  with  water 
containing  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  filtered  from 
silica,  the  filtrate  being  made  up  to  250  cc.  The  sulphuric 
acid  is  determined  in  jo  cc.  of  this;  whilst  100  cc.  are 
introduced  into  a  200  ce.  flask  exactly  precipitated  with 
barium  chloride,  made  up  to  the  mark,  and  the  potassium 
determined  in  25  cc.  of  the  filtrate  by  the  platinum  method. 
The  authors  further  propose  to  determine  the  amount  of 
sulphuric  acid  before  and  after  ignition  and  in  the  vinasse,  and 
to  calculate  the  difference  as  potassium  sulphide. — A.  R.  I.. 


May  si,  1889.]       THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


463 


A     Method    of    Inversion   and  Estimation  of  Baffinose. 
Kaydl.    Oestterr.  Zeits.  Zuckerind.  1891,  20,  700. 

'I'm  method  is  that  of  Herzfeld  (Deutseh.  Zuckerind. 
1890,  15,  166),  but  instead  of  dissolving  the  semi-normal 
weight  of  sugar  in  100  cc.  of  water,  that  weight  of  sugar 
is  dissolved  in  250  cc.  of  water  in  order  that  75  cc.  of 
the  solution  contains  exactly  the  seuii-uunnal  weight  in 
grms.  of  dry  substance.  It  is  applicable  to  all  kinds 
of  products.  Her/feld's  constant  (—  32*66)  has  been 
fully  confirmed.  It  will  be  seen  that  with  products  of 
different    sugar   percentage,   but  giving  the    same  quotient 


of  purity,  the  same  quantity  of  sugar  will  be  inverted, 
and  the  influence  of  the  quotients  of  purity  have  therefore 
to  be  determined.  As  all  experiments  show  that  the 
(optically  inactive  ?)  organic  matters  {Nichtznckci-)  arc 
without  influence,  and  as  all  salts  raise  the  constants  about 
the  same  amount,  the  amounts  of  organic  matters  (Nicht- 
zucker)  have  been  neglected,  and  the  inversion-constants 
determined  for  pure  sugar  in  the  presence  of  various  weights 
of  a  mixture  of  sodium  chloride,  potassium  nitrate,  and 
anhydrous  sodium  acetate. 

The    following   table    was  constructed   from    the  results 
obtained  : — 


Inversion-Constants  at  20°  C.  von  the  Quotients. 


Quotients  9.1 


83 


si  I 


,; 


Percentage  of  Av'i  in  the  Dry  Substai 


3-2-iis 
0-60 


11 
11 
12 
IS 
14 
IS 
lei 
17 
IS 
19 
20 
21 

23 
21 


S2-8lj 

0-67 

ins 

S.'v..-. 

52  G2 

0-70 

ir,- 

nilt 

0*74 

H'711 

ii  .17 

"'77 

0-73 

li'7il 

((•82 

0' 77 

0-73 

0-82 

ii  70 

IV  s; 

ll-vl 

0*94 

0-84 

Ir'-ll 

0*94 
0-!i0 
33-05 

nil 

32  -(',2 

32-58 

0*65 

u-iil 

II  -.is 

iri-.l 

32-47 

071 

0-G7 

0-59 

n-02 

iv  7.1 

11-71 

0-64 

0-57 

32*58 

32-56 

32*52 

32- ill 

0*79 

0-7.1 

0-08 

0"f2 

0-62 

II  lj2 

II  -on 

0-06 

0-81 

0'79 

0-73 

11-17 

n-117 

0-08 

0-66 

0-64 

0*89 

il-sl 

077 

II71 

n  -  7  _' 

u-73 

0-72 

0-71 

O-'Jl 

0-89 

0-82 

0"76 

ll'77 

ii-7'.i 

II79 

0-79 

ii!:. 

n'.il 

0-87 

IV  si 

ns:; 

li-so 

0-85 

0*86 

3V05 

33-00 

0-93 

n-S7 

0-S9 

0-91 

li-'.'o 

0-94 

n-|l 

o-oi; 

n'.r.i 

II  -'.12 

Oat 

0*97 

33-00 

33-02 

o-)s 

in:; 

33-05 

0"98 

33 -co 

33-03 

ii-in; 

0-10 

IV  2.5 

0-19 

1112 

38-05 

0*07 

mill 

n-13 

IJ-17 

0"32 

0-26 

0-10 

n-12 

n-13 

irio 

0*20 

0-2-3 

0-33 

M-20 

iris 

01!) 

11-2! 

0-27 

ir:;; 

11-11 

0-32 

0-24 

0-25 

(V27 

034. 

IV  H 

ii   19 

0*39 

M-.-.ll 

0:il 

033 

ii-  in 

ir  IS 

D'57 

0- 17 

0-37 

0-38 

0-38 

ir  17 

o-oii 

0-64 

0*44 

11-11 

II- 10 

n-oi 

0-63 

IV02 

0-51 

(1-01 

irOI 

0-lil 

u-71 

The  author  has  directly  determined  the  influence  of  the 
organic  matters  (Nichtzucker),  and  found  it  to  be  nil.  By 
precipitating  the  total  sugar  and  ratfinose  from  a  technical 
product  by  strontia  and  lime, he  obtained  a  solution  polarising 
slightly  to  the  right,  the  optical  activity  not  undergoing  any 
alteration  when  treated  with  acids.  Lead  chloride  was  used 
as  clarifying  agent  in  these  experiments,  and  subsequently 
three  grms.  of  extracted  bone  charcoal  was  added  (when 
necessary);  three  grms.  of  this  charcoal  occupy  1-95  cc, 
and  flasks  having  two  marks  (100  cc.  and  101-95  cc.)  were 
used.  In  the  analysis  of  molasses  it  is  preferable  to  employ 
llerzfeld's  method  (semi-normal  weight — Hu)  cc). 

The  dextrorotation  in  the  above  solution  of  the  organic 
matters  (Nichtzucker)  and  in  some  other  technical  products 
was  found  to  be  due  to  dextrin.  The  author  states  that 
syrups  have  been  obtained  by  the  diffusion  process  having 
a  purity  quotient  of  1 12,  which  contained  as  good  as  nc 
ratfinose,  hut  large  quantities  of  dextrin.  It  is  therefore  a 
matter  of  importance  not  to  make  use  of  the  rafliuose  formula 


unless  the  presence  of  ratfinose  is  known,  in  all  other  eases 
to  calculate  the  results  by  ( 'lerget's  formula. 

A  portion  of  the  rafliuose  present  in  raw  beet  sugar  is 
contained  in  the  crystals  themselves,  and  the  amount  thus 
occurring  is  in  some  cases  considerable ;  it  appears  to  be 
less  dependent  on  the  form  of  the  crystal  than  upon  the 
quantity  of  ratfinose  contained  in  the  solution  from  which 
the  sugar  was  crystallised. 

To  prepare  ratfinose,  a  solution  of  molasses  is  precipi- 
tated with  basic  lead  acetate,  Altered  and  the  filtrate 
reprccipitated  with  ammonia,  again  filtered  and  this  filtrate 
concentrated  to  a  syrup.  It  is  dissolved  in  strong  methyl 
alcohol,  and  saturated  with  carbonic  anhydride,  and  the 
filtrate  from  this  after  distilling  off  the  methyl  alcohol,  is 
evaporated  to  a  syrup,  a  crystal  of  pure  rafliuose  added,  and 
left  in  a  cool  place  for  7  —  8  days. — A.  R.  L. 


40 1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 1892. 


Determination  of  Mechanical    Wood 
.1   Baudiseh.     Papier  Zeit.  1891,  16. 


On  the  Quanlitalio 
Pulp  in  Paper. 
2414—2415. 

The  method  of  Godeffroy  and  CooIod  and  its  importance  for 
the   above     purpose   has   already   been   discussed   in    this 
Journal.     (See  this  Journal,  1888,  863—864;  1889,  374— 
576;   1891,  57G — 577.)     As  this  test,  with  the  exception  of 
Bamberger's  method,  is  the  only  one  which  if  properly  made 
{rives   reliable  results,  and   as  Godefftoy  and   Coulon   have 
only    published    their    preliminary    results,     the     author 
describes  the  operation  of  the  method  in  full.     As  shown  in 
the    notices   already   referred  to,  the  method  is  based  on 
the  fact,  that  the  incrusting  substances  of  the  mechanical 
wood-pulp  reduce  certain    metal  salts,  e.g.,  gold  chloride, 
and  that  from  the  quantities  reduced  we  may   ascertain  the 
quantities  of  mechanical  wood-pulp  that  are  present  in  the 
paper.     But  also  pure  wood  and  straw  cellulose,  have  to   a 
certain  extent  the  same  reducing  properties,  and  therefore 
it  is  necessary  to  nullify  their   influence  by  a  preliminary 
extraction.     The  reduction  is  unaffected  by  different  con- 
centrations  of   the   gold  chloride,   as   long  as   only   weak 
solutions  are  employed,  and  also  uninfluenced  by  the  time 
during  which  the  mechanical  wood-pulp  is   treated  by  the 
reagent.     From  the  previously  published  results  (see  this 
Journal,    1839,   576),   it   is   evident   that    on    an   average 
100  parts  of  mechanical  wood-pulp  reduce  about  14  parts 
of  gold  chloride.     This  property  of  mechanical  wood-pulp 
seems  to  be  uninfluenced  by  the  various  compositions  of 
different  papers,  and  therefore  the  same  reduction  number 
may   be   used   for    all    sorts   of    paper.     But    the    sizing, 
especially    vegetable    sizing,    does    affect    this   property    of 
mechanical  wood-pulp,  and  it  must  therefore  first  be  re- 
moved.    Papers  to  be  tested  by  this   method  should  first 
be  examined  by  one  of   the  qualitative  reagents  for  the 
presence  of  mechanical  wood-pulp,  preferably  by  phloro- 
glucinol  and  hydrochloric  acid.   ,Then  three  strips,  about  2  5 
or  3  cm.  broad,  must  be  cut  from  a  sheet  of  the  paper  in 
question,  in  a  diagonal  direction.     One  of  them  is  used  for 
the  determination  of  moisture,  and  then  reduced  to  ash  for 
finding  the  quantity  of  mineral  substances  in  the  dry  paper. 
The  second  is  used  for  finding  the  quantity  of  ash   after 
the   aforesaid   extraction   has  been   made ;   and   the  third 
serves   for   the   determination    of    mechanical    wood-pulp. 
The  second  and  third  strips  must  be  freed  from  animal  and 
vegetable   sizing,   before    the   examination   is   made.      To 
effect  this,  they  are  rolled  together,  placed  on  glass  funnels 
as  filter-papers  are,  and  there  washed  first  with  cold,  and 
subsequently  with  hot   distilled   water.     The   presence   of 
animal  size  is   ascertained  by  the   usual  test   with  oxide   of 
mercury.     After  all   animal   size  has  been  removed  in  this 
way,  the  resinous  sizing  substances  are  extracted  with  pure 
absolute  alcohol,  to  which  a  little  tartaric   acid  is   added. 
Hydrochloric  acid  mnst  not  be  used,  because  of  its  influence 
on  the  fibres  as  well  as  on  the  gold  chloride.     This  mixture 
of   alcohol   and  tartaric   acid   must   be  used  hot,  and  the 
paper   treated   with     it,    until     every     trace    of     resinous 
bstance  is  removed.     Finally,  traces   of  tartaric   acid  are 
removed  by  washing  with  hot  water,  until  the  paper  ceases 
to  show  an  acid  reaction.     The  paper  strips  thus  freed  from 
animal  and  vegetable   size,   must  now  be  dried  absolutely' 
at    a  temperature  of   100     to    110     C,  and  then  weighed. 
<  'lie  of  them  is  then  treated  with  pure  absolute  alcohol,  and 
subsequently  with  pure   ethyl  ether  for  24   hours  each,  in 
order   to    remove    straw   and    wood   cellulose   if    present. 
The   residue  is  dried  and  weighed   again,  aud  afterwards 
reduced  to   ash  which   i<   weighed.     The  third  strip,  after 
having   been   absolutely  dried    and    weighed,  is   torn    into 
small  pieces,  which  arc  put  into  a  beaker,  and  some  diluted 
gold  chloride  solution  added,  which,  however,  Fhould  not  be 
too  weak.      It  is   then  boiled    for  10   or  15  minutes,  allowed 
to   cool,   filtered   and   washed   with   distilled    water.     The 
filter  and  its  contents  are  then  absolutely  dried  at  100"  to 
110   C,  and  both  reduced  to  ash   and  the  latter  weighed. 
The  weight  of  the  filter  ash  is  now  known,  the  weight  of  the 
ash  of  the  paper  strip  is  likewise  known,  and  therefore  the 
weight  of  the  reduced  gold  is  found   by  subtraction,  and  by 
means  of  the  above  proportion  the  quantity  of  mechanical 
wood-pulp  contained  in  ihe  paper  is  discovered. — II   S. 


Determination  of  Mechanical  Wood-pulp  in  Paper. 
K.  Godeffroy.     Mitt.  k.  k.  techu.  Gew.  Museum,  1*91,  295. 

The  reducing  action  of  the  lignocelluloses  upon  gold 
chloride  has  been  shown  by  Godeffroy  and  Coulon  (ibid. 
1888,  18,  62  ;  1889,  9  ;  this  Journal  )  to  be  available  as 
the  basis  of  a  quantitative  method  of  estimation  of  mecha- 
nical wood-pulp  in  paper.  Pulps  from  the  fir,  willow,  elm, 
acacia  and  pine,  were  found  to  be  approximately  equal  in 
reducing  power,  the  quantity  of  gold  reduced  in  the  boiling 
solution  of  the  chloride  being  14  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of 
the  lignocellulose.  In  applying  the  method  to  papers,  it  is 
necessar}-  to  eliminate  sizing  constituents  before  applying 
the  tests.  With  the  view  of  simplifying  the  process  of 
purification  previously  given  (loc.  cit.)  the  aa'hor  has 
investigated  a  number  of  treatments,  of  which  the  most 
satisfactory  is  to  boil  with  10  per  cent,  aqueous  ammonia. 
Bv  this  treatment,  the  reducing  power  of  the  lignocelluloses 
investigated,  viz.,  pine,  fir,  poplar,  maple  and  hazel,  was 
found  to  be  increased  by  exactly  50  per  cent. 

The  simplified  method  consists  in  the  following  opera- 
tions : — 

(a)  boiling  in  10  per  cent,  aqueous  ammonia  for  10 
minutes,  followed  by  an  exhaustive  wash.  Two  portions  of 
the  paper  are  treated  simultaneously.  They  are  then  dried, 
one  is  reduced  to  ash,  and  the  quantity  of  the  latter 
estimated  ;  the  other  is  subjected  to  (i)  boiling  for  ten 
minutes  with  the  solution  of  gold  chloride,  wishing,  drying, 
and  burning.  From  the  weight  of  ash  obtained,  that  in 
the  untreated  paper  is  deducted  giving  the  weight  of  gold 
which,  multiplied  by  100  and  divided  by  212,  gives  the  per- 
centage of  lignocellulose  in  the  paper. 

Investigations  with  the  view  to  substitute  for  the  gold 
salt,  ltes  expensive  reageuts,  viz.  alkaline  solutions  of 
copper  and  bismuth  oxides,  were  attended  with  negative- 
results,  the  reduction  numbers  obtained  with  these  reagents 
being  variable. — C.  F.  C. 


Anal  /sis   of  Sealing   War.     C.  Maugold.     Zeits.  f.  angew. 
Chem.  1892,  75—76. 

An  attempt  was  made  to  ascertain  the  composition  of 
sealing  wax  by  aid  of  the  iodine  equivalent  of  its  alcoholic 
solution.  Boiling  alcohol  dissolved  66  per  cent.,  the  re- 
maining 34  per  cent,  being  taken  as  the  total  mineral 
matter.  From  the  iodine  equivalent  it  is  calculated  that 
the  66  per  cent,  of  soluble  matter  consists  of  colophonium 
(formed  by  heating  the  shellac  aud  turpentine  together), 
and  shellac  in  the  relation  of  36  to  30.— T.  L.  B. 


The  Testing  of  Indigo. 
See  under  Indiyo  and  its  Application*,  Sfc. 
Class  VI  ,/>a.9e428. 


On  the  Estimation  of  the  Organic  Substances  in  the  Air 
by  Potassium  Permanganate.  J.  Arcbarow.  Arch. 
Hyg.  1891,  13,  229. 

The  author's  experiments  prove  that  the  difference  in  the 
amount  of  organic  matter  in  the  air  of  different  dwelling 
rooms  can  be  estimated  by  potassium  permanganate,  when 
this  difference  amounts  at  least  to  25  per  cent.  He  employs 
a  specially  constructed  apparatus  by  which  the  air  is  in 
complete  contact  with  the  permanganate  solution. 

The  following  precautions  are  necessary :— (1.)  The  air 
must  pass  through  the  solution  which  is  heated  to  a  fixed 
tempi  nature  (43  C.)  ™  ray  small  bubbles.  (2.)  In  order 
that  the  end  reaction  shall  be  sharp,  the  solution  must  be 
strongly  acidified.  (3.)  All  the  glass  or  porcelain  appara- 
tus employed  in  the  determination  must  previously  be  boiled 
with  permanganate  solution.  (4  ")  The  whole  process  must 
always  be  conducted  in  the  same  manner  in  order  that  the 
unavoidable  errors  may  be  kept  constant.  (5.)  Strong 
solutions  are  not  so  accurate  as  dilute  ones.  The  best 
concentration  is  0' 026  mgrms.  of  potassium  permanganate 
to  a  litre  of  water. — A.  B.  I 


m,,  :i,,i89_\]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


■165 


On  the  Estimation  of  Fatly  Matters    in    Milk-products. 

Lezi  and  Allard.  Compt.  Rend.  1891,113,  654—656. 
J,i;/.i:  described  in  1890  (Compt.  Rend.  110,  G47  ;  see  this 
Journal,  1890,  6G0)  a  method  for  estimating  fatty  matter  in 
milk,  which  consisted  in  adding  4 — 5  vols,  of  pure  concen- 
trated hydrochloric  acid  (enough  to  redissolve  the  casein  pre- 
cipitated at  first)  saturating  with  ammonia,  and  diluting  till 
all  the  fatty  matter  was  raised  into  the  neck  of  the  flask  in 
which  the  operations  were  executed,  which  was  graduated 
into  tenths  of  a  cc.  The  flask  was  then  heated  for  some 
hours  to  40°  in  an  oven.  The  authors  have  improved  the 
method  and  generalised  it.  The  separation  of  fatty  matter 
from  casein  solution  takes  place  more  satisfactorily  if  the 
flask  he  left  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  or  hetter  at  25° — 
SO  .  It  is,  however,  to  he  heated  finally  to  40"  on  the  water- 
hatli,  this  temperature  being  necessary  to  unite  the  drops  of 
fatty  matter.  The  neutralisation  with  ammonia  is  un- 
necessary. The  hydrochloric  acid  used  must  be  absolutely 
free  from  chlorine,  as  otherwise  a  floeculeut  precipitate  is  pro- 
duced and  gas  is  given  off  which  renders  it  difficult  to  read 
off  the  volume  of  butter.  The  fatty  matter  is  pure  milk 
butter. 

By  this  action  of  hydrochloric  acid,  it  is  easy  to  isolate 
completely,  and  estimate  easily,  the  fatty  matter  of  milk, 
cream,  cheese,  &c,  and  also  of  margarine.  When  the 
substance  is  too  pasty  to  be  introduced  at  once  into  the  flask 
with  the  graduated  neck,  it  is  first  treated  in  an  evaporating 
dish,  and  then  transferred  to  the  flask.  In  all  cases  it  is 
treated  with  hydrochloric  acid  until  it  is  dissolved  to  a  liquid, 
which  becomes  brown  in  colour  on  warming,  but  remains 
limpid,  while  the  fatty  matter  separates  out.  Many  bodies 
have  been  examined  and  an  estimation  of  fat  in  a  sample 
of  Gruyere  cheese  is  quoted. 

Per  Cent 

Water 2S'20 

Tiitty  matter  extracted  with  ether 31  '8* 

„  „  carbon  disulphidt: .    82'Oi 

„  by  the  new  method    3l'7-3 

In  this  case  the  operation  was  carried  out  by  treating 
10  grins,  of  cheese  with  50  cc.  of  pure  hydrochloric  acid, 
leaving  it  to  digest  for  a  quarter  or  half  an  hour,  and  then 
warming  on  the  water-bath  till  the  liquid  turned  brown. 
Luke-warm  water  was  then  added  till  the  fat  could  be  read 
off  on  the  divided  scale  on  the  neck  of  the  flask.  The 
density  of  butter  at  10  is  0  ■  90,  so  that  to  obtain  the  weight, 
the  volume  must  be  multiplied  by  this  number  ;  if  9  grms. 
of  the  substance  be  taken  the  volume  read  off  in  tenths  of 
a  CC.  gives  directly  the  percentage  of  butter  in  the  products. 

—P.  J.  H. 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

On  the  Existence  of  Acid  and  Basil-  Salts  in  very  dilute 
Solutions.  D.  Berthelot.  Compt.  Rend.  1891,  113, 
1.11—643. 
This  is  a  study  of  the  constitution  of  dilute  solutions  by 
means  of  their  electric  conductivity.  Gradually  increasing 
quantities  "of  a  solution  of  a  strong  acid,  such  as  hydro- 
chloric acid,  are  added  successively  to  an  eouivalent  solution 
of  a  strong  base,  such  as  potash,  and  the  variation  of  the 
conductivity  with  the  composition  is  represented  graphically 
by  plotting  the  conductivities  of  the  solutions  as  abscissa1 
and  the  relative  proportions  of  one  of  the  bodies  {e.g.  the 
alkali)  as  ordinates.  The  figure  obtained  (whether  the  acid 
be  added  to  the  alkaline  solution,  or  the  reverse),  consists 
of  a  system  of  two  straight  lines  whose  directions  are 
inclined  to  each  other  at  an  acute  angle,  and  which  are 
joined  by  a  short  curved  line.  The  one  straight  line 
corresponds  to  the  solutions  in  which  there  is  an  excess  of 
alkali,  the  other  to  those  in  which  there  is  an  excess  of 
acid.  But  the  fact  that  both  in  acid  and  alkaline  solutions 
tne  variation  of  the  conductivity  with  the  composition  ceases 
to  be  linear  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  the  point  of 
neutralisation  proves  that  a  small  quantity  of  a  second  salt 
(acid  or  basic,  as  the  case  may  be),  is  formed  ;  in  many 
cases  these  salts  are  known  in  the  solid  state,  e.g.,  the  oxy- 
chlorides  and  the  hydrochlorides  of  the  chlorides.     To  avoid 


all  suspicion  that  the  curved  position  of  the  system  may  be 
due  to  the  presence  of  dissolved  carbonate,  the  author  has 
experimented  with  a  solution  of  baryta  (1  litre  =  -.j^  gramme- 
molecule)  to  which  were  added  gradually  increasing  quanti- 
ties of  hydrochloric  acid  (1  litre  =  1~7  gramme-molecule). 
A  second  series  of  experiments  was  performed  with  a  solu- 
tion of  crystallised  barium  chloride  (1  litre  =  Ij^rrT  gramme- 
molecule)  to  which  small  quantities  of  above-mentioned 
solution  of  baryta  were  successively  added.  The  difference 
between  the  ordinates  observed  and  those  calculated,  on 
the  supposition  that  only  a  neutral  compound  is  formed  and 
that  the  system  should  consist  only  of  two  straight  lines, 
amount  to  as  much  as  about  1  per  cent,  of  their  value. 
The  curve  becomes  a  straight  line  more  quickly  iu  the  case 
of  acid  than  of  alkaline  solutions. — P.  J.  H. 


Lecture  Experiment  to  show  tin-  Absorption  of  Hydroj  u 

by  Palladium.     T.  Wilm.     Ber.  1892,  25,  217— 2 IV. 

3 — 4  grms.  of  palladium  sponge,  made  by  heating  palladious 
ammonium  chloride  (PdCl2.2  NH3)  first  in  the  air  and 
then  in  hydrogen,  are  placed  in  a  bulb  blown  at  the  end  cf 
a  Utube.  The  tube  is  connected  on  the  one  side  with  a 
Kipp's  hydrogen  generator,  and  on  the  other  with  a  glass 
tube  provided  with  a  good  stop-coek,  special  care  being 
taken  that  the  connexions  are  tight.  Pure  dr}'  hydrogen  is 
then  passed  through  the  tube,  the  exit  tap  being  open, 
whilst  the  bulb  of  the  IT-tube  is  heated  by  an  ordinary 
burner.  In  order  to  remove  the  water  formed  in  the  tube 
the  two  limbs  are  also  carefully  heated.  After  the  hydrogen 
has  passed  through  the  tube  for  a  considerable  time,  and 
long  after  the  whole  of  the  air  has  been  replaced,  it  is  found 
that  the  gas  coming  through  the  exit  tap  only  burns  inter- 
mittently, unless  the  tap  be  turned  when  the  increased 
pressure  in  the  tube  allows  a  small  flame  to  burn  con- 
tinuously. If  now  the  heating  b3  discontinued  and  the 
exit  cock  closed,  the  occlusion  of  the  hydrogen  will  be 
shown  by  the  fact  that  the  current  of  hydrogen  continues 
to  pass  through  the  wash-bottles.  When  no  more  gas  is 
absorbed  the  palladium  is  again  heated  and  the  exit  tap 
opened  (the  current  of  hydrogen  being  still  allowed  to  pass) 
when  the  issuing  hydrogen  burns  with  a  long  continuous 
flame,  which  immediately  goes  out  when  the  heating  is 
discontinued.  By  this  means  the  occlusion  of  the  hydrogen 
can  be  readily  shown  to  a  large  audience.— C.  A.  K. 


^fh)  £oofcs. 


Gas  Works.  Their  Construction  and  Arrangement,  and 
the  .Manufacture  and  Distribution  of  Coal  Gas.  Original!  v 
written  by  Samuel  Hughes,  C.E.  Re-written  and  much 
enlarged  by  William  Richards,  C.E.  Eighth  edition, 
revised,  with  Notices  of  Recent  Improvements.  London  : 
Crosby  Lockwood  and  Son,  7,  Stationers'  Hall  Court, 
Ludgate  Hill.     1892. 

8vo  volume  bound  in  cloth,  with  frontispiece  representing 
plan  of  Gas  Works  for  town  of  10,000  inhabitants,  Preface, 
Table  of  Contents,  Subject-matter  covering  410  paees,  and 
an  Alphabetical  Index.  The  text  is  illustrated  by  75  well- 
executed  wood  engravings.  The  subdivision  of  the  subject 
into  chapters  is  as  follows : — Chapter  I.  Historical  Sketch 
of  Gas  Lighting.  II.  The  Chemistry  of  Gas  Lighting. 
III.  The  Composition  of  Coal  Gas.  IV.  Coal  used  in  (las 
Making.  V.  Carburization.  VI.  General  Construction. 
VII.  Retorts  and  Retort  Settings.  VIII.  The  Hydraulic 
Main  and  Valves.'  IX.  The  Exhauster.  X.  The  Purification 
of  Gas.  XI.  Gas  Holders.  XII.  The  Station  Meter. 
XIII.  The  Photometer.  XIV.  The  Governor,  Regulator, 
Pressure  Gauge,  and  Pressure  register.  XV.  Application 
and  Manufacture  of  Pesidual  Products.  XVI.  Distribution. 
XVII.  Consumers'  Meters.  XVIII.  Burners  and  Glasses. 
XIX.  The  Various  Applications  of  Gas  for  Heating,  Cooking, 
and  other  Purposes.  XX.  Gas  Explosions.  XXI.  Various 
Methods  of    Producing    Light.     XXII.  The   Various    Con- 


466 


THE  JOURNAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [MaySi.isw 


trolling  Influences  which  affect  the  Quality  and  Volume  of 
Will.  Public  Lighting.     XXIV.  General  Remarks. 
XXV.  The  Sliding  Scale.     The  price  of  the  work  is  6s. 


CraDt  Import. 


Farkyard  Manure.  Tts  Nature,  Composition,  ami 
Treatment.  By  CM.  Aikmvx,  M.A..  B.Sc,  F.R.S.E., 
Sue.,  Lecturer  on  Agricultural  Chemistry,  West  of 
Scotland  Technical  College.  William  Blackwood  &  Sons, 
Edinburgh  and  London.     1892. 

Small  8vo.  volume,  bound  in  cloth,  limp.  It  contains 
Preface,  Table  of  Contents,  Introduction,  and  65  pages  of 
Subject-matter.  There  is  no  Alphabetical  Index,  but  the 
Table  of  Contents  is  both  clear  and  well  arranged.  The 
sub-division  of  the  matter  is  as  follows: — Introduction. 
On  what  fertility  of  soil  depends.  Function  of  manures. 
Farmyard  Manure.  Solid  Excreta.  Urine.  Horse 
manure.  Cow  manure.  Pig  manure.  Sheep  manure. 
Methods  of  calculating  the  amount  of  manure  produced  on 
the  farm.  Fermentation  of  farmyard  manure.  Analyses 
of  farmvard  manure.  Comparison  of  fresh  and  rotten 
manure.  Methods  of  application  of  farmyard  manure  to 
the  field.  Value  and  function  of  farmyard  manure. 
The  price  of  the  book  is  Is.  6d. 


Chemisch  -Techxis(  hes    RErKr.TORirM.      Uebersichtlich 
geordnete  Mittheilungen  der  neuesten  Erfindungen,  Fort- 
schritte  und  Verbessernugen  auf  dem  Gebiete  der  Tech- 
nischen    und    Industriellen    Chemie,    mit   Hinweis    auf 
Maschinen,  Apparate,  und  Literatur.   Herausgegeben  von 
Dr.   Ejiil  Jacobsex,    1891,    Erstes   Halbjahr.      Zweite 
H  litte.     Berlin,  1892.     R.  Gaertner's   Verlagsbuehband- 
lung,   Hermann   Heyfeldcr,    S.W.    Schonebergerstr.    26. 
London  :    H.   Grevel  and  Co.,  33,   King   Street,   Covent 
Garden. 
The  Repertorium  of  Chemical  Technology  for  the  latter 
quarter  of  the   first   half  of  1891  has  just  appeared.     Its 
pages  run  from  153  to  307,  and  the  following  branches  of 
chemical  industry  are   treated  of: — Food    Stuffs;    Paper; 
Photography  ;  Residuals,  Manures,  Disinfection,  and  Sani- 
tation :  Soaps  :  Explosives  ;  Preparation  and  Purification  of 
Chemicals  ;    Chemical   Analysis  ;    Apparatus,   Machinery  ; 
Electro-Technology ;    Thermo-Technology.   and  Appendix. 
Special   Preparations,  Adulterants   of  Trade    Products,  &c. 
New  Books.     The  text  is  interspersed  with  numerous  wood- 
cuts representing  apparatus  and  plant. 


Fuels,   Solid,    Liquid,    and   Gaseous.     Their  Analysis 

and  Valuation.     For  the  Use  of  Chemists  and  Engineers. 

By  H.  Joshua  Phillips,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.     Second  Edition. 

Revised  and  Enlarged.     Londou  :  Crosby  Lockwood  and 

Son,  7,  Stationers'  Hall  Court,  Ludgate  Hill,  E.C.     1892. 

Small  8vo.  volume,  bound  in  cloth.      It   contains  Prefaces, 

Table   of  Contents,   and  Text   covering    108   pages.     The 

pages   are  illustrated   with    1 4    wood  engravings,   and   the 

work  concludes  with  an  Alphabetical  Index. 

The  work  is  subdivided  into  the  following  branches  : — 
Methods  or  Analysis:  Characteristics  of  Fuels.  Esti- 
mation of  Ash  and  Moisture;  of  Coke  and  Volatile 
Matter ;  of  Sulphur,  Nitrogen,  Carbon,  Hydrogen,  and 
Oxygen.  Estimation  of  Specific  Gravity  and  Flash-point. 
Analysis  of  Gaseous  Fuel.  Ashes  of  Fuels.  Methods  OF 
Valuation:  Calorific  Values.  Tables  of  Practical  Results 
and  Analyses.  In  his  Preface  to  the  Second  Edition  the 
author  proclaims  that  in  12  months  he  has  been  called  on 
for  a  second  edition  by  a  demand  from  both  chemists  and 
engineers.  The  enlargement  is  considerable  and  the  im- 
provements very  manifest.  Thus,  amongst  the  additions, 
methods  for  the  analysis  of  the  ashes  of  fuels,  practical 
methods  for  obtaining  the  calorific  value  and  specific  gravity 
of  gaseous  fuel,  and  for  the  determination  of  sulphur  in 
gaseous  fuel,  &c  ,  &c. 

The  price  of  the  work  is  3s.  6(/. 


TARIFF  CHANGES  AND  CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

(From  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal.) 

Switzerland. 

Note. — Quintal  =  220-1  lb.  avoirdupois.     E'rauc  =  '.*-~d. 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of 
articles  in  the  Swiss  Customs  tariff  were  given  by  the  Swiss 
Customs  authorities  in  the  month  of  March  last :  — 

Oil  of  amber. — Category  13.  Duty,  In  francs  per 
quintal. 

Sulphate  of  benzidine. —  Category  46.  Duty,  CO  cents. 
per  quintal. 

Electric  accumulators  of  every  kind  and  detached  pieces 
of  the  same,  such  as  plates,  fitted  or  not,  frames,  &c.j 
telephones  and  detached  parts  of  the  same,  such  as  boxes, 
registers,  &c. — Category  215.     Duty,  <'•  francs  per  quintal. 

Plates  (frames),  of  lead,  perforated,  for  electric  accumu- 
lators are  removed  from  Category  240  to  Category  215.  and 
uow  pay  a  duty  of  6  francs  per  quintal. 

France. 

Note. — Kilog.  =  2  '204  lb.  avoirdupois.     Fr.inc  =  9-j^rf. 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of 
articles  in  the  new  French  Customs  tariff  have  recently 
been  fiven  by  the  French  Customs  authorities  : — 

Mvrobolams,  properly  so-called,  dry,  whole  or  crushed, 
and  libi-divi  or  divi-divi. — Category  156.     Free  of  duty. 

Dry  colours  composed  of  sulphate  of  barytes  or  any 
similar  substances,  coloured  with  a  small  quantity  of  a 
derivative  from  coal  tar  (3  per  cent,  at  the  most). — 
Category  310.     Duty,  5  per  cent,  ad  valorem. 

Bone-glue,  English  glue,  bone-size  (product  of  a  gela- 
tinous base  used  in  the  prcparatisn  of  tissues  and  specially 
of  Amiens  cotton  velvet ). — Category  313.  Duty,  6  francs 
per  100  kilos. 


EXTRACTS  FROM  DIPLOMATIC  AND 
CONSULAR  REPORTS. 

The  Silician  Sulphur  Industry. 

The  French  Consul  at  Messina  has  recently  addressed  a 
report  to  his  Government  upon  the  condition  of  the  sulphur 
industry  in  Sicily.  He  states  that  the  production  of  sulphur 
in  1891  showed  a  decided  falling  off  as  compared  with  1  890, 
the  amounts  being  4,499,479  cantars  (13  cantars  =  1  ton) 
in  the  former  and  3,817,053  cantars  in  the  latter  year. 
This  diminution  is  owing  in  great  measure  to  the  fact  that 
the  large  mines  which  represent  three-fourths  of  the  pro 
duction  worked  with  exceptional  activity  at  the  time  of  the 
last  crisis,  in  order  to  distribute  the  general  expenses  over 
a  much  larger  product,  with  the  result  that  at  the  present 
time  they  are  unable  to  show  an  increased  out-turn,  and  in 
some  cases  there  is  a  very  decided  diminution  in  the  amount 
produced.  Again,  no  new  workings  were  begun  during  the 
period  the  crisis  lasted. 

As  regards  the  smaller  mines,  which  are  very  numerous, 
these  show  no  increase  in  production,  while  a  large  number 
have  gone  out  of  working  altogether.  In  considering  the 
question  of  the  diminution  in  the  supply  of  sulphur,  account 
must  also  be  taken  of  the  variation  in  the  number  of  hours 
devoted  by  the  workmen  to  labour  in  the  mines.  When 
prices  were  low  the  Sicilian  labourers  were  obliged  to  work 
like  persons  engaged  in  other  industries,  six  days  a  week 
and  as  many  hours  as  was  found  necessary,  in   order  to 

extract  th v  in  sufficient  quantity  to  enable  them  to  draw 

an  ordinary  wage.     With  the  enhanced  value  of  the  product 
came  an  increase  in  the  price   of  labour,  the  workmen   then 


May  si,  1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


467 


commenced  to  work  l>v  the  half-day  with  one  day  a  week 
off,  and  then  a  reduction  of  the  hours  of  labour  was  effected, 
to  the  extent  that  about  24  hours'  work  a  week  is  now 
about  ;ill  that  an  ordinary  labourer  in  the  sulphur  mines 
performs.  Consequently,  as  the  working  mining  population 
is  limited  and  is  composed  of  special  workmen,  the  produc- 
tion becames  more  and  more  restricted. 

Among  other  causes  pf  diminution  in  the  output  may  be 
mentioned  the  placing  under  cultivation  of  land  productive 
of  ore  of  an  inferior  quality,  and  which  the  owners  thought 
it  more  to  their  advantage  to  cultivate  than  to  work  for 
sulphur,  and  the  imposition  of  a  new  tax  of  60  centimes  per 
kilogramme  upon  the  manufacture  of  mining  powder. 

The  very  gravest  apprehensions  are  felt  for  the  future  of 
the  sulphur  industry  in  Sicily.  It  is  expected  that  for  some 
years  to  come  the  production  will  he  to  a  great  extent 
Hmited.  In  the  first  place  a  restriction  of  labour  appears 
to  be  threatened  by  the  action  of  the  Italian  Legislature 
affecting  the  employment  of  children.  Of  the  latter  many 
of  11  to  12  years  of  age  are  engaged  in  the  mines  carrying 
ore,  and  owing  to  the  absence  of  capital  it  will  be  difficult 
for  the  mine  owners  to  replace  their  labour  by  machinery. 

The  depth  of  the  mines  is  continually  increasing,  par- 
ticularly in  the  case  of  those  mines  in  which  shafts  are  sunk 
vertically,  and  these  latter  are  by  far  the  most  important 
and  the  richest.  With  an  increase  of  depth,  difficulties  also 
increase,  these  consisting  of  more  improved  methods  of 
extraction,  greater  ventilation,  and  the  employment  of  larger 
pumps,  all  of  which  require  considerable  outlay.  It  will, 
therefore,  in  the  spinion  of  M.  de  Lalande,  be  some  years  to 
come  before  the  average  production  of  the  last  10  years  is 
again  reached. 

According  to  the  chief  engineer  of  the  Sicilian  mines, 
the  falling  off  in  the  production  of  sulphur  in  1891,  as 
compared  with  1890,  amounted  to  over  58,000  tons,  and  this 
was  owing  to  the  wild  speculations  in  Sicily,  especially  those 
which  were  engaged  in  between  December  1890  and  May 
of  the  following  year,  and  which  ruined  many  of  those 
engaged  in  the  sulphur  industry.  At  this  period  also 
throughout  the  world  (for  Sicily  furnishes  nearly  nice- 
tenths  of  all  the  sulphur  used)  merchants,  agriculturists, 
and  manufacturers,  in  fact  consumers  of  all  kinds,  rather 
than  purchaae  at  the  then  exorbitant  prices,  exhausted  their 
stocks,  and  if  it  became  necessary  to  buy  they  confined  their 
orders  to  a  supply  only  just  sufficient  to  carry  them  on 
from  day  to  day. 

The  exhaustion  of  the  stocks  of  sulphur  in  foreign 
countries  brings  into  relief  the  fact  that  the  falling  off  in 
the  demand  is  more  accentuated  in  countries  where  sulphur 
is  more  particularly  employed  for  agricultural  purposes,  and 
especially  in  the  treatment  of  vines,  as,  for  example,  in 
France  and  Greece,  than  in  countries  like  the  I'nited  States, 
England,  Austria,  and  Sweden,  where  sulphur  is  used 
chiefly  in  the  various  industries,  and  is  therefore  the  object 
of  frequent  and  direct  purchases.  From  the  United  States, 
however,  evidences  are  forthcoming  of  a  tendency  to  sub- 
stitute for  certain  industrial  purposes  pyrites  for  sulphur, 
but  this  substitution  cun  only  be  effected  slowly  and  in 
factories  having  had  the  time  to  renew  their  plant,  and 
there  is  little  probability  of  all  of  them  acting  in  this 
respect  simultaneously.  This  abandonment  of  sulphur  in 
certain  respects  would  find  its  compensation  in  the  employ- 
ment of  the  article  by  new  industries  or  by  the  application 
of  improved  processes.  In  this  connexion  mention  may  be 
made  of  the  methods  now  being  attempted  in  Germany  of 
extracting  fatty  substances  and  oils  by  the  action  of  liquid 
sulphuric  acid,  and  if,  as  is  claimed,  this  system  is  superior, 
so  far  as  results  are  concerned,  to  all  those  hitherto  in  vogue, 
it  points  in  the  future  to  a  fresh  outlet  for  sulphur  and  one 
not  without  some  importance. 

M.  de  Lalande,  speaking  of  the  present  condition  of  the 
sulphur  market  in  Sicily,  says  that  it  is  by  no  means  un- 
satisfactory ;  the  production  certainly  shows  a  tendency  to 
restriction,  hut  this  in  his  opinion  is  due  less  to  an  absence 
of  confidence  than  to  the  want  of  new  outlets.  Capital  is 
wanting,  labour  is  dear,  and  miners  difficult  to  find,  but  in  his 
opinion  the  outlook  is  far  from  discouraging,  as  the  sulphur 
beds  in  Sicily  still  enjoy  the  reputation  of  being  the  finest 
in  the  world. — Board  of  Trade  Journal. 


Industrial   Development  and  Fields  fob  Capital    in 
Mexico, 

A  report  has  recently  been  presented  to  the  French 
Government  by  the  French  diplomatic  agent  in  Mexico, 
upon  the  undeveloped  mineral  and  agricultural  resources  of 
that  country.  From  this  report  the  following  information 
has  been  extracted  :  — 

The  richness  of  the  soil  of  Mexico  exceeds  anything  that 
can  be  imagined.  In  a  relatively  small  area  all  climates  and 
products  are  found.  It  is  is  not  necessary  to  travel  great 
distances  in  order  to  pass  the  region  of  wheat,  of  the  beet, 
oak,  and  pine,  of  the  vine,  olive,  and  orange,  and  of  the 
sugar-cane,  coffee,  and  vanilla.  The  transitions  are  rapid. 
The  traveller  who  passes  through  the  torrid  region  of  Vera 
Cruz  in  the  morning  may  at  nightfall  enter  into  the  region 
of  eternal  snows. 

The  absence  of  means  of  communication  has  paralysed 
the  efforts  of  numerous  agriculturists,  but  this  disadvantage 
is  disappearing  daily  ;  the  railways  are  extending  and 
branching  out  rapidly  throughout  the  couutry. 

The  wealth  of  the  subsoil  of  Mexico  is  enormous  ;  silver, 
gold,  copper,  iron,  lead,  tin,  and  all  other  minerals  abound 
everywhere.  The  volcanoes  contain  immense  quantities  of 
sulphur  ;  the  petroleum  wells  and  salt  deposits  present 
favourable  openings  for  capital. 

The  abundance  of  raw  materials  and  the  cheapness  of 
labour  favour  the  establishment  and  development  of  indus- 
tries. The  raw  materials  cost  little;  there  is  no  lack  of  coal 
mines,  the  working  of  some  of  them  having  already  given 
satisfactory  results.  In  Mexico,  therefore,  not  only  could 
the  metallurgical  industries  be  profitably  established,  but 
also  weaving,  sugar,  dyeing  and  other  industries.  These 
industries  certainly  have  at  the  present  time  some  represen- 
tatives, but  they  are  by  no  means  sufficient  for  such  an 
extended  market. 

There  is  also  a  lack  of  saw  and  wood  mills,  and  paper,  oil 
and  soap  factories  ;  there  are  no  tanneries,  glassworks, 
distilleries,  factories  of  chemical  products,  for  which  some 
lakes  and  volcanoes  offer  inexhaustible  quantities  of  valuable 
products. — Ibid. 

Argentine  Republic 

Drug  Imports. 

Among  the  imports  of  pharmaceutical  goods  into  the 
Argentine  Republic  in  1890,  the  following  items  arc  of 
interest.  (The  first  number,  except  where  otherwise  stated, 
denotes  the  quantity  in  kilos. ;  the  next,  in  parentheses,  the 
value  in  dollars'): — Sulphuric  acid,  1,246,376  (62,219); 
linseed  oil,  452,237  (80,908)  ;  spirits  of  turpentine,  437,261 
(57,442)  ;  varnish,  98,253  (78,600)  ;  bicarbonate  of  soda, 
360,374  (25,624);  carbonate  of  potassium,  16,873  (2,531); 
carbonate  of  soda,  328,195  (12,715)  ;  paint,  in  powder, 
1,958,916  (149,488)  ;  ditto,  prepared,  2,041,057  (189,749)  ; 
essential  oils,  —  (43,860);  specifics  for  curing  sheep-scab, 
—  (269,488)  ;  phosphorus,  16,079  (16,249)  ;  gums,  139,011 
(33,279)  ;  iodide  of  potassium,  643  (3,215)  ;  soap,  common, 
36,930  (10,642)  ;  ditto,  perfumed,  42,504  (22,784)  ;  malt, 
2,902,798  (290,279)  ;  prepared  medicines,— (273,560)  ;  per- 
fumery,—  (257,624)  ;  pharmaceutical  products,  —  (65,595)  ; 
chemical  products,  —  (417,785)  ;  soda  ash,  2,581,048 
(77,430);  caustic  soda,  132,806  (6,640);  sulphate  of 
quinine,  19  (760)  ;  druggist's  utensils, —  (182,254);  glass 
bottles,  238,624  dozen  (71,  584)  ;  scientific  instruments, — 
(88,311)  :  gutta-percha  articles,  — ■  (92,254). 


Drug  Exports. 

The  exports  from  Argentina  connected  with  the  drug 
trade  are  mostly  of  the  animal  kingdom.  They  total  as 
follows:— Extract  of  beef,  187,566  (375,132);  glycerin, 
161,306  (46,522)  ;  pepsin,  13,830  (20,745)  ;  honey,  52,799 
(9,004)  ;  beeswax,  6,798  (3,059).—  Chemist  and  Vrwggisf. 


t68 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  SI,  IMS 


W  \l   Kl'Ill  s. 

Drugs. 

Last  year  Mauritius  imported  1,385,100  rs.  worth  of 
chemical  products,  mostly  sulphate  of  ammonia  and  nitrate 
of  potash,  from  Australia  and  India,  but  also  including 
302,197  rs.  worth  of  dings  and  medicinal  compounds  from 
England  and  France. 

Soap. 

Ten  years  ago  nearly  all  the  soap  used  in  Mauritius  came 
from  France  and,  as  the  consumption  is  over  1,000  tons  a 
year,  this  was  a  trade  worth  cultivating.  But  since  then 
France  has  been  deprived  of  nearly  half  her  trade  by- 
Australia  and  by  the  Seychelles  islands,  in  which  latter 
group  a  soap-works  hus  recently  been  established. — Ibid. 


Mori 

British  Trade. 

The  share  of  Great  Britain  in  the  imports  of  Mogadore  is 
very  satisfactory— viz.,  55  per  cent,  in  1891  against  52  per 
cent,  the  year  before.  The  remainder  of  goods  imported 
was  mostly  from  F'rance. 


Italy. 
British  Trade. 
The    following    figures  relate    to    the    exports    from    and 
imports    into    Italy   of    pharmaceutical   goods   from    Great 
Britain  and  her  colonies  :  — 


Foreign  Goods  via  London. 

Although   these  figures  are  eminently  gratifying,  yet,  on 

examining  the  subject  more  closely,  we  find  that,  in  the 
import  table  at  any  rate,  they  are  liable  to  some  discount, 
since  there  is  no  doubt  that  for  some  years  prior  to  1890  a 
consideiable  quantity  of  goods  of  German  and  some  of 
Belgian  origin  had  'been  imported  riu  London  in  English 
steamers,  and  therefore  illusively  swelled  the  total  from 
Great  Britian.  Even  now  some  German  merchandise 
sometimes  comes  in  on  Finglish  steamers. 

Exports  to  Germain/. 

The  export  trade  to  Germany  commenced  in  1S90  with 
the  opening  of  the  "  Woermann "  and  "Alias"  lines  of 
steamers.  The  tint  year  the  steamers  took,  among  other 
goods,  beeswax,  720/.;  cumin  seed,  5072. ;  gums,  900Z. ; 
olive  oil,  29,248/.  ;  orris-root,  36/.,  and  sesame.  33/.  In 
1891,  beeswax,  2.304/.:  cumin.  24/.;  gums,  2.L'.jo/.  ;  oil, 
10,710/.;  orris-root,  224/. ;  rose-leaves,  and  sesame,  48/. 

Gums. 
The  sum  exports  from  MogadorC  were  as  follows  :  — 


(Jams. 


1891. 


Ions. 
Brown 65 

Amrad :;; 

i 171 

Saudarac 198 


6  375 

Tnlls.                    £ 
I'- 

1,056 

ll!  brown. 

n.n 

130             11.::'"' 

14^50 

1515              11,700 

Oil. 

The  shipments  of  olive  oil  were  affected  both  by  shorter 
supply  and  lowness  of  prices,  especially  in  London,  the 
total  for  the  year  amounting  to  43,8902.  against  138,720/. 
lor  the  previous  one.  The  value  was  thus  divided  :  ( ireat 
Britain,  S,9C>n/.  :  France,  10,955/.  j  Germany,  10,710/.  j 
Portugal,  2,'.Xi.'j/.  :  Spain.  490/.  In  the  middle  of  March 
there  was  a  considerable  quantity  of  Government  oil  in 
store,  awaiting  favourable  advices  from  European  markets. 

— Ibid. 


Imports  inf"  Italy. 

1890. 

1S91. 

Difference. 

Cwt. 
-  610 

Cwt. 

• 

Cwt. 
■-    £252 

Potash     and     caustic    soda  136,016 

(impure). 

Alkaloids 33 

Oxide 17,844 

1     i      nates 59,766 

Chlorides 76,482 

Xitra'cs W.554 

Sulphates 258  H- 

Other  chemical  products —  £5,698 

Quinine  and  bark 9.096 

Gums  and  resins 21.  i  tf 

Soap 


20,440 
68,460 
38,406 

1 1  700 
308  596 

3,198 

8,550 


-  926 
+        39 

1    8,694 

-  38,076 
25,854 

-  50,151 

-  6.49S 
+  15,924 

-  961 


Exports  from  Ilaly. 


Difference. 


Cwt. 

Boricacid 31.(150 

Lb. 
Alkaloids 

Cwt. 
Tartar  and  lees  of  wine 101,782 

Orange  and  lemon  juices 

Liquorice,  aloes.  &c 12  SS2 

Soap 19,018 


Cwt. 

28,272 

Lb. 

701 
Cwt. 
151,148 

1.1.111 

12,182 
21,156 


i  ..ii. 

-  5,778 
Lb. 

-  1,779 
Cwt. 

10.36G 

17-11 

7nii 
2,138 


-Ibid. 


Mineral  Discoveries  in  Greece. 


The  mineral  wealth  of  the  island  of  Milo  has  just  been 
increased  by  the  discovery  of  mines  of  barytes  containing, 
it  appears,  a  large  quantity  of  silver. 

According  to  the  French  Consul  at  Syra,  explorations 
have  been  made  in  the  localities  of  Mirovilia,  Pikroudon, 
Castagnia,  and  at  Teriades  on  the  promontory  of  Vaiii  to 
the  north-east  of  the  island.  Everywhere  the  results  have 
exceeded  the  highest  anticipations. 

At  .Mirovilia  there  have  been  opened  six  galleries  of  a 
total  length  of  104  metres,  and  four  wells  of  11  metres  each. 
Analysis  has  established  the  proportion  of  from  300  to  1,900 
guns,  of  silver  per  ton  of  barytes. 

At  Pikroudon  pits  to  a  small  depth  have  been  Mink  from 
which  720  metrb  centners  of  barytes  have  been  extracted. 
The  proportion  of  silver  is  from  200  to  2JO  grins,  per 
tou. 

At  Castagnia  the  barytes  extracted  from  three  pit, 
contains  the  same  proportion  of  silver. 

At  Triades  five  horizontal  galleries  have  been  sunk,  and 
the  barytes  extracted  in  this  locality  contains  300  grins,  of 
silver  per  ton. 

Further,  in  other  places  pieces  of  barytes  have  been 
gathered  in  the  open  trenches  which  have  given  up  to 
10,000  grms.  per  ton. 

The  mass  of  barytes  at  Milo  is  estimated  at  12,000,000 
tons.  Supposing  that  200  tons  were  extracted  daily  it 
would  require  700  years  to  exhaust  it.  It  is  recommended 
that  foundries  of  the  "  Augustin  "  type,  similar  to  those  iu 
use  in  Hungary,  should  be  established  in  the  localities 
mentioned  above,  and  more  particularly  at  Kannari  and  at 
Pigadakia,  where  water  is  lo  be  had  in  plenty.  These  two 
localities  are  also  sumeient'ynear  to  the  sea  to  permit  ship-  of 
large  tonnage  to  effect  loading. — Board  of  Trade  Journal. 


Haysi,i892.j        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


499 


Exports  of  Henequen  from  Mexico. 

The  French  Consul  at  Vera  Cruz,  in  a  report  upon  the 
Mexican  export  of  henequen  in  1891,  says  : — 

The  weight  of  henequen  exported  from  Mexico  in  1891 
was  113,263,519  lb.,  valued  at  5, 990,044  piastres.  In  1890, 
the  quantity  and  value  were  respectively  97,959,373  11).  and 
5,007,562  piastres,  and  in  1889,  87,839,783  lb.  and  8,783,978 
piastres. 

It  therefore  appears  that  production  has  increased  to  a 
large  extent  in  1891,  compared  with  the  two  preceding 
years,  but  the  article  having  kept  at  a  low  price,  which  was 
lower  still  in  1891,  it  results  that  the  value  exported  in  1889 
was  superior  to  that  which  is  represented  by  the  exports  for 
the  two  following  years,  although  the  quantity  exported  has 
been  less. 

In  fact  the  average  price  iu  1889  was  10  centimes  of  a 
piastre  per  pound,  against  .V  1  cents,  in  1890  and  5'2  cents. 
in  1891.  The  average  price  for  last  year  is  therefore 
slightly  higher  than  that  for  1890,  a  fact  which  should  be 
taken  into  account  as  well  as  the  increase  shown  by  the 
quantity  exported. — Ibid. 


GENERAL  TRADE  NOTES. 

Quinine  and  Java  Cinchona. 
Chem.  and  Druggist,  40,  589  —  590. 

Full  statistics  are  given  of  the  estimated  crop  of  Java 
cinchona  for  1S92.  The  statistics  show  that  of  the  115  planta- 
tions known  to  exist  in  the  island  two  have  been  abandoned 
siuce  last  year,  while  on  three  others  all  the  trees  have  been 
uprooted.  These  three  plantations  only  produced  an  aggre- 
gate of  120,000  lb.  of  bark,  or  less  than  3  per  cent,  of  the 
total  production — a  fact  which  disposes  of  the  assertion  that 
there  has  been  a  general  uprooting  of  trees  in  consequence  of 
the  low  prices  which  have  ruled.  Moreover,  nearly  all  the 
uprooted  cinchona  averaged  only  3  to  :\\  per  cent,  of 
quinine  sulphate,  a  yield  admittedly  too  low  to  hold  out 
any  prosper!  of  successful  competition  in  the  future.  On 
the  other  baud,  twenty-six  plantations  have  either  not  yet 
come  into  bearing  at  all  or  only  yield  insignificant  quan- 
tities, while  six  others,  though  still  in  existence  and  ready 
to  ship  bark  under  more  favourable  circumstances,  did  not 
harvest  any  last  season.  These  figures  indicate  that  there 
is  plenty  of  reserve  stock  in  the  island  to  tall  back  upon 
when  the  market  improves.  Another  important  feature  of 
the  return  is  that  the  quinine  value  of  the  hark  on  almost 
all  the  large  estates  is  increasing.  The  manufacturing  bark 
from  .lava,  which  averaged  about  3§  per  cent,  not  long 
ago,  will  next  season  represent  an  average  value  of  nearly 
5  per  cent,  in  sulphate  of  quinine,  and  that  proportion  is 
likely  to  be  still  further  increased  later  on.  The  main 
interest  of  the  statistical  returns,  however,  lies  in  the  fact 
that,  for  the  first  time  iu  the  history  of  the  Java  cinchona 
industry,  they  presage  a  falling  off,  positive  as  well  as 
relative,  in  the  shipments  from  the  island.  If  the  unit 
remains  where  it  is  now,  the  compilers  expect  the  quikiine 
output  of  the  island  to  be  fully  10  per  cent,  less  than  last 
season,  and  even  if  the  unit  should  improve  to  \\d.  or  ljrf. 
per  lb.,  it  is  likely  to  fall  below  that  of  1891  by  1  per  cent, 
or  thereabouts.  Private  advices  state  that  the  actual  ship- 
ments will  almost  certainly  fall  below  the  minimum 
mentioned  in  the  returns,  unless  indeed,  in  the  unlikely 
event  of  a  considerable  improvement  in  prices. 

The  position  of  the  Java  planters  to-day  resembles  that  of 
their  Ceylon  colleagues  in  1886  in  this  respect — that  the 
excessive  feeding  of  the  Kuropean  bark-market  is  beginning 
to  produce  the  inevitable  reaction— but  the  situation  is 
different  from  that  in  Ceylon  six  years  ago,  first,  inasmuch 
as  there  is  in  Java  a  heavy  supply  of  rich  bark  to  fall  back 
upon  ;  secondly,  because  the  Java  growers  have  taken  to 
heart  the  lesson  that  the  indiscriminate  prcduction  of  low- 
grade,  quickly-growing  barks  does  not  pay ;  and,  finally, 
because  they  have  not,  as  the  Ceylon  growers  had  at  the 
time,  looming  before  them  the  spectre  of  a  new  aud  rapidly- 
growing  source  of  production  the  advent  of  which  they  are 
bound  to  forestall  at  all  hazards.  There  is  no  important 
source  of  supply  behind  the  Java  planters. 


The  threatened  falling  off  iu  the  production  of  Java  cin- 
chona-bark would,  no  doubt,  under  ordinary  circumstances, 
make  itself  felt  in  the  quinine  market.  But  that  market 
has  been  unhinged  to  such  a  degree  by  speculative  sales,  that 
the  effect  of  the  laws  which  usually  govern  the  fluctuations 
of  manufactured  products  may  be  retarded  for  a  considerable 
time.  There  is  certainly  no  indication  yet  of  any  upward 
movement  in  quinine,  though  the  signs  which  would 
warrant  such  a  tendency  are  slowdy  accumulating  at  the 
horizon. 

On  the  Production  of  Sugar  in  British  India. 
Chem.  Zeit.  1891,  15,  1581. 

According  to  statistics  received  by  the  Indian  Government 
from  a  certain  firm,  the  average  yield  of  sugar  is  one  ton 
per  acre,  and  it  is  of  very  poor  quality  ;  whereas  in  the 
West  Indies  the  sugar  planter  obtains  two  tons  per  acre. 
The  explanation  of  this  small  yield  is  that,  in  India,  with 
the  exception  of  three  large  sugar  factories  in  Madras, 
only  small  plantations  exist,  and  the  2)  —  3  million  acres 
devoted  to  the  industry  are  almost  exclusively  cultivated 
by  natives  under  conditions  which  render  the  management 
of  large  sugar  refineries  impossible.  Some  years  ago  the 
native  planter  was  still  using  primitive  methods  which  had 
been  in  vogue  for  centuries,  but  the  above-mentioned  firm 
has  since  introduced  a  cheap,  easily  transportable,  crushing 
mill  of  simple  construction,  and  this  has  been  such  a 
success  that  at  present  upwards  of  200,000  are  iu  use,  and 
a  planter  wdio  formerly  cultivated  30  acres  now  cultivates 
600  acres,  and  obtains  a  better  product.  Improved 
forms  of  evaporating  apparatus  have  also  been  introduced. 

—A.  R.  L. 
The  Sisal  Grass  of  Yucatan. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  vegetable  products  known, 
and  one  of  the  most  valuable  resources  of  Yucatan,  says 
the  Mexican  Financial  Review,  is  its  sisal  grass.  It  grows 
in  long,  narrow  blades,  often  to  the  length  of  four  or  live 
feet,  and  these,  when  dry,  curl  up  from  side  to  side,  forming 
a  flexible  string,  stronger  than  any  cotton  cord  of  the  same 
size  ever  manufactured.  It  is  in  great  demand  among 
florists  and  among  manufacturers  of  various  kinds  of  grass 
goods  ;  but  as  soon  as  its  valuable  properties  become  known 
it  will  have  a  thousand  uses  now  undreamed  of.  Hopes, 
cords,  lines  of  any  description  and  any  size  may  be  manu- 
factured of  it,  and  a  ship's  cable  of  sisal  grass  is  one  of 
the  possibilities  of  the  future.  It  is  almost  impervious  to 
the  action  of  salt  water,  and  is  not  readily  decayed  or 
disintegrated  by  moisture  and  heat,  and  will,  in  time,  prove 
one  of  the  most  valuable  productions  of  Mexico.  It  takes 
its  name  from  the  port  of  Sisal,  in  Yucatan,  through  which 
it  was  formerly  exported. — Ibid. 

Canadian  Platinum. 

It  has  long  been  known  that  platinum  had  been  found  in 
the  province  of  Quebec.  In  the  Report  of  the  Geological 
Survey  for  1851-52  it  is  stated  that  Dr.  Hunt  had 
detected  native  platinum  in  some  of  the  gold  washings  of 
the  Chaudiere  district.  In  the  province  of  Ontario  platinum 
has  been  discovered  in  the  Sudbury  district.  It  there 
occurs  iu  combination  with  arsenic,  forming  the  mineral 
sperrylite,  which  is  of  great  interest,  as  it  is  "  the  first  mineral 
yet  found  containing  platinum  as  an  important  constituent 
other  than  the  natural  alloys  with  various  metals  of  the 
platinum  group."  So  far  as  can  be  learned,  no  effort  has 
yet  been  made  to  utilise  sperrylite  as  a  source  of  platinum, 
but  at  present  it  brings  a  high  price  as  a  mineralogical 
curiosity. 

Canadian  platinum  ore,  as  a  commercial  article,  is  entirely 
the  product  of  British  Columbia.  In  association  with 
alluvial  gold  it  has  been  met  with  in  a  number  of  the 
streams  of  that  province.  At  present  the  most  important 
platinum-bearing  district  of  British  Columbia,  as  well, 
indeed,  as  of  North  America,  is  that  of  the  Tulameen  or 
North  Fork  of  the  Similkameeu  river.  Placer  mining  in 
this  district  yields  both  gold  and  platinum,  the  latter  being 
found,  like  the  gold,  in  grains  and  small  nuggets.  A 
notable  quantity  of  platinum  has  already  been  obtained 
from  this  district.  One  firm  in  the  United  States  claims  to 
have  purchased  within  the   last  year  or  two  fully  2,000  oz. 


470 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  SI,  18i>2. 


of  British  Columbia  platinum,  and  it  is  well  known  that  a 
portion  of  the  \  kid  of  this  district  has  found  its  way  to  the 
Loudon  market. 

An  inereas  d  output  may  be  expected,  as  the  Tulameen 
Hydraulic  and  Improvement  Company  has  made  prepara- 
tions to  begin  hydraulic  mining  on  a  large  scale  with  the 
advent  of  spring.  Mr.  R.  G.  Tatlow,  a  member  of  this 
company,  informs  me  that  his  company  has  erected  a  saw- 
mill having  a  capacity  of  5,000  ft.  per  diem,  and  has 
constructed  about  two  miles  of  flume,  5  ft.  at  base,  20  in. 
high,  on  sills  placed  on  solid  bed  about  7  ft.  wide,  and 
having  a  grade  of  J  in.  in  12  ft.  The  water  is  taken  from 
Eagle  Creek,  about  14  miles  above  Granite  Creek,  the  only 
creek  capable  of  giving  the  necessary  quantity  of  water  and 
pressure.  In  addition  to  this  flume,  the  company  has  on 
the  ground  and  ready  for  work  about  400  ft.  of  iron  pipe 
and  a  monitor,  which,  where  work  is  to  be  commenced,  will 
work  with  a  pressure  of  900  miners'  inches  and  a  drop  of 
about  160  ft.  Mr.  Tatlow  also  states  that  the  largest  yield 
of  platinum  appears  to  have  been  in  the  vicinity  of  and 
below  Eagle  Creek,  where  the  yield  has  been  about  two 
parts  of  gold  to  one  of  platinum. 

Two  samples  of  this  Tulameen  ore  contained  69  •  28  per 
cent,  and  72  per  cent,  platinum.  It  is  really  a  very  complex 
alloy  of  platinum  with  a  number  of  the  comparatively  rare 
metals  of  this  group,  such  as  palladium,  iridium,  and 
notably  an  alio}'  of  osmium  and  iridium,  known  as 
osmiridium,  which,  in  grains  of  proper  size  and  form,  is 
used  for  pen-points.  This  ore  is  worth  to-day  about 
5-50  dols.  per  oz.  troy.  The  price  is  very  unsteady,  being 
determined  by  the  demand  for  the  metal  and  by  the  state 
of  affairs  in  Russia,  the  principal  producer  of  the  ore. 

An  interesting  statement  in  connexion  with  the  metal- 
lurgy of  platinum  was  made  by  the  President  of  the 
Chemical  Section  of  the  British  Association  at  the  meeting 
of  last  year.  It  is  to  the  effect  that  one  firm  of  refiners  in 
London  have  such  facilities  that  2\  cwt.  of  platinum  may  be 
melted  in  a  single  charge,  and  that  the  same  firm,  in  a 
single  operation,  extracted  a  mass  of  palladium  valued  at 
30,000/.  from  gold-platinum  ore  actually  worth  more  than  a 
million  sterling! — Engineering  and  Mining  Journal. 

Russian  Sunflower  Oil. 
The  sunflower  has  been  known  in  Russia  for  many  years 
but  only  in  certain  districts  has  it  been  cultivated  on  a  large 
sale.  The  first  cultivation  of  sunflower-seed  for  mercan 
tile  purposes  in  Russia  began  in  1842,  in  the  village  of 
Alexeievka,  district  of  Uerutchiusk,  government  of  Votonezh . 
That  province  is  even  now  the  chief  district  in  European 
Russia  for  the  growing  of  the  sunflower.  From  there  the 
cultivation  of  sunflowers  spread  to  the  adjacent  govern- 
ments of  Tambov  and  Saratov,  where  there  are  extensive 
cultures  owned  by  the  town  of  Saratov  itself.  The  people 
of  the  governments  of  the  Don,  Simbirsk,  and  Samara,  are 
more  or  less  engaged  in  this  trade.  Two  kinds  of  sunflower 
are  known,  one  with  small  seeds  used  for  the  production  of 
oil,  and  the  other  with  large  seeds  consumed  by  the  common 
people  in  enormous  quantities  as  a  dainty.  In  a  district 
where  the  seed  is  cultivated  on  a  large  scale,  and  the  plant 
has  been  continually  grown  on  the  same  soil  for  many 
years  in  succession,  the  sunflower  has  become  subject  to  a 
disease  called  Puecinia  diocoidearum.  Owing  to  this 
disease  the  sunflower  crops  have  been  rather  poor  in  the 
government  of  Voronezh  for  the  last  ten  years,  and  the 
cultivation  has,  therefore,  abated  somewhat  in  this  locality. 
The  sunflower-seed  is  used  principally  for  obtaining  an  oil 
which  has  superseded  all  other  vegetable  oils  in  many  parts 
of  Russia.  In  general,  the  cultivation  of  the  sunflower  in 
Russia  is  considered  to  be  very  profitable.  At  the  average 
yield  of  1,350  lb.  per  acre,  and  at  the  average  price  of  |rf. 
per  lb.,  the  farmer  receives  an  income  of  about  4/.  per  acre. 
This  income  can  be  increased  in  districts  where  the  grower 
himself  is  engaged  in  producing  the  oil  from  the  seed. 
However,  oil-mills  are  very  rare  in  the  villages,  the  farmers 
selling  their  seed  to  the  oil  producers.  In  the  seed-growing 
district  of  Saratov  there  are  only  34  village  oil-mills,  pro- 
ducing oil  worth  8,000/.  annually,  whereas  in  the  town  of 
Saratov  90,000/.  worth  of  oil  is  manufactured  annually. 
The  substance  remaining  from   the  oil  manufacture,  or  the 


sunflower  cakes,  being  used  as  cattle  food,  is  also  a  valuable 
product.  These  cakes,  however,  have  a  comparatively  small 
demand  in  Russia,  and  are  largely  exported  to  foreign 
countries,  principally  to  Germany  and  England.  The  sun- 
flower shells,  being  used  for  heating  purposes,  form  an 
article  of  trade  in  several  districts.  The  seed-cups  are  used 
as  food  for  sheep.  Of  the  different  kinds  of  sunflower 
seed  in  Russia — some  white  or  grey,  some  brown  with  white 
or  grey  stripes,  some  quite  black,  dyeing  the  cells  a  dark 
violet  colour — the  grey  and  striped  seeds  are  preferred,  as 
they  appear  to  be  much  cleaner  and  handsomer,  and  there- 
fore command  a  higher  price,  especially  for  the  purpose  of 
raw  consumption  by  the  common  people.  The  black  seed, 
owing  to  its  dark  colouring  matter,  is  generally  avoided. 
All  these  seeds  appear  in  the  market  divided  into  two  sorts. 
The  larger  kind,  containing  less  oil,  is  the  cheaper;  the 
smaller,  producing  more  oil,  is  sold  to  the  oil  manufac- 
turers, and  is  much  more  expensive.  The  latter  seeds  are 
flat  and  oval,  like  coffee  beans,  and  are  considered  the  best 
for  this  industry.  —  Chemist  and  Druggist. 

The  Cornish  Assay. 

Last  year  the  Anaconda  Mining  Company  took  a  step  in 
advance  by  declining  to  sell  copper  matte  in  England  upon 
English  terms  and  deductions,  so  far  as  the  settlement  was 
concerned,  bills  being  made  out  and  settled  for  at  so  many 
pence  for  so  mauy  pounds  of  fine  copper.  The  result  was 
not  reached  without  some  grumbling  on  the  part  of  English 
smelters,  and  now  Mr.  Haggin  has  made  another  further 
and  radical  advance  in  declining  to  sell  any  longer  by  the 
Cornish  assay,  insisting  upon  the  wet  analysis,  with  the 
allowance  of  1  •  3  units,  customary  in  this  country.  1'pon 
these  terms  1,800  tons  of  argentiferous  matte  were  pur- 
chased by  a  large  Liverpool  house  last  month,  followed  by 
a  second  purchase  of  600  tons  by  another  smelter.  Since 
then  large  contracts  have  been  made  on  the  same  basis, 
amounting  to  many  thousands  of  tons.  It  is  but  a  step 
further  now  to  compelling  all  foreign  buyers  to  accept 
American  assays  and  weights,  since  American  methods  of 
assay  and  settlement  are  conceded.  In  the  present  state 
of  the  market  for  furnace  material  it  requires  the  concur- 
rence of  only  two  or  three  American  producers  to  obtain 
this  concession.  As  is  well  known,  some  of  our  largest 
copper  miners  never  sell  on  any  other  basis. —  Engineering 
and  Mining  Journal. 

Wire  Glass. 

Under  the  name  of  wire  glass  a  new  invention  has  been 
brought  on  the  market  by  a  Dresden  firm,  the  Actien- 
Gesetlschaft fur  Glasindustrie  vorm.  Friedr.  Siemens,  says 
Iron,  which  marks  an  important  development  in  the  glass- 
making  industry.  The  process  of  manufacture  consists  in 
furnishing  glass  in  hot  plastic  condition  with  a  flexible 
metallic  layer,  iron  wire  netting,  for  instance,  which  is 
completely  inclosed  by  the  vitreous  substance  and  effectively 
protected  against  exterior  influences,  as  rust,  &c.  The  new 
glass  possesses  much  greater  resisting  power  than  the  ordinary 
material,  and  is,  it  is  claimed,  indifferent  to  the  most 
abrupt  changes  of  temperature.  A  proof  of  its  toughness 
and  durability  is  the  fact  that  it  may,  in  a  highly  heated 
state,  be  sprinkled  with  cold  water  without  being  materially 
damaged.  The  glass  is  specially  adapted  for  skylights,  the 
powerful  resisting  qualities  of  the  material  enabling  the 
usual  wire  protectors  to  be  dispensed  with.  As  wire  glass 
cannot  be  cut  by  the  diamond,  except  under  the  application 
of  great  force,  and  cannot  be  broken  without  creating  con- 
siderable noise,  the  substance  is  claimed  to  be,  iu  a 
measure,  burglar  proof.  Wire  glass  has  also  been  success- 
fully applied  to  the  manufacture  of  hollow  glass  ware,  it 
being  particularly  suitable  for  making  glass  vessels  which 
have  to  withstand  a  high  pressure  or  be  subjected  to  rough 
usage.  The  new  material  is  at  present  being  manufactured 
in  sheets  of  8  mm.  thickness  and  upwards. 

Alkali   Works,  &c.  Act  Amendment  Bill. 

On  Friday,  May  6th,  a  meeting,  called  by  the  Council  of 

the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry,  was  held  at  the  Society's 

offices,  to  consider   the  Alkali  Works,  &c.  Act  Amendment 

Hill    recently    introduced    by   the   President    of  the   Local 


M«y  31,1898.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


471 


Government  Board.  The  following  gentlemen  were  present  : 
Sir  II.  E.  Koscoe,  M.P.,  F.K.S.,  Mr.  J.  T.  Brunner,  M.P., 
-Mr.  J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P.,  Mr.  A.  E.  Fletcher,  Her 
Majesty's  Chief  Inspector  under  the  Act  it  is  proposed  to 
amend,  Col.  D.  Gamble  representing  a  committee  of  Lanca- 
shire and  Cheshire  manufacturers,  Messrs.  Xewlands, 
Crowder,  Howard,  Redwood,  and  Tyrer.  The  following 
resolution  was  passed  : — "That  this  meeting  of  members  of 
the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry,  called  by  the  Council  of 
the  Society,  and  comprising  chemical  manufacturers  engaged 
in  trades  affected  by  the  existing  Act  and  the  proposed  Bill, 
adopts  the  resolution  of  the  meeting  of  chemical  manufac- 
facturerx  held  yesterday  in  Liverpool,  to  the  effect  that  the 
proposed  Bill  is  not  comprehensive  enough  in  its  scope,  and 
that  to  be  satisfactory  provision  should  be  made  for  the 
inspection  of  all  works  evolving  certain  specified  noxious 
gases  with  the  view  of  ultimately  fixing  a  definite  limit ; 
also  that  the  passing  of  the  proposed  Bill  will  render  it 
difficult  to  pass  another  more  comprehensive  measure  in 
the  near  future." 

A  meeting  of  the  Chemical  and  Allied  Trades  Section  of 
London  Chamber  of  Commerce,  states  the  Chemical  Trade 
Journal,  was  held  at  the  offices  of  the  Chamber  on  Friday, 
-7th  May,  to  consider  the  effect  on  chemical  and  allied 
industries  of  the  same  Bill.  It  was  thought  that  this 
measure,  if  passed,  would  be  productive  of  grave  injury 
to  many  of  the  smaller  industries,  and  might  have  the 
effect  of  driving  them  abroad  altogether.  Further,  it  was 
believed  that  the  real  offenders  would  not  be  touched  by 
the  present  Bill,  inasmuch  as  dyeworks  and  works  of  a 
similar  character  which  give  off  noxious  vapours,  purposely 
cany  on  at  times  part  of  their  process  of  manufacture 
during   the    night,  with  the   result   that  any  neighbouring 


chemical  or  alkali  works  usually  is  credited  with  creating 
the  nuisance  complained  of.  It  was  reported  that  the 
chemical  manufacturers  of  Liverpool,  the  Society  of 
Chemical  Industry,  and  the  Coal  Tar  Distillers'  Associa- 
tion had  already  taken  steps  to  oppose  the  Bill,  and  it  was 
resolved  to  second  these  efforts  by  a  petition  to  the  House 
of  Commons.  A  petition  has  since  been  lodged  opposing 
the  Bill  on  the  following  grounds  : — 

(«.)  That  the  extension  of  the  provisions  of  the  Alkali 
Act  of  1881  to  the  works  set  forth  in  the  schedule  to  the 
Amendment  Bill  would  be  a  serious  hindrance  to  trade,  by 
reason  of  the  restrictions  proposed,  and  that  in  the  case  of 
many  of  the  works  it  would  seriously  hamper  them  in  their 
struggle  with  the  increasing  competition  of  foreign  manu- 
facturers, thus  tending  to  drive  these  industries  abroad. 

(i.)  That  the  Bill  is  entirely  unnecessary  inasmuch  as 
where  grievances  are  alleged  the  complainants  have  very 
ample  facilities  and  powers  to  prosecute  under  the  Local 
(iovernment  Acts. 

(c.)  That  if  further  legislation  is  deemed  necessary  it  is 
submitted  that  the  present  Bill  is  not  sufficiently  general, 
as  the  schedule  thereto  does  not  include  many  works  which 
in  their  processes  of  manufacture  are  liable  to  emit  gases  at 
least  as  offensive  and  injurious  as  the  works  which  form  the 
subject  of  the  proposed  legislation. 

((/.)  That  the  inclusion  of  certain  works  and  the  exclusion 
of  others  similarly  conducted  and  equally  requiring  inspec- 
tion— if  such  is  necessary — in  the  schedule  to  the  Bill,  can 
only  result  in  anomalies,  inconveniences,  aud  difficulties, 
which  would  be  a  source  of  general  dissatisfaction. 

(e.)  That  any  Bill  affecting  the  industries  scheduled  should 
contain  provisions  for  the  inspection  of  all  works  evolving 
certain  specified  noxious  gases. 


Mineral  Production  of  Prussia. 

The  production  of  the  mines  and  metallurgical  works  of  Prussia  in  1890  and   the  two  preceding  years,  according  to  the 
Zeitschrift fur  das  Berg-,  flatten-,  und  Salinenwesen  im  Preussischen  Staate,  Band  xxxix.,  was  as  follows  : — 

Production  of  Mines. 


Brown  coal 

Asphalt 

Petroleum 

Rock  salt 

Salt  from  brine 

Kainit 

Other  potassium  suits 

Magnesium  salts 

Boracite 

Iron  ore  

Zinc  ore 

Lead  ore  

Ct  pper  ore 

Gold  and  silver  ore 

Cobalt  ore 

Nickel  one 

Arsenic  ores 

Manganese  ores 

Pyrites 

Other  vitriol  anil  alum  ore . 


Amounts. 

Value. 

1888. 

1889. 

1890. 

1SSS. 

1889. 

1890. 

Tons.* 
59,475,351 

1 

Tons 
01,430,991 

Tons. 
04,373,810 

Marks.t 
291,918,935 

.Marks. 
332,581,039 

Marks. 
470,523,844 

13,207,888 

1  (,205,047 

15,468,431 

32.159,317 

35.3-Js  1 33 

39371,250 

10,747 

12,310 

i  1,533 

1111.301 

107.22U 

21111.315 

2,770 

3,059 

2,249 

393,762 

HT.I'sn 

338,178 

1sni;:>2 

251,819 

250,351 

913,655 

1,145,231 

1.212,204 

268,463 

268,363 

271.015 

5,639,810 

6,354,753 

6,884,894 

257,557 

■J7:>,'.isi 

308,660 

3,734,147 

1,044,320 

4,383,565 

720,181 

689,341 

708,467 

7,380,141 

7,329,100 

7,750,816 

11,152 

8,959 

6,688 

87,598 

68,189 

57.213 

118 

Hi 

170 

K.V.I  1 

33.1(10 

£3.1110 

1.1  15.251 

4,375,283 

1,2  13,399 

25,540,012 

31,124,3!«l 

31,599,880 

666,700 

7»7..v;7 

7.-.7>:-2 

13.727,832 

17,656,457 

23,375.415 

143,383 

148,773 

148,615 

16,096,003 

10,071,808 

17,398,456 

521,873 

563,863 

587,722 

17.210,071 

17.808,749 

19,911,173 

03 

77 

132 

41,223 

31.1H3 

51,374 

33 

.-,(13 

651 

3,967 

10,954 

B.955 

'■' 

17 

33 

1.315 

8,489 

1,634 

1,198 

1,882 

lis:; 

72.390 

104.320 

110,910 

27,308 

14,006 

40,131 

613,542 

901,589 

720,785 

99,305 

1117,955 

111,292 

740,131 

781,020 

SII7.S43 

211 

343 

911 

1,217 

1,977 

2,501 

'  Metric  tons  of  2,204  pounds. 


t  Tlie  mark  is  equivalent  t"  23"8  cents. 


1,72 


THE  JOUliNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Maysi.isoa 


Production  of  Prussian  Smelting  Works. 


Pig  ir  -ii 

Zinc 

Lead 

Litharge 

Copper  

Bhck  copper 

1     ;■'.■  r  matte 

Nickel 

Coball 

Chloride  <>f  tin 

Antimony  alloys 

Manganese  and  alloy 

Arsenic  salts 

Sulphur 

Sulphuric  acid 

Sulphate  of  iron 

Sulphate  of  copper  .. 

Mixed  vitriol 

Sulphate  of  zinc 

Sulphate  of  nickel  . . 
Mineral  paints 

SOver 

Gold 

'  ";i  Imiuui 

Bismuth 


Amounts. 

Y-.iliU'. 

18SS, 

1889. 

1890. 

L888. 

18S9. 

1890, 

Tons. 
3,098,757 

133,280 

SII.S17 

3,208 

18,900 

13 

077 
288 
36 

Tons. 
3.218,719 

135,972 

90,809 

2,373 

21,063 

283 
282 

38 

"HI 

liil 

16 

si  ; 

2  183 

319,574 

7,245 

l,7ii0 

243 

1.117 

27 

1,158 

Kilos. 
256,823-81 

179-37 

.-."1.7 

Tons. 
8,288  369 

rS9,05G 

91,138 

2.907 

21.770 

1 

702 

181 

411 

115 

21 

817 

1,601 

340,512 

6,381 

2.1S2 

281 

1  <Ht 

26 

1,659 

Kilos 
260,824-14 

127-67 

4,137 

Marks. 
1  12,882,232 

13,578,005 

22,971,754 

801,918 

27,614,902 

il  180 

3H.021 

1,168,000 

529  500 

187,500 

32,783 



175,758 

237,350 

9,397,482 

252,129 

537,1  19 

21,021 

11,668 

5,000 

71. '177 

32,855.892 

318.633 
■:■•  355 

Marks. 
102.746,028 

19,334,086 

23,036,212 

605,976 

21,655,217 

101.008 

1.100.115 

731.310 

207,100 

74,580 

13,200 

172.i-.On 

235,000 

10,097,329 

204,697 

693,897 

29,071 

si. it:; 

5,000 

122,460 

32.2~1.111 
17.713 

Marks. 
190,510,082 

62,296,  l".s 

22,850,828 

701. si  1 
25,720,003 

25  ' 

•.'.;::. s-,:; 

1,867.130 

7so,70o 

220 

69 

11 

67.596 

50.3-1 

B42 

2,270 

164,433 
160  390 

297,062 

lii.os,'.  >58 

8,517 

],61S 

175 

772 

28 

GS7 

Kilos. 
259,504   34 

195-95 

1,794 

159,618 

868,202 

33,207 
113,831 

:.;    JO 

135.510 

86,187,865 

:;."7.i7o 

15,154 

. 

The  Production  of  Stassfubt  Svlts. 

The  productions   of  these  well  known  mines,  which  are 

controlled  by   German    syndicate,   arc  extensively  used  for 

manufacturing  and   agricultural  purposes.     The  following 

table   gives     total    annual    production    for   the   last   three 


Potassium  chloride . 
p.  tassium  sulphate. 


18S9. 


Double  sulphate  of  potassium  and 

magnesium  calcined. 
Double  sulphate  of  potassium  and 

inaLri.isiuin  crystallised. 
Manure  salts— calcined 


Kieserite 

Kaimi  and  sylvinite  . 
Carnalite 


1890. 


1-01. 


Tons. 
60,667 

Tons. 
02,009 

Tons. 
05,730 

8.047 

0,313 

8310 

4. 711 

5,306 

5,585 

:;js 

441 

515 

1,390 

897 

1,507 

1 1,592 

15.-682 

13,998 

129,090 

1  19,456 

202.010 

18,682 

17,093 

19,317 

—  Chemical  Trade  Journal. 


THE  SALE  OF  FOOD  AXD  DRUGS  ACT. 

The  following  is  the  text  of  the  Bill  introduced  into  the 
House  of  Commons  last  February,  by  Dr.  Cameron,  M.P., 
and  only  just  printed  : — 

Ue  it  enacted  by  the  Queen's  most  Excellent  Majesty,  by 
and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords  Spiritual 
and  Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this  present  Parliament 
assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  as  follows  :— 

1.  The  provisions  of  the  Sale  of  Food  and  Drug-  Act , 
1875,  and  of  any  Act  amending  the  same,  shall  apply  to  and 
include  every  wholesale  trader  or  manufacturer  of  any 
article  of  food  or  drug  who  shall  sell  to  the  prejudice  of  the 
purchaser  any  article  of  food  or  drug  which  is  not  of  the 
nature,  substance,  and  quality  of  the  article  demanded  by 
such  purchaser;  and  the  17th  section  of  the  said  Act  shall 
be  read  as  if  the  words  "  whether  by  wholesale  or"  were 
inserted  between  the  words  "  on  sale"  and  the  words  "by- 
retail  "  in  the  -aid  section. 

2.  The  25th  section  of  the  said  Act  shall  be  and  is 
hereby  amended  by  the  deletion  of  the  word  "  written  " 
before  the  words  "  warranty  to  that  effect,"  and  every 
wholesale  trader  or  manufacturer  of  any  article  of  food  or 
drug,  or  other  person  who  in  the  course  of  trale  shall  sell 
to  any  person  any  article  of  food  or  drug,  with  intent  that 
the  same  may  be  resold  by  retail  in  the  state  in  which  it  is 
purchased  from  him,  shall,  unless  he  has  in  writing  in- 
formed the  purchaser  to  the  contrary,  be  deemed,  for  the 
pui pose-   of  the  said  Act,  to   have  given  a  warranty  to  the 


Way  si.1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF    CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


173 


person  purchasing  from  him  that  such  article  of  foot)  or  drug 
is  <>f  the  nature,  substance,  and  qnality  demanded  by  such 
purchaser. 

.'!.  In  any  proceedings  under  the  principal  Act  having 
reference  to  the  sale  of  "margarine"  as  denned  by  the 
Margarine  Act,  1887,  it  shall  be  a  good  defence  to  prove 
that  the  sale  was  made  in  conformity  with  the  regulations  of 
the  said  Margarine  Act,  1887,  and  in  the  ease  of  proceed- 
Scotland  under  the  said  Margarine  Act,  the  33rd 
section  of  the  Food  and  Drugs  Act,  1875,  shall  be  held  to 
lie  added  to  the  sections  12  to  28  inclusive  incorporated  in 
section  12  of  that  Act. 

4.  In  determining  whether  an  offence  has  been  committed 
under  section  6  of  the  principal  Act,  by  selling  to  the 
prejudice  of  the  purchaser  coffee  not  adulterated  otherwise 
than  by  the  admixture  of  chicory,  ii  shall  be  a  good  defence 
to  prove- 
Where  the  admixture  of  chicorj  dues  not  exceed  50 

per  cent,  that  the  seller  delivered  with  or  on  such 
mixture  a  notice  by  a  label  distinctly  and  legibly 
written  or  printed  bearing  the  words  "  This  is  sold  as 
a  mixture  of  coffee  and  chicory." 

(h.)  Where  the  admixture  of  chicorj    does  no1  i 
75.  per  cent.,  that  the  seller  delivered  with  or  on  such 
mixture  a  notice  by  a  label  distinctly  and  legibly  written 
or  printed  bearing  the  words  "  This  is  sold  as  a  mixture 
of  chicory  and  coffee." 

(c.)  Where  the  admixture  of  chicory  exceeds  7.5  per 
cent.,  that  the  seller  delivered  with  or  on  such  mixture 
a  notice  by  a  label  distinctly  and  legibly  written  or 
printed  stating  the  proportion  of  chicory  contained  in 
Such  mixture. 

5.  This  Act  shall  be  read  and  construed  with  the  Sale 
of  Food  and  Drugs  Act,  1875,  and  any  Act  amending  the 
same. 

6.  This  Act  may  he  cited  for  any  purposes  as  the  Sale  of 
Food  and  Drugs  Act  (lsT.'il  Amendment  Act,  1892. 


BOARD  OF  TRADE  RETURNS 
Summary  of  Imports. 


Month  endim;  30th  April 

1891. 

1893. 

£ 

2  »72,sl  1 

813,37(1 

tsi.ari 

3,120,860 

£ 
i  ,837,21  |. 

783,671 
2,942,160 

Raw  materials   for  non-textile  in- 

it.   si  Ill's. 

Total  value  of  all  imports  .... 

38,(1  8,537 

81,020,272 

Summary  of  Exports. 


Month  ending  30th  April 

1891. 

1892. 

Motals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 
Chemicals  and  medicines 

£ 

3,063,725 

800,492 
3,091,150 

£ 

3,179,216 

i  ;77.-J  ]  1 
2,307.-7  1 

20,919,066 

17,865,876 

Imports  of  Mktals  for  Month  ending  30rn  April. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


1891. 


1892. 


Copper  :— 

Ore Tons 

Regulus 

Unwrought   .... 

Iron  :— 
Ore 


Bolt,  bar,  &i: 

teel,  unwrought.. 
Lead,  pig  and  sheet 

Pyrites 

Quicksilver Lb. 

Tin Cwt. 

Zinc Tons 

Other  articles  ...  Value  £ 
Total  value  of  metals 


5,579 

1L594 

£ 
11,780 

16,625 

11,562 

105,983 

3,323 

2,329 

183,268 

265,659 

311,713 

215,138 

3,110 

3,446 

2s,si,; 

51 1 

352 

6,519 

12.9'.!.-, 

18,454 

161,621 

65,618 

62,691 

1II5.7S1 

.-,:;s.t'_>r, 

137,435 

58,759 

G2.S0G 

46,948 

281,912 

4,830 

3,424 

110,709 
169,498 

•  • 

•• 

2.072,81 1 

£ 

sj.lTs 

294,529 
109,842 

230,810 
28,058 

3,596 

203,376 

109,986 

12,260 
213,097 

79,081 
470,101 


1,837,214 


Imports    of    Raw    Materials    for    Non-Textilb 
Industries  fur  Month  ending  SOtii  April. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1892. 


Values. 


1891. 


Bark,  Peruvian  . .  Cwt. 

Bristles Lb. 

Caoutchouc Cwt. 

Gum  :— 

Arabic „ 


Lac,  &.c 

Gutta-percha  .. 

Hides,  raw: — 
Dry 


Wot 

Ivory 

Manure : — 
Guano Tons 

Bones 

Paraffin Cwt. 

Linen  rags Tons 

Esparto 

Palp  of  wood 

Rosin Cwt. 

Tallow  and  stearin 

Tar Barrels 

Wood:— 
Hewn Loads 

Sawn „ 

Staves  

Mahogany Tons 

Other  articles. . . .  Value  £ 


9.S20 

260,857 

29,668 

1,733 

15,807 

6,138 

18,188 

31,355 
1,048 

3,669 

10,366 

60,94 1 

3,216 

19,251 

12,390 

193,355 

181,172 

2,820 

199,118 

112,11117 

8,046 

4,142 


Total  value  . 


9,075 

111,703 

20,915 

1,6.86 
19,370 
5,844 

12,904 
38,010 

1,2111 

1,278 

11,042 

■43,1151 

3,849 

16,340 

18,841 

166,28  i 

122,319 

1.275 

21S.072 

211.333 
11,734 
6.8S3 


£ 

28,195 

18,758 
106,470 

13,150 
61,114 
64,236 

117,052 
78,341 
69,027 

17,557 
511,137 
88,485 
30,919 
91,541 
59,031 
26,470 
224,052 
1,274 

840,218 

326,394 

17,828 

39,88 1 

9117,732 


£ 
21,613 

21,753 

203,159 

12,830 

75.29 1 
70,847 

110,049 
82,06! 
62,128 

9,411 
50,0  in 
59,110 

2:i,529 
71,790 
69,099 
84,344 

157.100 
799 

372,llllt 
192,112 
66  902 
62,521 
801,472 


3,120,869  i  2,91.1' lee 


Bisides  the   above,  drugs  to  the  value  of  81.2771.  wire  i 
us  against  88,8632.  in  April  1891. 


imported 
G 


■171 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


M  13    :i    189 


Imports  of  Chemicals  and  Dyestufes  fok  Month 
ending  30th  April. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


Alkali Cwt. 

Bark  (tanners,  Ac)    „ 

Brimstone 

Chemicals Value  £ 

Cochineal   Cwt. 

Cutch  and  gamhicr  Tons 

Dyes  :— 
Aniline Value  £ 

Alizarine ,, 

Other  „ 

Indigo   Cwt. 

Nitrate  of  soda....      „ 

Nitrate  of  potash  .      „ 

Valonia Tons 

Other  articles...  Value  £ 

Total  value  of  chemicals 


41,073 
28,18(1 

023 

2,117 


1,309 
1,823 


5,503 
38,071 
59,036 

30 
2,491 


2,285 
S0,S32 


£ 

4.11:1 

16,104 
113,737 

56,828 

20,759 

27,254 

739 

i;s>.T57 

267,113 
32.31  i 
39.3  H 

182,809 


£ 
17,129 

115,693 
2,273 
57,032 

1  1,203 
20,126 

1    IV 

39,044 
196,826 
25,804 
61,487 
212,992 


783,674 


Imj-orxs  of  Oils  for  Month  ending  30Tn  April. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1S92. 

[1  0  |3 

1,314 

74,585 

8,224,252 

1,634 

576 

1, 1 13 

14,015 

1,970 

111,069 

10,493,718 

1,972 

58! 

19,259 

£ 
39,770 

55,298 

-  I,64S 

179,938 

41,169 

63/186 

£ 
16,397 

74,965 

222,377 
48,373 
12,519 
22  922 
30,185 

Other  articles  ..  Value  £ 

Total  value  of  oils  . . . 

•• 

•• 

60S.168 

Exports  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals   for  Month  ending 
30th  April. 


Quantities. 

Vul 

ues. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

524.74!! 
119,533 
24,817 

162,650 
114,588 
23,006 

£ 
197,862 

10,576 

181.S40 

£ 

Bleaching  materials    „ 
Chemical  manures.  Tons 

Ot  her  articles  ...        „ 

15,1  I!' 

85,21 1 
217,695 

.. 

00,492 

677,211 

Exports  op  Metals  (other  than  Machinery)  for 
Month  ending  :50th  April. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


1991. 


1892. 


Brass Cwt. 

Copper : — 

Unwrought ,  - 

Wrought 

Mixed  metal 

Hardware Value  £ 

Implements , 

Iron  and  steel Tons 

Lead , 

Plated  wares. . .  Value  £ 
Telegraph  wires,  &c.   „ 

Tin Cwt. 

Zinc 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

Total  value 


9,091 

73.703 
30,995 
2kS85 


287,422 
1,244 


9,190 


£ 
13,884 


79,662 
27,00? 
26,869 


204,506 

102,562 

69,786 

218,065 

110,530 

223,518     2,012,17:i 

4,973  02,182 


£ 
38,251 


191  069 

80,395 

67,883 

181,401 

112,491' 

1,935,713 

61,518 


80,036 

21,000 

■  ■ 

U7.88S 

9,920 

8,594 

17,131 

40,719 

17,61  1 

21,742 

19,478 

20,245 

■• 

78,211 

76,975 

" 

" 

3.179,216 

Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  30m  April. 


Articles. 


Gunpowder Lb. 

Military  stores. .  Value  £ 

Candles Lb. 

Caoutchouc Value  £ 

Cement Tons 

Products  of  coal  Value  £ 

pjarthenware  ...        „ 

Stoneware 

Glass  :— 
Plate Sq.Ft. 

Flint Cwt. 

Bottles 

Other  kinds 

Leather : — 
Unwrought 

Wrought  Value  £ 

S 1  oil Tons 

Floorcloth  Sq.  Yds. 

Painters'  materials  Val.  £ 

Paper  Cwt. 

Rags Tons 

Soap Cwt. 

Total  value 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1,058,800 


1,357,700 


62,102 


240,823 

81,249 
17,331 

11,81 1 
8,271 

95,190 
15,657 


1,422,500 


34,978 


191,468 

7,m; 

62,559 
21,514 

11,818 

5,906 

1,155,100 

71',  157 

(,606 

43,359 


Values. 


1891. 


£ 
23,974 

1 16,926 

26,438 

11 1  575 


£ 
15,144 

27,387 
97,582 


125.960 

66,039 

123,256 

1711.3511 

151,867 

15,814 

18,698 

11,201 

11,390 

20,058 

16,659 

29,811 

13,460 

16,575 

107,762 

112,211 

30,449 

21,582 

LS5.670 

117,476 

05,030 

l\'M' 

152.245 

114335 

102,731 

131,991 

29,527 

(1,858 

52,841 

.VII 

3,091,150 


May  31, 1892.]        THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


-175 


iflontblj)  fatmt  Stsst. 

*  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  arc  advertised. 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  months  of  the  said  dates. 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPAE4TUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 

Applications. 

:.".:::•,.  J.  Duckett,  A.  Duckett,  and  II.  Stephenson.  See 
Class  IX. 

7  7:"):s.  J.  Morrison.  Improvements  in  ejectors  for  ejecting 
water,  thick  or  thin,  or  tar  and  ammonia  water.     April  25. 

7923.  W.  Foulis.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  regu- 
lating the  flow  and  pressure  of  pis.     April  27. 

s  I  55.  .1 .  Bonnoure.  Improvements  in  distilling  apparatus. 
April  29. 

8773.  (I.  1".  Redfern. — From  W.  P.  Abel],  British  Guiana. 
See  ( 'lass  XVI. 

9140.  A.  Koehl.  Improved  apparatus  for  evaporating 
solutions.     May  13. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted.* 

1891. 

8823.  A.  McDougall.  Covering  lead  surfaces  to  protect 
water  and  other  liquids  from  contamination  with  the  dis- 
solved metal.      May  18. 

9187.  E.  J.  Mills  and  C.  .1.  Ellis.  Means  and  method  of 
closure  for  the  regulation  of  gaseous  pressures.     May  18. 

9318.  A.  J.  lioult.— From  A.  Klonne  and  F.  Brcdel. 
Apparatus  for  charging  retorts.     May  11. 

10,456.  II.  L.  Callendar.  Pressure  gauges,  suitable 
especially  as  piezometers,  barometers,  thermometers,  and 
the  like.      April  27. 

10,771.  W.  .1.  Tranter  and  S.  Hale.  Compound  for 
preventing  incrustation  anil  corrosion  in  steam  anil  other 
hot-water  boilers.     May  4. 

10,833.  A.  W.  Ellis.  Stand  for  chemical  or  other  purposes. 
May  4. 

lu,902.  J.  F.  Braidwood.     .Sec  Class  II. 
11,034.  R.Harvey.     Evaporating  apparatus.     May  4. 
11,210.   L.  H.  Armour.      .S'ce  Class  II. 
14,221.  J.    Tobin.       New  method    of    applying    soda    to 
for  preventing 


the   formation  of 


incrustation    in    steam 


internal    parts    of   boilers 

scale.     May  4 

16,965.  K.    Morris       Preventin; 
boilers.     April  27. 

1892. 

5325.  H.  II.  Lake.  —  From  T.  Craney.  Evaporating 
apparatus.     May  4. 

5377.  S.  II.  Johnson  and  C.  C.  Hutchinson,  Apparatus 
lor  mixing  liquids  with  liquids  and  solids.     May  18. 

5619.  J.  A.  Fisher.  Construction  of  non  -  conducting 
coverings  to  prevent  the  radiation  of  heat.     April  27. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

7379.  A.  J.  lioult.— From  II.  C.  Hew,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  or  connected  with  gas  generators.  Com- 
plete Specification.     April  19. 

7468.  A.  Philburn.  An  improvement  in  apparatus  for 
burning  smoke.     April  20. 

7614.  G.  Heslop.     See  Class  VII. 

7708.  J.  C.  Chandler.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
washing,  purifying,  and  scrubbing  gas.      April  23. 

7709.  H.  Pa/.olt.  The  manufacture  of  an  improved 
artificial  fuel.     April  23. 

7888.  J.  II.  W.  Stringfellow.  Improvements  relating  to 
the  distillation  of  coal  and  other  substances  for  gas-making 
and  other  purposes,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     April  20. 

7983.  P.  Dvorkovitz.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
the  manufacture  of  gas  for  illuminating  or  heating  purposes, 
applicable  also  for  the  distillation  of  liquid  hydrocarbons. 
Complete  Specification.     April  27. 

7995.  J.  P.  Bayly.  An  improved  apparatus  for  charging 
inclined  gas-retorts.      April  28. 

8159.  R.  Marshall.  Improvements  in  the  combustion  of 
fuel  and  apparatus  therefor.  Complete  Specification, 
April  30. 

820".  W.  Hawkins,  T.  Hawkins,  II.  Fuller,  and  W.  II. 
Fuller.  An  improved  metallic  block  to  be  used  in  the 
production  of  gas.     April  30. 

8426.  A.  Longsdon. — From  I'.  Krupp  and  Co.,  Germany. 
Xew  or  improved  processes  for  the  manufacture  of  gas  from 
water  vapour,  and  for  purification  and  separation  of  mixed 
gases.     Complete  Specification.     May  4. 

8484.  J.  E.  Richardson.  Improved  means  or  apparatus 
for  generating  ozonised  oxygen.     May  5. 

8592.  T.  D.  C.  Leveritt.  An  improvement  i;i  the  purifi- 
cation of  coal-gas  used  for  the  purposes  of  heating  and 
cooking.     May  G. 

8664.  R.  Welford.  Improvements  relating  to  fuel. 
May  7. 

8892.  II.  J.  Rogers.  An  improved  apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  gas  for  lighting  and  heating  aud  for  use  in 
gas-engines.     May  11. 

8900.  J.  Duggan  and  W.  J.  Harley.  An  improved  fire- 
lighter, also  applicable  for  use  as  a  temporary  fire.  May  11. 

8949.  T.  J.  Barnard.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  fuel,  together  with  the  means  and  combinations  in 
connexion  therewith.     May  11. 

9080.  W.  D.  A.  Bost  and  T.  F.  Haldaue.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  fire-lighters.  Complete  Specification. 
May  13. 

9114.  R.  N.  Oakman,  jun.  Improvements  in  gas- 
producing  plant.     Complete  Specification.     May  13. 

9171.  T.  Charlton.  Improvements  relating  to  the  more 
perfect  combustion  of  fuel  in  furnaces.     May  14. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

1(1,902.  .1.  F.  Braidwood.  Apparatus  for  charging  retorts 
for  the  manufacture  of  gas  and  for  other  like  purposes. 
May  11. 

11,210.  L.  II.  Armour.  Ovens,  furnaces,  retorts,  or 
other  structures  used  in  the  making  of  coke  or  charcoal,  or 
for  distilling  or  roasting  carbonaceous  matter,  or  otherwise 
subjecting  carbonaceous  matter  to  the  action  of  heat. 
May  11. 


I7i ; 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOJIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Ua\  31,  L892 


11,764.  A.    O.    Jones.     Manufacture   of   artificial   fuel, 
utilising  sewage  therein.     May  4. 

12,572.  <i.  E.  Stevenson.   Apparatus  for  charging  inclined 
gas  retorts.     May  4. 

1892. 

5994.  .1.  Rudd.     Apparatus  and  means  for  increasing  the 
illuminating  power  of  gas.     May  4. 

C.  Bougourd  de  Lamarrc.     Process  and.  apparatus 
for  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  gas.     May  11. 

7079.  C,  It.  Collins.     Gas-making  apparatus.     May  is. 


ill.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAK 
PBODUCTS,  Etc. 

Application. 

8462.  P.  II.  Bayle  ami  A.  Camhray.  An  improved 
process  of  distillation,  heating,  and  condensation  of  bitu- 
minous schists  and  an\'  mineral  substances  which  by 
distillation  in  closed  vessels  will  \  ield  mineral  oils,  paraffins, 
amnioniacal  waters,  and  analogous  products,  and  improved 
apparatus  in  connexion  therewith.     May  4. 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 

Appln  vno.Ns. 

8269.  O.  Imray. — From  The  Farbwcrke  vormals  VIeister, 
Lucius,  and  Briiuing,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  di- 
alkylised  meta-methoxy,  meta  'ethoxy,  ami  inctabenzyloxi  - 
para-amido  benzopheuones.     May  2. 

,s27n.  ().  lim-ay. — 1'roiu  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Mcister, 
Lucius,  and  Briiuing,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  a/,o- 
colouring    matters    derived    from    paraphenylenediamiue. 

May  2. 

S455.  J.  Y.Johnson. — From  E.  von  Heyden,  Germany. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  alpha-oxyuvitic  acid. 
May  4. 

H4.j(i.  .1.  Y.  Johnson. — From  F.  von  Heyden,  Germany. 
Improvements  iu  the  manufacture  of  colouring  matter  from 
alpha-oxyuvitic  acid.     May  4. 

8634.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Aniliu  uud 
Soda  fabrik,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  triphcnylmethane  dyestuffs.     May  6. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

10,861.  II.  II.  Lake. — From  K.  Oehler.  Manufacture  of 
colouring  matters.     April  27. 

11,046.  .1.  V.  Johnson. — From  tin-  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik.  Manufacture  ami  production  of  alpha- 
naphthoquinonc  dichlorimide,  ami  of  basic  dyestuffs  there- 
from.     May     I  1. 

11,049.  O.  Iinray. —  from  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  and  Briiuing.  Manufacture  of  mcta-amidobeuz- 
aldchyde,  and  of  salts  thereof.     M;n    I 

11,275.  .1.  V.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik.  Manufacture  and  production  of  new  dyes  of 
tin-  rosaniline  series  and  of  new  materials  therefor. 
May  I. 


11,328..0.  Imray. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Mcister, 
Lucius,  and  Briiuing.  Manufacture  of  yellow  azo  colouring 
matters  striking  on  mordants,  and  absolutely  fast  against 
the  action  of  fulling,  soap,  and  light.     May   I. 

11,472.  W.  I'..  Espent.  Manufacture  of  extracts  from 
logwood  and  other  dyewoods,  also  in  preparing  dyewoods 
for  use  in  dyeing.     May  11. 

11,629.  .1.  Y.Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  uud 
Soda  Fabrik.  Manufacture  of  hasic  naphthalene  colouring 
matters  anil  of  sltlpho  acids  therefor.      May    I. 

11,663.  B.  Willcox.  —  From  The   Farbenfabriken  vormals 

E.  B.iyer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  colouring 
matters  tor  dyeing  and  printing,  derived  from  benzidine 
and  its  analogues.      May  4. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Application. 

S3(j;i.  (i    Young.     Improvements  in  tin- process  or  mode 

of  producing  polished,  dyed,  and  bleached  yarns  or  threads, 

j   ami  in  machinery  or  arrangements  for  the  purpose.    May  3, 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 
8776.  E.  V.  M.  Kaabe.     Treatment  of    vegetable   textile 
fibres  for  the  manufacture  of  yarns  and  fabrics.     April  27 . 

10,543.  W.  R.  Comings.  Impregnating  paper  and  other 
fibrous  materials.     April  27. 

1892. 

5297.  P.  Temming.  A  new  fabric  suitable  as  a  substitute 
for  cotton  waste  for  cleaning  parts  of  machinery,  and  process 
lor  making  the  same.      April  27. 

6550.  B.  J.  B.  Mills. — From  <L  Bergicr.  Spinning  and 
treatment  of  silk  iu  the  manufacture  of  various  classes  of 
silk  thread.     May  11. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPEB 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

7440.  T.  Dawson  and  H.  F.  Clayton.  Improvements  in 
the  method  of  and  apparatus  for  dyeing  cotton  anil  other 
like  textile  fabrics.      April  20. 

7555.  C.  Sehnureh.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
effecting  the  oxidation  of  aniline  black  in  the  process  oi 
dyeing  cotton  thread  or  wool  on  bobbins  and  cops.  Com- 
ple  Specification.     April  21. 

7628.  C.   Young  and  W.  Crippin.     Improvements  in  or 

applicable  to  mechanism  or  apparatus  for  dyeing,  bleach- 
ing, and  otherwise  Heating  cotton  and  other  fibrous 
materials  in  the  raw  or  manufactured  or  partly  manufac- 
tured state.      April  22. 

slTo.  .1.  Aldrcd.  Improvements  in  bleaching  cotton 
piece -g Is.      April  30. 

8241.  E.  Sykes  and  I).  Sykes.  Improvements  in 
machinery  for  scouring  and  dyeing  hanks  of  yarn.     May  2. 

8364.  M.  I.ob.  Improvements  connected  with  the  dyeing 
of  stockiuctce.     May  :'.. 

8921.  T.  T.  Whittiugton.  "  Whittiugton's "  direct 
mordant  lor  dyeing  cotton  and  linen  fabrics.      May  11. 


Way  31, 1KB.1        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


477 


COMPLETE    Sl'1,1  IlKATIONS    ACCEPTED. 
1891. 

9470,  R.  Lanhaui  and  1).  Gulland.  Method  and  appa- 
ratus for  embossing,  colouring,  and  printing  upon  paper  or 
other  suitable  material.     Ma}   1*. 

1 1'.  138.  E.  1>.  Truman.  Solution  for  use  in  the  dyeing  of 
-ilk  fabrics,  yarns,  and  threads.     May  11. 

10,678.  E.  Sutcliffc  and  (1.  E.  Suteliffe.  Dyeing  ami 
treatment  of  cotton  and  other  textile  materials.     May  is. 

11,327.  O.  [mray. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  und  BrQnii  g,  ( iermany.  Process  of  dyeing 
silk  a  solid  black  by  means  of  alizarine,  flavopnrpurine, 
anthrapurpurise,  and  mixtures  of  tliese  bodies.     May  4. 

20,787.  c.    H.  Nrvill.      Process   for  producing   designs 

upon  ealieo  and  other  woven  fabrics.      May  28. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 

Applications. 

739.1.  F.  Hurter.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
bleaching  powder  and  apparatus  to  be  employed  therein. 
April  19. 

7528.  J.  W.  Smith  and  II.  I!.  Jagger.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  vinegar.     April  21. 

7C14.  G.  Heslop.  The  application  of  a  by-product  of 
the  manufacture  of  acetates  for  warming  and  heating 
purposes.     April  22. 

7958.  II.  I'reeht.  A  process  for  the  production  of  phos- 
phates of  potassium  or  aluminium  soluble  in  water. 
April  27. 

7997.  H.  ('.  Hull.  Improvements  in  or  connected  with 
the  manufacture  of  ferric  chloride.     April  28. 

8276.  La  Societe  A.  R  Pechiney  and  t'ie.  Improvements 
in  means  or  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  a  mixture  of 
hydrochloric  acid  gas  and  air.  Filed  May  2.  Date  applied 
for  November  28,  1891,  being  date  of  application  in  France. 

8890.  B.  F.  11.  Newlands.  Improvements  in  the  purifi- 
cation of  carbonic  acid.     May  11. 

8964.  W.    1'.    Thompson.— From    W.    I!.    Brittingham, 

I'nited    States.       New    or    improved    bleaching    compound. 
Complete  Specification.     May  11. 

9181.  .1.  Hargreaves  and  J.  Hargreaves.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  sulphate  of 
soda.     May  1 1. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

9732.  H.  Rylands,  Manufacture  of  carbonic  acid  gas, 
and  in  tubes  for  containing  the  same.     May  18. 

9947.  A.  T.  Hall.  Treatment  of  waste  liquors  from 
metallurgical  processes  to  obtain  sulphurous  or  sulphuric 
acid  and  zinc.     May   1. 

9948.  A.  T.  Hall.  Treatment  of  waste  liquors  from 
metallurgical  processes  to  obtain  sulphurous  or  sulphuric 
acid  and  oxide  of  iron.     May  4. 

10,fi30.  A  rtupre.— From  F.  Dupre.  Manufacture  of 
potassium  carbonate.     April  27. 

11,4119.  T.  II.  Bell.— From  T.  Schloesing.  Manufacture 
of  anhydrous  chloride  of  magnesium,  and  the  apparatus 
used  therein.      May  1 1 . 

11,470.  T.  II.  Bell.— From  T.  Schloesing.  Manufacture 
of  chlorine,  and  apparatus  used  therein.     May  11. 


1892. 

.» 125.  J. C.  Ody.    Method  for  making  caustic  soda  (sodium 
hydrate)-      April  27. 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 
Applications. 

7792.  C.  F.  E.  Grosse.  An  improved  method  of 
producing  marbled  glass.    Complete  Specification.    April 25. 

7906.  H.  C.  Hull.  Improvements  in  or  connected  with 
casting  tables  for  glass  and  glass  making.  Complete 
Specification.     April  27. 

8361.  J.  Rigby.  To  make  pressed  plate  glass  of  any 
thickness  or  any  colour  or  design.     May  3. 

s.,17.  II.  \V.  Cox.  Improvements  in  vitrifying  photo- 
graphic prints  on  glass,  metal,  porcelain,  china,  and  like 
substances.     May  5. 

8865.  V.  1!.  Lewes.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  glass.     May  10. 

8S9G.  T.  H.  Hunt.  Improvements  in  appliances  employed 
in  the  glazing  of  earthenware  pipes  and  analogous  articles. 
May  11. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

10,454.  .1.  Armstrong.  Manufacture  of  tanks  or  boxes 
and  other  articles  of  glass,  and  mechanism  or  appliances 
to  be  used  in  the  said  manufacture.     April  27. 

10,817.  I.  Pennell  and  J.  T.  Harris.  Apparatus  or 
appliance  for  use  in  supporting  ceramic  ware  in  enamel 
kilns  whilst  being  fired.     May  4. 

11,039.  P.  Sievert.  Process  for  producing' glass  articles 
with  metal  enclosures.     May  4. 

11.205.  H.  J.  Chappell.  Machines  for  pressing  and 
moulding  plastic  materials.     May  II. 

10.005.  G.  Pitt.  Mode  of  constructing  Hues  for  brick, 
terra-cotta,  aud  other  kilns.     May  4. 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

7490.  G.  Martenstein.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  materials  for  street  and  other  pavements.     April  20. 

75o2.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  L.  II.  Itoeser-Miillei 
and  B.  Deike,  Germany.  Improvements  in  and  in  the 
manufacture  of  plaster  for  building  purposes.  Complete 
Specification.     April  20. 

7533.  J.  Duckett,  A.  Huekett,  and  11.  Stephenson. 
Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  construction  of  kilns 
or  ovens  for  drying  aud  burning  bricks,  tiles,  lime,  and  the 
like.     April  2 1! 

7719.  S.  Theraizal  and  F.  Grand'Montagne.  Improve- 
ments in  the  manufacture  of  artificial  marble.     April  ■>■',. 

774  1,  .1.  C.  Bloomrield.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  plaster.     April  25. 

TS.'ii).  E.T.Warner  and  .  I.  F.  Curry.  An  improvement 
in  the  art  of  making  mortar.  Complete  Specification. 
April  20. 


478 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [May  31, 1KB. 


7s."i7.  A.  Angcll   and   F.  Candy.     Improvements    in    the   ! 
manufacture   of    hydraulic   cement   from     sewage   ^ltiilyi-. 
April  26. 

s_".ij.  (..  M.  Graham,  Improvements  in  artificial  stone 
Mocks.    Complete  Specification.     May  3. 

8460.  W.  W.  Hewitt  and  A.  Suart.  Improved  com- 
pounds for  paving  or  covering  road*,  paths,  or  floors,  and 
for  manufacture  of  paving  bricks  or  blocks.     May  4. 

8777.  T.  W.  Brittain.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
grinding  cement  or  other  substances.     May  9. 

8889.  F.  IT.  Willis  ami  R.  Astley.  An  improved  form 
and  method  of  constructing  fireproof  floors  and  stairs. 
May  11. 

9209.  li.  Astley.  An  improved  form  and  method  of 
construction  of  fireproof  floors.     May  14. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

7845.  II.  Faija.  Continuous  or  running  kilns  for  the 
calcination  of  cement.     May  1!. 

11,209.  II.  Aitken.  Treatment  of  stone,  brickwork, 
plaster,  or  stucco,  and  the  like,  for  preventing  deterioration 
thereof.     May  18. 

12,730.  F.  Wachsmuth.  Process  for  use  in  the  manufacture 
of  gypsum  objects.     May  11. 

16,005.  G.  Pitt.     See  Class  VIII. 

21,199.  R  Norwood.  The  manufacture  of  an  improved 
compound  for  coating  walls  and  other  surfaces,  and  for  the 
production  of  easts  or  mouldings,  and  for  analogous 
purposes.     May  4.  . 

21,374.  1!.  Norwood.  The  manufacture  of  an  improved 
compound  for  coating  walls  and  other  surfaces,  and  for 
analogous  purposes.     May  18. 

1892. 
574fi.   A.  T.  Morse.     Distemper   for  walls,   ceilings,   and 
the  like.     April  27. 

6745.  V.  F.  L.  Smidth.  Manufacture  of  hydraulic 
cement  for  building  purposes.     May  IS. 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 

Applications. 

7378.  P.  C.  Choatc.  Improvements  in  the  art  of 
producing  metallic  zinc     Complete. Specification.    April  19. 

74  18.  W.  Mayer.  The  manufacturing  of  cast  iron 
expansive  moulds  used  for  molten  materials  of  different 
kinds.      April  20. 

7  173.  ('.  11.  Aston.  Improved  methods  of  utilising 
slag  made  in  connexion  with  iron  and  steel  furnaces. 
April  20. 

771  s.  11.  Evans  and  K.  Davies.  Improvements  in  means 
or  apparatus  to  facilitate  the  manufacture  of  moulds  for 
use  in  easting  moulds  for  ingots  of  steel  or  other  metal. 
April  25. 

7758.  II.  Hofer.  Improvements  in  refining  iron. 
April  25. 

7795.  .1.  Colley  anil  A.  Colley.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  steel  and  iron.     April  20. 

7S32.  II.  A.  Penrose.  Improvements  m  or  relating  to 
(he  treatment  of  silver  ores  containing  zinc  and  gold  ores 
containing  zinc.     April  20. 


7909.  (i.  YVcguer.  A  process  for  galvanising  aluminium. 
Complete  Specification.     April  27. 

8121.  A.  Brin.     Improvements  in  converting  and  refining 

metals,    and    in   cupolas    or    apparatus   employed    therein. 
April  29. 

8257.  C.  M.  Pielsticker.  Improvements  in  the  method 
of  extracting  gold  and  silver  from  ores.      May  2. 

8280.  E.  Bonehill.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
iron,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.      May  2. 

8393.  W.  Holland.  Improvements  in  apparatus  or 
means  for  hardening  anil  tempering  metals.      May  4. 

8400.  II.  J.  Smith.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
pig-iron  or  steel  ingots.     May  4. 

S467.  II.  II.  Lewis  and  C.  Gelstharp.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  treatment  of  ores  containing  blende  or  zinc 
in  association  with  gold,  silver,  lead,  copper,  antimony, 
sulphur,  and  other  metals  or  metalloids,  and  to   apparatus 

therefor.     May  4. 

8523.  .1.  Simpson.  Improvements  in  the  separation  of 
gold  or  silver  from  auriferous  or  argentiferous  sulphide  of 
antimony  ores,  sometimes  called  stibinite.     May  5. 

8551.  A.  J.  Iloult. — From  C. Saner, Germany.  Improve- 
ments in  or  relating  to  aluminium  solder.     May  5. 

S571.  .1.  J.  Lish.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
blast  furnace  slag.     May  5. 

8612.  E.  II.  Saniter.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the 
purification  of  iron  or  steel  therefrom.  Filed  May  0. 
Date  applied  for  January  21,  1892,  being  date  of  application 
in  Belgium. 

8779.  J.  B.  Chamberlain  and  A..  Gutensohn.  An  improved 
process  for  the  preparation  of  iron  or  steel  plates  to  receive 
electro-plating  of  other  metals,  such  as  silver,  gold,  or 
nickel.     May  9. 

8834.  E.  W.  Cooke.  An  alloy.  Complete  Specification. 
May  10. 

8861.  C.  F.  Hengst.  An  improved  metallic  alloy.  May  10. 

8887.  T.  Twynam.  Improvements  in  the  utilisation  of 
tin  plate,  scrap,  and  tin  slags  and  residues.     May  11. 

8932.  W.  II.  Luther.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
baths  for  coating  metallic  plates.     May  II. 

9098.  A.  Needham.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  steel,  iron,  or  other  material  to  be  used  in  the  making  of 
treads  for  stairs,  steps,  and  floors.     May  13. 

9127.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  N.  Li'bedeff,  Russia.  Im- 
provements in  the  extraction  of  metals  from  ores  or  metal- 
liferous materials.     May  13. 

9128.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  X.  Lebedeff,  Russia.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  alloys  of  aluminium. 
May  13. 

9146.  \V.  A.  Briggs.  An  improved  alloy  of  aluminium. 
May  14. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

2361.  J.  P>.  Alzugary.  Improvements  in  metal  allovs. 
May  IS. 

8819.   W.  Bevan.     An  annealing  apparatus  to  be  applied 

to   heating    furnaces    for   iron,    steel,    or    metal   sheets    and 
plates.     April  27. 

SS37.  The  Rovello  Syndicate,  Lira.,  and  .1.  C.  Howell. 
Apparatus  for  use  in  obtaining  copper.     May  4. 

9117.  J.  II.  Day.  Alloys  and  compositions  for  use  in 
covering  and  coating  surfaces  of  iron  and  steel,  and  the 
surfaces  of  other  materials,  in  order  to  prevent  corrosion 
ami  fouling  thereof  when  submerged.     April  27. 


May  81, 1892.1        THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


479 


9708.  C.J.  Fauvel.     Furnace  for  the  treatment  of  refrac- 
tory ores.     May  1. 

10,761.  ('.   W.   Kil.lt,  (I.   Ashworth,   and    E,   Ashworth. 
Linings  for  Bessemer  converters.     May  4. 

10,984.  1''.  II.  Mason.     Process  for  the  extraction  of  tin 

from  ti'i  slags  or  tin  refuse  by  founders'  ashes,  copper  salts, 
carbonaceous  matter,  fluorspar,  and  cither  suitable  fluxes 
Mav    IS. 

11,095.  J.   S.    Taylor  and    S.    W.    Challen.       Process    or 
method  of  manufacturing  metal  tubes.     May  4. 

11,190.  F.  W.  Harhord  and   \V.  Hutchinson,  jun.     The 
utilisation  of  tin-plate  scrap.      May  11. 

11,208.  J.  Turton.     Process  for  the  extraction  of   metals 
from  ores  and  metal  minerals  containing  them.     May  4. 

11,217.     1,.    Reuleaux.      Construction   and    working    of 
smelting  ami  melting  furnaces.     May  11. 


1892. 

4173.     P.     Rossigueux.       Method    and    means    of    de- 
sulphurising castings  or  alloys  of  certain  metals.     May  4. 

6038.  G.  Wegner.     Solder  for  joining  together  aluminium 
pieces  or  pieces  of  aluminium  with  other  metals.     May  4. 

G704.  S.  II.  Brown.     Compound  for  carburising  metals. 

May  IS. 


XL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO 
METALLURGY. 

Applications. 

7412.  Sir  C.  S.  Forbes,  Bart.  An  improved  battery 
element.     April  19. 

suSH.  ,T.  O.  Dale.  A  means  of  electrically  heating  iron, 
steel,  anil  other  metals  in  the  processes  of  rolling,  drawing, 
pressing,  and  stamping.     April  29. 

8108.  J.  W.  Davis  and  .1.  O.  Evans.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  metallic  articles  by  electro-deposition. 
April  29. 

8529.  W.  Moseley.  Improvements  in  galvanic  batteries. 
May  5. 

8572.  II.  Beckmanu,  E.  Beckmann,  and  J.  Schmitt.  An 
improved  galvanic  element.  Complete  Specification. 
May  5. 

8987.  P.  Germain.  Improvements  in  secondary  batteries 
and  accumulators.  Filed  May  12.  Date  applied  for 
February  23,  1892,  being  date  of  application  in  France. 

9014.  H.  J.  Allison.— From  P.  Kennedy  and  C.  J.  Diss, 
United  States.  Improvements  in  storage  batteries. 
May  12. 

9132.  II.  Howard.  Improvements  in  heating  and 
welding  by  electricity.     May  13. 

9192.  A.  J.  Boult. — From  F.  C.  Bromley.  Improve- 
ments in  the  electrolysis  of  chloride  and  other  solutions. 
( 'ompletc  Specification.     May  14. 

9197.  A.  .1.  Boult.— From  E.  Liebert,  Belgium.  A 
process  of  extracting  zinc,  iron,  lead  and  copper  from  the 
solutions  of  their  salts  by  electrolysis.     May  14. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

9652.  A.  Watt.  Production  of  copper  tubes  by  electro- 
lysis.     March  18. 

11,060.  P.  Girand.     Thermo-electro  batteries.     May  4. 


1 1,5C0.  G.  G.  M.  Ilardingham.— From  J.  II.  Hard  and 
H.  t'onnett.     Galvanic  batteries.      May  11. 

18,097.  C  N.  Souther.     Galvanic  batteries.      May  11. 

19,(517.  M.  Muthel.  Exciting  fluid  for  galvanic  zinc 
carbon  batteries,  and  method  of  recovering  useful  products 
from  the  spent  fluids  of  such  batteries.      April  27. 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 
Applications. 

7354,  It.  Bell.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
soap.     April  19. 

7581.  R.  Stewart.  Improvements  in  soap  or  washing- 
powder.     Complete  Specification.     April  21. 

S217.  C.   Kloeble.      An  improved  soap  tablet.     April  30. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

10,516.  R.  J.  Jordan.  Compound  for  cleansing  pur- 
poses.    May  11. 

11,799.  X.  M.  Henderson.  Treating  or  purifying  paraffin 
wax,  and  apparatus  therefor.     May  18. 

11,889.  ( >.  ('.  Ilagemann. — From  E.  K.  Mitting.  Treat- 
ment and  purification  of  soap-makers'  spent  lye  for 
extracting  glycerin  therefrom.      May  IS. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES,  and 
RESINS. 

Applications. 

7353.  K.  Bell.  A  new  or  improved  compound  or  mixture 
for  preventing  the  fouling  of  ships'  bottoms  and  other 
submerged  surfaces  or  structures.     April  19. 

7631.  E.  Waller  and  C.  A.  Sniffen.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  white  lead  for  use  as  a  pigment. 
April  22. 

7688.  W.  Cutler.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
gold,  silver,  and  bronze  paints.     April  23. 

8199.  B.  Goldmann.  Improved  dryer  for  paints  and  the 
like.      April  3d. 

8765.  J.  Burbridge.  Improved  mode  of  preparing 
variegated  rubber  for  manufacturing  purposes.     .May  9. 

9135.  F.  D.  Mott.  An  elastic  or  resilient  covering  for 
ships'  bottoms.     Complete  Specification.     May  13. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

8480.  F.  Ragon.  Manufacture  of  material  applicable  as 
a  blacking  ami  for  other  purposes.     April  27. 

1892. 

5287.  J.  W.  II.  James.  Manufacture  of  white  lead,  and 
apparatus  therefor.     May  4. 


4S0 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31, 1892. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,   lnd  SIZE. 

Applications. 

7698.  A.J.  Boult. — From  A.  E.  Ebcrt,  Germany.  Im- 
proved manufacture  of  substitute  for  leather.  Complete 
Specification.     April  23. 

8469.  II.  II.  Lake. —  From  Durio  Bros.,  Italy.  Improve- 
ments in  anil  relating  to  tannine  hides  ami  skins.  Complete 
Specification.     May  t. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1892. 

6416.  \V.  P.  Thompson.— From F.  A.  Wolff.  Apparatus 
for  tlir  treatment  of  liquid  gelatin  or  glue  for  the  ultimate 
production  of  plates  or  sheets  of  such.     May  11. 


XV.— AGRICULTURE   and  MANURES. 

Applications. 

T.  M.  Smith.     Improvements  in  ami  in  the  method 
of    manufacture    of    fertilisers.      Complete    Specification. 

\l    \  10. 

8901.  .1.    S.  Yule.     An    improved    manurial    compound 
obtained  in  filtering  sewage.     May  11. 


XVI.— SUGARS,  STARCHES,  GUMS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

8274.  A.  Walker.  Improvements  in  tie-  treatment  and 
■aiccharification  of  grain  ami  other  materials  containing 
starch,  dextrin,  or  similar  substances.     May  2. 

W.  P.  Thompson.— From  .1.  A.  Morrell  ami  W.  R. 
Stringfellow,  United  States.  New  or  improved  process  and 
apparatus  for  concreting  sugar,  or  crystallising  saline  or 
other  solutions.     Complete  Specification.     May:!. 

B773.  t.-  1.  Redfern From  W.  P.  Abell,  British  Guiana. 

Improvements  relating  to  filtering  apparatus  for  saccharine 
ami  other  liquors.     May  9. 

9167.  S.  ('.  I!.  Hunter.  A  new  or  improved  treacle  or 
s\  rup  compound.     May  II. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

11,874.  R   Harvey.    Manufacture  of  sugar,  and  apparatus 
thercf connected  therewith.     May  is. 

1892. 

nifiO.   It.  Broekhoff.   Apparatus  for  manufacturing  sugar, 
Mai    i 


XVII.— BREWING,  WIXES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

7534.  .1.  V.  Johnson. —  From  J.  A.  Saladin,  France. 
[Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  malt  and  in  the  apparatus 
employed  therein.     April  21. 

7 .1 4 7 .  G.  Hitter,  .1.  H.  A.  Meyer,  ami  L.  Hofnian.  An 
improved  wort  ami  yeast  aerator.     April  21. 

7643.  A.  II.  Hobson.  Improvements  in  the  production  of 
non-alcoholic  ales  or  beers.     April  22. 

8060.  J.  Chesmore.  A  new  or  improved  non-alcoholic 
ale.     April  28. 

8290.  II.  Gehrke.  Improvements  in  apparatus  tor  altering 
beer  ami  other  alcoholic  ami  gaseous  liquids.  Complete 
Specification.     May  2. 

8623.  T.  Haynes,  jun.     An  improvement  in  the  drying  and 

curing  of  malt.      May  6. 

S'.I52.  1'.  M.  Justice.  —  From  A.  W.  Billings,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of 
malt  liquors.     Complete  Specification.     May  11. 

9165.  R.  G.  Ross,  .1.  B.  Hilliar.l,  ami  W.  Paterson.  A 
new  or  improved  method  of  purifying  and  hardening  water 
for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  malt  extract,  ami  tor  brewing 
and  analogous  purposes.     May  I  I . 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

11,123.  M.   A.    Adams    and   C.    S.    Meacham.     New    or 

improved  means  for  the  preservation  of  Imps.     May  4. 

1892. 

4682.  A.  .1.  Boult.— From  The  Pfaudler  Vacuum  Fer- 
mentation Co.     Manufacture  of  beer.     April  27. 


46SS.   A.   .1. 
mentation  Co. 


Boult. —  From   the   Pfauliler   Vacuum   Fer- 
Manufacture  of  beer.     April  27. 


XVIII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTrtY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 

A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

77H9.  E.  Edwards. —  From  ]•'.  Grognet,  France.  An 
improved  process  and  apparatus  for  preserving  meat,  fish, 
iml  other  perishable  substances.     April  25. 

7848.  E.  Barker.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the 
preparation  or  treatment  of  certain  waste  pioducts  to  make 
them  suitable  for  use  as  food  and  in  apparatus  therefor, 
April  2fi. 

8264.  G.  Muller.  Process  of  producing  sterilised  butter. 
Complete  Specification.     May  2. 

S727.  A.  P.  Wire.  Improvements  in  the  preservation  of 
animal  and  vegetable  substances.     May  9. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

7721.  II.  II.  Hazard.  A  system  for  the  treatment  of 
smoke,  L'ases,  fumes,  or  chemical  products  arising  from  any 
furnace,  chimney,  vent,  fire-place,  or  outlet,  so  a~  to 
prevent  the  contamination  of  tin-  atmosphere  and  the  evils 
arising  therefrom,  and  for  making  use  of  the  products. 
April  23. 


May  51, 1SU2.J 


THE  JOUKNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INHUSTKX 


181 


C. — Disinfectants. 

8725.  C.   1"'.    Hirons.     The  Hinni's  disinfectant   and  air 
purifier.     May  9. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

A.  — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1892. 

5589.  S.  L.  \W-st.  Apparatus  for  purifying,  sterilising, 
ami  filtering  water,  and  rendering  the  same  lit  for  potable 
purposes.     April  27. 

5725.  J.  Falcimagne.     Preservation    of   meat   and   fatty 

matters.      April  '_'7. 

6841.  \V.  ( Jrawford.  Manufacture  of  malt  bread,  biscuits, 
confectionery,  and  other  articles  of  diet.     May  18. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1891. 

10,929.  W.  E.  Adeaey.  Treatment  ol  sewage  sludge. 
May  4. 

11.764.  A.  II.  Jones.     Sci  Class  II. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Applications. 

B239.  W.  Saunders.  Highly  everlasting  solid  white 
non-fading  opaline  key  covering  for  pianofortes,  organs, 
&c.      Mai  2. 

S-17::.  J.  Robertson.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  vegetable  parchment.     May  4. 

8700.  C.  E.  Cross,  E.  J.  Bevan,  and  C.  Beadle. 
Improvements  in  dissolving  cellulose  and  allied  compounds. 
May  7. 

8713.  S.  G.  Rawson.  Improvements  in  and  in  the 
manufacture  of  waterproof  paper,  cardboard,  and  the  like. 
May  7. 

8810.  K.  L.  Grunert.  An  improved  method  of  manu- 
facturing variegated  plates  of  wood-pulp  or  cellulose,  and 
other  plastie  materials.      May  1(J. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

SIS7.   A.Sheldon.      Apparatus    lor    the    manufacture    of 
paper  pulp.     May  18. 

10,513.    W.  R.  Comings.      .See  Class  V. 

1892. 

433.   II.    Richardson    and    II.    Glenny.     Manufacture    of 
paper,  and  apparatus  used  lor  that  purpose.      May  11. 

2IJ29.   V.  li.  Drewsen.      Method   of    purifying    the    liquid 

which  has  been  used  in  the  manufacture  of  cellulose, 
and  the  production  of  useful  products  therefrom. 
April  27. 


XX.— EINE   CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES, 
and  EXTRACTS. 

Applications. 

7782.  II.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabrikcn  vormals 
F.  Layer  ami  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  periodides  of  phenols  and  phenolcarboxylic acids. 

April  25. 

7979.  E.  ICaudcr  and  L.  Merck.  Improvements  relating 
to    the    production    of   narceiuesodium-sodium-salieylieum. 

April  27. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

11,833.  1!.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabrikcn  vormals 
I'.  Layer  ami  (  'n.-  Manufacture  and  production  pharma- 
ceutical compounds.      May  11. 

11,811.  .1.  F.  von  Menng.  Improved  anaesthetic  and 
hypnotic.     May  11. 


XXL— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 
MATERIALS. 

Applications. 

7414.  E.  Hooker.  Improved  means  and  ingredients 
for  colouring  and  tinting  photographic  silver  prints. 
April  19. 

7501.  A.   J.   Boult From   G.   Eastman,   United    States. 

Improvements   in  or   relating   to  photographic   films  or  the 
like.     April  20. 

7."ii;7.  T.  Christy.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
transparent  materials  and  the  application  of  the  same  to 
photographic  and  other  purposes.      April  21. 

Sllj.  C.  E.  Elliott.  Improvements  iu  connexion  with 
artificial -light       photography.       Complete      Specification. 

April  29. 

8328.  E.  H.  Fitch.  Improvements  in  and  connected  with 
photographic  sensitised  celluloid  films.     May  3. 

8967.  A.  J.  Boult.— From  G.  Eastman,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  or  relating  to  photographic  plate-  or 
films.     May  11. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

lo.lnl.  .1.  Joly.  Methods  of  obtaining  solar  altitudes  by 
the  aid  of  instantaneous  photography.     May  1 1. 


XXIL— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 
Applications. 

7392.  A.     E.     Molison    and    A.    McLucas.      A    steam 
cartridge  for  blasting  purposes.     April  19. 

7978.  C.  II.  Curtis  and  G.  G.  Andre.      Improvements    in 
explosives.     April  27. 


I-J 


THE  JOURNAL.  OV  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[May  31,  1892 


7981.  J.  Lawrence.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
extraction  of  nitro-glvceriu  from  the  waste  acid  formed  in 
the  manufacture  of  nitro-glycerin.     Complete  Specification. 

April  27. 

8256.  G.W.Thomas.  Improvements  in  matches,  fusees, 
and  the  like.     May  -. 

8740.  M.  Mullincux.  Improvements  in  smokeless 
cartridges.    May  9. 

8926.  C.  O.  Lundholm  and  J.  Sayers.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  explosives.     May  1 1 . 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

9485.  T.  Holmes.  Safety-fuse  igniting  to  be  used  in 
conducting  blasting  operations  in  mines,  quarries,  and  the 
like.     Hay  18. 

14,429.  G.  C.  Dymond. — From  ¥,.  Lagneau.  Manufac- 
ture of  matches,  and  apparatus  or  machinery  therefor. 
Mav  11. 

19,346.  P.  W.  Masson.  Time  or  distance  fuse  for 
explosive  shells.     May  11. 


Printed  mid  Published  by  Ktre  and  Spottiswoode,  East  Hurdinp  Street,  London,  E.C.,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 


THE   JOURNAL 


0¥   THE 


Society  of  Chemical  3ttousttf : 

A    MONTHLY    RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  6.— Vol.  XI.] 


JUNE    30,   1892. 


Non-Members  SO/- per  annum;  Members 
21/-  per  Set  of  extra  or  back  numbers 
_    Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2/6. 


2T0f  £>orietp  of  Clmmral  (trtustrp. 

Past  Presidents: 

Sir  H.  E.  Roseoe,  M.P..  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S 1881— 18S2. 

Si.'  Frederick  Abel.  K.C.B.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S 1882— 188S. 

Walter  W.ldim,  F.R.S 1SS3— 1884. 

W.  H.  Perkin.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 1884— 1885. 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1888. 

David  1  [..ward 1886—1887. 

Prof,  .lames  Dewar,  F.R.S 1887—1888. 

Ludwig  Mond.  F.R..S 1888—1889. 

Sir  Lowlhian  Bell,  Bart.,  P.R.S 18S9-1S80. 

B,  Eider  Ci  ok 1890— lam. 


COUNCIL   FOR    YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 

President:  Pro/.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  )/.//.,  Ji.s,- ,  F.R.S. 
Vice-Presidents : 


BirLowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  P.R.S. 

Will.  Crow  der. 

Jamt  s  Duncan. 

SirJ  Am  Eoans,K.C.B.,F.S  S.,<fci 

David  Howard. 

A  H.  Johnson. 


Ludwig  Mond,  P.R.S. 
Hi:  Hugo  Villi,  i:  F.S  S. 
B.E.  R.Newlands, 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
A.  Norman  Tate. 
So-  John  Turney. 


A.  H.Allen. 
\i  i  inn'  Boake. 
Jim.  1  ',//./<  rwood. 

Ill',   I  'llUI'll         |l|r\  I'llS. 
11.1  .1  llltslriVV. 

Prof.  R.  M.  1,1. ,1a,  F.R.S. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council: 

B.  K.  Muspratt. 
r.  L.  Patterson. 
Boverton  Redwood. 

,/«...  Spill  e. 
V.   W.  SI  mi  el. 
William  'Hi, „■/,,  B.Sc. 


With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer : 
E.  Rider  Cook,  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 

Dr.F  Hurter. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  11.  Allen. 
L.  Archbutt. 

n.  II.  li: y,  11. Se..  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 

H.  Brunner. 

E.  Rider  Cook. 

W.  Y.  Dent. 

elms.  |liv.\[us,  Ph.D. 

Percy  Gilchrist,  P. U.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  li.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

Win.  K.-llncr.  Ph.D. 

Ludwig  Mond.  P.R.S. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

John  Pattinson. 

W.  II.  Perkin.  Ph.D..  F.R.S. 

H.  R.  Procter. 

Bo\erton  Redwood. 

John  Spiller. 

A.  Norman  Tate. 

Win.  Thorp. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor: 
Watson  Smith  University  College,  London,  W.C. 

Assisted  by  the  following  Staff  of  Abstractors: 


S.  B.  Asher  Aron.  IV.,  IX..  X. 

H.Auer VII. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gen.Chein. 

D.  Bendii III. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V.,  VI. 

Jos.Bernays.M.I.C.E.    I. 
E.J.Bevan V..XIX. 

Bertram  Blount .  -f  y  !  ^  \X. '.'.' 

Arthur  G.  Blosam  XIV.,  XV. 

J.C.Chorley I.,  XXI. 

.I.H.Collins X. 

V.Cornish... VIII.,  IX.,  XIII 

P.  Dvorkowitsch.il.,  III.,  IV., 
XII.,  XVIII.,  XXIII. 

Dr.  P.  Norman  Evans     XIX. 

W.  M.Gardner V..VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton I. 

P.  J .  Hartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Cliem. 
Prof.  D.  E.  Jones,  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc.  ...  VI,  XVI. 

F.  S.    Kipping,  )        II.  and 
D.Sc J  Gen.  Chem. 


Chas.  A.  Kohn, 
Ph.D 


Gen.  Chem. 
L.deKoningh  XVIII., XXIII. 


T.  A.  Lawson,  Ph.D. .    IV. 

J.    Walter     Leather, )  Tv 
Ph.D /■*■*■ 

F.H.Leeds.  III.,  XIII,  XXI. 

J.  Lewkowitsoh. )     TIT    VTT 

Ph.D i     111..  Xll. 


.}   XVI- 


XVII. 


A.  R.  Ling IV.,  XVI. 

D.A.Louis XV. 

W.  Macnab XXII. 

K.  E.  Markel,  Ph.D. . .     XII. 

A.  K.Miller,  Ph.D..     III.,  IV. 

N.H.J. Miller, Ph.D.    XV. 

H.  S.  Pattinson,  Ph.D.    VII.,  X. 

II.  T.  Pcnter- 
inaun. 

G. 11.  Robertson XI. 

F.  W.  Renaut ...  Patent  Lists. 
H.  Schlichter-  Ph.D..  V.,  XV. 
Edward  Simpson  ....    I. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.A.Sutherland...     II.,  III. 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

U.K.  Tompkins,  B.Sc.    X. 
V.  H.  Veley,  M.A.    Gen.  Chem . 
C.  Otto  Weber, Ph.D.  IV., XIII. 
A.  Wiugham X. 


NOTICES. 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Rule  18  of  the 
Bye-laws,  notice  is  hereby  given  that  those  Members  of 
Council  whose  names  are  placed  in  italics  in  the  annexed 
list  will  retire  from  their  respective  offices  at  the  forth- 
coming Annual  General  Meeting. 

Sir  .Inbii  Evans,  K.( '.!!.,  F.R.S.,  lias  been  nominated  to  the 
office  of  President ;  and  Professor  .1.  Emerson  Reynolds, 
F.R.S.,  has  been  nominated  Vice-President  under  Rule  11. 

lb-.  V.  Hurter,  Dr.  W.  II.  Perkin,  F.R.S.,  Mr.  John  Spiller, 
and  Professor  T.  E.  Thorpe,  F.lt.S.,  have  been  nominated 
Vice-Presidents  under  Rule  8  ;  and  Mr.  Thos.  Tyrer  has  been 
nominated  an  Ordinary  Member  of  Council  under  Rule  17, 
in  the  place  of  Mr.  John  Spiller,  nominated  a  Vice-President. 

Mr.  Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S.,  lias  been  nominated  Foreign 
Secretary  ;  and  the  Treasurer  has  been  nominated  for  re- 
election. 


481 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Juno  so.  1898. 


Mr.  R.  Forbes  Carpenter,  Mr.  C.  C.  Hutchinson,  Mr. 
John  Pattinson,  Mr.  A.  Gordon  Salamon,  and  Mr.  E.  C. 
Cortis  Stanford  have  been  nominated,  under  Rule  18,  to 
fill  five  vacancies  among  the  Ordinary  Members  of  Council. 

A  ballot  list  is  enclosed  herewith. 

Axni'u.  Gkxkr  u.  Meeting. 

The  Annual  General  Meeting  will  he  held  in  London  on 
tin-  20th,  21st,  and  22nd  July  next.  The  following  is  a 
synopsis  of  the  arrangements  : — 

Wednesday,  July  20th. 

1.  Annual  Meeting  (Drapers'  Hall) 3  p.m. 

2.  Reception  by  the  President  at  Galleries  of 

Royal    Institute    of     Painters    in    Water 

Colours 8.30  p.m. 

3.  Smoking  Cone.-i  i  al  do.  do.  0  p.m. 

Thursday,  July  21st. 
1.  Excursion  to  Works  on  the  Thames  below 

Bridge;  steamer  leaves  Charing  Cross  Pier     9.30  a.m. 
3.  The  Dinner  at  "  The  Ship,"  Greemi  ich  ...      0.30  p.m. 

Friday.  July  22nd. 
Excursion  to   Windsor  and  C'lievedeu  ;  train 

leaves  Paddington 9.30  a.m. 


Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Rider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  Bow, 
unless  it  he  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 
communicated.  

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Rule  4 1  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  be 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  case  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  Fvre  and  Spottiswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  is  prepared  to  offer  5s.  apiece  for  copies  of 
the  Society's  Journals  for  January  1883  in  saleable  condi- 
tion. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED.  23rd  JUNE  1892. 


Barden,  Alf.,  Par  Bank,  Shelley,  near  Huddersfit  Id,  glue 
and  si/.e  manufacturer. 

Bell,  Percy  Carter,  Fylde Terrace,  Fleetwood,  Lancashire, 
analytical  chemist, 


Buchanan,  |  D.     G.,    Mount     Vernon    House,     Glasgow, 
analytical  chemist. 

Duxbury,   Thos  ,   Gas  Works,   Darwen,   Lancashire,  gas 
engineer. 

Feld,   Walthcr,  Chemisehe   Fabrik,   Honningen  a  lthein, 
Germany,  manufacturing  chemist. 

Ferguson,  W.  B.,  3,  Plowden   Buildings,  Temple,  F..C, 
and  Banktield,  Prestwich,  barrister-at  law. 

Hampson,   Jas.,   42,   Woodland   Street,   Cheetham    Hill, 
Manchester,  chemist. 

Harrison,  M.  C.  C,  Havcrbrack,  Bishop  Stortford,  Essex, 
brewer. 

Holton,  E.  C,  Sherwin-Williams  Co.,  130,  Canal   Street, 
Cleveland.  Ohio,  U.S.A.,  chemist. 

Howard,  Alf.,  1,  Prince's  Road,  Lewisham,  S  I'].,  architei  t 
anil  surveyor. 

Hunter,    Sidney    II. .   202,    Bow     Road.    E.,    mechanical 
engineer. 

Innes,   lioht.,  85,  Brook  Boad,  Bootle,   Liverpool,   soap 
works  chomist. 

Lambert,  Alan,   1,  Prince's   Mansions,   Victoria   Street, 
S.W.,  oil  mills  director. 

MeVie,   Jas.    P.,   Teunaut's    Works,   Hebburn-on-Tyne, 
analytical  chemist. 

Meacham,  C.  S..  Brewery  House,  Karl  Sticet,  Maidstone, 
Knit,  brewer. 

Mercer,   0.   A.,  Dagmar    Lodge,    Cheam    Road,    Sutton, 
Surrey,  chemical  apparatus  manufacturer. 

Russell,   W.,   Summerlee   Ironworks,   Coatbridge,    N.B., 
anal}  tical  chemist. 

Slater,  Sydney  II. ,  126,  Highbury  New  Park,  N..  chemical 
student. 

Stein,  Sigmund,  323,   Vauxhall   Road,  Liverpool,    sugar 
refinery  manager, 

Stephens,  II.  O'Reilly,  20,  Brunswick   Gardens,  Kensing- 
ton, W„  ink  manufacturer. 

Stewart,   Ebenezer,  Oilseed  Mills,  Rochester,  Kent,  seed 
crusher, 

Turnhull,  Saml.   G.,   10,    Rue   de   Bas   Trevois,    Troyes 
(Aube),  France,  dyer  and  finisher. 

Valentine,  A.  H.,   II,  Teneriffe  Street,  Broughton,  Man- 
chester, chemist. 

Whitney.  Willis  1!.,  Mass.   Inst,    of  Technology,  Boston 
Mass.,  U.S.A.,  assistant  in  general  chemistry. 

Wirt/,    Dr.    Quirin,    28,     Great     Ormond    Street,    W.C., 
consulting  chemist. 


CHANGES   OF   ADDRESS. 


Allihon,  G.  II.,  I/o  Liverpool;  c/o  Richardson  Bros, 
and  Co.,  30,  Donegall  Place,  Belfast. 

Bailey,  C.  M.,  lo  Uphall;  6,  Piimpherston,  Midcalder, 
N.B. 

Harrow,  J.,  35  (not  65),  Bromboro'  Road,  Bebington, 
near  Birkenhead. 

Bay  ley.  Thos.,  l/o  Merrion  ;  2,  Sandymount  Avenue, 
Ballshridge,  Dublin. 

Hlythe,  Herbert  F.,  !/o  Leyland  Road;  Southport, 
Lancashire. 

Burdekiu,  G.,  Journals  to  Sutton  Lodge  Works,  St. 
Helens. 

Chorley,  J.  C,  l/o  Warrington;  University  College, 
Cower  Street,  W.C. 

Christie.  John,  Journals  to  Levenlield,  Alexandria,  N.B. 

Coomber,  Thos.,  l/o  Clifton;  -lo.  Clarendon  Road, 
Redland,  Bristol. 

Cunningham,  II.  D.,  l/o  Hebburn ;  1-4,  Griffin  Street, 
York  Load,  S.l\ 


juiie8<U892.1       THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


485 


Curphey,  \V.  S.,  l/o  Strathbungo  ;  15,  Hate  Mansions, 
Hillhcad,  Glasgow. 

■'  Engineer,  The,"  l/o  Strand  ;  33,  Norfolk  Street,  Strand, 
W.C. 

Everett,  H.  H.,l/o  Borneo  ;  Highclere, Marlborough  Road, 
Tooting,  S.W. 

Fleck,  H.,  l/o  Tubingen  ;  108,  Ritteuhouse  Street, 
Gennantown,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Francis,  E.  G.,  l/o  Halstead  Villas  ;  c/o  Manbre  Saccharine 
Company,  Hammersmith,  W. 

Gihnour,  J.  D.,  l/o  138  j  142,  Aitkenhead  Road,  South 
Side,  Glasgow. 

Graham,  J.  A.,  l/o  Punmow  ;  The  Rookery,  Povercourt. 

Harvey,  E.  Feild,  l/o  Brompton  ;  c/o  C.  \V.  and  W.  Gray, 
31,  Great  St.  Helens,  E.C. 

Holland,  Philip,  l/o  Albert  Road;  c/o  Jas.  Greenway, 
33,  London  Street,  Southport. 

Houston,  R.  S.,  l/o  Hope  Villa;  Brisbane  House, 
Bellahonston,  Glasgow. 

Kemp,  W.  J.,  l/o  Croydon  ;  Mountfield,  Hawkhurst, 
Kent. 

King,  Walter  I!.,  l/o  St.  John's  Road  ;  1,  Florence  Villas, 
Hadleigh  Road,  Southend. 

Knaggs,  A.  Batty,  l/o  Leeds  ;  Springfield  Mill,  Worley, 
near  Leeds. 

Krause,  O.  H.,  l/o  bov  577  ;  Box  P.,  Jersey  City,  N.J., 
U.S.A. 

Latham,  B.,  Journals  to  13,  Victoria  Street,  Westminster, 
S.W. 

Lenox,  L.  R-,  l/o  Washington  ;  Stanford  University,  Pale 
Alto,  Cal.,  U.S.A. 

Limpach,  Dr.  L.,  l/o  Manchester ;  Schweinf art,  Germany. 

Miller,  Robt  ,  l/o  Manchester;  79,  West  Nile  Street, 
Glasgow. 

Moore,  Thos.,  l/o  Thio  ;  "  Le  Nickel,"  Noumea,  New 
Caledonia. 

O'Neill,  Charles,  l/o  Carter  Street;  14,  (Veil  Street, 
Greenheys,  Manchester. 

Pitt,  Theo,  16  (not  13),  Coleman  Street,  E.C. 

Roberts,  C.  F.,  l/o  Bradford;  Lintitts,  Delph,  via 
(  H.lham. 

Sharp,  Henry,  l/o  Bournemouth  ;  Sutherland  House, 
Southampton. 

Smail,  J.  I.,  Journals  to  Harcourt,  Biekley,  Kent. 

Smith,  Fred.,  l/o  Box  1812;  c/o  VV.  J.  Kent,  Box  2'J4, 
Johannesburg,  S.A.R. 

Takamine,  J.,  l/o  Japan  ;  907,  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Building,  Chicago,  PI.,  U.S.A. 

Walton,  F.,  l/o  Portugal  Street ;   114,  Holbom,  E.C. 

Williams,  Percy  P.,  l/o  The  Bank  ;  22,  Btsham  Gardens, 
Highgate,  N. 


CHANGES  OP  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 


Gibson,  Pr.  J.,  l/o  15,  Pick  Place,  Edinburgh. 
Venables,  T.,  l/o  3,  Gardner  Street,  Glasgow. 


IBeat&g* 


Ellis,  G.  E.  R.,  at  Nelson,  British  Columbia. 
Fullarton,  R.,  30,  Ponegall  Place,  Belfast. 
Pringle,  Win.,  Castle  Street,  Bangalore,  India. 
Sieber,  C.  II.,  Whitworth,  near  Rochdale. 


iUmtion  ^tttiotu 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House. 


C.  F.  Cross. 
J.  Ikwar. 
A.  G.Green. 
8.  Ball, 

C.  IV.  Heaton 

D.  Howard. 
W.  Kellner, 


Chairman:  T.  Tyrer. 

Vice-Chairman:  W.  Crowder. 

Committee: 

W.  Ramsay. 
]i,  lledwood. 
W,  8.  Squire. 
(.;.  N.  Stoker. 
F.  Napier  Sutton. 
IVm.  Thorp. 
T.  E.Thorpe. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary :  John  Heron, 
E  Herd  ale.  Cottenhftm  Fail,  Wimbledon. 


The  names  in  italics  ore  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  currenl  Session. 

The  following  have  lifM-n  t-liclid  \>  fill  the  varaiu-irs.  and  will 
take  office  in  July  nexi  :  Gliainnan:  Win.  Thorp.  Secretary. 
John  Heron.  Committa  C.  C.  Hutchinson,  !;.  E.  It.  New  lands, 
V.  G.  Adair  Roberts,  A.  Gordon  Solomon,  T.  Tyrer,  and  Fi;mk 
Wilson. 


SESSION  1891-93. 


1892:— 
July  20th,  21st,  and  23nd  —Annua]  Gi  nerul  Meeting 


Meeting  held  Monday,  iwth  Mag  1893. 
int.  thus,  tyrer  in  the  chair. 

THE  LATE  PROF.  A.  \V.  VON  HOFMANN,  I'.R.S. 

The  Chairman,  referring  to  the  recent  death  of  Dr.  Hof- 
mann  said,  that   as   a   considerable   number   of    industrial 

chemists  in  the  London  Section  of  the  Society  were  students 
of  his  in  the  days  when  he  occupied  the  position  of  Pro- 
fessor of  Chemistry  in  the  Royal  School  of  Mines,  it  was 
only  fitting  that  at  the  commencement  of  the  proceedings 
that  evening  some  reference  should  be  made  to  the  great 
master.  He  had,  therefore,  taken  upon  himself  to  com- 
municate with  some  of  those  who  were  most  intimate  with 
Pr.  Hofmann  ;  among  them  were  Sir  Frederick  Abel  and 
Pr.  Perkin.  Sir  Frederick  Abel  was  prevented,  in  conse- 
quence of  his  engagements,  which  pressed  upon  him  very 
severely,  from  attending  the  meeting,  hut  he  had  written  a 
letter  which  would  be  read ;  after  which  he  would  ask 
Pr.  Perkin  to  speak  of  Dr.  Hofmann  as  he  knew  him,  and  to 
move  a  resolution  which  Mr.  David  Howard,  Mr.  Moud, 
and  Mr.  William  Thorp  would  support.  Mr.  John  Spiller, 
who  was  away  from  home,  had  telegraphed  his  inability  to 
come,  and  his  sympathy  with  the  action  taken.  Sir  Fre- 
derick Abel  had  written  as  follows  : — "  I  very  much  regret 
that  it  is  impossible  for  me  to  attend  the  meeting  on 
Monday  evening,  as  I  could  much  have  wished  to  have  the 
privilege  of  moving  a  resolution  expressing  the  Society's 
sense  of  the  great  loss  which  chemists  have  sustained  in 
the  death  of  Hofmann,  and  the  reverential  affection  with 
which  his  memory  is  cherished  by  his  old  pupils,  of  whom 
I  was  the  first  entered  at  the  college,  and  from  whom  1 
was  the  first  whom  he  selected  as  assistant."  He  would 
now  call  upon  Pr.  W.  H.  Perkin  to  pay  his  tribute  of 
honour  to  the  great  master. 

Pr.  W.  H.  Perkin  regretted  that  Sir  Frederick  Abel 
eould  not  be  present,  but  he  was  glad  to  take  the  oppor- 
tunity of  snying  a  few  words  about  the  great  chemist  who 

E  a 


18  ti 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [ June  30, 1898; 


had  .just  passed  away,  l>i-inji  one  of  his  old  pupils,  who  felt 
how   much   he   owed   from   having   studied  under  such   a 
teacher,  whose  enthusiasm  and  zeal  could  not  hut  stimulate 
anj  student  who  hud  in  him  a  spark  of  love  for  his  science. 
Hi's  knowledge  of  Dr.  A.  W.  von  Hofmann  dated  from  the 
year   1853,  when   he  was  Professor  :it  the  Royal  College  of 
Chemistry  in  Oxford  Street,  an  institution  rendered   famous 
by   the  thorough    chemists  he  made   of  those  who   studied 
there,    as  well  as  by  the  brilliant  and  continuous   flow  of 
scientific   work    which   was   produced,  not   only  in  his   own 
laboratory,  but  also  by  his  students,  whom  he  inspired  with 
the  love  of  research.     No  other  laboratory  in  the  kingdom 
was  so  fruitful  as  that    of  the  Royal  College   of  Chemistry, 
and   it  was  a  great   loss    to  this  country  when  Dr.  Uofmann 
left  London.     Of  the  value  of  the  work  which  he  achieved 
during  his  lifetime  it  was  difficult  to  form  an  adequate  idea, 
its   amount   being  so   great,  and   he   continued   it  with   un- 
remitting zeal  throughout  his  life;  ill  fait  his  last  paper  hail 
only  just   been  published.     His  researches  were  of  special 
interest  to  the  Society  on  account  of  the  technical  bearing 
which  many  of  them  possessed,  showing  the  practical  value 
of  scientific  investigation  for  the  advancement  of  chemical 
industry,  a   fart  which  was    now  being  so  well  recognised  on 
the  Continent,  and  was  becoming  more  and  more  appreciated 
in  this  country.     To  Dr.  Hofmann's    kind  and  genial  nature 
all  who  knew  him  could  testify,  and  any  one  who  had  read 
th,-   three  volumes   which   he  wrote  in   remembrance  of  his 
deceased  chemical  friends  could  get  some  idea  of  his  kindness 
of  heart.     Of  this  he  might  mention  an  instance  in  his  own 
experience.     When  the    Fellows    of   the  Chemical    Society 
gave  a  dinner  in  his  (Dr.  Perkin's)  honour  on  the  occasion 
of  his   being  their  President,  Dr.  Uofmann  travelled  all  the 
way  from  Berlin  in  order  that    he  might  preside,  a  practical 
mark  of  friendship  for  his  old  student,  which  he  would  never 
forget,      lie  little  thought    that    that  would   he  the  last  time 
that  he  would  have  the  pleasure  of   seeing  his  old  master,  as 
it  proved  to  he.     They  had  indeed  lost  a  great  man,  one  who 
left  behind  him  an  almost  unparalleled  record  of  devotion  to 
chemical    science.        lie    would     conclude     by    moving    the 
following  resolution :  — 

••  We,  the  members  of  tie-  London  Section  of  the  Society 
of  Chemical  Industry,  desire  to  express  our  deep  sympathy 
with  the  family  of 'the  late  leveled  Professor  A .  \V .  yon 
Hofmaun.     So  many  of  the  members  owe  all  their  chemical 

success  to  Professor  von  Hofm t's  invaluable  instruction, 

that  his  memorj  will  ever  endure  among  us,  and  as  long  as 
chemical  industry  exists,  hi-  historic  discoveries  will  remain 
the  foundation-  of  no  small  portion  of  our  work." 

Mi-  David  HowAKDfelt  no  small  honour  in  being  allowed 

to  speak  a  few  words  in  expression  of  the  deep  regard  and 
the  profound  respect  which  he  felt  for  the  great  man  who 
iiad  been  taken  away.  Those  who  were  under  him  in  the 
old  days  knew  the  marvellous  power  he  had,  not  only  of 
teaching — which  was  a  great  gift— hut  of  communicating 
that  wonderful  enthusiasm  for  science,  the  love  of  know- 
ledge for  its  own  sake,  which  he  possessed  to  an  extent 
which  none  perhaps  had  ever  exceeded.  It  might  be 
questioned  whether  it  was  quite  appropriate  to  speak  of  his 
love  of  pure  science  to  a  bodj  of  men  who  were  devoting 
themselves  to  applied  science,  lie  thought,  however,  that 
all  the  great  discoveries  in  that  science  were  grounded  upon 
a  love  of  truth  for  its  own  sake.  Truth  for  itself  was  the 
first,  the  use  made  of  it  the  second,  consideration,  ami 
therefore,  by  one  of  those  paradoxes  which  have  a  great 
meaning  uii.I.tIv  ing  them,  because  he  studied  truth  tor  itself, 
he  was  the  great  founder  of  applied  science. 

Mr.  Li  ovv  [G  MOND  -aid  that,  although  he  had  not  been  a 

pupil  of   Dr.  Hofmaun,  he  c sidered  it  a  privilege  to  he 

allowed  to  say  a  few  words  in  his  memory.  The  name  of 
August  Wilhelm  von  Hofmann  was  revered  by  everyone 
who  called  himself  a  chemist,  lie  hail  lived  long  enough  to 
remember  the  startling  effect  which  his  researches  had 
made  on  the  chemical  world  during  the  last  Ml  or  35  Mais. 
'He  had  the  pleasure  of  meeting  Dr.  Hofmaun  not  much 
more  than  a  year  ago.      At  that  time,  although  grey,  he  was 

a-  full  of  life  as  any  in   the  room,  ami  as  cheerful  as 

only  a   man  who   had  EO  splendid  a  career  behind  him  could 
be,  a  man  whom   he  should  have   hoped  to  meet  again,  ami 


whose  researches  he  expected  to  enrich  our  science  for 
many  a  year  to  come.  He  had  been  taken  away  in  the  full 
strength  of  his  mind,  and  up  to  the  last  day  had  devoted 
himself,  with  that  enthusiasm  for  which  he  was  unparalleled, 
I,,  the  science  which  they  all  cherished.  Whilst  addressing 
an  assembly  of  technical  chemists,  he  felt  bound  to  call 
attention  to  Dr.  Hofmanu's  great  appreciation  of  applied 
chemistry,  which  was  clearly  shown  in  the  classical  volumes 
which  he  had  published  on  the  progress  of  applied  chemistry 
in  1862  and  1873,  works  containing  more  information,  and 
having  that  information  better  arranged,  than  any  hooks  on 
the  subject  which  had  ever  been  written. 

Mr.    W.u.   Thorp    thought    that   the   speakers    had  pro- 
ceeded in  \ci\  appropriate  order.   He  regretted  the  absence 
of  Sir    Frederick    Abel,    as    Dr.   Hofmann's     first    English 
student,  hut  was  glad  that    Dr.   l'erkin,  at   all   events  one  of 
his  earlier  students,  was  present.      He  felt  it  a  great  honour 
to  he  asked   to   speak,    -eeing    that    he    was    not    one   of  Dr. 
Hofmann's   lirst    English  pupils,  for  it  was  during  the  time 
that   he  was  a   student   at   the   College   of  Chemistry  that 
Dr.  Hofmann  left   England  to  go  to  Germany.     One  of  the 
most  striking  characteristics  of  Dr.  Hofmann  was  the  amount 
of    attention    which    he  gave   to   his    pupil-,    and    perhaps 
that   was  the  secret  of  his   success.      He  made  it  a  practice 
to  sec  all  the    first   year's  students  every  other  day:  half  of 
them   one  day,   and   the   other   half   the  next  ;  and   all    the 
second,   third,  and  fourth  year  student-   he  saw    every   day 
at   least.     It   was   said  that  a   stamped    document   was    not 
valid    unless   it  had   actually  touched  the  substance   of   the 
die;  and   it   seemed  to  him  that  this    personal   contact   with 
the  teacher  was  the  great  secret  of   Dr.  Hofmann's  success 
with    his   students.      It  might  have    been   that    -nine  of  his 
pupils  were   very    unreceptive,  ami   did  not   do  him    credit  ; 
hut    still   he    believed    that    his    close    attention    to    them 
(which,   together  with    the    immense  amount    of   work   he 
had  on   hand  in  the  way  of  private  research  ami  consulting 
practice,  must    have  meant  a  large  amount  of  personal   self- 
sacrifice),  wa- the  mean-  of  giving  to  his  pupils  something 
of   that    enthusiasm    to   which    Dr.    Perkin     had    referred. 
Some  three  or  four   year-  ago,  happening  to  he   in   Berlin, 
as    a    matter    of    course,   as  an   old   pupil,   he  called   upon 
his  former  teacher.     He  was  received   very  cordially  ami 
they  had  a  long  talk  about  old  times.        Perhaps  one  of  the 
thin"-  that    struck    him    most    was    that    Hofmann  -aid    that 
although  he  had  then  been  for   twenty  years  in  Germany  he 
thought  that   he   kiuw    London  better  than  lie  did   Berlin, 
which  seemed  to  imply  that  hi-  heart  was  still  very  much  in 
London.      lie   did    not    think    that   a    greater  loss  could   he 
suffered  by  industrial  chemistry  than  that   inflicted  by  the 
death  of  Dr.  Hofmann. 

The  t  n  uni  v\  thought  that  he  ought  to  content  himself 
with  putting  the  resolution  as  worded ;  but  as  one  who  had 
In  en  a  pupil  of  Dr.  Hofmann  at  the  same  time  as  his  friend 
Mr.  David  Howard,  at  a  time  when  Dr.  1'cikin's  researches 
had  become  objects  of  ambition  and  stimulus  for  every  one 
of  the  pupils  ;  when  in  the  same  laboratory  were  Professor 
Macleod,  who  was  Dr.  Hofmann's  efficient  assistant  (where 
efficiency  meant  perfection)  ;  when  Marlins,  Volhardt,  F..I. 
Mills,  droves,  tliiess,  Valeiitii  e,  and  other-  well  known  in 
applied  chemistrj  were  in  the  laboratory  studying  in  one 
part  of  it  or  another,  one  felt  it  an  honour  to  have  been  in 
the  same  place  and  at  work  with  such  men.  References 
had  been  made  to  the  personal  character  of  Dr.  Hofmann, 
and  the  enthusiasm  which  he  created  in  the  minds  of  those 
who  came  within  the  sphere  of  his  influence.  There  was 
an  atmosphere  about  the  place  which  was  one  of  industry  ; 
a  lazy  man  was  told  severely  and  promptly  that  his 
room  was  more  valued  than  his  company.  The  place  was 
small,  hut  it  was  crowded,  and  enthusiasm  was  in  the 
atmosphere.  lie  could  say  at  this  distance  of  time  30 
years — that  Dr.  Hofmann  had  little  reason  to  he  proud 
of  him  as  a  pupil;  lint  he  had  every  reason  to  thank 
Dr.  Hofmann  for  having  permitted  him  to  study  under  his 
influence.  The  personal  influence  of  Dr.  Hofmann  Um\ 
done  a  great  deal  more  to  stimulate  enthusiasm  than 
anything  else,  audit  would  be  a  good  thine  if  they  could 
have  a  Hofmann  in  every  school  of  science.  The  science 
of  chemistry   had   never  before  had  a    better    professor, 


i. 30,1899.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


487 


.1 1 ■•  I  it  seemed  hardly  possible  that  they  should  sec  his  like 
again.  As  fur  as  he,  personally,  was  concerned,  everything 
thai  hr  was  lie  owed  to  the  Tact  that  he  had  been  a  pupil 
of  Dr.  Hofmann,  It  had  given  him  his  introduction  to 
business;  and  ever  since  he  bad  found  itf  a  testimony  and 
a  passport  to  favour  and  to  consideration,  tic  confidently 
asked  the  meeting  to  support  the  resolution. 
The  resolution  was  accepted  in  si'enee. 


«==3toeeee'e 


VJNEG&K  MANUFACTURE. 

\:\     J.     \.     M    III  11"  IN,    f.C.S. 

I  s  tin  works  on  viuegar-making  edited  by  Br  aunt,  vinegar 
is  le fined  as  consisting  of  "  a  dilute  solution  of  acetic  acid, 
contaminated  with     colouring,   flavouring,   and    extractive 

matters  I'nun  various  cereals."  Whether  this  definition 
was  the  result  of  his  own  sad  experience,  or  whether  in 
creating  it  "  the  wish  was  father  to  the  thought"  I  do  not 
know.  <  Hher  authors  have  adopted  the  same  definition. 
But  vinegar,  as  I  prefer  to  understand  it,  and  us  it  is 
manufactured  in  the  United  Kingdom,  is  a  fermented  and 
acidified  wort  derived  from  malted  and  unmalted  cereals 
and  from  sugar.  The  distillate  from  such  wort  may  also  be 
included  in  the  definition,  as  may  also  the  acidified  product 
from  the  fermented  juice  of  apples,  pears,  and  other  fruits. 
Wine  vinegar  is  another  description  of  the  genuine  article, 
and  German  potato  vinegar  lias  some  claim  to  he  included 
also. 

I  must  nut  attempt  this  evening  to  cover  the  whole  course 
<<i  vinegar  making,  nor  can  1  even  allude  to  the  legal  nor  to 
ihr  historical  aspects  of  the  manufacture,  nor  to  the  older 
methods  of  vinegar-making,  as  they  are  still  conducted  in 
some  parts  of  the  country. 

( hi  the  manufacturing  scale  the  earlier  parts  of  the 
vinegar-makers  routine  coincide  almost  exactly  with  those 
of  the  distiller.  He  employs  any  material  from  which  he 
can  economically  obtain  a  saccharine  extract,  whilst  soured 
ales  or  wines  may  occasionally  he  worked  in.  As  compe- 
tition with  the  acetic  acid  makers  is  so  keen,  I  will  endeavour 
to  show  where  economies  may  be  effected,  and  I  will  there- 
fore refer  to  three  of  the  most  important  processes  of  the 
manufacture. 

Broadly,  the  object  of  the  vinegar  brewer  is  to  obtain 
from  a  given  weight  of  grain  and  sugar  materials  as  much 
acetic  acid  as  he  can,  and  to  obtain  it  quickly  in  a  palatable 
and  presentable  form.  To  do  this  it  is  first  necessary  to 
obtain  from  the  same  materials  the  largest  possible  amount 
of  alcohol,  and  so,  travelling  backwards,  it  will  be  seen  that 
during  the  mashing  process  the  extract  from  the  materials 
should  be  as  high,  and  the  conversion  of  it  to  a  fermentable 
form  as  complete  as  practical  considerations  permit  of. 

With  this  purpose,  and  to  employ  as  large  a  proportion  of 
unmalted  material  as  is  possible,  it  is  necessary  to  ensure 
the  complete  gelatiuisation  of  the  starchy  material  and  to 
biing  it  intimately  into  contact  with — at  the  best  conversion 
temperatures  —  the  diastatic  albuminoids  of  the  malted 
materials,  not  neglecting  the  saccharifying  principles 
possessed  by  the  albuminoids  of  the  unmalted  materials. 
When  the  inasli  consists  of  barley,  oats,  and  wheat,  with  a 
proportion  of  malt,  these  functions  are  assisted  by  first 
rendering  the  raw  material  more  friable  by  kiluing  it  for 
several  hours  at  a  temperature  of  110° — 120°  F.  This 
process  assists  the  mash  conversion  and  doubtless  improves 
the  flavour  of  the  final  product,  not  only  by  driving  oil  the 
rawness  and  reducing  the  bitterness  of  such  matt-rials,  but 
also  by  its  effect  during  the  fermentation  process.  The 
kilning  may  be  regarded  as  practically  sterilising  the  grain, 
by  weakening  the  mould  and  bacterial  organisms  that  abound 
upon  it,  and  so  curtailing  their  effect  and  reducing  their 
products  iu  the  fermenting  vat ;  especially  is  this   the  case 


if  moderate  quantities  of  sulphurous  fumes  are  allowed  to 
play  upon  the  drying  grain.  Besides  this  the  gain  in 
friability  implies  a  direct  gain  in  extract,  gelatiuisation  is 
more  easily  effected,  and  a  moil.-  saccharine  wort  is  pro- 
duced. The  system  of  dry -grist  heating  prior  to  mashing, 
if  limited  iu  this  manufacture  to  a  temperature  of  130°  T\, 
will  effect  most  of  the  same  services.  When  riee  and  maize 
grists,  whether  previously  gelatinised  or  not,  arc  ventured 
upon,  their  complete  gclatinisatiou  must  be  secured,  either 
he  the  acid  or  the  mall  conversion  treatment,  before  they  are 
admitted  to  the  malt  mash,  and  this  admission  must  he 
gradual,  so  that  full  play  is  allowed  at  or  near  the  optimum 
diastatic  temperature.  Even  with  the  ordinary  mashes  of 
barley  and  oats  it  is  better  to  reserve  a  portion  of  the  mall 
grist  lor  mixing  with  the  mash  after  gelatiuisation  and 
fooling  to  a  slightly  lower  temperature.  The  same  com- 
p lotion  of  saccharin1  cation  may  he  brought  about  if  sufficient 
of  the  first  and  cooler  malt  extract  is  held  over  for  admix- 
ture iu  the  underback  with  the  final  dcxtrinous  runnings 
from  the  mash-tun.  There  are  several  other  ways  of 
manipulating  the  mash  so  as  to  secure  the  highest  extract 
ami  one  richest  in  fermentable  carbohydrates,  besides  the 
obvious  one  of  retaining  the  linal  spargings  for  the  next 
mashing,  the  principles  in  each  ease  being,  to  gelatinise  and 
dissolve  the  starch,  then  to  cool  the  wort  anil  bring  it  into 
contact  witli  unimpaired  diastase.  Thus  in  American 
distilleries  the  method  is  adopted  of  cold-water  mashing, 
followed  by  partial  draining,  then  steaming  up  the  grain 
slowly,  and  afterwards  cooling  and  finally  returning  the 
cold  wort  first  drained  off.  In  any  mashing,  it  is  not  so 
much  a  tpiestion  of  the  proportion  of  malted  to  unmalted 
materials,  but  rather  one  of  bow  the  mixture  is  made  and 
maintained.  The  choice  of  fully-grown  but  moderately 
kilned-malt  and  the  utilisation  of  the  powerful  diastatic 
properties  of  green  malt  are  matters  of  great  importance. 

Before  leaving  the  mashing  process  it  may  be  pointed  out 
that,  as  the  wort  is  not  boiled,  a  pure  water  supply  is  an 
important  consideration.  Either  by  filtration  or  by  heating 
with  moderate  quantities  of  disinfectants,  impure  supplies 
should  he  improved.  With  the  view  of  slightly  encouraging 
diastatic  action  during  mashing,  moderate  quantities  of  those 
salts  which  generally  appear  to  effect  this  result  may  be 
added  to  the  mash  liquor. 

Later  on,  reference  will  be  made  to  the  use  of  sugar. 
Here  it  is  recommended  that  all  sugar  worts  should  be 
boiled.  An  obvious  advantage  of  employing  sugar  is  that 
the  mash  goods  can  be  thoroughly  draiued  of  extract  without 
fear  of  reducing  the  gravity  too  low. 

Passing  now  to  the  cooling  and  fermentiug  operations. 
If  no  opportunity  exists  for  aerating  the  wort  during  cooling 
the  aeration  may  be  performed  in  the  fermentiug  back. 
Not  that  exhaustive  fermentation  cannot  be  guaranteed 
without  any  aeration  save  that  resulting  from  the  transitory 
exposure  on  the  refrigerator,  for,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the 
attenuation  is  completed  without  any  additional  exposure. 
Hut  in  such  cases  the  fermentation  has  to  be  rushed  by 
employing  high  pitching  heats,  and  allowing  the  temperature 
to  run  up  to  94° — Do  F.  during  the  operation.  Excessive 
quantities  of  yeast  are  also  added  for  the  same  purpose. 
Iu  several  ways  these  causes  are  deleterious  to  the  ultimate 
quality  of  the  wash,  besides  occasioning  a  sheer  waste  of 
yeast,  an  item  of  no  little  importance  when  it  has  to  be 
purchased.  Even  when  yeast  production  is  effected  the  toes 
is  almost  as  heavy,  for  as  Adrian  Brown  has  recently  shown 
(J.  Chem.  Soc.  1H93,  369)  doubling  or  trebling  the  quantity 
of  pitching  yeast  involves  neither  an  increased  crop  nor  in 
the  end  an  increased  alcoholic  yield.  With  much  less 
yeast,  a  lower  temperature,  and  plenty  of  aeration,  an 
exhaustive  fermentation  may  be  ensured,  and  as  the  aeration 
by  modern  means,  even  in  the  deepest  backs,  is  a  simple 
process,  it  is  to  be  strongly  advocated.  Pitching  at  high 
temperatures  with  an  excessive  quantity  of  yeast  makes  it 
next  to  impossible  to  secure  a  bright  wash  for  admission  to 
the  acidifier  even  if  time  be  allowed  for  settling  and  cooling. 
Again,  the  system  of  aeration  by  means  of  compressed  air 
forced  through  a  pipe  readily  permits  of  the  entrance  of  a 
much  purer  quality  of  air  to  the  wort  than  the  exposure  of 
the  wort  on  a  cooler  permits  of.  It  may  be  urged  that  it  is 
useless  to  purify  such  air  when  it  is  remembered  that  the 


488 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Juno  3ii,  1892. 


wort  itself  lias  not  Ihtii  boiled,  aud  must,  therefore,  swarm 
witb  disease  ferments,  and  that  the  acidification  process 
later  on  necessitates  the  absorption  of  a  large  quantity  of 
aerial  impurities.  Hut  it  must  be  pointed  out  that,  with  a 
considerably  reduced  fermentation  heat  the  disease  organisms 
would  be  less  powerful,  and  their  products  consequently 
reduced ;  and  further,  that  by  the  judicious  use  of  anti- 
septics, it  is  possible  still  further  to  limit  their  action 
without  endangering  the  main  fermentation.  As  for  the 
impure  air  entering  the  draught  holes  of  the  acidifier  it 
would  doubtless  be  an  improvement  if  such  air  were  filtered 
or  washed  in  some  way,  but  even  without  this  it  is  to  he 
remembered  that,  during  acidification,  with  increasing 
quantities  of  acetic  acid  and  decreasing  quantities  of  nutri- 
ment for  foreign  organisms,  these  latter  receive  less  and 
less  encouragement.  But  their  entry  into  rich  wort  in  the 
fermenting  back  allows  them  a  fuller  play.  As  fermenta- 
tion is  carried  on  at  present,  many  distinct  fermentations 
proceed  simultaneously,  the  high  temperature  favours  them, 
and  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  the  alcoholic  yield  is  not 
sensibly  diminished.  Some  experiments  made  on  a  large 
scale  with  fermenting  wash  at  Bordeaux  by  Gayon  and 
Dupetit,  and  described  in  the  Society's  Journal  in  1886, 
confirm  my  contention,  whilst  sonic  smaller  ones  made  by 
Liudct  on  the  effects  of  high  fermentation  heats  show 
corresponding  increases  in  fusel  oil.  We  often  find  that  at 
the  high  temperatures  attenuation  of  the  wash  is  completed 
in  24  to  30  hours  from  an  original  gravity  of  1,050  down  to 
or  below  water,  hut,  in  consequence  of  this  haste,  a  yeasty 
wash  is  produced,  containing  as  much  as  0'5  per  cent,  of 
acid  and  literally  swarming  with  disease  organisms.  Their 
products  are,  of  course,  strongly  in  evidence,  most  of  these 
being  included  in  the  comprehensive  term  "  fusel  oil,"  the 
effect  of  which  in  the  acidifier  will  he  referred  to.  The  high 
fermentation  heats  entail  a  loss  of  alcohol  and  ethers 
through  evaporation,  and  much  is  carried  away  by  the 
large  volumes  of  CO.,  that  are  eliminated.  This  is  found  to 
be  so  when  attempts  are  made  to  purify  the  escaping  gases 
in  the  manner  carried  out  at  Guinntss's  brewery. 

Jt  may  he  remarked  here  that  if  the  collection  and 
purification  of  the  C0.2  from  fermenting  vats  could  be  made 
remunerative  anywhere,  it  could  surely  be  so  at  a  large 
vinegar  brewery,  where  the  fermentations  are  conducted 
quickly  and  exhaustively,  and  at  temperatures  which  must 
drive  off  the  greater  portion  of  the  gas.  I  calculate  that 
from  a  vat  holding  10,000  gallons  of  wash  fermented  from 
1,050  down  to  water  the  maximum  quantity  of  C<  *:  evolved 
is  approximately  2},  tons,  With  a  close-covered  back  anil 
two  or  three  outlets  for  the  gas,  the  removal  being  facilitated 
hy  suction,  a  high  percentage  of  the  maximum  production 
could  be  collected. 

As  to  the  3'cast  Crop,  it  is  high  time  that  vinegar  brewers 
should  endeavour  to  secure  all  or  much  of  their  pitching 
yeast.  The  economy  ought  to  be  effected  in  the  same  way 
that  it  is  done  at  many  distilleries,  not  only  with  regard  to 
the  pitching  yeast  but  also  with  the  view  of  supplying 
pressed  yeast  for  the  baker's  use.  Even  if  the  high  tem- 
peratures arc  adhered  to  these  economies  can  be  effected. 
An  occasional  all-malt  brew  might  sometimes  be  advisable, 
the  wash  being  mixed  eventually  with  the  grain  wash,  but 
even  without  this  and  with  nothing  but  grain  worts  it  is 
possible  to  secure  most  of  the  pitching  yeast  and  to  supply 
a  large  quantity  of  pressed  yeast. 

Of  late  some  attention  has  been  given  to  the  subject  of 
fractional  fermentation  both  for  analytical  purposes,  and 
as  applied  to  beer  manufacture.  The  products  from  pure 
cultivated  yeasts  or  from  moulds  in  different  fermenting 
media  have  also  been  studied.  Amongst  many  others  who 
have  worked  in  these  directions  there  is  Borgmann,  who 
has  found  that  with  wort  from  a  lager  brewery,  if  a  selected 
type  of  Carlsberg  yeast  be  used,  the  ordinary  alcohol  ratio 
to  that  of  glycerin  in  the  products  is  increased,  whilst  the 
flavour  produced  is  distinctive  for  any  one  variety  of 
yeast.  Ordonneau  has  published  similar  results  both  as  to 
the  quality  and  quantity  of  the  alcohols  produced.  Gayon 
and  Dupetit,  by  the  aid  of  a  species  of  mould,  have  been  able 
not  only  to  saccharify  dextrin  and  starch  but  to  cause  the 
sugar  so  formed  to  ferment,  whilst  they  have  shown  that 
the  same   organism    in    the    presence    of    all    the    ordinary 


products  of  alcoholic  fermentation  and  of  the  residues 
which  accompany  them  is  still  able  to  complete  the  main 
fermentation  by  saccharifying  and  fermenting  the  residual 
carbohydrates.  Now  these  bodies  are  always  present  in 
the  wash,  and  it  is  a  matter  worthy  the  attention  both  of 
distillers  and  vinegar  brewers  whether  the  sowing  of  appro- 
priate quantities  of  these  yeasts  or  of  these  moulds  would 
iu  the  time  at  their  disposal  be  able  to  produce  sufficient 
yield  in  alcohol  to  repay  the  trouble. 

I  have  made  a  calculation  witli  a  view  of  showing  the 
amount  of  vinegar  at  6  per  cent,  acid  that  can  be  expected 
from  the  mashing  materials  usually  employed,  hut  as  the 
loss  of  acid  during  acidification  varies  so  considerably  I 
will  first  state  the  results  iu  wort  which  possesses  an  alcoholic 
strength  of  5 '75  per  cent. 

Taking  malt  :s  cwt.  the  quarter,  and  the  wort  produced 
at  1,050  original  gravity  (18  lb.  per  barrel),  with  good  work 
5  barrels,  or  180  gallons,  should  be  collected.  Allowing 
5  per  cent,  for  waste  during  fermentation  and  removal  to 
the  acidifier,  171  gallons  remain  as  the  net  estimated  wort 
yield  at  5' 75  per  cent,  alcohol,  it  being  assumed  that 
attenuation  is  carried  down  to  water. 

In  the  same  way,  with  malt  and  grain  mixed  (one-third 
malt  and  two-thirds  barley,  oats,  and  wheat)  there  would 
be  a  wort  production  of  200  gallons,  which,  less  5  per  cent., 
leaves  190  gallons  for  acidification.  With  sugar  of  good 
quality,  yielding  per  1  cwt.  a  barrel  at  42  lb.,  a  net  yield  of 
81  gallons  of  wort  for  acidification  would  result,  or  243 
gallons  for  3  cwt. 

With  rice  or  maize  in  the  raw  state,  aud  separately 
gelatinised,  1  cwt.  would  yield  about  68  net  gallons,  or  204 
gallons  per  3  cwt.  The  gelatinised  grists  of  rice  and  maize 
would  yield  still  more. 

Summarised,  the  estimated  yields  in  wort  of  1,050  original 
gravity  would  permit  of  the  acidification  of  the  following 
quantities  of  wash,  viz. :  — 

Malt 3  cwt.  171  gallons. 

Malt  and  grain „      190        „ 

Rice  and  maize ,     204       „ 

Sugar  (raw,  good  quality) . ,        „     243       „ 

From  the  above  figures  some  5  to  20  per  cent,  must  be 
deducted  before  ascertaining  the  final  vinegar  yield,  the 
deduction  varying  according  to  mode  of  acidification.  The 
cost  per  gallon  of  vinegar  is  found  hy  dividing  the  actual 
yield  in  gallons  into  the  cost  per  3  cwt.  of  materials. 

The  distinctive  operation  at  a  vinegar  brewery  is  the 
acidification.  It  aims  at  a  rapid  and  complete  oxidation  of 
the  alcohol  to  acetic  acid,  witli  the  retention  in  the  wash 
of  any  volatile  products  formed  during  the  alcoholic  or  the 
acetic  fermentation.  Au  additional  object  is  to  form  a 
vinegar  which  will  keep  bright  under  the  ordinary  condi- 
tions of  exposure.  It  is  therefore  necessary  by  allowing 
time  for  settling,  and  by  effective  filtration,  to  introduce  as 
bright  a  wort  as  is  possible  into  the  acidifier.  This  precau- 
tion delays  the  periodical  sliming  of  the  filling  material,  and 
accelerates  the  acidification.  During  the  whole  process  the 
heat  should  be  steadily  regulated  by  means  of  the  tin  coil 
in  the  charging  or  in  the  receiving  vessel.  As  the  acidifica- 
tion slackens  towards  the  end  of  the  process  iu  consequence 
of  the  smaller  amount  of  available  alcohol  and  the  diminu- 
tion in  the  amount  of  nitrogenous,  carbohydrate  and 
mineral  food,  means  should  be  taken  to  supply  these 
deficiencies  and  of  maintaining  the  optimum  temperature 
and  increasing  the  air  supply.  A  constant  flow  of  warm  air 
through  the  draught  hole  should  be  admitted,  and  means 
should  be  taken  for  condensing  the  large  quantities  of 
escaping  fumes  which  are  so  rich  iu  acid,  alcohols,  ethers, 
aud  aldehyde.  The  fumes  should,  when  condensed,  be 
made  to  trickle  back  again  or  be  otherwise  collected  aud 
returned. 

The  loss  of  acid  usually  taking  place  where  no  precautions 
of  this  nature  are  adopted,  ranges  from  6  to  20  per  cent., 
the  average  is  at  least  12  per  cent,  estimating  it  upon  the 
alcoholic  percentage  of  the  raw  wash  as  compared  with  the 
acid  percentage  of  the  raw  vinegar.  The  loss  is  generally 
attributed  to  evaporation,  and  it  is  increased  if  the  up- 
draught  is  too  powerful,  for  this  carries  away  the  nascent 
aldehyde.     To  further  promote   the  acidification  it  is  very 


Juneso  1892.]         THE  JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY    OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


•189 


essential  that  the  ferment  and  the  fermentable  liquid  should 
be  brought  closely  and  constantly  together — not  merely 
intermittently.  In  the  majority  of  cases  this  detail  is 
imperfectly  carried  out,  though  of  late,  by  the  inttoduction 
of  new  tilling  materials  and  new  methods  of  arranging 
them,  the  delay  and  loss  have  been  minimised.  Delay  is 
sometimes  due  to  the  Hooding  of  the  aciditier  with  a  cold, 
thick  wort,  or  one  rich  in  alcohol  but  very  poor  in  nutri- 
ment for  the  acetic  ferment  ;  at  other  times  an  excessive 
and  cold  air-supply  is  admitted.  The  former  case  prevails 
when  worts  derived  mainly  from  sugar  are  used  and  to 
which  only  just  sufficient  nitrogenous  food  has  been  added 
in  the  form  of  malt-extract  to  permit  of  alcoholic  fermenta- 
tion. So  again,  when  worts  derived  largely  from  maize 
and  rice  grists  are  utilised.  It  has  been  recognised  in 
alcoholic  fermentation  that  with  these  descriptions  of  wort 
the  nitrogenous  food  may  he  so  diminished  as  to  need  the 
addition  of  yeast  foods  to  complete  the  fermentation,  but  the 
idea  has  scarcely  extended  itself  to  the  acetic  fermentation. 
The  addition  of  nitrogenous  and  mineral  food  for  stimu- 
lating either  the  alcoholic  or  the  acetic  fermentation  requires, 
however,  the  most  careful  management.  Adrian  Brown,  in 
his  paper  on  the  "  Numerical  Increase  of  Yeast  Cells,"  read 
before  the  Institute  of  Brewing  in  January  1890,  showed 
that  although  a  moderate  quantity  of  nitrogenous  food 
stimulated  the  fermentation,  an  excessive  quantity  inter- 
fered  with  it.  Previously  to  this,  viz.,  in  June  1885, 
Salamon,  in  a  paper  read  before  this  Society,  had  shown 
that  in  malt  worts  at  any  rate  after  the  main  alcoholic 
fermentation  was  complete,  there  always  remained  a  large 
proportion  of  the  nitrogenous  matter  which  had  existed  in 
the  original  wort.  He  showed  that  similar  results  occurred 
with  the  salts  of  phosphorus.  Notwithstanding  these  facts 
it  is  evident  that  in  the  fermentation,  either  alcoholic  or 
acetic,  of  strong  sugar  worts,  nitrogenous  food  certainly, 
and  mineral  food  probably  would  he  necessary  to  finish  the 
processes. 

There  arc  other  causes  for  loss  and  delay.  The  tilling 
material  may  be  too  tightly  packed,  or  may  become  so 
gradually,  so  that  air  cannot  rise  through  it.  The  wash  in 
such  a  case  selects  a  natural  course  for  itself  in  a  series  of 
channels,  in  which  the  slime  accumulates.  A  thick,  yeasty 
wash  accelerates  the  sliming.  Through  the  absence  of  an 
attemperator,  the  wash  may  undergo  extreme  variations  in 
temperature,  so  that  fermentative  action  is  alternately 
weakened  and  strengthened.  The  exposure  of  a  part  of  the 
aciditier  to  cold  draughts  chills  the  action.  The  filling 
material  is  but  a  poor  medium  for  encouraging  the  con- 
tinuous contact  of  wort,  ferment  and  air.  What  is  required 
is  not  merely  the  largest  surface  of  exposure  to  aeration  or 
to  liquid,  but  a  surface,  which,  like  flannel,  is  absorptive  or 
retentive  of  a  large  portion  of  liquid.  The  constant,  rapid 
flow  over  materials  such  as  smooth  round  twigs  affords 
little  time  for  the  desired  contact. 

There  are  more  intricate  causes  of  dissatisfaction  than 
any  of  these.  The  quantity  and  quality  of  the  constituents 
of  the  wash  exercise  a  powerful  effect  upon  the  fermenta- 
tive action.  Not  only  docs  the  wash  contain,  according  to 
its  origin,  more  or  less  of  the  more  prominent  constituents 
such  as  the  nitrogenous,  mineral,  and  carbohydrate  residue, 
but  it  coutaius,  besides  the  main  fermentation  products,  all 
the  miuor  fermentation  products,  as  well  as  the  numerous 
species  of  ferments  which  originally  created  them.  The 
alcohols  higher  than  propylic  in  the  ethyl  series  are  not 
oxidised  to  their  corresponding  aeids  by  the  action  of  the 
ferment ;  not  only  is  this  the  case,  but  there  is  reason  to 
believe — guided  by  the  researches  of  Adrian  Brown — that 
the  growth  of  the  acetic  ferment  is  directly  retarded  by 
these  bodies.  I  believe  I  am  well  under  the  mark  in 
stating  that  the  higher  alcohols  in  a  vinegar  wash  at  the 
close  of  the  vinous  fermentation,  and  when  the  wash  is 
admitted  to  the  aciditier,  amount  to  |-  per  cent,  of  such 
wash,  or  range  from  2  to  5  per  cent,  of  the  total  alcoholic 
produce.  Such  a  quantity  must  appreciably  affect  the 
action  of  the  ferment.  Then  again  there  is  the  presence 
of  many  other  ferments  or  micro-organisms  to  consider,  and 
their  continued  action  during  the  acidification  period  not 
only  upon  the  alcohol  present,  but  upon  the  other  organic 
matter  in  solution.     Take,  for  instance,  the  effect   of  some 


varieties  of  the  acetic  ferment  itself  upon  the  huge 
quantities  of  yeast  in  the  wash  and,  in  a  minor  degree, 
upon  any  dextrose  or  levulose  residue.  The  slimy 
cellulosic  matter  formed  by  the  continuous  contact  of 
these  impedes  the  main  process.  ,So,  too,  with  other 
specific  ferments  which  abound  in  the  wash,  and  which,  for 
a  time  at  least,  must  continue  their  work  commenced  in  the 
fermenting  vat,  and  so  deprive  the  wash  of  appreciable 
quantities  of  acetic  acid.  Thus  the  lactic  fermentation 
which  sets  in  so  powerfully  at  the  high  fermentation 
temperatures,  not  only  tends  to  retard  the  attenuation,  hut 
competes  with  the  acetic  ferment  for  the  appropriation  of 
the   nitrogenous  and  carbohydrate  supplies. 

An  obvious  remedy  for  many  of  the  inconveniences 
occurring  during  acidification  would  be  found  in  a  method 
of  sterilising  the  fermented  wash  in  a  close  vessel,  followed 
by  filtering  over  materials  steeped  in  vinegar  or  clear 
vinegar  wash. 

Perhaps  a  short  explanation  as  to  the  general  con- 
struction of  acidifiers  will  make  my  previous  remarks 
more  clear.  The  usual  aciditier  resembles  a  large  wooden 
vat  some  15  to  20  ft.  high,  slightly  tapering  towards 
the  top,  the  lower  diameter  being,  say,  11  ft.,  and  the 
upper  S  ft.  The  lower  portion  of  the  vessel,  to  the  height 
of  some  4  or  5  ft.,  is  fitted  with  a  block-tin  coil,  so  that 
the  wash  that  trickles  into  it  from  the  higher  portions  may 
be  kept  at  an  uniform  temperature  of  about  90°  F.  This 
part  of  the  aciditier  serves  as  a  collecting  tank,  whence,  by 
a  pipe  dipping  almost  to  the  bottom  of  it,  the  wash  is 
pumped  up  to  the  top  of  the  aciditier,  where  it  is  dis- 
tributed over  the  top  surface  by  means  of  a  revolving 
sparger.  The  sparger,  with  the  pump  and  pipe,  are 
invariably  made  of  ebonite  or  of  wood.  Immediately 
above  the  collecting  tank  is  a  stage  which  supports  the 
filling  material.  This  stage  may  be  simply  formed  of 
crossed  laths  supported  at  the  centre  and  side  of  the 
vessel,  or  the  laths  are  themselves  supported  by  stronger 
bars  similarly  held.  In  other  cases  the  stage  may  be 
of  strong  wicker  work,  two  or  more  pieces  of  it  in  one 
plane  so  as  to  form  a  complete  stage  or  diaphragm.  Upon 
the  stage  rests  the  filling  material.  Shavings  of  beech 
wood  were  formerly  used,  they  required  to  be  thoroughly 
steamed  and  then  saturated  with  vinegar.  The  shavings 
were  long  and  broad,  and  much  trouble  was  taken  in 
arranging  them  neatly  to  the  height  of  some  4  or  5  ft.  on 
one  or  more  stages  in  the  aciditier.  Though  shavings  or 
even  small  chips  are  still  employed  in  some  places,  they 
have  been  more  frequently  displaced  hy  bundles  of  twigs. 
The  tender  twigs  of  birch  or  beech  are  tied  up  in  small 
bundles,  and,  like  the  shavings,  are  thoroughly  steamed  and 
then  saturated  with  vinegar  and  packed  in  layers  on  one  or 
more  stages,  the  total  height  being  4  to  6  ft.  Besting  upon 
the  top  surface  of  the  filling  material  is  a  frame  of  wicker 
work,  and  just  above  this  the  sparger  revolves.  A  clear 
space  of  two  or  more  feet  intervenes  between  this  and  the 
inside  of  the  top  cover,  unless  the  sparger  is  fixed  too  high 
aud  revolves  immediately  below  the  cover.  The  cover  fits 
close,  but  it  is  pierced  with  a  few  draught  holes,  which  are 
usually  kept  plugged,  or  there  may  be  a  few  such  holes  in 
the  acidifier's  circumference  just  below  the  cover.  The 
escaping  air,  gases,  aud  vapours  have,  as  a  rule,  no  other 
escape  thau  through  the  small  spaces  between  the  planks 
of  the  cover,  or  through  the  interval  between  the  cover  aud 
the  circumference  it  rests  upon.  Just  below  the  lowest 
stage  of  the  aciditier  are  bored  the  draught  holes,  an  iuch 
or  more  in  diameter  and  about  12  ins.  apart  round  the 
whole  circumference  of  the  vessel.  These  are  plugged 
when  necessary  so  as  to  diminish  the  air  supply.  Air  is 
also  admitted  in  some  vessels  through  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel  by  a  tube  passing  well  up  into  the  centre  of  the  vat, 
and  protected  by  a  cowd. 

Formerly  there  were  some  ingenious  automatic  arrange- 
ments for  constantly  feeding  the  vessel  and  dispersing  the 
wash,  but  the  pump  and  sparge  arrangement  has  supplanted 
them.  The  air-supply  is  slightly  warmed,  for  the  acidifying 
chamber  is  kept  warm  by  a  stove  or  other  heating  arrange- 
ment, and  the  admission  of  cold  air  is  regulated  by  a 
shutter. 


■('.Ml 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  80. 1892. 


A  few  yearsago  Shears  and  Manbr.  exhibited  at  the 
Brewers'  Exhibition  an  acidifying  tower  consisting  of  a 
series  of  superimposed  chambers.  Each  chamber  consisted 
of  a  perforated  Boor  supporting  a  portion  of  the  filling 
materia] — shavings,]  believe.  Draught  holes  were  pierced 
below  each  floor,  so  thai  aeration  was  well  provided  for: 
The  wash  entered  the  top  chamber  and  gradually  trickled 
down  through  the  whole  series,  meeting  in  its  course  fresh 
supplies  of  air.  The  bottom  chamber  was  as  usual  titted 
with  a  coil,  the  patentees  claimed  that  the  acidification 
was  accelerated,  the  less  of  acid  vapours  reduced,  and  the 
acidifying  period  was  to  be  reduced  from  some  eight  or 
twelve  days  to  at  least  half  the  time.  I  am  not  aware  that 
any  vinegar  maker  lias  adopted  the  invention,  though  it  has 
been  tried  at  one  large  brewery  with  the  object  of  clarifying 
the  condition  of  and  increasing  the  acidity  of  soured  beers 
so  as  to  render  them  suitable  for  cutting  isinglass. 

I  am  incline. I  to  believe  that  rapid  acidification  depends 
more  upon  the  description  of  filling  material  than  upon  an 
increased  air  supply.  A  constant  through  draught  of  warm 
air  and  a  constant  shower  of  finely-divided  wash  are 
doubtless  advantages,  but  a  rilling  material  of  an  absorptive 
or  retentive  character  will  facilitate  acidification  better  than 
will  one  with  a  smooth,  polished  surface  over  which  the 
wash  easily  glides.  This  idea  evidently  suggested  itself 
some  ten  years  ago  to  Edward  Luck,  and  to  some  American 
inventors.  They  proposed,  though  in  different  ways,  the 
substitution  of  the  Oldinary  tilling  material  by  flannel  or 
felt,  or  by  other  fabric.  The  Americans  placed  this 
material  over  a  number  of  parallel  hollow  frames  fixed  in 
rows  one  above  another.  The  air  could  surround  the  flannel 
on  both  sides,  whilst  the  wash,  after  having  traversed  one 
frame,  was  guided  on  to  the  top  of  the  one  below  it.  The 
flannel  when  saturated  with  wash  acted  as  a  nucleus  for  the 
acetic   ferment,  and   the    wash    slowly   traversing   it  was   in 

continual    contact    with    tli ganism.     Luck    preferred 

strings,  bauds,  or  cords  of  the  material.  A  large  number 
of  these  were  twisted  tightly  round  wooden  bars,  and  the 
wash  was  made  to  traverse  these  appendages  by  entering  a 
groove  or  channel  to  which  the  strings  were  attached.'  I 
believe  the  new  arrangement  has  proved  most  satisfactory. 
The  same  principle  has  subsequently  been  suggested  by 
other  persons  though  the  internal  arrangement  of  the 
acidilier  was  differently  provided  for. 

(  Hher  recent  improvements  in  acidifiers  refer  to  means  of 
creating  a  through  draught  by  means  of  an  exhaust  fan, 
and  to  methods  of  condensing  the  escaping  fumes  and 
inducing  a  steady  up-draught,  but  this  is  too  large  afield 
to  be  entered  upon  now. 

Before  closing  this  paper,  I  will  venture  a  few  remarks 
upon  the  discrimination  of  genuine  from  spurious  vinegars, 
as  the  subject  is  one  of  some  int.  rest.  For  the  manufac- 
turer himself  it  is  a  comparatively  easy  matter  to  decide 
whether  a  given  sample  is  his  own  or  not.  He  has  at  his 
disposal  all  the  ordinary  analytical  data  with  their  limits  of 
variation  in  his  own  particular  produce  to  guide  him. 
There  is  Hie  final  specific  gravity,  the  percentage  of  fixed 
and  volatile  acid,  the  percentage  of  solid  matter  with  its 
rati.i  of  organic  and  mineral  residue,  and  the  amount  of  the 
different  salts  in  the  latter.  Furnished  with  these  and 
supported  by  the  further  observations  which  the  outside 
analyst  must  rely  upon,  he  cannot  fail  to  recognise  his  own 
again.  The  analyst  is  often  obliged  to  work  without  these 
data,  and  he  has  to  distinguish  between  various  kinds  of 
\  inegar.  There  is  the  genuine  vinegar,  but  of  all  strengths  ; 
tli.  re  are  diluted  vinegars  which  have  been  fortified  with 
acetic  acid  and  flavoured  with  acetic  ether;  there  is  distilled 
vinegar,  a  varietj  seldom  met  with  ;  and  there  are  tie  acetic 
u.  id  preparations.  Attempts  have  been  made  to  decide 
upon  adulteration  by  the  ratio  of  two  or  more  constituents 
or  properties,  such  as  specific  gravity  taken  with  the 
percentage  of  volatile  and  fixed  acid,  the  various  salts 
(especially  the  phosphates),  and  the  nitrogenous  matter. 
Now  for  all  these  determinations  very  wide  limits  must  be 
allowed,  for  natural  vinegars  vary  in  strength  from  ('.',  to 
3|  per  cent,  of  total  acid.  As  to  the  nitrogenous  matter; 
this  also  varies  considerably,  according  to  the  materials 
used,  a  highly  sugared  wor't  or  one  largely  derived  from 
rice  and  maize  being   much  poorer  in  this  constituent  than 


a  wort  from  malt  and  barley.  Besides  the  nitrogenous 
matter  is  in  many  eases  carried  away  to  a  great  extent  by 
the  mineral  finings  in  the  final  stages  of  clarification,  whilst 
in  other  cases  no  fining  operation  is  performed. 

As  to  the  varying  proportions  of  phosphates  and  of 
nitrogenous  matter  iu  unfermeuted  wort,  and  in  the  same 
wort  when  fermentation  is  complete,  I  may  refer  to  a  paper 
read  before  this  Society  in  June  1835,  by  Salamou.  Salamon 
found  in  worts  produced  from  malt  and  sugar  of  varying 
qualities,  that  the  amount  of  PjOg  ranged  from  a  maximum 
of  0'197  grm.  per  100  cc.  of  wort  to  a  minimum  of 
0'086  gnu.,  that  is  less  than  half  the  higher  quantity- 
After  the  fermentation,  with  equal  quantities  of  the  same 
vest,  and  without  any  disturbing  influences,  the  residual 
phosphates  ranged  in  amount  per  100  cc.  of  the  original 
volume  from  ()■  l.V.I  grm.  to  0  -051,  nor  would  any  ratio  bet  ween 
the  original  quantity  and  the  residual  quantity  be  established. 
As  to  the  nitrogenous  matter  in  the  wort  before  and  after 
fermentation,  Salamon's  experiments  show  that  a  mere 
comparison  of  the  quantities  originally  and  finally  present 
would  not  help  us  here.  In  some  eases  the  residual 
quantity  was  nine-tenths  of  the  original  in  the  wort,  in 
others  it  was  only  four-tenths.  The  vinegar  brewer's  worts 
vary  iu  strength  from  1,030  to  1,060  gravity,  and  Salamon's 
experiments  show  that  within  these  limits,  with  carefully 
regulated  fermentations  the  residual  nitrogenous  matter 
yielded  quantities  of  nitrogen  per  100  cc.  of  original  worl 
ranging  from  0  ■  03  grin,  to  0- 1 18  grm.  These  variations  would 
probably  be  extended  during  the  acetic  fermentation,  so 
that  as  quantitative  tests,  for  the  genuineness  of  vinegars  the 
estimation  of  phosphates  and  nitrogen  appears  to  me  to  be 
valueless.  As  qualitative  tests  the  estimation  is  of  some 
service,  for  phosphate  and  nitrogenous  residues  are  always 
present  iu  genuine  vinegars  however  small  those  residues 
may  he. 

Variations  from  a  given  standard  for  vinegar  residues  are 
also  due  to  the  quality  of  the  water  employed  in  mashing, 
and  to  its  treatment  for  brewing  purposes,  so  that  wide 
limits  in  the  mineral  residue  must  be  made  upon  these 
accounts.  The  analyst  must  also  allow  for  the  use  of 
preservatives  and  of  colouring  matter  (both  iu  moderate 
quantities)  during  the  final  stages  of  the  vinegar  process, 
nor  should  these  substances  be  regarded  as  evidences  of 
adulteration,  but  rather  as  legitimate  and  even  necessary 
adjuncts. 

\  inegar  substitutes  are  frequently  very  cleverly  prepared, 
and  it  is  impossible  in  some  eases  to  detect  adulteration, 
unless  the  vinegar  brewer  will  assist  the  analyst.  Genuine 
vinegars  will  contain  residues  of  carbohydrate,  nitrogenous, 
and  saline  matter,  and  appreciable  quantities  of  ethereal 
salts.  Examined  microscopically,  they  will  be  found  to 
abound  iu  the  acetic  ferment,  though  mostly  the  ferment  is 
inactive;  yeast  cells  too  can  nearly  always  he  found.  The 
acid  substitutes  will  nut  contain  these  organisms,  and  usually 
they  arc  stronger  in  acid  percentage  than  a  genuine  vinegar. 
The  coloured  preparations  will  leave  a  caramel  residue,  but 
scarcely  any  nitrogenous  residue. 


Discussion. 

Mr.  A.  Gobdos  Sai  vmon  wished  to  ask  Mr.  Nettleton 
a  question  with  reference  to  the  "  body  "  which  vinegar- 
makers  seemed  desirous  to  obtain  in  their  products.  As 
far  as  the  mashing  temperatures  were  concerned,  he  would 
Ilk.-  to  ask  the  author  of  the  jiaper  if  he  could  give  the 
approximate  ratio  between  the  maltose  and  the  dextrine 
that  should  be  formed,  because  that  would  influence  very 
largely  the  flavour  of  the  ultimate  product,  and  also  the 
attenuations  which  could  be  carried  out.  With  reference 
to  the  preparation  of  his  wort,  Mr.  Nettleton  had  dwelt 
upon  the  fact  that  it  was  not  subjected  to  the  hopping  and 
boiling  process  obtaining  in  brewing:  and  yet  at  the  same 
time  he  had  emphasised  the  necessity  of  removing  some  of 
the  nitrogenous  matter.  He  would  like  to  ask  him,  in  that 
connexion,  whether  he  had  ever  tried  the  use  of  gypsum 
in  waters  for  the  manufacture  of  vinegar.  lie  had  under- 
stood   him  to  say  that    he    had    tried    various   salts.     The 

isi.leration  of  the   effect  which  would  be  produced   by 

the  action  of    gypsum  on   the   water   used    for    preparing 


Juno 80, 1898.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


491 


the  worts  was  a  matter  of  great  interest,  both  from  the 
theoretical  and  the  practical  point  of  view.  lie  would  also 
like  to  ask  Mr.  Nettleton  what  percentage  of  alcohol  he 
would  regard  as  the  maximum  one  could  venture  upon  in 
preparing  the  wort.  If  a  malt  vinegar  were  examined  it 
would  he  found  that  there  was  a  considerable  residue  left 
after  the  acid  was  removed,  and  his  own  experience  led 
him  to  believe  that  there  were  limits  in  the  preparation 
of  thi'  alcohol  beyond  which  one  must  not  go.  He  would 
like  to  hear  Mr.  Nettleton's  views  about  those  limits,  ami 
he  thought  it  would  be  an  advantage  if  he  could  define 
them.  With  regard  to  the  question  of  analysis  of  malt 
vinegars,  he  would  say  that  Mr.  Hehner's  method  was  an 
admirable  one  for  estimating  their  purity;  but  he  (Mr. 
Salamon)  always  took  the  phosphates  in  conjunction  with 
tlie  amount  of  acids,  and  he  also  took  it  with  reference 
to  the  gravity;  and  he  thought  that  if  that  were  done  a 
very  accurate  opinion  could  be  formed  as  to  whether  the 
acetic  acid  was  artificially  added  or  naturally  formed. 

Mr.  T.  S.  Davis  would  like  to  hear  a  little  further 
discussion  with  reference  to  the  question  of  fermentation. 
He  understood  Mr.  Nettleton  to  say  that  in  the  alcohol 
fermentation  for  vinegar  he  considered  it  highly  undesirable 
that  air  should  be  artificially  introduced  to  a  variable  extent 
according  to  the  rapidity  of  its  progress.  He  (Mr.  Davis) 
hail  had  much  experience  in  that  direction,  and  had  not 
found  any  benefit  whatever  from  the  artificial  introduction  of 
air  through  the  bodyr  of  the  wort  in  the  fermenting  vessel. 
Mr.  Nettleton  bad  also  referred  to  the  fact  that  under 
certain  circumstances  he  thought  it  desirable  and  economical 
to  preserve  the  yeast  obtained  from  one  fermentation  and 
add  it  to  the  next,  just  as  a  brewer  would  do.  In  his 
opinion,  it  was  far  better  that  the  whole  of  the  yeast  should 
be  allowed  to  deposit.  He  would  also  state,  for  the  infor- 
mation of  those  not  practically  acquainted  witn  the  subject, 
that  the  cost  of  fresh  yeast  per  1,000  gallons  of  vinegar 
would  be  under  3s.,  and  that  as  fresh  yeast  could  always  be 
obtained  from  a  beer  brewery,  it  was  far  more  convenient  to 
add  such  than  to  preserve  that  produced  in  a  vinegar 
manufactory  where  brewings  took  place  at  irregular  intervals, 
dependent  on  the  rapidity  of  the  subsequent  ucctilicatious. 
He  advocated  legislation  as  to  the  selling  of  vinegar  below  a 
certain  standard.  The  strongest  standard  vinegars  sold  in 
London  and  the  country  usually  contained  about  6'3per 
cent,  of  monohydrated  acetic  acid;  but  owing  to  com- 
petition the  price  had  been  much  reduced,  and  in  some 
instances  cheap  descriptions  were  sold  containing  as  little  as 
2;  per  cent.,  and  he  did  not  consider  that  vinegar  sold  at 
that  strength  was  worthy  of  the  name.  He  would  also  like 
to  be  allowed  to  make  an  observation  with  regard  to  distilled 
vinegar,  of  which  a  large  quantity  was  manufactured,  and 
was  principally  consumed  in  the  North  of  England.  This 
was  produced  iu  two  grades;  one  was  a  vinegar  distilled 
from  a  pure  malt  vinegar,  anil  another  was  diluted  acetic 
acid  distilled  from  sodium  acetate.  There  was  a  certain 
amount  of  ether  present  in  pure  distilled  malt-vinegar,  which 
remit  red  it  both  different  in  flavour,  in  character,  and  in 
aroma  from  that  which  could  be  produced  from  any  other 
source.  A  short  time  ago  a  ease  came  before  a  court 
of  law  as  to  whether  the  distillate  from  a  pure  malt 
vinegar  could  be  correctly  described  as  "  malt  vinegar."  A 
certain  analyst  announced  in  court  that  a  sample  had  no 
right  to  he  so  called,  inasmuch  as  the  phosphates  had  been 
separated  therefrom,  thus  making  it  simply  pure  acetic  acid, 
and  this  assertion  was  supported  by  the  judge.  This  view 
was  erroneous,  because  the  acetic  acid  was  flavoured  with  an 
aroma  which  could  not  be  separated  therefrom  by  distillation, 
but  to  prevent  any  future  erroneous  nomination,  the  vinegar 
is  now  described  as  "white  vinegar  distilled  from  pure  malt 
vinegar."  This  description  is  accepted  as  satisfactory,  both 
on  the  part  of  the  analysts  and  consumers. 

Mr.  Nkttleton,  in  reply,  said  that  he  entirely 
sympathised  with  the  remarks  made  by  Mr.  Davis  in 
reference  to  the  fixing  of  a  standard.  He  was  of  opinion 
that  2  per  cent,  was  far  too  low  a  standard  at  which 
vinegar  should  be  allowed  to  be  sold.  It  was  well 
known  that  at  least  90  per  cent,  of  "  white  vinegar  " 
was  the  product  of  the  distillation  of  acetate  of  soda. 
In  reference   to   the  question  of  yeast,  he  quite  concurred 


in  the  view  that  there  might  he  practical  reasons  why 
vinegar  brewers  did  not  hold  over  yeast  from  one  brewing 
to  another ;  but  he  thought  there  might  be  other  ways 
of  disposing  of  it.  Iu  alcoholic  fermentations  there 
was  a  vast  amount  of  yeast  wasted,  and  it  was  only  during 
recent  years  that  distillers  began  what  had  now  become  an 
enormous  trade  in  pressed  yeast,  and  yet  even  they  could 
also  use  some  of  their  yeast  after  a  time  for  their  own 
fermentations.  For  his  own  part  he  could  not  see  why 
vinegar  makers  should  not  do  the  same.  He  could  see 
many  points  in  favour  of  occasionally  purchasing  barrels 
of  yeast  from  the  beer  brewer;  and  he  also  recognised  that 
if  brewings  only  took  place  periodically,  or  a  long  interval 
lapsed  between  two  different  brewings,  this  would  have  to 
be  'lone.  The  only  other  course  he  could  see  was  to  have 
some  system  of  washing  and  preserving  the  yeast.  As  to 
the  question  of  air.  Of  course  an  acidifier  would  not  always 
work  well,  but  as  a  rule  he  thought  acidi  tiers  had  quite  a 
sufficient  air  supply  ;  but  it  should  be  remembered  that  the 
air  was  sometimes  supplied  at  a  temperature  of  60°,  at 
other  times  at  one  of  70"  or  80°  F.  He  thought  there  were 
more  improvements  to  be  made  iu  the  direction  of  regulating 
and  distributing  the  air  at  a  suitable  temperature,  such  as 
80°  or  85°,  thau  by  admitting  a  larger  quantity.  He 
presumed  Mr.  Salamon's  question  with  reference  to  the 
standard  of  alcohol  in  wort  was  dictated  by  a  wish  to  know 
what  would  be  the  most  economical  arrangement  to  carry 
out.  Thus,  assuming  that  worts  could  he  obtained  at  a 
very  high  specific  gravity,  and  that  consequently  a  large 
yield  of  alcohol  were  obtained,  and  that  such  alcohol  could 
be  completely  acidified,  what  would  be  the  highest  per- 
centage of  alcohol  that  should  he  found  in  the  wort  ? 

Mr.  Salamon  explained  that  he  meant  the  proportion  of 
alcohol  in  the  practical  limits  of  work. 

Mr.  Nettleton  replied  that  in  Branut's  work  on  vinegar 
a  certain  limit  was  quoted,  beyond  which  it  would  not  pay 
to  have  the  alcoholic  strength  iu  the  wort ;  but  whether  that 
limit  was  10  or  12  per  cent,  he  could  not  remember.  Such 
a  high  standard  as  that  of  10  or  12  per  cent,  absolute 
alcohol  was  never  reached  in  practical  work. 

Mr.  Salamon  further  explained  that  his  object  iu  asking 
tin  question  was,  that  he  understood  Mr.  Nettleton  to  say 
that  the  vinegar  maker  fermented  his  wort  below  1,000, 
and  therefore  he  was  anxious  to  know  the  percentage  of 
alcohol. 

Mr.  Nettleton  explained  that  supposing  a  wort  of  very 
high  specific  gravity,  say  1,080,  were  taken,  it  would  be 
quite  possible  to  ferment  below  1,000,  but  he  questioned 
whether  it  would  be  wise  to  have  such  a  very  high  alcohol 
percentage.  He  did  not  think  that  such  strong  wort  would 
undergo  acetic  fermentation,  because  so  much  acid  would 
be  formed  that  he  believed  the  acetic  ferment  would  not 
he  able  to  cope  with  the  residual  alcohol,  ami  unconverted 
alcohol  would  remain.  He  was  aware  that  there  was  a 
system  of  acidifying  by  which  a  very  strong  wort  could  be 
used,  the  wort  being  passed  first  through  one  vessel  so 
constructed  that  it  would  induce  acidification  up  to  a  certain 
point,  and  then  through  two  others  which  finished  off  the 
acidifying.  Hut  this  was  a  very  complex  process,  and 
he  did  not  think  it  was  used  iu  this  country.  He  was  of 
opinion  that  in  ordinary  worts  it  was  desirable  to  ferment 
down  as  low  as  possible. 

Mr.  Salamon  asked  whether  he  was  right  in  under- 
standing that  any  dextrin  formed  during  the  process  of 
washing  underwent  fermentation. 

Mr.  Nettleton  admitted  that  there  must  be  a  residue 
of  dextrin,  but  whether  it  was  solely  responsible  for  the 
"  body  "  which  existed  in  vinegar  he  doubted,  for  there  was 
also  a  nitrogenous  residue.  He  thought  that  the  use  of 
gypsum  in  moderate  quantities  was  very  desirable.  Gypsum 
was  supposed  to  exercise  a  clarifying  influence  upon  the 
wort.  Iu  the  case  of  vinegar  brewing,  such  action  in  the 
mash-tun  had  alone  to  be  relied  on,  for  extra  clarification 
could  not  be  produced  as  there  was  no  boiling  operation. 
So  far  as  its  action  in  the  mashing  and  fermenting  processes 
were  concerned  he  would  say  that  gypsum  in  very  moderate 
quantities  was  a  most  beneficial  salt  to  use. 


"-JtcoCCCtiOo — *- 


I"J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  SO,  1892. 


ON  CERTAIN  ALUMINIUM  ALLOYS. 

m    i  .    R.    U.IUK    WRIGHT,    D.SC,    P.K.S. 

It  is  well  known  that  whilst,  as  a  general  rule,  molten 
metals  are  miscible  with  one  another  in  all  proportions, 
there  are  a  small  number  of  well-marked  exceptional  casus 
where  the  two  metals  behave  to  one  another  as  ether  anil 
water  when  shaken  together,  I.e.,  two  such  metals,  A  anil 
li,  when  intermixed  molten  give  a  mixture  of  two  alloys 
which  separate  from  one  another  by  gravitation  on 
standing  molten  for  a  sufficient  time ;  one,  consisting 
chiefly  of  the  heavier  metal,  A,  and  as  much  of  the  lighter 
one,  1!,  as  it  can  dissolve  at  the  temperature  prevailing,  the 
solubility  being  greater  the  higher  the  temperature  ;  the 
other  mainly  consisting  of  B,  with  as  much  of  A  as  is 
permanently  soluble  therein  at  that  temperature.  For 
instance,  when  A  is  lead  or  bismuth,  and  B  zinc,  the 
immiscible  binary  alloys  formed  have  the  following 
compositions*  deduced  from  the  average  of  a  large  number 
of  determinations  : — 


Temperature. 

Heavier  Alloy. 

Lighter  Alloy. 

Lead, 

Zinc. 

Lead. 

/ 1    c 

Near  650° 

.,     800° 

98-76 
93-70 

1-24 
L-30 

I'll 
1-57 

US-si; 
98   r> 

Bismuth. 

Zinc. 

Bismuth. 

Zinc. 

.,      sun' 

85-72 
81-82 
84-17 

14-28 
15-18 

15'83 

2-47 

2  ;,: 

97-08 
97-53 

97-48 

<  In  the  other  hand,  when  lead  (or  bismuth)  is  mixed  with 
melted  tin  a  homogeneous  fluid  results,  exhibiting  no 
tendency  whatever  to  separate  into  two  different  alloys,  no 
matter  how  long  the  mass  is  allowed  to  stand  molten. 

It  does  not,  however,  follow  that  because  a  mixture  of 
two  (or  more)  metals  remains  perfectly  homogeneous  whilst 
standing  at  rest  molten  at  au  equable  temperature,  therefore 
the  mass  w  ill  solidify  as  a  uniform  whole ;  or  that  if  solidified, 
the  ingot  will  not  "  liquate "  on  heating  again,  a  more 
fusible  alloy  running  away  from  a  less  fusible  one  of 
different  composition.  In  fact,  the  reverse  is  very 
frequently,  if  not  almost  invariably,  the  case,  the  forces 
coming  into  play  when  change  of  state  occurs  being 
wholly  different  from  those  at  work  when  the  whole  mass  is 
kepi  always  liquid. 

The  author  has  recently  made  a  number  of  observations 
on  various  aluminium  alloys,  some  of  the  results  of  which 
are  wholly  at  variance  with  the  usually  received  notions  on 
the  subject,  as  described  in  the  text-books.  Thus  he  finds 
that  from  the  point  of  view  of  complete  or  imperfect 
miscibility  with  other  metals  whilst  molten,  aluminium 
presents  a  close  resemblance  to  zinc,  in  that  it  will  not  mix  in 
all  proportions  with  lead  or  bismuth,  mixtures  of  this  kind 
separating  on  standing  molten  into  two  alloys,  one  consisting 
of  lead  (or  bismuth)  with  a  minute  quantity  of  aluminium 
dissolved  therein  ;  the  other  chiefly  consisting  of  aluminium 
with  a  small  quantity  of  the  other  metal.  It  differs,  how- 
ever, from  zinc  in  not  mixing  in  all  proportions  with 
cadmium.  On  the  other  hand,  mixtures  of  aluminium  with 
most  other  metals  (notably  tin,  silver,  zinc,  antimony,  &c.) 
give  homogeneous  fluids  exhibiting  no  tendency  to  separate 
into  different  alloys  whilst  standing  molten,  provided  the 
temperature  is  sufficiently  high  to  keep  the  whole  mass  fluid  : 
if,  however,  the  temperature  be  low  enough  to  permit  of 
a  solid  less  fusible  alloy  separating,  this  sometimes  occurs, 
especially  with  antimony. 

These  results  as  regards  bismuth,  cadmium,  and  antimony 
are  very  far  from  being  in  accordance  with  the  usual  book 

llder  Wright    and    Thompson,  Roy.  Soc.  Proc.  45,  161;   48, 

2u:   nint  49,  156. 


statements.  As  regards  hail,  it  was  originally  observed  by 
Deville,  and  subsequently  by  Tissier  and  others,  that  the  two 
metals  will  not  mix  when  melted  and  stirred  together.  Ti  ssier 
found  that  antimony  behaved  in  the  same  way,  and  the 
statement  that  the  two  metals  are  not  perfectly  miscible 
is  accordingly  copied  into  the  text-hooks,  although  this  is 
very  far  from  being  the  case.  On  the  other  hand,  Tissier 
found  that  bismuth  and  aluminium  combine  readily,  forming 
fusible  alloys  wdiich  oxidise  very  rapidly  when  melted,  and 
are  also  very  alterable  in  the  air  at  ordinary  temperatures 
when  the  bismuth  is  in  large  proportion.  This  description 
applies  accurately  to  certain  of  the  antimony  aluminium 
alloys  (not  to  all,  some  being  comparatively  infusible)  : 
but  is  quite  incorrect  as  regards  bismuth  and  aluminium, 
inasmuch  as  these  two  metals  are  as  immiscible  as  are  zinc 
and  had.  The  alloy  containing  HI  per  cent,  of  bismuth 
lies, Tihed  by  Tissier  as  hard  and  malleable  does  uot  exist. 

According  to  Deville,  cadmium  unites  easily  with  alumium 
forming  malleable  and  fusible  alloys  capable  of  being  used 
to  solder  aluminium,  but  only  imperfectly.  The  author, 
on  the  other  hand,  finds  that  cadmium  and  aluminium 
are  as  immiscible  as  bismuth  and  aluminium,  or  lead  and 
aluminium. 

The  source  of  these  inaccuracies,  in  all  probability,  lie-  in 
the  circumstance  that  when  mixtures  of  metals  not  com- 
pletely miscible  together  are  well  incorporated  by  agitation, 
w'at  is  formed  is  a  sort  of  metallic  froth  or  emulsion, 
which  in  many  cases  requires  a  very  considerable  time 
before  it  completely  separates  into  two  different  fluids  ;  so 
that  if  the  fused  mass  is  solidified  before  this  separation  has 
taken  place,  a  product  is  obtained  consisting  of  a  more  or 
less  intimate  mechanical  intermixture  of  two  entirely 
different  substances.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  fused  mass 
be  poured  into  a  hot  long  narrow  crucible  (like  a  long  clay- 
test  tube),  and  maintained  molten  at  an  equable  temperature 
for  eight  hours  and  upwards  (preferably  by  immersion  in  a 
bath  of  melted  lead),  the  two  constituent  binary  alloys 
gradually  separate  from  one  another,  in  some  cases  com- 
pletely, so  as  to  give  a  well-marked  line  of  demarcation 
between  the  two,  as  with  a  froth  of  ether  and  water,  or 
water  and  chloroform,  allowed  to  stand  until  complete  sepa- 
ration takes  place;  in  other  cases  less  thoroughly,  hut  in 
such  fashion  that  the  lowest  portion  of  the  fluid  mass 
consists  of  the  heavier  alloy  with  little  or  no  admixture  of 
suspended  particles  of  the  other,  and  vice  versd,  with  the 
uppermost  portion  :  the  middle  part  consisting  of  the  two 
still  mechanically  intermixed,  much  a-  a  frothy  mixture  of 
ether  and  water  containing  soapy  or  mucilaginous  matters 
often  behaves  under  similar  conditions.  In  all  such  cases 
when  the  clay  test  tube  is  removed  from  the  lead  bath  and 
quickly  cooled  down,  the  contents  solidify  to  a  thin  com- 
pound bar,  easily  obtained  by  breaking  away  the  clay  ;  with 
a  tube  of  }  to  £-inch  internal  diameter  and  .3  to  7  inches 
long,  filled  half  or  two-thirds  full  of  metal,  the  bar  is 
generally  solidified  sufficiently  rapidly  to  prevent  any 
material  alteration  in  the  normal  composition  of  the  two 
alloys  constituting  its  ends,  through  liquation  or  segregation 
during  solidification,  although  such  an  action  is  obviously 
not  impossible,  and  indeed  with  very  slow  cooling  is  some- 
times noticeable. 

When  aluminium  and  tiu  (or  silver)  are  fused  together, 
well  stirred,  and  maintained  molten  for  eight  hours  in  a 
lead  bath,  the  bar  finally  obtained  gives  on  analysis  sensibly 
the  same  results,  whether  the  portion  employed  be  cut  from 
the  extreme  bottom,  the  middle,  or  the  uppermost  pari  of 
the  bar,  indicating  perfect  miscibility  of  the  two  metals 
whilst  fluid.  If,  however,  lead  or  bismuth  be  used  as  the 
second  metal  very  different  results  are  obtained  ;  provided 
that  the  molten  mass  has  stood  long  enough  to  bring  about 
proper  separation,  the  heavier  end  of  the  bar  consists 
almost  entirely  of  lead  (or  bismuth)  with  only  a  minute 
quantity  of  aluminium  ;  whilst  the  lighter  end  consists  of 
aluminium  with  1  to  li  per  cent,  of  the  heavier  metal.  If, 
however,  the  separation  has  been  less  complete,  more  or 
less  considerable  increment  is  observed  in  the  aluminium 
found  by  analysis  of  the  heavier  end  and  of  the  lead  (or 
bismuth)  found  at  the  heavier  end.  The  following  figures 
were  obtained  on  analysis  of  a  number  of  such  binary 
alloys,  the  aluminium  only  being  determined  at   the  heavier 


.i 30,189*.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


493 


end,  :iinl  the  lead  (or  bismuth)  at  the  other  end  ;  the 
temperature  of  the  lead  bath  throughout  was  between  750° 
tn  850°,  averaging  near  800°,  as  determined  by  the  platinum 
specific    heat    pyrometer.      The.  period   during  which  the 

mass  stood  at  rest  molten  was  usually  eight  hours. 

Lkad — Aluminum. 


A'uminimu  iu  Heavier  Uloy. 

Load  in  Lighter  Alloy. 

0'02 

I'M 

D'03 

1T,:i 

0'0C 

1-72 

(ill 

rsii 

nil 

2'0I> 

2'06 

•J' Hi 

2 '25 

1- V.l 

l'U2 

IhsMUTii — Aluminium. 


Alumiuium  In  Heavier  Alio}'. 


Bismuth  in  Lighter  Alloy. 


Mtea 


o-iu 

0 

10 

II 

21 

0 

u 

0 

■w 

ii 

51 

23 

On  comparing  these  results  with  those  above  quoted 
obtained  with  zinc  instead  of  aluminium,  it  is  obvious  that 
notwithstanding  the  slightly  higher  temperature,  the  solu- 
bility of  aluminium  in  lead  or  bismuth  is  markedly  less  than 
that  of  zinc  ill  these  metals  respectively,  especially  in 
bismuth.  The  solubility  of  lead  in  aluminium,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  slightly  greater  than  that  of  lead  iu  zinc  ; 
whilst  the  solubility  of  bismuth  iu  aluminium  is  slightly  less 
than  that  of  bismuth  in  zinc,  the  difference  not  being  very 
great  in  either  case. 

It  results  from  the  incomplete  miscibility  of  molten 
aluminium  with  fluid  lead  or  bismuth,  that  when  a  third 
metal  is  added  to  a  mixture  of  aluminium  and  either  of 
these  metals,  such  that  this  third  metal  is  miseible  in  all 
proportions  with  either  aluminium  or  lead  (or  bismuth),  the 
ternary  alloy  formed  will  either  be  "  real,"*  exhibiting  no 
tendency  to  separate  into  two  different  ternary  alloys,  or 
"  ideal,"  i.e.  incapable  of  permanent  existence,  separating 
on  standing  into  two  different  ternary  alloys,  according  as 
the  mixture  represents  a  point  lying  outside  or  inside  the 
"  critical  curve "  for  the  three  metals  employed  at  the 
temperature  of  the  experiment.  The  data  for  the  delineation 
of  the  critical  curves  for  various  mixtures  of  aluminium  and 
lead  (or  bismuth)  with  appropriate  third  ("  solvent ") 
metals  are  being  accumulated. 

When  aluminium  and  cadmium  are  melted  together  and 
well  stirred,  they  behave  in  a  fashion  much  resembling  that 
observed  with  lead  (or  bismuth)  and  aluminium,  on  standing 
at  rest  molten  for  some  hours,  cadmium  containing  only  a 
few  tenths  per  cent,  of  aluminium,  sinks  to  the  bottom, 
whilst  aluminium  containing  between  2  and  3  per  cent,  of 
cadmium  floats  up  to  the  top. 


*  Vide  this  Journal,  1802,  p.  245.     Abstracts  of  papers  by  the 
authors  and  collaborators  read  before  the  Royal  Society. 


( )u  examining  the  behaviour  of  aluminium  when  melted 
along  with  antimony  some  remarkable  results  were  obtained, 
leading  to  the  conclusion  that  with  certain  proportions  alloys 
are  formed  exhibiting  melting  points  much  above  those  of 
either  antimony  or  aluminium;  so  that  unless  the  tempe- 
rature of  the  mixed  metals  is  considerably  elevated,  the 
whole  mass  sets  solid,  or  at  any  rate  so  pasty  as  to  be 
incapable  of  being  poured  out  from  the  crucible.  With 
mixtures  containing  from  15  to  25  per  cent,  of  aluminium 
and  75  to  85  of  antimony,  the  temperature  of  complete 
fusion  of  the  mixture  appears  to  be  quite  as  high  as  that  ol 
silver.  Thus,  on  melting  aluminium  in  a  small  Fletcher's 
blast  gas  furnace,  and  then  adding  the  antimony  in  lumps, 
the  latter  rapidly  melted  down  and  sank  to  the  bottom  of 
the  crucible,  the  fused  alumiuium  floating  on  the  top;  on 
continuing  the  heat  for  a  few  minutes  so  that  the  whole 
mass  was  well  above  the  melting  point  of  silver,  and  stirring 
up  with  a  clay  rod  previously  heated  nearly  white  hot,  the 
two  metals  quickly  intermixed,  and  then  set  to  a  nearly 
solid  mass.  When  the  proportion  lay  between  10  and  15  of 
aluminium  to  85  and  00  of  antimony,  or  between  25  and  35 
of  the  former  to  65  and  75  of  the  latter,  the  mixtures 
remained  fluid  at  temperatures  above  the  melting  point  of 
silver  ;  but  on  continuing  the  stirring  at  a  slightly  lower 
temperature  they  became  pasty,  a.  precipitation  of  a  solid 
alio;/  obviously  occurring.  My  carefully  pouring  off  the  yet 
fluid  portion  when  this  occurred,  patting  down  the  solidified 
or  pasty  mass  iu  the  crucible  with  a  red  hot  clay  pestle,  so 
as  to  squeeze  out  as  much  fluid  metal  as  possible,  the 
contents  of  the  crucible  could  be  divided  into  two  portions, 
viz.,  the  more  fusible  alloy  poured  off,  and  the  almost  solid 
residue.  This  latter,  on  cooling,  formed  a  brittle,  highly 
crystalline  mass ;  when  the  mixed  metals  were  iu  the  pro- 
portions of  18  —  19  aluminium  to  81 — 82  antimony,  very 
little  fluid  alloy  could  be  thus  expressed,  aud  this  differed 
but  little  from  the  unfused  portion  in  eompositiou  ;  with 
mixtures  richer  in  aluminium  the  more  fusible  alloy  always 
contained  considerably  more  aluminium  than  the  less  fusible 
residue ;  whilst  with  mixtures  poorer  iu  aluminium  the 
reverse  was  the  case  ;  strongly  suggesting  that  the  precipi- 
tated solid  alloy  essentially  consisted  of  a  definite  compouud 
indicated  by  the  formula  AlSb,  which  requires — 


41.. 

Sb. 


Per  Cent, 

.      is' I 

.    81'6 

liiu-ii 


together  with  more  or  less  considerable  intermixture  of 
mechanically  adherent  more  fusible  alloy  containing  excess 
of  aluminium  or  of  antimony,  as  the  case  might  be. 

When  the  proportion  of  aluminium  present  in  the 
mixture  was  less  than  about  10  per  cent.,  it  was  found 
difficult  to  regulate  the  temperature  so  nicely  as  to  bring 
about  the  precipitation  of  this  comparatively  infusible  alloy  ; 
but  on  allowing  the  mass  to  cool  and  solidify,  and  then 
raising  the  temperature  again,  so  as  to  cause  a  portion 
to  melt  aud  liquate  away  from  the  rest,  it  was  found 
that  the  portion  thus  melted  contained  more  antimony 
relatively  to  the  aluminium  than  the  uumelted  portiou ; 
indicating  as  before  that  the  latter  was  AlSb  together  with 
an  admixture  of  more  fusible  alloy,  containing  in  this  ease 
excess  of  antimony. 

Precisely  similar  results  were  obtained  when  the  propor- 
tion of  aluminium  present  exceeded  about  35  per  ceut., 
excepting  that  in  this  case  the  portiou  liquating  away  from 
the  rest  contained  mere  aluminium  relatively  to  the  antimony 
than  the  less  fusible  portion. 

Whether  the  proportions  of  aluminium  present  were 
below  or  above  18-4  per  cent.,  in  all  cases  if  the  tempe- 
rature were  high  enough  the  whole  mass  melted  to  a 
uniform  fluid  easily  poured  off  from  the  scorirc  which 
formed  somewhat  rapidly  on  stirring;  to  diminish  this 
tendency  the  air-blast  was  so  regulated  as  to  keep  the  flame 
reducing  rather  than  oxidising.  When  the  melted  metal 
was  poured  off  into  a  brightly  red-hot  clay  test  tube  and 
kept  fused  for  several  hours  at  a  temperature  of  900J  C.  and 
upwards,  no  marked  difference  in  composition  between  the 
top  and  bottom  ends  of  the  resulting  ingot  was   noticeable. 


\\l\ 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  30,  189B. 


showing! plete  miscibility  of  the  metals  when  thoroughly 

melted.  With  the  smaller  percentages  of  aluminium 
the  resulting  alloys  were  brittle  and  crystalline,  and  differed 
little  from  antimony  in  appearance ;  on  keeping  in  the  air, 
especially  when  coarsely  powdered,  they  absorbed  oxygen 
and  slowly  disintegrated  to  a  black  powder,  not  unlike 
manganese  dioxide.  The  alloys  richest  in  aluminium  were 
generally  somewhat  spongy :  they  also  absorbed  oxygen 
from  the  air  slowly,  the  ingots  swelling  np  and  falling  to 
powder  on  keeping. 

The  difficultly  fusible  substances  that  precipitated  solid 
from  the  molten  mixtures  containing  intermediate  propor- 
tions of  antimony  (more  or  less  impure  AlSh)  showed  the 
greatest  tendency  of  all  to  absorb  oxygen  and  disintegrate 
to  black  powder,  a  considerable  gain  in  weight  being  usually 
noticed  if  fragments  were  weighed  and  left  on  the  pan  of 
the  balance  for  some  hours.  When  placed  in  water  a  slow 
evolution  of  hydrogen  was  generally  noticeable,  becoming 
strongly  marked  on  heating  the  water  to  near  its  boiling 
point.  The  gas  thus  evolved  appeared  to  contain  small 
quantities  of  siliciuretted  hydrogen  (derived  from  traces  of 
silicon  contained  in  the  aluminium  used)  as  it  slowly 
browned  white  paper  moistened  with  silver  nitrate  ;  but  on 
burning,  no  antimonial  spots  were  produced  on  cold 
porcelain,  and  only  very  faint  indications  of  antimonial 
mirrors  were  formed  on  passing  through  a  red-hot  narrow 
combustion  tube  for  half  an  hour  at  a  lime;  so  that  anti- 
moniuretted  hydrogen  "as  practically  not  evolved  at  all. 

The  following  numbers  were  obtained  on  analysis  of  a 
scries  of  products  formed  with  mixtures  of  aluminium  and 
antimony  where  the  former  varied  between  8  and  36  per 
cent,  of  the  whole  mass.  The  aluminium  used  was  com- 
mercially pure  metal  (so-called  99  per  cent.,  containing 
small  quantities  of  silicon  and  iron,  but  otherwise  pure) ; 
the  antimony  was  pure  metal  prepared  from  tartar  emetic. 
The  analysis  was  made  by  dissolving  in  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid  containing  a  little  nitric  acid,  precipitating  the  antimony 
by  means  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  collecting  on  a  weighed 
filter,  and  finally  beating  a  portion  of  the  mixed  precipitate 
of  sulphur  and  antimony  sulphide  in  an  atmosphere  of 
carbon  dioxide.  The  aluminium  wras  precipitated  from  the 
filtrate  by  ammonia,  and  the  weighed  alumina  corrected  for 
traces  of  silica  and  ferric  oxide.  In  each  case  the  figures 
are  calculated  on  the  sum  of  the  aluminium  and  antimony 
found  as  100: — 


Percentage  of 
Al  originally 
employed  for 

Fusion. 

<'niiij,:n;itiv,'ly  Infusible 
Residue. 

Moo   fusible  Alloy 
poured  off. 

Aluminium. 

Antimony, 

Aluminium. 

Antimony. 

1. 
2. 
S. 
1. 
5. 
G. 
7. 
S. 

:n; 
32 

2!l 

•j;;-:, 

21 
20 

15 

8 

27-25 
26-76 
24-50 
21-00 
18-78 
19-42 
15-2.3 

7 -.or, 

72-75 
78-25 
75-50 
79-00 
81-22 
80-58 
sf77 
92-46 

56-00 
38'55 

.'it -75 
27-75 
21  '28 
18-35 
12-98 
5-00 

15'00 

61 '  15 
68-25 
72-25 
7S-72 
81-65 
57*02 
94-40 

The  mixtures  marked  1  and  8  were  liquated,  i.e.,  after 
Fusion  the  mass  was  allowed  to  solidify,  and  then  by  raising 
il»  temperature  a  portion  was  melted  which  was  poured  off, 
leaving  the  ununited  part  behind.  The  other  mixtures, 
Nos.  2  to  7,  wire  prepared  by  melting  the  aluminium, 
adding  the  antimony  which  melted  and  sank  to  the  bottom, 
and  then  stirring  well  together  with  a  red-hot  clay  rod,  the 
temperature  being  so  regulated  that  during  the  stirring  a 
portion  of  the  alloy  precipitated  in  the  solid  form.  With 
Nos.  ">  and  0  the  temperature  was  judged  to  be  above  the 
melting  point  of  silver,  and  very  little  lluid  alloy  eould  be 
poured  off;  with  the  other  mixtures  the  temperatures  were 
somewhat  loner,  but  not  much. 

With  the  mixtures  numbered  1  to  1,  the  proportion  of 
aluminium  originally  used  was  above  that  corresponding 


with  the  formula  AlSb  ;  and  in  these  cases  the  more  fusible 
alloys  contained  much  larger  proportions  of  aluminium  than 
the  Comparatively  infusible  residues.  With  Nos.  a  and  6, 
the  original  compositions  differed  little  from  AIS1, ;  in  these 
cases  the  more  fusible  alloy  obtained  was  very  small  in 
quantity,  and  differed  comparatively  little  from  the  less 
fusible  portions.  With  Nos.  7  and  8  the  proportions  of 
aluminium  originally  employed  were  below  that  corre- 
sponding witli  AlSb ;  and  in  these  cases  the  mure  fusible 
portions  contained  excess  of  antimony  as  compared  with 
tlie  others,  [n  all  cases,  therefore,  the  relative  values  arc 
just  such  as  would  be  obtained  by  the  separation  out  from 
the  molten  mass  of  a  solid  compound  AlSb,  tins  compound 
necessarily  remaining  wetted,  as  it  were, by  the  more  fusible 
alloy  "when  this  latter  is  poured  off  as  far  as  possible. 

i  hi  contrasting  the  temperatures  of  complete  fusion  of  a 
series  of  alloys  starting  with  pure  antimony  and  going  up 
toAlSb.it  is  evident  that  the  melting  point  continuously 
rises  up  to  a  value  considerably  above  the  inciting  point  of 
pure  aluminium  :  when  the  aluminium  present  exceeds  that 
contained  in  AlSb  the  melting  point  falls  again,  the 
maximum  being  with  the  composition  AlSb.  A  precisely 
similar  state  of  things  lias  been  recently  shown  by  Professor 
Roberts  Austen  to  occur  with  aluminium-gold  alloys,* 
excepting  that  the  maximum  is  found  for  the  definite 
purple-coloured  compound  ALAu,  and  not  for  a  compound 
containing  only  one  atom  of  each  metal. 

Disci  ssion. 

flie  Chairman  said  that  he  was  going  to  ask  Dr.  Wright 
what  was  the  practical  application  of  the  alloy,  hut  when  the 
samples  were  seen  the  hopes  of  practical  application  were 
at  an  end.  The  question  of  oxidatiou  was  exceedingly 
interesting,  and  the  absence  of  antimoniuretted  hydrogen 
was  a  very  singular  fact.  With  regard  to  the  compounds 
from  which  the  samples  were  reduced,  he  had  had  a  good 
deal  of  experience  in  purifying  commercial  bismuth,  and  be 
bad  found  that  ill  ordinary  methods  of  fusion  the  bismuth 
adhered  to,  or,  in  the  author's  words,  dissolved  considerable 
fractions  of  impurities,  so  as  to  render  the  production  of 
pure  bismuth,  as  distinguished  from  ordinary  commercial 
bismuth,  a  matter  of  considerable  difficulty.  But  it  had 
been  done.  Although  the  immediate  practical  results  of 
Dr.  Wright's  investigations  iu  this  connexion  were  not 
apparent,  yet  the  value  of  such  researches  would  be  seen 
when  they  appeared  in  the  Journal. 

»  R.  Sue.  I'roc.  50,  368. 


JlanrI)r;s<t<T  ^rttion. 


Chairman:  Ivan  Levinstein. 

Vice-Chairmati :  Edw.  Sehunck. 
Committee : 


J.  Augell. 
G.  H.  Bailey. 
R.  F.  Carpenter. 
G.  E.  Davis. 
Harold  /?.  Dixon. 
H.  Grimshaw, 


J.  Grossmann. 

P.  Hart. 

A.  L'<  liinann. 

SirH.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P. 

0.  Truby. 

I>.  Watson. 


lion.  Local  Secretary  : 

J.  Carter  Bell, 

Hank  Souse,  The  OUT.  Higher  B  rough  ton,  Manchester. 


The  nanus  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  mm  ui  St-.sn.ir. 

The  following  have  beep  elected  to  nil  the  vacancies  ami  will 
take  office  in  July  next : — Committee  :  P.  II.  Bowman,  .1.  M.  Irving, 
ami  E.  Knecht. 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the.  Meetings  to  he 
sent  to  the  Local  Si-eretary. 


IuaBSO.iBM.3       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


495 


Meeting  held  Tuesday,  ZUt  May  1892. 


MR,    !;.    FORBES    CARPKNTEH    IX   THE    i  -II  VI  It. 


o\  OIL  AND  IRON  STAINS  IN  COTTON  CLOTH. 

\:\    ,    Vl;l.  OTTO  WEBER,    PH.D.,   P.C.S. 

Oil  stains  in  cotton  cloths  are  an  occurrence  well  known 
to  every  bleacher  and  flyer,  and  it  is  the  general  experience 
that  tin  ii  complete  removal  is  effected  in  the  kiering  pro- 
cess. This  is  absolutely  certain  where  the  oil  stains  have 
teen  caused  by  animal  or  vegetable  oils  and  greases,  as  in 
this  case  under  the  circumstances  obtaining  in  kiers,  the 
saponification  of  these  oils  completely  removes  the  stains. 
Not  quite  so  simple  is  the  ease  if  the  stains  are  caused  by 
mineral  oils.  These  are  incapable  of  saponification,  but  as 
snap  solutions  (especially  alkalii nes)  dissolve  consider- 
able quantities  of  mineral  oils,  it  is  generally  assumed  that 
(he  rosin  snap  employed  in  the  process  of  kiering  emulsifies, 
and  eventually  dissolves  also  these  stains.  This  may  be 
ti  ue  as  long  as  the  stains  are  fresh,  but  it  applies  not  to  old 
stains,  which  through  long  exposure  to  die  air  have 
undergone  oxidation.  Cloth  containing  sneb  mineral  oil 
-tains  cannot  be  effectively  dealt  with  in  an  open  kier, 
although  in  a  pressure  kier  and  conditional  to  a  liberal 
■  n|.|l\  of  rosin  soap,  the  stains  practically  disappear,  i.e., 
they  can  no  longer  be  seen,  and  in  the  process  of  printing 
or  dyeing  such  cloth,  nothing  occurs  that  would  indicate 
that  these  oil  stains  are  still  in  existence.  Iron  stains  per- 
haps occur  not  so  often  in  cloth  as  oil  stains  and  may  prove 
a  great  nuisance  occasionally,  but  under  ordinary  circum- 
Btan  -is  their  removal  is  rasv  enough.  If  the  stains  are  few 
ami  Far  between,  they  are  treated  one  by  one  with  a 
moderately  strong  solution  of  oxalic  acid,  the  piece  being 
subsequently  washed.  If  there  are  too  many  of  these 
stains  in  a  piece  to  apply  this  treatment,  padding  in  a  bath 
of  oxalic  acid  ata  Tw.  or  in  bisulphite  of  soda  at  7°  Tw.  will 
answer.  If,  however,  oil  and  iron  stains  appear  in  the  same 
piece,  forming  as  it  were  one  single  stain,  the  question  of 
getting  rid  of  these  combined- stains  is  in  most  eases  a 
matter  of  very  considerable  difficulty,  the  oxidised  oil 
retaining  the  iron  stain  even  against  concentrated  solutions 
of  oxalic  acid  or  strong  sulphurous  acid  ;  even  the  most 
powerful  agent  for  removing  iron  stains,  a  solution  of  tin 
oxalates  in  hydrochloric  acid  lias  not  the  slightest  effect  on 
these  compound  stains.  I  may  at  once  say  that  1  do  not 
know  of  a  case  of  these  stains  ever  being  found  in  grey  cloth, 
or  being  produced  in  the  course  of  the  bleaching  process, 
although  the  single  oil  or  iron  stains  are  common  enough 
at  this  stage  But  the  compound  stain  inevitably  forms 
when  oil-stained  doth  is  dyed  with  an  iron  mordant.  The 
faintest  trace  of  an  oil  stain  left  in  the  cloth  can  be  found 
out  by  treating  a  suspected  sample  in  a  bath  of  ferrous  or 
Ferric  lulphate,  and  producing  the  well-known  iron  buff  by 
afterwards  passing  through  weak  soda  carbonate.  As  a 
rule  the  stain  dues  not  show  in  the  buff,  but  after  stripping 
the  cplour  in  any  suitable  acid  bath,  a  bright  iron  stain 
remains  wherever  the  cloth  retained  the  least  trace  of  an 
oil  stain.  From  tliis  it  is  clear  that  in  the  majority  of 
cases  these  compound  stains  will  never  be  noticed,  unless 
thecl. .tli  is  stripped  of  its  dye.  Unfortunately  the  latter 
pi. ices-  is  Frequently  necessary  in  the  case  of  drab  twills, 
which  have  at  times  from  some  unaccountable  reason  an 
awkward  tendency  to  bleach  in  the  folds,  or  to  come  up  a 
wrong  shade  in  dyeing.  For  the  purpose  of  re-dyeing  such 
pieces  the  colour  is  stripped  and  then  the  oil  stains  become 
visible  as  bright  iron  stains.  On  re-dyeing  these  pieces  in 
th.  manner  generally  used  for  this  class  of  goods,  by  first 
giving  two  ends  in  a  mixed  bath  of  fustic,  sumac,  and 
anatto,  and  afterwards  fixing  in  a  bath  of  ferrous  sulphate, 
tliesein.il  slain-  do  not  disappear  but  show  as  ugly  olive 
patches.  That  these  stains  show  only  in  the  see, md 
dy.ing  is  easily  accounted  for,  as  they  now  contain  twice  as 
mm  h  iron  as  the  rest  of  the  piece.  It  is  therefore  evident 
that, before  re-dyeing  pieces  stained  in  this  manner,  ii  is  abso- 
lii.l,  necessary  to  first  remove  these  stains.  I  have  already 
mentioned  the  obstinacy  with  which  these  stains  resist  ail 
ordinary  agents,  ami  the  cause  of  this,  no  doubt,  is  that  we 
ha.-  tin    ii, .n   here  in   the  form  of  an  iron  soap.     Taking 


this  into  consideration,  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  iron  stain 
will  only  yield  if  treated  with  an  agent,  which  at  the  same 
time  loosens  the  oil  stain.  After  a  great  many  experiments,  I 
found  that  by  padding  such  pieces  in  a  hot  solution  of  one 
part  of  soft  soap,  one  part  of  glycerin,  and  three  parts  of 
water,  taking  through  squeezing  rollers,  letting  lie  for  24 
hours,  then  washing,  the  iron  stains,  together  with  the  oil 
stains,  are  completely  removed.  The  rationale  of  the  pro- 
cess will  be  readily  understood  it'  we  remember  the  great 
ease  with  which  oils  of  every  description  dissolve  in 
solutions  of  glycerin  and  soap,  and  also  the  capability  of 
alkaline  glycerin  solutions  to  dissolve  ferric  oxide  in  large 
quantities.  The  price  of  the  process  amounts  to  about 
3s.  per  100  lbs.  of  the  cloth,  and  from  t'nis  the  price  per 
piece  may  easily  be  calculated,  the  weight  of  a  piece  vary- 
ing from  2fi  to  about  80  lb. 

The  whole  difficulty  about  these  compound  stains  would 
of  course  best  be  dealt  with  by  taking  care  to  remove  every 
trace  of  oil  in  the  cloth  in  tin;  kiering  process,  but  as  I  have 
already  remarked,  this  is  a  matter  of  considerable  difficult} 
in  the  case  of  mineral  oil  stains,  although  pressure  kiers  are 
as  a  rule  fairly  efficient  in  this  respect.  From  experiments 
carried  out  on  a  large  scale,  it  appears,  however,  that  this 
difficulty  eau  he  overcome  by  deliberately  increasing  the 
mineral  oil  stain  in  the  grey  cloth,  by  adding  a  vegetable  oil 
to  it.  Treatment  even  in  an  open  kier  is  then  quite 
sufficient  to  remove  every  trace  of  an  oil  stain, 


TURKEY-RED  OIL— Part  II. 

BY  .1.  ARTHUR  WILSON. 
The  results  contained  in  this  paper  are  a  brief  resume  of 
an  extended  investigation  into  the  best  method  of  detecting 
and  approximately  determining  the  adulterants  of  Turkey- 
red  oil  The  most  common,  and  at  the  same  time  the 
cheapest  adulterant  is,  of  course,  water,  hut  as  most  buyers 
and  users  of  this  material  stipulate  for  a  certain  percentage 
of  fatty  matter,  it  is  necessary  to  use  some  cheap  oil  in 
place  of  water.  Cotton-seed  oil  is  possibly  the  most  used, 
and  I  may  say  that  I  have  reason  fur  believing  that  a  large 
amount  of  adulterated  Turkey  -red  nil  is  made  aud  used 
It  is  as  well  to  remember  that  a  manufacturer  of  oil  may 
unwittingly  prepare  an  adulterated  article.  I  mean,  of 
course,  by  the  use  of  adulterated  castor  oil.  The  writer 
lias  submitted  the  fatty  matter  prepared  in  a  definite  matter 
from  Turkey-red  oils  made  from  genuine  castor  oil,  also 
from  castor  oil  containing  other  oils,  to  the  usual  methods 
of  analysis  of  oils  and  fats,  and  more  especially  to  Benedikt's 
acetyl  process,  but  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  none  of  these 
methods  alone  give  evidence  sufficient  to  condemn  or  pass 
a  sample.  It  is  the  careful  consideration  of  the  results  of 
the  whole  of  the  tests  on  which  one  must  rely.  These  tests 
are,  1st.  Specific  gravity,  combining  weight,  point  of  conge- 
lation of  fatty  acids,  iodine  value,  and  acetyl  value. 

Before  describing  the  results  ol  my  investigations,  it  is 
necessary  to  mention  the  method  of  preparation  of  the 
fatty  matter  for  analysis,  loo  grins,  of  the  sample  are 
tankeii  in  a  24  oz.  flask,  to  which  is  added  250  cc.  of 
methylated  spirit  and  20  grins,  pure  caustic  potash.  A 
long  tube  is  attached  and  the  flask  and  its  contents  kept 
for  one  hour  on  the  water-bath  with  frequent  agitation. 
The  alcohol  is  then  evaporated  and  about  half  a  litre  of 
water  added,  containing  sufficient  pure  hydrogen  sulphate 
to  decompose  the  soap  and  leave  a  moderate  excess.  A 
piece  of  pumice  coiled  with  platinum  wire  is  added  and  the 
contents  of  the  flask  kept  in  gentle  ebullition  for  one  hour. 
The  flask  is  allowed  to  stand  and  the  aqueous  layer 
syphoned  off,  and  the  fatty  acids  washed  three  times  with 
hot  water,  dried  on  the  hot  (liter,  and  then  by  heating  in 
a  porcelain  dish  for  a  short  time.  The  fatty  matter  thus 
prepared  is  used  for  the  above  determinations. 

The  results  of  my  investigation  are  as  follows:  The 
specific  gravity  of  the  fatty  matter  prepared  as  above  from 
genuine  castor  oil  varies  with  the  proportion  of  vitriol  used 


496 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [June  30, 1m, 


in  the  manufacture  of  the  Turkey-red  oil,  but  only  to  a 
Email  extent,  whilst  on  tbe  other  hand,  olive  and  cotton- 
seed oil  are  much  more  affected.  The  average  density  of 
thu  various  acids  taken  by  the  Weetphal  halance  at  98°  C. 
are  : — 


Nature  of  Oil. 


Specific  Gravity  »'  '•-   ' 


oil  a<  [da 
it1,  oiltu  ids  . 
<  Sotl il  acids 


B98-0 

961 '0 

S72-0 


The  point  of  congelation  of  the  fatty  acids  is  often  very 
useful.  The  fatty  acids  o)  Turkey-red  oil  from  castor  oil 
do  not  deposit  any,  or  the  merest  traces,  of  solids  at  15'  ■'>  C. 
Olive  oil  and,  still  more,  cotton-seed  oil  acids  deposit  much 
solid  matter  at  the  above  temperature.  The  melting  point 
of  the  acids  from  olive  oil  ami  cotton-seed  oil  as  determined 

!>\  t! apillan  tube  pressure  method  are — 

I 

Melting poinl  of ootton-s loll acids 44 

Melting  poinl  of  olive  oil  acids 4a 

The  combining  weights  of  the  fatty  acids  are  too  mar 
one  another  tobeof  any  service  whatever.     Thus  we  have — 


Nature  of  Oil. 


Bfgrms.  of  K II*  >  per  1  --'hil. 
of  Fatly  acid. 


Castor  oil  . 
Olive  oil .. 
Cotton  oil. 


180  im 
173—176 
fT  1 — 17". 


Tbe  iodine  value  is  also  very  variable,  and  besides  being 
dependent  on  the  age,  \c.  of  the  oil  used,  is  liable  to  con- 
siderable fluctuations,  by  the  method  of  preparing  the 
Turkej  red  oil,  especially  on  the  amount  of  vitriol  used. 
(In  ihis  account  it  is  not  to  be  strongly  recommended. 

The  method  on  which  the  most  reliance  i-  to  be  placed 
is  undoubtedly  the  acetyl  value.  I  may  remind  members 
who  may  not  be  acquainted  with  this  process  that  it  consists 
of  th  •  introduction  of  acetyl  groups  into  the  substance  and 
subsequent  elimination  by  saponification,  and  estimation  of 
the  alkali  required  for  this  removal.  It  is,  notwithstanding 
the  remarks  ■  >!'  Lewkowitseh,  a  most  valuable  process,  and  is 
certainly  a  very  valuable  addition  to  our  methods  of  examining 
oils  and  fats.  The  process  is  worked  as  follows:  The  dry 
fatty  mailer  is  heated  to  boiling  for  one  ami  a  half  hours  under 
a  reflux  (dry)  condenser  with  four-fifths  of  its  weight  of 
dry  acetic  anhydride,  and  the  acetilised  acid  washed  with  ho! 
water  till  the  wash-water  is  neutral  to  delicate  litmus  paper, 
when  the  fatty  matter  can  be  dried  as  quickly  as  possible. 
A  weighed  quantity  of  about  2  ■  5  grms.  is  then  titrated  in 
alcoholic  solution  quite  cold  with  semi-normal  alcoholic 
potash,  and  the  amount  noted.  A  further  quantity  of 
alcoholic  potash  about  I1,  times  more  than  the  first  quantity 
is  added,  and  the  flask  kept  30  minutes  on  the  water- 
bath  with  a  long  tube  attached.  After  this  time  the 
residual  alkali  is  estimated  by  semi-normal  hydric  chloride. 
Phenolphthalein  is  used  as  indicator  in  both  cases.  The 
alkali  used  in  the  first  instance  is  calculated  to  milligrammes 
per  I  grm.  of  fat,  and  is  termed  the  acid  value.  The  total 
alkali  is  calculated  in  the  same  way  and  is  termed  the 
saponification  value,  the  difference  between  the  two  is  the 
acetyl  value. 

The  three  chief  oils  for  Turkey-red  oil  manufacture  show- 
when  thus  tested : — 


(  hving  to  the  interactions  between  the  glycerides  and  the 
vitriol  in  the  manufacture  of  the  Turkey-red  oils  the 
differences  are  not  so  apparent.  The  following  table  shows 
the  results  to  be  expected  : — 


A,.;,i              B in 

Nature  of  Turkey-red  Oil.         Ji\  '      '     fication 

*allR-           Value. 

Acetyl 
\  alue. 

,      ■   ■ 
Cotton-seed  oil 179'0             232'0 

113  4 
1387 

1IW3 
53 '0 

The  determination  of  the  iodine  value  before  and  after 
acetilisation,  affords  a  check  on  the  latter  determination. 
Useful  information  is  also  afforded  by  a  determination  of 
tbe  solidifying  and  melting  point  before  an  after  acetilisation. 
If  mineral  or  rosin  oil  were  present  they  would  of  course  bo 
separated  and  estimated  in  the  usual  manner. 


SOMF  FURTHER  NOTES  OX   NITROGEN 
IN  COAL-GAS. 

RV    GEORGE    E.    I)  WIS. 

Fiiu.mvi.vn  the  reading  of  a  paper  at  the  last  meeting  of 
this  Section,  by  Mr.  C.  II.  New,  on  the  determination  of 
nitrogen  in  coal-gas,  a  discussion  occurred  in  which  some 
doubts  w  ere  expressed  as  to  whether  such  a  large  amount  of 
nitrogen  as  If  per  cent,  could  possibly  exist  in  a  gas 
supply,  seeing  that  Professor  Vivian  Lewes  had  examined 
a  sample  of  London  coal-gas  which  contained  less  than 
1  per  cent,  of  nitrogen.  It  was  also  pointed  out  by 
Mr.  Stenhouse  that  if  15  per  cent,  of  nitrogen  were  present 
due  to  the  pumpingin  of  air,  there  should  be  at  least  2  per 
cent,  of  free  oxygen,  the  presence  of  which  the  reader  of 
the  paper  had  not  recorded.  I  saw  that  the  argument  used 
by  Mr.  Stei. house  would  at  once  prove  the  accuracy  or 
otherwise  of  Mr.  X'ew's  results,  and  on  Saturday,  May  7th, 
the  day  after  the  reading  of  tbe  paper,  I  decided  to  make 
an  examination  of  the  gas  for  oxygen,  nitrogen,  and  illumi- 
nating power,  concurrently.  At  10  a.m.,  and  when  it 
might  be  supposed  that  the  night  gas  lay  dormant  in  the 
pipes,  I  found  the  gas  contained  l'l  per  cent,  of  oxygen, 
audits  illuminating  power  15- C  candles.  At  12.30,  afler  the 
gas  had  been  burning  the  whole  interval  in  tbe  laboratory, 
tests  were  again  made,  witli  the  following  results  : — 

Per  Cent. 

Oxygen 2  1 

Nitrogen 13'9 

Illuminating  power 13'0  candles. 

I  think  this  shows  clearly  enough  that  there  is  a  difference 
between  the  night  gas  and  the  day  gas,  and  that  the  difference 
in  illuminating  power  is  chiefly  due  to  oxygen  and  nitrogen. 
Why  this  is  so  I  do  not  pretend  to  explain.  I  have  made 
some  further  tests  with  reference  to  the  percentage  of 
nitrogen.  The  day  tests  on  the  18th  instant  were  8 '28  per 
cent,  of  nitrogen  with  108  per  cent,  of  oxygen.  On  the 
23rd  the  day  gas  contained  8 '67  per  cent,  of  nitrogen.  The 
night  tests  contained  less  nitrogen.  On  the  16th,  taken  at 
8  p.m.,  the  percentage  of  nitrogen  was  7'3  ;  on  the  17th  it 
was  7  4,  with  la  per  cent,  of  oxygen;  on  the  19th,  at 
7.30  p.m.,  it  contained  5  •  6  per  cent,  of  nitrogen ;  on  the 
20th,  at  10.30  p.m.,  it  contained  7 '  4  per  cent,  of  nitrogen  ; 
and  on  the  22nd,  at  8  p.m.,  it  contained  7"  75  per  cent. 
Hetween  the  16th  and  23rd  the  illuminating  power  varied 
from  13'2  candles  in  the  daytime  to  15'6  candles  at  night. 

Compared  with  Professor  Vivian  Lewes'  figures  of  the 
London  gas,  we  appear  to  have  a  very  different  mixture 
in  Salford,  and  the  low  illuminating  power  as  recorded 
upon  our  photometer  is  clearly  explained.  How  this 
nitrogen   and   oxygen  gets  into    the    gas    is   a  matter   I 


Juno  30,1892.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


497 


have  not  considered,  and  these  facts  seems  to  be  borne 
out  by  some  further  Sgures  from  Professor  Lewes.  He 
finds  that  100  volumes  of  gas  require  about  230  volumes 
of  either  air  or  nitrogen  to  reduce  its  luminosity  to  nil, 
a  quantity  which  certainly  does  not  agree  with  the  earlier 
notions  of  gas  engineers.  In  the  Salford  gas  there  exists 
at  the  utmost  14  volumes,  and,  as  a  general  thing,  7  to 
8  volumes,  which  is  about  the  proportion  necessary  to 
reduce  the  illuminating  power  from  18  to  14  candles, 
if  reckoned  as  a  diluent,  combined  with  a  certain  amount 
of  light-destroying  power.  Hunter,  in  his  lecture  at  Sal 
ford  (published  by  J.  and  E.  Cornish,  Manchester)  in 
1S7S  slates  (p.  32)  that  10  per  cent,  of  air  added  to 
25-cnudle  gas  reduced  its  illuminating  power  to  8*25  candles. 
Under  extraordinary  conditions  this  might  be  so,  but  I 
think  I  have  shown  that  it  is  possible  to  have  14  per  cent. 
of  nitrogen  and  -  per  cent,  of  oxygen  in  M-candle  gas. 

Discussion. 

Mr.  STENHOUSE  (Rochdale)  -aid  that  after  hearing 
Mr.  Davis's  and  Mr.  New's  papers  read  at  the  last  meeting, 
he  had  obtained  two  samples  of  gas  from  Blackfriars  Street, 
and  very  carefully  determined  the  amount  of  oxygen,  find- 
ing 0*6  per  cent,  in  each  sample.  If  there  were  oxygen  in 
the  gas  there  must  be  air  present,  and  there  could  not  be  a 
large  quantity  of  nitrogen  in  the  gas  without  there  being  a 
corresponding  quantity  of  oxygen.  Such  a  large  percentage 
of  nitrogen  was  very  remarkable,  especially  from  Salford 
gas,  where  it  was  very  carefully  made  and  where  there 
would  be  no  means  of  air  rushing  in  without  its  being 
known.  If  they  did  pass  air  in  they  would  only  use  just 
sufficient  to  revivify  the  purifiers,  whether  oxide  of  iron  or 
lime  \\.re  used  ;  and  with  that  end  in  view  it  would  be  folly 
to  add  mere  than  four  or  five  per  cent,  altogether,  because 
half  a  per  cent,  of  air  could  not,  possibly  hi'  taken  up  by 
partly  fouled  oxide.  It  might  be  said  that  they  made  a  very 
good  gas  at  Salford,  and  then  reduced  its  illuminating  power 
by  passing  air  into  it,  but  that  would  he  a  very  expensive 
process,  and  if  Mr.  Davis's  figures  were  correct,  of  which 
there  could  be  scarcely  any  doubt,  it  would  appear  that  a 
large  quantity  of  air  was  being  passed  into  the  gas.  Mr. 
Davis  appeared  to  have  found  a  large  quantity  of  nitrogen 
in  the  morning.  It  was  difficult  to  understand  why  there 
should  be  untie  iii  the  morning  than  at  night,  for  if  they 
had  to  pass  air  in  it  would  be  in  regular  quantities,  and  it 
would  be  impossible  to  say  into  which  holder  it  had  passed. 

Mr.  Duncan  asked  if  the  nitrogen  might  have  got  there 
by  diffusion  ? 

Mr.  Carpenter  said  that  he  remembered  it  once  being 
suggested  that  every  gas  manufacturer  who  proposed  to  put 
air  in  his  gas  should  carefully  measure  it,  but  it  was  quite 
possible  that  air  might  get  into  the  gas  through  cracked 
retorts. 

Mr.    Stenhouse:    That    would    lie    an    isolated    case; 

whereas  Mr.  Davis  had  quoted  many  instances. 

Mr.  Cmppin:  I  said  that  undoubtedly  there  were  certain 
periods  when  gas  contained  large  quantities  of  air,  but  how 
the  air  got  there  he  could  not  say,  unless  it  was  through 
cracked  retorts.  He  had  just  heard  evidence  given  before 
a  Parliamentary  Committee  with  regard  to  the  Kccles  and 
Swinton  districts  which  verified  the  fact. 

Mr.  I)  wis,  in  reply,  said  that  he  could  not  see  why  it 
would  be  foolish  to  put  air  into  gas,  so  long  as  the  con- 
sumers were  prepared  to  accept  a  mixture  of  gas  and  air.  It 
was  an  undoubted  fact  that  gas  had  a  low  illuminating 
power  at  certain  times  of  the  day;  and  it  was  also  un- 
doubted  that  the  tests  proved  the  presence  of  air,  but 
whether  it  got  there  by  diffusion  through  the  pipes  or  joints 
as  suggested,  by  Mr.  Duncan,  he  was  not  prepared  to  say. 


j^otu'ngbam  *«tiom 


University  College,  Nottingham. 


F.  Clowes. 

J.  B.  Coleman. 

C.  II.   Field. 

II.  Forth. 
E.  Francis. 

S.  J.  Pentecost. 


Chairman  :  L.  Archhutt. 
Committee : 

E.  W.  Small, 
H.  J.  Staples. 
C.  Taylor. 
Sir  John  Tuvney. 
J.T.Wood. 


Treasurer:  J.  M.  C.  Paton. 

lion.  Local  Secret  a  rii : 
It.  L.  Whiteley,  University  College,  Nottingham, 


The  names  in  italics  are  those  of  members  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  he  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  been  elected  t"  lill  the  vacancies,  and  will 
take  office  in  July  next :— I  ice-Chairman  :  F.  Clowes.  Commilti  i  ■ 
F.  J.  K.  Caiulla,  F.  D.  Monlle,  and  <i.  .1.  Ward. 


SESSION  1892. 


Notices  cf  Paiiers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  le  the  Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held  Wednesday,  2.">M  May  1892. 


MR.    L.    AIKHIUTT    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


ON  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  PORTLAND  CEMENT 
FROM  ALKALI  WASTE  AFTER  TREATMENT  BY 
THE  CHANCE  SULPHUR  RECOVERY  PROCESS. 

BY    CHARLES   BPACKMAN. 

The  accumulations  of  waste  from  the  manufacture  of  soda 
by  I  he  Leblaue  process  have  long  been  a  source  of  un- 
ceasing trouble  and  expense  to  the  manufacturers,  and  the 
proposal  lo  make  use  of  this  waste  as  the  lime  constituent 
of  Portland  cement  is  not  new.  In  a  book  on  Portland 
cement  by  II.  Reid,  published  in  1877,  reference  is  made 
to  experiments  carried  out  at  St.  Helens  some  years  pre- 
viously with  a  view  to  its  utilisation  for  this  purpose, 
which  were  not  successful,  as  the  sulphate  of  lime  inter- 
fered with  the  production   of  a  perfectly  hydraulic  cement. 

A  paper  describing  his  process  for  the  manufacture  of 
cement  from  alkali  waste  was  read  before  the  Liverpool 
Section  of  this  Society  by  J.  S.  Riglvy  (this  Journal,  7, 
301),  in  which  the  author  states  that  his  attempts  to 
produce  cement  with  the  unpuriticd  waste  were  unsuccessful. 

"  It  produced  a  cement  of  a  very  uncertain  quality  ;  when 
made  into  briquettes  and  placed  in  water  they  frequently 
crumbled  away,  or  if  they  held  together  at  all  a  very  slight 
strain  caused  them  to  break.  The  cement  had  also  an 
unpleasant  slippery  feel  with  it  when  taken  from  the  water; 
it  also  evolved  sulphuretted  hydrogen  when  treated  with  an 
acid."  Cement  of  good  quality  was,  however,  obtained  by 
purifying  the  waste.  This  was  said  to  be  accomplished  by 
passing  carbon  dioxide  obtained  from  the  calcination  of  a 
previous  kiln  of  cement  through  the  semi-liquid  waste,  either 
before  or  after  it  had  been  mixed  with  the  required  quantity 
of  clay. 

A  second  paper,  by  the  same  author  (this  Journal,  9, 
254),  considers  the  action  of  calcium  sulphate  on  cement, 
and  describes  a  continuous  process  of  calcination. 

In  Mr.  Chance's  paper  describing  his  sulphur  recovery 
process,  three  analyses  of  the  waste  after  treatment  by  this 
process  are  given  (this  Journal,  7,  162),  and  reference  is 
made  to  the  possibility  of  utilising  it  for  the  manufacture 
of  cement.  In  this  paper  I  propose  to  briefly  consider  this 
subject,  and  to  give  the  result  of  an  actual  experiment. 


498 


THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY.         [ June  SO,  189S. 


The  analysis  of  the  waste  with  which  my  experiments 
Fen   made  was  as  Follows : — ■ 

Coke 2"«2 

-.-I  i  f09» 

Silt.:, 1-156 

Alumina 0-920 

Ferrous  sulphate LM88 

Ferrous  sulphide 0"  t'2l 

Calcium  i  ar late 18-861 

i  nleium  sulphate 1*738 

M  .   ...  sin bonatc 2'  138 

Soda 0-982 

Water 15' 711 

luii-277 

Sulphur  compounds  exist  lure  in  much  larger  quantity 
than  in  tin-  samples  (if  which  analyses  are  given  In 
Mr.  Chance.  The  presence  of  sulphur  to  any  great  extent 
in  the  raw  materials  is  Liahle  t<>  seriously  interfere  with  the 
production  of  Portland  cement  of  even  moderate  quality, 
ami  as  the  material  in  question  will  always  certainly  contain 
a  small  quantity,  ami  may  contain  a  considerable  one,  we 
must,  as  part  of  our  subject,  consider  what  its  effects  are, 
and  to  what  extent  its  presence  is  detrimental. 

Tin'  action  of  sulphates  on  lime  was  first  investigated  by 
the  late  General  Scott,  R.E.,  F.R.S.,  now  more  than  35 
years  ago.  Experimenting  with  the  Plymouth  hydraulic 
limestones  ami  burning  a  piece  of  the  -tone  in  a  dull  lire, 
he  foitud  on  grinding  to  a  tine  powder  and  mixing  with 
water  that  instead  of  slaking  and  heating  as  previous 
samples  had  done,  it  set  and  hardened  in  exactly  the  same 
manner  as  a  cement,  lie  consulted  Dr.  Faraday  respecting 
this,  and  they  came  to  the  conclusion  that  the  change  was 
ilue  to  the  formation  of  some  form  of  sub-carbonate  of 
lime.  It  was,  however,  subsequently  ascertained  thai  it 
was  caused  by  the  presence  of  a  small  quantity  of  calcium 
sulphate  formed  by  the   action  of  the  iron  pyrites   of  the 


coal.  This  led  to  the  invention  of  Scott's  cement,  which 
was  made  as  follows : — grey  chalk  lime,  such  as  that  of 
i  l:i  rh mi  on  the  Medway,  containing  from  10  to  15  per  cent. 
of  clay,  was  reheated  to  redness  in  shallow  kilns  with  per- 
forated hearths.  When  the  lime  was  sufficiently  hot,  pots 
of  sulphur  were  placed  beneath  the  hearths,  the  sulphur 
being  immediately  ignited  by  the  heat  of  the  kilns.  The 
sulphur  dioxide  evolved  combined  with  the  lime  to  form 
calcium  sulphite  which  afterwards  passed  to  sulphate. 
When  finely  ground  the  cement  was  ready  for  use. 

This  system  of  manufacture  was  about  1871  abandoned 
for  a  much  simpler  one,  the  lime  being  finely  ground  with  a 
certain  proportion  of  gypsum.  When  so  treated  it  is  known 
as  selenitic  lime,  and  it  is  now  manufactured  in  large 
quantities  from  the  hydraulic  limestones.  Mortar  made 
with  selenitic  lime  hardens  rapidly  and  possesses  a  much 
greater  strength  witli  a  larger  proportion  of  sand  than  if 
made  in  the  ordinary  manner  with  the  same  lime  not  made 
selenitic. 

General  Scott  also  found  that  by  the  addition  while 
grinding  of  a  quantity  not  exceeding  „  per  cent,  of  gypsum 
to  hot  overlimed  Portland  cement  with  a  tendency  to 
expand  and  blow,  it  could  he  rendered  lit  for  immediate 
use  without   undergoing  the   usual  process  of  ail   slaking, 

and  that  sound  hut  quick  setting  cement   iM  be  rendered 

slow  setting  by  the  same  treatment.  This  fact  is  now  so 
well  recognised  that  the  German  standard  rules,  which  most 
stringently  regulate  the  addition  of  any  foreign  substance  to 
Portland  cement  by  the  manufacturer,  allow  gypsum  to  be 
added  in  quantity  not  exceeding  2  per  cent,  to  confer  slow 
setting  properties.  Its  effects  are  well  illustrated  by  the 
results  given  in  the  following  table  by  Messrs.  Dyekerholi 
taken  from  the  Minutes  of  Proceedings  Inst.  C.E.,  Vol. 
l.XII.,  p.  92,  which  shows  the  gradual  increase  in  the  time 
of  setting  of  a  sample  of  quick-setting  cement  by  the 
addition  of  |,  1,  and  2  per  cent,  of  gypsum,  and  the  corre- 
al  ling   increase   of  strength,   both    neat    and  with  three 

parts  of  standard  sand  at  from  one  to  fifty-two  weeks  :— 


Table  by  Messrs.  Dyckebhofj*. 

Showing  the  increase  in  strength  which  results  from  an  increase  in  the  time  occupied  in  setting. 

Kilogrammes  per  sq.  centimetre. 


v     'i,     ■-  1 1  of  Cement. 

'fun.'  Ol 
SettilC.' 

\.  .1  Cement. 
275  Grras.  ..i  Water  t  .  i. iGrms.  of  Cement. 

'  ine  ..f  i  .'nient  in  Three  oi  Sand 
Standard  Test. 

Neat. 

( in.' 
\\  eek. 

r ■ 

Weeks 

T\v.  lve 
Weeks. 

Twi  iiiy-iive 
\\ .  eks. 

Fifty-two 

Weeks. 

One 

Week. 

Four 

We.  1.-. 

Pwelve 
Weeks. 

Twenty-six 

Week-. 

Fifty-two 
Wee! 

1 

Miniili 

2" 

Jin 

22 '7 

22 '  2 

2S'5 
32-1 

30- 1 

in  .; 

1V7 
43 -!l 

19-3 

IV- 

-1 
inn 

11     - 

ll'.l 

W7 
23-8 

... 

21  s 

25-3 

2 

The  same   cemenl 
with  !  per  •  ■hi . 

27    1 

3 

The  same  cement 

with  1  per  cent. 

Dim 

l'.;  i 

:-;',•  7 

39-9 

,;,-, 

5 1". 

11-2 

lli'7 

21  9 

25-9 

27  i. 

1      The    vim -nient 

with  2   per  iint. 

840 

29-9 

■ 

IS-4 

50   ' 

56-7 

1-i'T 

IST, 

21-4 

20  :; 

• 

We    must     now    consider    calcium    sulphate    occurring 

a-    '    ..I    tin     constituents   of    Portland  cement,    instead 

of  being  added  after  burning.  The  materials  in  general 
use  for  the  manufacture,  as  a  rule,  contain  sulphur 
compounds  in  such  small  quantity  that  practically  their 
presence  maj  1..-  disregarded.  At  the  same  time,  cal- 
cium sulphate  i.e. in-  in  more  or  less  quantity  in  all 
Portland  cement,  its  presence  being  due  to  the  coke 
used  a-  fuel.  The  sulphur  dioxide  evolved  during  its  com- 
bustion, in  passing  upwards  through  the  layers  of  unburned 
material  in  the  kiln,  to  some  extent  attacks  the  calcium 
carbonate,  forming  ultimately  calcium  sulphate,  as  in  the 
manufacture  of  Scott's  cement,  except  that  in  the  latter  case 
entire  absorption  of  the  sulphur  dioxide  was  seemed  by 
heating    the    lime    to  redness.     The    formation   of  calcium 


sulphate  is  less  in  open  than  in  closed  kilns,  and  less  in 
some  forms  of  closed  kilns  than  in  others.  The  quantity, 
however,  due  to  this  cause  is  too  small  to.  of  itself,  at  all 
influence  the  character  of  the  cement,  hut  many  French 
engineers  attach  great  importance  to  the  freedom  of  Port- 
land cement  from  sulphuric  acid — it  is  difficult  to  understand 
why — and  specify  a  maximum  percentage.  The  cement 
specification  for  the  Boulogne  harbour  works  contains  a 
clause  providing  that  sulphate  of  lime  shall  not  exceed  1  per 
cunt.,  a  condition  that  Few,  if  any,  English  cements,  which 
are  generally  burned  with  gas-coke,  could  comply  with. 

If  the  raw  materials,  as  in  the  case  of  the  desulphurised 
alkali  waste,  contain  sulphur  in  any  form — for  even  under 
the  most  careful  treatment  we  know  that  it  niu-t  do  SO,  a- 
any  ferrous  sulphide  present  cannot   he  decomposed,  and 


June30,i892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


499 


as  wr  ^li;itl  presently  see,  the  quantity  of  calcium  sulphate 
thai  maj  be  present  in  the  eumeni  is  a  limited  one,  the 
quantity  of  this  due  to  the  ;i^h  and  iron  pyrites  of  the  coke 
becomes  an  important  consideration,  aud  it  is  necessary  t < i 
know  what  the  amount  really  is.  In  the  Following  table  I 
have  arranged  the  results  of  some  experiments  which  show 
this 

Tun  E  A. 


IJubm-ned  Material. 


CiiSOj 
Pel  Cent. 


I'VS, 
I'd  Oiit. 


Cement. 


, 

1    |GS 

■•. 

l  :.iij 

■■). 
t. 

,,  j.i 

1    501 

1  :,;:' 

s. 

I   601 

a 

1-301 

v. 

limit 

1*090 

'I'll.'  mixture  .i>  dried  ready  for  the  kiln  in  N'os.  1  to  6 
contains  only  0*234  per  cent,  of  CaS04,  which  would  give 
about  0*32  imi  cent  in  tin-  cement.  l'YS,,  a  common 
constituent  of  mauy  clays,  Was  entirely  absent.  The  kilns 
were  open  ones  of  about  20  tons  of  cemcnl  capacity.  About 
one-half  the  coke  was  gas-coke;  the  remtiiuder  was  made 
in  ovens  underneath  the  drying  Hats.  The  cement  from 
each  "I  six  Kilns  was  ground  separately  and  carefully 
sampled,  the  OaSO.j  1"  ling  determined  in  each  wiik  the 
results  given  in  the  tabic.  The  average  of  these  is  1-528, 
ami  if  we  deduct  0*32  per  ceut.,  tin-  approximate  quantity 
ilue  to  that  originally  present  in  the  raw  materials,  wo  have 
1-2  per  cent  derived  from  the  coke.  Practically,  the 
cement  differed  in  no  way  from  specially  prepared  samples 
in  which  the  CaS(>,  fell  considerably  below  1  per  cent. 

In  No.  7,  tin-  CaSO,  in  the  material  before  burning  exists 
as  a  mere  trace,  l*\-s,  being  absent.  The  cement  was 
burned  in  closed  kilns,  with  the  result  that  we  get  1  '99  per 
t't'iii.  of  CaSt  >,  derived  entirely  from  the  coke. 

In  the  next  table  the  results  show  the  CaSt  I,  present  in 
the  dement  produced  by  burning  by  different  methods,  a 
mixture  containing  sulphur  present  principally  in  FeS2. 

Table  B. 


Unburned  Material. 


10. 

11. 


(.'a  SO, 
Percent. 


1-VS . 
Per  i  .in. 


Cement. 


r.isn, 
Per  Cent. 


How  Burned. 


G'l'SO 

.-.072 
5-002 

.vii.-.ii 

4-778 

1-148 
5-100 
S'893 
3-872 

+•320 
3-340 


In  30-ton  rinse  kiln,  with 
i  tad  draught.  Whole 
proauct  of  kiln. 

As  90.1. 

As  No.  1. 

As    No.    I,    !mt     a    v.-i'y 

sharp  draught.  A  hie-h 

wind     during     whole 

timekiln  was  burning. 
An  No.  1,  but   draught 

of    kiln    permanently 

improved. 
As  No.  1.     Sample  from 

bottom  of  a  kiln. 
In    open     30-tou     kiln. 

Whole  product. 
In     open     'Jii-leii     kiln. 

Whole  product. 
In    open      Ln-tou     kiln. 

Mli  ile  product. 
Prom  top  "i   15-ton  open 

kiln. 
From   bottom  of  15-ton 

open  kiln. 


A  consideration  of  this  table  will  show  that  it  is  not  an 
unimportant  matter  in  what  state  sulphur  if  present  exists 
in  the  raw  materials.  Taking  the  example  given,  we  find 
that  the  mixture  before  burning  contained  1*67  1  per  cent. 
of  IfeSj.  This  quantity  is  equivalent  to  3*801  CaSOj,  and 
would  make  with  the  n-112  actually  present  as  CaS04  a 
total  of  4*248  before  burning,  giving  in  the  cement  about 
G* 33  per  cent,  of  CaS04.  If  we  take  into  account  that 
derived  from  the  coke,  which,  in  a  closed  kiln  of  the  kind 
used  for  burning  cements  rfos.  1  to  4,  would  certainly  be- 
not  less  than  1!  percent.,  we  should  get  S-IS  per  cent,  of 
('aSt),in  the  cement,  supposing  the  S  present  combined 
with  Ke  as  l'YS,  had  existed  in  combination  with  lime  as 
CaSOj,  or  if  the  S02  evolved  by  the  decomposition  of  the 
FeSohad  entirely  combined  with  lime. 

The  presence  of  s-:;  per  cent,  of  CaS04  would  be  fatal 
to  the  cement,  and  it  will  be  noticed  that  it  is  much  higher 
than  any  of  the  tabulated  results.  Kvidently  then  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  sulphur  escaped  from  the  kilns  a-  SI  t ., 
the  best  results  being  obtained  in  the  small  open  kilns,  there 
being  practically  no  difference  between  those  of  15  and  20 
tons  capacity. 

'I'h.'  cements  in  Table  1!.  with  many  others  in  which  the 
(  aS(  I,  varied  from  3  to  6  per  cent,  were  tested  against  a 
sample  containing  only  2-5  pet  cent.,  and  their  behaviour 
ran  fully  watched.  The  2- 5  per  cent,  sample  was  prepared 
in  the  same  manner  and  from  practically  the  same  materials 
as  the  other  cements,  by  omitting  a  shale  which  contained 
the  principal  part  of  the  l'YS.  and  substituting  another 
containing  a  smaller  quantity. 

Generally,  the  results  were  as  follows:  —  I'roin  2'5  to 
alioul  I  per  cunt,  of  CaSl  >,.  both  the  time  of  setting  and 
the  comparative  strength  of  all  the  samples  tested  increased 
with  the  percentage  of  ( 'aSt  I,,  aid  all  were  moderately  slow 
setting. 

With  I'roin  I  to  6  per  cent,  of  CaSl  I,  all  the  cements  did 
not  give  good  results.  Those  that  were  successful  set  much 
more  slowly  than  the  previous  series,  the  time  occupied  in 
setting  increasing  with  the  percentage  of  CaS04,  until  with 
6  per  cent,  the  cement  set  so  slowly  as  to  render  it  unsuitable 
for  many  purposes.  The  strength  of  these  when  tested 
without  sand  was  very  gieat  at  short  periods  of  time,  much 
greater  than  was  the  case  with  those  containing  below  I  per 
cent,  of  C'aSO,  ;  with  sand  the  results  were  not  quite  so 
good.  All  the  test  briquettes  were  moulded  as  soon  as 
possible  after  the  cement  was  ground,  and  in  no  case  was 
any  sample  improved  by  exposure  to  air  before  being  tested. 
It  has  been  already  explained  that  the  effect  of  gypsum 
added  in  small  quantity  to  quick-setting  cement  or  to  freshly- 
made  cement  with  a  tendency  to  expand  or  blow,  is  to 
render  it  slow  setting  aud  fit  for  immediate  use  without 
being  air-slaked.  We  now  see  that  the  same  effect  is 
produced  by  CaS04  occurring  as  one  of  the  constituents  of 
the  cement. 

The  tests,  some  thousands  in  number,  extended  over  a 
long  period  of  time,  and  the  result  generally  showed  a  high 
initial  strength  steadily  increasing  with  age,  except,  of 
course,  in  the  case  of  the  samples  just  mentioned  as  not 
having  given  good  results,  the  cause  of  the  failure  of  which 
we  must  now  consider. 

We  have  hitherto  assumed  that  the  whole  of  the  sulphur 
present  in  the  cement  exists  in  0aSO4,  but  this  is  not 
strictly  true,  as  a  small  quantity  of  C'aS  is  also  always 
present,  which  is  formed  by  the  reduction  of  CaS(  I,  during 
the  calcination  of  the  cement,  which  takes  place  in  contact 
with  the  fuel.  Even  if  only  1  per  cent,  of  CaSO,  is  present, 
(  aS  will  also  be  found,  and  the  larger  the  quantity  of  (  aSi  I 
the  larger  is  the  quantity  reduced  to  C'aS.  If  ordinary  care- 
is  exercised  in  the  manufacture,  the  quantity  of  C'aS  in 
cements  containing  up  to  4  *5  per  cent,  of  CaS04  is  not  a 
matter  of  great  importance,  but  from  4-5to6perccnt.it 
may  exist  to  so  great  an  extent  is  to  entirely  ruin  the 
cement. 

I  found  that  when  the  CaSl  >,  would  exceed  a  per  cent,  in 
Hi.-  finished  cement,  great  care  was  uecessarj  .lining  the 
process  of  manufacture  to  prevent  the  formation  of  a 
dangerous  excess  of  Ca.S,  to  which  cause  the  failures  were 
due.  Briefly,  its  effects  are  as  follows  :— The  fine  blue  grey 
colour  of  the  freshly-ground  cement  gradually  changes  to  a 


f,00 


THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE    SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY.        [ June  so,  18SS. 


dirty  brown.     This  is  caused  by  tlic  CaS  in  presence  of  tbe 

moisture  of  tlic  air  reacting  with  the  FoO  or  Fe303  existing 
in  the  cement.  FeS  first  forms,  this  slowly  oxidisesto  FeS<  i,, 
which  is  further  oxidised  aud  becomes  brown.  This 
reaction  takes  place  much  more  rapidly  when  the  cement  is 
gauged.  .Samples  left  in  air  dry  out  a  dirty  brown  colour,  if 
broken  when  dry  the  fractured  parts  are  of  a  pale  greenish 
blue,  which  rapidly  becomes  brown  on  exposure.  If 
immersed  in  water  the  samples  do  not  harden  well  especially 
when  mixed  with  sand,  and  become  throughout  of  a  dark 
green  colour,  which  changes  to  brown  on  removal  from  the 
water  and  exposure  to  air.  The  cement  sets  extremely 
slowly,  even  with  a  moderate  proportion  of  water,  with 
excess  of  water  it  will  scar,  ely  sel  at  all,  especially  at  a  low 
temperature.  Briquettes  made  of  neat  cement  will,  if 
allowed  to  thoroughly  harden  before  being  put  in  water, 
frequently  possess  a  fair  tensile  strength,  but  with  sand  the 
strength  when  compared  with  that  of  ordinary  cement  of 
average  quality  is  very  low  indeed. 

The  results  of  the  experiments  of  which  I  have  given  a 
brief  summary  led  me  to  tix  the  absolute  limit  to  which 
CaS04  may  be  present  in  Portland  cement  at  5  per  cent. 
This  is  considered,  not  as  added  to  a  normal  cement,  but  as 
derived  from  the  fuel  aud  the  materials  from  which  it  is 
made,  the  relative  proportions  of  basic  and  acid  con- 
stituents in  the  mixture  before  burning  being  arranged  with 
reference  to  the  percentage  of  CaS04  ultimately  present  in 
the  cement. 

Although  my  experiments  were  made  with  other  materials 
aud  with  a  different  object,  they  are  equally  applicable 
to  the  present  case,  in  which  we  are  considering  the 
application  of  a  material  to  the  same  purpose,  the  only 
drawback  to  its  successful  use  being  the  presence  of  sulphur 
compounds. 

The  analysis  of  the  alkali  waste  previously  given  shows 
that  even  when  mixed  with  sufficient  clay  to  bring  the 
calcium  carbonate  down  to  about  72  per  cent,  in  the  dry 
mixture,  it  would  still  contain  calcium  sulphate  in  such 
quantity  as  to  largely  exceed  in  the  cement  the  limit  I  have 
laid  down. 

An  experiment  was,  however,  made  in  the  following 
manner  ;  The  waste  was  dried  and  ground  in  the  dry  state 
with  clay  fairly  free  from  calcium  carbonate.  The  mixture 
was  pugged  with  a  small  quantity  of  water,  and  was 
moulded  into  bricks,  which  were  dried  on  a  heated  floor 
and  afterwards  burned  with  coke  in  a  trial  kiln.  Mixtures 
were  made  with  various  proportions  of  the  alkali  waste  and 
clay,  the  cement  in  each  case  being  ground  and  tested 
separately,  with  the  result  that  every  one  of  the  samples 
failed,  although  some  remained  sound  until  put  in  w-ater- 
Clearly  then,  it  was  necessary  to  devise,  some  means  of 
reducing  the  quantity  of  calcium  sulphate  if  success  was 
to  be  achieved,  and  the  following  method  was  adopted. 

A  marly  clay  was  used  containing  from  30  to  40  per 
cent,  of  carbonate  of  lime.  This  rendered  necessary  the 
addition  of  a  larger  quantity  than  was  used  in  tbe  first 
experiments,  and  advantage  was  taken  of  the  sparing 
solubility  of  calcium  sulphate  in  water. 

The  materials  were  mixed  in  the  wet  way,  using  a 
considerable  quantity  of  water,  and  the  mixture  was 
allowed  to  settle  for  some  days  in  tanks,  when  the  water 
was,  as  far  as  possible,  drained  from  the  surface  of  the 
deposited  slip.  This  now  contained  about  66  per  cent,  of 
water,  and,  after  being  again  thoroughly  mixed  by  stirring, 
was  allowed  to  run  upon  a  drying  flat  heated  by  coke 
ovens,  the  floor  being  constructed  of  fireclay  slabs.  These 
absorbed  a  considerable  amount  of  water  from  the  slip, 
which,  of  course,  together  with  that  previously  drained 
from  the  surface,  was  saturated  with  calcium  sulphate. 
The  process  is  really  the  one  originally  adopted  for  the 
manufacture  of  Portland  cement  from  chalk  aud  clay  which 
is  still  largely  in  use,  and  which  is  fully  described  in  a 
paper  by  myself  (this  Journal,  7,  102).  In  this  case,  how- 
ever, a  larger  quantity  of  water  was  used,  and  the  slip, 
instead  of  being  allowed  to  settle  for  from  six  to  eight 
weeks  in  backs  until  the  water  is  reduced  to  40  or  ,">()  per 
cent.,  was,  as  time  was  of  importance,  run  upon  the  drying 
flats  in  a  more  liquid  condition. 


In  the  following  table  of  analyses,  No.  1  is  that  of  one 
sample  of  the  dry  slip  prepared  from  the  alkali  mud  and 
clay.  The  other  two  are  for  comparison  with  it.  No.  2  is 
that  of  ordinary  Portland  slip  or  slurry  prepared  from  grey 
chalk  and  gault  clay.  No.  :>,  the  same  material  from  white 
chalk  and  a  pit  clay. 


X,,.  1. 


Nil  2. 


No.  3. 


Coke,  water,  and  organic  matter  .. 

1-032 

Sand                    

1-343 

12  220 

12836 

1-842 

13-770 

:;-fJ7 

2-.-.TS 

3-025 

0-324 

4-993 
71-002 

2-  155 

0-351 
76-882 
0-342 

6-812 

73-093 

0'044 

L-955 

0-759 

0-168 

Potash  

0-671 

0-772 

I -X.it  del 

! 

100-200 

99  31 

SIS -703 

The  dried  slip  was  burned  in  a  trial  kiln  with  gas  coke. 
The  previous  experiments  had  shown  that  the  mixture  was 
very  fusible,  aud  great  care  was  necessary  to  prevent  over- 
burning.  No  attempt  was  made  to  get  good  results  by 
selecting  the  best  clinker  for  grinding.  The  under-burned 
material  was  first  picked  out,  as  is  the  usual  practice,  and 
tbe  remaining  contents  of  several  kilns  were  ground 
together. 

The  cement  set  slowly  ( in  about  10  hours)  aud  was 
tested  immediately  after  being  ground.  The  briquettes 
were  made  in  Grant's  form  of  mould  1-ineh  section,  were 
put  in  water  24  hours  after  moulding  and  left  there  until 
the  moment  of  testing.  They  were  tested  in  a  Jlichele's 
machine,  strain  being  applied  at  the  rate  of  400  lb.  per 
minute,  with  the  following  results  in  pounds  pel  sq.  inch. 


Xent  Cement. 
Water  16'3  per  Cent. 

1  Cement,  3  Standard  Sand, 
"Water  6*2  tier  Cent. 

Highest. 

Lowest. 

Average 

of 
6  Tests. 

Highest. 

Lowest. 

Average 

of 
6  Tests. 

At  :;  days 
At  7  days 
Al  28  days 

020 

inn 

770 

570 

Olio 
712 

58S 
615 
740 

200 
200 
350 

185 
170 

300 

192 
190 
317 

For  comparison  with  the  foregoing  tests,  those  following 
are  given.  They  are  of  six  samples  of  ordinary  commercial 
Portland   cement   taken   without    selection  from  a  register 

of  tests. 


Neat  Cement. 

1  Cement,  3  Standard 
Sand. 

:;  days. 

7  days. 

2s  .lays. 

7  days. 

28  days. 

Cement  A.. 

no 

595 

697 

126 

102 

Cement  B . . 

386 

136 

581 

199 

2tt 

Cement  C. 

013 

.-.-:.-, 

1!'5 

212 

Cement  D. . 

363 

(36 

.. 

100 

Col. ut  E. . 

500 

:,  15 

307 

Cement  F. . 

" 

17s 

5111 

138 

1*2 

Juno 30,188*.]        THE   JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY    OF   CHEMICAL    INDUSTIIY. 


.001 


It  will  be  noticed  that  the  cement  made  from  the  alkali 
waste  far  exceeds  any  of  these  in  strength,  liotli  neat  and 
with  sand.  This  is  to  some  extent  due  to  the  calcium 
sulphate,  but  principally  to  the  extremely  tine  state  of 
division  of  the  calcium  carbonate,  which  rendered  possible 
a  most  intimate  mixture  with  the  clay  before  burning,  a 
result  not  always  obtained  when  dealing  with  some  of  the 
natural  carbonates  except  at  a  great,  and  often  a  prohibitive 
cost. 

In  comparing  these- results  it  is  but  fair  to  remember  that  the 
tests  with  sand  of  all  of  those  in  the  second  table  would  have 
been  much  higher  had  the  cement  been  more  finely  ground, 
but  the  strength  neat,  in  which  condition,  however,  cement 
is  rarely  used  would  have  been  rather  less.  Any  of  these 
cements,  some  of  which  possess  far  less  strength  than  that 
made  from  the  alkali  waste  would,  for  many  purposes,  be 
much  more  suitable  as  they  all  set  more  quickly. 

In  the  following  table  the  analysis  of  four  cements  are 
given.  No.  1  is  that  made  from  the  alkali  waste,  the 
others  are  three  samples  of  ordinary  commercial  Portland 
of  very  good  quality.  It  will  be  observed  that  Nos.  2  and 
3  agree  fairly  closely  in  composition  with  No.  1,  but  it 
must  at  the  same  time  be  remembered  that  the  analysis 
of  a  cement  taken  by  itself  is  no  guarantee  of  its 
quality  :  — 


Insoluble  residue 

Silica 

Alumina 

Ferric  oxide 

Lime 

Sulphate  --i  I - 

Ktagnesia 

Potash 

Soda 


I. 

2 '7  U> 
18'215 
8-018 
G'5G:i 
5G-682 
5-OOG 
1-639 
0:6M 
0-779 


3-302 
19"166 

7-103 

f67S 
60-170 

1--778 
3-101 
1-327 
O'+IO 


100*339    loo- 113    100-013    100-661 


2-.SI3 
20-204 
7-300 
6-891 
56-905 
3-389 
0'003 
1-102 
0-375 


1-012 
21-; 300 
8-826 
•P30i 
oo-o;2 
1-507 
1-116 
0-789 
0-289 


The  results  of  my  experiments  show,  that  if  so  far  free 
from  sulphur  compounds  as  to  give  in  the  cement  calcium 
sulphate  in  quantity  not  exceeding  5  per  cent.,  alkali  waste 
may,  after  treatment  by  the  Chance  process  for  the 
recovery  of  its  sulphur,  be  successfully  utilised  for  the 
manufacture  of  Portland  cement.  With  this  quantity, 
however,  the  cement  would  set  very  slowly,  but  it  could 
be  made  to  set  more  quickly,  and  would  be  more  generally 
useful  if  the  calcium  sulphate  was  reduced  to  from  3  to 
■I  per  cent. 

This  material  may  be  easily  dealt  with  by  the  methods 
generally  adopted  for  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement 
from  chalk  and  clay,  but  Tables  A.  and  B.  show  that  as 
regards  kilns,  open  ones  of  moderate  capacity  ate  the  most 
suitable  as  the  quantity  of  calcium  sulphate  in  the  cement, 
derived  from  the  coke  and  the  sulphides  present  will  be 
materially  reduced  by  their  use. 


(glasgoto  anto  drottisty  &rrtion. 


Chairman:  E.  C.  ('.  Stanford. 
Vice-Chairman:  A.  Cram  Brown. 


J.  Christie. 
W.  J.  A.  Donald. 
D.  S.  Dolt. 
C.  J.  Ellis. 
G.  A.  Fates, tt. 
Wm.  Foulis. 
J.  Gibson. 
R.  A.  Inglis. 


Committee  : 

It.  Irvine. 
J.  Falconer  King. 
O.  McRoberts. 
T.  P.  Miller. 
.1.  Pattison. 
J.  B.  Readman. 
JC.  Smith. 
R.  It.  Tatlock. 


Son.  Treasurer :   W.  J.  Chrystal. 

lion.  Local  Secretary : 
.).  Stanley  Muir,  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  of  Glasgow. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  lie 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 

The  names  in  italics  are  those  of  memhers  of  Committee  who 
retire  at  the  end  of  the  current  Session. 

The  following  have  been  elected  to  Mil  the  vacancies  and  will 
take  oilicc  iu  Julynext:  Chairman:  C.  A.  Fawsitt.  Vice-Cltair- 
man:  E.  J.  Mills.  Hon.  Secretary  and  Treasurer:  J.Stanley  Muir. 
Committee:    G.  Beilby,  W.    J.   Clirvstal,    J.  S.  Macarthur,  T.  L. 

Patterson,  E.  C.  C.  Stanford,  and  G.  Watson. 


Meeting   held    in   the  Societies'  Rooms,  207,   Bath    Street, 
Glasgow,  oti  Tuesday,  1th  June  1892. 


MR.    E.    C.    C.    STANFORD    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


NEW  METHODS  OF  ESTIMATING  CHROMIUM  IN 
FERRO-CHROMIUM  AND  STEEL. 

BY    JOHN    CLARK.    I'll. I). 

Ferro-chromium. 

On  account  of  its  technical  importance,  the  estimation  of 
chromium  in  ferro-chromium  has  engaged  the  atteutijn  of  a 
considerable  number  of  chemists,  but  the  processes  hitherto 
published  are  for  the  most  part  very  tedious.  This  is  to  a 
large  extent  due  to  the  difficulty  which  is  experienced  in 
getting  the  whole  of  the  chromium  into  solution,  as  alloys 
rich  in  chromium  are  only  partially  soluble  in  nitric, 
sulphuric,  or  hydrochloric  acids,  or  even  aqua  regia. 

H.  N.  Warner,  it  is  true  (Chem.  News,  65,  186), 
states  that  ferro-chromium  is  readily  dissolved  by  heating 
with  strong  sulphuric  acid,  but  I  have  not  succeeded  in 
completely  dissolving  in  this  way  the  alloys  which  I  have 
had  occasion  to  test,  the  best  result  obtained  after  heatiug 
with  H2S04  for  a  day  giving  8'9  per  cent,  of  insoluble 
chromium,  and  as  they  frequently  contain  aluminium  his 
method  of  estimating  the  chromium  by  weighing  the  pre- 
cipitates of  oxide  chromium  and  iron,  and  deducting  the 
iron  is,  in  my  opinion  scarcely  entitled  to  be  called  accurate. 
According  to  R.  Schoffel  (Her.  Deutch.  Chem.  1879,  1863) 
even  direct  fusion  with  carbonate  of  soda  and  nitrate  of 
potash  is  of  no  use,  and  he  therefore  recommends  that  the 
greater  portion  of  the  iron  of  the  ferro-chromium  should  he 
dissolved  out  with  the  double  chloride  of  copper  and  sodium 
or  ammonium,  and  the  residue  fused  with  carbonate  of  soda 
and  nitrate  of  potash,  but  he  admits  that  this  process  is  not 
suitable  for  alloys  containing  more  than  8  per  cent,  of 
chromium. 


0  2 


THE  JOURNAL  01    THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Juno 30, 180S. 


A.  Ziegler  states  thai  ferro-cliromium  ran  lie  dissolved  by 
fusion  with  a  large  excess  of  bisulphate  of  potash  or  soda, 
>ui  he  recommends  ( Dingl.  279,  l«:f)  that  the  ferro- 
chromium  should  be  Fused  with  a  mixture  of  ti  parts  of 
caustic  soda  and  3  of  nitrate  of  potash.and  the  chromium  in 
the  solution  twice  precipitated  with  ammonia  after  evapo- 
ration to  dryness  with  hydrochloric  arid  to  render  the  silica 
insoluble.  In  addition  to  this,  the  iusoluhle  in  water  is 
dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  oxide  of  iron  tested 
for  chromium. 

In  1871  (i  linn.  News,  24,  286  and  304)  1  pub- 
lished a  new  method  of  estimating  chromium  in  chrome 
iron  ore,  depending  on  the  oxidation  of  the  chromium  by 
means  of  a  mixture  of  caustic  soda  and  magnesia,  and 
subsequent  titration  of  the  chromic  acid.  In  1877,  or  fully 
five  years  afterwards,  this  process  was  reproduced  by 
A.  Christomanos  as  his  own  in  a  paper  read  before  the 
German  Chemical  Society  (Her.  Deutch  Chein.  10,  16). 
1  did  nol  observe  this  publication  at  the  time  and  would  have 
taken  no  notice  "I  it  now,  but  I  tiud  that  in  Koscoc  and 
Schorlemmcr's  Treatise  on  1  Chemistry  (  Vol.  2,  I'ari  2,  p.  is:; ), 
Christomanos  is  referred  to  in  a  foot-note  as  the  author  of 
the  process,  and  I  therefore  take  this  opportunity  of  pointing 
out  my  claim  to  priority.  This  process  is  very  suitable  for 
ores  or  oxide  of  iron  precipitates,  as  the  oxide  of  chromium 
1-  readilj  converted  into  chromic  acid  at  the  temperature  of 
a  Bunsen  II. 11110,  but  on  applying  it  to  poor  ferro-chromium 
under  the  same  conditions  so  little  oxidation  tool,  place  tint 
1  concluded  it  was  necessary  to  oxidise  the  chromium  bi  fore 
it  could  be  converted  into  chromic  acid  by  soda  and 
magnesia.  Unfortunately,  ferro-chromium  is  onbj  partially 
oxidised  in  the  muffle  or  over  a  blowpipe,  and  even  when 
heated  in  pun'  oxygen  by  means  of  a  gas  combustion 
furnace  oxidation  takes  place  very  slowly.  I  found,  how 
ever,  on  repeating  my  experiments  with  rich  alloys'of 
chromium,  that  when  the  temperature  was  lowered  to  a 
point  at  which  it  seemed  scarce!}  possible  that  any  action 
could  take  place  the  ferro-chromium,  even  when  in  coarse 
powder,  was  readily  and  rapidly  oxidised  by  the  soda  and 
magnesia  without  the  use  of  an  oxidising  agent  such 
as  chlorate  or  nitrate  of  potash,  any  excess  of  which 
would  interfere  with  the  subsequent  titration  of  the 
chromium. 

Wagnesia  <*>i<l  Soda  Process. — One  grm.  of  the  finely 
pulverised  ferro-chromium  is  intimately  mixed  in  a  platinum 
crucible  with  5  grms.  ot  magnesia  mixture,  consisting  of 
two  parts  of  freshlj  calcined  magnesia,  and  three'  parts  of 
finely  pulverised  hydrate  of  sodium,  and  the  crucible  is 
placed  over  a  low  Bunsen  Same  in  such  a  manner  that  only 
the  point  of  the  Maine  touches  tin  bottom  of  the  crucible. 
Oxidation  begins  almost  immediately,  and  takes  place  so 
rapidly  that  the  contents  of  the  crucible  actually  glow  for 
several  minutes.  After  heating  at  this  temperature  for 
about  hall'  an  hour  without  stirring,  the  flame  is  raised 
and  the  bottom  of  the  crucible  maintained  at  a  dull  red 
heat  lor  another  half  hour.  The  contents,  which  consist  of 
mi  adherent  powder,  are  then  washed  into  a  porcelain  basin 
and  boiled  lor  some  minutes  to  dissolve  out  the  eliminate, 
which  i->  either  pure  yellow  or  slightly  green  in  colour  it" 
manganese  is  present.  To  decompose  the  manganatc 
peroxide  "I  hydrogen  is  added  drop  by  drop  till  there  i-  no 
further  change  of  colour,  and  after  boiling  for  a  few  minutes 
to  remove  an}  excess  of  peroxide  of  hydrogen  the  solution 
is  filtered,  acidified  with  sulphuric  acid,  and  the  chromium 
estimated  by  adding  an  excess  of  ferrous  ammonium 
sulphate,  and  titrating  the   unoxidiscd  iron  with  a  standard 

s  iluiiiin  of   liichr ate  of    potash.      Although  the  bulk  of 

the  chromium  is  rendered  soluble  in  the  first  fusion, 
a  little  always  escapes  oxidation.  To  extract  this  the 
insoluble  on  the  filter  is  ignited,  ground  in  an  agate  mortar, 
ind  again  fused  with  ahoiit  twice  its  hulk  of  magnesia 
mixture  for  about  half  an  hour,  and  the  chromic  acid  is 
estimated  as  before.  The  insoluble  is  now  washed  into  a 
beaker  or  basin,  and  the  hull,  of  the  magnesia  is  removed 
by  adding  dilute  sulphuric  acid  till  the  reaction  is  neutral. 
The  oxide  of  iron  is  then  filtered  off  and  again  fused  with 
magnesia  mixture,  when  tin  last  traces  of  chromium  will  be 
obtain,  d. 


Example. 

— 

Pound. 

Per  Cent. 

firm, 
in.-,  f'.ll 

0'0320 

0-O096 

54*91 

S'20 

ii-'.h; 

Total 

0-.WII7 

r.ro/ 

Lime  and  Soda  Process. —  Rich  ferro-chromium  can  also 
he  oxidised  by  heating  the  finely  pulverised  alloy  in  the 
manner  already  described  with  live  times  its  weight  of  lime 
1 1  .oil  and  sodium  hydrate  in  equal  proportion.  In  this 
ease  it  is  advisable  before  filtering  to  add  about  2  grins,  of 
bicarbonate  of  sodium  to  convert  the  lime  into  carbonate, 
but  in  other  respects  the  process  i-  the  same.  A-  a  rule, 
however,  at  least  four  fusions  are  needed  to  extract  the 
whole  of  the  chromium. 

(  'allium  Hydrate  Process. —  Although  alloys  of  chromium 
me  difficult  to  oxidise  when  heated  alone  either  in  air  or 
oxygen,  they  are  readily  converted  into  oxide  at  high 
temperatures  in  presence  of  calcium  hydrate,  and  this  fact 
can  be  utilised  for  the  estimation  of  the  chromium  as 
follows  : — 

(hie  grm.  Of  the  finely  pulverised  ferro-chromium  is  mixed 
with  three  times  it  weight  of  calcium  hydrate  and  heated 
iii  a  platinum,  nickel  or  porcelain  crucible  in  a  muffle  or 
over  the  blow-pipe  for  about  half  an  hour  when  oxidation 
i-  practically  complete.  The  action  takes  place  most  rapidly 
ill  platinum  or  nickel,  hut  the  platinum  is  strongly  acted 
upon,  and  the  nickel  usually  giyes  way  after  being  used 
two  or  three  times.  It  is  therefore  more  economical  to  use 
a  porcelain  vessel.  The  contents  of  the  crucible  consist  of 
a  green  powder,  which  can  easily  he  crushed  with  a  glass 
rod  and  'contains  no  chromate.  The  oxide  of  chromium 
thus  formed  may  be  converted  into  chromic  acid  by  adding 
to  the  crucible  ">  grins,  of  the  magnesia  and  soda  mixture 
above  referred  to,  stirring  with  a  rod  and  heating  in  the 
muffle  or  over  a  Bunsen  for  about  an  hour;  hut  when  the 
ferro-chromium  is  employed  in  coarse  powder  it  is  advisable 
to  grind  the  lime  fusion  before  the  addition  of  the  magnesia 
mixture.  Tin  contents  of  the  crucible,  winch  seem  to  have 
little  or  no  action  on  the  porcelain,  are  boiled  with  water 
and  a  little  peroxide  of  hydrogen,  filtered  after  the  addition 
of  about  3 grins,  of  bicarbonate  of  sodium,  and  the  chromic 
acid  titrated  in  the  manner  already  described.  As  a  small 
quantity  of  the  chromium  usually  escapes  oxidation,  the 
insoluble  is  again  heated  with  about  its  own  bulk  of  the 
magnesia  and  soda  mixture  for  about  half  an  hour,  aud 
the  chromate  estimated  as  before.  The  insoluble  should 
now  be  neutralised  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  to  remove 
the  bulk  of  the  lime  and  magnesia,  and  the  residue  subjected 
to  a  third  fusion  to  ensure  the  extraction  of  the  last  trace  of 
chroinitim. 

/.'  cample. 


Nickel  Crucible. 


Porci  lain  Crucible. 


Found. 


PerCent.       Found.       Pe 


(0  in. 
O'SMS 

56'  15 

(0111. 
O'lall 

t'.IIH 

0-SJ321 

■r:n 

0-0673 

tr73 

Mnl  fusion 

1  1  in, 

ir  I.', 

0-032S 

:;•■_':; 

•• 

11  0025 

0-25 

Total  

0'5921 

59'21 

0'5925 

59-25 

This  process  works  well,  and  is  more  suitable  for  poor 
alloys  of  chromium  than  those  which  I  have  already 
described 


Jnno  so,  1893.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


503 


The  oxide  of  chromium  produced  by  heating  1  grin,  of 
the  fcrro  chromium  with  hydrate  of  calcium  may  also  be 
converted  into  chromic  acid  by  beating  with  -1  grms.  of 
carbonate  of  soda  in  the  muffle,  but,  as  a  rule,  a  smaller 
yield  Of  eliminate  is  obtained  in  the  first  fusion  anil  more 
Fusions  are  required.  In  other  respects  the  process  is  the 
same  and  the  results  equally  correct. 

Example. 


t'r  Found. 

Cr  Per  Cent. 

Giro. 

0*4585 

0-1064 
8- 0188 
0*008,1 

0*0020 

16*86 

la-lit 

1*98 

o-s.-i 

0-20 

Total 

0*5896 

68*95 

Sulphur  Process.—  The  disintegration  and  oxidation  of 
I.  mo  <  liromium  can  also  he  effected  by  means  of  sulphur 
instead  of  hydrate  of  calcium.  For  this  purpose  1  grin,  of 
the  finely  pulverised  alloy  is  placed  in  a  porcelain  boat  and 
subjected  for  about  SO  minutes  to  the  action  of  sulphur 
vapour  in  a  porcelain  tube  heated  by  an  ordinary  gas 
combustion  furnace.  As  soon  as  the  vapour  comes  in 
contact  with  the  heated  fcrro-chroinium  a  strong  action 
takes  place,  tile  metal  glows  and  swells  up  to  several  times 
its  original  bulk,  and- a  little  ponder  is  apt  to  be  carried 
away  mechanically  by  the  sulphur  vapour  and  scintillates. 
The  product,  which  is  greyish  black  in  colour,  is  in  the  form 
of  a  line  powder  and  consists  essentially  of  ( 'r,N  .  and  l'VS. 
I  he  sulphide  thus  produced  is  easily  ground  in  an  agate 
mortar,  and  may  be  at  once  converted  into  chiomate  by 
heating  over  a  I'.unsen  with  eight  times  its  weight  of  the 
magnesia  and  soda  mixture  already  referred  to,  or  it  may 
In  eon-verted  into  oxide  by  ignition  in  a  porcelain  crucible, 
then  fused  with  five  times  its  weight  of  the  mixture,  and  the 
chromic  acid  titrated  as  already  described  after  removing 
the  manganese. 

E  vample. 


IU                                       (1?.) 

Cr  Pound.  Cr PerCent.   Cr  Found.  CrPerCent. 

linn, 
ii   5606 

0*0229 
0*0015 

66*96 
2*29 

iri.-i 

Grin. 
0*5718 

0-0075 

11-01 I2H 

57*13 

n  7:, 
0->!l 

Total 

0*5860 

38*50 

irr,si7 

r.s-17 

The  results  obtained  by  this  method  are  rather  lower 
than  by  the  other  processes,  but  this  is  in  my  opinion 
sufficiently  accounted  for  by  the  slight  mechanical  loss 
sustained. 

The  ferro-chromium  may  also  be  completely  converted 
into  sulphide  by  heating  with  excess  of  sulphur  in  a  covered 
porcelain  crucible  over  a  Bunsen,  but  in  this  case  it  is 
necessary  to  repeal  the  operation  three  times,  as  the  action 
takes  place  chiefl*i  when  the  bulk  of  the  sulphur  has  been 
volatilised,  and  the  scintillation  and  mechanical  loss  are 
greater. 

Carbon  Bisulphide  Process. —  Sulphurisaiion can  also  be 
elfe.  ted  by  exposing  the  metal  to  the  action  of  carbon 
bisulphide  vapour  in  a  porcelain  tube  heated  by  a  com- 
bustion furnace.      The  product  in  this  case  also  is  a  bulky 


powder,  a  portion  of  which  is  apt  to  fall  over  the  side  ol 
the  boat,  but  otherwise  there  is  apparently  no  mechanical 
loss.  It  requires  no  grinding,  anil  is  heated  with  magnesia 
and  sodium  hydrate  either  with  or  without  previous  roasting, 
and  the  chromium  estimated  as  described.  One  grin,  ferro. 
chromium  gave  with  this  treatment  !— 


Cr  r> 1. 


Cr  Per  Cent. 


1st  fusion 

2nd  fusion 

3rd  fusion 

till  fusion 

Total  .. 


(inn. 
0*5789 

57*89 

0*0056 

0*56 

o-oois 

IVls 

0*5863 

58*63 

Steel. 

On  account  of  its  greater  solubility  in  acids,  the  estima- 
tion of  chromium  in  steel  is  usually  considered  to  be  easier 
than  in  ferro-ehi-omiuni,  but  I  must  confess  i'  has  given 
me  more  trouble.  I  have  already  indicated  that  poor 
alloys  of  chromium  are  very  imperfectly  oxidised  when 
heated  direct  with  sodium  hydrate  mixed  with  magnesia  or 
lime,  and  the  same  holds  good  to  a  still  greater  extent  with 
steel.  Calcium  hydrate  works  better,  but  the  oxidation  of 
the  chromium  seems  to  be  prevented  by  the  formation  of  a 
crust  of  oxide  of  iron  ;  and  when  this  method  is  used  it  is 
necessary  to  grind  the  lime  fusion  once  or  twice  to  expose 
a  fresh  surface.  When  this  is  done,  fairly  good  results  are 
obtained,  but  the  sulphur  and  carbon  bisulphide  processes 
arc  by  far  the  best.  When  steel  turnings  arc  exposed  to 
the  action  of  sulphur  vapour,  there  is  no  indication  of 
mechanical  loss  as  in  ferro-chromium,  and  the  sulphide  pro- 
duced appears  slightly  fused.  Sometimes  it  adheres  to  the 
porcelain,  but  it  can  generally  he  detached,  in  which  ease  it 
is  pulverised,  then  roasted  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  and  fused 
with  lour  times  its  weight  of  the  mixture  of  magnesia  and 
sodium  hydrate  already  referred  to,  and  the  chromium 
estimated  as  described. 

When  the  sulphide  adheres  firmly  to  the  porcelain,  it  is 
ignited  in  the  boat  itself  till  it  can  be  detached  and  ground. 
Two  fusions  are  generally  sufficient  for  the  extraction  of  the 
whole  of  the  chromium. 

Example. 

Three  grins,  of  a  steel  received  from  .Mr.  K.  A.  Hadlield, 
of  the  Hecla  Works,  Sheffield,  and  said  to  contain  1-60  per 
cent,    of    chromium,   gave   the   following   results   by    this 

process : — 


(A.) 

(B.) 

Cr  1' id 

CrPerCent. 

1  i    I'nlmil 

CrPi    i  -hi 

3rd  fusion 

C-ni. 

(1-  ll  ISO              1*60 

0*0036             0*18 

firm. 
0*0492 

0-0021 

1-61 

0-07 

Total 

0*0516             1*72 

0*0513 

1-71 

Although    the   sulphur   process   works    well,  the   carbon 
bisulphide  method  is,  in  my    opinion,  the   best  for  steel       It 

is  most   conveniently   carried   out   by   attaching  a  flask  t 

taining  carbon  bisulphide   to  o md  of  the  porcelain  tube 

and  a  small    condenser    to    the    other,    and  passing  a    gentle 

stream  of  C'S._,  vapour  over  the  beated  steel  for  about  an 
hour.  On  the  removal  of  the  boat,  it  will  he  observed  that 
the  steel  drillings  have  increased  considerably  in  bulk  and 
are  soft  and  porous,  but  they  retain  their  original  form. 
As  the  product  has  no  tendency  to  adhere  to  the  porcelain, 


50-J 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Juno  30, 1892. 


it  can  at  once  be  transferred  to  a  crucible  and  roasted. 
( Ixidation  takes  place  very  rapidly,  and  in  the  course  of 
about  half  an  hour  the  sulphide  is  converted  into  a  fine 
powder  without  stirring  or  grinding,  and  may  be  at  once 
heated  with  four  times  its  weight  of  the  inixtureof  magnesia 
and  sodium  hydrate,  and  the  chroinate  extracted  and 
•  -iiinat.il  as  described. 


Two  grins 

in  this  way— 


of   tin 


Example. 

steel  from   the 


Heola  Works  treated 


— 

Cr  Found. 

Cr  Per  (,nt. 

Grm. 

0-0332 

o-oois. 

0-09 



0-0350 

These  methods  involve  several  fusions,  but  the  time 
occupied  in  the  estimation  of  the  chromium  should  not 
exceed  one  day,  and,  of  course,  the  lilt  rates  from  the 
different  fusions  can  he  united  and  titrated  as  one. 


-.fcrt.i»>a>aia=== 


.MODIFICATION   OF    KREUSLER'S    NITRIC    ACID 
APPARATUS     FOR     THE     EXTRACTION     OF 

DISSOLVED  GASES  IN  WATK1!. 

BY    .IAS.    BOBSON. 

Chief  Assistant  to  the  "  Freeland  "  Professor  of  Chemistry 
in  tin-  Glasgow  and  West  of  Scotland  Technical  College. 

Some  time  ago,  at  the  suggestion  of  the  late  Professor 
Dittmar,  I  carried  out  a  number  of  experiments  to  see  if 
Kreusler's  apparatus  could  be  adapted  for  the  extraction 
of  the  dissolved  gases  in  water.  The  first  series  of  experi- 
ments was  made  with  a  combination  of  Jacobsen's  and 
Kreusler's  apparatus.  Instead  of  Kreusler's  nitrate  flask 
I  inserted  a  Florence  flask  and  pear-shaped  bulb.  This 
method  I  found  did  not  work  well,  as  the  pear-shaped  bulb 
was  liable  to  collapse  when  being  pushed  further  into  the 
Florence  flask  so  as  to  establish  communication  between 
them. 

The  second  series  of  experiments  was  carried  out  with 
the  apparatus  shown  in  the  figure.  The  method  of  working 
tin-  apparatus  is  as  follows  : — The  bolt-head  T  is  filled  with 


from  2  to  :S  litres  of  boiled-out  hot  distilled  water,  which  is 
kept  aboui  boiling  to  the  end  of  the  experiment.  The 
syphon    n  z   is  filled  by  blowing  in  at  s-  ami   aliowed  to  run 


for  a  little  while  and  tlfeu  stopped  by  closing  clip  x.  Some 
water  is  now  poured  into  flask  R  and  boiled  down  to  expel 
all  the  air  from  the  apparatus.  At  first  clips  g  and  m  are 
open  and  clips  x  and  w  closed.  After  some  time  m  is 
closed  and  the  steam  allowed  to  go  out  through  w.  When 
the  water  in  flask  R  has  been  boiled  down  to  about  5  or 
10  cc.  to  is  closed  and  the  lamp  withdrawn.  Clip  e  is  then 
closed  and  clip  x  is  opened  cautiously  so  as  to  prevent  the 
water  rushing  too  quickly  into  the  collecting  cylinder  S. 
Clip  .r  is  now  kept  open  to  the  end  of  the  experiment. 
Any  remaining  air  bells  in  S  are  forced  out  through  m, 
and  it  is  then  connected  with  a  Schiffs  nitrogen 
measurer  charged  with  mercury.  R  is  then  charged 
with  500  cc.  of  the  water  under  analysis  by  means  of  the 
funuel  and  capillary  delivery  tube  i,  and  the  tube  filled 
with  mercury  to  prevent  any  gas  lodging  in  it.  The 
extraction  is  now  carried  out  as  usual.  After  the  gases 
have  been  collected  in  S  they  are  transferred  to  the  Schiff 
and  in  many  cases  the  aualysis  completed  there. 

The  advantages  of  the  apparatus  over  Jacobsen's  are 
obvious,  for  both  the  troublesome  process  of  sealing  up  the 
tube,  and  the  still  more  troublesome  operation  of  transferring 
the  gas  to  an  apparatus  for  its  analysis  are  obviated,  and 
also  it  is  easy  to  test  and  find  if  all  the  gases  are  expelled. 

A  series  of  test  analyses  with  the  apparatus  described 
gave  very  satisfactory  results. 


ON  MAIZE  OIL. 

ET   J.    ORriOKSHANK    SMITH,    B.SC. 

The  grain  of  the  maize  plant  (Zea  Mais),  which  is  exten- 
sively used  in  the  manufacture  of  starch,  can  be  made  to 
furnish  an  oil  whose  properties  would  seem  to  render  it 
suitable  for  several  technical  applications.  At  the  sugges- 
tion of  Professor  E.  J.  Mills,  I  have  recently  examined  a 
sample  of  this  oil  which  is  believed  to  be  genuine,  and  the 
results  have  been  embodied  in  the  present  paper. 

The  sample  was  of  a  bright  golden  colour,  it  had  a 
somewhat  peculiar  "  starchy  "  odour,  and  its  taste  was  mild 
and  not  unpleasant. 

Specific  Gravity,  Sec.  —  At  different  temperatures  the 
specific  gravity  was  as  follows  : — 

Atl0°C 0-9267 

At  15°  C 0"92*t 

At  2(1    (' 0-9218 

The  mean  coefficient  of  expansion  (corrected  for  glass) 
between  10°  and  20°  C.  was  0-000706. 

Schaedler  (Technologic  der  Fette  und  Oele)  gives  the 
specific  gravity  at  15"  as  0-9215,  and  Professor  Mills 
informs  me  that  in  188-1  he  found  a  rather  coarse  brown 
sample  to  have  a  specific  gravity  of  0-92G2. 

At  — 10°,  according  to  Schaedler,  the  oil  sets  to  a  solid 
mass.  I  find,  however,  that  when  exposed  to  intense  cold, 
the  oil  becomes  turbid,  owing  to  the  deposition  of  solid 
matter  at  —  10°,  and  that  below  that  temperature  it 
becomes  very  viscous,  but  is  still  fluid  at  —20°.  The 
precipitated  solid  matter  is  entirely  redissolved  on  warming 
up  again. 

Bromine  and  Iodine  Absorptions.  —  These  were  as 
follows  : — 

Per  Cent. 

Bromine  absorption 66*50 

Iodine  absorption 122*90 

Iodine  aborption  (calculated ;  Br  absorption  x  sk).    105-50 

It  was  observed  that  when  the  bromine  solution  remained 
in  contact  with  the  oil  for  more  than  15  minutes,  the 
results  obtained  were  somewhat  higher,  and  did  not  agree 
among  themselves,  owing.no  doubt,  to  a  secondary  oxidising 
action. 


in,  .i,i,i892.j        THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


A  thick  dark-coloured  sample  was  found  by  Professor 
Mills  in  1S81  to  have  a  bromine  absorption  of  74" 42  per 
sent. 

Saponification  and  Action  of  Alkalis. — On  saponification 
with  alcoholic  potash,  the  total  KOH  absorbed  was  19-34 
per  cent.,  which  gives  a  "saponification  equivalent"  of 
■ZW  -07. 

The   free   acid,    estimated    directly   by    titration   with    * 

soda,  amounted  to  0*55  per  cent,  in  terms  of  KOH.  On 
performing  a  check  experiment,  however,  by  placing  in 
contact  witli  the  nil  a  measured  excess  of  alkali  of  known 
strength,  in  presence  of  a  little  alcohol,  and  titrating  hack 
with  standard  acid,  I  found  a  much  greater  proportion  of 
alkali  absorbed,  and  examination  showed  this  to  he  due  to 
partial  saponification.  In  order  to  determine  how  far 
saponification  could  proceed  with  this  oil  in  the  cold,  the 
following  experiments  were  carried  out :  —  Solutions  of 
caustic  potash  and  soda  in  alcohol  were  prepared  separately, 
the  proportion  of  alkali  to  solvent  being  5|  per  cent,  in 
each  case.  Small  quantities  of  the  oil  (1  to  2  grins.)  were 
then  placed  in  contact  with  a  considerable  excess  of  each 
of  the  solutions  for  four  hours  at  the  ordinary  temperature. 
After  that  time  it  was  found  that  the  oil  in  the  potash 
solution  was  completely  saponified,  19' 3  per  cent,  of  KOH 
being  absorbed,  ami  a  perfectly  clear  solution  being 
obtained.  On  the  other  hand,  the  oil  in  the  soda  solution 
was  only  partially  saponified,  10"36  per  cent,  of  NaOH 
being  absorbed,  which  is  equivalent  to  14  -50  per  cent,  of 
KOH.  In  the  latter  case  a  pasty  mass  of  soda  soap, 
insoluble  in  the  alcoholic  solution,  formed  after  a  short 
time,  and  this  may  have  had  a  retarding  effect  on  the  rate 
of  saponification. 

It  was  at  first  thought  that  this  ready  saponification  in 
the  cold  might  be  made  use  of  for  the  quantitative  separation 
of  maize  oil  from  other  oils  ;  but  while  no  other  oil  that  I 
have  examined  gives  such  a  high  absorption  in  the  cold  as 
maize  oil,  many  of  them  are  undoubtedly  acted  upon  under 
similar  conditions,  and  concordant  results  could  uot  be 
obtained. 

The  higher  fatty  acids  present,  in  maize  oil  seem  to 
present  no  unusual  features,  but  exact  determinations  as 
regards  the  proportion  in  which  they  are  severally  present 
were  not  made  in  the  present  instance. 

The  volatile  fatty  acids,  separated  by  Reichert's  distilla- 
tion process,  in  100  parts  of  the  oil  required  for  their 
neutralisation  0-5G  parts  of  KOH. 

Drying  properties. — A  tendency  to  oxidise  or  to  gum  is 
almost  absent  in  this  oil.  No  decided  siccative  properties 
are  commuuicated  to  it  by  simple  "  boiling,"  or  by  the 
addition  of  litharge  to  it.  On  passing  a  current  of  air 
through  it  for  an  hour  at  a  temperature  of  about  1503  C, 
the  oil  becomes  slightly  darker  in.  colour,  and  rather  more 
viscous,  but  by  no  means  to  the  same  extent  as  cotton  oil. 
If  to  the  oil  so  treated  a  small  quantity  of  borate  of 
manganese  is  added,  the  oil  acquires  to  a  small  extent 
siccative  properties,  and  a  thin  film  on  lead  dries  in  from 
10  to  20  hours,  but  not  completely,  being  tacky  to  the 
feel  at  the  end  of  that  time.  Like  cotton-seed  oil  the 
eliiidin  reaction  gives  rise  to  a  mass  having  a  pasty  or 
buttery  consistency. 

Maumeni  test. — The  rise  in  temperature  when  5  ec.  of 
strong  sulphuric  acid  were  mixed  with  15  grms.  of  the  oil 
was  89-0°  C.  For  a  non-drying  oil  this  is  a  high  figure, 
but  it  is  in  keepingwith  what  may  be  called  the  "  tenderness  " 
of  this  oil  in  the  presence  of  chemical  reagents.  The 
So-called  qualitative  tests  for  oils  with  sulphuric  and  nitric 
acid,  &c.,  fail  to  give  with  maize  oil  reactions  sufficiently 
characteristic  to  warrant  their  application  in  identifying  or 
detecting  this  oil.  Hence  its  bromine  and  iodine  absorp- 
tions, its  high  Maumene  figure,  and  the  ease  with  which  it 
saponifies  in  the  cold,  must  be  looked  upon  as  the  features 
by  which  the  oil  may  be  best  recognised. 

Technical  applications. — Specimens  of  the  potash  and 
soda  soaps  were  prepared,  and  both  of  these  proved  to  be 
of  good  quality,  being  light  in  colour,  and  readily  and 
completely   soluble  in  water.     The  ooda  soap  is'distiuctly 


the  harder  of  the  two,  but  the  potash  soap  is  harder  than 
the  average  "soft"  soaps.  Soap-making,  therefore,  is  a 
use  to  which  the  oil  might  with  advantage  be  put.  The 
ease  with  which  it  saponifies,  also,  might  make  it  useful 
to  mix  with  other  oils  to  accelerate  their  saponification. 
As  a  lubricant  it  might  in  certain  eases  be  applicable,  its 
low  acidity,  and  its  small  tendency  to  deposit  solid  matter 
or  to  "gum,"  being  properties  that  recommend  it  for  this 
purpose. 

The  oil  dissolves  readily  in  acetone  and  more  sparingly 
in  alcohol  or  glacial  acetic  acid. 

The  following  numbers  represent  the  volume  of  oil 
dissolved  by  100  vols,  of  the  three  above-mentioned 
solvents. 


Solubility. — In  100 

parts  (by  V0 

1.)  of— 

Absolute 
Alcohol 

t  =  16°  C. 

Absolute 
Alcohol 

t  =  113°  V. 

Commercial 
Acetone 

t  =  IOC. 

Glacial 

Acetic  Acid 

t  =  18°  C. 

Glacial 
Vcetic  Acid 

t  --=  68  '  ( '. 

2 

13 

21 

3 

!) 

Viscosity.^— This  was  determined  roughly  by  observing 
the  time  of  flow  of  5  ce.  of  the  oil  through  a  burette  with 
a  capillary  point,  and  comparing  the  results  with  standard 
oils. 

t  =  18°  to  19°  C. 


Maize. 


Olive. 


Colza. 


Mineral 

•".no  " 


Specific  grai  itv  . 

Time  of  flow 

Viscosity 

(Colza  =  inn) 
do.   ( water =1) 


0-1121 
177'S" 
f.fl 

2.",  -7 


0-018 
2H-5" 
84-3 

35   I 


0-915 
290-0" 

loo 

42-0 


0-910 

24.T5" 

S.i',1 

852 


Maize  oil  thus  possesses  a  striking  individuality.  In 
general  it  may  be  said  that  in  properties  it  is  somewhat 
akin  to  cotton-seed  oil.  At  the  same  time  there  are 
differences  between  them  which  are  very  marked. 

Discussion. 

The  Chairman  said  that  he  gathered  from  the  paper  that 
castor  oil  was  the  nearest  approach  to  this  maize  oil,  and 
although  it  did  not  resemble  it  in  appearance  it  did  so  by 
being  soluble  in  alcohol.  He  wondered  whether  there 
were  any  particular  acids  present.  He  noticed  too,  that 
the  potash  soap  was  quite  solid. 

Dr.  Clakk  asked  whether  the  sample  of  oil  was  obtained 
from  the  germ  or  from  the  whole  maize. 

Mr.  Smith,  in  reply  to  the  Chairman,  said  that  the  exact 
determination  of  the  acids  had  not  been  undertaken. 
Regarding  the  source  of  this  sample  of  oil  he  could  not 
give  any  particulars,  but  it  seemed  different  from  the 
sample  which  Professor  Mills  had  some  years  ago.  It,  he 
supposed,  was  derived  from  the  germ. 


1  otcccm*"  - 


506 


THE  JOURNAL  OF   THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [June  so.  mi. 


••BLOWN  "  OILS. 

IIV     II.    I,    THOMSON    AMI    II.    I'.AI.I.VNn  XK. 

Tiik  published  analytical  data  of  any  value  in  the  chemical 
examination  of  "blown"  oils  are  very  few,  and  indeed 
extend  only  to  two  or  three  isolated  facts.  About  *i\ 
years  ago  Messrs.  Efox  and  Bayues  shawed  that  the  per- 
centage of  insoluble  fatty  acids  in  rape  oil  was  reduced  to 
s.v.'i  per  sent.,  and  those  in  cotton-seed  oil  to  84-7  per 
cent.,  when  these  oils  were  oxidised  by  blowing  air  through 
them,  at  a  temperature  of  TO  to  75  ('..  until  tiny  reached 
a  specific  gravity  near  that  of  castor  oil.  Allen,  in  his 
second  volume  on  "  Commercial  Organic  Analysis,"  showed 
that  the  alkali-neutralising  power  of  blown  rape  oil  was 
considerably  high  c  than  that  of  the  original  nhoxidised 
oils.  Taken  in  conjunction  with  their  high  specific  gravity, 
these  are  the  main  facts  known,  or  at  least  published  with 
regard  to  blown  oils.  In  the  following  paper  we  have 
.  lideavoured  to  throw  a  little  more  light  on  the  composition 
of  these  oils,  in  order  that  their  detection  and  differentiation 
may  1"-  effected  with  somewhat  more  certainty  than  lias 
been  ln-fore  possible.  As  our  time  lias  been  limited  we 
have  confined  our  observations  to  blown  rape,  cotton-seed, 
and  -pei  in  oils:  and  the  results  of  the  experiments  are 
embodied  in  the  accompany iug  table. 

'The  first  three  columns  contain  the  results  of  experi- 
ments on  rape  oil  at  different  stages  of  oxidation.  After 
analysing  the  pure  rape  oil  about  50  ec.  of  it  wire  placed 
in  a  tall  narrow  glass   provided  with  a  cork,  through  which 

parsed  two  glass  tubes, ■  ahoYe  the  level  of  the  liquid 

and  the  other  reaching  to  the  bottom  of  the  glass.  The 
latter  had  a  few  minute  perforations  at  the  lower  end  to 
allow  the  passage  of  air  in  a  finely  divided  form  through 
the  oil.  The  shorter  glass  tube  was  now  connected  with  a 
suction  pump,  by  means  of  which  a  rapid  stream  of  air 
was  drawn  through  the  oil.  During  the  passage  of  the  air 
»he  vessel  containing  the  oil  was  immersed  in  a  large 
In  aker  of  water  maintained  at  a  temperature  of  72  to  76  . 
After  five  hours  treatment  the  product,  as  shown  in  the 
second  column,  had  increased  in  -] ific  gravity  and  alkali- 
neutralising  power,  and  decreased  markedly  in  iodine 
absorption.  After  '-blowing"  for  'Jo  hours  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  oil  had  risen  from  i»14- 1  to  961  '5,  which  is 
about  the  average  gravity  of  castor  oil-  It  is  interesting 
to  observe  that  the  free  acidity  had  at  the  same  time 
increased  about  2  per  cent.,  and  the  potash-neutralising 
power  mon  than -2  per  cent. ;  while  the  iodine  absorption 
had  fallen   more  than   37  per  cent.     This  loss  of  power  to 


absorb  iodine  appea*6  to  he  directly  due  to  the  absorption 
of  oxygen  during  the  "  blowing  "  with  air,  and  the  further 
the  oxidation  is  carried  the  lower  will  the  iodine  absorption 
become.  The  increase  in  free  fatty  acid  points  to  the 
fact  of  decomposition  of  the  oil,  but  that  it  is  no  true 
measure  of  the  extent  of  decomposition  will  be  seen  by  a 
reference  to  the  partial  analysis  of  the  oil  next  given  in  the 
table.  While  tin-  pure  rape  oil  contained  94*76  percent. 
of  insoluble  fatty  acids,  the  "  blown  "  product  contained 
only  S.'i  '.M  per  cent,  of  insoluble  acids,  with  an  additional 
9' 2  per  cent,  ol  soluble  nou-volatile  acids,  and  0"82  of 
soluble  volatile  acids.  These  resulls  were  arrived  at  by 
saponifying  the  oil  with  alcoholic  potash,  evaporating  off 
the  alcohol,  dissolving  in  water,  and  liberating  the  insoluble 
acids  with  sulphuric  acid.  These  were  collected,  washed 
with  hot  water,  dried,  weighed  in  the  usual  way.  dissolved 
in  alcohol,  and  their  molecular  weight  determined  by 
titration  with  standard  alcoholic  potash,  using  phenol- 
phthalein  a-  indicator-  The  filtrate  was  then  distilled  to 
dryness,  the  distillate  neutralised  with  standard  barium 
hydrate,  the  solution  evaporated  to  dryness,  the  harium 
salt  weighed,  then  converted  into  barium  sulphate,  and 
from  these  .lata  the  molecular  weight  and  proportion  of  the 
soluble  volatile  acids  were  calculated.  The  soluble  non- 
volatile acids  were  extracted  by  ether  from  the  dry  residue 
left  after  distilling  oil  the  volatile  aeids,  weighed  after 
expelling  the  ether,  and  their  molecular  weight  determined 
hy  standard  alcoholic  potash. 

With  these  facts  before  us  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to 
point  out  how  they  can  be  utilised  in  tin-  detection  and 
estimation  of  blown  rape  oil  in  other  oils.  With  regard  to 
the  molecular  weight  of  the  insoluble  acids  it  may  be 
mentioned  that  Messrs.  Fox  and  llaynes  state  it  to  he  18G, 
while  our  result  shows  327.  The  first  figure  seems  to  us 
to  he  quite  inconsistent  with  the  alkali-neutralising  power 
of  the  oil  as  given  by  Allen,  and  determined  by  ourselves. 

In  the  fourth  column  of  the  table  are  given  the  results  of 
an  analysis  of  a  commercial  sample  of  blown  rape  oil, 
which  confirm  those  just  described.  This  sample,  however, 
contains  a  somewhat  large  proportion  of  unsapouitiable 
matter,  probably  derived  from  some  fish  oil  adulterant  iu 
the  original  rape  oil. 

Tin-  fifth  column  of  the  table  contains  the  results  of  an 
analysis  of  commercial  blown  cotton-seed  oil,  and  a  similar 
change  in  constitution  is  observable  by  blowing  with  air  as 
iu  rape  oil.  It  will  be  noticed,  however,  that  the  molecular 
weight  of  the  soluble  volatile  acids  contained  in  blown 
cottou-seed  oil  is  much  higher  than  that  of  the  product 
front   rape  oil.     The  true  means  of  distinguishing  them  is 


Table  showing  Results  of  Analysis  oi    Oils. 


No.  l. 

Pur   Rape 

Oil. 


No. -2.  No.  3.  No.  4.  No.  6. 

Partially  Blown 

Blown  Blown  Blown      Cotton 

Rape  Oil       Rape  Oil      RapeOi  ml. 

prepared  prepared    I  oimnercial.  Commercial 

from  No.  1.  llomXo.  I.       Sample.  Sample. 


Pure 
Sperm 

(til. 


No.  7. 

Blown 

Sperm 

t>d 

prepared 

I  nun  No.  ii. 


at  IS'50  C.  (water  at  15"5!  -  1 

I  '  I   Pet      at 

L- 

K<  ill  neutralised 

absorption 

Specific  tempi  ra n  Action 

Insoluble  acids  Per  cent. 

s  iluble  non-volatile  acids 

Soluble  volatile  acids 



\l  .1,  cular  weight  ol       ..  '. 

„  ..  soluble  non-volatile  acids 

„  „  soluble  volatile  acids 


879-9 
rw 

■■: 
13-04 

s-2  1 


693  !! 
3-27 

84-66 

1 1  23 
07-1 


1,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


507 


to  be  found  iu  the  large  difference  in  alkali-neutralising 
power,  as  all  the  other  data  approach  too  close  to  each 
other  to  provide  any  means  of  determining  which  oil  is 
being  tested.  In  making  these  comparisons  it  is  apparent 
that  the  oils  must  have  reached  the  same  state  of  oxidation 
before  correct  deductions  can  he  made.  Thus,  a  blown 
rape  oil  of  a  specific  gravity  of  about  960  ought  to  be 
compared  with  a  blown  cotton-seed  oil  of  about  96K. 

The  only  other  point  to  which  special  reference  may  bo 
made  is  tin-  largely  increased  power  of  developing  heat 
when  mixed  with  sulphuric  acid,  possessed  by  the  Mown 
over  the  unblown  rape  and  cotton-seed  oils.  This  is 
expressed  as  the  Specific  temperature  reaction,  for  the 
definition  of  which  term,  and  method  of  determination,  see 
our  paper  in  this  Journal  for  1891, page  233.  The  increase 
in  specific  temperature  reaction  by  oxidation  of  oils  exposed 
to  air  and  lighi  has  alread]  been  shown  by  one  of  ourselves 
(gee  "  The  KITeet  of  Exposure  under  certain  Conditions  upon 
some  ( 'onstants  of  Oils,"  by  II.  llallantyne,  in  this  Journal 
for  1891,  page  89), 

In  the  sixth  and  seventh  columns  of  the  table  are 
recorded  results  obtained  in  the  analysis  of  pure  sperm  oil. 
and  til.'  same  oil  alter  treatment  lor  25  hours  with  air  in  the 
same    apparatus  as    was  used    in    blowing    the  rape   oil.     Of 

eouisc  blown  sperm  nil  is  not  an  article  of  commerce,  but  it 
occurred  tons  that  it  might  beat  least  interesting  to  observe 
tb,'   effect  of  oxidation  on  an  oil  having  a  totally  different 

chemical  constitution  to  that  of  rape  or  cotton-seed  oil.  It 
will  he  observed  that  the  increase  in  specific  gratify  is  not 
nearly  so  great  with  sperm  as  with  rape  oil,  for  while  25 
hours  treatment  raised  the  specific  gravity  of  the  sperm  oil 
19  units,  a  treatment  extending  only  to  20  hours  sufficed 
to  raise  the  specific  gravity  of  the  rape  oil  17 •  I  units.  This 
plainly  shows  that  rape  oil  is  more  easily  oxidised  than 
sperm  oil.  a  fact  which  almost  goes  without  saying  when 
their  comparative  qualities  as  lubricants  are.  taken  into 
account.  These  observations  are  corroborated  by  the 
iodine  absorptions,  which  were  reduced  la  per  cent,  only  in 
the  ease  of  sperm  oil,  and  37'3  per  cent,  in  that  of  rape 
oil.  Thus,  although  these  oils  differ  so  entirely  as  regards 
their  source  and  chemical  constitution,  yet  their  specific 
gravity  and  power  of  absorbing  iodine  rises  and  falls  in 
almost  exactly  the  same  ratio  during  oxidation  by  air- 
blowiug.  If  we  assume  that  the  change  is  regular  from  one 
extreme  to  the  other,  the  fact  is  established  that  a  unit  of 
rise  in  specifie  gravity  is  equal  to  a  decrease  of  o-7S7  per 
cent,  of  iodine  absorption  in  the  case  of  sperm,  and  of  0*789 
iu  that  of  rape  oil.  Auother  noticeable  fact  is  the  increase 
in  free  fatty  acids,  in  which  sperm  agrees  with  rape  oil.  and 
which  may  lie  regarded  as  an  invariable  accompaniment  of 
the  prolonged  oxidation  of  oils.  Lastly,  there  is  a  fall  iu 
the  proportion  of  unsapouifiable  matters  to  the  extent  of 
1  67  per  cent., a  circumstance  which  is  not  at  all  surprising, 
as  these  alcohols  may  be  in  part  oxidised  to  acids 
during  the  blowing,  and  thus  be  lost  in  the  subsequent 
saponification. 

Discussion. 

The  (  la  URMAN  said  that  Mr.  Thomson  had  gone  into  the 
subject  with  qnite  his  usual  minuteness.  The  experiment 
on  sperm  oil  seemed  to  him  to  be  remarkable. 

Dr.  I'uiii,  said  that  Mr.  Thomson  hail  referred  to  the 
fact  that  experiments  with  oil  blown  on  the  large  scale 
differed  from  those  made  on  oil  blown  in  the  laboratory. 
Would  this  not  be  due  to  the  fact  that  on  tin-  large  tie 
a  higher  temperature  was  maintained  while  hlowiii"  the 
oil  ? 

Mr.  I'vn  isii.n  askeil  if  Mr.  Thomson  noticed  any  increase 
in  the  weight,  or  if  there  was  any  product  driven  off  during 
blowing. 

Mr.  Thomson,  in  reply  to  Dr.  Clark,  said,  the  only  differ- 
ence referred  to  was  the  difference  in  the  unsapouifiable 
matter.  With  regard  to  the  increase  in  weight  mentioned 
by  Mr.  1'attison.  they  bad  that  point  in  mind,  but  had  not 
had  time  to  investigate  it.  There  was  no  iloiibl  that  gases 
were  gi\i  ii  off  during  blowing. 


journal  a»rti  patent*  -Etterature* 


Class.  Page, 

I. — General  Plant.  Apparatus,  ami  Machinery r.ti; 

II.— Fuel,  Gas.  and  Light 510 

III. — Destructive  Distillation,  Tar  Products,  &c ."ill 

IV.— Colouring  Matters  and  1  lyes   512 

V.— Textiles-.  Cotton,  Wool,  Silk,  &e 517 

VI.- -Dyeing,   Calico    Printing,    Paper    Staining,   ami 

Bleaching 519 

VII— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts .-,21 

VIII.— Glass,  Pottery,  and  liarlheiiware 523 

IX.— Building  Materials,  plays.  Mortars,  and  Cements..  521 

X.— Metallurgy 521; 

XI.— Electro-chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy  534 

XII.— Fats,  Oils,  and  Soap  Manufacture 535 

XIII.— Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 
Rubber,  ic 536 

XIV.— Tanning,  Leather,  Glue,  and  Size 539 

XV.- Manures,  &c 539 

XVI.-— Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  &c 541 

XVII.— Brewing,  Wines.  Spirits.  .4r r,i:; 

XVIII. — Chemistry    <>i"    Foods,    Sanitary    I  ti  Miiistry.    and 

Disinfectants 543 

XIX.— Paper,  Pasteboard,  &c 

XX.— Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids,  Essences,  and  Extracts  &u 

XXI.— Photographic  Materials  ami  Processes 545 

XXII.— Explosives.  Matches,  ic 5  n; 

XXIII. — Analytical  Chemistry 5*7 


I.-GENERAL  PLANT,  APPAKATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 

Iron  Vessel*  for  Molten  Substances.    Foehr.  Chem.  Zeit.  16, 
503  and  532—533. 

See  untler  X.,  page  526. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  if  and  Appurttliis  for 
Evaporating  or  Drying.  V.  M.  Robertson,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  20,166,  December  10,  IS 90. 

Through  a  horizontal  cylindrical  chamber,  filled  partly 
with  the  material  to  be  dried,  passes  a  shaft  which  carries 
a  screw  of  about  the  same  diameter  as  the  vessel,  which 
on  rotating  pushes  the  material  towards  the  forward 
end.  Openings  near  both  ends  of  the  chamber,  on  a  level 
with  its  lowest  point,  are  connected  to  large  outside  tubes 
which  run  parallel  with  it,  and  lead  the  materials  back  to 
the  starting  point,  where  the}'  come  again  under  the 
influence  of  the  screw.  A  current  of  hot  or  cold  air  is 
maintained  through  the  upper  parts  of  the  chamber,  taking 
up  the  moisture  from  the  materials  and  from  the  exposed 
surfaces  of  the  screw. — II. 


Improvements  in  Fillers,  II.  W.  Barker,  Loudon.  From 
II.  Goodacro,  Lexington,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  4*17, 
March  18,  1891. 

The  improved    filter   consists  of  an   upright   cylinder,  with 
double  walls  packed   with  a  nonconducting  substance.      It 


*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  bj  post  liy  remitting 

%d. — the  price  now  fixed  for  all  specificat s,  postage  included— to 

Sir  Henry  Reader  Lack,  Comptroller  oi  the   Patent  Office,  South- 
ampton Buildings,  Chancery  Lane.  London,  W.C. 


508 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [June 80, 1892. 


is  provided  with  an  air-tight  cover  connected  to  a  pipe 
from  the  source  of  supply.  The  draw-oft  coek  is  at  the 
lower  end,  and  above  it  is  a  box  carrying  a  removeable 
ice-drawer.  The  filtering  medium  consists  of  an  upper  and 
lower  circular  disc,  each  disc  having  a  central  hole,  and 
several  concentric  series  of  alternating  flanges  and  slots. 
Between  the  two  discs  is  a  series  of  porous  filtering  cylinders 
graduated  to  fit  one  within  the  other,  and  arranged  so  as 
to  form  a  number  of  annular  filtering  compartments,  the 
upper  disc  being  perforated  opposite  the  upper  end  of  each 
alternate  compartment,  and  the  lower  disc  opposite  the 
lower  end  of  each  intermediate  compartment,  a  bolt  passing 
through  the  two  discs  keeping  them  and  the  cylinders  in 
position.  The  unfiltered  water  passes  through  the  slots 
in  the  upper  disc  at  the  upper  end  of  each  alternate  com- 
partment, through  the  filtering  cylinders  to  the  slots  and 
compartments  of  the  lower  disc,  and  the  filtered  water  is 
thoroughly  cooled  before  being  drawn  off  by  flowing  round 
the  ice-box. —  E.  S. 


Improvements  in  Digesting  Apparatus.  W.  H.  Munns, 
London.  Prom  G.  Kaffenbergcr,  Cleveland,  l'.S.A. 
Eng.  l'at.  6057,  April  8,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  produce  a  digesting 
apparatus  in  which  the  process  may  be  carried  on  in  a 
continuous  manner.  The  invention  comprises  a  conduit, 
which  has  a  receiving  and  a  discharge  end.  Two  valves  are 
arranged  near  the  discharge  end  and  a  chamber  is  formed 
in  the  conduit  between  the  valves.  A  similar  arrangement 
is  provided  at  the  receiving  end.  Suitable  horizontal 
cylinders,  with  piston  and  valves,  open  at  one  end  into  each 
of  the  above-mentioned  chambers.  For  details  of  the  mode 
of  working,  which  here  specially  refers  to  the  digestion 
of  straw  for  paper-making,  the  specification  must  be 
consulted. —  B.  !">. 


Improvements  in  Distilling  and  in  Apparatus  therefor. 
1>.  A.  Attout,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  21,698  (under 
International  Convention"),  May  16,  1891. 

A  description  of  a  rather  complicated  apparatus  is  here 
given,  by  means  of  which  the  liquid  to  be  purified  is 
successively  filtered,  boiled,  cooled,  again  filtered,  and 
finally  distilled.— A,  L.  S. 


Improvements   in  and  relating  to  Evaporating  Apparatus. 
B.  Harvey,  Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.  11,034,  June  29,  1891. 

The  improvements  have  reference  to  evaporating  apparatus 
of  the  kind  known  as  multiple  effects,  in  which  evapora- 
tion of  the  liquid,  such  as  sngar  juice,  is  effected  by 
vertical  steam-heated  tubes,  held  between  tube  plates  fitted 
in  the  lower  parts  of  upright  evaporating  vessels.  The 
improvement  consists  in  filling  the  steam  drum  only  partially 
with  the  evaporating  tubes,  and  leaving  a  large  return 
passage  lor  the  liquid  at  one  side  of  the  chamber,  the  space 
being  partitioned  off  from  the  heating  tubes,  whereby  a 
better  circulation  of  the  liquid  is  secured  during  evaporation. 
The  tubes  are  further  set  out  in  such  a  way  as  to  leave  clear 
passages  betweeu  them  radiating  from  the  point  where  the 
heating  steam  enters  the  drum  or  "  calandria,"  with  a  view 
to  the  better  distribution  of  the  steam  to  all  the  tubes.  The 
accompanying  figures  show  one  of  the  arrangements. 

Here  A,  represents  the  tube,  drum,  or  "calandria,"  with 
the  enlarged  passage,  b2  on  one  side  thereof.  The  heating 
steam  enters  at  2,  and  reaches  the  "  calandria"  through  the 
passages  «,„  and  the  farther  tubes  by  the  channels  A.. 
(in  plan).  The  resulting  vapour  passes  through  B,,  and  by 
the  corresponding  passages  a  and  a,  to  the  next  evaporator. 


i     aT" 

Dvapo 

BATING    Al'l'.A 

-B. 


Improvements  in  Appliances  for  Saturating  Air,  O.rggen, 
and  other  Gases  with  the  Vapours  of  Ether  or  other 
Volatile  Fluids.  A.  T.  Banks,  Melbourne,  Australia. 
Eng.  Pat.  154,  January  4,  1892. 
A  horizontal  brass  cylinder  is  secured  in  ends  provided 
with  feet  or  flanges  forming  a  stand.  One  end  is  fitted 
with  a  cover,  having  a  central  hole  for  the  admission  of  the 
required  air  or  gas.  Inside  this  cylinder  are  several  con- 
centric cylinders,  plain  and  perforated,  arranged  alternately, 
the  former  being  secured  to  the  cover  and  the  other  end, 
the  latter  being  held  in  position  by  discs.  The  annular 
spaces  surrounding  the  perforated  cylinders  are  filled  in 
with  flannel,  which  is  wrapped  round  them,  the  perforations 
being  left  uncovered  for  the  free  passage  of  the  air  or  gas. 
The  volatile  fluid  on  being  poured  in  is  absorbed  by  the 
flannel :  the  air  or  gas  is  then  admitted,  preferably  under 
pressure,  through  the  hole  in  the  cover,  and  after  passing 
through,  and  between  the  concentric  cylinders  and  the 
flannel,  passes  out  at  the  other  end  thoroughly  saturated. 

— E.  S. 

Improvements  in   connection   with    the   Use  of  Aluminium 
and  Aluminium   Alloys.     6.  Pickhardt,  Bonn,  Germany, 

Eng.  l'at.  581,  January  12,  1892. 
This  communication  relates  to  the  application  of  aluminium 
or  any  suitable  alloy  of  it,  either  in  the  form   of  plates  or 


Juno  3IM892.]       THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


509 


sheets,  perforated  by  drilling  or  punching,  or  in  the  form  of 
gauze  woven  from  spun  or  drawn  wire,  to  the  construction 
of  percolating  surfaces  of  screens,  sieves,  and  similar 
articles. — D.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  rapidly  Heating  Liquid*. 
B.  Zeitschel,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  1210,  Januarv 
21,  1892. 

Tins  is  an  apparatus  for  quickly  and  continuously  heating 

a  small  current  of  liquid,  and  consists  essentially  of  a 
number  of  super-imposed  hollow  annular  discs  of  thin  metal 
connected  together  by  numerous  small  tubes,  encased  within 
a  jacketed  cylinder  of  the  same  material  and  heated  from 
below  by  means  of  a  gas  burner.  The  cold  liquid  enters  the 
cylinder  jacket  at  the  lowest  point,  rising  to  the  top  where 
it  enters  the  uppermost  of  the  hollow  discs,  whence  it 
finds  its  way  gradually  to  the  lowest.  Here  it  reaches  a 
central  upright  tube,  by  which  it  leaves  the  apparatus  in  a 
heated  condition.  The  whole  may  be  placed  within  an 
ornamental  stand,  its  principal  use  being  to  provide  hot 
water  for  bat  lis  and  for  other  domestic  purposes. — li. 


Improvements  in   Apparatus  fur   Distilling    Water  in  the 
Presence  of  Air,  and  for  communicating  Heat  thereto, 

and  for  Supplying  Water  and  Air  thereto,  and  Deliver- 
ing Water  therefrom.  N.  Hunting,  Albany,  N.Y., 
America.     Eng.  Pat.  3013,  February  1G,  1892. 

Thk  patentee  produces  distilled  water,  aerated  without 
special  appliances,  by  evaporating  the  impure  or  saline 
water  at  low  temperature,  and  condensing  the  vapour,  in 
the  presence  of  atmospheric  air,  thereby  approximating 
to  the  action  of  the  evaporating  process  in  nature.  One  of 
the  examples  given  is  a  domestic  apparatus  in  connection 
with  a  hot-water  supply  of  the  ordinary  description. 

A  hot  water  coil  heated  from  the  kitchen  tire  circulates 
and  heats  the  water  in  a  cistern  from  which  the  vapour  rises 
through  a  large  central  tube  into  a  casing  overhead  which 
carries  a  cold-water  cistern,  the  bottom  and  sides  of  which 
are  exposed  to  the  rising  vapours.  These  condense  and 
collect  in  an  intermediate  annular  water  space  where  they 
remain  at  a  moderately  high  temperature  and  can  he  drawn 
off  as  required.  An  overflow  leads  thence  into  another 
cistern  outside,  in  which  the  water  is  allowed  to  cool  and  to 
serve  as  fresh  water  supply.  Air  is  admitted  and  retained 
in  the  evaporating  cistern  and  the  casing,  and  circulates 
therein  in  contact  with  the  vapours. — B. 


improvements  in  or  Relating  to  Apparatus  for  Filtering 
Liquids.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  D.  Wil- 
liamson, New  York,   U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  3064,  February 

17,  1892. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  rotary  or  centrifugal  filters,  in 
which  the  walls  of  the  rotary  vessel  are  composed  of  the 
filtering  material  and  allow  the  liquid  to  pass  through  by 
the  action  of  centrifugal  force.  The  improvement  con- 
sists in  making  the  rotary  vessel  slightly  conical,  the  wider 
part  being  at  the  top,  in  order  to  allow  the  precipitate  to  work 
its  way  slowly  upward  and  out  over  the  edge  into  suitable 
channels,  thus  preventing  its  accumulation  on  the  sides. 

The  specification  describes  a  filter  constructed  on  this 
principle. — B. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Utilising  of  Healed  Air  in 
Drying  Apparatus.  H.  Leydecker,  Gluckstadt,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  4224,  March  3,  1892. 

When  materials  are  dried  in  direct  contact  with  heated  air 
the  current  is  quickly  saturated  with  moisture  and  is  with- 
drawn from  or  drawn  through  the  materials  at  a  rapid  rate, 
leaving  them  at  a  comparatively  high  temperature,  whereby 
a  certain  amount  of  heat  is  wasted. 


The  patentee  obviates  that  loss  by  passing  the  moisture - 
laden  air  through  a  range  of  pipes  in  a  second  heating 
chamber,  which  pipes  give  up  the  acquired  heat  to  another 
current  of  air  which  passes  directly  through  the  materials 
in  the  second  chamber.  The  second  current  may  then  be 
led  through  pipes  into  a  third  chamber  where  a  third 
current  of  air  is  heated,  and  the  operation  repeated  until 
nearly  the  whole  of  the  heat  has  been  extracted.  — B. 


Improvements  in  Indicators  for  Montejus  and  Similar 
Apparatus.  J.  M.  C.  Baton,  Nottingham,  Eng.  Pat. 
43G7,  March  5,  1892. 

This  improvement  relates  to  indicators  for  montejus  or 
other  similar  apparatus  for  forcing  thick  liquids  into  higher 
receptacles,  filter-presses,  or  against  pressure,  in  whieh  ease 
ordinary  floats  for  indicating  the  upper  and  lower  levels 
of  the  liquid  are  inconvenient  or  impracticable  owing  to 
the  thickness  of  the  liquid.  The  inventor  inserts  two  tubes 
into  the  upper  faces  of  the  vessels,  both  projecting  to  a 
convenient  height  above  the  vessel  and  closed  at  the  top. 
Small  floats  are  inserted  through  the  tubes,  one  to  the  upper 
and  one  to  the  lower  level  of  the  liquid,  each  provided 
with  a  rod,  and  with  a  cone  at  the  upper  end  making 
electrical  contact  with  the  closed  end  of  the  tube  as  the 
liquid  reaches  the  highest  or  lowest  level  respectively. — B. 


Improvements  in  Evaporating  Apparatus.  H.  H.  Lake, 
London.  From  T.  Graney,  Bay  Gity,  Michigan,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  5325,  March  17,  1892. 

Thk  inventor  proposes  to  evaporate  brine  and  to  produce 
salt  in  an  apparatus  indicated  in  the  accompanying  figures 
in  vertical  and  cross  section. 


Evaporating  Apparatus. 

F  is  the  outer  and  D  the  inner  shell  of  the  vertical 
evaporating  vessel.  The  inner  shell  forms  a  fire-box  E 
into  which  the  fuel  is  admitted  through  the  conical  top  and 
passage  O,  raised  thereto  by  the  elevator  O,.  and  distributed 
over  the  fire-grate  C  by  the  spreader  Q,  shaft  P,  and 
gearing  P,.  The  products  of  combustion  pass  through  the 
annular  boiling  pan  by  the  tubes  or  passages  N  into  the 
smoke-chamber  L,  whence  they  issue  by  the  chimney 
shafts  M  M.  The  vapour  is  condensed  in  the  hood  H  by 
means  of  the  water  jet  I,,  the  combined   waters  descending 


510 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  SO,  189a 


by  the  well  I  aud  pipe  J  aided,  if  desired,  by  a  suction 
pump.  •  The  lower  end  of  the  evaporating  pan  is  fitted  with 
two  water  lege  S  leading  to  the  inclined  passage  S,  with 
elevator  Sj  for  the  removal  of  the  deposited  salt.  The  fuel 
may  he  admitted  and  the  salt  removed  in  other  convenient 
ways.  I'  and  V  are  doors  for  access,  and  A  brick  walls 
supporting  the  whole. — li. 


II.-FUEL,  GAS.  AND  LIGHT. 

/.■'..  Determination  of  tin  Temperature  of  Steam  arising 
front  Boiling  Salt  Solutions.  .1.  Sakurai.  Proc.  Chem, 
Sqc.  1892  (ill  j,  9.2—94. 

See  iimltr  Anal,  and  Seient.  Notes,  /"<;/'  551. 


Natural  Cake  in  Australia.     Eng.  and  Mining.  J., 

Fehruary  IS,  189B,  JUG. 

Natural  coke,  having  a  very  close  resemblance  io 
the  manufactured  article,  has  been  discovered  at  the  Hrelli 
Pass  Mines,  New  South  Wales.  The  seam,  which  occurs 
in  a  coal  measure  covering  550  acres,  is  composed  partly 
of  a  coal  of  abont  the  same  description  as  ordinary  Austra- 
lian coal  and  this  coke.  The  junction  of  the  two  is  clearly 
defined,  and  can  ho  traced  through  the  entire  workings. 
In  comparison  with  the  manufactured  article,  the  natural 
c«»ke  is  a  little  the  heavier,  and  contains  less  fixed  carbon 
and  a  much  smaller  percentage  of  ash  and  sulphur.  It  is 
said  that  it  burns  without  smoke  and  can  he  mined  at  a 
cost  much  below  that  of  the  cost  of  manufactured  coke. 

— W.  S. 


The    Use  of  Mutual    Oil    Uesidues    as    Fuel  fur   Glass 

Fwnaces.     .1.    Malyschew.      Zap.    imp.    ras-k.    techn. 

obszcz,    1891,    25,    98;  Chem.   Zeit.    16    (Chem.    Rep  I. 

85. 
T.n  the  first  glass  furnace  using  mineral  oil  residues  put  up 
at  Bekunow's  glass  works  in  Astrachan,  two  Nobel  hearths 
were  used,  the  flames  being  led  through  a  vertical  tube  into 
the  actual  furnace,  which  was  of  similar  design  to  the  French 
reflector  furnaces.  A  high  temperature  was  attained  by 
this  means,  but  after  four  or  rive  days'  wink  the  tube 
which  led  the  gases  into  the  furnace  and  the  stage  on  which 
the  pots  stood,  fell  in.  The  second  furnace  was  of  oblong 
form,  and  was  large  enough  to  take  eight  pots,  four  on  each 
side,  the  Nobel  hearths  being  in  the  mid. He.  Lest  the  flame 
should  impinge  directly  on  the  pots,  whereby  they  would 
have  been  destroyed  alter  a  single  fusion,  the  space  between 
the  rows  was  increased  to  about  two  feet.  The  increase.. 
size  of  the  furnace  prevented  its  temperature  rising  as 
freely  a-  before,  and  it  was  useless  for  refractory  glass.  It 
was,  liowee.-r,  at  work  for  four  years. 

In  the  plan  now  adopted,  the  glass  i-  fused  direct  on  the 
li.ai th  of  the  furnace,  which  closely  resembles  a  Siemens 
regenerator  furnace.  There  are  two  gas  regenerators  and 
one  regenerator  for  air  on  each  side  of  the  furnace.  Into 
.in.  ..I  tie  ga  regenerators,  previously  brought  to  a  red 
heat  by  a  previous  part  of  the  operation,  petroleum  residues 
are  allowed  to  flow,  and  arc  volatilised  by  contact  with 
the  hot  bricks,  the  vapours  streaming  through  red-hot  flues 
and  entering  the  furnace  in  a  gaseous  state.  Coke  remains 
as  a  decomposition  product  of  the  residues  and  rovers  the 
walls  of  the  regenerator.  The  layer  gradually  increases 
until  it  partially  blocks  the  exit  Hues,  and  causes  a  rise  of 
pressure  in  the  regenerator  which  is  indicated  by  the  gas 
blowing  oil'  at  a  safety  valve.  The  stream  of  oil  is  then 
.In.  i t<il  to  the  next  regenerator,  air  being  at  the  same  time 
ht  into  the  first  regenerator,  the  coating  of  coke  of  which 
burns,  and  the  products  of  the  combustion  (which  ate  not 
completely     oxidised  l    ate    allowed     to     enter    the    furnace 


through  the  same  tube  as  that  conveying  the  mineral  oil 
gas.  Fresh  air  meanwhile  is  heated  in  a  separate  regene- 
rator and  meets  the  combustible  gases  in  the  glass  furnace 
itself.  While  the  gas  and  the  air  flow  into  the  furnace 
from  one  side,  the  regenerators  on  the  other  side  are  in 
connexion  with  the  chimney.  The  products  of  combustion 
pass  through  these  regenerators  aud  escape  at  a  fairly  low 
temperature  ;  should  coke  from  a  previous  operation 
remain  in  one  of  these  regenerators,  it  is  not  burnt  out 
because  the  spent  gases  are  free  from  oxygen.  The  mineral 
oil  is  allowed  to  flow  into  the  regenerator  for  a  period  of 
20  to  :S0  minutes,  at  the  end  of  which  time  the  influx  is 
stopped  altogether  for  about  five  minutes  in  order  that  the 
residue  in  the  regenerator  may  be  completely  gasified, 
whereupon  fresh  oil  is  turned  into  the  second  regenerator. 

The  furnace  gives  a  high  temperature,  the  flame  being 
white  and  depositing  soot  only  at  the  beginning  of  each 
period.  The  soot  falls  in  flakes  into  the  furnace  upon  the 
molten  glass,  an  occurrence  which  is  rather  an  advantage 
than  not.  An  attempt  to  burn  off  the  coke  more  quickly, 
by  blowing  in  air,  proved  a  failure,  as  the  temperature 
produced  was  so  high  as  to  fuse  the  arches  of  the  regene- 
rator. According  to  the  investigations  of  Schibaew  aud 
the  author,  the  heating  of  glass  furnaces  by  any  atomising 
arrangement  is  impracticable.  Eighty  poods  of  mineral  oil 
residues  sufficed  to  melt  250  poods  of  glass.* — B.  Ii. 


PATENTS. 


A  Process  fur  Recovering  Cyanides  from  Coal  Gas. 
W.  1,.  Rowland,  Philadelphia,  Peon.,  U.S.A.  Bag.  Pat. 
22,347,  December  22.  189.1. 

Tin    object    is    to   remove   the  cyanides  from  coal-gas  into 

the  ammoniaeal  liquor,  and  to  recover  them  therefrom.  To 
the  water  in  the  washers  or  scrubbers  a  soluble  salt  of  iron 
is  added.  On  passage  of  the  gas,  first  of  till  insoluble 
carbonate,  sulphide,  or  hydrate  of  iron  is  obtained,  hut 
gradually  ferro.v  anide  of  ammonia  is  formed,  the  cyanides 
being  thus  removed.  Excess  of  iron  is  to  he  guarded 
against,  otherwise  a  large  quantity  of  sulphide  of  iron  is 
forme. I,  which  tends  to  clog  the  scrubber.  The  ammoniaeal 
liquor  is  subsequently  distilled  In  the  usual  form  of  still  and 
thi  i<  i  (..cyanide  recovered  from  the  settled  waste  liquor  by 
precipitation  with  an  acid  iron  salt  :  or  a  second  portion  of 
salt  of  iron  or  oxide  of  iron  may  he  added  to  the  liquor 
just  before  or  .luring  distillation,  when  by  the  boiling  off  of 
the  ammonia  in  the  presence  of  an  excess  of  the  iron  salt 
the  soluble  ferrocyanide  of  ammonia  will  be  converted  into 
an  insoluble  double  salt,  the  ferrocv  anide  of  iron  and 
ammonia,  which  may  he  separated  afterwards  by  settling  or 
nitration,  in  which  case  it  is  mixed  with  insoluble  linn-  salts 
if  lime  has  been  employed  in  the  distillation.  The  settlings 
ate  treated  with  excess  of  lime,  which  decomposes  tlu' 
insoluble  ferrocvauide,  aud  a  soluble  lime  salt  is  obtained 
which  is  removed  by  nitration.  The  liquor  is  boiled, -and 
potassium  or  sodium  chloride  is  added  so  as  to  precipitate 
all  the  ferrocyanide  as  double  ferrocyanide  of  lime  and 
alkali,  or  the  liquor  may  he  acidified  and  boiled,  when  the 
double  ferrocyauide  of  lime  and  ammonia  will  he  precipi- 
tated I  >n  boiling  with  i  carbonate  of  the  alkali  an  alkaline 
ferrocyanide  is  obtained. — T.  L.  B. 


Gas  Generator  for  the  Distillation   of  Mineral  Oils  and 
the  Combustion  at  n  Distune,  of  a  Part  of  the  II  hole  of 
the  Products  of  the  Distillation  applicable  to  Apparatus 
for   Lighting   and     Beating.      I.     Sepulchre,    Herstat, 
Belgium.     Eng.  Pat.  2367,  February  s,  1892. 
If  but   a   small    portion  of   the   exposed  wick    of   a  mineral 
oil  lamp  could  he  caused  to  ignite  and  hum.  it-  flame  and  the 
heat    therefrom    would  cause   a    distillation   of   the  oil  con- 
tinually ascending   in    other  parts  of   the  wick,  not   ignited. 

It  is tceivable  that  such   vapours  could  he  led  off  by  a 

suitable  conduit  to  a  distance,  and  there  ignited   and  burnt. 

*  One  pood  =  3<i'll  pounds, 


JuneSMSM.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCTETl?   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTKY. 


511 


It  i^  t<>  cany  this  idea  into  effect  that  (Mr  proposals  of  the 
patentee  are  made.  The  touus  of  distillation  is  kept  as 
cool  ;is  possible  by  suitable  air-currents  arranged  to  act  in 
jets  upon  the  wick,  and  the  intense  focus  of  combustion  is 
transported  not  only  to  a  distance  from  the  burner  and  the 
wick,  but  farther  above  the  metallic  deflectors,  ami  for 
heating  flames,  even  very  high  above  the  deflectors.  AH 
the  metallic  parts  of  the  burner  anil  of  the  reservoir  can 
thus  be  at  a  considerable  distance  beneath  the  intense  focus 
of  the  flame  anil  are  consequently  absolutely  safe  as  regards 
heating.  The  petroleum  contained  in  the  reservoir  does 
not  vaporise,  hence  the  following  important  results  are 
obtained:  (1)  complete  safety  j  (2)  constant  and  uniform 
feeding  of  the  focus  of  distillation  insured  ;  ami  (:i)  the 
wick  being  removed  from  the  intense  focus  of  combustion 
is  consumed  slowly.  The  distillation  of  the  gases  requiring 
the  combustion  of  but  a  small  quantity  of  gas,  the  result 
is  that  a  very  large  part  of  the  totality  of  the  gases  distilled 
is  reserved  (almost  in  a  state  of  purity)  for  the  intense 
combustion,  thus  effecting  a  considerable  saving  of  oil  per 
unit  of  light  or  of  heat,  compared  with  all  other  known 
apparatus.  With  this  arrangement  absolute  suppression  of 
all  smell  ami  of  all  snioke  even  of  all  redness  at  the 
extremities  of  the  flame  is  secured;  this  result  is  due  to  the 
mixture  of  pure  hydrocarbon  gases  ami  air,  which  mixture 
in  the  journey  between  the  two  distinct  foci  becomes  inti- 
mate, and  is  thus  under  the  best  possible  conditions  for  a 
complete  combustion. —  1).  15. 


III.-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION.  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Preliminary    Heater  for   the    Distillation    of    Petroleum. 
¥.  Fuchs.  '  ( 'hem.  Zeit,  16,  314—315. 

The  author  describes  the  explosion  of  such  heaters  in  two 
■uses  at  one  Of  the  largest  Austrian  factories.  Such 
heaters  are  used  in  petroleum  factories  for  two  purposes : 
(1)  as  fuel  economiscrs,  and  (2)  lor  separating  mud- 
substances  contained  in  petroleum. 

The  author  accounts  for  the  explosion  of  these  heaters  as 
having  been  occasioned  by  the  pressure  of  gases  produced 
by  the  formation  of  vapours  of  benzine  (petroleum  spirit"), 
which  had  not  sufficient  room  for  evaporating,  and  suggests 
as  a  preventive  the  use  of  cylindrical  heaters  instead  of  the 
usual  square  ones,  the  former  being  capable  of  bearing  a 
higher  pressure,  , 

rs.  The  condensing  pipes  placed  in  the  heater  must  not  be 
put  higher  thai]  the  centre  thereof  to  prevent  them  becoming 
uncovered  when  the  quantity  of  petroleum  in  the  heater 
decreases,  thus  avoiding  the  formation  of  benzine  vapours. 

Those  heaters  with  a  dome  must  also  be  supplied  with 
'two  pipes  for  the  removal  of  the  benzine  vapours  formed,  to 
the  cbndeinsor,  and,  finally,  they  must  also  be  furnished 
with  a  manometer  and  thermometer,  which  will  give  the 
opportunity  of  controlling  both  the  pressure  and  tempera- 
ture of  the  heater. — P.  1). 


Percentage  of  Guaiacol  in  Wood  Creosote, Sfc.  J.Bongartz. 

Apoth.  Ztg.  1891,  6,  697  ;  Chem.  Ztg.  Rep.  1892, 16,  6. 
The  officinal  creosote  from  beech-wood  tar  consists  of  a 
mixture  of  guaiacol  and  varying  quantities  of  different 
creosols  and  xylenols.  The  author  showed  that  creosote 
contains  Till — (HI  per  cent,  of  guaiacol.  The  latter  has  a 
boiling  point  of  "206 — 207  C.  and  the  specific  gravity  of 
1-133  at  15°  C.  (uot  1,117  as  stated  in  text-books).  The 
guaiacol  is  soluble  at  15°  in  85  parts  water  and  eight  parts 
petroleum  spirit.  Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  gave  n  slight 
yellow  colour  only,  whilst  the  commercial  preparations  of 
guaiacol  are  at  once  more  or  less  reddened  by  the  concen- 
trated acid.     J.  1,. 


The  Use  of  Mineral  Oil  Residues  as  Fuel  for  Glass 
Furnaces.  3.  Malyschew.  Chem.  Zeit.  16  (Chem. 
Rep.),  85. 

Sec  under  II.,  page  510. 


PATENTS. 


lmproeemenls  in  Apparatus  jar  Extracting  Tar  ami 
Ammoilia  from  Has.  A.  A.  Lister,  Loudon.  Eng.  l'at. 
7092,  April  21,  1891. 

Tine  improved  '"washer''  or  apparatus  for  removing  the 

tar  and  ammonia  from  gas  consists  of  a  circular  drum  or 
casing  standing  vertically  and  containing  two  wooden  per- 
forated discs,  nearly  fitting  the  interior  of  the  drum  and 
arranged  to  revolve  in  opposite  directions.  Tile  washers 
are  placed  in  series  in  line  one  behind  another  on  a  founda- 
tion built,  in  ascending  steps.  Clean  water  flows  into  the 
highest  washer  and  leaves  it  by  an  overflow  syphon-pipe  at 
about  the  centre,  so  that  the  drum  is  always  about  half 
full  of  water;  thence  it  Hows  to  the  next  washer,  and  so 
on  in  succession,  emerging  from  the  last  or  lowest  one  of 
the  series  charged  with  tar  and  ammonia  removed  from  the 
gas.  The  gas  flows  through  the  washers  in  the  opposite 
direction,  entering  at  the  lowest  one  and  leaving  at  the 
highest.  The  wooden  discs  carry  up  the  water,  and  by 
reason  of  their  revolving  in  contrary  directions  in  each 
casing,  cause  the  gas  to  thoroughly  mix  with  the  water  and 
>o  remove  tile  tar  and  ammonia,  Partitions  may  with 
advantage  be  placed  In  the  drums  to  more  completely  bring 
the  c;is  in  contact  with  the  wet  perforations  aud  surfaces  of 
the  discs.  Each  disc  is  mounted  on  a  short  horizontal  shaft 
entering  the  side  of  the  casing,  the  inner  ends  being  sup- 
ported in  bearings  carried  on  a  central  standard  or  cross-bar. 
A  pulley  is  fitted  on  the  outer  end  of  each  shaft,  and  a 
series  of  pulleys  to  correspond  is  fixed  on  an  over-head 
shaft,  revolution  of  the  discs  in  opposite  directions  being 
obtained  by  means  of  open  and  crossed  belts.  The  wooden 
discs  and  their  perforations  are  left  i|iiite  rough  in  order 
more  effectually  to  carry  up  the  water. — D.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Ammonia  aud  Tar 
from  Nitrogenous  Organic  Substances,  and  in  Apparatus 
relating  thereto.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool,  brum 
P.  Kuutze,  Asshersleben,  Germany.  Eng.  l'at.  9052, 
May  28,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  ammonia  and 
tar  from  nitrogenous  organic  substances  whereby  as  a 
source  of  nitrogen  the  extensive  turf  moors  and  peat,  hogs 
are  proposed  to  be  utilised.  The  treatment  referred  to 
consists  in  : — 

(a.)  Subjecting  the  broken-lip  and  dried  material  to 
charring  in  a  charring  furnace,  which  is  heated  by  producer 
gases,  generated  at  a  later  stage  of  this  process,  while  the 
resulting  mixture  of  tarry,  aqueous,  and  nitrogenous  vapours 
is  submitted  to  au  igniting  process  for  decomposing  the 
organic  nitrogenous  vapours,  in  the  presence  of  superheated 
steam  and  great  surfaces  of  light  red-hot  porous  refractory 
matter,  into  ammonia  aud  hydrocarbons,  which  are 
separated  and  absorbed  in  the  usual  manner  ;  and 

(6.)  Treating  the  residue  from  the  charring  process  in  a 
generator  situated  below  the  charring  furnace  by  means  of 
hot  air  aud  superheated  steam  in  order  to  liberate  the  fixed 
nitrogen  and  convert  it  into  ammonia,  the  resulting  mixture 
of  ammonia  and  permanent  gases  being  separated  in  any 
well-known  manner  aud  the  gases  applied  for  heating  pur- 
poses. The  generator  for  converting  the  residue  into  gas  is 
arranged  below  the  charring  furnace  in  order  to  allow  of  the 
residue  from  the  latter  dropping  directly  from  the  charring 
furnace  into  the  generator,  whereby  the  process  becomes  a 
continuous  one.  —  1).  B. 


512 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [ June  30,1892. 


Improvements  in  Methods  of  Storing  Inflammable  Spirits 
or  Highly  Volatile  Hydrocarbons.  B.  H.  Thwaite.  Eng. 
Pat.  9180,  June  1,  1891. 
Around  the  storage  lank,  which  may  be  circular  or  rect- 
angular, the  patentee  provides  an  annular  space  to  serve  as 
a  water  seal  of  such  depth  as  will  allow  the  side  plates  of 
a  cylindrical  movable  cover  to  be  sealed.  Even  when  the 
contents  of  the  tank  have  been  withdrawn  the  cover,  which 
resembles  the  dome  of  an  ordinary  gasometer,  is  so  arranged 
that  there  is  a  continual  and  close  contact  of  the  top  plates 
thereof  with  the  surface  of  the  oil.  The  upper  part  of  this 
storage  tank  cover  is  made  to  serve  as  a  water  tank,  in 
which  a  layer  of  water  is  maintained,  l-'or  balancing  the 
weight  of  the  cover  an  arrangement  similar  to  that  used  for 
counterbalancing  the  moveable  part  of  ordinary  gas  holders 
is  provided.  In  order  to  withdraw  from  the  holder  any- 
possible  accumulation  of  gas  an  escape  pipe  arrangement 
is  provided,  the  vertical  limb  of  which  works  in  a  vertical 
and  annular  hydraulic  seal — this  allows  for  the  lift  of  the 
cover  plates.  In  ordinary  gas  works  the  outlet  of  this  seal  is 
connected^  the  gas  mains— the  upper  part  of  the  space  (if 
any)  between  cover  of  oil  tank  and  surface  of  oil  is  then 
connected  with  the  gas  distributing  mains,  by  which  means 
any  accumulation  of  gas  simply  diffuses  with  the  ordinary 
town  lighting  gas  and  there  is  always  established  under  the 
cover  a  pressure  of  gas  which  will  itself  prevent  the  admis- 
sion of  air.  For  tank  steamers  the  patentee  uses  a  sheet 
iron  float  cover  having  flexible  connexions  to  the  store 
tank  -ides.  This  cylindrical  cover,  with  its  annular  or 
surrounding  hydraulic  seal,  is  so  formed  that  it  floats  on  the 
surface  of  the  oil,  and  as  the  latter  is  withdrawn  it  falls  with 
the  oil,  there  being  sufficient  play  in  the  flexible  sides  to 
allow  this,  and  thus  as  the  oil  is  withdrawn  there  is  not  left 
behind  any  serious  accumulation  of  combustible  gas. —  1).  B. 


Gat  Generator  for  the  Distillation  of  Mineral  Oils,  ami 
the  Combustion  at  a  Distance  of  a  Part  or  the  Whole 
of  the  Products  of  the  Distillation  applicable  to  Appa- 
ratus f«r  Lighting  and  Heating.  L.  Sepulchre,  Herstat, 
Belgium.     Eng.  Pat,  2:567,  February  8,  1892. 

See  tinder  II.,  page  510. 


Improvements  in    the  Manufacture  if  Asphaltum.     J.  A. 

Dubbs,  Allegheny,  Pennsylvania,  U.S.A.     Eng.  l'at.  3026, 

February  16,  1892. 
This  invention   relates   to   the    manufacture  of  asphaltum 
from  crude  petroleum  or  petroleum  residues,  and  consists  in 
the    combination    of     the    crude    petroleum    or     petroleum 
residues,  when  subjected  to  heat,  with  sulphur. —  L>.  B. 


n.-COLOUMNG  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

A    Aitro-ketone    derived  from    Camphosulphophenols.     P. 
Cazeneuve.     Compt.  Rend.  114,  838—840. 

A.METHYLI  lAMPHOPHENOLStJLPHONE,  CgH^SOjXOH^O, 

and  the  isomeric  amethyleamphophenolsulphonic  acid 
C,Hls(SOa.OH)(OH)0  are  the  most  important  campho- 
sulphophenols derived  from  camphor. 

On  treating  these  compounds  with  dilute  nitric  acid, 
their  sulphur  is  eliminated,  with  formation  of  sulphuric 
acid  and  at  the  same  time  a  nitro-compoutid,  C9HuO.NO;. 
This  compound  crystallisi  •  from  alcohol  in  beautiful  yellow 
needles,  melting  at  from  47°  to  48  C.  In  small  quantities 
these  crystals  can  be  sublimed  without  alteration,  larger 
quantities  distil  at  about  262°  C.  with  partial  decomposition. 
The  nitro-compound  is  capable  of  decomposing  the  alkaline 
carbonates,  and  combines  easily  with  the  caustic  alkalis, 
forming  salts  of  the  general  formula  C,,H10M'O.XO2,  some 


of  which  are  distinguished  by  the  dichroism  of  their  crystals 
The  reaction  of  this  compound  with  phenylhydrazine,  with 
which  it  forms  an  azone,  proves  it  to  be  a  nitro-ketone. 
which,  by  means  of  tin  and  hydrochloric  acid,  is  converted 
into  a  ba.se  of  very  remarkable  properties.  The  nitro- 
ketone  dyes  silk  yellow  without  intervention  of  a  mordant, 
and  is,  according  to  the  author,  probably  a  derivative  of  a 
hydropropylbenzene. — C.  O.  W, 


(hiucit;'  Recent  Patent  Improvements  in  Aniline   Black. 
H.  Schmidt.     Chem.  Zeit.  16,  502—503,  aud  531—532. 

See  under  XL.paye  519. 


The  Itiii/iii  of  ('clour.  The  Constitution  of  Coloured 
Ailm  ( 'ompounds.  H.  E.  Armstrong,  l'roc.  Chem. 
S  »'.  1892,  112,  101. 
In  a  communication  in  March  1888  (,1'roc.  Chem.  Soc 
1888,27),  in  which  the  relation  between  colour  aud  con- 
stitution was  discussed,  it  was  maintained  that  in  the  cast 
of  azo-dyes,  the  rosanilines,  methylene-hlue,  &e.  colour 
was  conditioned  by  a  quinonoid  structure.  The  author 
states  the  opinion  at  which  he  has  arrived,  viz.,  that  in  the 
case  of  coloured  compounds  which  have  been  fairly  well 
studied,  it  is  so  generally  true  that  a  quinonoid  formula  is 
applicable,  that  the  reconsideration  of  the  formula  of  any 
coloured  substance  is  warrantable  if  it  do  not  come  within 
the  rule.  The  term  "  quinonoid "  must,  however,  be 
understood  to  include  compounds  of  the  type  of  benzil : 
and  it  is  to  be  noted  that  in  the  case  of  closed  chain  com 
pounds,  it  appears  to  be  essential  that  at  least  one  of  the 
quinonoid  carbon  atoms  be  associated  with  a  dyad  radicle, 
and  that  the  ring  itself  be  unsaturated ;  the  presence  of 
two  ortho-  or  para-carbonyl  groups  in  a  saturated  ring 
appaiently  does  not  condition  colour. 

Nitro-compounds  have  from  an  early  period  attracted  the 
author's  attention,  as  he  states  that  they  do  not  come 
within  the  suggested  "colour  rule."  It  is  well  known, 
however,  that  nitro-eompounds  are  not  all  coloured,  many 
which  are  commonly  described  as  yellow  being  obtained 
white  when  prepared  from  pure  materials  and  precaution  is 
taken  to  remove  the  phenolic  compounds  which  are  so 
frequently  formed  even  from  hydrocarbons  during  nitration ; 
from  this  it  follows  that  the  nitro-group  does  not  per  se 
condition  colour.  A  comparison  of  ortho-  with  para-nitro- 
pheuol  affords  striking  confirmation  of  the  correctness  of 
this  conclusion ;  the  former  alone  is  coloured,  being 
intensely  yellow,  very  volatile,  and  insoluble  in  water ; 
whereas  para-uitrophenol  does  not  volatilise  with  steam, 
and  is  fairly  soluble  in  water.  To  what  is  the  difference 
ascnbable  ?  It  can  scarcely  be  otherwise  than  to  a 
difference  in  structure  beyond  that  involved  in  a  mere 
difference  in  the  relative  positions  of  the  radicles.  On 
comparing  the  methoxynitrobenzenes  prepared  from  ortho- 
and  para-nitrophenol,  Dr.  Kipping  and  the  author  find  not 
only  that  they  are  both  colourless,  but  that  they  agree  as 
closely  in  their  general  properties  as  do  most  isomeric 
compounds  containing  the  same  radicles  ;  it  is  particularly 
noteworthy  that  they  are  about  equally  volatile  with  steam. 
The  non-correspondence  of  the  two  nitrophenols  is  rendered 
far  more  striking  by  the  correspondence  of  the  compounds 
prepared  from  them  by  methylation,  and  the  conclusion 
is  strengthened  thereby  that  they  are  not  mere  position 
isomerides :  it  therefore  appears  justifiable  to  represent 
ortho-nitrophenol  by  a  quinonoid  formula,  which  may 
readily  be  done  by  transferring  the  hydroxylic  hydrogen  to 
the  NO;  group,  thus  transforming  it  into  a  dyad  group, 
X<  l»H,  a  chaDge  which  admittedly  attends  the  formation  of 
so-called  nitrosophenol  (quinonehydroxime)  (cf.  Nietzki, 
Organische  Farbstoffe,  Berlin,  1889).  On  this  hypothesis, 
the  name  quinoneorthonitroxime  may  be  suggested  for 
"  ortho-nitrophenol." 

Para-nitrophenol,  although  itself  colourless, yields  coloured 
metallic  derivatives,  in  the  formation  of  which  a  change 
of  structure  must  be  involved,  according  to  the  view  here 
advocated. 


i .30,1892.]        THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OP   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


513 


As  only  para-  and  ortho-compounds  can  have  quinonoid 
formula;,  it  would  follow  that  metanitro-derivatives  must 
be  colourless;  but  actually  metanitraniline  has  an  intense 
yellow  colour.  There  are  hut  two  ways  out  of  this 
difficulty  :  to  assume  that  metanitraniline  either  is  not  (a? 
ordinarily  obtained)  an  uniform  substance,  or  that  its 
structure  is  not  really  that  of  an  amidonitrobenzene.  There 
is,  however,  no  other  obvious  mode  of  representing  it ;  and 
although  Dr.  Kipping  and  the  author  have  spent  mucl 
time  in  trying  to  deprive  it  of  its  colour,  they  have  beer. 
unsuccessful ;  they  have  found,  however,  that  it  yields  a 
practically  colourless  benzoate,  a  result  regarded  as  strong 
presumptive  proof  in  favour  of  the  view  that  meta- 
nitraniline is  not  what,  it  is  supposed  to  be,  and  it  is 
therefore  proposed  to  submit  it  and  similar  compounds 
the  closest  study. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters 
derived  from  Anthra  quinone.  B.  Willcox,  London. 
From  the  "  Farbenfabriken  vormals  F.  Bayer  uud  Co.," 
Elberfeld,  Germauy.     Eng.  Pat.  -1871,  March  18,  1891. 

Tins  specification,  comprising  18  claims,  is  an  extension  of 
several  earlier  patents,  and  also  describes  certain  new 
dyestutls  belonging  to  the  alizarin  class. 

I.  Oxyehrysazin  (oxyanthrarufin),  as  shown  by  the 
following  formula',  occupies  an  intermediate'position  between 
alizarin  and  alizarin-bordeaux. 


,CO 


OH 


/\/^\/\ 


\/ 


CO. 


on 


co/ 

.Alizarin 


(III 


/\/^\/\ 


\n 


(ill 


t'o 


OH 


/ 


Oxyclirysazin. 


OH      ,,n       OH 

X/\  OB 


Alizarin-bordeaux. 

If  oxychrysaziu  be  treated  according  to  Eng.  Pat.  8725 
of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,  537)  it  is  converted  into  a 
colouring  matter  resembling  alizarin-bordeaux,  the  reaction 
in  this  case  also  taking  place  in  two  stages.  By  substituting 
erythroxyanthraquinone  for  oxyehrysazin  in  the  above 
process  a  dyestuff  is  obtained  resembling  in  its  properties 
that  prepared  from  anthrarufin  according  to  Eng.  Pat. 
18,729  of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,  917). 

II.  In  Eng.  Pat.  18,729  of  1890  and  Eng.  Pat.  1883  of 
1891  (this  Journal,  1892,  29)  the  preparation  of  colouring 
matters  is  described  from  anthraquiuone  or  dichloro-  or 
dibromo-anthracene  by  the  action  of  sulphuric  anhydride. 
The  same  process  can  be  applied  to  substances  such  as 
tribromo-  and  tetrabromo-anthrncene,  dibronio-anthracene- 
tetrabromide,  hromo-anthraquinone,  and  anthranol.  The 
colouring  matters  are  similar  to  those  already  described, 
and  dye  wool  mordanted  with  alumina  salts  a  violet,  and 
with  chromium  salts  a  blue  colour. 

III.  By  treating  alizarin-bordeaux  in  a  sulphuric  acid 
solution  with  oxidising  agents  according  to  Eng.  Pat.  12,715 
of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,  759)  it  is  converted  into  a  new 
colouring  matter  which  is  now  termed  "  Alizarin-cyaniue 
1!."  According  to  Eng.  Pat  17,712  of  1890  (this  Journal, 
1891,  917),  an  intermediate  product  formed  in  this  process 
gives  a  new  colouring  matter  when  treated  with  ammonia. 
It  has  now  been  discovered  that  two  cyanines  are  produced 
according  to  the  conditions  under  which  the  oxidations  are 
performed.  If  the  temperature  he  kept  low  and  an  insuffi- 
cient quantity  of  manganese  dioxide  added,  a  product  is 
obtained  called  "  alizarin-pentacyaniue."  By  employing  a 
higher   temperature   and  more   manganese   dioxide,   using 


arsenic  acid  or  acting  on  alizariii-pcntacyauine  with  sul- 
phuric  acid  alone,  alizarin-hexacyanine  is  produced.  The 
two  substances  are  pentahydroxy-anthraquinone  and  hexa- 
hydroxy-anthraquinoue.  The  former  is  more  easily  soluble 
in  nitrobenzene  and  glacial  acetic  acid,  whereas  the  latter 
dissolves  in  sulphuric  acid  to  a  redder  colour  than  the 
pentacyanine  and  possesses  a  stronger  fluorescence.  The 
solutions  exhibit  characteristic  absorption  hands. 

IV.  In  the  preparation  of  the  above-mentioned  alizarin- 
penta-  and  hexa-cyanines  by  means  of  manganese  dioxide, 
intermediate  compounds  are  formed  which  have  been 
termed  anthra-diquinories,  since  they  contain  a  true  quinone 
group  in  addition  to  the  double  ketone  group  of  anthra- 
quiuone. By  reduction  with  sulphurous  acid  they  are 
converted  into  hydroquinoues  which  are  the  cyanines,  and 
hence  these  quinones  may  he  produced  by  oxidation  of  the 
cyanines.  By  dissolving  Alizarin-cyanine  K  in  potash 
solution  and  passing  air  through  the  liquid  the  potassium 
salt  of  the  quinone  separates  out.  The  salt  is  then  decom- 
posed with  an  acid  at  a  low  temperature. 

V.  The  formation  of  these  quinones  and  their  reduction 
to  the  cyanines  points  to  an  improvement  in  the  method  for 
the  production  of  the  latter  on  that  described  in  Eng.  Pat. 
12,715  of  1890.  The  melt  obtained  by  treating  alizarin- 
bordeaux  with  manganese  dioxide  in  a  sulphuric  acid 
solution  is  poured  into  water  and  treated  with  sodium 
sulphite  until  it  smells  of  sulphurous  acid.  The  mixture  is 
then  boiled  up,  filtered,  and  the  dyestuff  re-dissolved. 

VI.  By  oxidising  the  cyanines  in  an  ammoniacal  solution 
by  means  of  air,  or  by  the  action  of  ammonia  on  those 
quinones  described  under  IV.  corresponding  to  the  cyanines 
described  under  III.,  similar  colouring  matters  to  Alizarin- 
cyanine  G  are  obtained,  the  preparation  of  which  is  described 
in  Eng.  Pat.  17,712  of  1890. 

VH.  The  processes  described  under  IV.  and  V.  can  also 
be  applied  to  the  quinoline  derivative  of  alizarin-bordeaux 
or  dihydroxy-alizarin  blue  of  Eng.  Pat.  8725  of  1890,  or  to 
the  hexa-hydroxy-anthraquiuone  produced  according  to 
Eng.  Pat.  17,712  of  1890,  or  Eng.  Pat.  18,729  of  1890. 
The  diquinones  obtained  from  these  bodies  can  also  be 
treated  with  ammonia  forming  quinone-imides  and  giving 
somewhat  greener  shades  than  the  original  products. 

— T.  A.  L. 

The  Production  of  New  Bases  and  of  Azo-Colourimj 
Matters  therefrom.  Brooke,  Simpson,  and  Spiller, 
Limited,  and  A.  G.  Green,  Hackney  Wick,  Middlesex. 
Eng.  Pat.  8376,  April  11,  1891. 

New  azoxy-  and  azo-derivatives  of  o-toluidine  are  obtained 
by  the  alkaline  reduction  of  nitro-n-toluidine — 

C6H3.CH3(NH=)N02  [1:2:6] 
which  melts  at  92°  C.  The  nitro-o-toluidine  is  formed  by 
reducing  fluid  binitro-toluene  (Bernthsen,  Ber.  15,  3016, 
this  Journal,  1883,  169),  and  is  also  obtained  together  with 
the  nitro-o-toluidine  melting  at  107"  C.  by  the  nitration  of 
o-toluidine  in  sulphuric  acid  at  a  low  temperature.  In  the 
latter  case  the  nitro-o-toluidine  melting  at  92°  C.  is  precipi- 
tated from  the  mother-liquor  from  which  that  melting  at 
107°  C.  has  separated,  by  the  addition  of  an  alkali.  The 
new  azoxy -o-toluidine — 

[l:2:6]C6H3.CH;i(NH2)N2O.C6H3.XH2(CH3)  [6:2:1] 
melting  at  149    C,  and  the  new  azo-o-toluidine — 

[1:2:6]  C6H3.CH3(NH2)N,,.CsH3.NH2(CH3)  [6:2:1] 
melting  at  175J  C.  are  produced  in  a  similar  manner  to  that 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  14,304  of  1889  (this  Journal,  1891, 
131)  for  the  production  of  isomeric  bodies  from  the  nitro- 
o-toluidine  melting  at  107°.  They  are  similarly  employed 
for  the  production  of  dyestuffs  by  diazotisation  and  com- 
bination with  naphthol  and  naphtnylamine  sulphonic  acids, 
and  with  phenols  and  amines  generally  and  their  sulphonic 
acids.  A  colouring  matter  dyeing  unmordanted  cotton  a 
brilliant  scarlet  unaffected  by  acids  is  obtained  by  combining 
diazotised  azoxy-o-toluidine  with  1  ■  4  naphthol  sulphonic 
acid  in  an  alkaline  solution.  If  azo-o-toluidine  be  employed 
the  shade  is  somewhat  bluer. — T.  A.  L. 


514 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  30, 1892. 


The  Manufacture  and  Production  of  New  Diazo-Dyes,  and 
of  Intermediate  Products  in  their  Preparation.  .1.  V. 
Johnson,  London.  From  the  "  Badische  Aniliti  und  Soda 
Fabrik,"  Ludwigshafen,  Germany.  Fog.  Pat.  771H, 
May  4,  L891.  Second  Edition. 
Tin-:  1: 1'- amido-naphthol  sulphonic  acid  described  in  Eng. 
Pat.  9676  of,  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,538)  is  capable  of 
combining  with  diazo-compounds  to  form  disazo  derivatives, 
%\ liit-li  dye  wool  ;i  deep  blue  black  from  an  acid  bath. 
Various  amines  may  be  employed  such  as  aniline,  o-  and 
p-toluidine,  m-  audjj-xylidine,  /i-anisidine,  a-naphthylamine, 
and  acetyl-p-pheuylene  diamine.  Also  the  isomeric  1:1' 
amido-naphthol  sulphonic  acid,  obtained  by  Fusing  with  a 
caustic  alkali  the  naphthylamine  disulphonic  acid  prepared 
by  sulphonating  naphthylamine  sulphonic  acid  Sot  Ger. 
I\ii.  10,571,  can  be  substituted  for  the  above  mentioned  1:1' 
aniido-naphthol  sulphonic  acid  in  the  formation  of  these 
disazo  compounds.  The  combination  is  performed  in  the 
well-know  n  manner,  but  preferably  by  allowing  one  molecular 
proportion  of  the  diazo-compound  to  combine  in  :i  faintly 
acid  solution  of  one  molecular  proportion  of  tin:  amido- 
naphthol  sulphonic  acid,  ami  afterwards  making  the  solution 
alkaline  and  running  in  t lie  second  molecular  proportion  of 
the  diazo-compound  which  may  be  derived  from  tin:  same 
amine  a-  the  first  or  from  a  different  one  or  from  a  sulphonic 
acid  Mich  as  sulphanilic  acid, — T.  A.  L. 


Production  oj  Blue  Colouring  Matters.  O.Imray,  Loudon. 
From  tin-  "  Farbwerke  voruials  Meister,  Lucius,  und 
Briining,"  H6chst-on-the-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
7964,  Slay  8,  1891. 

The  arid  colouring  matters  known  as  "  Patent  Blues," 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  12,796  of  1888  (this  Journal,  1889, 
7nl  ;  1890,  286), and  Eng.  Pat.  I  l,822of  1888  (this  Journal, 
1889,  980),  which  are  sulphonic  acids  of  m-oxy-  and  »i-aniidO- 
tetra-alkyl-dianiidotliphenyl  carbinols  yield  blue  colouring 
matters  of  great  value  when  oxidised.  The  oxidation  may 
be  performed  by  means  of  fuming  sulphuric  acid,  bnt 
preferably  it  is  conducted  in  an  aqueous  solution  by  means 
of  [rob  salts  or  chromic  acid.  24' 6  kilos,  of  tetra-cthyl 
patent  blue  (the  monocalcium  salt  of  the  disulphonic  acid 
of  »i-oxy-tetra-ethyl-diamido-tripheny]  carbinol)  are  dis- 
solved in  200—300  litres  of  water,  boiled,  and  a  solution  of 
8  kilos,  of  CrOj  in  water  slowly  added.  After  about  two 
hours,  when  the  oxidation  is  complete  and  the  solution  is 
free  from  chromic  acid,  the  liquid  is  filtered  and  evaporated 
to  dryness.  The  colouring  matters  dy^  wool  and  silk  in 
uniform  blue  shades  from  an  acid  hath  fast  to  soap,  light, 
ami  air. — T.  A.  I.. 


Production   if  Blue    Dyestuffs.     S.    Pitt,    Sutton.     From 
I,-  <  assclla  ami  Co.,  Frankfort  on  the-Maine,   Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  8407,  May  15,  1891. 
A     PROCESS    for    obtaining   blue    dyestuffs    for   mordanted 
cotton  of  the  thionine  class  from  o-toluidine.     10  .J  kilos,  of 
the  nitrosamine  of  mono-ethyl-o-toluidine,  are  dissolved  in 
150  Kilos,  of   concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  at  about  J    C. 
After  standing  some  time,  the  clear  solution,  which  contains 
the  hydrochloride  of  p-nitroso-ethyl-toluidine — 
(N'o.l'.ili.,.  I'll,.  NIK  ,II,| 

is  diluted  with  water,  cooled  with  ice  and  reduced  with  15 
Kilns,  of  zinc  dust.  When  the  solution  is  colourless,  the 
free  acid  is  neutralised  and  24*8  kilos,  of  sodium  thiosul- 
jihate  and  10  kilos  of  potassium  bichromate  are  added.  A 
solution  of  mono-ethyl-o-toluidme  hydrochloride  is  then 
poured  in,  and  after  the  addition  of  120  kilos,  of  zinc 
chloride,  the  whole  is  oxidised  by  means  of  30  kilos,  of 
potassium  bichromate,  raised  to  the  boil  and  kept  boiling  for 
an  hour.  Tin:  dyestilff  winch  separates  out  is  mixed  with 
chromium  Oxide,  from  which  it  is  separated  after  filtration 
by  extraction  with  hot  water  and  precipitation  with  salt, 
when  it  forms  small  green  crystals. — T.  A.  L. 


The   Manufacture  and   Production  of  Colouring  Matters 
derived    from     Anthraquinone     and     Alizarin       Blur. 

II.   Will,  ox,    I Ion.     From  the  "  Farbenfabriken   vor- 

mals    F.   Bayer    and  Co.,"    Elberfeld,  Germany.     Eng. 
Pat.  8702,  May  21,  1891. 

Tin:  authradiquinones  i  alizarin  eyanine  quinones)  described 
in  Eng.  1'at.  1871  of  1  w.<  1  (sec  above)  for  new  mordant 
dyestuffs  by  condensation  with  phenol,  dihydroxy-benzeues 
and  their  homologues,  a-  anil  /3-naphthol  and  their  carboxylic 
acids  or  other  substitution  products.  The  condensation 
is  most  easily  effected  by  means  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  hence 
the  formation  of  these  new  dyestuffs  starling  with  alizarin 
bordeaux  may  he  performed  in  one  operation  without 
separating  tin  quiuonc.  New  colouring  matters  are  also 
obtained  by  condensing  with  rcsorcinol,  salicylic  acid, 
p-hydroxy-benzoic  acid,  and  o-crcsotinic  acid,  the  quinone  of 
hcxa-hydroxyanthraquinonc  isomeric  with  alizarin  hexacya- 
nine  described  in  ling.  Pat.  18,72'J  of  1890,  and  Eng.  Pat. 
17,712  of  1890  (tin-  Journal,  1891,  917).  The  alizarin 
bordeaux  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  *72.">  of  1890  (this  Journal, 
1891,  537),  its  analogues  and  the  polyhydroxy  anthraqui- 
nones  obtained  therefrom  by  further  oxidation,  and  other 
com  [mi  1 1  ids  of  this  class  such  as  Alizarin  hi  in:  green,  Alizariu- 
grecn,  and  Alizarin  indigo  blue  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  14,353 
of  1888  (this  Journal,  1889,  77o)  and  Eng.  Pat.  15,121  of 
I8SS  (this  Journal,  1889,772),  form  new  dyestuffs  by 
treatment  with  ammonia.  The  reaction  taking  place 
appears  to  he  the  substitution  of  an  amido  for  a   hydroxy 

group.     It   is  generally  complete'  at  ordi y  temperatures, 

hut  heating  with  an  excess  of  ammonia  on  the  water-bath 
i-  sufficient  in  all  cases.  The  dyestuffs  thus  obtained  differ 
from  the  originals  by  the  redder  or  yellower  colours  of 
their  solutions  In  sulphuric  acid,  and  this  lest  serves  I" 
indicate  the  end  of  the  reaction.  With  chromium  mordants 
ou  wool,  these  colouring  matters  dyo  a  greenish  blue.-T.  A.  L. 


Production  if  Blur  I 'olouring  Matter.  < ).  lniray,  Loudon. 
From  the  "  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister,  Lucius  und 
Briining,"  Ihiehst-on-thc  Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Fat. 
9943,  . I  tine  11,  1891. 
By  the  action  of  fuming  sulphuric  acid  on  anthrachrysone 
(a  derivative  of  anthraquinone)  a  new  colouring  matter  is 
obtained  which  gives  blue  shades  on  chrome-mordanted 
wool  and  cotton,  fast  to  light  and  fulling.  Anthrachrysone 
is  stirred  into  fuming  sulphuric  acid  at  a  temperature  not 
exceeding  50  (.until  the  solution  becomes  .bluish-green. 
It  is  then  poured  ou  to  ice,  boiled,  dissolved  in  an  alkali, 
and  precipitated  by  an  acid  from  this  solution.  The  colour- 
ing matter  forms  a  black  powder  dissolving  in  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  with  a  violet  red,  in  ammonia  with  a  bluish 
violet,  and  in  dilute  caustic  soda  with  a  reddish-brown 
colour.— T.  A.  L. 


The  Manufacture  ami   Production   if  New    Basir    Dye- 
stuffs.     J.   V.  Johnson,   Loudon.     From   the  "  Badische 

Aniliri  und  Soda  Fain  ik,"  Ludwigshafen,  Germany.     Eng. 

Pat.  10,619,  June  22,  1891.  Second  Edition. 
An  extension  of  Eng.  Pat.  4476  of  1888  (this  Journal, 
1889,  280),  which  describes  the  preparation  of  dyestuffs  of 
the  Nile  blue  series  obtained  by  the  condensation  of  the 
nitroso  -  dimethyl-  and  diethyl  -  m  -  amido  phenols  with 
o  -  naphthylamine  and  its  derivative-,  such  as  ethyl-o- 
naphthylamine  and  di  -  methyl  -  a  -  naphthylamine.  The 
present  specification  describes  tin'  employment  of  benzyl-o- 
naphthylaminc  in  place  of  a  naphthylamine  and  its  deriva- 
tives mentioned  in  the  preceding  patent.  Heuzyl-a-naph- 
thvlaniine  has  been  obtained  by  the  action  of  berizyla'mine 
on'o  naphthv  lainine,  hut  is  more  easily  prepared  by  con- 
densing two  molecules  of  a  naphthylamine  with  one  molecule 
of  benzylchloride  in  toluene  at  the  temperature  of  the  water- 
hath.  The  hydrochloride  of  the  base  is  obtained  by  passing 
hydrochloric  acid  gas  through  its  ethereal  solution.  The 
following  proportions  are  given  for  preparing  a  greenish- 
blue  dyestuff.     About  69  kilos,  of  nitroso-diethyl-w-aruido- 


June  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


515 


phenol  hydrochloride  and  5-1  kilos,  of  benzyl-a-naphthyl- 
amine  hydrochloride  in  100  litres  of  spirit  are  heated  on  the 
water-hath  under  a  condenser.  The  reaction  sets  in  at 
about  60°  C,  and  sufficient  heat  is  eiolved  to  raise  the 
solution  to  the  boil.  It  is  kept  boiling  for  3  to  4  hours  and 
then  allowed  to  cool,  when  a  crystalline  precipitate  separates 
which  can  be  used  directly  for  dyeing  and  printing.  Other 
salts  than  the  hydrochlorides  may  be  employed  in  the  above 
condensation,  or  one  of  the  components  may  be  in  the  form 
of  base,  but  in  this  latter  case  it  is  preferable  to  use  acetic 
acid  as  a  solvent.  The  colouring  matter  obtained  from 
nitroso-diiuethyl-m-amido-phenol  gives  a  redder  shade  of 
blue,  and  its  hydrochloride  is  sparingly  soluble  iu  water,  so 
that  it  is  best  employed  as  its  more  soluble  sulphate. 

— T.  A.  L. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters. 
H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  K.  Oehler,  Offenbach-on- 
the-Maine,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  10,861,  June  25,  1891. 

By  combining  diazotised  benzidine  or  tolidine  with  one 
molecule  of  amido-hydroxy-a-naphthalene  disulphonic  acid, 
and  then  with  m-hydroxy-diphenylamine  or  tolylphenyl- 
amine,  blackish-blue  colouring  matters  for  cotton  are  ob- 
tained. Eleven  kilos,  of  tolidine  (or  the  equivalent  quantity 
of  benzidiue)  in  75  kilos,  of  muriatic  acid  of  12' 5  per  cent, 
strength  and  500  litres  of  water  are  cooled  to  0°  C, 
diazotised  with  7  kilos,  of  sodium  nitrite,  and  poured  into  a 
solution  of  18  kilos,  of  amido-hydroxy-a-naphthalene 
disulphonic  acid  in  700  kilos,  of  1'5  per  cent,  caustic  soda. 
The  intermediate  compound  thus  formed  is  converted  into 
the  new  dyestuff  by  adding  a  solution  of  9 '25  kilos,  of 
/n-hydroxvdiphenylamine,  or  of  10  kilos,  of  m-hydroxy- 
tolylphenylamine,  in  250  litres  of  water  and  2  kilos,  of 
caustic  soda.  The  colouring  matter  is  precipitated  by  salt, 
pressed,  and  dried.  The  sodium  salts  of  the  new  dyestuffs 
are  blackish,  bronze-coloured  powders,  soluble  in  water, 
giving  red  to  bluish-violet  solutions,  from  which  concen- 
trated hydrochloric  acid  precipitates  a  bluish-violet  acid, 
which  dissolves  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  with  a  blue 
colour. — T.  A.  L. 

The  Manufacture  and  Production  of  New  Dyes  of  the 
Rosaniline  Series  and  of  New  Materials  therefor. 
J.  Y.  Johnson,  London.  From  the  "  Badische  Anilin 
und  Soda  Fabrik,"  Ludwigshafen,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
11,275,  July  2,  1891. 

Bv  condensing  resorcinol  with  p-  or  o-toluidine,  or  with 
ni -xylidine  the  following  compounds  are  respectively 
obtained  :  —  »i-hydroxy-phenyl-^)-tolylamine,  m-hydroxy- 
phenyl-o-tolylamiue,  and  m-hydroxy-phenyl-m-xylylaniine. 
It  has  been  discovered  that  the  alkylated  derivatives  of 
these  compounds  when  condensed  with  tetra-alkyl-diamido- 
b^uzophenones  yield  basic  colouring  matters  of  the  rosaniline 
scries,  and  these  on  sulphonation  give  soluble  acid  dye- 
stuffs.  The  following  details  of  the  various  operations  are 
given : — 

1.  About  100  kilos,  of  m-hydroxyphenyl-^-tolylainine, 
20  kilos,  of  caustic  soda,  400  kilos,  of  methyl  alcohol,  and 
40  kilos,  of  methyl  chloride,  are  heated  iu  an  autoclave  for 
24  hours  to  115° — 120°  C.  The  methyl  alcohol  is  then 
distilled  off,  and  the  residue  washed  first  with  caustic  soda, 
then  with  water,  and  finally  dried  at  100°.  The  «i-methoxy- 
phenyl-p-tolylamiue  thus  obtained  is  sufficiently  pure  for 
the  preparation  of  dyestuffs.  It  forms  a  thick  oil,  distilling 
with  decomposition  at  about  360°  C,  and  is  preferably 
distilled  in  vacuo.  After  standing  some  time  it  solidifies, 
and  can  then  be  crystallised  from  benzene,  when  it  melts  at 
about  68°  C. 

2.  The  condensation  with  tetramethyldiamidobenzo- 
phenone  is  performed  iu  a  similar  manner  to  that  described 
in  Eng.  Pats.  4850  and  5038  of  1884  (this  Journal,  1885, 
20  1,279).  About  22  kilos,  of  m-inethoxy-phenyl-p-tolyl- 
amine,  27  kilos,  of  tetramethyldiamidobenzophenoue,  and 
35  kilos,  of  phosphorus  oxychlorde  are  diluted  with  8  kilos, 
of  toluene,  and  heated  on  the  water-bath  in  a  vessel 
provided  with  a  stirrer  for  about  half  an  hour.  The  melt 
is  then  poured  into  brine,  boiled  and  extracted  with  toluene 
or  heavy  oil.     The  colouring  matter  which  remaius  behind 


is  dried  at  60°  C,  and  powdered.  It  is  slightly  soluble  in 
water,  more  readily  in  alcohol,  and  gives  violet-blue  shades 
on  wool  and  on  cotton  mordanted  with  tannin. 

3.  This  product  is  sulphonated  by  mixing  it  with  an 
equal  weight  of  anhydrous  sodium  sulphate,  and  adding  the 
mixture  to  2^  times  its  weight  of  fuming  sulphuric  acid 
containing  24  per  cent,  of  SO:1,  the  temperature  not  being 
allowed  to  rise  above  10°  C.  When  a  sample  is  completely 
soluble  in  alkali,  the  melt  is  poured  into  ice  water,  and  the 
solution  nearly  neutralised  with  caustic  soda.  The  dyestuff 
is  then  precipitated  with  sodium  sulphate,  filtered,  and 
dried.     It  dyes  wool  violet-blue  from  an  acid  bath. 

— T.  A.  L. 


New  or  Improved  Colouring  Matter  or  Dye  and  Methods 
of  Extracting  and  Utilising  the  Same.  E.  Schweich  and 
E.  Bucber,  Winnington  Park,  Chester.  Eng.  Pat.  11,298, 
July  3,  1891. 

A  brown  mordant  colouring  matter,  to  which  the  name 
"  Prosopine  "  is  given,  is  obtained  from  the  "  heartwood  of 
the  species  '  prosopis'  commonly  called  cashaw  tree,"  by 
some  process  of  extraction,  and  the  extract  can  be  used, 
together  with  a  mordant,  either  by  itself  or  with  some  other 
dyewood,  for  dyeing,  printing,  or  staining,  &c. — T.  A.  L. 


Process   of    Dyeing    Silk     Solid   Black,    by    Means    of 
Alizarine,     Flavopurpurine,      Anthrapurpurine,     and 

Mixtures  of  these  Bodies.  O.  Imray,  London.  From 
the  "  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister,  Lucius  und  Bruning," 
Hochst-on-the-Maine,  Germany,  Eng.  Pat.  11,327, 
July  3,  1891. 
The  methods  for  dyeing  silk  black  and  dark  brown  with 
logwood  do  not  give  colours  fast  to  acids,  soap,  or  alkalis. 
The  process  described  in  the  present  specification  gives  fast 
blacks,  produced  as  follows : — Boiled  silk  is  mordanted 
with  ferric  sulphate  of  30°  B.,  well  soaped  and  treated  with 
the  quantity  of  potassium  ferrocyanide  and  hydrochloric 
acid  corresponding  to  the  oxide  of  iron  on  the  fibre.  The 
silk  in  this  way  receives  a  grounding  of  Prussian  blue.  It 
is  then  passedinto  a  bath  at  the  boil  containing  cutch  and 
tin  salt  corresponding  to  the  degree  of  weightening  required, 
and  after  washing,  having  been  worked  in  a  second  bath  of 
cutch,  it  is  ready  for  dyeing.  It  can  also  be  prepared  by 
mordanting  the  crude  or  boiled  silk  with  tin  salt  solution 
of  30°,  washing  and  treating  with  ferric  sulphate  and 
potassium  ferrocyanide  as  described  above,  and  finally 
passing  it  through  a  boiling  bath  of  cutch,  when  after 
washing  it  can  be  dyed.  For  this  purpose  the  silk,  treated 
according  to  either  of  the  foregoing  methods,  is  worked  for 
about  half  an  hour  at  65°  C,  in  a  weak  soap  bath  containing 
2 — 2\  galls,  of  water  to  every  pound  of  silk,  a  quantity  of 
soap,  varying  from  15—20  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  the 
silk,  according  to  the  hardness  of  the  water,  and  a  quantity 
of  alizarin  from  20 — 50  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  the  soap, 
sufficient  to  produce  the  desired  shade.  The  temperature 
is  then  raised  to  the  boil,  and  the  silk  worked  at  95°  C.  for 
three-quarters  of  an  hour.  Finally,  a  further  quantity  of 
soap  is  added,  the  bath  is  heated  to  boiling,  and  the  silk 
worked  for  half  an  hour,  in  order  to  give  it  lustre  and  touch. 
After  dyeing,  the  silk  is  washed  for  a  few  minutes  in  a  bath 
at  30°  C.,  and  made  slightly  alkaline  with  sodium  carbonate. 
It  is  then  well  waslied,  treated  with  an  acid,  some  size,  and 
an  oil  emulsion,  and  is  finally  shaken  out  and  dried.  The 
colour  thus  obtained  is  said  to  be  fast  to  acids,  alkalis,  and 
sunlight. — T.  A.  L. 


Manufacture  of  Yellow  Azo-colauring  Matters  Striking  on 
Mordants  and  Absolutely  Fast  against  the  Action  of 
Fulling,  Soap,  and  light.  O.  Imray,  London.  From 
the  "  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister,  Lucius  und  Bruning." 
Hochst-on-the-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  11,328, 
July  3,  1891. 
The  colouring  matters  described  are  obtained  by  com- 
bining       diazotised       diamido-sulphobenzide        (diamido- 


516 


THE   JOUliNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [June  30, 1892. 


diphenylsulphone),  its  derivatives  and  homologues  with 
hydroxy  carboxylic  acids.  The  colouring  matters  dye 
chrome-mordanted  wool  fast  to  fulling,  soap  and  light.  In 
the  case  of  the  colouring  matters  from  diazotised  diamido- 
diphenylsulphone  and  salicylic  acid  and  from  diazotised 
diamidodiethoxy-diphenyl-sulphone  this  fastness  is  abso- 
lutely perfect.  12  4  kilos,  of  diamido-diphenyl-sulphone 
and  12  kilos,  of  hydrochloric  acid  are  dissolved  to  a 
10  per  cent,  solution  in  water  and  diazotised  by  the 
addition  jf  12  kilos,  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  a  solution  of 
6-9  kilos,  of  sodium  nitrite  in  35  litres  of  water.  The 
tetrazo  compound  which  separates  out  from  moderately 
dilute  solutions  is  added  at  0°  C.  to  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of 
16  kilos,  of  o-cresotiuic  acid  and  33  kilos,  of  calcined 
sodium  carbonate.  The  combination  is  complete  in  12 
hours  when  hydrochloric  acid  is  added,  the  colouring 
matter  filtered  off  and  used  preferably  as  a  paste.  In 
addition  to  the  derivatives  and  homologues  of  diamido- 
diphenyl-sulphone,  the  diamido-dinaphthyl-sulphones  may 
also  be  employed. — T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Basic  Naphthalene 
Colouring  Matters,  and  of  Sulpha  Acids  thereof. 
J.  Y.  Johnson,  London.  From  the  "  Badische  Aniliu 
"  und  Soda  Fabrik "  Ludwigshafen,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  11,629,  July  S,  1891. 

By  heating  together  rosindone  with  o-toluidineor  m-xylidine 
and  the  hydrochlorides  of  the  two  latter,  colouring  matters 
are  obtained  which  give  red  shades  different  from  those 
given  by  phen3'l-rosinduline.  These  homologues  of  phenyl- 
rosinduline  as  well  as  that  one  obtained  by  employing 
p-toluidine  give  mono-sulphouic  acids  when  treated  with 
ordinary  sulphuric  acid  at  the  temperature  of  the  water  - 
bath  (cf.  Eng.  Pat.  15,259  of  1888  ;  this  Journal,  1889, 
877).  On  further  sulphouation  with  fuming  sulphuric 
acid,  disulphonic  acids  are  obtained  which  are  homologues 
of  azo-carmine  and  are  yellowish-red  to  bluish-red  dyestuffs 
readily  soluble  in  hot,  but  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water, 
especially  in  presence  of  mineral  acids.  The  bases  o-tolyl- 
rosinduline  and  m-xylyl-rosinduline  yield  higher  sulphonic 
acids  on  further  sulphonation  which  are  readily  soluble  in 
cold  water.  The  p-tolyl-rosinduline  decomposes  on  further 
sulphonation. — T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters 
for  Dyeing  and  Printing  derived  from  Benzidine  and 
ils  Analogues.  B.  Willcox,  London.  From  the 
"  Efarbenfabriken  vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,"  Elber- 
feld,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  11,663,  July  9,  1891. 

Bv  reacting  with  one  molecule  of  tetrazo-diphenyl  chloride 
or  one  of  its  homologues  or  derivatives  on  one  molecule  of 
an  aromatic  hydroxy  carboxylic  acid,  such  as  salicylic  acid, 
o-  or  m-cresol  carboxylic  acid  or  resorcylic  acid,  an  inter- 
mediate product  is  obtained  which,  on  boiling  in  an  alkaline, 
neutral  or  acid  solution  evolves  nitrogen  and  is  converted 
into  a  derivative  of  w-amido  -  hydroxy  -  diphenyl.  The 
following  equation  illustrates  the  course  of  the  reaction  — 

C6H4  -  N  =  N  -  C6H3  -  OH 

|  \  +  H20  = 

C6H4  .-  N  =  N OCO 

( „II,  -  K  =  N  -  C6IL  -  OH 
I  I  +  Na 

C6H4  -  Oil  C02H 

The  dyestuffs  obtained  by  this  process  are  valuable  not 
only  on  account  of  their  dyeing  mordanted  wool,  but  also 
because  they  can  be  employed  in  calico-printing,  in  this 
respect  resembling  alizarin.  The  colours  produced  are 
yellow  varying  from  a  red  to  a  brown  shade. — T.  A.  L. 


The  Production  of  Fast  Yelloio  Mordant  Dyeing  Azo 
Dyestuffs.  A.  Bang,  Leeds.  From  G.  A.  Dahl, 
Barmen,  Germany.     Fug.  Pat.  960,  January  18,  1892. 

Substitutes  for  fustic  are  obtained  by  diazotising  the  a-,  £-, 
7-,  or  8-,  0-naphthylainine  sulphonic  acids  or  the  a-naphthyl- 
amine  sulphonic  acids  of  Laurent  or  Piria,  and  combining 
them  with  salicylic  acid  and  o-  and  m-cresotinic  acids. 
On  chromium  mordants  these  colouring  matters  like  fustic 
are  absolutely  fast  to  milling  and  have  moreover  the 
advantage  of  being  faster  to  light.  They  also  dye  un- 
mordanted  wool  fast  to  milling  and  light.  The  shades 
obtained  from  the  /3-naphthylaniiue  sulphonic  acids  are 
greenish  yellow,  those  from  the  a-naphthylamiue  sulphonic 
acids  being  more  orange-yellow.  Similarly  salicylic  acid 
gives  a  greener  shade  than  the  cresotinic  acids,  (cf.  Eug. 
Pat.  17,583  of  1887;  this  Journal,  1888,  839).— T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters 
II.  II.  Lake,  London.  From  A.  Leonhardt  and  Co., 
Muhlheiui-ou-the-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  1231, 
January  21,  1892. 

Bv  oxidising  the  rhodamines  obtaiued,  for  instance,  from 
dialkylated  ;«-aniidophenol  or  nt-amidocresol  and  phthalic 
acid,  by  means  of  potassium  permanganate,  dyestuffs  of  a 
more  yellowish-red  shade  are  produced.  The  colouring 
matters  themselves  or  their  leuco-compounds  may  be 
employed.  Eight  kilos,  of  rhodamine  from  succinic  acid 
are  dissolved  in  400  litres  of  water  and  20  litres  of  acetic 
acid,  and  oxidised  in  the  cold  by  the  addition  of  4  kilos,  of 
potassium  permanganate  in  100  litres  of  water.  The  whole 
is  then  boiled  up,  filtered,  and  the  colouring  matter  precipi- 
tated by  the  addition  of  zinc  chloride  and  salt.  By 
employing  less  permanganate  the  product  is  more  bluish- 
red.  The  dyestuffs  obtaiued  according  to  this  invention  are 
basic,  forming  salts  with  acids.  They  dissolve  in  water  or 
spirit,  giving  scarlet  solutions  with  a  brilliant  green 
fluorescence,  and  are  adapted  for  dyeing  or  printing  mor- 
danted or  unmordanted  cotton  or  silk,  the  latter  when  dyed 
showing  a  yellowish,  fluorescence. — T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Black  Dyes  suitable  for 
Dyeing  Wool.  S.  Pitt,  Sutton.  From  I,.  Cassella  and 
Co.,  Frankfort-ou-the-Maiue,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  2718, 
February  11,  1892. 

An   extension  of  Eng.   Pat.  9214   of    1885  (this   Journal, 

1889,  700),  and  of   Fug.  Pat.  7067  of   1889   (this  Journal, 

1890,  385).  A  diazotised  amine  or  sulphonic  acid  thereof 
is  combined  with  a-naphthylamiue  monosulphonic  acid 
(1'6  orl'7).  The  amidoazosulphonic  acid  thus  obtained 
is  diazotised  again  and  combined  with  phenols  or  amines  or 
their  derivatives.  24  ■  5  kilos,  of  sodium  naphthionate  are 
diazotised  and  combined  with  24 '5  kilos,  of  1'6  or  1*7 
a-naphthylamine  sodium  sulphouate  in  presence  of  sodium 
acetate.  The  amidoazodisulphonic  acid  thus  formed  is 
diazotised  by  means  of  muriatic  acid  and  7  kilos,  of  sodium 
nitrite,  and  separates  as  the  diazo  compound.  If  combined 
with  35  kilos,  of  /3-naphtholdisulphouic  acid  K  in  an 
alkaline  solution  a  black  dyestuff  is  obtained  which 
resembles  naphthol  black. — T.  A.  L. 


The  Manufacture  of  New  Colouring  Matters  or  Dyes. 
I'.  Monner,  St.  Fons,  Lyons,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  4677, 
March  9,  1802. 

Colouring  matters  to  which  the  name  "Anisolines"  is 

given  are  produced  by  heating  salts  of  the  rhodamines  with 
the  haloids  of  methyl,  ethyl,  amyl,  or  benzyl,  forming 
alkylated  rhodamines. — T.  A.  L. 


June  so,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


517 


V.-TEXTILES :  COTTON.  WOOL.  SILK.  Etc. 

Vulcanisation  of  Waterproof  Fabrics.     Industries,  12, 
1892,  498. 

Op  late  years  there  has  been  a  great  development  of  the 
waterproof  trade  in  the  direction  of  increased  variety  in  the 
fabrics  employed.  In  fact,  15  years  ago  the  number  of 
cloths  used  for  the  purpose  were  very  few,  but  at  present 
we  see  an  almost  endless  variety  of  wool,  silk,  and  cotton 
goods,  alone  and  in  combination  with  each  other.  Scotch 
and  Yorkshire  woollen  tweeds  now  constitute  the  largest 
portion  of  the  dealer's  stock-in-trade,  the  black  or  blue 
paramatta — a  mixture  of  wool  and  cotton — being  con- 
spicuous. The  nature  of  the  cloth  has  to  be  considered 
before  it  is  submitted  to  any  vulcanising  process.  To 
briefly  summarise  the  "  spreading  "  part  of  the  process,  it 
may  be  said  that  the  rubber  is  mixed  with  sulphur  or  other 
curing  agents  and  is  rolled  out  into  thin  sheets  and  dissolved 
to  a  paste  in  coal  naphtha.  This  paste  is  then  spread  ou 
the  cloth  by  the  knife  edge  of  what  is  known  as  the 
"  spreading  machine."  The  spread  cloth  passes  then  over  a 
steam  chest,  whereby  the  naphtha  is  volatilised  and  the 
rubber  left  as  a  thin  coat.  Several  of  these  coatings  are 
required  to  make  up  the  necessary  thickness  of  proof,  and 
then  the  material  is  ready  to  be  vulcanised.  This  is  done 
by  one  of  three  processes,  viz.,  (1)  steam  cure,  ('2),  cold 
cure  (Parke's  process),  ( 3)  dry  heat. 

In  the  first  process  the  proofed  cloth  is  rolled  round  a 
sheet-iron  drum,  and  exposed  in  a  "  vulcan  pan  "  to  high- 
pressure  steam  at  about  275'  F.  for  an  hour  or  more.  This 
process  is  not  much  used  for  fabrics,  as  it  is  found  impos- 
sible to  ensure  equal  heating  owing  to  the  non-conducting 
nature  of  the  material,  whereby  the  outside  layer  is  over- 
heated before  the  inner  is  heated  sufficiently.  In  the  second, 
or  cold  cure  process,  the  vulcanising  agent  is  chloride  of 
sulphur.  This  is  dissolved  in  bisulphide  of  carbon  in  the 
proportion  of  1  to  40  parts  by  volume.  In  applying  this 
process  the  rubber  surface  is  made  to  pass  over  a  roller 
which  is  kept  revolving  in  the  solution.  In  spite  of  the 
disagreeable  nature  of  the  chemicals,  this  process  has  been 
and  is  very  largely  used,  though  the  "  cure  "  is  not  a 
complete  one,  being  merely  effected  on  the  surface  where 
the  solution  has  come  in  contact  with  the  rubber.  This 
process  is  not  considered  a  very  satisfactory  one,  and  the 
use  of  the  mephitic  liquid  bisulphide  of  carbon,  with  its 
attendant  fire  risks,  is  likely  to  become  obsolete,  a  satis- 
factory substitute  having  been  found  for  it.  The  liquid 
being  merely  a  vehicle  for  the  chloride  of  sulphur  to  ensure 
the  absorption  of  the  latter  by  the  rubber,  it  is  clear  that  as 
long  as  it  has  a  solvent  action  ou  the  rubber  its  chemical 
constitution  is  of  no  great  moment. 

The  cold  cure,  so  long  without  a  rival,  has  been  supplanted 
to  a  great  extent  by  the  third,  or  "dry  heat  process," 
which,  although  used  to  a  certain  extent  for  some  time,  was 
not  worked  on  a  large  scale  until,  in  1877,  Mr.  Waddington 
invented  his  improved  dry-heat  stove.  This  stove  consists 
of  a  long  wooden  chamber  lined  with  zinc  and  fitted  in  its 
interior  with  a  system  of  rollers  so  arranged  that  the  cloth 
occupies,  in  its  passage,  the  necessary  time  to  effect 
vulcanisation  at  the  one  operation,  and,  being  continually 
on  the  move,  no  portion  can  receive  more  or  less  heat  than 
another.  In  this  way  the  rubber  coating  is  vulcanised  all 
through,  and  not  merely  on  the  surface,  as  in  the  cold  cure. 
It  may  be  asked  whether  the  dry  heat  injures  the  textile 
fabrics  ?  There  is  no  fear  of  this  if  the  process  is  carefully 
carried  out,  and  the  heat  not  allowed  to  rise  higher  than  is 
absolutely  necessary.  When  cured  by  this  process  the 
goods  can  be  depended  on  to  remain  soft  and  pliable  during 
cold  weather,  and,  what  is  even  of  more  importance,  they 
will  not  decompose  by  being  kept  in  stock  in  a  hot  climate. 
It  is  to  this  dry  heat  method  of  vulcanising  that  Mr.  Fawsitt 
referred  (this  Journal,  1889,  368"),  and  he  claims  that,  by 
the  employment  of  metallic  iodides  —  notably  those  of 
antimony,  lead,  and  tin  in  conjunction  with  sulphur — the 
proof  can  be  cured  in  a  shorter  time  and  at  a  lower  heat 
than  when  sulphur  alone  is  used.  The  writers  agree  with 
the  author  that  the  cost  of  the  iodide  is  likely  to  militate 
against  its  adoption. 


How  is  this  vulcanising  action  to  be  explained  ?  The 
reply  is  made  that  there  really  is  very  little  known  regard- 
ing the  true  nature  of  the  change,  whether  it  is  a  true 
chemical  reaction  or  merely  a  physical  fact.  It  is  generally 
stated  that  in  the  ordinary  vulcanising  process,  when  a 
mixture  of  rubber  and  sulphur  is  submitted  to  high-pressure 
steam  for  an  hour  or  so,  3  per  cent,  of  sulphur  is  chemically 
combined,  the  rest  being  physically  held  and  capable  of 
abstraction  by  solvents.  Some  expert  experience,  however, 
leans  to  the  opinion  that  not  more  than  J  per  cent,  of  sulphur 
is  chemically  held  if  insolubility  in  caustic  solutions  is  to  be 
taken  as  a  proof  of  chemical  combination.  The  reaction 
with  chloride  of  sulphur  is  generally  allowed  to  be  due  to 
the  substitution  of  hydrogen  in  the  rubber  by  chlorine. 
That  a  substitution  compound  exists  is  shown  by  passing  a 
current  of  chlorine  gas  into  a  solution  of  rubber  in  chloro- 
form, when  a  white  solid  body  is  formed,  and  hydrochloric 
acid  is  evolved.  A  similar  reaction  occurs  in  the  case  of 
bromine,  though  we  have  it  on  the  authority  of  Gladstone 
and  Hibbert  that  no  reaction  whatever  occurs  in  the  case  of 
iodine.  Chloride  of  sulphur  is  found  to  be  the  most 
practicable  way  of  applying  chlorine  to  rubber,  though 
many  other  compounds  of  chlorine  act  in  a  similar  manner. 
— W.  S. 

PATENTS. 
Improvements   in    the    Treatment   of    Vegetable   Fibrous 
Matters   to   obtain    Fibres   therefrom.     P.    W.   Nicolle, 
Portland  Place,  Jersey,  and  .1.  Smith,  Camberwell.     Eng. 
Pat.  18,284,  November  13,  1890. 

For  obtaining  the  fibrous  portions  of  vegetable  substances, 
e.g.,  Bcehmeria  nivea,  flax,  hemp,  New  Zealand  flax,  &c,  these 
materials  are  steeped  in  a  solution  of  creosote  or  phenol, 
or  of  any  tar  acids.  A  solution  of  any  of  these  acids  in 
combination  with  an  alkali,  of  a  strength  of  about  one-half 
per  cent,  by  weight,  may  also  be  employed.  For  flax  and 
hemp  a  cold  solution  is  used  for  24  or  48  hours.  Refractory 
vegetable  substances,  such  as  ramie  bark,  should  first  be 
placed  in  a  cold  solution  for  24  hours,  then  passed  through 
rollers,  and  finally  treated  with  a  boiling  solution  for  three 
to  six  hours.  The  pulpy  substance  of  New  Zealand  flax 
is  removed  by  means  of  corrugated  rollers  or  knives,  &c. 
At  the  end  of  the  process  the  fibres  are  passed  through 
rollers  and  washed.— II.  S. 


Improvements  in  Machines  for  Decorticating  liamie  and 
other  Textile  Plants.  G.  E.  N.  I.  E.  Subra,  Paris, 
France.     Eng.  Pat,  19,100,  November  25,  1890. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  the  complete  removal  of  the 
ligneous  matter  and  of  the  leaves  of  ramie,  as  well  as  of 
the  epidermis  which  covers  the  fibrous  parts  of  the  plant. 
The  machine  used  for  this  purpose  consists  of  two  pairs 
of  cylinders,  one  pair  being  smooth  or  slightly  fluted  and 
both  turning  in  the  same  direction.  This  pair  is  for  the 
preliminary  crushing  of  the  ligneous  matter  of  the  stalks. 
The  second  pair,  the  stripping  cylinders,  by  which  the 
wood,  the  leaves,  and  the  epidermis  are  entirely  broken 
and  disengaged,  are  formed  of  metal  blades  or  plates  firmly 
fixed  upon  the  parallel  shafts,  and  forming  grooves.  Their 
speed  is  greater  than  that  of  the  crushing  cylinders,  and 
the  latter  therefore  detain  the  stalks  long  enough  to  give 
the  stripping  cylinders  sufficient  time  to  effect  their  work. 
The  plates  of  these  cylinders  are  so  arranged  that  they 
pass  betweu  each  other  when  rotating.  The  edges  of  the 
blades  are  either  rounded,  square,  or  sharp,  the  last  form 
being  specially  intended  for  green  ramie.  The  disengaged 
wood,  leaves,  and  epidermis  fall  to  the  ground  without  the 
possibility  of  choking  the  stripping  cylinders.  When  the 
operation  has  taken  place  upon  half  the  length  of  the  stalks, 
the  operator  removes  them  and  presents  the  opposite  or 
unworked  half  to  the  cylinders.  The  two  pairs  of  cylinders 
may  be  arranged  horizontally,  vertically,  or  obliquely,  and 
are  mounted  upon  wooden  or  metal  frames  of  suitable 
shapes  and  dimensions.  The  machine  may  be  driven  by 
hand  or  other  power. — II.  S. 


D  2 


518 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  30, 1892. 


Process  for  Cleansing  or  Purifying  Woollen  Fabrics. 
C.  D.  Abel,  London.  From  Philip?  and  Mathee,  Khein- 
luncl,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  19,252,  .November  26,  1890. 

The  patentees  have  found  that  sulphurous  acid,  sodium 
bisulphite,  and  all  compounds  which  give  off  sulphurous 
acid  on  the  addition  of  an  acid,  have  the  property  of 
removing  from  woollen  fabrics  the  impurities  which  are 
accumulated  during  the  spinning,  weaving,  and  fulling 
processes.  These  impurities  become  to  a  certain  extent 
insoluble  under  the  influence  of  the  usual  carbonising 
process,  and  are  detrimental  to  the  dyeing  of  the  fabrics, 
producing  stripes,  spots,  and  other  defects.  To  effect  their 
removal  the  fabrics  are,  after  the  carbonising  process, 
soaked  in  pure  water  together  with  mineral  acids,  and  then 
treated  for  some  time  with  aqueous  sulphurous  acid  or 
with  sodium  bisulphite,  &c.  The  liquid  is  then  drawn  off 
and  the  remainder  of  the  sulphurous  acid  and  of  the 
impurities  are  removed  by  means  of  soda-lye  of  of  any  other 
alkaline  liquid.  Finally  the  fabrics  are  thoroughly  rinsed 
with  water.  Without  the  previous  treatment  with  sulphurous 
acid  the  solution  of  the  impurities  by  means  of  soda  only 
is  stated  to  be  very  imperfect. — H.  8. 


An  Improved  Fireproof  Fabric.     L.  Allard,  Paris,  France. 
Kng.  Pat.  19,579,  December  1,  1890. 

This  fabric  is  composed  of  a  mixture  of  animal  fibres  and 
asbestos,  felted  together  in  varying  proportions  by  any 
suitable  means.  It  is  designed  to  replace  ordinary  felt 
where  the  latter  is  unable  to  withstand  extraordinary  heat. 

— H.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Cleansing,  Treating,  or  Washing  of 
Wool  and  like  Animal  Fibres,  and  in  Apparatus 
employed  therein.  A.  Ambler,  S.  Ambler,  and  F.  Ambler, 
Willesden.     Eng.  Pat.  20,267,  December  12,  1890. 

Tin-  refers  to  a  modification  of  Eng.  Pat.  13,626  of  1889 
(this  Journal,  1890,  856).  The  liquor  and  wool  passes 
along  a  series  of  superposed  channels,  first  in  one  and  then 
in  another  (usually  the  opposite)  direction,  and  then 
returning,  and  so  on,  the  object  being  to  cause  the  liquor 
and  wool  to  come  into  close  contact  without  feltiog.  Xear 
the  end  of  the  chanuel,  and  below  a  perforated  portion  of 
it,  is  fixed  a  sand  box  to  receive  precipitated  solid  matters. 

— H.  S. 


Improvements  in  or  relating,  to  the  Preparation  and  Dress 
ing  of  Silk  and  other  Fibre.  G.  F.  Priestley,  Halifax. 
Eng.  Pat.  123,  January  3,  1891. 

Silk-tufts  have  hitherto  been  made  by  means  of  the  so- 
called  "  tilling  engine  "  which  produces  them  looped  at  one 
end  and  fringed  at  the  other,  which  is  an  objectionable  form 
of  tuft.  Instead  of  this  machine  the  patentee  uses  an 
ordinary  form  of  gillbox  provided  with  fallers  and  heckle 
pins,  made  to  travel  by  screws  through  the  fibrous  material. 
The  "  film  of  fibre,"  as  it  issues  from  the  machine,  is  wound 
round  a  fluted  roller,  and  afterwards  severed  by  means  of  a 
knife,  and  the  strips,  thus  cut,  are  then  formed  into  tufts. 
The  circumference  of  the  fluted  roller  must  be  such  as  to 
produce  the  required  length  of  tuft. — H.  S. 


An  Improved  Machine  for  Decorticating  Ramie.  P.  Faure, 
Limoges,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  1115,  .March  7,  1891. 

The  stalks  to  be  decorticated  are  placed  on  a  table,  where 
they  are  seized  by  a  pair  of  feeding  rollers,  conveyed  to  a 
trough,  and  subjected  to  the  action  of  a  beater  drum, 
whereby  the  woody  parts  are  broken  and  partially  separated 
from  the  fibrous  elements  of  the  plants. — H.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Waterproofing  of  Textile  Materials. 

J.  G.  Smith,  Liverpool.     Eng.  Pat.  6698,  April  18,  1891. 

In  this  invention  the  solutions  employed  in  the  process  of 
waterproofing  textile  fabrics  are  described,  and  the  inventor 
avails  himself  of  the  property  of  paraffin  wax,  stearin,  or 
any  fatty  acid  to  dissolve  as  much  as  100  percent,  of  its 
own  weight  of  gutta-percha  or  india-rubber,  when  heated  to 
from  100°  to  110°  C.  Generally  such  a  solution  of  15  parts 
of  india-rubber  in  100  parts  of  paraffin  wax  is  prepared,  and 
the  solution  so  obtained  is  either  directly  or  after  suitable 
dilution  with  benzine  or  benzol  (benzene)  applied  to  the 
material  to  be  waterproofed. — C.  O.  \V. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Samples  of  Crude  Wool 
for  Estimating  Purposes.  A.  Frayssc,  Antwerp,  Belgium. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,717,  July  9,  1891. 

This  invention  has  to  do  with  the  detection  of  the  so-called 
rendement  of  crude  wool  which  is  usually  done  by  mere 
inspection  and  touch,  but  this  frequently  gives  rise  to  errors. 
The  patentee,  therefore,  subjects  a  sample  of  crude  wool  to 
the  action  of  two  machines,  which  remove  therefrom  first 
all  foreign  substances,  e.g.,  thistles,  grain,  sand,  &c. ;  and 
secondly,  the  grease  of  the  wool ;  then  the  pure  wool  is 
dried  and  weighed,  and  the  absolute  yield  of  wool  hereby 
ascertained.  The  thistles,  &c.,  are  removed  by  a  rinsing 
and  carding  machine,  in  which  a  jet  of  cold  water  under 
pressure  first  removes  all  the  grains,  sand,  and  other  granular 
impurities ;  then  the  fibres  are  freed  from  thistles,  &c,  by 
passing  the  wool  between  a  carding  cylinder  and  a  series  of 
carding  rollers.  The  washing  machine  in  which  the  wool  is 
afterwards  subjected  to  the  action  of  a  number  of  boiling 
baths  or  lye  washes  for  the  removal  of  the  grease,  consists 
of  two  rectangular  tanks,  and  of  a  feeding  apparatus 
between  them.  The  machine  is  further  provided  with  two 
rollers,  so  that  the  wool  can  be  alternately  conveyed  from 
one  tank  to  the  other.  The  tanks  can  be  heated  from  below, 
and  have  perforated  false  bottoms,  below  which  each  tank 
has  a  tap  for  discharging  the  13'es  when  exhausted.  After 
the  grease  is  removed,  the  wool  is  dried  in  the  open  air  and 
weighed,  and  finally  some  small  samples  of  it  (about  200  grins, 
each)  are  weighed,  then  absolutely  desiccated,  and  weighed 
again.  For  the  last  two  operations  one  of  the  tanks  is  used 
as  a  sort  of  wool-conditioning  apparatus.  It  is  stated  that 
from  the  results  thus  obtained  the  proportion  of  wool  in  the 
whole  sample,  and  thence  in  the  whole  bale,  can  be 
calculated.— II.  S. 

Improvements  in  or  connected  with  the  Manufacture  of 
Textile  Articles  tvith  Fringed  Edges.  A.  Bancroft, 
Manchester.     Eng.  Pat.  15,056,  September  5,  1891. 

This  invention  is  for  making  upon  textile  fabrics  fringed 
edges  the  threads  of  which  will  not  fray  or  become  loose,  by 
saturating  certain  parts  of  the  fabrics  with  gum,  size,  &c, 
and  then  cutting  them  into  fringes  the  threads  of  which  are 
cemented  together.  This  is  effected  by  stamping  upon  the 
material  in  the  piece  a  quantity  of  gum  or  size,  &c,  in  suitable 
forms,  allowing  it  to  dry,  and  then  cutting  these  parts  of 
the  fabric  into  fringes  which  are  stiff  and  not  liable  to  curl. 
The  gummed  parts,  while  still  soft,  may  be  coated  with 
gold,  silver,  or  other  metallic  leaf,  or  the  parts  forming  the 
fringe  printed  upon  or  dyed. — H.  S. 


An    Improved   Compound  Fabric.     F.  J.   Bugg,  Ipswich. 
Eng.  Pat.  18,003,  October  20,  1891. 

Sheets  of  "  composition  compressed  or  lay  leather "  are 
covered  with  felt,  woollen  cloth,  flannel,  canvas,  calico,  or 
other  suitable  textile  fabric  by  sizing  one  surface  of  each 
sheet,  placing  the  sized  surfaces  together,  pressing,  and 
drying.  Both  sides  of  the  leather  may  be  so  covered  or 
several  sheets  stuck  together  to  give  the  required  substance. 

—A.  G.  B. 


June  so,  1888.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


51 'J 


VI -DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER- 
STAINING,  AND  BLEACHING. 

So-called    "  Decolourised "     Tannin     Extracts.       V.    II. 
Soxhlet.     Chem.  Zeit.  1892,  16,  15— 1G. 

Decoi.oukiskd  tannins  are  required  for  three  distinct 
purposes  : — (1.)  As  a  stiffening  and  weighting  material 
for  silk  ;  such  must  he  absolutely  colourless  and  is 
prepared  from  oak-galls.  (2.)  As  a  mordant  for  cotton, 
for  which  sumac  is  particularly  applicable,  chestnut- 
wood,  divi-divi,  bablah,  and  others  beiDg  also  used.  (3.) 
For  the  actual  process  of  tanning,  the  object  being  to 
remove  cither  an  excess  of  colouring  matter  or  an 
objectionable  colour,  as  in  the  case  of  quebracho  and 
hemlock.  The  mixture  of  one  extract  with  another  will 
sometimes  serve  to  correct  the  colour ;  a  French  sample  of 
'•  Extrait  de  quebracho  decolore"  was  found  by  the  author 
to  be  a  mixture  of  quebracho  and  chestnut-wood. 

Gondolo's  method  of  decolourising  by  means  of  bullocks' 
blood  gives  good  results,  particularly  with  Virginian 
sumac  aud  chestnut-wood,  although  the  latter  does  not,  as 
a  rule,  require  decolourising  for  the  tanner. 

Lead  acetate  can  be  very  successfully  applied  under 
certain  conditions  ;  the  addition  of  0-4  kilo,  per  1,000  litres 
of  tannin-liquor,  the  boiling  of  the  liquor  and  its  subsequent 
filtration  and  evaporation  are  the  features  of  the  process. 
The  method  gives  good  results  with  chestnut,  oak,  and 
larch,  but  is  not  adapted  for  sumac,  valonia,  and  other 
bloom  tannins,  such  as  divi-divi  and  myrabolans,  because  it 
leaves  such  extracts  opalescent — a  fatal  fault  in  the  eyes  of 
dyers.  Lead  nitrate  has  been  patented  for  the  same 
purpose  in  Germany. 

Foelsing's  patent  has  appeared  in  this  Journal,  1892, 
237 ;  in  a  recent  method  by  the  same  author  the  use  of 
electricity  is  dispensed  with,  aud  he  employs  antimony 
oxalate  as  a  precipitant ;  but  Soxhlet  points  out  that  a 
considerable  amount  of  tannin  is  thus  lost. 

The  author  finds  that  most  salts  will  effect,  the  decolourisa- 
tion  required,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  Iron,  copper,  and 
chromium  salts  are  of  course  beyond  the  pale,  but  sodium 
sulphate,  zinc  acetate,  magnesium  sulphate,  ammonium 
sulphate,  and  bismuth  nitrate  can  be  employed.  The  last 
mentioned  works  well,  but  is  high-priced.  To  apply  these 
salts,  a  weak  extract  (3° — 4°  13.)  is  prepared  either  by  the 
diffusion  method  or  by  extraction  under  pressure  at  112°, 
and  to  every  1,000  litres  of  this  250 — 500  grins,  of  the  salt 
are  added ;  the  liquor  is  run  into  basins  and  allowed  to 
remain  with  frequent  stirring,  at  60° — 70°,  for  1 — 3  hours. 
Neutralisation  is  then  effected  by  addition  of  borax  or 
sodium  phosphate,  and  the  warm  liquor  passed  through  a 
filter-press.  The  neutralisation  is  of  great  importance, 
because  if  left  acid  the  liquor  will  become  turbid  during  the 
subsequent  and  concluding  process  of  evaporation  to 
30°  B. 

In  a  very  recent  patent  (this  Journal,  1892,  81)  stroutium 
compounds  are  proposed.  (Compare  also  Villon,  this 
Journal,  1890,  820 ;  Jean,  this  Journal,  1892,  46.)— A.  G.  B. 


Grawitz'  Recent  Patented  Improvements  in  Aniline  Black. 
II.  Schmidt.  Chem.  Zeit.  1892,  16,  502—503  and  531— 
532. 

Grawitz  has  patented  a  process  (French  Pat.  212,082,  1891) 
which  claims  to  be  an  improvement  on  that  of  Lightfoot 
(1863),  in  which  aniline  hydrochloride,  alkali  chlorate  and 
copper  or  vanadium  are  used.  He  employs  an  excess  of 
filkali,  or  acetates  of  the  alkaline  earths,  tartrates,  oxalates, 
citrates,  &c,  to  combine  with  the  hydrochloric  acid  which 
is  set  free  in  the  reaction.  The  following  is  an  example  of 
the  bath  -.—Aniline  hydrochloride  (1,295  grms.),  crystallised 
sodium  acetate  (1,020  grms.),  tartaric  acid  (100  grms.), 
sodium  chlorate  (207  grms.),  and  ammonium  vanadate  (5 
gnus.),  dissolved  in  water  (1,300  cc).  He  has  since  confirmed 
Nietzki's  view  that   the  tetramine  (aniline  black)  resulting 


from  the  condensation  of  the  four  aniline  residues  is  a 
mon-acid  base,  and  therefore  three  molecules  of  hydrochloric 
acid  are  set  free  in  the  reaction.  The  author  points  out 
that  hydrochloric  acid  is  also  produced  by  the  decomposition 
of  the  chlorates  ;  in  this  respect  chromates  are  superior  as 
oxidising  agents.  The  hydrochloric  acid  from  the 
"  chlorate  black  "  impregnates  the  fibre,  and  when  the  latter 
is  dried  slowly  the  cellulose  is  converted  into  hydro- 
cellulose.  In  printing,  in  which  one  surface  only  is 
concerned,  the  hydrochloric  acid  does  not  exert  so  harmful 
an  effect,  and  the  thickening  medium  protects  the  fibre  : 
ferric  hydroxide,  lead  dihydroxide,  aud  lead  chromate  have 
been  used  advantageously,  especially  the  last  salt,  in  aniline 
black  printing.  For  dyeing,  however,  these  are  inadmissible, 
and  it  has  long  been  the  custom  to  partially  basify  the 
aniline  hydrochloride  employed  by  ammonia,  aud  ten  years 
ago  exact  directions  were  given  for  the  application  of  aniline 
partially  converted  into  hydrochloride.  C.  Koechlin  several 
years  ago  proposed  the  use  of  aniline  tartrate  and  later  of 
aniline  acetate  iu  conjunction  with  ammonium  chloride, 
substantially  in  this  respect,  as  now  again  patented  by 
Grawitz,  and  it  is  well  known  that  in  the  Prud'homme  steam 
aniline  black  process.  An  amount  of  sodium  acetate 
proportional  to  that  of  the  aniline  black  formed  must  be 
used.  Grawitz  employs  vanadium  in  the  form  of  ammonium 
vanadate,  and  the  author  finds  that  the  bath  prepared 
according  to  his  directions  (see  above)  becomes  turbid 
within  an  hour  after  its  preparation,  and  can  no  longer  be 
used ;  in  a  word,  Grawitz'  improvement  is  impracticable. 
The  author  shows  that  the  amount  of  chlorate  employed  by 
Grawitz  is  only  sufficient  to  convert  55  per  cent,  of  the 
aniline  salt  into  black ;  taking  this  iuto  account,  therefore, 
the  sodium  acetate  must  be  present  iu  large  excess,  the  more 
so  if  it  be  calculated  on  Kayser's  formula  for  aniline  black 
C12H10N2  instead  of  Nietzki's  C18H15N„. 

With  regard  to  the  weakening  of  the  fibre,  it  is  remarked 
that  the  oxidising  agent  as  well  as  the  free  acid  is  concerned 
in  this,  and  that  in  addition  to  hydrocellulose,  Witz' 
"  oxycellulose  "  is  produced.  When  the  oxidation  is 
carried  in  the  dry  way  to  the  stage  of  emeraldine  and 
then  completed  in  the  wet  way  by  potassium  chromate,  a 
black  is  obtained  which  does  not  rub  off  the  fibre. — A.  K.  L. 


Contribution  to  our  Knowledge  of  Sumac.     W.  Eitner. 

Der  Gerber,  1892,18,  51. 

See  under  XIV. — paye  539. 


The  Dyeing  of  Smooth  Mohair  Fabrics  and  Plushes. 
E.  Weiler.     Farb.  Zeit.  1892,  155. 

Mohair  piece  goods  offer  considerable  difficulties  in  dveiug 
as  compared  with  other  woollen  fabrics  or  unions.  These 
difficulties  are  caused  through  the  great  stiffness  and  water- 
repellent  nature  of  mohair  yarns,  which  prevent  the  rollers 
of  the  "  jiggers  "  from  properly  gripping  the  cloth,  which 
consequently  keeps  slipping  upon  the  rollers.  This  is  the 
reason  why  in  the  dyeing  of  mohair  fabrics  the  old  hand- 
worked dye-vats    are   still   used.        The   above-mentioned 


~b~  a, 

Jigger  for  Dyking  Mohair  Fabrics  and  Plushes. 


520 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  30, 1892. 


drawbacks  of  the  automatic  dye  vat  can  be  overcome  by- 
taking  into  account  in  their  construction  the  peculiarities  of 
the  material  to  be  dyed. 

The  side  a  a'  of  the  jigger  is  arranged  at  an  angle  of 
45°  ;  the  perforated  diaphragm  b  V  partitions  off  that  part 
of  the  vat  in  which  the  steam  pipe  c  c'  is  arranged.  The 
latter  enters  the  jigger  from  the  right  or  left  and  goes  to 
the  bottom,  where  it  is  bent  at  a  right  angle  and  is 
then  conducted  right  along  the  bottom.  The  horizontal 
part  of  the  pipe  is  perforated  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
allow  the  steam  to  go  upward  only.  In  d  d',  instead  of 
the  usual  circular  roller,  an  elliptical  roller  is  arranged,  with 
as  large  a  longitudinal  diameter  as  possible  and  well  grip- 
ping edges.  The  seeord  roller,  e,  is  a  circular  groined 
roller. 

For  the  dyeing  of  yarns  in  this  jigger  a  rake  f  is 
arranged  along  the  guiding  roller  e,  which  keeps  the  skeins 
always  in  position.  In  the  dyeing  of  piece  goods  a  gauge 
is  employed  instead  of  the  rake. — C.  t  >.  W. 


The  Use  of  Mineral  Pigment  Colours  in  Cotton  Dyeing. 
V.  II.  Soxhlet.     Karl..  Zeit.  1892,  151. 

The  employment  of  mineral  pigments  for  the  dyeing  of 
cotton  has,  since  the  introduction  of  the  coal-tar  colours, 
decreased  in  a  very  considerable  measure,  chiefly  owing  to 
the  greater  ease  with  which  the  latter  allow  of  the  produc- 
tion of  brilliant  and  cheap  shades.  There  is  no  doubt, 
however,  that  in  many  cases  mineral  pigments,  even  at 
present,  may  with  advantage  be  used  upon  the  fibre. 

The  application  of  "iron  buff"  from  iron  salts  is  still 
practised  to  a  considerable  extent,  on  account  of  its  great 
cheapness  and  fastness  against  air  and  washing.  Toluylene 
orange  and  cresotine  3-ellow  are  probably  the  only  coal-tar 
colours  capable  of  producing  similar  shades,  and  are  in  this 
way  particularly  employed  for  "padding"  calicoes.  The 
'•buff"  obtained  by  these  dyes  is  superior  to  "iron  buff," 
as  far  as  fastness  against  acids  is  concerned.  The  pro- 
duction of  "  iron  buff "  is  exceedingly  simple.  It  is 
sufficient  to  treat  the  cotton  to  be  dyed  with  the  solution  of 
a  ferrous  or  terric  salt,  following  with  a  passage  through  an 
alkaline  bath.  The  iron  salt  generally  employed  for  this 
purpose  is  "  nitrate  of  iron,"  i.e.,  ferric  sulphate  40°  15. 
(77°  Tw.)  ;  very  seldom  ferrous  sulphate  is  used.  The 
cotton  is  treated  in  baths  of  ferric  sulphate  at  from  2°  to 
5°  B.,  hydro-extracted,  and  then  introduced  into  a  sodium 
carbonate  bath  at  2  B.  Instead  of  the  sodium  carbonate 
bath  a  lime  passage  may  he  adopted.  These  operations 
can  be  repeated  in  order  to  obtain  darker  shades. 

On  passing  yarns  or  cloth  dyed  with  this  "  iron  buff  " 
through  a  cold  bath  containing  a  solution  of  ferrocyanide 
acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid,  very  fine  blue  tints  are 
obtained  the  depth  of  which  is  in  diiect  proportion  to  that 
of  the  "  iron  buff."  This  blue  is  scarcely  ever  produced  at 
present,  the  artificial  dyes  yielding  brighter  and  very  much 
faster  shades.  The  only  property  which  might  commend 
this  blue  to  the  dyer  for  occasional  application  is  its  great 
fastness  against  acids.  In  dyeing  this  blue  it  is  advan- 
tageous to  add  to  the  "nitrate  of  iron"  bath  in  which  the 
huff  is  dyed  2  per  cent,  of"  tin  crystals."  The  buff  is  fixed 
in  the  ordinary  way  in  an  alkaline  bath,  and  subsequently 
the  blue  is  developed  in  a  bath  of  yellow  prussiate  con- 
taining about  2  per  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid. 

Of  other  blue  colours  which  might  he  produced  upon  the 
fibre,  only  molybdenum  blue  is  worth  mentioning,  which, 
however,  has  not,  and  probably  never  will,  find  industrial 
application. 

Nature  favours  us  in  every  respect  with  an  abundance  of 
yellow  colours.  They  are  very  numerous  amongst  the 
natural  dyestuffs,  as  well  as  amongst  mineral  pigments  and 
artificial  dyestuffs.  Hut  owing  to  the  existence  of  such  a 
variety  of  yellow  and  orange  dyes,  mineral  pigments  of 
these  shades  are  only  employed  but  to  a  very  limited  extent. 
The  chromates  of  lead  are  almost  the  only  yellow  and 
orange  pigments  used,  and  are  obtained  by  the  interaction 
of  bichromates  and  soluble  lead  salts.  The  practical 
method  of  the  application   of  these  colours  tc  the  cotton 


fibre  has  been  originated  by  Lassaigne  in  1820.  Since  then 
chrome-yellow,  and  especially  chrome-orange,  has  been 
very  extensively  used  on  cotton,  the  colours  being  fast  to 
light  and  washing,  aud  exceedingly  simply  produced.  The 
modern  benzidine  and  diamine  dyes  are,  however,  super- 
seding the  chrome  pigments,  although  the  latter  are  much 
faster  to  light.  The  process  of  dyeing  cotton  yarns  with 
these  chrome  pigments  consists  in  well  handling  the 
previously  boiled  yarn  in  a  2°  B.  solution  of  acetate  of  lead, 
the  hanks  are  then  wrung,  and  without  washing  worked  in 
a  cold  bath  containing  per  100  of  water  4|  kilos,  of  sodium 
bichromate  and  lj  kilo,  of  sulphuric  acid.  The  shade 
being  developed,  the  yarns  are  well  washed  and  dried. 
Golden  yellows,  i.e.,  redder  shades  of  yellow,  are  obtained 
by  using  for  the  first  bath  basic  acetate  of  lead  instead  of 
the  normal  acetate.  A  beautiful  orange  is  obtained  by  first 
treating  the  cotton  in  a  5  B.  solution  of  basic  acetate  of 
lead  (subacetate),  then  developing  the  yellow  in  a  second 
hath  with  20  per  cent,  of  sodium  bichromate,  and  finally 
working  in  a  hot  bath  containing  12  per  cent,  (of  the  weight 
of  the  cotton)  of  lime.  The  tendency  of  the  yarns  dyed 
with  chrome  pigments  to  "rub"  or  •'  dust  off"  may  be 
reduced  to  a  minimum  by  oiling  them. 

(  'admiwn  yellow  is  scarcely  ever-  used  on  cotton,  although 
nitrate  of  cadmium  is  used  in  calico  printing  to  prevent  the 
sulphuretted  hydrogen,  given  off  by  the  albumen  used  in  the 

process,  from  damaging  the  printed  chrome  yellow.  In  order 
to  produce  cadmium  yellow  alone  upon  cotton,  the  latter 
is  heated  for  half  an  hour  in  a  bath  containing 4 J  per  cent. 
of  cadmium  chloride  at  60:  C.  The  hydro-extracted  cotton 
is  theu  transferred  to  a  hath  containing  I  per  cent,  of 
sodium  sulphide,  whereby  the  yellow  is  developed. 

Of  other  mineral  salts  suitable  for  dyeing  cotton  yellow, 
antimony-orange  and  sulphide  of  arsenic  may  be  mentioned. 
These  two  compounds,  however,  are  no  longer  in  practical 
use  for  dyeing  purposes.  On  impregnating  cotton  yarns 
or  fabrics  with  concentrated  solutions  of  tartar  emetic  or 
oxalate  of  antimony,  and  exposing  them  subsequently' 
to  a  current  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  good  orange  shades 
are  obtained,  although  the  shades  obtained  with  arsenic  are 
very  fugitive  if  treated  with  alkaline  liquids.  This  fact  and 
the  poisonous  nature  of  the  sulphide  of  arsenic  entirely 
prohibit  its  use  in  dyeing  For  similar  reasons  the  green 
chromium  arsenite  and  copper  arsenite  are  never  used. 

Of  considerable  importance,  especially  in  calico-printing, 
are  the  salts  of  manganese  for  the  production  of  a  variety 
of  brown  shades,  technically  termed  "  Bistres."  The  pro- 
duction of  these  colours  consists  in  the  fixation  of  manganic 
hydroxide  upon  the  fibre.  For  these  purposes  the  fabrics 
are  impregnated  with  manganese  salts  and  then  taken 
through  a  chloride  of  lime  solution,  when  a  full  brown 
shade  at  once  appears.  Well  as  this  process  answers  for 
calicoes,  it  gives  very  poor  results  on  hanks.  Nor  does  a 
passage  first  through  permanganate  and  then  through  an 
acidulated  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate  answer  the  purpose 
any  better.  Of  importance  are,  however,  those  processes 
in  which  sulphate  of  manganese  together  with  permanganate 
is  used.  The  yarns  are  worked  in  a  solution  of  sulphate 
of  manganese  at  2  1!.,  hydro-extracted,  and  subsequently 
immersed  in  a  bath  of  permanganate  at  1'  B.  A  very  good 
brown  shade  is  obtained,  which  may  be  made  darker  by 
repeating  the  operations.  These  colours  darken  considerably 
in  the  process  of  drying,  though  in  a  very  irregular  manner, 
thus  causing  unevenness.  This  tendency  to  uucveuness  can 
be  counteracted  by  passing  the  yams  before  drying  through 
a  bath  of  acetate  of  iron  at  >    B. 

Extremely  fast  shades  of  grey  may  be  obtained  by 
passing  yarn  through  a  solution  containing  4  per  cent,  of 
mercuric  nitrate,  hydro-extracting  and  then  treating  in  a 
solution  of  sodium  sulphide.  Owing  to  the  great  fastness 
of  the  grey  shades  obtained  in  this  manner  no  poisonous 
effect  need  be  apprehended,  although  special  precautious 
may  be  required  to  protect  the  workmen  who  are  treating 
the  yarns  in  the  solution  of  the  mercuric  salt. — C.  O.  \\\ 


J.mc  3»,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


521 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Transparent  Coloured  Materials  for 
Decorative  Purposes.  A.  McLean,  West  Kensington, 
Middlesex.     Eng.  Pat.  8296,  May  14,  1891. 

Gelatin  dyed  with  aniline  colours  is  made  into  thin  sheets 
which  are  dipped  in  a  bath  of  thin  oil  varnish  and  hung  up 
to  dry.  The  sheets  thus  prepared  may  be  cut  up  into 
pieces  of  various  shapes  and  patterns  and  applied  by  means 
of  some  adhesive  material  to  the  surfaces  to  be  decorated. 
Patterns  in  more  colours  may  be  produced  by  cutting  out 
from  the  coloured  gelatin  certain  portions,  which  will 
constitute  the  pattern.  By  running  over  this  gelatin 
uncoloured  or  suitably  coloured  gelatin,  a  number  of 
colour  effects  may  he  obtained. — C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  Dyeing,  Tanning,  and 
Mordanting  Leather,  Teazled  Fabrics,  or  other  Porous 
Materials,  and  in  Apparatus  employed  therefor.  J. 
Goldsclimidt,  Furth,  Bavaria,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
19,397,  November  10,  1891. 

The  distribution  of  dyes  on  surfaces  of  leather  and  other 
fabrics  has  heretofore  been  effected  by  the  application  of 
centrifugal  force  or  by  means  of  brushes  or  rolls.  These 
methods  are  tardy  and  liable  to  damage  the  grain  of  the 
leather  or  surface  of  the  fabric.  By  this  invention  the  dye 
and  mordant  are  distributed  by  means  of  compressed  air. 
The  hides  are  placed  on  discs  superimposed  on  one  another, 
with  sufficient  working  distance  between  each,  in  an  air- 
tight vat ;  as  each  disc  is  put  in  its  place  the  dye  is  distri- 
buted oxer  the  hide  by  means  of  a  rubber  pipe  leading 
from  the  reservoir  of  dyestuff,  from  which  the  dye  is  forced 
by  compressed  air.  When  all  the  discs  are  in  position  the 
vessel  is  closed  and  the  compressed  air  turned  on  ;  the  dye 
is  thus  forced  into  the  fabric.  The  mordant  maybe  applied 
in  the  same  manner.  For  drawings  of  apparatus  for  which 
claims  are  made  the  original  specification  must  be  consulted. 

—A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Bleaching 
by  Electrolysis.  O.  Imray,  London.  From  T.  Y.  Mont- 
gomery, New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  2329,  February  6, 
1892. 

See  under  XL,  page  535. 


Erratum. 

This  Journal,  May  issue,  page  432,  col.  1,  the  figuring 
to  be  reversed,  Fig.  2  becoming  Fig.  3.  Fig.  1  to  remain 
as  it  is. 


VII.-ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

Sulphuric  Acid  Manufacture  in  1891.     B.  Hasenclever. 
Chem.  Ind.  1892,15,  f.9. 

It  is  now  recognised  that  the  reactions  that  take  place  in  a 
vitriol  chamber  can  be  aided  by  bringing  about  a  more 
intimate  contact  of  the  gases  by  causing  them  to  traverse 
narrow  tubes  in  their  passage  from  one  lead  chamber  to 
another,  the  advantage  being  more  marked  at  the  end  of 
the  operation,  and  several  small  chambers  at  the  exit  end 
being  therefore  provided  through  which  the  gases  are  driven 
and  in  which  they  are  intimately  commingled.  At  Petrowitz 
in  Austria,  and  at  Ghent  in  Belgium,  lead   chambers  in  the 


form  of  gasometers  are  in  use,  but  nothing  has  yet  been 
published  to  prove  that  they  possess  any  particular  advan- 
tages. The  coke,  both  in  the  Gay-Lussac  and  Glover  towers, 
can  be  replaced  by  brick  or  stone  exposing  sufficient  surface 
for  the  work  of  absorption,  the  reason  for  the  change  being 
that  the  coke  generally  used  becomes  gradually  clogged 
and  inefficient,  and  further  that  it  reduces  nitrosulphuric 
acid,  yielding  carbonic  acid  and  nitric  oxide,  the  latter  being 
useless  at  that  part  of  the  process  at  which  it  finds  its  way 
back  to  the  chambers. 

A  considerable  proportion  of  the  impurities  in  sulphuric 
acid  can  be  avoided  by  freeing  the  gases  from  dust  after 
leaving  the  pyrites  burners  and  before  entering  the  chambers. 
A  further  quantity  can  be  got  rid  of  by  deposition  before 
the  chamber  aeid  goes  to  be  concentrated.  By  pursuing 
this  system  at  Griesheim,  the  residue  left  by  evaporation 
can  be  reduced  to  one-third  or  one-fourth  of  its  usual 
amount,  e.g.,  from  0-009  to  0'  003  grm.  per  litre. 

On  account  of  the  high  price  of  platinum,  considerable 
alterations  have  been  made  in  the  methods  of  concentrating 
sulphuric  acid  to  66°  B.  Faure  and  Kessler  have  proposed 
an  improvement  consisting  in  the  use  of  a  flat  platinum 
vessel  provided  with  a  leaden  head.  A  construction 
specially  recommended  is  that  in  which  a  series  of  tubes  are 
arranged  spirally  and  soldered  to  a  cylinder  the  lower  edge 
of  which  enters  the  liquid  seal  of  a  platinum  dish.  The  system 
adopted  by  Negrier  consists  of  porcelain  dishes,  arranged 
one  above  the  other  in  terrace  form,  resting  upon  iron 
plates  and  heated  from  beneath,— the  sulphuric  acid  diipping 
from  one  to  the  other.  Scheurer-Kestner  has  devised  an 
apparatus  of  which  the  lower  part  is  of  cast  iron  while  the 
head  is  of  platinum.  The  acid  first  flows  into  a  still  wholly 
of  platinum,  and  then  into  the  cast-iron  still  with  the 
platinum  head.  In  such  an  apparatus  4,500  kilos,  of 
sulphuric  acid  of  95  per  cent,  strength  can  be  prepared  in 
24  hours.  The  weight  of  the  platinum  is  18-8  kilos.,  and 
that  of  the  cast  iron  250  kilos.  The  amount  of  platinum 
dissolved  is  about  0'15  grm.  per  ton  of  acid  of  sp.gr. 
66°  B.  The  cast  iron  is  more  attacked  when  less  concen- 
trated acid  is  produced,  the  product  moreover  becoming 
turbid,  but  it  withstands  the  action  of  95 — 96  per  cent,  acid 
better.  Heraeus  has  made  the  observation  (this  Journal, 
1891,  460)  that  platinum  alloyed  with  10  per  cent,  of 
iridium  is  about  twice  as  resistant  as  pure  platinum. 
For  very  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  the  same  technologist 
has  constructed  an  apparatus  of  platinum  plated  with  gold, 
with  which  the  loss  of  metal  is  only  about  one-seventh  that 
of  pure  platinum.  The  plates  are  prepared  by  casting  gold 
round  platinum  1  cm.  thick  previously  heated  to  the 
melting  point  of  the  former  metal,  an  alloy  being  formed  at 
the  point  of  contact,  and  plates  perfectly  coated  with  a 
thin  layer  of  gold  being  obtained  on  rolliug.  Taking  the 
price  of  go'ul  at  2,800  marks,  and  that  of  platinum  at  1,800 
marks  per  kilo.,  the  cost  of  the  metal  dissolved  by  the 
action  of  the  acid  is  only  22  per  cent,  in  the  ease  of  the 
gold-plated  retort  of  what  it  is  when  unprotected  platinum 
is  used.  L.  Kessler  has  endeavoured  to  concentrate 
sulphuric  acid  by  leading  heated  air  through  it  in  an 
apparatus  made  of  lead  and  stone  now  in  use  with  satisfactory 
results  at  Clermont-Ferrand. 

The  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  produced  in  Germany  in 
1890  is  estimated  at  G27,392  German  tons.*  In  the  Rhine 
provinces,  Westphalia,  Upper  Silesia,  and  Belgium,  the 
output  has  exceeded  the  demand,  a  result  contributed  to  by 
the  fact  that  in  German}'  80  per  cent,  of  the  total  amount 
of  soda  is  now  made  by  the  ammonia  process.  An  outlet 
might  be  found  for  it  in  the  preparation  of  artificial  manures. 
It  is  calculated  that  the  agricultural  products  of  Germany 
require  yearly  640,276  tons  of  phosphoric  acid,  of  which 
156,020  tons  are  supplied  in  the  form  of  superphosphate, 
basic  slag,  and  guano.  The  balance  of  484,256  tons  could 
be  supplied  by  human  and  animal  excrement,  which  accounts 
for  553,572  tons,  provided  no  loss  occur.  Assuming  50  per 
cent,  to  be  lost  (a  very  moderate  estimate)  a  quantity  of 
207,470  tons  of  phosphoric  acid  is  still  lacking.  This 
deficiency  in  phosphoric  acid  explains  the  inferiority  of 
Germany  in  the  amount  of  the  crops  compared  with  other 
lands.  The  following  table  shows  the  yield  per  hectare  in 
tons  of  England  and  Germany  respectively  : — 


522 


THE  JOUTvNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Junes..,- $92. 




England. 

Germany. 

Wheat 

195 
I-9S 

1-SS 

1-S1 

i-a 

l-lo 

21-13 

■    - 

O'Jl 

The   quantity   of   phosphoric   acid   needed  in  Germany 
would  he  960,000  tons  ins)  270  tons  if  th: 

-  hectare  wt  ■  -  ■'  there  as  in  this 
country.  In  the  author's  opinion,  the  increased  use  of 
artificial  manure*  is   .  -  ity. — B.  B. 


Concentrating   Snlphv  «    Gold-lined   Platinum 

Stills.     G.'Eunge.     Eng.  and  Mining  J.  53.     -    - 
The  stills  in  question  were  brought  out  by  YV.  C.  Heraeus. 
of  Hanau.  in  Gen:.. 
460 — 461.    Since  that  time  15  of  them  have  bei 

•  outers.    It  was  found  in  all  cases         eh  hare 
hitherto  come  under  i  >:.._; -..::on  that  goldis  fa: 
by  boili:  .  -  -  .  -  i  than  platinum,  the  proportion 

being  1  to  7  or  10.     But  a  mistake  was  coram/ 
Is.  which  has  now  beendete 
3  thought  thai  goH  lining 

the  stills,  or. 
is  the  liquid  ..  Bnt  a  ysar's  experience  has 

proved  thai        5  is  not  «  .  the  gold,  and  th 

the  bottom,  is  certainly  perfectly  uncha:  _  te  upper 

portion  of  the  still,  where  the  platinum  is  not  pro;-.. 

-  corroded  as  much  as  before,  especially  at  the  point 

of  junction  bet  wet  urn  and  the  gold.     This  has 

led  to  ordering  new  stills  to  be  lined  ent::  _  Id,  but 

keeping  the  lining  much  thinner  at  the  upper  portion  than 

bottom. 

tsieim  Chemical  Works  3  still  was  set  to  work 
in  April  1S91,  composed  of  an  old  platinum  dome  joined  to 
_.'.d  bortom. 
The   still^ras  run  night  and  day,  mostly  for  acid  of  the 
_      -:  concentration  (5 

.: mined,  and  the  .  :^um)  portion  was  found 

to  be  corroded,  hut  the  gold-lined  bottom  did  not  show  a 
:'  either  mechanical  or  chemical  action.     Therefore  a 
-t.ll.  entirely  lined  with  gold,  was  ordered  forthwith. 

.  Faure  and 
-  -    :   still  was   started  in  June     -  ished  with  a 

platinum  bortom  of  0-4  mm  thickness,  lined  with  0-1  mm. 
gold.  On  January  15  the  still  was  dismounted,  baring 
furnished   646  to::-  -        _     ■  .trio!,    becans 

portions,  not  lined  with  gold,  were  corroded.     The  bottom, 
however,  plainly  showed  the  hammer  marks  and  exhibited 
signs  of  corrosion  whatever. 

-  a  Prentice  still  1 
np  on  March  9,  1S91,  lined  at  the  bottom  and  3  in.  np  the 
sides  with  0-05  mm.  gold.     In  January  1895  having 

furnished  1.7  boos  of  si  _  ■  triol,  partly  up  to  96  per 
cent,  it  was  examined,  and  the  loss  in  "  "~as  found 

=     -_:::-.  all  of  which  was  from  the  upper  unj : 
portion. 

At  the  Aupry  works  a  similar  still  was  started  in  Febm- 
-1.  and  stopped  for  examination  in  Februat       ■    " 
after  having  furnished  1,163  tons  ol    -         .  .  half  of 

--  _    :  was   120  gnus.,  or 

a  fifth  of  what  would  be  expected  from  an   ordinary  still 
under  favourable  circums::i^tes.     Here  also   the  loss  mani- 
xtended  only  to  the  unprotected  platinum  portion. 
There  cannot  be  any  reasonable  doubt  that  the  1(  -- 
stock  entirely  protected         .  _        hning  would  be  !< -- 
one-tenth  of  that  of  an  ordinary  platinum  still.     But   two 
questions  may  be  asked  now.     First,  why  must  the  Heraeus 
combination  be  en  t' an  ordinary  jr        _ 

the  platinum  ?     Secondly,  if  gold  is   the   only   n 


contact  with  platinum,  why  not  employ  a  copper  still  lined 
with  gold  ?  The  first  question  may  be  answered  as  follows  : 
Any  ordinary  gilding,  whether  galvanic  or  isneous,  does  not 
ffect  the  purpose  of  protecting  the  platinum,  as  the 
minute  film  of  gold  is  always  more  or  less  porous  :  the  im- 
perfections are  speedily  found  by  the  boiling  acid,  and  the 
gold  film  is  soon  detached  from  the  underlying  metal.  But 
in  the  Heraeus  system  a  sound  and  thick  lining  is  produced 
by  pouring  melted  gold  on  to  the  surface  of  a  platinum 
ought  to  a  white  heat,  beyond  the  fusing  point  of 
gold.  Thus  an  intimate  junction  is  produced,  and  a  sub- 
stantia, solid  coat  of  gold  is  left  on  the  inside,  which  is 
never  at  any  point  detached  from  the  platinum,  and  behaves 
toward  sulphuric  acid  as  if  the  metal  consisted  entirely  of 
gold.  Xor  is  it  possible  to  employ  a  base  metal  in  lieu  of 
platinum,  for  the  slightest  accidental  injury  to  the  thin  gold 
lining  would  allow  the  boiling  acid  access  to  the  base  metal 
which  would  be  instantly  dissolved  and  would  cause  the  still 
to  collapse. 

It  is  true  that   a  gold-lined  still  costs   a  good  deal  more 

than  an  ordinary  one.     Taking  a  Delplaee  still,  weighing 

37J  lb.,  an  inner  gold  lining  of  0- 1  mm.  for  the  bottom,  and 

0-025  mm.  for  the  dome  will  weigh  about  5 J  lh.,  and  will 

e  cost  by  about  1 ,000  dollars,  deduction  being  made 

for   the  value   of  an   equal   thickness    of  platinum.     This 

..'.  amount  for  additional  interest  on  plant.    But 

allowir.  ly  production  of   2,000  tons  of  acid,  the 

annual  saving  of  platinum,  otherwise  dissolved  and  carried 

away  by  the  acid,  would  be  at  least  2}  lb.,  worth  nearly 

300  dollars,  and  the  saving  would  be  in  reality  very  much 

"  the  total  renewal  of  a  still, 

-     only  two-thirds  or  three-quarters  of  the  price 

of  new  platinum  is  realised,  will  occur  at  very  much  rarer 

I  resent.     It    may  be    assumed  that  the 

additional  expense  of  a   Heraeus  still  will   be  paid  for  in 

from  one  to  two  vears. — W.  S. 


:von  the  Estimation    of  Chlorine   in  Electrolysed 
Solutions.     L.  M.  Norton.    Technol.  Quarterly,  1891, 361. 

See  under XXTTT., pa*  ■  I-.-. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  and  connected  icith  the  Manufacture  of 
unofes.     E.  Fleischer,  Wiesbaden,  Germany. 

Eng.  Pat  7437.  April  29,  18 
The  improvements  are  in  the  process  for  manufacturing 
alkali  alurmnates.  alumina,  caustic  alkalis,  and  carbonates 
of  soda  and  potash,  the  alkali   aluminate   being   obtained 
from  aluminous  substances  bv  means  of  alkali  sulph 

The    chief  difficulty  in  "    sodium   aluminate   by 

fusing  bauxite  and  sulphate  of  soda  with  the  addition  of 
coal  has  hitherto  been  the  formation  of  liquors  containing 
quantities  of  compounds  of  sodium,  sulphur,  and  iron ; 
furthermore,  the  fused  mass  seriously  attacks  the  melting 
pot.  The  author  avoids  the  production  of  the  deleterious 
compound  by  using  in  the  fusion  quicklime  or  carbonate  of 
lime,  so  that,  as  •  -  1,  the  sulphide  of  iron  part 
combined  with    calcium    sulphide   may   be    produced    in 

-  uble  form.  The  following  rule  is  given : — *  Add  to 
the  aluminous  substance  (clay  or  bauxite)  for  every 
molecule  of  alumina  one  molecule  of  alkali  sulphate,  and 

-  re  by  the  addition  of  iron  or  its  oxides  that  fully  one 
molecule  of  iron  (including  that  already  contained  in  the 

)  be  present  for  the  formation  of  FeS  for  every  mole- 
cule of  alkali  sulphate  or  alumina.  The  lime  or  chalk  is  to 
be  reckoned  as  two  molecules  for  every  three  molecules  of 
silica,  and  a  further  quarter  molecule  of  lime  or  chalk  is  to 
be  added  for  every  molecule  of  alumina."  To  this  must 
be  added,  oi  -  -     v  amount  of  charcoal. 

D  is  performed  at  a  moderate  red  heat,  not  too 
high,  after  which  the  mass  is  cooled,  preferably  in  closed 
iron  vessels.     Lixiviation  is  performed  in  the  usual  ^  ay. 


June  30, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


523 


To  obtain  alumina  ami  alkali  carbonates,  the  colourless 
solution  of  aluminatc  is  saturated  at  nearly  boiling  point 
with  carbonic  acid. 

Should  it  be  desired  to  obtain  caustic  alkali  liquor  direct 
from  the  alumiuate  solution,  the  alumina  may  be  precipitated 
by  lime.— T.  L.  B. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  oj 
Chlorine  and  Alkaline  Carbonates.  C.  Kellner,  Vienna, 
Austria.     Eng.  Pat.  20,713,  November  27,  1891. 

For  the  simultaneous  production  of  chlorine  and  an  alkaline 
carbonate,  a  heated  saturated  solution  of  an  alkaline 
chloride  is  caused  rapidly  to  circulate  in  two  separate 
streams  through  an  electroly  tical  decomposing  apparatus,  one 
of  these  streams,  viz.,  that  which  flows  past  the  anodes  of 
the  apparatus,  and  to  which  a  small  quantity  of  sulphuric 


acid  or  of  a  sulphate  of  the  base  used  has  been  added, 
being  conveyed,  after  leaving  the  apparatus  mentioned, 
through  a  vessel  provided  with  the  alkaline  chloride  in  a 
solid  state,  whereby  the  liquid  is  again  completely  saturated 
before  being  conveyed  back  to  the  anodes ;  the  other 
stream,  viz.,  that  which  flows  past  the  cathodes  of  the 
apparatus,  being  subjected,  after  leaving  the  said  apparatus, 
simultaneously  to  a  cooling  action,  to  contact  with  solid 
alkaline  chloride,  and  to  the  action  of  carbonic  acid, 
whereby  a  carbonate  of  the  alkali  present  is  formed  and 
precipitated  from  the  solution,  which  is  afterwards  con- 
veyed back  to  the  cathode  cells  of  the  apparatus. 

To  facilitate  the  escape  of  hydrogen  set  free,  carbonic 
acid  is  introduced  into  the  cathode  cells.  The  electrolyte 
is  also  maintained  at  such  a  velocity  and  temperature  as 
will  prevent  carbonate  of  soda  from  settling  within  the 
decomposing  apparatus. 


Improvements   in   the  Production    of  Chlorine   and   Alkaline  Carbonates. 


To  carry  out  this  process  an  electrolytical  decomposing 
apparatus,  consisting  of  a  succession  of  frames  R  (Fig  1) 
in  which  the  electrodes  are  arranged,  is  proposed ;  these 
frames,  being  separated  from  each  other  by  diaphragms,  aud 
having  in  their  upper  parts  passages  g  g'  (Fig.  2)  con- 
nected by  other  passages  h  h'  with  the  passages  o  .  .  .  and 
a,  through  which  the  electrolytes  are  caused  to  circulate, 
the  passages  </  </  allowing  the  gases  set  free  during  the 
electrolytical  decomposition  to  escape  separately  from  the 
ions.  Diaphragms  1)  of  a  permeable  fabric  or  porous  clay 
are  used,  the  pores  of  which  are  filled  with  gelatinous 
material  mixed  with  a  solution  of  salt  corresponding  to 
that  to  be  decomposed.  This  is  to  prevent  injurious 
mechanical  diffusion  from  one  cell  to  another  of  the  liquids 
treated,  and  to  facilitate  circulation  of  the  ions. 

The  electrodes  are  made  by  mixing  together  powdered 
retort  carbon,  thickened  solution  of  wood  cellulose  in  zinc 
chloride,  kneading  to  a  paste,  moulding,  washing,  and  then 
heating  in  a  muffle,  impregnating  with  a  hydrocarbon,  and 
then  heating  several  times. 

Electrodes  are  also  claimed,  the  pores  of  which  have  been 
filled  up  with  peroxide  of  lead  obtained  either  by  covering 
these  electrodes  with  a  layer  of  litharge  and  sulphate  of 
ammonia  mixed  together,  or  by  boiling  them  in  a  saturated 
solution  of  lead  acetate,  and  afterwards  electrolytically 
transforming  the  lead  or  oxide  of  lead  thus  obtained  into 
peroxide  of  lead. — J.  C.  0. 


A  Process  for  Recovering  Cyanides  from  Coal-Gas.  W. 
T.  Rowland,  Philadelphia,  Penn.,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,347,  December  22,  1891. 

See  under  II.  page  510. 


VIII.-GLASS,  POTTERY,  AND 
EARTHENWARE. 

The  Application  of  certain    Rare    Metals   for    Ceramic 
Colours.     Sprechsaal,  1892,  25,  85. 

The  following  results  are  described  :  —  Tungstic  oxide 
(1  part)  and  a  vitrifiable  pigment  flux  (4  parts)  yield  an 
extremely  stable  bright  yellow  colour.  The  endeavour  was 
made  to  replace  chromic  oxide  by  vanadic  oxide.  Pure 
ferric  oxide  (64  parts),  marble  (32  parts),  ammonium 
vanadate  (4  parts),  and  vanadic  oxide  (2  parts)  finely 
powdered,  give  a  beautiful  light  rose-coloured  sub-glaze  for 
stoneware. — A.  R.  L. 


The  Use  of  Mineral  Oil  Residues  as  Fuel  for  Glass 
Furnaces.  J.  Malyschew.  Chem.  Zeit.  16,  (Chenj. 
Rep.)  85. 

See  under  II.,  page  510. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Composition  or  Compound  designed  to  serve 
as  a  Substitute  for  Wood,  and  also  applicable  for  the 
Manufacture  of  Brichs  a?id  Crucibles,  Retorts,  and 
other  Articles  of  Earthenware.  W.  A.  Kerr,  Rhyl. 
Eng.  Pat.  7040,  April  23,  1891. 

"  A  variety  of  talc  containing  hydrated  silicate  of  magnesia 
and  alumina,"  or  kaolin  either  free  from  or  containing  sand, 
or  other  clay  or  clayey  loam  is  mixed  with  "  sphagnum, 
which  is  a  kind  of  moss,  or  with  peat,  either  in  the  condition 
of  fibre  or  granules,  or  with  the  said  sphagnum  and  peat 
combined."  The  talc  or  clay  is  weathered  before  use,  and 
after  having  been  ground  is  mixed  with  the  peat  by  making 
a  pile  of  the  two  materials  in  alternate  layers,  allowing  the 
mass  to  "  ripen  "  for  48  hours,  and  slicing  down  the  pile 
vertically  and  passing  the  mixture  into  a  mixing-press  con- 
sisting of  a  hollow  cylinder  provided  with  an  axial  shaft 
bearing  blades  inclined  so  that  the  mixed  material  is  con- 
veyed to  one  end  of  the  cylinder  and  forced  out  through  any 


324. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  80, 1892. 


suitable  die.  The  column  of  clay  and  vegetable-matter  as 
it  issues  from  the  die,  is  cut  into  blocks  by  a  buzz-saw, 
dried  by  -waste  heat  and  fired,  the  peat  serving;  as  an 
auxiliary  fuel. — B.  1!. 


Improvements   in  Kilns  or    Ore/is  for   Firing  Terra-Cotta 

and   other   like    Materials.       C.    D.   d'Enghein,   A.    D. 

d'Enghein,   and   S.    1).   d'Enghein,    Belgium.     Eng.  Pat. 

18,281,  October  24,  1891. 
In  these  kilns  the  hearths  are  at  a  sufficient  distance  from 
one  another  to  leave  between  them  compartments  in  which 
delicate  articles  can  be  baked.  Uniformity  of  baking  is 
secured  by  causing  the  draft  to  follow  two  conduits  of 
equal  dimensions  placed  one  at  each  side  of  the  oven. 
Either  wood  or  coal  can  be  used  for  heating.  The  floors  of 
the  beating  compartments  are  not  horizontal  but  inclined, 
an  arrangement  which  facilitates  the  charging  and  emptying 
of  the  baking  compartments. 

It  is  claimed  that  these  kilns  effect  economy  of  fuel  and  of 
labour,  scenic  uniform  baking,  do  not  require  close  watching, 
and  can,  if  desired,  be  charged  entirely  with  glazed 
goods. — V.  C. 


A  JS'riv  and  Improved  Process  of  Marking  Glass  by  Acid. 

W.   Leader,  London.      Eng.   l'at.    1974,    February  2nd, 

1892. 
This  process  consists  in  "  steeping  brown  paper  stencils  in 
hydrofluoric  acid  and  pressing  on  the  articles  to  be  marked 
with  heated  silver  sand." — A    ( 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Marbling  of  Enamelled 
Articles  and  to  Apparatus  therefor.  G.  Gniichtel 
Saxony.     Eaig.  Pat.  3034,  February  16,  1892. 

Hitherto  enamelled  kitchen  utensils  have  been  given  a 
marbled  surface  by  squirting  a  liquid  upon  the  surface  of 
the  enamel  and  then  shaking  the  vessel  so  as  to  distribute 
the  liquid  in  lines  or  veins.  This  needs  care  and  skill  on 
the  part  of  the  operator  and  at  best  does  not  permit  of  an 
uniform  marbling. 

In  this  invention  a  plate  is  used  provided  with  pins 
or  bristles  which  are  dipped  in  the  liquid.  From  the  points 
of  the  bristles  drops  of  uniform  size  are  deposited  on  the 
enamel  in  a  regular  manner.  By  gently  knocking  the 
utensil  the  drops  are  caused  to  run  out  into  veins  or  lines, 
and  a  uniform  marbling  is  thus  produced. — V.  C. 


Improvements  in  Kilns  or  Ovens  for  Burning  and  Glazing 
Sanitary  Ware  and  the  like.  C.  Armstrong,  Burnley 
Eng.  Pat.  3586,  February  24,  1892. 

The  invention  relates  more  particularly  to  kilns  in  which 
sanitary  ware  is  burnt  and  glazed.  In  the  ordinary  kilns 
sooty  matter  becomes  mixed  with  the  salt  and  the  excessive 
heat  at  the  roof  of  the  kiln  often  causes  the  salt  deposited 
there  to  liquefy  and  fall  on  the  goods  beneath,  producing 
unsightly  blotches.  In  this  invention  a  midfeather  is  placed 
in  the  tire  box  projecting  downwards  into  the  incandescent 
fuel,  and  leaving  a  space  at  the  back  closed  by  a  damper. 
Instead  of  disturbing  the  hardened  crust  at  the  top  of  the 
fire  when  the  salt  is  to  be  deposited  (which  inevitably 
produces  a  cloud  of  soot)  the  damper  is  raised  and  the  salt 
is  introduced  at  the  back  of  the  midfeather  where  the  fire  is 
burning  hotly.  This  prevents  the  contamination  by  soot. 
To  prevent  the  liquefaction  of  salt  on  the  roof  and  the 
consequent  staining  or  blotching  of  the  goods,  air  is 
admitted  near  the  base  of  the  kiln  and  is  carried  upwards 
by  flues  and  discharged  along  the  roof,  thereby  reducing  the 
temperature  at  this  part  of  the  oven,  and  thus  preventing  the 
formation  and  adhesion  of  liquid  salt. — V.  C. 


An  Improvement  on  the  Method  of  Treating  Glass  Cullet 
known  as  "  Blacks."  J.  S.  Williams,  Brierley  Hill. 
Eng.  Pat.  9097,  February  29,  1892. 

"  lir.M  ks"  is  the  trade  term  for  the  glass  removed  from  the 
blowing  irons.  Hitherto  the  adhering  rust  has  been 
removed  from  the  "  blacks  "  by  means  of  cold  acid. 

In  this  invention  the  acid  bath  is  heated,  thereby  accele- 
rating the  cleansing  of  the  "  blacks."  The  method  of 
heating  recommended  is  by  blowing  steam  into  the  bath. 

—v.  c. 


IX-BUILDING  MATERIALS.  CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  AND  CEMENTS. 

The  New  Regulation  for  the  Supply  of  Portland  Cement 

in  llussia.  Thonind.  Zeit.  1892,  16,  21  and  40. 
Fortlaxd  cement  is  made  either  from  a  calcareous  marl  or 
a  mixture  containing  clay  and  chalk,  by  burning  until 
friable,  and  then  grinding  to  a  fine  powder.  The  hydraulic 
modulus,  or  ratio  of  the  sum  of  the  parts  by  weight  of 
CaO  and  (K.,<  >  +  Xa.l ) )  to  that  of  the  parts  by  weight  of 
SiOa,  A1.,03,  and  Fe203  ought  not  to  fall  below  1-7  nor 
to  exceed  2 '2,  for  Portland  cement 


CaO  +  Xa„Q  +  K20 
Sid.  +  AU),  +  Fe„Q, 


=  1-7  to  : 


The  percentage  of  sulphuric  acid  and  magnesia  should 
not  be  greater  than  1-75  to  3  in  Portland  cements  ready 
for  use. 

The  specific  gravity  of  Portland  cement  must  be  not  less 
than  3  •  05. 

The  cement  should  not  set  in  less  than  one  hour,  or  take 
longer  than  eight  hours.  A  sieve  with  4,900  meshes  per 
sq.  cm.,  should  not  pass  less  than  50  per  cent.,  and  one 
with  90")  meshes  per  sip  cm.  should  pass  all  but  15  per 
cent,  of  residue. 

The  cement  after  seven  days  setting  should  he  able  to 
show  a  limit  of  elasticity  of  20  kilos,  per  sq.  cm.,  and  after  28 
days  25  kilos,  per  sq.  cm.  A  test  piece,  prepared  with  3  parts 
sand  and  1  cement,  should  be  able  to  stand,  after  seven  days, 
5  kilos,  and  after  28  days,  S  kilos,  per  sq.  cm. — A.  L.  S. 


Tlie  Fifteenth  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  Association 
of  German  Portland  Cement  Makers.  C'hem.  Zeit. 
1892,16,371. 
At  the  meeting  of  the  Association  held  in  Berlin  on  the 
26th  and  27th  of  February  last,  it  was  stated  that  there 
were  about  80  members,  representing  a  production  in 
Germany  alone  of  7,850,000  casks  of  Portland  cement.  In 
the  report  of  the  council  it  was  stated  that  efforts  were 
being  made  to  restrict  the  use  of  the  name  Portland  cement 
to  those  commercial  products  which  alone  had  a  right  to 
the  title.  With  respect  to  the  magnesia  question,  two 
cements  had  been  examined  which  contained  4-5  and 
6-5  per  cent,  of  magnesia  respectively,  and  it  would  be 
necessary  to  ascertain  whether  they  showed  a  retrograde 
tendency  in  course  of  time.  Similar  scrutiny  was  requisite 
with  such  cements  as  contained  no  admixture  of  foreign 
matter  nor  any  abnormal  amount  of  magnesia,  but  gave 
unusual  results  in  respect  of  the  loss  on  ignition,  specific 
gravity,  and  tensile  strength  when  tested  by  the  standard 
rules.  Brands  of  cement  in  the  manufacture  of  which  slag 
was  known  to  figure  as  a  raw  material,  were  also  to  be 
examined,  lest  they  should  contain  slag  added  subsequently 
to  the  manufacture.  The  question  whether  it  was  per- 
missible to  add  more  than  2  per  cent,  of  colouring  matter, 
not  with   a  view  of  altering  the  time  of  setting,  but  for 


June30.l89B.]      THE  JOURNAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


525 


bringing  the  colour  of  the  product  to  a  standard  tint,  was 
decided  in  the  negative,  it  being  ruled  to  be  a  deception  to 
alter  the  colour  of  cement  in  order  to  hide  the  results  of 
careless  manufacture.     The  question  as  to  the  permissible 


limits  of  magnesia  has  not  j-et  been  completely  decided,  and 
was  referred  back  to  the  committee.  Schumann  com- 
municated some  results  on  the  influence  of  oils  on  Portland 
cement. 


Tensile  Strength  in  Kilos,  per  Square  Centimetre. 

Age  of  Test  Pieces. 

1  Cement 

;  1  Sand. 

1  Cement ;  3  Sana. 

Water. 

Petroleum. 

Vulcan  Oil. 

Rape  Oil. 

Water. 

Petroleum. 

Vulcan  Oil. 

Kape  Oil. 

3f8 
37-0 
4f-l 

M'4 

40-3 
48-2 

34 -3 
33-4 
SV1 

:u-7 

38-9 

44' 9 

35-0 
3.V7 
31-1 

26' 4 
21-6 
19-5' 

39'6 
45-1 
51-3 

27  -5 
28-5 
33-3 

28-4 

3V0 

35-3 

215-4 

26*0 

7-6 

28- 1 
30-9 
32-0 

25-4 
20-8 
22-3 

Destroyed 

26-3 

22'0 

Cracked  on  the  outside. 


The  first  series  of  test  pieces  were  hardened  one  week  in 
water,  three  weeks  in  air  at  about  30°  C,  and  were  then 
placed  in  the  various  liquids  mentioned  in  the  table.  The 
test  pieces  of  the  second  series  were  differently  treated, 
inasmuch  as  after  the  first,  week  in  water  they  were  kept 
for  two  weeks  iu  air  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  during 
which  time  they  were  placed  in  water  for  half  au  hour  each 
day.  Finally  they  were  immersed  in  the  liquids  experi- 
mented with  as  before.  The  question  of  the  best  method  of 
determining  the  time  of  setting  of  Portland  cement  is  now 
being  considered  in  collaboration  with  the  Director  of  the 
Koyal  Prussian  Testing  Station  for  Materials  of  Construction. 

— B.  B. 

The  Action  of  certain  Chlorides  on  Portland  Cement, 
Dobrzynski.  Thonind.  Zeit.  1892,  16,  C4. 
The  author  has  examined  the  action  of  the  chlorides  of 
magnesium,  barium,  sodium,  and  ammonium  upon  cement, 
with  the  following  results.  The  quantity  of  water  necessary 
to  produce  a  paste  of  normal  consistence  is  greater  the 
more  difficultly  soluble  the  chloride  used.  The  time  of 
setting  is  lengthened,  in  the  case  of  the  more  difficultly 
soluble  chlorides,  as  the  percentage  added  is  increased.  In 
the  experiments  on  the  influence  of  the  various  chlorides  on 
the  tensile  strength,  the  test  pieces  were  kept  in  solutions  of 
the  same  salts  at  the  same  degree  of  concentration  as  had 
been  used  in  gauging  them.  Barium  chloride  had  the  most 
marked  effect — -a  result  which  the  author  attributes  to  the 
tendency  of  barium  oxide  to  behave  towards  the  silica  and 
alumina  of  the  cement  iu  the  same  manner  as  lime,  the 
resulting  compounds  however  possessing  a  greater  tensile 
strength.  The  cement  used  had  a  tensile  strength  of 
9'75  kilos,  per  sq.  cm.*  at  7  days  and  12'83  at  28  days, 
when  tested  under  normal  conditions,  that  is  to  say,  gauged 
with  three  parts  of  sand  to  one  of  cement,  using  clean  water 
only. 

The  following  results,  expressed  in  kilos,  per  sq.  cm. 
were  obtained  when  the  chlorides  above-mentioned  were 
used  : — 


Percentage  of  Chloride. 

1% 

ST        3%   j.  4  7o 

5% 

6% 

7  Days. 

Magnesium  chloride. 

n-o 

W85 

11-0 

9-25 

9  25 

8-75 

Barium  chloride  .... 

10-5 

10-5 

12-0 

12-75 

12-75 

13-25 

Ammonium  chloride. 

10-5 

10-25 

9-0 

8'75 

8-75 

8-50 

Sodium  chloride 

10-75 

10-5 

100 

9-75 

11-0 

s-« 

Percentage  of  Chloride. 

1% 

2  7o 

3°/o 

*7o 

B% 

6% 

28  Dnys. 

Mtornesium  chloride. 

Ammonium  chloride. 
Sodium  chloride 

13-75 
13-5 
12-75 
13-0 

l  .-!■:, 

13-5 

12-75 

12-5 

l.T.-, 
IT  75 
12-1) 
12-75 

11-5 
14-75 
11-5 
11-5 

IV  0 

1.V0 

11-25 

12-25 

10-5 
15-25 
10-75 
110 

— B.  B. 


PATENTS. 


*  To  convert  kilos,  per  square  cm.  into  pounds  per  square  inch 
multiply  bj  14-2515. 


A  Process  or  Method  of  Treating  Meerschaum  to  render  it 
as  Porous  and  as  Absorbent  in  the  Manufactured  State 
as  in  the  Natural,  and  to  Adapt  it  to  Various  Uses, 
J.  S.  Weingott,  London.  Kng.  Pat.  11,244,  July  2, 
1891. 
The  meerschaum  either  in  the  rough  state  or  cut  to  any 
desired  shape,  such  as  a  pipe  howl,  which  may  or  may  not 
have  been  previously  polished  or  waxed  in  the  usual  way, 
is  gradually  heated  so  as  without  cracking  to  carbonise  and 
blacken  it.  The  operation  may  be  conducted  by  placing 
the  articles  to  be  treated  between  laj-ers  of  dry  sawdust 
(preferably  oak)  and  igniting  the  sawdust,  or  in  a  closed 
vessel  and  heating  the  exterior  thereof.  The  meerschaum 
is  then  plunged  into  melted  wax  or  oil  and  re-heated,  until 
a  deep  black  colour  is  produced,  after  which  it  may  be 
polished  with  waxed  cloths.  It  may  also  be  dipped  in  a 
solution  of  pyrogallic  acid  with  a  view  of  neutralising  the 
nicotine  from  the  tobacco  ;  other  solutions  of  similar  efficacy 
may  be  employed.  Meerschaum  prepared  according  to  the 
invention  is  capable  of  being  used  for  crucibles,  cupels  and 
the  like.— B.  B.  

The  Manufacture  of  an  Improved  Compound  for  Coating 
Walls    and   other  Surfaces   and  for   the  Production    of 
Casts    or    Mouldings    and  for    Analogous    Purposes. 
K.  Norwood,   Denmark   Hill.     Eng.  Pat.  21,199,  Decem- 
ber 4,  1891. 
The    object  of   the   invention   is   to  produce  an   adhesive 
compound  similar  to  that  described  in  Patent  1620  of  1882, 
commercially  known  as  "  alabastine,"  but  different  therefrom 
in  respect  of  the  fact  that  it  can  be  used  with  cold  water 
instead  of  hot.     One  hundredweight  of  gypsum  is  calcined, 
and  while  it  is  hot,  five  to  eight  pounds  of  glue  dissolved  in 
water  are  added,  and  from  half  a  pound  to  one  pound  and  a 
half   of  zinc  sulphate  or  some   equivalent   substance,   the 


526 


THE  JOURNAL  OI-'  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [June  »>,  1892. 


object  being  to  retard  the  setting  of  the  glue  and  gypsum 
and  produce  a  harder  compound.  An  alternative  method 
consists  in  adding  the  glue  dry,  relying  on  the  moisture 
liberated  from  the  gypsum  during  it-  calcination  for  the 
necessary  water.  The  mixture  is  heated  until  both  the  water 
from  the  gypsum  and  that  added  with  the  glue  are  driven 
off,  the  dry  mass  ground  and  coloured  if  desired. — B.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  a  Resistible  Material 
chiefly  Designed  for  Building  Purposes.  H.  Hartmann, 
Mannheim,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  2957,  February  15, 
1892. 

Materials  such  as  "  lime,  trass,  cement,  and  gypsum," 
with  or  without  gravel  or  sand,  are  mixed  with  metal  strips, 
shavings,  turnings,  or  wire-like  particles,  and  made  into  a 
mass  with  water,  the  metal  fibres  more  or  less  uniting  or 
"  felting "  together  and  forming  a  coherent  product.  It 
may  be  used  as  a  building  mateiial  for  ceilings,  floorings, 
wans,  &e.,  either  alone  or  with  a  core  of  ordinary  cement 
concrete,  the  chief  strain  on  the  structure  being  taken  by 
the  outer  layers  containing  the  metal  wires  or  strips. — B.  B. 


Improved  Artificial   Stones.     .1.  S.  Holliday,   Camberwell. 
Eng.  Pat.  4496,  March  7,  1892. 

Two  compositions  are  patented,  one  for  the  face  and  the 
other  for  the  body  of  the  stone.  That  for  the  face  consists 
of  whiting  0'25,  clean  Bath  stone  dust  0'3,  Portland 
cement  0-3,  and  yellow  ochre  0'15  parts  respectively. 
They  are  mixed  together  with  water  to  a  suitable  con- 
sistency, and  poured  into  a  mould  to  a  depth  sufficient  for 
the  face  of  the  block.  The  backing  is  composed  of  crushed 
slag,  washed  clean,  0-5,  crushed  granite  0-2,  and  Portland 
cement  0'3  parts  respectively,  and  is  poured  into  the  mould 
after  the  facing  has  been  prepared.  The  object  of  the 
separate  facing  is  tc  provide  a  material  capable  of  being 
carved  or  similarly  ornamented. — B.  B. 


An  Improved  Distemper  for  Walls,  Ceilings,  and  the  Like. 
A.  T.  Morse,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  5746,  March  23,  1892. 

Fifty  parts  of  gilder's  whiting,  \2\  parts  of  gelatin,  10  parts 
of  zinc  oxide,  1  part  of  manganese  sulphate,  10  parts  of 
terra  alba,  12  parts  of  Paris  white,  14  parts  of  heavy  spar, 
\  part  of  salt,  1  part  of  alum,  and  1  part  of  bichromate  of 
potash,  are  separately  crushed,  then  ground  and  mixed 
together  with  colours  such  as  arc  usual  in  distempers.  The 
composition  may  be  used  with  hot  or  cold  water. — B.  B. 


X.-METALLUKaY. 

Iron  Vessels  for  Molten  Substances.    Foehr.     Chem.Zeit. 
1892, 16,  503  and  532—533. 

The  iron  boilers,  retorts,  autoclaves,  &c,  at  present 
obtainable  are  much  more  durable  than  those  formerly 
made  ;  for  example,  cast-iron  dishes  for  desilvering  zinc 
are  now  furnished,  which  will  withstand  the  wear  and  tear 
of  150  operations.  The  cast  iron  of  which  these  vessels  are 
constructed  is  very  dense  and  line  grained,  and  ferro- 
manganese,  ferro-silieon,  ferro-chromium,  tungsten,  and 
recently  also  aluminium  are  added  to  it  in  its  manufacture. 
Very  frequently  the  requisite  qualities  are  attained  by 
mixing  various  sorts  of  crude  iron,  the  proportions  being 
kept  secret.  When  two  samples  of  east  iron  are  compared, 
of  the  same  composition,  that  having  the  highest  specific 
gravity  will  invariably  be  found  the  best  to  withstand 
chemical  influences  and  high  temperatures.  The  form  of 
the  vessel  is  of  great  importance,  especially  when  molten 
substances  are  suddenly  introduced  into  them.  .Steel  vessels 
are  more  liable  to  crack  than  those  of  cast  iron,  whilst  it  is 
difficult  to  remove  a  solidified  mass  from  wrought-iron 
vessels.  To  avoid  unequal  strain,  the  best  form  is  that  of 
a  hemisphere,  but  this  form  is  impracticable,  being  difficult 
to  empty  and  to  transport,  especially  with  large  quantities 
of  material.  After  mentioning  in  detail  several  forms  of 
iron  tilting  troughs,  all  of  which  have  disadvantages,  the 


author  describes  the  following  apparatus  which  was  patented 
by  R.  Leder  (Quedlinburg,  Germany).  It  consists  of  a 
cast-iron  trough  made  in  two  pieces,  which  are  bound 
together  by  a  riveted  wrought-iron  band.  In  the  sketch,  d 
is  the   boundary   curve  of  the  two  halves  of  the  trough. 


Iron  Vessels  for  Molten  Substances. 

When,  for  example,  a  stream  of  slag  touches  the  point  a, 
the  surroundings  of  this  point  expand  in  all  directions,  and 
the  trough,  if  made  in  one  piece,  generally  splits  in  the 
direction  a  b,  whereas,  when  it  is  made  in  two  pieces,  the 
force  acts  in  the  direction  a  c,  so  that,  instead  of  a  fracture, 
the  upper  rim  b  c  of  one  half  takes  the  position  6'  c'.  The 
composition  of  the  cast  iron  of  which  these  vessels  are  made 
is  kept  secret.  One  of  these  vessels  has  been  daily  in  use 
for  several  years,  and  is  in  excellent  preservation.  An  entire 
waggon  weighs  about  500  kilos.,  and  holds  1,000  kilos,  of 
slag.  They  are  so  convenient  for  transport  that  a  wide 
application  for  various  molten  substances  is  considered 
probable. — A.  It.  L. 

Alloys  of  Nickel  and  Iron.     11.   Wedding.     Verhaudl.  d. 
Vereins.  z.  Beforder.  d.  Gewerbfl.  1S92,  52. 

Foe  general  use  the  alloys  should  contain  but  little  carbon, 
less  than  0'5  per  cent.,  otherwise  they  are  difficult  to 
work,  the  amount  of  nickel  should  not  exceed  5  per  cent., 
otherwise  the  limit  of  elasticity  is  insufficient,  and  for 
practical  purposes  the  cost  must  be  kept  down,  in  view  both 
of  the  amount  of  nickel  used  and  the  difficulty  of  working. 
To  prepare  nickel  iron  alloy,  a  mixture  of  ore  containing 
iron  and  nickel  oxides  may  be  reduced  in  a  blast  furnace, 
but  the  crude  alloy  thus  obtained  is  not  suitable  for  the 
preparation  of  a  malleable  alloy  (i.e.,  one  poor  in  carbon). 
According  to  Gautier,  on  refining,  nickel  oxide  is  produced, 
which  remains  dissolved  in  the  iron  and  causes  it  to  be 
brittle. 

In  order  to  obtain  a  malleable  alloy,  metallic  nickel  must 
be  added  to  the  fluid  malleable  iron.  The  metal  should  be 
free  from  arsenic  and  sulphur.  The  alloy  is  not  a  chemical 
compound,  but  only  a  mechanical  mixture.  The  addition 
of  aluminium  is  useful.  Experiment  must  determine  how 
much  manganese  on  the  one  hand,  or  magnesium  on  the 
other,  is  necessary  to  remove  the  oxygen.  The  required 
carbon  is  best  introduced  directly. 

Further  particulars  as  to  the  details  of  preparation  and 
best  composition  of  alloys  are  at  present  wanting,  but  it 
is  hoped  that  further  experiments  will  remedy  this. 

—A.  L.  S. 


The  World's  Production  of  Gold.     Eng.  and  Mining  J. 
53,  1892,  272. 

Beginxtxg  with  the  older  gold-fields  of  the  world,  California 
in  all  probability  made  about  the  same  out-turn  in  1891  as 
in  the  previous  year,  but  the  mines  of  Deadwood,  South 
Dacota,  have  made  an  increase,  and  there  has  also,  without 
doubt,  been  an  increase  from  the  silver  mines  the  ore  of 
which  carries  some  gold.  It  is  estimated  that  the  total 
production  |of  gold    in    the    United   States   in    1891    had 


June  30, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


527 


amounted  to  33,250,000  dols.,  against  32,845,000  dols.  in 
1890,  as  reported  by  the  Director  of  the  Mint.  Australia 
will  in  all  probability  show  about  the  same  yield  in  1891  as 
in  1890,  for  although  there  has  been  a  falling-off  in  the 
product  of  the  Mount  Morgan  mine,  the  great  gold  pro- 
ducer of  Queensland,  and  perhaps  also  in  New  South  Wales, 
the  returns  from  Victoria  show  an  increase  of  37,216  oz., 
which  will  do  much  to  make  up  for  the  deficiencies  of  the 
other  colonies,  uot  in  any  case  likely  to  be  large.  The 
latest  statistics  from  Russia,  those  for  1890,  show  an 
increase  of  over  75,000  oz.  over  the  production  of  1889, 
and  although  the  returns  for  1891  have  not  yet  been  com- 
piled, it  is  officially  reported  that  all  indications  point  to 
another  notable  increase. 

In  the  Transvaal  the  year  1891  was  a  phenomenal  one, 
the  output  of  the  Witwatersrandt  mines  having  amounted 
to  729,223  oz.  against  494,801  oz.  in  1890.  The  regularity 
of  the  advance  in  the  yield  of  these  mines  month  by  month 
for  the  past  four  years,  or  since  they  were  first  opened, 
leaves  no  doubt  that  their  maximum  capacity  has  not  yet 
been  reached.  Indeed  the  year  1892  has  been  commenced 
by  a  remarkable  increase,  the  production  during  the  month 
of  January  having  amounted  to  84,560  oz.  against  80,312  oz. 
in  December,  this  having  been  the  greatest  output  in  any 
one  month  iu  the  history  of  the  district.  The  production  of 
the  four  principal  gold  mines  of  Mysore,  India,  which 
practically  represents  the  total  gold  output  of  that  country, 
was  also  considerably  greater  iu  1891  than  in  1890,  amount- 
ing to  130,140  oz.  against  104,500  oz.  Here,  too,  the  out- 
put has  shown  such  a  regular  expansion  during  the  past 
three  years  that  it  is  probable  that  the  climax  has  not  yet 
been  attained,  and  a  steadily  increasing  yield  may  be 
expected  from  this  source. 

According  to  statistics,  the  United  States,  Australasia, 
Russia,  Africa,  and  India  produced  in  1890  a  trifle  more 
thau  83  per  cent,  of  the  total  amount  of  gold  produced  iu 
the  world.  In  1891  each  of  these  countries  or  natural 
divisions  made  an  increased  output,  with  the  possible 
exception  of  Australasia,  and  in  the  case  of  Africa,  Russia, 
and  India  the  increase  was  large  and  important. 

But  there  is  every  reason  to  expect  that  new  deposits  of 
auriferous  gravel  and  auriferous  quartz  lodes  will  be  found 
within  the  next  few  years,  particularly  in  the  United  States, 
Africa,  and  Siberia,  while  it  is  certain  that  the  extensive 
and  rich  beds  of  gravel  in  Brazil  will  not  remain  unworked 
much  longer.  The  vast  expanse  of  country  forming  the 
north-western  portion  of  the  United  States  has  by  no  means 
been  thoroughly  prospected,  and  new  gold  mines  are  con- 
stantly being  found  and  opened  there.  Africa,  an  unexplored 
country,  bids  fair  to  yield  a  constantly  increasing  amount 
of  gold.  Pioneers  are  just  going  into  Mashonaland  and 
Matabele-land,  and  the  reports  that  they  send  out  are 
generally  favourable.  Eastern  Siberia  is  also  a  land  of  great 
promise.  Only  within  the  past  month  has  come  news  of  new 
gold  fields  at  Nertsehink,  in  the  valley  of  the  River  Boom, 
which  are  said  to  be  rich.  In  Brazil  there  are  immense 
beds  of  auriferous  gravel,  which  can  be  worked  without 
difficulty.  No  doubt  is  felt  that  the  production  of  gold  in 
the  world  will  show  as  great  an  increase  in  the  present 
decade  as  it  did  from  1880  to  1890,  when  it  rose  from 
160,152  kilos,  to  174,556  kilos.— W.  S. 


The  Basic  Bessemer  Process  applied  to  the  Metallurgy  of 
Lead.  Rev.  Univ.  des  Mines  et  de  la  Met.  January 
1892  j  Eng.  and  Mining  J.  53,  1892,  431. 

Dr.  Rousing,  formerly  director  of  the  Friedrichshutte 
works  in  Upper  Silesia,  has  applied  the  basic  converter  to 
the  treatment  of  base  bullion.  By  this  process  the  lead  is 
oxidised  to  litharge,  which  is  then  reduced  by  carbon  or  by 
galena.  A  part  of  the  lead  may  be  desilverised  by  zinc 
and  refined  in  the  converter.  The  following  processes 
constitute  the  new  system  :  A.  treatment  in  the  converter  ; 

(1)  of  base  bullion  for   pure  litharge  and  enriched  lead; 

(2)  enriched  lead  for  impure  litharge  and  lead-silver ;  (3) 
desilverised  lead  for  refined  lead.  B.  reduction  of  the  pure 
litharge  by  carbon  for  merchantable  lead.  C.  treatment  of 
the  galena  with  molten  litharge  for  base  bullion.  The 
most  interesting  and  most  important  of  these  innovations 
is  the  treatment  of  the  base  bullion  in  the  converter. 


Calorific  calculations  having  led  to  the  anticipation  of 
favourable  results,  experiments  were  made  with  this 
process  in  the  laboratory  in  quantities  of  500  grms. ;  then 
with  charges  of  0,000  kilos,  in  a  Thomas  converter  at  the 
Friedrichshutte  in  Upper  Silesia.  The  method  presented  no 
difficulty  ;  the  charge  of  6,000  kilos,  of  base  bullion  was 
blown  for  15  minutes  with  air  pressure  of  l\  atmospheres. 
The  lead  had  been  heated  previously  a  little  above  its 
melting  point.  The  litharge  formed  had  a  temperature  of 
more  than  1,200°  and  was  very  fluid.  It  crystallised  in 
mass  on  cooling  without  formation  of  any  amorphous 
litharge,  and  fell  iu  scales.  The  silver  contents  of  the 
litharge  were  0-0036  per  cent.,  but  could  be  diminished  in 
regular  working. 

In  treating  poor,  impure  and  zinciferous  lead  the  refined 
lead  obtained  in  a  few  minutes  was  of  excellent  quality  and 
the  following  composition  :  Lead  (by  difference),  99  '9934 
per  cent.;  antimony,  0'0007  per  cent.;  arsenic,  0-0005 
per  cent.;  copper,  0-0013  per  ceut. ;  iron,  0-0022  per 
cent.  ;  zinc,  0-0015  per  cent.  ;  silver,  0-0004  per  cent. 

In  consequence  of  the  great  increase  of  temperature  in 
the  converter  duriug  the  blowing,  new  charges  may  be 
worked  immediately  without  reheating  the  vessel,  so  that 
there  is  no  delay  in  the  process.  In  regular  operation  it 
would  possibly  pay  even  to  utilise  the  heat  obtained  in  the 
converter  for  the  fusion  of  the  lead. 

The  basic  lining  of  the  converter  stood  perfectly.  The 
engineers  of  the  Friedrichshutte  steel  works  declared  "  that 
they  are  satisfied  that  the  basic  lining  will  last  better  in 
treatment  of  lead  than  in  the  manufacture  of  steel." 

The  impurities  of  the  lead  (zinc,  arsenic,  and  antimony) 
are  removed  in  a  more  rational  manner  than  in  the  common 
process  since  the  blast  acts  uniformly  throughout  the  mass 
and  not  merely  upon  the  surface  of  the  bath  ;  the  latter  is 
to-day,  purified  first,  then  uselessly  oxidised,  while  the 
impurities  contained  in  the  lower  strata  of  the  metal  are  a 
long  time  withheld  from  the  action  of  oxygen.  There 
results  therefore  an  oxidation,  which  is  superfluous  and 
injurious  to  the  lead.  In  the  new  process  it  is  necessary  to 
take  into  account  the  reduction  in  the  expense  of  treatment 
aud  the  loss  in  the  working  of  intermediary  products.  As 
for  the  loss  in  blowing  there  is  produced  naturally  in  that 
operation  very  thick  lead  smoke,  but  as  it  is  of  very  short 
duration,  the  amount  is  small  and  it  can  be  easily  recovered 
because  it  is  not  mixed  with  combustion  products.  In  this 
process  there  is  a  saving  in  comparison  with  cupellation, 
according  to  the  calculations  made  at  the  Friedrichshutte, 
-of  18  marks  and  94  pfennig  (4-50  dols.)  per  1,000  kilos, 
of  base  bullion.  As  for  enrichment  of  the  lead  it  is  recom- 
mended not  to  carry  it  too  far  at  once,  but  rather  to 
interrupt  the  blowing  at  intervals  and  unite  the  lead  of 
several  charges  which  can  be  submitted  to  a  new  operation 
for  enrichment. 

In  the  experiments  at  the  Friedrichshutte  with  base 
bullion  containing  0-0425  per  cent,  of  silver,  lead  assaying 
0-673  per  cent,  silver  has  been  obtained  as  a  maximum  and 
condensed  fumes  with  75  per  cent,  lead  and  0-0086  per 
cent  silver. 

The  litharge  obtained  is  very  liquid  and  can  be  reduced 
in  a  very  simple  manner  by  pouring  it  on  a  bed  of  incandes- 
cent carbon  in  a  special  furnace  by  which  it  is  immediately 
reduced.  The  same  furnace  may  be  employed  for  the 
treatment  of  the  galena.  The  latter  is  comminuted  to  fine 
grains  and  heated  to  the  point  where  roasting  commences. 
If  the  liquid  litharge  is  spread  on  this  galena  it  is  rapidly 
decomposed  with  the  evolution  of  sulphurous  acid  gas  which 
is  mixed  neither  with  an  excess  of  air  nor  with  combustion 
products,  and  consequently  can  be  recovered  easily.  The 
rapidity  of  the  decomposition  of  the  litharge  by  carbon  or 
by  the  galena  permits  of  a  large  production  in  small  appa- 
ratus, aud  the  consumption  of  fuel  amounts  only  to  that 
required  in  the  preliminary  heating.  The  amount  of  labour 
necessary  and  the  loss  in  metal  are  both  very  small. — W.  S. 


The  Passive  Slate  of  Iron  and  Steel.    Part  II.     Thos. 
Andrews.      Proc.  Royal  Soc.  50  [303]. 

In  Part  I.  of  this  research   (Roy  Soc.  Proc.  48,  116;  this 
Journal,   1890,  951),  the  author  showed  the  influence  of 


528 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [June so,  1892. 


magnetisation  ou  the  passive  state  of  iron  and  steel,  and 
now  the  results  of  a  further  study  of  certain  temperature 
and  other  conditions  affecting  the  passivity  of  these  metals 
in  concentrated  nitric  acid  are  given.  The  experiments  of 
Series  III.  in  this  paper  relate  to  the  effect  of  temperature, 
and  the  observations  of  Series  IV.  refer  to  the  influence 
exerted  by  nitric  acids,  of  various  degrees  of  concentration, 
on  the  passive  condition  of  iron  and  steel. 

Series  III. 
Effect   of   Temperature  on  the  Passivity  of  Iron  and 

Steel. The    bars    selected    for    these    observations    were 

unmagnetised  polished  rods,  which  had  been  previously 
drawn  cold  through  a  wortle  ;  a  pair  of  bars  of  each  metal 
were  cut  adjacently  from  one  longer  bar,  and  then  placed 
securely   in  the  wooden  stand   W  ;  each  bar  was   8j  ins. 


Table  III. 


Fig.   1. 

long,  0-261  in.  diameter.  The  U-tube,  containing  1^  fluid 
ounce  of  nitric  acid,  specific  gravity  1-42,  was  rigidly 
placed  in  an  arrangement  as  shown  in  Fig.  1.  One 
limb,  A,  was  surrounded  by  a  tank  containing  water,  the 
other  limb,  B,  by  a  tank  of  the  same  capacity,  containing 
powdered  ice ;  the  arrangement  was  such  that  the  water- 
tank   could  be  heated   by  a   Bunsen  burner,  and  its  tem- 


perature slowly  raised,  whilst  the  ice-tank  was  kept  full 
of  powdered  ice.  A  non-conductor  of  wood  was  put 
between  the  ends  of  the  two  tanks  so  as  to  prevent  the 
melting  of  the  ice ;  the  bottom  or  bent  portion  of  the 
JJ-tube  was  also  enclosed  in  a  thick  non-conductor  of 
wood.  A  thermometer,  T,  was  placed  in  the  water-tank. 
The  bars  were  in  circuit  with  the  galvanometer,  and  soon 
after  immersing  them  in  the  nitric  acid  heat  was  applied 
to  the  water-tank,  and  the  temperature  of  the  nitric  acid 
in  that  limb  of  the  U-'ut»c'  slowly  raised  to  the  temperatures 
required,  whilst  the  acid  in  the  other  limb  of  the  (J-tube 
was  meanwhile  maintained  at  a  temperature  of  32°  F. 
The  arrangement  will  be  understood  on  reference  to  Fig.  1. 
Current  between  two  bright  "  passive"  bars  of  the  same 
composition,  one  in  warm,  the  other  in  cold,  nitric  acid, 
sp.gr.  1-42.  The  electro-chemical  position  of  the  bars  in 
the  warm  nitric  acid  was  positive.  The  experiments  show 
that  the  wrought  iron  was  less  passive  in  the  warm  nitric 


Time 

from  com 


Current  between  two  bright  "  passive"  wrought-iron  or 
various  steel  bars  of  the  same  composition,  one  in  cold 
nitric  acid,  specific  gravity  1*50,  the  other  in  cold 
nitric  acid,  specific  gravity  1'42.  The  electro-chemical 
position  of  bar  in  weaker  acid  positive,  except  other- 
wise stated. 

E.M.F.  in  Volt. 


ment  of 
Experi- 
ment. 

Wrought 
Iron. 

Soft 

Cast  Steel, 
combined 
Carbon 

Hard 
Cast  Steel, 
combined 
Carbon 

Soft 

Bessemer 

Steel, 
combined 

Tungsten 

Steel, 

"■ombined 

Carbon 

0-57  per 
Cent. 

run  pit 
Cent. 

0'55per 
Cent. 

1'7-j  per 
Cei:t. 

Secomls. 

0              0'OSO 

0-041 

0-055 

0-055 

0-0S8 

30              0-077 

0-040 

0-055 

0-052 

0-038 

Minutes. 

1             0'076 

0-036 

0-054 

0-053 

0-041 

2 

0-074 

0-036 

0-053 

0-050 

0-013 

3 

0-073 

0-088 

0-053 

0-058 

0-048 

4 

0-072 

0-040 

0-052 

0-060 

0-048 

5 

0-072 

0-041 

0-052 

0-061 

0-019 

75 

0-071 

0-041 

0-050 

0-067 

O'OSO 

10 

0-069 

0-041 

0-049 

0-071 

0-050 

15 

0-006 

0-040 

0  018 

0-074 

0-050 

20 

0-064 

0-037 

0-046 

0-077 

0-049 

25 

0-062 

0-035 

0-04S 

o-o71 

0-049 

30 

0-060 

0-034 

0-042 

0-072 

0-048 

35 

0'059 

0-033 

0-040 

0  071 

0-048 

40 

0-058 

0-031 

0-038 

0-071 

0-047 

■15 

0-050 

0-030 

0-038 

0-070 

0*047 

50 

0'055 

0-029 

0-036 

0-068 

0-046 

55 

0-054 

0-029 

0-036 

0-067 

0-046 

Hours. 

1 

0-053 

0-02S 

0-035 

0-066 

0-0-45 

11 

0-051 

1-025 

0-034 

0-061 

0-044 

2 

0-049 

0-022 

0-033 

0-058 

O'OIS 

2i 

0-018 

0-020 

0-033 

0-050 

0-041 

3 

0-047 

0-019 

0-033 

O-II02 

0-011 

4 

0-046 

0-018 

0-034 

0-050 

4-013 

5 

0-043 

0-017 

0-034 

0-048 

O'OIO 

li 

0-041 

0-016 

0-031 

O'OIS 

0-038 

7 

0011 

0  013 

0-034 

0-047 

0-11,7 

8 

0-041 

0-013 

0-031 

0-047 

0-037 

1G 

O'OIO 

0-009 

0-030 

0-17 

0-037 

18 

(J -oio 

O'OOO 

0-029 

0-046 

0-037 

20 

0-040 

0-008 

0-029 

0-046 

0-037 

21 

0-040 

.. 

01120 

0-031 

0-040 

22 

0-040 

.. 

0-024 

0-013 

24 

o-oss 

0-019 

•  • 

0-013 

20 

0-038 

0-016 

.. 

0-013 

28 

0-089 

.. 

0-013 

•  ■ 

0-013 

20 

0'03S 

0-O12 

•  • 

0-013 

30 

0-040 

ll-llll 

0-013 

40 

0-042 

.. 

0-006 

.. 

0-024 

45 

- 

•• 

1           " 

o-o:u 

Juno  so,  ism.]       THE   JOUENAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


529 


Table  IV. 
Chemical  Analysis  of  the  Wrought-Iron  and  Steel  Bars  vsed  in  the  Experiments. 


Description. 


Combined       aii,-.™ 
Carbon.    I     Slllcon- 


Sulphur. 


Phosphorus, 


Manganese. 


Tungsten. 


Iron  (by 
difference). 


Total. 


Wrought  ircn  (Wortley  best  scrap).. 

Soft  east  steel 

Hard  east  steel 

Soft  Bessemer  steel 

Tungsten  steel 


Per  Cent. 
Trace 

0-570 

1-600* 

0-550 

1-759* 


Per  Cent. 
0-224 

0-032 

0-145 

None 

0-135 


Per  Cent. 
None 

Trace 

0-002 

0-032 

0-069 


Per  Cent. 
0-289 

0-060 

0-025 

0-175 

0-139 


Per  Cent. 
0-071 

0-147 

0-1S3 
0-210 
0-720 


Per  Cent. 


9-270 


Per  Cent. 
99-466 

99-185 

98-045 

99-027 

87-917 


Per  Cent, 
loo- uoo 

100-000 
100-000 
100-000 
lOO'OOO 


*  By  combustion. 
The  terms  "  soft "  and  "hard"  relato  only  to  difference  of  percentage  of  combined  carbon,  and  not  to  their  having  undergone  annealing  or 

hardening  processes. 

Table  V. 
Physical  Properties  of  the  Wrought-ikon  and  Steel  Bars  used  in  the  Experiments. 


Original. 

Ultimate  Stress. 

Fractured. 

Stress 

per 

Square 

Inch  of 

Fractured 

Area. 

Extension 

Description. 

Total. 

Per  Square 

Inch  of  Original 

Area. 

Size. 

Area. 

Difference. 

10  in. 

Appearance 

of 

Fracture. 

Size. 

Area. 

Area. 

Per 
Cent. 

Inch. 

Per 

Cent. 

Wrought  iron  (Wortley 
best  scrap. 

In. 

0-296 

0-298 
0-297 
0-300 

Sq.  In. 

0-06S8 

0-0697 
0-0093 
0-0700 

Lb. 
0,028 

10,967 

9,851 

12  661 

Lb.         Tons. 
87,618  =  39-1 

55-42 

157,3413  =   70-2 

142,150  =  63-4 

179,413  =  80-1 

In. 

0-284 

0-289 
0-275 
0-270 

Sq.  In. 
O-0O33 

0  0656 
0-0E94 
0-0570 

0-0055 

0-0041 
0-0099 
0-0130 

7'9 
22-0 

6-8 
14-2 
18-6 

Lb. 
95,229 

167,179 
165,841 
220,368 

o-ii 

0-12 
0-16 
0-73 

1-1 
2-0 
1-2 
1-6 
7-3 

Per  Cent. 
100  fibrous, 

Soft  Bessemer  steel . . . 

100  granular 

100  granular. 
( 10  silky. 
1 90  granular. 

acid  than  the  soft  cast  steel ;  the  average  E.M.F.  of  94 
observations  with  wrought  iron  was  0  ■  03U  volt  ;  whereas  in 
the  case  of  the  94  observations  on  cast  steel  the  average 
E.M.F.  was  only  0-010  volt.  The  behaviour  of  the  steel, 
under  the  conditions  stated,  was  more  irregular  than  that  of 
the  wrought  iron. 

In  the  whole  of  the  series  of  experiments  the  nitric 
acid  was  raised  to  a  temperature  of  175°  F. ;  the  cold 
nitric  acid  in  the  iimb  of  Ihe  U"tl'be  A  remained 
perfectly  colourless,  and  the  steel  or  iron  therein 
absolutely  passive  ;  but  the  steel  or  iron  in  the  warm 
nitric  acid  in  tube  A  commenced  to  be  gradually  acted 
upon  as  the  temperature  increased,  a  pale  yellow  tint 
beginning  to  appear  in  the  solution  in  the  tube  A 
shortly  after  commencement.  When  the  temperature  of 
about  170°  to  175°  F.  was  reached,  a  faint  evolution  of  gas 
in  the  form  of  bubbles  was  manifest,  adhering  to  the  steel, 
in  the  warm  tube  only.  No  powerful  solvent  action  or 
violent  evolution  of  nitric-oxide  gas,  however,  occurred  in 
any  of  these  experiments  even  up  to  the  temperature  of 
175°  F.,  and  these  experiments  were  not  continued  beyond 
this  temperature.  These  results  show  that  iron  or  steel 
does  not  fully  lose  its  passivity  up  to  a  temperature  even 
of  175"  F.,  though  the  passivity  is  shown  to  have  been 
considerably  modified  by  temperature  only.  The  critical 
point  of  temperature  of  transition  from  the  passive  to  the 
active  state  is  therefore  higher  than  1 75°  F.,  and  is  shown 
in  the  experiments  of  Part  I.,  Series  II.,  Table  II.,  to  have 
been  about  195°  F.  (.this  Journal,  1890,  951). 

Series  IV. 

The  Passivity  of  Iron  a?id  various  Steels  increases  with 
the  <  'oncentration  of  the  Nitric  Acid. — Schonbein  con- 
sidered that  "by  immersing  an  iron  wire  in  nitric  acid 
1-50  sp.  gr.,  it  became  likewise  indifferent  to  the  same  acid 
of  1'35  sp.  gr.,"  and  to  all  outward  appearance  this  is  so. 
Scbeurtr-Kestner  considered  that  the  passivity  of  iron  was 
not  dependent  on  the  greater  or  less  degree  of  saturation  of 


the  acid.  The  author,  however,  ascertained  by  the  delicate 
electro-chemical  mode  of  experimentation  employed,  and 
hereafter  referred  to,  that  the  passivity  is  materially 
influenced  according  to  the  concentration  of  the  nitric  acid. 
The  following  experiments  indicate  that  the  property  of 
passivity  in  iron  is  not  absolutely  fixed  or  static,  but  that 
its  passivity  is  modified  to  a  certain  extent  in  relation  to 
the  strength  of  the  nitric  acid  used.  The  modus  operandi 
was  generally  similar  to  that  previously  employed.  Pairs 
of  uumagnctised  polished  steel  bars,  6  in.  long  and  0-310  in. 
diameter,  each  pair  being  of  the  same  kind  of  steel,  and 
cut  adjacently  from  one  longer  bar,  were  placed  as  before 
in  the  wooden  frame  W  (Fig.  2),  and  then  instantly  and 
simultaneously  immersed  in  nitric  acids,  of  two  different 
degrees  of  concentration,  contained  in  the  U-tube  arrange- 
ment, one  limb  of  the  (J-tube  containing  red  fuming  nitric 
acid  of  sp.  gr.  1'50,  the  other  containing  nitric  acid  of 
sp.gr.  1-42,  circuit  being  made  through  the  galvanometer 
in  the  usual  manner.  The  results,  the  average  of  repeated 
experiments  experiments  in  each  case,  are  given  in 
Table  III.,  and  show  that  the  passivity  of  irou  increases 
considerably  with  the  strength  of  the  nitric  acid. 

The  steel  rods  selected  for  this  set  of  experiments  were  of 
the  kinds  given  in  Table  IV. ;  they  were  drawn  cold  through 
a  wortle,  and  were  of  the  general  physical  properties  and 
chemical  composition  given  in  Tables  IV.  and  V.  The 
reduction  of  the  E.M.F.  towards  the  close  was  probably 
owing  to  partial  diffusion  between  the  two  acids  of  different 
concentration.  The  above  results  show  that  wrought  iron 
was  less  passive  in  the  weaker  acid  than  most  of  the  steels, 
the  soft  Bessemer  steel  being  found  similar  in  passivity  to 
the  wrought  iron.  The  average  E.M.F.  was  as  follows  : — 
With  wrought  iron,  0-054  volt ;  soft  cast  steel,  0-028  volt; 
hard  cast  steel,  0-036  volt ;  soft  Bessemer  steel,  0'059  volt ; 
tungsten  steel,  0-039  volt. — W.  S. 


530 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  80, 1892. 


Parting  Bullion.  F.  Gutzkow.  Eng.  and  Mining  J. 
53,  1892,497—498. 
It  is  stated  that  the  process  works  regularly  and  with  best 
success,  the  refining  costs  being  0'35  cents  per  ounce. 
Considering  that  in  Argentine,  Kansas,  the  wages  of  the  men 
employed  at  the  plant  are  3  dols.  and  4  dols.  per  day,  and 
the  cost  of  sulphuric  acid  li  cents  per  pound,  elsewhere 
refining  may  doubtless  be  done  at  0-25  cent  per  ounce. 
Parting  charges  average  1  cent  per  ounce  in  the  eastern 
half  of  the  United  States  and  2  cents  per  ounce  in  San 
P'rancisco,  so  the  pecuniary  advantage  is  apparent.  In  the 
following  is  described  the  plant  and  the  operations  of  one  of 
those  small  establishments  having  a  maximum  capacity  of 
porting,  say,  6,000  oz.  of  dore  in  the  day-shift  by  the 
author's  improved  process.  Fig.  1  shows  the  plant  in  top- 
view  and  Fig.  2  in  section. 

1.  Parting. — It  is  assumed  that  the  bullion  is  of  the 
common  high  grade  character,  containing  90  per  cent,  or 
more  of  silver.  It  may  be  placed  in  the  kettle  in  the  shape  in 
which  it  leaves  the  mill  or  smelting  works  ;  that  is,  as  retorted 
amalgam  or  in  large  and  irregular  bars  as  they  are  ladled 
from  the  cupelling  furnace,  or  in  slabs  of  more  uniform  size 
and  thickness  if  the  bullion  is  re-melted  in  order  to  charge 
it  to  the  parting  works  by  weight  and  assay.  The  charge 
may  vary  according  to  local  convenience,  the  maximum 
being  about  400  lb.  of  dore.  The  commercial  sulphuric 
acid  is  admitted  into  the  kettle  by  gravitation  from  the 
wrought-iron  drum  which  serves  as  a  reservoir,  and  ought 
to  be  large  enough  to  hold  the  50,000  to  60,000  lb.  of  acid 
shipped  in  a  "  tank  car."  One  or  more  old  steam  boilers 
may  be  arranged  for  this  purpose,  and  the  acid  may  lie 
raised  into  them  by  exhausting  the  air  therefrom  by  a  steam 
jet.  The  consumption  of  sulphuric  acid  of  66°  B.  need  not, 
and  after  some  practice  will  not,  exceed  materially  the 
stoichiometrical  proportion,  which  is  1  lb.  of  acid  for  one  of 
silver,  as  all  surplus  acid  evaporated  or  required  for  dis- 
solving the  silver  sulphate  ia  regained  and  utilised  in  the 
course  of  the  process. 

For  a  beginner  it  is  advisable  to  employ  between  the 
kettle  and  acid  reservoir  a  small  cast-iron  tank  as  an  inter- 
mediate reservoir  in  which  the  acid  required  for  the  charge 
of  bullion  under  treatment  may  be  measured  off. 

It  will  be  noticed  in  the  figure  that  the  usual  half- globe 
shape  of  the  parting  kettle  is  discarded,  but  a  flat  bottom 
with  a  pocket  or  well  in  the  centre  in  the  shape  of  a  spherical 
segment  is  used.  To  gain  more  capacity  for  equal  height  is 
one  reason  for  this  construction,  but  the  most  important  one 
is  that  the  bottom  can  be  reached  everywhere  by  a  straight- 
edged  stirrer  or  paddle,  and,  practically  speaking,  that  every 
particle  of  gold  can  be  scraped  into  the  pocket  and  be  taken 
therefrom  with  a  ladle.  This  is  not  possible  in  a  round- 
bottom  kettle  in  the  position  in  which  the  refiner  has  to 
work. 

The  dissolving  of  tbe  stated  maximum  charge  takes  from 
four  to  six  hours,  according  to  the  heat  employed.  When 
the  larger  half  of  the  bullion  appears  to  be  dissolved 
"  mother-acid  "  is  added  from  7,  a  pitcher  or  two  at  a  time, 
until  the  charge  is  completely  dissolved. 

The  fire  is  now  moderated  and  the  kettle  is  gradually 
tilled  with  mother-acid  within  an  inch  or  two  from  the  top. 
These  gradual  additions  are  regulated  by  the  temperature 
of  the  solution  in  the  kettle,  which  ought  to  be  so  that  only 
faint  fumes  are  discernible.  If  the  fuming  stops  entirely  it 
signifies  that  the  temperature  has  become  too  low,  and  that 
silver  sulphate  may  separate.  The  gold  ought  to  keep  its 
bright  colour  during  this  operation,  which  presents  no 
difficulty.  At  larger  works,  for  instance  at  Argentine,  the 
mother-acid  is  lifted  by  steam  power,  but  lifting  by  hand  is 
sufficiently  convenient  for  the  small  plant  under  description. 
The  well-stirred  contents  are  now  ready  for  settling,  and  the 
fire  is  still  further  moderated.  Ten  minutes  is  all  the  time 
required  and  given  for  settling,  that  is,  for  obtaining  a 
perfectly  clear  solution  of  silver  sulphate,  which  may  be 
safely  siphoned  off  the  insoluble  residue  without  carrying 
any  gold  along.  This  rapid  settling  is  due  to  the  change  of 
the  iron  sulphate  formed  during  dissolving  from  a  yellowish 
slowly  subsiding  salt  into  a  greenish  flocculent  compound, 
which  carries  all  suspended  matter  readily  to  the  bottom. 
The  solution  is  now  siphoned  into  the  open  cast  iron  pan  6. 


A  f-in.  gas  pipe,  which  is  suitably  bent  and  ends  in  a 
"  return  elbow  "  resting  on  the  bottom  of  the  kettle,  is  used 
as  a  siphon.  The  proximity  of  6  to  5  has  the  advantage 
that  only  a  short  siphon  is  required. 

2.  The  Gold.— The  residue  in  the  kettle  contains, besides 
silver  solution,  the  gold  and  the  insoluble  sulphates  of  iron, 
lead,  antimony,  mercury,  &c,  together  with  sulphate  of 
copper,  if  the  bullion  contained  more  tban  a  certain  amount 
of  this,  and  sulphate  of  silver  if  the  heat  has  not  been  well 
regulated.  It  is  ladled  into  a  portable  copper  kettle  (tbe 
solution  settling  therein  is  poured  back  into  5),  which  is 
carried  to  the  lead-lined  tank  8.  Here  it  is  emptied,  and  the 
contents  are  boiled  with  water  until  the  sulphates  soluble  in 
water,  viz.,  those  of  iron,  copper,  and  silver,  have  dissolved. 
The  fairly  settled  solution  runs  on  the  "  gold  filter,"  which 
is  a  piece  of  cotton  cloth  spread  over  a  false  bottom  in  the 
tank  9.  The  filtered  solution  finds  yet  a  chance  to  settle 
underneath  the  false  bottom  and  overflows  into  the  "  silver 
filter"  10.  The  gold  is  brushed  and  washed  through  a  pipe 
toward  which  the  bottom  of  8  pitches  from  all  sides  into  a 
large  earthen  dish  resting  on  the  cloth  of  9.  In  this  dish  it 
is  stirred  with  hot  water  and  decanted  over  the  cloth  until 
the  insoluble  sulphates  have  been  washed  off  and  the  gold 
is  left  bright  and  clean.  It  is  then  scraped  into  a  smaller 
dish  and  delivered  to  the  superintendent  to  be  melted  in  the 
assay  office  when  sufficient  weight  has  been  accumulated  for 
a  commercial  bar. 

Of  course  it  will  be  just  as  well  or  better  to  deliver  the 
copper  kettle  with  its  acid  contents  to  the  care  of  the  super- 
intendent, and  to  make  one  job  of  the  washing  of  the  several 
batches  of  gold  when  there  has  been  enough  collected. 
The  cloth  on  9  is  scraped  and  sponged  into  an  earthen 
jar,  and,  after  settling,  is  decanted  back  on  9.  The  stuff 
collected  is  occasionally  dried  and  melted  with  the  fluxes 
from  melting  the  gold  and  silver  into  a  buttou.  The 
appearance  of  the  latter  decides  whether  it  can  go  at  once 
into  the  parting  kettle  or  is  to  be  cupelled  with  addition  of 
some  lead  in  a  hone-ash  cupel,  stamped  into  a  worn-out 
crucible,  and  heated  in  the  melting  furnace. 

3.  The  Silver. — The  great  bulk  of  the  silver  is  in  the 
hot  solution  which  stands  in  6,  about  6  in.  high,  when 
the  plant  works  to  its  maximum.  Steam  is  now  blown  in 
and  the  solution  is  tested  for  sufficiency  of  dilution  in  the 
manner  fully  described  in  my  previous  article.  The  diluted 
acid,  which  is  caught  in  the  leaden  condenser-pipe  leading 
from  5  to  the  chimney,  may  occasionally  be  mixed  in  for 
utilisation  when  the  steam  has  raised  the  temperature  high 
enough  to  allow  such  addition  without  causing  a  precipita- 
tion of  silver  sulphate.  The  solution  is  now  allowed  to  cool 
over-night. 

In  Argentine,  water  cooling  is  used,  but  it  is  hardly 
necessary  in  San  Francisco.  In  the  morning  the  mother- 
acid  is  allowed  to  run  off  into  the  cast-iron  reservoir  7. 
Through  an  iron  pipe  toward  which  the  bottom  of  No.  6 
slopes,  the  crystals  are  detached  by  an  iron  shovel,  and 
arc  thrown  on  the  false  bottom  of  the  draining-box  11, 
which  runs  on  wheels  and  has  been  moved  to  6.  They  are 
sprinkled  with  water,  and  the  first  drainage,  down  to  a 
certain  specific  gravity,  is  run  back  into  6.  The  box  1 1  is 
then  moved  into  the  position  shown  in  the  Figure.  Here 
cold  water  is  allowed  to  percolate  through  the  crystals  until 
the  free  acids  and  the  sulphates  of  iron  and  copper  are 
removed.  The  liquid  runs  on  the  silver  filter  10,  where  all 
silver  which  it  holds  in  solution  is  retained,  and  it  escapes 
finally  through  the  pipe  12.  The  silver  filter  is  a  lead-lined 
box  provided  with  a  false  bottom.  It  is  filled  to  about  6  in. 
above  the  false  bottom  with  precipitated  copper.  The 
silver  separates  on  the  top  of  the  copper  as  a  spongy  sheet, 
a  corresponding  amount  of  copper  being  dissolved.  Once 
or  twice  the  sheet  is  loosened  and  turned  in  order  to  expose 
what  copper  may  cling  to  it  to  the  first  action  of  the  silver 
liquid  entering.  When  the  sweetening  of  the  crystals  has 
been  finished  and  the  crystals  have  been  removed  from  1 1 
for  further  treatment,  the  silver  separated  in  10  is  thrown 
on  the  false  bottom  of  11,  a  shovel  of  crystals  is  added,  and 
11  is  filled  with  hot  water  and  left  at  rest.  By  the  time 
that  1 1  is  again  required  to  receive  another  batch  of  crystals 
from   6  all  copper  which  the  silver  sponge  may  have  still 


Juno  so,  1892.]         THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


531 


retained  has  been  dissolved,  the  liquid  is  run  on  10,  and  the  !  rendered  metallic  does  not  exceed  3  per  cent,  of  the  whole, 
silver  is  left  in  11  to  be  mixed  with  the  new  charge  of  as  the  crystals  of  silver  sulphate  are  only  slightly  dissolved 
crystals.      In    practice   the  total   amount    of    silver    thus  '  by  cold  water. 


Gctzkow's  Parting  Process. 


Arrangement  of  Plant. 


72' 


F=H 


12 


Bullion  Parting  Plant. 


1,  drying  pan  ;  a,  melting  furnace  5  3.  dust  chamber ;  4.  chimney;  5,  parting  kettle:  8,  crystallising  pan:  7,  reservoir  for  mother-acid: 
8,  lead-lined  tank  for  boiling  gold;  9,  do.  for  "gold  filter;  in,  do.  for  "silver  filter;"  11,  do.  for  draining  crystals;  12,  outlet  of  all 
liquids ;  13,  reservoir  for  commercial  acid ;  11,  hot  water  tank. 


The  sweetened  crystals  from  400  lb.  of  bullion,  which 
measure  about  2  cb.  ft.,  are  now  thrown  on  the  drying- 
pan  1.  When  dry  they  are  mixed  with  5  per  cent.,  more  or 
less,  of  charcoal,  the  weight  of  the  charcoal  which  is  neces- 
sary being  ascertained  approximately  from  the  known  weight 
of  the  bullion  which  has  furnished  the  batch  of  crystals 
under  treatment.  The  mixing  is  done  on  the  pan  1  itself 
and  the  mixture  is  at  once  fed  into  the  hot  crucible  in  the 
melting  furnace  2.  The  silver  sulphate  is  reduced  at  a  very 
low  temperature,  that  is,  at  just  red  heat,  into  metallic  silver, 
carbonate  and  sulphurous  gases  being  evolved  and  escaping 
without  causing  any  trouble  whatever,  every  trace  of  these 
gases  having  been  removed  by  the  time  the  temperature  of 
melting  silver  is  reached.  The  surplus  of  charcoal  is  finally 
lifted  off  the  molten  silver  and  reserved  for  mixing  with  the 
next  charge  of  crystals.  The  silver  is  cleared  by  borax  and 
toughened  with  nitre  until  the  so-called  "  boiling  "  indicates 
that  spitting  needs  to  be  apprehended  no  further.  After 
cooling  to  the  proper  temperature  it  is  ladled  into  moulds,  a 
little  assay  bar  being  cast  from  the  first  and  last  ladle,  and 
the  crucible  is  again  charged  with  the  mixture  of  crystals 
and  charcoal. 

Those  who  are  familiar  with  the  author's  old  San  Fran- 
cisco process  from  its  description  iu  "  Percy's  Metallurgy  " 
will  notice  that  the  treatment  of  the  silver  as  here  described 
contains  three  essential  novelties,  namely :  First,  the  dilution 
of  the  original  silver  solution  by  steam,  which  forms  the 
claim  of  his  patent,  and  enables  him  to  work  with  only  one- 
third  of  the  volume  of  "  mother-acid  "  previously  employed. 
In  addition,  it  dispenses  with  certain  cumbersome  apparatus. 
Second,  the  desilverisation  of  weak  silver  solutions  over  a 
bed  of  precipitated  copper,  which  replaces  their  storing  in 
capacious  lead-lined  tanks  for  re-utilisation  or  for  treatment 
with  copper,  or  iron,  or  salt.  Anybody  who  knows  of  the 
difficulty  of  getting  a  plumber  who  understands  lead  burning 
with  the  hydrogen  flame  to  an  out-of-the-way  place,  or  has 
heard  of  the  lead-burners'  union,  will  appreciate  the  reduc- 
tion of  size  and  number  of  lead-lined  tanks.     The  few  small 


tanks  used  are  shipped  ready-made  from  Chicago.  Third, 
the  direct  reduction  in  the  crucible  of  the  silver  sulphate 
with  charcoal.  His  former  practice  had  been  to  reduce  the 
crystals  to  the  metallic  state  by  percolating  them  in  the 
drainiug-box  11  with  a  hot  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate. 
The  ferric  solution  which  was  thus  formed  was  made  again 
ferrous  by  metallic  iron  and  used  over  again.  The  silver  was 
sweetened  with  hot  water,  then  dried  and  melted.  The 
advantages  of  the  new  method  need  hardly  be  discussed. 

4.  The  Copper. — The  liquid  which  flows  from  12  removes 
all  the  copper  which  the  bullion  did  contain,  and  all  that 
which  has  been  dissolved  in  the  silver  filter  11.  In  parting 
works,  which  treat  only  high  grade  bullion,  the  weight  of  the 
copper  thus  escaping  is  so  small  that  it  hardly  pays  for  its 
recovery.  The  liquid  from  12  may  run  to  waste,  and  the 
copper  in  the  silver  filter  be  replenished  by  preparing 
occasionally  a  quantity  of  it  at  the  works  by  dissolving  blue- 
stone  in  8,  and  precipitating  the  solution  by  iron  in  9,  or  by 
buying  some  in  the  market.  When,  however,  the  bullion 
contains  a  larger  percentage  of  copper  than  can  he  econo- 
mically neglected,  the  liquid  issuing  from  12  is  carried  in 
the  usual  manner  through  troughs  or  other  vessels  containing 
old  iron. 

This  process  is  common  enough,  but  it  requires  some 
judgment.  It  ought  to  be  known  that  precipitated  copper 
ought  never  to  he  exposed  to  the  atmosphere  before  sweet- 
ening, because  certain  basic  salts  of  iron  are  formed  which 
are  insoluble  even  in  boiling  diluted  acid,  and  that  in  an 
acid  ferrous  sulphate  solution,  even  in  this  absence  of  iron, 
a  continual  consumption  of  acid  takes  place,  because  the 
ferric  sulphate  formed  by  the  atmosphere  absorbs  more  acid 
than  the  ferrous  sulphate  from  which  it  was  generated  con- 
tained, and,  lastly,  that  no  copper  precipitated  from  cold  or 
merely  warm  solution  is  tit  for  sweetening  by  filtration,  on 
the  large  scale  at  least,  before  it  has  been  violently  boiled  in 
acid  water  and  thus  has  been  made  dense.  For  parting 
very  low  grade  bullion  with  30  or  more  per  cent,  of  copper, 


532 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [June  30,1892. 


the  author  modifies  the  process  of  dissolving  in  the  kettle  5 
iu  a  novel  manner  which  he  may  publish  at  some  future 
occasion. 

5.  The  Lead. — It  has  been  said  already  that  the  lead 
sulphate  is  washed  from  the  gold  by  decantiDg.  The 
amount  of  lead  in  the  residue  taken  from  the  parting  kettle 
is,  however,  very  small,  much  less  than  is  generally  assumed, 
and  almost  nil  when,  as  onght  to  be  done  in  larger  esta- 
blishments, the  gold  is  subjected  to  a  second  boiling  with 
sulphuric  acid.  The  sulphuric  acid  process  in  this  surpasses 
the  electrical  method  of  parting.  By  the  latter  a  number  of 
substances,  among  which  are  quite  unusual  ones,  as,  for 
instance,  tellurium,  separate  with  the  gold  and  have  to  be 
removed  by  special  treatment.  The  vaunted  simplicity  of 
the  electrical  process  may  well  be  questioned  when  it  is 
known  that  it  includes  a  boiling  of  the  gold  with  nitric  acid 
with  all  the  appliances  and  operations  of  a  miniature  parting 
plant  working  by  that  old-fashioned  process.  In  the  sul- 
phuric acid  process,  at  least  by  his  method,  all  the  gold  iu 
the  bullion  which  is  placed  into  the  parting  kettle  in  the 
morning  is  delivered  in  the  evening  as  a  fine  and  tough  bar, 
except  what  traces  cannot  be  scraped  from  the  kettle,  and 
what  the  sponging  of  the  gold  filter  may  have  removed. 
The  principal  part  of  the  lead  in  the  bullion,  provided  the 
latter  contains  of  it  only  a  few  per  cent.,  is  dissolved  in  the 
hot  silver  solution. 

In  the  old  style  of  parting  this  solution  is  poured  into  a 
tank  containing  water  and  copper,  and  every  trace  of  lead 
sulphate  consequently  intermingles  with  the  silver  to  be 
removed  therefrom  by  fluxing  and  toughening.  By  the 
author's  modification  the  lead  sulphate  separates  on  diluting 
the  solution  by  steam,  and  has  subsided  by  the  time  the 
formation  of  crystals  commences.  It  coats,  therefore,  the 
crystals  where  they  have  touched  the  crystallising  pan. 
The  following  method  for  removing  the  lead  sulphate  is 
employed,  whenever  the  character  of  the  bullion  makes  it 
necessary  to  do  so  : — The  crystals  of  silver  sulphate  are  not 
directlyshovelled  from  6  into  the  draining-bcx  1 1  as  described 
above,  but  are  thrown  into  a  small  lead-lined  tank  filled 
with  water,  are  stirred  therein,  and  finally  taken  out  with  a 
wooden  shovel  and  thrown  into  1 1 .  The  powdery  sulphates 
of  lead,  antimony,  &c.  are  very  readily  washed  off  the  heavy, 
hard,  and  large-sized  crystals.  What  is  left  behind  iu  the 
wash-tank  is  heated  by  steam,  the  solution  is  run  over  the 
silver  filter,  while  the  residue  of  lead  sulphate,  &c.  is  made 
metallic  by  adding  some  iron,  and  finally  washed,  melted, 
and  cupelled. — W.  S. 


The  Gold  and  Platinum  Industry  of  the    Ural.     Annates 

des  Mines,  18,  537,  and  Kng.  and  Mining  J.  53,  430. 
The  auriferous  deposits  of  the  Ural  have  been  classified  by 
Karpinsky  into  primary  and  secondary  groups.  In  the 
former  gold  is  found  either  iu  quartzose  vein-stuff,  or 
interspersed  through  the  mass  of  crystalline  rocks,  such  as 
diorite  and  serpentine,  while  the  secondary  deposits  are 
auriferous  sands,  situated  either  immediately  above  the 
primitive  deposits,  or  transported  to  and  re-arranged  at  some 
distance  from  the  point  of  origin.  Platinum  is  only  found 
in  secondary  or  alluvial  deposits.  The  primary  gold 
deposits  of  the  Ural  are  very  numerous,  four  groups  of 
them  being  actually  worked — namely,  those  of  Berezowsk 
and  Goroblagodask,  of  the  district  of  Miask,  of  the 
liaschkir  territory,  and  of  the  Orenburg  Cossacks. 

The  Berezowsk  deposits,  which  are  the  only  ones  that 
have  been  systematically  developed  to  any  extent,  are 
included  in  an  area  of  about  22  square  miles,  in  which  the 
prevailing  rocks  are  schists  penetrated  by  numerous  veins  or 
dykes  of  a  fine-grained  granitic  rock  containing  pyrites 
known  as  beresite,  varying  in  thickness  from  12  ft.  to  120  ft. 
and  upward,  many  of  which  extend  beyond  the  limits  of 
the  mining  region.  The  beresite  dykes  are  traversed  by 
numerous  fissures  filled  with  quartz,  forming  veins  varying 
in  thickness  from  about  10  mm.  to  70  mm  ,  or,  on  an 
average,  30  mm.,  having  a  general  east  and  west  course, 
often  uniting  into  groups  but  never  becoming  parallel  to 
the  enclosing  dyke.  Sometimes,  but  rarely,  they  pass  from 
the  beresites  into  the  neighbouring  schistose  rocks.     The 


vein-stuff,  as  well  as  the  rock,  where  most  auriferous,  is 
rusted  from  the  decomposition  of  pyrites  ;  the  best  mines 
yield  from  1  to  lj  oz.  per  ton,  10  grms.  (about  7  dwts.) 
being  considered  as  the  lowest  workable  limit.  The  pyrites 
is  often  much  richer  than  the  quartz,  in  some  instances 
averaging  up  to  6  or  7  oz.  per  ton.  Below  the  level  of 
decomposition  of  the  pyrites  into  gossan,  or  as  it  is  locally 
called,  krassiks,  the  gold  appears  to  be  entirely  contained 
as  sulphide. 

The  secondary  auriferous  deposits,  although  called  sands, 
are  almost  entirely  clays,  pure  or  somewhat  sandy,  and 
enclosing  rolled  masses  and  blocks  of  many  different  rocks. 
They  are  found  throughout  the  whole  Ural  region  over  a 
length  of  more  than  500  miles,  having  filled  the  valleys 
and  forming  marshy  plains  on  both  slopes  of  the  chain, 
the  larger  development  being,  however,  on  the  eastern 
side. 

Gold  is  found  in  the  alluvium  in  particles  of  all  sizes  up  to 
large  nuggets,  accompanied  by  many  other  minerals,  such 
as  palladium,  platinum,  osmiridium,  native  copper,  diamond, 
cinnabar,  iron  pyrites,  magnetite,  chromite,  specular  iron  ore, 
rutile,  brookite,  anatase,  corundum,  garnet,  and  quartz. 
Speaking  generally,  the  deposits  associated  with  rocks 
containing  hornblende  and  augite  are  richer  than  those  in 
which  granite  and  gneissic  rocks  prevail. 

The  auriferous  beds  vary  in  thickness  from  about  H  ft. 
to  3J  ft.,  in  breadth  from  60  ft.  to  150  ft.,  and  exceptionally 
to  about  300  ft.,  and  in  length  from  60  ft.  or  80  ft.  to 
1,500  ft.,  the  direction  being  generally  parallel  to  that  of 
the  chain.  The  most  extensive  deposits  are  those  of 
Balbuk,  2^  miles,  and  Stolbuk,  3|  miles  long.  The  sterile 
covering  or  over-burden  is  usually  less  than  13  ft.,  although 
exceptional  deposits  have  been  found  at  60  ft.  and  even  130ft. 
below  the  surface.  The  cover  very  frequently  forms  peat 
bogs.  The  amount  of  gold  varies  from  12  to  39  grs.  per 
ton  of  sand,  although  occasionally  it  is  double  or  even  four 
times  the  latter  amount. 

Platinum  has  not  up  to  the  present  time  been  found 
except  in  alluvial  deposits,  in  which  it  is  always  asssciated 
with  gold ;  sometimes  the  latter  predominates,  and  the 
platinum  may  not  exceed  1  per  cent,  of  the  product.  On 
the  other  hand,  gold  may  at  times  be  almost  absent,  and 
the  deposits  in  which  this  condition  prevails,  although  less 
abundant,  are  those  of  most  value.  They  are  confined  to 
districts  of  Nischne,  Tagil,  Goroblagodask,  and  Biseik.  In 
the  first  of  these  localities  they  extend  for  about  25  miles  to 
the  south  of  the  village,  and  from  the  associated  minerals, 
such  as  olivine  and  chromite,  they  appear  to  be  derived 
from  the  waste  of  a  mass  of  serpentine  known  as  Mount 
Solvaiska  or  the  White  Mountain.  The  platinum  is  found 
in  grains  and  nuggets,  the  largest  of  the  latter  weighing 
about  320  oz.  The  yield  varies  from  39  to  195  grs.  per 
ton.  The  richest  deposits,  those  of  the  Martiane  River,  are 
from  13  ft.  to  1 6  ft.  thick,  and  are  covered  by  60  ft.  or  70  ft. 
of  overburden,  chiefly  consisting  of  clay.  The  conditions  of 
occurrence  in  the  other  localities  are  similar  to  those 
described  above,  except  at  Goroblagodask,  where  the  bed 
rock  of  the  alluvia  is  limestone,  but  outcrops  of  porphyry 
and  serpentine  are  found  iu  the  vicinity. 

The  gold  deposits  are  partly  the  property  of  the  Crown  or 
its  lessees,  and  partly  of  private  individuals,  but  in  the 
latter  case  there  is  often  a  reservation  of  minerals  which  are 
subjected  to  special  royalty  rents.  The  rate  paid  by  the 
Crown  lessees  is  from  8  j  per  cent,  to  20  per  cent.,  in  addition 
to  which  a  3  per  cent,  tax  is  levied  on  all  gold  produced  in 
any  of  the  mines,  the  product  being  compulsorily  saleable 
to  the  State.  Platinum  working,  on  the  contrary,  is  free 
from  all  taxation,  and  the  government  monopoly  of  refining, 
which  was  kept  up  for  a  time,  having  been  abandoned,  the 
product  is  mostly  placed  in  the  London  and  Paris  markets. 

In  working  the  alluvial  deposits  two  methods  are  followed. 
In  the  first  the  plant  and  apparatus  are  provided  by  the 
ground  owner,  who  hires  labour  and  directs  the  operations, 
either  personally  or  by  deputy ;  while  in  the  secoud  a 
system  of  tribute  is  followed,  the  ground  being  let  to  free 
workmen  or  staratcli,  who  provide  everything  necessary 
for  working,  and  deliver  the  produce  at  a  fixed  rate  to  the 
proprietor.  This  price  may  vary  with  the  difficulty  of 
working,  from  9  dols.  to  10-50  dols.  per  oz. ;  hut  iu  all  cases 


rntaeS0.l««.j         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


533 


the  prime  cost  in  the  proprietary  workings  is  higher  than 
in  those  of  the  free  labourers,  who  are  able  to  handle,  to  a 
profit,  stuff  with  from  8  to  10  grs.  of  gold  per  ton. 
Platinum  sands  are  considered  poor  when  containing  less 
than  45  grs.,  and  rich  when  above  180  grs.  per  ton.  The 
lowest  profitable  limit  seems  to  be  about  39  grs. 

The  platinum  workings  of  Avrorinski  are  at  present  the 
most  important  operations  of  their  class.  The  deposits, 
from  13  ft.  to  16  ft.  thick,  lie  upon  a  conglomerate  of 
serpentine,  are  covered  by  nearly  80  ft.  of  dead  ground, 
and  extend  for  about  H  miles,  with  a  breadth  varying 
between  70  ft.  and  250  ft.  The  average  yield  is  about 
87  grs.  of  platinum  minerals  per  ton,  but  in  places  it  goes 
up  to  20,  30,  or  even  50  times  as  much.  The  working  is 
entirely  subterranean,  small  pits  70  ft.  to  80  ft.  apart  being 
sunk  to  the  deposit,  and  the  material,  being  drawn  to  the 
surface  by  windlasses,  is  washed  in  the  ordinary  Siberian 
frame  at  the  mouth  of  the  pit.  About  400  hands  are 
employed,  the  work  going  on  night  and  day. 

The  crude  platinum  contains  about  1  part  in  4,000  of 
gold,  which  is  separated  by  amalgamation  and  washing 
with  water  in  large  capsules.  The  final  product  contains 
90  per  cent,  of  platinum.  The  whole  of  the  gold  produced 
in  the  Ural  and  Siberia  is  sent  to  the  Government  assay 
office  at  Ekaterineborg,  where  it  is  melted  and  cast  into 
bars,  the  assay  of  which  forms  the  basis  of  final  settlement 
between  the  Government  and  the  miners. — W.  S. 


Determination   oj   the    Value   of  Commercial  Aluminium. 
Chem.  Zeit.  Kep.  1892,  16,  4. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  548. 


The  Action  of  certain  Liquids  on  Aluminium.     G.  Lunge 
Eng.  and  Wining  J.  February  13,  1892,  206. 

See  under  XVIII.,  page  543. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Extraction  of  Precious  Metals  from 
Ores.  W.  T.  Kickard,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  6479,  April 
15,  1891. 

The  finely  pulverised  ore,  either  raw  or  roasted,  as  the  case 
may  be,  i«  charged  into  an  iron  tank  with  a  semicircular 
bottom,  and  is  mixed  with  water  to  a  thin  pulp  by  means 
of  a  revolving  horizontal  shaft  carrying  iron  discs,  set  at  an 
angle.  The  temperature  is  then  advantageously  raised  by 
steam  to  about  180 "  F.  and,  while  the  discs  are  revolving 
a  solution  of  acid  mercury  sulphate  and  a  small  quantity  of 
the  metal  are  added  to  the  pulp.  After  half  an  hour  the 
rate  of  rotation  is  diminished  so  as  to  allow  the  amalgam  to 
settle,  whilst  the  tailings  are  washed  away  by  a  stream  of 
water;  or  the  mass  is  run  into  a  settling  tank  of  similar 
construction  to  the  above  but  furnished  with  amalgamated 
copper  discs  instead  of  iron  ones;  or  the  usual  course  of 
running  over  amalgamated  copper  plates  with  the  ordinary 
mercury  traps  may  be  pursued. 

Wooden  tanks  and  scrap  iron  may  be  used  instead  of  iron 
tanks  for  the  amalgamation.  The  evolution  of  hydrogen  is 
regarded  as  an  important  auxiliary.  It  is  claimed,  owing  to 
the  precipitation  of  metallic  mercury  within  the  mass,  that 
even  the  finest  particles  of  gold  and  silver  are  amalgamated 
by  the  atom  treatment.  The  precious  metals  arc  recovered 
in  the  ordinary  way  from  the  amalgam. 

Refractory  ores  are  first  roasted  in  a  furnace  constructed 
with  a  number  of  superposed  hearths,  with  a  fire-grate  at 
one  end  of  the  lowest  hearth,  whilst  the  space  above  the 
uppermost  hearth  communicates  with  the  first  of  a  series  of 
settling  chambers,  having  the  inlets  and  outlets  alternately 
at  the  top  and  the  bottom  ;  hence  hot  gases  in  traversing 
them  have  to  assume  a  zig-zag  course,  which  facilitates  the 
deposition  of  suspended  matters.  In  the  side  of  the  furnace 
doors  are  provided  for  each  chamber  and  hearth,  and  the 
latter   have   also    an    opening   in    the   middle  of  the  bed, 


through  which  ore  settling  on  them  can  be  discharged  into  a 
truck  placed  beneath  the  lowest  hearth.  The  pulverised  ore 
is  fed  from  a  hopper  fitted  with  a  screw  or  other  regulating 
appliance,  through  an  elongated  horizontal  pipe,  into  the 
throat  of  the  furnace,  where  it  encounters  a  blast  of  hot  air, 
and  is  projected  on  to  the  end  edge  of  one  of  the  hearths.  By 
this  means  the  ore  is  scattered,  kept  in  motion,  and  carried 
along  by  the  gaseous  current,  and  a  suitable  temperature 
being  maintained  the  desired  oxidation  ensues. — D.  A.  L. 


New  or  Improved  Metallic  Alloys.      S.  Pearson  and  J.  IT. 

Pratt,  Birmingham.  Eng.  Pat.  8137,  May  12, 1891. 
Patentees  make  various  alloys  by  any  means,  but  ordinarily 
by  first  melting  either  copper  and  nickel  together  or  previously 
prepared  copper-nickel  alloys  and  then  mixing  in  the  zinc. 
The  proportions  are  varied  according  to  the  character  of  the 
product  required,  but  the  following  are  the  proportions 
preferred : — 


Nickel. 

Copper. 

Zinc. 

Nickel. 

Copper. 

Zinc. 

Percent. 

Per  Cent. 

59* 

Per  Ceut. 
40 

Per  Cent 

t; 

Per  Cent. 
46 

Per  Cent. 
4S 

1 

5S 

41 

7 

49 

50 

2 

56 

42 

8 

42 

50 

3 

54 

4,1 

9 

41 

50 

4 

51 

45 

1(1 

40 

50 

5 

49 

46 

The  first  three  yield  superior  brass  or  bronze,  giving  a 
smoother  surface  than  ordinary  brass  when  cut,  filed,  or 
turned  ;  the  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  are  similar  but  harder, 
whilst  the  subsequent  mixtures  exhibit  a  progressive 
hardness  and  are  sufficiently  white  to  replace  German 
silver. 

To  give  the  alloys  a  fine  close  grain  and  to  render  them 
more  malleable  and  ductile  they  are  vigorously  stirred 
when  in  a  molten  state  with  a  mixture  of  100  parts  of 
manganese  dioxide,  or  carbonate,  50  parts  of  borax,  and 
25  parts  of  potassium  or  sodium  nitrate,  or  an  equal  weight 
of  carbon,  using  i  to  3  oz.  of  this  mixture  for  each  pound 
of  alloy.  Whereas  an  addition  of  J  to  1  per  cent,  of 
aluminium  to  the  alloys  is  made  when  greater  tensile 
strength  is  required. 

All  these  alloys  may  be  rolled  and  drawn  hot. — I).  A.  L. 


A  Process  for  Extraction  if  Antimony  from  its  Ores,  and 
Separation  of  other  Metals  therefrom.  A.  \\".  Warwick, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  8415,  May  15,  1891. 

Br  this  process  the  finely  pulverised  ore  is  agitated  and 
heated  with  a  solution  of  an  alkaline  sulphide  or  hydroxide, 
and  the  filtered  liquid  is  either  acidified,  to  precipitate  the 
antimony  as  sulphide  from  which  the  metal  is  recovered  in 
the  ordinary  waj-,  or  the  liquid  may  be  treated  electrolyti- 
cally  and  the  antimony  deposited  from  it  directly  as  metal. 

— D.  A.  L. 


E  2 


534 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [ June  so,  ltm. 


XL-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

The  Siemens,   Electrolytic  Process  for  the  Extraction  of 

Copper  from  the  Ores.   Eng.  and  Mining  J.  53,  1892,  327 

and  329. 
Copper  has  hitherto  been  extracted  from  its  ores  in  the 
electrolytic  way  hy  using  as  anodes  either  plates  of  impure 
copper  or  copper  matte.  The  copper  was  then  dissolved 
from  the  anode  and  precipitated  galvanically  at  the  cathode 
Only  a  part  of  the  electric  current  was  utilised,  however, 
for  dissolving  the  copper,  the  solution  soon  became  poor  in 
copper,  and  had  to  he  replaced  by  a  new  solution,  the 
formation  of  which  from  the  ores  was  attended  with  expense 
and  difficulty.  Moreover,  the  use  of  copper  matte  for  the 
anodes  required  a  previous  smelting  of  the  roasted  ore, 
which  forms  one  of  the  costly  parts  of  winning  copper  in 
the  ordinary  manner.  Finally,  the  casting  of  the  anode 
plates  is  difficult  and  uncertain,  and  the  electrolytic  process 
itself  is  interfered  with  by  the  falling  to  pieces  of  the  anodes 
before  their  complete  solution. 

Soluble  anodes  are,  'however,  necessary  in  the  ordinary- 
electrolytic  process,  because  the  use  of  insoluble  anodes 
leads  to  strong  polarisation  whereby  the  useful  work  of  the 
electric  current  is  reduced  in  very  great  measure.  In  the 
Siemens  method  this  evil  is  overcome  by  adding  to  the 
decomposing  copper-carrying  solution  another  solution 
which  takes  up  the  oxygen  set  free  at  an  insoluble  anode, 
and  thereby  lessens  the  polarisation.  For  such  a  depolari- 
sing solution  ferrous  sulphate  is  used,  which  is  changed,  by 
the  oxygen  set  free  at  the  anode,  into  ferric  sulphate.  A 
lixiviant  for  the  copper  in  the  ore  is  thus  obtained,  at  the 
same  time,  as  ferric  sulphate  is  capable  of  dissolving 
metallic  copper,  as  well  as  the  sulphides  of  copper. 

Instead  of  the  iron  sulphates  the  chlorides,  ferrous  and 
ferric,  were  formerly  used  with  similar  results.  In  this 
method,  however,  there  were  insuperable  practical  difficul- 
ties, so  that  it  was  abandoned.  The  method  of  Dr.  Hopfner 
differs  essentially  from  that  of  Siemens,  only  in  that  no 
iron  salts  are  used,  but  cuprous  andcupric  chlorides  instead; 
besides  the  construction  of  the  apparatus  is  different.  The 
electrolyte  used  in  the  Siemens  method  consists  of  a  solution 
of  ferrous  and  cuprie  sulphates,  with  the  addition  of  some 
free  sulphuric  acid  to  increase  its  conductivity.  This 
liquid  is  continually  added  to  the  cathode  chamber,  where  a 
portion  of  the  copper  is  deposited  by  the  electric  current, 
after  which  the  liquior  passes  down  into  the  anode  chamber, 
and  is  finally  drawu  off  at  the  bottom  of  the  latter. 

During  this  passage  downward  the  ferrous  sulphate  is 
changed  into  basic  ferric  sulphate ;  then  by  the  action  of 
the  free  sulphuric  acid,  coming  from  the  decomposition  of 
the  cuprie  sulphate  it  is  changed  into  neutral  ferric  sulphate, 
which  by  its  greater  specific  gravity  sinks  down  to  the 
carbon  rods  or  plates  of  which  the  anode  is  composed.  The 
liquor  drawn  off  has  thus  become  poor  in  copper  and  con- 
sists of  a  solution  of  neutral  ferric  sulphate.  This  solution 
has  the  property  of  converting  cuprous  and  cuprie  sulphides, 
as  well  as  metallic  copper,  into  cuprie  sulphate.  The  ferric 
sulphate  is  thereby  reconverted  into  ferrous  sulphate,  while 
the  oxygen  set  free  oxidises  the  copper.  This  oxidation 
and  solution  of  the  copper  can  be  completely  carried  out 
with  many  finely  pulverised  sulphide  ores,  even  in  an  un- 
roasted  condition,  by  use  of  a  solution  moderately  heated. 
With  other  ores,  however,  a  moderate  roasting  of  the  pulp, 
by  which  the  copper  compounds  are  converted  essentially 
into  cuprous  sulphide,  must  precede  the  solution  of  the 
copper. 

The  lixiviation  of  the  pulverised  ore  by  means  of  the  de- 
copperised  and  oxidised  liquor  is  performed  in  long,  narrow, 
shallow  wooden  troughs,  in  which  the  pulp  is  kept  suspended 
by  means  of  stirrers.  The  liquor  coming  from  the  electric  cells 
is  continually  fed  at  the  head  of  the  trough,  mixed  with  the 
necessary  amount  of  pulp,  and  leaves  the  trough  with  the 
decopperised  pulp  at  the  other  end.  The  solution  is 
hastened,  if  necessary,  by  heating  the  lixiviant  hy  means  of 
a  steam-pipe  lying  in  the  trough.  The  leached  pulp  is 
separated  from  the  solution  either  by  settling  or  by  a  filtra- 


tion apparatus.  The  solution  has  now  become  rich  in 
copper  and  deoxidised,  and  is  fed  anew  to  the  electric 
apparatus.  Thus  is  constituted  a  continuous  process 
between  the  leaching  of  the  ore  and  the  electrolysis  of  the 
solution,  the  lixiviant  being  produced  electrically  in  the 
decomposition  cells  and  the  electrolyte  regenerated  chemi- 
cally by  the  solution  of  the  copper  in  the  ores. 

For  the  successful  operation  of  this  process  it  is  necessary 
that  it  be  carried  on  continuously  night  and  day.  The 
dynamo  should  be  driven  by  its  own  motor  in  order  to 
secure  the  most  even  possible  running. 

The  cost  of  a  plant  for  the  production  of  1,000  kilos,  of 
pure  copper  per  24  hours,  for  ores  containing  from  4  per 
cent,  to  4i  per  cent,  copper,  not  including  buildings, 
motive  power,  or  foundations,  is  estimated  as  follows:  — 
Electrolytic  plant,  115,308  marks;  ore  crushing  plant, 
31,152-50  marks;  leaching  plant,  61,140  marks;  total, 
209,600  50  marks.  With  ores  rich  in  copper  the  cost  of 
the  crushing  and  leaching  plants  is  less  inversely,  as  the 
grade  of  the  ore.  The  size  and  number  of  the  electrolytic 
vats,  &c,  is  the  same,  whether  the  ore  is  rich  or  poor. 

In  the  above  estimate  the  electrolytic  plant  includes 
dynamos  capable  of  precipitating  1,040  kilos,  of  copper  per 
day,  measuring  instruments,  conductors,  1,200  anodes,  and 
the  fittings  for  100  baths.  Also  the  following  apparatus 
constructed  at  the  proposed  works :  100  wooden  boxes 
(baths),  4,970  mm.  long,  1,620  mm.  wide,  and  370  mm. 
deep,  inside  measurement,  lined  with  asphalte ;  5  wooden 
boxes  (leaching  vats),  of  2  cb.  m.  contents,  lined  with 
asphalt ;  about  500  m.  of  wooden  launders,  lined  with 
asphalt,  100  mm.  wide  and  100  mm.  deep;  1,200  wooden 
slabs  (cathodes),  1,520  mm.  long,  400  mm.  wide,  and  25  mm. 
thick,  without  the  copper  plates ;  600  wooden  gratings 
(filters),  1-6  m.  long,  0-815  ru.  wide,  and  15  mm.  thick, 
made  of  staves  25  mm.  wide,  together  with  900  square 
metres  of  linen ;  100  wooden  gratings  (stirring  apparatus 
for  the  baths),  4,700  mm.  long,  1,560  mm.  wide,  20  mm. 
thick,  made  of  staves  25  mm.  wide. 

The  leaching  plant  consists  of  16  wooden  vats,  with  the 
stirring  apparatus,  4,500  mm.  long,  750  mm.  wide, 
and  1,000  mm.  deep  ;  one  wooden  vat,  lined  with  asphalt, 
for  fresh  liquor,  nine  iron  vacuum  chambers  of  3  cb.  in. 
contents,  lined  with  lead,  for  half-regenerated  lixiviant,  and 
three  of  the  same  size  for  regenerated  lixiviant ;  10  wooden 
settling  basins,  lined  with  asphalt,  2  x  2  x  2  metres;  100 
wooden  launders,  100  mm.  x  200  mm. ;  vacuum  pumps, 
stirring  apparatus,  pipe  fittings,  filters,  &c.  The  power 
required  for  the  leaching  plant  is  estimated  at  10  h.p. 

The  crushing  machinery,  figured  in  this  estimate,  consists 
of  three  patented  ball  mills,  with  a  capacity  of  comminuting 
25  tons  of  ore  to  the  necessary  size  per  24  hours.  The 
estimate  also  includes  the  conveyors,  elevators,  and  other 
appurtenances.  For  this  part  of  the  plant  45  h.p.  is 
required. 

The  cost  of  producing  1,000  kilos,  of  fine  copper  per  24 
hours,  from  4  per  cent,  to  4j  per  cent,  ores,  is  estimated  as 
follows:  — Interest  on  the  capital  invested  in  the  plant 
(209,600  marks),  at  5  per  cent,  per  annum,  28 '75  marks  ; 
amortisation  of  plant,  at  1 0  per  cent.,  57  ■  50  marks  ;  motive 
power  (130  h.p.),  62  ■  40  marks  ;  labour,  15  men,  at  2  marks 
per  man  per  day,  30  marks  ;  interest  on  the  copper  in  the 
baths,  10  marks  ;  fuel  for  warming  the  lixiviant,  10  marks  ; 
general  expense,  superintendence,  &c,  40  marks ;  total, 
238  •  65  marks,  exclusive  of  the  cost  of  ore. 

The  cost  of  producing  1,000  kilos,  of  fine  copper  from 
ores  rich  in  copper,  copper  matte,  with  35  per  cent.  Cu  for 
example,  is  estimated  as  follows  : — Interest  on  the  capital 
invested  in  the  plant  (160,000  marks),  at  5  per  cent.,  22 
marks:  amortisation,  at  10  per  cent.,  44  marks;  motive 
power  (85  h.p.),  40-80  marks  ;  labour,  12  men  at  2  marks, 
24  marks ;  interest  on  copper  in  the  baths,  10  marks ; 
fuel  for  heating  the  lixiviant,  10  marks  ;  general  expenses, 
superintendence,  &c,  35  marks;  total,  185-80  marks. 

-W.  S. 


.Tune  SO,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


535 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Ozone  Apparatus.  Siemens  Bros.,  Lon- 
don. From  Siemens  and  Halske,  Berlin.  Eng.  Put. 
8929,  May  26,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  improvements  in  tubes  or  appara- 
tus for  ozonising  air.  The  electrical  arrangement  of  such 
apparatus  has  hitherto  consisted  in  interposing  between  two 
conducting  coatings  charged  with  electricity  of  opposite 
sign,  one  or  two  dielectric  layers  and  the  layer  of  gas  to  be 
ozonised,  but  according  to  this  invention  both  the  electric 
coatings  are  situated  on  the  same  side  of  the  dielectric 
layer  and  separated  by  a  shield  of  insulating  material ; 
while  at  a  small  distance  from  the  other  side  of  the  dielectric 
layer  is  situated  an  insulated  conducting  plate.  Thus 
currents  will  pass  from  the  part  of  the  dielectric  layer 
below  the  one  electric  coating,  through  the  narrow  space  in 
which  the  gas  to  be  treated  is  situated,  to  the  insulated  plate, 
and  from  this  back  again  through  the  gas  to  the  part  of  the 
dielectric  layer  beneath  the  second  coating. — G.  II.  R. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Electrolytic  Extraction  of 
Metals  and  to  the  Electrolysis  of  other  Substances. 
C.  Hoepfner,  Giessen,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  9079,  May  28, 
1891. 

This  invention  consists  in  the  use  of  fetro-silicon  for  anodes 
in  electrolysis  wherever  expensive  carbon  or  platinum  plates 
have  hitherto  been  employed.  It  is  well  known  that  this 
material  has  already  been  used  by  Uelsmann  for  the 
cathodes  in  Bunsen  batteries,  but  this  use  is  restricted  to 
batteries  having  nitric  acid  as  an  exciting  liquid,  in  circum- 
stances where  a  preserving  effect  of  the  electric  current  is 
presumed. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  or  Appertaining  to  Accumulators  for  the 
Storage  of  Electric  Currents.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liver- 
pool. From  E.  Correns,  Berlin.  Eng.  Pat.  16,27(1, 
September  24,  1891. 

This  invention  consists  in  the  production  of  electrodes  for 
secondary  batteries  by  mixing  with  the  active  material  the 
silicate  of  a  metallic  earth  in  order  to  cause  the  whole  to 
set  to  a  stone-hard  mass,  with  the  object  of  effectively 
preventing  the  crumbling  and  breaking  away  of  the  plates. 
To  render  the  adherent  mass  porous,  so  as  to  afford  access 
for  the  current  to  the  interior,  some  substance  such  as  zinc, 
which  will  subsequently  dissolve  out,  is  added  to  the  mixture 
of  lead  salts  and  the  alkaline  silicate.  Antimony,  or  tin 
also,  may  be  employed,  since  they  dissolve  under  the  action 
of  the  current. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  of 
Chlorine  and  Alkaline  Carbonates.  C.  Kellner,  Vienna, 
Austria.     Eng.  Pat.  20,713,  November  27,  1891. 

See  under  VII.,  page  523. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  Purifying  Electrolytes 
containing  Zinc,  relating  to  or  connected  with  the 
Electro-metalluryic  Production  of  Zinc.  Nahusen, 
Cologne,  Prussia.     Eng.  Pat.  2225,  February  5,  1892. 

Zinc  has  been  employed  in  the  form  of  chips  or  grains 
with  the  object  of  purifying  electrolytes  containing  zinc, 
but  this  treatment  is  insufficient,  and  the  present  invention 
relates  to  its  employment  in  the  form  of  powder.  When 
rough  zinc,  or  alloys  of  zinc,  have  to  be  refined  and  are 
used  as  anodes  in  the  baths,  the  resulting  lye  is  always 
neutral  or  slightly  basic,  and  is  at  once  passed  into  the 
purifying  apparatus  where  it  is  treated  with  zinc  powder  to 
free  it  from  impurities,  after  which  it  is  again  ready  for  use 
in  the  baths.  When  the  anode  is  insoluble,  however,  and 
the  electrolyte  consequently  acid,  it  must  first  be  neutralised 
by  the  addition  of  an  ore  containing  the  oxide  or  carbonate 


of  zinc,  or  any  other  raw  material  containing  zinc  in  a 
readily  soluble  form,  Defore  it  is  passed  into  the  purifiers, 
which  consist  of  flat  vats  kept  constantly  stirred.  When 
the  impurities  consist  of  copper  only  and  amount  to  1  per 
cent,  of  the  entire  quantity  of  zinc  10  lb.  of  copper  must 
be  precipitated  by  means  of  zinc  powder  in  the  daily  pro- 
duction of  1,000  1b.  of  zinc,  which  will  necessitate  a  daily 
addition  of  1 1  lb.  of  zinc.  It  is  preferable  to  introduce  at 
the  beginning  of  the  operation  a  larger  quantity  of  zinc 
powder  into  each  vat,  say  100  lb.,  and  subsequently  add  the 
amount  required  daily  to  the  first  of  the  series.  1  per 
cent,  of  silver  will  require  a  daily  addition  of  5J  oz.  of  zinc 
for  the  same  output  of  ziuc. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Bleaching 
by  Electrolysis.  O.  Imray,  London.  From  T.  Y.  Mont- 
gomery, New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  2329,  February  6, 
1892. 

The  invention  consists  in  using  sea  water,  or  a  solution  of 
rock  salt  or  sea  salt  of  the  same  density,  as  the  electrolyte, 
and  providing  means  whereby  air  may  be  driven  through 
the  bath,  thereby  aiding  the  process  of  oxidation  and 
bringing  the  products  of  electrolysis  into  better  contact  with 
the  fibre  or  fabric  to  be  bleached.  The  electrodes,  which 
are  perforated,  are  arranged  horizontally  in  the  bath,  and 
the  conductors  and  connections  are  coated  with  paraffin  or 
other  similar  substance  to  protect  them. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  the  Electro-Metallurgic  Extraction  of 
Zinc.  G.  Nahnsen,  Cologne,  Prussia.  Eng.  Pat.  2913, 
February  15,  1892. 

The  improvement  consists  in  using  an  electrolyte  composed 
of  a  mixture  of  the  sulphate  of  zinc  with  a  sulphate  of  the 
alkalis,  but  preferably  not  magnesia,  and  heating  the  bath 
to  a  temperature  of  about  130  F.  The  solution  contains 
from  1^  to  2^  ounces  of  crystallised  sulphate  of  zinc,  and 
10|  to  5|  ounces  of  a  sulphate  of  an  alkali  per  litre 
according  to  the  density  of  the  current.  The  following 
advantages  are  claimed  for  this  process :  that  the  con- 
ductivity is  300  to  400  per  cent,  higher  than  that  of  the 
sulphate  of  zinc  electrolyte  at  the  degree  of  concentration 
yielding  the  best  conductivity,  that  any  density  of  current 
from  8  to  125  amperes  per  square  yard  can  be  employed, 
and  that  using  condensing  engines  it  is  possible  to  extract 
a  ton  of  zinc  from  the  ore  with  a  consumption  of  only  3  to 
3  ■  5  tons  of  coal.— G.  H.  R. 


XII.-FATS,  OILS,  AND  SOAP 
MANUFACTURE. 

Occurrence  of  Octylic  Alcohol  hi  Distilled  Wool  Fat. 
C.  Hannau.  Pubbl.  del.  laborat.  chimico  eentrale  delle 
Gabelle.  Roma,  1891  ;  Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  1892, 16,  2. 

The  author  thought  Guetta's  statement  that  octylic  alcohol 
occurred  in  distilled  wool  fat,  as  a  special  characteristic 
thereof,  might  lead  to  a  method  of  discovering  adultera- 
tions practised  with  wool  fat  upon  other  fats.  He 
was,  however,  unable  to  prove  the  presence  of  any  such 
alcohol  in  distilled  grease,  and  so  cannot  support  Hannau's 
observation  and  statement  (this  Journal,  1892,  138). — J.  L. 


Testing  Lard  for  Fatty  Oils.     P.  Welmans.     Pharni.  Zeit. 

36,  798  ;  Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  16,  4. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  548. 


536 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [ June  30. 1892. 


Adulteration  of  Linseed  Oil  with   Hosin  Oils.     F.  Coreil. 
Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  1892,  16,  90. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  550. 


An  Apparatus  for  Determining  the  Liability  of  Oils  to 
Spontaneous  Combustion.  E.  H.  Richards.  Teelmol. 
Quarterly,  1891,  346. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  547. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Detergent  Powder. 
B.  Armstrong,  Preston.     Kng.  Pat.  8827,  May  25,  1891. 

The  invention  consists  in  adding  to  a  mixture  of  sodium 
carbonate  and  soap  or  grease  certain  quantities  of  ammonia 
salts  in  crystals,  or  if  the  mixture  of  the  materials  in  a 
hvdrated  condition,  is  to  be  made,  the  ammonia  salts  are  to 
be  protected  by  a  coating  of  fat,  stearin,  or  paraffin  wax, 
so  as  to  "prevent  chemical  contact  with  the  alkali  o)  the 
detergent  powder."  There  are  no  less  than  eight  claims,  one 
of  which  protects  the  perfuming  of  such  detergent  powder. 

—  J.  Jj. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Purification  of  Fatty  Sub- 
stances. H.  H.  Lake.  From  "  La  Societe  anonyme  des 
Paifunis  naturels  de  Cannes,"  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat. 
9431,  .luue  3,  1891. 

In  previous  specifications  (Eng.  Pats.  10,280, 1889,  and  5940, 
1890  ;  this  Journal,  1890,  325  j  1891,  159),  the  use  of  steam 
and  of  a  vacuum  had  been  patented  for  purifying  fatty  sub- 
stances extracted  by  volatile  solvents,  hut  these  two  methods 
have  the  drawback  that  a  small  quantity  of  water  was 
retained  by  the  fatty  mass,  whereby  the  latter  acquired  a 
dim  appearance.  This  is  avoided  by  the  new  patented 
method,  according  to  which  the  fatty  substance  is  heated 
— by  means  of  a  coil  or  a  double  bottom — up  to  a  tempe- 
rature higher  than  the  boiling  point  of  water  under  tin, 
pressure  existing  in  the  vessel. — J.  L. 


An  Improved  Filtering  Apparatus  for  Oil  and  the  Like. 

H.  Berk,  Chemnitz,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  3052,  February 

16,  1892. 
The  novelty  claimed  by  the  inventor  consists  in  fixing  two 
concentric  casings  in  such  a  manner  that  a  space  is  left 
between  the  outer  casing  and  the  inner  one,  which  forms 
the  filter  proper  ;  in  this  space  all  heavier  impurities  settle 
out  before  they  can  get  on  the  filter.  There  is  one  sheet  of 
drawings  illustrating  the  apparatus. — J.  L. 


XIII.-PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES, 
RESINS,  INDIA-RUBBER,  Etc. 

Experiments  to  Determine  the  Effect  of  the  Substances 
usually  added  to  Caoutchouc  and  Gutta-Percha.  C. 
Heinzerling  and  W.  Pahl.  Verhandl.  d.  Yereins  zur 
Befbrd.  d.  Gewerbefl.  1891,  415,  and  1892,  25. 

Nimerovs  experiments  on  the  hard  and  soft  rubbers  made 
from  caoutchouc  have  given  the  following  results.  (By 
hard  rubber  is  meant  ebonite,  vulcanite,  &c.)  : — 

1.  All  mineral  and  organic  admixtures  diminish  the 
elasticity  of  soft  rubber,  the  rubber  mixture  containing 
10  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  used  for  vulcanising,  yielded  the 
most  elastic  product.  The  elasticity  of  hard  rubber  goods 
is,  on  the  contrary,  increased  in  certain  cases  by  the  addition 


of  organic  substances,  such  as  rosin  oil  and  rosin,  asphaltum, 
and  such  inorganic  substances  as  vermilion,  and  lime. 

2.  The  resistance  to  stretching  of  soft  rubber  is  more  or 
less  increased  by  the  addition  of  pitch,  chalk,  heavy  spar, 
zinc  oxide,  and  particularly  magnesia.  The  addition  of 
vermilion  and  magnesia  has  the  same  effect  on  hard  rubber, 
as  also  has  a  longer  vulcanisation  with  more  considerable 
quantities  of  sulphur.  All  other  mineral  admixtures,  such 
as  litharge,  hydrate  of  lime,  and  any  organic  mixtures  (with 
the  exception  of  a  considerable  addition  of  asphaltum), 
diminish  the  resistance  of  stretching  in  the  cases  both  of 
soft  rubber-  and  hard  rubber-goods. 

3.  Mineral  admixtures,  as  zinc  oxide,  lead  oxide,  chalk, 
magnesia,  lime,  and  organic  substances  like  asphaltum 
and  glycerin,  increase  the  solidity  of  soft  rubber.  The 
solidity  of  hard  rubber  is  increased  by  the  addition  of  large 
quantities  of  asphaltum.  lime,  or  magnesia.  Kosin  oil  and 
rosin  in  quantity  diminish  this  quality.  The  solidity  of 
soft  rubber  is  diminished  by  the  addition  of  linoleum,  oil 
substitute,  rosin  oil,  and  paraffin. 

I.  Although  pure  rubber  with  sulphur  has  long  been 
considered  the  best  insulator,  yet  this  is  not  so,  as  mixtures 
with  a  number  of  other  substances  answer  better.  These 
bodies  are  zinc  oxide,  lime,  chalk,  magnesia  (in  small 
quantities),  antimony  sulphide,  also  linoleum,  oil  substitute 
(in  small  quantities),  rosin  oil,  rosin,  and  paraffin.  The 
mixture  of  rubber  and  paraffin  is  the  best.  The  addition 
of  vermilion,  lead  oxide,  and  magnesia  (in  large  quantities) 
diminishes  the  insulating  power.  The  cold  vulcanised 
rubber  (so-called  patent  india-rubber)  is  the  worst  insulator. 

,'t.  All  the  mixtures  of  caoutchouc  and  organic  substances 
give  off  vapours  when  exposed  to  heat  (130° — 150°  C). 
Rubber  so  prepared  is  badly  adapted  for  standing  exposure 
to  heat.  The  other  mixtures  are  not  affected  at  these 
temperatures. 

6.  Most  of  the  mixtures  containing  metallic  oxides  are 
attacked  by  acids,  in  many  cases  with  the  formation  of 
insoluble  metallic  salts,  which  increase  their  weight.  The 
mixtures  of  rubber  and  the  already-named  organic  bodies 
resist  acids  well. 

The  power  of  resisting  oil  is  increased  by  the  presence 
of  the  already  specified  inorganic  substances  and  especially 
of  lead  and  zinc  oxides.  The  action  of  alkalis  and  coal- 
gas  is  so  slight  that  it  may  be  ignored. 

7.  Most  of  the  mixtures  of  caoutchouc  and  mineral 
substances  become  in  time  hard  and  brittle.  Their  insulating 
power  does  not,  however,  appear  to  become  affected. 

The  experiments  with  various  samples  of  gutta-percha 
have  given  the  following  results  : — 

1.  The  following  bodies  do  not  appreciably  affect  the 
action  of  chemicals  on  gutta-percha  :— Vermilion,  50  per 
cent. ;  rosin  and  rosin  oil,  15  per  cent,  each ;  lime  (hydrate), 
50  per  cent. ;  asphaltum,  30  per  cent. 

2.  Pure  gutta-percha  and  pure  "  Ballata "  (the  dried 
juice  of  Sapota  Millerie  Bleck,  gutta-percha  substitute) 
without  any  addition  whatever,  form  the  best  insulators. 

3.  The  addition  of  other  substances,  as  vermilion,  lime, 
rosin  oil,  and  rosin,  diminishes  the  insulating  power. 

4.  Asphaltum  up  to  30  per  cent,  has  very  little  effect  on 
the  insulating  power. 

5.  The  resistance  to  stretching  is  somewhat  increased  by 
the  addition  of  vermilion,  50  per  cent.,  or  lime  (hydrate), 
50  per  cent.  The  limit  of  elasticity  is  diminished  by  these 
additions.  The  solidity  is  increased  by  vermilion  and 
diminished  by  lime. 

6.  Rosin  oil  and  rosin,  30  per  cent.,  and  asphaltum, 
30  per  cent.,  diminish  the  elasticity  and  hardness.  These 
slightly  increase  the  resistance  to  stretching. — A.  L,  S. 


Note  on  tke  Sporitancous  Conversion  of  Isoprene  into 
Caoutchouc.  W.  A.  Tilden.  Chem.  News,  65,  1892,  265. 
Isoprene  is  a  hydrocarbon  which  was  discovered  by 
Greville  Williams  many  years  ago  among  the  products  of 
the  destructive  distillation  of  india-rubber.  Later,  in  1884, 
(Trans.  Chem.  Soc.  45,  410)  it  was  observed  by  the  author 


Juneaua*.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


537 


among  the  more  volatile  compounds  obtained  by  the  action 
of  a  moderate  heat  upon  oil  of  turpentine  aud  other  terpenes. 
It  is  a  very  volatile  liquid,  boiling  at  about  30°.  Its  mole- 
cular formula  is  C6H8,  and  it  forms  a  tetrabromide, 
(,Hs15r,,  but  no  metallic  derivatives,  like  the  true  homo- 
logues  of  acetylene. 

Houchardt  (Compt.  Bend.  87,  G54,  and  89,  Ml  and 
1117),  observed  that  when  isoprene  is  heated  to  a  tempera- 
ture near  300°,  it  gradually  polymerises  into  a  terpene 
which  he  called  di-isoprene,  but  which  is  now  usually 
called  dipenlene.  This  compound  boils  at  176°.  A  quantity 
of  colophene  similar  to  that  which  is  produced  by  the  action 
of  heat  upon  turpentine  is  formed  at  the  same  time. 

When  isoprene  is  brought  iuto  contact  with  strong  acids, 
aqueous  hydrochloric  acid,  for  example,  it  is  converted  into 
a  tough  elastic  solid,  which  has  been  examined  by  G.  Bour- 
chardat  and  the  author  ;  it  appears  to  be  true  india-rubber. 

Specimens  of  isoprene  were  made  from  several  teipenes 
in  the  course  of  the  author's  work  on  those  compounds, 
and  some  of  them  were  preserved.  He  was  surprised  a  few 
weeks  ago  at  finding  the  contents  of  the  bottles  containing 
isoprene  from  turpentine  entirely  changed  in  appearance. 
In  place  of  a  limpid  colourless  liquid  the  bottle  contained  a 
dense  syrup,  iu  which  was  floating  several  large  masses  of 
solid  of  a  yellowish  colour.  Upon  examination  this  turned 
out  to  be  india-rubber.  The  change  of  isoprene  by  spon- 
taneous polymerisation  bad  not  to  his  knowledge  been 
observed  before.  The  author  can  only  account  for  it  by  the 
hypothesis  that  a  small  quantity  of  acetic  or  formic  acid 
had  been  produced  by  the  oxidising  action  of  the  air,  and 
that  the  presence  of  this  compound  had  been  the  means  of 
transforming  the  rest.  The  liquid  was  acid  to  test  paper, 
and  yielded  a  small  portion  of  unchanged  isoprene. 

The  artificial  india-rubber,  like  natural  rubber,  appears  to 
consist  of  two  substances,  one  of  which  is  more  soluble  in 
benzene  or  in  carbon  bisulphide  than  the  other.  A  solution 
of  the  artificial  rubber  in  benzene  leaves  on  evaporation  a 
residue  which  agrees  in  all  characters  with  a  similar  prepa- 
ration from  Para  rubber.  The  artificial  rubber  unites  with 
sulphur  iu  the  same  way  as  ordinary  rubber,  forming  a  tough 
elastic  compound. 

The  constitutional  formula  of  isoprene  is  not  known  with 
certainty,  but  it  must  be  selected  from  the  five  following 
formulae : — 


CH3CH2CH=C=CH5 

(  H3CH  =  C=CHCH3 
(CH3)2C  =  C  =  CH„ 
CH.,CH  =  CH-CH  =  CH2 


Derivatives  of  allcne, 
CH,=C  =  CH„ 


S 


Derived  from  crotonylene, 
CH2  =  CCH3-CH  =  CH2"J'       CH2  =  CH-CH  =  CH2 

It  is  obvious  that  compouuds  such  as  these  containing 
doubly-linked  carbon  may  polymerise  in  a  variety  of  ways, 
but  which  way  would  lead  to  caoutchouc  cannot  be  at  present 
deficed.— W.  S. 


Analysis  of  Linoleum  Floorcloth.     J.  Pinette.    Chem.  Zeit. 

16,  1892,  281. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  550. 


Colour  Testing.     W.  C.   Wilson.      Paper  read  before  the 
Association  of  Master  Painters  and  Decorators  of  Penn- 
sylvania, U.S.A.,  p or  Chem.  Trade  J.  10,  130,  163,  274, 
290. 
The  following  points  must  be  made  the  special  features  of 

colour  testing : — 

1.  Purity  of  the  material. 

2.  Purity  of  the  tone  ;  brilliancy,  richness,  which  indicate 
the  amount  of  care  in  selection. 

3.  Fineness  of  grinding  or  preparation ;  this  signifies  the 
degree  of  the  division  of  the  particles,  and  upon  the 
completeness  of  such  division  will  depend — 

4.  Its  spreading  capacity  (covering  power). 

5.  Its  body.  This  of  course  applies  to  opaque  or  semi- 
opaque  colours  only.  "  Body  "  means  capacity  to  conceal 
the  surface  to  which  the  paint  is  applied  and  must  not 
be  confused  with  spreading  capacity  (covering  power). 
1 1  i*  an  inherent  quality. 


<i.  Its  staining  power  or  tintiug  strength  with  white  or 
other  colours. 

7.  The  quality  or  purity  of  the  tint  with  white. 

8.  If  a  paste  colour  the  consistency  of  the  paste. 

9.  Transparency  of  trausparcnt  colours  and  the  quality 
of  transparency. 

Sulphate  of  lime  or  silica  are  only  adulterants  when 
added  surreptitiously  to  those  articles  in  which  they  have 
no  recognised  place  as  components,  as  for  instance,  sulphate 
of  lime  in  Venetian  red  and  silica  in  ochre.  White  clay,  or 
kaolin,  is  quite  frequently  used  as  an  adulterant.  Clay  is  a 
silicate  of  alumina  and  would  occur  naturally  to  a  greater 
or  lesser  degree  in  ochre,  sienna,  umber,  Vandyke  brown, 
and  earths  generally.  Carbonate  of  lime  is  found  naturally 
in  some  of  the  earth  pigments,  but  generally  in  very  small 
quantities,  and  when  found  in  quantities  exceeding  5  or  10 
per  cent,  must  be  considered  an  adulterant.  Exceptions  to 
this  rule  would  be  colours  like  rose  pink,  or  all  those  lakes 
in  which  carbonate  of  lime  is  used  as  the  medium  for 
carrying  the  organic  colouring  matter.  The  same  applies  to 
the  presence  of  barytes  in  pigments.  Barytes,  when  mixed 
as  oil  paiut,  is  absolutely  devoid  of  opacity  and  covering 
power.  When  mixed  with  pigments  that  are  specifically 
lighter,  it  will  separate  when  painted,  permitting  the  real 
pigment  to  come  to  the  surface.  Whiting  and  terra  alba 
(sulphate  of  lime)  are  decidedly  better  oil  absorbents  than 
barytes.  Zinc  white,  owing  to  its  certainty  to  scale,  will 
never  replace  white  lead,  though  it  may  be  desirable  to  use 
it  in  admixture  with  white  lead. 

Green  Pigments. — The  green  most  used  is  that  known 
as  chrome  green.  It  is  prepared  by  mixing  Prussian 
blue  and  chrome  yellow,  or  by  making  the  two  together 
simultaneously.  The  commercial  chrome  greens  consist  of 
about  one  part  of  colour  and  three  parts  of  mineral  base, 
chiefly  barytes.  They  may  be  divided  into  two  classes,  one 
inclining  distinctly  to  yellow  in  tone  and  the  other  to  blue. 
The  difference  is  due  almost  entirely  to  the  character  of  the 
chrome  yellow  in  the  green.  For  testing  these  greens  three 
standards  in  three  different  shades  of  perfectly  pure  greens 
are  used.  By  mixing  two  of  them  the  shade  of  any  chrome 
green  sample  can  be  perfectly  matched.  The  sample  to  be 
tested  is  then  reduced  to  one-tenth  by  mixing  it  with  white 
lead.  Next,  150  parts  of  white  lead  are  weighed  out  and 
mixed  iu  portions  with  the  standard  shade  until  the  same 
depth  of  shade  is  obtained  as  that  made  with  one-tenth  of 
sample.  The  remaining  part  of  the  white  lead  is  then 
weighed  and  found  amounting  to,  say  30  parts,  showing 
that  120  parts  have  been  used  to  one  part  of  the  standard 
shade.  This  would  show  that  the  sample  has  but  one- 
twelfth  the  colouring  strength  of  the  standard,  or  is 
approximately  8  per  cent,  strong. 

To  test  the  fineness  of  the  greens,  the  colour  is  rubbed 
out  on  a  piece  of  smooth  glass  with  a  palette  knife  ;  coarse 
particles  show  their  presence  by  scratches.  Chrome  greens 
being  a  mixture  of  two  colours  are  liable  to  show  a  separa- 
tion of  their  elements  when  mixed  very  thin  with  oil  of 
turpeutine.  The  green  showing  this  separation  in  the  least 
degree  is  best  in  that  respect.  Body  tests  are  made  by 
equally  thinning  two  samples  with  oil  and  painting  them  on 
well-primed  boards  of  equal  size. 

Paris  Green  is  distinctly  crystalline  in  its  character  and 
its  richness  of  colour  depends  entirely  on  this.  In  grinding, 
a  Paris  green  must  be  selected  of  very  fine  crystal.  Purity 
and  quality  must  be  determined  comparatively.  A  ready 
test  for  purity  is  to  dissolve  out  the  oil  with  benzine  and 
when  the  dry  powder  is  obtained  treat  it  with  strong 
ammonia,  in  which  it  should  be  entirely  soluble. 

Verdigris  is  entirely  a  transparent  colour.  Like  Paris 
green  it  is  a  copper  compound  and  should  be  entirely  soluble 
in  ammonia. 

Beds. — Venetian  red,  Indian  red,  Turkey  red,  rose  pink, 
and  red  oxide,  owe  their  colour  wholly  or  in  part  to  iron 
oxide,  with  the  exception  of  rose  pink  and  rose  lake. 

Indian  Beds  cannot  be  classed  as  pure,  unless  they 
contain  from  95  to  99  per  cent,  of  oxide  of  iron.  The 
paler  the  Indian  red,  the  greater  the  tinting  strength  and 
the  rosier  the  tint ;  the  deep  coloured  gives  a  purplish  tint 
in  comparison. 


638 


THE    JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  8n,  18S2. 


Tuscan  Red  is  essentially  a  mixture  of  Indian  red  with 
some  sort  of  lake  colour,  the  cheapest  article  being  made 
from  a  reduced  Indian  red  and  rose  pink.  The  first 
quality  of  Tuscan  red  to  be  noticed  is  its  brilliancy,  next  its 
opacity  or  body.  Its  tinting  strength  is  of  far  less  import- 
ance than  the  quality  of  the  tint.  Fineness  of  grinding 
must  be  insisted  on.  The  best  product  of  this  class  of 
pigments  is  the  "  new  "  Tuscan  red,  which  contains  the  most 
permanent  red  lake  colour  known. 

Venetian  Red. — The  best  Venetian  red  is  that  one  con- 
sisting of  ferric  oxide  and  sulphate  of  lime  only.  For  a 
standard  a  red  with  20  per  cent  oxide  is  best  used.  Its 
comparative  brightness  ought  to  be  examined  as  well  as 
fineness  of  grinding. 

Vermilion. — This  is  a  crystalline  pigment.  The  deeper 
the  shade  the  larger  the  crystal,  hence  the  paler  shade  will 
have  the  more  body.  Although  not  brilliant  it  is  the 
most  reliable  of  all  reds  for  permanency.  The  imitations 
are  primarily  orange  lead  coloured  with  eosiue.  Crimson 
tones  are  obtained  by  the  introduction  of  white  lead,  zinc 
white,  sulphate  of  lead,  &c;  they  are  comparatively  fugi- 
tive.    Cheap  grades  are  made  with  red  lead  and  barytes. 

Red  Lead  is  quite  an  important  pigment  now.  It  is  the 
very  best  preservative  that  can  be  applied  in  the  shape  of 
paint.  It  should  never  be  mixed  with  whiting  or  similar 
bodies  ;  where  a  mixture  is  desired  equal  parts  of  red  lead 
and  iron  oxide  will  be  found  to  give  an  excellent  paint. 

Yellow  and  Orange  Chromes. — These  colours  are  particu- 
larly susceptible  to  adulteration.  In  the  pure  state  they  are 
compounds  of  chromic  acid  and  oxide  of  lead,  or  of  chromic 
acid,  sulphuric  acid,  and  oxide  of  lead. 

Pale  Chromes. —  The  great  desideratum  is  to  get  the 
minimum  paleness  of  shade  with  the  mimimum  of  sulphuric 
acid,  or  with  the  maximum  of  chromic  acid  :  that  is,  to 
obtain  the  minimum  of  paleness  with  the  maximum  of 
staining  power.  As  the  shade  deepens,  the  strength  lessens. 
This  applies  particularly  to  the  orange  chromes,  which 
contain  frequently  orange  lead.  The  presence  of  the 
latter  is  very  objectionable,  but  is  easily  detected  by  the 
nitric  acid  test. 

Medium  Chromes  ought  to  form  clear  golden  tones  with 
white  lead  and  not  a  buff.  A  fourth  or  a  third  of  zinc 
white  mixed  with  the  white  lead  used  for  these  tints,  has 
the  property  of  holding  the  colour  better.  Adulterations  of 
the  medium  chromes  are  found  out  by  testing  tinting 
strength  in  comparison  with  recognised  pure  standards. 
The  pale  shades  ought  not  to  incline  to  greenness,  as  such 
yellows  will  blacken  very  quickly.  The  grinding  should  be 
perfectly  fine,  without  the  faintest  trace  of  grit. 

Ochres. — -The  French  ochres,  which  are  the  finest  yet 
discovered,  are  regarded  as  the  standard  of  quality. 

Yellow  Ochres. — These  pigments  owe  their  colour  to 
hydrated  oxide  of  iron.  The  other  constituents  are  princi- 
pally silicate  of  alumina,  or  clay  and  free  silica.  The  value 
of  an  ochre  does  not  depend  on  the  percentage  of  ferric 
hydroxide.  Gold  ochre  is  invariably  a  mixture  of  ochre 
and  chrome  yellow.  The  standard  of  this  should  be  a 
mixture  of  good  French  ochre  with  pure  chrome  yellow. 

Blacks. — Bone  blacks  have  generally  some  blue  added, 
to  intensify  the  colour.  They  varj-  greatly  in  colour  and 
opacity,  hence  careful  selection  must  originally  be  made. 
Lamp  black  improves  the  opacity  of  bone  blacks,  but  is 
very  injurious  to  their  intensity.  There  is  only  about 
10  per  cent,  of  carbon  in  bone  black,  the  rest  being  chiefly 
calcium  phosphate. — C.  O.  W. 


The  Application   of  Certain    Hare   Metals  for  Ceramic 

Colours.     Sprechsaal,  1892,  25,  85. 

See  under  VIII.,  page  523. 


PATENTS. 

A  Process  for  the  Manufacture  of  White  Lead.  J.  H. 
Xoad,  East  Ham,  Essex.  Eng.  Pat.  3832,  March  3, 
1891. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  the  production  of  white  lead  by 
electrolysing  a  solution  of  acetate  of  ammonia,  lead  being 
used  as  anodes  and  any  other  conducting  metal  or  carbon 
as  cathodes. 

An  electrolytic  bath  is  charged  with  a  10  per  cent, 
solution  of  acetate  of  ammonia  and  in  it  are  suspended 
as  anodes,  slabs,  bars,  or  plates  of  lead.  The  cathodes, 
which  may  consist  of  any  other  conducting  metal  or  carbon, 
are  enclosed  within  porous  cells  or  partitions,  prepared  of 
Willesden  waterproof  paper.  These  cells,  as  well  as  the 
bath  itself,  are  provided  with  overflow  pipes,  which  com- 
municate with  a  pipe  supplying  carbonic  acid  gas  and  with 
a  filter-press. 

The  bath  is  worked  with  an  electric  current  of  a  density 
of  about  4  amperes  to  the  square  foot  and  a  pressure  of 
about  1  volt  to  each  tank.  After  a  time  the  liquid  in  the 
porous  cells  is  mostly  ammonia,  that  of  the  bath  being 
mostly  acetate  of  lead.  Through  the  mixed  liquid  over- 
flowing from  both,  carbonic  acid  gas  is  blown,  and  the  whole 
sent  through  the  filter-press  ;  the  filtered  liquid,  containing 
the  regenerated  acetate  of  ammonia,  is  returned  to  the 
bath.— C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  in  the   Waterproofing  of  Textile  Materials. 
J.  G.  Smith,  Liverpool.     Eng.  Pat.  6698,  April  18,  1891. 

See  under  V.,  page  518. 


A  New  or  Improved  Composition  for  Coating  Ships' 
Plates  and  the  Like.  R.  Jacks,  South  Shields,  Durham. 
Eng.  Pat.  9193,  June  1,  1891. 

A  nor  mixture  of  tar,  pitch,  and  cement.  The  tendency 
of  this  mixture  to  set  or  harden  is  further  secured  by  the 
admixture  of  litharge  or  other  suitable  dryer.—  C.  O.  W. 


Vulcanisation  of   Waterproof    Fabrics.      Industries,   12, 
1892,  498. 

See  under  V.,  page  517. 


Improvements  in  Paints  or  Protective  Coverings  for  Ships' 
Bottoms  and  other  Structures.  C.  H.  Bigland, 
Liverpool.     Eng.  Pat.  2253,  February  5,  1892. 

In  this  invention  a  paint  is  proposed  consisting  of  a  boiled 
mixture  of — 

1  part  of  curare  poison, 
3  parts  of  Venice  turpentine, 
3  parts  of  sulphate  of  manganese, 
6  parts  of  carbonate  of  lime, 
6  parts  of  belladonna, 
24  parts  of  ordinary  pigment, 

and  sufficient  oil  or  varnish  to  render  the  mass  liquid. 

— C.  o.  w. 

Improvements    in     Spreading    Machines   for    Spreading 

India-Rubber  or   other  Plastic    Material    on    Textile 

Fabrics   and   the   Like.     W.    Coulter,    Greenheys,   and 

T.  Rowley,  Manchester.     Eng.  Pat.  3155,  February   18, 

1892. 

The  improvement  relates  to  the  gauges  used  on  spreading 

machines  and   consists   in   three   gauges   swinging   on  the 

same    pivots.     The  edges   of  these   three   gauges   possess 

various   degrees   of   sharpness,  and   being   arranged   as   it 

were  in  the   form  of  an  equilateral  triangle,  the  angles  of 

which  form  the  edges  of  the  gauges,  either  of  the  latter  is 

available   for   immediate  use  by  turning  the  whole  gauge 

round   through   an   angle   of    60°.     Drawing   attached   to 

specification. — C.  O.  W, 


June  3d,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


539 


XIY.-TANNINQ,  LEATHEE,  GLUE.  AND 
SIZE. 

Contribution  to  our  Knowledge  of  Sumac.  W.  Eituer. 
Der  Gerber,  1892, 18,  51. 
The  author  confirms  Macagno's  statement  that  the  per- 
centage of  tanniu  in  sumac  leaves  reaches  a  maximum  and 
decreases  afterwards.  Macagno  had  shown  that  Virginia 
sumac  contained  in  June,  21  per  cent,  tanning  matter,  whilst 
in  August,  15  per  cent,  only  were  fouud.  Eitner  gives  the 
following  values  for  sumac  from  Bosnia  which  was  collected 
on  the  following  dates:  June  23rd,  18 '07  per  cent,  tanning 
matter;  July  7th,  22-97  per  cent.;  July  21st,  18-89  per 
cent.;  August  -ith,  17-17  percent.;  August  18th,  17-30 per 
cent.;  September  2nd,  16-83  per  cent. 

The  period  at  which  the  maximum  of  tanning  matter 
appears  in  the  sample  from  Bosnia  is  that  before  flowering, 
when  all  the  leaves  are  completely  developed.  In  Sicily  the 
leaves  are  gathered  at  three  periods  ;  the  lowest  leaves  are 
collected  in  May  and  gradually  the  upper  leaves,  when  they 
have  reached  full  development,  are  taken.  Thus  a  product 
containing  large  quantities  of  tanning  material  (sometimes 
up  to  26  per  cent.)  is  obtained.  American  sumac  reaches 
its  maximum  of  tanning  material  (27  per  cent.)  in  July  ; 
but  as  the  leaves  are  gathered  much  later,  namely  before 
they  become  withered,  the  commercial  product  contains  a 
considerably  smaller  quantity  of  tanniD. 

There  is  another  advantage  attending  the  gathering  of  the 
sumac  leaves  at  the  time  of  the  tannin-maximum,  since  they 
tan  a  bright  colour,  while  the  over-ripe  leaves  contain  a 
yellow-brownish  colouring  substance  which  makes  its 
appearance  only  when  the  period  of  vegetation  reaches  its 
end.  The  same  colouring  matter  also  occurs  in  leaves 
gathered  early,  when  they  are  exposed  in  a  moist  state  to 
the  action  of  sunlight,  or  if  they  are  stored  when  moist. 
In  the  former  case  they  lose  at  the  same  time  some  tannin  ; 
in  the  latter  case,  however,  this  does  not  occur,  except  when 
they  grow  mouldy.  The  Sicilians  only  have  due  regard  for 
these  properties  of  sumac,  while  in  other  countries,  through 
the  irrational  methods  attending  the  gathering,  large  sums 
are  wasted.  The  government  of  Bosnia,  assisted  by  the 
author,  has  started  a  rational  system  of  cnlture  of  sumac. 

— J.  L. 


So-called  "  Decolourised  "  Tannin  Extracts.    V.  H.  Soxhlet, 
Chem.  Zeit.  1892, 16,  15—16. 

See  under  VI.,  page  519. 


Weighting  of  Leath 


B.  Kohlmann.     Chem.  Zeit.  1892, 
16,  16—17. 
See  under  XXIII.,  page  549. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Drying  Leather  or  Hides,  and  in 
Appliances  therefor.  E.  Pim,  Maghull,  Lancaster.  Eng. 
Pat.  6603,'  April  17,  1891. 

Leather  and  hides  have  heretofore  been  dried  by  currents 
of  air  travelling  in  a  more  or  less  horizontal  or  upward 
direction,  and  in  contact  with  both  sides  of  the  leather  or 
hide.  By  this  method  damage  has  frequently  occurred, 
especially  to  the  grain,  owing  to  the  "  variable  and  too 
energetic  action  of  the  air."  By  this  invention  the  leather 
or  hides  are  folded  lengthwise,  with  the  outer  surface  or 
grain  within  the  fold,  and  suspended,  belly  edges  upwards, 
in  a  closed  chamber  provided  with  holes  disposed  evenly 
through  the  ceiling  and  floor.  Heated  or  dried  air  is  drawn 
through  the  chamber  downwards  by  means  of  fans  or  a 
chimney  at  the  rate  of  a  few  feet  a  minute.  Thermometers 
indicate  the  temperature  of  the  air,  and  hygrometers  its 
humidity.  Valves  serve  to  regulate  the  current  of  air, 
which  is  dried  by  quicklime.  The  drying  of  the  leather  or 
hides  is  thus  effected  from  the  flesh  surface,  and  the  grain 
protected. — A.  G.  B. 


An  Improved  Process  of  Decolourising  and  Clarifying 
Tanning  Liquors  or  Tannic  Extracts.  A.  Huillard, 
Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  7106,  April  24,  1891. 

The  liquors  (which  mark  on  an  average  from  2~  to  3° 
B.)  from  the  tubs  or  vats  of  the  exhausting  batteries 
are  treated  "  by  a  certain  quantity  of  a  derivative  of 
strontium,  such  as  strontium  hydrate,  anhydrous  strontia, 
strontium  carbonate,  or  other  strontium  salt."  The  effect 
of  this  treatment  is  claimed  to  be  the  precipitation  of  the 
colouring  matters  in  the  liquor.  Eiltration  and  the  addition 
of  a  little  sulphuric  acid  to  precipitate  the  excess  of  strontia 
follow.  A  further  filtration  and  concentration  in  a  vacuum 
to  20"  or  30°  B.  complete  the  process. — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Manure. 
A.  Knorre,  Wandsbek-Marieuthal,  Schleswig-Holstein, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  8402,  May  15,  1891, 

See  under  XV.,  page  541. 


An  Improved  Compound  Fabric.      F.   I.   Bugg,  Ipswich. 
Eng.  Pat.  18,003,  October  20.  1891. 

See  under  V.,  page  518. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  Dyeing,  Tanning,  and 
Mordanting  Leather,  Teazled  Fabrics,  or  other  Porous 
Materials,  and  in  Apparatus  employed  therefor. 
I.  Goldschmidt,  Fiirth,  Bavaria,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
19,397,  November  10,  1891. 

See  under  VI.,  page  521. 


XV.-MANUEES.  Etc. 

The  Phosphate  Beds  of  Florida.     A.Keller.     Chem.  Zeit. 

1892,  16,  65,  78—79,  110—113. 
The  first  portion  of  the  paper  deals  with  the  climatic, 
geographic,  and  economic  conditions  which  subsist  in 
Florida,  and  influence  the  production  and  exportation  of 
phosphates  ;  this  part  may  be  dismissed  as  of  commercial 
interest  rather  than  chemical.  The  detailed  consideration 
of  the  various  kinds  of  phosphate  follows  and  is  here 
abstracted. 

River-pebble  is  found  in  many  of  the  rivers  of  West 
Florida,  especially  the  Peace  and  the  Alafia,  and  where  it 
is  abundant  it  is  the  most  easily  obtained  phosphate.  The 
sand  and  pebbles  are  raised  by  a  dredging  machine  with  a 
powerful  centrifugal  pump  and  thrown  on  to  a  revolving 
sieve  made  of  iron  bars  and  turning  in  an  inclined  plane. 
The  pebble,  sandstone,  and  sticks  are  retained  by  the  sieve, 
the  sand  falling  back  into  the  river,  and  are  immediately 
transferred  to  the  drying  apparatus.  The  quantity  thus 
raised  in  a  day  varies  with  the  locality;  100  tons  may  be 
pumped  one  day  and  only  20  the  next,  some  parts  of  the 
river  containing  much  phosphate,  others  containing  little 
else  than  sand.  The  drying  systems  are  three: — (1.)  The 
brick-dryer,  which  is  very  similar  to  a  pyrites  burner ;  this 
does  the  work  best,  but  is  the  most  costly.  (2.)  The 
revolving  dryer,  an  iron  cylinder  which  is  kept  in  rotation 
and  through  which  the  furnace  gases  pass.  (3.)  The  screw 
dryer,  which  continuously  passes  the  phosphate  through 
the  furnace.  The  cost  of  raising  river-pebble  averages 
1  dollar  per  ton ;  during  the  current  year  this  has  been 
added  to  by  the  imposition  of  an  ad  valorem  tax  ranging 
from  50  cents  to  1  dollar  per  ton.  In  certain  parts  of  the 
Peace  there  is  a  greater  tendency  for  phosphates  to  deposit 
than  in  others,  and  when  such  a  spot  has  been  dredged  it 
may  frequently  pay  to  return  to  it  sooner  or  later ;  in  some 


540 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  3»,  1892. 


places  the  phosphate  bank  will  leave  the  spot  entirely  during 
B  Hood  and  he  deposited  elsewhere.  The  exhaustion  of  the 
phosphate  in  the  river  Peace  may  be  expected  at  no  distant 
date;  between  April  1890  and  September  1891  42,000  tons 
left  by  ship  and  19,000  tons  by  rail. 

Land-pebble.  —  Pebble  phosphate  consists  of  stones 
varying  in  size  from  the  barely  visible  to  that  of  a  nut ;  in 
shape  they  resemble  peas  and  beans  ;  the  angles  are  rounded 
and  the  surfaces  polished.  The  river-pebbles  are  dark  grey, 
bluish  or  black,  a  colour  which  they  owe  to  tannin  washed 
from  the  plants  in  the  rivers;  the  land-pebbles  differ  from 
the  river-pebbles  only  in  that  they  have  not  been  recently 
washed  and  are  lighter  in  colour,  being  frequently  white. 
In  composition  there  is  no  difference  between  land-  and 
river  pebble  ;  their  average  contents  of  calcium  phosphate 
and  iron  and  aluminium  oxides  are  G5 — 70  per  cent,  and 
3  per  cent,  respectively.  River-pebble  in  the  market  does 
not  contain  more  than  60 — 65  per  cent,  of  calcium  phosphate, 
as  a  rule,  owing  to  the  admixture  of  sandstone  and  sticks. 

All  the  land  between  the  Peace  and  Alalia  creeks  is  more 
or  less  phosphatic.  The  richest  district  is  an  area  of  some 
160  square  miles  between  Bartow,  Port  Meade, Chieora,  and 
C'allsville  ;  the  soil  of  this  portion  is  sandy  and  covers  a 
phosphatic  clay.  The  following  analyses  of  three  borings 
are  instructive : — 

I.  Cypress  marsh  on  Chiloccochatchee :  Black  mud, 
decaying  wood,  S:c,  3  ft. ;  sand,  4  ft. ;  blue  clay,  with  2^  lb. 
of  white  pebbles,  1  ft.  ;  sand  free  from  phosphate,  1  ft. ; 
sand  with  \\  lb.  of  gray  pebbles,  3  ft.  ;  sandstone. 

II.  C'owbridge  on  Horsecreek  :  Humus,  j  ft. ;  sand,  I  ft.  ; 
sand,  with  4'.  lb.  pebbles,  4  ft.;  clay  without  phosphates, 
10  ft. 

III.  14  miles  west  of  Bartow:  Sand,  2  ft.;  sandstone, 
2  ft.;  sandstone  containing  pebble,  1  ft.;  white  and  green 
clay,  with  25  lb.  of  white  and  green  pebbles,  20  ft. ;  clay 
without  phosphates,  5  ft. 

Prospecting  a  pebble  bed  is  easily  accomplished  with  an 
ordinary  clay-borer,  but  very  erroneous  estimates  as  to  the 
quantity  of  phosphates  are  frequently  made  hecause  of  the 
necessity  for  passing  through  the  ground-water  which  is 
nearly  always  near  the  surface  ;  the  clay  gets  churned  up 
with  the  water,  and  if  the  phosphates  be  reckoned  as  a  per- 
centage on  the  bored-out  clay  the  estimate  for  the  bed  will 
be  too  high.  The  author  quotes  a  case  in  which  his  esti- 
mate for  a  bed  was  15 — 20  per  cent,  of  phosphate,  while 
that  of  the  American  engineers,  unaware  of  this  pitfall,  was 
50  per  cent.  The  use  of  4-in.  iron  tube-borers,  which  are 
kept  pumped  out  and  not  worked  more  than  is  necessary,  is 
recommended. 

An  analysis  of  a  section  of  the  core  of  boring  III.,  men- 
tioned above,  gave  the  following  percentages  on  the  dry 
substance: — Loss  on  ignition,  0-79;  Pn05,  33*61;  CaO, 
48-04;  Fe,0:„  1-20;  AU>;„  1-38;  MgO,  &c,  5 -54  ;  CO,,, 
2-29;  SiOj,  7*15.  The  top  pebbles  are  frequently  mixed 
with,  or  imbedded  in,  sandstone ;  but  beyond  a  certain 
depth  they  are  nearly  always  free  from  sandstone,  and  the 
deeper  they  are  the  better  they  seem  to  be ;  the  white 
nodules  containing  much  alumina  seem  to  be  for  the  most 
part  at  the  top. 

The  land-pebble  industry  is  still  in  its  infancy,  being  but 
two  years  old.  Improved  machinery  is  wanted ;  the 
present  washing  machines  perform  their  work  very  per- 
functorily and  leave  too  much  alumina  in  the  form  of  clay, 
rendering  the  phosphate  practically  useless.  Failing  a 
better  method,  some  works  dry  the  whole  material  and  then 
sift  out  the  sand  and  powdered  clay  ;  the  phosphate 
obtained,  however,  is  too  aluminiferous  for  the  European 
market.  It  has  been  found  that  many  of  the  pebbles  have 
been  lost  by  the  use  of  too  coarse  a  sieve ;  one  of  22  meshes 
to  the  inch  gave  in  several  experiments  25  per  cent,  more 
phosphate  than  one  of  12  meshes.  Although  this  particular 
kind  of  phosphate  has  not  yielded  much  return  as  yet,  great 
things  are  expected  of  it,  mainly  because  it  can  be  won 
entirely  independently  of  manual  labour.  It  may  bu  noted 
that  recent  experiments  to  apply  the  dredging  method  used 
for  river-pebbles  proved  abortive. 

Hard-rock  is  as  geographically  distinct  from  pebble 
phosphate  as  it  is   mincralogically.     South  of  Alalia  Creek 


pebble  has  the  monopoly,  while  northwards  hard-rock  is 
almost  the  sole  representative.  The  best  of  it  occurs  in 
"  boulders,"  varying  from  several  tons  to  several  pounds  in 
weight  ;  these  are  embedded  together  with  "  gravel " 
in  sand,  clay,  or  the  "  soft-phosphate,"  described  below. 
The  depth  of  the  beds  varies  from  40—50  ft.  to  5 — 10  ft. ; 
experimental  boring  has  shown  their  extension  at  60 — 65  ft., 
but,  except  where  they  outcrop,  beds  which  are  deeper  than 
10  ft.  or  15  ft.  have  not  been  generally  worked.  The 
market  phrase  "  land  containing  so  much  per  cent,  of  phos- 
phate "  means  that  under  1 00  acres  of  such  land  there  are 
so  many  acres  in  which  the  phosphate  is  covered  by  not 
more  than  15  ft.  of  sand  ;  on  this  scale  of  valuation  3  per 
cent,  laud  is  good  and  5  per  cent,  very  good.  Prospectors' 
rules,  such  as  "  Where  hammock — no  phosphate "  or 
"  Where  saw-grass-  phosphate  "  are  rife,  but  have  only 
local  significance,  if  any  at  all.  The  distinction  between  solid 
and  laminated  rock  has  reference  to  the  greater  homogeneity 
of  the  former,  which  is  either  white,  grey,  yellow,  or,  less 
frequently,  dark  blue  or  black ;  most  frequently  it  is 
marbled  and  not  all  of  one  colour. 

Guild  hard  rock  contains  from  77  to  82  per  cent,  of 
calcium  phosphate  and  3  per  cent,  of  ferric  oxide  and 
alumina.     A  detailed  analysis  gave,  per  cent. : — 

H.,0092;    CaF24-40;    C%(P04)2  8b  •  14  ;    CaC033'63: 
ALU.,  1-52;  Fe.:( ),  0'45  ;  SiO.,4'13. 

Formerly  hard  rock  only  was  exported,  and  the  gravel 
was  voted  to  coutain  too  much  alumina  to  be  of  use  ;  but 
the  latter  is  now  washed,  after  which  it  contains  30  —  35 
per  cent,  of  phosphoric  acid  and  seldom  more  than  3  per 
cent,  of  ferric  oxide  and  alumina.  This  also  applies  to  the 
laminated  rock  which  contains  pockets  of  clay  amounting 
to  some  5 — 8  per  cent. ;  it  is  now  burnt  to  make  it  brittle, 
broken,  and  sifted  ;  this  reduces  the  ferric  oxide  and 
alumina  to  3 — 4  per  cent,  and  renders  the  phosphate  fit 
for  export.  In  America  phosphate  can  be  marketed  with 
much  higher  contents  of  ferric  oxide  and  alumina  than  the 
European  purchaser  will  tolerate.  The  burning  of  the  rock 
is  carried  out  by  piling  100—200  tons  to  a  height  of  3 — 4 
feet  on  a  layer  of  wood  one  foot  high  and  igniting ;  the 
method  is  cheap  but  otherwise  unsatisfactory,  and  in  the 
author's  opinion  practically  useless. 

Some  details  as  to  the  methods  of  raising  the  rock,  and 
a  discussion  concerning  the  respective  merits  of  various 
cranes  and  scrapers  here  follow. 

Plate-rock  or  sheet-rock  is  the  most  interesting  of  the 
Florida  phosphates.  It  occurs  in  irregularly  shaped  tables 
of  varying  area,  but  most  frequently  about  the  size  of  a 
man's  hand  ;  they  are  one  or  more  centimetres  thick,  and 
vary  in  colour  from  brownish  yellow  to  white.  The  heavier 
and  more  brittle  pieces  are  the  richer  in  phosphoric  acid, 
the  lighter  and  softer  coutain  more  clay.  The  average 
contents  of  calcium  phosphate  is  74 — 78  per  cent.,  and 
that  of  ferric  oxide  and  alumina  3 — 4  per  cent,  and  more  ; 
the  latter  however  is  due  to  the  admixed  gravel.  Plate- 
rock  always  rests  on  the  irregular  suifaee  of  a  stratum  of 
limestone  which  is  frequently  dolomitic  and  contains 
remarkable  "  wells."  These  wells  are  nearly  circular  and 
10,  12,  or  15  metres  deep  ;  they  are  sometimes  as  much  as 
one  metre  in  diameter,  and  are  filled  with  the  same  plate- 
rock,  embedded  in  sand  or  clay,  which  forms  the  whole  bed. 
In  good  places  the  phosphatic  bed  will  contain  50 — 80  per 
cent,  of  plate-rock  and  is  covered  by  6—10  feet  of  sand. 
The  mining  is  considerably  easier  than  in  the  case  of  hard 
rock  but  the  yield  per  acre  is  much  less. 

Plate-rock  has  been  mined  for  some  year  and  a  half,  but 
very  little  has  found  its  way  into  the  market ;  washing 
has  proved  difficult  and  capital  has  not  been  plentiful. 

Soft  phosphate  is  a  phosphatic  clay  or  clayey  phosphate 
which  is  friable  and  easily  worked ;  it  is  white,  reddish  or 
yellow,  and  contains  varying  quantities  of  water.  The 
following  analyses  are  put  in  : — 

(1.)  Soft  phosphate  from  Polk  county  contained,  per 
cent.,  -  H20,  8-35;  total  P;05,  29-80;  water  soluble,  P.205> 
0/81;  citrate  soluble  P.U,"  (after  Wagner),  2"05;  ditto 
(after  Petermann),  2-83;"  Fe.X>3  and  A1.,03,  8-86. 


Juno  3o,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


541 


(2.)  Soft  phosphate  from  Alafia  creek  contained  per 
cent.,  HsO,  5-8;  total  P.,Os,  19-94;  water  soluble,  P„05, 
0-62;  Fe.,U:j,  7-50;  A1;0"„  10' 26. 

Much  swindling  is  done  in  Florida  with  this  soft  phos- 
phate. Certified  by  jerry'  analysts  to  contain  10  per  cent, 
and  more  of  water-soluble  phosphoric  acid,  it  is  offered  and 
purchased  as  a  "  complete  fertiliser "  at  30 — 35  dols.  per 
ton,  and  as  "raw  soft  phosphate  "  at  5  dols.  In  reality  it 
is  dear  at  any  price,  and  what  value  it  has  as  a  manure  can 
only  be  reaped  by  the  farmer  who  can  dig  it  for  himself;  it 
is  not  worth  transport. 

Pebble  land  in  Florida  will  fetch  15 — 50  dols.  per  acre  ; 
for  hard  rock  land  25,50,  and  100  dols.  are  paid  ;  the  value 
of  unphosphatic  land  is  3 — 5  dols. 

The  production  of  phosphate  in  Florida  will  not  compare 
with  that  of  South  Carolina.  The  cost  of  winning  should  be 
reduced  by  improved  machinery ;  lower  rates  of  transport 
and  wages  are  badly  wanted.  The  author  estimates  the 
cost  of  mining  at  4  dols.  for  good  hard  rock,  3 — 5  dols.  for 
plate  rock,  and  1 — 2  dols.  for  river  pebble  (this  Journal, 
1891,  393  and  737;  also  1890,  505).— A.  G.  15. 


Sulphuric  Acid  Manufacture  in  1891.      K.  Hasenelever. 
Chern.  Ind.  1892,  15,  G9. 

See  under  A* II.,  page  521. 


PATENTS. 


Means  of  Colouring  Liquid  Weed  Destroyers,  Sheep  Dips, 
Insect  Destroyers,  and  other  Poisonous  Liquids. 
T.  Keade,  Wolverhampton.    Eng.  Pat.  7569,  May  1,  1891. 

The  object  of  colouring  such  liquids  as  are  detailed  in  the 
title  is  the  prevention  of  accidents  and  crime  ;  it  is  attained 
"  by  the  introduction  of  a  chromium  compound,  or  com- 
pound of  which  chromium  forms  a  part,  to  such  preparations 
when  of  an  alkaline  character,  or,  when  such  preparations 
are  not  alkaline,  but  are  compatible  with  an  alkali,  by  the 
introduction  of  such  compound  and  of  an  alkali." — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Manure. 
A.  Knorre,  Wandsbek-Marienthal,  Schleswig-Holstein, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  8402,  May  15,  1891. 

The  invention  relates  to  the  mucous  refuse  of  tanneries, 
particularly  from  the  fleshing  and  unhairing  shops.  This 
refuse  is  stated  not  to  have  been  successfully  employed 
heretofore  for  agricultural  purposes  when  received  direct 
from  the  tanneries,  partly  '•  on  account  of  its  great  heating 
properties,"  and  partly  because  it  is  liable  "  to  form  an 
impermeable  felted  cover  on  the  land,"  in  consequence  of 
its  constituents  being  principally  hairs  and  "  mucous  parts." 
The  refuse  is  dried,  first  by  draining  or  in  a  centrifugal 
machine,  and  then  in  a  kiln.  When  dried  it  is  ground  in  a 
"  mill  course,"  crushing  mill,  or  other  disintegrator.  The 
hair  having  been  made  brittle  by  the  action  of  the  lime 
dunDg  unhairing  and  the  subsequent  drying,  will  readily 
grind  up  together  with  the  other  matter  to  a  fine  powder. 
If  this  powder  is  to  be  used  directly  after  grinding,  it  is 
better  to  add  a  mineral  acid  (preferably  sulphuric)  to  the 
refuse  before  drying  and  grinding,  for  the  lime  is  thus 
converted  into  gypsum,  which  hardens  during  drying  and 
renders  the  grinding  more  easy.  Moreover,  as  sulphate, 
the  "  lime  will  be  more  effective  and  appropriate  for  nume- 
rous soils  than  the  carbonate  of  lime."  The  powder  is  easily 
distributed  over  the  land,  and  will  not  felt. — A.  G.  B. 


An  Improved  Insecticide  and  Fertiliser.  H.  H.  Lake, 
Middlesex.  From  the  Biolytie  Gypse  Company,  New 
York,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat. 3029,  February  16,  1892. 

The  "  lime-mud "  obtained  during  the  manufacture  of 
caustic  soda  by  boiling  soda  ash  or  black  ash  of  48  percent, 
strength  (100  parts)  with  unslaked  lime  (40 — 60  parts)  in  a 
"  suitable  quantity  of  water,"  is  dried  and  powdered.  This 
constitutes  the  new  insecticide  and  fertiliser ;  in  the  former 
capacity  it  acts  by  virtue  of  the  caustic  soda  which  it 
retains.  It  is  sown  broadcast,  or  "  dissolved  in  water  "  and 
sprayed  on  to  the  trees  or  other  plants  infected. — A.  G.  B. 


XVI.-SUGAR,  STARCH,   GUM,  Etc. 

Recent  Inventions   in  the  Beetroot  Sugar  Industry.     E.  O. 
von  Lippmann.     Chem.  Zeit.  1892, 16,  500 — 502. 

Among  the  most  important  points  touched  upon  in  this 
review  are  the  following : — The  use  of  animal  charcoal  in 
the  manufacture  of  raw  beetroot  sugar  is  growing  quite 
exceptional,  being  by  degrees  entirely  replaced  by  the 
improved  mechanical  filters.  Even  in  the  refining  industry 
the  use  of  animal  charcoal  is  falling  off.  The  Steffeu 
Systematic  washing  process  for  the  direct  production  of 
white  sugar  in  the  beetroot  sugar  factory  has  been  employed 
to  some  extent,  but  has  not  given  the  results  which  were 
anticipated.  Some  factories  in  Austria  and  Belgium  have 
worked  successfully  in  this  direction  with  Drostand  Schultz's 
process,  but  detailed  and  exact  proof  is  wanting.  The 
recovery  of  sugar  from  molasses  is  almost  abandoned  at 
present  in  raw  sugar  factories.  In  the  refining  industry  the 
chief  claims  of  Steffen  have  been  declared  invalid  in 
Germany.  Very  ingenious  and  effective  forms  of  apparatus 
have  been  constructed  for  drying  "crystals"  and  "  granu- 
lated." The  production  of  after-products  in  refineries  is 
reduced  to  a  minimum,  or  altogether  avoided,  and  the 
recovery  of  sugar  from  molasses  has  been  given  up  in 
almost  all  German  refineries.—  A.  K.  L. 


7'Ae  Best  Means  of  Valuing  Raw  Sugar.  A.  Herzfeld. 
Zeits.  d.  Ver.  f.  Rubenzuckerind.  Chem.  Zeit.  16 
(Chem.  Kep.),  114—115. 

This  lengthy  paper  (112  pages),  which  deals  with  the 
question  from  historical  as  well  as  technological  and 
chemical  aspects,  contains  several  important  and  careful 
investigations,  the  following  being  the  salient  points  :  — 

1.  Production  of  Raffinose  in  Beetroot  Sugar 
Products,  and  its  Influence  on  the  Form  of  Sugar  Crystals. 
— Raffinose  originates  in  the  root  without  doubt,  but  the 
opinions  hitherto  broached  as  to  the  causes  of  its  origin 
are  by  no  means  certain,  and  in  some  cases  incorrect.  It  is 
present  in  strontia  after-products  (rarely  in  first  products) 
and  molasses  to  the  extent  of  8 — 16  per  cent.;  in  osmose- 
molasses  to  8  per  cent.,  and  in  many  ordinary  beetroot 
molasses  and  refuse  products  of  the  industry.  Small  quan- 
tities of  raffinose  may  occur  in  first  products  of  polarisa- 
tion, 94—97,  as  well  as  in  clean  after-products,  but  its 
amount  is  usually  below  the  limit  (0-33  per  cent.)  which 
can  be  estimated  by  the  inversion  method.  The  raffinose 
,  .         „       0-5124  P- 1  p-s 

formula  : — fc>  =  — ^.j^  —  ;  B  =  T-SsT'  ougnt    ou'y  t0  he 

applied  to  those  products  in  which  the  presence  of  this 
substance  is  probable,  since  many  products  contain  com- 
pounds which  would  be  reckoned  as  raffinose,  and  which 
are  produced  either  from  the  sucrose  or  invert  sugar  by 
overheating  in  the  manufacture,  and  also  by  exposure  to 
the  weather ;  among  these  are  saccharic  acid  and  its  salts  ; 
high  polarising  substances  (dextran  ?)  are  often  present, 
and  fermentation  derivatives  of  the  organic  constituents 
other  than  sugars  frequently  occur  in  molasses.  To  control 
the  optical  test,  the  copper  method  of  Preuss  is  recom- 
mended.    The  mucic  acid   method  serves   as  a   qualitative 


542 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Jnneao^MW. 


test  for  raffinose,  but  is  frequently  inadmissible  (in  the 
presence  of  calcium  salts  for  example)  for  quantitative 
purposes,  as  is  also  Gunning's  methyl  alcohol  method, 
because  in  this  case  invert  sugar  saceharates,  &c,  are  also 
dissolved.  The  occurrence  of  elongated  crystals  is  not  a 
specific  indication  of  the  presence  of  raffinose. 

2.  The  Solubility  of  Sugar  in  Water;  the  Formation  of 
Molasses  ;  and  the  Melassigenic  Effect  of  Raffinose. — ■ 
By  very  accurate  experiments  made  in  an  apparatus  capable 


of  maintaining  the  temperature  to  0-1°  C.,  it  was  found 
that  100  parts  of  water  dissolve  65' 17  parts  of  sugar  at 
5-2°  C.j  66-fio  parts  at  19-15°  C.;  68-31parts  at  28-8° C.; 
72-23  parts  at  49- 53°  C. ;  74-33  parts  at  59-4°  C. ;  and 
82-7G  parts  at  99-45°  C.  From  these  the  percentage 
solubility  of  sngar  is  calculated  by  the  method  of  least 
squares,  thus  :  — 

y  to  x°C.:y  =  G4-1835  +  0-13477  .r  +0-0005307  .r3, 
whence  the  following  table  is  constructed  : — 


Temperature  C. 

0° 

5" 

103 

15° 

20°              25"              30° 

35° 

40° 

4, 

50° 

Percentage  of  sugar. . . 

64-18    ! 

64-87 

65-58    | 

66-38 

67-09 

67  -89 

6S-70 

69-55 

70  -43 

71-32 

72-25 

Temperature  C. 

55- 

0(1° 

65° 

70° 

75'                80°                85° 

90" 

95° 

100" 

Percentage  of  sugar  . . . 

73-20 

74-18 

75 'IS 

76-22            77-27            78*36 

7 

9-46 

80-61 

81-77 

82-97 

The  old  tables  of  Scheibler  and  Flourens  are,  therefore, 
only  partially  accurate,  and  show  differences  amounting  to 
10  per  cent,  in  certain  places.  The  solubility  of  sugar  is 
decreased  by  the  presence  of  small  quantities  of  salts 
(organic  and  inorganic),  but  increased  by  that  of  large 
quantities;  whilst  salts  containing  water  of  crystallisation 
decrease  the  solubility,  easily  soluble  salts  such  as  potassium 
acetate  increase  it.  The  same  is  true  of  mixtures  of  salts, 
but  each  salt  appears  to  act  as  if  it  were  alone,  therefore, 
relatively  small  quantities  of  mixtures  of  easily  soluble 
salts  raise  the  solubility  of  sugar  largely  in  concentrated 
solutions.  Normal  molasses  is  not  a  supersaturated  solution 
of  sugar,  but  a  saturated  solution  of  sugar  in  that  of  the 
other  ("  nichtzucker ")  constituents.  When  sufficient 
water  is  added  to  molasses  to  form  a  saturated  solution  of 
sugar  if  it  were  present,  per  se,  this  diluted  molasses  will 
dissolve  fresh  quantities  of  sugar.  Wheu  small  quantities 
of  potassium  acetate,  potassium  chlorate,  &e.  are  added  to 
saturated  sugar  solution,  the  sugar  is  partially  precipitated 
but  redissolves  on  addition  of  an  excess  of  the  salts ; 
albumin,  pectin,  dextrin,  and  dextran  behave  in  the  same 
manner.  Baffinose  follows  the  same  rule  as  the  other 
"  nichtzucker"  constituents,  but  has  much  weaker  melassi- 
genic properties  than  all  the  other  substances  examined, 
even  than  potassium  chlorate. 

3.  Proposed  Alteration    in   Calculating    the  Rendement 

{Estimated  Yield)  of  Rate  Sugar,  with  regard  to  the 
Organic  "  Nichtzucker  "  especially  Raffinose. — In  France 
it  has  long  been  the  custom,  instead  of  multiplying  the  ash 
by  five  and  deducting  this  from  the  polarisation  in  calcu- 
lating the  "rendement,"  to  deduct  four  times  the  ash, 
twice  the  invert  sugar,  and  1-5  per  cent,  for  loss  in 
manufacturing,  or  for  the  money  value,  to  deduct  twice  the 
organic  "  nichtzucker  "  constituents  reckoned  at  60  centimes 
for  each  per  cent.  The  author  considers  it  more  accurate, 
instead  of  merely  deducting  five  times  the  ash,  to  take 
into  account  all  the  non-sucrose  constituents,  for  not  only 
are  all  these  substances  melassigenic,  but  certain  of  them 
are  produced  by  the  over-heating  and  decomposition  of  the 
sugar,  and  not  being  in  combination  with  the  ash,  their 
action  is  at  present  entirely  ignored.  It  is  proposed,  since 
the  effect  of  raffinose  has  not  been  accurately  ascertained, 
to  deduct  twice  the  total  non-sucrose  constituents  from  the 
polarisation  in  the  case  of  first  products.  The  chief 
objection  to  this  is  that  the  amount  of  organic  "  nicht- 
zucker" which  being  obtained  by  difference  is  dependent 
on  the  accuracy  of  the  estimation  of  all  the  constituents, 
the  most  inexact  estimation  being  that  of  the  water.  This 
is,  however,  overcome  by  employing  a  drying-oven  with 
double  walls  of  asbestos  or  inlaid  glass,  and  salt  water, 
or  toluene  (boiling  point,  109' — 110°)  as  heating  material. 
A  new  basis  for  the  calculation  of  after-products  is  to  be 
desired. — A.  R.  h. 


PATENTS. 
Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Candy,     II.  H.  Lake, 
London.     From  W.   P.   Kirehhoff   and  .f.  W.  Kirehhoff, 
New  Orleans,  U.S.A.      Eng.    Pat.    13,566,   August    11, 
1891. 

When  a  solution  of  cane-sugar  and  glucose  is  concentrated 
in  vacuo  to  the  consistence  necessary  to  form  "  hard 
crack,"  the  candy  produced  is  hygroscopic ;  whilst  when 
the  evaporation  is  performed  in  an  open  vessel,  much 
caramel  is  produced.  The  patentee  claims  to  have 
remedied  these  objections  by  the  following  process  : — 
The  solution  is  evaporated  in  vacuo  to  a  consistency 
below  that  necessary  to  form  "  hard  crack,"  and  finished 
in  an  open  vessel  heated  either  by  steam  or  direct  fire. 

—A.  B.  L. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Production  of  Adhesive 
Substances  Soluble  in  Water  from  the  Gwn  exuded 
from  Almond,  Cherry,  Teach,  and  other  Trees.  L.  Kern. 
Hamburg,  Germany.     Eng.    Pat.   21,370,    December   7, 

1891. 

The  patentee  claims  a  process  for  purifying  and  preparing 
the  gums  from  the  above-mentioned  sources,  prior  to  their 
application  and  use  as  adhesive  substances. 

The  crude  gum  is  ground,  separated  by  boiling  from  earth 
and  other  impurities,  and  the  meal  steeped  in  water  for 
12 — 24  hours.  The  gelatinous  mass  is  run  into  an  autoclave, 
where  it  is  exposed  to  the  action  of  steam  at  a  pressure  of 
15 — 90  lb.  per  square  inch  for  ^ — 1  hour,  and  then  filtered 
under  diminished  pressure  through  narrow  woven  cloths. 
The  filtrate  is  evaporated  at  a  moderate  but  uniform  tem- 
perature, and  the  viscid  product  dried  on  galvanised  or 
enamelled  iron  sheets  previously  greased ;  the  finished 
product  is  hard  and  brittle,  and  possesses  all  the  properties 
of  genuine  gum  arabic. — A.  B.  L. 


An  Improved  Coil  for  Feeding  Syrup  or  Molasses  into 
Vacuum  Pans.  H.  Basanta,  San  Juan,  Porto  Bico. 
Eng.  Pat.  3236,  February  19,  1892. 

The  coil  is  somewhat  smaller  in  diameter  than  the  vacuum 
pan,  and  is  placed  within  it,  preferably  over  the  steam 
coil,  to  which  latter  it  may  be  secured.  It  is  perforated  on 
its  lower  portion,  and  on  that  part  outside  the  pan  there  is 
a  pipe  for  steaming  the  coil,  and  another  for  introducing 
chemicals,  such  as  "  bloomer  "  or  sulphuric  acid,  &c,  into 
the  pan.  It  is  claimed  that  the  feed  is  more  regularly- 
distributed  over  the  pan  by  this  coil,  and  is,  in  fact,  so 
gentle  and  well  divided  in  the  massecuite  that  each  crystal 
continues  to  develop  and  the  formation  of  small  grains  of 
dust  is  avoided. — A.  B.  L. 


June  so,  1892.]       THE  JOUENAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


543 


Improvements  in  the  Crystallisation  of  Saccharine  and 
other  Solutions.  J.  C.  Mewlmm,  London.  From  "  The 
Muchinenfabrik  Greveubroieh,"  Grevenbroich,  Germanv. 
Eng.  Pat.  85-15,  May  19,  1892. 
Well  developed  crystals  are  placed  in  a  tank  (or  series  of 
tanks  connected  by  pipes),  having  a  perforated  bottom,  a 
tube  or  channel  below  it,  and  a  second  tube  above  the  layer 
of  crystals.  The  tank  is  heated  by  a  jacket,  and  a  saturated 
solution,  at  the  same  temperature  as  that  of  the  crystals,  is 
introduced  through  the  lower  tube  ;  the  solution  circulates 
through  the  crystals  and  passes  off  through  the  upper  tube, 
the  process  going  on  continuously ;  during  its  progress 
cooling  air  or  water  is  caused  to  pass  through  the  jacket. 
By  this  means  the  solution  is  kept  in  constant  agitation 
during  the  cooling,  and  the  patentee  claims  that  the  inven- 
tion provides  a  process  whereby  well  developed  crystals  are 
obtained  even  from  solutions  of  low  value,  and  the  secondary 
formation  of  tine  grains  avoided. — A.  K.  L. 


XYII.-BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

On    the    Presence    of    Inverlase    in     Wine    and    Beer. 

E.  Donath.  Chem.  Zeit.  16,  1892,  459. 
The  nitrogenous  constituents  of  wiue  and  beer  are  not 
definitely  known,  and  it  appeared  probable  to  the  author 
that  one  of  them  might  be  invertase.  Quite  recently 
A.  Bau  (Chem.  Zeit.  1892,  16,  143;  Chem.  Kep.  1892, 
16.  86),  has  determined  the  cupric  reducing  power  of  beer 
both  before  and  after  digestion  with  cane  sugar.  His 
results  indicate  the  presence  of  invertase. 

The  author  took  1  litre  of  white  wine  and  concentrated 
it  to  \  litre,  taking  care  to  keep  the  temperature  below 
35°  C. ;  the  residue  on  treatment  with  ether  yielded  a 
colourless  jelly  in  the  ethereal  layer ;  this  should  contain 
the  ferment  if  present.  The  jelly  was  poured  into  strong 
alcohol,  and  the  floccular  precipitate  separated  on  the  filter, 
subsequently  dissolved  in  water,  and  re-precipitated  with 
alcohol.  The  purified  substance  in  aqueous  solution  did  not 
reduce  Fehling's  solution,  but  on  digestion  with  cane-sugar 
solution  it  did ;  thus  proving  the  presence  of  invertase. 
Two  litres  of  beer  were  treated  in  the  same  way  and  with 
the  same  results. — A.  L.  S. 


Softening  Brewing  Water  and  the  Treatment  of  Hard 
Water  containing  Soda.  T.  Langcr.  Allgem.  Ztschr.  f. 
Bierbr.  u.  Malzfabr.  1892,  20,  4. 
A  brewing  water  of  34  •  6°  hardness,  which  yielded  a  beer 
of  unpleasant  colour,  was  softened  according  to  Clarke's 
method  with  lime  until  it  possessed  a  hardness  of  18c.  It 
was  then  found  to  be  quite  satisfactory. 

In  another  case  a  water  which,  besides  being  very  hard, 
contained  sodium  carbonate,  was  treated  in  the  same  way 
and  the  sodium  carbonate  rendered  harmless  by  the  addition 
of  gypsum. — -A.  L.  S. 

Report  on  the  Deplastering  of  Wine.     Berthelot,  Gautier, 
and  Duclaux.     Compt.  Rend.  114,  152—155. 

Fur  many  years  plaster  of  Paris  has  been  added  to  wines, 
not,  however,  without  objections  having  been  raised  to  its 
use.  A  recent  French  statute  has  fixed  2  grms.  per  litre 
as  the  maximum  amount  of  potassium  sulphate  that  shall 
be  present  in  a  wine. 

In  order  to  reduce  the  amount  of  sulphate  to  this,  after 
the  operation  of  plastering  has  been  performed,  a  mixture 
of  strontium  tartrate  and  tartaric  acid  has  been  used, 
strontium  sulphate  and  potassium  acid  tartrate  being 
produced. 

After  this  process  it  is  unfortunately  found  that  quite 
appreciable  quantities  of  strontium  tartrate  remain  in 
solution,  even  when  the  deplastering  has  only  been 
partially  performed. 


Although  the  salts  of  strontium  in  such  quantities  are 
not  known  to  be  in  any  way  harmful,  yet  it  is  quite  possihle 
that  when  taken  in  daily  doses  they  might  in  time  have 
some  ill  effect.  Also  as  commercial  strontium  salts  are 
almost  invariably  contaminated  with  barium  salts,  of  which 
the  poisonous  properties  are  well  known,  the  employment 
of  any  compound  of  strontium  for  the  above  purpose  must 
be  attended  with  not  a  little  risk. 

Taking  everything  into  consideration,  the  committee 
appointed  recommends  that  the  French  Academy  of 
Sciences  expresses  its  disapproval  of  the  practice  referred  to. 

— A.L.  S. 


PATENT. 


Improvements  in  or  Applicable  to  the  Manufacture  of 
Unfermented  Wine.  J.  F.  Henderson,  Aberdeen,  N.B. 
Eng.  Pat.  1044,  January  19,  1892. 

About  84  lb.  each  of  bruised  Muscatel  and  Valencia  raisins, 
the  rind  of  28  lemons,  and  24  lb.  ginger  are  extracted  with  5 
to  6  gallons  of  spirits  of  wine  10  overproof.  After  drawing 
off  the  spirituous  extract  the  residue  is  extracted  with  water 
containing  2  oz.  salicylic  acid,  the  aqueous  extract  is  boiled 
with  3J  cwt.  cane  sugar  and  lemon  juice.  When  cool  there 
is  added  to  it  the  spirituous  extract  and  about  12  oz.  of 
caramel.  It  is  diluted  with  boiled  water  until  the  gravity 
is  reduced  to  45°  Tw.  and  clarified  cither  by  subsidence  or 
finings.  To  make  an  unfermented  sparkling  wine,  4  oz. 
of  the  extract  are  taken  for  each  reputed  quart  bottle,  the 
bottle  filled  up  with  water  and  the  mixture  carbonated  in 
the  usual  manner. — A.  L.  S. 


XVIII.-CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

{A.)—  CHEMISTRY  OF   FOODS. 

The  Action  of  Certain  Liquids  on  Aluminium.     G.  Lunge. 
Eng.  and  Mining  J.  February  13,  1892,  206. 

Experiments  were  all  made  with  commercial  rolled  sheet 
aluminium,  1  mm.  thick,  from  the  Neuhausen  works,  of  the 
following  composition: — 0  44  per  cent,  combined  silicon, 
0 •  1 1  per  cent,  crystallised  silicon,  0-25  per  cent,  iron; 
traces  of  copper;  99-20  per  cent,  aluminium  (by  differ- 
ence). The  sheet  was  cut  up  into  strips  of  such  a  size 
that  they  could  be  conveniently  introduced  into  the 
flasks  serving  for  experiment.  Each  strip  was  freed  from 
sharp  edges  by  a  file,  and  was  thorough^'  cleaned  in  order 
to  lay  bare  a  real  metallic  surface  and  remove  the  exces- 
sively compact  surface  produced  by  the  rolling  process. 
They  were  for  this  purpose  treated,  first  with  concentrated 
solution  of  caustic  soda,  then  with  water,  then  with  dilute 
sulphuric  acid,  again  with  water,  scrubbed  with  a  brush 
and  distilled  water,  rinsed  with  alcohol  and  dried  in  an 
oven.  Three  such  strips  were  accurately  weighed,  hung 
by  means  of  small  holes,  upon  a  glass  hook,  in  such 
manner  as  not  to  touch  one  another,  and  introduced  into 
the  flasks  containing  the  liquids  to  be  tested.  Each  flask 
held  about  400  cc.  of  liquid,  and  was  closed  by  a  cork 
through  which  passed  the  stem  of  the  glass  hook.  After 
leaving  the  whole  for  six  days  at  the  ordinary  temperature 
of  the  room,  the  strips  were  taken  out,  rinsed  with  distilled 
water,  freed  from  any  adhering  alumina,  by  means  of  a 
soft  brush,  rinsed  with  alcohol,  dried  and  weighed.  The 
loss  of  weight  was  referred  to  the  aggregate  surface  of  the 
three  strips  (about  130  sq.  cm.),  and  is  in  the  following 
table  reduced  to  100  sq.  cm.  Each  liquid  was  tested  at 
least  twice  in  order  to  guard  against  accidental  mistake, 
in  a  few  cases,  where  the  nature  of  the  liquids  presented 
no  special  difficulties,  the  alumina  was,  moreover,  deter- 
mined gravimetrically  in  the  liqui  1  after  the  experiments, 
with  results  closely  approximating  those  found  by  ascer- 


544 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  80,  1892. 


taininfr  the  loss  of  weight  of  the  aluminium.     The  following 
table  gives  the  results  of  the  experiments  : — 


Loss  in  Weight. 


Liquids  Experimented  upon. 


Ordinary  olaret 

Ordinary  hock 

JJrandy 

Pure  50  per  cent,  alcohol 

5  per  cent,  solution  of  tartaric  acid 
1  per  cent,  solution  of  tartaric  acid 

0  per  cent,  acetic  acid 

1  per  cent,  acetic  acid 

5  per  cent,  solution  of  citric  acid  . . 
1  per  cent,  solution  of  citric  acid  .. 

5  per  cent.  lactic  acid 

5  per  cent,  butyric  acid 

Coffee 


Tea 

Beer 

4  per  cent,  boric  aciil  solution  . 

5  tier  cent,  carbolic  acid 

1  per  cent,  carbolic  acid 

$  per  cent,  salicylic  acid 


Mg. 

41 

4-0 
1G 
0-8 
1-9 
3-6 
4'3 

6-a 

2-8 
2-3 
6-1 
1-7 
0-G 


2-3 

.-, 

0-8 
7-S 


Ml-. 
3'3 

45 

12 

0-8 

2-4 

3-1 

5-7 

5-2 

2-8 

2-G 

G-3 

1-7 

<V7 


Mg. 

37 

4-3 
1-4 
0-8 
2-' 
3'4 
5-0 
5-7 
2-8 
2-5 
G-2 
1-7 
0'7 


Reduced 

to  a 
Surface 
of  100 
sq.  ct. 


2-3 

2-3 

0-5 

'  0-3 

05 

0-7 

9-2 

8-3 

Mg. 

2 -84 

3-27 
1-08 
0-61 
1-89 

2-58 
8-85 
4-38 
2-15 
1-90 
4-77 
1-31 
0-50 


1-77 
0-23 
0-49 
C-35 


In  very  few  of  the  cases  was  any  action  outwardly  visible. 
In  the  case  of  brandy  and  alcohol,  where  the  quantitative 
action  was  extremely  slight,  the  surface  of  the  aluminium 
showed  a  few  fungus-like  excrescences,  probably  formed  by 
alumina,  and  caused  by  accidental  flaws  in  the  sheet, 
iiiibbert  and  Roscher  found  that  alcohol,  ether,  and  all 
similar  liquids  had  no  action  at  all  on  aluminium  foils,  so 
that  the  observation  made  by  the  author  would  appear  to 
be  due  to  an  accidental  cause.  Only  in  the  last  case,  that 
of  a  solution  of  salicylic  acid,  did  the  aluminium  lose  its 
bright  surface  and  become  dull. 

The  following  are  the  conclusions :— The  action  of  coffee, 
tea  (both  of  which  had  been  poured  in  hot),  and  beer  is 
zero,  or  practically  so ;  that  of  brandy  is  also  extremely 
slight  ;  the  action  of  acids  and  acid  liquids  (wine,  sour 
milk,  fruit-juices,  &c.)  is  more  pronounced,  but  even  in 
this  case  far  too  slight  to  cause  any  alarm  whatever, 
Taking  the  worst  case  found,  that  of  acetic  acid,  a  maxi- 
mum attack  of  less  than  5  ingrnis.  per  100  sq.  cm.  in  six 
days  was  found.  Now,  a  canteen  holding  a  litre  (or  nearly  a 
quart),  has  an  inner  surface  of  about  600  sq.  cm.  and  an 
aluminium  weight  of  about  200  grms.  Such  a  canteen 
would  in  the  very  worst  case  lose  5  mgrms.  in  a  day,  even 
if  it  were  always  full,  or  1  grm.  in  200  days,  and  only  in  55 
years  would  it  be  reduced  to  half  its  weight.  This  action 
is  certainly  too  trifling  to  be  practically  considered. 

Aluminium  may,  therefore,  without  any  fear,  be  employed 
for  canteens  or  any  other  vessels  serving  for  holding  articles 
of  food,  at  least  at  the  ordinary  temperature. — W.  S. 


PATENT. 
A  Process  for  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Unman  Milk, 

and  other   easily   l)igestihle  Fowls.     R.   Keith  and  O. 

Dahm,   Berlin,    Germany.     Eng.    Pat.    7345,   April   28, 

1891. 
The  patentee  proposes  that  albuminous  substances  such  as 
"  white  of   eggs,    blood    albumen,   fibrin,   casein,  legumin, 


gluten,  and  the  like,"  shall  be  heated  in  solution  at  120° — 
150°  C.  in  a  closed  vessel  by  steam  or  a  jacket  of  super- 
heated steam.  Such  substances  are  thus  coagulated  and 
subsequently  redissolve,  giving  rise  to  a  solution  closely 
resembling  one  of  albuminose.  When  1 — 2  parts  of  this 
albuminose-like  substance  are  added  to  100  parts  of  cows' 
or  other  milk,  it  is  rendered  as  digestible  as  human  milk, 
may  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  the  latter,  and  may  be 
boiled,  sterilised,  or  desiccated  without  suffering  the  detri- 
mental change  which  coagulable  albuminous  bodies  would 
produce  therein.  The  new  substance  possesses  the  ad- 
vantage over  peptone  in  being  devoid  of  bitter  taste.  1^ — 
3i  parts  may  be  added  to  100  parts  of  beef  tea,  cocoa, 
coffee,  or  tea,  for  the  use  of  children,  invalids,  &c,  and 
these  rendered  nourishing  to  any  extent  without  affecting 
either  their  taste  or  smell. — A.  K.  L. 


XX -FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

Ephedrinc.     P.  Spehr.    Pbarm.  Zeits.  Kuss.  1892,  31,  84. 

The  alkaloid  of  theEphedra  monostachia  forms  on  oxidation 
with  potassium  permanganate,  benzoic  acid.  It  is  very 
easily  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  and  these  solutions  can 
be  kept  for  days  at  a  temperature  of  80°  without  decom- 
position of  the  alkaloid  ensuing.  It  is  soluble  in  chloroform 
1:11,  in  ether  1:109,  in  benzene  1:1180,  and  in  petroleum 
spirit  1 :  13,570.— B.  B. 


Ephedrine.     P.  Spehr.    Pharm.  Zeits>Iluss.  1892,16,  101. 

Ephedrine,  prepared  by  the  author  from  Ephedra  mono- 
stachia, has  the  composition  Ci3H,9NO,  whereas  the  alkaloid 
prepared  by  Nagai  from  Ephedra  helvetica  has  the  formula 
O10H15NO.  A  pseudo-ephedrine  of  the  same  formula  as 
the  last  named  substance  has  been  prepared  from  the  same 
plant  b}'  E.  Merck.  A  comparison  of  the  three  alkaloids 
gave  the  following  results  : — 


Nagai's 

Ephedrine. 


Pseudo- 

Ephedrine. 


Formula 

Melting  point : 
Free  base 

Hydrochloride 

Solubility  in: 
Water 

Alcohol 

Absolute  ether 

I  Mlicinal  ether 

Benzene 

Chloroform 

Light  petroleum 


C10H15NO    \    C10H1SNO 


210    C. 
216°  C. 

Slight 
Great 


Very  slight 


116°  C. 

174°  C. 

1:451 
Very  great 

1:15 

1:24 

1:26 

1:8 

Almost 
insoluble 


Spehr's 
Ephedrinc. 


CjHrjNO 

112°  C. 
207°  C. 

Very  great 
„ 
1:98 
1:109 
1:1180 
1:11 
1 : 13750 


Tasto 

Action 

Crystalline  form 
Free  base 

Hydrochloride 


Bitter,  astringent 

Strongly  poisonous 
and  mydriatic. 

Rhombic  prisms 

Rhombic  prisms 


Burning,  anasst  hetic 
Very  feeble 

Monoclinic 
Hexagonal  prisms 


June  su.  1892.]       THE  JOUKNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


545 


Robert  has  investigated  the  physiological  action  of  Nagai's 
ephedrine  on  dogs  and  cats,  and  finds  that  they  show  strong 
symptoms  of  poisoning  upon  internal  administration.  The 
alkaloid  prepared  by  the  author,  on  the  other  hand,  has 
no  such  effect. — B.  B. 


Chemistry  of  the    Kola   Nut.     E.    Knebel.     Apoth.   Zeit. 
1892,  7,  112. 

Tick  kola  nut  was  first  investigated  by  Liebeg,  who  detected 
caffein  in  it,  and  ascribed  its  action  to  that  substance. 
Heekel  showed  that,  even  after  the  removal  of  caffein  from 
the  kola  nut,  it  had  a  distinct  physiological  action,  which  he 
ascribed  to  the  presence  in  it  of  kola-red.  The  author  has, 
however,  recognised  a  glucoside,  which  splits  up  on  heating 
with  water  or  dilute  acids  into  caffein,  glucose,  and  kola-red, 
and  to  which  he  has  assigned  the  name  Kolanin.  This 
substance  is  split  up  on  the  ripening  or  drying  of  the  nut 
by  the  action  upon  it  of  a  diastatic  ferment,  so  that  the  red 
colouring  matter  contains  varying  proportions  of  kola-red 
and  kolanin.  Kola  red  corresponds  in  composition  to  the 
formula  CMH18Os  and,  according  to  the  results  of  its 
acetylisation,  contains  five  hydroxyl  groups.  It  is  a  very 
unstable  body.  The  percentage  of  tannin  in  the  kola  nut 
(which  is  1  to  2  per  cent.)  appears  to  correspond  with  the 
equation  expressing  the  oxidation  of  kola-red — 

C,4H1306  +  80  =  Ci.HnOo  +  4  H.O 
whence  it  appears  that   the  fusion  of  kola-red  with  alkalis 
would  give  the  same  decomposition  products  as  tannin. 

— B.  B. 


Hydvastinine  Hydrochloride.     E.  Merck.    Zeits.  Osterreich 
Apoth.  Ver.  1892,  30,  107. 

Ax  absolutely  white  preparation  cannot  be  obtained  as 
the  salt,  even  when  pure,  has  a  light  lemon  colour.  A 
sample  passing  the  following  test  is  found  to  satisfy  all 
requirements : — 

0-2  of  a  grm.  is  dissolved  in  6  cc.  of  water  and  six  drops 
of  caustic  soda  solution  (1:5)  added.  Each  drop  pro- 
duces a  white  precipitate,  which  disappears  on  shaking. 
On  shaking  and  stirring  the  clear  solution,  the  free  base 
crystallises  out,  the  separation  being  completed  by  allowing 
to  stand,  and  subsequently  adding  a  little  more  caustic  soda. 
The  precipitate  must  be  pure  white,  and  the  supernatant 
liquor  clear  and  colourless.  On  acidifying  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  the  uydrastinine  redissolves,  and  the  liquid 
takes  a  yellow  colour.  Samples  which  when  thus  tested 
give  a  precipitate  that  docs  not  wholly  dissolve  and  gives  a 
turbid  solution,  or  which  form  a  turbid  or  coloured  mother- 
liquor  after  the  base  has  crystallised  out,  are  contaminated 
with  foreign  matter. — B.  B. 


American  Oil  of  Turpentine.    J.H.Long.     Chem.  Trade 
Jouru.  10,  2G1. 

Various  kinds  of  turpentine  oil  differ  from  each  other 
in  marked  degree  in  their  action  on  polarised  light,  French 
oil  being  hevo-rotatory,  while  the  American  and  Russian 
oils  are  dextro-rotatory.  The  degree  of  rotation  is  not 
constant,  especially  great  variations  being  found  in  the 
American  oil. 

The  Distillation  of  Turpentine. — The  largest  proportion 
of  American  turpentine  is  obtained  from  the  "  longleaf  " 
pine  (jpinus  Australia'),  The  "  loblolly  "  or  "  oldfield  "  pine 
{jiinus  tueda),  "pitch"  pine  (p.  riijida),  and  the  "  swamp" 
or  Cuban  pine  (/).  cubensis)  supply  comparatively  small 
quantities.  The  crude  turpentine  is  collected  by  cutting 
in  the  tree  a  few  feet  from  the  ground,  "  pockets,"  or 
"  boxes,"  capable  of  holding  about  half  a  gallon.  To 
facilitate  the  collection  of  the  "gum  "  in  the  boxes,  grooves 
called  "  streaks  "  are  cut  in  the  tree  above  each  box.  The 
exudation  runs  down  these  streaks  and  is  collected  in  the 
boxes.  Boxes  cut  in  new  trees  are  "  virgin  "  boxes  and  the 
"  gum "  found  in  them,  which  is  white  and  of  the  con- 
sistence of  honey,  is  called  "  virgin  dip."  Gum  which, 
running  down  the  tree  and  has,  by  exposure  to  air  and  light, 


become  hard,  is  removed  in  the  autumn  and  is  called 
"  scrape."  After  four  or  five  years  working,  the  trees  are 
abandoned. 

The  process  of  distillation  is  carried  out  in  copper  stills, 
holding  from  eight  to  50  barrels  of  the  gum.  Water  is  added 
so  that  the  oil  may  pass  over  in  a  current  of  steam.  The 
vapour  leaving  the  still  is  condensed  in  a  worm  surrounded 
by  cold  water,  and  the  distillate  flows  into  a  receiving  tank, 
where  the  oil  collects  on  the  surface.  A  bowl  of  "  gum  " 
weighs  about  280  lb.  (127  ko.)  and  yields  from  7  to  9  gallons 
(26  •  5  to  34  •  3  litres)  of  the  oil.  The  weight  of  rosin  left  in 
the  still  is  about  four  times  as  great  as  that  of  the  oil 
obtaiued.  The  American  production  is  about  300,000 
barrels  per  annum,  of  which  over  one-half  is  exported, 
chiefly  from  Savannah  and  Wilmington. — C.  O.  W. 


Percentage  of  Guaiacol  in  Wood  Creosote.     J.   Bongartz. 

Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  16,  6. 

See  under  III.,  page  511. 


Manufacture  of  Nitro-  and  Amidomethylphenylpyraznlone 
and  a  Derivative  of  the  latter.  O.  Imray,  London. 
From  the  "  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister,  Lucius,  und 
Briining,"  Hochst-on-the-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
7963,  May  8,  1891. 

Methylphenylpyrazolone  when  dissolved  in  five  times  its 
weight  of  sulphuric  acid  (monohydrate),  and  nitrated  with 
nitrating  acid  of  33  per  cent,  is  converted  into  a  jellow  nitro 
body,  which  separates  out  when  the  melt  is  poured  into  iced 
water.  After  recrystallisation  from  alcohol,  in  which  it  is 
sparingly  soluble,  the  nitro-methylphenylpyrazolone  forms 
an  orange  yellow  crystalline  powder  having  the  composition 
CioH9N303,  and  melting  at  218°  C.  It  is  insoluble  in  water, 
but  dissolves  in  a  soda  solution.  On  reduction  with  tin  and 
hydrochloric  acid  the  nitro-compound  is  reduced  to  the 
corresponding  amido  body,  and  after  removal  of  the  tin  by 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  partial  evaporation  the  hydro- 
chloride separates  out  in  fine  needles.  It  is  purified  by- 
dissolving  in  water  and  reprecipitation  with  concentrated 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  has  the  composition  C^HnN^O .  2  HC1. 
By  diazotising  and  boiling  a  solution  of  the  salt  a  precipitate 
is  obtained  scarcely  soluble  in  alcohol  or  glacial  acetic  acid. 
It  dissolves  in  soda  and  is  reprecipitated  by  acids. — T.  A.  L. 


XXI.-PHOTOGRAPHIC  MATERIALS  AND 
PROCESSES. 

Aluminium   Light.     A.  M.  Villon.     Bull.   Soc.  franc.  Phot, 
1892,  8,  13L 

Powdered  aluminium  can  be  used  for  a  flash  light  for 
photographic  purposes  instead  of  magnesium.  It  is 
considerably  cheaper  than  magnesium,  and  burns  without 
smoke.  The  light  given  by  it  is  almost  as  actinic  as  that 
obtained  from  magnesium.  Powdered  aluminium  cannot  be 
satisfactorily  burnt  in  an  ordinary  spirit  lamp,  and  the  best 
result  was  obtained  by  using  a  spirit  lamp,  in  the  middle  of 
the  flame  of  which  the  end  of  a  tube  conveying  oxygen 
was  introduced,  and  into  which  the  powdered  aluminium 
was  projected  by  means  of  a  compressible  india-rubber  ball. 
The  best  light  was  obtained  by  the  use  of  a  mixture  of 
100  parts  of  powdered  aluminium,  25  parts  of  lycopodium, 
and  5  parts  of  ammonium  nitrate. — B.  B. 


546 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  30, 1892. 


XXII.-EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

The  Annual  Report  (Sixteenth)  of  Her  Majesty's  Inspectors 
of  Explosives  for  1S89. 

Is  their  annual  report  recently  published,  Her  Majesty's 
Inspectors  of  Explosives  are  fortunately  able  to  state  that 
only  one  death  occurred  from  accident  during  manufacture. 
Thirty-four  persons,  however,  lost  their  lives  during  the 
year  owing  to  accidents  in  the  use  of  explosives,  and  in 
most  cases  carelessness  was  the  cause  of  the  accident. 
There  were  only  two  fatal  accidents  owing  to  improper 
thawing  of  nitroglycerin  explosives  ;  hitherto  this  has  been 
a  fruitful  source  of  accident.  There  have  been  several 
outrages  and  malicious  attempts  made  with  explosives,  but 
happily  no  lives  were  lost.  The  chief  explosions  of  this 
character  were  at  Dublin  Castle  and  Dawsholm  Gas  Works, 
Glasgow,  and  were  in  both  cases  clearly  the  result  of 
deliberate  planning.  Particulars  are  given  of  a  fire  which 
took  place  on  board  S.S.  "  Delcomyn,"  en  route  for  India 
with  56  j  tons  of  safety  cartridges  on  board.  About  18  tons 
were  jettisoned,  and  the  remainder  were  destroyed  by  the 
fire  without  giving  rise  to  a  general  or  violent  explosion. 

In  regard  to  the  great  explosion  of  the  Vigna  Pia 
Magazine  near  Rome,  the  committee  appointed  to  inquire 
into  the  explosion  "  came  to  the  conclusion  that  it  originated 
in  a  fire  initiated  by  the  spontaneous  ignition  of  parachute 
or  signal  rockets,  and  the  committee  laid  special  stress  on 
the  danger  of  storing  with  gunpowder  combustible  stores 
such  as  fireworks,  liable  to  spontaneous  ignition."  A  serious 
explosion  took  place  at  the  Schlebusch  Dynamite  Factory 
near  Cologne  during  a  thunderstorm  ;  a  heavy  discharge  of 
electricity  struck  the  gelatin  and  washing  houses,  causing 
both  buildings  to  explode  simultaneously.  The  lightning 
conductors  had  been  examined  duriug  the  previous  month 
and  were  found  to  be  in  perfect  order. 

A  considerable  addition  has  been  made  to  the  list  of 
authorised  explosives  during  the  year,  but  no  striking  new 
departure  is  exhibited  as  nearly  all  those  added  are 
modifications  or  slight  variations  on  previously  existing 
explosives.  It  is  pointed  out  that  there  is  at  present  a  vast 
variety  of  smokeless  or  quasi-smokeless  powders  on  the 
market  at  home  and  abroad,  but  practically  all  may  be 
classed  under  two  heads,  viz.,  those  consisting  essentially  of 
nitrocellulose  and  those  consisting  of  the  same  material  in 
conjunction  with  nitroglycerin. 

Owing  to  the  considerable  extent  to  which  electric  lighting 
is  adopted  or  proposed  to  be  adopted  in  factories  for 
explosives,  a  series  of  rules  have  been  drawn  up  to  indicate 
the  minimum  of  precautious  which  should  be  observed  in  all 
electric  light  installations  for  factories  and  magazines  for 
explosives.  These  rules  have  been  largely  based  on  those 
issued  by  the  Phoenix  Fire  Office  with  special  modifications 
or  additions  in  some  cases.  Arc  lamps  are  not  to  be  used, 
and  in  the  case  of  danger  buildings  the  light  is  to  be  placed 
outside  of  the  building. 

Where  there  iis  any  liability  to  the  formation  of  dust  the 
lamps  are  to  be  immersed  in  water  or  otherwise  protected 
from  dust  falling  on  them.  Experiments  made  at  Waltham 
Abbey  showed  that  if  the  globe  of  an  incandescent  lamp  be 
broken  in  gunpowder  dust,  the  carbou  filament  retained  its 
heat  long  enough  to  fire  the  dust.  Dr.  Dupre  calls  attention 
to  the  fact  that  gelatin  dynamite  has  gradually  advanced  to 
the  first  position  among  the  various  explosives  employed, 
judging  by  the  number  of  samples  received.  He  examined 
two  samples  of  gun-cotton  which  are  of  considerable  interest, 
and  reports:  "One  of  them  was  taken  in  1887  from  the 
river  which  passes  the  gun-cotton  works  at  Stowmarket, 
having  been  in  the  water  since  lltli  August  1871,  or  for  a 
period  of  16  years.  The  other  was  dug  up  in  February  1891, 
on  the  place  of  the  old  exploded  magazine  at  the  same 
factor}-,  having  been  buried  in  the  earth  for  a  period  of 
19i  years.  Both  samples  were  in  perfect  condition,  not 
having  undergone  the  least  deterioration.  This,  though  not 
quite  unprecedented,  is  nevertheless  highly  interesting  as 
tending  to  confirm,  most  strongly,  previous  conclusions,  viz., 
that  well  made  gun-cotton  is  an  extremely  stable  compound." 
Some  experiments  were  made  as  to  the  ignition  of  gunpowder 
by    means    of   an    electric  spark.     It  was  found   that  dry 


gunpowder  could  not  readily  be  exploded  by  a  series  of 
sparks  from  a  small  induction  coil,  while  moist  gunpowder 
readily  took  fire.  Notices  are  also  given  of  the  more 
important  accidents  with  petroleum  and  similar  substances, 
one  of  the  most  serious  being  the  explosion  on  board 
S.S.  "  Tancarville,"  which  "  was  due  to  the  ignition  and 
explosion  of  a  quantity  of  petroleum  vapour  in  admixture 
with  air  accummulated  in  and  about  the  ballast  tank." 

From  a  special  report  made  by  Her  Majesty's  Inspector 
of  Explosives,  Lieut. -Colonel  Cundill,  on  the  ignition  and 
partial  explosion  of  gelatin  dynamite  which  took  place  at 
Nantymwyn  lead  mine,  Carmarthenshire,  on  March  £8, 
1892,  it  appears  that  a  miner  was  lowering  a  case  containing 
50  lb.  of  gelatin  dynamite  down  a  shaft  when  it  slipped 
from  the  rope  and  fell.  A  report  was  heard,  and  smoke  and 
flames  issued  from  the  spot.  Another  miner,  who  was 
waiting  to  receive  the  case,  as  well  as  the  man  lowering  it, 
died  from  the  poisonous  fumes,  neither  having  received  any 
external  injury  beyond  a  few  scratches.  The  case  fell,  at 
most,  48  ft.  This  is  the  first  instance  in  this  country  of  a 
simple  fall  exploding  a  nitroglycerin  compound.  The 
actual  cause  of  the  accident  is  obscure,  but  Lieut.-Colonel 
Cundill  considers  that  "  from  the  evidence  afforded  by  the 
facts  it  is  most  reasonable  to  conclude  that  the  ignition  and 
quasi-explosion  were  produced  simply  by  shock  acting  on 
the  gelatin  dynamite  when  in  an  abnormally  sensitive  state  " 
(owing  to  its  having  been  frozen  and  partially  thawed  on 
the  outside),  "and  perhaps  brought  violently  in  contact  with 
the  hard  rock,  or  that  they  were  produced  by  actual  contact 
with  the  flame  of  one  of  the  men's  candles." — W.  M. 


Nitrojnte,  an  Explosive.  O.  Mulhiiuser.  Chem.  Zeit. 
16,  163. 
Aftek  purifying  the  jute  fibre  by  boiliug  with  a  1  per  cent, 
solution  of  sodium  carbonate  and  washing  with  water,  the 
author  treats  1  part  of  the  purified  jute  with  15  parts  of 
nitrosulphuric  acid.  With  different  proportions  of  nitric 
and  sulphuric  acids  he  obtained  the  following  results : — 


Exp. 


HN03:H2SO, 


Yield. 


Ienition 
Point. 


Xitrogen. 


I. 

1 

:     1 

Per  Cent. 
129-5 

°C. 
170 

Per  Cent. 
U-9« 

II. 

1 

:      2 

132-2 

1(57 

12-15 

III. 

1 

:     3 

135-8 

169 

11-91 

Another  trial  made  with  fine  carded  jute  and  an  acid 
mixture  similar  to  that  in  experiment  II.  gave  145-4  per 
cent,  yield  of  nitrojnte,  which  ignited  at  1 62'  C.  and  contained 
12  per  cent,  of  nitrogen  (this  Journal,  1892,  214).— W.  M. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Method  of  Charging  Explosive  Shells. 
F.  W.  Dodd,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  5608,  April  1,  1891. 

A  OASR  is  constructed  of  wood,  compressed  paper,  or  india- 
rubber  of  such  form  and  size  that  when  inserted  into  the 
shell  there  is  a  small  space  left  in  all  directions  between  the 
outer  surface  of  the  case  and  the  inner  surface  of  the  shell. 
The  case  is  filled  with  the  explosive  and  inserted  into  the 
shell,  the  space  between  case  and  shell  being  then  filled  with 
any  suitable  plaster  which  will  set  hard,  the  cap  is  screwed 
on,  and  the  charge  becomes  securely  fixed  in  the  shell. 

— W.  M. 

Improved  Machinery  for  Compressing  Gunpowder  or  other 
Material  into  Pellets.  H.  Greenwood,  Leeds.  Eng. 
Pat.  7948,  May8,  1891. 

Tins  invention  is  for  arrangements  of  machinery  for 
"  compressing  gunpowder  and  other  material  in  measured 
quantities  into  pellets  and  discharging  the  same  automati- 
cally from  the  machine,  such  pellets  being  formed  either 
solid  or  hollow,  and  compressed  between  oppositely  moving 
plungers." — W.  M. 


i  in  iii.isui]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


547 


Improvements  in  Machinery  for  the  Manufacture  if  Explo- 
it. W,  Anderson,  Erith.     Eng.   Pat.  12,303,  July 
20,  1891. 

Tnis  invention  relates  to  improvements  in  machines 
described  in  Specification  No.  11,667,  1889,(this  Journal, 
1890,  893),  for  the  manufacture  of  cordite.  The  original 
specification  must  he  consulted  for  details  of  the  mechanical 
arrangements  adopted,  which  are  illustrated  by  numerous 
drawings. — XV.  M. 


XXIII.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

APPARATUS. 

A  Neie  Colorimeter.  Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  1891,  15,  324. 
Gaxlenkamp's  colorimeter  consists  of  two  equally  wide 
adjacent  troughs  constructed  of  plate-glass  and  encased 
together  in  metal.  The  one  into  which  the  liquid  under 
examination  is  placed  has  the  form  of  a  parallelopiped, 
whereas  the  other,  which  serves  to  contain  the  normal 
solution,  is  circular.  The  colour  of  the  normal  solution 
in   the   latter   gradually   decreases    down    to   a   colourless 


A  New  Colorimeter. 

liquid.  By  means  of  the  observation  apparatus,  which  can 
be  moved  in  front  of  the  troughs,  a  point  of  the  scale  may 
be  found  at  which  both  liquids  show  the  same  colour.  The 
scale  is  divided  into  100  parts,  so  that  it  gives  the  percentage 
relation  of  colour  between  the  liquid  under  examination 
and  the  normal  solution.  When  the  telescope  attached  to 
the  observation  apparatus  is  replaced  by  a  small  direct  vision 
spectroscope,  the  instrument  forms  a  spectro-colorimeter. 
Besides  its  accuracy  and  delicacy,  the  instrument  has  the 
advantage  that  the  heights  of  the  liquids  remain  unaltered 
during  the  measurement.  After  some  practice  single 
readings  do  not  differ  more  than  0-5  per  cent.  It  is  best 
illuminated  by  projecting  diffused  daylight  by  means  of  a 
white  screen  from  behind. — A.  R.  L. 


An  Apparatus  for  determining  the  Liability  of  Oils  to 
Spontaneous  Combustion.  E.  H.  Richards.  Tcchnol. 
Quarterly,  1891,346. 

The  author  describes  the  following  laboratory  apparatus 
for  the  experimental  determination  of  the  facility  with 
which  oils  oxidise  under  favourable  conditions.  At  the 
instigation  of  the  New  England  Cotton  Manufacturers' 
Association  and  of  the  Boston  Manufacturers'  Mutual  Fire 
Insurance    Company,   I'rofessor    Ordway    undertook    the 


investigation  of  this  subject,  the  outcome  of  which  is  this 
apparatus  in  the  form  given  it  by  W.  B.  Allbright  and  F. 
W.  Clark. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  an  outer  shell  formed  by  a 
six-inch  wrought-iron  tube  which  can  be  closed  at  each  end 
by  discs  of  wood.  Inserted  into  this  tube  is  an  inner  four- 
inch  tube  of  sheet-iron  with  overlapping  metal  covers  at 
each  end.  Thus  there  is  left  an  air-space  of  one  inch 
around  the  inner  tube  and  of  three  inches  at  each  end.  The 
whole  apparatus  is  conveniently  placed  on  a  tripod  and 
heated  by  a  Bunseu  burner.  Three  thermometers  which  are 
inserted  into  the  inner  shell  through  the  outer  one  allow  of 
the  reading  of  the  temperature. 

For  purposes  of  testing  an  oil  50  grms.  of  the  oil  are 
evenly  distributed  over,  say,  50  grms.  of  cotton  waste,  and 
the  waste  carefully  pushed  into  one  end  of  the  inner  tube 
undone  thermometer  inserted  into  the  middle  of  the  ball. 
A  second  ball  of  unoiled  waste  is  placed  at  the  other  end  of 
the  tube.  On  heating,  the  thermometer  inserted  into  this 
blank  waste  should  not  rise  above  100" — 101°  C,  which  can 
be  easily  controlled  by  the  readings  of  the  middle  ther- 
mometer.    The  latter  should  be  kept  at  about  125°  C. 

The  results  obtained  by  means  of  this  apparatus  have 
been  of  the  greatest  use  for  determining  the  cause  of  fires 
and  for  gauging  the  degree  of  safety  of  oils.  For  instance, 
the  percentage  of  fatty  oil  which  may  be  safely  mixed  with 
mineral  oils  can  be  easily  determined.  Thus  neats-foot  oil 
and  best  lard  oil  may  be  added  to  the  extent  of  50 — 60  per 
cent.,  while  cotton  oil  should  not  be  allowed  beyond  25  per 
cent. 

Shavings,  leather,  skeins  of  dyed  yarn,  or  rolls  of  dyed 
cloth  may  be  tested  in  the  same  way  in  this  apparatus. 
Paper  pulp,  boards,  and  other  combustible  substances, 
when  heated  to  a  higher  temperature,  would  indicate  the 
temperature  at  which  inflammation  sets  in. — J.  L. 


INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUALITATIVE. 

Colour  Testing.     W.  C.  Wilson.     Chem.  Trade  J.  10,  130, 
163,  274,290. 

See  under  XIII.,  page  537. 


INORGANIC   CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITA  TIVE. 

Dry    Method    of     Analysis    of    Galena.        P.    Jannasch 
and  T.  Bickes.     J.  Prakt.  Chem.  1892,  45,  113  —  114. 

Bromine  attacks  the  mineral  at  ordinary  temperatures  to 
a  certain  extent ;  complete  transformation  into  bromide 
may  be  brought  about  by  first  heating  with  a  small  flame 
and  finally  heating  to  fusion  point,  a  current  of  bromine 
passing  all  the  while.  So  soon  as  the  conversion  is  complete 
the  boat  containing  the  material  is  allowed  to  cool  in  a 
current  of  bromine,  and  subsequently  weighed.  The 
contents  of  the  boat  are  then  treated  with  chlorine  water, 
warmed,  and  the  lead  chloride  formed  is  dissolved  by  hot 
water,  aided  with  a  little  nitric  acid.  The  liquid  is  filtered 
from  the  gangue  and  the  lead  precipitated  as  sulphate  in 
the  filtrate. 

On  the  Electrolytic  Determination  of  Metals  as  Amalgams 
W.  Gibbs.     Amer.  Chem.  Journ.  13,  570—571. 

The  author  in  1883  read  a  paper  before  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences  on  a  method  of  electrolysis  for  the 
separation  of  metals  from  their  solutions  by  the  use  of 
mercury  as  the  negative  electrode,  the  positive  electrode 
being  platinum.  Iron,  cobalt,  nickel,  zinc,  cadmium,  and 
copper  can  be  completely  separated  as  amalgams  from  a 
solution  of  their  sulphates  in  this  way. 

Drown  (Trans.  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers,  Vol.  20, 
not  yet  published)  has  shown  that  iron  may  thus  be 
separated  from  even  very  small  quantities  of  alumina,  and 


548 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  3«,  1892. 


it  is  to  be  expected  that  iron  and  some  other  metals  may 
also  be  separated  from  titanium,  zirconium,  niobium,  and 
tantalum,  and  that  the  electro-negative  portion  of  certain 
metallic  salts  may  be  estimated  in  the  same  way. 

Liickow  (Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  25,  113)  has  estimated 
zinc,  and  Vortmann  (Ber.  24,  2749)  has  estimated  mercury, 
zinc,  cadmium,  lead,  bismuth,  and  antimony  by  the  author's 
process. 

E.  F.  Smith,  in  his  "  Electrolytic  Analysis,"  erroneously 
states  that  the  author  applied  this  method  to  tin  and 
mercury. — P.  J.  H. 


Determination  of  the  Value  of  Commercial  Aluminium. 
Schweiz.  Wochenschr.  Pharm.  1891,  29,  471  ;  Chem. 
Zeit.  Kep.  1892,  16,  4. 

The  impurities  occurring  in  aluminium  and  depreciating 
greatly  its  value  are  chiefly  silicon  and  iron.  After 
discussing  the  various  methods  in  vogue  the  author  proposes 
the  following  : — The  aluminium  is  dissolved  in  caustic  potash 
of  30 — 40  per  cent,  (free  from  Si02),  and  silicon  and  iron 
are  determined  separately.  He  dissolves  3 — 4  grins,  in 
35  ec.  warm  caustic  potash  ley.  Without  filtering  off  the 
black  flocculent  residue,  the  liquor  is  treated  with  an  excess 
of  pure  hydrochloric  acid  and  evaporated  to  dryness.  The 
silica  is  then  determined  in  the  usual  way. 

For  the  determination  of  iron  the  author  dissolves  in  the 
same  way  3 — 4  grms.  aluminium,  acidulates  with  dilute 
sulphuric  acid,  and  titrates  with  potassium  permanganate. 

—J.  L. 


On  the  Volumetric  Estimation  of  Sulphuric  Acid. 
K.  Farnsteiuer.  Chem.  Zeit.  16,  182. 
The  sulphuric  acid  is  precipitated  in  a  nearly  boiling  solu- 
tion, slightly  acid  with  hydrochloric  acid,  by  a  measured 
but  excessive  quantity  of  barium  chloride  solution  of  known 
strength.  The  solution  is  again  heated  for  some  time  and 
ammonia  free  from  carbonate  is  added  until  the  neutral 
point  is  just  passed,  and  then  ammonium  chromate  (which 
is  preferable  to  potassium  chromate)  in  slight  excess.  When 
the  liquid  is  cold  it  is  introduced  into  a  suitable  measuring 
flask,  filled  up  1o  the  mark.  When  the  precipitate  has 
settled,  half  the  liquid  is  filtered  off  into  a  beaker,  or  better 
a  wide  mouthed  flask  nrovided  with  a  ground  stopper. 
The  excess  of  chromate  is  then  estimated  by  Volhard's 
method,  i.e.  potassium  iodide  and  hydrochloric  acid  are 
added,  and  the  iodine  liberated  is  titrated  with  sodium 
thiosulphate. 

(  Kving  to  the  fact  that  barium  sulphate  carries  down  the 
chromate  with  it,  the  results  are  too  low  except  in  solutions 
containing  small  quantities  of  sulphuric  acid.  Thus,  a 
solution  containing  about  0-8  percent,  of  potassium  sul- 
phate gave  45-11  and  44H3  per  cent,  of  SO-,  instead  of 
45-91.  But  with  very  dilute  solutions  (containing  0- 04  to 
0-08  per  cent,  of  potassium  sulphate),  the  results  are 
sufficiently  exact.  Thus,  in  a  solution  of  potassium  sulphate 
"ontaining  0-0744  of  the  salt  in  100  cc,  the  SOa  found 
was  0-0340  grm. ;  SO:,  calculated  was  0-0342  grm.  The 
method  is  recommended  for  the  estimation  of  sulphuric 
acid  in  soda,  rock  salt,  aud  table  salt,  potash,  and  potassium 
chloride.  In  estimating  the  sulphuric  acid  in  natural  waters 
100 — 200  cc.  are  taken  ;  the  carbonates  are  first  decom- 
posed by  heating  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the 
method  given  above  is  then  followed.  200  cc.  of  Hamburg 
tap  water  gave  0-0079  S03  by  gravimetric,  0-0077  by 
volumetric  analysis. 

The  only  bodies  which  interfere  with  the  determinations  in 
water  are  ferric  oxide,  which  is  precipitated  by  the 
ammonia,  and  nitrous  acid,  which  can  be  decomposed  by 
adding  a  few  crystals  of  pure  urea  to  the  water  while  the 
carbonic  acid  is  being  driven  off.  A  .single  determination 
can  easily  be  made  in  an  hour. — P.  J.  II. 


JYotes  upon  the  Estimation  of  Chlorine  in  Electrolysed 
Solutions.  L.M.Norton.  Technol.  Quarterly,  1891,  361. 
Ox  electrolysing  aqueous  solutions  of  sodium  chloride, 
solutions  are  obtained  which  contain  chlorine  in  several 
forms  of  combination.  The  author  describes  his  methods 
of  estimating  the  chlorine, 

It  may  be  premised  that  by  the  electrolysis  of  a  sodium 
chloride  solution  at  ordinary  temperature  the  liquor  will 
contain  sodium  chloride,  sodium  hypochlorite,  and  sodium 
chlorate,  whilst  sodium  chlorite  could  not  be  found.  At  a 
temperature  of  50° — 55°  C.  mainly  sodium  chloride  and 
sodium  chlorate  are  obtained. 

(a.)  Estimation  of  Chlorine  combined  as  Hypochlorite. 
— 25  cc.  of  the  solution  are  titrated  with  a  standardised 
sodium  arsenite  solution  and  the  chlorine  present  as  hypo- 
chlorite calculated.  The  solution  must  be  preserved  for  the 
determination  of  Ihe  chloride  present. 

(6.)  Estimation  of  Chlorine  combined  as  Chloride. — ■ 
The  solution  from  the  preceding  operation  is  made  np  to  a 
known  volume  and  an  aliquot  part  of  it  is  titrated  wilh 
standardised  silver  nitrate  solution,  potassium  chromate 
being  used  as  indicator.  The  presence  of  arsenic  does  not 
interfere  with  the  correctness  of  the  result ;  in  fact,  sodium 
arsenite  itself  may  be  used  as  indicator  in  place  of  the 
potassium  chromate. 

Thus  the  chlorine  present  as  hypochlorite  plus  chloride 
is  estimated  ;  by  subtracting  the  amount  found  sub  a,  the 
quantity  of  chlorine  present  as  chlorde  is  obtained. 

(e.)  Estimation  of  the  Total  Chlorine. — It  is,  of  course, 
evident  that  the  total  chlorine  could  not  be  obtained  by  the 
titration  of  the  original  solution  before  being  electrolysed. 
The  simplest  way  of  determining  the  total  chlorine  is  to 
reduce  the  hypochlorite  and  the  chlorate  to  chlorides  and 
to  titrate  with  silver  nitrate.  To  effect  the  reduction  the 
author  uses  sulphurous  acid,  which  has  been  recommended 
for  this  purpose  by  Kose  and  Engel.  Free  acid  being 
formed  during  the  reduction  potassium  chromate  cannot  he 
used  as  indicator  for  the  subsequent  titration  with  silver 
nitrate ;  the  author  adds,  therefore,  an  excess  of  silver 
nitrate  and  titrates  back  with  ammonium  sulphocyanide. 

From  the  total  chlorine  thus  found  the  chlorine  present 
as  chlorate  can  be  easily  calculated. 

The  method  of  determining  the  hypochlorite  plus  the 
chlorate  by  allowing  them  to  act  on  potassium  iodide  in  the 
well  known  way  has  not  been  found  as  convenient  as  the 
one  described  above. 

A  less  rapid  method  would  be  to  determine  the  total 
oxidising  power  of  the  solution,  i.e.,  the  hypochlorite  plus 
chlorate,  by  means  of  an  excess  of  standardised  ferrous 
sulphate. 

In  testing  the  efficiency  of  electrolytic  chlorine  generators 
the  chlorine  produced  is  most  conveniently  absorbed  in 
sodium  hydrate,  the  amouut  of  chlorine,  which  the  latter 
contained,  having  been  determined  previously.  The 
chlorine  in  its  different  combinations  may  be  estimated  as 
above. 

The  author  recommends  these  methods  for  the  analysis 
of  bleaching  powder  if  the  determination  of  total  chlorine 
and  chlorate  is  desired. — J.  L. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUALITATIVE. 

Testing    Lard   for   Fut/i/    Oils.     P.    Welmans.       Pharm. 

Zeit.  1891,  36,  798  ;  Chem.  Zeit.  Kep.  1892,  16,5. 
The  author  proposes  a  new  reaction  by  means  of  which 
he  is  able  to  detect  the  presence  of  any  fatty  oil  in  lard. 
If  one  grm.  of  a  fatty  oil  be  dissolved  in  5  cc.  chloroform 
in  a  test-tube,  and  2  cc.  phosphomolybdic  acid  or  sodium 
phosphomolybdate  aud  a  few  drops  of  nitric  acid  are 
added,  on  violent  agitation  the  reagent  is  reduced  and  the 
mixture  becomes  emerald  green.  Ou  standing  a  few  min- 
utes the  lower  layer  of  chloroform  becomes  colourless 
whilst  the  upper  layer  shows  a  green  colour;  on  adding 
ammonia  or  alkalis,  the  green  colour  is  changed  into  a  blue 
one. 


JuueSO.1893.]       THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


549 


Lard  (tallow,  goose  fat,  butter  faO,  treated  in  the  same 
«  ay  iloes  not  show  any  change  of  colour;  on  saturating  with 
ammonia  or  alkali  the  mixture  becomes  colourless. 

The  only  oil  of  animal  origin  which  reduces  the  above 
mentioned  reagent  is  cod-liver  oil,  which  contains  besides 
amines  of  the  fatty  series,  several  bases  of  an  alkaloid 
character,  viz  ,  Morrhuine,  Gadiuine,  &c. — J.  L. 


Adulteration  of  Turpentine.     J.  H.  Long.     Chem.  Trade  J. 

10,  261. 
Turpentine  oil  is  not  largely  adulterated  at  the  present 
time.  Light  petroleum  oils,  gasoline,  benzine,  or  light 
rosin  oils  have  occasionally  been  employed  as  adulterants. 
The  various  sophistications  can  be  detected  by  the  following 
tests  : — 

1.  Specific  Gracity. — The  specific  gravity  of  American 
turpentine  varies  within  the  narrow  limits  of  from  0-8G4  to 
0870,  according  to  Allen.  Thirteen  samples  examined  by 
the  author  showed  results  varying  between  0-8622  and 
0*8655  ;it  l.V  C.  With  pure  commercial  samples,  the 
density  was  found  to  range  from  0-8656  to  0-8718. 

Tin-  petroleum  products,  which  could  be  used  for  the 
sophistication  of  turpentine  have  all  a  density  much  lower 
than  this. 

Gasoline,  88°  B Sp.  gr.  r-6508  at  13°  C. 

74°  B C-7001 

Benzine, 63°  B 0'7300       ., 

"Standard  white,"  110  fire  test       „  0-7999 

"Water  white,"      150      „  „  0-7918 

"Headlight,"         175      „  „  0-7!152 

Mineral  seal   „  ()'8293       „ 

Paraffin  oil 0'8906 

A  mixture  of  95  vols,  of  a  turpentine,  sp.  gr.  0-8680, 
with  5  vols,  of  each  one  of  these  oils,  gave  the  following 
results  :  — 

Sp.  gr. 

With  5  vols,  gasoline,  8S5  B 0-8568 

„         gasoline,  74°  B 0'8595 

benzine,  63°  B 0'8608 

„         "standard  white,"  110  fire  test.  0-S637 

"water  white,"  150  fire  test 0'8632 

"heart  light,"  175  fire  test 0'8630 

„         mineral  real 0'S656 

paraffin  oil 0'8688 

For  the  detection  of  ordinary  rosin  spirit  the  specific 
gravity  is  not  of  much  use,  some  grades  having  a  lower,  and 
some  a  higher  density  than  turpentine.  Fatty  oils  can 
readily  be  detected  by  this  test. 

2.  Soiling  Point. — In  the  examination  of  a  large  number 
of  pure  commercial  samples  of  turpentine,  the  boiling 
point  was  uniformly  found  at  155°  to  156°  C,  85  per  cent., 
distilling  between  155°  and  163°  C.  The  distillation  is 
practically  complete  below  185°  C.  The  initial  and  final 
boiling  points  of  the  eight  mineral  oils  referred  to  were  as 
follows  : — 


Gasoline,  88° 

Gasoline,  74° 

Benzine,  053 

"  Standard  while,"  110° 
"  Water  white,"  160°  . . . 

"  Head  light,"  175° 

Mineral  seal 

Paraffin  oil 


Initial. 

Final. 

°C. 
About  40 

■O, 
About  110 

„      55 

„    m 

„      95 

„      105 

„    130 

Above  360 

,.    148 

About  310 

,.     160 

„     315 

„    230 

Above  360 

„    300 

„      300 

The  initial  temperature  means  the  point  when  about  1  ec. 
out  of  100  has  passed  over.  The  presence  of  5  per  cent,  of 
either  of  these  oils  in  turpentine  would  readily  show 
itself. 

3.  Flashing  Point. — Much  importance  is  attached  to  the 
flashing-point  test,  which  according  to  Redwood  is  at  33°  C. 
By  the  presence  of  volatile  petroleum  products  it  is  much 
lowered.  Mixtures  of  95  vols,  of  turpentine  and  5  vols,  of 
the  above  mineral  oils  show  the  following  flashing- points: — 


With  gasoline,  f 


.  Flashing  point  below  15°  C. 


„      19°  C. 

benzine,  03' 

„     about  22=  C. 

■•Standard  White,"  110° 

„      32°  C. 

"Water  White,"  150°  ..        „ 

„      33°  C. 

"  Head  Light,"  175° 

„      34°  C. 

Mineral  seal 

„      35°  C. 

Paraffin  oil , 

„      36-5°  C 

This  table  requires  no  comment. 

4.  Vapour  Density. — This  was  determined  in  a  Victor  and 
Carl  Meyer's  apparatus  with  ethyl  benzoate  as  heating  liquid. 
Thus  fractionated  fresh  turpentine  was  found  in  two  tests  to 
possess  a  molecular  weight  of  1.35-11  and  134-53  respec- 
tively. Ordinary  commercial  turpentine,  not  fractionated, 
gave  results  varying  between  136-6  and  147-7,  average  of 
15  samples  142  0.  The  light  petroleum  products  have 
molecular  weights  considerably  lower  than  that  of  turpen- 
tine. A  small  addition  of  benzine  can  be  detected  by 
fractionating  the  sample  and  determining  the  vapour 
density  of  the  first  10  cc.  This  method  of  course  fails 
with  heavier  petroleum  products. 

5.  Distillation  with  Steam. — The  results  obtaiued  in  this 
way  fully  agree  with  Armstrong's  experience.  The  method 
is  valuable  for  the  detection  of  vegetable  oils,  or  heavier 
petroleum  products. 

6.  Nitric  Acid  Oxidation. — Win.  Burton  (Amer.  Chem. 
Jour.  12,  102)  has  shown  that  a  fairly  quantitative  measure 
of  the  petroleum  products  present  in  a  turpentine  may  be 
made  by  slowly  dropping  100  cc.  of  it  into  about  300  cc.  of 
fuming  nitric  acid  which  is  kept  in  a  flask  immersed  in  cold 
water.  At  the  end  of  the  reaction  it  is  simply  necessary  to 
wash  the  oxidation  compounds  with  hot  water,  in  which 
they  dissolve,  while  the  practically  unattacked  petroleum  is 
left  behind.     This  method  gives  very  satisfactory  results. 

— c.  o.  w. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

Weighting  of  Leather.     B.  Kohlmann.     Chem.  Zeit.  1892, 
16,  16—17. 

Inasmuch  as  such  substances  as  may  be  used  for  this 
purpose  can  only  be  introduced  by  making  the  leather 
absorb  solutions  of  them,  it  is  obvious  that  insoluble 
materials  are  inapplicable,  and  it  would  appear  that  sugar, 
barium  salts,  and  cheap  vegetable  extractive  matter 
are  the  only  weighting  materials  actually  used.  The 
detection  of  the  fraud  resolves  itself  into  the  determination 
of  soluble  organic  matter,  ash,  sugar,  and  barium ;  the  two 
former  should  be  compared  with  the  average  quantity  to  be 
found  in  genuine  leather ;  the  two  latter  will  serve  as 
qualitative  indications,  since  properly  tanned  leather  is  free 
from  them. 

The  samples  must  be  dried  at  105°  before  they  are 
weighed,  for  the  water  in  genuine  leather  varies  from  12  to 
20  per  cent. ;  they  are  then  cut  into  the  thinnest  possible 
strips  and  extracted  with  cold  water,  hot  water  being  inad- 
missible because  leather  speedily  goes  slimy  in  it,  and  is 
thus  imperfectly  extracted.  In  testing  for  sugar  in  this 
extract  it  must  be  remembered  that  any  excess  of  tannin 
which  may  exist  in  the  leather  will  be  dissolved,  and  will 
yield  sugar  when  boiled  with  alkalis  or  alkaline  liquids,  like 
Fehling's  solution.  To  avoid  errors  from  this  source  the 
aqueous  extract  should  be  precipitated  with  lead  acetate  and 

F  2 


.wo 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Juno so,  1892. 


the  excess  of  lead  removed  by  solium  carbonate  before  the 
sugar  is  determined  by  Fehling's  solution  or  by  the 
polarimeter.     The  other  estimations  need  no  comment. 

The  examination  of  pure  leather  showed  that  cold  water 
extracts  10 — 12  per  cert,  of  the  weight  of  the  dry  leather, 


and  that  the  ash  varies  between  0-5  and  1  percent.  It 
will  thus  be  seen  that  samples  II.  and  VI.  in  the  subjoined 
table  are  the  only  pure  specimens,  IV.  is  adulterated  with 
soluble  organic  matter  other  than  sugar,  and  the  rest  contain 
both  sugar  and  barium. 


Sample?. 


100  of  Leather  Dried  at  105    contain 

i. 

11. 

III. 

,V. 

V. 

73  i 

VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 

Organic  matter  insoluble  in  water 

79  ■>.> 

89"  2 

79'  S 

78-0 

87-7 

80-0 

77-H 

15-9 

10-2 

15-8 

20-9 

22'6 

11-8 

17-1 

19-3 

Ash  

n 

0*6 

4'4 

1-1 

3-S 

11-5 

2-9 

.VI 

Found 

Nil 

Found 

Nil 

Found 

Nil 

Found 

Found 

Found 

N„ 

Found 

Nil 

Found 

Nil 

Found 

Found 

-A.  G.  B. 


Analysis  of  Linoleum  Floorcloth.     J.  Piuette.     Chem. 
Zeit.  1892,  16,  281. 

Linoleum  floor  cloth  is  manufactured  from  ground  cork 
and  oxidised  linseed  oil,  with  admixture  of  various  pigments 
and  mineral  weighting  materials.  In  the  analysis  of  this 
material  the  first  step  is  to  remove  from  its  uuder-part  a 
sort  of  very  coarse  cloth,  which  generally  carries  a  thick 
coat  of  paint.  The  linoleum  is  then  ground  or  cut  into 
small  pieces,  and  extracted  with  ether  in  a  Soxhlet  apparatus. 
The  mineral  constituents  of  the  linoleum  are  estimated  by 
analysing  the  ash  obtained  after  ignition.  The  loss  on 
ignition,  oil  and  cork,  supplies  the  analytical  figure  for  the 
latter  constituent.  The  following  analyses  were  made  in 
the  above  manner : — 


— 

i 

2 

3 

3-39 

3-01 

3-41 

11-43 

10-60 

19-58 

77-21 

73-63 

54-16 

f  Silica 

2-94 

399 

431 

Alumina 

1-91 

4-91 

0-61 

j3  <  Ferric  oxide. 

1-78 

1-79 

<T86 

LAlkalis,  &c. . 

> 

1-31 

2 -ill 

s            6-17 
I           2-90 

100*00 


As  the  quality  of  linoleum  floorcloth  depends  chiefly 
upon  the  percentage  of  linseed  oil  contained  in  it,  the 
interpretation  of  these  analyses  offers  no  difficulty. 

— C.  O.  W. 


Estimation  oj  Glycerol  in   Wine.    M:  T.  Lecco.     Chem. 

Zeit.  1892,16,  504. 
In  the  determination  of  glycerol  in  wine  by  the  method 
proposed  by  the  Commission  on  wine  analysis  methods, 
Berlin  1848,  it  is  more  accurate  to  employ  a  large  relative 
proportion  of  sand,  the  extraction  of  the  glycerol  being 
more  complete  : — 10  cc.  of  the  wine  are  mixed  with  dry- 
pulverised  calcium  hydroxide  (0*  1  grm.)  and  quartz-sand 
(10  grms.)  evaporated  on  the  water-bath  almost  to  dryness, 
and  the  residue  extracted  4 — 5  times  with  hot  absolute 
alcohol,  the  alcoholic  solution  filtered,  and  the  filtrate 
(40 — 50  ec.)  evaporated  on  the  water-bath  to  a  syrup. 
The  latter  is  mixed  with  alcohol  (5  cc.)  and  ether  (7 — 5  cc.) 
and  allowed  to  remain  for  some  hours  in  a  corked  flask, 
when  it  is  decanted  into  a  tared  weighing  flask,  evaporated, 


placed  for  an  hour  in  a  water  oven,  and  weighed.  The 
following  amounts  of  glycerol  were  obtained  in  three 
samples  of  the  same  wine,  by  the  methods  stated. 

No.  I. — The  same  method  as  above  described.     Glycerol 

=  0-0873  grm. 
No.  II. — The  same,  but  mixture  of  wine,  sand,  and 
calcium  hydroxide  more  completely  evaporated, 
moistened  with  water,  and  extracted  with  absolute 
alcohol.  Glycerol  =  0-0889  grm. 
No.  III. — The  same,  but  still  more  completely  evaporated, 
without  stirring,  and  the  residue  extracted  direct  with 
absolute  alcohol.     Glycerol  =  0-0971  grm. 

It  therefore  appears  that  the  highest  results  are  obtained 
when  the  evaporation  is  most  complete  and  the  residue 
extracted,  without  addition  of  water,  with  absolute  alcohol. 
The  author  is  still  continuing  his  experiments,  especially  in 
the  direction  of  ascertaining  whether  the  glycerol  isolated 
iu  this  method  is  pure. — A.  K.  I.. 


The  Best  Means  of  Valuing  Raw  Sugar.     A.  Herzfeld. 
Chem.  Zeit.  16  (Chem.  Hep.),  114—115. 

See  under  XVI.,  page  541. 


Adulteration  of  Linseed  Oil  by  Rosin  Oil.  P.  Cored. 
Journ.  Pharni.  Chim.  1892,  5  ser,  25,  185;  Chem.  Zeit. 
Kep.  1892, 16,  90. 

The  author  proposes  a  new  method  for  recognising  the 
presence  in  linseed  oil  of  rosin  oil.  The  principle  of  this 
new  method  is  that  rosin  oils,  just  like  oils  of  animal  origin, 
are  blackened  by  gaseous  chlorine.  The  author  passed  for 
three  minutes  a  current  of  chlorine  through  samples  of  pure 
linseed  oil  and  of  such  oil  containing  5, 10,  and  20  per  cent,  of 
white  rosin  oil.  The  pure  oil,  likewise  the  oil  containing  5  per 
cent,  of  rosin  oil,  were  but  slightly  coloured,  whilst  the  other 
two  samples  were  slightly  darkened.  Pure  rosin  oil  became 
reddish  brown.  After  three  hours*  standing  the  pure 
linseed  oil  had  remained  unchanged ;  the  oil  containing 
5  per  cent,  rosin  oil  was  slightly  brown,  that  with  10  per 
cent,  distinctly  brown,  that  with  20  per  cent,  dark  brown ; 
the  pure  rosin  oil  by  this  time  had  become  black. 

The  author  criticises  the  methods  proposed  by  Eemont 
(Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  33,  401—466;  525—532)  and  Aignan 
(this  Journal,  1890,  330)  for  the  estimation  of  rosin  oils  and 
replaces  them  by  the  following  method  :  2  grms.  of  the  oil, 
previously  dried  at  105°  C,  are  heated  with  40  cc.  of 
standardised  alcoholic  potash  on  the  water-bath  for  two 
hours.  If  pure  linseed  oil  be  treated  in  this  way  the 
saponification  will  be  found  complete  after  1 — 1^  hours  ;  in 
the  presence  of  more  than  15  per  cent,  of  rosin  oil  the  saponi- 
fication never  becomes  completed,  which  can  be  recognised 
by  the  appearance  of  oily  drops  on  shaking  or  by  an 
opalescence  on  adding  water. 


Juno  so,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


551 


V.fter  two  hours'  boiling,  allow  to  cool,  add  phenol- 
phthalein,  and  titrate  back  the  excess  of  alkali  with 
half-normal  hydrochloric  acid. 

Pure  linseed  oil  requires  per  grm.  of  oil  201—221 
mgrms.  potash,  whilst  white  rosin  oils,  which  are  used 
mostly  for  adulterating  linseed  oil,  only  require  20 — 41 
mgrms.  caustic  potash.      Taking  211  as  the  mean  value  for 

linseed  oil  and  31  for  rosin  oils,  the  formula  ""'.,'"".7  - 
n  being  the  amount  of  potash  required  by  the  grm.  of  oil 
under  examination,  gives  the  percentage  of  rosin  oil  used 
as  an  adulterant. — J,  L, 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

The  Determination  of  the  Temperature  of  Steam  arising 
from  Bnilin<i  Salt  Solutions.  J.  Sakurai.  Proc.  Chem. 
Soc.  1892  (111),  92—94. 

Tin:  evidence  now  on  record  as  to  the  temperature  of  the 
steam  arising  from  boiling  salt  solutions  is  exceedingly 
unsatisfactory,  Rudberg  has  maintained  that  the  tempera- 
ture of  such  steam  is  always  the  same  as  that  of  water 
boiling  under  the  same  pressure,  but,  under  the  conditions 
observed  in  his  experiments,  the  temperature  indicated  was 
evidently  mt  that  of  the  steam,  but  of  a  film  of  liquid 
water  condensed  upon  his  thermometer  bulb.  Mtiller  came 
to  the  conclusion  that  steam  at  the  moment  of  its  formation 
within  a  boiling  salt  solution  has  only  the  temperature  of 
100°,  though  it  is  more  or  less  superheated  by  rising 
through  the  hoc  solution.  Not  only  is  this  conclusion 
difficult  to  accept  on  theoretical  grounds,  but  the  observa- 
tions on  which  it  is  based  are  by  no  means  of  a  convincing 
character,  and  are  not  peculiar  to  salt  solutions. 

( )n  the  other  h  nd,  Faraday  and  Magnus  thought  they 
had  proved  that  the  temperature  of  steam  escaping  from  a 
boiling  salt  solution  is  the  same,  or  nearly  the  same,  as  that 
of  the  solution,  but  from  the  manner  in  which  their 
experiments  were  conducted,  it  is  not  clear  that  the 
temperature  they  observed  was  really  that  of  the  natural 
strum  escaping  from  a  boiling  solution.  On  the  contrary, 
it  would  appear  that  what  they  determined  was  essentially 
the  temperature  of  the  wall  of  the  vessel  around  the 
thermometer  and  of  the  steam  superheated  thereby. 

Such  being  the  case,  the  author  has  studied  the  conditions 
under  which  the  true  temperature  of  steam  escaping  from  a 
boiling  salt  solution  may  be  ascertained,  and  he  has  devised 
a  method  by  which  this  can  be  readily  effected.  The  result 
of  his  observations  is,  that  the  temperature  of  steam  escaping 
from  a  boiling  salt  solution  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
solution.     The  most  essential  conditions  for  success  are: — 

1 .  The  thermometer  used  in  ascertaining  the  temperature 
of  the  steam  must  be  kept  from  contact  with  the  solution — 
even  the  smallest  drops  thrown  up  by  ebullition. 

2.  The  effect  of  the  cooling  of  the  thermometer  by 
radiation  must  be  rendered  insignificant  in  proportion  to 
the  heating  up  by  the  steam.  This  condition  is  readily 
fulfilled  by  rapid  renewal  of  the  vapour  in  contact  with  the 
thermometer  by  the  expedient  of  combining  the  introduction 
of  steam  from  without  with  the  boiling  of  the  solution  by 
tin-  lamp.  Ebullition  alone  should  suffice,  but  the  practical 
difficulties  in  the  way  prevent  such  being  the  case;  the 
boiling  would  have  to  be  tumultuous  to  generate  much 
vapour,  and  in  a  short  time  the  solution  would  become  too 
concentrated  for  the  experiment  to  be  continued  with 
convenience.  On  the  other  hand,  by  duly  regulating  the 
amount  of  steam  entering  from  without,  and  the  height  of 
the  flame,  an  abundant  supply  of  steam  can  be  secured,  and 
the  temperature  of  the  boiling  solution  may  be  maintained 
constant  within  a  few  thousandths  of  a  degree  for  any 
length  of  time. 

3.  The  walls  of  that  part  of  the  vessel  which  serves  as 
the  steam  chamber  for  the  thermometer  must  be  sufficiently 
protected  from  external  cooling,  and  yet,  at  the  same  time 
mn-t    not    be   heated   to   the   temperature    of    the    steam. 


Through  the  non-observance  of  the  former  condition  as  in 
Rudberg  s  experiments,  so  much  of  the  steam  is  condensed 
in  keeping  the  walls  at  100°  that  it  is  hardly  possible  to 
keep  enough  passing  over  the  thermometer  bulb,  while  it* 
the  latter  condition  is  ignored,  as  in  Magnus's  experiments, 
the  indications  of  the  thermometer  may  be  illusory. 

In  the  apparatus  employed  this  last  condition  was  secured 
by  protecting  the  steam  chamber  with  a  jacket,  through 
which  passed  a  slow  stream  of  the  vapour  generated  by 
gentle  distillation  of  somewhat  dilute  acetic  acid.  Ily 
modifying  the  degree  of  dilution  any  desired  temperature, 
changing  only  slowly  as  distillation  proceeded,  was  obtained 
in  the  jacket;  in  this  manner  condensation  of  steam  upon 
the  thermometer  bulb,  as  well  as  upon  the  surrounding 
walls,  was  prevented. 

A  salt  solution  whose  boiling  point  had  been  approxi- 
mately determined  and  known  to  be  higher  than  that  of  the 
dilute  acetic  acid  was  boiled,  and  a  rapid  current  of  steam 
introduced  into  the  boiling  solution  from  without.  The 
thermometer  for  ascertaining  the  temperature  of  the  steam 
now  rose  above  that  in  the  jacket,  and  ultimately  attained 
the  same  temperature  as  the  hoiling  solution.  The  following 
are  an  example  of  the  results  obtained  with  a  solution  of 
calcium  chloride:  — 


Temperature  of  the 

Difference. 

Steam. 

Solution. 

Acetic  Acid 
Vapour. 

(II.)— (I.) 

(I.)-(IU.) 

0 

o 

o 

111-2 

112-5 

110"8 

1-3 

0:4 

111  "7 

112-0 

11D-9 

0-3 

0-8 

112-2 

112-11 

111-1 

if  1 

1-1 

112T, 

112-7 

111-3 

0-2 

1-2 

112-7 

112-il 

111-5 

0-2 

VI 

113-0 

113-0 

lire 

IVO 

1-1 

113-1 

113-2 

111-8 

0'1 

1-3 

113-3 

113-3 

111-9 

o-o 

1-4 

—  W.  S. 

Note  on  an  Observation  by  Gerlach  of  the  Boiling  Point  of 
a  Solution  of  Glauber's  Salt.     J.  Sakurai. 

A  few  years  ago  G.  T.  Gerlach  (Zeit.  Anal.  Chem.  26, 
413)  published  a  paper  in  which  he  mentions  that  steam 
escaping  from  a  boiling  solution  of  Glauber's  salt  containing 
a  crystalline  magma  of  the  anhydrous  salt  indicated  a 
temperature  of  100°,  whilst  the  liquid  is  boiling  at  82°,  or 
even  at  72°.  This  observation  appeared  so  curious  and  so 
anomalous  that  the  author  was  induced  to  repeat  his  experi- 
ments :  the  results,  on  the  whole,  confirmed  his  observations 
as  to  temperatures,  but,  at  the  same  time,  deprived  them  of 
all  exceptional  character,  in  fact  showed  them  to  be  erroneous 
in  so  far  as  they  imply  that  a  substance  can  evolve  a  vapour 
hotter  than  itself. — W  S. 


Ammonia    in    Bain     Water    and     in     the    Atmosphere. 
A.  Muntz.     Compt.  Rend.  H4,  184—186. 

Mtjntz  and  Marcauo  (Compt.  Rend.  H3,  779)  found  that 
the  mean  of  a  number  of  estimations  of  the  ammonia  in  the 
rain  of  the  tropics  was  1-55  mgrms.  per  litre.  Taking  the 
mean  amount  of  ammouia  present  in  the  rain  of  temperate 
countries  to  be  0-50  mgrms.  per  litre,  their  experiments 
show  that  the  rain  of  the  tropics  is  richer  in  ammonia  than 
that  of  temperate  climates. 

Albert  Levy   (Compt.   Rend.  113,   804)   considers    the 
number  0'50  mgrms.  per  litre  as  too   little,    since   he   has 


552 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [June  so,  1898. 


found  that  rain  collected  at  the  Montsouris  Observatory, 
Paris,  contained  a  mean  amount  of  2-2  rngrms.  ammonia 
per  litre.  The  author  quotes  the  results  of  experiments 
made  by  several  chemists,  which  show  that  the  rainfall  of 
towns  always  contain  considerably  rrore  ammonia  than  that 
of  the  country,  and  so  considers  that  Albert  Levy's  numbers, 
which  were  obtained  from  rain  collected  near  Paris,  are 
not  fairly  comparable  with  the  author's  numbers. 

He  quotes  numbers  obtained  from  the  analysis  of  a  large 
number  of  rain  waters  collected  at  Kothamstead,  the 
mean  of  which  do  not  differ  greatly  from  0/5  mgrms.  per 
litre— A.  L.  S. 


Erratum. 

This  Journal,  May  issue,  page  4.58,  col.  1,  line  27,  for 
"  sulphuric  acid  "  lead  "  hydrochloric  acid."  Also  line  45, 
for  the  words  "like  the  molybdenum  precipitate,"  substitute 
the  words  "  in  a  slow  current  of  oxygen." 


$.rto  3Soob* 


Watts'   Dictionary  of   Chemistry.     Revised  and   en- 
tirely re-written  by  H.  Poster   Mohi.fy.  M.A.,  D.Sc., 
Professor  of  Chemistry  at  Queen's  College,  London,  and 
M.   M.    Pattison  Moth,  M.A.,  Prelector  in  Chemistry, 
of  Gonville  and  Caius  College,  Cambridge.     Assisted  by 
Eminent   Contributors.     In   Four   Volumes.      Vol.    III. 
London  :   Longmans,   Green    and    Co.,   and   New   York 
(15,  East  1 6th  Street).     1892. 
Octavo  volume,  strongly  and  handsomely  bound,  price  50s. 
Tbe    work   is  to   be  completed  in  four  volumes,   and  the 
present  issue  is  the  third  volume.     It  contains  Introduction 
to  the  Articles  relating  to  Organic  Chemistry,  by  Dr.  II.  ¥. 
Morley.     Then  follow  a  list  of  Special  Contributors,  list  of 
Abbreviations  and  of  Terms  and  Quantities,  &c.,  frequently 
used.     The  subject-matter   covers  85:j  pages,  commencing 
with  I  (Indigo-earboxylic  acid)  and  ending  with  P  (Phenyl- 
tetrazole  carboxylic  acid).     The  condensed  and  abbreviated 
style  followed  in  the  text  is  nevertheless  easily  interpreted, 
and  the  method  of  dividing  the  paragraphs  and  giving  each 
its  function  and  title  greatly  facilitates  reference. 

Thus,  under  the  principal  heading  with  the  name  of  any 
substance  under  consideration,  one  generally  uniform  method 
of  treatment  is  observed,  which  is  easily  classified  by  means 
of  the  spaced-off  sub-headings.  After  some  general  remarks, 
a  paragraph  may  commence  headed"  Formation,"  and  this  is 
necessarily  followed  by  other  paragraphs  respectively  headed 
"  Preparation,"  "  Properties,"  ic  Reactions"  and  "  Salts," 
so  far  as  is  admissible.  In  the  volume  are  to  be  found 
important  but  concise  treatises  on  the  following  subjects  : — 
Isomerism,  Isomorphism,  Metallurgical  Chemistry,  Rare 
Metals,  Mineralogical  Chemistry,  Molecular  Constitution  of 
Bodies,  Molecular  Weights,  Molybdenum,  Nitric  Acid, 
Nitrogen,  Nitrogen  Group  of  Elements,  Oxygen,  Oxides, 
The  Periodic  Law,  and  Petroleum. 


CraTje  Import* 


TARIFF  CHANGES  AND  CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

United  States. 

Customs  Decisions. 

The  following  decisions  respecting  the  construction  to  be 
given  to  Acts  of  Congress  relating  to  the  classification  of 
articles  in  tbe  Customs  tariff  and  the  application  of  the 
Customs  Laws  of  the  United  States,  base  recently  been 
given  by  tin-  Customs  authority  in  that  country  :  — 

"  Eikonogen,"  a  chemical  salt,  the  distinguishing  charac- 
teristic element  of  which  is  derived  from  coal-tar,  not  a 
colour  or  dye,  and  not  an  aniline  salt,  is  dutiable  ;i~  ;i 
coal-tar  preparation,  not  a  colour  or  dye,  at  20  per  cent,  ad 
valorem  under  paragraph  19,  N.  T. 

"  Duresco,"  a  paint  containing  ziuc  but  not  containing 
hail,  neither  dry  nor  ground  in  oil,  but  ground  or  mixed 
with  water,  is  dutiable  at  25  per  cent,  under  paragraph  61. 

An  extract  or  paste  of  indigo,  commonly  known  as  white 
indigo  not  carmined,  is  dutiable  at  three-quarters  of  one 
cent  per  pound  under  paragraph  29,  X.  T. 

Liquid  composed  of  water,  arctic  acid,  and  gelatin,  not 
liquid  albumen,  is  dutiable  at  25  per  cent.,  as  a  chemical 
compound,  under  paragraph  70,  N.  T. — Hoard  of  Trade 
Journal. 


EXTRACTS  FROM  DIPLOMATIC  AND 
CONSULAR  REPORTS. 

Industrial  Enterprise  in  Japan. 

Paper  Mills. — The  manufacture  of  foreign  paper  in  mills 
is  an  industry  of  earlier  date  than  cotton  spinning,  if  the 
single  cotton  mill  established  in  Kagoshima  Vic  excepted. 
It  has  not,  however,  developed  of  late  years  in  the  same 
rapid  manner.  There  are  at  present,  exclusive  of  the  large 
Government  paper  mill  at  oji.  a  suburb  of  Tokio,  and  the 
Kobe  paper  mill,  a  foreign  enterprise,  only  si\  paper  mills 
in  Japan,  distributed  as  follows  : — 

In  Tokio,  two,  namely-,  the  Seishi  mill,  established  in 
1876  with  a  capital  of  79,166/.,  owned  by  a  company,  and 
employing  400  workpeople;  and  the  Yukosha  mill, 
established  in  1874  with  a  capital  of  17,483/,  owned  by  a 
company,  and  employing,  on  an  average,  only  24  work- 
people. 

In  Osaka,  two,  namely,  the  Shimogo  mill,  established  in 
1876  with  a  capital  of  19,000/.,  and  owned  by  a  private 
individual;  and  a  large  mill  owned  by  a  Mr.  Abe,  now  in 
course  of  erection,  the  capital  invested  being  190,000/. 

In  Kioto,  one,  the  Umedzu  mill,  established  in  1875. 

In  Kokura  (province  of  Buzcn),  one,  the  Senjin  mill, 
established  in  1891. 

The  paper  made  in  these  mills  is  intended  for  home  con- 
sumption. It  consists  of  printing  paper  and  writing  paper 
of  various  kinds,  wrapping  and  packing  paper,  and  paper 
of  a  coarse  kind  used  in  the  mateli-box  trade.  The 
machinery  used  is  in  some  cases  English,  in  others 
American.  The  materials  used  are  rags,  rice-straw,  and 
the  bark  of  the  "  Abies  firma." 

With  regard  to  the  future  of  the  Japanese  paper-making 
industry,  Mr.  Lay  says  : — 

"Things  do  not  augur  well  for  the  future  of  this  industry. 
At  present  there  are  eight  mills  engaged  in  the  foreign 
paper  manufacture,  but,  owing  to  excessive  competition 
amongst  themselves,  only  two  of  them,  tbe  Oji  paper  mill 
and  tiie  Kobe  paper  mill,  are  quite  able  to  hold  their  own. 
For  some  years  past  the  amount  of  paper  produced  has 
gradually  grown,  a  specially  huge  increase  taking  place  last 
year  (1890),  when  the  total  output  reached  to  about 
22,400,000  lb.     The  demand  in  Japan  is  only  for  16,000,000 


June  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


553 


lb.,  which  leaves  a  surplus  of  6,400,000  lb.  This  over- 
production is  telling  heavily  upon  the  trade,  and  it  is  thought 
thai  some  of  the  smaller  mills  with  limited  capital  will  be 
compelled  to  stop  work  ln-fore  long.  The  price  per  loo  lb. 
of  paper  is  less  than  half  of  that  of  1881.  Io  1881  it  was 
•21.  As.  Ad. ;  in  188:!,  1/.  14s.  Ad. ;  in  1885,  1/.  6s.  ;  in  1887, 
1/.  Is.  2d.  ;  in  1889,  1/.  Is.  :!</.  ;  and  in  1890,  19s.  ?d. 

"Japanese  paper  manufacturers  have  not  only  to  eoni- 
pete  against  each  other,  but  have  also  to  struggle  against 
foreign  competition.  <  her  5,000,000  lb.  of  foreign  paper  are 
annually  imported.  The  desire  of  those  engaged  in  the 
industry  is  to  have  the  import  duty  raised,  so  as  to  keep 
"•*  ; ".•'..,;..i.t'  I'min  abroad." 


mixed  and  churned  together  with  a  large  quantity  of  water 
by  apparatus  working  in  tanks  for  the  purpose  ;  the  fluid 
"  slip,"  from  which  after  being  strained  is  passed  into 
settling-ponds  or  "backs"  of  the  ordinary  kind.  The 
"  slurry  "  there  deposited  is  cut  into  lumps  and  dried  on 
drying-floors  heated  by  means  of  flues.  Calcining  is 
carried  out  in  kilns  of  the  intermittent  type,  the  fuel 
generally  used  being  anthracite  coal.  The  "  clinker  "  after 
sorting  is  ground  under  pairs  of  revolving  grindstones, 
usually  about  6  ft.  in  diameter  and  a  foot  thick ;  and  the 
ground  cement  is  then  sifted  through  rotating  gauze- 
covered  sifters,  after  which  it  is  exposed  to  cool,  and 
finally  packed  for  sale  in  casks  or  bags.  The  mixing, 
-  * .l^ii'on     ttv     steam 


SSL 


teniL'in  LULU!,,,..,,  .....>r..    .., 

Company,  Atsnta,  near  Nagoya  j  the  Osaka  Cement  Com- 
pany, Osaka;  the  Onoda  Cement  Company,  Yamaguehi, 
near  Shimonoseki ;  the  Nippon  Cement  Company,  Yatsushiro, 
on  the  Hiogo  coast. 

There  are  some  minor  works,  such  as  the  Mikawa 
Cement  Company  in  the  province  of  Mikawa,  another  in 
Joshin;  and  I  understand  that  the  Kawaguchi  (Osaka) 
Works,  which  have  been  suspended  for  a  time,  are  likely 
to  be  soon  started  again.  All  of  these,  however,  are  of 
small  capacity. 

There  is  no  chalk  formation  in  the  country,  and  the 
general  practice  is  to  use  ordinary  slaked  lime  (hydrate  of 
lime),  mostly  prepared  at  works  in  Nimo,  Yashin.  Iyo,  and 
Tosa.  To  ibis  is  added  the  necessary  proportion  of  clay, 
usually    in    the   form   of    river   mud.      The    materials   are 


all  cases  quire  so   am,«m»ui>uAj , n—  — 

been  a  marked  improvement  of  late  in  the  latter  respect. 

"  Japanese  manufacturers  have  now  realised  the  im- 
portance not  only  of  technical  knowledge  and  suitable 
appliances,  but  also  of  ceaseless  care,  and  of  aiming 
especially  at  uniformity  of  quality,  the  lack  of  which  gave 
the  earlier-made  Japan  cements  the  doubtful  reputation 
from  which  they  are  only  now  emerging.  Engineers  and 
chemists  have  been  sent  to  the  factories  of  England  and 
Germany  to  master  the  secrets  of  the  craft ;  and  the  know- 
ledge thus  gained,  together  with  the  incentives  created  by 
a  steadily-growing  demand,  and  a  fair  amount  of  competi- 
tion have  already  had  a  beneficial  effect  on  the  manufacture 
generally.  Grinding  and  sifting  in  particular  have  been 
very   greatly   improved ;  but   in   burning   there  is  doubtless 


552 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  SO,  1892. 


found  that  rain  collected  at  the  Montsouris  Observatory, 
Paris,  contained  a  mean  amount  of  2-2  mgrms.  ammonia 
per  litre.  The  author  quotes  the  results  of  experiments 
made  by  several  chemists,  which  show  that  the  rain-fall  of 
towns  always  contain  considerably  n  ore  ammonia  than  that 
of  the  country,  and  so  considers  that  Albert  Levy's  numbers, 
which  were  obtained  from  rain  collected  near  Paris,  are 
not  fairly  comparable  with  the  author's  numbers. 

He  quotes  numbers  obtained  from  the  analysis  of  a  large 
number  of  rain  waters  collected  at  Rothamstead,  the 
mean  of  which  do  not  differ  greatly  from  0'5  mgnns.  per 
litre  —A.  L.  S. 


Cratie  import* 


TARIFF  CHANGES  AND  CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

United  States. 

Customs  Decisions. 

TltC    follnwillir     flof>Jc!/M-ic      rocnnntinw  *U ,i....      ,'  | 


lxYFUSION-CuNsTANTS    AT    20'    C.    FOB    THE    QUOTIENTS. 


Quotients. 


Percentages  ■ ■ 
Ash  in  Dry 
Substance. 

1 


90 


50 


■09 


32 -Oil 
•67 


•7" 
71 


32-65 

•67 
•70 
•73 
•77 
•82 
•87 

•n-t 


33 


32  -62 
'65 
•68 
■71 
'75 
•79 
■81 
•89 
•ot 
•39 
iS-05 
•11 

•is 


32-58 
•61 
•CA 

■07 
■71 
'  7.' 
'79 
■si 
■89 
•94 
33-00 
•06 
■13 
19 
•26 
•33 

•n 

•49 


32-55 

•59 
■64 
■68 
•73 

77 
•Si 
•87 
•93 


32-47 

•52 
•57 
•62 
•07 
•71 
•76 
si 
■-7 


■99 

■92 

33-05 

•98 

•12 

33-05 

■19 

•12 

•25 

•18 

•32 

•24 

•39 

•30 

•47 

•37 

•54 

•4t 

•02 

•51 

1-66 
•62 

•''.7 
■72 
•77 
•83 
•89 
•94 
I' 00 
■07 
•13 
•19 
•25 
•31 
•38 
■44 
•51 


33 


•52 
•59 
•06 

"".* 

•79 
'85 
•93 

00 
•06 
•13 
•20 

•27 
•34 
■40     | 

■17 

•54     ! 
■61 


32' HI 
"56 
•64 
•71 
•7'.' 
•86 
■94 

33-02 
•10 
•17 
•25 
•33 
•41 
'48 
•  56 
•63 
•71 


Bodies,  Molecular  Weights,  Molybdenum,  Nitric  Acid, 
Nitrogen,  Nitrogen  Group  of  Elements,  Oxygen,  Oxides, 
The  Periodic  Law,  and  Petroleum. 


of  a  coarse  kind  used  in  the  match-box  trade.  The 
machinery  used  is  in  some  cases  English,  in  others 
American.  The  materials  used  are  rags,  rice-straw,  and 
the  bark  of  the  "  Abies  firma." 

With  regard  to  the  future  of  the  Japanese  paper-making 

industry,  Mr.  Lay  says  : — 

'•  Things  do  not  augur  well  for  the  future  of  this  industry. 
At  present  there  are  eight  mills  engaged  in  the  foreign 
paper  manufacture,  but,  owing  to  excessive  competition 
amongst  themselves,  only  two  of  them,  the  Oji  paper  mill 
and  th«-  Kobe  paper  mill,  are  quite  able  to  hold  their  own. 
For  some  years  past  the  amount  of  paper  produced  lias 
gradually  grown,  a  specially  large  increase  taking  place  last 
year  (1890),  when  the  total  output  reached  to  about 
22,400,000  lb.     The  demand  in  .Tapanis  only  for  16,000,000 


J  une  30, 1392.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


553 


lb.,  which  leaves  a  surplus  of  6,400,000  lb.  This  over- 
production is  telling  heavily  upon  the  trade,  and  it  is  thought 
that  some  of  the  smaller  mills  with  limited  capital  will  he 
compelled  to  stop  work  before  long.  The  price  per  100  11>. 
of  paper  is  less  than  half  of  that  of  1881.  In  1831  it  was 
21.  -is.  4i/.  ;  in  1883,  1/.  I4s.  id.  ;  in  1885,  1/.  6s.  ;  in  1887, 
1/.  Is.  2d.  :  in  18811,  1/.  Is.  3<f. ;  and  in  1890,  19s.  yd. 

"Japanese  paper  manufacturers  have  not  only  to  com- 
pete against  each  other,  hut  have  also  to  struggle  against 
foreign  competition.  ( Iver 5,000,000 lb.  of  foreign  paper  are 
annually  imported.  The  desire  of  those  engaged  in  the 
industry  is  to  have  the  import  duty  raised,  so  as  to  keep 
out  importations  from  abroad." 

Miscellaneous. — Of  all  the  industries  instituted  in  Japan 
in  imitation  of  those  existing  abroad,  the  match  industry 
has  been  the  most  successful.  The  first  match  factory  was 
established  in  1876,  and  four  years  later  the  demand  for 
Foreign  matches  decreased  considerably  and  Japanese 
matches  were  exported  to  the  value  of  58,5322.  ( lareless- 
ness  on  the  part  of  the  manufacturers  led  during  the  next 
few  years  to  a  sudden  decline  in  the  demand;  but  in  1S86 
the  industry  recovered  itself,  the  export  of  matches  in  that 
year  amounting  in  value  to  03,000/.  Since  then  the  pro- 
duction of  Japanese  matches  has  increased  every  year,  and 
although  prices  have  fallen  considerably,  the  industry  is  in 
a  flourishing  condition,  the  export  of  matches  during  the 
year  1890  amounting  in  value  to  2:1.'), 7(31/.  :  the  total 
quantity  manufactured  in  the  same  year  was  4,101,000 
gross,  being  an  increase  of  688,640  gross  over  the  pro- 
duction of  the  year  preceding. 

The  chief  seats  of  the  match  industry  arc  the  towns  of 
Tokio,  Osaka,  and  Hiogo,  more  especially  the  two  latter, 
which  contain  nearly  00  of  the  70  odd  factories  now  in 
existence. 

These  factories  tire  all  carried  on  as  private  undertakings, 
and  not  as  companies,  and  they  enjoy  no  official  support. 

The  operatives  engaged  in  this  industry  belong,  a.t  a  rule, 
to  a  very  poor  class.  The  wages  of  male  workers  range 
from  Id.  per  diem  to  2d.  per  diem;  those  of  the  females 
employed  from  -\\<1.  per  diem  to  l^d.  per  diem. 

There  are,  it  appears  from  Mr!  Lay's  report,  17  soap 
factories  in  ( Isaka  and  one  in  Hiogo.  The  amount  of  soap 
produced  in  the  Hiogo  factory  in  the  year  1890  was  77,100 
boxes;  of  this  amount  only  14,249  boxes  were  consumed 
in  the  country,  the  remainder  being  exported  to  China. 
The  value  of  the  soap  manufactured  in  the  Osaka  factories 
in  the  same  year  amounted  to  15,000/.,  half  of  the  quantity 
made  being  exported  also  to  China.  Most  of  the  factories 
in  question  are  small  establishments  conducting  operations 
on  a  very  limited  scale. 

In  Yokohama,  however,  there  is  a  large  soap  factory. 
The  cost  of  labour  is  very  moderate,  unskilled  men  being 
paid  at    the    rate    of   lo!r/.   a  day   to    Is.  Ojd.  a  day,   and 
women  id.  a  day  to  6-]</.  a  day. 

The  manufacture  of  Portland  cement  in  Japan  is  an 
industry  of  comparatively  recent  growth,  hut  it  may  be 
regarded  as  one  of  the  most  successful  of  the  foreign 
industries  established  in  this  country. 

The  following  notes  on  this  subject  have  been  kindly 
supplied  by  Major-General  Palmer,  K.E.,  the  Engineer-in- 
Chief  of  the  Yokohama  Harbour  Works  : — 

The  chief  Portland  cement  works  in  Japan  are  : — 
Asano's  Cement  Works,  Fukagawa,  Tokio :  the  Suzuki 
Cement  Company,  Onagigawa,  Tokio ;  the  Atsuta  Cement 
Company,  Atsuta,  near  Nagoya  ;  the  Osaka  Cement  Com- 
pany, Osaka ;  the  Onoda  Cement  Company,  Yamaguchi, 
near  Shimonoseki;  the  Nippon  Cement  Company,  Yatsitshiro, 
on  the  Hiogo  coast. 

There  are  some  minor  works,  such  as  the  Mikawa 
Cement  Company  in  the  province  of  Mikawa,  another  in 
Joshiu ;  and  I  understand  that  the  Kawaguehi  (( Isaka ) 
Works,  which  have  been  suspended  for  a  time,  are  likely 
to  be  soon  started  again.  All  of  these,  however,  are  of 
small  capacity. 

There  is  no  chalk  formation  in  the  country,  and  the 
general  practice  is  to  use  ordinary  slaked  lime  (.hydrate  of 
lime),  mostly  prepared  at  works  in  Nimo,  Yashin,  lyo,  and 
Tosa.  To  this  is  added  the  necessary  proportion  of  clay, 
usually   in   the   form   of    river   mud.      The    materials   are 


mixed  and  churned  together  with  a  large  quantity  of  water 
by  apparatus  working  in  tanks  for  the  purpose  ;  the  fluid 
"  slip,"  from  which  after  being  strained  is  passed  into 
settling-ponds  or  "  backs "  of  the  ordinary  kind.  The 
"  slurry  "  there  deposited  is  cut  into  lumps  and  dried  on 
drying-floors  heated  by  means  of  flues.  Calcining  is 
carried  out  in  kilns  of  the  intermittent  type,  the  fuel 
generally  used  being  anthracite  coal.  The  "clinker  "  after 
sorting  is  ground  under  pairs  of  revolving  grindstones, 
usually  about  6  ft.  in  diameter  and  a  foot  thick  ;  and  the 
ground  cement  is  then  sifted  through  rotating  gauze- 
covered  sifters,  after  which  it  is  exposed  to  cool,  and 
finally  packed  for  sale  in  casks  or  bags.  The  mixing, 
grinding,  and  sifting  apparatus  are  driven  by  steam 
machinery.  One  day  per  month  is  usually  given  to  clean- 
ing and  repairs.  At  the  (Isaka  Cement  Company's  works 
the  simple  methods  above  outlined  have  been  somewhat 
improved  upon  lately  in  certain  respects.  The  clay  in  a 
dry  Mate  (from  beds  near  Akashi)  is  pounded  in  steam- 
driven  stamping  mills  ;  and  both  the  lime  and  the  powdered 
clay  are  well  sifted  before  being  mixed  together  (without 
water)  in  rotating  iron  vessels  fitted  with  distributors. 
The  powder  mixture  is  then  passed  into  brick  tanks,  where 
it  is  wetted  with  only  a  moderate  quantity  of  water,  and 
left  24  hours  to  settle,  after  which  the  slurry  is  beaten  by 
hand  into  iron  moulds,  and  turned  out  in  the  form  of 
bricks  of  about  240  cb.  in.,  which  are  partly  dried  in  air 
before  being  passed  to  tin-  heated  drying  floors. 

At  the  <  luoda  works,  in  addition  to  six  kilns  and  acces- 
sories for  manufacture  by  the  process  indicated  above,  an 
extensive  imported  German  plant  designed  to  make  about 
600  tons  of  cement  per  month  by  a  more  modern  process  was 
brought  into  work  some  three  years  ago  (1889).  In  this 
process  limestone  and  clay,  both  supplied  from  beds  in 
convenient  proximity  to  the  works,  are  crushed  and  finely 
ground  by  steam-driven  machinery,  and  after  mixture  are 
wetted  with  enough  water  for  moulding  into  large  bricks, 
which  are  dried  in  air  and  then  calcined  in  a  "  Hofmann 
modified"  kiln.  The  machinery  throughout  is  of  good 
class,  and  sifting  is  here  done  on  a  better  system  than  at 
any  of  the  other  factories.  I  understand  that  a  good 
cement  is  now  being  turned  out  by  this  new  plant,  but. 
I  do  not  know  whether  the  full  capacity  has  yet  been 
developed. 

At  Vatsushiro  the  lime  is  prepared  on  the  premises  from 
excellent  limestone,  an  almost  boundless  supply  of  which 
exists  in  a  group  of  islets,  the  property  of  the  company, 
only  two  or  three  miles  from  the  works.  The  clay  is 
alluvial,  taken  from  th  •  foreshore  near  at  hand,  which  is 
the  estuary  of  the.Kumagawa. 

General  Palmer  further  observes  : — 

"  The  ordinary  working  capacity  of  the  several  factories 
may  he  stated  approximately  as  follows  :  — 

"Asano's  Works  (Tokio),  12,000  tons;  Suzuki  Cement 
Company  (Tokio),  6,000  tons;  Atsuta  Cement  Company 
(Xagova),  7,000  tons  ;  Osaka  Cement  Company  (Waka), 
4,000  tons;  Onoda  Cement  Company  (Yamaguchi),  3,600 
tons  ;  Nippon  Cement  Company  (Yatsusbiro),  13,400 
tons. 

"  The  quality  of  the  product  turned  out  at  the  different 
works  is  various.  Analysis  has  established  that  the  in- 
gredients and  the  proportions  in  which  they  are  used  are 
generally  satisfactory ;  but  the  details  of  manufacture  and 
the  experience  and  care  bestowed  upon  it  are  not  yet  in 
all  cases  quite  so  satisfactory,  though  there  has  certainly 
been  a  marked  improvement  of  late  in  the  latter  respect. 

"  Japanese  manufacturers  have  now  realised  the  im- 
portance not  only  of  technical  knowledge  and  suitable 
appliances,  but  also  of  ceaseless  care,  and  of  aiming 
especially  at  uniformity  of  quality,  the  lack  of  which  gave 
the  earlier-made  Japan  cements  the  doubtful  reputation 
from  which  they  are  only  now  emerging.  Engineers  and 
chemists  have  been  sent  to  the  factories  of  England  anil 
Germany  to  master  the  secrets  of  the  craft  ;  and  the  know- 
ledge thus  gained,  together  with  the  incentives  created  by 
a  steadily-growing  demand,  and  a  fair  amount  of  competi- 
tion have  already  had  a  beneficial  effect  on  the  manufacture 
generally.  Grinding  and  sifting  in  particular  have  been 
very  greatly  improved  ;  but    in   burning  there  is  doubtless 


554 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [June  so,  1892. 


something  yet  to  be  learned,  which  only  long  experience 
can  bring.    On  the  whole  there  is  good  warrant  for  believing 

that  the  best  Japan-made  cements,  if  not  quite  equal  in 
quality  to  the  best  European  products,  may  be  trusted, 
under  proper  safeguards,  for  all  engineering  purposes." 

The  manufacture  of  glass  is  one  of  the  oldest  of  the 
foreign  industries  in  Japan,  and  has  been  carried  on  on  a 
comparatively  extensive  scale.  Mr.  Lay's  report  enume- 
rates nine  glass  factories  in  Osaka  alone,  which  represent  a 
total  capital  of  35,167/.,  and  employ  287  workmen.  Glass 
produced  in  these  works  was  exported  in  1890  to  the  value 
of  11,000/.;  of  this  80  per  cent,  went  to  China  proper, 
15  per  cent,  to  Hong-Kong,  and  a  small  quantity  to 
Vladivostock  and  San  Francisco. 

Glass  is  also  manufactured  in  Nagasaki. 

By  far  the  largest  glass  factory  in  Japan  is  that  in  Tokio, 
owned  by  the  Shinagawa  Glass  Company. 

Mr.  Playfair,  in  his  report,  gives  the  following  details 
regarding  this  establishment : — 

"  These  works  were  originally  started  by  the  late  Prince 
Sanjo  as  far  back  as  1872,  when  be  employed  an  Englishman 
as  instructor.  It  then  passed  into  the  hands  of  the  Govern- 
ment, and  subsequently  became  the  property  of  two 
Japanese  merchants,  who  sold  it  to  the  present  company  in 
1888. 

"The  capital  of  the  company  is  95,000/.,  and  it  receives 
no  support  from  Government. 

"  The  articles  manufactured  are  chiefly  bottles  for  beer 
and  wine,  medicine  bottles,  and  table  glass  of  cheap  quality. 
A  small  quantity  is  exported  to  China  and  Hong-Kong,  but 
tbe  greater  part  of  the  production  is  for  home  use.  The 
material  used  is  obtained  from  the  province  of  Mikawa  for 
goods  of  a  superior  class,  and  from  the  province  of  Boshin 
for  beer  bottles. 

"The  total  number  of  workpeople  employed  is  14.3,  of 
whom  eight  are  women,  the  daily  averages  of  a  man  being 
about  llj(/. 

"The  average  monthly  output  is: — Table  glass,  41,128 
pieces;  beer,  wine,  and  medicine  bottles,  97,424  pieces; 
other  glass  ware,  726  pieces. 

"  Last  year  the  company  paid  no  dividend." 

The  glass  produced  in  all  Japanese  factories  is,  on  the 
whole,  of  a  coarse  description.  This  is  probably  in  part 
due  to  the  fact  that  the  demand  is  principally,  if  not 
entirely,  for  a  low-priced  article.  It  may  be  doubted, 
however,  whether  the  Japanese  glass-blowers  have  yet 
attained  the  skill  necessary  to  produce  the  finer  kinds  of 
glassware.  In  any  case,  so  far  as  the  manufacture  of 
window  glass  is  concerned,  tbe  industry  has  not  been  a 
success.  It  has  heen  found  that  the  foreign  article  is 
cheaper  and  of  a  quality  superior  to  that  made  iu  Japan, 
and  the  Customs  returns  show  that  the  value  of  the  impor- 
tations of  glassware  in  1890 — and  this  item  is  made  up 
chiefly  of  window-glass — was  double  that  of  the  importations 
of  the  same  commodity  in  1884. 

The  best  known  hreweries  in  Japan,  beside  the  one  in 
Vokohama,  which  is  a  foreign  enterprise,  are  the  Sakurada 
brewery  in  Tokio,  established  in  1879.  and  the  Yebisu 
brewery,  situated  iu  the  neighbourhood  of  the  city,  which 
was  established  in  1890. 

Both  the  Sakurada  and  Yebisu  breweries  are  the  property 
of  joint-stock  companies,  and  receive  no  official  support. 

Tbe  beer  is  made  chiefly  for  home  consumption,  but  it  is 
also  exported  to  China.  Hong-Kong,  and  the  Straits  Settle 
ments. 

Tbe  system  followed  is  German,  each  brewery  having  an 
instructor  of  that  nationality.  Hops  are  imported  from 
Germany,  but  while  the  Sakurada  brewery  uses  Japanese 
barley,  the  Yebisu  Company  imports  German  malt. 

Iu  1890  the  Sakurada  brewery  paid  a  dividend  of  15  per 
cent.  The  Yebisu  Company  also  paid  a  dividend  at  the 
rate  of  10  per  cent,  for  the  first  half  of  the  same  year,  but 
owing  to  losses  sustained  during  the  subsequent  six  months, 
a  call  was  made  upon  the  shareholders  at  the  end  of  the 
year. 

The  importation  of  beer  into  Japan  during  1890  was  only 
102,227  dozen  as  compared  with  139,084  dozen  in  1889, 
and  it  is  probable  that  its  importation  will  gradually 
decrease, 


The  manufacture  of  leather  in  Japan  according  to  foreign 
methods  dates  from  the  year  1886,  when  the  first  factory 
was  established. 

So  far  the  home  manufacture  does  not  appear  to  have 
seriously  affected  the  importation  of  leather  from  abroad, 
the  increased  production  in  Japan  being  met  by  an  increase 
in  demand. 

The  various  industries  described  above  do  not  by  any 
means  exhaust  the  list  of  foreign  industries  carried  on  in 
this  country. 

Japan  now  supplies  herself  with  sulphuric  acid,  caustic 
soda,  and  bleaching  powder,  commodities  for  which  she 
formerly  depended  upon  Europe.  The  manufacture  of 
boots  and  shoes,  as  well  as  that  of  foreign  clothing  and 
hats,  is  spreading  extensively,  though  the  latter,  owing  to 
the  growing  demand  for  foreign  wearing  apparel,  has  not 
yet  affected  the  quantity  imported  from  abroad  ;  and,  other 
industries,  such  as  brush-makiug,  saddlery,  and  coach- 
making,  and  the  manufacture  of  paints,  lubricating  oils, 
millboard,  upholstery,  umbrellas,  cigarettes,  artificial  fer- 
tilisers, iron  safes,  gunny  bags,  and  straw-plait — in  which 
last  commodity  a  large  export  trade  is  couducted — are 
gradually  obtaining  a  foothold  in  the  country. 

In  the  case  of  some  of  the  industries  introduced  into 
Japan,  the  country  is  now  self-supporting,  foreign  competi- 
tion being  no  longer  possible  ,  in  others  so  much  has  been 
accomplished,  as  to  render  it  certain  that  the  time  is  not 
far  off  when  importation  will  altogether  cease.  The  future 
of  other  industries  again — such  as  that  of  cotton  spinning — 
though  not  so  assured,  is  still  hopeful :  while  even  in  those 
branches  in  which  the  least  results  have  been  obtained  she 
possesses  a  constant  advantage  in  the  great  cheapness  of 
labour.  Nor,  so  far  at  least,  has  this  progress  been  made 
at  the  sacrifice  of  any  of  the  various  artistic  industries 
which  are  more  peculiarly  her  own.  And  although  there  is 
truth  in  the  criticism  that  would  disparage  her  progress  for 
the  reason  that  it  is  imitative  and  not  constructive,  the  fact 
that  Japan,  an  Oriental  country,  has  been  able  to  dissociate 
herself  from  her  sister  countries  of  the  East  and  profit  by 
Western  inventions  to  tbe  extent  that  is  in  evidence  augurs 
well  for  the  years  to  come.  On  the  other  hand,  it  must  be 
remembered  that  the  concluding  remarks  made  in  this 
report  ou  the  subject  of  cotton  spinning  apply  equally  to  all 
extensive  industrial  operations  conducted  by  tbe  Japanese 
people.  The  need  of  foreign  co-operation  for  the  successful 
development  of  all  such  uudertakings — co-operation,  that  is 
to  say,  in  the  shape  of  capital,  finaucial  experience, 
organisation,  and  expert  knowledge — is  admitted  by  all 
competent  observers ;  and  without  it  foreign  manufacturers 
for  many  years  to  come  will  have  no  reason  to  fear  Japanese 
compctitiou. — (No.  231,  Foreign  Office  Miscellaneous 
Series.) 


GENERAL  TRADE  NOTES. 

Canadian  Tanneries. 

The  following  article  appears  iu  the  Toronto  Monetary 
Times  for  the  6th  May  : — 

A  subject  which  is  well  worthy  some  attention  at  this 
time  is  the  development  of  the  leather  industry  of  late  years 
in  Canada.  It  is  not  so  very  long  ago  since  the  tanneries  of 
the  Dominion  confined  their  output  practically  to  hemlock 
sole,  harness,  upper  (.cowhide)  buff,  pebble,  splits,  and 
patent  leathers.  Then  came  the  making  of  domestic  calf 
— up  to  this  time  calf  had  been  usually  imported  from 
France — and  very  creditable  it  was.  Sheepskin  linings 
were  turned  out,  and  a  few  factories  made  glazed  calf  and 
kid  in  1870  to  1880,  but  the  great  bulk  of  such  stock  for 
ladies'  fine  footwear  came  from  Paris,  some  of  it  from  the 
1'nited  States.  Gradually,  within  the  last  dozen  years,  the 
relative  share  of  upper,  calf,  buff,  and  pebble  in  the  stock  of 


June  80, 1892.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF    CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


555 


a  Canadian  shoe  manufacturer  have  been  changing.  People 
in  these  later  days  want  a  finer  material.  This  is  the  case 
in  the  United  States,  aud  there  we  find  an  enormous 
increase  in  the  production  and  use  for  both  women's  and 
men's  shoes  of  what  is  known  as  dongola  leather.  This  is 
made  from  goat-skins  which  are  procured  from  South 
America,  from  Algeria,  aud  from  other  parts  of  the  world. 
What  is  known  as  the  ehromo  process  is  used  in  producing 
it. 

The  products  of  Canadian  tanneries  in  the  year  1892  are 
much  more  varied.  This  arises  in  part  from  the  increased 
demand  for  fine  goods  such  as  ladies  wear,  and  for  fine  goods 
for  men.  Nor  must  it  be  forgotten  that  the  country-folk  are 
wearing  fewer  of  the  "  cast-iron  "  sort  of  rough  stogy  boots 
once  so  numerous.  More  kips  and  splits  are  used.  There 
is  now  in  Canada  a  very  considerable  manufacture  of 
dongola  leather,  both  dull  and  bright,  which  article  is 
made  from  imported  goat  skins  by  tanners  in  Montreal 
and  Toronto.  The  quality  and  finish  of  this  leather  is 
very  creditable,  and  resembles  what  had  in  previous  years 
been  obtained  from  the  old  country.  To  learn  how  to 
produce  it  rapidly  aud  economically  has  been  a,i  expensive 
process,  however.  Another  recent  product  is  the  glove- 
grain,  a  soft  linish  cow  skin  made  in  Ontario  as  well  as  in 
Quebec,  especially  of  late  years.  The  use  of  this  has 
increased.     It  is  used  for  foxing  uppers,  &o. 

Mining  in  Manchuria. 

The  London  and  China  Telegraph  of  the  9th  May  last  says 
that  if  the  Pekin  Gazette  is  to  be  believed,  the  rich  deposits 
of  silver  ore  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Kirin  are  shortly  to  be 
worked  after  the  Western  method,  and  the  governor  of  the 
province  reports  that  the  foreign  apparatus  and  chemicals 
necessary  for  reducing  the  silver  from  the  galena  ore  have 
arrived.  The  Kirin  mine  will  be  the  first  in  Manchuria 
worked  on  the  foreign  method,  though  the  mountain  ranges 
in  the  north  of  the  province  are,  according  to  popular  belief 
amongst  the  Chinese  settlers  and  Mauchu  inhabitants, 
exceedingly  rich  in  the  precious  minerals.  On  the  Russian 
side  mining  is  carried  on  with  great  activity,  and  in  a  most 
systematic  and  elaborate  manner ;  but  hitherto,  except  at 
one  or  two  places,  the  Chinese  Government  has  strenuously 
opposed  any  exploitation  of  the  mineral  wealth  of  the 
northern  part  of  Manchuria.  Perhaps  they  were  not 
altogether  unwise  in  this,  and  the  terrible  story  of  the 
massacre  by  Mauchu  troops  of  the  adventurous  Chinese 
miners  at  Shol-to-ga,  or  Mopo,  some  seven  years  ago,  will 
ever  be  remembered  by  people  in  Manchuria  as  a  warning 
to  those  who  would  attempt  to  work  the  mineral  riches  of 
Manchuria  against  the  wishes  of  the  Government.  The 
remembrance  of  the  terrible  fate  which  overtook  the  large 
number  of  the  Chinese  miners  who  were  engaged  at  the 
washings  (from  which  over  three  million  pounds  worth  of 
gold  is  said  to  have  been  obtained  in  10  months)  will,  we 
imagine,  prevent  any  irregular  exploitation  on  a  large  scale 
of  the  mineral  wealth  of  Manchuria  for  many  years  to 
come.  As  in  every  part  of  the  Chinese  Empire,  the  pro- 
vincial governors  jealously  keep  all  mining  enterprises  under 
their  own  control,  with  the  inevitable  results  of  corruption, 
speculation,  aud  utter  failure  to  make  the  mines  pay.  As 
an  instance  we  may  refer  to  the  mines  at  Shol-to-ga,  which 
have  been  taken  in  hand  by  the  Government  since  1880, 
when  they  were  placed  under  the  direction  of  a  General  Li, 
who  brought  up  an  American  miner  to  assist  him.  Elabo- 
rate and  expensive  machinery  was  obtained  and  carried  at 
an  enormous  outlay  to  the  place,  but  the  actual  cost  of 
working  has  been  found  so  great  that  there  is  little  or 
nothing  gained  by  the  operations.  It  is  a  capital  offence, 
at  least  in  theory,  for  Chinese  to  have  anything  to  do  with 
this  illicit  gold  traffic,  but  their  own  officials  wink  at  it 
and  regularly  buy  the  gold  from  the  dealers,  and  the  metal 
eventually  fiuds  its  way  to  Moukden  and  Pekin,  where  it  is 
currently  believed  to  be  the  product  of  the  Government 
gold  mines  at  Mopo  and  at  another  place  about  200  li  to  the 
south-west  of  Aigun.  No  doubt  much  of  the  opposition 
of  the  Chinese  Government  and  officials  to  gold  aud  silver 
mining  is  due  to  their  desire  to  keep  such  enterprises 
exclusively  iu   their  own  hands.     In   the  memorial   under 


notice  the  governor  of  Kirin  mentions  a  curious  point, 
namely,  that  an  expectant  chehsien,  who  had  qualified  him- 
self as  a  professor  of  chemistry  at  the  Pekin  university 
(Tung-wen  Kwau),  could  not  be  employed  in  the  mining 
department  without  losing  his  rank  in  the  mandarinate, 
and  the  governor  very  sensibly  petitioned  that  this  aconi- 
plished  official  should  be  allowed  to  teach  his  countrvmen 
how  to  separate  silver  from  the  lead  ore  without  involving 
any  loss  of  dignity — "  rather  to  reward  this  official  for  his 
superior  attainments,  and  thus  encourage  him  to  exert  him- 
self still  more."  It  may  be  accepted  as  a  sign  of  the  times 
and  of  the  change  of  ideas  in  Pekin  that  the  rescript  to  the 
memorial  was  "  sanctioned,"  and  what  with  mandarins  who 
are  professors  of  chemistry,  and  European  machinery  for 
the  extraction  of  the  silver,  we  may  shortly  expect  to  hear 
more  of  the  mines  near  Kirin,  where  lead  has  been  exten- 
sively worked  for  many  years. 


Wine  Adulteration  in  Germany. 

The  Moniteur  Offieiel  du  Commerce  says  that  the 
German  Government  has  submitted  to  the  Reichstag  a  Bill 
with  the  object  of  regulating  the  production  of  wines. 

From  a  hygienic  point  of  view  it  is  forbidden  to  use  in 
this  manufacture  compounds  of  barium,  boracic  acid, 
salicylic  acid,  salts  of  strontium,  &c. ;  the  maximum 
quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  will  also  be  fixed. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Bill  recognises  the  legality  of 
blending  and,  within  certain  limits,  that  of  the  addition  of 
water  aud  sugar  to  wine,  on  condition  that  the  merchants 
make  known  to  the  buyers  the  composition  of  the  products 
so  manufactured. 


BOARD  OF  TRADE  RETURNS, 

Summary  of  Imports. 


Month  ending  31st  May 

1891. 

1892. 

£ 

1,818,067 

678,759 

556,842 

2,899,859 

£ 
1,696,283 

579,224 
3,351,827 

Raw  materials  for  non-textile  in- 
dustries. 

Total  value  of  all  imports .... 

34.377.U98 

34,935,738 

Summary  of  Exports. 


Month  ending  31st  May 

1891. 

1892. 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 

£ 

3,770,025 

742,054 
2,616,005 

£ 

2,775,746 

2,427  203 

19,741,473 

17,783,969 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  30, 1892. 


Imports  of 

Metals  for  Month  exdixg  31st 

May. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

Articles. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Copper  :— 

8,835 

4,709 

£ 
76,800 

£ 

29.593 

Kcgulus 

,, 

11,453 

12,436 

319,802 

330,337 

TJnwrought  ... 

.      ,. 

2,428 

2,967 

130,877 

142,159 

Iron : — 

263,676 

211,391 

202,806 

153,346 

Bolt,  bar,  &e. .. 

■      ., 

5.530 

8,820 

54,22] 

84,n79 

Steel,  unwrought 

•      „ 

576 

931 

7,122 

8,681 

Lead,  pigand  sheet      „ 

14,913 

13,561 

187,64? 

140,408 

59,627 

50,89] 

110,549 

91,513 

bill, 

447,070 

58,577 

40,353 

Value  £ 
metals 

30.76S 
5,950 

36,854 
3,905 

141,135 
137  562 
391,869 

160,032 

S6.255 

Other  articles  ... 

410,627 

Total  value  ol 

•' 

.. 

1,818,667 

1,696,283 

Imports    of    Eaw 
Industries  for 


Materials   for   Non-Textile 
Month  exdixg  31-t  May. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Bark,  Peruvian.. 

Cwt. 

8,801 

10,015 

£ 
17,953 

£ 

22,715 

Lb. 

242,637 

315,637 

34,770 

40,720 

Cwt. 

22,471 

16,617 

200,312 

165,375 

Gum  :— 

„ 

4,870 

4,279 

15,170 

11,112 

8,038 

13.781 

31,011 
85,424 

50,976 

Gutta-percha  .... 

„ 

6,681 

8,207 

105,498 

Hides,  raw:— 

„ 

48,074 

87.770 

116,611 

101,032 

39,152 

43,965 

87,445 

88,522 

„ 

541 

806 

29,075 

40,525 

Manure  :— 

Tons 

4,903 

2,103 

25.705 

8,973 

6,913 

30,041 

4,031 

56,015 

29,585 

Cwt. 

18,079 

73,180 

Tons 

2,260 

2,661 

19,899 

26,978 

17,313 

1 1,673 

82,611 

67,487 

Palp  of  wood  .... 

„ 

11,809 

15,121 

61,035 

88,410 

Cwt. 

38,695 

193,683 

8,207 

18,987 

Tallow  and  stearin      „ 

130,403 

160,177 

169,041 

203,939 

Tar 

5,110 

3,107 
221,177 

3,170 
361,992 

2,519 

Wood:— 

Loads 

1S4,221 

426,835 

208,185 

315,371 

4S1,3S8 
31,289 

744,836 

„ 

5,751 

6,230 

32,042 

Tons 

3,213 

3,623 

80,826 

32,218 

Other  articles.... 

Value  £ 

•• 

820  715 

948,003 

Total  value 

" 

•• 

2,899,859 

3.351,827 

Besides  the   above,  drugs  to  the  value  of  64,<I3u£,  were  imported 
as  against  67,XUZ.  in  May  1891. 


Imports  of  Chemicals  jlnd  Dyestcfes  foe  Month 
ending  3  1st  May. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


Alkali Cwt. 

Bark  (tanners,  &c.)     „ 

Brimstone , 

Chemicals Value  £ 

Cochin 3al   Cwt. 

Cutch  and  gambier  Tons 

Dyes  :— 
Aniline Value  £ 

Alizarine „ 

Other „ 

Indigo   Cwt. 

Nitrate  of  soda....      „ 

Nitrate  of  potash  .      „ 

Valonia Tons 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 

Total  value  of  chemicals 


12  322 

4,329 

£ 

5,781 

£ 

3,002 

46,656 

39,145 

18,967 

18.711 

17,276 

51,181 

7,610 

14,318 

__ 

106,053 

120,197 

281 

22s 

1  693 

1,388 

1.258 

1,594 

32,291 

37,507 

.. 

15,816 

.. 

.. 

22,646 

24,828 

•• 

•  • 

1,956 

138 

2,127 

2,101 

35.6S3 

16436 

187,555 

637,154 

209,6SI 

i 

28,191 

22,041 

£4,153 

1,154 

3  138 

21,210 

•• 

.- 

17".  167 

190,568 

•• 

802.6S5 

Imports  of  Oils  for  Month  ending  3  1st  May. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891.           1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

2,000 

1,656 

78,003 

11,021.02') 

1,536 

1,568 

717 

20,970 

2.277 
06,537 
:   7''  SSO 
1,501 
1.60S 
32,050 

£ 
4,4S5 

69,115 

94,443 

210,074 

30,199 

31,063 

56S 

93,895 

£ 
24,410 

83,1 1 1 

109,083 

162,550 

38,585 
30,7 12 
86,0:12 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

Total  value  of  oils  . . . 

•• 

•• 

556,942 

579,224 

Exports  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals  for  Month  ending 
31st  May. 


Quantities. 

Values. 

Articles. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

499,864 

510,974 

£ 

104,211 

£ 
194,782 

Bleaching  materials    „ 

151,619 

145,300 

51,367 

58.153 

Chemical  manures.  Tons 

£0,971 

20,212 

179,649 

155,110 

.. 

.. 

B2.749 

83,772 

Other  articleo 

284,048 

231,229 

•• 

•• 

742,054 

72.:,u:  in 

June  30, 18920       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


557 


Exports  of  Metals  (otheb  than  Machinery)  for 
Month  ending  31st  May. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

9,742 

60,006 

21,479 

25,71  IS 

321.152 
6,278 

9,559 
14,461 

10,730 

65,459 
22,393 
12,498 

238,963 

9,971 

8,040 
16,813 

£ 

42,708 

170,282 
82,190 
70,448 
196,111 
102,517 
2,796,438 
85,709 
28,0 16 
51,238 
45  1S1 
14,783 
81,311 

£ 
48,258 

159.893 
6S.507 
32,196 

172,231 

107,498 
1,803,289 

117,037 
21,139 

107.696 
38,679 
16,483 
SS.190 

Copper : — 

Unwrought 

Wrought 

Mixed  metal 

Lead „ 

Plated  wares. . .  Value  £ 
Telegraph  wires,  &c.   „ 

Other  artioles  . .  Value  £ 

•• 

3.770.0->5 

..           ... 

Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  31st  May. 


Articles. 


Gunpowder Lb. 

Military  stores..  Value  £ 

Candles Lb. 

Caoutchouc Value  £ 

Cement Tons 

Products  of  coal  Value  £ 

Earthenware  ...       „ 

Stoneware 

Glass: — 
Plate Sq.Ft. 

Flint Cwt. 

Bottles 

Other  kinds 

Leather : — 
Unwrought ....      „ 

Wrought Value  £ 

Seed  oil Tons 

Floorcloth Sq.  Yds. 

Painters'  materials  Val.  £ 

Paper Cwt. 

Hags Tons 

Soap Cwt. 

Total  value 


Quantities. 


1891.  1892. 


1,2S7,SOO 


1,285,000 


Values. 


1891. 


934,700 


1,555,700 


198,703 

8,384 

73.S21 

13,301 

12,376 

5.77S 
1,498,300 

79,276 

3,814 

43,347 


158,524 

8,185 

69,553 

16,077 

9,179 

5,811 

1,313,000 

82,391 

4,739 

47,406 


£ 

29,731 

93,363 

?5,3;',5 

101,608 

92  967 

1 10,808 
157,048 
13,595 

14,282 
17,878 
34,188 
11,890 

110.593 
25,017 
133,030 

63,202 
137,323 
136,095 
23,760 
44,679 


2,616,065 


£ 

20,808 

99,023 
28  963 
85,812 
95,432 
115,985 
153.566 
11,1)31, 

S,£60 
16,615 
32,463 
13,513 

87,803 

18,450 

114,957 

58,812 

112,686 

141,581 

33,303 

45,722 


2,427,203 


iflontblp  patent  list 

*  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised. 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  mouths  of  the  said  dates. 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARA  TUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 

Applications. 

9231.  J.  A.  Mays.  Process  of  aud  apparatus  for  effecting 
the  concentration  and  separation  of  solids.     May  16. 

9419.  H.  Williams.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  ex- 
hausting or  drawing  away,  and  washing  or  purifying  gas  or 
gases,  or  products  of  combustion.     Slay  18. 

9499.  W.  J.  Mirrlees  and  I).  Ballingall.  Improvements  in 
apparatus  for  evaporating,  concentrating,  and  distilling 
liquids.     May  19. 

9538.  H.  Hirzel.  Improvements  in  still  columns.  Complete 
Specification.     May  19. 

10,126.  D.  Wickham.  Improvements  connected  with 
apparatus  for  aerating  malt  and  other  liquors  and  liquids 
May  27. 

10,298.  F.  W.  Scott,  E.  G.  Scott,  and  F.  W.  Scott,  jun. 
Improvements  in  evaporating  apparatus.     May  30. 

10,595.  A.  Chapman.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
evaporating  or  concentrating  alkaline  or  other  solutions. 
June  3. 

10,836.  R.  G.  Ross,  .1.  B.  Hilliard,  and  W.  Paterson, 
A  new  or  improved  apparatus  and  process  for  directing  the 
passage  aud  controlling  the  speed  of  gases,  air,  or  fluids 
ascending  through  other  fluids  or  liquids  for  the  purpose  of 
causing  absorption  of  said  gases,  or  for  sterilising  or  other- 
wise treating  the  liquids  through  which  the  gases  ascend,  for 
treating  water  for  brewing  purposes  or  aciating  malt  worts, 
but  is  also  applicable  for  other  purposes.     June  8. 

11,019.  G.  Inglis.  A  shield  or  protector  for  use  during 
the  charging  and  drawing  of  gas  retorts  and  other  furnaces. 
June  1 1. 

11,078.  E.  Schellerrer.  Improvements  in  couplings  for 
pipes  for  conveying  heating  liquids  and  for  similar  uses. 
June  13. 

11,125.  A.  G.  Berry.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
triple-effect  evaporators  for  treating  sugar  and  other  liquids. 
June  14. 

11,249.  O.  Hamilton.  A  new  or  improved  method  of 
mixing  and  dissolving  solids  aud  liquids,  and  apparatus 
therefor.     June  15. 

11,296.  W.  J.  Mirrlees  and  U.  Ballingall.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  evaporating,  concentrating,  and  distilling 
liquids.     Complete  Specification.     June  16. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted.* 

1891. 
7636.  T.   A.  A.    Pile   and   W*.    A.    Pile.     Machines   for 


clay   or   other    plastic    materials. 


moulding  and  pressing 
May  4. 

8475.  W.  P.  Thompson.  —  From  P.  Maris.  Improve- 
ments in  and  relating  to  the  method  of  effecting  by  means 
of  centrifugal  force  the  reaction  of  bodies  of  different 
densities  on  one  another.     May  18. 


558 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [June  30, 1892. 


9434.  .1.  Menzies.  A  new  composition,  and  process  for 
manufacturing  the  same.     June  1. 

9922.  W.  Luzi.  Treatment  or  purification  of  graphite 
to  render  it  suitable  for  industrial  purposes.     May  25. 

10,299.  E.  Theisen.  Method  and  apparatus  for  effecting 
the  condensation  and  purification  of  steam  aud  other 
condensible  vapours.     June  1.5. 

10,616.  E.  Theisen.  Apparatus  for  condensing  steam  and 
other  condensible  vapours.     June  22. 

12,1 74.  C.  Gautsch.  Apparatus  for  use  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  chemical  solutions  or  liquids  for  the  extinguishing 
of  fire.     May  25. 

12,401.  L.  Gye.  Apparatus  for  drying  or  extracting 
moisture.     June  1. 

12,998.  G.  Rodger.  Apparatus  for  heating  metals  by 
liquid  or  gaseous  fuel.     June  8. 

13,323.  J.  II.  Minto.  Apparatus  for  charging  liquids 
with  gases.     June  1. 

14,986.  P.  Borgarelli.  Apparatus  for  drying  grain  and 
other  granular  or  pulverulent  materials.     June  22. 


II— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

9265.  F.  B.  Hill  and  K.  D.  Brett.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  utilisation  of  liquid  hydrocarbons  for  lighting 
and  heating  purposes,  and  to  apparatus  therefor.     May  16. 

9419.  H.  Williams.     See  Class  I. 

9444.  J.  Bowing.  Improvements  in  coking  processes. 
May  18. 

9455.  G.  de  Velna.  Manufacture  of  an  emulsion  of  petro- 
leum or  analogous  hydrocarbons  and  of  compounds  thereof 
with  carbonaceous  material  suitable  for  fuel,  and  for  the 
manufacture  of  gas.     May  IS. 

9459.  W.  Foulis.  Improvements  in  obtaining  cyanides 
from  illuminating  and  heating  gas.     May  18. 

9474.  W.  Foulis.  Improved  means  for  obtaining 
cyanides  from  illuminating  and  heating  gas.     May  18. 

9614.  \V.  Lowrie.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
treating  peat  for  fuel  and  other  purposes.     May  20. 

9618.  T.  W.  Lee.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
blocks  or  briquettes  of  fuel.     May  20. 

9619.  J.  Bowing.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
briquettes  and  similar  artificial  fuels  and  in  the  recovery 
of  tar  products.     May  20. 

9620.  J.  Bowing.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
coke  and  in  the  recovery  of  tar  products.     May  20. 

9757.  E.  Bracewell.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
peat  moss  to  adapt  it  for  fire-lighters.     May  23. 

9854.  H.  Birkbeck. — From  E.  B.  Muller,  Germany. 
Process  for  manufacturing  compact  pit  coal  out  of  pit  coal- 
dust,  slack,  or  small  pieces  of  pit  coal.  Complete  Specifi- 
cation.    May  24. 

9938.  W.  Baecker.  Process  for  treating  coal-tar  to 
render  the  same  suitable  for  the  production  of  light  gas. 
May  26. 

10,112.  E.  Wall  and  G.  H.  Frecknall.  Improved  con- 
denser for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  gas. 

10,150.  F.  Thomas  and  J.  Murray.  Antiseptic  sanitary 
peat  fuel.     May  27. 

10,486.  H.  Williams.     Improvements  in  the  manufacture 


10,745.  The  Manchester  Oxygen  (Briu's  Patent)  Co., 
Limited,  and  W.  M.  Jackson.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  oxygen.     June  7. 

10,933.  W.  J.  Birnie.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  hydrogen  gas  for  illuminating  and  heating  purposes. 
June  9. 

10,954.  W.  J.  Hague.  Improvements  connected  with  the 
manufacture  of  producer-gas  aud  its  application  to  marine 
and  other  hoilers  and  furnaces,  and  the  apparatus  connected 
therewith.     June  10. 


11,102.    R.  B.   Anderson, 
retorts.     June  13. 


Furnaces   for   heating  gas- 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

5468.  W.  H.  Wilson.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  gas.     May  4. 

9781.  L.  Labois.  Treatment  of  sulphur  ores,  crude 
■sulphur,  ozokerites,  heavy  oils  of  petroleum,  aud  other 
materials  for  extracting,  purifying,  or  refining  purposes, 
and  apparatus  for  use  therein.     June  15. 

10,452.  E.  Rischgitz  and  the  Patent  Mining  and  Financial 
Trust,  Lim.     Treatment  of  peat.     June  22. 

10,667.  F.  Fauta.  A  new  self-acting  apparatus  for  the 
automatic  production  of  oxygen.     June  15. 

13,036.  G.  Webb,  jun.,  and  G.  H.  Rayner.  Manufacture 
of  oxygen  gas.     June  15. 

13,431.  J.  H.  Fergusson.  Manufacture  of  illuminating 
gas.     June  22. 

13,550.  W.  L.  Wise. — From  Solvay  and  Co.,  Belgium. 
Purification  of  gas.     June  22. 

14,030.  B.  Redwood,  R.  Redwood,  and  H.  Barringer. 
Method  and  apparatus  for  measuring  depth  of  water  in  oil 
tanks.     June  1. 

1892. 

7243.  C.  Fink.  Method  and  apparatus  for  purifying 
smoke  and  precipitating  the  products  of  combustion  thereof. 
May  25. 

8159.  R.  Marshall.  Combustion  of  fuel  and  apparatus 
therefor.     June  8. 

8426.  A.  Longsdon. — From  F.  Krupp  and  Co.  New  or 
improved  processes  for  the  manufacture  of  gas  from  water 
vapour,  and  for  purification  and  separation  of  mixed  gases. 
June  22. 


9080.  W.  D.  A.  Bost  and  T.  F.  Haldaue. 
of  fire-lighters.     June  22. 


Manufacture 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

9619.  J.  Bowing.      See  Class  11. 

9620.  J.  Bowing.     See  Class  II. 


Juno  30, 189-2.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


559 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 

Applications. 

9360.  C.  I).  Abel. — From  L.  Durand,  Huguenin  and  Co., 
Switzerland.  Manufacture  of  new  bases,  applicable  for  the 
production  of  substantive  dyes.     May  17. 

9633.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  The  manufacture  and  production 
of  new  basic  dyestuffs.     May  20. 

10,138.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Hadische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  German}'.  The  manufacture  of  a  new  class 
of  basic  dyestuffs  or  colouring  matters  and  of  sulpho-acids 
thereof,  and  of  materials  and  intermediate  products  relating 
thereto.     May  27. 

10,414.  E.  C.  Kayser.     See  Class  VI. 

10,465.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Hadische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  The  manufacture  of  new  basic 
colouring  matters  of  the  auramine  class,  and  of  new 
materials  for  use  therein.     June  1. 

10.667.  C.  D.  Abel. — -From  the  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  Bruning,  Germany.  Manufacture  of 
novel  azo  colouring  matters  dyeing  directly  on  cotton. 
June  4. 

10.668.  C.  D.  Abel. —  From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  Pruning,  Germany.  Manufacture  of 
alumina  salts  of  the  naphthol  sulphonic  acids,  called 
alumnols.     June  4. 

10,915.  Brooke,  Simpson,  and  Spiller,  Lim.,  and  T.  A. 
Lawson.  Partly  communicated  by  A.  G.  Green,  Germany. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  azo  colouring  matters. 
June  9. 

11,395.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  produc- 
tion of  azo  colours  on  fibre.     June  17. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

11,395.  R.  Holliday  and  Sons,  Lim.,  and  A.  G.  Brookes. 
— From  T.  Holliday.    Manufacture  of  azo  colours.    June  15. 

12,589.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  Kalle  and  Co.  Manufacture 
of  colouring  matters.     June  22. 

14,294.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Aniline  und 
Soda  Fabrik.  The  manufacture  and  production  of  new 
sulpho-acids,  and  of  new  colouring  matters  therefrom. 
June  22. 

1892. 

3791.  A.  J.  Boult.— From  W.  Bruns  and  Co.  Manu- 
facture of  colours  specially  applicable  for  colouring 
photographs.     June  22. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Applications. 

9219.  E.  Carter.  A  new  or  improved  asbestos  yarn. 
May  16. 

9281.  W.  B.  Walters.     See  Class  XII. 

10,612.  C.  A.  Sahlstrom  and  E.  Parr.  Improvements  in 
and  connected  with  the  cleansing  and  bleaching  of  wool, 
hair,  silk,  cotton,  flax,  and  other  vegetable  or  animal  fibres 
or  fabrics  :  the  recovery  of  by-products,  such  as  oil,  and  fat 
such  as  contained  in  such  fibres  or  fabrics,  aud  the  recovery 
of  the  whole  or  part  of  the  ingredients  used  in  the  process. 
June  3. 


10,642.  K.  Dewhurst  and  Co.,  Lim.,  and  A.  Stockdale. 
See  Class  VI. 

10,834.  A.  Bayer  and  K.  Herold.  A  process  and 
apparatus  for  freeing  sheep's  wool  from  pitch  and  other 
impurities.     Complete  Specification.     June  8. 

11,095.  J.  C.W.Stanley.  Improvements  in  or  relating 
to  the  treatment  of  fibres.     June  13. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

1^,134.  G.  L.  P.  Eyre  and  T.  J.  Hopkins.  Apparatus 
for  treating  and  scouring  or  cleansing  wool  and  other 
materials,  lor  removing  therefrom  greasy  or  other  matters, 
and  for  analogous  cleansing  and  separating  operations. 
June  22. 

11,391.  A.  Mitscherlich.  New  process  of  manufacturing 
from  wood  fibres  capable  of  being  spun,  and  by-products 
of  the  same,  and  apparatus  therefor.     May  25. 

13,967.  E.  Appenzeller  and  E.  Filleul.  An  apparatus  for 
testing  the  strength  of  cotton,  wool,  and  other  fibres  in 
the  raw  or  unmanufactured  state.     June  22. 


1892. 

243.  C.    Hanson.      Process    of    extracting     deleterious 
matters  from  wool  and  other  textile  materials.     June  1. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

9651.  B.  Haigh.  Improvements  in  dyeing  woollen  and 
other  woven  or  felted  fabrics.     May  21. 

9952.  E.  J.  Pizzey  and  G.  E.  Upton.  Improved  means 
and  method  for  dyeing  materials  and  substances  of  a  porous 
nature.     May  26. 

10,267.  R.Shaw.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  treating 
fibrous  materials  with  dye  or  other  liquors.     May  30. 

10,381.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  C.  Castellani,  Italy.  An 
improved  chemical  preparation  to  be  used  for  washing, 
scouring,  fulling,  bleaching,  boiling,  and  other  purposes. 
May  31. 

10,414.  E.  C.  Kayser.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  colouring  matters  on  textile  fibres  and  fabrics,  and  on 
other  material.     June  1. 

10,612.  C.  A.  Sahlstrom  and  E.  Parr.     See  Class  V. 

10,642.  R.  Dewhurst  and  Co.,  Lim.,  and  A.  Stockdale. 
A  new  or  improved  means  or  process  of  producing  coloured 
patterns  or  designs  upon  silk  plushes,  or  upon  wool  or  velvet 
plushes.     June  4. 

11,027.  W.  J.  S.  Grawitz.  Improvements  in  dyeing  and 
printing  with  alkaloids.     June  11. 

11,057.  G.  M.  Marchant.  Improvements  in  machinery 
for  scouring,  dyeing,  and  drying  hanks  of  yarn.     June  13. 

11,318.  A.  S.  Lyon  and  J.  H.  Lorimer.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  skein-dyeing.  Complete  Specification. 
June  16. 

11,366.  J.Kennedy.  Improved  composition  or  compound 
to  be  used  in  bleaching  cotton,  linen,  or  woollen  fabrics. 
June  17. 

11,395.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.     See  Class  IV. 


5C0 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [June so,  1892. 


1 1.416.  F.  F.  Grafton  and  W.  Browning.  An  improved 
process  for  the  production  and  fixation  of  colours  in  con- 
junction with  aniline  black  upon  woven  fabrics.     June  18. 


Comfi.ete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

IS, 102.  G.  A.  Cannot.  Process  of  and  apparatus  for 
bleaching  and  treating  the  fibre  of  peat,  or  other  fibrous 
substances.    June  22. 

13,500.  C.  F.  Pike.  Method  and  apparatus  for  bleaching 
and  treating  textile  fabrics.     June  22. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 
Applications. 

9563.  W.  L.  Wise. — From  W.  Feld,  German}'.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  or  production  of  sulphur 
and  sulphurous  acid  from  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and  in 
apparatus  therefor.     May  19. 

9787.  L.  Bemelmaus.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
treatment  of  metallic  sulphurets  and  sulphur  ores. 
May  23. 

9884.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  A.  L.  Lawton  and  W.  S. 
Hodge,  Tinted  States.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  salt  (chloride  of  sodium).  Complete 
Specification.     May  24. 

10,104.  A.  S.  Eamage.  Improvements  in  the  utilisation 
of  ferrous  liquors,  especially  those  from  galvanising  and  tin- 
plate  works.     May  27. 

10,225.  F.  M.  Lyte.  Improvements  in  the  production  of 
chlorine  and  of  commercially  pure  lead,  and  in  the  recovery 
of  silver,  if  present.     May  30. 

10,281.  E.  Hermite  and  A.  Dubose.  A  process  and 
apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  persalts  of  iron. 
May  30. 

10,326.  C-  Negrier.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
■with  the  manufacture  of  sulphate  of  iron  and  sulphate  of 
copper.     May  31. 

lu .450.  E.  J.  Barbier.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
production  of  neutral  sulphate  of  soda  and  sulphuric  acid 
from  bisulphate  of  soda.     June  1. 

10,517.  E.  Hermite,  E.  J.  Paterson,  and  C.  F.  Cooper. 
A  process  for  purifying  bleaching  liquor.     June  2. 

10,599.  E.  Luhmann.  Improved  process  for  producing 
pure  carbonic  acid  gas.     Complete  Specification.     June  3. 

10,851.  A.  MacNab.  An  improvement  in  the  manu- 
facture of  bay  salt.     Complete  Specification.     June  8. 

10,913.  W.  S.  Rawson  and  Woodhouse  and  Bawson 
United,  Limited.  Method  for  production  of  oxide  of  zinc. 
June  9. 

11,034.  H.  S.  Elworthy.  Improvements  in  processes 
for  obtaining  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  in  apparatus  to  be  used 
in  such  processes.     June  11. 

11  203.  J.  Graham.  An  apparatus  for  the  continuous 
concentration  of  sulphuric  acid.     June  15. 

11  222.  J.  J.  Lish.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
chloride  of  magnesium,  sulphide  of  sodium,  and  other 
analogous  chemical  compounds.     June  15. 

11,366.  J.  Kennedy.     See  Class  VI. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

4820.  G.  T.  Beilby.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  cyanides.     June  22. 

8692.  F.  M.  Lyte.  Production  of  caustic  alkali  and 
chlorine.     May  25. 

9561.  W.  Walker.  An  improved  method  of  recovering 
carbonic  acid  gas  from  lime-kilns  and  furnaces,  and  appa- 
ratus in  connexion  therewith.     June  8. 

9781.  L.  Labois.     See  Class  II. 

10,476.  Comte  T.  Brochocki.  Manufacture  of  peroxide 
of  barium  and  of  peroxide  of  hydrogen.     May  25. 

11,311.  T.  Goodall.— From  S.  Peacock  and  H.  A.  Gait. 
Improvements  in  obtaining  chromates  and  bichromates  of 
potash  and  soda.     June  1. 

11,484.  L.  Labois.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
refining  of  sulphur  and  the  distillation  of  sulphur  and  other 
ores,  and  to  apparatus  therefor.     June  15. 

13,409.  W.  H.  Higgin.     See  Class  XIX. 

13,424.  G.  I.  J.  Wells.  Apparatus  for  the  extraction 
of  ammonia,  applicable  for  ammonia-soda  works  and  the 
like.     June  15. 


1892. 

3880.   E.  Rijan.     Manufacture  of  oxalic  acid  and  cellu- 
lose.    June  1 . 

8964.    W.    F.    Thompson. — From    W.     B.    Brittingham, 
New  or  improved  bleaching  compound.    June  22. 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 
Applications. 

9235.  T.  M.  Rymer-Jones.  An  improvement  in  the 
manufacture  of  refractory  and  non-conducting  bricks,  blocks, 
tiles,  slabs,  and  pipes.     May  16. 

9397.  T.  C.  J.  Thomas.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  plate  glass,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     May  18. 

9428.  E.  Walsh,  Jan.  Improvements  in  plate  glass, 
in  the  art  of  rolling  same,  and  in  machinery  therefor. 
Complete  Specification.     May  18. 

10,123.  H.  L.  Houlton  and  S.  II.  Leech.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  terra-cotta  and  like  materials,  and 
in  apparatus  therefor.     May  27. 

10,532.  M.  Laffont.     See  Class  IX. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

10,208.  J.  B.  Adams.  Apparatus  for  making  balls  or 
other  articles  from  molten  glass,  or  other  molten  or  plastic 
material.     May  25. 

10,661.  W.  W.  Pilkington.  Kilns  for  annealing  plate 
glass.     June  1. 

11,617.  T.Severn.  Kilns  for  heating  or  burning  pottery 
and  the  like.     June  15. 

13,738.  W.  Schleiming.  Process  of  producing  imitation 
terra-cotta.     June  15. 


June  80,1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


561 


1892. 

7793.  C.  F.  E.  Grossc.     Method  of  producing  marbled 
glass.     June  1. 

7906.  H.  C.   Bull.     Casting  tables  for   glass  and  glass- 
making.     June  1. 

9428.  E.  Walsh,  jun.      Improvements  in   plate-glass,  in 
the  art  of  rolling  same,  and  in  machinery  therefor. 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

9217.  T.  C.  Izod.  Improvements  in  the  production  of 
ornamentation  in  clay  for  architectural  and  other  purposes, 
and  in  the  apparatus  for  producing  same.     May  16. 

9258.  J.  B.  I.  Julhe.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
hardening  of  plaster  and  the  development  of  colours  mixed 
therewith.     May  16. 

9332.  A.  J.  Boult.— From  J.  A.  Chanler,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  pavements.  Complete  Specification. 
May  17. 

9542.  T.  Castle.  Improvements  in  mills  for  grinding 
cement  and  other  matters.     Iky  19. 

9723.  N.  Procter  and  W.  Wells.  Procter  and  Co.'s 
antiseptic  waterproof  and  airproof  composition.     May  23. 

9767.  E.  M.  Fox.— From  R.  F.  M.  Chase,  United 
States.  Improved  composition  for  artificial  stone  for 
ornamental  and  other  purposes.     May  23. 

9857.  H.  B.  Price.  Improvements  in  fireproof  floors 
and  other  structures.     May  24. 

9974.  H.  A.  Majewski  and  W.  Beyenbach.  A  process 
of  manufacture  of  artificial  marble.     May  26. 

10,010.  J.  Hoyle.  Apparatus  for  purifying  and  grinding 
the  residue  of  Portland  cement  and  other  materials. 
May  26. 

10,160.  J.  Baines.  Composition  for  making  of  artificial 
stone.     May  28. 

10,196.  P.  A.  H.  Wehuer.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  artificial  wood.    Complete.  Specification.    May  28. 

10,253.  J.  Turner.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the 
seasoning  or  preserving  of  wood.     May  30. 

10,355.  W.  Joy.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  sepa- 
rating the  finer  from  the  coarser  particles  of  ground  cement, 
clinker,  and  other  matters.     May  31. 

10,532.  M.  Laffout.  Improved  manufacture  of  material 
suitable  for  building  and  architectural  purposes,  and  for 
ceramic  and  other  similar  works.     June  2. 

10,927.  H.  Birkbeck. — From  H.  Heise,  Germany.  A 
process  for  the  preparation  of  a  material  for  building  or 
other  purposes.     Complete  Specification.     June  9. 

11,054.  H.  Salmon.     Improved  pumice  stone.     June  13. 

11,170.  G.W.Parker.  Improvements  in  the  construction 
of  floors,  ceilings,  and  roofs  of  buildings  ;  also  applicable 
to  the  construction  of  side  walks  and  pavements.  Complete 
Specification.     June  14. 

11,226.  G.C.Taylor.  A  fireproof  composition  or  cement 
for  boilers,  flues,  and  furnaces.     June  15. 

11,241.  W.  Lancaster.  An  improved  method  of  laying 
concrete,  cement,  and  other  similar  materials  for  footpaths, 
floors,  and  other  purposes.     June  15. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 
91:61.  W.Walker.     See  Class  VII. 

13,016.  G.  Williams.  Manufacturing  hydraulic  cement. 
June  22. 

13,616.  C.  Bloemendal.  Process  and  apparatus  for 
producing  hydraulic  mortar.     June  15. 

13,983.  W.  P.  Winter.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
securing  moulds  in  the  manufacturing  of  artificial  stone- 
paving,  and  other  uses.     June  22. 

1892. 

4408.  C.  H.  Dobbs.  Manufacture  of  scoria  or  slag  blocks 
for  paving  and  other  purposes.     June  1. 

7502.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  L.  O.  Roeser  Miiller  and 
B.  Ueike.  Manufacture  of  plaster  for  building  purposes. 
May  25. 

7850.  E.  T.  Warner  and  T.  F.  Curry.  The  art  of  making 
mortar.     June  1. 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 
Applications. 

9352.  Sir  A.  Hickman.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  crude  or  cast  iron  for  the  elimination  of  sulphur. 
May  17. 

9370.  G.  D.  Burton.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
forging  of  metals  for  making  steel  and  iron  tools.  Com- 
plete Specification.     May  17. 

9442.  J.  Bowing.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
treating  blue  billy  or  purple  iron  ore,  sand  and  other  ores 
in  a  similar  condition,  for  the  purpose  of  preparing  them 
for  the  reducing  furnace.     May  18. 

9443.  J.  Bowing.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
treating  blue  billy  or  purple  iron  ore,  sand,  aDd  other  ores 
in  a  similar  condition,  for  the  purpose  of  preparing  them 
for  the  reducing  furnace.     May  18. 

9522.  J.  E.  Filassier  and  J.  Faure.  Improvements  in 
metallurgical  furnaces  for  steel  making  or  cementation 
purposes.     Complete  Specification.     May  19. 

9523.  J.  E.  Filassier  and  J.  Faure.  Improvements  in  or 
relating  to  the  manufacture  of  cast  steel.  Complete 
Specification.     May  19. 

9701.  J.  Simpson.  Improvements  in  the  extraction  of 
antimony  from  the  mineral  sulphide.     May  21. 

9765.  W.  E.  May.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
steel  and  other  metal  castings.     May  23. 

9841.  W.  A.  Briggs.  An  improved  alloy  of  aluminium. 
May  24. 

9859.  J,  C.  Fraley.  Process  for  rendering  iron,  steel, 
and  similar  metals  homogeneous.  Complete  Specification. 
May  24. 

10,225.  F.  M.  Lyte.     See  Class  VII. 

10,261.  G.  C.  Taylor  and  P.  Hulme.  A  rustless  metallic 
alloy  for  parts  of  agricultural  ploughs.     May  30. 

10,354.  H.  J.  Walduck.  Improvements  in  machinery  or 
apparatus  used  for  galvanising  or  coating  sheets  or  plates 
of  iron,  steel,  or  other  metals  or  alloys  with  zinc  or  with 
tin  or  terne  metal  or  other  metallic  alloys.     May  31. 

10,390.  C.  T.  J.Vautin.  An  improved  method  or  process 
for  the  production  of  zinc  from  blende.     May  31. 


.162 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [  June  30, 1S9& 


10,459.  F.  G.  Bates  andW.  B.  Renshaw.  Improvements 
in  coating  iron  and  other  metals  with  lead,  and  in  the 
alloying  or  treating  of  lead  to  render  it  suitable  for  this 
purpose.     June  1. 

10,497.  W.  A.  Briggs.  An  improved  alloy  of  aluminium 
for  use  in  cycle  manufacture.     June  2. 

10,528.  F.  B.  Stone.  A  process  for  freeing  copper  from 
arsenic.     June  2. 

10,580.  W.  Darby  and  W.  P.  Thompson.  Improvements 
in  or  appertaining  to  melting  aluminium  or  in  crucibles 
therefor.     June  3. 

10,583.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From.  B.  Talbot,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of  iron  and  basic 
slag,  and  in  extracting  silicon  and  phosphorus.     June  3. 

10,756.  J.  Lakin.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
wrought  iron.     June  7. 

11,297.  J.  P.  Bayly.— From  J.  J.  Naef,  United  States. 
Improved  process  of  recovering  tin  from  tin  scraps. 
June  16. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

9219.  H.  Niewerth.  Obtaining  metals,  half  -  metallic 
elements,  and  other  minerals.     June  1. 

9342.  J.  H.  Rogers.  Manufacture  of  tin  and  terne  plates. 
June  1. 

12,813.  A.  Crossley.  Apparatus  for  producing  ferro- 
ferric  and  ferric  oxides.     June  8. 

13,068.  B.  Rosing.  Treating  lead  for  purifying  it,  and  for 
obtaining  litharge,  or  for  separating  the  lead  from  the 
precious  metals  contained  in  it.     June  22. 

13,395.  E.  Meyer.  Extraction  of  aluminium  hydrate  or 
aluminium  salts  from  alumiuium  silicates  or  clay.    June  22. 

13,888.  J.  E.  Stead.  Carburising  fluid,  iron,  or  steel. 
June  22. 

14,290.  H.  L.  Herrenschmidt.  Treatment  of  certain 
mattes  and  ores  for  the  separation  of  nickel  and  cobalt  from 
copper.     June  22. 

15,482.  T.  H.  J.Eskuchen  ar.d  H.  A.  Haarmanu.  Manu 
facture  of  briquettes  of  purple  ore.     June  15. 

19,457.  J.  L.  Hopper.  Furnaces  for  roasting,  smelting, 
and  separating  refractory  and  other  ores.     June  15. 

1892. 

2214.  T.  D.  Bottome.  Casting  and  tempering  pure  copper. 
June  1. 

7069.  G.  J.  Atkins.  Apparatus  for  separating  gold,  silver, 
and  other  metals  from  their  ores.     May  25. 

7378.  P.  C.  Choate.     Producing  metallic  zinc.     May  25. 

7909.  G.  Wegner.  A  process  for  coating  aluminium  with 
other  metals.     June  22. 


XI.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Applications. 

9319.  A.  Henneton.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  anodes  for  the  electrolytic  decomposition  or  formation 
of  chemical  compounds.     Complete  Specification.     May  17. 

9346.  C.  Kellner.  Apparatus  for  the  production  by 
electrolysis  of  chlorire  and  alkalis.     May  17. 


9347.  C.  Kellner.  Process  for  the  separation  of  the 
alkali  obtained  by  electrolytical  decompositiou  of  halogen 
compounds  from  the  electrolyte  which  has  not  been 
decomposed.     May  17. 

9379.  G.  D.  Burton.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
heating  and  working  of  metal  bars  by  electricity.  Com- 
plete Specification.     May  17. 

9380.  G.  II.  Burton.  Improvements  in  mechanism  for 
converting  electric  currents,  and  in  the  method  of  applying 
the  same  to  the  working  of  metals.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    May  17. 

9541.  F.  Schmalhaus.  An  improved  electric  accumu- 
lator or  secondary  battery.  Complete  Specification. 
.May    19. 

9569.  C.  P.  Shrewsbury  and  J.  L.  Dobell.  Improve- 
ments in  or  connected  with  electric  batteries.     May  19. 

9623.  J.  Vernhet.  Improvements  in  electric  batteries. 
May  20. 

9799.  D.  G.  FitzGerald.  Improvements  in  apparatus  and 
means  for  the  electrolysis  of  alkaline  chlorides  which  may 
be  in  conjunction  with  earthy  chlorides.     May  24. 

10,197.  J.  W.  Cann  and  R.  E.  Commans.  Improvements 
in  electric  furnaces  and  in  the  treatment  of  auriferous 
sulphides  and  similar  refractory  ores  by  means  of  the  same. 

May  28. 

10,200.  C.  Kellner.  Improved  process  and  apparatus 
for  the  electro  chemical  production  of  bleaching  agents. 
May  28. 

10,388.  E.  Freund  and  L.  Bristol.  Improvements  in 
secondary  batteries.     May  31. 

10,520.  A.  van  Boeekxsel.  Improvements  in  and 
connected  with  electric  batteries.     June  2. 

10,690.  T.  Parker  and  A.  E.  Robinson.  Improvements 
in  anodes  for  use  in  electric  cells  for  treating  chlorides, 
fluorides,  or  other  compounds  and  the  like.     June  4. 

10,735.  H.  C.  Bull.  An  improved  process  and  apparatus 
for  making  sodium,  potassium,  and  like  metals  by  electric 
action  and  producing  ferric  chloride  as  a  dry  powder. 
June  7. 

10.S50.  H.  Weymersch.  Improvements  in  primary 
voltaic  batteries.     Complete  Specification.     June  8. 

10,855.  H.  F.  Kirkpatrick-Picard  and  H.  Thame.  Im- 
provements in  secondary  batteries.     June  8. 

10,932.  W.  J.  Birnie.  Improvements  in  primary  and 
secondary  batteries  for  electric  lighting  and  power.   June  9. 

11,087.  W.L.Wise. — From  T.  Rosati,  E.  Righetti,  and 
G.  O'Connell,  Italy.  Improvements  in  galvanic  batteries. 
June  13. 

11,126.  J.  Patersou.  An  improved  element  by  the  aid 
of  which  a  current  of  electricity  may  be  generated. 
June  14. 

11,147.  H.  H.  Lloyd.  Improvements  in  secondary  or 
storage  batteries.    Complete  Specification.    June  14. 

11,154.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  C.  L.  Coffin,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  welding  metals 
electrically.     Complete  Specification.     June  14. 

11,382.  H.  Niewerth.  An  improved  process  for  manu- 
facturing compound  and  elementary  bodies  or  chemical 
products  by  means  of  electricity,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
June  17. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

10,371.  F.  R.  E.  Branston.  Production  of  light  and  the 
generation  of  heat  and  electricity.     June  1. 

12,491.  C.L.Baker, and  \Yoodhouse  and  Rawson  United, 
Lim.  Construction  of  rheostats  or  similar  electrical  instru- 
ments.    June  1. 


i"     S0.189S.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


563 


1892. 

3881.  K.  Kahabka.     Electrical  accumulators,    June  22. 

6112.  H.  II.  Lake— From  W.  Sleicher,  jun.,  and  G.  A. 
Mosher.    Secondary  batteries  and  accumulators.     May  25. 

6722.  W.  W.  Donaldson  and  1!   Macrae.     Battery  plates 
Eoi  secondary  batteries.     June  lj. 

8572.   II.    Beckmann,    E.    Iieekmann,    aud    J.    Schmitt. 
Improved  galvanic  element.    June  15. 

9319.  A.  Ilenneton.      Anodes  for  the  electrolytic  decom- 
position or  formation  of  chemical  compounds.     June  22. 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 


Application?. 

9281.  W.B.Walters.  Improvements  in  and  apparatus 
for  effecting  the  separation  cr  extraction  of  grease,  oils, 
gums,  or  resins  from  wool,  flax,  or  other  materials  by 
means  of  volatile  solvents.     May  1G 

92S2.  (;.  W.  Bcollay.  Improvements  in  the  art  of  treating 
vegetable  oils.     Complete  Specification.     May  17. 

9432.  B.  H.  F.  Finlay.  Improvements  in  the  process  of 
making  soaps.     Ma\   18. 

9769.  A.  C.  Irwin. — From  S.  Wohle,  France,  A'  new  or 
improved  manufacture  of  detergent.     May  23. 

10,438.  A.  C.  Irwin. — From  S.  Wohle,  France.  A  new 
or  improved  manufacture  of  detergent.     June  1. 

10,612.    C.  A.  Sahlstrom  and  E.  Parr.     See  Class  V. 

10,765.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  W.  B.  Brittingham, 
United  States.  Improvements  in  detergent  compounds. 
( 'omplete  Specification.     June  7. 

10,784.  C.D.Abel. — From  X.  Osuchowski,  Russia,  and 
A.  S.  Zivierzehowski,  France.  Manufacture  of  hard  soap. 
June  7. 

10,858.  E.  Barker  and  E.  Bannister.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  soap.     June  S. 

11,094.  J.  C.  W.  Stanley,  Improvements  in  or  relating 
to  the  treatment  of  seed  for  oil  extraction  and  refining  oil, 
and  in  apparatus  therefor.     June  13. 

11,173.  K.  Xoppcl.  B.  Grosche,  aud  T.  E.  Tack.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  for  purifying  oil  and  separating 
new  oil  from  drippings.     Complete  Specification.    June  14. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

4441k  W.  S.  (henhall  aud  W.  F.  S.  Chenhall.  Method 
for  the  solidification  of  mineral,  animal,  and  vegetable  oils, 
and  volatile  aud  inflammable  fluids.     June  15. 

C.    Palmer.       See 


10,837.  I  >. 
Class  XIII. 

13,189.   II. 

June  8. 


C.    Hagemann    and    T. 

Pfutzner.      Apparatus   for   smelting    tallow. 


16,557.  W.  R.  Dodd.     The  manufacture  of  an   improved 


soap.     June  22. 


1892. 


6955.  E.  J.  J.  33.  Benoit  and  J.  S.  y  Vila.  Method  of 
extracting  stearine  and  oleiue  from  tallow,  and  apparatus 
therefor.     June  8. 


7581.  R.  Stewart.     Soap  or  washing-powder.     May  25. 
9292.  G.  W.  Seo'.lay.     Treating  vegetable  oils.      June  22 


XIII.- 


-PAINTS,  PIGMENTS   VARNISHES,  and 
RESINS. 

Applications. 


Improvements   in  rubber   corn- 
Improvements   in  or   relating   to 


9803.  J.    Wotherspoon. 
pounds.      May  24. 

9812.  W.    H.   Rodin, 
colour  washes.     May  24. 

10,853.  C.  D.  Hodgson,  J.  Abell,  and  C.  T.  Chivers. 
Improvements  in  anti-fouling  compositions.     June  8. 

11,069.  D.  Marcus.— From  J.  Curio  Co.,  Japan.  Pre- 
paration or  material  for  lacquering  or  covering  surfaces. 
June  11. 

11,089.  R.  Matthews  and  J.  Noad.  Improvement s  in 
the  production  of  carbonate  of  lead  and  lead  pigments. 
June  13. 

11,166.  H.  F.  Serulhis.  Improvements  in,  or  connected 
with,  and  apparatus  for  the  obtaiument  or  extraction  of 
gutta-percha  or  the  like.     June  14. 

11,3-37.  R.  W.  E.  Mclvor  and  W.  Smith.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  white  lead  or  basic  carbonate  of  lead 
and  other  matters,  and  in  means  or  apparatus  emplo3-ed 
therein.     June  16. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

9526.  L.  Labois.  Manufacture  of  white  lead,  and  appa- 
ratus for  use  therein.     June  8. 

10,837.  O.  C.  Hagemann  andT.  C.  Palmer.  Manufacture 
or  treatment  of  varnish,  oils,  and  the  like,  aud  apparatus 
therefor.     June  8. 


P.   Blackham.      Manufae- 
or  bleaching  materials  for 


13,041.  T.  H.    Rees    aud  W. 

tare  of  blue  or  other  colouring 
washing  purposes.     June  22. 

14,948.  H.  Seiling.  Improved  composition  containing 
coal-tar  applicable  as  a  preservative  composition  or  cement 
for  building  and  other  purposes.     June  8. 


1892. 
6.516.  G.  W.  Scollay.    Manufacture  of  pigments.    May  25. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 

Applications. 

9889.  L.  Tilery.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  artificial  chamois  leather.  Complete 
Specification.     May  24. 

10,385.  L.  Roger  and  A.  Waltber.  Improvements  in 
the  preparation  of  materials  used  in  the  tanning  of  leather. 
May  31. 


564 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[June  SO,  1892, 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1892. 

5689.  F.  Riegert.     A  process  lor  waterproofing  all  kinds 
of  skins  and  rendering  them  more  durable.     June  8. 

7698.  A.  J.  Boult. — From  A.  K.  Ebert.     -Manufacture  of 
substitute  for  leather.     June  1. 

8469.  H.  H.  Lake. — From    Durio    Bros.      Tanning  hides 
and  skins.     June  8. 


XV.— AGRICULTURE  and   MANURES. 

Application. 

1 1,341.  B.  E.  R.  Newlands  and  J.  A.  R.  Newlands.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  and  production  of  manure 
from  raw  phosphates.     June  17. 

Complete   Specification  Accepted. 
1892. 
SS59.  T.  II.  Smith.     Manufacture  of  fertilisers.     June  15. 


XVI.— SUGARS,  STARCHES,   GUMS,  Etc. 
Application. 
1 1,125.  A.  G.  Berry.     See  Class  I. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

13,260.  T.  Drost.     Process  and  means  for  manufacturing 
crystallised  sugar  in  refineries.     June  15. 


XVII.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

'.1.344.  K.  Schlagenhaufer  and  J.  Blutner.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  or  production  of  yeast.  Complete 
Specification.     May  17. 

9538.  H.  Hirzel.  Improvements  iu  still  columns.  Com- 
plete Specification.     May  19. 

\i',~~;.  B.J.  B.  Mills. — From  The  Brewing  Improvement 
Co.,  United  States.  Improvements  in  treating  hops  for 
brewing  purposes.     May  23. 

9855.  J.  G.  Miiller.  A  new  or  improved  filtering  bag 
for  breweries,  distilleries,  and  the  like  purposes.  Complete 
Specification.     May  24. 

10,078.  H.  Myers.  A  process  for  the  manufacture  of 
compressed  brewers'  yeast  into  bakers'  yeast  and  for  use 
in  distillers'  worts.     May  27. 

10,126.  D.  Wickham.     See  Class  I. 

10,305.  B.  J.  B.  Mills. — From  The  Universal  Carbonating 
Co.,  United  States.  Process  and  apparatus  for  impregnating 
beer  with  carbonic   acid.     Complete  Specification.   Slay  31. 


10,376.  F.  Baxter.  Improved  means  and  apparatus  for 
destroying  bacteria  and  other  germs  in  brewers'  plant  and 
other  wooden  vessels.     May  31. 

lii,442.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  L.  Schmied,  Austria. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  crystal  colouring  malt. 
Complete  Specification.     June  1. 

10,496.  J.  Barton.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  mashing  and  brewing  ale,  beer,  wines,  and 
other  fermented  liquors.      Complete  Specification.     June  2. 

10,518.  W.  Garner  and  A.  K.  Garner.  Improvements  iu 
the  treatment  of  grain  or  cereals  in  order  to  render  them 
suitable  for  various  useful  purposes,  such  as  brewing, 
distilling,  and  vinegar  making,  or  as  articles  of  food,  and 
in  means  or  apparatus  to  be  employed  therein,  and  for 
other  uses.     June  2. 

10,780.  C.  H.  Jolliffe.  Improved  means  and  ingredients 
for  preserving  wines,  beers,  and  yeast.     June  7. 

10,836.  R.  G.  Ross,  J.  B.  Hilliard,  and  \V.  Paterson. 
See  Class  I. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

11,237.  T.  White  and  J.  Lee.     Apparatus  employed  in 
the  brewing  of  beer.     May  25. 

12,606.  A.    Walker.       Mode    of    manufacturing    yeast. 
June  1. 

12,659.  V.    Denamur.      Apparatus   for   the  manufacture 
or  brewing  of  beer.     June  1. 

1892. 

5059.  G.  Sobotka  and  A.  Klienietsehek.     Method  of  and 
apparatus  for  producing  clear  wort.     May  25. 

6075.  G     Sobotka.       Method    of     and     apparatus     for 
separating  yeast.      May  25. 

8952.  P.  M.  Justice. — From   A.  W.  Billings.      Apparatus 
for  the  manufacture  of  malt  liquors.     June  15. 

9344.  K.   Schlagenhaufer  and  J.  Blunier.     Manufacture 
or  production  of  yeast.     June  22. 


XVIII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHFMISTRY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 

A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

9361.  J.  Y.  Johnson.  —  From  The  Rumford  Chemical 
Works,  L'nited  States.  Improved  baking  preparations. 
Complete  Specification.     May  17. 

9483.  D.  Rylands.  Improvements  in  the  use  of  carbonic 
acid  gas  as  applied  to  the  preservation  of  fruits,  meats,  and 
other  comestibles.     May  19. 

9667.  J.  Bibbv.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
composite  cakes  for  cattle  feeding  and  the  like.     May  21. 

9912.  W.  Chadwick.  Improvements  iu  the  manufacture 
of  jams  and  fruit  preserves.     May  26. 

10.217.  A.  Bernstein.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  at' 
milk.     May  28. 

10,788.  H.  Bates,  jun.  Improvements  iu  and  relating  to 
the  production  of  an  alimentary  product  from  Indian  corn 
or  maize.     Complete  Specification.     June  7. 


i       80,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


565 


B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

9685.  C.  H.  G.  Harvey.  The  manufacture  of  a  porous 
magnetic  ferric  oxide  filtering  medium.     May  21. 

9733.  M.  A.  Lutzuer.  An  improved  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  removing  particles  of  soot  and  ash  from  the 
waste  gases  emitted  bv  chimneys.  Complete  Specification. 
May  23. 

9700.  H.  Stier.  A  new  or  improved  process  for  the 
purification  of  waste  or  refuse  water  from  sewers,  mills, 
works,  factories,  and  the  like.  Complete  Specification. 
May  23. 

9780.  J.  B.  Alliott.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
sewage  sludge,  and  apparatus  therefor.     May  23. 

10,308.  H.  Lockwood.  Improvements  in  tanks  or  vessels 
and  apparatus  used  in  the  purification  of  sewage  and  other 
foul  waters  by  precipitation,  and  in  the  treatment  of  the 
sludge  obtained  in  such  process.     May  31. 

10,887.  G.  C.  Purvis.  Xew  or  improved  method  in 
sewage  precipitation.     June  9. 

C. — Disinfectants. 

10,150.  F.  Thomas  and  J.  Murray.      .See  Class  II. 

11,049.  M.  Syer.  Improved  disinfecting  compound. 
Complete  Specification.      June  13. 

11.275.  J.  M.  Raymond.  An  improved  antiseptic, 
disinfecting,  and  deodorising  compound.     June  15. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
A.  —Chemistry  of  Foods. 
1891. 

10,415.  A.  Collingridge. — From  V.  Cornet  and  A.  Jones. 
Treatment  of  common  salt  intended  to  be  used  for  curing 
food,  such  as  meat,  game,  fish,  and  poultry.     May  25. 

11,045.  E.  Leconte.  Preparation  of  leaven  for  use  in 
the  manufacture  of  bread,  pastry,  and  biscuits.     June  22. 

12,549.  J.  H.  H.  Duncan.  Manufacture  or  production 
of  butter.     June  15. 

1892. 

7043.  C.  Saville.  A  new  or  impoved  food  product,  and 
process  of  producing  the  same.     Slay  25. 

K2G4.  G.  Miiller.  Process  of  producing  sterilised  butter. 
June  15. 

9301.  J.  Y.  Johnson  — From  The  Rumford  Chemical 
Works.     Improved  baking  preparations.     June  22. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 
1891. 

10,563.  A.  Hossack  and  H.  C.  Bull.  Treatment  of 
sewage,  and  obtaining  certaiu  useful  products  thereby. 
June  1. 

12,025.  W.  II.  Munns. — From  A.  F.  Black.  Apparatus 
for  treating  sewage.     May  25. 

14,038.  J.  Makinson.  Apparatus  for  treating  foul  air 
aud  noxious  vapours  or  gases.      June  22. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Applications. 

9460.  K.  A.  Heath.     Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
paper,  oard,  and  the  like.     May  18. 


10,812.  A.  lirin  aud  E.  H.  E.  Pyle.  An  improved 
process  of  treating  peat  for  the  manufacture  of  paper  pulp. 
June  7. 

11,053.  E.  Castier.  An  improved  cardboard  and  method 
of  making  the  same.     June  13. 

11,123.  J.  M.  Campbell.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  paper  to  make  paper  of  a  uniform  strength. 
June  14. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
1891. 

13,409.  W.  H.  Higgiu.  Treatment  and  utilisation  of 
esparto  liquor  and  other  similar  waste  liquors  and  by- 
products.    June  22. 


XX.— FINE   CHEMICALS,   ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES, 
and  EXTRACTS. 

Applications. 

9472.  The  Hon.  L.  W.  Palk.  An  improved  salt  or 
chemical  compound  for  medicinal  or  other  purposes. 
May  18. 

9714.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  La  Societe  Bain  and  Fournier, 
France.  An  improved  manufacture  of  aldehyde  compounds. 
May  21. 

10,185.  H.  Barotte.  Manufacture  or  production  of 
extract  of  tea.     May  28. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

9023.  W.  Smith  and  W.  Elmore.  A  new  and  more 
economical  method  for  the  production  of  nitrous  oxide. 
May  25. 


XXL— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 
MATERIALS. 

Applications. 

9218.  E.  J.  Browne.  A  process  of  treating  gelatino- 
cbloride  of  silver  papers  by  development  and  toniiif  same 
without  gold  or  other  metals.     May  16. 

9926.  A.  Burchett.  Improvements  in  photography  by 
means  of  coloured  glasses  used  in  combination  with  the 
photographic  lens.     May  26. 

10,942.  H.  V.  Weyde.  An  improvement  in  photography. 
June  9. 

11,175.  H.  V.  Weyde.  Improvements  in  photography. 
June  14. 

11.253.  J.  B.  B.  Wellington.  Improvements  in  or 
relating  to  the  manufacture  of  photographic  films  ami 
plates.     June  15. 

11.254.  J.  T.  Clarke.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  manufacture  of  sensitised  films  for  carbon  printing. 
June  15. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1892. 


3791.  A.   J. 
Class  IV. 


Boult.  —  From    W.    Bruns   and   Co.     See 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


|_June:iO,18»2. 


0342.    V.   Mathieu. 
phi  tographs.     June  8. 

8145.    C.     I 


Process    for    producing    eoloure  il 
Artificial  -  light    photograph) 


XXII.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Applications. 

9284.  C.  F.  Cross.E.J.  Bevan,  and  C.  Beadle.  Improve- 
ments in  nitrating  cellulose  and  other  vegetable  fibrous 
substances.     Ma; 

9359.  J.   G.    Lorrain. — From  G.  Schnebelin,  France.     A 

new  or  improved  manufacture  of  gunpowder.     May  17. 

9749.  E.  von  Brauk.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  explosives.     May  23. 


10,493.  P.  Lorenz  and   B,  Wuppermann.     Improvements 
n  and  relating  to  matches.     June  L\ 

10,620.  B.    F.    Kettle.      A    nevr    or    improved    match. 
June  3. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1892. 
39.")".  H.  P.  Merriam.     Fuzes.     June  8. 
7981.  J.    Lawrence.     Extraction    of  uitro-glyceriu  from 
the  waste  acid  formed  in  the  manufacture  of  nitro-glycerin. 
June  15. 


PATENT  UNCLASSIFIABLE. 

Application. 

11,174.  W.  Read,  jun.  Improvements  in  solvent  com- 
pounds, and  the  method  of  making  the  same.  Complete 
Specification.     June  14. 


I 


Printed  and  Published  by  Eyre  and  Spottiswoodf,  East  Harding  Street,  London,  E.C.,  fertile  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 


THE   JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  of  domical  3n&isttf ; 

A    MONTHLY    RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  7. -Vol.  XI.] 


JULY    30,    1892. 


rNon-Members  SO/-  per  annum;  Members 
21/- per  Set  of  extra  or  back  numbers; 
L    Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2, 6. 


Cftf  £>omt)>  of  Cbnmtal  Intoustrp. 


Past  Presidents: 

Sir  H.  E.  Roseoe,  M.P.,  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  K.C.B..  D.C.I...  F.R.S 

Walter  Weldon.F.R.8 

W.  H.  1'erkin.  Ph.D..  F.R.S 

E.  K.  Muspratt 

David  Howard 

Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S 

Ludwig  Mood.  F.RS 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S 

E.  Rider  Cook 

Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  W.D.,  D.Sc.,  F.IC.s. 


1881— 18S2. 
1882—1883. 
1883—1881. 
1884— 1S85. 
1885—1886. 
18813—1887. 
1887—1888. 
1888—1889. 
18S9-1890. 
1890— Will. 
is:.]     189?, 


COUNCIL   FOR    YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 

President:  Sir  John  Evans,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ic. 

Vice-Presidents : 


Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S. 

Win.  Crowder. 

David  Howard. 

Dr.  F.  Kurtt  r. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

D  .  W.  II.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


Prof.  J.   Emerson   Reynolds 

M.D.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
Prof.  T.  E.  Thorpe,  F.E  S. 
Sir  John  Turuey. 


A,  II.  Allen. 

Arthur  Boake. 

K.  Forbes  Carpenter, 

Dr.  CS  tries  Dreyfus. 

H.  Grimshaw. 

Christopher  C.  Hutchinson 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council: 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 
John  Pattinson. 
Boverton  Redwood. 
A.  Gord  hi  Salomon. 
E  (ward  C.  Co  tis  Stanford. 
Thos.  Tyrer. 


With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer : 
K    H  idi  i  Cook.   East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 
Ludwig  Mriid.  l-'.R.s. 

General  Secretary  :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Archbutt. 

G.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc.  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 

11.  Brunner. 

E.  Rider  Cool. 

W.  Y.  Dent. 

Hi:.-.  Dreyfus,  l'b.D. 

Percy  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prut.  J.  J.  Hummel. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 
C.  C.  Hutchinson, 
Win.  Kellner.  Ph.D. 
Ludwitc  Monti.  F.R.S. 
II.  F.  R.  Newlands. 
John  Pattinson. 
W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D..  F.R.S. 
H.  R.  Procter. 

Boverton  Urdu 1. 

John  Spiller. 
Wm.  Thorp. 
Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor: 
Watson  Smith  University  College.  London,  W.C. 

Assisted  by  the  following  Staff qf  Abstractors : 


S.  B.  Asher  Aron.  IV.,  IX.,  X. 

H.Auer VII. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gen.Chem. 

D.  Bendii III. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V.,  VI. 

Jos.  Bernays.M.I.C.E.    I. 

E.  J.  Bevan V.,  XIX. 

Bertram  Blount .  {  »  |   'yjnj 
Arthur  G.  Bloxam  XIV..  XV. 

J.  C.Chorley I..  XXI. 

J.H.Collins X. 

V.Cornish... VII I., IX.,  XIII. 

P.  Dvorkowitseh.IL,  III..  IV  , 
XII..  XVIII.,  XXIH. 

Dr.P.Nornmn  Evans     XIX. 

W.H.Gardner V..  VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton I. 

P.  J .  Hartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Chcm. 

Prof.  D.  E.  Jones,  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc.  . . .  VI.,  XVI. 

F.    S.    Kipping,]       II.  and 
D.Sc }  Gen.  Chetu. 


Chas.  A.  Kohn,    } 


T.  A.  Lawson,  Ph.D. .     IV. 

J.    Walter     Leather, }  v-,r 
l'b.D jxv- 

F.H.Leeds,  ill.,  XIII.,  XXI. 

J.  Levvkowitseh, 


ioh.J 


III,  XII. 


Gen.  Chem. 


Ph.I) f 

L.deKouingh  XV1II.,XXIII. 


Ph.D. 

A.  E.  Ling IV,  XVI. 

D.A.Louis IX..  X.,  XV. 

W.  Macnab XXII. 

K.  F.  Marked,  Ph.D.  ..     XII. 

A.  K.  Miller,  Ph.D..     III.,  IV. 

N.H.J. Miller, Ph.D.    XV. 

H.S.  Pattinson,  Ph.D.    VII.,  X. 

H.  T.  PenterO    XTJ     „„.. 
maun i   ■*■»*■■  *.yi-i. 

G.  II.  Robertson XI. 

P.  W.  Renaut ...  Patent  Lists. 
H  Schlichter.Ph.D..  V.,  XV 
Edward  Simpson  ....    I. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.A.Sutherland...     II.,  III. 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

H.K.Tompkins, B.Sc.    X. 
V. H. Veley, M.A.    Gen.Chem. 
C.  Otto  Weber,  Ph.D.  IV..X11 1. 
A.  Wingham X. 


NOTICES. 

Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
K.  Rider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  Bow, 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 

communicated.  

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  thai 
under  Rule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  be 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  ease  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Juiy80,i89a. 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  Eyrk  and  Spottiswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  is  prepared  to  offer  5s.  apiece  for  copies  of 
the  Society's  Journals  for  January  1883  in  saleable  condi- 
tion. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED.  20th  JULY  1892. 

Cookson,  Jas.  H.,  Stanley,  near  Wakefield,  alum  manu- 
facturer. 

Deaville,  B.,  Hyson  Green  Works,  Nottingham,  manu- 
facturing chemist. 

Flammer,  Chas.  A.,  329,  West  19th  St.,  New  York  City, 
U.S.A.,  chemical  student. 

Gronow,  Wm.  Thos.,  Port  Pirie  Smelting  Works,  Port 
Pirie,  South  Australia,  metallurgist. 

Hartridge,  J.  Hills,  Byland  Road,  London,  N.W.,  manu- 
facturing chemist. 

Horner,  Jarvis  \V.,  The  Poplars,  Stairfoot,  near  Barnsley, 
analyst. 

Martindale,  Wm.,  19,  Devonshire  Street,  Portland  Place, 
W.,  pharmaceutical  chemist. 

Mason,  Thos.,  Hyson  Green  Works,  Nottingham,  manu. 
facturing  chemist. 

Nichols,  Horace  G.,  11,  Argyll  Street,  London,  W., 
metallurgist. 

Thomason,  Wm.,  107,  North  Road,  St.  Helens.  Lan- 
cashire, chemical  student. 


CHANGES  OP  ADDRESS. 

Adriance,  J.   S„  l/o   West   3fith  Street;  231,  Broadway, 
New  York,  D.S.A. 

Allen,  Walter  S.,  l/o  Boston ;  New  Bedford,  Mass.,  ISA. 

Benjamin,  Dr.  M.,  l/o  West  50th  Street;  c/o  D.  Appleton 
and  Co.,  1,  Bond  Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

Bicket,  J.  Hugh,  l/o  Mile  Knd ;  The  Limes,  Cranwich 
Road,  Stamford  Hill,  N. 

Branson,  F.  W.,  l/o  Mouut   Preston  ;  Wynneholme,  Far 
Headingley,  Leeds. 

Brown,    A.   Selwyn,  l/o  London  ;  Hayes  Street,  Neutral 
Bay,  Sydney,  N.S.W. 

Carpenter,  H.  S.,  Journals  to  Trafalgar  Buildings,  Charing 
( !ross,  S.W. 

(  hattaway,  W.,  l/o  101  ;  23,  Leadenhall  Street,  E.C. 

Dent,   W.   Y.,   l/o  Woolwich  ;  5,  Caithness  Road,  Brook 
Green,  W. 

Dunn,    John,    l/o  Dundee  ;  Physical  Laboratory,   Royal 
School  of  Minis,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 

Dunn,  Spencer,  Journals  to  50,  Upper  Park  Road,  Haver 
stock  Hill,  N.W. 

Froehling,   Dr.    II.,   l/o    Warners;   17,  South   12th  Street, 
Richmond,  Va.,  US. A. 

Gibson,  Dr.   J.,  l/o  Dick  Place  ;  15,  Hartington  Gardens, 
Edinburgh. 

Hart,  11.  W.,  l/o  Manchester;  Love  Clough,  Rawtenstall, 
Lancashire. 


Hatschek,    M.,    l/o   Bedford    Place;    Evandale,    Heslop 
Road,  Balham,  S.W. 

IlausskiK-cht,    Dr.   W.,   l/o    London;     123  1.,    Invaliden 
strasse,  Berlin,  N. 

Herman,   D.,  l/o   St.   Helens  ;  Eccleston   Park,   Preston, 
Lancashire. 

Holdich,  A.   H,   l/o    Wigan ;  c/o    Post    Office,  Victoria, 
British  Columbia. 

Iriye,  K.,  Journals  to  c/o  China  and  Japan  Trading  Co., 
Kobe,  Japan. 

James,  Christopher,   l/o   Swansea;  34,  York  Road,  Edg- 
baston,  Birmingham. 

Journand,    L.,    l'o    Salon;    Ste.    Colombe  -  lez  -  Yienne, 
Rhone,  France. 

Klipstein,   A.,  l'o  Cedar  Street;   122,  Pearl  Street,  New 
York,  U.S.A. 

Liddle,  G.  A.,  1  o  Leeds  ;  Can-  Bank,  Walmersley,  Bury. 

Macara,    Thos.,   jun.,   l/o   Bath    Street:    6,  West  Bank 
Terrace,  Hillhead,  Glasgow. 

McLellan,  J.  Y.,  1  o  Glasgow ;  33,  Annen  Strasse,  Bern- 
burg,  Anhalt,  Germany. 

Marsh,  Walter,  ho  Southampton  ;  Mysore  West  Gold  Co., 
Lim.,  Oorgaum,  Mysore,  S.  India. 

Mayer,  Dr.  Nelson  B.,  Journals  to  945,  North  8th  Street, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

Morris,    Dr.    G.    Harris,   l'o    121  ;    6,   Alexandra    Road, 
Burton-on-Trent. 

Myers,  W.   S.,  l/o   London  ;    c/o   G.   H.    Lambert,   209, 
Townsend  Street,  New  Brunswick,  N.J.,  U.S.A. 

Ray,   Wm.,   l/o   Kidderminster  ;     Fir    Bank,    Hereford 
Square,  Sale,  near  Manchester. 

Spoor,  J.  L.,  l'o  Greenhithe  ;  Gad's  Hill,  Higham,  Kent. 

Venables,  T.,  l'o  Gardner  Street;  23,  Smith   Street,  Hill- 
head,  Glasgow. 

Watson,     Eric     E.,     l'o    Clausthal ;     Monchstrasse    21, 
Freiburg,  Saxony. 

Wood,  Jas.,  l/o  Stockwith  ;  Misterton,  Gainsboro'. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 


Field,  S.  E. ;  l/o  Stone  Trough  Brewery,  Halifax. 
Stillwell,  C.  M.,  l/o  Box  1261,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Tompkins,  H.  K.,  l/o  Promenade,  Bromley,  Kent. 


IB  e  a  t  b  sf. 


Professor  C.  Schorlemmer,  Owens  College,  Manchester. 
A.  Norman    Tate,  at  Benarth,  Oxtou,  Birkenhead  ;  July 
22nd. 


July  30. 1892.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


r.09 


jw^t^ 


PROCEEDINGS 


ELEVENTH  ANNUAL  MEETING. 


The  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  on 
Wednesday,  the  2uth  July,  in  the  Hall  of  the  Drapers' 
Company,  Throgmorton  Street,  a  large  number  of  members 
being  in  attendance. 

The  President,  Professor  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  took  the 
Chair  at  if  o'clock,  ami  called  upon  the  General  Secretary 
to  read  the  minutes  of  the  last  General  Meeting.  These 
having  been  duly  confirmed — 

Messrs.  A.  G.  Bloxam  and  L  J.de  Whalley  were,  upon 
the  mo'ion  of  Mr.  J.  C.  Gamble,  seconded  by  Mr.  F.  N. 
Sutton,  appointed  Scrutators. 

The  ballot  was  then  declared  closed. 

The  President  then  called  upon  the  General  Secretary 
to  read  the 

Report  of  Curx-ni. 

We  have  the  honour  to  repoit  that  the  number  of 
members  on  the  register  is  2,782,  compared  with  2,697  at 
the  last  annual  meeting.  During  the  year  2£5  members 
have  been  elected,  andl70haye  been  removed  by  death, 
resignation,  and  other  causes,  showing  a  net  gain  of  85. 

At  the  head  of  the  long  list  of  those  who  have  died  stands 
the  name  of  Professor  A.  W.  von  Hofmann.  To  his 
irreparable  loss  allusion  has  been  lately  made  at  a  meeting 
of  the  London  Section ;  when  a  resolution  expressing 
sympathy  with  his  family  and  recognition  of  his  great 
9  to  chemistry  was  passed.  Amoug  others  who  have 
also  died  are  Professor  Win.  Dittmar,  Freeland  Professor  of 
Chemistry  in  the  Glasgow  and  West  of  Scotland  Technical 
College;  Charles  Heisch,  Gas  Examiner  to  the  City  of 
London  and  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Chemical  Society  ; 
Dr.  Theophilns  Redwood,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Chemistry 
and  Pharmacy  to  the  Pharmaceutical  Society ;  Dr.  C. 
M.  \  limit   Tidy,  (  Uncial  Analyst  to  the  Home  Office  and   an 


eminent  authority   on  sanitary  questions  ;•  G.  H.    Makins, 

formerly  Assayer  to  the  Mint  and  Master  of  the  Society  of 
Apothecaries ;  Richard  Smith,  of  the  Royal  School  of 
Mines  ;  Thos.  W.  li.  Mumford,  able  Secretary  of  our  Loudon 
Section;  Francis  C.  Hills,  a  pioneer  of  chemical  industry 
and  inventor  of  the  oxide  method  of  gas  purification;  and 
lastly  Dr.  C.  Schorlemmer,  Professor  of  Organic  Chemistry 
at  I  hvens  College,  Manchester. 

During  the  past  session  74  original  papers  have  appeared 
in  the  Journal  as  against  77  the  year  before. 

The  revenue  last  year,  as  will  we  seen  from  the  treasurer's 
report,  exceeded  the  expenditure  by  530/.  18s.  8i/.,  as 
against  107/.  7s.  1L/.  in  1890.  This  satisfactory  result  has 
been  achieved  in  part  by  greater  economy  in  the  production 
of  the  Journal,  mainly  in  the  direction  of  keeping  dowu 
expensive  illustrations  and  excluding  matter  not  strict  1) 
connected  with  chemical  industry,  as  recommended  by  a 
special  committee  which  sat  in  the  previous  year. 

No  new  Section  has  been  formed  during  the  year,  but 
those  already  formed  have  done  good  work  ;  and  to  their 
chairmen  and  officers  our  best  thanks  are  due  for  their 
labours. 

In  .Inly  last  the  Council  offered  its  hearty  co-operation  to 
the  Society  of  Arts,  as  Royal  Commission  for  the  Chicago 
Exhibition,  which  met  with  a  cordial  response.  Later  on  it 
was  suggested  that  the  annual  meeting  next  year  should  be 
held  in  the  I'nited  States,  but  the  general  sense  of  the 
members  declared  against  a  meeting  there  in  an  exhibition 
year. 

In  April  last  legislation  was  introduced  into  Parliament 
to  amend  the  Alkali  Works,  .tc.  Regulation  Act,  whereby 
many  more  industries  were  added  to  the  schedule  of 
inspected  works.  Your  Council  protested  against  legislation 
on  these  lines  as  not  comprehensive  enough,  and  insisted 
upon  the  necessity  of  providing  for  the  inspection  of  all 
works  evolving  certain  specified  noxious  gases.  The  Hill 
has  nevertheless  passed  into  law. 

In  April  last  a  fire  occurred  in  ths  warehouse  of  Messrs. 
Eyre  and  Spottiswoode,  the  Society's  printers,  whereby  some 
four  or  five  thousand  back  numbers  of  the  Journal  were 
damaged  by  water.  The  loss  was  fortunately  covered  by 
insurance. 

The  Council  takes  this  opportunity  of  placing  upon  record 
its  sense  of  gratitude  to  those  who  have  served  during  the 
year  upon  the  various  Committees  of  the  Society.  To  their 
labours  is  due  the  continued  progress  of  the  Society  and 
the  efficiency  of  its  Journal ;  and  it  would  be  difficult  to 
over-estimate  the  amount  of  valuable  aid  which  they  have 
rendered  to  chemical  industry. 

An  invitation  to  meet  next  year  in  Liverpool  will 
be  laid  before  you,  for  which  we  ask  your  most  cordial 
consideration. 

Mr.  Forbes  Carpenter,  in  moving  the  adoption  of  the 
Report,  said  that  he  considered  the  increase  in  the  member- 
ship during  the  past  year,  though  small  in  comparison  to 
the  total  number,  very  satisfactory.  As  the  number  of 
members  increased  it  could  not  be  expected  that  ratio 
between  it  and  the  yearly  increment  would  be  maintained. 
The  losses  of  members  by  death  had  been  exceptionally 
heavy  both  in  quantity  and  quality,  and  it  was  to  be  hoped 
that  the  ensuing  year  would  not  be  so  notable  for  the 
removal  of  distinguished  members.  It  had  been  said  that 
no  new  Section  had  been  established  during  the  past  year ; 
bat  he  would  remind  the  meeting  that  the  Yorkshire  Section 
had  commenced  its  work  now,  and  from  what  he  knew  of 
the  district  he  expected  that  good  results  would  follow. 
Referring  to  the  last  paragraph  in  the  Report,  he  was  sure 
that  the  members  felt  thankful  to  the  Publication  Com- 
mittee for  maintaining  the  Journal  at  its  present  high 
standard  of  efficiency. 

Dr.  G.  G.  Henderson  seconded  the  motioa,  which  was 
carried  unanimously. 

The  Hon.  Treasurer  (Mr.  E.  Rider  Cook)  then  pre- 
sented the  accounts  for  the  year,  printed  on  page  570,  and 
in  doing  so  gave  a  brief  summary  of  the  receipts  and 
expenditure  of  the  Society  during  the  past  twelve  months 
and  of  its  present  financial  position. 

E  2 


570 


THE   JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMTCAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  SO.  1898. 


-I  VN-AIKNT  OF  REVENUE  AND  EXPENDITURE  FOB  THE  VKAl!   1891. 


iti:\  KNUE. 

£    s.  il.       £    s.  ,1. 

Am 1  Subscriptions  for  Is'.'l  :— 

94  subscriptions  received  in  1890 117    8    0 

2,403  subscriptions  received  in  1891  3,003  10    7 

13  subscriptions  received  in  1892 in    5    0 

3,137    1    7 

10 

5  Life  Composition  Fees 75    0    0 

Interest  on  Deposit  Account 2t    :    : 

Interest  on  Metropolitan  St., ok llrj  10    0 

Journal :  — 

Advertisements 588    0    0 

Sales 27117    1 

859  17    4 


EXPENDITURE. 

£      s.  (I. 
Journal  Expenses  i  - 

Publishing 1,442    2    9 

Editorial  :  — 

Editor's  Salary 500    0    0 

Expenses 29  12    7 

Abstract  >rs 378  n    9 

Portion  of  Secretary's  Salary    100    0    0 

Patent  Lists 72  12    7 

Indexing  Journal In  in    0 

Foreign  Journals 10    7    o 

Sundry  Journals 2  17    :i 


1,134  17    S 


Sundries  :  Printing 

Sectional  Expenses 

Expenses  in  connexion  with  annual  Meeting.  Dublin .. 
Secretary's  Salary  (Baian  e  not   included  in  Journal 

I  'i      rial]   .i       les) 

Ron.  Treasurer's  Assistant 

Office  Expenses 

Stationery 

Auditors'  Pee 

Library— Sundry  Purchases  ami  Binding  Books 

Bank  Charges.  .' 

Treasure]  9  Petfcj  I  lash  

.  \  Petty  Cash : 

Balance  of  Revenue  over  Expenditure  ......    . 


£4,134  10    I! 


2..J77     ll    5 
1  —  11     H 
211     in 
189  18    5 

.      25 

42    n    il 

Ins      1      1 

ii  ii    :; 

ill   10     II 

is  14  n 

21     1     2 
77     7     s 

580  1-*    B 

!     HI        11 


THE  TREASURER— IN  ACCOUNT  WITH  Till'   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  [ND1  STRY   I'm:  THE 

1  I  AK  1891. 
Dr.  I 


t    s.  -/.       £    s.  d. 

To  Cash  on  Deposit  (1st  January  1891) 150    »    » 

To  Balance  at  Bank  (1st  January  1891 1  . . . .      211    (i    7 
Balance  in  Treasurer's  hands  (1st  January 

1891) r,    ii    ii 

Balance  in  Secretary's  hand  ii-t  January 

1891)  4    1    2 

37"     7     11 

Annual  Subscriptions  : — 

1  subscription  fur  the  year  1888  ....        l    ;,    i 
12  subscriptions  for  the  year  1890 . .        15    ii    0 
2,403  subscriptions  for  the  year  1891 . .    3,003  10    7 
less  j.v  :->/.  short  paid.  I 

80  subscriptions  for  the  year  1892  . .      1 in 

1  subscription  for  the  year  1893  .. .         1    .'■    0 

3,121     1     5 

2, 187 

Sundry  amounts  on  account  ol  Subscriptions  For  If  (0 

1891,  and  1892 1  1.".    0 

Life  Composition  Fees 7:,    0    11 

Interest  on  Deposit  Account 21    7    7 

Interest  on  Metropolitan  Stock 113  in    n 

Ji  iitrnal :  — 

Advertisements 588    0    0 

Sales 27t>    0   8 

-.,  i    n    - 


£  s.  ,/. 
By  Journal  Expenses: — 

Publishing  1,497  7     5 

Editorial 1,150  Ifi  10 

In, in ance  ol  Stocl l  :>    n 


t      8.   -A 


Sundries,  Printing,  &s 

Si  cl  i'  n. i    I  iii.  rises:— 

Glasgow  Section '....- 

Liverj I  Section 31  is 

Londo  89  18 

Manchester  Section S    t 

Newcastle  Section 11    ."i 


2,649    !■    3 

11   L5    0 


Secretary's  Salai     (balance  not  included  in  Journal 
E  litoria]  Experts  -si 

Hun.  Treasurer's  assistant  i"i  work  in  1890 

Annua]  Brleetingat  Nottingham  

Expenses   in   connection    with   Annual 
Meeting.  Dublin 173    6  In 

Reporting  Pr<  ■                    innnat  Meet- 
ing, Dublin lil    5    7 


Office  Expenses 

Purchase  of  BIOS  2s. :;,/.  3       Metropolitan  -i.  ,  I 

Stationery,  &c 

A  nil  tors'  l'i    

Library 

Bank  <  lharges 

Sundries 

Treasurer's  Petty  Cash 

Seen  tan  's  I'.  ttj  I  lash. 


Cash  on  Deposit  (31st  Decemhor  1891).. 
Balance  at  Bank  ditto 

Balance  in  Treasurer's 

hands ditto 

Balance  in  Sei  retary's 
hands ditto 


230     0     0 
|>     n     ii 

1 0 


i-ii  ia  b 

Ins      1      1 

in.- 

41   n  :i 

10    10      0 
lv     11     11 

I 

1     1     0 

21     1     2 

:     . 


51 

1-1    10 


£4,570 


-    *692    3     l 

{.l..-;n     2     5 


"  In  addition  to  thin  there  is  an  amount  of  £3,983  5s.  6d.  Metropolitan  3       Consolidated  Stock,  invested  in  the  names  ol  Mr.  David 

Howard  and  Mr.  Edward  Rider  Cook. 

Wo  have  compared  the  above  Statement  «iih  the  K -i i >t  Book  Counterfoils,  Vouchers,  ami  Books  ■      tin   Society-)  and 

certify  it  to  be  correct.     We  have  also  verified  th<    amount  of  the  Metropolitan  :i    /   Consolidated  Stock,  £3,983  5«.  6d. 
by  reference  to  the  Books  of  the  Bank  ol  England. 


23,  Si   Swithin's  Lane,  London,  E.C., 
22nd  February  1S92. 


(Signed)         THEOB  \I.1>  BROS.  &  Ml  M.I.. 
Chartered  Accountants, 


so  1892.]         TKE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


671 


Sir  I''.  A.  Abel  moved  the  :i< lopt i< >^i  of  the  accounts  and 
a  cordial  vote  of  thanks  to  Mr.  Rider  Cook  for  the  ahlc 
manner  in  which  during  the  past  year  he  had  managed  their 
financial  affairs.  To  thai  sagacious  control  was  largely  due 
tlic  prosperity  of  their  flourishing  Society,  and  the  very 
least  they  could  do  was  to  give  the  Hon.  Treasurer  their 
heartiest  thanks. 

Dr.  .1.  Campbell  Brown  seconded  the  motion,  in  putting 
which  — 

The  President  said  that  he  musl  express  his  own 
admiration  for  the  way  in  which  Mr.  Rider  Cook  had 
managed  his  department.  His  experience  as  President  had 
shewn  him  that  the  Society  owed  an  immense  deal  to  the 
care  and  watchfulness  with  which  its  Hon.  Treasurer  had 
looked  after  its  interests.  He  therefore  put  the  motion  to 
tin   meeting  with  the  utmost  confidence. 

The  vote  having  been  carried  by  acclamation — 

Mr.  Rider  COOR  briefly  thanked  the  members  for  their 
continued  confidence  in  him. 

The  PRESIDENT  then  delivered  his  address: — 


presidential  address  to  the  society  of 
Chemical  industry. 

H V    .1.    EMERSON    REYNOLDS,    M.D.,    D.SC,    I'.li.s. 

Head  at  tin  Allium'  Meeting  in  London,  July  ZOth,  1892. 

The  Report  of  Council  which  you  have  heard  read 
presents  a  picture  whose  lights  and  shadows  are  in  strong 
contrast.  The  membership  of  this  Society  lias  leached  the 
large  number  of  -j,782  ;  our  revenue  last  year  amounted  to 
(,13  II.  16s.  i'-iI.,  which  proved  to  be  more  than  we  required 
to  expend;  while   the  Journal    bears  ample   record  of  the 

g 1  work  accomplished   by  our  active  Sections.      These  are 

the  bright  and  encouraging  parts  of  the  picture.  But  the 
shadows  are  heavy  indeed  ;  for  death  has  been  busy,  and 
many  honoured  names  disappear  from  our  roll  of  members. 
Dittmar,  Heisch,  Tidy,  Richard  Smith,  F.  C.  Hills,  Makins, 
Mumford,  Schorlemmer,  the  venerable  Dr.  Redwood,  and 
other  names  in  our  long  obituary  list,  recall  to  our  minds 
numerous  examples  of  excellent  work  iu  the  various  depart- 
ments of  analytical  and  industrial  chemistry,  as  well  as  in 
the  special  branch  concerned  in  providing  the  physician  with 
the  means  of  combating  disease. 

Keenly  though  the  loss  of  such  men  must  he  felt,  what 
snail  1  say  of  that  very  recent  one  which  science  has 
suffered  by  the  death  of  the  illustrious  August  Wilhclm  von 
Hofmann?  A  teacher  of  teachers:  the  source  of  the 
primary  impulses  from  which  great  industries  have  sprung; 
the  brilliant  investigator  of  some  of  the  most  difficult 
problems  in  the  philosophy  of  chemistry  :  the  wise  counsellor 
of  princes,  and  the  sincere  friend  of  every  lover  of  nature  — 
truly  a  noble  man  has  gone  from  amongst  us!  It  were 
almost  irreverent  to  slightly  sketch  the  work  of  so  great  a 
master,  hence  I  do  not  attempt  it.  Need  I  remind  you  that 
Dr.  von  Hofmann  was  one  of  the  earliest  members  of  this 
Society,  and  always  tool,  a  warm  interest  in  its  work;  or 
that  in  the  persons  of  many  of  the  eminent  chemists  who 
were  his  pupils  and  are  amongst  the  most  influential  of  our 
members,  he  has  left  us  a  legacy  of  the  highest  value.  I 
hope  that  my  distinguished  successor,  Sir  John  Evans,  when 
he  addresses  you  next  year  from  this  Chair,  may  not  have  to 
record  as  many  important  losses  to  science  anil  to  our 
Society 

But  we  may  not  unduly  dwell  .on  the  sad  side 
of  any  picture ;  rather  should  we  seek  to  imitate  Ibe 
illustrious  dead  in  utilising  to  the  utmost  our  present 
opportunities,  that  we  may  establish  a  good  foundation  for 
future  development. 

1  on  arc  aware   that  our  Journal  is   intended  to  contain  a 

faithful  record  of   the  real  advances  made  during  each  year 

in  the  applications  of  the  science  of  chemistry  to  the  various 

id    I    think  you  will  agree  with   me   that   under   the 

i  care  of  the  Publication  Committee  and  Editor  it  is 

ingly  successful  in  attaining  the  object  in  view.      But 

the    success   ,,|    the    Journal    in    this    respect    renders    any 


presidential  resume  unnecessary,  hence  several  of  my 
distinguished  predecessors  in  this  Chair  wisely  abstained  from 
acting  as  chroniclers,  and  I  shall  venture  to  adopt  the  same 
course.  Several  Presidents — notably  Sir  V.  Abel,  Dr.  l'erkin, 
Mr.  Ludwig  Moud,  and  SirLowthian  Bell — have  given  in  their 
valuable  addresses  the  results  of  their  own  life  work  in  the 
scientific  investigation  of  certain  great  industrial  operations  ; 
and  others,  following  Sir  H.  ltoscoe,  have  dealt  with  tin- 
relations  of  education  and  legislation  to  technical  develop, 
ment.  I  should  ill  requite  the  confidence  with  which  you 
have  honoured  me  if  I  were  to  devote  this  address  to  the 
abstract  and  philosophical  side  of  chemistry  in  giving  you 
an  account  of  my  old  thio-organic  work,  or  eveu  the  studies 
of  later  years  in  the  silieo-organic  department  of  the  science, 
as  lew  of  the  products  of  either  line  of  investigation  are 
within  measurable  distance  of  practical  application;  more- 
over, in  matters  of  technical  education  and  legislation  it 
would  be  more  fitting  for  me  to  come  to  you  for  information. 
I  therefore  propose  to  take  as  my  theme  the  modern 
developments  in  regard  to  fuels  and  their  use,  as  the  subject 
is  one  which  has  occupied  much  of  1113'  time  and  attention  for 
many  years,  and  links  in  practical  interest  chemical  and 
other  industries  with  the  still  wider  considerations  of  social 
economy. 

The  fuel  question  is  one  which  concerns  those  of  us  who 
live  on  the  western  side  of  St.  George's  Channel  even  more 
seriously  than  it  does  you,  as  our  coal  beds  have  been 
washed  away  in  ages  past,  and  of  native  fuel  there  is  prac- 
tically none  save  peat  ;  hence  industries  which  require 
large  quantities  of  cheap  coal  cannot  flourish  iu  Ireland 
under  existing  conditions.  It  is  therefore  our  interest  to 
watch  closely  the  development  of  improved  and  economical 
methods  of  using  such  fuel  as  we  can  obtain  from  other 
countries  and  apply  them  in  the  utilisation  of  our  bulky 
but  abundant  peat.  It  is  evident  that  no  other  fuels  need 
be  considered  save  coal,  peat,  and  petroleum,  hence  my 
remarks  can  take  somewhat  the  form  of  a  trilogy,  minus  the 
dramatic  element,  precedence  being  given  to  the  solid  fuels, 
and  the  first  place  necessarily  to 

Coal. 

We  are  much  too  prone  to  assume  that  coal  will  always1 
be  a  cheap  fuel,  and  that  the  supply  is  inexhaustible;  but 
both  assumptions  can  be  shown  to  be  erroneous.  I  think  it 
is  desirable  to  briefly  indicate  the  grounds  for  that  statement, 
as  a  presidential  address  necessarily  has  its  public  as  well  as 
technical  aspect,  especially  in  dealing  with  the  topics  I  have 
chosen,  and  therefore  needs  to  be  somewhat  explanatory  ill 
order  to  be  intelligible  to  those  who  do  not  possess  your  special 
knowledge  of  applied  science.  Moreover,  my  general  aim 
being  to  connect  somewhat  different  lines  of  work,  rather 
than  to  attempt  novelty,  it  will  be  necessary  for  the  sake  of 
completeness  to  restate  much  that  is  already  familiar  to  you. 

The  reasons  for  concluding  that  coal  cannot  very  long 
remain  a  cheap  fuel  are  not  far  to  seek.  Labour  combina- 
tions in  various  parts  of  the  world  tend  to  increase  its  cost 
directly  or  indirectly.  These  combinations  are  to  a  certain 
extent  the  consequences  of  the  operation  of  economic  laws, 
and  in  so  far  are  not  mere  accidental  factors.  The  wider 
distribution  of  manufacturing  activity  tends  in  the  same 
direction  ;  and  til---  increase  in  depth  from  which  coal  must 
be  won  leads  altogether  and  regularly  to  greater  cost  of 
production.  Therefore,  some  causes  which  are  spasmodic  in 
their  effects  and  others  which  are  continuous  must  make  coal 
dearer.  The  immediate  practical  effect  of  such  considerations 
should  be  to  check  waste  in  the  use  of  coal,  but  I  fear  we  have 
not  gone  very  far  in  that  direction  as  yet,  since  few  realise  the 
extent  of  the  danger  ahead. 

Again  there  is  the  more  remote  consideration  that  the 
world's  supply  is  not  and  cannot  be  inexhaustible.  No  doubt 
"  common  sense  "  people  take  little  account  of  posterity  iu 
such  matters,  [though  they  will  carefully  but  inconsistently 
guard  the  transmission  of  property  iu  land  for  hundreds  of 
years  in  advance.  We  clearly  owe  a  similar  duty  to  posterity 
in  the  right  but  not  wasteful  use  of  materials  which  seem  to 
be  absolutely  necessary  to  the  well-being  of  the  race. 

Now,  the  world's  annual  output  of  coal  is  about  488 
million  tons,  aud  the  countries  contributing  to  this  enormous 


5*2 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30,  I8D2. 


total  are  named  below,   together  with  the    amounts    they 
produced  in  1890,  unless  otherwise  specified  : — ■ 

Million  Tuns. 

British  Elands  (1891 1 185 

America,  U.S.  (estimated  for  1891)..       in 

Germany 90 

France 28 

Belgium -" 

Lustria 9 

Russia  (1889) « 

Others '■' 

tss 

During  the  last  20  years  there  has  heeu  a  very  mai  ked 
increase  in  the  consumption  of  coal,  which  is,  no  doulit, 
commensurate  with  increased  industrial  activity.  Thus,  com- 
paring European  countries  alone,  the  average  annual  output 
for  the  period  1881 — 90  was  upwards  of  G2  million  tons 
greater  than  during  the  previous  decade,  and  this  rate  of 
increase  bids  fair  to  be  maintained,  so  that  the  world's 
consumption  of  coal  will  soon  reach  .500  million  tons  per 
annum,  if  it  has  not  already  done  so. 

The  question  arises  how  long  can  this  supply  be  main- 
tained ?  If,  in  answer  to  this  question,  we  cannot  give 
an  approximate  estimate  for  other  countries  we  certainly 
can  for  our  own. 

The  Royal  Commission  on  Coal  Supply,  which  eoui- 
menced  its  sittings  In  July  18G6,  and  reported  in  July  1871, 
after  inquiring  into  all  probable  sources  of  coal  in  Great 
Britain,  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  not  more  than 
146,480  million  tons  were  available  at  depths  not  exceeding 
1,000  ft.  from  the  surface.  Therefore  at  our  present  rate  of 
increase  of  population  and  of  coal  consumption  our  supply 
would  not  last  for  230  years.  But  Mr.  Hall,  one  of  Her 
.Majesty's  Inspectors  of  Mines,  who  has  special  experience  ol 
coal  mining,  forms  a  much  lower  estimate  of  the  supply 
practically  available  with  our  present  means,  and  considers 
170  years  as  the  more  probable  duration  of  our  coal  beds. 
This  estimate  is  1  ased  on  fuller  information  than  that 
possessed  bv  the  Royal  Commissioners ;  we  are  therefore 
justified  in  concluding  that  the  inhabitants  of  Great  Britain 
170  years  hence  will  have  little,  if  any.  home-raised  coal  to 
burn  if  we  continue  to  use  it  in  our  present  wasteful  fashiou. 

It  was  pointed  out  by  the  Royal  Commissioners  in  187] 
that  we  cannot  suppose  "  the  production  of  coal  could 
continue  in  full  operation  until  the  last  remnant  was  used, 
and  then  suddenly  cease.  In  reality  a  period  of  scarcity 
and  dearness  would  first  be  reached.  This  would  diminish 
consumption  and  prolong  duration ;  but  only  by  checking 
the  prosperity  of  the  country."  .  .  .  .  "  Much  of  the  coal 
included  in  the  returns  could  never  be  worked  except  under 
conditions  of  scarcity  and  high  prices.  A  time  must  even 
be  anticipated  when  it  will  be  more  economical  to  import 
part  of  our  coal  than  to  raise  the  whole  of  it  from  out- 
residual  coal  beds."  As  the  area  of  coal-bearing  strata  in 
North  America  is  fully  70  times  greater  than  ours,  it  is  easy 
to  see  where  our  future  supplies  must  come  from.  The 
rate  of  increase  in  the  use  of  coal  has  been  greater  than  the 
Commissioners  anticipated  in  1871,  and  Mr.  T.  Foster 
Brown,  C.I-..,  President  of  Section  F.  of  the  British  Asso- 
ciation at  Cardiff  last  year,  has  placed  on  record  his  oniuion 
that  at  the  end  of  only  50  years  from  the  present  time  the 
increased  cost  of  coal  will  be  severely  felt.  Pessimism  is 
never  pleasant ;  nevertheless  we  cannot  afford  to  ignore 
reasonable  inferences  from  fairly  ascertained  facts. 

I  apprehend  that  there  are  few  ordinary-  consumers  likely 
to  be  influenced  in  avoiding  waste  by  the  knowledge  that 
we  are  within  measurable  distance  of  the  end  of  our  store  of 
British  coal,  as  that  calamity  may  still  be  some  genera- 
tions off.  But  the  case  is  very  different  with  large  con- 
sumers :  the  inevitable,  if  gradual,  increase  in  the  cost  of 
coal  has  effectually  arrested  the  attention  of  those  directly- 
concerned  in  our  great  industries  or  anxious  for  the  main- 
tenance of  that  manufacturing  supremacy  to  which  this 
country  chiefly  owes  its  wealth  and  power.  Keen  inter- 
national competition  in  trade  has  quickened  the  effort  to  get 
the  utmost  work  out  of  fuel,  and  therefore  to  diminish 
waste. 

Xo  such  considerations  have,  hojvever,  produced  any 
effect  on  the  domestic  conscience.     A  spasmodic  increase  in 


cost  of  coal  stimulates  the  use  of  various  economical  devices 
which  are  almost  wholly  given  up  when  prices  fall  back 
nearly  to  their  former  level.  A  small  residual  effect  is 
left,  which,  though  slight,  is  on  the  right  side.  But  that 
economy  in  the  domestic  use  of  coal  which  could  not  be 
effected  by  a  patriotic  desire  to  avoid  the  too  rapid  exhaus- 
tion of  our  coal  beds,  or  by  a  fear  cf  permanently  dear  coal, 
is  likely  to  be  brought  about  by  the  growing  nuisance  of 
large  towns,  namely,  fog,  for  whose  increase  our  "  hearths 
and  homes  "are  in  a  greater  degree  responsible  than  the 
much  abused  factory  chimneys.  The  primary  considera- 
tion in  seeking  to  cope  with  the  fog  demon  no  doubt  is  to 
avoid  the  production  of  solid  particles  during  the  combus- 
tion of  any  fuel  we  may  use,  hence  that  method  which 
avoids  the  formation  of  smoke  at  any  time,  and  is  both 
more  convenient  and  economical,  must  ultimately  "  hold 
the  field."  As  you  well  know,  various  suggestions  have 
been  made  for  the  purpose  of  avoiding  the  production  of 
smoke,  and  it  has  even  been  proposed  that  the  use  of  non- 
flaming  coal  should  be  made  compulsory  in  all  large  towns, 
notwithstanding  the  difficulties  known  to  attend  the  com- 
bustion of  anthracite  or  similar  substances  in  open  grates. 
But  even  if  the  fog  demon  could  be  satisfactorily  exorcised 
by  such  means  the  fact  would  remain  that  the  combustion 
of  any  solid  fuel  in  an  open  grate  is  a  most  wasteful  pro- 
ceeding. On  the  other  hand,  closed  grates  or  stoves  have 
not  been  popular  in  these  countries.  How  then  can  we 
combine  economy  in  the  use  of  coal  with  smokeless  com- 
bustion and  domestic  convenience?  The  answer  is  sulli  • 
cently  obvious — we  must  more  or  less  completely  gasify  the 
coal  prior  to  its  complete  combustion. 

The  late  Sir  William  Siemens  showed  us  long  ago  how 
to  convert  coal  completely  into  gas  by  means  of  his  great 
"  producer  "  furnaces,  and  demonstrated  the  applicability 
of  the  comparatively  poor  "producer"  gas  to  operations 
requiring  very  high  temperatures  as  well  as  to  the  minor 
work  of  steam  raising.  Siemens  showed  that  when  so  used 
one  too  of  coal  can  perform  as  much  work  as  1*7  tons 
directly  burned.  In  such  comparisons  the  "producer" 
gas  was,  of  course,  burned  at  a  short  distance  from  its 
source  and  under  the  regenerative  system.  This  mode 
of  using  coal  seems  to  be  the  most  economical  of  which 
we  bave  practical  experience:  but  the  gas  which  is  pro- 
duced seldom  contains  less  than  05  per  cent,  of  useless 
nitrogen,  and  therefore  is  not  rich  enough  in  combustible 
matter  for  general  distribution. 

The  Wilson  method  of  gasifying  coal  and  that  employed 
bv  the  Leeds  forge  permit  the  production  of  a  richer  gas. 
The  Wilson  process  involves  the  formation  of  a  certain 
proportion  of  "producer"  gas  in  raising  the  temperature 
of  the  coal  up  to  the  point  at  which  it  can  decompose  steam, 
and  then  affords  a  mixture  of  carbon  monoxide  and 
hydrogen,  or  so-called  "  water  gas."  The  former  can  be 
used  for  steam  raising  or  furnace  work  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  the  producer,  while  the  water-gas  can  be  trans- 
mitted through  mains  as  readily  as  ordinary  town  gas  and 
loses  nothing  by  carriage  save  its  initial  heat.  Thus  one 
general  method  affords  two  qualities  of  fuel  ami  gasifies  the 
coal  in  an  economical  manner. 

Whether  by  the  Siemens  method  in  its  modern  form 
or  by  the  more  or  less  complete  conversion  into  rich  water- 
gas,  a  great  saving  in  coal  can  now  be  secured  in  almost  all 
large  operations  requiring  the  command  of  high  tempera- 
tures :  and  the  use  of  such  gaseous  fuel  is  so  steadily- 
extending  that  we  may  expect  in  the  near  future  to  reach 
the  maximum  practicable  economy  of  coal  in  our  greater 
industries  and  of  smoke  abatement  as  well. 

Between  the  complete  conversion  of  coal  into  gas  and  the 
very  partial  process  included  in  the  production  of  ordinary- 
illuminating  gas  is  a  wide  gap  which  needs  to  be  bridged 
over  in  the  interests  of  the  small  manufacturer  and  the 
domestic  consumer  alike  before  we  can  secure  that  economy 
in  the  use  of  coal  which  we  know  to  !"■  necessary.  For  it 
must  he  granted  at  once  that  our  ordinary  16-candle  illumi- 
nating gas  is  seldom  an  economical  fuel  at  an  average  price 
of  3s.  per  1,000  cubic  feet,  though  it  is  capable  of  being  so 
used  ;i~  to  effect  distinct  saving  under  special  circumstances. 
As  an  example  of  its  economical  use,  even  near  the  price 
stated,   1    may   cite    the   case  of  the  kitchen  of  St.  John's 


July 39, 1832.]        TflE   .JOURXAL   OP   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


5/3 


College,  Cambridge,  where  gas  and  steam  have  been  sub 
stitnted  for  coal,  ami  an  annual  saving  effected  amounting 
to  about  80/.  Hut  in  establishments  which  cannot  be 
systematically  conducted  coal  gas  at  Ss.  is  too  expensive 
a  fuel.  Several  solutions  of  this  important  practical 
problem  have  been  proposed ;  one  group  of  suggestions 
involving  the  supply  of  two  distinct  gases,  an  illuminating 
and  a  fuel-gas  and  therefore  requiring  two  sets  of  street 
mains  ;  but  the  progress  of  electric  lighting  is  so  rapid 
that  gas  companies  would  not  be  justified  in  outlay  of  capital 
on  a  second  set  of  mains.  Another  proposal  is  to  supply 
one  gas  of  high  calorific  value  but  low  illuminating  power 
at  a  cheap  rate,  and  this  gas,  when  used  for  lighting,  to 
be  charged  at  the  point  of  consumption  with  vapours  of 
suitable  hydroearbides.  But  the  true  solution  involves  a 
compromise  much  on  the  lines  along  which  gas  managers 
are  at  present  apparently  working. 

You  are  aware  that  the  average  produce  of  16-candle 
gas  per  ton  of  coal  is  about  9,500  cubic  feet.  By  the 
introduction  of  steam  to  a  small  extent  the  volume  of  gas 
can  be  materially  increased,  but  at  the  expense  of  the 
illuminating  power.  In  order  to  compensate  for  this  loss, 
rock  or  other  oils  are  injected  along  with  the  steam  and  the 
illuminating  power  is  maintained.  An  objection  to  this 
practice  is  that  carbon  monoxide  is  present  in  such  gas, 
but  it  is  also  found  in  many  samples  of  ordinary  coal-gas, 
and  provided  the  gas  has  a  strong  and  characteristic  odonr, 
so  that  its  escape  can  he  readily  detected,  no  risk  need 
attend  its  use.  The  supply  of  the  richer  bituminous  coals 
is  steadily  diminishing,  hence  the  practice  must  grow  of 
supplying  a  modified  water-gas  instead  of  coal-gas  as  we 
have  hitherto  known  it.  Better  far  in  the  interests  of 
producer  and  consumer  alike  that  the  inevitable  change  in 
the  character  of  the  gas  manufacture  should  be  carried  out 
with  the  full  knowledge  and  assent  of  the  public  after  due 
parliamentary  inquiry,  and  in  such  a  manner  as  to  secure  the 
maximum  advantage  without  undue  interference  with  the 
great  monopolies  enjoyed  by  the  gas  companies.  So  many 
satisfactory  methods  are  known  by  which  the  illuminating 
power  of  a  gas  can  be  increased  at  or  near  the  burner,  and 
gas  as  an  illuminant  is  moreover  being  so  certainly  displaced 
by  the  electric  light  that  the  objections  hitherto  urged 
against  the  supply  of  gas  of  high  calorific  value  but  low 
illuminating  power  have  almost  ceased  to  have  any  practical 
force.  On  the  other  hand  the  supply  of  a  cheap  gas  of  the 
kind  I  refer  to  would  prove  a  great  boon  to  small  manu- 
facturers as  well  as  to  the  domestic  consumer,  and  com- 
petent gas  engineers  inform  me  that  no  real  difficulties  lie 
in  the  way. 

The  rapid  extension  of  electric  lighting  in  our  large  towns 
brings  us  within  measurable  distance  of  some  such  sweeping 
change  in  the  character  of  gas  used,  in  its  applications,  anil 
in  its  mode  of  employment,  while  the  existing  mains  would 
serve  for  its  conveyance,  and  comparatively  trifling  alterations 
in  our  domestic  appliances  would  only  be  necessary. 

It  is  in  this  direction,  then,  that  the  best  prospect  of 
solving  a  considerable  part  of  the  smoke  fog  difficulty 
seems  to  lie,  and  it  is  in  the  sami  direction  that  we  are  tc 
look  for  true  economy  in  the  use  of  coal.  The  completion 
of  the  system  of  electric  lighting  in  towns  is  therefore  to  be 
desired  by  the  community,  not  only  on  account  of  its  great 
and  obvious  advantages  for  illumination,  but  because  it  will 
render  possible  the  provision  and  distribution  of  a  cheap 
gas  for  heating  purposes;  and  the  shareholders  in  gas 
companies  of  such  fortunate  towns  should  specially  rejoice, 
as  herein  lies  a  good  prospect  not  merely  of  maintaining 
but  of  considerably  increasing  their  dividends.  Gas  com- 
panies would  not  only  become  purveyors  of  heat  energy  for 
domestic  use,  but  for  many  manufacturing  purposes  as  well, 
not  excepting  the  production  of  the  electric  light. 

Hence  our  duty  to  posterity  and  our  own  immediate 
interests  coincide  in  requiring  the  use  of  more  economical 
methods  of  using  coal  and  that  which  gives  promise  of  the 
greatest  number  of  advantages  involves  the  conversion  of 
coal  as  far  as  possible  into  gaseous  fuel.* 

'  Sn th.'  above  was  written  I  have  aei  n  :i  short  abstract  of 

Mr.  Valun's  address  to  the  Institute  of  Gas  Kiifdiieers,  in  which  I 
nil  glad  to  find  that  he  takes  a  somewhat  similar  view  of  the 
situation  to  that  expressed  above. 


I  turn  now  from  coal  to 

Pkat 

which  is,  as  you  know,  a  much  less  mineralised  solid 
fuel.  ft  is  obvious  that  the  question  of  peat  utilisation 
is  one  of  much  importance  in  Ireland,  as  nearly  one- 
seventh  of  the  island  is  bog.  About  1,250,000  acres  are 
mountain  bog,  and  1,575,000  acres  are  occupied  by  fiat 
bogs,  which  occur  over  the  central  limestone  plain  of 
the  country  and  stretch  away  to  the  north-west.  This 
store  of  peat  is  an  asset  which  may  become  valuable 
when  you  shall  have  exhausted  your  coal  beds  some 
170  years  hence.  We  would  naturally  desire  to  realise 
a  portion  of  our  assets  at  a  much  earlier  date,  as  nearly 
all  the  coal  used  in  Ireland  must  be  brought  from  the 
eastern  side  of  St.  George's  Channel.  In  this  fact  1  think 
you  have  some  explanation  of  the  depressed  industrial 
condition  of  the  country,  as  manufactures  involving  the 
use  of  much  fuel  can  only  flourish  in  Ireland  if  the  margin 
of  profit  be  considerable  ;  where  the  margin  is  small  and 
competition  keen  (as  in  the  greater  industries)  they  must 
go  under  in  the  struggle  with  manufacturers  having  cheaper 
fuel  at  command.  1  grant  at  once  that  this  is  no  adequate 
explanation  of  the  absence  of  man;  chemical  manufactures 
which  do  not  involve  large  consumption  of  fuel,  but  it  is 
the  inevitable  result  in  the  cases  to  which  my  remarks 
apply. 

Peal  alone,  however  well  prepared,  compares  very 
unfavourably  with  coal  in  several  particulars  :  — 

1.  It  is  a  very  bulky  fuel,  in  its  ordinary'  condition 
occupying  rather  more  than  five  times  the  space  of  an  equal 
weight  of  coal. 

2.  It  contains  from  15  to  25  per  cent,  of  water  and 
seldom  less  than  10  per  cent,  of  ash. 

3.  At  least  2^  tons  of  average  peat  are  required  to  perform 
the  same  work  as  one  ton  of  average  Staffordshire  coal  iu 
ordinary  fireplaces  or  furnaces. 

Hence  the  general  use  of  ordinary  peat  is  attended  by 
the  disadvantages  of  requiring  much  greater  storage  room 
than  coal,  of  producing  a  light  and  troublesome  ash,  and 
requiring  more  than  13  times  the  bulk  of  coal  to  produce 
the  same  thermal  effect.  The  last-mentioned  consideration 
practically  precludes  its  use  in  ordinary  furnaces  where 
heat  of  high  intensity  is  required. 

Now  the  force  of  the  first  objection  to  the  use  of  peat, 
that  of  bulk,  cau  be  materially  diminished  by  mechanical 
compression.  Many  excellent  examples  of  compressed  peat 
have  been  produced  at  various  times,  the  most  coal-like 
product  I  have  seen  being  that  of  Mr.  Hodgson,  of  Derrylea, 
who  compressed  thoroughly  disintegrated  and  dried  peat  in 
heated  cylinders,  and  by  partially  carbonising  under  pressure 
secured  the  cementation  of  the  material.  -Moreover,  the 
ash  of  such  compressed  peat  was  not  so  bulky  as  that  of 
the  ordinary  fuel. 

I  need  scarcely  say  that  the  intensity  of  the  heat  obtain- 
able with  compressed  peat  is  greater  than  with  the  loose 
material,  but  the  actual  thermal  effect  is  not  much  altered, 
save  in  so  far  as  the  material  is  drier  and  therefore  less  heat 
is  lost  in  evaporating  moisture. 

Extended  comparative  trials  of  coal  and  of  good  dense 
peat  in  steam  engines  has  shown  that  the  work  done  by  one 
ton  of  peat  was  not  more  than  45  per  cent,  that  of  one  ton 
of  coal;  hence  if  coal  were  18s.  per  ton,  peat  could  not 
compete  with  it  under  the  most  favourable  conditions  unless 
delivered  at  not  more  than  8s.  per  ton.  Now  the  peat  used 
iu  these  trials  did  not  contain  more  than  12  per  cent,  of 
moisture,  but  as  dug  from  the  bog  it  seldom  contains  less 
than  35  percent,  of  water,  even  when  cut  from  a  compara- 
tively dry  bog  ;  it  must  then  be  stacked  and  air-dried.  The 
present  price  of  ordinary  turf  delivered  at  the  bog  is  about 
7s.  per  ton  ;  when  to  this  is  added  the  cost  of  handling  this 
bulky  fuel,  and  carriage  for  50  miles,  the  cost  exceeds  (5 
per  cent,  of  that  of  coal  even  at  inland  towns  :  hence  there 
is  no  real  economy  iu  the  use  of  peat  of  the  common  kind 
in  ordinary  furnaces  and  grates  instead  of  imported  coal. 

But  the  public  are  lead  by  promoters  of  peat  manufac- 
turing companies,  and  others  who  should  know  better,  to 
suppose  that  by  certain  processes  of  disintegration  and 
compression  peat  can  be  made  to  approach   very  closely  in 


574 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Julj  30,  1893. 


fuel  value  to  an  equal  weight  of  coal.  There  is  no  doubt 
that  a  better  looking  and  denser  product  can  be  obtained  by 
these  means,  and  one  which  requires  less  storage  room  ;  but 
unless  artificially  cliicil  as  well,  the  actual  heating  effect  of 
the  fuel  is  not  materially  altered.  1  have  no  doubt  thai  the 
cost  of  winning  and  treating  the  rough  peat  could  he  much 
reduced  In  th  use  of  suitable  labour-saving  machinery; 
hut  all  methods  with  which  I  am  acquainted  involving 
artificial  drying  as  well  as  mechanical  compression,  have 
cosl  so  much  that  the  product  could  not  compete  with  coal 
at  the  ordinary  level  of  prices.  As  I  have  already  said,  the 
Irish  peat  forms  a  valuable  asset  hut  one  not  capable  of 
being  realised  on  any  considerable  scale  at  present  ;  at  least 
when  used  as  fuel  in  the  ordinary  way  as  a  substitute  for 
rod  But  it  is  possible  to  so  burn  peat  that  it  shall  compare 
much  moie  favourably  with  coal,  and  this  solution  of  the 
problem  is  obtained  by  converting  tough  peat  into  gas. 

You  doubtless  remember  that  in  1S72  the  cost  of  coal 
advanced  even  beyond  the  panic  prices  which  prevailed  for 
a  week  or  two  about  the  beginning  of  the  present  year.  But 
the  coal  famine  of  187:2  lasted  for  a  considerable  time,  and 
serious  efforts  were  then  made  in  Ireland  for  the  utilisation 
of  peat.  It  soon  became  evident  that  the  continuance  of 
dear  coal  meant  the  suspension  of  several  industries  aud 
their  probable  loss  to  the  country  ;  hence,  leaving  to  others 
the  attempts  to  convert  peat  into  a  suitable  fuel  for  general 
domestic  use,  I  took  up  the  industrial  side  of  the  problem. 

I  saw  that  the  best  chance  for  economically  applying 
peat  for  most  manufacturing  purposes  lay  in  gasifying  the 
material  ill  a  Siemens  furnace,  as  two  special  and  important 
advantages  must  obviously  be  gained  thereby:  —  1.  The 
use  of  peat  in  the  rough  state  without  artificial  drying. 
-J.  I  lie  avoidance  of  the  injurious  effects  of  abundant  ash 
by  burning  the  peat-gas  at  some  distance  from  its  source, 
and  under  such  conditions  that  the  comparative  value  of 
eoal  and  tieat  should  he  nearly  in  the  proportion  of  their 
percentages  of  carbon.  I  therefore  moved  the  Royal 
Dublin  Society  to  appoint  a  committee  of  engineers  and 
other  scientific  men  to  have  the  value  of  peat  tested  in  the 
way  proposed.  The  outcome  was  that  the  directors  of  the 
Great  Southern  and  Western  Railway  of  Ireland,  acting  on 
the  recommendation  of  the  able  locomotive  engineer,  Alex- 
ander Maedonncll.  C.E., decided  to  erect  a  complete  Siemens 
regenerative  gas  furnace  for  working  up  scrap  iron  in  their 
engine  factory  at  Iuchicore.  This  furnace  was  supplied 
"lily  with  rough  peat,  often  containing  as  much  as  38 — 40  per 
cent,  of  water,  but  no  difficulty  was  found  in  keeping  the 
weldiug  chamber  at  a  bright  white  heat  for  months  at  a 
stretch.  The  average  consumption  of  fuel  was  5'09  tons 
of  peat  for  each  ton  of  iron  forged  from  scrap  to  finished 
work.  Before  the  Siemens  furnace  was  built  the  ordinary 
air  furnace  fed  with  eoal  was  employed,  and  the  average 
consumption  per  ton  of  iron  was  1  ■  96  tons  of  coal.  I  need 
scarcely  say  that  peat  is  practically  useless  in  such  a 
furnace.  Therefore  peat  used  in  the  gas  furnace  a-  com- 
pared with  coal  in  the  ordinan  welding  furnace  not  only 
proved  in  practice  to  answer  extremely  well,  but  performed 
'.'7  pel  lent,  of  the  work  done  by  an  equal  weight  of  coal. 
As  the  price  of  peat  was  about  half  that  of  coal  at  the 
time,  Mr.  Maedonncll  estimated  that  a  saving  of  I/.  7*.  9d. 
per  ton  of  finished  forgings  was  effected.  If  therefore  the 
eoal  beds  were  exhausted  we  have  a  good  substitute  in  peat 
lor  operations  in  which  a  very  high  temperature  is  required, 
provided  tin'  fuel  is  used  in  the  gas  furnace  or  according  to 
some  similar  plan.* 

The  above  remarks  refer  to  work  done  20  years  ago. 
Now,  thanks  to  the  valuable  investigations  of  Mr.  Ludwig 
Mond,  F.R.S.,  detailed  in  his  Presidential  Address  of  1889, 
the  production  of  ammonia  from  peat  along  with  gas 
according  to  his  method  will  probably  pay  for  gasifying  the 
fuel  ami  materially  facilitate  the  utilisation  of  peat. 

Much  to  my  surprise  and  regret  this  work  remains  the 
sob-  practical  outcome  of  our  efforts  in  the  direction  of 
peat  utilisation  during  the    fuel    Famine    of   1 8 7 '_' ,  so    far   as 


■  Ofcoursc  Hie  comparison  is  more  favourable  to  coal  when  the 

,,i.  r  i  -  used  in  '  I"'  sie us  furnace,  as  it  is  found  that  :i  ton  of  iron 

i   ipiired  ;oi:i\.-i,i f  8  tons  of  eoal,  therefore  the  vvurK  >i fij 

pent   was  iiboul    en  |per  cent,    ol   tlmt    by  coal  under  the  same 

•  ■i hi  fit 


Ireland  is  concerned.  Manufacturers  now  know  bow 
they  can  economically  use  peat  for  high  temperature 
operations,  and  Dr.  Bindon  Stoney,  F.Ii.S.,  has  suggested 
that  peat  should  be  gasified  at  the  bogs  and  carried 
to  convenient  centres  of  industrial  activity.  This  could 
undoubtedly  be  done,  especially  if  instead  of  "  producer  " 
gas  a  fuel  were  manufactured  approaching  water-gas 
in  composition,  aud  such  a  gas  of  good  calorific  power 
can  be  manufactured  from  peat.  Thus,  as  in  the  case  of 
coal,  peat  could  be  made  economically  to  provide  light  and 
beat  energy  as  well  for  domestic  use  as  for  manufacturing 
purposes.  Would  that  wc  could  apply  even  a  small  portion 
of  the  eneigy  stored  up  iti  peat  to  stimulate  those  who 
should  be  most  active  in  utilising  in  tin  best  and  most 
economical  way  the  abundant  material  almost  at  their 
doors  ! 

If,  then,  there  are  many  and  great  advantages  in  convert- 
ing our  bulky  solid  fuels  into  gas  and  distributing  them  in 
that  form  for  heating  purposes  or  supplying  power  by 
means  of  gas  engines,  it  is  clear  that  such  advantages  must 
be  confined  for  the  most  part  to  town;  or  special  manu- 
facturing centres  unless  the  gases  are  condensed  to  the 
liquid  form,  and  so  rendered  portable  to  considerable 
distances  ;  hut  nature  has  already  done  a  great  part  of 
this  work  for  us  in  providing  the  wonderful  material  we 
call 

Petkoi.ki  m. 

I  do  not  think  "  wonderful "  is  too  strong  an  adjective 
to  apply  to  this  material,  whether  we  consider  its  nature, 
speculate  as  to  its  probable  origin,  or  attempt  to  measure 
its  value  in  the  world's  work  :  and  in  this,  the  concluding 
section  of  my  address,  I  propose  to  sketch  in  broad  outline 
the  main  points' of  public  interest  which  relate  to  this,  the 
most  important  of  our  liquid  fuels.  Fortunately  our 
Journal  is  rich  in  the  technical  literature  relating  to 
petroleum,  and  has  been  the  means  of  communicating 
some  admirable  original  papers  t^n  the  subject,  notably 
those  of  Mr.  Boverton  Redwood  on  the  Russian  and 
Galician  centres  of  the  oil  industry,  and  Dr.  Armstrong's 
on  the  Pintsch  and  Keith's  systems  of  converting  rock  oil 
into  permaneut  gas. 

As  you  well  know,  the  general  term  petroleum  "oil  of 
stone  "  or  "  rock-oil " — is  applied  to  the  fluid  mixtures  of 
hydrocarhides,  containing  approximately  85  per  cent,  of 
carbon  and  15    per   cent,  of   hydrogen,  which   are   found  at 

many  points   on   the   earth's   surfi either   saturating  the 

soil  or  rising  in  springs  of  inflammable  liquids.  The 
existence  of  these  combustible  natural  oils  or  naphthas  was 
known  before  the  present  era,  probably  many  centuries 
before  Christ,  and  various  ancient  historians  mention  their 
use  for  illuminating  purposes. 

Down  the  centuries  we  find  traces  of  the  use  of  these 
naturally  occurring  oils,  especially  in  South-Kastcrn  Europe, 
and  from  very  early  times  the  naphtha  of  Balra,in  Southern 
Russia,  was  used  lor  illuminating  purposes  and  as  fuel. 
More  or  less  spasmodic  efforts  in  the  direction  of  utilisation 
were  made,  nevertheless  the  petroleum  industry  was 
virtually  non-existent  50  years  ago. 

In  examining  the  history  of  any  industry  it  is  interesting 
to  seek  for  the  primary  impulse  which  set  the  necessary 
forces  in  motion,  and  I  think  in  the  case  in  question  that 
impulse  was  given  not  quite  50  years  ago  by  a  keen 
observer  and  distinguished  chemist,  who  is,  I  am  happy  to 
say,  still  with  us.  In  1847  Sir  Lyon  (then  Dr.)  Playfair 
recognised  the  nature  of  a  dark  oil  met  with  in  a  Derby- 
shire coal-mine,  and  at  his  instance  the  late  Mr.  James 
Young  produced  from  this  material  illuminating  oils,  as 
well  as  solid  paraffins.  Although  this  particular  source  of 
illuminating  oils  was  soon  exhausted,  and  Mr.  Young  had 
to  turn  to  other  materials  from  which  to  distil  paraffin, 
the  value  of  these  as  illuminauts  had  Income  generally 
known,  and  stimulated  the  search  for  natural  springs. 

No  fresh  ones  of  importance  were  discovered  in  these 
islands,  but  iii  1858  Colonel  Drake  made  his  celebrated 
discovery  of  petroleum  in  abundance  at  Titusville,  Pennsyl 
vania,  U.S.A.,  and  laid  the  foundation  of  the  great 
American  petroleum  industry,  which  developed  with 
surprising  rapidity  as  new  source-  were  recognised  in  other 
States. 


.Tui.y  :w,i892.]        THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


57  S 


L'he  rate  of  growth  of  the  industry  is  best  shown  by  the 
following  statistics  : — 

We  find  from  official  reports  that  the  total  production  of 
« rude  petroleum  in  the  1  inited  States  was  in  — 

1859 ". barrelsol  H  gallons. 

1869 K.21S 

ts;:i 19,685.090 

1889 M.v'ii, i 

ts'.'n n -ul  ■  15,000,000 

The  Buccess  of  the  Americans  was  followed  b^  the 
development  of  production  in  other  countries  where  the 
existence  of  oil  bad  long  boon  known,  especially  in  Russia, 
;ii  Baku,  and  in  the  Austro-Hungarian  province  of  Galicia, 
just  north  of  the  Carpathian  range,  while  Germany,  distant 
Japan,    and     Burmah    contributed    to    the    general     result. 

Vmerica   and    Russia  are   now  the  principal  producers,  the 

Kus  iia itput  being  for  t — 


1883  . 
1890. 
1891  . 


iiboul  21,000,000  barrels. 

'j5.iiun.iMii  barrels. 

I  S|  im  ll  ''I  :il  30.000,0  " 


The  Galician   production    is   at   present  relatively  small, 

iccording  to  Mr.  Boverton   Redwood,  533,000  barrels 

for  1889     90,  but  according  to  I'izzola,  for  IH'.io,  the  output 

was   rTii.ooii  barrels.     As   Mr.  I',.  Redw i   states  that  he 

his  figures  as  considerably  under  the  full  output, 
we  may  probably  take  the  Austrian  estimate  as  near  the 
truth. 

Thus  the  world's  production  of  crude  petroleum  may  be 
i  stimati  d  at  fully  7."i  million  barrel-  per  annum  or  upwards 
of   l  l'\  BILLION  TONS. 

This  amount  docs  not  include  asphalts  (which  are 
probably  petroleum  residues  from  which  the  volatile  liquids 
have  evaporated)  ;  nor  does  it  include  earth  wax  or  ozokerite, 
60  million  pounds  of  which  arc  annually  produced  by 
Austria. 

The  surprising  extent  to  which  the  oil  industry  lias  grown 
in  little  more  than  33 years  naturally  suggests  the  question 
whether  the  supply  will  continue.  Unfortunately  no  such 
means  of  forming  even  an  approximate  judgment  exist  in 
the  case  of  rock  oil  as  in  that  (>f  coal.  Petroleum,  unlike 
coal,  has  been  found  in  nearly  all  geological  formations, 
though   chiefly  in  the  older  sedimentary  strata   which  are 

all t  destitute    of    organic    remains.      Its    position  in   the 

earth's  crust  cannot  be  localised  and  the  probable  amount 
determined.  Nor  are  the  strata  in  which  it  is  found  neces- 
sarily connected  with  its  production,  for,  being  a  liquid,  it 
can  gravitate  from  higher  to  lower  districts.  Moreover, 
being  lighter  than  water,  the  latter  can,  in  rising  through 
porous  strata,  carry  the  oil  nearer  to  the  surface-.  There- 
fore, from  cither  ean-e,  the  oil  may  be  found  at  a  great 
distance  from  its  real  source. 

Ii  is  a  fact,  I  believe,  that  the  existing  huge  oil-producing 
districts  do  not,  taken  as  a  whole,  all'ord  material  indications 
of  diminished  productiveness,  notwithstanding  the  enormous 
drain  upon  them.  Particular  wells  become  exhausted,  but 
new  ones  are  bored  and  the  output  is  maintained.  This, 
however,  is  a  process  which  must  "have  its  limits,  even 
though  the  oil-hearing  strata  arc  known  to  underlie  great 
of  country,  and  obviously  cannot  afford  much  real 
help  in  deciding  the  question  of  duration  of  supply.  Of 
lather  greater  significance  is  the  fact  that  rock  oils,  or  such 
petroleum  residues  as  asphalt,  bitumen,  ozokerite,  &c,  have 
been  discovered  in  almost  every  country  when  carefully 
sought,  especially  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  great 
mountain  ranges  of  the  world,  though  the  quantities  found 
vary  greatly.  This  fact,  so  far  as  Europe  is  concerned, 
is  made  very  clear  by  means  of  a  map  which  appeared  at 
pee  96  of  the  current  volume  of  this  Journal,  illustrating 
Mr.  Boverton  Redwood's  admirable  essay  on  the  Galician 
oilfields.  The  occurrence  of  petroleum  at  such  widely 
different  points  in  the  earth's  surface  as  Pennsylvania, 
I  S.A.,  Baku,  in  Southern  Russia,  Trinidad,  Galicia,  Japan, 
Canada,  Sicily,  Burmah,  &c,  indicates  a  large  area  from 
which  supplies  may  be  obtained,  and  further,  that  stores 
nf  the  material  exist  at  points  hitherto  almost  untouched. 
1  think  we  may  draw   two  conclusions  from  the  fact  of  the 


wide  distribution  of  petroleum  ;  the  first  is  that  there  is 
ample  provision  for  an  abundant  supply  in  the  near  future 
at  any  rate  ;  the  second  conclusion  is  the  equally  obvious 
one  that  these  mixtures  of  liquid  compounds  of  carbon  and 
hydrogen  result  from  some  process  which  is  general  in  its 
operation,  and  which  is  or  has  been  most  active  near  to 
those  great  crumples  of  the  earth-  crust  we  call  mountain 
range-. 

The  views  of  geologists  as  to  the  nature  of  the  general 
process  by  which  petroleum  is  formed  are  elaborately 
discussed  in  the  Eighth  Report  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey,  and  the  conclusions  are  there  carefully 
summarised  (page  506).  In  substance  they  are  as  follow: — 
That  petroleum  is  derived  from  organic  matter  by  a  process 
of  slow  distillation  at  comparatively  low  temperatures;  that 
the  organic  matter  was  not  in  all  eases  of  vegetable  origin, 
but  was  in  some  instances  derived  from  animal  substances 
iu  contact  with  limestone;  and,  finally,  that  the  stock  of 
petroleum  in  the  rocks  is  practically  complete.  It  follows, 
of  course,  that  the  supply  is  exhaustible,  but  geologists  do 
not  even  guess  at  its  duration. 

In  contrast  with  all  this  is  Mendeleef's  view  that  petro- 
leum is  not  a  product  from  organic  material,  but  is  chiefly 
formed  by  the  action  of  wafer  at  high  temperatures  on 
carbide  of  iron,  which  he  supposes  to  exist  in  abundance 
within  or  below  the  earth'-  crust.  The  cracks  and  fissures 
caused  by  the  upheaval  of  mountain  chains  permits  water 
to  reach  the  heated  carbide  at  great  depths,  and  carbides  of 
hydrogen  result  in  accordance  with  the  general  equation — 

3Fe„Cn  +   1  mll.o       »;!•>,>,  +  C3„H3„ 

The  hydrocarbides  then  distil  up  and  condense  within  the 
cooler  sedimentary  strata.  The  occurrence  of  petroleum  in 
active  volcanic  areas,  as  in  Sicily  and  .Japan,  is  held  to 
accord  with  this  hypothesis,  which  latter  is  also  consistent 
with  the  remarkable  fact  that  rock  oil  is  usually  found  in 
the  vicinity  of  mountains.  But  my  chief  reason  for  refer- 
ring to  this  attractive  hypothesis  is  that  it  permits  us  to 
suppose  the  hydrocarbides  arc  still  being  formed  within  the 
earth's  shell,  especially  beneath  the  geologically  modern 
mountain  chains,  and  that  the  supply  of  petroleum  is  prac- 
tically inexhaustible.  Whether  that  view  can  be  sustained 
we  must  leave  further  evidence  to  deeide,  and  now  return 
after  this  digression  to  the  consideration  of  the  material 
itself. 

The  porous  strata  saturated  with  petroleum  often  lie  at 
considerable  depths  below  the  surface  soil  of  the  district, 
and  the  oil  is  in  many  cases  prevented  from  rising  by  a  bed 
or  shell  of  almost  impervious  material.  In  boring  tor  the 
oil  this  enclosing  shell  is  penetrated  and  the  result  often  i- 
the  ejection  of  a  column  of  liquid  rising  as  a  fountain  of 
several  hundred  feet  into  the  air.  This  violent  expulsion  of 
petroleum  is  due  in  great  part  to  the  pressure  of  pent  up 
ga-es,  and  the  crude  liquid  always  contains  some  of  these 
gases  iu  solution.  In  some  instances  gas  only  issues,  and 
a' so-called  "gas  well"  is  obtained,  from  which  are  emitted 
enormous  volumes  of  marsh  gas  audits  lower  homolo<mes, 
as  well  as  hydrogen.  Some  of  these  American  gas  wells 
afford  from  10  to  It  million  cubic  feet  per  day,  delivered  at 
a  pressure  of  as  much  as  400  pounds  to  the  inch.  Such 
gas  is  a  fuel  of  high  value  and.  as  you  know,  has  been 
largely  utilised  for  industrial  and  domestic  purposes  at  such 
great  industrial  centres  as  Pittsburg. 

One  million  cubic  feet  of  the  natural  gas  obtained  from 
the  Trentou  limestone  at  Findlay,  Ohio,  are  said  to  do  the 
same  amount  of  work  in  heating  as  about  60  tons  of 
Pittsburg  coal.  Some  of  these  gas  wells  have  been 
exhausted,  but  others  have  continued  in  full  productiveness 
for  several  years  Although  this  natural  gas  is  compressed 
ami  transported  in  cylinders  to  considerable  distances,  it 
evidently  must  remain  of  almost  exclusively  local  value; 
not  so  the  liquid  petroleum  which  issues  along  with  it  or  in 
its  immediate  neighbourhood.  This  is  the  most  portable  of 
all  fuels  obtainable  in  nature,  and  therefore  is  the  most 
convenient  means  by  which  light  and  heat  can  be  trans- 
mitted to  all  parts  of  the  world  —  hence  it  is  of  greater 
practical  interest  to  us  than  the  natural  gas. 

You  are  aware  that  the  hydrocarbides  of  which  the. 
American  petroleum  consists  chiefly  belong  to  the  saturated 


576 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [July 30, 1892. 


group  C',I!j„  ,  2,  whereas  those  of  Russian  petroleum  are 
mainly  benzenoid  hydrooarbides  of  the  general  formula 
C„H2„,  isomeric  with  the  olefiues,  but  really  hydrogenised 
aromatic  compounds  of  the  naphthene  series.  Petroleum 
from  both  sources  affords  some  of  the  lower  homologues  of 
marsh-gas,  hence  in  the  process  of  refining  crude  petroleum 
by  distillation  the  first  products  consist  largely  of  butane, 
pentane,  and  hexane,  which  air  separated  and  condensed 
by  pressure,  the  product  being  used  for  refrigerating 
purposes  owing  to  its  high  volatility.  Between  80°  and 
120  American  petroleum  affords  a  spirit  of  specific  gravity 
about  0-  7.V,  and  above  130°  the  illuminating  oils  are  obtained 
whose  gravities  vary  about  0'  S,  while  the  residue  which 
is  not  vaporised  at  300°  includes  the  heavier  lubricating 
oils,  which  are  also  admirably  suited  for  use  as  fuel,  and 
arc  cheaper  than  those  generally  used  for  lighting  purposes. 
During  this  process  of  refining  by  simple  distillation  there 
is  always  more  or  less  decomposition  in  progress,  hydro- 
carbides  of  high  molecular  weight  being  resolved  into 
simpler  cms  at  a  comparatively  high  temperature  ;  and 
when  crude  petroleum  or  its  constituents  an'  rapidly  heated, 
this  resolution  can  he  carried  so  far  as  to  convert  a  large 
proportion  of  the  oil  into  permanent  gas,  valuable  alike  for 
illuminating  and  heating  purposes.  Thus  petroleum  is  a 
fuel  which  can  be  permanently  gasified  with  facility,  ami  is 
no  doubt  wholly  converted  into  gas  just  prior  to  combus- 
tion in  our  common  lamps. 

Several  methods  are  employed  for  the  conversion  of  oil 
into  rich  gas,  and  storing  the  latter  for  distribution  through 
tubes  in  the  ordinary  way.  In  one  class  of  such  processes 
the  oil  alone  is  rapidly  heated  to  a  temperature  of  from 
800°  to  1,000°  in  iron  retorts,  as  in  the  methods  of  Piutsch 
and  Keith,  thoroughly  described  by  Dr.  Armstrong  in 
Vol.  III.  of  our  Journal.  The  yield  of  gas  seldom  exceeds 
130  cubic  feet  p,i  o;ill.  hi  .  ;is  liquid  hydrocarbides  of  low 
boiling  points  are  condensed  chiefly  during  the  compression 
of  the  gas  into  cylinders  for  use  in  railway  carriages.  The 
gas  is  rich  in  carbon  compounds,  including  methane, 
ethylene,  and  crotonyiene,  and  its  illuminating  power,  even 
after  compression,  is  seldom  less  than  15  caudles.  I  may 
add  that  Mr.  Ivison  Macadam  has  given  in  Vol.  VI.  of  our 
Journal  (page  199),  a  valuable  series  of  observations  on 
the  gas-producing  power  of  various  oils  treated  by  a  process 
very  similar  iii  plau  to  that  of  l'intsch. 

Another  mode  of  converting  petroleum  into  gas  includes 
the  use  of  steam,  as  in  the  process  of  Messrs.  Kegels  ,,f 
W'atfonl,  who  inject  the  oil  into  red-hot  retorts  by  means 
of  steam,  the  latter  appearing  to  facilitate  the  permanent 
change  of  the  petroleum  without  the  formation  of  much 
carbon  monoxide.  The  gas  so  produced  is  said  to  amount 
to  about  Ho  feet  per  gallon  of  heavy  oil  used,  and  has, 
according  to  Mr.  Rowan  (this  Journal,'  Vol.  VII.),  the 
following  composition  : — 

Per  Cent. 

1  lyilnwn SI  "81 

Marsh-gas *8"17 

llluminants 16-29 

I'm  ben  ie  oxide "''I 

Nitrogen 5'06 

'  taygen < 0"'3 

This  gas  is  stated  to  have  an  illuminating  power  of  fully 
.'ill  candles,  and  to  lose  little  either  by  standing  or  by 
carriage  to  considerable  distances. 

As  such  petroleum  gas  has  about  3  •  5  times  the  illuminating 
power  of  lll-candlc  coal-gas,  it  follows  that,  so  far  as  illumi- 
nating purposes  are  concerned,  the  gas  producible  from  one 
gallon  of  oil  by  this  process  is  equal  to  some  525  cubic  feet 
of  coal-gas  of  16-candle  value.  1  shall  later  on  refertothe 
heating  value  of  this  petroleum  gas,  hut  I  have  now  justified 
the  statement  with  which  this  section  commenced,  viz.,  that 
petroleum  is  virtually  liquefied  gas  in  a  peculiarly  portable 
condition.  Hence  in  all  states  petroleum  can  be  used  as 
an  illuniiliaiil  as  well  as  a  fuel,  whereas  coal  and  peat  can 
only  be  used  as  illuminants  in  so  far  as  they  can  afford 
carburet  ted  gas. 

let  me  now  proceed  to  justify  the  further  statement  that 
petroleum  is  the  most  concentrated  and  on  the  wdiole 
the  most  portable  of  all  the  natural  fuels  met  with  in 
considerable  quantities. 


Weight  for  weight  the  efficiency  of  liquid  petroleum  in 
steam-raising  is  much  greater  than  that  of  coal.  The 
estimates  of  relative  value  necessarily  vary  with  different 
portions  of  the  crude  material  used,  and  with  the  quality  of 
coal  employed  in  the  comparative  trials  ;  hence  some  of  the 

j   statements  of  results   are    often   rather    vague.     Thus  M. 

I  d'AUest  found  that  one  pound  of  refined  petroleum  evapo- 
rated 12 '02  pounds  of  water,  while  only  6' 5  pounds  were 
evaporated  per  pound  of  a  rather  poor  steam  coal.  The 
American  results  with  crude  petroleum  and  Pittsburg  coal 
gave  respectively  1 5  and  7  •  2  pounds  of  water  per  pound  of 
fuel.  Professor  Unwiu  has  recently  compared  petroleum 
with  Welsh  coal  in  steam-raising,  the  oil  being  injected  by  a 
steam  jet  through  a  highly  heated  coil  and  then  burned 
perfectly  with  a  clear  name.  In  his  trials  with  a  not 
particularly  efficient  boiler  he  found  that  12"  1G  pounds  of 
water  were  evaporated  per  pound  of  petroleum,  and  this 
result  he  considers  about  25  per  cent,  better  than  that 
afforded  by  the  steam  coal.  These  results  agree  with  those 
of  M.  d'AUest  so  far  as  the  effect  of  petroleum  is  con- 
cerned, but  the  coals  compared  were  different  in  value  for 
steam-raising.  Hence  for  an  average  coal  the  proportion  is 
nearly  three  to  two;  in  other  words  the  practical  heating 
effect  of  one  ton  of  coal  can  be  obtained  by  the  combustion 
of  only  two-thirds  of  a  ton  of  petroleum,  while  the  com- 
parison with  the  heavy  oils  would  probably  be  still  more  in 
favour  of  liquid  fuel.  Petroleum  has  another  advantage 
over  coal  in  the  matter  of  storage  room,  as  one  ton  of  the 
liquid  occupies  only  four-fifths  of  the  space  of  the  same 
weight  of  coal,  so  that  the  bulk  of  the  petroleum  required  to 
perform  the  same  work  in  heating  as  one  ton  of  average 
coal  is  little  more  than  half  that  of  the  latter.  It  follows 
that  a  steamer  constructed  to  cany  1,000  tons  of  coal  could, 
if  provided  with  suitable  tanks,  carry  1,200  tons  of  peine 
leiiiu  equal  in  fuel  value  to  about  1,900  tons  of  coal.  In 
addition,  the  liquidity  of  petroleum  permits  it  to  be  pumped 
and  conveyed  long  distances  by  gravitation  in  tubes  so  that 
its  transport  ill  hulk  and  in  detail  is  easy.  Therefore 
petroleum  is  not  only  a  much  more  concentrated  fuel  thau 
coal,  but  it  is  eminently  portable  as  well  and  convertible  with 
much  greater  facility  into  permanent  gas.  Against  these 
advantages  must,  however,  he  set  the  inflammability  of 
petroleum,  and  consequent  greater  risk  of  fire. 

Now  we  have  to  consider  the  question  of  relative  cost  of 
petroleum  used  as  fuel  in  liquid  or  gaseous  form  as  compared 
with  coal — the  latter  being  our  standard  for  reference  as  in 
the  case  of  peat.  We  have  already  seen  that  about  two- 
thirds  of  a  ton  of  petroleum  can  do  the  same  amount  of 
work  in  heating  as  one  ton  of  coal  ;  therefore  petroleum 
when  burned  directly  cannot  economically  replace  coal  unless 
two-thirds  of  a  ton  of  the  liquid  can  he  purchased  for  less 
than  the  cost  of  one  ton  of  coal.  We  know  the  cost  of 
ordinary  lamp  petroleum  in  these  islands  is  at  present  far 
beyond  that  limiting  value;  even  the  heavy  oils  wdiich  are 
not  good  enough  for  lamps,  anil  yet  are  too  "thin"  for 
lubricants,  only  compare  favourably  with  coal  where  the 
latter  has  to  be  Carried  long  distances,  and  is  therefore  dear. 
However,  all  practical  difficulties  having  been  overcome  in 
I  lie  use  of  these  heavj  oils  for  steam-raising,  a  comparatively 
small  advance  in  the  general  price  of  coal  would  at  once 
render  them  economical  for  industrial  use  as  fuel. 

Hut  when  we  compare  petroleum  gas  with  ordinary  coal 
gas  the  comparison  is  much  more  favourable  to  the  liquid 
fuel ;  unlike  coal,  petroleum  is  already  more  than  half-way 
on  the  road  to  conversion  into  gas.  As  you  know,  one  ton 
of  coal  affords  about  9,500  cubic  feet  of  16-candle  gas. 
On  the  other  hand  one  tjn  of  oil  of  sp.  gr.  0"8S  can  afford 
about  24,000  cubic  feet  of  gas,  having  an  average  illuminating 
power  of  GO  caudles,  or  the  equivalent  of  about  70,000  cubic 
feet  of  16-candle  value,  and  this  rich  gas  admits  of  pre- 
paration on  the  small  scale  suited  to  country  places,  while 
the  retorts  used  In  the  production  of  the  gas  can  be  heated 
by  petroleum.  The  petroleum  gas  of  some  60-candIc  power 
is  said  to  be  producible  at  about  6s.  per  1,000  cubic  Let. 
If  we  were  to  assume  that  the  calorific  value  of  the  gas  is 
directly  proportional  to  its  illuminating  power,  the  cost 
would  correspond  to  about  Is.  Id.  per  1,000  cubic  feet  of 
16-candle  coal -'gas.  Hut  the  facts  do  not  justify  the 
assumption,  as   the   calorific   value   of  methane  is  known  to 


July  3ii.  isn.'.j         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


577 


be  greater  than  thai  of  the  heavier  carbides  to  which  tlie 
high  illuminating  power  is  due";  hence  the  comparison  is 
probably  less  favourahle  to  petroleum  gas  by  about  25  per 
cent.,  though  further  experimental  evidence  is  wanting  on 
this  point.  However,  even  after  this  deduction,  petroleum 
gas  i<  the  cheaper  fuel  as  well  as  illaminant. 

The  necessary  links  between  the  elements  of  the  trilogy 
on  coal,  peat,  ami  petroleum  are  now,  I  think,  sufficiently 
evident.  If  we  desire  to  use  each  fuel  in  such  a  way  as  to 
devclnpe  most  economically  and  conveniently  its  store  of 
heat-energy,  we  must  first  partially  or  perfectly  gasify  it. 
The  newest  member  of  the  triad — petroleum — is  the  one 
which  lends  itself  most  easily  and  completely  to  such  treat- 
ment, in  consequence  of  its  physical  condition  and  chemical 
characters.  It  is  also  the  material  that  we  must  expect  to 
facilitate  the  production  of  cheap  gaseous  fuels  from  coal 
and  peat  which  shall  at  the  same  time  possess  sufficient 
illuminating  power  for  most  purposes.  Chemical  industries 
would  probably  benefit  to  a  greater  extent  than  others  by 
the  supply  of  cheap  fuel  of  the  kind  in  question  ;  hence  I 
have  ventured  to  tax  your  patience  by  dwelling  on  this  topic 
in  your  presence  to  day. 

Sir  John  Evans  moved  a  vote  of  thanks  to  the  President, 

and  in  doing  so  said  that  it  was  a  very  satisfactory  thing 
to  preside  over  such  a  Society,  numbering  as  it  did  some 
2,800  members  engaged  in  every  variety  of  industry  in 
which  chemistry  played  a  part.  To  find  a  subject  which 
would  be  interesting  to  all  was  no  easy  matter,  and  they 
might  congratulate  their  President  and  themselves  that  in 
selecting  fuel  he  had  dealt  with  a  matter  that  affected  all 
both  in  comfort  and  purse.  The  subject  of  the  address 
was  one  of  such  supreme  importance  that  he  wondered  it 
bad  not  received  more  attention  from  manufacturers.  If 
England  was  to  continue  to  be  the  most  successful  manu- 
facturing nation,  something  must  he  done  to  secure  further 
economies  in  the  production  of  steam  power,  and  thej  had 
in  the  able  address  to  which  they  had  just  listened  many 
hints  to  assist  them  in  attaining  that  object.  It  was  satis- 
factory to  find  that  in  that  sister  country  which  he  trusted 
would  long  be  united  to  ■  Great  Britain  there  were  such 
valuable  stores  of  fuel  which  eventually  could  be  brought 
into  use.  It  was  only,  however,  by  unremitting  study  that 
they  could  hope  to  find  means  tor  rendering  available  those 
latent  powers  for  heat  and  light  with  which  peat  was 
endowed.  The  third  member  of  the  President's  "trilogy  " 
was  a  growth  of  quite  recent  times,  and  they  could  only 
hope  that  the  child  which  had  risen  with  such  surprising 
rapidity  would  not  dwindle  away  and  perish  ;  that  the 
sources  of  petroleum  would  prove  to  be  as  inexhaustible 
as  they  were  mysterious.  It  was  in  the  highest  degree 
probable  that  the  advances  in  the  use  of  petroleum  which 
had  ben  made  during  the  last  20  years  would  continue  to 
even  a  greater  degree  during  the  next  20,  and  result  in  still 
greater  economics  in  its  production.  He  had  listened  to 
the  address  with  great  pleasure,  and  felt  that  the  members 
owed  the  President  their  best  thanks  for  the  admirable 
way  in  which  he  had  compiled  and  delivered  it. 

Mr.  W.  Thorp,  in  seconding  the  motion,  said  that  when 
the  minds  of  men  were  so  exercised  with  the  "  Irish 
Question  "  it  was  a  great  source  of  relief  to  feel  that  in 
their  Societj  they  had  no  "  Irish  Question."  Their  relations 
with  their  Irish  brethren  were  thoroughly  harmonious; 
their  President  was  an  Irishman,  and  no  one  had  been 
more  heartily  welcomed  than  he. 

Sir  JOHN  Evans  then  put  the  vote  to  the  meeting,  and  it 
was  carried  with  great  enthusiasm. 

The  President  having  briefly  returned  thanks — 

Mr.  R.  Morris  proposed  that  Messrs.  Theobald  Brothers 
and  Miall  be  re-elected  auditors  for  the  ensuing  year  at  a 
remuneration  of  ten  guineas. 

Mr.  IIvvid  Howard  seconded  tiie  motion  as  one  who 
knew  the  admirable  way  in  which  those  gentlemen  did  their 
work. 

The  motion  was  then  put, and  was  carried  unanimously. 

Mr.  A.  Ci.  Bi.ox.vm  then  read  the  report  of  the  scrutators, 
from  which  it  appeared  that   106  voting  papers  hatl  been 


examined,  one  of  which  was  spoilt,  and  that  the  result  of 
the  voting  was  the  election  of  Messrs.  R.  Forbes  Carpenter, 
I '.  C  Hutchinson,  John  Pattinson,  A.  G.  Salamon,  E.  C.  C. 
Stanford,  and  Thos.  Tyrer  as  ordinary  members  of  Council, 
and  the  confirmation  of  the  nominations  of  the  Council  to 
the  offices  of  president,  vice-president,  &c. 

The  following  is  therefore  the  composition  of  the  Council 
for  1892—93  ;— 

Presidt  nt. 
Sir  Jehu  Evan's,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  &c. 

Vice-Presidents. 
Sir  Loxvthiuu  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S.     Prof._  I._  Emerson    Reynolds 
Win.  Crowder. 
David  Howard, 
Dr.  P.  Hurter. 
B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 
Dr.  W.  II.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


M.D.,  II.Sc.  F.R.S. 
Jno.  Spiller. 
3.C.  Stovenson,  M.P. 

Prof.  T.  E.  Thorpe,  F.R.S. 
Sir  John  Tiii-ucy. 


A.  H.Allen. 
Arthur  Boake. 
1:.  Forbes  Carpenter. 
Dr.  Charles  Dreyfus. 
11.  Grimshaw. 
C.  C.  Hutchinson, 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council. 

Prof.  R.  Meld. .hi,  F.R.S. 
John  Pattinson. 
Boverton  Redwood, 
A.  Gordon  Salamon. 
E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 
Thos.  T.vr. t. 


Honorary  Treasure  r. 

f..  Rider  Cook. 

ILni.  For.  Ian  Seen  tary. 
Ludwig  .M. iiel.  F.R.S. 

Mr.  LddwiG  Mono  proposed  the  re-appointment  of 
Mr.  Rider  Cook  as  the  representative  of  the  Society  on 
the  Hoard  of  the  Imperial  Institute.  In  doing  so  he  said 
that  Mr.  Cook  had  so  discharged  the  functions  of  the 
position  during  the  past  year  that  he  was  sure  they  could 
not  have  a  more  fitting  representative. 

Mr.  L.  Archbutt  seconded  the  motion,  which  was  then 
put  and  carried  unanimously. 

Mr.  Henri  Brunner,  as  chairman  of  the  Liverpool 
Section,  had  much  pleasure  in  inviting  the  Society  to  hold 
the  next  annual  general  meeting  in  that  city.  It  was  seven 
years  since  the  Society  had  been  to  Liverpool,  and  though 
they  might  not  be  able  to  show  the  members  anything  very 
new  in  the  shape  of  chemical  manufactures,  they  would  do 
their  best  to  make  the  visit  a  pleasant  if  not  a  very 
instructive  one. 

Mr.  Boverton  Redwood,  in  proposing  that  the  next 
annual  meeting  of  the  Society  should  be  held  in  Liverpool, 
said  that  there  could  not  be  a  doubt  as  to  the  cordiality  of 
the  reception  they  would  meet  with  there  ;  and  there  were 
so  many  obvious  material  advantages  attaching  to  Liverpool 
as  a  place  of  meeting  that  it  was  unnecessary  for  him  to 
say  anything  in  support  of  the  motion. 

Professor  Mku  OLA  seconded  the  motion. 

After  a  few  words  from  the  President,  the  motion  that 
the  invitation  of  the  Liverpool  Section  to  hold  the 
annual  meeting  of  1893  in  that  city  was  put  ami  carried 
unanimously. 

The  President  then  said  that  but  one  duty  remained 
for  him  to  perform  before  leaving  the  chair,  to  propose 
that  the  hearty  thanks  of  the  Society  be  given  to  the 
Drapers'  Company  for  so  kindly  permitting  the  use  of 
their  magnificent  halls  for  the  meeting  that  day.  It  was 
very  satisfactory,  when  one  heard  so  much  said  against 
some  of  the  great  city  companies,  to  be  able  to  turn  to 
records  of  good  and  useful  work  achieved  by  others ;  and 
the  great  Company  who  were  their  host  that  day  had  been 
one  of  the  most  prominent  in  the  movement  for  aiding 
technical  education.  He  therefore  had  much  pleasure  in 
proposing  that  the  Council  be  requested  to  convey  to  the 
Drapers'  Company  the  hearty  thanks  of  the  Society  for  the 
hospitality  extended  to  its  members  that  day. 

Mr.  Rider  Cook,  in  seconding  the  motion,  said  that  in 
his  opinion  there  was  a  peculiar  fitness  in  the  Soeietj 
meeting  in   the  hall  of  one  of  the   city  guilds.     They  did 


578 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30,1892. 


not  profess  to  be  a  scientific  society  in  the  pure  sense  ol 
the  term,  most  of  them  were  manufacturers  who  availed 
themselves  of  the  help  of  science  in  their  operations.  The 
city  companies  were  beginning  to  realise  that  as  they  bore 
the  names  of  the  great  trading  interests  of  the  country 
with  which  thej  were  once  intimately  associated,  it  was 
their  duty  to  justify  their  cxistenci  by  practically  interesting 
themselves  in  the  great  industries  they  represented.  He 
was  glad  to  say  that  the  Drapers'  Company  had  given 
ample  proof  that  they  appreciated  this  position  ;  and  the 
way  they  had  received  the  Society  that  day  showed,  he 
t'lought,  that  they  were  willing  as  representatives  of  com- 
merce to  shake  hands  with  and  encourage  those  who  were 
seeking  to  allj  science  more  and  more  closely  with  the 
trade  and  commerce  of  the  country. 

The  vote  was  then  put  by  the  President  and  was  carried 
by  acclamation. 

Reception   \m>  Smoking  Concert. 

At  8  00  members  and  friends  were  received  by 

the  President  in  the  galleries  of  the  Royal  Institute  of 
Painters  in  Water  Colours.  The  President  was  supported 
by  Sir  John  Evans,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Sit  1'.  A.  Abel.  K.C.B., 
F.R.S.,  Mr.  L.Mond,  F.R.S.,  Mr.  E.  Rider  Cook,  Mr.  E. 
K.  Muspratt,  Colonel  Gamble,  Professors  Campbell  Brown, 
Clowes,  W.  Foster,  Henderson,  and  Ramsay,  witli  several 
members  of  Council. 

From  9  p.m.  to  11.30  p.m.  a  capital  selection  of  vocal  and 
instrumental  music  was  performed  under  the  direction  of 
Mr.  .1    C.  Butterfield,  J'.I.C.  l'.C.S. 

The  following  programme  was  provided  :  — 

i.         "Strike  che  Lyre." . ( 

Messi     Bai    b     Bryant,  Campbell,  and  Butterfield. 

"Nymphs  vm'  Shepherds." II.  Para  11. 

M  ■    Ethel  Winn. 


S"l"  (violin)  . 


(a.     Rom  ihce  ' 
■■■'/,.  "C  iprice" 
Mr.  Percy  Ould. 


.ErsfcM. 

! 


Song. 


"The  Fi.i.iiii  op   Iges    F.  I: 

w  . .  i:  ,,ii\  Minim:.'. 

"A      i        tiKO  Song" Blumenthal. 

Mr.Bdvvin  t:> 

-  I'm   S  iiLOR  Sighs    .if.  "    B 

Miss  Emily  Hinting  and  Mr.  Kirkley  Campbell. 

)3    "NOVELLETTEN" 

Messrs.  Ould,  ('.  Zimmcniiaim.  and  Mi-s  Adelaide  Thomas. 

Sons '"I'm    Two  Grenadiers ' Schumann! 

Mr.  J.  C.  Butterfield. 

ig "Tine  lluTiisi  Land" Hatton. 

Messrs.  Barnby,  Bryant,  Campbell,  and  Butterfield. 

Humorous  Song.. "The  Lai  op  the  vert  Lasi  Minstrel." 
Mr.  Lovett  King. 

tM {"S-aSS«^       I  "■■"■'"■ 

M     -i  .  Barnby,  Bryant, Campbell, and  Butterfield. 

Duet (i  i  ii  1 1  We- Two  were  Mating!"...^.  U 

Miss  Emilj  Hinting  and  Mr.  J.  C.  Butterfield. 

"Whes    Love  is  Kind" Moore. 

Miss  Ethel  Winn. 

Solo  (Pianoforte).."  Rhapsodie  Hongroise "  (No. 8) Liszt. 

Miss  Adelaide  Tbi 

Song I     :    I      <   Dream" P.  H.  Coweii 

Miss  Emily  Himing. 

Song "ANNABEL!!     I.  II       li.Lsslie. 

Mr.  Kirklej  Campbell. 

■I       iMont  " ]'■• 

ili.  ■    lann. 

,  ,,  !        dial Fit  mining. 

"' IS,  "LoVEtl    Xi..iit      Ckvntd. 

"SnNSniNi    ind  Rain" Blumeniltal. 

Mr.  .1.  i'.  Hutti  hi 

.....  "Tin:  Poi  i.  \   ind  the  Choir  Boy." 

Mr.  1  i 


SECOND    DAY.— Thursday,  July  21st. 

The  Visits  to  Works  ox  the  Thames. 

The  members  of  the  Society  were  conveyed  by  the 
steamer  "Mermaid"  from  Charing  Cross  Pier,  in  two 
parties,  one  specially,  so  as  to  see  other  works,  and  the 
second  party  to  visit,  first — 

1.  The  Deptfosd  Station  of  the  London  Electric 
Supply  Corporation. 

The  visitors  were  conducted  round  the  work- or  station 
by  Professor  Fleming,  F.K.S.,  the  consulting  electrician, 
who  explained  all  the  details  of  the  apparatus  and  process. 

This  great  electric  lighting  station  wa-  designi  d  by 
Mr.  Ferrauti  with  the  object  of  supplying  a  large  area  of  the 
Metropolis  with  alternating  electric  currents  from  a  station 
situated  considerably  outside  the  limits  of  the  area  to  be 
served.  A  site  was  selected  by  the  Corporation  on  the 
hanks  of  the  Thames,  not  very  far  distant  from  Greenwich 
Hospital,  and  here  the  station  buildings  were  erected.  The 
building  is  a  brick  and  stone  structure,  about  210  ft.  long  by 
195  ft.  in  breadth.  The  engine  and  dynamo  room  is  divided 
into  two  bays,  separated  by  a  row  of  cast-iron  columns.  A 
longitudinal  girder  is  carried  down  both  sides  of  each  bay 
ou  the  tops  of  these  columns  as  well  as  ou  the  wall 
buttresses,  and  support-  the  two  large  overhead  travelling 
cranes,  each  capable  of  lifting  50  tons.  The  roof.au  iron 
and  glass  structure,  is  inn  ft.  from  the  floor.  The  boiler- 
room  is  designed  to  contain  two  tiers  of  Babcock  and  Wilcox 
water-tube  boilers.  Of  these  the  24  boilers  forming  the 
lower  tier  are  already  in  place.  At  each  end  of  the  boiler- 
room  rises  a  smoke-stack,  divided  into  four  separate  shafts 
by  partitions,  and  each  batch  of  six  boilers  sends  its  furnace 
gases  into  one  quarter  of  the  chimney.  The  height  of  the 
shaft  is  150  ft.  The  feed-water  supply  i-  taken  from  a 
large  tank  capable  of  holding  800,000  gallons  of  water.  The 
boilers  are  each  nominally  of  500  horse-power,  and  are 
arranged  in  lour  batches  of  six  each.  Beneath  the  boilers 
is  placed  a  forced  draught  engine  to  facilitate  steam- 
generation  during  sudden  loads.  A  noteworthy  feature  of 
the  steam  supply  system  is  the  multiple  steam-pipe, 
employed  to  obviate  the  lisks  incurred  by  the  use  of  single 
Steam-piping  of  large  diameter.  Mr.  Ferranti  invented  this 
new  safety  steam-piping,  and  it  consists  of  a  knee  pipe 
formed  of  a  bunch  of  smaller  solid-drawn  copper  tubes. 

At  Deplford  one  multiple  Ferranti  pipe  delivers  steam  to 
a  pair  of  700  horse-power  engines  130  ft.  away  from  the 
boilers,  with  a  loss  of  not  more  than  5  per  cent,  of  pressure. 
All  the  steam-piping  at  the  Deptford  station  is  erected  on 
this  system. 

The  steam-generating  plant  delivers  steam  to  four  engines, 
two  of  1,500  horse-power  and  two  of  700  horse-power.  They 
are  all  compound  Corliss  engines.  The  fly-wheel  of  the 
two  smaller  engines  is  24  ft.  in  diameter  and  weighs  35 
tons.  It  drives  its  associated  dynamo  by  17  ropes  running 
in  grooves  in  the  fly-wheel  edge.  The  smaller  engines  an 
horizontal  ones,  the  larger  ones,  vertical  engines,  having  a 
fly-wheel  22  ft.  in  diameter  and  weighing  60  ten-.  The 
driving-power  i-  transmitted  to  the  dynamo  by  40  live-inch 
ropes,  running  in  grooves  in  the  periphery  of  the  fly-wheel. 
The  two  700  horse-power  engines  drive  each  a  625  horse- 
power alternating-current  dynamo,  which  generates  current 
at  2,400  volt-,  and  thi-  pressure  is  raised  to  10,000  wits  by 
means  of  step-up  transformers.  The  fields  are  excited  by 
mean-  of  a  Siemens  direct-current  dynamo, driven  by  rope 
gearing  from  the  dynamo-shaft,  These  exciters  furnish 
current  at  100  volts  up  to  98  or  100  amperes,  the  maximum 
exciting  current  required.  The  speed  of  the  armature  is 
250  revolutions  per  minute.  The  two  larger  dynamos  are 
each  of  1,250  horsepower,  and  generate  current  directly 
at  In, nun  volts.  In  these  machines  an  enormous  grooved 
pulley  is  the  most  striking  feature.  The  armature  is  about 
13  ft.  in  diameter.  The  exciting  current  is  about  400 
amperes  at  50  volts.  These  armatures  are  driven  at  208 
revolutions  a    minute,  and  can  furnish   a  maximum  current 

of    Inn  amperes  at    In. i   volts,  or   sufficient    to  maintain 

30,000  30- Watt  lamps.      The   current  is   led  out  of  one  side 
of  the  armature  by  a  copper  rod  insulated  in  the  interior  of 


July  so,  1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


570 


the  armature  shafts  by  an  ebonite  tube.  The  other  end  of 
the  armature  is  in  conducting  connexion  with  the  frame 
of  the  machine.  One  pole  of  t lie  machine  is  thus  always 
"  to  earth  "  and  the  other  pole,  or  "live  pole,"  is  insulated 
and  sends  current  through  the  collector  rings  to  the  mains. 
These  mains  run  to  the  four  distributing  stations  in  London, 
viz.,  Grosvenor,  Trafalgar,  Blackfriars,  and  I'imlico  stations. 
The  approximate  length  of  each  main  is  six  miles.  The 
object  of  i la  "earthing"  system  above  referred  to,  is  to 
prevent  any  sudden  alteration  of  pressure  on  the  inner  or 
live  side  of  the  main.  If  a  dynamo  has  both  poles  insulated, 
then  assuming  it  to  he  giving  a  mean  potential  difference  of 
10,000  volts,  each  pole  is  alternately  5,000  volts  above  and 
5,000  volts  below  the  earth,  in  potential.  If  by  any  means 
one  pole  of  the  dynamo  is  put  to  earth,  the  potential  change 
of  the  other  pole  will  he  altered,  and  will  change  from 
10,00(1  volts  above  to  10,000  volts  below  the  earth.  Sudden 
variations  of  pressure  might  thus  take  place  over  great 
ranges  due  to  accidental  earthing  of  one  side.  This  is 
avoided  by  leaving  one  side  permanently  earthed. 

In  the  sub-stations  are  [laced  sets  of  the  150  horse-power 
transformers,  which  can  be  connected  as  desired  on  the 
high-tension  side  to  one  or  other  of  the  trunk  mains  which 
enter  the  station.  In  these  transformer  chambers  measuring 
instruments  show  the  current  anil  pressure  on  each  side  of 
tin-  transformers.  The  substations  are  fireproof  chambers, 
having  channels  in  the  Uoor  to  receive  the  incoming  and 
outgoing  cables.  The  necessary  switch  gear  is  erected 
against  the  walls  and  in  the  centre  of  the  room. 

To  Professor  Fleming  indebtedness  is  due  for  the  infor- 
mation upon  which  the  foregoing  description  is  framed. 


2.  The  Works  os  tiih  Liniu:  British   Refrigerating 
Co.,  Limited, 

The  visitors,  in  alternate  parties,  according  to  arrange- 
ment, were  shown  over  the  works  of  this  company  a' 
Shadwell,  by  the  managing  director,  Mr.  T.  IS.  Lightfoot, 
Civ,  who,  with  his  representatives,  courteously  explained 
to  them  the  Linda  lefrigerating  process  and  its  operation, 
as  illustrating  a  problem  of  chemical  physics  on  a  huge 
scale  successfully  solved  in  the   interests  of  trade  industry. 

The  Linde  ice-making  plant  consists  of  three  parts,  viz., 
the  compressor,  the  condensor,  and  the  ice  generator,  with 
which  is  combined  the  refrigerator.  The  ammonia  com- 
pressor is  a  double-acting  pump,  an  important  feature  of 
which  is  the  stuffing-box,  which  is  specially  constructed 
SO  as  to  prevent  the  escape  of  the  ammonia  vapour.  In 
the  stuffing-box  there  are  two  systems  of  packing  with  a 
space  between  them,  and  a  small  pump  continually  forces 
a  thin  stream  of  oil  over  the  piston-rod,  which  is  thereby 
kept  perfectly  as  well  as  continuously  lubricated.  Thus, 
leakage  of  ammonia  is  almost  entirely  avoided,  and  the  value 
of  that  which  is  lost  is  inappreciably  small.  To  prevent  any 
of  the  sealing-liquid  entering  the  condenser  or  refrigerator 
coils,  and  so  reducing  their  efficiency,  a  collecting  vessel  is 
inserted  in  the  delivery  pipe  from  the  compressor.  The  liquid 
here  collected  is  taken  to  a  small  rectifying  apparatus,  in 
which  the  absorbed  ammonia  is  separated  from  the  oil,  and 
condensed  into  the  suction  pipe,  whilst  the  rectified  oil  is 
again  used  in  the  stuffing-box.  Chemists  like  the  use  of 
reliable  colour  indicators  of  the  completion,  or  even  con- 
dition at  certain  states  of  a  chemical  reaction,  and  in  the 
present  case  of  a  physical  process,  a  useful  indicator  is 
found  in  the  white  coating  of  frost  covering  the  suction 
pipes.  These  suction  pipes  must  always  thus  he  covered, 
and  so  he  white,  for  correct  working,  whilst  the  delivery 
pipes  must  he  just  hand-warm,  these  indicated  criteria 
testifying  to  proper  economy  in  working  the  machinery. 

The  ammonia  condenser  consists  of  a  number  of  wrought- 
iron  tubes,  each  welded  into  one  single  leugth.  These 
tubes  are  usually  formed  into  helical  coils  of  varying  sizes, 
placed  one  within  the  other  in  a  cylindrical  water-tank. 
The  compressed  ammonia  vapour  enters  these  coils  at  tin- 
top,  and  is  condensed  by  the  cooling  action  caused  by  the 
circulation  of  cold  water  in  the  tank. 

The  liquid  ammonia  is  then  led  hack  to  the  refrigerator 
through  a  regulating  valve. 


The  ice  generator  adopted  by  the  Linde  Company  consists 
of  a  wrought-iron  rectangular  tank  tilled  with  brine  and 
containing  in  its  lower  part  the  refrigerating  coils,  the  ice 
moulds  being  suspended  in  the  brine.  These  moulds  are 
placed  in  suspended  frames  running  on  wheels  upon 
horizontal  rails,  and  the  frame-sy  stems  can  be  moved  forwards 
or  backwards  by  suitable  gearing.  Moved  forwards,  the 
moulds  in  their  frames,  arranged  in  parallel  lines  (one  frame 
of  moulds  succeeding  another) — approach  that  end  of  the 
tank  at  which  the  completely  frozen  moulds  are  taken  out, 
thus  leaving  a  space  at  the  opposite  end  of  the  tank  where 
the  returned  and  empty  moulds  are  re-charged  with,  the  water 
to  be  frozen,  and  can  then  reenter  the  refrigerating  hath. 
The  process  is  thus  continuous,  and  as  regards  the  apparatus, 
circulatory.  When  one  row  of  moulds  has  reached  the  end 
of  the  tank  and  is  frozen  up,  it  (the  frame)  is  lifted  from  the 
tank  by  means  of  a  travelling  crane  and  is  for  a  brief  period 
lowered  into  a  long  narrow  tank  of  warm  water.  Here  the 
ice  becomes  detached  from  the  moulds,  and  on  raising  these 
in  their  frame  and  tilting  the  latter,  the  blocks  of  ice  slide 
out  upon  a  wooden  platform.  ( Inly  one  workman  is  required 
for  the  whole  of  the  water-charging  and  freezing  operations. 

lee  produced  from  water  without  special  precautions  is 
opaque  more  or  less.  To  produce  clear  or  "  crystal  "  ice, 
the  water  used  must  either  be  agitated  during  the  freezing 
process  to  expel  all  air,  or  distilled  water  must  lie  employed. 

The  latter  is  furnished  at  the  Linde  (' pain's  works  in  the 

boiler  house,  where  an  apparatus  is  at  work  for  utilising  the 
exhaust  steam  from  the  engines,  after  being  condensed  and 
filtered.  The  condeuser  is  of  the  surface  type.  In  full 
work  about  60  tons  of  condensed  water  are  produced  per 
24  hours. 

The  blocks  of  iee  as  furnished  by  the  moulds  weigh  about 
2  cwt.  each  for  the  larger  set  of  moulds,  and  1  cwt.  each  for 
the  smaller.  The  opaque  ice  in  large  blocks  is  chiefly 
crushed,  and  in  this  condition  the  company  sometimes 
supplies  to  fishing-boats  alone  as  much  as  75  tons  of 
crushed  ice  per  day. 

The  capacity  of  the  plant  is  about  150  tons  of  ice  in  24 
hours,  the  equivalent  of  some  20  tons  of  which  is  used  for 
cooling  air  for  cold  storage. 


3.  The  Union  Oh.  and  Oil-cake  .Mills,  Limited. 

After  inspecting  the  Deptford  Electric  .Station  and  the 
Linde  lee  Company's  works,  Shadwell,  the  visitors  pro- 
ceeded to  the  Globe  Pier  for  the  Union  Oil  and  ( lake  Mills, 
Limited,  at  Rotherhithe,  where  they  were  met  by  the 
director,  Mr.  Alan  Lambert,  who  with  his  manager  and 
others,  showed  them  the  plant  and  processes.  These  pro- 
cesses excited  a  great  deal  of  attention  and  interest,  and  a 
proportionately  large  share  of  gratitude  is  due  to  Mr  Lam- 
bert and  his  company  for  throwing  open  their  doors  so 
unreservedly  to  the  visitors. 

The  factory  has  been  established  for  over  SO  years,  and 
is  now  capable  of  dealiug  with  from  six  to  seven  huudred 
tous  of  seed  per  week.  The  processes  include  linseed  and 
cotton-seed  crushing,  oil-boiling  and  refining.  The  cotton 
seed  is  imported  from  Egypt.  The  seed  warehouses  front 
the  River  Thames,  so  that  the  seed  is  lauded  direct  from 
the  barges,  and  then  distributed  by  hoists  and  elevators 
to  the  several  floors.  In  the  warehouse  there  is  storage 
room  for  1,5(10  to  2,000  tons  of  seed.  The  raw  seed  is 
first  passed  through  a  set  of  chilled  iron  rollers,  where 
it  is  thoroughly  broken  up.  It  is  then  "  picked  up  "  by 
elevators  and  passed  into  a  kettle  'sufficiently  heated  to 
allow  of  the  oil  being  freely  expressed  in  a  subsequent 
operation.  The  requisite  quantity  of  meal  to  form  a  cake 
is  drawn  from  the  kettle  into  a  mould,  from  which  it  is 
immediately  passed  into  the  hydraulic  presses.  The  greater 
part  of  the  oil  is  thus  expressed,  leaving  however  a 
sufficient  residue  in  the  meal  to  form  a  cake  of  the  desired 
composition.  The  sufficiently  pressed  cakes  are  now 
removed,  and  after  having  their  rough  edges  taken  off  by  a 
kind  of  shearing  apparatus,  they  an-  placed  in  racks  to  cool, 
ami  are  then  ready  for  the  market. 

Linseed  Cake,  as  is  well  known,  is  the  most  valuable 
artificial  food  for  cattle. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30, 1892. 


Cotton-seed  Cuke  is  coining  into  increasing  favour  for 
sheep    and    dairy     farmers.     These    two    articles    further 

I ess  a  hit  high  mannrial  value,  a  point  often  overlooked 

in  estimating  their  value. 

The  oils,  flowing  from  the  presses,  are  pumped  into  large 
tanks.  ,,f  which  there  i>  a  storage  capacity  for  501)  tons. 

\  ery  different  proportions  of  oil  are  obtained  from  the 
two  materials  linseed  and  cotton  seed,  linseed  furnishing 
under  the  treatment  sketched  upwards  of  40  per  cent,  of 
oil,  whilst  cotton  seed  yields  not  more  than  from  24  to 
25  per  cent.  It  may  also  lie  mentioned  that  besides  the 
lesser  yield  of  oil  from   cotton  seed,  the  trouble  of  difficult 

and  imperfect  or  rather  wasteful  decortication,  andes] ialh 

that  of  the  colouring  matter  and  tannin  present,  are  a 
constant  source  of  worry  to  the  cotton-oil  extractor.  The 
tannin  i-  doubtless  derived  from  the  shells,  and  oil  con 
taining  much  of  it,  when  stored  in  iron  vessels,  or  otherwise 
brought  in  contact  with  iron,  is  liable  to  turn  a  dark  purple 
colour  i  sec  this  Journal,  1885,  71!)  — 721). 

Boiled  Oil. — The  capacity  of  the  plant  for  this  product 
is  equal  to  an  output  of  100  to  120  tons  per  week.  The 
process  is  one  of  oxidation,  for  which  each  manufacturer 
lias  his  own  particular  method,  the  chemical  agents  known 
as  "  driers "  being  introduced,  whilst  the  oil  is  meanwhile 
raised  to  a  high  temperature. 

Refined  ( 'otten  Oil. — The  plant  here  is  capable  of  turning 
out  150  to  200  tons  per  week.  The  refining  process 
involves,  broadly  stated,  the  breaking  up  and  removal  of 
the  colouring  matter  contained  in  the  crude  oil,  by  means 
of  a  treatment  with  alkali,  followed  by  a  settling  process 
(see  this  Journal,  IH92,  619). 

The  crude  oil,  which  is  very  dark  owing  to  its  containing 
colouring  and  mucilaginous  matters  derived  from  the  seed, 
is  filtered  through  rough  filters  made  up  of  layers  of 
sawdust,  cotton  waste,  and  sacking,  and  transferred  to  vats 
in  which  it  is  raised  to  a  temperature  of  100°  F.  An 
aqueous  solution  of  can-tie  soda,  of  a  strength  of  16:  R., 
is  prepared,  and  some  4  or  5  per  cent,  of  it  allowed  to 
come  in  contact  with  the  oil  by  distribution  through  a 
sprinkler  consisting  of  a  pipe  bent  into  the  form  of  a  circle 
and  disposed  a  few  inches  above  the  surface  of  the  oil. 
While  the  addition  of  the  alkali  is  being  made  the  oil  is 
agitated  by  means  of  a  current  of  air,  and  full  admixture 
is  thus  obtained.  The  colouring  matter  and  other  im- 
purities are  soluble  in  caustic  lye  under  these  conditions. 
It  is  owing  to  the  treatment  with  caustic  soda  that  cotton- 
seed oil  is.  if  freshlj  refined,  almost  entirely  free  from  fatty 
acid,  whereas  other  oils — like  rape,  for  example — which 
are  refined  by  treatment  with  sulphuric  acid,  invariably 
contain  it  in  greater  or  less  amount.  There  is  no  real 
reason,  other  than  the  slight  extra  expense  due  in  the  first 
case  to  the  cost  of  alkali,  and  iu  the  second  to  the  additional 
shrinkage  that  the  oil  would  undergo,  why  rape  oil,  whose 
freedom  from  free  fatty  acid  is  important  in  regard  to  its 
use  in  railway  lamps,  should  not  be  washed  with  caustic 
alkali  after  the  regular  refining  process  has  been  completed. 
It  i-  also  evident  that  a  considerable  economy  might  he 
effected  by  substituting  soda  ash  for  caustic  soda  whenever 
possible  ;  it  seems  reasonable  to  suppose  that  it  would  be 
equally  effective  in  removing  free  fatty  acid,  and  it  would 
not  tend  to  cause  the  partial  saponification  of  the  neutral 
oil  itself.  The  question  of  residuals  in  oil  refining  is  of 
importance,  because  when  a  refiner  has  to  sell  a  residue 
from  the  refining  proces-.  it  is  seldom  that  he  can  obtain 
the  market  value  calculated  on  the  content  of  oily  matter 
that  it  possesses. 


Erith  was  reached  about  1.30  p.m.,  and  here  a  sumptuous 
lunch  was  given  by  <  has.  Beadle,  Esq.,  at  the  wharf.  A 
vote  of  thanks  for  this  generous  hospitality  was  unanimously 
accorded  to  Mr.  Beadle.  Mr.  Tyrer  then  moved,  and  the 
President  warmly  supported,  a  vote  of  thanks  to  the  General 
Secretary,  Mr.  Creswell,  for  his  services  in  connection  with 
the  meeting.  One  party  then  proceeded  to  the  works  of 
Messrs.  Easton  and  Anderson,  and  the  other  to  the  extensive 
works  of — 


4.    The    Maxim-Xokukm-klih     <ii\     v\i>     AiniranuN 
Company,  Limited, 

By  the  courtesy  of  the  managing  director.  Captain  H.  D. 
Acland,  the  members  of  the  Society  were  enabled  to  inspect 
the  processes  carried  out  in  this  remarkable  factory,  under 
the  guidance  of  the  obliging  superintendent,  Mr.  J.  W. 
Wainwright.  But  their  very  special  thanks  are  also  due  to 
Mr.  Hiram  Maxim,  who  kindly  explained  his  remarkable 
inventions  to  the  visitors  anil  exhibited  specimens  of  them. 

The  buildings  ol  tie-  factory  enclose  an  enormous  space, 
the  main  machinery  block,  measuring 400  ft.  by  250  ft.  ft 
is  divided  into  14  bays  of  about  "25  ft.  span  each,  and  in 
this  huge  shop  there  are  more  than  700  machines  of  the 
most  modern  pattern.  The  factory  is  divided  into  depart- 
ments for  gun  building. shell,  carriage,  gun-fitting,  sighting. 
Nordenfelt  machine  guns  and  Maxim  apparatus,  the  latter 
being  chiefly  devoted  to  tlie  Maxim  guns.  Outside  the 
shops  is  a  furnace  50  ft.  high,  in  which  guns  ate  oil  tem- 
pered and  hardened.  Elsewhere  are  separate  departments 
for  the  manufacture  of  shells  and  fuses  of  all  kinds,  and 
for  the  browning  and  annealing  of  shells,  as  also  for  the 
browning  and  plating  of  the  guns  and  their  fittings.  The 
steel  that  i>  used  at  Erith  has  a  breaking  strain  of  40  tons 
per  square  inch,  with  an  elongation  varying  between  17  and 
25  per  cent,  in  a  length  of  2  in.  It  is  interesting  to  note  how 
much  of  the  work  is  done  from  the  solid.  There  is  a  collec- 
tion to  be  seen  of  all  the  forms  of  Maxim  guns  from  the 
tii-t  to  the  latest  and  most  improved,  an  interesting  object- 
lesson  or  study  of  one  department  of  evolution.  Con- 
spicuous among  the  objects  displayed  iu  the  gun  depart- 
ment are  arms  of  the  larger  calibres,  fitted  with  the  bcli- 
eoidal  breech  mechanism  lately  introduced,  and  lending 
itself  to  a  greater  rapidity  of  fire  than  is  possible  with  the 
old  method.  In  the  matterof  functional  capacity,  the  shops 
can  turnout  600  6-pounder  Nordenfeldt  guns  per  annum, 
besides  a  number  ranging  up  to  0-in.  calibre,  or  from  700 
to  1,000  Maxim  guns  of  the  English  small-bore  or  Martini- 
Henry  rifle  calibre.  Shells  can  be  supplied  at  the  rate  of 
4,000  per  week,  and  fuses  to  the  extent  of  half  a  million  per 
annum. 

The  Maxim  ;un  tested  by  Government  iu  18S7  was  only 
stipulated  to  fulfil  the  conditions  that  it  was  not  to  exceed 
100  lb.  in  weight,  was  to  fire  400  rounds  in  one  miuute,  600 
iu  two,  and  1,000  in  four  minutes.  However,  in  a  final  test, 
one  of  the  guns  tested  fired  off  a  maximum  of  1,000  rounds 
in  one  minute  and  a  half  !  To  prevent  overheating  of  the 
weapon  by  such  tapid  firing,  the  barrel  of  the  gun  is 
enclosed  in  a  water-jacket.  Even  then  it  i-  found  that,  after 
600  consecutive  rounds,  the  water  begins  to  boil.  This 
water  is  in  actual  contact  with  the  barrel  for  about  two- 
thirds  of  its  length,  and  is  automatically  admitted  from  a 
small  cistern,  into  the  barrel-casing,  by  the  recoil  of  the 
barrel,  escaping  eventually  as  steam  at  the  end  of  the  tube 
near  the  muzzle  of  the  gun.  The  gun  lias  a  single  barrel 
arranged  in  such  wise,  that  the  slight  recoil  in  its  bearings 
on  firing  acts  on  the  feeding  and  firing  gear,  so  as  to  load 
and  discharge  the  next  round.  Whilst  the  supply  of  cart- 
ridges lasts  therefore,  the  gun  will  fire  round  after  round. 
Simply  by  the  force  of  the  recoil  the  empty  case  i-  extracted 
and  ejected,  the  next  round  brought  into  position,  pus  lied 
home,  and  the  gun  cocked  and  then  tired  as  the  striker  is 
liberated.  This  automatic  action  renders  it  only  necessary 
to  hold  back  the  trigger,  to  continue  the  firing  until  all  the 
cartridges  in  the  belt  are  exhausted.  Thus  the  single  man 
in  charge  of  the  weapon  can  devote  his  whole  attention  to 
aiming.  A  further  point  of  the  Maxim  system  is  the  fact 
that  the  gun  ceases  to  fire  iu  the  event  of  a  miss-tire. 
Jamming  is  thus  avoidable.  The  mechanism  finally  can 
with  ease  be  taken  out,  cleaned,  and  oiled  by  hand  without 
instruments.  If  necessary  to  abandon  the  gun,  it  i-  also 
possible  to  remove  the  breech-block  containing  nearlv  the 
whole  of  its  mechanism,  and  carry  it  away  off  the  field. 
The  function  of  the  6-pounder  Nordenfelt  quick-firing  gun  is 
to  pierce  the  unarmoured  batteries  or  ends  of  vessels  and 
even  to  penetrate  light  armour  plating. 

It  must  be  added  that  Mr.  Maxim  explained  to  the  visitors 
the  mechanism  of  his  remarkable  guns,  and  himself  illustrated 
its    perfections,  by   filing    a   great    many    rounds  of    blank 


July  .in.  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


581 


cartridge  in  an  incredibly  short  space. of  time.  Iu  answer  to 
a  question  by  a  visitor,  Mr.  Maxim  said  he  knew  no  sub- 
stance that  could  withstand  the  continued  impact  of  even  a 
small  1 1 ■ ) •  ■  j •  of  grease,  fired  from  our  of  his  guns.  Be  had 
thus  penetrated  a  plate  of  steel,  and  even  one  of  platinum. 

The  historic  collection  of  guns  illustrating  the  different 
stages  in  the  development  of  the  complete  invention  of  the 
Maxim  gun  as  it  now  is,  was  also  explained  in  an 
interesting  and  racy  manner  by  the  distinguished  inventor, 
and  he  also  referred  to  the  event  which  fust  suggested  to  his 
mind  the  idea  of  utilising  the  recoil  of  a  gun  through  the 
reaction  of  a  spring  for  discharging  spent  cartridge  and 
recharging  the  weapon.  This  was  during  the  late  American 
war,  when  after  repeatedly  tiring  a  musket  he  found  his 
shoulder  black  and  blue.  He  mentioned  the  idea  of  utilising 
the  recoil  to  his  father,  who  discouraged  it,  but  Maxim 
persevered,  with  the  results  so  well  illustrated  on  this 
present  occasion. 

Captain  II.  D.  Acland  furnished  the  following  particulars 

as  t<>  thr  fulminates  and  explosive  agents  used  for  lusts, 
shells.  &c,  in  the  Maxim-Nordenfell  factory. 

We  are  passing  through  a  stage  of  transition,  leaving 
mechanically  mixed  and  old-fashioned  powders  behind  us, 
and  adopting  chemical  products  which  do  the  work  required 
with  more  certainty  ,  economy,  and  efficiency.  This  change 
will  without  doubt  alter  considerably  the  whole  science  of 
artillery,  and  lead  to  corresponding  and  mechanical  changes 
in  the  nuns  themselves.  The  fulminates  used  for  fuses 
eonsist  of  a  mixture  of  fulminate  of  mercury,  chlorate  of 
potash,  ami  sulphide  of  antimony  in  proportions  determined 
by  a  series  of  experiments  according  to  the  sensitiveness 
required.  Further  experiments  have  then  to  be  made  to 
determine  the  pressure  to  be  applied  to  the  compound  to 
form  it  into  a  cap  of  the  necessary  density  without  sacrificing 
its  sensitiveness. 

The  fuses  are  manufactured  to  -j-rr'irnth  of  an  inch  with 
regard  to  their  mechanical  parts,  are  put  together  without 
safety-pins  or  any  other  external  protection  against  accident, 
are  absolutely  safe  to  handle,  and  undergo  all  the  rough 
treatment  in  the  services,  and  yet  when  fired  are  so  sensitive 
that  the  impact  of  a  fj,  in.  metal  plate  will  not  fail  to  set 
them  in  action  and  burst  the  shell. 

The  following  powders  are  those  we  chiefly  use  : — 

For  shells,  the  strongest  and  best  class  of  fine-grain 
powders,  and  for  gnus  through  the  whole  range  of  R.  L.  (i. 
atal  quick-firing  orlj.F.  powders,  until  we  come  to  the 
moulded  or  prismatic  black  and  brown  powders,  whilst  in 
smokeless  powders,  after  many  trials,  we  find  that  Ballistite, 
manufactured  under  Nobel's  patents,  of  different  sizes  ot 
grain  and  of  different  forms,  has  given  by  far  the  must 
satisfactory  results. 


5.  Messes.   Easton    and  Anderson's   Engineering 
Works. 

Besides  possessing  a  most  extensive  ironworks,  machine, 
and  guu  factory  at  Erith,  this  firm  has  a  process  and 
apparatus  for  the  purification  of  water,  iu  which  the  scrap, 
finely  divided,  or  spongy  iron  may  be  usefully  employed. 
W.  Anderson  (Eng.  Pat.  7665,  May  13,  1884  ;  this  Journal, 
1884,  529)  patented  this  process  in  1884.  The  water  supply 
of  Antwerp  is  purified  by  it.  The  passage  of  the  water 
through  the  cistern  or  apparatus  containing  the  finely 
divided  iron  is  continuous,  and  the  meaus  adopted  for 
ensuring  the  cleanliness  of  the  metallic  particles  makes  it 
unnecessary  to  prolong  the  period  of  contact.  Thus,  the 
maximum  effect  of  purification  on  Antwerp  water  is  pro- 
duced in  3'5  minutes.  The  quantity  of  iron  going  into 
solution  amounts  to  0-1  grain  per  gallon.  More  iron  is 
taken  up  by  longer  contact,  but  the  purification  is  not 
materially  increased. 

(I.  11.  Ogston  shows  that  the  albuminoid  ammonia  in 
waters  is  thus  reduced  to  from  one-half  to  one-third  of  the 
amount  originally  present,  and  the  nitrogenous  matter 
remaining  behind  entirely  resists  the  further  action  of  the 
in. ii.  Ogston  has  also  shown  that  water  so  purified  is 
practically  sterilised.     As  to  the  apparatus,  a  wrought-iron 


revolving  cylinder  is  used,  and  means  of  agitating  or  stirring 
up  the  particles  of  metal  are  adopted,  so  that  this  metal 
may  continually,  or  frequently,  suffer  abrasion  and  so  sur- 
face cleansing.  Operating  with  15,000,000  gallons  of  water 
per  diem,  the  cost  per  million  gallons  is  9s.  {Jd.  ;  also  about 
28  lb.  of  iron  are  used  per  million  gallons  of  water  purified. 
For  fuller  details  anil  illustrations  ste  this  Journal,  1885, 
544 — 545.  The  visitors  had  now  the  advantage  of  a  personal 
inspection  of  the  apparatus  needed  for  this  process,  as  well 
as  that  of  seeing  an  engineering  works  of  such  vast  extent, 
and  possessing  so  many  interesting  examples  of  hydraulic 
machinery,  for  which  the  firm  is  famous.  In  the  foundries, 
provision  was  made  for  running  a  special  easting  whilst  the 
visitors  were  present. 


Tin:  Dinner. 

At  6.30  about  140  members  and  their  friends  left  the 
'"Mermaid,"  and  adjourned  to  the  ''Ship"  at  Greenwich 
for  the  annual  dinner. 

The  President,  Professor  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  F.R.S., 
occupied  the  Chair. 

In  proposing  the  first  toast,  "  The  Queen  and  the  Royal 
Family,"  the  President  said  that  Her  Majesty  hail  in  the 
year  gone  by  passed  through  one  of  the  many  sad  ex- 
periences of  her  somewhat  chequered  life.  He  was  sure 
that  all  present  sympathised  with  her  in  that  most  recent 
sorrow  that  had  east  a  shadow  on  her  later  days,  and  would 
delight  in  an  opportunity  of  showing  once  more  their 
loyalty  to  her  by  expressing  their  wishes  for  her  continued 
health  and  happiness. 

The  toast  having  been  loyally  honoured, — 
Mr.  Ridfb  Cook  proposed  "The  Society  of  Chemical 
Industry."  In  doing  so  he  explained  that  he  was  taking 
the  part  assigned  to  Sir  Frederick  Abel,  who  had  telegraphed 
that  he  was  unable  to  attend  in  consequence  of  an  attack  of 
neuralgia.  He  regretted  Sir  Frederick  s  absence  on  account 
both  of  its  cause  and  its  effect,  it  being  difficult  to  supply 
the  place  of  so  accomplished  an  after-diuner  speaker. 
However,  he  accepted  the  responsibility  which  had  been 
cast  upon  him,  partly  because  it  would  ill  become  him  to 
refuse  any  service  which  he  could  render  to  the  Society,  and 
partly  because  the  toast  entrusted  to  him  was  one  which  he 
could  propose  from  the  bottom  of  his  heart.  The  Society 
had  now  existed  for  eleven  years,  and  had  made  a  distinct 
mark  for  the  better  upon  the  industry  of  the  country.  The 
influence  of  its  Journal  alone  had  effected  a  vast  amount  of 
good ;  but  he  believed  that  the  past  record  of  the  Society 
was  small  as  compared  with  what  its  future  would  be,  if  those 
who  were  present  not  only  drank  to  the  toast,  but  tried  to 
work  for  the  Society  each  in  his  own  way.  They  had  already 
nearly  3,000  members,  and  there  was  no  reason  why  that 
number  should  not  soon  be  doubled.  Large  numbers  of  the 
manufacturers  of  this  country  were  still  jogging  along  in  the 
old-fashioned  rule-of- thumb  way,  and  had  not  thought  of 
calling  to  their  aid  all  the  resources  of  chemistry  and 
science.  In  proof  of  that  he  would  mention  that  only  last 
autumn,  while  travelling,  he  happened  upon  a  porcelain 
factory  of  an  interesting  character,  and  sought  per- 
mission to  see  over  it.  Holding  the  positiou  he  did,  he 
ventured  to  ask  that  he  might  be  shown  over  by  the 
chemist  of  the  establishment.  To  his  astonishment  he 
was  told  that  they  had  "  not  got  a  chemist."  The  manager 
explained  that  the  reputation  of  the  factory  was  so  good 
that  they  did  not  need  such  an  assistant.  Iu  the  course  of 
the  inspection,  he  showed  among  other  specimens  kept  iu 
what  was  known  as  the  "  museum,"  a  certain  pot  which  he 
said  they  had  endeavoured  to  manufacture  to  meet  German 
competition,  which  specimen,  however,  was  the  only  one 
they  had  ever  succeeded  in  getting  of  the  exact  colour 
required.  This  gave  him  the  opportunity  of  retorting  "  My 
friend,  you  have  advanced  exactly  the  argument  that  I 
should  have  wished  to  use  to  you  in  advising  you  to  at 
once  start  a  laboratory  aud  become  a  member  of  the  Society 
of  Chemical  Industry.  There  is  no  such  thing  as  chance 
in  dealing  with  substances  and  forces ;  and  if  you  had  had 
a  chemist  here  he  would  in  all  probability  have  seized  upon 
the  conditions  which  gave  the  colour  you  wanted  in  that 
instance,  and  would  have  been  able  to  reproduce  it."    While 


:,8-2 


THE  JOURNAL  Of  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30, 1893. 


that  sort  of  thing  unit  on  there  was  not  only  room  for  the 
Society  to  exist  but  to  expand  j  and  if  England  was  to  hold 
its  own  as  a  manufacturing  country  they  must  take  care 
that  every  manufacturer  to  whom  chemical  knowledge 
would  be  of  service  was  induced  to  open  a  laboratory  and 
bring  science  instead  of  rule  of  thu  1 1 1  •  to  bear  upon  his 
work.  Hariri";  saiil  that  there  was  room  for  the  Society 
to  expand,  he  would  take  this  opportunity  of  urging  that  the 
time  had  come  when  they  ought  to  have  a  bouse  of  their 
own.  He  would  like  to  see  the  money  they  had  saved, 
aided  by  some  generous  suhscriptions,  devoted  to  that 
purpose," and  in  that  house  he  would  like  to  see  a  room  in 
which  could  be  exhibited  diagrams,  plans,  models,  &e. :  and 
in  the  house  he  would  establish  a  registry  office  for  the 
purpose  of  bringing  chemists  who  wanted  situations  into 
connection  with  manufacturers  who  required  chemists.  Let 
them  with  their  eleven  years  of  success  hold  up  their  beads 
and  go  on.  Let  them  get  proper  head-quarters,  and  make 
use  of  them  not  only  as  a  laboratory  registry  office,  lint  as 
as  a  centre  to  which  their  country  members  could  come  and 
make  themselves  comfortable.  He  was  happy  in  the  toast 
entrusted  to  him,  because  he  had  to  couple  with  it  the  name 
of  the  President.  Those  who  had  had  the  privilege  of 
hearing  the  address  he  read  yesterday,  must  have  recognised 
the  fact  that  the  Society  was  happy  in  having  for  its  President 
onetimes  teachers  and  representatives  of  pure  science  and 
sometimes  manufacturers  who  were  conducting  their  business 
on  scientific  principles.  In  preparing  that  paper  the  President 
seemed  to  have  been  carried  away  from  the  laboratory 
and  the  lecture  table  and  to  speak  from  the  point  of  view  of  a 
manufacturer  and  a  member  of  the  Society.  The  paper  itself 
contained  much  that  would  set  them  all  thinking;  and  it 
would  be  strange  if  it  did  not  result  in  many  of  them  taking 
out  their  old  boilers  and  putting  gasitiers  in  their  places. 
lie  was  glad  to  associate  the  name  of  Professor  Emerson 
Reynolds  with  the  toast.  He  was  sure  they  would  drink  it 
with  enthusiasm  ;  but  he  hoped  that  they  would  not  be 
content  witli  that,  but  would  go  away  determined  each  one 
to  make  the  Society  a  greater  one  in  the  future  than  it  was 
that  day. 

The  President,  in  responding,  after  thanking  Mi.  Cook 
at.d   the  members   present    for   the   kind   allusions    to    and 

cordial  n ption  of  himself,  said  that  his  chief  duly  was  to 

aeknow  ledge  heartily  the  response  given  to  the  toast  of  the 
- t\  itself.  The  Society  represented  many  great  prin- 
ciples, one  of  the  most  important  id'  which  was  the  whole- 
some principle  of  decentralisation.  They  had  a  general 
body  controlling  the  various  Sections.  Those  Sections  did 
their  work  well,  and  each  contributed  to  the  sum  total  of 
the- effect    produced  by   the   Society  as   a  whole.     Hut  while 

leaving    each    Section     a    certain   amount    of     auton y, 

they  carried  the  principle  of  devolution  a  little  further  by 
placing  iu  the  hands  of  the  Publication  Committee  the  control 
over  matter  to  appear  iu  the  Journal.  His  own  experience  bad 
shown  In  in  that  the  members  of  that  ( lomnrittee  did  their  duty 
in  the  most  thorough  way.  Hut  the  principle  of  devolution 
..I  carried  further  still.  They  hail  admirable  chairmen  of 
Sections  in  the  general  work  of  government ;  they  had 
esc,  II, nt  secretaries  of  Sections  who  combined  in  the  work 
of  government  also.  Hut  while  the  principle  of  devolution 
acted  splendidly  in  those  directions,  it,  like  many  other 
good  principles,  broke  down  occasionally;  and  the  par- 
ticular way  in  which  it  seemed  to  him  to  break  down  was  in 
the  selection  of  the  President —speaking  from  his  own 
experience  only  for  he  considered  that  it  had  broken  down 
thoroughly  in  iiis  own  case.  Put  while  it  might  be  possible 
for  an    individual  President    to  lad,  the  Society   itself   never 

did  so,  but  was  always  ready  I letohisaid.     Mr.  Cook 

had  given  them  from  his  own  experience  a  remarkable 
instance  of  the  importance  of  a  knowledge  of  chemistry  in 
connection  with  the  porcelain  manufacture,  and  that  had 
brought  to  his  mind  a  similar  and  equally  striking  illustration. 

lie  happened  on   Oni casion  to  be    iii    the  company   of  an 

elderlj  gentleman  who  was  concerned  in  working  a  porcelain 
manufactory.  This  gentleman,  knowing  that  he  had  some- 
thing to  do  with  chemistry,  began  to  talk  in  the  usual  way 
about  his  business.  He  (Prof.  Reynolds)  commented 
on  tic  beauty  of  many  of  his  friend's  products  and  par- 
ticularly   on  'that  of  a  special  glaze.      His  friend   remaiked 


that  it  had  cost  him  a  lot  of  money  to  produce  it,  and  showed 
great  astonishment  when  he  ( Prof.  Reynolds)  expressed  his 
surprise  that  it  should  have  done  so,  as  he  presumed  that 
he  had  used  a  certain  method  which  need  not  be  an 
expensive  one.  His  friend  said  in  astonishment,  "  How  do 
you  know  that  ?  It  has  cost  me  20.000Z.  to  find  out  that 
secret  !  "  To  which  of  course  he  replied  that  he  was  sorry 
to  hear  it,  as  he  might  have  got  it  from  him  or  almost  any 
chemist  for  In/.  In  illustrating  the  same  point  with  greater 
force,  Mr.  Rider  Cook  had  thrown  out  a  suggestion  that 
seemed  to  him  a  very  practical  one,  namely,  the  idea  of 
extending  the  scope  and  usefulness  of  the  Society.  He 
hoped  that  that  suggestion  would  be  realised.  He  would 
not  go  further  into  the  question  then,  but  he  might  say  that 
the  enthusiasm  with  which  they  had  received  the  suggestion 
gave  him  good  reason  to  hope  that  Mr.  Rider  <  ook's  wishes 
would  be  carried  out. 

Col.  GAMBLE,  in  proposing  the  next  toast,  "Trade  and 
Commerce,"  said  that  he  felt  strongly  that  whoever  under- 
took to  speak  upon  a  matter  which  so  closely  affected 
the  hearths  and  homes  of  the  members  ought  to  be  able 
to  say  .something  instructive  upon  the  business  of  the 
country,  and  he  regretted  therefore  that  it  had  not 
been  entrusted  to  a  better  qualified  person,  lie  could  not 
say  of  himself,  as  it  had  been  said  of  many,  that  when  they 
got  into  the  troubles  of  pounds,  shillings  and  pence  they  lost 
their  taste  for  scientific  matters.  He  was  as  fond  of  chemistry 
as  anybody,  but  he  found  it  difficult  now  to  learn  what  was 
new  and  to  remember  what  lie  had  learnt,  lie  would  not 
attempt  to  say  anything  that  might  be  construed  into  advice 
as  to  what  they  should  do  in  the  future  or  comment  upon 
what  had  been  done  during  the  last  12  months  in  their 
branch  of  the  trade  of  the  work].  His  first  knowledge  of 
chemical  manufactures  began  65  years  ago.  He  did  not 
pretend  that  his  chemical  education  began  then,  but  at 
that  time  he  saw  in  his  father's  works  the  manufacture 
of  sulphuric  acid  as  carried  on  by  boys  with  iron  spoons 
and  a  mixture  of  nitrate  of  potash  and  sulphur.  The 
product  was  used  for  converting  sulphate  of  alumina 
into  potash  alum.  That  sulphuric  acid  was  worth  Is.  Bd. 
a  pound  in  those  days;  he  had  known  it  since  then  to  be 
worth  a  great  deal  less  than  one  farthing.  At  that  time, 
too,  he  bad  seen  common  salt  which  had  cost  more  than 
302.  a  ton  being  weighed  over  by  the  exciseman  as  it  was 
put  into  the  bleaching-powder  still,  where  it  was  mixed  with 
manganese.  The  product  of  that  decomposition  was  on  the 
one  hand  converted  into  sulphate  of  soda,  which,  he  was 
afraid,  was  sometimes  sold  as  Epsom  salts,  and  on  the  other 
hand  into  bleaching  powder  of  21  per  cent,  of  chlorine.  This 
latter  was  produced  by  spreading  powdered  lime  upon 
a  wooden  floor  and  inverting  upon  it  a  sheet-iron  vessel  of 
about  12  ft.  square  and  IS  in.  deep,  so  as  to  intermix  the 
chlorine  and  the  dust.  He  believed  it  answered  very  well 
for  the  bleaching-powder  which  was  made  in  those  days, 
but  it  would  not  do  now  that  they  had  to  make  it  of  36  per 
cent,  strength.  That  bleaching-powder  he  bad  seen  sold 
at  Is.  G</.  a  pound  ;  but  he  was  sorry  to  say  that  he  had 
had  to  sell  it  at  much  below  a  penny  per  pound  since.  He 
was  a  child  ill  those  days  and  he  was  telling  them  what  he 
saw,  not  what  he  did.  He  had,  however,  made  and  -old 
salt  cake  at  6/.  per  ton,  and  caustic  soda  at  20/.  per  ton, 
and  also  at  something  like  "I.  He  had  passed  through 
these  vicissitudes,  but  to  have  done  so  implied  that  old  age, 
which  he  must  ask  the  members  to  take  as  an  excuse  for 
his  having  nothing  more  interesting  and  instructive  to  say. 
He  was  consoled  to  some  extent  by  knowing  that  the 
gentleman  who  was  to  respond  to  the  toasl  was  free  from 
such  complaints  as  he  suffered  from;  at  any  rate  such 
illness  a-  he  might  have  experienced  had  not  prevented 
him  from  keeping  quite  up  to  date  in  all  matters  relating 
to  chemical   manufactures,     lie   was,  iu   fact,  an    example 

of  what  a   nc, facturing  chemist  ought  to  I.e.     lie  wished 

that  the  toast  le-  had  to  give  them  had  been  " The  Trade 
and  Commerce  of  this  Empire  ; "  but  he  would  follow 
orders,  for  the  trade  and  commerce  of  the  whole  world 
was  interesting  to  every  man  who  believed  in  the  progress 
of  his  fellow  creatures. 

Mr.  E.  K.  Mtst-KATT  responded,  and  iu  doing  so  remarked 
that  Mr.  Tyrer   had  committed  a   mistake — the  first  in  his 


July  80, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


r.83 


lii'i  m  asking  two  gentlemen  of  the  same  trade  to  propose 
and  respond  to  the  same  toast,  for  it  was  well  known  that 
two  of  a  trade  never  agree.  lie  was  glad  to  say,  however, 
that  the  members  of  the  alkali  trade  not  only  agreed  but 
had  united,  and  lie  hoped  that  the  United  Alkali  Company 
would  do  something  to  retain  the  commerce  in  chemical 
products  for  this  kingdom  as  against  the  world.  There 
could  be  no  doubt  that  trade  and  commerce  were  intimately 
related  to  chemistry,  and  that  they  were  naturally  dependent 
one  upon  the  other.  If  England  was  to  retain  its  com- 
mercial position  it  could  only  be  by  the  application  of 
scientific  knowledge  to  its  industries.  The  very  object  of 
the  Society  was  to  bring  about  a  closer  connection  between 
science  and  chemical  industry,  and  it  had  already  done  very 
much  towards  attaining  that  end.  At  the  present  moment, 
owing  to  the  Society's  Journal,  it  was  in  the  power  of  every 
one  connected  with  chemical  industry  to  know  what  was 
being  done  in  other  countries  in  that  direction.  Liebig  had 
said  .50  years  ago  that  the  civilisation  of  the  world  might  be 
measured  by  the  amount  of  soap  consumed,  and  its  industry 
by  the  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  produced.  That  was  still 
true  to  a  great  extent ;  and  he  regretted  to  say  that  England 
was  not  holding  now  the  position  it  held  50  years  ago  in 
relation  to  chemical  industry.  Englishmen  had  formidable 
competitors,  and  the  most  formidable  were  the  Germans, 
the  reason  being  that  the  Germans  sooner  than  they  had 
recognised  the  necessity  of  scientific  education.  The  United 
Alkali  Company  recognised  this  fully,  and  were  therefore 
happy  to  have  in  their  service  members  of  the  Society  who 
were  among  the  most  eminent  technical  chemists  in  the 
world.  They  had  erected  at  Widnes  a  very  complete 
chemical  laboratory  which  would  not  only  be  worthy  of  the 
great  company  to  which  it  belonged,  but  would  be  an 
example  to  all  the  other  chemical  industries  of  what  should 
be  done  if  they  were  to  hold  their  own  in  competition  with 
the  test  of  the  universe. 

Mr.  Lt/dwig  Mond,  in  proposing  "  Our  Visitors,"  said 
that  as  the  members  were  not  only  "industrious"  but  civil 
chemists,  he  had  no  doubt  that  they  would  join  most 
heartily  with  him  in  drinking  to  the  gentlemen  who  had 
honoured  the  Society  by  their  company  that  night.  They 
would  do  so  the  more  heartily  when  he  reminded  them  that 
their  visitors  of  to-night  had  in  many  cases  been  their  hosts 
throughout  the  day.  Some  of  their  hosts  of  the  morning 
were  unfortunately  unable  to  be  present  and  had  sent  letters 
expressing  their  deep  regret  thereat.  Among  these  were 
Mr.  .Maxim,  .Mr  Wainwright,  Capt.  Acland,  Dr.  Anderson, 
and  Mr.  Lambert,  of  the  Union  Oil  Mills,  all  of  whom  he 
was  Mire  they  would  include  in  the  toast.  The  gentlemen 
whose  names  he  especially  wished  to  associate  with  the 
toast  were  Mr.  Lightfoot  of  the  Linde  Pefrigerating  Com- 
pany, Mr.  Charles  lieadle,  who  had  so  sumptuously  enter- 
tained them  at  lunch  that  day,  and  his  own  personal  friend, 
Professor  Eleming,  who  had  so  ably  explained  to  them  the 
method  by  which  London  was,  in  future,  to  be  lighted  from 
Deptford.  It  gave  him  special  pleasure  to  couple  Professor 
Fleming's  name  with  the  toast  because  it  gave  him  an 
opportunity  of  expressing  the  admiration  he  felt  for  his 
work  generally,  and  more  particularly  for  his  excellent 
treatise  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  electric  transformation, 
a  work  which  was  highly  valued,  not  only  in  England  but 
throughout  Europe. 

Professor  Fleming,  who  responded,  said  that  at  that 
late  hour  he  felt  inclined  to  imitate  the  example  of  a 
brilliant  after-dinner  speaker  who,  when  called  on  under 
similar  circumstances  to  reply  to  the  toast  of  "  Applied 
Science  "  said  that  the  only  application  of  science  which 
seemed  to  him  appropriate  at  the  moment  was  the  appli- 
cation of  the  domestic  lucifer  to  the  bedroom  candle.  They  . 
might  guess  the  author  of  the  remark  when  he  told  them 
that  it  called  forth  from  a  guest  opposite,  the  lines : — 

"  O  wise  Sir  Frederick,  would  that  all  could  catch 
Your  striking  brevity  and  find  your  match." 

I  lis  duty  was  simple  and  he  would  do  it  as  briefly  as 
possible.  He  and  the  friends  whom  he  represented  felt 
deeply  the  hospitality  that  had  been  extended  to  them  ; 
such  of  them  as  had  been  in  any  degree  instrumental  in 
adding  to  the  pleasure   of  the  Society  during  the  day  had 


an  additional  reason  for  feeling  pleased  and  gratified  at 
that  moment.  It  had  given  him  great  pleasure  to  show  the 
members  the  works  in  which  he  was  concerned,  because  he 
felt  sure  that  they  took  a  deep  interest  in  the  question  of 
the  application  of  electricity  and  fully  recognised  the 
importance  of  the  problems  that  still  remained  to  be  solved 
conjointly  by  the  chemist,  the  engineer,  and  the  electrician. 

Mr.  Charles  IIeadle  expressed  the  pleasure  which  the 
visit  of  the  Society  to  Erith  had  given  him.  As  an  "  out- 
sider "  he  had  the  utmost  admiration  for  the  work  which 
the  Society  was  doing  and  for  the  marvellous  improvements 
which  the  science  it  represented  was  effecting  in  all  direc- 
tions. 

Mr.  W.  Thorp  proposed  "  The  Press."  He  was  sure 
that  all  the  members  of  the  Society  felt  grateful  to  the  press 
for  the  services  it  rendered  to  science  and  industry.  The 
days  when  it  was  looked  upon  with  the  feelings  of  suspicion 
which  were  pourtrayed  in  Sir  Walter  Scott's  "  Ivanhoe  "  had 
entirely  passed  away,  and  the  press-man  was  now  welcome 
everywhere,  and  nowhere  more'  so  than  in  the  scientific 
world.  The  Society's  Journal  was  a  new  departure  in 
scientific  work,  a  sort  of  daughter  of  the  Chemical  Society's 
Journal,  dealing  as  efficiently  with  technological  matters  as 
the  older  journal  did  with  questions  of  pure  chemistry. 
For  that  good  work  they  were  greatly  indebted  to  their  able 
editor,  Mr.  Watson  Smith,  whose  name  he  had  great 
pleasure  in  coupling  with  the  toast. 

Mr.  Watson  Smith,  in  replying,  said  that  the  absence  of 
the  usual  representatives  of  the  press  that  evening  enabled 
him  to  speak  in  terms  of  unstinted  praise  of  the  kindness, 
consideration  and  courtesy  that  had  always  been  extended 
to  him  as  editor  of  the  Society's  Journal  by  the  gentlemen 
connected  with  other  chemical  journals  in  this  and  other 
countries.  Mr.  Muspratt  had  referred  to  German  compe- 
tition ;  but  he  thought  be  might  say  that  at  any  rate  so  far 
as  technological  and  patent  literature  were  concerned  the 
Journal  of  the  Society  held  its  own  with  German  or  any 
other  similar  productions.  Among  other  friends  and 
colleagues  of  the  scientific  press  he  would  like  to  refer  to 
were  Mr.  George  E.  Davis,  the  first  general  secretary  of  the 
Society  and  now  editor  of  the  Chemical  Trade  Journal ;  to 
Dr.  Krause  of  the  Chemiker  Zeitung;  Dr.  Quesneville, 
Dr.  H.  Kast,  Professor  Itemseu,  Mr.  Cawley,  Mr.  Perry 
Nursey,  Dr.  Paul,  Drs.  Lehne,  Jacobsen,  and  Fischer,  and 
the  editors  of  the  Journal  of  the  Franklin  Institute,  the 
Chemist  and  Druggist,  with  many  more,  to  all  of  whom  he  was 
indebted  in  one  way  or  another.  He  could  not  conclude  with- 
out referring  to  his  friend  the  general  secretary,  Mr.  Charles 
G.  Cresswell,  to  whose  ever  ready  help  and  sympathy  he  was 
much  indebted.  Nor  would  he  omit  one  other  duty  that 
he  felt  he  had  never  adequately  discharged  before,  namely, 
to  express  his  gratitude  to  the  admirable  staff  of  abstractors 
to  whom  the  Society  generally  and  himself  in  particular 
owed  so  much.  He  was  only  representing  the  wishes  of  all 
his  colleagues  in  returning  sincere  thanks  for  the  kind 
sentiments  expressed  by  Mr.  Thorp  in  proposing  the  toast. 

The  President  claimed  the  indulgence  of  the  meeting 
while  he  discharged  a  further  pleasant  duty,  namely,  to 
propose  a  hearty  vote  of  thanks  to  Mr.  Tyrer  for  the 
extraordinary  care  that  he  had  taken  of  them  and  for 
the  enormous  amount  of  work  that  he  had  undertaken,  not 
only  on  behalf  of  the  Society  at  large  as  Chairman  of  the 
London  Section  and  Member  of  Council,  but  in  connection 
with  the  present  General  Meeting.  No  one  could  have  gone 
through  the  programme  without  noting  the  vast  amount  of 
thought  which  was  compressed  into  an  extremely  small 
compass.  The  proceedings  so  far  had  gone  as  smoothly  as 
they  possibly  could,  and  that  was  owing  primarily  to  the 
Organising  Committee  of  the  London  Section,  but  especially 
to  the  chairman  of  that  committee. 

The  toast  having  been  drunk  with  great  enthusiasm  and 
musical  honours — 

Mr.  Thomas  Tyrer  briefly  responded,  and  in  doing  so 
referred  to  the  gratification  which  it  afforded  the  London 
Section  to  make  such  return  as  it  could  for  the  splendid 
hospitality  which  had  been  extended  to  its  members  by 
other  Sections,  notably  at  Glasgow,  Manchester,   Liverpool, 


584 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRT.        [July  so.  1892. 


Nottingham,  and  last,  but  not  least,  at  Dublin,  the  home  of 
their  President.  Referring  to  the  remarks  which  had  fallen 
from  the  President  early  in  the  evening,  he  would  poinl  out 
that  it  was  in  that  Society  that  the  lull  advantages  of  Home 
Rule  under  Imperial  control  wen-  realised.  Changes  of 
rulers  occurred,  but  there  was  a  consistent  continuity  of 
policy,  and  the  evidence  adduced  by  the  President,  Mr. 
Thorp,  and  the  Editor  clearly  showed  that  the  Society  was 
what  he  had  always  held  it  to  be,  a  great  Federation  of 
Powers  all  working  to'one  end.  They  had  the  entire  British- 
Qg  world  in  association  with  them,  as  was  proved  by 
i  In  Fact  that  their  membership  included  nearly  300  Americans 
ami  a  very  large  number  of  Europeans  of  all  nationalities. 

The  pleasures  of  the  evening  were  greatly  enhanced  by 
a  selection  of  vocal  music  tastefully  rendered  by  Messrs. 
Iiutterfield  and  ( lampbell,  Mr.  Tyrer  kindly  assisting  them 
as  accompanist. 


THIRD  DAY.— Friday.  .Tri.v  22nd. 

Windsor  and  Clieveden  Excursion. 

A  special  train  from  Paddington  (Great  Western  Railway) 
at  9.50  a.m.  conveyed  a  large  party  of  visitors  to  Windsor. 
On  arrival,  the  company  proceeded  to  visit  the  Royal  State 
apartments  and  Round  Tower  at  Windsor  Castle,"  opened 
to  the  Society  by  permission  of  the  Lord  Chamberlain. 

About  12  o'clock  the  visitors  entered,  and  indeed  well 
filled  St.  George's  Chapel,  when  a  recital  was  given  on  the 
grand  organ  by  li.  M.  Ackermann,  Esq.,  the  deputy 
organist,  by  permission  of  Dr.  Walter  Parratt,  organist  of 
the  Royal  <  'Impels. 

Programme  or  Mrsic. 

Overture  in  C Adams. 

Canralene  in  V>  minor Guibnant. 

Toccata  and  Fugue  in  I)  minor "Bach. 

Andante  in  D Silas. 

The  Nun's  Hymn Wely. 

Finale  in  D Lemmt 

Luncheon  was  provided  at  1  p.m.  in  the  Town  Hall, 
kindly  granted  the  Society  for  this  purpose  by  the 
Worshipful  the  Mayor  of  Windsor,  .1.  lirown,  Esq.",  who 
joined  them  as  their  guest  on  this  occasion.  After  luncheon 
the  Royal  Stables  beyond  the  Town  Hall  were  inspected. 
At  2.40  p.m.  the  visitors  embarked  at  the  quay  in  steam 
launches  (provided  by  Mr.  J.  Douglas,  of  Windsor)  for 
Clieveden,  the  seat  of  the  Duke  of  Westminster,  and  so 
famous  for  its  magnificent  woods.  Tea  was  provided  at  5.30 
:ii  the  "  (  ottage,"  ami  about  G.30  the  steam  launches  com- 
menced  the  return  journey,  conveying  the  visitors  to 
Maidenhead  Bridge  for  Taplow  Station,  whence  a  special 
train  started  with  them  about  8.30  p.m.  for  Paddington,  thus 
terminating  one  of  the  most  enjoyable  annual  excursions 
tin'  Society  has  yet  seen. 

It  would  be  ungrateful  in  connexion  with  this  excursion 
to  forget  the  valuable  assistance  rendered  in  the  arrange- 
ments, ami  the  carrying  of  them  out.  by  Mr.  G.  Sainty, 
engineer  to  the  Corporation  waterworks. 


aonrjon   .taction. 


Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House, 


Chairman  :  Wm.  Thorp. 
Vice-Chairman  :  W.  Crowder. 


C.  F.  Cross. 
A.  G.  Grei  n. 

D.  Howard. 

i  !.  C.  Hutchinson. 
W.  K. -liner. 
It.  E.  It.  Newlands. 
\V.  Ramsay. 


Commit  fee: 

F.  «.  A, lair  Roberts. 
A.  Gordon  Salamon. 

G.N.  Sink,... 

F.  Napier  Sutton. 
T.  ]•;.  Thorpe. 
T.  Tyrer. 
Frank  Wilson. 


Hon.  Local  Secrctin-ir :  John  Heron, 
Ellerdale,  Cottenham  Park,  Wimbledon. 


Meeting  held  Monday,  13/A  June  1892. 


MR.    TIKIS.    TYKER    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


THE  PRODUCTION   <  >F    OIL-GAS  FROM  RUSSIAN 
PETROLEUM. 

BY    VIVIAN    B.    LEWES,    F.I.C.,    F.C.S. 

Ix  April  1884  Professor  II.  E.  Armstrong  read  a  paper  on 
the  "  Manufacture  of  Gas  from  Oil,"  which  was  perhaps 
one  of  the  most  suggestive  and  interesting  papers  ever 
brought  before  this  Society,  as  besides  the  description  of 
plant  and  processes,  he  also  touched  upon  many  points 
bearing  on  the  genesis  of  the  gaseous  and  more  volatile 
hydrocarbons  produced  during  the  decomposition  of  the 
heavier  hydrocarbons  forming  our  oils,  and  in  the  con- 
cluding paragraph  of  that  paper  he  proposed  to  consider  in 
a  future  communication  the  composition  of  oil-gas  and  the 
temperature  at  which  decomposition  is  effected.  Eight 
years  have  now  elapsed,  and  the  subject,  which  was  then  of 
great  theoretical  interest,  has  now  become  one  of  the 
greatest  practical  importance,  as  the  increase  in  the  price  of 
cannel  coal  has  driven  the  gas  managers  of  tbe  country  to 
the  serious  consideration  of  how  best  to  utilise  the  cheaper 
oils  for  the  enrichment  of  ordinary  coal-gas  of  low 
illuminating  power,  and  until  our  knowledge  of  the  changes 
taking  place  during  the  conversion  of  liquid  into  gaseous 
hydrocarbons  is  considerably  increased,  the  attempt-  to 
utilise  oil  in  place  of  cannel  must  to  a  great  extent  partake 
of  the  character  of  haphazard  experiments  which  may  or 
may  not  prove  successful,  and  it  is  under  these  conditions 
that  I  venture  to  bring  this  paper  before  you,  hoping  that 
it  may  prove  to  be  a  link  in  the  evidence  concerning  this 
important  subject. 

In  the  paper  before  referred  to,  Professor  Armstrong 
gives  the  result  of  his  analyses  of  the  liquid  deposited  from 
oil-gas  under  pressure  which  show  it  to  be  rich  in  such 
beuzenoid  hydrocarbons  as  benzene  and  toluene  mixed  with 
hydrocarbons  of  the  C»H«»  and  C„U.2n— =  series,  an 
observation  of  great  interest,  as  it  shows  that  the  vapours 
of  these  compounds  are  present  in  the  uncompressed  oil- 
gas  ;  but  inasmuch  as  the  deposition  of  nearly  a  gallon  of 
these  liquid  hydrocarbons  from  1,000  cubic  feet  of  the  gas 
only  reduces  its  illuminating  value  from  between  50  and  60 
candle-power  to  40,  it  is  evidently  important  to  gain  an 
insight  into  the  nature  of  the  hydrocarbons  present  not  only 
in  the  gas  but  also  in  the  tarry  residues  which  distil  over 
during    the    decomposition,   whilst    in   order    to    trace     the 


July  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


585 


decompositions  taking  place  it  is  necessary  to  examine  the 
products  Formed  at  lower  temperatures  than  those  usually 
employed  in  the  manufacture  of  oil  gas. 

In  order  to  carry  out  the  destructive  distillation  of  the 
oil  For  the  earlier  of  those  experiments  I  employed  an  iron 
retort  in  in.  long  and  4  in,  in  diameter,  the  month  of  which 
was  closed  by  a  flat  iron  ilisc  Hanged  on  to  it,  and  secured 
by  holts.  Through  the  front  disc  passed  the  oil  supply 
pipe  which  led  to  within  half  an  inch  of  the  back  of  the 
retort,  whilst  the  gas  was  led  away  by  a  pipe  passing 
upwards  from  close  to  the  month  of  the  retort,  to  the  vessel 
in  which  the  residue  was  condensed. 

The  furnace  in  which  the  retort  was  set,  and  also  the  disc 
on  front  of  retort,  were  provided  with  sight  holes  through 
which  the  temperature  of  the  side  and  interior  of  the  retort 
iiiiil.l  he  observed,  whilst  the  retort  itself  was  packed  with 
coarse  iron  turnings  to  give  as  large  a  heating  surface  as 
possible, 

The  gases  were  led  into  small  10  cub.  ft.  gasometers,  and 
were  analysed  directly  they  were  cold. 

The  method  of  analysis  used  for  the  gases  was  the  one 
described  by  me  before  this  Society  in  April  1891.  Carbon 
dioxide  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen  being  first  absorbed  by 
a  SO  per  cent,  sodic-hydrate  solution;  oxygen  by  alkaline 
pyrogallate,  and  then  the  unsaturated  hydrocarbons  were 
estimated  by  absorption  with  a  solution  of  bromine  in 
potassic  bromide.  After  absorption  of  bromine  vapour  the 
carbon  monoxide  is  absorbed  by  acid  cuprous  chloride,  and 
tin-  residual  gas  is  allowed  to  stand  over  prepared  paraffin 
oil  with  occasional  agitation  for  at  least  30  minutes  so  as  to 
absorb  the  higher  members  of  the  paraffin  series,  ethane, 
butane,  &c,  and  the  remaining  gas  is  exploded  with  oxygen 
in  order  to  estimate  the  remaining  saturated  hydrocarbons, 
and  hydrogen  and  nitrogen  are  estimated  in  the  usual  way. 

In  the  tahles  the  hydrocarbons  are  given  as  saturated 
and  unsaturated,  my  experience  being  that  at  present  it  is 
absolutely  impossible  to  attempt  any  subdivision  of  these 
hndies,  and  that  where  it  has  been  attempted  the  results  are 
most  misleading. 

Tin-  illuminating  value  of  the  gases  was  determined  in  an 
Evans  photometer,  the  burner,  pressure,  and  rate  of  flow 
liciiig  carefully  regulated  to  suit  the  quality  of  gas  and 
give  the  most  perfect  flame,  the  results  being  then  calculated 
to  a  consumption  of  five  ce.bic  feet  per  hour.  With  this 
exception  the  testings  and  corrections  were  all  made  according 
to  the  Gas  Referees'  instructions,  standard  candles  being 
used  as  the  unit  of  light,  and  in  order  to  render  the  total 
illuminating  power  obtained  from  the  oil  clearer,  the  candle 
power  is  also  calculated  to  candle  units  per  gallon  of  oil 
used,  and  their  equivalent  in  grains  of  sperm. 


The  form  of  apparatus  used  did  not  lend  itself  to  direct 
pyrometric  determination  of  the  temperatures  employed, 
and  these  were  judged  on  the  basis  of  l'ouillet's  experi- 
ments : — 


Table  of  Temperatures.     (Pouillet.) 


Incipient  red 

Dull  red 

Incipient  cherry. 

Cherry  red 

Clear  cherry 


The  oil  experimented  with  was  the  so-called  "  Russian 
distillate  oil,"  a  once-refined  Russian  petroleum  which  is 
being  used  on  a  very  large  scale  for  carburetting  water-gas 
at  the  Gas  Light  and  Coke  Company's  works  at  Beckton, 
and  the  results  are  contained  in  the  following  table  : — 


Table  I. 

Oil  used Russian  "distillate  oil." 

Specific  gravity O'SOl 

Flash  point HSi0  F.  =  65"  C. 


525 

977 

7un 

1,292 

sill 

1.172 

Him 

1,652 

1,000 

1,832 

Temperature  of  retort 

.vin    C. 

7110    C. 

'.nnV  1*. 

1.000°  c 

Cubic  feet  of  gas  per  gallon  . 

12 

00 

72 

8t 

Percentage  of  residuals 

.-,!!•  1 

22  *  7 

12-7 

11-S 

Illuminating  power : — 
In  candle  power,  per  5  e.f. 

.-,  1  ■  s 

SO '7 

.17-1 

42*2 

In  candles    per  gallon    ol 

131-5 

608'  1 

M22-2 

70S-H 

In    grains    of    sperm    per 
gallon. 

The  gas  contains  : — 
Unsaturated  hydrocarbons 

15,782-  I 

Per 

Cent. 
89-13 

73,008-0 

Per 

Cent. 
36:56 

98,668*8 

Per 

Cent. 
30-55 

85,075-2 

Per 

Cent. 
22-111 

Saturated  hydrocarbons. . . 

12 -u 

49-45 

53-07 

54-83 

13-58 

0'052 

0-20 

ii-iisi 

11-86 

n-:;s 

21-51 

o-io 

Distilling  Points  of  hie  Residues  from  Russian  "Distillate  Oil,"  Expressed  in  Percentages  of 

Original  Residue.     Temp.  =  °C. 


Temperature. 

100°— 

110". 

110°— 

1211  . 

121) — 
125  . 

125°- 

1311°. 

1S0°- 
135°. 

135°- 

110'. 

14(1°— 
150°. 

150°— 
160°. 

ion0— 
170°. 

170°- 
180°. 

180°— 
190.° 

190°— 

2110". 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Flash  Toint. 

1-6 

5 

9 

3-3 

1 
3-3 

5 

1- 25 
33 

4 

9-5 

c-o 

10 

3-5 

5 
1 

0-5 
1-5 

o-o 

2-5 

1 

2-5 
3-5 
5 
o 

1 

3 
S 

Nil 

1-5 

2 
2 

1 

0-861 

0-866 
0-908 
ll  ".120 
1-019 

F. 
19° 

Residue  afteer  decom- 
posing :it  — 

58° 

700°  C 

Below  32: 
Below  32- 

40° 

In  ill-composing  the  oil  at  500^  C,  the  gas  was  small  in 
quantity  and  white  in  colour,  the  hydrocarbons  being 
present  almost  eutirely  as  vapours,  a  large  proportion  of 
which  went  forward  with  the  gas  and  condensed  in  the 
bolder,  so  that  the  59  per  cent,  of  residuals  condensed 
in  the  receiver  do  not  represent  the  total  condensible 
hydrocarbons. 

After  condensation  of  the  vapours,  the  gas  only  amounted 
in    J3  cubic  feet,  and   contained   the   saturated  and  unsatu- 


rated hydrocarbons  in  nearly  equal  proportions,  whilst  on 
examining  the  tarry  residuals  it  was  found  that  the  flash 
point  was  considerably  lower  than  that  of  the  original  oil, 
and  also  that  11  per  cent,  distilled  over  below  200°  C, 
whilst  with  the  original  oil  only  3-5  came  over  below  that 
temperature. 

The  retort  and  pipes  were  then  cleaned  and  heated  to 
700°  C,  and  on  decomposing  the  oil  at  this  temperature 
the  yield  of  gas  was  increased  to  CO  cubic  feet  per  gallon 


586 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30, 1892. 


of  oil  used,  and  was  of  a  buff  colour,  hi  the  pas  the 
unsaturated  hydrocarbons  were  2-  5  per  cent,  hss  in  quantity 
than  in  the  former  case,  and  there  were  7  per  cent,  more 
saturated  hydrocarbons.  On  examining  the  residuals,  the 
effect  of  the  increase  in  temperature  was  found  to  be  most 
arked,  they  bad  decreased  in  quantity  from  59 '1  per 
ent.  to  22  ■"  per  cent,  of  the  original  oil  decomposed, 
whilst  the  Hash  point  had  fallen  below  the  freezing  point, 
and  36-5  per  cent,  of  the  residual  distilled  below  200  C. 
Nine  per  cent,  of  the  residual  distilled  at  123'  to  1  21 5  C, 
whilst  9-5  per  cent,  distilled  at  a  temperature  of  140  I  .  to 
150  C.  At  900  C.  the  decomposition  of  the  oil  yielded 
a  still  larger  volume  of  gas,  in  which  the  percentage  of 
unsaturated  hydrocarbons  was  the  same  as  before,  but 
there  was  a  large  increase  in  the  quantity  of  saturated 
hydrocarbons  and  a  slight  increase  also  in  the  illuminating 
value  of  the  gas. 

The  residuals  at  this  temperature  fell  to  12"  7  per  cent, 
of  the  oil  used,  and  on  fractionating  them  more  than  a  per 
cent,  distilled  at  100°  C,  and  5  per  cent,  at  a  little  over 
110°  C. 

On  now  raising  the  temperature  to  1,000°  C.  another 
increase  took  place  in  the  volume  of  the  gas,  84  cub.  ft. 
being  obtained  per  gallon  of  oil  decomposed,  and  the 
illuminating  power  fell  from  57  to  42.  On  analysing  the 
gas  it  was  found  that  the  percentage  of  saturated  hydro- 
carbons had  slightly  increased,  whilst  the  percentage  of 
hydrogen  had  risen  from  11 -86  to  21  "54  percent.;  on  the 
other  hand,  the  unsaturated  hydrocarbons  had  fallen  from 
36  -5  to  22  per  cent.  The  colour  of  the  gas  as  it  left  the 
retort  had  lost  its  rich  chocolate  brown  colour  and  had 
become  "  sooty "  from  separation  of  carbon,  and  this,  as 
well  as  the  increase  in  hydrogen,  showed  that  the  tempera- 
ture had  been  forced  to  a  point  at  which  some  of  the 
hydrocarbons  were  entirely  broken  up,  and  that  it  has  been 
the  unsaturated  hydrocarbons  which  have  been  destroyed. 

'1  he  residuals  collected  from  the  gas  made  at  this  tem- 
perature were  of  nearly  the  same  volume  as  those  obtained 
by  decomposing  the  oil  at  800°  C,  but  differed  from  it  in 
containing  nothing  with  a  lower  boiling  point  than  Mil  ('. 
to  150° C. 

In  these  experiments  the  results,  as  far  as  yield  of  gas 
and  total  illuminating  value  were  concerned,  were  con- 
siderably lower  than  the  results  I  had  obtained  when 
decomposing  the  same  oil  in  larger  retorts,  and  I  therefore 
made  some  further  experiments  to  see  how  far  the  surface 
in  the  retort  affected  the  changes  taking  place. 


For  one  experiment  a  retort  was  made  by  taking  an  iron 
tube  4  ft.  6  in.  in  length  ami  2  in.  in  diameter  closed  at 
one  end,  and  with  an  oil  tube  passing  down  tin-  centre  anil 
terminating  about  1  in.  from  the  closed  end,  whilst  the  gas 
was  led  away  from  the  other.  For  the  second  experiment 
a  Patterson's  oil  retort  3  ft.  6  in.  loDg  and  9|  in.  in  diameter, 
with  two  oil  tubes  passing  to  the  back,  was  employed,  and  a 
temperature  of  900D  C.  was  used  in  each  case. 

In  this  way  it  was  possible  to  tind  out  the  conditions 
under  which  the  oil  could  be  decomposed  to  the  best 
advantage,  as  the  experiments  already  described  gave  the 
cracking  of  the  hydrocarbons  with  very  little  heating  of  the 
gases  after  their  formation,  whilst  the  long,  2  in.  in 
diameter,  tube  retort  gives  an  excess  of  heating  by  contact 
with  the  red-hot  side  of  the  tube,  and  the  large  round 
retort  on  account  of  its  capacity  enables  us  to  trace  the 
effect  of  less  contact  with  the  sides  of  the  retort,  but  a 
longer  baking  in  mass  of  the  oil  gases  and  vapours. 

The  results  obtained  are  given  in  the  following  table  in 
which  also,  for  the  sake  of  contrast,  the  results  obtained 
in  the  short  four-inch  retort  at  900  C.  are  also  embodied  :  — 

Table  II. 
The  effect  of   size  of  retort   upon   the  resulting  gas  and 
residue  oil  used — Russian  "distillate  oil." 


A. 

B. 

c. 

1  in"  <  V 

t'6"  ■  '_" 

3't;"x!U" 

900   c 

lino"  1'. 

! i'. 

72 

W 

98 

12:7 

1S-3 

2IK2 

Illuminating  Value. 

In  candle  power  per  5  cubic  feet 

57-1 

WO 

49-0 

s-,'2-2 

846-4 

H72-1 

In  grains  of  sperm  per  gallon 

98,668-8 

101,563-0 

116,659-2 

Composition  of  the  Gas. 

36-53 

29-79 

..;   IG 

63  "97 

02-30 

15-15 

irSG 

1-70 

19-65 

Distilling  Points  of  the  Residues  obtained  from  the  various  Retorts  in  Percentages  of 

original  p.ksi1u  1 1. 


— 

60°— 

711  . 

70°— 

80°. 

80    - 

90°— 

inn-'. 

100°— 

110°. 

mi  — 

123°. 

i2ir— 

130°. 

130=— 
140°. 

140D— 
150  . 

150  - 
160°. 

100°— 
200°. 

Flash  Point. 

Specific 
Grai  n.v. 

B 

,V0 

8'  1 

7-8 

6-0 

2-2 

IT, 

4-0 
8-1 

.VII 
2'5 
3-5 

6-0 
2-5 
3-3 

B-3 

2-5 
15-8 

8-6 

4-11 
0-8 

5-0 
1-0 

1-2 

11-6 
4'6 

rn 

1 

1  Below  ordinary 
)-  temperatures. 

r      0-926 
-i       0-980 

I      l'liu 

Russian  petroleum  is  widely  different  from  the  Peunsyl- 
vanian  product  and  has  been  shown  by  the  researches  of 
Schutzenberger,  Ionine,  .Markownikoff,  and  Oglobini  to 
consist  largely  of  hydrocarbons  of  CnH2»  group — pseudo- 
olefines  or  naphthenes,  and  with  the  exception  of  C13H\,6,  a 
complete  scries  from  CSH16  to  Ci5H;il,  have  been  separated 
from  it. 

When  this  oil  is  first  cracked  by  contact  with  a  heated 
surface  it  decomposes,  yielding  both  saturated  and  un- 
saturated hydrocarbons,  the  latter  containing  homologues  of 
acetylene  ;  some  of  these  hydrocarbons  are  gaseous,  whilst 
the  remainder  vary  in  their  boiling  point  from  60  C.  to 
very  high  temperatures. 

It  is  evident  that  an  insight  into  the  changes  taking  place 
in  the  character   of  the    hydrocarbons    present  can   be   best 


arrived  at  by  studying  the  action  of  heat  upon  the  simpler 
members  of  the  chief  groups  of  hydrocarbons,  and  this  1 
have  done  in  an  extended  series  of  experiments,  the  full 
details  of  which  I  hope  shortly  to  bring  before  the  ( Ihemieal 
Society. 

From  these  experiments  I  rind  that  on  heating  ethylene 
by  passing  through  a  heated  narrow  tube  nothing  happens 
until  a  temperature  of  800°  C.  is  reached  and  then  that 
between  800°  C.  and  900"  C.  it  breaks  up  into  acetylene  and 
methane,  probably  according  to  the  formula — 

3  (C2H4)  =  2  (C.,H.:)  +  2  (CH4) 

if  the  beat  is  kept  acting  upon  these,  the  acetylene  polyme- 
rises to  benzene,  which  can  be  condensed  from  the  gas  and 
identified— 3  (C2HS)  =  C6H0. 


July  so,  im]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


587 


If  the  heat  be  now  continued  and  raised  to  about  1,000°  C, 
Further  polymerisation  takes  place  with  formation  of  still 
higher  bodies,  amongst  which  crystals  of  naphthalene  are 
conspicuous,  whilst  at  1,100°  C,  these  again  break  down 
to  acetylene  which  then  decomposes  into  carbon  and 
hydrogen. 

Methane,  when  heated  to  900°  C,  practically  undergoes  no 
change,  but  ethane  at  this  temperature  gives  up  hydrogen 
and  becomes  ethylene,  CjH6  =  CUI,  +  1L,  the  ethylene 
so  formed  again  decomposing  into  acetylene  and  methane. 

Dr.  Armstrong,  in  the  paper  which  1  have  before  alluded 
to.  raises  the  question  of  whether  the  benzenoid  hydrocarbons 
Found  in  the  liquid  condensed  by  pressure  from  the  gas, 
have  been  formed  synthetically  from  simpler  hydrocarbons 
such  as  acetylene,  or  from  corresponding  paraffins  which 
have  lost  hydrogen,  and  he  points  out  that  although  the 
work  of  Berthelot  and  Thorpe  and  Dyson  show  conclusively 
that  benzene  can  be  formed  synthetically  from  acetylene, 
yet  the  absence  of  this  body  and  its  bomologues  from  the 
liquid  deposited  on  compressing  oil-gas,  leads  him  to  doubt 
this  being  the  method  by  which  it  is  formed  during  the 
decomposition  of  oil. 

From  my  own  experiments  I  have  but  little  doubt  that 
the  formation  of  benzene  from  the  Russian  petroleum  is 
due  not  to  one  action  but  to  several.  In  the  first  place  all 
experimental  evidence  clearly  shows  that  benzene  is  formed 
from  acetylene  by  polymerisation,  and  that  this  takes  place 
at  temperatures  existing  in  the  oil-gas  retort,  but  it  is  not 
c  mceivable  that  this  action  can  do  more  than  contribute  its 
share  to  the  20  per  cent,  of  benzene  to  be  found  in  some  of 
tlie  oil-gas  tar  from  the  Russian  oil.  Then  again,  when  the 
original  oil  is  decomposed,  large  quantities  of  the  higher 
paraffins  are  formed,  and  these  by  elimination  of  hydrogen 
may  yield  benzene,  and  finally  the  higher  pseudo  defines  of 
which  the  Russian  oil  itself  consists,  probably  partly  break 
down  directly  to  benzene  and  paraffins  in  the  same  way  that 
the  simplest  member  of  the  group  (C2H4)  yields  acetylene 
and  marsh-gas. 

The  ease  with  which  benzene  can  be  obtained  from 
Russian  petroleum  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  not  far  from 
Novogorod  it  is  manufactured  on  a  very  large  scale  by 
Messrs.  riagosin  aud  Co.,  who  obtain,  according  to  Dr. 
Dvorkovitch,  400  kilos,  of  50  per  cent,  benzene  aud  30  per 
cent,  of  anthracene  from  1,000  kilos,  of  oil. 

In  decomposing  oil  in  retorts  two  distinct  periods  of 
decomposition  take  place,  first  the  breaking  up  of  the  oils 
under  the  influence  of  heat,  aud  secondly  the  changes  taking 
piace  in  the  first-formed  products  during  their  passage  up 
the  heated  retort. 

Au  examination  of  the  constituents  of  the  gases  formed 
during  decomposition  at  a  low  heat  in  the  short  retort, 
conditions  which  practically  eliminate  the  secondary  action, 
gives  a  valuable  indication  of  what  is  taking  place,  and  we 
find  that  in  the  gas  made  at  500°  C,  the  saturated  and 
unsaturated  hydrocarbons  are  in  nearly  equal  proportions, 
but  that  as  the  temperature  rises  the  unsaturated  hydro- 
carbons gradually  decrease  in  quantity  whilst  the  saturated 
hydrocarbons  increase,  as  although  the  higher  paraffins  are 
broken  down  by  the  heat  they  form  methane,  which  is  but 
little  acted  upon,  and  also  hydrogen,  and  it  is  this  breaking 
down  of  the  richer  hydrocarbons  into  a  larger  volume  of 
simpler  ones  which  gives  the  great  increase  in  volume  found 
at  high  temperatures  and  the  consequent  loss  in  illuminating 
value. 

On  examining  the  residuals  obtained  by  "  cracking  "  the 
oil  iu  the  large  Patterson  retort  it  was  found  that  the 
original  tar  had  a  specific  gravity  of  0-944,  and  on  frac- 
tionally distilling  it  there  were  found  certain  temperatures 
at  which  a  far  higher  proportion  came  over  than  at  others. 
This  can  be  showu  best  by  taking  the  temperatures  at  the 
ordinate  and  percentages  at  the  abscissa'  of  the  following 
diagram. 

This  diagram  shows,  or  at  least  strongly  suggests,  that 
the  large  proportion  of  paraffins  present  in  the  portion 
distilling  between  60°  and  150°  C.  consist  of  normal  hexane 
and  hexylene  which  boil  at  68"  to  71 '5°,  heptane  and 
heptylene  boiling  at  99  C,  and  nonane,  which  boils  at  from 
136°  to  138"  C,  whilst  benzene  is  responsible  for  the  large 
distillate  at  So   ('. 


Tkmi'Ekature. 

60     70     80     90   100   110   120    130  140 
70     80     90    100   110  120   130    140   ISO 


15 

14 

| 

13 

.    12 

M    11 

a  !u 

*S      9 

be     8 

§      7 

\ 

S      6 

/ 

\ 

/ 

i 

5 

\ 

/ 

4 

\ 

/ 

3 

\ 

/ 

2 

-  ---  ■ 

] 

' 

In  order  to  determine  the  proportion  of  saturated  aud 
unsaturated  hydrocarbons  present,  the  distillates  below 
100°  C.  were  mixed  together  and  treated  with  diluted  nitric 
acid  (half  acid  to  half  water),  keeping  the  temperature  low 
until  action  ceases  ;  this  converts  the  olenites  into  resinoid 
bodies,  from  which  the  paraffins  and  benzene  separate; 
these  were  then  drawn  off,  treated  with  strongest  nitric  acid 
and  strong  sulphuric  acid  to  convert  the  benzene  into  nitro- 
benssol,  this  was  then  well  washed,  dried,  aud  distilled,  the 
result  being  : — 

Per  Cent, 
defines 70 

Benzene Ill 

Paraffins 11 

The   fractions   distilling  between    100    to    150'  C.   had   a 
specific  gravity  of  0-809,  and  gave  : — 

Per  Cent. 
Unsaturated  hydrocarbons la 

Saturated  hydrocarbons SI 

from  150"  to  260°  C,  sp.  gr.  =  0-956  :— 

Unsaturated  hydrocarbons 2u 

Saturated  hydrocarbons so 

from  260"  to  315°  C,  sp.  gr.  =  1-002  ;— 

Unsaturated  hydrocarbons 1-J 

Sal  urated  hydrocarbons 88 

showing  that  the  higher  the  distilling  point  aud  specific 
gravity  of  the  fraction,  the  greater  is  the  percentage  of 
saturated  hydrocarbons,  whilst  in  the  most  volatile  portion 
of  the  residue  the  unsaturated  hydrocarbons  preponderate. 
During  the  fractional  distillation  of  the  tar,  large 
quantities  of  naphthalene  volatilised  aud  condensed  in  the 
neck  of  the  retort. 

The  observations  of  Atterbcrg  and  of  Lcnty,  who 
employed  a  large  surface  of  carbon  in  the  cracking  of  oils, 
as  well  as  the  work  of  Salzmann  and  Wichelhaus  in  the 
same  direction,  point  to  the  surface  of  the  coke,  or  other 
form  of  carbon  used,  exercising  an  important  influence 
upon  the  products  of  decomposition. 

In  order  to  ascertain  if  any  such  action  could  be  detected 
I  took  two  iron  tube  retorts  4  ft.  6  in.  long  aud  2  in.  iu 
diameter,  witlt  oil  tube  passing  down  to  within  an  inch  of 
the  closed  end  ;  one  was  [lacked  with  small  pieces  of  coke 
the  size  of  peas  whilst  the  other  had  nothing  in  it. 


686 


THE    JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30,  181)2. 


These  retorts  were  now  fixed  side  by  side  in  the  same 
furnace,  and  were  heated  to  a  temperature  of  900!'  C,  and 
1 1n    results  obtained  are  embodied  in  Table  III. 

These  results  certainly  do  not  encourage  the  idea  of 
surface  action  playing  a  very  important  part  in  the  cracking 
of  such  hydrocarbons  as  constitute  the  Russian  petroleums. 
and  the  small  increase  in  illuminating  power  would  certainly 
not  compensate  for  the  increased  risk  of  choking  in  the 
retort  and  the  large  addition  to  the  amount  of  naphthalene 
formed. 

The  increase  in  naphthalene  is  very  marked,  and  this 
same  fact  was  observed  by  Atterberg  (Her.  1878,  1222),  who 
passed  wood  tar  through  iron  tubes  packed  with  coke.  At 
a  dull  red  heat  little  or  no  naphthalene  was  found,  but  at  a 
bright  red  heat  it  was  present  in  large  quantities  in  the 
residuals. 

In  all  experiments  upon  the  decomposition  of  Russian 
petroleum  and  in  making  oil-gas  from  it  on  a  large  scale, 
great  trouble  is  found  in  the  ready  deposition  of  carbon  and 
pitch  which  seems  to  form  from  it  more  readily  than  from 
shale  and  American  oils,  and  I  imagine  that  it  is  upon  this 
that  the  formation  of  so  large  a  proportion  of  saturated 
hydrocarbons  in  the  iesiduals  depends,  as  without  it  one 
could  hardly  imagine  the  residuals  from  an  oil  consisting 
chiefly  of  members  of  the  C«lh«  group  containing  70  to 
S8  per  cent,  in  the  portion  distilling  above  100°  C.  of  the 
C«  11;,,+  „  series. 


Table  III. 

Effect  of  Decomposing  Oil  in  Presence  of  Red  Hot 

l '  uuson. 

Oil  used Russian  "distillate  oil." 

Specific  gravity 0'86i 

Flashpoint 140'  P. 


I 


Temperature 

Cubic  fuel  of  Lr;h  per  gallon  .. 

Percentage  of  residuals 

Illuminating  value  :— 
Candle  power  per  •".  cub.  it. 

Candles  per  gnllun  of  oil  . . 

Grains  of  sperm  per  gallon 

The  ^as  contains 
Unsaturated  hydrocarbons 

Saturated  hydrocarbons  . . 

Hydrogen 


Without 
Carbon. 

With 
Carbon. 

900'  C. 

900   C. 

92 

92 

13-3 

23-3 

4U-0 

47-11 

SIC  1 

866-8 

101,568 

lui.Ols-  l 

29-79 

29-69 

62-80 

58-66 

1-7!) 

TBI 

Distilling  Points  of  the  Residues  from  Russian  "  Distillate  Oil,"  decomposed  with   and  without  Caishdn 

Percentages  of  Original  Residue. 


Without  Carbon. 

Temperature  -"    l ' 

7" 
mi  . 

80°— 
90  . 

90°- 

100  . 

100°— 

11(1 . 

111)"— 

12')  . 

120 

130°. 

130°— 

140". 

no  - 

l.Vl  . 

130"— 

Mil'. 

I'll) 
17"  . 

170 

ISO0. 

180 
100°. 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Flash 
Point, 

| 

6 

1 

2-6 

2'5 

2-5 

■CO 

1 

5 

1 

0 

1 
2 

0-09 

Residue  after   decoin* 
posing  at  B00  '  U. 

B.O.T. 

With  Carbon. 

(tesidtfe   after  decom- 
posing at  800°  C. 

1 

2-5 

5 

2 

7 

2-5 

Naphthalene  came  off  and  choked  the  tub3 

0-99 

B.O.T, 

When  cracking  the  Russian  oil  by  itself  the  best  results 
obtained  were  98  cub.  ft.  of  48  G  candle-power  gas,  equal 
to  972-1  candles  per  gallon  of  oil,  and  this  agrees  very  well 
with  the  best  results  obtained  in  working  in  this  way  on  a 
big  scale,  but  when  the  Russian  "distillate"  oil  is  decom- 
posed in  the  presence  of  an  inert  gas,  and  is  then  exposed 
to  a  high  temperature  for  some  time,  a  considerable  increase 
in  the  total  amount  of  illuminating  power  obtainable  from 
the  oil  is  observed.  At  Beckton  this  oil  is  used  on  a  very 
large  scale  for  making  carburetted  water-gas,  according  to 
the  improved  Lowe  system,  in  which  the  oil  is  decomposed 
in  superheating  chambers  in  presence  of  a  rapid  flow  of 
water-gas,  which  dilutes  the  nascent  oil-gas  and  bears  it 
through  a  mass  of  red  hot  brickwork,  which  converts  any 
vapours  into  permanent  gases,  and  the  illuminating  power 
then  obtained  and  the  volume  of  the  gas  formed  is  con- 
siderably higher,  1,200  candles  per  gallon  of  oil  being 
obtained  instead  of  972,  an  increase  of  over  23  per  cent.  ; 
and  this  is  due  partly  to  the  diluting  influence  of  the  water- 
gas,  which  prevents  the  decomposition  going  too  far,  and 
also  to  the  breaking  up  of  the  benzene  which  otherwise 
would  have  found  its  way  into  the  residuals.  An  analysis 
of  the  tar  obtained  from  the  carburetted  water-gas  plant  at 
Beckton,  and  which  was  given  in  a  paper  read  by  Messrs. 
Paddon  and  Gouldei i  at  the  May  meeting  of  the  Incorporated 
Institution  of  Gas  Engineers,  shows  that  it  contains  over 
76  per  cent,  of  water,  and  on  removing  this  only  1*19  per 
cent,  of  benzene  was  found  it)  the  concentrated  residue. 

In  conclusion  I  wish  to  express  my  thanks  to  my 
assistants  for  the  great  help  they  have  given  me  in  these 
experiments. 


Discussion. 

Mr.  T.  I-'airley  said  that  he  had  not  any  practical 
experience  iu  the  matter  of  oil-gas,  but  he  had  considerable 
experience  with  ordinary  coal-gas.  He  would  like  to  ask 
Professor  Lewes  if  his  notes  supplied  any  information  with 
regard  to  the  rate  of  flow  of  the  oil  into  the  retorts,  coupled 
with  the  amount  of  heating  surface,  and  the  temperature; 
also  whether  experiments  had  been  made  to  ascertain  the 
effect  of  varying  the  pressure  in  the  retorts,  as  the  products 
obtained  would  probably  vary  with  the  pressure.  If  the 
experiments  were  made  under  the  ordinary  conditions  in 
the  coal-gas  manufacture,  the  pressure  in  the  retorts  would 
be  nearly  equal  to  or  slightly  less  than  that  of  the 
atmosphere. 

Mr.  W  visci\  Sin  tii,  referring  to  the  question  of  acetylene 
passing  into  benzene,  and  the  latter,  when  heated  to  a  high 
temperature,  being  converted  into  naphthalene,  would  like 
to  ask  the  author  of  the  paper  if  it  was  a  well  proved  fact 
that  benzene  does,  on  heating  to  a  high  temperature,  decom- 
pose so  as  to  form  naphthalene.  He  had  always  found 
that  benzene  when  passed  through  even  red-hot  tubes, 
decomposed  but  slightly,  and  that  slight  decomposition 
was  such  as  to  yield  hydrogen  gas  and  diphenyl.  It  might 
be  possible,  however,  that  benzene,  together  with  some 
unsaturated  hydrocarbon  such  as  ethylene,  at  such  a 
temperature,  might  yield  naphthalene  in  small  quantity, 
but  not  benzene  alone  (see  Lunge's  Goal  Tar  and  Ammonia, 
1.SS7,  page  IK)),  lie  could  hardly  conceive  it  possible  that 
if  benzene  decomposed  at  all  under  such  conditions,  it  could 
do    so    without     forming     diphenyl.       lint    supposing    that 


July  so,  1893.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


589 


naphthalene  were  formed,  the  temperature  necessary  for 
Buofa  formation  would  also  be  fully  sufficient  for  a  further 
decomposition  of  a  portion  of  such  naphthalene  with 
elimination  of  hydrogen,  to  form  small  quantities  of 
dinaphthyl. 

Mr.  Bovketok  Redwood  said   that  the  paper  demanded 
more  consideration  than  he,  for  one,  had  been  enabled  to  give 
it  daring  the  time  which  bad  been  occupied  in   its  delivery. 
There  were,  nevertheless,  a   few  general  remarks   which  lie 
might   be  permitted   to  make  without  having   fully  digested 
all    that    bad    been    put    before    the    meeting.     As    to    the 
practical  importance  of  the  subject,  there  could  not  be  two 
opinions.     AH  those  who  had  taken  the  trouble  to  consider 
what  bad  been  done  in  the  United  States  in  connexion  with 
tbc    substitution     of    earburetted    water-gas    for    coal  gas, 
would   see  that    the  time    was    approaching,  and  was  within 
measurable    distance,    when,    to    a    very    large    extent,  the 
former   would  be  brought  into  general   use  in  this   country. 
The  difficulty  of  obtaining  cannel  coal  for  carburetting  was 
an  increasing  one,  and  the  labour  trouble  was,  naturally,  in 
favour  of  such  a  change.     Hearing  in  mind   that   in  New 
York,  and  in  a  large  number  of  other  cities  in  the  United 
States,    the    illuminating    gas    which    is  supplied   is   almost 
entirely  earburetted   water-gas,  it  would   be  seen   that  such 
a  change  was  quite  possible.     Of  course  circumstances  were 
somewhat  different  in   this  country;  and,  perhaps,  as  one 
who  had  taken  special    interest  in  the  subject  of   petroleum, 
lie  bad  expressed   too  confident  a  prediction  of  the  change 
in    question.       Still,   he    considered    that    the    subject    was 
thoroughly     deserving    of    careful    consideration,    and    he 
therefore  thought  that  the  members  of  the  Society  ought  to 
feel  greatly  indebted  to  Professor  Lewes  for  having  under- 
taken  its   investigation.     There  was    no    doubt    that  much 
of  the  work  which  had  been  done  in  England,  both  experi- 
mental and  practical,  in  relation  to  oil-gas,  had  been  carried 
out   unsystematieally  and    unscientifically ;  and,   he    might 
say,  even  unintelligent!}'.     He    bad  had,   in  past   years,  a 
good  deal  of  experience  in  the  manufacture  of  oil-gas,  and 
he  well  knew  the  difficulties  which  must  beset  an  investiga- 
tion  such  as  that  which  had  been  undertaken  by  Professor 
Lewes.     One  great  difficulty  lay  in  generalising  the  results, 
which  depended  on  certain  factors,  and  those  factors  might 
be   said  to  bold   good   only  under   the  particular   conditions 
of  the  experiments.     It  was  very  difficult  to  conclude  from 
results  obtained  under  certain  conditions  what  results  would 
be  obtained   under  other  conditions,  and  accordingly  a  very 
large    number   of   experiments    had    to    be    made   before 
anything  like  a  satisfactory  generalisation  of   the  subject 
could  be  attempted.     The  theory  which  Professor   Lewes 
advanced  with  respect  to  the  formation  of  benzene  was  at 
any    rate   a   convenient   and   pretty   one,   and    there    was 
doubtless  a  good  deal    to   be  said  in  favour  of  it.      With 
reference  to  the  conversion  of  the  hydrocarbons  comprising 
the   Kussiau   distillate  oil   into  benzene,   he   might  remind 
some  of  those  present    that  he  bad  many  years  ago  read  in 
that  room  a  paper  on  the  subject  of  the  Russian  Petroleum 
Industry,  in  which  be    bad   mentioned  that,  in  St.  Peters- 
burg, he  was  enabled  to  witness    experiments    then  being 
carried  on  by  Messrs.  Nobel,  in  the  conversion  of  petroleum 
residues  into  benzene,   anthracite    and    naphthalene.     The 
following  are  the  details  which  were  given  on  that  occasion  : — 
The    astatki    (petroleum    residuum)    is    decomposed    in    a 
jiipola  regenerative   furnace,  which  has   been  patented   by 
Mr.    Nobel,   to   whom    I    am    indebted    for   the   following 
interesting  particulars   of   the  results   obtained.     The  first 
destructive  distillation  gives  from  30  to  40  per  cent,  of  tar, 
containing  from    15  to  17    per  cent,  of  50  per  cent,  benzol. 
By   a   second    destructive    distillation    of    the   heavy   oils 
remaining  in  the  tar  after  the  separation   of  the  benzol,  70 
per  cent,  of  tar  is  obtained,  containing  from  7  to  It)  percent, 
of   50  per  cent,  benzol,  16   per  cent,  of  naphthalene,  2  to  3 
percent,  of  dry  "  green  grease  "  (or  30  per  cent,  anthracene), 
and   J  I  per  cent,  of   pitch.     There   is   also   obtained    in  the 
process  75  to  100  cubic  feet  per  cubic  foot  of  astatki  of  gas 
having  an   illuminating  power  five  times  greater  than  that 
of   coal-gas.     The  regenerative   furnace  is    first  heated   to 
1,000     (',    astatki  be.ug,    of   course,    used    as    the   beating 
agent,   and    when   it    has   become   cooled    in  the  process  of 


decomposing  the  astatki  it  is  again  similarly  heated,  the 
gas  remaining  in  the  furnace,  and  the  coke  deposited  on  the 
health,  being  utilised  as  fuel.  The  furnace  is  stated  to 
remain  in  working  order,  without  cleaning,  for  12  months. 
Undoubtedly,  the  hydrocarbons  composing  Russian  oil  lent 
themselves  to  that  change  with  very  great  facility,  and  the 
oil  in  question  was  therefore  very  suitable  for  use  in  the 
manufacture  of  oil-gas.  On  the  other  hand,  be  was  not  at 
all  clear,  having  in  view  bis  past  experience  in  the  manu- 
facture of  oil-gas,  and  his  more  recent  experience  in  the 
conversion  of  the  heavier  liquid  hydrocarbons  into  lighter 
liquid  hydrocarbons,  that  it  was  wise  to  attempt  the  direct 
conversion  of  some  of  the  heavier  Russian  oils  into  gas. 
He  confessed  that  he  was  not  in  a  position  to  express  his 
views  with  much  confidence,  because  he  bad  not  experi- 
mented in  that  direction  to  any  large  extent;  but  as  far  as 
the  experiments  of  Professor  Dewar  and  himself  had  gone, 
they  had  led  him — he  spoke  only  for  himself — to  the 
conclusion  that  it  might  be  desirable,  in  the  use  of  the 
heavy  hydrocarbons  as  gas-oil,  to  effect  their  preliminary 
conversion  into  lighter  liquid  hydrocarbons,  which  could  be 
more  readily  turned  into  gas.  His  experience  had  been 
that  one  could  more  easily  control  the  cracking  of  the 
heavy  liquid  hydrocarbons  into  other  liquid  hydrocarbons 
of  a  lower  speefic  gravity  and  higher  volatility,  and  then  the 
conversion  of  these  into  gas,  than  the  direct  conversion  of 
the  heavy  hydrocarbons  into  gas.  That  was  one  aspect  of 
the  subject  which  seemed  to  have  been  overlooked.  He 
believed  that  Professor  Lewes  would  find  it  a  fruitful  field 
for  investigation.  He  would  in  conclusion  express  his 
opinion  that  the  paper  might  probably  be  characterised  as 
a  practical  and  valuable  contribution  to  their  knowledge  of 
the  subject. 

Prof.  William  Foster,  referring  to  the  difference  between 
the  paraffins  and   the   olefins,    said  that   about  20  years  ago 
Schorlemmer  described   American   petroleum  as  consisting 
chiefly  of  paraffins  and  the   Russian  petroleum   as  mainly 
made   up    of   non-saturated   hydrocarbons.      It    was    just 
beginning  to  dawn   upon  those  interested  in   the  petroleum 
industry  that  a  large  amount  of  work — which  had  been  very 
aptly  described  by  Mr.   Redwood — had  been  done  without 
any  system  or  science  ;  and  that  Russian  oil  was  the   most 
favourable   for   the    purpose   of   carburetting   gas,   or    for 
illuminating  purposes.    At  the  time  Schorlemmer  wrote,  the 
facts  to  which  he  was  now  going  to   refer  were  not  known. 
He  had  the  greatest  respect  for  the  work  of  Dr.  Fraukland 
and  of  his  sor,  Dr.  Percy  Fraukland,  which,  he  believed,  had 
never  been  appreciated  at  its  true  worth  even  by  those  who 
were  most  interested  in  the  matters   considered.     It  would 
be  within   the  recollection  of  some  that  a  few  years  ago 
Dr.  Percy  Frankland  showed  the  relationship  between  the 
lighting  values  of  the   paraffins.     He  first  tried  marsh-gas, 
which  practically  is  non-illuminating.     He  then  took  ethane 
and  propane,    and   be  believed   Frankland  stopped   there. 
The    curious    point    was    that    the   olefin   ethylene  (C2H4) 
gave   him   practically    US  5   caudles   per   5  cubic    feet    per 
hour ;  marsli-gas    was    put    at   5  candles.      Ethane   (C,H6) 
had   an  illuminating  power  of  about    35   caudles,  and  the 
illuminating  power   of  propane  (C2H8)    was   practically   53 
candles.     His  (Prof.  Foster's)   point  was   that   last  year   he 
had  an  opportunity  of  experimenting  with  butylene   (C,HS) 
and   found  that  the  lighting   value   of   that    substance  was 
almost  double  that   of  ethylene.      The   extraordinary  thing 
was  that    gas  engineers  had  not  yet   fully   recognised  that 
ethylene  (03H4)  has  a  lighting  value   of  practically  double 
that  of  ethane,  and  that  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  con- 
stituents of  tbeAmerican  petroleum  is    essentially  a  mixture 
of  paraffins.     If  gas    engineers    wished  to   obtain  .1  given 
lighting  value  they  must  put  tin  carbon  \apour  into  the  gas 
in  some  form  or  other.     By  using  equal  volumes  of  ethylene 
and   ethane   very  dissimilar   lighting  values   were  obtained, 
although  equal  weights  of  carbon   vapour  were  consumed. 
If  it  were  true  that  the  Russian  oils  were  largely  made  up  of 
non-saturated    hydrocarbons,   be   thought   the   tendency  of 
many  of  the  experiments  went  to  show  the  accuracy  of  the 
principles  enunciated  by  Frankland,  so   far  as  the  paraffins 
were  concerned.       He  ventured  to  think  that   he    bad   filled 
up  a  gap  by  showing  the   proportional  relationship   between 


690 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTHY.        [July  30, 1893. 


the  amounts  of  carbon  in  members  of  the  olefin  series 
and  their  lighting  values.  He  believed  that  be  bail  hit 
upon  a  plan  of  estimating  the  lighting  value  of  coal- 
gas  by  ascertaining  the  amount  of  carbon  vapour  it 
contained.  The  quantity  of  carbon  vapour  in  the  gas  was 
necessarily  numerically  related  to  the  lighting  value.  The 
results  would  be  brought  forward  at  the  meetings  of  the 
Gas  Institute  to  be  held  in  London  this  week. 


Mr.  W.  J.  A.  Bdtteepjeld  thought  he  was  correct  in 
understanding  from  Professor  Lewes  that  it  was  possible  at  a 
certain  temperature  to  form  acetylene  from  naphthalene,  but 
he  was  not  clear  whether  there  was  an  intermediate  forma- 
tion of  ethylene  or  not.  In  either  case,  he  should  like 
Professor  Lewes  to  tell  the  meeting  what  was  the 
temperature  at  which  the  transformation  occurred,  as 
naphthalene  was  a  residual  product  in  gas-works,  and  it 
would  be  quite  easy  to  make  a  valuable  illuminating  gas 
from  it  if  the  exact  temperature  at  which  acetylene  coald 
be  formed  from  it  were  known.  He  was  not  quite  clear  on 
another  point,  as  the  paper  had  been  read  rather  too 
quickly  for  him  to  take  in  anything  but  the  drift,  but  he 
thought  20  per  cent,  of  benzene  was  stated  to  he  found  in 
the  residuum  in  certain  instances.  He  presumed  Professor 
Lewes  meant  benzene  and  not  hydrocarbons  of  the  benzene 
series.  It  was  possible  that  20  per  cent,  of  hydrocarbons  of 
the  benzene  series  might  be  found  ;  but  he  would  like  very 
much  to  know  the  conditions  under  which  20  per  cent,  of 
benzene  was  found  in  the  residuum.  As  to  the  amount  of 
benzene  in  the  residuum  tar  from  carburetted  water-gas,  he 
believed  he  was  correct  in  stating  that  the  author  gave  the 
quantity  as  a  little  over  1  per  cent.  Was  this  in  the 
dehydrated  residuum,  and  were  there  any  paraffins  accom- 
panying it  ?  As  far  as  his  (Mr.  Butterfield's)  experience 
of  the  residuum  from  carburetted  water-gas  went,  there  was 
1  to  4,  or  even  5,  per  cent,  of  benzene  (not  merely  hydro- 
carbons of  the  benzene  series')  present ;  but  unfortunately 
it  was  associated  with  large  quantities  of  paraffins  of  the 
same  boiling  point.  It  would  also  be  very  interesting  to 
him  to  kuow  if  there  was  any  large  proportion  of  anthracene 
in  the  residuum  from  pure  oil-gas,  or  carburetted  water-gas, 
as,  if  over  20  per  cent,  of  benzene  was  obtainable  from  the 
tar  in  addition  to  anthracene,  it  would  almost  be  worth 
while  to  make  the  gas  for  the  sake  of  the  by-products  alone. 
He  would  also  like  to  know  whether  the  yield  of  gas, 
expressed,  say,  in  candles  per  gallon,  was  not  larger  from  a 
heavier  Russian  oil  than  from  that  which  Professor  Lewes 
had  experimented.  He  thought  Professor  Lewes  would 
find  that  certain  Russian  distillate  oils  would  give  about 
1,000  to  1,200  candles  per  gallon  without  admixture  of 
water-gas. 

Professor  LeWeb,  in  reply,  said  Mr.  Fairley  had  asked  for 
data  as  to  the  rate  of  flow.  It  was  manifest  that  with  the 
different  sizes  of  the  retorts  employed  in  the  experiments, 
it  would  have  been  impossible  to  have  used  a  constant  rate 
of  flow.  What  he  did,  therefore,  was  in  experiments  a,  b,  c, 
and  d,  which  were  all  made  in  a  retort  of  the  same  size, 
to  work  with  a  rate  of  flow  of  two  pints  per  hour.  With 
the  large  Patterson  retort  he  worked  with  a  flow  of  about 
lj  gallons  an  hour.  The  way  in  which  the  three  experi- 
ments at  900°  C.  were  made  comparable  was  by  noticing  the 
colour  of  the  gas.  Anyone  who  had  been  engaged  hi  oil- 
gas  manufacture  knew  that  a  most  valuable  indication  was 
to  be  found  in  the  colour  of  the  gas.  Wheu  it  was  made, 
say,  at  500'  C.  it  came  off  as  a  dead  white  vapour,  much  of 
which  again  condensed,  as  was  shown  by  the  small  yield  of 
gas  obtained.  When  a  temperature  of  700°  was  reached 
the  gas  came  off  a  buff  colour,  which  showed  a  better  gas 
was  being  made,  and  at  a  temperature  of  900°  (the  best 
temperature  for  the  cracking)  it  became  a  rich  chocolate 
brown,  and  in  the  experiments  made  with  retorts  of  various 
sizes  the  rate  of  flow  was  regulated  to  give  this  colour.  In 
reply  to  Mr.  Watson  Smith's  question  as  to  the  polymerising 
of  the  acetylene  and  the  formation  of  the  naphthalene,  he 
had  worked  with  v^ry  narrow  tubes,  and  had  taken  the 
exact  temperature  of  the  gas  as  it  passed  through  those 
tubes.     Under  these   conditions   he  found  lie  got  acetylene 


formed  in  the  gas  freely  when  a  temperature  of  800  I '.  anil 
upwards  was  reached,  and  that  when  the  temperature  rose 
to  900°  C,  if  he  placed  at  the  end  of  the  tube  through 
which  the  gases  passed  a  small  receiving  vessel,  he  obtained 
a  product  which  had  the  smell  of  benzene,  and  which  could 
not  be  identified  by  the  aniline  test.  When  the  temperature 
again  rose  he  got  smaller  quantities  of  a  far  heavier  sub- 
stance, which  was  probably  diphcnyl.  He  also  found  that 
crystals  of  naphthalene  began  to  appear,  and  if  the  tube 
were  heated  to  a  higher  temperature  he  did  not  get  this,  but 
he  simply  got  carbon  and  hydrogen.  That  simply  meant 
that  if  acetylene  was  being  made  at  a  temperature  of  800  ( 
these  changes  took  place,  whereas  if  it  was  being  made  at  a 
higher  temperature  over  1,150°  C.  these  hydrocarbon  com- 
pounds were  not  formed,  but  there  was  a  direct  decomposition 
of  the  acetylene  into  carbon  and  hydrogen.  He  believed  it 
was  a  well-known  fact  that  naphthalene  could  be  produced 
by  beating  the  vapour  of  benzene,  and  this  was  probably 
the  source  of  its  formation  in  this  case.  In  reply  to  Mr. 
Morrison's  question  as  to  the  permanence  of  the  gas,  he 
would  say  that  a  properly  made  oil-gas  was  far  more 
permanent  than  a  coal-gas.  If  one  took  a  coil  of  half-inch 
compo.  pipe,  say,  120  ft.  long  made  into  a  coil  and  immersed 
in  water  at  0°  C.,  and  if  through  such  a  coil  IG-candlc  coal- 
gas  were  passed,  one  could  not  read  the  illuminating  power 
of  that  gas  on  a  photometer.  If  a  well-made  oil-gas  of 
45-candle  illuminating  power  were  taken,  and  it  was  passed 
two  or  three  times  through  the  coil,  it  would  be  found  that 
there  was  only  a  loss  of  something  like  three  or  four  caudles 
out  of  the  gas.  But  that,  of  course,  was  a  properly  made 
gas.  Low  temperature  gases  would  not  do  that.  If  oil-gases 
were  made  at  a  lower  temperature,  it  would  be  invariably 
found  that  a  quantity  of  paraffin  vapours  were  obtained,  aud 
would  condense  on  cooling.  Mr.  Butterfield's  question  with 
reference  to  the  20  per  cent,  of  benzene  arose  out  of  a 
misconception  of  what  he  (Professor  Lewes)  intended  to 
infer.  What  he  said  was  that  20  per  cent,  of  the  distillate 
below  120°  C.  consisted  of  benzene  ;  20  per  cent,  of  benzene 
was  a  quantity  which  was  actually  obtained  in  the  produc 
tion  of  benzene  from  Russian  oil.  The  figures  which  he 
quoted  were  40  per  cent,  of  50  per  cent,  benzol.  Mr. 
Butterfield  had  stated  that  naphthalene  was  a  residual 
product  in  gas-works,  and  that  it  would  be  a  matter  of 
little  difficulty  to  make  a  valuable  illuminating  gas  from  it 
if  the  exact  temperature  at  which  it  could  be  converted 
into  acetylene  were  known.  This,  however,  was  not  so,  as 
neither  naphthalene  or  benzene  could  be  decomposed  by 
heat  into  hydrocarbons  valuable  for  illuminating  purposes. 
There  was  no  doubt  that  with  Russian  petroleum  a  valuable 
tar  could  be  made,  and  that  by  properly  working  the 
residuals  it  would  be  possible  to  get  the  enriching  gases  at 
a  very  low  rate.  He  had  also  been  asked  if  it  was  not  a 
fact  that  by  using  a  heavier  oil  a  higher  illuminating  power 
could  be  obtained.  That  was  perfectly  correct.  If  a  crude 
Russian  petroleum  were  used  an  illuminating  power  of 
1,000  caudles  per  gallon  would  be  got,  but  the  pitch  and 
carbon  deposited  during  cracking  is  so  great  a  nuisance  that 
it  cannot  be  used  under  ordinary  circumstances. 


July  SO,  1898.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


:,!M 


NOTE    ON    THE    ('(IMPOSITION    OF    A    STRATUM 
OF  PEAT  UNDERLYING  THE  LONDON  CLAY. 

BY    WATSON    SMITH,    F.I.O.,    P.O.S.,   AND   M.   W.   TRW  l  RS. 

On  the  kind  Invitation  of  Mr.  Cairns,  a  former  student  of 
Chemical  Technology  in  University  College,  now  engaged 
as  an  engineer  in  the  construction  of  the  new  Blackwall 
Thames  tunnel,  we  went  to  inspect  a  layer  of  peat,  which 
oeeiirs  at  a  depth  .if  about  12  feet  below  the  surface  in  the 
cutting  at  Poplar,  about  200  yards  from  the  Thames.  Ibis 
peat  was  of  distinct  brown  colour  and  darkened  considerably 
on  exposure  to  air  and  light.  It  was  very  wet,  and  was 
composed  chiefly  of  branches  and  trunks  of  trees,  twigs, 
&e.  It  is  about  two  feet  thick,  but  is  said  to  attain  :^ 
thickness  of  six  feet  on  the  other  side  of  the  Thames. 

The  substance  contained  G9-5  per  cent,  of  moisture, 
leaving  of  dry  carbonaceous  matter  30-  5  percent.  In  the 
sample  taken,  of  course  we  avoided  any  considerable  pieces 
of  wood. 

The  dry  peat  furnished  on  analysis  30 '08  per  cent,  of 
ash,  leaving  49'92  per  cent,  of  carbonaceous  matter. 

The  amount  of  wax  or  bitumen  found  by  extraction  with 
benzene  was  0-10  per  cent,  on  the  dry  substance. 

The  composition  of  the  ash  (50-03  per  cent.)  will  he  a 
matter  of  some  interest.  It  was  as  follows: — Silica  G2-48 
per  cent.;  ferric  oxide  and  alumina  21-26  per  cent.; 
carbonate  of  lime,  &c,  16"2G  per  cent. 

The  silica  existed  chiefly  as  sand. 

We  should  be  inclined  to  regard  this  deposit  as  an 
earthy  brown  coal  in  process  of  formation  and  development. 
Every  100  parts  of  this  peat  contains  about  30  parts  of  dry 
Substance,  half  of  which  is  ash  aud  half  combustible 
matter,  and  has  no  value  as  fuel. 

It  has  geological  interest  as  showing  that,  at  a  period 
anterior  to  the  formation  of  the  London  clay,  an  abundant 
growth  of  trees  and  shrubs  extended  from  some  distance 
inland,  right  down  to  the  water's  edge  in  this  locality. 


A  CONTRIBUTION  TO  OUR  KNOWLEDGE  OF  THE 
SOLUBLE    AND     RESINOUS    CONSTITUENTS 

OF  COALS.     ( Continued  from  page  97.5,  this  Journal, 
1891). 

I-.V     WAT80N    SMITH,    P.C.S.,    F.I.C.,    LECTURER    IN    CHEMICAL 

TECHNOLOGY     IN    UNIVERSITY    COLLEGE,    LONDON,    AND 

I.    i  .    CHORLEY. 

The  conclusion  of  the  late  Dr.  Angus  Smith  was  pointed 
to  in.  my  last  communication  on  the  above  subject,  where 
after  an  examination  of  the  resiuoid  constituents  extracted 
from  peat,  he  said  it  was  his  belief  that  the  resinous 
matter  of  peat  had  grown  in  the  plants  when  fresh,  and 
was  not  a  product  of  decomposition  {lor.  cit.  p.  975). 
A  description  was  then  given  of  the  remarkable  Miike 
coal  obtained  from  mines  in  the  south-western  part  of  the 
Japanese  Empirn  and  near  the  coast  of  Shimabara  liay  in 
Kiushiu  Island.  It  was  shown  that  it  contained  9'5  per 
cent,  of  resinoid  matters  soluble  in  benzene  and  resembling 
crude  petroleum  in  general  character,  and  the  probability 
was  indicated  that  this  bitumen,  like  the  resins  of  peat, 
was  a  residue  of  the  waxes  and  resins  which  exister1  in  the 
original  plants  and  trees  forming  the  coal  (loc.  oil.  p.  977). 
Seeing,  moreover,  that  the  Miike  coal  contains  an  ash  with 
about  42i  per  cent,  of  lime,  it  was  deemed  probable  that 
it  is  really  an  advanced  lignite  and  of  tertiary  and  cretaceous 
character. 

Now  if  a  tertiary,  and,  therefore,  a  younger  coal,  we  have 
at  hand  one  reason  for  finding  more  of  such  soluble  resinous 


matter  than  can  be  found  in  the  older  fossils  of  the  secondary 
strata,  the  coal  measures.  F'or  example,  boghead,  Lanca- 
shire, Australian,  and  American  cannels  were  examined, 
all  secondary  fossils,  and  the  amounts  of  soluble  resinoids 
found  only  varied  between  0'6  aud  1'06  per  cent. 

.V  tertiary  coal,  or  lignite,  will  be  one  in  which,  other 
things  being  equal,  the  resinoid  matters  will  not  have  been 
subjected  to  such  extremes  of  heat  and  pressure  probably, 
aud  certainly  not  for  so  great  a  length  of  time,  and  so  may 
be  looked  for  in  greater  quantity  in  lignites  than  in  true 
coals.  Nevertheless  we  are  bound  to  confess  that  we  are 
unaware  of  any  comparative  experiments  having  yet  been 
made  sufficing  to  establish  this  point  as  between  lignites 
and  true  coals,  though  Percy  certainly  mentions  lignite 
from  New  Zealand  and  Tasmania  very  rich  in  bitumen 
(Percy's  "  Fuel,"  p.  317).  It  occurred  to  one  of  us  that 
it  would  be  very  interesting  to  analyse  some  other  coals 
from  mines  not  far  from  the  Miike  mine,  with  a  view  of 
effecting  some  comparison.  Mr.  Watanabe,  of  the  firm  of 
Mitsui  and  Co.,  anticipated  our  wish  by  sending  specimens 
of  two  coals  from  mines  situated  to  the  north  of  the  .Miike 
mine,  but  in  the  same  island  of  Kiushiu.  The  determinations 
of  the  composition  of  these  two  coals,  which  we  will  term 
A.  and  15.,  were  so  interesting  in  view  of  the  results  with 
the  Miike  coal,  we  felt  impelled  to  bring  them  before  this 
Section  of  the  Society  without  delay.  We  now  give  the 
composition  of  the  two  coals  in  question  (A.  and  B.)  and 
repeat  that  of  the  Miike  coal : — 


Carbon  

Hyd  loriii 

Oxygen  

Nitrogen 

Sulphur 

Moisture 

Ash 

Coke 

Specific  gravity 

Calorific  value 

("Insoluble 

Ash-;  Ferric       oxide        mil 
I     alumina. 
I  Lime 

Bitumen  soluble  in  benzene. 


Miike  Coal. 


Per  Cent. 
69-  G6 

5  "35 

12-92 

1-12 
0-72 
3-13 

7- in 


59 
1-303 

7.01U 

'jII'.'j.'i 

32-sil 
2-92 
11-57 


PerCent. 

7>'.is 

4'20 
12'68 
1-53 
nsii 
2-27 
IT  50 


Per  Cent. 

7f22 

.VSl 

.vol 

1-11 

3-15 

II  V,2 

;r  i:, 


lniriii; 


58 

1-257 
7,125 
52-50 
U-10 
15-38 

1-18 


on:. 

1-269 

7,010 
14-94 
20-91 
42-38 
9-50 


No  doubt  you  will  observe  a  very  remarkable  thing  in 
connexion  with  the  above  analyses,  viz.,  that  as  the  lime 
increases  in  quantity  so  also  does  the  amount  of  bitumen 
soluble  in  benzene.  In  other  words  the  tertiary  coal  or 
lignite  of  the  cretaceous  strata,  the  younger  fossil,  retains 
most  of  these  bituminoid  residua,  whilst  the  older  fossil 
retains  least,  the  intermediate  containing  an  intermediate 
quantity. 

These  coals,  too,  are  fairly  comparable,  for  they  all  come 
from  the  same  island  in  Japan. 

Is  any  argument  to  be  drawn  from  the  fact  ?  I  think 
there  is,  and  we  must  remember  that  the  resinoid  matter  of 
the  Japanese — the  Miike — coal  contained  a  considerable 
amount  of  volatile  constituents.  The  argument  is  simply 
this,  that  we  find  these  resins  in  the  tertiary  coals — the 
lignites — because  they  are  younger  fossils  and  have  not 
undergone  the  extremes  of  age,  prolonged  pressure  and 
subterranean  heat,  that  the  secondary  coals,  or  true  j > i t 
coals,  have. 


•v.'-j 


THE   JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [July  30,  wfta. 


It  is  an  interesting  fact  that,  bo  far  as  one  can  ascertain 
at  present,  the  waxes  and  bituminoid  matters  of  peats, 
lignites,  and  the  true  bituminous  pit  coals,  though  differing 
in  amounts  in  the  lespective  fossils,  all  seem  to  be  much 
alike  in  chemical  character. 

Schorlenimer's  analysis  of  the  peat  waxes  extracted  by 
the  late  Dr.  Angus  Smith  showed  that  they  contained  a 
considerable  proportion  of  oils  of  hydrocarbon  character, 
like  paraffin  oils,  and  Schorlemmer  was  sure  that  solid 
paraffins  were  also  present.  My  examination  of  the  resinoid 
matters  of  the  Miike  coal  gave  results  testifying  to  the  same 
thing,  and  the  resinoids  derived  from  the  canuel  coals 
already  referred  to  also  bore  evidence  in  the  same  direction. 
Dr.  K.  Angus  Smith  and  .Mr.  Hinney  have  both  made 
observations  proving  that  oil  accumulates  and  flows  from 
the  peat,  and  indeed  it  is  probable  that  ozokerite  is  thus 
formed.  Finally,  Dr.  Angus  Smith  extracted  resins  from 
peat  and  from  mosses  above  the  peat,  and  found  them 
similar.  Here,  then,  is  the  chain  of  evidence  pointing  to 
the  strong  probability  that  these  soluble  resinoids  are  the 
slightly  altered  resins  and  oils  originally  contained  in  the 
plants  and  trees  from  which  either  peat,  lignite,  or  coal  was 
derived.  Iu  this  Miike  coal,  so  uniformly  rich  in  resinoid 
matter,  we  have  probably  original  special  flora,  and  special 
circumstances  since  and  during  fossilisation  for  the  preser- 
vation of  these  matters.  We  are  now  extracting  a  large 
quantity  of  this  bitumen  for  special  chemical  investigation, 
and  are  using  a  large  Soxhlet's  extractor  of  copper. 

Bitumen  soluble  in  Benzene  contained  in  various 
Coals. 


Miike  Coal,  with 
42*4  per  Tent.  Lime. 

Japanese  ( Joal  A., 
with  15"4  per  Cent, 

Lime. 

Japanese  Coa]  B., 

with  2*92  per  Lent. 

Lime. 

ifoO 

1-1S 

Q'57 

Boghead 

Cannel, 

Scotland. 


Australian 
Cannel. 


American 
Cannel. 


Lancashire  Cannels. 


Hucknall 

Cannel. 


Tyldcsley 
Canuel. 


With  Small  Quantities  of  Lime  in  Ashes,  like  Coal  B.  (Japanese). 


The  increase  of  bitumen  with  increase  of  cretaceous 
character,  and  probably  more  recent  character  of  the  coal, 
is  seen  on  reference  to  the  above  table,  though  more  experi- 
ments are  to  be  tried  in  this  direction  as  confirmatory  of 
the  argument  involved.  Of  course,  in  cases  where  the 
intrusion  of  volcanic  eruptions  was  evident,  such  as  trap 
-Ukes,  &c,  any  such  evidence  could  not  be  looked  for. 


ILumpool  Section. 


Uxivkksity  College,  Brow>*low  Street. 


Chairman :  H.  Brunner. 
Vice-Chairman:  E.  Carey. 


Committee : 


.1.  *  lampbell  Brown. 
!■;.  Carey. 
\.  C.  Driffield. 
J' s. ( '.  I iamble. 
C.  L.  Higgins. 
P.  Iluiter. 


A.  H.  Knight. 
E.  K.  Muspratt. 
<  r.  Schack-Sommer. 
A.  Watt. 


Hon.  Treasurer :  W  1*.  Thompson. 

Son.  Local  Secretary: 
Dr.  Chas.  A.  Kohn,  University  College,  Liverpool. 


iHanrheshT  &rction. 


Chairman :  Ivan  Levinstein. 

Vice-Chairman :  Kdw.  Schunck. 


Committee : 

5.  Grossmann. 

P.  Hart. 

J.  M.  Irving. 

E.  Knecht. 

Sir  II.  E.Eoscoe,  M.P. 

C.  Truby. 

lion.  Local  Secretary  : 

J.  Carter  Bell, 

Bank  House,  The  Cliff,  Higher  Broughton,  Manchester. 


J.  Angell. 
G.  H.  Bailey. 

F.  H.  Bowman. 
K.  P.  Carpenter. 

G.  E.  Davis. 
H.  Grimshaw. 


Notiiesol  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


^rtoradtlr  gwtioiL 


Chairman:  A.  Allhuseu. 
Vice-Chairman:  John  Pattinson. 


Committee : 


P.  P.  Bedson. 
t;.  T.  Prance. 
G.  Gatheral. 
T.  W.  Hogg. 
John  Morrison. 
B.  S.  Proctor. 


W.  \V.  Proctor. 
W.  L.  Rennoldson. 
W.  A.  Rowell. 
T.  W.  Stuart. 
John  Watson. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  and  Treasurer: 
Dr.  J.  T.  Dunn,  The  School,  Gafc 


Noticesof  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  lie 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


July  so,  1892.]        THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTliY. 


&otcingl)am  &frtion. 


University  College,  Nottingham 


F.  J.  It.  r.nilla. 
.].  B,  Coleman. 
0.  H.  Field. 
H.  Forth. 
F.  I>.  Morale. 

S.  J.  IVnlrn.s1. 


Chairman  :  L.  Archbutt, 

I  'ia  i  'ha  irman  :  P.  I  How  es. 

Committi  •■ : 

H.  J.  Staples. 

C.  Taylor. 

Sir  John  Turne.v. 

G.J.  Ward. 

J.T.  W i. 


Tr<.'i.\ttrtr :  J.  M.  C.  Paton. 

//'<«.  Local  Secretary  •* 
R.  L.  Wniteley,  University  College,  Nottingham, 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


©orksbtre  £>rction. 


Chairman  :  Sir  James  Kitson,  Bart  ,  M  V. 
Vice-Chairman  •"  Dr.  F.  H.  Bowman. 


Committee : 


A.  II.  Allen. 
J.  B  Cohen. 

T.  Fan-Icy. 
A.  Hess. 

ft.  Hollidagr. 

J.  J.  Hummel. 


J.  Lewkowitscli. 

P.  W.  Richardson. 

J  as.  Sharp. 

G.  W.  S hitler. 

G.  Ward. 

J.  B.  Wilkinson. 


lion .  Lorn1  Secretary  : 
II.  R.  Procters  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  should  lie  addressed  lu 
the  liun.  Local  Secretary. 


#UsfgoU)  ana  £>rotttsl)  &rrt!'on. 


Chairman;  (J.  A.  Fawsitt. 
Vice-Chairman;  E.  J.  Mills 


Committee : 


G.  Boilby. 
W.  J.  Chrystal. 
C.J.  Kill-. 
Wm.  Foulis. 

J.  Gibson. 

R.  A.  Inglis. 

It,  Irvine. 

J.  Falconer  King 


J.  S.  Macarthur. 
T.  P.  Miller. 
T.  L.  Patterson. 
J.  Pattison. 
J.  B.  Beadman. 
E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 
R.  R.  Tatloek. 
G.  Watson. 


Hon.  Secretary  and  Treasurer: 
J,  Stanley  Muir,  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  of  Glasgow. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


(^uituarirss. 


PR0FESS0K  CARL  SCHORLEMMER,  LL.B., 
F.R.S.,  &c. 

Mbmber  of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Isdustuy. 

Darmstadt,  the  birth-place  and  home  of  so  many 
chemists  and  pharmacists,  was  the  place  where  Carl 
Schorlemmer  first  saw  the  light.  He  was  born  on  the 
HOth  September  1  s : ; 4 ,  and  was  of  what  is  termed  humble 
birth,  a  circumstance  which  becomes  lustrous  when  we 
glance  at  the  heading  of  this  obituary  notice  and  observe 
the  distinctions  he  has  won  by  sheer  hard  work,  supported 
and  fired  by  undoubted  genius. 

But  whilst  exalted  in  the  science  to  which  he  was 
devoted,  and  which  was  by  no  means  confined  to 
chemistry  and  physics,  he  never  forgot  his  old  home 
and  its  associations  Or  the  rank  of  the  people  from  which 
he  sprang,  and  the  writer  well  recollects,  in  sorting  out  his 
own  letters  in  the  <  Iwens  College  letter-box,  the  regularity 
with  which  every  week  end  he  came  upon  Professor 
Schorlemmer's  number  of  the  "  So,-inl  Demokrat  "  with 
the  Zurich  postmark  upon  it.  Vet  indeed  Schor- 
lemmer's was  a  gentle  order  of  social  democracy,  most 
concerned  as  to  the  amelioration  of  the  lot  of  the  pour 
Bauernvolk  of  his  Fatherland. 

Turning  to  his  career  as  a  chemist,  this  opened  iu 
Giessen,  where  he  chiefly  studied,  though  he  afterwards 
went  to  Heidelberg.  In  1858  he  came  to  England  first, 
though  for  a  brief  period,  as  one  of  the  laboratory 
assistants  of  the  late  Dr.  R.  Angus  Smith,  and  then  as 
private  assistant  to  Professor  Roscoe,  now  Sir  Henry 
E.  Roscoe,  MP.,  who  had  been  shortly  before  appointed 
to  the  Chair  of  ( Ihemistry  at  the  Owens  College.  At 
the  time  of  Schorlemmer's  advent  there,  W.  Dittmar, 
whose  sudden  death  we  had  regretfully  to  chronicle 
but  a  few  months  ago,  was  the  college  laboratory 
and  lecture  assistant.  This  post  he  resigned  in  1861, 
and  Schorlemmer  was  his  successor.  Then  came  the 
opportunity  of  a  certain  amount  of  leisure  for  original 
research,  and  none  but  those  whose  privilege  it  was 
to  be  under  his  tuition  know  how  ably  he  combined 
the  arduous  duties  of  laboratory  instruction  with  the 
concentration  of  mind  and  skilfulness  of  hand  needed 
in  such  researches  without  either  slackening  iu  the  one 
or  failing  in  the  other.  His  encyclopaedic  knowledge 
of  his  science,  and  even  apparent  contempt  for  reference 
to  books,  by  reason  of  the  marvellous  memory  he 
possessed,  were  matters  at  once  of  astonishment  and 
wondering  comment  amongst  even  the  most  advanced 
of  the  chemical  students. 

What  splendid  use  he  made  of  the  scant  leisure  for 
quiet  laboratory  work  at  his  disposal,  every  chemist 
knows  who  remembers  his  Hist  paper,  published  in  1802, 
and  it  may  indeed  with  truth  be  said  that  Schorlemmer's 
discovery  and  clear  proofs  of  the  identity  of  the  two 
bodies  then  supposed  distinct,  dimethyl  and  ethyl 
hydride,  paved  the  way  for  those  further  advances  in 
organic  chemistry  subsequently  made,  which  have  prove  i 
of  such  wide-spread  importance  both  in  pure  and 
applied  chemistry.  During  the  10  years  following  186:i, 
he  carried  on  in  the  old  laboratories  in  Quay  Street, 
Manchester,  a  series  of  researches  which  revolutionised 
our  ideas  of  the  constitution  of  the  hydrocarbons.  The 
Royal  Society  Catalogue  gives  the  titles  of  some  J2 
papers,  each  marking  some  important  step,  and  repre- 
senting collectively  the  rungs  of  the  ladder  by  which 
he  quietly  but  irresistibly  climbed  to  the  Fellowship 
of  that  Society,  to  which  lie  was  elected  in  1S71,  the 
first  occasion  on  which  he  appeared  as  a  candidate.  The 
University  of  Glasgow  later  on  distinguished  him  by 
conferring  upon  him  the  honorary  degree  of  LL.D.  IJ\ 
this  time  Schorlemmer  had  gained  a  European  reputation 
ami     had    spread    the    tame    of    the    Owens    College 


594 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30,  1892. 


laboratories  far  and  wide,  for  besides  his  original 
researches,  the  publication  of  a  book  under  the  tit!.'  of 
the  Chemistry  of  the  Carbon  Compounds,  or  Organic 
Chemistry  (of  which  a  German  edition  appeared,  and 
still  eigoys  a  high  reputation  in  the  Vaterland),  con- 
tributed to  extern!  his  reputation  as  a  teacher,  author, 
and  investigator.  It  therefore  seemed  somewhat  singular 
that  the  college,  for  the  repute  of  whose  Chemical  School 
he  l;a<l  ihme  so  much,  should  continue  to  assign  to  such 
a  man  the  title  of  assistant,  and  should  allow  him  no 
voice  in  the  academical  management  of  the  institution. 
This  state  of  things  lasted,  however,  not  long,  and  at  the 
urgent  request  of  Sir  Henry  Eoscoe,  a  Chair  of  Organic 
Chemistry  was  founded,  and  Dr.  Schorlemmer  was 
appointed  to  fill  it.  As  already  hinted,  Sehorlemmer's 
scientific  knowledge  was  not  confined  to  chemistry,  he 
was  an  accomplished  botanist,  and.  indeed,  possessed  an 
extensive  command  of  many  branches  of  science.  In  the 
meantime  Kosene's  Lessons  in  Elementary  Chemistry 
had  obtained  a  world-wide  fame,  and  the  work  had  been 
translated  into  almost  every  tongue.  What  more  suitable 
arrangement  then,  than  that  such  forces  should  be  united 
in  the  joint  authorship  and  compilation  of  a  complete 
text-book  on  the  entire  subject,  both  inorganic  and 
organic  chemistry,  bringing  to  bear  also  sufficient  of  the 
history  of  chemistry  to  leaven  the  whole,  and  render  it 
really  interesiiug  reading,  as  well  as  suitable  as  a  work  of 
reference  ? 

The  reply  to  such  a  question  was  anticipated  by  the 
decision  arrived  at  that  Professor  Sir  Henry  K.  Hoscoe 
and  Professor  Schorlemmer  should  combine  forces  in 
the  production  of  a  complete  and  systematic  treatise  on 
inorganic  and  organic  chemistry.  This  great  work  was 
far  advanced,  one  volume  remaining  to  complete  it,  but, 
alas,  the  span  of  life  was  too  short.  The  oil  had  burnt 
down,  and  was  spent,  the  light,  all  too  soon,  had  departed. 
Thus  the  volume  which  was  to  complete  the  series  will 
remain  unwritten.  Of  recent  years  Dr.  Schorlemmer 
was  not  able  to  leave  his  house  in  the  evenings,  and 
confined  himself  more  and  more  to  his  college  and 
literary  work.  Schorlemmer  was  not  a  brilliant  lecturer, 
and  this  in  large  measure  owing  to  Sprachschwierig- 
keiten,  for  these  he  never  entirely  conquered  through 
the  persistency,  probably,  with  which  he  conversed 
whenever  it  was  possible  in  bis  Muttersprache :  but 
bis  style  of  writing  English,  as  witness  bis  elegant 
little  work,  The  Rise  and  Development  of  Organic 
Chemistry,  was  most  clear,  simple,  and  forcible.  He 
was  a  most  accomplished  laboratory  teacher,  and  those 
whose  good  fortune  it  has  been  to  work  under,  and 
especially  with,  him,  will  not  soon  forget  the  peculiar 
inspiration  they  received  from  bis  earnest  example  and 
bis  untiring  patience,  united  to  a  modesty  rendered  all  the 
more  impressive  by  its  failure  to  conceal  the  pre  eminence 
of  the  master  mind. 

Sehorlemmer's  assistance  and  help  were  most  readily 
extended  to  the  needy  and  struggling  ones  who  might 
apply  to  him,  and  if  be  found  the  cases  meritorious  and 
deserving  (and  singularly  quaint  were  his  methods  of 
testing  them),  his  kindness  and  solicitude  never  failed. 

-  \V.  S. 


A.  NORMAN  TATE,  F.C.S.,  F.I.C., 

A    VICE-PRESIDENT    OF   THE   SOCIETY    OE   CHEMICAL 

INDl  su;v. 

It  is  with  much  regret  that  the  somewhat  sudden  death 
is  announced  of  a  mat)  whose  name  has  been  so  largely 
identified  with  that  of  this  Society,  indeed  from  the  very 
birth  of  the  latter.  Since  the  beginning  of  the  year 
1883,  he  has  served  as  a  member  of  the  Publication 
(  '  immittec  of  the  Journal,  and  his  services  on  the  (  ouucil 
of  the  Society  were  regarded  as  being  of  such  value  that 
he  was  more  recently  elected  a  Vice-President.  But 
more  particularly  will  Mr.  A.  Norman  Tate's  loss  he 
felt  in  connexion  with  the  Liverpool  Section  of  the 
Society .   of   which  he  was    the   Vice-Chairman,    and    it 


must  be  with  a  feeling  of  no  little  melancholy  that  his 
colleagues  reflect  that  his  genial  and  kindly  countenance 
will  no  longer  he  seen  among  them.  When  we  turn, 
moreover,  to  page  loG  in  the  May  issue  of  this  Journal, 
and  refer  to  this  the  last  record  of  the  Committee  of 
the  Liverpool  Section  containing  his  name  as  Yice- 
Chainnan,  but  printed  in  italics,  and  thus  signifying  a 
partial  removal,  it  was  little  thought  that  be  was  so  soon 
to  be  taken,  and  in  a  more  serious  sense,  from  the  wide- 
circle  of  friends  and  colleagues,  by  the  great  remover, 
Death. 

A.  Norman  Tate  was  born  on  February  24th,  1837,  at 
Wells,  in  Somersetshire,  He  seems  to  have  commenced 
early,  and  with  great  assiduity,  the  study  of  chemistry 
and  pharmacy.  Later  on,  he  entered  the  laboratory  of 
I»i.  Sheridan  Muspratt,  in  Liverpool,  and  here  he  studied 
general  and  analytical  chemistry  very  thoroughly. 
-Mr.  Tate's  name  subsequently  appeared  with  considerable 
frequency  in  connexion  with  papers  read  before  the 
Chemical  Society  of  London,  the  Royal  Dublin  Society, 
&c.  He  then  commenced  a  course  of  practical  and 
analytical  experience  in  the  laboratory  of  Messrs.  John 
Hutchinson  and  Co.,  alkali  manufacturers,  in  Widnes, 
which  continued  for  about  three  years,  when  lie  resolved 
to  set  up  in  Liverpool  as  a  consulting  and  analytical 
chemist.  When  the  importation  of  petroleum  from 
America  was  commenced,  the  oil  being  then  regarded 
as  a  novelty,  Mr.  Tate  made  it  a  particular  object  of 
technological  study,  and  soon  became  a  recognised  and 
leading  authority, — as  witness  his  little  book  published 
at  that  period,  and  entitled  "  Petroleum  and  its  Pro- 
ducts," which  was  soon  translated  both  into  French  and 
German.  Mr.  Tate  showed  evidence  of  ability  in 
chemical  engineering,  for  he  designed  and  erected  plant 
and  apparatus  for  the  production  and  refining  of  coal- 
aud  shale-oils,  in  Flintshire.  In  the  examination  of 
fats,  oils,  ami  waters,  A.  Norman  Tate  hail  attained 
considerable  reputation  for  skill  and  accuracy.  But  the 
greatest  praise  is  due  to  Tate  for  his  indefatigable  labours 
as  a  public  man,  and  in  benevolent  schemes  of  various 
kinds.  His  efforts  to  popularise  the  study  of  chemistry 
are  matters  of  common  knowledge  in  Liverpool,  and 
even  with  his  large  and  extending  consulting  analytical 
practice,  he  yet  found  time  to  undertake  the  teaching  of 
chemistry  in  connexion  with  the  Liverpool  trade  societies, 
and  the  force  of  his  example  and  precepts  greatly 
contributed  to  raise  the  Liverpool  Science  and  Art 
(lasses  to  become  what  they  now  are,  a  great  power  in 
that  city.  Mr.  A.  Norman  Tate,  as  honorary  principal. 
had  the  arrangement  of  these  classes,  and  for  some 
years  he  himself  taught  chemistry,  botany,  physiology, 
and  general  biology,  four  or  five  evenings  per  week, 
5  thus  occupied  throughout  the  winter  season  when 
usual  business  hours  were  over.  This  work  had,  in 
short,  become  a  labour  of  love. 

In  1880  a  public  meeting  was  held  in  the  Liverpool 
Town  Hall,  and  Mr.  Tate  was  presented  with  a  handsome 
testimonial  for  work  done  in  connexion  with  these  and 
other  classes,  notably  the  Birkenhead  School  of  Science, 
from  which  he  received  a  second  address. 

Mr.  A.  Norman  Tate  founded  a  School  of  Technology 
and  Chemistry  in  Hackius-hey,  and  hence  was  obliged 
to  lay  out  large  sums  of  money  on  a  work  of  such  public 
spirited  character,  and  more  particularly  as  he  con- 
scientiously took  steps  to  guard  against  interference  with 
the  professional  work  of  other  Liverpool  analysts.  IK' 
led  a  quiet  retiring  mode  of  life,  and  was  eminently  a 
man  of  a  genial  spirit  and  kind  heart.  The  cheer} 
patience  with  which  he  bore  his  last  illness  was  a 
splendid  as  well  as  a  touching  proof  of  the  peace  and 
serenity  of  mind  which  are  the  consequences  of  a  good 
life,  which  in  A.  Norman  Tate's  case  certainly  meant  a 
life  lived  mainly  to  benefit  others.—  W.  S. 


July  so  1892.]        THE  JOU11NAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Journal  ana  $atrnl*  Ittrraturr. 


Claw.  Page. 

I. — General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery 695 

1 1.— Fuel,  0:is.  and  Light 598 

I II.— Destructive  Distillation,  Tar  Products,  &c 598 

[V. — Colouring  Mailers  and  Dyes  599 

V— Textiles  :  Cotton,  Wool,  Silk,  &c 600 

VL— Dyeing,    Calico    Printing,    Paper    Stainine;,   and 

Bleaching cno 

VII.— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 608 

VTII. — Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware 601 

IX.— Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars,  and  Cements..  606 

X.— Metallurgy 607 

X  I.— Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy   616 

XII.— Fats,  Oils,  and  Soap  Manufacture lilti 

Mil.— Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 
Rubber,  Sec 620 

XI V.— Tanning,  Leather,  Glue,  and  Size 0-21 

XT.— Manures,  &c U25 

XVI.— Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  &c 626 

XVII. — Brewing,  "Wines,  Spirits,  &c 626 

Will. — Chemistry   of    Foods,   Sanitary    Chemistry,    and 

Disinfectants 029 

X  I  X.— Paper.  Pasteboard,  Jfcc 881 

XX.— Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids,  Essences,  and  Extracts  681 

X  X  I. — Photographic  Materials  and  Processes ;:i  i 

XXI  I.— Explosives,  Matches,  &c i\x, 

XX I II.— Analytical  Chemistry C.'K 


I -GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Method  of  effecting, 
by  Means  of  Centrifugal  Force,  the  Reaction  of  Bodies  of 
different  Densities  on  one  another.  W.  P.  Thompson, 
Liverpool.  From  P.  Marix,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat.  S47o, 
May  1G,  1891. 

The  inventor,  having  studied  the  phenomena  presented 
when  employing  centrifugal  separators  in  obtaining  the 
emulsion  of  skimmed  milk  with  a  small  proportion  of  fatty 
substances  in  the  manufacture  of  cheese,  has  noticed  the 
different  character  of  these  emulsions  according  as  the 
proportions  of  the  two  mixtures  are  varied,  or  the  conditions 
of  temperature,  subdivision  of  parts,  or  rapidity  of  operation 
are  altered. 

He  has  devised  certain  alterations  and  changes  in  the 
centrifugal  separators  by  means  of  which  the  above 
conditions  can  be  varied  as  required,  the  invention  con- 
sisting in  producing  by  centrifugal  force  the  juxta-position 
of  infinitesimal  particles  of  the  substances  to  be  mixed,  in 
then  effecting  their  mixture  by  causing  them  to  run  out 
through  the  same  orifice  simultaneously  and  continuously 
under  the  action  of  the  centrifugal  force,  and  in  submitting 
the  substances,  whether  gaseous,  liquid,  or  in  the  form  of 
powder,  at  any  period  of  the  process,  to  any  further  desired 
physical,  chemical,  or  mechanical  reactions.  Two  types  of 
shapes  of  centrifugal  vessels,  arranged  to  meet  certain 
conditions,  are  outlined  in  the  drawings,  and  there  are  nine 
claims,  and  for  a  satisfactory  comprehension  of  the  patentees' 
intention  the  full  specification  should  be  examined.— li. 


*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post  by  remitting 
Sd. — the  price  now  fixed  for  all  specifications,  postage  included—  lo 
Sir  Henry  Reader  Lack,  Comptroller  of  tin  Patent  Office  Si  el'e 
amnion  Buildings, Chancery  Lane,  London.  W.C. 


An  Improved  Means  and  Method  of  Closure  for  the 
Regulation  of  Gaseous  Pressures.  E.  J.Mills  and  C  J. 
Ellis,  Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.  9187,  June  1,  1801. 

The  inventors  use  an  elastic  material  punctured  by  one  or 
more  holes  or  slits,  for  closing  bottles,  casks,  or  vessels,  the 
material  being  of  such  width  and  thickness  as  to  permit  the 
passage  of  gas  at  a  specified  pressure  ;  these  punctures  may- 
be lubricated  with  a  dry  powdered  lubricant.  The  application 
of  this  invention  to  the  stoppers  of  bottles,  &c.  is  also 
claimed. — .1.  C.  C. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Treatment  of  Water  to 
prepare  it  for  Use  in  Steam  Boilers  and  for  other 
purposes.  R.  M.  Deeley  and  L.  Archbutt,  Derby.  Eng. 
Pat.  11,708,  July  9,  1891. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  an  upper  and  a  lower  tank.  The 
upper  receives  the  hard  water  and  also  the  chemical  solution 
or  milk  of  lime  which  may  lie  injected  with  the  aid  of  steam 
and  air  with  the  object  of  mixing  the  ingredients  and  stirring 
up  the  precipitate.  The  softened  water,  after  a  period  of 
rest,  is  drawn  off  into  the  lower  vessel  by  means  of  a  hinged 
pipe  plaeed  in  the  upper  tank  with  floating  end,  so  adjusted 
that  the  water  is  drawn  off  a  short  distance  below  the 
surface.  Carbonic  acid  gas  is  drawn  or  forced  down  the 
same  pipe,  the  inner  surface  of  which  is  crossed  by  ridges  or 
transverse  ribs  which  cause  the  softened  water  in  its  descent 
to  be  splashed  into  contact  with  the  earbonating  gases.  The 
admission  of  the  mixture,  the  water,  and  the  gas  is  regulated 
automatically,  and  for  treating  large  quantities  of  water 
tanks  with  wells  and  tra  jectors  can  be  employed  in  accordance 
with  Eng.  Pat.  1791  of  1889  (this  Journal,  1890,  406).— B. 


Improvement    in    Means    or    Apparatus  for   Drying    or 

Extracting  Moisture  from  Vegetable,  Animal,  or  other 

Products   or   Materials.     L.    Gye,   London.     Eng.  Pat. 

12,401,  July  21,  1891. 

The  drying  or  extracting  of  the  moisture  is  accomplished 

in  chambers  by  currents  of  air,  the  air  being  agitated  and 

distributed    by    curtains   or    suspended    diaphragms,    and 

controlled  by  adjustable  blades  or  deflectors.     The  air  may 

previously   be   heated   by   a   furnace   as   described   in  the 

specification. — J.  C.  C. 

Improved  Apparatus  for  Distilling    Water.     J.  Ivirkaldy, 

London.  Eng.  Pat.  12,578,  July  24,  1891. 
The  invention  embraces  the  construction  of  portable 
apparatus  with  either  combined  or  separate  evaporator  and 
condenser,  the  fuel  employed  being  oil,  though  in  some 
forms  of  the  apparatus  block  or  slow  burning  fuel  is  used 
or  common  combustibles. 

The  accompanying  figure  shows  one  of  the  arrangements 


Improved  Apparatus  for  Distilling  Water. 


596 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30,189?. 


A  is  the  vessel  containing  the  water  to  be  evaporated 
supported  by  the  outer  ring  C  on  legs  D,  attached  to  the 
oil  reservoir  K  from  which  the  lamp  wicks  I  project  into 
the  conical  funnel  ().  The  flume  heats  the  inner  surface  of 
the  combustion  chamber  B  and  finds  its  way  out  through 
openings  X  whilst  ;iir  for  combustion  enters  by  W.  The 
wicks  are  regulated  by  the  ordinary  screws  II. 

The  evaporating  vessel  is  surmounted  by  a  cold  water 
tank  .1,  held  in  position  by  the  rim  K  and  having  two 
conical  bottom  surfaces  L  &  L'.  The  cone  L  has  the 
central  valre  scat  R,  on  which  fits  the  reversed  valve  V 
carried  on  the  hollow  ball  V  by  the  spindle  S  which  is  guided 
in  the  bracket  T  overhead.  The  ball  floats  in  the  recess  1> 
of  the  heating  chamber  15  and  keeps  the  valve  V  closed 
until  the  water  level  has  been  reduced  by  evaporation 
sufficientlj  for  admitting  a  new  supply  from  the  tank  above. 
The  rising  vapour  condenses  on  the  under  surface  of  L 
aud  collects  in  the  space  M,  whence  it  is  drawn  through  the 
pipe  i  I.  Further  .supply  of  water  for  evaporation  is 
admitted  through  P  and  the  overflow  <i  allows  the  surplus 
to  run  off. — B. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Charging  Liquids  with 
Gases.  .1.  II.  Minto,  Anfield.  Eng.  Pat.  13,323,  August 
n,  1891. 

The  object  ff  the  invention  is  a  means  of  impregnating 
a  liquid  with  gas  a  little  at  the  time,  in  proportion  as  the 
liquid  is  drawn  off.  This  is  accomplished  by  employing 
two  vessels  one  above  the  other,  separated  by  a  perforated 
[partition  or  rose  and  by  leading  a  tube  within  from  near 
the  bottom  of  the  lower  vessel  to  near  the  top  of  the  upper. 
The  lower  end  of  the  tube  dips  into  a  shallow  layer  of 
liquid  in  the  lower  vessel,  whilst  its  upper  end  reaches 
above  that  with  which  the  upper  vessel  is  filled,  gas  under 
pressure  being  admitted  into  the  vessels  in  any  desirable 
way.  So  long  as  the  lower  end  of  the  tube  remains 
covered  with  liquid,  that  contained  in  the  upper  vessel  i< 
maintained  at  its  existing  level.  But  on  the  tube  end 
being  uncovered  through  withdrawal  of  some  of  the  liquid 
the  equilibrium  is  destroyed,  and  a  new  supply  descends 
through  the  perforations  of  the  rose  in  a  fine  shower,  readily 
taking  up  the  gas  on  its  passage. — 1!. 


Improvements    in  Funnels  for    Measuring   Liquids.     J. 

Richardson,    YVigau.     Kug.    Pat,    15,122,   September    7, 
1891. 

Tins  funnel  has  a  valve  in  its  lower  part,  operated  by  a 
cranked  lever  kept  in  position  by  a  spring,  and  extending 
above  the  top  of  the  funnel  so  as  to  be  easily  pressed  by 
the  linger.  The  valve  is  rigidly  attached  to  the  lever  and 
works  upon  an  india-rubber  seat.  The  funnel  may  be 
graduated  inside  so  that  any  quantity  of  liquid  may  be 
allowed  to  run  out  at  will. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Mixing  Liquids  with 
Liquids  and  Solids.  S.  II.  Johnson  and  C.  C.  Hutchin- 
son, Stratford.     Eng.  Pat.  5:!77,  March  18,  1892. 

Tub  patentees  suspend  a  disc  to  a  vertical  shaft  within  a 
vessel  containing  liquid.  Both  above  and  below  the  disc 
are  attached  concentric  tubes  which  reach  near  to  but  not 
close  up  to  the  disc,  and  are  entirely  immersed  in  the  liquid. 
The  currents  induced  by  the  rotation  of  the  shaft  cause 
the  liquid  to  lie  drawn  towards  the  disc  through  both  tubes, 
and  to  be  driven  from  the  circumference  of  the  disc  in  the 
opposite  direction,  thereby  producing  effective  stirring  and 
mixing. — B. 

Improvements  in    Filtering    Faucets.      II.   II.   Luse,    San 
Francisco,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  7119,  April  19,  1892. 

The  aperture  in  the  plug  of  tliis  lancet  forms  a  chamber 
which  is  divided  vertically  by  a  sheet  of  fine  wire  gauze  or 
perforated  plate ;  this  filters  the  water  from  debris  which 
collects  in  the  chamber,  and  may  be  removed  by  reversing 
i he  plug  and  allowing  the  water  to  carry  it  away.  — J.  t'.  t'. 


II.-FUEL,  GAS,  AND  LIGHT. 

On  thi'  Influence  of  Incandescent  Elecbic  Light  on  Paper 
made  from  Wood-cellulose,  and  its  Deterioration  through 
Exposure.  J.  Wiesner.  Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1S92,  284, 
G7-69. 

Tnrc  author  has  already  studied  (this  Journal,  1888,  44) 
the  influence  of  gas  and  that  of  the  are-light  on  woody 
fibre,  and  has  shown  that  provided  there  is  good  ventilation 
the  former  is  preferable  for  libraries,  the  only  objection  to 
its  use  being  found  in  the  slight  deposit  of  soot  which  is 
invariably  deposited  on  all  exposed  surfaces,  and  which, 
aided  by  a  temperature  of  over  30°  C,  is  liable — apart 
from  the  light — to  produce  a  slight  yellowing  of  all  varieties 
of  paper.  He  has  now  investigated  the  action  of  the 
incandescent  light  and  finds  that  after  exposure  of  352 
hours  to  a  light  of  144-candle  power  no  yellowing  takes 
place,  whilst  with  gas  light  after  240  hours  of  50-eandlc 
power  a  slight  degradation  of  tone  is  noticeable.'  It  is 
to  be  observed  that  the  action  of  light  may  proceed  for 
some  time  without  producing  any  visible  effect,  but  on 
treating  such  paper  with  potash  solution  of  such  a  strength 
as  only  to  give  a  faint  yellow  colour  with  unexposed 
material,  a  brownish  stain  is  developed.  Incidentally  he 
mentions  that  whilst  direct  sunlight  after  a  few  hours 
causes  a  chaDgc  in  paper  made  from  wood  pulp,  blight 
diffused  daylight  can  only  effect  a  similar  change  after 
several  days. 

The  tensile  strain  of  the  paper  diminishes  considerably 
during  the  process  of  yellowing;  various  strips  45  mm. 
long  aud  15  wide  being  broken,  1st,  before  exposure,  2nd. 
after  attaining  a  pale  yellow  colour,  and  3rd,  when  they  had 
turned  brown.  The  average  breaking  weights  of  the  three 
samples  were  respectively: — 1st,  3,485  grm. ;  2nd,  2,8G5 
grin.  ;   aud  3rd,  2,345  grm. 

The  author  concludes,  therefore,  that  although  gas  light 
has  little  influence  on  paper,  the  incandescent  electric  light 
is  the  best  form  of  artificial  illumination  tor  use  in  libraries, 
&c  — F.  H.  L. 


Pyrogenic  Hydrocarbons  Formed  in  the  Manufacture  of 
Compressed  Gas.  A.  Iirochet.  Compt.  Ueud.  1892, 
114,  GUI— 603. 
With  the  exception  of  normal  hexyleue,  described  by 
Williams,  and  erythrene  which  was  obtained  by  Caventou, 
no  well-defined  hydrocarbons  have  yet  been  isolated  in  a 
pure  condition  from  the  light  oil  of  compressed  gas ;  the 
author  finds  that  this  oil  may  be  regarded  as  an  abundant 
source  of  normal  hydrocarbons,  which  can  only  he  pre- 
pared with  difficulty  by  other  methods.  After  having 
collected  the  volatile  products  in  bromine,  and  separated 
large  quantities  of  aromatic  hydrocarbons  by  distillation, 
he  succeeded  in  isolating  20  gnus,  of  amylene,  and  40  grms. 
of  hexylene  from  a  litre  of  the  crude  oil.  He  also  detected 
the  presence  of  other  unsaturated  hydrocarbons  in  the  oil, 
and  found  that  they  all  contained  a  normal  chain  of  carbon 
atoms. — E.  S.  K. 


PATENTS. 


Improred  Apparatus  for  Making  Gas.     N.  Bourgoin  and 
H.  Decorce,  Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  578,  January  12,  1891. 

The  new  apparatus  has  for  its  object  the  instantaneous 
production  of  a  gas  suitable  for  lighting,  heating,  or  motive 
power  purposes.  It  consists  essentially  of  a  rotatory  pump, 
worked  by  a  weight  or  other  means,  which  forces  air  into 
a  bell  regulator  ;  from  the  latter  the  air  passes  into  a  retort 
heated  by  means  of  a  gas  jet,  then,  after  having  been 
partly  cooled  in  a  condenser,  through  the  carburettor,  and 
finally  through  a  reservoir  provided  with  vaporising  sheets. 
The  condensed  vapours  pass  from  the  condenser  into  the 
reservoir  mentioned  above,  and  are  then  carried  by  a  pipe 
and  caused  to  drop  into  the  retort. 

The    advantage    claimed    is    that    all    the    heat    absorbed 
in   the  process  of  evaporation  is  returned  to  the  carburettor 


July  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


597 


so  that  the  apparatus  works  continuously  and  regularly, 
.in  I  any  accumulation  of  heavy  hydrocarbon  oil  in  the 
reservoir  i>  avoided F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Washing  or  Scruhfiing 
Gas.  .T.  C.  Chandler,  Brixton.  Eng.  Pat.  10.91S, 
June  26,  1891. 
Instead  of  employing  laths  in  the  construction  of  the 
washers  or  scrubbers  previously  described  (Eng.  Pat.  7691 
of  ISSS)  the  patentee  uses  boards,  in  which  there  are  a 
nnmber  of  saw-cuts  or  slits,  for  offering  a  large  area  of 
wetted  surface. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Magnesium  Lights  for  Photographic  and 
Signalling  Purposes.  E.  Hackh,  Stuttgart,  Germany, 
Eng.  Tat.'  7685,  May  £,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  separate  the  particles  of 
magnesium  powder  in  such  a  way  as  to  allow  of  ready 
access  of  air  when  the  metal  is  burnt  and  so  to  assist 
combustion.  For  this  purpose  long  carded  unspun  wool 
is  soaked  in  a  mixture  of  2  parts  of  vegetable  oil,  2  parts  of 
benzene,  and  1  part  of  Venice  turpentine.  It  is  next 
wrung  out  and  allowed  to  partially  dry  and  is  then  covered 
with  particles  of  the  powder  and  dried.  The  metal-coated 
wool  is  twisted  into  rope  and  is  ready  for  combustion.  If 
the  rope  has  been  tightly  twisted  the  combustion  will  be  of 
long  duration  anil  the  light  less  intense.  If  loosely  twisted 
a  rapid  combustion  and  intense  light  will  be  produced. 
'I'hi'  rope  when  used  is  coiled  up  ami  supported  on  a  wire 
netting  placed  in  a  conical  metal  funnel. — II.  K.  T. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for   Charging  and  Drawing 

Gas    Jlrtarts.       J.    Ruscoe,   Hyde.  "  Eng.     I'at.    84-79, 
May  1G,  1891. 

Tins  patent  relates  simply  to  an  improvement  on  the 
apparatus  previously  described  (Eng.  Pat.  14,720  of  1890: 
tbis.Iournal,  1891,995)  ;  direct  acting  rams  or  pistons  worked 
by  fluid  pressure  are  substituted  for  the  wheels  and  gearing 
previously  employed  in  the  apparatus  for  working  the 
moveable  division  plate  for  charging  inclined  gas  retorts. 

— F.  S.  Iv. 


Improvements  in  the  Setting  and  Heating  of  Retorts. 
A.  J.  Boult,  London.  From  A.  Kliinne,  Dortmund,  and  F. 
Bredel,  Milwaukee,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  9310,  June  2,  1891. 

Tiik  retorts  are  set  in  an  inclined  position,  and  the  fire- 
chamber  is  provided  with  a  suitable  grate,  partly  or  wholly 
beneath  the  retort  setting;  the  fuel  is  introduced  into  the 
furnace  through  a  door  at  the  front  side  of  the  bench, 
whilst  the  stoking  or  clinkering  door  is  placed  on  the 
opposite  side.  The  object  of  this  improvement  is  to  do 
away  with  excavation  Or  an  elevated  stage  or  floor  on  the 
discharging  or  front  side  of  the  bench. 

The  retorts  are  provided  with  circumferential  rings  or 
off-sets  made  in  one  piece  with  the  retort  ;  when  the  retort 
is  placed  in  position,  the  surface  of  the  ring  rests  horizontally 
on  the  supports,  and  in  this  way  sliding  and  side  pressure 
are  prevented. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Fuel, 
utilising  Sewage  therein.  A.  O.  Jones,  Harrogate. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,764,  July  10,  1891. 

Tin:  sewage,  is  first  strained  through  sieves  to  remove 
foreign  bodies,  it  is  then  filtered  through  a  filtering  bed  of 
peat,  peat-moss,  burnt  clay,  brick  dust,  garden  mould, 
forest  mould  or  marsh  mould,  or  a  mixture  of  these.  The 
deposit     is    mixed    with    smudge    or   coal    dust   ami    with 


materials  that  will  disinfect  and  fix  its  volatile  con- 
stituents ;  the  mixture  is  then  moulded  into  blocks  oi 
briquettes,  with  or  without  the  addition  of  a  binding  agent. 
The  blocks  may  be  then  coated  with  a  similar  mixture 
containing  carbolic  acid. — J.  C.  ('. 


Improvements  in  Hi/droearhon  Oil  Burners.  S.  Townsend 
and  P.  E.  Townsend,  Luton,  Bedfordshire.  Eng  I'at. 
18,848,  July  13,  1891. 
This  invention  consists  of  an  ordinary  hydrocarbon  burner, 
above  which  are  placed  a  series  of  metal  cones,  each 
perforated  with  a  slot  corresponding  with  the  wick  tube 
and  separated  from  one  another  by  means  of  gauze  rims. 
By  this  means  a  "  light  of  pure  combustion  "  is  obtained. 
The  lamp  may  be  used  with  or  without  a  glass  shade,  and 
is  intended  to  be  used  in  conjunction  with  Eng.  Pat.  15,942 
of  November  5,  1888.— H.  K.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Construction  and  Manufacture  of 
Pottery  Ware  Domestic  Stores  for  Heating  Purposes. 
J.  Salomon,  Berlin.     Eng.  Pat.  2932,  February  15,  1892. 

Pottery  ware  stoves  as  usually  constructed  have  the 
shell  open  inside,  causing  a  large  amount  of  heat  to  pass 
out  of  the  chimney.  In  this  invention  the  hot  gases  are 
caused  to  pass  up,  down,  and  again  up  the  stove  before 
issuing  from  the  chimney.  Further,  air  passages  are  made 
in  the  outer  shell  of  the  stove,  through  which  air  from  the 
room  passes,  thereby  becoming  warmed,  though  without 
passing  through  the  combustion  chamber  or  up  the 
chimney.  The  shell  of  these  stoves  is  preferably  con- 
structed in  two  pieces,  which  may  be  either  fitted  or  baked 
together. — V.  C. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Fuel- 
Gas.  A.  J.  Boult,  London.  From  the  Chicago  Heat 
Storage  Company,  Chicago,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  3995, 
March  1,  1892. 

In  the  manufacture  of  fuel-gas  in  the  ordinary  way,  the 
fresh  fuel  introduced  into  the  producer  is  heated  so  quickly 
that  the  hydrocarbon  vapours  escape  before  they  have  been 
thoroughly  gasified  ;  moreover  the  temperature  of  the 
gases  issuing  from  the  producer  is  so  high  that  the  metal 
conduits,  &c.  are  destroyed.  To  get  rid  of  these  dis- 
advantages, steam  is  caused  to  impinge  on  the  top  of  the 
incandescent  fuel  before  introducing  a  fresh  supply  of  coal ; 
in  this  way  the  temperature  of  the  upper  parts  of  the  fuel 
is  considerably  lowered  and  a  layer  of  ash  is  formed  at  the 
surface,  so  that  the  fresh  fuel  is  heated  much  more  slowly 
than  would  otherwise  have  been  the  ease,  and  the  tempe- 
rature of  the  escaping  gas  is  also  lowered.  Steam,  or  a 
tine  spray  of  water,  is  also  caused  to  play  on  the  fresh 
charges  of  coal  before  they  are  raised  to  incandescence,  in 
order  to  further  retard  the  process  of  distillation.— F.  S.  K. 


Improvements    in    Generating    Electricity   and   Producing 

Aii  in  a  Luminous  State,  and  in  Apparatus  therefor. 
T.  Duffy,  San  Francisco,  I'  S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  7253  April 
14,  1892. 

See  under  XI.,  page  619. 


598 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY         [July so,  1892 


HI-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

The  Formation  of  Solid  Paraffin.    II.  Kast  and  S.  Seidner. 
Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1892,  284,  [6]. 

In  the  absence  of  any  proof,  it  is  almost  universally  con- 
sidered that  ozokerite  is  :i  petroleum  residue,  formed  by  the 
evaporation  or  distillation  of  the  original  oil.  Zaloziecki 
(Dingl.  Polyt.  .1.  1891,  280,  134 ;  this  Journal,  1891,  753) 
holds  that  the  solid  substance  was  formed  first  from 
animal  fat,  and  that  the  oil  is  a  more  recent  product.  His 
theory  has  much  circumstantial  evidence  to  support  it,  since 
it  allows  of  an  explanation  of  the  formation  of  petroleum 
and  ozokerite  from  animal  fats,  in  a  manner  analogous  to 
that  by  which  the  conversion  of  peat  into  brown-coal,  and 
the  latter  into  pit-coal,  may  be  explained.  The  theory 
receives  further  support  in  that  it  has  never  been  possible  to 
obtain  horn  the  oil  any  residue  having  the  properties  of 
ozokerite,  among  other  matters. 

The  authors  have  lately  met  with  a  residue  known  as 
"  amorphous  paraffin,"  obtained  by  warming  to  a  tempera- 
ture of  120°  for  a  long  time  American  cylinder  oil  which  has 
been  previously  purified  by  filtration  through  animal 
charcoal.  In  this  wa3-  a  sticky  substance  separates  out, 
which,  by  repeated  washing  with  petroleum  spirit,  may  be 
divided  into  a  solid  and  a  liquid  portion.  A  similar  residue 
is  present  in  nearly  all  American  oils,  separating  out  on 
cooling  in  large  masses.  On  the  bottom  of  the  tanks  used 
for  storing  the  crude  oil,  a  mud-like  residuum  is  found, 
consisting  in  great  measure  of  the  same  substance,  and 
yielding  on  distillation  large  quantities  of  crystalline  paraffin. 
This  amorphous  paraffin  closely  resembles  and  is  evidently 
identical  with,  ozokerite,  being  obtained  by  repeated  wash- 
ing of  the  same  colour  as  what  is  known  as  "  half-bleached  " 
ozokerite  from  Boryslaw,  its  specific  gravitj-  being  0-915 
at  18°,  compared  with  0- 845— 0-930  for  the  natural 
product,  and  its  solubility  and  melting  points  also  agreeing 
very  closely.  On  ultimate  analysis  the  artificial  product 
gives  85  "13  per  cent,  of  carbon  and  14-69  of  hydrogen  as 
against  85-48,  and  14-48  for  the  natural. 

Hence  there  is  no  doubt  that  "ozokerite"  exists  as  such 
in  American  petroleum,  and  there  is  every  probability  that 
it  will  be  found  also  in  that  from  other  sources.  This  being 
the  case,  the  supposition  that  it  is  formed  from  the  oil 
by  evaporation  becomes  strengthened ;  and  although  the 
fact  remains  that  artificial  petroleum  residues  differ  very 
considerably  from  the  natural  product,  this  may  be  explained 
by  the  difference  between  the  processes  employed  in  the 
i  iboratory,  and  those  by  means  of  which  nature  has  effected 
the  changes. 

It  is  certainly  more  difficult  to  explain  the  presence  of  the 
ozokerite  in  the  crude  oil  by  means  of  Zaloziecki's  theory  ; 
it  not  being  clear  how  the  former  could  be  converted  into 
the  liquid  oil,  when  it  is  incapable  of  being  melted  even 
without  some  decomposition.  Further  study  of  the  chemical 
constitution  of  ozokerite  is  much  needed  to  assist  in  answer 
ing  satisfactorily  this  difficult  question. — F.  H.  L. 


Sulphur  Compounds  in  Petroleum.     H.  Kast  and  G.  Lagai. 

Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1892,  284,  69—72. 
With  the  exception  of  the  product  from  Tegernsee,  all 
varieties  of  crude  petroleum  contain  sulphur,  usually  in 
amounts  varying  from  0*136  to  1  -  87  percent.;  but  in  spite 
of  an  assertion  by  Void  (Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1875,  216,  49)  to 
the  contrary,  it  is  always  stated  that"  washing  with  sulphuric 
acid  is  competent  to  remove  this  objectionable  impurity. 
Other  processes  have  been  devised  for  this  purpose,  but 
owing  to  lack  of  exact  knowledge  as  to  the  form  in  which 
the  sulphur  exists  in  the  natural  product,  they  are  all 
purely  empirical.  Among  others  may  be  mentioned  the 
following  : — Friedcl  and  Crafts  (Jahresb.  f.  Chem.  1878, 
1166)  treat  the  oil  with  aluminium  chloride;  Faulbaum 
i  Hi:  T.  36,765,  18S5)  passes  a  stream  of  sulphurous  arid  gas 
through  the  boiling  oil  to  obtain  decolonisation,  as  well 
a-  the   removal   of  tin-   sulphur;   Kennedy's   process  (Eng. 


Pat.  6018,  1887;  this  Journal,  1887,  503);  Pitt  and 
Van  Fleck  (Eng.  Pat.  3830,  1SSS;  this  Journal,  isss. 
129);  Frasch  (Amcr.  Pat.   :17S,-J16,  1888),  who  distils  the 

oil  over  lead  oxide  and  washes  the  distillate  with  sulphuric 
acid;  Gordou  (Atner.  Pat.  451,724,  1891)  also  treats  the 
distillate  with  lead  oxide,  followed  by  solutiou  of  magnesium 
sulphate,  finishing  with  acid  and  alkali  as  usual;  and 
Kendall  (Amer.  Pat.  451,660,  1391)  employs  mercuric 
chloride,  removing  the  mercury  by  means  of  a  suitable 
sulphide,  finally  distilling  the  oil  over  caustic  alkali. 
Unfortunately,  information  as  to  the  efficiency  of  the 
processes  is  not  to  hand. 

Mabery  and  Smith  (Ber.  22,3303;  this  Journal,  1890, 
275;  and  Amer.  Chem.  J.  13  232;  this  Journal,  1891, 
629)  are  the  first  investigators  who  have  studied  the  nature 
of  the  original  sulphur  compounds  existing  in  Ohio  petroleum, 
and  they  state  that  these  substances  are  present  in  the  form 
of  alkyl  sulphides,  thiophene  compounds  and  mercaptans 
being  absent.  From  the  acid  sludge,  these  observers  have 
obtained  unstable  lead  and  calcium  salts  decomposed  by 
distillation  with  steam.  Xo  statement  is  made  as  to  the 
properties  or  composition  of  these  salts,  but  it  would  seem 
improbable  that  the  acid  exerts  merely  a  solvent  action  on 
the  sulphides  ;  rather  is  it  to  be  expected  that  sulphonic  acids 
are  formed,  whose  lead  or  calcium  salts  are  decomposed 
during  distillation. 

To  obtain  further  information  on  the  subject  the  present 
authors  have  repeated  the  experiments  of  Mabery  ami  Smith 
on  Alsatian  petroleum,  treating  the  acid  removed  after 
treatment  of  the  petroleum  as  they  have  described,  but 
evaporating  the  neutral  liquor  in  raciio  to  a  syrupy  con- 
sistence, and  finishing  on  the  water-bath.  By  the  estimation 
of  the  amount  of  calcium  sulphate  present  in  the  dilute 
liquid  and  of  that  precipitated  during  concentration,  it  was 
shown  that  no  decomposition  took  place.  The  resulting 
salt,  which  would  not  crystallise  either  from  water  or  dilute 
alcohol,  was  dissolved  in  water  and  distilled  in  a  current  of 
steam.  Although  the  distillation  was  carried  so  far  that  the 
salt  separated  out  and  began  to  decompose,  no  products 
containing  sulphur  were  found  in  the  distillate,  and  the 
same  negative  result  was  obtained  when  the  distillation  was 
effected  in  presence  of  excess  of  sulphuric  acid.  A  sample 
of  Ohio  petroleum  containing  1-0  percent,  of  sulphur,  or 
twice  as  much  as  that  in  the  product  used  by  Mabery  and 
Smith,  was  then  tried,  being  washed  with  acid,  20  per  cent, 
soila  and  water.  The  purified  oil  had  lost  its  unpleasant 
alliaceous  odour,  and  became  transparent,  but  still  contained 
after  drying  0-74  per  cent,  of  sulphur.  In  fact,  although 
washing  is  competent  to  remove  the  unpleasant  odour  of  the 
crude  oil,  which  odour  is  in  all  probability  due  to  unsaturated 
hydrocarbons,  and  not  to  sulphur  compounds  at  all,  a  large 
number  of  experiments  on  different  oils  indicate  that  whether 
the  oil  is  washed  cold  or  warm  (40°  O),  only  about  a  quarter 
of  the  total  sulphur  is  removed.  The  acid  was  treated  as 
before,  but  again  the  calcium  salts  obtained  yielded  on 
distillation  with  steam  no  oil  containing  sulphur.  By  treat- 
ment of  the  salt  with  sulphuric  acid,  filtration  and  long 
boiling  of  the  filtrate  with  water,  some  alcohols  were  formed 
which  were  converted  into  acids  by  oxidation. 

Further  experiments  with  ethyl  sulphide  (one  of  the 
sulphides  mentioned  by  Mabery  and  Smith,  luc.  cit.),  show 
that  this  substance,  though  easily  soluble  in  acid,  is,  however, 
dissolved,  almost  completely  precipitated  unchanged  on 
dilution  with  water,  and  if  the  liquid  containing  the  small 
amount  still  in  solution  be  neutralised  with  barium  hydrate, 
neither  in  the  precipitate  nor  in  the  filtrate  is  a  soluble  or 
an  insoluble  barium  sulphate  discoverable.  If  the  filtrate  is 
evaporated  down,  a  small  quantity  of  a  brownish  substance 
is  obtained  which  evidently  consists  of  diethyl  sulphone 
(C2H5)2S02. 

On  treatment  of  their  oily  distillates  with  alcoholic 
mercuric  chloride,  Mabery  and  Smith  obtained  crystalline 
precipitates ;  the  present  authors  have  only  been  able  to 
obtain  a  considerable  turbidity  in  the  solutions,  but  no 
appreciable  amount  of  precipitated  product.  On  distillation 
of  the  crude  oil  sulphuretted  hydrogen  was  evolved  at  150  , 
so  the  operation  was  repeated  under  a  pressure  of  45  mm. 
up  to  the  same  temperature.  The  distillate  and  residue  were 
treated  with  sulphuric  acid   to  obtain  the  calcium  salts,  but 


Jul.v  30, 1892. J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


599 


again  with  negative  results ;  they  were  then  treated  with 
alcoholic  mercuric  chloride,  when  from  the  distillate  a  hrowu 
tarry  substance  was  obtained,  which  has  not  yet  yielded  a 
product  suitable  for  investigation,  and  from  the  residue  a 
white  cheese-like  precipitate  separated.  It  was  insoluble  in 
water,  ether,  petroleum  ether,  acetone,  chloroform-benzene, 
and  carbon  bisulphide.  This  substance  is  decomposed  by 
warming  with  hydrochloric  acid,  giving  off  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  and  when  suspended  in  water  may  be  decomposed 
by  sulphuretted  hydrogeu.  Distilled  with  steam  it  yields  a 
faint  yellow  oil  of  unpleasant  smell,  containing  sulphur. 
The  corresponding  compounds  of  ethyl  sulphide  and 
mercaptan  were  prepared,  but  have  no  resemblance  to  this 
substance. 

Complete  removal  of  the  sulphur  from  the  crude  oil  by 
means  of  mercuric  chlorjde  is  impossible,  the  od  after 
precipitation  still  containing  0'53  per  cent,  of  sulphur. 

The  present  authors  also  find  that  the  compound  of  ethyl 
sulphide  with  mercuric  chloride  melts  without  decomposition 
at  90°  as  stated  by  Loir  (Annalen  106,  234,  cf.  Mabery  and 
Smith,  this  Journal,  1890,  '275). — F.  II.  L. 


On  the  Reduction  of  Benzene-hexachloride  with  Regenera- 
tion of  Benzene.  J.  Meunier.  Conipt.  Rend.  114, 
75-76. 
It  is  usually  assumed  that  the  benzeue-hexachlorides  are 
derivatives  of  the  hydrocarbon  hexametbylene.  The  author 
proves  that  this  does  not  hold  good  for  the  a-hexachloride 
which  he  has  transformed  by  complete  reduction  into  its 
mother-substance,  benzene  CH,,,  using  as  a  reducing  agent 
zinc  and  acetic  acid.  The  resulting  benzene  is  perfectly 
pure  and  is  quite  free  from  thiophen. — J.  L. 


Menthol.     A.  Berkeuheim.     Ber.  25,  686 
■See  under  XX.,  page  G32. 


An  Examination  of  the  Products  obtained  by  the  Dry 
Distillation  of  Bran  with  Lime.  Preliminary  Com- 
munication. \V.  F.  Lavcock  and  F.  Klingeruann.  Proc. 
Chem.  Soc.  1892  [114],  138. 

Considerable  quantities  of  bran  and  unslaked  lime,  in 
the  proportions  of  1  to  2  by  weight,  were  subjected  to  dry 
distillation.  The  resulting  distillate  consisted  of  a  black 
oil  floating  on  an  aqueous  solution.  The  aqueous  solution 
smells  of  herring-brine  and  contains  large  quantities  of 
ammonia.  On  boiling  the  solution,  gases  are  evolved  which 
burn  on  ignition  with  a  slightly  luminous  flame.  Amines 
and  furfurau  are  probably  present. 

The  oil,  after  repeated  fractionation,  was  found  to  have 
no  constant  boiling  point.  Analysis  of  different  fractions 
showed  that  they  all  contained  about  4  per  cent,  of  nitrogen. 

— W.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Treating  and  Purifying  Paraffin  Wax, 
and  in  Apparatus  therefor.  N.  A.  C.  Henderson, 
Broxburn.     Eng.  Pat.  11,799,  July  11,  1891. 

The  patentee  describes  in  this  speeilication  some  improve- 
ments applicable  to  his  patented  "  Sweating  Apparatus  " 
(Eng.  Pat.  1291,  1887;  this  Journal,  1888,  116).  In  the 
first  instance  the  temperature  of  80°  F.,to  which  the  paraffin 
is  being  exposed,  is  maintained  for  a  longer  time,  in 
order  to  drain  off  a  larger  amount  of  oil  from  the  wax.  The 
inventor  dispenses  next  with  the  cloth  or  felt,  as  it  is  liable 
to  become  choked  with  impurities,  and  replaces  it  by  a  wire 
gauze  of  suitable  fineness. — J.  L. 


.1  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Measuring  Depth  of 
Water  in  Oil  Tanks.  B.  Redwood,  R.  Redwood,  and 
H.  Barringer,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  14,030,  August  19, 
1891. 
In  order  to  ascertain  whether  at  the  bottom  of  petroleum 
tanks  there  is  any  water,  and  what  quantity  thereof,  the 
patentees  fix  a  strip  of  paper  which  is  coated  with  a  sub- 
stance soluble  in  water  but  iusoluble  in  oil,  to  a  suitable 
frame,  and  allow  this  frame  to  sink  to  the  bottom  of  the 
petroleum  vessel.  Owing  to  the  action  of  the  water,  if  any 
be  present,  the  strip  of  paper  will  be  altered  and  the  extent 
to  which  this  alteration  extends  will  give  a  measure  of  the 
height  of  water  in  the  tank.  As  a  suitable  material  for 
coating  the  paper  a  syrupy  aqueous  solution  of  citrate  of 
iron  and  ammonia  is  used. — J.  L. 


Improvements   in    the    Treatment   of   Petroleum.      J.    G. 

Cooper,   Chatteris,    Cambridgeshire.      Eng.    Pat.   19,418, 

November  10,  1891. 
This  is  a  process  which  is  claimed  to  render  petroleum 
"inexplosive  and  uninflammable,"  and  consists  in  adding 
2  lb.  of  copper  sulphate  to  every  40  gallons  of  petroleum, 
the  whole  being  well  stirred  together  and  left  for  six  hours, 
when  the  liquid  is  ready  for  use. — H.  K.  T. 


17  -COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

A  Method  for  Determining  the  Number  oj  NH.Z  Groups  in 
certain  Organic  Bases.  R.  Meldola  and  E.  M.  Hawkins. 
Proc.  Chem.  Sec.  1892  [114],  133—134. 

See  under  XXIIL,  page  640. 


Note  on  the  Application  of  Alizarin  Yellows,  2  G  and  R. 
P.  Werner.     Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  Mulhouse,  1892,  198—199. 

The  so-called  Alizarin  yellows  of  the  shade-marks  2  G  and 
R  are  azo-compounds  (m-  and  p-nitrobenzene-azo-salicylic 
acids  respectively),  which  have  the  property  of  yielding 
insoluble  lakes  with  metallic  oxides.  Both  dyes  are 
remarkably  fast  to  acids,  oxidising  agents,  soap,  and  light. 
The  2  G  dye  gives  on  the  chromium  mordant  an  almost 
pure  yellow,  and  can  replace  with  advantage  Persian  berries 
and  other  natural  yellow  dyestuffs,  the  colouring  power  of 
the  commercial  20  per  cent,  paste  being  three  times  that  of 
Persian  berry  extract  and  eight  times  that  of  fustic  extract. 

— E.  B. 


PATENT. 


The  Manufacture  of  Basic  Dyestuffs  from  Alpha- 
naphtho-guinone-dichloroimide.  J.  Y.  Johnson,  London. 
From  the  "  Badische  Anilin  und  Soda  F'abrik,"  Ludwigs- 
hafen,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  11,046,  June  29,  1891. 
(Second  Edition.) 

According  to  Eng.  Pat.  4476  of  1888  (this  Journal,  1889, 
280),  Nile  blue  is  prepared  by  acting  on  the  nitroso-derivative 
of  an  alkylated  7«-amido-phenol  with  a-naphthylamine. 
Dyestuffs  of  this  class  can  be  obtained  by  reacting  with 
dialkylated  m-amido-phenols  on  a-naphthoquinone-dichlo- 
roimide.  The  latter  compound  is  obtained  from  1-4 
diamido-naphthalene  by  the  action  of  hypochlorites  in 
presence  of  a  mineral  acid  (Beilstein,  Vol.  3,  1022).  The 
following  is  the  method  given  for  the  preparation  of  Nile 
blue  according  to  this  invention : — About  8  kilos,  of 
diethyl-?H-amiilophenol  and  11  kilos,  of  a-naphthoquinone 
dichloro-imide  are  mixed  with  about  30  kilos,  of  wood 
spirit  and  warmed  to  50° — 60°  C.     A  reaction  takes  place 


600 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  3U,  1892. 


and  shining  green  crystals  of  the  colouring  matter  are 
obtained.  After  cooling,  the  mixture  is  filtered  and  the 
precipitate  washed  with  wood  spirit  until  the  washings  are  of 
a  pure  blue  colour.  The  dyestuff  is  then  in  the  form  of  its 
hydrochloride  and  can  be  conyerted  into  its  sulphate  in  the 
manner  described  in  the  former  patent.  Pimethyl-m- 
aruidophenol,  dimethyl  -  o  -  amido  -p  -  cresol,  m  -  hydroxy- 
diphcnylamine,  or  m-hydroxy-phecyluaphthylamine  may 
be  substituted  for  the  diethvl-m-amidophenol  above  men- 
tioned.—T.  A.  L. 


V.-TEXTILES :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc, 

The  Specific  Gravity  of  Silk.     L.  Viguon.     Compt.  Rend. 
1892,  114,  603— 605. 

The  author  maintains  that  his  previous  determinations  of 
the  specific  gravity  of  silk  are  correct.  He  also  points  out 
that  the  method  described  by  Chardonnet  for  determining 
the  specific  gravity  of  silk  is  liable  to  give  too  high  results, 
because  the  silk  absorbs  some  of  the  metallic  compounds 
from  the  solution  of  cadmium  borotungstate ;  the  specific 
gravity  of  solutions  of  this  compound  in  which  silk  has  been 
immersed  for  a  few  hours  is  perceptibly  diminished 
(see  p.  640).— F.  S.  K. 


The  Specific  Gravity  of  Tattles.     M.  de  Chardonnet 
Compt.  Rend.  114,  489. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  640. 


YI.-DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  AND  BLEACHING. 

Dyeing  and  Printing  with  Gold  Salts.     E.  Odenheimer. 
Lehne's  lather  Zeitung,  1891—2,  205. 

When  textile  fibres  or  fabrics  are  padded  or  printed  with  a 
gold  salt  and  then  treated  with  a  solution  of  a  reducing 
agent,  gold  is  precipitated  on  the  fibre  in  the  form  of  a 
beautiful  grey  colour  which  is  fast  towards  acids,  alkalis, 
soap,  and  light.  The  reaction  is  accelerated  by  gentle  heat 
and  by  tin-  presence  of  sunlight.  According  to  the  strength 
of  the  gold  solution  and  the  character  of  the  reducing  agent 
used,  Mack-,  red-,  or  blue-toned  greys  are  produced.  Thus 
pyrogallol  or  hvdroquinone  (quinol)  give  blue-greys,  whilst 
oxalic  acid  gives  red-greys.  The  colouring  power  of  the  gold 
silt-  i-  very  gnat,  and  for  light  shades  001  per  cent,  of 
gold  solution  suffices.  When  the  fabric  which  has  been  dyed 
or  printed  in  grey  is  subjected  to  heat,  as  by  passing 
In  i  ween  heated  rollers,  the  colour  is  changed  at  the  point  of 
contact  with  the  roller  into  a  beautiful  red  with  metallic 
reflection.  Stronger  greys  give  a  purple,  and  weaker  greys 
a  pink  colouration.  The  temperature  of  formation  of  the 
red  lies  between  100:  and  110°  C.  The  printing  of  gold 
colours  presents  difficulties,  as  the  gold  solution  is  affected 
in  the  cold  by  most  of  the  thickening  materials  available. 
The  best  thickener  is  gum  Senegal.  Thus  a  printing  colour 
ma\  lie  made  by  adding  0-2  grm.  sodium-gold  chloride 
dissolved  in  4  cc.  glycerin  to  50  cc.  gum  Senegal  thickening. 
The  fabric  priuted  with  this  mixture  is  then  passed  over  a 
heated  plate  (or  treated  with  a  solution  of  a  reducing  agent), 
in  oiiler  to  develop  the  colour.  The  high  price  of  gold 
salts  is  no  bar  to  their  use  in  dyeing,  as  the  quantity  used 
is  very  minute.  Thus,  for  the  development  of  a  beautiful 
pearl-grey  shade  on  half-silk  the  cost  of  gold  is  only  about 
three  farthings  per  pound  weight  of  material  dyed. 

— W.  E.  K. 


The  Prevention  of  the  Weakening  of  the  Fibre  in  Dis- 
charge Indigo  Prints.  J.  llullerus.  Lehne's  Earlier 
Zeitung,  1891—2,  127.     (This  Journal,  1892,  33.) 

The  author  recommends  that  the  blue-dyed  cloth  be  padded 
in  sodium  silicate  at  2°  to  4°  B.  before  the  printing  on  of 
the  discharge  colour,  and  that  a  neutral  chromate  be  used 
in  making  the  discharge  paste.  The  preservative  action  of 
sodium  silicate  on  the  fibre  is  considered  by  the  author  to 
be  partly  chemical  and  partly  mechanical.  He  explains 
Scheurer's  failure  to  get  satisfactory  results  from  this 
process  to  the  fact  that  the  latter  used  an  acid  chromale 
discharge  colour,  the  consequence  being  that  the  alkalinity' 
of  the  silicate  becomes  partially  or  wholly  neutralised  before 
the  goods  are  passed  through  the  discharge  vat. — W,  E.  K. 


The  Solution  of  Chloride'  of  Antimony  in  .Saturated 
Solutions  of  Sodium  Chloride.  H.  Causse.  Compt. 
Eend.  1891,"  113,  1042—1045. 

Chloride  of  antimony  (SbCl:1)  in  contact  with  water  is 
partially  decomposed  with  formation  of  oxychloride,  SbOCl, 
and  Ditte  has  proved  that  in  the  decomposition  the  general 
laws  of  dissociation  are  obeyed.  In  this  paper  it  is  shown 
that,  without  in  the  least  interfering  with  the  reaction 
induced  by  the  water,  the  hydrochloric  acid  used  in  dis- 
solving the  chloride  of  antimony  may  be  substituted  by  such 
a  salt  as  sodium  chloride,  and  a  perfectly  neutral  solution  is 
thus  obtained. 

To  a  number  of  solutions  of  oxide  of  antimony  in  hydro- 
chloric acid,  sodium  chloride  in  excess  was  added,  and  then 
sodium  carbonate  solution  gradually.  The  amount  of 
sodium  carbonate  to  be  added  so  as  just  to  cause  precipita- 
tion was  found  to  be  just  that  amount  necessary  to  neutralise 
the  excess  of  hydrochloric  acid.  The  chloride  of  antimony 
was  thus  kept  in  solution  by  the  sodium  chloride.- — \V.  M.  G. 


On  the  Isomeric  States  of  Chromic  Sulphate.     A.  Recount. 
Compt.  Rend.  113,   1037 — 1040. 

In  a  preceding  paper  (Comp.  Rend.  113  [25], December  14, 
1891)  the  author  has  shown  that  chromic  sulphate,  like  the 
chloride  and  bromide,  may  exist  in  the  solid  state  in  two 
distinct  isomeric  modifications,  viz.,  the  green  and  the 
vioh  t  sulphate,  the  latter  being  the  normal  variety.  The 
green  salt  is  obtained  by  preparing  the  sulphate  in  presence 
of  a  very  small  quantity  of  water. 

This  solid  green  sulphate  must  not  ber  confounded  with 
the  non-crystallisable  basic  green  sulphate,  designated  the 
"  modified  sulphate ''  by  the  author,  and  previously 
described  by  him  (Compt.  Rend,  of  June  22nd,  1891)  as 
existing  in  a  solution  of  the  violet  sulphate  after  boiling. 

Three  chromic  hydrates  appear  to  exist  which  are 
respectively  capable  of  combining  with  6,  5,  and  4  molecules 
of  a  monobasic  acid.  They  are  represented  by  the 
formula  Cr»(OH)r„  Cr4O(OH)10  and  Cr20(OH)4. 

In  this  paper  the  author  supplements  the  statements  in 
Ins  previous  communications,  and  discusses  the  constitution 
and  some  reactions  of  the  solid  green  sulphate,  arriving  at 
the  following  conclusions  : — 

The  solid  green  sulphate  of  chromium  has  the  same  compo- 
sition as  the  violet  sulphate,  Cr2Os.3  S03. 11  HoO,  but  must 
possess  an  entirely  different  constitution.  It  does  not 
behave  like  an  ordinary  salt  since  it  will  not  take  part  in 
double  decomposition,  and  the  presumption  is  that  the  chro- 
mium is  present  in  the  form  of  a  somewhat  stable  radicle. 
This  view  is  supported  by  the  fact  that  when  decomposed 
by  alkali,  solutions  of  the  green  sulphate  do  not  yield  the 
normal  hydrate,  but  one  which  is  capable  of  combining  only 
with  2  molecules  of  acid. 

The  solid  green  sulphate  in  solution  is  quite  different 
from  the  non-crystallisable  modified  sulphate  already 
referred  to.  Solutions  of  the  solid  green  sulphate  are 
slowly  transformed  into  the  normal  violet  modification. 
(See also  Peligot,  Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  [3],14,  239,  1878.) 

— W.  M.  G. 


July  so,  189.'.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


001 


The  Action  of  HypoeJdorous  Acid  on  Wool.     E.   Lodge. 
Jour.  Soc  Dy.  and  Col.  8,  60—64. 

Mkhcer  was  the  first  to  point  out  that  wool,  after  treat- 
ment with  a  solution  of  bleaching  powder  has  a  greatly 
increased  affinity  for  colouring  matters,  and  the  process  has 
long  been  in  use  by  woollen  printers,  and  to  a  limited  extent 
by  dyers.  Afterwards  Lightfoot  patented  the  above  process 
with  a  view  to  producing  aniline  black  on  wool ;  but  using 
his  quantities  the  wool  acquires  a  brownish-yellow  colour 
and  harsh  feel.  The  author's  experiments  were  made  with 
a  view  to  ascertaining  whether  these  drawbacks  can  be 
overcome  and  the  process  made  available  in  ordinary 
dyeing. 

Wool  treated  with  a  cold  solution  of  2  to  2j  per  cent,  of 
its  weight  of  bleaching  powder — acid  being  added  to 
liberate  the  HO .  CI — is  not  discoloured  but  slightly  bleached ; 
if  3  per  cent,  be  exceeded  or  the  solution  become  hot  the 
brownish-yellow  colour  appears,  but  may  be  removed  by 
reducing  agents,  such  as  SO*  or  SnCL.  The  action  of 
chrome  mordant  and  of  colouring  matters  on  wool  thus 
prepared  is  given  in  the  following  tables  : — 


TABLE    I. 

Mordanting  with  K2Cr.:Or. 

10  (inns,  of 

(I.)  Ordinary  Wool. 

(2.)  Prepared  Wool. 

Grin. 

0-3 

firm. 
03 

K5('r=0;left  in  bath. 

0 '18896 

0-O7O0S 

K,i  I-.,! ):  .m  fibre  (by 
dill'erenee). 

O'llOol 

0-22992 

Table  II. 

Results  obtained  with  various  colouring  matters. 


Mordant. 


Dye. 


Result 
compared  with 
unprepared  Wool. 


K»Cr„0, 


Loawood,  Fustic,  Alizarin. 
Alizarin  blue.  Alizarin  Cyanine 
(J.  Alizarin  Bordeaux,  Anthra- 
cene brown,  Anthracene 
yellow. 

Gainbine  R 


None Magenta,    Safranine,    Brilliant 

green. 

None i   Benzopurpurin,  Hessian  purple, 

Chrysauiine. 


None  . 


None  . . . 


Induline,    Naphthol  yellow  8, 
Naphthol  black.  Acid  black. 

Logwood,  Fustic,  GambineR  .. 

Alkali    blue,     Camwood,   Vat 
Indigo. 


Considerable       in- 
crease ill  depth. 


Increase  in  depth 

and  much  redder. 
Very  little  change. 


Very  little  change. 

Great  increase    in 
depth. 

Poor  result. 

Good  result. 


More  details  with  regard  to  the  above  will  be  found  iu 
the  original  paper. 

In  summing  up  the  results  it  will  be  seen  that  dyes 
requiring  mordants  give  the  best  result  on  the  prepared  wool, 
which  may  be  accounted  for  by  the  increased  amount  of 
mordant  fixed.  Then  come  those  requiring  acid  to  fix  them, 
e.g.,  induline,  naphthol  black,  &c.  Those  dyed  in  neutral 
baths  are  little  influenced.  The  bad  results  obtained  with 
FeS04  mordant  may  be  attributed  to  oxidation  to  ferric 
salts,  the  latter  not  being  good  wool  mordants. 

Owing  to  our  lack  of  knowledge  as  to  the  constitution 
of  wool,  it  is  difficult  to  determine  the  chemical  or  physical 
action  of  the  HO. CI,  but  the  author  inclines  to  the  opinion 
that  oxidation  of  the  fibre  takes  place.  It  cannot  be  a 
chlorination  since  other  oxidising  agents  produce  similar 
results  to  those  obtained  with  HO. CI.  Probably  the 
reducing  agent  existing  in  wool   is   rendered  inoperative  by 


the  treatment,  and  quite  possibly  the  fading  of  many 
colours  may  be  attributed  to  this  reducing  agent  acting  as 
a  carrier  of  atmospheric  oxygen — an  idea  rendered  more 
probable  from  the  fact  that  dyes  when  fixed  with  oxidising 
mordants  {e.ij.  K2Cr<;07)  are  faster  to  light  than  when  used 
in  conjunction  with  alum  or  tin.  The  author  is  now  experi- 
menting with  hypochlorites  of  aluminium  and  tin  with  a 
view  to  preparing  and  mordanting  the  wool  in  one  opera- 
tion. 

Several  of  the  author's   statements  are  at  variance  with 
the  results  of  other  experimenters,  and  require  confirmation. 
-  W.  M.  G. 

The  Printing  and  Steaming  of  Woollen  Tissue?.  Oesterr. 
Wollen-  u.  Leinen.-ind.  1892,  12,  62. 

Woollen  piece-goods  are  now  printed  exclusively  by 
roller,  a  thick  blanket  and  soft  thick  back-cloth  being 
necessary  for  full  impressions.  After  printing,  the  pieces 
should  be  dried  at  a  gradually  increasing  temperature,  and 
should  be  exposed  to  as  little  heat  as  possible  after 
becoming  dry.  For  thickening  the  printing  colours,  gum 
tragacanth  paste,  British  gum,  and  soluble,  natural  gums 
are  employed.  Examples  of  suitable  printing  mixtures  are 
given  below. 

Black. — For  woollen  muslins  which  have  been  or  are 
subsequently  to  be  dyed  pale  shades  of  blue,  rose,  cream, 
&c,  the  following  mixture  is  employed  : — 2,600  parts  of 
water ;  775  Naphthol  black  ;  45  Patent  blue  B  ;  2,400  traga- 
canth paste  (1  :  60)  ;  1,800  British  gum  ;  30O  acetic  acid  at 
6°B;  95  alum  and  168  oxalic  acid;  the  whole  being  well 
boiled,  then  cooled,  and  whilst  cooling  mixed  with  120  parts 
of  powdered  sodium  chlorate. 

For  printing  on  scarlet-dyed  tissues,  a  mixture  of 
Naphthol  black  and  Acid  green  is  preferable  to  the  above. 

Bed. — Excellent  bright  reds  are  obtained  with  the  various 
brands  of  ponceaux.  Ponceau  2R  is  mostly  used,  as  in  the 
following  recipe  : — 1,550  parts  of  water  ;  155  Poncean  2  K, 
1,200  tragacanth  paste  (1:60);  950  British  gum;  300 
acetic  acid  at  6°B;  45  alum. 

Azocarmiue,  in  spite  of  its  sparing  solubility,  is  very  useful 
for  crimsons,  yielding  very  even  colours. 

For  dark  reds,  Azorubin,  Amaranth  and  Amaranth  B  are 
employed.  These  may  be  darkened  into  chocolates,  browns, 
or  prunes  by  addition  of  various  proportions  of  Naphthol 
black.  Pinks  are  produced  with  Erythrosra,  Rosebengal, 
and  Rhodamine.  The  following  recipe  illustrates  the 
application  of  the  last-named  dye  : — 28  parts  of  Rhodamine, 
600  water;  1,200  tragacanth  paste  (1  :  60);  and  650 
white  dextrin  are  boiled  together  and  whilst  hot  mixed  with 
a  solution  of  42  parts  of  tartaric  acid  in  400  of  water. 

Orange. — Any  acid  orange  dye  may  be  used  iu  the  same 
manner  as  Ponceau  2  II. 

Yellow. — All  the  yellow  dyes  available  with  the  exception 
of  Tartraziu  and  Milling  yellow,  which  are  too  expensive 
for  general  use,  possess  the  defect  of  staining  the  whites. 
Tolerably  good  results,  however,  are  obtained  with  Fast 
yellow  :  a  standard  mixture  is  made  with  : — 2,800  parts  of 
water  ;  450  Fast  yellow  R  ;  2,200  tragacanth  paste  (1  :  60); 
1,550  British  gum;  775  acetic  acid  at  6°B;  45  alum;  and 
then  reduced  according  to  the  shade  required. 

Latterly,  Uranin  (fluorescein)  has  found  employment  as 
a  brightening-colour.  It  is  applied  in  the  same  way  as 
Rhodamine,  and  although  much  of  it  is  removed  from  the 
fibre  on  washing,  it  does  not  stain  the  white. 

Brown. — Dark  red  shades  of  brown,  namely,  prune,  puce, 
&c,  are  satisfactorily  obtained  with  mixtures  of  Amaranth 
or  of  Amaranth  B  and  Naphthol  black.  Yellow  shades  of 
brown  are  difficult  to  obtain,  the  various  Acid  browns  not 
printing  evenly.  That  of  the  Badische  Co.  can  be  employed 
for  small  patterns  but  is  quite  unfit  for  ground  colours. 

Violet. — Acid  violet  and  Formyl  violet  give  good  results. 
The  latter  is  very  suitable  for  heliotropes. 

Green. —  Acid  green  is  used  along  with  tartaric  acid. 
For  pale  shades  Malachite  green  is  also  employed. 

Blue. — The  dark  blue  grounds  so  much  iu  vogue  are 
obtainable  with  the   following   mixture  : — 2,600    parts    of 

D  2 


602 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


LJulv  30, 1892. 


water  ;  325  Fast  blue  2  B  ;  1,400  tragacanth  paste  (1 :60)  ; 
1,750  British  gum;  0,500  acetic  acid  at  6J  B.,  which  is 
boiled  and  further  mixed  with  90  parts  of  stannous  chloride 
dissolved  in  40O  parts  of  water. 

Bright  blues  are  produced  with  Alkali  blue  or  Patent 
blue,  both  of  which  print  very  satisfactorily. 

Steaming. — This  must  be  carried  out  immediately  after 
printing.  The  goods  are  wrapped  in  folds  of  damp,  un- 
bleached calico  and  steamed  for  three-quarters  to  one  hour, 
as  a  rule  without  pressure.  They  are  then  washed  in 
running  water,  and,  after  squeezing  out  the  excess  of  water, 
passed  through  a  thin  paste  of  gum  tragacanth  and  starch, 
and  then  dried  on  a  stentering-frame  and  finally  hot  pressed. 

— E.  B. 


Progress  in  Wool  Dyeing;  a  Lecture  delivered  before  the 
German  Society  for  the  Promotion  of  Industries. 
O.   X.  Witt.     Chem.  Zeit.  1892,  16,  142—143. 

A  striking  change  in  the  industry  of  wool-dyeing  is  due 
to  the  greatly  increased  employment  of  the  so-called 
Alizarin  colouring  matters.  This  has  arisen  from  the 
demand  made  of  late  years  for  a  high  degree  of  fastness  of 
dyed  colours,  combined  with  richness  of  shade,  the  majority 
of  artificial  substantive  dyes,  although  yielding  full  bright 
colours,  not  being  sufficiently  fast.  The  group  of  Alizarin 
colouring  matters  at  present  includes  many  dyestuffs  which 
are  not  derivatives  of  anthracene,  and  which  resemble 
alizarin  only  in  their  mode  of  application.  Such  are 
Carbazol  yellow  and  Wool  yellow,  which  belong  to  the 
class  of  azo-dyes,  but  which  possess  the  property  of  com- 
bining with  the  mordanting  oxides  of  the  iron  group.  The 
members  of  the  nitroso-class  of  colouring  matters  are  also 
included  since  they  possess  the  same  property.  Several  of 
these,  for  example,  the  Gambins  (nitrosonaphthols)  and  Fast 
myrtle  (dinitrosoresorcinol)  are  especially  C3mtnendable, 
on  account  of  the  fastness  of  the  colours  they  yield.  The 
following  compounds  are  all  hydroxy-quinones  :  — 

Alizarin,  Alizarin  S,  ^  S,  and  3  S  (sulphonic  acids  of 
alizarin,  anthrapurpurin,  and  flavopurpuriu),  Alizarin- 
orange  (i8-nitro  alizarin),  Alizarin-maroon  (an  amido-ali- 
zarin),  Alizarin-blue,  Alizarin-indigo-blue,  Alizarin-green 
(hydroxy-derivatives  of  Alizarin-blue),  Anthracene-brown 
(authragallol),  Galloflavin,  Cocrulein,  and  Alizarin-black 
(dihvdroxy  -  a-naphthaquinone).  Of  these,  Alizarin-blue 
and  its  allies,  Cuerulein  and  Alizarin-black,  owing  to 
their  slight  solubility,  could  not  be  employed  for  dyeing 
until  Brunck  discovered  a  method  of  rendering  them 
soluble  by  treatment  with  sodium  bisulphite.  The  bisulphite 
compounds  so  produced  are  distinguished  by  the  marks  S, 
S  YV,  fie.  The  Alizarin-blue  colouring  matters,  as  a  result 
of  this  discovery,  are  now  largely  employed,  and  rank 
amongst  the  fastest  known,  surpassing  indigo  in  their 
resistance  to  light,  washing,  soaping,  and  particularly  to 
rubbing.  Ccerulei'n  and  Alizarin-black  are  also  exceedingly 
fast.  The  above  colouring  matters  are  almost  exclusively 
applied  on  the  chrome  mordant. 

The  author,  in  conclusion,  draws  attention  to  the  fact 
that  indigo  and  logwood  are  extensively  employed  in 
Germanj-  for  dyeing  military  cloths,  and  recommends,  as  a 
national  economy,  their  speedy  replacement  for  this  purpose 
by  Alizarin-blue  and  Alizarin-black. — E.  B. 


Alizarin-black  is  at  present  too  expensive  to  compete  seri- 
ously with  logwood,  the  costs  of  dyeing  black  with  these  two 
dyestuffs  being  in  the  ratio  of  65  :  28.  This,  however,  does 
not  prevent  the  first  named  dye  from  finding  employment 
in  the  production  of  compound  shades,  although  for  this 
purpose  also  there  are  other  artificial  colouring  matters  at 
the  dyer's  disposal  which  are  quite  as  fast  and  at  the  same 
time  cheaper.  It  is  further  worthy  of  note  that  a  logwood- 
black  dyed  on  an  iron  mordant  is  much  faster  to  light  than 
one  dyed  on  chrome.  Anthracene  brown  is  perhaps  the  one 
dye  of  the  group  worthy  of  Witt's  general  praise.  This 
gives  very  even  and  fast  shades.  Wool-yellow,  on  the  other 
hand,  is  indisputably  inferior  to  fustic  in  resistance  to 
light. 

The  writer  agrees  with  O.  X.  Witt  that  a  substitution  of 
the  Alizarin  colouring-matters  for  imported  dyestuffs  in 
the  dyeing  of  military  goods  is  desirable,  but  not  on  the 
ground  of  the  greater  fastness  of  colour  in  general  obtain- 
able with  the  former,  but  as  a  means  of  augmenting  the 
national  wealth  of  Germany. — E.  B. 


Progress  in  Wool  Dyeing.  Chem.  Zeit.  1892,  16,  203. 
A  criticism  of  the  preceding  paper  of  ( ).  X.  Witt.  The 
writer  dissents  from  the  opinion  that  "Alizarin-blue 
surpasses  indigo  in  its  fastness  to  light,  washing,  soaping, 
and  especially  rubbing,"  asserting  that  it  is  well  known 
that  in  pale  shades  the  blue  is  only  moderately  fast, 
particularly  to  light,  and  greatly  inferior  to  indigo  in  this 
respect,  whilst  in  dark  shades  it  becomes,  on  exposure, 
darker  and  duller,  whereas  indigo  retains  its  primitive 
colour.  Only  to  rubbing  is  Alizarin-blue  faster  than 
indigo,  but  it  has  the  advantage  of  penetrating  the  material 
better  and  of  giving  better  shades  than  the  latter.  As 
n  gards  Alizarin,  the  fact  that  this  colouring  matter  bleeds 
in    milling,    is   an   obstacle   to   its   employment   for   wool. 


Progress  in   Wool  Dyeing.     O.  X'.  Witt.     Chem.  Zeit. 
1892,  16,  251—252. 

A  reply  to  the  anonymous  writer  of  the  preceding  article. 
The  author  states  that  he  is  aware  that  alizarin  is  of  less 
importance  in  wool  dyeing  than  the  other  colouring  matters 
of  the  group,  but  that  it  is  employed  along  with  the  others 
for  dyeing  compound  shades.  It  gives  faster  shades  on 
chrome  than  on  alumina.  The  fact  that  several  azo-dyes 
yield  brighter,  cheaper,  and  equally  fast  colours,  will  for 
most  purposes  prevent  alizarin  being  largely  employed  for 
wool.  With  respect  to  the  relative  costs  of  the  Logwood 
and  Alizarin-blacks  nothing  was  said  by  the  author,  who 
does  not  deny  the  greater  cost  of  the  latter.  He  is  also 
unable  to  refute  his  critic's  remarks  as  to  the  greater 
stability  towards  light  of  the  iron  Logwood-black,  but 
points  out  that  this  has  long  ago  been  abandoned  in  favour 
of  the  chrome  Logwood-black,  and  that  with  regard  to  its 
behaviour  towards  acids,  the  iron  Logwood-black  is  almost 
as  sensitive  as  litmus  paper,  whereas  Alizarin-black  will 
withstand  without  injury  carbonisation  with  acids.  The 
author  further  alludes  to  the  apparent  inconsistency  in  his 
critic's  statement  that  Alizarin-blue  in  pale  shades  is 
fugitive,  whilst  in  dark  shades  it  is  faster  than  indigo. 

— E.  B. 


The   Reduction    in    Shade   of    Dyed   Alizarin    Colours. 
E.  Schnabel.     Fiirber.  Zeit.  1892,  186—189. 

To  render  paler  the  colours  of  woollen  materials  which 
have  been  too  deeply  dyed,  the  author  recommends,  in  the 
case  of  the  so-called  Alizarin  colours,  treatment  with  a 
solution  of  potassium  permanganate  or  with  hydrogen 
peroxide.  The  treatment  with  potassium  permanganate  is 
effected  by  immersing  the  wool  in  a  solution  of  1  "25  per 
cent,  (of  the  weight  of  the  material)  of  the  salt,  acidified 
with  3  per  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid ;  the  wool  being  moved 
about  in  this  bath  until  the  colour  of  the  solution  has 
changed  from  purple  to  brownish-yellow,  which  requires 
from  30  to  50  minutes,  and  then  being  treated  in  a  separate 
bath  with  a  solution  of  10  per  cent,  of  sulphurous  acid  to 
remove  from  it  the  brown  deposit  of  manganese  dioxide. 
This  treatment  does  not  sensibly  injure  the  wool,  and, 
provided  the  potassium  permanganate  is  completely  dis- 
solved and  the  material  properly  immersed  in  the  solution, 
it  does  not  produce  any  irregularity  of  shade.  The  hydrogen 
peroxide  is  applied  by  diluting  it  with  four  volumes  of 
water,  immersing  the  wool  for  four  hours,  and  afterwards 
slowly  drying  it.  Ammonia  may  with  advantage  be  added 
to  the  bath,  except  in  treating  Alizarin-red,  when  it  must 
be  omitted,  as  it  alters  the  hue  of  the  shade.  Even  when 
the  peroxide  is  employed  in  a  concentrated  state,  the  wool 
is  not  injured,  so  that  there  is  no  possibility  of  impairing  the 
strength  of  the  fibre  by  this  latter  process. 

The  author  has  carried  out  a  series  of  experiments  with 
the  object  of  measuring  the  diminution  in  intensity  of  shade 
produced  by  each  of  the  above  two  methods  of  treatment. 


July  30, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


603 


For  this  purpose  a  number  of  patterns  was  mordanted 
with  :t  per  cent,  of  potassium  bichromate  and  2*5  per  cent. 
of  tartar  and  dyed  with  the  various  colouring  matters 
mentioned  in  the  appended  table.  Portions  of  them  were 
then  treated  in  the  manner  indicated  above  and  compared 
with  portions  kept  for  reference  and  with  patterns  similarly 
mordanted  hut  dyed  with  different  amounts  of  the  same 
colouring  matters.     The  results  are  given  below  :  — 


Name  of  Dye 

and  quantity 

Employed. 


Effect  of  Treatmcnl 
with  Potassium 
Permanganate. 


Anthracene-bro^n  n 
(paste),  in  per 
cent. 

t  ioerulein  (paste), 
10  percent. 


Alizarin    -    black 
S    W      (paste), 

in  per  cent. 


Alizarin  -  black 
s  R  W  (paste), 
10  per  cent. 

Alizarin  -  grey  G, 
10  per  cent. 


Alizarin  -  preen 
S   \V      (paste), 

10  per  cent. 

Alizarin  -  orange 
i  paste),  10  per 
eent. 

Galloflavin  (paste) 
io  per  cent. 


All'/,  II  LU     -    V:  How 

(paste),  10   per 
cent. 


All /.arm  W  1! 
(paste),  10  per 
cent. 


Alizarin  S    fpow- 

ilcl'l,  2  percent. 


Alizarin-blue  S  W 
(paste),  in  per 
cent . 

Alizarin-blue  "W  X 

t paste),  lo  per 
cent. 

Alizarin  -  blue 
D  X  YV  (paste). 
10  per  cent. 

Alizarin-blue  "W  B 

(paste),   io    per 
cent. 


Alizarin-blue  WG 
(paste),  io  per 
cent. 


Loses    about    55   per 
cent,  of  colour. 


Becomes  much  paler 
and  yellower ;  original 
shade  may  be  re- 
obtained  by  dyeing 
with  %  per  cent,  ol 
Alizarin  -  blue  S  \V 
(paste). 

Is  changed  to  a  shade 
obtainable  with  3*6 
per  eent.  of  Alizarin- 
black     and    2'5    pel 

ftattf      r\(      Aiitliii*ir»iiti»i. 


cent,  of  Anthr 

brown. 


-    per 

•acene- 


Affected    similarly  to 
preceding  dye. 


Loses  20  per  cent,  and 
becomes  redder. 


Loses  15  to  20  per  cent, 


Is  rendered  slightly 
paler  and  yellower. 

Loses  its  reddish  hue 
and  is  reduced  about 
20  per  cent. 

Becomes  redder  and 
slightly  duller. 


Paler  and  much  yel- 
lower, resembling 
shade  obtained  with 
3  percent,  of  Alizarin 
w  B  and  2  per  eent. 
of  Alizarin  S  (pow- 
der). 

Is  changed  similarly 
to  preceding  dye,  but 

to  a  less  extent. 


Loses  10  per  cent. 


Affected    similarly  to 
preceding  dye. 


Loses  5  to  10  per  cent. 


Is  not  so  much  altered 
as  Alizarin-bine  S  \V  ; 
hue  unaffected, 


Loses  20  to  25  per  cent. 


Effecl  of  Treatment 
with  Hydrogen 

Peroxide. 


Loses  about  60  per 
cent,  j  shade  becomes 

yellower. 

Becomes  much'  paler. 
duller,  and  redder; 
similar  to  shade  ob- 
tained with  8  percent, 
of  Ccerulei'n  and  1  per 
cent,  of  Anthracene* 
brown. 

I, oses  20  to  25  percent. 


Loses  40  per  cunt. 


Become*  paler  and 
redder,  like  shade 
produced  with  5  per 
cent,  of  Alizarin-grev 
R. 

Loses  about  20  percent, 
and    becomes    rather 

yellower. 

Unaltered. 


Is   changed  to 
drab. 


dull 


Is  changed  to  a  buff- 
yellow,  like  that  ob- 
tained with  lo  pei- 
cent.    of    Galluilavin 

w. 

Unaltered. 


Unaltered. 


Loses  about  20  per 
cent. ;  shade  rendered 
greyer. 

Affected  similarly  to 
preceding  dya. 


Loses  about 
cent,  and 
duller. 


10     per 
becomes 


Is  rendered  much  paler 
and  duller,  similar  to 
shade  obtained  with 
1  percent,  of  Alizarin- 
black  S  \V,  and  15  per 
cent,  of  Alizarin-blue 
SW. 

Much  paler  and  greyer; 
shade  resembles  that 
obtained  with  3  per 
cent,  of  Alizarin-blue 
SW,  and  2  to  2'5  per 
eent.  of  Coerule'in. 


Name  of  Dye, 
and  Quantity 

Employed. 


Effect  of  Treatment 
with  Potassium 
Permanganate. 


Effect  of  Treatment 

with  Hydrogen 

Peroxide. 


Alizarin  -  indico  - 
blue  S  M  W 
(paste),  in  per 
cent. 

Alizarin  -  indigo  - 
blueSW  (paste) 
10  per  cent. 

Oallein  (paste), 
in  per  cent. 


Alizarin-blue  It  R, 

10  per  cent. 

Alizarin  -  black- 
blue,  10  per 
cent. 

Alizarin  -  oyanin 
3 Ei extra  (paste) 
10  per  cent. 

A  pale  shade  of 
indigo  similarly 
treated. 


Unaltered 

Loses  about  15  per  eent . 

Loses  about  IS  per 
cent,  and  becomes 
greyer. 

Is  very  little  changed 
Doses  about  15  per  cent. 


Rendered  very  slightly 
greener  in  hue. 


Loses  about  40  per 
cent,  and  becomes 
yellower  and  duller. 

Loses  \7>  to  50  per  cent, 
and  becomes  greyer. 


Is  very  little  changed, 
rather  brighter. 

Loses  about  20  percent. 


Loses  about  15  per  cent. 


Is  reduced  about  25 
per  cent.,  but  is  not 
altered  in  hue. 


■  Loses  about  40  per  cent. 
and  becomes  redder 
and  duller. 

Is  rendered  only  paler. 


— E.B. 


Note  on  the  Application  of  Alizarin  Yellows,  2  G  and  It. 
P,  Werner.     Bull.  Soc.  Inst.  Mulhouse,  1892,  198—199. 

See  under  IV.,  page  599. 


VII.-ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

The  Metallic  Borates.     H.  Le  Chatelier.     Compt.   Rend. 
1891,113,  1034— 103G. 

The  author  considers  that  the  chemistry  of  the  borates  is 
in  a  very  unsatisfactory  condition,  since  one  finds  indicated 
in  books  no  less  than  1 1  proportions  in  which  boric  acid 
can  combine  with  bases. 

The  only  borates  of  which  the  formula?  have  been 
indisputably  established  are  the  two  hydrates  of  boric  acid 
B:03-H20(BO(OH))  and  B30:1.3  H20(B(OH)3). 

Acid  borates  containing  more  than  one  equivalent  of 
add  to  one  of  base  do  not  exist,  anhydrous  borates  to 
which  such  formula;  have  been  attributed  being  mixtures. 
The  substances — 

4  B203.3  MgO;   3  B203.2  MgO ;   and  2  B,03SfO 

are  specially  characterised  as  mixtures. 

Hydrated  acid  borates  all  contain  water  which  does  not 
volatilise  in  vacuo  at  100°  C  ,  or  even  in  some  cases  at 
150°  C.  This  cannot  be  taken  to  be  water  of  crystallisation, 
but  must  be  considered  as  water  of  constitution,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  phosphates. 

The   only   borates  of   which   the   formula:   can   now   be 
considered   established   belong,   therefore,   to   one   of    the 
four  types — 
BsO,.3  M20  ;  B„Os.2  M20  ;  2  B.A.3  M20;  B203.MX> 

— W.  M.  a. 


PATENTS. 


Improved  Process  or  Means  or  Arrangements  for  the 
Manufacture  of  Carbonic  Acid  Gas.  1).  Kylands, 
Barnsley,  Yorkshire.  Eng.  Pat.  9575,  June  5,  1891. 
Bicarbonate  of  soda  or  any  other  suitable  material  from 
which  carbonic  acid  gas  may  be  evolved  by  merely  heating 
is  subjected  to  the  action  of  heat  in  a  series  of  retorts. 
The  evolved  gas  is  either   stored  in  gasometers,  or  pumped 


(J04 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTET.  [ July  so,  1882. 


into  cylinders,  or  used  directly.  The  residue  is,  of  course, 
much  more  valuable  commercially  than  is  that  usually 
obtained  where  the  carbonic  acid  gas  is  generated  by  the 
action  of  an  acid.— T.  L.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Waste  Liqours  from 
Metallurgical  Processes  to  Obtain  Sulphurous  or 
Sidphuric  Acid  and  Lime.  A.  T.  Hall,  Hull.  Eng. 
Pat.  3947,  June  11,  1891. 

See  under  X.,  page  613. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Wattle  Liquors  from 
Metallurgical  Processes  to  Obtain  Sulphurous  or 
Sulphuric  Acid  and  Oxide  of  Iron.  A.  T.  Hall,  Hull. 
Eng.  Pat.  9948,  June  11,  1891. 

See  under  X.,  page  613. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Potassium  Carbonate. 
A.  Dupre,  Westminster,  Middlesex.  From  F.  Dupre, 
Stassfurt,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  10,630,  June  22,  1891. 
163  parts  of  water  together  with  53  parts  of  sodium 
carbonate  and  42  parts  of  sodium  bicarbonate  are  heated 
together  to  4o  C,  after  which  50  parts  of  potassium 
sulphate  are  added  every  quarter  of  an  hour  for  six  or 
eight  times,  the  temperature  having  been  gradually  raised 
to  70° — 75°  C.  Finally  the  whole  is  filtered  rapidly  ;  the 
filtiate  on  cooling  deposits  some  potassium  sulphate  and 
sodium  bicarbonate,  leaving  a  solution  of  nearly  pure 
potassium  carbonate,  which  now  merely  requires  evapo- 
ration. By  using  sodium  carbonate  alone  instead  of  both 
carbonate  and  bicarbonate,  the  solution  of  potassium 
carbonate  obtained  is  less  pure.  The  potassium  sodium 
sulphate  obtained  as  residue  in  the  first  operation  is,  for 
the  purpose  of  reconversion  into  potassium  sulphate,  treated 
with  a  solutiou  of  potassium  chloride. — T.  L.  B. 


A  -V<  w  or  Improved  Method  or  Process  for  the  Production 
of  Alkaline  I  'i/anides.  P.  E.  de  Lambilly,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  1032,  January  19,  1892. 
When  ammonia  gas  is  passed  over  a  heated  mixture  of 
carbonate  of  sodium,  or  of  potassium,  or  of  barium,  aud 
finely  powdered  charcoal,  the  corresponding  cyanide  of  the 
metal  is  obtained.  The  patentee  works  the  process  in  two 
stages  ;  first  of  all  he  passes  ammonia  over  heated  charcoal 
for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  ammonium  cyanide,  and  this 
is  then  passed  over  the  mixture  of  sodium  carbonate  and 
charcoal  after  heating  this  to  redness. — T.  L.  B. 


An    Improved    Process  for   the    Purifieaiion    of  Brine. 

C.    G.    Collins,    Woodsburgh,    King's    County,    17. 8. A. 

Eng.  Pat.  4527,  March  8,  1892. 
The  brine  is  treated  simultaneously  with   oxygen  and  an 
electric    current    having   an    electro-motive   force   not   ex- 
ceeding   2.V    volts.       The    impurities    are    then    removed 
mechanically.     A  diagrammatic  sketch  is  given. — T.  L.  B. 


Method  for   Making    Caustic   Soda    (Sodium   Hydrate). 

J.   C.    Odv.  Millbrook,   near   Southampton.      Eng.    Pat. 

5425,  March  19,  1892. 
To  a  solution  of  calcium  phosphate  is  added  a  solution  of 
sulphate  of  soda.     The  clear  solution  of  phosphate  of  soda 
obtained  is  boiled   with  caustic   lime    whereby  phosphate  of 
lime  is  precipitated  and  a  solution  of  caustic  soda  obtained. 

_T.  L.  B. 


YIII.-GLASS,  POTTEEY,  AND 
EARTHENWARE. 

The  Mirror  and  Plate-Glass  Industry  of Bohemia.  Report 
of  the  U.S.  Consul  at  Prague.  Board  of  Trade  J.,  July 
1892,  9—13. 
The  following  account  of  the  mirror  aud  plate-glass 
industry  of  Bohemia  is  extracted  from  a  recent  report  by 
the  United  States  Consul  at  Prague  : — 

For  over  200  years  the  mirror-glass  industry  has  been 
established  in  Bohemia,  just  across  the  Bavarian  frontier, 
this  location  being  selected  on  account  of  the  good, 
plentiful,  and  inexpensive  supply  of  fuel  guaranteed  by  the 
surrounding  forests.  In  fact,  it  is  claimed  that  the  first 
impulse  to  the  building  of  glass  works  was  given  by  the 
owners  of  forests,  who  thereby  sought  to  render  their 
position  more  profitable. 

In  1728  the  Austrian  Government  started  a  mirror-glass 
factory  at  Neuhaus;  but  the  enterprise  was  a  failure,  in 
spite  of  Governmental  subventions,  and  was  abandoned. 
The  production  of  large  mirrors  in  France  and  the  per- 
fection of  silvering  by  the  quicksilver  process  had  the  effect 
of  stimulating  the  manufacture  in  Bohemia,  and  at  the 
beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century  mirrors  with  a  surface 
of  3  square  metres  were  turned  out.  The  perfection  of  the 
casting  process  restricted  the  manufacture  in  the  Bohemian 
glass  works  to  the  smaller  sizes  of  blown  or  shfet  gla^s. 

To  get  an  insight  into  the  mirror-glass  manufacture  of 
Bohemia  it  is  essential  first  of  all  to  take  account  of  the 
production  of  the  crude  or  unwrought  glass.  Here  a 
distinction  must  he  made  between  the  production  by  the 
blowing  process  and  that  by  the  casting  or  rolling  process. 
Blown  or  sheet  mirror-glass  is  made  by  seven  firms  in 
Bohemia,  operating  20  glass  furnaces,  in  which  are  120 
glass  pots.  One  firm  is  engaged  in  the  production  of  rolled 
glass,  operating  one  furnace  with  12  glass  pots.  In 
the  refining  process — i.e.,  grinding,  smoothing,  polishing, 
and  silvering — there  are  10  firms  engaged.  As  already 
expluined,  the  unwrought  glass  is  blown  or  rolled,  and 
mirror-glass  is  accordingly  divided  into  sheet  glass  and 
rolled  glass.  The  rolled  glass  is  called  crystal  glass  in 
commerce,  and  sheet  glass  sometimes  thin  mirror-glass, 
The  reason  for  this  lies  in  the  fact  that  sheet  glass  has  a 
thickness  of  only  5  millimetres,  while  rolled  glass  is  often 
over  10  millimetres  thick. 

In  both  processes  the  glass  mixture  is  melted  iu  about 
the  same  manner,  and  the  purest  and  best  materials  are 
used.  The  process  in  the  factory  from  the  moment  when 
the  glass  is  run  out  of  the  glass  pots  is  something  after  the 
following  description : — 

The  glass  pots  have  to  be  refilled,  and  this  is  the  work  of 
the  smelter.  The  various  component  materials—  crystal 
sand,  soda,  calcite,  charcoal,  and  powdered  arsenic — are 
mixed  in  the  proper  proportions  acd  placed  iu  the  empty 
glass  pot,  this  filling  being  repeated  after  an  interval  of  four 
or  five  hours.  After  the  smelter  has  put  in  the  second 
quantity,  he  heats  the  furnace  to  such  a  point  that  melting 
begins  in  12  or  14  hours.  When  the  mixture  is  melted, 
the  smelter  must  see  to  it  that  it  is  clear  aud  free  from  air 
bubbles,  for  which  purpose  he  purifies  the  glass  by  subjecting 
it  to  a  more  intense  heat.  This  purifying  is  accomplished 
generally  in  about  eight  hours.  The  glass  being  in  a  molten 
condition,  the  finishing  process  begins.  When  the  glass  is 
to  be  blown,  a  wait  of  10  or  12  hours  has  to  take  place, 
until  the  liquid  glass  has  become  thick  enough  for  the 
glass-blower  to  take  it  up  on  his  blow  pipe.  On  the  other 
baud,  when  glass  is  to  be  rolled,  the  contents  of  the  glass 
pot  are  poured  on  the  casting  table  immediately  after 
melting  and  rolled  at  once,  the  fluidity  of  the  glass  being 
an  essential  in  this  process. 

In  both  the  blowing  and  rolling  processes  of  manufacturing 
crude  mirror-glass,  the  glass  is  unwrought  and  imperfectly 
transparent.  In  order  to  even  the  rough  surface,  the  grinding 
apparatus  is  used,  and,  after  being  properly  ground,  the 
polisher  imparts  the  clear,  shining  surface  to  it.  Both  the 
grinding  and  the  polishing  of  mirror-glass  is  done  by  machi- 
nery, while  the  smoothing  is  best  done  by  hand  ;  but  even 


July  so,  1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


605 


the  smoothing  process  is  effected  by  means  of  machinery  in 
the  case  of  large-sized  plates. 

Grinding  and  Smoothing. — In  the  process  of  grinding, 
a  huge  flat  stone  rests  on  a  solidly  constructed  wooden 
base,  and  on  the  top  of  this  stone,  a  layer  of  burnt  and 
sifted  gypsum  is  placed,  when  is  then  converted  into  a 
pasty  cement  by  adding  water.  This  cement  is  spread 
evenly  on  the  stone,  and  the  glass  is  laid  upon  it  and 
pressed  firmly  until  it  adheres  to  the  gradually  hardening 
gypsum.  A  somewhat  smaller  stone,  called  the  upper 
stone,  is  similarly  prepared,  and  another  plate  of  glass  laid 
upon  it,  when  the  two  stones  are  brought  together  so  that 
the  glass  surfaces  touch  each  other.  A  twofold  motion  is 
given  to  the  upper  stone — about  its  own  axis  and  in  a  circle 
from  right  to  left.  Sand  and  water  are  then  poured 
between  the  two  glass  surfaces,  and  the  grinding  begins  by 
setting  the  upper  stone  in  motion,  the  power  being  supplied 
by  machinery.  The  first  grinding  begins,  and  the  surface 
of  the  glass  gradually  becomes  smooth,  the  elevations  in 
the  glass  being  reduced  by  the  sand.  As  the  two  plates  of 
glass  begin  to  show  an  even  surface,  finer  sand  is  used,  and 
the  so-called  second  grinding  takes  place.  After  one  side 
of  the  glass  is  ground,  it  is  turned  over  and  the  reverse  side 
submitted  to  the  same  operation.  The  sand  used  has 
seven  different  grains,  from  the  coarsest  to  the  finest. 
When  both  surfaces  have  been  made  even  in  the  manner 
described,  there  is  still  too  rough  a  surface  to  permit  of 
successful  polishing,  and  they  must  be  subjected  to  the 
smoothing  process.  Here,  again,  one  glass  is  laid  upon 
the  other,  and  a  cement  of  continually  increasing  fineness 
used,  the  cement  being  applied  to  the  moist  and  rough  glass 
surface,  and  the  surfaces  carefully  rubbed  together  by 
hand.  After  the  smoothing  process  is  finished  the  glass  is 
carefully  examined  and  all  flawless  pieces  given  to  the 
polishers,  while  those  containing  flaws  are  cut  up  into 
small  sizes. 

Polishing. — Polishing  is  done  by  specially-constructed 
machinery,  and  is,  properly  speaking,  an  advanced  stage  of 
smoothing.  It  differs  from  the  smoothing  process  in  that 
the  glass  surfaces  are  not  applied  to  each  other,  but  a  wooden 
or  iron  surface,  covered  with  cloth,  is  substituted,  and 
further,  that  a  fine  mixture  of  oxide  of  iron  replaces  the 
harder  cement.  The  polisher  Axes  the  glass  by  means  of 
plaster  or  cement  to  a  firm  support,  usually  a  flat  stone, 
and  moistens  the  cloth-covered  rubbing  implement,  which 
receives  a  forward  and  backward  motion  by  connexion  with 
mechanical  apparatus.  The  polishing  implement  is  kept  in 
motion  until  that  portion  of  the  glass  over  which  it  passes 
has  obtained  a  high  polish,  when  the  glass  is  moved  so  as 
to  expose  another  portion  of  its  surface  to  the  polisher. 
When  the  entire  surface  is  polished,  and  it  contains  no 
flaws,  it  is  ready  for  the  silvering  process.  The  large  minor- 
glasses  are  often  put  on  the  market,  however,  in  the 
polished  condition,  especially  the  large  rolled  plates  which 
are  used  for  show  windows. 

In  describing  the  foregoing  different  processes  for  pre- 
paring mirror-glass,  it  remains  to  be  said  that  a  so-called 
circular  grinding  apparatus  has  come  into  use  lately  in 
Bohemia,  especially  in  the  grinding  of  rolled  glass.  This 
apparatus  is  expensive,  but  it  does  the  work  at  least  five 
times  as  rapidly  as  by  the  other  process.  For  rolled  glass 
machinery  is  also  used  in  the  smoothing  process,  and  a 
circular  polishing  apparatus  has  been  introduced.  This 
apparatus  has  been  used  in  Bohemia  only  for  rolled  glass. 
After  the  polishing  it  is  only  necessary  to  put  a  face  on 
the  glass  and  it  goes  to  the  silverer,  who  gives  the  essential 
qualities  of  the  mirror  to  it.  In  Bohemia  both  quicksilver 
and  silver  are  used  for  this  purpose.  The  quicksilver 
process  is  really  the  application  of  an  amalgam  of  tin  to  the 
glass  surface,  the  silver  process  the  precipitation  of  nitrate 
of  silver  on  the  glass.  The  quicksilver  process  is  being 
almost  entirely  replaced  by  the  silver  process  in  late  years, 
both  on  account  of  the  greater  facility  of  the  process  and 
on  account  of  the  less  injurious  effect  on  the  health  of  the 
workmen,  so  that  almost  all  of  the  mirrors  now  are  silvered 
ones. 

The  wages  of  glass-blowers,  grinders,  polishers,  and 
smoothers    in    Bohemia    are    calculated    by     the    piece, 


according  to  its  size.  In  the  rolled-glass  manufacture  the 
workmen  are  paid  monthly  wages,  the  average  monthly 
wages  being  50  florins.  As  compared  with  other  countries 
the  wages  paid  are  very  low.  The  common  day  labourer 
averages  50  kreutzers  a  day  in  the  winter  and  60  kreutzers 
a  day  in  the  summer.  A  glass-blower  can  average  from  200 
to  250  florins  a  month  under  favourable  conditions.  lu 
the  glass  refineries  a  workman  earns  from  20  to  50  florins 
per  month  according  to  his  employment.  Skilled  workmen 
are  paid  from  1  to  I- 50  florins  per  day,  unless  they  work 
by  the  piece. — W.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  Manufacturing  Glass 
Bricks.  H.  1).  KitzPatriek,  Glasgow.  From  M.  Selireiber 
and  L.  Oettinger,  Berliu.  Eng.  Pat.  -1  .">.;.">,  March  8, 
1891. 

The  glass  bricks  are  intended  to  replace  the  glazed  or 
enamelled  bricks  as  at  present  manufactured.  The  glazed 
or  enamelled  bricks  do  not  stand  the  effects  of  weather, 
moisture  entering  through  cracks  in  the  glaze  and  ulti- 
mately penetrating  the  body  of  the  brick,  with  the  result 
that  the  glazing  breaks  ofl.  Moreover,  the  glazing  being 
applied  in  a  very  thin  coat  is  easily  damaged,  and  it  is 
impossible  subsequently  to  repair  such  damaged  bricks. 

The  new  bricks  are  made  of  glass  or  the  front  part  is 
made  of  glass  backed  by  some  other  material.  When 
wholly  of  glass,  the  bricks  are  made  hollow  but  of  such 
thickness  as  to  be  of  sufficient  strength.  If  it  is  desired  to 
have  a  coloured  or  ornamental  face  to  the  brick  it  is  made 
in  a  divided  mould,  the  material  for  the  front  part  being 
run  in  and  pressed  first,  the  material  for  the  back  part, 
being  ruu  in  afterwards  but  whilst  the  front  part  is  still 
hot.  The  divided  mould  is  also  used  when  it  is  desired  to 
make  the  front  part  of  the  brick  of  better  quality  of  glass. 

— V.  C. 


Improvements    in    the    Manufacture   of   Glass.     T.   C.  J. 
Thomas,  Loudon.     Eng.  Pat.  798s,  May  9,  1891. 

The  inventor  was  granted  a  patent  (12,076,1886;  this 
Journal,  1888,  35),  for  eliminating  impurities  in  the  molten 
grit  by  subjecting  the  material  to  the  action  of  a  blast  of 
oxygen. 

The  present  invention  consists  iu  heating  the  said  blast 
of  oxygen,  or  of  using  heated  atmospheric  air  instead  of 
oxygen.  The  latter  is  the  cheaper  method,  though  of 
course  a  larger  volume  of  gas  has  to  be  used.  The  air 
or  oxygen  is  heated  by  a  hot  blast  stove  or  by  an  air 
regenerator. — V.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Tanks  or  Boxes  and 
other  Articles  of  Glass,  and  iu  Mechanism  or  Appliances 
to  be  used  in  the  said  Manufacture.  J.  Armstrong,  West 
Bromwich.     Eng.  Pal.  10,454,  June  19,  1891. 

The  present  patent  relates  to  improvements  in  the  invention 
patented  May  2,  1889,  7346. 

According  to  the  invention  patented  in  1889,  tanks,  &c. 
are  made  by  fusing  together  the  edges  of  five  plates 
arranged  in  suitable  positions.  The  uew  furnaces  now 
employed  are  furnished  with  vertical  and  horizontal 
openings  for  the  introduction  of  the  heating  appliances  and 
pressing  tools.  A  special  swivelling  mould  has  been  intro- 
duced, by  means  of  which  the  different  sides  of  the  tank 
or  other  article  can  be  readily  brought  into  position.  For. 
making  cylindrical  articles  a  roll  or  drum  has  been  intro- 
duced. The  drum  is  furnished  with  a  gripper.  One  of  the 
edges  of  the  glass  having  been  bound  to  the  drum,  a 
complete  rotation  given  to  the  said  drum  forms  the  giass 
into  a  hollow  cylinder.  Lastly  the  bloiv-pipe  used  for 
fusing  together  the  edges  of  the  several  glass  sheets  or 
plates  carries  with  it  a  pressing  roll,  which,  being  applied 
immediately  after  the  blow-pipe,  joins  together  the  heated 
and  softened  edges. — V.  C. 


GOG 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL    INDUSTRY. 


[July  30,1892. 


Improvements  in  and  Connected  with  Kilns  for  Annealing 
Plate  Glass.  \V.  W.  Pilkington,  St.  Helens.  Eng.  Pat. 
10,661,  June  23,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  enable  plates  to  be  readily 
deposited  in  the  kiln,  to  permit  of  them  having  a  con- 
siderable period  of  repose  before  being  moved  into  the 
cooling-off  leer  or  tunnel,  and  to  provide  improved  means 
of  moving  the  plates  through  the  leer.  A  chamber  on  wheels 
is  provided  to  receive  the  plates  on  leaving  the  casting  table 
in  which  they  are  conveyed  to  the  compartments.  Carriers 
are  provided  in  the  leers  by  which  the  plates  are  transferred 
from  oue  compartment  to  another.  These  carriers  may  be 
constructed  with  two  or  more  platforms. — V.  C. 


Art  Improved  Method  of  Producing  Marbled    Glass.     C. 
F.  E.  Grosse,  Berlin.     Eng.  Pat.  7792,  April  25,  1892. 

Hitherto  marbled  glass  has  only  been  produced  in  smelting, 
and  the  expense  of  this  method  has  limited  its  application. 
In  this  invention,  instead  of  colouring  the  whole  mass  of 
the  glass,  the  surface  only  is  coloured.  Any  colour  may  be 
used,  but  preferably  an  opaque  colour.  When  the  blower 
has  brought  the  last  charge  to  the  pipe,  and  has  worked  the 
mass  regularly,  a  finely -ground  flux  is  either  sieved  on  or 
blown  on  by  means  of  a  blower.  The  mass,  now  somewhat 
cooled,  is  replaced  in  the  furnace  till  the  coloured  flux  has 
fused.  By  proper  manipulation  the  colour  can  be  made  to 
assume  the  most  varied  forms. — V.  C. 


IX.-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  AND  CEMENTS. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Machines  for  making  Bricks,  files,  and 
Similar  Articles  from  Plastic  Clay  or  other  Material. 
S.  Jefferies,  Stroud.     Eng.  Pat.  9216,  June  1,  1891. 

The  improvement  consists  in  making  the  severance  of  the 
stream  of  clay,  as  it  issues  from  the  brick-making  machine, 
automatic  iustead  of  depending  upon  the  attention  of  the 
labourer  in  charge.  For  this  purpose  two  devices  are 
described,  the  first  consisting  in  mounting  the  cutting  wires 
on  a  frame  capable  of  being  traversed  horizontally  and 
actuated  by  mechanism  set  in  motion  by  the  pressure  of  the 
eud  of  the  stream  of  clay  on  a  stop  at  the  end  of  the  table 
on  which  it  travels.  Iu  the  case  of  the  second,  the  cutting 
wires  are  not  drawn  through  the  stream  of  clay,  but  a 
definite  length  of  the  latter  is  cut  off  by  the  first  wire, 
which  alone  makes  the  traversing  motion  referred  to,  and 
the  bar  of  clay  thus  measured  out  is  thrust  against  the  wires 
which  are  stationary. — B.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Stone,  Brickwork. 
Mortar,  Plaster,  or  Stucco,  and  the  like,  for  Preventing 
Deterioration  thereof.  II.  Aitken,  Darroch.  Eng.  l'at. 
11, 2(i'.l,  July  1,  1891. 

The  patentee  is  of  opinion  that  the  decay  of  stone,  brick- 
work, plaster,  stucco,  and  the  like  arises  in  great  measure 
from  the  attacks  of  living  organisms,  and  accordingly 
proposes  to  stop  these  ravages  by  treating  the  material  to 
be  preserved  with  some  substance  inimical  to  low  forms  of 
life.  Such  are  mercuric  chloride,  potassium  cyanide, 
carbolic  acid,  paraffin  oil,  vinegar,  naphthalene,  and  carbonic 
oxide.  These  substances  are  introduced  into  the  pores  of 
the  material  to  be  protected  in  a  mauner  to  be  determined 
by    their   nature   and   that   of    the   building   material,   by 


applying  them  in  solution,  with  or  without  heat  or  pressure. 
If  soluble  or  volatile,  they  may  be  prevented  from  escaping 
by  coating  the  surface  of  the  material  to  which  they  have 
been  applied  by  some  such  substance  as  parattiu  wax.  In 
general,  the  patentee  prefers  to  use  mercuric  chloride  in 
aqueous  solution,  1  part  in  15  or  30  being  suitable  for  walls, 
and  1  in  500  for  cement  or  stucco.  Colouring  or  odorising 
agents  may  be  added  to  the  preservatives  to  prevent  their 
accidental  consumption  by  human  beings  or  animals. — B.  B. 


An  Improved  Composition  containing  Coal  Tar,  Applicable 

as  a  Preservative   Composition   or  Cement  for  Building 

or  other  Purposes.     H.  Seiling,  Alden,  Germany.     Eng. 

Pat.  14,948,  September  4,  1891. 

One  kilo,  of  coal  tar  is  mixed  while  hot  with  one  quarter 

of  a  litre  of  sulphuric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1  •  5,  and  the  product 

mixed  with  one  half  to  the  whole  of  its  weight  of  unburnt 

powdered  gypsum.     The  composition  is  said  to  stick  to  wet 

surfaces,  and  to  be  useful  for  making  walls  and  rooting 

damp  proof. — B.  B. 


The  Manufacture  of  an  Improved  Compound  for  Coating 
Walls  or  other  Surfaces,  and  for  Analogous  Purposes. 
X. Norwood. Denmark  Hill.  Eng. Pat.  21,374, December?, 
1891. 

The  patent  relates  to  a  composition  similar  to  that  described 
in  Eng.  Pat.  21,199  of  1891  (this  Journal,  1892,  525),  which 
consists  essentially  of  a  mixture  of  glue  and  plaster  of 
Paris.  In  this  case  one  hundredweight  of  whiting  is  mixed 
with  5  to  8  lb.  of  glue  without  the  addition  of  water,  and 
heated  until  the  mass  is  rendered  friable,  when  it  may  be 
reduced  to  powder.  Water  may  be  added  in  the  course  of 
preparation,  if  insufficient  be  present  in  the  whiting  and 
glue  to  effect  the  desired  blending.  Half  a  pound  to  a 
pound  and  a  half  of  zinc  sulphate  may  be  added  if 
required.  The  product,  which  may  be  coloured  by  any 
suitable  means,  is  said  to  be  usable  with  cold  instead  of  hot 
water. — B.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Hydraulic  Cement 
for  Building  Purposes,  V.  1".  I,.  Smidth,  Copenhagen, 
Denmark.     Eng.  Pat.  6745,  April  8,  1892. 

Hydraulic  cement  is  mixed  with  sand,  gravel,  or  ballast, 
and  finely  ground,  constituting  a  mixture  which  the  patentee 
calls  "  sand  cement."  This  composition  is  said  to  form  an 
efficient  mortar  when  mixed  with  sand  or  other  inert 
aggregate  in  the  same  manner  as  undiluted  cement,  the 
grinding  causing  the  cement  to  be  distributed  very  evenly 
throughout  the  mass,  and  thus  coat  the  sand  particles  more 
perfectly.  A  dilution  of  as  much  as  16  parts  of  sand  to 
one  of  cement  is  said  to  be  attainable  without  unduly 
impairing  the  adhesive  power  of  the  cement. — B  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Construction  of  Kilns  fir  Burning 
Limestone,  Cement,  and  other  similar  Materials. 
J.  Briggs,  Clitheroe.     Eng.  Pat.  730S,  April  16,  1892. 

The  kiln  consists  of  an  inverted  truncated  cone  with  a 
domed  roof,  into  which  a  conical  hopper  serves  to  convey 
the  limestone  or  other  material  to  be  burnt,  mixed  with  a 
small  quantity  of  fuel.  The  bulk  of  the  fuel  is  introduced 
by  side  openings  provided  with  cast-iron  covers.  The 
burnt  lime  or  cement  is  drawn  off  at  the  bottom  by  a  door 
provided  for  that  purpose.  In  the  construction  of  the  kiln 
a  thickness  of  about  2  ft.  of  clay  should  be  left  behind  the 
brickwork,  the  result  being  that  this  eventually  forms  a 
compact  mass  serving  to  support  the  walls  of  the  kiln. — B.  B. 


Jul-  10,1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL    INDUSTRY. 


607 


Improvements  in  and  in  the  Manufacture  of  Plaster  for 
Building  Purposes.  W.  1'.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From 
L.  0.  Roeser-Miiller  and  B.  Deike,  Munich,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  7502,  April  20,  1892. 

A  "  porous  plaster  "  for  building  purposes  is  formed  by 
adding  bicarbonate  of  soda  alone  or  with  a  limited  amount 
of  dilute  acid  to  ordinary  plaster  of  Paris.  The  following 
is  the  prescription  giveu.  "  For  1  cubic  centimetre  (sic) 
of  porous  plaster:  500  grms.  gypsum  +  700  to  750  grins, 
water,  23  grms.  bicarbonate  soda,  20  grms.  sulphuric  acid 
5  per  cent.,  23  grms.  bicarbonate  soda,  15  grms.  sulphuric 
acid  5  per  cent.  In  place  of  the  acids,  equivalent  quantities 
of  salts  (such  as  acid  tartrates,  acetate  of  alumina,  &e.) 
may  bo  employed."  The  composition  is  said  to  be  light, 
1  cubic  metre  weighing  only  640  kilos.,  as  against  1,230 
kilos,  for  ordinary  plaster  of  Paris  also  to  be  a  bad  conductor 
of  heat  and  sound,  and  to  be  unaffected  by  dry  rot  even  when 
it  contains,  as  an  alternative,  wooden  laths,  osiers,  rushes, 
and  the  like  organic  material. — B.  1!. 


An  Improvement  in  the  Art  of  Making  Mortar.  E.  T. 
Warner  and  J.  F.  Curry,  Wilmington,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
7850,  April  2G,  1892. 

The  method  applies  to  ordinary  and  not  to  hydraulic 
mortar,  and  consists  in  the  preparation  of  the  lime  by 
admixture  with  water,  and  if  necessary  sifting  or  straining 
and  subsequent  settling  in  a  tank  or  reservoir  until  it 
assumes  a  putty-like  smoothness,  and  mixing  with  sand 
in  a  mortar  mixer.  The  mortar  mixer  may  be  of  any 
ordinary  construction,  but  that  illustrated  and  described 
consists  of  a  circular  trough,  rotated  about  a  vertical  axis 
by  toothed  gearing,  and  provided  with  two  stirring  shafts 
and  a  conical  valve  for  permitting  the  discharge  of  the 
mortar  from  the  bottom  of  the  pan  when  mixture  is  com- 
plete. The  chief  claim  is  the  thorough  slaking  of  the 
lime  and  the  production  of  a  homogeneous  paste  therefrom. 

— B.  B. 


X.-METALLUKaY. 

The  Estimation  of  Slag  in  Wrought.  Iron.     A.  E.  Barrows 
and  T.  Turner.     Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1892  [113],  122— 123. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  C36. 


Temperatures  Developed  in  Industrial   Furnaces.     H.  Le 
Chatelier.     Compt.  Rend.  114,  470 — 173. 

A  SERIES  of  determinations  of  the  temperatures  developed 
in  certain  processes  have  been  made  by  M.  Le  Chatelier 
employing  his  recently  improved  pyrometric  methods.  The 
scale  of  temperatures  adopted  was  that  of  Violle,  viz. : — 

Melting  points  of 


Gold. 


its' 


1,045" 


Palladium. 


1,500° 


Platinum. 


The  following  results  were  obtained  :  — 

Melting  point  of  white  Swedish  pig-iron 1,135° 

grey  cast  iron 1,820 

ingot  iron  (carbon  =  0'1  per 

cent.) 1,475 

mild  steel  (carbon  =  0*3  per 

cent.) 1,453 

„  ,,     hard  steel  (carbon  =  0*9  per 

cent.) 1,410 


Temperature  of  the  flame  from  a  Bessemer  "  Uobert  " 
converter  : — 

At  the  "boil"  period 1,330° 

At  the  finish 1,580 

Bessemer  steel  and  slags  (after  pouring)  :  — 

Temperature  of  slag i,;>m) 

„  of  steel  in  the  ladle 1,010 

of  stoel  in  the  mould 1,580 

„  of  solidification  of  the  scale 1,340 

,,  of  reheating  furnace 1,200 

,,  of  ingot  under  the  hammer 1,080 

Siemens-Martin  furnace  with  charge  of  mild  steel : — 

Temperature  of  the  gaseous  fuel  on  leaving 

the  producer 720° 

,,  of  the  gaseous  fuel  on  entering 

the  regenerator 400 

„  of  the  gaseous  fuel  on  leaving 

the  regenerator 1,200 

,.  of  the  air  on  leaving  the   re- 

generator i,o.)0 

„  of    waste    gases  going  to    the 

chimney 300 

„  of  furnacewhenthechargemelts    1,420 

„  of  furnace  during  refining 1,500 

of  the  tapped  metal  in  the  ladle 

at  the  beginning 1,580 

,.  of  the  tapped  metal  in  the  ladle 

at  the  finish 1,490 

„  of  the  tapped  metal  in  the  mould    1,520 

For  ingot  iron  the  temperatures  are  50°  higher,  but  the 
same  difference  exists  between  the  temperature  of  the  metal 
at  the  beginning  and  end  of  the  tapping,  indicating  that  the 
bath  is  hotter  in  the  centre  than  at  the  sides.  In  the 
Siemens-Pernot  furnaces  the  last  portions  of  the  tappings 
are  the  hottest. 

Siemens  crucible  steel-melting  furnace  : — ■ 

Temperature    of    the   space    between    the 
crucibles 1,600° 

Rotary  puddling  furnace  : — 

Temperature  of  the  east  iron  in  the  ladle 1.340° 

..                      „                      „       furnace  .     1,210 
of  the  bloom  at  the  end  of  the 
operation 1,330 

Blast  furnace  producing  grey-pig  for  Bessemerising :  — 

Temperature  of  hearth  in  front  of  tuyere 1,930° 

„  of    charge    on     tapping    first 

portions 1,400 

„            of  charge  on  tapping  last  por- 
tions      1,570 

Crucible  furnace  for  glass-making  : — 

Temperature  of  the  furnace  between  crucibles    1,875° 
„  of   the  glass  in    the  crucibles 

(luring  fining 1,310 

„  of  the    glass   in  the  crucibles 

during  working 1,045 

„  of  windowglassduringspreading     600 

Siemens  glass-melting  furnace : — 

Temperature  of  furnace 1,400° 

„  of  melted  glass 1,310 

„  of  buttles  during  annealing...,       585 

Siemens  furnace  for  illuminating  gas  heated  by  a 
producer  burning  coke  : — 

Temperature  of  the  furnace  at  the  top 1,190° 

„  ,.  bottom...     1,045 

of  retort  at  close  of  distillation 

1  m.  from  the  tap 875 

of  retort  at  close  of  distillation 

l'5m.  from  the  tap 950 

„  of   waste   gases  going    to    the 

chimney G80 

Furnace  for  firing  hard  porcelain  : — 

Temperature  at  the  finish 1,370° 

Hard  porcelains   are  fired  at    almost  exactly   the    same 
temperature  in  different  localities,  as  Sevres,  Bayeux,  &c. 
Hoffmann  furnace  for  red  bricks : — ■ 

Temperature  of  firing 1,100° 

Electricity  : — 

Temperature  of  incandescent  lamps 1 ,800° 


r„,s 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Jui.v3u.is92. 


This  determination  was  made  on  a  lamp  in  ordinary 
working  order.  When  hard  pressed  the  temperature  may 
exceed  2,100°. 

The  author  concludes  by  drawing  attention  to  the  abnormal 
lowness  of  the  temperatures  given  above,  and  suggests  that 
the  higher  values  generally  received  are  affected  by  one  or 
more  of  the  following  sources  of  error  : — 1st,  The  selection 
of  the  highest  value  from  a  number  of  determinations  owing 
to  the  feeling  that  the  temperature  of  a  body  should  be 
proportional  to  its  brilliancy  and  to  the  quantity  of  fuel  cou- 
sumed  in  heating  it,  which  factors  iu  reality,  however,  increase 
much  more  rapidly  than  the  temperature.  2nd.  The  use  of 
a  pyrometric  method  with  the  assumption  that  the  specific 
heat  of  iron  is  constant.  3rd.  The  fusion  of  platinum  in 
gases  charged  with  particles  of  molten  metal,  and  the 
conversion  of  palladium  into  a  spongy  mas?  by  a  temporar}* 
oxidation  or  hydrogeuation. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


A  Non-oxidising  Process  of  Annealing.     H.  P.  Jones. 
Eng.  and  Mining  J.  1892,  53,  83. 

This  paper  records  experiments  on  a  non-oxidising  process 
for  annealing  iron  and  steel.  The  usual  process  of  anneal- 
ing consists  in  heating  the  metal  to  a  red  heat  and  then 
allowing  it  to  cool  slowly.  During  this  operation  the  metal 
becomes  oxidised  and  a  scale  is  formed  which  is  expensive 
to  remove.  The  new  process  consists  iu  heating  the  metal 
in  a  retort  which  is  filled  with  illuminating  gas  and  is  in 
communication  with  a  gas  holder  containing  gas,  by  which 
means  allowance  is  made  for  the  expansion  and  contraction 
of  the  latter  and  for  any  slight  leakage.  The  articles  after 
treatment  are  perfectly  bright,  and  articles  which  have  been 
blued  or  oxidised  can  be  rendered  bright  by  this  means.  A 
further  great  advantage  is  that  the  process  is  entirely 
mechanical  and  requires  no  technical  skill  on  the  part  of  the 
operator. 

In  order  to  obtain  an  idea  of  the  value  of  the  process, 
specimens  of  metal  produced  by  it  were  compared  with 
others  obtained  by  heating  in  the  open  fire,  and  cooling  iu 
ashes,  and  also  with  specimens  which  had  been  annealed  in 
nitrogen,  since  it  has  been  stated  in  connexion  with  non- 
oxidising  annealing  processes  that  "nitrogen  should  be 
perfectly  harmless  and  efficient ;  hydrogen  and  hydrogen- 
bearing  gases  might  be  injurious  ;  carbonic  acid  would  oxidise 
the  iron  ;  and  even  carbonic  oxide  would  oxidise  it  slightly, 
but  perhaps  so  slightly  that  its  effects  would  be  wholly 
removed  in  drawing."  (H.  M.  Howe,  Metallurgy  of  Steel, 
18111,  p.  225.)  The  specimens  heated  in  coal-gas  and 
nitrogen  respectively  were  placed  in  retorts  which  were 
heated  in  the  same  tire  and  for  the  same  length  of  time. 
The  experiments  were  made  on  steel  wire  turned  down  to 
diameter  of  0-156  and  0- 150  in.,  and  the  resulting  specimens 
were  compared  by  determining  their  elongation.  The 
general  results  were  that  samples  obtained  with  illuminating 
gas  were  practically  as  good  as  those  with  nitrogen,  the 
percentage  of  elongation  being  generally  slightly  greater 
with  nitrogen  than  with  illuminating  gas,  so  that  if  the  value 
of  the  metal  be  taken  as  equal  to  the  product  of  the  per- 
centage of  elongation  by  breaking  load,  then  the  value 
would  be  slightly  greater  with  nitrogen  than  with  illuminat- 
ing gas.  Specimens  annealed  iu  the  open  fire  gave  elonga- 
tions much  below  those  of  specimens  annealed  in  either  gas. 
Representing  the  efficiency  of  metal  annealed  in  nitrogen  as 
loo  then  that  obtained  with  illuminating  gas  is  95,  and  that 
of  the  ordinary  process  86. — H.  K.  T. 


The  Uses  and  Applications  of  Aluminium.     G.  L.  Adden- 
brooke.     Jour.  Soc.  Arts,  40,  661—668. 

The  author  stated  that  the  scope  of  this  paper  was  limited 
to  pure  aluminium,  or  to  the  metal  alloyed  with  a  few  per 
cents,  only  of  other  metals,  and  did  not  extend  to  so-called 
"  aluminium  bronzes  "  containing  only  a  few  per  cents,  of 
aluminium. 

Three  years  ago  the  cost  of  the  pure  metal  was  about  60s. 
per  lb.,  when  the  Deville-Castner  process  was  put  into 
operation,  which  was  expected  to  produce  it  at  about  20s. 
per   lb.      But   the    more    recently    introduced    electrolytic 


methods  have  rapidly  brought  the  price  down.  A  year  ago 
the  Pittsburg  Reduction  Co.  announced  that  they  were 
prepared  to  supply  it  at  4s.  2d.  per  lb.,  and  at  present  the 
Aluminium  Industry  Co.,  of  Neuhausen  in  Switzerland, 
supply  it  of  99  per  cent,  guaranteed  purity  at  2s.  per  lb.,  a 
cost  bulk  for  bulk  not  much  greater  than  that  of  copper. 
The  two  patented  processes  under  which  most  of  the 
aluminium  at  present  produced  is  manufactured  are  those  of 
Hall  and  Heroult,  which  are  almost  identical.  In  both  cases 
alumina  is  dissolved  in  a  flux  of  the  fluorides  of  aluminium 
and  sodium.  The  fused  mass  is  placed  in  an  iron  furnace 
thickly  lined  with  carbon,  which  forms  the  cathode  of  an 
electric  circuit.  A  large  block  of  carbon  carried  on  an 
adjustable  support  so  that  it  can  be  dipped  into  the  cavity 
of  the  furnace  forms  the  anode.  Two  or  more  of  these 
furnaces  are  arranged  iu  series,  the  anode  of  the  first  being 
connected  with  the  cathode  of  the  second,  and  so  on. 

Iu  starting  the  plant  the  carbons  are  brought  well  down 
into  the  furnaces  and  the  current  from  a  dynamo  is  turned 
on.  At  first  there  is  a  good  deal  of  resistance,  but  as  the 
materials  in  the  furnace  get  warm  this  decreases,  and  the 
anodes  can  be  raised  somewhat.  Decomposition  of  the 
alumina  takes  place  at  about  a  full  red  heat,  the  oxygen 
partly  unites  with  the  carbon  and  is  given  off  as  carbouie 
oxide,  and  partly  escapes  free,  while  the  aluminium  sinks  to 
the  bottom  and  gradually  accumulates.  It  is  tapped  off 
periodically  into  moulds,  and  more  material  added,  so  that 
the  process  is  "  continuous."  Verj-  little  of  the  tiux  is  spent 
in  the  operation,  aud  the  furnaces  are  not  expensive. 

The  four  chief  items  of  cost  are  the  cost  of  the  electric- 
energy,  of  the  materials  used,  wages  and  superintendence, 
and  interest,  &c.  on  capital  employed.  In  the  Hall  process 
22  electric  horse-power  at  a  potential  of  8  to  10  volts 
produce  1  lb.  of  aluminium  per  hour  for  about  56  lb.  of  coal, 
or,  with  coal  at  10s.  per  ton,  about  3d.  for  this  item.  The 
alumina  costs  about  301.  per  ton,  and  yields  about  50  per 
cent,  of  its  weight  of  metal,  or  say  &d.  per  lb.  for  the 
aluminium  produced.  The  plant  with  all  buildings  and 
accessories  can  be  erected  for  30/.  per  indicated  horse-power 
available,  which  would  represent  about  6/.  per  annum  to  be 
spread  over  300  lb.  of  aluminium  per  annum.  Reckoning  20 
per  cent,  for  maintenance,  interest,  and  profit,  this  represents 
5d.  per  lb.  We  have  thus  for  the  three  items  specified 
Is.  2d.  per  lb.,  so  that  adding  the  cost  of  labour  and  super- 
intendence— which  must  vary  greatly  according  to  the  scale 
of  working— the  present  price  of  2s.  per  lb.  cannot  leave 
much  margin  on  the  present  small  output,  which  for  the 
four  principal  works  is  estimated  at  only  2,600  lb.  per  day. 
At  the  same  time  the  present  selling  price  is  sufficiently  near 
the  remunerative  level  to  prevent  any  great  advance  except 
by  a  reduction  of  output  or  an  agreement  among  the 
manufacturers.] 

To  get  further  cheapness  there  must  be  a  larger  produc- 
tion aud  demand,  which  "  must  come  within  a  moderate 
time."  Future  improvements  are  likely  to  be  in  the 
direction  of  cheaper  alumina  or  other  salt  of  aluminium, 
and  more  direct  methods  of  applying  heat,  &c.  in  operating 
the  furnaces,  which  now  utilise  only  25  per  cent,  of  the 
energy  produced. 

The  cast  metal  is  now  produced  99  per  cent,  pure,  is  rather 
harder  than  copper,  and  works  like  it,  but  is  somewhat  brittle 
instead  of  being  extremely  tough.  An  addition  of  2  or  3 
per  cent,  of  silicon  renders  it  harder  and  stronger,  but 
decreases  its  malleability. 

Admixture  with  iron  altogether  spoils  it ;  a  few  per  cents, 
of  copper,  zinc,  tin,  or  nickel,  while  improving  some  of  its 
qualifies,  injure  others,  and  the  alloys  do  not  stand  remelt- 
ing  well.  In  fact  no  simple  alloy  seems  to  produce  what  is 
wanted.  The  very  white  complex  alloy  made  by  the 
Phoenix  Engineering  Co.  seems  to  promise  much  better 
results,  being  hard,  fairly  malleable,  and  improved  by 
remelting  up  to  a  certain  point.  It  seems  likely  to  be  useful 
for  many  purposes  where  a  fair  degree  of  strength  and 
rigidity  is  needed,  together  with  lightness  and  incorrodibility. 
The  alloy  with  silver,  and  Professor  Roberts-Austen's  rose- 
pink  gold  alloy  are  for  obvious  reasons  not  likely  to  have 
any  wide  application. 

Ingots  of  alumiuium  for  rolling  should  be  as  pure  as 
possible.     They  cau  be  rolled  dowu  to  -nrffijth  of  an  inch 


July  so.  1882.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


609 


without  annealing,  when  the}'  are  hard  and  springy,  but  can 
be  readily  softened  by  heating  to  a  temperature  of  about 
400°.  The  annealed  sheets  have  a  wide  range  of  application, 
particularly  for  ornamentation  and  small  vessels,  as  they 
can  be  readily  stamped  and  spun. 

Aluminium  can  he  beaten  into  foil  ^  „,',„„  of  an  inch, 
thick ;  this  has  already  almost  supeiseded  silver  foil,  as  it 
keeps  its  colour  perfectly.  Aluminium  tubes  solid-drawn 
by  the  Mannesmaun  process  stand  about  one  half  the  strain 
of  steel  tubes,  i.e.,  a  tube  1  in.  diameter  and  40  mm.  thick 
stood  a  strain  of  200  lb.  before  collapsing,  the  supports 
being  1  ft.  apart. 

Objects  made  of  aluminium  stand  sea  air  and  sea-water 
fairly  well.  The  remarkable  electrical  conductivity  of  alu- 
minium, about  twice  that  of  copper,  weight  for  weight,  may 
cause  it  hereafter  to  replace  that  metal  for  electric  mains. 
The  difficulties  of  soldering  would  seem  to  have  largely 
disappeared. 

In  the  discussion  the  Chairman  (Professor  Roberts- 
Austen)  remarked  that  the  reduction  in  the  furnace  was 
due  to  the  combined  effect  of  heat  and  dissociation,  so  that 
there  was  not  much  reason  to  expect  an  improved  result 
from  the  direct  application  of  heat  in  place  of  the  electric 
current.  He  referred  to  the  alloys  of  aluminium  with  the 
precious  metals,  and  mentioned  some  peculiarities  in  the 
melting  points  of  the  alloys  with  gold,  which  pointed  to 
the  fact  that  the  union  of  the  metals  was  very  peculiar. 

Mr.  S.  G.  Gordon  said  that  the  Mannesmaun  Company 
had  made  large  quantities  of  aluminium  tubes,  and  found 
no  difficulty  so  long  as  the  metal  was  pure. 

Mr.  B.  H.  Brough  had  used  surveying  instruments  of 
aluminium,  but  while  much  appreciating  their  lightness  he 
did  not  find  they  would  stand  rough  usage. 

Mr.  C.  W.  Parker  (Messrs.  Balfour  and  Co.)  said  their 
patented  alloy  of  aluminium  and  tin  was  au  excellent  solder 
for  articles  made  of  aluminium,  and  would  stand  hammering. 

Mr.  Walter  T.  Reid  had  found  articles  of  aluminium  very 
readily  corroded  by  sea-water  and  discoloured  by  the  nitre 
compounds  of  certain  explosives. 

Mr.  Addeuhrooke,  in  reply,  said  he  thought  the  materials 
in  the  furnace  might  be  advantageously  heated  before  turning 
on  the  electric  current.  The  electrical  resistance  of  perfectly 
pure  aluminium  had  not  been  accurately  determined,  but  it 
must  be  far  less  than  copper.  For  surveying  instruments  the 
aluminium  should  be  in  the  form  of  a  hard  alloy.  It  was 
better  to  solder  without  the  use  of  a  flux,  and  with  an 
aluminium  bit. — J.  H.  C. 


Progress  of  Steel  -making  in  Austria  -  Hungary.  G. 
Brissou.  Gen.  Civil.  Jan.  23,  1892,  and  Bull.  Soc. 
d'Eucouragement  pour  l'Ind.  Nat.  1892,  53 — 55. 

The  principal  iron  ore  deposits  of  Austria-Hungary  and 
the  leading  metallurgical  establishments  are  briefly  noticed. 

The  high-grade  ores  of  Styria  in  the  Alps  and  of  Mora- 
wit/,  Sognaska,  and  Gyalar,  in  the  Carpathians,  contain 
little  phosphorus,  and  are  often  rich  in  manganese,  so  that 
the  "  acid  "  Bessemer  process  is  applicable,  and  has  in  fact 
long  been  established. 

The  more  phosphoric  ores  of  Wucie,  near  Kladno  in 
Bohemia,  though  very  advantageously  situated  in  many 
respects,  have  only  come  into  use  much  more  recently  with 
the  adoption  of  the  basic  "  Martin"  process. 

M.  Kupelwieser,  Professor  of  Metallurgy  in  the  School 
of  Mines  of  Leoben  (Styria)  gives  dates  as  follows  :— 

Fust  working  of  the  Bessemer  converter  (acid) 1803 

First  working  of  the  Martin  hearth  (acid) 1869 

First  working  of  the  Bessemer  converter  (basic) 187!) 

First  working  of  the  Martin  hearth  (basic) 1880 

Thus  Austria-Hungary  was  among  the  first  to  use  the 
acid  process,  but  very  late  iu  adopting  the  basic  process. 


A  detailed  statement  of  the  production  by  the   various 
processes  for  the  past  five  years  is  given  as  follows  : — 


Converter. 

Martin  Hearth. 

Year. 

Acid. 

Basic. 

Total. 

Acid. 

Basic. 

Total. 

Total. 

1880 

111,122 

105,830 

216,001 

29,062       13,941      43,003 

250.91'- 

1887 

114,783 

11S,:S7!I 

238,162 

22,508       18,522      00,030 

299,192 

18S3 

1 19,220 

130,127 

2ss,:;l7 

28,072       7.-.,7ni 

101,106 

;;o2,si3 

1889 

133,001 

141,416 

274.  H7 

83,921     106,174 

1  12,093 

416,512 

1890 

149,060 

138,021 

288.6S1 

83,904    178,015 

211,019 

1 :9,601 

The  two  forms  of  the  acid  process  and  the  basic  Bessemer 
process  show  but  little  increase,  while  the  basic  Martin 
process  has  advanced  with  extreme  rapidity.  The  author 
remarks  that  it  is  no  longer  emploved  merely  to  obtain 
"good  products  "from  phosphoric  ores  ;  but  that  it  i?  now 
applied  to  yield  "  excellent  products  "  from  ores  already 
good.— J.  H.  C. 


The  Passive  State  of  Iron  and  Steel.     Part  III.     Thos. 
Andrews.     Proc.  Royal  Soc.  49,  481—488. 

For  Part  II.  of  this  research  (abstract),  see  this  Journal 
1892,  527.  Part  III.  now  follows,  and  the  article  is 
concluded. 

Series   V.,   Set    1. —  llelatioe  Passivity  of  Wrought-iron  ' 
and  various  Steel  Bars,  and  the  Influence  of  Chemical 
Composition  and  Physical  Structure  on  their  Passive 
State  in  cold  Nitric  Acid. 

The  author  is  not  aware  that  any  previous  experiments 
have  hitherto  been  made  showing  the  relative  passivity 
of  the  various  kinds  of  steel  compared  with  wrought  iron, 
or  the  influence  of  the  chemical  composition  and  physical 
structure  of  such  metals  on  their  passive  condition  in  nitric 
acid. 

The  passive  state  of  iron  or  steel  may  have  hitherto  been 
regarded  by  many  as  a  sort  of  fixed  property  pertaining  to 
iron  and  steel  alike,  when  immersed  in  cold,  strong  nitric 
acid.  The  following  experiments  were  made  to  investigate 
if  the  passivity  was  of  an  universally  static  character,  or 
whether  it  varied  with  the  chemical  composition  and  general 
physical  structure  of  the  metal,  and,  if  so,  to  what  extent. 
For  convenience,  this  part  of  the  investigation  was  divided 
into  two  parts,  one  portion  of  the  observations,  Set  1,  being 
made  on  drawn  rods  of  metals  of  known  chemical  compo- 
sition and  structute,  and  the  other,  Set  2,  of  experiments 
constituting  a  study  of  the  relative  passivity  of  various  steel 
and  iron  plates  of  known  but  varied  composition,  &c.  The 
experiments  of  Set  1  were  made  on  bars  of  the  various 
steels  selected  from  the  author's  standard  samples.  The 
bars  were  cold  drawn  through  a  wortle,  and  were  therefore 
different  iu  physical  structure  to  the  rolled  plates  used  in 
the  second  series  of  the  experiments.  An  idea  of  their 
general  properties  will  be  obtained  on  reference  to 
Part  II.,  Tables  IV.  and  V.  (this  Journal,  1892,529).  A 
polished  bar,  8{-  iu.  long,  0' 310  in.  diameter,  of  the  steel 
to  be  tested  was  placed  in  the  wooden  stand  W  (Fig.  1), 
along  with  a  polished  wrought-iron  bar  of  equal  size,  aud 
the  pair  were  then  immersed  in  1±  fluid  ounce  of  nitric 
acid  1-42  sp.  gr.,  contained  in  the  U-tuDe.  the  hars  being 
iu  circuit  with  the  galvanometer.  The  immersion  was 
continued  for  the  periods  stated,  and  with  the  electro- 
chemical results  given  on  Table  VI. 

The  wrought-iron  bars  used  in  each  experiment  were  cut 
from  one  longer  polished  rod,  so  as  to  afford  a  fair 
comparison  of  the  relative  passivity  of  the  various  steels, 
compared  with  the  wrought  iron,  and  also  with  each  other. 
The  results  are  the  average  of  numerous  experiments  in 
each  case. 


610 


THE  JOURNAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  3H,  IS! 2. 


Table  VI. 


Time 

Current  between  polished  "passive"  wrought- iron  and 
steel  Inn's  in  cold  nitric  acid   1*42  sp.  gr.     Electro- 
chemical position  of  the  wrought-iron  positive,'        pi 
where   otherwise   marked   X    (negative).     E.MVF.  in 
volte 

fioai 
c  ,m- 

Column  1. 

Column  2. 

Coluini  i  8. 

Column  4. 

mence- 

ment  of 

Experi- 
ment. 

Soft  Cast  Steel 

with 
Wrought  Iron. 

Hard 
Cast  Steel 

with 
Wrought 

Iron. 

Soft  Bessemer 

Steel  with 
Wrought  Iron. 

Tungsten 

Steel  with 
Wrought 

Iron. 

Sel 

No.  1. 

Set 
Xo.  2. 

Set 
No.  3. 

Set 
No.  4. 

Set 
No.  6. 

Set 
X"".  0. 

Seconds 
0 

o-ooo 

80 

0-013 

0-022  X 

0-004  N 

0-017 

0-016 

0-070  N 

Minutes 

0'005 

0-022  N 

0-016  N 

0-022 

0-017 

0-074  X 

3 

0-005  N 

0-022  X 

0'020  X 

0-030 

0-024 

0-073  N 

5 

0-007  N 

0-02S  N 

0-023  n 

0-034 

0-032 

0-071  X 

10 

(I'Oll  X 

11-1121!  X 

0-022  N 

0-034 

0-034 

0-070  N 

20 

0-012  N 

(l- 112.-,  X 

0-020  N 

0-031 

0-031 

0-C6S  X 

30 

0-013  N 

0-023  N 

0-023  X 

0-028 

0-033 

0-061  N 

40 

0-013  N 

0-019  N 

0-020  N 

0-021 

0-029 

0-060  X 

50 

0-013  N 

0-017  N 

(1-01(1  X 

0-023 

0-026 

0-039  N 

Hours 

0-013  N 

inn  ;  N 

0-019  N 

0-020 

0-024 

0-036  X 

1{ 

0-012  N 

o-ou  N 

0-020  N 

0-017 

0-019 

0-05S  X 

2 

0-011  N 

O-0OS  N 

0-020  N 

0-014 

o-oio 

0-051  X 

2i 

0-007  N 

0-005  N 

0-019  N 

0-1112 

0-013 

0-052  X 

3 

II    Mil    N 

O'OOl  N 

0'018  N 

0-012 

0-013 

0-052  X 

3J 

II-IKI2  X 

o-ooo 

o-oisx 

0 "  111  1 

0-1113 

0-051  X 

3* 

0  000 

o-ooi 

0-017  N 

o-ou 

0-013 

0-050  X 

4 

11-0112 

0-004 

0-016  N 

o-ou 

0-012 

0-049  X 

5 

0'006 

0-007 

0-013  X 

o-ou 

O'Oll 

0-049  N 

7 

n- on; 

0-012 

ir hoc  X 

o-ou 

o-ou 

0'048  X 

12 

O-037 

0-018 

0-006 

0-012 

o-ou 

0-048  X 

IS 

0-052 

II-02H 

(I-IH7 

0-018 

0-012 

IVII17  X 

20 

0-058 

0-030 

ll  023 

0-013 

0-013 

0-017  X 

22 

irniU 

0-083 

0-1128 

0-014 

11-015 

0-048  N 

24 

0-070 

0-086 

11-033 

o-oio 

0-065  X 

20 

iro7s 

0-035 

29 

ll'OSo 

ii  042 

80 

0-088 

0-047 

38 

0-09S 

' 

0-058 

40 

0-1117 

0-060 

43 

0-066 

43 

0-071 

' 

47 

ii 

" 

Series  V.,Skt  2. — Relative  Passivity  of  Wrought-iron  and 
Various  Steel  Plates  in  cold  Nitric  Acid,  sp.  gr.  1  ■  42. 

In  the  following  series  of  observations,  the  metals  experi- 
mented upon  consisted  of  plates  of  rolled  wrought  iron, 
rolled  steels  made  by  the  Bessemer,  Siemens-Martin,  or 
crucible  east  steel  processes,  and  they  were  of  the  chemical 


Fie.  l. 


■j>s&£ 


composition  given  on  Table  VII.  Each  plate  was  3  iu. 
square  by  J  in.  thick  =  total  area  of  exposure,  19-5  sq.  in. 
including  edges,  brightly  polished  all  over,  and  bad  a  long 
thin  strip  left   on   the  top  side  (see  Fig.  2)  for  convenience 


Fig.  2. 


d>5 


tuTusta- 


3    — -U 

n 


of  attaching  to  the  galvanometer  connexions.  The  whole 
of  the  wiought-iron  plates,  used  as  elements  -with  the 
various  steel  plates,  were  cut  from  one  larger  wrought-iron 
plate  and  were  thus  practically  of  uniform  composition, 
thus  ensuring  an  accurate  comparison  of  the  relative 
passivity  of  the  wrought  iron  compared  with  the  different 
types  of  steels,  and  at  the  same  time  indicating  relatively 
the  influence  of  varied  composition  and  structure  on  the 
passivity  of  the  different  classes  of  steel  under  observation. 
In  each  experiment,  a  polished  wrought-iron  plate  and  a 
polished  steel  plate  were  firmly  placed  in  two  small  holes 
drilled  through  a  thick  plate-glass  cover ;  the  cover 
holding  the  two  plates  were  then  carefully  placed  closely 
over  a  porcelain  vessel  containing  15  fluid  ounces  of  nitric 
acid,  sp.  gr.  1  ■  42,  the  plates  being  fully  immersed  in  the 
acid,  and  the  protruding  shanks  of  the  bars  connected  in 
circuit  with  the  galvanometer.  The  electro-chemical  effects 
observed  were  then  taken  in  the  usual  manner,  and  the 
results  are  given  on  Table  VIII. 

At  the  conclusion  of  each  experiment  on  Table  VIII., 
the  nitric  acid,  though  quite  colourless  at  first,  was  found  to 
be  of  a  yellowish-brown  colour.  A  small  deposit  of  fine 
black  carbonaceous-looking  matter  was  noticed  at  the 
bottom  of  the  tank  surrounding  the  wrought-iron  bar  in  each 
set  of  these  experiments. 

The  liard  Siemens-Martin  steel  plate  and  the  wrought- 
iron  plate,  instantly  after  withdrawal  from  the  acid,  showed 
nearly  their  original  bright  polish,  with  the  exception  of  a 
few  fine  streaks  or  markings  on  the  wrought-iron  plate, 
indicating  that  the  latter  metal  had  been  rather  more  acted 
upon  than  the  steel  plate,  the  hard  Siemens-Martin  steel 
plate  presenting  a  slightly  dull-greyish  aspect.  Somewhat 
similar  results  were  observed  on  withdrawing  the  soft  east 
steel,  hard  east  steel,  soft  Bessemer  steel,  and  hard  Bessemer 
steel  seiies  of  plates  from  the  nitric  acid. 

The  hard  cast  steel  plate  when  taken  out  showed  a  dull 
lustre  much  removed  from  its  original  bright  polish,  but 
there  were  no  other  signs  of  its  haviug  been  acted  upon. 
The  wrought-iron  plate  connected  with  it  was  bright  on 
withdrawal  from  the  liquid,  and  but  very  slightly  marked. 


July  so,  1892.]        THK  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


611 


tablk  vi r. 

Chemical  Analysis  of  the  Wjkocght-Iron  and  Steel  Plates  used  in  the  Experiments. 


Description. 


Combined 

Curbon. 


Silicon. 


Sulphur.       Phosphorus.      Manganese. 


Iron  (by 
difference) . 


Total. 


Per  Cent.     !    Per  Cent. 

Wrought  ircn  (Wortley  best  scrap)..  None  O'W- 

Soft  cast  steel  0-too  0-074 

liar,!  cast  steel V407'  0-121 

Soft  Bessemer steel 0-150  0-0l5 

Bard  Bessemer  steel 0-510  0"088 

Soft  Siemens  steel  0-J70  0-071 

Bard  Siemens  steel .0-720  0-080 


Per  Cent. 
o-o:n 

0*025 
0*056 
0-111 
0-113 
0-117 
0-102 


Per  Cent. 
0-270 

0-210 

0-080 

0-031 

0'087 

0-077 

0-143 


Per  Cent. 
0-104 

0-1S1 

0-300 

0-540 

0-153 

0-627 

1-239 


Per  Cent. 
99-110 

99-017 

97-970 

99-120 

98-0J9 

9S-93S 

97-716 


Per  Cent. 
100-000 

100-000 

100-000 

100-000 

ioo-ooo 

100-000 
100-000 


*  By  combustion.    The  terms  "  soft "  and  "  hard  "  relate  only  to  difference  of  percentage  of  combined  carbon,  and  not  to  their  having 

undergone  annealing  or  hardening  processes. 


Table  VI 1 I. 


Time 
from 

com- 
mence- 
ment of 
Experi- 
ment. 


Current  between  bright  "passive"  wrought-iron  and 
steel  plates  in  cold  nitric  acid,  1"42  sp.  gr.  Electro- 
chemical position  of  the  w  "ronght-iron  positive,  except 
where  otherwise  marked  X  (negative).  E.M.F.  in  Volt. 

s  ifl          Hard           Soft  Hani          Soft      \    Bard 

Cast         <'ast       Bessemer  Bessemer  Siemens  !  Siemens 

Steel,       Steel,         St-el,  Steel          Steel     .    Steel 

with         with          with  with          with         with 

Wrought: Wrought   Wrought  Wrought  Wrought  Wrought 

Iron,    i     Iron,     l      Iron.  Iron.          Iron.          iron. 


Minutes 
1 

5 

15 

SO 

40 


0-020 
0-032 
0-03S 

O'lllll 
0-04S 


50 

0-049 

Bours 

1 

0-047 

2 

0-047 

:; 

0-043 

4 

0-047     | 

6 

0-048 

G 

0-050 

8 

0-038 

9 

0-1140 

15 

0-053 

is 

0-060 

20 

0-050 

22 

o-oio 

24 

0-03S 

20 

0-040 

23 

0-049 

30 

0-050 

32 

0-049 

40 

0-052 

45 

0-050 

50 

0-046 

54 

0-046 

56 

00 

72 

0-071 
0-074 
0-073 
0-067 
0-002 
0-059 
0-055 
0-061 

o-ooo 

0-060 
0-058 
0-052 
0-033 
0'054 
0-061 
0-055 
0-054 
0-060 
0-060 
0-064 
0-065 
0-073 
0-071 
0-067 
0-077 
0-077 
0-077 
0-078 
0-078 
0-067 


|    0'017X 

I    0-005 

0-013 

0-012 

0-012 

o-oii 

O'Oll 
0-007 

o-ooo 

0-013 
0-019 

0-007  N 
o-iill  X 

I   o-onx 

0-024N 

0-030 X 
0-038  N 
0-028N 
0-023  N 
OOI7  X 
0-013  K 
0-017  X 
0'028N 
0-016  N 
0-015  TJ 
0-018  X 
0-017  X 
0-010  X 
0-017  X 


0-076 
0-079 
0-086 
0-098 
0-107 
0-104 
0-103 
0-109 
0-103 
0-098 
0-121 
0-106 
0-104 
0-107 
0-086 
0-077 
0-077 
0-079 
0-077 
0-065 
0-061 
0-061 
0-061 
0-004 
0-070 
0-070 
0-071 
0-071 


0-031 
0-017 
0024 
0-038 

o-ois 

I  0-053 
0-053 
0-O31 
0-013 
0-065 
0-C07N 
0-022 X 
0-037N 
0-0S1  X 
0-017  \ 
0-008N 
0-007  N 
0-007 X 
0-007 N 


0-065 
0-064 
o-otfl 
0-064 
0-064 

o-noi 

0061 
0-062 

o-oci 
0'066 
0  060 
0-056 
0-059 
0-05S 
O-055 
0-056 
0-058 

o-ooi 
o-oot 
o-oot 
0-062 
0-066 
0-070 
0-084 
0-090 
0-088 
0-086 


General  Remaiks. 

A  brief  resume  of  some  of  the  principal  results  and 
conclusions  arrived  at  by  the  author  up  to  the  present  time 
may  now  be  given. 

Firstly. — The  experimental  observations  of  Part  I., 
Series  I.  (this  Journal,  1890,  951),  indicate  that  the 
influence  of  magnetisation  on  the  passive  state  of  steel 
rods  in  cold  nitric  acid,  sp.  gr.  1-42,  is  not  very  great,  but 
it  was  detectable  with  the  delicate  galvanometer  and  by  the 
sensitive  electro-chemical  method  pursued  by  the  author  in 
the  investigation. 

The  effect  of  magnetisation  is  more  marked  in  warm 
nitric  acid,  and  when  the  iron  is  in  a  powdered  state,  as 
shown  in  the  independent  and  separate  experiments  of 
Messrs.  Nichols  and  Franklin  on  passive  powdered  iron  in 
warm  nitric  acid,  previously  alluded  to  in  Part  I.,  by  whom 
it  was  shown  that  the  temperature  of  transition  from  the 
passive  to  the  active  state  was  very  materially  lowered  by 
powerful  magnetism  ;  their  experiments  also  indicate  that 
the  passive  state  of  powdered  iron  cannot  be  fully  over- 
come, even  under  strong  magnetic  influence,  until  a 
temperature  of  about  51 D  C.  is  reached. 

Secondly. — The  authors  experiments  of  Part  I.,  Series  II., 
at  higher  temperatures,  confirm  those  of  Part  I.,  and  further 
tend  to  demonstrate  the  influence  of  magnetisation  in 
somewhat  lessening  the  passivity  of  steel,  showing  that 
even  previous  to  the  critical  temperature  point  of  transition 
from  the  passive  to  the  active  state,  magnetised  steel 
bars  were  rather  less  passive  in  warm  nitric  acid  than 
uumagnetised  ones. 

Thirdly. — The  results  in  Part  II.,  Series  III.  (this 
Journal,  1892,  527 — 529)  show  that  the  passivity  of  both 
unmagnetised  wrought  iron  and  unmagnetised  steel  in 
nitric  acid  sp.  gr.  1  •  42  is  considerably  and  proportionately 
reduced  as  the  temperature  of  the  acid  increases,  until  the 
temperature  point  of  transition  from  the  passive  to  the 
active  state  is  reached  at  a  temperature  of  about  195°  i\, 
and  it  was  also  found  that  the  wrought  iron  was  less  passive 
in  the  warm  nitric  acid  than  cast  steel. 

Fourthly. — The  results  of  the  observations  of  Part  II., 
Series  IV.,  indicate  that  Scheurer-Kestner  was  to  some 
extent  in  error  in  regarding  the  passivity  of  iron  as  not 
dependent  on  the  greater  or  less  degree  of  saturation  of  the 
acid.  The  author's  experiments  herein  recorded  have 
shown  that  the  passivity  of  the  metals  employed,  viz., 
wrought  iron,  soft  cast  steei,  hard  cast  steel,  soft  Bessemer 
steel,  and  tungsten  steel,  was  very  materially  increased  with 
the  concentration  of  the  nitric  acid,  and  it  was  also  observed 
that  wrought  iron  was  much  less  passive  in  the  nitric  acid 
of  less  concentration  than  most  of  the  steels,  the  soft 
Bessemer  steel  being  found  about  equal  in  passivity  to 
the  wrought  iron  under  the  conditions  of  experimentation. 
A  reference  to  Table  III.  shows  that  a  considerable  amount 
of  E.M.F.  was  developed  between  the  different  metals 
in  every  instance,  which  is  a  circumstance  of  much  interest 
in  connexion  with  the  passive  state  of  iron  and  steel. 


(112 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  SO,  1692. 


Fifthly. — The  results  obtained  in  Part  III.,  Series  V.  and 
VI.,  on  the  relative  passivity  of  wrought  iron  and  the 
various  steels,  soft  cast  steel,  hard  cast  steel,  soft  Bessemer 
steel,  hard  Bessemer  steel,  soft  Siemens  steel  and  hard 
Siemens  steel,  are  of  an  important  character,  showing, 
by  the  delicate  electro-chemical  method  employed,  the 
powerful  influence  of  difference  in  chemical  composition 
and  physical  structure,  &c,  on  the  passive  state  of  the 
metals.  Generally  throughout  this  series  of  experiments  it 
will  be  observed  that  the  wrought  iron  was  electro-positive 
to  the  steels  with  a  considerable  E.M.F.,  amounting  in 
some  cases  to  as  high  as  one-tenth  to  one-seventh  of  a 
volt,  the  wrought  iron  being  thus  shown  to  be  less  passive 
than  the  steels.  In  the  experiments  on  the  wrought-iron 
and  various  steel  bars  on  Table  VI.,  which  in  course  of 
their  manufacture  were  drawn  cold  through  a  wortle,  and 
were  hence  in  a  different  molecular  condition  to  the  plates 
(which  were  rolled  hot)  experimented  upon  in  Table  VIII., 
it  will  be  noticed  that,  in  several  instances  with  soft  cast 
steel  and  hard  cast  steel,  the  wrought  iron  did  not  assume 
the  electro-positive  position  until  two  or  three  hours  after 
immersion  in  the  nitric  acid.  Subsequently  the  iron 
assumed  its  normal  position,  and  became  during  the 
long  remaining  period  of  the  observations  electro-positive 
to  the  steels,  with  a  considerable  and  increasing  E.M.F., 
showing  that  the  wrought  iron  was  becoming  gradually 
very  much  less  passive  than  the  steels.  In  the  case  of  the 
soft  Bessemer  and  soft  Siemens  plates,  Table  VIII.,  we 
have  also  a  similar  instance  of  these  peculiar  and  temporary 
interchanges  and  variations  of  relative  passivity  which  are 
not  easily  accounted  for.  In  the  case  of  the  tungsten  steel, 
Table  VI.,  the  wrought  iron  was  steadily  in  the  electro- 
negative position,  hence  in  the  latter  instance  showing  the 
wrought  iron  to  be  permanently  more  passive  than  the 
tungsten  steel. 

A  reference  to  the  experiments  on  the  wrought  iron  and 
various  steel  plates,  on  Table  VIII.,  shows  that  the  E.M.F. 
between  the  passive  wrought  iron  and  the  various  soft 
steels,  which  contained  less  percentage  of  combined  carbon, 
in  circuit  in  cold  nitric  acid  sp.  gr.  1  ■  42,  was  very  con- 
siderably less  than  the  E.M.F.  under  similar  conditions 
between  the  wrought-iron  plates  and  the  different  hard 
steels  having  a  higher  percentage  of  combined  carbon. 
The  latter  results,  therefore,  demonstrate  the  interesting 
circumstance  that  steels  of  a  higher  percentage  of  combined 
carbon  are  more  passive  than  those  of  a  lower  percentage 
of  combined  carbon.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  wrought 
iron  was  also  electro-positive  to  most  of  the  steels,  whether 
of  a  higher  or  lower  percentage  of  combined  carbon,  which 
shows  that  wrought  iron  may  be  regarded  as  generally  less 
passive  than  steels. — J.  C.  C. 


when  mixed  with  an  equal  weight  of  scale  or  "  Blue 
Billy"  containing  70  per  cent,  of  metallic  iron  will  give  the 
following  approximate  analysis  : — 

Per  Cent. 

Silica U-0 

Alumina ll'O 

Lime 2o'0 

Magnesia 3"8 

Oxide  of  iron 40*0 

a  valuable  self-fluxing  ore. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Iron  and  Steel,  having 
Reference  to  the  Utilisation  of  Blast  Furnace  and  other 
Slags  in    Con  junction    with   Finely    Divided    O-rides  of 
Iron.      W.   Hutchinson  and   F.   W.  Harbord,   Wolver- 
hampton.    Eng.  Pat.  2747,  February  16,  1891. 
The   inventors  prepare  a  self-fluxing  ore  by  incorporating 
"  Blue  Billy,"  hammer  or  roll   scale,  powdery  ores  or  oxide 
of  manganese  with   molten  blast   furnace  slags  in  suitable 
proportions.     The   slags  from  the  furnace  or  converter  are 
either  run  into  a  bogey,  and  a  calculated   quantity  of  the 
powdery   oxide    rabbled    in,    or    the    oxides,   if   in    large 
quantities,  may  be  heated  on  the  bed  of  a  furnace  and  the 
slags  added.     A  manganiferous  iron  can  thus  be   obtained 
by    utilising     cupola    slags,    ferro-,    and   spiegel    furnace 
slags,  &c. 

A  Cleveland  slag  for  example  containing — 

Per  Cent. 

Silica 27-6 

Alumina 22'2 

Lime 40'1 

Magnesia 7'G 

Other  constituents 2' 5 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  and  Appliances  for  the  Rapid 
Determination  of  Carbon  in  Steel.  A.  Tropenas, 
Sheffield,  and  A.  E.  Wells,  Rotherham.  Eng.  Pat.  2785, 
February  16,  1891. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  636. 


Improvements  in  Obtaining  Gold,  Silver,  and  Copper  from 
Ores.  A.  French,  Stirling,  and  \V.  Stewart,  I.enzie. 
Eng.  Pat.  3278,  February  24,  1891. 

This  process  consists  in  furnacing  the  ores  at  a  red  heat 
with  small  percentages  of  "  nitre  cake "  (bisulphate  of 
soda),  and  common  salt,  leaching,  and  then  treating  by 
ordinary  methods.  It  is  especially  adapted  for  extracting 
the  precious  metals  from  ores  containing  pyrrhotite  and 
other  refractory  sulphides,  and  it  is  applicable  to  ores  con- 
taining arsenic,  antimony,  tellurium,  zinc,  &c. 

An  ore  containing  2^  to  6  per  cent,  of  copper,  some  gold 
and  silver,  and  over  10  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  would  first  be 
calcined,  then  pulverised  and  mixed  with  2  to  3  per  cent, 
of  nitre  cake,  and  1  to  2  per  cent,  of  common  salt,  heated 
for  about  an  hour  with  a  limited  supply  of  air  in  a  re- 
verberatory  furnace  at  a  red  heat  and  leached. 

An  ore  containing  little  or  no  copper,  but  principally  gold 
and  silver,  would  be  mixed  with  1|  to  2h  per  cent,  nitre 
cake,  and  1 i  to  2\  per  cent,  of  common  salt,  and  heated  for 
40  to  70  minutes.—  S.  B.  A.  A. 


Improvements  in  Processes  and  Appliances  for  the  Manu- 
facture of  Iron  and  Steel.  J.  von  Ehrenwerth,  Leobeu, 
Austria."   Eng.  Pat.  4384,  March  11,  1891. 

These  improvements  relate  to  an  open-hearth  reduction 
process  previously  described  by  the  inventor  (Eng.  Pat. 
4386  of  1890;  this  Journal,  1890,  811)  and  consist  in  the 
introduction  of  a  preliminary  reducing  operation  in  furnaces 
of  special  construction,  resulting  in  the  formation  of  spongy 
iron,  which  is  afterwards  smelted  in  a  highly  carburised 
iron  bath  according  to  the  method  of  the  previous  patent. 
Drawings  and  descriptions  are  given  of  live  varieties  of 
vertical  furnaces  adapted  respectively  for  the  treatment  of 
granular  or  sandy  ore,  large  ore  or  blocks,  and  for  the 
production  of  hot  or  cold  iron  sponge  or  of  fluid  iron 
(double  shaft  furnace).  They  are  all  entirely  or  partially 
heated  by  gaseous  fuel  and  they  possess,  in  common,  the 
feature  that  the  waste  gases  resulting  from  the  reduction 
are  utilised  by  their  combination  with  a  special  supply  of 
air,  for  heating  the  ore  before  reduction,  or  for  heating  the 
retorts  or  regenerators. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


iVeu)  or  Improved  Machinery  for  use  in  Galvanising 
Wrought  or  Cast  Iron  and  Steel  Pipes,  liars,  and 
Hoops,  and  for  other  like  Purposes,  T.  Joues,  Xether- 
ton.     Eng.  Pat.  5234,  March  24,  1891. 

This  invention  consists  of  an  appliance  for  removing  steel 
pipes,  bars,  &c,  from  the  galvanising  bath  and  for  plunging 
them  into  a  water  tank.  A  gripper  fitted  on  its  carriage  is 
moved  by  an  endless  band  on  an  inclined  platform,  the 
lower  end  of  which  is  situated  immediately  over  the  end  of 
the  ziuc  hath.  When  the  tube  has  been  drawn  on  to  the 
platform  the  motion  of  the  endless  baud  is  reversed  and 
the  gripper  loses  its  hold  on  the  pipe,  which  accordingly 


July  30.1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


613 


falls  through  a  slot  in  the  inclined  platform  into  a  tank  of 
water  underneath.  For  the  details  of  the  mechanism,  the 
drawings  and  description  in  the  specification  must  be 
consulted. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


Improved  Solder  for  Joining  together  Aluminium  Pieces 
or  Pieces  of  Aluminium  with  other  Metals.  G.  Wegner, 
Berlin,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  6038,  March  29,  1892. 

Thk  solder  consists  of  16  j  parts  lead,  100  of  English  tin, 
and  9  of  zinc.  If  the  colour  of  this_is  objectionable,  for  this 
lead  may  be  substituted  about  100  parts  of  aluminium. 
In  either  case  the  joint  will  bear  hammering. 

The  aluminium  pieces  are  first  thoroughly  cleaned,  but 
without  tiles,  polishing  powder,  soldering  spirit,  or  sal- 
ammoniac.  They  may  then  be  warmed  and  the  alloy  is 
placed  upon  the  surface  and  a  copper  or  forged  iron 
soldering  bit  applied,  which  effects  at  once  the  solution 
of  the  alloy,  so  that  the  tinned  surfaces  have  now  a  smooth 
firmly-attached  coating  which  can  only  be  removed  by  heat. 
This  coating  may  be  of  any  convenient  thickness,  but  it  is 
noted  that  the  soldering  bit  should  only  be  used  at  a  red 
heat.— J.  H.  C. 


Improved  Processes  for  the  Treatment  of  Silicated  Nickel 
Ores  and  Pyritic  Ores  of  Nickel  and  Copper,  or  Nickel, 
Copper,  and  Cobalt.  H.  L.  Herrenschmidt,  Kouen, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  7585,  May  1,  1891. 

This  is  a  process  for  the  treatment  of  silicated  nickel  ores 
and  pyritic  ores  of  nickel  and  copper  with  or  without 
cobalt.  The  ores  are  first  treated  by  known  metallurgical 
processes  so  as  to  obtain  mattes  containing  30  per  cent, 
of  copper  and  10 — 20  per  cent,  of  nickel,  the  remaining 
constituents  being  iron  and  sulphur.  They  are  then 
carefully  roasted  so  as  to  convert  the  nickel  and  cobalt 
into  sulphates  as  completely  as  possible  and  the  iron  into 
oxide  ;  and  the  product  is  then  lixiviated  so  as  to  obtain  a 
liquor  of  a  density  of  about  12°  B.  The  sulphates  are 
next  converted  into  chlorides  by  the  addition  of  calcium 
chloride  and  the  iron  removed  by  the  addition  of  precipi- 
tated hydrate  or  carbonate  of  copper.  Or  calcium  carbonate 
may  be  added  and  the  liquid  then  boiled,  when  the  iron 
and  some  of  the  copper  are  precipitated. 

In  order  to  separate  the  nickel  and  copper  in  the  pure 
solution  thns  obtained,  a  portion  of  the  liquor  is  precipitated 
with  milk  of  lime,  the  calcium  chloride  formed  being  reserved 
for  the  first  part  of  the  process.  The  mixed  precipitate  of 
nickel  and  copper  hydrate  so  obtained  is  now  cautiously 
added  to  the  rest  of  the  liquor,  with  the  result  that  copper 
is  precipitated  in  the  place  of  nickel,  which  dissolves,  so 
that  a  pure  solution  of  nickel  is  ultimately  obtained.  The 
precipitate  is  similarly  treated  with  fresh  quantities  of 
liquor  until  it  consists  only  of  copper,  any  nickel  and 
copper  liquor  which  is  left  over  being  precipitated  with 
lime  and  used  as  before. 

Another  method  is  to  chloridise  a  portion  only  of  the 
liquor,  which  is  then  precipitated  with  lime  and  added 
systematically  to  the  rest  of  the  liquor  as  before.  Or  the 
ehloridising  may  be  entirely  omitted  if  sodium  hydrate  or 
carbonate  are  used  as  precipitants  instead  of  lime. 

If  the  ore  contains  cobalt  the  same  processes  are  used, 
with  the  result  that  a  solution  of  nickel  and  cobalt  is 
obtained  on  the  one  hand  and  precipitated  copper  hydrate 
on  the  other.  A  mixture  of  air  and  chlorine  is  now  blown 
through  a  portion  of  the  nickel  and  cobalt  solution  and  a 
mixed  precipitate  of  nickel  and  cobalt  peroxide  is  obtained. 
This  precipitate  is  next  heated  with  the  rest  of  the  liquor 
when  the  nickel  of  the  precipitate  is  gradually  replaced  by 
cobalt,  so  that  the  two  metals  can  be  separated  by  a 
systematic  treatment  as  before. — H.  K.  T. 


Improvements  in  Manufacturing  Nickel  Alloys,     h.  Mond, 
Northwich.     Eng.  Pat.  8083,  May  11,  1891. 

This  invention  is  an  extension  of  the  method  described 
in  Eng.  Pat.  12,626  of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,  774)  to 
the  manufacture  of  nickel  alloys.  It  consists  in  passing 
nickel  carbonic  oxide  gas  diluted  with  indifferent  gases  into 


the  molten  metals  with  which  it  is  desired  to  alloy  the 
nickel.  In  practice  it  is  most  advantageous  to  make  direct 
use  of  the  mixture  of  gases  obtained  in  the  extraction  of 
nickel  from  its  ores  according  to  the  method  of  the  patent 
mentioned. —  8.  B.  A.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Tin  and  Teme  Plates. 
J.  H.  Rogers,  Llanelly.     Eng.  Pat.  9342,  June  2,  1891. 

The  object  of  the  invention  is  to  expedite  the  annealing 
of  the  plates,  to  reduce  labour,  and  to  save  fuel.  By 
preference  three  furnaces  are  used,  arranged  in  the  arc 
of  a  circle.  During  working  one  furnace  is  heated  by  gas 
which  enters  with  air  at  one  end,  whilst  the  products 
of  combustion  are  led  away  to  the  chimney  at  the  other 
end.  The  air  for  supporting  the  combustion  having  been 
previously  led  through  the  furnace  last  heated  is  thereby 
raised  to  a  high  temperature,  and  the  heated  products  of 
combustion  are  led  through  the  third  furnace  before  passing 
to  the  chimney,  so  heating  that  and  thus  economising  fuel. 

—J.  H.  C. 


An  Improved  Furnace  for  the  Treatment  of  Refractory 
Ores.  C.  J.  Fauvel,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  9708,  June  8, 
1891. 

The  powdered  ores  are  automatically  fed  into  the  top  of  a 
peculiarly  constructed  muffle  or  oxidising  tower  constructed 
of  brick  and  fitted  internally  with  a  series  of  inclined  fire- 
clay slabs.  The  muffle  tower  is  heated  by  a  furnace  and 
series  of  flues  in  such  a  way  as  to  keep  the  products  of 
combustion  always  out  of  contact  with  the  ore.  A  separate 
air-heater  is  provided  to  aid  the  roasting  of  the  ore,  which 
becomes  completely  "  sweet-roasted  "  while  falling  from 
one  inclined  slab  to  another.  It  is  finally  discharged 
in  a  constant  stream  through  a  pipe  which  dips  into  rapidly 
running  cold  water.  The  sulphurous  vapours  and  the  dust 
particles  are  carried  off  through  flues  and  gradually  deposited 
or  condensed  in  a  series  of  condensing  chambers  cooled  by 
circulation  of  cold  water  through  metal  tanks.  Supple- 
mentary furnaces  and  air-heating  chambers  are  provided 
near  the  outlet  when  necessary  to  maintain  a  sufficient 
draught. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Waste  Liquors  from 
Metallurgical  Processes  to  obtain  Sulphurous  or  Sul- 
phuric Acid  and  Zinc.  A.  T.  Hall,  Hull.  Eng.  Pat. 
9947,  June  11,  1891. 

A  solution  obtained  by  boiling  alkali  waste  with  lime  is 
added  to  the  waste  liquor  of  copper  precipitation  processes, 
which  contain  salts  of  iron  and  zinc,  and  particularly 
chlorides.  The  black  precipitate  of  sulphides  of  iron  and 
zinc  which  is  formed  is  roasted.  The  sulphurous  acid  given 
off  may  be  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid, 
and  the  residue  in  the  furnace  is  smelted  to  obtain  metallic 
zinc.  Soda  ash  or  other  alkaline  material  may  be  substi- 
tuted for  the  solution  of  alkali  waste. 

The  greater  part  of  the  iron  should  be  precipitated  first 
by  means  of  lime  in  the  ordinary  way. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements   in  the    Treatment  of  Waste  Liquors  from 
Metallurgical   Processes   to  obtain    Sulphurous    or  Sul- 
phuric  Acid  and    Oxide   of  Iron.     A..    T.  Hall,    Hull. 
Eng.  Pat.  9948,  June  11,  1891. 
The  waste  chloride  of  iron  or  sulphide  of  iron  liquors  from 
tin-plate  or  galvanising  works  are  precipitated  with  a  solution 
or  cream  obtained  by  boiling  alkali  waste  with  about  one- 
tenth  of  its  weight  of  lime.     An  excess  of  the  reagent  is  to 
be  avoided.     Soda  ash  or  other  alkaline  material  may  be 
substituted.     The  resulting  black  precipitate  contains  sul- 
phide of  iron,  which  is  roasted,   and  the  sulphurous  acid 
given  off  used  for  making  sulphuric  acid  in  the  usual  way. 
The  residue  will  be  mainly  oxide  of  iron,  if  no  excess  of 
precipitant  has  been  used. — J.  H.  C. 


(311 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  3d,  1S02. 


Improvements  ninthly  to  the  Manufacture  of  Metal  Fibre 
and  to  Apparatus  therefor.  A.  Torkington,  Kotherham. 
Eng.  Pat.  10,728,  June  23,  1891. 

According  to  this  invention  metal  fibre  is  manufactured  by 
allowing  the  molten  metal  to  flow  out  through  a  number  of 
fine  apertures,  and  cooling  the  fallen  metal  by  a  draught  of 
air.  A  suitable  apparatus  consists  of  a  tank  (in  which  the 
metal  is  raised  to  a  temperature  above  its  melting  point), 
connected  with  a  side  tube  in  which  the  metal  can  rise. 
The  side  tube  is  closed  below  by  a  perforated  cap. 

— S.  B.  A.  A. 


A  Process  for   the  Extraction  of  Tin  from  Tin  Slags  or 
Tin  Refuse  by  Founders'  Ashes,  Copper  Salts,  Carbon- 
aceous Matter,  and  Fluorspar  or  other  suitable  Fluxes, 
F.  H.  Mason,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  10,984,  June  27,  1891. 
The  crushed  tin  slag  is  mixed  with  (1),  founders'  ashes  or 
other  easily  reducible  cupreous  substance  containing  about 
three  times  as  much  copper  as  the  tin  present ;  (2),  anthra- 
cite in  quantity  sufficient  to  reduce  the  whole  of  the  tin  and 
copper  present  ;  and  (3)  fluorspar,  lime,  or  other  suitable 
fluxes. 

This  mixture  is  smelted  in  a  low  blast  or  in  a  reverberatory 
furnace,  and  the  alloy  obtained  is  poled  as  may  be  necessary, 
so  as  to  remove  any  iron  or  other  impurity  and  leave  only  a 
tiu  copper  alloy  known  as  bronze.— J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Utilisation  of  Tin-Plate  Scrap.  F.  W. 
llarbord  and  W.  Hutchinson,  jun.,  Wolverhampton. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,190.     July  1,  1891. 

The  tin-plate  scrap  is  melted,  preferably  in  a  large  cupola 
furnace,  with  from  30  per  cent,  to  50  per  cent,  of  cast  or 
pig  iron  ;  roll-scale,  puddlers'  tap  cinder,  or  other  suitable 
oxides  and  silicates  of  iron,  or  inanganiferous  ores  or  low- 
grade  spiegel  being  added  as  required,  and  as  much  lime- 
stone as  necessary  to  make  a  basic  slag.  The  resulting 
metal  is  tapped  into  pig-beds  or  chills.  By  the  use  of  flues 
and  dust  chambers,  or  condensing  chambers  and  scrubbers, 
the  greater  part  of  the  volatilised  tin  and  lead  oxides  is 
intercepted,  and  may  be  subsequently  utilised  by  sifting, 
treatment  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  and  subsequent 
smelting  into  a  tin-lead  alloy. 

Old  galvanised  scrap  may  be  treated  in  the  same  way,  and 
the  zinc  oxide  similarly  recovered  from  the  flue  dust. 

—J.  H.  C. 


A  Process  for  Extraction  of  Metals  from  Ores  and  Minerals 
containing  them.  J.  Turton,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  11,208, 
July  1,  1891. 

The  ores  are  powdered,  roasted  if  necessary,  and  treated 
with  a  strong  solution  of  nitrate  of  potash  or  soda,  common 
salt,  and  sulphuric  acid,  whereby  the  metals  are  dissolved. 

To  the  clear  solution  zinc  or  other  precipitant  is  added, 
whereby  many  of  the  metals,  including  gold  if  it  is  present, 
are  precipitated  in  the  form  of  a  powder  which  can  be  treated 
in  any  known  manner.  If  there  be  silver  in  the  mineral,  it 
will  be  found  in  the  residue  in  the  form  of  chloride. 

—J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Construction  and  Working  of  Smelting 
and  Melting  Furnaces.  L.  Reuleaux,  Liege.  Eng.  Pat. 
11,247,  July  2,  1891. 

Tins  is  an  arrangement  for  blowing  in  fuel  and  in  some 
instances  powdered  ore  through  the  tuyeres  of  cupola 
furnaces,  with  simultaneous  charging  of  ores  and  fluxes  or 
metals  and  fuel  in  the  ordinary  way. 

The  fuel  to  be  charged  through  the  tuyeres  is  tipped  into 
a  hopper,  and  thence  pushed  forward  by  a  rotating  shaft 
provided  with  arms  or  teeth,  and  so  caused  to  fall  into  a 
revolving  distributor  resembling  a  bucket  wheel,  whose 
object  is  to  regulate  the  descent  of  the  fuel  and  to  prevent 
an  undue  escape  of  gases.  The  fuel  is  then  guided  by  a 
suitable  conduit  into  the  branch  blast  pipe  belonging  to  a 


lower  range  of  tuyeres,  and  is  thence  blown  into  the  crucible 
of  the  furnace  through  the  tuyeres.  A  second  series  of 
tuyeres,  arranged  at  a  slightly  higher  level,  or  some  other 
suitable  arrangement  of  independent  tuyeres,  is  provided 
through  which  air  alone  is  blown  in  so  as  to  prevent 
choking. 

An  arrangement  for  supplying  compressed  air  in  some  of 
the  buckets  of  the  distributors,  so  as  to  prevent  loss  of 
blast,  is  also  provided  and  described. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  or  Additions  to  Apparatus  used  for 
Galvanising  Sheets  and  Plates  of  Iron.  T.  Jones, 
Dudley.     Eng.  Pat.  11,759,  July  10,  1891. 

This  is  a  contrivance  for  scraping  the  surface  of  the  plate 
as  it  leaves  the  bath,  so  as  to  remove  the  superfluous  coating 
and  to  render  that  which  remains  more  uniform. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  producing  Ferrofervie  and 
Ferric  Oxides.  A.  Crosslev,  Poutvpool.  Eng.  Pat. 
12,813,  July  28,  1891. 

Instead  of  the  series  of  trays  mentioned  in  Pat.  8914, 
1890  (see  this  Journai,  1891,  472)  the  author  now  prefers 
to  use  a  series  of  inclined  tubes,  which  revolve  at  a  suitable 
rate,  and  down  which  the  material  to  be  oxidised  passes. 
The  upper  end  of  each  tube  is  placed  immediately  below  the 
lower  end  of  the  one  next  above  it,  and  the  lower  one  is 
inclined  at  the  same  angle  in  the  opposite  direction,  but  in 
the  same  plane,  as  the  one  above.  The  material  thus  passes 
automatically  down  each  of  the  series  of  tubes.  The  tubes 
are  placed  in  a  furnace. — J.  W.  L. 


Improvements  in  and  appertaining  to  Basic  lined 
Furnaces.  J.  H.  Darby,  Brymbo.  Eng.  Pat.  13,906, 
August  18,   1891. 

Ix  furnaces  with  basic  or  neutral  hearths  and  siliceous 
brick  sides,  roof,  and  ends,  the  splashing  of  the  slag  and 
basic  dust  fluxes  away  the  acid  portions  of  the  furnace 
lining,  and  reduces  the  life  of  the  furnace.  Accordiug  to 
the  present  invention  this  may  be  partially  remedied  in 
open  hearth  steel  furnaces  by  leaving  a  space  of  2  or  3  in. 
between  the  acid  bricks  composing  the  side  walls  of  the 
furnace  (the  parts  most  rapidly  corroded)  and  the  metal 
casing,  and  ramming  this  space  up  with  ground  chrome  ore 
and  tar,  magnesia  and  tar,  or  any  other  suitable  material 
capable  of  withstanding  the  action  of  the  basic  slag,  &c. 
It  will  be  found  that  when  the  inside  casing  of  bricks  is 
fluxed  away,  the  layer  of  refractory  material  will  have 
become  dense  and  hard,  and  will  protect  the  metal  casing 
from  the  heat  for  a  long  time.  Other  furnaces  may  he 
treated  in  a  similar  manner. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Reduction  of  Ores.  J.  T.  King, 
Liverpool.  From  T.  S.  Blair,  jun.,  Alleghany,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,830,  October  7,  1890. 
This  is  an  improved  direct-reduction  process,  adapted  to 
the  treatment  of  sesquioxides  and  magnetic  oxide  of  iron, 
for  the  production  of  a  sponge  which  may  be  utilised  in 
the  open-hearth  process.  The  success  of  direct  reducing 
processes  is  in  general  dependent  on  («)  the  mechanical 
condition  of  the  ore  as  to  permeability  ;  (4)  the  temperature, 
rate  of  supply,  pressure,  and  reducing  power  of  the  gases 
used ;  (c)  the  duration  of  the  process.  For  satisfactory 
working  the  ore  should  not  be  wet  or  pasty,  nor  contain 
lumps  more  than  2  in.  in  diameter ;  it  should  be  charged 
into  a  reducing  chamber  previously  heated  to  a  red  heat, 
the  charge  being,  if  necessary,  introduced  in  several  instal- 
ments with  short  intervals  between  for  heating  up.  The 
temperature  of  the  mass  and  of  the  gas  supply  should  he  a 
fairly  bright  red  heat,  and  the  pressure  and  volume  of  gas 
supplied  should  he  sufficient  to  cause  a  current  of  gas  to 
flow  through   every  part  of  the  ore  at  the  rate  of  7\  ft.  per 


July  so,  1893.]         THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


615 


second.  If  the  escaping  gases  can  be  utilised  as  fuel  the 
supply  of  gas  may  be  increased  with  advantage.  Ordinary 
producer-gas  made  from  bituminous  coal  is  a  sufficiently 
energetic  reducing  agent,  and  will,  under  the  conditions 
mentioned,  perfectly  reduce  a  charge  of  limonite  in  40 
minutes  to  1  hour,  open  red  ha>matite  in  10  to  15  per  cent, 
longer  time,  according  to  the  texture  of  the  ore  ;  massive 
hematite  in  1 '  to  1  j  hours,  and  magnetite  in  1 ',  to  2  hours. 

If  lime  or  limestoue  be  mixed  with  the  fuel  in  the  gas 
producer,  cyanogen  will  be  generated  in  the  lower  part  of 
the  producer,  and  will  increase  the  reducing  power  of  the 
resulting  gas. 

Three  forms  of  furnaces  for  different  products,  and  a 
contrivance  for  removing  the  sponge  from  the  furnace 
without  oxidation  are  described  and  illustrated.  The  latter 
consists  of  a  cast-iron  cylinder  with  perforated  base,  in 
which  tire  reduction  is  conducted,  and  which  can  be  bodily 
removed  from  the  furnace  and  cooled  by  passing  a  current 
of  cold  gas  through  its  interior. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


unproved  Method  or  Means  of  Desulphurising  Castings 

or    Alloys    of   certain    Metals.     P.  Hossigneux,  Paris. 
Kng.  Pat.  4 ITS.  October  23,  1891. 

Tiik  process  is  applicable  to  castings  or  alloys  of  iron, 
nickel,  cobalt,  and  copper  containing  any  two  or  more  of 
these  metals  combined  together  ;  it  enables  the  percentage 
of  sulphur  in  castings,  i.e.,  in  alloys  containing  carbon, 
silicon,  and  sulphur,  to  be  reduced  to  0*01  percent. 

It  consists  in  introducing  into  these  castings  a  certain 
quantity  of  metallic  manganese,  aluminium,  magnesium,  and 
sodium;  these  four  metals,  having  a  greater  affinity  for 
sulphur  than  iron,  nickel,  cobalt,  and  copper,  attract  the 
sulphur  and  form  a  slag  composed  largely  of  metals  and 
sulphur,  which  collects  on  the  surface  of  the  molten  metal. 

The  quantity  of  reagent  is  calculated  so  that  the  total 
amount  of  sulphur  may  be  changed  into  sulphate  of 
manganese,  sulphate  of  alumina,  sulphate  of  magnesia  or 
sulphate  of  sodium,  a  slight  excess  of  the  reagent  being 
always  employed. 

The  reagent  is  added  to  the  molten  metal  in  a  rever- 
beratory  furnace  or  in  a  Bessemer  converter,  and  agitated 
with  it.  When  the  slag  has  collected  it  is  drawn  off,  and 
the  purified  metal  is  run  off  separately. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  Metallurgical  Furnaces  and  Ovens. 
V.  G.  Bates,  Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  Eug.  Pat.  18,706, 
October  29,  1891. 

IN"  this  specification  the  construction  of  a  furnace  with  a 
number  of  novel  features  is  described  and  illustrated.  The 
following  are  a  few  of  its  characteristics.  It  has  two  fire- 
places at  or  near  the  front  corners  of  the  heating  chamber, 
and  two  outlets  provided  with  dampers  at  or  near  the  rear 
corners,  so  that  the  products  of  combustion  are  first  caused 
to  converge  towards  the  centre  of  the  furnace  and  then  to 
diverge  towards  its  extremities  ;  the  movements  of  the  gases 
are  further  controlled  by  two  side  exits.  There  is  a  third 
fireplace  at  a  lower  level  from  which  the  products  of 
combustion  circulate  under  the  bed  of  the  furnace,  and  are 
then  discharged  over  the  side  fireplaces.  For  other  details 
the  specification  must  be  consulted. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


Improvement    in    Furnaces.     E.    Kerr,   Pittsburgh,  U.S.A. 
Kng.  Pat.  19,464,  November  10,  1891. 

Tin-  improvement  relates  more  particularly  to  the  con- 
struction of  cupola  furnaces  for  melting  masses  of  metal  by 
the  agency  of  gaseous  fuel.  The  improved  furnace  is  con- 
stricted internally  at  a  point  rather  mote  than  half-way 
down  its  length,  and  is  thus  divided  into  two  chambers, 
an  upper  melting  chamber  bounded  below  by  a  circular 
ledge  and  communicating  by  the  constricted  opening  with  a 
lower  chamber  or  crucible.  Gaseous  fuel  and  air  arc 
supplied  from  concentric  pipes  at  the  summit  of  the  melting 
chamber,  and  it  is  arranged  that   complete  combustion  shall 


take  place  at  the  top  of  this  chamber.  The  metal  is 
stacked  on  the  ledge  in  the  melting  chamber,  and  as  it 
melts  it  flows  down  into  the  crucible.  The  gases  likewise 
pass  downwards  into  the  crucible  and  out  through  suitable 
ports  into  the  stack. 

A  modification  is  described  in  which  a  number  of  fire 
chambers  or  gas  producers  adjoin  and  communicate  with 
the  melting  chamber,  which  may  further  have  a  special  ait- 
supply  to  ensure  perfect  combustion. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


A  Novel  System  of  liegeneratative  Gas  Furnace  for  the 
Reduction  of  Zinc  Ores.  E.  Dor,  Ampsin,  Belgium. 
Eng.  Pat.  22,694,  December  29,  1891. 

According  to  the  present  invention,  duplicate  kilns,  built 
back  to  back  and  communicating  with  each  other  by  a 
passage  below  the  retorts,  are  arranged  with  four  regenera- 
tive chambers  at  each  end  at  the  ground  level.  Gas  and 
air  are  introduced  through  ordinary  Siemens  sumps  into 
a  series  of  channels  under  the  furnaces,  and  then  into  two 
pairs  of  regenerators  from  which  the  gas  and  air  pass  by 
two  openings  into  a  chamber  in  the  upper  part  of  one  of 
the  furnaces.  Combustion  commences  at  this  point;  the 
gases  now  descend  over  the  retorts  and  through  the 
common  opening  into  the  second  furnace  where  they  pass 
upwards  over  the  retorts  and  out  through  two  openings 
above  into  the  regenerators,  and  by  another  system  of 
channels  into  a  conduit  connected  with  the  chimney.  When 
the  currents  of  gas  and  air  are  reversed,  these  pass  through 
the  heated  channels  previously  traversed  by  the  waste 
gases,  but  the  connections  are  so  arranged  that  the  direction 
of  the  currenr  of  burning  gases  within  the  furnaces  suffers 
no  change. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


Improvements   in    the    Casting   and    Tempering   of  Pure 

Copper     T.   D.  Bottome,   Hoosick,  N.Y.,  U.S.A.     Eng. 

Pat.  2214,  February  5,  1892. 
This  invention  aims  at  producing  tempered  copper 
castings  free  from  the  imperfections  of  ordinary  copper 
castings,  by  adding  while  iu  a  state  of  fusion  about  one- 
thousandth  part  of  sodium.  For  small  quantities  of  copper 
ten  pounds  or  under,  the  coppei  is  melted  in  a  crucible 
under  a  cover  of  common  salt.  A  drilled  carbon  rod 
charged  with  sodium  is  then  quickly  pushed  to  the  bottom 
of  the  crucible,  and  the  copper  is  thoroughly  stirred  with 
the  same  rod.  The  copper  is  then  poured  in  the  ordinary 
way.  Instead  of  pure  sodium  an  alloy  of  sodium  and 
copper  may  be  used,  which  is  prepared  by  grinding 
precipitated  powdered  copper  in  an  iron  mortar  with 
sodium. 

For  larger  quantities  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  common 
salt,  bicarbonate  of  soda,  and  powered  anthracite  is  pre- 
pared :  some  of  this  is  put  into  the  crucible,  then  the  copper 
is  added  and  is  covered  with  some  more  of  the  mixture. 
The  pot  is  then  covered,  and  when  the  copper  is  melted  it 
is  stirred  with  a  carbon  rod  for  a  minute  or  so,  after  which 
it  is  ready  for  casting.  Over-heating  is  to  be  avoided,  and 
it  should  not  be  poured  at  too  high  a  temperature. 

If  the  eastings  are  not  sufficiently  hard  wlieu  taken  from 
the  mould,  they  should  be  re-heated  quickly  to  redness,  and 
then  placed  in  hot  graphite  dust  to  cool. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  Metal  Alloys.    3.  B.  Alzugaray,  Loudon. 
Eng.  Pat.  2361,  February  9,  1892. 

The  alloys  are  produced  by  fusing  together  aluminium  and 
antimony  in  the  proportions  required,  or  by  fusing  the 
compounds  of  these  metals  with  or  without  the  admixture 
of  carbon.  The  aluminium  may  be  added  to  the  molten 
antimony  or  vice  versa. 

One  alloy  obtained  by  melting  antimony  and  stirring  with 
a  rod  of  aluminium,  or  vice  versa,  contains  about  18'37 
per  cent,  of  aluminium  and  81' 63  per  cent,  of  antimony, 
and  is  when  fully  formed  absolutely  infusible  at  the  highest 
temperatures  obtainable  in  Perrot's  furnace. — J.  H.  C. 


616 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [ July  so,  1892. 


Improvements  in  a  Compound  for  Carburising  Metals. 
S.  H.  Brown,  Boston,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  6704,  April  7, 
1892. 

Tin;  "carburising  compound"  consists  of  87  per  cent,  of 
bone  carbon,  8  per  cent,  calcined  lime,  4  per  cent,  soda  ash, 
one-half  per  cent,  sal-ammoniac,,  and  one-half  per  cent, 
tungstic  acid.  Cyanide  of  silver  may  be  substituted  for  the 
tungstic  acid  with  equally  good  results.  For  100  lb.  of 
metal  about  33  lb.  of  the  mixture  is  generally  employed. 
The  ingredients  are  placed  with  the  iron  to  be  carburised 
in  a  retort,  the  carbon,  lime,  and  tungstic  acid  being  placed 
in  the  hottest  part  of  the  retort,  while  the  sal-ammoniac 
is  placed  near  the  door.  After  a  short  heating  to  drive 
off  the  air  the  retort  is  hermetically  sealed.  When  the 
metal  is  properly  carburised  it  is  removed  from  the  retort 
and  plunged  into  water  or  other  suitable  bath. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  and  connected  icith  Crucible  Furnaces. 
E.  A.  Meiehsner,  Chemnitz,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  8299, 
May  3,  1892. 

A  i;ei taxgular  reverberatory  chamber  or  muffle  is  placed 
over  the  grate  of  a  furnace  in  such  a  way  that  the  products 
of  combustion  may  all  pass  into  it  by  means  of  apertures 
in  the  roof  of  the  combustion  chamber. 

The  metal  to  be  treated,  such  as  iron  and  charcoal,  for 
conversion  into  steel,  is  packed  in  a  rectangular  crucible  or 
chest,  which  is  then  exposed  for  a  sufficient  time  in  the 
reverberatory  chamber. 

Sight  holes  are  provided  in  the  walls  of  the  reverberator}' 
chamber,  and  opposite  to  one  of  these  is  an  aperture  in  the 
crucible  through  which  a  tube  is  inserted  for  ascertaining 
the  degree  of  heat.  Dampers  are  used  when  necessary  for 
controlling  the  heat. — J.  H.  C. 


XI.-ELECTEO-CHEMISTEY  AND  ELECTEO- 
METALLUEai. 

PATENTS. 

/: sfor  the  Separation  of  Copper,  Nickel,  am!  Silver 

from  Mattes  or  Alloys  containing  the  same,  and  the 
Treatment  of  the  Residues  resulting  therefrom.  J.  Strap, 
Paris,  Fiance.      Eng.  Pat.  4396,  March  11,  1891. 

Mattes  containing  nickel,  copper,  and  silver  are  cast  into 
plates  and  constitute  the  anode  of  an  electrolytic  bath,  the 
cathode  being  formed  of  a  thin  sheet  of  copper.  The  bath 
contains  150  to  250  grins,  of  copper  sulphate  per  litre  of 
water  according  to  the  quantity  of  matter  treated,  and 
5  per  cent,  of  its  volume  of  sulphuric  acid.  A  current  of 
25  to  30  amperes  is  passed  for  a  cathode  having  1  square 
metre  of  surface,  the  E.M.F.  being  i  volt.  Under  these 
conditions  the  nickel  passes  into  solution  as  sulphate,  and 
remains  in  that  condition  ;  the  copper  is  gradually  deposited 
on  the  cathode  and  the  silver  and  foreign  matters  form  a 
muddy  deposit  at  the  bottom  of  the  bath.  When  there  is 
no  more  sulphate  of  copper  in  the  bath,  the  solution  of 
nickel  sulphate  is  cither  crystallised  out  or  the  nickel  is 
recovered  by  electrolysis. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


Improvements  in  Galvanic  /latteries.  C.  X.  .Souther, 
Chicago,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  18,097,  .Maul:  23,  1891. 
The  improvement  consists  in  using  a  zinc  carbon  couple, 
the  carbon  being  placed  in  the  porous  pot  which  is  filled 
with  copper  sulphate  solution  kept  saturated  by  means  of 
added  crystals  of  copper  sulphate.  The  outer  jar  contains 
water,  in  which  zinc  stands. — G.  II.  R. 


.4  Method  of  Decorating  Metal  Articles  with  other  Metals 
depositr,/  thereon.  13.  Krantz  and  H.  Zeissler,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  8122,  May  12,  1891. 

According  to  this  invention  the  metal  article  is  first 
coated  with  bitumen,  as  in  zinc  engraving,  and  the  design  is 
printed  thereon  direct  from  a  photographic  negative,  or  it 
is  transferred  in  the  ordinary  way  on  to  the  bitumen 
coating,  which  is  then  developed  by  turpentine.  The 
article  is  then  placed  in  an  etching  bath  composed  as 
follows  by  measure :  nitric  acid,  2  parts ;  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid,  1  part;  pure  water,  3  parts.  When  etched 
the  article  is  taken  out,  well  washed  in  water  to  remove 
all  traces  of  acid,  and  quickly  dried  in  a  warm  place  and 
put  in  a  depositing  bath  composed  as  follows  by  weight : 
cream  of  tartar,  12  parts;  carbonate  of  copper,  1  part; 
water,  24  parts.  The,  bath  for  other  metals  is  made  by 
replacing  copper  with  the  desired  metal ;  thus  chloride  of 
gold  or  silver  in  the  case  of  these  metals,  pure  nickel  for 
nickel,  or  the  usual  electro  plating  solutions. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  Extracting  Metals  and  other  Substances 
front  Ores  or  Minerals.  H.  Niewerth,  Kemscheid,  Ger- 
many.    Eng.  Pat.  9219,  June  1,  1891. 

The  invention  applies  particularly  to  the  metals  of  the 
alkalis  and  alkaline  earths,  and  to  such  metalloids  as 
silicon.  The  method  adopted  is  the  continuous  application 
of  frictional  or  induced  electricity  and  heat  to  suitably 
prepared  materials  out  of  contact  with  air. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  Negative  Eh  ments 
(Positive  Electrodes  in  charging  Secondary  Cells)  of 
Voltaic  Batteries.  I).  G.  FitzGerald,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  9629,  June  6,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  increase  the  efficient 
working  condition  of  the  metallic  supports  of  such  elements, 
and  to  obtain  greater  economy  in  the  working  of  the  battery 
by  obviating  local  action  in  the  elements.  This  is  effected 
by  coating  the  grid,  or  support,  of  lead,  or  lead  alloy,  with 
gold  or  with  platinum,  or  with  platinum  superposed  upon 
gold,  which  coating  is  preferably  effected  by  electro- 
deposition.  The  gilding  solution  preferred  is  one  that  can 
be  used  cold,  such  as  a  solution  of  about  six  parts  by  weight 
of  cyanide  of  potassium  in  160  parts  of  water,  which  should 
contain  less  than  one  part  by  weight  of  gold  as  cyanide. 
This  solution  can  readily  be  made  by  the  battery  process  ; 
Roseleur's  cold  gilding  solution  also  gives  good  results. 
The  best  coating  is  obtained,  however,  by  using  a  bath 
containing  8  to  12  oz.  of  cyanide  of  potassium  and  1  oz.  of 
gold  to  the  gallon  of  water  at  a  temperature  of  from  140°  to 
150°  F.— G.  H.  B. 


Improvements  in  or  connected  with  Negative  Elements 
( Positive  Electrodes  in  charging  Secondary  Cells)  of 
Voltaic  Batteries.  D.  G.  FitzGerald,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  9628,  June  6,  1891. 

According  to  this  invention  lead  strips  coated  with  gold 
or  platinum  by  electro-deposition  are  used  instead  of  the 
gold  or  platinum  contact  pieces  hitherto  employed  with 
lithanodc  plates.  The  gilding  bath  is  prepared  as  follows  : — 
16  parts  by  weight  of  cyanide  of  potassium  are  dissolved  in 
160  parts  of  water,  raised  to  a  temperature  of  140  F.  and 
electrolysed  between  a  fine  gold  anode  of  large  surface,  and 
a  cathode  of  small  surface  which  may  be  of  gold  or  any 
other  metal,  such  as  copper,  which  is  not  attacked  by  the 
cyanide  solution.  The  electrolysis  is  continued  until  about 
one  part  of  gold  has  been  dissolved  ;  the  weight  of  metal  in 
solution  being  found  by  subtracting  from  the  weight  lost  by 
the  anode  the  weight  of  gold  recovered  at  the  cathode. 
The  temperature  of  the  bath  should  not  be  below  140°  F. 
For  the  deposition  of  platinum  the  bath  preferred  is  made 
by  dissolving  platinic  chloride  in  a  strong  solution  of 
potassium  cyanide.  With  this  bath  a  platinum  anode  of 
large  surface  should  be  used. — G.  H.  K. 


JulySMBM.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


617 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Copper  Tubes  by 
Elect roli/sis.  A.  Watt,  Balham,  Surrey.  Eng.  l'at. 
9652,  June  8, 1891. 

According  to  this  invention  the  copper  is  deposited  on 
rotating  mandrels  composed  preferahly  of  type  metal,  or 
some  similar  alio}-  of  low  melting  point.  The  mandrels  are 
immersed  in  the  bath  and  the  deposit  is  subjected,  to  the 
friction  of  a  fixed  travelling  brush  or  rubber  while  the 
mandrel  is  revolving. — (i.  II.  It. 


Apparatus  for  Supplying  Depolarising  or  other  Liquids 
to  a  Series  of  Electric  Batteries.  V.  Jeanty,  Paris, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  9689,  June  8,  1891. 

The  apparatus  is  composed  of  a  main  closed  vessel  con- 
taining the  liquid  to  be  supplied  to  the  series  of  batteries, 
and  of  a  distributing  open  vessel  placed  beneath  the  former 
and  connected  therewith  by  a  first  pipe  through  which  the 
liquid  descends  from  the  upper  to  the  lower  vessel,  and  by 
a  second  pipe  which  determines  the  flow  of  the  liquid  inter- 
mittently. Through  the  bottom  of  the  distributing  vessel 
are  fitted  short  pipes  by  each  of  which  the  liquid  is 
distributed  to  the  several  elements  of  the  battery  placed 
below.  The  liquid  contained  in  the  upper  vessel  is  conveyed 
intermittently  to  the  distributing  vessel  from  which  it  over- 
flows through  the  short  pipes  to  the  respective  elements. 
The  liquid  conveyed  to  the  separate  elements  is  dischaiged 
at  the  bottom  by  means  of  a  vertical  pipe,  and  the  fresh 
liquid  having  a  greater  relative  density  settles  at  the 
bottom,  whilst  the  exhausted  liquid  rises  to  the  top  and  goes 
to  waste  by  an  overflow  pipe. — G.  H.  R. 


An  Improvement  in  Galvanic  Batteries.     W.  J.  Engledue, 
Byfleet,  Surrey.     Eng.  Pat.  9803,  June  9,  1891. 

The  battery  is  provided  with  a  cover  which  can  be  clamped 
liquid-tight  by  means  of  an  india-rubber  ring  or  other 
suitable  washer,  so  that  the  battery  may  be  inverted 
without  the  electrolyte  escaping;  and  only  so  much  exciting 
fluid  is  filled  in  as  will  cause  a  part,  but  not  the  whole,  of 
the  electrodes  to  be  immersed.  When  the  light  begins  to 
fall  off  the  battery  is  inverted,  thereby  bringing  the  whole 
of  the  electrodes  into  action  and  restoring  the  current.  The 
battery  is  specially  intended  for  miner's  and  other  portable 
lamps.— G.  H.  E. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  or  Purification  of  Graphite 
to  Header  it  Suitable  for  Industrial  Purposes.  W.  Luzi, 
Leipzig,  Saxony.     Eng.  Pat.  9922,  June  11,  1891. 

The  graphite,  either  finely  or  coarsely  powdered,  is  moistened 
with  concentrated  nitric  or  sulphuric  acids,  or  with  both,  or 
with  a  solution  of  "oxygenous"  salts  (salts  containing 
oxygen)  and  then  immediately  calcined  ;  or  it  is  heated  for 
some  time  with  an  acid  solution  of  a  bichromate  or  a  per- 
manganate,  then  separated  and  calcined  :  or  it  is  mixed  with 
potassium  chlorate  and  nitric  acid,  warmed,  and  then  washed 
and  calcined,  or  fourthly,  the  graphite  is  heated  for 
some  time  with  concentrated  nitric  or  sulphuric  acid,  then 
separated  and  calcined. 

These  processes  are  recommended  as  being  much  shorter 
than  those  usually  employed  and  productive  of  similarly 
good  results. — J.  W.  L. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Electrolytic  Production  of 
Aluminium.  L.  Grabau,  Hanover,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
10,090,  June  13,  1891. 

The  difficulties  of  manufacture  due  to  the  presence  of 
silicon  and  iron  are  avoided  by  using  as  the  material  for 
electrolysis  a  mixture  of  aluminium  fluoride  with  soda,  or 
other  basic  substance  which  can  be  easily  obtained  free 
from  these  impurities.  Cryolite  is  fused  by  the  agency  of 
the  current,  and  to  this  is  added  during  electrolysis  a 
mixture  of  aluminium  fluoride  and  soda  in  definite  propor- 
tions according  to  the  quantity  of  aluminium  to  be  separated. 


The  proportion  between  aluminium  fluoride  and  soda  may 
be  such  that  besides  aluminium,  sodium  fluoride,  or  chiefly 
cryolite  (AUFI6  6  NaFl)  is  formed.  Any  proportion  lying 
between  these  two  extreme  cases,  which  may  be  represented 
by  the  following  formula.',  may  be  employed  : — 

(1.)  2  A12F16  +  6NaX03  +  3  C  = 

4  Al  +  12  NaFl  +  9  CO, 
(2.)  4  A12F16  +  6  Na.,C03  +  3  C  = 
4  Al  +  2  (ALF]6  6  NaFl)  +  9C02 

Potash  may  be  substituted  for  soda  if  the  corresponding 
potassium  compounds  are  used.  The  positive  electrode 
must  be  carbon,  the  negative  may  be  a  metal  such  as 
aluminium. — G.  H.  R. 


An   Improvement   in    Voltaic   Batteries.     P.   Jablochkoff, 
Paris,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  10,082,  June  13,  1891. 

In  carrying  out  this  invention  advantage  is  taken  of  the 
power  of  absorbing  oxygen  from  the  atmosphere  possessed 
by  carbon  and  other  porous  bodies,  for  oxidising  the  nitrous 
vapours  produced  in  the  working  of  cells  containing  nitric 
acid.  One  electrode  is  a  more  or  less  porous  carbon 
vessel  closed  at  the  bottom,  filled  with  fragments  of  coke, 
or  preferably  of  peat  charcoal,  and  closed  at  the  top  by  a 
porous  lid.  Around  the  lower  part  of  this  vessel  and  some 
distance  from  its  sides  is  placed  the  other  electrode,  which 
consists  of  several  thicknesses  of  zinc  or  iron  plate,  and 
extends  to  about  one-third  the  height  of  the  carbon  vessel. 
The  whole  is  enclosed  in  a  basket  or  bag  having  a  thick 
lining  of  spongy  material,  such  as  peat,  and  is  placed  iu  a 
jar  charged  with  a  solution  of  nitrate  of  soda  or  potash. 
Nitric  acid,  diluted  so  that  it  does  not  fume,  is  poured  into 
the  inner  vessel.  When  the  cell  is  working  the  alkaline 
nitrate  is  decomposed,  while  the  nitric  acid  evolves  nitrous 
fumes  which  in  rising  through  the  upper  part  of  the 
carbonaceous  material  meet  oxygen  condensed  there  from 
the  atmosphere  and  become  reconverted  into  nitric  acid 
which  descends,  the  acid  being  thus  continuously  regenerated. 

— G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Plates 
for  Electric  Accumulators.  C.  Rousseau,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,004,  June  27,  1891. 

The  invention  consists  in  constructing  plates  by  compressing 
a  paste  composed  of  the  oxide  of  carbonate,  or  some  salt 
of  lead,  into  and  on  either  side  of  a  frame  cut  out  of  a  lead 
plate.  The  paste  is  mixed  with  a  solution  of  chloride  of 
sodium,  and  hair  or  other  suitable  filament  cut  into  lengths 
of  about  one  centimetre  is  added  for  the  purpose  of  binding 
it.— G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in    Thermo-Electric  Batteries.     P.  Giraud, 
Chantilly,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  11,060,  June  30,  1891. 

According  to  this  invention  each  element  is  formed  of  an 
alloy  the  composition  of  which  is  varied  according  to  the  size 
of  the  element,  so  that  the  electro-motive  force  may  remain  the 
same  without  the  internal  resistance  being  increased.  The 
following  are  the  three  sizes  of  the  electrodes  which  may 
be  most  advantageously  employed  to  suit  different  cases : — 

A.  Small  size  : — Length,  0-07  m.  ;  width,  0'02  m. ;  height, 
0-02  m. 

B.  Medium    size: — Length,   0'07    m. ;  width,   0-02  m.  ; 
height,  0'03  m. 

C.  Large    size:  —  Length,    0-03    m.  ;    width,   0'03   m. ; 
height,  0  05  m. 

And  the  composition  of  the  alloy  to  suit  these  three  sizes 
is  respectively  : — 

Composition  A. 

Parts  by 
Weight. 

Antimony 1,450 

Zinc 000 

Cadmium 50 

Pure  copper 80 

Tin 40 

Silicon 3 

e2 


618 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30,  ISM. 


Composition  is. 

Part 
Weight. 

Antiun  My MO 

/    7-  I 

<  Sadmium 

lopper 30 

IS 

Silicon i 

Coiiposmo.v  C. 

Parts  l>v 
Weight. 

Antimony 

/       

Cadmium 63 

2 

The  other  electrode  of  each  element  is  preferably  com- 
posed of  blades  or  plates  of  tinned  iron  or  of  pure  nickel ; 
they  may,  however,  be  made  of  iron  iridiumised,  platinised, 
or  nickeled  on  its  surface,  or  of  ferro-alumininm,  and  the 
two  electrodes  are  united  by  an  autogenous  joint  formed  by 
casting  the  alloy. 

The  extremities  to  be  heated  are  protected  by  metal  cups 
cemented  to  them  by  a  pulp  made  preferably  of  silicate  of 
soda  and  asbestos  powder,  though  silicate  of  potash  may 
be  used.  The  different  rows  of  sockets  are  separated  from 
one  another,  and  the  wall  of  the  heating  apparatus  by 
asbestos  washers  united  to  them  by  the  same  cement. 

-G.  H.  E. 

Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  Galvanic  Batteries. 
G.  G.  M.  llardingham,  London.  From  J.  K.  Hard  and 
II.  I  Mimett,  New  York,  CT.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  11,560,  July  7, 

Tin-  invention  relates  to  dry  batteries  of  the  open  circuit 
the  object  being  to  provide  the  battery  cell  with  a 
gas  outlet  for  the  purpose  of  relieving  it  from  exci 
internal  pressure  while  providing  against  the  escape  of  the 
electrolyte.  The  cell  is  provided  with  a  stopper  containing 
an  outlet  for  gas  which  is  provided  with  a  valve  opening 
outwardly.  The  invention  is  described  with  special  reference 
to  the  silver  chloride  cell.  — G.  II.  K. 


Improvements   relating    to  the  Coating  of  Articles 

''/  allic  Alloy  by  Electro-deposition.  The  London 
Metallurgical  Company,  Limited,  and  S.  O.  Cowper-Coles, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  13,460,  August  8,  1891. 

Tiik  electrolytic  bath  is  prepared  by  dissolving  cyanide  of 

zinc  in  cyanide  of  potassium  in  the  proportions  requisite  to 

form  a  double  salt,  and  adding  a   smali   I  .■■■--    oi   cyanide 

of  potassium.     To  this  solution  is  added  a  small  quantity  of 

the   double  cyanide  of   potassium   ami   silver.     The  anode 

of  a  zinc  silver  alloy   of  approximately 

ne  composition  as  that  which  it  is  desired  to  deposit. 

ge  of  zinc  may   be   varied   from  25  to   90  per 

cent.,  and  the  bath  may  be  used  hot  or  cold. — G.  II.  B. 


/  /  H'j    Vlu'id  for    Galvanic    Zinc    Carbon 

and   Method  oj    fi  (    eful  Products 

the  Spent  Fluid       >  Batteries.     M.  Muthel, 

3 .     Eng.  i'at.  19,617,  November  12,  1891. 

The  improved  exciting  fluid  is  composed  of  chromic  acid 
and  bisnlpha  m,  which  when  spent  contains 

sulphate  of  zinc  and  chrome  ammonium   alum.     Tin-  spenl 
liquor  is  electrolysed  between  carbon  or  1  to   free 

it    from   zinc,  wbili  g    it   neutral  by  the  addition  of 

ammonia  ;  the  fluid  containing  ammonia,  chrome,  alum,  and 
nium  bisulphate  is  then  evaporated,  and  tin-  residue 
calcined,  whereby  the  ammonia  i-  driven  oft  and  chromic 
oxide  i>  obtained  as  a  valuable  by-product.  The  ammonia 
can  be  utilised  for  neutralising  the  chrome  lye  formed  in  a 
subsequent  electrolysis.  The  exciting  fluid  may  be  modified 
by  the  addition  of  free  phosphoric  acid  or  acid  phosphates, 


in  which  case  all  the  chrome  and  zinc  can  be  readily 
precipitated  out  of  the  spent  fluid  as  phosphoric  acid 
compounds  by  neutralising  the  fluid  by  means  of  ammonia. 
The  addition  of  chloride  of  iron  increases  the  depolarising 
power  of  the  solution. — G.  H.  R. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Purification  of  Brine. 
C.  G.  Collins,  Woodsburgh,  King's  County,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  I'at.  4527,  March  8,  1892. 

See  under  VII.,  page  C04. 


Improvements  in  Incandescent  Electric  Lamps.  Y.  S. 
Smith,  Pittsburgh,  LF.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  6083,  March  29, 
1892. 

Thk  object  of  this  invention  is  to  reduce  the  cost  of  the 
lamps  by  substituting  iron  for  the  platinum  leading  in  wires 
generally  employed.  As  a  sufficiently  close  joint  cannot  be 
produced  by  fitting  the  wires  into  openings  previously 
formed  in  the  glass,  it  is  necessary  that  the  glass  be  formed 
about  or  moulded  upon  the  wires  by  fusing  it.  This  can  be 
done  in  a  glass  blower's  flame,  but  great  care  must  be 
exercised  to  guard  against  excessive  heat,  and  exposing  the 
iron  to  the  direct  action  of  the  flame,  or  the  consequent 
oxidation  spoils  the  joint.  The  joint  may  be  made  perfectly 
air-tight  by  coating  the  points  where  the  wires  enter  the 
jrlass  with  a  cement  formed  of  one  part  by  weight  litharge, 
two  parts  red  lead,  five  parts  of  the  carbonate  of  lead,  all 
thoroughly  mixed  and  worked  into  thick  paste  with  boiled 
linseed  oil'.— G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in    and  relating   to  Secondary   Battel' 
Accumulators.     H.  H.  Lake,  London.     From  W.  Sleicher 
and  G.   A.   Mosher,   Troy,    U.S.A.       Eng.   I'at.    6112, 
March  29,  1892. 

Thk  electrodes  consist  of  rods  of  conducting  material 
which  lie  in  a  series  of  troughs  supported  on  rectangular 
both  troughs  and  frames  being  made  of  insulating 
materials.  The  rods  pass  through  the  side  of  the  frame, 
and  are  connected  together  by  a  single  rod.  The  troughs 
are  filled  with  red  lead,  electrolytic  lead,  or  other  active 
material,  and  the  troughs  so  filled  with  the  connecting 
rods,  form  the  electrodes.  —  G.  II.  B. 


Improvements  in  Means  and  Apparatus  for  Separating 
Gold,  Silver,  and  other  Metals  from  their  Ores.     G.S. 

Atkins,  London.     Eng.  I'at.  7069,  April  12,  1892. 

Tim-  invention  relates  to  an  improvement  in  the  apparatus 
1  by  the  same  author  in  En?.  I'at.  12,295,  of  1886 
(this  Journal,  1888,  120).  In  this  apparatus  crushed 
or  pulverised  ore  is  subjected  to  electrolytic  action  in  the 
anode  compartment  of  an  electrolytic  apparatus  in  such  a 
way   that  tie  tarded  in  it-  descent  through  the 

compartment,  so  as  to  keep  the  particles  of  ore  in  motion 
and  in  contact  with  the  anode  pole  in  the  electrolytic  Bolu- 
tion  for  a  sufficient  time  to  allow  the  chemical  action,  sucb 
a-  oxidation,  chlorination,  Sec,  to  take  place.  The  crushed 
ore  is  then  subjected  to  the  action  of  mercury  in  an 
amalgamating  apparatus  which  is  either  connected  directly 
with  the  electrolytic  compartment  or  may  be  separate  from 
it.  The  cathode  i>  formed  of  a  cylindrical  vessel  of 
or  other  suitable  material,  which  is  made  in  two  halves 
which  ale  bolted  together  by  flange,-,  SO  that  read} 
may  be  bad   to   ii  pole  contained  therein.     The 

anode  pole  consists  of  a  broad-bladed  screw  composed  of 
carbon,  lead,  peroxide  of  lead,  or  any  other  suitable 
material  which  is  a  conductor  of  electricity,  but  it  is  not 
soluble  in  the  clectrolyti  I-     It   i-  preferably  con- 

I  in  the  manner  described  in  a  patent  "ranted  to  the 
author  in  1889,  Eng.  Pat.  10,061  (.this  Journal,  1890,  742). 

—  G.  II.  B. 


July  so,  1892,]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCEETT  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


r,i9 


Improvements  in  Genera/in;/  Electricity  and  Producing 
Air  in  a  Luminous  State,  and  in  Apparatus  therefor. 
T.  Duffy.San  Francisco,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 7253, April  14, 
1892. 

The  inventor  describes  a  method  of  obtaining  light  for 
illuminating  purposes  by  forcing  or  blowing  air  through  or 
between  vibrating  tongues  or  strips  of  magnetised  metal, 
and  confining  and  carrying  away  through  transparent 
conductors  the  air  which  it  is  claimed  has  been  rendered 
luminous  by  its  passage  through  the  vibratory  strips. 

'  — ;;.  II.  R. 


Improvements  in  the  Art  of  Producing  Metallic  Zinc. 
P.  C.  f'hoate.  New  York,  U.S.A.  '  Eng.  Pat.  7378, 
April  19,  1892. 

The  zinc  and  other  equally  volatile  constituents  are  sepa- 
rated from  the  ore  by  decomposition  and  volatilisation  in 
the  presence  of  free  oxygen,  thereby  obtaining  a  condensed 
oxidised  zinc  fume.  This  fame  is  subjected  to  a  moderate 
heal  i:i  order  to  expel  its  soluble  constituents  more  volatile 
than  /.inc.  The  remaining  product  is  then  treated  with  an 
acid  solvent  of  the  zinc  in  which  lead  is  insoluble,  such  as 
dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  finally  metallic  zinc  is  obtained 
from  the  solution  thus  formed  by  means  of  electrolysis. 

— G.  II.  B, 


XII.-FATS,   OILS,  AND  SOAP 
MANUFACTURE. 

Process  fur  the   Iiemaral  of  the  Lint  from   Cotton-Seed. 

W.   L.   Dudley.     J.   Analyt.   and   Appl.  Chem.  6    [3], 

1892. 
Tin-:  "sea-island"  or  "long-staple"  cotton  (Gossyvhum 
Barbadense)  and  the  Egyptian  cotton  have  naked  seed, 
while  the  "upland"  or  "short-staple"  cotton  (G.  Her- 
baceutn)  of  the  I  nited  States  has  seed  encased  in  a  mass  of 
fibre  firmly  adherent  to  the  seed-coat. 

Tlie  seed  crushed  in  England  for  the  extraction  of  the  oil 
is  largely  the  Egyptian,  but  in  the  1  "nited  States  the  great 
source  of  the  oil  is  the  "  upland  "  seed,  as  the  "  sea-island  " 
cotton  grows  over  a  very  limited  area.  In  consequence  of 
this  hairy  envelope  which  surrounds  the  American  cotton- 
seed, decortication  is  necessary  previous  to  the  expression  of 
the  oil.  The  Egyptian  and  "  sea-island"  seed  need  only  be 
crushed,  heated,  and  pressed. 

Besides  the  expense  of  decorticating  the  American  seed, 
much  "  meat  "  is  lost  by  becoming  entangled  in  the  hulls 
and  failing  to  separate:  on  this  account  the  oil-yield  is 
lower  by  several  gallons  per  ton  than  that  from  the  naked 
seed,  and  the  yield  of  "  cake  "  is  less  as  it  contains  no  hulls. 
The  American  seed  will  not  stand  storage  nor  shipment  well 
(especially  export),  as  moisture  absorbed  by  the  fibrous 
envelope  will  enable  fermentation  to  set  in. 

The  process  for  the  treatment  of  American  seed  is  briefly 
as  follows  : — It  is  (1)  run  through  "  linters,"  which  remove 
as  much  as  possible  the  cotton  which  has  been  left  on  the 
seed  by  the  gin  ;  (2)  decorticated  by  a  machine  which  cuts 
the  seed-coat,  whereupon  the  "  meat  "-and  the  "  hulls  "  fall 
apart  ;  (3)  separated  by  passing  through  an  inclined 
revolving  screen  having  meshes,  which  allow  the  "  meat  " 
to  fall  through,  while  the  "hulls"  are  retained  and  roll  out 
at  the  lower  end;  or  by  means  of  an  air  blast  ;  (4)  the 
"  meat  "  is  heated  and  pressed.  The  hulls  are  burned,  and 
the  ash,  rich  in  potash,  has  a  market  value. 

All  mechanical  methods  which  have  been  devised  to  strip 
the  seed  of  its  fibre,  have  proved  unsuccessful,  either  from 
imperfect  performance  or  lack  of  speed. 

The  chemical  process  described  below  was  devisetl  some 
time  since  (U.S.  Pat.  344,951)  by  the  author  and  N.  W. 
Terry.  It  has  never  been  tried  commercially,  but  its 
success  is  perfect  on  a  small  scale. 


The  seeds  after  linting  are  subjected  to  the  action  of 
Xi>  and  SO;.,  cither  in  the  order  named  or  mixed 
together,  enough  air  accompanying  them  to  "  regenerate  " 
the  NO.  This  is  probably  best  accomplished  by  causing 
the  seed  to  descend  a  chute  slowly,  through  which  a 
current  of  Nj03  is  ascending,  and  then  to  enter  a  chute 
where  S(  >.,  and  air  are  ascending;  or  they  may  descend 
through  a  chute  having  an  ascending  current  of  N..(  >  ,  S(  I ,, 
and  air.  After  a  few  seconds'  exposure  to  these  gases 
under  proper  conditions,  the  fibre  on  the  seed  will  have 
changed  very  little  in  appearance,  but  its  structure  is  so 
completely  destroyed  that  the  slightest  friction  causes  it 
fall  to  an  impalpable  powder.  The  sei  ds  are  left  per- 
fectly smooth  and  show  no  signs  of  corrosion.  They  have 
a  slight  acid  reaction  on  the  outside,  but  the  acid  is  speedily 
removed  by  washing.  The  seed-coat  is  very  hard,  and  is 
impervious  to  the  gases.  No  trace  of  acid  has  ever  been 
discovered  in  the  interior.  The  seeds  germinate  very  quickly 
if  planted.  The  acidity  may  also  be  removed  by  blowing 
lime-dust  on  the  seed  us  soon  as  it  comes  from  the 
"  cleaner"  which  removes  the  disintegrated  fibre  ;  or  it  may 
be  carried  by  a  conveyer  through  lime  water  and  then 
through  a  dryer.  The  seed  is  now  ready  to  be  crushed  and 
pressed,  or  it  nun  be  shipped  and  stored. —  \V.  S. 


Changes  in  Lubricating  Oils  and  their  Adulterants  on 
keeping  for  a  long  time.  Dr.Holde.  Jlitth.  d.  KiJnigl. 
teclm.  Y'crsuchunst,  Berlin,  1892,  10  [2],  So— 90. 

The  author  has  subjected  a  number  of  vegetable  and  mineral 
oils  to  the  action  of  air  for  several  months,  and  he  has 
afterwards  determined  :  (1.)  The  viscosity  according  to 
Englcr,  at  20°  C.  (2.)  Alterations  of  specific  gravity. 
(3.)  Changes  in  acidity.  (4.)  The  changes  indicated  by 
altered  iodine  numbers.     He  thus  discovered  : — - 

(1.)  That  the  outflow  (viscosity)  had  considerably 
changed  in  vegetable  oils,  but  had  not  changed  much  in  the 
case  of  mineral  oils. 

(2.)  The  specific  gravity  of  vegetable  oils  had  increased 
more  in  proportion  than  was  the  case  with  mineral  oils. 

(3.)  Notwithstanding  the  considerable  amount  of  oxygen 
absorbed  by  vegetable  oils,  the  increase  of  acidity  had  not 
been  noticeable.  Volatile  organic  acids  are  supposed  to 
have  been  formed. 

(4.)  The  iodine  numbers  had  considerably  decreased, 
whicli  fact  shows  that  under  the  influence  of  oxygen  the 
non-saturated  compounds  of  oleic  acid,  &c.  with  glycerol 
have  been  transformed  into  saturated  compounds. — P.  D. 


Examination  of  Vegetable  Lubricating  Oils  specially 
regarding  Qualitative  Tests.  Holde.  JMitth.  Konigl. 
techn.  Versuchsans.  Berlin,  1891,  294. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  637. 


A  New  Unsaturated  Fatty  Acid  of  the  Series,  C„ //„„_,  0;. 

A.  Aruaud.  Compt.  Rend.  114,  79—80. 
The  author  has  discovered  iu  the  seeds  of  a  Guatemalan 
Picramnia,  or  Tariri,  belorging  to  the  family  of  the 
Simarubess,  the  glyceride  of  a  new  fatty  acid,  C,3H3,02, 
for  which  he  proposes  the  name  tariric  acid.  Its  com- 
position has  been  proved  by  elementary  analysis  of  the  acid 
itself  and  of  its  potassium  and  silver  salts,  and,  what  is 
more  convincing,  by  the  analysis  of  the  potassium  salt  of 
the  dibromiuated  acid,  and  of  the  tetrabrominated  acid. 
Tariric  acid  absorbs  therefore  four  atoms  of  bromine,  aud 
is  isomeric  with  stearolic  acid,  which  Overbeck  prepared 
from  oleic  acid.  The  melting  point  of  the  new  acid  is 
50'5'C— J.  L. 


.;-2n 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [ July  so,  1892. 


Degras.  R.  Ruhsam.  Jahresb.  der  Deutseh.  Gerberschule 
zu  Freibergi.  S.  1891—1892,3,3—17  (this  Journal,  1891, 
557,  1013). 

See  wnder  XXI II.,  page  639. 


PATENTS. 


An   Improved  Compound  for  Cleansing  Purposes.     R.J. 

Jordan,  Deal,  Kent.     Eng.  Pat.  10,516,  June  20,  1891. 

The  composition  of  the  patented  cleansing  compound  is 
5  lb.  of  chalk,  2  soda,  \  fat,  and  from  |  to  §  oz.  of  oxalic 
acid. — J.  L. 


Improvement  in   the  Treatment  and  Purification  of  Soap 

Makers'  Spent  Lye  for  Extracting  Glycerin  therefrom. 

O.  C.  Hagemann,  London.     Eng.' Pat.  11,889,  July  13, 

1891. 

This  invention,  part  of  which   has  been   communicated  to 

the  patentee  by  E.   K.  Mining,  Chicago,  U.S.A.,  consists  in 

the  use  of  calcium  chloride  for  purifying  spent  lyes. — .T.  L. 


Improvements    in    Apparatus  for    Smelling    Tallow.      H. 

Pfutzner,     Conuewitz  -  Leipzig,     Germany.      Eng.   Pat. 

13,189,  August  4,  1891. 
The  patented  apparatus  consists  in  a  jacketed  stationary 
drum,  in  the  centre  of  which  a  moveable  shaft  is  fixed. 
This  Bhaft  bears  a  number  of  hollow  stirrers  or  fingers 
communicating  with  the  shaft  in  such  a  way  that  hot  water 
may  be  passed  through  the  shaft  and  the  stirrers.  The  pieces 
of  fat  are  fed  into  the  drum  by  means  of  a  worm.  The 
molten  tallow  passes  a  sieve  in  the  bottom  of  the  apparatus, 
and  may  be  withdrawn  by  means  of  a  tap. — J.  L. 


A  New  and  Improved  Liquid  Polish  for  Cleaning  Brass, 
Steel,  and  all  Kinds  of  Metal.  J.  King,  Kiugston-upon- 
Hull.     Eng.  Pat.  3571,  February  23,  1892. 

The  invention  consists  in  mixing  together  the  following 
substances" for  the  purposes  named: — |  oz.  Castile  soap, 
^  oz.  silversmith's  rouge,  3  oz.  lamp  black,  1  oz.  flour  emery 
powder,  7  oz.  rotten  stone,  f  of  a  gill  turpentine,  A  pint 
paraffin  oil.  £  of  a  gill  methylated  spirit,  H  oz.  cream  of 
tartar. — J.  L. 


Improvements  hi  Soap   or  Washing  Powder.     R.  Steward, 
Liverpool.     Eng.  Pat.  7581,  April  1,  1892. 

The  patent  is  claimed  for  a  mixture  of  32  parts  of  tallow 
or  other  greases,  10  resin,  4  caustic  soda,  24  water,  5  mineral 
oil,  25  soda  ash. — J.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  Extracting  Stearine  and 
Oleine  from  Tallow,  and  Apparatus  therefor.  E.  J.  J. 
B.  Benoit  and  J.  Soler  y  Vila,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat. 
6955,  April  11,  J  892. 

The  patentees  melt  the  tallow  in  a  wooden  lead-lined  vat, 
provided  with  a  perforated  steam  coil,  and  add  to  the  molteu 
mass  1- — -3  per  cent,  powdered  oxide  (sic)  of  manganese. 
The  tallow  is  run  off  into  a  second  vat  to  be  treated  there 
with  0  •  2  — 0  •  5  per  cent,  of  cream  of  tartar.  Finally  the 
tallow  is  run  into  a  third  vat,  which  is  kept  at  a  temperature 
of  about  30°  C.  in  a  hot  chamber.  The  bottom  of  this  vat 
is  pierced  with  holes,  which  are  closed  by  rods.  Adjustable 
screws  in  the  bottom  of  the  vat  enable  these  rods  to  be  so 
lifted  that  the  olein  separated  from  the  crystalline  stearin 
may  be  run  off. — J.  L. 


XIII.-PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  YAKNISHES, 
KESINS,  INDIA-KTJBBEK,  Etc. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  White  Lead.  \l.  W. 
White,  Camberwell,  Surrey.  Eng.  Pat.  6683,  April  18, 
1891. 

This  is  an  invention  by  which  it  is  intended  to  give  any 
white  lead  deficient  in  covering  power,  as  those  obtained  by 
precipitation  processes  generally  are,  such  body  and 
covering  power  as  are  found  in  white  lead  of  the  best 
quality.  For  this  purpose  white  lead  is  suspended  in  a  weak 
solution  of  lead  acetate,  and  this  mixture,  at  as  high  a 
temperature  as  possible,  is  passed  again  and  again  over 
surfaces  of  lead,  air  or  any  other  oxidising  medium  being 
at  the  same  time  admitted,  until  experience  or  analysis 
shows  the  white  lead  to  contain  the  true  proportion  of 
chemical  constituents.  The  apparatus  in  which  this 
operation  is  to  be  performed  cannot  be  understood  without 
the  drawings. — C.  O.  W. 


An  Improved  Manufacture  of  Material  applicable  as  a 
Blacking,  and  for  other  Purposes.  F.  Kagou,  Paris. 
Fng.  Pat.  8480,  May  16,  1891. 

The  invention  relates  to  a  compound  forming  a  base  where- 
with, by  the  addition  of  suitable  colouring  matter,  blacking 
and  other  similar  products  may  be  manufactured.  The 
compound  is  composed  of  the  following  ingredients : — 
Tallow,  1  part ;  ordinary  pine  rosin,  9  ;  carbonate  of  soda, 
6  ;  water,  6.  The  tallow  and  rosin  are  first  melted  together 
in  a  boiling  pan,  then  the  soda  and  water  are  added  whilst 
diligently  stirring.  The  compound  so  obtained  may  also 
lie  used  as  a  soap,  wax  substitute,  or  liuseed  oil  substitute. 
— C.  O.  W. 

Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  of  Paints  and  Varnishes, 
and  in  the  Treatment  of  Materials  in  connection  therewith, 
H.  Taylor,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  3142,  February  17,  1892. 

The  invention  consists  in  the  treatment  of  rosins,  pitches, 
bitumens,  or  gums  in  a  melted  state  with  from  5  to  10  per 
cent,  of  fresh  slaked  lime. — C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  in  Painting  Creosoted  Poles,  and  other 
Articles.  J.  Hughes,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  5139, 
March  16,  1892. 

Telegraph  and  telephone  poles  and  similar  articles  which 
have  been  previously  treated  with  creosote,  are  coated 
with  a  solution  of  half  a  pound  of  shellac,  and  one  to  two 
ounces  of  camphor  in  a  gallon  of  methylated  spirit.  When 
dry  the  poles  are  painted  with  a  paint  which  must  be  mixed 
without  oil,  the  pigment  being  preferably  mixed  with  gold 
size  and  turpentine. — C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  White  Lead  and  in 
Apparatus  therefor.  W.  H.  James,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
5287,  March  17,  1892. 

In  carrying  out  this  invention  a  mixture  is  prepared  first 
containing  65  per  cent,  lead  carbonate,  and  35  per  cent, 
hydroxide  of  lead,  by  mixing  one  part  of  litharge  with 
from  one  to  one-and-a-half  parts  of  water,  and  with  from 
one-tenth  to  one  per  cent,  by  weight  of  acetic  acid,  esti- 
mated as  glacial.  This  mixture  is  well  agitated  and 
carbonic  acid  injected  into  it  at  a  temperature  of  from 
170°  to  210°  F.  The  white  lead  mixture  so  obtained, 
together  with  the  mother-liquor  or  with  the  addition  of 
water  is  slowly  agitated,  so  as  to  allow  the  coarser  particles 
to  settle,  when  the  supernatant  liquor  containing  the  finely 
divided  white  lead  is  separated  from  the  coarser  particles, 
filtered  and  dried  at  a  temperature  of  about  190°  to  210°  F. 


July  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


621 


The  carbonic  acid  gas  used  when  derived  from  lime 
kilns  is  purified  by  treatment  with  chlorine  and  subsequent 
washing  in  a  scrubber.  Or  carbonic  acid  gas  dissolved  in 
water  under  pressure  may  be  used.  The  apparatus  for 
carbouating  consists  of  a  horizontal  copper  cylinder,  fitted 
with  rotating  heaters  and  an  external  trough  connected 
with  the  interior  of  the  cylinder  by  means  of  perforations 
arranged  at  such  an  angle  that  the  carbonic  acid  enters 
the  cylinder  and  flows  iu  the  same  direction  as  the 
revolving  magma.  A  pump  is  used  to  force  the  gas  into 
the  cylinder.  For  the  filtration,  iron  filter-presses  and 
hydro-extractors  are  used,  covered  with  sheet  lead.  The 
drying  chambers  are  provided  with  superposed  endless 
bauds,  travelling  in  opposite  directions,  so  that  the  white 
lead  being  dried  falls  from  band  to  band. — C.  O.  W. 


A  Process  for  Waterproofing  all  kinds  of  Skins,  and 
Rendering  them  more  Durable.  F.  Kiegert,  St.  Joseph, 
Mo.,  U.S.A.     ling.  Pat.  5689,  March  23,  1892. 

See  under  XIV.,  page  324. 


XIY.-TAMING,  LEATHER,  QLUE,  AND 
SIZE. 

Index  of  Plants  capable  of  yielding  Tanning  Materials  : 
A  prize  essay.  F.  E.  Mafat.  Report  on  this  Essay.  R. 
Geigy.     Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  deMulhouse,  1892,  128—193. 

Algarobilla.  The  pods  of  different  species  of  Prosopis, 
containing  GO — 65  per  cent,  of  tannin  ;  imported  from  South 
America,  particularly  Chili. — Leguminosae. 

Arnica  {Arnica  montana.  Linn.).  This  grows  wild  in 
Switzerland  and  Germany ;  its  roots  and  flowers  contain  a 
tannin. — Compositae. 

Absinthe  {Artemisia  absinthum),  originally  an  Eastern 
plant,  has  long  been  grown  in  Europe  ;  its  leaves  contain  a 
tannin. — Composite. 

"  Armoise"  (Wormwood;  Artemesia  vulgaris.  Linn.). 
Wild  in  Europe;  its  leaves  contain  a  tannin. — Composite. 

Alder  (Betula  alnus.  Linn.).  In  Europe  Alnus  glutinosa 
and  Alnus  Jirma,  and  in  Japan  Alnus  firma,  are  indige- 
nous. The  bark,  leaves,  and  fruit  contain  13 — 15  per  cent, 
of  tannin  ;  the  36  per  cent,  given  by  some  authorities  may 
be  doubted.  The  Japanese  alder  contains  25  per  cent,  of 
tannin  and  colours  the  leather  but  little;  the  European 
alder  is  used  in  Russia  and  gives  a  deep  colour. — 
Betulacex. 

Aloes.  Different  species  of  Aquilaria ;  abundant  in 
Eastern  Asia.  The  tannins  of  these  plants  impart  a  peculiar 
odour  and  a  greenish-brown  colour  to  the  leather.  — 
Leguminosae  (sic). 

Aristolochia  (Aristolochia  rotunda.  Linn.).  Those  species 
which  produce  serpentary  root  are  V'irginian  ;  the  others 
flourish  in  central  France.  The  roots  contain  a  tannin. — 
Aristolochia;. 

"  Arbousier"  (Arbutus  unedo)  grows  in  Europe;  its 
leaves  are  used  for  tanning  in  Asia-Minor  and  contain  as 
much  as  36' 4  per  cent,  of  tannin. — Ericaceae. 

"  Airellc-myrtille  "  (Vaccinium  myrtillns.  Linn.).  This 
plant,  more  commonly  known  as  bilberry,  is  abundant  in 
France,  Germany,  and  England.  Its  tannin  is  rapid  in  its 
action  and  3' 5  kilos,  of  the  dried  and  ground  plant  will 
make  1  kilo,  of  sole  leather  in  a  short  time.  The  plant  is 
best  pruned  like  sumac,  the  leaves  are  not  affected  by 
moisture  when  gathered,  which  cannot  be  said  of  oak  bark. 
- — Ericaceae. 

Alcornoque  (Bowdichia  virgilioides.  Humboldt),  is 
South  American ;  the  root,  wood,  bark,  and  leaves  contain 
tannin. — Leguminosa;. 


Acacia.  Various  species  of  acacia  yield  the  fruit  or 
pods  known  as  balibabalah,  cassia  grains  ("  graine  de 
cassier  "),  bablah,  neb-neb,  and  Indian  pods  ("goussesde 
l'lnde).  Bablahs  were  first  imported  into  Europe  in  1830 
as  a  mordant ;  the  percentage  of  tannin  in  them  is  from 
25 — 32,  according  to  species.  The  exporting  countries  are 
India,  Egypt,  Nubia,  Syria,  Arabia,  Senegal,  and  Mauritius. 
Acacia  extract  contains  a  strong  free  acid,  a  tannin 
analogous  to  that  of  nut  galls,  and  a  large  quantity  of  a 
calcium  salt. — Leguminosa'. 

Artichoke  (Cynara  scolymus.  Linn.)  ;  leaves  and  stem 
are  astringent. — Composite. 

Aya-pana.  This  is  from  three  species  of  Eupatorium, 
viz  :  ayapana,  dalea,  and  uromatisans,  growing  in  Brazil, 
Jamaica,  and  Cuba  respectively ;  the  leaves  are  rich  in 
tannin.—  Composita'. 

Apricot  (Prunus  armeniaca.  Linn.)  contains  tannin 
in  leaves  and  bark. — Rosaceae. 

Almond  (Amygdalus  communis.  Linn.)  is  indigenous  in 
Africa,  and  cultivated  in  the  middle  of  France,  Italy,  and 
Spain.     Its  leaves  are  astringent. — Rosaceae. 

Agremonia  cupatoria.  Linn,  has  astringent  leaves 
and  flowers ;  it  is  wild  in  most  European  countries. — 
Rosacea". 

Andromeda.  Several  species  grow  in  Lapland  and  North 
America,  where  they  are  known  as  "  sour-tree."  The  wood 
contains  4 — 8  per  cent,  and  the  leaves  1 0  per  cent,  of  tannin. 
■ — Ericaceae. 

Andira.  Several  species  yield  bark  containing  8 — 10 
per  cent,  of  tannin  ;  they  flourish  in  South  America,  Brazil, 
Guiana,  Santa-Fe-de-Bogota,  Antilles,  Cuba,  Haiti,  Jamaica, 
and  Surinam. — Leguminosae. 

Mahogany  (Ccdrela  odorata.  Linn.)  yields  bark  con- 
taining tannin. — Cedrelace;e. 

Birch  contains  a  tannin  in  wood,  bark,  and  leaves  which 
colours  iron  salts  green.  Davy  gives  1  •  675  per  cent,  as  the 
tannin  contents,  Villon,  3  per  cent.,  Fraas,  5-32  per  cent. — 
Betulaceoe. 

Bcnnet  (Geum  urbanum.  Linn.)  is  wild  iu  Central  and 
Southern  Europe  ;  its  roots,  leaves,  and  flowers  are  astrin- 
gent, and  according  to  Tromsdorff  contain  42  per  cent,  of 
tannin  free  from  gallic  acid ;  others,  however,  give  4  per 
cent,  in  the  whole  plant. — Kosace;e. 

"  Bois  jaune"  (Morus  tinctoria.  Linn.),  Old  Fustic, 
contains  moritannic  acid,  which  colours  ferric  salts  green. 
— Moraceae. 

Bistort  (Polygonum  bistortd)  contains  in  its  roots,  stem, 
flowers,  and  leaves  "  bistortannic  acid "  and  a  yellow 
colouring  matter  assimilable  by  hides ;  it  haunts  the  marshy 
land  of  Southern  France. — Polygonaeeae. 

"  Behen  rouge"  (Statice  latifolia.  Smith)  grows  in 
Persia,  the  Caucasus,  &c.  Its  roots  are  used  in  Southern 
Russia  as  tan  for  skins,  to  which  it  imparts  a  dull,  ochreous, 
red  colour. — Plumbaginacea;. 

Buranhem  (Chrysophyllum  glycyphlocum.  Cararetti) 
furnishes  the  bark  known  as  monesia  or  mohica,  and 
grows  in  Brazil,  where  an  extract  is  exported  for  thera- 
peutical purposes;  Payeu  gives  7-5  as  the  percentage  of 
tannin  found  in  one  sample.  The  tannin  of  this  bark 
colours  leather  deep  brown. — Sapotaccae. 

Briars  (Erica  arborea,  #•<:.)  of  which  there  are  about 
400  species,  grow  chiefly  in  Southern  Africa,  and  contain 
tannin. — Ericaceae. 

Star-Anise  (Illicium  anisatum.  Linn.)  from  India, 
China,  and  the  Philippine  Islands,  contains  tannin  in  its 
fruit. — Magnoliaceae. 

"  Bois  doux "  (Inga  vera,  lfc.~)  is  a  tree  of  Mexico, 
Guadeloupe,  and  the  Indies,  where  it  is  known  as  cooroo- 
eoopully  ;  its  wood  and  bark  are  tanniferous. — Leguminosae. 

Bauhinia  (Bauhinia  variegata)  grows  in  the  Antilles 
and  Central  America ;  its  wood  and  hark  contain  tannin. 
Leguminosae. 

Bearberry  (Arbutus  uva-ursi.  Linn.)  grows  in  France, 
Italy,  Spain,  and  Russia,  and  contain  14  per  cent,  of  tannin 
in  its  leaves,  according  to  some  authorities,  and  36 '4  per 
cent,  according  to  others. — Ericaceae. 

Box  (Buxus  sempervirens)  contains  a  mean  of  6  per 
cent,  tannin  in  wood  and  bark. — Euphorbiacea;. 


622 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30, 1893. 


Bamboo  (Bamhusa  arundinacea.  Retz)  is  Iuaian  and 
Chinese,  ami  is  used  in  those  countries  for  tanning  skins. — 
(iraminacere. 

Bancoul  (Croton  moluccanum.  Linn.)  originally  came 
from  the  Moluccas,  and  is  now  in  Ceylon,  Reunion, 
and  Madagascar;  in  Tahiti  it  is  used  as  a  tan-stuff. 
—  Euphorbiacea;. 

"JJois  de  natte"  (Mimusops  balatii)  grows  in  South 
America:  it  colours  leather  red. — Sapotaceae. 

"  Bois  >h  fer  "  (Sideroxylon  cinerecum)  is  used  for 
tanning  in  Peru  ;  it  imparts  a  red  colour  to  the  leather. 
— Sapotacese. 

Oak  (guercus).  Ihere  are  70 — 80  species  of  oak,  com- 
prising 275  varieties,  about  half  of  which  inhabit  the  old 
world  and  half  the  new  world.  The  hard  oak  dominates  in 
Europe,  ami  of  its  two  varieties  Quei'ctts  pedunculata  and 
Quercus  sessilifloi'a,  the  latter  has  the  bark  which  is  richer 
in  quercitannic  acid.  Of  other  oaks,  the  following  are 
given: — Q.  tauza,  8  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  its  bark; 
Q.  cm-is  (hairy-cupped  oak"),  10  per  cent,  of  tannin  in 
bark;  Q.  ilex  (evergreen  oak),  10  per  cent,  of  tannin  in 
bark  :  (,>.  suber  (cork  oak),  10  percent,  of  tannin  in  bark  ; 
Q.  ballota,  10  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  bark;  (J.  mirbe/ti, 
12  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  bark  ;  Q.  coccifera  (kermes  oak), 
15    per   cent,    of   tannin  in  bark;    Q.    wyilops    (valonia), 

8  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  bark  ;  (J.  infectoria  :  (J.  glomerata 
(Russian  oak).  The  above  are  African  and  European. 
Of  American  oaks  may  be  mentioned: — Q.  tiVm  (white 
oak),  7  •  85  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  bark  ;  Q.  tinctoria  (black 
oak),  6 -47  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  bark  ;  Q.  rubra  (red oak), 
5'55  percent,  of  tannin  in  bark  :  0-  coccinea  (scarlet  oak). 
7-78  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  bark.  It  may  be  generally 
stated  that  oak  bark  contains  from  7  to  18  per  cent,  of 
quercitannic  acid,  while  the  wood  and  leaves  contain 
5 — 7  per  cent.  A  table  showing  the  percentage  of  tannin 
in  different  parts  of  the  anatomy  of  oaks  is  given. — 
Cupulifera .-. 

Chestnut  ( ( 'astanea  vesca),  abundant  in  southern  Europe 
and  North  America ;  the  wood  contains  68  per  cent,  of 
water  when  felled,  13  per  cent,  three  months  after  felling, 
the  bark  being  left  on,  and  35  per  cent,  five  months  after 
sawing  and  stripping.  The  wood  and  bark  contain  from 
4  to  12  per  cent,  of  tannin  (casteneataunic  acid).  — 
Cupulifera. 

Hornbeam  (Carpinus  betulus.  Linn.)  is  European  and 
North  American ;  the  wood,  bark,  and  leaves  contain 
2-084  per  cent,  of  tannin. — Cupuliferae. 

Cornelian  cherry  (Cornus  mascula,  dogwood)  grows  in 
Europe,  especially  France ;  its  bark,  leaves,  and  fruit  contain 
19 '9  per  cent,  of  tannin  according  to  Gassincourt,  and  8 — 

9  per  cent,  in  the  bark  according  to  some  other  analysts. — 
Cornaceae. 

Hazel  (Corylus  avellana.  Linn.)  contains  in  wood,  bark, 
and  leaves  2-916  per  cent,  of  tannin. — Cupulifera.-. 

//unlock  (Conium  maculatum)  contains  tannin  in  its 
leaves. — 1  "mbellifene. 

Carob  (Ceratonia  siliqua.  Linn.)  grows  in  Spain,  Italy, 
France,  Algiers,  and  Egypt.  Its  fruit  (St.  John's  bread) 
contains  50 — 55  per  cent,  of  tannin. — Leguminosa). 

Cistus  creticus  grows  in  Spain,  Crete,  and  Candia,  and 
has  astringent  leaves. — Cistacae. 

Bignonia  copaia,  or  Caroba,  is  grown  in  South  America, 
and  is  used  as  a  tanning  agent  under  the  name  Jacaranda ; 
the  tannin  resides  in  its  bark  and  leaves. — Bignoniacae. 

Carob  of  Judsea  (Pistacia  terebintUus,  Linn.)  grows  in 
the  Levant,  and  gives  rise  to  horn-shaped  galls  which 
contain  25  per  cent,  of  tannin,  and  are  called  "  caroubes." 
— Anaeardiaeae. 

Cypress  (Cupressus  sempervirens.  Linn.)  contains  tannin 
in  bark  and  cones. — (  oniferae. 

"  Contrayerca  "  (Dorstenia  hrasiliensis)  is  Peruvian  and 
has  astringent  roots. — Moraceac. 

'  'onocarpus  arborea  and  C.  racemosa.  "West  Indies  and 
Brazil ;  its  bark  and  fruit  contain  tannin.  Its  indigenous 
name  is  "  mangle." — Combretacc.r. 

Catechu.  The  brownish  red  catechu  of  Bengal  is  the 
exudation  from  the  Acacia  catechu.  The  Bombay  brown 
catechu  is  from  the  Areca  catechu  —  the  areca  palm. 
Gambier  is  the  extract  from  the  leaves  of  I'ncaria  gambier. 


To  Bengal  catechu  have  been  ascribed  of  tannin  54  -5  per 
cent.  (Davy),  38-2  per  cent.  (Kenard),  and  4S  per  cent. 
(Villon).  To  Bombay  catechu,  48-5  per  cent.  (Davy), 
54-4  per  cent.  (Kenard),  and  55  per  cent.  (Villon ).  To 
gambier,  58  percent.  (Davy),  33 — 10  per  cent.  (Kenard), 
and  65  -  79  per  cent.  (Villon).  Catechuitanuic  acid  (mimo- 
tannic  acid)  colours  iron  salts  green. 

Cinnamon  (Lauras  rinnamomum,  &c.)  The  several 
species  of  this  plant  contain  tannin. — Lauracete. 

Centaury  (Erythr  m  centaurium),  common  in  Europe,  is 
astringent. — t  lelltianaca-. 

(Joffee  (Coffea  ardbica  and  C.  mauritana)  contains 
caft'eo-tanuie  acid  which  colours  iron  salts  green. — Rubiacea:. 

(  'herry.  Wild  cherry  (Ccrasus  avium.  Linn.)  is  in- 
digenous in  Europe  and  contains  10  pier  cent,  of  tannin  in 
its  bark.  The  other  varieties  also  contain  tannin. — 
Rosacea:. 

Service  tree  (Pyrus  sorbus  and  /'.  domestical  contains 
tannin  in  wood,  bark,  leaves,  and  fruit. — Rosacea'. 

Ganaigre  (  Rumex  hymenoepalum.  Linn.)  grows  wild  in 
the  marshy  lands  of  tin-  south-east  of  the  United  States  ;  it*- 
bulbs  contain  20 — 24  per  cent,  of  tannin.  Most  other 
varieties  of  rumex  also  contain  tannin. — Polygonac 

Paraguay  acacia  {Cumpay)  of  South  America  contains 
16 — 20  per  cent,  of  "  cumpatannic  "  acid. — Leguminosae. 

Carapa  yields  a  light,  reddish,  coarse-grained  wood,  and 
its  bark  contains  I — 8  per  cent,  of  tannin.  It  is  found  in 
Guiana. — Cedrelaceae. 

Toothwort  {Plumbago  europsa.  Linn.)  contains 
tannin  in  its  roots. — Plumbaginaceac. 

Divi-divi  i  Ctesalpinia  coriarid)  chiefly  from  Mexico  and 
Venezuela  contain-  ellagitannic  acid  to  the  extent  of  30— 
45  per  cent. ;  it  imparts  a  reddish-brown  colour  to  leather. 
— -Leguminosae. 

Dog-rose  (Rosa  canina.  Linn.)  has  astringent  leaves 
and  fruit. — Rosacea'. 

Maple. — The  many  varieties  of  this  plant  contain  tannin  ; 
16  per  cent,  is  given  by  Kenard  for  the  tannin  in  wood  and 
bark,  but  only  2 '28  per  cent,  as  an  average  by  Davy. — 
Aceraceie. 

Eucalyptus  ( Eucalyptus  resinifera)  is  used  in  New 
Caledonia,  where  it  grows,  a,  a  tanning  agent  ;  the  tannin 
in  its  leaves  is  estimated  at  10 — 12  per  cent. — Leguminosae. 

Ebony  ( Viospyros).  The  bark  of  some  species  contains 
16 — 18  per  cent,  of  taunin  and  is  used  in  Peru,  Brazil,  and 
Japan  for  tanning. — Ebenaceas. 

Fustic,  young  (Rhus  cotinus.  Linn.)  grows  in  Southern 
Europe,  and  contains  a  tannin  which  colours  iron  salts 
olive  green. — Terebinthaceae. 

Spir.ra  (S.  filipendula.  Linn.)  has  astringent  flowers 
and  roots. — Rosacea). 

Fern.  The  varieties  of  Fili.r  mas  contain  a  tannin  which 
colours  iron  salts  green  aud  is  called  "  tilixitannic  acid." — 
Filices. 

Strawberry  (Frarjaria  vesca.  Linn.)  The  flowers  and 
roots  are  astringent. — Rosaceae. 

Ash  (  Fraxinus  excelsior.  Linn.)  contain  3'324  percent, 
of  tannin  in  wood,  bark,  leaves,  and  sap,  according  to  Davy. 

—  Oleaceae. 

Pomegranate  (Pnnica  granalum).  The  bark  of  this  tree 
was  used  by  the  ancients  as  a  tanning  agent  under  the  name 
"  malicorium  "  ;  Davy  attributes  18'8  percent,  of  tannin 
to  it.  The  shell  of  the  fruit  contains  22 — 25  per  cent,  of 
tannin,  and  is  used  for  tanning  in  Japan  ;  the  wild  pome- 
granate contains  46  per  cent,  of  tannin. — Granateae. 

Budica  bucera  (eombretacea'),  Globularia  alypum  (wild 
senna),  Teucrium  (labiate), .PshKmb  pomiferum  (myrtaci  ae ) 
Caryophyllus  aromaticus  (the  clove  tret — Myrtaceae),  and 
Geranium  are  astringent  plants  containing  taunin. 

Madder  runt  (Rubia  tinctorium)  contains  rubitannic  acid 
and  Galium  verum  (cheese  rennet)  contains  gallotanuic 
acid. — Rubiaci •  - 

"  Gonahie"  (Acacia  andansonii),  or  redgum,  yields  very 
tanniferous  fruit,  which  is  used  as  a  tannage  in  West  Africa. 

—  Leguminosae. 

"  Gonzalo  aloes"  (Astronium  fra.rini folium)  is  used  as 
a  tannage  in  South  America,  and  called  "gateodo  "  or  cat- 
wood. — Terebinthacea). 


July  80. 1898.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


023 


Beach  (  Fagus  syloatica.  Linn.)  contains  2  per  cent, 
of  tannin  ;  its  bark  is  used  in  Persia  for  tannage.— 
Cupulifera. 

Hap  (hamulus  lupulus.  Linn. — Oannabinaee;e)  contains 
•I  per  cent,  of  tannin. 

"  Icettc  "  (lal)iata').  ipecacuanha  (rubiaeea1),  jacaranda 
(bignoneacea.1, — used  in  South  America  for  tanning),  and 
buckthorn  (rltamnus. — Jihamnacea1)  are  tanniferous.  The 
last  named  contains  "  ziziphotannic  acid  "  in  its  bark,  which 
is  used  for  tannage  in  Persia.  Khaya  (cedrelacca.1) 
contains  "  kliayatannic  acid." 

Kino  is  the  dried  exudation  or  extract  of  several  plants 
of  which  the  principal  are: — Peterocarpus  eriiiaccus 
(Africa),  Butea  froudosa  and  B.  superba  (X.  India), 
Ptcrocarpusmursnpinm(\e.XvA),  coccolaba  urifcra( Jamaica ), 
and  Rhizophora  mangle  or  mangrove  (Mexico),  whose  leaves 
contain  IS — 20  per  cent,  of  tannin ;  the  first  four  are 
leguminosa;.  Kino  contains  45 — 55  per  cent,  of  "  cocco- 
tannic  acid." 

Mastic  (  Pistacia  lentiscus.  Linn). — The  leaves  and 
bark  contain  10 — 12  per  cent,  of  tannin:  used  for  tanning 
buffalo  skins  in  certain  countries. — Terebinthacese. 

ifamtbium  vulgare,  common  horehouud,  is  astringent. — 
Labiate. 

Mango  (Mangifera  indica. — Tcrebinthaeeae)  contains 
tannin  in  bark  and  leaves  (20 — 22  per  cent.). 

Mulberry  (Minus  nigra"). — The  bark  of  some  species  is 
used  in  Persia  as  a  tannage. — Moraeea'. 

Myrtle  (Myrtus  communis.  Linn. — Myrtacea;)  has 
astringent  bark,  berries,  and  leaves.  Celtis  australia 
t  I'lmacea')  contains  G  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  its  wood. 
St.  John's  wort  (Hypericum  perforatum.  Linn. — Hyperi- 
caeese)  has  astringent  flowers.  Malpighia  altissime, 
Antilles  cherry,  has  tanniferous  bark  which  is  used  as 
tannage  at  Guadeloupe. 

Mimosa. — The  mimose.v  include  a  great  many  varieties 
of  acacia ;  the  most  valuable  bark  is  from  Tasmania  ;  the 
Australian  produce  contains  25  per  cent.  (.-1.  cyanophylla) 
— 45  per  cent.  (A.  pyenantha)  of  tannin  ;  A.  sentis  (6'32 
per  cent.)  and  A.  binervata.  (30'40  per  cent.)  are  from 
New  South  Wales. 

Mi/rubolans,  the  fruits  of  several  species  of  Terminalia 
(eombretacea1)  ;  their  contents  of  tannin  are  variously 
given,  18-2  per  cent,  and  52  per  cent,  being  the  extremes  ; 
Loewe  asserts  the  invariable  presence  of  ellagic  acid 
(C„H10O10). 

Galls  are  classified  as  European  and  Asiatic ;  of  the 
latter  there  are  Levant  galls  and  Aleppo  galls.  The  Levant 
galls  contain  77-42  per  cent,  of  gallotanuic  acid  (Midler)  ; 
the  Aleppo  galls  contain  60 — 6G  per  cent.  (Fehling). 
Villon  gives  the  following  for  Aleppo  and  Levant  galls  : — 
Iilack,  37 — 41  per  cent.;  green,  53 — 60  per  cent.;  white, 
50 — 65  per  cent.  For  Smyrna  galls  he  gives  : — Black, 
33 — 37  per  cent.;  green,  53 — 60  per  cent;  white,  60 — 63 
per  cent.  Renard  gives  33 — 60  per  cent,  as  a  mean  of  all 
three  kinds.  Mierzinsky  gives  60 — 66  per  cent,  as  a  mean. 
Of  Euiopeau  galls  those  of  Morea  and  Istria  are  the  best, 
and  have  some  40  per  cent,  of  gallotanuic  acid ;  Italian  and 
Hungarian  galls  follow,  and  those  of  Germany  and  France 
are  least  important.  French  galls  contain  9 — 10  per  cent, 
of  tannin ;  German  galls,  according  to  Villon,  contain 
18 — 19  per  cent,  of  solubleand  13  — 14  per  cent,  of  insoluble 
tannin.  Chinese  and  Japanese  galls  are  from  plants 
belonging  to  the  terebinthaeeic,  viz.,  Rhus  semialata  in 
China  and  Dystilium  race/nosum  in  Japan  ;  69  per  cent,  is  the 
mean  of  the  many  versions  which  have  been  given  of  the 
tannin  in  Chinese  galls.  Hungarian  galls  or  "  knoppern  " 
are  from  oaks,  and  contain  from  20  to  35  percent,  of  tannin. 
Bassorah  galls  are  from  an  oak  and  contain  57  per  cent,  of 
L'allotannic  acid  according  to  Kathreiner,  Kitner,  and  others. 
Renard  gives  27  per  cent,  and  Villon  30  per  cent.,  of  which 
3  per  cent,  is  difficultly  soluble.  Bokhara  galls  are  from 
the  Indian  tamarisk  (terebinthace;c)  ;  their  percentage  of 
tannin  has  been  variously  given  from  26  per  cent,  to  50  per 
cent.     Carob  of  Judaea,  see  above. 

Water-lily  (Ngmphre  alba,  N.  lutea).  The  roots  contain 
tannin  according  to  Morin,  who  called  it  "  nuphartannic 
acid." — Xymphacea;. 


Walnut  (Juglans  regia.  Jnglandacex),  medlar  (Mes- 
pilus  germanica.  Rosacea;),  and  areca-nut  (Areca  catechu. 
Linn. — Palmaceae),  which  is  used  in  Japan  for  tanning, 
arc  all  tanniferous. 

Elm  (  Vlmus  campestris)  contains  1  •  9  per  cent,  of  tannin 
1   in  its  bark  according  to  Davy  and,  7  —8  per  cent,  according 
to  Villon. — Moraeea-. 

Nettles  (I'rlica  mens.  [TrticaceaO  and  oliee  (Olea 
europea.     Oleaeea;)  are  tanniferous. 

Osier  (Sali.c  oiminnlis)  contains  7 — 10  per  cent,  of 
tannin  in  its  bark,  which  is  largely  used  in  Northern  Russia. 
— Salicacca'. 

Orange  and  citron  barks  are  used  in  Persia  for  tannage. 
Osyris  leaves  (Osyris  compfessd)  contain  17  per  cent,  of 
tannin,  called  by  Villon  "  osyristannie  acid." 

Onager  (CEnothera biennis.  Onagracea1)  and  Australian 
yellow-wood  (Oxleya  xanthoxyla.  ('cdralacc.c)  are  tanni- 
ferous, the  latter  being  used  in  the  Transvaal.  Of  the 
various  species  of  poplar  (Papains.  Salicacea?)  the  Italian 
contains  3 — 3  '125  per  cent,  of  "  salicitannic  acid;"  the 
bark  of  the  shaking  poplar  contains  5-80  percent,  of  tannin 
in  spriog  (Midler). 

Plantain  (JPlantagd)  is  tanniferous,  and  pyrethrum 
(Pyrethrum  aut/icmis.  Linn.  ( lompositai !,  which  is  wild 
in  Persia,  Africa,  &c,  contains  O- 55  per  cent,  of  tannin  in 
its  roots.  Prunus  spinosa  (rosacea;)  is  wild  in  France, 
and  contains  3 '33  per  cent,  of  tannin,  llumc.r  acutus. 
(Linn.  Polygonacae),  potenlilla  (rosacea1),  periwinkle 
(Vinca  major.  Apocynacea:),  persicaria  (polygonacese), 
cals\foot  ((inaphalium  dioicum.  Linn.  Senecoideas),  lion's 
foot  (Alchimilla  vulgaris.  Linn.  Rosacea1),  Potcrium 
sanguisorba.  Linn.  (Kosacea1),  Equisitum  hyemale  (rough 
horsetail.  Equisetaceie),  and  Lichen  pulmonarius.  Linn, 
(lichenes)  are  minor  tanniferous  plants. 

Persea  gratissima  or  Lauras  persea  (lauraeea1),  the 
alligator  pear  of  S.  America,  and  plane  ( platinacetc)  yield 
bark,  and  cocoa-nut  palm  (Cocas  nucifera.  Palmare, c) 
yields  wood,  which  are  used  as  tannage  in  the  native 
countries  of  the  respective  trees. 

Quebracho  (  Aspidospermum  quebracho)  ( terebiuthacca;) 
comes  from  nearly  all  the  Eastern  States  of  South  America 
(source  of  aspido-spermine)  ;  red  quebracho  contains  16 — 22 
per  cent,  of  "  aspido-spertaunic  acid,"  while  white 
quebracho  only  contains  10 — 11  per  cent.  The  author 
points  out  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  quebracho 
(cjuebr-colorado)  as  a  tanning  agent.  At  the  Paris  Exhibition 
of  1867  leather  tanned  with  quebracho  was  shown  for  the 
first  time  in  Europe,  and  in  1874 — 75  the  utility  of  this  wood 
became  recognised  in  France.  In  whatever  form  quebracho 
wood  is  to  be  used  exposure  to  air  should  be  avoided  as 
much  as  possible  ;  a  sample  which  had  a  titre  of  20  per 
cent,  of  tannin  when  freshly  cut  was  found  to  contain  only 
16  per  cent,  after  six  months'  storage. 

Quillaia  bark  (rosacea;)  is  from  Peru  and  Chili,  and  is 
used  in  Germany  for  making  an  extract  (for  Saponin). 

Cinchona  (rubiacea1).  Of  this  there  are  live  varieties, 
namely  :  Grey,  red,  yellow,  wThite,  and  false.  The  tannin 
of  the  bark  is  called  "  cinchotaunic  acid." 

Red  rhatany  (Krameria  triandra.  Polygalacea')  grows 
in  Argentina,  Brazil,  Chili,  and  Alsace;  its  bark  contains 
"  rhataniatannic  acid."  The  dried  extract  is  difficultly 
distinguished  from  kino;  the  hark,  however,  contains 
42 '5  per  cent,  of  tannin  while  kino  averages  50  per  cent. 

Rhubarb  (Rheum p  alma  turn.  Linn.  Polygonacea;)  con- 
tains 9  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  its  roots  :  Blackberry  (rubus 
friiticosus.  Rosacea;)  contains  about  7  per  cent,  of  tannin 
in  its  flowers  and  leaves  ;  Rose  (rosacea;)  and  Rosemary 
(Rosmarinus  officinalis.     Labiata1)  are  tanniferous. 

Pine.  Under  this  heading  the  author  includes  the  genus 
Abies,  Pimis  and  Lari.r  of  the  coaifene.  The  bark  of  J 'inns 
picea  (Linn.)  contains  6 — 7  per  cent,  of  "  tannocortepi- 
tannic  acid."  Pinus  canadensis  (Linn.)  is  the  hemlock 
(white  spruce)  so  much  used  as  tannage  in  the  United 
States;  the  bark  contains  8 — 10  per  cent,  of  tannin.  The 
bark  of  Pinus  allies  (Linn.)  contains  7 — 8  per  cent,  of 
tannin.  Villon  found  25  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  the  inner 
bark  of  Pinus  alepensis,  3  or  4  per  cent,  in  the  outer  bark, 
and  7  per  cent,  in  the  cones.     A  table  of  percentages  of 


624 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [ July  30,  lsss. 


tannin  in  pine  of  different  ages,  &c.  is  showu,  and  as  a 
mean  of  all  pines  the  author  gives  8 '25  per  cent,  of 
"  pinitannic  acid." 

Larch  {Larix  europaa)  bark  contains  1'66  per  cent,  of 
tannin  according  to  Daw,  and  5  •  8  per  cent,  in  springtime 
according  to  Miiller.  There  is  no  tannin  in  the  wood  of 
any  of  the  conif.ii. 

Scilla  maritima  (sea  onion.  Liliacea:)  contains  20 — 25 
per  cent,  of  tannin  in  its  bulb  (squills). 

Sorghum  vulgare  is  tanniferous. 

Sumac  is  from  several  species  of  rhus  (terebenthacea1), 
of  which  fihtts  coriaria  is  the  chief ;  the  others  are  given 
in  detail  by  the  author,  but  complete  lists  of  this  common 
tanning  agent  are  fairly  numerous  (compare  Procter's  Test- 
Book  of  Tanning).  A  table  shows  that  the  percentage  of 
tannin  in  various  sumacs  is  from  10- — 28  •  2  per  cent. 

Tormentilla  reptans  and  T.  erecta  (Rosacea?),  wild  in 
the  Alps  and  Pyrenees  and  employed  as  tannage  in  the 
Faroe  Islands,  where  they  produce  a  red  leather.  They 
contain  tannin  in  the  flowers  and  roots  to  the  extent  of  31 
per  cent,  according  to  Bcnard  ("  tormentillo-tannic  acid  ") 
and  of  17  per  cent,  according  to  others. 

Paraguay  tea  or  mate  ([Ilex  paraguensis.  Rutacea) 
contains  7  per  cent,  of  "  yervamate-tannic  acid."  China 
tea  (  Thea  chinensis.  Ternotrceniiaceae)  has  been  much 
analysed;  the  mean  maybe  given  as  26 '85  per  cent,  of 
tannin  in  green  tea  and  26  ■  12  per  cent,  in  black  tea. 

Willow.  The  various  species  of  salix  (salicaceie)  contain 
tannin  in  the  bark  and  leaves ;  in  the  former  it  varies 
greatly,  1-4  per  cent,  and  16  per  cent,  being  given  in  a 
table.  The  author  urges  that  more  attention  be  paid  to 
willow  bark  by  tanners  ;  in  Russia  it  has  long  been  used. 

Mountain  ash  (Pyrus  aucuparia.  Rosacea:)  contains 
5 — 7  per  cent,  of  tannin  in  its  bark,  3 '5  per  cent,  in  its 
wood,  and  some  also  in  its  leaves  and  fruit. 

Simarouba  amara  (ltutacea1)  is  used  in  Guiana,  Cayenne, 
and  Venezuela  for  tannage  ;  Salmi  serrulata  or  Calamus 
draco  (Palmaceae)  contains  15  per  cent,  of  tannin  (Villon)  ; 
Tamarindus  indica,  Linn,  (leguminosa1)  is  used  as  tannage 
in  Venezuela  ;  Cassia  auriculata  or  Turwar  (Leguminosa1) 
is  employed  in  India. 

Weinmannia  macrostachia  (Verbenacea:),  a  tropical  plant 
known  as  red  tan,  common  lime  (Tilia  europaa.  Tiliacc), 
meadowsweet  (Spina  ulmaria.  Rosacea;),  Verbena  offici- 
nalis, or  vervain  (VerbenaeeBe),  and  veronica  (Scrophulari- 
acea:),  are  all  tanniferous  plants  of  well-known  habitat. 

Valonia,  Quercus  cegilops,  Q.  valonea  (Cupulifera?). 
These  well-known  acorn-cups  contain  from  25  to  45  per  cent, 
of  tannin.  The  main  varieties  are  Chamada,  33' 4  per  cent., 
Chamadina,  35  •  4  per  cent,  and  upwards,  Babdista,  30  per 
cent.,  and  Chandra  27  per  cent.  Powdered  valonia  is  poorer 
in  tannin  than  the  cups,  because  before  grinding  they  do 
not  completely  separate  bark  and  wood  chips.  A  table 
gives  the  percentages  of  tannin  according  to  different  autho- 
rities. 

In  addition  to  the  above  index  the  author  gives  a  list  of 
30  kinds  of  bark,  six  kinds  of  wood,  and  four  plants  which 
are  tanniferous.  but  have  not  been  used  ;  they  are  nearly  all 
of  tropical  growth. 

In  conclusion,  emphasis  i-  laid  on  the  necessity  for  con- 
sidering the  quality  of  the  tannin  with  reference  to  its 
influence  on  the  finished  leather,  as  well  as  its  available 
quantity,  in  a  tan-stuff  before  employing  it  as  a  tannage. 

The  report  on  this  essay  deals  particularly  with  a  portion 
of  it  which  is  not  here  published.  The  essayist  proposes  to 
utilise  the  waste  of  the  industries  which  use  wood  for 
cellulose  production  in  Alsace  by  making  tanning  extracts 
from  it.  The  reporter  points  out  that  the  cost  of  transport 
and  the  low  tannin  value  of  such  waste  renders  its  employ- 
ment as  fuel  far  more  profitable. — A.  G.  B. 


PATENTS. 

Improved  Means  far  Preserving  a  Solution  of  Tannin  anil 
keeping  it  from  Fermenting  or  changing  into  Gallic  Acid. 
W.  Crowther  and  J.  Crowther,  Dewsbury,  Yorkshire. 
Eng.  Pat.  9624,  June  6,  1891. 
The  objects  defined  in  the  title  are  effected  by  keeping  the 
tannin  liquor  at  or  about  40=  F.  The  source  of  eold  is  any 
refrigerating  machine,  and  the  conductor  is  a  brine  solution 
circulating  through  coils  of  pipes  in  the  vessels  or  tanks 
containing  the  liquor.  The  invention  is  applicable  to  any  of 
the  trades  or  manufactures  in  which  decoctions  of  tannin 
are  employed,  but  especially  to  the  dyeing  of  cotton  and 
other  vegetable  fibres,  and  wool.  An  advantage  of  the 
process  is  that  in  dyeing  mixed  fabrics  the  wool  does  not 
absorb  the  tannin  at  this  temperature  to  anything  like  the 
same  extent  to  which  it  does  so  at  higher  temperatures  ; 
thus  more  tannin  is  available  for  the  cotton,  and  the 
metallic  salts  used  in  the  subsequent  operation  do  not  affect 
the  wool,  which  is  consequently  softer  to  the  touch. 

—A.  G.  B. 

A  Method  of  ami  Means  for  rendering  Leather  and 
Leather  Goads  Waterproof  and  more  Durable. 
I'.  Riegert,  St.  Joseph,  Missouri,  t'S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
5687,  March  23,  1892. 

Five  parts  of  yellow  wax  are  melted,  at  a  temperature  of 
about  85° — 90°  C.,  in  a  vessel  which  can  be  closed.  Two 
parts  of  turpentine,  benzine,  or  other  spirit  are  then  added 
and  the  temperature  maintained  until  the  wax  is  dissolved. 
The  leather  is  immersed  in  this  solution  for  10  or  15 
minutes,  according  to  the  thickness  of  the  leather,  and  then 
subjected  to  pressure  or  blows. — A.  G.  B. 


Degras.  R.  Ruhsam.  Jahresb.  dor  Deutsch.  Gerberschule 
zn  Freiberg  i.  S.,  1891—1892,  3,  3—17.  (This  Journal, 
1891,  557,  1013.) 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  639. 


A  Process  for  Waterproofing  all  kinds  of  Skins  and 
Rendering  them  mare  Durable.  F.  Riegert,  St.  Joseph, 
Mo.,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  5G89,  March  23.  1892. 

The  skin  is  spread  on  a  metal  plate,  kept  at  a  temperature 

of  i(f — 50°  C'.,  and  to   its   "  inner   surface "   is  applied    a 

I   solution  of  india-rubber  in  "  benzine,"  such  as  is  known  in 

France  as  "gomme  du  bresil";  this   is  well  rubbed  in  and 

|   is  followed  by  a  dressing  of  "  dubbing,  grease,  or  oil  of  any 

I   suitable  description "  similarly  applied.     The  skin  is  then 

|   allowed  to  dry  for  a  short  time  and  finally  rubbed  with 

soap-powder.      Skins  that  are  rough  on  the  inner  side  mast 

be  scraped  or   rubbed  "  so  as  to  allow  the  india-rubber  to 

penetrate  the  pores  more  readily." — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  and  in  Apparatus  for  the  Treatment  nf 
Liquid  Gelatin  or  Glue  for  the  ultimate  Production  of 
Plates  or  Sheets  of  such.  W.  P.  Thompson.  From 
F.  A.  Wolff,  Heilbronn,  Wurtemburg,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  6416,  April  2,  1892. 

The  hot  liquid  gelatin  flows  from  a  reservoir  on  to  an 
endless  band  of  oil-eloth  the  edges  of  which  are  slightly 
turned  up  so  as  to  form  a  channel.  The  band  is  slowly 
moved  forward  by  revolving  pulleys  over  a  series  of  guide 
rollers,  which  keep  it  perfectly  horizontal,  and  on  its  return 
journey  it  is  twice  turned,  similarly  to  a  crossed  belt,  in 
order  that  the  gelatin  may  remain  on  the  top  surface;  it  is 
prevented  from  returning  by  the  guide  rollers.  This  band 
is  enclosed  in  a  box  through  channels  in  which  cold  air  is 
drawn  or  blown  in  such  a  manner  that  the  gelatin  may  have 
a  thorough  draught  of  air  passing  over  its  surface.  A 
scraper  strips  the  gelatin  from  this  baud  on  to  another 
endless  revolving  band  on  which  the  gelatin  is  cut  up  into 
pieces  of  the  required  size  by  a  revolving  knife.  The  pieces 
fall  on  to  the  drying  frames,  which  also  form  an  endless 
revolving  band.  The  whole  apparatus  is  illustrated  in  the 
specification.  The  thickness  of  the  sheets  is  regulated  by 
the  rate  of  flow  of  the  gelatin  on  to  the  band.  The  time 
necessary  for  turning  out  the  pieces  ready  for  drying 
depends  on  their  thickness;  10 — 20  minutes  is  said  to  be 
sufficient. — A.  G.  B. 


July  30, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


625 


An  Improved  Process  of  Tanning  Miles  for  making  Kid- 
leather.  W.  Zahu,  Newark,  Essex,  New  Jersey.  Eng. 
Pat.  7072,  April  12,  1892. 

100  lb.  of  well-prepared  hides  are  immersed  in  a  solution 
composed  of  5  lb.  of  bichromate  of  potash  and  2  lb.  of 
common  salt  dissolved  in  5  gals,  of  water,  to  which  are 
added  2j  lb.  of  commercial  hydrochloric  acid.  The  hides 
remain  in  this  solution  until  they  appear  to  be  well  soaked, 
which  generallj'  means  3 — 5  hours,  and  are  then  pressed. 
They  are  next  treated  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  "  either 
alone  or  in  conjunction  with  other  compounds,"  as  gas  or  in 
solution.  If  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen  be  applied  as  gas, 
the  hides  or  skins  are  suspended  in  a  chamber,  or  series  of 
chambers,  through  which  the  gas  is  passed,  the  finish  of  the 
process  being  indicated  by  the  change  of  the  yellow  colour 
to  bluish  green.  If  it  be  applied  in  solution  the  skins  are 
immersed  in  a  bath  composed  of  2  lb.  of  "  yellow  sulphuret 
of  potash  of  commerce  "  dissolved  in  12  gals,  of  water  ;  to 
this  bath  4  lb.  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  (1  :  5)  and,  after  a 
time,  another  pound  of  sulphuret  of  potash  are  slowly 
added.     Alum  may  be  used  in  this  bath  if  desired. — A.  G.  B. 


Improved  Manufacture  of  Substitute  for  Leather.     A.  J. 
Boult,   London.    From  A.   E.    Ebert,  Dresden-AItstadt, 

Saxony.     Eng.  Pat.  7698,  April  23,  1892. 

The  material  to  be  manufactured,  which  should  preferably 
be  hair-felt  containing  a  small  proportion  of  wool  and  free 
from  soluble  matter,  is  singed  by  a  hot-iron  plate  to  remove 
short  hairs  and  immersed  for  10  to  20  minutes,  according 
to  thickness,  in  a  vessel  containing  the  molten  impregnating 
material  and  kept  hot  over  a  low  tire.  The  pieces  of  felt 
must  be  thoroughly  dried  before  immersion  and  are  best 
handled  on  a  wire  frame.  The  impregnating  bath  is  pre- 
pared as  follows  :  —  "  One  part  of  ozokerite  or  cerasiu 
(mineral  wax)  is  melted,  and  to  this  are  added  two  parts 
of  melted  beef  or  mutton  dripping.  This  mixture  is  diluted 
by  the  addition  of  from  C  to  8  parts  of  varnish,  so  that  it 
acquires  the  consistency  of  a '  salve  or  pomade,  whereupon 
2  or  :i  parts  of  oxide  of  iron  are  added"  ;  the  addition  of 
about  \  per  cent,  of  oxide  of  manganese  is  sometimes 
advantageous.  "  This  mixture  is  now  mixed  with  5  parts 
of  asphalt."  Kesin  oil  may  be  added  to  increase  the 
fluidity  of  the  bath  if  required,  and  turpentine  oil  has  also 
been  found  to  be  advantageous  at  times.  After  immersion 
the  pieces  of  felt  are  spread  on  a  plate  and  the  excess  of 
liquid  pressed  out  by  a  roller.  The  sheets  are  then  pressed 
between  sheets  of  metal  covered  with  German  or  Frankfort 
black  and  moistened  with  water  to  prevent  adhesion. 
Calendering  between  rollers,  varnishing  with  asphalt 
varnish,  and  burnishing  with  brushes  conclude  the  manu- 
facture of  this  leather  substitute. — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  Tanning  Hides  and 
Skins.  H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  Durio  Brothers, 
Turin,  Italy.     Eng.  Pat.  8469,  May  4,  1892. 

Theory  and  custom  have  heretofore  forbidden  the  use  of 
tannin  liquors  of  a  very  high  degree  of  concentration, 
3° — 4°  B.  having  been  the  maximum  limit  allowed. 
According  to  the  patentee,  it  is  this  that  has  rendered 
nugatory  the  attempts  which  have  been  made  to  hasten  the 
tanning  process  by  drumming  or  fulling.  This  invention 
combines  the  use  of  a  rotating  drum  with  that  of  strong 
tannin  liquors.  The  drum,  or  fuller,  preferred  is  a  cask 
6|  ft.  inner  diameter  and  6:V  ft.  length,  capable  of  rotating 
on  its  own  axis ;  these  dimensions  will  serve  for  about 
10  to  12  cwt.  of  hides  or  skins.  The  cask  is  filled  to  within 
=j  in.  of  the  rotatory  axis  with  a  tannin  liquor  of  about 
V,\  II.,  made  from  any  good  extract;  the  hides  or  skins 
("  which  need  not  undergo  any  special  preliminary  prepara- 
tion, except  the  ordinary  unhairing,  fleshing,  and  puring, 
known  by  the  name  of  river  work  ")  are  introduced,  and  the 
cask  closed  and  rotated  at  about  HI  revolutions  per  minute. 
From  time  to  time  the  rotation  is  stopped  for  proofing  the 
liquor,  which  is  brought  back  according  to  requirement  not 
only  to  the  initial  density  but  to   a  slightly  higher  density 


by  the  addition  of  fresh  extract ;  in  this  way  the  liquor 
will  be  ready  for  a  new  batch  of  hides  when  the  first  is 
tanned.  Filtration  after  five  or  six  operations,  is,  however, 
recommended.  "  From  2  to  4  hours  are  sufficient "  for  the 
tanning  of  small  hides  or  skins,  such  as,  for  example,  those 
of  sheep  and  the  like,  and  from  20  to  30  hours  are  not 
exceeded  for  the  heavy  and  very  thick  bull  or  ox  hides  "  ; 
the  time  varies  by  reason  of  the  quality  of  the  hides. 
When  the  proofing  shows  that  no  more  tannin  is  being 
absorbed,  the  hides  are  removed  to  another  drum  and 
tumbled  in  "  water  with  tannin  liquor "  to  wash  away 
deposits  which  are  likely  to  have  been  produced  in  the 
strong  liquors. — A.  G.  B. 


XY.-MANURES,  Etc. 

The  Results   of  Chemical  Manuring.     Chemical  Trade  J., 
1892,  11,  2. 

A  series  of  experiments  have  been  made  during  the  past 
10  years  by  the  East  Suffolk  Chamber  of  Agriculture,  with 
a  view  to  gaining  some  reliable  evidence  as  to  the  advisability 
of  manuring  grass  lands  in  accordance  with  the  prevailing 
customs.  The  trials  were  made  at  Saxmuudham  on  poor 
heavy  land,  with  a  clay  subsoil.  The  manures  tried  were 
the  following  : — 


Manure. 


Quantity 
per  Acre. 


Cost  per 
Acre. 


Compound    manure,    containing    potash, 

phosphates,  nitrogen,  and  magnesia. 
Pure  dissolved  bones 

Superphosphate 

Gypsum 


Lb. 

424 

496 

1,044 

Cwt. 

32 


s.  d. 

25  6 

33  0 

33  0 

32  0 


The  following  table  shows  the  results  for  1891,  for  10 
years,  and  the  excess  over  unmanured  plots  on  the  average 
of  10  years  of  all  the  experiments  : — 


1891. 

Average  of  10  Years  1882—91. 

Manure. 

Yield 

per  Acre. 

Yield 
per  Acre. 

Excess 
over  Un- 
manured 
Plot. 

Value  of 
Excess. 

Pure  dissolved  bones. . . . 

Lb. 
4,312 

3,418 

3,225 

2,880 

8,106 

Lb. 
4,277 

3,608 

3,014 

3,387 

3,198 

Lb. 
1,263 

594 

375 
184 

£    s.    d. 
2    5    0 

110 

0  13    0 
0    6    6 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  compound  manure  was  the 
only  one  which  paid  for  its  use.  This  compound  was  made 
in  the  following  proportions  :  — 

Lb. 
Superphosphate  (containing  13'5  per  cent,  soluble 

H3P04) 106 

Muriate  of  potash 93 

Nitrate  of  soda 26 

Sulphate  of  ammonia 10 

Sulphate  of  magnesium 63 

Gypsum 106 

This  composition  gives  14"  5  lb.  of  ammonia,  48 '5  lb. 
of  potash,  and  14  •  5  lb.  of  phosphoric  acid  per  acre.  It 
will  be  noticed  also  that  this  mixture  is  largely  composed 


626 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [July  30,  isms. 


of  those  chemical  manures  which  in  themselves  were 
apparent  failures,  showing  that  the  fault  does  not  lie  with 
the  manures  so  much  as  with  the  want  of  judgment  in  their 
application.  In  order  to  assure  the  reliability  of  these  tesl  -. 
extensive  meteorological  observations  were  also  made  so  as 
to  witness  the  effect  of  the  weather  upon  the  crops  obtained. 
The  net  profit  in  the  case  of  the  compound  manure,  after 
allowing  for  the  cost  of  the  same,  amounts  to  1/,  per  acre. 


XVI.-SUGAK,  STAECH,   GUM,  Etc. 

On  the  Formation  of  Dexlrins.     P.  Petit.     Compt.   Rend. 
1892,  114,  76— 70. 

The  dcxtrins  which  are  prepared  by  Payen's  process 
(heating  starch  moistened  with  a  small  quantity  of  nitric 
acid,  to  10CT — 140  C.)  almost  invariably  reduce  Fehling's 
solution. 

The  author  undertook  to  examine  the  influence  of  time 
and  of  the  quantity  of  acid  employed,  on  starch  in  Payen's 
process  at  a  temperature  of  125  C.  The  resulting  product 
might  contain  unattaeked  starch,  glucose,  and  dextrin,  and 
an  estimation  of  these  substances  could  be  based  on  the 
following  facts  which  had  been  ascertained  by  using  known 
quantities  of  starch,  glucose,  and  of  a  non-reducing  dextrin. 
1st.  Water  at  40 — 50°  C.  fully  extracts  glucose  and  dextrin, 
and  the  starch  collected  on  a  weighed  filter  is  recovered 
completely.  2nd.  The  rotatory  power  of  the  solution  is  equal 
to  the  sum  of  the  rotatory  powers  of  the  glucose  and  of  the 
dextrin.  3rd.  On  fermenting  the  solution,  sterilising  it,  and 
adding  yeast,  it  is  found  that  the  decrease  of  rotatory  power 
exactly  corresponds  to  the  quantity  of  glucose  used.  The 
solution  does  not  further  reduce  any  Fehling's  solution. 
The  author's  results  are  given  in  the  following  table,  in 
which  the  quantity  of  substance  reducing  Fehling's  solution 
is  expressed  in  percentages  of  glucose  calculated  on  the 
dextriu  : — 


Per- 
centage 

Time  during  which  the  Starch 
was  heated. 

Una)  • 

Starch  per 
1  .  rm.  of 
Dextrin. 

of  Acid. 

1  Hour. 

2  Hours. 

3  Hours. 

4  Hours. 

11-2 

3-9 

5-06 

8-6 

2-8 

0  o  •; 

0-3 

7'2 

5-3 

8-« 

3-0 

0-002 

0-5 

7-3 

6-07 

4-2 

:;■! 

(mm 

0-8 

8-08 

II- 3 

4  .1 

ill 

Traces 

i-ii 

0-5 

7-1 

.VI 

4-5 

Traces 

From  these  results  the  following  conclusions  are  arrived 
at.  For  the  same  quantity  of  acid  the  reducing  power 
decreases  when  the  time  of  heating  increases  ;  whilst  for 
the  same  length  of  period  of  heating  the  reducing  power 
increases  with  the  amount  of  acid  used.  Other  experiments 
showed  that  for  the  same  amount  of  acid  the  reducing 
power  decreased  the  quicker  the  higher  the  temperature 
rose,  and  further  that  this  reducing  power  decreased  more 
rapidly  when,  for  the  same  quantity  of  acid  and  the  same 
length  of  time,  the  temperature  rose  more.  These  obser- 
vations explain  why  some  commercial  products  of  dextrin 
are  practically  non-reducing ;  for  the  manufacturers  heat 
the  starch  for  60  to  70  hours. 

The  variations  of  the  rotatory  power  give  analogous 
results. 

The  examination  of  the  dextrins  by  fermenting  them 
showed  that  all  dextrins  prepared  by  Payen's  process  contain, 
besides  small  quantities  of  glucose,  a  quantity  of  a  non- 
fermentable  substance  which  reduces  Fehling's  solution. 
The  author  conjectures  that  this  substance  is  a  product  of 
the  oxidation  of  the  starch  by  nitric  acid  and  has  the 
properties  of  an  aldehyde. — J.  L. 


I  i  fetation  of  the  Vine.    L.  Poos  and  F.  Thomas. 
Compt.  Rend.  1892, 114,  593. 

See  under  XVII., 


,  page  627. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  In  the  Treatment  of  Saccharine  Solution': 
which  have  been  Boiled  to  the  Granular  Stole.  J.C. 
Mewburn,  London.  From  "  The  Maschinenfabrik  Greven- 
broich,"  Grevenbroich.  Germany.  Kng.  Pat.  8510,  May 
19,  1891. 

Instead  of  using  the  syrup  (and  smaller  crystals)  which 
pass  through  the  centrifugal  machine  for  boiling  into  inferior 
products  as  heretofore,  it  is  run  into  the  vacuum  pan  at  the 
end  of  the  next  granulation.  The  mixture  so  obtained  is 
cooled  and  crystallised  either  in  barrels,  vessels,  or  vats 
provided  with  agitators  ;  the  surplus;  syrup  after  the  sub- 
sidence of  its  fine  crystals  or  crystal  meal  is  drawn  off,  and 
is  subsequently  boiled  as  second  product. — A.  P.  h. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  and  a  Method  of  Manu- 
facturing Sugar.  K.  Urokhoff,  Aix-la-Chapelle,  Ger- 
many.   Eng.  Pat.  6160,  March  30,  1892. 

Tins  invention  relates  more  especially  to  improvements  in 
apparatus  of  the  kind  described  in  the  specification  of  the 
Patents  Xo.  13,084,  Sept.  10,  1888  (this  .journal,  1889,  Slii) 
and  No.  7517,  May  4,  1889  (this  Journal  1890,  529). 
Instead  of  an  elevated  \essel  for  the  cleare  or  refining  liquor, 
a  pump  is  used  in  conjunction  with  an  air  vessel  and  valve 
to  keep  the  pressure  constant.  Instead  of  the  usual  round 
mould  basket  a  removable  octagonal  mould  basket  is  used. 

—A.  L.  S. 


XVII.-BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

On  the  Use  of  Hydrofluoric  Acid  and  Fluorides  in  Dis- 
tilleries as  proposed  by  Effront.  Report  by  Camille 
Vincent.  Ilul.  Ssoc.  d'Eucouragement  Iud.  Nat.  6  [72], 
G42— 045. 

The  transformation  of  starchy  matters  into  alcohol  is,  as  is 
well  known,  only  a  partial  one  and  as  a  rule  only  80  per 
cent,  of  the  available  starch  is  used  up  ;  about  3  per  cent, 
escape  the  saccharification  altogether;  moreover,  during  the 
fermentation  of  the  worts  various  organic  acids  and  other 
products  are  formed. 

Pasteur  lias  established  the  fact  that  in  every  normal 
alcoholic  fermentation  about  7  per  cent,  of  the  fermentable 
matter  yields  glycerol  and  succinic  acid,  or  serves  to  repro- 
duce yeast ;  it  therefore  follows  that  about  15  per  cent,  of 
the  available  starch  is  lost  to  the  distiller,  as  it  is  partly 
chaDged  by  the  lactic  and  butyric  ferments,  or  else  is  found 
in  the  fermented  products  in  the  form  of  dextrin,  because 
the  diastase  has  been  more  or  less  coagulated  by  the  said 
organic  acids. 

The  injurious  ferments  do  not  limit  their  action  to  the 
weakening  of  the  diastase  and  the  destruction  of  a  portion 
of  the  maltose  ;  they  also  affect  the  vitality  of  the  yeast,  and 
therefore  cause  a  great  loss  of  alcohol.  To  counteract  the 
effect  of  these  ferments  by  conducting  the  mashing  at  a 
somewhat  high  temperature  the  endeavour  has  been  made  to 
paralyse  their  action,  but  the  desired  result  has  not  been 
obtained  because  the  temperature  had  to  he  raised  so  high 
that  the  diastase  suffered  complete  alteration. 

It  has  also  been  attempted  to  stop  abnormal  fermentation 
by  the  use  of  mineral  acids,  but  without  avail. 

M.  Fffront  has  for  some  time  paid  particular  attention  to 
the  action  of  hydrofluoric  acid  and  soluble  fluorides  ou  the 
worts,  and  has  obtained  such  satisfactory  results  that  the 
process  based  upon  this  action  has  already  come  into 
practical  use. 


July  so,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


627 


Kn miit's  researches  demonstrate  the  energetic  action  of 
hydrofluoric  acid  on  the  injurious  ferments. 

The  author  has  for  instance  found  that  in  a  wort  sub- 
ji  i  u  il  to  lactic  fermentation,  0'200  grin,  of  hydrochloric 
acid  or  0'300  grin,  of  sulphuric  acid  per  100  cc,  is  required 
to  completely  stop  the  further  growth  of  the  ferment,  whilst 
an  addition  of  only  0'025  grin,  of  hydrofluoric  acid  suffices. 
Even  an  addition  of  only  0'003  grm.  of  this  acid  reduces  the 
production  of  the  lactic  acid  to  oue-fourth,  while  about 
()•  060  grm.  of  hydrochloric  acid  is  required  for  the  same 
purpose.  Similar  results  have  been  obtained  with  the 
butyric  ferment. 

0'012  grm.  of  the  acid  added  to  100  cc.  of  an  infusion  of 
malt  did  not,  apparently,  stop  the  action  of  the  diastase, 
although  considerably  paralysing  the  lactic  and  butyric 
ferments. 

Effront  has  also  discovered  that  the  use  of  hydrofluoric 
acid  allows  of  the  mashing  being  carried  on  at  a  much  lower 
temperature  than  is  ordinarily  necessary  (50° — 60°  C.)  At 
that  temperature  the  production  of  maltose  is  supposed  to 
be  at  its  maximum.  But  the  product  obtained  is  evidently 
only  expressed  by  the  difference  between  the  starchy  matter 
rendered  soluble  by  the  action  of  the  diastase  and  the 
portion  changed  by  the  lactic  and  butyric  ferments.  Now, 
by  paralysing  these  ferments,  Effront  is  enabled  to  carry 
on  the  mashing  at  a  much  lower  temperature  (30°  C),  and 
he  has  succeeded  in  converting  96  per  cent,  of  the  available 
starch  into  maltose. 

He  has  also  observed  that  yeast  cultivated  in  presence  of 
hydrofluoric  acid  or  ammonium  fluoride,  is  more  active  than 
the  usual  article.  It  is  evident  from  these  facts  that  the 
proportion  of  malt  and  yeast  may  be  reduced  without 
diminishing  the  rendcment  of  the  alcohol. 

The  mashing  and  fermentation  processes  proposed  by 
Effront  have  been  practically  tested  in  the  distillery  of 
Messrs.  Maquet  and  Clement,  and  have  resulted  in  a 
remarkable  increase  in  the  production  of  alcohol. 

Numerous  works  in  Bavaria,  Italy,  and  Spain  have  also 
adopted  the  new  process. — L.  de  K. 


A  New  Enzyme.    Glucose,    li.  Geduld.   Wochenschrift  fur 

Brauerie,  8,  620. 
1.  Cutase  exists  in  ungerminated  grain,  partly  in  a 
soluble  and  partly  in  an  insoluble  form.  It  also  exists  in 
germinated  grain  in  an  insoluble  form.  2.  Glucase  does 
not  liquefy  starch  paste,  and  only  slightly  acts  on  soluble 
starch.  3.  Digested  at  50°  C°.  with  the  different  dextrins, 
it  converts  them  all  into  dextrose.  Whether  intermediate 
dextrins  are  formed  has  not  yet  with  certainty  been 
determined.  4.  Glucase  acts  most  vigorously  on  maltose 
which  it  converts  into  dextrose. — A.  L.  S. 


On    the    Volatilisation    of  Alcohol   during    Fermentation. 

E.  Kiss.    Zeits.  fiir  Spiritusind.  14,  118. 
The  author  has  investigated  the  loss  of  alcohol  during   the 
primary  fermentation,  and  he  finds   that  this  loss  amounts 
to  about   1  per  cent,  on  the  product.     No  doubt  the  loss  of 
alcohol  from  storage  casks  is  still  greater.— A.  L.  S. 


Iso-maltose  and  its  Importance  in  Brewing.     C.  J.  Lintuer. 

Zeits.  ges.  Brauw.  1892,  15,  6- 
Isu  maltose  is  prepared  by  the  action  of  diastase  on  malt 
at  72  C.  for  four  hours.  After  removing  the  excess  of 
maltose  a  syrup  remains,  from  which  pure  iso-maltose,  quite 
free  from  dextriu,  is  precipitated  in  a  flocculent  form  on 
treatment  with  absolute  alcohol.  The  product  begins  to 
fuse  together  at  65°  C.  and  at  85°  C.  it  carbonises  partially  ; 
at200°C.  it  melts  completely,  undergoing  further  decom- 
position. It  has  a  sweet  taste  and  a  rotatory  power  [a]" 
=  139°,  that  of  maltose  being  140 '4°.  Its  reducing  power  is 
about  84  per  cent,  of  that  of  maltose;  diastase  com. its  it 
completely  into  maltose.  The  author  is  of  opinion  that  the 
aroma   emitted   in    kiln-drying   is   essentially   due   to  the 


presence  of  iso-maltose  and  points  out  that  this  aroma  is 
most  marked  under  conditions  favourable  to  the  production 
of  iso-maltose.  Iso-maltose  is  an  important  constituent  of 
beer  and  forms  25  — 30  per  cent  of  beer  extract.  The  decoction 
method  is  especially  favourable  for  producing  beer  rich  in 
iso-maltose,  as  this  is  formed  in  quantity  at  a  temperature  of 
65° — 70°  C.  and  in  presence  of  not  too  great  an  excess  of 
diastase.  A  dextrin  having  a  rotatory  power  [o]D=200° 
is  formed  together  with  maltose  and  iso-maltose  in  the 
decomposition  of  starch  by  diastase,  which  three  products 
only  are  obtained  in  all  cases.  Hence  in  the  opinion  of 
the  author  the  amyloins  or  malto-dextrins  obtained  by 
Brown  and  Morris  (this  Journal,  1891,  265,)  may  be 
mixtures  of  iso-maltose  and  this  dextrin  and  not  simple 
bodies  (this  Journal,  1890,  533).— C.  A.  K. 


The  Use  of  Hydrofluoric  Acid  and  its  Sails  in  the  Distilla- 
tion of  Alcohol.  L.  N.  Schishkoff.  Journ.  of  Russ.  Chem. 
Soc.  1892,  24,  137. 

Experiments  have  proved  that  the  use  of  compositions 
containing  hydrofluoric  acid  and  fluorides  in  due  proportions 
give  extraordinary  results  in  the  manufacture  of  spirit, 
and  considerably  cheapen  its  production.  It  is  also 
possible  to  obtain  spirit  of  a  much  better  quality.  The 
author  ascribes  to  the  fluorides  antiseptic  properties,  in 
consequence  of  which  the  formation  of  a  too  large  quantity 
of  butyric  and  acetic  bacteria  is  preventible.  By  the  use  of 
6  grms.  of  hydrofluoric  acid  of  30  per  cent,  strength  to  one 
hectolitre  of  must,  a  very  slow  but  steady  fermenting 
operation  is  secured. — P.  D. 


Determination   of    the    Extractive   Matters   in    Brandy. 
Z'jits.  fiir  Spiritusind.  14,  215. 

Sec  under  XXIII., page  638. 


The  Fermentation  of  Arabinose  by  Bacillus  ethaceticus. 
P.  F.  Frankland  and  J.  MacGregor.  Proc.  Chem.  Soc. 
1892  [114],  132. 

The  products  are  qualitatively  the  same  as  were  obtained 
in  the  fermentations  of  glycerol  by  the  same  organism, 
consisting  of  ethyl  alcohol,  acetic  acid,  carbon  dioxide, 
hydrogen,  and  traces  of  succinic  acid,  together  with  another 
acid  not  identified.  When,  however,  the  fermentation  is 
conducted  in  a  space  closed  by  a  mercury  seal  instead  of 
cotton  wool,  a  notable  proportion  of  formic  acid  also  occurs 
amongst  the  products.  When  the  fermentation  is  conducted 
in  a  closed  space,  the  products  are  formed  approximately 
in  the  proportions  3  CsH60  :  3  C2H402  :  4  CH.Ov 

In  the  fermentations  conducted  in  flasks  plugged  only 
with  cotton  wool,  on  the  other  hand  the  alcohol  and 
acetic  acid  were  in  the  proportion  2  C;H0O  :  3  G,H402.  It 
appears  therefore  that  in  the  fermentation  of  arabinose  by 
Bacillus  ethaceticus  the  proportion  of  acetic  acid  to  alcohol 
is  greater  thau  in  that  of  dextrose,  and  still  greater  than 
in  that  of  manuitol  and  glycerol,  but  less  thau  in  that  of 
glyceric  acid.—  W.  S. 

Vegetation  of  the  Vine.     L.  lloos  and  E.  Thomas.     Compt. 
Kend.  1892,  114,  593. 

From  a  study  of  the  changes  which  take  place  in  the  vine 
Aramon,  between  the  periods  of  flowering  and  maturity  the 
authors  arrive  at  the  following  conclusions  : — 1.  During  the 
first  ten  or  twelve  weeks  of  vegetation  a  saccharose  is 
present  in  the  leaves,  the  stem,  and  even  in  the  grape, 
contrary  to  the  opinion  of  Petit.  (2.)  This  saccharose 
disappears  from  these  parts  during  the  fourth  month  of 
vegetation,  and  they  then  contain  a  mixture  of  sugars  con- 
sisting largely  of  dextrose.  (3.)  The  increase  in  the 
quautity  of  sugar  in  absolute  value  does  not  correspond 
with  a  diminution  of  acidity,  as  is  the  case  with  regard  to 
the  percentage  value  ;  it  is  not,  therefore,  correct  in  every 
case  to  say  that  the  acidity  diminishes  in  proportion  as  the 


iij> 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  SO,  1898. 


plant  advances  to  maturit3\  (4.)  The  diminution  of  acidity, 
in  absolute  value,  takes  place  at  the  time  when  the  levulose 
in  the  fruit  is  rapidly  increasing  in  quantity ;  at  this  period 
also  the  polarimetric  rotation  begins  to  pass  to  the  left  until, 
at  the  time  of  maturity,  it  is  practically  the  same  as  that  of 
invert  sugar. — F.  8.  K. 


The  Hydrolytic  Functions  of  Yeast.    Part  I.    J.  O'Sullivan. 
Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1892  [113],  124—125. 

It  is  generally  stated,  on  the  authority  of  Berthelot,  that 
the  water  in  which  yeast  has  been  washed  possesses,  like 
yeast  itself,  the  power  of  hydrolysing  cane  sugar,  and  that 
the  active  substance  can  be  precipitated  from  the  solution 
by  means  of  alcohol.  In  the  present  communication  it  is 
shown  that  healthy  yeast  yields  none  of  its  invertase  to 
water  in  which  it  is  washed  :  and  that  when  it  is  placed  in 
contact  with  sugar,  hydrolysis  is  effected  solely  under  the 
immediate  influence  of  the  plasma  of  the  cell,  no  invertase 
leaving  the  cell  while  hydrolysis  is  taking  place. 

After  describing  his  mode  of  obtaining  a  health}-  yeast, 
the  author  gives  an  account  of  the  difficulty  met  with  in 
removing  the  cells  from  the  liquid  in  which  they  were 
suspended ;  although  bright  liquids,  free  from  organisms, 
were  obtained  by  adding  aluminium  hydrate,  finings,  or 
gypsum,  before  filtering,  such  substances  were  found  to 
retard  the  activity  of  the  invertase,  and  therefore  could  not 
be  used.  Ultimately  the  object  was  obtained  by  shaking 
up  the  yeast  and  water  with  filter-paper  pulp  before 
filtering. 

A  detailed  account  is  given  of  experiments  carried  out 
under  various  conditions,  which  show  that  water  which  had 
been  in  contact  with  highly  active  yeast  for  various  times 
had  no  hydrolytic  power,  although  on  the  condition  of  a 
mere  trace  of  invertase,  the  solution  at  once  became  active. 
The  author,  therefore,  concludes  that  the  resolution  of  cane 
sugar  under  the  influence  of  yeast  is  entirely  due  to  zyniic 
hydrolysis. — W.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  in  Apparatus  for 
Drying  and  Evaporating,  suitable  for  Use  in  Breweries, 
Distilleries,  Sugar  and  Starch  Manufactories,  and  in 
other  Industries.  H.  Hencke,  Darmstadt,  German}-. 
Eng.  Pat.  6587,  April  16,  1891. 

A  number  of  different  machines  are  described,  consisting 
of  rotating  cylinders  and  combinations  of  several  of  these. 
They  are  heated  by  hot  air  or  steam.  The  specification  is 
accompanied  by  a  number  of  drawings  and  a  detailed 
description  of  the  apparatus. — A.  L.  S. 


An  Improved  Means  mid  Mithod  of  Closure  for  the  Hegu- 
lation  of  Gaseous  Pressure.  E.  J.  Mills  and  C.  J.  Ellis, 
Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.  9187,  June  1,  1891. 

See  under  I.,  page  595. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  and  Apparatus  for  Effect- 
ing the  Extraction  of  Hops  irith  the  Simultaneous 
Production  of  a  Fine  Extract.  W.  P.  Thompson, 
Liverpool.  From  .1.  F.  Theurer,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  9763,  June  9,  1891. 

The  hops  to  be  used  in  the  brewing  are  boiled  with  a  small 
quantity  of  wort  in  a  closed  vessel  furnished  with  stirrers. 
The  wort  is  run  off  through  a  perforated  false  bottom  into  a 
cooling  vessel  and  the  residual  hops  boiled  iu  the  copper 
with  the  remainder  of  the  wort. — A.  L.  s. 


An  Improved  Method  of  and  Means  for  Manufacturing 
Beer  and  Ale.  P.  M.  Justice,  London.  From  A.  \V. 
Killings,  Xew  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  10,135,  June  15, 
1891. 

This  invention  aims  at  the  employment  of  raw  grain  in 
conjunction  with  malt  for  preparing  the  wort.  The  mash 
tub  used  is  cylindrical  and  provided  with  stirrers  and 
jacketed,  so  that  the  contents  may  be  either  heated  or 
cooled. 

The  mashing  is  performed  as  follows  :— Water  at  120  F. 
having  been  led  into  the  tub,  the  ground  raw  grain  with 
from  1  to  25  per  cent,  of  malt  is  added.  The  temperature 
is  gradually  raised  to  146"  F.,  the  material  being  kept  well 
stirred,  and  after  15 — 20  minutes  is  rapidly  raised  to 
200°  F.,  at  which  point  it  is  kept  until  the  grain  is 
thoroughly  gelatinised.  The  mixture  is  then  cooled  to 
160°  F.,  and  the  remainder  of  the  malt  added.  The  dis- 
charge valve  is  then  opened  and  the  mash  rapidly  discharged 
into  the  filtering  tub,  from  which  after  standing  30 — 40 
minutes,  it  is  drawn  off  in  the  usual  manner. — A.  L.  S. 


Xav  or  Improved  Means  for  the  Preservation  of  Hops. 

M.   A.   Adams   and  C.   S.  Meacham,    Maidstone,    Kent. 

Eng.  Pat.  11,123,  June  30,  1891. 
The  hops  are  packed   in  metal  cylinders  or  other  suitable 
vessels,  which  can  be  hermetically  closed. 

After  the  hops  have  remained  the  proper  time  in  these 
vessels,  the  air  is  removed  by  a  current  of  carbonic  acid, 
sulphurous  acid  or  other  suitable  gas  or  vapour,  and  the 
cases  are  sealed  up. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  /having.     A.  (Jmbeck,  Barmen,  Rhenish 
Prussia,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  18,511,  October  27,  1891. 

According  to  the  inventor  a  large  quantity  of  starch  is 
left  in  the  spent  grain,  as  produced  by  the  usual  method  of 
brewing.  In  order  to  dissolve  this  starch,  the  mash  is 
boiled  with  common  salt.  To  prevent  the  loss  of  the  volatile 
ingredients  of  hops  during  the  boiling  process,  the  inventor 
recommends  that  the  hops  be  first  distilled  and  the  distillate 
be  added  to  the  cooled  wort. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  Relation  to  the  Production  of  Colour 
Malt.  C.  Hof,  London.  From  L.  Riibsam,  Bamberg, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  2.3,049,  November  27,  1891. 

The  malt  is  soaked  in  water,  and  after  25  to  30  hours  is 
placed  in  a  closed  cylinder  or  roaster  and  heated  to 
60° — 70=  C.  for  2  hours  ;  the  temperature  is  then  raised  to 
95° — 100J,  whereby  the  roasting  is  effected. 

It   is   claimed   that   the   coloured   malt    thus    produced 
\  telds  a  better  extract  than  that  prepared  in  the  usual  wav. 

—A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  Manufacturing  Beer,  Ale, 
Wine,  Cider,  or  the  like.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool, 
Manchester,  and  London.  From  C.  F.  Lawton,  Kochester, 
Xew  York  State,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  3010,  February  16, 
1892. 

AiK  is  passed  through  the  fermenting  liquor  ;  this  is  to 
kill  all  the  ferment  germs  which  may  be  present,  except 
yeast  and  the  acetic  ferment.  If  the  acetic  ferment 
increases  to  any  extent,  the  current  of  air  is  replaced  by 
a  mixture  of  carbon  monoxide  and  nitrogen  obtained  by 
the  partial  combustion  of  coke.  The  effect  of  the  passage 
of  this  mixture  through  the  fermenting  liquor  is  to  kill  the 
acetic  ferment,  whilst  it  leaves  the  yeast  unharmed.  This 
treatment  is  said  to  give  a  beer  of  great  stability  and  with 
a  minimum  of  labour. — A.  L.  S. 


July  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


629 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for 
Manufacturing  Beer,  Ale,  Wine,  Cider,  or  the  like. 
YV.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool,  Manchester,  and  Loudon. 
From  C.  F.  Lawtou,  Rochester,  New  York  State,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  3011,  February  16,  1892. 

The  hot  boiled  wort  is  collected  in  a  closed  vat  and  cooled 
by  injecting  into  it  sterilised  air.  Yeast  is  added  when  the 
wort  has  been  cooled  to  the  proper  temperature.  During 
the  progress  of  the  fermentation  air  is  injected  from  time 
to  time.  There  is  an  arrangement  for  skimming  the  barm 
as  it  rises  to  the  surface.  A  detailed  description  of  the 
apparatus  is  given  in  the  specification. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  Seer.  A.  J.  Boult, 
London.  From  The  Pfaudler  Vacuum  Fermentation 
Company,  Rochester,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  4682, 
March  9,  1892. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  the  production  of  lager  beer. 
The  primary  and  secondary  fermentation  are  both  con- 
ducted in  closed  vats,  from  which  the  gaseous  products  are 
removed  as  fast  as  they  are  produced ;  thus  the  whole  of 
the  fermentation  takes  place  in  a  complete  or  partial 
vacuum.  If  required,  a  little  air  is  injected  at  the  bottom 
of  the  vat. 

By  this  means  the  time  for  the  manufacture  of  lager  beer 
is  said  to  be  very  much  shortened. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Seer.  A.  J.  Boult, 
Loudon.  From  The  Pfaudler  Vacuum  Fermentation 
Company,  Rochester,  New  Y'ork,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  4688, 
March  9,  1892. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  treatment  of  the  beer  subse- 
quent to  the  ripening  stage,  which  has  been  manufactured 
according  to  the  above  company's  process. 

The  carbonic  acid  pumped  out  of  the  fermenting  vessels 
is  stored  in  a  gasholder,  and  the  finished  beer  after  filtration 
is  saturated  with  the  gas  and  led  into  cask  by  a  special 
apparatus  described  iu  detail  in  the  specification. — A.  L.  S. 


XVIII.-CHEMISTRY  OP  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

(A.)— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Closing  J'essels  for  the 
Preservation  of  Alimentary  and  other  Substances. 
G.  Bathgate,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  6266,  April  13,  1891. 

In  this  specification  improved  forms  of  apparatus  for  corking 
or  stoppering  bottles  or  jars,  combined  with  a  vacuum  pump 
for  simultaneously  exhausting  them,  are  described/  The 
bottle  or  jar  is  inserted  by  its  neck  into  an  aperture  provided 
at  the  lower  portion  of  the  stoppering  chamber,  and  the 
union  is  rendered  air-tight  by  suitable  packing,  e.g.,  the 
nek  of  the  vessel  may  be  surrounded  by  an  india-rubber 
cushion.  (See  below.)  The  stoppering  chamber  is  con- 
nected by  an  aperture  with  the  chamber  of  an  air-pump. 
The  stoppering  rod  and  the  piston  rod  of  the  air-pump  are 
interdependent,  and  both  are  controlled  by  an  irregular  cog- 
wheel, which  is  manipulated  by  a  lever.  On  pulling  the 
level  forward  the  piston  rod  is  raised,  the  vacuum  chamber, 
and  thence  also  the  stoppering  chamber,  being  exhausted. 
The  cogs  on  the  wheel  are  so  arranged  that  on  continuing 
to  pull  the  lever  they  act  upon  a  set  of  cogs  on  the  stopper- 
ing rod  so  that  the  latter  is  depressed  and  the  cork  or 
stopper  inserted.      In   certain   cases   the    above-mentioned 


cog-wheel  also  controls  the  plug  of  a  three-way  cock, 
connecting  the  stoppering  chamber  with  the  vacuum  cham- 
ber and  also  with  the  atmosphere  ;  it  is  so  arranged  that 
when  the  cork  or  stopper  is  inserted  the  plug  of  the  cock 
has  been  turned  into  such  a  position  that  the  stoppering 
chamber  is  in  communication  with  the  atmosphere,  thereby 
rendering  it  easier  to  remove  the  bottle.  An  air-filter  of 
antiseptic  material  may  also  be  used  in  the  passage  leading 
from  the  stoppering  chamber  to  the  atmosphere.  The 
three-way  cock  may  be  automatically  operated  as  follows : — 
Upon  an  extended  part  of  the  plug  of  the  cock  a  cam  path 
is  formed  in  which  a  projecting  screw,  secured  in  a  bearing 
carried  by  a  rod,  engages.  The  rod  is  then  operated  by  the 
cog-wheel  so  that  the  teeth  which  produce  its  movement  are 
independent  of  those  producing  the  movements  of  the 
stoppering  and  piston  rods.  For  screw-stoppered  bottles,  a 
crown  wheel  is  used  in  conjunction  with  the  cog-wheel  to 
impart  the  necessary  rotatory  motion.  In  order  to  hermeti- 
cally seal  the  joint  between  the  neck  "of  the  vessel  to  be 
stoppered  and  the  stoppering  chamber,  and  to  admit  a 
vessel  whose  head  is  of  greater  dimensions  than  its  neck, 
an  elastic  cushion  divided  preferably  into  four  parts  may  be 
used. — A.  R.  L. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  Means  and  Appliances  for 
Testing  and  Recording  the  Characteristics  or  Properties 
of  Flour   and   Dough.     J.   Hogarth,    Kirkcaldy.     Eng. 
Pat.  6784,  April  20,  1891. 
The   inventor  describes  at   some  length  various   improve- 
ments  upon   and   relating   to  the   appliances   used  in  his 
system  of  testing  and  recording  the  properties  of  flour  and 
dough    described   in   a   former   patent    (Eng.   Pat.   16,389, 
October    17,    1889).      For    details   of    this   invention   the 
original  specification  must  be  consulted. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Common  Salt  intended 

to  be  used  for  Curing  Food,  such  as  Meat,  Game,  Fish, 

and   Poultry.     A.   Collingridge.     From    V.    Coinet  and 

A.  Jones,  Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  10,415,  June  19,  1891. 

The  process   consists    essentially   in  passing   the   vapours 

obtained  from  the  destructive  distillation  of  peat  or  wood 

into  a  chamber  containing  salt  until  the  latter  is  thoroughly 

impregnated  with  them.     If  no  apparatus  is  at  hand  for  the 

distillation  of   wood,  5 — 15  per  cent,  of  commercial  pyro- 

ligneous   acid    is    added  to   the    salt.     The   latter  may  be 

employed   forthwith   for   the    curing   process,   which   it   is 

claimed  is  thus  perfected  in  a  much  shorter  space  of  time. 

—J.  W.  L. 


An  Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  of  Wheaten  Flour. 
J.  Amos,  Waverley,  New  South  Wales.  Eng.  Pat. 
10,601,  June  22,  1891. 

The  roller  milling  method  of  manufacturing  wheaten  flour, 
which  is  displacing  the  older  stone  process,  has  certain 
disadvantages  as  compared  with  the  latter.  In  the  first 
place,  the  separated  bran-flour  contains  much  gluten,  but 
being  of  inferior  quality  it  cannot  be  mixed  with  the 
"  straight  grade  "  flour.  Secondly,  as  the  germ  is  merely 
flattened  during  grinding,  only  a  very  minute  portion  of  it 
finds  its  way  into  the  finished  flour.  In  this  way,  therefore, 
the  purest  product  is  deprived  of  a  portion  of  those  sub- 
stances on  which  its  flavour  and  baking  qualities  depend. 
Another  point  is  that  the  period  of  maturing — between 
grinding  and  dressing — which  it  is  customary  to  allow  in 
the  case  of  stone  flour,  but  which  is  omitted  in  the  case  of 
roller  milling  flour,  contributes  distinctly  to  the  superiority 
of  the  former.  The  present  invention  is  intended  to  over- 
come these  faults,  and  at  the  same  time  avoid  the  troublesome 
and  expensive  process  of  maturing  the  bulk  of  the  flour. 
It  consists  in  separating,  at  an  early  stage  of  the  manufac- 
ture, the  germs  and  the  products  rich  in  gluten  (bran  flour) 
either  together  or  separately,  and  "  ageing "  the  same. 
For  this  purpose  flour  is  added,  and  in  order  to  hasten  the 


630 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30, 1892. 


extraction  of  the  oil  and  flavouring  matter  from  the  germs 
the  mixture  may  be  heated,  but  not  above  1 38°  F.  The 
mixture  is  afterwards  packed  into  sacks  and  allowed  to 
cool  and  mature.  The  "  aged  "  product  is  finally  carefully 
dressed  and  purified  and  mixed  with  "  straight  grade  "  flour 
in  order  to  improve  the  same.  It  is  claimed  that  by  this 
process  it  is  necessary  to  store  only  5 — 10  per  cent,  of  the 
output  of  a  mill  to  improve  the  whole  product  practically 
to  the  same  extent  as  it  was  improved  under  the  old  process 
by  the  storage  of  the  whole  product. — H.  T.  P. 


A  New  or  Improved  Device  to  be  used  when  Boiling  Milk. 
H.  D.  Fitzpatrick,  Glasgow.  From  E.  Teschner,  Berlin, 
Germany.     EDg.  Pat.  2565,  February  10,  1892. 

A  hollow  frustrum  of  a  cone,  the  wide  end  of  which  is  cut 
out  to  a  wave-like  form,  is  introduced,  the  wide  end  down- 
wards, into  the  milk  to  be  boiled,  a  smaller  frustrum  of 
more  acute  angle  being  placed  over  the  top  of  the  first.  As 
soon  as  the  boiling  point  is  reached  that  portion  of  the  milk 
contained  within  the  larger  frustrum  rises,  the  tapered  form 
of  the  latter  forcing  it  to  the  top  whence  it  bubbles  over  the 
rim  of  the  smaller  frustrum  and  is  returned  to  the  main 
portion  before  this  attains  a  high  level.  It  is  claimed  that 
as  the  milk  is  spread  into  a  thin  film,  it  is  deprived  of  air, 
thus  rendering  it  more  digestible,  and  enabling  it  to  be  kept 
longer ;  also  that  the  milk  is  prevented  from  boiling  over. 

—A.  II.  L. 


Improvements  in  or  Applicable  to  Apparatus  for  Sterilising 
Milk  and  other  Fluids.  G.  F.  Redfern,  London.  From 
G.  H.  Xeuhass,  J.  F.  H.  Gronwald.and  F.  H.  C.  Oehl- 
mann.     Eug.  Pat.  3470.  February  22,  1892. 

Tin-  is  an  arrangement  for  exhausting  the  gase-  from,  and 
rendering  homogeneous,  milk  and  other  fluids,  and  is  to  be 
combined  with  an  ordinary  sterilising  apparatus  or  with  an 
improved  apparatus.  For  details  of  this  invention  the 
original  specification  must  be  consulted. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Purifying,  Sterilising,  and 
Filtering  Water,  and  Rendering  the  same  fit  for  Potable 
Purposes.  S.  L.  West,  Washington,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
5589,  March  22,  1892. 

Tin-  invention  consists  in  a  drinking  water  distributing 
system  or  sterilised  water  service  apparatus  applied  to  the 
ordinary  water  supply  and  heating  system  in  common  use. 
By  means  of  this  apparatus  all  water  passing  through  the 
system  is  heated  to  2123  P.,  cooled,  -and  filtered.  For 
details  of  the  apparatus  the  original  specification  mu.-t  be 
consulted. — J.  C.  C. 


;,  in  or  Relating  to  the  Preservation  of  Meal 
and  Fatty  Matters.  J.  Faleimagne,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  3725,  March  23,  1892. 
Tins  is  a  method  based  on  the  transformation  of  carbonate 
of  lime  or  soda  into  sulphite  under  the  influence  of  sulphurous 
acid  fumes  produced  by  burning  sulphur.  A  special 
apparatus  is  described  in  detail  in  the  specification,  in  which 
the  fumes  from  burning  sulphur  are  drawn  through  a  layer 
of  alkaline  carbonate  into  a  chamber  containing  the  meats, 
&c— J.  C.  C. 


An  Improvement  in  lie  Manufacture  of  Malt  Bread, 
Biscuits,  Confectionery,  and  nth.  r  Articles  nf  Diet. 
W.  Crawford,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  6841,  April  9,  1892. 

In  order  to  produce  bread,  confectionery.  &e.,  of  a  "  highly 
digestible  and  nutritive  nature,"  the  inventor  employs 
the  following  ingredients:  2  lb.  "I  Hour,  2  lb.  of  wheat 
meal,  \  lb.  of  fine  maize  meal.  \  lb.  of  rice  flour,  5  oz.  of 
extract  of  malt.  |  oz.  of  compressed  yeast,  ;j  oz.  of  salt, 
j  pints  of  water,  and  \  pint  of  lime  water.  The  yeast  and 
malt  extract  are  dissolved  in  the  wati  i   previously   heated  to 


90°  F.,  the  wheat  meal,  maize  meal,  and  rice  flour  are  then 
stirred  in  and  the  mixture  is  allowed  to  ferment  for  two 
hours  in  a  warm  place.  The  lime  water  and  salt  are  then 
added  and  dough  is  made  with  the  remaining  flour.  The 
dough  is  allowed  to  "  prove  "  for  half  an  hour  ;  it  is  then 
moulded  in  any  desired  way,  proved  for  another  20  minutes 
and  finally  baked  in  an  oven  not  too  hot.  If  desired,  all 
wheat  meal  or  all  Hour  may  be  employed,  and  the  quantity 
of  malt  extract  may  be  varied  ;  otherwise  the  above 
instructions  must  be  adhered  to. — H.  T.  P. 


(B.-)— SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Sewage,  and  in  Obtain- 
ing certain  useful  Products  thereby.  A.  Hossaek  and 
H'.  C.  Hull,  London.     Eug.  Pat.  10,563,  June  20,  1891. 

In  carrying  out  this  process,  town  sewage  is  mixed  by 
means  of  suitable  apparatus  with  sufficient  milk  of  lime  to 
saturate  the  water  in  the  sewage.  At  the  same  time  a 
quantity  of  finely  pulverised  slack  coal  is  added  to  the 
mass  in  order  to  accelerate  the  precipitation  of  the  sludge. 
The  mixture  is  allowed  to  settle  in  shallow  tanks,  the 
supernatant  liquid  is  run  off,  and  the  sludge  is  then  placed 
in  deep  tanks  so  that  the  remaining  water  may  separate  as 
completely  as  possible.  The  liquid  separating  at  this 
stage  is  mixed  with  lime  and  employed  in  treating  a  fresh 
portion  of  sewage.  The  sludge  is  moulded  into  blocks 
which  are  dried  and  used  for  the  production  of  illuminating 
gas.  tar,  ammonia,  &c.  The  residue  of  carbon  obtained 
may  be  used  for  the  manufacture  of  water-gas,  whilst  the 
ash  finally  remaining  may  be  employed  as  a  fertiliser.  The 
liquid  obtained  in  the  first  operation  is  treated  with  a 
current  of  carbonic  acid  gas.  The  resulting  precipitate  of 
calcium  carbonate  may  be  used  in  glass-making,  &c.,  or 
river  mud  may  be  added  to  the  liquid  during  the  treatment 
with  carbonic  acid.  In  this  case,  the  sludge  of  mud  and 
chalk  forms  a  valuable  stock  for  the  manufacture  of 
Portland  cement.  Finally,  if  desired,  the  liquid,  after 
precipitation  of  the  lime,  may  be  filtered  through  peat- 
charcoal,  prepared  preferably  from  peat  Titter,  which  will 
remove  any  remaining  injurious  substances.  The  charcoal 
may  afterwards  be  mixed  with  the  before  -  mentioned 
sludge  and  worked  up  for  illuminating  gas. — H.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Drawing  off  Liquid 
from  Sewage  Tanks.  V.  Bird,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
10,865,  June  25,  1891. 

Tins  invention  consists  in  a  valve  and  mechanism  whereby 
the  rise  or  fall  of  a  pivoted  floating  draw-off  tube  is  caused 
to  open  or  close  a  throttle  Valve  suddenly,  by  the  aid  of 
tumbler  weights  which  are  acted  upon  by  arms  attached 
to  the  draw-off  tube.. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvement/)  in  the  Treatment  of  Sewagi    Sludge.     W.  ]'.. 

Adeney,  Dublin.     Eng.  Pat.  10,929,  June  26,  1891. 

The  liquor  is  first  allowed  to  settle,  the  clear  liquor  is  then 
purified  by  manganate  or  permanganate  of  potash  or  soda 
in  such  a  maimer  that  the  manganese  is  recovered  as 
oxyhydrate  ;  tin-  is  added  to  the  sludge  in  small  quantities 
and  exposed  to  the  air  in  thin  layers:  the  oxyhydrate  is 
reduced  by  the  micro-organisms  to  manganous  hydrate 
which  in  turn  absorbs  oxygen  and  returns  to  oxyhydrate, 
acting  as  a  carrier  of  oxygen  for  the  micro-organism,  and 
preventing  the  formation  of  putrefaction  products,  and 
offensive  odours  in  consequence. — .1.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  foi  Treating  Sewage.     \V.  H. 

Mumis,    London.     From    A.   I-'.   Black,  Maiden,  Massa- 
chusetts, I"  S.A.      Eng.  Pat.  12.025.  July  15,  1891. 

A'  CORDLNG  to  this  process,  ili>'  sewage  water  to  be  treated 
is  discharged  over  a   distributing  grill,  beneath  which  are 


Jui.vo...  18U2.3        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


631 


arranged  a  number  of  superimposed  horizontal  sieve-belts 
made  of  wire  gauze,  the  whole  being  surrounded  by  a  metal 
outer  ease.  A  trough-like  shape  is  imparted  to  the  belts 
by  making  them  travel  over  convex  pulleys.  The  sewage 
passes  successively  in  the  form  of  spray  through  the  grill, 
and  the  belts  which  sift  out  the  coarser  suspended  particles, 
the  liquid  being  at  the  same  time  exposed  to  the  purifying 
action  of  a  blast  of  air  entering  at  the  lower  part  of  the 
outer  case.  The  foul  gases  given  off  by  the  sewage  are 
exhausted  from  the  apparatus  by  means  of  a  fan  and 
rendered  innocuous  by  being  passed  through  a  furnace  ; 
whilst  the  solid  particles  adhering  to  the  belts  are  brushed 
off  the  latter  by  means  of  rotating  brushes  fixed  at  one  end 
of  the  outer  case,  and  discharged  through  suitable  chutes 
into  a  drying  reservoir.  The  liquid  portion  of  the  sewage 
finally  falls  on  a  tram  of  filtering  ears,  each  containing 
sand  spread  on  a  perforated  bottom.  The  ears  run  con- 
tinuously on  a  circular  track,  a  segment  of  which  passes 
uuderneath  the  sieve-belts,  whilst  the  remainder  of  the 
track  traverses  a  depositing  field,  from  which  the  filtered 
sewage  may  be  conveyed  to  a  river,  &c. — H.  T.  P. 


(<7.)— DISINFECTANTS. 

PATENTS. 

Improved  Manufacture  of  Disinfecting  Powder.    T.  H. 

Williams,  Derby.     Kug.  Pat.  9491,  June  4,  1891. 

Baulky  which  has  been  used  for  brewing  purposes,  after 
being  dried,  is  ground  in  an  edge-runner  mill  or  other 
suitable  apparatus,  and  then  mixed  by  the  aid  of  the  same 
mill  with  10 — 20  per  cent,  of  carbolic  acid  so  as  to  form  a 
practically  dry  powder.  Sanitas,  eucalyptus,  creosote,  or 
other  such  substances  may  be  used  in  place  of  carbolic  acid. 

—J.  c.  c. 


Improved  Manufacture  of  Disinfecting  Powder.     T.  H. 
Williams,  Derby.     Eng.  Pat.  9492,  June  4,  1891. 

Hops  which  have  been  used  for  brewing  purposes,  after 
being  dried,  are  ground  in  an  edge-runner  mill  or  other 
suitable  apparatus,  and  then  mixed  by  the  aid  of  the  same 
mill  with  10 — 20  per  cent,  of  carbolic  acid  so  as  to  form  a 
practically  dry  powder.  Sanitas,  eucalyptus,  creosote  or 
other  such  substance  may  be  used  in  place  of  carbolic  acid. 
—J.  C.  C. 

Improvements   in   Apparatus  fur  Use   in  Disinfecting  by 

M<  ans  <>f  Antiseptic  Liquids.    C.  Herscher,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  2549,  February  9,  1892. 

This  invention  relates  to  an  apparatus  for  distributing  an 
antiseptic  liquid  in  the  form  of  a  fine  spray,  for  the  purpose 
of  disinfecting  clothes,  furniture,  the  walls  of  houses,  ships, 
&c.  It  consists  of  a  cylindrical  closed  vessel  mounted 
vertically  on  wheels  or  on  a  truck  for  the  sake  of  portability. 
A  horizontal  partition  divides  the  cylinder  into  two  com- 
partments which  communicate  by  means  of  a  short  pipe. 
The  lower  compartment  is  fitted  with  an  inlet  funnel  and  an 
outlet  tap  and  is  intended  to  hold  the  antiseptic  liquid. 
The  upper  chamber  is  provided  with  an  air-pump  by  means 
of  wrhich  air  may  be  forced  into  the  apparatus.  Two  taps 
are  fitted  on  the  top  of  the  cylinder,  which  communicate 
respectively  with  the  upper  and  lower  chambers  of  the 
apparatus.  The  said  taps  are  joined  by  means  of  rubber 
tubing  to  the  "  atomiser"  or  "pulveriser,"  which  is  simply 
a  jet  from  which  the  air  and  liquid  under  pressure  may  issue 
simultaneously.  In  operation,  air  is  compressed  into  the 
cylinder,  and  the  above  taps  being  opened,  the  air  and 
antiseptic  fluid  are  forced  through  the  atomiser,  resulting  in 
the  distribution  of  the  liquid  in  a  fine  spray  or  cloud. 

— H.  T.  P. 


XIX -PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

On  the  Influence  of  Incandescent  Electric  Light  on  Paper 
made  from  Wood-Cellulose  and  its  Deterioration  through 
Exposure.  J.  Wiesner.  Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1892,  284, 
G7— 69. 

See  under  II.,  page  596. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS. 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

New  Syuthethis  of  Tartaric  Acid.    P.  Genvresse.     Cotupt. 

Rend.  1892, 114,  555—557. 

Glyoxylic  acid  (a  constituent  of  unripe  grapes,  gooseberries, 

&c.)  is  converted  into  racemic  acid  by  the  action  of  nascent 

hydrogen,  in  accordance  with  the  equation — 

COOH  COOH 

I  I 

COII  CH.OH 

+  HS=     | 
((ill  CH.OH 

I  ! 

CO. OH  CO. OH 

Zinc  dust  in  dilute  acetic  acid  solution  is  employed  as  the 
reducing  agent,  the  product  of  the  reaction  being  first 
worked  up  to  calcium  racemate,  from  which  the  free  acid 
is  prepared.  The  physical  properties  and  analyses  both  of 
the  calcium  salt  and  of  the  free  acid  are  in  full  accord  with 
the  recognised  data.  The  author  expresses  the  opinion  that 
the  tartaric  acid  found  in  nature  may  have  been  formed  in 
an  analogous  manner.. — C.  A.  K. 


The  Preparation  of  Quinine-di-methiodide  from  Cuprehie 
E.Grimaux  and  A.  Armand.  Compt.  Rend.  1892,114, 
548—549. 

Hess  has  expressed  the  opinion  that  the  formation  of 
quinine-di-methiodide  by  the  action  of  methyl  iodide  in 
presence  of  sodium  on  cupreine,  as  described  by  the  authors 
(this  Journal,  1891,  723  and  770),  is  partially  due  to  their 
having  employed  impure  cupreine,  as  he  himself  was  only 
able  to  convert  one-third  of  the  cupreine  employed  into  the 
quinine  dimethiodide  (this  Journal,  1892,  177).  A  repeti- 
tion of  the  experiment,  however,  shows  that  with  cupreine 
quite  free  from  quinine,  a  yield  in  one  case  of  78  per  cent, 
and  in  a  second  of  83  per  cent,  of  the  theoretical  amount 
was  obtained,  thus  disproving  the  above  assertion.  The 
cupreine  unacted  upon  was  recovered  from  the  mother- 
liquors. — C.  A.  1C. 


Homologues  of  Quinine.     E.  Grimaux  and  A.  Aruaud. 
Compt.  Rend.  1892, 114,  672—673. 

Tin:  method  described  by  the  authors  of  the  preparation  of 
quinine  homologues  from  cupreine,  the  alkaloid  base  of 
Quina  cuprea  (this  Journal,  1891,  723  and  770),  has  been 
applied  to  obtain  propyl,  iso-propyl,  and  amyl-cupreines. 

Quinopropyline,  C1gHo1.N;,O.0.C3H-,  forms  a  charac- 
teristic basic  sulphate,  which  crystallises  in  needles  con- 
taining 1|  mols.of  water  of  crystallisation.  The  dehydrated 
salt  melts  at  223° — 224°  C,  and  has  a  rotatory  power 
[a]„  =  229 '5°  at  22°  C.  The  free  base  is  precipitated 
as  a  white  powder  from  the  cold  aqueous  solution  of  the 
sulphate,  by  ammonia,  in  a  hydrated;  condition,  melting 
below  100°  C.  The  dehydrated  base  melts  at  164°  C. 
The  basic  sulphate  dissolves  in  454  parts  of  water  at 
13°  O. 

Quino-isopropyline— 

CH:i 


C^HjiNXKO— CH 


\ 


CH, 


632 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [ July  so,  1S92. 


also  forms  a  basic  sulphate,  closely  resembling  that  of 
its  isomeride.  It  contains  one  molecule  of  water  of  crystal- 
lisation, has  the  same  rotatory  power  as  the  normal  propyl 
salt,  and  dissolves  in  367  parts  of  water  at  10  C,  The  free 
base  melts  at  154    C. 

Quinamyline,  C„H;iX;.O.U.C5Hn,  is  amorphous,  and 
melts  at  166-5° — 167°  C.  The  normal  sulphate  does  not 
crystallise,  but  the  basic  sulphate  forms  long  needles 
containing  2  mols.  of  water  of  crystallisation.  It  is  with 
difficulty  soluble  in  water,  requiring  4,170  parts  of  water  at 
11-.V  C.  The  above  bases  all  fluoresce  in  dilute  sulphuric 
acid  solution. — C.  A.  K. 


The   Secondary    Alkaloids   of   Belladonna.      ¥..   Merck. 
Jahresber.  von.  E.  Merck.  Darmstadt,  January  1892. 

Atkopamine,  belladonine,  hyoscine,  and  their  decompo- 
sition products,  tropine,  pseudo-tropine  and  tropic,  atropic, 
and  isotropic  acids,  have  been  found  in  the  mother-liquors 
obtained  after  the  separation  of  atropine  from  the  belladonna 
extract.  In  addition  to  these  the  author  has  shown  the 
presence  of  apo-tropine,  which  was  obtained  by  Pesci  by 
the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  atropine.  It  is  a  crystalline 
body,  melting  at  60D — 62:  C,  and  appears  to  be  identical 
with  the  atropamine  isolated  by  Hess.  It  is  decomposed 
by  alcoholic  potash  into  tropine  and  atropic  acid.  The 
supposed  new  base,  boiling  at  242°  C,  obtained  by  Laden- 
burg  and  Koth  from  belladonna  extract  is  shown  to  be  no 
other  than  pseudo-tropine. — C.  A.  K. 


The  Alkaloids  of  Belladonna  Extract.     L.  van  Itallie. 
Apoth.  Zeit.  1892,  7,  27. 

Ti ik  extract  from  belladonna  was  found  to  consist  almost 
entirely  of  hyoscy amine.  The  object  of  the  experiments 
was  to  discover  whether  any  atropine  might  be  formed 
from  hyoscyamine  during  the  extraction  or  subsequent 
treatment.     This  does  not  appear  to  be  the  case. — C.  A.  K. 


Active  Principle  of  the  Boragini  :i .     F.  Schlagdenhauffen 

and  E.  Eeeb.  PharniV  Post.  1892,  25, T. 
Hi  i  user  isolated  an  alkaloid  Cynoglossine  from  several 
plants  belonging  to  the  Boragineie.  The  author  has 
obtained  the  same  product  from  Cynoglossum  rulgare  and 
from  Beliotropum  europium.  The  alkaloid  contains 
nitrogen,  gives  the  alkaloid  reactions,  and  is  coloured 
yellow  by  sulphuric  acid,  the  colour  gradually  passing  into 
peach-red.  Buchner  states  that  the  physiological  action  of 
the  base  is  akin  to  that  of  curare,  but  the  author  finds  that 
it  lias  quite  a  different  action. — C.  A.  K. 


Terpene  hydrate  from  Eucalyptus  Oil.  E.  Merck. 
Jahresber.  von  E.  Merck,  Darmstadt.  January  1892. 
Oil  of  turpentine  when  allowed  to  stand  with  nitric  acid  and 
alcohol  at  the  ordinary  temperature  of  the  air  for  some 
time,  is  known  to  yield  terpene  hydrate,  which  can  be 
crystallised  from  alcohol.  The  same  hydrate  is  obtained 
under  analogous  conditions  from  eucalpytus  oils — both  from 
Ol.  eucalypt.  globuli  and  from  Ol.  eucalypt.  australc,  of 
commerce.  In  the  former  case  the  formation  of  the  hydrate 
is  undoubtedly  due  to  the  presence  of  pinene  in  the  oil,  but 
in  the  latter  its  origin  is  obscure.  It  cannot  be  owing  to 
the  presence  of  cineol,  because  pure  cineol  was  found  by 
the  author  not  to  yield  terpene  hydrate  when  treated  as 
above. — C.  A.  K. 


An  Alcohol  of  Antipyrine.     J.  W.  Briihl. 
395—397. 


Ber.  25.  1892, 


It  has  been  previously  shown  that  by  the  simultaneous 
action  of  sodium  and  carbonic  anhydride  under  suitable 
conditions,  certain   ketones  are  readily  converted  into  the 


corresponding  alcohols  and  carboxylic  acids  ;  camphor,  for 
example,  yields  borneol,  C10Hl;.OH,  and  camphoearboxylic 
acid,  C1(1H15O.COOH,  in  theoretical  quantities,  whilst 
menthon,  C10H,8< ).  under  similar  conditions,  is  converted 
into  the  alcohol,  menthol,  CK,H19.OH,  and  the  dicarboxylic 
acid,  C1(lH,60(COOH)o. 

Attempts  to  prepare  analogous  derivatives  of  antipyrine 
which,  according  to  Knorr,  is  a  ketone-like  substance  of  the 
constitution — 

C'H3 
I 


(11  .( 


/"\ 


CH  —  CO 

by  treatment  with  sodium  and  carbonic  anhydride,  have 
been  successful  only  as  regards  the  alcohol.  When  anti- 
pyrine (3  mols.)  is  dissolved  in  toluene,  the  solution  mixed 
with  sodium  (4  atoms),  in  the  form  of  wire,  and  gradually 
heated  to  boiling,  while  a  stream  of  carbonic  anhydride  is 
passed  into  it,  the  colour  changes  to  red,  small  quantities  of 
methylamine  are  evolved,  and  the  sodium  dissolves,  a 
yellow  substance  being  produced  ;  on  adding  ice-cold  water 
the  product  passes  into  solution,  but  after  a  short  time 
crystals  are  deposited.  When  the  separation  of  crystals  is 
at  an  end,  the  liquid  is  decanted,  and  the  product  purified 
by  recrystallisation  from  dilute  alcohol.  It  has  the  com- 
position, CuH,jX.,0,  and  is,  therefore,  a  dehydroantipyrine, 
or  antipyrine  alcohol.  It  melts  at  144" — 145°,  is  colourless 
when  pure,  and  is  readily  soluble  in  hot  alcohol,  acetone, 
benzene,  chloroform,  and  ethylacetate,  but  only  sparingly 
in  water,  light  petroleum,  and  ether. — F.  .s.  K. 


Menthol.     A.  Berkenheim.     Ber.  25,  685—698. 

Menthol  is  proved  to  belong  to  the  naphtheue  group,  found 
in  Bussian  petroleum.  This  proof  was  obtained  by  converting 
it  by  reduction,  &c,  into  a  hydrocarbon,  CulHa„  which,  in 
all  it>  physical  properties  as  well  as  chemical  behaviour,  is 
shown  to  be  identical  with  already  known  naphthenes.  In 
view  of  the  researches  of  other  chemists  who  have  found 
that  menthol  is  reducible  to  cymene,  the  naphthene  obtained 
by  the  author  must  contain  a  ring  composed  of  six  carbon 
atoms. 

The  fact  is  pointed  out  of  the  considerably  higher  specific 
gravity  of  the  naphthenes  as  compared  with  the  paraffins 
and  defines.  The  connexion  with  the  terpenes  is  plain  from 
the  convertibility  of  terpene  hydrate  into  an  alcohol  closely 
related  to  menthol,  viz.,  C1(IH .:,f  I.  Besides  this  a  simple 
reduction  of  menthol  to  a  hydrocarbon,  C,0H16,  has  been 
effected.  This  hydrocarbon  possesses  the  character  of  a 
terpene,  forming  an  addition  bromine  compound,  uniting 
with  a  halogen-hydrogen  molecule  directly,  and  oxidising 
easily  on  exposure  to  the  air,  &c.  It  has  yet  to  be  dis- 
covered if  this  hydrocarbon  is  one  of  the  already  known 
terpenes,  or  a  new  one. — W.  S. 


Investigation   of  Terpenes,  Src.     J.   W.  Briihl.     Ber.    25, 
1796. 

See  under  Will.,  page  638. 


Condensation  of  Chloral  and  Buti/lchloral  with  Paraldehyde 
and  Ketones.     W.  Konigs.     Ber.  25,  792— 802. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  640. 


July  30, 1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


633 


Corydaline  II.    J.  J.  Dobbie  and  A.  Lauder,     l'roc. 
Chem.  Soc.  [113],  123— 124. 

In  confirmation  of  the  formula  proposed  in  their  first  paper 
(this  Journal,  1892,  264),  the  authors  give  the  results  of 
analyses  of  the  bromhydride  and  ethylsulphate — 

(CjjHmNO^CjHjHSOj  +  HjO) 

The  alkaloid  examined  by  the  authors  is  identical  with 
that  obtained  b}'  Aldermann  from  the  roots  of  Corydalis 
cava,  by  extracting  with  alcohol  and  exhausting  the  alcoholic 
solution  with  benzene.  The  two  alkaloids  agree  in  compo- 
sition, in  solubility,  in  melting  point,  in  their  action  on 
polarised  light  (dextro-rotatory),  and  in  the  character  of 
the  salts  which  they  form.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  quite 
distinct  from  hydroberberine,  with  which  Aldermann  believed 
his  alkaloid  to  be  identical  or,  at  least,  isomeric. 

When  treated  with  concentrated  solution  of  hydrogen 
iodide,  one  molecular  weight  of  corydaline  gives  four 
molecular  proportions  of  methyl  iodide  and  the  iodhydride 
of  a  iii-w  alkaloid  which  has  the  formula  C13H21N()j. HI. 
The  alkaloid  is  obtained  from  this  salt  by  the  addition  of 
ammonia  or  potassium  hydroxide,  and  dissolves  in  excess 
of  either  agent.  It  possesses  powerful  reducing  properties, 
and  dissolves  in  alcohol,  forming  a  deep  red-coloured 
solution.  The  conclusion  that  the  four  oxygen  atoms  in 
corydaline  are  united  to  methyl  groups  is  confirmed. — W.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Manufacture    of   an    Iodine  Derivative    of   Phenacetin. 
W.  F.  Riedel,  Berlin.     Eng.  Pat.  8584,  May  19,  1891. 

Wn  ex  a  solution  of  phenacetin  in  water,  alcohol,  or  glacial 
acetic  acid  is  mixed  with  a  solution  of  iodine  in  potassium 
iodide  or  other  suitable  solvent  and  a  mineral  acid  added  to 
the  mixture,  a  chocolate-coloured  crystalline  powder  is 
precipitated,  having  the  composition  C20H25N2O4Ib.  The 
product  appears  to  contain  2  molecules  of  phenacetin  to 
3  atoms  of  iodine.  It  is  almost  insoluble  in  water,  readily 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  in  glacial  acetic  acid,  and  melts  at 
130°  C.  with  decomposition.  The  solutions  decompose  on 
boiling  with  evolution  of  iodine.  Recrystallised  from  glacial 
acetic  acid  large  oblong  crystals  are  obtained  having 
a  greenish-red  lustre.  The  name  "  Iodophenin  "  is  proposed 
for  the  new  compound,  which,  owing  to  the  ease  with  which 
it  givee  oil'  iodine  is  applicable  for  therapeutic  purposes. 

— C.  A.  K. 


.4  New  and  more  Economical  Method  for  the  Production 
of  Nitrous  Oxide.  Watson  Smith  and  W.  Elmore, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  9023,  May  27,  1891. 

Nitrous  oxide  is  prepared  by  heating  in  a  suitable  retort 
17  parts  of  cammercial  sodium  nitrate  or  20  parts  of 
potassium  nitrate  with  13 — 14  parts  of  ammonium  sulphate, 
the  nitrous  oxide  evolved  being  purified  in  any  suitable 
manner. 

To  free  the  gas  from  any  alkaline  or  acid  matters,  it  is 
passed  through  weak  acid  and  alkaline  solutions.  The 
materials,  which  should  be  dry,  may  be  previously  mixed, 
or  the  nitrate  may  be  fused  by  itself  and  the  ammonium 
sulphate  added  gradually.  But  the  former  method  is 
preferred.  The  temperature  should  be  maintained  at  about 
230°  C.  during  the  greater  part  of  the  reaction,  and  then 
finally  raised  to  300°  C— J.  W.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Iso-Eugenol  and 
Poly-Iso-Eugenol.  J.  Y.  Johnson,  London.  From  F. 
von  Heyden,  Nachfolger,  Radebeul,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  9450,  June  4,  1891. 

When  eugenol  is  heated  with  a  concentrated  solution  of 
caustic  potash  to  a  sufficiently  high  temperature,  it  is 
readily  converted  into  iso-eugenol,  although  previous 
observers,  working  with  dilute  solutions  of  alkali,  found 
that   the   change   did   not  occur.      As   a   solvent  for   the 


alkali,  methyl  or  ethyl  alcohol,  \vater,  or  hydrocarbons  can 
be  employed,  and  the  temperature  to  which  the  mixture 
must  be  heated  depends  upon  the  degree  of  concentration 
of  the  alkaline  solution,  being  between  1C5°  C.  and  125°  C. 
in  the  case  of  alcoholic  solutions,  and  between  115°  C.  and 
150°  C.  for  aqueous  solutions.  The  iso-eugenol  is  separated 
from  the  products  of  the  reaction  by  the  addition  of  acid, 
and  can  be  purified  either  by  converting  it  into  a  salt  and 
separating  it  again  by  addition  of  acid  or  by  recrystallising 
it  from  a  suitable  solvent  at  a  low  temperature.  The  pure 
product  melts  at  33"  C,  and  boils  between  264°  C.  and 
265°  C.  The  caustic  potash  in  the  above  reaction  cannot 
be  replaced  by  caustic  soda,  but  a  mixture  of  the  two 
alkalis  in  varying  proportions  can  be  employed.  Iso- 
eugenol  is  readily  polymerised  by  small  quantities  of  mineral 
acids,  acid  chlorides,  or  metallic  haloids,  poly-iso-eugenol 
being  formed.  This  body  crystallises  from  alcohol  in 
colourless,  odourless  needles  melting  at  177c  C. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Obtaining  or  Separating 
Oxygen  from  Atmospheric  Air.  J.  H.  Parkinson, 
Stretford,  Lancashire.     Eng.  Pat.  9457,  June  4,  1891. 

The  specification  relates  to  the  apparatus  used  for  the 
separation  of  oxygen  from  atmospheric  air  by  forcing  or 
drawing  purified  atmospheric  air  through  heated  oxygen- 
absorbing  material,  especially  permanganates,  and  subse- 
quently drawing  off  the  absorbed  oxygen  by  reducing  the 
pressure,  according  to  the  process  already  patented  (Eng. 
Pat.  14,925,  1890;  this  Journal,  1891,  947). 

The  apparatus  is  designed  with  the  object  of  making  the 
process  a  continuous  one,  and  consists  essentially  in  the 
construction  and  arrangement  of  retorts,  valves,  and 
regulating  apparatus.  Full  details,  together  with  drawings, 
are  included  in  the  specification. — C.  A.  K. 


Manufacture  of  Meta-Amido-Benzaldehyde  and  of  Salts 
thereof.  O.  Imray,  London.  From  The  "  Farbwerke 
vormals  Meister,  Lucius,  and  Pruning,"  Hoechst-on- 
Main,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  11,049,  June  29,  1891. 

The  bisulphite  compound  of  meta-nitrobenzaldehyde  is 
converted  into  the  corresponding  meta-amidobenzaldehyde 
compound  by  any  of  the  usual  reducing  agents.  When 
dilute  sulphuric  acid  and  zinc  are  employed  the  acid  is 
gradually  added  whilst  the  mixture  is  kept  at  a  temperature 
of  30° — 40°  C.  When  the  addition  of  acid  is  completed, 
the  temperature  is  raised  to  50J  C.  and  the  heating  continued 
until  the  decomposition  is  complete.  The  solution  is  then 
filtered  and  the  filtrate  accurately  neutralised  by  soda, 
when  a  flocculent  yellowish  precipitate  of  an  internal 
condensation  product  of  meta-amidobenzaldehyde  is  ob- 
tained, which  yields  the  salts  of  the  aldehyde  when  treated 
with  mineral  acids.  This  is  filtered  off,  washed,  and  dried. 
The  free  aldehyde  cannot  be  isolated  ;  when  liberated  from 
its  salts,  it  passes  over  into  a  non-oxygenised  base,  having 
the  composition  C;H5N.  With  mineral  acids  it  regenerates 
the  salts  of  meta-amidobenzaldehyde,  and  when  heated 
with  mineral  acids  in  presence  of  tertiary  bases,  meta- 
amido-tetra-alkyl-diamido-triphenyl-methanes  result. 

Ferrous  sulphate  and  soda  or  other  alkali  are  employed 
in  preference  to  zinc  and  acid  for  the  reduction  of  the 
nitrobenzaldehyde  bisulphite. — C.  A.  K. 


p  2 


GU 


THE  JOURNAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30, 1892. 


XXL— PHOTOGRAPHIC  MATERIALS  AND 
PROCESSES. 

New  Gold  Compounds  for  Photographic  Purposes,  Sfc. 
ISrit.  Jour.  Phot.  39,  354. 
M.  P.  Meboter  has  prepared  several  new  neutral  gold 
salts,  viz.,  auro-phosphates,  auro-acetates,  auro-succinates 
Sec.,  by  neutralising  gold  chloride  with  alkaline  phosphates, 
acetates,  &c.  The'auro-phosphate  in  water  only,  forms  a 
toning  bath  giving  rich  violet  -  black  tones.  M.  Mercier 
also  lias  brought  out  a  new  developer  called  Fluoreal,  the 
base  being  presumably  para-amidophenol,  and  is  coloured 
by  the  addition  of  fluorescein,  to  prevent  veiling  during 
development.  In  conjunction  with  this,  caustic  lithia  and 
anhydrous  sulphite  of  soda  are  used,  the  latter  being  much 
more  stable  in  the  anhydrous  state,  besides  dissolving  very 
rapidly. — J.  C.  C. 


Metol  and   Amidol.     Amateur  Photographer,  15,  453,  459. 

From  the  Photographische  Correspondenz. 
These  are  two  new  developers  ;  the  first  is  a  salt  of  mono- 
methyl- para-amido-meta-cresol,  and  is  used  in  connexion 
with  sodium  sulphite  and  an  alkaline  carbonate.  Bromide 
may  be  used  as  a  restrainer.  Metol  and  sulphite  alone  may 
be  used  as  a  developer  for  chloride  and  chloro-bromide 
plates.  The  second  developer,  discovered  by  Hauff  and 
liogisch,  is  diamidophenol,  and  is  used  in  conjunction  with 
neutral  sodium  sulphite  only,  alkalis  colouring  the  solution 
an  intense  blue-green.  As  a  restrainer,  bromide  of  potas- 
sium is  preferably  used. — J.  C.  C. 


The  Action  of  Light  on  Silver  Chloride.  H.  B.  Baker. 
Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1892  [113],  120—122. 
The  small  loss  in  weight  which  silver  chloride  undergoes  on 
exposure  to  light  has  led  the  author  to  investigate  whether 
0x3  gen  is  absorbed  at  the  same  time  that  chlorine  is  evolved, 
Robert  Hunt  having  long  ago  stated  that  such  an  absorption 
docs  take  place.  In  the  first  experiments,  silver  chloride 
was  exposed  to  light  in  a  bulb  connected  with  a  long  tube 
standing  over  potassium  hydrate  solution :  a  very  noticeable 
absorption  took  place.  Similar  experiments  with  oxygen, 
instead  of  air,  gave  similar  results,  showing  that  oxygen 
was  the  gas  absorbed.  Attempts  were  then  made  to  find  in 
what  proportions  the  elements  silver,  chlorine,  and  oxygen 
were  combined  in  the  darkened  substance,  but  so  little  of 
the  dark  substance  was  produced  (less  than  O'l  grin,  in 
50  grins,  of  unaltered  chloride)  that  a  direct  analysis  was 
found  to  be  impossible,  and  an  indirect  _  method  was 
adopted. 

In  the  first  experiments  to  ascertain  the  formula,  the 
evolved  chlorine  was  absorbed  by  potassium  iodide,  and  the 
iodine  which  it  liberated  was  determined ;  the  silver  was 
determined  by  treating  the  blackened  chloride  with  strong 
ammonia  and  weighing  the  residual  metal ;  and  the  oxygen 
by  treating  the  dark  substance  with  pure  chlorine  and 
measuring  the  oxygen  evolved.  The  results  giving  the 
foi  inula  AgjClO. 

It  was  found  that  the  thoroughly-dried  darkened  sub- 
stance, tree  from  oxygen,  gave  an  amount  of  water  when 
reduced  in  pure  hydrogen  which  corresponded  to  an  amount 
of  oxygen  differing  from  that  determined  by  other  methods 
by  less  than  1  per  cent. 

if  the  darkened  substance  be  really  an  oxychloiidc,  it 
should  not  be  produced  in  absence  of  oxygen.  This  was 
found  to  be  the  case,  no  darkening  being  observed  in  a 
vacuum  or  in  carbon  dioxide.  Likewise  no  darkening  was 
produced  when  silver  chloride  was  exposed  under  pure  dry 
carbon  tetrachloride.  It  is  to  be  noted,  however,  that 
carbon  tetrachloride,  unless  carefully  purified,  contains 
substances,  such  as  alcohol,  carbon  bisulphide,  &c,  which 
cause  reduction  of  silver  chloride  ami  the  deposition  of 
black  silver  or  silver  sulphide, which  darkening  has  hitherto 
been  confounded  with  the  darkening  which  lakes  place 
in  air. 


Lastly,  when  darkened  silver  chloride  is  boiled  with  pure 
potassium  chloride,  the  whole  dissolves,  silver  chloride 
being  found  in  the  solution  together  with  potash.  The 
production  of  alkali  seems  to  prove  that  oxygen  is  present 
in  the  darkened  substance  in  the  combined  state. — J.  C.  C. 


PATENTS. 


Improved  Meani  or  Apparatus  for  Producing  Artificial 
Light  for  Photographic  and  other  Purposes.  .1.  Y. 
Johnson,  London.  From  P.  Nadar,  Paris,  France.  Eng. 
Pat.  3042,  February  111,  1891. 

This  apparatus  consists  of  a  chamber  containing  powdered 
magnesium  through  which  a  central  tube  passes.  The  lower 
end  of  the  tube  is  placed  over  an  air  jet  which  forces  the 
magnesium  powder  upwards  through  the  tube  into  the  centre 
of  a  spirit  flame,  where  it  is  burnt,  any  ignited  particles 
which  fall  back  being  caught  in  a  water-trough.  The  air-jet 
is  produced  continuously  or  intermittently  by  means  of  a 
rubber  ball  or  by  other  means.  Instead  of  a  spirit  flame, 
an  annular  Bunsen  flame  may  be  used  and  other  substances 
thau  magnesium  may  be  burnt,  such  as  powdered  zinc  in  a 
jet  of  oxygen  gas.  Another  arrangement  is  described  for 
producing  a  large  area  of  flame,  in  which  the  air  current 
carrying  magnesium  is  projected  into  the  centre  of  a  flame 
produced  from  a  trough  of  burning  spirit,  the  whole 
arrangement  being  placed  under  a  hood. — H.  K.  T. 


Process  for  Producing  Coloured  Photographs.   V.  Mathieu, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  6342,  April  1,  1892. 

The  negative  is  rendered  orthoehromatic  by  the  introduction 
of  colour  screens.  The  print  is  made  upon  albumenised 
paper  sensitised  in  a  15  per  cent,  silver  bath,  and  is  toned 
with  gold,  fixed,  &c.  It  is  then  coated  on  the  back  with 
alcohol  to  coagulate  the  albumen,  and  with  one  or  more 
coats  of  white  Venetian  turpentine  mixed  with  alcohol  or 
essence  of  turpentine  in  order  to  render  it  transparent.  The 
print  is  then  dried  in  a  stove  described  in  the  specification. 
After  the  application  of  a  light  varnish  of  isinglass  or  gum 
arable  solution,  the  necessary  colours  are  applied  to  the 
hack  of  the  print,  which  may  be  then  mounted  and  varnished 
with  copal  varnish  or  otherwise  treated. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Letter-press  and  Lithographic  Processes 
based  upon  Photography.  E.  Albert,  Schwabiug,  Ger- 
many.    Eng.  Pat.  G571,  April  16,  1891. 

These  improvements  consist  in  the  use  of  tints  which  have 
gradations  in  tone  in  the  dark  lines  or  line  waves,  which 
tints  may  either  be  produced  mechanically,  or  by  photo- 
graphy from  an  ordinary  tint  by  giving  the  lens  a  parallel 
displacement  during  exposure,  thus  producing  a  gradation 
in  intensity  in  the  line ;  or  the  same  result  ma}7  be  attained 
by  displacing  the  tint  or  even  the  sensitive  plate  during  the 
exposure  of  the  picture. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Methods  of  Producing  'Pico  or  more 
Coloured  Prints.  E.  Albert,  Schwabing,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  6634,  April  17,  1891. 

The  inventor  claims  printing  from  printing  surfaces  drawn 
or  produced  by  photography  by  means  of  screens  or  tints 
so  placed  that  the  direction  of  the  lines  forming  the  tint  for 
each  colour  varies  by  an  angle  of  about  30°  or  60°.  By  this 
means  disturbing  designs  or  patterns  are  avoided. — J.C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Magnesium  Lights  for  Photographic  and 
Signalling  Purposes.  E.  Haekh,  Stuttgart,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  7635,  May  2,  1891. 

See  under  II.,  page  59". 


July  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


035 


Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Reproducing  Photographs. 

B.  Krantz    and    H.   Zeissler,    London.     Eng.   Pat.   7785, 
.May  5,  1891. 

From  a  negative,  with  or  without  a  grained  plate  inter- 
posed, a  print  is  taken,  which  is  transferred  by  exposure  to 
light,  to  a  piece  of  calico  having  on  one  side  a  sensitised 
film  of  gelatin,  this  is  theu  high  etched  with  glycerin  and 
ammonia,  and  mounted  on  a  block  of  wood  which  may  be 
used  as  a  hand  stamp,  or  it  is  mounted  on  a  self-inking 
arrangement  with  a  parallel  motion,  described  by  the 
iuveutors.— J.  C.  C, 


Improvements  in  or  Connected  with  the  Preparation  of 
Lithographic  Stones  for  Half-Tone  and  Colour  Printing. 
B.  Krantz  and  H.  Zeissler,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  8120, 
May  12,  1891. 

Tin:  improvements  consist  of  printing  from  a  negative  on 
paper  sensitised  with  a  special  composition  (for  the  details 
of  which  the  specification  must  be  consulted),  transferring 
this  print  lo  the  stone  by  means  of  a  bath  of  ammonia 
solution,  and  fixing  with  a  solution  of  gall  nuts  in  water,  and 
lining;  the  picture  is  then  etched  up  by  a  solution  of  nitric 
acid.  —  J.  C.  C. 


Improved  Method  of  Photo-Etching  on  Zinc  and  Copper. 
IS.  Krantz  and  H.  Zeissler,  London.  Eng.  Pat,  H121, 
May  12,  1891. 

A  tin  plate  is  first  coated  with  lamp-black  and  then  with 
Chinese  white  ;  it  is  then  ruled  through  the  white  only,  so 
as  to  show  black  lines.  I'pon  this  an  image  is  thrown  by  a 
magic  lantern,  of  the  picture  required,  a  photographic 
negative  is  then  taken  of  this  image,  from  which  a  print  is 
taken  on  a  zinc  or  copper  plate  sensitised  with  bitumen. 
This  is  developed  with  turpentine,  and  then  etched  in  a 
particular  manner  described  in  detail  in  the  specification. 
Iu  place  of  photographing  the  image  on  the  ruled  plate,  a 
print  may  be  taken  from  a  combination  of  an  ordinary 
negative  aud  one  of  the  ruled  plate,  and  finished  as 
described. — J.  C.  C. 


XXII.-EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 


PATENT. 

Improved  Manner  and  Apparatus  for  Nitrating  Cotton, 
Cellulose,  Straw,  and  similar  Substances.     J.  Selwig  and 
li.  Lange,    Brunswick,    Germany.      Eng.    Pat.     10,747, 
June  24,  1891. 
Thb  patentees  have  devised  a  "  centrifugal  nitrating  appa- 
ratus," consisting  of   a   perforated   revolving   basket  of   a 
centrifugal  machine  arranged  inside  the  nitrating  vat.     The 
cotton  is  thus  practically  nitrated  in  the  centrifugal  machine, 
and  after  allowing  the  acid  to  run  off  the  nitro-cellulose  can 
be  dried  by  centrifugal  force. — W.  M. 


XXIII.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

.  1  PPA  I! A  Tl  N. 
Azolitmin  paper.     1!.  Dietal.     Pharm.  Zeit.  1892,  37,  7. 

Azolitmin  paper,  which  is  a  specially  sensitive  indicator, 
both  for  acids  and  for  bases,  is  prepared  as  follows:  — 
50  grms.  of  litmus  are  digested  with  1  litre  of  water  for 
12  hours,  and  the  operation  repeated  with  a  second  litre  of 
water.  The  united  filtrates  are  mixed  with  100  grms.  of 
sand  and  hydrochloric  acid  added,  till  the  carbon  dioxide 
is  completely  expelled  and  the  solution  turned  red.  The 
whole  is  theu  evaporated  to  dryness  and  heated  until  the 
hydrochloric  acid  is  expelled.  The  residue  is  ground  to  a 
fine  powder  which  is  well  washed,  first  with  hot  aud  then 
with  cold  water  until  the  filtrate  is  no  longer  coloured. 
The  washed  product  is  kept  in  stoppered  bottles  protected 
from  the  light,  after  gentle  drying  between  filter  paper.  To 
prepare  the  paper  10  grms.  of  the  azolitmin  saud  are  treated 
with  100  grms.  of  hot  water,  15  grms.  of  ammonium  chloride 
added,  and  the  solution  filtered  after  allowing  to  stand  for 
a  short  time.  The  blue  solution  turns  red-violet  on  being 
allowed  to  evaporate  spontaneously,  owing  to  the  loss  of 
ammonia,  in  which  state  it  can  be  employed  as  a  test  for 
bases. — ('.  A.  K. 


A  New  Condenser  for  Laboratory    Use.     F.  Evers.     Ber. 
1891,  24,  3950—3951. 

The  apparatus  described  by  the  author  consists  practically 
of  a  Liebig's  condenser  iu  which  the  inner  tube  has  been 
considerably  widened  and  provided  with  au  additional  aud 
internal  cooling  space. 

Owing  to  the  large  cooling  surface  thus  provided,  this 
form  of  condenser  is  very  efficient  and  requires  but  little 
cooling  water.  A  condenser  30  cm.  in  length  will  serve  to 
condense  the  vapours  of  liquids,  boiling  as  low  as  32°  C. 
without  appreciable  loss.  The  apparatus  is  very  suitable 
for  the  fractional  distillation  of  liquids  of  low  boiling  point. 

— H.  T.  P. 


PATENTS. 


Determining  the 

Fletcher,  Enfield, 


Improvements    in   Instruments    its.  tl  fo 

Specific  Gravities  of'  Liquids.     E.  \\.  x-ieici 
Middlesex.      Eng.  Pat.  12,3G3,  July  21,  1891. 

The  improvement  cousists  in  having  a  thermometer 
attached  to  hydrometers,  so  that  the  temperature  of  the 
liquid  can  he  ascertained  at  the  moment  of  taking  its  specific 
gravity.—  ('.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  and  connected  with  Tubes  and  other 
Receptacles  for  Storing  and  Immersing  Hydrometer* 
and  the  like.  '  F.  W.  Fletcher,  Enfield.  Eng.  Pat.  12,465, 
July  22,  1891. 

The  tube  or  receptacle  has  a  cushion  at  the  bottom  upon 
which  the  hydrometer  rests,  and  in  the  cover  there  is  a 
perforated  diaphragm  through  which  the  stem  of  the  hydro- 
meter passes,  and  presses  against  an  elastic  spring  or 
cushion  in  the  top.  The  tube  may  be  used  as  an  immersion 
tube  after  removal  of  the  cover.— J.  C.  C. 


Improvements    in    Assay  or   Chemical  Ralances.      C.  F. 

Betting,  Wehlheiden,  C'assel,  Germany.      Eng.  Pat.  2117, 

February  3,  1852. 
The  improvements  consist  of  a  mechanical  arrangement 
whereby  the  weights  can  be  applied  to  and  removed  from 
the  balance  without  opening  the  case.  The  mechanism 
consists  essentially  of  a  series  of  levers  adapted  to  carry 
the  weights  and  to  place  them  on  the  pans   as  required. 


636 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30, 1892. 


through  the  medium  of  cams  worked  by  knobs  placed 
outside  the  case.  Full  descriptive  details  aud  diagrams  are 
given  in  the  specification. — C.  A.  K. 


INORGANIC   CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

Analysis  of  Antimony   Ores.     A.  Carnot.     Compt.  Kend. 

1892,114,  587—590. 
Owing  to  the   unavoidable  loss  of  metal  which  occurs  in 
the  estimation  of  antimony  in  its  ores  in  the  dry  way  the 
author  employed  the  following  methods  and  found  them  to 
be  more  satisfactory :  — 

1.  Sulphide  Ores.— A  quantity  of  the  ore  (2—5  grms.) 
containing  about  1  grin,  of  antimony  as  far  as  can  be 
roughly  estimated,  is  warmed  with  50—60  cc.  of  concen- 
trated hydrochloric  acid  as  long  as  any  visible  action  takes 
place,  and  the  solution  is  then  decanted  on  to  a  filter;  this 
treatment  is  twice  repeated,  a  few  drops  of  nitric  acid  being 
added  the  second  time.  The  filtrate  and  washings  are  then 
diluted  with  an  equal  volume  of  water,  the  antimony 
precipitated  with  tin  at  80°— 90°,  the  precipitate  washed  by 
deeantation  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  thrown  on  to  a 
tared  filter,  washed  with  warm  water  and  alcohol  succes- 
sively, dried  at  100°,  aud  weighed.  The  results  are  correct 
to  within  about  1  per  cent. 

2.  Oxidised  Ores.— In  the  case  of  ores  containing  both 
oxide  and  sulphide  of  antimony,  and  which  are  sometimes 
only  attacked  by  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  with  great 
difficulty,  the  finely-divided  substance  (2  to  5  grms.)  is  first 
heated  just  below  300°  in  a  stream  of  hydrogen  sulphide 
for  about  an  hour  ;  the  quantity  of  antimony  which  remains 
undissolved  by  hydrochloric  acid  after  this  treatment  is 
quite  insignificant.'  The  subsequent  analysis  is  carried  out 
as  described  above. 

The  presence  of  iron,  or  of  zinc,  does  not  affect  the 
results  ;  lead,  if  present,  is  partly  precipitated  with  the 
antimony,  aud  on  warming  the  precipitated  metal  with 
yellow  sodium  sulphide  there  remains  an  insoluble  residue 
of  lead  sulphide.— F.  S.  It. 


The  Determination  nf  Iron  and  Aluminium  in  Presence  of 
Phosphoric  Arid.  '  W.  H.  Krug.  Journ.  Anal,  and  Appl. 
('hem.  1891,  5,  671. 
Tiik  author  has  examined  the  methods  of  Glaser,  Jones, 
Jones-Stutzer  and  Vogel's  modification  of  the  same,  and 
McElroy,  and  considers  that  of  the  last  named  chemist  the 
most  satisfactory  on  account  of  its  being  more  accurate 
whilst  not  less  rapid  than  the  others.  It  is  as  follows  :  — 
100  cc.  (corresponding  to  1  grm.  of  substance)  of  a  nitric  acid 
solution  of  the  substance  are  placed  in  a  500  cc.  flask  and 
treated  with  ammonium  molybdate  to  precipitate  tne  phos- 
phoric acid,  a  little  ammonium  nitrate  being  added  to 
promote  the  precipitation.  The  mixture  is  allowed  to  stand 
for  several  hours  and  the  flask  then  filled  to  the  mark. 
Two  portions  of  200  cc.  each  are  then  withdrawn  and  pre- 
cipitated at  a  low  temperature  with  ammonia,  a  small 
quantity  of  ammonium  nitrate  being  added  for  the  purpose 
of  keeping  the  mixture  cool.  The  precipitate  of  aluminium 
aud  ferric  hydrates  obtained  in  this  manner  is  readily- 
soluble  in  acids.  It  is  filtered  and  washed  and  dissolved 
in  dilute  nitric  acid,  and  again  precipitated  in  the  cold  with 
ammonia  for  the  purpose  of  removing  any  traces  of 
molybdic  anhydride  which  may  be  present,  and  is  then 
washed,  dried,  ignited,  and  weighed.  The  weighed  precipi- 
tate is  finally  fused  with  potassium  hydrogen  sulphate,  and 
the  iron  determined  volumetrically  in  the  usual  way. 

The  first  filtrate  from  the  precipitate  of  ferric  aud  alumi- 
nium hydrates  contains  any  calcium  and  magnesium  which 
may  be  present.  These  may  be  separated  by  successive 
precipitation  at  a  low  temperature  with  ammonium  oxalate 
and  ammonium  phosphate,  the  low  temperature  being 
necessary  to  prevent  co-precipitation  of  molybdic  anhydride. 

— E.  B. 


The  Estimation  of  Slag  in  Wrought  Iron.  A.  E.  Barrows 
and  T.  Turner.  Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1892  [113],  122—123. 
It  is  known  that  in  puddling  cast  iron  comparatively  rich  in 
non-metallic  elements  the  yield  of  puddled  bar  is  greater 
than  with  less  impure  materials,  but  the  loss  on  reheating 
and  rolling  into  finished  iron  is  also  greater.  It  has  been 
contended  that  this  difference  is  due  to  intermingled  slag. 

The  authors  prepared  four  samples  of  iron,  viz.,  best  bar, 
best  sheet  from  the  same  bar,  common  bar  and  common 
sheet  from  the  same.  Pig  iron  of  known  composition  was 
used;  the  yield  of  common  puddled  bar  was  t j - 5  per  cent, 
greater  than  the  other,  but  the  loss  in  reheating  was  also 
1  ■  5  per  cent,  greater,  leaving  a  balance  of  5  per  cent,  in 
favour  of  the  common  iron.  The  composition  of  the 
samples  was  as  follows  : — 


Best. 

Common. 

Bar. 

Sheet. 

Bar. 

Sheet. 

0-060 

0-22S 
0'178 

0-035 
0-16S 
0-175 

0-(H5 
0-275 
0-58!l 

0-032 
0-221 
0'390 

These  results  show  that  the  silicon  is  equally,  and  very 
slightly,  reduced  in  each  case,  while  the  phosphorus  was 
much  reduced  in  common  iron  and  but  scarcely  affected  in 
best.  This  does  not  favour  the  view  that  much  more  slag 
is  removed  in  one  case  than  the  other. 

By  dissolving  the  iron  in  a  cold  solution  of  sodium  copper 
chloride,  the  authors  have  obtained  the  following  values  :  — 


Best. 

( 'ommon. 

Bar. 

Sheet. 

Bar. 

Sheet. 

Slag  per  cent 

3 -S3 

2  Tin 

3-85 

8-85 

1'25  pe 

r  cent. 

l'OO  percent. 

This  method  requires  to  be  further  examined  and  checked 
by  other  processes  before  the  results  can  be  accepted,  but 
they  are,  at  least,  a  fairly  close  approximation  to  the  truth. 
Though  the  chlorine  process  (Chem.  Soc.  J.  Trans.  45, 
265)  is  not  suited  for  slags  containing  iron,  it  appears  to  be 
correct  for  cast-iron  analysis,  since  the  slag  from  the  blast 
furnace  seldom  contains  more  than  a  trace  of  iron. 

The  authors  conclude  that  for  practical  purposes  the 
weight  of  slag  in  best  and  common  iron  may  be  taken  as 
identical,  aud  that  on  reheating  and  rolling  each  loses  about 
the  same  weight  of  slag.  The  additional  loss  noticed  on 
reheating  impure  iron  is  due  chiefly  to  the  elimination  of 
phosphorus,  probably  in  the  form  of  ferrous  phosphate. 

— W.  S. 

PATENT. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  and  Appliances  for  the  Rapid 
Determination  of  Carbon  in  Steel.  A.  Tropenas, 
Sheffield,  and  A.  E.  Wells,  Rotherham.  Eng.  Pat.  2785, 
February  16,  1891. 
The  inventors  have  found  that  after  the  boiling  period  in 
the  Bessemer  and  allied  pneumatic  processes,  the  percentage 
of  carbonic  anhydride  in  the  converter  gases  ;it  any 
moment  maintains  a  perfectly  definite  relation  with  the 
percentage  of  carbon  in  the  metal  at  the  time.  It  is  there- 
fore proposed  to  estimate  the  percentage  of  carbon  iu  the 
metal  by  withdrawing  a  definite  quantity  of  the  gases  and 
determining  the  amount  of  carbonic  anhydride  present. 
The  apparatus  used  consists  of  a  test  tube  connected  on  the 
one  hand  with  a  supply  of  lime  water,  solution  of  lead 
salts,  litmus  or  other  indicator,  and  on  the  other  hand  with 
a  tube  through  which  gases  can  be  driven  or  drawn  over 
from  the  converter.  A  quantity  of  the  indicator  is  admitted 
into  the  test  tube,  the  gas  allowed  to  pass  in  for  a  given 


July  so,  1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


637 


period,  say  10  seconds,  and  the  test  tube  compared  with  a 
series  of  carefully  prepared  standards.  A  modification  of 
this  method  consists  in  drawing  off  100  ce.  of  the  gases 
(by  connecting  the  pipe  with  a  burette  filled  with  water 
and  allowing  the  latter  to  flow  out)  and  forcing  this  through 
some  indicator  as  before.  In  a  further  modification,  the 
burette  rilled  with  gas  is  connected  with  a  vessel  containing 
a  dilute  solution  of  caustic  potash,  and  the  amount  of 
carbonic  anhydride  determined  from  the  rise  of  the  solution 
in  the  tube. 

Jt  is   stated  that  with  suitable  apparatus  an  observation 
can  be  made  in  10  to  20  seconds. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUALITATIVE. 

Colorimttric  Determination  of  Vanillin.    F.  Moerk.    Amer. 

J.  Pharm.  1891,  63,  572. 
To  prepare  the  vanillin  solution  it  must  first  be  decolourised 
if  necessary  by  means  of  lead  hydrate,  prepared  by  adding 
caustic  potash  to  a  solution  of  lead  nitrate  containing  a 
drop  of  phenolphthalein  until  a  distinct  red  colouration 
appears.  The  precipitate  thus  ohtaiued  is  washed  with 
water  and  made  up  to  100  cc.  To  carry  out  the  test  2  cc. 
of  the  vanilla  extract  are  treated  with  50  cc.  of  water,  20  ce. 
of  the  lead  hydrate  added  and  the  whole  made  up  to  100  cc. 
The  solution  is  filtered  after  standing  a  few  minutes,  and 
50  cc.  are  treated  with  an  excess  of  bromine  water ;  a  1  per 
cent,  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate  is  then  added  until  the 
maximum  intensity  of  colour  is  obtained,  when  the  whole 
is  made  up  to  100  cc,  allowed  to  stand  sometime,  and  then 
filtered.  The  colouration  obtained  is  compared  with  that 
given  by  standards  containing  from  0-002 — 0-005  grm.  of 
vanillin  in  100  cc.  The  method  is  reliable  if  the  vanilla 
extract  is  uot  coloured ;  if  it  is,  a  yellow  tinge  always 
remains  even  after  the  treatment  with  lead  hydrate,  which 
decreases  the  accuracy  of  the  test.  The  smell  of  the 
vanillin  is  quite  destroyed  in  this  reaction,  whilst  that  of 
eumarin  remains  :  the  test  therefore  serves  as  a  means  of 
detecting  small  quantities  of  eumarin  in  the  extract. 

— C.  A.  K. 

Examination  of  Vegetable  Lubricating  Oils  speeiallg 
regarding  Qualitative  Tests.  Holde.  Jlitth.  Konigl. 
teebn.  Yersuehsans.  Berlin,  1891,  294. 

The  author  has  critically  examined  the  various  colour 
reactions  which  are  in  vogue  for  the  testing  of  vegetable 
oils.  He  obtained  the  following  results  : — (The  samples  of 
oil  used  were  sufficiently  pure,  as  confirmed  by  their  iodine 
anil  saponification  values,  and  by  their  physical  properties.) 

Tests  for  Rape  Oil. — The  presence  of  rape-oil — say  in 
olive  oil  -  was  considered  as  proved  when  sulphur  had  been 
found  in  the  saponified  oil  (black  precipitate  with  lead 
solution),  the  assumption  being  made,  that  all  oils  extracted 
from  the  seeds  of  Crucifene  contained  sulphur.  The  author 
found — as  before  him  Schweissinger— that  there  are  in 
commerce  rape  oils  which  are  free  from  sulphur.  Schaedler 
has  already  stated  that  cold-expressed  rape  oils  do  not 
eontaiu  sulphur.  On  the  other  hand  due  regard  must  be 
had  to  the  fact  that  oils  extracted  from  the  seeds  by  means 
of  carbon  bisulphide  may  retain  small  quantities  of  sulphur 
from  the  latter. 

Schneider's  reaction,  which  is  stated  to  detect  the  presence 
of  even  2  per  cent,  of  rape  oil  in  olive  oil  (dissolve  one  volume 
of  the  oil  in  two  volumes  of  ether  and  add  20 — 30  drops  of 
a  saturated  alcoholic  solution  of  silver  nitrate  ;  the  lower 
layer  becomes  brownish  and  at  last  black  if  the  quantity  of 
rape  oil  present  is  large,  but,  if  small,  distinctly  brown  after 
12  hours'  standing)  had  not  been  found  to  answer  in  the 
hands  of  the  author  on  examining  pure  rape  oil,  even  after 
six  hours  only  a  dirty  green  sediment  being  obtained.  It 
should  be  remembered  that  cotton  oil  gives  colourations 
similar  to  those  mentioned  by  Schneider. 

The  author  examined  next  the  test  proposed  by  Yillavechia 
and  Fabris  (this  Journal,  1891,  390)  who  recommend  the 
saponification  of  10  cc.  of  the  oil  with  alcoholic  potash  and 
the  addition  of  2  cc.  of  a  silver  nitrate  solution  followed  by 


one  of  10  cc.  of  nitric  acid  (1:3).  On  shaking  the  mixture 
a  brown  ring  is  stated  to  appear  between  the  two  layers  if 
rape  oil  be  present,  whilst  pure  olive  oil  gives  no  reaction. 
The  author,  however,  obtained  black  rings  with  pure  olive 
oil  and  also  with  two  samples  of  rape  oil.  This  test  must, 
therefore,  be  also  considered  as  valueless. 

Test  for  Cotton  Oil. — The  author  examined  the  following 
reactions: — (a.)  Bechi's  test  (this  Journal,  1888, 135).  One 
sample  of  cotton  oil  gave  the  brown  colour  of  Bechi's  test, 
whilst  another  sample  and  likewise  a  pure  olive  oil  gave  a 
yellow  colour.  A  mixture  of  pure  olive  oil  and  30  per 
cent,  of  the  cotton  oil  showing  the  brown  colour,  gave,  on 
testing,  no  longer  the  brown  colour.  Although  the  samples 
of  cotton  oil  used  by  the  author  were  old  ones,  and  may 
consequently  have  undergone  some  alteration  as  far  as 
regards  the  silver-reducing  substances,  he  does  not  hesitate 
to  condemn  Bechi's  test  as  valueless.  (6.)  Bechi's  test  as 
modified  by  Villavechia  and  Fabris  has  also  to  be  rejected, 
(c.)  Milliau's  test  (this  Journal,  1888,  593)  seemed  at  first 
to  be  a  reliable  one.  But  on  heating  a  sample  of  cotton  oil 
to  240°  C.  it  was  found  that  no  reduction  of  silver  takes 
place,  an  observation  which  detracts  greatly  from  the  value 
of  Milliau's  test,  (d.)  Hirschsohn's  test.  This  test  is  based 
on  the  reduction  of  a  gold  chloride  solution  by  cotton  oil. 
But  Moerch  already  has  stated  that  a  number  of  other  oils 
give  the  same  red  colour ;  the  author  adds  to  Moerch's  list : 
hemp  oil.  Besides,  cotton  oil  heated  to  240°  C.  no  longer 
reduces  the  gold  chloride  solution,  (e.)  Nitric  acid  test. 
Nitric  acid  of  1-37  sp.  gr.  was  not  found  to  give  charac- 
teristic reactions.  Therefore  nitric  acid  of  1  "41  sp.  gr.  was 
tried.  Pure  cotton  oils  gave  deep  reddish-brown  coloura- 
tions, whilst  olive  oils  became  yellow.  But  a  pure,  refined 
rape  oil  gave  also  the  brown  colour.  In  mixtures  of  olive 
oil  and  cotton  oil  20  per  cent,  of  the  latter  could  be  detected  ; 
an  admixture  of  10  per  cent,  could  not  be  ascertained. 
Therefore  the  nitric  acid  test  is  also  useless. 

Test  for  Sesame  Oil. — Bauduin's  test  was  found  to  be 
thoroughly  reliable  and  capable  of  indicating  even  0-5  per 
cent,  sesame  oil.  Sesame  oil  heated  to  200°  C.  showed  the 
colour  just  as  well  as  a  not  heated  sample.  The  author  uses 
Bauduin's  test  in  the  following  manner : — Take  a  lump  of 
beet  sugar  of  the  size  of  a  pea  and  shake  it  with  2  cc.  of 
hydrochloric  acid  of  sp.gr.  1-19  until  the  greatest  part  of 
the  sugar  is  dissolved.  Add  an  equal  volume  of  oil  and 
shake  violently.  Allow  to  stand ;  when  sesame  oil  is 
present  the  aqueous  layer  will  be  found  coloured  red.  The 
colour  has  to  be  observed  at  once,  as  later  on  the  liquid 
becomes  dark  brown. 

Test  for  Drying  Oils. — Larger  quantities  of  drying  oils 
in  olive  oil,  &c.  may  be  easily  detected  by  the  so-called 
quantitative  reactions.  The  colour  reactions  recommended 
in  text-books  have  been  found  to  be  valueless. 

Bridle's  Test  for  Seed  Oils.— (This  Journal,  1888,  457.) 
The  author  rejects  this  test  altogether. 

Test  for  Train  Oil.— (This  Journal,  1891,  729.) 

Test  for  Mineral  Oils.— (This  Journal,  1889,  735.)  It 
was  noticed  that  in  the  presence  of  small  quantities  of 
mineral  oils  the  latter  may  be  redissolved  on  adding  larger 
quantities  of  water ;  therefore  the  turbidity  appearing  on  the 
first  addition  of  water  has  to  be  considered  as  characteristic. 

Test  for  Rosin  Oil The  test  described  by  the  author 

(this  Journal,  1890,  418)  is  considered  as  satisfactory. 

It  will  thus  be  clear  that  all  the  colour  tests  which  have 
been  proposed  for  the  examination  of  mixtures  of  fatty  oils 
— with  the  exception  of  the  test  for  sesame  oil — are  value- 
less.— J.  L. 

Detection  of  Rosin  Oils  in  Essence  of  Turpentine. 
M.  Zune.     Compt.  Rend.  114,  490. 

The  author  has  examined  the  various  products  derived 
from  the  crude  turpentine  of  the  Landes,  Gironde,  &c,  and 
finds  that  for  the  detection  of  rosin  oil  in  the  essence  of 
turpentine  it  is  sufficient  to  submit  the  sample  to  a  fractional 
distillation,  collecting  the  first  three-fourths  separately  and 
then  determining  the  refractive  indices  of  the  four  portions. 
If  the  essence  is  pure  the  difference  between  the  indices  of 


638 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30, 1892, 


the  first  and  last  fourth  should  not  exceed  0' 00400  and 
will  generally  fall  below  0-00350,  whilst  the  presence  of 
1  per  cent,  only  of  rosin  oil  would  raise  the  difference  to  at 
least  0-00600.  If  there  is  4  per  cent,  or  more  of  adultera- 
tion it  is  readily  recognised  by  the  simple  determination  of 
the  refractive  index  of  the  essence,  but  where  the  slightest 
doubt  exists  it  is  advisable  to  resort  to  distillation. 

— S.  IS.  A.  A. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

Investigation   of  Terpenes  mid  thru-  Derivatives.    .1.  W. 
Briihl.    Her.  25,  1796—1813. 

A  research  in  its  details  of  purely  scientific  value.  A 
deduction  of  some  technical  and  general  interest  is,  that 
camphoric  acid  is  not  as  has  been  supposed,  a  mono-  but  a 
true  bibasic  acid. 

In  the  titration  of  this  acid  (Friedel,  Corupt.  Pend.  113, 
December  14,  1891)  phenolphthalein  is  the  best  indicator. 
Gorallin  (with  camphoric  acid  yellow,  with  alkalis  red)  can 
be  used  successfully. — W.  S. 


New  and  Simple  Method  for  Estimating  the  Quantity  of 
Rosin-Size  contained  in  Paper.  W.  Herzberg.  Mitfhl. 
aus  d.  Kouigl.  tech.  Yersuchs.  zu  Berlin,  189a,  10  [2], 
80—85. 
The  author  proposes  to  place  a  portion  of  the  paper  to  be  \ 
examined  on  a  watch  glass  and  to  pour  upon  it  four  to  six 
drops  of  ether.  After  15  or  20  seconds  the  ether  evaporates, 
and  in  case  auy  appreciable  amount  of  size  is  contained  in 
the  paper,  a  slight  stain  surrounded  by  an  edge  of  a  some- 
what darker  colour  is  observed  uuder  direct  light.  In 
different  sorts  of  paper  the  shape  of  the  stain,  as  also  the 
form  of  its  surrounding  edge,  may  differ.  To  discover  the 
amount  of  rosin  in  paper  the  latter  is  to  be  treated  with 
absolute  alcohol.  On  adding  water  to  the  alcohol  in  case 
any  rosin  was  present  iu  the  paper,  the  fluid  will  become 
turbid  or  milky.  According  to  the  degree  of  turbidity  or 
milkiness  of  the  fluid  measured  by  a  standard,  the  amount 
of  rosin  may  he  determined. — P.  D. 


Determination    of   the   Extractive   Matters    in    Brand;/. 
Zeits.  fur  Spiritusind.  14,  215. 

As,  according  to  the  German  excise  laws,  all  brandy 
containing  more  than  3  per  cent,  of  extract  is  considered  a 
liqueur,  the  accurate  determination  of  the  extract  is  of 
importance. 

An  amount  of  about  100  grms.  of  the  liquor  to  be  tested 
is  evaporated  to  about  one-third  to  one-fourth  of  its  bulk. 
When  all  the  alcohol  has  been  expelled,  indicated  by  the 
odour,  the  residue  is  made  up  to  about  the  original  volume. 
The  specific  gravity  of  the  solution  indicates  the  amount  of 
extract. — A.  L.  S. 


On  the  Quantitative  Determination  of  the  Fibres  Used  in 
Paper  Making.  W.  Herzberg.  Konigl.  tech.  Yersuchs. 
z.Berlin,  10,  1892  [1],  7. 

The  microscope  is  well  adapted  for  the  recognition  of  the 
fibres  in  a  paper,  since  by  its  aid  the  smallest  difference  in 
their  anatomic  structure  can  be  observed  with  certainty. 
Up  to  the  present  time  all  attempts  further  to  develop  these 
characteristics  have  been  more  or  less  failures,  especially 
those  methods  which  depend  entirely  upon  colour  reactions. 
All  such  reactions  can  only  facilitate  the  separation  of 
fibres  into  groups,  and  it  must  be  insisted  on  that  no*  colour 
reactions  can  be  considered  as   absolutely  characteristic   of 


*  Mechanical  wood-pulp  may  be  taken  as  an  exception  to  tins 
rule,  as  when  coloured  it  can  be  recognised  under  the  microscope 
with  the  greatest  ease,  and  also  after  treatment  with  various 
reagents  (this  Journal.  1890, 1068), 


one  definite  fibre  (Mittheilungen,  1887,  Sonderheft  III.  1). 
Nor  is  it  probable  that  the  recognition  of  fibres  could 
ever  be  certain  if  alone  based  on  such  a  reaction.  Fibres 
from  the  same  source  in  consequence  of  variations  in  the 
conditions  of  manufacture  do  not  all  give  the  same  reactions, 
and  this  method  will  not  bear  close  investigation.  The 
qualitative  examination  of  fibres  in  consequence  of  the 
similarity  of  the  structure  is  not  without  difficulties.  These 
become  still  greater  when  it  is  necessary  for  a  quantitative 
determination  to  be  made.  Cellulose  (C6H1(l05),  regardless 
of  its  origin,  gives  almost  the  same  reactions  with  all 
reagents. 

In  counexion  with  the  difficulties  of  determination  it  may- 
be remarked  that  the  Prussian  Government  make  as 
standardfor  normal  paper  Class  II.,  25  per  cent,  oj  cellulose. 
At  the  time  of  inakimi  this  standard  not  very  much  work 
had  been  done  in  the  direction  of  accurate  quantitative  fibre 
determination,  but  iu  consequence  the  subject  had  to  receive 
attention. 

It  has  been  observed  that  in  the  course  of  repulping 
paper  by  treating  with  dilute  caustic  soda  to  remove  resin, 
&c.,  and  shaking  with  garnets,  preparatory  to  a  micro- 
scopical examination,  that  whilst  part  of  the  fibres  sink, 
part  remain  floating  on  the  surface.  However,  an  examina- 
tion showed  no  difference  between  the  fibres  that  floated 
and  those  that  sank,  so  that  their  behaviour  cannot  be 
attributed  to  any  actual  differences  in  specific  gravity,  but 
is  probably  purely  mechanical,  and  caused  by  air  bubbles 
being  attached  to  the  floating  fibres. 

Further  proof  that  specific  gravity  had  nothing  to  do 
with  the  matter  was  obtained  by  employing  various 
saturated  solutions  (sodium  and  barium  chloride),  but  in 
every  case  the  result  was  as  has  been  described.  Further 
attempts  were  made  to  separate  fibres  by  their  different 
capacities  of  absorption.  Fibres  may  be  placed  for  a  few 
hours  iu  a  solution  of  barium  chloride,  there  washed,  and 
allowed  to  stand  some  time  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  thus 
forming  insoluble  barium  sulphate  in  the  fibres  themselves, 
it  was  hoped  that  by  this  means  it  would  be  found  possible 
to  make  a  separation  of  the  variously  loaded  fibres,  and  by 
using  liquids  of  varying  gravities.  Although  the  fibres  were 
treated  with  all  sorts  of  solutions  aud  preeipitants  they  were 
found  to  have  no  more  tendency  to  separate  than  before 
treatment.  Separation  was  tried  by  means  of  a  cupra- 
ammonium  solution,  a  well-known  solvent  for  cellulose, 
although  it  was  exceedingly  improbable  that  by  this  means 
an  accurate  quantitative  determination  could  be  made ;  it 
was,  however,  thought  possible  that  whilst  pure  cellulose, 
such  as  cotton,  would  be  rapidly  dissolved,  the  impurer 
forms  might  be  scarcely  affected.  Experiment  showed  that 
this  was  not  the  case,  and  that  as  a  qualitative  method  it 
was  untrustworthy. 

That  the  fibres  could  be  approximately  determined  iu  the 
field  of  the  microscope  was  certain,  but  the  question  was 
whether  the  results  so  obtained  were  sufficiently  accurate  for 
practical  purposes. 

The  characteristics  of  part  of  the  fibres  in  finished  papers, 
linen,  or  cottou,  are  often  so  destroyed  in  processes  of 
manufacture  that  it  is  impossible  with  certainty  to  trace 
their  origin. 

The  case  is  different  with  chemically  purified  cellulose 
(esparto,  straw,  wood,  &c),  which  require  little  treatment 
in  the  beating  engine,  and  are  found,  fibres,  cells,  &c.  iu  a 
good  state  of  preservation  in  paper. 

In  making  a  preparation  for  examination  it  is  advisable  to 
take  tiny  pieces  of  paper  from  various  sheets  and  to  pay 
special  attention  to  the  even  distribution  of  the  fibres  over 
the  object  glass. 

The  determination  may  be  made  either  by  counting  the 
various  fibres  in  a  series  of  microscopic  fields  or  by  com- 
paring the  appearance  of  the  preparations  to  be  examined 
with  those  of  known  fibre  contents.  Of  course,  to  ensure 
reliable  results  in  either  case,  the  average  of  a  large  number 
of  observations  must  be  taken.  In  measuring  fibres  and 
particles  of  fibres  it  is  well  to  take  as  unit  for  calculation 
the  diameter  or  radius  of  the  field  of  observation. 

If  50  observations  of  a  paper  gave  7  linen  fibres  to  5  cotton, 
the  approximate  per  cent,  value  would  be  58  per  cent,  linen, 
12  per  cent,  cotton. 


July  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


639 


A  mixture  was  made  of  50  per  cent,  linen  and  50  per  cent, 
wood  cellulose  fibres,  and  100  observations  made  and  tbe 
fibres  counted.  The  result  showed  that  the  average  found 
was  equivalent  to  -15  per  cent,  complete  linen  and  56-5  per 
cent,  wood  cellulose  fibres,  allowing  an  average  error  of 
1-70  a  maximum  of  2'7  per  cent.,  and  a  probable   error  of 

1  per  cent. 

It  is  obvious  that  direct  calculation  of  the  fibres  will  not 
give  the  true  proportions  by  weight,  and  that  the  result 
would  have  to  be  multiplied  by  a  coefficient  found  by 
experiment.  Thus  the  method  would  be  both  uncertain  and 
tedious. 

A  new  method  of  valuation  is  proposed  and  it  is  made  to 
include  the  loading  of  the  fibres.  In  the  table  given  only 
the  pure  fibres  however  are  taken  into  consideration.  To 
facilitate  matters  and  for  the  sake  of  comparison  a  series  of 
mixtures  of  known  fibre-content  were  tested.  The  fibres 
were  still  counted  under  the  microscope,  but  certain 
numerical  cheeks  and  allowances  were  made.  Very  minute 
and  lengthy  details,  illustrated  by  numerous  tables,  are 
given,  and  for  these  the  original  must  be  consulted.  They 
show  the  limits  of  accuracy  and  error  in  making  these 
micro-chemical  examinations.  The  examination  may  be 
simplified   by   using   a  solution   of  1  •  15  grms.   iodine   and 

2  gnus,    potassium   iodide  in   20  grms.   of  water,   to  which 
2  cc.  of  glycerol  have  been  added. 

The  fibres  by  their  colour  may  be  separated  at  a  glance, 
cotton,  linen,  hemp,  &c,  being  dark  brown,  straw,  wood,  and 
esparto  cellulose,  nearly  colourless,  mechanical  wood,  jute, 
and  other  lignified  fibres,  orange. 

The  modified  method  of  microscopical  valuation  of  papers 
will  be  introduced  into  the  Government  laboratory  in  Berlin, 
and  from  January  1893,  notice  is  given  to  paper  makers 
that  paper  said  to  belong  to  Class  II.  will  be  expected  only 
to  contain  25  per  cent,  wood-,  straw-,  or  esparto  cellulose. 

—P.  N.  E. 


Degras.     R.  Kuhsam.     Jahresb.  der  Deutseh.  Gerbersehule 
zu  Freiberg  in  Sachsen.   1891  —  1892,  3,    3—17.     (This 
Journal,  1891,  557,  1013.) 
The  proper  degras  (iloellon)  is   the  oil  expressed  in  luke- 
warm water   from   chamois   leather   in   the    final    stage  of 


tanning.  Inasmuch  as  the  whole  process  consists  in  oiling 
the  skins,  stocking  them,  allowing  them  to  heat  in  heaps, 
and  repeating  the  last  two  operations  as  often  as  is  judged 
necessary,  it  is  obvious  that  the  excess  of  oil  finally 
expressed  must  most  reasonably  be  regarded  as  an  alter- 
ation product  of  the  cod- oil  originally  used. 

The  high  estimation  in  which  degras  has  always  been 
held  as  a  currying  agent  has  caused  many  imitations  to 
find  their  way  into  the  market,  and  much  of  the  research 
which  has  been  expended  on  this  substance  during  the 
last  few  years  has  been  for  the  purpose  of  detecting  and 
valuing  these  spurious  specimens.  A  summary  of  the 
leading  opinions  as  to  the  constitution  of  degras  will  be 
found  in  this  Journal,  1891,  557  ;  the  author  of  the  present 
paper  calls  attention  especially  to  the  "  degras  former  " 
first  isolated  by  Jean  and  found  by  him  to  exist  in  small 
quantity  in  the  original  cod-oil  (threat),  but  in  much  larger 
quantity  in  the  degras.  This  resinous  substance  is  insoluble 
in  petroleum  ether,  and  Simand  has  pronounced  no  degras 
to  be  genuine  and  pure  unless  it  contains  at  least  12  per 
cent,  of  "  degras-former  "  when  the  moisture  is  20  per  cent. 
An  analytical  method  can  be  based  on  this  statement. 

The  samples  1 — 9  in  the  following  table  are  French 
artificial  degras.*  No.  10  is  called  an  "  emulsion-fat ; " 
No.  1 1  is  a  genuine  degras  obtained  in  the  chamois  leather 
process  from  the  cod  oil  No.  12. 

The  water  was  determined  by  heating  2 — 3  grms.  of  the 
sample  in  a  weighed  platinum  crucible  with  a  Runsen 
burner  until  an  empyreumatic  odour  indicated  the  complete 
dehydration  of  the  fat. 

The  iodine  absorptions  were  determined  as  usual,  the 
insoluble  fatty  acids  being  first  freed  from  "  degras-former  " 
by  solution  in  petroleum  ether.  It  will  be  noted  that  the 
iodine  absorption  of  Ihe  genuine  degras  is  much  higher 
than  that  of  the  artificial  samples,  so  that  this  should  serve 
as  an  indication  of  quality  ;  doubtless  it  is  the  presence  of 
fats  of  low  iodine  absorption,  such  as  tallow,  yolk,  and 
cocoa-nut  oil,  that  lowers  the  ahsorption  of  the  artificial 
degras. 

*  Kunst  degras  is  thus  rendered ;  it  would  appear  that  by 
this  term  the  author  means  degras  obtained  in  the  currying 
process  as  opposed  to  that  obtained  in  chamois-leather  making; 
to  this  latter  he  subsequently  refers  as  Mocllon. — A.-G.  B. 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

Water 

pei- 
Cent. 

Iodine  Absorption 
Per  Cent. 

Acid 
No. 

Saponi- 
fication 
No. 

Ether 

No. 

(difference 

bi  't  ween 

Band  7). 

Con- 

st:ill[ 

Acid 
No. 

Constant 

Saponifi- 

cation 

No. 

Constant 

Ether 

No. 

(difference 

between 

9  and  10). 

Acetyl 
Acid 
No. 

Acetyl 
Saponifi- 
cation 

No. 

Acetyl 
No.  (dif- 
ference 

bet  worn 

12  and  13). 

True 
Acetyl 
No.  (dif- 

No. of 
Sample. 

Degras 

|  Vnh.v- 
drous.J 

In-      Acetyl- 
soluble      ised 

ference 
between 
14  and  11). 

Patty 
Acids. 

Fatty 
Acids. 

Mgrms 
of  At 

.  of  KOI 
ihydrous 

1  per  Grin. 
D6gras. 

Mgrms 

0 

.  of  KOH 

f  Fatty  A 

per  Grin, 
cids. 

Mg 

i 

puis,  of  K 
Vcetylisec 

OH  per  Grm.  of 
Fatty  Acids. 

1 

Wl 

71-7 

70-5 

73-1 

37-7 

185-5 

224-3 

38-S 

1S1-0 

280-0 

99-0 

60-2 

2 

l-'-'.i 

0f2 

5s-i; 

52-7 

7-2-7 

110-4 

37-7 

1028 

131-5 

28-7 

92-0 

164-7 

72-1 

43-4 

3 

12-4 

77-4 

75-4 

SHI -4 

40-2 

110-7 

70-5 

129-6 

172-9 

13-4 

128-9 

196-1 

67-2 

23-8 

•1 

Ij-'.I 

78-4 

70-2 

6li-6 

50'1 

13f8 

84-7 

162-9 

198- 7 

30-8 

157-0 

237-0 

80-0 

49-2 

5 

M'4 

77- S 

78-5 

70-2 

52-7 

137-4 

84-7 

163-5 

185-9 

22-4 

160-9 

227-0 

Olj'l 

43-7 

i; 

11-5 

76-1! 

70-5 

75-7 

04-9 

108-8 

43-9 

175-8 

229-6 

53-8 

171-0 

2S2'5 

111-5 

57-7 

7 

13-9 

96-7 

95-9 

88-9. 

.. 

.. 

.. 

182-5 

215'fi 

33-1 

178-7 

212-4 

33-7 

0-6 

8 

17'3 

83-7 

virt 

102-7 

28-9 

100-8 

71-9 

90-7 

197-1 

100-4 

92-8 

175-4 

82-6 

.. 

9 

1(5  -0 

80-9 

52-0 

141-2 

89-2 

.. 

•• 

.. 

10 

5'3 

74'4 

79-3 

73-0 

5fl 

125-2 

71-1 

179-5 

210-2 

30-7 

180-1 

217-0 

36-9 

6'2 

11 

.. 

127-7 

1423 

127-4 

.. 

103-8 

.. 

180-8 

212-2 

31-4 

176-8 

228-3 

51-5 

20-1 

12 

•• 

126'7 

106-0 

101-9 

•• 

180-0 

•• 

159-3 

213-2 

53-9 

158-2 

215-7 

57-5 

3-7 

Mean  of 

1— la 

•• 

78'5 

77-fi 

77-7 

50-4 

121-2 

70-8 

ISO'S 

(except 
No.  8). 

195-5 
(except 
No.  8). 

35-2 
(except 

No.  8). 

149-2 

221-3 

72-1 

•• 

640 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  80, 1893. 


The  "  acid  number "  (col.  6)  is  the  amount  of  KOH 
required  to  neutralise  the  original  sample  of  degras,  while 
the  "  saponification  number"  (col.  7)  is  the  amount 
required  to  saponify  the  original  sample.  The  difference 
between  these  two  is  the  "ether  number  "  (col.  8)  or  amount 
of  K(  )H  consumed  in  actual  saponification.  The  genuine 
degras  has  a  saponification  number  lower  than  the  original 
cod  oil,  but  higher  than  the  artificial  degras  ;  the  latter 
nearly  always  contains  mineral  oil. 

The  "  constant  acid  number "  (col.  9)  represents  the 
amount  of  KOH  neutralised  by  the  fatty  acids  of  the  degras 
in  the  cold,  the  "  constant  saponification  number"  (col.  10) 
being  the  amount  neutralised  by  heating  the  fatty  acids 
with  the  KOH,  in  the  same  way  as  for  the  saponification  of 
the  fac.  The  difference  "  consjant  ether  number  "  (col.  11) 
represents  the  amount  of  KOH  expended  in  eouverting  any 
lactones  which  the  degras  may  contain  into  potassium 
salts  of  the  corresponding  hydroxy  fatty  acids  ;  for  such 
lactones — 

{e.g.,  C3H6<  |      ) 

are  unaffected  by  cold  alkalis,  but  capable  of  neutralising  hot 
alkalis(being  converted  for  example  into  C1H„(OH)C<)OK) 
(Compare  Benedikt,  Analyse  der  Fette  nnd  Wachsarten 
2,  142.) 

"  The  acetyl  acid  number  "(col  12)  is  the  amount  of 
K(  )H  neutralised  in  the  cold  by  the  acetylised  fatty  acids. 
The  acetylisation  is  effected  by  boiling  with  acetic  anhydride 
(Benedikt,  loe.  eft.)  and  converts  any  hydroxy  acids  into 
derivatives  which  contain  acetyl  in  place  of  the  hydroxyl- 
hydrogen.  These  acetyl  derivatives  are  not  decomposed  by 
cold  KOH,  and  the  "  acetyl  acid  number  "  would  be  identical 
with  the  "  constant  acid  number "  save  for  the  higher 
molecular  weight  resulting  from  the  introduction  of  acetyl. 
The  "  acetyl  saponification  number  "  (col.  13)  is  the  amount 
of  KOH  requisite  for  the  neutralisation  of  the  acetylised 
acids  when  the  process  is  conducted  as  for  ordinary 
saponification  at  the  boiling  point ;  under  these  conditions 
the  acetyl-derivatives  are  converted  into  potassium  acetate 
and  potassium  salts  of  the  hydroxy  acids.  The  difference 
between  the  "  acetyl  saponification  number "  and  the 
"acetyl  acid  number"  is  the  "  acetyl  number"  (col.  14)  ; 
this  however,  includes  the  "  constant  ether  number,"  (for 
the  lactones  consume  hot,  but  not  cold  KOH),  and  is  not 
a  measure  of  the  hydroxy  acids  present ;  nor  can  the  exact 
amount  of  KOH  consumed  in  de-acetylising  the  acids  be 
found  by  subtracting  the  "  constant  ether  number"  from 
the  "  acetyl  number,"  because  the  molecular  weight  of  the 
acetylised  acids  is  higher,  and  introduces  a  proportional 
error.  Thus  the  "  true  acetyl  number  "  (col.  1 5)  is  only 
the  closest  approximation  to  a  measure  of  the  hydroxy  acids 
in  the  original  fat  that  can  be  obtained.  The  numbers  in 
this  column  are,  however,  comparable  among  themselves, 
and  show  that  genuine  degras  has  a  higher  content  of 
hydroxy  acids  than  its  parent  cod  oil,  a  result  which  is 
contrary  to  the  statement  of  Weiss. 

Fahrion  (this  Journal,  1891,  557.)  regards  the"degras- 
former  "  as  a  mixture  of  hydroxy  fatty  acids  and  gives  its 
iodine  absorption  as  65"9.  The  author  found  the  iodine 
absorption  of  the  "  degras-former "  from  sample  1  to  be 
78'8  ;  he  hopes  to  throw  light  on  its  constitution  by 
determining  its  "  constant  ether  number "  and  "  acetyl 
number." — A.  G.  B. 


The  Specific    Gravity   of    Textiles.     M.   de    Chardonnet. 

Compt.  Kend.  114,  489. 
For  the  exact  determination  of  the  specific  gravity  of  silk 
the  author  cuts  a  small  skein  into  pieces  not  more  than 
1  mm.  in  length  ;  these  are  suspended  in  a  dilute  solution  of 
borotungstate  of  cadmium  of  approximately  the  required 
density,  the  air  is  then  exhausted,  the  materials  shaken  up, 
air  admitted,  and  the  exhaustion,  &e.  repeated  for  several 
hours  in  succession.  When  the  fibres  are  thoroughly 
saturated,  either  water  or  a  concentrated  solution  of  the 
borotungstate  is  added  until  the  fibres  remain  suspended  in 
the  liquid  ;  the  latter  is  then  allowed  to  stand  for  some  time. 


the  density  again  adjusted  if  necessary  by  the  addition  of 
either  of  the  ingredients,  and  the  specific  gravity  of  the 
liquid  taken  with  the  usual  precautions. 

In  this  way  the  author  finds   the  specific  gravity  of  raw 
silk  to  be  1-6G  and  of  scoured  silk  1-43.— S.  B.  A.  A. 


A  Method  for  Determining  the  Number  of  NU3  Groups 
in  Certain  Organic  Bases.  K.  Meldola  and  E.  M. 
Hawkins.     Troc.  C'hem.  Soc.  1892  [114],  133—134. 

In  the  course  of  an  investigation  upon  which  the  authors 
are  still  engaged,  the  question  has  arisen  as  to  whether  a 
certain  base  contains  two  XH»  groups,  or  one  NH3  and  one 
NH  group.  The  ordinary  methods  of  acetylating,  diazotis- 
ing,  the  formation  of  azo-derivatives,  &c,  having  given 
ambiguous  results,  the  authors  have  made  experiments 
to  ascertain  whether  in  such  cases  the  azomide  could  be 
formed  by  Griess's  method  (action  of  ammonia  on  the 
diazo-perbromide),  as  the  determination  of  nitrogen  in  the 
pure  product  would  leave  no  doubt  as  to  the  number  of 
NH2  groups  which  had  been  diazotised.  As  a  test  case 
they  have  started  with  the  symmetrical  p-diamido-azobenzene 
(;))XH.:.Cf,H4.K:.C',,H,.XH.:(;<):  this  base  is  not  easy  to 
prepare  in  quantity  by  the  methods  usually  described,  and 
it  was  only  after  many  experiments  that  they  found  the 
method  patented  by  the  Soc.  Anon,  des  Mat.  Color,  de  St. 
Denis  (Eng.  Pat.  1579,  January  29,  1820)  to  be  the  most 
direct  although  the  yield  it  affords  is  not  very  large. 
According  to  this  method  diazotised  paranitraniline  is 
combined  with  /3-naphtholdisulphonic  acid  in  alkaline 
solution  (the  G-  and  R-salts  need  not  be  separated),  and 
the  purified  colouring  matter  is  reduced  by  boiling  with 
caustic  soda  and  grape  sugar.  The  base  thus  prepared 
was  purified,  diazotised  in  the  presence  of  hydrochloric 
acid  and  converted  into  the  tetrazoperbromide  in  the  usual 
way.  The  latter,  which  forms  an  orange  cr3'stalline  powder, 
was  allowed  to  remain  for  some  hours  in  contact  with  cold 
dilute  ammonia.  The  product  after  several  crystallisations 
from  alcohol  forms  lustrous  silvery  scales,  melting  sharply 
at  142°.  A  little  above  this  temperature  it  explodes. 
Analysis  confirms  the  formula — ■ 


N 


l>N 


/        \ 


N:N< 


N 


The  substance  is  readily  soluble  in  benzene,  slightly 
soluble  in  petroleum,  and  crystallises  beautifully  from  hot 
glacial  acetic  acid.  Nitric  acid  or  sodium  nitrite  added  to 
the  acetic  acid  solution  produces  an  evanescent  magenta- 
red  colouration.  The  compound  is  easily  reduced  both  by 
acid  and  alkaline  reducing  agents  to  paraphenylenediamine  ; 
the  authors  were  unable  to  convert  it  into  a  diphenyl  base 
by  means  of  cold  stannous  chloride. —  W.  S. 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

Condensations  of  Chloral  and  Hut i/lchloral  with  Paralde- 
hyde and  Ketones.     \V.  Kiinigs.     Ber.  25,  792—802. 

Although  chloral  itself  is  not  found  in  the  vegetable 
kingdom,  yet  the  hydroxyl  compound  corresponding  to  it 
viz.,  glyoxylic  acid,  has  been  proved  by  Brunner  (Her.  19, 
595)  to  exist  in  certain  plant  juices.  Brunner  and  Chuard 
ftnd  that  glyoxylic  acid  occurs  in  plants,  especially  in  the 
green  portions  thereof,  during  certain  stages  of  development. 

Thus,  the  acid  has  been  discovered  in  unripe  grapes, 
apples,  plums,  currants,  and  in  large  proportions  in  green 
o-ooseberries,  as  well  as  in  the  leaves  of  these  plants.  But 
this  acid  was  found  to  have  disappeared  in  the  ripe 
fruits. 

Brunner  and  Chuard  point  out  that  this  gradual  diminu- 
tion of  the  glyoxylic  acid  in  the  fruit-ripening  process,  is 
not  improbably  of  significance  in  the  formation  of  the  fruit- 
acids. 

Garzarolli  has  prepared  inactive  malic  acid  synthetically 
from  chloral  and  malouic  acid.  Similarly — in  part  at  least 
— this  widely-diffused  acid  could,  it  is  considered,  be  formed 


July  so,  18920        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


641 


in  plants,  by  the  union  or  conjunction  of  one  molecule  of 
glyoxylic  acid  with  one  mol.  of  malonic  acid,  with  the 
elimination  of  carbonic  acid. 

Malonic  acid  has  only  so  far  been  discovered  in  the  beet- 
root by  Lippmaun  (Her.  14,  1183.)  Very  possibly  it  is 
formed  there  by  the  condensation  of  1  mol.  of  formaldehyde 
with  2  mols.  of  formic  acid. 

Since  glyoxylic  acid  as  well  as  glycollie  acid  occur  in 
unripe  grapes  (Erlenmeyer,  Jahresb.  der  Chem.  1866,  373), 
anil  since  both  acids  gradually  disappear  during  the  ripening 
of  the  grapes,  it  may  probably  be  assumed  that  both  these 
acids  condense  to  form  tartaric  acid — 

C02H.CH:  (OH),  +  HCHOH.C02H  = 
H.,0  +  COjH.CHOH.COoH 

Again,  von  Miller  and  Spadz  (Ber.  18,  3402),  and  also 
Einhorn  (Annalen,  246,  161),  carried  out  reactions  running 
very  smoothly  by  warming  chloral  with  a-  and  7-methyl- 
pyridines  or  methylquinolines.  By  exchanging  chlorine  for 
hydroxyl  they  obtained  lactic  and  acrylic  acids  of  the 
pyridine  or  quinoline  series,  which  possess  great  interest 
because  of  their  close  relationship  to  many  of  the  vegeto- 
alkaloids.— YV\  S. 


Some  Well-defined  Alloys  of  Sodium.    Joannis.     Compt. 
Rend.  1892, 114,  585. 

A.n  alloy  of  the  composition  PbNa  is  obtained,  mixed, 
however,  with  sodamide,  when  lead  is  added  to  excess  of 
sodanimouium,  and  the  powder  produced  in  this  way  washed, 
in  absence  of  air,  with  anhydrous  liquid  ammonia  until 
the  latter  is  no  longer  coloured  blue;  it  rapidly  oxidises 
on  exposure  to  the  air,  and  it  is  decomposed  by  water. 
An  alloy  of  lead  and  potassium,  having  the  composition 
Pb2K,  can  be  prepared  in  a  similar  manner,  and  as  the 
potassium  is  very  readily  soluble  in  anhydrous  liquid 
ammonia  the  alloy  is  easily  obtained  in  a  pure  condition. 

The  alloy  of  the  composition  BiXa:(,  obtained  by  treating 
bismuth  with  excess  of  sodammonium,  is  a  dark  bluish 
granular  substance,  it  is  spontaneously  iuiiammable  in  the 
air,  and  is  decomposed  by  water. 

The  alloy  of  the  composition  8bXa^  prepared  in  like 
manner,  is  a  black  compound  which  takes  fire  on  exposure 
to  the  air,  and  is  decomposed  by  water. — F.  S.  K. 


$eh)  3Soofesu 


Chemisoh    Tech.msches    Repertorium.      Uebersichtlich 

geordnete    Mittheilungen     der     neuesten     Erfindungen, 

Fortsehritte  und  Verbesserungen  auf  dem   Gebiete   der 

Technischen  und   Industriellen   Chemie  mit  Hinweis  auf 

Maschinen,  Apparate  und  Literatur.     Herausgegeben  von 

Dr.  Emil  Jacobsen.      1891.     Zweites    Halbjahr,   erste 

Halfte.       Mit    in   der  Text    gedruckten    Illustrationen. 

Berlin.       1892.       R.    Gaertner's    Verlagsbuchhandluug. 

Hermann     Heyfelder,     S.YV.     Schiinebergerstrasse,     26. 

London :    H.    Grevel    &  Co.,   33,   King   Street,   Covent 

Garden. 

This  Quarterly  Journal  of  Applied  Chemistry  in  this   the 

third  issue   for  1891,  treats  of  the  following  branches  : — 

Building  Materials,    Cements,    Artificial    Stone,   Colouring 

Matters,   Dyeing   and   Calico    Printing,    &c.     Fats,    Oils, 

Illuminating  and  Heating  Materials.     Fermented  Liquors. 

Tanning,  Preparation  of  Leather  and  Glue.    Textiles.    Glass 

and     Earthenware.       Wood     and     Horn.       India-rubber. 

Cements,   Adhesives,   &c.     Lakes,  Varnishes,  and   Paints. 

Metals.     The  text   of  this  number  is   plentifully  and  well 

illustrated  with  wood  engravings.     The  Abstracts  of  German 

Chemical   Patents    regularly   appearing   in    this   quarterly 

journal,  form  a  valuable  feature  of  the  work. 


Handworterbuch  per  Pharmacik.  Praktisches  Hand- 
bach  fiir  Apotheker,  Aertzte,  Medicinbeamte,  und 
Drogisten.  Herausgegeben  vou  A.  Brestowski.  Zwei 
Bande.  Wien  und  Leipsic  :  Wilhelm  Braumiiller, 
K.  U.  K.  Hof-  und  Universitats-BuchhSndler.  1892. 
London:  H.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  Covent 
Garden. 

This  Dictionary  of  Pharmacy,  issued  in  parts,  large  8vo., 
has  reached  the  issue  of  the  third  number.  The  work 
is  to  be  completed  in  about  24  such  numbers,  the  price 
of  each  being  2-40  marks,  or  about  2s.  4|-<j.  The 
third  number  commences  with  page  161,  and  ends  with 
page  240.  (See  this  Journal,  1892,  374,  Vol.  1).  It  com- 
mences with  an  article  descriptive  of  Asimine,  the  alkaloid 
of  the  seeds  of  Asimina  triloba.  The  mode  of  dealing  with 
the  subject  is  typical  of  that  adopted  throughout  the  work, 
with  all  the  substances  described.  First,  general  statements 
and  formula',  with  occurrence,  if  a  natural  product,  or  Mode 
of  Preparation  if  an  artificially  prepared  product.  Then 
follow  Properties,  next  Reactions,  and  finally,  Uses. 

Part  III.  closes  on  page  240  with  an  uncompleted  article, 
to  be  completed  in  Part  IV.,  on  "  Bernsteinol."  oil  of  amber. 


Cratie  Report* 


TARIFF  CHANGES  AND  CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

{From  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal.) 

Italy. 

Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

Note.— Quintal  =  220-4  lb.  avoirdupois.     Lire  =  9^d. 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of 
articles  in  the  Italian  Customs  tariff  have  recently  been 
given  by  the  Italian  Customs  authorities  :  — 

Cuproina  (a  drug). — Category  43rf.  Duty,  2  lire  per 
quintal. 

Hipnal  (a  drug). — Category  336.  Duty,  12  lire  per 
quintal. 

Iodopyrine. — Category  334.     Duty,  12  lire  per  quintal. 

Phosphate  of  sodium. — Category  51t.  Duty,  4  lire  per 
quintal. 

Basic  sulphate  of  iron. — Category  43c.  Duty,  2  lire  per 
quintal. 

Customs  Tariff  of  Portugal. 

Comparative  Statement  showing  the  Customs  duties  now 
levied  and  those  previously  in  force  in  Portugal. 

Note. — An  addition  of  7  per  cent,  was  imposed  upon  all  articles  in 
the  first  column,  not  subject  to  conventional  duties,  1  per  cent, 
being  added  by  law  nf  July  1889.  and  a  further  6  per  cent,  by  law 
of  30th  July  1890. 


Tariff 
No. 

Articles. 

Duties  of 
Tariff  of  1887. 

Duties  now 
in  force. 

Class  I.— Animals,  Living. 

Reis. 

Reis. 

Class  II.— Haw  Material 

for  Use  in  Industry 

and  Commerce. 

Animal  Products. 

12 
14 

Animal  residues  and  products 
not  otherwise  specified  .... 

Gelatin,  glue,  and  isinglass. . . 

2  %  ad  val. 

Per  Kilog. 

liO 

,3%«'/  <;,!. 

Per  Kilog. 

70 

26 

Animal  oils  and  fats  (except 
lard,  grease,  and  margarine) 

10 

10 

27 

2-7 

6 

642 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  SO,  1892. 


Customs  Tariff  of  Portugal — continued. 


Tariff 
No. 


Articles. 


Class  II.— Raw  Material 
foe  Use  ix  Industry 
J\']i  commerce  —  cowt. 

Animal  Products— eont. 

nicies  and  skins,  cowhides  . . . 

„  tanned  with  bark,  includ- 
ing sole  leather 

,,  tanned,  otherwise  than 
with  bark,  varnished 
and  raoroecoed 

„  tanned,  otherwise  than 
with  bark,  not  elsewhere 
specified 

„  in  the  rough,  or  prepared 
for  hats  

Kid.  without  distinction  of 
colour  or  finish,  and  for 
whatever  use 

Vegetable  Products. 
Camphor,  refined 

Caoutchouc,  gutta-percha, 
ebonite,  &c.  rough  or  pre- 
pared   

Charcoal 

Halt  and  yeast 

Oils,  "arergelim"  and  "men- 
dobi,"  and  any  other  that 
may  serve  as  substitutes 
for  oils  and  oils  used  for 
food  purposes 

„    cotton  seed 

..    palm  nut.  concrete 

„    sweet  almond 

„  fixed,  liquid,  not  other- 
wise specified  in 

„    vegetable,  concrete 

„    essential,  turpentine 

„  „  not  otherwise 
specified  

Woods,  roots,  and  barks  used 
for  colouring  or  dyeing 
purposes,  in  block  or  in 
powder 

Resins,  gums,  and  resinous 
gums 

Oleaginous  seeds,  not  other- 
wise specified,  including 
Manearra  and  coprah 

Vegetable  juices  and  ma- 
terials, not  otherwise  spe- 
cified   

Mineral  Products. 

Mineral  waters  (including 
the  tare) 

Tar  and  pitch  (mineral) 

Cement  and  gypsum 

Lime  and  "  Pozzolana  " 

Coal 

Coke  and  briquettes 

Sulphur 

Ice 

Mineral  products,  not  other- 
wise specified,  unwrought.. 


Duties  of 
Tariff  of  1887. 


Reis. 


Per  Kilog. 

S5 


Duties  vary 

355 

Duties  vary 
Unties  vary 

8G0 

100 

Hi  -5 
0-3 
5 


50 
800 
IT, 

50 

1-6 

1-8 

700 

07 
1-7 

0-5 

7  "  ad  vol. 

Per  Kilog. 
25 

Duties  vary 

>  Duties  vary 

325 
325 
339*4 

ieo 

Duties  vary 


Duties  now 
in  force. 


Reis. 


Per  Kiloe. 
120 


300 


500 

10 

3,000 
200 


200 
200 

120 

7" 

40 

5 


Customs  Tariff  of  Portugal — continued. 


Per  lOOKilogs. 


7%  ad  vol. 


Per  Kilog. 

50 
Per  Ton. 

100 
Per  Kilog. 
3-5 

1-5 

345 

mo 

330 
l,ft00 

1(10 


Tariff 
No. 


Articles. 


Duties  of 
Tariff  of  1887. 


Duties  now 
in  force. 


9S 


104 

105 
106 

1»7 
108 

109 
110 

in 

112 
113 

119 
126 

127 
128 


131 
132 
133 

134 
135 


Class  II.— Raw  Material 
for  Use  in  Industry 

AND   luMMER.  K      .■•ml. 

Mineral  Products— cont. 
Mineral  ores,  lead 

Mineral  ores,  not  specified  , . . 

[Mineral  oils  for  lighting  pur- 
poses, including  all  oils 
from  which  a  produtt 
airing  light  can  be  obtained, 
crudt .  /air. .  or  rejliu  </,  and 
tin  ir  rt sidues) 

[Mineral  substances,  and 
their  products,  not  other- 
wise sjh  riji,  d) 

Mineral  oils, light,  for  illumi- 
nating purposes 

Mineral  oils,  medium 

Mineral  oils,  heavy,  for  lubri- 
cating machines,  and 
mineral  substances  and 
their  products,  not  other- 
wise specified 

Class  and  crystal,  broken.... 

Metals. 

Antimony  ore,  plain  or  sul- 
phuretted   

Lead,  crude  or  in  pigs 

„      hammered  or  in  \*  ire  . . 

Lead  alloyed  with  antimony. . 

Copper,  pure,  brass,  bronze. 
and  similar  alloys,  ham- 
mered or  rolled,  to  be  used 
in  manufacture 

Copper,  pure,  brass,  bronze, 
and  similar  alloys,  in  wire. . 

Copper,  pure,  brass,  bronze, 
and  similar  alloys,  ham- 
mered or  rolled,  in  pigs  or  in 
the  metal 

Tin.  nn wrought 

„    hammered  or  in  wire 

„    in    blocks    for  soldering 
purposes 

Quicksilver 

Platinum,  in  a  porous  state  or 
in  dust 

„         hammered  or  in  wire 

Zinc,  cast,  rolled,  crude,  or  in 
the  metal 

Metals,  not  otherwise  dis- 
tinguished, crude 

Clieniical  Products. 

Acids,  acetic,  pyroligneous, 
indicating  6  degs. 
I{eaume.'s  areometer 

,,       arsenic 

„      nitric 

„      hydrochloric  and  sul- 
phuric  

Alkalis,  caustic,  solid  or  liquid 

Nitrate  of  potash  (saltpetre). 


Reis. 


■1        fid  rat. 
2  %  ad  vol. 


Per  Kilog. 
62 


■J  '    ad  val. 


Per  Kilos. 
4'9 

Duties  vary 

Dutii  s  \  ary 

2'4 


35 
80 


Reis. 


Per  Kilog. 
1,500 

500 


67 
60 


5 

10 


10 


Duties  \.ii\v 

5 

Duties  vary 

1 

Duties  vary 

40 

6-6 

80 

177 

15 

Free 

Free 

6,000 

6,500 

Duties  vary 

2 

4-4 

5 

0-7 

1 

1-4 

I 

30 

30 

1 

2 

10 

10 

35 

15 

July  so,  1892]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


643 


Customs  Tariff  of  Portugal — continued. 


Tariff 
No. 

Articles. 

Duties  of 
Tariff  of  1887. 

Duties  now 
in  force. 

Class  II.— Raw  Material 

for  Use  is  Industry 
ii'D  Commerce— cont. 

Reis 

Reis. 

13G 

Chemical  Products— cont. 

Per  Kilo:.'. 
837'5 

0-8 

2"4 

Per  Kilog. 

137 

138 

2 

139 

Bromine,   iodine,   and   phos- 

16'S 

15 

140 

Carbonute  of  potash,  unrefined 

7 

7 

141 

„              „           refined.. 

55 

25 

142 

0-8 

1 

113 

„               „     crystallised 

15 

10 

144 

0'6 

10 

1 

145 

10 

140 

Salts  of  quinine,  chlorhydrate, 
sulphate,    tannate,  or    vale- 

5 

2  000 

147 

Sulphate  of  soda,  of  potash  of 

148 

All  other  chemical   products 
not  otherwise  distinguished 

3Liscellaneous  Products. 

12  7„  ad  val. 

13%  ad  val. 

lin 

Acids,     fatty,     and   refined. 

Per  Kilog. 
00 

Per  Kilog. 

CO 

ISO 

Chemical  manures  for  agricul- 

0-3 

C3 

151 

Shreds.  fragments,   and  rags 
to     be    pulped     for    pap^r 
making,  and  pulp  in  what- 
ever state  and  of  whatever 
quality  for  the  manufacture 

o-s 

1 

152 

Wax.    animal,   vegetable,    or 
mineral.       crude       (gross 

20 

22 

153 

Colours  and  ilyes,  in  the  dust 
or  as  stone,  not   prepared 

Put  ies  vary 

7 

154 

Dye   extracts,     in   whatever 

Duties  vary 

3 

156 

Paste  for  rollers  nf  typographic 

Duties  vary 

200 

157 

Lampblack  (gross  weight)  .. 

Duties  vary 

100 

•15,000 

7        «d  vat. 

Per  Kilog. 

150 

159 
ICO 

Substances  intended  for  use 
for  medicine  or  for  perfu- 
mery, not  otherwise  distill- 

7  °J0  ad  vat. 

Per  Kilog. 

1C0 

Oi.vss  III.— Yarns.  Tissues, 
Felts,     and      Manufac- 
tures THEREOF. 

Class  IV.— Food  Products. 

319 

Beverages. 

Per  Decalitre 
780 

218 

Per  Decalitre 
840 

322 

400 

By  decree  of  20th  August  18S9. 


Customs  Tariff  of  Portugal — continued. 


Tariff 
No. 


329 
330 


340 
347 


353 
354 


309 

375 
376 

384 


438 


441 

442 


453 

454 
455 
456 

457 
458 


Articles. 


Duties  of 
Tariff  of  1887. 


Duties  now 
in  force. 


Class  IV.— Food  Products 
— cont. 

Farinaceous  Substances. 

Starch,  in  powder  or  feeula  . . 

in  pieces,  or  prepared, 
in  powder 

Colonial  Produc. 

Sugar,  refined  by  the  Portu- 
guese method,  and  sugar 
superior  to  No.  20,  Dutch 
standard 

Sugar,  not  otherwise  specified 

Molasses  and  similar  products 

Miscellaneous. 

Oil,  olive  (gross  weight) 

Lard,  and  melted  grease 

Class  V.— Apparatus,  &c. 

Apparatus  of  copper  for  dis- 
tilling and  concentrating 
purposes 

Charcoal,  in  grains,  tablets, 
and  sticks 

Sensitive  plates  for  photo- 
graphy   

Instruments    and    apparatus 

for  use  in  chemical  labora- 
tories (except  those  of  glass 
or  earthenware) 


Class  VI— Miscellaneous 
Manufactures. 

Hides  and  leather,  manufac- 
tured, not  otherwise  speci- 
fied   

Caoutchouc  and  gutta-percha, 
manufactured 

Do.,  combs 

Do.,  tubes  and  threads 

Manufactures  of  Mineral 
Products. 

Earthenware  and  fine  stone 
ware 

Common  stone  ware 

Stone,  porcelain  wares 

Bricks,  tiles,  mosaics,  &c, 
glazed,  painted,  or  orna- 
mented   

Minerals,  worked  up,  not 
otherwise  distinguished. . . . 

Ceramic  products,  manufac- 
tured, not  otherwise  speci- 
fied  

Glass,  common,  black  or  dark 
blue,  in  bottles  or  demijohns 
of  any  size,  common  glass, 
chestnut  colour  or  dark 
yellow,  in  bottles  or  demi- 
johns holding  not  less  than 
7  decilitres ;  and  common 
glass  of  any  other  colour 
(except  white)  in  bottles 
and  demijohns  holding  not 
less  than  1  litre 


Reis. 


Per  Kilog. 
60 


90 


135 

110 

23 


Reis. 


Per  Kilog. 
65 


50 
Duties  vary 
27%  ad  val. 


Per  Kilog. 
25 


145 

120 

CO 


Per  Decalitre 

7o0 

Per  Kilog. 

100  200 


150 


100 

1 

100 

30 


1.200 


500 

COO 

220 

2,000 

20 

25 

200 


10 


:j  °  „  .i,/  col. 


Per  Kilog. 
2 


20 


20  %  ad  val. 


Per  Kilog. 
4 


(SU 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  SO,  1892. 


Customs  Tariff  of  Portugal — continued. 


Articles. 


Class  VI.— Miscellaneous 
Manufactures—  eont. 

Ma  n  vfact  u  res  of  Mi  neral 
Products— -cont. 

Glass,  common,  of  whatever 
colour  (except  white),  in 
vessels,  &o.,  not  otherwise 
specified 

Glass,  in  plates,  polished, 
opaque 

Glass,  in  plates,  polished, 
i  ransparent 

Glass,  manufactured,  lamp 
chimneys 

Glass,  hi  plates,  not  polished, 
and  all  other  manufactures 
of  glass,  not  otherwise 
specified 

Metal  Manufactures. 
Lead,  manufactured 

Copper,  pure ;  brass,  bronze, 
and  similar  alloys  (taps  or 
ypiggots  and  valve) 

Do.t  do.  (in  tubes) 

Do.,  do.  (all  other,  not  other- 
wise distinguished)  

Tin,  manufactured 

Metals,  not  otherwise  specified 

'/iiif,  in  sheets 

„     manufactured 

Paper, 

Paper  for  writing,  white  or 
coloured,  in  whatever  con- 
condition  

{Packing  paper) 

Paper  for  printing,  common 
(ordinary  paper  for  jour- 
nals), including  also  albu- 
minised  paper,  paper  for 
lithographing,  and  sensi- 
tised  paper  for  photography 

Envelopes  and  paper  bags  ... 

Miscellaneous. 

Glue,  liquid  (including  tare)  . 

„      dried  or  in  paste 

Dynamite  and  gunpowder — 

Miners'  fuses 

Fuses  not  otherwise  specified 

Fireworks  (gross  weight) 

Shoe  blacking 

Hatches 

Medicines:  pills  and  extracts, 
&c 

„  globules  (in- 

cluding tare)  .. 

„  pastilles  (in- 

cluding tare) . . . 

„  simple    or     com- 

pounded       (in- 
cluding tare)... 

Oilcloth  for  flooring 


Duties  of 
Tariff  of  1887. 


Duties  now 
in  force. 


Reis. 


Per  Ki  log. 
20 


27  %  ad  vol. 


17  7o  Q&  V&1- 

Per  Kilog. 

110 


Duties  a 

ary 

800 

10 

5 

231) 

400 

CO 

200 

Pay  :is  copper 

■100 

27 

80 

00 

400 

120 
18 


IS 
120 


10 

150 

10 

20 

250 

270 

4-2 

5 

300 

350 

00 

160 

SO 

150 

SO 

1,200 

300 

2,000 

•• 

5,0110 

•• 

1,200 

300 

000 

05 

150 

Reis. 


Per  Kilog. 

100 
Per  Met. 
Quintal. 
2,  W0 


3,0110 

Per  Kilog. 
200 


300 


25 
200 


Customs  Tariff  of  Portugal — continued. 


Turill 
No. 

Articles. 

Duties  of 
Tariff  of  1887. 

Duties  now 
in  force. 

Class  IV. — Miscellaneous 

Reis. 

Reis. 

Manufactures— cont. 

Miscellaneous— cont. 

573 

Oilcloth   not  otherwise  speci- 
fied   

Per  Kilog. 
500 

500 

Per  Kilog. 
700 

574 

1,000 

575 

Perfumery  of  all    sorts    (in- 

220 
350 

1,000 

570 

Gunpowder  in  cartridges  (in- 

500 

578 

Soap 

50 

00 

579 

„     balls  {including  tare)  . . 

220 

500 

683 

Ink   (for  writing)    (including 
tare) 

50 

100 

584 

Dyes,  prepared,  liquid  or  in 

paste,  exceeding  100  kilos. 

80 

5S5 

Dyes,  prepared,  liquid  or  in 

paste,  less    than    100  kilos. 

Duties  vary 

Per  Kilog. 

80 

590 

Candles  of  every  description  . 

Per  Kilog. 
120 

591 

Varnishes  made  with  alcohol 

30 

■400 

692 

„       all    other,    not    dis- 

30 

200 

EXTRACTS  FROM  DIPLOMATIC  AND 
CONSULAR  REPORTS. 

The  Petroleum  Trade  of  the  Caucasus. 

Aassib  Effendi,  Turkish  Consul-General  at  Tiflis,  has 
just  addressed  to  his  Government  a  very  interesting  report 
on  the  petroleum  trade  of  the  Caucasus.  Extracts  from 
this  report  are  given  by  the  Journal  de  hi  Chambre  de 
Commerce  de  Constantinople  for  the  11th  June,  in  which 
the  following  passages  occur  : — ■ 

It  is  Muce  1873  that  the  petroleum  industry  has  entered 
into  its  phase  of  progress  and  of  development  by  reason 
of  the  decision  taken  by  the  Government  to  throw  it  open 
to  private  enterprise,  by  selling  the  petroleum  lands,  divided 
into  lots  of  10  square  deciatines  each,  to  private  persons. 
At  that  time  the  lands  sold  contained  no  more  than  221 
wells. 

The  celebrated  springs  of  Balakhani  are  situated  20  kilo- 
metres distant  from  Baku,  on  a  bare  and  arid  plateau 
swept  by  the  winds,  at  an  elevation  of  about  60  metres 
above  the  level  of  the  Caspian  Sea.  The  appearance  of 
this  place  is  very  dull  and  wretched. 

The  petroleum  lands  occupy  an  area  of  about  8  kiloms. ; 
Balakhani  and  Gourakhani  are  connected  by  a  railway  with 
the  town  of  Baku. 

In  the  opinion  of  well-informed  persons  the  whole  of  this 
region  is  of  volcanic  origin. 

At  the  present  time  Balakhani  and  Sabountchi  possess 
more  than  1,000  wells,  some  of  them  newly  bored,  producing 
in  24  hours  as  much  as  400,000  pouds. 

From  1873,  when  the  production  was  only  about 
4,000,000  pouds,  to  1882,  when  it  was  50,000.000  pouds, 
the  progress  of  this  industry  was  constant.  But  on  selling 
the  petroleum  lands  as  mentioned  above,  the  Government 


July  3o,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


645 


levied  taxes  on  the  products  of  distillation.  It  was  to 
receive  25  copecks  per  poud  of  the  distilled  products,  and 
for  this  purpose  special  regulations  were  drawn  up,  according 
to  which  these  taxes  were  collected  for  the  time  taken  to 
distil  the  petroleum  in  stills  of  a  certain  volume.  This 
system  did  not  fail  to  bring  about  the  result  that  might 
have  been  expected.  All  the  small  merchants  endeavoured 
to  accelerate  distillation  in  order  to  produce  a  greater 
proportion  of  products  within  a  given  time,  no  matter  what 
the  quality  might  be.  The  petroleum  decomposed  and 
produced  lires  and  explosions,  and  every  effort  was  made 
to  over-ride  the  law  by  paying  a  tax  of  only  two  or  three 
copecks  instead  of  25  copecks  per  poud.  By  reason  of  this 
deplorable  state  of  affairs,  more  than  half  of  the  200  Baku 
works  closed  their  establishments,  whilst  the  remaining 
ones  were  put  to  considerable  loss  by  reason  of  the 
engagements  entered  into. 

The  price  of  kerosene  fell  to  an  enormous  extent  and 
the  naphtha  trade  entered  into  a  terrible  crisis,  and  it  was 
at  this  time  that  the  Government  came  to  the  aid  of  the 
industry  by  abolishing  the  taxes. 

As  a  result  of  this  action  the  producers  bestowed  their 
attention  on  the  quality  of  the  merchandise;  improvements 
and  machines  of  every  kind  were  introduced,  and  among 
these  works  that  of  M.  Nobel  occupied  the  front  rank.  The 
house  of  Nobel  Brothers  was  the  first  to  introduce  into  the 
naphtha  industry  all  the  technical  and  scientific  methods 
applicable  to  this  branch.  It  started  at  Baku  in  1874  ;  the 
following  year  it  purchased  a  small  business  and  undertook 
the  production  of  petroleum  on  a  small  scale.  At  this 
rime  the  conveyance  of  petroleum  to  Baku  was  effected  by 
means  of  carts  and  leather  bottles.  M.  Nobel  endeavoured 
to  show  the  absurdity  of  this  primitive  method  of  transport, 
and  i  eeommended  that  pipes  should  be  constructed,  but  the 
majority  of  the  merchants  rejected  the  proposal.  This 
gentlemen  then  constructed  the  first  pipe  at  his  own  cost 
and  demonstrated  the  utility  of  it  to  his  colleagues,  several 
of  whom  very  soon  imitated  his  example,  and  Baku  has 
to-day  a  dozen  lines  of  pipes,  each  of  which  cost  more  than 
100,000  roubles.  The  Nobel  house  did  not  shrink  before 
any  difficulty ;  it  brought  specialists  from  America  and 
utilised  their  knowledge,  and  in  a  short  time  it  was  at  the 
head  of  the  petroleum  industry.  Another  innovation  carried 
out  was  as  follows : — The  petroleum  was  shipped  in  barrels, 
a  system  which  had  many  drawbacks ;  the  proposition 
made  by  Nobel  to  the  Kavkaz  and  Mercury  Navigation 
Company  of  the  Caspian  and  the  Volga,  to  build  tank -boats 
intended  for  the  exclusive  conveyance  of  the  petroleum 
having  been  also  rejected,  the  firm  of  Nobel  constructed 
several  of  these  vessels  at  their  own  expense.  This 
innovation,  of  which  even  the  Americans  had  not  yet  thought, 
was  accepted  by  the  two  petroleum-producing  countries, 
and  the  tank-boats,  the  number  of  which  is  constantly 
increasing,  are  to  be  found  on  all  the  waters  of  the  civilised 
world. 

Up  to  1887  the  Nobel  house,  owing  to  the  millions  at  its 
disposal  and  the  impulse  given  by  it  to  the  naphtha  trade, 
had  almost  eclipsed  all  the  other  houses  in  competition  with 
it;  but  when  in  1887  the  Rothschild  house  of  Paris  took  a 
part  in  the  Russian  petroleum  industry,  Nobel  took  a 
secondary  place.  Since  that  time,  owing  to  the  competition 
brought  about  by  the  participation  of  Rothschild  in  this 
trade,  the  extraction  of  naphtha  and  its  derivatives  has 
increased  in  enormous  proportions,  as  the  following  figures 
go  to  show  : — 


Years. 

Raw  Naphtha. 

Petroleum. 

Pouds. 

Pouds. 

1887 

165,000,000 

±1,000,000 

1888 

192,000,000 

50,240,000 

1889 

205,000,000 

61,485,242 

1890 

239,000,000 

68,379,049 

The  petroleum   exported   from   Uaku  from   1888  to  1890 
inclusively  is  distributed  as  follows  : — 


\ears. 

Batouui.     , 

Persia. 

Russia. 

Total. 

1888 

Pouds. 
28,415,123 

Pouds, 

265,321 

Pouds. 
21,559,005 

Pouds. 
50.240,000 

1889 

37,060,594 

385,447 

24,039,201 

61,185,242 

1890 

41,198,743    ! 

312,465 

23,867,S-W 

68,379,049 

The  following  gives  the  quantity  of  other  derivatives  of 
naphtha  for  the  same  years  : — 


Lubricating 

Oil. 


Benzine,  Gasoline, 

and  other 

Derivatives. 


Residues. 


1888 

Pouds. 
2,576,000 

Pouds. 

Pouds. 
61,846,000 

1889 

3,350,000 

303,000 

88,886,000 

1890 

4,518,000 

522,000 

96,906,000 

The  quantity  of  petroleum  exported  to  foreign  countries 
by  way  of  Batoum,  for  the  same  period  of  three  years,  is 
distributed  as  follows  :  — 

1888,  22,540,352  pouds  ;  1889,  29,383,595  pouds;  1890, 
36,211,83S  pouds. 

The  following  is  a  statement  of  the  foreign  countries  to 
which  petroleum  was  exported  in  1890,  as  well  as  of  the 
quantity  for  each  : — 

Austria,  6,489,000  pouds ;  England,  7,870,000  ;  Belgium, 
2,095,000;  Germany,  422,000 ;  Netherlands,  562,000  ;  Italy, 
1,740,000;  Portugal,  16,000;  France  and  Algeria,  194,000; 
Danubian  States,  592,000;  Greece,  2,242,000;  Turkey, 
2,583,000;  Malta,  82,000;  Philippine  Islands,  431,000; 
India,  3,080,000  ;  China,  2,474,000  ;  Japan,  2,482,000  ;  and 
Indo-Chiua,  3,131,000  pouds. 

The  quantity  of  raw  naphtha  and  its  derivatives  exported 
from  Baku  from  1888  to  1890  is  distributed  as  follows  :  — 

1888,  6,007,607  pouds  to  foreign  countries  and  367,417 
pouds  to  Russia  ;  1889,  7,073,011  pouds  and  461,879  pouds  ; 
1890,  6,212,667  pouds  and  426,853  pouds. 

The  following  statistical  data  are  for  the  year  1891,  during 
which  the  naphtha  industry  has  realised  further  enormous 
progress  :  — 

In  that  year  there  were  exported  9,839,352  pouds  of  raw- 
naphtha,  72,S85,331  pouds  of  lamp  oil,  6,187,966  pouds  of 
lubricating  oil ;  total,  187,141,870  pouds. 

Of  this  quantity  there  were  conveyed  by  sea  9,239,291 
pouds  of  naphtha,  25,784,700  pouds  of  lamp  oil,  917,120 
pouds  of  lubricating  oil,  and  89,787,466  pouds  of  naphtha 
residues;  by  railway,  600,061  pouds  of  naphtha,  47,100,631 
pouds  of  lamp  oil,  5,270,846  pouds  of  lubricating  oil,  and 
8,441,155  pouds  of  residues. 

The  petroleum  was  distributed  as  follows  : — 25,236,502 
pouds  for  the  interior  of  Russia,  219,641  pouds  for  the 
different  regions  of  Transcaucasia,  328,557  pouds  for 
Persia,  46,204,273  pouds  for  Batoum,  and  896,358  pouds 
for  different  localities  situated  along  the  track  of  the 
railway. 

The  total  of  the  naphtha  extracted  during  the  year  1891 
was  289,575,400  pouds. 

China. 

Formosa  Camphor. 

In  1891  there  was  a  slight  improvement  in  the  export  of 
camphor  from  Tainau,  in  Southern  Formosa.  It  reached 
2,524  cwt.,  as  against  904  cwt.  in  1890.  The  Government 
monopoly  is  said  to  be  abolished,  but  the  heavy  tax  imposed 
in  order  to  defray  the  expenses  of  frontier  defence  prevents 
foreigners  here  competing  successfully  with  the  Government 
farm.     The  expenses  of  transport,  too,  are  heavier  than  in 


6-io 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


LJul.v  30,18112 


the  north  of  the  island,  and  it  does  not  seem  probahle  that 
there  will  be  any  great  development  of  the  camphor  trade 
here  unless  the  tax  is  abolished  or  reduced.  There  has  been 
very  little  trouble  from  savages  in  the  centre  of  the  island  ; 
indeed  there  has  only  been  one  instance  of  the  savages 
attacking  camphor  distillers  during  the  last  live  years.  In 
the  north,  apparently,  the  distillers  have  not  been  so 
fortunate. 

Opium. 

Mr.  Pelham  Warren  gives  an  intelligent  criticism  of  the 
condition  of  the  opium  business  at  Tainau  in  his  report 
dated  March  29th,  1892.  The  import  of  Indian  opium  is  on 
the  decrease,  and  Persian  is  increasing.  One  reason  for  the 
decrease  of  the  Indian  is  because  it  is  much  dearer  than 
Persian ;  another  is  the  uncertainty  iu  regard  to  the  weight 
of  the  drug  contained  in  each  chest.  There  ought  to  be 
1 20  catties,  but  the  weight  varies  from  1 1 6  to  1 1 0 .  Although 
Persian  opium  is  not  so  good  as  Indian,  it  is  being  steadily 
improved  to  suit  Chinese  taste.  After  it  has  been  once 
smoked,  the  ashes,  if  the  opium  is  of  the  best  quality,  can 
be  used  mixed  with  fresh  opium  some  six  or  seven  times, 
whereas  Benares  cannot  be  thus  used  more  than  once.  The 
smoke  of  Persian  opium  is  milder,  and  in  consequence  more 
suitable  to  a  tropical  climate,  and  this  opium  can  be  smoked 
alone.  Unless  some  change  is  made  in  the  Indian  opium  to 
suit  popular  taste  there  is  no  chance  of  its  recovering  its 
position  in  the  Formosa  markets  that  it  once  held.  Native 
opium  is  imported  from  T'ung-an,  about  20  miles  from 
Aruoy,  and  also  from  Wenchow  and  T'aichow,  and  is,  as  a 
rule,  smuggled  in  junks.  It  is  made  into  square  cakes,  and, 
being  very  soft,  is  usually  squeezed  into  large  bamboo 
pipes,  and  thus  evades  search. 


Persia. 

The  city  of  Meshed,  in  Eastern  Persia,  is  the  centre  of  a 
district  in  which  British  and  Russian  traders  are  now 
struggling  for  supremacy.  Much  of  the  trade  of  the  province 
of  Khorassan  (of  which  Meshed  is  the  capital)  is  still  done 
through  Bombay  and  the  Persian  Gulf  ports,  about  280,000/. 
worth  of  goods  coming  that  way  in  1890 — 91,  against 
210,000/.  worth  imported  from  Russian  territory  by  way  of 
the  Transcaspian  railway,  Astrabad,  and  Merv,  or  Bokhara. 
The  trade  with  Afghanistan  is  dwindling  to  nothing,  as  the 
Ameer  is  doing  everything  he  can  to  stop  the  importation  of 
Indian  goods  through  his  dominions. 

The  number  of  British  traders  in  Meshed  during  the  year 
1890 — 91  was  11.  The  number  is  slowly  on  the  increase. 
They  are  all  men  of  substance,  doing  a  large  trade  with 
Bukhara  and  Samarkand  and  other  places  in  Russian 
Central  Asia. 

Drugs, 

The  chief  articles  of  export  were  47,316/.  worth  of  opium, 
which  goes  mostly  to  China,  though  the  Russians  are  also 
beginning  to  take  a  gnat  deal,  and  5,612/.  worth  of 
asafoetida,  all  of  which  goes  to  India. 


Gum  Tragttcauth. 

Gum  tragacanth  was  scarce  throughout  Persia  in  1891, 
bence  only  a  small  quantity  was  brought  to  market  at 
Burudjird  during  the  summer,  and  prices  were  high. 
Arrivals  also  took  place  from  the  Bakhtiari  mountains,  but 
tin-  gum  from  those  parts  is  all  of  second  and  third  quality, 
nearly  all  of  which  is  bought  by  Persian  merchants  and 
forwarded  to  Kermanshah. 


The  Opium  Industry. 

The  opium  industry,  although  introduced  into  Persia  at 
a  relatively  recent  date,  has  largely  developed  within  recent 
rears.  In  1870  there  were  exported  800  boxes  of  150  lb. 
each,  and  now  the  production  is  distributed  in  the  following 
manner  :— Ispahan,  2,300  boxes;     Yard,    4,000;    Kerman, 


500  :  Khorassan,  3,000;  Chiraz,  1,200  ;  Kermanshah,  300  ; 
Bururjird,  500  :  other  districts,  1,200;  total,  13,000  boxes, 
of  which  3,000  are  consumed  in  the  country.  The  product 
is  prepared  differently  according  as  it  is  destined  for 
Europe  or  China.  That  whiqh  is  sent  to  Europe  is  as  pure 
as  possible  ;  each  box  contains  90  kilos,  of  opium.  For 
China,  on  the  contrary,  raw  opinion  is  sent  which  has  to 
bear  an  addition  of  from  10  to  12  per  cent,  of  oil ;  consign- 
ments are  made  in  boxes  weighing  62  kilos.,  and  in  blocks 
of  1  kilog.  each.  The  Hotz  and  Ziegler  houses,  as  well  as 
the  Commercial  Company  of  the  Persian  Gulf,  at  Ispahan, 
analyse  their  opium  and  guarantee  10  per  cent,  of  morphine ; 
certain  consignments  yield  12  per  cent,  and  even  more. 
Persian  opium  is,  therefore,  by  no  means  inferior  to  the 
Turkish  product  of  the  same  quality. — Chemist  and 
Druggist. 


The  German  Chemical  Industry. 

Our  Consul  at  Frankfort-on-the-Main,  iu  a  report  on  the 
industrial  condition  of  Germany,  gives  the  following  table 
of  figures  relating  to  the  exportation  of  drugs  and  chemicals 
from  Germany  : — 


Quantity. 


Articles. 


1891. 


1890. 


1889. 


Met.  Cntnrs. 

Bssential  oils !  2,546 

Soda  calcined 853,303 

Potassium 110,93 1 

Alkaloids ,  584 

Quinine 1,869 

Chloride  of  potassium.  769,962 

Iodide  of  potassium. ..  977 

Sulphate  of  potash 301,888 

Mineral  waters 335,632 

Salicylic  acid I  2,170 

Saltpetre 96,629 

Hydrochloric  acid....  103,123 

Tartaric  acid 7,769 


Met.  Cntnrs, 
3,652 

270,510 

106.2S1 

501 

1,565 

670.CS0 

1,062 

193.133 

363,629 

2,440 

101,349 

80.562 

10,211 


Met.  Cntnrs. 
2,200 

195,274 

115,759 

372 

1,716 

7.".  1,587 

1,076 

21S  178 

304,773 

2,375 

81,017 

62,018 

15,982 


These  figures,  the  Consul  says,  show  that  the  increases 
in  the  exports  of  this  year  are  generally  in  the  important, 
and  the  decreases  in  the  less  important  articles.  The 
opinion,  therefore,  formed  of  the  trade  in  general  of  the 
chemical  industry  for  this  j'ear  will  not  be  an  unfavourable 
one.  Germany's  chemical  industry  takes  a  high  place,  and 
its  products  are  forwarded  to  almost  all  countries  of  the 
world.  The  reason  for  this  extension  is  to  be  found  in  the 
high  theoretical  talents  of  the  German  people  and  the 
excellent  schools,  which,  year  by  year,  furnish  a  body  of 
educated  chemists  to  advance  the  trade  of  the  country. 


The  Potash  Salts. 

One  branch  of  the  chemical  industry  is  worthy  of  special 
attention — namely,  the  potassic  salts.  This  industry  has 
formed  a  syndicate  which  publishes  accounts  every  year, 
and  thus  facilitates  inspection  of  the  course  of  business. 

Of  chloride  of  potassium  (80  per  cent.)  the  sales  were, 
in — 

Mel.  Centners. 

1891  1,341,639 

1890 1,265,526 

1889 I'-'::  iv 


July  30, 1862.]       THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


647 


These  quantities  were  distributed  as  follows  : 




ism. 

1890. 

1889. 

Met.  Cntnrs. 
187,988 

Met.  I 'uiin-s. 
106,120 

Met.  Cntnrs, 
146,882 

31!',' 

556,700 

296,000 

123,100 

138,in"i 

110,000 

Scotland 

si  500 

91, i 

18,000 

151,000 

15i, i 

107,000 

GENERAL   TRADE  NOTES. 

Canadian  Mineral  Statistics  fob  1891. 

The  following  is  extracted  from  the  Canadian    Go^iir 

for  the  23rd  June  : — 

The  Dominion  Geological  Survey  Department  has  issued 
a  summary  of  Canada's  mineral  production  during  1891. 
The  list  of  metals  is  headed  by  nickel,  of  which  4,626,627 
Hi.  were  marketed,  fetching  about  555,195/.  Then  follow 
9,529,076  lb.  of  copper,  worth  247,756/.;  01,040  oz.  of 
gold,  worth  185,097/. ;  415,493  oz.  of  silver,  worth  81,436/. ; 
68,979  tons  of  iron  ore,  worth  30,401/. ;  and  588,665  lb.  of 
lead,  worth  5,121/.,  besides  platinum  valued  at  2,000/.  and 
122.  worth  of  antimony  ore.  The  whole  of  the  metallic 
products  were  valued  at  about  1,107,000/.  Taking  the 
non-metallic  substances  in  order  of  value,  it  appears  that 
3,400,479  tons  of  coal  were  marketed,  bringing  1,558,431/. 
Bricks  made  a  poor  second — 173,808,000,  worth  209,462/. 
Then  come  755,298  barrels  of  petroleum,  200,909/. ;  9,000 
tons  of  asbestos",  200,000/. ;  187,685  cubic  yards  of  building 
stone,  141,74"/.;  pottery  valued  at  51,768/.;  1,829,894 
bushels  of  lime,  50,243/.;  45,460/.  worth  of  drain  pipes  ; 
65,362  tons  of  pyrites,  39,217/.  ;  203,545  tons  of  gypsum, 
38,419/.;  57,084  tons  of  coke,  35,118/.;  23,588  tons  of 
phosphate,  32,338/. ;  45,021  tons  of  salt,  32,235/. ;  11,779,000 
tiles,  28,1  59/. ;  22,624/.  worth  of  terra-eotta  ;  93,779  barrels 


The  total  amount  of  sales  in  muriate  of  potassium  (90  per 
cent.)  were : — 

Met.  Centners. 

ls:n i7'.',--"i 

1890 129,471 

1889 02.213 

America  is  also  the  largest  consumer  of  this  salt,  then 
follow  Germany,  the  United  Kingdom,  and  France. 

Kit 

The  total  sales  of  kieserite  in  1S71  were  285,591  centners  ; 
in  1890,  320,048  centners;  and  in  1889,  318,239  centners. 
Of  these  quantities  the  United  Kingdom  took,  respectively, 
251,154,  281, 93S,  and  253,172  centners.  Several  products, 
of  which  kieserite  is  one,  are  almost  exclusively  manufactured 
in  Germany  for  foreign  countries. 

With  regard  to  the  general  condition  of  the  industry,  the 
Consul  remarks  :  "  The  Frankfort  quinine  factory  records  a 
further  increase  in  its  production.  The  consumption  of 
quinine  is  increasing  in  almost  all  parts  of  the  world.  In 
glycerin,  cocaine,  strychnine,  and  other  pharmaceutical 
preparations  (of  which  the  factory  in  question  is  one  of  the 
chief  producers  in  Europe),  the  demand  throughout  the 
year  was  very  active,  although  mostly  at  reduced  prices. 
The  coal-tar  colour  industry,  too,  had  another  good  year. 
In  1891  awhole  series  of  new  medicines  produced  from  coal- 
tar  were  introduced  before  due  examination  of  their  merits 
or  demerits.  It  is  supposed  that  the  public  will  sooner  or 
Inter  object  to  being  experimented  upon  chiefly  for  the 
benefit  of  manufacturers." — Ibid. 


of  cement,  21,817/.;  and  smaller  quantities  of  arsenic, 
felspar,  fireclay,  flagstones,  granite,  graphite,  grindstones, 
magnesia,  mica  (14,302/.),  mineral  paints,  mineral  waters 
(10,813/.),  moulding  sand  and  soapstone,  and  11,900/. 
worth  of  sand  and  gravel  exported,  making  a  total  of 
2,766,553/.  in  the  non-metallic  list.  Adding  116,427/.  for 
products  not  yet  returned,  these  being  chiefly  building 
materials,  the  whole  mineral  production  of  Canada  last  year 
is  valued  at  four  millions  sterling. 

Beet-Sioah  Industry  in  Spain. 

The  Bulletin  du  Musee  Commercial  says  that  for  some 
years  past  great  efforts  have  been  made  in  Spain  to  develop 
the  manufacture  of  beet  sugar.  The  Belgian  Consul  at 
Madrid  writes  that  the  authorities  of  Aragon  (comite 
d'initiative)  have  just  granted  to  all  agriculturists  engaged  in 
cultivating  the  sugar-beet  in  1893  an  advance  of  100  francs, 
as  well  as  the  manures  required  for  cultivation.  The 
Bulletin  adds  that  this  measure  must  have  the  effect  of 
encouraging  the  establishment  of  new  factories,  and  con- 
sequently orders  for  building  and  other  material  may  shortly 
be  looked  for. 

Quicksilver  in  Russia. 

The  nature  of  the  sunken  pits  and  mounds  found  in 
Ekaterinoslav  and  Bachmut,  so  long  a  mystery,  has  been 
made  known  through  the  enterprise  of  Messrs.  Auerbach 
and  Co.  According  to  Gliickauf  there  was  no  mention  in 
Russian  history  of  the  people  who  worked  them  or  of  the 
metal  extracted,  but  it  is  supposed  that  they  were  worked 
by  the  people  of  South  Russia  1,000  years  ago.  Upon 
investigation  a  bed  of  sandstone,  impregnated  with  cinnabar, 
was  found  interstratified  with  beds  of  carboniferous  forma- 
tion. In  1887,  12,000  tons  of  ore  were  raised,  giving 
employment  to  125  men.  This  ore  was  treated  by  two 
cupolas  and  two  reverberatory  furnaces,  85  men  being 
employed.  Two  thousand  two  hundred  tons  treated  in  the 
reverberatory  furnaces  yielded  20'  tons  of  quicksilver; 
9,000  tons  treated  in  the  cupolas  yielded  42-3  tons,  being  a 
little  over  one-half  per  cent,  of  metal. — Engineering  and 
Mining  Journal. 

Nickel  Coinage. 

The  increased  cheapness  of  nickel  owing  to  the  large 
output  of  the  Canadian  mines  is  leading  to  a  more  extended 
use  of  this  valuable  metal.  Only  lately  it  was  mentioned 
that  the  French  Government  proposed  to  use  400  tons  in 
nickel  coinage.  Austria,  it  seems,  is  about  to  follow  her 
example. 

At  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Austro-Hungarian  Parliament, 
says  Oberbergrath  Ernst,  in  the  Oest.  Zeits.  fur  Berg  und 
Huttenwesen,  it  was  proposed  to  issue  10  and  20  farthing 
pieces  of  pure  nickel,  and  1  ami  2  farthing  pieces  of  bronze. 
A  fter  mentioning  several  alloys  that  have  been  tried  and  found 
wanting,  among  others  the  "  paekfong,"  containing  6  per 
cent,  silver,  coined  in  Switzerland  in  1860,  he  instances  an 
alloy  of  25  per  cent,  nickel  and  75  per  cent,  copper  as  ene 
which  experiments  have  proved  with  one  exception  to  be 
suitable  for  small  coin.  This  alloy  is  cheap,  durable,  and 
hard  to  counterfeit.  Its  hardness,  compared  with  that  of 
copper,  is  3  to  2.  It  can  only  be  coined  with  powerful  and 
well-constructed  machinery,  and  the  impression  is  sharp  ami 
clear.  The  one  fault  to  be  found  with  it  is  that  while  bright 
when  new,  it  soon  becomes  dull,  and  gives  the  offensive 
odour  characteristic  of  copper.  With  the  exception  of 
Germany,  all  the  large  countries  have  ceased  to  coin  this 
alloy. 

Nickel  is  especially  suitable  for  small  coins  on  account  of 
its  cheapness,  durability,  sharpness  of  the  impression,  and, 
most  important  of  all,  its  lasting  brightness,  but  until  a 
process  for  manufacturing  pure  nickel  was  devised  at  the 
Berndorfer  Metallfabrik,  the  metal  could  not  be  coined  on 
account  of  its  brittleness.  In  1880 — 81  Switzerland  com- 
menced the  coinage  of  20  rappen  pieces  of  pure  nickel,  the 
dies  being  furnished  by  Krupp,  of  Bemdorf.  Krupp  also 
furnished  the  plates  for  Mexico  and  Servia  for  their  copper- 
nickel  coins. 


643 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jul.v  30,1892. 


He  further  adds  that,  while  the  former  coinage  of  copper  42,000,000  crowns  in  10  and  20  heller  pieces  will  recpuire 
nickel  in  Switzerland,  Mexico,  Servia,  &c.  took  but  200,000  not  less  than  1,050,000  kilos,  of  pure  nickel,  and  that  of 
kilogrammes  of  nickel,  the  proposed  coinage  iu  Austria  of  |   Hungary  about  450,000  kilos. — Ibid. 


Imports  jLND  Exports  of  Colours  through  the  German  Customs,   18S8 — 1891, 
Lehne's  Fiirber  Zeitung,  1891 — 2,  p.  209. 


Import  (I.). 

Imports  niul  Exports  in 

1 

Imports  from 
and  Exports  to 
Great  Britain. 

— — 

Export  (E.). 

1S88. 

1SS0. 

1890. 

1891. 

1891. 

c    J- 

I        E. 

Kilos. 
15,780 

5,616 

Kilos. 
19,850 

7,140 

Kilos. 
20076 

7,330 

Kilos. 
12,658 

5,556 

Kilos. 
3,560 

63 

f         h 
I        E. 

331* 

514* 

682 

891 

Gil 
909 

463 

70S 

18 
31 

1        K. 

521,045 
80,196 

508,104 
95,168 

528,806 
107,008 

471,914 
97,449 

3,694 

2,019 

f         L 
I        E. 

70,313 

11,015 

66,909 

10,624 

65,293 

20,717 

12.931 
11,574 

1,015 
110 

I       E. 

66,525 

11,345 

83,086 
14,890 

60.162 
13.S05 

30,323 
12,056 

2,126 

912 

f         L 

I        E. 

50,923 

14.S17 

45,491 
16,  SMI 

16,856 

15,819 

17,  Hs 
15,601 

1,971 
1,310 

f         L 
1         E. 

5,077 
3,282 

3.821 
2,633 

2,495 
2,359 

2,466 

1  070 

113 

f     1 

1,110 
350 

E01 
557 

772 
501 

039 
327 

369 

f         L 

I        E. 

53 

50 
20 

112 
13 

25 
•IS 

8 

f         L 
I       E. 

0.332 
1,1  S3 

10,249 
1,896 

1 1,263 
3,401 

8,434 

1,709 

262 

•• 

1        E. 

68,739 
11,196 

72,867 
1  1,963 

73,500 
22,072 

64,268 
18,705 

12,2ill 
956 

I        E. 

7,335 
3,214 

3,974 
2,568 

8,809 
2,540 

4,4-41 
2,005 

371 

267 

1        E. 

280 

67,322 

2C7 

77.026 

1S1 
79,055 

7S5 
81,685 

173 
27,001 

I        E. 

6,427 

60.060 

6,979 

60,710 

6,211 

72.707 

6,881 
86,818 

95  4 
18,194 

f        L 
I        E. 

178* 

2,501* 

121 
1,203 

186 
4,626 

220 
1.71s 

77 
661 

f         L 
I        E. 

171 
l,87E 

2S6 
2,238 

227 
2,209 

258 
2,010 

154 

720 

Red-lead 

;  1 

3,835 
65,91  1 

3,921 
60,404 

4,492 
58,299 

4,291 
56,874 

3,044 

14,604 

{  i 

131 

5,666 

417 
1.176 

1.1121 
5, 1 1  1 

1,661 

6, 

2, 

1,567 

{  :: 

.-,70 
53,273 

611 
52,882 

601 

:.2  583 

574 
41,010 

11 
10.305 

I     l 

l       E. 

62,206 

91,325 

60,! 

86,688 

73.0G7 
83,959 

59,189 
85,445 

8,96 1 
3,931 

The  numbers  are  from  the  second  half-year  of  1888  only. 


-W.  K.  K. 


July  so,  1893.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


649 


Met.u.iaki.k  u.  ami  Chemical  Production  of  Italy  in  1890, 


I'riiiliii'ts. 


No.  nf 

Eatablish. 

ments. 


No.  of 
Workmen. 


1830. 


1889. 


Tons. 


Value. 


Tons. 


Value. 


Cast  iron 

Iron 

Steel  

G    i 

Silver 

Lead  

Copper  and  alloys. 

Ki  rcury  

Antimony 

Sea  salt 

Urine  salt 

Refined  sulphur .. 
Ground  Bulphur  .. 

Asphalt 

Petroleum 

Boracio  acid 

Boras 

Coal 

Charcoal 

Alum 

Sulphate 

Alumina  


12 

828 

3 

1 

10 
8 
1 

78 

14 
25 
4 
i 


10 
15 


2:t 

13.799 

157 

550 

1,291 

50 

30 

2,061 

his 
225 
900 
115 
41 

197 

516 

Q9Q 


Total  1890. 
Total  1889. 


Difference  1890. 


11,316 

176  371 

107,676 

Kg.  206 

Kg.     84,428 

17,768 

6,406 

Kg.    419,226 

1S2 

442,010 

9,879 

49,337 

66,328 

10,802 

350 

1,874 

950 

559,300 

16,750 

1,294 
2,553 


Dols. 

425,781 

9,709,728 

5,821,481 

108,836 

1,164,432 

1.137,152 

2,404,366 

583,994 

54,716 

897,851 

.-.7,799 

987,108 

1,226.063 

30,594 

12.01m 

int. hio 

114,000 

3,363,040 

301 ,10(1 

26,272 
58,430 


13,473 

181,623 

157,899 

Kg.  215r»5V„ 

Kg.      33,685 

18,135 

6,901 

Kg.    3S5.500 

195 

420,625 

10,014 

53,310 

54,105 

None 

None 

2,173 

506,700 
13,750 

1,380 
2,667 


Do  Is. 
424,619 

10,06S,080 

7,035,167 

113,969 

1,205,150 

1,235,220 

2,449,200 

454,890 

56,013 

529,790 

54.02S 

991,717 

1,077,814 


247,200 


3,068,686 
234,500 


30,110 
61,248 


521 
518 


21,018 
24,622 


28,762,752 

29.139,517 


•  3,604 


376,765 


The  New  Tanning  School  in  Fbeiberg  in  Saxony. 

/•'.  //.  Ilttenlt  in.  Jahresb.  der  Deutsch.  Gerberschule  :u 
Freiberg  in  Sdchsen,  1891—92,  3,  18—24. 

Thi-  is  a  description  of  the  new  tanning  school  which  lias 
been  established  at  Freiberg  in  Saxony.  The  curriculum 
aims  at  teaching  the  students  tanning  in  all  its  branches, 
thus  giving  him  a  more  catholic  knowledge  than  he  could 
obtain  in  an  ordinary  tannery.  Measurement  is  the 
dominant  principle,  and  the  student  is  made  to  note  the 
weight,  size,  and  strength  of  all  raw  materials,  by-products, 
and  finished  goods  ;  the  water-supply  is  continually  tested. 

—A.  G.  B. 

Russian  Soda. 

By  a  revision  of  the  railway  transport  rates  for  the 
conveyance  of  soda,  resulting  in  their  reduction  on  all 
the  Russian  lines,  the  Government  hopes,  according  to  the 
Journal  of  the  Minister  of  Finance,  to  promote  the  Russian 
soda  industry,  particularly  as  regards  the  manufacture  of 
caustic  soda,  and,  in  time,  to  exclude  the  foreign  product 
from  the  Russian  markets.  This  action  has  been  taken  in 
consequence  of  representations  made  to  the  Railway 
Department  by  representatives  of  this  industry,  urging  the 
necessity  of  a  reduction  in  the  railway  rates  for  soda,  which 
were  such  as  made  it  impossible  to  compete  with  the 
foreign  material. 


— Engineering  and  Mining  Journal. 

The  imports  of  foreign  soda  into  Russia,  distinguishing 
the  chief  ports  of  entry,  were  as  follows  in  1889  and 
1890:— 


Caustic  Soda. 

Crystallised  and  other 
Soda. 

1889. 

1890. 

1889.               1890. 

St.  Petersburg  .. 

Tons. 
7,028 

2, 395 

209 

1.752 

5,853 

Tons. 
6,685 

2,861 

112 

Tons. 
3,973 

450 

2,105 

Tons. 
3,182 

273 

2,105 

1,015 

5,068 

Alexaudrovo  .... 

Other  ports 

5,545                4,320 

Total  imports 

17.232 

16,762            11,700 

11,668 

The  railway  transport  statistics  show  that  in  1889,  out  of 
45,112  tons  of  soda  conveyed  on  all  Russian  lines,  only 
4,741  tons  were  imported,  and  out  of  the  28,430  tons  of 
caustic  and  crystal  soda  imported  in  1890,  only  about  17  per 
cent,   were   imported  by   rail,   the   remainder  having  been 

G  2 


650 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [July  30,1392. 


used  either  at  the  ports  and  stations  of  entry  or  in  their 
neighbourhood.  These  facts,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Russian 
Government,  show  that  the  competition  with  foreign  soda 
mast  as  fai  as  possible  be  minimised,  both  in  the  interests 
of  the  native  soda  industry  and  of  the  railways,  which, 
under  a  reduced  transport  tariff,  would  convey  the  soda 
much  greater  distances,  viz.,  from  the  seats  of  production 
at  I.isichansk  on  the  Donetz  line,  in  the  province  of 
Vetaterinoslav,  and  Beregniaki,  a  town  on  the  upper  Kama, 
in  the  Government  of  Perm.  The  sole  representatives  of 
this  industry  in  Russia  are  the  firm  of  Messrs.  Linhunoff, 
Solvay,  and  Co.,  whose  works  are  situated  at  the  places 
named,  and  who,  when  the  question  of  reducing  the 
railway  transport  rates  was  being  discussed,  stated  that 
they  could  manufacture  sufficient  soda  to  supply  the  demands 
of  the  whole  Empire.     The  new  tariff  rates  for  soda  which 


came  into  force  on  the  1st  ultimo,  place  Russian  soda  at  a 
considerable  advantage  as  compared  with  the  imported 
article,  which  has  to  pay  Customs  duty  at  the  rate  of  90 
copecks  (gold)  per  poud  (about  Si.  lOd.  a  cwt.)  of  caustic 
soda,  and  55  copecks  (gold)  per  poud  (about  5s.  5d.  a  cwt.) 
of  crystal  soda.  The  new  transport  rates,  moreover,  are 
higher  for  the  former  than  the  latter.—  Industries. 


Russian  Industries. 

The  illustration  given  herewith,  reproduced  from  a  recent 
Foreign  Office  report,  represents  the  Trans-Caucasia  district 
of  Russia.  The  map  shows  the  towns  where  an  export 
trade  is  carried  on,  and  indicates  the  staple  industries  or 
productions  of  the  various  districts. 


T    U    R    x    e     r 

N         ASIA 


Map  of  Trans-Caucasia  showing  the  Productions  of  the  Various  Districts, 


rn 


According  to  the  new  regulation  for  the  supply  of 
Portland  cement  in  Russia,  this  material  is  to  he  made 
either  from  calcareous  marl  or  a  mixture  containing  clay 
and  chalk,  by  burning  until  friable,  and  then  grinding  to 
a  fine  powder.  The  hydraulic  modulus,  or  ratio  of  the 
sum  of  the  parts  by  weight  of  Call  and  I  K..(  I  +  Xa20) 
to  that  of  the  parts  by  weight  of  SiOc,  Al ,< >~  and  F.^u,, 
ought  not  to  fall  below  1-7  nor  to  exceed  2 '2  for  Portland 
cement. 

i  ai)  +  Na,0  +  Kg()      _1.9tn9.9 
SiOj  +  A1203+  F.  ii  '        

The  percentage  of  sulphuric  acid  and  magnesia  should 
not  be  greater  than  1*75  to  3  in  Portland  cements  ready 
for  use,  and  the  specific  gravity  must  not  be  less  than 
3-05.  The  cement  should  not  set  in  less  than  one  hour, 
or  take  longer  than  eight  hours.  A  sieve  with  4,900 
meshes  per  sq.  cm.  should  not  pass  less  than  50  percent., 
and  one  with  900  meshes  per  sq.  cm.  should  pass  all  but 
15  per  cent,  of  residue.  The  cement  after  seven  days' 
setting  should  be  able  to  show  a  limit  of  elasticity  of 
20  kilos,  per  sq.  cm.,  and  after  28  days  25  kilos,  per 
sc|.  cm.  A  test  piece  prepared  with  3  parts  sand  and  one 
cement,  should  he  able  to  stand  after  seven  days,  5  kilos., 
and  after  28  days  8  kilos,  per  sq.  cm. 


During  June  last  183,379  tons  of  coal  and  coke,  &c. 
were  imported  into  Russia  from  Great  Britain,  as  against 
253,434  tons  in  June  1891.  The  Warsaw  Coal  Mining 
Company  has  declared  a  dividend  of  6  per  cent,  for  the 
past  year. 

Iu  June  last  Russia  exported  to  Great  Britain  128,150 
cwt.  of  jute  and  21,634  cwt.  of  hemp,  as  compared  with 
155,33f>  and  21,187  cwt.  respectively  in  dune  1891.  The 
Carl  Scheibler  Cotton  Manufacturing  Company  of  Lodz  has 
declared  a  dividend  of  7  per  cent,  for  the  past  financial 
year. 

The  imports  from  Great  Britain  of  alkali  in  June  last 
amounted  to  23,448  cwt.,  as  compared  with  67,573  cwt. 
in  June  1891.  The  balance  sheet  of  the  Russian  branch 
establishment  of  the  Baden  Aniline  and  Soda  Manufacturing 
Company  at  Butirki,  near  Moscow,  shows  a  profit  for  the 
past  year  of  129,951)  roubles,  after  allowing  5  per  cent, 
interest  on  the  capital  employed  and  providing  appropri- 
ations for  the  depreciation  and  suspense  accounts. 

The  important  fishing  industry  of  the  River  Volga  is 
suffering  from  the  effect  of  petroleum  shipments,  and  will 
probably  be  entirely  destroyed.  The  petroleum  is  intro- 
duced into  the  river  from  the  innumerable  boats,  lighters, 
and   lank-vessels  engaged  in  the  petroleum  industry  on  the 


July 80,1892.]         THE  JOURNAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


651 


Caspian  Sea  and  the  Volga.  The  quantity  of  petroleum 
curried  from  Baku  to  Astrachan  and  to  further  points  on 
the  river  is  very  large,  and  several  millorj  poods  of  petroleum 
find  their  way  every  year  into  the  river  during  transhipment, 
&c.  The  fish  suffer  greatly  from  this,  the  more  so  as  the 
vegetation  along  the  river  is  also  destroyed  by  the  effects 
of  the  petroleum.  It  has,  therefore,  been  advocated  that 
"wooden  vessels  and  lighters  should  not  he  allowed  to  carry 
petroleum,  and  that  all  the  waste  or  unclean  petroleum 
should  he  removed  from  the  vessels  without  being  allowed 
to  pass  into  the  river, — Industries. 


Articles  of  Interest  to  Technologists  and 
Manufacturers. 

The  following  articles   in  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal 
for  July  will  repay  perusal : — 

"  Obstacles  to  British  Foreign  Trade  "... 

"  The  Spanish  Sherry  Trade'  " 

•■  Tanning  Industry  in  the  United  States" 
"  Customs  Duties  on  the  Importation  of  Hops 
';  The  Working  of  Salt  Marshes  in  France' 
"  Coffee  Adulterants  in  Canada  " 


p- 

6 

p- 

14 

p. 

19 

p- 

47 

p- 

81 

p- 

93 

Nitrate  of  Soda. 


Shipments,  Consumption,  Stocks,  and  Prices,  front  1885  to  1892. 




1 

1885. 

18S7. 

1SS9. 

1891. 

1S92. 

Shipments  from   South 
*i\  months  ending  80t 

Do.  for  t  lie  12  months  e 

Afloat  lor  Europe  on  301 

Stocks  in  United  Kiugd 

American  ports  to  all   parts  for  tin' 

Tons 

177,000 

166, 

104,000 

1 

i 

j-     22,000 

60,000 

73,000 
220,000 
100,000 
33S.O00 

45,000 
483,000 

186,00  i 
10s.  6d. 

233,000 
507.000 
125,000 

10,000 

10,000 

•68,000 
243,000 
•92,000 
355,000 
55,000 
502,000 

145,000 

Vs. 

357,1100 

.,j:;.ono 
17s. 

18,000 

92,000 

73, 

859,000 
100,000 
546,000 

60, 

706,000 

288,000 

8s.  e„l. 

254,000 
946,000 

131,000 

20,000 

120,01)0 

90,000 
550,000 
118,000 
721,000 

90,000 
029,000 

270,000 
8s.  4&d. 

402,000 

iding  30th 

180,000 

oni  ports  :— 

— 

1SS5.     '      lss7. 

1889. 

1691. 

1S92. 

12,000 
8,300 

0,700 

3.2S0 
2,800 
3,950 

7.IIOO 
2,500 
8,500 

11,000 
6,300 

8,700 

8,000 
1,700 
7,300 

17,000 

Stocks  in  Continental  ports  on  30 1 
Consumption  in  United  Kingdom 

Tons 
)er  Cwt. 

107,000 

for  the    six  months  ending 

84,000 

Do.  in  Continent  do 
Do.  in  United  King 
Do.  in  Continent  do 
Do.  in  United  State 
Ho.  i,i  the  World  d 

Visible  supply  on  SOth 

Europe  and  Stocks  in 

London  Spot  juice  on  3( 

493,000 

lorn  for  the  12  month 

111.000 

646,000 

s  do.        do 

100,000 

800,0011 

Tune  (including  the  quantity  afloat  for 

304,000 

Bs.  3.'. 

Inclusive  of  10,000  tons  exported  to  the  Continent. 


W.  Mo.ntoomeiiy  &  Co. 


BOARV  OF  TRADE  RETURNS. 


Summary  of  Imports. 


Metals 

Chemicals  and  dyestulls 

Oils 

Raw  materials   for  non-textile  in- 
dustries. 

Total  value  of  all  imports  .... 


Month  ending  SOth  June 


1891. 


£ 
2,195,346 

596,909 

059,166 

3,903,939 


36,850,124 


1892. 


£ 
2,086,635 

482,081) 

541,983 

3,6S5,785 


32,S  11,854 


Summary  of  ExrORTs. 


Month  ending  30th  June 

1891. 

1892. 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 

4,225,594 

761,104 

2,886,133 

£ 

2,698,953 

017,32,8 

2,287,367 

21,434,399 

18,070,318 

652 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  30 


Imports  of 

Metals  for  Month  ending  3oth  Jink. 

Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Copper : — 

12,613 

4,790 

£ 
90,748 

£ 

40,457 

14,015 

17,393 

363,482 

412,608 

TJnwrought  ., 

•     » 

4,137 

2,832 

233.07S 

132,377 

Iron : — 

.     „ 

292,338 

8,575 

246,21 1 
7,549 

237.2S2 
89,956 

182,102 

Bolt,  bar,  &c. . 

73,714 

Steel,  unwrought 

.     „ 

638 

783 

6,155 

7,032 

Lead,  pig  and  sheet      „ 

15,896 

16,312 

205,232 

178,335 

Pyrites 

.     ,, 

50,133 

54,770 

86,825 

96,376 

1,002,100 

2,077,050 

98,324 

180,933 

Value  £ 
metals 

30.5S2 
4,74',l 

33,121 
5,554 

139,615 

104,781 
540,267 

162,310 

124,628 

Other  articles  ... 

139,864 

Total  value  of 

.. 

2,195,346 

2,036,635 

Imports  of  Chemicaxs  and  Dyestuffs  for  Month 
ending  30th  June. 


Imports    of   Raw 
Industries  for 


Materials   for   Non-Textile 
Month  ending  30th  June. 


Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Bark,  Peruvian . 

Cwt. 

7,113 

7,024 

£ 

15,091 

£ 

15,371 

Lb. 

286,459 

204,409 

42,326 

28,254 

Cwt. 

26,898 

17,275 

329,245 

101,846 

Gum  :— 

4,SSS 

4,318 

12,944 

12,598 

•• 

10,514 
4,382 

7,275 
3,121 

36,843 
47,036 

27,339 

Gutta-percha  ... 

44,439 

Hides,  raw:— 

„ 

41,445 

28,422 

111,728 

84,291 

Wet 

M 

48,375 

42,313 

114,525 

87,161 

815 

741 

39,549 

34,317 

Manure  :— 

Tons 

Cwt. 
Tons 

2,162 

4,772 

56,269 

3,019 

3,722 
3,820 
20,552 
2.572 

10,713 
22,522 
80,812 

30,505 

32,930 

n;,vs:; 

32,060 

24,854 

„ 

20,803 

16,286 

100,521 

70,301 

l'ulp  of  wood  .... 

„ 

16,756 

15,749 

81,836 

79,873 

Cwt. 

269,487 

143,259 

69,118 

33,693 

Tallow  and  stearin      „ 

143,6155 

150,365 

ls.-,.iN2 

189,214 

Barrels 

3,018 

5,496 

2,394 

2,949 

Wood  :— 

230,281 
500,518 

228,457 
635,582 
13,954 

442,356 
1,166,35a 

61,285 

429,672 

1,327,778 

43,487 

Staves  

„ 

18,435 

Tons 

4,302 

2,072 

40,258 

17,067 

Other  articles.... 

Value  £ 

•• 

•• 

930,785 

S79,40S 

Total  value 

•• 

•• 

3,963,939 

3.685,785 

Quantities. 

Values. 

Articles. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

7,549 

7,356 

£ 
4,810 

£ 

4,973 

Bark  (tanners,  Ac.)    „ 

53,948 

84,048 

27,190 

13,920 

58,830 

16,788 

17,7Hi 

12,559 

.. 

.. 

121,153 

123,926 

545 

431 

3,35! 

2,s;2 

Cutch  and  gambler  Tons 

1,902 

1,717 

47,093 

86,696 

Dyes:— 

. , 

20,878 

20.322 

.. 

.. 

31,239 

16,464 

.. 

2,687 

201 

1,107 

960 

28,902 

16,191 

Nitrate  of  soda....      „ 

168,224 

'.'1  363 

74,515 

35,587 

Nitrate  of  potish  .      „ 

16,318 

20,886 

15,047 

18,651 

1,021 

2,  168 

21,808 

:- 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 
Total  valuo  of  chemicals 

•• 

■• 

185,490 

•• 

•• 

596,909 

482,080 

Imports  of  Oils  for  Month  ending  30th  June. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

55,216 

1,958 

92,238 

8,779,812 

1,401 

3,434 

27,117 

17.711 

2,315 

81,748 

983,857 

986 

3,008 

85,823 

£ 
81,654 

78,837 

109,150 

174,976 

36,769 

73,436 

38,185 

66,150 

£ 

10,947 

84,181 

92,288 
161,682 
25,928 
54,107 
39.734 
68,776 

OMier  articles  . .  Value  £ 

Total  value  of  oils  . . . 

■• 

659,166 

541.9S3 

Extorts  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals  for  Month  ending 
30th  June. 


Besides  the  above,  drugs  to  the  value  of  57,100/.  were  imported 
as  gainst  77,7611.  in  June  1891. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Bleaching  materials    „ 
Chemical  manures.  Tons 

Other  articles  ...       „ 

518,884 

134,915 
28,738 

390,425 
88,418 
2S.2S7 

£ 
196,831 

46,618 
177.313 

88,996 
251,316 

£ 

150,956 

39,367 
165,484 

71.CH 
216,880 

761,104 

647,328 

July  3o,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


653 


Exports  of  Metals  (other  than  Machinery)  fob 

Month  ending  30th  Jink. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

9,795 

C0.915 
27,798 
25,311 

8%895 

5,252 

7,531 
15,057 

10,471 

81,233 
24,697 

13,971 

215,34s 
4,857 

10,351 
14,073 

£ 
14,290 

169,993 

On.520 

71,234 

20S.55S 

1 11,783 

8,063,000 

73.734 

31,079 

220,983 

36,110 

15,032 

80,970 

£ 

41,347 

200.15S 
75,564 
35,255 

183,988 

104,192 
1,813,407 
58,296 
21,288 
24,177 
51,651 

Copper  :— 
(inwrought „ 

Wrought „ 

Mixed  metal , 

Plated  wares...  Value  £ 
Telegraph  wires,  Ac.    „ 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

70.203 

•• 

•• 

4,225,501 

2,698,953 

Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  30th  June. 


Articles. 


Gunpowder Lb. 

Military  stores . .  Value  £ 

Candles Lb. 

Caoutchouc Value  £ 

Cement Tons 

Products  of  coal  Value  £ 

Earthenware  ...       „ 

Stoneware 

Glass:— 
Plate Sq.Ft. 

Flint Cwt. 

Bottles , 

Other  kinds 

Leather : — 
Unwrought ....      ,, 

Wrought Value  £ 

Seed  oil Tons 

Floorcloth  Sq.Tds. 

Painters'  materials  Val.  £ 

Paper Cwt. 

Rags Tons 

Soap Cwt. 

Total  value 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1,401,500 

1,399,100 

62,785 


233,401 

8,801 

63,772 

20,558 

13,438 

5,533 
1,637,400 

90,141 
5,234 

50,690 


1892. 


732,300 

1,370,900 

39,043 


172,525 

9,815 

62,113 

15,173 

10,721 

4,937 
1,339,100 

76,071 

4,361 

39,572 


Values. 


1391. 


£ 

31,004 

87,510 
28,615 
102,357 
124.510 
152,699 
101,212 
15,342 

1S.156 
20,604 
30,547 
17,499 

119,314 
28,262 

125,975 
70,909 

143,646 

i  5  4,607 
35,963 
61,887 


2,886,133 


£ 

19,378 

72,987 
25,817 
91,355 
71,880 
89,175 
131,601 
13,343 

10,020 
20,90S 
30,099 
13,120 

101,723 
21,931 
97,200 
59,262 
143,437 
129,392 
30,147 
45,424 


2,287,367 


iMont&lp  Patent  £tst* 

*  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised. 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  months  of  the  said  dates. 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 

Applications. 

11,694.  F.  W.  Scott,  E.  G.  Scott,  and  F.  W.  Scott,  jun. 
Improvements  in  or  connected  with  evaporating  apparatus. 
June  22. 

11.704.  H.  E.  Newton. — From  E.  A.  Ashcroft  and 
J.  Howell,  New  South  Wales.  An  improved  mode  of  and 
apparatus  for  generating  steam  by  the  aid  of  molten  slag 
from  smelting  and  other  furnaces.  Complete  Specification. 
June  22. 

11.705.  E.  J.  Barbier.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  distilling,  separating,  and  concentrating 
acids  of  mixed  liquids,  and  for  treating  substances  in 
solution.     June  22. 

12,798.  F.  D.  Marshall  and  E.  Blum.  Improvements  in 
means  or  apparatus  for  effecting  the  turning  or  stirring  of 
oxide  of  iron,  lime,  or  other  matters.     July  12. 

13,035.  R.  Haddau.— From  W.  Dun-  and  A.  Custodis, 
Germany.  Improvements  in  means  for  measuring  the 
density  of  gases  and  like  purposes.     July  15. 

13,103.  F.  W.  Scott,  E.  G.  Scott,  and  F.  W.  Scott,  jun. 
Improvements  in  or  connected  with  evaporating  or 
concentrating  apparatus.     July  16. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted.* 

1891. 

11,353.  W.  O.  Taylor.  The  oxidising  retort  furnace. 
June  29. 

11,640.  A.  G.  Southby  and  F.  D.  Blyth.  Apparatus  for 
making  ice,  refrigerating,  evaporating,  and  desiccating. 
July  6. 

11,691.  J.  A.  Hurley. — From  A.  T.  Lagniez.  Apparatus 
for  the  automatic  regulation  of  pressures  and  temperatures. 
July  20. 

12,053.  L.  Damaze.  Apparatus  for  measuring  tempe- 
ratures and  pressures.     July  6. 

14,640.  O.  Intze.     Gas-holders.     July  6. 

1892. 

9538.  H.  Hirzel.     Still  columns.     June  29. 

11,296.  W.  J.  Mirrlees  and  D.  Ballingall.  Apparatus 
for  evaporating,  concentrating,  and  distilling  liquids. 
July  20. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

1 1,465.  W.  D.  A.  Bost  and  T.  F.  Haldane.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  fire-lighters.     June  20. 

11,504.  L.  Chapman.  Improvements  in  and  apparatus 
for  obtaining  oxygen  and  nitrogen  from  atmospheric  air. 
June  20. 


654 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[July  3m,  189?. 


11,800.  J.  Scott  and  II.  Daiwen.  An  incombustible 
composition  for  "  gas-fire  "  bodies  and  other  article-. 
June  24. 

1 1,809.  S.  Marcus  and  E.  F.  Botbe.  Improvements  in 
air  and  gas  carburating  apparatus.     June  24. 

11,910.  J.  T.  Holmes.  Improvements  in  tire-lighters. 
June  27. 

12,387!  A.  V.  Newton. — From  A.  Noble,  France. 
Improvements  in  the  production  of  oxygen  gas.     July  4. 

12,390.  S.  Pitt. — From  C.  Heinzerling,  Germany.  Process 
for  the  separation  and  recovery  of  benzol,  alcohol,  ether, 
and  other  easily  volatile  substances  from  air  or  other  gas. 
July  4. 

12,421.  W.  Young  and  A.  Bell.  Improvements  in  the 
decomposition  of  mineral  oils  for  the  production  of 
illuminating  gas.     July  5. 

12,441.  H.  H.  Lake.  —  From  W.  H.  Harris,  United 
States.  Improvements  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  gas, 
July  5. 

12.6G4.  The  Automatic  Coal-Gas  Retort  Co.,  Lira.  An 
improved  apparatus  for  charging  inclined  gas  retorts. 
July  9. 

12,716.  A.  Noteman.  An  improved  process  of  and 
apparatus  for  making  heating  and  illuminating  gas. 
Complete  Specification.     July  11. 

12,702.  F.  A.  Frb.  Improvements  in  the  combustion  of 
carbonaceous  fuel.     Complete  Specification.     .Inly  12. 

12,781.  D.  Westlake.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
anil  materials  for  agglomerating  small  coal,  peat,  or  other 
material  for  compression  into  blocks  or  briquettes. 
July  12. 

12,924.  The  Northern  Counties  Hydro-Oxygen  Gas  Co., 
Lirn.,  and  P.  B.  \Y*.  Goble.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  manufacturing  oil  gas.     July  14. 

13,007.  J.  W.  Armstrong.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  supplying  fuel  to  gas  producers.     July  15. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 

Applications. 

7337a.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  alkylated  naphthylamine  sulpho  acids.  Filed 
June  20.     Date  claimed  April  16,  1892. 

11,302.  J.  R.  Geigy.  Production  of  yellow  to  orange 
colouring  matters.     June  20. 

11,522.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  dihydroxynapbthaleue  sulpho  acids.     June  20. 

11,533.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  of  new 
colouring  matters.     Complete  Specification.     June  20. 

11,865.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  and  pro- 
duction of  naphthalene  sulpho  acids.     June  2 5. 

11,876.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  and  pro- 
duction of  new  basic  colouring  mattsrs.     June  25. 

12,296.  Read,  Holliday  and  Sons,  Lim.,  and  J.  Turner. 
Improvements  in  the  production  of  azo  colouring  matters. 
July  2. 

12.579.  15.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture and  production  of  authra-quinone  derivatives. 
July  7. 

12.580.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  and  pro- 
duction of  new  alizarin  derivatives.     July  7. 

12,720.  J.  R.  Geigy.  Production  of  blue  triphenyl- 
methane  colouring  matters  or  dyes.     July  11. 

13,029.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  blue  mordant  dyeing  colouring  matters.     July  15. 


1891. 

11,710.  J.  II.  R.  Dinsmore.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  gas  for  illuminating  and  heating  purposes,  and  in 
or  connected  with  apparatus  therefor.     July  13. 

15,552.  1!.  On-  and  R.  M.  Sutherland.     See  Class  III. 


1569.  J.   Tennant,   J. 
Candles.     July  20. 


1892. 
Tennant,   and 


\V.     R.     Tennant. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted, 

1891. 

14,72).  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  Manufacture  and  production  of 
new  dyes  related  to  the  rhodamine  series.     June  29. 

15.143.  J.A.Hewitt. — From  L. Cassella and  Co.  Manu- 
facture of  blue  dyestuffs.     July  13. 

15,494.  The  Clayton  Aniline  Co.,  Lim.,  and  J.  Hall. 
Manufacture  and  production  of  colouring  matters.    June  29. 

15,725.  8.  Pitt. — From  L.  Cassella  and  Co.  Manufacture 
of  colouring  matters  from  amidonaphtholsulphonic  acids. 
July  20. 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

15,287.  L.  Ungues.  Apparatus  for  distillation  of  fatty- 
acids  and  other  substances.     July  13. 

15,552.  It.  Orr  and  R.  M.  Sutherland.  Retorts  for 
distilling  shale  and  like  minerals,  and  for  dealing  with  the 
resulting  products.     July  13. 

20,753.  F.  II.  Pickles  and  R.  II.  Pickles.     Purification 

of  pyrolignites.     July  6. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 
Applications. 

11,581.  W.  E.  Heys.— From  E.  F.  Dranez,  H.  P.  ,7. 
Vassart,  and  J.  IT.  S.  M.  Delattre,  France.  Improvements 
in  the  method  of  and  apparatus  for  removing  fatty  matters 
and  other  impurities  from  wool  and  similar  textile  materials. 
June  21. 

11,994.  T.  J.  Hutchinson  and  R.  B.  Hardman.  An 
improved  process  for  the  recovery  of  the  cloth  from 
damaged  waterproofed  fabrics.     June  28. 

13,008.  F.  Fleming.  Improvements  in  linoleum  or 
oilcloth,  and  in  the  manufacture  of  same.     July  15. 


July  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


655 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

11,831.  F.  Lelmer.     Manufacture  of  artificial  and  mixed 

silk  threads,  aud  apparatus  therefor.     June  29. 

12,679.  F.  V.  M.  Raabe.  Manufacture  of  yarn  from 
certaiu  vegetable  waste  fibres.     June  29. 

12,081.  W.  E.  Gedge. — From  F.  Mommer  and  Co. 
Process  and  apparatus  for  treating  textile  fibres  in  bobbins 
with  a  liquor.     July  13. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  TAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

11,479.  J.  Grime.  Improvements  in  vats  for  use  in  the 
dyeing  of  indigo  blues.     June  20. 

11,529.  B.  Willeox. — From  The  Farbcnfabriken  vormals 
F.  Layer  aud  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  dyeing 
and  printing  with  azo  dyestuffs.     June  20. 

11.914.  W.  Crippin  and  C.  O.  Weber.  Improvements  in 
the  bleaching  of  cotton  and  other  fibrous  materials  in  the 
raw  or  manufactured  or  partly  manufactured  state. 
June  27. 

11.915.  W.  Crippin  and  C.  O.  Weber.  Improvements  in 
the  dyeing  of  alizarine  red  ou  cotton  and  other  fibrous 
materials  in  the  raw,  manufactured,  or  partly  manufactured 
state.     June  27. 

11.916.  W.  Crippin  and  C.  O.  Weber.  Improvements  in 
the  dyeing  of  aniline  black  on  cotton  and  other  fibrous 
materials  in  the  raw  or  manufactured  or  partly  manu- 
factured state.     June  27. 

12,921.  Read,  Holliday,  and  Sons,  Limited,  aud  H.  Bind- 
Bchadler.  Improvements  in  the  production  of  an  indigo 
vat  or  bath  employed  in  the  dyeing  with  indigo.     July  14. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

13,955.  W.  J.  S.  Grawitz.  Improvements  in  dyeing  and 
printing  textile  fibres  with  aniline  and  its  homologues  or 
derivatives.     June  29. 

14,657.  E.  Gessler.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
treatment  of  textile  fibres  with  liquids  aud  vapours  or  gases. 
July  6. 

17,082.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  K.  Oehler.  Dyeing  or 
printing  woollen  and  other  goods.     July  20. 

18,588.  G.  Young  and  W.  Crippin.  Construction  of 
hollow  perforated  skewers  employed  for  dyeing  and  other- 
wise treating  cops  of  yarn  or  thread,  and  their  arrangement 
in  connexion  with  the  parts  on  which  they  are  to  be  used. 
July  6. 

1892. 

7555.  C.  Schmirch.  Method  and  apparatus  for  effecting 
the  oxidation  of  aniline  black  in  the  process  of  dyeing  cotton 
thread  or  wool  on  bobbins  and  cops.     June  29. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 


Applications. 

11,828.  A.  T.  Hall  and  G.  C.  Robinson.  Improvements 
in  the  treatment  of  waste  liquors  from  metallurgical  pro- 
cesses to  obtain  zinc  or  its  compounds.     June  24. 

11,889.  P.  Romer.  Improvements  in  the  process  for  the 
production  of  potassium  carbonate  from  potassium  sulphate. 
June  25. 

12,155.  H.  S.  Ellworthy.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  carbonic   acid  gas.     June  30. 

12,275.  G.  W.  Sharp.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  caustic  soda  or  potash.     July  2. 

12,294.  H.  W.  Wallis.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  chlorine.     July  2. 

12,726.  E.  J.  Barbier.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  sulphuric  acids.     July  11. 

12,878.  H.  W.  Wallis.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  chlorine.     July  13. 

12,884.  E.  Kucheumeister.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  vinegar  and  in  apparatus  therefor.  Complete 
■Specification.     July  13. 

12,977.  O.  A.  Burghardt.     See  Class  XI. 

12,985.  J.  H.  Kidd.  The  manufacture  of  ferric-chloride 
from  "waste  products."     July  15. 

13,047.  H.  W.  Wallis.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  chlorine.     July  15. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 


1891. 


16,512.  R.  E.    Chatfield. 
July  20. 


Manufacture   of   nitric   acid 


1892. 

88.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  E.    B.  Cutten.     Production   of 
soda  aud  chlorine  and  apparatus  therefor.     July  6. 

89.  H.  H.   Lake— From  E.  B.  Cutten.     Production  of 
liquid  chlorine  and  apparatus  therefor.     July  6. 

9884.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  A.  L.  Lawton  and  W.  S. 

Dodge.    Manufacture  of  salt  (chloride  of  sodium).  Juue29. 

10,851.  A.  MacNab.     Manufacture  of  bay  salt.     July  13. 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 

Applications. 

11,462.  H.  Lockwood.  The  manufacture  of  sewage 
sludge  into  bricks,  pots,  tiles,  and  drain  pipes,  and  sanitary 
ware.     June  20. 

12,585.  H.  Forester.  An  improved  mode  or  method  of 
decorating  china  aud  earthenware  articles.     July  8. 

12,939.  H.  Doulton  and  J.  Slater.  Improvements  in 
treating  vitreous  substances  for  making  metallic  connexions 
thereto.     July  14. 

13,067.  E.  J.  Tompkinson.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture or  modes  of  making  pottery  articles.     July  16. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

11,637.  B.  A.  Spaull.  Manufacture  of  glass  bottles  and 
the  like,  and  apparatus  therefor.     July  6. 

13,354.  H.  Lane  and  A.  Chamberlain.  Annealing  fur- 
naces.    July  13. 


65(5 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMlCAE  INDUSTRY. 


[July  S'J,  lS9i 


14.91S.  J.  P.  Guv.  Manufacture  of  earthenware  article.*, 
such  as  tiles  and  brick*,  and  machinery  or  apparatus 
therefor.     July  13. 

15.067.  A.  Cay.  Manufacture  of  certain  kinds  of 
articles  of  glass,  and  machinery  or  apparatus  to  be  em- 
ployed in  the  said  manufacture.     July  6. 


An  improved  firebrick  or  compound. 


IX— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

11.765.  W.  Webster.  Improved  treatment  of  the  solid 
deposit  or  sludge  from  sewage  for  the  application  thereof  to 
the  manufacture  of  cement  and  other  purposes.     June  23. 

11.766.  W.  H.  Talbot  and  C.  H.  Venning.  A  process  for 
hardening  and  preserving  natural  and  artificial  stone  and 
other  like  building  material.     June  23. 

12,174.  O.  Terp.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
artificial  stone  and  hard  compositions  applicable  to  building 
and  paving  purposes,  to  moulds  for  cement  castings,  to 
safes,  and  to  other  articles  and  purposes.  Complete 
Specification.     June  30. 

12.331.  H.  H.  Lake.  From  L.  Enricht,  United  States. 
An  improved  manufacture  of  artificial  stone  or  cement. 
July  2. 

12.332.  H.   tl.  Lake.     Erom  L.  Enricht,  United   S 

An  improved  manufactuie  of  artificial  stone    or   cement. 
July  2. 

12,490.  W.  Smith.  Improvements  in  the  construction  of 
fireproof  floors.    July  6. 

12,512.  J.  Salkeld.  Improvements  in  the  construction  of 
fireproof  floors,  ceilings,  and  other  parts  of  buildings. 
July  6. 

12,756.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  La  Societe  Anony- 
medes  Constructions  Economiques,  Belgium.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  artificial  stone  and  other  similar 
building  materials.     July  12. 

12,913.  H.  Faija. 
Julv   14. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1991. 

15,101.  E.  Lodge  and  E.  Jury.  A  new  or  improved 
chemical  treatment  or  application  for  cleaning  stone, 
marble,  granite,  and  the  like.     July  20. 

15,509.  G.  Dolenz.  Process  for  the  manufacture  of 
artificial  stone  and  marble.     July  13. 

1892. 

8292.  G.  M  Graham.     Artificial  stone  blocks.     July  20. 

9332.  A.  J.  Boult.— From  J.  A.  Chanter.  Pavements. 
June  29. 

10,196.  P.  A.  II.  Wehner.  Manufacture  of  artificial 
wood.     July  13. 

11,170.  G.  W.Parker.  Construction  of  floors,  ceilings, 
and  roofs  of  buildings  :  also  applicable  to  the  construction 
of  side  walks  and  pavements.     July  20. 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 

Applications. 

S612a.  E.  H.  Saniter.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  purification  of  iron.  Filed  June  27.  Date  applied  for 
January  21,  1S92,  being  date  of  application  in  Belgium. 

11,552.  C.  M.  Pielsticker.  Improvements  in  the  method 
of  extracting  gold  and  silver  from  ores.     June  21. 

11,606.  F.  Siemens.  An  improvement  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  iron  and  steel.     June  21. 

11,662.  T.  I.  Williams.  Improvements  in  the  tinning 
machine  for  coating  metal  plates  or  sheets  with  tin  or  other 
metal  or  alloy.     June  22. 

11,82'*.  A.  T.  Hall  and  G.  C.  Robinson.     See  Chi*-  VII. 

ll.s.54.  W.  L.  Wise.— From  A.  E.  Woolf,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  separating  metals  from  their  ores  and  in 
apparatus  therefor.     June  25. 

12,343.  J.  Nicholas.  Improved  means  of  extracting 
copper,  gold,  silver,  and  other  metals  from  ore*.  &c. 
July  4. 

12.491.  J.  David.  Improvements  in  treating  rich 
argentiferous  blende  and  other  ores.     July  6. 

12.492.  J.  David.  Improvements  in  extracting  silver 
and  certain  ba*e  metal*  from  ores  or  compounds  containing 
the  same.     July  6. 

12,554.  C.  M.  Piebiticker.  Improvements  in  the  extrac- 
tion of  gold  and  silver  from  ores.     July  7 . 

12,641.  J.  C.  Montgomerie.  Improvements  in  the 
extraction  of  gold  and  silver  from  ores  or  compounds 
containing  the  same,  and  in  apparatus  applicable  for  use  in 
the  treatment  of  such  materials  bv  means  of  solvents. 
July  8. 

12.719.  H.  J.  Allison.— From  P.  A.  Emanuel,  United 
State*.     Process  of  making  aluminium.     July  11. 

12.733.  C.  D.  Abel.— From  Wirth  and  Co.,  Germany. 
Process  for  the  production  of  metallic  antimony.     July  1 1 . 

12.776.  R.  E.  B.  Crompton.  Improvements  in  regulating 
temperatures  in  manufacturing  metals,  and  in  means  or 
apparatus  employed  therein.     July  12. 

-  -  ».  M.  Hillas  and  R.  Squire.  Improvements  in  the 
method  of  and  apparatus  for  hardening  and  tempering  steel 
wire.     July  14. 

12.920.  W.Wright  and  J.  B.  Hamond.  Improvements 
in  the  treatment  of  zinc  and  other  ores  and  in  the  recovery 
of  by-products.     July  14. 

12,936.  D.  Earnshaw  and  C.  C.  Cooper.  A  new  system 
of  moulding  for  casting  metals  or  anv  other  compositions. 
July  14. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

11.177.  E.  Polte.     Spinning  metal.     June  29. 

13,354.  H.  Lane  and  A.  Chamberlain.  Annealing  fur- 
naces.    July  13. 

13.714.  M.  Macnaberg  and  J.  Cliff.  Construction  of 
sted-making  furnaces.     July  6. 

.5,142.  W.  I!.  Lake. — From  G.  F.  Simonds.  Hardening 
and  tempering  steel,  and  apparatus  therefor.     July  13. 

16,348.  J.  J.  Shedlock  and  T.  Denny.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  extraction  of  metals  from  ores.     June  29. 

19,992.  S.  Ward.  W.  Guest,  and  W.  Miller.  Manufac- 
ture of  semi-divided  bars  of  steel,  and  the  like.     July  6. 


1S92. 

2498.    S.    H.    Brown    and    M.    McBarron.     Annealing 

metal*.     Julv  13. 


Julv  SO,  1392.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


657 


.1.  Woodcock,  J.  Stnitb,  W.  M.  Mackey.  Pre- 
paring ores,  oxides,  and  compounds  of  iron  for  smelting. 
July  20. 

5651.  H.  II.  Lake. — From   H.   F.   Brown.     Ore-roasting 
furnaces.     July  6. 

SS34.  E.  W.  Cooke.     An  alloy.     July  S. 

9522.  J.   K.  Filassier   and  J.  Faun'.     Metallurgical  fur- 
naces for  steel-making  or  cementation  purposes.     June  29. 

9523.  J.    E.   Filassier   and   J.   Faun'.      Manufacture  of 
cast  steel.     June  29. 

9859.  J.   C.   Fraley.     Process  for  rendering   iron,   steel, 
and  similar  metals  homogeneous.     June  29. 


XI.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Applications. 

11,532.  W.  A.  Boese.  Improvements  in  secondary  or 
storage  batteries.     June  20. 

11,835.  E.  J.  Finot.  Improvements  in  the  proces-  and 
apparatus  for  tanning  hides  and  skins  with  electrolytic 
action.     June  24. 

12,300.  J.  B.  Lee.  Improvements  in  the  construction  of 
secondary  batteries  for  electrical  storage  purposes.  Com- 
plete Specification.     July  2. 

12,381.  E.  B.  Bright  and  M.  Bailey.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  plates  for  storage  batteries  or  accumu- 
lators and  the  accessories  thereto.     July  4. 

12,731.  Siemens  Bros,  and  Co.,  Limited. — From  Siemens 
and  Halske,  Germany.  Improvements  in  electrolytic 
extraction  of  zinc.     July  11. 

12,977.  C.  A.  Burghardt.  Improvements  in  the  electro- 
lytic production  of  caustic  soda  or  canstic  potash.    July  1  5. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

1 1,108.  T.  Coad.     Electric  primary  batteries.     July  6. 

15,050.  E.  A.  Le  Soeur.     Electrolysis.     July  13. 

15,407.  G.  Cohen.     Galvanic  batteries.     July  20. 

17,426.  E.  Andreoli.  Apparatus  for  generating  ozone  by 
electricity.     July  G. 

1892. 

6007.  T.  Parker  and  A.  E.  Robinson.  Cells  for  eleetro- 
lysing  chloride  solutions.     July  20. 

9346.  C.  Kellner.  Apparatus  for  the  production  of 
chlorine  and  alkalis  by  eleetrolytis.     July  20. 

9347.  C.  Kellner.  Process  for  the  separation  of  the 
alkali  obtained  by  etectrolytical  decomposition  of  halogen 
compounds  from  the  electrolyte  which  has  not  been 
decomposed.     Julv  20. 

9379.  G.  D.  Burton.  Heating  and  working  metal  bars 
by  electricity.     July  6. 

9380.  G.  D.  Burton.  Mechanism  for  converting  electric 
currents,  and  method  of  applying  the  same  to  the  working 
of  metals.     June  29. 

9541.  F.  Schmalhaus.  Electric  accumulator  or  secondary 
battery.     June  29. 


10,85u.    H.     Weymersch. 
July  13. 


Primary    voltaic    batteries. 


11,147.  H.   H.  Llovd. 
July  20. 

11,154.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From   C.  L 
of  welding  metals  electrically.     July  20. 


Secondary   or  storage   batteries. 
Coffin.     Method 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Applications. 

11,691.  H.  L.  Sharp,  jun.,  and  J.  R.C'auston.  Tasmanian 
oils.     June  22. 

12,974.  G.  D.  Macdougald  and  J.  Sturrock.  Improved 
process  or  means  for  marking  soap  cakes  or  bars  with  an 
indelible  colour.     Complete  Specification.     July  14. 

13,081.  W.  P.  Thompson.  —  From  F.  Hlawaty  and 
A.  Kanitz,  Austria.  Improvements  in  in  or  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  washing  soap.  Complete  Specification. 
July  16. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

14,902.  J.  Cathrein.  Method  and  means  for  manufac- 
turing soap.     July  20. 

16,034.  R. Hutchison.  Manufactureof  ubricants.  July  13. 

1892. 

10,765.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  YV.  B.  Brittiugham. 
Detergent  compounds.     July  13. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS    VARNISHES,  and 
RESINS. 

Applications. 

11,937.  R.  Michell.  The  manufacture  of  anti-fouling 
and  non-corrosive  composition  paint.     June  27. 

12,175.  O.  Terp.  Improvements  in  enamel  paints  for 
resisting  damp,  fire,  and  atmospheric  influences,  and  in 
imitation  mosaic  and  other  articles  made  therewith.  Com- 
plete Specification.     June  30. 

12,447.  T.  H.  Cobley.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  metallic  lead  paint,  lead  colours,  and  other  lead  products 
from  ores  and  substances  containing  lead.     July  5. 

15,518.  A.  J.  Boult — From  R.  Lelievre,  France.  An 
improved  compound  for  cleaning  wood-work,  removing  paint, 
or  the  like.     July  6. 

12,631.  T.  S.  Lemon.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  india-rubber  and  substitutes  for  india-rubber  for  insulating 
and  other  purposes.     July  8. 

12,728.  P.  Lehmann.  Improvements  relating  to  com- 
pounds suitable  as  protective  coatings  or  paints  for  iron  and 
steel.     Complete  Specification.     July  11. 

12,732.  L.Pflug.  Improvements  in  protective  paints  or 
compositions  for  ships.     July  11. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

10,822.  C.  N.  Jackson.  A  compound  preparation  to  be 
used  as  a  substitute  for  gutta-percha  and  similar  products 
for  insulating  and  waterproofing  purposes.     June  29. 


658 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [ July  so,  i«». 


12,895.  A.   Gutensohu.     Method  and  appliances  for  the 
production  of  litharge  from  metallic  lead.     July  6. 

1892. 

9135.  F.  I).  Mott.     An   elastic   or   resilient    covering  for 
ships'  bottoms.     June  29. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 

Application. 

11,521.  L.  Hunk.  New  or  improved  manufacture  of 
material  suitable  for  use  as  a  substitute  for  whalebone. 
June  20. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1892. 

9889.  L.  Thery.  Manufacture  of  artificial  chamois 
leather.     June  29. 


XV.— AGRICULTURE  and  MANURES. 

Application. 

12,432.  J.  T.  Knowles.  —  From  L.  Buroni  and  P. 
Marchand,  Italy.  A  composition  for  fixing  ammoniacal 
nitrogen  used  in  agriculture.  Complete  Specification. 
July  5. 


XVI.— SUGARS,   STARCHES,   GUMS,  Etc. 
Applications. 

11.072.  W.  Hannah  and  F.  Curtis.  Improvements  in 
the  method  of  manufacturing  sugar  into  cubes  or  other 
forms,  and  in  means  or  apparatus  to  be  emplojed  therein. 
June  28. 

12,586.  T.  Bayley.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
dextrin.     July  8. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

14,575.  A.  Schneller  and  W.  J.  Wisse.  Refining  sugar 
juice  or  molasses.     July  20. 


XVII.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

11,481.  I).  II.  Croll.    Improvements  in  brewing.    June  20. 

11,604.  (1.  E.  Jacquemin.  Improvements  in  and  relating 
to  the  manufacture  of  beer.     June  21. 

11,638.  R.  C.  Scott.  Improvements  in  treating  or 
ageing  spirit.     June  21. 

11,784.  F.  Chavauty.  New  or  improved  manufacture  of 
grape  and  other  fruit  wine.     June  23. 


12,214.  J.  Mosler,  M.  Schiiffer,  and  A.  Sachs.  A  process 
for  the  production  of  sugar-colour  from  brewery  and 
distillery  refuse.    Complete  Specification.    July  1. 

12,413.  B.  J.  B.  Mills.— From  The  Universal  Carbonating 
Co.,  United  States.  Improvements  in  methods  and  appa- 
ratus for  carbonating  beer.     Complete  Specification.    July  5. 

12,645.  R.  II.  Leaker.  Improved  apparatus  for  aerating 
and  cooling  wort.     July  9. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 


1891. 

13,729.  O.  Perrier.     Distilling  and  rectifying  alcohol  or 
other  liquids,  and  apparatus  employed  therein.     July  13. 

14,658.  F.  J.  Money.     Malt  mashing  apparatus.     July  6. 

15,467.  S.   A.    Croxford.      Method    and    apparatus   for 
straining  brewers'  wort.     July  13. 


1892. 

6555.  G.  M.  Johnson  and  E.  de  Cock.  Method  of  treating 
beer  for  improving  its  qualities  and  colour.     June  29. 

8290.  H.  Gehrke.  Apparatus  for  filtering  beer  and  other 
alcoholic  and  gaseous  liquids.     July  13. 

9538.  H.  Hirzel.     Still  columns.     June  29. 

10,305.  B.  J.  B.Mills.— From  The  Universal  Carbonating 
Co.  Apparatus  for  impregnating  beer  with  carbonic  acid. 
July  6. 

10,442.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  L.  Schmied.  Manufac- 
ture of  colouring  malt.     July  6. 

10,496.  J.  Barton.  Method  and  apparatus  for  mashing 
and  brewing  ale,  beer,  wiues,  and  other  fermented  liquors. 
July  6. 


XVIII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 
A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

11,988.  J.  Y.  Johnson.— From  H.  Salzer,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  means  for  preserving  meat  and  the  like. 
Complete  Specification.     June  28. 

12,632.  A.  Bernstein.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
milk.     July  8. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 
11,402.   11.  Lockwood.     SeeClass  VIII. 

11,724.  J.W.Lodge.  An  improved  complete  continuous 
and  automatic  process  and  means  to  be  employed  in  drying, 
absorbing,  deodorising,  pulverising,  separating,  storing, 
bagging,  and  weighing  wet  pulpy  and  pasty  manure  as 
produced  and  prepared  by  mixing,  grinding,  and  blending 
together  human  and  animal  excreta  and  urine,  animal 
garbage,  market  and  town  refuse,  spent  bark,  spent  dye- 
woods,  stable  litter,  sewage  sludge,  and  other  refuse. 
June  23. 


11,765.  W.  Webster. 
11,989.  C.  G.Collins. 


See  Class  IX. 


An  improved  process  of  purifying 
water.     Complete  Specification.     June  28. 

12,268,  S.  H.  Johnson  and  C.  C.  Hutchinson.  Improve- 
ments in  the  preparation  of  sewage  sludge  for  pressing. 
July  2. 


July  80, 1883.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


659 


C. — Disinfectants. 

12,392.  A.  S.  Chinnock,  W.  tfairley,  ('.  E.  McLaren,  and 
I'.  Miiks.  A  new  compound  suitable  for  the  purification 
of  sewage  anil  other  polluted  liquors.     July  4. 

12,433.  K.  O.  Storr.  New  medical  compound  for  dis- 
infecting and  fumigating  purposes.  July  5.  Post-dated 
1st  March  and  re-numbered  12,433. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1891. 

13,212.  1).  Tallerman.  Preparation  of  cattle  foods. 
.Tune  29. 

16.787.  A.  Cornaz.     Milk  sterilisers.     July  13. 

1892. 

3102.  S.  Pitt. — From  J.  Mariosa.  Process  for  the  preser- 
vation of  meat.     July  13. 

10.788.  H.  Bates,  jun.  Production  of  an  alimentary 
product  from  Indian  corn  and  maize.     July  20. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1891. 

14,181.  W.  D.  Scott-Monerieff.  Treatment  of  sewerage 
and  other  contaminated  liquids.     June  29. 

15,172.  K.  S.  Brownlow.  Apparatus  for  purifying  water 
or  other  liquids.     July  13. 

15,391.  F.  P.  Candy.  Oxidation  of  sewage  and  impure 
waters  and  of  material  for  use  in  the  treatment  of  such 
sewage  and  impure  waters.     July  20. 


C. — Disinfectants. 

1891. 

13,139.  T.  McMurray.  New  or  improved  compounds  to 
be  used  for  disinfecting,  deodorising  germicide,  sanitary, 
manuring,  and  like  purposes.     July  20. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

9139.  A.   J.    Boult.— From   E.  Rocca.     Cellulose  manu- 
facture.    July  G. 

14,973.     A.  Schlumberger.     Process  for  producing  paper 
safe  against  forgery.     July  13. 


XX.— FINE   CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS,  ESSENCES, 
and  EXTRACTS. 

Applications. 

12,166.  C.  D.  Abel. — From  C.  F.  Boehringer  and  Sohne, 
Germany.  .Manufacture  of  lactyl  derivatives  of  methyl- 
aniline,  etbylaniline,  paranisidine,  and  paraphenetidine. 
June  30. 

12,241.  J.    H.    Payne.     The   improved   solidification    of 
herbal    solutions,   sauces,   and   similar    dietetic   materials 
July  1. 

12,406.  W.  Kottgen.— From  B.  Munsberg,  Germany. 
Process  for  the  extraction  of  the  bitter  principle  contained 
in  lupines,  and  for  the  removal  of  the  poisonous  matter 
contained  therein. .   July  6. 

12,660.  C.  Lowe.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
derivatives  of  acetic  acid.     Complete  Specification.     July  9. 

12,811.  J.  C.  Mewburn.— From  J.  B.  F.  Rigaud,  France. 
Process  of  preparing  double  salts  of  quinine.     July  12. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

11,957.  W.    Ma.jert.        Manufacture    of    piperazine     or 
spermine.     June  29. 

12,729.  B.  Haseloff.     Process   for   the   production   of  a 
palatable  kola-nut  powder.     July  20. 

13,613.    A.    Baur.        Manufacture    of    artificial    musk. 
June  29. 


XXI.— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 
MATERIALS. 

Applications. 

11,867.  G.  T.  Teasdale-Buckell.  Improvements  in  the 
production  of  coloured  pictures  or  like  representations  by 
the  aid  of  photography,  and  in  means  or  apparatus  employed 
therein.     June  25. 

12,097.  F.  J.  Smith.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
witli  the  production  of  images  or  pictures,  or  impressions 
on  photographically  sensitive  surfaces,  or  ou  such  surfaces 
after  they  have  been  exposed  to  light.     June  29. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
1891. 

11,265.  E.  Thomas.  Methods  of  employing  materials 
that  are  sensitive  to  radiant  energy,  such  as  light.     July  6. 


XXII.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Applications. 

12,415.  W.  E.  Gedge.— From  the  Tinted  States  Smoke- 
less Powder  Co.,  United  States.  An  improved  explosive 
compound.     Complete  Specification.     July  5. 

12,452.  J,  A.  C.  de  Latouche.  Improvements  in  military 
and  sporting  ammunition.     July  5. 

12,744.  II.  J.Allison. — From  A.  C.  Rand,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  explosive  compounds.  Complete  Specifi- 
catiou.     July  12. 


660 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Jiih  30,1393. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

13,038.  H.  de  Mosenthal,  A.  G.  SalamOD.and  .T.  .1.  Hood. 
Explosives.     July  6. 

13,507.  W.    H.    A.    Kitchen    and    J.  G.   A.    Kitchen. 

Manufacture  of  explosives.    June  29. 


XXIII.— ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 
Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

14,r,;i7..  E.  de  Pass.  From  E.  Gossart.  Method  of 
analysing  alcohols  and  other  liquids  or  liqueriable  bodies, 
and  apparatus  therefor.     July  6. 


Printed  and  Published  by  Etre  and  Spottiswoodf,  East  Harding  Street,  London,  E.C.,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 


THE   JOURNAL 


OP   THE 


Society  of  Chemical  3nousttf ; 

A    MONTHLY    RECORD 

FOE  ALL  INTEEESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTUEES. 


No.  8.— Vol.  XL] 


AUGUST    31,    1892. 


r 


Non-Members  30/- per  annum;  Members 
21/-  per  Set  of  extra  or  back  numbers ; 
Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2/6. 


Cfje  £>ortetp  of  Cbtmtral  Jnbustrp, 

Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P.,  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S 1881—1882. 

Sir  Frederick  Abel,  K.C.B.,  D.C.L..  F.R.S 18S2— 1883. 

Walter  Weldon,  F.R.S 1883—1884. 

W.  H.  I'erkin.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 1884—1885. 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1836. 

David  Howard 1886—1887. 

Prof.  James  Dewar.  F.R.S 1887—1888. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R  S 18S8— 1889. 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S 18S9— 1890. 

E.  Rider  Cook 1890-1891. 

Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  M.D.,  D.Sc.,  F.R.S.  1891—1892. 


COUNCIL   FOR    YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 


President:  Sir  John  Evans,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S,  So. 

Vice-Presidents : 


Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S. 

Win.  Crowder. 

David  Howard. 

Dr.  P.  Hurter. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

Dr.  W.  II.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds, 

M.D.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S. 
.Tolin  Spiller. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
Prof.  T.  E.Thorpe,  F.R.S. 
Sir  John  Turney. 


A.  II.  Allen. 

Arthur  Boake, 

I;.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

Dr.  Charles  Dreyfus. 

II.  Grimshaw. 

Christopher  C.  Butchinson. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council : 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 
John  Pattinsoo, 
Boverton  Redwood. 
.\.  *  lord  'ii  Salamon, 
E  [ward  C.  Cortis  Stanford. 
Thos.  Tyrer. 


"With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer : 

E.  Rider  Cook  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices  : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Archbutt. 

G.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc,  Ph.D 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E, 

H.  Brunner. 

E.  Rider  Cook. 

W.  T.  Dent. 

fihas.  Dreyfus,  Ph.D. 

Percj  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron, 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 

F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 

C.  ('.  Hutchinson. 

Wm.  Kellner,  Ph.D. 

Ludwig  Mond.  F.R.S. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

John  Pattinson. 

W.  H.  I'erkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 

H.R.  Procter. 

Boverton  Redwood. 

John  Spiller. 

Wm.  Thorp. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor : 
Watson  Smith  University  College,  London,  W.C. 

Assisted  by  the  following  Staff  of  Abstractors: 


S.  B.  Asher  Aron.  IV.,  IX..  X. 

H.Auer VII. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gcn.Chem. 

D.  Bendut III. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V.,  VI. 

Jos.Bernays.M.I.C.E     I. 

E.  J.  Bevan V..XIX. 

Bertram  Blount .  i  xif  'xill 

Arthur  G.  Bloxam  XIV.,  XV. 

J.  C.Chorley I.,  XXI. 

J.H.Collins X. 

V.Cornish... VIII.,  IX.,  XIII. 

P.  Dvorkowitsch.il.,  III..  IV.. 
XII.,  XVIII.,  XXIII. 

Dr.  P.  Xorman  Evans     XIX. 

W.M.Gardner V..VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton I. 

P.  J .  Hartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Chem. 
Prof.  D.  E.  JoneF,  B.Sc.    XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc VI.,  XVI. 

F.  S.    Kipping,  }       II.  and 
D.Sc 5  Gen.  Chem. 

ChaphAbf.°.hn:.}Gen-Chem- 

L.deKoningh  XVIII„XXIII. 


T.  A.Lawsou,  Ph.D. .    IV. 

J.    Walter    Leather, ")  Yv 
Ph.D jAV- 

F.H.Leeds.  III.,  XIII.,  XXI. 

J.  Lewkowitsch.")     TIT    VTT 
Ph.D i     m-  xn- 

A.  R.  Ling IV.,  XVI. 

D.A.Louis IX.,  X.,  XV. 

W.  Macnab XXII. 

K.  E.  Markel,  Ph.D.  ..     XII. 

A.  K.  Miller,  Ph.D..     III.,  IV. 

N.H.J. Miller, Ph.D.    XV. 

H.S. Pattinson, Ph.D.    VII..  X. 

V.^}  XVI.,  XVII. 

G.H.Robertson XI. 

F.  W.  Renaut . . .  Patent  Lists. 
H.  Sehlichter-Ph.D..  V..XV. 
Edward  Simpson  ....    I. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.A.Sutherland...    II..  III. 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

H.K.  Tompkins,  B.Sc.    X. 
V.  H.  Veley,  M.A.    Gen.  Chem. 
C.  Otto  Weber,  Ph.D.  IV.,  XI 1 1. 
A.  Wingham X. 


NOTICES. 

Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  Loudon,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Eider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  Bow, 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 
communicated.  

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Rule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  «t  ordered  to  be 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  ease  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 


ii<>2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Aug.  31,18112. 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  Eyre  and  Spottiswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  is  prepared  to  offer  5s.  apiece  for  copies  of 
the  Society's  Journals  for  January  1883  in  saleable  condi- 
tion. 


CHANGES   OF   ADDRESS. 


Dickson,  Jno.,  l/o  Dale  Street ;  54,  lirovra  Street,  Broomie- 
law,  Glasgow. 

Duncan,  A.  W.,  Journals  to  99,  Heaton  Moor  Road,  near 
Stockport. 

Herman,  D.,  Fccleston  Park,  Prescot  (not  Preston), 
Lancashire. 

Laiug,  John,  l/o  Grange  Road ;  3,  Mentone  Terrace, 
Edinburgh. 

Manningtou,  H.  T.,  l,o  Pentre  ;  Grove  House,  Halkyn 
Street,  Flint,  North  Wales. 

Miller,  W.  M.,  I/o  Glasgow  ;  Pin.  De  Willem,  Demerara, 
British  Guiana. 

Reed,  Albert  E.,  l/o  Pelham  Road  ;  Selwood,  Overcliffe, 
Gravesend. 

Tompkins,  II.  K.,  1  <i  Bromley;  12,  Besshorough  Street, 
London,  S.W. 

Warren,  Eiske,  l/o  Boston  ;  e/o  Baring  Bros,  and  Co., 
8,  Bishopsgate  Street  Within,  E.G. 

Warren,  J.  D..  I/o  High  Holborn;  7.  Essex  Road,  Acton, 
W. 

Webb,  S.  <;.,  l/o  Widnes;  The  Baldwin  Fertilizer  Co., 
Port  Royal,  S.C.,  U.S.A. 

Wingham,  A.,  l/o  Brixton ;  c/o  H.  G.  Graves,  5,  Robert 
Street,  Adelphi,  W.C. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 


Feodossieff,  ('apt.  G,  l/o  11,  Great  Masterskaia,  St. 
Fetersburgh. 

Isaac,  F.  W.  Player,  l/o  Freshford  Manor,  near  Bath. 

Jackson,  W.,  l/o  Sydenham  Avenue,  Sefton  Park,  Liver- 
pool. 

Lee,  .1.  Edw.,  l/o  Wallsend,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 


ERRATUM    IN    BALLOT    LIST. 


Mr.  A.  Gordon  Salamon  was  erroneously  described  a-  a 
"  Consulting  Gas  Chemist,"  it  should  have  been  "  Consult- 
ing Brewers'  Chemist." 


Communtratton. 


NOTES  OX  THE  ASSAY  OF  TIN  ORES,  CONCEN- 
TRATES, &c,  WITH  SPECIAL  REFERENCE 
TO  THE  REDUCTION  OF  "BLACK  TIN"  BY 
POTASSIUM  CYANIDE. 

BY  HORACE    W.    KEXXIE    AND    W.    H.    DERRICK. 

As  is  well  known  the  assay  of  tin  ores  either  by  the  wet  or 
dry  process  offers  peculiar  difficulties  arising  from  (1)  the 
absolute  insolubility  of  the  only  commercial  ore  of  tin, 
viz.,  eassiterite  ;  (2)  the  peculiar  similarity  of  this  mineral 
to  many  others  frequently  associated  with  it ;  (3)  the 
volatility  of  metallic  tin  when  in  a  state  of  fusion,  and  at 
the  same  time  its  affinity  for  silica,  which  is  almost 
invariably  present  in  the  ores  from  which  the  metal  has  to 
reduced. 

The  simplest,  and  at  the  same  time  almost  universal, 
method  of  valuing  tin  ores  in  the  rough  state,  is  by  the  use 
of  the  vanning  shovel.  This  method  is  based  upon  the  fact 
that  eassiterite  is  of  very  high  specific  gravity,  and  taking 
advantage  of  this,  the  operator  is  enabled,  on  the  vanning 
shovel,  by  operations  purely  mechanical,  to  wash  away  the 
lighter  minerals  and  so  leave  the  eassiterite  more  or  less 
pure  and  in  a  state  fit  for  weighing. 

Where  the  percentage  of  eassiterite  is  the  object  sought, 
we  have  proved  that  this  process,  when  carefully  conducted, 
is  capable  of  giving  most  accurate  and  concordant  results, 
as  in  our  experiments  on  the  subject  we  have  almost 
invariably  been  able  to  get  independent  results  differing  at 
most  by  a  fractional  part  of  a  grain  per  cent.  As  tin  ores 
an-  invariably  valued  by  the  percentage  of  contained  free 
eassiterite,  this  process  is  well  adapted  to  the  purpose.  The 
weak  points  are,  that  being  a  mechanical  process,  it  is  too 
dependent  not  only  upon  the  dexterity  and  skill,  but  the 
judgment  and  impartiality  of  the  operator,  whilst,  at  the 
same  time,  even  although  the  correct  percentage  of 
eassiterite  may  be  found,  the  crystals  of  eassiterite  obtained 
vary  in  their  purity,  some  containing  considerable  pro- 
portions of  iron  and  silica ;  thus,  even  a  thoroughly 
accurate  estimation  of  the  eassiterite  in  an  ore  by  this 
process  gives  but  an  approximate  estimate  of  the  true 
percentage  of  metallic  tin. 

When  it  is  necessary,  as,  for  instance,  in  a  smelting 
works,  to  assay  concentrated  ores  for  the  contained  metallic 
tin,  various  methods  are  adopted,  perhaps  the  oldest  and 
best  known  being  the  Cornish  process,  a  very  good  descrip- 
tion of  which  has  been  given  by  Mr.  A.  K.  Barnett  in 
Beringers  Manual  of  Assaying. 

In  this  process  the  metal  is  reduced  from  the  ore  by 
fusion  in  a  crucible  with  from  one-sixth  to  one-fifth  its 
weight  of  powdered  anthracite,  a  high  temperature  being 
used.  The  bulk  of  the  tin  collects  into  a  button,  while  at 
the  same  time  there  remain  numberless  prills,  mixed  with 
the  unconsumed  anthracite  and  fixed  to  the  side  of  the 
crucible.  These  prills  are  collected  on  the  vanning  shovel, 
added  to  the  main  button,  and  the  whole  subjected  to  a 
process  of  refining,  by  melting  at  as  low  a  temperature  as 
possible  in  an  iron  ladle  and  recasting  in  a  mould  ;  this  last 
detail  is  necessary,  owing  to  the  fact  that  a  portion  of  iron 
is  reduced  with  the  tin,  no  precaution  being  taken  to 
separate  iron  and  other  impurities  in  the  oxide  chemically, 
before  reducing.  This  process  has  many  inherent  weak 
points,  the  chief  being  the  extreme  difficulty  of  collecting 
all  the  prills,  the  loss  of  tin  by  volatilisation  in  reducing 
(there  being  no  appreciable  amount  of  slag  formed  to  act 
as  a  protecting  cover),  and  the  oxidation  while  refining. 

In  spite  of  these  drawbacks,  this  process  is  capable  in 
skilled  hands  of  affording  results  of  a  fair  approximation 
to  accuracy,  more  especially  when  modified  as  in  some  of 
our-  experiments  to  be  described  later  cm. 

( In  referring  to  the  various  handbooks  of  assaying  which 
have  been  published  during  the  Inst  30  or  40 years,  it  is  rather 


A.1.L-.  si,  1892.]       THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


663 


surprising  to  find  how  little  attention  seems  to  have  been  given 
to  the  subject  of  tin.  For  anything  approaching  to  accurate 
results  the  only  resource  was  a  somewhat  complicated 
wet  assay.  The  three  favourite  methods  of  performing  this 
being  (1)  by  disintegration  of  a  weighed  portion  of  the  ore 
by  fusion  with  caustic  potash  in  a  silver  crucible  (solution 
of  the  meta-stannate  of  potash  formed  and  separation  of  the 
tin  by  one  of  the  ordinary  reactions)  ;  (2)  by  reduction  of 
the  oxide  in  a  current  of  hydrogen  at  red  heat ;  (3)  by 
fusion  of  the  ore  with  six  times  its  weight  of  a  mixture  of 
potassium  carbonate  and  sulphur  in  a  carefully  closed 
crucible  at  a  high  temperature  ;  solution  of  the  sulphides 
of  tin  and  potash  formed  in  water  (the  sulphides  of  iron, 
copper,  lead,  &c,  remaiuing  as  insoluble  residues)  ;  preci- 
pitation by  HC1  of  the  tin  as  sulphide,  which  is  then 
collected,  dried,  and  converted  into  biuoxide  by  a  slow 
and  very  careful  oxidation  in  a  porcelain  crucible  over  a 
blow-pipe  lamp,  or  in  the  muffle.  Of  these  three  methods 
the  last  will  give  with  care  most  accurate  results,  the 
drawbacks  being  (1)  that  only  a  small  portion  of  the  ore 
can  be  used,  viz.,  7  to  10  grains,  with  which  weight  it  is 
impossible  to  get  a  fair  sample ;  (2)  that  it  is  by  no 
means  an  easy  process  and  at  the  same  time  is  a  some- 
what leugthy  operation.  It  is,  however,  a  most  useful 
process  when  a  complete  analysis  of  the  ore  has  to  be 
made,  as  all  the  metals  present  are  obtained  in  a  state 
favouring  easy  separation  and  estimation.  The  following 
analyses  were  made  by  us  by  this  process  for  the  purpose 
of  ascertaining  the  impurities  present  in  a  sample  of 
commercial  oxide  of  tin  : — 


Stannic  nxiile* 
Ferric  uxidc. . 
Silica 


tlO'DU 

7-30 
2'Tu 


100-00 


*  =  Metallic  tin  70"92  per  cent. 

II. 

stannic  oxide* 89'75 

Ferric  oxide S'SO 

Silica 1'15 

100-00 

*  =  Metallic  tin  70'7O  per  cent. 

A  diict  estimation  of  the  metallic  tin  in  this  ore  by 
reduction  with  KCy  (as  described  later  on)  gave  70 '75  per 
cent,  tin,  as  compared  with  70 '81  per  cent.,  the  mean  of  the 
two  above  experiments. 

We  now  come  to  the  process  with  which  this  paper  is 
chiefly  concerned,  viz.,  the  dry  assay  of  tin  ores  by  reduction 
with  potassium  cyanide. 

This  method  was  brought  into  notice  by  Mitchell,  in  his 
celebrated  manual  of  assaying,  aud  his  formula,  simple 
and  somewhat  vague  as  it  is,  has  been  copied  in  almost 
every  modern  treatise  on  assaying. 

This  formula  as  usually  given,  runs  as  follows: — Bam 
into  the  bottom  of  a  3  oz.  crucible  a  g-in.  layer  of  KCy,  add 
the  charge  consisting  of  100  grains  of  ore  mixed  with  four  to 
five  times  its  weight  of  powdered  KCy,  heat  at  a  moderate 
temperature  for  10  minutes,  remove  the  crucible,  tap  it 
gently,  and  when  cool  extract  the  button  of  tin  from  it. 

At  first  sight  this  appears  delightfully  simple,  but  its 
very  simplicity  leaves  many  open  points  where  serious 
errors  may  and  will  creep  in.  For  although  it  is  well 
known  that  tin  is  easily  reduced  from  its  oxide  by  fusion 
with  KCy,  so  also  are  many  other  metals,  including  copper, 
iron,  lead,  zinc,  and  antimony,  and  as  most  ores  of  tin 
except  the  very  purest  contain  some  or  all  of  these  associated 
metals,  so  certainly  will  the  tin  reduced  from  such  ores  by 
the  foregoing  process  be  contaminated  with  these  metals. 
Aud  again,  in  describing  his  process  Mitchell  gives  no 
special  precaution  as  to  the  KCy  used,  whereas  this  is  a 
most  important  point,  there  being  so  many  grades  of   KCy 


differing  so  greatly  in  their  relative  purities  and  reducing 
powers,  that  the  selection  of  a  suitable  quality  demands 
careful  consideration. 

A  good  deal  of  light  was  thrown  upon  this  method  of 
assaying  by  Professor  H.  O.  Hofman  in  his  articles  on  the 
Dry  Assay  of  Tin  Ores  which  appeared  in  the  Technology 
Quarterly,  3,  112—143,  and  3,  261—280  (see  this  Journal, 
1890,  899  and  1154).  These  articles  were  evidently  the 
result  of  long  and  careful  research,  and  made  clear  many 
points  which  had  previously  been  uninvestigated.  The 
results  of  his  experiments  as  to  the  reduction  of  tin  from 
its  ores  by  KCy  under  all  sorts  of  varying  conditions  are 
very  instructive — (1)  especially  with  regard  to  differences 
of  temperature  during  the  assays ;  (2)  the  effect  upon 
the  assay  of  various  impurities  likely  to  be  found  in  the 
ore  ;  (3)  the  effect  of  impurities  so  often  existing  in  the 
various  samples  of  cyanide. 

In  our  early  experience  we  carefully  worked  out  the 
various  points  brought  forward  by  Hofman,  and  derived 
very  great  assistance  from  his  suggestions,  but  we  were 
gradually  forced  to  the  opiuiou  that  there  was  still  much  to 
be  learned  on  this  subject.  This  being  so,  we  decided  to 
make  an  exhaustive  series  of  experiments,  and  believe  we 
have  so  far  eliminated  the  possible  sources  of  error  from 
this  method  of  assaying  as  to  render  it  possible  to  obtain 
results  thereby,  rivalling  in  accuracy  such  as  might  be 
obtained  by  a  wet  assay.  Before  actually  detailing  any 
of  our  own  experiments  we  wish  to  draw  attention  to  a 
few  apparently  inconsistent  statements  made  by  Hofman 
in  the  earlier  portions  of  his  papers.  For  instance,  in 
describing  the  nature  of  the  ores  upon  which  his  experi- 
ments were  made,  he  says  :  "  The  cassiterite  occurring  in 
the  Black  Hills  tin  ore  is  quite  pure,  as  is  shown  by  the 
following  analysis : — 

Stream  tin  from  Nigger  Hill..    92*0  per  cent.  SnO^ 
„  „  „  „   ..    93-0  „  ,. 

„      Southern  Hill   92"8 

Now  the  average  of  these  analyses  is  92-8  per  cent.,  thus 
leaving  a  margin  of  7  •  2  per  cent,  of  impurities.  This  seems 
hardly  to  agree  with  the  assertion  that  the  ores  were  quite 
pure.  Judging  from  samples  of  stream  tin  we  have 
examined  we  should  consider  the  above  percentage  to 
indicate  a  somewhat  low  quality  for  stream  tin.  The 
various  samples  of  stream  tin  which  have  come  under  our 
notice  show  an  average  of  about  96 '4  per  cent,  of  Sn02, 
whilst  one  sample  in  particular  which  was  taken  in  the 
rough  by  one  of  the  writers  from  a  bed  only  a  few  yards 
distant  from  the  laboratory  aud  panned  out  in  an  ordi- 
nary prospecting  dish,  showed  after  a  careful  duplicate 
assay  78'5  per  cent,  of  metallic  tin  =  99'62  per  cent. 
Sn02.  This  specimen  consisted  of  large  clear  crystals  of 
cassiterite  which  ground  up  to  a  pale  buff-coloured  powder, 
aud  might  fairly  be  described  as  practically  pure. 

Hofman  says  that  he  used  stream  tin  from  the  Nigger 
Hill  as  a  basis  for  his  experiments,  and  gives  a  long  account 
of  his  elaborate  method  of  purification  before  reduction, 
including  '■  careful  aud  gradual  pulverisation,  calcination, 
&c,  washing  in  boiling  aqua  regia  (the  latter,  as  he  says, 
to  remove  all  soluble  metallic  compounds,  iron,  &c),  the 
ore  being  then  washed  with  hot  water  and  panned  out 
irrespective  of  loss  of  fine  tin  which  floated  off  with  the 
tailings,  giving  them  a  chocolate  brown  colour  *  after  which 
the  only  impurities  visible  under  the  microscope  were  a  few 
particles  of  garnet  and  quartz.  This  was  followed  by 
further  pulverisation  aud  sampling."  The  purified  residue 
thus  obtained  he  used  in  all  the  reductions  he  goes  on  to 
describe.  He  gives  the  result  of  an  analysis  of  this  concen- 
trated sample  as  follows  : — 

Per  Cent. 

Sn02 86*24 

Ye,Oi 2-1,2 

Mn203,  CaO.MgO 1--16 

Insoluble 9*39 


'  Italics  arc  our  own. 


E  2 


66i 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL    INDUSTRY.         [Aug  si.  1892. 


The  percentage  of  oxide  thus  shown  is  =  67  •  84  of  metallic 
tin.  A  careful  study  of  these  details  as  given  by  Hofmau 
reveals  some  apparent  contradictions.  For  instance,  after 
first  pulverising  and  roasting  the  ore,  he  boiled  in  aqua 
regia  and  panned  out  the  residue,  remarking  that  the 
panning  was  carried  on  irrespective  of  the  loss  of  some 
fine  tin  which  floated  off  with  the  tailings,  giving  them  a 
chocolate  brown  colour.  Now  we  have  examined  some 
hundreds  of  samples  of  tin  ore  of  every  possible  variety, 
and  never  once  have  we  found  that  after  pulverising  and 
boiling  in  aqua  regia,  was  there  a  residue  of  chocolate- 
brown  colour,  much  less  any  tin  of  this  colour.  We  have 
always  found  that  oxide  of  tin  after  being  freed  from  its 
coating  of  iron  by  washing  with  acids  is  of  a  colour  varying 
from  white  to  a  pale  buff,  and  we  have  no  hesitation  in 
giving  our  opinion  that  if  there  was  any  residue  of  a  chocolate- 
brown  colour  it  must  have  been  due  to  compounds  of 
iron  which  had  not  been  properly  dissolved  out.  We 
have  never  had  the  slightest  difficulty,  no  matter  how 
impure  the  original  black  tin,  in  obtaining  a  residue  after 
pulverising  and  dissolving  in  aqua  regia,  consisting  chiefly 
of  SuO-,  and  SiOo  with  traces  of  other  insoluble  minerals, 
the  whole  being  entirely  free  from  anything  approaching  a 
brown  or  red  colour ;  and  further,  we  easily  succeeded  by 
a  short  treatment  on  the  vanning  shovel  in  gettiDg  rid  of 
the  associated  impurities  and  obtaining  a  residue  of  very 
nearly  pure  Sn02  of  creamy  white  colour,  and  this  without 
the  slightest  appreciable  loss  of  tin. 

Another  strange  point  is  that  the  main  object  of  Hofman's 
experiments  was,  as  he  says,  to  discover  the  best  method  of 
estimating  the  tin  in  tin  ores  by  the  dry  process  :  and  yet, 
as  we  have  remarked,  he,  in  describing  his  mere  preliminary 
treatment  of  even  a  favourable  specimen  of  ore,  has  to 
admit  that  he  loses  tin  before  he  can  get  it  in  a  state 
suitable  for  the  assay  proper.  This  of  course  would 
entirely  neutralise  the  practical  value  of  any  subsequent 
reductions  however  accurate. 

A-  a  prelude  to  a  description  of  our  own  experiments  we 
may  remark  that  they  were  made  in  the  laboratories  of  some 
of  the  largest  mining  companies  in  the  Malay  Peninsula, 
where  although  we  often  lacked  the  refinements  of  elaborate 
apparatus,  &c.,  which  are  of  course  unobtainable  in  a  place 
so  far  away  from  civilisation ;  we  had  the  advantage  of  a 
close  acquaintance  with  ores  of  tin  of  every  imaginable 
description,  both  free  and  combined  in  all  proportions  with 
other  minerals  and  averaging  in  produce  from  mere  traces 
to  almost  cent,  per  cent. 

The  work  which  is  necessary  with  the  ores  found  in 
these  mines  is  two  kinds,  viz. :  (1.)  The  assay  and  valuation 
of  lode  stuff,  crude  ores,  &c.,  for  purely  local  purposes, 
such  as  testing  the  produce  of  the  various  lodes,  the 
payment  of  tributors,  checking  the  battery  returns,  &c. ; 
and  (2)  the  assay  of  the  dressed  ores  when  ready  for  the 
market. 

For  the  first  of  these  purposes  a  knowledge  of  the 
percentage  of  oxide  of  tin  contained  in  the  various  samples 
is  all  that  is  required.  To  obtain  this  there  is  no  method 
which  for  rapidity  and  accuracy  can  at  all  compare  with 
vanning  on  the  shove]  when  proper  precautions  are  used. 
Lieal  skill  in  the  use  of  the  vanning  shovel  can  only  be 
acquired  by  long  and  careful  practice  and  no  amount  of 
theoretical  instruction  is  of  much  avail.  The  process  has 
often  been  described  and  the  best  description  with  which 
we  have  met  will  be  found  in  Beringer's  Text-Book  of 
Assaying  in  the  chapter  on  "Tin."  Vanning  is  much  more 
difficult  than  panning  With  the  gold  pan,  but  at  the  same 
time  we  have  proved  most  conclusively  that  for  the  above 
purpose  it  gives  far  better  results.  We  may  remark  that 
contrary  to  the  usual  practice  we  always  carefully  pulverised 
our  samples  before  vanning  sutheicntly  fine  to  pass  a  GO 
sieve,  or  even  for  ores  in  which  the  tin  is  low  in  quality 
and  intimately  associated  with  iron,  a  90  sieve,  the  only 
exception  being  in  cases  where  it  is  required  to  estimate 
simply  the  proportion  of  free  eassiterite.  We  have 
amined  a  very  large  number  of  tin  ore  samples  by  this 
process  and  have  found  results  to  lie  entirely  concordant 
and  satisfactory,  t  hie  great  advantage  is  that  this  method 
is  applicable   to   ores   of  every  grade,  the   only  variation 


being  that  we  used  200  grains  with  ores  up  to  about 
30  per  cent,  and  100  grains  when  the  ores  are  richer  than 
this. 

For  the  second  object,  viz.  the  valuation  of  the  com- 
mercial oxide  of  tin,  it  is  necessary  to  estimate  the 
percentage  of  contained  metal.  Having  already  pointed 
out  the  impracticability  of  wet  assays  for  this  purpose,  the 
only  resource  is  the  dry  process,  and  it  was  on  finding  the 
unsatisfactory  nature  of  the  various  dry  processes  as 
commonly  performed  that  led,  as  we  have  before  men- 
tioned, to  our  undertaking  the  lengthy  series  of  experiments 
of  which  this  paper  is  the  outcome. 

Leaving  out  of  consideration  the  Cornish  process  of 
assay  and  its  modifications  on  account  of  its  many  draw- 
backs (as  mentioned  in  the  early  part  of  this  paper),  we 
now  propose  to  give  a  description  of  our  experiments  in 
connection  with  the  KCy  assay. 

1.  Method  as  described  by  Mitchell  : — 

In  this  100  grains  of  the  dried  and  pulverised  oxide 
were  taken  and  mixed  with  500  grains  KCy  ami 
introduced  into  a  London  crucible  of  suitable  size,  into 
the  bottom  of  which  a  layer  of  KCy  had  been  previously 
rammed.  A  covering  of  about  50  grains  KCy  was 
put  on  top  and  a  close-fitting  crucible  cover  over  all.  The 
whole  was  then  fused  iu  the  wind  furnace,  allowing  10  to 
12  minutes  of  full  red  heat  from  the  commencement  of 
fusion,  the  button  of  tin  obtained  beiog  weighed  when 
cool.  A  few  of  the  results  thus  obtained  are  shown  iu  the 
following  table  : — 

Table  No.  1. 


Grains 

obtained. 

Per  Cent. 

1 1  i.i  ins 
ned. 

Per  Cent. 

1 

56"7 

50-7 

7 

00-2 

<'i;-2 

2 

<;■:■: 

62-7 

s 

70-0 

7>i'll 

3 

67'5 

07 '3 

9 

57'8 

:.7's 

4 

r,i 'ii 

61-0 

1(1 

iij'7 

tii-7 

5 

-.Til 

57-0 

11 

57  0 

57  "0 

fi 

66-2 

66'2 

VI 

55*0 

oo'O 

The  samples  Xos.  1  to  8  in  this  table  were  a  high  quality 
oxide  with  an  average  percentage  of  tin  as  found  by  wet 
assay  of  about  69j  per  cent.;  the  samples 'J  to  12  were 
oxides  containing  rather  more  iron  and  silica  with  an 
average  percentage  as  shown  by  wet  assay  of  about 
G6  per  cent.  It  is  at  once  seen  that  besides  being  generally 
much  too  low  the  assays  varied  in  the  most  extraordinary 
manner  among  themselves,  the  latter  fact  being  partly 
explained  when  we  remember  that  the  samples  contained 
all  the  original  iron  and  silica  of  the  ores.  It  is  well  known 
on  the  one  hand  that  iron  when  present  is  reduced  with 
the  tin  by  KCy,  the  amount  so  reduced  being  directly 
proportioned  to  the  temperature  used  in  the  assay  ;  on  the 
other  hand  silica,  which  has  a  great  affinity  for  tin.  tends 
to  form  silicates  of  tin  and  potash,  which  enter  into  the 
>lag  ;  thus  we  see  that  there  is  iron  tending  to  increase  the 
apparent  percentage  of  tin  and  silica  tending  to  decrease  it. 

At  a  low  temperature  the  silica  prevents  the  reduction  of 
some  of  the  tin.  and  on  nereasing  the  temperature  to 
obviate  this,  iron  begins  to  be  reduced  with  the  tin,  so  that, 
plainly,  unless  it  were  possible  so  to  proportion  the  amount 
of  silica  present  with  the  iron  as  to  be  exactly  sufficient 
to  form  a  neutral  slag  of  silicate  of  iron,  and  at  the  same 
time  to  judge  the  temperature  so  exactly  that  the  silica 
would  tend  to  combine  with  the  iron  and  not  with  the  tin, 
there  must  still  by  this  process  be  inconcordaut  results 
varying  from  accuracy  according  to  the  impurities  present, 
aud*  from  one  another  according  to  the  temperature  used. 

In  order  to  obviate  these  difficulties,  the  process  wis 
modified  as  follows : — 

250  grains  of  a  carefully  pulverised  sample  having 
been  boiled  for  half  an  hour  with  3  oz.  HC1  and  i  oz. 
1 1  N(  I,  the  residue   is  allowed  to  settle,  tin-   acid    decanted 


Aug.  si,  1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OP'  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


065 


off,  and  the  oxide  again  washed  by  careful  deeantation 
with  water ;  the  residue  thus  obtained  is  of  a  light  buff 
colour,  and  is  entirely  freed  from  oxide  of  iron,  pyrites, 
manganese,  and  other  metals  ;  wolfram,  if  present,  is  easily 
dissolved  out  by  NH4HO.  To  get  rid  of  the  silica,  the  oxide 
is  washed  out  on  to  a  vanning  shovel  previously  wetted  to 
prevent  particles  of  the  fine  tin  from  floating,  and  then 
using  a  very  small  quantity  of  water,  a  quick  circular 
motion  is  given  to  the  shovel,  gradually  slowing  down 
until  the  whole  of  the  oxide  is  seen  to  he  collected  into 
the  centre  of  the  shovel ;  the  silica  present  is  then  found 
as  a  pure  white  powder  oi:  top  of  the  tin,  from  which  it  is 
easily  distinguished  by  its  difference  of  tint.  The  silica  is 
easily  and  neatly  got  rid  of,  in  one  operatiou,  by  altering 
the  motion  of  the  shovel  so  as  to  cause  the  water  gently  to 
carry  the  lighter  silica  to  one  side,  and  so  off  the  edge  of 
the  shovel,  and  this  is  effected  without  disturbing  the  heavy 
oxide  of  tin  ill  the  least. 

The  resulting  purified  oxide  is  dried  on  the  shovel, 
brushed  into  a  water-glass,  and  weighed,  and  the  per- 
centage noted. 

A  hundred  grains  of  this  oxide  is  then  taken  (in  duplicate 
for  safety)  and  reduced  with  KCy  as  described  in  the 
previous  process.  By  multiplying  the  weight  of  the  button 
of  tin  obtained  by  the  percentage  of  clean  oxide  already 
found,  the  actual  percentage  of  tin  in  the  ore  is  indicated. 
A  lew  of  the  results  obtained  by  this  modified  process  are 
shown  in  Table  No.  2: — 


Table  No.  2. 


— 

Percentage  of 

Cleaned  Oxide 
obtained. 

Percentage  of 

Metal  found  in 

Clean  Oxide 

Actual  Per- 
centage oi  Metal 
in  the  Ore. 

, 

37-9 

71-7 

G3-0 

8 

92 '1 

70'(l 

01-5 

'.I 

92 '0 

72-0 

06-2 

11) 

S2-7 

72-0 

59-5 

11 

SS--4 

73'0 

i:4  -5 

12 

511-7 

7o'G 

Wo 

Table  No.  3. 


In  the  foregoing  table  Nos.  7,  8,  9  were  high  quality 
black  tin,  10  and  11a  coarser  quality  with  more  iron,  and 
Xo.  12  a  partly  dressed  oxide  very  coarse  and  impure. 

It  will  be  seen  that,  taking  the  cleaned  oxide  as  a  basis, 
the  percentage  of  tin  obtained  from  it  in  Nos.  7,  9,  10,  and 
1 1  was  fairly  close,  and  that  the  actual  percentage  of  tin 
thus  indicated  in  the  ore,  as  shown  in  the  third  column, 
varied  directly  with  the  percentage  of  clean  oxide  as  shown 
in  column  1.  These  assays,  however,  were  still  much  too 
low  as  regards  the  actual  percentage  of  tin  in  the  ore,  but 
at  the  same  time  they  were  very  useful  as  giving  a  foothold 
for  further  research. 

The  buttons  of  metal  were  found  to  be  very  different  to 
those  obtained  by  the  first  process,  being  very  soft,  silvery 
and  malleable,  and  entirely  free  from  any  impurity. 

It  was  further  found  that  the  cleaning  of  the  oxide  on  the 
■-hovel  as  described  did  not  involve  the  slightest  loss  of 
tin,  as  the  washings  on  being  collected  were  found  to  be 
entirely  free  from  any  trace  of  SnC)2. 

In  the  next  method  tried,  the  sample  was  prepared  and 
cleaned  as  just  described,  and  reduced  in  a  similar  manner 
with  KCy,  using  at  the  same  time  an  admixture  of  5  grains 
powdered  charcoal,  the  idea  being,  if  possible,  to  increase 
the  reducing  power. 

It  was  noticed  that  during  fusion  of  the  charges,  con- 
siderable effervescence  took  place,  and  the  charges  had  a 
tendency  to  boil  over  the  sides  of  the  pot,  necessitating  a 
very  careful  and  somewhat  slow  fusion.  Table  No.  3  shows 
some  results  obtained  in  this  manner. 


Percentage  of 
cleaned  Oxide 
obtained. 


Percentage  of 
Metal  found  in 

cleaned  Oxide. 


72-1 
72 -.1 
72-.1 
72-7 
72'6 
7:i-l 
72-5 
73-2 
73-1 
73-0 
73 '5 
74-0 
73-5 
7 ;  :. 
72*0 
72T, 
72-6 
72-G 
72-« 
72-5 
72-7 
;:;-u 
72-7 
72-2 


Actual  Per- 
centage of  Metal 

in  the  Ore. 


66-40 
66-44  R* 
66-41  lit 
66-45  l; 
G0-3D  D 
117-23  11 
(16-41  D 
117  -85  14 
I17-S4  1) 
68-83  I; 
68-58  D 
63-03  R 
07-99  R 
67-90  1) 
60-4GR 
63-07  R 
113-16  D 
62-73  R 
02-73  D 
G3-51  11 

01-09  R 
63-03  D 


*"R"H.  \V.  Rennie. 


t  '  D  "  W.  H.  Derrick. 


In  the  above  table  Nos.  13  to  19  were  samples  of  high 
class  black  tin  similar  to  those  previously  referred  to,  while 
Nos.  21  to  24  were  of  a  similar  character  to  the  lower 
quality  oxide  also  previously  mentioned.  Each  number 
represents  a  separate  individual  sample  of  ore,  and  the  chief 
thing  this  table  shows  is  the  remarkable  uniformity  in  the 
percentage  of  metal  found  in  the  cleaned  oxide,  showing 
conclusively  that  the  process  we  use  for  cleaning  the 
samples  before  reduction  leaves  in  all  cases  a  cleaned  residue 
of  uniform  quality.  It  will  be  noticed  here,  as  in  Table  No.  2, 
that  the  actual  percentage  of  metal  in  the  ore  varies  directly 
with  the  amount  of  cleaned  oxide  obtained.  In  spite, 
however,  of  the  closeness  of  the  percentages  of  tin  thus 
indicated  in  the  cleaned  oxide  as  obtained  from  the  various 
samples  we  conld  not  but  feel  sure  that  there  was  a  loss  of 
tin  in  each  case,  although  it  was  plainly  an  uniform  loss. 
The  average  percentage  of  metal  found  in  the  cleaned  oxides 
was  72  ■  8,  whereas  taking  chemicallj-  pure  SnO;  at  78  ■  8  per 
cent,  tin  we  concluded  that  our  cleaned  oxide  ouyht  to  show 
from  76-  5  to  77  per  cent,  of  tin.  This  too  was  borne  out  by 
a  chemical  analysis. 

The  close  agreement  of  our  results  among  themselves  (as 
evidenced  by  column  2),  together  with  our  minutely  careful 
method  of  working,  prohibited  us  from  believing  that  the 
lowness  of  the  results  could  be  due  to  any  error  in  the 
manipulation,  and  as  a  last  resource  we  were  forced  to  throw 
the  blame  on  our  materials. 

First  of  all  we  often  noticed  that  the  rough  sides  of  the 
London  crucibles  we  used  were  very  apt  to  retain  large 
numbers  of  minute  prills  of  tin  which  were  thus  prevented 
from  joining  the  button,  and  were  as  a  rule  too  fine  to  attempt 
to  collect ;  secondly  we  had  doubts  as  to  the  efficiency  of  the 
KCy  we  had  been  using,  although  it  had  been   supplied  by 


666 


THE  JOUKNAIi  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Aug.  31, 1892. 


a  first  class  wholesale  house  as  pure  pulverised  cyanide  of 
potassium.  A  chemical  examination  of  this  pure  cyanide 
revealed  the  fact  that  it  consisted  largely  of  carbonate  of 
potash,  together  with  some  cyanide,  being  however  free 
from  sulphates.  The  actual  percentage  of  free  cyanide 
present  was  roughly  determined  by  titrating  a  solution  of  the 
sample  with  an  ammoniacal  solution  of  copper  and  com- 
paring it  with  a  standard  solution  of  pure  crjstallised 
cyanide.  We  were  somewhat  astonished  to  find  that  the 
percentage  of  effective  cyanide  present,  as  shown  by  a 
duplicate  assay,  was  under  SO  per  cent. 

This  of  course  explained  matters,  and  we  at  once  took 
steps  to  obtain  a  supply  of  pure  cyanide  (guaranteed  98  per 
cent.).  In  our  first  experiments  with  this  we  preceded  in  a 
similar  manner  to  the  last  described  method,  only  using  the 
new  pure  cyanide  in  place  of  the  old — with  a  little  charcoal 
added  as  before.  The  following  table  (No.  4)  shows  a  few 
of  the  results  thus  obtained : — 

Table  No.  4. 


Percei  1 1 
Cleaned  Oxide 
obtained. 


Percentage  of 
Metal  found  in 
Cleaned  Oxide. 


Actual  Per- 
centage of  Metal 
in  the  Ore. 


f           70-2H 

67  "9*  R 

i 

89"16 

I           7011 

67-fiOR 

25 

I 

C         75-80 

67-69  D 

S9-3IJ 

] 

(.          76-00 

K7-S7  I> 

The  above  assays  were  all  on  one  sample  of  medium 
quality  ore,  each  of  the  writers  working  in  duplicate. 

It  is  worthy  of  notice  that  in  the  first  two  assays  the 
oxide  was  cleaned  somewhat  more  thoroughly,  thus  giving 
a  rather  lower  percentage  of  cleaned  oxide,  proportionately 
richer  in  tin,  than  the  two  assays  shown  last,  the  ultimate 
actual  percentage  of  tin  in  the  ore  being  practically  identical. 
The  average  percentage  of  tin  found  in  the  cleaned  oxide 
was  76-04.  an  increase  of  3-24  per  cent,  on  the  last 
table. 

We  may  note  that  we  were  here  still  using  the  London 
crucibles  and  reducing  in  a  wind  furnace,  and  our  next 
advance  was  to  try  and  obviate  some  of  the  disadvantages 
thus  involved.  (1.)  Such  as  the  tendency  of  the  rough  pots 
to  retain  tin.  (2.)  The  difficulty  of  judging  the  temperature 
in  the  furnace.  (3.)  The  dust  of  the  fire.  (4.')  The  risk  of 
the  crucibles  upsetting,  and  so,  if  possible,  to  obtain  better 
results  still.  To  this  end  we  discarded  the  rough  Loudon 
crucibles,  and  the  use  of  the  wind  furnace,  the  method  we 
adopted  being  as  follows  : — Having  first  cleaned  the  ore  as 
in  our  former  experiments  we  took  a  small,  fine-grained  clay 
crucible  (such  as  is  sometimes  used  for  scorifying  silver 
ores  with  lead  in  an  open  furnace),  the  crucible  being  about 
3  in.  high  and  2',  in.  in  diameter;  into  the  bottom  of  this 
we  rammed  a  layer  of  third  pulverised  cyanide,  then 
introduced  the  charge  of  50  grains  of  the  cleaned  oxide,  mixed 
with  300  grains  of  pure  dried  KCy,  a  covering  of  dry  KCy 
being  placed  on  top  while  the  addition  of  charcoal  was 
discarded  as  unnecessary.  The  pot  was  closely  covered 
ami  introduced  into  a  muffle  previously  heated  to  redness. 
The  charge  soon  fusing  the  crucible  was  kept  at  a  cherry-red 
heat  for  10  minutes,  then  slightly  shaken,  to  wash  down  any 
prills  of  tin  which  might  be  adhering  to  the  sides  of  the 
crucible,  and  the  heat  increased  to  a  bright  red  for  another 
live  minutes,  making  a  total  of  15  minutes  from  time  of 
complete  fusion.  The  pot  was  allowed  to  cool  and  the 
button  of  tin  extracted  and  weighed.  The  result  of  a  few 
of  thi'  assays  done  in  this  manner  arc  shown  in  Table  5. 

In  this  table  Nos.  26  to  31  were  samples  of  high  quality 
black  tin.  Nos.  32  to  38  medium  quality  ore,  the  impurities 
being  chiefly  iron,  silica,  and  various  insoluble  silicates, 
while  .No.  3!l  was  a  specimen  which  has  been  previously 
referred  to.  of  perfectly  clean  crystals  of  stream  tin 
eassiterite. 


Table  Xo.  5. 


Percentaee  of         Percentage  of  Actual  Per- 

Cleaned  Oxide       Metal  found  in      centageoi  Metal 
obtained.  Cleaned  Oxide.  in  the  Ore. 


( 
{ 

94-90 

94-70 

76-0 
70  4 

72  12  II 
72-35  D 

27 

1 

9J-30 
9f30 

70-4 
70-4 

72-05  D 
72-05  R 

2s 

93-10 

70  0 

70-76  R 

29 

f 
I 

91-70 

91'20 

7i-.li 
70-II 

G9-69  R 
69-81  li 

30 

l 

91-00 
91-60 

77-0 
TT-ii 

70-53  R 
711-531) 

SI 

90-00 

76-5 

68*85  R 

32 

S9-10 

704 

68-12  D* 

33 

*:,  ;im 

{ 

76-0 

7.VS 

OS-32  R 
68-15  B 

.",1 

89-00 

1 

77'H 
77-0 

69-00  U 
69-00  D 

35 

{ 

Ss'j;, 

88-30 

77-2 
77-11 

68-13  R 

08-00  D 

Sli 

SS'SII 

70-8 

cs -20  it 

37 

73-20 
78-50 

76-4 

76'0 

55-92  R 
55-80  I) 

88 

i 

T.Vsii 
75 -SO 

70 -d 
76-8 

58-00  R 
58-21  D 

39 

1 

100-00 

Hill'  III 

7s-5 
7S-.-. 

7S-50  R 
78-50  D 

*  Same  sample  as  No.  25. 

This  method  fulfilled  our  best  anticipations  and  proved 
to  be  wonderfully  simple  to  manipulate,  the  charges  being 
small,  the  heat  easy  to  regulate,  with  a  total  fredom  from 
dust  and  dirt.  A  few  of  the  results  are  somewhat  lower 
than  others,  and  it  was  always  found  in  such  cases  either 
that  the  heat  had  been  too  great  and  so  caused  bubbling,  or 
too  low,  in  which  latter  case  the  small  globule  of  hard  green 
slag,  which  is  always  formed  by-  the  combination  with  potash 
of  the  traces  of  silica  invariably  present  in  the  oxide, 
however  clean,  had  remained  mixed  with  innumerable  small 
prills  of  metal  and  so  prevented  a  clean  button  from  forming. 
It  was  found  on  the  other  hand  that  the  best  results  were 
obtained  when  the  heat  had  been  just  sufficient  to  cause 
this  green  slag  to  collect  into  a  globule  and  rise  to  the 
surface  of  the  fused  charge,  and  yet  not  so  high  as  to  cause 
any  loss  by  boiling.  The  average  percentage  of  tin  found 
in  the  cleaned  oxides  (the  true  test  of  the  efficiency  of  the 
process)  was  76-31,  being  27  per  cent,  higher  than  that 
indicated  by  the  previous  table,  and  on  taking  six  of  the 
most  favourable  results  we  find  an  average  of  77-03;  and 
on  calculating  the  actual  percentage  of  tin  in  the  ores  by- 
multiplying  this  figure  with  the  percentage  of  cleaned  oxide 
found,  the  results  shown  are  strictly  accurate,  agreeing 
exactly  with  the  chemical  analysis  of  the  ore.  Further 
proof  of  the  fact  that  there  is  no  loss  of  tin  by  this  process 
is  given  by  the  two  assays  of  sample  Xo.  39.  This  was 
a  eassiterite  as  perfectly  pure  as  possible,  the  only  foreign 
matter  present  being  a  small  trace  of  silica. 

The  duplicate  assays  we  made  on  this  for  our  own  satis- 
faction give  as  shown  78-5  per  cent,  of  metallic  tin, 
absolutely  pure,  and  taking  chemically  pure  SnCX,  at7S-S 
per  cent.,  we  have  a  margin  allowing  for  the  trace  of  silica 
present  and  any  loss  in  manipulation,  of  only  0-3  per  cent. 


Au?.  31. 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


667 


This  we  consider  to  be  proof  positive  of  the  value  of  our 
process,  and  we  doubt  if  any  other  known  dry  assay  save 
the  dry  assay  of  sold  by  eupellation  is  capable  of  affording 
equally  trustworthy  results.  We  have  recently  had  occasion 
to  make  a  very  large  number  of  assays  by  this  process  and 
have  always  found  it  most  satisfactory. 

Before  closing  this  paper  we  think  it  would  be  useful  to 
draw  attention  to  a  few  details  of  manipulation  which  are  so 
essential  that  we  have  adopted  them  as  maxims  to  be 
carefully  observed  in  order  to  obtain  the  best  results. 

Make  certaiu  that  the  KCy  is  pure  and  use  it  finely 
powdered  and  thoroughly  dry,  taking  care  also  that  the  ore, 
the  spatula  used,  the  paper  on  which  the  charge  is  mixed, 
and  the  crucible  itself,  are  also  all  quite  dry,  to  ensure 
which  it  is  advisable  to  somewhat  heat  them. 

Avoid  crucibles  with  a  rough  interior  surface. 

With  regard  to  temperature  of  assay  introduce  the 
crucibles  into  the  muffle  when  at  a  red  heat,  so  that  the 
charges  shall  fuse  quickly.  From  time  of  fusion  leave  for 
about  10  minutes,  shake  the  pots  gently  in  order  to  wash 
down  any  prills  adhering  to  the  sides,  then  increase  heat  for 
further  ti\  e  minutes  in  order  to  cause  the  clobule  of  silicious 
slag  to  separate  from  the  metal  and  rise  to  the  surface.  As 
Boon  as  this  is  seen  to  be  the  case  withdraw  the  crucibles. 

\\  Inn  the  crucibles  have  so  far  cooled  that  the  whole 
contents  have  solidified,  remove  covers  and  fill  up  gradually 
with  hot  water.  The  pure  white  alkaline  slag  dissolves  very 
readily  when  treated  in  this  manner,  leaving  the  button  of 
tin  at  the  bottom,  of  a  silvery  white  colour,  perfectly  clean, 
and  ready  for  weighing.  A  further  advantage  of  this  method 
of  extracting  the  button  is,  that  should  there  be  any  prills 
of  tin,  they  are  left  in  a  state  favourable  for  easy  collection. 

In  closing,  we  may  remark  that  this  process  is  also  well 
adapted  to  the  assay  of  lead  ores,  whether  sulphides,  oxides, 
or  carbonates,  and  in  experiments  on  such  we  have  ourselves 
recently  made,  with  slight  modifications  of  the  process,  we 
have  found  it  to  give  most  excellent  results. 


Sicurnal  anil  patent*  literature* 


Clasi.  Page. 

I.— General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery 667 

II.— Fuel,  Gas,  and  Light 669 

III.— Destructive  Distinction,  Tar  Products,  ic ii"l 

IV.— Colouring  Blatters  and  Dyes   672 

V.— Textiles:  Cotton,  Wool,  Silk,  &c 680 

VI.— Dyeing,   Calico   Printing,    Paper    Staining,   and 

Bleaching 180 

VII.— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 681 

VIII. — Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware 687 

IX.— Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars  and  Cements. .  688 

X.— Metallurgy 889 

XL— Electro-Cheraistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy  698 

X II.— Fats,  Oils,  and  Soap  Manufacture 696 

XIII.— Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 
Rubber,  &c 696 

XIV.— Tanning,  Leather,  Glue,  and  Size 197 

XV.— Manures,  &c 698 

XVI.— Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  &c 699 

XVIL— Brewing,  Wines,  Spirits,  4c 699 

XVIII.— Chemistry   of   Poods,   Sanitary   Chemistry,    and 

Disinfectants 701 

XIX.— Paper,  Pasteboard,  &c — 

XX.— Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids,  Essences,  and  Extracts  705 

XXI.--Photographic  Materials  and  Processes 7»x 

XXII.— Explosives,  Matches,  &c 70s 

XXII I.— Analytical  Chemistry 70SI 


*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post  by  remitting 
HJ.— the  price  now  fixed  for  all  specifications,  postage  included— to 
Sir  Henry  Reader  Lack,  Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  South- 
ampton Buildings,  Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C. 


I.-GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 

The   Product  ion    of    the    Spheroidal    State    in    Boilers. 

A.  Witz.  Compt.  Rend.  114,  1892,  411—414. 
Among  the  suggested  causes  of  boiler  explosions,  there 
is  one  which  is  based  on  the  peculiar  phenomena  discovered 
by  Leidenfrost  and  called  by  Boutigny  the  spheroidal  state. 
This  is  frequently  put  forward  as  an  explanation  of  boiler 
explosions  which  occur  when  the  level  of  the  water  within 
a  boiler  has  been  allowed  to  fall  below  its  normal  height. 
It  is  assumed  that  when  the  bottom  of  the  boiler  has  been 
allowed  to  get  red  hot,  the  water  remains  in  the  spheroidal 
state  and  there  is  scarcely  any  production  of  steam  ;  but 
that  as  soon  as  the  temperature  of  the  metal  falls  below 
170°  C,  the  water  again  comes  into  actual  contact  with  it,  an 
enormous  quantity  of  steam  is  generated,  and  an  explosion 
results.  On  these  assumptions  the  commonly  accepted 
theory  (Boutigny's)  is  based.  It  has  been  accepted 
without  discussion  and  it  appears  to  be  confirmed  by  certain 
well-known  lecture  experiments.  Thus  a  miniature  boiler 
explosion  can  be  produced  in  a  small  copper  flask,  the  end 
of  the  spheriodal  state  being  marked  by  the  blowing  out  of 
a  cork.  But  it  has  never  been  proved  that  the  same  actions 
take  place  on  a  large  scale  where  the  volume  of  water  is 
considerable  and  its  mass  great  in  comparison  with  that  of 
the  metal.  In  order  to  submit  this  to  the  test  of  experiment, 
the  author  began  by  determining  the  rate  of  evaporation 
under  the  conditions  of  the  classical  lecture  experiment, 
before  and  after  the  spheroidal  state. 

The  experiments  were  carried  on  in  a  large  iron  spoon,  heated 
at  first  in  a  mercury  bath  and  finally  over  a  naked  flame. 
In  each  experiment  40  grms.  of  water  were  introduced  and 
the  time  required  for  its  complete  evaporation  noted.  The 
following  are  the  results  : — ■ 


Temperature  of  the 
Metal. 


Time  required  for 
Vaporisation. 


°C. 
141 

Min. 
2 

Sees. 
0 

194 

0 

38 

243 

1) 

25 

260 

0 

22 

320 

(I 

20 

Cherry  red 

10 

20 

This  is  in  complete  accord  with  the  statements  of  the 
physical  text-books ;  the  rate  of  evaporation  increases 
to  a  maximum  which  is  followed  by  a  sudden  and  notable 
drop ;  the  rate  at  320°  C.  being  31  times  as  great  as  at  a  red 
heat. 

Experiments  were  next  made  with  an  upright  cylindrical 
boiler  provided  with  a  flat  circular  bottom  (3  dcm.  in 
diameter  and  12  cm.  thick)  and  kept  constantly  supplied 
with  water  to  a  depth  of  8  cm.  The  boiler  was  heated  from 
below,  at  first  by  Bunsen  burners  and  finally  (as  giving  the 
highest  temperature)  by  a  coke  fire  with  forced  blast.  The 
supply  of  water  being  continually  renewed,  the  bottom  of 
the  boiler  never  became  red  hot  in  spite  of  the  intensity  of 
the  heat.  The  water  boiled  vigorously,  and  the  rate  of 
evaporation  (expressed  in  kilos,  per  square  metre  per  hour) 
increased  continuously  with  the  intensity  of  the  heat  from 
63-3  to  433  5. 

The  supply  of  water  was  now  stopped  ;  the  contents  of 
the  boiler  evaporated  completely  and  its  bottom  became  red 
hot.  It  was  now  in  the  condition  of  an  ordinary  boiler 
which  has  became  overheated  owing  to  an  insufficient 
supply  of  water.  It  is  evident  that  the  practical  test  of  the 
correctness  of  the  current  theory  comes  in  at  this  point. 
If  on  admitting  water  into  the  red-hot  boiler  the  spheroidal 
state  is  produced,  this  will  be  shown  by  a  marked  reduction 
iu  the  rate  of  evaporation  (in  the  proportion  of  31  to  1  or 


THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Aug. Si,  1S92. 


thereabouts)  :  if  there  is  no  such  reduction  it  may  be 
regarded  as  conclusive  proof  that  the  water,  is  not  in  the 
spheroidal  state. 

On  admitting  water  at  14°  into  the  boiler  (heated  by  seven 
Bunseu  burners,  a  blowpipe  flame  and  a  oxyhydrogen  jet)  it 
was  found  that  the  rate  of  evaporation  (expressed  in  the 
same  units)  was  not  reduced  but  was  increased  to  G62" 8. 
In  a  further  experiment  in  which  the  boiler  was  still  more 
intensely  heated  by  a  coke  fire,  water  at  a  temperature  of 
90°  was  introduced;  here  the  rate  of  evaporation  reached 
the  enormous  figure  of  994.  In  both  cases  a  red  heat  was 
maintained.  The  author  concludes  that  in  actual  practice 
Mater  iloes  not  assume  the  spheroidal  state  in  a  red  hot 
iron  boiler,  but  that  under  these  conditions  the  rate  of 
evaporation  reaches  a  figure  which  is  so  high  as  to  merit 
the  careful  attention  of  engineers. — D.  E.  J. 


PATENTS 
Improved  Method  of,  and  Apparatus  for  Effecting  the 
( 'ondensation   and    Purification    of    Steam    and   other 
Condensible  Vapours.     E.  Thcisen,  Sinzig-on-the-Khine, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  10,299,  June  17,  1891. 

I,-  order  to  avoid  using  the  water  resulting  from  the 
condensation  of  steam  in  a  surface  coudenser  attached 
to  a  steam  engine  from  entering  the  boiler  as  feed-water, 
whereby  it  is  liable  to  carry  with  it  a  considerable  quantity 
of  oil  and  other  impurities,  the  inventor  proposes  to 
re-evaporate  the  said  water  by  effecting  with  it  the  conden- 
sation of  steam  in  a  second  surface  condenser,  aided  by 
an  air  blast.  He  then  condenses  the  re-evaporated  water, 
thereby  entirely  freeing  it  from  impurities  and  obtaining  a 
perfectly  pure  supply  for  the  boiler. — B. 


Improved  Apparatus  for  Mixing  Liquids  for  Flushing  or 
other  Purposes.  J.  J.  Adler,  Ajmere,  Rajputana,  East 
India.     Eng.  Pat.  14,173,  August's-',  1891. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  a  contrivance  for  the  mixing  of 
liquids  in  any  desired  proportion  at  the  moment  of  their 
discharge  under  pressure  from  their  respective  receptacles. 
( )ne  of  the  discharge  pipes  of  the  liquids  is  closed  by  a 
spring  valve,  the  stem  of  which  carries  a  blade  or  disc 
acted  upon  by  the  rush  of  the  liquid  from  the  second  pipe, 
whereby  the  said  valve  is  opened  in  opposition  to  the  action 
of  its  spring.  The  speed  of  the  liquid  issuing  from  the 
second  pipe,  the  size  and  leverage  of  the  disc,  and  the 
strength  of  the  spring,  are  factors  in  determining  the 
relative  quantities  of  the  liquids  intended  to  be  mixed. — B. 


Apparatus  for  Regulating  the  Supply  of  Volatile  Liquids 
in  Refrigerating  Machinery.  T.  B.  Lightfoot,  London. 
From  the  Gesellschaft  fiir  Linde's  Eismaschinen,  Wies- 
baden, Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  7712,  April  23,  1892. 

Wini  refrigerating  machinery  worked  by  the  vaporisation 
of  volatile  liquids  it  i-  usual  to  regulate  the  quantity  of 
volatile  liquid  flowing  from  the  condenser  to  the  vaporising 
apparatus  by  means  of  a  valve  adjusted  and  set  for  the 
passage  of  a  determined  quantity  of  the  liquid  in  a  constant 
stream.  A  great  disadvantage  arises  from  this  regulating 
arrangement  ou  account  of  the  small  quantity  of  refrige- 
rating medium  generally  required,  which  necessitates  the 
opening  through  the  valve  to  be  of  very  slight  sectional 
area,  causing  frequent  partial  or  complete  obstruction 
through  the  lodgment  or  deposit  of  solid  particles  or 
impurities.  The  object  of  the  present  invention  is  to 
obviate  this  defect  by  causing  the  liquid  to  he  admitted 
intermittently  instead  of  in  a  constant  stream,  thereby 
(haling  with  larger  quantities  in  a  smaller  space  of  time. 
The  valve  or  cock  in  this  case  is  actuated  automatically  by 
the  engine  at  fixed  intervals,  and  in  order  to  allow  for 
variation  in  the  quantity  of  liquid  to  be  ejected  at  each 
revolution  or  reciprocation,  a  moveable  piston  is  fitted  into 
the  plug  which  can  be  regulated  by  hand  so  as  to  leave  a 
larger  or  smaller  space  for  the  reception  of  liquid  within 
the  plug. —  B. 


Apparatus  for    Effecting   the    Interchange  of   Hi  at   and 

Moisture  by  Means  of  Liquid  Spray  and  Air-Currents. 

T.    B.    Lightfoot,    London.     From    the    Gesellshaft  fiir 

Linde's    Eismaschinen,  Wiesbaden,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat. 

7713,  April  23,  1892. 

Instead  of    using    metallic    surfaces    perforated  with  fine 

holes  for  producing  liquid  spray,  which  holes  are  liable  to 

be    stopped  up    by  the    deposit  of    solid    impurities,    the 

inventor  proposes  to  perforate  the  metal  with  long  narrow 

slits  preferably  arranged  in  the  circumference  of  a  tube, 

allowing  the   liquid  to  issue  in   fan-like  shape  and  to  fall  in 

thin  sheets  likely  to  split  and  to  break  up  into  drops,  which 

action  can  be  assisted  by  air  currents.     And  he  further 

causes  thin  blades  of  metal  to  protrude  through  the  slits 

and    be    moved    to    travel    to    and    fro    periodically    by 

mechanical    means,  in  order  to   keep  the    slits  free  from 

deposit. — B. 


Improvements    in    Apparatus  for    Purifying    II  aler  for 

Boiler  and  other  Technical  Purposes.    W.  P.  Thompson, 

Liverpool.      From    A.  Pennell,   Kansas    City,  Missouri, 

U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  8833,  May  10,  1892. 

1   The  impure  or  hard  water,  mixed  with  the  ingredients  for 

purification  or  softening  enters  the  side  of  a  circular  tank 

in  a  tangential    direction,  imparting  rotary  motion  to  the 

contents.     The  tank  has  a    conical    bottom  on  which  the 

impurities  collect,  the  inlet  pipe  being  situated  sufficiently 

high  above  the  bottom  to    prevent  the  stirring  up  of  the 

deposit,  which  is  drawn   off  from  time  to  time  through  a 

central  opening.     The  purified  water  is  stated  to  rise  to  the 

top  of  the  tank,  and  leaves  it  by  an  overflow  pipe. — B. 


An  Improved  Continuously  -  Operating  Centrifugal 
Machine.  I.  v.  Szczeniowsky  and  G.  v.  Piontkowski, 
Podohien,  Russia.     Eng.  Pat.  928b',  May  16,  1^92. 

The  inventors  construct  a  continuously- operating  centri- 
fugal machine  by  using  a  conical  drum  with  perforated 
sides.  The  upper  edge  of  the  drum  is  surrounded  by  a 
short  cylindrical  perforated  part,  which  rotates  with  the 
drum  but  is  prevented  from  moving  in  a  vertical  direction, 
whilst  the  drum  itself  can  be  raised  or  lowered  as  required, 
thereby  causing  its  upper  edge  to  be  surrounded  by  a  short 
lrum  with  vertical  sides  of  more  or  less  height.  According 
as  the  height  is  greater  or  less,  the  material  pushed  outward 
and  upwards  on  the  inclined  sides  of  the  rotating  conical 
drum  forms  a  rim  above  of  dried  material  of  more  or  less 
thickness,  which  reacts  on  the  ascending  material  and 
causes  it  to  be  retained  under  the  action  of  the  centrifugal 
force  for  a  longer  or  shorter  time.  There  are  devices  for 
raising  and  depressing  the  drum,  for  regulating  the  thick- 
ness of  the  material  on  its  admission  to  the  drum,  for 
adjusting  the  issue  of  vapour  or  liquid  required  for  mixing 
with  the  material  on  its  passage  along  the  sides  of  the 
drum,  for  collecting  the  liquids  and  vapour  thrown  off 
during  the  operation  as  well  as  the  dried  material  itself. — B. 


Improvements    in    Still    Columns.      H.    Hirzel,    Leipzig, 

Plagwitz,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat,  9538,  May  19,  1892. 
In  Still  column  shelves,  as  usually  constructed  with  the  inlet 
and  overflow  pipes  placed  diametrically  opposite  to  each 
other,  the  wash,  in  its  passage  from  one  to  the  other, 
frequently  flows  only  along  one  side  of  the  shelves,  resulting 
in  a  decreased  ^efficiency  of  the  apparatus.  The  improve- 
ment consists  in  placing  the  iulet  and  outlet  pipes  closely 
together,  but  with  a  partition  between  them.  By  this 
means  the  wash  is  compelled  to  travel  right  round  the 
central  "  bell"  or  "  bonnet,"  and  conies  into  contact  with 
the  whole  of  the  vapour  escaping  underneath  the  latter. 

-II.  T.  P. 


Aus.31.1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


669 


II.— FUEL.  GAS.  AND  LIGHT. 

Tito  Flameh  ss  ( 'ombusfion  of  Coal-Gas.    F.  Parmentier. 
Compt.  Rend.  114,  1892,  744— 74fi. 

A  PLATINUM  crucible  is  heated  iu  a  Buusen  burner  and  the 
gas  is  turned  oil'  when  the  platinum  is  red  hot.  It  is 
turned  on  again  as  soon  as  the  crucible  has  cooled  below  a 
red  heat.  Thereupon  the  crucible  again  becomes  hot  and 
incandescent.     Sometimes  the  gaseous  mixture  re-ignites. 

These  facts  are  well  known,  but  the  re-ignition  appears 
to  be  a  phenomenon  of  an  uncertain  and  capricious  nature. 
Tlie  author  has  endeavoured  to  determine  under  what 
conditions  it  takes  places.  He  first  tried  a  fine  wire  (made 
either  from  compressed  or  fused  platinum)  and  found  that 
when  treated  as  above  described  it  always  became  raised, 
at  first  to  a  dull  red,  and  then  a  bright  red  heat.  When 
the  wire  was  held  at  one-half  the  height  of  the  flame,  and 
outside  the  zone  where  the  blue  cone  appears  in  the  usual 
Same,  re-ignition  always  occurs,  and  takes  place  suddenly. 
Wires  of  larger  diameter  were  next  tried,  and  it  was  found 
that  as  the  thickness  increased  so  also  did  the  difficulty  of 
producing  ignition ;  with  the  larger  sizes  the  temperatures 
obtained  did  not  exceed  a  dull  red  heat.  But  if  the  wires, 
instead  of  being  held  over  the  burner,  are  rolled  in  spirals, 
vivid  incandescence  and  ignition  are  again  obtained.  When 
a  wire  has  lost  its  polish  by  long  use  or  frequent  heating, 
it  does  not  so  readily  produce  ignition.  Platinum  gauze, 
such  as  is  used  in  apparatus  for  fractional  distillation,  very 
rapidly  becomes  red  hot ;  then  the  gaseous  mixture  ignites 
above  the  gauze,  and  soon  after  the  flame  "  catches  down  " 
to  the  burner.  Spongy  platinum  becomes  hot  under  the 
above  circumstances,  but  it  scarcely  becomes  red  hot,  and 
it  does  not  cause  ignition. 

Platinum  crucibles,  such  as  are  used  iu  analysis,  were 
next  tried.  Well-polished  crucibles,  and  especially  small 
ones,  easily  produced  iguition.  With  larger  crucibles 
ignition  was  only  obtained  with  difficulty,  and  not  at  all 
when  the  capacity  exceeded  50  cc.  Nor  did  it  occur  with 
crucibles  which  were  dirty  or  had  lost  their  polish.  This 
the  author  attributes  to  the  fact  that  polished  platinum  has 
a  lower  emissive  power,  and  therefore  loses  heat  less 
readily. 

It  frequently  happens  that  after  ignition  has  been  obtained 
several  times,  the  next  attempt  fails,  even  with  the  same 
piece  of  platinum  and  under  the  same  circumstances.  The 
platinum  becomes  red  hot,  but  does  not  set  the  mixture  on 
fire.  This  happens  frequently  when  the  air  in  the  room  is 
undisturbed  and  the  observer  remains  quiet.  Under  these 
circumstances  ignition  generally  follows  the  slightest  dis- 
turbance— any  motion  of  the  observer,  a  breath  of  air,  or 
the  shutting  of  a  door.  A  parallel  to  this  curious  fact  may 
lie  observed  by  holding  a  light  near  the  orifice  of  a  burner, 
but  not  quite  near  enough  to  set  fire  to  the  gas  issuing 
from  it.  If  the  current  of  gas  be  stopped  for  an  instant, 
or  even  slightly  checked,  ignition  at  once  occurs. — D.  E.  J. 


The  Conversion  of  Sensible  Seat  into  Chemical  Energy 
in  llie  Production  of  Semi  Water-Gas  and  Carbon 
Dioxide  Proditeer-Gas.  A.  Naumaun.  Ber.  25,  1892, 
55G— 562. 

Three  methods  exist  for  the  conversion  of  coal  into  gas 
for  heating  purposes,  the  first  being  the  production  of 
ordinary  coal-gas  by  destructive  distillation;  the  second 
that  of  water-gas  by  the  action  of  steam  upon  heated  coal ; 
whilst  the  third  consists  in  the  formation  of  producer-gas 
from  coal  and  a  limited  quantity  of  air.  Of  these,  coal-gas 
is  too  costly  for  any  but  small  uses,  only  a  portion  of  the 
total  energy  available  being  utilised.  With  regard  to  the 
others,  their  adoption  depends  on  the  thermo-chemical 
relations  to  be  observed  in  their  manufacture. 


The  formation  of  water-gas  is  an  endothermie   reaction, 
thus — 

(1-) 
H.,0  (liquid)  +  C  =  H.  f  CO  -  38,770  cal. 

The  preparation  of  producer-gas  is,  on  the  other  hand, 
exothermic — 

(2.) 
C  +  O  +  53 '6  parts  by  vol.  of  nitrogen  = 


CO  +  53  parts  by  vol.  of  nitrogen  +  29.690  cal. 

" — , ' 

Producer  gas. 

The  amount  of  heat  here  recorded  causes  the  theoretical 
j  temperature  of  producer-gas  at  the  moment  of  its  for- 
mation to  be  2,169"  O,  assuming  that  the  specific  heat  of 
its  constituents  is  the  same  at  high  as  at  ordinary  tempera- 
tures. This  heat  of  formation  (29,690  eal.)  thus  represented 
is  utilised,  if  the  gas  be  consumed  on  the  spot  as  fast  as  it 
is  produced,  but  is  lost  if  the  gas  be  conveyed  to  any 
distance,  or  stored  and  let  cool  to  the  ordinary  temperature 
of  the  air,  15°  O,  the  amount  of  heat  then  available  being 
only  that  evolved  by  the  combustion  of  the  carbon  monoxide 
in  the  gas,  that  is  67,960  cal.  Out  of  a  total  of  97,650  cal., 
|  therefore,  only  67,960  cal.  would  in  this  latter  case  be 
available,  corresponding  to  a  waste  of  30-4  per  cent,  of  the 
theoretical  quantity. 

Two  methods  exist  by  which  this  loss  may  be  avoided. 
Either  sufficient  water  may  be  introduced  into  the  producer 
to  form  water  gas  at  the  expense  of  the  sensible  heat,  or 
carbon  dioxide  may  be  led  in  and  reduced  to  carbon 
monoxide  by  the  same  means.  The  product  of  the  first 
process  may  be  termed  semi  water-gas,  and  that  of  the 
second  carbon  dioxide  producer  -  gas.  The  relative 
advantages  of  these  plans  is  determined  by  the  following 
considerations  : — The  thermal  changes  that  occur  in  the 
generation  of  water-gas  and  produeer-£"as  have  been 
indicated  in  equations  (1)  and  (2).  Those  proper  to  the 
formation  of  water-gas  from  water  in  the  state  of  gas 
instead  of  in  the  liquid  condition,  and  of  carbon  monoxide 
from  carbon  dioxide,  are  given  below  :  — 


(3.) 
HX>  (gaseous  at  15"  C.)  +  C  =  H,  +  CO  -  27,970 


cal. 


Water-gas. 


(4-) 


C02  +  C  =  2  CO  -  38,270  cal. 

The  composition  of  an  ideal  generator-gas  is  34 '3  per 
cent,  of  CO  and  6  j  •  7  per  cent,  of  N  by  volume.  When 
the  heat  of  formation  of  this  is  utilised  to  the  utmost  by 
the  first  method  given  above,  i.e.,  by  the  introduction  of 
water,  gaseous  or  liquid,  the  resulting  semi  water-gas  has 
the  composition — 


From  Liquid  H.O 
at  15°  C. 

From  Gaseous 
H20  at  15°  C. 

Per  Cent,  by  Vol. 

65 '55 
34-45 

57-9 
42-1 

10O-OO 

100-0 

Equivalent  to— 

17-2 
39-7 
43-1 

2fl 
40-9 
38-0 

160 -0 

100-0 

670 


TI1K  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Aub.si.18K. 


(  arbon  dioxide  producer-gas  made  uuder  the  same  con- 
ditions of  perfect  utilisation  of  the  sensible  heat  has  the 
composition — 

Vols,  per  Cent. 

Producer-gas 65-3 

Additional  carl  ion  monoxide 3t'7 

lOO'ii 

Equivalent  to— 

Carlton  monoxide 57'1 

Nitrogen 42'".' 

1(H) '0 


The  thermal  values  of  producer-gas,  water-gas,  semi 
water-gas  from  liquid  water  (at  15°  C.)  and  from  gaseous 
water  (at  15  C.I.  and  of  carbon  dioxide  producer-ga-  are 
exhibited  in  the  following  table  : — 


Heat  of 
combustion 
of  1  litre, 
the  water 
produced 

being 
supposed 
gaseous 
at  15°  C. 


No.  of  Heat 
units  given 

calculated       pr0llucts  of 
Temperature     combustion 
of  Flame.       «g^ 

,     in  cooling 
1°C. 


Producer-gas 


Carbon  dioxide  pro- 
ducer-gas. 

Semi  water-gas  from 
liquid  water  at  15°  C. 

Semi  water-gas  frou. 
us  waterat  153C. 

Water-gas 


Cal. 
0-6487 

0-7101 

0-7016 

0-73U3 

0-1)931 


In  actual  practice,  Dowson  gas,  formed  by  blowing  steam 
into  a  producer,  represents  a  commercial  variety  of  semi 
water-gas.    The  following  are  examples  of  its  composition  : — 


Hydrogen 

I  arbon  monoxide 

Methane  

Ethylene 

Carbon  dioxide  . . . 

Nitrogen 

Oxygen 


Vols. 

per 

Cent. 

18-73 

17 

Z5-05 

23 

0-31 

2 

0-31 

•  • 

tt'57 

0 

18-98 

o- 

0'0S 

By  this  method  therefore  a  gas  is  made  consisting  partly  of 
semi  water-gas  and  partly  of  carbon  dioxide  producer-gas  ; 
it  has  the  disadvantage  that  large  quantities  of  nitrogen  are 
introduced  into  the  producer. 

The  paper  concludes  with  a  table  giving  the  weights  of 
the  various  products  of  combustion  of  1  litre  of  each  of  the 
four  types  of  fuel-gas  which  have  been  discussed  : — 


Carbon 
Dioxide. 


Nitrogen. 


Water. 


Gruis. 


Producer-gas. 


0-6762 
0-806 


Semi-water  gas  from  gaseous 

water  at  15    '  . 
Carbon  dioxide  producer-gas        1-125 


Water-gas. 


1-061 


1-6474 

1-965 

1-909 

3  it  17 


— B.  B. 


PATENTS. 

An   Improved  Method  for  the   Solidification  of  Mineral 
Oils.    W.  and  W.  F.  S.  Chenhall,  Bristol.  "  Eng.  Pat. 

4146,  March  12,  1891. 

Thk  solidification  is  effected  by  heating  600  parts  of  oils  or 
volatile  and  inflammable  fluids  with  300  parts  of  fused  or 
dissolved  soda,  10  parts  of  dissolved  chloride  of  lime,  and 
90  parts  of  resin,  until  the  mixture  becomes  solid,  after 
which  the  mass  is  pressed  into  such  form,  shape,  and  size 
as  niav  be  required  for  burning,  package,  and  transport. 

— U.  B. 


Improvements     relating     to      the      Treatment      of     Veal. 
E.  Kischgitz,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  10,452,  June  19,  1891. 

Two  processes  are  here  described  for  preserving  peat  from 
deterioration. 

In  one  process  the  peat  is  thoroughly  ground  in  a 
disintegrator,  and  then  well  mixed  with  an  aqueous  solution 
of  hydrate  of  lime,  free  from  carbonate  ;  the  fluid  mixture 
is  then  run  through  channels  to  the  drying  ground,  and 
when  it  has  solidified,  it  is  cut  into  blocks.  The  object  of 
adding  the  lime-water  is  to  neutralise  the  acids  present  in 
the  peat ;  the  lime  also  combines  with  the  silica  and 
alumina  to  form  a  protective  petrification.  When  the  peat 
is  poor  in  mineral  constituents,  a  small  quantity  of  some 
silicate,  such  as  potassium  silicate,  is  mixed  with  the  lime- 
water,  and  sometimes  a  little  potassium  permanganate  is 
added  to  accelerate  the  setting  of  the  coating  solution. 
Peat  treated  in  this  way  does  not  require  to  be  compressed 
into  bricks  by  machinery,  and  when  thoroughly  dried  it 
ignites  readily,  and  gives  a  bright  and  large  flame. 

In  the  second  process  the  acids  in  the  peat  are  neutralised 
by  the  addition  of  soda,  potash,  ferrous  sulphate,  or  other 
suitable  substance. — F.  S.  K. 


The  discrepancy  between  these  results  and  those 
indicated  above  as  representing  the  theoretical  composition 
is  elucidated  by  the  consideration  that  the  ideal  semi  water- 
gas  is  assumed  to  be  produced  from  pure  carbon,  whereas 
coal  is  used  commercially,  and  further,  that  if  the  conversion 
of  the  carbon  dioxide,  shown  in  the  foregoing  analyses,  into 
carbon  monoxide,  were  effected,  the  volume  of  the  latter 
gas  would  be  double  that  of  the  former,  considerably  raising 
the  total  percentage. 

Another  method,  differing  to  some  extent  in  principle 
from  those  which  have  been  described,  for  utilising  the 
sensible  heat  of  a  gas-producer  pure  and  simple,  is  that 
adopted  in  the  new  Siemens  furnace  (Eng.  Pat.  4644  of 
1889,  see  this  Journal,  1890,  1119)  in  which  not  only  is 
steam  blown  into  the  producer,  but  a  portion  of  the  products 
of  combustion  are  returned  from  the  furnace  to  the  pro- 
ducer, their  sensible  heat  being  thus  rendered   available. 


Improvements  in  or  connected  with  the  Manufacture  ■;/' 
Illuminating  Gas.  J.  H.  Fergusson,  Liverpool.  Eng. 
Pat.  13,431,  August  8,  1891. 

Is  order  to  obtain  a  richer  gas  and  a  higher  "  make  "  from 
any  given  coal,  the  following  process  is  adopted  : — The  coal 
is  carbonised  in  the  usual  manner  at  a  high  temperature 
and  the  gas  passed  into  the  hydraulic  main,  the  dip-pipes 
being  closed  with  a  liquid  seal.  The  gas,  and  the  uncon- 
densed  tarry  vapours,  are  then  passed  through  ducts  or 
channels,  which  are  at  a  comparatively  low  temperature, 
and  in  which  the  eondensible  vapours  are  converted  into  a 
permanent  gas ;  the  temperature  of  these  ducts  is  controlled 
by  suitable  dampers,  the  outlet  being  kept  much  cooler 
than  the  inlet.  Tar  may  also  be  advantageously  introduced 
into  the  ducts. — F.  S.  K. 


Aug.  si,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


671 


Improvements  in  the  Purification  of  Gas.  W.  L.  Wise, 
London.  From  Solvay  and  Co.,  Brussels.  Eng.  Pat. 
13,550,  August  11,  1891. 

It  is  well  known  that  it  is  difficult,  with  the  ordinary 
materials,  to  entirely  remove  the  last  traces  of  carbon 
dioxide  from  coal-gas,  and  that  in  consequence  the 
illuminating  power  of  the  gas  is  appreciably  diminished. 
According  to  this  patent  the  gas,  purified  in  the  usual 
manner,  is  passed  through  a  purifier  containing  ferrite  of 
soda,  which  absorbs  even  the  slightest  trace  of  carbon 
dioxide ;  the  purifying  material  is  prepared  as  described  in 
former  patents  (Eng.  Pat.  4364,  1892,  and  Eng.  Pat.  1974, 
1887),  and  when  exhausted  it  can  be  revivified  by  heating 
it  at  a  temperature  above  700J  C.  in  a  suitable  retort. 

Ferrite  of  soda  also  absorbs   sulphuretted  hydrogen,  but 
the  spent  material  in  this  case  cannot  be  readily  revivified. 

—It.  S.  K. 


iVeto  or  Improved  Processes  for  the  Manufacture  of  Gas 
from  Water  Vapour,  and  for  Purification  and  Separa- 
tion of  Mixed  Gases.  A.  Longsdon,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  8426,  May  4,  1892. 

One  of  the  greatest  objections  to  the  use  of  water-gas  for 
domestic  purposes  is  its  poisonous  nature,  which  is  due  to 
the  presence  of  carbon  monoxide.  By  impregnating  the 
carbonaceous  material  with  a  solution  of  potassium  car- 
bonate before  it  is  raised  to  incandescence  and  treated  with 
steam,  the  temperature  at  which  the  decomposition  takes 
place  can  be  kept  as  low  as  possible  ;  under  these  conditions 
the  reaction  which  takes  place  can  be  represented  by  the 
equation — 

C  +  2  H20  =  CO,  +  4  H 

and  the  gas  produced  is  almost  free  from  carbon  monoxide. 
The  analysis  of  the   raw  gas   obtained  in  this  way  from 
peat  coke  gave  the  following  result : — 

1'ir  Cent. 

Carbonic  acid  gas 1!6"4 

Carbonic  oxide 1 '  - 

Hydrogen 62"0 

Hydrocarbon  gas 2"3 

Nitrogen 6'6 

( >xygen 1 '  5 

This  gas  has  a  high  calorific  value,  and  when  freed  from 
carbon  dioxide,  consists  chiefly  of  hydrogen.  For  absorbing 
the  carbon  dioxide  from  the  crude  gas,  purifiers  containing 
some  moistened  carbonaceous  material  impregnated  with 
potassium  carbonate  or  sodium  carbonate  are  employed. 
This  material  readily  absorbs  carbon  dioxide,  and  when 
saturated  the  bicarbonate  which  has  been  formed  can  be 
readily  decomposed,  and  the  carbon  dioxide  recovered  and 
used  for  industrial  purposes. 

Lime,  heated  to  a  red  heat  in  a  suitable  retort,  may  also 
be  employed  for  removing  the  carbon  dioxide  from  the 
crude  water-gas  ;  when  the  lime  is  spent  the  carbon  dioxide 
is  expelled  by  means  of  a  current  of  steam. — P.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Coke- Extinguishing  or  Quenching  and 
Loading  Apparatus.  F.  J.  Collin,  Dortmund,  Germany. 
Eng.  l'at.  8767,  May  9,  1892. 

In  quenching  coke  by  means  of  water-jets,  as  is  usually 
done,  the  doors  and  side  walls  of  the  furnaces  are  damaged, 
and  some  of  the  coke  burns  away  before  the  damping 
operation  commences. 

According  to  this  patent  the  coke  is  received  by  a 
travelling  band  or  apron,  the  speed  of  which  can  be 
regulated  at  will,  and  is  immediately  carried,  first  through 
;i  water  reservoir,  in  which  it  is  quenched,  and  then  to  the 
point  of  discharge  or  delivery. — F.  S.  K. 


Ill— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Contributions    to    the    Chemistry    of   Brown-Coal    Tar. 
F.  Heusler.     Ber.  25,  1892,  1665. 

In  text-books  the  statement  is  frequently  met  with  that  the 
brown-coal  tar  oils  consist  essentially  of  aliphatic  hydro- 
carbons belonging  to  the  saturated  and  to  the  ethylene 
series.  These  statements  are  merely  the  consequence  of 
reasoning  by  analogy,  for  the  scanty  literature  on  these  oils 
hardly  affords  sufficient  evidence  for  such  conclusions. 
Nor  do  they  accord  with  the  fact  that  brown-coal  seams 
are,  as  a  rule,  associated  with  large  quantities  of  fossil 
resins  which,  on  distillation,  yield  oils  the  nature  of  which 
points  to  their  relationship  to  the  aromatic  hydrocarbons 
and  especially  the  terpenes. 

The  oils  which  form  the  subject  of  the  following  notes 
were  obtained  from  the  well-known  Riebeck'sche  Montan- 
u-erke.  Not  only  the  commercial  distillates  were  examined, 
but  also  the  lowest  boiling  fractions,  which  in  practice  are 
allowed  to  escape  as  vapour. 

The  distillates  were  washed  with  dilute  acid  and  alkali,  to 
remove  all  basic  and  phenoloid  substances.  They  were 
then  fractionated  by  means  of  steam,  carefully  dried  by 
potash,  and  at  last  repeatedly  fractionated  in  copper  stills. 
Both  Linnemann's  and  Norton-Otten's  dephlegmators  were 
used,  the  latter  yielding  better  results  than  the  former. 
Mere  fractionation  seemed  unlikely  to  yield  pure  substances, 
since  above  180  '  a  partial  decomposition  of  the  hydrocarbons 
appeared  to  occur. 

The  following  methods  were  therefore  resorted  to  : — 

1.  Method  of  Partial  Oxidation. 

Wagner's  process  of  oxidation  of  non-saturated  hydro- 
carbons by  means  of  an  alkaline  solution  of  potassium 
permanganate  (this  Journal,  1892,  135)  was  thought  of 
for  separating  the  saturated  hydrocarbons  from  the  non- 
saturated  ones,  the  latter  becoming  changed  into  glycols. 
Before,  however,  Wagner's  method  was  followed,  the  author 
tried  partial  oxidation  by  means  of  permanganate  in  an 
acid  solution.  The  oxidation  of  the  fractionated  oils  mixed 
with  sulphuric  acid  seems  to  take  place  readily  at  first,  but 
at  last  a  stage  is  reached  when  the  permanganate  is  only 
slowly  decolourised.  At  this  moment  the  further  addition  of 
permanganate  is  discontinued  and  the  unattacked  hydro- 
carbons are  conveniently  separated  by  distillation  in  a 
current  of  steam.  There  remains  in  the  distillation-flask  a 
resinous  mass,  whilst  the  hydrocarbons  entirely  differ  in 
their  behaviour  from  the  original  tar  oils.  In  the  first 
instance  they  are  free  from  the  peculiar,  disagreeable  smell 
of  the  brown-coal  tar  oils  ;  next,  their  boiling  point  is  found 
to  have  considerably  decreased.  Whilst  the  lower  boiling 
crude  oils  are  most  violently  acted  on  by  nitric  acid,  the 
hydrocarbons  left  after  the  oxidation,  as  specified,  may  be 
easily  oxidised — just  like  coal-tar  hydrocarbons — yielding 
a  heavy  oil  which  is  partly  soluble  in  caustic  soda  with  an 
intense  reddish-brown  colour.  The  insoluble  part  consists 
of  the  nitro-derivatives  of  aromatic  hydrocarbons. 

2.  Method  op  Partial  Brominatiox. 
The  crude  oils  were  dissolved  in  absolute  ether  and 
bromine  was  added  until  an  evolution  of  hydrobromic  acid 
was  noticeable.  It  may  be  assumed  that  at  this  moment 
all  the  non-saturated  substances  had  directly  absorbed 
bromine,  and  that  a  substitution  in  the  molecule  of  the 
saturated  substances  had  commenced  to  take  place.  On 
evaporating  the  ether  and  distilling  in  a  current  of  steam, 
at  first  a  light  oil  was  obtained  ;  later  on  a  heavy  oil — the 
bromo-addition  product  of  the  non-saturated  hydrocarbons 
— passed  over.  The  light  oils  are  essentially  a  mixture  of 
aromatic  and  saturated  aliphatic  Irydrocarbons. 

3.  Action  of  Sulphuric  Acid  of  vartino  Strengths. 
Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  acts  on  the  brown-eoal  tar 
oils  with  evolution  of  large  quantities  of  sulphurous  acid. 
A  diluted  acid,  1  owever  (two  parts  of  B  O  V  and  one 
part   of  water),  dissolves   certain   substances   from  the  oil, 


672 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Aug.  si.  1893. 


without  giving  rise  to  the  formation  of  sulphurous  acid.  The 
author  washed  the  tar  oils  twice  with  sulphuric  acid.  After 
siphoning  off  the  acid  solutioD,  the  residual  oily  layer  wiis 
washed  and  distilled.  The  oils  thus  obtained  had  a  lower 
boiling  point  than  the  original  oils,  and  behaved  towards 
nitric  acid  just  like  the  oils  recovered  by  the  oxidation 
process.  On  shaking  them  with  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  sulphurous  acid  is 
evolved  ;  on  cooling,  however,  the  liberation  of  sulphurous 
acid  may  be  prevented.  The  remaining  oils  (after  the 
washing"  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid)  seemed  to 
consist  of  aromatic  and  saturated  aliphatic  hydrocarbons. 
The  substances  soluble  in  acid  yielded,  on  being  subjected 
to  dry  distillation,  large  quantities  of  sulphurous  acid.  The 
author  reserves  the  study  of  this  reaction  for  further 
research  :  the  possible  presence  of  substances  related  to  the 
thiophens  is,  however,  hinted  at. 

Quantitative  Estimation  of  the  Aromatic  Hydrocarbons 
belonging  to  the  Benzene  Series.  —  The  hydrocarbons 
obtained  bv  the  processes  1  and  3  were  examined  more 
closelv.  An  acid-washed  fraction,  boiling  from  80° — 93°  C, 
was  nitrated,  and  the  resulting  nitrobenzene  identified  by 
transforming  it  into  dinitrobenzene.  This  fraction  was 
found  to  contain  about  34  per  cent,  of  benzene  which  is, 
in  the  author's  opinion,  certainly  too  low.  The  nitric  acid 
solution  from  which  the  nitrobenzene  had  been  separated 
contained  solid  fatty  acids,  the  greater  part  of  which 
consisted  of  oxalic  acid.  A  fraction  of  oils  boiling  between 
100°  and  110° — obtained  by  the  first  process— contained  45 
per  cent,  of  toluene,  estimated  by  the  crystallised  dinitro- 
toluene.  m-Xylene  and  mesitylene  were  found  in  higher 
boiling  fractions  and  identified  by  the  trinitro-m-xylene  and 
the  trinitromesitylene.  The  fraction  of  oils,  boiling  from 
135= — 140°  C.,  contained  about  30  per  cent,  of  aromatic 
hydrocarbons.  The  author  concludes  that  the  percentage 
of  aromatic  hydrocarbons  of  the  benzene  scries  decreases 
with  the  rising  of  the  boiling  points. 

Quantitative  Estimation  of  the  Aliphatic  Saturated 
Hydrocarbons. — A  careful  examination  of  the  oils  unacted 
upon  by  nitric  acid  showed,  on  subjecting  them  to 
elementary  analysis,  that  Markownikow's  naphthenes  were 
completely  absent.  The  following  table  gives  the  percentages 
of  saturated  hydrocarbons  in  the'  oils  which  had  been 
previously  oxidised  by  means  of  permanganate. 


Fraction. 


Boiling  Point. 


Saturated  Hydrocarbons. 


I. 

:  n  -100 

Per  Cent 

li'50 

II. 

135—140 

17-25 

111. 

iin-n.-> 

is  -oo 

IV. 

115—150 

19-75 

V. 

150—155 

i0-25 

VI. 

155— 1«0 

21-  .Ml 

The  amount  of  saturated  hydrocarbons  increases  as  the 
boiling  point  rises. 

Tirpenes  could  not  be  detected  in  the  brown-coal  tar 
oils  although  the  author  carefully  searched  for  them,  using 
the  methods  suggested  in  Wallach's  researches  on  the  ter- 
peues.  The  author  especially  looked  for  pinene  and 
dipentene  (this  Journal,  18811,  959;  1891,  788),  but,  as 
stated,  in  vain. 

Indene  and  Cumarone.  which  have  been  shown  to  be 
present  in  coal-tar  oils  (this  Journal,  1890,  275  ;  1891,38) 
were  also  absent. 

Naphthalene,  however,  was  found  in  a  fraction  boiling 
from  180°— 240"  and  identified  by  means  of  its  picrate, 
from  which  pure  naphthalene  was  isolated.  The  percentage 
of  this  hvdrocarbon  amounted  to  at  least  4  or  5  per  cent. 
The  author  continues  these  researches  and  predicts  that 
they  will  throw  important  light  on  the  nature  of  the  hydro- 
carbons of  the  brown-coal  tar  oils. — J.  L. 


H -COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

On  the  Rate  of  Decomposition  of  Diazo-Compounds. 
Hausser  and  Muller.  Compt.  Rend.  114,  1892,  760—763. 
The  authors  have  found  that  the  rate  of  decomposition  of 
metadiazosulphobenzene,  C6H4(S(  l,)(X:)  1:3,  depends  upon 
the  concentration,  whereas  that  of  the  corresponding  para- 
compound  is  independent  of  the  concentration.  The  rate 
of  decomposition  of  the  latter  is  only  about  one-fourth 
that  of  its  isomer.  It  thus  appears  that  the  diazo-moleeule 
is  more  stable  when  the  para-position  with  respect  to  it  is 
occupied  by  the  radicle  SOa.  In  order  to  test  whether  this 
relative  stability  is  due  to  the  particular  radicle  SO:i,  or  to 
the  fact  that  it  occupies  the  para-position,  they  have  studied 
the  rate  of  decomposition  of  methylsulphodiazobenzene, 
Cr,H3(C'H,)(S(  I  i(\.;)  1:2:4,  in  which  the  para-position, 
relatively  to  X.,,  is  occupied  by  the  methyl  group.  They 
find  that  in  this  compound  also  the  para-position  appears 
to  confer  the  same  properties ;  the  rate  of  decomposition 
is  slow  and  is  independent  of  the  concentration. — D.  K.  J. 


Oxazine  Dyes.  B.  Mohlau.  Ber.  25,  1892,  1055— 10GG. 
In  the  first  part  of  the  paper  the  author  suggests  a  rational 
system  of  nomenclature  for  the  oxazine  dyes.  These  com- 
pounds may  be  classed  in  two  groups,  which  stand  in  the 
same  relation  to  one  another  as  the  indamines  to  the  indo- 
phenols.  The  members  of  the  group  which  correspond  with 
the  indamines  may  be  collectively  named  quinoxazines,  as 
they  may  be  regarded  as  derived  from  one  of  the  two 
chromogens — 

/\ 


and 


XII  () 

Phenoquinoxazine  or 
qumoxazine. 


NH  O 

X;i]>htuaquinoxazine 


The  following  commercial  dyes  belong  to  this  group : — 
Gallocyanine,  Prune,  Meldola's  blue,  Muscarine,  and  Nile 
blue. 

The  members  of  the  second  group,  which  correspond 
with  the  indophenols  may  be  termed  quinoxazones,  and 
regarded  as  derived  from  the  as  yet  unknown  chromogen — 

N 


O  O 

Phenoquinoxazone  or  quinoxazone. 

To  this  group  belong  resorufine  and  its  derivatives,  such 
as  resorcinol  blue ;  also  resorufamine,  orcirufine,  and 
orcirufamine. 

In  the  second  part  of  the  paper  the  author  describes  two 
new  quinoxazone  dyes  which  are  formed  by  the  oxidation 
of  dialkyl  derivatives  of  metahydroxyparamido-aniline. 

N  itrosodimethyhnetamidophenol  hydrochloride  — 

C8H,„S.,0:.  1IC1, 

prepared  by  treating  dimethylmetamidophenol  with  hydro 
chloric  acid  and  sodium  nitrite  as  described  in  the  patent 
(No.  45,268)  of  the  Badische  Anilin  and  Soda  Fabrik,  is  a 
crystalline  compound  soluble  in  water  with  a  yellowish-red 
colouration.  The  free  base,  CsHi0N2O2,  melts  at  169°,  and 
is  readily  soluble  in  hot,  but  only  sparingly  in  cold  water ; 
it  combines  with  alumina  forming  a  brownish-yellow,  with 
chromium  sesquioxide  forming  a  yellowish-brown,  and  with 


Auk.  31,1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


673 


ferric  oxide  forming  a  light-brown  lake ;  these  lakes  can  be 
fixed  on  vegetable  fibres,  and  the  two  last-named  are  fairly 
stable  with  regard  to  soap. 
Nitroaodiethylmetamidophenol  hydrochloride — 
C10HHN2O;,  HC1, 

can  be  prepared  in  a  similar  manner ;  it  is  a  yellow  crystalline 
compound.  The  free  base  is  readily  soluble  in  hot  water  ; 
it  forms  with  the  oxides  of  aluminium,  chromium,  and  iron 
respectively  brownish-yellow,  brown,  and  yellowish-brown 
lakes,  that  containing  chromium  being  stable  as  regards 
soap,  whereas  the  iron  lake  is  only  moderately  stable  and 
the  aluminium  compound  unstable. 

Asymmetrical  dimethyl  Jiamidoquino.razone — 


NH, 


O 


N 


O 


N(CH3)2 


is  prepared  by  dissolving  13  parts  of  nitrosodimethylamido- 
phenol  in  1 30  parts  of  water.and  adding  to  the  warm  solution 
a  mixture  of  20  parts  of  stannous  chloride  and  20  parts  of 
32  per  cent,  hydrochloric  acid;  the  solution,  which 
now  contains  the  hydrochloride  of  metahydroxyparamido- 
dimethylaniline,  is  cooled  with  ice,  mixed  with  a  slight 
excess  of  soda,  and  a  current  of  air  passed  for  several 
hours  until  oxidation  is  complete ;  as  the  dye  is  decom- 
posed by  alkalis  it  should  not  be  left  too  long  in  the 
solution.  It  is  purified  by  recrystallisation  from  alcohol, 
from  which  it  separates  in  rhombic  crystals  melting  at 
223° ;  it  is  only  sparingly  soluble  in  water,  yielding  a  blue 
solution.  In  an  acetic  acid  bath  it  dyes  silk  a  violet  shade 
which  shows  a  brownish-red  fluorescence  ;  its  solution  in 
excess  of  a  dilute  mineral  acid  is  orange-red,  in  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  bluish-violet. 

Vimcthylamidoqnino.razone — 

X 


o 


0 


N(CH3), 


is  formed  when  an  ice-cold  solution  of  the  preceding 
compound  is  treated  with  amyl  nitrite  and  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  in  alcoholic  solution,  the  mixture  kept  for 
half  an  hour,  and  then  boiled  until  the  evolution  of  nitrogen 
is  at  an  end  ;  the  product  is  poured  into  water,  the  filtered 
solution  saturated  with  ammonia,  and  the  precipitated  base 
reerystallised  from  dilute  alcohol.  It  forms  almost  black 
lustrous  crystals,  melts  above  250°,  and  imparts  to  silk  in 
a  boiling  water-bath  a  beautiful  carmine-red  colour  and  a 
vermilion  fluorescence.  Dimethylamidoquinoxazone  can 
also  be  prepared  by  heating  resorcinol  with  1  •  1  parts  of 
dimethylmetamidophenol  and  4  parts  of  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  on  the  water-hath  until  a  reaction  sets  in  ; 
the  product  is  mixed  with  water,  the  filtered  solution 
saturated  with  ammonia,  and  the  precipitate  purified  as 
already  described.  The  yield  is  better  by  this  method  than 
by  the  preceding  one. 

Asymmetrical  diethyldiamidoquinoxazone,  C16H,-N302, 
can  he  obtained  from  nitrosodiethylmetamidophenol  just  as 
described  in  the  case  of  the  corresponding  dimethyl- 
derivative  ;  it  forms  lustrous  yellow  crystals,  melts  at  211°, 
ami  dissolves  in  boiling  water  with  a  violet-blue  colouration ; 
ii>  an  acetic  acid  bath  it  dyes  silk  a  violet-blue  shade  which 
shows  a  brownish-red  fluorescence. 

Solutions  of  this  base  and  of  the  corresponding  dimethyl- 
derivative  show  very  characteristic  absorption  spectra,  and 
are  iu  most  cases  fluorescent. — F.  S.  K. 


Synthesis  of  Dehydrothiotoluidine.  L.  Gattermann  and 
(I.  Neuherg.  Her.  25,  1*92,  1081  —  1085.  (Compare 
Pfitzinger  and  Gattermann,  this  Journal  1889,  008,  and 
Green,  1889,  383.) 

The  constitution  of  dehydrothiotoluidine  has  been  already 
determined  by  Pfitzinger  and  Gattermann  (Joe  cit.),  but 
owing  to  the  increasing  commercial  importance  not  only 
of  primuline  itself,  but  also  of  other  aromatic  bases 
containing  sulphur,  it  seemed  desirable  to  obtain  some 
further  proof  that  the  constitution  assigned  to  dehydrothio- 
toluidine is  correct.  This  the  authors  have  succeeded  iu 
doing  by  synthesising  dehydrothiotoluidine  in  the  following 
manner  : — 

Paranitrobenztoluide,  X(  >o.C6H4.CO.NH.CcH,.CrI3,  is 
first  prepared  by  the  action  of  paranitiobenzoic  chloride  on 
paratoluidiue  ;  it  crystallises  in  yellow  needles  and  melts  at 
197°.  This  compound  is  then  converted  into  tiie  dichloride, 
Xi  >...<  ;H4.CC12.NH.C61T4.CI13,  with  the  aid  of  phosphorus 
pentachloride,  and  from  the  dichloride  thionitrobenztoluide 
can  be  obtained  by  the  action  oi  hydrogen  sulphide  in  dry 
benzene  solution,  but  the  yield  is  small.  On  oxidising  the 
thiamide  with  potassium  ferricyanide  in  alkaliue  solution 
it  is  converted  into  nitrodehydrothiotoluidine — 


/S\n 


N02.C6rT 


c.ci;H,.cir;, 


from    which    dehydrothiotoluidine    can    be    obtained     by 
reduction  with  tin  and  hydrochloric  acid. 

Dehydrothiotoluidine  can  also  be  obtained  by  treating  the 
dichloride  mentioned  above  with  paratoluidiue  to  convert 
it  into  the  amidine — 

,N.CCH4.CH3 
N02CGH4.C^ 

XNH.C|1H,.CH:) 

and  heating  the  latter  with  carbon  bisulphide  at  200',  when 
it  is  converted  into  the  thiamide. — 1<\  8.  K. 


Juloles.     W.   Kaiser   and   A.   Reissert.     Ber.   25,    1892, 
1190—1192. 

When  ethyl  ethylacetoaeetate  is  boiled  with  tetrahydro- 
quinoline  there  is  formed  a  crystalline  substance  which 
the  authors  name  Keto-ethylmethyljuloline.  On  treating 
this  substance  with  phosphorus  pentachloride  it  yields  au 
indigo-blue  dye  containing  chlorine,  which  is  probably  an 
analogue  of  julole  violet  (compare  Reissert,  Ber.  25,  121)  ; 
the  dye  is  readily  decomposed  with  separation  of  hydrogen 
chloride,  being  converted  into  a  compound  having  a  similar 
shade,  and  which  is  insoluble  in  water. — F.  S.  K. 


The  Manufacture  of  Tetrabromofluorescein.  C.  Miihl- 
hauser.  Dingl.  I'olyt.  J.  284,  1892,  21—23  and  4G  —  47. 
(See  also  this  Journal,  1887,  283.) 

Fluorescein  is  dissolved  by  means  of  caustic  soda  in  the 
steam- jacketed  pan  A,  and  bromine  is  dissolved  in  a  similar 
pun  Aa  (see  Figs.  1  and  2). 

The  resulting  solutions  are  allowed  to  cool  and  aie  then 
siphoned  into  the  wooden  vat  B,  and  diluted  with  water. 
Hydrochloric  acid  is  run  in  from  the  barrel  C,  the  whole  is 
boiled  with  open  steam,  diluted  and  allowed  to  settle.  The 
liquor  is  run  off  into  the  vat  E,  and  after  one  or  two  wash- 
ings the  colour  is  finally  brought  on  to  the  filtering  trough 
D,  where  it  is  drained.  The  liquor  in  E  is  allowed  to  stand 
for  about  12  hours  and  is  then  filtered  through  D.,.  The 
colour  in  D2  passing  on  to  the  succeeding  batch,  that  "from  I) 
being  dried  on  the  trays  F.  To  obtain  a  soluble  product 
several  methods  are  adopted.  Either  gaseous  ammonia  is 
passed  over  the  material  (see  previous  abstract)  or  if  is 
dissolved  in  caustic  soda  and  the  solution  obtained  evapo- 
rated ;  or  else  the  product  is  dissolved  in  alcoholic  soda 
and  the  sodium  salt  subsequently  crystallised  out.  The 
last-mentioned  method  gives  the  purest  product  and  is 
carried  out  as  shown  in  Figs.  1  and  2.  The  tretrabromo- 
rluoresce'in    is    dissolved  in  warm    alcoholic    soda    in    the 


674 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Aug.  si,  uu. 


Fig.  1. 


y~       ! 


The  Manli  uti  be  of Tetrabkomofldorhsck'in. 
Fig.  3. 


iwr 


Fig.  4. 
l'j  W  ion  Mini  facturf.  ok  Tetrabromofltjorbsi  l  l\. 


tns.sx.X89a.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


075 


copper  pun  G  provided  with  water-jacket  and  the  solution 
thus  obtained  is  run  into  the  wooden  vat  H,  where  it  cools. 
The  sodium  salt  separates  out  in  crystalline  condition  and 
tlic  alcoholic  molten  liquor  is  then  siphoned  off  into  the 
trough  h,  whence  it.  flows  to  the  pressure  cylinder  K  to  be 
forced  to  the  rectifying  apparatus.  The  crystals  obtained 
ia  the  vats  are  drained  on  canvas  filters. 

lu  the  preceding  method  of  manufacture,  bromiuation 
was  performed  without  the  aid  of  alcohol ;  in  brominating 
however,  in  presence  of  alcohol,  the  plan  sketched  in  Figs. 
3  and  4  is  used. 

The  whole  plant  consists  of  three  parts  (1)  brominating 
cylinders,  (2)  apparatus  for  recovery  of  alcohol,  (3)  plant 
for  transforming  the  product  into  a  soluble  salt.  The 
necessary  quantity  of  spirit  is  fed  into  three  or  more  of 
the  enamelled  east-iron  pots  A  in  the  following  manner  ; 
K;  is  a  wrought-iron  stock  tank  from  which  the  spirit  is 
run  to  the  measuring  vessel  M  whence  it  is  forced  to  the 
pots  A.  Fluorescein  is  stirred  in  and  bromine  is  added  with 
continual  stirring.  After  the  whole  has  stood  for  several 
days  the  alcoholic  liquor  is  run  by  aid  of  the  troughs  a  to 
the  cylinder  B.  A  second  quality  of  product  is  obtained 
from  this  liquor  by  adding  water  aud  then  filtering  through 
the  filter-press  (.',  the  liquor  running  finally  to  D. 

The  colour  in  the  pots  A  is  washed  with  fresh  alcohol, 
the  washings  running  by  way  of  a  to  B,  whence  the  liquid 
is  forced  by  air  pressure  to  D.  The  eosin  in  the  pots  is 
transferred  to  woollen  filters,  and  then  pressed  and  the  cakes 
dried  o'>  enamelled  plates  on  the  water-bath.  The  dried  eosin 
is  then  converted  into  the  ammonium  salt  by  passing  dry 
ammonia  over  it.  The  ammonia  is  obtained  from  the  pan 
O,  then  dried  by  caustic  soda  in  P  and  passed  over  the 
rosin  spread  upon  wooden  trays  contained  in  Q.  A  specially 
good  product  is  got  by  transforming  tetrabromofluorescein 
into  the  sodium  salt. 

The  acid  alcoholic  liquors  in  D  are  neutralised  with  milk 
of  lime  aud  forced  through  d  to  the  rectifying  apparatus, 
where  it  is  worked  up  to  96 — 97  per  cent,  spirit.  G  is  the 
dephlegmator,  H  the  condenser  ;  L  serves  for  regulating  the 
pressure,  and  I  for  parting  of  the  distillates  ;  first  runnings 
pass  into  K,  96 — 97  per  cent.  ■  product  to  K2  and  final 
distillate  to  K:i.  After  the  distillation  is  completed,  the 
bromide  residues  are  run  into  R,  whence  they  are  forced  to 
the  bromine  regeneration  apparatus. — T.  L.  B. 


The  Manufacture  of  Fluorescein.  Otto  Miihlhauser. 
Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  283,  1892,  182. 
In  a  former  paper  (Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  263,  49  ;  this  Journal, 
1887,  p.  2S3)  the  author  described  two  methods  for  the 
manufacture  of  the  mother-substance  of  the  eosins.  He 
describes  now  the  plant  employed  in  this  process,  which  latter 
essentially  consists  in  the  treatment  of  phthalic  acid  and 
resorcinol,  with  or  without  zinc  chloride,  at  a  temperature 
of  ISO  C.  The  melt  so  obtained  is  purified  by  dissolving  it 
in  caustic  soda,  re-precipitating  with  hydrochloric  acid,  aud 
subsequently  drying  the  well-washed  precipitate. 

1.  The  melt  is  produced  in  a  pan  a,  which  is  heated  in 
an  oil-bath  b.  The  whole  arrangement  is  heated  in  the 
furnace  A  (sec  Figs.  1  and  3). 


Fig.  In. 


Fig.  3. 
Plant  for  Preparation  of  Fluorescein. 

2.  The  melt  is  dissolved  in  the  apparatus  B  (Fig.  3),  which 
is  provided  with  a  large  aperture  for  working,  and  can  be 
closed  air-tight.  Pipe  6  is  in  connexion  with  an  air- 
compressor,  and  serves  to  force  the  contents  of  the  apparatus 
over  into  C.  Above  the  manhole  of  the  apparatus  steam  and 
water  connexions  are  arranged. 

3.  C  is  a  filter-box  for  the  filtration  of  the  alkaline 
fluorescein  solution. 

4.  D  is  a  vat  for  the  reception  of  the  filtrate,  and  precipi- 
tation of  the  fluorescein. 

5.  E  is  a  filter-box  for  the  filtration  of  the  contents  of  D. 

6.  F  are  drying-pans  for  the  precipitated  and  washed 
fluorescein.  The  pans  are  constructed  on  the  principle  of  a 
water-bath  which  is  heated  by  steam. 

This  plant  is  calculated  for  an  output  of  36  kilos,  of 
fluorescein  per  day. — C.  0.  W. 


The  Manufacture  oj  Eosin  soluble  in  Alcohol  (Ethyleosin) 
Otto  Miillhiiuser.     Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  283,  1892, '210. 

In  a  former  paper  (Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  263,  49  and  99;  this 
Journal,  1887,  p.  283)  for  the  manufacture  of  tetrabromo- 
ethyl-fluorescein,  which  is  the  eosin  soluble  in  alcohol  of 
commerce,  the  bromination  aud  etherification  are  performed 
in  one  operation  by  the  treatment  ot  a  hot  solution  of 
fluorescein  in  alcohol  with  bromine.  The  apparatus  employed 
for  the  process  is  represented  in  Figs.  1  and  2,  and  consists 
essentially  of  a  steam-jacketed  pan  A  and  a  condenser  B. 
The  inside  of  the  pan  A  (Fig.  2)  and  also  the  agitator  a 
are  enamelled,  and  the  lid  of  the  pan  is  provided  with  the 
connections  b  aud  c,  manhole,  the  stuffing-box  e  for  the 
agitator,  and  a  gauge-glass.  On  the  bottom  of  the  steam- 
jacket  A'  an  outlet  i  for  the  waste  steam  is  provided.     The 


Fig.  1. 


676 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Aug.  31,  ism: 


lead  coil  of  the  condenser  B  is  connected  with  pan  A  by 
means  of  the  copper  elbow  k  and  the  brass  tap  /.  On  the 
top  of  the  condenser  the  glass  bottle  D,  provided  with  a 
glass  tap,  is  so  arranged  that  the  bromine  contained  in  the 
bottle  can  be  introduced  iuto  the  pan  A  through  the  glass 
tube  m  and  the  brass  tap  n.  Beneath  the  overflow  of  the 
lead  coil  the  jug  E  is  placed. 

In  working  with  this  plant,  the  pan  A  (Figs.  1  and  2)  is 
first  charged  with  the  required  quantity  of  alcohol ;  then  the 
agitator  is  started,  and  the  fluorescein  added  through  the 
manhole,  which  is  then  closed.  As  soon  as  the  alcohol  is 
boiling,  the  bromine  contained  in  the  glass  bottle  D  is  added, 
when  a  violent  reaction  takes  place.  Should  any  liquid  be 
ejected  from  the  end  of  the  coil,  it  will  be  caught  in  the  jug 
shown  in  Fig.  2.  As  soon  as  all  the  bromine  has  been  added, 
the  taps  /  and  n  are  closed,  and  the  mass  heated  for  some 
time  under  a  pressure  of  li  atmospheres  (23  lb.).  The 
whole  is  then  left  to  eoo!,  subsequently  the  lid  is  removed, 
the  supernatant  acid  alcohol  siphoned  off  into  the  jars  C 
(Fig.  I),  and  the  remaining  eosin  acid  thrown  on  to  asbestos 
filters.     The  cake  of  eosin  acid   so  obtained  is   washed  in 


Fig.  2. 


succession  with  alcohol  and  water  in  the  enamelled  pan  D 

(Fig.  1 ),  filtered  again,  pressed,  and  dried  on  the  steam  pan  I. 
In  order  to  render  the  eosin-acid  soluble,  it  is  suspended  in  the 
pan  F  in  a  mixture  of  water  and  alcohol,  heated  to  boiling, 
and  the  necessary  quantity  of  caustic  potash,  which  is 
contained  in  the  bottle  x,  added  to  it.  After  a  few  days' 
standing  the  apparatus  is  opened,  the  mother- liquor 
siphoned  off  into  the  jars  G,  the  green  crystals  thrown  on  a 
filter,  pressed,  washed  again  with  water  in  the  pan  H, 
filtered  and  pressed  again,  and  eventually  dried  on  (he 
strain  pans  I. — C.  0.  W. 


Apparatus  for  the  Mantjpactdre  of  Ethvi.-eosix. 


Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Ammonium 
Sails.     Otto  Muhlb&uscr.     Dingl.  Po'lyt.  J.  283,  1892,  2:'.4. 

The  eosin  acids  can  be  converted  into  ammonium  salts  by 
passing  over  them  a  dry  current  of  ammonia,  and  in  a  similar 
manner  the  ammonium  salts  of  many  other  acids  may  he 
obtained.  The  acids  employed  must  be  perfectly  dry.  very 
finely  powdered,  and  remain  in  this  condition  at  the  tempe- 
ratures at  which  the  reaction  takes  place.  The  apparatus 
used  consists  of  three  parts. 

1.  The  ammonia  still  A   with  manhole  a  and   flu 

The  still  A  is  fixed  in  a  furnace,  and  by  means  of  the 
pipes  c  connected  with  the  drier  B. 

2.  The  drier  1!  is  provided  with  a  manhole  through  which 
it  is  filled  with  the  drying  material,  which  consists  of  caustic 
soda  in  lumps.  The  wet  gas  enters  the  drier  at  d,  and  the 
dried  gas  passes  at /into  the  pipe  g,  which  conveys  it  to  the 
box  C.  ('n  the  bottom  of  the  drier  a  tap  is  provided, 
through  which  the  liquid  caustic  soda  is  drawn  off  from 
time  to  time. 

3.  The  box  C  contains  30  frames  covered  with  cloth.  The 
oox  is  provided  with  a  tight-fitting  door  i",  containing  a 
number  of  holes  intended  for  drawing  samples.  These 
holes  are  closed  with  stoppers. 

When  the  drier  B  is  filled  with  lumps  of  caustic  soda,  the 
dry  acid  to  be  converted  into  an  ammonium  salt  is  spread 
upon  the  frames  of  the  box  C  and  the  door  of  the  latter 
closed.  The  ammonia  still  A  is  then  filled  with  a  mixture 
of  milk  of  lime  and  powdered  sal-ammoniae.  the  lid  put  on, 
and  the  fire  lighted.  The  slow  current  of  gaseous  ammonia 
is  dried  in  B  and  absorbed  in  C,  and  the  operation  in  C 
interrupted  as  soon  as  the  samples  drawn  are  found  to  be 
completely  converted  into  ammonium  salts. —  C.  0.  W. 


Section.  Flrtjln  n 


Apparatus  fob   rai    Preparation  ofAmmonh    i  Salts. 


Aug.  81. 1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


677 


The  Manufacture  of  Iod-Eosin.     Otto  Miihlhiiuser. 
Dingl,  Polyt.  J.  283,  1892,  258. 

The  iodising  of  the  fluorescein  is  curried  out  very  much  in 
the  same  way  as  the  hromination,  hut  instead  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  acetic  acid  is  used  for  completing  the  reaction. 
The  fluorescein  is  dissolved  in  the  water-jacketed  pan  A, 


whilst  in  a  similar  pan  A'  (see  plan)  the  iodine  is  dissolved  in 

caustic  soda,  and  the  two  solutions  arc  mixed  in  a  vat  15. 
On  addition  of  acetic  acid,  iod-eosin  is  precipitated.  The 
supernatant  liquor  is  siphoned  off  and  the  precipitate 
collected  on  a  filter  C.  In  I)  all  the  mother-liquors  from 
the  precipitate  are  collected. 


2  J  *  5 


) 

i 


r       /t         5         o 


For  refining  purposes  the  precipitated  product  is  dissolved 
in  a  pan  V  in  an  insufficient  quantity  of  alkali,  when  the 
pan  is  closed  air-tight,  and  the  contents,  hy  means  of  com- 
pressed air,  are  pressed  through  the  filter-press  G  into  H. 
The  eosin  is  now  again  precipitated  with  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid,  boiled,  diluted  with  water,  the  supernatant  liquor  run 
oft',  and  the  precipitate  collected  on  the  woollen  filter ,/. 
The  filter-residue  is  subsequently  dried  in  the  diving  pans 
K  1  to  -1.  After  drying  the  eosiu-acid  is  passed  through  a 
fine  sieve,  spread  on  frames,  and  in  the  box  X  exposed  to  a 
dry  current  of  gaseous  ammonia.  This  is  evolved  in  L, 
M  being  the  drying  cylinder. 

From  the  mother-liquor  contained  in  the  wooden  vat  1) 
the  iodine  is  recovered  by  adding,  for  every  24  kilos,  of 
iodine  used,  45  kilos,  of  sulphuric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  I  '84,  and 
a  solution  of  7  kilos,  of  bichromate  of  soda  in  42  litres  of 
water.  The  iodine  is  obtained  in  the  shape  of  a  greyish- 
black  precipitate.  After  the  precipitate  has  settled  the 
supernatant  liquor  is  run  off  and  the  iodine  collected  on  the 
filter  E.  The  iodine  so  obtained  is  washed  on  the  filter, 
then  pressed,  and  subsequently  returned  again  into  the 
circle  of  operations.  Six  kilos,  cf  fluorescein  require  24  kilos, 
of  pure  iodine  ;  with  the  recovered  iodine  from  a  previous 
operation  only  9i  kilos,  of  fresh  iodine  are  required. 

_____  — C.  O.  W. 

Formation    of  Allocinnamic    Acid  from    Phenylpropiolic 
Arid.     C.  Liebermann  and  W.  Schmolz.     lier.  25,  1892, 
900—951. 

The  authors  have  obtained  allocinnamic  acid  almost 
quantitatively  from  the  "  new "  bromocinnamic  acid  of 
Michael  and  Browne  (Ber.  19,  1378,  and  20,  552)— one  of 
the  hydrobromic  acid  addition  compounds  of  phenylpro- 
piolic acid — by  boiling  the  same  with  zinc  filings  (2  parts) 
and  absolute  alcohol  (lOparts).  To  isolate  it,  the  alcoholic 
solution  which  contains  it,  apparently  along  with  a  small 
quantity  of  isocinnamic  acid,  partially  in  the  form  of  zinc 
salt,  was  poured  from  the  unattacked  zinc,  diluted  with  two 
volumes  of  water  and  evaporated  on  the  water-bath  to 
dispel  the  alcohol  ;  the  acid  was  then  liberated  with  hydro- 


Si 


chloric  acid  and  extracted  with  ether,  the  ethereal  solution 
evaporated,  and  the  residue,  which  on  cooling  set  to  a  mass 
of  crystals  of  melting  point  57°,  purified  by  (1)  conversion 
into  the  easily-soluble  calcium  salt;  (2J  crystallisation 
from  light  petroleum ;  (3)  fractional  precipitation  from 
benzene  by  aniline  (the  aniline  salt  of  allocinnamic  acid 
melts  at  833,  and  that  of  phenylpropiolic  acid,  which  is  less 
soluble  in  benzene,  at  130°,  whilst  hydrocinnamic  acid  is 
not  precipitated  from  benzene  by  aniline);  and  (4)  decom- 
position of  the  aniline  salt.  The  purified  acid  melted  at  G8°, 
and  possessed  the  composition  and  characteristic  properties 
of  allocinnamic  acid.  The  phenylpropiolic  acid  hydro- 
bromide  used  in  the  above  experiment  reduces  alkaline 
solutions  of  potassium  permanganate  without  forma- 
tion of  benzaldehyde,  and  must,  accordingly,  have  its 
bromine  atom  attached  to  a  /3-carbon  atom  (Erlenmeyer, 
Ber.  23,  8130).  The  authors,  however,  reserve  their  views 
as  to  the  constitution  of  allocinnamic  acid  until  they  have 
determined  the  action  of  zinc  on  an  alcoholic  solution  of  the 
second  hydrobromic  acid  addition  compound  of  phenylpro- 
piolic acid  described  by  Michael  and  Browne  {loc.  cit.~). 

— E.  B. 


Anisolines,  a  Class  of  New  Dycsluffs.     M.  P.  iUonnet. 

Bull.  Soc.  Ch'im.  7-  8  [14],  523—527. 

In    1882  the  first   phthalein  was  prepared,  derived  from  an 

amidophenol.     Phthalic   anhydride   was   for   this    purpose 

treated  with  wi-hydroxydiphenylaniine — 

/CO.  /NHC,;ir-, 

C(iH ./         >0   +   2C1,If1< 
\r.n/  \qh 


C<  i 

Cr,H,(    \o 

\  X  /  C.H,  < 


NHC„II, 

NC6H  / 

NKrHC6H3 

Diphenylated  Phthalein. 


II,  i 


678 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Aug.  81, ;««. 


This  phthalein  is  a  violet  colouring  matter,  soluble  in 
alcohol.  Its  sulphonate  is  soluble  in  water.  More  recently 
the  rhodamiues  were  discovered,  and  these  are  simply 
formed  upon  the  above  type,  and  are  derivatives  of  the  di- 
alkylised  m-amidophenols  and  di-alkylised  amido-cresols. 
The  general  formula  representing  them  at  the  moment  of 
formation  is  thus  exhibited — 


3C6H 4<  >0    +    2C6H  / 

\  CO  /  x  ( 


-on 


,co 

C6H4(\o  NR' 


Nc6h3>    J[c^\coonh 


-"*  K' 


Rhodamine  Pbthalate. 


From  this  it  will  be  observed  that  in  this  rhodamine 
structure  there  is  an  internal  anhydride  formed  at  the 
expense  of  two  phenolic  groups.  The  work  of  Baeyer  has 
proved  that  fluorescein  under  the  influence  of  an  aqueous 
alkaline  solution  fixes  one  molecule  of  water  upon  the  oxygen 
atom  of  the  anhydride  so  as  to  reproduce  the  phenolic 
hydroxyls.  These  two  newly-formed  hydroxyls  then 
promptly  exchange  their  hydrogen  atoms  for  the  alkaline 
metal.  The  mode  of  formation  of  the  anisolines  is  a 
further  proof  of  the  correctness  of  this  interpretation  of 
the  constitution  of  the  phthalei'us.  The  anisolines  are 
theoretically  formed  when  we  replace  in  the  rhodamines  the 
phenolic  metallic  groups  by  some  simple  alcoholic  radicles, 
methyl,  ethyl,  amyl,  &c,  or  substituted  ones  like  benzyl, 
&c. 

By  the  action  of  phthalic  anhydride  on  anisolated  m-  i 
amidophenol,  the  corresponding  anisolines  are  not  obtainable. 
But  the  case  is  different  if  after  the  reaction  giving  birth  to 
the  rhodamine,  this  latter  be  transformed  into  its  potassium 
salt.  In  this  case  the  two  metallic  atoms  will  be  replaceable 
by  two  alcoholic  radicles.  Thus  then,  the  formation  of  the 
anisolines  means  the  destruction  of  this  inner  anhydride. 

To  illustrate  the  transformation  of  a  rhodamine  into  an 
anisoline,  the  simplest  case  is  taken,  that  of  the  derivatives 
of  the  di-ethyl-/H-amido-phenol.  The  preparation  of  the 
potassium  salt  is  effected  by  dissolving  at  the  boiling  point 
100  gnus,  of  rhodamine  hydrochloride  in  500  gnus,  of 
water.  This  solution  is  then  poured  into  another,  also 
boiling,  of  50  grms.  of  caustic  potash  dissolved  in  200  grms. 
of  water.  The  potassium  salt  is  at  once  precipitated  in  the 
crystalline  state,  and  less  soluble  hot  than  cold.  It  filters 
rapidly.  Dried  at  100°,  it  is  anhydrous  and  forms  a  red 
powder  ;  dried  at  a  low  temperature,  it  contains  2  mols.  of 
water,  and  consists  of  beautiful  small  crystals  with  a  beetle-  ; 
green  reflex.  The  transformation  into  anisoline  is  effected 
thus:  — 10  grins,  of  the  potassium  salt  dried  at  100"  are 
dissolved  in  30  grms.  of  strong  alcohol,  the  whole  introduced  ] 
into  a  glass  tube,  the  latter  cooled,  5  grms.  of  pure  chloride  ■ 
of  ethyl  are  added,  and  the  tube  sealed.  The  chloride  can  ! 
be  replaced  by  an  equivalent  quantity  of  either  bromide  or  ' 
iodide.  The  tube  is  now  heated  for  four  hours  at  120°  C. 
The  product  of  the  reaction  is  then  poured  into  about  300 
gnr.s.  of  water,  heated  to  loo3  for  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour 
to  expel  alcohol  and  ethyl  chloride  in  excess,  and  then  treated  , 
with  5  grms.  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
solution  of  anisoline  hydrochloride  obtained  is  then  filtered 
off  and  precipitated  with  common  salt  in  sufficient  quantity. 
<  in  cooling,  the  hydrochloride  is  deposited  at  the  bottom  of 
the  vessel  in  a  syrupy  state.  It  is  finally  collected, 
drained,  dried  OD  the  water-bath,  and  pulverised,  when  it 
appears  as  a  green  metallic  iridescent  powder,  very  soluble 
in  cold  water,  and  less  in  warm.  Anisoline  is  formed 
thus  — 


/CO 
C6H4<     \0 

-    /^"s  \OK 


/C3HS 

N  ' 
C«Ha  /       \(',IL 


\C6H3/0K/C2H5 


+      2  C,H,C1     = 


Potassium  Salt  of  Bhodamine. 
CO 


X  S  C2H5 

<•  C2H, 


C°H<\>°CH    / 

C  /  \  0C*Hs 

Xn<c:h: 


+      2  KC'l 


Anisoline. 

If  benzylated  anisolines  are  required,  the  temperature 
employed  should  be  140°  C.  The  sulphonated  derivatives 
are  very  easily  formed. 

The  benzylated  diethyl-»i-amidophenolphthalein  sulphonic 
acid  is  thus  prepared.  The  phthale'in  in  the  state  of  base 
is  treated  cold  in  a  glass  balloon  or  bolt-head  with  two  parts 
of  ordinary  sulphuric  acid  ;  the  solution  completed,  little  by 
little  four  parts  of  fuming  acid  with  20  per  cent,  of  anhydride 
are  added.  The  temperature  is  then  gradually  raised  until 
a  small  sample  of  the  mixture  is  perfectly  soluble  in  a 
solution  of  caustic  soda.  This  is  usually  effected  by  using 
a  temperature  of  about  50°,  and  in  no  case  is  it  necessary  to 
pass  80°  0.  When  the  contents  of  the  balloon  are  quite 
cool,  they  are  poured  into  an  excess  of  ice,  and  treated  with 
chalk  to  absorb  free  acid.  The  sulphate  of  lime  separated 
on  filtration  is  several  times  washed.  The  solutions  are 
reduced  by  evaporation,  filtered  hot,  treated  v.ith  carbonate 
of  soda  or  potash,  according  to  the  salt  desired,  evaporated 
to  dryness,  after  previous  separation  by  filtering  from 
calcium  carbonate. 

The  sodium  salt  is  a  powder  of  a  bright  rose  colour. 
Generally,  the  anisolines  produce  on  dyeing  shades  of  a 
more  violet  hue  than  those  of  the  rhodamines  from  which 
they  are  derived. 

They  dye  all  textile  fibres  a  magnificent  violet  red,  and 
especially  cotton,  without  the  intervention  of  mordants. 
The  resistance  of  the  anisolines  to  light  is  superior  to  that 
of  the  greater  portion  of  the  aniline  colours. — W.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters. 
II.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  Kalle  and  Co.,  Biebrich-on- 
the-Rhine,  Germany.     Fng.  Pat.  12,589,  July  24,  1891. 

Certain  products  of  the  reaction  of  fuming  sulphuric  acid 
on  phenylrosinduline  are  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  15,259  of 
1888  (this  Journal,  1889,  877).  According  to  the  present 
invention,  valuable  products  are  obtained  from  the  same 
base  by  the  action  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  By 
heating  1  part  of  phenylrosinduline  with  10—  20  parts  of 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  to  150° — 170°  C.  the  disulphonic 
acid  mentioned  in  Claim  II.  of  the  above  patent  is  pro- 
duced. On  further  heating,  this  disulphonic  acid  is 
converted  into  a  new  disulphonic  acid  distinguished  by  the 
prefix  (3.  It  is  very  easily  soluble  in  water  aisd  alcohol, 
and  dyes  wool  a  bluer  shade  than  the  disulphonic  acid 
previously  known.  The  salts  of  the  new  disulphonic  acid 
when  heated  with  water  under  pressure  give  a  monosul- 
phonic  acid  of  rosindone  of  the  formula  C,,H13N2OS03H, 
whereas  the  disulphonic  acid  hitherto  known,  when  treated 
in  the  same  way,  yields  rosindone,  C2jHI4N20.  By  further 
heating  the  mixture  of  phenylrosinduline  and  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  a  sulphonic  acid  is  obtained,  which  is  not 
precipitated  from  its  aqueous  solution  by  mineral  acids  in 
which  reaction  it  differs  from  the  ^-disulphonic  aeid.  The 
method  given  for  the  preparation  of  the  0-disulphouie  aeid 
is  as  follows : — A  mixture  of  1  kilo,  of  phenylrosinduline 
and  15  kilos,  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  is  heated  for 
about   12  hours  to  170°  C,  until  a  sample  precipitated  with 


Aug.  31,1892.1        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


679 


water  and  filtered  is  easily  soluble  in  pure  cold  water.  The 
melt  is  1  hen  poured  into  7. "i  litres  of  water,  the  precipitate 
filtered  ofl  and  dissolved  in  alcohol,  when  any  ct-disulphonic 
acid  present  remains  undissolved.  The  alcoholic  solution  is 
then  evaporated  to  crystallisation.  The  0-disulphonic  acid 
gives  a  bright-green  solution  with  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid,  thus  showing  a  similar  reaction  to  the  sulphonic  acids 
of  phenylrosindulme  already  known.  It  appears  to  resemble 
the  trisulphonie  acid  of  Ger.  Pat.  B.  11,280  of  April  9, 
1891,  but  is  somewhat  less  soluble.  For  practical  purposes 
it  is  unnecessary  to  separate  the  acids  as  above.  After 
pouring  the  melt  into  water,  salt  is  added  to  produce  the 
sodium  salt,  and  the  dyestuff  thug  separated  is  filter-pressed 
and  dried.— T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Azo-Colours.  Read, 
Hoiliday,  and  Sons,  Limited,  Huddersfield,  and  A.  G. 
Brookes,  London.  Kng.  Pat.  11,395,  July  4,  1891. 
l!KX/.KNK-Azo-a-NArHTHYi,AMi.\E,  or  one  of  its  homologues, 
such  as  o-tolueue-azo-a-naphthylamine,  or  a  sulphonic  acid 
of  the  same,  is  capable  of  combining  with  a  tetrazo-com* 
pound  (one  molecular  proportion  of  each)  to  form  an 
intermediate  compound  which  will  combine  with  a  phenol 
or  amine  or  their  sulphonic  or  carboxylic  acids  to  form  new 
dyestuffs.  The  following  proportions  are  given  for  the 
formation  of  a  dark  blue  colouring  matter,  which  dyes 
unmordauted  cotton  from  a  neutral  bath  containing  salt : — 
34*9  lb.  of  benzene-azo-a-naphthylamiue  sodium  mono- 
sulphonate  are  dissolved  in  200  gallons  of  water  and  mixed 
with  100  gallons  of  a  paste  containing  39' 2  lb.  of  tetrazo- 
stilbene-disulphonic  acid.  After  stirring  for  about  six  hours, 
a  solution  of  14  o  lb.  of  o-naphthylamine  and  14' 5  lb.  of 
li\  drochloric  acid  of  22°  B.  in  100  gallons  of  water  is  added, 
and  the  whole,  during  constant  agitation,  is  slowly  treated 
with  20  lb.  of  sodium  carbonate  in  20  gallons  of  water. 
This  operation  takes  about  six  hours  and  the  stirring  is  then 
continued  for  12  hours  more.  The  dyestuff  can  then  be 
precipitated  with  salt,  filter-pressed,  and  dried.  As  the 
colouring  matters  contain  an  amido  group  they  can  be 
diazotised  and  will  then  combine  with  phenols  or  amines,  &c. 
to  form  new  dyestuffs,  and  this  operation  can  be  carried  out 
on  the  fibre  by  passing  the  fabric  dyed  with  the  colouring 
matter  through  a  bath  containing  nitrous  acid,  and  after 
washing  it,  impregnating  the  fibre  with  a  solution  of  an 
amine  or  a  phenol,  or  a  sulphonic  or  caiboxylic  acid  of  the 
same.^T.  A.  L. 


The  Manufacture  and  Production  of  New  Sulpho- Acids, 
and  of  Xcic  Colouring  Matters  therefrom.  J.  Y.  John- 
son, London.  From  the  "  Badische  Anilin  hnd  Soda 
Fabrik,"  Ludwigshafeu,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  14,294, 
August  24,  1891.     (Second  Edition.) 

These  colouring  matters  are  produced  by  the  action  of 
diazo  compounds  on  sulphonic  acids  of  LI'  dihydroxy- 
naphthalene  which  has  already  been  employed  in  the  forma- 
tion of  dyestuffs  (Eng.  Pat.  6874  of  1890;  this  Journal, 
1891,249).  About  lo  kilos,  of  1- 1' dihydroxynaphthalene 
are  slowly  added  to  40  kilos,  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid, 
containing  95  per  cent.  H2S04,  at  about  10° — 15  C.  The 
temperature  is  then  raised  to  50°  for  about  45 — 50  minutes, 
or  until  a  sample  dissolves  to  a  clear  solution  in  water. 
After  cooling  the  melt  it  is  poured  into  200  litres  of  ice 
water  and  neutralised  with  a  saturated  solution  of  barium 
hydrate.  The  barium  sulphate  is  filtered  off  and  well 
washed  with  hot  water.  The  filtrates,  which  should  only 
be  slightly  alkaline,  are  then  boiled  down  to  about  260  kilos. 
and  the  solution  allowed  to  cool,  when  the  barium  salt  of  a 
sulphonic  acid  crystallises  out.  This  is  called  barium 
salt  I.  The  filtrate,  together  with  the  washings  of  the 
first  crystallisation,  is  further  evaporated  to  about  50  kilos, 
when  a  barium  salt  II.  is  obtained  on  cooling.  The  ruother- 
licpior  contains  a  barium  salt  III.  All  these  barium  salts 
can  he  converted  in  the  well  known  manner  into  their  sodium 
salts  by  dissolving  them  in  boiling  water  and  adding  the 
necessary  quantity  of  sodium  carbonate  or  sulphate.     The 


sulphonic  acids  from  the  barium  salts  I  [.  ami  III.  an' of 
value  for  the  production  of  azo  dyes,  and  are  known  respec 
tively  as  1-1'  dihydroxynaphthalene  disulphonic  acid  V, 
and  LI'  dihydroxynaphthalene  disulphonic  acid  It.  In 
order  to  produce  a  colouring  matter  from  the  former  acid, 
a  solution  of  its  sodium  salt  is  titrated  with  diazobenzene 
chloride  in  presence  of  acetic  acid,  and  the  strength  of  the 
solution  so  adjusted  that  it  contains  about  20  per  cent,  of 
Y  acid.  1G0  kilos,  of  this  solution  are  mixed  with  35 
kilos,  of  sodium  acetate  and  diazobenzene  chloride 
solution  added.  The  deep  red  solution  deposits  crystals 
on  standing,  but  if  too  dilute  it  is  advisable  to  raise  it 
to  the  boil  and  add  salt  when  the  dyestuff  crystallises  out 
on  cooling.  In  place  of  sodium  acetate,  the  combination 
may  be  performed  iu  presence  of  14  kilos,  of  calcined  soda, 
but  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  an  excess  of  the  diazo 
compound.  The  colouring  matter  is  precipitated  with  salt, 
fiber-pressed  and  dried,  forming  a  brownish-red  powder 
which  dyts  wool  a  bluish-red  colour  from  an  acid  bath. 
The  dyestuff  from  the  disulphonic  acid  R  gives  a  bluer 
shade  of  red.— T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  and  Production  of 
Colouring  Matters.  The  Clayton  Aniline  Company, 
Limited,  and  J.  Hall,  Clayton,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat. 
15,494,  September  12,  1891. 

If  one  molecular  proportion  of  a  diazo  compound  be  com- 
bined with  one  molecular  proportion  of  m-pheuylene  or 
m-toluylene  diamine  a  chrysoidiue  is  formed.  According  to 
the  present  invention  m-phenylene  diamine  is  capable  of  com- 
bining with  three  molecules  either  of  the  same  or  of  different 
diazo  compounds,  with  the  formation  of  brown  colouring 
matters.  The  first  or  second  or  both  molecular  propor- 
tions of  the  diazo  compounds  should  be  in  the  form  of 
sulphonic  acids  in  order  to  give  useful  compounds.  A 
colouring  matter  giving  brown  shades  on  wool  is  produced 
as  follows  : — 91  kilos,  of  m-phenylene  diamine  hydrochloride 
are  dissolved  in  water,  made  alkaline  with  sodium  carbonate 
and  treated  with  the  diazo  solution  from  158  kilos,  of  sodium 
naphthionate  dissolved  in  water,  100  kilos,  of  hydrochloric 
acid  and  35  kilos,  of  sodium  nitrite.  After  stirring  for  about 
24  hours  a  solution  of  diazo-toluene  chloride  (from  53  kilos, 
of  o-toluidine)  is  run  in,  and  after  a  further  stirring  for  24 
hours  the  same  quantity  of  diazotoluene  chloride  is  added. 
The  solution  is  kept  alkaline  the  whole  time  by  the  addition 
of  sodium  carbonate  or  caustic  soda.  The  solution,  after 
standing  another  day,  is  finally  boiled  up  and  the  colouring 
matter  salted  out,  filter-pressed  and  dried.  By  substituting 
for  the  second  portion  of  o-toluidine  a  solution  of  tetrazo- 
diphenylchloride  (from  46  kilos,  of  benzidine)  a  colouring 
matter  is  obtained  which  dyes  unmordanted  cotton  brown. 

— T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colours,  specially 
applicable  for  Colouring  Photographs.  A.  J.  Iloult, 
London.  From  C.  H.  W.  Brims,  Halberstadt,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  3791,  February  26,  1892. 

110  GEMS,  of  borax  are  dissolved  in  1,250  grms.  of  water. 
This  solution  is  mixed  with  1  kilo,  of  pure  casein,  heated 
near  boiling  point,  and  after  skimmiug  off  any  impurities 
which  will  have  risen  to  the  top,  a  few  minutes  boiling,  and 
afterwards  cooling  in  a  water-bath  finishes  the  operation. 

The    liquid    so   obtained   is  thoroughly    mixed   with  the 
desired  colouring  matter. — C.  O.  W. 


C  2 


680 


THE    JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Aug.Sl,  1892. 


V.-TEXTILES :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc     VI.- 


Origin.     L.  Vignon. 
129—131. 


Rotatory  Power  of  Silks  of  Variou 
Compt.  Rend.  il4,  1892 

As  the  author  has  shown,  the  principal  constituents  of  the 
sill;  of  Bombyx  Mori,  examined  in  caustic  soda  and  hydro- 
chloric acid,  show  a  considerable  action  on  polarised  light. 
The  present  article  consists  of  a  number  of  tables  of  results 
obtained  with  other  silks,  viz.,  Bombyx  Yamma-Mai  ; 
Bomby  c  Dori,  <  Ihina,  Japan,  Madagascar,  Bagdad  (this 
Journal,  1892,  -127).— T.  L.  B. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Silk  and 
Mind  Threads, and  iii  Apparatus  therefor.  V.  Lehner, 
iugsburg,  Germany.  Kng.  Pat.  11,831,  July  11,  1891. 
A  son  thin  of  collodion  in  ether-alcohol  with  addition  of 
acetate  of  soda  or  salts  of  ammonia,  is  kept  in  a  tank 
provided  with  a  gauge  glass  and  carrying  on  the  bottom  a 
tube  which  terminates  in  a  thin  glass  tube.  By  mean-  of 
very  slight  pressure  the  collodion  solution  is  pressed 
through  these  tubes  which  terminate  in  a  vessel  containing 
turpentine,  juniper  oil,  benzoin,  benzol,  petroleum  hydro- 
carbons, or  bisulphide  of  carbon,  so  that  the  thread,  after 
emanating  from  the  nozzle  of  the  tube  passes  through  these 
liquids.  The  ether-alcohol  and  "  vegetable  acid  "  which  is  in 
the  collodion  are  dissolved  by  these  liquids,  and  the  remain- 
ing collodion  is  drawn  into  a  silky  thread.  A  certain 
number  of  the  threads  meet  and  pass  through  or  over  an 
eye  or  gatherer,  and  when  a  mixed  thread  is  to  be  made 
they  are  here  mixed  with  other  threads  coining  from  bobbins. 
The  gathered  threads  are  twisted  by  a  flyer  as  in  spinning, 
and  afterwards  wound  upon  drums. — C.  (I.  \V. 


.-In  Apparatus  for  Testing  the   Strength  of  Cotton,  Wool, 

and  other  Fibres-  in  the  Raw  or  Unmanufactured  State. 
E.  Appenzeller,  Alost,  Belgium,  and  E.  i'illeul,  Alsace, 
Germany  Eng.  Pat.  13,967,  August  19,  1891. 
The  apparatus  which  forms  the  subject  of  this  invention 
consists  of  two  parts,  the  first  of  which  is  a  gauge,  serving 
to  obtain  small  bundles  or  bunches  of  the  fibre  to  be  tested, 
of  a  determined  sectional  area  and  in  the  form  of  a  tlat 
wick.  The  second  part  consists  of  two  vices  with  special 
corrugated  jaws,  in  which  the  two  ends  of  the  above  wick 
can  be  firmly  secured.  Attached  to  one  of  these  vices  is 
a  weighted  platform,  bearing  upon  the  bunch  of  fibres 
under  test,  weight  being  gradually  added  to  the  platform 
until  the  bunch  bleaks,  when  the  breaking  strain  can  be 
readily  ascertained. — C.  O.  W. 


Impiorcd  Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Treatment  of 
Tattle  Fibres  with  Liquids  and  Vapours  or  Gases. 
V..  <  iesslcr,  Met/.iugeu,  Wurtemberg.  Eng.  Pat.  14,657, 
August  29,  1891. 
The  invention  relates  to  a  process  and  apparatus  for 
subjecting  textile  or  spun  fibres  to  the  action  of  circulating 
currents  of  liquids,  vapours,  or  gases.  The  apparatus 
consists  of  a  vessel  of  circular  or  polygonal  cross-section, 
and  provided  with  a  lid  and  perforated  bottom,  and  a 
conical  flange  below  the  lid.  By  means  of  this  flange  the 
vessel  can  be  fitted  air-tight  in  a  chamber.  The  top  of 
the  lid  of  the  vi  --,■]>  ,•  uries  :(  pipe,  which  can  be  connected 
with  a  suitable  pump.  The  goods  to  be  treated  or  dyed 
are  plaeed  in  these  vessels,  anil  alter  the  latter  has  been 
connected  with  the  pump  the  gases  or  liquors  required  are 
forced  through  the  materials  contained  in  the  vessels. 
When  the  operation  is  complete,  the  pump  is  stopped  and 
the  vessels  are  placed  in  a  hydro-extractor.  The  final 
drying  is  effected  by  placing  the  vessels  again  in  a  chamber 
and  forcing  a  current  of  hot  air  through  them. — C.  O.  W. 


-DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  AND  BLEACHING. 

Th     Dyeing    of  Leather.     Leather   Trades   Circular  and 
Rev.  25,  1892,  590— 591. 
See  under  XIV.,  page  G97. 


PATENTS. 

An   Improved    Solution  for    Use   in   the  Dyeing  of  Silk 

Fabrics,  Yarns,  and  Threads.     E.  11.  Truman,  Notting- 
ham.    Eng.  Pat.  111,438,  Juue  19,  1891. 

The  discolouration  to  which  dyed  silk  is  liable  when 
exposed  to  a  damp  atmosphere  or  a  low  temperature,  is 
prevented  by  the  addition  to  the  dye-bath  of  -=~  to  TTT',77f 
part  of  mercuric  chloride,  "  increasing  or  decreasing  the 
proportion  of  mercury  according  to  the  requirements  of 
the  material  operated  upon  and  the  condition  of  the  water 
used."— E.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Dyeing  and  Treatment  of  Cotton  and 
other  Textile  Materials.  E.  and  G.  E.  Sutcliffc,  Halifax. 
Eng.  Pat.  10,678,  June  23,  1891. 

The  mechanism  employed  for  distributing  the  dye-liquor 
in  the  apparatus  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  8270  of  1890  (this 
Journal,  1891,  696),  is  replaced  by  a  cylindrical  or  poly- 
gonal wheel  orframe,  divided  by  partitions  into  compartments 
for  the  reception  of  the  material  to  be  dyed,  and  mounted 
on  a  perforated,  hollow  shaft,  through  which  the  dye-liquor 
is  directly  discharged  into  the  material. 

Claims  arc  further  made  for  a  combination  of  mechanism 
for  successively  conveying  the  raw  cotton,  &c.  to  the 
dyeing  machine,  dyeing,  conveying  to  a  hydro-extractor, 
hydro-extracting,  drying,  and  scutching. — E.  li. 


Improvements  in  tin'  Manufacture  of  Extracts  from  Log- 
wood and  oilier  Dyewoods,  also  in  Preparing  Dyewoods 
for  use  in  Dyeing.  W.  11.  Espeut,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
11,472,  July  6,  1891. 

l.ni.u  hod  and  other  dyewoods  are  powdered  with  rough 
grindstones,  against  which  they  are  pressed.  The  powdered 
wood  is  carried  by  a  stream  of  water  into  a  receiving 
cisteru,  from  which  the  "woody  matter  with  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  water  is  taken  to  other  cisterns  in  which  it  is 
stored  and  allowed  to  ferment  if  desired."  It  is  then 
ready  for  use  in  dyeing.  An  extract  may  be  prepared  by 
"  diffusing" in  succession  several  quantities  of  the  fermented 
wood  with  hot  water,  and  when  the  liquor  so  produced  is 
sufficiently  concentrated,  evaporating  it  down  in  a  vacuum. 

—  E.  B. 


Improvements  in  Machines  for  Printing  Sarees,  Scarves, 

Shawls,  anil  /he  like.      S.   and   J.    Knowles,  Tottington. 
Eng.  Pat.  7184,  April  II,  1892. 

This  invention  relates  to  machines  for  printing  headings 
or  patterns  intermittently,  and  has  for  its  object  the  pro- 
vision of  means  for  arresting  the  rotation  of  the  printing 
rollers  whenever  they  are  out  of  contact  with  the  fabric 
on  the  impression  cylinder  and  recommencing  their  rotation 
in  exact  register  when  they  resume  printing. — E.  II. 


A.ug.si,i892J       THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


681 


VII.-ACIDS.  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

Twenty-Eighth   Animal  Report  on  Alkali,  If c.  Works  by 
the  Chief  Inspector.     Proceedings  during  the  Year  1891, 

presented   to  the  Local   Government   Hoard  and  to  the 
Secretary  for  Scotland.     1802.     (id. 

The  number  of  works  registered  under  the  Alkali  and 
other  Works  Regulation  Act  docs  not  vary  much  from 
ye.ar  to  year,  hi  England  and  Ireland  dining  lS'Jl  there 
were  registered  113  alkali  works  and  7'JS  other  works, 
making  a  total  of  911,     Adding  to  these,   16  alkali  works 


and  121  other  registered  works  in  Scotland  the  total  for 
the  United  Kingdom  is  1,048,  as  against  1,034  in  lS'JO 
(see  27th  Annual  Report  by  Chief  Inspector,  this  Journal 
1891,  635). 

Tables  showing  the  number  of  works  and  also  the 
number  of  separate  processes  under  inspection  are  given, 
and  then  follows  an  interesting  sketch,  which  indicates  the 
nature  of  aa  inspector's  duties  when  making  his  visit  to 
one  of  the  larger  chemical  works,  and  describes  the  rational* 
of  the  method  adopted  for  finding  the  acidity  of  the  mixed 
gases  passing  from  tines  and  chimneys. 

The  following  table  shows  the  average  results  of  the 
inspectors'  tests  of  escaping  gases. 


Table  of  Average  Amount  of  Acid  Gases  escaping  fob  i  m  a  District. 


Dist.  I. 

Ireland. 


Hydrochloric  avid  in  chii 
gases.    Grains  per  cubic  foot 

Hydrochloric  acid.  Amount 
escaping  compared  with  that 
produced.    Per  cent 

Arid  gases  escaping  from  sul- 
phuric acid  chambers  given 
as  sot.  Grains  per  cubic 
I 

Acidity  ef  chimneys  given  as 
SOa.    Grains  per  cubic  foot. . 

Acidity  of  gases  from  manure 
works  given  as  S03.  Grains 
.  r  oubio  toot 


2-260 

r:;sii 
O'S 

0-173 


Dist.  II. 
North  of 


Distill. 
Cheshire, 
X.  Wales. 


Sub-Disf. 


and  part      wid_.s 

•  2K 


r  mi 
0-560 

0-120 


0-050 
1-040 

1-250 

0'UIO 

0-360 


0-103 
2-390 

1-380 

0-640 

6-590 


Dist.  IV. 
East 
Lan- 
cashire 

and 
York- 
shire. 


Dist.V 
South 

Mid- 
land. 


Dist.  VI. 
s,,utli-      Sub-Dist. 
West  of  yjj 

England 


Average. 


0-06S 
1-420 

1-130 
0-5111 

0-420 


0-093 
8-690 

1-200 
0-430 

0-320 


and 

South 
V,  ales. 


l-.-i-.o 

row 

li-.'li'i 


Eastern 
Counties.      1891. 


0-101 


2'  177 


1-220 
0-S70 


1890        1SS9. 


0-081     0-090 


2-1S2      1-950 


1-320      1-280 

0'7ll0      0-700 


0-266       i  0-326      0'307 


1-370 

0-715 

0-349 


The  figures  in  the  above  table  are  obtained  by  taking 
the  average  of  the  tests  in  each  work  and  again  averaging 
these  t"  show  the  general  result  in  each  district  :  a  final 
average  of  these  results  is  then  made  which  when  compared 
with  previous  years  may  be  taken  as  an  indication  of 
the  progress  or  otherwise  made  in  the  country  generally. 
It  is  seen  that  there  is  great  uniformity  in  the  averages 
for  the  three  years  given.  The  detailed  reports  of  the 
various  inspectors  which  are  given  in  the  Appendix  show 
that  the  limits  of  acidity  fixed  by  the  Act  are  very 
rarely  exceeded.  The  limit  fixed  for  the  amount  of  hydro- 
chloric  acid  allowed  to  escape  in  the  mixed  gases  of  a  flue 
or  chimney  is  0*2  grain  per  cubic  foot  of  gases  or  200  grains 
per  1,000  cubic  feet,  and  the  table  shows  that  on  the  average 
actually  only  81  grains  per  1,000  cubic  feet  escapes.  The 
limit  fixed  for  the  total  amount  of  hydrochloric  acid 
escaping  compared  with  that  produced  is  6  per  cent. ;  the 
proportion  on  the  average  that  actually  escapes  is  less  than 
half  this  limit. 

An  increase  in  the  general  acidity  of  the  chimney  gases 
has  doubtless  been  in  part  caused  by  a  new  regulation 
compelling  the  combustion  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen 
coming  from  Clans  kilns,  and  the  consequent  formation  of 
sulphurous  acid.  This  increase  of  acid  is  not  apparent  in 
the  last  table,  because  the  acid  gas  does  not  often  pass  into 
the  chimneys  connected  with  the  salt-cake  department  of 
the  works,  and  it  is  these  which  are  represented  in  the 
table. 

In  passing  sulphuretted  hydrogen  mixed  with  a  limited 
amount  "1"  air  through  a  layer  of  heated  oxide  of  iron,  as 
in  the  Clans  kiln,  although  the  principal  reaction  taking 
place  results  in  the  oxidation  of  the  hydrogen  and  deposition 
of  sulphur,  there  is  also  a  secondary  reaction  taking  place 
simultaneously  which  reverses  the  process,  and  the  sulphur 
vapour  and  water  vapour  react  and  form  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  and  sulphurous  acid.  These  gases  when  allowed 
to  escape   into   the  air  were  a  great  source    of   nuisance  to 


the  neighbourhood  owing  to  the  offensive  smell  of  the 
sulphuretted  hydrogen.  Many  plans  have  been  tried  to 
remedy  this  defect  in  the  Chauce-Claus  process,  but  none 
has  been  completely  successful.  The  chief  inspector  found 
it  therefore  necessary  to  insist  that  in  no  case  should 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  be  discharged  into  the  air,  even  if 
recourse  must  be  had  to  the  unsatisfactory  plan  of  burning 
it  in  a  fire.  This  method  has  been  adopted  in  all  but  two 
of  the  works.  The  loss  of  sulphur  due  to  this  cause  still 
goes  on  and  in  this  way  as  much  as  from  10  to  15  per  cent, 
of  the  sulphur  in  the  tank  waste  is  lost,  probably  amounting 
to  not  less  than  4,000  tons  a  year.  Much  of  the  sulphurous 
acid  thus  generated  may  be  arrested  by  absorption  in  a 
tower  packed  with  limestone,  down  which  water  percolates. 
This  plan  has  been  put  in  operation  at  Messrs.  Chance's 
works  at  Oldbury. 

As  in  former  reports  some  interesting  statistics  are  given 
which  illustrate  the  extent  of  the  operations  carried  on  in 
the  various  classes  of  work  under  inspection. 

Salt  decomposed  in  the  Leblanc  and  ammonia-soda 
processes  (including  Scotland)  : — 


— 

1891. 

1S90. 

1SS9. 

Leblanc  process 

Aninioiija-soda 

Tons. 
567,863 

278,528 

Tolls. 

602,769 
252,260 

Tons. 
584,203 

219.279 

Total 

816,391 

S55.029 

SH-..IS2 

It  is  seen  that  the  ammonia- soda  process  still  continues 
to  gain  ground  against  the  older  Leblanc  process.  A  new 
amuionia-so<la  work  is  in  course  of  erection  in  Cheshire. 


682 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Aug.  si.  1892. 


Amount  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  produced  in  the  United 
Kingdom  : — 


1891. 

L890. 

1889. 

pks 

. 

Tons. 
107.950 

Tons. 
103,138 

Toil-. 

100,711 

lion  works    - 

-       -       - 

6,290 

B,0W 

6,1 1.'. 

Shale  works 

26,600 

•Jt.TSl) 

Coke  and  carbonising 

works 

2.766 

2.795 

Total 

143,606 

134,257 

183,604 

A  considerable  interest  attaches  to  these  figures  as  show- 
ing a  great  advance  in  the  utilisation  of  what  were  once 
waste  products.  At  present  no  commercially  efficient 
process  is  known  by  which  ammonia  and  its  compounds  can 
be  made  by  the  direct  union  of  hydrogen  and  nitrogen. 
1  ntil  a  recent  date  urine  was  the  chief  source  of  ammonia, 
and  men  not  yet  old  can  remember  the  urine  tubs  stationed 
at  the  street  coiners  and  behind  the  mill  doors  of  Leeds  and 
other  woollen  manufacturing  towns.  In  the  putrid  urine 
thus  collected  was  found  the  ammonia  needed  in  the  treat- 
ment of  wool  and  its  preparation  for  the  loom.  Now, 
almost  the  whole  of  the  ammonia  made  is  collected  during 
the  distillation  of  coal,  a  small  quantity  being  obtained 
during  the  distillation  of  bones  and  other  animal  matter. 
The  "  ammonia-water  "  of  gas-works  yields  our  chief  supply, 
next  comes  the  distillation  of  paraffin  oil  shale,  and  follow- 
ing this  rank  the  gases  from  blast-furnaees  in  which  coal  is 
used  for  smelting  iron  ores.  Irstead  of  allowing  these 
gases  to  burn  wastefully  at  the  tops  of  the  furnaces,  as  was 
formerly  done,  they  are  now  conveyed  in  pipes  to  the  boiler 
furnaces,  where  they  arc  burnt  to  generate  steam  for  the 
blowing-engines,  &c,  and  to  the  heating  stoves,  where  the 
heat  of  their  combustion  is  utilised  in  beating  the  blast. 
"  In  so  doing  great  inconvenience  was  experienced  from  the 
tar  and  liquor  which  tended  to  clog  the  pipes,  so  that  a 
system  of  definite  condensing  and  collecting  of  these 
matters  had  to  be  arranged.  It  was  then  found  that  this 
tar  anil  ammonia  had  considerable  value,  and  warranted  the 
erection  of  large  plant  to  collect  them  more  completely. 
Great  expense  was  incurred  to  this  end.  In  one  of  the 
Scotch  iron  works  as  much  as  18  miles  of  3-in.  iron  con- 
densing pipes  are  in  use,  together  with  mechanical  scrubbers 
For  separating  the  tar  and  ammonia  from  the  gas  before  it 
is  burnt.  In  some  of  the  more  extensive  iron  works  as 
large  a  capital  as  70.000Z.  has  been  expended  in  the  erection 
of  apparatus  for  the  eollect'ou  and  manipulation  of  the  tar 
and  ammonia.  To  such  an  extent  has  this  been  found  pro- 
fitable that  there  are  cases  where  more  of  the  capital  invested 
in  an  iron-smelting  work  is  devoted  to  the  collection  and 
treatment  of  the  tar  and  ammonia  than  to  the  production  of 
the  iron  itself,  and  more  profit  is  yielded  by  the  former 
than  by  the  latter,  so  that  it  may  he  said  that  a  strange 
inversion  has  taken  place,  and  that  in  some  cases  iron  has 
become  the  by-product  of  an  iron-smelting  work,  yielding 
the  place  of  the  main  product  to  the  ammonia,  &c. 

•'  The  following  figures  will  bear  out  this  statement : — 
"  Taking  first  Scotland.  The  number  of  blast  furnaces  at 
work  is  77.  Of  these  57  are  provided  with  condensing, 
scrubbing,  and  distilling  apparatus  for  collecting  the  tar, 
ammonia,  &c.  I  am  informed  that  a  blast-furnace  of 
medium  size  costs,  with  its  plant  of  blowing-engines  and  the 
like,  about  7, sou/.,  and  that  the  expenditure  on  the  ammonia 
plant  is  in  excess  of  this ;  so  that  in  Scotland  at  present  the 
apparatus  for  collecting  the  ammonia,  tar,  &c.  from  the 
rases  of  the  iron  blast-furnaces  has  cost  over  444,600/.  A 
joodlv  sum  for  collecting  that  which  was  formerly  thrown 
away!  And  this  must  be  on  the  increase,  for  if  the  outlay 
has  proved  remunerative  when  applied  to  57  out  of  the  77 
es,  one  may  expect  tin-  application  to  be  still  further 
extended. 

"  Iu  England  the  tar  and  ammonia  are  saved  in  only  one 

i   the  iron-smelting  works.     It  is  there  applied  to  the  gas 

coming  from  three  Furnaces,  at  a  cosl  of  12.000Z.  per  furnace, 


which  is  an  expenditure  greater  than  that  incurred  in 
Scotland.  The  resulting  profit  has  fully  justified  the  outlay. 
The  sulphate  of  ammonia  produced  is  probably  quite 
sufficient  to  pay  for  the  interest  on  capital  expended,  while 
the  naphtha,  oils,  and  pitch  obtained  from  the  tar,  bring  up 
the  profit  account  to  a  satisfactory  figure." 

The  chief  use  for  ammonia  is  agricultural,  and  there  need 
be  no  fear  that  if  the  collection  of  ammonia  were  to  become 
more  general  its  price  would  decline  and  the  process  become 
unprofitable,  because  the  demand  for  sulphate  of  ammonia 
as  a  manure  is  practically  unlimited. 

'I'tink  Waste  of  the  Alkali  Works. — At  Widnes  alone, 
500  acres  of  land  are  covered  to  a  depth  of  1 2  feet  by  heaps 
of  old  waste — ten  million  tons,  all  of  which  when  fresh 
contained  15  per  cent,  of  sulphur  in  a  recoverable  form.  In 
its  present  state,  owing  to  oxidation  that  has  taken  place,  it 
is  no  longer  according  to  our  present  knowledge  commercially 
available.  But  in  dealing  with  fresh  waste,  the  Chance- 
Claus  process  has  been  largely  and  successfully  applied. 
"  To  say  that  the  process  is  not  perfect  would  be  true  but 
ungenerous.  It  is  the  best  hitherto  proposed  and  has  already 
proved  a  great  boon  alike  to  the  manufacturers  and  the 
public.  Already  80,000  tons  of  sulphur  have  been  extracted 
from  the  tank  waste  at  a  cost  which  leaves  a  profit  to  the 
manufacturer.  The  present  rate  of  production  is  about 
000  tons  a  week  and  is  fast  increasing.  The  sulphur  made 
is  of  the  purest.  1  believe  I  may  claim  that  the  remarks 
marie  in  my  report  for  1889  in  anticipation  of  this  large 
production  have  been  verified  ;  it  has  not  brought  down  the 
price  of  sulphur,  on  the  contrary,  the  price  during  the  past 
year  has  been  more  than  maintained.  Doubtless  the  extra 
supply  has  been  felt  by  the  Sicilian  producers.  The  amount 
sent  here  from  Sicily  has  diminished.  The  recovered 
sulphur  finds  a  ready  market  at  home,  and  large  quantities 
are  exported  to  the  United  States  and  elsewhere."  The 
desulphurised  waste  has  still  to  be  disposed  of,  but  as 
after-treatment  by  the  Chance  process  it  consists  chiefly  of 
carbonate  of  lime,  it  can  be  deposited  without  fear  of  causing 
a  nuisance.  Attempts  are  being  made  to  use  the  material  in 
cement  making. 

In  section  fi,  Alkali  Act,  it  is  declared  that  "alkali  waste 
shall  not  be  deposited  or  discharged  without  the  best 
practicable  means  being  used  for  effectually  preventing  any 
nuisance  arising  therefrom."  In  view  of  the  success  of  the 
Chance  method  of  treating  the  waste,  the  chief  inspector 
thinks  the  time  has  now  come  when  all  producers  of  tank 
waste  shall  be  called  upon  to  desulphurise  the  waste,  and 
when  the  depositing  of  uutreated  waste  shall  be  considered 
an  offence  under  the  Alkali  Act.  In  response  to  a  letter 
addressed  to  the  directors  of  the  United  Alkali  Company, 
who  are  now  the  largest  producers  of  tank  waste,  the  chief 
inspector  has  received  an  assurance  that  the  whole  of  the 
waste  made  at  St.  Helens  shall  be  brought  under  treatment 
within  six  months,  and  that  at  Widnes  it  will  all  be  under 
treatment  by  the  end  of  1892. 

Chlorine. — No  change  has  been  made  in  the  method  of 
producing  chlorine  for  making  bleaching  powder  and  chlorate 
of  potash,  but  two  works  are  in  course  of  erection  for  making 
chlorine  from  hydrochloric  acid  by  decomposing  it  with 
nitric  acid  instead  of  binoxide  of  manganese.  The  one  work 
is  being  built  in  Ayrshire  where  the  process  patented  by 
W.  Donald  (see  this  Journal,  1887,  822  ;  1890,  1130)  will 
be  carried  out,  and  the  other  work  is  in  Cheshire,  where  the 
process  patented  by  G.  E.  and  A.  B.  Davis  (this  Journal, 
1891,  463  and  546)  will  be  operated.  Should  either  of  these 
processes  prove  successful  it  would  give  additional  support 
to  the  Leblanc  soda  industry,  because  nearly  the  whole  of 
the  chlorine  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  would  be  liberated 
instead  of  only  one-half,  as  is  the  case  when  binoxide  of 
manganese  is  used  as  the  oxidising  agent. 

"Waste  Pickle  of  Galvanising,  Src.  Works. — In  order  to 
cleanse  the  sheets  or  other  articles  of  iron  before  immersing 
them  in  a  bath  of  melted  tin  or  zinc  they  are  dipped  iu  a 
bath  of  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid  to  remove  the  coating 
of  oxide  which  would  prevent  the  cohesion  of  the  metal. 
The  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate  or  chloride  thus  obtained 
was  until  recently  allowed  to  flow  away.  Now  it  has 
1m  come  common  to  allow  the  sulphate  of  iron  to  crystallise 


Aug.  31,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


683 


from  the  pickling  liquor  and  to  use  the  acid  mother-liquor 
over  again  in  the  pickling  vats,  with  a  further  addition  of 
sulphuric  acid.  Another  process  devised  by  T.  Turner,  of 
i lit  Mason  College,  Birmingham,  applies  to  the  treatment  of 
pickle  containing  chloride  of  iron.  The  acid  liquor  is  made 
to  How  slowly  on  the  heated  bed  of  a  reverberatory  furnace 
with  access  of  air,  when  it  is  decomposed  with  the  liberation 
of  hydrochloric  acid  and  formation  of  ferric  oxide  which 
can  be  used  as  a  colour  or  as  a  fettling  in  puddling  furnaces. 
The  hydrochloric  acid  is  condensed  in  towers  and  used  over 
again  in  the  pickling  vats. 

Nuisance  from  Chemical  Works. — Complaints,  especially 
in  the  Widnes  district,  are  still  made  of  offensive  odours. 
At  Widnes  the  old  heaps  of  waste  have  been  causing  a 
considerable  nuisance.  Means  have  been  taken  by  repairing 
the  banks  and  covering  them  with  a  thick  layer  of  inert 
material  to  diminish  the  nuisance.  It  is  pointed  out  that  the 
injury  to  vegetation  in  the  neighbourhoods  of  both  Widnes 
and  St.  Helens  is  due  chiefly  to  the  sulphurous  acid  in  the 
coal  smoke,  and  the  following  figures  which  refer  to 
St.  Helens  show  the  quantity  of  acid  gas  annually  discharged 
into  the  air.  It  is  nearly  all  sulphurous  or  sulphuric  acid. 
The  hydrochloric  acid  from  alkali  works  is  taken  as  its 
equivalent  of  sulphur  acids  and  added  to  the  rest.  The  coal 
burnt  is  chiefly  slack  containing  about  li  per  cent,  of 
sulphur. 

Tons  Sulphur 
per  Annum. 

From  copper  and  lead  works 11,48(K 

From  kIuss  works 7,5c)n  S  19,313 

From  polishing  powder  furnai  os 333- 

From  coal,  burnt  (14 per  cent,  of  1,010,000) lo.OOii 

From  Chance-Claus  process 620 

From  -sulphuric  acid  chambers 173  )       r^_ 

From  alkali  works 402 -> 

36,108 

Taking  this  sulphur  as  being  burnt  to  sulphurous  acid  it 
amounts  to  72,216  tons  per  annum.  It  will  be  seen  that 
only  about  1-|  per  cent,  of  the  whole  comes  under  the 
supervision  of  the  Alkali  Act. 

Comparing  St.  Helens  with  London,  the  comparison  is 
much  in  favour  of  the  latter.  In  London  about  1,250,000 
tons  of  coal,  containing  about  1  per  cent,  of  sulphur, 
are  burnt  per  annum,  and  nearly  all  burnt  in  household 
tires.  In  regarding  the  effect  upon  vegetation,  however, 
the  summer  consumption  must  be  taken,  and  this  may  be 
put  at  one-fifth  the  yearly  consumption.  The  summer 
acidity  is  represented  therefore  by  1  per  cent,  of  one-fifth 
part  of  the  yearly  consumption,  or  2,500  tons  of  sulphur. 
This  amount  is  spread  over  an  area  of  about  15  miles  square 
or  225  square  miles,  which  gives  a  little  over  11  tons  per 
square  mile  during  the  summer  months  and  44  tons  during 
the  winter.  At  St.  Helens  the  area  is  over  only  three 
square  miles,  so  that  there  is  there  12,036  tons  of  sulphur 
per  square  mile  as  against  11  tons  iu  London. 

Prosecutions  under  the  Act. — There  have  been  only  three, 
two  of  which  were  for  non-registration,  and  the  third  was 
the  Northwich  Gas  Company  for  allowing  the  escape  of 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  from  the  oxide  of  iron  purifier. 

Influenza. — It  having  been  asserted  that  workers  in 
chemical  works  enjoyed  a  greater  immunity  from  influenza 
during  the  epidemic  of  last  year  than  other  people,  some 
statistics  have  been  collected,  and  a  comparison  drawn  so 
far  as  the  figures  allow  between  the  men  actually  engaged 
in  chemical  processes  and  those  employed  as  outside 
labourers,  artizans,  or  at  steam  boilers.  A  table  is  given 
showing  the  number  of  cases,  also  whether  severe  or  slight, 
and  the  number  of  men  employed  in  each  description  of 
work.  On  the  whole  it  appears  that  the  average  number  of 
cases  among  the  labourers  and  artizan  class  was  16-35  per 
cent.,  as  against  9 '08  per  cent,  among  the  chemical 
workers.  The  figures  given  in  the  table  seem  to  point  to 
some  protection  from  influenza  in  the  case  of  men  employed 
in  chemical  works. 

In  the  Appendix,  the  separate  reports  of  the  district 
inspectors  are  given,  which  contain  much  valuable  detail, 
for  which  readers  must  be  referred  to  the  originals. 


Scotch  Works. — There  is  a  separate  report  for  Scotland. 
The  number  of  works  registered  during  the  year  was  137, 
of  which  16  are  alkali  works,  and  120  are  other  works, 
comprising  in  all  180  different  processes  under  inspection. 
Two  alkali  works  were  closed  by  the  United  Alkali  Com- 
pany during  the  year,  and  two  new  ones  are  in  course  of 
erection,  one  on  the  old  lines  of  the  Leblanc  process,  while 
at  the  other  chlorine  will  be  made,  as  already  mentioned  in 
the  report  for  England  and  Ireland,  by  the  oxidation  of 
hydrochloric  acid  with  nitric  acid  by  Donald's  process, 
instead  of  with  binoxide  of  manganese. 

No  prosecutions  under  the  Act  for  escapes  of  acid  have 
been  found  necessary,  the  times  when  the  legal  limits  wero 
exceeded  being  very  few,  and  due  to  accidental  causes  that 
were  speedily  remedied. 

The  consumption  of  brimstone  for  making  the  higher 
qualities  of  sulphuric  acid  has  been  greatly  restricted  by 
the  high  priee  of  brimstone,  and  acid  made  from  pyrites 
and  afterwards  purified  from  arsenic  by  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  or  from  pyrites  containing  little  or  no  arsenic 
is  being  more  largely  manufactured,  and  is  gradually 
displacing  acid  made  from  brimstone. 

Chemical  Manure  Works. — Of  these  there  are  17  in 
Scotland.  The  acid  vapours  arising  from  the  decomposition 
of  mineral  phosphates  by  sulphuric  acid,  consisting  largely 
of  fluorine  compounds,  are  condensed  and  washed  in  high 
towers,  and  the  average  of  the  year's  working  shows  that 
92 '6  per  cent,  of  the  acid  is  thus  removed  and  prevented 
from  passing  into  the  air.  In  many  cases,  too,  the  con- 
densation of  the  fcetid  vapours  arising  from  the  steaming  of 
bones,  drying  of  fish,  &c.,  and  the  burning  of  the  residual 
gases  has  been  recommended. — H.  S.  1'. 


file  Boric  Acid  and  Borax  Industry.     Scheuer.     /.cits.  f. 
ang.  Chem.  1892,  241—248. 

In  1870  Germany  took  up  the  borax  and  boric  acid  industry, 
and  now  produces  enough  of  these  articles  to  cover  the 
home  consumption.  The  consequent  fall  in  the  priee  of 
borax  has  been  from  120  marks  to  60  marks  per  J  00  kilos., 
the  latter  figure  being  maintained  by  the  German  Borax 
Union. 

Borax  and  boric  acid  are  most  extensively  used  for 
enamelling  metal  vessels,  and  to  illustrate  this  application 
the  author  quotes  the  following  recipes  for  the  purpose  :- 

First  Coat. — (1.)  Free  from  lead:  Quartz  9,  soda  3 \, 
botax  7,  stannic  oxide  2,  zinc  oxide  1,  magnesia  2. 
(2.)  Containing  lead  :  Silica  30,  borax  16,  lead  oxide  4, 
ammonia-soda  5,  saltpetre  11.  (3.)  Easily  fusible: 
Borax  22,  quartz  36,  white  lead  5,  soda  2,  magnesia  1. 

Glaze. — (1.)  Quartz  20,  borax  12,  white  lead  4,  soda  6, 
stannic  oxide  13,  ammonium  carbonate  3,  saltpetre  5, 
magnesia  3  ;  4 — 6  parts  of  magnesia  and  as  much  silica  are 
added  during  the  milling.  (2.)  Free  from  lead  :  Felspar  20, 
quartz  4,  borax  21,  stannic  oxide  13,  saltpetre  4,  ammonium 
carbonate  1,  magnesia  2i,  soda  7. 

Other  applications  of  boric  acid  and  borax  are: — (1)  iu 
glaze  for  porcelain  ;  (2)  for  optical  glass  ■  (3)  for  fluxius; 
metals  ;  (4)  in  the  laundry,  in  the  form  of  "  brilliant  starch," 
a  mixture  of  rice-starch  and  borax  ;  (5)  for  stiffening  (?) 
the  wicks  of  stearin  caudles;  (0)  as  a  preservative,  par- 
ticularly for  fish,  which  are  best  pickled  in  a  solution  of 
boric  acid,  and  submitted  to  a  pressure  of  six  atmospheres, 
wherebj-  2  grins,  of  the  acid  are  absorbed  per  kilo,  of  fish  ; 
(7)  in  medicine;  (8)  for  making  Guiguet's  green,  and  golden 
varnish  for  metals,  the  latter  being  a  mixture  of  boric  acid, 
picric  acid,  and  shellac;  (9)  for  preserving  skins  for  the 
tanner ;  (10)  in  the  form  of  manganese  borate  as  a  siccative 
for  oils  :  2  kilos,  of  finely-powdered  manganese  borate  are 
heated  to  200"  in  10  kilos,  of  linseed  oil  with  constant 
stirring,  and  the  mixture  poured  in  a  thin  stream  into 
1 ,000  kilos,  of  linseed  oil  heated  to  just  below  "boiling" 
and  kept  at  that  temperature  for  20  minutes;  (11)  in 
calico-printing  borax  is    used  as  a    substitute  for  cow-dung  ; 


,;s| 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[All'.'.  31,  1S92. 


(12)  as  a  substitute  for  gum  arabic  a  mixture  of  borax  ami 
in  is  employed. 
The  sources  of  refined  boric  acid  aud  borax  are  (1) 
natural  boric  acid ;  (2)  natural  borax  or  tincal;  (3)  bcro- 
natrocalcite  (Chili  borate  of  lime);  (4)  Pandermite  from 
Asia  Minor  (Turkish  boracite)  ;  (5)  Stassfurtite  (Stassfurt 
boracite). 


The  establishment  of  artificial  lagunes  ir_  1818  aud 
artificial  soffioni  in  1854  placed  the  manufacture  of  natural 
boric  acid  on  a  sound  footing ;  the  export  from  Tuscany 
was  Too  tons  in  1840,  2,000  in  1860,2,225  in  1870,  and 
3,500  in  1887.  California^  boric  acid  vies  with  the  Tuscan 
article  in  purity,  as  the  following  analyse-  will  show: — 


-   

II  '. 

1 

XH3 

V    i  i 

K.n 

i  :aO 

MgO 

IV. '  1     :i'!  1 

CI 

H.SO, 

BiO, 

Crystallised 
Boric  Acid. 

li'lti 
45*29 

0-22 

1*23 

1-01 

ii'Ti 

0'4 

e-17 

0-83 
0*15 

0*28 

0-07 

(V06 

ii-:. 7 

7-01 
1-00 

16-47 
50-87 

-:::i 

!)0-ll 

Thibet  borax  was  originally  refined  in  Venice,  Holland, 
ami  France;  it  lias  now  been  well-nigh  eclipsed  by 
Californian  borax.  For  a  description  of  the  Californian 
borax  deposits  see  Hake,  this  Journal,  1889,  851.  The 
output  from  the  Californian  deposits  in  1889  was  8,946,174 
lb.,  and  in  1890  it  was  12,000,000  lb.  (See  also  this 
Journal,  1S89,  590.) 

Chili  borate  of  lime — boronatro-caleite  and  ulcxite,  occurs 
in  white  fibrous  nodule-,  sometimes  as  large  a-  the  fist  : 
the  composition  of  the  pure  mineral  is — 

XaoB/L  +  2CaB407  +  18  B30 

and  the  commonest  impurities  are  calcium  sulphate  and 
sodium  chloride  ;  details  as  to  the  occurrence  of  this  mineral 
will  be  found  in  this  Journal,  1888,  748.  It  was  exported 
from  Chili  in  1883  to  the  extent  of  3,000  tons  ;  in  18S7 
Hamburg  absorbed  6,000  tons,  of  value  1,300,910  marks, 
from  i  hili,  and  600  tons,  of  value  158,610  marks,  from  the 
Argentine.  In  Hamburg  100  kilos,  of  borate  of  lime,  con- 
taining 40  per  cent,  of  anhydrous  boric  acid,  cost-  28  marks, 
being  valued  at  35  pf.  (sic)  per  1  percent,  per  100  kilos.  In 
Liverpool  the  market  price  per  ton  is  also  regulated  on  a 
basis  of  40  per  cent.  The  following  analyses  are  quoted  as 
illustrative  of  German  and  English  custom  in  reporting  on 
the  value  of  this  mineral:  the  first  table  is  German,  the 
second  English : — 


Gi  km  vn  Analysis. 


English  Analysis. 


^ ■»■  » ■•■»■  SSSS2 


Water 

S;im«I 

Sulphuric  acid 

Chlorine 

Ferric  oxide  arid  alumi™ 

! 

Magnesia 

Sod  i 

*  Boric  acid 

O  equivalent  ti >  CI 


19-86 

16-14 

21-02 

5-35 

W41 

0-82 

0-28 

14-76 

9*64 

12*!« 

S-23 

0-24 

0-55 

2-35 

12-31 

16-3S 

13-41 

10-19 

0-iH 

15  91 

9-!l 

88*M 

21-17 

102-17 

1112-311 

100-73 

217 

2-30 

0-73 

1 0  lii'-im 


•Equivalenl  to:— 

Crystallised  borie  acid  . 

-tallised  borai 


67-30  70-20  S8-S4 

103-79         108-13 


Inn   Toi  - 

es  G.  V. 


2ii0  Tons 
.....    1 


95  Tons 
exG.P. 


Biborate  of  lime 

Biborate  of  soda 

Sulphate  of  lime 

Calcium  chloride 

Magnesium  chloride 

Sodium  chloride 

Alumina  and  ferric  oxide 

Insoluble 

Water 

Anhydrous  boric  acid 


23-31 

25  -ii 
1-02 
:;-...; 
1-26 

11-20 
0-60 
5-90 

26-80 


23-43 

25-2.J 
1-63 
3-13 
1-28 

12-00 
0-50 
1*99 

27-27 


24    19 

2515 
1-73 
4-IIII 
1-02 

W18 
0-90 
393 

28-56 


1 15        100-08 

33-07  32-78 


99*98 

;v  ... 


Turkish  boracite,  pandermite  (Ca^B^O,,  +  4  11,(1)  is 
mark,  ted  in  the  form  of  thick  white  fragments ;  it  is 
tolerably  haul,  thus  differing  from  the borocalcite  of  Iquique 
(Call, (  I-  4-  6  1L<>),  which  consists  of  soft,  snow-white, 
crystalline  needles.  Pandermite  was  discovered  in  1869  ; 
in  1890,  15,024  heetokilos.,  and  in  1891,  16,835  hectokilos. 
were  imported  into  France.  Of  the  following  commercial 
analyses,  No.  I    is  of  an  earlier  date  than  No.  II.  : — 

1. 

Borie  acul I0'S95 

Lime 27  "222 

Magnesia ii-  2  lu 

Calcium  carbi  mate 6'818 

Calcium  sulphate 1*462 

Calcium  silicate T.'ii- 

Sodium  chloride 0'  139 

Maprnesinm  chloride hum; 

Water 18-060 

Residue 3-27" 

100*000 

ir. 

Boric  acid 15*27 

Lime 39*78 

Magnesia 0*57 

Sulphuric  acid 211 

Silica 2-47 

oxide ii  .;. 

W.  Or 1-2H 

100*00 


Stassfurt  boraciti    (stassfurtite)   occurs  in  the  salt  mines 
is  roundish-white  nodules,  from  the  size  of  a  barley-corn  to 


Aug.si.1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


685 


that  of  a  bead,  imbedded  in  the  salt  ;  its  composition  is 
approximately  expressed  by  the  formula  — 

2Mg3B8Ol5  +  MgCla. 

Pinnoite     and    kaliborite     accompany 
analyses  are  given  : — 


it.     The    following 


Boric  aoid 

Magm  sia 

Magnesium  ohlorido  . 
Magnesium  sulphate 

Ferric  oxide 

l  nsolublo  matter  . .  ■ 
Water 


55-27 

W43 

23-03 

23-58 

18-24 

12 '43 

ii'iii: 

•  • 

iv.-j! 

0-5S 

»■  ."it 

0-Gt 

7-83 

7-31, 

100-00 

100-00 

The  output  in  kilos,  was  199,000  in  1883  j  170,897  iu 
1888,  and  120,842  in  1SS9;  the  value  in  marks  per  100 
kilos,  of  the  washed  and  dried  mineral  was  114  iu  1870; 
90  in  1882;   70  in  188:!;  and  40  in  1890. 

The  refining  of  Tuscan  boric  acid  iseit'ected  by  dissolving 
the  crude  acid  in  water  heated  by  open  steam,  until  the 
grai  ity  of  the  solution  is  6° — S"  B.,  and  continuing  the  heat, 
after  the  addition  of  powdered,  freshly-ignited  animal 
charcoal,  until  a  filtered  sample  appears  quite  colourless. 
The  clarified  liquor  is  then  cooled  in  wooden  crystallising 
vats. 

It  is  very  difficult  to  obtain  refined  boric  acid  from  the 
low  grade  boronatrocalcite  of  Maricunga,  but  the  Ascotau 
mineral  is  profitably  worked  by  grinding  and  decomposing 
it  with  hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid,  while  it  is  kept  well 
stirred  in  water  heated  with  open  steam  ;  the  crystallisation 
takes  place  in  wooden  vats,  l'andermite  may  be  similarly 
treated  after  it  has  been  finely  pulverised.  Stassfurtite  is 
decomposed  in  the  same  way,  save  that  sulphuric  acid  is 
preferable,  inasmuch  as  it  conduces  to  a  better  coloured 
product,  and  to  the  recovery  of  magnesium  sulphate  from 
the  mother-liquor;  well  washed  and  dried  boracite  yields 
80  per  cent,  of  its  weight  of  crystallised  acid. 

The  large  leafy  crystals  of  boric  acid,  affected  by  some, 
are  obtained  by  allowing  a  nearly  saturated,  hot  solution  to 
eool  in  earthenware  vessels  of  some  1  50  litres  capacity,  kept 
covered  and  surrounded  with  non-conducting  material  in  a 
place  free  from  vibration;  the  crystallisation  takes  from 
8  to  12   days. 

Prior  to  187o  nearly  all  European  borax  was  made  from 
boracic  arid  ;  the  process  is  a  very  simple  one  when  the 
following  conditions  tire  observed: — (1.)  Borax  crystallises 
best  when  -nine  5  parts  of  soda  crystal  per  100  parts  of 
crystallised  borax  an:  added  in  excess.  (2.)  If  the  excess 
of  soda  be  too  great  the  neutral  borate  (NaBO.,+  4  HaO)  will 
crystallise.  (3.)  If  the  hot  liquor  exceed  the  gravity 
24— liS  B.  octahedral  borax  (Xa.Jij  >7  +  5  H20)  will 
crystallise.  (4.)  The  best  crystals  can  only  be  obtained 
by  cooling  the  hot  solution,  of  the  correct  strength,  very 
slowly  in  large  vats  of  at  least  a  cubic  metres  capacity. 
Finely  powdered  borax  is  either  made  from  the  detritus  of 
borax  crystals,  or  b\  agitating  the  borax  liquor  in  small 
crystallising  vessels. 

The  preparation  of  borax  from  boronatrocalcite  has  been 
described  by  Witting  (this  Journal,  1888,  748). 

The  manufacture  of  borax  from  paudermite  by  beating  it 
with  soda  has  not  been  accomplished,  probably  because  the 
lime  and  boric  acid  therein  are  not  in  the  right  proportions 
for  conversion  into  borax.  An  English  Patent  (No.  2526, 
February  17,  1890)  deals  with  this  point.  (See  this 
Journal,  1891,  367.)— A.  G.  15. 


Negrier*s  Method  of  <  Concentrating  Sulphuric  Acid.     Eng. 
and  Mining  .1..  1892  August  0,  12:!. 

The  high  price  of  platinum  has  caused  a  good  deal  of 
trouble  among  the  firms  iu  Europe  who  manufacture  highly 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  of  66°  B.  Up  to  the  present 
time  platinum  vessels  were  used  for  containing  the  acid 
during  concentration,  as  this  metal  is  capable  of  resisting 
the  attacks  of  the  acid  better  than  any  other  material. 
During  the  last  year  or  two  the  continuously  advancing 
price  of  platinum  has  made  it  necessary  to  find  some  sub- 
stitute. The  most  practicable  of  the  new  processes  is  that  of 
M.  Negrier,  who  employs  a  series  of  specially-made  porcelain 
dishes.  These  dishes  are  placed  in  a  row,  each  a  little 
lower  than  the  other,  and  they  are  arranged  inside  an  oven, 
the  interior  of  which  is  kept  steadily  at  a  temperature  of 
145"— 1495  C.  The  acid  at  58°— 60°  B.  coming  from  the 
chambers  enters  the  first  dish  in  the  oven,  and  passes 
gradually  down  the  series  of  dishes,  and  finally  leaves  the 
oven  at  a  concentration  of  66°  B.  In  a  plant  already 
erected  by  M.  Negrier  there  are  four  ovens,  each  containing 
two  sets  of  eight  dishes.  Each  oven  produces  1,250  kilos, 
of  concentrated  acid  a  day,  with  a  consumption  of  24  kilos, 
of  fuel  per  100  kilos,  of  concentrated  acid.  Only  five 
porcelain  dishes  out  of  64  were  broken  in  a  month,  and  as 
each  one  cost  about  a  dollar,  the  item  of  repairs  and 
renewals  is  small  enough  compared  with  the  interest  on 
capital  represented  by  the  use  of  platinum  retorts.  The 
ability  of  the  workman  to  avoid  breakages  of  dishes  and 
damages  to  the  ovens  are  the  chief  points  that  affect  the 
practicability  of  this  process,  but  with  a  little  practice 
economical  results  are  obtained.  On  an  average,  one 
workman  is  able  to  turn  out  10  tons  a  da}".  The  porcelain 
dishes  are  manufactured  in  Limoges,  France. 

Kretzschmat-  (Chem.  Zeit.  16,  418)  recommends  the 
process  highly,  but  he  adds  that  the  space  required  for  the 
plant  is  much  greater  than  that  required  for  platinum 
apparatus,  and  superintendence  is  more  irksome  (this 
Journal,  1891,  4G  and  639).  — W.  S. 


The  Solubility  of  Tricalcium  and  Bicalcium  Phosphates 
in  Solutions  of  Phosphoric  Acid.  II.  Gausse.  Compt. 
loud.  H4,  1892,  414—417. 

Six  solutions  (numbered  1  to  6)  of  orthophosphoric  acid 
were  prepared,  all  having  a  volume  of  100  cc.,and  containing 
respectively  5,  10,  15,  20,  25,  and  30  grins,  of  orthophos- 
phoric acid,  H3PO4.  Whenever  this  strength  was  exceeded 
(whichever  phosphate  was  being  examined)  monocalcium 
phosphate  was  deposited. 

Solubility  of  Tricalcium  Phosphate, — The  six  solutions 
were  saturated  by  adding  tricalcium  phosphate  iu  slight 
excess  and  allowing  to  stand  for  24  hours.  They  were  then 
filtered  and  the  calcium  was  estimated  as  oxalate,  and  the 
phosphoric  acid  determined  by  titration  with  a  solution  of 
uranium.     The  following  results  were  obtained  : — 


Solution. 


Anhydrous  Phosphate 

dissolved. 


Monocalcium  Phosphate 
formed. 


1 

3-S.< 

8-05 

>> 

VUS 

III  .V.I 

» 

9-  la 

19-79 

4 

12-511 

24-57 

5 

13-70 

81-44 

1; 

15-111 

:;i-  (2 

A  comparison  of  these  numbers  shows  that  the  largest 
proportion  of  the  tricalcium  phosphate  is  converted  into 
monocalcium  phosphate  in  solution  No.  2,  which  contains 
10  per  cent,  of  phosphoric  acid. 

Solubility  of"  Bicalcium  Phosphate." — In  the  same  way 
the  author  prepared  and  examined  six  saturated  solutions  of 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Aug.  n.  issa, 


"  bicalciuin    phosphate "    (corresponding   10    the    formula 
CaHP04  +  HoO),  with  the  following  results  :— 


Solution. 


Anhydrous  Bicalciuin      Monocalcium  Phosphate 
Phosphate  dissolved.     |  Formed. 


Nip. 

1-30 

7-G0 

0 

;-i.-, 

vi-.w 

:i 

9-30 

16'00 

V 

IV86 

_■(!•  pi 

u 

LS-40 

zs-oo 

6 

15-10 

2G-00 

In  this  case  the  amount  of  monocalcium  phosphate 
formed  is  greatest  in  solution  1,  which  contains  only 
5  per  cent,  of  orthophosphoric  acid. — D.  K.  J. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Caustic  Alkali  and 
Chlorine.  F.  M.  Lyte,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  8692, 
May  21,  1891. 
It  is  now  proposed  to  decompose  sodium  nitrate  with  ferric 
oxide,  instead  of  calcium  carbonate,  as  suggested  in  a 
previous  patent  (Eng.  Pat.  5352  ;  this  Journal,  1891, 1006). 


An   Improved   Method  of  Recovering  Carbonic  Acid  Gas 
from  Lime  Kilns  and  Furnaces,  and  Apparatus  in  con- 
nection therewith.     W.  Walker,  London.     Lug.  Pat.  9561, 
June  5,  1891. 
It  is  proposed  to   absorb    the   carbonic  acid   contained  in 
lime  kiln  or  flue  gases  in  sodium  carbonate,  with  or  without 
the   aid  of  pressure,  and  allowing  the    indifferent    gases  to 
escape.     The   temperature  is   theu   raised   and   a   vacuum 
applied,  when  carbonic  acid  is  given  off  from  the  bicarbonate 
and  sodium  carbonate  reformed,  which  may  be  used  for  a 
fresh  operation. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  series  of  spherical  cast-iron 
retorts  made  in  halves.  The  gas  enters  at  the  top  and 
finds  exit  at  the  bottom  of  each  retort,  after  having  passed 
through  a  layer  of  sodium  carbonate  spread  over  a  filter 
cloth,  the  edges  of  which  are  held  tightly  between  the 
flanges  of  the  hemispheres.  The  filter  cloth  is  also 
supported  by  a  perforated  shelf  placed  on  a  coil  of  steam- 
piping.  The  outlet  of  the  last  retort  dips  into  a  column  of 
water. 

In  working  the  process,  the  weak  carbonic  acid  from  the 
above  sources  is  washed  and  passed  through  the  apparatus 
until  sufficient  has  been  absorbed.  The  nitrogen  which 
tills  the  apparatus  is  then  replaced  with  pure  carbonic  acid 
from  a  gasholder,  and  the  temperature  of  the  retorts  raised 
to  17(i  E.  by  admitting  steam  or  hot  water  in  the  coil  of 
piping.  The  bicarbonate  is  hereby  decomposed  and  pure 
carbonic  acid  given  off,  and  is  drawn  off  by  means  of  an 
aspirator.  When  the  evolution  of  carbonic  acid  ceases,  the 
temperature  is  reduced  to  70J  F.  by  causing  cold  water  to 
circulate  through  the  coil  of  piping,  and  the  sodium 
carbonate  hydrated  (in  which  state  it  absorbs  carbonic 
acid  more  readily)  by  admitting  into  the  retorts  a  spray  of 
water. 

Potassium  carbonate  may  be  used  in  lieu  of  sodium 
carbonate.  The  carbonic  acid  produced  in  either  case  may 
be  compressed  in  cylinders  for  sale. — II.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbonic  Acid  Gas 
and  Apparatus  for  Use  therein,  and  in  Tubes  for  con- 
taining Carbonic  Acid  Gas..  D.  Rylands,  Stairfoot. 
Eng.  Pat.  9732,  June  9,  1891. 

The  improvements  refer  to  the  production  of  pure  car- 
bonic acid  from  limestone  or  chalk  in  closed  retorts,  by 
applying  to  the  same  "  the  proper  heat  "  and  a  partial 
vacuum.  Fine  or  rough  limestone  may  be  used ;  a  thin 
layer  of  the  former  is  charged  in  a  horizontal  or  a  somewhat 
inclined  retort,  whilst  the  rough  limestone  is  preferably 
charged  in  vertical  retorts  provided  with  a  charging  door  on 
top,  and  discharging  doors  on  the  bottom.  The  carbonic 
acid  evolved  is  scrubbed  and  then  compressed  in  steel  or 
glass  tubes. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  obtaining  Chromates  and  Bichromates 
of  Potash  and  Soda.  T.  Goodall.  Glasgow.  From  S. 
Peacock,  Bridgeton,  U.S.A.,  and  H.  A.  Gait,  Philadelphia, 
U.S.A.     Eng.' Pat.  11,311,  July  3,  1891. 

In  the  calcination  of  chrome  ore  with  potash  salts,  as  much 
as  15  per  cent,  of  the  latter  are  volatilised  or  mecha- 
nically lost.  This  may  be  avoided  by  not  using  the  potash 
salts  until  after  the  calcining  stage.  Thus  500  parts  of 
chrome  ore  are  roasted  with  a  mixture  of  500  parts  of 
caustic  lime  and  60  parts  of  soda  ash.  The  resulting 
mixture  of  calcium  and  sodium  chromate  separated  with 
water,  and  the  residue  of  calcium  chromate  decomposed  by 
repeated  boiling  with  the  required  quantity  of  a  solution  of 
potassium  sulphate  or  a  mixture  of  the  same  with  sodium 
sulphate.  In  an  alternate  method,  the  calcined  material 
may  be  converted  into  soluble  bichromates  by  treatment 
with  carbonic  acid  gas. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  tin  Manufacture  of  Anhydrous  Chloride 
of  Magnesium,  and  the  Apparatus  used  therein.  T.  H. 
Bell,  Middlesbrough.  From  T.  Schloesing,  Paris,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,469,  July  6,  1891. 

In  a  previous  patent  (Eng.  Pat.  11,821,  this  Journal,  1888, 
626)  it  was  proposed  to  concentrate  a  magnesium  chloride 
solution  to  form  "chloride  of  magnesium  in  grains."  t., 
dehydrate  this  by  heating  in  a  current  of  hydrochloric  arid 
gas,  and  finally  decompose  it  by  means  of  heat  and  a 
current  of  air.  It  is  now  found  of  advantage  to  finish  off 
the  concentration  of  a  magnesium  chloride  solution  in  a 
covered  cast-iron  pan  provided  with  a  mechanical  stirrer. 
The  combustion  gases  from  an  adjacent  furnace  pass  over 
the  charge,  entering  through  opening-  pierced  in  the  top  of 
the  rim  and  leaving  by  holes  on  the  opposite  side. 

The  complete  dehydration  of  the  "  magnesium  chloride  in 
grains  "  so  formed  is  effected  at  a  dull  red  heat  in  a  series 
of,  say,  three  horizontal  cast-iron  cylinders  placed  vertically 
over  one  another  and  provided  with  spiral  blades  for  the 
forwarding  of  the  material,  which  enters  the  top  cylinder 
and  passes  by  means  of  spacious  bends  into  the  cylinder 
below,  leaving  at  the  lowest  cylinder.  In  the  same  time 
hydrochloric  acid  gas  passes  through  the  cylinders  and  the 
bends  in  the  opposite  direction  to  that  of  the  material. 

— H.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Chlorine,  and  i'l  the 
Apparatus  used  therein.  T.  II.  Bell,  Middlesbrough. 
From  T.  Schloesing,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat.  11,470,  July  6, 
1891. 

I'm-  i-  an  apparatus  for  carrying  out  the  operations 
described  in  the  preceding  patent.  A  gas  retort  is  provided, 
with  an  earthenware  grid  a  short  distance  from  the  bottom, 
which  carries  a  charge  of  granulated  magnesium  chloride.. 
The  retort  is  heated  to  redness,  and  a;r  is  admitted  on  the 
surface  of  the  charge,  which  is  oxidised,  chlorine  being 
evolved,  and,  being  heavier  than  the  residual  nitrogen, 
descends  and  leaves  by  a  lateral  opening  below  the  grid. 
When  using  "  magnesium  chloride  in  grains,"  and  admitting 
steam  instead  of  air,  hydrochloric  acid  will  he  formed, 
which,  being  heavier,  descends  in  the  wa\  described  before. 


Aur.  81, 1898.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


687 


The  same  apparatus  may  be  used  for  dehydrating  "  magne- 
sium chloride  in  grain!-,"  by  introducing  hydrochloric  acid 
gas  from  below  the  grid;  the  aqueous  vapours  formed  being 
the  lighter  of  the  two,  the  gases  will  assume  an  upward  flow. 

—II.  A. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Refining  of  Sulphur  and  the 
Distillation  '>/'  Sulph  \ir  and  other  Ores,  mid  to  Apparatus 
therefor.  1>.  L.  I.abois,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat. 
11,484,  July  6,  1891. 

The  material  to  be  treated  is  introduced  into  one  or  more 
retorts  which  are  open  at  both  ends.  One  of  the  extremities 
terminates  at  the  front  of  the  furnace  in  which  the  retorts 
are  placed,  and  the  other  in  a  small  chamber  provided 
between  the  retort  and  a  condenser  which  is  continually 
cooled.  After  charging  the  retorts  and  closing  them  at  the 
front  of  the  furnace,  they  are  heated  by  means  of  a 
furnace  receiving  a  blast  or  preferably  by  the  gases  from 
a  "gasogene  supplied  with  a  blast,"  so  that  the  burnt 
gases  shall  pass  to  the  interior  of  the  retort  rather  than 
to  the  outlet,  by  reason  of  the  porosity  of  the  products 
vaporised  therein.  By  this  arrangement  the  loss  by 
escape  during  the  distillation  is  materially  reduced.  More- 
over, for  augmenting  the  preponderance  of  the  external 
pressure  over  that  in  the  interior  of  the  retort,  the  distilled 
products  are  carried  over  by  means  of  an  exhausting 
apparatus  used  with  the  condenser.  For  entirely  preventing 
escapes,  the  retorts  are  made  of  two  walls,  the  inner  wall 
consisting  of  cast  iron  and  the  outer  wall  of  refractory 
material,  which  not  merely  precludes  the  flame  impinging 
against  the  iron,  the  refractory  material  serving  as  a  screen, 
but  also  prevents  any  considerable  loss  of  vapour  in  case 
of  serious  damage  done  to  one  of  the  walls. 

The  apparatus  is  said  to  present  the  following  advantages: — 
(I.)  Great  diminution  of  the  loss  caused  by  filtration  of  the 
vapours  through  the  walls  of  the  retorts.  (2.)  Continuous 
distillation  due  to  the  arrangement  of  the  channels  of  the 
retorts  with  the  condensing  chambers  enabling  the  bottom 
of  the  retorts  to  be  hermetically  sealed,  thus  effecting  a 
complete  isolation  of  the  retorts  from  the  condensers  and 
rendering  it  possible  to  carry  out  the  process  in  the  con- 
densers without  any  necessity  for  previously  cooling  the 
retorts;  in  fact  the  temperature  of  the  latter  may  be  fully 
maim  lined.  In  the  case  of  refining,  the  operation  is  made 
continuous  by  an  arrangement  of  upper  melting  vessels,  and 
in  the  case  of  working  sulphur  ores  by  providing,  at  the 
head  of  the  retorts,  vertical  channels  descending  into  pits 
for  collecting  the  spent  residues  without  access  of  air  below 
the  ground  of  the  works,  and  without  having  to  remove 
them  from  the  furnace.  (3.)  A  larije  output  and  facility  of 
conducting  the  working  of  the  furnace  obtained  by  the 
general  arrangement  and  by  the  appropriate  distribution  of 
the  retorts;  ami  (4.)  Continuous  condensation  obtained  by 
cooling  in  a  metallic  receptacle  which  is  constantly 
sprinkled. — II.  B. 


VIII.-GLASS,  POTTERY. 
EARTHENWARE. 


AND 


if  excessive,  the  glass  is  sulphurous.  The  solution,  in  the 
case  of  silicate  of  soda,  blackens  lead  salts.  But  it  is  a  fact 
that  has  for  long  attracted  the  attention  of  the  author,  that 
the  quantity  of  carbon  necessary  considerably  exceeds  that 
indicated  by  the  above  equation.  There  are  theoretically 
required  for  100  parts  of  sodium  sulphate,  for  example, 
4 '22  parts  of  carbon,  and  threefold  this  proportion  may 
he  used  in  practice  without  the  formation  of  sulphide  of 
sodium,  and  it  is  necessary  to  employ  more  than  double  the 
theoretical  proportion  named  in  order  to  ensure  the  complete 
decomposition  of  the  sodium  sulphate.  The  author  has 
studied  the  reaction  in  analysing  the  gases  produced. 

As  the  result  of  numerous  experiments  he  finds  that,  the 
sulphur  of  the  sulphate  of  sodium  is  in  the  first  instance 
liberated  as  sulphur  vapour,  mixed  with  much  carbon 
dioxide  and  a  small  quantity  of  carbonic  oxide.  Even  in 
presence  of  a  large  excess  of  oxidising  material  (sulphate), 
the  proportion  of  carbonic  oxide  is  an  important  factor, 
forming  one-sixth  part  of  the  total  gaseous  products.  It  is 
probable  that  this  carbonic  oxide  is  the  final  consequence  of 
a  decomposition  giviug  rise  to  sulphurous  acid,  which  latter 
is  itself  decomposed  by  carbon  at  a  high  temperature. 
Berthelot  has  shown  in  1883  that  by  this  latter  reaction 
oxysulphide  of  carbon  is  formed,  and  that  the  heat  trans- 
forms this  into  carbonic  oxide.  The  following  rationale  is 
given  of  the  reactions  taking  place  in  the  preparation  of  a 
silicate  :  — 

Silica  partially  decomposes  the  sodium  sulphate,  SO:! 
being  set  free,  and  as  quickly  decomposed  and  transformed 
into  S02  and  O.  The  carbon,  in  reacting  upon  the  first 
products  of  the  decomposition,  forms  with  them  a  mixture 
of  sulphur,  C02  and  CO.  It  had  been  formerly  concluded 
with  regard  to  SO.,,  among  the  gaseous  products  emitted 
from  glass-works,  that  this  was  au  immediate  product  of  the 
decomposition  of  sodium  sulphate.  However,  it  is  only  the 
final  product,  the  result  of  the  contact  of  sulphur  vapour 
with  the  combustion  gases,  i.e  ,  with  an  oxidising  atmo- 
sphere. Thus  the  formation  of  silicate  of  soda  is  translated 
as  follows  : — 

3  Xa.,SOj  +  6  SiO.,  f5C  =  3S+4  CO.,  +  CO  + 
3'(Na.:O.2Si02)3 

and  this  is  an  equation  which  requires  14 '8  of  carbon  for 
100  of  sodium  sulphate,  and  furnishes  a  gas  containing 
25  per  cent,  of  CO,  but  it  is  only  an  approximate  formula. 

The  presence  of  sulphide  of  sodium  in  the  silicate  or  the 
glass  prepared  with  too  large  a  quantity  of  carbon  is  pro- 
bably due  to  a  secondary  reaction.  In  introducing  into  the 
mixture  too  large  a  quantity  of  powdered  charcoal,  the 
contact  between  the  sulphate  and  the  sdica  is  rendered  less 
immediate  ;  the  phenomena  of  reduction  are  certainly 
accelerated,  and  there  are  formed  here  and  there  small 
quantities  of  sulphide  of  sodium,  which  resist  the  action  of 
the  silica,  for  the  quantity  of  sulphur  formed  is  not  in  exact 
accord  with  the  excess  of  carbon  ;  it  increases  in  a  much 
smaller  ratio  — J.  C.  C. 


Action  of  Carbon  on  Sodium  Sulphate  in  Presence  of 
Silica.  Scheurer-Kestner.  Compt.  Bend.  114,  1892, 
117—120. 

It  is  generally  admitted  that  the  reactions  taking  place  in 
the  manufacture  of  glass  or  soluble  silicates,  when  alkaline 
sulphates,  carbon,  and  silica  are  heated  together,  may  be 
represented  by  the  following  equation  :  — 

2  HoS04  +  C  =  S02  +  C02  +  2  BO 

The  proportion  of  the  carbonaceous  reducing  agent  is  of 
great  importance.  If  insufficient,  the  glass  is  incompletely 
formed,  containing  portions  of  alkaline   sulphate  enclosed ; 


The  Decomposition  of  Sulphur  Dioxide  at  High  Tempera- 
tures by  Carbon.  Scheurer-Kestner.  Compt.  Bend.  1892, 
114,  296—298. 

Experiments  in  this  direction  were  carried  out  on  account 
of  results  obtained  in  the  analyses  of  gases  evolved  in  the 
manufacture  of  glass  or  silicates  of  the  alkalis  (see  preceding 
abstract).  The  question  was  discussed  for  temperatures  not 
above  a  red  heat  by  Berthelot  (Ann.  de  Chim.  et  de  Phys. 
[">]  1883,  554),  when  it  was  shown  that  carbon  monoxide, 
carbon  dioxide,  carbon  bisulphide,  and  carbon  oxysulphide 
were  formed.  In  the  present  ease,  however,  the  experiments 
were  performed  at  a  white  heat,  with  the  result  that  only- 
sulphur  and  the  oxides  of  carbon  could  be  noticed  as  pro- 
ducts, the  reaction  being  sufficiently  accurately  represented 
by  the  equation — 

2  SO.,  +  3  C  =  2  CO  +  CO.  x  2  S 

— T.  I..  B. 


CSS 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Aug.  81, 1892. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Kilns  for  Heating  and  Burning  Pottery 
and  the  Hie.  T.  Severn,  Heanor,  Derbyshire.  Eng.  Pat. 
11,617,  July  8,  1891. 

The  object  of  the  invention  is  to  economise  fuel  and  to 
effect  more  perfect  combustion,  and  relates  to  kilns  in  which 
the  fire-holes  run  longitudinally.  Separate  chambers  or 
flues  are  built  parallel  with  the  fire-holes,  with  which  they 
communicate,  and  introduce  atmospheric  air  in  quantities 
regulated  by  dampers.  The  air  is  supplied  at  the  tops  of 
the  lire-holes. — V.  ( '. 


Improvements  in  Plate  Glass,  in  the  Art  of  Rolling  same, 
mifl  in  Machinery  therefor.  E.  Walsh,  jun.,  St.  Louis, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  9428,  May  18,  1892. 

Tut:  usual  practice  in  producing  plate  glass  is  to  roll  on  a 
plane  surface  with  a  plane  roller.  Corrugations  or  other 
particular  forms  of  surface  are  given  by  using  a  second 
roller  whilst  the  material  is  still  in  a  semi-fluid  condition, 
the  surface  of  the  roller  having  the  reverse  configuration  of 
that  which  is  imparted  to  the  plate.  The  second  surface  of 
the  plate  is  left  flat. 

In  this  invention  a  plate  is  produced  similarly  surfaced  on 
both  sides  in  one  operation,  For  a  corrugated  plate  the  bed 
is  longitudinally  grooved,  and  the  roller  is  grooved  round  its 
circumference.  The  two  systems  of  grooves  work  together 
as  male  and  female  parts.  The  roller  can  be  accurately 
adjusted  laterally  and  vertically.  The  greatest  advantage 
possessed  by  plates  formed  in  the  new  way  is  that  they  can 
be  properly  annealed,  which  is  impossible  with  plates  flat 
on  one  side  ard  corrugated  on  the  other.  They  are  also, 
weight  1'')''  weight,  much  stronger. —  V.  ( '. 


IX.-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  AND  CEMENTS. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Portland  Cement 
and  Similar  Malt  rials,  and  in  Apparatus  therefor. 
T.  H.  Lodge,  Normauby.  Eng.  Tat.  11,618,  July  S, 
1891. 
Tin:  apparatus  consists  of  a  kiln  with  a  dividing  arch,  in 
which  are  set  gas  retorts,  the  product  of  which  is  used  for 
heating  and  lighting  purposes,  or  for  the  production  of 
power  in  the  works,  or  for  supplementing  the  supply  of 
In.  I  to  the  kiln,  as  well  as  for  lighting  the  drying  chamber 
when  its  contents  are  to  be  raked  out.  The  coal  is  fed  into 
the  retorts  by  a  scoop,  and  withdrawn  in  like  manner. 
The  scoop  used  for  removing  the  coke  and  transferring  it 
to  the  kiln  is  made  of  two  sheets  of  metal  separated  by 
slag  wool,  which  may  be  "  caused  to  absorb  water  for 
cooling  purposes."  The  hot  gases  from  the  kiln  pass  over 
a  "  pp.  -heating  incline,"  upon  which  the  dried  slurry  is 
deposited  from  a  hopper.  It  is  perforated  and  provided 
with  a  flue  conveying  the  gas  to  drying  vaults  and  floors 
charged  from  the  top  of  the  drying  chamber  by  slurry 
pipes,  the  slurry  being  allowed  to  flow  front  one  plate  to 
another  until  the  chamber  is  tilled.  The  dried  slurry  is 
raked  by  hand  out  on  to  a  floor,  whence  it  is  transferred  to 
the  hopper  mentioned  above.  The  distribution  of  the  slurry 
in  the  kiln  is  effected  by  the  dividing  arch,  portions  of 
slurry  being    raked    from    the    "  pre  heating  "  incline  -o  that 

they  fall  on   the  nearei   or   further  side  of  the  division  as 

desired.      A  draught  through    the  kiln    is  prodll I  by  a  fan 

(with  a  water-cooled  spindle)  driven  by  a  gas  engine  and 
provided  with  a  governor,  or  by  a  steam  jet.  Over-hearing 
of  the  drying  chambers  i-  prevented  by  the  use  of  a  fusible 
wire  supporting  a  weight  and   covered    with   wet    slurry,  so 


arranged  that  on  the  slurry  becoming  dry  and  allowing  the 
wTire  to  fuse,  the  weight  is  released  and  the  damper  closed. 
The  explosion  of  any  mixture  of  air  and  gas  in  the  gas 
flues  on  starting  the  kilu  may  be  prevented  by  displacing 
the  air  with  carbon  dioxide. — Ii.  II. 


Improved  Process  of  Manufacturing  Hydraulic  Cement. 
{'•.  Williams,  Winnipeg,  Canada.  Eng.  I'at.  13,016, 
July  31,  1891. 

Cm.  it  M  carbonate  is  calcined  to  caustic  lime  and  put  into 
a  steam-tight  tank,  into  which  steam,  generated  in  a  boiler 
containing  a  solution  of  1  part  of  silicate  of  soda  in  100 
parts  of  water,  is  admitted  at  a  pressure  of  at  least  20  lb. 
to  the  square  inch.  Instead  of  cauticising  the  carbonate  of 
lime,  it  may  b ..■  treated  direct  with  a  solution  of  silicate  of 
soda  instead  of  with  steam  from  a  solution  of  that  sub- 
stance. In  either  case  the  strength  of  the  solution  may  he 
varied.  The  boiler  containing  silicate  of  soda  solution 
may  serve  a  double  purpose,  the  steam  being  led  away  for 
the  first  method  of  treatment,  and  the  solutiou  for  the  second. 
The  product  is  mixed  with  clay  or  similar  material  containing 
alumina  and  silex,  and  a  thin  paste  composed  of  calcium 
chloride,  1  part;  quicklime,  10  parts;  and  warm  water, 
1  j(j  parts  added.  The  resulting  mass  is  moulded,  dried,  and 
burnt.— 1!.  B. 


An  Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Producing 
Hydraulic  Mortar.  C.  Bloemendal,  Berlin,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  13,616,  August  12,  1891. 

Tin:  precess  consists  essentially  in  mixing  hydraulic  cement 
and  sand  in  a  closed  vessel,  with  water  from  which  air  has 
been  expelled,  under  conditions  whereby  the  air  entangled 
in  the  cement  and  sand  is  driven  out  during  the  process  "I 
mixing.  The  apparatus  patented  for  this  purpose  consists 
of  a  cylindrical  vessel  with  conical  bottom  and  slightly 
domed  top,  in  which  the  cement  and  sand  are  placed,  and 
into  which  water  that  has  been  previously  boiled  is  intro- 
duced, and  then  pressure  exerted  by  a  pump.  A  stirrer 
brings  about  the  admixture  of  the  contents  of  the  vessel.  The 
stirrer  has  a  hollow  shaft  carrying  hollow  blades  provided  with 
filtering  faces  through  which  the  water  and  residual  air  arc- 
forced  by  the  pressure  produced  by  the  pump,  over  into  a 
reservoir,  in  which  they  are  separated,  and  whence  the  water 
is  again  drawn  and  put  into  circulation.  By  repeated  use 
of  the  same  water,  it  becomes  saturated  with  the  soluble 
constituents  of  the  mortar,  and  lixiviation  is  prevented. 

— IS.  1!. 


Improved  Process  of  Producing  Imitation  of  Tt  rra-i  'otta. 

W.   Schienning,    Berlin,   Germany.      Eng.    Pat.    13,738, 

August  14,  1891. 
"  Tkui: \-t  o  i  r  v  chips,  ordinary  bricks,  fireproof  bricks, 
clinkers,  &c.  in  powdered  form,"  coarse  or  fine,  according 
to  the  size  of  the  articles  to  be  made,  are  mixed  with 
"  burnt  powdered  gypsum  and  burnt  slaked  lime  and 
water,"  made  into  a  mortar  and  moulded.  The  process  c.f 
hardening  may  be  hastened  by  adding  "  burnt  powdered  or 
effloresced  lime."  The  articles  are  impregnated  with  baryta 
water  to  convert  the  calcium  sulphate  into  the  barium  salt, 
the  bme  formed  uniting  with  carbonic  acid  which  may  be 
that  naturally  present  in  the  air  or  may  be  introduced  as 
"smoke-gases,"  or  by  treatment  with  a  solution  of 
ammonium  or  potassium  carbonate.  Ornamental  articles 
not  subject  to  rough  usage  may  be  moulded  without 
pressure,  in  which  case  the  moulds  may  be  made  of  wax, 
glutinous  substances,  gutta-percha,  and  the  like.  The 
proportions  of  the  ingredients  may  be  varied  according  to 
the  purpose  in  view. — 1>.  11. 


Aos.31,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


i;s<) 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Construction  of  Bricks. 

C.   Borrger,  Philadelphia,  U.S.A.     Eng.   Pat.   8352,  May 

::,  L892. 
The  bricks  are  provided  with  projections  and  depressions 
to  form  bands  between  each  adjacent  pair  of  surfaces.  The 
projections  may  be  in  the  form  of  studs  or  ribs,  and 
corresponding  depressions  or  grooves,  which  are  arranged 
equi-distant  from  each  other;  those  nearest  the  sides 
or  ends  of  the  brick  are  at  a  distance  from  the  edge 
equal  to  one-half  the  distance  between  adjacent  projections 
or  depressions,  so  that  the  bricks  may  be  laid  upon  each 
other  lengthwise  or  transversely  without  affecting  the 
precision  with  which  the  projections  aud  depressions  fit 
into  each  other.  The  use  of  grooves  can  be  adopted  to 
allow  of  the  withdrawal  of  a  brick  without  disturbing  its 
neighbour.  The  form  of  brick  patented  is  especially 
adapted  for  furnace  linings,  as  displacement  during  use  is 
prevented  by  the  system  of  bonding  adopted. — B.  1!. 


X.-METALLURGY. 


Iron  and  Steel  Institute. 

The  President  (Sir  Frederick  Abel),  during  the  delivery  of 
his  address  (26th  May  1892),  bore  witness  to  the  extra- 
ordinary rapidity  with  which  steei  had  to  so  large  an  extent 
superseded  iron  during  the  last  25  years.  He  said  that  in 
1867  only  160,000  tons  of  Bessemer  steel  were  produced 
in  the  United  Kingdom,  while  open-hearth  steel  was  not 
then  a  staple  product.  In  1890  more  than  2,000,000  tons 
of  Bessemer  steel  and  1,250,000  tons  of  open- hearth  steel 
were  made. 

A  paper  on  "  Experiments  with  Basic  Steel "  was  then 
read  by  Mr.  W.  H.  White,  C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Director  of  Naval 
Construction,  in  which  the  author  gave  a  summary  of  the 
results  of  an  inquiry  which  had  been  carried  on  by  the 
Admiralty  during  the  last  six  years  as  to  the  quality  of 
basic  steel.  The  tests  made  up  to  1887  on  rolled  steel  were 
recorded  in  the  paper  read  before  the  Institution  of  Naval 
Architects  by  the  author  in  that  year.  He  then  suggested 
that  experiments  on  rivetted  work  wen-  desirable,  as  the 
rivetted  specimens  of  Bessemer  steel  supplied  up  to  then 
Had  not  been  at  all  equal  to  those  of  open-hearth  steel, 
although  under  tensile,  percussive,  and  forge  tests,  as  well 
as  in  capacity  for  welding  and  comparative  loss  of  strength 
consequent  on  punching,  the  steels  were  equal. 

The  first  series  of  experiments  recorded  in  the  present 
paper  was  made  with  Bessemer  basic  steel,  but  the  results 
were  not  satisfactory.  Subsequent  experiments  were  made 
with  open-hearth  basic  steel,  and  the  results  were  as 
satisfactory  as  those  previously  obtained  with  acid  open- 
hearth  steel,  there  being  no  loss  of  ultimate  tensile  strength 
per  square  inch  of  sectional  area  of  plate  when  rivets  with 
countersunk  points  were  used.  The  Admiralty  had  there- 
fore decided  to  admit  basic  open-hearth  steel  for  ship-work 
on  the  same  terms  as  acid  open  hearth  steel. 

The  results  for  the  different  kinds  of  steel  were  given  by 
Mr.  Whjte  in  a  tabular  form. 

Mr.  P.  Gilchrist,  in  complimenting  the  author  of  the 
paper,  said  that  ordinary  pig  iron  was  often  used  iu  making 
Bteel,  and  when  this  was  the  case  the  steel  was  not  of  first- 
rate    quality,   whether    the    acid    or   basic    process   were 

Used. 

Mr.  Arthur  Cooper  said  that  the  facts  contained  in  the 
paper  wire  fully  continued  by  the  experiments  on  basic 
steel  undertaken  for  Lloyd's.  He  was  sure  the  Admiralty 
would  have  no  cause  to  regret  their  decision. 

Mr.  Riley  thought  that  the  present  favourable  position 
of  the  mild  steel  manufacture  in  England  was  largely  due 
to  tile  sympathetic  attitude  maintained  by  Mr.  White  as 
representing  the  Admiralty,  and  by  Mr.  Martell  as  repre- 
senting   Lloyd's.     On    the  whole    he    thought    basic    open- 


hearth  steel  was  more  likely  to  be  of  good  quality  thar> 
basic  Bessemer  steel,  although  the  opinions  he  had 
expressed  in  18S5  were  now  somewhat  modified. 

Sir  Arthur  Hickman,  who  was  a  maker  of  basic  steel  by 
both  processes,  said  that  to  secure  perfect  certainty  and 
uniformity  of  product  he  should  give  the  preference  to 
Bessemer  steel. 

Col.  Dyer  remarked  on  the  importance  of  registering  the 
exact  parts  of  the  ingot  from  which  the  samples  tested  were 
taken,  and  especially  when  oxygen  was  present. 

Mr.  Edward  Riley  agreed  with  the  last  speaker,  and 
mentioned  a  case  of  bad  horse-shoe  nails  wdiere  he  found 
5  per  cent,  of  the  nails  were  quite  free  from  carbon,  the 
result  of  too  long  annealing  in  a  covered  pan. 

Mr.  Martell  acknowledged  Mr.  Riley's  appreciative 
remarks,  aud  spoke  of  Mr.  White's  beneficent  influence  at 
the  Admiralty  iu  making  known  the  valuable  experiences 
acquired  at  the  public  expense.  He  had  never  known 
any  steel  made  from  Cleveland  pig  by  either  the 
Bessemer  or  open-hearth  acid  process  which  would  stand 
the  tests  required  by  Lloyd's.  Yet  he  had  known  good 
"  angles  "  for  shipbuilding  made  from  material  containing 
1"5  per  cent,  of  phosphorus  by  the  open-hearth  basic 
process,  and  he  saw  no  reason  why  "  plates  "  should  not 
turn  out  equally  satisfactory. 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell  said  that  by  the  acid  process  the  great 
difficulty  was  to  get  out  the  last  traces  of  the  phosphorus, 
but  there  was  no  such  difficulty  when  the  basic  process 
was  used.  He  also  spoke  of  the  great  value  of  a  close 
touch  between  users  and  producers. 

Mr.  Hardisty  said  that,  so  far  as  his  experience  went, 
basic  was  superior  to  acid  steel.  More  than  half  that 
produced  at  Sir  Lowthian  Bell's  works  was  supplied  to  the 
Indian  State  railwa3's,  for  which  very  severe  tests  were 
lequired. 

Mr.  Ellis  thought  it  somewhat  invidious  to  institute 
comparisons  between  acid  and  basic  open-hearth  and 
Bessemer  steels,  as  each  material  was  specially  suitable  for 
some  purpose. 

Mr.  Wrightson  remarked  that  the  Admiralty  tests 
called  especially  for  steel  of  great  tensile  strength,  but  for 
bridge  building  a  milder  steel  of  greater  ductility  was 
often  still  more  suitable. 

Mr.  White,  in  reply,  said  that  his  former  chief,  Sir 
Nathaniel  Barnaby,  had  always  thought  that  nothing  but 
good  could  come  from  consultations  between  the  Admiralty, 
as  steel  users,  and  the  producers.  Experiments  had  been 
made  on  plates  as  much  as  1  iu.  thick,  and  on  basic  steel 
made  from  pig  iron  containing  as  much  as  2'7  of  phos- 
phorus. In  answer  to  Col.  Dyer,  he  could  not  say  from  what 
part  of  the  ingot  the  steel  for  the  samples  tested  came,  but 
all  the  samples  were  taken  from  similar  parts  of  the  plates. 
With  reference  to  Mr.  Wrightson's  remarks  he  could  only 
say  that  the  requirements  for  ships  and  for  bridges  were 
very  different. 

The  next  paper  read  was  by  Col.  H.  Dyer  "  On  the 
Production  of  Pure  Iron  and  Steel." 

The  author  described  some  attempts  to  produce  pure 
iron  and  steel  in  the  basic  furnace,  with  results  which 
approached  so  nearly  to  a  solution  as  to  afford  hope  that 
success  was  not  far  distant. 

In  experimenting  on  the  production  of  pure  iron,  the 
best  results  were  obtained  from  a  charge  of  50  to  80  per 
cent,  of  good  scrap,  the  remainder  being  good  Swedish 
pig,  worked  very  quickly.  Analysis  of  the  product  gave 
the  following  results  . — 

Combined  carbon Trace 

Silicon 0-006 

Manganese Trace 

Phosphorus Trace 

Sulphur 0'015 

With  the  greatest  care  only  small  forgings  could  be 
made,  so  that  no  satisfactory  mechanical  tests  had  been 
made. 

A  second  series  of  experiments  was  undertaken  to  ascer- 
tain whether  a  steel  with  a  high  percentage  of  carbon  and 
a  low  percentage  of  phosphorus  could  be  produced  ftom 
ordinary  scrap   steel   in  the   basic    furnace.      A    layer   of 


690 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Aug.  81, 1892. 


coarsely  broken  limestone  was  placed  on  the  hearth  of 
an  ordinary  basic  Siemens  furnace,  and  on  this  a  layer 
of  coke.  A  charge  of  scrap  steel  was  then  placed  on  top 
of  the  coke,  and  the  whole  melted  down  as  quickly  as 
possible.  To  the  melted  charge  manganiferous  ore  and 
limestone  were  added  as  required.  A  good  furnace 
working  well  required  about  9  cwt.  of  coke  to  14  tons  of 
metal.  The  coke  reduced  the  oxide  of  iron  formed  in 
melting,  and  carbonised  tne  steel.  Nine  different  qualities 
of  steel  were  produced  from  as  many  consecutive  charges, 
and  these  contained  from  oil  to  05  per  cent,  of  com- 
bined carbon.  The  breaking  strengths  ranged  from 
22*7  to  45*3  tons  per  square  inch,  and  the  elongation 
from  4  4  to  14 '5  per  cent.  The  paper  contained  a  tabular 
statement  of  analyses,  and  of  the  results  of  the  various 
tests.  The  author  thought  that  if  carbonaceous  material 
free  from  sulphur  could  be  obtained,  the  sulphur  in  the 
metal  might  be  decreased  or  altogether  eliminated. 

Mr.  Edward  Riley  said  he  had  often  made  practically 
pure  iron  by  the  basic  process,  e.g.,  a  metal  containing 
99 -9  per  cent,  of  iron  and  hardly  any  phosphorus  or 
carbon.  At  Seraing  some  thousands  of  tons  of  steel 
were  produced  by  the  basic  process  from  hematite  iron,  in 
which  the  phosphorus  was  as  low  as  0-01  per  cent. 

Mr.  Snelus  said  he  had  often  advised  Sheffield  manu- 
facturers to  make  iron  by  the  basic  process  from  English 
hematite  rather  than  pay  high  prices  for  Swedish 
material. 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell  pointed  out  that  pure  iron  meant  iron 
in  which  there  was  not  a  trace  of  anything  else.  The 
electricians  at  the  Post  Office  had  been  in  search  of  that 
material  for  10  years.  For  telephonic  purposes  it  was 
desirable  to  obtain  iron  without  a  trace  of  carbon. 

Mr.  Snelus  said  that  Col.  Dyer  had  stated  that  his  pure 
iron  could  not  be  worked.  He  thought  this  was  due  to 
the  presence  of  oxide  of  irou,  which  was  very  difficult  to 
estimate  accurately,  and  had  so  far  proved  very  difficult  to 
remove  when  present.  He  was  at  present  making  experi- 
ments on  this  point,  and  hoped  shortly  to  place  the  results 
before  the  Institute. 

The  secretary  then  read  a  communication  from 
Mr.  Powell,  the  general  manager  of  the  Newton  Works, 
who  had  succeeded  in  making  a  bar  of  pure  iron  by  the 
basic  process,  but  was  not  sanguine  as  to  success  on  a 
practical  scale.  The  red-shortness,  which  was  probably  due 
to  the  presence  of  oxide  of  iron,  could  be  remedied 
by  adding  steel.  He  recommended  a  basic  lining  for 
ladles. 

A  communication  from  Mr.  Alex.  Tucker  was  also  read, 
in  which  he  gave  results  of  analyses  of  steel  made  in  basic 
converters  by  the  Staffordshire  Steel  Company.  In  some 
cases  the  phosphorus  was  as  low  as  0"04  per  cent., 
and  the  sulphur  O'l  per  cent.  This  metal  worked 
perfectly. 

The  president  remarked  that  Colonel  Dyer's  results 
seemed  to  be  of  great  importance,  and  that  he  had  induced 
Dr.  Hopkinson  to  inquire  into  the  magnetic  properties 
of  the  iron,  which  seemed  to  be  of  a  remarkable 
character. 

Mr.  Hardisty  gave  particulars  of  his  attempts  to  make 
a  very  soft  steel  for  telegraphic  wires.  The  metal  produced 
had  a  tensile  strength  of  20-9  tons  per  square  inch,  with 
an  elongation  of  36  per  cent.  The  limit  of  elasticity  was 
very  high,  about  16*4  tons  per  square  inch,  or  over 
mi  per  cent,  of  the  breaking  stress.  He  had  obtained  steel 
containing  only  O'l  per  cent,  of  phosphorus,  commencing 
with  0-5  per  cent.  He  recommended  a  basic  lining  for  the 
ladles  as  Mr.  Powell  did.  He  thought  steel,  such  as  he 
had  sometimes  made,  having  a  breaking  strength  of 
40  tons  per  square  inch  and  an  elongation  of  18  per  cent., 
compared  favourably  with  Colonel  Dyer's  pure  iron. 

Col.  Dyer,  in  reply  to  the  discussion,  said  that  where 
a  large  quantity  of  oxide  was  present  it  increased  the 
deleterious  action  of  the  other  impurities  in  a  marked 
degree. — J.  II.  C. 


Action    of    Carbonic    Oxide    on    Iron    and     Manganese. 
Guntz.     Compt.  Rend.  114,  1892,  1 15—117. 

Slwimku  first  observed  that  a  considerable  quantity  of 
carbon  is  separated  on  passing  carbonic  oxide  over  oxide 
of  iron  at  a  temperature  below  that  at  which  glass  softens. 
Sehutzenberger  has  since  pointed  out,  contrary  to  the 
opinion  of  Gruner,  that  with  pure  iron  the  decomposition 
of  carbonic  oxide  can  be  effected  without  material  formation 
of  carbon  dioxide.  The  author  has  recently  been  engaged 
on  work  requiring  the  electrolytic  preparation  of  amalgams, 
and  from  these  amalgams  pure  metals  have  been  obtained 
which  have  been  subjected  to  the  action  of  carbonic  oxide. 
In  the  case  of  iron,  carbon  began  to  separate  when  a  dull 
red  heat  was  attained  ;  a  very  small  quantity  of  carbon 
dioxide  was  formed  ;  at  the  same  time  the  iron  seemed  to 
absorb  carbonic  oxide.  More  satisfactory  results  were 
obtained  with  manganese.  The  metal  was  heated  at  about 
400°  in  a  glass  tube,  through  which  a  current  of  carbonic 
oxide  was  being  passed.  After  a  while  action  begins 
between  the  manganese  and  the  gas,  and  heating  may  be 
discontinued.  The  carbonic  oxide  seems  to  be  totally 
absorbed.  The  reaction  which  takes  place,  according  to  the 
author,  is  the  following :  Mn  +  CO  =  MuO  +  C.  From 
analogy  it  would  seem  as  though  the  reaction,  in  the  case 
of  iron,  might  be  represented  thus  :  Fe  +  CO  =  FeO  +  C. 
The  completeness  of  the  reaction  in  the  case  of  manganese 
is  accounted  for  by  the  resistance  of  the  oxide  of  manganese 
to  reduction  by  carbonic  oxide  at  all  temperatures,  and  in 
this  it  differs  from  iron. 

At  high  temperatures  the  suboxides  of  iron  and 
manganese  when  heated  with  carbon  give  the  metal  and 
carbonic  oxide,  that  is  to  say  the  action  is  the  reverse  of 
that  taking  place  at  about  500'  C.  The  reaction  here 
considered  is  held  by  the  author  to  explain  how  in  one 
particular  zone  of  the  blast  furnace  the  iron  encountering 
carbonic  oxide  is  oxidised  with  separation  of  carbon,  and 
how  in  another  zone  this  oxide  of  iron  is  reduced  by 
carbonic  oxide  with  formation  of  carbonic  acid,  and  how 
in  passing  through  the  furnace  the  iron  takes  up  carbon 
from  the  finely-divided  material  with  which  it  is  in  contact. 

— T.  L.  B. 


The    Preparation     and   Estimation    of    Pure    Platinum. 
F.  Mylius  and  F.  Foerster.     Ber.  25,  1892,  065—686. 

The  authors  having  recounted  the  known  methods  devised 
by  Deville  and  Stas  for  the  analysis  and  purification  of 
the  metals  of  the  platinum  group,  and  having  substantiated 
the  accuracy  of  the  separations  of  the  metals  on  which 
they  depend,  comment  on  certain  disadvantages  that  these 
processes  possess.  They  have  devised  a  method  by  which 
the  platinum  may  be  volatilised  from  other  metals 
present  in  small  quantity,  and  with  this  object  in  view 
they  have  investigated  the  volatility  of  such  metals  as 
are  likely  to  be  present,  as  well  as  that  of  platinum 
itself  when  heated  in  a  current  of  chlorine  mixed  with 
carbon  monoxide.  The  formation  of  volatile  compounds 
of  platinum  under  these  conditions  has  been  lately  investi- 
gated anew  by  Pullinger  (J.  Chem.  Soc.  1891,  598),  and 
by  the  authors  themselves,  and  its  applicability  was  tried 
by  them  in  the  following  manner: — Five  to  10  grms.  of 
platinum,  preferably  in  the  form  of  "  sponge,"  contained 
in  a  porcelain  boat,  was  heated  in  a  thin  walled  tube  drawu 
out  to  a  long  neck  at  one  end  and  attached  to  an  apparatus 
for  generating  chlorine  and  to  a  gas-holder  filled  with  a 
mixture  of  carbon  monoxide  and  carbon  dioxide  produced 
by  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  upon  oxalic  acid.  The 
further  end  was  closed  by  a  cork  and  carried  a  tube  dipping 
into  caustic  soda  to  absorb  objectionable  fumes.  The  part 
of  the  tube  containing  the  boat  was  heated  to  about  238°  C. 
At  first  chlorine  alone  was  passed  over  the  metal  under 
treatment,  and  afterwards  a  mixture  of  chlorine  and  carbon 
monoxide.  Excess  of  the  former  was  found  to  be  inadvis. 
able,  as  dark  coloured  sparingly  volatile  products  were 
formed,  which  however  were  easily  sublimed  by  subsequent 
treatment  with  carbon  monoxide.  Ten  grms.  of  platinum 
could  be  volatilised  in  this  way  in  six  or  eight  hours.  The 
process  was  found  to  be  unsuited  for  the  analysis  of 
platinum  alloys,  as    the  presence  of   about   one  per  cent. 


iBB.Si.1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


691 


of  iridium  caused  the  distillation  to  proceed  very  slowly, 
ami  considerable  quantities  of  platinum  remained  in  the 
residue.  With  sensibly  pure  platinum,  however,  no  such 
difficult;  occurs,  and  even  thin  sheet  can  be  used.  The 
platinum  can  be  easily  recovered  from  the  sublimed  com- 
pounds with  chlorine  and  carbon  monoxide  by  solution  in 
strong  hydrochloric  acid  and  decomposition  of  this  solution 
by  the  addition  of  water.  The  determination  of  the  platinum 
by  this  method  is  not  to  be  recommended,  but  it  may  be 
indirectly  estimated  by  the  loss  in  weight  of  the  contents 
of  the  boat.  The  behaviour  of  the  metals  likely  to  be 
present  in  platinum  of  commercial  purity  was  then 
ascertained.  Iridium  gave  a  sublimate  strongly  resembling 
that  yielded  by  platinum,  and  separation  of  a  trace  of 
iridium  from  a  large  quantity  of  platinum  could  not  be 
effected:  Palladium  alone  gave  no  sublimate,  but  vola- 
tilised in  the  presence  of  an  excess  of  platinum,  only 
a  trace  being  left  in  the  non-volatile  residue.  Hhodium 
was  not  appreciably  volatile  ;  1  mgrm.  could  be  recognised 
in  10  grms.  of  platinum.  Ruthenium,  osmium,  and  gold 
were  all  volatile.  Silver,  copper,  lead,  and  zinc  were  non- 
volatile, while  iron  easily  sublimed.  The  method  was 
ili.r.  tore  shown  to  be  available  for  tin:  metals  rhodium, 
silver,  copper,  lead,  and  zinc.  The  process  can  be  used  to 
supplement  the  Deville-Stas  method,  in  the  following  way  : — 
Theaqua  regia  solution  of  platinum  containing  rhodium  and 
lead  obtained  in  the  course  of  the  standard  method,  is 
freed  as  far  as  possible  from  excess  of  acid,  neutralised 
with  ammonia,  excess  of  formic  acid  added  together  with 
some  ammonium  acetate,  made  up  to  500  cc,  heated  on  the 
water-bath  to  70° — 80°  C.  until  the  carbon  dioxide  which 
is  freely  evolved  at  the  beginning  slackens  somewhat,  and 
then  boiled  in  conjunction  with  a  vertical  condenser 
for  24 — 30  hours.  The  precipitated  metal  is  washed  with 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid  and  dried  over  sulphuric  acid 
and  caustic  potash  The  dried  metal  is  heated  cautiously 
in  hydrogen,  weighed,  and  treated  by  the  carbon 
monoxide  and  chlorine  process  already  in  outline  de- 
scribed. The  non-volatile  residue  is  extracted  with  nitric 
acid  to  remove  the  lead,  while  the  rhodium  is  separated 
from  the  small  quantity  of  platinum  remaining  in  the 
boat,  by  fusion  with  bisulphate  of  potash.  Small  amounts 
of  impurities  in  platinum  are  therefore  best  deter- 
mined by  the  following  method: — Three  distinct  portions 
are  taken ;  the  first  is  tested  for  palladium,  iridium, 
and  ruthenium  by  the  ordinary  lead  method  of  Deville 
and  Stas  ;  a  second  portion  is  dissolved  in  aqua  regia 
and  the  filtrate  examined  for  iron  after  the  reduction 
of  the  platinum  by  means  of  formic  acid ;  the  third  is 
volatilised  by  the  new  carbon  monoxide  and  chlorine 
method,  and  rhodium,  silver,  copper,  and  lead  looked  for 
in  the  residue.  The  following  quantities  can  be  detected 
if  lo  n;rms.  of  platinum  be  used  for  each  operation  : 
iridium,  0-003;  ruthenium,  0-005  ;  ruodium,  0004; 
palladium,  0-01  ;  iron,  O'OOl;  copper,  0-002;  silver, 
0'002  ;  lead,  0-002  percent,  respectively. 

Preparation  of  Pure  Platinum. — Commercial  platinum 
is  not  even  approximately  pure.  Appended  are  two 
analyses,  the  first  of  a  platinum  crucible,  the  second  of  a 
sample  of  "  purified"  platinum  : — 




Platinum 
Crucible. 

"  Purified  " 

Platinum. 

Per  Cent. 
96-90 

2-B6 

(1-211 
Trace 
II-U2 
0-20 

Per  Cent. 
99-28 

n\>2 

o-is 

0-04 

o-oo 

0-U7 

*99  -SS 

yj-'M 

The  need  for  pure  platinum  for  the  preparation  of  standard 
weights  and  measures  made  from  a  platiuutn-iridiuni  alloy 
of  known  composition,  was  the  first  cause  that  led  to  a 
serious  attempt  being  made  to  purify  platinum  beyond 
the  limits  here  indicated,  and  success  in  this  direction  has 
been  achieved  by  the  well-known  firm  of  Johnson  and 
Matthey,  who  use  the  lead  process  of  Deville  and  Stas.  The 
authors  have  detected  in  the  purest  samples  from  this  firm 
0-01  per  cent,  of  rhodium  and  0-01  per  cent,  of  silver,  both 
impurities  being  among  the  list  of  those  for  the  detection  of 
which  the  carbon  monoxide  and  chlorine  method  is 
especially  suitable.  Lately  W.  O.  Heriius  has  engaged  in  '.he 
production  of  pure  platinum,  which  is  stated  to  be  preferable 
to  the  English  material,  as  no  lead  is  used  in  the  process  of 
purification.  A  sample  examined  by  the  authors  contained 
only  a  trace  of  iridium,  not  quantitatively  determinable, 
and  no  detectable  amount  of  palladium  or  rhodium.  The 
amount  of  iron  present  did  not  exceed  0*001  per  cent. 
Finkener's  method  for  purifying  platiuum  was  adopted. 
It  consists  essentially  in  the  conversion  of  the  platinum  into 
the  double  sodium  chloiide  salt  and  the  recrystallisation  of 
this  salt  from  a  solution  made  alkaline  with  soda.  The  solu- 
tion of  platinic  chloride,  freed  from  oxides  of  nitrogen,  was 
evaporated  with  the  calculated  amount  of  sodium  chloride 
(free  from  iron)  to  dryness,  and  well  stirred  while  cooling. 
The  mother-liquor  was  removed  from  the  crystals,  and  the 
latter  were  washed  with  a  strong  solution  of  sodium  chloride 
aud  dissolved  in  a  1  per  cent,  soda  solution.  A  very  small 
quantity  of  a  dark  precipitate  containing  iridium  remained. 
The  salt  separated  by  the  cooling  of  the  filtered  solution 
was  repeatedly  recrystallised  from  slightly  alkaline  solution 
without  the  formation  of  any  similar  precipitate.  The 
purified  salt  thus  obtained  was  dehydrated  at  120°  C,  and 
reduced  in  hydrogen  at  a  low  temperature,  the  resulting 
platinum  sponge  washed  repeatedly  with  water,  dried  and 
ignited,  the  ignited  metal  being  also  washed  with  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid,  dilute  hydrofluoric  acid,  aud  again  with 
water. 

With  regard  to  the  purity  of  the  platinum  thus  prepared, 
it  appeared  probable  that  the  maximum  limit  for  the  total 
quantity  of  foreign  matter  was  0-01  per  cent.,  that  is  to 
say,  there  was  present  99-99  per  cent,  of  platinum.  The 
conclusion  arrived  at  by  this  investigation  is  that  platinum 
is  a  metal  which  can  be  brought  to  a  high  state  of  purity 
with  ease  and  certainty. — B.  B. 


1  99 '68  in  original. 


Chemistry  of  Thomas-Slag.     M.  A.  von  Reis.     Zeits.  f. 
ang.  Chein.  1892,  229—231. 

Thomas-slag  leaves  the  steel  works  either  in  blocks  or 
slabs,  the  former  being  produced  by  allowing  the  liquid 
slag  to  solidify  in  the  truck,  the  latter  by  pouring  the  slag. 
The  essential  difference  between  these  two  methods  is  in 
the  rate  of  cooling  ;  the  blocks  have  cooled  slowly 
and  seem  to  be  thereby  rendered  far  more  friable  than  the 
slabs,  which  are  much  harder,  having  been  cooled  quickly, 
frequently  with  the  aid  of  a  sprinkling.  This  difference  in 
hardness  is  a  very  real  one  to  the  slag-miller ;  the  blocks 
can  often  be  crumbled  in  some  parts  of  their  surfaces 
between  the  fingers,  while  the  energy  necessary  to  mill  the 
slabs  is  very  costly.  The  blocks,  however,  are  not  uniform 
in  texture  ;  if  allowed  to  spontaneously  crumble,  as  they  do 
in  time,  they  disintegrate  to  a  more  or  less  coarse  powder 
containing  hard  smooth  nodules,  which  are  difficult  to  grind. 
The  author  has  sought  a  chemical  explanation  for  this 
physical  difference  between  block-  and  slab-slag.  Slags 
from  four  steel  works  were  analysed,  and  of  these, 
descriptions  and  analyses  are  given  below — 

I.  From  works  A. — Slab  ;  dark  brown,  thick,  hard,  and 
difficultly  milled. 

II.  From  works  A. — Block ;  grey,  schistose,  friable,  and 
easily  milled. 

III.  From  works   B. — Block  ; 
easily  milled. 

IV.  From  works  C. — Block ; 
and  not  very  easily  milled. 

V.  From  works  1). — Slab;  dark   brown,  thick,  hard,  and 
difficultly  milled. 


slate-grey,   compact,   and 
grey,  compact,   blistered, 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Aug.  81, 1892, 


\  1.   Prom  works   D. — Block;  brown,    thick,    hard,   and 
difficultly  milled. 


VII.  From  works   D Block;  grey,  friable,  and   easily 

milled. 


Sample. 

Mil. 

1'n 

\    i 

FejOj 

FeO 

MnO 

CaO 

MgO 

Milling  Quality. 

1. 

6*77 

16-92 

1-68 

0  96 

10-77 

7-16 

51-00 

3-01 

Difficult. 

II. 

10- 11 

11-75 

1-58 

10-41 

10-55 

W91 

31-00 

2-08 

Easy. 

III. 

6-69 

17-75 

5-70 

10-65 

7-71 

43-42 

2-115 

Easy. 

IV. 

1-88 

19-25 

i'.Y.i 

.-,•11 

12-49 

6-23 

48-17 

2-3S 

>,"i  t  very  easy. 

V. 

8-07 

18-48 

1-  10 

3-45 

10-13 

9-35 

i.;-7u 

2-03 

Difficult. 

VI. 

6'00 

I8"39 

1-37 

2-87 

11-43 

7-28 

•Mi' 77 

1-57 

Difficult. 

VII. 

7-117 

22-50 

0-89 

5-27 

6-49 

7-S1 

17-36 

1-67 

Easy. 

From  this  table  it  will  be  seen  that  the  general  chemical 
composition  of  the  slag  has  little  or  no  influence  on  its 
physical  properties,  hut  the  proportion  of  Fe2(>,  to  FeO 
seems  to  he  connected  with  the  milling  quality  of  the  slag. 
The  following  are  the  ratios  of  Fe.,0:,  to  FeO  (columns  .5 
and  6)  in  the  above  samples,  given  in  the  same  order: 
1  :  11-2,  1  :  1-0,  1  :  1-9,  1  :2-5,  1  :30,  1  :4-0,  1:1-2.  If 
these  ratios  be  compared  with  the  milling  qualities,  it  will  he 
noted  that  when  Fe203:FeO  <  1  : 3,  the  slag  is  easily 
milled,  but  when  it  exceeds  this  the  milling  is  more 
difficult. 


For  additional  evidence  as  to  the  influence  of  the  ratio 
I 'ei  i   :  I'd  I,  four  blocks  were  fractionally  analysed  : — 

Block  1. — This  consisted  of  about  25  per  cent,  of  brown 
haul  slag  (I.),  the  remainder  being  brown  hard  nodules  (II.) 
embedded  in  a  grey  schistose,  friable  slag  (III.)  ;  the 
analyses  show  that  whereas  the  acid  radicles  in  the  different 
parts  are  constant,  and  have  no  apparent  effect  on  the 
milling  qualities,  the  ratio  of  Fe203  to  FeO  varies  and  has 
considerable  influence : — 


SiOo 


P»06 


■   i 


FeO 


i  e  ii.iI'.'O 


Milling  Quality. 


I. 

9-18 

21-  7(1 

Bi 

9-20 

1   :  .'I'll 

Difficult. 

II. 

934 

21-35 

2 '40 

9 '93 

1  :  t'l 

Difficult, 

111. 

9-02 

22-00 

S'l.'i 

4'jt 

1   II'.-, 

Easy. 

Blocks  2,  •''.,  and  I.  were  analysed  in  strata  :- 


Block  -2.    Superficial  layer 

Second  layer 

Third  lav.  r  (verj  friable) 

Fourth  layer  (compact,  brown;  block  proper) 

Blu.ck8.    Brown,  brittle  crust  trom  the  cover 

Superficial  layer 

„        Sen, ml  layer 

„  Third  layer 

Compai  k 

Block  I.    s I'ficial  layer 

„         Second  layer 

„        Compact,  brown  block 

Thin  layer  from   between  the  block  and  the  wall 
ol  the  i 


IV  j  I 

10-80 
8-80 
8-30 
2-00 
7-22 
6-36 
7-82 

19-50 
5'80 

15-0 

21  -!i 


I'.M 


FcjOa :  FeO        Killing  Quality. 


£*37 

1  :  0-2 

Easy. 

.-S3 

1  :  0-2 

Easy. 

0-21 

1  :  0-03 

Vn'i  easy. 

9  07 

1  :3-5 

Difficult. 

7-12 

1  :  10 

Easy. 

10-05 

1  :  1-5 

Easy. 

11-00 

1  :  1-5 

Easy, 

0-32 

1  :  0-02 

Very  easy. 

11-  It 

1  :  2-1) 

Easy. 

s-s 

1  :  IIT. 

Easy. 

0-22 

1  :  n-lll 

A  ery  rasy. 

l.Vs 

1  :  3-0 

Moderately  easy. 

385 

1  :  0-17 

Very  easy. 

Some  nodules  remaining  on  a  heap  of  slag  which  had 
been  formed  in  the  early  days  of  the  Thomas  process  were 
found  to  be  exceedingly  hard  and  difficult  to  mill;  they 
were  elipsoidal  in  shape  and  some  10  to  15  cm.  long.  An 
analysis  of  two  of  them  gave:— (1)  Fe.,(  >.,  1-43,  FeO  18-38, 
l-'ei'i  :FeO  1  :  13,  (2)  Fe.(  >,  1;75,  FeO  10-20,  Fe2<  >, :  Fe<  ' 
1  :9-3. 

It  is  pretty  evident  that  the  larger  the  quantity  of  ferric 
oxide  in  the  slag,  the  more  easily  the  slag  is  milled;  but 
this  only  applies  to  slowly  cooled  blocks  ;  in  the  rapidly 
cooled  slabs  the  ferric  oxide,  when  present,  has  much  less 
influence.  The  authoi  surmises  that  in  liquid  slag  there 
exist,  besides  phosphates  and  silicates,  calcium  ferrate  and 
manganate  :  during  the  cooling  of  the  slag  these  compounds 
decompose  more  or  less  complete!)  according  to  the  time 


occupied,  and  if  this  be  very  short  they  may  not  decompose 
at  all  before  the  slag  is  solid  ;  the  decomposition  results  in 
the  liberation  of  ferric  and  manganese  oxides  which 
disseminate  through  the  molten  slag  and  prevent  it  from 
setting  so  hard  as  it  otherwise  would ;  this  dissemination 
will  lie  less  perfect  if  the  slag  be  quickly  cooled,  and  a 
harder  product  will  result.  That  this  explanation  is 
probably  correct,  is  evidenced  by  the  fact  that  difficultly 
milled  slags  leave  little  or  no  residue  when  treated  with 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid  (1  part  of  HC'l  of  sp.  gr.  1  •  19  +  5 
parts  of  H..<  I),  whereas  the  softer  samples  leave  a  residue 
which  consists  almost  entirely  of  ferric  oxide,  and  is 
proportional  to  the  ease  with  which  they  have  been  milled. 

—A.  G.  B. 


Aug.Si,i892J        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTF.Y. 


693 


On    Certain    Ternary  Alloys.      Part   VI.      C.   R.   Alder 
Wright.     Proc'.  Roy.  Soc.  1892. 

I\  this  paper  are  described  the  results  of  experiments  made 
with  ternary  mixtures  of  molten  metals  containing  aluminium 
as  the  lighter  "  immiscible  "  metal,  lead  (or  bismuth)  as  the 
heavier  one,  and  tin  (or  silver)  as  the  "solvent"  metal, 
the  observations  being  made  in  precisely  the  same  way 
as  those  previously  described  (this  Journal,  1 80l>,  944  : 
1892,  245).  Incidentally  it  is  mentioned  that  the  aluminium 
now  obtainable  commercially  in  quantity  is  considerably 
purer  than  that  supplied  at  some  eight  times  the  price 
upwards  of  four  3rears  ago,  when  the  experiments  were  first 
commenced;  in  1887 — 88  so-called  99  per  cent,  aluminium 
invariably  contained  much  more  than  1  per  cent,  of  matter 
not  aluminium  (at  least  so  far  as  numerous  samples  were 
concerned  obtained  by  the  author  from  different  makers  for 
the  purpose  of  the  investigation)  ;  silicon  and  iron  are  still 
the  chief  impurities,  the  former  existing  in  conditions  closely 
analogous  to  those  observed  in  the  case  of  carbon  in  cast 
iron,  &c. ;  i.e.  partly  dissolved  in  the  aluminium  (when 
fused)  apparently  in  the  amorphous  form,  and  partly 
undissolved  in  the  graphitoidal  form.  On  solution  in 
diluted  aqua  regia  the  former  variety  of  silicon  becomes 
oxidised  and  more  or  less  completely  dissolved  in  the  acid 
fluid,  whilst  the  latter  is  mostly  unattacked  and  undissolved; 
much  as  the  dissolved  amorphous  carbon  in  cast  iron,  &c.  is 
volatilised  in  combination  with  hydrogen  in  solution  in 
hydrochloric  acid,  whilst  the  undissolved  admixed  graphi- 
toidal carbou  remains  unaffected  by  the  acid. 

The  "  critical  curves  "  obtained  at  the  temperature  of 
about  800°  C.  with  the  ternary  mixtures  aluminium-lead-tin 
and  aluminium-bismuth-tin  and  at  near  870°  C.  with  the 
mixtures  aluminium-lead-silver  and  aluminium-bismuth- 
silver  are  described  and  graphically  represented  ;  on  com- 
parison with  the  four  corresponding  curves  where  zinc 
replaces  aluminium,  it  is  noticeable  that  in  every  case  the 
curve  obtained  with  aluminium  as  light  immiscible  metal  is 
situated  outside  the  corresponding  curve  where  zinc  was 
used,  notwithstanding  that  a  somewhat  higher  temperature 
was  employed  ;  whilst  the  curve  obtained  with  bismuth  as 
heavier  immiscible  metal  invariably  lies  inside  the  corre- 
sponding curve  where  lead  is  used,  the  temperature 
conditions  being  the  same.  The  examination  of  the  general 
contours  of  the  curves  and  the  directions  of  slope,  &c,  of  the 
tie-lines  lead  to  the  conclusion  that  whereas  zinc  and  silver 
form  definite  compounds,  AgZn5  and  Ag4Zn5,  the  formation 
of  which  produces  peculiar  bulges  (inwards  and  outwards) 
at  certain  portions  of  the  critical  curves  when  these  two 
metals  are  present,  no  such  results  are  traceable  in  the  ease 
of  aluminium  and  silver.  On  the  other  hand,  the  configura- 
tions of  the  tie-lines  with  zinc-lead-tin  and  aluminium-lead- 
tiu  alloys  are  alike,  but  different  from  those  observed  in  all 
other  cases,  leading  to  the  inference  that  the  cause  is  the 
tendency  towards  the  formation  of  certain  definite  com- 
pounds, Pb3Sn  on  the  one  hand  and  Zn  ,Sn  and  Al4Sn  on  the 
other. 

The  positions  of  the  "  limiting  points,"  or  vanishing 
points  of  the  systems  of  tie-lines  deduced  in  the  four  cases, 
are  such  as  to  show  that  whilst  the  proportions  in  which  the 
two  immiscible  metals  are  present  at  the  limiting  point  is 
always  pretty  close  to  that  indicating  some  definite  atomic 
ratio,  jet  this  ratio  differs  widely  with  the  nature  of  the 
"  solvent "  metal ;  thus  with  the  four  combinations  the 
atomic  ratios  were  approximately  those  indicated  by  the 
formuhc — 

Aluminium-lead-tin Al-Pbg 

Aluminium-lead-silver AU'b, 

Aluminiuni-liisiuutli-tin AJi0Bi 

Aluminium-bismutb-silver AlBis 

All  four  aluminium-containing  alloys  are  freely  oxidisable 
when  molten  ;  even  when  the  atmosphere  surrounding  the 
crucible  is  rendered  reducing  as  far  as  possible,  and  access 
of  air  prevented  as  much  as  practicable  by  directing  a  jet  of 
coal  gas  into  the  crucible,  a  notable  amount  of  oxidation 
takes  place  during  the  admixture  of  the  metals  by  vigorous 
stirring  ;  the  effect  of  this  is  that  the  mixtures  "  flour " 
considerably,  so  that  a  large  portion  of  the  metals  originally 
used  is  lost,  being  pulverised  and  left  behind  with  the  scoria; 


in  the  mixing  crucible,  when  the  fluid  mixture  is  poured  off 
into  long,  narrow,  clay  test-tubes,  in  which  the  mass  is  kept 
molten  for  some  eight  hours. — C.  K.  A.  W. 


Note  on  the  Density  of  Nickel  and  Iron.     J.  Hopkinson. 
Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  50,  302,  121 — 122. 

Ix  Proc.  Roy.  Sec.  12,  December  1889,  January  1G,  1890, 
and  May  1,  1890,  the  author  described  certain  properties  of 
alloys  of  nickel  and  iron  containing  respectively  22  per  cent, 
and  25  per  cent,  of  nickel.  In  addition  to  the  curious 
properties  already  described,  the  author  has  discovered  that 
these  alloys  are  about  2  per  cent,  less  dense  when  in  the 
maguetisable  than  when  in  the  non-magnetisable  state. 
Two  rings  were  tested  containing  respectively  25  per  cent, 
and  22  per  cent,  of  nickel  with  the  following  results,  the 
densities  being  given  without  correction  in  relation  to  the 
density  of  water  at  the  then  temperature  : — 


Nickel. 

Nickel. 

25  Per  Cent. 

22  Per  Cent. 



Density. 

Temperature. 

Density. 

Temperature. 

After  heating,  non- 

8-15 

15-1 

8-13 

16-5 

lnagnetisaole. 

After  cooling,  mag* 

7  "99 

H'E 

7-90 

15'6 

netisable. 

After  heating  again, 

S'15 

ls-i) 

s-12 

18-2 

non-magnetisable. 

After  cooling  again, 

7-H7 

22-0 

T'Jo 

21*8 

magnetisable. 

The  rings  were  each  time  cooled  from  100°  C.  to  110°  C. 
by  carbonic  acid  and  ether  in  vacuo. — G.  H.  R. 


Note  on  the  Analysis  of  Slay  of  Metallic  Appearance 
from  the  Manufacture  of  Phosphorus  in  Electrical 
Furnaces.    J.  C.  Chorley.     Chem.  News,  63,  301. 

See  under  XXIII.,  paye  711. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Ferro  Bronze  and 
other  Alloys.  J.  E.  Bott,  Eyam,  Derbyshire.  Eng.  Pat. 
795,  January  15,  1891. 

The  rationale  of  this  process  consists  in  heating  iron 
sulphide  with  zinc,  whereby  an  iron-zinc  alloy  is  produced 
at  a  low  temperature  and  with  small  loss  of  zinc,  and  then 
fusing  this  alloy  with  copper  to  form  ferro-bronze.  The  iron 
sulphide  is  produced  by  placing  iron  rods  in  molten  sulphur, 
the  product  being  tapped  from  the  bottom  of  the  crucible  m 
fast  as  it  is  formed.  If  it  is  required  for  the  ultimate 
production  of  a  ferro-bronze  which  can  be  rolled  or  forged, 
wrought  iron  is  used,  but  if  a  hard  tenacious  ferro-bronze 
is  required,  suitable  for  bearings,  propellers,  Sec.  titanic  iron 
or  sand  is  made  use  of.  If  still  denser  ferro-bronze  is 
required  tungsten  or  chrome  ore,  with  or  without  wrought 
iron,  is  employed.  The  next  stage  is  the  production  of 
ferro-zinc,  ferro-titauie  zinc,  ferro -chromic  zinc,  ferro- 
manganic-chromic  zinc,  or  ferro-tungstic  zinc  by  fusing  the 
above  simple  or  compound  sulphides  with  metallic  zinc  in  a 
covered  iron  crucible.  Lastly  the  ferro-zincs  so  produced 
are  fused  with  copper  to  produce  ferro-bronzes  as  stated 
above.  By  this  process  the  difficulty  of  introducing  iron 
into  copper  is  avoided  and  the  proportion  of  the  latter 
element  may  be  greatly  decreased  with  the  production  of 
stronger  and  more  ductile  alloys. — II.  K.  T. 


694 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Aug  si.un. 


Improvements  Relating  to  the  Treatment  of  Sulphur  Ores, 

Crude  Sulphur,   Ozokerites,   Hear.,    Oils  of  Petroleum, 

and    other    Materials  for    Extracting,    Purifying,    or 

Refining  Purposes,  and  to   Apparatus  for  Use  therein. 

L.  Labois,  Paris,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  9781,  Juue  9,  1891. 

The  inventor  proposes  to   extract  by  centrifugal  action  or 

removal  of  the  liquid  with  the  aid   of   high-pressure  steam, 

substances  which  can  be  separated    in  the  liquid   state  by 

elevation  of  the  temperature   of   the  gangues,   ores,  or  raw 

materials  in  general  which  contain  them. — D.  B. 


Improvements    in    Alloys   and    Compositions  for    Use    in 
Covering  or  Coating  Surfaces  of  Iron  and  Steel,  and  the 
Surfaces  of  other  Materials,  in  order  to  prevent  Corrosion 
and  Fouling  thereof  when  submerged.     J.  O.  Day,  Black- 
heath.     Eng.  Pat.  9417,  June  3,  1891. 
This    invention   is    an    improvement   on   a    previous   one 
(Eng.    Pat.   16,107,   October   10,    1890),   which    consisted 
in  the  production  of  alloys  by  melting  together   zinc  and 
antimony  or  zinc  and  copper,  or  zinc,  antimony  and  copper, 
these   alloys   being    then    pulverised,   mixed   with  a   fluid 
medium    and    used   as   an   anti-fouling  composition.       The 
present  invention  relates  to  the  production  of  similar  alloys 
by  melting  lead  with  zinc  and  antimony  or  zinc  and  copper 
or  zinc  and   antimony  and  copper  or   simply  substituting 
lead  for  zinc  in  the  alloys   mentioned  in  the  first  patent,  the 
alloys  being  afterwards  pulverised  and  used  as  before. 

In  substituting  lead  for  zinc  the  weight  of  the  lead 
must  be  three  times  that  of  the  substituted  zinc  if  the 
galvanic  relationship  of  the  alloy  to  iron  or  steel  is  to  be 
maintained  the  same.     Eor  instance  an  alloy  of — 

Parts. 

Zinc 30 

Lead 15 

Antimony 100 

will  have  the  same  galvanic  relationship  to  iron  or  steel  as 
an  alloy  of  — 

Parts, 

Zinc 35 

Antimony lun 

— H.  K.  T. 


An  Improved  Method  of  forming  Magnetic  Oxide  (Fe^Oi) 
upon  the  Surface  of  Wrought  or  Cast  Iron.  P.  H. 
Bertrand,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  10,144,  June  15, 
1891. 
Tins  invention  relates  to  a  method  for  producing  a  layer  of 
magnetic  oxide  of  iron  upon  articles  of  wrought  or  cast  iron 
or  steel  for  the  purpose  of  preserving  the  same,  and  consists 
in  coating  the  iron  or  steel  by  electro-deposition  with  some 
metal  or  alloy  which  is  capable  of  being  volatilised  at  a 
temperature  of  1,000°  C,  such  as  copper,  bronze,  brass, 
nickel,  gold,  &c,  and  then  introducing  it  into  a  furnace 
heated  to  1,000°  or  less  according  to  the  volatility  of  the 
covering  metal.  The  iron  becomes  oxidised,  but  only  to 
the  magnetic  oxide  stage,  and  the  metallic  coating  volatilises, 
the  operation  being  completed  in  four  or  five  minutes. 
Instead  of  coating  by  electrolysis  the  articles  may  be  simply 
scratched  with  a  wire  brush  made  of  any  of  the  above 
metals.- 11.  K.  T. 


Improvements  in  or  Connected  with  the  Production  of 
Purple  Ore,Ilriel.s,  or  Blocks,  suitable  for  Use  in  Blast 
or  Equivalent  Furnaces  for  the  Production  of  Iron,  and 

for   other    Purposes,      H.    Bird,    Plymouth.     Eng.   Pat. 

10,420,  June  19,  1891. 
Tins   is   a  process   and  apparatus    for  converting   "purple 
ore,"  the  residue  left  after  the  wet  extraction  of  copper  from 
burnt  cupreous  sulphur  ores,  into  blocks  or  briquettes  to  be 
used    for    the    production    of    iron.     The  ore  after  removal 


from  the  tanks  is  left  for  24  hours  and  is  then  ground  in  a 
mill  to  a  slurry  which  is  tipped  into  moulds  supported  on  a 
floor  heated  from  below  by  steam.  When  the  blocks  so 
produced  are  sufficiently  dry  they  are  placed  in  a  kiln,  and 
heated  to  a  red  or  white  heat  for  46  hours  and  then  allowed 
to  cool,  when  they  are  ready  for  use.  Drawings  are  given 
describing  the  moulds,  drying  floors,  and  kilns.  The  latter 
may  be  of  the  Hoffman  description  or  two  down  draught 
Staffordshire  kilns  may  be  used  so  arranged  that  the  waste 
heat  from  one  may  be  used  to  dry  fresh  bricks  contained  in 
the  other.  If  free  acid  exist  in  the  ore  after  washing  a 
little  lime  may  be  added  before  forming  the  briquettes,  and 
manganese  ore  may  be  incorporated  if  the  briquettes  are  to 
be  used  for  making  steel.  In  this  process  as  usually  carried 
out  neither  water  nor  other  matter  is  added,  hence  the 
amount  of  rtater  to  be  evaporated  and  consequent  con- 
sumption of  fuel  is  small. — H.  If.  T. 


An  Improved  Method  and  Appliances  for  the  Production 
of  Litharge  from  Metallic  Lead.  A.  Gutensohn,  Londou. 
Eng.  Pat.  12,895,  July  29,  1891. 
The  litharge  is  produced  by  injecting  air  or  furnace-gas 
under  the  surface  of  molten  lead  which  is  contained  in  a 
peculiarly  formed  crucible  having  a  tall  conical  hood,  air  or 
steam  being  also  forced  upon  the  surface  of  the  litharge  so 
produced.  A  by-product  of  finely-divided  metallic  lead 
collects  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  hood. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  Treating  Lead  for  Purifying  it,  and  for 
obtaining  Litharge,  or  for  Separating  Lead  from  the 
Precious  Metals  contained  in  it.  B.  Rosing,  Friedrichs- 
hutte,  Upper  Silesia.     Eng.  Pat.  13,068,  August  1,  1891. 

The  molten  lead  contained  in  a  vessel  having  a  basic  lining 
is  oxidised  by  means  of  a  blast  of  air  or  oxygen.  The  first 
portions  of  the  litharge  so  produced  will  contain  most  of  the 
oxidisable  impurities  contained  in  the  original  lead. 

By  continuing  the  blowing  the  major  portion  of  the  lead 
may  be  oxidised,  so  leaving  any  precious  metals  which  may 
be  present  in  a  concentrated  state. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  Carburising  Fluid  Iron  or  Steel.  J.  E. 
Stead,  Middlesbro'-on-Tees.  Eng.  Pat.  13,888,  August  18, 
1891. 

The  improvement  consists  in  forcing  carbon  beneath  the 
surface  of  the  molten  metal,  which  is  gradually  absorbed 
thereby.— J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  In  the  Treatment  of  certain  Mattes  or  Ores 
for  the  Separation  of  Nickel  and  Cobalt  from  Copper. 
H.  L.  Herrenschmidt,  Petit  Quevilly,  pres  Rouen,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,290,  August  24,  1891. 

The  mattes  are  crushed,  and  a  portion  being  roasted,  the 
metals  therein  are  brought  into  solution  as  sulphates  or 
chlorides  in  the  ordinary  way.  These  solutions  are  then 
made  to  act  upon  the  unroasted  portion  of  crushed  matte, 
by  which  means  the  whole  of  the  copper  may  be  precipi- 
tated as  metallic  copper,  while  the  whole  of  the  cobalt,  nickel, 
and  iron  go  into  solution.  The  iron  is  then  precipitated, 
preferably  by  a  solution  containing  persalt  of  nickel  or 
persalt  of  cobalt,  thus  producing  a  liquor  practically  free 
from  iron.  The  nickel  and  cobalt  are  then  separated  by  the 
ordinary  methods. 

When  the  original  matte  contains  no  cobalt,  the  solution, 
after  precipitating  the  copper,  may  be  evaporated  to  dryness 
and  the  residue  calcined,  by  which  means  only  the  salts  of 
iron  are  decomposed.  The  nickel  salt  may  then  be  separated 
by  lixiviation  with  water. — J.  H.  C. 


'.,,-.,!!,  1892.]        THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


695 


Improvements  in  the  Burning  of  Pressed  Slocks  of  Purple 

Ore.  and  in  Apparatus  and  Kilns  therefor.  T.  H.  J. 
Eskuchen  and  H.  A.  Haarmann,  Osnabriick,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,44-1,  September  11,  1891. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  a  furnace  for  burning  purple  ore, 
and  consists  of  an  arched  kiln  furnished  at  one  end  with 
fire-bars  for  burning  coke,  the  products  of  combustion 
passing  through  the  briquettes  of  purple  ore  to  the  chimney 
at  the  further  end.  Beneath  the  furnace  are  brickwork 
channels  or  flues  into  which  are  admitted  combustible  gases 
(blast-furnace  or  similar  gases)  and  air,  and  the  burning 
gases  which  are  produced  issue  into  the  furnace  behind  the 
tire-bars,  and  pass,  together  with  the  hot  gases  from  the 
coke,  through  the  briquettes  to  the  chimne}-.  At  starting 
only  the  coke  fires  are  used  until  the  ore  is  dry  ;  the  gas  and 
air  are  then  turned  on  and  the  combined  heating  by  coke 
and  gas  continued  until  the  ore  is  burnt,  that  is  to  say,  for 
several  days. — H.  K.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Briquettes  of  Purple 
Ore.  T.  H.  J.  Kskuchen  and  H.  A.  Haarmann,  Osna- 
briick, Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  15,482,  September  12,  1891. 

Tin:  invention  consists  in  the  addition  of   furnace-dust  from 
blast-furnaces  as  a  binding  material  in  making  the  briquettes. 

—J.  H.  C. 


A  Proecss  and  Apparatus  for  Extraction  of  Metals  from 
Ores.  J.  J.  Sbedlock  and  T.  Denny,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
16,348,  September  26,  1891. 

The  process  consists  in  subjecting  the  pulverised  ore  to 
violent  agitation  by  jets  of  air  or  steam  while  it  is  heated  by 
jets  of  gas  ;  and  in  grinding  it  in  presence  of  a  fluid  amal- 
gamating or  alloying  metal,  which  may  be  either  mercury 
or  molten  lead  or  other  suitable  alloy. — J.  H.  C. 


An  Alloy.     E.  W.  Cooke,  Chicago,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  8834, 
May  10,  1892. 

Tiik  alloy  consists  of  steel,  aluminium,  and  copper,-  at  least 
25  per  cent,  being  steel,  and  the  aluminium  being  in  excess 
of  the  copper.  The  steel  is  melted  under  a  suitable  cover 
or  flux,  and  the  other  components  are  then  added.  The 
alloy  is  of  exceedingly  fine  and  hard  grain,  and  will  cut  the 
hardest  steel  or  glass  without  any  tempering. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Cast 
Steel.  J.  E.  Eilassier  and  J.  Faure,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat. 
9523,  May  18,  1892. 

Thk  improvements  consist  in  melting,  preferably  in  a 
crucible,  scrap  steel,  with  or  without  the  addition  of  scrap 
iron,  with  magnetic  iron  ore  containing  titanium. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  Metallurgical  Furnaces  for  Steel-making 
or  Cementation  Purposes.  J.  E.  Filassier  and  J.  Faure, 
Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  9.522,  May  19,  1892. 

The  substances  to  be  treated  are  uniformly  heated  to  a  high 
tempeiature  in  a  closed  receptacle  or  muffle  out  of  contact 
with  air  or  with  combustion  products.  The  muffle  is  prefer- 
ably made  rectangular  and  of  fireclay,  in  tongued  and 
grooved  sections  or  panels,  so  that  it  is  capable  of  being 
taken  to  pieces.  It  is  heated  from  below  by  one  or  more 
fireplaces.  Openings  are  provided  for  the  insertion  of  a 
pyrometer.— J.  H.  C. 


Process  for  Rendering  Iron,  Steel,  and  similar  Metals 
Homogeneous.  J.  C.  Fraley,  Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  9859,  May  24,  1892. 

The  metals  are  exposed  while  in  a  heated  condition  within 
a  magnetic  field,  which  is  repeatedly  varied  while  they  are 
cooling.  The  magnetic  field  may  be  suitably  produced  by  a 
coil  of  wire  which  is  covered  with  an  insulating  coating  of 
refractory  material,  and  which  is  in  circuit  with  a  storage 
battery  or  other  suitable  source  of  electricity.  The  metal 
to  be  acted  upon  is  placed  within  the  coil,  and  w-hile  the 
temperature  is  still  high  the  current  is  varied  by  means  of 
an  alternator  or  other  suitable  contrivance. — I.  H.  ('. 


XL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURCY. 

Simultaneous  Electrolytic  Deposition  of  Copper  and 
Antimony.  W.  Hampe.  Chem.  Zeit.  16,  1892,  417— 
418. 

All  samples  of  electrolytic  copper  examined  by  the  author 
contained  small  quantities  of  antimony,  varying  from  0-007 
to  0'02  per  cent.  It  would  thus  seem  as  though  the  two 
were  simultaneously  deposited,  and  consequently  laboratory 
experiments  in  this  direction  were  made.  A  sample  of 
copper  sulphate  containing  25 '09  per  cent,  of  copper  and 
0-0083  per  cent,  of  antimony  was  electrolysed  by  a  current 
from  six  Meidinger-Pincus  cells,  and  a  sample  of  copper 
was  produced  containing  0-C07  per  cent,  of  antimony; 
furthermore,  an  alloy  of  copper  and  antimony  was  treated 
with  nitric  acid,  and  the  solution  and  residue  so  obtained 
were  evaporated  together  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid 
until  fuming  took  place  ;  water  and  20  cc.  of  nitric  acid 
were  now  added,  and  the  residue  of  antimonic  acid  was 
filtered  off.  Electrolysis  was  effected  with  the  result  that 
with  45-275  grms.  of  copper  there  was  deposited  0-009  grm. 
of  antimony,  that  is,  the  metal  deposited  contained  0-0198 
per  cent,  of  antimony.  The  original  alloy  contained  99-44 
per  cent,  of  copper,  0-529  per  cent,  of  antimony,  and  a 
minute  quantity  of  iron. — T.  L.  B. 


A     Study    of    the    Plante     Lead-Sulphuric    Acid-Lead 

Peroxide  Cell,  from  a    Chemical  Stand-point.     Part  I. 

G.  H.  Robertson.     Communicated  by   H.  E.  Armstroug. 

Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  50,  302,  105—108. 
The  investigation,  the  results  of  which  are  recorded  in  this 
paper,  was  instituted  at  Dr.  Armstrong's  suggestion,  as 
McLeod's  observations  on  the  electrolysis  of  sulphuric  acid 
solutions  led  to  the  supposition  that  the  changes  occurring 
in  the  acid  were  probably  less  simple  than  was  commonly 
supposed.  This  supposition  was  verified.  The  first  section 
of  the  paper  deals  with  the  nature  of  the  lead  salt  formed 
during  discharge.  In  the  second  section  the  electrolyte  is 
dealt  with,  and  after  referring  to  the  work  of  Berthelot, 
Richarz,  Sehone,  Traube,  and  others,  on  the  electrolysis  of 
sulphuric  acid  solutions,  the  author  describes  experiments 
made  to  test  the  effect  of  the  addition  of  sodium  sulphate 
to  the  electrolyte  as  recommended  by  Mr.  Barber  Starkey, 
as  it  seemed  probable  it  had  a  catalytic  action  on  the 
"  peroxides "  always  found  in  electrolysed  acid  of  the 
strength  used  in  batteries. 

In  conclusion,  the  author  points  out : — 

That  neither  chemical  nor  electrical  tests  give  any  ground 
for  supposing  that  any  other  sulphate  rhan  the  ordinary- 
white  PbS04  is  concerned  in  the  interactions  occurring  in 
the  cell  ; 

That  were  the  sudden  lowering  of  E.M.F.  caused  by  a 
change  in  the  nature  of  the  chemical  compounds  formed  on 
the  plates,  it  is  ver}'  difficult  to  account  for  the  very  rapid 
recovery  of  the  E.M.P.  exhibited  by  an  apparently  discharged 
cell ; 

l)  2 


«96 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [An*,  si,  1898, 


That  peroxide.-;  are  found  in  appreciable  quantities  in  the 
electrolyte  during  charge  and  discharge  ; 

That  their  influence  must  not  be  neglected  in  considering 
the  behaviour  of  the  Plante  cell ; 

And  that  it  is  to  the  electrolyte,  rather  than  to  the  plates, 
that  attention  must  be  directed  if  any  considerable  improve- 
ment is  to  be  effected. — G.  H.  R. 


A  Study  of  the  Lead-Sulphuric  Acid-Lead  Peroxide  Cell, 

from  a  Chemical  Stand-point.     Tart  II.     A   Discussion 

of  the  Chemical  Changes  occurring  in  the   Cell.     H.  E. 

Armstrong  and  G.  H.   Robertson,     l'roc.   Roy.  Soc.  50, 

302,  108. 
The   authors   arrive   in   this   paper   at   the  following  con- 
clusions : — 

1.  That  the  cooling  observed  in  the  Plante  cell  can  only 
be  explained  as  resulting  from  the  dissociation  of  the 
dilute  sulphuric  acid ; 

2.  That  the  observed  loss  in  efficiency  cannot  be  due  to 
temperature  changes,  as  these  arise  through  actions 
occurring  out  of  circuit. 

3.  That  it  is  difficult  from  a  comparison  of  calculated 
with  observed  values  of  the  E.JI.F.  to  arrive  at  any  final 
conclusion  as  to  the  exact  changes  which  take  place  in  the 
cell.  On  the  assumption  that  sulphating  occurs  at  both 
plates  in  circuit  and  under  the  influence  of  H~S()4,  the 
calculated  value  is  considerably  too  high,  while,  if  sulphating 
occur  onlv  at  the  lead  plate,  the  value  calculated  is  far  too 
low.—  G.  II.  R. 


Note  on  the  Density  of  Nickel  and  Iron.     J.  Hopkinson. 
Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  50,  302,  121—122. 

See  under  X  ,  page  G93. 


Some  Separations  by  Electrolysis.     E.  F.  Smith  and  D.  L. 

Wallace.  Ber.  25,  1892,  775—782. 
This  paper  contains  an  account  of  work  done  at  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  in  continuation  of  the  authors 
experiments  on  electrolysis  which  have  already  been  pub- 
lished (Ann.  Chem.  Fharni.  13,  417,  and  Proc.  Chem.  Soc. 
Fr.  Inst.  3,  20),  which  showed  that  a  perfect  separation 
could  be  effected  by  the  electrolysis  of  a  solution  of  the 
double  cyanide  of  gold.  The  experiments  recorded  were 
undertaken  in  order  to  determine  the  effect  of  the  presence 
of  an  excess  of  potassium  cyanide.  The  temperature  was 
found  to  have  an  important  bearing  on  the  rate  of  deposition 
of  the  gold,  and  the  authors  reserve  the  study  of  this  for  a 
future  investigation. 

In  the  case  of  arsenic,  the  presence  of  a  large  quantity  of 
potassium  cyanide  hinders  the  deposition  of  the  gold,  and 
on  increasing  the  strength  of  the  current  arsenic  is  deposited 
with  it.  If,  however,  the  solution  is  in  about  the  following 
proportions,  viz.,  10  cc.  chloride  of  gold  solution  (=  0- 1240 
prm.  gold),  10  cc.  arsenic  solution  (  =  0- 1000  grm.  arsenic), 
and  0-75  grm.  potassium  cyanide  in  150  cc.  water,  results 
accurate  enough  for  all  ordinary  analyses  are  obtained,  and 
the  deposit  is  free  from  arsenic. 

Similar  results  were  obtaiued  in  the  case  of  molybdenum, 
and  of  tungsten,  if  the  tuugstic  acid  was  first  dissolved  in 
potassium  hydrate  and  then  added  to  the  gold  solution. 
The  separation  of  gold  from  osmium,  and  of  the  latter  metal 
from  cadmium,  silver,  and  mercury,  is  also  readily  effected 
in  a  corresponding  solution  ;  but  in  the  case  of  cadmium,  if 
very  accurate  results  are  required,  the  amount  of  cyanide  of 
potassium  must  be  reduced.  Since  the  deposition  of  gold 
was  found  to  be  checked  by  the  addition  of  caustic  potash 
to  the  batii,  while  that  of  silver  was  unaffected,  this  appeared 
to  afford  a  means  of  separating  these  two  metals,  but 
experiment  showed  that  they  plated  out  together  from  a 
mixed  solution.  In  the  case  of  cadmium  and  nickel, 
however,  the  addition  of  caustic  potash  enables  a  separation 
to  be  effected  electrolytically.  The  electrolysis  of  a  solution 
of  gold  in  ammonium  sulphide  gave  too  low  results,  and  an 
attempt  to  separate  gold  from  tin  in  a  similar  solution  failed. 
The  currents  employed  are  described  as  liberating  from  1'8 
to  2  cc.  of  mixed  gases  per  minute,  but  the  temperature 
and  pressure  are  not  stated. — G.  H.  R. 


XII.-FATS,   OILS,  AND  SOAP 
MANUFACTURE. 

Testing  of  Boiled  Linseed  Oil.     W.  Fahrion.     Zeits.  f . 
ang.  Chem.  1892,  171. 

Lixsekd  oil  ought  to  contain  as  little  of  the  fatty  hydroxy 
acids  as  possible  in  order  to  dry  quickly.  The  boiling  of  lin- 
seed oil  induces  polymerisation,  oxidation  means  the  form- 
ation of  hydros}-  acids,  therefore  in  either  case  the  iodine 
equivalent  will  be  lower  than  in  the  natural  oil.  Poly- 
merised linseed  oils  possess  a  degree  of  stickiness  which  is 
entirely  absent  in  oxidised  oils,  and  whereas  the  latter 
easily  emulsif}-  in  water,  this  property  is  entirely  absent 
in  the  former.  This  property  of  the  linseed  oil  to  poly- 
merise is  not  only  perceptible  in  boiled  oils,  but  is  also 
found  in  the  ease  of  oils  standing  for  some  time,  and  is,  in 
fact,  to  be  met  with  in  all  oils  containing  unsaturated  fatty 
acids.  Therefore  the  age  will  have  to  be  taken  into  account 
in  the  estimation  of  the  iodine-absorption  of  oils  containing 
large  quantities  of  unsaturated  fatty  acids. — C.  O.  W. 


The  Valuation  of  Feeding  Stuffs  and  Foods.     E.  Kinch. 
Trans.  Surveyors'  Inst.  24,  1891-92,  297—344. 

See  under  XVIII.,  page  701. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES. 
RESINS,  INDIA-RUBBER,  Etc. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  Relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  White  Lead 

and    to  Apparatus  for  Use   therein.     L.    Labois,   Paris, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  9526,  June  5,  1891. 

Tins  invention  is  based  upon  the  observation  that  the  first 
fraction  of  the  precipitate  of  white  lead  obtained  in 
the  Clichy  process  is  in  covering  power  and  all  other 
respects  practicaHy  equal  to  white  lead  produced  by  the 
Dutch  process.  Accordingly  the  inventor  proposes  to 
interrupt  the  treatment  of  the  solution  of  tribasie  lead 
acetate  with  carbonic  acid  at  the  moment  when  the  solution 
ceases  to  be  rich  enough  to  give  a  white  lead  with  good  body. 
For  the  carding  out  of  this  process  the  inventor  uses  a 
special  turbine  in  which  the  whole  process  of  precipitation 
and  of  resaturation  of  the  lead  liquor  can  be  carried  on 
almost  continuously. — C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Treatment  of  I  arnish, 
Oils,  ami  Hie  like,  and  in  Apparatus  therefor. 
O.  Hageman,  Sydenham  Hill,  and  T.  C.  Palmer,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  10,837,  June  25,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  clarification  of  varnishes,  oils, 
and  similar  products,  and  also  to  their  separation  in  a 
clear  state  from  the  sediments  forming  in  them,  and  known 
as  foots  or  bottoms.  This  clarification  or  separation  is 
effected  by  treating  the  above-named  products  or  residues 
in  a  centrifugal  machine,  when  the  impurities  form  a  layer 
against  the  peripheral  wall  of  the  machine,  leaving  the  clear 
oil  or  varnish  in  the  centre,  whence  it  can  be  drawn  off  in 
the  usual  manner.— C.  O.  W. 


\n    si.1898.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


697 


A  Compound  Preparation  to  be  used  as  a  Substitute  for 
Gutta-Percha  and  similar  Products foi  Insulating  and 
Waterproofing  Purposes.  C.N.Jackson,  Uornsey  liise, 
Middlesex.     Eng.  Pat.  10,822,  June  2.5,  1891. 

I'iikik  parts  of  bitumen  and  one  pari  of  hard  paraffin  wax 
are  combined  in  a  vulcaniser,  or  other  convenient  apparatus, 
at  a  temperature  of  from  300°  to  400"  F.  Four  parts  of 
the  resulting  combinatiou  and  one  part  of  india-rubber  are 
then  treated  together  in  a  masticator  at  a  temperature  not 
exceeding  220°  1'.,  until  converted  into  a  perfectly  homo- 
geneous mars,  which,  after  being  formed  into  rolls  or  sheets, 
is  ready  for  subsequent  use. — C.  O.  W. 


Improvements      in      the      Manufacture      of      Pigments. 

G.  W.  Scolley,   New  York,   U.S.A.      Eng.   Pat.    6516, 

April  5,  1892. 
This  invention  refers  to  the  production  of  red  pigments 
from  burnt  pyrites,  commonly  known  as  blue  billy.  For 
this  purpose  the  burnt  pyrites  is  heated  with  sulphate  of 
ammonia,  or  any  other  salt  containing  oxygen,  and  which 
can  be  decomposed  by  heat  or  any  substance  containing 
free  or  combined  oxygen.  Also  the  "  blue  billy  "  may  be 
converted  into  sulphate  of  iron,  which,  on  decomposition 
by  hint  yields  a  red  pigment,  and  the  acid  driven  off  may 
be  reconverted  into  sulphuric  acid.  If  the  conversion  of 
the  blue  billy  into  a  pigment  is  effected  by  means  of 
sulphate  of  ammonia,  the  free  ammonia  which  is  dis- 
engaged in  trie  first  instance  may  be  recovered  and 
recombined  with  the  sulphuric  acid  which  is  subsequently 
given  off.-C.  O.  W. 


XIY.-TAMING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  AND 
SIZE. 

The  Dyeing  of  Leather.     Leather  Trades  Circular  and 
Rev.  25,  1892,  590—591. 

The  tendency  of  leather  to  fix  the  aniliue  colours  without 
the  aid  of  mordants,  renders  these  dyes  particularly  appli- 
cable in  leather  dyeing.  Fine-grain  leather  cannot  stand 
treatment  with  alcoholic  solutions,  so  that  the  aqueous 
dyes  are  preferable,  and  if  alcoholic  solutions  have  to  be 
used  they  should  be  diluted  to  the  verge  of  precipitation. 
Acid  colours  are  more  important  than  basic.  Tanned 
leather  must  generally  be  bleached  by  drawing  it  several 
times  through  a  strong,  warm,  sumac  decoction,  or  leaving 
it  immersed  therein  for  a  few  hours.  Dyes  which  do  not 
take  uniformly  on  the  leather  must  be  mordanted ;  in 
nearly  all  cases  they  are  best  applied  by  painting  them  on. 
The  most  important  of  the  saline  mordants,  in  this  branch 
are  the  different  soaps.  A  good,  hard,  white,  soda-soap 
is  generally  the  best,  Castille  being  recommended. 

When  the  skin  has  been  painted  it  is  rinsed  with  cold 
water  while  upon  the  table,  and  well  stretched  with  a 
brass  slicker  ;  another  coat  of  the  dye  is  applied,  and  again 
washed  off  with  cold  water ;  the  skin  is  then  rubbed  until 
the  water  runs  off  clean.  Colours  that  require  to  be 
darkened  are  brushed  over  with  -a  solution  of  Salzburg 
vitriol  (ferroso-cupric  sulphate),  a  mixture  of  ferrous  and 
cupric  sulphates,  25' 3  grms.  of  which  are  dissolved  in 
:i  litres  of  water.  The  skin  is  finally  washed  with  clean  water, 
and  dried. 

Dark  brown. — Eight  parts  of  fustic,  one  part  of  logwood, 
two  parts  of  Brazil  wood,  one  part  of  Sanders,  and  |  part 
of  quercitron  are  boiled  with  soft  water  for  one  hour  and 
strained  through  linen.  The  vitriol  treatment  serves  to 
darken  the  shade  ;  for  light  brown  this  is  omitted  and  the 
skin  primed  with  dilute  potash. 


Olive  brown. — Two  parts  of  Hungarian  fustic,  one  part 
of  quercitron,  and  J  part  of  logwood  are  boiled,  and  the 
solution  applied  upon  a  strong  potash  priming;  vitriol 
treatment  follows. 

'  'utch  brown. — A  decoction  of  |  kilo,  cutch,  60  grms.  of 
copper  sulphate,  and  40  litres  of  water  is  applied  upon  a 
feeble  priming. 

Chestnut  brown. — The  moistened  leather  is  primed  with 
a  solution  of  one  kilo,  of  copper  acetate  in  50  litres  of  water, 
slicked  out  and  then  painted  with  a  solution  of  yellow 
prussiate  of  potash  in  feebly  acid  water. 

'  'hocolate  brown. — lirazil  wood  (li  parts)  is  boiled  with 
water  (45  parts)  for  two  hours,  and  a  little  iron  acetate 
added,  according  to  shade. 

Red.  —  Cochineal  in  a  linen  bag  is  boiled  with  water 
containing  about  2  per  cent,  of  aqua  ammonia. 

Alizarin  red. — A  feeble  flesh  colour  is  produced  by 
brushing  the  leather  with  a  solution  of  alizarin  in  diluto 
soda,  and  then  rinsing  with  soap  water. 

Scarlet. — Zaffer  extract,  diluted  with  60  parts  of  water 
containing  one  part  of  tartar,  is  painted  on  a  feeble  annatto 
bottom. 

Ordinary  red. — A  decoction  of  sanders  wood  is  used  upon 
a  feeble  priming  of  alum  free  from  iron. 

Dark  green. — Quercitron  (four  parts)  and  logwood  (one 
part)  upon  a  strong  priming  of  vitriol. 

Light  olive  green. — A  decoction  of  fustic  (one  kilo.), 
archil  (j  kilo.),  and  water  (20  litres)  is  painted  on  a 
light  bottom  of  Prussian  blue.  For  picric  green  an 
aqueous  solution  of  picric  acid  is  substituted  for  the  fustic 
and  archil. 

Lemon  yellow. — Turmeric  (one  part)  is  digested  in 
alcohol  (four  parts)  for  24  hours,  diluted  with  water  and 
applied  upon  a  feeble  potash  bottom. 

Barberry  yellow.-" One  kilo,  of  barberry-root,  30  kilos,  of 
water,  and  200  grms.  of  iron-free  alum. 

Orange. — A  red  priming  is  given  by  Brazil  wood  and 
fustic  applied  to  impart  the  yellow.  Seventy-five  of  the 
former  to  25  of  the  latter  produce  a  red  orange,  equal  parts 
an  ordinary  orange,  and  25  to  75  a  yellow  orange. 

Chrome  yellow. — "  The  dye  is  first  applied  with  a  solution 
of  30  grms.  red  chromate  of  potash  in  one-half  litre  of 
water,  and  is  next  fixed  by  30  grms.  acetate  of  lead  in 
one-half  litre  of  water."— A.  G.  B. 


PATENTS. 

A  New  Plastic  Composition  and  the  Process  for  Manu- 
facturing the  Same.  J.  Menzies,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
9434,  June  3,  1891. 
This  is  a  composition  which  can  be  used  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  power-loom  pickers  and  shuttles,  toys,  statuettes, 
soles  and  heels  for  boots  and  shoes,  and  for  electrical 
insulating  purposes.  The  composition  is  made  from  equal 
parts  of  the  solid  residuum  obtained  on  the  distillation  of 
heavy  petroleum  and  another  product,  being  the  last  product 
obtained  in  tar  distilling,  known  as  roofer's  wax.  In  place 
of  the  latter  compound  an  equal  quantity  of  para  rubber  or 
gutta-percha  can  be  used.  To  this  mixture,  when  in  the 
heated  liquid  state,  shreds  of^.  leather,  wool,  cotton,  or  other 
fibrous  material,  together  with  carbon  or  plumbago  arc 
added,  and  at  any  suitable  stage  of  the  process  the  com- 
pound may  be  coloured  by  the  addition  of  aniline  dyes  or 
pigments.  These  substances,  being  mixed  in  a  suitable 
vessel,  are,  while  warm,  put  into  moulds  or  dies,  and  pressed 
or  formed  into  desired  shapes,  or  are  rolled  into  sheets. 

—CO.  \V. 


698 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[An-.  31,  1892. 


Improvements  iu  orrelqting  to  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial 
Chamois  Leather.  L.  thiry,  Brussels.  Eng.  Pat,  8889, 
May  24,  1892. 

The  hides  or  skins  are  suspended  in  a  "  drying  and 
fermentation  chamber  "  with  double  walls  ;  this  chamber  is 
tightly  closed  and  provided  with  an  arrangement  for 
permanently  heating  it,  preferably  by  steam.  After  a  time 
the  skins  are  removed  and  spread  out  on  the  floor  of  the 
factory  for  them  to  absorb  moisture.  They  are  then  rolled, 
treated  with  oil  in  a  fulling  machine  and  again  placed  in 
the  fermentation  chamber.  This  series  of  operations  is 
repeated  several  times.  "  It  will  be  found  that  in  six  or 
seven  days  the  toughest  sheepskin  will  have  thoroughly 
acquired  the  nature  of  chamois  leather."  The  speed  of  the 
process  is  due  to  the  fact  that  fermentation  sets  in  from 
the  first  day  in  the  drying  chamber,  and  to  promote  this 
there  should  be  no  opening  in  the  chamber  which  would 
permit  an  escape  of  vapour. — A.  G.  B. 


XV.-MANUKES,  Etc. 

The  Solubibility  of  Tricalcium  and  Bicalcium  Phosphate 
in  Solutions  "/'  Phosphoric  Acid.  H.  Gausse.  Compt. 
Bend.  114,  414—417. 

Sec  under  VII.,  page  685. 


Natural  Phosphates.    J.  L.  Wills.     Ottawa  Naturalist, 
May,  1892,  1—16. 

In-  Ottawa  the  term  phosphates  usually  implies  apatite, 
but  in  the  present  paper  natural  phosphates  generally  are 
discussed.  The  demand  for  phosphates  as  manure  is  of 
comparatively  recent  date  ;  crushed  bones  were  not  employed 
until  the  beginning  of  the  century  and  then  only  on  account 
of  their  organic  constituents.  As  regards  the  relative 
importance  of  guano  and  mineral  phosphates,  the  former 
has  reached  its  period  of  greatest  importance  both  as  to 
quality  and  amount,  and  will  ultimately  have  to  give  way  to 
mineral  phosphates.  Bird  guano  is  very  liable  to  change 
under  ordinary  atmospheric  conditions,  as  its  composition 
clearly  shows  ;  thus,  a  deposit  of  it  on  limestone  gradually 
loses  its  nitrogen,  and  becomes  more  and  more  phosphatic, 
the  under-lying  rock  becoming  eventually  converted  into 
more  or  less  pure  calcium  phosphate,  according  to  the 
purity  or  otherwise  of  the  limestone.  Such  was  the 
origin  of  the  Aruba  rock  phosphates.  Other  sources  of 
phosphates  are  bones ;  those  of  birds  contain  the  most 
phosphoric  acid ;  those  of  animals  less,  and  those  of  fishes 
and  amphibia  the  least.  The  shell  remains  of  certain 
shell-fish  consist  chiefly  of  calcium  phosphate. 

Guanos. — Nitrogenous  guanos  occur  in  Peru,  Ichaboe, 
Patagonia,  and  Falkland  Islands;  phosphatic  guanos  include 
those  of  the  Pacific  Islands,  Sidney,  Phoenix,  Starbruck, 
Baker,  Rowland,  Jam's  Enderbury,  Maiden,  Lacepede,  and 
Arbrohlos  Islands.  Some  of  the  deposits  are  more  or  less 
exhausted,  whilst  new  islands  are  from  time  to  time  worked. 
Bat  guano  is  sometimes  sent  to  market  as  a  rich  manure  ;  it 
has  a  characteristic  dark-brown  colour  and  contains  the 
undigested  part  of  beetles'  wings,  &c.  It  is  found  in  Cuba 
and  in  North  Borneo. 

Bone  Beds  occur  in  nearly  all  sedimentary  strata,  but  in 
especially  large  quantities  in  the  Peruvian  system:  they 
have,  however,  contributed  but  little  to  commercial  supplies 
of  phosphates  except  those  of  Bordeaux,  Carolina,  Florida, 
and  Sombrero. 

Shell  Beds  have  existed  from  the  Cambrian  age.  The 
Silurian  Lingula  beds  have  already  been  mentioned  as  a 
probable  abundant  source  of  phosphates.     Specimens  were 


obtained  from  the  Dutch  West  Indies  containing  75  to 
80  per  cent,  of  tribasie  calcium  phosphate,  and  sometimes 
exhibiting  a  mass  of  shells  of  recent  origin. 

Coprolites. — This  term,  which  should  be  applied  only  to 
the  fossil  exuvia:  of  animals,  now  includes  many  rolled  or 
gravelly  products,  chiefly  found  in  the  Cretaceous  formation. 
In  England  they  have  been  worked  to  a  large  extent  in 
Bedfordshire  and  Cambridgeshire,  where  they  appear 
between  the  chalk  and  the  subjacent  Jurassic  system.  The 
commercial  products  contain  45  to  55  per  cent,  of  calcium 
phosphate.  The  Suffolk  coprolites  occur  in  the  Tertiary, 
and  are  poorer  in  calcium  phosphate  and  more  ferruginous. 
Deposits  occur  also  at.Bellegarde,  on  the  Swiss  frontier,  and 
at  Montpellier  and  Avignon. 

Nodular,  Concretionary,  and  Arenaceous  Phosphates, 
by  far  the  most  important  of  natural  phosphatic  reserves, 
include  the  S.  Carolina  deposits,  the  deposits  of  the  Somme, 
Ardennes,  and  Meuse,  and  the  Belgian  fields  of  Mons  and 
Liege.  So-called  Bordeaux  phosphates  are  in  reality  from 
the  region  of  Quercy.  The  Russian  deposits,  between  the 
rivers  Desna  and  Don,  are  nodular.  The  Nassau  or  Lahn 
concretions  in  the  clay  are  Tertiary,  and  are  generally  believed 
to  be  of  animal  origin  ;  they  attain  to  60 — 75  per  cent,  of 
calcium  phosphate,  but  are  too  ferruginous.  The  Belgian 
(Ciply)  deposits  which  have  yielded  over  150,000  tons  per 
annum  are  nodular,  although  the  grains  are  sometimes  so 
fine  as  to  be  considered  arenaceous.  The  deposits  dis- 
covered at  Amiens  in  1886  'are  arenaceous,  and  contain 
05  to  80  per  cent,  of  phosphate ;  the  yearly  production 
amounts  to  200,000  tons. 

Conglomerates  and  Breccias  occur  in  the  Cambridgeshire 
coprolite  fields,  in  the  Ardennes,  and  in  Belgium  (Ciply)  j 
sometimes  the  cementing  material  is  the  phosphatic  element, 
sometimes  the  enclosed  fragments  are  the  valuable  portions. 

Phosphatic  Limestone  and  Marl  are  found  iu  most  strata 
from  the  Silurian  to  recent  times.  The  formation  of  phos- 
phatic  limestone  from  the  action  of  the  air  and  water  on 
guano  deposits  on  limestone  has  already  been  referred  to. 
The  value  of  the  phosphate  is  increased  by  the  solvent 
action  of  water  containing  carbonic  acid  which  removes 
more  carbonate  than  phosphate.  A  new  field  has  recently 
been  opened  up  in  the  department  of  the  Pas  de  Calais, 
and  seems  to  he  of  the  same  nature  as  that  of  the  Somme. 

Apatite  does  not  occur  in  workable  deposits  before  the 
Laurentiau  system.  In  Ontario  and  Quebec  apatite  is  found 
bedded  in  the  pyroxenic  rocks,  and  has  tine  veins  of 
posterior  origin.  In  Norway,  where  deposits  were  discovered 
in  1854,  they  occur  in  similar  rocks  to  the  Canadian. 
Brogger  and  Rensch  suppose  the  deposits  to  be  of  eruptive 
origin,  inasmuch  as  the  surrounding  rocks  are  free  from 
phosphoric  acid,  hut  the  question  is  very  doubtful.  Owing 
to  the  peculiarity  of  the  occurrence  of  the  mineral  in  veins 
in  hard  rock,  and  to  the  fact  that  a  cheap  mode  of  extract- 
ing has  not  yet  been  worked  out,  the  Canadian  industry 
has  not  yet  progressed  to  the  same  extent  as  many  other 
phosphatic  fields,  but  future  demands  are  certain  to 
increase. — N.  H.  J.  M. 


Manufacture  of  Superphosphate  from  Ferruginous  Phos- 
phate. O.  Jaehne.  Zeits.  f.ang.  Chem.  1892,  231 — 232. 
In  view  of  Schucht's  remarks  (this  Journal,  1892,  255),  the 
author  publishes  this  account  of  the  manufacture  of  super- 
phosphate by  his  method  (this  Journal,  1891,  649).  100 
hectokilos.  of  ground  coprolite  containing  45-8  per  cent,  of 
calcium  phosphate  (21  per  cent.  P205),  10  per  cent,  of 
calcium  carbonate,  16  per  cent,  of  ferric  oxide,  1  per  cent, 
of  alumina,  20  per  cent,  of  silica,  and  7-2  per  cent,  of  other 
matters,  were  mixed  with  150  hectokilos.  of  sodium 
bisulphate  (the residue  from  the  nitric  acid  works,  contain- 
ing some  30  per  cent,  of  "free  S03  "),  and  60  hectokilos.  of 
water.  The  calcium  sulphate  was  filtered  off  iu  a  press,  and 
the  liquor  evaporated  in  vacuo,  whereby  131  hectokilos. 
of  the  damp,  yellow,  soluble  "  superphosphate  salt  "  were 
obtained.  This  dried  up  by  itself  and  contained  14-5  per 
cent,  of  P2Oa.  The  calcium  sulphate  weighed  100  hecto- 
kilos. and  contained  0-3  per  cent,  of  soluble  P.,0- ;  it  was 


Au-.3i,i8»2.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


(599 


washed  and  the  washings  used  for  the  manufacture  of  a 
further  batch.  If  the  calcium  sulphate  is  mixed  with  the 
" superphosphate  salt "  a  product  containing  8'3  per  cent, 
of  PjOj,  and  applicable  as  an  absorbent  foi  farmyard 
manure,  is  obtained.  By  replacing  a  portion  of  the  sodium 
bisulphatc  with  sulphuric  acid,  it  is  possible  to  obtain  a 
richer  "  superphosphate  salt "  ;  but  17  per  cent,  of  P.,05  is 
the  limit  beyond  which  the  salt  remains  pasty.  The  salt 
consists  of  sodium  sulphate,  monocalcium  phosphate,  and 
phosphoric  acid. — A.  Gr.  B.  . 


PATENT. 


Improvements  in  and  in  the  Method  of  Manufacture  of 
Fertilities.  T.  NL  Smith,  Baltimore,  Maryland,  U.S.A. 
Kng.  Pat.  8859,  May  10,  1892. 

Antmax  substances,  such  as  leather  scrap,  hair,  bones, 
muscles,  aud  horn  are  placed  on  a  perforated  false  bottom  in 
a  boiler  containing  a  small  quantity  of  water  underneath  this 
bottom.  The  proportion  of  water  used  must  vary  with  the 
amount  contained  in  the  animal  substances  ;  as  an  example, 
50  galls,  of  water  were  sufficient  for  2.000  lb.  of  hair  con- 
taining G  per  cent,  of  moisture.  The  boiler  is  surrounded 
by  superheated  steam  passed  into  the  jacket  at  a  pressure 
of  GO  to  80  lb.  per  sq.  in.  After  some  20  or  30  minutes 
the  substances  will  have  become  thoroughly  softened,  and 
when  turned  out  will  cool  to  a  hard  but  friable  mass,  which 
can  be  readily  distributed,  and  contains  all  the  fertilising 
constituents  which  it  originally  possessed. — A.  G.  B. 


XVI.-SUGAB,  STAKCH,   GUM,  Etc. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Sugar 
and  in  Apparatus  therefor  or  connected  therewith.  R. 
Harvey,  Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.  11,874,  July  13,  1891. 

The  usual  process  for  obtaining  refined  sugar  from  the 
concentrated  syrup  is  to  allow  the  latter  to  cool  and  crystallise 
and  then  separate  the  crj'stals  from  the  mother  liquor  by 
centrifugal  machines  or  simple  drainers. 

Instead  of  this  the  inventor  runs  the  concentrated  syrup 
into  a  steam-jacketed  pan  which  is  provided  with  rotatory 
agitators  and  scrapers.  As  the  syrup  is  dried  by  the  heat 
the  agitators  aud  scrapers  granulate  it,  and  a  dry  granular 
sugar  is  obtained  without  the  production  of  any  syrup. 

The  specification  contains  a  detailed  description  of  the 
apparatus  to  be  employed,  and  suggestions  for  fitting  up  a 
complete  sugar  refinery. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  and  Means  for  Manufacturing 
Crystallised  Sugar  in  Refineries.  T.  Drost,  Breslau, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  13,260,  Aug.  5,  1891. 

The  inventor  avoids  the  waste  of  pure  sugar  involved  in  the 
process  of  refining  raw  sugar  by  means  of  "  steam "  or 
"  clear  casing,"  by  employing  in  a  particular  manner, 
refinery  syrup  of  90° — 93°  purity.  Such  syrup  is  produced 
in  all  refineries  during  the  ordinary  course  of  operations. 
According  to  this  invention  the  said  syrup  is  boiled  down  in 
a  vacuum  pan  until  it  has  a  density  of  1*15 — 1'325  (57° — 
66°  Balling)  so  that  it  will  neither  deposit  nor  dissolve 
sugar-crystals  at  the  temperature  at  which  it  is  to  be  used. 
The  raw  sugar  to  be  treated  is  first  mixed  with  low-grade 
syrup  and  thoroughly  "  jigged  "  in  a  centrifugal  machine. 
The  resulting  product  is  then  cased  with  8 — 10  percent,  of 
its  weight  of  the  above  concentrated  syrup,  care  being 
employed  that  the  casiug  syrup  be  not  higher  in  temperature 
than  that  in  the  space  of  the  casing  vessel ;  and  that  the 


syrup  be  finally  centrifugalled  out  of  the  sugar  as  com- 
pletely as  possible.  By  this  process  loss  of  crystal  sugar  by 
solution  in  the  centrifugal  machine  is  avoided,  and  a  finished 
product  of  at  least  99 -5  polarisation  is  obtained;  whilst  on 
the  score  of  cheapness  and  convenience  the  method  is  said 
to  offer  distinct  advantages. — H.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  of  Yeast. 
K.  Schlagenhaufer  and  J.  Blumer,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  9344,  May  17,  1892. 

This  process,  which  has  reference  to  the  production  of 
pressed  yeast,  differs  from  the  ordinary  process  in  so  far 
that  only  the  sugars,  &c.  but  not  the  starch  contained  in  the 
raw  materials  employed,  are  utilised.  For  this  purpose  the 
grain,  &c.  after  milling,  is  systematically  extracted  with 
water,  or  spent  wash,  or  water  containing  a  trace  of  acid  or 
alkali,  preferably  at  a  temperature  of  10° — 15°  C.,  and  in 
no  case  exceeding  50°  C.  until  the  extract  is  sufficiently 
concentrated  (sp.  gr.  1-02— r  04).  The  starch  thus 
remains  unacted  upon,  and  after  filtration  from  the  liquid, 
may  be  used  for  the  production  of  pure  starch,  glucose,  &c. 
The  liquid  containing  the  sugars,  &c.  is  sterilised  by  heating 
to  65° — 130°  C,  filtered  to  remove  the  coagulated  albu- 
minoids, aud  then  pitched  with  a  small  quantity  of  yeast, 
and  fermented  at  25° — 35°  C.  The  yeast  crop  obtained  is 
finally  washed  and  pressed  in  the  usual  way.  By  this 
method  the  conversion  of  large  quantities  of  starch  into 
alcohol  and  the  recovery  of  the  latter  by  distillation  are 
avoided ;  and  it  is  claimed  that  the  yeast  produced  is  of 
great  purity,  aud  possessed  of  excellent  keeping  properties. 

— H.  T.  P. 


XVII.-BREWING.  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

A    Ferment   Producing   Amyl   Alcohol  from    Starch.     L. 

Perdrix.  Zeits.  f.  Spiritusiud.  14,  177. 
The  bacillus  in  question  was  obtained  from  Paris  drinking- 
water.  It  grows  only  out  of  contact  with  air,  and  is  easily 
cultivated  in  an  atmosphere  of  hydrogen,  carbon  dioxide, 
or  nitrogen,  the  most  favourable  temperature  being  35°  C., 
and  the  maximum  limit  43°  C.  Under  favourable  con- 
ditions it  forms  spores,  which  remain  for  10  days  at  a 
temperature  of  50°,  and  10  minutes  at  a  temperature  of  80° 
without  perishing. 

Bacillus  Amylozymiens  ferment  the  sugars,  and  has 
considerable  action  on  starch  materials,  but  none  on 
cellulose  and  calcium  lactate,  wherein  it  differs  from 
Pasteur's  Vibrio  Butyricus  and  from  Van  Tieghem's  Amylo- 
bacter.  It  produces  acids,  and  the  action  becomes  a 
complete  one  if  the  acid  be  kept  neutralised.  The  author, 
from  analyses  made  by  him,  considers  the  following 
equation  to  represent  the  fermentation  of  glucose  :  — 

46  C6H1206  +  18  H20  = 
112  H2  +  94  C02  +  15  CH3COOH  +  38  C3H-COOH 

Furthermore,  analyses  showed  that  during  the  first  three 
days  acetic  and  butyric  acids  are  formed,  but  from  the 
third  to  the  ninth  day  the  fermentation  resembled  the 
butyric  fermentation.  With  saccharose  both  acids  are 
produced  for  five  days,  after  which  only  butyric  acid  is 
formed. 

Similar  results  were  obtained  with  lactose.  The  bacillus 
transforms  starch  into  a  sugar  akin  to  glucose,  aud,  on 
neutralising  the  acid  formed,  it  ferments  this  sugar,  whereby 
are  obtained  ethyl  and  amyl  alcohols.  The  sugar  may  be 
directly  converted  into  alcohol  by  the  aid  of  yeast,  without 
previously  killing  off  the  bacillus.  From  1  kilo,  of 
potatoes  105 — 110  cc.  of  alcohol  can  be  obtained,  so  that 
by  simultaneous  action  of  bacillus  and  yeast  it  is  possible 
to  obtain  90  per  cent,  of  the  theoretical  amount  of  alcohol 


700 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Aug.  31,1892. 


from  starch.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  some  amyl  alcohol  is 
formed  from  starch  by  the  action  of  this  bacillus,  the 
author  hazards  the  opinion  that  such  a  bacillus  as  this  may 
account. for  the  presence  of  amyl  alcohol  in  commercial 
alcohol.— T.  L.  11. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  Employed  in  the  Brewing  of 
Beer.  T.  White,  Rotherham,  Yorkshire,  and  J.  Lee, 
Barnsley,  Yorkshire.     Eng.  Pat.  11,237,  July  2,  1891. 

This  is  an  apparatus   for  extracting  the   "essence"  from 
malt,  hops,  or  other  ingredients,  and  mixing  it  with  water. 

— J.C.  C. 


An  Improved  Mode  of  Manufacturing  Yeast.     A.Walker, 
Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.  12,606,  July  24,  1891. 

A  wort  is  prepared  by  making  a  mixture  of  50  per  cent. 
or  more  of  green  malt  and  the  remainder  of  some  raw 
grain,  preferably  rye  or  maize.  The  green  malt  and  soaked 
grain  is  crushed  between  rollers  and  mashed  at  144  ]■'. 
The  resulting  wort  is  slightly  acidified  and  collected  iu  the 
fermenting  vessels  at  a  specific  gravity  of  1  ■  033  and  a 
temperature  of  8G°  F. ;  it  is  pitched  with  yeast  at  the  rate 
of  2  lb.  per  100  lb.  grain,  and  the  temperature  kept  con- 
stant by  attemperators.  Throughout  the  fermentation,  air 
is  pumped  through  the  liquor  until  fermentation  has  nearly 
ceased ;  the  yeast  is  then  allowed  to  deposit,  and  is  washed, 
and  pressed. 

The  fermented  liquor  and  the  3reast  washings  are 
distilled. 

If  peated  malt  whiskey  is  to  be  obtained,  the  green  malt 
is  previously  exposed  to  the  smoke  of  peat. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  or 
Brewing  of  Beer.  V.  Denamur,  Ghent,  Belgium.  Eng. 
Pat.  12,659,  July  25,  1891. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  boiler,  in  which  the  wort  is 
boiled,  and  provided  with  an  arrangement  for  injecting  air 
into  the  boiling  wort;  a  refrigerator,  by  means  of  which 
the  wort  is  cooled  by  passing  through  a  tube  immersed  in  a 
vessel  of  cold  water  ;  a  fermenting  vessel  provided  with 
a  skimming  apparatus  and  a  perforated  tube  for  injecting 
sterilised  air  ;  and  a  yeast  receiver. 

The  different  vessels  are  connected  together  with  suitable 
tubing,  and  they  are  all  provided  with  covers,  which  are 
kept  hermetically  sealed  ;  air  filters  are  placed  on  these 
where  required,  so  that  only  filtered  air  is  allowed  access  to 
the  wort  or  beer  at  any  stage. 

The  operations  of  brewing  are  carried  out  in  the  usual 
manner,  the  principal  feature  of  the  invention  being  the 
canying  out  of  the  whole  process  in  closed  vessels. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements   in   the   Preparation   of  Cattle   Foods.      1). 

Tallermau,  Dublin.  Eng.  Pat.  13,212,  August  5,  1891. 
By  this  process  it  is  intended  to  convert  brewers'  grains 
and  distillers'  wash  into  a  cattle  food  possessing  good 
keeping  qualities  and,  by  reason  of  its  compactness,  suitable 
for  economical  transport.  To  this  end,  the  grains,  first 
dried  as  much  as  possible  by  great  pressure,  are  minced  or 
chopped  up  by  suitable  machinery  and  spread  out  to  dry 
on  wire  gauze  trays  arranged  in  a  chamber  through  which 
hot  air  is  passed.  When  dry,  the  grains  are  ground  to 
powder,  more  or  less  fine,  as  may  be  required.  The  wash 
and  the  liquor  squeezed  from  the  grains  are  filtered  through 
canvas  bags,  and  the  solid  matters  thus  separated  are 
submitted  to  moderate  pressure  to  remove  the  surplus 
water.     A  mixture  is  then  made  of — 

G5  parts  of  the  dried  grains  powder, 

20  parts  of  the  solid  residuum  from  wash, 

S  parts  of  bone  meal, 

5  parts  of  finely-chopped  fat, 

2  parts  of  ground  saltpetre, 


The  whole  is  thoroughly  blended,  and  moulded  into  flat 
cakes,  which  are  rendered  compact  by  hydraulic  pressure, 
and  finally  dried  in  an  oven  if  necessary. — H.  T.  P. 


A  Machine  for  the  Preparation  of  Brewers'  Finings,  and 
the  Combination  of  Gelatinous  and  Saccharine  Suit- 
stances.  B.  Brooks,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  14,529, 
August  28,  1891. 

The  machine  consists  of  a  series  of  graduated  sieves  of  a 
semi-cylindrical  shape  placed  one  above  the  other  and 
enclosed  in  a  wooden  case. 

Revolving  shafts  work  in  the  axes  of  the  sieves,  and  to 
these  shafts  brushes  are  fastened  which  press  against  the 
sides  of  the  sieves. 

The  upper  sieve  has  the  coarsest  mesh.  The  materials 
to  be  compounded  are  fed  into  the  uppermost  sieve  and  the 
brush  shafts  being  revolved  they  are  forced  through  the 
sieves  and  reduced  to  the  proper  degree  of  fineness. 

Eor  the  preparation  of  finings  for  beer  the  inventor  finds 
that  two  sieves  are  sufficient,  the  upper  one  being  made  of 
No.  9  and  the  lower  one  of  No.  4i  perforated  copper. 

—A.  L.  S. 


Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Producing  Clear  Wort. 
G.  Sobotka,  New  York,  U.S.A.,  and  A.  Kliemetschek, 
Baltimore,  Maryland,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  5059,  March  15, 
1892. 

A  mash  is  prepared  in  the  customary  manner  and  after 
standing  the  usual  time  is  forced  into  a  filter-press.  The 
clear  wort  runs  over  a  refrigerator  into  the  fermenting  vessel, 
the  pressed  grains  are  discharged  into  a  special  vessel, 
mixed  with  hot  water  and  pumped  into  a  second  filter-press, 
the  pressings  from  this  are  run  into  the  mash  tub  and 
mixed  with  the  next  mash  :  the  pressed  grains  are  used  as 
a  cattle  food. — A.  L.  S. 


Improved  Mel/mil  of  or  Menus  for  Treating  Beer  for 
Improving  its  Qualities  and  Colour.  G.  M.  Johnson 
and  E.  de  Cock,  Brussels,  Belgium.  Eng.  Pat.  6555, 
April  5,  1892. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  ferruginous 
beer.  Eor  this  purpose  some  salt  of  iron  is  dissolved  in  the 
beer  which  will  not  impair  its  colour  or  flavour.  Hypophos- 
phite  of  iron  is  the  most  suitable,  and  is  preferably  added  to 
the  finished  beer,  the  colour  and  flavour  of  which  it  is  said 
to  improve,  apart  from  the  valuable  medicinal  properties  it 
eonfers.  The  amount  of  iron  salt  employed  may  range  from 
a  mere  trace  to  25  to  80  mgrms.  per  litre,  or  even  more  iu 
the  case  of  strong  beers. — II.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  if  Yeast. 
K.  Sehlagenhaufer  and  J.  Blumer,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  9344,  May  17,  1892. 

See  under  XVII.,  page  790. 


luB.si,i89aj       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


701 


XYIII.-CHEMISTRY  OF  POODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

(^.)— CHEMISTRY  OF   FOODS. 
The  Froteids  of  the  Corn   or   Maize  Knurl.     R.  H.  Chit- 

tenden  and  T.  B.  Osborne.     Amer.  Chem.  J.  13,  Nos.  7 

and  8;  14,  No.  1. 
The  maize  kernel  conlains  several  distinct  proteids,  of  which 
tin  ire  are  three   globulins,  one   or  more  albumins,  and  an 
alcohol-soluble  proteid. 

The  globulin,  obtained  by  extracting  the  maize-kernel 
with  10  per  cent,  sodium  chloride  solution,  and  separating 
by  dialysis,  or  by  precipitation  with  ammonium  sulphate, 
followed  by  dialysis,  is  a  mixture  of  two  or  more  different 
globulins.  It  can  be  approximately  separated  into  two 
constituents  by  fractional  heat-coagulation,  or  by  "  recrystal- 
lUation"  from  warm  dilute  salt  solution ;  in  the  former 
process  a  small  amount  of  proteose-like  bodies  is  formed, 
presumably  by  hydrolysis  of  the  less  resistant  globulin. 

These  two  globulins  are  a  myosiu-lilce  body  and  a  vitellin- 
like  body.  They  exist  as  such  in  the  maize  kernel,  and  are 
not  mere  cleavage  products  of  the  substance  extracted  by 
10  per  cent,  salt  solution. 

The  myosiu-like  globulin  contains  about  16' 8  percent,  of 
nitrogen  and  1*2  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  agreeing  closely  in 
composition  with  animal  myosin.  Its  coagulating  point 
(in  10  per  cent,  salt  solution)  is,  however,  about  70°. 

The  vitellin-like  globulin  contains  about  18 "1  percent, 
of  nitrogen  and  0'85  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  agreeing  closely 
with  the  generally  accepted  composition  of  phyto-viteliin.  It 
is,  however,  almost  non-coagulable  by  heat  when  dissolved 
in  dilute  salt  solution,  except  in  the  presence  of  acetic  acid. 
It  is  more  soluble  in  warm  salt  solutions  than  in  cold,  and 
when  separated  from  the  former  by  cooling,  or  on  dialysis, 
almost  invariably  appears  in  the  form  of  small  spheroids. 

Direct  extraction  of  finely  powdered  corn  meal  with 
water  yields  a  dilute  salt  solution  which  dissolves  the 
myosin-like  globulin,  leaving  the  bulk  of  the  vitellin-like 
substance  undissolved.  The  character  of  the  salts  present 
in  the  kernel  probably  plays  an  important  part  in  this 
separation  ;  from  the  solution  the  myosin  can  be  separated 
iu  a  fairly  pure  state  by  the  usual  methods.  Extraction  of 
the  residue  from  the  aqueous  treatment,  with  10  per  cent,  salt 
solution  dissolves  the  vitellin-like  globulin,  which  can  be 
separated  from  the  solution  by  the  customary  methods. 

The  third  globulin  in  the  maize-kernel  is  characterised  by 
extreme  solubility  in  very  dilute  salt  solutions,  especially 
phosphate  and  sulphates,  which  it  separates  only  by 
prolonged  dialysis.  It  coagulates  in  a  10  per  cent,  salt 
solution  at  about  62°,and  contains  15 '2  per  cent,  of  nitrogen 
and  1  •  26  per  cent,  of  sulphur. 

By  long  continued  action  of  water,  and  also  of  strong 
salt  solutions,  the  last-mentioned  globulin  and  the  myosin- 
like  globulin  are  changed  into  insoluble  modifications, 
soluble,  however,  in  0*5  per  cent,  sodium  carbonate  solu- 
tion, from  which  they  are  precipitated  by  neutralisation, 
apparently  as  albuminates.  These  modifications  are  charac- 
terised by  a  relatively  high  content  of  carbon. 

An  aqueous  or  sodium  chloride  extract  of  corn  meal 
contains,  besides  the  globulins,  two  albumin-like  substances, 
more  or  less  coagulable  by  heat,  but  unlike  iu  composition. 


After  the  globulins  and  the  albumins  have  been  entirely 
removed  from  the  extracts,  a  certain  amount  of  proteose 
can  be  detected,  but  this  is  mainly,  if  not  wholly,  an  artificial 
product  of  the  hydrolysis  of  one  or  more  of  the  preceding 
substances. 

Especially  noteworthy  is  the  presence  in  the  maize-kernel 
of  a  peculiar  proteid  called  maize-librin  or  zeiu,  soluble  in 
warm  dilute  alcohol  but.  not  in  water.  It  has  a  high  content 
of  carbon,  resists  the  action  of  dilute  alkalis,  and  is  easily 
converted  into  an  insoluble  modification  when  warmed  with 
water  or  very  weak  alcohol.  The  soluble  and  insoluble  form 
are  identical  in  composition  and  respond  to  the  ordinary 
proteid  reactions. — A.  G.  B. 


The  Valuation  of  Feeding  Stuffs  and  Foods.     E.  Kiuch. 
Trans.  Surveyors'  Inst.  24,  1891—92,  297—344. 

The  author  attempts  to  find  out  what  determinable  factors 
are  at  present  available  for  use  in  valuing  a  food,  in  the 
same  sense  as  that  in  which  a  manure  is  valued,  viz.  :  — By 
the  unit  value  and  the  availability  of  its  constituents. 

The  following  table  (Table  I.)  shows  the  consumption  of 
oil-cakes  and  oil-seeds  in  this  country,  as  estimated  by 
subtracting  exports  from  imports.  There  is  practically  no 
export  of  oil-cake  and  cottonseed,  so  the  numbers  given 
are  imports  only.  By  far  the  predominating  proportion  of 
these  cakes  and  seeds  is  used  as  cattle  food,  the  remainder 
being  applied  as  manure.  The  table  does  not,  however, 
represent  all  the  imported  cattle  food,  inasmuch  as  a  con- 
siderable quantity  of  the  imported  cereals  and  leguminous 
seeds  is  also  used  for  cattle. 

The  following  percentages  of  the  above  cakes  and  seeds 
came  in  1890  from  the  countries  mentioned: — Oil-cake. 
U.S.A.  77-9,  Russia  9-1,  France  4-6,  Germany  2-8, 
India  1*9,  Sweden,  Egypt,  Spain,  and  Brazil,  each  less 
than  1.  Cotton-seed.  Egypt  90,  Brazil  5,  Turkey  and 
U.S.A.  each  over  1.  Linseed.  India  50-5,  Russia  41  •  G, 
Argentine  3-5,  Holland  and  Turkey  each  more  than  1. 
Seeds  unenumerated.  India 59 * 9, Russia  15- 9, Germany  10, 
Holland  0  9,  Turkey  1-6.  Rape  seed.  India  55-3. 
Russia  31  •  1,  Roumania  5'4,  Belgium  3 •  1,  Germany  2 '. 6, 
France  1 '4. 

After  reviewing  the  general  composition,  digestibility  and 
albuminoid  ratios  of  various  feeding  stuffs  in  a  series  of 
tables,  which,  although  not  entirely  new,  are  carefully 
brought  up  to  date,  the  author  proceeds  to  discuss  the 
possibility  of  arriving  at  a  definite  "  food-unit  "  as  a  basis 
for  the  valuation  desired,  confining  himself  to  the  food  of 
farm  animals. 

By  general  consent  only  the  nitrogenous  matter,  the  fat 
and  the  carbohydrates  (including  digestible  fibre)  are  to  be 
given  a  monetary  value  in  a  food,  the  other  constituents, 
although  by  no  means  useless,  being  generally  present  in 
sufficient  quantity  in  all  foods,  or  being  so  easily  supplied  as 
to  be  of  very  minor  importance  monetarily.  The  functions 
fulfilled  by  digested  fat  and  digested  carbohydrates  in  the 
animal  body  are  much  the  same,  and  the  relative  value 
of  their  constituents  is  fairly  accurately  determined 
by  physiological  and  calorimetric  experiments.  It  is 
otherwise  with  the  albuminoids,  which  are  incapable  of 
comparison  as  far  as  flesh-forming  capacities  are  concerned, 
although  comparable  with  fat  and  carbohydrates  in  respect 
of  their  heating  and  fat-yielding  values  ;  even  in  the  latter 
case  their  after-,  or  manurial  value  complicates  the  matter. 


Table  I. 


— 

Oil-cake. 

Cotton  Seed. 

Linseed. 

Rape  Seed. 

Seeds  un- 
enumerated, for 
expressing  Oil. 

Nuts  and  Kernels 
for  expressing 

1886 

Tons. 
296,480 

Tons. 
251,613 

Quarters. 
1,891,117 

Quarters. 
301,491 

Quarters. 

72,877 

Tons. 

1887 

264,849 

275,627 

2,223,017 

361,555 

47,652 

.. 

1888 

257.7  is 

257,172 

8,337.113 

218,252 

61,539 

1669 

255JUS 

277,891 

2,028,282 

386,482 

56,1111 

1890 

282,01(5 

314,050 

1,836,938 

185,607 

16,801 

22,551 

702 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Auk.  si,  1892. 


Physiologically  albuminoids  might  he  valued  at  6 — 7 
times  as  much  as  carbohydrates,  for  the  albuminoid  ratio  of 
an  adult's  food  is  ItC  or  7,  that  is,  one  part  of  albuminoid 
will  enable  6  or  7  parts  of  carbohydrates  to  carry  on  their 
functions  in  the  animal.  Commercially  this  is  not  the 
proportional  value. 

Market  values  of  the  separate  ingredients  are  no  criteria. 
Thus  in  the  case  of  oils  the  pure  article  has  an  enhanced 
value  on  account  of  its  industrial  uses,  and  of  the  cost  of 
production  ;  notwithstanding  this,  a  comparison  of  the 
prices  of  cakes  rich  in  oil  ami  poor  in  oil,  other  things  being 
balanced,  shows  that  the  extra  amount  of  oil  in  the  rich 
cake  costs  more  than  if  it  were  purchased  in  the  free  state. 
Starch  in  potatoes  at  48s.  per  ton  costs  about  Id.  alb.; 
crude  sugar  is  sometimes  as  low  in  price  as  this,  though 
generally  higher.  Albuminoids  can  hardly  be  said  to  be 
marketed  in  a  separate  state;  calculating  the  value  of  the 
nitrogen  in  them  when  nitrate  of  soda  is  9/.  a  ton,  the 
amount  in  one  lb.  would  be  worth  nearly  Id.,  but  allowing 
50  per  cent,  as  the  manurial  value  this  is  reduced  to  ^d. 

The  most  recently  obtained  results  for  the  so-called 
isodynamic  values,  or  quantities  which  can  produce  the  same 
amount  of  heat  or  of  energy,  of  some  of  the  chief  food 
constituents  are: — Fat  100,  cane  sugar  and  gum  235,  grape 
sugar  255,  starch  .229,  milk  sugar  243,  muscle  213 — 235, 
cellulose  267,  bread  336,  asparagin  469.  Taking  the  heat- 
producing  power  of  starch  as  unity,  these  numbers  become — ■ 
Starch  1,  fat  2-29,  muscle  0'97,  cane  sugar  0-97,  milk 
sugar  0-94,  glucose  0-90,  cellulose  (about)  0'  86,  asparagin 
0  •  49.  Generally  and  broadly,  when  consumed  in  the  animal 
one  grm.  of  fat  produces  93  calories,  and  one  grm.  of 
albuminoids  or  one  grm.  of  carbohydrates  (starch)  1-1 
calories. 

Except  for  the  facts  that  fat  might  have  a  slightly 
enhanced  value  owing  to  its  being  more  condensed  than 
carbohydrates,  aud  that  it  possibly  has  some  special  value, 
as  the  experiments  of  Cooke  seem  to  show  (Jour.  Royal 
Agric.  Soe.  1890  [2]  35, 407),  the  ratio  between  the  market 
prices  for  these  two  constituents  should  undoubtedly 
approximate  to  that  between  their  physiological  values, 
1 :2-29  ;  the  author  has  adopted  the  ratio  1 :  2-5. 

The  following  numbers  show  the  ratios  between  the  values 
assigned  to  the  three  food  constituents  by  different  persons 
at  different  times,  sometimes  by  contemplation  and  some- 
times by  calculation  over  the  market  values  : — 


Carbo- 
hydrates. 


Fat. 


Albumi- 
noids. 


Grouven   and    Schultze,  in  grain 

and  its  products,  and  in  roots. 
Grouven  and  Schultze,  in  oil-cakes. 

Grouven   and   Schultze.  in  green 

f Is. 

Grouvenand  Schultze, in  hay  and  1 

straw. 
Wolff,  in  1874 1 

Ycrsuchs-Stationen,  in  crude  foods,  1 

L891. 
Wolff,  in  digestible  matters,  1891  . .  1 

Korng,  calculated  1874-79,  in  men's  1 

food. 
Konig.  calculated   in   1379-80,   in  1 

men's  food. 
Konig,  in  vegetable  foods,  about...  1 

Wolff,  Indiana  Experiment  station.  l 

On  digestible  constituents.  1889. 

Jenkins,    in    18S9,   on    total    eon-  1 

slituents. 

I       ier,   in    1S90,   on    total    con-  l 

st  it  uents. 

Connecticut  station  in  cereal  pro- 
ducts and  in  cotton  and  Linseed 
meals,  calculated  1888. 

Ditto,  ditto,  1890 


3-3 
3-3 
1-3 

rs 

2'5 

5 

2 

3 

3-7 

2—3 

3-7 

J.-37 

2-5 

f3 


2 

1'7 
1-3 
6 
5 
3 
3 

3-5 
4-5 
3-7 
1-136 
2-5 
1-7 


The  difference  in  the  last  two  eases  was  probably  due  to 
rise  in  the  price  of  starchy  cereals,  and  fall  in  that  of 
nitrogenous  oil-cake  meals,  in  1890. 

The  ratios  1:5:5  applied  to  crude  constituents  are  used 
at  some  of  the  German  stations  in  estimating  compensation 
to  be  allowed  when  n  food  is  not  up  to  sample. 


The  author  has  made  a  calculation  by  the  method  of 
least  squares  in  which  the  composition  and  market  price  of 
26  articles  of  food  were  taken  into  consideration.  Weights 
were  given  to  each  equation  to  endeavour  to  approximate 
to  the  relative  amount  of  cousumptiou  of  the  article 
concerned.  The  foods  used  were  6  linseed  cakes  to  which 
a  total  weight  of  15  was  given  ;  4  decorticated  cotton  cakes 
with  a  weight  of  8  ;  2  undecorticated  cakes  with  a  weight 
of  10;  10  miscellaneous  cakes  and  seeds,  namely : — rape, 
hemp,  cocoanut,  palm-kernel,  and  earth-nut  cakes,  rice 
meal,  a  mixed  cake,  locust  beans,  cotton  seeds  and  linseed, 
each  with  a  weight  of  1 ;  beans,  with  a  weight  of  8  ;  peas, 
with  a  weight  of  4  ;  barley  and  oats,  each  with  a  weight 
of  10;  and  maize  with  a  weight  of  20.  Three  series  of 
results  were  calculated  and  the  following  figures  represent 
the  cost  in  shillings  of  a  unit  of  digestible  albuminoids  (x), 
digestible  fat  (y),  and  digestible  carbohydrates  (z), 
respectively  in  each  series  : — 

(1.)  When  the  cakes  and  seeds  had  a  total  weight 
of  43,  the  cereals  of  40,  and  the  pulses  a  weight  of 
12,  x  =  2-58,#  =  3-06,  z,  1-56. 

(2.)  When  the  cakes,  oil  seeds,  and  legumes  only  are 
calculated  from,  ,r  =  2-02,  #  =  3-58,  z  =  l-59. 

(3.)  When  cereals  only  are  considered,  x  =  2-83,  y  = 
7-76,z=l-21. 

The  author  points  out  that  one  reason  why  others  have 
obtained  such  variable  results  by  this  method,  is  that  care 
has  not  been  taken  to  give  each  of  the  separate  original 
equations  its  proper  relative  weight.  The  weights  here 
given  are  by  no  means  perfect,  through  lack  of  statistics. 
The  numbers  apply  to  the  more  concentrated  foods  only, 
inasmuch  as  coarse  fodders  have  been  omitted.  The 
market  price  of  concentrated  food  is  more  largely  controlled 
by  the  amount  of  fat  than  by  other  constituents. 

As  a  mean  result  of  his  calculations,  the  author  adopts 
as  the  ratios  for  the  values  of  the  digestible  constituents, 
1 :  25  :  2'5  =  carbohydrates  :  fat :  albuminoids  and  amides  ; 
the  inclusion  of  the  amides  causes  a  slight  error,  which 
however,  is  counterbalanced  by  the  exclusion  of  the  manurial 
value  of  the  undigested  nitrogen.  The  value  per  pound  and 
per  unit  of  each  of  the  considered  constituents  are  on  this 
basis  : — 


Per  Lb. 


Per  Unit  per 

Ton. 


a. 

Digestible  carbohydrates 

Digestible  fat If 

Digestible  albuminoids  and  amides  i» 


1-24 
8-11 

311 


The  following  table  (Table  II.)  is  calculated  with  these 
figures. 

The  ordinary  numbers  in  columns  3,  4,  5,  and  6,  give 
the  crude  composition,  those  in  brackets  show  the  digestible 
composition.  The  figures  in  brackets  in  column  8,  are  the 
number  of  "  food  units  "  in  the  food  ;  these  are  obtained  by 
multiplying  the  percentage  of  digestible  albuminoids  and 
amides  by  2J,  and  the  percentage  of  fat  by  2^  and  adding 
these  to  the  percentages  of  digestible  carbohydrates  and 
fibre.  To  obtain  the  estimated  value  in  shillings  of  the 
food  per  ton,  the  food  units  must  be  multiplied  by  1  -24. 

The  table  shows  that  on  the  values  of  the  food  con- 
stituents which  are  taken,  these  food  constituents  can  be 
purchased  more  cheaply  in  some  foods  than  in  others ;  it 
must  be  remembered,  however,  that  certain  considerations, 
such  as  palatability,  portability,  flavour  and  mechanical 
condition,  which  have  a  very  real  influence  on  the  application 
of  a  food,  cannot  possibly  be  reduced  to  figures.  The 
table  only  serves  to  decide  what  food  is  cheaper  ceteris 
[Kir  tints. 

A  few  remarks  on  the  manure  value  of  food  in  relation  to 
the  compensation  tables  of  Lawes  aud  Gilbert  (Jour.  Roy. 
Agric.  Soc.  [2J  21,  591)  conclude  the  paper. 

The  discussion  contains  no  remarks  of  value;  objection  was 
taken  by  Dr.  Voelcker  to  the  omission  of  ash  constituents 
in  the  calculation. 


Ahr.81,1888J        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


703 


Table  II. 

Water. 

Albumi- 
noids. 

Oil. 

Soluble 
Carbo- 
hydrates. 

Fibre. 

Ash. 

Price 

July  31st, 
1891. 

Cost  per 

-Fond  Unit" 

per  Ton. 

11*80 

31-00 
(27  :; 

14-07 

(13-2) 

29-57 
(25-0) 

7*17 
(3*1) 

5-00 

£    s.    d. 
9    :,    0 

(130) 

s. 
1*48 

11-11 

30*13 

(25-9) 

12-71 
(11*5) 

30*36 
(24*31 

7-37 
(3-2) 

5-28 

8     7     0 
(121) 

1*38 

11-15 

2.-J-30 
(21-7) 

12-07 
(11-4) 

35-01 
(28*4) 

9-13 
(4-0) 

5*81 

8    2     6 

(115) 

l'll 

11*18 

32*44 

(27-8) 

11-97 

(10-8) 

30-13 
(14-3) 

8*40 
(3-7) 

5-03 

8    0    0 
(124*5) 

1-28 

18*04 

30-57 
(20-3) 

12-02 
(10-8) 

31-99 
(25-6) 

6-74 

12-91 

5-01 

7  12    0 
(121) 

1-20 

18*24 

30-57 
(26*3) 

15*86 
(14*2) 

28*44 

(22-7) 

0-21 

(2-0) 

5*68 

8     5    0 
(126*5) 

1'34 

10-H2 

86-83 
(31*0) 

8-54 
(7-7) 

31-80 

I2.VH 

7-05 
(3-0) 

.V30 

6  :2    6 

(125) 

1*06 

10*96 

31-01 
(26-6) 

8-02 

(7-2) 

38*85 
(30*8) 

0-18 
(2-7) 

5-28 

6  10    0 
(118) 

1-10 

18*96 

2:!  -23 

(17-4) 

5-51 

(4-9) 

31-70 
(17-1) 

20-71 
(2-0) 

4- SO 

1  17     0 
(75*3) 

1-29 

13*48 

27-17 

5-18 

28-85 

19-05 

5-40 

4  17     6 

(SI) 

1-20 

7*93 

48*61 

(37-0) 

11-74 
(10-3) 

20-33 
(25-0) 

7-20 

3-19 

7     5    0 
(143) 

1-01 

6*24 

(6*20 
(38*4) 

11-03 
(9-7) 

27-35 
(25-9) 

2-90 

7-28 

7    7    0 
(146) 

1-01 

7*84 

42-05 
(35-7) 

10-20 
(14-3) 

24-34 

(23-0) 

0-57 

2*90 

7  15    0 
(148) 

1-05 

11-80 

48*94 
(37*4) 

12-10 

(io-«) 

25-49 

(21-2) 

5-27 

6*40 

6  17    6 

1141) 

0-90 

9-55 

22*87 
(18*8) 

21-30 
(19-1J 

24-03 
(12-3) 

10-85 
(3-3) 

5-30 

6  10    0 

(110) 

1*18 

111-  |v 
13-00 

84*66 

(27-9) 

31-02 
(21-7) 

8-05 
(6-8) 

6*44 

(5-4) 

29-35 
(20-2) 

9-01 
(0*8) 

7*38 

8-08 

6    5    0 
(124) 

6    0    0 

1-02 

(9-4) 

(0-3) 

(83*5) 

1*43 

8-40 

20*87 

(15-5) 

11-36 
(11*3) 

40-61 
(32-5) 

12-97 
(8-0) 

6*29 

6  15    0 

(W5) 

1-25 

9-12 

15*60 
(14*2) 

12-50 
(11-3) 

35-45 
(31-9) 

23-69 

(17-7) 

8*74 

5  15     0 
(113) 

1-02 

0-75 

48 -0C 
(43*7) 

io-io 

(8-7) 

21-74 
(20-2) 

4-85 
(0-8) 

5-50 

:,  17    o 

(151) 

0-78 

6  12    6 

1-29 

to 
7  10    o 

to 
1-44 

9-88 

18*90 

(10-7) 

10-12 
(8-9) 

56-07 
(56-0) 

6-20 
(4-1) 

3-77 

6  17    6 

(99) 

1-19 

14-65 

7-03 
(4-7) 

1-08 
(0-5) 

68-02 
(64-0) 

6*34 

(4-7) 

2-88 

6  10    0 
(82) 

1-58 

-t 

(8*2) 

(2:0) 

(55-8) 

•• 

•* 

6    5    0 
(81) 

1*53 

•* 

(H>:i) 

(5:0) 

(42*1) 

(2*0) 

•• 

0    15     0 
(S4-3) 

1*60 

(7*5) 

(4*8) 

(65*8) 

(i'-s) 

•• 

o    o    o 

(96-8) 

l-.-io 

•* 

(19*0) 

(32*0) 

(10:8) 

(4:2) 

•• 

11   10     0 
(142-5) 

1*61 

*• 

(19*9) 

(i:5) 

(■18-8) 

(4*2) 

•• 

7  12    0 
(107) 

1*42 

•• 

(22:4) 

(i:D 

(42-7) 

(ITS) 

•• 

7    0    o 

(97) 

1-44 

-A.  G.  B. 

701 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE    SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Aug.  81, 1892. 


First  Report  to  the  Water  Research  Committee  of  the 
Royal  Society  on  the  Present  State  of  our  Knowledge 
concerning  the  Bacteriology  of  Water,  with  especial 
reference  to  the  Vitality  of  Pathogenic  Schizomycetes  in 
Water.  P.  F.  Frankland  and  M.  Ward.  Proc.  Royal 
Soc.  51,  183—279. 

After  detailing  and  discussing  exhaustively  all  the  more 
important  work  which  has  been  done  in  connexion  with 
the  bacteriology  of  water,  the  following  points  are  noticed 
especially  in  the  summary.  Natural  waters  vary  in  com- 
position very  greatly,  and  the  usual  method  of  classifying 
them  into  river- water,  spring  and  well-water,  distilled  water, 
&c.  is  not  sufficiently  accurate  when  considering  them 
from  the  bacteriological  standpoint.  The  sehizomycete  is 
a  very  small  organism  and  requires  correspondingly  minute 
amounts  of  food ;  also  that  it  is  a  very  delicate  organism, 
and  is  a  variable  factor  itself,  possessed  of  a  variable 
organisation. 

In  bacteriological  research  work  the  matter  is  still  more 
complicated  when  a  given  sehizomycete  is  turned  into  a 
water  already  peopled  by  other  species ;  "  the  whole  teaching 
of  bacteriology  shows  that  the  competing  organisms  cannot 
exist  side  by  side  without  affecting  the  welfare  of  each." 
The  water  itself,  the  dissolved  gases,  the  suspended  and 
dissolved  substances,  the  temperature  all  certainly  influence 
the  micro-organisms  present,  and  certain  rays  of  light  and 
mechanical  disturbances  very  possibly  do  so  likewise.  In 
the  course  of  any  practical  inquiry,  distilled  water  is  hardly 
a  suitable  medium  to  operate  in,  since  it  is  unknown  in 
nature.  When  operating  in  sterilised  water,  most  of  the 
authors  are  unanimous  that  pathogenic  germs  enjoy  a 
longer  existence  than  in  the  same  water  before  sterili- 
sation. 

The  sterilisation  of  waters  may  be  conducted,  (1)  by 
heat,  (2)  by  filtration.  The  former  method  causes 
certainly  material  changes  in  the  composition  of  the  water, 
e.g.,  precipitation  of  dissolved  substances,  explosion  of 
gases,  and  change  or  destruction  of  organic  matters. 
Whilst  filtration  dors  not  cause  such  material  alterations 
as  the  above,  the  proportions  of  dissolved  gases  are 
certainly  altered. 

Referring  to  the  results  obtained  by  different  authors, 
the  following  notes  are  made: — (1.)  The  numerical  results 
obtained  by  means  of  the  gelatin-plate  culture  are  generally 
too  low.  (2.)  Too  high  a  temperature  has  frequently  been 
employed.  (3.)  Many  of  the  results  are  vitiated  through 
the  introduction  into  the  waters  of  concentrated  food  with 
the  organisms  at  the  time  of  infection.  (4.)  Experiments 
with  distilled  water  are  of  little  practical  value,  but 
pathogenic  organisms  appear  to  live  a  shorter  time  in  this 
medium  than  in  ordinary  water.  (5.)  Results  obtained 
liv  operating  in  either  sterile  or  unsterile  water  should  be 
confirmed  by  different  investigators  attacking  the  problem 
in  different  ways  before  they  are  received  as  .conclusive, 
(6.)  Both  mineral  waters,  as  well  as  snow,  hail,  and  ice 
may  become  means  of  conveying  pathogenic  organisms. 
(7.)  The  periods  through  which  pathogenic  organisms  may 
exist  in  waters  depend  on  a  great  variety  of  circum- 
Stances  ;  but  in  all  ordinary  waters  they  die  out,  sooner 
or  later. 

Regarding  specific  forms  the  following  notes  are 
made : — 

Spirillum  choleric  asiaticje  has  been  shown  to  live  and 
multiply  in  drinking  waters  ;  the  results  as  to  its  length 
of  life  in  such  media  are  very  conflicting,  some  observers 
having  found  it  dead  at  the  end  of  two  days,  whereas 
others  have  found  it  alive  at  the  end  of  a  year.  The 
points  of  agreement  between  different  observers  are  that 
it  can  live  in  waters,  ami  that,  as  a  rule,  it  is  not  very- 
resistant  towards  the  competing  forms. 

Bacillus  typhosus  appears  to  have  a  greater  resisting 
power  than  the  cholera  spirillum,  and  most  observers 
record  that  it  may  remain  active  for  three  months. 

Bacillus  anthracis.  The  vegetative  rodlets  of  this 
organism  are  less  able  to  hold  their  own  than  the  spores. 
The  spores  of  anthrax  may  undoubtedly  live  in  sterile 
water  for  months  without  injury,  provided  the  temperature 
he  not  too  high. 


The  Streptococcus  of  erysipelas  appears  to  be  remarkably 
susceptible  to  immersion  in  water,  being  immediately 
destroyed  in  distilled  water,  and  survived  only  five  days 
in  sterile  sewage  and  drinking  water. 

Micrococcus  tetrageners  maintains  itself  for  some  days 
in  various  waters. 

Bacillus  tuberculosis  may  live  for  100  or  more  days  in 
river  water. 

Staphylococcus  pyogenes  aurefus  is  said  to  live  more  thau 

19  days  in  river  water. 

The  bacillus  of  glanders  may  live  more  thau  50  days  ; 
the  micrococcus  of  fowl-cholera,  30  days  ;  the  bacillus  of 
swine-plague,    17    days;    and    that    of    mouse-septica'mia, 

20  days  in  water. — J.  W.  L. 


PATENT. 


Improvements      in    the     Preparation     of     Cattle     Foods. 
1>.  Tallerman,  Dublin.    Eng.  Pat.  13,212,  August  5,  1891. 
See  under  XVII.,  page  700. 


(5.)— SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

Absorption  of  Carbon  Monoxide  by  Blood.     N.  Greliaut. 
Compt.  Rend.  114,  1892,  309—310. 

Experiments  are  described  in  which  dogs  are  made  to 
breathe  air  containing  carbon  monoxide,  the  proportions  of 
carbon  monoxide  subsequently  separated  from  the  blood 
agreeing  perfectly  with  the  composition  of  the  atmosphere 
breathed.  Erom  his  results  the  author  affirms  that  carbon 
monoxide  is  dissolved  by  the  blood  in  obedience  to  the  law 
of  Dalton.  The  use  to  which  the  method  has  been  put  is 
for  the  estimation  of  carbon  monoxide  in  the  case  of  the 
air  in  coaches  heated  by  stoves  fed  with  charcoal  briquettes. 

— T.  L.  B. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Means  for  or  Appertaining  to  Fumigating 
and  Disinfecting  Dwelling-houses,  Assembly  Rooms, 
Hospitals,  Churches,  Theatres,  Ships,  and  the  like,  as 
veil  as  for  Extinguishing  Fires  (herein  :  applicable  also 
for  Smoking  and  Curing  Fish,  Hams,  and  other  Fond. 
J.  Robertson,  Loudon.     Eng.  Pat.  10,129,  June  15,  1891. 

A  portable  iron  stove  is  provided  with  an  evaporating  or 
burning  pan,  in  which  is  placed  the  chemical  or  substances 
to  be  evaporated  or  burnt,  and  is  connected  with  a  fan,  by 
means  of  which  air  is  drawn  through  the  apparatus  and  the 
evolved,  gases  driven  through  a  hose  or  flue  to  the  place 
where  they  are  to  he  utilised. — E.  H.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Blue  Bleaching 
Materials  for  Washing  Purposes.  T.  H.  Rees  and 
W.  P.  Blackhaui,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  13,041,  August  1, 
1891. 

The  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  blue  or 
bleaching  materials  in  cakes,  or  cubes,  or  cylinders  with 
hollow  centres,  or  with  a  hole  of  any  suitable  size,  diameter, 
or  shape  through  the  centre,  whereby  the  drying  or 
dissolving  surface  for  use  of  the  cakes  or  cubes  is  almost 
doubled.  The  inventors  also  propose  to  fill  the  cavities  in 
the  centre  of  the  cakes  or  cubes  with  antiseptic  or  disin- 
fecting materials. — C.  0.  AY. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Treating  Foul  Air  and 
Noxious  Vapours  or  Gases.  J.  Makinson,  St.  Helens, 
Eng.  Pat.  14,038,  August  19,  1891. 

Tins  apparatus  is  simply  a  furnace  constructed  to  burn  the 
most  convenient  sort  of  fuel,  connected  with  a  high  chimney 
shaft,  and  with  its  ashpit,  which  may  be   closed   by  a  door, 


Aug.  si,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF    CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


705 


in  communication  with  the  sewers,  or  other  places  where 
the  noxious  gases  are  collected.  The  tines  delivering  the 
gases  into  the  furnace  are  lifted  with  dampers  for  regulating 
the  supply,  and  the  most  convenient  method  of  erecting  the 
whole  plant  is  shown  in  detail  in  the  two  sheets  of  drawings 
accompanying  the  specification. — F.  H.  L. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  Treatment  of 
" Sewerage"  and  Other  Contaminated  Liquids.  W.  1). 
Scott-Monerieff,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  14,181,  August  22, 
1891. 

The  liquid  is  purified  hy  upward  percolation  through  a 
suitable  filtering  medium  which  is  supported  on  a  grating 
fixed  in  a  tank,  the  latter  being  provided  with  a  blow-off 
cock  to  remove  the  deposit  when  necessary. — F.  II.  L. 


(C.)— DISINFECTANTS. 

Action  of  Boric  Acid  on  Germination.    J.  Morel.    Compt. 
Rend.  114,  1892,  131—133. 

■See  under  XX.,  page  707. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

Terpenes  and  their  Derivatives.     J.  W.Briihl.     Ber.  25, 
1892,  517—551. 

The  paper  deals  with  the  composition  of  Oil  of  laurel. 
The  sample  examined  was  a  thick  oil  of  a  greenish-yellow 
colour,  having  an  acid  reaction  and  boiling  between  175° 
and  275°  C.  When  treated  with  alkali  and  carbon  dioxide 
successively,  and  then  distilled,  lauric  acid  together  with  a 
phenoloi'd  substance,  the  nature  of  which  was  not  deter- 
mined, were  obtained,  but  no  eugenol  could  be  detected. 
After  treatment  with  potash  and  then  sodium,  a  mobile, 
colourless,  neutral  oil  results,  boiling  between  167°  and 
171°  C.  This  consists  of  cineol,  C10HlsO,  pincne,  CmH,,;,  in 
small  quantity,  and  other  hydrocarbons.  The  optical 
properties  of  the  oil  point  also  to  its  being  a  mixture,  and 
are  therefore  in  accordance  with  Wallach's  observations 
that  the  oil  does  not  contain  a  special  terpene  of  boiling 
point  171°  C,  as  stated  by  Gladstone  (J.  Chem.  Soc.  1861, 
17,  5  and  18). 

Laurel  oil  also  contains  other  bodies  in  addition  to  the 
above,  of  a  ketonic  or  alcoholic  nature,  which  form  solid 
compounds  with  sodium,  decomposable  by  water.  These 
were  not  investigated. — C.  A.  K. 


Bromide  of  Potassium.     II.  Helbing  and  F.  W.  Pas9more. 
Helbing's  Pharm.  Record,  7,  1892. 

The  authors  have  examined  various  brands  of  potassium 
bromide  and  conclude  that  there  exists  in  commerce  at  the 
present  time  potassium  bromide  of  foreign  origin  that 
does  not  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  British 
Pharmacopoeia,  the  samples  tested  containing  from  4 '52 
to  5 '96  per  cent,  of  KCI,  whilst  specimens  of  English 
manufacture  contained  only  0- 13  per  cent,  of  KCI.  The 
authors  estimated  the  bromide  with  standard  silver  solution, 
which  method  they  state  as  being  the  most  practical  and 
reliable  for  the  determination  of  the  amount  of  chloride 
present,  due  attention  being  paid  to  the  possible  presence 
of  other  substances  that  may  affect  the  result. — J.  C.  C. 


Nicotine.     A.  Pinner  and  R.  Wolll'enstein.     Her.  25,  1892, 
1428—1433. 

When  oxynicotine  (this  Journal,  1891,  381  and  569)  is 
heated  with  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  at  140°  for 
8 — 10  hours  it  yields,  together  with  resinous  products,  an 
oily  base  of  the  composition  C10H,,N2O,  which  the  authors 
name  pseudonicotinc  oxide.  This  compound  is  volatile  with 
steam,  seems  to  be  very  sensitive  to  light,  and  is  readily 
soluble  in  water;  its  hydrochloride,  CH)HuN.,0,  2  HC1  is 
crystalline,  melts  at  192°,  and  is  very  readily  soluble  in 
water ;  its  platiuochloride  crystallises  in  needle  ml 
decomposes  at  about  120°. 

Dekydronicotine,  C10HisNa,  is  formed  when  pseudo- 
nicotine  oxide  is  distilled  under  the  ordinary  atmospheric 
pressure  ;  it  is  an  oil,  does  not  turn  red  on  exposure  to  the 
air,  and  is  only  sparingly  soluble  in  water.  Its  physiological 
action  is  just  as  powerful  as  that  of  nicotine  ;  pseudo- 
nicotine  oxide,  on  the  other  hand,  has  only  about  r.yh  of  the 
effect  of  nicotine. 

When  oxynicotine  is  heated  with  a  saturated  solution  of 
barium  hydroxide  at  140°  it  is  converted  into  nicotine,  a 
resinous  compound  and  traces  of  ammonia  being  also 
produced. — F.  S.  K. 


Russian  Peppermint  Oil  and  Menthylamine.     G.  Andres 
and  A.  Andreef.     Ber.  25,  1892,  609—622. 

The  authors  have  examined  large  qantities  of  Russian  oil 
of  peppermint  with  reference  to  the  contained  hydrocarbons 
which  have  been  but  little  investigated. 

The  oil  was  fractionated  repeatedly  and  heated  with 
metallic  sodium,  six  fractions  boiling  between  168°  and 
175°  being  finally  obtained,  of  which  the  highest  (173° — 
175°)  was  the  chief  product.  This  is  a  terpene,  C,i>Hlf„ 
and  resembles  tavo-liinonene,  except  that  its  specific 
rotatory  power  is  considerably  too  low.  The  fraction  of 
boiling  point  170° — 173'  also  contains  kevo-limonene  mixed 
with  an  isomeric  hydrocarbon.  The  lower  fractions  contain 
terpenes  mixed  with  hydrocarbons,  having  the  formula 
C|„Hlg,  which  have  not  been  isolated.  No  evidence  was 
obtained  of  the  presence  of  naphthenes.  The  fractions 
200°— 205°  and  205Q— 210°  contain  menthone  (C10HlsO) 
and  varying  quantities  of  menthol.  The  quantity  of  total 
hydrocarbons  in  the  oil  does  not  exceed  17  per  cent.,  and 
the  results  obtained  with  oil  prepared  both  from  dried  and 
fresh  plants  were  similar.  A  quantitative  determination  of 
the  menthol  in  the  oil  is  not  possible,  since  it  cannot  be 
completely  separated  from  the  oil  by  freezing,  even  after 
fractionation. 

Menthylamine  is  obtained,  contrary  to  the  statement  ot 
Beckmann,  by  reducing  the  oxime  of  menthol  with  sodium 
iu  alcoholic  solution.  The  product  boils  at  204°  C,  has 
a  smell  similar  to  that  of  conine,  and  a  specific  rotatory 
power  [o]„  =  —  33  '6°.  Dextro-menthoxime  may  be 
similarly  converted  into  a  menthylamine  which  resembles 
the  above  in  proporties,  but  appears  to  be  a  mixture  of  the 
kevo-  and  dextro-compounds. — C.  A.  K. 


Pseudopelletierine.      G.  Ciamician  and  P.  Silber.     Ber.  25, 
1892,  1G01-  1G04. 

The  authors'  investigations  on  pseudopelletierine  lead  them 
to  confirm  most  of  its  discoverer's — Tanret's — observations 
(Compt.  Rend.  86,  1270)  87,  358  ;  and  88,  716).  They, 
however,  find  that  it  is  best  extracted  from  the  crude  extract 
of  pomegranate-peel  by  means  of  petroleum,  from  which 
medium  it  crystallises  in  anhydrous  prismatic  tablets  of  the 
composition  C,,H15NO.  It  melts  at  IS'"1  (Tanret  gives  46°J, 
boils  at  246J  according  to  Tanret,  but  is  volatile  at  the 
ordinary  temperatures.  It  is  readily  soluble  in  water,  alcohol, 
ether,  and  chloroform,  but  less  so  in  light  petroleum  ;  it  is 
a  strong  base,  and  its  solution  in  25  per  cent,  potash 
becomes  turbid  when  warmed  A  series  of  salts  is  described, 
and  also  certain  reactions. — I).  A.  L. 


Tut; 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Aug.  31, 1892. 


Oxygen  Compounds  obtained  from  Ethereal  Oils.     F.  W. 
Semmler  and  F.  Tiemann.     Ber.  25,  1892,  1180—1188. 

The  authors  are  of  the  opinion  that  the  specific  odours  of 
many  ethereal  oils  are  not  entirely  due  to  the  presence  of 
terpenes  or  allied  compounds,  but  that  certain  of  them 
contain  also  alcohols,  ethereal  salts,  aldehydes,  and  ketones 
of  the  fatty  series  which  influence  their  smell  to  a  very 
considerable  extent.  Indian  geranium  oil,  for  example, 
has  been  shown  to  contain  an  unsaturated  fatty  alcohol — 
geraniol — of  the  composition  C„,HlsO,  which,  on  oxidation, 
is  converted  into  the  corresponding  aldehyde,  geranial  or 
eitral,  C',,,11  ,,,<>,  a  compound  occurring  in  various  essential 
oil-  ( -ee  Semmler,  this  Journal,  1891,  157,  269,  and  382). 

Two  samples  of  oil  of  bergamot,  obtained  from  Sehimmel 
and  Co.  and  from  Jlerlino  respectively,  were  carefully 
examined  and  found  to  be  practically  identical  in  properties  ; 
the  specific  gravity  is  0*8782  at  12°,  and  refractive  power 
nn  =  1-4681.  On  repeated  fractional  distillation  under  a 
pressure  of  about  15  mm.  the  oil  is  resolved  into  the 
following  constituents : — 

Limonene About  40  per  cent. 

Dipentene 10       „ 

Linalool ,       -~>       „ 

Linalool  acetate 20         , 

Bergapten 5 

Linalool,  C10HlsO,  is  an  unsaturated  fatty  alcohol  of 
sp.  "t.  0-8712  at  20r ;  it  is  lrevo-rotatory,  and  its  refractive 
power  is  nv  =  1-4641. 

Linalool  acetate,  C10Hi7O .  COCH,,,  has  a  very  charac- 
teristic smell,  like  that  of  oil  of  bergamot,  and  its  specific 
gravity  is  0-8951  at  20°;  it  is  lsevo  rotatory,  and  on 
hydrolysis  it  is  converted  into  linalool  and  acetic  acid. 

It  must  not  be  presumed  that  an  oil  having  the  same 
odour  as  oil  of  bergamot  would  be  obtained  by  mixing  the 
above-named  constituents  in  the  proper  proportions,  because 
it  is  very  probable  that  the  odour  of  the  natural  oil  is 
influenced  by  the  presence  of  traces  of  other  compounds 
which  have  not  yet  been  isolated. 

"  Petitgrain  oil,"  of  French  and  of  South  American 
origin,  was  also  investigated:  the  crude  oil  is  dark  yellow 
in  colour,  and  its  specific  gravity  is  0-8891  at  20°.  Its 
principal  constituent  is  an  oil  of  sp.  gr.  0-8988  at  20°, 
which  boils  at  10^° — 106°  under  a  pressure  of  15  mm.,  and 
which  the  authors  name  Aurantiol  acetate ,-  this  compound 
orms  about  70  per  cent,  of  the  crude  oil,  has  a  peculiar 
characteristic  odour,  and  on  hydrolysis  is  decomposed  into 
acetic  acid  and  an  unsaturated  fatty  alcohol  of  the  com- 
position C10HlsO,  which  is  named  Aurantiol.  This  alcohol 
boils  at  93° — 95°  under  a  pressure  of  15  mm.,  has  a  specific 
gravity  of  0-8691  at  20',  and  its  refractive  power  is 
«„  =  1-4682;  it  is  hevo-rotatory  and  combines  with  four 
atoms  of  bromine.  In  addition  to  aurantiol  acetate 
"petitgrain  oil"  contains  limonene,  a  sesqui-terpene,  and 
compounds  containing  oxygen  which  have  a  not  incon- 
siderable influence  on  the  smell  of  the  natural  oil. 

Oil  of  lavender  of  English  origin  contains  limonene  and 
a  sesqui-terpene  in  small  quantities,  but  its  principal  con- 
stituent is  an  unsaturated  fatty  alcohol — Lavendol,  C10HlsO 
■ — which  can  be  isolated  by  fractional  distillation  under  a 
pressure  of  15  mm.  Lavendol  boils  at  85° — 91°  under  a 
pressure  of  1 5  mm.,  is  hevo-rotatory ,  arid  has  a  characteristic 
odour;  its  specific  gravity  is  0-8672  at  20°,  and  its  refractive 
power  ?iD  =  1-4651.  Lavendol  acetate,  CWH170 .CO .CH3, 
also  occurs  in  oil  of  lavender,  of  which  it  forms  about 
10  per  cent.;  it  boils  at  97° — 105°  under  a  pressure  of 
15  mm.,  is  la-vo-rotatory,  and  has  a  specific  gravity  of 
0-8972  at  20°.  The  natural  oil  doubtless  contains  other 
oxygen  compounds  which  influence  its  odour. 

Linalool,  aurantiol,  and  lavendol  have  all  the  same 
composition  as  geraniol,  and  also  smell  like  the  last-named 
compound ;  whether  the  fcur  substances  are  identical  or 
not  remains  to  be  ascertained. — F.  S.  K. 


A  Xitro-Ui  riratire  of  Antipyrine.     E.  Jandrier.     Compt. 
Rend.  114,  1892,  303—304. 

Ox  addition  of  nitric  acid  to  a  solution  of  antipyrine  in 
sulphuric  acid  nitro-  and  nitroso-derivatives  are  formed. 
Xitro-antipyrine  may  be  prepared  in  the  following  manner : 
— 4  grms.  of  antipyrine  are  dissolved  in  40  gnus,  of  mono- 
hydrated  sulphuric  acid ;  to  the  cooled  mixture  about 
3  grms.  of  nitric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1  ■  35)  are  added.  Separation 
of  the  nitro-compound  follows  on  pouring  the  whole  slowly 
into  water  kept  at  a  temperature  below  10°  C.  Xitro- 
antipyrine  is  a  straw-coloured  crystalline  substance  melting 
at  260°  C.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  slightly  soluble  only  in 
hot  alcohol ;  it  may  be  most  conveniently  recrystallised 
from  glacial  acetic  acid.  Reduction  with  zinc  and  acetic 
acid  gives  the  corresponding  amido-compound. — T.  L.  B. 


Nitro-Atropine.      A.  Einhorn   and   L.  Fischer.     Ber.    25, 
1892,  1390—1391. 

Atropine  when  treated  with  a  mixture  of  nitric  and 
sulphuric  acids  is  converted  into  an  oily  mononitro-com- 
pound,  which  was  isolated  by  means  of  its  hydrochloride, 
which  forms  a  crystalline  compound  with  difficulty  soluble 
in  alcohol.  It  decomposes  at  235D  C.  The  nitro  group  is 
contained  in  the  benzene  ring  of  the  acid  radicle  of  atropine 
(tropic  acid)  and  is  in  the  para-position  as  shown  by 
decomposition  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  subsequent 
oxidation,  when  1  :  4  nitrobenzoic  acid  is  formed. — C.  A.  K. 


ii-Tropin   and   some  ^-Tropeins.     C.   Liebermann  and  L. 
Limpach.     Ber.  25,  1892,  927—939. 

Pskudo-  or  \|/-tropine  as  previously  described  (this  Journal, 
1891,  944  and  102.3)  crystallises  from  benzene  in  well- 
defined  rhombic  prisms.  It  forms  a  hygroscopic  sulphate, 
and  yields  tropidine  on  reduction.  The  tropeins  described 
are  those  of  mandelic  and  of  tropic  acid.  The  former  is 
best  prepared  by  the  repeated  evaporation  of  a  solution 
containing  molecular  proportions  of  Atropine  and  of 
mandelic  acid.  It  forms  a  thick  oil  and  yields  a  number  of 
characteristic  salts,  which  are  described.  A  solution  of  the 
acetate  was  found  not  to  exert  any  mydriatic  action. 
Tropyl-4<-tropeine,  similarly  prepared,  is  a  thick  oil,  having 
a  strongly  alkaline  reaction  and  a  specific  rotatory  power 
[a]n  =  —  4-93.  It  is  decomposed  by  baryta  water  into 
^-tropine  and  tropic  acid,  and  hence  is  isomeric  with  atropine. 
Of  its  salts  the  hydrochloride  and  double  gold  and  platinic 
chlorides  are  characteristic ;  the  hydrochloride  has  no 
mydriatic  action,  but  like  atropine  it  acts  as  a  heart-poison. 
The  relation  of  this  i|/-atropine  to  Ladenburg's  hyoscine  is 
discussed.  The  remainder  of  the  paper  deals  with  the 
nature  of  Ladenburg's  tropide  which  is  formed  together 
with  ^-atropine  in  the  above  reaction.  The  authors  show 
that  its  formula  is  ClsH1604  and  not  CgHgOo  from  a 
molecular  weight  determination  by  Raoult's  method. 

— C.  A.  K. 


P-methylamido-crotonanilide  mid  its  Relation  to  Antipyrine. 
L.  Knorr  and  H.  Taufkireh.     Ber.  25,  1892,  768. 

The  "  antipyrine  alcohol  "  described  by  Briihl  (Ber.  1892, 
25,  395)  is,  according  to  the  authors'  investigations, 
j8-methylamidocrotonanilidc — 

CH3  kh.CE, 

c^=CH.CO.NHC,,H5 

and  not  an  antipyrine  derivative.  A  full  account  of  the 
experimental  evidence  on  which  this  conclusion  rests  is 
given,  together  with  a  suggestion  that  the  sodium  salt  of 
the  so-called  alcohol  prepared  by  Briihl  is  in  reality  a 
complex  carbonate  of  the  above  anilide. — C.  A.  K. 


Aug.  si,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


707 


The  Action  of  Hypochlorous  Arid  mi  Tropine.    A.  Einliorn 
and  L.  Fischer.     Ber.  25,  1892,  1391—1394. 

Hi  POOHLOROUS  acid  acts  upou  tropine  to  form  a  crystalline 
compound,  C?H6NCI30,  which  melts  at  111°  C,  and  which 
readily  gives  up  the  chlorine  atom  to  form  a  slightly  basic 
body,  C?H7NC140.  The  latter  melts  at  108".  The  reaction 
is  undoubtedly  a  complex  one,  the  carbon  atom  being 
liberated  from  the  tropine  molecule. — C.  A.  K. 


The  Untie  Acids  nnd  Borax  Industry.     Scheuer.     Zeits. 
f.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  241—248. 

See  under  VII.,  page  083. 


Action  of Boric  Acid  on  Germination.    J.  Morel.    Compt. 
Rend.  114,  1892,  131—133. 

Ax  injurious  action  of  boric  acid  on  beans  was  pointed  out 
by  Peligot  (Compt.  Kend.  83,  686). 

The  present  memoir  deals  with  the  action  of  various 
strengths  of  the  solution  on  beans  and  on  wheat,  and  the 
conclusions  come  to  are  that  boric  acid  has  the  effect  of 
delaying,  or  of  completely  preventing  germination,  according 
to  duration  of  contact  and  strength  of  solution  used; 
furthermore  the  action  on  grain  and  seeds  of  different  kinds 
varies  ;  for  instance,  wheat  resists  the  action  of  the  wash 
much  better  than  does  the  bean.  Borax  acts  in  a  similar 
manner  to  boric  acid.  It  seems  most  probable  that  even 
very  dilute  solutions  of  boric  acid  will  completely  arrest  the 
development  of  various  fungoid  growths  and  experiments 
are  in  progress  with  the  object  of  deciding  this  question. 
Should  the  author's  expectations  be  realised,  then  boric 
acid  might  rank  with  sulphate  of  copper  as  a  preventative 
mildew  and  similar  growths. — T.  L.  B. 


The  Nitration  of  Butultoluene-  and  Butylxylene-sulphonic 

Acids.     E.  Noelting.     Ber.  25,  1892,  785—792. 

A-  Kelbe  and  l'.aur  have  stated  (Ber.  16,  2560),  butyl- 
toluene  is  sulphonated  with  moderate  ease  by  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  50°. 
It  is,  however,  more  rapidly  attacked  by  fuming  sulphuric 
acid  containing  15  per  cent,  of  anhydride.  To  isolate  the 
sulphonic  acid,  conversion  into  its  lead  salt  is  not  necessary, 
as  the  acid  separates  on  the  addition  of  a  little  water  to  its 
sulphuric  acid  solution.  The  crystalline  mass  obtained  in 
this  way  was  drained,  washed  with  water,  and  dried  on 
porcelain.  A  portion  of  it  was  nitrated  with  6  to  8  parts  of 
nitric  acid  (85  per  cent.)  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  the 
mixture  being  allowed  to  stand  for  some  time.  Another 
portion  was  heated  on  the  water-bath  with  fuming  nitric 
acid.  In  both  cases  a  mixture  of  dinitrobutyltoluene  sul- 
phonic acid  and  trinitrobutyltoluene  resulted,  the  proportion 
of  the  latter  being  greater  in  the  case  where  heat  was 
applied.  Dinitrobutyltoluene  sulphonic  acid  is  easily  soluble 
in  water  and  odourless.  Its  sodium  salt  crystallises  with 
3  H„0  in  large  plates.  Its  barium  salt,  with  7  H;U  in  white 
plates,  which  are  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  but  easily 
so  in  hot,  and  freely  in  alcohol.  In  the  pure  state  it  is  free 
from  smell,  but  even  after  several  recrystallisations  from 
water,  it  retains  a  slight  smell  of  musk,  which  can  be 
removed  only  by  repeated  washing  with  ether.  (See 
Discussion,  A.  G.  Green;  this  Journal,  1892,  308).  When 
heated  on  the  water-bath  with  concentrated  nitric  acid, 
barium  sulphate  is  precipitated,  and  trinitrobutyltoluene 
formed,  this  change  taking  place  very  readily  and  being 
indicated  by  the  powerful  musk-like  odour  which  is 
developed.  As  the  constitution  of  butyltoluene  sulphonic 
acid,  according  to  an  unpublished  research  of  A.  Baur,  is 
CHa :  C(CH3)a :  HS03  =  1 :  3  :  6  in  the  benzene  nucleus,  the 
constitution  of  dinitrobutyltoluenesulphonic  acid   is   shown 


to  be  such  that  the  HSO:],  CH3,  NO;,  and  C(CH;1)S  groups 
hold  the  relative  positions — 

CH3  :  NOo  :  C(CH:1):1 :  X0_, :  HSOa  -   1:2:3:4:6 
(This  Journal  1892,  30G.) 

The  last-named  compound,  the  author  further  finds,  may 
be  conveniently  prepared  by  directly  nitrating  the  sulphonic 
acid  by  the  addition  of  a  mixture  of  fuming  nitric  and 
sulphuric  acids  to  its  solution  in  sulphuric  acid. 

Dinitrobutyl-m-xylene  sulphonic  acid  closely  resembles 
its  above-mentioned  lower  homologue.  The  assertion  of 
F.  Valentiner,  Eng.  Pat.  15,187  of  1890  (this  Journal, 
1891,  571),  that  this  compound  and  its  salts  possess  an 
odour  of  musk  is,  therefore,  erroneous.  The  odour  is  due, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  incompletely-purified  dinitrobutyl- 
toluene sulphonic  acid  and  its  salts,  to  traces  of  the  trinitro- 
derivative.  The  barium  salt  of  the  dinitroxylene  compound 
is  easily  soluble  in  water,  less  so  in  absolute  alcohol.  The 
sodium  salt  is  exceedingly  soluble  in  alcohol,  less  so  in 
water,  and  crystallises  in  beautiful  silvery  plates. 

Valentiner  (Joe.  eit.)  has  observed  a  simultaneous  forma- 
tion of  tertiary-butylxylene  and  its  sulphonic  acid  by  the 
action  of  sulphuric  acid  on  a  mixture  of  isobutyl  alcohol 
and  m-xylene.  The  author  finds  that  this  reaction  takes 
place  even  at  a  temperature  below  45°,  sulphuric  acid  thus 
producing  the  same  intra-molecular  change  as  aluminium 
chloride.  Tertiary-butyl-m-xylene  is  also  obtained,  accord- 
ing to  Goldschmidt's  method,  by  heating  a  mixture  of 
m-xylene,  isobutyl  alcohol,  and  zinc  chloride.  But  of  these 
three  methods  of  preparation  that  with  aluminium  chloride 
is  by  far  the  most  profitable.  (See  also  this  Journal,  1891, 
1024,  and  1892,  306.)— E.  B. 


Testing  of  Chloroform.     C.  Traub.     Zeits.  f.  ang.  Chem. 
1892,  192. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  712. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Peroxide  of  Bamum 

and  Peroxide  of  Hydrogen.     T.  Brochocki,  Paris.     Eng. 
Pat.  10,476,  June  19,  1891. 

Barium  peroxide  is  prepared  from  the  sulphate,  which  is 
first  converted  into  the  sulphide  by  reduction  with  carbon. 
The  sulphate  is  mixed  with  carbon  and  tar,  pressed 
into  small  balls  or  briquettes,  and  heated  in  a  suitable 
furnace.  Carbon  monoxide  or  carbon  dioxide  is  evolved, 
according  to  the  quantity  of  carbon  added,  which  are 
collected  in  separate  gas-holders  and  employed  for  sub- 
sequent operations.  The  barium  sulphide  is  lixiviated, 
the  solution  filtered  and  treated  with  carbon  dioxide  in  a 
suitable  vessel,  when  sulphuretted  hydrogen  is  evolved,  and 
barium  carbonate  precipitated.  The  former  is  either  burned 
with  air  and  the  sulphur  collected,  or  else  employed  to 
decompose  barium  sulphate  according  to  the  equation 
BaS<  >4  +  2  H2S  =  BaS  +  S02  +  2  H.,C>  +  S.  The  barium 
carbonate  is  washed,  dried,  mixed  with  carbon  and  tar,  and 
pressed  into  briquettes,  which  are  heated  in  a  current  of 
carbon  monoxide,  whereby  anhydrous  baryta  is  formed  and 
carbon  dioxide  evolved.  This  product  is  finally  converted 
into  the  peroxide  by  passing  a  current  of  purified  air  over 
it  at  a  temperature  of  about  600°  C.  By  decomposing  the 
peroxide  with  carbon  dioxide,  hydrogen  pei'oxide  is  formed, 
together  with  barium  carbonate,  which  latter  is  then  ready 
for  reconversion  into  the  oxide. 

A  specially-constructed  furnace,  consisting  of  three  sets 
of  chambers,  each  set  comprising  a  cooling,  calcining,  and 
heating  chamber,  placed  one  above  the  other,  is  employed 
for  the  working  of  the  process,  the  whole  of  which  takes 
place  out  of  contact  with  the  air. — C.  A.  K. 


708 


THE  JOURNAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Aug.  si,  lKffi 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  and  Production  of 
Pharmaceutical  Compounds.  B.  'Willcox,  London. 
From  Farbcnfabrikeu  vormals  F.  Baever  and  Co.,  Elber- 
feld,  Germany.  Eng.  Vat.  11,833,  July  11,  1891. 
The  invention  relates  to  new  products  which  can  advan- 
tageously be  employed  as  substitutes  for  salol,  and  which 
avoid  the  detrimental  effects  produced  in  Fome  cases  by 
salol  owing  to  its  being  decomposed  in  the  system  into 
phenol  and  salicylic  acid.  The  new  preparations  are  acetyl- 
amido-salol  and  the  corresponding  cresol  derivatives.  Acetyl- 
aniido-salol  is  prepared  by  the  action  of  para-nitro-phenol 
on  salicylic  acid  in  presence  of  a  dehydrating  agent,  and  the 
resulting  nitro-phenyl-salicylate  yields  the  corresponding 
amido-compound  on  reduction.  This  treated  with  acetic 
anhydride  or  acetyl  chloride  in  glacial  acetic  acid  solution 
forms  para-acetylamido  salicylate,  a  crystalline  compound 
melting  at  187°  C. 

In  a  similar  manner  the  acetylamido-phenyl-cresol  ear- 
buxylates  are  obtained  from  ortho-,  meta-,  and  para-cresol 
carboxylic  acids  respectively  as  the  starting  points.  They 
are  all  crystalline  bodies ;  the  ortho-compound  melts  at 
181°  C,  the  meta  at  198"  C,  and  the  para  at  167°  C. 

— C.  A.  K. 


An  Improved  Anaesthetic  and  Hypnotic.     J.  F.  von  Meving, 
Halle a/Salle,  Germany.    Eng.  Pat.  11,844,  July  11,  1891. 

The  amylene  previously  tried  as  an  anaesthetic  consists  of  a 
mixture  of  hydrocarbons  prepared  from  fusel  oil  by  the 
action  of  water-abstracting  agents  (ZnCU,  &c),  which 
mixture  was  found  to  be  unreliable  in  its  action.  The 
patentee  finds  that  the  product  prepared  from  tertiary  amyl 
alcohol  in  a  similar  manner  is  a  reliable  and  good  anaesthetic 
and  hypnotic.     This  product — trimethylethylene — 

(CH;1)2.C  =  CH.CII, ; 
boils  at  38°  C.     It  may  be  employed  either  in  the  pure  state 
or  mixed  with  alcohol  or  with  ether. — C.  A.  K, 


XXI.-PHOTOGRAPHIC  MATERIALS  AND 
PROCESSES. 

Quantitative  Determination  of  Silver  and  Gold  by  Menus 
of  Hydroxylamine  Hydrochloride.     A.  Lainer.     Dingl. 

l'olyt'.  .1.  284,  1892,  17—19. 

See  xinder  XXIII.,  page  710. 


PATENT. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colours,  specially 
applicable  for  Colouring  Photographs.  A.  J.  Iloult, 
London.     From  C.  H.  W.  Brans,  Halberstadt,  Germany. 

Eng.  Pat.  3791,  February  2G,  1892. 

See  under  IV.,  page  C79. 


XXII -EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

The  Higher  Nitric  Ethers  of  Starch.     O.  Miihlhauser. 
Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  73,  137—143. 

The  author  gives  a  short  history  of  the  discovery  and  work 
done  on  nitro-starch,  and  says  that  it  is  only  recently,  by 
means  of  a  process  devised  by  the  "  Actiengesellschaft 
Dynamit  Nobel,"  that  it  has  been  possible  to  manufacture  it 
economically,  and  thus  make  it  available  as  an  explosive  for 
military  purposes.  The  product  prepared  by  this  process 
has  the  following  composition  : — Cr,H30:1(N03)2. 

The  author  succeeded  in  preparing  two  bodies  of  the 
composition— CfiH;>.,  Cv>,  (NO;,V;,  and  C^O^NO,*);,. 
The  starch  molecule  must  consequently  be  taken  twice  as 
large,  viz.,  C^HouO,,,,  and  the  higher  members  regarded  as — 

Per  Cent.  X. 

Tetra-nitro  starch— C,aHj606(ONOs)4 nil 

Penta-nitro-starch— dsB ,<  >  '  o  n  ( > ,  i . i2*75 

Hexa-nitro-starch— C,2H,  ,04(ONOs)6 1414 

That  no  nitro-compounds,  but  true  ethers  (esters)  of 
nitrie  acid  are  formed,  is  proved  : — 

1st.  In  that  the  substances  on  treatment  with  sulphuric 
acid,  separate  NO.H.  The  0  .  N02  residue  appears  thus  to 
be  replaced  by  the  sulphuric  acid  residue. 

2nd.  On  treatment  with  aqueous  ferrous  chloride  nitric 
oxide  and  soluble  starch  are  regenerated. 

3rd.  On  shaking  with  sulphuric  acid  over  mercury,  all 
nitrogen  is  split  off  in  the  form  of  NO. 

The  body  prepared  by  the  process  above  referred  to  will 
be  taken  as  tetra-nitro-starch. 

This  process  is  carried  out  as  follows  : — Potato  starch  is 
dried  at  100°;  then  ground  and  dissolved  in  nitric  acid  of 
1*501  sp.  gr.  in  a  suitable  vessel  made  of  lead,  and  provided 
with  two  jackets  cooled  by  water.  A  screw  agitator  causes 
the  acid  to  circulate.  The  starch  is  introduced  through  an 
opening  in  the  cover  of  the  combined  agitator  and  digestor 
in  the  proportion  of  10  kilos,  of  starch  to  100  kilos,  of  acid, 
the  temperature  being  maintained  between  20°  and  25°. 

This  solution  is  then  led  to  a  precipitating  apparatus, 
which  is  also  surrounded  with  a  cooling  jacket,  and  pro- 
vided with  a  double-perforated  bottom,  between  which  is 
placed  guu-cotton  to  act  as  a  filter.  This  vessel  is  filled 
with  spent  nitro  -  sulphuric  acid  from  the  nitro  -  glycerin 
manufacture,  and  the  solution  of  starch  in  nitric  acid  is 
sprayed  into  it  through  an  ejector  worked  by  compressed 
air,  whereby  the  nitro-starch  is  precipitated  in  the  form  of  a 
fine-grained  powder.  500  kilos,  of  spent  nitro-sulphuric  acid 
are  required  to  precipitate  100  kilos,  of  starch  solution. 

The  nitro-starch  collects  on  the  gun-cotton  filter,  when 
the  acid  solution  is  run  and  drained  off  through  the  tap  at 
the  bottom  of  the  vessel,  and  below  the  filter.  It  is  then 
further  freed  from  acid  by  pressure  and  washing  till  a 
neutral  reaction  is  attained,  and  afterwards  it  is  treated  and 
let  stand  for  24  hours  in  contact  with  5  per  cent,  soda 
solution.  The  product  is  then  ground  until  a  "milk"  is 
formed,  which  is  filter-pressed  and  washed  with  water,  and 
lastly  treated  with  a  solution  of  aniline,  so  that  the  pressed 
cake,  which  contains  about  33  per  cent,  of  water,  shall 
contain  1  per  cent,  of  aniline. 

Nitro-starch  prepared  by  the  author  on  the  same  lines  in 
the  laboratory  contained  10*96  and  1 1  * 09  per  cent,  of  N. 
It  is  a  snow-white  powder,  which  becomes  electrified  on 
rubbing,  and  is  very  stable  and  soluble  even  in  the  cold  in 
nitroglycerin. 

The  author  also  prepared  a  tetra-nitro-starch  containing 
10*58  and  10*50  per  cent,  of  nitrogen  by  pouring  into 
water  a  solution  of  starch  in  nitric  acid,  which  had  stood 
for  several  days.  The  body  thus  produced  had  all  the 
properties  of  that  prepared  by  the  other  process. 

Penta-nitro-starch  is  produced  along  with  some  tetra- 
nitro-starch  by  adding  20  grms.  of  rice  starch  dried  at  100°, 
to  a  mixture  of  100  grins,  of  nitric  acid  sp.  gr.  1*501,  and 
300  grins,  sulphuric  acid  sp.  gr.  1*8.  After  standing  for 
one  hour,  the  mass  is  discharged  into  a  large  quantity  of 
water,  and  then  washed  with  water  and  soda  solution.  The 
yield    was    147*5    per   cent.     This  body    was   heated    with 


Una.  SI,  1898.] 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


709 


ether-alcohol,  then  the  ether  was  distilled  off,  the  penta- 
nitro-starch  thus  became  precipitated,  the  tetra-compound 
remaining  dissolved  in  the  alcohol.  The  portion  insoluble 
in  alcohol  contained  1 2 ■  7 1"  and  12*98  percent,  of  nitrogen, 
and  was  thus  penta-nitro-starch.  The  other  portion 
contained  10*  i.">  of  nitrogen. 

Hexa-nitro-atarch  is  the  chief  product  when  40  grms. 
of  dry  starch,  arc  treated  with  100  grins,  of  nitric  acid, 
s|>.  gr.  1*501,  and  allowed  to  stand  for  24  hours,  and  then 
220  grins,  of  this  solution  are  poured  into  600  cc.  of 
sulphuric  acid  of   66°  B.     The  white  powder  thus  produced 


contained  1.3*52,  13*23,  and  13-22  per  cent,  of  nitrogen, 
and  therefore  consisted  principally  of  penta-  and  In  -cu  nitro- 
starch. 

The  experiments  showed  that  the  bodies  prepared  by 
precipitating  the  nitro-starch  by  strong  sulphuric  acid  were 
less  stable  than  those  precipitated  by  water  or  weak 
sulphuric  acid,  the  author  being  of  opinion  that  possibly  in 
the  former  case  a  sulpho-group  may  be  formed,  which  in 
small  quantity  might  occasion  this  instability.  The 
following  table  shows  the  behaviour  of  bodies  prepared  in 
different  ways  under  various  conditions  :  — 


Made  from 


Ignition 
Point. 


Stability. 


PerCent.   96  Perl  i  al 
N.  Alcohol. 


Ether. 


Ether-  Acetic 

Alcohol,    '     Uther. 

I 


1    part  nitric,  2  parts  sulphuric  acid   (containing 

7o  per  cent,  of  water), 
i  part  nitric  acid,  water 


1  part  nitric  niil,  "  putts   loncentrated  sulphuric 

ii  ill. 

i    rl    ci      i  intrated  sulphuric 

acid. 
I  part  nitricaoid,  :>  parts  concentrated  sulphuric 

acid. 


i 
175 

17" 

l:.  2 

121 

155 


Stable 

Stable 

Unstable 

Unstable 

Unstable 


11-112 
10-54 
1-2-S7 
12-50 
13-52 


Soluble 

Soluble 

Insoluble 

Insoluble 

Insoluble 


Insoluble 
Insoluble 
Insoluble 

Insoluble 


Soluble 
Soluble 
Soluble 
Soluble 


Insoluble       Soluble 


Soluble 
Soluble 
Soluble 
Soluble 
Soluble 


The  author  recommends  the  production  of  a  smokeless 
powder  by  moistening  6  grins,  of  nitro-jute  (this  Journal, 
1892,  214),  and  2  grms.  of  nitro-starch  with  acetic  ether, 
and  working  into  a  uniform  mixture,  and  then  drying  at 
jo — (JO0.  This  product  contained  11*54  per  cent,  of 
nitrogen,  and  was  very  stable. — W.  M. 


"Safety"  Matches.     B.  Schultze.     Dingl.  1'olyt.  J.  283, 

1892,  274—284. 
Tiik  author  has  examined  ami  compared  18  different  kinds 
of  so-called  safety  matches  of  Swedish  and  German  manu- 
facture, especially  in  regard  to  the  readiness  with  which 
they  could  be  ignited  by  friction  on  different  surfaces,  and 
he  also  investigated  the  glowing  and  falling  off  of  the  heads 
after  the  flame  had  been  extinguished.  The  results  are 
given  in  extensive  tables,  which  along  with  the  text  in  the 
original,  should  be  consulted  by  those  who  are  specially 
interested  in  this  matter. 

The  author's  experiments  show  that  the  claim,  on  all  the 
different  boxes  examined,  that  the  matches  "  ignite  only  on 
the  box"  is  quite  unfounded. — \V  M. 


An   Improvement  in    the  Manufacture  of  Explosives  for 

Ammunition.      F.    A.    Abel,   London,    and  J.    Dewar, 

Cambridge.     Eng.   Pat.   5614,  April  2,  188'J.     (Second 

Edition.) 

Tnis  invention  relates   to  means  of  treating  blasting  gelatin 

whether  it  be  simple  or  compounded  with  substances  which 

are  sometimes  added  to  it,  such  as  nitrates  of  hydrocarbons 

.if  a  non-volatile   character,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  render 

it  available  for  ammunition. 

Blasting  gelatin  manufactured  in  the  ordinary  way  but 
with  a  greater  percentage  of  soluble  nitro-cellulose  and 
with  a  volatile  solvent  such  as  acetone  or  acetic  ether 
sufficient  to  give  it  the  consistence  of  a  moderately  thick 
jelly,  or  ordinary  blasting  gelatin  with  the  addition  of 
soluble  nitrocellulose  and  solvent  to  bring  it  to  a  like  con- 
dition, is  pressed  through  holes  in  a  plate  so  as  to  form  a 
number  of  wires,  which  at  first  are  soft  and  pliable  but 
become  toughened  by  evaporation  of  the  solvent. — W.  M. 


XXIII.-ANALTTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 


APPAUATUS. 

On  the  Measurement  of  High  Temperatures.    II,  Becquerel. 
Compt.  Rend.  114,  1892,  390—392. 

Tins  is  a  reply  to  certain  remarks  made  by  M.  Le  Chatelier 
on  the  researches  of  II.  E.  Becquerel  (pere).  These 
researches  related  to  the  measurement  of  high  temperatures 
and  the  relative  intensity  of  the  light  emitted  by  incan- 
descent bodies  (e.g.,  platinum)  at  these  temperatures.  The 
author  points  out  that  Le  Chatelier's  optical  measureme  uts 
give  results  which  in  reality  differ  only  very  slightly  from 
those  obtained  by  his  father  and  by  Violle.  As  to  the 
measurements  of  temperatures  above  1,200°  made  by  E. 
Becquerel,  it  is  certainly  true  that  they  were  based  upon  a 
hypothetical  extrapolation.  So  also  the  numbers  above 
1,200  obtained  by  Violle  were  based  upon  extrapolation; 
but  the  probability  of  its  correctness  was  increased  by  his 
experiments  on  iridium.  It  is  at  least  possible  that  similar 
results  by  this  method  of  calculation,  deduced  from  the 
behaviour  of  a  platinum-palladium  couple  may  be  more 
inaccurate  than  results  obtained  by  extrapolation  from  the 
law  of  variation  of  the  specific  heat  of  platinum. — D.  E.  J. 


INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUALITATIVE. 

Absorption   of  Carbon  Mono.ride  by  lUood.     N.  Grchant. 
Compt.  Kend.  114,  1892,  309—310. 

See  under  XVIII.,  page  704. 


Action  of  Ammonium  Chloride  at  its  Dissociation  Tempe- 
rature on  Silicates.  E.  A.  Schneider  and  F.  W.  Clarke. 
Her.  25,  1892,  883—886. 
The  authors  have  previously  investigated  the  action  of  dry 
hydrogen  chloride  gas  on  a  number  of  natural  silicates 
(Amer.  J.  Sci.  1891,40.303;  42,  242).  The  results  of 
heating  a  finely-divided  mixture  of  the  silicate  (1  grm.) 
with  ammonium  chloride  (10  grms.)  at  a  temperature  at 
which  the  latter  salt  rapidly  volatilises,  are  now  given.  After 
heating,  the  residue  is  extracted  with  water  and  the  solution 
analysed.  In  some  cases  it  is  necessary  to  heat  several 
times  with  ammonium  chloride  before  extracting  with  water. 


710 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Aug.  31,1892. 


Very  slight  action  occurs  with  such  minerals  :is  olivine  and 
waluewite  (a  variety  of  xanthophyllite)  ;  in  the  cases  of 
linochlor,   unci   leuchtenbergite,    the    action   is 
considerable,  and  the  authors   suppo  these   silicates 

contain   the   group    Mg.OH,  the    presence  of  which   they 
consider  may  be  detected  by  this  process. 

Natrolite,  wollastonite,  and  pectolite  are  considerably 
acted  on  by  ammonium  chloride  ;  little  action  occurs  in  the 
case  or  prehnite.  Lazulite  and  turquoise  are  scarcely 
affected,  whilst  dufrenite  is  energetically  attacked,  a 
considerable  quantity  of  ferric  chloride  being  produced. 

— W.  J.  P. 


solution  must  he  heated:  at  ordinary  temperatures  neutral 
gold  solutions  give  a  precipitate  of  gold  even  in  the  dark, 
but  the  action  is  considerably  hastened  b\  exposure  i<>  sun- 
light.— T.  L.  15. 


INORGANIC   CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

Quantitative  Separation  of  Metals  of  th(  Hydrogen 
Sulphide  Group  in  a  Current  of  Bromine  Vapour. 
P.  Jannasch  and  P.  Etz.  Ber.  25,  1«92,  736—741. 
Wood's  metal  (1  grm.)  containing  bismuth,  lead,  tin,  and 
cadmium,  is  dissolved  in  dilute  aqua  regia,  the  solution 
evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  residue  completely  dis- 
solved in  water  with  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  by  the  aid  of  heat.  The  metals  are  then  preci- 
pitated in  the  hot  solution  by  hydrrgen  sulphide,  the 
precipitate  filtered,  washed,  and  dried  on  a  tared  filter  at 
100°.  The  mixture  of  sulphides  is  then  transferred  to  a 
glass  tube,  and  continuously  heated  in  a  current  of  bromine 
vapour  as  previously  described  by  the  authors.  (Ber.  1891, 
24,  3746,  and  1892,  25,  124).  The  bromides  of  tin  and 
bismuth  distil,  leaving  lead  and  cadmium  bromides  in  the 
boat ;  the  latter,  after  cooling,  is  withdrawn  from  the  tube, 
its  contents  treated  with  chlorine  water,  and  separated  as 
lead  sulphate  and  cadmium  carbonate  in  the  usual  manner. 
The  volatilised  bromides  of  tin  and  bismuth  are  collected  in 
nitric  acid,  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  residue  heated 
to  redness  to  expel  the  sulphuric  acid.  The  bismuth  is 
then  extracted  by  nitric  acid,  separated  if  necessary  from 
the  small  amount  of  silica  derived  from  the  vessels  employed, 
and  precipitated  as  carbonate  ;  the  residual  stannic  oxide 
may  be  at  once  weighed. 

The  above  process  give-  good  results,  hut  the  following 
i>  equally  accurate  and  much  quicker: — The  alloy  is  cut 
int. i  small  pieces,  mixed  with  excess  of  sulphur,  placed  in  a 
large  porcelain  boat,  and  heated  in  a  current  of  carbon 
dioxide ;  the  conversion  into  sulphide  is  complete,  and 
after  distillation  of  the  excess  of  sulphur,  bromine  vapour 
is  passed  over  the  mixed  sulphides,  and  the  separation 
effected  as  above  described. — W.  J.  P. 


Quantitative  Determination  of  Silver  and  Cold  by  Means 
of  Hydroxylamine  Hydrochloride.  A.  Lainer.  Dingl. 
Polyt".  J.  284,  1S'.<2,  17  —  19. 

llvunoxyr.AMixi:  is  useful  not  only  for  the  determination  of 
silver  and  gold,  but  also  for  recovery  of  t  ese  metals  from 
exhausted  photographic  liquors.  In  presence  of  excess  of 
caustic  potash,  silver  is  precipitated  completely  by  hydroxj  1- 
amine.  The  most  difficult  solution  to  deal  with  is  a 
cyanide  solution,  a  considerable  excess  of  caustic  potash 
being  necessary.  In  this  case,  furthermore,  the  first  filtrate 
should  be  evaporated  down  with  more  hydroxylamine,  in 
order  to  get  the  last  traces  of  silver  precipitated.  Where 
the  silver  is  to  be  separated  from  other  heavy  metals,  it  is 
best  first  of  all  to  precipitate  as  chloride.  With  regard  to 
1ion  of  organic  matter,  it  is  shown  that  citric  acid 
in  no  way  interferes  with  the  quantitative  precipitation. 
Like  silver,  also  gold  is  quantitatively  precipitated  by 
addition  of  hydroxylamine  hydrochloride  followed  by 
caustic  potash.  Thiosulpbate  solutions  precipitate  quite 
well,  hut  in  cyanide  solutions  precipitation  docs  not  take 
place.  In  the  case  of  gold  salts  it  is  to  be  noted  that 
hydroxylamine  hydrochloride  i-  capable  of  throwing  down 
all  the  gold  even    without  the   aid   of  caustic  alkali,  but  the 


On    the    Estimation    of   Fluorine.      Ad.    Carnot.     Compl 
Rend.  114,  1892,  750—753. 

The  estimation  of  fluorine  is  seldom  attempted  in  analyses 
illy  when  silicates  are  present)  on  account  of  the 
difficulties  which  it  presents,  iletho  is  have  been  gii  en  by 
several  eminent  analysts  (Berzelius  Kose,  Fresenius, 
Wohler)  but  they  are  complicated  and  require  the  observ- 
ance of  minute  precautions  before  accurate  results  can  be 
secured.  The  method  suggested  by  the  author  has  been 
applied  to  substances  containing  fluorine  which  can  be 
attacked  by  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  ;  it  is  easily  carried 
out  and  enables  the  analysist  to  estimate  not  only  the 
fluorine  but  also  the  silicon  present  with  satisfactory 
accuracy.  The  method  (like  others  already  known )  is 
based  on  setting  free  the  fluorine  in  the  form  of  u 
silicon  fluoride  :  its  novelty  lies  in  the  mode  of  estimating 
the  gas  evolved.  Instead  of  calculating  it  from  the 
difference  of  two  weighings  (Wohler  and  Fresenius)  or  from 
the  weight  of  calcium  fluoride  obtained  after  a  toilsome 
separation  of  the  silica  (Berzelius,  Rose,  Lasne)  the  author 
passes  the  silicon  fluoride  into  a  strong  solution  of  pure 
potassium  fluoride  with  which  it  forms  a  precipitate  of 
fiuosilicate  of  potassium,  from  the  weight  of  which  the 
fluorine  and  if  necessary  the  silica  can  be  determined.  The 
reaction  is  expressed  by  the  equation — 


SiF. 


2  KF=K  SiF, 


ami  the  method  is  carried  out  as  follows  : — 

The  mixture  of  fluoride  and  silicate  is  treated  with 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  in  a  small  flask  of  150  cc. 
capacity.  A  slow  current  of  air  or  carbonic  acid  (carefully 
dried  by  passing  through  sulphuric  acid)  is  led  in  by  a  tube 
reaching  nearly  to  the  bottom  of  the  flask.  The  gas 
evolved  is  conducted  by  a  bent  tube  to  the  bottom  of  a 
second  flask  containing  a  little  mercury  at  the  bottom,  and 
above  the  mercury  20  cc.  of  a  solution  of  pure  potassium 
fluoride.  Beyond  this  is  an  aspirator  for  regulating  the 
current.  The  end  of  the  tube  should  dip  2  or  3  mm.  below 
the  surface  of  the  mercury  so  as  not  to  be  wetted  by  the 
aqueous  solution.  Every  care  should  be  taken  to  thoroughly 
dry  the  apparatus  beforehand,  so  as  to  avoid  any  decom- 
position of  the  silicon  fluoride  by  moisture. 

It  is  advisable  to  use  for  analysis  such  a  quantity  of  the 
substance  as  will  not  contain  more  than  about  0-l  grm.  of 
fluorine;  thus  about  0- 2  grm.  of  rich  fluorides  (fluorspar, 
cryolite,  &c.)  should  be  taken  and  up  to  2  grms.  or  even 
more  of  substances  containing  a  smaller  proportion  of 
fluorine  (natural  phosphates,  bones,  &c).  The  substance 
is  intimately  mixed  in  an  agate  mortar  with  fine  calcined 
quartz  in  such  proportion  that  the  mixture  contains  at  least 
10  parts  of  silica  to  one  of  fluorine. 

The  apparatus  being  set  up  and  well  dried,  the  current 
of  gas  is  stopped,  the  mixture  introduced  and  40  cc.  of 
pure  sulphuric  acid  added ;  the  current  of  gas  is  then 
re-established  and  the  flask  warmed  over  an  iron  plate  ; 
the  temperature  inside  should  be  near  160',  but  should 
never  exceed  this.  The  flask  should  be  slightly  shaken 
from  time  to  time.  The  evolution  of  gas  usually  ceases  in 
an  hour  and  a  half  or  two  hours.  The  solution  of  potassium 
fluoride  now  contains  a  gelatinous  precipitate  which  is 
scarcely  visible.  The  tubes  are  removed  without  delay  and 
tin  aqueous  solution  decanted.  The  flask  and  mercury 
are  washed  several  times  with  small  quantities  of  water 
which  are  added  to  the  solution ;  the  volume  of  the  whole 
should  not  exceed  100  cc.  An  equal  volume  of  90  per 
cent,  alcohol  is  added  and  the  precipitate  is  allowed  to 
settle.  After  decanting  the  supernatant  liquid  and  replacing 
it  by  dilute  alcohol  the  precipitate  is  collected  on  a  weighed 
filter  and  further  washed  with  dilute  alcohol.  It  is  dried  at 
100°  until  the  weight  is  constant  and  from  this  the  amount 
of  fluorine  and  silica  can  be  calculated.  (line  part  of 
KsSiF,  contains  0*3451  of  fluorine.) 


AnR.3i.iasj        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


711 


It  is  of  importance  that  the  re-agents  employed  shiuld 
In'  Free  from  ftuoriuc.  This  can  generally  t»-  secured  in  the 
of  sulphuric  acid  and  calcined  quartz;  but  both  can 
be  tested  by  a  blank  experiment.  Tin-  fluoride  of  potassium 
Bhould  be  free  from  fhiosilicate  ;  tliis  can  be  tested  l>y 
dissolving  2  grms.  of  t lie  salt  in  100  cc.  of  water  and  adding 
an  equal  volume  of  alcohol.  If  no  precipitate  is  apparent 
after  standing  for  24  hours  the  sample  is  satisfactory. 

In  the  analysis  of  a  fluoride  containing  silica  the  same 
method  may  be  adopted  provided  that  the  walls  of  the 
Bask  are  not  sen9ibly  attacked.  The  silicated  fluoride 
should  be  mixed  with  a  large  excess  of  finely-divided 
quart/  and  pure  calcined  silica;  the  mixture  is  calcined 
and  accurately  weighed.  The  silica  has  now  to  be 
.  Btimated  in  two  parts.  A  small  portion  is  found  with  the 
fluorine  in  the  precipitate  of  fhiosilicate  of  potassium. 
(Hue  part  of  KoSiFn  contains  0-1271  of  Si,  or  02815  of 
Si(  I.,).  The  rest  remains  in  the  state  of  silica  in  the 
residue  which  lias  been  treated  with  sulphuric  acid  and  ran 
I1  estimated  in  the  usual  way.  From  this  latter  the 
amount  of  silica  added  must  of  course  he  deducted. — D.  E.  J. 


Estimation  of   Sulphur    in    Coal.     A.   Grittner.     Zeits.   f. 
ang.  Cbern.  1892,  170. 

The  combustible  sulphur  in  coal  can  be  estimated  by 
Sailer's  method,  which  has  been  modified  by  Dammer 
and  Presenilis,  but  the  method  is  rather  tedious.  The 
author  adopts  the  form  of  combustion  tube,  also  suggested 
by  Salter,  which  is  drawn  out  narrow  in  the  middle. 
By  introducing  a  current  of  oxygen  from  the  hinder 
part  of  the  combustion  tube  towards  the  narrowed  part 
in  the  middle,  and  another  current  just  quick  enough 
to  carry  away  the  products  of  the  combustion  from  the 
front  of  tlie  tube,  the  combustion  proceeds  much  quicker. 
The  narrow,  drawn-out  part  of  the  combustion  tube  ought 
to  be  red  hot,  the  exit  end  must  he  just  warm  enough  to 
prevent  sulphuric  acid  from  condensing.  Ths  author 
recommends  the  use  of  permanganate  of  potash  instead  of 
bromine  in  the  absorption  apparatus. 

Auother  good  method  for  the  determination  of  the  com- 
bustible sulphur  is  to  estimate  the  total  sulphur  according 
to  Kschka  (this  Journal  1889,  361,  364),  and  the  sulphur 
in  the  ash  by  oxidising  with  bromine  in  the  presence  of 
hydrochloric  acid,  then  concentrating  on  the  water-bath, 
filtering  and  washing.  In  the  filtrate  iron  and  alumina  are 
precipitated  according  to  Lunge's  method,  and  in  the  filtrate 
from  this  precipitate  the  sulphuric  acid  is  estimated  in  the 
usual  way.  The  difference  between  these  two  estimations 
represents  the  sulphuric  acid  corresponding  to  the  com- 
bustible sulphur.— C.  O.  W. 


Estimation  of  Sulphuric  Acid  in   Sulphates.     E.  Stolle. 
/.its.  f.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  234  —  235. 

A  KNOWN  weight  of  the  substance  is  dissolved  in  a  500  cc. 
Bask,  anil  a  solution  of  barium  chromate  in  hydrochloric 
acid,  prepared  as  described  below,  is  run  in  from  a  burette 
in  sufficient  quantity  to  precipitate  all  the  sulphuric  acid, 
care  being  taken  to  avoid  a  large  excess.  The  liquid  is 
now  made  ammoniacal,  whereby  all  the  barium  which 
remains  in  solution  is  precipitated  as  neutral  barium 
chromate,  and  only  so  much  ammonium  chromate  is  formed 
as  corresponds  to  the  quantity  of  barium  which  has  been 
precipitated  as  sulphate.  The  liquid  is  made  up  to  the 
mark  with  water,  filtered,  and  an  aliquot  portion  of  the 
filtrate  acidified  with  sulphuric  acid  and  titrated  with  a 
standard  solution  of  a  ferrous  salt,  potassium  ferricyanide 
being  used  as  an  indicator.  The  process  is  best  conducted 
at  the  ordinary  temperature,  and  is  applicable  to  all 
sulphates  which  are  soluble  in  water  or  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  are  without  action  on  chromic  acid.  The  solution  of 
bariam  chromate  is  prepared  by  adding  a  slight  excess  of 
potassium  chromate  solution  to  barium  chloride  solution, 
tating  the  excess  of  chromic  acid  with  a  couple  of 
drops  of  barium  chloride,  washing  the  barium  chromate  by 
decantation    with   hot    water   and    dissolving  it   in   dilute 


hydrochloric  acid;  the  solution  is  finally  diluted  tosp.gr. 

J    I  '06.     Thr  adoption  of  this  method  entails  the  use  of  only 

'    one    standard    solution,   namely,    that   of    the    ferrous   salt, 

whereas  Precht's  original  method   (Zeits.  Anal.  ('hem.  12 

521)  requires  three.      (Compare  this  Journal,  1892,  548.) 

—A.  G.  B. 


Estimation  of  Sulphuric  Acid  in  Sulphates.     A.  v.  Asboth. 
Chem.  Zeit.  16,  1892,  922. 

The  author  points  out  that  Stolle's  method  (preceding 
abstract)  if  useless  as  he  describes  it,  inasmuch  as  a 
hydrochloric  acid  solution  of  barium  chromate  gradually 
evolves  chlorine,  the  chromic  acid  doubtless  becoming 
chromium  chloride,  and  more  barium  chloride  being  formed 
than  should  be  present  according  to  the  equation — 

2  ISaC'iO,  +  2  IIC'l  =  BaC'r.O.  +  BaCU  +  H20 

When  such  a  solution  was  used  24  hours  after  it  had  been 
made  it  indicated  only  87  per  cent,  of  KoSO.,  in  a  pure 
sample  of  potassium  sulphate,  showing  that  less  ammonium 
chromate  went  into  solution  than  should  have  been  the 
case  (compare  preceding  abstract).  When  ammonia  was 
added  to  the  barium  chromate  solution  and  the  precipitate 
filtered,  barium  chloride  was  found  in  the  filtrate.  The 
author  suggests  the  possibility  of  preparing  the  barium 
chromate  solution  immediately  before  each  determination. 

—A.  G.  B. 


Estimation  of  Potassium  as  Perchlorale.     W.  Wense. 
Zeits.  f.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  233—234. 

The  author  has  previously  pointed  out  (Zeits.  f.  ang.  Chem. 
1891,  691)  that  the  perchlorate  method  becomes  an  ex- 
cellent one  if  a  small  quantity  of  perchloric  acid  is  added 
to  the  alcohol  which  is  used  for  separating  the  potassium 
perchlorates  from  the  other  perchlorates.  In  order  to 
facilitate  the  washing  the  perchlorate  should  be  obtained 
in  a  granular  form ;  this  is  best  effected  by  warming  the 
concentrated  solution  on  the  water-bath  before  adding  the 
perchloric  acid,  which  should  then  be  dropped  in  to  the 
extent  of  about  1^ — 1 ','  times  as  much  as  is  equivalent  to 
the  potassium  supposed  to  be  present.  Much  free  acid 
should  be  first  eliminated  by  evaporation  to  dryness. 
When  these  precautions  are  observed  the  precipitates  of 
10 — 12  analyses  can  be  filtered  and  washed  in  an  hour, 
and  four  hours  will  suffice  for  13 — 14  determinations. 
The  precipitation  of  sulphuric  acid,  when  the  determination 
is  being  made  on  such  substances  as  carnallite  residues,  can 
be  avoided  by  evaporating  with  sufficient  perchloric  acid  to 
decompose  all  the  chlorides,  washing  with  alcohol,  dis- 
solving in  hot  water,  evaporating  to  dryness,  igniting  and 
estimating  the  potassium  chloride  with  silver  solution. 
The  method  is  cheaper  than  the  platinum  process ;  for 
5,000  potash  determinations  some  20  kilos,  of  potassium 
chlorate  and  the  same  amount  of  sulphuric  acid  would  be 
sufficient,  even  if  all  the  perchloric  acid  were  thrown  away 
after  it  had  been  used. — A.  G.  B. 


Note  on  the  Analysis  of  Slat/  of  Metallic  Appearance 
from  the  Manufacture  of  Phosphorus  in  Electrical 
Furnaces.     J.  C.  Chorley.     Chem.  News,  65,  301. 

The  process  of  manufacture  in  which  this  slag  is  formed 
may  be  briefly  described  as  follows  : — The  materials,  con- 
sisting of  redonda  phosphate  (native  phosphate  of  alnmina), 
some  form  of  calcium  phosphate,  carbon,  and  sand  are 
first  heated  in  an  auxiliary  furnace,  and  are  then  fed  into 
the  electrical  furnace,  built  of  firebrick  in  the  form  of  a 
rectangular  trough.  An  alternating  current  of  about 
5,000  amperes  with  an  E.M.F.  of  50 — 60  volts  is  em- 
ployed (this  Journal,  1891,  544).  Owing  to  the  intense 
local  heat,  most  of  the  oxygen  combines  with  the  carbon 
present  and  phosphorus  distils  over.  Two  distinct  kinds 
of  slag  are  formed,  that  largest  in  quantity  being  chiefly 
silicate  of  lime  and  alumina,  whilst  the  other,  containing 
iron,  silicon,  and  phosphorus  is  distributed  throughout  the 
mass    in    more  or   less   globular  buttons.     Three  separate 

E  2 


712 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Aug.  si,  lm 


samples  of  this  latter  slag  were  obtained  at  different 
tappings;  all  were  steel-grey  in  colour,  very  hard  and 
brittle,  and  breaking  with  a  metallic  fracture;  it  appeared 
quite  homogeneous,  but  did  not  exhibit  any  crystalline 
form  under  the  microscope.  When  examined  in  the  state 
of  very  fine  powder  with  a  one-fifth  objective,  a  few 
particles  of  transparent  matter  were  observed,  evidently 
silica.  The  slap  is  extremely  stable ;  it  i~  easily  fusible 
with  the  oxyhydrogen  blow-pipe,  a  little  oxidation  takes 
place.  Hydrochloric  and  nitric  acids,  dilute  or  con- 
centrate d  at  !00",  have  little  or  no  action  upon  it.  After 
being  heated  to  100°  with  aqua  regia  for  30  hours,  very 
little  action  could  be  detected.  With  hydrofluoric  acid  it 
is  practically  unaltered. 

With  dilute  sulphuric  acid  a  similar  restdt  was  obtained  ; 
hut  long  boiling  with  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  decom- 
poses it  partially.  Direct  fusion  in  a  platinum  crucible 
is  impossible,  as  the  phosphorus  at  once  attacks  the 
platinum.  When  heated  in  a  current  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  a  superficial  layer  of  sulphide  of  iron  is  formed. 
There  is  very  little  aet ion  when  it  is  heated  with  bromine  or 
iodine. 

( Inly  two  methods  of  decomposition  were  found  available 
for  analysis. 

1.  By  heating  the  finely-powdered  slag  in  a  porcelain 
boat  in  a  current  of  dry  chlorine,  and  passing  the  gases 
first  through  water  and  then  through  a  dry  plug  of  cotton 
wool  to  retain  solid  particles,  the  iron  was  then  volatilised 
as  Fe2Cl6,  the  silicon  as  SiCJ4,  which  was  decomposed  by 
the  wash-water,  and  the  phosphorus  as  PC1;,  or  PC13 ; 
in  about  an  hour  complete  decomposition  was  effected, 
only  a  little  siliea  being  left  in  the  boat.  The  contents 
of  the  whole  apparatus  were  then  washed  iuto  a  basin, 
and  after  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid  evaporated  to 
dryness  and  heated  to  render  silica  insoluble.  After 
adding  weak  hydrochloric  acid  the  silica  was  filtered  off 
and  weighed ;  the  filtrate  was  then  evaporated  several 
times  to  dryness  with  nitric  acid  in  order  to  oxidise  the 
phosphorus  completely,  anil  was  finally  dissolved  in  weak 
hydrochloric  acid  and  diluted  to  250  ccm.  The  iron  in 
25  ccm.  was  estimated  by  titration  in  sulphuric  acid  solu- 
tion with  permanganate  of  potash,  and  the  phosphorus  in 
25  ccm.  as  Mg.:P20-,  with  intermediate  precipitation  with 
ammonium- nitro-molybdate,  and  in  certain  cases  directly 
as  ammonium  phospho-molybdate. 

2.  This  method  was  as  follows :  —  («.)  The  finely- 
powdered  slag  was  heated  with  excess  of  a  neutral  solution 
of  copper  sulphate  in  a  sealed  tube  to  about  170"  for  4 
to  5  hours.  A  considerable  quantity  of  metallic  copper 
was  precipitated  with  some  phosphide  of  copper,  while 
some  iron,  phosphorus,  and  silicon  went  into  solution  : 
when  the  tube  was  opened  there  was  no  pressure.  The 
contents  were  washed  out  and  treated  with  sufficient  nitric 
acid  to  dissolve  the  copper,  and  the  residue  was  filtered 
oil' ;  the  filtrate  was  then  evaporated  to  dryness  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  silica  estimated.  The  copper  in  the 
filtrate  was  precipitated  with  hydrogen  sulphide,  and  the 
filtrate  from  this  added  *o  the  similar  filtrate  in  the  second 
part  of  this  method.  (/<.)  The  residue  from  (a)  was  fused 
with  about  five  times  its  weight  of  fusion  mixture  at  a 
bright  red  heat  for  one  hour  in  a  platinum  crucible,  and 
when  eold  the  contents  were  dissolved  in  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  siliea  estimated 
as  usual.  The  filtrate  was  then  mixed  with  the  filtrate 
from  (a)  made  up  to  250  ccm.,  and  the  analysis  was  continued 
;is  in  the  first  method. 

The  mean  results  obtained  were  as  under  : — 


— 

Sample 
No.  1- 

Sample 
No.  2. 

Calculated 
tor 

I'VJ'.M 

Sample 

No. :). 

Calculated 

i,ii' 
l'Y.l'Si. 

Fe 

1' 

70'55 

[I'M 

L7-90 

i;t 

68-75 

10-84 

trio 

1-31 

?2-02 
8-97 

1VIPII 

14-03 
10-31 
1-87 

74-01 
13-63 

'  >  and  l"ss  .... 

This  slag  may  be  a  definite  compound  containing  a 
small  amount  of  impurity.  The  analyses  of  Nos.  1  ami  2 
agrees  fairlj  well  with  the  formula,  l'e,rsi_„  and  that 
of  Xo.  .3  with  Kcd'Si.  Or  it  may  he  a  mixture  of  silicide 
and  phosphide  of  iron  in  varying  proportions.  As  it 
is  not  crystalline,  the  Ie.s1  view  is  perhaps  the  correct 
one  ;  yet  silicide  of  iron  is  easily  attacked  by  acids, 
ami  this  compound  is  not,  and  its  power  of  resistance 
may  he  due  to  the  existence  of  some  definite  compound. 
The  specific  heat  was  determined  and  found  to  be  0-146, 
being  very  close  to  that  calculated  for  a  mixture  of  its 
constituents,  viz..  0-142,  the  specific  heat  of  iron  bring 
taken  as  0-114,  that  of  phosphorus  as  0-174,  ami  silicon 
as  0-173  (Eegnault).  The  specific  gravity  was  found  to 
In   5-965.      The  substance  is  a  conductor  of  electricity. 

—J.  0.  ( !. 


The  Pit  partition  and  Estimation  of  Pure  Platinum. 
F.  Mylius  and  F.  Foerster.      Ber.  25,  1892,  G65-686. 

See  under  X.,  page  690. 


Bromide  of  Potassium.     H.  Helbing  and  F.  W.  Passmore. 
Helbing's  Pharm.  Record,  7,  1892. 

See  under  XX.,  page  705. 


Some   Separations    6y    Electrolysis.      E.   F.   Smith    and 
II.  h.  Wallace.      Her.  25',  1892,  775-7SJ. 
See  under  XI.,  page  696. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUALITATIVE. 


Testing  of  (  Itlorofurni. 


C.  Traub. 
1892,192. 


Zeits.  f.  ang.  Chem. 


Chloroform  prepared  from  chloride  of  lime  contains 
ethylideue  chloride  and  other  impurities,  which  give  coloured 
products  with  sulphuric  acid.  By  treating  chloroform  with 
sulphuric  acid  and  other  reagents,  a  chloroform  can  be 
obtained  which  in  all  respects  is  equal  to  Pictet's,  refined  by 
freezing.  The  sulphuric  acid  test  for  chloroform  may  be 
made  more  delicate  by  mixing  equal  volumes  of  the  two 
and  keeping  the  mixture,  which  must  be  repeatedly  shaken 
in  the  dark  for  from  six  to  eight  days.  No  discolouration 
ought  to  be  noticeable.  Chloroform  and  acid  are  then 
separated  and  the  chloroform  dissolved  in  the  acid  is  left  to 
evaporate  at  ordinary  temperatures.  The  acid  is  diluted 
with  five  parts  of  water,  and  1  cc.  of  a  decinormal  solution 
of  nitrate  of  silver  added.  No  alteration  ought  to  take 
place.     Onlv  a  very  pure  product  will  bear  this  test. 

— c.  o.  w. 


Testing  of  Boiled  Linseed  Oil.     W.  Fahrion. 
ang.  Chcm.  1892,  171. 

See  under  XII.,  page  696. 


Zeits.  f. 


PATENT. 


A  Mel  had  of  Analysing  Alcohols  and  other  Liquids  or 
Liquefiable  Bodies  and  Apparatus  therefor.  F.  de  Pass, 
London.  From  F.  Gossart,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat. 
14,697,  August  31,  1891. 

Tins  method,  intended  more  especially  for  the  detection  of 
impurities  iu  commercial  spirits,  is  based  on  the  following 
principle: — A  drop  of  a  pure  liquid  when  allowed  to  fall  on 
the    edge   of  the    meniscus  surface    of    another    liquid  will 


31,1898.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


713 


assume  for  a  short  time-  the  spheroidal  state,  if  the  supporting 
fluid  contain  as  impurity  n  portion  of  the  same  liquid  as 
that  constituting  the  rolling  drop.  In  practice,  in  order  to 
make  (lie  duration  of  the  spheroidal  state  as  long  as  possible, 
some  substance  conferring  viscosity,  such  as  citric  acid,  may 
be  added  to  the  reagent  and  the  liquid  under  examination, 
and  the  meniscus  surface  of  the  latter  is  exaggerated  by 
placing  it  in  a  vessel  of  suitable  shape,  such  as  a  narrow  cell 
tapering  acutely  at  each  end.  Or  a  tank  divided  into  several 
compartments  by  means  of  partitions  gradually  decreasing 
in  height  may  he  used,  one  side  of  each  partition  being 
painted  with  some  substance  which  repels  liquids,  so  that 
the  meniscuscs  bordering  the  liquid  steps  may  be  alternately 
concave  and  convex.  The  reagents  employed  are — amylic, 
butylic,  and  propylic  alcohols,  wood  spirit,  aldehyde,  acetone, 
acetic  ether,  &c.  Small  pipettes,  the  points  of  which  are 
held  about  2 — 3  mm.  above  the  edge  of  the  meniscus,  are 
used  to  deliver  drops  of  the  above  reagents.  The  drops 
which  roll  over  the  meniscus  of  the  liquid  being  tested, 
indicate  the  procure,  whilst  those  which  do  not  roll,  indicate 
i lie  absence  of  the  respective  impurities.  It  is  stated  that 
the  presence  of  one  twentieth  of  a  given  impurity  ma\  be 
directly  detected;  whilst  smaller  proportions  may  he  found 
l'\  careful  fractional  distillation  of  the  spirit,  the  "  first 
runnings  "  and  "  tailings  "  being  tested  separately. — II.  T.  P. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

Contributions    to    the    Chemistry    of    Brown-Coal    'I'm. 
V.  lleuslcr.     Ber.  25,  l>s'-'2,  1G65. 

See  under  III.,  page  671. 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

I'se      of    Nilrnso-H-Naphthol    in    Quantitative   Analysis. 

M.  Schleier,  Clam.  Zeit.  16,  1H92,  420—421. 
Separation  of  Iron  and  Beryllium. — Solution  of  beryllium 
sulphate  gives,  even  on  standing,  no  precipitate  with  nitroso- 
fi-nuphthol,  whereas  iron  is  quantitatively  precipitated  by 
ili.  reagent  in  question.  The  method  of  separation  advised 
is  as  follows: — The  solution  of  sulphate  or  chlorides  of 
beryllium  and  iron  are  evaporated  to  small  bulk  and  then 
ammonia  is  added  until  permanganate  turbidity  is  formed  ; 
this  turbitj  is  just  dissolved  by  a  slight  addition  of  hydro- 
chloric acid,  after  which  about  unequal  volume  of  50  per 
cent,  acetic  acid  is  added  to  the  cold  solution  ;  precipitation 
with  a  solution  of  nitroso-jS-naphtbol  in  50  per  cent,  acetic 
acid  follows.  Filtration  may  be  performed  after  about 
■1  —  5  hours.  The  beryllium  is  precipitated  in  the  filtrate 
by  means  of  ammonia  after  evaporation  for  the  purpose  of 
getting  rid  of  the  acetic  acid.  — T.  I..  11. 


Soloent  Action  of  Liquid  Organic  Compounds.     A.  Etard. 
Compt.  Rend.  114,  1892,  112—115. 

FOB  his  purpose  the  author  selects  mercuric  and  cupric 
chlorides.  The  solubility  of  mercuric  chloride  in  water  up 
to  120  ('.  is  represented  by  a  curved  line,  the  temperatures 
corresponding  to  abscissa:  and  the  percentages  of  salt 
dissolved  to  ordinates ;  whilst  from  120°  up  to  150  ,  at 
which  temperature  dissociation  begins,  the  curve  becomes 
a  straight  line.  The  curve  of  solubility  of  mercuric  chloride 
in  methyl  alcohol  is  exactly  similar  to  the  water  curve,  only 
the  first  portion  is  given  between  the  temperatures  —  35 
and   +  :;s  ,  at  which  latter  point  the  break  takes  place. 

In  the  case  of  ethyl  alcohol  a  diagram  shows  two  curved 
lines  between  — 50J  and  +  GU':  (the  break  occurring  at 
about  —  5  )  and  then  a  straight  line  follows.  As  we  pass 
highei  in  the  series  of  alcohols,  however,  the  distinctions 
of  the  various  curves  disappear,  and  so  almost  straight 
lines  are  obtained  in  the  case  of  propyl-,  butyl-,  and  amy! 
alcohols,   and    such   is  the   case    for  ether,  acetone,  acetic 


acid,  with  acetic  and  formic  ethers.  The  author  suggests 
this  as  a  means  of  studying  the  influence  of  homology  ami 
isomerism. 

Solubility  of  cupric  chloride  in  the  liquids  named  is 
represented  by  straight  lines,  and  in  many  eases  the  amount 
of  salt  entering  into  solution  decreases  as  the  temperature 
increases;  this  happens  with  ally]  alcohol,  acetone,  ethyl 
formate,  and  ethyl  acetate. — T.  L.  li. 


The  Action  of  Metals  on  Salts  dissolved  in  Organic 
Liquids.  U.  Varet.  Compt.  Rend.  114,  1892,224—225. 
l.\-  studying  the  red  liquids  which  are  produced  when 
aluminium  chloride  acts  on  benzene  in  preseuce  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  gas,  Friedel  found  that  they  were  no  longer 
formed  when  care  was  taken  to  exclude  all  traces  of  water. 
Following  up  this  observation  the  author  has  investigated 
with  the  following  results  the  action  of  certain  metals  on 
salts  dissolved  in  water  and  in  various  organic  liquids  : — 

I.  Action  of  Aluminium  on  ( 'yuiudc  of  Mercury  dissolvi  d 
in  II  ater. — The  mercury  is  displaced  by  aluminium  with 
formation  of  cyanide  of  aluminium,  which  is  decomposed  by 
the  water  into  alumina  and  hydrocyanic  acid;  at  the  same 
time  an  amalgam  of  aluminium  is  produced  which  rests  upou 
the  water  with  formation  of  alumina  and  hydrogen.  The 
reactions  may  be  expressed  by  the  equations — 

3HgCy;  +  2  Al,  =  Al2CyG  +  Hg3Al2 
ALCyc  +  Hg;tAl2  +  6  H20  =  2  Al,U:i  +  6  HCy  +  3  Ilg  +  3  Ik, 

II.  Action  of  Aluminium,  on  Cyanide  of  Mercury  dissolved 

in  Amnion  iacal  {Absolute)  Alcohol. — An  excess  of  alumi- 
nium (in  small  pieces)  was  added  to  the  solution,  which  was 
then  put  aside  in  a  cool  place  protected  from  all  traces  of 
moisture.  When  the  reaction  had  finished  the  solution  was 
filtered  (moisture  being  all  the  while  carefully  excluded), 
and  then  concentrated  over  potash  and  quicklime.  After 
some  days  the  surface  of  the  liquid  becomes  covered  with  a 
thick,  soft,  transparent  crystalline  layer;  this  is  a  double 
cyanide  of  mercury  and  aluminium  combined  with  alcohol 
and  ammonia.  In  this  case  the  substitution  of  aluminium 
for  mercury  is  never  complete. 

III.  Aluminium  anil  Cyanide  of  Mercury  dissolved  in 
Pyridine. — If  the  pyridine  is  perfectly  anhydrous  there  is 
no  displacement  of  mercury  by  aluminium,  hut  if  a  small 
quantity  of  water  be  added  the  same  reaction  occurs  as  in 
an  aqueous  solution.  The  reaction  ceases  as  soon  as  the 
water  has  disappeared. 

IV.  Nickel  and  Bichloride  of  Mercury  dissolved  in 
Water. — Here  the  most  noticeable  fact  is  the  formation  of 
calomel,  but  there  is  also  a  slight  replacement  of  mercury 
by  nickel.  When  the  reaction  is  carried  out  in  an  cpeu 
vessel  oxide  of  nickel  is  formed,  but  this  does  not  occur  if 
the  reaction  be  carried  out  in  a  sealed  tube  with  water 
previously  boiled. 

V.  Nickel  and  Bichloride  of  Mercury  dissolved  in 
Pyridine. — In  the  cold,  no  reaction;  when  heated,  there  is 
displacement  of  mercury  by  nickel. 

VI.  Iron  and  Bichloride  of  Mi  rcury  dissolved  in  Pyridine. 
— Xo  reaction  either  in  the  cold  or  when  heated.  If  water 
is  added  there  is  immediate  substitution  of  iron  for  mercury  ; 
calomel  is  also  formed,  and  the  iron  is  oxidised. 

It  is  thus  evident  that  certain  metals  which  can  replace 
other-  in  their  salts  when  dissolved  in  water,  lose  their 
property  when  certain  organic  liquids  are  substituted  for 
the  water  as  solvents. — D.  E.  ,1. 


711 


THE   JOUKNAL  OF   THE  SOCIETY   OP   CHEMICAL  INDUSTEY.         [Aug.  si,  1892. 


Craue  Import. 


TARIFF  CHANGES  AND  CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

Xkw  Customs  Tariff  of  Ciba. 
See  Hoard  of  Trade  Journal  for  August,  p.  171  el  seq. 

Spain. 

Regulations  affecting  Sale  of  Cotton  Seed  and 
other  (Ids. 

\  despatch,  dated  the  16th  July,  has  lict-n  received  from 
8ir  II.  Druuimond  Wolff,  Her  Majesty's  Ambassador  at 
Madrid,  enclosinga  copy  and  a  translation  of  :i  law  published 
in  the  "  Eco  de  las  Aduanas,"  regulating  the  sale  of  cotton 
and  other  oik.  The  following  is  a  translation  of  the  law 
referred  to  : — 

Art.  1.  From  the  date  of  the  publication  of  this  law  in  all 
the  Custom  houses  throughout  the  Peninsula  and  colonies 
1  '.  per  100  of  wood  tar  or  petroleum  will  he  mixed  with  all 
cotton  or  rape-seed  oil  which  may  lie  imported. 

Art:2.  Olive  oil  passing  through  the  Spanish  Custom 
houses  will  be  examined,  and,  if  found  to  contain  an 
admixture  of  cotton-seed  oil  or  animal  fat  1  \  per  100  of 
wood  tar  or  petroleum  will  be  mixed  with  it  so  as  to  render 
it  unfit  for  food. 

Art.  3.  Mayors  and  municipal  judges  who  have  cognisance 
of  the  sale  of  olive  oil  mixed  with  any  other  oil  will  seize  it, 
and  the  judge  on  conviction  will  consider  the  vendors 
guilty  of  contravention  o!  the  second  paragraph  of  Art.  595 
ul  tiie  Penal  Code. 

Art.  4.  The  cost  of  the  materials  employed  in  rendering 
useless  cotton  oil  or  adulterated  olive  oil  shall  be  chargeable 
to  the  person  introducing  the  merchandise. 

Uruguay. 

Proposed  Remission  of  Import  Duties  on  Agricultural 

Products. 

The  French  Moniteur  Ufficiel  du  Commerce  says  that  in 
its  sitting  of  the  8th  May  last,  the  Uruguayan  Chamber  of 
Representatives  adopted  a  proposed  law.  according  to  which 
the  following  products  destined  for  the  use  and  improvement 
of  agriculture  are  to  he  fr  -e  of  import  duty  :  — 

Sulphate  of  iron,  mineral  superphosphates  and  phosphates, 
nitrates  of  soda  and  potash,  sulphates  of  ammonia  and  lime, 
sulphates,  chlorides,  carbonates  of  potash,  and  guano  from 
the  Pacific. 

This  project  was  at  once  transmitted  to  the  Senate, 
togethei  with  the  favourable  report  of  the  Finance  Coin- 
mission. 


EXTRACTS  FROM  DIPLOMATIC  AND 
CONSULAR  REPORTS. 
New  Industries  i\   Brazil. 
Two  manufactories   (says   our  Consul  at  Eio  Grande  do 
Sul)  are  in  course  of  construction  in  this  city,  one  for  the 
conversion    of  the  fat   produced  in   the  country  into  soap, 
candles,  oils,  &c.,  and  the  other  for  using  up  the  horns  and 
of  eattle  in  making  combs,  brush-backs,  knife  handles, 
&c. 

DrUOS     AMi    (ill  Mil    Us     IX    JAPAN. 

Yokohama  imported  137,5242.  wortli  of  "Western" 
medicines  and  drugs  in  1891,  and  143,2352.  worth  in  1890. 
Among  the  chemicals  and  drugs  imported  the  principal  are 
bicarbonate  of  soda,  caustic  soda,  soda  ash,  paraffin  wax, 
bichromate  of  potash,  chlorate  of  potash,  carbolic  acid, 
antifebrin,  cocaine,  bismuth,  iodoform,  iodide  of  potassium. 
quinine,  &e. 

Chemicals  are  likely  to  continue  in  demand.  It  is  true 
that  trials  have  been  made  to  manufacture  various  chemicals 
such  as  bicarbonats  of  soda,  caustic  soda,  paraffin  wax,  &c., 
in  Japan,  but  in  most  of  these  eases  tie  cost  of  pro- 
duction has  been  too  great  to  render  the  trials  successful. 


Soda  crystals  and  bleaching  powder  only  can  be  manu- 
factured at  a  cost  which  is  prohibitive  of  competition  by  the 
imported  articles  ;  but  there  are  uot  many  other  articles  at 
present  imported  in  which  competition  from  Japanese 
manufacture  is  likely  to  be  felt — at  least,  in  the  near 
future. 

The  importation  of  chemicals  is,  for  the  most  part,  a 
venture  of  the  foreign  import  merchant,  Japanese  dealers 
preferring  to  purchase  from  stock  rather  than  run  the  risk  of 
making  purchases  on  contract. 

Carbolic  acid  is  now  imported  mostly  in  tins  or  large  zinc 
bottles,  and  it  is  found  preferable  to  import  quinine  also  in 
hulk,  instead  of  bottles,  owing  to  the  saving  effected  in 
freight. 

The  greater  part  of  the  drugs  imported  now  come  from 
Germany,  The  loss  of  much  of  this  trade  to  the  liritish 
manufacturer  can  undoubtedly  he  traced  to  a  want  of  care 
in  packing,  from  which  loss  by  breakage  results,  and  to  the 
fact  that  his  get-up  of  the  goods,  in  the  matter  of  bottles 
and  labels  used,  is  neither  so  good  nor  so  attractive  as  the 
Continental. 

Some  difficulty  has  been  experienced,  occasionally,  in 
getting  medicines  passed  by  the  Government  analyst,  on 
the  ground  that  these  are  not  chemically  pure,  although 
perfectly  suitable  for  medicinal  use,  and  such  as  would  be 
passed  in  Europe.  It  may  be  hoped  that  longer  experience 
may  lead  to  more  common-sense  views  in  these  matters. — 
Ibid. 

Chemicals  in  Mexico. 

The  industry  of  chemical  products  is  not  yet  a  large  one 
in  Mexico,  considering  that  products  like  muriatic  acid  are 
s.i  necessary.  In  the  whole  of  Mexico  there  are  not  more 
than  two  factories  of  chemicals.  <  Ine  kilogramme  of  native 
sulphuric  acid  sells  at  14  cents,  and  it  costs  the  Mexican 
manufacturer  not  more  than  5  to  6  cents.  The  raw  material 
is  found  in  great  abundance  in  the  vicinity  of  the  volcanoes. 
—Ibid. 

Production  of  Mercury  in  Russia. 

The  production  of  mercury  in  Russia  has  sensibly 
increased  during  the  last  decade,  particularly  in  the  mines 
of  Jekaterinoslaw,  According  to  the  Revue  d'Orient 
some  new  mines  were  discovered  hist  year  in  the  Caucasus, 
in  the  district  of  Daghestan.  The  production  of  the 
establishment  at  Jekaterinoslaw  amounts  to  upwards  of 
3(10,000  kilos,  of  pure  mercury.  The  working  of  the  mines 
costs  comparatively  hut  little,  so  that  the  low  price  of  the 
metal  renders  foreign  competition  impossible,  and  upwards 
of  200,000  kilos,  are  annually  exported  from  Jekaterinos- 
law. The  same  paper  states  that  a  tax  of  half  a  rouble  per 
poud  is  to  he  levied  on  the  mercury  produced. —  Chamber 
of  Commerce  Journal. 

Orchilla  ix'  Lower  California. 

Orchilla,  orchil,  or  archil  (Roeeella  tinctoria  properly) 
was  formerly  prepared  from  the  lichen  Rocellus,  which 
grows  on  rocks  adjoining  the  sea  in  the  Canary  and  Cape 
Verde  islands,  Sardinia,  the  Minorca  Islands,  the  Levant, 
and  on  the  rocks  of  Sweden.  From  it  is  obtained  the 
archil  of  commerce,  which  yields  a  rich  purple  tincture, 
extremely  beautiful.  Orchil  in  Europe  is  generally  sold  in 
the  form  of  a  cake.  It  was  extensively  used  In  dyer-  until 
1853,  when  the  discovery  of  orchilla  in  America  and  on  the 
Galapagos  Islands  created  quite  a  commercial  sensation 
among  the  European  manufacturers  and  dealers  by  its 
superiority  over  any  lichen  yet  in  use,  giving  it  quite  a 
prominent  place  in  the  European  markets  for  its  delicate 
colour,  lustre,  and  tone,  especially  for  silks. 

The  Galapagos  Islands  compose  a  group  lying  on  the 
equator  10  or  12  west  of  Quito  and  Guayaquil,  and  belong 
to  the  Republic  of  Ecuador.  The  group  consists  of  six 
large  and  seven  smaller  islands.  Albemarle,  the  larj 
ill)  miles  long  and  15  miles  broad.  The  smaller  islands 
possess  t!ic  weed. 

In  1872  an  American  captain,  John  Howard,  of  a 
whaliior  ship,   well    informed   of  the    nature  of  the  orchilla 


Uk.  a,uiu        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


715 


weed  from  the  Galapagos  Islands,  made  a  discovery  of  a 
superior  quality  of  the  same  lichen  on  the  lands  bordering 
Magdalena  Bay,  Lower  California.  Samples  were  obtained 
bj  the  said  captain,  and  in  a  short  time  quite  a  fleet  of 
vessels  from  Guayaquil  and  San  Francisco,  having  enter- 
prising parties  on  board,  landed  on  the  Magdalena  Bay 
grouuds  with  the  necessary  supplies  and  means  for  starting 
the  picking  and  packing  of  orchilla  for  export  to  the 
European  markets. 

It  is  evidently  known  what  importance  the  orchilla  trade 
assumed  at  Magdalena  May  and  surroundings  tor  several 
years  after  its  discovery,  and  how,  by  shrewd  management, 
Mr.  1.  P.  Hale  succeeded  in  dislodging  all  other  claimants 
to  the  orchilla  lands  (starting  from  latitude  I'll  40' S.  to 
latitude  28  X.),  with  very  few  exceptions,  by  obtainiug  a 
Mexican  grant  or  Government  contract,  which  gave  him 
tlie  entire  belt  of  the  orchilla  lands,  six  miles  broad,  on  the 
Pacific  coast  side  of  Lower  California,  and  comprising  the 
said  degrees  of  latitude. 

(iver  1,500  men  have  been  employed  in  gathering  the 
moss,  and  about  an  equal  number  also  employed  in  carting, 
packing,  &c. 

The  following  figures  show  the  cost  per  ton  of  2,000  lb. 
ready  for  shipment,  in  Mexican  coin  : 

Dols. 

:'      :    g  and  delivery.  1"50  dol.  per  cwt 80"00 

Hydraulic-press  packing 7'0o 

Other  expenses  and  shipping 1'50 

Export  duty 5"00 

Total r; 

The  reproduction  of  the  orchilla  growth  matures  every 
two  years,  when  it  is  ready  for  repicking,  packing,  and 
export. 

Since  the  Kongo  State  has  become  the  natural  producer 
of  orchilla  that  branch  of  industry  in  America  has  become 
totally  depressed,  particularly  in  Lower  California.  Europe 
finds  many  advantages  in  the  proximity  of  the  African 
orchilla  to  her  markets,  and  the  cost  of  transportation,  &c, 
is  a  great  deal  lower. 

The  revival  of  the  orchilla  trade  in  Lower  California  can 
onlj  he  brought  about  by  the  revival  of  the  manufacture 
of  the  dye  in  the  United  States. —  U.S.  Consular  Reports. 

Okchii.lv  in  (Mi;  Verde. 

<  Uvhilla,  a  species  of  lichen,  differs  in  form  from  most  of 
the  mosses  found  growing  upon  trees  and  rocks  ;  it 
resembles  a  miniature  shrub  more  than  the  usual  lichen. 

It  grows  upon  large  rocks,  and  is  found  in  the  moun- 
tainous parts  of  these  islands  ;  also  on  the  Canaries.  It  is 
plentiful,  hut  very  difficult  to  obtain,  growing  as  it  docs 
on  'he  locks  down  the  steep  sides  of  the  precipices,  where 
it  is  shaded  from  the  sun  the  greater  part  of  the  day. 
From  the  best  information  which  I  can  obtain  from  those 
who  have  been  long  in  the  business  of  exporting  it  there  is 
gathered  annually  about  120  tons  from  all  these  islands, 
which  goes  to  Lisbon. 

It  is  gathered  by  the  natives  in  sacks  ami  baskets  and 
sold  to  the  merchants  in  its  dry  state  at  about  I  cents  per 
pound.  When  exported  there  would  have  to  be  added 
hall'  a  cent  per  pound  as  export  duty  and  the  costs  of  sacks 
to  ship  it  in. 

Owing  to  the  indolent  habits  of  the  natives,  there  are 
some  years  when  not  above  80  or  'JO  tons  are  gathered. 
This  is  when  the  general  harvests  arc  plentiful.  It  is  only 
when  unfavourable  climatic  conditions,  resulting  in  poor 
crops,  occur  that  the  natives  are  compelled  to  work  to  earn 
their  corn,  beans,  and  rice — their  principal  articles  of  food. 

1  have  by  the  mail  which  takes  this  report  sent  to  the 
Department  an  average  sample  of  the  orchilla  grown  on 
'he  island  of  St.  lago  (Santiago). —  Ibid. 

Orchilla  in  Ecuador. 

Orchilla  is  a  dye  moss  found  on  the  coast  of  Ecuador, 
near  Guayaquil,  and  in  the  Galapagos  Islands.  It  is  not 
cultivated,  but  grows  wild,  and  ran  onlj  he  had  in  limited 
quantities. 

'Ihe  moss  is  gathered  by  hand  from  the  rocks  upon 
which  it  cicws.     It   is  spread  in  the  sun  to  dry  and  cure, 


and  is  then  pressed  into  bales  of  about  150  lb.  to  200  lb 
ready  for  shipment. 

The  total  export  as  at  present  known  could  not  exceed 
2,000  quintals  per  annum,  and  the  present  price  is  from 
fi  dols.  to  6  dols.  per  quintal  in  American  gold,  with  an 
export  duty  of  2 -75  dols.  per  quintal  in  American  gold 
additional.  That  costing  o  dols.  is  from  the  coast,  and  that 
costing  6  dols.  from  the  Galapagos  Islands,  and  is  thought 
to  be  of  a  superior  quality. 

Pedro  A.  Moreira,  of  Manta,  Martin  Keinberg  and  Co. 
and  Noverta,  Osa  and  Co.,  of  Guayaquil,  are  reliable 
commission  houses  through  which  arrangements  could  be 
made  ;  but  1  would  recommend  that  a  contract  be  made 
with  Jose  Monroe,  of  Guayaquil,  who  is  iu  charge  of  the 
Galapagos  Islands  at  present. 

The  demand  for  orchilla  at  present  is  very  light,  but  on 
the  first  appearance  of  an  increased  demand  the  prices 
would  most  probably  be  much  higher  than  now,  unless 
purchasers  and  manufacturers  were  protected  by  contracts. 
—Ibid. 

Korean  Papjsr. 

Korean  paper  is  highly  esteemed,  and  always  forms  part 
of  royal  presents  and  of  the  tribute  paid  to  China.  Besides 
the  same  uses  as  with  us — for  writing  anil  for  books — it  fills 
a  great  diversity  of  needs.  It  serves  as  string  ami  iu  the 
manufacture  of  lanterns,  fans,  umbrellas,  shoe  soles,  hats, 
boxes,  and  makes  very  good  rain  coats  ;  it  covers  floors  and 
walls  and  ceilings,  and.  stretched  on  frames,  supplies  windows 
and  doors.  It  is  highly  prized  iu  China  and  Japan,  and  is 
especially  sought  after  for  the  manufacture  of  umbrellas. 

It  is  made  from  a  bush  of  the  mulberry  order  (Itrotts- 
sonetia  papyrifera),  which  is  indigenous,  growing  iu  many 
parts  of  the  Kingdom,  but  thriving  best  iu  the  moist,  warm 
climate  of  the  south.  It  is  chiefly  raised  from  cuttings  for 
this  especial  purpose,  and  the  wild  and  cultivated  plants  are 
said  to  be  of  equal  value. 

The  bark,  which  alone  is  used,  is  generally  gathered  iu 
the  spring,  and  is  boiled  for  a  long  time  in  water,  iu  which  a 
quantity  of  wood  ashes  has  been  mixed,  till  it  becomes  a 
pulp,  the  mass  having  been  beaten  during  the  whole  time 
of  the  boiling.  Tine  bamboo  screens  are  then  place  1  in 
shallow  wooden  vats  and  a  ladle  full  of  the  pulp  is  spread 
evenly  over  the  screen  by  a  dexterous  circular  motion  of 
the  hand.  The  operation  is  repeated  once  or  twice,  or  as 
often  as  may  be  necessary— the  more  frequent  the  operation 
the  finer  the  paper — and  the  screen  allowed  to  drain  into 
the  vats  till  a  proper  consistency  is  reached,  the  drippings 
being  thus  saved.  They  aie  then  placed  on  a  hot  bang 
floor  to  dry.  After  the  drying  has  proceeded  far  enough, 
the  paper  is  laid  on  a  hot  floor  and  ironed  by  band.  The 
long  lines  in  the  paper  show  strands  of  the  bamboo  screens, 
and  their  nearness,  distinctness,  or  absence  indicates  the 
fineness  or  otherwise  of  the  paper.  They  are  almost  im- 
perceptible in  some  grades  of  paper,  while  in  others  they 
are  distinct  and  far  apart. 

Paper  is  made  by  the  paper  guild,  a  numerous  and 
prosperous  association.  The  province  of  Chulla  is  the  chief 
seat  of  manufacture. — Ibid. 

Celi.ci.dsk  ion  Bottle  Shells. 

An  invention  which  may  prove  to  be  of  much  practical 
use  to  the  wine  trade  lias  recently  been  made  by  a  gentle- 
man living  in  this  vicinity,  and  the  sole  right  of  the 
manufacture  of  it  sold  to  a  large  and  enterprising  factory 
near  Mayence,  whi  h  expects  to  meet  with  great  success  in 
introducing  it.  This  is  simply  the  conversion  of  the  raw 
cellulose  as  it  comes  from  the  machine  for  the  paper 
manufacturer  into  shells  for  wine  bottles  in  substitution  of 
straw'. 

As  is  well  known  to  the  trade,  the  straw  shell  is  the 
universal  cowling  and  protector  of  the  wine  bottle,  and 
is  clumsy,  dirty,  ill  smelling  when  moist,  and  prone  to 
fall  to  pieces  ;  and,  also,  it  docs  not  adhere  to  the  bottle 
with  a  firm  grasp,  but  easily  slips  off.  To  avoid  all  this, 
under  the  new  invention  sheets  of  common  cellulose  are 
stamped  with  fairly  deep  indentations,  oval  in  shape,  about 
an  inch  long  aud  less  than  half  an  inch  wide,  and  about  the 
same  distance  from   each  other.     The   sheets  are  then   cut 


716 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Aug.  31,1892. 


into  .-trips  of  the  length  of  a  wine  bottle  nn<l  sufficiently 
long  to  go  twice  around  it.  They  are  then  rolled  twice 
around  with  the  hand,  so  as  to  form  a  double  shell,  and 
fastened  together  near  the  top  and  bottom  with  a  metal 
spring.  There  is  thus  double  protection  to  the  bottle.  The 
raised  surface  is  outside  and  the  indentation  within,  and 
the  protuberances  resemble  cocoons  in  shape  and  size.  The 
indentations  are  so  made  that  when  the  cellulose  is  rolled 
together  they  do  not  all  set  into  each  other,  but  generally 
upon  the  flat  surface  between  the  indentations.  The  result 
is  that  great  elasticity  and  power  of  resistance  are  given  to 
the  shell  when  on  the  bottle,  so  that  it  can  be  thrown  upon 
the  floor  on  its  side  without  the  bottle  breaking,  and  this 
resistance  will  be  offered  in  the  case  when  packed  with  wine 
bottles.  It  also  tits  tiehtly  and  does  not  lose  the  bottle  in 
handling  or  falling. 

To  begin  with  there  is,  therefore,  less  breakage.  Then 
the  bottles  can  be  packed  more  closely  together  than  when 
straw  is  used,  60  bottles  going  with  cellulose  where  only  50 
could  be  put  with  straw.  This  makes  a  slight  saving  in 
boxes,  and  consequently,  also,  another  saving  in  freight  by 
water.  Again,  the  straw  is  dusty  and  dirty  in  character, 
and  the  capsules  and  labels  on  the  bottles,  when  that  is 
used,  have  to  be  protected  with  tissue  paper,  which  is  not 
required  when  cellulose  is  employed,  as  that  presents  a 
white,  clean  surface  to  the  bottle.  The  cellulose  is  also 
more  durable  than  straw,  is  compact,  and,  what  is  also  a 
desirable  advantage,  is  a  non-conductor  of  cold  and  heat ; 
so  that  wine  protected  by  it  can  be  shipped  in  extreme  cold 
or  hot  weather  without  injury,  which  can  not  now  be  done 
with  straw. 

The  cellulose  shells  cost  here  about  1-25  dols.  per  1,000 
more  than  the  straw  ones  do,  but  in  the  end  are  claimed  to 
be  cheaper,  because  they  are  more  durable,  admit  of  more 
bottles  going  into  a  case,  are  lighter  in  weight,  and,  besides, 
when  worn  out  with  use,  will  be  bought  back  again  by  the 
factory  making  them  at  about  1"25  dols.  per  1,000  (which 
is  the  difference  in  price  between  cellulose  and  straw  shells), 
and  worked  up  again  into  new  shells. — Ibid. 

OVER-PRODI  OTIOK    OI     Sic.  w:. 

In  view  of  the  experimental  success  which  the  cultivation 
of  the  sugar  beet  has  already  attained  in  various  parts  of  the 
United  States,  and  the  preparations  that  are  being  made  to 
greatly  extend  the  area  of  such  cultivation  hy  farmers  and 
others  who  are  more  or  less  inexperienced  in  the  sugar 
industry,  it  would  seem  timely  and  prudent  to  consider  some 
facts  of  recent  development  which  relate  more  directly  to 
the  commercial  aspect  of  the  subject.  That  the  soil  and 
climate  of  large  areas  in  our  country  are  well  adapted  to 
the  growing  of  beet  sugar  has  been  practically  demonstrated 
— if,  indeed,  any  such  demonstration  was  necessary  in  a 
country  possessing  soil  so  fertile  and  climate  so  varied  as 
those  of  the  United  States. 

It  remains  to  be  proven  whether,  under  the  conditions 
that  now  exist,  the  production  of  beet  sugar  on  a  large  scale 
can  he  made  permanently  profitable  in  face  of  the  competi- 
tion which  is  so  rapidly  developing  in  other  countries. 
Upon  this  and  several  co-ordinate  questions  opinion  in  this 
country  is  sharply  divided,  and  it  may  be  of  interest  to 
inquire  what  suggestion  may  be  fairly  derived  from  the 
present  condition  of  beet  culture  in  the  principal  sugar- 
producing  countries  of  Europe. 

At  present  there  are  two  important  operations  involved  in 
the  cultivation  of  sugar-beets  which  require  to  be  performed 
by  band  labour.  These  are  the  thinning  out  of  the  young 
plants  in  the  spring  or  early  summer  and  the  topping  of  the 
mature  vegetable  in  the  autumn.  The  labour  requisite  for 
this  purpose  is  far  more  costly  in  the  United  States  than  in 
France,  Germany,  or  Austria.  But,  on  the  other  hand, 
laud  is  far  cheaper  and  more  fertile  in  our  country  than  it 
is  abroad,  and  American  laws  secure  to  the  farmer  a  bounty 
of  from  l|  to  2  cents  per  lb.  lor  all  sugar  which  he  may 
produce,  whether  it  be  exported  or  sold  for  domestic 
consumption.  Will  the  advantages  thus  secured  to  our 
sugar  eulturists  enable  them  to  permanently  maintain  the 
competition  against  sugars  imported  free  of  duty  and  which 
have  been  grown  on  hinds  worn  by  centuries  ol  cultivation 
and   requiring  constant    fertilisation    by   labour  which  costs 


only  from  25  to  50  cents  per  day?  This  question  has 
been  already  discussed  by  some  of  the  more  thoughtful 
economists  of  France  and  Germany,  and  opinion  is  divided 
as  to  whether,  in  the  issue  which  must  soon  be  practically 
tested,  it  will  be  the  American  or  the  European  sugar- 
grower  who  must  go  to  the  wall.  The  rapidity  with  which 
the  issue  is  approaching  will  be  apparent  from  the  following 
comparison,  which  shows  the  increase  during  the  past  three 
years  of  the  area  devoted  to  beet  culture  iu  France, 
Germany,  and  Austria,  and  which  is  here  quoted  on  the 
authority  of  the  Deutsche  Zuckerindustrie,  the  leading 
organ  of  the  trade  iu  this  country  :  — 


Years. 

France. 

Germany. 

Austria. 

1888-89 

IS'.iii— '.11 

Acres. 
124,840 

G  i7.s'',7 
183,027 

Acres. 
691,000 

-^  1,  i»;i 

Acres. 
289,978 

188,461 

■  1,  350 

If  these  statistics  may  be  trusted,  they  reveal  an  increase 
in  the  area  of  lands  devoted  to  sugar  culture  of  43j  per 
cent,  in  France,  27  per  cent,  in  German)*,  and  174  per  cent, 
in  Austria  within  a  period  of  three  years.  This  enormous 
expansion  would  doubtless  have  already  precipitated  a  crisis 
in  the  sugar  market  but  for  the  influence  of  two  important 
facts,  viz.,  the  unfavourable  season  of  1891,  which  greatly 
reduced  the  yield  of  beet  sugar  in  proportion  to  the  area  of 
land  under  cultivation  ;  and  the  abolition  of  sugar  import 
duties  in  tbe  United  States,  which  opened  a  free  market 
that  has  for  the  moment  absorbed  the  surplus  from  Europe 
and  prevented  the  break  in  prices  that  would  otherwise 
have  been  inevitable. 

The  question  is,  therefore,  will  the  cheapness  of  sugar  iu 
the  United  States  so  stimulate  its  consumption  there  as  to 
consume  the  surplus  that  would  be  grown  in  Europe  during 
a  fairly  productive  year  in  addition  to  the  steadily  growing 
supply  from  domestic  production  ?  This  is  where  will  come 
the  rub,  for  which  it  is  wise  to  be  prepared.  It  is  estimated 
that,  if  the  season  of  1891  had  been  fairly  productive, 
Germany,  Fiance,  and  Austria  would  have  been  able  to 
export  780,000  tons  of  sugar  in  addition  to  their  already 
enormous  export,  which  far  exceeded  that  of  any  previous 
year,  the  shipments  from  the  single  port  of  Hamburg  having 
reached  8,196,000  sacks  of  refined  sugar,  against  7,127,000 
sacks  in  1889,  and  4,363,000  sacks  in  1888.  Careful 
examination  has  shown  that  only  two-fifths  of  the  present 
sugar  product  of  Germany  is  consumed  at  home,  leaving 
three-fifths  of  the  whole  for  export ;  and  it  is  not  apparent 
that  the  ratio  of  sugar  consumption  per  capita  is  higher  in 
Austria  or  France  than  here  or  that  it  will  lie  likely  to 
increase. 

Taken  alone  these  facts  would  seem  to  be  ominous  for  the 
future  of  sugar  culture  iu  the  United  States.  But,  on  the 
other  hand,  there  are  certain  considerations  which  weigh  in 
the  opposite  direction.  Beet  culture  rapidly  drains  the  soil 
of  several  elements  that  can  only  be  restored  by  fallowing, 
rotation  with  other  crops,  and  by  fertilising  with  costly 
artificial  manures.  Ground  rents  and  wages  are  steadily 
though  slowly  advancing  in  all  these  countries,  notably  in 
Germany;  so  that  the  farmers  of  Saxony,  for  example, 
already  complain  that,  except  in  the  case  of  a  full  crop  there 
is  no  longer  any  important  profit  in  sugar-growing.  It  is 
not  probable  that  the  cost  of  sugar  production  can  ever  be 
lower  in  Germany  than  it  is  at  present,  but  there  is  a  strong 
probability  that  the  bounties  now  paid  by  the  Government 
on  domestic  sugars  exported  from  this  country  will  be 
reduced  or  wholly  abolished.  There  is  a  large  proportion 
of  the  German  people  who  insist  that  the  sugar  industry  has 
been  overstimulated  at  the  expense  of  other  interests,  so 
that  any  change  that  may  be  made  in  future  will  undoubtedly 
be  in  tbe  direction  of  reduced  bounties. 

From  the  standpoint  ol  the  American  fanner  who  is  about 
to  engage  in  the  culture  of  beets  to  be  sold  to  a  neighbouring 
sugar  factory,  there  is  also  the  consolation  that  beet-raising, 
unlike  wine  or  fruit  growing,  dues  not  involve  (be  planting 


lug.  si,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


717 


of  vinos  or  trees  which  must  be  tended  for  years  before  they 

bei ie   productive.     If,  upon  trial,  beet   culture  does   uot 

prove  remunerative,  it  can  be  promptly  abandoned  and  the 
land  devoted  toother  crops.  The  principal  risk  would  seem 
to  be  on  the  part  of  the  firms  and  individuals  who  are  erecting 
extensive  plants  for  the  manufacture  of  sugar  from  beets  in 
tin'  United  States,  for  which  they  guarantee  to  pay  a  fixed 
price  during  a  prescribed  period,  and  it  is  to  these  that  the 
logic  of  the  present  situation  is  especially  important. — Ibid. 


Chemical  Industky  in  Germany. 

In  his  annual  report  on  the  trade  and  commerce  of  the 
district  of  Frankfort  on-the-Main,  Mr.  C.  Oppenheimer,  Her 
Majesty's  Consul-General  at  that  town,  supplies  the  follow- 
ing particulars  respecting  the  position  of  the  chemical 
industry  in  Germany,  which  is  an  important  branch  of  the 
export  trade  of  that  country  :  — 

The  following  statement  gives  a  general  idea  of  the 
export  of  the  most  prominent  chemicals  and  drugs  in 
1891  :— 

Essential  oils,  2,546  met.  centners:  gelatin,  4,535  ;  glue, 
"■7,717  ;  explosives,  19,404;  soda,  calcined,  353,303; 
potassium,  1 10,934  ;  alkaloids,  584  ;  quinine,  1,869  ;  chloride 
cil  potassium,  709,962:  iodide  of  potassium,  977  ;  sulphate 
of  potash,  301,888  :  mineral  waters,  335,63-  ;  salicylic  acid, 
2,170;  saltpetre,  90,029  ;  hydrochloric  acid,  103,123; 
gunpowder,  37,834  ;  tartaric  acid,  7,769. 

An  increase  in  exports  is  to  be  noted  in  the  preceding 
statement  fur  calcined  soda,  gelatin,  glue,  quinine,  chloride 
of  potassium,  sulphate  of  potash,  muriatic  acid,  a  small 
improvement  in  potassium.  However,  a  retrogressive 
movement  is  to  be  observed  in  essential  oils,  explosives, 
iodide  of  potassium,  mineral  waters,  salicylic  acid,  saltpetre, 
gunpowder,  and  tartaric  acid. 

The  following  statement  gives  the  more  important  figures 
in  the  export  of  another  branch  of  the  chemical  industry, 
dyes,  colours,  &c,  viz. :  — 

Lead  and  coloured  pencils,  9,464  met.  centuers  ;  varnish 
and  lac  varnish,  5,597  ;  oil  and  water-colour  paints,  13,538  ; 
ultramarine,  44,040;  alizarine,  81,685;  aniline,  44,031; 
aniline  and  other  coal-tar  products,  86,818  ;  white  lead, 
117,538;  zinc  white  and  grey  coloured  zinc,  104,000. 

The  export  in  coal-tar  products,  aniline,  alizarine,  colours 
and  dyes,  and  zinc  white,  have  increased:  others,  e.g., 
ultramarine,  have  decreased,  The  opinion  formed  of  the 
trade  in  general  of  the  chemical  industry  for  this  year  will 
nut  be  an  unfavourable  one.  Germany's  chemical  industry 
takes  a  high  place,  and  its  products  arc  forwarded  to  almost 
all  countries  of  the  world.  The  reason  for  this  extension  is 
to  be  found  in  the  high  theoretical  talents  of  the  German 
people  and  the  excellent  schools,  which,  year  by  year, 
furnish  a  body  of  educated  chemists  to  advance  the  trade  of 
the  country. 

( Inc  branch  of  the  chemical  industry  is  worthy  of  special 
attention,  namely,  the  potassic  salts.  This  industry  has 
formed  a  syndicate  which  publishes  accounts  every  year, 
ami  thus  facilitates  inspection  of  the  course  of  business. 

(  M  chloride  of  potassium  (SO  per  cent.)  was  sold  in 
1891,  1,341,039  met.  centuers;  1S90,  1,265,526;  1889, 
1,237,482. 

The  total  amount  of  sales  in  muriate  of  potassium  (90 
per  cent.)  were,  1891,  179,804 met.  centners  ;  1890, 129,471 ; 
1889,  62,213. 

The  total  sales  of  calcined  muriate  of  magnesia  (48  per 
cent.)  were,  1891,  113,998  met.  centners ;  1890,  108,302; 
1889,  92,14s. 

The  total  sales  of  potassic  manure  salts  were,  1891, 
30,779 met.  centners ;   1890,  18,331;   1889,22,381. 

Of  kicserite  the  total  sales  were,  1891,  285,591  met. 
centners;    1890,320,048;    1889,318,239. 

i  If  which  Great  Britain  alone  received,  1891,  251,454  met. 
centners;   1890,281,938;  1889,253,172. 

The  syndicate  of  the  potash  works  (a  sort  of  combination 
whose  occupation  is  restricted  to  the  sales  in  common  of  the 
products  nl  all  the  works  concerned)  with  reference  to  this 
makes  the  following  remarks,  which  will  be  interesting  to 
those  engaged  in  agriculture: — 


"It  maybe  seen  from  the  above  figures  that  the  total 
sales  have  considerably  increased  from  year  to  year.  A 
continuous  increase  in  the  consumption  of  the  products  is, 
however,  only  to  be  noticed  in  those  countries  in  which 
among  the  great  masses  of  the  population  the  fact  has 
gained  a  firm  hold  (proved  by  scientific  researches),  that 
without  a  suitable  manuring  of  the  soil  with  potassi:  salts 
no  lucrative  harvests  can  be  obtained.  In  this  respect  the 
sales  of  kainite  in  Germany  and  of  concentrated  potassic 
salts  to  France  and  the  United  States  of  America  arc 
noticeable.  Italy  and  Scandinavia  have  also  for  years 
shown  therasel pes  to  be  good  markets  for  potassic  manure 
salts.  In  those  countries,  where  the  sails  are  mainly  used 
for  technical  purposes,  the  consumption  is  always  influenced 
by  i  combination  of  different  circumstances,  to  which  the 
articles  manufactured  from  potassic  salts  are  subjected,  and 
for  this  reason  the  sale  to  those  markets  fluctuates  at  times 
considerably." 

The  percentage  in  which  foreign  countries  participate 
according  to  the  preceding  statistics  is  noticeable.  Several 
products,  e.g.,  kieserite,  are  almost  exclusively  manufactured 
in  Germany  for  foreign  countries.  This  fact  also  explains 
win  Germany's  chemical  industry,  so  highly  developed,  is 
favourable  to  free  trade.  The  chemical  industry  of  Germany 
in  many  articles  is  sufficiently  strong  to  disregard  the 
Customs  barriers  raised  by  other  countries. 

The  export  in  chemicals  to  Great  Britain,  especially  in 
1891,  is  given  in  the  following  statement : — 

Lead  and  coloured  pencils,  2,487  met.  centners  ;  oil  and 
water-colour  paints,  2,040;  ultramarine,  19,305;  caustic 
sola,  3,258;  alum,  33,13";  glue,  8,881;  explosives,  6,045  ; 
soda,  calcined,  21,464;  soda,  crude,  10,947;  alizarine, 
27,991;  aniline  and  coal-tar  products,  18,194  ;  white  lead, 
76,883 ;  chloride  of  potassium,  129,420  ;  chloride  of 
magnesium,  78,608  ;  sulphate  of  potash,  46,245  ;  mineral 
waters,  40,147  ;  saltpetre,  48,087  ;  tartaric  acid,  2,633  ; 
zinc  white  and  zinc  grey,  21,910. 

The  chief  articles  of  Germany's  chemical  imports  from 
Great  Britain  are  as  follows,  the  figures  referring  to  1891 :  — 

Varnishes,  3,602  met.  centners  ;  chloride  of  lime,  28,451  ; 
carbonate  of  ammonia,  12,522;  sulphate,  193,840;  anthra- 
cene, 51,956;  catechu,  12,264;  cinchona  bark,  19,520; 
chromate  of  potassium,  15,294:  glycerin,  crude,  20,044; 
india-rubber,  6,942  ;  indigo,  3,560 ;  carbolic  acid,  14,100. — 
(No.  1082,  Foreign  Office  Annua!  Series.) 

The  Sicilian  Sulphur  Industry, 

The  United  States  Consul  at  Palermo,  in  a  recent  report 
to  the  authorities  at  Washington;  supplies  the  following 
particu'ars  respecting  the  position  of  sulphur  mining  in 
Sicily.  Additional  information  on  this  subject  is  given 
at  pp.  530 — 1  of  the  Board  of  Trade  Journal  for  May 
1892. 

The  Sicilian  sulphur  industry  has  lately  passed  through 
a  crisis  that,  on  the  one  hand,  was  most  serious  in  its 
effects,  and,  on  the  other,  might  be  considered  really 
beneficial  in  its  results,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  many 
operators  have  lost  heavily  on  account  of  over-production, 
expensive  systems  of  mining,  and  a  general  decline  in 
prices.  'This  was  partially  due  to  the  fact  that  so  many 
had  embarked  in  sulphur  milling  to  the  neglect  of  all  other 
industries,  partially  to  the  expensive  system  of  mining  with- 
out mechanical  appliances  by  which  the  miners  ascended 
circuitous  steps  from  the  bottoms  of  pits  300  to  500  feet 
deep,  carrying  the  ore  to  the  surface  in  hags  on  their 
shoulders,  and  partially  to  the  excess  of  supply  over  the 
demand.  As  a  result  of  all  which  there  was  such  a 
decline  ill  prices  that  mines  were  either  operated  at  a  loss 
or  closed.  .Many  abandoned  their  mines,  and  the  produc- 
tion would  have  shown  greater  decrease  had  not  many 
owners  and  lessees  set  fire  to  their  mines,  extracting  melted 
sulphur,  in  order  to  reduce  expenses,  regardless  of  waste 
and  damage  to  their  property. 

A  result  of  the  crisis  which  might  be  considered  really  a 
benefit  consisted  in  forcing  Sicilian  sulphur-miners  to 
supplant  the  old  system  with  more  modern  means.  In 
the  second  half  of'  1890  [.rices  began  to  experience  an 
unexpected    and    brisk    rise,    the    industry   to    show  more 


718 


THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Aug.  31,  1892. 


activity,   and    naturally    the   first    consideration    in   view  of 
Former   experiences  was  the   means   of    operating  at    less 

expense,  resulting  in  numerous  instances  in  the  adopt  I 

steam  power  and  mining  machinery,  strange  as  it  maj  seem, 
hitherto  unused. 

Sicilian  ignorance  of  modern  inventions  was  shown  in 
the  case  of  a  large  mine  at  Lercara,  in  the  centre  of  the 
island,  wherein  the  lessees  agreed,  by  the  usual  form  of 
indenture,  among  other  things,  to  put  in,  at  their  own 
expense,  a  means  of  bringing  the  ore  to  the  surface;  buf 
the  lessees— an  enterprising  American  and  an  Englishman- 
instead  of  a"scala"(the  steps  above  mentioned),  opened 
a  shaft  and  installed  mining  machinery  at  an  expense  of 
several  thousand  dollars,  enabling  them  to  produce  several 
times  the  quantity  per  day  that  would  be  possible  by  m<  ans 
of  a  seala,  and,  although  the  lessor  receiveda  royalty  per  ton 
,m  the  production,  his  prejudices  against  an  innovation  of 
machinery  were  so  strong  that,  contrary  to  his  own  interests, 
he  claimed  the  terms  of  the  contract  violated  by  the  failure 
to  establish  a  scala,  found  a  court  concurring  in  this 
antiquated  \  iew,  ousted  the  lessees,  removed  their  machinery, 
and,  after  nearly  two  years'  litigation,  they  have  just  obtained 
possession  of  their  property  by  virtue  of  a  judgment  of  a 
higher  court. 

Since  the  latter  part  of  1890  prices  have  maintained  a 
stead}  and  apparently  healthy  rise,  sulphur  now  com- 
manding an  average  of  25  dollars  per  ton  at  the  mines, 
stimulating  an  increasing  activity  throughout  the  sulphur 
districts.  And  yet  this  chief  branch  of  Sicilian  industries 
is  not  exempt  from  tears  ami  dangers.  It  is  not  over- 
production alone  that  causes  alarm;  there  is  also  the 
danger  of  losing  their  American  market  through  the  strong 
competition  of  sulphur  pyrites.  This  has  been  found  so 
advantageous  that  most  of  the  sulphur  used  in  England  is 
produced  from  pyrites,  and  it  is  viewed  here  a-  the  gravest 
aspect  of  the  industry. 

The  export  of  sulphur  is  confined  to  the  ports  of  Palermo, 
Girgenti,  Licata,  and  Catania.  The  amounts  exported 
from  the  ports  named  during  the  five  years  ended 
December  31st,  1891,  were  as  follows:— 1887,  4,046,927 
cantars  (cantar  =  about  981b.);  1888,4,521,075  cantars  ; 
L889,  4,568,860  cantars;  1890,  4,471,781  cantars:  and 
1891,  3,80!f,536  cantars. 

'The  exports  to  the  United  Stales  were  largely  in  excess 
of  those  to  any  other  country,  constituting  a  large  pro- 
portion of  the  commerce  between  Sicily  and  the  United 
States. 


GENERAL   Tit  AVE  NOTES. 

Production  of  Salts  at  Stassfurt. 
According     to    the    report   of     the    Stassfurt    Potassium 
Syndicate    the    total    production    in    metrical    tons    of    the 
various   products  during    the  past   half-year  is   given  below. 
The  corresponding  figures  for  1891  are  also  giveu  :— 


Kainite  and  sylvine. 

Carnallite 

liieserite  

Potassium  ch 

,,    ■    llan  'ous 


Jan.  to  June 
1S02. 


Jan.  to  June 
1891. 


.-.Mm 

2,500 

10,200 
2,400 


:;u.:i!!ii 

B,200 

2,000 

300 

300 


During  July  the  imports  of  alkali  from  Great  Britain 
amounted  to  10,795  cwt.  a-  against  7,s71  cwt.  in  July  1891. 
— Ivdusto'ies. 

A   Rjv  m    to  Stasspurt. 

According  to  the  German  press   potash  deposits  equalling 

the    linioiis   Stassfurt    mines    in    richness    and    extent    have 

been  discovered  in  the  Wipper  Valley,  near  Sondershausen, 

in  the  German  Principality  of  Schwarzburg-Sondershausen, 


by  a  mining  engineer  from  Dortmund.  The  Government 
of  the  Principality  have  submitted  to  the  local  Legislative 
Assrmlih  a  draft  contract  with  the  discoverer  of  the 
deposits  in  which  the  latter,  under  penalty  of  afine  of  3,000,000 
marks,  undertakes  to  form  a  company  (the  necessary  capital 
of  which  is  estimated  at  8,000,000  marks)  to  work  the 
deposits.  The  Principality  will  take  shares  to  the  amount 
of  2,000,000  marks  in  the  company,  and  will  receive  a 
royalty  of  15  per  cent,  on  the  net  profits  for  the  sole  rights 
of  working  to  be  granted  to  the  discoverer. —  Chemist  and 
Druggist. 

Transvaal  Quicksilver. 

A  rich  quicksilver  mine  (says  South  Africa)  is  said 
to  have  been  discovered  in  the  district  of  Wntctbcrg 
(Transvaal),  near  Zebedela's  station.  Samples  of  cinnabar 
ore  and  pure  quicksilver  metal  from  this  mine  are  reported 
to  be  at  Johannesburg. —  Ibid. 

Patents  in  Canada. 

Manufacturers  and  inventors  can  now  take  their  patents 
iu  the  Dominion  for  eighteen  years  instead  of  for  fifteen 
years  as  hitherto,  whilst  the  patents  for  the  intermediate 
periods  of  five  and  ten  years  will  now  be  for  six  and  twelve 
years  respectively  ;  another  advantageous  alteration  is  that 
no  samples  or  models  will  be  required  for  the  issue  of  a 
patent,  though  power  is  reserved  to  the  officials  to  require 
them  if  needed. — J.  H. 

Ceylon  as  a  Source  of  Lndia-Rubber  Supply. 

At  the  London  Chamber  of  Commerce  on  Monday  last, 
Mr.  J.  Ferguson,  the  corresponding  secretary  to  the  Colonial 
and  Imperial  Institutes  in  Ceylon,  gave  an  address  on 
•  Tropical  Agriculture  iu  that  Colony."  Dealing  with  the 
india-rubber  plant,  he  thought  there  was  much  encourage- 
ment for  the  Ceylon  planter  to  take  up  this  product,  for 
which  he  understood  there  was  a  large  and  growing  demand 
at  remunerative  prices,  especially  as  the  prospects  of  the 
supply  from  South  America,  Africa,  and  the  East  (nearly 
all  forest  trees)  was  gradually  falling  off,  or  at  any  rate  was 
below  the  requirements  of  manufacturers.  If  it  was  true,  as 
lie  had  learned,  that  one  province  of  Para  in  Brazil  had 
developed  an  export  equal  to  1 7,000  tons  per  annum  in  a 
favourable  year,  and  worth  300/.  a  ton,  or  5,000,000/.,  all 
the  rubber  being  got  from  systematic  tapping  of  the  trees, 
there  ought  certainly  to  be  room  in  Ceylon  for  extensive 
planting  experiments  with  a  view  to  the  supply  of  the 
future.  In  Ceylon  no  little  attention  had  been  given  to  the 
cultivation  of  caoutchouc,  or  india-rubber,  trees  over  a  dozen 
years  ago,  when  they  had  been  hard  pressed  for  products  to 
take  the  place  of  coffee;  and  for  some  years  great  hopes 
were  expressed  that  the  industry  would  become  a  profitable 
and  permanent  one.  Sample  parcels  of  Ceylon  Ccara  rubber 
harvested  from  trees  8  to  10  years  old  sold  as  high  as  Is. 
per  pound  ;  but  the  great  rush  into  tea,  and  the  greater  ease 
with  which  returns  could  be  got  from  that  product,  together 
with  the  long  time  required  by  rubber  trees  to  mature,  and 
the  greater  expense  in  tapping  and  harvesting,  discouraged 
further  planting,  and  he  could  not  speak  of  more  than  I  jti 
acres  in  all  Ceylon  as  now  being  cultivated  with  rubber 
plants,  although  of  late  years  Dr.  Trimer  had  been  able  to 
report  very  favourably  on  experiments  under  his  direction 
in  the  Botanical  Gardens,  and  attempts  were  now  being 
made  by  the  Ceylon  Forests  Department  to  grow  the  tree  iu 
jungle  clearings.  The  gardens  had  also  sent  plants  ami  seeds 
to  North  Borneo  and  Last  Africa.  Iu  Colombo  they  had 
endeavoured  to  briug  all  the  information  about  rubber  into 
a  Planters'  Manual,  and  there  could  be  little  doubt  that  if 
the  Ceylon  garden  aud  forest  experiments  went  on  well 
during  the  next  few  years,  planters  would  once  more  take  up 
the  industry. — Electrician. 

Gor.n  Production  in  South  Afrii  \. 

The  gold  production  of  the  Hand,  South  Africa,  has  at 
last  passeil  the  century  mark  SO  long  hoped  for,  the 
production  of  this  wonderful  district  for  June  being 
103,252  oz.,  and  it  is  estimated  that  it  will  by  no  means  stop 
here.     The   month  of  greatest  output  for  every  year  since 


log.  31,1898.]        THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


719 


issn   ha-  liurn  December,  the   figures  being'40,404  <>/..  for 

I ember  1889,  50,352  for  December  1890,  arid  80,321   for 

December  1891.  The  monthly  output  for  1892  has  been: 
January,  84,650;  February,  86,649 ;  March,  93,244;  April, 
95,562;  May,  99,436,  and  June,  103,252,  a  total  of 
562,703  oz.  The  output  for  the  corresponding  six  months 
of  each  year  since  1888  has  been  :  1888,  89,320  oz. ;  1889, 
178,567  oz.;  1890,224,589  oz. ;  1891,  328,124  oz.— Engi- 
neering and  Mining  Journal. 

Tin  Mines  in  the  United  States. 

The  till  mining  industry  of  tliis  country,  states  the 
Engineering  and  Minimi  Journal^  is  not  in  a  flourishing 
condition  ;  in  fact,  if  is  very  unsatisfactory. 

The  II;nn,\  Peak  Mining,  Milling,  and  Manufacturing 
Company's  mines  in  South  Dakota  have  been  opened  to  a 
considerable  depth  al  a  great  number  of  places,  and  a  very 
large  amount  of  money  has  been  expended  in  this  develop- 
ment work,  and  more  recently  in  building  a  fine  mill,  yet, 
according  to  our  information,  the  supply  of  ore  does  not 
justify  the  starting  of  the  mill.  Moreover,  the  local  papers 
are  outspoken  in  denouncing  the  expenditures  for  property, 
ig,  with  much  corroborative  evidence,  that  there  lias 
been  gross  dishonesty  in  this  department  of  the  company's 
business. 

It  seems  pretty  well  established  that  at  the  present  time 
no  paying  tin  mines  have  been  opened  in  South  Dakota, 
though  magnificent  specimens  and  "promising"  veins 
have  lieen  found  in  many  places.  Unfortunately  the  mines, 
like  the  companies,  are  better  at  "promising"  than 
■•  performing." 

In  California  the  Temescal  mines  of  ihe  San  Jacinto 
estate,  also  an  English  corporation,  have  greatly  disappointed 
the  investors  and  the  experts  who  mads  such  glowing 
reports  on  the  property  a  few  years  ago.  There  the  coin 
pany  injudiciously  expended  a  very  large  amount  of  money 
it.  a  worthless  dam  and  in  a  mill,  without  ascertaining  that 
the  mine  could  supply  it  with  paying  ore.  At  present  there 
are  practically  no  reserves  of  paying  ore  in  the  mine.  The 
output  of  tin  which,  up  to  a  few  mouths  ago,  had  amounted 
to  120,00(1  lb.,  will  probably  not  exceed  300,000  lb.  this 
year.  The  ore  in  the  reserves,  it  is  said,  runs  only  3  to 
•1 ',  per  cent,  of  black  oxide,  instead  of  the  12  to  20  per  cent, 
so  confidently  set  forth  in  the  prospectus  of  the  company 
two  years  ago. 

It  is  yet  perhaps  too  early  to  say  that  this  property  does 
nut  contain  paying  veins,  but  it  is  certain  that  there  is 
nothing  yet  in  sight  which  would  pay,  the  quantity  being 
wholly  insufficient  to  supply  an  economical  plant,  and  too 
poor  to  work  on  a  small  scale. 

The  company  owns  a  large  estate  and  has  many  chances 
yet  for  redeeming  the  past,  but  if  our  advices  are  to  be 
relied  on,  a  pretty  thorough  change  in  the  administration 
will  take  place  before  dividends  come  in  sight. 

In  Virginia,  the  Boston  Tin  .Mining  Company,  operating 
the  Cash  Mine,  in  Rockbridge  County,  have  built  a  large 
(75,000  dols.)  plant  and  have  developed  the  property  to 
the  depth  of  60  ft.,  and  a  length  of  some  200  ft.,  exposing 
a  vein  about  7  ft.  wide  of  ore  that  is  said  to  average  3  per 
cent,  of  tin.  Unfortunately,  the  title  to  this  property  is  so 
defective  that  it  is  at  present  impossible!  to  say  when  or  how 
it  can  be  perfected.  The  vein  is  here  said  by  experts  to  be 
extremely  "  promising,"  and  the  reserves  already  large  for 
the  amount  of  work  done.  Until  the  title  is  made  clear,  it 
is,  however,  unlikely  that  this  mine  will  become  a  producer 
of  any  importance, 

From  all  this  it  is  evident  that  our  tin  mines  have  thus 
far  been  disappointing.  We  do  not,  however,  abandon  hope- 
that  this  industry  will  some  dayhecomo  important.  Except 
in  South  Dakota  the  amount  of  development  work  done  has 
been  too  little  to  condemn  the  properties,  and  even  there  it 
is  possible  that  permanent  deposits  of  ore  of  paying  quality 
may  he  proved,  as  we  sincerely  hope  they  will  be,  Had 
the  work  of  development  pneceded  the  sale  to  the  English 
company,  and  had  the  whole  enterprise  not  been  floated 
u  ith  -ci  many  and  gross  mis-statements,  its  failure  up.  to  the 
present  time  to  have  become  self-sustaining  would  not  have 
attracted  RO  much  attention  or  criticism. 


The   manufacture  of  tin  plates  in  this  country  b 
been   disappointing,  though    there   is    no  reason  whatever 
why    this   industry    should    not    grow    to    very    important 
proportions,    even   though   the   tin    mine-    should  defer  for 
year-  the  fulfilment  of  their  promise. 

The  Cholera   v\i>  Carbolic  Acid. 

Once  again  the  cholera  epidemic  is  overlapping  the 
bounds  of  its  Central  Asian  home,  and,  spreading  ruin 
throughout  Russia,  threatens  to  invade  Western  Europe. 
Among  the  famine-stricken  Russian  peasantry,  the  disease 
funis  a  congenial  breeding-ground,  and  the  panic-stricken 
efforts  of  Russian  officialdom  to  cope  with  its  progress  are 
totally  ineffective.  By  any  well-organised  Government  the 
extreme  probability  of  an  invasion  of  the  epidemic,  always 
latent  in  the  countries  beyond  the  Caspian,  into  the  Russian 
provinces,  already  decimated  by  the  recent  famine,  would 
have  been  foreseen,  and  precautionary  measures  organised. 
Not  so,  however,  in  Russia.  Now  that  the  scourge  is 
already  within  its  gates,  disinfectants,  it  is  true,  are  hurried 
forward  from  Germany  and  England  by  trainfulls  and 
shiploads ;  but  it  is  quite  possible  that  they  will  be  too 
late  to  stamp  out  the  disease,  or  even  to  arrest  its  progress. 

1 1  is  almost  incredible  that,  with  the  cholera  raging  in  its 
midst,  the  Russian  Government  should  permit  the  annual 
fair  at  Nijni-Novgorod  to  be  held  as  if  nothing  abnormal 
had  happened,  yet  such,  it  appears,  is  the  case.  To  this 
fair,  which  will  shortly  open,  traders  from  all  parts  of 
Central  and  Northern  Asia  and  of  Eastern  Europe  repair, 
and  it  is  thence  that  large  quantities  of  many  Asiatic 
products,  including  a  goodly  quantity  of  drugs,  find  their 
way  to  the  markets  of  the  West.  The  annual  turnover  at 
this  fair  represents  a  value  of  about  20,000,000/.,  and  this 
fact,  no  doubt,  accounts  for  the  decision  cf  the  Government 
to  let  it  take  its  course,  although  exceptional  sanitary 
measures  are  to  be  taken  in  respect  to  the  disinfection  of 
the  city  and  its  visitors. 

Carbolic  acid  appears  to  be  the  chief,  if  not  the  only, 
disinfectant  resorted  to  by  the  Russian  officials.  The 
Medical  Department  of  State  has  ordered  immense  quanti- 
ties of  the  acid  from  abroad,  to  be  distributed  at  cost  price 
to  the  local  authorities,  and  it  is  said  that  one  iirm  in 
Berlin  received  a  telegraphic  inquiry  whether  200  tons  of 
carbolic  acid  could  lie  despatched  at  once  to  the  suffering 
districts. 

The  first  Russian  orders  for  carbolic  acid  appear  to  have 
been  placed  in  Germany,  but  as  that  country  does  not 
mauufacture  enough  for  its  own  requirements,  almost  the 
whole  of  the  increased  demand  will  have  to  be  supplied  by 
makers  in  Great  Britain. 

It  is,  therefore,  the  English  market  which  has  been  chiefly 
affected  by  the  sudden  demand,  and  which  is  likely  to  profit 
most  by  it.  To  our  manufacturers  and  dealers  the  reanima- 
tion  of  the  carbolic  acid  market  lias  been  a  most  welcome, 
interruption  of  the  unusual  stagnancy  of  trade.  The 
principal  run  has  been  upon  the  various  qualities  of  liquid 
acid,  and  in  this  class  of  carbolic  the  rise  has  been  very 
rapid,  parcels  which,  six  weeks  ago,  were  beiug  hawked 
about  in  vain  for  Sid  per  gallon  readily  realising  Is.  id. 
per  gallon  last  week.  Crystal-  have  not  advanced  in  quite 
the  same  proportion  as  liquid  acid,  but  they  also  show  a 
decidedly  higher  value,  -I'.d.  per  lb.  having  been  paid 
already  for  34'— 35°,  while  for  39'— 40°,  ojrf.  per  lb.  has 
been  conceded,  and  manufacturers  are  unwilling  to  sell 
anything  more  of  this  kind  below  5|(t.  per  lb. 

The  weak  point  in  the  position  of  the  article  is  that  the 
demand  is  limited  to  the  summer  months,  anil  that  no  one 
believes  that  the  figures  now  quoted  can  be  maintained 
beyond  the  end  of  September.  Before  the  present  seal 
in,  carbolic  acid  of  all  descriptions  had  fallen  to  prices  lower 
than  had  ever  before  been  recorded,  and  several  maker-  had 
ceased  manufacturing.  But  they  all  have  their  plant 
ready  to  start  again  as  soon  as  there  is  a  prospect  of  better 
times,  and  the  higher  the  present  rise  in  prices,  the  sooner, 
therefore,  will  over-production  set  in  again.  'Ihe  synthetic 
carbolic  acid  which  was  placed  upon  the  market  by  a 
German  firm  of  aniline-dye  manufacturers  a  few  years  ago, 
and    looked  upon  for  awhile   as   likely  to  become  a  serious 


720 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 


[.Aug.  31  lssa. 


competitor  to  the  coal-tar  acid,  has  receded  into  obscurity, 
and  not  much  is  heard  of  it  now  in  commercial  circles.  It 
was  good,  hut  much  too  dear.  It  is  still  possible,  however, 
that  it  might  make  its  reappearance  under  more  favourable 
market  conditions,  and  prevent  the  coal-tar  product  from 
rising  beyond  a  certain  point. 

Although  the  superiority  of  carbolic  acid  as  a  disinfectant 
lias  frequently  been  challenged,  there  is  no  doubt  that  it 
continues  to  hold  the  first  place  in  popular  favour,  and  no 
oilier  disinfectant  is  so  liable  to  sudden  demand  and  rise  in 
value.  Within  the  last  15  years  there  have  been,  at  intervals, 
regular  runs  upon  it  during  the  summer  months.  Its  price 
lias  been  seriously  affected  in  turns  by  yellow-fever 
epidemics  in  America,  and  by  cholera  epidemics  iD  Japan, 
the  East,  Spain,  and  Russia.  When  any  sudden  demand 
sets  in  during  the  summer  (which  is  also  the  season  when 
the  output  is  the  smallest),  it  is  no  unusual  thing  to  witness 
an  advance  in  price  of  50  or  100  per  cent,  within  a  couple 
of  weeks:  but  it  happens  very  rarely  that  this  increase  is 
prolonged  beyond  the  autumn.  In  1879  there  was  a  sudden 
and  somewhat  sustained  rise,  as  a  result  of  an  unusual 
demand  from  America  and  the  far  East.  In  1884  the 
occurrence  of  cholera  in  the  south  of  France,  and  in  1885 
the  fear  of  a  renewed  outbreak,  caused  prices  to  double 
within  a  few  weeks.  In  1886  there  was  a  fresh  recovery  in 
price,  which  continued  slowly  until  the  spring  of  1887,  when 
carbolic  bad  reached  three  times  the  value  of  its  lowest 
point.  Then  came  a  good  time  for  the  manufacturers. 
The  French  Government  set  about  to  manufacture  melinite. 
One  of  the  principal  ingredients  of  that  explc  sive  was  picric 
acid,  about  two-thirds  of  which  is  carbolic  acid,  and  the 
quantity  of  carbolic  thus  consumed  was  enormous.  We 
cannot  give  reliable  statistics  to  show  even  the  approximate 
quantity  of  carbolic  acid  consumed  in  the  manufacture  of 
melinite,  but  some  idea  of  it  may  be  formed  by  the  figures 
showing  the  increase'1  imports  of  carbolic  acid  into  Germany 
when  tlie  Herman  Government  followed  the  French  in  using 
the  drug  as  an  ingredient  in  the  manufacture  of  its  war- 
material.  Previous  to  188S  Germany  imported  from  800  to 
1  000  tons  of  carbolic  per  year,  in  1888  she  took  1,200  tons, 
in  1889, 2,400  tons,  and  in  1890,  1,900  tons — the  excess  being 
all  used,  it  is  believed,  in  the  manufacture  of  explosives. 
.Since  18'JO  the  continental  demand  has  been  decreasing 
rapidly,  and  the  English  makers,  no  longer  able  to  dispose 
of  their  output  abroad,  have  gradually  been  compelled  to 
thrown  their  surplus  stock  upon  the  home  market.  It  is 
estimated  that  the  total  quantity  of  coal-tar  converted  into 
various  commercial  products  is  about  820,000  tons  per 
annum,  of  which  over  600,000  tons  fall  to  the  share  of  this 
country,  while  France  produces  nearly  one-half  of  the 
residue.  Assuming  that  the  production  of  carbolic  acid  is 
about  one-twentieth  part  of  the  weight  of  the  coal-tar 
converted,  its  total  output  in  Europe  would  be  about  11,000 
tons  a  year,  of  which  mors  than  30,000  tons  ale  produced 
in  this  country. —  Chemist  and  Druggist. 

American  Potash. 

This  was  formerly  an  article  of  much  importance,  and  was 
exported  from  the  country  in  large  amounts.  The  New 
England  State*  were  at  first  the  principal  producers  of 
potash,  Boston,  where  it  is  now  of  no  consequence,  once 
being  the  great  export  market.  With  the  destruction  of 
the  forests  the  source  of  supply  receded  from  the  East, 
progressing  into  the  West,  where  until  a  comparatively 
recent  period  more  or  less  was  manufactured,  but  at  present 
only  a  few  stray  casks  drift  into  the  hands  of  wholesale 
druggists  or  commission  merchants.  However,  contrary  to 
general  opinion,  the  manufacture  of  potash  is  still  carried 
on  in  sonic  parts  of  the  North-west  on  a  considerable  scale. 
In  the  neighbourhood  of  the  forest  of  Northern  Michigan, 
and  in  portions  of  the  provinces  of  Canada,  this  substance 
is  still  systematically  manufactured  the  year  through.  By 
"  potash  "  is   meant   a   substance   containing  80   tu    95  per 

cent,  of  carl ate  and  hydrate  of  potash,  the  balanci 

made  up  of  sulphate  of  potash,  chlorides  of  sodium  and 
potas-ium,  and  insoluble  matter.  About  70  per  cent.  Roll 
I*  the  standard  which  it  is  possible  to  obtain,  but  Mr.  Lloyd 
found  the  avciace  ol  man]  Casks    of   first    sort-   came  out  at 


5S'4per  cent.,  and  dealers  would  not  guarantee  more  than 
60  per  cent.,  as  they  had  not  control  of  the  "  salting  "  which 
is  practised  by  makers.  However,  a  strong  protest  improved 
matters  during  the  last  12  months.  A  total  of  504. 13S  lb. 
averaged  ?3'5  per  cent.  KOH,  three  car-loads  averaging 
over  75  per  cent.  KOH,  while  one  car-load  averaged  over 
80  per  cent.  This  is  evidence  that  a  standard  of  70  per 
cent.  KOH  is  attainable.  For  generations .  it  has  been 
customary  to  add  more  or  less  salt  to  the  contents  of  the 
potash-kettle  just  before  it  is  "  melted  down,"  and  sometimes 
lime  is  also  added.  This  not  only  increases  the  yield  and 
help*  to  make  it  cake,  but  it  improves  its  appearance. 
Good  potash  is  generally  opaque,  of  a  dull  grey,  slate,  or 
bluish  colour,  often  streaked  with  red  or  greenish  stains. 
It  deliquesces  on  exposure  to  the  air,  and  becomes  slowly 
pasty.  It  is  mostly  (unless  much  lime  is  present)  soluble 
in  water.  Sometimes  it  presents  a  whitish  appearance  in 
the  centre  of  the  cake,  and  occasionally  is  honeycombed. 
This  description  will  generally  average  70  per  cent,  ami 
upwards  KOH.  That  which  is  largely  mixed  with  salt  is 
usually  crystalline,  often  nearly  white,  pearly,  and  trans- 
lucent, or  a  a  beautiful  delicate  pink,  and  seems  to  be 
the  most  highly  valued  by  those  who  judge  only  from 
appearances. — Ibid. 

SuGAR'QltOWINQ    in   Queensland. 

The    Sydney    Mail    for   June    4th    has    the    following 

notice  : — 

The  extension  of  the  Polynesian  labour  in  Queensland  has 
so  far  invigorated  the  sugar-growing  industry  of  that  colony 
that  large  areas  of  virgin  soil  are  likely  to  be  cleared  and 
placed  under  cane.  There  is  being  seriously  considered  a 
proposal  to  erect,  at  a  cost  oi  100,000/.,  four  central  mills  in 
the  Bundaberg  district.  It  is  shown  that  there  is  at  present 
in  the  banks  of  the  district  more  than  this  sum.  the  savings 
of  farmers  who  have  small  blocks  of  rich  land.  The  interest 
at  present  obtained  lor  this  money  is  I1,  per  cent.  The 
supporters  of  the  four  mills  in  question  say  that  the  venture 
will  pay  at  least  In  per  cent  on  capital  invested,  and,  more 
than  this,  that  the  mills  will  make  laud  much  more  valuable 
than  it  is  at  present. 

Gum  Acacia  in  Java. 

Dr.  dc  Vrij,  the  Dutch  pharmacist,  calls  attention  to  the 
fact  that  the  Acacia  dealbata,  a  native  of  Australia,  from 
the  stem  of  which  exudes  an  excellently  soluble  cum,  crows 
in  profusion  in  the  Java  mountains,  and  states  that  some 
35  years  ago  he  was  in  the  habit  of  using  this  gum  regularly 
for  pharmaceutical  purposes.  It  might  be  worth  while  to 
collect  and  export  it. 

Paoehs  of  Interest  ro  Technologists  and  others. 

The  following  articles  in  the  Board  of    Trade  Journal 

for  August  will  repay  perusal:  — 

"  Cinchona  and  Indigo  Cultivation  in  India  "  .  .  p.  154 

"  Mining  Development  in  Peru  " p.  156 

"  Production  and  Export  of  Copper  in  Japan'  p.  207 

"  Mining  in  British  Columbia" p.  215 

The  United  States  Consular  Reports  for  June  contain  the 
following : — 

•'  Bohemian  Mirror  and  Plate  Class  " p.  249 

'■  Plate  Glass  Manufacture  in  Belgium  *' p.  255 

"  Plate  Class  .Manufacture  in  England" p.  U61 

"  Austrian  Sheets  and  Mirror  Glass  " p.  263 

"  Silk  from  Wood  Pulp  " p.  386 

Industrial  Pjpospects  in   Egyit. 

The  following  particulars  regarding  the  present  industrial 
condition  of  Egypt  arc  extracted  from  the  report  of  the 
Austro-Hnngarian  Consul  at  Alexandria,  published  in  the 
Austrian  Handels  Museum  of  July  7th. 

The  most  important  representatives  of  the  agricultural 
industry    arc     the     sugar     factories,    22     in     number,    and 


Aug.  31, 1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


721 


situated  chiefly   in   the   province  of    Miuieh.      The}    pro- 
duce, together,  about    150,000  tons   of  sugar  per   mi. 

There  is,  in  addition,  the  large  refinery  of  El-Hawaindieh 

In   l     liro. 

The  oil  industry  is  largely  represented  in  Cairn,  after 
which,  in  this  respect,  come  Dachalieh,  Girget,  and  Esneh. 
Cotton-seed  oil,  much  in  use  for  adulterating  olive  oil, 
is  tlm  chief  manufacture  in  tliis  category.  The  manu- 
facture t>f  oil  cakes  may  be  mentioned  as  ;i  side  product, 
and  .is  secondary  manufactures,  the  production  of  olive  and 
sesame  oil.  A  paste  used  for  toilet  purposes  is  also  made 
from  sesamum. 

Other  establishments  worthy  of  mention  as  closely  con- 
nected with  the  agricultural  industry  are  those  for  cleaning 
rice,  manufacturing  manure,  fruit  essences,  perfumes  and 
dyes,  as  also  the  600  or  more  hatching  ovens,  in  which 
about  6,000,000  rggs  are  annually  hatched. 

Chemical  industries  embrace  the  manufacture  of  soap, 
candles,  and  matches  in  Alexandria,  and  of  glass  and  starch 
in  that  town  and  in  Port  Said. 

Other  important  industries  are  those  of  cigarette-making, 
paper-making,  printing,  quarrying,  tile,  brick  and  cement 
making.  There  is  also  a  considerable  annual  production  of 
soda  (about  8,000,000  kilos.),  saltpetre  (about  700,000 
kilos.),  and  salt. 

Glass-making,  which  flourished  here  of  old,  and  which 
has  everything  in  its  favour  so  far  as  the  supply  of  raw 
materials  is  concerned,  viz.,  unlimited  quantities  of  soda 
and.  sand,  has  ceased  to  exist  as  an  industry.  Those  who 
raise  the  objection  that  it  would  be  impossible  to  compete 
with  cheap  Belgian  manufactures  would  do  well  to  remember 
lunv  successfully  this  competition  was  met  by  the  glass 
factory  established  a  few  years  ago  at  Pascha  Hagtsehe, 
near  Constantinople. 

The  establishment  of  a  cannery  for  the  preservation  of 
lish,  vegetables,  and  quails  would  be  a  profitable  speculation 
— 40  per  cent,  of  the  quails,  hitherto  shipped  alive,  have 
perished  on  the  journey— as  there  is  a  good  supply  of 
cheap  and  excellent  oil,  and  tin  boxes  are  now  being  made 
in  Alexandria. 

The  rags  which  Egypt  now  exports  so  largely  to  America 
would  make  an  excellent  raw  material  for  the  manufacture 
of  paper,  especially  packing  paper. 

Palm  fibre,  for  making  coarse  ropes  and  packings,  dye- 
s tuffs,  .-mil  as  Kartham,  henna,  and  indigo,  all  of  which  are 
produced  in  excellent  quality  in  Egypt,  and  mother-of-pearl 
would  be  found  of  the  greatest  use  towards  fostering  native 
inibisti  \ . 


THE    MINERAL    STATISTICS    OF    THE 
UNITED  KINGDOM  FOR  1891. 

Copper,  Lead,  Tin,  &c. 

Although  the  miscellaneous  mineral  productions  of  the 
United  Kingdom  are  somewhat  exposed  to  the  risk  of  being 
put  in  the  shade  by  the  preponderating  importance  of  the 
iron  and  coal  trades,  when  removed  from  contrast  with  these 
two  industries  they  make  a  by  no  means  despicable  appear- 
ance. Their  total  value  at  first  hand,  that  is,  at  the  mines 
or  open-works,  reached  last  year  almost  It  millions  sterling. 
It  is  true  that  a  very  large  proportion  of  this,  viz.,  8,693,000/., 
represents  the  estimated  value  of  the  stone — limestone, 
building-stone,  paving-stone,  &c. — produced,  and  although 
stone  is  strictly  a  mineral  substance,  it  is  not  one  which  is 
often  classed  in  that  category  by  the  popular  imagination, 
(lav  is  another  substance  which  answers  to  the  same 
description,  and  the  value  of  the  production  last  year 
amounted  to  943,896/.  This  does  not  include  ordinary  clay, 
but  only  fireclay,  china  clay,  potter's  clay,  &e.  Slabs  and 
slates  might  almost  be  classed  wttb  stone,  and  of  them  the 
production  in  1891  was  valued  at  9  87,000/.  Next  to  these 
in  order  of  value  comes  salt,  of  which  976,824/.  worth  was 
produced  lest  year;  whilst  oil-shale  to  the  value  of  707,177/. 
was  raised.  These  are  the  more  important  of  the  minerals 
which  arc  rather  outside  our  province. 

('oming  now  to  metalliferous  minerals,  such  as  tin-ore, 
lead  "re,  zinc-ore,   and  copper-ore,   we  find  thai    the  first- 


mentioned  is  now   by   far   the   most    important  of  this  class 
Indeed  the   value  of  thy  production    last   war  considerably 

ei  Is  that  of  the  other  th  vc  combined.  The  quantity  of 
ore  raised  in  189]  amounted  to  14,488  tons,  valued  at 
735,240/.  against  14.911  tons  produced  in  the  preceding 
year,  and  valued  at  782,492/.  Prom  the  former  quantity, 
9,353  tons  of  metal  were  obtainable  by  smelting,  and  from 
the  latter,  9,602  tons.  The  sources  of  supply  last  year 
were  as  follows : —From  mines  in  Cornwall,  13,030  tons  of 
tin-ore:  from  opem-works  in  the  same  county,  113  tons; 
from  rivers,  foreshores,  and  the  refuse  of  dressing-floors, 
1,300  tons;  and  from  mines  in  Devonshire,  44  tons.  The 
price  of  tin  presented  remarkable  steadiness  last  year,  the 
standard  having  ranged  between  88*.  and  93s,  per  cwt.,  the 
opening  price  being  '.lis.  and  the  closing  price  90s.  The. 
average  juice  for  the  year  was,  however,  distinctly  lower 
than  in  1890.  Last  year  the  mean  of  the  monthly  prices 
was  94/.  4s.  1  d.  per  ton  for  English  block  tin,  compared  with 
97/.  13s.  3d.  per  ton  in  1890;  while  the  price  of  Straits  tin 
showed  an  average  of  91/.  4s.  per  ton,  against  94/.  4s.  for 
the  previous  year.  But  while,  as  we  have  just  seen,  the 
yield  of  home  mines  showed  a  falling  off  of  423  tons,  the 
quantity  of  foreign  tin  imported  increased  considerably, 
and  this  in  spite  of  the  lower  values  we  have  just  referred 
to.  Of  ore  the  imports  amounted  to  2,332  tons,  and  here 
we  hive  a  decrease  of  331  tons;  but  28,200  tons  of  block, 
ingot,  and  bar  tin  were  imported  last  year,  compared  with 
L'7.o38  tons  in  1890.  The  Straits  Settlements  continue  to 
be  the  principal  outside  source  of  supply,  and  sent  us  last 
year  21  .lino  tons,  or  three-fourths  of  the  whole  imports,  in 
blocks,  ingots,  and  bars.  New  South  Wales,  from  which  we 
received  4,390  tons,  is  the  only  other  country  which  sends  us 
any  quantity  of  importance.  The  exports  of  tin  remained 
practically  stationary,  the  quantity  of  British  tin  shipped 
abroad  having  being  5,165  tons  in  1891,  and  5,132  tons  in 
1890  ;  whilst  14,621  tons  (  f  foreign  metal  were  re-exported 
ast  year,  against  14,618  tons  in  the  previous  12  months. 
The  total  supply  of  tin  last  year,  domestic  and  foreign — 
leaving  imported  ore  out  of  the  question — was  37,553  tons, 
of  which  19,786  tons  were  exported,  leaving  as  the  amount 
of  the  home  consumption  17,767  tons,  if  we  may  assume 
that  stocks  remained  the  same. 

Lead  ranks  next  to  tin  so  far  as  the  value  of  the 
production  is  concerned,  although  this  is  less  than  one- 
half  of  the  figure  reached  in  the  case  of  the  latter  metal. 
The  quantity  of  lead  ore  raised  in  the  United  Kingdom 
last  year  was  43,859  tons  compared  with  45,651  tons  in 
1890,  the  former  being  valued  at  356,783/.  and  the  latter 
at  406,164/.  Last  year's  production  was  equivalent  to 
32,205  tons  of  metal,  while  that  of  the  previous  year  was 
equal  to  33,590  tons,  and  the  amount  of  silver  obtainable 
from  the  lead  was  respectively  279,792  oz.  and  291,724  oz. 
In  calculating  the  quantity  of  silver  procurable,  the  amount 
contained  in  ores  with  less  than  3  oz.  of  silver  per  ton  of 
ore  is  omitted,  as  in  the  majority  of  cases  it  is  not  extracted, 
and  it  is  assumed  that  an  average  of  J  oz.  of  silver  is  left 
in  every  ton  of  desilverised  pig-lead.  It  is  not  surprising 
that  the  production  of  lead  should  have  declined,  seeing 
that  the  mean  of  the  monthly  prices  was  almost  20s.  per 
ton  lower  in  1891  than  in  1890,  and  the  failing-off  in  value 
is  amply  justified  by  the  reduction  in  the  quantity  exported, 
which  amounted  last  year  to  29,266  tons  of  pig-lead  ami 
18,967  tons  of  rolled  and  sheet  lead  and  lead  pipes  and 
tubing,  against  34,701  tons  and  20,856  tons  respectively 
in  1890.  The  exports  of  foreign  lead  did  not  vary  to  the 
same  extent,  143  tons  less  of  ore,  but  335  tons  more  of  pig 
and  sheet  lead  having  been  shipped  abroad.  But  while 
the  exports  thus  experienced  considerable  diminution,  the 
imports  on  the  other  hand  increased  not  a  little.  Uf  lead 
ore  2C,560  tons  were  received,  against  19,236  tons  in  1890, 
whilst  169,724  tons  of  foreign  pig  and  sheet  lead  came  into 
this  country  from  abroad  last  year,  compared  with  158,649 
tons  in  the  previous  12  months.  The  net  result  of  the 
production  of  home  mines  and  of  imports  and  exports  was 
that,  in  1891,  152,893  tons  of  lead  were  available  for  home 
consumption,  against  135,047  tons  in  1890.  The  yield  of 
copper  ore  from  British  mines  continued  its  downward 
course  last  year,  and  it  may  be  said,  speaking  roundly,  that 
the  output  of   1891  was  33  per  cent,  less  than  that  of  1890, 


7±2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Aug.si.i892, 


'in  i  figurei  b  in-  respective]}  S,836  tons  and  12,136  tons. 
II;.  native  production  of  copper  is  now,  however,  :i  matter 
of  trifling  importance  compared  with  the  entire  trade,  aud 
the  actual   position  will   perhaps   lit'  most  clearly  shown  in 

i . i l.i i.  ir  form. 


1891, 

1890. 



Quan- 
tities. 

Amount 
of  Copper 
obtain- 
able l'\ 

Qnan- 

1  ii  ies 

Amount 

obtain- 
able by 
Smelting. 

i    ii  rs    and     pre- 

( ipitate  from  mines  in 

the  United  Kingdom  . 

( lolonial  and  foreign  ores, 

excluding      cupreous 

Tons. 
9  158 

123,337 

Tons. 

720 

51,801 
14,106 

Tons. 

12,481 

111.02S 
104,907 

and 
Burnt  ore  from  cupreous 

14,062 
14,245 

Totals 

612,773 

74,636 

624,100 

69,235 

The  increase  in  the  supply  indicated  by  these  figures  is 
sufficient  explanation,  coupled  with  the  falling-ofi  in  trade, 
of  the  decline  which  values  exhibited  last  year,  the  price  of 
"  besi  selected  "  copper  having  fallen  52.  per  ton  compared 
with  1890. 

Tabu    \ 

PRODUCTION    or    MfNOR    MlNi:i;\l.s. 


1891. 


Quantity. 


Value  at 
theMines 


1890. 


Quantity 


\ 
theMines. 


Alum  clay 

Ah:in  shale 

Antimony  ore 

Arsenic 

Arsenic .il  pyrites 

Barytes   

Bo    ore  



i  obalf  ami  nickel  i 

■  spar 

Gold  ore 

Gypsum 

Jel  

Lignite 

MCangancse  ore 

'  tchre,  umber,  &c. 

Oil  shale 

Petroleum 

Phosphate  of  lime 

Salt 

Slates  and  slabs 

Stone,  &c 

Sulphate  of  strontra 

Uranium  ore 

\\  olfram 


Tons. 
10,763 

t 
8,228 

6,474 

684 

15 

250 

6,045 

58  59  1 

1,370 

20,876 

16,075 

8,03! 

3,222  035 

943,896 

141 

187 

11.117 

12,200 

151  70s 
Lb. 

766 
Tons 
1,664 

60,038 

153 

1,360 

9  I7T, 

6,213 

13,602 

20,103 

2,361,119 

707,177 

100 

150 

1 

2,043,571 

976,82 1 

115,029 

987, 

,693,7 13 

8,061 

i,n:;ii 

31 

620 

138 

',   :i 

Tons. 
11,527 

i,  12  i 

14 

7,276 

.-.,11 1 

15,353 

11.512 

3,308,214 

si 

268 

,-,77 

1  U),298 
Lb. 

I    '7s 

Tons. 
2,680 

12,444 

19,068 

2.212.25(1 
35 

Is  I 

2,1  i'7si:i 

111.270 
22 
UN 


£ 
5,763 

802 

200 

60,727 

1.111 

29,684 

7,256. 

899,166 

260 

:in2 

l.ii 

7,991 

245 

707 

6 

17.177. 

608,369 

52 

29,500 

1,100,014 

8,708,691 

I, s|S 


The  production  of  zinc  is  chiefly  remarkable  for  the  fact 
that,  unlike  tin,  load,  or  copper,  it  increased  last  year.  The 
men!  was,  however,  small,  the  quantity  of  ore  raised 
in  Great  Britain  being  22,216  tons  against  22,041  tons  in 
IS'.io,  and  the  amount  of  metal  obtainable  by  smelting 
8, Sitl  tons  compared  with  8,582  tons.  It  may  be  of  interest 
of  our  readers  to  note  that  the  quantity  of  jroiil 
produced  in  Wales  increased  considerably  last  year.  From 
1  1,117  Inns  of  ore  4. (IDS  oz.  of  metal  were  obtained,  against 
a  yield  in  1S90  of  206  oz.  from  575  tons  of  ore.  Four 
mines — one  in  ( iarmarthenshire  and  three  in  Merionethshire 
— wer  ■  worked,  hut  the  chief  producer  was  the  Morgan 
mine,  in  the  latter  county,  which  raised  13,802  tons  of  ore, 
yielding  3,462  oz.  of  gold. 

There  area  number  of  minerals  obtained  in  the  United 
Kingdom  which  scarcely  call  for  special  mention  at  one 
hands;  particulars  of  these  will  be  found  in  Table  VI.  in 
preceding  column. — Iron. 


BOARD  OF  TRADE  RETURNS 
Summary  of  Imports. 


Metals 

Chemicals  and  dyestufls. 
Oils 


Raw  materials   for  non-textile  in- 
dustries. 

Total  value  of  all  imports 


Month  ending  31sl  July 


1891. 


1S92. 


£ 
1,840.628 

135,782 

726,156 


32,821,111 


£ 

140,745 
534,169 

I,2s;i.:l7l 


33,497,583 


Summary  of 

Exports. 

Month  ending  31st  July 

1891. 

1892. 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 
Chemicals  and  medicines 

£ 
3,216,514 

66  .17" 

2,657,360 

£ 
2,648,308 

696,410 

22282  134 

21.945,112 

19,463,597 

Imports  of  Metals  for  Month  ending  31st  July. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1S91. 

1892. 

1891. 

1S92. 

Copper : — 

5,064 
8,989 
3,361 

711 
13,585 

is;;  n 
83,683 
57,629 
5,981! 

10,312 
14,018 
2,959 

319,796 

'.1,125 

1.M22 
18,001 
56,783 
11,474 

11.717, 
3,557 

£ 

2'.  i.l  37 

259,707 
185,739 

212,481 
88,100 

7,512 

173,1  H 

81,611 

8,739 

260,113 

135,899 

39S.446 

£ 

IT n wrought  ....      „ 

Iron : — 
Ore 

322,729 
136,202 

80,569 

i.tTi; 

199,025 

96,017 

1,072 

207,881 

185,273 

Bolt,  har,  &c 

Steel,  unwrought. .       „ 
Lead,  pig  and  sheet      „ 

Other  articles  . ,  .Value  £ 

Total  value  of  metals 

•• 

•• 

1,840,628 

1,861,866 

lug.  si,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OE   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


723 


Imports  of  Oils  fob  Month  ending  31st  July. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1892. 


Values. 


1891. 


1892. 


18,075 

3,157 

91,729 

9,417,850 

988 

3,007 

76,727 

15,882 
1,443 

71.2011 

9,492,998 

1,012 

1,847 

68,149 

e 

28,698 

127.207 
101,908 
197,496 
27,503 
02,012 
105,914 
76,518 

£ 
18,128 

52,8  to 

Palm Cwt. 

103,117 

85  389 

Other  articles  ..  Value  £ 

81,131 
77,235 

Total  value  of  oils  . . . 

•• 

•• 

726,156 

534,169 

Imports    of   Raw   Matf.rial   for   Non-Textile 
Industries  for  Month   ending  31st  July. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


Values. 


1891.  1892. 


£ 

£ 

Bark,  Peruvian  . . 

Owt. 

3,752 

6,878 

7,500 

1 1,993 

Lb. 

488,641 

373,017 

71,160 

54,298 

Cwt. 

15,082 

17,673 

150,592 

16t,859 

Guni  : — 

,. 

4,783 

5,53 '. 

11.105 

12,700 

5,652 

12,609 

17,520 

•10,311 

Gutta-percha  . . . 

„ 

5,009 

1,510 

G8.644 

9,301 

Hides,  raw  :— 

» 

37,033 

27,0X1 

103,550 

si), 071 

Wet 

.. 

48,553 

51,391 

111,629 

110,536 

„ 

1,084 

1,115 

52,ovi 

53,203 

Manure  :— 

.   Tons 

147 

302 

709 

1,810 

.   Cwt. 

6,  15  I 
38,07 1 

2,080 
32,996 

30,150 

56,485 

8,878 

45,400 

Tons 

2,889 

2,2110 

20,517 

19,787 

20,177 

14,341 

00,298 

67,008 

Piilp  of  wood  . . . 

„ 

10,913 

14,380 

02,531 

73,603 

Cwt. 
n      „ 

290,503 

123,718 

150,81.8 

179,053 

54,'75S 
158,752 

35,367 

Tallow  and  stcan 

222,122 

.  Barrels 

10,183 

20,5011 

5,527 

11,676 

Wood:— 

.  Loads 
» 

220,720 

633,487 

13,St2 

286,707 
785,462 

18,702 

¥79,042 
1,474,811 

10,070 

622,210 

1,742,339 

54.674 

.    Tons 

1,073 

3,828 

17.515 

32,152 

Other  articles... 

Value  £ 

•• 

S50.3(i2 

796,581 

Total  value 

•• 

•• 

3,967,914 

4.283,371 

Imports  of  Chemicals  and  Dyestuffs  for  Month 

ending  3  i  st  j  i  i.v. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

5.012 

1,425 

£ 

5.002 

£ 

2,077 

Hark  (tanners,  &c.)    „ 

14.333 

37,508 

22,415 

18,247 

56,455 

12.701 

10,107 

11,416 

.. 

.. 

120,710 

113,902 

270 

210 

1,628 

1,250 

Cutch  and  gambler  Tons 

1,304 

2,302 

31,558 

48,400 

Dyes:— 

.. 

.. 

20,300 

18111 

.. 

20,5110 

20,511 

1,552 

1.959 

485 

1,323 

8.418 

21.932 

Nitrate  of  soda....      „ 

18,897 

65,610 

8,153 

28  028 

Nitrate  of  potash  .      „ 

34,768 

20,195 

21.080 

23.317 

1,107 

1,022 

23,201 
129,007 

1S.159 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 

108,301 

Total  value  of  chemicals 

435,782 

■I  »,7 15 

Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  3  1st  July. 


Uesides  the  above,  drugs  to  the  value  of  45,438/.  were  imported 
:is  against  74,6912,  in  July  1891. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

.     Lb. 

930,500 

513, 100 

£ 

23,841 

£ 
14,944 

Military  stores. . 

Value  £ 

•  • 

•• 

112,105 

51.100 

.     Lb. 

1,388,300 

1,300,400 

28,380 

24  259 

Value  £ 

.• 

.. 

1112  1511 

11 '5.2 15 

50,108 

5  l,02:i 

98.493 

03,721 

Products  of  coal 

Value  £ 

.. 

101,823 

88,187 

Earthenware  .. 

,, 

.. 

108,303 

165,883 

,, 

.. 

13,725 

10,773 

Glass : — 

2111,185 

199,498 

1S.156 

12,050 

10.150 

7,113 

20.282 

18,984 

66,035 

70,036 

31,019 

33.007 

Other  kinds.. 

„ 

17.281 

19,905 

13,719 

15,824 

Leather : — 
Unwrought  . . 

„ 

12,006 

10,808 

111,025 

110,133 

.  Value  £ 

.. 

33,28 1 

24,805 

5.3H2 

4,10,8 

120.7S2 

83,440 

Floorcloth  

Sq.  Yds. 

1,747,400 

1,172,900 

77,006 

53,049 

Painters'  materials  Val.  £ 

.. 

.. 

142,777 

121.777 

01,030 

74,173 

151,090 

125,040 

4,227 

4,194 

29,396 

28,210 

Total  value  . 

14,130 

1,3,989 

18,916 

16,683 

•■ 

2,057,300 

2,282,131 

724 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[AUB.  31  ,.189?. 


I 


Exports  of  Metals  (othek  than  Machinery)  fob 
Month  ending  31si  July. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Copper  :— 
Unwrought 

Mixed  metal 

1".-  IS 

55,121 

;  194 
31,969 

290,803 

4,035 

8,920 
14,122 

9,151 

82,568 
25,1  n; 
19,741 

221,891 

:..I7;; 

7,196 
15,11 1 

£ 
16,814 

155.231 
77,184 
62,319 

221,148 

115,808 

2,178,450 

fit,  232 

36,208 

150,754 
(2.129 
1 1,650 
81,514 

£ 
37.602 

202,826 

75,098 

t;t,  475 

170,557 

100.1SS 

1,762,184 

63  537 

Plated  wares...  Value£ 
Telegraph  wires,  &e.   „ 

25,736 
25.906 

3fi.067 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

84,574 

..         j        .. 

3,246,514     2.648,308 

ExroRTs  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals  for  Month  ending 
31st  July. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

156,156 
129,St5 
32,416 

363,819 
107,000 
29,310 

£ 
175,379 

44,799 
162,772 

81.82G 
203,708 

£ 
130.900 

H.438 

]  18,862 

72,339 

196.S71 

Bleaching  materials    „ 
Chemical  manures.  Tons 

Other  articles 

•• 

068,479 

596,4X0 

fHontfclp  patent  ifet. 

*  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  arc  advertised. 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  months  of  the  said  dates. 


[.—GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 

Applications. 

1 1,11 1.  J.  Dawson.  A  new  and  improved  apparatus  for 
regulating  the  heat  of  dye-vats,  wool-washing  bowls,  and 
other  vessels  containing  liquid  heated  by  steam.     August  5. 

14,145.  J.  Proctor.  Improvements  in  mechanical  stokers. 
August  5. 

14,031.  J.  II.  Annandale.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  separating  or  cleaning  matters  suspended  in  liquids. 
August  13. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted.* 

1891. 

11,690.  J.  A.  Burley.— From  P.  A.  Mallet  and  A.  T. 
Lagniez.     Improvements  in  analysing  columns.     August  17. 

13,447.  A.  Colson.  Column  stills  for  distillation  of  gas 
liquor  and  other  liquids.     August  17. 

13.522.  J.  Reed.     Condensers.     August  17. 

13.523.  J.  Reed.  Improvements  in  evaporators,  partly 
applicable  to  feed-heaters  and  condensers  or  distillers. 
August  17. 

16,2S1.  B.  L.  Fletcher  and  J.  Hoyle.     See  Class  XV. 

16,80fi.  ,T.  Ehlis.     Ozonising  apparatus.     July  27. 

16,904.  A.  Suiter,  and  A.  R.  Margary.  Regulators  for 
compressed  gas.     August  17. 

17,185.  T.  Scott.     See  Class  VII. 

17,274.  R.  W.  Deacon. — From  W.Maxwell.  .See  Class 
XVI. 

1892. 

11,704.  H.  E.  Newton.— From  A.  E.  Asheroft  and 
,1.  Howell.  Method  and  apparatus  for  generating  steam  by 
the  aid  of  molten  slag.     July  27. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

13,339.  J."  M.  Bailey.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
the  production  of  fuel  gas.  Complete  Specification. 
July  21. 

13,379.  W.  Hawkins,  T.  Hawkins,  H.  Fuller,  and  W.  H. 
Fuller.  Improvements  in  generators  to  be  used  in  the 
production  of  hydrogen  gas.     July  21. 

13,467.  B.  Gibbons  and  W.  P.  Gibbons.  Improved 
means  or  apparatus  for  discharging  gas  retorts.     July  23. 

13,470.  T.  B.  Jones.  The  prevention  of  choked  ascen- 
sion pipes  in  the  manufacture  of  coal-gas.     July  23. 

13,472.  S.  Walker  and  S.  S.  Walker.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  oxygen  and  carbonic  acid  and  in 
apparatus  employed  in  the  said  manufactures  and  in  other 
like  manufactures.     July  23. 

13,601.  R.  F.  Strong  and  A.  Gordon.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  artificial  fuel.  Complete  Specification. 
July  26. 


Aug.  31,1892]        TBE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


725 


13,763.  J.  D.  Brimtou.  Improvements  in  means  or 
apparatus  for  drying,  more  especially  intended  for  drying 
peat.     July  28. 

13,912.  J.  E.  Newby.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  coke  ovens.     July  30. 

13.9S6.  J.  W.  Buckley  and  J.  H.  Buckley.  Improve- 
ments in  the  method  of  and  apparatus  for  the  manufacture 
of  coal-gas.     August  2. 

11,070.  J.  Eraser.  An  improved  description  of  fire-lighter 
and  the  method  of  manufacturing  same.     August  4. 

11,105.  J.  Beveridge  and  J.  B.  Alliott.  Improvements 
in  or  connected  with  the  method  and  means  for  treating 
wood  and  other  materials  at  high  temperatures,  whereby 
heat  may  be  more  effectively  utilised.     August  4. 

14,171.  J.  Bowing.  Improvements  in  coking  processes, 
and  in  the  manufacture  of  coke  and  in  the  recovery  of  tar 
products.     August  5. 

14,191.  F.  J.  Lankford.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  coal  shale.     August  5. 

11,266.  J.  Koyle.  Improvements  in  fire-lighters. 
August  8. 

14,374.  J.  A.  Wanklyn  and  W.J.Cooper.  Improve- 
ments in  the  refining  of  petroleum.     August  9. 

14,383.  C.  H.  Kidsdale.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
or  solidification  of  mineral  oils  and  other  liquid  hydrocarbons. 
August  9. 

14,490.  B.  Parkin.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
August  11. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

12,396.  H.  H.  Leigh, — From  T.  Bauer  and  G.  Mendheim. 
Coke  ovens.     July  27. 

15,390.  H.Williams.  Apparatus  for  Use  in  manufacture 
of  illuminating  gas.     August  3. 

15,975.  H.  Brier.  Means  for  obtaining  oxygen  and 
nitrogen  from  the  air.     July  27. 

17,298.  Brin's  Oxygen  Company,  Limited,  and  K.  S. 
Murray.     Sec  Class  VII. 

18,082.  The  Gas  Economising  and  Improved  Light 
Syndicate,  Limited,  and  J.  Love.  Apparatus  for  carbu- 
retting  gas  or  air.     August  17. 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAB 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Application. 
14,174.  .1.  Bowing.     See  Class  II. 


IV._COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 
Applications. 

13,147.  J.  V.  Johnson.— From  The  Badische  Anilin  and 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany-  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  mordant-dyeing  colouring  matters.     July  18. 

13,305.  C.  S.  F.  Mellor.  Improvements  iu  or  relating  to 
dyes,  pigments,  or  the  like.     July  20. 

13,475.  O.  Imray. — From  the  Society  of  Chemical 
Industry,  in  Basle,  Switzerland.  Production  of  a  red  azo- 
eolouring  matter.     July  23. 

13.7G6.  C.  S.  F.  Mellor.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
dyes,  pigments,  or  the  like.     July  28. 

14,253.  O.  Imray.— From  the  Society  of  Chemical 
Industry,  in  Basle,  Switzerland.  Production  of  azo-colouring 
matters.      August  6. 


14,301.  C.  D.  Abel. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  Pruning,  Germany.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  alpha-naphthol  and  of  alpha-uaphthol 
sulphonic  acids  from  the  corresponding  amido  compounds. 
August  8. 

14,398.  Brooke,  Simpson,  and  Spiller,  Limited,  and 
A.  G.  Green.  New  blue  and  bluish-green  colouring 
matters,  and  the  process  for  their  manufacture.     August  9. 

14,478.  H.  E.  Newton. — From  The  Farbenfabriken 
vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  colouring  matters.     August  10. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

13,677.  B.  Willeox.— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.  Manufacture  of  colouring  matters 
derived  from  anthraquinone  and  alizarin  blue.     July  27. 

1892. 

9360.  O.  D.  Abel. — From  L.  Durand,  Huguenin  and  Co. 
Manufacture  of  uew  bases  applicable  for  production  of 
substantive  dyes.     August  17. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Application. 

14,029.  J.  Miller,  sen.,  and  J.Miller,  jun.  Improvements 
in  the  method  of  and  apparatus  for  rendering  textile  fabrics 
waterproof  by  one  treatment  or  process.     August  3. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

20,610.  E.  Viarenzo  and  E.  Casper.  The  treatment  of 
rhea,  and  apparatus  therefor.     August  10. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

14,101.  S.  Smithson.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
means  or  apparatus  for  dyeing  yarns,  piece-goods,  and  the 
like.     Complete  Specification.     August  4. 

14,230.  W.  Waengler.  Improved  method  of  removing 
impurities  from  bleaching  keirs  formed  in  the  operation  of 
bleaching  cotton  and  other  textile  fabrics.     August  6. 

14,375.  W.  E.  Aykroyd,  W.  11.  Aykrnyd,  and  J.  Smith. 
Improvements  iu  or  connected  with  dyeing,  tinting,  sizing, 
and  bleaching,  or  similarly  operating  upon  textile  fabrics 
or  fibres,  or  other  materials.     August  9. 

14.396.  W.  T.  Lye.  Improvements  in  the  bleaching  or 
dyeing  of  "chip"  or  "chip-plaits,"  and  straw  or  straw- 
plaits.      August  9. 

14.397.  W.  T.  Lye.  Improvements  in  the  bleaching  or 
dyeing  of  "  chip  "  or  "  chip-plaits  "  and  straw  or  straw- 
plaits.     August  9. 

14,421.  S.  Sehmidlin.  Improvements  in  certain  machines 
for  washing,  soaping,  bleaching,  dyeing,  and  similarly 
treating  textile  fabrics.     August  Id. 

14,507.  J.  M.  Collins.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  machinery  for  dyeing  anil  scouring  yarn.     August  11. 

14,593.  H.  E.  Newton.— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
process  of  dyeing  or  printing  with  aniline  black.    August  12. 


726 


THE  JOURNAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  fAmc  si,  issk. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

15,174.  A.  and  J.  Graemiger.  Apparatus  for  dyeing, 
scouring,  bleaching,  &c.  yarn  in  cop  or  similar  compact 
form.     August  17. 

10,463.  D.  Stewart.  Apparatus  for  bleaching,  dyeing, 
and  treating  textile  materials.     August  3. 

16,700.  ().  Imray. — From  H.  W.  Wilson.  Bleaching 
vegetable  textile  materials.     August  3. 

1892. 
11,318.  A.  S.  Lyon  and  J.   H.  Lorimer.     Apparatus  tor 
skein-dyeing.     July  27. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 

Applications. 

13,121.  E.  H.  Cook  and  A.  E.  Petter.  Improvements  in 
treating  residues  (seconds)  from  zinc  smelting,  galvanised 
iron  scrap,  rlux  skimmings,  and  acid  residues  for  the 
purpose  of  obtaining  products  therefrom.     July  18. 

13,208.  W.  Maltster.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  sulphate  of  ammonia.  Complete  Specifi- 
cation.    July  19. 

13,411.  H.  Y.  Castner.  Impioved  bleaching  compound. 
July  22. 

13,538.  S.  Meyer.  A  process  for  solidifying  sulphuric 
acid  and  facilitating  the  transport  of  the  same.     July  25. 

13,686.  E.  de  Cuyper.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
collection  of  ammonia  and  ammoniacal  salts  from  gaseous 
and  liquid  mixtures.     July  27. 

13,822.  II.  W.  Wallis.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  chlorine.     July  29. 

14,039.  W.  Walker.     See  Class  XVIII.— B. 

14,051.  E.  Ulrichs.  Process  or  processes  for  obtaining 
alkali,  carbonates,  and  "blanc  fixe"  from  witherite  or 
heavy  spar  (barium  sulphate)  and  the  corresponding  alkali 
sulphates.     August  3. 

14,607.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  J.  II.  C.  Behnke  and  The 
Chemische  Fabrik  Billwarder,  Germany.  Improvements 
in  the  production  of  carbonic  acid  gas.     August  12. 

14,642.  M.  N.  d'Andria.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  muriate  of  ammonia  and  other  by-products. 
August  13. 

14,645.  A.  llof.  Improvements  in  the  production  of  dry 
hydrochloric  [acid]  gas.     August  13. 

14,657.  A.  Hand  and  11.  Kuuheim.  An  improved  pro- 
cess for  the  extraction  of  alumina  from  bauxite  and  other 
substances.     August  13. 

14,665.  ('•  Dreyfus.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  protosulphate  and  persulphate  of  iron.     August  13. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

13,684.  C.  B.  C.  Tichbome,  A.  E.  Darley,  S.  Geoghegan, 

and  M.  F.  Pureed.  Process  and  apparatus  for  manufacture 
of  solid  carbonic  acid  (CCv).     August  17. 

14,159.  T.  Parker  and  A.  E.  Robinson.  Treating  solutions 
containing  nickel  and  iron  for  obtaining  useful  products 
therefrom.     July  27. 

15,822.  F.  H.Gossage.  Obtaining  monocarbonates  from 
bicarbouates  of  the  alkalis.     July  27. 

15,833.  J.  M.  and  A.  Milnes.  Apparatus  for  manufacture 
of  bleaching-powder,  &c.     July  27. 

16,647.  A.  Boake  and  F.  G.  A.  Roberts.  Manufacture 
of  acid  sulphites.     August  3. 


17,185.  T.  Scott.  Evaporating  pans  for  manufacture  of 
salt  from  sea-water  or  brine.     July  17. 

17,298.  Prin's  Oxygen  Company,  Limited,  and  K.  S. 
Murray.  Preparation  of  anhydrous  oxide  of  barium,  or 
substances  of  like  properties,  fir  separation  of  the  oxygen 
and  nitrogen  of  atmospheric  air.     August  10. 

19,637.  E.  Edwards. — From  H.  Bauer  and  J.  Syiketta. 
Production  of  boron  sulphate  compounds,  and  application 
of  such  products  to  the  unliming  of  hides  and  skins  and  for 
the  prevention  of  putrefaction.     August  3. 

1892. 

12,884.  E.  Kuchenmeister.  Manufacture  of  vinegar  and 
apparatus  therefor.     August  17. 


VI1L— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 

Applications. 

13,220.  H.  H.  Leigh.— From  I.  K.  Rue,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  enamelled  bricks,  and  in  the  manufacture 
thereof.     Complete  Specification.     July  19. 

13,227.  W.  P.  Thompson.  -From  The  Clay  Glass  Tile 
Company,  United  States.  New  or  improved  process  of 
plating  clay  with  glass  and  in  articles  made  in  accordance 
therewith.     Complete  Specification.     July  19. 

13,355.  F.  Ohm.  Improvements  in  the  means  or 
materials  for  decorating,  colouring,  and  enamelling  glass, 
earthenware,  and  metals,  and  for  the  direct  production  of 
glass.     July  21. 

13,416.  H.  L.  Doulton  and  R.  Meldrum.  Improvements 
in  glazing  pottery.     July  22. 

13,569.  J.  W.  Bonta.  Improvements  in  lears  or  annealing 
furnaces  for  sheet  or  plate  glass.  Complete  Specification. 
July  26. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

15,108.  E.  G.  Cole  and  H.  Keston.  Means  for  forming 
clay  into  pots  or  vessels.     August  3.- 

16,846.  I).  Rylands  and  A.  Husselbee.  Lining  metallic 
or  other  vessels  or  tubes  with  glass.     August  3. 

17,126.  J.  Slater  and  J.  J.  Royle.  Treating  china, 
earthenware,  and  similar  surfaces.     August  1 7. 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

13,206.  J.  T.  Drawbridge.  Improved  road  paving. 
July  19. 

13,602.  J.  C.  Bloomfield.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  plaster.     July  26. 

13,819.  W.White.  Improvements  in  paving  blocks  for 
roads,  footpaths,  and  other  surfaces.     July  29. 

13,825.  W.  N.  Hartley  and  W.  E.  B.  Blenkinsop. 
Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  manufacture  of 
material  applicable  as  a  waterproof  covering  for  roofs  and 
other  such  like  purposes,  or  as  a  substitute  for  glass. 
July  29. 

14,336.  J.  E.  Keseling  and  C.  Fuchs,  jun.  An  artificial 
stone  composition.     Complete  Specification.     August  9. 


Aug.  31, 1898.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


727 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 
12,633.  T.  I).  Harries.     An  artificial  stone.     July  27. 
1G,:S75.  W.    E.    Taylor.       Method    and    apparatus    for 
burning  cement-making  materials.     August  3. 

18,284.  W.A.Briggs.  Improved  marine  cement.    August:!. 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 

Applications. 

13,137.  L.  J.  I),  Holtzer.  Improvements  in  the  produc- 
tion of  steel  and  in  the  manufacture  of  springs  therefrom. 
July  18. 

13,148.  G.  G.  M.  Hardiugham.  —  From  H.  Wilisch, 
Germany.  Improvements  in  hardening  particles  of  steel  or 
other  metal  and  in  apparatus  therefor.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    July  18. 

13,191.  E.  G.  Brewer. — From  A.  A.  Cowles,  tfnited 
Slates.     Improvements  in  annealing  furnaces.     July  19. 

13,215.  T.  M.  Ash  and  H.  W.  Gill.  Improvements  in 
coating  with  metals  non-metallic  articles.     July  19. 

13,555.  J.  B.  Torres.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  alloys  and  in  the  purification  thereof.  Complete 
Specification.     July  25. 

13,752.  E.  W.  James.— From  W.  E.  Hinsdale,  United 
States.  Process  of  preventing  segregation  in  large  ingots. 
July  28. 

13,933.  T.  Hampton.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  steel.     August  2. 

13,960.  I).  Jones  and  15.  Jones.  Improved  means  for 
skimming  molten  metal  and  apparatus  for  tinning  iron  or 
steel  plates.     August  3. 

14,147.  F.  W.  Durham.  Extracting  gold  from  its  ores. 
August  5. 

14,223.  T.  Twynam.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  copper.     August  6. 

14,241.  J.  Colley.  Improvements  in  iron  and  steel 
manufacture.     August  6. 

14,264.  P.  Hart.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
desulphurising  zinc  ores.    Complete  Specification.  August  8. 

14,288.  J.  F.  Johnston.  An  improvement  in  the  manu- 
facture of  steel  ingots.     August  8. 

14,079.  A.  K.  Huntington  and  I!.  T.  Preston.  Improve- 
ments in  bronze  alloys.     August  12. 

14,586.  J.  L.  Sebenius.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
removing  when  casting,  gases  and  impurities  contained  in 
the  metal  or  alio)'.     Complete  Specification.     August  12. 

14,59(1.  R.  Taylor  and  D.  Davies.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  tin  or  terue  plates  and  in  the  means  or 
apparatus  employed  therein.     August  12. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

11,342.  11.  l'arkes  and  J.  C.  Montgomerie.  Extraction 
of  gold  and  silver  from  ores  or  compounds.     August  10. 

12,917.  F.  W.  Harbord  and  W.  Hutchinson,  juu. 
1  tilisatiou  of  tin-plate  scrap.     July  27. 

13,740.  C.  James.  Smelting  complex  silver  ores. 
August  17. 

14,449.  H.  l'ieper.  Production  of  damascened  metal 
bars  for  use  in  making  fire-arm  barrels.     August  3. 

I4.S23.  W.  H.  Martin  awl  W.  Pethybridge.  (iold 
extraction  apparatus.     August  10. 

15,782.  G.  L.  Addenbrookc.  Alloying  aluminium  with 
other  metals.     July  27. 


17,450.  L.  A.  Pelatan.  Treating  copper  ores  and  mattes. 
August  3. 

17,955.  C.   W.    Pinkney.     A  metallic   alloy  for  articles 
subjected  to  great  heat.     August  3. 

19,191.  F.  W.  Martino.     Manufacture  of  alloys  of  nickel 
with  various  other  metals.     August  17. 

1892. 

2193.  N.  Lebedeff.      Extraction  and  treatment  of  metals. 
August  lo. 

9370.  G.  I).   Burton.     Forging   metals  for  making  steel 
and  iron  tools.     July  1 3. 


XL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Applications. 

13,453.  G.  Bamberg.  Improvements  in  electrodes  for  use 
in  electrolytic  apparatus,  and  in  their  manufacture.     July  23. 

13.541.  F.  E.  Elmore.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  continuous  lengths  of  tube  by  electrolysis.    July  25. 

13.542.  F.  E.  Elmore  and  A.  S.  Elmore.  An  improvement 
in  tanks  or  cells  for  electrolysis  and  like  purposes.    July  25. 

13,685.  H.  II.  Lake.  — From  G.  A.  Oncfcen,  United 
States.  Improvements  relating  to  the  saturation  or  im- 
pregnation of  organic  fibrous  and  cellular  matter  with 
liquids  by  the  aid  of  electricity,  and  to  apparatus  therefor. 
July  27. 

13,764.  J.  B.  Lee.  Improvements  in  the  construction  of 
secondary  batteries.     July  28. 

14,044.  J.  C.  Fell. — From  W.  Morrison,  United  States. 
Electrodes  for  secondary  batteries.  Complete  Specification. 
August  :',. 

14,089.  C.  C.  Lesenberg  and  J.  von  der  Poppenburg. 
Improvements  in  dry  batteries.  Complete  Specification. 
August  4. 

14.180.  J.  L.  Dobell.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  electric  batteries.     August  5. 

14.181.  C.  P.  Shrewsbury  and  .1.  L.  Dobell.  Improve- 
ments in  or  connected  with  electric  batteries.     August  5. 

14,206.  J.  L.  Dobell.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  electric  batteries.     August  6. 

14,250.  S.  A.  Rosenthal  and  V.  C.  Doubleday.  Im- 
provements in  secondary  batteries.     August  6. 

14,395.  .1.  W.  ('aim  and  R.  E.  Commans.  Improvements 
relating  to  electric  furnaces  for  the  treatment  of  auriferous 
sulphide  ores  and  for  other  purposes.     August  9. 

14.658.  A.J.Smith.  Improvements  relating  to  electric 
accumulators  or  secondary  batteries  and  to  the  manufacture 
of  plates  or  electrodes  therefor.     August  13. 

14.659.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  F.  C.  Jenkins,  Germany. 
Improvements  in  and  relating  to  electric  accumulators. 
August  13. 

14.660.  J.  Rousseau.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
the  manufacture  of  plates  for  electric,  accumulators. 
August  13. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 
11,712.  H.  C.  Bull.     Electric  batteries.     August  17. 
17,160.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  La  Societedite  Electriciteits- 
Mautsehappij   ^System  de   Khotinsky).      Electric  accumu- 
lators.    July  27. 

1892. 

10,200.  C.  Kellner.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the  electro- 
chemical production  of  bleaching  agents.     July  27. 

12,306.  J.  B.  Lee.  Construction  of  secondary  batteries. 
August  10. 


728 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Aub.81.18W. 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 
Application?. 

13,845.  II.  Rinck.  A  method  of  destroying  the  green 
colouring  of  castor  oil.     July  29. 

14,114.  R.  Haddan.— From  B.  Jaffe  and  L.  Darmstadter, 

Germany.  Improvements  in  the  separation  of  wool-wax 
from  wool-fat,  and  in  the  preparation  of  lanoline  from  the 
more  fluid  residue.     Complete  Specification.     August  4. 

14,287.  A.  Paget.  Improvements  in  apparatus  employed 
in  the  treatment  of  oleaginous  and  other  seeds.     August  8. 

14,328.  G.  B.  Main.  Improvements  in  treating  wool- 
greases  to  obtain  lanoline  anil  soap.     August  9. 

14,352.  E.  S.  II.  Wraith  ami  E.  Stephenson.  An  im- 
proved means  of  extracting  oil  from  crushed  seeds  of 
various  kinds  by  a  chemical  process,  also  an  improvement 
in  the  mechanical  apparatus  used  for  the  extracting  process. 
August  9. 

14,354.  J.  Kennedy.     An  improved  soap.     August  0. 

14,405.  II.  II.  Lake.— From  O.  P.  Amend  and  .1.  II. 
Maev,  United  States.  Improvements  relating  to  the  desul- 
phuration  of  oils.     August  \>. 

14,535.  W.  T.  Congdon.  An  improved  saponaceous 
compound  applicable  for  various  purposes.     August  11. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

16,552.  U.  II.  Lake. —  From  La  Soeiete  Anonyme  des 
Parfums  Naturels  de  Cannes.  Purification  of  the  residues 
obtained  from  fatty  substances.     .Inly  27. 

1892. 

2320.  F.  Hughes. — From  A.  Motte  and  Co.  Process 
and  apparatus  for  removing  fatty  matters  from  wool- 
washing  and  other  waters.     August  17. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS   VARNISHES,  and 
RESINS. 

Applications. 

13,143.  C.  Rawle  and  H.  McKenna.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  india-rubber  for  insulating  and  other 
purpo>es.     July  18. 

13,240.  H.  Pfanne.  An  improved  method  of  manu- 
facturing varnish  and  apparatus  therefor.  Complete  Specifi- 
cation,    duly  19. 

13,272.  F.  A.  Tagliaferro  and  A.  A.  Moore.  Improvements 
in  composition  for  ships'  bottoms.     July  20. 

13,305.  C.  S.  F.  Mellor.     .See  Class  IV. 

13,402.  E.  Biernath.  A  new  or  improved  heat  insulating 
and  waterproof  material.    Complete  Specification.     July  22. 

13,424.  1!.  Ripley.  Improvements  in  or  appertaining  to 
bag  or  washing  blue.     July  22. 

13,440.  C.  R.  F.  Sehloesser,  C.  1!.  M.  Schloesser,  and 
R.  V.  Schloesser.  A  new  and  improved  method  for  the 
production  of  imitation  bronze  powders  for  colouring, 
printing,  and  other  purposes.     July  23. 

13,460.  J.  Bradley.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
india-rubber.     July  23. 

13,766.  C.  S.  ]'.  Mellor.     See  Class  IV. 

13,860.  T.  C.  Jefferies.  A  self-polishing  black  substitute 
for  black  lead.     July  30. 

14,052.  E.  Ulrichs.  Processes  for  the  manufacture  of 
white  pigment  and  of  lithopone.     August  :'.. 

14,ii5:i.  E.  Ulrichs.  Processes  for  the  manufacture  of 
white  colouring  matter  or  paint.      August  3. 


14,479.  A.  Tapsell.  An  improved  auti-fouling  paint  or 
composition.     August  10. 

14,656.  A.  J.  Smith.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  white  lead.  Complete  Specification. 
August  13. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

12.4S0.  J.C.Martin.  Manufacture  of  pigments  or  paints. 
July  27. 

16,582.  J.  Fraukenburg.  Manufacture  of  aniline  lakes 
suitable  for  manufacture  of  india-rubber  cloth,  &c. 
August  17. 

1892. 

7688.  W.  Cutter.  Manufacture  of  gold,  silver,  and 
bronze  paints.     July  27. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 

Application. 

13,264.  W.  Francis,  J.  A.  Carrick,  A.  F.  Grant,  and 
II.  A.  Leverett.  An  improved  process  of  rapidly  making 
leather.     July  20. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

19,63  7.  E.  Edwards.— From  II.  Bauer  and  J.  Syiketta. 
.See  Class  VII. 


XV— AGRICULTURE  and  MANURES. 

Complete  Sprcifioation  Accepted. 

1891. 

16,281.  B.  L.  Fletcher  and  J.  Hoyle.  Method  and 
apparatus  for  treating  or  drying  artificial  manure,  grain, 
minerals,  &c.     August  3. 


XVI.— SUGARS,  STARCHES,  GUMS,  Etc. 

Application. 

14,419.  L.  E.  A.  l'rangey.  Improvements  in  the  process 
and  machinery  for  the  continuous  refining  of  sugar, 
August  10. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

16,464.  1).  Stewart.  Apparatus  for  extracting  juice  from 
sugar  canes.     August  3. 

17,274.  R.  W.  Deacon. — From  \V.  Maxwell.  Multiple- 
effect  apparatus  for  concentrating  sugar  juice  and  other 
liquids.     August  17. 

1892. 

8336.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  J.  A.  Morrell  ami 
W.  R.  Striugfcllow.  Process  and  apparatus  for  concreting 
sugar,  or  crystallising  saline  or  other  solutions.     July  27. 


Aug.8l.l8ra.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  TUE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


729 


XVII.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

18,846.  II.  Rinck.  An  improved  ferruginous  beer. 
July  29. 

13,980.  A.  J.  Boult.— From  F.  L.  Hume,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  purifying  of  spirituous 
liquor  and  other  liquids.    Complete  Specification.    August  2. 

14,118.  E.  Korn.  A  novel  treatment  of  beers  to  adapt 
them  for  transport  and  for  preservation  purposes.  Complete 
Specification.     August  4. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 


1891. 
13,681.  C.  R.  C.  Tichbornc  and  others.     .See  Class  VII. 


1892. 

'.i777.  B.  J.  B.  Mills. — From  The  Brewing  Improvement 
Co.     Treating  hops  for  brewing  purposes.     August  10. 


XVIII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 
A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

13,615.  S.  T.  Aehor.  Improvements  in  soluble  chocolate 
and  the  process  of  preparing  the  same.  Complete  Specifi- 
cation.    July  26. 

13,612.  II.  H.  Lake. — From  S.  Crump,  United  States. 
An  improved  food  compound  and  a  method  of  manu- 
facturing the  same.     Complete  Specification.     July  20. 

14,349.  G.  Barker.— From  R.  1!.  Beaumont,  United  Stales. 
Improvements  in  gelatinous  food  products.     August  9. 

14,651,  A.  .1.  M.  Bolanachi.  Improvements  in  or  relating 
to  the  treatment  of  milk,  cream,  and  various  food  materials, 
and  in  apparatus  therefor.     August  13. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

13,713.  A.  Kozloff.  A  furnace  or  apparatus  for  deo- 
dorising and  consuming  excrement.     July  27. 

14,039.  W.  Walker.  An  improved  process  and  appa- 
ratus for  the  purification  of  sewage,  and  the  production  of 
alkalis,  chlorine,  ferric  chloride,  and  electric,  energy. 
August  3. 

14,175.  C.  E.  Bell.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
materials  used  in  the  purification  and  filtration  of  sewage 
and  other  liquids.     August  5. 

11,313.  A.  Goldthorp.  A  new  or  improved  process  and 
apparatus  for  purifying  water.     August  8. 

14,324.  W.H.Hughes.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  filtration  and  purification  of  water  for  domestic,  sanitary, 
and  manufacturing  purposes.     August  9. 

14,370,  .1.  Lowe.  An  improved  method  of  drying  the 
sludge  or  residuum  in  the  purification  of  town  sewage-. 
August  9. 

14,664.  C.  Dreyfus.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
sewage  and  other  foul  waters  of  analogous  nature  for 
effecting  the  purification  thereof.     August  13. 


C. — Disinfect  a  n  ts. 

13,291.  J.  V.  Johnson. — From  F.  von  I leydeu,  Germany. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  antiseptics.     July  20. 

13,316.  C.  A.  Burghardt.  Improvements  in  the  produc- 
tion of  a  ferric  chloride  preparation  for  the  treatment  of 
sewage  or  other  foul  water.     July  21. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
A.  — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1891. 

14,75.).  E.  Wilhelm,  A.  Brugier,  and  II.  Trillich.  Method 
and  apparatus  for  manufacturing  malt  coffee.     July  27. 

1892. 

900".  J.  Bibby.  Manufacture  of  composite  cakes  for 
cattle  feeding  and  the  like.     August  3. 

11,988.  J.  V.  Johnson. — From  H.  Salzer.  Means  for 
preserving  meat  and  the  like.     August  3. 


B. — Sa  n  it  a  ry  Ch  emistry. 

1891. 

12,507.  S.  Phillips  and  S.  F.  Smart.  Disinfecting  and 
ozonising  air  filter.     August  3. 

17,275.  T.  I!.  Wilson.  Utilisation  of  sewage  sludge,  and 
production  of  filtering  and  purifying  material  therefrom. 
August  3. 

1892. 

9733.  M.  A.  Lutzner.  Method  and  apparatus  for 
removing  particles  of  soot  and  ash  from  waste  gases  emitted 
by  chimneys.     August  3. 

11,989.  C.  G.  Collins.  Process  of  purifying  water. 
August  3. 

C-  Disinfectants. 

1891. 

13,262.  H.  B.  Thornton.  Disinfectants  for  water-closets 
and  other  places  where  water  is  used.     August  10. 

1892. 

11,019.  M,  Syer.  Improved  disinfecting  compound. 
August  17. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Applications. 

14,270.  J.  Fletcher  and  W.  F'letcher.  Improvements  iu 
and  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  paper.     August  S. 

14,335.  E.  Jerome.  Improvements  in  toilet  paper.  Com- 
plete Specification.  (Filed  August  9.  Date  applied  for 
3rd  .March  1892,  being  date  of  application  in  United  States.) 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

14,897.  A.  Schlumberger.  Producing  safety  paper  by 
means  of  water-mark.     August  3. 

1892. 

8473.  J.  Robertson.  Manufacture  of  vegetable  parchment. 
July  27, 


730 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Aug.  si,  iron. 


XX.— FINE   CHEMICALS,   ALKALOIDS    ESSENCES, 
and  EXTRACTS. 

Applications. 

13,400.  T.  S.  Lemon.     A  new  process  for  making  and 

applying  artificial  camphor.     July  22. 

14,161.  O.  Iuiray. — From  The  Society  of  Chemical  In- 
dustry in  Basle,  Switzerland.  Production  of  dioxynaphtoe- 
mono-sulpho  acid  and  of  its  salts.     August  5. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

16,371.  O.  liuray. — From  the  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  and  Briining.     Manufacture  of  tropine.     August  3. 

16,552.  H    H.    Lake.— From  La  Societe    Ar.onyme  des 
Parfums  Naturels  de  Cannes.     See  Class  XII. 

20,851.  R.  A.  Cheesebrough.     Manufacture  of  perfumes. 
August  17. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1*91. 
17,967.  (i.  B.  Brndshaw.     Improvements  in  photography. 
August  17. 


XXII.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Applications. 

13,429.  A.  E.  Pike.  An  improved  explosive  compound. 
July  22. 

13,529.  A.  V.  Newton. — From  A.  Nobel,  France.  Im- 
provements  in  the  construction  of  and  means  for  discharg- 
ing rockets.     July  25. 

Compi.etk   Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 
7087.  H.  Schluud.     Distance  fuses.     July  27. 

1892. 

12,744.  H.  J.  Allison. — From  A.  C  Rand.  Explosive 
compounds.     August  17. 


XXI.— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 
MATERIALS. 

Application. 

13,977.  N.  B.   Kenealy.     Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
photographic  processes.     August  2. 


PATENT  UNCLASSIFIABLE. 

Application. 
13,847.  L.  S.  Langville.     An  improved  carbon   product. 
Complete  Specification.     July  29. 


Printed  and  Published  by  Eyre  and  Spottiswoohe.  East  Harding  Street,  London,  E.C.,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 


THE   JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  of  Comical  ^nbushy: 

A   MONTHLY    RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  9.— Vol.  XI.] 


SEPTEMBER    30,   1892. 


[Non-Members  80/- per  annum;  Members 
21/- per  Set  of  extra  or  back  numhers; 
Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2/6. 


€i)t  dorittp  of  CImnical  gnfcustrp. 

Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roseoe,  M.P..  LL.D..  V.P.R.S 18S1— 1882. 

Sir  Fredrick  Abel.  K.C.B.,  D.C.L..  F.R.S 1882— 18SS. 

Walter  Weldon,  F.R.S 1S83— 1884. 

\V.  H.  Perk  in.  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 1884—1885. 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1886. 

David  Howard 1886—1887. 

Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S 1887—1888. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S 18S8— 1889. 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Hart.,  F.R.S 1SS9-1890. 

E.  Rider  Cook 1890—1891. 

Prof.  J,  Emerson  Reynolds,  M.D.,  D.Sc„  F.R.S.  1891    1892, 


COUNCIL   FOR    YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 


President:  Sir  John  Evans,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Ac 

Vice-Presidents : 
F.R.S. 


Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart. 

Wm..  Crowder. 

David  Howard. 

Dr.  I'.  Hurter. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands 

Dr.  W.  II.  lVrkin,  F.R.S 


Prof.  J.   Emerson   Reynolds, 

M.I),  D.Sc.,  F.R.S. 
John  SpUler. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
Prof.  P.  E.Thorpe,  F.R.S. 
Sir  John  Turney, 


A.  H.Allen. 

Arthur  Boake. 

it.  Forbes <  iarpenter. 

Dr.  I     u  les  Dreyfus. 

11. 1  Irimshaw. 

i Ihristopher  i '.  II utehinson. 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council : 

|       Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 
John  Pattinson, 
Boverton  Redwood, 
A.  i  iordon  Salamon. 
Edward  ('.  Cortis  Stanford. 
Thos.  Tyrer. 


With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer: 

E.  Rider  Cock   East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 

Ludwig  Mond,  P.R.S. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices: 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Archbutt. 

G.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc.  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 

H.  Brunner. 

E,  Rider  I'n.k. 

W.  Y.  Dent. 

('has.  Dreyfus,  1'h.I). 

Percj  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 
'     F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 
«',  i  [.  il  utehinson, 
Wm.  Kellner,  Ph.D. 
Ludwig  Mond.  F.R.S. 
li.  E.  R.  Newlands. 
John  Pattinson. 
W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 
H.  R.  Procter. 
Roverton  Redwood. 
John  Spiller. 
Wm.  Thorp. 
Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor: 

Watson  Smith.  University  College,  London,  W.C 

Assistedby  the  following  Staff  of  Abstractors: 
S.  B.  Asher  Aron.  IV.,  IX.,  X. 

H.Auer VII. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gcn.Chem. 

D.  Bendnt III. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V.,  VI. 

Jos.  Bernays.M.I.C.E      I. 

E.  J.  Bevan V.,  XIX. 


Bertram  Blount .  f -v}|    \tjf 
Arthur  G.  Bloxam  XIV.,  XV. 

J.  C.i'horley I.,  XXI. 

J.H.Collins X. 

V.Cornish. ..VIII.,  IX.,  XIII. 

P.  DTorkowitscli.il.,  III..  IV.. 

£H.,  w  in..: xxm. 

Dr.  P.  Norman  Evans     XIX. 

W.M.Gardner V..  VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton I. 

P.  J .  Hartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Client. 

Prof.  D.  E.  Jones,  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc VI.,  XVI. 

F.    S.    Kipping,)       II.  and 
D.Sc J  Gen.  Cheiu. 

ChaphAbK.oh.?:.)Ge,i-cliem- 

L.  de  Koninirh  XVIII.,  XXIII. 


T.  A.  Lawson,  Ph.D. .    IV. 

F.H.Leeds.  III.,  XIII.  XXI. 

J.  Leukowitseh, )     ...    -.-.. 
Ph.D I     I  "■•■*■"• 

A.  R.Ling IV.,  XVI. 

D.A.Louis IX.,  X.,  XV. 

W.  Macnab XXII. 

K.  E.  Market, Ph.D. . .    XII. 
A.  K.Miller,  Ph.D..     Ill,  IV. 
N.H.J. Miller, Ph.D.    XV. 
H.S.Pattinson.Ph.D.    VII..  X. 

H.  T.  PenterO    TVI     TVTI 
maim j    XVI-    ^  IL 

G.  H.  Robertson XI. 

F.  W.  Renaut . . .  Patent  Lists. 
H.  Schlichter.  Ph.D..  V.,  XV- 
Edward  Simpson  ....    I. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.A.Sutherland...     II.,  III. 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

U.K.  Tompkins, B.Sc.    X. 
V.  H.  Veley,  M.A.    Gen.  Chem. 
C.  Otto  Weber, Ph.D.  IV.,  XIII. 
A.  Wingham X. 


NOTICES. 

Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Rider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  hira  at  Bow, 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 
communicated.  

Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Rule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  he 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  case  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 


732 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Sept.  so,  1898. 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  Eyre  and  Spottiswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respectirg  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  is  prepared  to  offer  5s.  apiece  for  copies  of 
the  Society's  Journals  for  January  1883  in  saleable  condi 
tion. 


CHANGES   OF    ADDRESS. 


Swinburne,  G.  Way,  jun.,  l/'o  Tennessee ;  245,  Broadway, 
Newport,  B.I.,  U.S.A. 

Witch-Wilson.  .T.,1/6  Westovcr  Road  ;  s,  Earlsfield  Road, 
Wandsworth  ( lommon,  S.W. 

Warner,  1!.  G.,  l/o  Calcutta;  c  o  Bruce  and  Co., Limited, 
St.  George's  Hall,  Walham  Green,  S.W. 

Warren,    Fiske,   Journals    to     'J20.    Devon-hire     Street, 
Boston,  Mass.,  I  .S.  \. 

Watson,  Erie   E.,  Mbnchstrasse  21,  Freiberg   (not  Frei 
burg  ).  Saxony. 

Watson,  J  no.,  l/o   Newcastle  Chemical  Co.;  e/o  United 
Alkali  Co.,  Limited,  Allhusen's  Works.  Gateshead-on-Tyne. 

Whitehouse,     Enoch,    1  o   Smallheath  :    Bridge    House, 
Bridge  Street,  Smethwick,  near  Birmingham. 

Wild,   W.    E.    l/o  Salford;  Broom   Lawn,  Tetlow  Fold, 
t  Iheetham  Hill,  Manchester. 


Ansdell,  G.,  l/o  Courtfield   Road;  10,  Gledhow  Gardens, 
South  Kensington,  S.W. 

Bell,  J.  Ralston,  1"  Glasgow;  P.O.,  Vancouver,  British 
( 'olumbia. 

Bell,  1'.  Carter,  l/o   Fylde   Terrace;  34,  Poulton   Road, 
Fleetwood,  Lancashire. 

Bernard,  Jas.,   l/o   Olivaes;    Quiuta  do  Valle  Formoso, 
Ria,;o  ib-  Prata,  Lisbon. 

Brasher,  F.  W  ,  l/o  8;  46,  Wyatt  Road.  Forest  Cat.-.  E. 
Buchanan,  J.,  l/o    Chili;  E3,    West    Cumberland    Street. 
Glasgow. 

Bumby,     11..     1  "     Workington;      Millom     and     Askam 
Haematite  lion  Co.,  Ld  ,  Askam-iu-Furness,  Lancashire. 

Butt,  E.  N.,  l/o  Sussex   Gardens;  77,  Hamilton  Terrace, 
Mai.la  Vale,  W. 

Collctt,  J.  M.,  l/o Bi unswick  Square  ;  Guy's  Cliff,  Wotton, 
Gloucester. 

Faulkner,  Frank,  l/o  Edgbastpn  ;  Laboratory,  Bath  Row. 
Birmingham. 

Fuller.  W.  M.,  l/o  Wolverhampton ;    Lawn    Side,   Stow 
Park  Circus,  Newport,  Mon. 

Hazlehurst,  C.   W.,   l/o    Runcorn;    Merrivale,   Westfield 
Road.  Edgbaston,  Birmingham, 

Howard,  Alf.,  l/o  Lewisham  ;  (',,    Martin's   Lane,  Cannon 
Street,  E  ( . 

James,  .1.  Ilernanian.  Journals   to  Assay  Office,  Swansea. 
.lev,  Douglas  G,  l/o  Hull;  Welton   Hill,  Brough,  Fast 
Yorkshire. 

Marshall,  Win.,  l/o  Stockport  ;   1  J.  West  Street,  Bochdale. 
Meyer,  Max  10.,  l/o  London  ;    62,  (  orso  \  enezia,   Milan, 
Italy." 

Pigot,  Prof.  T.   F.,  Journals   to  41,  Upper  Mount  Street, 
Dublin. 

Preston,   E.  S.,  l/o   Liverpool ;  Easton   Court,  Tenbury, 
Worcestershire. 

Price,  T.  Spii  r-.  1  o  Mark  Lane  ;   15,  Seething  Lane,  E.C. 
Robertson,     Alex.    A,    l/o     Loanhead ;    c/o     Australian 
Kerosene  Oil  and  Mineral  Co.,   Limited,  Gresham   Street, 
Sydney,  N.s.W. 

Sacre,    Howard    C-,  lo   Higher  Broughton;  Eccles   Old 
Road.  Pendleton,  Manchester. 

Shaw,    Rol.t.,   l/o    Widnes  ;  Holmfield   House,   Mossley 
Hill,  near  Liverpool. 

Shearer,  A.,  l/o  Stratford  ;  17:!.  Ham  Park   Road,  Forest 
Gate,  E. 

Sims,  T.    P.,  1/"    32;    o.">,    Windsor  Terrace,   Uplands, 
Swansea. 

Storer,  Dr.  J.,  l/o  Clarence  Street;  29,  Bligh  Street,  and 
Journals  to  G.P.O.  Ron  220  Sydney,  N.s.W 

Strongman,  J.  Pim;  retain  Journals  until  further  notice. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 


( lallandi  r,  W.  S.,  1  o  Aigburth,  Liverpool. 
Carran,  T.  W..  1  o  Rawlins  Street.  Liverpool. 
Stewart,  C.  W.  A.,  1  0  54,  Belsize  Road,  X.W. 


38  r  a  1 1)  3. 


Foulieron,  E.,  7-S.  Boulevard  de  Strasbourg,  Paris. 
Longstaff,  Dr.  G.  D.,  Butterknowle,  Wandsworth,  S.W. 
Merrick,  (i.  E.,  Holyoke,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 


ILontion   ^fctt'on. 


CuEMlCAL   SOCIKTV'S   ROOMS,    BotiLIXGTON     iToUi-E. 


Chairman:  Win.  Thorp. 
Vice-Chairman :  \V.  Crowdcr. 


Committee : 

F.  G.  Adair  Roberts. 
A.  Gordon  Salamon. 

G.  X.  Stoker. 
F.  Napier  Sutton. 
T.  E.  Thorpe. 
T.  Tyrcr. 
Frank  Y\  ilson. 


C.  F.  Cross. 
A.G.Green. 

D.  Howard. 
C.  C.  Hutchinson. 
W.  K.  liner. 
1!.  E.  II.  Newlands. 
W.  Ramsay. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary:  John  Heron, 
Ederdalo,  Cottenfcam  Park,  Wimble  'on 


SESSION  1892-93. 


Monday,  November  7> li :— Mr.  Watson  Smith.    "1.  The.  Prepnra- 
tionoi  Nitrous  Oxide.    2.  A  Reaction  between  Cupric  Acetate 

ami  Galena." 


Bepl  so.189?.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


733 


Journal  ano  patent*  fcttrraturr. 


<las<.  Page, 

I. — General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery '■'>'' 

II.— Fuel,  Gas.  and  Light 781 

III.— Destructive  Distillation,  Tar  Products,  &c 735 

IV. — Colouring  .Matters  and  Dyes  787 

V.— Textiles :  Cotton,  Wool,  Silk,  &c 7U 

VI.— Dyeing,   Calico   Printing,    Taper    Staining,   and 

Bleaching 7  it 

VII.— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 7  |c, 

\  III.    Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware 7 is 

IX.— Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars  and  Cements..  749 

X.— Metallurgy 750 

XI.— Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy  7">l 

XII.— Fats,  Oils,  and  Snap  Manufacture 760 

XII  I. —Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 

Robber.  &c 758 

XIV.— Tannin i.  Leather.  Glue,  and  Size 759 

XV.— Manures,  &c 7rii> 

5  VI.— Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  &c 700 

X  VII.— Brewing.  Wines.  Spirits,  Ac 763 

XVIII.-  Chemistry   of    P Is.   Sanitary   Chemistry,    and 

Disinfectants 7iW 

XlX.-Paper,  Pasteboard,  ftc 771 

XX.  -Fine Chemicals,  Alkaloids,  Essences,  and  Extracts  771 

XXI.    Photographic  Materials  and  Processes — 

XXII      Explosives,  Matches,  &c 773 

XXII  I.— Analytical  Chemistry 771 


I.-OENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS.  AND 
MACHINERY. 

The  Use  oj  Oil  in  Ammonia  (ins  Compressors  and  ils 
Influence  on  the  Efficiency  of  the  Compressors.  Hans 
von  Strombcck.     J.  Frank.  Inst.  133,  297  -307. 

The  object  of  the  experiments  described  by  the  author  was 
to  determine  the  effect  the  oil  injected  into  the  compressing 
cylinder  of  the  De  I, a  Vergne  refrigerating  machine  lias  upon 
the  efficiency  of  the  machine.  In  the  old  form  De  laVergne 
machine  with  a  single-acting  compressor  the  cold  oil  is  drawn 
from  a  tank  kept  at  low  pressure  into  the  compressor 
during  the  down  stroke  of  the  piston  of  the  latter,  i.e., 
when  the  compressor  is  fully  charged  with  gas.  During 
the  compression  the  oil  absorbs  a  certain  amount  of  the 
ammonia.  This  passes  out  with  the  oil  into  the  low 
pressure  tank  and  therefore  represents  a  loss  in  the 
efficiency  of  the  compressor. 

In  order  to  determine  the  amount  of  the  loss  a  series  of 
tests  was  made  to  ascertain  the  quantity  of  ammonia  which 
the  oil  can  hold  in  solution  at  different  pressures  and 
temperatures.  The  quantity  of  ammonia  held  in  solution 
by  the  oil  before  and  after  compression  can  then  be 
calculated  and  the  difference  will  represent  the  loss. 

As  ait  illustration,  the  author  assumes  a  compressor  of 
12-in.  diam.,  and  24-in.  stroke,  the  capacity  of  which  will 
be  2.71 1  cub.  iu.  Let  35  cub.  in.  of  oil  be  injected  at  each 
down  stroke.  He  assumes  further  a  terminal  pressure 
of  14G7  lb.  absolute,  at  a  temperature  of  150"  l'\,  and  a 
back  pressure  of  44  lb.  at  a  temperature  of  70°  F.  The 
author's  experiments  show  that  at  a  temperature  of  1 50°  F., 
and  under  a  pressure  of  146*7  lb.,  1  volume  of  oil  absorbs 
12-430  volumes  of  gas,  and  at  a  temperature  of  70°,  and 
under  a  pressure  of  44  lb.,  1  volume  of  oil  absorbs  6-599 
volumes  of  gas,  both  volumes  being  reduced  to  normal 
pressure  and  temperature.  One  volume  of  oil.  therefore, 
if  reduced  from  14G-7  lb.  and  150°  to  44  lb.  and  70°, 
loses  5*831  volumes  of  ammonia.  This  quantity  of  gas  at 
the  actual  pressure  and  temperature  (44  lb.  and  70') 
occupies    only    2-09    volumes.      Hence    the    quantity    of 

*  Any  of  these  specifications  may  he  obtained  by  post  by  remitting 
Hi  I.  —the  price  now  fixed  for  all  specifications,  postage  included— to 
Sir  Henry  Reader  Lack,  Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  South- 
ampton Buildings,  Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C. 


ammonia  which  is  allowed  to  escape  out  of  the  35  cub.  iu. 
of  oil  injected  occupies,  on  the  suction  side  of  the  compressor, 
73- 15  cub.  in.,  and  as  the  capacity  of  the  latter  is  2.714  cub. 
in.,  the  loss  in  efficiency  is  2*69  per  cent. 

The  oil  used  in  the  De  La  Vergne  machines  is  necessarily 
a  mineral  oil,  as  all  animal  and  vegetable  oils  would 
saponify  in  contact  with  ammonia. 

The  tests  were  carried  out  as  follows.  The  oil  to  be 
experimented  upon  is  placed  in  a  strong  glass  flask  with 
a  graduated  neck,  and  is  immersed  iu  an  oil  bath.  From 
the  top  of  this  flask  issue  two  tubes  fitted  with  stop- 
cocks, the  one  a  capillary  tube,  being  that  by  which  the 
ammonia  enters  the  flask,  the  other,  of  larger  bore,  with 
two  branches,  one  branch  connected  to  a  mercury  mano- 
meter capable  of  measuring  to  four  atmospheres,  the  other 
to  a  bottle  containing  mineral  oil,  through  which  the  gas 
escapes  into  the  atmosphere.  The  object  of  this  bottle  is  to 
indicate  the  velocity  of  the  current  of  ammonia.  In  order  to 
lessen  the  risk  of  sudden  evolution  of  gas,  the  generating 
apparatus  is  immersed  in  a  cold  water  tank.  When  the 
oil  is  thoroughly  saturated,  which  takes  from  1',  to  2  hours, 
according  to  the  temperature  and  pressure  used,  both 
of  which  can  be  varied,  the  cocks  are  closed,  the  generating 
apparatus  removed,  and  instead  of  the  manometer  a  series 
of  flasks  containing  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  is  substituted. 
On  opening  the  cocks  and  sending  a  current  of  pure  air 
through  the  apparatus,  the  acid  will  absorb  every  trace  of 
the  ammonia, '  forming  pure  ammonium  chloride  which 
can  be  weighed,  whence  the  volume  of  gas  absorbed  by 
the  oil  under  the  given  conditions  can  be  calculated. 

The  table  below  gives  some  of  the  principal  results,  the 
numbers  representing  the  volumes  of  gas  absorbed  by  one 
volume  of  the  oil  at  the  temperatures  indicated. 


Pi 

iasure  in 

lb. 

32°  !•'. 

7a    F. 

150°  F. 

14-67 

1 

3- 139 

2-197 

1-243 

29-34 

G-333 

■■*" 

'J    is; 

44-01 

10-040 

6-599 

3-556 

58-68 

15-655 

s  52  ' 

4-092 

— D.  E.  J. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  or  connected  with  Means  or  Apparatus 
for  //eating  Metals  by  Liquid  or  Gaseous  Fuel. 
G.  Rodger,  Sheffield.     Kng.  Pat.  12,998,  July  31,  1891. 

By  means  of  this  invention  the  flame  and  beat  from  the 
combustion  of  an  oil  spray  are  directed  on  to  or  about  any 
metal  or  material  to  be  heated,  Hy  means  of  plates,  suitably 
arranged,  the  air  is  heated  and  the  apparatus  made  regene- 
rative. A  suitable  form  of  furnace  with  regenerator  is 
shown  in  the  drawing  attached  to  the  specification. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Combustion  of  Fuel  and  Furnace 
Apparatus  therefor.  K.  Marshall,  Honor  Oak  Park, 
Surrey.     Eng.  Pat.  8159,  Aprii  30,  1892. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  more  complete  combustion  of 
fuel  with  reduced  air  supply,  and  without  the  production  of 
smoke.  A  special  form  of  furnace  is  used,  into  which  the 
fuel  is  charged  bj-  means  of  a  hopper,  and  from  the  bottom 
of  which  the  products  of  combustion  are  drawn  by  the 
ordinary  chimney  draught  through  the  boiler-  or  other 
flues.  The  air  for  combustion  is  admitted  by  a  valve  on 
the  top  of  the  fuel,  and  passes  downwards  carrying  with  it 
the  gases  and  distilled  products  from  the  green  fuel,  which 
are  decomposed  by  the  incandescent  fuel  at  the  bottom, 
"  and  practically  a  complete  combustion  effected  without 
the  production  of  smoke." — D.  A.  S. 


734 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Sept.  so,  1898. 


IL-FUEL,  GAS,  AND  LIGHT. 

Tlie  Production  of  Heating  Gas  am!  Ammonia. 

A.  lleimin.     (hem.  Trade  J.  11,  147— 148. 

In  the  dry  distillation  of  coal  the  production  of  ammonia 
does  not  exceed  10  per  cent,  of  the  total  nitrogen,  being 
limited  by  the  water  of  combination  of  the  coal.  This 
conclusion  is  corroborated  by  the  fact  that  in  blast,  furnaces 
where  raw  eoal  is  used,  although  all  the  coal  is  consumed, 
and  consequently  all  the  nitrogen  is  liberated,  the  product 
of  ammonia  does  not  exceed  15  per  cent,  of  the  total 
nitrogen.  In  addition  to  the  water  of  combination  in  the 
coal,  there  is  doubtless  also  a  proportionate  effect  due  to 
the  water  of  combination  of  the  iron  ore  and  flux,  perhaps 
slio ],t  1\  influenced  by  traces  of  water  carried  into  the 
furnace  with  the  air  blast. 

If  all  the  nitrogen  in  coal  could  be  converted  into 
ammonia,  a  coal  containing  1;  per  cent,  of  nitrogen  would 
produce  per  ton  the  equivalent  of  164  lb.  of  sulphate  of 
ammonia.  This  result  is  not  obtainable  in  blast  furnaces ; 
it  is  impossible  in  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  coal-gas 
or  of  coke ;  hut  it  is  realisable  to  a  large  extent  in  the 
manufacture   of   heating  gas    for   metallurgical   and   other 

uses. 

The  nascent  hydrogen  from  the  water  of  combustion  of 
tin-  coal  is  the  main  element  which  accomplishes  the  trans- 
formation of  the  nitrogen  into  ammonia.  Hence,  the  more 
water  the  more  ammonia.  If  a  sufficient  outside  supply  of 
water  is  given,  all  the  other  conditions  being  favourable,  the 
total  amount  of  the  nitrogen  may  be  secured  as  ammonia. 
Practice  has  demonstrated  the  correctness  of  this  view.  In 
1877,  Dr.  H.  Grouven,  of  Leipzig,  discovered  that  in  a  large 
excess  of  superheated  steam,  when  the  necessary  conditions 
of  temperature,  time,  and  contact  are  supplied,  combined 
nitrogen  is   transformed   into   ammonia.      He   applied  his 

di ;  ery  to  an  analytical  method  of  nitrogen  determination, 

which  gives  concordant  results  with  other  accurate 
methods.  Later  on,  lieilby.  Foster,  Guegen,  and  others 
(this  Journal,  1884,  216)  demonstrated  that  the  coke,  which 
retains  a  large  percentage  of  nitrogen  even  at  a  light  red 
heat,  parts  with  it  in  the  form  of  ammonia  in  the  presence 
of  a  large  excess  of  -team  at  an  intense  heat.  Since,  in 
accomplishing  this  result,  the  steam  is  decomposed  by 
carbon,  liberating  hydrogen,  aid  tic-  carbon  is  transformed 
into  carbon  dioxide  and  carbon  monoxide,  it  is  evident  that 
we  have  here  the  elements  of  a  process  tor  producing 
simultaneously  large  quantities  of  ammonia  ami  also  heating 
gas  of  high  calorific  value.  Between  tins  theoretical 
reaction,  however,  anil  the  establishment  of  an  economical 
manufacturing  process,  there  were  many  difficulties  '"  over- 
come. As  has  been  pointed  out,  the  main  conditions  for 
the  formation  of  ammonia  ate  eminently  favourable  to  the 
production  of  a  good  heating  gas.  Hut  high  temperature  is 
not  compatible  with  a  large  excess  of  steam  unless  the 
latter  be  intensely  superheated;  and  such  a  temperature 
cannot  be  maintained  for  any  considerable  time  without 
an  outside  supply  of  oxygen  or  an  expensive  external 
heating.  Moreover,  steam  in  large  excess  is  liable  to  pro- 
due,'  a  gas  very  high  in  carbon  dioxide,  and  hence  of 
comparatively  little  calorific  value.  Nor  should  it  be 
forgotten  that  ammonia,  under  favourable  conditions,  is 
decomposed  at  a  temperature  far  below  that  which  is 
required  to  decompose  water  and  reduce  the  carbon  dioxide 
into  carbon  monoxide.     The  practical  operation,  therefore, 

must  be  so  e lucted  as  to  maintain  the  proper  heat,  make 

the  conditions  for  the  decomposition  of  ammonia  as  un- 
favourable as  possible,  and,  at  the  same  time,  produce  such 
a  gas  as  is  required  in  the  metallurgy  of  iron  and  steel 
where  rapidity  of  heating  and  melting,  with  the  lowest 
percentage  of  waste,  is  a  prime  consideration. 

The  author  has  found  that  when  high  pressure  -team  is 
moderately  superheated  ami  evenly  distributed  and  diffused 
in  the  glowing  mass,  a  limited  supply  of  air,  drawn  into  the 
generator,  is  sufficient  to  maintain  the  temperature  needed 
to  admit   continuously  from   1  lb.  to  I  j  lb.  of  high  pn  ssure 

ste to  the   pound  of  coal,   and   that   this   proportion   of 

in,  i- ample    to    provoke    the    necessarj     reactions   which 


transform  into  ammonia  50  to  60  per  cent,  of  the  total 
nitrogen  of  the  coal,  and  still  to  produce  a  gas  of  the 
following  composition : — 

Per  Cent. 

Carbon  dioxide 10'50 

I  >\ yircii l'OO 

Carbon  monoxide SO'OO 

Methane  and  homologous  compounds 4'50 

Hydrogen 3S-00 

Nit  ro;;en 26-00 

inii'iiii 

This  gas  is  rather  high  in  carbon  dioxide,  but  the  total  of 
combustible  matter  is  considerable,  and  the  efficiency  of  the 
gas  in  a  regenerative  furnace  for  heating  iron  is  very  great. 
It  burns  with  a  sharp,  white-bluish  flame,  not  without 
luminosity,  and  heats  more  rapidly  and  more  economically 
than  the  ordinary  Siemens  gas. 

It  would  seem,  at  first  glance,  that  the  admission  of  1  lb. 
to  1  "75  lb.  of  steam  to  the  pound  of  coal  would  have  a  high 
cooling  effect,  hindering  the  steady  production  of  a  gas  of  the 
above  composition,  if  the  carbon  is  taken  as  the  only  source 
of  heat.  Practice  shows,  however,  that  such  is  not  the  case. 
There  are  different  ways  of  accounting  for  this  result.  In 
the  first  place,  independently  of  the  heat  furnished  by  the 
high-pressure  superheated  steam,  many  reactions  producing 
heat  occur,  such  as  the  formation  of  the  ammonia,  &e.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  gas  being  exhausted  at  high  speed,  the 
operation  takes  place  under  a  constant  partial  vacuum,  with 
an  apparent  increased  facility  of  the  reactions,  and  subse- 
quent distillation  of  the  products.  Whatever  the  explana- 
tion of  this  precisely  is,  the  actual  result  is,  that  not  only 
is  there  no  cooling  effect  in  the  continuous  production  of 
the  above  gas,  but  that  the  temperature  has  a  tendency  to 
increase  in  the  zone  of  combustion.  If  the  steam  has  been 
sufficiently  superheated  and  diffused  thoroughly  in  that 
/.one,  it  is  practically  all  decomposed  during  the  operation  ; 
and  the  reactions  proceed  without  intermission,  the  liberated 
nitrogen  being  transformed  in  the  presence  of  nascent 
hydrogen  into  ammonia,  whilst  the  resulting  fuel  gas,  as 
the  above  analysis  shows,  is  still  high  in  hydrogen. 

The  danger  of  the  dissociation  of  the  ammonia  is  not  as 
great  in  practice  as  has  been  anticipated.  If  we  remember 
in  what  infinitesimal  proportion  the  ammonia  is  present, 
diluted,  and  hence  practically  protected  by  the  other  gases, 
it  is  evident  that  the  chance  of  decomposition,  with 
ordinary  care,  is  very  small.  And  if  the  product  is  instan- 
taneously exhausted  from  the  hot  atmosphere,  carried  into 
the  cooler  /.one  immediately  above,  and  led  out  through 
green  fuel  on  the  top,  the  ammonia  is  secured. 

With  well-devised  producers  and  the  proper  plant,  when 
the  art  of  managing  and  controlling  the  heat  of  the  different 
/ones  of  the  fuel  bed  has  been  mastered,  there  is  no  ililli- 
culty  in  producing  regularly,  with  the  proper  amount  of 
steam,  from  each  ton  of  eoal,  70  to  SO  lb.  of  sulphate  of 
ammonia;  1:30,000  to  150,000  cub  ft.  of  beating  gas  of  high 
quality;  and,  in  addition,  some  15  to  20  gallons  of  tar, 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  coal. 

The  generator  must  be  perfectly  accessible,  so  that  it  may 
be  easily  cleaned,  and  the  coal  may  be  perfectly  broken 
through.  The  aim  should  be  to  keep  the  fuel  like  a  sponge, 
but  without  holes  or  large  cavities.  The  advantages  of  a  good 
stirring  are  obvious  ;  it  insures  the  complete  diffusion  of  tin1 
steam  through  the  glowing  mass,  maintains  the  high  tempe* 
ratine  in  the  lower  pari  of  the  generator,  and  keeps  the  top 
cool,  thus  tending  to  secure  economy  in  eoal,  the  minimum 
of  necessary  cooling-surface  in  the  condensers,  and  the 
maximum  yield  of  ammonia.  The  carbon  dioxide  should 
lie  kept  at  a  minimum.  Its  formation  is  a  function  of 
temperature  ;  the  lower  the  temperature  at  which  the  carbon 
and  air  or  the  carbon  and  steam  come  in  contact,  the  more 
carbon  dioxide  is  formed.  It  must  not  be  forgotten  that 
the  depth  of  the  fuel  has  a  very  important  bearing  on  the 
condition  and  results. 

In  order  to  obtain  good  heating  gas  and  the  largest  yield 
of  ammonia  and  tar,  the  gas  must  be  well  cooled  and  well 
scrubbed.  If  the  gas  be  not  cooled,  the  quantity  of  water 
which  it  will  sink  from  the  washing  apparatus  is  so  great  as 
to  destroy  the  value  of  the  gas   for  heating  purposes,  while 


Sept. so.  1888.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


735 


the  ammonia,  even  if  it  be  in  the  form  of  fixed  suit  or 
sulphate,  is  carried  away,  and  tin.  more  volatile  constituents 
of  the  tar  arc  carried  forward  ami  settle  iu  the  conduits. 

The  system  is  entirely  smokeless,  ami  lias  the  further 
advantage  of  taking  the  sulphurous  acid  very  thoroughly  out 
of  the  pas. — W.  S. 

Ignition  Temperature  of  Electrolytic  Gas.     V.  Freyer  ami 
V.  Meyer.     Iter.  25,  1892,  622. 

See  under  Will.,  page  780. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  or  connected  with  the  Manufacture  of 
Illuminating  ami  Heating  Gas.  W.  II.  Wilson, 
Waterloo,  Lancaster.      Eng.  Pat.  5468,  March  2S,  1891. 

According  to  this  invention  tar  is  distilled  ami  the  resulting 

gases  combined  with  coal-gas,  the  combination  being  effected 
in  a  chamber  at  comparatively  low  temperature.  By  this 
means  the  inventor  claims  that  the  illuminating  quality  of 
the  coal-gas  will  not  be  injuriously  affected. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  Using  Hydrocarbon  Oils 
for  Heating  Purposes,  and  in  the  Arrangement  and 
( 'onstruction  of  Apparatus  and  Appliances  far  such 
Purposes.  E.  N.  Henwood,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  10,320, 
June  17,  1891. 

FOB  the  generation  of  steam,  smelting  of  ores,  &c.,  an 
apparatus  consisting  of  a  fire-brick  furnace  provided  with  an 
air-tight  wrought  iron  or  steel  front  is  employed.  Through 
an  aperture  in  the  iron  front  passes  an  arrangement  con- 
sisting of  four  concentric  tubes,  each  of  which  is  provided 
witli  a  stop-cock  or  valve,  and  a  dial  indicator,  for  regulating 
and  indicating  the  quantity  of  oil,  steam,  or  air  passing  into 
the  furnace.  The  centre  tube,  through  which  steam  is 
introduced,  is  provided  with  a  taper  plug  at  the  end,  so  that 
its  orifice  is  annular ;  the  second  tube  is  used  for  the  intro- 
duction of  oil,  the  third  for  steam,  and  the  outermost  for 
air;  the  steam  and  the  air  are  preferably  superheated. 
A V it li  this  apparatus  the  most  perfect  combustion  cau  he 
attained  without  smoke  or  noise  from  the  blast. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Gas  for  Illuminating 
and  Heating  Purposes,  and  in  or  connected  irith 
Apparatus  therefor.  J.  II.  K.  Dinsmore,  Liverpool. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,740,  July  10,  1891. 

When  tar  or  other  liquid  hydrocarbon  is  converted  into  gas 
and  mixed  with  crude  coal-gas  in  a  heated  duct,  the  tarry 
deposits  are  so  hard  that  they  are  with  difficulty  removed 
from  the  duct.  If,  however,  the  tar  is  gasified  in  oue 
chamber  of  a  heated  duct,  and  then  mixed  with  crude  coal- 
gas  iu  a  second  and  separate  chamber,  the  deposits  do  not 
bee  unc  hardened,  and  the  duct  can  be  easily  cleaned. 

The  apparatus  used  for  carrying  out  this  improved  process 
consists  of  a  retort  or  duct  which  is  provided  with  two 
central,  horizontal,  partial  diaphragms.  The  coal  is  distilled 
in  the  lowermost  portion  and  tar  is  introduced  at  the  back 
on  to  the  top  of  the  lower  diaphragm  which  forms  the  top 
of  the  coal  retort,  and  projects  towards  the  mouth-piece. 
The  tar-gas  and  I  he  coal-gas  pass  towards  the  mouth-piece, 
and  the  mixed  gas  is  then  led  above  the  upper  partial 
diaphragm,  where  it  is  further  heated  and  rendered 
permanent. — F.  S.  K. 

Improvements  in  Appliances  for  Use  with  Incandescence 
Lamps.  A.  Heald,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  1-1,752,  Sep- 
tember 1,1891. 
Tins  is  an  improved  method  of  suspending  mantles  for  pro- 
ducing light  by  incandescence.  The  mantle  is  suspended 
from  a  bridge  supported  by  a  rod  disposed  centrally  within 
the  burner.  An  improved  method  of  packing  the  mantle 
to  prevent  fracture  iu  transit  is  also  described. — I).  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Use  in  lite  Manufacture  of 
Illuminating  Gas.  H.  Williams,  Manchester.  Eng. 
l'at.  15,390,  September  11,  1891. 

An  improvement  and  simplification  of  the  apparatus  described 
in  a  former  patent  (No.  5434,  1890;  this  Journal,  1891, 
626).— F.  S.  K. 


.1  New  Process  of  and  Apparatus  fa-  the  Manufacture  oj 
Illuminating  das.  C.  B.  de  Lauiarre,  Hiloxi,  Mississippi. 
U.S.A.     Eng,  l'at.  6362,  April  1,  1892. 

To  k  method  and  apparatus  claimed  are  briefly  as  follows  : — ■ 
From  a  steam  generator,  steam  is  passed  into  a  deeom- 
posing-retort  charged  with  coke  or  charcoal,  the  connection 
being  by  means  of  valved  piping.  There  is  then  a  main 
cooler  ;  with  an  auxiliary  cooler,  a  purifier  and  a  carburettor 
interposed  between  the  deeomposing-retort  and  that  main 
cooler.  The  main  cooler  is  connected  with  the  gasometer. 
The  auxiliary  cooler,  purifier,  and  main  cooler  are  in 
communication  with  the  retort,  carburettor,  and  each  other. 
by  piping  with  suitable  valves,  so  that  whilst  the  carburettcd 
gas  first  only  passes  through  the  main  cooler,  later  on  it 
may  receive  a  preliminary  cooling  in  the  auxiliary  before 
carburetting  and  passing  through  the  main  cooler  to  the 
gasometer. 

The  carburettor  is  charged  with  the  "  necessary  oil  "  or 
''  spirits  of  petroleum,"  and  the  purifying  material  consists 
of  "  an  alkaline  solution  of  potash  or  chromate  of  potash'/ 
in  one  chamber  of  the  purifier,  and  a  solution  of  oxalic  acid 
in  the  other.  The  first  chamber  with  the  chromate  is  said 
to  arrest  the  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  which  is  retained  by 
the  chromium  as  "  sulphide  thereof." — D.  A.  S. 


ILL-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Homopyrocatechin  (  llomaeatechol)  and  Two  of  its  Nitro- 
Derivatives.  M.  H.  Coubiu.  Compt.  rend.  115  1892, 
234—236. 

This  substance  is  obtained  by  treating  the  creosol  of  wood- 
tar  with  hydriodic  acid  gas  at  a  temperature  of  180°  C,  and 
subsequent  fractional  distillation.  Below  230°  C.  any  creosol 
which  has  not  been  acted  upon  by  the  gas  passes  over  and  ' 
may  be  used  for  a  subsequent  operation,  the  portion  which 
passes  over  between  230°  and  265°  C.  containing  the  homo- 
catechol.     The  residue  consists  of  resinous  matters. 

The  product  obtained  between  230  and  265°  C.  is  treated 
repeatedly  with  boiling  water  ;  the  aqueous  solution  is 
filtered  after  cooling,  and  evaporated  to  a  dark-brown  syrup, 
which  is  dried  over  sulphuric  acid  for  a  considerable  time 
and  then  purified  by  fractional  distillation  under  reduced 
pressure.  Most  of  it  passes  over  between  210  and  215° 
at  190  mm.  pressure  in  the  form  of  a  viscous,  colourless 
liquid  which  solidifies  to  a  white  mass  the  more  readily  if 
some  crystals  from  a  preceding  operation  are  introduced. 
This  is  homocatechol  containing  a  little  pyrocatechol ;  its 
fusion  point  is  49° — 50°  C.  The  author  has  prepared  two 
nitro-derivatives  from  it  as  follows :  — ■ 

Eleven  grins,  of  homocatechol  are  dissolved  in  500  cc.  of 
ether,  and  little  by  little  4  cc.  of  fuming  nitric  acid  are 
added.  After  about  24  hours  the  mixture  is  agitated  with  a 
little  water,  the  ethereal  layer  separated,  and  distilled.  To 
the  residue  of  this  distillation  water  is  added,  and  the 
mixture  re-distilled.  The  water  which  passes  over  is  of  a 
yellow  colour  and  contains  some  oily  drops.  It  is  heated  to 
bring  this  nitro-derivative  into  solution.  It  crystallises  out 
on  cooling  in  golden-yellow  scales,  which  are  only  slightly 
soluble  in  cold  water,  but  readily  soluble  in  warm  watei, 
alcohol,  and  ether.  About  79° — 80°  they  melt,  and  begin  to 
decompose  about  180°.     Alkalis  colour  them  dark  red. 

The  formula  is  C7H?NU4,  which  is  that  of  a  mouo-nitro' 
derivative. 


;;,; 


TEE   JOURNAL  OF  TEE  SOCIETY  OF  CEEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        IScpt. 30. isw. 


According  to  another  method,  5  grms.  of  homoca  echol  are 

dissolved  in  150  ce.  of  water,  and  to  the  solution  18'. '>  u'lins. 
of  nitrite  of  soda  are  added,  and  then,  little  by  little,  hydro- 
chloric aeiil  so  loDg  as  nitrous  fumes  are  disengaged.  The 
dark-red  mixture  is  agitated  with  twice  its  volume  of  ether, 
the  ethereal  layer  separated,  and  distilled.  The  brown 
residue  of  the  distillation  is  dried  over  sulphuric  acid  aud 
then  treated  with  boiling-  benzene,  which  on  cooling  deposits 
verj  strongly-coloured  crystalline  crusts.  These  are  purified 
by  re-crystallisation  from  benzene  and  then  by  a  series  of 
crystallisations  from  dilute  alcohol,  when  it  forms  little 
sulphur-yellow  needles  slightly  soluble  in  cold  water,  but 
readily  soluble  in  warm  water,  alcohol,  ether,  and  benzene. 
It  fuses  and  begins  to  decompose  at  about  180°.  The 
formula  is  t'-ll-\04,  like  that  of  the  preceding,  aud  it  is 
isomeric  with  it. 

This  body  gives  with  an  excess  of  alkali  a  beautiful  purple 
colouration  resulting  from  basic  combinations,  which  have 
not  been  obtained  in  crystals.  II  to  a  solution  of  this  body 
either  potash  or  ammonia  are  added  little  by  little  until  the 
liquid  begins  to  turn  purple,  on  cooling  beautiful  orange- 
yellow  needles  are  obtained,  which  are  monobasic  alkaline 
salts  easily  purified  by  successive  crystallisations  from  water. 
The  potassium  salt  was  found  to  have  a  composition  agreeing 
witli  the  formula  C-!I,,KX(  I.  +  EUO.— J.  II.  C. 


The  Composition  of  Liquid  Ammonia  of  Commerce,  and 
the  Manufacture  oj  Liquid  Ammonia  of  99-  995  per  cent. 
Strength.  H.  von  Strombeck.  J.  Frank.  lust.  1892, 
134,58— 64 

If  the  so-called  chemically-pure  liquid  ammonia  be  allowed 
to  evaporate  in  a  vessel  connected  with  an  inverted  con- 
denser kept  cool  by  a  freezing  mixture,  an  alkaline  yellow 
fluid  of  penetrating  odour  is  obtained,  mixed  with  crystals 
of  ammonium  sesquicarbonatc.  The  yellow  fluid  is  a 
constant  product  from  whatever  source  the  ammonia  is 
derived,  but  the  sesquicarbonatc  occasionally  dissolves 
instead  of  assuming  the  crystalline  state.  By  saturation 
with  hydrochloric  acid  gas  and  removal  of  the  excess  with 
lime  a  neutral  liquid  is  yielded,  which  is  still  yellow  from 
the  presence  of  traces  of  lubricating  oil.  <  In  distillation  at  a 
pressure  of  200  mm.  at  40' — 50°  C.  a  colourless  liquid  passes 
over,  the  mineral  oil  remaining  behind.  Mineral  matter,  such 
as  sand,  oxide  and  sulphide  of  iron,  is  also  sometimes  to 
be  fouud,  the  average  composition  of  six  samples  of  liquid 
ammonia  derived  from  different  sources  being  as  follow-  :  — 

Per  rent. 

Ammonia  (by  difference) 98*745 

Moisture O'Ml 

<  olourless  fluid" ff  Ifi 

Sesquicat  li  mate 0  052 

Oil Hill  I 

Mineral  matter 0  ""- 


i 


This  "colourless  fluid  "  has  a  specific  gravity  of  0-7948 
at  15-5"  ('.,  is  miscible  with  water  and  burns  with  a  slightly 
luminous  flame.  On  fractional  distillation,  14-9  percent,  was 
found  to  pass  over  at  74° — 78'  and  7stj  per  cent,  at  7s  — 
82  C,  audit  consisted  chiefly  of  isopropyl  alcohol,  methyl 
and  ethyl  alcohol,  acetone  and  methyl-ethyl-ketone  being 
also  present. 

Metallic  sodium  having  the  property  of  decomposing 
these  substances,  as  well  as  the  water  and  the  ammonium 
sesquicarbonate  with  tin-  formation  of  ammonia  ami 
hydrogen  as  the  only  volatile  products,  tlie  author  has 
devised  ami  patented  (U.S.  Pat  l77.os'.n  a  process  for  the 
production  of  liquid  ammonia  absolutely  free  from  every 
foreign  substance  except  the  lubricating  oil,  i.e  ,  of,  on  the 
average,  99*  995  per  cent,  purity,  the  increase  in  the  cost 
being  only  about  -J  •  5  per  cent.  The  ammonia  gas,  manu- 
factured in  the  usual  manner,  is  freed  from  water  as 
completely  as  possible  ami  Ud  through  two  vessels 
containing  sodium  kept   liquid  by  means    of   steam-jackets, 


whence  it  is  drawn  into  the  compressor  aud  liquefied  in  the 
usual  way.  To  avoid,  however,  the  extra  work  on  the 
engine  caused  bv  the  presence  of  the  hydrogen  evolved 
during  the  reaction,  the  gases  may  advisedly  be  passed  over 
palladium  black  or  gauze,  for  although  this  is  a  very 
expensive  material,  1  lb.  costing  about  SO/.,  by  a  suitable 
arrangemeut  of  cocks,  air  may  be  periodically  led  over  the 
palladium,  removing  the  absorbed  hydrogen  and  making  it 
fit  for  use  over  again.  In  this  way  probably  \  lb.  of 
palladium  would  be  the  extreme  amount  required  even  for 
the  largest  plant. 

The  author  gives  as  an  additional  advantage  of  this 
process  the  opinion  that  the  terrific  explosions  occurring 
every  now  and  then  iu  the  refrigerating  plant  would  thereby 
he  done  away  with,  as  he  holds  that  they  are  in  all 
probability  due  to  the  presence  of  the  alcohols  and 
ketones,  which  during  compression  are  converted  into 
hydrocarbons,  &c,  by  the  thermo-electricity  developed 
bitw  ecu  the  tin  solder  of  the  joints  and  the  iron  of  the  rest 
of  the  apparatus..     <  In  this  subject  lie  is  still  experimenting 

— F.  11.  L. 


cent 


'  Eliminating  one  sample  the  average  amount  of  <>ii  waBO 

nt 


The  Coal -Tar  Industry  during  the   Year  1891.     Chem. 
1ml.  15,  1892,  145— 149. 

DURING  the  first  nine  months  of  the  year  1891,  the  coal  tar 
trade  was  fairly  brisk,  but  at  the  end  business  fell  off,  and 
owing  to  speculation  as  well,  prices  fell  very  considerably, 
in  some  cases  a-  much  as  5"  per  cent.  Fifty  and  90  per 
cent,  benzene  which  in  January  were  quoted  at  3s.  6<f.  aud 
is.  '.'(/.  per  gallon  respectively  in  London,  in  December  were 
only  worth  Is.  9d.  and  2s.  ?.</.;  and  phenol,  which,  as  a 
disinfectant,  has  suffered  much  from  Koch's  publications  in 
past  years,  was  being  sold  in  December  at  5d.  per  lb.  t  34° — 
35  crystals).  The  use  of  naphthalene  for  carburetting  gas 
has  greatly  fallen  off,  owing  to  the  competition  of  the 
various  regenerative  burners,  and  although  it  is  being  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  explosives  such  as  Favier's  (this 
Journal,  1888,  519  and  589),  as  is  also  the  ease  with 
phenol,  the  consumption  in  times  of  peace  is  too  small 
appreciably  to  affect  the  price.  Anthracene,  too,  has  fallen 
off  from  Is.  3d.  to  Is.  per  unit,  and  the  demand  has  been 
very  small.  On  the  other  baud,  the  "  denaturing  "  bases 
have  increased  25  per  cent,  in  value,  and,  according  to 
Delbruck,  the  consumption  has  gone  up  from  43"  1  to  .'>:;•  1 
milliou  litres  per  annum  in  Germany. 

Kecent  reports  of  The  Gas  Light  and  Coke  Company 
show  that  petroleum  products  have  been  largely  used  iu  gas 
manufacture,  ami  this,  inter  alia,  it  is  thought,  may  be 
taken  a-  a  sign  that  the  public  are  far  from  satisfied  with 
the  illuminating  power  of  the  gas  usually  supplied:  the 
great  interest  displayed  iu  the  Dinsmore  process  (this 
Journal,  1889,  960,"  and  1890,  442)  which  is  said  to 
have  proved  unsuccessful  (this  Journal,  1891,  G85)  also 
points  iu  the  same  direction.  The  result  of  this  dis- 
satisfaction may  well  be  that  in  the  future,  gas  manufac- 
turers  will  have  to  keep  the  whole  of  their  benzene  in  the 
gas,  and  so  the  depreciation  of  price,  which  must  otherwise 
undoubtedly  occur  owiug  to  the  increasing  amount  of 
benzene  produced  by  the  coke  ovens,  may  be  avoided. 
Should,  however,  tlie  benzene  of  the  gasworks  remain  on  the 
market,  the  question  arises  as  to  the  lowest  price  which  will 
pay  the  owners  of  tlie  coke  ovens  for  the  pure  article,  and 
this  may  be  taken  in  England  at  about  3s.  !/</.,  aud  in 
Germany  at  2s.  6d.  per  gallon. 

Pearson's  Creolin  (this  Journal,  1880,274)  and  Lysol 
(this  Journal,  1S90,  1136)  are  said  not  to  have  proved  as 
successful  as  could  be  wished,  the  cloudy  or  opaque  nature 
of  the  preparations,  as  well  as  the  free  or  loosely  combined 
alkali  they  contain  militating  largely  against  their  employ- 
ment by  the  medical  world.  Should  however,  the  new 
efforts  to  use  cresol  in  a  perfectly  soluble  form  (this 
Journal,  1S9!,  722)  be  more  successful,  this  hitherto 
neglected  product  may  rise  considerably  in  value.  Hand 
Smith's  process  (this  Journal.  1889,  553)  for  assisting  the 
solution  of  resins,  such  a-  copal,  by  previous  treatment  with 
benzene  or  phenol,  may  also  turn  out  valuable,  as  is  also  the 
progress  made  in  the  employment  of  highly  nitrated  tar 
hydrocarbons  as  explosives  (this   Journal,  1888,  588  ;  and 


Sept.  so,  WW.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


737 


1891,  1028).  l'.iramidopheuol  has  been  found  to  be  a 
good  developer  for  photographic  work,  and  anthr.milic  acid 
is  being  used  for  the  manufacture  of  artificial  indigo  (this 
Journal,  1891,  s:ii). 

()u  the  more  scientific  Bide  of  the  coal-tar  industry  more 
advances  bave  been  made  during  the  past  year,  among 
which  the  following  may  probably  become  of  technical 
importance.  Liebermann  has  found  in  phenylhydrazine 
(this  Journal,  1891,  578)  a  new  reagent,  much  more  delicate 
than  the  Old  alcoholic  potash,  for  the  detection  of  carbon 
bisulphide  in  benzene,  from  which  impurity  few  commercial 
samples  are  now  shown  to  be  free.  Etard  and  Lambert 
bave  isolated  (this  Journal,  1891,  688)  pyropentyleue,  the 
last  of  the  three  members  of  the  indene  group  (this  Journal, 
1891,  38)  ;  this  being  of  special  interest  owing  to  Wallach's 
researches  on  the  similarities  between  it  and  the  terpenes 
(this  Journal,  1891,  850).  Iiaur  has  finally  settled  the 
composition  of  artificial  musk  (this  Journal,  1891),  964,  and 
1891,  1021),  and  found  it  to  be  an  isnpropyl  compound  (this 
Journal,  1892,  306).  Noelting  has  discovered  that  ethyl- 
benzene  is  present  in  small  quantities  in  commercial  xylene 
(this  Journal,  1891,  912);  and  Bi/.arri,  by  reducing 
cumarone  (this  Journal,  1890,  27a)  to  amidophenanthrene, 
has  shown  its  close  relationship  to  ehryscue  and  pheuanthrene. 
Wiehelhaus,  by  a  new  study  of  that  portion  of  coal-tar 
which  boils  at  240°,  has  discovered  a  better  method  for  the 
production  of  a-  aud  3-methyl-naphthalene.  Klbs  has 
assigned  to  paranthracene  the  molecular  weight  303  (this 
Journal,  1892,  340),  whence  its  formula  appears  to  be 
l\.JL„. 

Among  the  oxygen  compounds  of  coal-tar,  phenol  only 
has  been  investigated,  and  this  merely  with  regard  to  its 
reddening  in  air  and  light.  Fabini  has  assigned  to  this 
colour  the  name  pheuerythrene  (this  Journal,  1891,  453  and 
80(1),  but  he  lias  not  actually  isolated  such  a  body,  nor 
proved  that  his  artificially  produced  colour  is  really  the 
same  as  the  natural  one,  for  the  reddening  takes  place  even 
in  phenol  absolutely  free  from  metallic  salts.  Schwarz 
has  improved  the  synthetical  process  for  the  production  of 
(B-picoline  from  glycerol  and  ammonia,  and  has  also  obtained 
small  quantities  of  the  a-com pound  ;  and  Ladenburg's  experi- 
ments on  the  addition  products  of  pyridine  ( this  Journal, 
1891,  818)  promise  to  yield  highly  interesting  results 
regarding  the  constitution  of  many  alkaloids.  The  formation 
of  carbazol  from  ortliodiainidophenol  has  been  recently 
successful  (Tauber, this  Journal,  1890,  1123,  and  1891,030), 
while  Blank  had  previously  obtained  it  in  another  way  from 
ortho-aniidopheiiol  (this  Journal,  1891,336).  Kramer  and 
Spilker's  work  on  the  condensation  products  of  methyl- 
ated benzene  and  allyl  alcohol  and  the  production  of 
artificial  lubricating  oils  (this  Journal,  1892,  22),  promises  to 
be   of  great  importance. 

Taken  as  a  whole — having  regard  to  the  competition  of 
the  coke  ovens  on  the  one  hand  and  of  the  electric  light  on 
the  other,  the  outlook  for  the  tar  trade  is  not  so  bright  as 
it  has  been  in  past  years,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  it 
is  passing  through  a  period  productive  of  great  anxiety  to 
those  connected  with  it. — F.  II.  L. 


The  Production  of  Heating  Gets  and  Ammonia.    A.  Ilennin. 
(hem.  Trade  J.  11,  147  —  148. 

See  under  II.,  page  731. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Coke  Ovens.  H.  H.  Leigh,  London. 
1  i < >in  T.  Bauer,  Berlin,  auclG.  Men'dheim,  Munich.  Eng. 
Pat.  12,396,  July  21,  1891. 

This  patent  relates  to  improvements  in  the  construction  of 
coke  ovens,  worked  either  with  or  without  extraction  of 
byproducts.  The  essential  feature  of  the  invention  is  a 
new  arrangement  of  the  air-heating  chambers,  through 
which  the  products  of  combustion  are  led  in  order  that 
their  heat  may  be  utilised  for  raising  the  temperature  of 
the  fresh-air  supply. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  and  Relating  /»  Retorts  fur  Distilling 
Shale  and  like  Mini  rah,  and  for  Healing  with  the 
result  in./  Products.  R.  Orr  aud  R.  M.  Sutherland, 
Linlithgow.     Eng.  l'at.  15,552,  September  II,  1891. 

The  principal  improvement  here  described  is  a  new  method 
of  discharging  the  spent  shale  from  the  bottom  of  the 
retorts  into  a  lower  hopper  chamber,  whence  it  is  delivered 
vertically  through  the  door  of  a  hopper  to  the  removing 
hutches. 

E'er  a  description  of  the  apparatus  the  original   must  be 
consulted. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  the   Purification  of  Pyrolignitcs.     F.  H. 
Pickles,  Fairfield,  and  K.  H.  Pickles,  Mat-pie.     Eng.  Pat. 

20,753,  November  28,  lX'.i  1 . 

It  is  proposed  to  separate  the  pyroliguites  (such  as  crude 
sodium  acetate,  wood  acid,  aud  black-iron  liquor)  from  the 
tarry  matters  accompanying  their  production  by  treatment 
with  carbonaceous  matter,  or  with  residues  containing  the 
same.  The  residues  obtained  in  the  manufacture  of  potas- 
sium prussiate,  or  those  by  calcining  animal  matter  alone 
with  the  carbonates  or  hydrates  of  the  alkalis,  are  specially 
adapted  for  this  purpose.  The  modus  operandi  consists  in 
heating  up  to  boiling  point  a  pyrolignite  containing  about 
25 — 30  per  cent,  of  impurities  with  about  50  per  cent,  by 
weight  of  the  residue;  the  liquor  is  then  settled,  filtered, 
aud  concentrated. — H.  A. 


n.-COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

On  Diamidosulphobenzide  and  some  of  Us  Derivatives. 
Ch.  Lautb.  Compt.  rend.  114,  1892,  1023  1024. 
Diamidosulphobenzide,  S( ).,' <  'J  1 1NH2)2  is  easily  prepared 
as  follows  :  —  Sulphohenzide  is  dissolved  in  three  times  its 
weight  of  nitric  acid  (IS  B.)  mixed  with  five  times  its 
weight  of  sulphuric  acid  ;  the  mixture  becomes  very  warm, 
and  is  kept  warm  for  half  an  hour.  On  cooling  it  crystal- 
lises, the  crystals  are  washed  with  water  aud,  after  the 
removal  of  the  acids,  are  treated  with  alcohol  until  the 
melting-point  of  the  product  reaches  197  C.  The  diuitro- 
sulphobenzide  thus  obtained  is  reduced  by  warming  it  with 
one  and  a  half  times  its  weight  of  tin  and  three  times  its 
weight  of  hydrochloric  acid  ;  after  the  reduction  is  complete 
the  tin  is  removed  by  H2S  ;  the  liquid  is  concentrated  on  a 
water-hath  and  the  base  precipitated  by  ammonia.  After 
one  or  two  crystallisations  from  benzene  or  alcohol  the 
product  is  absolutely  pure.  It  forms  rhomboidal  prisms, 
melting  at  165° — 170°  C.  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  and 
benzene  when  warm,  aud  separating  out  on  cooling.  It  is 
not  attacked  by  zinc  aud  sulphuric  acid ;  attempts  to 
obtain  paramidothiopheuol  in  this  way  were  unsuccessful. 
It  readily  yields  diazo-derivatives  when  treated  with  nitrite 
of  soda  in  presence  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  these  when 
acted  on  by  the  usual  reagents  yield  beautiful  colouring 
matters.  A  list  of  these  dyes  is  given  (orange,  scarlet, 
brown,  aud  violet  colours),  but  the  author  adds  that  they 
do  not  appear  to  be  superior  to  others  which  are  already 
known.  Contrary  to  his  expectation  they  bave  no  affinity 
for  cotton. — D.  E.  J. 


On  Azo-Compounda  and  Colouring  Matters  derived  from 
Chrysaniline.  A.  Trillat  and  de  Kaczkowski.  Compt. 
rend'.  114,  1892,  1021. 

Ill  vMiiiiirHENVL  aeridine,  C|.,II|,N' ;,  is  easily  prepared  by 
dissolving  commercial  phosphine,  which  is  generally  impure, 
iu  a  large  quantity  of  acidulated  water  and  pouring  it  slowly 
into  a  dilute  solution  of  carbonate  of  soda  with  continual 
agitation.  The  base  is  thus  obtained  in  the  form  of  a 
yellow  powder.  It  is  diazotised  by  dissolving  it  in  dilute 
acid,  and  adding  sodium  nitrite  iu  the  cold.     The  tetrazoic 


738 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  so,  is;i-J. 


compound  obtained  has  the  same  properties  as  those  of 
the  diazobenzene  class,  and  easily  yields,  by  the  usual 
methods,  compounds  with  the  amines,  phenols,  &c. 

It  was  of  interest  to  discover  if  this  colouring  matter 
derived  from  tetrazochrysaniline  could  enjoy  at  the  same 
lime  the  stability  of  chrysaniline  and  the  brilliancy  of  the 
tctrazo-colours.  The  best  results  were  obtained  by  com- 
bining  tetrazochrysaniline  with  disulphonaphtholate  of 
sodium.  Disulphonaphtholazochrysaniline  is,  when  freshly 
prepared,  a  green  powder  with  metallic  reflex.  It  is 
insoluble  in  alcohol,  but  very  soluble  in  water,  to  which  it 
imparts  a  magnificent  red  colour.  The  compounds  with 
the  sulphophenols  give  shades  varying  from  rose  to  bright 
red.  They  dye  silk  well,  but  wool  very  badly.  Non- 
mordanted  cotton  does  not  take  the  colour;  and  even  when 
mordanted  with  tannin  it  only  receives  the  colours  faintly. 
M  -  ilidity,  brilliancy,  and  resisting  power  the  colours  are 
inferior  to  those  of  chrysaniline.— D.  E.  J. 


The  paste  should  not,  therefore,  contain  more  than  1  per 
cent,  of  II.SOj,  and  wljeu  it  is  remembered  that  as  much 
as  4o  per  cent,  has  been  found  in  commercial  paste,  the 
importance  of  watching  this  factor  becomes  apparent.  An 
excess  of  acid  in  the  ink  corrodes  the  pens,  delays  the 
darkening  of  writing,  and  sometimes  perforates  the  paper. 
Apart  from  these  objections  it  was  noticed  in  the  course  of 
ih'  research  that  up  to  a  certain  point  the  addition  of 
sulphuric  acid  was  advantageous,  and  then  just  the  opposite. 
This  is  shown  by  the  following  figures,  obtained  by  expos- 
ing equal  measures  of  an  experimental  ink  (0*  536  grin, 
each  of  tannin  and  pure  F'eS04  in  50  cc.  water,  plus  the 
amount  of  acid  indicated)  in  cylindrical  jars  : — 


An  attempt  to  place  the  Manufacture  of  Ink  on  a  Scientific 
Basis.  YV.  iDglis  Clark,  ('hem.  and  Druggist,  July  30, 
151—152. 

Towards  the  beginning  of  this  century  a  Dr.  Lewis  made 
some  attempts  to  place  the  manufacture  of  ink  on  a 
satisfactory  basis,  ami  he  succeeded  so  far  as  to  determine 
that  an  excess  of  iron  salt  in  the  ink  is  detr. mental  to  its 
permanence,  such  ink  becoming  brown  on  exposure.  Three 
parts  of  galls  to  one  part  of  ferrous  sulphate  were  the 
proportions  which  he  fixed  upon  as  the  best.  He  did  not 
use  boiling  water  in  extracting  the  galls,  and  this  has  to  be- 
taken into  account  in  considering  exact  experiments,  for 
cold  water  would  not.  as  he  used  it,  extract  more  than  half 
of  the  gallo-tannic  acid  from  the  galls.  This  observer  was 
the  first  to  introduce  logwood  as  a  tinctorial  agent,  and  he 
made  the  interesting  ami  important  observation  that  acetic 
acid  in  the  menstruum  provides  an  ink  of  greater  body  and 
blackness  than  sulphuric  acid  does— a  circumstance  due  to 
the  smaller  resistance  of  acetic  acid  to  the  formation  of  iron 
gallo-tannate.  This  observation  has  since  been  utilised  by 
dyers.  In  1798  l.ihancourt  determined  that  an  excess  of 
galls  is  quite  as  injurious  to  the  permanence  of  ink  as  an 
excess  of  iron,  but  Dr.  Clark's  research  does  not  sustain  his 
explanation  that  this  is  flue  to  the  reducing  action  of  the 
gallo-tannic  acid.  Dr.  Bostock  communicated  a  paper  to 
the  Society  of  Aits  in  1830,  in  the  course  of  which  he 
stated  that  the  tannin,  mucilage,  and  extractive  matter  are 
"without  doubt  the  principal  causes  of  the  difficulty  which 
><  encountered  in  the  formation  of  a  perfect  and  durable 
ink.  For  a  good  ink  the  essential  ingredients  are  gallic 
acid  and  a  sesqui-salt  of  iron."  In  this  point  Dr.  Bostock 
peculiarly  hit  the  mark.  Owing  to  his  working  with  galls 
he  was  unable  to  make  decisive  experiments,  but  he 
concludes,  and  that  rightly,  that  in  proportion  as  ink  consists 
merely  of  gallate  of  iron  it  is  less  liable  to  decomposition 
and  any  kind  of  metamorphosis. 

The  introduction  of  blue-black  ink  is  the  next  phase  of 
the  development  towards  modern  methods  which  is  noticed. 
The  object  of  adding  a  dye  is  to  give  temporary  colour  to 
the  ink,  and.  as  indigo-paste  is  used,  it  has  been  assumed 
that  this  keeps  the  iron  gallo-tannate  in  solution.  Any 
virtue  of  this  kind  which  indigo-paste  possesses  i-  more 
likely  due  to  the  sulphuric  acid  which  it  contains  than  to 
the  indigo  itself.  The  essential  part  of  the  paste  required 
is  the  snlpho-indigotate  of  sodium,  now  commonly  called 
indigo-carmine.  The  commercial  paste  contains  varying 
proportions  of  free  sulphuric  acid,  and  it  is  essential  in 
ink  marufaeture  that  only  the  minimum  of  this  constituent 
should  be  admitted.  It  is  somewhat  difficult  to  determine 
the  proportion  of  acid  present  by  the  ordinary  alkalimetric 
methods,  but,  by  treating  a  known  weight  of  the  paste  with 
excess  of  barium  carbonate,  and  absorbing  the  evolved 
carbonic  dioxide  in  a  weighed  potash  bulb,  the  amount  of 
sulphuric  acid  can  be  accurately  obtained.  Three  samples 
of  paste,  which  were  fouud  to  be  very  suitable  for  ink 
making,  gave  the  following  figures  :  — 

Sample   \.n'4r,    ,  CO        >    •  i     0 

It,  0-819  .,     =  0-71 

C,  0"236  „     =  <rX 


Acid  ad  1'  <1  - 

". 

Time  exposed. 

St  i     in  o'fppt. 

Per  cenl   of 
Fe  in  ppt. 

Per  Cent. 
0  0 

Hours. 

■:\\ 

Grin. 
0-1043 

s-.. 

.i  01703 

64S 

8-66 

u-i  ".in,; 

ills 

0-0103 

10-  12 

0*05109 

.ii- 

0-0198 

8*53 

0  0C812 

i. 

O'OUOO 

0-00 

The  stability  of  an  ink  precipitate  depends  upon  the 
amount  of  iron  which  it  contains,  and  which  on  no  account 
should  be  less  than  S  per  cent.  More  than  the  highest 
amount  of  acid  above  indicated  throws  down  a  white  granular 
precipitate. 

Similar  experiments  to  the  foregoing  with  gallic  acid 
revealed  the  fact  that  no  precipitate  whatever  i-  obtained 
under  precisely  similar  conditions.  This  point  followed  up 
explained  in  a  measure  why  a  gall  infusion  prepared  with 
hot  water  is  not  suitable  for  a  blue-black,  whilst  a  cold- 
water  infusion  is.  In  the  litter  ease  a  comparatively  small 
percentage  of  tannin  is  extracted  from  the  galls,  while 
much  is  extracted  with  hot  water,  and  the  consequence  is 
that  on  adding  the  indigo-blue  the  colour  of  the  latter  is 
not  brought  out  as  it  should  be.  Substantially  the  same 
thing  occurs  with  ink  made  with  tin:  respective  acid-, 
although  the  blue  colour  remains  for  a  considerable  time 
unimpaired  in  a  tannin  ink,  ami  it  appears  to  be  due  to  the 
fact  that  ferrous  taimate  reduces  indigo-blue  to  indigo  white, 
a  change  which  the  low-  reducing  power  of  ferrous  gallate 
does  little  to  effect.  The  vegetable  matter  present  in 
common  inks  facilitates  the  destruction,  or,  rather,  altera- 
tion and  precipitation,  of  the  indigo,  for  the  dye  appears  in 
the  iron  precipitate,  and  may  lie  extracted  from  it  with 
boiling  water. 

The  investigation  having  demonstrated  the  superiority  of 
tannin  and  gallic  acid  to  galls,  the  opportunity  was  tak-ii 
to  determine  the  correct  ratio  of  tannin  and  sulphate  of  iron 
to  be  used  for  ink.  As  in  experiments  previously  mentioned, 
samples  of  ink  were  made  containing  different  proportions  of 
essential  ingredient-,  exposed,  and  the  percentage  and  nature 
it  the  precipitate  determined.     The  results  show  that : — 

1.  The  amount  of  precipitate  increases  as  the  proportion 
of  iron  to  tannin  is  increased. 

L'.  The  composition  of  the  precipitate  is  so  variable  as  to 
preclude  the  possibility  of  its  being  a  definite  body.  Increase 
of  iron  in  the  solution  has  not  at  first  any  effect  on  the  com- 
position of  the  precipitate,  but  afterwards  iron  is  found  in  it 
in  greater  but  not  proportional  amount. 

3.  At  one  point  the  proportions  of  iron  in  the  precipitate 
and  in  solution  are  the  same,  and  this  is  at  between  six  and 
ten  parts  of  iron  to  100  parts  of  tannin. 

4.  The  proportion  of  iron  in  the  precipitate  varies  with  the 
length  of  time  the  ink  has  been  exposed.  At  first  the  pre- 
cipitate contains  lo  percent,  of  iron,  but  by-and-by  a  new 
one  having  only  7'5  per  cent,  is  formed,  and  in  from  -10  to 
70  days   we  find  one  of  5'7  per  cent.,  resembling  — 

(Ca7H19H01?)3Fe3 

Simultaneously  iron  increases  in  the  ink  (proportionate  to 
the  tanuin).  These  results  differ  markedly  from  those  of 
YVittstcin,  recorded  in  (imeliu's  "Chemistry." 


Sept.  80, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


739 


.">.  These  results  show,  anil  practice  confirms,  that  16  parts 
of  iron  (80  ferrous  sulphate)  and  10U  parts  of  tannin  are 
best  for  iuk  manufacture. 

The  research  now  travelled  in  a  direction  which  accu- 
mulating experience  showed  to  he  obligatory.  Blue-black 
tannin  ink  lost  colour,  and  the  reducing  nature  of  the  tannin 
tended  to  the  formation  of  a  highly  objectionable  precipitate 
in  the  ink,  which  made  writing  anything  but  a  pleasure. 
These  two  faults  were  doubtless  linked  together  in  sonic 
way,  and  seemed  uot  to  exist  when  gallic  acid  was  used,  for 
ink  so  made  was  found  to  precipitate  only  after  long 
exposure,  it  required  no  free  acid  to  keep  the  precipitate  in 
solution,  retained  the  indigo-blue  colour  for  a  long  time,  j 
alkalis  did  not  decompose  the  ink,  and  provided  blacker  and  i 
more  permanent  writing.  It  is  also  notable  that  one  of  the 
most  popular  English  blue-black  writing  inks  is  a  gallic  acid 
one.  Determination  of  the  correct  proportions  of  gallic  acid 
and  ferrous  sulphate  to  use  was  the  subject  of  prolonged 
experiments,  which  were  conducted  on  similar  lines  to  those 
already  detailed.  The  conclusions  as  to  precipitation  were 
also  similar.  Thirty  parts  of  iron  (150  of  ferrous  sulphate) 
and  100  parts  of  gallic  acid  were  found  to  be  the  most  | 
suitable  proportions  for  ink-making.  It  is  advisable,  how- 
ever,  not  to  discard  tannin  altogether,  owing  to  the  slow 
blackening  of  the  gallic-acid  iuk,  and  a  little  tannin  gives 
initial  blackening  and  body,  while  it  is  absolutely  necessary   | 


for  copying-ink.  Initial  blackness  can  also  be  ensured  by 
oxidising  21  per  cent,  of  the  ferrous  sulphate  without 
adding  the  extra  acid  necessary  to  the  formation  of  a  ferric 
salt. 

The  concluding  portion  of  the  research  was  devoted  to 
the  influence  of  sugar  upon  the  permanence  of  ink,  and  the 
results  of  the  experiments  arc  summed  up  in  the  following 
sentences: — "It  would  be  injurious  to  add  3  per  cent,  of 
sugar  to  a  tannin  ink,  while  from  4  to  10  per  cent,  would  be 
quite  allowable.  Most  copying  inks  contaiu  about  3-5  per 
cent,  of  sugar — uot  far  from  the  critical  amount.  With 
gallic  acid  more  than  3  per  cent,  of  sugar  hardly  varies  the 
precipitate,  hut  the  importance  of  this  point  is  somewhat 
diminished  by  the  fact  that  the  presence  of  sugar  is  by  no 
means  necessary  in  a  writing-ink.  Dextrin  is  a  much 
superior  substance  to  use.  Curiously  this  body  rapidly 
precipitates  a  tannin  iuk  ;  hence  it  is  useless  for  copying- 
ink,  but  for  the  gallic  iuk  it  is  an  excellent  thickener." — W.  S. 


The  Manufacture  ofNitrobromfluoresceln.    0.  Miihlhauser. 

Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  284,  1892,  95. 
Eosix    is  nitrated  by  the  action  of  sodium   or   potassium 
nitrate   and   acetic    acid,    the    operation    being    conducted 
in  a  pan  A  (Figs.    1  and  2)   set  in  a  water-bath,  and   the 


Fig.  1. 


i«vv<v<vy<.;vt  ■^wv>ivw^wi<<s.'X^-vNf^v.'^^v''c<Vi^ 


Fig.  2. 


T— "  -._ 


Mi. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Sept.         -     - 


product  being  freed  from  acid  by  repeated  washing  with 
water  in  the  wooden  tub  1!.  The  preeipitate  is  collected 
on  the  filter  C,  and  the  water  use  1  in  washing  allowed  to 
stand  over  night  in  tlie  vat  D,  the  colouring  matter  -till 
remaining  in  suspension  being  deposited  and  collected  on 
the  filter  E,  the  contents  of  which  are  worked  up  in  the 
succeeding  operation,  while  the  bulk  of  the  material  is  dried 
on  the  drving  plates  F.  The  resulting  nitro-eosin  is  then 
treated  with  dry  ammonia  gas  in  order  to  render  it  soluble. 
(O.  Miihlbauser,  this  Journal,  1892,676).  Should  the  eosin 
used  have  been  somewhat  impure,  the  free  acid  is  treated  as 
follows.  The  colouring  matter  is  digested  in  the  vessel  G 
with  a  solution  of  soda  insufficient  for  its  saturation,  blown 
over  into  the  tub  H,  allowed  to  settle  and  deposit  the 
undissolved  portion  of  the  colouring  matter,  and  the  solution 
passed  through  the  filter  J  into  the  jacketed  pan  K,  and 
evaporated  to  dryness.  The  potassium  salt  of  the  colouring 
matter  may  be  obtained  by  decomposing  the  solution  of  the 
sodium  salt  in  K  with  potassium  carbonate  solution.  he 
colouring  matter,  however  prepared,  is  finally  ground  in  a 
ball  mill  or  edge  runner. — ii.  B. 


Determination  of  the  Quantity  of  Indigqtim  in  Com- 
mercial Indigo.  (*.  Midler.  J.  liuss.  Cheni.  Soc.  24, 
1892,  275. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  778. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  <  'olouring  Matters 

Derived  from    Anthraquinone.       B.    Willeox,    London. 

From  The  "  Farbeufabriken  vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.," 

Elberfeld,    Germany.        En::.    Pat.    I".u77,    August    13, 

1891. 

This  patent   describes  a   new  method  of   preparing   hexa- 

hydroxy-aiithraipiinonc    (Eng.    Pat.    18,729   of    I  690 ;    this 

Journal,   1891,   917)  by    applying    the    oxidising    process 

mentioned   in  Eng.  Pat.  8725  of   1890   (this  Journal,  1891, 

J37)    to    the   anthrachrysone   first    obtained   by  Barth  and 

Sennhofer  (Annalen,  164,  109 — 1 15)  by  heating  symmetrical 

dihydroxy-benzoic  arid  (C02H:OH:OH  =  1:3:5)  with  or 

without  sulphuric  acid.     From  the  method  of  its  formation 

anthrachrysone  would  appear  to  have  the  formula — 


11(1 


/\/ 


CO 


(111 


co/\/  OH 


(HI 


If  this  compound  be  treated  in  a  sulphuric  acid  solution  with 
a  large  excess  of  sulphuric  anhydride,  the  sulphuric  ether  of 
a  compound  is  produced  which  hears  the  same  relation  to 
anthrachrysone  that  purpurin  does  to  purpuroxanthin  ami 
i-  in  fact  hexahydroxyanthraquinone  identical  with  that 
obtained  by  oxidising  alizarin  bordeaux  with  sulphuric  acid 
or  anthraquinone  with  sulphuric  anhydride.  Anthrachry- 
sone possesses  little  \aluc  fur  dyeing  with  mordants,  giving 
a  pale  red  with  alumina  and  a  yellowish-brown  colour  with 
chromium  whilst  the  new  product  gives  a  pure  bluewith  the 
latter  mordant  on  wool.  Anthrachryfone  dissolves  in 
sulphuric  acid  with  a  red  colour,  in  alkalis  with  a  yellowish- 
red,  and  in  baryta  water  with  a  brownish-red  colour.  The 
new  product  dissolves  in  sulphuric  acid  with  a  bluish-red 
colour,  the  solution  having  a  vermilion-red  fluorescence. 
The  solution  in  alkalis  is  blue  and  barium  salts  give  a 
bluish-black  insoluble  lake.  By  the  action  of  fuming 
sulphuric  acid  on  anthrachrysone  one  of  the  products 
obtained  is  the  neutral  sulphuric  ether  of  the  above  dyestuff 
which  can  be  converted  into  the  colouring  matter  either  by 
the  action  of  alkali-  and  boiling  with  dilute  mineral  acids  or 
by  heating  with  sulphuric  acid  of  60  li.  The  following 
quantities  an-  given  for  producing  the  dyestuff  from 
anthrachrysone.  In  kilos,  of  anthrachrysone  are  added 
slowly    at    a     low    temperature    to    2U0    kilos,    of    fuming 


sulphuric  acid  containing  80  per  cent,  of  S03,  and  the 
mixture  is  allowed  to  sfand  for  about  four  days,  when  it  is 
diluted  with  l,o00  litres  of  ice-water.  The  precipitate  if 
filtered  olf,  dissolved  in  about  1,500  litres  of  water  and  a 
slight  excess  of  soda  lye  and  boiled.  Sulphuric  acid  is  then 
added  in  excess  and  the  boiling  continued  for  about  hall'  an 
hour,  after  which  the  colouring  matter  is  filtered  off  and 
washed.  t  is  not  necessary  to  separate  the  anthrachrysone 
as  the  process  can  he  worked  through  starting  from 
dihydroxybenzoic  acid  by  dissolving  this  substance  in 
20  parts  by  weight  of  the  above  fuming  sulphuric  acid  and 
allowing  the  mixture  to  stand  until  the  sulphuric  etber  of 
the  hexahydroxyanthraquinone  is  formed,  after  which  the 
melt  is  worked  up  as  already  described. — T.  A.  E. 


The  Manufacture  and  Production  of  New  Dyes  related 
to  the  Rhodamine  Series.  J.  V.  Johnson,  London. 
From  the  "  Badische  Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik,"  Ludwig- 
shafen,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  14,723,  August  31.  1891. 
(Second  Edition.) 

Tm;  tetra-alkylated  rhodamine-  when  heated  by  themselves 
or  with  certain  other  substances  lose  one  or  more  alkyl 
groups,  and  give  colouring  matters  which  dye  yellower 
-hades  than  the  original  compounds.  Some  typical  examples 
are  given.  About  3  kilos,  of  tetra-ethyl  rhodamine  are 
heated  in  an  enamelled  vessel  in  an  oil-bath  to  230  — 
-»:;"i  C.  for  2| — 3  hours,  or  until  the  crystals  form  a  pasty 
bronzy  mass.  The  melt  is  then  cooled,  broken  up,  and 
dissolved  in  40  litres  of  water  acidified  with  hydrochloric 
acid.  After  filtering  the  solution  is  precipitated  with  salt. 
These  operations  are  to  he  repeated  until  the  desired  purity 
of  shade  on  dyeing  is  obtained,  and  the  product  is  then 
recrvstallised  from  water.  Another  method  is  to  heat 
abou*  3  kilos,  of  the  rhodamine  with  an  equal  weight  of 
aniline  hydrochloride  to  about  190  C.  for  2  hours.  The 
melt  i-  then  worked  up  as  above.  The  same  reaction  takes 
place  if  the  rhodamine  he  heated  under  pie-sure  with  very 
dilute  sulphuric  acid  at  about  190°  (.'.,  hut  in  all  these 
cases  it  is  necessary  to  watch  the  reaction  from  time  to 
time,  as  prolonged  heating  ultimately  destroys  the  colour- 
yielding  products  insoluble  in  water.  — T.  A.  E. 


Manufacture,  of  Blue  Dyestuffs.  J.  A.  Hewitt,  London. 
From  E.  Cassella  and  Co.,  Frankfort-on-the-Maine,  <  icr- 
many.     ling.  Pat.  15,143,  September  7,  1891. 

Ones  green  or  bluish -green  dyestuffs  have  hitherto  been 
obtained  from  the  dianiido  triphenylcarbinols.  The  present 
invention  describes  the  preparation  of  pure  blue  colouring 
matter-  belonging  to  this  class.  They  are  obtained  by 
condensing  mono-methyl-  or  mouo-ethyl-o-toluidine  with 
m-hydroxybenzaldehyde,  sulphonating  the  leuco  bases  and 
Oxidising  the  resulting  products  to  the  colouring  matters. 
A  mixture  of  12  kilos,  of  mono-ethyl-o-toluidine,  9  kilos, 
of  hydrochloric  acid  (21  li.),  and  5  kilos,  of  m-hydroxy- 
benzaldehyde is  heated  for  three  days  in  a  water-hath. 
After  neutralisation  with  sodium  carbonate  and  removal  of 
the  uncondensed  oil  by  distillation  with  steam,  the  leuco 
ha-e  is  filtered  off,  washed,  and  dried.  The  diethyldiainido- 
ditolylhydroxyphcnylmethane  thus  obtained  forms  a  nearly 
colourless  crystalline  mass  melting  at  153°  C.  It  is  easily 
soluble  in  caustic  soda  and  also  in  dilute  mineral  acid-. 
After  powdering  it  is  dissolved  in  G''  kilos,  of  sulphuric 
acid  monobydrate  and  heated  to  loo  (.'.  until  a  sample 
dissolved  in  water  is  no  longer  precipitated  by  sodium 
acetate.  This  takes  about  4 — 6  hours,  after  which  the 
melt  is  diluted  with  water  and  neutralised  with  calcium 
hydrate.  The  leuco  solphonic  acid  in  the  filtered  solution 
is  oxidised  let  the  addition  of  9' 5  kilos,  of  lead  peroxide 
and  20  kilos,  of  acetic  acid.  The  had  i-  removed  by  the 
addition  of  sodium  sulphate, and  after  filtering  salt  is  added 
which  precipitates  the  colouring  matter.  It  dyes  wool  aud 
silk  a  very  pure  blue.  Other  oxidising  agent-,  such  as 
bichromates,  may  be  used  in  place  of  the  peroxide. 

— T.  A.  E. 


Sept.30,1892.]       THE  JOUliNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


'41 


Improvements  in  Hie  Manufacture  af  Colouring  Matters 
from  Amido-naphthol-sulphonic  Acids.  S.  Pitt,  Sutton. 
From  L.  Cassella  and  Co.,  Frankfort-on-the-Mainc,  Ger- 
many. Eng.  Pat.  15,725,  September  16,  1891. 
As  extension  of  Eng.  Pat.  G972  of  1801  (this  Journal.  1892, 
315)  ami  referring  to  the  employment  in  different  ways  of 
the  amido-naphthol  disulphonic  acid  II  for  the  production 
of  colouring  matters.  According  to  this  patent  one 
molecular  proportion  of  the  acid  II  is  combined  with  one 
molecular  proportion  of  a  diazo-eoni pound  from  aniline, 
amidoazobenzene  sulphonic  acids,  fi-naphthylamine  or  its 
mono- or  disulphonic  acid,  or  from  the  nitrotoluidines.  This 
combination  takes  place  in  an  acetic  acid  solution,  and  when 
complete  the  whole  is  made  alkaline  and  another  molecular 
proportion  of  a  diazo-cornpound  is  then  run  into  the 
solution.  lly  substituting  a  tetra/.o -compound  for  the 
second  diazo-compound  intermediate  bodies  are  obtained 
of  the  following  general  formula — 


(S();lin.,(()II)(NII.,K,ll,lI, 


/ 


N  =  N  -  W 
■  N  =  N  -  R"  -  N  -  N  • 


which  containing  a  free  diazo-group  are  capable  of  combin- 
ing with  phenols  or  amines,  &c.  Another  modification  of 
the  process  is  to  combine  a  tetrazo-compound  with  the 
acid  II  (equi-inolecular  proportions  of  each)  in  presence 
of  acetic  acid  and  act  with  this  intermediate  compound  on 
resoreinol,  m-toluylene  diamine,  the  ehrysoidincs,  Bismarck 
browns,    or    ui-hydroxydiphcnvlatuiuc.     These    latter    dye- 


stuffs  give  brown  shades  on  unmordanted  cotton  whilst 
certain  of  the  combinations  enumerated  above  give  green, 
lilueish-blaek,  and  violet-black  shades. — T.  A.  L. 


Errata. 

Page  0 7 4 ,  in  description  under  Fig.  3,  for  "  Plan"  read 
Plant. 

Page  G75,  eol.  I,  line  1,  for  "molten,"  read  mother; 
line  10,  for  "  plan  "  read  plant. 

Iliid.,  col.  2,  in  title,  for  "  Miillliauser,"  read  Muhlhiluser. 


V.-TEXTILES :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

The  Specific  Rotatory  Power  of  Silks  of  different  Origins. 
L.  Vignon.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7,  1892;  139  —  141. 

The  author  has  determined  the  optical  activity  of  the 
sericin  and  fibroin  contained  in  silks  from  various  sources, 
in  the  manner  described  in  a  previous  paper  (this  Journal, 
1892,  427).  The  results  are  embodied  in  the  following 
table  :— 


Nature  of  Substance. 


S..lv,nt. 


Concentration 

2-2(1 

i  -so 

1-17 

2' IS 

ft::, 

1-32 

1-42 

[«].. 


Bombyx  M.  Var.  sericin 

Bombyx  M.  China,  serioin 

Bombyx  M.  Japan,  sericin 

Yamma-Mai,  Japan,  sericin 

Bombyx  M.  Tonkin,  sericin 

Bombyx  M.  Madagascar,  sericin 

Bombyx  M.  Bagdad,  sericin 

Bombyx  M.  Vox.,  fibroin 

Bombyx  M.  China,  fibroin 

Bombyx  M.  Japan,. fibroin 

Yanirou-Mai,  Japan,  fibroin 

Bombyx  M.  Vav.,flbroin 

Bombyx  M.  China,  "  polyvoltin,"  6th  cru\>,  fibroin 

Bombyx  M.  Tonkin, fibroin 

Bombyx  M.  Madagascar,  fibroin 

Bombyx  M.  Bagdad,  fibroin 


Soda,3    o 


HCI,  11°  B. 


(-ii.se),,  66°B iocc.) 

■!  Ice 20cc> 

(.HCI,  82°  B lOccJ 

HCI,  11°  B. 


400 

4'00 

roo 

fait 
fa:, 
fun 
3-95 
3-99 


38°-20 

33  -90 

31°'30 

U°  10 
13° -60 

'SI 

9°  -00 

35° -90. 

40° -00^ 

39° -50 

44°  40 

50° -00 

a 
'3 

= 

s 

ulr'IIO 
Is    -2M 

43°  '30 

-39° -40 

-44o,20. 

The  fibroin  of  "  Yamma-Mai  "  was  found  to  be  insoluble 
in  hydrochloric  acid  j  but  soluble  in  cold  strong  sulphuric 
acid  after  some  standing.  The  solution  thus  obtained  is 
too  dark  for  examination,  but  after  the  addition  of  ice, 
followed  by  hydrochloric  acid,  the  colour  disappears. 
Bombyx  M.  I  ar.  was  examined  under  similar  conditions 
for  the  sake  of  comparison. — II.  T.  P. 


The  Formation  of  Mildew  in  Woollen  Goods.     K.Sehimke. 
Farb.  Zeit.  1892,  339. 

The  formation  of  mildew  in  woollen,  as  in  cotton  goods,  is 
due  to  the  development  of  fungoid  growths  in  the  presence 
of  air  and  moisture  at  a  certain  temperature.  The  most 
favourable  time  for  the  appearance  of  these  fungi  is  in 
summer,  and  especially  in  the  mouth  of  August  they  occur 
very  frequently.  Certain  dyes  like  vat-hlue  are  particularly 
liable  to  this  growth,  probably  on  account  of  the  alkaline 
reaction   of    the   dye-liquors.     The   danger    can    only    be 


avoided  by  not  allowing  the  goods  to  lie  in  a  heap  for  any 
considerable  space  of  time.  One  of  the  primary  causes  of 
mildew  can  frequently  he  observed  in  the  process  of  weaving 
moist  cloth.  Two  different  kinds  of  fungi  may  appear  at 
this  stage,  according  to  whether  the  fabrics  remain  cold  or 
get  hot.  In  the  first  case  the  fibre  is  not  attacked  or 
disintegrated,  and  also  the  fungoid  growth  often  extends 
over  a  considerable  area.  Dark  shades  are  hardly  ever 
affected.  The  mildew  can  easily  be  biushed  off.  Much 
more  serious  is  the  second  kind,  which  appears  in  the  form 
of  smaller  or  larger  patches,  generally  disintegrating  the 
fibre.  Mildew  stains  of  this  kind  show  after  the  milling  as 
bare  patches,  and  the  fibre  appears  quite  rotten.  The  same 
stains  often  are  caused  through  the  cloth,  after  the  milling 
process,  being  left  to  lie  unwashed.  Undoubtedly  the  highly- 
alkaline  reaction  of  the  cloth  at  this  stage  is  very  favourable 
to  the  growth  of  the  fungus.  There  occur,  however,  other 
stains  in  woollen  cloth,  which  in  their  appearance  are  very 
much   like    mildew  stains,  hut   are   due   to  quite    different 


742 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Sept.  80, 1892. 


causes,  and  only  a  microscopical  examination  can  reveal 
the  true  nature"  of  the  stains.  Under  the  microscope  the 
fibre  of  mildewed  wool  is  found  to  have  lost  its  characteristic 
scales  almost  entirely,  and  to  be  split  or  dissolvedinto 
numerous  individual  cells,  so  that  the  ends  of  the  fibres 
I the  appearance  of  a  brush  (Fig.  2),  Fig.  1  repre- 
senting the  normal  appearance  of  milled  wool  fibre.  Such 
mildew  stains  are,  in  dyeing,  quite  indifferent  to  colouring 
matters,  >o  that  according  to  the  degree  to  which  the  fibre 
has  been  affected  the  stains  appear  after  dyeing  of  a  lighter 
colour  than  the  rest  of  the  cloth,  or  they  may  remain 
altogether  undyed.  The  behaviour  of  mildew  stains  towards 
various  dyes  was  found  as  follows  : — 


Scarlet,  dyed  in  one  bath  with 
cochineal,  tin  crystals  and 
oxnlie  acid. 

Billiard-cloth  green,  dyed  with 
acid  gn  en,  sulphuric  acid  and 
Glauber's  salt. 

Moss-green,  dyed  with  indigo- 
carmine,  fustic  and  alum,  in 
one  bath. 

Vat-blue  topped  "  ith  logwoo  1  . . 

Vat-blue,  medium  shade 

Dove-grey  dyed  with  alizarin- 
blue  s'w. 

Dark-brown  dyed  in  one  bath 
wiili  fustic  and  camwood,  with 
ii  ipper  :<tul  iron  sulphate. 

Logwood  black  with  ferrous 
sulphate. 


White  spots  of  varying  size. 


White  spots,  fibre  very  rotten. 

Light,    greenish-yellow   stains. 

tin;  nile  of  which  is  entirely 

destroyed. 
Large  and  small  stains, dyed  an 

uneven  light  blue. 
Irregular  white  spois. 

Pale-blue  spots. 

Large    and    small   light-brown 
stains. 

Light  bluish  stains. 


Fig.  1. 


Fig.  2. 


!•'.".  :s. 


The  mildew  stains  on  the  logwood  black  are  very  similar 
to  the  stains  caused  by  soap  remaining  in  the  cloth  in  the 
washing.  In  all  eases  the  microscopical  examination  of  the 
above  samples  showed  the  sealeless  and  split  fibres,  as  in 
Fig.  3.— C.  O.  W. 


PATENTS. 


An    Improved    Process    for    <  'leaning,     Restoring,    mid 

Bleaching  Damaged  Cotton  or  oilier  Products  from 
t  'otton  Seeds,  Sponges,  and  oil  Textile  Materials. 
W.  II.  Hughes  and  A.  Rowbotham,  Liverpool.  Eng. 
Pat.  3960,  .March  5,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  restore,  as  far  as  possible, 
the  quality  of  cotton  damaged  in  harvesting  or  by  sea- 
water,  but  the  process  is  also  applicable  for  the  treatment 
of  sponges  and  for  other  purposes. 

As  applied  to  damaged  bales  of  cotton,  an  important 
part  of  the  process  is  the  opening  of  the  bales.  This  is 
done  by  placing  them  in  a  keir,  saturating  the  cotton  with 
low-pressure  steam,  and  then  forming  a  vacuum.  Some- 
times the  cotton  is  sprinkled  with  methylated  spirits  before 
being  placed  in  the  keir.  The  bleaching  process  consists  in 
treating  the  material  first  with  permanganate  solution,  and 
afterwards  with  sulphurous  acid  in  the  well-known  wav. — 
W.  M.  G. 


Improvements  in  Arrangements  and  Mechanism  or  Appa- 
ratus for  Dyeing  and  Bleaching  and  otherwise  Treating 
Cotton,  Wool,  Silk,  and.  other  Fibrous  Materials,  in  the 
Raw  and  Manufactured  or  partly  Manufactured  state. 
G.  Young  and  W.  Crippin,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  1928, 
March  19,  1891. 

The  present  specification  consists  of  extensions,  modifica- 
tions, and  improvements  of  Eng.  Pat.  1157,  1890  (this 
Journal,  922,  923,  1891).  Being  based  largely  upon 
mechanical  details  it  is  not  possible  to  give  a  clear  idea  of 
the  present  claims  without  a  simultaneous  view  of  the 
diagrams  explanatory  of  the  two  patents. — W.  M.  {',. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for    Washing  and  Scouring 

Wool  and  other  Fibres,  such  said  Apparatus  being 
applicable  fir  Mordanting  and  Dyeing  Wool  and  other 
Fibres  and  also  for  Extracting  or  Separating  Animal 
from  Vegetable  Fibre.  J.  and  1.  Smith.  Halifax.  Eng. 
Pat.  6601,  April  17,  1891. 

The  construction  of  the  apparatus  will  be  readily  understood 
by  reference  to  the  accompanying  illustration.  The  process- 
liquor  is  placed  in  tank  H,  from  whence  it  is  pumped  up 
through  pipe  J,  falling  in  a  powerful  spray  through  the 
rose  I.  into  tank  A.  Flowing  along  A  the  liquid  falls  over 
the  end  G  through  the  strainer  I  back  again  into  tank  II. 
While  the  apparatus  is  in  work  the  circulation  of  the  liquid 


Sep i  .:m.i892.]       THE   JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


743 


iu  the  direction  indicated  is  continuous.  The  tank  A  is 
provided  with  a  perforated  false  hottom  which  allows  any 
sediment  to  collect  in  D. 

The  wool   or  other  material   is    fed   into  the   apparatus 
over  the  end  F.,  aud  meeting  with  the  spray  (which  extends 


the  full  width  of  the  tank)  is  wetted  and  opened  out.  It  is 
then  carried  forward  by  the  How  of  the  liquid,  aud  is 
pressed  underneath  the  surface  by  the  perforated  drums  Ml 
At  the  exit  end  it  passes  between  the  light  nipping  rollers 
G  G,  and  lastly  the  heavy  squeezing  rollers  K  II. 


Machine  for  Washing  and  Scouring  Wool,  &c. 


It  is  claimed  that  this  machine  has  a  greater  capacity 
than  any  at  present  in  use,  and  that  felting  and  breaking 
of  the  fibre  is  avoided.  It  is  further  stated  that  the  appa- 
ratus is  applicable  to  mordanting,  dyeing,  or  carbonising 
operations. — \V.  M.  G. 


Improvements  in  Machinery  or  Apparatus  far  Cleansing 
and  Lustreing  Dyed  or  Undyed  Yarns  of  Silks,  Cotton, 
or  other  Fibrous  Substances.  S.  Fisher  and  H.  Murga- 
troyd,  Hudderslield.     Kng.  Tat.  6999,  April  23,  1891. 

These  consist  in  certain  structural  modifications  of  the 
machines  at  present  in  use  to  overcome  defects  which 
experience  has  rendered  evident. —  W.  M.  G. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Carbonising  Shoddy. 
A.  Hof,  Dueren,  Germany.  Eng.  1'at.  7464,  April  30, 
1891. 

I.\  carbonising  by  the  dry  process  it  is  usual  to  gasify  the 
acid  in  a  separate  vessel  and  lead  it  into  the  extracting 
drums  containing  the  shoddy,  &c.  The  improvement 
consists  in  evaporating  the  acid  by  means  of  hot  air  in 
a  portion  of  the  drum  itself,  the  acid  chamber  being 
separated  from  the  space  containing  the  material  by  a 
perforated  plate.  The  acid  is  supplied  in  regulated 
quantity  from  a  tank  and  enters  the  drum  by  a  hollow 
shaft.  The  whole  apparatus  is  covered  in  and  is  rotated 
by  suitable  means. — \V.  M.  G. 


An   Improved  Process  of  Ungumming    and  Decorticating 

Textile  Materials.     A.    M.  Clarke,   London.     From    La 

Societe  La  Ramen,  Paris.     Kng.  Pat.  10,556,  June    20, 

1891. 

The  process  is  specially  applicable  to  ramie  or  China  grass, 

and  has  for  its  object  the  removal  of   the  gummy   pectic 

and   extractive    matter    which    cement    the    useful    fibres 

together    (retting).     This    is    usual    accomplished    by    the 

aid  of  alkalis,  but   in   the   improved   process   it  is  proposed 

to    use   basic    borates,   phosphates,    arseniates,   tungstates, 

molybdates,  or   more  particularly  manganates,  staunates,  or 

alkaline  silicates. — W.  M.  G. 


Improved  Art  or  Process  for  Colouring  Pictures  on  Textile 
Fabrics.  A.  Ophoven,  Paderborn,  Germany.  Kng.  Pat. 
2939,  February  15,  1892. 

The  picture  is  produced  upon  the  textile  material  by 
suitable  chemical  or  mechanical  means,  and  then  Pastell 
colours  corresponding  to  the  design  4re  rubbed  into  the 
texture  of  the  fabric  on  the  reverse  side.  —  YV.  M.  G. 


Improvements  in  or  Relating  to  Cellulose  Manufacture. 
A.  .1.  Boult,  London.  From  E.  Rocca,  Naples.  Kng. 
1'at.  9139,  May  29,  1891. 

The  invention  consists  in  a  modification  of  the  usual 
process  for  treating  paper  pulp,  resulting  in  the  production 
of  a  soft,  porous,  spongy  substance  resembling  cotton 
wadding,  which  it  is  proposed  to  call  "celluline." 

Suitable  proportions  of  fibrous  cellulose  and  of  cellulose 
from  resinous  plants  are  mixed  together,  and  the  mixture 
treated  exactly  as  for  the  manufacture  of  paper  until  the 
pulp  reaches  the  drying  cylinders,  from  which  it  must  be 
removed  before  it  has  quite  lost  its  plastic  state.  The 
nature  of  the  product  depends  upon  the  mixture  of  the 
raw  material,  the  degree  of  purification,  the  thickness  of 
tlie  layer  of  pulp,  and  the  heat  used  in  drying. 

The  material  is  manufactured  into  felt,  sponges,  wadding, 
stuffing,  &c,  and  may  be  made  more  flexible  by  addition  of 
glycerin.  When  sterilised  it  may  be  used  for  bandages, 
&C.      \V.  M.  G. 


Process  of  Treating  Wool  Washings.  I).  P.  Griffin, 
Revere,  Massachusetts,  I'.S.A.  Kng.  Pat.  8375,  May  3, 
1892. 

The  wash-waters  from  wool-scouring  are  concentrated  by 
evaporation  and  then  mixed  with  an  acid  absorbent  or 
"  filler,"  preferably  acid  phosphate  of  lime.  The  mixture 
is  heated  until  all  the  water  is  driven  off,  when  the  wool- 
grease  may  be  removed  by  mechanical  pressing  or  by 
extraction  with  volatile  solvents.  The  remaining  cakes 
retain  all  the  potassium  and  ammonia  salts  originally  con- 
tained in  the  wash  waters,  anil  thus  form,  in  conjunction 
with  the  phosphate,  a  valuable  manure. — J.  L. 


An  Improved  Fabric,  applicable  for  Tubing,  Belting, 
Valve  Sheeting,  and  other  articles  of'  Elastic  Nature. 
R.  Temmel,  Berlin,  Germany,  Kng.  Pat.  10,637,  June  4, 
1892. 

.See  under  XI II.,  page  759. 


Erb  \tcm. 

Page  680,  col.  1,  line  9,  for  "  Bombyx  Dori  "  read  Bomby.r 
Mori. 


-;n 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Sept.  30. 1892. 


VI.-DTEING,  CALICO  PRINTING.  PAPER 
STAINING.  AND  BLEACHING. 

Some  New  Dyes  fast  to  Milling  and  Washing.    A.  Kertesz. 
F&rb.  Zeit.  1892,  323-324. 

I  nth.  a  few  years  ago  the  industries  requiring  dyes  fust 
to  milling  and  washing  had  only  the  natural  colours  to 
resort  to.  the  reason,  of  course,  being  that  the  coal-tar 
colours  then  known  did  not  stand  those  operations.  The 
application  of  the  alizarin  colours  on  wool  must  therefore 
he  considered  a  very  happy  idea,  since,  owing  to  their 
capability  of  forming  insoluble  lakes  with  various  inor- 
ganic bases  (mordants),  these  colours  opened  out  quite  a 
new  field  to  the  dyer  of  woollen  fabrics.  At  present  the 
alizarin  colours  are  competing  with  the  natural  colouring 
matters  with  a  considerable  degree  of  success,  and  already 
a  Dumber  of  new  dyes  are  coming  forward,  which  although 
not  belonging  to  the  class  of  the  alizarin  dyes,  also  possess 
the  valuable  properties  of  being  fast  to  milling  and  washing. 
According  to  their  chemical  nature  these  dyes  niaj  be 
arranged  into  three  diftereiit  classes. 

1.  The  Tetrazo-Colouring  Matters  derived  from  Benzi- 
dine, or  Benzidine  anil  Diamine  Colours  nf  the  Trade.   - 

It  is  well-known  that  the  colours  belonging  to  this  group 
p.ivi^s  the  valuable  property  of  dyeing  cotton  without 
a  mordant,  and  it  has  been  found  that  these  dves  are 
also  capable  of  dyeing  wool.  The  shades  so  obtained  are 
all  more  or  le^s  fast  to  nulling  and  washing,  and  are  in 
this  respect,  without  exception,  superior  to  the  ordinary  wool 
scarlets,  although  frequently  their  fastness  to  ligbt  is 
deficient.  This  deficiency,  however,  is  individual,  it  is  not 
a  property  inherent  in  the  group  as  a  whole. 

2.  Mordant- Dyeing  Colouring  Mutters. — Like  the  ali- 
zarin colours  these  dyes  form  fast  chromium  lakes.  Whilst, 
however,  the  shades  of  the  alizarin  colours  are  only 
developed  upon  the  fibre  in  the  process  of  the  formation 
of  the  lake,  these  dyes  of  the  second  class,  independently 
of  mordants,  possess  all  the  properties  of  colour.  Our 
knowledge  and  the  manufacture  of  these  dyes  is  due  to 
tlie  efforts  of  Liebermann,  Kostanecki,  Witt,  and  Xietzki, 
who  showed  the  formation  of  such  dyes  to  be  dependent 
on  the  presence  in  their  molecules  of  two  hydroxyl-groups 
in  the  ortho  position. 

:;.  There  exists  a  certain  number  nf  dyes  fast  to 
milling  and  washing  which  it  is  difficult  In  classify. — 
The  chemical  constitution  of  these  gives  no  (due  to  an 
explanation  of  their  specific  fastness  under  the  above- 
mentioned  circumstances.  These  colours  possess  also  the 
advantage  that  they  do  not  dye  cotton,  so  that  in  the  milling 
of  mixed  fabrics  the  cotton  remains  white.  When  dyed  on 
a  chrome  mordant  these  colours  probably  become  a  trifle 
faster,  without,  however,  the  difference  being  very  notice- 
able. These  colours  are  dyed  in  an  acid  bath.  As 
colours  belonging  to  this  class,  particularly  the  diamine 
colours,  must  be  mentioned,  diamine-scarlet  B,  diamine- 
violct,  and  diamine  fast  red  being  the  best.  Especially  the 
latter,  when  dyed  in  a  weak  acid  bath  and  topped  with 
tluorehrome,  is  so  remarkably  fast  to  milling  and  light, 
that  it  is  an  excellent   substitute  for  alizarin-red.     Anthra- 

i yellow  C    is  one  of    the  mordant-dyeing  colours,  and 

therefore  is  best  dyed  on  a  chrome  mordant,  but  it  has 
been  found  preferable  to  chrome  the  wool  after  dyeing  it. 
Anthracene-black  produces  without  any  mordant  shades 
which  are  fast  to  milling.  The  colour  also  dyes  on  chrome- 
mordant,  but  the  shades  are  not  faster  than  without  it. 
Anthracene-black  in  fastness  to  light  is  slightly  superior 
lo  Alizarin-black. 

Shades  which  are  fast  to  milling  may  also  he  produced 
on  cotton  by  means  of  the  developed  colours.  Some  of 
the  substantive  dyes  are  in  themselves  fast  to  washing, 
but  not  sufficiently  to  allow  of  their  application  in  dark 
shades  on  milled  goods.  Some  of  these  dyes  possess, 
however,  the  property  of  being  convertible,  by  means  of 
nitrite  of  soda  and  hydrochloric  acid,  into  diazo-com- 
pounds,  and  these  again  are  capable  of  combination  with 


various  amines  and  phenols.  This  fact  was  first  realised 
by  A.  G.  Green,  and  th*  well-known  in-grain  colours  are  the 
outcome  of  it.  Many  of  the  diamine  colours  can  he 
applied  in  the  same  manner  and  by  using  Diamine-black 
RO, Diamine-blaekBO.Diamine-hhie-hlack  K,  Cotton-brown 
N,  or  Diamine- brown  V  on  the  one  hand,  and  combining  it 
on  the  other  hand  after  diazotisation  with  /3-naphthol, 
naphthylamine  ether,  phenylenediamine,  blue  developer 
A  N  or  fast  blue  developer  A  1),  shades  are  obtained  which 
are  all  very  fast  to  milling,  and  also  (especially  the  black 
and  brown  shades)  very  fast  to  light.  These  developed 
colours  have  already  been  employed  on  cops,  skeins, 
hosiery,  piece-goods,  ami  velveteens  witli  a  considerable 
measure  of  success.  It  appears  highly  probable  that  the 
introduction  of  primuline  and  the  developed  diamine 
colours  into  the  dyeing  industry  marks  a  new  departure 
as  important  as  the  introduction  of  .Magenta  and  Congo  red. 

— c.  o.  w. 


'/lie  Tannins  and  Tanning  Extracts  and  their  Application 
in  Dyeing  Cotton.  V.  II.  Soxblet,  Farb.  Zeit.  L892, 
325—346. 

The  process  of  producing  upon  cotton  shades  varying  from 
ligbt  grey  to  a  greyish  black,  by  treating  the  cotton  succes- 
sively in  the  solution  of  some  tanning  material  and  of  certain 
iron  salts,  is  certainly  very  old.  With  the  introduction  of 
the  coal-tar  colours  the  tauuins  became  of  very  much 
greater  importance  on  account  of  their  property  of  fixing 
these  colours,  although  the  fugitiveness  of  the  shades  dyed 
in  this  manner  was  a  great  drawback.  Not  until  the  disco- 
very of  T.  Brooks,  that  by  treatment  of  the  mordanted 
cotton  in  a  bath  of  tartar  emetic,  the  tannic  acid  could  be 
fixed  in  the  form  of  an  insoluble  compound,  was  it  possible 
to  produce  last  shades  with  those  colours.  Naturally  the 
colour  of  tin'  tannin-antimony  compounds  obtained  with  the 
various  tannins  and  tartar  emetic,  became  now  a  matter  of 
great  interest  to  the  dyer. 

Examining  the  various  commercial  tannins  a  good  idea  as 
to  their  suitability  for  the  purposes  nf  the  dyer  can  be 
obtained  by  means  of  comparative  dye-tests.  It  is  generally 
sufficient  for  this  purpose  to  dye  samples  with  the  respective 
tannins  and  an  iron  salt,  which  shows  not  only  the  per- 
centage of  tannin  contained  in  them,  but  also  supplies 
information  as  to  their  most  advantageous  use  in  dyeing. 
When  first  the  tannins  were  applied  as  mordants  all  basic 
aniline  colours  were  dyed  on  a  tannin-antimony  mordant,  to 
which  later  on  for  dark  blue  shades  a  passage  through  an 
iron  salt  was  applied.  To-day  the  tartar  emetic  bath  bus 
become  obsolete  in  the  production  of  dark  shades,  and  after 
the  tannin  passage'  the  yarns  are  taken  through  a  bath  of 
ferric  sulphate,  previously  neutralised  by  the  addition  of  a 
little  chalk.  With  most  of  the  blue  basic  dyes  this  method 
gives  excellent  results. 

As  the  various  tannin  extracts  vary  considerably  in 
strength  it  is  necessary  for  the  examination  to  reduce  them 
nil  tc.  a  standard  strength  of  15°  B.  Those  tanning  mate- 
rials which  are  still  sold  in  the  natural  unextracted  state  are 
best  carefully  extracted  and  then  evaporated  on  the  water- 
bath  until  the  standard  strength  of  15  B.  is  reached.  The 
tannin  extracted  from  galls  is  the  type  of  those  tannins 
which  give  blue  or  blue-black  precipitates  with  iron  persalts. 
The  price  even  of  the  lower  grades  of  commercial  gallo- 
tanuic  acid  is  too  high  to  allow  of  any  general  application. 
As  it  is,  it  is  only  used  for  light  shades,  but  the  beautiful 
dark  bluish  black  it  produces  with  the  persalts  of  iron 
would  make  it  as  useful  for  the  production  of  dark  shades  of 
blue.  Bleached  gall-nut  extract  produces  a  remarkably 
white  mordant  with  tartar  emetic,  and  is  particularly  service- 
able for  the  weighting  of  very  light  silks.  The  high  price 
of  this  extract  is  prohibitive  to  its  application  in  cotton 
dyeiog.  Sumac  is  no  doubt  the  most  generally  employed 
and  best  known  tannin  mordant  of  the  cotton-dyer.  Iu 
spite  of  its  low  and  varying  percentage  of  tannin  (from  15 
to  25  per  cent.)  it  is  still  used  in  very  large  quantities, 
probably  on  account  of  its  accompanying  impurities  leaving 
the  cotton  fibre  much  softer  than  most  other  tannins. 
Decolourised  sumac  extracts  are  now  manufactured  which 
produce   an   almost   white    precipitate   with    tartar  emetic. 


Sept.  30,1898.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTF.Y. 


745 


Owing  to  the  great  liability  of  liquid  extracts  of  sumac  to 

fe nt,   whereby  the  tannic  acid  is  converted   into   gallic 

acid,  frequent  examination  i-  necessary,  especially  during 
the  hot  summer  months.  Purified  chestnut  extracts  yield 
rather  strongly-coloured  precipitates  with  tartar  emetic,  and 
also  the  colouration  with  iron  -alts  is  darker  than  with 
either  of  the  before  mentioned  tannins.  Conaequently  for 
the  dyeing  of  light  shades  with  aniline  dyes  chestnut 
extract  cannot  be  used,  but  its  iron  compound  is  all  the 
more  useful  for  the  dyeing  of  dark  blue  ami  similar  shades. 
Purified  chestnut  extracts  have  certainly  not  received  the 
attention  which  they  deserve,  as  with  them  ii"  harshness  of 
the  yams  needs  to  be  feared.  Dak  extracts,  which  are  also 
sold  in  a  purified  form,  are  scarcely  used  yet  in  dyeing, 
although  they  may  he  recommended  for  their  cheapness. 

— C.  0.  W. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Machinery  for  Scouring,  Dyeing,  and 
Drying  Hunks  of  Yarn.  ii.  M.  Marchant,  Hudders- 
Bi  Id      Eng.  Pat.  Lv.his,  July  '.to.  1891. 

Tiu:  hanks  are  slung  on  pairs  of  rollers  attached  to 
brackets  which  an-  carried  by  two  discs,  fixed  near  the  ends 
of  a  horizontal  driving-shaft.  The  whole  apparatus  is 
constructed  to  facilitate  the  transfer  of  the  dye-frame  and 
hanks  from  one  vat  to  another.  The  brackets  are  adjust- 
able to  enable  hanks  of  different  lengths  to  be  placed  on 
the  rollers.  By  means  of  cams,  or  otherwise,  the  brackets 
are  caused  to  approach  one  another  when  submerged  in  the 
dye-liquor  and  to  recede  from  one  another  when  out  of  the 
liquor,  to  respectively  decrease  and  increase  the  tension  of 
the  hanks.  Hot  air  may  be  employed  to  dry  the  banks 
after  dyeing  and  whilst  still  on  the  rollers. 

The  mechanical  arrangements  are  fully  described  in  the 
original  specification  with  the  aid  of  four  sheets  of  drawings. 

_E.  lb 


Improvements   in    Apparatus  fur    Bleaching    or    Dyeing 

Textile  Materials  and  Fabrics  or  otherwise  Treating  the 

same   with    Liquids  or    Gases.      1>.    Stewart,   Glasgow. 

Ehg.  Pat.  16,463,  September  29,  1801. 

The    goods    to  he    bleached    or  dyed   are    placed    inside  a 

perforated    shell    F   (see   Figure),    which   is   carried    on    a 


_  «ffp 


truck  or  on  wheels  on  to  the  platen  1)  of  a  hydraulic  press 
C.  The  platen  is  then  raised  and  the  shell  lifted  into  the 
vessel  A,  fixed  directly  above  the  platen  which,  when 
raised,  tightly  presses  against  the  Hanged  bottom  edge  of 
A.  II,  .1,  K,  I.,  M,  and  N  art'  pipes,  the  first  two  connected 
respectively  with  a  vacuum  pump  and  steam  boiler,  and  the' 
rest  with  reservoirs  or  apparatus  lor  supplying  "  bleaching 
or  dyeiDg  or  other  liquids  or  gases"  ami  to  vessels  for 
receiving  the  same  after  application. 

The  shell  F  may  be  made  with  a  central,  perforated  shell 
or  tube,  in  which  case  a  central,  perforated  pipe  It  is  pro- 
vided for  the  injection  of  the  bleaching,  &c,  liquids  into  the 
goods,  the  liquids  passing  radially  outwards  through  them. 
A  piston  P,  actuated  by  hydraulic  power,  may  also  he  placed 
within  the  vessel  to  express  the  excess  of  liquids  from  the 
goods. — E.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Bleaching  of  Vegetable  Textile 
Materials.  0.  Imray,  Condon.  From  II.  W.  Wilson, 
Lille,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  lC.Tnn,  <  Ictober  1,  1891. 
Textile  materials  are  simultaneously  scoured  and  bleu,  lied 
hy  a  solution  of  potassium  or  sodium  hypochlorite,  applied 
at  a  density  of  "I- 01  to  1'03  and  a  temperature  of  50°  to 
100°  F.,  first  under  diminished  pressure  and  then  under  a 
pressure  of  several  atmospheres. — 10.  lb 


Improvements  relating  In  tin-  Dyeing  or  Printing  if 
Woollen  and  other  Goods.  II.  11.  Lake,  London.  From 
K.   Oehler,    Offenbach-on-Maine,   Germany.     Eng.  Pat. 

17,082,  (Ictober  7,  1891. 
Woollen  and  mixed  fabrics  containing  wool  are  dyed  or 
printed  aniline-black  by  oxidising  the  wool,  and  then  pad- 
ding or  printing  with  a  mixture,  such  as  is  commonly  used  for 
the  production  of  steam  aniline-black  on  cotton,  and  finally 
steaming.  For  oxidising  the  fibre,  a  3  per  cent,  bath  of 
hydrogen  dioxide,  rendered  slightly  alkaline  with  ammonia 
aiid  at  a  temperature  of  SO  !•'.,  or  a  bath  of  6  to  10  per 
cent,  of  bleaching  powder,  aciditied  with  9  to  15  per  cent, 
of  hydrochloric  acid  at  34  Tw.,  is  employed.  After  this 
treatment,  the  fabrics  are  well  washed,  dried,  and  padded 
or  printed,  again  dried,  and  -teamed  "  for  some  minutes  to 
three  quarters  of  au  hour  or  more,''  then  washed  and,  "  if 
necessary,  soaped  or  passed  through  a  weak  acid  bath." 
The  following  examples  of  appropriate  padding  and  printing 
mixtures  are  given :— (Padding  mixture)  405  grms.  of 
"  chlorhydrate  of  aniline  or  of  toluidine  or  a  mixture  of 
both,"  150  of  sodium  chlorate,  260  of  potassium  ferro- 
eyanide,  and  sufficient  water  to  make  3,150  ee.,  with  the 
optional  addition  (to  render  the  black  more  intense  and  to 
preserve  the  softness  of  the  wool)  of  about  200  grms.  of 
sugar  and  of  glycerin,  and  some  tartaric  acid  ;  (printing 
mixture)  800  grms.  of  dextrin  solution  (1  :  1),  200  of  aniline 
hydrochloride,  75  of  sodium  chlorate,  130  of  potassium 
ferrocyauide,  200  of  Water,  and  40  of  tartaric  acid. — E.  B. 


AriAKxTi's  rm:  Bleaching  ok  Dyeing  Textiles. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Pre- 
venting the  Escape  of  Noxious  Gases  in  the  Processes  of 
Bleaching,  and  otherwise  Treating  Textile  Fabrics. 
L.  Kern,  Hamburg.    Eng.  Pat.  22,203,  December  19,1891. 

The  hot  gases  are  carried  off  from  the  bleaching  (or 
carbonising,  &c.)  vessel  by  means  of  a  pipe  connected  with 
a  coke  tower  supplied  with  a  spray  of  water  or  other  liquid. 
By  this  means  the  gases  are  cooled,  condensed,  and 
absorbed,  and  a  reduced  pressure  thus  produced  in  the 
apparatus,  which  causes  a  considerable  suction  from  the 
bleaching  (&c.)  vessel. 

Diagrams  are  given  illustrating  the  process  as  applied  to 
the  carbonising  of  woollen  rags. — W.  M.  G. 


746 


THE  JOURNAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEUfClL,  TKDUSTRY.        [Sept.  so,  isaa. 


New  or  Improved  Bleaching  ( 'ompound.    W.  P.  Thompson, 

Liverpool.     From  W.  B.  Brittingham,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  8964,  May  11,  1892. 

This  improvement  refers  to  the  employment  of  alkaline 
tungstates,  preferably  in  "  combination  "  with  chlorine,  for 
bleaching  purposes.  The  cloth,  paper,  or  other  unbleached 
material  are  agitated  for  5 — 15  minutes  in  a  solution  of  half 
an  ounce  of  sodium  tungstate  in  a  pint  of  water,  and  bleach- 
ing powder  or  sodium  hypochlorite  added  in  the  proportion 
of  '.  lb.  to  4  gallons  of  water.  The  solutions  are  preferably 
heated.  The  efficiency  of  this  mixture  may  be  prolonged  In 
the  addition  of  a  previously  heated  and  subsequently  diluted 
mixture  of  salt  and  sulphuric  acid.  Another  way  "  for 
securing  the  necessary  chlorine  "  consists  in  addiug  to  the 
tungstate  a  solution  of  1  oz.  of  sodium  carbonate,  1  oz  of 
hydrochloric  acid,  ami  1  gallon  of  water.  Another  combina- 
tion consists  of  a  mixture  of  arsenious  acid,  sodium  hypo- 
chlorite, and  --odium  tungstate.  —  II.  A. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Skein-dyeing.  A.  S.  Lyon, 
Lowell,  and  .1.  H.  Lorimer,  Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
l'at.  11,318,  June  1G,  1892. 

The  hanks  are  placed  on  rectangular  boards  F  (see  Figure- ). 
fixed  by  means  of  springs  in  sockets  e1  in  metallic  frames  E. 
The  sockets  are  connected  by  a  metallic  yarn-guard  e4 
secured  to  or  east  in  one  piece  with  them  and  supported  out 
of  contact  with  the  boards.  At  the  extremities  of  the  frames 
are  trunnions  d3,  which  fit  into  holes  formed  in  the  end-  of 
arms  d-,  projecting  in  opposite  directions  perpendicularly 
from  the  links  in  the  sprocket-chains  I>.  The  latter  consist 
of  a  series  of  alternate  double  d  and  single  d'  links,  the 
spockets  on  two  parallel  wheels  c1  (not  shown  in  Fig.)  anil 
c2  entering  between  the  double  link-.  B1  is  the  ram  and  B 
the  cylinder  of  a  hydraulic  hoist  ;  ft5  and  b6  are  stop-collars 
on  the  ram  fastened  on  to  the  same  respectively  above  and 
below  the  guide-ring  «'-',  arranged  in  a  bole  «'  in  an  upper 
floor  A1.  To  the  non  I'.1  i-  seemed  a  bracket  with  horizontal 
Mini-  and  downward  extensions  in  which  the  shaft  of  the 
recK  '  is  journal  led.  Two  vats— one  for  dyeing  and  the  other 
for  rinsing — arc  fixed  on  opposite  -ides  of  the  cylinder,  ami 
:it  equal  distances  from  it,  thus  rendering  it  convenient  to 
rinse  the  skeins  without  emptying  the  dye-vat,  which  is 
accomplished  by  raising  the  ram  and  with  it  the  dyeing 
apparatus  high  enough  to  clear  the  top-  of  the  vats,  turning 
through  an  angle  of  180°  and  lowering  into  the  water-vat. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Dyeing  or  Printing  of 
Woollen  and  other  Goods.  II.  H.  Lake,  London.  From 
K.  Oehler,  Offenbach-on-Maine,  Germany.  Fng.  Pat. 
7638,  April  22,  1892. 

The  method  of  dyeing  or  printing  an  "  ungreenable  "  aniline- 
black  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  17,082  of  1891  (see  above)  is 
applicable  to  hair  and  other  animal  fibres.  Reserve-colours 
on  an  aniline-black  ground  may  be  produced  on  these  fibres 
and  on  wool  by  a  process  "  similar  to  that  used  in  calico 
printing  on  the  Prud'homme  system."  The  materials  are 
impregnated  or  printed  with  the  aniline-black  mixture,  and, 
before  being  steamed,  are  printed  with  such  "  discharge  " 
mixtures  as  the  following  : — (For  white),  500  grms.  of 
"  leiogomme  "  (dextrin)  water  (1 : 1),200  of  sodium' acetate, 
200  of  potassium  thiocyanate,  16  of  "violet  solution  "(1:100); 
(for  green),  250  of  water,  50  of  "  benzol "  green,  50  of 
glycerin,  250  of  "  leiogomme,"  and  400  of  sodium  acetate. 
They  are  then  steamed  for  5  to  30  minutes,  well  washed,  and 
in  some  cases  (with  the  sulphonated  dyes  for  instance) 
passed  through  dilute  acid,  again  washed,  and  dried.  As 
reserve  colours  for  wool  and  mixed  goods  containing  woal  or 
silk,  "  most  of  the  artificial  dyes  and  the  substantive  natural 
dye-  are  suitable,  but  those  requiring  mordants  are  less 
suitable ;"  for  mixed  goods  containing  vegetable  fibres, 
"  basic  dyes  and  dyes  of  the  Congo  group  alone  or  combined 
with  acid  dyestuffs"  are  suitable. — E.  IS. 


By  removing  a  certain  equal  number  of  single  and  double 
links  from  the  sprocket-chains,  and  so  causing  the  latter  to 

Fig.  1. 


>  -  -J   "~ti:::: 


Fig.  2. 


id,"-  e' 

Improvements  i\  Apparatus  for  Skein-Dyeing. 

form,  or  more  nearly  form,  the  rims  of  the  sprocket-wheels, 
the  tension  of  the  skeins  may  be  varied. — E.  B. 


VII.-ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

Concentration  of  Sulphuric  Arid  in  Apparatus  made 
partly  of  I  'ast  Iron,  partly  of  Platinum.  Scheurer- 
Kestner.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1892,196—198. 

The  author  has  endeavoured  to  combine  in  one  apparatus 
the  advantages  possessed  by  platinum  and  by  cast  iron  for 
the  concentration  of  moderately  strong  and  of  very  strong 
sulphuric  acid  respectively.  The  platinum  apparatus  of 
Kessler  is  combined  with  a  Desmoutis  apparatus  having  an 
iron  bottom.  A  concentration  of  95  per  cent,  may  be 
obtained  in  the  first  part  and  97 •  5  per  cent,  in  the  second 
part.  The  chief  difficulty  is  to  make  the  joints  light,  for 
which  purpose  asbestos-packing  is  adopted. — V.  ('. 


The  Compressibility  of  Saline  Solutions.     II.  Gilbant. 

Compt.  rend.  114,  1892,  209—211. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  780. 


Sept.  so,  1882.]         THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


747 


The  Influence  of  Nitrogen  Tetroxide  on  the  Specific 
Gravity  of  Nitric  Acid.  G.  Lunge  and  L.  Marchlewski. 
Zeits.  f.  ang.  Chem.  18?:?,  330—331. 

See  under  XXIII ,  page  775. 


The  Composition  of  Liquid  Ammonia  of  Commerce,  and 
Ike  Manufacture  of  Liquid  Ammonia  of  99-995  per 
cent.  Strength.  II.  Von.  Strombeck.  J.  Frank.  Inst. 
134,  18.92,  58-64. 

See  under  III.,  page  736. 


PATENTS. 


Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Cyanides. 
G.  T.  BeUby,  Slateford.     Eng.  Pat.  1820,  March  18,  1891. 

The  process  consists  iu  passing  dry  ammonia  gas  through 
a  heated  mixture  of  55 — GO  parts  of  previously  well  dried 
potassium  carbonate,  20 — 25  parts  of  carbon  and  20  parts 
of  potassium  cyanide.  Instead  of  ammonia,  the  volatile 
alkaloidal  bases  from  shale  oil,  peat  tar,  animal  oil,  &c,  may 
In  used.  The  potassium  cyanide  is  employed  only  for  the 
purpose  of  reducing  the  melting  point  of  the  mixture.  The 
supply  of  ammonia  is  stopped  when  a  product  containing 
about  70  per  cent,  potassium  cyanide  is  formed,  which  is 
settled,  filtered  from  the  carbon  in  suspension  and  run  into 
moulds  or  drums.  The  escaping  gases  are  passed  through 
dust  chambers  for  the  collection  of  the  cyanide  carried 
away. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  series  of  cast-iron  melting 
pots,  provided  with  dip  pipes  for  the  supply  of  ammonia. 
Any  uudecomposed  ammonia  is  utilised  with  the  following 
pot  of  the  series  ;  after  leaving  the  last  it  passes  through 
the  dust  chamber  aud  finally  through  a  scrubber  for  the 
recovery  of  the  last  traces  of  ammonia.  In  the  measure  as 
the  formation  of  potassium  cyanide  proceeds,  fresh  quantities 
of  the  materials  are  introduced  through  a  hopper,  until  the 
pot  is  filled  to  its  fullest  working  capacity. 

Another  apparatus  consists  of  a  vertical  retort  provided 
with  perforated  shelves  ;  a  revolving  vertical  shaft  provided 
with  arms,  rakes  the  charge  from  nhelf  to  shelf.  The  whole 
is  set  in  a  furnace.  The  molten  mass  meets  in  its  down- 
ward course  with  ammonia,  which  is  introduced  from  below 
and  is  gradually  converted  into  cyanide.  The  materials  are 
charged  in  continuously  from  the  top  and  the  cyanide  is 
drawn  off  at  tbe  bottom. 

In  a  further  modification  of  the  apparatus  the  revolving 
shaft  is  dispensed  with. — Ii.  A. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Extraction  of  Aluminium 
Hydrate  or  Aluminium  Salts  from  Aluminium  Silicates 
or  Clay.  E.  Meyer,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  13,395, 
August  7,  1891. 

The  alumina  contained  iu  clay  can  be  rendered  easily 
soluble  in  weak  acid,  by  gently  heating  the  clay  with 
alkaline  or  alkaline  earthy  chlorides,  or  with  aluminium 
chloride.  The  best  results  are  obtained  by  saturating  the 
finely-ground  clay  with  0'  1  to  1  per  cent,  of  a  solution  of 
aluminium  chloride,  drying  and  heating  up. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Extraction  of 
Ammonia,  applicable  for  Ammonia  Soda  Works  and  the 
like.  G.  I.  J.  Wellf,  Middlewich.  Eng.  Pat.  13,42-1, 
August  8,  1891. 

Ix  the  usual  way  of  distilling  ammonia  from  a  solution  of 
ammonium  chloride  by  means  of  lime  and  steam,  great 
inconvenience  and  loss  of  time  is  caused  by  the  blocking  up 
of  the  connection  pipes  between  the  "  distiller "  and  the 
"  heater."  The  inventor  proposes  to  dispense  with  the 
connection  pipes  by  placing  the  heater  on  the  distiller,  thus 
forming  one  apparatus  of  the  two  vessels.  A  further 
disadvantage  arises  from  the  blocking   up  of  the  dip  pipes 


which  convey  the  mixed  liquors  down  the  distiller. 
Hitherto  these  pipes  were  permanently  fixed  to  the  distiller, 
but  now  they  are  proposed  to  be  made  removeable,  and 
can  be  exchanged  when  required.  Additional  facilities  are 
also  given  for  cleaning  the  revolving  mushrooms  in  the 
upper  part  of  the  distiller,  by  constructing  them  of  two 
pieces  which  can  be  disjointed.  The  top  overflow  pipe  is 
furthermore  provided  with  a  rimmer  for  chipping  off  any 
scales  which  may  form  inside  this  pipe. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Purification  of  Pyro/ignites.  ¥.  If. 
l'ijkles,  Fairfield,  and  K.  H.  Pickles,  Marple.  Eng.  Pat. 
20,753,  November  28,  1891. 

■See  under  III.,  page  737. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Production  of  Soda  and 
Chlorine,  and  to  Apparatus  therefor.  H.  H.  Lake, 
London.  From  E.  B.  Cutten,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  88,  January  2,  1892. 

Ix  the  electrolytic  production  of  chlorine  and  caustic  soda 
from  a  solution  of  sodium  chloride,  great  difficulties  are 
encountered  by  the  formation  of  "  chlorinated  soda "  or 
"  CINaHO  "  owing  to  the  re-combination  of  the  chlorine  and 
caustic  produced,  and  furthermore  by  the  gradual  weakening 
of  the  salt  solution.  The  gist  of  all  these  improvements, 
which  are  embodied  on  two  sheets  of  drawings,  is  to  effect 
the  separation  of  the  chlorine  and  caustic  soda  by  drawing 
off  the  first  by  means  of  a  pump  in  the  measure  it  is  formed, 
and  by  allowing  the  caustic  solution  which  is  formed  round 
the  walls  of  the  cell  (the  cathode)  "  to  sink  to  the  bottom 
of  the  cell  by  its  own  gravity,"  from  whence  it  can  be  drawn 
off  at  leisure.  Whilst  this  process  of  subsidence  proceeds, 
strong  salt  solution  is  forced  in  the  lower  part  of  the  cell,  at 
a  point  below  the  cylinder  which  surrounds  the  anode,  and 
ascending  this,  leaves  at  an  elevated  point  to  be  collected 
and  strengthened  up  by  pumping  it  over  rock  salt.  The 
body  of  the  cell  may  be  filled  with  salt,  and  some  variations 
are  given  in  the  construction  of  the  same. — H.  A. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Production  of  Liquid  Chlorine 
and  to  Apparatus  therefor.  H.  H.  Lake,  Loudon. 
From  E.  B.  Cutten,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  89, 
January  2,  1892. 

In  the  production  of  liquid  chlorine  great  difficulties  are 
encountered  by  the  rapid  corrosion  of  the  containing  metal 
cylinders.  The  invention  consists  iu  apparatus  for  the 
production  of  thoroughly  dried  chlorine,  which  when 
liquefied  and  packed  in  dry  cylinders  does  not  cause 
corrosion.  Chlorine  from  any  source,  preferably  that 
obtained  by  electrolysis  (see  previous  abstract),  is  passed 
through  tubes  surrounded  by  cold  water,  by  which  means 
part  of  its  moisture  is  condensed.  The  gas  is  then  passed 
over  shelves  charged  with  calcium  chloride,  and  then 
through  sulphuric  aeid.  It  subsequently  enters  a  receiver 
from  which  it  is  forced  by  means  of  a  compressing  pump 
into  a  steel  tank,  where  it  liquefies  under  a  pressure  of 
GO  lb.  The  heat  generated  iu  the  compression  is  abstracted 
by  means  of  cold  water  circulating  iu  coils,  which  dip  in  the 
liquid  anhydrous  chlorine.  The  uncondensed  air  and  other 
impurities  are  allowed  to  escape  through  a  safety-valve  at 
the  top  of  the  tank,  when  occasion  requires  it. 

The  liquid  chlorine  is  charged  in  the  cylinders  by  means 
of  dip  pipes,  aud  thus  drives  the  air  out  of  the  cylinder, 
which  escapes  through  a  safety-valve.  (This  Journal,  1891, 
546.)— H.  A. 


748 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Sept.  so,  1898. 


VIII— GLASS,  POTTERY.  AND 
EARTHENWARE. 

The    Action    of  Carbon    em     the    Alkaline    Sulphates     in 

presence  of  Silica ;  the  id  ion  of  Carbon  on  Sulphurous 

Acid;  and  the  part  played    by  these    Reactions   in    the 

Preparation  of  Silicate  of  Soda   and  Glass.    Scheurer- 

Kestuer.     Bull.  Soe.  Cliim.  1892,  190— 196. 

The  hitherto  accepted  view  with  regard   to   the  reactions 

studied  iu  this  investigation  has  been  that  the  carbon  which 

i-  add.  d  to  the  silica  and  sodium  sulphate  in  a  glass  furnace 

facilitates  the  decomposition  of  the  sulphate    by    reduction, 

and   forms   sulphur    dioxide    and   carbon   monoxide.       The 

supposed  reaction  might  be  represented  thus— 

•_'  l:  .St ),  +  2  C  =  2  SO,  +  2  CO  +  2  K.O 

or,  as  carbonic  acid  is  formed  in  the   furnace  gases,  by  the 
above  equation  in  conjunction  with — 

2  R.SO.,  +  C  =  2  SO»  +  CO.,  +  2  E»0 

The  amount  of  carbon  which  is  required  in  practice  for 
complete  reduction  of  the  sulphate  is,  however,  much  larger 
than  that  demanded  by  either  of  these  equations.  The 
author  shows  that  the  sulphur  dioxide  is  not  formed  b3~  the 
reaction  between  the  carbon,  alkaline  sulphate,  and  silica, 
and  that  it  is  only  produced  subsequently  by  reactions 
among  the  gases  present.  In  the  author's  experiments  the 
materials  were  placed  in  earthenware  crucibles  with  lids 
hermetically  closed.  An  iron  tube  passed  through  the  lid. 
The  crucible  was  heated  and  the  gases  coming  off  through 
the  iron  pipe  were  collected  and  analysed.  Experiments 
were  made  with  the  proportions  required  by  the  first 
equation  (see  above)  and  with  the  larger  quantity  of  carbon 
employed  in  practice.  In  both  cases  carbon  monoxide  and 
carbon  dioxide  were  obtained  together  with  the  sulphur, 
both  in  the  form  of  gas  and  deposited  on  the  tube  ;  but  no 
sulphurous  acid  was  present  in.  either  case.  With  the 
quantity  of  carbon  demanded  by  the  above  equation  only  a 
part  of  the  sulphate  was  decomposed. 

Berthelot  has  shown  that  when  carbon  acts  upon  sulphur 
dioxide  at  a  red  heat  carbon  monoxide,  carbon  oxysulphide, 
anil  carbon  bisulphide  are  formed.  At  the  higher  tempera- 
ture attained  in  the  glass  furnace,  however,  oxysulphide  of 
carbon  is  decomposed,  yielding  sulphur  and  carbon 
monoxide.  Carbon  bisulphide  at  the  same  temperature  is 
decomposed  by  oxygen  (furnished  in  the  decomposition  of 
sulphuric  anhydride)  with  formation  of  carbonic  acid  and 
sulphurous  acid.  Sulphurous  aeid  is  decomposed  by  carbon 
monoxide  forming  carbonic  acid  and  sulphur.  The  author 
has  >hown  experimentally  the  formation  of  carbon  oxysul- 
phide at  a  moderate  temperature,  using  the  materials  and 
apparatus  above  described. 

It  is  thought  that  the  following  equation  may  be  taken  to 
represent  these  reactions — 

(1.)   -1  SO;  +  9  C  =  2  C<  IS  1-  (  S„  +  6  (  K  I 

(2.)   G  CO  4  2  G(  IS  +  i  !Sj  r  2  Si  I.  =  6  CO  +  :s  CO.  +  8  S     I 

The  above  proportion,  two  of  carbon   monoxide  to  one  of  I 
carbonic  acid,  is  found  to  hold  approximately. 

The  following  equation  is  believed  to  represent  the 
decomposition  of  the  alkaline  sulphates  as  far  as  the  final 
products  are  concerned  — 

3  R2S04  +  6  SiOs  +oC=3S+4  CO.,  +  CO  +  3  (R„0,  2  SiO„) 

ress  of  carbon  must  be  carefully  avoided  in  the 
manufacture  of  glass,  a  fact  well  known  to  the  manufac- 
turers, or  sulphide  is  produced.  The  amount  of  sulphide 
does  not,  however,  increase  in  anything  like  the  same 
proportion  as  the  carbon.  According  to  Berthelot  it  is  the 
carbon  monoxide  which  reduces  the  sulphate  to  sulphide. 
The  presence  of  excess  of  carbon  increases  the  proportion 
of  il»'  carbon  monoxide  formed. — V.  C. 


Compounds  of   Stannic  and   Chromic  Oxides.      Levkauf. 
"j.  Prakt.  Chem.  19,  1892,  127. 

Chromium  staunate  can  be  obtained  by  igniting  stannic 
chromate  at  a  high  temperature.  It  forms  a  dark  violet 
mass  from  which  glazes  varying  in  colour  from  rose  red 
to  dark  violet  can  be  prepared.  So-called  "  mineral  lake  " 
consists  of  chromic  oxide  associated  with  an  excess  of 
stannic  oxide.  When  these  two  substances  are  ignited 
together  in  the  proportion  of  one  part  of  the  former  to  flO 
of  the  latter,  a  mass  composed  ot  a  mixture  of  tine  crystals 
and  fused  glassy  particles  of  a  beautiful  permanent  lilac 
colour  is  obtained.  According  to  the  author  "  pink 
colour"  consists  of  the  above-mentioned  substance 
mixed  with  calcium  stannate,  and  according  to  Malaguti 
may  be  prepared  by  igniting  100  parts  of  oxide  of  tin  with 
:'. 4  parts  of  chalk  and  1 — l'o  parts  of  chromic  oxide  or 
three  to  four  parts  of  potassium  chromate.  Stannic 
chromate  has  been  supposed  to  be  produced  by  precipi- 
tating stannic  chloride  with  potassium  chromate.  A  yellow 
precipitate  is  certainly  formed  which  on  ignition  becomes 
converted  into  chromic  stannate,  but  according  to  l'etrik 
the  reaction  that  takes  place  is  expressed  by  one  or  other 
of  the  following  equations  according  as  the  neutral  or  acid 
chromate  is  used — 

I. 

SnCl4  +  2  KsCr04  +  H„0  =  H.SnO,  +  4  KC1  +  2  Cr03 

II. 

SnCl4  +  2  KX'r.O;  +  H.,0  =  HoSn03  +  4  KC1   +  4  Crt);l 

It  therefore  appears  that  the  stannic  acid  only  retains 
chromic  acid  mechanically.  This  is  borne  out  by  the 
analysis  of  the  precipitate  not  thoroughly  washed  and 
dried  at  100°  C.  It  contains  Sn02,  71 — 81  per  cent  ;  HoO, 
7-6—8-5  per  cent.:  Cr(  K,  6-4—12-1  per  cent.;  KC1, 
3  —  8  per  cent.  On  igniting  this  precipitate  violet  "  miueral 
lake  "  and  not  chromic  stannate  is  obtained.  The  author 
endeavoured  to  prepare  similar  bodies  by  heating  together 
potassium  chromate,  potassium  nitrate,  and  stannous 
chloride,  but  the  substances  obtained  were  poor  iu  chromic 
oxide,  two  samples  containing  respectively  3 -28  per  cent. 
and  4-03  per  cent.  Even  traces  of  chromic  oxide  suffice 
to  colour  stannic  oxide.  Petrik  corrects  the  statement  that 
the  precipitate  produced  by  the  addition  of  potassium 
chromate  to  a  solution  of  alum  consists  of  aluminium 
chromate.  He  considers  the  reaction  to  take  place  as 
follows  : — 

Als(S04)3  +  3  KX'r04  +  3  H20  = 
Al,(OH)fi  +  3  CrO:!  +  3  K.,S04 

The  precipitate,  after  pressing  and  igniting,  becomes 
green,  and  ou  washing  out  the  excess  of  potassium  chromate 
yields  a  red  substance  similar  to  that  obtained  when  stannic 
oxide  is  used.  It  may  also  be  formed  by  igniting  precipi- 
tated alumina  with  a  little  potassium  chromate.  The 
production  of  a  red  or  pink  compound  does  not  therefore 
depend  on  the  presence  of  stannic  oxide.  A  corresponding 
substance  is  produced  by  the  precipitation  of  molecular 
proportions  of  magnesium  sulphate  and  ammonia  alum  and 
the  half  an  equivalent  of  chrome  alum  with  ammonia,  and 
ignition  of  the  precipitate.  When  the  magnesia  is  replaced 
by  lime,  strontia  or  baryta,  substances  are  obtained  which 
appear  green  by  daylight  and  red  by  lamp  light.  It  may 
be  remarked  that  porcelain  glazes  coloured  with  chromic 
oxide  appeal  green  and  grey  when  viewed  by  the  above 
methods  of  illumination.  The  conclusion  Petrik  draws 
from  his  investigation,  is  that  "  pink  colour "  does  not 
contain  chromic  stannate,  but  that  a  red  chromium 
compound,  apparently  chromic  oxide  in  a  finely-divided 
state,  is  precipitated  upon  the  stannic  acid  serving  as  a 
"  base."  The  observation  that  the  colour  can  be  produced 
with  alumina  is  of  technical  importance,  inasmuch  as  upon 
it  can  be  founded  the  preparation  of  an  underglaze  red  of 
a  refractory  character.  -  I>.  Ii. 


Sept.  so,  1898.]        THE  JOUBNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL,  INDUSTBY. 


749 


IX.-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS. 
MORTARS,  AND  CEMENTS. 

The  Colouration  of  Clay  by  Oxide  of  Iron.     Ding).  Polyt. 
J.  284,  1892,  94,  95. 

A  pater  by  Seger  on  this  subject  was  read  at  the  genera] 
meeting  of  the  German  Association  for  the  Manufacture 
of  Bricks,  Pottery,  Lime,  and  Cement.  Clays  containing 
various  amounts  of  iron  were  mixed  in  different  proportions 
and  the  colour  of  the  product  after  burning  observed.  The 
conk  nt  of  fenic  oxide  ranged  from  C  •  8  per  cent,  to  2 1 "  3  per 
cent.,  reckoned  on  the  clay  after  ignition.  The  results 
showed  that  the  amount  of  ferric  oxide  has  no  marked 
inriuerice  on  the  colour  after  a  limit  of  9  per  cent,  has 
been  reached.  Moreover  the  colour  does  not  merely 
depend  upon  the  quantity  of  iron  present,  but  on  the 
constitution  of  the  clay,  its  state  of  mechanical  division, 
and  the  intensity  and  method  of  burning. — B.  B. 


The  Porosity  of  Building  Stones  and  their  Resistance  to 
Frost.  Peroche.  Monit.  Oer.  et  Ver.  (Dingl.  Polyt. 
J.  284,  1892,92). 

The  author  is  of  opinion  that  the  resistance  to  frost  does 
not  always  inert  use  witli  decrease  of  porosity.  Two  kinds 
of  natural  building  stones  are  found  on  the  shores  of  the 
I  Hse.  The  upper  layer  is  composed  of  a  siliceous  limestone 
known  as  "  Vergelet,"  while  the  lower  is  termed  "  St.  Leu." 
The  first  is  porous  and  resists  frost  well,  while  the  latter, 
though  closer  in  the  grain,  exfoliates  in  layers  parallel  to 
the  plane  of  cleavage  of  the  stone.  Miehelot  explains  this 
anomaly  as  follows :  The  porous  stone  called  Vergelet 
consists  of  rounded  particles  which  are  only  cemented 
together  at  the  surfaces  in  contact  with  each  other,  so  that 
the  water  in  expanding  finds  means  of  escape,  whereas  the 
second,  though  absorbiug  less  water,  does  not  allow  of  such 
expansion,  and  is  accordingly  disintegrated.  The  author 
concludes  from  these  facts  that  the  best  method  of  preparing 
tiles  to  resist  frost  consists  in  the  use  of  a  ware  with  a 
porous  body  and  a  thick  glaze  on  one  side.  This  view 
is,  however,  objected  to  on  the  ground  that  the  use  of  such 
a  layer  of  glaze  would  hinder  the  expansion  of  the  water. 
In  exposed  situations  the  only  certain  method  of  preventing 
damage  would  appear  to  be  either  to  use  unglazed  tiles,  or 
preferably  stoneware,  the  whole  thickness  of  which  is  dense 
and  non-porous  like  porcelain. — B.  B. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Building  Boards, 
Paper  Barrels  or  Cylinders,  and  similar  Hollow 
or  other  Articles  from  Paper  Pulp.  C.  Weygang, 
Middlesex.     Eng.  Pat.  12,299,  July  20,  1891. 

See  under  XIX.,  page  771. 


An   Artificial  Stone.     J.  U.   Harries,  Aberystwith.     Eng. 
Pat.  12,033,  July  25,  1891. 

The  patented  stone  consists  of  a  mixture  of  1  part  by 
measure  of  Portland  cement  with  3  parts  of  extracted 
metalliferous  matrices,  such  as  "  clay,  slate,  quartz,  or 
limestone,"  from  which  metals  as  "  gold,  silver,  lead,  tin, 
copper"  have  been  removed.  Water  is  added  to  form  a 
paste  and  the  whole  allowed  to  set  in  moulds  for  three  to 
six  days. — B.  B. 

.1  \<ir  or  Improved  Chemical  Treatment  or  Application 
for  Cleaning  Stone,  Marble,  Granite,  and  the  like. 
'K.  Lodge  and  F.  Jury,  Huddersfield.  Eng.  Pat.  15,101, 
September  7,  1891. 

The  use  of  hydrofluoric  acid  is  patented  for  the  purposes 
mentioned  in  the  title. — B.  B. 


Improvements  in  Means  or  Apparatus  for  Forming  Clay 
into  Pots  or  Vessels.  E.  G.  Cole,  Tottenham,  and 
H.  Keston,  Luton.  Eng.  Pat.  15,108,  September  7,  1891. 
A  horizontal  rotating  table  is  carried  by  a  vertical  shaft, 
borne  by  a  step-bearing  formed  on  the  upper  side  of  the 
bearing  of  the  main  driving  shaft  of  the  apparatus,  which 
is  horizontal  and  carries  a  wheel  which  drives  by  frictional 
contact  a  disc  keyed  on  the  vertical  shaft  carrying  the 
table.  The  disc  is  free  to  slide  on  the  shaft  and  is  kept 
down  against  the  opposition  of  a  spiral  spring  in  contact 
with  the  frictional  driving  wheel  by  a  shoe  which  can  be 
forced  down  by  a  wedge-piece  controlled  by  a  rod  with  a 
head  against  which  the  body  of  the  operator  is  pressed. 
When  the  pressure  is  released  the  disc  rises  out  of  contact 
with  the  driving  wheel  and  the  rotation  of  the  table  is 
discontinued. — B.  B. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial 
Stone  and  Marble.  G.  Solenz,  Graz,  Austria.  Eng. 
Pat.  15,509,  September  12,  1891. 

A  mixture  is  made  of  1  part  of  burnt  magnesite,  4  to  5 
parts  of  clean  sand,  and  2  parts  of  "  chloride  of  magnesium 
lye  of  from  23°  to  28°  B."  Articles  such  as  tiles  are  formed 
by  pouring  the  composition  into  wooden  moulds  which  have 
been  previously  lacquered,  washed  out  with  magnesium 
chloride  solution,  and  oiled.  The  goods  are  ready  for  use 
24  hours  after  moulding.  Bricks  with  a  glazed  surface  can 
be  prepared  from  a  similar  mixture  in  hard  wood  or  metal 
moulds.  The  better  the  surface  required  the  stronger  must 
be  the  solution  of  magnesium  chloride.  Imitations  of  veins 
and  streaks  may  be  produced  by  suitable  pigments  stirred 
into  the  mass  or  applied  to  the  mould.— B.  1!. 


Improvements  in  or  connected  with  ami  Apparatus  for  the 
Burning  of  Cement-making  Materials,  Lime,  Chalk,  and 
the  like.  W.  R.  Taylor,  Rochester.  Eng.  Pat.  16,375, 
September  26,  1891. 

A  kiln  is  provided  with  two  side  flues  disposed  one  above 
the  other  between  it  and  the  chimney,  which  are  fitted  with 
doors  so  that  the  kiln  gases  can  be  diverted  from  one  to 
the  other.  During  the  first  stage  of  the  process  the  material 
to  be  burnt  in  the  form  of  blocks  or  bricks,  perforated  or 
corrugated,  is  dried,  and  as  soon  as  carbon  dioxide  begins 
to  come  off  the  hot  gases  from  the  kiln  are  turned  into  the 
other  flue,  and  the  carbon  dioxide  drawn  off  with  a  fau. 
The  bricks  are  then  transferred  to  the  kiln  and  burnt  to 
clinker.  The  fuel  used  during  the  evolution  of  the  carbon 
dioxide  may  be  "  coke,  in  combination  with  oxygen  or 
other  gas,  or  liquids,  to  support  combustion."  A  retort, 
provided  with  doors,  packed  with  asbestos,  a  manhole  and 
pyrometer,  may  be  substituted  for  the  upper  flue.  The 
apparatus  patented  may  be  applied  to  existing  dome  kilns 
by  placing  one  or  more  saddle-shaped  chambers  against  the 
lower  part  of  the  kiln,  and  fitting  the  latter  with  a  hood 
and  a  pipe  in  its  upper  part  for  drawing  off  the  carbon 
dioxide.  The  fuel  is  burnt  in  the  saddle-shaped  chambers, 
and  the  products  of  combustion  led  into  the  kiln,  and  the 
evolved  carbon  dioxide  drawn  off  by  a  fan.  The  chambers 
are  provided  with  double  walls  filled  with  loose  asbestos, 
into  which  a  portion  of  the  hot  carbon  dioxide  may  be 
forced  to  maintain  the  heat  in  the  kiln.  This  part  of  the 
process  may  be  omitted  when  oxygen  is  used. — B.  B. 


Improved  Cement  Composition  for  Coating  the  Interior  of 
Ships  and  the  like  to  prevent  Corrosion.  YV.  A.  Briggs, 
Dundee.     Eug.  Pat.  18,284,  October  24,  1891. 

AnouT  2J  parts  of  measure  of  crushed  pumice  stone  are 
mixed  with  one  part  of  Portland  cement  and  used  for  the 
purpose  set  forth  in  the  title.  The  advantage  claimed  is 
that  the  composition  is  only  about  half  the  weight  of  the 
mixture  of  cement  and  sand  generally  used. — B.  B. 


750 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Sept.  30, 1692. 


X.-METALLUEGY. 

Metallic    Carbonyls.       Ludwig    Mond.       The   Engineer, 

June  10,  1892,  498. 
The  following  is  an  abstract  of  the  report  of  a  lecture  given 
at  the  Koyal  Institution.  After  historically  dealing  with 
the  researches  on  the  action  of  carbonic  oxide  on  metals 
tin-  lecturer  prepared  some  nickel  carbonyl  aud  proceeded 
to  illustrate  and  describe  its  properties. 

The  gas,  Ni(CO)4,  burn-,  with  a  bright,  luminous  flame, 
metallic  nickel  separating  and  becoming  incandescent. 
Solids  heated  to  2005  C.  in  it  become  coated  with  bright 
metallic  nickel,  while  carbon  monoxide  is  liberated.  It 
condenses  to  a  liquid  in  a  freezing  mixture,  and  can  then  be 
sealed  iu  a  tube.  A  mixture  of  the  vapour  aud  air  explodes 
readily  but  not  very  violently.  The  pure  liquid  does  not 
explode,  but  at  high  temperatures  it  decomposes.  The 
vapour  has  a  characteristic  odour  and  is  poisonous.  It 
produces  an  extraordinary  reduction  of  temperature  when 
injected  subcutaneously,  sometimes  as  much  as  12".  The 
liquid  can  be  distilled,  but  not  from  solution  in  liquids  of  a 
higher  boiling  point  as  decomposition  then  occurs,  finely 
divided  nickel  being  separated  and  carbonic  oxide  evolved. 

When  attacked  by  oxidising  agents,  e.g.,  nitric  acid, 
chlorine,  or  bromine,  or  by  sulphur,  decomposition  ensues, 
nickel  salts  being  formed  and  carbon  dioxide  liberated. 
Metals,  alkalis,  non-oxidising  acids,  and  the  salts  of  other 
metals  produce  no  change.  Nickel  carbouates  of  composi- 
tion varying  with  the  hygroscopic  state  of  the  atmosphere 
are  formed  by  exposing  the  liquid  to  the  action  of  the  air. 
These  precipitates  dissolve  easily  in  dilute  acid.  An  intense 
blue  colouration  is  obtained  when  nitric  oxide  is  passed 
through  a  solution  of  nickel  carbonyl  in  alcohol  (Berthelot). 

Nickel  carbonyl  is  very  diamagnetic,  and  an  almost 
perfect  non-conductor  of  electricity  (Quincke).  All  other 
nickel  compounds  are  paramagnetic.  It  is  opaque  for 
rays  beyond  the  wave-length  3,820,  and  its  flame  gives  a 
continuous  spectrum  (Xiveiug  and  Dewar). 

The  following  are  some  of  the  physical  constants  of 
nickel  carbonyl  and  ferro-penta  carbonyl  :— 


■ — ■ 

Nickel  Carbonyl. 

Ferro-penta 
carbonyl. 

1-8185 

r;  C. 

1-J6G 

102-8° C. 

-  25"  C. 

-  21°  C. 

Molecular  weighl 

17H 

106 

I'.-nt 

0'5 

Coefficient  of  expansion. . 

0'0018 

i  oeiflcicnt  of  dispersion.. 

1-1230 

Molecular  refraction  ''-  . . 

58-03 

69-30 

Magnetic  rotary  power. . . 

38-21 

Diamagnetic  constant  — 

-  S'131  x  io'" 

DiJerro  hepta-carbonyl  tv.irou,  mol.  weight  308. 

Perkin  found  the  power  of  magnetic  rotation  of  nickel 
carbonyl  to  be  greater  than  that  of  any  other  substance  he 
has  examined,  except  phosphorus.  Mond  anil  Nasini  found 
the  atomic  refraction  to  be  about  2-5  times  as  large  as  in 
any-  other  nickel  compound,  and  the  former  proved  it  to 
have  great  refractive  and  dispersive  powers.  The  atomic 
refraction  of  a  liquid  ferro-carbouyl  bears  about  the  same 
ratio  to  the  atomic  refraction  of  other  iron  compounds. 
This  ferro-carbonyl  is  similar  in  preparation  and  properties 
to  the  nickel  carbonyl,  and  at  180  C.  the  iron  is  thrown 
down  in  bright  mirror-like  form,  carbon  monoxide  being 
liberated.     Its  composition  is  Fe(CO)5, 

Ferro-carbonyl  lias  been  found  in  carbonic  oxide  which 
bad  been  compressed  in  an  iron  cylinder,  and  is  believed  to 
be    the  cause   of   the    led   deposit    sometimes   found   upon 


steatite  gas  burners  (Roscoe).  It  has  been  found  in  com- 
pressed gas  used  for  the  limelight  (Thome),  and  Gamier 
supposes  that  it  may  he  found  in  blast  furnaces  when  woi  king 
too  cold,  and  to  be  the  origin  of  large  deposits  of  iron 
oxide  sometimes  found  in  the  tubes  leading  from  the 
furnaces  ;  but  the  author  finds  it  difficult,  to  believe  that  the 
temperature  is  ever  low  enough  to  permit  of  the  formation 
of  iron  carbonyl.  This  body  behaves  towards  acids  and 
oxidising  agents  as  does  nickel  carbonyl,  but  it  dissolves  in 
alkalis  without  evolution  of  gas.  and  in  time  a  greenish 
precipitate,  chiefly  of  liydrated  ferrous  oxide,  falls.  The 
liquid  becomes  brown  on  exposure  to  air,  taking  up  oxygen 
when  hydrated  ferri?  oxide  is  precipitated. 

The  question  of  industrially  extracting  nickel  from  its 
ores  by  means  of  carbonic  oxide  was  then  dealt  with. 
For  solving  this  problem  within  the  limits  of  the  resources 
of  a  laboratory  the  discoverers  devised  apparatus,  the 
principles  of  which  are  shown  in  the  accompanying  diagram. 


^^^"•s.'ai^ 


It  consists  of  a  cylinder  divided  into  many  compartments, 
through  which  the  properly  prepared  ore  is  passed  very 
slowly  by  means  of  stirrers  attached  to  a  shaft.  On  leav- 
ing the  bottom  of  this  cylinder  the  ore  passes  through  a 
transporting  screw,  and  from  this  to  an  elevator  which 
returns  it  to  the  top  of  the  cylinder,  so  that  it  passes  many 
times  through  the  cylinder  until  all  the  nickel  is  volatilised. 
Into  the  bottom  of  this  cylinder  carbonic  oxide  is  passed, 
which  leaves  it  at  the  top  charged  with  nickel  carbonyl 
vapour,  and  passes  through  the  conduits  represented,  into 
tubes  set  in  a  furnace,  and  heated  to  200"  C.  Here  the 
nickel  separates  from  the  nickel  carbonyl.  The  carbonic 
o^ide  is  regenerated  aud  taken  back  to  the  cylinder  by 
means  of  a  fan,  so  that  the  same  gas  is  made  to  carry  fresh 
quantities  of  nickel  out  of  the  ore  in  the  cylinder,  and  to 
deposit  it  iu  the  tubes  an  infinite  number  of  times.  Upon 
these  principles  Dr.  Langer  has  constructed  a  complete 
plant  on  a  small  scale,  which  has  been  at  work  in  the 
lecturer's  laboratory  for  a  considerable  time.  The  volatilis- 
ing cylinder  is  divided  into  numerous  compartments, 
through  which  the  ore  passes.  The  carbonic  oxide  gas  is 
prepared  in  any  convenient  manner.  When  it  comes  out  at 
the  top  of  the  cylinder  it  pisses  through  a  filter  to  catch 
any  dust  it  may  contain. 

The  carbonic  oxide,  on  escaping  from  the  depositing 
tubes,  is  passed  through  another  filter,  thence  through  a 
lime  purifier  to  absorb  any  carbon  dioxide  which  may  have 
been  formed.  The  whole  of  this  miniature  plant  is  kept  in 
motion  by  means  of  an  electric  motor.  By  means  of  this 
apparatus  nickel  has  been  extracted  from  a  great  number 
of  ores,  in  times  varying,  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
ores,  from  a  few  hours  to  several  days. 

Plant  to  carry  out  this  process  on  a  large  scale  is  now 
being  erected  in  Birmingham.  The  advantages  claimed  are 
the  great  simplicity  of  the  process,  and  the  possibility  of  at 
once  obtaining  pure,  firmly  coherent,  metallic  nickel  iu  auy 
desired  form,  e.g ,  tubes,  copies  of  art  work  by  deposition 
in  heated  moulds,  &c,  the  latter  advantage  beiug  expected 
to  prove  a  serious  rival  to  the  present  method  of  nickel- 
plating  by  electrolysis. 

Specimens  of  the  ores  used  in  the  process,  tubes  aud 
plates,  articles  of  pure  nickel  and  articles  plated  with 
nickel  produced  in  Mr.  Mood's  laboratory,  were  exhibited. 
Finally  the  lecturer  drew  attention  to  the  prospect  opened 
out  of  being  able  to  meet  the  continually  increasing 
demand   for  pure   nickel,  and   poiuted   out   how    the   most 


Sept.  £0,1898.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


751 


valuable  properties  of  the  nickel-steel  alloy  for  armour 
plates,  &o.,  make  an  abundant  and  cheap  supply  of  nickel 
a  matter  Of  national  importance. — A.  W. 


'I'll  <■  Effect  of  Heat  on  Mercury  Compounds.  F.  Janda. 
Iron,  40,  9. 
In  the  new  1(5 ri a  method  of  assay,  using  a  gold  collecting 
dish,  when  heated  with  forge  scale  under  a  covering  of 
zinc  oxide,  the  sulphide,  oxides,  sub-chloride,  and  basic 
sulphate  air  completely  decomposed,  hut  the  chloride  loses 
8  per  cent.,  and  the  normal  sulphate  4  per  cent.,  volatilised 
unchanged.  If  the  zinc  oxide  cover  be  omitted,  the 
mercury  is  generally  blackened  with  amorphous  sulphide. 

Ily  heat  without  reageuts,  cinnabar  is  changed  to  mercury, 
sulphur  dioxide,  and  a  small  amount  of  black  sulphide. 
Mercuric  chloride  volatilises,  about  5  per  cent,  only  being 
reduced  to  metal,  and  mercuric  nitrate  is  also  very  slightly 
decomposed  by  heat. 

Mercurous  salts  are  all  decomposed  by  a  red  heat  except 
the  chloride,  which  sublimes  unchanged.  Mercuric  sulphate 
turns  yellow,  then  melts  to  a  brown  liquid,  and  on  cooling 
becomes  white  again.  At  a  higher  temperature  it  sublimes 
unchanged,  but  more  slowly  than  any  of  the  other  com- 
pounds. Xurbeth  mineral  completely  but  slowly  volatilises 
with  decomposition.  The  mercurial  flue  stuff,  composed 
mainly  of  mercury,  and  its  sulphide,  basic  sulphate,  and 
sub-eli  oridc,  with  impurities,  and  containing  8G'5  per  cent, 
of  mer  cury,  decomposes  into  mercury  and  mercury  black  — 
a  finely-divided  mixture  of  metal  and  sulphide — which, 
mixed  and  heated  with  lime,  gives  metallic  mercury.  The 
amalgam  on  the  gold  plate  is  bright,  and  has  only  a  slight 
coating  of  hydrocarbon  oil.  The  chloride  aud  sulphate  are 
not  completely  decomposed  by  lime  alone,  and  a  sublimate 
of  the  unchanged  salt  covers  the  amalgam. 

Cinnabar  and  Hue  soot,  when  mixed  with  25  per  cent,  of 
lime  and  25  per  cent,  of  lamp-black,  and  heated,  yield  the 
whole  of  their  mercury,  but  the  deposit  is  coated  with  black. 
By  the  same  treatment  the  oxides  and  lower  compounds 
completely  decompose  and  yield  a  clear  amalgam,  but  the 
higher  chloride  and  basic  sulphate  lose  8  and  4  per  cent. 
respectively. — A.  W. 


Experiments  on  the  Elimination  of  Sulphur  from  Iron. 
E.  .1.  Hall  and  A.  Wingham.  The  Irou  and  Steel 
Institute  Spring  Meeting,  1892. 

This  paper  is  the  result  of  an  experimental  investigation 
made  about  four  years  ago  at  the  Koyal  School  of  Mines. 
A  few  experiments  were  carried  out  at  the  Brymbo  Works 
in  an  endeavour  to  combine  desulphurisation  with  the  Darby 
recarburisation  process,  bnt  they  were  not  satisfactory. 
The  authors  first  found  that  potassium  cyanide  placed  on 
the  surface  of  molten  cast  iron  almost  completely  removed 
the  sulphur,  the  three  experiments  cited  showing  a  reduction 
to  about  one  hundredth  of  the  quantity  originally  present. 
The  volatility  of  the  cyanide,  however,  was  so  great  that  the 
proportion  required  could  not  be  reduced  within  practicable 
limits,  and  the  authors,  therefore,  endeavoured  to  rind  some 
flux  which  would  retain  when  molten  a  quantity  of  cyanide 
sufficient  to  effect  desulphurisation.  Sodium  carbonate, 
lime,  aud  blast-furnace  slag  were  each  tried,  the  lirst  being 
found  the  most  effective.  With  the  less  basic  lime  slag  the 
diminution  in  the  percentage  of  sulphur  varied  with  the 
amount  of  cyanide  used.  These  experiments  also  showed 
that  with  soda  flux  the  addition  of  large  excess  of  cyanide 
was  useless,  probably  owing  to  the  wa°te  due  to  its 
volatility.  These  results  led  to  experiments  being  made  to 
ascertain  the  action  of  sodium  carbonate  alone.  A  very 
considerable  diminution  in  the  quantity  of  sulphur  occurred. 
With  quantities  of  soda  varying  from  one-thirtieth  to  one- 
tenth  of  the  weight  of  the  iron,  the  reduction  was  practically 
the  same,  ie.,  from  I'll  to  O'l.j  per  cent.  They  then 
found  that  with  a  repetition  of  the  treatment  the  percentage 
of  sulphur  was  not  practically  further  diminished,  ami 
apparently  sodium  carbonate  alone  would  not  completely 
remove  the  sulphur.  A  mixture  of  it  with  potassium 
cyanide,   however,  proved  much  more  satisfactory.     They 


sometimes  used  the  ferroeyanide  as  a  more  convenient  salt 
than  the  cyanide,  and  this  gave  the  same  result.     Hence  it 
was  evident  the  cyanide  greatly  assisted  the  action  of  the 
carbonate.     The   same   beneficial  effect,   but    to  a  greater 
extent,  was  noticed  when  caustic   soda  was  substituted  for 
the  carbonate,  so  that  less  cyanide  was  necessary,  and  this 
led  to  the  belief  that  the  cyanide  might  be  dispensed  with 
altogether.      Subsequent    experiment    showed    that    under 
certain    conditions   the    caustic   soda   by    itself   would  act 
successfully.       Previously     it      had     appeared     that      the 
cyanogen  had  some  direct  action  in   removing  the  sulphur, 
but  this  indicated  that  the  real  agent  was  metallic  sodium 
formed  in  situ  b3'  reduction  of  the  soda  by  carbon  and  iron. 
This  was  established  by  the  introduction  of  metallic  sodium 
in  the  form  of  an  alloy  with  lead  into   the  molten  iron,  the 
sulphur  being  thereby  totally  eliminated.     The  experiments 
cited  were  selected  from  a  much  larger  number,  the  contact  of 
the  alkaline  slag  with  the  iron  usually  extending  over  about 
20  minutes,  and  on  comparing  the   results  it  is  remarkable 
how  frequently  the  sulphur  is  reduced  to  0'15  percent., 
thus   suggesting   that   this  residual  quantity  may   be  in  a 
different  state  of  combination.     To  eliminate   this  residual 
sulphur  it   seems  necessary  to  use   more   powerful  reducing 
agents  so  as  to  get  rid  of  any  oxidising  substances  which 
may  be  present.     In  the  laboratory  potassium  cyanide  was 
used,  and  by  its  great  reducing  power,  or  by  facilitating  the 
formation   of   metallic   sodium  or   potassium,  enabled  the 
operation   to  be  completed  at  comparatively  low  tempera- 
tures.     At   the  higher  temperature,  in    practice,  however, 
its    volatility    would    militate    against  its    use,   and    ve^y 
probably   it    might   not  be   needed   at  all,  because   as    the 
temperature   increases    the    alkali    becomes    more   active. 
Basic  lime   slag  with  soda  present  would   not   act   in   the 
laboratory,  but  at  higher  temperature  it  is  probable  such  a 
slag  would  become  active   in  removing  sulphur,  provided 
oxidising  influences  were  avoided.     There  is  evidence  that 
magnesium  yielding  fluxes  can  so  act,  but  it  is  believed  to 
be  essential  that  all  chances  of  external  oxidation  and  also 
all  oxides  of  iron  should  be  absent.     A   trace  of  oxide  of 
iron  might  exist  in  the  metal  e\  en  with   3  or  4  per  cent, 
of   carbon   present,    and   indirectly   be    the   origin   of   the 
reluctant  O'l   per  cent,  of  sulphur,  and  a  basic  lime  slag 
per  se  would  probably  be   insufficiently  active  to  remove 
this    sulphur    except    with    difficulty,    and    it    might    be 
necessary  to  use  some  soda  with  it.     Even  then  the  tenacity 
of   the  supposed  trace  of  oxide  might  render  this  sulphur 
capable  of  resisting  this  attack,  and  the  employment  of  a 
still  more  powerful  reducing  agent  might  be  necessary.     The 
authors   performed   an   experiment   with    ferro-manganese, 
which    (or   spiegel)   was   the  only    agent   which  suggested 
itself  as   a  practical  reducing  agent,  aud  the  cast  iron  was 
submitted  to  the  action  of  carbonate   of  soda  before   and 
after  the  addition  of  the  ferro-manganese.     By  carbonate  of 
soda  alone  the  sulphur  was  reduced  from  0'58  to  0'  14  per 
cent.,  and  then  by  it,  in  conjunction  with  rich  ferro-man- 
ganese, from  0  ■  1 4  to  0 •  0G  per  cent. 

In  the  blast  furnace,  working  hot,  with  excess  of  lime 
and  fuel,  it  is  well  known  that  the  sulphur  is  kept  low,  and 
such  working  gives  a  more  basic  slag;  but  all  oxidising 
influences  are  not,  and  probably  cannot  be,  absolutely 
eliminated,  hence  some  sulphur  remains  with  the  iron,  and 
the  same  is  the  case  in  the  furnaces  used  for  the  conversion 
into  steel.  Whether  the  removal  by  manganese,  on  the 
addition  of  spiegel  after  the  blow  in  the  converter,  is  In- 
direct action  of  manganese  or  by  the  manganese  producing 
complete  deoxidation,  and  so  allowing  the  slag  to  act,  it  is 
difficult  to  decide,  but,  at  any  rate,  the  metal  is  then  for  the 
first  time  in  the  necessary  state  for  desulphurisation,  and 
the  sulphur  begins  to  come  out.  Probably  it  is  because 
these  conditions  were  not  fulfilled  that  the  Brymbo 
experiments  were  unsatisfactory.  There  were  signs  of 
a  diminution  of  sulphur,  but  the  idea  was  to  combine 
desulphurisation  aud  recarburisation  in  one  operation. 

The  authors  hope  that  the  publication  of  the  results  of 
their  experiments  may  throw  some  light  upon  this  subject, 
and  point  out  that  being  on  so  small  a  scale  the  waste  was 
excessive,  and  therefore  the  results  should  not  be 
scrutinised  too  closely  as  to  their  practicability.  They 
show,  however,  that  under  the  conditions  of  contact  of  the 


75S 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Sept.  so,  tm. 


molten  metal  with  an  alkaline  or  basic  slag,  and  all 
materials  and  surroundings  in  a  perfect  state  of  deoxidation 
— a  basic  process  in  direct  contrast  to  the  basic  phosphorus 
process — any  amount  of  sulphur  can  be  removed  from  pig 
iron.  If  in  the  basic-lined  converter  the  oxidising 
conditions  cjuld  be  transformed  to  reducing  ones,  the 
sulphur  and  not  the  phosphorus  would  probably  be 
removed.  Since  the  reduction  was  effected  by  metallic 
sodium  produced  in  situ,  it  would  obviously  be  most 
advantageous  to  carry  out  the  desulphunsation  process 
with  pig  iron  and  Tint  from  blown  metal  or  steel.  The 
authors  believe  it  will  always  be  found  easier  to  remove 
sulphur  from  pig  iron  than  from  steel,  whatever  the  method 
employed. 

In  the  discussion  the  difficulty  of  the  0-1  percent,  on  a 
large  scale  and  the  importance  of  the  reducing  conditions 
were  questioned.  Snelus  thought  there  was  more  in  these 
results  than  appeared  on  the  first  glance.  He  did  not 
think  the  fundamental  conditions  of  sulphur  and  phosphorus 
and  their  affinities  as  regards  their  elimination  from  iron 
had  ever  been  understood  sufficiently.  It  appeared  that 
sulphur  was  more  firmly  held  in  combination  as  a  sulphide 
than  when  in  an  oxidised  state,  as  in  the  ease  of  phosphorus. 
Hence  under  the  reducing  conditions  in  a  blast  furnace,  the 
bulk  of  the  sulphur  might  easily  be  removed  by  calcium  or 
sodium  as  sulphides,  and  so  pass  into  the  slag.  Under 
proper  conditions  manganese  would  remove  the  sulphur, 
but  its  affinity  to  hold  the  sulphur  was  not  as  strong  as 
calcium  or  sodium,  which,  as  shown  in  the  paper,  would 
hold  it  most  strongly  under  the  right  conditions  of  a 
reducing  atmosphere.  He  thought  it  a  disadvantage  to 
have  oxide  of  iron  present. 

Sir  Lowthiac  Bell  submitted  the  possibility  that  sulphur 
might  be  removed  from  iron  without  having  formed  sodium 
at  all.  He  had  detected  cyanides  of  potassium  and  sodium 
in  the  blast  furnace,  and  their  formation  was  due  to 
previous  formation  of  sodium.  For  several  years  he  had 
aspirated  a  quantity  of  blast-furnace  gases  through  mercury, 
but  if  sodium  were  present  it  was  in  too  small  quantity  to 
be  arrested  by  the  mercury. 

The  peculiarities  of  the  manganese  process  were  referred 
to  in  such  examples  as  a  pig  iron  containing  both  0'4  per 
cent,  of  sulphur  and  6  per  cent,  of  manganese,  which  metal 
had  been  afterwards  used  to  remove  sulphur  with  satis- 
factory results.  Hadfield's  manganese  steels  had  also  been 
known  to  contain  sulphur  notwithstanding  the  large 
quantity  of  manganese  present,  and  it  was  possible  that  the 
question  of  the  trace  of  oxide  raised  in  the  paper  might 
have  something  to  do  with  these  irregularities.  The 
importance  of  chemists  examining  into  these  questions  was 
pointed  out. — A.  W. 


Production  of  Platinum  in  Russia.  .1.  Soc.  Arts,  40,  807. 
The  platinum  beds  of  the  Ural  mountains,  according  to 
ill.  Journal  dc  hi  Chambre  de  Commerce  de  Constantinople. 
are  the  only  ones  in  the  world  in  which  this  metal  is  found 
in  grains.  Platinum  is  found  in  Brazil  and  in  the  Cordilleras 
in  the  hard  serpentine  rocks,  but  never  in  the  form  of 
grains.  The  platinum  beds  of  the  Ural  mountains  are 
found  in  various  districts.  The  platinum  found  in  these 
places  is  in  the  form  of  grains,  in  sand  frequently  containing 
gold.  The  weight  of  these  grains  is  from  17  to  21  grms. 
to  every  1,640  kilos,  of  sand.  The  richness  of  the 
platinum  beds  varies  in  the  same  proportions.  In  some, 
the  thickness  of  the  turf  covering  the  sand  does  not 
exceed  from  2-16  metres  to  2-88  metres,  while,  in  others 
it  varies  from  10-80  metres  to  14  metres,  so  that  it  becomes 
necessary  to  work  underground.  The  thickness  of  the 
platinum  sands  does  not  vary  much.  During  the  la-t  12 
\ ,  ars  the  annual  prodnction  of  platinum  has  averaged  about 
3,194  kilos.,  of  which  half  has  been  derived  from  the  beds 
in  the  north  of  the  Ural  mountains  belonging  either  to  the 
State  or  to  private  persons.  Throughout  the  whole  world 
only  about  3.270  kilos,  of  platinum  are  annually  used, 
but  it  is  anticipated  that  this  amount  will  soon  be  con- 
siderably increased,  and  it  is  stated  that  the  platinum  beds 
of  Bisserski  tan   alone  supply  the   total  quantity  required 


for  the  consumption  of  the  world.  When  the  demand  for 
platinum  was  insignificant  and  the  price  very  low,  the  gold 
miners  who  found  platinum  while  seeking  gold,  frequently, 
it  is  stated,  used  the  former,  instead  of  lead,  as  shot  for 
firing  at  wild  birds.  All  the  platinum  extracted  from  the 
Ural  mountains,  after  having  paid  a  tax  of  3  per  cent,  in 
kind,  is  sent  as  raw  ore  to  St.  Petersburg  for  treatment  and 
shipment  to  foreign  markets. — W.  S. 


Specific  Heat  and  Latent  Heat  of  Fusion  of  Aluminium. 
J.  Pionchon.     Compt.  rend.  115,  1S92, 162 — 10.5. 

The  metal  employed  by  the  author  for  his  determinations 
was  obtained  from  the  French  foundry  of  Froges  (Isere), 
which  contains  scarcely  0-9  per  cent,  impurities,  consisting 
chiefly  of  iron  and  silicon.  The  total  quantity  of  heat 
required  to  bring  the  metal  from  0°  to  the  fusion  point 
(625°  C.)  was  239-4  calories  (expressed  as  qpm=  239"4), 
the  specific  heat  immediately  before  and  after  the  fusion 
being  about  the  same,  7-^  =  0-2894  and  yCM  =  0-308. 
Although  from  the  difficulty  of  fusing  aluminium  experienced 
in  practice,  it  might  be  expected  that  the  latent  heat  of 
aluminium  is  very  high,  that  it  was  found  to  correspond  to 
80  calories,  equal  to  that  of  water,  will  excite  some 
surprise. — F.  W.  p. 


Aluminium  :  its  Manufacture  and  Uses  from  an  Engineer- 
ing Stand-point.  A.  E.  Hunt.  J.  Frank.  Inst.  133, 
241—271. 

The  author  commences  his  paper  by  stating  it  as  his 
opinion  that  the  "  problem"  of  manufacturing  aluminium 
of  high  quality  at  small  cost  has  already  been  solved  by  the 
method  of  electro-deposition  from  a  molten  electrolyte. 
It  is  possible  by  this  method  to  obtain  cheaply  aluminium 
of  over  99 -9  per  cent,  purity,  the  impurity  being  only 
silicon,  and  the  author  believes  that  within  the  next  few 
years  it  will  be  possible  to  reduce  the  cost  to  between  18 
and  23  cents  per  pound  The  object  of  the  paper  is  to 
point  out  some  of  the  ways  in  which  aluminium  can  be 
used  in  the  arts. 

For  many  purposes  it  is  not  so  advantageous  to  use  pure 
alumiuium  as  an  alio}'  of  the  metal  with  a  small  percentage 
of  other  elements,  such  as  titauum,  copper,  or  chromium. 
These  do  not  detract  seriously  from  the  non-corrodibility 
of  the  metal  while  they  add  considerably  to  its  strength  and 
hardness,  and  give  it  a  better  colour. 

The  properties  of  aluminium  which  are  likely  to  make  it 
most  useful  in  the  arts  are  : — 

(1.)  Its  relative  lightness. 

(2.)  Its  non-tarnishing  quality  as  compared  with  other 
metals,  being  more  slowly  oxidised  in  moist  atmospheres, 
anil  nut  being  acted  upon  by  sulphur  fumes. 

(3.)   Its  extreme  malleability. 

(4.)  Its  easy  casting  qualities. 

(5.)  Its  influence  in  various  allocs. 

(6.)  Its  high  tensile  strength  and  elasticity  when 
compared  weight  for  weight  with  other  metals. 

(7.)  Its  high  specific  heat  and  electrical  and  heat 
conductivity. 

Section  for  section,  aluminium  is  unfortunately  only 
about  as  strong  under  tensile  strain  as  cast  iron,  having 
less  than  half  the  strength  of  wrought  iron  under  ordinary 
circumstances.  The  author  gives  tables  and  curves  showing 
the  strength  under  various  stresses  of  forged,  cast,  and 
drawn  aluminium. 

An  aluminium  wire,  alloyed  with  a  small  percentage  of 
silver,  titanium,  or  copper,  can  be  produced  having,  weight 
for  weight  with  copper  wire,  an  electrical  conductivity  of 
170,  that  of  copper  being  100.  When  it  is  taken  into 
consideration  that  the  tensile  strength  of  the  copper  will  be 
less  than  one-half  that  of  the  aluminium-titanium  alloy, 
and  that  the  conductivity  of  iron  or  steel  in  the  same  scale 
would  be  only  about  17,  it  would  seem  that  a  field  of 
usefulness  for  electrical  conductors  is  open  to  the  metal. 

A  striking  property  of  aluminium,  likely  to  render  it 
serviceable  in  the  arts,  is  its  low  specific  gravity.    Wherever 


Sept.  so,  1898.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


753 


momentum  is  to  be  overcome,  as  in  the  reciprocating  parts  of 
m;iny  forms  of  machinery,  aluminium  can  be  advantageously 
used. 

Aluminium  does  not  oxidise  seriously,  so  that  a  bright 
polish  can  be  maintained  for  some  time  if  suitable  polishes 
are  used.  The  metal  withstands  the  action  of  wind  and 
weather,  and  it  is  not  much  acted  upon  by  boiling  water 
or  steam.  It  has  therefore  been  successfully  used  as  a 
packing  in  steam  connexions,  where  lead  has  been  rapidly 
cut  out.  It  withstands  the  action  of  organic  secretions  better 
even  than  silver,  which  has  led  to  its  use  for  surgical 
purposes,  and  it  has  alio  been  successfully  used  for  the 
manufacture  of  cooking  utensils.  It  docs  not  corrode  more 
readily  in  the  presence  of  organic  acids  than  copper  or  tin, 
and  its  salts  are  not  injurious.  It  also  makes  a  much  more 
durable  and  satisfactory  roofing  than  the  sheet  copper  now 
generally  used.  Its  high  thermal  and  electric  conductivity 
have  already  been  referred  to,  and  it  is  also  found  to  be 
practically  non-magnetic.  Its  sonorousness  renders  it  well 
adapted  for  the  sounding  boards  of  musical  instruments, 
and  its  extreme  malleability  makes  it  possible  to  beat  it  into 
leaf  marly  as  thin  as  gold  leaf,  or  to  draw  it  into  the  finest 
wire.  It  can  be  readily  welded  by  the  apparatus  of  the 
Electric  Welding  Company,  and  can  be  cast  in  moulds  of 
dry  sand.  It,  however,  requires  some  experience  on  the 
part  of  the  founder  before  perfectly  sound  castings  can  be 
made.  Until  lately  it  was  not  easy  to  solder  aluminium, 
but  this  difficulty  has  now  been  overcome  by  the  use  of  a 
very  hot  soldering  bolt,  and  crystals  of  chloride  of  silver  as 
a  flux. 

One  of  the  greatest  uses  for  aluminium  in  the  arts  will  be 
in  the  form  of  alloys.  It  is  possible  to  make  an  aluminium 
bronze  of  130,000  lb.  tensile  strength  and  5  per  cent. 
elongation  in  8  inches.  Such  a  bronze  would  be  perhaps 
the  best  metal  for  cylinders  to  withstand  high  pressures. 
A  small  percentage  of  aluminium  added  to  the  ordinary 
Babbitt  metal  will  greatly  increase  the  durability  of  the 
alloy.  If  added  to  steel  castings  it  is  found  to  prevent 
blowholes  and  unsound  tops  of  ingots.  Its  addition  to  the 
alloys  known  as  pewter,  Britannia  metal,  white  metal,  delta 
metal,  &c,  has  been  found  to  have  a  useful  effect.  It  has 
been  used  with  advantage  as  an  addition  to  the  zinc  in 
galvanising  baths,  and  has  also  been  used  as  a  coating  for 
iron  by  itself.  It  has  been  successfully  used  to  replace 
lithographic  stone,  and  mixed  with  chlorate  of  potash  it 
may  be  used  instead  of  magnesium  to  produce  a  flash-light 
for  photographic  purposes. 

The  paper  concludes  with  a  repetition  of  the  statement 
that  the  problem  of  the  future  is  to  utilise  the  metal  in  the 
arts  with  financial  success,  "  rather  than  in  devising  more 
economical  methods  of  manufacture." — D.  E.  J. 


The  Preservation  of  Sodium.     W.  Vaubel.     Zeits.  f.  ang. 
Chem.  1892,  200. 

The  author  recommends  a  liquid  paraffin  known  as  "  Vase- 
line oil  "  for  the  preservation  of  sodium,  the  use  of  ordinary 
petroleum  oils,  &c.,  giving  rise  to  brown  incrustations, 
which  mean  a  loss  of  sodium.  In  the  vaseline  oil  first 
mentioned  the  metal  can  be  preserved  for  years  unaltered. 

—A.  L.  S. 


Von  Sehulz  and  Low's  Method  of  Estimating  Lead  in 
Ores.  .1.  E.  Williams.  Eng.  and  Mining  .1.  53,  1892, 
641. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  775. 


The  Scparatiojt  and  Estimation  of  Lead,  Silver,  and 
Zinc  in  Minerals  composed  of  Galena  and  Blende. 
E.  Aubin.     Bull.  Soc.  Chem.  7-8,  1892,  134. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  775. 


Micrographic  Analysis  of  Alloys.     G.  Guillemin.     Compt. 
rend.  115,  1892,  232—234. 

•Sec  under  XXIII., page  774. 


Aluminium  and  Beer.     Zeits.  f.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  299. 
See  under  XVII.,  page  766. 


The  Almaden  Quicksilver  Mines.     Chemist  and  Druggist, 
1892. 

The  quicksilver  mines  of  Almaden  are  situated  to  the 
north  of  the  town  of  the  same  name.  The  veins  of  mercury 
run  irregularly  in  several  directions ;  those  that  are  now 
being  worked  cover  an  area  of  from  550  to  600  feet  in 
length  by  40  to  45  feet  in  width.  Their  depth  is  still 
unknown,  as  after  the  exhaustion  of  one  vein  the  borings 
are  continued  until  a  lower  one  is  reached.  Several  veins 
are  not  payable  ones,  and  are,  therefore,  left  undisturbed. 
The  average  thickness  of  payable  veins  varies  from  40  to 
130  feet.  The  lowest  point  reached  at  present  is  about 
1,100  feet  below  the  surface.  Roth  the  quality  and  the 
percentage  yield  of  mercury  improve  with  the  depth 
of  the  vein,  and  in  the  tenth  and  eleventh  galleries  (the 
lowest  as  yet  worked)  the  mercury  actually  runs  out  of  the 
rock  like  gum  from  a  tree,  and  is  caught  in  small  leather 
receptacles.  The  colour  of  the  rock  varies  from  blackish 
grey  to  vivid  red,  and  the  redder  its  colour  the  richer  is  the 
yield  of  the  metal.  Mercury  is  often  found  in  Almaden 
as  a  sulphide.  Three  veins  arc  being  worked  at  present. 
The  ore  is  carried  from  the  mines  to  gigantic  smelting 
ovens,  where  it  is  distilled  by  the  application  of  intense 
heat.  The  product  of  distillation  passes  through  a  long 
system  of  tubes,  at  the  end  of  which  it  forms  drops,  which 
are  caught  upon  small  tubes  fixed  in  containers.  The 
annual  production  is  from  55,000  to  60,000  frascos,  or 
metal  bottles,  containing  4  arrobas  each.  About  3,000 
hands  are  emploj'ed  at  the  mines  at  present,  2,000  of  these 
working  below  the  surface. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Process  for  Treating  Copper  and  its  Alloys 
to  Prevent  Oxidation  and  Deo.vidation  thereof  during 
Heating  or  Annealing.  II.  11.  Lake,  London.  Erom 
G.  W.  Cummins,  Vienna,  N.J.,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  8989,* 
(Amended),  June  10,  1890. 

The  improved  process  consists  in  surrounding  the  copper 
or  its  alloys  during  the  process  of  annealing  with  steam, 
atmospheric  air  being  excluded  or  not  dining  cooling  as 
may  be  desired.  Other  non -reducing  gaseous  fluids,  such 
as  carbonic  acid  and  nitrogen,  may  also  be  used  when  their 
cost  is  not  too  great. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  Utilisation  of  Tin  Plate  Scrap.  E.  W. 
Harbord  and  W.  Hutchinson,  jun.,  Wolverhampton. 
Eng.  Pat.  12,917,  July  30,  1891. 

The  scrap  is  melted  vrith  a  suitable  proportion  of  cast  or 
pig  iron,  and  the  metallic  product  worked  up  into  steel  by 
the  basic  process ;  or  the  mixture  may  be  treated  directly 
in  a  basic  Siemens  furnace  without  previous  melting ;  lime 
and  oxidising  agents  are  added  when  necessary.  The  tin 
and  zinc  are  partly  volatilised  and  partly  pass  away  in  the 
produced.— J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  Alloying  Aluminium  with  other  Metals. 
G.  L.  Adderbrooke,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  15,782,  17th 
September  1891. 

The  improvements  consist  in  alloying  known  combinations 
of  nickel  and  aluminium  with  tin  and  copper  so  as  to 
make  them  more  readily  workable  without  adding  unduly  to 
their  cost.  For  castings  92  per  cent,  of  aluminium,  4  per 
cent,  of  nickel,  3  per  cent,  of  tin,  and  1  per  cent,  of  copper 


754 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  80.1892. 


are  found  suitable.  The  nickel  is  first  brought  to  a  white 
hriit,  and  a  little  aluminium  is  added  ;  the  two  metals  com- 
bine with  incandescence.  The  remainder  of  the  aluminium, 
which  has  been  previously  melted,  is  then  added.  The  tin 
and  copper  are  also  melted  together  and  cast  into  the  form 
of  sticks  and  subsequently  stirred  in  the  molten  aluminium 
and  dissolved  therein.  The  resultant  metal  should  be  cast 
into  ingots  and  remelted  twice  before  use.  If  a  softer  or 
more  malleable  mixture  is  required  the  nickel  may  be 
reduced  to  1^  per  tent,  aud  the  tin  in  like  proportion.  For 
some  purposes  the  copper  may  be  omitted. — J.  H.  C. 


An  Improved  Process  of  Tn  ating  <  'opper  Ores  and  Mattes. 
L.  A.  Pelatan,  l'aris.  Eng.  Tat.  17,450,  October  13, 
1891. 

Natural  copper  waters  and  copper-liquors  obtained  from 
pyritic  ores  by  the  ordinary  processes  of  oxidation  and 
lixiviation  are  run  into  troughs  where  they  are  acted  upon 
by  ordinary  copper  matte  which  has  been  previously  crushed 
or  granulated.  The  copper  iu  the  liquor  precipitates  on  the 
matte,  while  the  iron  of  the  matte  goes  into  solution.  After 
the  whole  of  the  copper  has  been  thus  precipitated  the 
liquor  is  drawn  off  and  fresh  liquor  is  supplied,  until  there 
is  no  further  action,  and  there  remains  as  the  final  residue 
of  the  operation  copper  highly  concentrated,  partly  in  the 
metallic  state  and  partly  in  various  stages  of  sulphurisation. 
If  obtainable,  ores  of  a  composition  analogous  to  that  of  the 
mattes  may  be  used  in  place  of  them. — J.  H.  C. 


An  Improved  Metallic  Alloy,  more  especially  intended  for 

Use  for  Gas  or  Petroleum  Engine  Igniters  or  like 
Articles  subjected  to  great  Heat.  C.  W.  Pinkney, 
Smethwick.     Eng.  Pat.  17,955,  October  20,  1891. 

The  alloy  consists  of  nickel  and  iron,  preferably  in  equal 
proportions  :  it  is  most  conveniently  formed  by  first  melting 
the  nickel  and  then  adding  the  iron  in  a  divided  state. 

—J.  H  < 


Improvements  in  Preparing  Ores,  Oxides,  and  Compounds 
of  Iron  for  Smelling.  J.  Woodcock,  Low  Moor,  Vorks, 
J.  Smith  and  W.  McD.  Mackev,  Leeds  EDg.  Pat.  2583, 
February  10,  1892. 

The  ores,  &c.  are  mixed  with  about  three  parts  by  weight  of 
small  coking  coal,  fluxing  materials  being  also  added  when 
required  ;  anil  the  mixture  is  coked  in  the  ordinary  way. 

—J.  H.  C. 


XJ.-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

On  the  Lairs  of  Electrolysis.     A.  Chassy.     Compt.  rend. 
114,  1892,  998—1000. 

usee  bas  shown  that  when  a  substance  of  complex 
formula  M.,I!7  is  electrolysed,  M  being  the  electro-positive 
and  1!  the  electro-negative  radicle  for  every  equivalent  of 
hydrogen  disengaged  in  a  water-voltameter  in  the  circuit, 
there  is   disengaged  one  equivalent  of   the   radicle  I;  and 

equivalent  of  the  radical  M.     According  to   Wiedemann 

and  other  physicists,  however,   there  are  exceptions  to  this 
law,  for   with  certain    salts   the   quantities  of  the  radicles 

disengaged  under  the  given  conditions  are,  '   equivalent  of 

1!  and  one  equivalent  of  M. 

The  author  therefore  wishes   to   substitute  for  these  two 
tatements  a  single  law  which  will  satisfy  all  known  cases. 


If  in  the  formula  M*R ,  Mp  is  replaced  by  H.,-  in  order  to 
obtain  a  certain  known  hydrogen  compouud  (an  operation 
which  can  always  be  carried  out  without  ambiguity),  Mp  and 
H.r  may  be  called  corresponding  quantities.  Thus  in  the 
quantity  Fe»Cl3  (ferric  chloride),  Fe2  may  be  replaced  by 
H,  and  here  1  Fe  is  the  corresponding  quantity  to  H, 
while  in  FeCI  (ferric  chloride)  Fe  corresponds  to  H.  Iu 
the  same  way  in  all  salts  of  sodium,  Na  corresponds  to  II. 
To  obtain  these  corresponding  quantities  it  is  not  necessary 
to  know  the  formula  corresponding  to  the  electrolytic 
molecule;  thus  whether  ferric  chloride  be  Fe.Cl;  or  I\  ,('!,, 
the  quantity  of  iron  corresponding  to  one  equivalent  of 
hydrogen  is  always  the  same.  The  determination  of  these 
corresponding  quantities  is  thus  independent  of  all  theory. 
The  following  is  the  law  which  the  author  proposes  : — 
Whenever  any  substance  whatever  is  electrolysed,  there  is 
always  disengaged  one  equivalent  of  hydrogen  or  the 
cone-ponding  quantity  of  the  electro-positive  radicle. 

This  law  is  applicable  to  all  known  cases,  and  agrees 
with  the  laws  of  Iieequerel  and  Wiedemann,  and  also  with 
that  of  Faraday  relative  to  compounds  of  the  simple  formula 
II  R.  It  may  also  be  applied  to  a  certain  number  of  sub- 
stances where  very  complex  secondary  reactions  are  set  up. 
Suppose  it  is  desired  to  know  the  quantities  of  the  radicles 
disengaged  from  a  body  of  formula  MpTLq.  Let  the  liquid 
be  placed  in  two  vessels  conuected  together  by  a  siphon, 
and  let  platinum  electrodes  be  used.  In  the  vessel  sur- 
rounding the  cathode  there  is  a  certain  quantity  of  the  body 
M.pHq  and  in  addition  a  certain  quantity  of  M,  these  two 
substances  reacting  on  one  another  to  form  secondary 
compounds.  Then,  by  making  the  necessary  analysis  to 
obtain  the  weight  of  all  the  substances  in  the  vessel,  it  is 
easy  to  deduce  by  simple  calculation  the  quantity  of  the 
body  M  disengaged  by  the  current. 

The  law  has  been  verified  for  potassium  ferrocyanide, 
potassium  ferricyanide,  sodium  nitroprusside  and  several 
other  substances,  amongst  which  may  be  mentioned  the 
case  of  the  ferric  nitrate  Fea03. 2  N05.  The  quantities  of 
the  radicles  of  this  salt  which  appear  at  the  electrodes  are 
|  Fe  and  ^  (2  SO,  +  3  0).  This  does  not  agree  with 
either  the  law  of  Becquerel  or  that  of  Wiedemann,  but  is  in 
accordance  with  the  law  proposed  by  the  author,  and  serves 
as  an  instance  of  the  advantage  of  its  use,  aud  of  its  general 
applicability. — D.  E.  J. 


Mierographic  Analysis  of  Alloys.     G.  Guillemiu.     Compt, 
rend.  H5,  1892,  232—234. 

See  under  XXIII., page  774. 


Aluminium :  Its  Manufacture  ami  Uses  from  an 
Engineering  Standpoint.  A.  E.  Hunt.  J.  Frank,  lust. 
133,241—271. 

See  under  X.,  page  752. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbons  for  Electric 
Arc  lamps.  W.  Lloyd  Wise,  London.  From  W.  Gru- 
delbach,  Dinslaken,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  12,019,  July 
1.".,  1891. 

Hollow  rods,  that  is  to  say,  rods  formed  with  a  core  hole, 
are  made  by  pressing,  and  are  then  baked,  after  which  the 
substance  employed  for  the  core  is  charged  into  the  core 
hole,  a  second  baking  being  unnecessary.  The  charging  is 
effected  by  means  of  a  machine  having  a  plunger  capable  of 
pressing  the  dry  mixture  of  finely-pulverised  carbon  ami 
other  substances  while   allowing  the   air  to  escape   past  it. 

— <;.  11.  II. 


",1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


755 


Improvements   in   the    Treatment  of  Solutions   containing 

Nickel  and  Iron  for  Ihe  Obtainmenl  of  Useful  Products 

therefrom.      J.   H.  Johnson,  London.     From   T.  Parker 

and   E.   Robinson,   Wolverhampton.      Eng.   Pat.   14,159, 

August  21,  1891. 

Solutions  of  nickel  and  iron  such  as  those  obtained   from 

the  process  described  in  a  previous   patent   (Eng.  Pat.  5199 

of  1890)  are  peroxidised  by  any  suitable  agent.     Magnesite 

is  added  to  precipitate  the  iron,  and  the  filtrate  is  electrolysed 

between  carbon  electrodes  after  the  addition  of  the  chloride 

of  an  alkali.     The  nickel  is  precipitated  and  the  solution  is 

filtered    oft'    and    evaporated    to    the    required    bulk    for 

crystallisation  as  Epsom  salts. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  or  connected  with  Electrolysis.  From  E 
A.  Le  Sueur,  Ottawa,  Canada.  Eng.  Pat.  15,0.50, 
September  5,  1891. 
The  evils  arising  from  diffusion  or  leakage  from  the  negative 
electrode  side  to  the  positive  are  minimised  by  maintain- 
ing the  solution  in  the  positive  sections  in  practically  the 
same  condition  chemically  throughout  electrolysis.  In  the 
case  of  the  electrolysis  of  common  salt,  hydrochloric  acid  is 
ailled  to  the  solution  on  the  positive  electrode  side  of  the 
diaphragm,  to  neutralise  the  caustic  soda  which  diffuses 
through  the  diaphragm. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  Galvanic  Batteries.  G.  Cohen,  Man- 
chester. Eng.  Pat.  15,407,  September  11,  1891. 
Tm:  elements  are  zinc  and  carbon,  and  the  space  between 
them  is  filled  with  a  mixture  of  three  parts  sal-ammoniac 
and  two  parts  calcium  chloride  dissolved  in  ten  parts  of 
water.  About  ten  parts  of  plaster  of  Paris  are  then  added, 
forming  a  solid  exciting  compound.— G.  H.  1!. 


Improvements   in  Ozonising  Apparatuses.     I.  Ehlis,  Liege, 
Belgium.     Fng.  Pat.  1G.80G,  October  3,  1891. 

See  under  XVIII.,  page 


Improvements   in    and  relating  to   Electric   Accumulators. 
H.  H.  Lake,  London.     From  La  Societedite  Electricitcits- 
Maatschappij,  Gelnhauscn,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  17,160. 
October  8,  1891. 
The  invention  consists  in  filling  up  the  spaces  between  the 
ribs  of  the  lead  grids  used  for  the  positive  electrodes  with  t. 
mixture  of  lead   peroxide  and  red  lead,  and  in  the  employ- 
ment of  finely-pulverised  metallic  lead  as   a  filling  for  the 
negative  electrodes. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  or  connected  with  t  \  lis  for  Electrolysing 
Chloride  Solutions.  From  T.  Parker  and  A.  E.  Robinson, 
Wolverhampton.  Eng.  Pat.  6007,  March  28,  1892. 
The  improvement  consists  in  making  the  anodes  of 
phosphides  of  chromium,  either  pure  or  mixed  with  carbon, 
in  order  to  prevent  their  being  attacked  by  the  liberated 
chloriue.-G.  H.  R.        

Apparatus  for  the  Production  by  Electrolysis  of  Chlorine 
and  Alkalis.  C.  Kellner,  Vienna,  Austria.  Eng.  Pat. 
9.346,  May  17,  1892. 
The  apparatus  in  which  the  electrolytic  decomposition  of 
the  solution  is  effected,  consists  of  an  iron  trough  having 
cast  on  one  of  its  side  walls  partitions  which  terminate  at 
some  distance  from  the  opposite  side  wall.  This  trough 
with  its  partitions  constitute  the  cathodes,  and  in  the 
intermediate  spaces  there  are  arranged  frames  of  suitable 
acid  and  alkali-resisting  material,  such  as  glass  or  stone 
ware,  which  contain  the  anodes  and  diaphragms.  The 
entire  space  between  the  diaphragms  is  filled  with  powdered 
carbon,  in  which  are  inserted  rods  or  plates  of  carbon  which 
serve  as  anodes.  The  diaphragms  are  made  of  slate  or 
glass  pierced  with  holes,  which  are  so  arranged  that  the 
holes  in  one  diaphragm  come  opposite  the  solid  portions  of 
the  next.— G  IT.  II. 


Process  for  the  Separation  of  the  Alkali  obtained  by 
Electrolytical  Decomposition  of  Halogen  Compounds 
from  the  Electrolyte  which  has  not  been  Decomposed. 
C.  Kellner,  Vienna,  Austria.  Eng.  Pat.  9347,  May  17, 
1892. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  overcome  the  difficulty 
experienced  in  separating  the  alkali  produced  by  the 
electrolytical  decomposition  of  halogen  compounds  from 
the  electrolyte  which  has  remained  undecomposed,  as  for 
example  when  obtaining  caustic  soda  by  the  electrolytic 
decomposition  of  common  salt.  The  liquor  containing 
caustic  soda  coming  from  the  electrolytic  decomposing 
apparatus,  is  conveyed  by  means  of  a  pipe  to  a  precipitating 
apparatus  where  it  is  heated  to  cause  the  crystallisation  of 
the  sodium  chloride.  The  pasty  mass  so  obtained  is  con- 
veyed into  a  displacing  apparatus  provided  with  a  perforated 
false  bottom  covered  with  woven  wire.  A  quantity  of  brine 
equal  to  the  amount  of  caustic  soda  found  by  experience  to 
be  retained  by  the  crystals  is  now  added,  and  the  displaced 
caustic  liquor  passes  over  into  another  vessel,  is  again 
evaporated  and  the  entangled  caustic  soda  is  again  displaced, 
and  so  on  until  a  caustic  soda  solution  of  very  considerable 
strength  is  obtained.  The  sodium  chloride  residue  is 
re-electrolysed. — G.  H.  R. 


Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Electro-chemical 
Production  of  Bleaching  Agents.     C.  Kellner,   Vienna, 
Austria.     Eng.  Pat.  10,200,  May  28,  1892. 

According  to  this  invention  the  ions  separated  by  the 
electrolysis  are  brought  into  contact  with  one  another 
outside  the  decomposing  cell  to  form  a  hypochlorite.  The 
chlorine  gas  issuing  from  the  vessel  in  which  the  electrolysis 
takes  place,  passes  into  the  bottom  of  an  absorption  tower. 
The  alkaline  liquid  coming  from  the  cathode  compartments, 
and  containing  the  separated  caustic  soda,  passes  into  an 
agitator  where  it  is  stirred  violently  to  free  it  from  any 
hydrogen  gas  which  may  have  been  carried  over  with  it. 
From  here  the  alkaline  liquid  is  conveyed  to  the  top  of  the 
scrubber  and  trickles  down  through  the  ascending  chlorine 
gas.— G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  Primary  Voltaic  Batteries.     II.  Wey- 
mersch,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  10,850,  June  8,  1892. 

Axy  element  can  be  removed  or  replaced  in  electrical 
connection  with  the  others  without  involving  any  screwing 
or  unscrewing,  as  in  all  cases  the  connections  are  made  by 
hooks  dipping  into  mercury  contained  in  grooves  cut  in  the 
cover  of  the  battery  box.  The  plates  pass  through  slots 
cut  in  this  cover  and  are  suspended  from  it  by  the  hooks. 

— G.  II.  i;. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  or  Storage  Batteries.  From 
H.  II.  Lloyd,  Philadelphia,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  11,147, 
June  14,  1892. 

The  improved  battery  plate  consists  in  a  conducting  support 
which  is  perforated  so  as  to  form  a  lodgment  for  the  active 
material  which  maybe  cast  chloride  of  lead,  with  or  without 
an  admixture  of  chloride  of  zinc  ;  and  in  order  to  retain 
the  active  material  in  the  perforations,  a  rabbet  or  match 
joint  is  formed  between  the  adjacent  portions  of  each  of  the 
pieces  of  active  material  and  the  support.  The  support  is 
protected  from  the  action  of  the  current  by  means  of  an 
acid-proof  insulating  cover,  which  is  perforated  by  groups 
of  small  holes  where  it  covers  the  active  material. — G.  H.  R. 


A  n  Improved  Process  of  Purifying  Water.  C.  G.  Collins, 
Woodsburgh,  New  York,  L'.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  11,989, 
June  28,  1892. 

See  under  XVII I.,  page  770. 


756 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEaTICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  SO,  1892. 


XII.-FATS,    OILS,   AND   SOAP 

MANUFACTURE. 

Bibliograph>i  of  Beesica.r :  arrangi  d  <  'hronologicatly.  U.S. 

Depart,  of  Agriculture,  1892.    Bulletin  13,  866—869. 
t  'imposition  of  Beesica.r.     Brodie.     Phil.   Trans.   1848, 1, 

159. 
Detection  of  Stearic  Acid  in  Beeswax.     Fehling.     Dingl. 

Polyt.  J.  1858,  147,  -'27. 

dterants  in  Beeswax.     Babineaud.     J.  do 

Pharm.  d'Anvers,  1860,  531  ;   Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1862,  163, 

80. 
Adulterations    <,(    Beeswax.     H.  Hager.     Pharm.   Central- 
halle, 1*62.  3^  207. 
Detection     of    Paraffin    in    Beesica.r.       Landolt.       Dingl. 

Polyt.  J.  1862,160,224. 
Detection  of  Adulterants  in  Beeswax.      Dullo.      Wagner's 

Jahresber,  1863,  670;  Zeits.  Anal.  (hem.  1864,  510. 
Detection   of   Vegetable    Wax   in    Beeswax.     Dingl.  Polyt. 

J.  1864,172,  156. 
Detection  of  Paraffin  in  Beeswax.      Payen.     J.  de  Pharm. 

et  de  Chim.  ii.  4,  233. 
Determination    of    Paraffin     in     Beeswax.      Lies-Bodart. 

Compt.  Bend.  1866,  62,  749.      B.  Wagner.       Zeits.  Anal. 

Chern.  1866.  279;   Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1867,  185,  72. 
Bleaching  Beesica.r.     J.  F.  Bahcock.     Proc.  Amer.  Pharm. 

Assoc.  1867,  98  and  372. 
Adulteration    of    Beesica.r.     H.   Hager.     Pharm.   Central- 
halle.   1869, '10,   49;    Chem.   News,   1869,19,  310.     E. 

Davis.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans  )  L870. 
Adulteration  of  Beeswai    with  Japan    Wax.     H.   Hager. 

Pharm.  Centralhalle,  1870,  H,  209. 
Detection    of   Rosin    in     Beesica.r.       Pharm.    J.    (Trans.) 

1870. 
Optical  Analysis  of  Beesica.r.     H.   I'ocklington.     Pharm. 

J.  (Trans.)  1871, ii.  SI. 
Detection  of  Ceresin  in    Beeswax.     Pharm.    Centralhalle, 

1872,  371. 
Formation    of    Beesica.r.       W.    von    Schneider.     Annalen. 

162,  235;  J.  Chem.  Soc.  1872,  25,  639. 
Detection  of  Adulterants  in  Beeswax.     H.  Hager.     Com- 
ment. Pharm.  Geim.  1873,  435. 
Specific    Gravity    of   Waxes    used   as    Adulterants.       E. 

1  lieterich.     Arch.  Pharm.  1873,  20,  454. 
Tests    I'm-    Adulterants  of  Beeswax.     E.   Donath.     Dingl. 

Polyt.  .1.  205,  131- 
Adulteration  of  Beeswax.    Amer.  J.  Pharm.  1874,  510. 
Detection  of  Japan   Wax  in  Beeswax.     C.  Mene.    Compt. 

Bend.  1874,78,  1544. 
Wax  Adulterated  with    Paraffin.      Pep.  de  Pharm.   1874; 
A.  \V.  Miller.     Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  1875,  200. 

Crystalline  Structure  of  Beeswax.     B.  Buttger.     J.  Chem. 

Soc.  (Abstr.)  1879,  36,  171. 
Composition  of  Beeswax.      Schalfejeff.     Ber.  1876,  9,  27S 

and  1688. 
Detection   "/'  Rosin   in   Beeswax.     J.  Chem.  Soc.  (Abstr.) 

1877,  365. 
Manufacture   of    Artificial    Wax.      Chem.   Centr.    1876, 

528. 
Adulteration  oj   Beeswax.     Bedford.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.) 

1877.  316. 
Action    of  Iodine    ioi    Beeswax.      T.    A.    Edison.     Chem. 

News. '1877.  36,  138. 
Detection  of  Paraffin  in    Beeswax.      H.   Hager.     Pharm. 

Centralhalle.  1877.18,  414. 
Detection  of  Rosin  in  Beeswax.      E.Schmidt.     Ber.  1877, 

10,  B37 


Estimation  of  Paraffin  in  Beeswax.  W.  T.  Thompson. 
Chem.  News,  38,    167. 

Analysis  of  Wax.    F.  Becker.     Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  1880, 

241. 
Detection  of  Paraffin   in    Wax.     M.   Buchner.     J.  Chem. 

Soc.  (Abstr.)  18S0,  240. 
Electrical  Properties  of  Beeswax.     W.  E.  Avrton.     Phil. 

-Mag.  [5],  6,  132. 

Is  Beeswax  a  Rancid  Fat .'     Amer.  J.  Pharm.  1879,  220. 

Examination  of  Wax  H.  Hager.  Pharm.  Centralhalle, 
1880,  119;  J.  Chem.  Soc.  (Abstr.)  1881,  316. 

Determination  of  Hydrocarbons  in  Beeswae.  A.  II.  Allen 
and  Wni.  Thomson.     Chem.  News,  1881.  43.  267. 

Detection  of  Rosin  in  Beeswax.  F.Jean.  Chem.  Z  jit.  1881, 
303. 

Constitution  of  Beeswax.  E.  Zatzeck.  Monatsh.  Chem. 
3,367. 

Detection  of  Para  [tin  in  Beeswax.  E.  Dieterich.  Wagner's 
Jahreber,  1882,  1028. 

Manufacture  of  Wax  by  the  Bees.  Hutchinson.  Pharm. 
J.  (Trans.)  1882,  24. 

Adulteration  of  Beeswax.     Amer.  Bee  J.,  May  23,  1883. 
Analysis   of  Beesica.r.      0.    Hehner.       Analyst,    1883,    16. 
F.  Hiibl."    Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  1883.  249,  338;  this  Journal, 

l^sa,  418. 

Di  tection  of  Tallow  in    Beeswax.      Amer.    Bee  J.   18S3, 

298. 

Determination  of  Carnauba  Wax  in  Beeswax.  E.  Valenta. 
Pharm.  Centralhalle,  1883,  24,  417. 

Microscopic  Examination  of  Wax.  E.  Dieterich.  Zeits. 
Anal.  Chem.  1884,  567. 

Tests  for  Purity  of  Beeswax.  P.  E.  Besch.  Amer.  Bee 
J.  1883,  211. 

Acid  Constituents  of  Beesica.r.  E.  Xafzger.  Annalen, 
1884,224,225. 

Anal  /sis  of  Beeswax.     Stflrcke.     Annalen,  1884,  223,  295 

Composition  of  Beeswax.  C,  Hell.  Annalen,  1SS4,  223, 
269. 

Non-Acid  Constituents  of  Beeswax.  F.  Schwalb.  J. 
Chem.  Soc.  (Abstr.)  18^-0,  48,  962. 

Tests  for  Purity  of  Beeswax.     C.  Dadant.     Amer.  Bee  J. 

1884,  84. 

Bleaching  of  Wax.    M.  H.  Barnouvin.      Pharm.  J.  (Trans.) 

1885,  616. 


Detection  of  Animal  Fat  in  Beeswaa 
19  aud  298. 


Amer.  Bee  J.  1885, 


Purification  of  Beeswax.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  1885,448. 
Analysis  of  Wax.     Archiv.  f.  Pharm.  1886,  24,  490. 

Analyse  dec  Fette  una    Wachsarten.      Benedikt.     Berlin, 

1"'',. 

Composition    of   Beeswax.     F.    Schwalb.     Annalen,    1886, 
235,  106  ;  this  Journal,  1887,  549. 

Das  Waehs  und  seine  Technische  Verwendung.    L.  Sedna. 
Vienna,  1886. 

m  of  Adulterations  in  Beeswax.     A.  Clarency.     .1. 
de  Pharm.  et  de  Chim.  [6],  13,  27. 

Determination  of  Purity  of  Beesica.r.     C.  L.  I.ochmann. 

Proc.  Penna  Pharm.  Assoc.  1886,  204. 
Feeding  of   Wax  to  Bees.     X.  W.  MeLain.     Amer.  Bee  J. 

1886,  296. 
Determination  of  Specific  Gravity  of  Waxes.     E.  Dieterich. 

Pharm.  Zeit.   1887,  32,  37.      Pharm.  J.   (Trans.)  1887, 

770. 
Dimethylamido-azobenzene for  Colouring  Beeswax.     Zeits. 

Anal.  Chem.  1887,  106. 
Estimation    of  Rosin    in    Beeswax.     F.    M.    Horn.     Bep. 

Anal.  Chem.  7,  503  ;  this  Journal,  1887,  682. 


Sept.  30, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


757 


Arc/;/!  Number  of  Waxes.     Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  1888,  528. 

Adulteration  of  Beeswax.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1888,  499. 

Analysis  of  Beeswax.  Buehner.  Chem.  Zeit.  1888,  1276  ; 
this  Journal,  1888,  871.  F.  Hiibl.  Chem  Zeit.  1888, 
127".  C.  M.  Morse.  Thesis  for  Mass.  College  of 
Pharmacy,  1888.  E.  Dieterich.  Helfeuberger  Annalen, 
1889,  21. 

Detection  of  Paraffin  in  Beeswax.  H.  Hager.  Pharm. 
Centralhalle,  1889,  565  j  J.  Chem.  Soc.  (Abstr.)  1891, 
122. 

Analysis  if  Beeswax.  H.  Rottger.  Chem.  Zeit.  1889, 
1375  ;  this  Journal,  1890,  88  and  771. 

Apparatus  for  the  Investigation  of  Fats,  Waxes,  $'c. 
Schiidler.     Chem.  Centr.  1889,  2,  861. 

Analysis  of  Beeswax.  Buehner.  Chem.  Zeit.  1890,1707; 
this  Journal,  1890,  83.  A.  and  P.  Buisine.  Bull.  Soc. 
Chim.  1890  [3],  3,  567  and  867;  this  Journal,  1891,  52. 
R.  Kayser.  Chem.  Zeit.  1890,  686.  H.  Riittger.  Chem. 
Zeit.  1890,  606,  1442,  and  1473  ;  this  Journal,  1890,  771. 

Bleaching  of  War.  U.S.  Pat.  421,904,  February  25, 
1890. 

Detection  of  Rosin  in  Beeswax.  Chem.  Zeits.  1890,1474; 
this  Journal,  1891,  165. 

Determination  of  Specific  Gravity  of  Waxes.  Chem. 
Centr.  1890,  502.     Amer.  Bee  J.  i890,  G29. 

Analysis  <>/'  Beeswax.  Benedikt  and  Mangold.  Chem. 
Zeit.  1891,  474;  this  Journal,  1891;  860.  A.  and  P. 
Buisine.  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1891,  [3].  5,  654  ;  this 
Journal,  1891,  729.  Yalenta.  Centr.  Org.  f.  Waareu- 
kunde,  1891,  112.  F.  Jean.  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1891, 
[3],  5,  3;  this  Journal,  1891,  728.  K.  Mangold. 
(  linn.  Zeit.  1891,  799;  this  Journal,  1891,  860. 

Bleaching  of  War.  A.  and  P.  Buisine.  Jour,  de  Pharm. 
et  de  Chim.  1891,526;  this  Journal,  1891,52.  M.  H. 
Barnouvin.     Jour,  de  Pharm.  et  de  chim.  1891,  6. 

Determination  nf  Paraffin  in  Waxes.  F.  M.  Horn. 
Chem.  News,  1891,  165. 

Dilution  of  Paraffin  in  Beeswax.  Pharm.  J.  (Trans.) 
1891,  851. 

Defection  of  Rosin  in  Beeswax.  H.  Rottger.  Chem. 
/..it.  1891,  45  ;  this  Journal,  1891,  575. 

Light  Petroleum  as  a  Reagent  for  Waxes.  H.  Hager. 
Chem.  Zeit    1891,  307 

Analysis  of  Russian  Waxes.  J.  Antoushevich.  J.  Russ. 
Chem.  Soc.  1891,  223;  this  Journal,  1891,  1014.— A. R.L. 


Bibliography  of  Wares  used  in  Adulterating  Beeswax  : 
arranged  Chronologically.  U.S.  Depart,  of  Agriculture. 
1892,  Bulletin  13,  869-871. 

Melting  Points  of  Various  Waxes.  B.  S.  Proctor.  Chem. 
and  brag.  1863. 

Sumac  Wax.    J.  Batka.     Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  1865,  491. 

Adulteration  of  Japan  War  with  Water.  Proc.  Amur. 
Pharm.  Assoc.  1868,  179. 

Black  War  from  Madras.     Chem.  News,  1868. 

Carnauba  War.  X.  S.  Maskelyne.  Chem.  News,  1869, 
145;  J.  prakt.  Chem.  1869. 

Collection  nf  Japan  War.  Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  1874,  425  ; 
ibid.  1876,  1003. 

Reactions  of  Carnauba  War.  Proc.  Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc. 
1877,283. 

Cfillection  of  Japan  Wax.     Amer.  J.  Pharm.  1877,  452. 

Wax  contained  in  the  Leaves  of  Her  Paraguayensis. 
P.  N.  Arata.  Gazzetta  Chim.  Ital.  1878,  366  ;  J.  Chem. 
Soc.  1878,  ii.  324. 

Japan  War.  E.  Ban.  Archiv.  Pharm.  1879,  403  ;  J.  Chem. 
Soc.  1879.  1037. 


Vegetable    War.     A.  Meyer.      Archiv.  Pharm.    1879,    97, 
129  ;  Amer.  J.  Pharm.  1879,  600. 

Collection  of  Chinese  Insect    War.      Pharm  J.   (Trans.) 
1880. 

Qualitative  Reactions  of  Various  Waxes.     E.  Hirschsohu. 
Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  1880,  749. 

Specific  Gravity  of  Waxes.     E.  Dieterich.     Arch.  Pharm. 
1882,  455. 

Myrtle   War.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  1883,  61. 

Constituents  of  Carnaub  I    War.     H.  Stiircke.     Annalen, 
1884,  223,  225  ;  this  Journal,  1884,  448. 

Adulteration  of  Wax.     Schmidt.     Seifens.  Zeit.   49,   589; 
this  Journal,  1883,  182. 

Egyptian  War.     K.  Labler.     Chem.  Centr.  1884,  497. 

Specific  Gravity  of  Paraffin.     E.  Sauerlandt.     Chem.  Zeit. 
1884,  388;  Zeits.  Anal.' Chem.  1884,  256. 

Vegetable  War.     M.  Buehner.     Chem.  Centr.  1884,  257. 

Chinese  Insect  War.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  1885,  755. 

Asclepias  War.     C.  Kassner.     Chem.  Zeit.  1886,  390. 

Vegetable  War.     G.    Kassner.     Eng.  Pat.  11,561    of   1885; 
this  Journal,  1886,  495. 

Chinese  War.     C.  Theilmann.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1886,  24. 

Determination  of  Glycerol  in   Waxes.     Wanklyn  and  Kox. 
Chem.  News,  1886,  15  ;  this  Journal,  1886,  546. 

Composition    of  Japan    War.     Eberhard.      Proc.    Amer. 
Pharm.  Assoc.  1889,  054. 

African  Insect  Wax.     Chem.  and  Drug.  1890,  667. 

Japan    Wax.     O.   Kleinstiick.     Chem.  Zeit.    1890,   1303  ; 
this  Journal,  1890,  1072.— A.  R.  L. 


Carbon  Tetrachloride  as  a  Solvent.     Eckenroth. 
Pharm.  Zeit.  1892,  338. 

Carbon  tetrachloride  is  now  produced  so  cheaply,  that  it 
may  be  recommended  as  a  solvent  for  the  extraction  of  fat 
from  food  materials,  &c.  The  author  recommends  it  with 
the  more  confidence  also,  since  it  is  not  inflammable.  It  is  a 
colourless  liquid  of  agreeable  odour,  hearing  a  certain 
resemblance  to  chloroform.  It  boils  at  76- 51  C.  and  has 
a  specific  gravity  of  1  ■  6319  at  O'1  C.—W.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Refining      and     Deodorising     Refuse      Oils     and     Fats. 

E.   S.   Wilson,    Camberwell,    Surrey.      Eng.   Pat.   5340, 

November  12,  1883. 
Tins  is  an  amended  specification  of  the  patent  referred  to  in 
this  Journal,  1884,  450. — J.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Means  for  Manufac- 
turing Soap.  J.  Cathrein,  Salzburg,  Austria.  Eng.  Pat. 
14,902,  September  3,  1891. 

The  improved  soap  claimed  by  this  patent  belongs  to  that 
class  of  soaps  which  contain  mineral  oil,  of  which  the 
patentee  incorporates  100  per  cent,  with  the  fat  stock 
Special  mixing  apparatus  has  been  designed.—  J.  L. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Distillation  of  Fatty  Acids 
and  other  Substances.  L.  Hugues,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat. 
15,287,  September  9,  1891. 

The  novelty  of  this  patent  consists  in  the  arrangement  of 
two  stills  side  by  side  in  one  furnace.  Both  stills  are  com- 
pletely fitted  up,  and  can  be  alternately  connected  with  the 
same  condensing  apparatus.  The  material  undergoes  a 
preliminary  heating  by  the  gases  of  combustion  in  one  still, 
whilst  the   material   in  the  seeond  still  is  beiug  distilled  by 


7:.S 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Sept.  30, 1892. 


means  of  superheated  steam  in  the  usual  manner.  The 
charge  of  the  second  still  having  heen  distilled  off,  the  first 
still  can  be  worked  immediately  by  turning  the  superheated 
steam  into  it.  The  condensation  of  the  vaporised  acids  is 
effected  by  the  injection  of  cold  water  into  the  first  receiving 
or  main  condenser.  Any  vapour  that  may  have 
escaped  condensation  is  finally  condensed  in  a  second 
receiver  arranged  below  the  first  receiver  and  communi- 
cating both  with  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  latter.  An 
ejector  worked  by  water  under  pressure  ejects  the  condensed 
material  and  the  water  into  a  collecting  tank.— J.  L. 


Improvements       in       the      Manufacture      of    Lubricants. 

II.    Hutchison,    Cowlairs,    Lanark.      Eng.    Pat.    16,024, 

September  22,  1891. 
The  composition  of  the  improved  lubricant  for  railway  axles 
is  30  parts  of  mineral  oil  0  905.  14  parts  of  oleic  or  similar 
fatty  acid,  and  I  part  of  slaked  lime  (neighed  before  being 
slaked).  With  I  part  of  the  prepared  grease  are  intimately 
mixed  9  parts  of  "  pinate  of  soda  or  of  potash." — J.  L. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Purification  of  the  Residues 
or  Cakes  obtained  from  Fatty  Substances,  Oleaginous 
Fruits,  or  Grains.  La  Societe  Anonyme  des  Parfums 
Xaturels  de  Cannes,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat.  16,552,  Sep- 
tember 29,  1891. 

To  free  the  cakes,  &c.  which  have  been  extracted  by  means 
of  volatile  solvents  from  the  last  trace  of  the  solvents,  steam 
is  employed  with  or  without  a  vacuum.  To  prevent  all 
condensation,  the  cakes,  Sec.  are  previously  heated  by  means 
of  the  superheated  solvent  to  a  suitable  temperature,  and 
then  -team  is  admitted.  The  steam  may  be  also  superheated 
to  prevent  any  condensed  water  being  retained  by  the  cakes. 

-J.L. 


'Hi,    Manufacture   of  an    Improved   Soap.     W.  R.  Dodd, 
Stamford  Hill.     Eng.  Pat.  16,557,  September  29,  1891. 

Tin:  improved  soap  consists  of  ordinary  hard  or  soft  soap 
with  which  borax  and  camphor  are  incorporated. — J.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Art  of  Treating  Vegetable  Oils, 
(;.  W.  Scollay,  New  York,  U.S.A.'  Eng.  Pat.  !>2'J2, 
May  17,  1892. 

The  patentee  uses  in  refining  cotton-seed  oil  or  similar  oils 
certain  ochres,  as  luematite  and  limonite,  which  are  inti- 
mately mixed  with  the  otla.  The  ochre  may  iu  seme 
instances  previously  be  mixed  with  dry  caustic  soda  or 
biborate  of  soda. — J.  L. 


Improvements  in  Detergent  Compounds.  W.  P.  Thompson. 
From  W.  B.  Brittingham,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
10,765,  June  7. 

Tiik  claims  of  this  patent  cover  the  mixture  of  the 
tungstates  of  sodium  and  potassium  with  soaps,  it  bavins 
hem   ascertained   that   these   tungstates  are  possessed   of 

considerable  detergent  properties. — J.  L. 


XIII.-PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES. 
RESINS,  INDIA-RUBBER,  Etc. 

The  Oleo-licsin  of  Canarium  Muelleri,  Bailey ;  together 
with  .\otcs  on  Manila  Elemi.  J.  H.  Maiden.  Proc. 
Koy.  Soc.  Queensland,  8,  1891—1892,  Part  3. 

Tiik  true  source  of  Manila  elemi  being  still  a  matter  of 
uncertainty,  the  author  has  examined  the  resin  wbicb 
exudes  from  Canarium  Muelleri,  a  tree  growing  on  the 
Johnstone  River,  Queensland.  This  substance  is  of  the 
consistence  and  general  appearance  of  honey,  and  has  a 
pleasant  odour  resembling  that  of  turpentine  and  lemons. 
By  digestion  in  cold  alcohol,  the  latter  becomes  much  more 
prominent,  almost  making  the  resin  valuable  as  a  perfume. 
The  oleo-resin  is  readily  soluble  in  petroleum  spirii, 
chloroform,  ether,  absolute  alcohol,  and  rectified  spirit,  but 
only  partially  so  in  50  per  cent,  alcohol.  On  exposure  to 
the  a'mosphere  the  scent  becomes  very  much  fainter,  and 
by  evaporation  of  the  volatile  oil.  the  resiu  steadily  loses  in 
weight,  the  loss  in  six  months  being  7' 165  percent.  At  the 
temperature  of  the  water-bath,  the  whole  of  the  oil  is  driven 
off  only  with  difficulty,  but  by  treatment  of  the  oleo-resin 
with  dilute  alcohol  and  subsequent  distillation  at  a 
temperature  of  110  —  123  (.  .,  it  may  be  split  up  into  26'67 
per  cent,  of  a  lemon-scented  volatile  oil,  and  73" 33  percent, 
of  resin.  This  residual  resin  is  transparent  and  resembles 
in  appearance  gelatin.  It  is  extremely  brittle  and  contracts 
strongly  on  cooling.  Its  melting  point  is  75° — 76°  C,  and 
it  is  soluble  in  the  same  liquids  as  the  original  oleo-resin. 
Pixamined  under  the  microscope,  it  is  seen  to  be  perfectly 
devoid  of  crystalline  form,  thns  distinguishing  it  from 
Manila  elemi,  which  on  treatment  with  rectified  spirit  yields 
(British  Pharmacopoeia,  1885) acicular crystals  consisting  of 
amyrin  or  elemin  (Fliickiger,  Pharm.  J.  [3],  5,  142.) 

— F.  H.  L. 


Pentasulphide  of  Antimony.     Th.  Willm.  J.  Buss.   Chem. 
Soc.  24,  1892,  371—3 

The  author  undertook  to  discover  the  reason  why  when 
vulcauisirgoaoutchoucand  india-rubber  with  pentasulphide 
of  antimony,  varying  results  are  so  often  obtained.  He 
found  that  the  method  used  for  testing  the  good  quality  of 
pentasulphide  of  antimony  by  ascertaining  the  quantity  of 
sulphur  extracted  from  it  by  carbon  bisulphide,  is  inaccurate 
and  misleading.  The  author  proposes  to  ascertain  the 
total  sulphur  by  oxidation  with  fuming  nitric  acid  in  a  sealed 
tube.  The  liquid  is  then  evaporated  with  strong  hydro- 
chloric acid  till  the  citric  acid  is  eompletaly  expelled,  and 
the  sulphur  precipitated  as  barium  sulphate.  Iu  good 
samples  of  the  pentasulphide  the  usual  quantity  of  sulphur 
must  he  a  little  over  the  theoretical  number,  and  when  art.  il 
on  with  carbon  bisulphide  there  must  remain  behind  pure 
antimony  trisulpbide. — P.  U. 


Produr'ion  of  India-Rubber   in  Borneo.     J.  Soc.  Arts,  40, 
820. 

There  is  a  royalty  charged  on  rubber  collected  from  the 
jungles  of  Borneo  of  10  per  cent,  ad  valorem.     The  different 

of  the  plant  found  are,  according  to  the  I 
States  Consul  at  Singapore,  (1)  Manungan  pulan,  which 
comes  chiefly  from  Xorth-west  Borneo;  it  is  a  WiUughbeia 
6«r6i<fjrei,  and  is  specially  identical  with  the  "gutta-singgarip  " 
of  the  peninsula ;  (2)  Maugan  buyok,  said  to  yield  the  best 
gutta  of  the  Borneo  forest :  it  is  a  Leuconotis  engenifolius  ; 
this  species  is  also  found  in  small  quantities  on  the  peninsula  ; 
(3)  Manugan  manga,  which  yield-  a  very  good  gutta,  is 
possibly  a  WiUughbeia,  as  also  is  Snrapit,  for  the  latter 
yields  the  same  milky  exudation  as  Manungan  pulan,  hut 
is  said  to  he  a  had  gutta  and  seldom  collected.  Bertabu, 
or  Petabo  pulan,  is  referred  to  as  of  little  value  as  gutta, 
except  perhaps  for  adulterating  the  better  kinds.     The  other 


Sept.  so,  1892.]       TEE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


?59 


kinds  of  gutta  met  with  in  the  Mala;  Peninsula  are  — (1) 
Singgarip  putch,  or  Gutta  smirk;  (2)  Singgarip  hitam ; 
and  (3 )  Gutta  jelulong — the  latter  is  only  used  for 
adulterating.  The  gutta-percha  production  and  export  is 
much  larger  than  the  trade  in  india-rubber  properly  so 
culled.  The  name  is  given  to  the  inspissated  juice,  which  is 
produced  chiefly  by  Vichopsis  gutta,  called  by  the  natives 
Gelah  taban  merah,  and  often  confused  with  caoutchouc. 
The  tree  is  of  large  size,  from  four  to  five  feet  in  diameter, 
and  from  10U  to  200  feet  in  height.  When  growing  in  the 
forest  it  has  a  clean  straight  stem,  and  it  may  be  generally 
distinguished  by  the  rich  brown  colour  of  the  under  surface 
of  the  leaves  The  flowers  are  small,  white,  and  divided 
into  sis;  petals  and  six  sepals.  The  seeds — generally  two  in 
each  fruit — are  oily,  and  are  eaten  by  birds  and  monkeys. 
It  (lowers  in  March,  and  the  fruit  ripens  in  June.  The 
method  of  collecting  the  gutta  is  as  follows  : — A  tree  having 
been  selected  is  felled,  and  as  it  lies  on  the  ground,  rings 
about  an  inch  broad  are  cut  in  the  bark  at  intervals  all 
along  the  whole  length  of  the  trunk  and  of  the  branches, 
with  a  parang  or  Malay  knife.  These  cuts  soon  become 
filled  with  the  white,  cream-like  sap,  and  in  about  half  an 
hour  the  gutta  will  line  separated  from  the  aqueous  portion 
of  the  sap,  and  may  be  removed  by  rolling  a  small  ball  of  it 
round  in  the  cuts,  to  the  edge  of  which  the  coagulated  gum 
adheres  and  forms  a  disc,  varying  in  size  according  to  the 
number  of  scores  it  is  rolled  in.  These  discs  are  then  boiled 
in  water  and  made  into  balls,  and  sold  by  the  collectors  to 
the  persons  who  export  it  to  Singapore  and  Penang.  The 
gutta  is  at  first  white,  but  soon  changes  to  pink,  and  finally 
to  a  brownish  red.  The  amount  yielded  by  a  single  tree 
about  100  feet  high,  and  whose  age  was  estimated  to  be  over 
loo  years,  was  '_'  lb.  5  oz.  of  fairly  clean  gutta.  valued 
b\  a  Malay  dealer  at  3*.  3d.  per  pound.  The  product, 
therefore,  of  the  whole  tree  is  worth  only  7s.  Gd.  Other 
species  of  the  gutta  tree  in  the  Straits  Settlements  are 
(  1  )  Geiah  toban  putch  (white)  ;  (21  Gelah  toban  sutra 
(silk);  (3)  Getah  toban  chayas  (liquid)  ;  and  (-J)  Gelah 
toban  simpor.  It  is  stated  by  the  director  of  the  Botanical 
Gardens  at  Singapore,  that  there  are  over  92  species 
altogether  on  the  peninsula. — W.  S. 


PATENT. 


An  Improved  Fabric,  applicable  for  Tubing,  Belting, 
Valve  Sheeting,  and  other  Articlesqfan  Elastic  Nature. 
1!.  Temmel,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  10,637,  June  1. 
1892. 

Articles  composed  chiefly  of  india  rubber,  such  as  tubing, 
belting,  &c,  without  their  elasticity  beiug  destroyed,  are 
rendered  stronger  and  more  durable  by  the  insertion  in  them 
of  strips  of  cane-wood,  "  preferably  of  the  species  known  as 
Tokio  cane."  In  the  case  of  tubing,  the  strips  (which 
measure  up  to  20  ft.  in  length)  are  wound  spirally  round  a 
core  of  any  suitable  india  rubber-coated  fabric,  and  then 
covered  by  one  or  more  layers  of  the  india  rubber-coated 
fabric,  and  the  whole  finally  vulcanised  together.  Tubing 
thus  constructed  offers  great  resistance  both  to  internal  and 
external  pressure,  this  resistance  being  due  to  the  flat  shape 
of  the  cane  strips  and  to  their  firm  attachment  to  the  rubber. 
Driving-belts  are  manufactured  by  embedding  strips  of 
cane-wood  longitudinally  side  by  side  in  two  or  more  sheets 
of  canvas,  which  have  been  previously  coated  on  both  sides 
with  "  liquid  india-rubber."  For  valve-sheeting,  the  strips  of 
cane-wood  are  either  laid  side  by  side  in  the  middle  of  the 
sheets,  or  are  interlaced  in  the  same  during  the  process  of 
manufacture.— E.  II. 


XIV.-TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  AND 
SIZE. 

PATENT. 

.'1  New  and  Improved  Mould  for  Moulding  Leather, 
Paper,  and  such  like  Pulp.  (i.  Mahaffy,  YV.  llabley,  anil 
J.  Westaway,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  11,361,  July  4,  1891. 

The  invention  consists  in  constructing  the  moulds  of  a 
porous  material,  such  as  wood  of  a  suitable  texture  placed 
endways  of  the  grain,  so  that  the  air  and  moisture  contained 
in  the  pulp  may  penetrate  the  mould  and  be  thus 
eliminated. 

Drawings   are    given   showing    the    application    of    the 
invention  to  the  production  of  boot-heels  from  leather  pulp. 

— W.  M.  G. 


XV.-MANURES,  Etc. 

Valuation  of  Superphosphates,  Special  Manures  and 
Mixed  Fertilisers  of  High  Grade.  Aun.  Keport  of  the 
Connecticut  Agri.  Exper.  Stat.  1890,  20—21. 

In  these  manures  the  total  valuation  is  obtained  by  adding 
together  the  trade  values  of  the  several  ingredients. 
Organic  nitrogen  is  taken  at  the  price  of  nitrogen  in  raw 
materials  of  the  best  quality  ;  insoluble  phosphoric  acid 
from  rock,  phosphates  at  1  d.,  from  other  insoluble  phos- 
phates at  1  Id.  per  pound  ;  potash  as  chloride  at  2 ~d.,  and  any 
potash  in  excess  of  that  required  to  satisfy  the  chlorine  at 
3d.  per  pound.  Ground  bone  is  sifted  into  four  grades, 
the  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  in  each  grade  are 
reckoned  at  their  various  trade  values,  then  multiplied  by 
the  percentage  proportion  of  the  respective  grades,  and  the 
sum  of  these  separate  computations  is  taken  for  the  total 
valuation.  The  valuation  price  is  generally  below  the 
selling  price,  the  difference  represents  the  manufacturing 
and  other  charges.  In  1890,  12*.  to  18*.  per  ton  covered 
the  cost  of  mixing,  bagging,  handling,  and  carting,  and 
the  average  selling  price  of  ammoniated  superphosphates  and 
guanos  was  33 '80  dols.,  the  average  valuation,  28 '57  dols., 
whilst  in  the  case  of  special  manures  the  average  cost  was 
39' 18  dols.,  the  average  valuation,  32 '90  dols.  Valuation 
is  useful: — 1.  For  making  comparisons  between  various 
manures ;  2.  For  ascertaining  whether  a  manure  is  worth 
its  cost,  as  a  trade  commodity,  for  the  more  its  cost  exceeds 
its  valuation  the  less  the  economy  of  its  purchase.  For 
the  first  purpose  the  same  values  must  be  used,  but  for 
the  second  purpose  market  variations  have  to  be  considered. 
It  must  be  remembered  that  analysis  does  not  accurately 
decide  either  as  to  the  condition  of  the  different  ingredients, 
or  about  the  mechanical  state  of  the  manure,  therefore  the 
valuation  must  not  be  too  literally  construed.     D.  A.  L. 


The  Occurrence  of  Fluorine  in  Different  Varieties  of 
Natural  Phosphates.  Ad.  Carnot.  Compt.  rend.  114, 
1892,  1003  —  1006. 

The  author  has  applied  the  comparatively  easy  method  of 
estimating  fluorine  recently  described  by  himself  (this 
Journal,  1892,  710)  in  the  analysis  of  various  mineral  and 
organic  substances  containing  fluorine.  The  results  of  the 
examination  of  mineral  phosphates  are  described  in  the 
present  note. 

I.  Apatites.— .the  analysis  of  apatites  (the  fluorine  being 
estimated  directly)  entirely  confirms  the  theoretical  formula 
Ca(F,  CD  +3  (P„05  3  CaO)  or  Ca5012P;l(F,  CI),  in  which 
fluorine  may  be  replaced  by  an  equivalent  quantity  of 
chlorine  and  a  little  of  the  lime  by  magnesia  or  oxide  of 
iron.  II.  Phosphorites.  —  Here  complete  analyses  were 
not   made,  but  only  determinations  of  the  phosphoric  acid 


760 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  30, 1802. 


and  fluorine.  It  is  found  that  semi -crystalline  fibrous 
phosphorites  have  almost  the  same  composition  as  apatites  ; 
whereas  earthy  and  compact  phosphorites  contain  a  much 
smaller  quantity  of  fluorine.  III.  Sedimentary  phos- 
phates.—  These  generally  contain  the  same  amount  of 
fluorine  as  apatites  containing  an  equal  proportion  of 
phosphorus.  Careful  analyses  of  phosphates  from  several 
localities  have  already  been  made  by  M.  Henri  Lasne,  who 
came  to  the  conclusion  that  sedimentary  phosphates  are 
in  reality  fluophosphates  having  the  same  definite  com- 
position as  apatite,  i.e.,  containing  one  equivalent  of  fluorine 
to  three  of  phosphorus.  The  author's  analyses  entirely 
confirm  these  views.  —  1).  E.  J. 


The  Solubility  of  Tricalcium  Phosphate  and  of  Bicalcium 
Phosphate  in  Solutions  of  Phosphoric  Arid.  M.  H. 
Causse.  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1892,  165—169. 
For  determination  of  the  solubility  of  the  tricalcium 
phosphate  six  solutions  were  prepared  containing  5,  10,  15, 
20,  25,  and  30  grms.  of  phosphoric  acid  in  100  cc.  Stronger 
solutions  could  not  be  used  owing  to  the  deposition  of 
crystals  of  monocaleium  phosphate.  An  excess  of  tricalcium 
phosphate  was  added  in  small  quantities  to  each  of  the  six 
solutions  which  were  allowed  to  stand  for  24  hours.  The 
lime  in  the  filtrate  was  estimated  as  oxalate,  and  the 
phosphoric  acid  was  titrated  with  uranium  solution.  The 
amount  of  action  which  has  taken  place  can  be  calculated 
from  the  equation  — 

Ca3(P04).:  +  H,P04  =  3  (CaH  P04) 

The  maximum  amount  of  tricalcium  phosphate  is  con- 
verted to  monocaleium  phosphate  by  a  10  per  cent,  solution 
of  phosphoric  acid.  Solutions  prepared  as  above  were 
heated  to  100°  C.  in  closed  vessels.  It  was  found  that  it 
was  only  in  those  solutions  which  contained  free  acid  that 
an  appreciable  amount  of  bicalcium  phosphate  was  formed. 

The  experiments  on  the  solubility  of  bicalcium  phosphate 
were  conducted  in  precisely  the  same  manner.  The 
solubility  of  this  salt  is  much  less  than  that  of  the  tricalcium 
salt.  The  maximum  solubility  is  reached  with  five  per 
cent,  of  free  phosphoric  acid.  In  the  heat,  the  quantity  of 
bicalcium  phosphate  formed  increased  regularly  with  the 
strength  of  the  solution. 

The  author  concludes  from  this  investigation  that  tri- 
calcium phosphate  dissolves  in  solutions  of  phosphoric  acid 
much  more  readily  than  the  bicalcium  phosphate,  and  that 
this  difference  of  solubility  depends  upon  the  conditions  of 
equilibrium  between  water,  phosphoric  acid,  and  mono- 
calcium  phosphate.  The  water  appears  to  be  the  most 
important  factor  ;  it  divides  its  action  between  the  bicalcium 
and  the  monocaleium  phosphate,  and  the  only  other  deter- 
mining condition  is  the  proportion  in  which  these  two  salts 
are  present. — V.  C. 


Note  on  the  Estimation  of  Potash.     J.  Jean  Z.  Trillat. 

Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7—8,  1892,  228. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  lib. 


The  Phosphates  of  Algeria  and  Tunis.  Chem.  Trade 
Journal,  1892. 

It  is  significant  of  the  interest  now  being  taken  in  the 
deposits  of  phosphate  of  lime  that  the  greater  part  of  the 
Bulletin  <?■  la  Societe  Geologique  de  France  for  the  first 
hall  of  last  %car  should  be  given  to  a  description  of  the 
phosphates  of  Algeria  and  Tunis  by  M.  Philippe  Thomas, 
and  at  the  same  time  in  the  quarterly  journal  of  the 
Geological  Society  of  England  should  be  a  paper  on  the 
phosphatic  chalk  at  Taplow,  by  Mr.  A.  Strahan. 

These  deposits  recently  found  in  Tunis  and  Algeria  hid 
fair  to  rival  those  of  Florida,  and  though  they  are  both 
primarily  Eocene  deposits,  they  differ  considerably  in 
neological  conditions;  both,  however,  seem  to  be  derived 
from  the  leaching  of  a  phosphatic  limestone.  The  new 
beds   described  by   M.  Thomas  resemble  very  closely  the 


deposits  of  Ciply  in  Belgium  and  Taplow  in  England, 
except  that  they  seem  far  more  extensive.  They  are  found 
on  the  "  hauts  plateau "  of  Tunis,  and  are  distant  about 
200  kilos,  from  a  seaport.  A  portion  of  them  has  been 
exhaustively  examined  by  competent  engineers.  There  are 
other  tracts  discovered  but  not  yet  thoroughly  examined. 

The  phosphate  occurs  in  well-defined  strata,  overlaid  and 
underlaid  by  a  more  or  less  crystalline  limestone,  all  tilted 
at  an  acute  angle,  so  that  the  outcrop  is  distinct  and  readily 
traced,  examined,  and  worked.  This  outcrop  has  been 
carefully  examined  and  measured  for  a  distance  of  30  kiloms., 
though  traced  for  about  60  kiloms.  The  buds  in  which  the 
belts  of  phosphatic  chalk  occur  have  a  thickness  of  from 
30  to  50  metres.  The  richest  bed  had  a  mean  width  of 
In  metres  and  will  average  50  per  cent,  of  phosphate  of 
lime.  This  by  washing  can  readily  be  increased  to  60  per 
ceut.  or  65  per  cent,  tricalcic  phosphate,  and  there  is  an 
abundant  and  constant  supply  of  water.  These  phosphates 
contain  less  than  1  per  cent,  of  iron  and  alumina,  and  very 
little  silica.  The  engineers  sent  by  the  French  Geological 
Survey  estimate  that  there  are  at  least  10,000,000  tons  of 
60  per  cent,  phosphate  in  sight,  and  it  i^  presumed  that  as 
the  strata  are  tilted  the  deposit  will  continue  in  depth,  hut 
they  have  only  estimated  what  can  he  extracted  without 
machinery.  A  railway  is  projected  to  reach  these  beds. 
Concessions  for  mining  them  have  already  been  secured 
from  the  Government  by  a  French  syndicate,  and  it  is 
expected  that  very  shortly  active  development  will  begin 
and  these  phosphates  placed  on  the  market.  Native 
unskilled  labour  is  abundant  and  cheap. 

M  \1.  Tissot  and  Mercier,  who  have  also  examined  these 
beds,  prophesy  that  Tunis,  which  in  the  time  of  the  Romans 
was  known  as  the  granary  of  the  world,  but  which  is  now 
sterile,  will  regain  its  old  "fertility,  as  it  is  phosphate  which 
has  been  lacking. 

A  great  number  of  fossils  were  found  and  determined  in 
the  phosphate  beds,  and  there  is  a  large  amount  (8  per 
cent.)  of  organic  matter  present  in  composition.  The 
phosphate  is  of  a  greyish  to  yellowish  colour,  with  brownish 
pebbles,  and  seems  to  be  physically  identical  with  the 
deposits  at  Taplow  and  Ciply  ;  there  is  the  same  matrix  of 
phosphatic  chalk,  with  fish  coprolites  and  broken  fragments 
of  bone  and  teeth,  fish  scales,  &c.  The  occurrence  i^  also 
noted  of  a  number  of  "  pebbles "  of  a  phosphate  chalk, 
covered  with  a  crust  of  dark  coloured  resinous  phosphate 
which  seems  identical  with  some  varieties  of  Florida 
"  pebble." 

The  discovery  is  very  interesting,  and  this  section  will 
probably  provide  at  no  very  distant  date  vast  quantities  of 
phosphate,  and  may  prove  a  formidable  rival  to  South 
Carolina  and  Florida. 


'Researches  on  the  Adhere?ice  to  the  Leaves  of  Plants, 
especially  of  the  Potato,  of  Copper  Compounds  intended 
to  Cure  their  Diseases.  Aiine  Girard.  Compt.  rend. 
114,  1892,  234—236. 

See  under  XVIII.,  page  770. 


XVI.-SUGAK.  STARCH,   GUM,  Etc. 

Quinitol,   the    Simplest    Sugar    of   the    Inositol    Group. 

A.  ion  Baeyer.  Ber.  25,  1892,  1037—1040. 
It  having  been  shown  by  Maquenne  (this  Journal,  1890, 
311)  that  the  sugar— /3-inositol — contains  an  aromatic 
nucleus,  it  being  probably  hexahydroxyhcxamethylene,  it 
was  to  be  expected  that  derivatives  of  hexamethylene  con- 
taining fewer  hydroxyl-groups  would  also  possess  the 
characters  of  sugars.  To  put  this  question  to  the  test,  the 
author  reduced  p  -  diketohe.vamethylene  (a  compound 
obtained  by   hydrolisiDg  ethyl  suceiuosuecinate)  by  adding 


Sept.  so,  1882.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


761 


sodium  amalgam  to  its  aqueous  solution,  a  current  of 
carbonic  anhydride  being  passed  through  meanwhile.  The 
p-dihydro.ryhc.ramethylene — 

H     .  /CH...CII.,.  .H 

\  Q  /  "  \  Q  / 

oh/   \ch2.cHj/   \oh 

which  is  named  quinitol,  when  purified  by  means  of  its 
diacetyl  derivative,  melts  at  143 — 145°,  and  sublimes 
without  decomposition.  It  tastes  sweet  at  first  and  then 
bitter,  aud  does  not  reduce  Fehling's  solution.  The  author 
is  now  engaged  on  the  reductiou  of  phloroglucinol,  in  the 
hope  of  obtaining  another  sugar,  and  by  such  a  process  as 
this,  it  may  be  possible  to  effect  the  synthesis  of  quercitol 
and  similar  sugars.  It  should  be  mentioned  that  the  crude 
quinitol  is  a  mixture  of  two  isomerides,  only  one  of  which 
is  here  dealt  with. — A.  14.  L. 


Notes  on  Analyses  of  Sugar,  Molasses,  Confections,  and 
Honey.  II.  W.  Wiley  and  others.  U.  S.  Depart,  of 
Agriculture.  1892,  Bulletin  13,  073 — 676,  681 — 682, 
7  lu — 719. 

The  total  absence  of  any  added  matters  to  commercial 
sugars  is  shown  by  500  analyses  of  samples  purchased  in 
different  parts  of  the  United  (states.  An  article  w..s  sold 
some  years  ago  in  large  quantities  under  the  name  of  "  new- 
process  sugar"  which  was  made  by  mixing  corn-starch 
siiirar.  at  3  —  5  cents  a  pound,  with  cane  sugar,  then  worth 
10  cents  a  pound.  Corn-starch  sugar  has  never  found  a 
read)  sale  on  account  of  the  difficulty  of  drying  it,  and  the 
manufacture  of  the  anhydrous  substance  has  proved  a  com- 
mercial failure.  The  low  price  of  cane-sugar  has  heretofore 
prevented  its  adulteration  with  starch  products.  Modern 
methods  of  sugar-boiling  at  a  low  temperature  (115° — 
120"  F  )  and  the  use  of  annual  charcoal  enable  a  great  deal 
of  low-grade  sugar  and  water  to  be  incorporated  with 
sugars  of  a  low  price,  which  are,  however,  almost  white,  and 
find  a  ready  sale  for  culinary  purposes.  The  question 
being  one  of  economy  only,  it  may  in  general  be  said  that  a 
higher  price  is  paid  for  the  same  amount  of  saccharine 
matter  in  the  purchase  of  low-class  than  in  that  of  high-class 
sugars.  It  is  believed  that  maple  sugar  is  adulterated  with 
cheaper  varieties,  but  the  chemical  identity  of  the  sugar  con- 
tained in  the  adulterant  precludes  its  detection.  If,  however, 
the  substance  which  gives  to  maple  sugar  its  characteristic 
flavour  could  be  quantitatively  estimated,  adulteration  with 
a  sugar  containing  none  of  it  might  be  detected.  Extract 
of  hickory  bark  is  said  to  possess  the  same  flavour  as  maple 
sap,  and  in  the  event  of  adulteration  with  this,  another 
difficulty  would  be  presented. 

The  Colouring  of  Sugars. — The  process  of  blue-ing  to 
impart  a  whiter  and  brighter  appearance  is  usually  effected 
by  suspending  ultramarine  in  water,  and  applying  it  as  a 
final  wash  in  the  centrifugal  machine  immediately  before 
stopping  it.  In  addition  to  this,  some  sugar-makers 
suspend  a  small  quantity  of  ultramarine  in  water  and  draw 
it  into  the  vacuum-pan  a  few  minutes  before  the  "  strike  " 
is  finished,  and  it  is  not  unusual  to  hud  sugars  so  excessively 
blued  that  they  yield  a  blue  syrup  on  solution.  Ultra- 
marine is,  however,  non-poisonous.  The  yellow  clarified 
sugars  of  the  plantations  are  treated  in  the  centrifugal 
machine  with  a  wash  containing  "tin  crystal"  (stannous 
chloride),  and  such  of  these  sugars  as  are  not  treated  with 
tit.  mm m  become  a  dead  or  greyish  yellow;  the  latter  an-, 
however,  only  manufactured  for  the  refiner.  Stannous 
chloride  is  the  principal  constituent  of  the  various  sugar 
colours  known  as  "  iock  compound,"  "  Smith's  sugar 
colour,"  &c.  Tin  can  rarely  be  detected  in  sugars  coloured 
in  this  way,  and  the  yellow  colour  is  probably  produced  by 
the  action  of  stannous  chloride  on  the  sugar  itself.  In  the 
manufacture  of  Demerara  crystals  stannous  chloride  is 
employed  in  the  vacuum-pan,  aud  it  has  now  superseded 
sulphuric  acid  for  this  purpose.  The  stannous  chloride 
passes  into  the  molasses  and  becomes  an  objectionable  con- 
stituent of  this  product.  Lock  and  Newlands  Brothers 
(Treatise   on  Sugar,  p.  291)   mention  a  harmless  organic 


yellow  colouring  matter  which  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
imitation  Demerara  crystals,  hut  it  appears  not  to  be  used 
on  the  sugar  plantations  of  the  United  States. 

Open-kettle  sugar  is  largely  made  iu  Louisiana  by 
planters,  the  boiling  beiug  effected  without  vacuum  appa- 
ratus, and  the  molasses,  which  fetches  the  highest  price  in 
the  New  Orleans  market  and  for  which  there  is  some 
demand  especially  among  bakers,  is  separated  by  simple 
drainage. 

The  price  of  maple  sugar  is  out  of  all  proportion  to  the 
amount  of  saccharine  matter  which  it  contains.  The  great 
stores  of  this  variety  of  sugar  offered  for  sale  in  comparison 
to  the  very  limited  supply  have  probably  aroused  the 
popular  suspicion  as  to  its  adulteration  mentioned  above, 
but  its  annual  output  in  the  United  States  (20.000  tons) 
would  be  sufficient  to  supply  a  great  demand  ;  outside  the 
area  of  its  manufacture,  it  is  chiefly  used  as  a  delicacy. 

Molasses  and  Syrups. — It  has  already  been  mentioned 
that  stannous  chloride  occurs  in  molasses,  and  copper 
(derived  probably  from  the  copper  pans  and  coils  used  in 
evaporating  the  juices)  is  also  sometimes  present.  Starch 
glucose  is  often  found  iu  syrups,  aud  besides  being  cheaper 
than  the  genuine  constituents  of  molasses  (though  at  present 
the  difference  in  value  is  small),  it  gives  to  the  syrups  a  tine 
body  and  a  light  colour.  A  molasses  or  syrup,  therefore, 
made  chiefly  of  glucose,  and  flavoured  with  the  refuse 
molasses  of  a  refinery,  makes  a  very  attractive  article  for 
table  use,  and  it  is  impossible  to  condemn  glucose  as 
regards  its  wholesomeness.  Syrups  containing  glucose  may 
be  detected  analytically  by  their  high  dextro-rotation  both 
before  and  after  inversion,  as  well  as  by  the  comparatively 
small  quantities  of  sucrose  wdiich  they  contain.  The 
following  is  a  list  of  the  bleaching  agents  supposed  to  be 
most  commonly  used  for  molasses: — (I)  Sulphur  fumes; 
(2)  stannous  chloride  (about  1  oz.  of  a  saturated  solution  to 
a  barrel  of  molasses);  (3)  sulphites  and  sulphuric  acid; 
(4)  sulphite  of  soda  and  zinc-dust,  with  subsequent  addition 
of  oxalic  acid  to  precipitate  the  zinc. 

In  his  analyses  of  samples  of  molasses  given  iu  this 
report,  F.  G.  Wiechmaun  states  that  from  indications  he 
has  obtained  as  to  the  reactions  of  some  of  the  samples 
with  acids  and  alkalis,  he  is  of  opinion  that  tropaeoliu  dyes 
were  used  in  colouring  them  ^compare  Cassal,  Analyst, 
1890,  141).— A.  R.  L. 


Bibliography  of  Honey:  arranged  Chronologically.    U.S. 
Depart,  of  Agriculture,  1892,  Bulletin  13,  871  —  874. 

Adulteration  of  Honey.     Proc.  Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc.  1867, 
61,  341 ;  Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  1868. 

Honey  Trade  of  the  United  States.     B.  F.  Stacey.     Proc. 
Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc.  1871,  313. 

Tinted  Honey.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)   December  1870;  ibid. 
January  1871. 

Adulteration    of  Honey.     F.   Molitor.     Bienen  Zeit.  1872, 
73. 

Artificial  Honey.     C.   T.    V.  Siebold.     Bienin  Zeit.   1872, 
280.     Dzierzon.     Ibid.  1872,  1. 

Fermentation   of  Honeys.      J.   Boussingault.     Aunales  de 
Chim.  [4],  26,  362. 

Mehring's  Artificial   Honey.      W.   S.    Schuller.      Bienen 
Zeit.  1872,  76. 

Locust   Flowers  for  Flavouring  Artificial  Honey.     Proc. 
Amer.  Pharm.  Assoc.  1873,  480. 

Constituents  of  Honey.     E.  Erlenmeyer  and  A.  von  Planta. 
Chem.  Centr.  1874,  5,  790. 

Adulteration  of  Honey.     Amer.  J.  Pharm.  1875,  232. 

Boxwood-Flower    Honey    {Artificial).      J.    M.     France. 
Pharmacist,  1875,  322. 

Colloids  and  Crystalloids  in  Honey.     E.  Dietench.    Chem. 
Ceniralhalle,  1877,  318. 

Honey    Hew.       H.     Hoffman.        Landw.     Versuchs     Stat. 
20,  61. 


762 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Sept. so,  1898. 


Poisonous  Honey  in  Armenia.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  l:;77, 

1S4. 

Prosecution  for  Adulterating  Honey  (England).     Analyst, 

1877,  2,  167. 
Adulterated  Honey.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1878,  29. 
Composition   of  Honey.     J.  C.  Brown.     Analyst.   1878,  3, 

267. 
American   Honey.      Amer.  J.  Pharm.   1879,   102.      Cali- 
fornia   Honey.       Ibid.     320.       Ethiopian    Honey.      E. 

Villiers.     Compt.  Rend.  1879,  88,  292. 
Fennel  Honey.     Amer.  J.  Pharm.  1880,  132. 
Adulteration   of    Honey,     von    Planta.     Dingl.   Polyt.    J. 

1880,  238,  356. 
Glucose  for  Adulterating  Honey.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1880,  10. 
Artificial  Honey.     A.J.Cook.     Amer.  Bee  J.   1881,315; 

see  also  ibid.  1881,  214. 
Tests  for   Adulterations   in   Honeys.      Amer.  Bee  J.  1881, 

13.      Use  of  Glucose  for  Mixing  Honeys.     Ibid.  393. 
Adulteration   of  Honey.      von    Planta.     Zucker  Ind.  1882, 

338  ;   Amer.  Bee  J.  1883,  526. 

Testing   Honey.     F.  Filsinger.     Rfp.  Anal.  Chem.   1882, 
169;   this  Journal,  1882,  111. 

Artificial  Comb  Honeys.     Century,  October  13S3. 
Canadian  Honey.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  1883,  365. 
Detection  of  Glucose.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1883,  377. 
Aconite  Flower  Hone/.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  1883,  242. 
Orange  Bloss  -m  Honey.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1883,  377  and  421. 
Poisonous  Honey.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  1883,  504. 
Adulteration  of  Honsy.     Am^r.  Bje  J.  1884,  51  and  229. 
Analysis  of  Honey.     O.  Hehner.     Analyst,  1884,  9,  64. 
Analytical   Methods  for  Honey.     J.  Sieben.     Zeits.  Anal. 
CLem.  1884,  24,   137.     W.  Leuz.     Ibid.  135. 

Formic  Acid  in   Honey.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.)  1884,  343. 

Gallisin.     E.  Schmidt.      Ber.   1884,   17,   1000  and  2456; 
this  Journal,  1884,  453. 

Lecture  on  Adulteration  of  Honey.     0.  Hehner.    Analyst, 
1884,  9,  181. 

Poison  of  the  Hymenoptera.     Carlet.     Compt.  Rend.  1884, 

1550. 
Spurious    California    Hone:/.     Sterns  and   Smith.      Amer. 

Bee  J.  1884,  339. 

Test  for  Purity  of  Honey.     W.  C.  Preston.     Amer.  Bee  J. 

1884,  36. 

Adulteration  of  Honey.     H.  Hager.     Pharm.  Centralhalle, 

1885,  26,    327.     H.    W.    Wiley.      Amer.  Agriculturist, 
1885,  3,  No.  12. 

Analysis    of  Honey.       W.   Bishop.      J.   Cbem.  Soc.    1885 
(AbstiA  444. 

Artificial  Honey.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1885,  425  ;  ibid.  627. 

Analytical  Methods  for  Honey.  M.  Barthe.  Pharm. 
Centralhalle,  1885,  87. 

Ash  of  Hone,/.     0.  Hehner.     Analyst,  1885,  10,  217. 

Analysis  if  Honey.  E.  Sieben.  Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  255, 
441  :  this  Journal,  1885,  355. 

Composition  and  Adulteration  of  Honey.  J.  Sieben.  Bied. 
(  ientr.  1885,  134  ;  this  Journal,  18S5,  441. 

Detection  of  Glucose  in  Honeys.  Rev.  J.  G.  Teeter. 
Amer.  Bee   J.  1885,  Aug.  26  ;  ibid.  1886,  Oct.  7. 

Vextro-Rolatory  Honeys.  Amthor.  Repert.  Anal.  Chem. 
1885,  163. 

Estimation  of  Water  in  Honeys.  H.  W.  Wiley  and 
E.  V.  Broadbent.     Chem.  News,  1885,  52,  280. 

Fermentation  of  Honey.  E.  Dicterich.  Gesehaftsber.  d. 
Papier  u.  Chem.  Fabrik  in  llelfenberg,  1885 — 1886; 
Zeits.  Anal.  (hem.  1888,  231. 


Poisonous  Honeys  from  Gelseminine.     Pharm.  J.  (Trans.) 

1885,  188  ;  ibid.  448. 

Proper    Time  to    Harvest    Honey.      K.    Zwilling.      Bied 

(  entr.  1885,  67. 
Adulterated  Honeys.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1886,216. 
Artificial  Honeys.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1886,  307. 

Characteristics  of  Honeys  from  Different  Sources.      E.  S 
Commings.      Amer.  J.  Pharm.  1886,  539. 

Detection  of  Artificial  Honey.     G.  Ambuhl.     Chem.   Zv;it. 

1886,  70. 

Fermentation  of  Honey.     R.  Kayser,     Zeits.    Aual.   Chem. 
1888,231. 

Nectar  of  Flowers.     A.  von.  Planta.     Zeit.  physiol.  Chem. 
1886,  10,  227. 

Poisonous  Honey.     Chem.  Zeit.  1886,  27. 

Adulterated  Honeys.     Report  on  Adulteriation   of  Food, 
Ottawa.  Canada,  1887,  58. 

Eucalyptus  Honey.  T.  Carman.  Progress  Medicate,  April 
16,  1887. 

P. .lamination  of  Honey.  R.  Kayser.  Zeits.  Anal.  Chem. 
1887,27,2. 

Poisonous  Constituents  of  Trebizonde  Honeys.  Pharm. 
J.  (Trans.)  1887,  397;  ibid.  540. 

Adulteration  of  Honey.  Amer.  Bee  J.  1888,  682;  ibid. 
810. 

Analytical  Methods  for  Honeys.  Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  1888, 
28,231. 

Artificial  English  Honey.     Amer.  Bee  J.  18S8,  691. 

History  of  Adulteration  of  Honey.  C.  Dadant.  Amer. 
Bee  J.  1888,  537. 

Composition  of  Honey.  Beusemann.  J.  de.  Chim.  et  de 
pharm.  1888,  20. 

Honey-Canning  Factory  (A.  Cristie,  Southland,  Iowa). 
Amer.  Bee  J.  18S8,  100. 

Food  Juice  of  /lees.  A.  von  Planta.  Chem.  Centr.  1888, 
673. 

Examination  of  Honey.  R.  Kayser  Zeits.  Anal.  ( 'hem. 
1S88,  231. 

Production  of  Honey  in  California.  Amer.  J.  Pharm. 
1888,  126. 

Artificial  Honey.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1888,  709. 

Flotation  wanted  against  Adulteration.  Amer.  Bee  J. 
1888,  265. 

Strained  Honey,  Purity,  Adulteration,  &c.     Amer.  Bee  J. 

1888,  587. 

Use  of  Oleomargarine  for  Adulterating  Honey.  Amer. 
Bee  J.  1888,  739. 

Analysis  of  Honey  containing  Dextrose.  C.  Amtlior. 
Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  H,  289  ;  this  Journal,  1888,  136. 

Analysis   of  Honey.     Von    Raumer.     Zeit.  angew.  Chem. 

1889,  607;  this  Journal,  1890,  91. 

Eucalyptus  Honey.  Arch,  de  Pharm.  1889,  873.  Ma- 
quenne.  Annales  de  Chim.  et  de  Phys.  1889  [6],  17 
495. 

Food  of  Bees.     A.  von  Planta.     Chem.  Centr.  1889,  299. 

Right-Rotatory  Honeys.  Von  Lippmann.  Zeit.  angew. 
Chem.  1889,  No.  20.  Amthor  and  Stern.  Zeit.  angew. 
Chem.  1889,  575. 

Action  of  Phenols  on  Honey.     A.  Ihle.     Chem.  Zeit.  1890, 

14,  3  ;  this  Journal,  1890,  418. 
Adulterated  Honey.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1890,  211. 
Adulterated  Extracted  Honey.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1890,  Ij 4  I. 

Bogus  Honey.     C.  C.  Miller.     Amer.  Bee  J.  1890,  505. 

Examination  of  Honey.     Chem.  Zeit.  1890,  42    686. 

Hone,/.  Vicrteljahresehrift  f.  Chem.  d.  Nahr.  u.  Genus- 
smitUl.  1890,  2,  188. 


Sept.  so,  1898.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


763 


Orange  Blossom  Honey  not  likely  to  be  Pure.  Amer.  Bee 
.1.  1890,  580. 

Presence  of  Dextrine  in  Pure  Honey.  \V.  Mader.  Archiv. 
Hyg.  1890,  399. 

Date  Honey.     K.  Gaab.     Chem.  Zeit.  1891,  118. 

Dextro-Boiatory  Honeys.  0.  HeEule.  Analyst,  1891,  79 
(compare  Dieterich,  this  Journal,  1891,  799). 

Examination  of  Honeys.  Mansfeld.  Chem.  Zeit.  1891, 
1053  and  1544. 

Eucalyptus  Honey.     Pharm.  Era,  1891,  107. 

Pine  Tree  Honey-Dew  and  Pine  Tree  Honey.  H.  W. 
Wiley.  Amer.  Chem.  J.  1891,24;  this  Journal,  1891, 
5G0.— A.  RrL. 


Methylsaccharine.     O.  Weber.     Her.  25,  1892,  1737. 
See  under  XX.,  page  772. 


Determination  of  Small  Amounts  of  Sugar.     M.  Midler  aud 

F.  Ohlmer.     D.  Zucher.     Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  309. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  778. 


The  Influence  of  Acetates  of  Lead  on  the  Estimation  of 
Invert-Sugar  by  the  Fehling-Soxhlet  Method.  A.  Born- 
triiger.     Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  333—335. 

See  tinder  XXIII.,  page  77S. 


The  Separation  of  Iso-Maltose  from  the  Diastutic  Conver- 
sion Products  of  Starch.  C.  J.  Lintner  aud  G.  Dull. 
Zeits.  aug.  Chem.  1892,  263. 

See  under  XVII.,  page  766. 


Determination  of  the  Freezing  Point  of  Dilute  Aqueous 
Solutions,  and  the  Application  thereof  to  Cane  Sugar. 
F.  M.  Kuoult.     Bull.  Soc.  Ckiui.  7—8,  1892,  130. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  780. 


Vegetable  Amyloid.     E.  Winterstein.     Ber.  25,  1892,    1237 
—  1241. 

See  under  XVII.,  page  703. 


XVII.-BREWING,  WINES,  SPIKITS,  Etc. 

The  Chemistry  of  Fermentation.     E.  Buchner.     Ber.  25, 
1892,  11G1  — 11G3. 

The  optical  isomerides  of  various  organic  acids  behave 
differently  with  moulds.  Pasteur  was  the  first  to  make  use 
of  this  property  when  he  separated  the  two  tartaric  acids. 

It  appeared  probable  that  other  organic  acids  which  were 
as  closely  related,  but  in  a  different  mauner,  would  also 
behave  differently  with  moulds. 

Experiments  made  with  maleic  and  fumaric  acids  showed 
that  Penicillium  glaucum  grew  vigorously  iu  a  solution  of 
fumaric  acid  to  which  the  proper  nutrient  salts  had  been 
added,  but  that  under  exactly  the  same  conditions  it  would 
not  grow  in  solutions  of  maleic  acid,  whilst  in  solutions  of 
the  mixed  acids  it  grew  easily.  These  experiments  suggest 
a  general  method  for  separating  such  closely  related  organic 
acids,  and  will  probably  lead  to  other  results  of  interest. 

—A.  L.  S. 


Vegetable  Amyloid.    E.  Winterstein.    Ber.  25,  1892,    1237 
—  1241. 

Amyloid  is  a  constituent  of  the  cell  wall,  and  yields  a  blue 
colouration  with  iodine.  Keiss  fouud  that  on  digestion  with 
sulphuric  acid  it  yielded  dextrose,  but  he  does  not  appear  to 
have  worked  with  a  pure  body,  aud  did  not  isolate  the  sugar. 

The  author  has  prepared  the  pure  body  from  the  seeds  of 
Tropoelum  majus.  They  were  powdered  and  successively 
treated  with  ether,  hot  alcohol,  dilute  ammonia,  cold  1  per 
cent,  soda  solution,  and  cold  water.  The  residue  was 
extracted  with  hot  water  ;  the  solution  contained  the  amyloid, 
aud  was  precipitated  with  alcohol  aud  the  precipitate  dried. 
Amyloid  thus  prepared  forms  a  white  amorphous  mass, 
which  is  insoluble  in  cold  water  and  dissolves  in  hot  water, 
forming  a  mucilaginous  solution.  It  gives  the  same  reactions 
as  starch  with  iodine,  and  with  Griessmeyer's  reagents. 
The  solution  is  dextro-rotatory,  having  [a]  „  =  +93 '5.  It 
is  unacted  on  by  diastase.  Oxidised  with  nitric  acid  it 
yields  10  per  cent,  mucic  acid,  and  boiled  with  hydrochloric 
acid  it  yields  15  5  per  cent,  furfural.  It  contains  43  •  2  per 
cent,  of  carbon  and  6-07  per  cent,  of  hydrogen  and  no 
nitrogen. 

Heated  with  2 h  per  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid,  it  is  hydrolysed, 
and  from  the  sugar  syrup,  galactose  can  be  isolated ;  there  is 
also  present  a  pentose  which  appears  to  be  xylose,  and 
there  are  some  evidences  of  the  presence  of  dextrose. 
Amyloid  prepared  from  pxonia  officinalis  yields  on  hydro- 
lysis a  syrup  having  approximately  the  same  composition. 
This  seems  to  indicate  that  the  substance  described  is  a  pure 
body.  It  appears  to  have  the  same  constitution  as  starch, 
but  composed  of  the  elements  of  galactose  and  xylose 
instead  of  dextrose. — A.  L.  S. 


The  Oeneral  Character  of  the  German  Wines.  Zeits. 
Anal.  Chem.  Reported  by  Dr.  Barth,  31,  1892,  143— 
157. 

The  communication  is  accompanied  by  an  exhaustive  table 
of  analyses,  giving  the  specific  gravity,  alcohol,  extractive 
matters,  free  acid,  mineral  constituents,  phosphoric  acid, 
glycerol,  &c.,  of  the  different  wines  of  the  German  wine- 
producing  districts,  and  for  each  year  from  1884  to  1890. 
Of  these  years  18S4  produced  the  best  wine,  the  remaining 
years  standing  in  the  following  order  of  excellence  : — 1886, 
1887,  1889,  1890,  1885,  1888. 

Extract. — This  varies  considerably,  the  mean  amount 
being  2 '2  to  2  4  per  cent.,  occasionally  sinking  as  low  as 
1'5  and  rising  to  5'7  per  cent. 

The  connection  between  the  specific  gravity  of  wine 
must,  and  the  amount  of  dry  solids  it  contains  has  not 
been  properly  determined,  but  the  amount  in  100  volumes  of 
must  closely  approximates  to  that  contained  in  100  parts  by 
weight  of  beer  wort  as  given  by  Schultze's  table. 

By  using  these  factors  and  determinations  of  sugar  by  the 
usual  gravimetric  method,  it  is  possible  to  obtain  an 
approximation  to  the  amount  of  non-sugar  present.  Musts 
of  50° — 85°  Oechsle  have  from  2  to  3  per  cent,  of  non- 
sugars  of  which  rather  more  than  one-half  are  neutral 
bodies. 

Alcohol— The  amount  of  this  is  naturally  dependent  on 
the  amount  of  sugar  contained  in  the  must  which  is  influenced 
by  a  variety  of  conditions.  The  mean  amount  is  7  •  5  to  8 
per  cent.,  running  in  some  cases  to  12  per  cent,  and  falling 
as  low  as  2  •  5  per  cent. 

The  Relation  between  the  Alcohol  and  Glycerol  in  a 
normal  wine  lies  between  7  and  II  parts  of  glycerol  to 
100  parts  of  alcohol.  In  an  abnormal  wine  from  Longeville 
the  proportion  was  as  low  as  5-8  parts,  and  in  1888 
Alsatian  wine  was  as  high  as  15-5  parts  glycerol  to  100  parts 
alcohol  ;  though  no  doubt  in  the  latter  case,  the  proportion 
of  alcohol  had  been  originally  higher,  some  of  it  having 
been  destroyed  by  mycoderma  vini. 

Mineral  Constituents.— These  usually  average  0-2  per 
cent.  The  addition  of  sugar  lowers  the  quantity  and  the 
addition  of  the  after-wine  or  yeast-wine  raises  it. 

D 


76-1 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTET.       [Sept.  so,  1892. 


The  riper  and  finer  the  grapes  the  larger  is  the  quantity 
of  phosphoric  acid  contained  in  the  must  and  wine.  Red 
wine  contains  more  phosphoric  acid  than  white  wine. 

The  average  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  is  0'02 — 0"04 
per  cent.  ;  some  wines  contain  as  little  as  0-004  per  cent. 
and  some  as  much  as  0'09  per  cent. 

Relation  In  twei  n  thi  Musi  and  the  New  Wine. — The  yield 

of  alcohol  is  usually  lather  less  than  accords  with  Pasteur's 
numbers  (48-4  per  cent,  of  the  sugar)  owing  to  a  small 
quantity  of  the  sugar  remaining  unfermented.  The  amount 
of  acid  diminishes  in  musts  of  high  or  normal  acidit\,l>ut 
does  not  alter  with  those  of  low  acidity. 

Changes  during  Storage. — The  amount  of  acid  still 
diminishes,  and  this  is  more  marked  with  the  more  strongly 
acid  wines  ;  the  diminution  is  not  exactly  balanced  by  the 
alteration  in  the  amount  of  extract  and  consequently  it 
appears  as  if  some  of  the  acid  were  destroyed  by  micro- 
organisms. The  amount  of  alcohol  also  slowly  diminishes ; 
in  a  normal  wine,  the  loss  is  0-2 — 0-3  per  cent,  between  the 
first  and  third  racking. 

Effects  of  Wine  Diseases  on  the  composition  of  theWine. 

Mycoderma  vini  destroys  the  alcohol,  and  also,  if  very 
vigorous,  the  acids  and  extract. 

Mycoderma  aeeti  converts  the  alcohol  into  acetic  acid. 
If  this  appears  early  iu  the  fermentation,  the  production  of 
glycerol  is  diminished  and  part  of  the  sugar  is  converted  into 
optically  inactive  bodies. 

The  liopy  Ferment  arises  in  wines  owing  to  a  variety  of 
causes,  usually  when  the  normal  fermentation  is  in  some 
way  stopped.  Wine  frequently  becomes  ropy  if  bottled  too 
early. 

The  Blackening  of  wine  is  produced  by  the  presence  of 
iron  andtaunates. 

The  Brown  colour  of  wine  is  due  to  rotten  grapes.  It 
may  be  removed  by  clarifying  the  wine  with  isinglass  and 
racking  it  into  a  clean  cask. 

The  production  of  a  bitter  taste  in  red  wine  is  due  to  a 
decomposition  of  the  tauuiu.  The  bacteria  which  produces 
this  may  be  killed  by  Pasteurisation. 

The  so-called  Biickser,  a  stench  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 
This  sometimes  arises  when  the  must  ferments  in  the 
presence  of  sulphur,  and  is  more  easily  produced  with  a 
vigorous  fermentation  than  iu  a  less  active  one.  It  may 
also  be  produced  by  the  presence  of  metallic  iron  and  an 
excess  of  sulphurous  acid.  The  stench  may  be  removed  by 
drawing  off  into  a  clean  cask  and  adding  sulphurous  acid. 

Wine  which  remains  for  too  long  a  time  in  contact  with 
yeast,  sometimes  becomes  yeast-bitten. 

Lactic  acid  is  also  produced  in  wine  when  the  normal 
fermentation  is  unduly  prolonged. — A.  L.  S. 


if  the  bacterium  be  present,  this  goes  on  much  further. 
This  might  be  accounted  for  by  the  bacterium  removing 
products  which  prevent  the  further  action  of  the  yeast. 

In  the  discussion  which  followed  this  paper,  A.  G. 
Salamon  stated  that  in  a  stinking  beer  he  had  found  empty 
yeast  cells  and  micrococci,  and  he  considered  that  the 
micrococci  had  bored  their  way  into  the  yeast  cells  and 
therein  produced  a  decomposition  of  the  protoplasm  which 
gave  rise  to  the  stink. — A.  L.  S. 


Symbiosis  and  Symbiotic  Fermentation.     M.  Ward.     Trans. 
Inst.  Brew,  5,  1892,  55—82. 

The  term  symbiosis  is  used  to  signify  the  association  of  two 
organisms  to  the  mutual  advantage  of  both.  Recent 
research  has  led  us  to  believe  that  this  is  of  more  common 
occurrence  than  had  been  previously  thought,  and  that 
many  cases  which  were  considered  to  be  parasitism  appear 
to  be  of  a  symbiotic  nature. 

A  great  number  of  examples  of  symbiosis  are  here  given, 
amongst  which  is  described  the  ginger-beer  plant,  recently 
investigated  by  the  author  (this  Journal,  1892,  255). 
This  eonsists  of  a  symbiotic  association  of  a  yeast  aial 
bacterium,  which  is  closely  related  to  the  lichens.  ( Bacteria 
have  been  recently  shown  to  be  modified  algae,  whilst 
lichens  are  a  symbiotic  association  of  a  fungus  and  alga). 

The  bacterium  of  the  ginger-beer  plant  forms  thick 
gelatinous  sheaths,  and  if  grown  in  a  saccharine  solution, 
these  render  the  whole  solution  gelatinous.  There  is  no 
doubt  that  this  is  a  symbiotic  association,  as  both  the  yeast 
and  bacterium  grow  better  when  mixed  than  when  separate. 
If  the  yeast  he  placed  alone  in  a  saccharine  solution,  the 
fermentation  will  not  proceed  beyond  a  certain  point,  whilst 


Fractional  Fermentation:  a  Contribution  to  the  Study  of 
the  Amyloins  (JMalto-dextrins) .  G.  H.  Morris  and  .1.  (i. 
Wells.  '  Trans.  Inst.  Brew.  5,  1892,  133—172. 

Fermenting  worts  have  been  analysed  at  different  stages 
of  the  fermentation  ;  the  results  show  that  at  the  commence- 
ment the  sugar  fermented  as  calculated  from  the  alcohol 
formed  has  a  higher  cupric  reducing  power  and  a  lower 
optical  activity  than  maltose;  during  the  main  portion  of 
the  fermentation  the  optical  activity  and  reducing  power  of 
the  sugar  fermented,  calculated  in  the  same  way,  are  the 
same  as  these  factors  for  maltose  ;  and  that  during  the  slow 
after-fermentation  the  sugar  fermented  as  calculated  from 
the  alcohol  produced  has  a  lower  cupric  reducing  power  and 
higher  optical  activity  than  maltose. 

These  observations  are  explained  by  the  fermentation  of 
tlie  ready  formed  sugars  of  the  malt  during  the  first  stages, 
by  the  fermentation  of  the  free  maltose  during  the  main 
portion  of  the  fermentation,  and  by  the  fermentation  of  the 
malto-dextrins  during  the  final  stages. 

These  various  stages  of  the  fermentation  are  found  to  be 
very  much  influenced  by  the  nature  of  the  yeast,  the 
temperature,  and  the  character  of  the  fermenting  liquid. 

The  action  of  two  pure  yeasts  from  the  Berlin  experi- 
mental station  has  been  studied.  One  of  these  (Frohberg 
yeast)  attenuates  malt  wort  from  10  to  15  per  cent,  lower 
than  the  other  (Saaz  yeast).  If  when  the  fermentation  of 
a  beer  pitched  with  Saaz  yeast  had  stopped,  a  little  Frohberg 
yeast  "  ere  added,  the  fermentation  recommenced  and  went 
as  far  as  it  would  have  done  had  Frohberg  yeast  been  used 
from  the  start.  It  is  found  that  the  refusal  of  the  Saaz 
yeast  to  ferment  further  is  due  only  to  the  want  of  ferment 
able  matter,  and  that  when  it  stops,  all  the  free  matter  has 
been  fermented ;  the  cause  of  the  further  fermentation  when 
Frohberg  yeast  is  added  is  the  degradation  and  subsequent 
fermentation  of  the  malto-dextrins. 

The  properties  possessed  by  these  yeasts  render  them  of 
great  value  in  the  analysis  of  malt  wort,  as  the  one  may 
he  used  to  determine  free  maltose  and  the  other  the 
fermentable  malto-dextrins. 

In  a  note  the  authors  state  that  the  inability  of  the  Saaz 
yeast  to  ferment  malto-dextrin  arises  from  its  want  of 
diastatie  power.  Frohberg  yeast  and  most  brewery  yeasts 
possess  this  power. — A.  L.  S. 


A    Contribution   to    the   Study    of   Deplaslered     Wines. 

H.  Quantin.  Compt.  rend.  114,  1892,  3G9-371. 
]>ui  lstertng  of  wines  generally  has  for  its  object  the 
elimination  of  any  potassium  sulphate  present  iu  excess  over 
the  limit  allowed  by  law.  According  to  the  author,  not 
only  chloride,  nitrate,  and  carbonate,  but  also  tartrate, 
acetate,  and  phosphate  of  barium  are  employed  for  this 
purpose.  In  order  to  determine  which  particular  barium 
salt  was  employed  the  author  proceeds  as  follows: — In  the 
fust  place,  it  is  of  importance  to  examine  the  lees  or 
In  jjs  of  the  wine  for  barium,  because  it  is  usually  only  in 
the  dregs  that  the  barium  can  be  detected,  in  the  form  of 
an  insoluble  salt.  If  no  dregs  arc  available,  it  is  very 
difficult  to  form  an  opinion  as  to  the  nature  of  tin-  di  plaster- 
ing agent  employed.  Barium  having  been  detected  the 
wine  is  examined  for  chlorides,  any  excess  of  which  points 
to  the  use  of  barium  chloride.  Barium  carbonate  is 
indicated  by  the  absence  of  tartar  and  a  deficiency  of 
j  acidity  in  the  wine,  as  well  as  by  the  presence  of  traces  of 
dissolved  barium.  If  the  acidity  be  normal,  and  chlorides 
be  absent,  the  dregs  from  the  sample  are  washed  free  from 


Sept.  so,  1898.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


765 


soluble  sulphates,  and  digested  with  strong  ammonium 
chloride  solution.  The  subsequent  presence  of  barium  in 
this  solution  indicates  the  use  of  barium  tartrate.  If  the 
above  tests  yield  negative  results,  100  cc.  of  the  wine  are 
exactly  neutralised  and  evaporated  to  dryness  on  the  water- 
batli.  The  residue  is  extracted  with  absolute  alcohol,  the 
solution  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  residue  heated  with 
phosphoric  acid.     An  evolution  of  acetic  acid  may  show  : — 

1.  That  barium  acetate  was  used  for  deplastering  purposes. 

2.  That  the  sample  was  partially  neutralised  in  order  to 
mask  excessive  acetification.  In  the  first  case  the  per- 
centage of  total  potash  in  the  wine  will  be  normal ;  in  the 
second  case,  the  alkaline  carbonates  in  the  ash  of  the  sample 
will  be  high.  If  the  result  be  still  negative,  nitrates 
(derived  from  barium  nitrate)  are  estimated  by  Pelouze- 
Sehlosing's  method.  Finally,  the  use  of  barium  phosphate 
is  indicated  by  its  presence  in  the  lees.  It  is  detected  by 
igniting  a  portion  of  lees,  moistening  with  ammonium 
sulphate,  again  igniting  and  extracting  the  phosphate  by 
warm  dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  The  wine  itself,  in  such 
cases,  generally  contains  an  excess  of  alkaline  phosphates. 

— H.  T.  P. 


The  Process  of  Mashing  and  Fermenting  from  the 
Distillers'  Point  of  View.  YV.  J.  Sykes.  Trans.  Inst. 
Brew.  5,  1892,  175—186. 

I.\  this  paper  the  author  considers  the  factors  which  favour: — 

1.  The  maximum  extraction  of  starch  from  the  materials 
us.  d,  and  its  conversion  as  far  as  possible  into  maltose. 

2.  The  maximum  production  of  alcohol. 

1.  To  realise  the  first  point  the  malt  employed  should  be 
as  highly  diastatic  as  possible.  It  should  be  grown  at  a  low 
and  even  temperature  (65° — 68°  F.)  and  the  acrospire  allowed 
to  develop  three-quarters  to  full  length,  but  not  more,  or  loss 
of  diastase  will  ensue.  Afterwards  the  malt  should  be  dried 
at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  123°  F.  Green  malt  is 
much  used  on  the  Continent,  but  it  is  not  so  well  suited  for 
the  production  of  vigorous  yeast,  and  should  not  be 
employed  at  all  if  the  yTeast  crop  be  intended  for  bakers' 
purposes.  The  mashing  heat  must  be  as  low  as  possible 
consistent  with  proper  extraction  of  the  starch.  In  practice 
it  is  usual  to  start  the  mash  cold,  or  nearly  so,  heat  quickly 
to  122°  F.  and  then  very  gradually  to  150°  F..  or  even 
158°  F.  in  the  case  of  very  strong  mashes.  Excess  of 
acidity  must  be  carefully  guarded  against,  for  even  a 
comparatively  small  percentage  of  acid  (lactic,  butyric.  &c.) 
greatly  cripples  the  diastase.  The  subsequent  sterilisation 
of  the  wort  by  boiling  is,  of  course,  not  admissible  ;  but 
the  bacterial  organisms  present  (with  one  or  two  excep- 
tion-1  are  sufficiently  paralysed  for  practical  purposes  by 
keeping  the  mash  for  half  an  hour  at  150°  F. 

2.  The  fermentation  process  may  be  divided  into  the 
three  stages  of  yeast  reproduction,  main  fermentation,  and 
after-fernientation.  A  large  yeast  reproduction  at  the 
heginningof  the  fermentation  is  most  essential,  and  is  secured 
by  suitable  temperature  and  proper  aeration  of  the  wort. 
82°  F.  appears  to  be  the  best  temperature  (Pedersen),  and 
it  is  for  this  reason  that  often  in  practice  the  yeast  is 
added  to  the  wort  on  the  cooler  when  its  temperature  has 
fallen  to  82°  F.  According  to  Hayduck  the  richness  of  the 
yeast  and  wort  in  nitrogenous  constituents  also  has  an 
important  bearing  on  the  reproductive  and  fermentative 
energy  of  the  yeast.  The  yeast  used  should  be  vigorous 
and  well  matured  and  as  pure  as  possible  ;  for  any  consider- 
able bacterial  contamination  not  only  hinders  yeast  repro- 
duction, but  ultimately  leads  to  the  excessive  formation  of 
bodies  other  than  alcohol  (acid,  &c).  In  this  connexion 
cleanliness  of  plant  is  of  the  greatest  importance. 

In  the  main  fermentation  the  bulk  of  the  maltose  is 
fermented,  ami  it  appears  from  Foth's  researches  that  the 
maximum  yield  of  alcohol  is  obtained  at  81'5°F.  This 
holds  good  in  practice,  and  it  is  therefore  necessary  to 
keep  the  temperature  of  the  wort  down  by  careful  attempc- 
rating.  Yeast  reproduction  practically  ceases  when  .",  per 
cent,  by  volume  of  alcohol  has  been  formed  (Hayduck). 

After-fermentation,  which  lasts  about  four  days,  is  most 
advantageously  carried  on  at  77° — 87°  F.  During  this 
period   the  more    stubborn  bodies,  dextrin   and  isomaltose 


(this  Journal,  1892,  171;  also  627)  are  fermented,  the 
former,  itself  nnfermentable,  being  previously  converted 
into  maltose  by  the  action  of  the  diastase  remaiuiug  in 
the  wort.  This  explains  why  the  wort  is  not  boiled  after 
mashing.  An  excess  of  acid  in  the  wort  must  therefore  be 
avoided  for  the  same  reason  as  before — because  it  cripples 
the  diastase. 

Theoretically,  1  lb.  of  starch  will  yield  0-5678  lb.  of 
alcohol ;  but  in  practice,  under  the  most  favourable  con- 
ditions, only  88*3  per  cent,  of  this  amount  is  obtainab'e, 
whilst  in  bad  working,  this  may  sink  to  72*5  percent.  The 
sources  of  loss  are  : — non-extraction  of  a  portion  of  the 
starch  ;  incomplete  fermentation ;  conversion  of  a  portion  of 
the  carbohydrates  into  by-products,  such  as  acetic  land 
other  acids,  fusel  oil,  &c. ;  consumption  of  a  portion  of  the 
sugars  by  the  yeast  for  food ;  and  loss  of  alcohol  by 
evaporation. — H.  T.  P. 


The  Fermentability  of  Dextrins.     L.  Medicus  and 
C.  Immerheiser.     Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  30,  1891,  665—668. 

In  the  course  of  their  analytical  practice  the  authors 
condemned  some  samples  of  wine  as  containing  potato 
glucose,  the  presence  of  wdiich  was  inferred  from  the 
marked  dextro-rotatory  action  of  the  samples  on  polarised 
light.  This  conclusion  was  disputed,  however,  because  it 
was  observed  that  the  optical  activity  of  the  wines  could 
be  reduced  to  zero  by  fermentation  with  pressed  yeast ; 
and  it  was  suggested  that  the  original  dextro-rotation  was 
due  to  a  "  difficultly  fermentable  dextrose "  derived  from 
the  grapes.  To  decide  the  question,  several  of  the  samples 
were  "  pitched "  with  pressed  yeast  and  fermented  for 
several  weeks.  In  each  case  the  polarisation  dropped  to 
zero.  That  the  substance  thus  fermented  away  was 
dextrin,  however,  and  not  dextrose,  was  proved  by  the 
fact  that  the  original  wines  on  complete  inversion,  ex- 
hibited a  distinct  increase  in  reducing  power.  Besides, 
v.  Raumer  has  recently  shown  (Zeits.  ang.  ('hem.  1890, 
421)  that  the  dextrin  of  potato  glucose  is  by  no  means 
perfectly  stable  under  the  influence  of  pressed  yeast. 
Further  experiments  were  made  with  two  inferior  potato 
glucoses.  Solutions  were  prepared  containing  40  grms.  in 
250  cc,  and  pitched  with  10  grms.  of  pressed  yeast.  Fer- 
mentation was  allowed  to  proceed  for  the  first  six  days 
at  the  ordinary  temperature,  afterwards  at  30°  C.  The 
following  results  were  obtained  : — 


I. 


II. 


Original  polarisation 

Polarisation  after   <j  day 
„    11      „ 


+  l;-u 
+  35-35 
+   l°-n 


+  17   -ii 
+    3°-30 
+    l°-9 


( )ti  the  14th  day  the  solutions  were  filtered  and  treated  with 
8  grms.  of  yeast  each.  Polarisation  after  23  days,  +  0-55°, 
and  +  0-£5°.  Again  filtered  and  10  grms.  fresh  yeast  added 
to  each.     Polarisation  after  32  days  ±  0°,  +0°. 

Similar  results  were  obtained  with  the  dextrins  isolated 
from  the  above  glucoses  by  means  of  alcohol.  The  authors, 
therefore,  adhered  to  their  original  opinion  that  the  wines 
in  question  were  adulterated  with  glucose. — H.  T.  P. 


Note  on  the   Fermentability  of  Dextrins.     C.  J.  Lintner. 
Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  328—330. 

Referring  to  Medicus  and  Immerheiser's  recent  communi- 
cation (Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  1891,  66o  ;  this  Journal,  see 
preceding  abstract),  the  author  is  of  opinion  that  their  experi- 
ments by  no  means  demonstrate  the  fermentbiality  of  dextrins. 
In  the  first  place,  the  "non-sugars"  existing  in  the  commercial 
glucose  employed  in  the  said  experiments  were  assumed, 
without  sufficient  proof,  to  be  dextrins  ;  but  recent  researches, 
especially  by  Wohl  (this  Journal,  1890,  957 — 95S),  have 
shown  that  these  non-nugars  consist  in  reality  largely  of 
"  reversion-products"  formed  from  dextrose  by  the  action  of 
acid.  These  bodies  resemble  dextrin,  but  are  probably  not 
identical  with   it.      Apart   from    the   above   consideration, 

i)  2 


766 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  SO,  1862. 


however,  the  use  of  pressed  yeast  (i.e.,  a  mixture  of 
numerous  species  of  yeast  and  bacteria)  as  fermenting  agent, 
is  sutlicient  to  condemn  Medicus  and  ltamerheiser's  con- 
clusions, for  it  is  well  known  that  under  the  combined 
influence  of  yeast  and  bacteria,  even  starch  itself  is  attacked. 
From  his  own  researches  the  author  is  of  opinion  that 
dextrin  produced  from  starch  by  diastatic  action  is  not 
fermentable  by  S.  cerevisix,  and  this  statement  is  probably 
also  true  in  the  case  of  acid-formed  dextrin.  — H.  T.  P. 


Precipitation  of  Jlaffinose  by  Ammoniacal  Lead  Acetate. 

T.  Koydl.     Oesterr.  Z.  Zucker.  1892,  92. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  778. 


Note  on  Wines  containing  Potato  Glucose.     W.  Presenilis. 

Zeits.  Anal.  Chi™.  30,  1891,  669— 672. 
In  this  paper  the  author  describes  some  experiments  which 
confirm,  and  to  some  extent  complete,  the  results  obtained 
hv  Medicus  and  Immerheiser  (see  preceding  abstract).    The 
conclusions  arrived  at  are  : — 

1.  The  so-called  "unfermeutable"  constituents  of  com- 
mercial potato  glucose  are  completely  fermeutable  by  means 
of  pressed  yeast,  but  are  not  affected  by  beer  yeast. 

2.  The  said  unfermeutable  bodies,  when  present  in  wine, 
are  destroyed  and  consequently  disappear  under  the 
influence  of  film  formation,  due  to  exposure  to  air.  This 
point  is  ol  importance,  in  so  far  that  samples  of  wine  on 
which  a  film  has  appeared  should  not  he  employed  for 
analysis,  especially  when  an  opinion  is  required  regarding 
the  presence  or  absence  of  potato  glucose. — H.  T.  P. 


On    Beers    Brewed  in    Portugal.     H.   Mastbauin   and   F. 
Dickmann.     Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  201—203. 

Ur  to  quite  recent  times,  beers  brewed  in  Portugal,  both  on 
the  top  and  bottom  fermentation  systems,  were  of  very 
indifferent  quality.  However,  within  the  last  year  or  two, 
German  brewers  have  fouud  their  way  into  the  country, 
and  some  very  fair  bottom  fermentation  beer  is  now 
produced.  The  following  table  contains  the  results  of 
analyses  of  some  of  these  beers : — 

Jan«nJjanseii,,^?*^Trind«di!l 
!""'1^1"    Munich. 


Pipa.    Pilsen. 


garxafada. 


Light 

Light 

Dark 

Bark 

Specific  gravity  at  15°  C.  . . . 

L'0064 

1-0121 

1-0215 

1-01 00 

0-343 

0-188 

0-148 

0-1-C 

3-8S 
3-28 

0-187 
0-0*1 

f(59 
5-01 
0-211 
0-050 

3-82 

7-12 

0-243 

0-043 

lin; 

.vsi 

0*240 

0-084 

Glycerol  

0-04S 

0-033 

O-025 

0-059 

0-62 
1/0] 
0'059 
10  85 
69-77 

l-iil 
•2-511 
0-093 
14-03 
64-07 

2-12 
3-63 
0-091 
14-90 
50-20 

,,;s 

0-102 

1  1-04 

!  leg  reea  ol  rermcnl  ation. . . . 

57-18 

Sugar :    Nbn-sugur   in    the 

wort. 
Nitrogen    in   the  wort,  per 

cent. 
Ash  in  the  wort,  per  cent.  . 

1  :  (1-3-J 

0-51 

1-72 

1:0-40 

0-G6 

1-71 

1:0'55 

0'61 
1-63 

1:0-46 

0-74 

1-76 

lyijin  the  wort,  pei  ce  it.  . 

iru 

0-35 

0-29 

0-61 

Turbid 

Clear 

Clear 

Clear 

On  the  Apparent  Proportion  between  the  Dextrose  and 
Leoulose  in  Dark  Brown  Malaga  Wine  and  other 
Similar!'/  Prepared  Wines.  A.  ISorntriiger.  Zeits.  ang. 
Chem.  1892,  207—208. 

The  great  proportion  of  sweet  wines  contain  an  excess  of 
levulose  over  dextrose.  There  are,  however,  wines  which 
apparently  contain  an  excess  of  dextrose  over  levulose.  It 
is  difficult  to  see  how  this  can  be  the  case  if  the  wines  only 
contain  these  two  sugars,  as  dextrose  is  more  easily 
fermented  than  levulose,  and  consequently  it  has  usually 
been  assumed  that  starch  sugar  has  been  added  to  such 
wines.  The  author  finds  that  dark  brown  Malaga  wine 
and  other  similar  wines  apparently  contain  more  dextrose 
than  levulose  ;  but  he  finds  that  this  is  owing  to  the  pro- 
duction of  dextro-rotatory  unfermeutable  sugar  produced 
by  heating  the  must  in  the  process  of  manufacture.  He 
proposes  to  carefully  investigate  this  point. — A.  L.  S. 


The  Separation  of  Iso-Maltose  from  the  Diastatic 
Conversion  Products  of  Starch.  C.  J.  Liutner  and 
G.  Dull.     Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  263  -268. 

Iso-maltose  was  first  discovered  by  one  of  the  authors 
(this  Journal,  1892,  171,  627)  in  beer  and  wort,  from  which  it 
was  separated  as  "  iso-maltosazone."  In  the  present  paper 
voluminous  details  are  given  of  the  process  by  means  of 
which  the  authors  succeeded  in  isolating  iso-maltose  from 
the  products  of  the  diastatic  conversion  of  starch.  Briefly, 
a  starch  conversion  (made  at  673  C.)  was  concentrated, 
after  previous  removal  of  the  maltose  by  fermentation, 
and  submitted  to  dialysis,  the  diffusate  and  residue  being 
subsequently  repeatedly  fractionally  precipitated  with 
strong  alcohol.  By  this  means  two  fractions  of  constant 
specific  rotatory  power  were  finally  obtained.  The  one 
fraction  (remaining  in  solution)  [o]D  =  +  140°,  consisting 
of  iso-maltose;  the  other  (precipitate)  [a]D  =  +  190°  of 
dextrin.  No  intermediate  dextrins  possessing  an  optical 
activity  between  1403  and  19u°  could  be  detected  amongst 
the  starch  products.  This  fact  renders  the  existence  of  the 
so-called  "  malto-dextrius  "  extremely  problematical. 

Iso-maltose  has  not  yet  been  obtained  iu  the  crystalline 
state.  Absolute  alcohol  precipitates  it  from  its  solutions  in 
the  form  of  a  viscid  syrup  which  solidifies  after  several 
days  standing  in  contact  with  absolute  alcohol.  Iso-maltose 
possesses  a  sweet  flavour.  Its  specific  rotatory  power  in 
10  per  cent,  solution  is  [o]D  =  +  139° — 140°,  and  its 
eupric  oxide  reducing  power  (in  1  per  cent,  solution)  is 
equal  to  83  per  cent,  of  that  of  maltose.  Iso-maltose  is 
very  sensitive  to  heat,  being  distinctly  caramelised  at 
temperatures  exceeding  90°  C.,  and  when  quite  dry  it  is 
exceedingly  hygroscopic.  It  is  fermentable  by  yeast,  and 
diastase  converts  it  into  maltose.  In  conclusion,  the 
authors  give  details  of  the  most  suitable  method  of  preparing 
iso-maltose  from  starch. — II.  T.  P. 


—A.  h.  S. 


Aluminium  and  Beer.     Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  299 — 300. 

Beer  may  he  kept  in  clean  aluminium  flasks  without 
contracting  any  unpleasant  taste.  It  was  found  that  some 
beer  kept  for  three  weeks  in  an  aluminium  vessel  had 
taken  up  but  the  smallest  traces  of  aluminium;  the  highest 
amount  that  could  be  fouud  being  0'  8  mgrm.  per  100  cc.  of 
the  beer.— A.  L.  6. 


The  Influence  of  Different  Temperatures  on  the  Condition 
of  Malt  and  the  Composition  of  the  Wort  obtained 
therefrom.  E.  Prior.  B.  Brauer,  1892.  Zeits.  ang 
Chem.  1892,  312—318. 

A  mu.t  was  dried  for  24  hours  on  the  upper  floor  of  an 
Engelhardt  kiln  at  20°  R.,  and  then  on  the  lower  floor 
without  raising  the  heat  and  with  closed  draught  for 
12  hours  more  and  finished  with  4  hours  at  35°  K.  The 
malt  was  analysed  both  before  and  after  drying;  the 
reducing  sugars  were  respectively  12-58  and  13-74  per 
cent,  on  the  anhydrous  malt  and  the  fermentative  powers 
were  respectively  88-9  and  134-0.     These  numbers  are  in 


Sept.  30, 189a.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


767 


accordance  with  the  knowledge  acquired  in  practice,  that 
by  properly  conducted  withering  the  soluble  matter  of  the 
malt  is  considerably  increased. 

Malt  was  dried  with  a  free  supply  of  air  at  various 
temperatures  ranging  from  35'  to  80°  K.  The  dried  malts 
were  analysed  and  the  following  relations  were  observed  as 
the  drying  temperature  was  raised  : — The  water  in  the  dried 
malt  diminished,  the  fermentative  power  decreased,  the 
duration  of  saccharifieation  increased,  the  proportion  of 
maltose  to  non-maltose  decreased,  as  did  also  the  absolute 
amount  of  maltose  contained  in  the  extract ;  the  colour  of 
the  resultant  wort  increased  and  the  number  of  brown 
corns  likewise.  These  malts  were  mashed  and  the  worts 
obtained  examined.  The  reducing  sugar  calculated  as 
maltose  was  found  to  be  in  part  easily  fermentable  and 
in  part  unfermentable.  In  the  wort  prepared  from  malts 
dried  at  the  higher  temperatures  the  amount  of  fermentable 
maltose  is  less  and  of  unfermentable  maltose  is  greater 
than  in  wott  prepared  from  malt  dried  at  a  lower 
temperature. 

The  relation  between  the  fermentable  and  unfermentable 
maltose  is  not  a  fixed  and  definite  quantity,  but  depends 
on  the  yeast  employed ;  thus  with  two  yeasts,  A  and  L, 
yeast  A  always  fermented  about  6  per  cent,  of  the  total 
maltose  more  than  yeast  L,  no  matter  at  what  temperature 
the  malt  had  been  dried. 

The  author  considers  that  the  only  products  of  the 
mashing  process  are  maltose,  an  unfermentable  reducing 
body,  and  dextrin.  The  unfermentable  reducing  body 
must  be  either  iso-maltose  or  malto-dextrin.  Now  the 
result  of  the  fermentation  of  wort  prepared  from  the  malts 
dried  at  different  temperatures  show  that  the  decrease  in 
the  amount  of  fermentable  maltose  in  the  high  dried  malts 
is  balanced  by  the  sum  of  the  increase  in  the  amount  of 
unfermentable  maltose  and  dextrin.  Also,  if  the  unfer- 
mentable residue  be  tested  with  phenyl-hydrazine  it  is 
found  that  maltose  and  other  sugars  are  absent,  but  that 
iso-maltose  is  present. 

From  these  facts  the  author  concludes  that  there  is  no 
such  substance  as  malto-dextrin  present  in  the  worts,  but 
that  the  unfermentable  reducing  substance  is  iso-maltose. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  above  worts,  the  whole  of  the 
diastase  acted  on  the  malt  between  45°  and  70°  and  the 
mash  was  kept  at  the  last  temperature  for  one  hour.  Under 
these  conditions  the  amount  of  maltose  formed  was  the 
maximum  possible  and  was  practically  constant  at  what- 
ever temperature  the  malt  was  dried  at  so  long  as  there 
remained  an  excess  of  diastase,  being  about  75  per  cent,  of 
the  total  extract ;  the  remaining  25  per  cent,  consisted  of 
dextrin,  albuminoids,  ash,  &c,  and  is  the  minimum  amount 
which  will  be  produced  in  any  transformation,  and  con- 
sequently may  be  taken  as  a  constant  constituent  of  all 
worts.  The  remaining  75  per  cent,  is  subject  to  alteration 
in  composition  when  the  drying  has  destroyed  a  poition 
of  the  diastase,  in  which  case  a  portion  of  the  maltose  will 
be  replaced  by  an  equivalent  amount  of  dextrin. 

Besides  the  maltose  produced  during  mashing,  there  is 
present  in  the  malt  a  certain  amount  of  ready  formed  sugars. 
The  amount  of  these  was  determined  and  the  proportion  of 
them  that  is  fermentable.  It  was  found  that  the  amount 
of  fermentable  maltose  ready  formed  in  the  malt  dried  at 
45°  to  50°  was  10  per  cent.,  and  that  this  decreased  as  the 
temperature  of  drying  increased,  being  8 '3  per  cent,  in 
malt  dried  at  75  ;  the  decrease  the  author  considers  con- 
verted into  caramelised  bodies.  The  amount  of  unfermentable 
maltose  ready  formed  in  the  malt  was  practically  the  same 
in  malt  dried  at  any  temperature  between  45°  and  75°,  being 
1  ■  8  to  2  ■  0  per  cent. 

By  comparing  the  results  thus  obtained  with  the  previous 
ones,  it  appears  that  as  the  amount  of  fermentable  maltose 
decreases  in  the  higher  dried  malts,  its  place  is  taken  by  an 
equivalent  quantity  of  dextrin  ;  the  numbers  being  for  malt 
dried  at  45°,  52 '8  per  cent,  maltose  and  12'0  per  cent, 
dextrin  ;  and  at  75°,  40' 0  per  cent,  maltose  and  25-4  per 
cent,  dextrin,  whilst  the  amount  of  iso-maltose  produced  at 
the  same  time  is  practically  constant,  being  about  12' 8 
per  cent. 

The  amounts  of  transformation  products  obtained  from 
malts  containing  an  excess  of  diastase  is   52  3  per  cent. 


maltose,  12' 9  per  cent,  iso-maltose,  and  12 '0  ner  cent, 
dextrin,  being  in  the  proportion  of  8  molecules  maltose, 
2  molecules  iso-maltose,  and  2  molecules  dextrin. 

The  transformation  of  starch  may  be  accordingly  repre- 
sented by  the  equation — 

12   (C,,H,„0,«)  +  2H,0  =  2  0,^0,1  +  2  (C^O,,,)  + 
starch.  Iso-maltose.  Dextrin. 

8  (C,.:rr,0o„o 

Erythrodextrln, 

s  (CY^Au)  +  b  h,„  =  8  c,,ii,Ai 

Maltose. 

If  the  amount  of  diastase  is  insufficient,  the  last  equation 
becomes  modified  ;  thus — 

8  (C,,H,0O1(1)  +  7  Fa,  =  7  r,,IUA,  +  C13H20Ou   - 
Maltose.  Dextrin, 

or— 

8(C,,H2„0,o)  +  6H.,0=  6  0,3^0,,  +  2ClsH,„O)0 
and  so  on. 

Further  analyses  of  the  worts  were  made  in  which  various 
portions  of  the  diastase,  from  none  to  nine-tenths,  were 
destroyed,  and  it  was  found  that  the  amount  of  iso-maltose 
was  practically  the  same  in  all  the  worts,  but  that  the 
relative  amounts  of  maltose  and  dextrin  varied  aecordiug  to 
the  amount  of  diastase  present.  These  facts  bear  out  the 
above  theory. — A.  L.  S. 


Wort  and  Beer.     C.  Amthor.     Zeits.  ges.  Brauw.    1892  ; 
Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  318—320. 

Samples  of  fermenting  wort  taken  at  different  stages  of  the 
fermentation  were  examined.  It  was  found  that  the  matter 
fermented  during  the  first  day  had  a  less  optical  activity 
than  maltose  ;  that  the  matter  fermented  on  the  succeeding 
three  days  had  about  the  optical  activity  of  maltose,  and 
that  the  matter  fermented  during  the  slow  fermentation 
succeeding  had  a  greater  optical  activity  than  maltose,  and 
that  in  the  last  stages  of  the  fermentation  the  optical 
activity  of  the  fermented  matter  was  double  that  of  maltose. 
Further  experiments  showed  that  the  low  optical  activity 
of  the  matter  first  fermented  was  due  to  the  ready-formed 
sugars  of  the  malt,  i.e.,  cane  sugar,  dextrose,  and  levulose. 
Further,  it  was  found  that  young  beer,  finished  beer,  and 
beer  of  some  age,  when  digested  with  invertase,  showed  a 
diminution  in  optical  activity  and  a  gain  in  reducing  power. 
This  cannot  be  due  to  cane  sugar,  which  must  long  ago 
have  been  fermented ;  it  must  be  due  to  some  other 
constituent  of  the  beer,  which  may  be  malto  -  dextrin  or 
iso-maltose. — A.  L.  S. 


Boric  Acid  in  Wines.     M.  Gassend.     Bull  dc  Pharm. 
de  Bordeaux,  128. 

The  author  has  discovered  that  boric  acid  exists  in  the 
normal  condition  in  wines.  When  the  residue  from  a 
quantity  of  wine  treated  with  alcohol  and  sulphuric  acid, 
fails  to  impart  a  green  colouration  to  the  flame  of  the  former, 
the  presence  of  the  acid  may  still  be  indicated  by  the 
reaction  with  turmeric  paper  and  by  its  spectroscopic 
character.  This  discovery  is  pointed  out  as  interesting, 
considering  the  recently  introduced  F'reuch  Statute  for- 
bidding the  addition  of  boric  acid  to  wines. — W.  S. 


Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid  in  Wine.   M.  M.  Morgen- 
stern  and  Pavlinoff.     J.  Russ.     Chem.  Soc.  1892,  341. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  777. 


Determination  of  Chlorine  in  Wine.     YV.  Siefert.     Zeits. 
Anal.  Chem.  31,  1H92,  186. 
.See  under  XXIII.,  page  778. 


768 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  3d,  I8:i2. 


The  Influence  of  some  Metallic  Salts  on  the  Luetic 
Fermentation.  C.  Richet.  Compt.  rend.  114,  1892, 
1494—1496. 

■See  under  XVIII.,  page  770. 


ERK  HUM. 
Page    C99,    col    2,    line   25   from    bottom,    for   "  Bacillus 
Amylozymiens   ferment  "  Se,  read  Bacillus  Amylozymicus 

ferments,  &c. 


XVIII.-CHEMISTEY  OF  FOODS,  SANITAEY 
CHEMISTKY,  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

Oi.)— CHEMISTRY  OF   FOODS. 

Changes  in  Chalybeate  Waters  during  Storaqc.     J.  Kiban. 
Compt.  rend.  114,  1892,  1483—1485. 

With  respect  to  the  changes  undergone  by  mineral  waters 
in  the  bottle,  a  subject  recently  brought  forward  by 
Parnientier  (Compt.  rend.  114,  1363),  the  author  recounts 
his  experiences  with  chalybeate  waters.  From  the  analysis 
of  twelve  different  waters  obtained  from  the  best  Parisian 
pharmacies,  lie  shows  that  nearly  all  the  iron  that  was 
originally  held  in  solution  in  the  water  had  been  precipitated, 
and  the  small  quantity  that  remained  in  solution  was 
generally  in  the  ferric  state.  These  waters  must  therefore  be 
considered  as  unreliable  therapeutical  agents.  The  ferrous 
iron  in  solution  was  determined  with  permanganate,  and  the 
total  iron  by  the  same  standard  reageut  after  reduction  with 
zinc.  The  presence  of  organic  and  sulphurous  matters  in 
the  waters  does  not  in  the  author's  opinion  practically 
affect  the  analytical  results  by  this  method,  when  the 
operation  is  conducted  in  the  cold,  as  the  decolouration  of 
the  permanganate  by  most,  organic  matters  is  slow  and 
progressive. — F.  W.  1'. 


Changes  in  Chalybeate  Waters  during  Storage.    J.  Kiban. 
Compt.  rend.  115,  1892,  185. 

In  reply  to  a  further  communication  by  Parmentier  (Compt. 
rend.  114,  1483;  see  preceding  abstract),  the  author  says 
that  he  obtained  the  samples  for  analysis  from  a  pharmacy 
in  order  that  the  ordinary  conditions  of  the  therapeutical 
employment  of  foreign  mineral  waters  should  be  attained. 
The  analytical  method  he  maintains  to  be  sufficiently 
reliable  and  his  results  to  have  been  confirmed  by 
I..  Chatelier  (Compt.  rend.  115,  124).  The  author 
condemns  the  practice  of  surcharging  mineral  waters  with 
carbonic  acid  as  altering  the  composition  of  the  water  and 
thus  affecting  the  conditions  under  which  its  therapeutical 
actiou  has  been  established. — F.  W.  P. 


Bibliography  of  Honey  :    arranged  Chronologically.     U.  S. 
of  Agriculture  Bulletin  13,  1892,  871. 

See  under  XVI.,  page  761. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Fish  for  Use  as  Food. 
P.  W.  Schonau,  Flensburg,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  13,811, 
August  15,  1891. 

Tun  cleaned  fish  are  packed  with  dry  salt,  dried  at  110°, 
ground  into  fine  fibres,  and  mixed  with  vegetables  in  the 
proportion  of  lib.  of  dried  fish  to  3  1b.  of  vegetables; 
condiments  are  added  and  the  mass  worked  up  into  cakes 


which  are  baked  at  11(1°.  The  cakes  are  preserved  in  a 
gelatin  "  obtained  by  a  decoction  of  the  cuticle  surrounding 
the  bone  of  fish,  with  the  addition  of  a  minute  quantity  of 
alum  and  carbonate  of  soda." — A.  G.  B. 


.1  Mi  /hod  and  Apparatus  for  Manufacturing  Malt  Coffee. 
E.  Wilhelm,  A.  Brougier,  and  H.  Trillieh,  Munich, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  14,755,  September  1,  1891. 

The  malt  is  soaked  in  water  at  40°  and  dried  in  a  coffee- 
roaster  until  the  grains  are  glassy  brown,  when  it  is  sprinkled 
with  hot  water  and  the  roasting  continued  in  order  to  loosen 
the  cuticle  of  the  malt.  A  liquid  having  the  aroma  of 
coffee,  and  prepared  as  described  below,  is  then  sprayed  into 
the  roaster,  which  is  kept  revolving  ;  when  the  spray  is 
discontinued  the  malt  is  further  heated  until  dry.  The 
roaster  is  removed  from  the  fire,  and  after  the  malt  has 
cooled  somewhat,  a  little  cocoa-butter  or  other  fatty  matter 
is  introduced,  and  the  rotation  continued  until  the  malt- 
coffee  has  been  coated  with  a  fatty  layer. 

The  coffee-liquid  is  made  by  condensing  the  vapours 
arising  in  the  roasting  of  coffee.  The  condensed  liquid  is 
concentrated  by  distillation  and  neutralised  by  sodium 
bicarbonate.  Sufficient  sugar  is  then  added  to  make  a 
syrup.  Extract  of  unroasted  coffee  may  be  substituted  for 
the  condensed  vapours. — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  Mill;  Sterilisers.     A.  Cornaz,  Neuchatel, 
Switzerland.     Eng.  Pat.  16,787,  October  2,  1891. 

The  steriliser  consists  of  a  cylindrical  jar  having  its  top 
enlarged  in  the  form  of  a  conical  collar  shaped  "  like  the 
frustrum  of  a  cone,"  and  makiug  an  angle  of  about  135' 
with  the  wall  of  the  jar.  The  milk  is  boiled  in  this  until 
sterilised,  overflowing  being  avoided  by  the  conical  top.  The 
apparatus  is  provided  with  an  ordinary  saucepan  handle. 

—A.  G.  B. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Preservation  of  Meat. 
S.  Pitt,  Sutton,  Surrey.  From  J.  Mariosa,  Sao  Paulo, 
Brazil.     Eng.  Pat.  3462,  February  22,  1892. 

The  meat  is  dipped  into,  or  painted  with,  a  paste  made  of 
40  parts  of  sodium  bicarbonate  and  60  parts  of  saccharine 
matter,  such  as  sugar,  and  enough  water  to  produce  a 
syrupy  condition.  The  piece  thus  coated  is  hung  in  the  air 
for  an  hour  and  then  in  an  artificial  current  of  air,  until  the 
surface  is  thoroughly  desiccated. — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Compound  Cakes  for 
Cattle  Feeding  and  the  like,  J.  Bibby,  Liverpool. 
Eng.  Pat.  9667,  May  21,  1892. 

The  present  process  of  making  compound  cakes  consists  of 
live  distinct  operations,  namely: — (I)  Grinding  the  parti- 
cular oil-seed ;  (2)  pressing  the  same  to  extract  the  oil ; 

(3)  re-grinding  the  cake  thus  made  into  meal  for  mixing; 

(4)  mixing  the  same  with  farinaceous  matter,  ground 
cereals,  &c. ;  (5)  Re-pressing  the  whole  into  a  compound 
cake. 

This  invention  dispenses  with  operations  (3)  and  (4")  by 
grinding  the  seeds  first,  then  mixing  them  with  each  other 
and  with  the  farinaceous  or  other  material,  in  the  desired 
proportion,  and  finally  crushing  the  mixture  to  obtain  oil 
and  the  compound  cake. — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  In  tin  Manufacture  of  Salt 
(Chloride  of  Sodiujn).  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool. 
From  A.  L.  Lawton,  Rochester,  U.S.A.,  and  W.  S. 
Dodge,    Washington,   LT.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  9884,  May  24, 

1S92. 

The  improvements  refer  to  the  production  of  table  salt 
from  impure  rock  salt,  by  fusing  the  same  with  an  admix- 
ture <>f   '. — 2  per  cent,  of  lime  or  other  alkaline  matter,  and 


Sept.  a.,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


769 


settling  out  the  impurities.  The  clear  fused  suit  is  then 
run  out  and  reduced  to  small  globules  by  means  of  an 
*'  atomiser"'  worked  by  an  air-blast. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  an  inclined  retort  provided  with 
horizontal  steps  for  the  reception  of  the  salt.  This  is  intro- 
duced on  the  top  by  means  of  a  hopper.  The  salt  is 
brought  to  fusion  by  meaus  of  a  fire  from  the  bottom  part 
of  the  retort,  and  the  fused  material  is  collected  in  a 
receptacle  whore  the  impurities  settle  out. 

All  vessels  are  lined  with  a  basic  infusible  material  such 
as  lime  and  clay,  to  prevent  the  formation  of  sodium 
silicate. — II.  A. 

Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Production  of  an 
Alimentary  Product  from  Indian  Corn  or  Maize.  H. 
Bates,  Indianapolis,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  10,788,  June  7, 
1892; 

The  corn  is  first  hulled  and  degerminated,  then  fed  into  a 
broken-flighted  conveyor  trough  where  it  is  sprayed  with 
water  by  means  of  a  rose  situated  immediately  above  the 
point  of  deliver}*  from  the  hopper.  In  traversing  this 
conveyor  the  wetted  grains  are  tumbled  together  and  the 
moisture  thus  equalised.  To  avoid  "  possible  undue 
saturation."  the  grains  are  delivered  from  the  tail  end  of  the 
broken-flighted  conveyor  into  a  dry  coutinuous  conveyor 
trough,  from  which  they  pass  into  another  continuous  con- 
vex or,  provided  with  half  a  dozen  shoots  located  immediately 
above  the  flattening  mills.  Expedition  is  the  advantage 
claimed. — A.  G.  B. 


Improvement  in  Means  for  Preserving  Meat  and  the  like. 
J.  Y.  Johnson,  London.  From  H.  Salzer,  Baltimore, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  11,988,  June  28,  1892. 

The  meat  is  subjected  to  dry  steam  in  a  closed  vessel 
allowed  to  cool  and  compressed  in  moulds  for  about  six 
hours.  It  is  next  wrapped  in  a  suitable  material  such  as 
paper  and  enclosed  in  a  tightly-fitting  jacket  of  fabric  im- 
pregnated and  coated  with  plaster  of  Paris.  When  the 
plaster  has  set  the  coated  article  is  put  into  a  can;  grease 
(suet,  lard,  or  tallow)  is  run  in  and  the  whole  sterilised 
before  being  sealed.  So  much  grease  is  absorbed  by  the 
plaster  that  the  contraction  on  cooling  does  not  destroy  the 
protective  coating  as  is  usually  the  case.  Metallic  foil 
can  be  substituted  for  the  can,  but  in  this  case  another 
plaster  coating  must  be  applied  outside  the  layer  of  grease, 
to  prevent  the  latter  from  making  holes  in  the  foil  during 
the  heating  necessary  for  sterilisation.  When  a  can  is  used 
it  is  desirable  to  prevent  contact  of  the  package  with  the 
interior  of  the  can,  for  "  it  is  well  known  that  meat  enclosed 
in  cans  undergoes  distinct  changes,  and  acquires  a  foreign 
and  disagreeable  flavour,  induced  by  contact  with  the  metal. 
The  latter  is  a  good  conductor  of  what  may  be  termed 
telluric  influences,  and  these  changes  are  believed  to  be  due, 
in  part  at  least,  to  that  fact."  The  inventor  fixes  projec- 
tions of  a  non-conducting  substance  to  the  interior  of  the 
can  to  prevent  this  contact. — A.  G.  B. 


(B.)— SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

The  Impurities  of  Town  Air.     Dr.  G.  H.  Bailey.     The 
British  Association  {Chemical  Section),  Edinburgh,  1892. 

Dr.  Bailey  said  that  during  the  past  year  the  Air  Analysis 
Committee  of  Manchester,  in  conjunction  with  the  Royal 
Horticultural  Society,  had  been  engaged  on  the  analysis  of 
the  air  of  large  towns.  From  the  results  of  several 
hundreds  of  analyses  in  London,  Manchester,  and  Liverpool, 
the  following  conclusions  were  drawn: — (1)  That  in  clear 
breezy  weather  the  amount  of  sulphurous  acid  was  less  than 
1  mm.  per  100  cub.  ft.  of  air;  (2)  than  in  anti-cyclonic 
periods  it  rose  very  considerably,  and  in  times  of  fog  the 
maximum  of  34  to  50  mm.  had  been  recorded  for  the  worst 
districts  of  Manchester  and  London  respectively  ;  (3)  that 
wherever  an  open  space  or  a  less  densely  populated  area 
occurred  there  was  a  very  marked  diminution  in  the  amount 
of  impurities  in  the  air  ;  (4)  that  an  increase  in  the  amount 
of  sulphurous  acid  was  accompanied  by  at  least  as  large  an 


increase  in  the  amount  of  organic  impurities  in  the  air ; 
(5 )  that  smoke,  promoting  as  it  did  the  formation  of  fog 
and  preventing  free  diffusion  into  the  upper  strata  of  the 
air,  must  be  regarded  as  the  principal  cause  of  the  impure 
state  of  the  atmosphere  in  large  towns W.  S, 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Purifying  Witter  or  other 
Liquids.  R.  S.  Brownlow,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat. 
15,172,  September  8,  1891. 

Tins  is  an  addition  to  a  previous  patent  (16,006,  1890; 
this  Journal,  1891,  128),  and  relates  to  a  continuous, 
sewage  depositing  apparatus.  The  improvements  consist 
in  an  alteration  of  the  number,  form,  and  arrangement  of 
the  baffling  plates,  with  the  object  of  rendering  the  passage 
of  the  sewage  through  the  apparatus  more  smooth  aud 
tranquil.— H.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Oxidation  of  Seivage  and  Impure 
Waters,  and  of  Material  for  Use  in  the  Treatment  of 
such  Seivage  and  Impure  Waters.  F.  P.  Candy,  Balham, 
Surrey.     Eng.  Pat.  15,391,  September  11,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  a  precipitant 
and  oxidiser  for  sewage.  For  this  purpose,  ferrous 
sulphate,  or  chloride  in  solution  is  mixed  with  about  15  pet 
cent,  of  its  weight  of  true  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid, 
respectively,  and  churned  in  a  cylinder  with  an  excess  of 
manganese  dioxide,  or  ferric  hydrate,  until  50 — 80  per  cent, 
of  the  ferrous  salt  is  oxidised  to  the  ferric  state.  Oxidation 
may  also  be  effected  by  slowly  filtering  the  acidified  solution 
through  a  layer  of  the  oxides.  Bauxite  may  likewise  be 
added  to  the  mixture,  with  sufficient  sulphuric  acid  to 
convert  it  into  aluminium  sulphate.  In  treating  sewage,  a 
quantity  of  the  above  compound  containing  from  2  to  14 
grains  of  the  original  ferrous  salt  may  be  added  to  each 
gallon  of  sewage.  A  solid  preparation,  suitable  for 
transport,  is  obtained  by  grinding  together  the  ferrous  salt, 
acid,  and  manganese  dioxide  (5 — 8  per  cent.),  or  ferric 
hydrate  (15— 20  per  cent.),  and  allowing  the  mass  to  set. 
According  to  this  invention,  sewage  may  also  be  purified  by 
agitation  in  a  suitable  vessel  with  granular  manganese 
dioxide,  the  average  time  of  contact  being  about,  five 
minutes.— H.  T.  P. 

Improvements  in  Ozonising  Apparatuses.     J.  Ehlis,  Liege, 
Belgium.     Eng.  Pat.  16,806,  October  3,  1891. 

The  ozonising  apparatus  consists  of  a  wooden  box  sup- 
ported on  four  feet,  and  entirely  open  towards  the  bottom. 
The  cover  is  pierced  with  a  hole  in  which  is  screwed  a 
trumpet -shaped  mouth-piece  or  inhalation  tube.  A  sealed 
glass  tube  containing  air  or  other  gas  under  more  or  less 
pressure,  or  in  which  a  more  or  less  perfect  vacuum  has 
been  produced,  passes  through  holes  in  opposite  sides  of  the 
chamber.  To  one  end  of  this  tube  is  attached  a  terminal 
which  is  connected  to  the  positive  pole  of  a  coil  or  other 
source  of  electricity.  Inside  the  box,  parallel  to,  but  not 
quite  touching  the  tube,  are  two  insulated  metallic  plates,  one 
on  each  side.  These  plates  are  connected  to  the  negative 
pole  of  the  coil.  When  an  electric  current  is  passed  into  the 
apparatus  a  silent  discharge  takes  place  between  the  tube 
and  the  metallic  plates,  resulting  in  the  ozonisation  of  the 
surrounding  air.  The  latter  is  then  inhaled  by  means  of 
the  mouth-piece  mentioned  above.  The  claim  is  for  "  a 
hermetically  closed  glass  tube,  enclosing  a  gas  at  a 
pressure  lower  than  that  of  the  atmosphere,  which  tube 
is  connected  to  one  of  the  poles  of  a  coil  or  other  source 
of  electricity."— H.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Utilisation  of  Sewage  Sludge,  and  in 
the  Production  of  Filtering  and  Purifying  Material 
therefrom.  T.  B.  Wilson,  .Manchester.  Eng.  Pat. 
17,275,  October  10,  1891. 

The  sludge  from  sewage  containing  iron,  or  that  has  been 
purified  by  the  addition  of  ferric  chloride  or  other  iron-salt 
is  employed  for  the  production  of  a  filtering  material  for 


770 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Sept.  so,  1892. 


water,  sewage,  &c.  To  this  end  the  sludge  is  pressed, 
dried,  and  if  deficient  in  iron,  a  quantity  of  waste  ferric 
oxide,  or  iron  ore  added.  The  dried  material  is  sub- 
sequently calcined  in  a  closed  retort  or  by  other  suitable 
means,  air  being  excluded  as  soon  as  the  mass  attains  a 
dull  red  heat.  After  ignition,  the  material  is  allowed  to 
cool  out  of  contact  with  the  air  to  avoid  oxidation.  The 
product  thus  obtained  consists  mainly  of  an  intimate 
mixture  of  carbon  and  magnetic  oxide  of  iron,  and  forms  a 
valuable  filtering  material. — H.  T.  P. 


An  Improved  Process  of  Purifying  Water.    C.  6.  Collins, 
Woodsburgh,   New    York,  U.S.A.      Eng.    Pat,    11,989, 

June  28,  1892. 

According  to  this  process,  which  is  more  particularly 
applicable  to  the  purification  of  water  for  domestic  use, 
manufacturing  purposes,  ,Vc.,  use  is  made  of  the  combined 
influence  of  oxygen  and  an  electric  current.  The  apparatus 
employed  consists  of  a  long,  preferably  closed  tank, 
containing  a  series  of  carbon  or  platinum  electrodes  which 
are  connected  alternately  to  the  positive  and  negative  poles 
of  a  dynamo,  or  other  source  of  electricity.  The  ends  of 
the  tank  are  provided  with  water  inlet  and  outlet  taps 
respectively  ;  whilst  oxygen  under  pressure  if  supplied  by 
a  pipe  entering  at  one  end  and  running  nearly  the  whole 
length  of  the  chamber,  the  portion  inside  the  chamber 
being  perforated  to  allow  of  the  escape  of  the  gas.  It  is 
claimed  that  under  the  conditions  obtaining  in  the  above 
apparatus,  the  nascent  oxygen,  liberated  by  the  electric 
current,  combines  with  the  oxygen  introduced  and  dissolved 
in  the  water,  forming  from  the  very  beginning  a  maximum 
amount  of  ozone,  under  the  influence  of  which  the 
impurities  present  in  the  water  are  rapidly  and  thoroughly 
destroyed  or  rendered  insoluble.  On  the  score  of  rapidity 
and  etliciency  the  method  is  said  to  be  greatly  superior  to 
any  processes  involving  the  use  of  either  oxygen,  or 
electricity,  alone. — 11.  T.  P. 


The  author  is  therefore  of  opinion  that  it  is  to  these 
three  last  compositions  that  practical  people  who  desire  to 
preserve  their  potatoes  from  the  fundus,  should  turn. 

— D.  E.  J. 


(  C.)— DISINFECTANTS. 

Researches    on   tlie   Adherence   to   the   Leaves  of  Plants, 

especially  of  the  Potato,  of  Copper  Compounds  intended 

to  cure  their  Diseases.     A.  Girard.       Compt.  rend.  114, 

1892,234—236. 

Owing  to  the  increase  of  the  ordinary  disease  of  potatoes, 

due   to   the  heavy  rains  in  July  and  August  of   1890,  the 

author   was   of   opinion   that   it    might    be   interesting   to 

endeavour  to  find  out  whether  the  various  copper  compounds 

proposed   for   destroying  the   parasitic  ailments   of   plants 

possessed    any  power  of   adhering  to  the  leaves,  and  what 

consequent  reliance  might  be  placed  upon  them. 

To  determine  this  he  carried  out  experiments  last  year, 
which  consisted  in  submitting  the  plants  to  the  action  of 
artificial  rains  of  calculated  intensity  and  duration,  having 
previously  treated  them  with  different  copper  compounds, 
and  determining  by  chemical  analysis  the  quantity  of  copper 
adhering  to  the  leaves  both  before  and  after  the  washings  by 
these  rains.  Three  types  of  rain  were  adopted  :  ( 1)  a  violent 
storm  rain,  corresponding  to  a  fall  of  17  mm.  of  waterin 
22  minutes  ;  (2)  a  steady  downpour,  giving  a  fall  of  15  mm. 
in  six  hours  ;  and  (3)  a  gentle  rain  giving  a  fall  of  10  mm. 
in  24  hours.  The  watering  apparatus  consisted  essentially  of 
an  inverted  flattish  cone  revolved  at  the  rate  of  eight  times 
per  minute  by  a  hydraulic  motor,  from  which  the  water  can 
issue  uniformly  in  drops,  from  the  lower  surface.  The 
author's  conclusions  are:  — 

1.  That  the  proposed  copper  compounds  have  very 
different  powers  of  adherence  to  the  leaves  of  plants. 

2.  That  it  is  under  the  action  of  violent  rains  and 
mechanical  disturbance  that  the  copper  deposited  disappears. 

3.  That,  among  these  compositions,  that  which  gives  way 
the  most  is  the  copper-lime  wash  ;  that  a  diminution  in  the 
proportion  of  lime  slightly  increases  the  solidity,  and  that 
the  addition  of  aluminous  compounds  is  of  no  practical  use. 

4.  That  the  copper-soda  anil  the  verdigris  washes  adhere 
nearly  twice  as  well  as  the  copper-lime  wash,  and  that,  best 
of  all,  is  the  copper-lime-sugar  wash  of  M.  Michel  l'erret. 


'/'he  Influence  of  some  Metallic  Salts  on  Lactic  Fermenta- 
tion. C.  Kichet.  Compt.  rend.  114,  1S'J2,  1494—1496. 
Prom  the  study  of  the  influence  of  metallic  salts  on  lactic 
fermentation  the  author  has  determined  that  although  very 
small  quantities  of  certain  metallic  salts  retard  or  wholly 
prevent  the  development  of  the  ferment,  still  smaller 
quantities  even  act  as  accelerators  of  the  fermentative 
action.  The  ferment  appeared  indifferent  to  salts  of  copper 
and  mercury  in  quantities  inferior  to  0-00025  grin,  per  litre, 
in  doses  of  0-0005  grm.  per  litre  these  salts  possessed  an 
accelerative  action,  and  in  quantities  of  0-0U1  grm.  per  litre 
their  antiseptic  properties  first  became  evident.  The 
fermenting  liquor  consisted  of  milk  from  which  the  casein 
had  been  precipitated  by  warming  with  acetic  acid,  and  the 
filtrate  then  neutralised  with  bicarbonate  of  potash.  The 
respective  quantities  of  the  different  salts  were  subsequently 
added  to  the  solutiou,  the  liquids  sterilised  in  Pasteur's  flask, 
inoculated  with  the  lactic  ferment,  and  kept  at  a  temperature 
of  40°  C.  At  the  end  of  a  definite  period  the  free  lactic 
aeid  was  titrated  with  an  alkaline  solutiou,  with  phenol- 
phthalein  as  indicator.  The  toxic  action  of  the  metallic 
poison  does  not  appear  to  affect  the  chemical  activity  of  the 
ferment,  but  rather  its  powers  of  multiplication.  The  bio- 
logical relations  as  regards  the  toxicity  of  metals  do  not  follow 
chemical  laws,  as  certain  metals  which  are  chemically  very 
similar  have  a  very  different  toxicity,  and  it  is  especially 
noteworthy  that  the  rarer  metals,  to  which  the  ferment  is 
probably  not  so  well  accustomed,  appear  more  toxic  than 
the  common  metals.  The  prohibitive  dose  of  zinc  is  1  grm. 
per  litre,  whilst  0-15  grm.  per  litre  of  cadmium  sulphate 
completely  prevents  fermentation.  Ferric  and  manganese 
salts  are  also  less  toxic  than  cobalt  and  nickel  salts. 

— F.  W.  P. 


The  Antiseptic  Properties  of  Formic  Aldehi/de. 
A.  Trillat.     Compt.  rend.  114,  1892,  1278. 

See  under  XX.,  page  772. 


PATENTS. 


New  or  Improved  Compounds  to  be  used  for  Disinfecting, 
Deodorising,  Gennicide,  Sanitary,  Manuring,  and  like 
Purposes.  T.  McMurray,  Glasgow.  Eng.  Pat.  13,139, 
August  4,  1891. 

The  disinfectant  in  question  forms  a  moist,  granular  mass, 
obtained  by  grinding  together  blast-furnace  slag  (previously 
reduced  to  powder  by  running  it  whilst  fused  into  water), 
lime,  or  limestone,  and  some  form  of  carbon,  with  a  suffi- 
ciency of  a  solution  of  sulphuric,  boracic,  or  other  acid.  It 
is  em  ploy  od  by  scattering  it  over  the  floors  of  stables, 
urinals,  &c,  and  over  dung  heaps,  &c.  The  free  acid  in 
the  preparation  absorbs  and  fixes  the  ammonia  given 
off  by  excreta,  &c,  and  increases  their  manorial  value. 
The  inventor  also  employs  blast-furnace  slag  and  lime, 
either  separately  or  together,  mixed  with  the  acids  as  a 
disinfecting  whitewash  for  the  walls  of  stables,  fee. — H.T.  P. 


An  Improvement  in  the  Preparation  of  a  Compound  for  the 
Destruction  of  Blackbeetles,  Coc/iroaches,  and  other 
Insects.  E.  Decesari,  London.  Eng.  Pat,  8602,  May  C, 
1892. 

The  above  compound  consists  of  the  following  ingredients: — 
i  lb.  lump  borax,  dissolved  in  2  pints  of  water,  1  lb.  of 
size,  i  lb.  of  honey,  10  grms.  of  "mercuric  chloride," 
and  12  lb.  of  borax  powder.  For  use  hot  water  is  added, 
and  the  mixture  applied  to  the  places  frequented  by  tho 
above  insects. —  H.  T.  P. 


Sept.  an, ma.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


771 


XIX.-PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Wife's  Oxycellulose.    A.  Xaeutukov.     .1.  Russ.  Chem.  Soc. 

24,  1892,2.56—27.'.. 

Tiik  author  prepares  an  oxycellulose  by  the  action  of  a 
dilute  solution  of  caustic  lime  upon  the  filter  paper  of 
"  Schleicher  and  Schiill."  Analysis  has  shewn  the  formula 
of  this  oxycelhilose  is  C6H,„lSTr,. — P.  D. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Building  Boards, 
Paper  Barrels  or  Cylinders,  and  simitar  Hollow 
or  other  Articles  from  Paper  Pulp.  ('.  Weygang, 
Middlesex.     Eng.  Pat.  12,290,  July  20,  1891. 

The  various  improvements  detailed  in  the  specification 
have  for  their  object  the  production  from  paper  pulp  of 
articles  of  a  harder  and  more  impermeable  nature  than 
heretofore,  and  which  are  also  waterproof  and  grease-proof. 
Several  of  the  processes  involved  are  already  covered  1>\ 
Patents  Nos.  790-4,  1886:  12,159,  1886;  12,190,  1888"; 
3004.  1890;  and  14,753,  1890. 

.Many  modifications  of  the  processes  and  mixtures 
employed  are  detailed,  but  the  following  may  serve  as 
an  illustration  : — About  80  per  cent,  of  glutinous  matter, 
prepared  by  treating  peat  or  horse-manure  with  an  alkali, 
is  mixed  with  about  20  per  cent,  fibrous  paper  pulp,  adding 
also  about  10  per  cent,  (of  the  total  weight)  of  resin  size. 
Towards  the  end  of  the  mixing  about  10  per  cent,  of 
aluminium  sulphate  and  3  per  cent,  farinaceous  matter 
are  also  added,  when  the  mixture  is  ready  to  be  moulded 
into  boards,  casks,  &c. 

The  mixture  may  be  made  more  water-resisting  by  adding 
a  chromium  salt  or  may  be  coloured  by  incorporating 
suitable  pigments  with  the  pulp.  Grease-proof  properties 
are  obtained  by  addition  of  animal  glue,  &c. — W.  M.  G. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  and  Utilisation  of  Esparto 
Liquor  and  other  similar  Waste  Liepwrs  and  By- 
Products.  W.  H.  Higgin,  Bolton.  Eng.  Pat.  13,409, 
August  8,  1891. 

The  object  of  the  invention  is  the  recovery  of  the  alkali, 
partly  as  such  and  partly  as  acetate  of  sodium. 

After  evaporating  to  dryness  the  residual  mass  is 
calcined  at  a  carefully  regulated  heat,  which  should  vary 
somewhat  according  to  the  character  of  the  liquors.  For 
esparto  liquor  residue  a  temperature  of  about  400°  C.  should 
be  used.  This  results  in  the  production  of  a  porous,  easily 
pulverised,  coke-like  "  char  "  containirg  about  15  per  cent, 
anhydrous  acetate  of  sodium. 

A  low  temperature  is  to  be  avoided  because  the  acetate 
is  impure  and  a  less  yield  is  obtained,  while  a  too  high 
degree  of  heat  decomposes  the  acetate. 

After  dissolving  out  the  acetate  the  black  insoluble 
residue  is  burnt,  leaving  as  a  white  ash  much  of  the  alkali 
originally  employed. —W.  M.  G. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

Preparation   of  Carvacral.     M.  A.  Keychler.     Bull.  Soc. 

Chem.  7,  1892,  31—34. 
Cakvol  hydrochloride  when  heated  with  about  one-fifteenth 
of  its  weight  of  zinc  chloride  and  a  little  glacial  acetic  acid 
is  readily  and  completely  decomposed  into  carvacrol  and 
hydrochloric  acid.  The  hydrochloric  acid  begins  to  be 
evolved  at  9.5  C.  and  is  all  given  off  at  110' — 120°  ('.,  the 
whole  decomposition  being  effected  in  about  20  minutes 
and  without  the  least  explosive  violence.  The  carvacrol 
obtained  is  best  purified  by  dissolving  it   in  caustic   soda. 


Numerous  other  substances  can  he  substituted  for  the  zinc 
chloride,  such  as  sulphuric,  phosphoric,  or  hydrochloric 
arid,  zinc  dust,  or  finely  granulated  tin.  Carvacrol  in 
alcoholic  solution  is  coloured  green  by  ferric  chloride,  only 
after  the  addition  of  water  to  the  mixture. — C.  A.  K. 


Some  Derivatives  of  Carraerol.     M.  A.  Reychlcr.     Bull. 
Soc.  Chem.  7,  1892,  34—36. 

Thymoquinone  is  readily  obtained  from  carvacrol  by 
oxidalion  with  a  mixture  of  sulphuric  acid  aud  potassium 
bichromate,  allowing  two-thirds  of  a  molecular  weight  of 
bichromate  per  molecular  weight  of  the  phenol.  It  is  best 
to  warm  the  carvacrol  first  with  sulphuric  acid  and  separate 
the  para-sulphouic  acid  formed  and  then  to  oxidise  this 
anil  distil  the  resulting  quinone  over  by  steam.  The  yield 
is  68 — 70  per  cent,  on  the  carvacrol  taken. 

Dimethyl-thymo-hydroquinone  is  obtained  by  the  action 
of  methyliodide  and  methyl  alcohol  on  thymohydroquinone 
in  presence  of  sodium  at  100'  C.  in  sealed  tubes.  It  boils 
at  248'— 250°  C.  aud  has  a  sp.  gr.  0-998  at  22°  C.  It  is 
of  interest  since  it  occurs  in  essence  of  arnica,  together 
with  phlorol  isobutyrate.— C.  A.  h". 


Digitalin.  H.  Kiliani.  Archiv.  de  Pharm.  230,  1892,  250. 
Schmtedeberg  has  shown  that  the  leaves  and  seeds  of 
Digitalis  purpurea  contain  a  preponderating  amount  of 
an  inactive  glucoside  digitonin  together  with  other  sub- 
stances which  act  upon  the  heart — crystallisable  digitoxin 
and  two  amorphous  glucosides  digitalin  and  digitalein. 
The  last  two  are  of  greatest  therapeutic  importance,  and  the 
author  has  succeeded  in  preparing  them  in  a  state  of  purity. 
He  finds  the  commercial  digitalin  generally  contains  two 
amorphous  glucosides  in  addition  to  the  above  substances 
and  that  Schmiedeberg's  digitalein  is  also  a  mixture.  On 
the  other  hand  the  digitalin  previously  described  is  a 
distinctly  individual  substance  possessing  in  a  marked 
degree  the  power  of  acting  upon  the  heart.  It  forms  a 
white  amorphous  powder  which  melts  and  becomes  yellow  at 
about  217°  C.  It  dissolves  in  about  1,000  parts  of  water 
and  in  100  parts  of  50  per  cent,  alcohol.  When  dissolved 
in  a  little  80  or  90  per  cent,  hot  alcohol,  a  thick  magma  of 
structureless  granules  separate  on  coo*ing.  The  unifomity 
of  this  deposit  is  a  characteristic  test  of  the  purity  of  the 
substance.  The  impurities  of  digitalin  may  be  detected  by 
the  following  tests  : — (1.)  A  few  granules  when  mixed  with 
about  2  cc.  of  a  caustic  potash  solution  (1  :  10)  should 
retain  their  whiteness  for  at  least  one  minute ;  the  presence 
of  the  amorphous  glucosides  is  shown  by  the  rapid 
appearance  of  an  intense  yellow  colouration.  (2.)  When 
digitalin  is  made  into  a  thick  paste  with  water  and  a  mixture 
of  22  parts  of  amy  1  alcohol  to  100  parts  of  water  is  added 
and  the  whole  allowed  to  stand  in  a  closed  flask  for  24  hours 
distant  crystalline  warts  appear  if  digitonin  he  present  even 
in  very  minute  proportion.  Digitalin  is  almost  insoluble  in 
chloroform  or  in  ether  ;  it  is  precipitated  from  the  alcoholic 
solution  in  a  granular  form  on  the  addition  of  ether.  Con- 
trary to  previous  statements  the  taste  of  digitalin  it  hut 
slightly  bitter,  the  previously  described  intensely  bitter  and 
disagreeable  taste  being  due  to  the  presence  of  the  accom- 
panying glucosides.  Digitalin  dissolves  in  concentrated 
sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acid  with  a  golden-yellow  colour 
which  rapidly  changes  to  blood-red  in  the  latter  case.  On 
the  addition  of  a  drop  of  nitric  acid,  ferric  chloride,  or 
bromine  water  to  the  yellow  solution  an  evanescent  brilliant 
purple  colouration  results.  Digitalin  is  decomposed  by 
hydrochloric  acid  into  a  crystalline  body  digitaligenine, 
melting  at  210° — 212'  C,  glucose,  and  a  sugar  resembling 
rhamnose,  and  having  the  formula  C7H1505.  Analyses  of 
digitalin  point  to  the  formula  (C5HsO.;)„.  A  resume  of 
physiological  experiments  with  digitalin,  which  is  now  made 
for  medicinal  purposes  under  the  name  of  "  digitalin 
verum,"  is  given.  These  point  essentially  to  its  action  being 
unaccompanied  by  any  injurious  secondary  effects,  the  latter 
being  most  probably  due  to  the  presence  of  admixed 
glucosides. — C.  A.  K. 


772 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Sept.  90, issa. 


On    Methylsaccharine   (Tohiic    Sulphinide).     O.    Weber. 
Ber.  25,  1892,  1737— 17  1.".. 

Thrke  year?  ago  a  method  was  patented  by  the  Badische 
Anilin  und  Soda  Fabrik  (Ger.  Pat.  48,583)  for  the 
production  of  a  homologue  of  Fahlberg's  saccharine.  The 
proci  ss  consists  in  converting  p-tolaidine-m-sulphonic  acid 
into  the  corresponding  cyanotolueue  su'.phonic  acid  by  the 
diazo-reaction ;  the  last  -  mentioned  compound  is  then 
converted  into  the  sulphonamide,  whence  by  hydrolysis,  the 
acid — 

C6H3(CH3)<SO.:XH.,)(COOH) 

is  obtained,  and  this  on  heating  yields  methylsaccharine — 


C6H3(CH3) 


S 

/S°-\ 


NH 


The  author  finds  that  methylsaccharine  resembles  sac- 
charine in  taste,  is  very  slightly  soluble  in  cold  water, 
but  readily  so  in  hot  water ;  it  dissolves  easily  in  alkalis, 
alcohol,  benzene,  ether,  and  glacial  acetic  acid,  sublimes 
well,  and  melts  at  246°,  as  stated  in  the  specification.  A 
series  of  derivatives  furnished  by  interactions  of  purely 
scientific  interest  are  described  in  the  remaining  portion 
of  the  paper;  among  these  may  be  mentioned  that 
when  methylsaccharine  is  dissolved  in  water  (3  parts) 
and  heated  at  80  on  the  water-bath  together  with  a 
7  per  cent,  solution  of  potassium  hypochlorite  (10  parts), 
it  gives  p-toluidine-m-salphbnic  acid  ;  whilst  when  com- 
mercial saccharine  is  similarly  treated,  a  mixture  of  1  : 2 
anilinesulphonic  acid,  p-sulphamidobenzoic  acid,  p-chloro- 
benzoic  acid,  and  />-sulpbobenzoic  acid  is  obtained,  thus 
proving  that  it  is  not  a  homogeneous  compound. — A.  K.  L. 


Action    of  Pyridine    Bases   on    Certain    Sulphites. 
G.  Deniges.  '  C'ompt.  rend.  114,  1892,  1018-1020. 

The  author  has  already  described  the  action  of  aromatic 
amines  on  metallic  sulphites.  In  the  present  note  he 
describes  the  action  of  pyridine  bases  on  the  same  sulphites. 

Sulphite  of  Zinc-pyridine,  S03Zn,  C5H5X.— 30  grms.  of 
crystallised  zinc  sulphate  are  dissolved  in  700  cc.  of  water  ; 
25  cc.  of  pyridine  and  60  cc.  of  a  solution  of  sodium 
bisulphite  (density  1-38)  are  added.  A  white  precipitate 
is  immediately  formed,  which  when  washed  and  dried  is 
found  to  have  the  composition  indicated  by  the  formula 
SO:iZn,  C5H5X.  It  crystallise-  in  quadratic  needles  which 
have  a  negative  optical  sign. 

The  other  pyridine  bases  act  in  a  different  manner  on  the 
mixture  of  sodium  bisulphite  and  zinc  sulphate.  Crystals 
of  pure  zinc  sulphite  are  produced  having  the  formula 
(S03Zn)3+5H20. 

If  any  soluble  salt  of  manganese  is  used  instead  of  zinc 
sulphate,  crystals  of  sulphite  of  manganese,  S03Mu  +  3  H.,( ) 
are  produced. 

Sulphite  of  Cadmium-puridiue.  S03C'd,  C5HAX. — With 
cadmium  there  is  produced  a  salt  having  the  composition 
S03C'd,  C5H5N.  If  less  than  the  indicated  quantity  of 
pyridine  is  used  there  is  formed  by  the  action  of  cold,  a 
precipitate  which  left  to  itself  becomes  crystalline  and 
answers  to  the  formula  (S(  l3<  id  U  +  3  H;0. 

The  sulphite  of  zinc-pyridine  is  much  more  stable  than 
the  corresponding  cadmium  compound.  When  the  other 
pyridine  bases  are  mixed  even  in  excess  with  sulphite  of 
cadmium,  no  combination  takes  place. — 1).  E.  J. 


A  Soluble  Naphlhol  Antiseptic.     M.  Stackler.     Compt. 
rend.  114,  18»2,  1027—1028. 

This  communication  presented  by  M.  Srhutzenberger  refers 
to  the  calcium  salt  of  a-monosulphonate  of  j3-naphthol 
C10H6SO3H(a)(  111(1').  It  was  preparedly  M.  Bang, in  view 
of  various  experiments  by  the  author  on  antiseptic-  M. 
Bang  indicates  two  conditions  as  necessary  for  obtaining  a 


pure  product  : — 1st  the  previous  formation  and  use  of 
absolutely  pure  /9-naphthol,  and  2nd,  the  perfect  isolation  of 
the  a-  from  the  $-  modification  of  the  sulphonate. 

This  substance  has  been  studied  as  an  antiseptic,  under 
the  name  "  Asaprol "  by  Dr.  Dujardin  Beaumetz  in  hospital 
practice. 

It  is  neutral,  very  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  unaltered 
by  heat,  non-irritant,  uninjurious  to  the  digestive  organs,  of 
little  toxic  power,  and  passing  off  easily  in  the  urine.  In 
the  case  of  a  rabbit,  the  fatal  dose  by  hypodermic  injection 
after  some  hours  was  50  centigrms. 

In  conjunction  with  Dubief,  the  author  studied  the 
action  of  this  antiseptic  in  connection  with  the  culture  of 
certain  micro-organisms.  The  results  were  briefly  these  : — ■ 
In  5  centigrms.  of  broth,  the  culture  is  retarded  by 
10  centigrms.  of  the  product,  for  Asiatic  cholera,  herpes 
tonsurans  and  the  bacillus  of  typhoid.  It  is  arrested  by 
an  addition  of  15  centigrms.  for  Asiatic  cholera,  herpes 
tonsurans,  the  bacillus  of  typhoid,  the  "  Streptococcus 
aureus,  the  charcoal  bacterium,  and  retarded  in  the  case  of 
the  pyocyanic  bacillus.  By  30  centigrms.  it  is  arrested  in 
the  case  of  all  the  foregoing  microbes. 

For  man,  the  product  acts  as  a  medicament  in  doses  of 
1  to  4  grms.  It  is  useful  in  the  different  forms  of 
rheumatism,  and  also  acts  as  a  febrifuge  in  tvphoid  fever. 

— W.  S. 


The  Antiseptic  Properties  of  Formic  Aldehyde.    A.  Trillat. 
Compt.  rend.  114,  1*92,  1278—  1281. 

In  1888  the  author  remarked  that  the  addition  of  formic 
aldehyde  to  urine  retarded  its  putreseence,  and  in  con- 
sequence of  this  observation  discovered  the  remarkable 
antiseptic  properties  of  the  aldehyde,  which  are  said  to  be 
superior  to  those  of  corrosive  sublimate.  A  series  of  ex- 
periments showed  that  broth  to  which  1„'0l,th  part  of  formic 
aldehyde  had  been  added  remained  sterile  for  several  weeks, 
whereas  decomposition  commenced  after  five  or  six  days 
when  lio'uoth  of  corrosive  sublimate  had  been  added.  The 
germicidal  action  of  formic  aldehyde  is  most  evident  with 
the  anthrax  bacillus,  and  the  bacilli  of  the  saliva  and  sewage. 
Dr.  Berlioz  has  also  determined  that  cultivations  of  the 
cholera  bacillus  are  rendered  sterile  by  a  0-003  percent, 
solution  of  formic  aldehyde.  The  urine  of  guinea-pigs  into 
which  0'5  grm.  per  kilo,  of  the  aldehyde  has  been  injeeted 
does  not  putrefy.  Its  antiseptic  character  in  very  dilute 
solution  suggests  its  applicability  to  the  preservation  of  milk 
and  other  articles  of  food.  The  extractive  and  natural 
colouring  matters  of  wine  are  precipitated  in  a  few  hours  by 
a  0*025  per  cent,  solution,  on  which  the  author  bases  a 
method  for  the  examination  of  wines.  Formic  aldehyde 
coagulates  albumen,  forming  a  transparent  gelatinous  mass, 
and  also  blood.  It  also  forms  a  compound  with  fresh  hides 
analogous  to  leather.  A  more  delicate  reagent  for  formic 
aldehyde  than  the  reduction  of  ammoniacal  nitrate  of  silver 
is  an  aqueous  solution  of  aniline,  with  which  it  forms  a  white 
precipitate,  CH„  :  NC6H5,  a  reaction  also  common  to  acetic 
aldehyde.— F.  \V.  P. 


The  Determination  of  the  Total  Alkaloids  in  Cinchona 
Bark.  W.  Haubensack.  Pharm.  Centralhalle,  32,  1892, 
294. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  779. 


Impurities  of  Chloroform.     Brit.  Assoc.  Edinburgh,  1892. 

1 ' i . . .  i  essob  W.  Ramsay,  of  University  College,  London,  has 
found  that  the  only  impurity  in  a  number  of  samples  of 
chloroform  received  from  hospitals  where  deaths  had 
occurred  was  carbonyl  chloride.  It  was  impossible  to  look 
for  an  unknown  impurity  in  a  number  of  small  samples  of 
chloroform,  and  therefore  he  had  exposed  a  large  quantity 
of  perfectly  pure  chloroform  to  daylight  in  presence  of  air. 
After  some  months  a  considerable  quantity  of  carbonyl 
chloride  was  formed,  no  other  product  (except  a  trace  of 
hydrochloric   acid)  having  been  detected.     It  was  possible 


Sept.  so,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


?73 


t  o    test    for  earbonyl   chloride   by  pouring   baryta    on  the 

Burfi of  a  suspected  sample,  when  a  white  filament  would 

appeal  at  the  line  of  division  between  the  chloroform  and 
the  watery  solution.  Most  of  the  samples  received  by  him 
gave  this  test,  and  it  was  a  significant  fact  that  most  of  the 
samples  were  the  products  of  large  consignments  to  the 
hospitals.  He  was  inclined  to  believe  that  the  cause  of 
death  was  the  spasmodic  contraction  of  the  glottis  produced 
by  the  earbonyl  chloride  after  the  lungs  had  beer  thoroughly 
charged  with  chloroform.  This  paper  was  discussed  by 
I  >i\  W.  W.  J.  Nieol,  Dr.  Arthur  Richardson,  Mr.  Vernon 
Hareourt,  and  others. 


PATENTS. 


A  New  Self-acting  Apparatus  for  the  Automatic  Produc- 
tion of  Oxygen.  F.  Fanta,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  10,667, 
June  23,  1891. 

The  specification  contains  full  details  of  the  apparatus  em- 
ployed by  the  patentee  in  the  manufacture  of  oxygen  from 
atmospheric  air  according  to  the  process  previously  patented 
(Eng.  Pat.  3034,  February  19,  1891;  this  Journal,  1891, 
854),  and  is  accompanied  by  numerous  diagrams  of  the 
plant.— C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Piperazine  or 
Spermine.  W.  Majert,  Berlin.  Eng.  Pat.  1 1,957,  July  14, 
1891. 

I'm  piperazine  derivatives  used  in  the  preparation  of 
piperazine  according  to  the  patentee's  previous  specification 
(Eng.  Pat.  15,404,  September  29,  1890;  this  Journal,  1891, 
791)  may  be  substituted  by  the  di-,  tri-,  and  tetra-sulpbonie 
acids  of  diphenyl  or  of  ditolylpiperazine.  These  sulphonic 
acids  are  obtained  by  the  action  of  fuming  sulphuric  acid  on 
diphenyl-  or  ditolyl-piperazine  or  their  salts,  and  are  decom- 
posed, after  being  converted  into  the  alkaline  salts,  by  means 
of  alkali  or  by  the  oxides  of  the  alkaline  earths.  The  freed 
piperazine  is  distilled  over  with  steam,  and  then  further 
treated  as  described  in  the  previous  specification. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in   the  Manufacture  of  Oxygen.     G.  Webb 
and  G.  H.  Rayner,  London.     Eng.  Pat.   13,036,  July  31, 

1  Mi  1 . 

The  improvements  relate  to  the  manufacture  of  oxygeu 
from  the  atmosphere  according  to  Tessie  de  Motay's  method, 
and  is  concerned  essentially  with  the  preparation  of  the 
material  used  to  absorb  the  oxygen.  This  is  obtained  by 
dissolving  caustic  soda  in  water  at  100°  C.  and  adding  to  the 
solution  manganese  peroxide  and  sodium  manganate  in 
stated  proportions.  The  whole,  after  being  well  stirred,  is 
evaporated  to  dryness  and  heated  to  a  bright  red  or  white 
heat.  After  the  heating  the  mass  is  broken  up  into  small 
pieces  about  the  size  of  a  walnut,  and  these  pieces  which 
are  slightly  adhesive  rolled  in  powdered  peroxide  of  man- 
ganese. This  last  operation  is  of  great  importance,  since  the 
pieces  are  thereby  prevented  from  coalescing  and  caking 
when  strongly  heated.  The  material  is  placed  in  retorts 
having  each  two  inlet  and  outlet  tubes,  and  dry  air  freed 
from  carbon  dioxide  is  passed  into  it,  the  retorts  being  kept 
at  a  dull  red  or  crimson  heat.  The  oxidised  material  is 
subsequently  decomposed  by  steam  and  the  liberated  oxygen 
collected,  any  of  the  ordinary  forms  of  apparatus  being  used 
for  this  purpose. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Mush. 
A.  Baur,  Mulhouse,  Alsace.  Eng.  Pat.  13,613,  August 
12,  1891. 

The  phenol  ethers  of  methyl-propyl,  methyl-butyl,  and 
methyl-amyl  phenol  yield  trinitro-compounds  having  a 
musk-like  smell  (this  Journal,  1890,  545,  and  1891, 
1024  ).  The  nitro-derivatives  of  the  ortho-  and  para-phenol 
ethers   have  no   marked  smell,  but  the   meta-derivatives  in 


general  have.  These  last  are  prepared  by  the  action  of 
aluminium  chloride  on  the  meta-substituted  phenol  ethers, 
such  as  meta-cresol,  and  the  chloride  or  iodide  of  the 
hydrocarbon,  such  as  tertiary  butyl  chloride,  the  resulting 
ether  being  nitrated  in  the  usual  way.  The  trinitro- 
derivatives  of  the  propyl  eresol,  butyl  cresol,  and  amyl 
cresol  ethers  have  been  thus  prepared.  Instead  of  the 
above  process  the  phenols  themselves  can  first  be  prepared 
and  converted  into  the  ethers  after  nitrating,  or  the  phenol 
ethers  may  be  treated  with  propylene,  butylene,  or  aniylene, 
in  presence  of  aluminium  chloride,  and  subsequently 
nitrated. — C.  A.  K. 


Erratum. 

Page  707,  col.  1,  middle  of  col.,  insert  the  word  "of" 
before  "  mildew  and  similar  growths." 


XXII.-EXPLOSIVES.  MATCHES,  Etc. 

The    Determination   of  Nitrogen    in    Nitrocellulose.     G. 
Lunge.     Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  261—262. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  778. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Explosives,  H.  de  Mosenthal,  A.  G. 
Salamon,  and  J.  J.  Hood,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  13,038, 
July  31,  1891. 

This  invention  consists  in  the  use  of  thoroughly  washed  and 
dried  Weldon  mud.  This  compound  will  absorb  from  2i 
to  3  times  its  weight  of  nitroglycerin,  and  may  be  used  in 
the  manufacture  of  dynamite  with  or  without  the  admixture 
of  kieselguhr,  its  available  oxygen  tending  to  augment  the 
energy  of  the  explosive. 

In  the  preparation  of  explosives  containing  sulphur,  this 
manganese  compound  when  charged  with  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  and  subsequently  exposed  to  the  action  of  air  or 
oxygen  so  as  to  precipitate  free  sulphur  in  a  finely- 
disseminated  condition  in  the  Weldon  mud,  may  be 
employed  as  an  oxygen-bearing  substitute  for  sulphur  or 
its  compounds. — W.  Si. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Extraction  of  Nitroglycerin 
from  the  Waste  Acid  Formed  in  the  Manufacture  of 
Nitroglycerin.  J.  Lawrence,  Paulsboro',  New  Jersey, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  7981,  April  27,  1892. 

The  inventor  states  that  hitherto  the  waste  acids  have  only 
been  treated  for  the  recovery  of  acids.  He  has  discovered 
that  by  cooling  the  waste  acids  to  a  temperature  lower  than 
the  freezing  point  of  nitroglycerin  and  higher  than  that  of 
the  acids  (about  40°  F.),  a  reaction  takes  place  between 
the  residual,  unacted  on  glycerin  and  the  nitric  acid,  a 
certain  amount  of  nitroglycerin  being  thereby  produced. 

The  refrigeration  has  to  be  continued  for  three  to  four 
days  with  occasional  agitation.  Sulphuric  acid  may  be 
added  to  the  waste  acids  with  good  effect.  By  this  process 
the  ultimate  yield  of  nitroglycerin  from  a  given  weight  of 
glycerin  may  be  increased  from  6  to  9  per  cent. — W.  M, 


774 


THE  JOUHNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  3D,  1S92. 


XXIII.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTEY= 


APPA  PA  rus. 

On  Hit   Optical  Measurement  of  High  Temperatures. 
II.    I.e   Chatelier.      Compt.  rend.  114,    1892,  214—216. 

The  author  has  previously  shown  how  high  temperatures 
ni:i  v  he  easily  and  exactly  measured  by  means  of  thermo- 
couples. This  method  is  rapidly  spreading  in  laboratories 
and  has  even  done  good  service  in  factories,  although 
delicate  galvanometers  are  unsuitable  apparatus  for 
workmen. 

At  the  high  temperatures,  however,  now  attained  in 
metallurgical  operations  all  bodies  rapidly  disintegrate,  and 
it  becomes  necessary  to  make  use  of  the  differences  in  the 
radiations  emitted  at  different  temperatures.  It  is  only 
necessary  to  assist  the  eye  by  the  use  of  apparatus 
sufficiently  precise  and  at  the  same  time  simple. 

The  author's  method  is  to  compare  the  radiations  emitted 
with  those  of  the  flame  of  a  small  petroleum  lamp,  itself 
standardised  by  comparison  with  a  standard  amyl-acetate 
lamp.  A  red  glass  placed  in  front  of  the  eye-piece  ensures 
the  practically  monochromatic  radiations  necessary  for  exact 
photometric  observations.  The  most  appropriate  photo- 
meter for  the  purpose  is  that  of  M.  Cornu,  modified  so  as  to 
render  it  more  manageable.  The  method  is  very  sensitive, 
the  intensity  of  the  luminosity  varying  from  1  to  1,000,000 
as  the  temperature  varies  from  000°  to  1,800°,  a  graduation 
quite  impracticable  with  thermo-electrical  pyrometers. 

Working  under  these  conditions,  the  author  has  found 
the  following  values  for  the  intensity  of  the  most  luminous 
regions  of  the  given  sources,  expressed  in  terms  of  the 
corresponding  intensity  of  the  standard  lamp. 


Amyl-acetate.        Candle.        CaroelLamp.      Melting  Platinum. 


The  principal  difficulty  met  with  is  owing  to  the  fact  that 
the  radiations  emitted  by  the  incandescent  body  do  not 
depend  only  upon  the  temperature,  but  also  upon  the 
chemical  nature,  the  physical  state  of  the  surface,  and  upon 
the  temperature  of  the  surrounding  space.  In  the  particular 
case  where  the  temperature  of  the  body  is  the  same  as  that 
of  the  surrounding  space,  a  condition  practically  obtaining 
in  a  reverberatory  furnace,  the  brightness  depends  upon  the 
temperature  only,  and  in  the  case  of  black  bodies  the 
radiation  is  independent  of  the  temperature  of  the  surround- 
ing space.  Magnetic  oxide  of  iron  (formed  on  the  surface 
of  iron  heated  in  air),  and  carbon  fulfil  this  latter  condition. 
A  special  graduation  is  necessary  for  all  other  bodies. 

The  author  has  made  this  graduation  for  a  certain 
number  of  bodies  heated  in  the  flame  of  mixed  air  and  gas. 
The  results  are  expressed  in  terms  of  the  intensity  of  the 
flame  of  amyl  acetate.  The  scale  of  temperatures  has  been 
determined  by  taking  as  fixed  points: — 


Sulphur. 

Gold. 

Palladium. 

Platinum. 

448 

1,043                      1,600 

1.77.-, 

It  should  be  remarked  that  the  ratio  between  the 
emissive  power  of  magnetic  oxide  and  that  of  platinum 
varies  slightly  with  the  temperature  '■  — 


Temperature. 

magnetic  Oxide. 

Platinum. 

600 

11-001103 

11-00001 

son 

0'003 

0-001-23 

1 1 

II  "US 

0-03 

1,200 

0-65 

0-26 

1,400 

3-40 

1-41 

1,600 

12-G 

502 

1,800 

30-00 

171)11 

The  following  bodies  have,  between  1,000°  and  1,500°,  for 
the  red  radiations  adopted,  the  following  approximate 
emissive  powers:  — 


Magnetic 
Oxide  of  Iron, 
and  Carbon. 

-r„„_i.          Polished 
Palladium.     pS?£„    Platinumand 
j    Hatmum-         Kaolin. 

Magnesia. 

1 

0-5 

(V4                     0-25 

O'lO 

The  value  obtained  for  magnesia  is  very  uncertain,  owing 
to  the  inevitable  roughness  of  the  body. 

The  graduation  given  for  magnetic  oxide,  of  which  the 
emissive  power  is  unity,  is  applicable  to  all  bodies  heated 
in  a  region  of  uniform  temperature.— D.  E.  J. 


The  Measurement  of  High  Temperatures.    H.  Le  Chatelier. 
Compt.  rend.  114,  1892,  340—343. 

A  reply  to  H.  Beequerel's  claim  for  priority  on  behalf  of 
his  father,  E.  Bccquerel  (this  Journal.  1892,  709). 

— H.  T.  P. 


INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUALITATIVE. 

A  Sensitive    Reagent  for    Carbon    Monoxide.     J.  Haber- 
mann.     Zeits.  aug.  Chem.  1892,  324 — 325. 

When  carbon  monoxide  or  air  containing  it  is  passed  through 
a  solution  of  ammonio-nitrate  of  silver,  a  brown  colouration 
is  produced  more  or  less  rapidly,  and  in  presence  of  appre- 
ciable quantities  of  carbon  monoxide  a  black  flocculent 
precipitate  of  metallic  silver  soon  separates.  Air  contain- 
ing only  0'1  per  cent,  of  CO  by  volume  still  produces  a 
distinct  colouration,  whilst  air  alone  has  no  effect  on  the 
solution.  The  reagent  is  perfectly  stable  and  is  prepared 
by  adding  ammonia  to  a  solution  of  silver  nitrate  until  the 
precipitate  at  first  formed  is  almost  redissolvcd,  and  then 
filtering.— H.  T.  P. 


Micrographic  Analysis  of  Alloys.     G.  Guillemia.     Compt. 
rend.  115,  1892,232—234. 

The  researches  of  Messrs.  Osmond  and  Werth  (Compt. 
rend.  100,  1885,  450;  this  Journal,  1885,  406)  induced 
the  author  to  undertake  similar  investigations  on  non- 
ferruginous  alloys.  The  polished  surfaces  are  attacked 
by  dilute  acids  while  under  the  influence  of  a  feeble 
electric  current  ("2  volts  and  J^th  ampere).  The  corroded 
surfaces  were  examined  microscopically.  The  imaces 
obtained  are  always  the  same  for  the  same  alloy,  and  they 
are  preserved  bj-  photography.  The  corroded  surfaces 
consist  of  furrows  more  or  less  twisted,  separated  by  ridges, 
which  represent  material  spared  by  the  acid. 

Doubtless  at  the  moment  of  solidification  the  fluid  metal 
had  separated  into  many  simple  alloys  of  definite  composi- 
tion which  are  unequally  attacked  by  acids  as  shown  by 
M.  Riche  (Ann.  deChim.  ct  de  Phys.  30,  187:!). 


Sept.  so,  1898.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


775 


By  microscopic  examination  of  the  corroded  surfaces  they 
may  at  once  be  referred  to  a  small  number  of  classes. 
Thus,  among  bronzes  and  brasses  we  can  distinguish  those 
with  a  base  of  tin,  the  phosphor-bronzes,  brasses  containing 
less  than  37  per  cent,  of  zinc,  Muutz  metal  and  analogous 
alloys  containing  over  37  per  cent,  of  zinc,  aluminium 
bronzes,  aluminium  brass,  delta  metal,  Roman  brass,  &c. 

In  white  alloys  with  a  base  of  tin,  antimony,  and  copper 
known  as  antifriction  alloys,  the  presence  of  lead  can 
easily  be  recognised,  and  even  with  practice  something  near 
the  proportions.  In  examining  ingots  of  red  copper  from 
the  same  fusion,  hut  of  different  pourings,  those  which  are 
properly  retined  can  be  distinguished,  whilst  others  in  which 
the  refining  is  not  complete  can  be  classed  according  to 
the  degree  uf  advancement.  It  is  known  that  the  mechanical 
qualities  of  brasses  and  bronzes  are  much  modified  by  the 
addition  of  very  small  quantities  of  aluminium  or  of  phos- 
phorus. The  presence  of  these  bodies  is  at  once  recognised 
since  the  furrows  have  the  forms  of  veins  of  marble,  or  of 
conglomerate  when  aluminium  is  present,  whilst  phos- 
phorus produces,  in  bronze  containing  tin,  a  characteristic 
image  resembling  a  fern-leaf  which  is  seen  more  clearly 
near  the  outer  margin  than  in  the  centre,  and  which  no 
doubt  indicates  differences  of  composition  due  to  different 
periods  of  cooling  as  shown  by  M.  Riche  (loc.  cit.) 

The  presence  of  4  per  cent,  of  zinc  in  a  bronze  masks  the 
micrographic  action  of  phosphorus.  Further,  for  a  given 
alloy  the  "  microgrammes  "  indicate  not  only  the  circum- 
stances of  casting,  but  also  the  nature  of  the  operations  to 
which  it  has  been  subsequently  exposed ;  whether  it  has 
been  poured  too  hot  or  too  cold  ;  if  it  has  been  stamped  or 
rolled ;  and  if  rolled,  in  which  direction  the  power  has  been 
applied. — J.  H.  C. 

Changes  in  Chalybeate  Waters  during  Storage.     J.  Itiban. 
See  under  XVIII.,  page  708. 


INORGANIC   CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

Von    Schull  anil   Low's  Method  of  Estimating  Lead  in 
Ores.     J.  E.  Williams.    Eng.  and  Min.  J.  53,  641. 

It  is  claimed  that  this  method  is  superior  to  the  fire  assay. 
It  consists  essentially  in  formiug  lead  sulphate,  dissolving 
out  with  ammonium  chloride  solution,  and  precipitating  the 
lead  by  means  of  sheet  aluminium.  The  details  are  as 
follows  :- 

One  gramme  of  ore  is  treated  with  10  cc.  pure  strong  nitric 
acid  and  10  cc.  pure  strong  sulphuric  acid,  and  heated  until 
all  nitric  acid  is  expelled  and  the  sulphuric  acid  is  boiling 
freely.  The  liquid  is  then  allowed  to  cool  and  10  cc.  of 
dilute  (1  in  10)  sulphuric  acid  free  from  chlorine  added. 
Next  are  added  2  gnus,  of  ltochelle  salt,  and  when  that  is 
dissolved  40  cc.  of  water  free  from  chlorine.  The  solution 
is  heated  to  boiling  and  allowed  to  stand  and  settle  for  two 
minutes,  filtered  and  washed  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid. 
The  PbSG4  is  then  dissolved  out  of  the  insoluble  residue  by 
means  of  a  saturated  boiling  solution  of  NH^Cl,  keeping 
the  volume  as  small  as  possible,  and  the  lead  is  precipitated 
by  placing  in  the  solution  three  strips  of  aluminium,  each 
about  If  in.  x  |  in.  x  -J^  in.  thick.  The  whole  is  boiled 
for  five  minutes,  then  diluted  with  cold  water,  poured  into 
a  basin,  and  the  lead  collected,  dried  and  weighed.  It  is 
practically  free  from  Ag,  Au,  Cu,  Sb,  Bi,  &c.  The 
aluminium  used  must  be  purer  than  the  commercial  article, 
which  contains  too  much  silicon. 

Von  Schulz  and  Low  state  that  this  assay  is  applicable 
to  all  ores,  mattes,  &c,  which  can  be  decomposed  by  nitric 
or  sulphuric  acid.  If  silver  be  insignificant  in  amount  the 
reagents  need  not  be  perfectly  free  from  chlorine.  If 
antimony  be  absent,  only  5  cc.  of  sulphuric  acid,  no  Uochelle 
salt,  and  only  half  the  dilution  are  required.  The  time  is 
the  same  as  for  copper  and  zinc,  and  the  cost  less  than 
for  the  fire  assay,  1  lb.  of  aluminium  sufficing  for  hundreds 
of  assays.  One,  two,  or  three  assays  may  be  made  in  the 
same  time  as  a  similar  number  of  fire  assays,  but  as  the 
"  humid "    scheme   requires   much    more   manipulation,   in 


making  a  large  number  the  advantage  would  rest  with  the 
fire  method.  Assays  by  this  humid  method  can  be  done  in 
less  than  40  minutes.  The  results  have  a  tendency  through 
oxidation  of  the  lead  to  be  slightly  above  the  correct 
amount.  If  oxidation  becomes  visible,  the  assay  should  be 
rejected.  The  results  are  generally  3  per  cent,  higher  than 
those  by  fire  assay,  and  it  is  suggested  that  this  amount 
should  be  deducted  to  meet  the  objections  of  the  smelters 
who  will  not  buy  on  the  basis  of  any  wet  assay.  The 
method  is  very  valuable  for  assaying  a  matte  or  a  speiss,  and 
antimony,  arsenic,  &c,  do  not  interfere  with  its  accuracy. 

— A.  W. 


77ie  Separation  and  Estimation  of  Lead,  Silver,  and 
Zinc  hi  Minerals  composed  of  Catena  and  Blende. 
E.  Aubin.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7-  8,  1892,  134—135. 

The  author  recommends  the  following  method  as  being 
rapid  and  easy  of  execution,  and  therefore  suitable  for 
prospecting  work.  10  grms.  of  the  powdered  mineral  are 
boiled  in  a  conical  beaker  of  1  litre  capacity  with  50  cc. 
of  fuming  nitric  acid  and  evaporated  to  dryness  on  a  sand- 
bath.  The  residue  is  warmed  with  20  cc.  of  nitric  acid 
(36°  B.),  and  when  all  the  iron  is  dissolved,  diluted  to 
400  cc.  with  distilled  water  and  allowed  to  stand  until  the 
sulphate  of  lead  has  settled.  The  liquid  and  sediment  are 
then  transferred  to  a  pair  of  balanced  filter-papers  placed 
one  within  the  other,  the  sediment  is  thoroughly  washed, 
dried,  and  weighed.  This  insoluble  portion,  consisting  of 
gangue  and  sulphate  of  lead,  is  removed  from  the  filter- 
paper  and  triturated  in  a  mortar  with  a  warm  alkaline 
solution  of  sodium  tartrate  (20  per  cent.)  until  all  the 
sulphate  of  lead  is  dissolved,  as  shown  by  the  disappearance 
of  white  specks.  The  residual  gangue  is  retransferred  to 
the  original  filter-papers,  washed,  dried,  and  weighed.  The 
difference  between  the  first  and  second  weights  gives  that 
of  the  lead  sulphate,  and  thence  the  percentage  of  lead  in 
the  sample. 

The  nitric  acid  solution  containing  the  Line  and  silver  is 
diluted  to  500  cc.  and  50  cc.  taken  for  the  estimation  of 
zinc  in  the  ordinary  way,  i.e.,  by  precipitation  as  sulphide, 
after  previous  removal  of  the  iron  and  aluminium,  re-solution 
in  hydrochloric  acid,  and  ieprecipitation  as  carbonate.  The 
remaining  450  cc.  are  rapidly  concentrated  to  20 — 30  cc. 
and  cooled.  Any  crystalline  deposit  is  then  decanted  off, 
one  grin,  of  sodium  chloride  is  added  to  the  liquid,  and 
finally  the  precipitated  silver  chloride  is  collected  on  a 
tared  filter-paper  and  weighed. — H.  T.  P. 


Note  on  the  Estimation  of  Potash.     P.  Jean  and  Tiillat. 
Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7,  1892,  228. 

Fort  the  rapid  estimation  of  potash  in  manures  the  authors 
proceed  as  follows; — Au  aqueous  extract  of  the  manure  is 
boiled  with  soda  in  order  to  expel  ammonia,  filtered  if 
necessary,  and  evaporated  to  a  syrupy  condition  with 
excess  of  platinic  chloride.  The  residue  is  washed  with 
alcohol  and  ether  in  the  usual  way,  the  remaining  potassium 
platinic  chloride  dissolved  in  boiling  water  and  treated 
with  an  alkaline  solution  of  sodium  formate.  The  platinum 
black  which  separates  is  washed  with  very  dilute  acid, 
collected,  and  weighed.  From  its  weight  the  corresponding 
amount  of  potash  is  deduced.  Formaldehyde  may  be 
employed  as  reducing  agent  instead  of  sodium  formate,  as 
it  keeps  much  better  and  is  more  energetic,  besides  which 
there  is  no  tendency  for  the  precipitated  platinum  to  adhere 
to  the  sides  of  the  beaker. — H.  T.  P. 


The  Influence  of  Nitrogen  Tctro.vide  on  the  Specific 
Gravity  of  Nitric  Acid.  G.  Lunge,  and  L.  Marchlewski. 
Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  330—331. 

This  research  was  undertaken  with  the  object  of  avoiding 
the  direct  estimation  of  total  acid,  which  is  very  trouble- 
some, especially  in  the  case  of  fuming  nitric  acid.  It  was 
thought  that  the  percentage   of  true  IINO^  present   in  a 


77G 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        LSept.  so,  1892. 


sample  might  be  deduced  from  its  specific  gravity,  a 
correction  being  first  applied  to  allow  for  the  influence 
of  dissolved  N.,04,  the  latter  being  estimated  separately  by 
potassium  permanganate.  It  appears,  however,  that  results 
thus  obtained  are  not  at  all  reliable,  chiefly  owing  to  the 
very  varying  influence  exerted  by  X.,04,  HNO.,,  &c.  on  the 
density  of  nitric  acid  of  different  strengths.  The  estimation 
of   total    acid,  therefore,  remains   indispensable ;  and    the 


authors  recommend  that  the  portion  of  acid  taken  for 
analysis  be  weighed  in  a  tap-pipette  and  that  methyl-orange 
be  employed  as  an  indicator.  The  bleaching  of  the  indicator 
(by  IIN'O.,,  &e.)  may  be  avoided  either  by  adding  it  only 
near  the  end  of  the  titration,  or  by  adding  excess  of  alkali 
and  titrating  back  with  normal  acid.  Neutrality  is  attained 
when  all  the  nitrous  acid  is  exactly  converted  into  nitrite. 
Some  results  are  given  in  the  table. 


X.o,,,,-,- 
Cent. 


i  spondiug 

Amount 
of  ll.Vii. 


Total  Acid 

per  Cent. 


HN03  alone. 


Specific  Gravity 
Of  Sample  in 

vacuo  at       ' 

1° 


Ipecific 
Gravity  due  to 
HNo,  alone. 


Total  Difference      Difference  for 

between  the  1  per  (  lent. 

Specific  Gravities.  .V.' >. 


Gkiesheim  Acids. 


0'71 

rr'.iT 

94-69 

93-72 

1-5031 

1-4992 

0-0(139 

0-0  1550 

2"  HI 

3-2:i 

98-26 

9* '97 

1-6180 

1-5018 

0-0102 

0- 176 

5'50 

7'. -.3 

96-53 

89-011 

1-5255 

I"  1884 

0-0371 

0-00674 

12-32 

16-87 

103-93 

87-06 

1-5694 

1 ■ 1S31 

0-U863 

0-00700 

"  Green  Acids":  Specific  Gravity  of  Original  Acid  =  1-314G6  at    '.    IS  VACUO. 


0-64 

0-88 

65-32 

0117 

1-39916 

1-39676 

0-00240 

0-00375 

1-21 

1-65 

65-77 

61-12 

1-40000 

1 -39.176 

0-00524 

0-0(1133 

2- 65 

8-6.1 

66'69 

63*06 

1-40317 

1-38914 

0-01403 

0- 00520 

1-07 

5-57 

67-42 

61-85 

1-40594 

1-38294 

0-0230(1 

0-00564 

-II.  T.  P. 


Note  on  the  Difference  in  Solubility  of  the  Chromntes  of 
Strontium  and  Calcium  in  Dilute  Alcohol,  and  the 
possibility  of  Separating  the  two  Earths  by  this  Means. 
W.  Presenilis  and  F.  Ruppert.  Zeits.  Anal.  Cheru.  30, 
1891,  672—680. 

The  ordinary  calcium  sulphate  test  for  strontium  is  very 
unsatisfactory,  especially  in  presence  of  much  calcium 
chloride  which  may  entirely  prevent  the  precipitation  of 
strontium  sulphate.  In  this  paper  a  more  efficient  means 
of  detecting  strontium  in  presence  of  calcium  is  described, 
based  on  the  slight  solubility  of  strontium  chromate,  as 
compared  with  calcium  chromate  in  dilute  spirit.  The  test 
is  best  carried  out  as  follows : — Potassium  chromate  is 
added  to  a  fairly  dilute  neutral  solution  of  the  two  chlorides, 
the  mixture  is  heated  to  60° — 70°  C,  and  shaken  with  one- 
third  of  its  volume  of  absolute  alcohol.  In  presence,  even 
of  small  quantities  of  strontium,  a  yellow  precipitate  of 
strontium  chromate  is  obtained,  whilst  under  identical 
conditions,  pure  calcium  chloride  solutions  remain  perfectly 
clear  or  yield  only  after  some  standing,  a  trifling  deposit, 
which  can  readily  be  distinguished  from  the  strontium 
chromate  precipitate.  Acetic  acid  entirely  prevents  the 
separation  of  the  strontium,  whilst  ammoniacal  salts  hinder 
it  more  or  less.  As  regards  the  delicacy  of  the  test,  a 
solution  containing  in  5  cc.  0-002  grm.  SrCL  and 
0-013  grm.  CaCl.  yielded  at  once  a  distinct  turbidity  when 
tested  as  above.  On  the  other  hand,  a  liquid  containing 
per  10  cc.  0-171  grm.  Sr!'l .  and  1-100  grms.  CaCI,  gave 
no  precipitate  with  calcium  sulphate,  even  after  long 
standing. 

Endeavours  were  made  to  apply  the  method  quantitatively, 
and  the  results  of  a  number  of  experiments  are  given  ;  but 
they  are  not  perfectly  satisfactory,  the  strontium  being  in 
all  cases  found  somewhat  low,  and  the  calcium  high,  chiefly 
owing  to  the  slight  solubility  of  strontium  chromate  in 
dilute  spirit.  The  addition  of  a  considerably  larger  quantity 
of  alcohol  fails  to  precipitate  all  the  strontium,  but  throws 
down  a  large  portion  of  the  calcium  chromate. 

Possibly  the  difficulty  might  be  overcome  by  applying  a 
correction  for   the   solubility    of   the   strontium  chromate. 


The  solubilities  of  the  two  chromates  in  alcohol  were  found 
to  be  as  follows : — 

50  cc.  of  alcohol  (53  per  cent,  by  volume)  dissolve  0-044 
grm.  of  calcium  chromate,  and  0-001   grm.  of   strontium 
chromate.     50   cc.   of   alcohol   (29    per  cent,   by    volume) 
dissolve  0-6080   grm.   of   calcium    chromate   and    0 
grm.  of  strontium  chromate. — H.  T.  P. 


Potassium  Hydrogen-tartrate  as  a  Starting  roint  for 
Acidimetry  and  Alkalimetry.  A.  liorntriiger.  Zeits. 
ang.  Chem.  1892,  294—295. 

Potassium  hydrogen-tartrate,  which  can  easily  be  prepared 
in  a  state  of  purity,  is'  recommended  for  standardising 
normal  alkali  solutions.  For  this  purpose  3-7626  grms.  of 
the  tartrate  are  equivalent  to  20  cc.  of  normal  alkali. 

—A.  L.  S. 


On  the  Estimation  of  Small  Quantities  of  Carbon  Monoxide 
loi  Means  of  Cuprous  Chloride.  L.  de  Saint  .Martin. 
Compt.  rend.  114,  1892,  1006—1009. 

The  absorption  of  carbon  monoxide  by  a  solution  of 
cuprous  chloride  in  hydrochloric  acid  has  been  utilised  by 
F.  Leblanc  for  the  estimation  of  the  gas.  Uerthelot  subse- 
quently obtained  a  crystallised  product  corresponding  to  the 
formula  3  CO,  2  CuXHo  +  7  H20.  This  compound  is  destroyed 
by  heat,  and  boiling  (assisted  by  reduction  of  pressure) 
liberates  the  gas  entirely.  Starting  from  these  known  facts 
the  author  has  endeavoured  to  estimate  small  quantities  of 
carbonic  oxide  in  gaseous  mixtures  by  agitating  a  known 
large  volume  of  the  mixture  with  the  acid  solution  of 
cuprous  chloride,  thus  concentrating  the  poisonous  gas,  ami 
afterwards  extracting  it  by  applying  heat  and  exhaustion 
with  a  Spreugel  pump.  The  method  was  analogous  to  that 
employed  by  Muntz  and  Aubin,  for  estimating  carbonic 
acid  in  the  atmosphere.  But  whereas  a  very  small  quantity 
of  potash  suffices  to  absorb  all  the  carbonic  acid  from  a 
large  volume  of  gas,  the  same  is  by  no  means  true  for  carbonic 


Sept. so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


777 


oxide  and  copper  solution.  This  practical  difficulty  seemed 
formidable  :it  the  outset ;  but  after  numerous  trials  the 
following  procedure  was  found  to  be  satisfactory. 

In  the  first  place  the  copper  solution  is  made  by  digesting 
■In  grins,  of  copper  turnings  and  40  grms.  of  copper  oxide 
with  4.0U  grins,  of  hydrochloric  acid  in  the  cold.  The 
colourless  liquid  can  absorb  about  25  times  its  volume  of 
carbonic  oxide,  or  12  times  its  volume  of  oxygen.  A  glass 
flask  provided  with  a  stop-cock  and  having  a  capacity  of 
1,100  cc.  to  1,2110  cc.  is  emptied  by  first  applying  a  water- 
pump  and  afterwards  a  Sprengel  pump,  and  is  then  filled 
(bj  aspirating)  with  the  air  to  be  analysed,  i'ifty  cc.  of 
the  copper  solution  are  introduced  and  vigorously  shaken  up. 
The  flask  is  now  turned  upside  down  and  connected  by 
thick  rubber  tubing  with  the  apparatus  for  extracting  the 
gas  (which  apparatus  is  pumped  out  beforehand).  By 
simply  turning  the  stop-cock  the  reagent  (which  has 
collected  in  the  neck  of  the  flask)  is  made  to  run  into  a 
distillation  flask.  This  operation  is  repeated  four  times, 
40  cc.  of  the  copper  solution  being  used  the  first  time 
and  30  cc.  afterwards.  The  gas  has  now  to  be  extracted 
from  the  reagent  by  boiling  in  vacuo  in  the  usual  way;  the 
apparatus  used  consisting  of  a  distillation  flask  connected  to 
a  Sprengel  pump  by  a  long  Liebig's  condenser. 

The  gas  collected  is  first  freed  from  carbonic  acid  by 
means  of  potash.  After  measuring  the  residue,  three  times 
its  volume  of  oxygen  is  added,  and  the  mixture  is  exploded 
by  an  electric  spark.  After  noting  the  contraction,  the 
carbonic  acid  produced  is  estimated  by  absorption  in  potash. 
The  eudiometric  estimation  of  carbonic  oxide  is  only  accurate 
when  the  mixture  which  is  exploded  contains  between 
20  and  25  per  cent,  of  the  gas.  If  it  contains  more,  com- 
pounds of  nitrogen  are  formed  (traces  of  this  gas  being 
unavoidably  present)  ;  if  it  contains  less  the  combustion 
may  be  incomplete. — D.  E.  J. 


The  Occurrence  of  Fluorine  in  different  I  unities  of 
Natural  Phosphates.  A.  Carnot.  Compt.  rend.  114, 
1892,  1003. 

See  under  XV.,  page  759. 


Note  on  the  Detection  of  Chlorine  and  Bromine  in 
Presence  of  Iodine.  I).  8.  Macnair.  Chem.  News, 
1892,  66,  5. 

When  freshly  precipitated,  moist  silver  iodide  is  heated 
with  potassium  bichromate  and  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  the  precipitate  dissolves,  silver  iodate  and  bichromate 
being  formed  which  are  partially  precipitated  on  diluting 
moderately  and  cooling  the  solution.  Silver  bromide  and 
chloride  when  similarly  treated  evolve  bromine  and 
chlorine  respectively  and  form  silver  sulphate.  To  carry 
out  the  test  the  solution  is  precipitated  with  silver  nitrate 
and  the  resulting  haloid  treated  as  above,  when  a  chloride 
or  bromide  is  readily  detected  even  in  presence  of  a  very 
large  excess  of  iodide. — C.  A.  K. 


A  Method  for  the  Quantitative  Separation  of  Barium  from 
(  \ilrinm  lii/  the  Action  of  Amyl  Alcohol  on  the  Nitrates. 
P.  E.  Browning.  Amer.  Journ.  of  Science,  1892,  43, 
April ;  also  Chem.  News,  66,  3. 

The  method  consists  in  converting  the  mixed  salts  of 
calcium  and  barium  into  nitrates,  evaporating  the  solution  to 
dryness  and  boiling  the  residue  after  taking  it  up  with 
the  least  possible  amount  of  water,  with  30  cc.  of  amyl 
alcohol.  The  calcium  nitrate  is  dissolved,  whilst  the 
barium  salt  remains  behind  and  can  be  filtered  off  on  to  a 
perforated  platinum  crucible  containing  an  asbestos  lining. 
The  precipitate  is  dried  at  150°  C.  and  weighed.  The 
calcium  in  the  filtrate  is  determined  as  sulphate,  after 
evaporating  off  the  alcohol.  The  author  has  previously 
shown  (Amer.  Journ.  of  Science,  1892,  43.  50  ;  and  Chem. 
News,  65,  271),  that  strontium  and  calcium  can  be  similarly 
separated,  a  correction  being  made  for  the  solubility  of  the 
strontium  nitrate  in  boiling  amyl  alcohol  (0-001  grm.  SrO 
per  30  cc.  of  alcohol).  Analytical  data  confirm  the  accuracy 
of  the  method. — C.  A.  K. 


Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid  in  Presence  of  Iron  anil 
Aluminium.  S.  W.  Johnson  and  T.  B.  Osborne.  Ann. 
Keport  of  the  Connecticut  Agri.  Exper.  Stat.  1890,  195 — 
197. 

The  authors  find  that  the  rapid  molybdic  method  now 
"  official  "  in  the  United  States,  and  by  which  the  precipita- 
tion is  effected  from  hot  solutions,  and  the  digestion  is 
continued  for  one  hour  at  65°,  gives  irregular  and  higher 
results  in  the  presence  of  iron  and  aluminium  than  the  old 
Sonnenschein  method,  by  which  the  cold  solution  of  the 
substance  in  sulphuric  or  nitric  acid  is  mixed  with  large 
excess  of  molybdic  solution  and  kept  for  four  to  six  hours 
at  a  temperature  near  but  below  50°.  The  latter  procedure 
ensures  the  precipitation  of  all  the  phosphoric  acid  with 
ammonia  as  the  only  base,  whilst  in  the  former  course 
some  iron  oxide  and  alumina  are  precipitated  with  the 
yellow  precipitate  and  carried  forward  during  the  subsequent 
operations  into  the  magnesium  phosphate. — D.  A.  L. 


Pcntasulphide  of  Antimony.     Th.  Willm.     J.  Buss.  Chem. 

Soc.  24,  1892,  371—388. 

See  under  XIII.,  page  758. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUALITATIVE. 

Meta-dinitrobenzene.     C.  Willgerodt.     Ber.  25,  1892, 
608—609. 

Caustic  alkalis  give  a  pink  colouration  with  alcoholic 
solutions  of  ui-diuitrobenzeue  only  in  presence  of  dinitro- 
thiophen  ;  the  pink  is  turned  to  violet  by  warming  with  a 
little  stannous  chloride. 

wi-Dinitrobenzene  freed  from  diuitrothiophen  shows  no 
pink  colouration  with  caustic  alkalis,  and  no  violet  with 
alkalis  and  reducing  agents,  but  if  it  be  dissolved  in  acetone 
a  beautiful  violet  is  given  with  caustic  soda  or  caustic 
potash.  As  the  author  has  previously  shown  (Ber.  14, 
1881,  2459),  a-dinitro-chlorobenzeue  gives  a  similar  reaction, 
and  also  the  ethers  of  a-diuitropheuol. — T.  L.  B. 


The  Chemistry  of  Fermentation.     E.  Buchner.     Ber.  25, 
1892,  1161—1163. 

See  under  XVII.,  page  763. 


Impurities  of  Chloroform.     W.  Ramsay.    Brit.  Assoc.  1892. 
See  under  XX.,  page  772. 


A   Contribution  to  the  Study  of  Deplastered    Wines.     H. 
Quantin.     Compt.  rend.  114,  1892,  369. 

See  under  XVII.,  page  764. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUANTITATIVE. 

Determination  of  Phosphoric  Acid  in  Wine.  M.  M. 
Morgenstern  and  Pavlinoff.  J.  Buss.  Chem.  Soc.  24, 
1892,  341—346. 

The  authors  have  improved  upon  the  citrate  method  of 
Mercker  (Landw.  Vers.  Stat.  37,  301),  200  cc.  of  the 
wine  to  be  investigated  are  acidified  aud  heated  with  20  cc. 
of  HN03  (sp.  gr.  l-38),  and  then  the  liquid  is  neutralised 
with  ammonia.  When  the  liquid  has  cooled  down,  50  cc. 
of  a  solution  of  citrate  of  ammonium  are  added,  aud  then, 
after  shaking,  25  cc.  of  magnesia  mixture.  The  finally 
resulting  precipitate,  Mg2P207,  is  quite  white  and  crystalline. 


778 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Sept. so,  1892. 


The  Determination  of  Chlorine  in  Wine,     W.  Siefert. 
Zeits.  Anal.  Chem.  31,  1892,  186. 

Fob  the  volumetric  determination  of  chlorine  according  to 
Volhard's  method,  the  wine  is  neutralised  with  sodium 
carbonate,  evaporated,  and. the  residue  incinerated.  The  ash 
is  dissolved  in  dilute  nitric  acid  and  the  solution  titrated. 

—A.  I..  S. 


Determination  of  the  Quantity  of  Indigotine  in  Commercial 
Indigo.  O.  Miiller.  J.  Buss.  Chem.  Soc.  24, 1892,  275— 
299. 

Tun  author  considerably  improves  Mohr's  process,  and  has 
tested  his  improvement  on  more  than  600  samples  of 
Asiatic  and  American  indigo.  0-5  grin,  of  indigo  is  treated 
with  10  grins,  of  monohydrated  sulphuric  acid,  and  the 
mixture  is  heated  on  the  water-bath  with  stirring,  for  an 
hour.  It  is  then  mixed  with  water  to  make  up  1  litre  and 
left  in  a  dark  place  from  6  to  12  hours.  50  cc.  of  the  cold 
solution  are  now  titrated  with  permanganate  of  potassium 
solution  (1  cc  =  0' 0012864  grm.  of  indigotine). 

The  reaction  of  oxidation  of  indigotine  is  made  according 
to  the  following  : — 

5  (      II;  X  .1 ),  +  4  KMr.04  +  6  H.,S04  = 
5  C16H10X2O4  =  2  K3SOj  +  4  MnSQ,  +  6  ID  I 
i.e.,    the    proportion    between    indigotine   and    KSlnO,    is 
expressed  numerically  as  655  :  3162. — P.  I). 


The    Action    of  Acetic    Anhydride    on    Dimethylaniline. 

F.  Reverdin  and  C.   de  la  Harpe.     Bull.   Soc.  Chim.  7, 

1892,  211—212. 
In  a  mixture  of  acetic  anhydride  and  dimethylaniline 
(employed  for  the  volumetric  determination  of  aniline  and 
methylaniline)  small  quantities  of  tetramethyldiamido- 
diphenylmethane  are  formed  after  long  standing.  In  well- 
stoppered  bottles  this  decomposition  is  exceedingly  slight, 
but  when  exposed  to  air,  and  more  especially  when  air  is 
passed  through  the  mixture  for  a  short  time,  a  greenish-blue 
colour  is  developed,  and  after  several  days'  standing  as 
much  as  10  per  cent,  of  the  dimethylaniline  originally 
present  may  be  converted  into  the  new  base. — H.  T.  P. 


The  Determination  of  Nitrogen  in  Nitrocellulose. 
G.  Lunge.  Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1S92,  261—262. 
The  author  draws  attention  to  his  nitrometer  with  separate 
decomposition  vessel  (this  Journal,  1S90,  547 — 549),  by 
means  of  which  the  trouble  of  cleaning  the  measuring  tube, 
and  the  annoyance  caused  by  froth,  &c,  are  avoided. 
Subsequently,  a  form  of  nitrometer  is  described  in  which 
either  small  or  large  volumes  of  gas  may  be  measured,  so 
that  analyses  of  all  kinds  of  materials,  such  as  chamber- 
acid,  nitrocellulose,  manganese  ore,  &c,  may  be  effected  by- 
its  means.  A  cut  representiLg  the  apparatus  is  given 
below. 


■  i 

11 


It  consists  of  a  measuring  tube  which  is  widened  out  in  the 
middle  to  a  bulb  of  70  cc.  capacity.  The  portions  of  the 
tube  above  and  below  the  bulb  hold  30  cc.  each  and  are 
divided  into  J,T  cc.  as  usual.  It  is  obvious  that  the  upper 
portion  of  the  tube  serves  to  measure  small  volumes,  and 
the  lower  portion  large  volumes  of  gas. — H.  T.  P. 


The  Influenci  of  Acetates  of  Lead  on  the  Estimation 
of  Invert  -  Sugar  hy  Ike  Fehling  -  Soxhlet  Method. 
A.  Borntrager.     Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892,  333—335. 

The  author  has  investigated  the  errors  introducd  in  the 
volumetric  estimation  of  invert-sugar  by  Fehliug's  solution, 
by  the  presence  of  vaiying  amounts  of  acetate  and  basic 
acetate  of  lead,  and  the  results  obtained  are  embodied  in 
two  tables.  As  a  general  rule,  the  invert-sugar  was  found 
too  low,  and  the  error  increased  with  the  amount  of  lead 
solution  employed,  being  already  very  considerable  in  the 
presence  of  such  a  quantity  of  acetate  or  basic  acetate  of 
lead,  as  would  be  ordinarily  used  for  clarifying  purposes. 
It  is  necessary,  therefore,  to  get  rid  of  any  dissolved  lead 
before  titration,  and  for  this  purpose  sodium  sulphate  is 
recommended  in  preference  to  sodium  carbonate,  since  the 
latter  salt  distinctly  influences  the  results  obtained.  In 
conclusion,  the  author  states  that  a  perfectly  correct  solu- 
tion of  invert-sugar  for  standardising  purposes  may  be 
prepared  by  allowing  a  solution  of  cane-sugar  to  stand 
overnight  in  the  cold  with  -J^  of  its  hulk  of  strong  hydro- 
chloric acid  (1  •  1S8  sp.  gr.  at  15"  C),  and  finally  neutralising 
and  diluting  to  a  suitable  volume. — H.  T.  P. 


The  Effect  of  the  Presence  of  Lead  Acetate  on  the  Titra- 
tion of  Lactose,  according  to  Fchling-Soxhlet.  A.  Born- 
trager.    Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1S92,  293—29". 

I-V  the  presence  of  lead  acetate,  more  lactose  is  required  to 
reduce  a  certain  volume  of  Fehling  solution  than  would 
otherwise  be  the  case,  so  that  solutions  of  lactose  containing 
lead  acetate,  when  titrated  with  Fehling's  solution,  will 
appear  to  contain  less  sugar  than  they  do  in  reality. 

Experiments  were  made  to  test  the  extent  of  this  difference. 
Fehling's  solution  was  diluted  with  4  volumes  water  and 
boiled  for  6 — 7  minutes  with  a  1  per  cent,  lactose  solution. 
Experiments  were  made  with  from  1  cc.  down  to  0-05  cc. 
of  a  basic  lead  acetate  of  a  sp.  gr.  1  ■  250. 

With  1  C-.  lead  acetate  the  per  cent,  oflaetosc  indicated  was  u*777 
„    0-10  „  „  „  0'97:i 

..    ""'-'"'  „  „  »  0*987 

No  lead  ac  itate l'OOl 

If  it  be  necessary  to  employ  any  considerable  quantity  of 
lead  acetate  to  prepare  the  solution,  it  is  necessary  to  remove 
all  the  lead  remaining  in  solution  before  titration.  For  this 
purpose  sodium  sulphate  may  be  used,  as  it  has  been  found 
that  the  presence  of  this  salt  has  no  influence  on  the  reduc- 
tion ;  the  salt  must,  however,  he  free  from  carbonate,  as 
this  does  affect  the  reduction. — A.  L.  S. 


Precipitation  of  Raffinosi   by  Ammoniacal  Lead  Acetate. 
T.  Koyd.    Oesterr.  z.  Zucker.      1892,  92. 

A  syrup  containing  cane-sugar  and  ratfinose  in  the  propor- 
tion of  9  "26  of  the  former  to  1  of  the  latter,  was  precipitated 
with  lead  acetate,  and  the  filtrate  precipitated  with  an  excess 
of  ammonia.  This  washed  precipitate  was  decomposed  with 
carbonic  acid  and  yielded  a  syrup  in  which  the  proportions 
of  the  two  sugars  were  2-01  to  1.  The  filtrate  from  the 
ammonia  precipitate  was  precipitated  with  lead  acetate,  and 
this  precipitate  after  decomposition  with  carbon  dioxide 
yielded  a  syrup  in  which  the  proportions  of  the  two  sugars 
in  the  syrup  were  3'47  to  1. — A.  L.  S. 


Determination  of  Small  Amounts  of  Sugar.  M.Mullerand 
F.  Ohlmer.  1).  Zucker,  1892  ;  Zeits.  ang.  Chem.  1892, 
309—310. 

One    method,    but    not    one   to   be    recommended,   is   to 
evaporate   the   solution  in  a  platinum   dish   and   heat   the 


Sept.  80, 1892.]        THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


779 


residue-  until  the  sugar  is  just  caramelised.  The  blackened 
mass  thus  obtained  is  compared  with  others  obtained  in  the 
same  way  from  solutions  containing  a  known  quantity  of 
sugar. 

If  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  be  added  to  a  sugar  solution 
ami  also  a  few  drops  of  an  alcoholic  or  alkaline  solution  of 
a-naphthol,  a  violet-red  or  light-red  colouration  is  produced; 
with  a  solution  containing  onlyO'Ol  per  cent,  sugar  the 
colour  is  that  of  weak  red  wine,  and  even  with  a  solution 
containing  only  0-0005  per  cent,  sugar,  the  colouration  is 
quite  distinct.  If  nitric  acid  is  present  the  delicacy  of  the 
reaction  is  destroyed  ;  0-6  rngrm.  nitric  acid  is  sufficient  to 
destroy  the  reaction  with  0-001  per  cent,  sugar;  and 
(i  mgrms.  nitric  acid  prevent,  the  reaction  with  a  001  per 
cent,  sugar  solution. — A.  L.  S. 


Notes  on  Analyses  of  Sugar,  Molasses,  Confections,  and 
Honey.  H.  W.  Wiley  and  others.  U.S.  Depart,  of 
Agriculture  Hull.  13,  1892. 

■Sec  under  XVI.,  page  TGI. 


Bibliography  of  Honey  :  arranged  Chronologically.    U.S. 
of' Agriculture  Bull.  13,  1892,  871—874.' 

See  under  XVI.,  page  7GI. 


The  Determination  of  the  Total  Alkaloids  in  Cinchona 
Bark.  W.  Hauhensack.  Sehweiz.  Wbchenschr.  f.  Pharm. 
1891,  147  ;  Pharm.  Centralhalle,  32,  294. 

Twjentx  grins,  of  the  powdered  bark  are  placed  in  a  500  cc. 
flask  with  10  cc.  of  10  per  cent,  ammonia  solution,  and 
20  cc.  of  94  per  cent,  alcohol  added,  and  the  whole  well 
shaken.  To  this  are  added  170  cc.  of  ether,  and  after  well 
shaking  the  whole  is  allowed  to  stand  2 — 3  hours;  100  cc. 
of  the  liquid  are  withdrawn,  and  about  50  cc.  of  dilute 
sulphuric  acid  are  added,  so  that  the  solution  is  slightly  acid. 
The  aqueous  solution  is  taken,  warmed  to  expel  the  ether 
in  solution,  and  extracted  with  30  cc.  of  chloroform.  The 
chloroform  solution  is  collected  in  a  weighed  flask,  and  the 
chloroform  distilled  off  ;  the  residue  is  dried  for  some  hours 
_at  100°  C.  and  weighed. 

According  to  Wegmiiller  (loc.  cit.  G33),  the  above 
method  gives  too  large  a  yield,  and  he  recommends  that  the 
bark  be  extracted,  mixed  with  lime,  and  the  alkaloids  be 
volumetrically  determined  in   the   chloroform    solution   by 

adding  an  excess  of  —  hydrochloric  acid  and  titrating  back 

with  -"■■   potash    solution,  using   logwood    as   an   indicator 

(1  cc.  normal  hydrochloric  acid  equals  0-0309  grm.  of 
alkaloid).— A.  L.  S. 


The  Estimation  of  Mustard    Oil.      A.  Schlicht.      Zeits. 
Anal.  Chern.,  30,  1891,  661  —  665. 

Cattle  foods,  iu  the  composition  of  which  the  seeds  of 
certain  Crucifera  enter,  frequently  contain  mustard  oil 
derived  from  the  potassium  myronate  present  in  the  seeds. 
The  oil  may  be  readily  separated  by  steam  distillation,  and 
its  amount  most  conveniently  deduced  from  a  determination 
of  the  sulphur  in  the  distillate.  Foerster's  method  for  the 
purpose  is  based  on  the  conversion  of  the  mustard  oil  into 
thiosinamine  by  means  of  ammonia,  and  the  subsequent 
decomposition  of  that  body  into  sinamine  and  mercuric 
sulphide  by  treatment  with  mercuric  oxide,  the  mercuric 
sulphide  being  finally  weighed.  In  Duck's  process  the 
sulphur  of  the  mustard  oil  is  oxidised  to  sulphuric  acid  by 
alkaline  potassium  permanganate,  the  excess  of  the  latter  is 
destroyed  by  evaporation  with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the 
sulphuric  acid  afterwards  precipitated  and  weighed  as 
barium  sulphate.  According  to  the  author  both  processes 
give  low  results.  The  following  method  is  recommended 
instead.  The  mustard  oil  is  thoroughly  agitated  aud  heated 
with  an  alkaline  solution  of  potassium  permanganate  (20 
parts  of  KMnO,,   5  parts  of  KOH  to  one  part  of  oil).     The 


excess  of  KMn04  is  then  reduced  by  the  addition  of  alcohol 
(25  cc.  01  alcohol  to  5  grms.  of  KMn(_>4),  the  liquid  made 
up  to  a  known  volume  and  filtered.  To  an  aliquot  part  of 
the  filtrate,  previously  acidified  with  HCI,  sufficient  iodine  is 
added  to  reoxidise  any  reduction  product  formed  from  the 
potassium  sulphate  by  the  action  of  aldehyde  derived  from 
the  alcohol,  and  the  sulphuric  acid  is  then  precipitated  as 
barium  sulphate  in  the  usual  way.  Test  analyses  made  with 
pure  mustard  oil  yielded  excellent  results. — H.  T.  P. 


Bibliography  of  Beeswax.      U.S.    Depart,    of  Agriculture 
Dull.  13,  1892,  866. 

See  under  XII.,  page  756. 


Bibliography   of   Waxes  used   in    Adulterating  Beeswax 
U.S.  Depart,  of  Agriculture  Hull.  13,  1892,  869. 

See  under  Xll.,page  757. 


Chloroform.    Tests  of  Purity.    Traub.  Pharm.  Centralhalle, 

33,  245. 
Chloroform  prepared  with  chloride  of  lime  contains 
ethylidene  chloride,  and  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid 
indicates  that  other  impurities  also  occur  in  crude  chloro- 
form, giving  rise  to  blue  or  violet  colouration  of  the  acid. 
Sometimes  an  odour  of  peppermint  is  developed.  By 
treatment  with  sulphuric  acid  these  impurities  are  removed 
completely,  and  a  product  is  obtained  in  no  wise  inferior  to 
the  best  kinds  of  chloroform.  The  following  way  of 
applying  the  sulphuric  acid  test  is  recommended  :  — The 
chloroform  is  mixed  with  an  equal  volume  of  sulphuric 
acid,  and  exposed  for  six  or  eight  days  to  light,  being 
meanwhile  repeatedly  agitated.  Under  such  conditions 
there  should  be  no  colouration  of  the  acid.  The  sulphuric 
acid  is  then  separated,  the  chloroform  dissolved  iu  it, 
evaporated  off,  water  added,  and  then  1  cc.  of  a  solution  of 
silver  nitrate.  No  precipitate  should  be  caused.  However, 
it  is  only  very  pure  chloroform  (hat  will  stand  this  test. 
The  author  also  recommends  another  test,  based  upon  the 
action  of  sodium.  Five  cubic  centimetres  of  the  chloroform 
are  shaken  up  during  several  days  with  0-2  grm.  of  sodium, 
in  a  stoppered  tube.  In  the  case  of  pure  chloroform  free 
from  alcohol,  there  is  at  most  only  a  deposition  of  sodium 
chloride  in  small  colourless  crystals,  aud  the  odour  remains 
pleasant.  In  the  presence  of  alcohol  the  salt  deposited  has 
a  yellow  or  brown  colour. — W.  S. 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

The   Action    of  Metals    on    Salts   dissolved    in    Organic 
Liquids.     Ji.  Varet.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  1892,  172—173. 

Certain  metals  which  precipitate  others  from  the  aqueous 
solution  of  their  salts,  lose  this  property  when  certain 
organic  solvents  are  substituted  for  water.  In  the  experi- 
ments on  the  action  of  aluminium  on  cyanide  of  mercury 
dissolved  in  absolute  alcoholic  ammonia,  an  unstable 
cyanogen  compound  of  aluminium  was  formed  which  is 
remarkable  as  being  the  only  cyanogen  compound  of 
alumiuium  which  does  not  contain  a  complete  radicle 
similar  to  ferrocyanogen. — V.  C. 


The  Allolropy  of  Amorphous  Carbon.     W.  Luzi.     Ber.  25, 
1892,  1378—1385. 

The  so-called  graphitite  from  Wunsiedel  in  the  Fichtel- 
gebirge,  has  always  been  looked  upon  as  amorphous,  and 
the  author  has  made  further  examination  as  to  whether 
this  is  really  correct.  The  mineral  he  finds  consists  of  pure 
carbon  containing  neither  hydrogen  nor  nitrogen  j  microscopic 


780 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Sept.  80, 1892. 


i  xamination  shows  no  signs  whatever  of  the  substance  being 
of  crystalline  nature.  The  conclusion  arrived  at  is  that 
this  form  of  carbon  is  amorphous,  but  that  it  differs 
considerably  from  wood  charcoal,  for  ordinary  amorphous 
charcoal  has  a  sp.  gr.  1-57— 1-88  whilst  the  graphitite  in 
question  lias  the  sp.  gr.  2-21— 2'26  (Ceylon  graphite 
according  to  Brodie  has  the  sp.  gr.  2-25 — 2- 26);  again, 
ordinary  amorphous  carbon  is  completely  oxidised  by 
potassium  chlorate  and  red  fuming  nitric  acid,  without 
formation  of  the  slightest  trace  of  insoluble  graphitic  acid, 
whilst  amorphous  graphitite  gives  an  insoluble  crystalline 
oxidation  product  perfectly  analogous  to  or  identical  with 
that  obtained  from  crystalline  graphite.  Schungite  occurring 
in  Eussia  cannot  well  be  compared  with  the  above,  since  it 
contains  0-5  per  cent,  of  hydrogen  and  0"5per  cent,  of 
nitrogen,  but  it  agrees  will  with  ordinary  amorphous  carbon 
in  that  it  has  about  the  same  specific  gravity  and  in  that 
on  oxidation  it  yields  no  graphitic  acid. — T.  L.  B. 


Ignition  Temperature  of  Electrolytic  Gas.     F.  Freyer  and 

V.  Meyer.  Ber.  25,  1892,  622—635. 
As  a  continuation  of  the  experiments  already  carried  out 
(this  Journal,  1891.  7."j2),  electrolytic  gas  was  passed  at 
the  ordinary  pressure  through  a  glass  tube  contained  in  a 
cylinder  of  sheet  iron  dipping  into  a  bath  of  boiling  zinc 
chloride.  If  the  zinc  chloride  be  set  boiling  and  then  the 
gas  be  passed,  a  very  considerable  explosion  takes  place  at 
once  ;  if  the  tube,  however,  be  filled  with  electrolytic  gas 
and  then  be  introduced  into  the  bath  of  boiling  zinc  chloride, 
water  is  formed  without  explosion.  If  the  passicg  of  the 
gas  he  stopped,  theu  the  bath  heated  to  boiling  point,  a 
forcible  explosion  may  be  obtained  by  simply  re-starting  tin 
gas  current.  Determinations  of  the  temperature  showed  it 
to  be  730  C.  Next,  zinc  bromide  was  taken  for  the  bath, 
but  with  this  no  explosion  could  be  obtained;  the  tempera- 
ture in  this  case  was  650  C.  Hence  the  temperature  of 
ignition  must  lie  somewhere  between  G503  C.  and  730°  C. 

— T.  L.  B. 


Determination  of  the  Freezing  Point  of  Dilute  Aqueous 
Solutions,  -and  the  Application  thereof  to  Cane-Sugar. 
F.  M.  Raoult.     Hull.  Soe.  I  him.  7— 8,  1892,  130  —  134. 

The  author  has  modified  his  method  of  determining  the 
freezing  point  of  solutions  in  a  manner  which  greatly 
increases  its  accuracy.  The  principal  improvements  consist 
in  the  use  of  a  cooling  medium  (40  per  cent,  glycerol) 
maintained  at  a  constant  temperature  (about  3°C.  below  the 
freezing  point  of  the  liquid  under  examination)  by  suitable 
means ;  and  of  a  more  effective  stirring  apparatus  in  the 
shape  of  a  platinum  wire-gauze  spiral  surrounding  the 
thermometer  and  rotated  with  it  by  means  of  gearing 
operated  at  a  distance.  The  accuracy  attainable  is  said  to 
be^i^thof  1°C.  Applying  this  method  to  the  determination 
of  the  depression  of  the  freezing  point  exerted  by  cane- 
sugar  in  solutions  of  different  strengths  (0P 683  to  39-04 
gruis.  of  sugar  per  100  grms.  of  water),  the  author  in 
general  confirms  his  previous  results,  and  finds  that  the 
molecular  depression  of  cane-sugar,  as  in  the  case  of  other 
bodies,  gradually  increases  when  the  strength  of  its  solutions 
falls  below  a  certain  limit. — H.  T.  P. 


On   a    New   Instance  of  Abnormal    Solution.     Saturated 

Solutions.       F.    Parmentier,    Compt.    Kend.   114,    1892, 

1000—1002. 
The  author  has  already  shown  that  if  phospho-  and  silico- 
molyhdic  acids  are  dissolved  in  ether,  the  ether  being  in 
excess,  they  only  dissolve  in  a  certain  definite  proportion  of 
ether.  This  proportion  varies  with  the  temperature,  being 
less  ;is  the  temperature  is  raised.  He  has  found  a  new- 
instance  of  such  a  phenomenon.  Schutzenberger  has 
shown  that  if  bromine  be  treated  with  ether,  a  crystalline 
body  may  be  obtained  which  he  calls  brominatcd  ether 
(ether  bromure),  and  which  has  the  formula  (C4H10OBr3)2. 
The  author  finds  that  this  body  is  very  soluble  in  ether, 
but  if  the  ether  is  taken  in  increasing  quantities  there 
cornea  a  time  when  the  excess  of  ether  separates  from  the 
liquid  product,  which  is  no  longer  homogeneous.  The 
quantities  of  ether  saturating  a  solution  vary  with  the 
temperature,  just  as  in  the  case  of  the  phospho-  and  silico- 
niuh  bdic  acids,  but.  whereas  in  the  ease  of  those  bodies  the 
quantities  of  ether  decrease  as  the  temperature  is  raised, 
in  the  case  of  the  brominated  ether  they  increase  as  the 
temperature  is  raised. 

In  ordinary  solutions,  the  solubility  of  the  solid  in  the 
liquid  is  defined  by  the  weight  of  the  solid  dissolved  in  a 
given  weight  of  the  liquid  at  a  given  temperature,  the 
solid  being  in  excess.  In  these  abnormal  solutions  it  is 
(lie  weight  of  the  liquid  which  limits  the  saturation  and 
which  therefore  serves  to  define  the  solubility,  the  liquid 
being  in  excess.  The  author  proposes  the  following 
definition  of  saturation,  as  being  applicable  to  all  cases ; — 

•'  Whenever  bodies  can,  without   combining,  give  a  bomo- 

•   liquid,  (he  solution  is   said  to  be  saturated  when 

the  bodj  in  excess  separates  from  the  solution." — 1).  E.  J. 


7'Ae  Compressibility  of  Saline  Solutions.     H.  Gilbaut. 
Comjit.  Eend.  114,  1S92,  209—211. 

While  engaged  in  determining  the  variation  with  pressure 
of  the  electro-motive  force  of  batteries,  the  author  was  led 
to  investigate  the  compressibility  of  saline  solutions. 

The  method  pursued  was  that  employed  by  Cailletet  iu 
an  analogous  investigation,  special  precautions  being  taken 
to  rid  the  solutions  of  gas  and  to  ensure  that  the  tempera- 
ture was  everywhere  uniform  during  the  course  of  an 
experiment.  All  the  experiments  were  carried  out  at  about 
the  same  temperature,  the  differences  being  not  more  than 
01  1   i    ,  thus  allowing  a  comparison  of  the  results. 

For  certain  solutions  the  author  carried  out  several 
experiments  with  the  same  liquor,  which  enabled  him  to 
construct  curves  from  which  he  deduced  the  following  laws. 

(I.)  At  a  given  temperature  between  10°  and  3.V  the 
compressibilities  of  solutions  of  a  given  salt  vary  w  ith  the 
concentration. 

(2.)  For  dilute  solutions  the  difference  between  the 
compressibility  of  water  and  that  of  the  solution,  which  he 
calls  the  saline  compressibility,  is  proportional  to  the 
concentration,  and  depends  upon  the  salt  and  the  solvent. 

(is.)  In  general,  starting  with  a  given  concentration,  the 
saline  compressibility  increases  less  rapidly  than  the  quantity 
of  salt  added,  and  if  we  represent  the  relative  results  for 
different  salts  by  curves  of  which  the  abscissae  are  per- 
centages  of  salt  and  the  ordinates  the  corresponding 
compressibilites,  all  these  curves,  if  suitable  scales  are 
chosen,  are  superposable. 

(4.)  The  compressibility  of  very  dilute  solutions 
diminishes  with  increase  of  temperature ;  on  the  other  hand, 
the  compressibility  of  a  nearly  saturated  solution  increases 
or  diminishes  less  than  that  of  a  dilute  solution  of  the  same 
salt  in  consequence  of  a  rise  of  temperature.  Iu  general, 
there  is  a  point  of  mean  concentration  at  which  the 
compressibility  is  unaffected  by  change  of  temperature. 

(5).  The  curves  showing  the  compressibility  of  different 
solutions  of  the  same  salt  have  the  same  form  at  all 
temperatures,  provided  that  the  temperature  is  not  0°. 

(6.)  The  curves  being  constructed  up  to  the  point  of 
saturation,  the  relation  which  subsists  between  the  length  of 
the  curved  and  straight  parts  for  each  solution,  is  pro- 
portional to  the  contraction  which  takes  place  on  solution. 

(7.)  If  a  given  weight  of  a  given  salt  is  dissolved  in  a 
given  volume  of  different  solvents,  solutions  are  obtained 
of  which  the  saline  compressibilities  are  proportional  to  the 
compressibilities  of  the  solvent,  and  for  a  given  salt,  the 
quotient  of  the  saline  compressibility  by  the  compressibility 
of  the  solvent  is  a  constant. 

(8.)  The  product  of  the  saline  compressibility  of  different 
solutions  of  a  given  acid  and  of  given  concentration  into 
the  equivalent  of  the  metal  of  the  dissolved  salt  is  not 
i -tant. 


Sept.  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


781 


(9.)  The  product  of  the  saliae  compressibility  of  solutions 
of  a  given  metal  into  the  equivalent  of  the  halogen  is  not 
constant  when  we  take  salts  of  different  acids. 

(10.)  For  any  salts  whatever,  having  a  very  small 
equivalent,  the  product  of  the  saline  compressibility  into  the 
equivalent  of  the  metal  and  into  that  of  the  halogen  is  a 
constant 1).  E.  J. 


On    the    Mineralising  Artion    of  Sulphate    of  Ammonia. 

T.  Klobb.  Conipt.  Rend.  115,  1892,  230-232. 
Met u. Lie  oxides  or  sulphates  are  fused  in  a  crucible  or 
evaporating  dish  with  an  excess  of  sulphate  of  ammonia. 
The  mixture  is  heated  to  350? — 400'''  as  long  as  vapours  are 
disengaged,  and  then  left  to  cool.  If  the  residue  has  not 
been  overheated  it  will  consist  of  a  neutral  sulphate— a  new 
example  of  crystallisation  by  volatilisation  of  the  solvent. 

Precipitated  sulphate  of  lead  when  thus  treated  is  con- 
verted into  a  grey  micro-crystalline  powder  consisting  of 
transparent  prisms  not  more  than  0'07  m.  long,  having  their 
angles  and  edges  distinctly  replaced.  Many  of  the  crystals 
shoiv  the  combinations  m-ait  which  is  one  of  the  simplest 
forms  of  anglesite,  Their  specific  gravity  is  6'  18,  and  they 
contain  26'9  per  cent,  of  S03. 

Generally,  intermediate  double  sulphates  are  formed. 
Some  of  these  have  already  been  described  by  Messrs. 
Laehaud  and  Lepierre.  With  copper  the  action  is  particu- 
larly clear.  According  to  the  temperature  at  which  the 
operation  is  stopped,  we  have  successively — 

1st,  a  double  sulphate 2  SO„Cu,  S04  (NH4)2 

2nd,  the  normal  sulphate  . .  .  SO.,Cu 

3rd,  the  basic  sulphate 2  CuO,  S<  );< 

4th,  cupric  oxide CuO 

Under  certain  circumstances,  in  the  absence  of  reducing 
gases,  cuprous  oxide  is  also  obtained. 

The  first  of  these  bodies  may  be  obtained  by  heating  over 
a  sand-bath  a  mixture  of  one  part  of  ordinary  sulphate  of 
copper  and  three  parts  of  sulphate  of  ammonia.  At  first 
only  water  and  ammonia  are  given  off,  then  sulphuric  and 
sulphurous  anhydrides.  The  liquid  is  kept  boiling  at 
360° — 380°  until  a  crust  forms  on  the  sides  of  the  dish,  and 
even  until  this  crust  is  a  little  decomposed  by  the  heat,  so 
as  to  avoid  any  excess  of  sulphate  of  ammonia. 

The  body  thus  obtained  is  represented  by  the  formula 
(No.  1)  given  above.  It  consists  of  pale  green  transparent 
prisms  about  1  mm.  long,  with  a  specific  gravity  of  2  •  85. 
They  are  very  soluble  in  water  ;  in  alcohol,  at  90°,  they 
slowly  colour  it,  but  do  not  dissolve.  Exposed  to  air  they 
rapidly  become  blue  and  opaque.  At  a  temperature  of  20° 
they  absorb  within  24  hours  42  per  cent,  of  water.  Left 
in  vacuo,  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  the  loss  of 
"weight  is  only  — Vrr  in  24  hours,  but  there  appears  to  be 
some  dissociation  at  the  surface.  The  crystals  melt  at 
about  200%  and  at  3.00s  are  converted  into  the  anhydrous 
sulphate  of  formula  No.  2.  This  consists  of  minute  grey 
prisms  with  sp.  gr.  3*78,  which  are  not  so  hygroscopic  as 
those  of  the  double  salt,  but  which  are  gradually  changed 
by  contact  with  air  into  the  sulphate  containing  five 
equivalents  of  water. 

Heated  with  care  lo  a  dull  red,  the  neutral  sulphate  loses 
sulphuric  anhydride,  and  leaves  a  yellowish  brown  powder 
of  the  basic  salt  having  a  specific  gravity  of  4- 21  which 
consists  of  pseudomorphs  ot  the  crystals  of  the  neutral 
sulphate. 

Finally,  the  basic  sulphate,  when  heated  to  a  bright  red, 
is  changed  into  a  crystalline  powder  of  cupric  oxide  of 
sp.  gr.  6 '36,  which  is  not  hygroscopic— J.  H.  C. 


Erratum. 

Page  713,  col.   1,  line  28,  from  bottom,  for  "  perman- 
ganate  "  read  "  permanent." 


&t\3)  £00feS. 


The  Extra  Pharmacopoeia.  By  William  Martinhale, 
F.C.S.  Medical  References  and  a  Therapeutic  Index 
of  Diseases  and  Symptoms.  By  W.  Wysn  Westcott,  M.B. 
.Seventh  Edition.  London :  H.  K.  Lewis,  136,  Gower 
Street,  W.C.     1892.     7s.  6<i. 

Tins  little  work,  of  pocket-book  size,  and  elegantly  bound 
in  morocco,  and  gilt,  now  appears  in  its  Seventh  Edition. 
It  occupies  524  pages,  including  Prefaces  to  the  sixth 
and  seventh  editions,  Introduction,  with  list  of  Abbreviations, 
Additions  made  in  1890  to  Brit.  Pharm.  of  1885,  principal 
subject-matter  covering  409  pages  ;  there  is  also  a  Secondary 
list  of  Drugs,  covering  9  pages,  Appendix,  containing — 
I.  Antiseptic  applications,  &c.  (4  pages).  11.  Histological 
preparations  for  staining,  hardening,  and  mounting  micro- 
scopic objects,  &c.  (2  pages),  and  Index  and  Posological 
Table  (78  pages).  The  work  closes  with  a  Therapeutic 
Index  of  Diseases  and  Symptoms. 

It  is  pointed  out  that  during  the  last  two  years  methods 
of  attempting  to  rid  the  animal  organism  of  the  infective 
bacilli  by  chemical  antidotes  have  increased,  and  for  this 
purpose  the  following  preparations  have  been  proposed, 
and  a  description  of  them  is  given  in  the  volume,  viz., 
Cantharidate  of  potassium,  Chloride  of  zinc,  Eucalyptol, 
Creosote,  Guaiacol,  and  Benzosol.  In  this  little  work  have 
been  summarised  the  chemical  researches  on  Salicylic  aeid 
and  its  new  compounds,  on  the  Aconite  alkaloids  and  on 
Chloroform,  as  also  on  the  Mydriatic  alkaloids,  especially 
Hyoscine,  Hyoscyamine,  Scopolamine,  Gelsemine,  and 
Cocaine,  as  well  as  those  on  Mercuro-Zinc  cyanide  and 
Eucalpytus  oils.  It  is  stated  that  as  general  anaesthetics, 
Pental  (Amylene)  and  Ethyl  bromide  are  now  competitors 
with  Chloroform  and  Ether,  whilst  in  local  Amesthesia, 
Chloride  of  ethyl  competes  with  Cocaine  and  Methyl 
chloride,  especially  for  dental  purposes.  As  new  anti- 
pyretics and  Analgesics  since  the  Sixth  Edition  of  the 
work  have  been  introduced: — Salophene,  Salicylamide, 
Analgene,  Isopyrine,  Salipyriue,  Phenocoll,  and  Euphorine. 
In  urinary  diseases,  Piperazine  has  been  used  as  a  solvent 
for  urates,  and  Jambul  against  glycosuria.  The  use  of 
Nitroglycerol  has  been  extended  to  heart  affections,  and 
that  of  oxygen  for  pneumonia.  The  use  of  Coroutine  is  now 
applied  for  haemorrhage,  of  Apocodeine  as  an  expectorant, 
and  of  the  bromides  of  Ethylene  and  of  Strontium  for 
epilepsy.  The  compatibility  of  Nitrate  of  Cocaine  with 
Nitrate  of  Silver  is  referred  to,  and,  in  a  word,  all  new 
applications  that  have  met  with  a  fair  measure  of  success 
receive  due  descriptive  notice. 

Attention  may  be  particularly  called  to  the  useful 
"Therapeutic  Index  of  Diseases  and  Symptoms,"  or  as  it 
might  with  even  greater  truth  be  styled,  "  Alphabetical 
Index  of  Diseases  and  Symptoms,  with  Selected  Remedies." 
The  usefulness  of  this  Index  is  enhanced  by  the  printing  of 
the  newer  remedies  added  in  the  fifth,  sixth,  and  seventh 
Editions  of  the  Extra  Pharmacopaia  last  in  each  list  and 
by  printing  them  in  italics. 


Adressruch  und  Waarenverzeich.niss  der  ClIKMISCHEN 
Industrie  pes  Deitschen  Reichs.  Herausgegeben 
vox  (  )tto  Wen/.el.  General  Secretar  des  Vereins  zur 
Wahrung  der  Interessen  der  Chemischen  Industrie 
Deutschlands.  1892.  III.  Jahrgang.  Berlin  :  Verlag 
von  Rudolf  Miiekenherger,  Dessauerstr.  13.  London: 
H.  Grevel  &  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  Covent  Garden.  M  25, 
or  about  1/.  5s. 

This  systematic  work,  first  issued  in  1888  (this  Journal, 
ISsS,  596),  now  appears  in  its  third  edition  and  year,  greatly 
increased  in  size.  It  is  a  most  complete  Directory  of  the 
Manufacturers  of  Chemicals  and  Chemical  Products  of  the 
German  Firnpire,  taking  the  form  of  a  large  8vo.  volume 
bound  in  cloth.  An  excellent  feature  of  the  work  is  that  it 
is  written  in  German,  English,  French,  Italian,  and  Spanish. 
It  now  covers  1164  pages  without  the  Appendix,  which  itself 
covers  152  pages  additionally.  The  work  commences  with 
brief  Prefaces,  a  Table  of  Contents,  an  Alphabetical  Index  of 


782 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  50,1892. 


Chemical  Products  referred  to  in  the  body  or'  the  work,  first 
in  German  and  then  repeated  in  English,  French,  Italian, 
and  Spanish.  Next  follows  the  Index  to  Advertisements, 
then  a  List  of  German  Associations  and  Societies  connected 
with  Applied  Chemistry,  and  then  the  List  of  the  Chemical 
Manufactories  and  Laboraties.  In  the  latter  are  given  : — 
1.  Chemical  Manufactories;  2.  Chemical  Laboratories;  and 
:;.  List  of  Localities.  The  next  divison  of  the  work  is 
devoted  to  the  List  of  Chemical  Products  and  Raw  Materials, 
subdivided  as  List  of  Chemicals  with  Names  of  the  Manu- 
facturers, and  List  of  Raw  Materials  and  Half-manufactured 
Goods  for  the  Supply  of  the  Chemical  Industry,  with  names 
of  the  suppliers.  Finally,  the  third  division  of  the  work 
gives  publicity  to  the  Agencies,  Wholesale  Houses,  Export 
aud  Import  Houses  in  Germany  and  other  Countries. 

The  Appendix  is  an  Index  for  Articles  required  in 
Chemical  Works,  and  is  subdivided  as  follows: — 1.  Index 
to  Advertisements;  and  2.  Index  to  the  Market  for  Supply. 


Lessons  i\   Hi  \r  and  Lioht.      By  I).  E.  Jokes,   lis,-, 
(Lond.l,  Director  of  Technical  Instrucrion  to  the  Stafford- 
shire County  Council,  Late  Professor  of   Physics   in   the 
University    College    of    Wales,    Aberystwyth.     London  : 
Macmillan  &  Co.,  1S92,  and  New  York.     3s.  6rf. 
(  h  i  wo  volume    bound    in    cloth,  containing   Title    page, 
Preface,   Table   of   Contents,   Xote  on    Metric   System   of 
Weights    and    Measures,    and    Text  covering   309    pages. 
Answers   to   Examples   set  in    the  body  of  the  work  cover 
pages  310   and    311,   and   an  Alphabetical  Index  concludes 
the  treatise.     With    regard   to  the   subject-matter,   this   is 
arranged  in  chapters  of  which  there  are  in  all  nine,  aud  the 
illustrations  number  194.     Examples  to  be  worked  out   by 
the  student  are  given  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 


Die  Sdxfosauren  der  Beiden  Xaphtylarnine  und  der 
beiden  Naphtole.  Uebersichtlich  Zusammengestellt  von 
Dr.  Ernst  Tuber.  Privatdocent  an  der  Eonigl.  Tech- 
nischen Hochschule, Berlin.  1892.  Berlin:  R.  Gaertuer's 
Verlagsbuehhandlung  (Hermann  Heyfelder),  S.  W. 
Schiinebergerstr.  26.  London  :  H.  Grevel  &  Co  .  33, 
King  Street,  Covent  Garden.     M.  3-60  (about  3s.  7</.). 

Large  Svo.  volume  in  paper  cover,  containing  Preface, 
Arrangement  of  Text,  List  of  Abbreviations  of  Sources  of 
Reference,  and  Table  of  Coutents.  The  subject-matter 
covers  30  pages.  Pages  1  to  10  are  devoted  to  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  o-Xaphthylamine  sulphonic  acids  ;  10  to  17,  the 
jS-Naphthylamine  sulphonic  acids  ;  18ro  24,  the  a-NaphthoI 
sulphonic  acids ;  2o  to  30,  the  /3-Xaphthol  sulphonic  acids. 
In  the  description  of  these  acids,  first,  the  methods  of 
preparation  are  given  briefly  with  original  references ; 
secondly,  the  properties,  also  with  references ;  thirdly,  the 
constitution,  and  modes  of  determination,  with  references. 
The  descriptive  matter  is  given  in  the  left-hand  and  larger 
column,  a  smaller  right-hand  space  being  reserved  for  the 
references,  which  are  printed  in  italics. 


Handworterbuch  deb  Piiarmacie.  Praktisches  Hand- 
lmcli  fur  Apotheker,  Aertzte,  Medecinbeamte  und 
Drogisten.         Herausgegeben      von      A.     Brestowskj. 

Zwei  liande,  Wien  and  Leipzig.  Wilhelm  Braumuller, 
K.  C.  K.  Hof-und  Cniversitats-Buchhandler.  1892. 
London  :  H.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  Covent 
Garden.     2s.  5d.  (2-4  M.). 

Tins  Dictionary  of  Pharmacy,  issued  in  parts,  large  Svo. 
size,  now  reaches  the  issue  of  part  4  (see  this  journal, 
1892,  C41).  Part  IV.  commences  with  a  description 
of  "  Bernsteinsaure,"  succinic  acid.  Its  formula  and 
constitution  are  first  expressed.  The  chief  methods  of 
preparation  then  follow:  then  the  properties,  the  tests, 
and  finally  the  uses,  therapeutic  and  otherwise.  This 
method  of  description  is  systematically  carried  out  in  the 
case  of  the  other  substances  referred  to.  Part  IV.  closes 
mi  page  32o,  with  a  definition  of  the  word  ••  Burtonisiren," 
or  Burtonising,  which  is  defined  as  the  treatment  of  water 
with  sulphate  of  lime. 


Modern  Materia  Medica.   Eor  Pharmacists,  Medical  Men 
and   Students,  by  H.  Helbixg,  F.C.S.     Third  enlarged 
Edition.     New  York.  Lehn  and  Fink,  12s\  William  Street. 
London:  The  British  and  Colonial  Druggist,  42  Bishops- 
gate  Without,  E.C.  1892.      4s. 
Octavo  volume,  bound  in  cloth,  and  containing  Introduction 
to  third  edition  and  also  to  the  second,  Table  of  Contents  and 
Text  covering  182  pages.     The  work  closes  with  Tables  of 
Doses,   Solubility,   Melting   and    Boiling    Points    of   New 
Remedies,   and  the  Alphabetical  Index.      The   method  of 
treatment  and  description  followed  of  the  various  substances, 
is  well  exemplified  in  the  case  of  the  first  individual,  viz, 
Acetanilide,   the   Synonyms     in    Pharmacy   and   Chemical 
formula  of  which  are  first  given.     The  Method  of  Prepara- 
tion now  follows,  then  the  Physical  and  Chemical  Properties, 
and  next  the  Medicinal  Uses.     Lastly,  the  Derivatives  and 
Allied  Compounds  of  interest  are  described. 


Crarje  Report* 


EXTRACTS  FROM  DIPLOMATIC  AND 
CONSULAR  REPORTS. 

Greece. 

The  Greek  Drug  Trade. 

The  Greek  official  statistics  for  1891  have  not  yet  been 
published.  Those  for  1890  which  our  Consul  at  Athens 
sends  over  show  a  considerable  increase  in  the  imports  jf 
medicines  and  perfumery  over  1889,  but  a  still  larger 
falling  off  in  the  imports  of  heavy  chemicals.  The  figures 
showing  the  imports  of  pharmaceutical  goods  into  Greece 
from  various  countries  are  as  follows  : — 


Quinine. 


Country. 


1S89. 


1890. 


Other  Drugs  and 
Medicines. 


1890. 


United  Kingdom 

France 

Belgium 

Germany 

Austria-Hungary 
Italy 


Oz. 
2&8SS 

24,361 

850 

14,280 

18,694 

13.SC7 


120,943 


Oz. 
14,080 


29,984 
85,080 

7,363 


LI). 
51,000 


Lb. 

ii.'  oo 


'.'1,iiiiii       119,000 


51,000 

123,000 

11,000 


77,230 


360,000        (84,000 


69, 

141.000 
43,000 


Country. 


United  Kingdom 

France 

Belgium 

Germany 

Austria-Hungary 
Italy 


Soap  and  Perfumery, 


1SS9. 


Heavy  Chemicals 
and  acids. 


1889. 


Lb. 

49,000 

30,000 


Lb. 
74,000 


64,000 

3,719,000 

203, 

2,000 

155,000 

174, 

255,000  ' 

Lb.  Lb. 

2,806,000     2,723,000 


394,1  ,u 
117.000 

150,000 


B7.000        110,000        7,312,000     3,381,000 


Sept.  so.  1692.]  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


783 


Quinine. 

I  can  obtain   no  explanation,  says  Consul  Elliott,  of  the 
great  decline  in  the   importation  of  this  drug,  except  that 
there  must  have  been   an   over-importation    in    1889.       In 
view   of    the   simultaneous    increase    under    the    heading 
"  Other  Medicines  and  Drugs,"  1   surmise  that  its   place 
may  have  been  taken  by  antipyrine  and  similar  preparations, 
but  I   can  obtain  no  confirmation  of   this  conjecture.     It 
has  been  suggested  to  me  that  sanitation  has  improved,  and   i 
this  is  no  doubt  true  as  regards  the  capital  and  some  other  [ 
towns  ;  but  the  bulk  of  the  quinine  is  consumed  in  the  low-   | 
lying  country  districts.     The  greatest  decline   was   in  the 
quinine  brought  from  France,  the  quantity   having  fallen 
from  2-1,364  oz.  in  1889  to  720  oz.  in  1890. 


Chemicals. 

Although  including  acids,  which  obtained  a  reduction  of 
duty,  chemicals  show  a  diminution  of  45  per  cent.,  the 
decrease  in  British  imports   being,  however,  only   18  per 

cent. 

Soa/i  and  Perfumery. 

A  small  trade,  shows  an  increase.  The  duty  on  high-class 
soaps  is  nearly  prohibitive,  even  with  the  reduction  stipulated 
by  the  French  Convention. 


Jamaica. 

Manufacture  of  Lime  Juice. 

The  crude  lime  juice  is  obtained  either  by  running  the 
limes  through  an  ordinary  cone  mill,  or  by  placing  them  in 
a  squeezer  especially  adapted  to  the  purpose,  which  is  the 
simpler  and  more  usual  plan. 

The  juice  is  then  clarified  by  straining  and  filtration, 
when  some  foreign  substance  is  added  to  prevent  decom- 
position of  the  vegetable  matter.  In  this  state  most  of  the 
juice  is  shipped  from  the  island. 

In  order  to  concentrate  the  juice,  it  is  strained  from  the 
seed  and  pulp,  placed  in  a  copper  battery,  and  boiled  on 
the  same  principle  as  sugar,  taking  care  not  to  scorch  or 
burn  it,  as  that  destroys  the  acid.  The  more  densely  the 
juice  is  concentrated  the  more  valuable  it  is  ;  but  it  is  not 
advisable  to  go  too  far,  as  it  burns  easily  without  forming  a 
crust  on  the  copper.  No  iron  vessel  must  be  used,  as  the 
iron  turns  the  acid  black. 

In  the  year  which  ended  March  :ilst,  1891,  the  amount 
exported  was  .3:?, 884  gallons,  of  which  44,492  gallons  went 
to  the  United  Kingdom,  110  to  Canada,  and  9,282  to  the 
United  States. 

The  average  valuation  in  the  export  list  is  20  cents  per 
gallon,  but  the  price  for  the  raw  juice  ranges  from  18  to  30 
cents,  according  to  the  supply  and  the  demand,  while  the 
concentrated  juice  sells  according  to  the  percentage  of  citric 
acid  it  contains. 

Substantially  the  same  process  is  adopted  in  the  manu- 
facture of  sour-orange  juice,  which,  when  concentrated,  is 
valued  at  from  45  to  50  cents  per  gallon.  Of  this  1,102 
gallons,  the  entire  amount  manufactured  during  the  period 
above  stated,  was  exported  to  the  United  States. 


Russia. 

The  Naphtha  Business. 

The  yield  of  petroleum  from  the  Baku  fields  is  larger  this 
year  than  it  has  ever  been   before,  and  the  existing  works 
are  scarcely  able  to  cope  with  the   supply.     The  house  of   j 
Chiba'iev  are  constructing  near  their  factory  in  Baku  an    ' 
immense    underground    reservoir    capable     of    containing   I 
5,000,000  pouds   of   naphtha.     This  reservoir  is   not  to  be 
rectangular,  but  to   take  the  form   of  a  reversed  cone  or 
funnel   shape.     The  firm  of  Nobel  are  constructing  a  still 
larger   reservoir,   which  will  have  a  capacity  of  6,000,000 
ponds.     The  walls  will  be  lined  with  zinc,  and  the  foundation 
will  be  a  bed  of  water,  to  be  obtained  by  boring. 


Quicksilver. 

The  only  quicksilver  mine,  situated  in  the  south-western 
part  of  Russia,  near  Nifcitofka  station,  on  the  Kursk- 
Kharkov-Azov  line,  Bakhmoet  district,  in  the  province  of 
Kkatcrinoslav,  shows  an  output  of  50,114  tons  of  ore,  or  a 
decrease  of  8,404  tons  of  ore  extracted,  as  compared  with 
1890.  Of  this  quantity  45,547  tons  were  kilned,  producing 
314  tons  of  quicksilver,  30  tons  more  than  in  1890.  At 
present  350  men  are  employed,  of  whom  226  work  under^ 
ground. 


GENERAL  TRADE  NOTES. 

New  Oil-field  in  Sumatra. 

In  a  review  of  the  kerosine  oil  trade  in  Singapore  for 
the  June  quarter,  forwarded  from  the  office  of  the  Colonial 
Secretary  at  Singapore,  the  following  note  with  reg.ird  to 
the  development  of  a  recently  discovered  oil-field  in  Sumatra 
occurs : — 

The  most  important  feature  now  before  the  trade  is  the 
new   oil-field,  for  some    time    known,   but    only   recently 
become  productive,    in   the  northern  part  of  the  island  of 
Sumatra,  in  the  State  of  Langkat,  with  a  sea-board  on  the 
Straits  of  Malacca.     Concessions  have  been  granted  by  the 
Dutch  Government  to  both   Hutch  and  English  capitalists, 
but  so  far  a  Dutch  company  is  the  only  one  which  has  got 
to  work,  and,   after  a   commencement   within   the   last  12 
months,  it  is  now  reported  to  be  producing  from  15,000  to 
20,000  cases  per  month,  with  a  steadily  increasing  output. 
Altogether  concessions  have   been  granted  for  some  320 
square  miles  of  what  has  been  pronounced  by  experts  to  be 
a  very  rich  oil-producing  territory,  and,  being  on   the  sea- 
coast,  and  not,  like    the   American  and  Russian  oil-fields, 
far   inland,   and  having   besides  an  excellent  deep  water, 
well-sheltered   harbour,   its    position    may    be   said    to   be 
unique.     Also  the   kerosine  produced  at  Langkat  is  proved 
by  a  skilled  English  engineer  to  be   of    first  rate  quality, 
being  "  water  white  "  absolutely  without  "  bloom,"  flashing 
by  Abel's  test  at   83   to  86  degrees,  and  burning   at  124  to 
126,  the   percentage  of  kerosine  yielded  being  fully  equal 
to  good  American   and  quite  double  that  of  Russian  petro- 
leum.    When  it  is  borne  in   mind  that  the  Russian  output 
in  1891  was  834   million  barrels,   the  bulk   of  which  was 
obtained  from  an  area  of  about  seven  square  miles  of  the 
oil-field  near  Baku,   the  capabilities  of  the   new  oil-field  in 
Sumatra   may  be   judged,  supposing  it  turns   out  all  that 
is  said  about  it. — Board  of  Trade  Journal. 

Discovery  or  a  New  Deposit  of  Onyx  in  Mexico. 

The  Revista  Financiera  Mcxicana  announces  that  a  new 
deposit  of  onyx  of  considerable  importance  has  just  been 
discovered  about  50  kilometres  to  the  south  of  El  Paso. 
This  deposit,  the  working  of  which  has  been  conceded  for 
a  term  of  five  years,  is  not  less  than  86,000  acres  in  extent. 

The  onyx  newly  discovered  is  of  superior  quality,  with 
fine  grain  and  richly  shaded  with  delicate  and  varied  tints. 
It  is  situated  at  about  22  kilometres  distant  from  the  Central 
Mexican  railway,  with  which  it  may  be  easily  connected  by 
a  branch  line. 

The  cost  of  extraction  will  be  very  small,  and,  in  view  of 
the  exceptional  importance  of  the  deposit,  the  onyx  delivered 
at  El  Paso  will  not  cost  much  more  than  building  stone.  It 
should  also  be  observed  that  blocks  of  onyx  of  considerable 
dimensions  can  easily  be  extracted. — Ibid. 


South  American  Metallurgical  Industries. 

Mons.  Ch.  Vattier  recently  read  a  paper  before  the  French 
Soeieto  des  Ingcuieurs  Civils.  entitled  "  The  present  state 
of  metallurgy  in  South  America  in  general  and  Chili  in 
particular;  its  future,  and  its   importance  from  the  point  of 


781. 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


s  ipt.  30,  l?9i. 


view  of  French  industry  and  commerce."  The  South 
American  Journal  for  the  30th  July  says  that  Mqns. 
Vattier  lias  resided  for  many  years  in  Chili,  and  has  erected 
numerous  manufacturing  establishments  in  that  country. 
The  climate  of  Chili,  the  French  technologist  says,  is 
healthy  ;  the  artisan  is  intelligent,  and  the  soil  is  very  rich 
in  metalliferous  deposits.  The  railway  system  is  already  an 
important  one,  and  the  construction  of  several  new  lines  is 
now  under  consideration. 

The  exploitation  of  saltpetre  is,  of  course,  a  staple 
industry.  It  yields  to  the  Government  an  annual  revenue 
of  25,000,000  piastres.  The  crude  saltpetre,  treated  in  the 
large  works,  is  brought  to  a  percentage  of  95.  Many  other 
industries  exist,  amongst  which  may  be  mentioned  iron- 
founding  and  briquette-making.  The  chemical  industry  is, 
Mons.  Vattier  thinks,  capable  of  great  development. 
Metallurgical  establishments  pure  and  simple  are  very 
numerous. 

As  fuel,  wood  is  employed  in  the  central  and  southern 
regions.  Fairly  good  lignite  is  worked  on  a  large  scale, 
especially  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  industrial  town  of 
Lota.  Coke  is  imported  from  the  United  States.  At 
several  points  in  the  Republic  refractory,  material  of  medium 
quality  is  found,  together  with  the  substances  used  as 
fluxes. 

Mons.  Vattier  enumerates  the  mines  of  copper,  gold,  and 
silver,  and  discourses  on  the  special  metallurgy  of  each 
metal.  The  auriferous  ores  have  a  very  hard  gangue,  and 
are  treated  with  difficulty.  The  production  of  copper  has 
comparatively  little  expanded  since  1847,  when  it  was 
equivalent  to  one-third  of  the  entire  output  of  the  world. 
Mons.  Vattier  draws  attention  to  the  methods  employed  of 
treating  the  ores.  Some  of  the  processes,  he  says,  although 
excellent,  are  unknown  in  France.  Such  are  the  treatment 
of  argentiferous  ores  by  the  wet  method,  and  even  by  the 
dry  process,  in  the  special  furnaces  (semi-blast  furnaces), 
and  the  copper  ores  by  smelting  ami  "  Bessemeration." 

Among  other  metals,  manganese  may  especially  be  cited. 
The  export  of  the  ores  containing  this  metal  has  reached 
in  one  year  13,000  tons.  Up  to  the  present  this  export  has 
been  confined  to  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States. 

With  respect  to  the  metallurgy  of  iron,  this  is  an  industry 
whirl:  lias  yet  to  be  created  in  Chili.  Mons.  Vattier,  who 
made,  for  the  Chilian  Government,  a  tour  of  inspection 
through  the  Republic,  extending  over  three  years,  found 
very  pure  iron  ores  near  the  coast,  and  he  expresses  the 
hope  that  French  concerns  will  obtain  the  privilege  of 
conducting  future  mining  and  metallurgical  operations  in 
the  country. 

In  any  ease,  he  desires  that  Frenchmen  will  no  longer  be 
content  to  see  foreigners  mouopolise  the  principal  products 
of  South  America.  At  present  the  metallic  silver,  argenti- 
ferous lead  and  copper,  mattes,  the  ores  of  copper,  lead, 
silver,  tiu,  bismuth,  and  antimony  from  the  Argentine 
Republic,  Chili,  Peru,  and  Bolivia  are  shipped  largely  to 
Havre ;  but,  instead  of  remaining  in  France,  they  are 
despatched  abroad,  principally  to  Hamburg. — Ibid. 


The  Sulphuric  Acid  Trade  in  Brazil. 

The  Brussels  Bulletin  du  Musee  Commercial  for  the 
23rd  July  publishes  the  following  particulars  of  the  trade 
in  sulphuric  aeid  in  Brazil: — 

There  is  in  the  country  a  sulphuric  acid  factory  ;  it  is 
established  at  Rio  de  Janeiro,  and  its  products  are  con- 
sidered to  be  of  excellent  quality.  The3r  are  much  used 
in  Brazilian  industries.  Deliveries  are  made  in  earthenware 
demijohns,  of  a  capacity  of  30  kilos.,  and  in  cases 
containing  two  demijohns  packed  in  wood. 

A  maker  of  printed  calicoes  at  San  Paulo,  M.  Frederico 
ECowarick,  receives  six  eases  per  month, and  the  six  mineral 
water  factories  about  eight  cases.  Two  mineral  water 
factories  a'  Santos  are  also  Supplied  from  till'  works  at 
Bio  de  Janeiro. 

The  aeid  of  the  desired  clegree  of  concentration  for  these 
factories  costs  190  reis  per  kilog.,  including  package.     It  is 


stated  that  the  European  product  costs  more,  and  it  would 
appear  that  no  industry  of  the  State  of  San  Paulo  obtains 
it  from  abroad. 

The  Companhia  Formicida  Paulista,  founded  at  San 
Paulo  in  1891)  with  a  capital  of  500,000  milreis,  is  engaged 
specially  in  the  manufacture  of  sulphur  of  carbon  used  in 
the  destruction  of  ants,  which  are  a  plague  in  the  country. 
It  will  probably  make  also  sulphuric  acid  for  native 
establishments. 

For  this  trade,  as  for  all  others,  the  conditions  of 
payment  are  very  varied..  Some  consumers  pay  ready 
money  ;  others  obtain  credits  of  three,  six,  and  often  nine 
months. 

The  new  tariff  does  not  modify  the  duty  levied  on 
sulphuric  acid ;  pure  or  colourless,  so  reis  per  kilog. ; 
impure,  10  reis,  duties  estimated  for  both  at  15  per  cent. 
ad  valorem.  Tare  is  fixed  as  follows :  in  earthenware  jars, 
30  per  cent.  ;  in  cases,  10  per  cent. — Ibid. 


The  Oil  Trade  of  Scotland. 

So  peculiarly  is  the  destructive  distillation  of  oil  shale  a 
Scottish  industry,  that  the  condition  of  the  mineral  oil  trade- 
is  a  matter  of  national  interest.  Mineral  oil,  of  course,  is 
not  a  monopoly  of  ours  ;  but  the  mineral  oil  of  America, 
East  Europe,  and  Asia  comes  to  the  hands  of  man  in  a 
liquid  or  semi-liquid  form,  whereas  in  Scotland  it  has  to 
be  mined  from  the  bowels  of  the  earth  in  the  form  of  shale, 
and  then  put  through  an  elaborate  process  of  distillation 
in  retorts  of  the  most  scientific  construction.  The  Scottish 
oil  industry  is,  from  first  to  last,  one  calling  for  the  exercise 
of  the  highest  chemical  and  engineering  knowledge  and 
skill,  whereas  that  of  America  calls  for  little  more  than 
the  application  of  mechanical  labour.  The  history  of  the 
Scotch  industry  has  been  a  romance,  and  few  departments 
of  human  effort  have  experienced  so  many  vicissitudes 
within  considerably  less  than  a  generation.  At  present 
the  trade  seems  to  have  fallen  upon  evil  days,  and  a  perusal 
of  the  annual  reports  of  the  several  companies  is  a  depressing 
exercise.  Looking  at  the  net  result  of  the  operations  of  the 
financial  year  just  closed,  we  find  the  following  in  the  case 
of  those  companies  who  have  published  their  accounts  : — 


Broxburn  (after  depreciation} 

Burntisland  (without  depreciation), 
Clippens  „  „ 

Holmes  „  „ 

Linlithgow  „  „ 

Oakbank  „  „ 

Pumphercton  (after  depreciation).. . 


Young's  (without    depreciation,  but  less  in. 
teres! I. 


Profit. 

Loss. 

£ 
20,354 

£ 

D.607 

18,834 

1,118 

7,512 

1,623 

15,087 

49/J3S 

,. 

Thus,  four  only  out  of  eight  companies  are  able  to  show 
a  balance  on  the  right  side  of  profit  and  loss  account,  even 
by  postponing  allowances  of  depreciation  of  property, 
machinery,  and  plant.  In  some  cases  (it  would  be 
invidious  to  make  individual  references  here)  no  deprecia- 
tion has  been  written  off  for  several  years  ;  in  others  the 
operation  has  only  been  suspended  for  a  year  or  two,  in  the 
hope,  no  doubt,  of  better  days  to  come. 

Whether  such  a  hope  can  be  fairly  entertained  there  is 
only  too  good  reason  to  doubt ;  and  that  that  vague,  incor- 
porate, yet  shrewdly  intelligent  body  called  "  the  market  " 
entertains  but  little,  can  be  inferred  from  an  inspection  of 
the  Stock  Exchange  list.  We  have  been  at  pains  to  compile 
a  comparison  of  the  prices  of  oil  shares  as  at  the  close  of 
last  account  and  at  the  corresponding  period  of  last  year. 
The  effect  of  a  year's  depression  is  startling.    The  following 


Sept.  3.M892. J        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


785 


Statement   shows  the  prices  of  the   shares  on  June  10,  1892 
ami  1891,  respectively  : — 


Broxburn 

Preference, 

Burntisland 

Clippens 

„        Debentures. 

Dalmcny 

Hormand  (A) 

(B) 

Holmes 

„       s/.  paid 

Linlithgow 

<  Viklinnk 

„        62.  paid 

Pumpherston 

Young's 

West  Lothian 


Juno  10. 

Loss. 

1891. 

1892. 

17 

10 

V 

11 

in;; 

v 

65s.  Od. 

Ills. 

55*.  Sd 

00*. 

21*. 

89*. 

95 

m 

Vi\ 

12! 

10 

2 ' 

7s.  Sd. 

Ms. 

■Is.  fid. 

3s.  Sd. 

Ss.  :>,/. 

65*.  Sd. 

25*., 

hi.,.  Sd 

IV, 

65s. 

60*. 

25*. 

5s. 

20*. 

89 

6 

2« 

sss.  :<,!. 

75*. 

13*.  0<7 

7! 

H 

64*. 

29*.  3d. 

SO*. 

mi. 

60s. 

(The  West  Lothian  Company  have  gone  into  liquidation 
during  the  year  under  review.) 

Now,  what  do  these  declines  in  the  market  prices  of  these 
shares  represent  to  the  public  ?  The  question  is  more 
serious  than  may  be  generally  supposed,  for  the  oil  shares 
are  nearly  all  held  in  Scotland ;  and  while  they  are 
distributed  among  all  classes  of  the  community,  they  are 
very  largely  held  by  the  class  of  small  investors — the 
industrial  and  trading  class — who  have  put  their  savings 
freely  into  this  national  industry.  The  following  table 
shows' the  depreciation  in  capital  amount  :  — 


No.  of 
Shares. 


Broxburn 

Preference 10,000 

sland 16,700 

„  Call  "f  30*.  per 

share. 

Clippens 25,896 

Stork 1,400 

Dalmeny 2,700 

Hormand 115,000 

Call  on 200,000 

Holmes 5,000 

625 

Linlithgow 20,000 

Call  of 

Oakbank M73 

1,500 

12,500 

77.011 


Pumpherston. 
"i  >ung's 


Young's     Converted    stork 

depreciated. 
Wesl  Lothian ;      10,000 


Tall. 


Loss. 


Id. 

55*.  Sd. 

30s. 

39*. 

181 

g 

Is.  ll,/. 

5s. 

ins.  0i/. 

60*. 

I'll;. 


13*.  '.'il. 

H 

Ms.  9d. 

(?) 

I  Ills. 


i  lapital  loss  in  1-  months. 


e 

164,500  "I 

3.12 1) 
1  1,342  I 
£5,03oj 
50,497-1 
18,000  J 

0,750 
■-',-,s75 1 
5 10  ^ 

[I  ..121   I 

1,875  ) 
20,000") 
20,000  ) 
12,860") 
3,094  J 
23,438 
133,800 

I'.- 1 
30,000 
646,237 


To  this,  however,  must  be  added  the  loss  by  interest  in 
these  companies  which  have  not  paid  any  dividends,  the 
depreciation  on  capital  converted  from  debenture  bonds 
into  ordinary  shares  (Young's)  and  the  depreciation  on 
other  mortgage  and  debenture  bonds  and  deferred  shares — 
items  which  are  not  easily  ascertainable,  but  which  will 
bring  up  the  year's  loss  to,  in  round  numbers,  not  les<  than 
three-quarters  of  a  million  sterling.  Indeed,  it  would  not 
be  unfair  to  assume  that  the  community  is  poorer  by  one 
million  in  respect  of  these  investments  than  it  was  a  year 
ago.  How  much  poorer  since  the  companies  were  formed 
one  shrinks  from  inquiring. 

This  is  a  serious  enough  fact  in  itself,  but,  unfortunately, 
worse  remains  behind.  The  accounts  of  a  considerable 
number  of  these  companies  show  that  they  are  in  a  condi- 
tion from  which  financial  recovery  is  hopeless  without  some 
phenomenal  revival  in  some  branch  of  the  oil  trade:  <  If 
such  phenomenon  there  is  not  the  slightest  prospect.  Last 
year  good  hopes  were  entertained  of  profit  under  the 
arrangement  with  the  American  competitors  for  sustaining 
the  price  of  scale  oi  paraffin  wax.  What  was  gained,  how- 
ever, in  scale  was  more  than  lost  in  burning  and  machinery 
oils,  and  a  heavy  net  depreciation  occurred.  This  year  a 
fierce  competition  between  the  Americans  and  the  Russians 
has  produced  a  still  further  reduction  in  the  price  of  oil, 
and  at  the  present  moment  there  does  not  seem  to  be  a 
redeeming  feature  in  the  trade.  Indeed,  the  competition 
between  the  petroleum  wells  of  the  eastern  and  the  western 
hemispheres  may  conceivably  reduce  the  price  of  burning 
oil  to  farthings,  instead  of  pence,  per  gallon,  and  with  this 
product  must  also  decline  the  heavier  oils  used  for  machinery 
purposes.  With  the  Scotch  companies  burning  oil  is  now 
very  much  in  the  nature  of  a  by-prduct,  their  profit  being 
derived  from  elements  which  formerly  went  to  waste.  This 
however,  is  a  mere  general  statement,  not  to  be  received 
without  qualification.  Thus,  the  companies  may  not,  as  a 
rule,  expect  to  make  a  profit  on  the  average  selling  price  of 
burning  oil ;  but  if  by  the  competition  of  petroleum  they 
are  compelled  to  sell  at  a  loss  what  they  cannot  avoid 
making,  then  their  chance  of  profit  upon  the  other  products 
is  pro  tanto  reduced.  At  the  present  moment  the  fortunes 
of  the  survivors  seem  to  depend  on  the  future  course  of 
scale  and  sulphate  of  ammonia,  and  the  balance  of  proba- 
bility does  not  appear  to  be  in  favour  of  an  advance  of 
ether.  On  the  other  hand,  the  announcement  of  a  heavy 
reduction  in  the  price  of  petroleum  in  America  conveys  a 
serious  menace  :  and  it  must  he  admitted  that  few,  if  any, 
of  these  Scotch  incorporations  are  in  a  position  to  stand  any- 
further  buffeting.  Their  balance-sheets  are  not  models  of 
perspicuity ;  indeed,  some  of  them  leave  the  general  im- 
pression that  they  are  skilful  contrivances  to  hide  the  worst 
from  the  long-suffering  proprietors.  Sometimes  one  may 
be  cruel  only  to  be  kind,  and  sometimes  one  may  try  to  be 
kind  and  end  by  being  cruel.  If  all  the  oil  concerns  had 
been  properly  debited  with  depreciations  most  of  them 
would  have  been  wiped  out  of  existence  by  this  time.  But 
while  there  is  life  there  is  hope;  and,  at  all  events,  as  long 
as  there  is  life  there  is  employment  for  a  large  number  of 
persons,  who  will,  indeed,  be  in  an  evil  ease  when  the  oil 
industry  has  to  be  numbered  among  the  departed  glories  of 
Scotland. — Chem.  'Trade  Journal. 


The  Perfumery  I)r  awtsack. 

The  following  is  the  text  of  the  General  Order  authorising 
a  drawback  on  perfumed  spirits  and  spirituous  flavouring 
essences  when  exported  from  the  United  Kingdom : — 

Genetal  Order  concerning  the  Drawback  on  Exported 
Flavouring  Essences  and  Perfumed  Spirits. 

Inland  Revenue,  Somerset  House. 
London,  W.C.,  August  30th,  1892. 
The  Lords  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Treasury  haying 
sanctioned  the  repayment  of  duty  charged  on  the  spirits 
used  in  the  manufacture  of  flavouring  essences  and  perfumed 
spirits  exported  by  licensed  rectifiers  and  compounders, 
when  such  essences  are  not  made  in  bond  : 


786 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Sept.: 


It  is  ordered: — 

1.  That  a  rectifier,  or  compounder,  intending  to  export 
flavouring  essences  or  perfumed  spirits  on  drawback,  must 
comply  with  the  following  regulations  : — 

2.  Twelve  hours'  notice  must  be  given  to  the  officer  on 
Form  Xo.  III. — 5,  prepared  for  the  purpose. 

3.  The  officer  will  attend  at  the  notice  hour  and  check  the 
contents  of  the  bottles  with  a  suitably  graduated  measure  to 
be  provided  by  the  Revenue. 

4.  The  total  quantity  of  flavouring  essences  or  perfumed 
spirits  in  any  one  consignment  for  exportation  examined  at 
any  one  attendance  of  the  officer  must  be  not  less  than 
two  bulk  gallons,  except  under  the  special  sanction  of  the 
Board,  and  subject,  if  so  ordered,  to  a  special  charge  for  the 
attendance  of  the  officer. 

j.  t  >ne  sample  out  of  every  ten,  or  fraction  of  ten  kinds, 
whether  of  essences  or  perfumed  spirits,  is,  as  a  rule,  to  be 
taken  by  the  officer.  A  larger  proportion  of  samples  may, 
however,  be  taken,  should  the  officer  in  his  discretion  think 
it  necessary. 

6.  The  samples  of  flavouring  essences  are  in  all  eases  to 
be  sent  to  the  laboratory  ,•  but,  usually,  the  strength  of  the 
samples  of  perfumed  spirits  shall  be  tested  by  the  officer 
and  the  samples  returned  at  once  to  the  exporter. 

7.  In  cases  of  doubt,  arising  from  any  peculiarity  of  the 
perfumed  spirits,  suggesting  that  the  hydrometer  does  not 
afford  an  accurate  indication  of  the  strength,  a  sample 
should  be  sent  to  the  laboratory  ;  and  also  in  all  cases  where 
the  strength  found  by  the  officer  is  less  than  that  declared 
by  the  exporter  by  more  than  2  per  cent. 

8.  The  quantity  drawn  for  a  sample  to  be  sent  to  the 
laboratory  is  to  be  not  less  than  3  oz.  of  perfumed  spirits 
and  1  gill  of  flavouring  essences.  The  sample  may  be 
contained  in,  or  taken  from,  separate  bottles,  but  the 
contents  of  all  the  bottles  must  be  of  the  same  strength. 
These  samples  are  to  be  labelled  with  the  name  of  the 
flavouring  essences  or  perfumed  spirits,  and  the  original 
notice  to  export  (Form  III. — 5)  should  be  forwarded  by  the 
first  post  to  the  laboratory. 

9.  The  name  of  the  particular  flavouring  essence  or  per- 
fumed spirits  must  be  stated  on  the  label  attached  to  each 
bottle,  and  every  case  must  be  branded  or  inscribed  with  a 
progressive  number  and  distinguishing  mark,  the  bulk 
gallons  contained  therein,  the  name  of  the  person  for  whom 
the  goods  were  bottled,  or  a  special  mark  without  a  name, 
and  the  words  "  flavouring  essences"  or"  perfumed  spirits," 
as  the  ca  se  may  be. 

10.  Every  case  after  the  bottles  have  been  counted,  the 
strengths  ascertained  by  the  hydrometer,  or  samples  taken 
for  the  laborator3',  and  the  contents  compared  with  the 
specification,  must  be  packed,  closed,  and  securely  fastened 
with  tape  or  wire  at  the  trader's  expense,  and  sealed  by  the 
officer  with  the  Revenue  seal. 

11.  There  is  no  objection  to  the  refilling  of  the  bottles 
sampled  with  flavouring  essences  or  perfumed  spirits  of  the 
same  kind  and  strength  should  the  exporter  so  desire,  or  to 
the  substitution  of  bottles  already  filled,  labelled,  &o.  for 
packing,  of  similar  kind,  si/.e,  and  strength. 

12.  The  full  particulars  of  the  several  cases,  and  the  total 
bulk  gallons  of  each  consignment,  must  be  entered  in  an 
opening  of  the  survey  book  according  to  the  following 
precedent : — 


a 

Dcscrin 

- 

09 

- 

•a 

of 

r 
Z 

> 

\t    - 

:i        2  ca 

u  '  ™<a       a.  ■'■        c— 

* 

aa 

- 

ss   S» 

-  -   - 

S  "  - 
o°0 


sogq 


■^  i 


a 


■-  ? 


36    ^|= 

as      -  '  ~ jz 


13.  The  officer  should  certify,  at  foot  of  the  notice 
(Form  III. — 5),  that  the  contents  of  the  cases  agree  with 
the  specification. 

14.  If  on  testing  the  strength  by  the  hydrometer,  or  on 
examination  of  the  sample  at  the  laboratory,  the  average 
strength  is  found  to  be  less  by  not  more  than  2  degree-  than 
that  declared  by  the  exporter,  the  declared  strength 
will  be  regarded  as  correct,  and  drawback,  &c.  allowed 
accordingly. 

15.  If,  however,  the  average  strength  found  be  less  by 
more  than  2  degrees  than  that  declared,  a  deduction  to  the 
extent  of  the  difference,  and  a  further  deduction  of 
1  degree  is  to  be  made,  in  calculating  the  proof  quantities 
of  all  the  flavouring  essences  and  perfumed  spirits  in  the 
consignment ;  but  where  the  difference  amounts  to  5  degrees 
or  more,  the  Board  will  specially  determine  the  basis 
on  which  the  calculation  for  drawback,  &c.  is  to  be 
made. 

16.  For  example,  two  samples  are  taken,  the  strengths  of 
which  are  declared  to  be  50  over  proof  and  8  under  proof 
respectively,  or  an  average  of  21  over  proof. 

17.  These  are  found  by  the  hydrometer  or  by  analysis  to 
be  47  over  proof  and  9-3  under  proof  respectively,  or  an 
average  of  18-6  over  proof.  The  drawback  would  be  payable 
on  the  basis  of  the  declared  strengths  if  the  average  found 
had  been  19  over  proof  or  more  ;  but,  since  it  is  less  than 
that  declared  by  2-4  degrees,  a  further  deduction  of  1  degree 
is  to  be  made  (in  all  3 •  4  degrees)  in  calculating  the  proof 
quantities  of  all  the  flavouring  essences  or  perfumed  spirits 
in  the  consignment. 

18.  In  arriving  at  the  amount  of  drawback  payable  under 
these  provisions,  the  bulk  and  proof  gallons  are  to  be 
calculated  to  centesimals,  following  the  rule  adopted  as 
regards  spirits  bottled  in  warehouse. 

19.  An  ordinary  spirit  certificate,  showing  the  number  of 
cases,  the  total  bulk  gallons,  &c,  must  be  sent  with  tin- 
goods  to  the  ship's  side,  the  original  notice  (Form  III. — 5) 
being  in  all  cases  sent  at  the  same  time  .to  the  collector  of 
Customs  at  the  port  from  which  the  goods  are  to  be 
exported.  The  proper  officer  of  Customs  will  certify- 
thereon  the  shipment  of  the  goods,  and  send  it  immediately 
to  the  Customs  Statistical  Office.  It  will  then  be  returned 
without  delay  to  the  station  whence  the  goods  were 
removed. 

20.  When  samples  are  sent  to  the  laboratory,  a  copy 
of  the  notice  (Form  III. — J)  must  be  sent  thereto  by  first 
post. 

21.  This  notice,  with  the  analysis  strength  inserted 
therein,  will  be  forwarded  from  the  laboratory  to  the 
proper  officer,  or  by  the  Board  to  the  proper  collector,  as 

may  be,  in  accordance  with  the  instructions  in  the 
case  of  tinctures,  in  General  ( Irdei  of  April  Gth  last. 

22.  The  officer  should  note,  on  each  notice,  the  address 
to  which  it  should  be  returned. 

23.  An  abstract  of  each  consignment  should  be  sent  to 
the  principal  of  the  Statistical  Department. 

24.  Bond,  with  surety,  for  the  due  exportation  of  the 
goods,  must  be  given  by  the  rectifier  or  compounder  before 
removal.  The  bond  may  be  a  general  one.  A  special 
form  of  bond  (No.  294 — I)  has  been  provided  for  use 
under  the  regulations  in  this  Order,  and  a  supply  can  be 
obtained  in  the  usual  way. 

25.  On  receipt  of  the  Form  III. — 5,  examined  by  the 
supervisor,  the  collector  will  take  steps  for  payment  of  the 
drawback  without  delay. 

26.  When  flavouring  essences  or  perfumed  spirits  are 
exported  to  the  Isle  of  Man,  the  following  course  is  to  be 
adopted  :  -  - 

27.  When  the  strength  has  to  be  ascertained  at  the 
laboratory  the  officer  must  prepare  a  copy  of  the  original 
notice  for  transmission  to  the  collector  of  Customs  at 
Douglas,  and  forward  the  original  notice  to  the  principal  of 
the  laboratory,  who,  after  inserting  therein  the  ascertained 
strengths,  will  forward  it  to  the  collector  at  Douglas,  in 
order  to  enable  him  to  charge  the  insular  duty.  Both 
notices  will  then  be  returned  to  the  proper  collector  of 
Inland  Revenue,  for  payment  of  drawback.  &e. 


Scpt.3o,i8(2.j        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


787 


28.  If  the  strength  be  determined  by  the  officer  and 
found  correct,  only  the  original  notice  need  be  sent  to  the 
collector  at  Douglas. 

29.  In  cases  of  extreme  variation  of  strengths,  whether 
found  by  the  officer  or  at  the  laboratory,  the  notice  will  be 
sent  to  the  collector  at  Douglas  by  the  Hoard,  when  the 
basis  for  calculation  of  drawback  has  been  fixed. 

Flavouring  Essences. 

30.  With  regard  to  these  essences  an  allowance  for  waste 
of  4  per  cent.,  is  to  be  made  upon  those  prepared  by 
maceration  or  percolation,  the  same  as  in  the  case  of 
tinctures  ;  and  upon  those  prepared  chiefly  by  the  addition 
of  flavouring  ingredients  to  the  spirits,  an  allowance  of 
2  per  cent. 

31.  The  drawback  of  duty  will  be  at  the  rate  of  10s.  Gd. 
per  proof  gallon,  with  the  usual  allowance  of  4d.  per 
gallon. 

32.  The  sizes  of  the  bottles  will  be  restricted  to  J  oz., 
1  oz.,  2  oz.,  4  oz.,  i  pint,  1  pint,  2  pints,  and  4  pints. 

33.  A  case  may  contain  flavouring  essences  of  different 
kinds,  but  all  the  bottles  in  the  same  case  must  be  of  the 
same  size. 

34.  When  the  size  of  the  bottles  is  not  less  than  5  oz., 
they  must  be  packed  in  cases  containing  not  less  than  two 
bulk  gallons,  and  when  the  size  of  the  bottles  is  not  greater 
than  4  oz.,  they  may  be  packed  in  cases  containing  not 
less  than  1  gallon. 

35.  Schedule  of  flavouring  essences  in  respect  of  which 
the  special  allowance  of  4  per  cent,  for  waste  may  be 
granted  under  the  provisions  of  this  General  Order  :— 


Essence 

of  celery. 

Essence  of  tonquin. 

chocolate. 

„          vanilla. 

coffee. 

,,          lemon,   made  with 

>» 

ginger. 

spirits  and  lemon-peel. 

,, 

horehound, 

Essence  of  orange,  made  with 

,, 

orris. 

spirits  and  orange-peel. 

,» 

tamarind. 

Perfumer!  Spirits. 

36.  An  allowance  of  4  per  cent,  for  waste  is  to  be  made 
on  perfumed  spirits  as  prepared  for  sale  (except  upon 
certain  articles  herein-after  mentioned)  ;  but  in  order  to 
become  entitled  to  this  allowance  the  exporter  must  make 
a  declaration  on  Form  III. — 5,  that  the  perfumed  spirits 
have  been  made  from  pomade  extracts,  or  from  other 
macerated  substances  prepared  in  this  country,  and  that 
they  do  not  consist  of  and  have  not  been  manufactured 
from  imported  perfumed  spirits. 

37.  The  drawback  of  duty  will  be  at  the  rate  of  10s.  Gd. 
per  proof  gallon,  with  the  usual  allowance  of  -id.  per  gallon. 

38.  To  meet  the  requirements  of  the  trade  the  sizes  may 
begin  at  i  oz.,  and  increase  by  multiples  of  -  oz. ;  but  the 
bottles  in  each  internal  package  must  be  of  uniform  size 
and  of  the  same  strength,  and  must  contain  at  least  3  oz. 

39.  The  contents  of  the  bottles  are  to  be  checked  by 
taking  not  less  than  six  of  each  size  for  ascertaining  the 
average  contents  of  the  bottles  of  that  size,  and  the  total 
contents  for  drawback  and  allowance  shall  be  calculated 
from  such  ascertained  average,  and  not  from  the  nominal 
capacities  of  the  bottles. 

40.  No  case  is  to  weigh  less  than  42  lb.,  after  the  same 
has  been  packed  and  made  ready  for  exportation. 

41.  The  regulations  concerning  perfumed  spirits  shall 
apply  also,  as  far  as  applicable,  to  the  following  preparations  ; 
but  the  sizes  of  the  bottles,  except  in  the  case  of  Eau-de- 
Cologne,  lavender-water,  and  Florida  water,  shall  begin 
with  1  oz.  and  increase  by  multiples  thereof: — 

Eau-de-Cologne.  Dentifrices. 

Lavender-water.  Hair-washes. 

Florida  water.  Brilliantines. 
Toilet-vinegars  and  waters. 

42.  The  strength  of  these  preparations  must  be  ascer- 
tained by  the  hydrometer. 


43.  These   preparations  are  not   entitled  to  the  allowance 
of  4  per  cent,  for  waste  ;  but  the  usual  drawback  of  10s.  Gd., 
with  the  allowance  of  id.  per  proof  gallon,  will  he  paid. 
By  the  Board, 

Robert  Micks, 

Socretary. 

Articles  op  Interest  to  Technologists  and 
Manufacturers. 

The   following,   in    the    Board   of   Trade   Journal   for 
September,  will  repay  perusal  i — 

"  Manufacture  of  Tin  and  Terne  Plates  in  the 

United  States  " p.  055 

"  The  Russian  Salt  Industry  " p.  263 

"  Customs  Tariff  of  Greece  " • p.  293 

"  Alterations  in  the  Swiss  Customs  Tariff  "...  p.  3 11 

The  History  op  Borax  in  the  United  States. 

Previous  to  the  year  1864  the  existence  of  borax  in  the 
United  States  was  unknown,  and  the  whole  of  the  supplies 
came  from  abroad.  In  those  days  its  application  for 
commercial  purposes  was  comparatively  limited,  and  it  was 
chiefly  known  as  a  drug  and  a  blacksmith's  flux.  Now  it  is 
largely  used  in  welding,  as  a  preservative  for  animal  food, 
and  as  an  enamel,  while  its  uses  in  metallurgical  processes 
and  in  assaying  have  been  enormously  extended.  Thirty 
years  ago  the  imports  of  borax  into  the  United  States  were 
145,000  dols.  to  220,000  dols.  per  annum,  but  in  1864,  when 
the  domestic  product  was  first  placed  on  the  market,  the 
imports  fell  to  the  yearly  value  of  9,000  dols.  In  the  old 
days  borax  figured  chiefly  in  drug  stores,  where  it  -was 
retailed  at  25  cents  an  ounce  In  1864,  however,  the  price 
fell  rapidly,  until  in  1872  it  was  sold  by  the  producers  at 
10  cents  a  pound.  Coming  down  to  recent  vears  we  may 
note  that  the  7,589,000  lb.  produced  in  1888  realised  on  an 
average  6  cents  a  pound,  and  that  the  eleven  million  pounds 
produced  in  1887  brought  about  5  cents  a  pound.  As  yet 
the  only  States  where  borax  is  found  are  California  and 
Nevada.  It  is  found  in  several  forms,  which  chiefly  occur 
as  efflorescences  from  ancient  marshes  and  lake  bottoms. 
In  some  cases  it  occurs  as  tinkal  i.e.,  crude  crystals  of 
sodium  biborate;  at  other  places  it  is  accompanied  by  other 
chemicals,  such  as  sodium  chloride  and  carbonate  of  soda  ; 
another  common  form  is  borate  of  lime  imbedded  in  clay 
and  sand,  and  known  as  ulexite  or  cotton  balls  ;  and  pure 
borate  of  lime  in  the  forms  of  colemanite  and  pandermite  is 
also  found  in  great  quantities.  In  the  first  two  cases  very 
little  treatment  except  purification  by  solution  is  required, 
and  with  ulexite,  colemanite,  and  pandermite,  the  borate  of 
lime  is  changed  into  borate  of  soda  by  mixing  the  solution 
when  hot  with  carbonate  of  soda. 

The  credit  Jof  discovering  borax  in  the  United  States  is 
due  to  Dr.  Veatch,  who  noticed  in  1856  that  the  water  in  a 
spring  near  Bed  Bluff,  Tehama  Co.,  Cal.,  contained  a  small 
amount  of  borax  in  solution.  He  followed  up  this  discovery 
by  searching  through  the  country  north  of  San  Francisco, 
and  in  the  course  of  a  year  or  so  he  found  a  lake  among  the 
mountains  called  Clear  Lake,  whose  mud  contained  great 
quantities  of  crystals  of  borax.  This  lake  is  entirely 
surrounded  by  a  circle  of  hills  and  the  water  has  no  outlet. 
The  scenery  and  features  of  the  landscape  present  many 
indications  that  the  bowl  of  the  lake  has  at  one  time  been 
the  crater  of  a  volcano.  When  Dr.  Veatch  first  came 
across  the  lake  it  was  in  the  summer  season,  and  the  area  of 
the  lake  was  only  about  50  acres,  and  its  depth  not  more 
than  one  foot ;  but  the  appearance  of  the  banks  showed  that 
in  winter  the  lake  would  cover  at  least  200  acres.  The 
uncovered  bottom  at  the  time  of  discovery  was  a  mass  of 
slimy  mud  emitting  a  horrible  smell,  but  studded  all  over 
with  groups  of  crystals  of  the  desired  article.  It  was  not, 
however,  until  1864  that  a  company  was  formed  to  collect 
these  crystals  and  place  them  on  the  market.  The  four 
succeeding  years  were  bright  times  for  the  company,  who 
grew  rich  fast,  but  an  unexpected  event  put  a  stop  to  their 
undertaking,  and  suddenly  made  the  district  an  unprofitable 
one.  This  was  the  sinking  of  an  artesian  well  whose 
upward  flow  of  water  was  so  great  that  all  attempts  to  plug 


788 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  SO,  1892. 


it  failed,  and  the  valley  consequently  became  deluged  in 
water.  Shortly  after  this  catastrophy  another  lake,  the 
Hachinhama,  was  discovered  in  the  same  locality,  and  work 
was  done  there  for  some  time.  At  this  "lake,  however,  the 
borax  did  not  crystallise  out  of  its  own  accord,  and  the 
mud  had  therefore  to  be  washed  and  the  chemicals  in 
solution  extracted  by  crystallisation.  The  borax  thus 
produced  was  largely  mixed  with  carbonate  of  soda,  which 
had  to  be  washed  out  afterwards.  A  few  years  afterwards, 
in  187-2,  borate  of  lime  was  found  in  Nevada,  and  this  was 
brought  to  Hachinhama  and  mixed  with  the  concentrated 
waters  of  the  lake.  The  effect  of  this  mixture  was  to 
transform  the  borate  of  lime  into  borate  of  soda,  and  to 
change  the  carbonate  of  soda  into  carbonate  of  lime. 

Borax  was  first  discovered  in  Nevada  by  Dr.  Veatch  in 
I860,  and  Mr.  William  Troup  found  a  marsh  near  Columbus, 
Xev.,  which  contained  common  salt  and  ulexite  or  cotton 
balls.  It  was  not,  however,  till  the  year  1871  that 
Mr.  Troup  rose  to  the  consciousness  that  if  the  cotton  balls 
were  mixed  with  carbonate  of  soda,  a  commercially  pure 
borax  was  formed.  Even  then  very  little  was  done,  and  the 
Hachinhama  people  were  allowed  to  go  on  without  any 
rivals,  and  this  condition  of  affairs  was  unaltered  until  in 
1872.  The  Teel's  Marsh  deposits  of  crude  borax  were 
discovered  by  Mr.  F.  M.  Smith,  who  is  at  the  present  time 
the  president  of  the  Pacific  Coast  Borax  Company.  This 
borax  was  of  an  extremely  rich  character,  and  no  time  was 
lost  in  putting  it  on  the  market. 

The  effect  of  the  competition  that  sprung  up  between 
Teel's  Marsh  and  Hachinhama  was  most  disastrous.  Prices 
were  cut  ruthlessly,  until  they  were  insufficient  even  to  pay 
for  the  wood  used  in  the  evaporating  tanks.  It  was  no 
wonder,  therefore,  that  a  financial  crisis  occurred  which 
ruined  the  company  that  worked  Teel's  Marsh  temporarily, 
aud  the  Hachinhama  people  permanently.  Only  a  short 
time  elapsed  before  the  Teel's  Marsh  works  were  in  full 
swing  again,  and  they  have  ever  since  then  held  on  their 
course  with  the  prosperity  that  attends  on  careful  and 
energetic  management.  The  Teel's  Marsh  deposit  was  at 
first  a  most  remarkable  sight.  The  ground  was  covered 
with  a  vast  deposit  which  had  an  appearance  not  unlike 
dirty  snow  or  chalk.  On  examining  it  closely  it  was  found 
to  be  covered  with  a  sandy  crust  which  would  break  uuder 
the  feet  and  reveal  an  understructure  of  clay  and  unfathom- 
able slime.  This  and  many  other  marshes  subsequently 
discovered  sometimes,  in  very  wet  seasons,  assume  the  form 
of  lakes,  aud  in  almost  ever)'  ease  they  are  surrounded  by 
hills  which  allow  no  outlet  for  the  local  mountain  streams 
except  the  marsh  itself.  In  all  these  cases,  as  in  the  case 
of  Clear  Lake,  the  first  discovered,  there  is  every  reason  for 
supposing  that  they  are  the  location  of  ancient  volcanoes. 
It  .is  even  supposed  that  these  volcanoes  are  not  yet  entirely 
defunct,  for  as  fast  as  the  first  crop  of  superficial  crystals  is 
removed  they  are  replaced  by  further  formations  which 
crystallise  out  of  the  liquid  that  oozes  upward  through  the 
mud  aud  clay.  At  Teel's  Marsh  this  ooze  crystallises  out 
in  a  hard  crust  composed  of  borax,  carbonate  of  soda,  and 
common  salt,  while  at  the  San  Bernardino  Company's 
marshes  in  California,  subsequently  discovered  aud  worked, 
the  crust  becomes  so  hard  that  the  miners  have  to  use  their 
picks  very  forcibly.  Since  the  time  that  Teel's  Marsh  was 
first  worked  many  other  deposits  of  crude  borax,  both  in 
marshes  aud  otherwise,  have  been  worked  with  profit. 

It  has  already  been  mentioned  that  cotton  balls  or  ulexite 
were  discovered  at  Columbus  aud  Saltwells,  Nev.,  in  1871. 
Though  these  deposits  were  neglected  at  first,  they  were 
afterward  developed,  along  with  many  other  marshes  which 
were  found  to  give  excellent  yields  of  this,  so  to  speak,  oil 
of  borax.  The  balls  vary  in  size  from  pin  heads  to  water- 
melons, and  they  occur  generally  embedded  in  tough  clay, 
though  in  some  cases  they  are  distributed  among  sand. 
They  are  easily  broken  at  first,  but  exposure  to  the  air 
causes  them  to  become  very  hard. 

In  some  localities  the  ulexite  is  not  in  the  form  of  balls, 
but  exists  as  a  powder  mixed  with  sandy  loam.  For  some 
years  the  borax  marshes  and  ulexite  formed  the  only  source 
of  commercial  borax,  but  in  the  course  of  a  few  years  a 
new  and  valuable  deposit  of  borate  of  lime  was  discovered 
by   Mr.  W.  T.  Coleman,   a  well-known   borax    man    of  San 


Francisco.  This  discovery  was  made  accidentally  while 
prospecting  for  silver  in  the  Calico  Mountains  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Death  Valley,  where  a  deposit  of  borax  had 
already  been  fouud.  The  borate  of  lime  was  in  the  form  of 
a  stratum  of  snow-white  colour,  aud  at  first  its  constitution 
was  not  understood.  Mr.  Coleman,  however,  had  an  analysis 
made  of  it,  and  to  his  and  everybody's  surprise  it  was 
announced  to  be  very  rich  in  borate  of  lime. 

The  new  substance  existed  in  stratum  or  ledge,  cropping 
out  at  various  points  and  of  an  average  thickness  of  six 
feet.  The  Pacific  Coast  Borax  Company  took  possession 
of  the  ledge  and  christened  the  material  colemanite. 
Further  deposits  have  been  discovered  more  recently,  and  a 
variation  of  it  called  pandermite  has  also  been  found.  The 
natural  features  of  the  country,  however,  have  stood  in  the 
way  of  a  really  successful  working  of  these  magnificent 
deposits.  It  can  be  worked  easily  enough,  but  it  is  impos- 
sible to  carry  out  the  chemical  processes  on  the  spot,  owing 
to  the  total  absence  of  fuel  and  to  the  great  scarcity  of 
water.  Consequently  the  Pacific  Coast  Borax  Company 
are  obliged  to  transport  it  to  San  Francisco  for  chemical 
treatment  and  preparation.  Unfortuuately,  however,  even 
this  part  of  the  business  is  surrounded  with  difficulties. 
There  is  no  railroad  near  and  there  are  absolutely  no  roads 
or  highways.  The  colemanite  has  to  be  carried  in  waggons, 
and  the  waggons  are  drawn  along  over  rough  ground  by  a 
team  of  mules.  At  the  present  time  the  deposits  of 
colemanite  are  comparatively  untouched,  owing  to  the 
absence  of  good  roads. 

As  we  have  already  stated,  the  colemanite  is  heated  for 
the  production  of  borax  at  San  Francisco.  The  method 
pursued  is  the  same  as  in  the  treatment  of  cotton  balls. 
The  colemanite  is  crushed  to  a  tine  powder  and  mixed  with 
the  requisite  quantity  of  carbonate  of  soda,  and  then  the 
mixture  is  dissolved  in  water  in  an  iron  boiler.  The 
solution  is  stirred  by  an  internal  mechanical  stirrer.  The 
resulting  solution  of  borax  is  allowed  to  stand  for  a  short 
time  in  order  that  the  carbonate  of  lime  shall  be  precipitated, 
and  then  it  is  run  into  open  tanks,  where,  on  cooling,  the 
borax  crystallises  out  in  dark  coloured  crystals.  These 
crystals  are  redissolved  and  recrystallised  in  a  pure  and 
marketable  form. 

In  the  manufacture  of  borax  from  cotton  balls  the  process 
is  slightly  different.  The  balls  are  ground  and  mixed  with 
carbonate  of  soda  and  then  dissolved  in  water  contained  in 
an  open  vat.  Besides  the  resulting  carbonate  of  lime  there 
are  impurities  in  the  cotton  balls  to  be  precipitated,  such 
as  sand  and  clay.  The  heating  is  done  by  steam  from  a 
boiler,  and  the  stirring  is  done  b}T  hand.  When  the 
chemical  treatment  and  purification  are  carried  on  at  the 
marshes  and  other  sources  of  supply,  where  wood  is  too 
expensive  to  be  used  for  heating,  it  is  customary  to  burn 
sage  brush  directly  uuder  the  vats. — Engineering  ami 
Min  in;/  Journnl. 

Manihe  Market  in   1890. 

Ann.  Report  of  the  Connecticut  Agri,  E.eper.   Stat.  1890, 

73—76. 

Nitrogenous. — The  wholesale  quotation  for  nitrogen  in 
nitrate  of  soda  and  in  dried  blood  fell  from  16-1  cents  per 
pound  in  1889  to  11-9  in  the  early  parts,  and  11-2  in 
December  1890,  the  retail  price  in  Connecticut  being 
about  16  cents  per  pound.  Ammoniacal  nitrogen  also  fell 
at  first,  but  during  the  latter  part  of  1890  was  higher  than 
in  1889,  owing  to  the  use  of  ammonia  in  iee-making.  The 
wholesale  price  was  16'-  cents,  the  retail  figure,  18  cents 
per  pound.  Dried  fish  scrap  fell  from  22  ■  50  dols.  per  ton 
in  January  1889  to  19-25  dols.  per  ton  during  1890. 
Nitrogen  was  retailed  per  pound  at  15 -5  cents  in  blood, 
from  15-6to  16-8  in  castor  pomace,  and  from  11-7  to  13-3 
in  cotton-seed  meal. 

Phosphatic. — Refuse  lime-black  fell  from  19-45  dols. 
per  ton  wholesale  in  the  beginning  of  the  year,  to  18-50 
dols.  in  September  and  afterwards.  Rough  aud  ground 
bone  were  quoted  at  21-50  dols.  and  26 -50  dols.  per  ton 
wholesale  throughout  the  3-ear ;  ground  Charleston  rock 
per  ton  wholesale  at  11-25  dols.  in  January,  10-65  dols. 
in  July,  and  9-75  in  August  and  afterwards;  acid  phos- 
phate  with    14    per   cent,   available   phosphoric   acid    was 


Sept.  so.  189a.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


789 


quoted  in  January  at  81|  cents  per  unit,  equivalent  to 
4*06  cents  per  pound  of  available  phosphoric  acid,  but, 
in  July  and  afterwards  at  73|,  or  3 '7  cents  per  pound  of 
available  phosphoric  acid. 

Potassic. — Chloride  valued  at  3  64  to  3-55  cents  per 
pound  wholesale,  and  4*2  to  1*1  retail;  potassium 
magnesium  sulphate  at  4'42 — 4-41  cents  per  pound  for 
actual  potash,  falling  to  4-27  cents  in  November,  but 
rising  again  to  4-53  cents  in  December,  and  retailing  at 
about  G  cents  per  pound  throughout  the  year ;  high  grade 
potassium  sulphate,  almost  free  from  chloride,  cost 
wholesale  4'77  cents  per  pound  of  actual  potash,  but 
under  new  tariff  with  free  importation  fell  to  4-17  in 
October,  and  4  "06  in  November,  but  rising  in  December  to 
4-31  cents;  kainite,  wholesale,  rose  from  10' 70  dols.  per 
ton  in  January  11  dols.  in  April,  fell  to  10'37|  in  July, 
aud  in  December  to  10  dols. — D.  A.  L. 


BOARV  OF  TRADE  RETURNS. 
Summary  of  Imports. 


Month  endin 

^  :3lst  August 

1891. 

1892. 

£ 

l,'.itS.88S 

496,852 
589,870 

£ 

1,871,897 

4S7,1'2 

706,2 10 

Raw  materials   for  non- 
dustries. 

textile  iu- 
Dports  .... 

1,621,164 

Total  value  of  all  in 

32,746,279 

31,341,305 

Summary  of 

Exports. 

Month  ending  81st  August 

1891. 

1S92. 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 

£ 
2,791,562 

615,628 

2,549,918 

£ 

2.739,174 

7i's,7s;, 

2,360,009 

20,670,489 

20  031,330 

Imports  of  Metals 

for  Month  ending  31st  A 

UGUST. 

Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Copper : — 

Tons 

7,548 

7,256 

£ 
59,484 

£ 

35,541 

Regulus 

„ 

5,590 

10,73'.l 

161,169 

251,056 

Uuwrought  .... 

.. 

6,358 

3,231 

889,549 

161,450 

Iron:— 

" 

272.983 
7,488 

373.221 
5,620 

204,521 
73,350 

258,778 

Bolt,  bar,  to. ... 

56,032 

Steel,  unwrought. . 

„ 

1,065 

279 

10,364 

8,189 

Lead,  pig  and  sheet 

„ 

1 1,390 

14,881 

181,491 

156,51 I 

Pyrites 

„ 

09,699 

49.S01 

110,284 

88,393 

Lb. 

65,400 

67,650 

6,676 

6,107 

Cwt. 
Tons 

34.7  ts 
4,712 

67,660 
4,509 

158,938 
11!, 132 

323,075 

90,057 

Other  articles  .  ..V 

alue  £ 
netals 

.. 

531,660 

451,105 

Total  value  of  i 

•• 

" 

1  :ih,w 

1,871,897 

Imports  of  Oils  for  Month  ending  31st   August. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Palm Cwt. 

19,864 

1,219 
88,285 
8,358,372 
1 ,580 
2,662 
54,831 

17,684 
1 ,857 

93,673 

13,560,606 

1,406 

2,3ns 

91,974 

£ 
26,191 

43,396 

101,063 

172,3  1 

41,882 
55,842 
74,321 

69,271 

£ 

06,000 
95.261 
261,550 
34.1SS 
45,511 
99,965 
83,313 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

Total  value  of  oils  . . . 

•• 

•• 

5S9.S7I1 

7lHl,2-lii 

Imports    of    Raw   Material   for   Non-Textile 
Industries  for  Month  ending  31st  August. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1361. 

1892. 

Bark,  Peruvian  . 

Cwt. 

6,472 

7,924 

£ 
14,586 

£ 
15,949 

Lb. 

.331,001 

493,855 

46,029 

81,355 

Cwt. 

23,870 

15,483 

898,212 

119,417 

Gum  : — 

„ 

6,978 

6,137 

14,554 

1.3,962 

8,906 

7.117 

32,576 

20  595 

Gutta-percha  ... 

„ 

4,339 

8,668 

50,864 

44,800 

Hides,  raw: — 
Dry 

„ 

36,470 

24,898 

103,1171 

61,142 

51,301 

52,059 

115.292 

108,178 

„ 

634 

756 

30,906 

34,361 

Manure : — 

Tons 

7S5 

2.907 

5,839 

20,567 

4,450 

2.126 

23,345 

9.696 

.   Cwt. 

36,338 

33,081 

51,645 

50,708 

Tons 

3,222 

2,071 

33,745 

21,129 

19,111 

18,333 

91,155 

88,969 

Palp  of  wood  ... 

„ 

15,155 

16,101 

78,017 

80,714 

Cwt. 

189,894 

154,000 

35,642 

37,958 

Tallow  and  stearin      „ 

165,847 

126,131 

215,06  1 

157,173 

Barrels 

33,179 

35,967 

20,575 

191,748 

Wood  :— 

Loads 

275,640 

30S.370 

565,922 

718,880 

733.372 

794,077 

1,501,491 

1,719,279 

15,497 

18,850 

57,839 

55,735 

Tons 

3,530 

6,334 

31,049 

59,533 

Other  articles.... 

Value  £ 

■• 

955,571 

1.042,195 

Total  value 

•• 

1,436,652 

4  021,154 

Besides  the  above,  drujjs  to  the  value  of  05,i!-j3/.  were  imporU-il 
as  against  57,001?.  in  August  1801. 


790 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  3d,  1892. 


Imports  of  Chemicais  and  Dyestuffs  fob  Month 
ending  3  1st  August. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

6,579 
67,027 

5,639 

31,305 

£ 
4,120 

35,03! 

£ 

Bark  (tanners,  &c.)    „ 

12,901 

49.377 

35,382 

14,045 

10,458 

.. 

.. 

127,101 

102,740 

m 

27S 

4,269 

1,674 

Cutch  and  gambler  Tons 

2,791 

1,876 

55,746 

39,472 

Dyes : — 

16,765 

1  4.397 

•  . 

27,645 

24,973 

.. 

.. 

1,335 

409 

051 

2,310 

9,103 

35,485 

Nitrate  of  soda. ...      „ 

87,989 

111,366 

16,358 

47  200 

Nitrate  of  potash  .      „ 

22,840 

30,170 

20,504 

23,889 

],190 

3, 121 

22,403 

47,379 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 

•• 

•• 

142,419 

121,192 

Total  value  of  chemicals 

•• 

■' 

I  16,852 

487,122 

Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  ;S1st  August. 


Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

.     Lb. 

S15.300 

754,000 

£ 

21,334 

£ 
16,710 

Military  stores. 

Value  £ 

•  . 

.. 

91,027 

81,005 

.     Lb. 

1,362,900 

1,720,100 

20,671 

S1.4S8 

.  Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

90,422 

103,029 

52,706 

43,032 

1H4  191 

77,569 

Products  of  coal 

Value  £ 

.. 

108,189 

67,845 

Earthenware  .. 

,, 

.. 

165,018 

1S6.432 

>■ 

.. 

.. 

10,778 

10,314 

Glass:— 

266,517 

144,916 

19,717 

8,290 

9,553 

8,638 

19,629 

20,205 

81,578 

68,614 

29,8 17 

33,073 

Other  kinds.. 

„ 

17,582 

18,565 

15,047 

13,929 

Leather : — 
Unwrought . . 

•      ,, 

12,189 

10,001 

111  362 

94,831 

Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

33,151 

40,932 

4,009 
1.51S.500 

4,679 
1,282,700 

108,298 
06,133 

91.292 
59,334 

Sq.  Yds. 

Painters'  materials  Val.  £ 

.. 

.. 

129,768 

115,648 

78,822 

7.1,072 

133,779 

131,159 

4,05  I 
47,798 

26,689 
15,120 

20.006 
49,955 

1  !,739 

•• 

•• 

2,549,918 

2,360,069 

Exports  of  Metals  (other  than  Machinery)  for 
Month  ending  31st  August. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

10,282 

43,899 
27,363 

28,539 

272,209 
3,071 

8,295 
11,334 

7,854 

OS  936 
26,780 

20,197 

239,025 
4,306 

9,237 
17,362 

£ 
45,585 

121,309 
S9,650 
S0.672 

193,817 
99,170 
1,884,692 
42,098 
31,635 

112690 
39,655 
1R.097 

£ 

33,6-40 

Copper  :— 

Miied  metal 

Implements „ 

100,008 

79,379 

10,056 

1S3.320 

100,644 

1,880,174 

43  303 

Plated  wares...  Value  £ 
Telegraph  wires,  &c.    „ 

27,739 
29,755 
45,369 
18,726 

70,390 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

84,682 

•• 

2,791  532 

2,739  174 

Extorts  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals   for  Month  evding 
31st  August. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Bleaching  materials    „ 
Chemical  manures.  Tons 

Medicines Value£ 

Ot  her  articles  ...       „ 

423,053 
114,739 
35,102 

500,228 
150,624 

49,959 

£ 

158,344 
39,615 

141,747 
86,842 

180,080 

£ 

170.474 
69,807 

109,191 

10,911 

216,402 

•• 

" 

015,028 

70S.785 

8flpt.so.i892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


791 


iflontfjlp  patent  3tist, 

•  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised. 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  monihs  of  the  said  dates. 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 

Applications. 

14,672.  W.  McGufrin  Greaves.  Improved  methods  for 
supplying  air  to  furnaces,  and  the  apparatus  therefor. 
August  15. 

14,675.  A.  G.  Berry.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
multiple  effect  evaporators  for  treating  sugar  and  other 
liquids.     August  15. 

14,835.  E.  Ashworth.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  in  apparatus  for  evaporating  spent  liquors,  and  for 
recovering  salts  therefrom.     August  17. 

14,s.'»l.  F.  Windhausen.  Process  and  apparatus  for 
separating  out  the  constituent  parts  of  gaseous  and  liquid 
compounds.     August  17. 

14,926.  J.  U.  Askham.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
separating  suhstances  of  different  sizes  or  specific  gravities. 
August  18. 

14,985.  T.  Blatcher.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
producing  currents  of  inflammable  gases  and  air.    August  1 9. 

15,122.  W.  H.  Beck.— From  B.  de  Lissa,  Australia.  See 
Class  II. 

15,124.  G.  H.  Richmond.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  heating  and  cooling  liquids.     August  23. 

15,181.  C.M.King.  An  improved  apparatus  for  extrac- 
tion and  lixiviation.     August  23. 

15,244.  V.  J.  Kuess  and  C.  H.  J.  D.  Donnadieu.  An 
improved  construction  of  alembic.     August  24. 

15,270.  G.  Thomas. — From  A.  Stauber,  Germany.  An 
oil-testing  apparatus  for  ascertaining  the  frictional  coeffi- 
cient of  oils  and  fats.     August  25. 

15,286.  J.  Martin.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
automatically  controlling  the  flow  of  pulp  and  other  semi- 
liquid  or  liquid  substances.     August  25. 

15,521.  F.  M.  Robertson.  Improvements  in  means  or 
apparatus  for  evaporating  or  drying.     August  30. 

15,698.  F.  W.  Golby. — From  B.  Jardiu,  France.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  for  heating  air.  Complete 
Specification.     September  1. 

15,786.  C.  Wegener  and  P.  Baumert.  Improvements  in 
furnaces  using  coal-dust  or  the  like  as  fuel.     September  2. 

15,880.  A.  Dauber.  Improvements  in  calcining  furnaces. 
September  5. 

16,019.  A.  McNeill.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
multiple  effect  evaporating  apparatus.     September  7. 

16,031.  G.  H.  Biddies  and  J.  Hewes.  A  new  or  improved 
furnace  for  burning  town  or  other  refuse.     September  7. 

16,259.  G.  Mitchell.  Improvements  in  presses  for  the 
expression  of  oils  or  other  liquids  from  substances  containing 
the  same.     September  10. 

16,308.  W.  Maybach.  Improvements  in  the  methods 
of  and  apparatus  for  effecting  a  continuous  circulation 
and  cooling  of  cooling  liquids  employed  in  motors  and 
compressors.     Complete  Specification.     September  12. 

16,403.  C.  W.  Cooper.  Improvements  in  methods  of 
and  apparatus  for  evaporating  liquids.  Complete  Specifi- 
cation.    September  13. 

16,609.  J.  McPhail.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  supporting  or  strengthening  pipes  containing  liquid 
under  pressure.     September  17. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted.* 
1891. 

17,750.  J.  J.  Mi-Daniel.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for 
securing  a  continuous  time  record  of  the  rate  of  distillation 
and  direction  of  flow  of  distilled  fluids.     August  24. 

18,533.  J.  Wright.  Construction  of  vertical  stills  for 
distillation  of  ammoniacal  and  other  liquors  or  liquids. 
September  21. 

21,072.  G.  Johnston.  Apparatus  for  drying  moist 
substances  or  materials.     August  24. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

14,725.  J.  Mitchell.  Improvements  in  machinery  or 
apparatus  for  withdrawing  coke  from  coke  ovens  and  for 
like  purposes.     August  15. 

14,862.  C.  R.  Poulsen.  New  or  improved  apparatus  for 
the  production  of  ozone  by  means  of  phosphorus. 
August  17. 

15,122.  W.  H.  Beck.— From  B.  de  Lissa,  Australia.  An 
improved  method  of  and  apparatus  to  be  used  in  the 
manufacture  and  storage  of  inflammable  gas  for  general 
purposes.     Complete  Specification.     August  22. 

15,217.  F.  G.  Birehall.  Improvements  in  carburetting 
coal-gas.     August  24. 

15,262.  E.J.  Rotbwell.  Consuming  smoke  and  saving 
fuel.     August  25. 

15,639.  H.  Collet  and  M.  Mericheuski.  An  improved 
mixture  intended  for  use  in  making  or  enriching  combustible 
gas.     August  31. 

15,748.  T.  W.  Lee.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  blocks  or  briquettes  of  fuel.     September  2. 

15,777.  W.  H.  Laird.  A  process  for  producing  gas  and 
apparatus  for  using  the  produced  gas  for  heating  purposes. 
Complete  Specification.     September  2. 

15,802.  W.  Hawkins,  T.  Hawkins,  H.  Fuller,  and  W.  H. 
Fuller.  An  improved  apparatus  for  carburetting  gas. 
September  2. 

15,818.  P.  H.  Dawe,  T.  Gill,  A.  Brown,  and  J.  Robinson. 
Improvements  in  retort  benches  and  ascension  pipes  for  the 
manufacture  of  gas.     September  3. 

15,925.  J.  J.  Hood  and  A.  G.  Salamon.  Improvements 
in  the  purification  of  coal-gas.     September  5. 

16,258.  V.  B.  Lewes.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
or  production  of  illuminating  gas  from  liquid  hydro- 
carbons and  apparatus  therefor.  Complete  Specification. 
September  10. 

16,273.  J.  F.  Bell.  Improvements  in  self-sealing  gas 
retort  mouthpieces.     September  12. 

16,320.  H.  S.  Pringle.  An  improved  combination  of 
ingredients  or  plastic  compound,  suitable  for  heating 
purposes.     September  12. 

16,322.  C.  Winter.  Improvements  in  artificial  fuel. 
Complete  Specification.     September  12. 

16,622.  J.  Bowing.  Improvements  in  coking  processes, 
and  in  the  manufacture  of  coke,  and  in  the  recovery  of 
products.     September  17. 


792 


THE  JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [Sept. so,  1892. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

14,440.  W.  Arroland  W.  Foulis.  Apparatus  for  charging 
gas  and  other  retorts,  and  in  part  applicable  for  other 
purposes.     August  24. 

20, 120.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  W.  H.  Harris.  Manufacture 
of  gas  and  apparatus  therefor.     September  7. 

1892. 

737'.i.  A.  G.  Boult. — From  H.  C.  Rew.  Gas  generators. 
September  7. 

8207.  W.  Hawkins,  T.  Hawkins.  H.  Fuller,  and  W.  H. 
Fuller.  Metallic  block  to  be  used  in  the  production  of 
hydrogen.     September  7. 

12,716.  A.  Noteman.  Process  and  apparatus  for  making, 
heating  and  illuminating  gas.     September  7. 

13,339.  J.  M.  Bailey.  Apparatus  for  the  production  of 
fuel-gas.     August  31. 

13,379.  W.  Hawkins,  T.  Hawkins,  H.  Fuller,  and  W.  II. 
Fuller.  Generators  to  be  used  in  the  production  of  hydrogen 
gas.     September  21. 

1.   R.   F.   Strong  and  A.  Gordon.     Manufacture  of 
artificial  fuel.     August  31. 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 

Applications. 

14,71 7.  0.  Imray. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  and  Briining,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
production  of  alpha-nitro-alpha-aniido  and  alpha-quinoline 
compounds  of  alizarine  and  the  anthra-  and  flavo-purpurines. 
August  15. 

14,728.  H.  E.  Newton. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  or 
connected  with  the  manufacture  or  production  of  colouring 
matters.     August  15. 

14.742.  R.  G.  Williams.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  new  colour-producing  bases  and  new  colouring 
matters  therefrom.     August  16. 

14,927.  H.  E.  Newton.— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  colouring  matter-.     August  18. 

14,993.  G.  Pitt.— From  L.  Cassella  and  Co.,  Germany. 
Production  of  new  dyestuffs  derived  from  amidouaphthol- 
sulphonic  acids.     August  19, 

15,056.  H.  E.  Newton.— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  dyestuffs.     August  20. 

15.246.  J.  V.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Auilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  The  manufacture  and  production 
of  uneenish  -  blue  mordant  dyeing  colouring  matters. 
August  24. 

15,311.  (  I.  Imray. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  and  Briining,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  novel 
alizarine  colouring  matters.     August  25. 

15,321.  11.  K.  Newton. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  production  of  new 
sulpho-acids  and  salts  thereof.     August  25- 

15,325.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  The  manufacture  and  production 
of  new  mordant  dyeing  colouri!  g  matters,  and  of  new  inter- 
mediate products  relating  thereto.     August  25. 

15,386.  Read,  Holliday  and  Sons,  and  K.  B.  Elbell. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  azo  colouring  matters 
and  of  materials  for  the  same.     August  26. 

18.  11.  E.  Newton.— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals F.  Bayei  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  colouring  matter.-.     August  27 


15,439.  H.  E.  Newton. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals  F.  Bayer  and  Co..  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
production  of  black  azo  colours  upon  fibres.     August  27. 

15,636.  H.  E.  Newton. — From  'lhe  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  azo  colouring  matters  suitable  for  dyeing 
and  printing.     August  31. 

15,692.  J.  R.  Geigy.  Production  of  two  isomeric  disulpho- 
acids  of  para-amidophenol,  and  obtaining  violet-black  dye- 
stuffs  therefrom.     September  1. 

15,789.  C.  D.  Abel.— From  The  Actien  Gesellschaft  fur 
Amlin  Fabrikation,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  pro- 
duction of  azo-colouring  matters.     September  2. 

16.569.  CD.  Abel.— From  The  Actien  Gesellschaft  fiir 
Anilin  Fabrikation,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  new  colour- 
ing matters.     September  16. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

16,377.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  F.  Reverdin  and  C.  de  la 
Harpe.     Manufacture  of  colouring  matter.     September  21. 

18,606.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  Wirth  and  Co.,  agents  for 
A.  Leonhardt  and  Co.  Manufacture  of  colouring  matters. 
August  31. 

18,783.  O.  Imray.  —  -  From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  und  Briining.  A  new  manufacture  of 
colouring  matter.     September  7. 

19,061.  B.  YVilleox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Haver  and  Co.  Manufacture  and  production  of  new 
cotton  or  substantive  dyestuffs.     August  31. 

19,062a.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.  Manufacture  of  colouring  matters. 
August  31. 

19,847.  O.  Imray.  —  From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  und  Briining.  Manufacture  of  colouring 
matters  from  prctocatechuic  acid  and  phenols.  Septem- 
ber 21. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Applications 

14,754.  G.  C.  Kingsbury.  Improvements  in  the  treat- 
ment of  textile  fibres  for  manufacturing  purposes. 
August  16. 

16,043.  J.  Purchase.  Improvements  in  the  cultivation 
and  treatment  of  certain  plants  to  obtain  fibres  and  other 
products  therefrom.     September  7. 

16,515.  T.W.Harding.  Improvements  in  the  method 
of  and  apparatus  for  reducing  cotton-seed  and  removing 
fibre  or  fluff  therefrom.     September  15. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

17,081.  R.  Scott  and  W.  J.  Beard.  Manufacture  of 
floorcloth  and  like  fabrics  and  machinery  therefor.  Sep- 
tember 21. 

17,562.  C.  Ideson.  Apparatus  for  gassing  silk  and  other 
yarns.     August  24. 

18,878.  S.  Fisher  and  H.  Murgatroyd.  Machinery  or 
apparatus  for  cleaning  and  lustreing  dyed  or  undyed  yarns 
of  silk,  cotton,  or  other  fibrous  substances.     September  7. 


Sept.  3«,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


793 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

1-1,943.  C.  A.  Sahlstrom  and  E.  Pair.  Improvements  in 
the  bleaching  of  wool,  hair,  silk,  cotton,  flax  and  other 
animal  and  vegetable  fabrics  and  fibres,  paper,  pulp,  and 
the  like.     August  18. 

15,000.  J.  O.  Obermaier.  Improvements  in  or  relating 
to  the  mordanting,  dyeing,  washing,  and  otherwise 
treating  of  spun  yarn  or  the  like,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
August  19. 

15,082.  E.  Obermayer.  An  improved  process  of  dyeing 
animal  fibres  and  fabrics,  horn,  feathers,  leather,  and 
albuminous  substances  generally.     August  20. 

15,239.  W.  T.  Lye.  Improvements  in  the  bleaching  or 
dyeing  of  chip,  chip-plait,  straw,  or  straw-plait.    August  24. 

15,310.  O.  Imray.  —  From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  Pruning,  Germany.  Improvements 
in  dyeing  wool  and  woollen  fabrics  with  sulphonic  acids  of 
alizarin  colouring  matters.     August  25. 

15,726.  D.  Stewart  and  T.  Lambert.  Improvements  in 
cleansing,  bleaching,  and  dyeing  textile  materials  and 
fabrics,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     September  2. 

15,933.  C.  I.  Edmoudson.  Improvements  in  printing 
designs  or  patterns  in  two  or  more  colours  upon  textile 
fabrics.     September  6. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1892. 

11,101.  S.  Smithson.  Means  or  apparatus  for  dyeing 
yarns,  piece-goods,  and  the  like.     September  14. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 

Applications. 

14,835.  E.  Ashworth.     See  Class  I. 

14,842.  I.  Levinsteiu  and  T.  G.  Webb.  Improvements  in 
the  method  of  and  apparatus  for  concentrating  sulphuric 
acid  and  other  liquids.     August  17. 

14.945.  H.  W.  Wallis.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  chlorine.     August  18. 

14.946.  H.  W.  Wallis.  Improvements  iu  the  manufacture 
of  chlorine.     August  18. 

15,083.  L.  Grabau.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  aluminium  fluoride.     August  20. 

15,275.  W.  Stones  and  R.  Bardsley.  Improvements  in 
the  method  of  and  in  apparatus  for  the  production  of 
carbonic  acid  gas.     Complete  Specification.     August  25. 

15,346.  F.  Bale.  Improvements  in  obtaining  ammonia, 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  chlorine  from  ammonium  chloride, 
also  in  obtaining  chlorine  from  hydrochloric  acid,  and  in 
the  apparatus  used.     August  26. 

15,513.  H.  J.  Haddan.  —  From  Viscount  Lam  billy, 
France.  New  process  for  the  production  of  the  cyanides  of 
the  alkalis  and  alkaline  earth  by  the  simultaneous  employ- 
ment of  a  hydrocarbon  and  ammonia  gases,  with  the 
addition,  if  desired,  of  free  nitrogen.  Complete  Specification. 
August  29. 

15,653.  E.  A.  Deiss.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
production  of  sulphocyanides.     August  31. 

15,809.  T.  D.  Owen.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  copper  sulphate.     September  3. 

16,046.  II.  Y.  Castner.  An  improved  process  of  and 
apparatus  for  the  electrolytic  decomposition  of  alkaline 
salts,     September  7. 


16,297.  H.  C.  Bull  and  .1.  Ramage.  An  improved 
process  for  making  hydrochloric  acid  and  obtaining  pure 
silicates  of  soda  aud  lime  for  use  in  glass-making  from 
pure  sodic  chloride  with  pure  calcic  carbonate  and  refuse 
sand  from  grinding  plate  glass.     September  12. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

12,522.  E.  Brochon.  Process  and  apparatus  for  enriching 
or  concentrating  phosphates  of  lime.     August  1 7. 

17,659.  P.  de  Wilde,  A.  Reychler,  and  F.  Hurter. 
Apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  chlorine.     August  31. 

17,796.  G.  F.  Briudley.  New  solidc  ompounds  of  sulphur 
trioxide,  water,  and  the  bisulphates  or  acid  sulphates  of 
sodium  or  potassium.     September  21. 

17,911.  H.  C.  Sacre  and  II.  Grimshaw.  The  utilisation 
of  the  waste  oxide  of  iron  produced  in  the  manufacture  and 
purification  of  chloride  of  zinc.     August  31. 

18,700.  C.  W.  Vincent.  Preparation  of  mineral  salts  for 
bathing  and  drinking  purposes.     September  21. 

22,481.  E.  Edwards.  —  From  O.  Guttmann  and  L. 
Rohrmann.  Process  for  the  preparation  of  pure  nitric  acid. 
September  21. 

22,558.  A.  M.  Clark.— From  The  Deutsche  Gold  und 
Silber-Scheideanstalt  vormals  Roessler.  Production  of  salts 
of  ferricyanogen.     September  2 1 . 


13,208. 
ammonia. 


W.  Malster. 

August  31. 


1892. 
Manufacture     of     sulphate 


of 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 

Applications. 

14,830.  F.  Winkle  and  J.  Winkle.  An  improved 
appliance  or  tool  for  use  in  forming  or  shaping  the  interior 
of  vessels  or  utensils  made  of  or  from  clay,  or  similar  plastic 
material  or  compound.     August  17. 

15,162.  W.  L.  Pilkington.  Improvements  in  the  pro- 
duction of  corrugated  or  like  roughened  surface  sheet  glass. 
August  23. 

15.453.  I.  Rozelaar.  An  improved  manufacture  of 
pottery  ware.     August  27. 

15.454.  I.  Rozelaar.  An  improved  manufacture  of 
decorated  pottery  ware.     August  27. 

1 5,934.  J.  Bilton.  A  new  method  of  decorating  pottery, 
porcelain,  tiles,  bricks,  &c.     September  6. 

16,143.  S.  Hughes.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  glass  bottles.     September  9. 

16,241.  J.  C.  Duntze.  An  improved  process  for  pro- 
ducing colours  on  glass  surfaces.  Complete  Specification. 
September  10. 

16,252.  P.  Sievert.  Improvements  in  glass  furnaces. 
September  10. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

18,559.  T.Arnold.  Utilisation  of  slag  for  the  manufacture 
of  blocks,  slabs,  drain-pipes,  or  other  moulded  articles. 
September  7. 

21,542.  A.  R.  Carter  and  II.  C.  Hughes.  Manufacture  of 
stained  glass  panels  for  windows  and  other  transparencies 
and  mural  decoration.     September  21. 


79i 


THE    JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [Sept.  so,  is»2. 


1892. 

13,220.  H.  H.  Leigh.— From  I.  K.  Rue.  Enamelled 
brick?,  and  manufacture  thereof .     August  24. 

13,227.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  the  Clay  Glass  Tile  Co. 
Process  of  plating  clay  with  glass  and  articles  made  in 
accordance  therewith.     August  24. 

13,569.  J.  W.  Bonta.  Lears  or  annealing  furnaces  for 
sheet  or  plate  glass.     August  31. 


K.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

14,889.  R.  Kieffert  and  H.  Thirion.  Improvements  in 
cements.     Complete  Specification.     August  17. 

15,147.  J.  E.  Keselinff  and  C.  Fuchs,  jun.  An  artificial 
stone  composition.     Complete  Specification.     August  23. 

15,221.  J.  C.  Sellars.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  the  manufacture  of  Portland  or  equivalent  cement, 
mouldings,  castings,  Mocks,  or  the  like.     August  24. 

15,468.  G.  J.  Elwood  and  R.  Elwood.  An  improved 
process  of  preparing  wood  for  the  reception  and  indelible 
preservation  uf  characters  or  designs  written,  painted, 
printed,  engraved,  embossed,  or  otherwise.     August  29. 

15,531.  S.  it.  Wilmot.  Wilmot's  fireproof  lathing. 
August  30. 

15,911.  E.  Edwards. — From  K.  Goetz,  Austria.  Improved 
process  for  producing  liquid  clay  or  slip  for  casting  in 
moulds.     Complete  Specification.     September  5. 

16,040.  W.  Orr.  Improvements  in  the  construction  of 
concrete  roofs  and  floors  for  buildings.     September  7. 

16,354.  J.  E.  Eeseling  and  C.  Fuchs,  jun.  An  artificial 
stone  composition.     Complete  Specification.     September  13. 


Coiwplete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

15,139.  F.  Haines.  Constructing  cement  or  the  like 
pavements,  floors,  platforms,  or  other  surfaces  or  structures. 
August  31. 

15,195.  C.  Tompkins  and  J.  A.  Kinder.  Improvement 
in  buildings,  fireproof  walls,  partitions,  and  roofs. 
August  31. 

15,281.  W.  F.  Thomas.  Decoration  of  artificial  stone 
and  pavements.     September  14. 

19,46".  J.  C.  Bloomfield.  Manufacture  of  plaster. 
September  14. 

20,269.  L.  Haarmann.  Means  for  securing  asphalt  mastic 
as  a  coating  or  stopping  upon  all  descriptions  of  buildings 
and  building  materials.     August  24. 

20,740.  .1.  H.  Blakesley.  Fireproof  floors,  roofs,  girders, 
joists,  and  the  like.     Augusi  31. 

1892. 

12,174.  0.  Terp.  Manufacture  of  artificial  stone  and 
hard  compositions  applicable  to  building  and  paving 
purposes,  to  moulds  for  cement  castings,  to  safes,  and  to 
other  articles  and  purposes.     August  24. 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 
Applications. 

14,739.  N.  Henzel.  An  improved  method  of  converting 
pulverous  metallic  oxides  into  solid  ores.     August  15. 

14,787.  J.  Mandt  and  H.  Huhnholz.  Improved  method 
of  soldering  aluminium  to  aluminium  and  other  metals  and 
alloys.     August  16. 

14,920.  E.  Goll  and  C.  Vatcky.  Improved  aluminium 
solder,  and  method  of  manufacturing  the  same.   August  18. 

14,982.  T.  D.  Rock.  A  new  method  of  dealing  with 
blast-furnace  and  other  slag,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
August  19. 

15,058.  E.  Martin.  Process  for  alloying  the  surfaces  of 
metal  wires,  strips,  plates,  sheets,  and  the  like.  Complete 
Specification.     August  20. 

15,075.  J.  von  Langer  and  L.  Cooper.  Improvements 
in  or  connected  with  furnaces  for  puddling,  welding, 
annealing,  smelting,  and  similar  industrial  operations. 
August  20. 

15,152.  W.  P.  Thompson.  Improvements  in  or  relating 
to  the  production  of  bright  metallic  deposits.     August  23. 

15,206.  J.  D.  Gilmour.  Improvements  in  the  extraction 
of  gold  or  other  metals  from  ore.     August  24. 

15,248.  J.  W.  Sutton.     Improvements  in  the  wet  process 

for  the  extraction  of  gold  or  silver,  or  both,  from  pulverised 
ores  or  other  finely-divided  material,  and  in  apparatus 
therefor.     Complete  Specification.     August  24. 

15,289.  T.  Ray.  An  improved  furnace  for  heaiing 
malleable  iron  or  steel.     August  25. 

15,444.  II.  IT.  Lake. — From  G.  F.  Simonds,  United 
States.  Improvements  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  steel, 
and  to  furnaces  therefor,  said  furnaces  being  applicable  for 
other  uses.     August  27. 

15,491.  E.  H.  L.  Sturzel.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
coating  of  articles  with  zinc.     August  29. 

15,584.  J.  W.  Chenhall.  Improvement  connected  with 
the  extraction  of  metals  from  their  ores.  Complete 
Specification.     August  30. 

15,707.  G.D.Simpson.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  apparatus  or  appliances  for  condensing  and  depositing 
metallic  fumes.     September  1. 

15,713.  J.  B.  Alzugaray. — From  J.  B.  Torres,  France. 
Improvements  in  and  connected  with  the  reduction  of 
antimony  ores,  alloys,  and  salts,  and  purification  of  the 
metal  obtained  therefrom.     Sept.  1. 

16,002.  H.F.Taylor.  Improvements  in  gas-fired  furnaces 
for  heating,  re  heating.and  annealing  purposes.  September  6. 

16,168.  K.  Wittgenstein.  Process  for  manufacturing 
thin  steel  or  iron  sheets  direct  from  ingots  or  blooms. 
Complete  Specification.     September  9. 

16,173.  J.  T.  Wainwright.  Improvements  in  the  process 
of  reducing  unsmelted  ore,  including  roasted  ore,  furnace 
cinders,  and  like  material.  Complete  Specification. 
September  9. 

16.234.  G.  Selve.  Improvements  in  coating  or  plating 
aluminium  with  other  metals  or  alloys.     September  10. 

16,246.  B.  Dukes From  J.  Rose,  Germany.     Improved 

process  for  obtaining  aluminium.     September  10. 

16,292.  O.  Nicolai  and  C.  Langenbach.  Soldering 
aluminium.     September  12. 

16,312.  O.  C.  Strecker.  Improvements  in  the  prepara- 
tion and  production  of  aluminium  plates  for  printing 
purposes.     September  12. 

16,356.  T.  Lockerbie.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  slags,  and  apparatus  for  effecting  the  same. 
September  13. 

16,408.  G.  F.  Thomson.  Improvements  in  or  relating 
to  the  manufacture  of  iron  and  steel.     September  13. 


spt.su,  1992.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


795 


16.5S2.  A.  Kay.  Improvements  in  ihe  treatment  of  dust 
deposited  in  calcining  furnace,  flues  or  other  material  to 
obtain  bismuth  therefrom.      September  16. 

16,629.  W.Mills.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
aluminium,  and  apparatus  therefor.     September  17. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

9784.  W.  Noad,  C.  Minns,  and  P.  II.  Stephens.  Process 
or  means  for  extracting  or  recovering  metals  from  their  ores 
or  other  metal-bearing  bodies,     September  14. 

15,567.  E.  B.  Parnell.  Furnaces  for  treating  ores. 
August  24. 

16,178.  C.  Walrand  and  E.  Legenisel.  Treatment  of 
steel,  and  apparatus  therefor.     August  24. 

17,315.  J.  H.  Pratt.  New  or  improved  metallic  alloys. 
September  7. 

17,636.  F.  Webb.  Means  or  apparatus  for  extracting 
precious  metals  from  their  ores.     September  21. 

17,755.  J.  B.  Alzugaray.  Basic  furnace  lining  and  basic 
material.     September  21. 

18,442.  W.  A.  Sugden.— From  W.  R.  Sugden.  Manu- 
facture of  iron,  and  a  fuel  or  compound  suitable  therefor. 
September  21. 

18,559.  T.  Arnold.     See  Class  VIII. 

19,118.  H.  Le  Neve  Foster.  Manufacture  of  iron. 
September  14. 

19,389.  S.  H.  Johnson  and  C.  C.  Hutchinson.  Leaching 
ores,  and  apparatus  therefor.     September  21. 

19,771.  A.  K.  Huntington  and  J.  T.  Prestige,  jun. 
Copper  alloys.     September  21. 

20,003.  H.  Y.  Castner.  Manufacture  of  the  oxides  of 
alkaline  metals.     September  21. 

1892. 

4460.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  W.  J.  Miles,  jun., 
II.  S.  Deming,  and  A.  Herz.     Metallic  alloys.     August  24. 

10,583.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  B.  Talbot.  Treatment 
of  iron  and  basic  slag,  and  extracting  silicon  and  phos- 
phorus.    September  14. 

13,148.  G.  G.  M.  Hardingham.  —  From  H.  Wilisch. 
Hardening  particles  of  steel  or  other  metal,  and  apparatus 
therefor.     August  31. 

14,264.  P.  Hart.  Method  of  desulphurising  zinc  ores. 
September  14. 

14,586.  J.  L.  Sebenius.  Apparatus  for  removing,  when 
casting,  gases  and  impurities  contained  in  the  metal  or 
alloy.     September  21. 


XI.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Applications. 

14.719.  T.    Floyd.     Improvements   in    and    relating    to 
electrical  storage  batteries.     August  15. 

14.720.  A.  J.  Jarman.     Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
electrical  storage  batteries.     August  15. 

14.813.  E.  P.  Usher.     Improvements   in  electric   battery 
plates.     Complete  Specification.     August  16. 

14.814.  E.  P.  Usher.     Improvements  in  storage  batteries. 
Complete  Specification.     August  16. 

14.815.  E.  P.  Usher.     Improvements  in  storage  batteries. 
Complete  Specification.     August  16. 

14.816.  E.  P.  Usher.     Improvements  in  electric  battery 
plates.     Complete  Specification.     August  16. 

14,947.  A.  J.   Jarman.      Improvements   in  the  plates  or 
electrodes  of  electric  storage  batteries.     August  18. 


15,113.  J.  P.  Koubcrtie,  V.  Lapeyse,  and  U.  Grenier. 
Manufacture  of  caustic  soda  and  potash,  and  hydrochloric 
acid,  by  electrolytic  treatment  of  chloride  of  sodium  and 
chloride  of  potassium,  and  apparatus  for  this  purpose. 
August  22. 

15,120.  H.  W.  Headland.  Improvements  in  or  applicable 
to  electrical  accumulators  or  secondary  or  storage  batteries. 
August  22. 

15,197.  H.  M.  E.  Andreoli.  Improvements  in  electrolytic 
apparatus.     August  23. 

15,296.  H.  C.  Bull  and  J.  Ramage.  Improvements  in 
and  appertaining  to  electrical  accumulators.     August  25. 

15,319.  D.  Federman.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
electric  batteries.     August  25. 

15,356.  H.  C.  Bull.  An  improved  electro-chemical 
process  for  treating  iron  pyrites,  thereby  recovering  every- 
thing valuable  contained  therein  and  avoiding  all  noxious 
fumes.     August  26. 

15,372.  YV.  Boggett.  Improvements  in  the  method  and 
means  of  obtaining  electricity.     August  26. 

15,477.  A.  F.  W.  Kreiusen.  Improvements  in  the  means 
for  and  method  of  melting  metals  and  other  materials  by 
electricity.     Complete  Specification.     August  29. 

15,649.  J.  Stoerk.  Apparatus  for  continuous  decom- 
position of  alkaline  chlorides  by  electrolytic  fusion. 
August  31. 

15,793.  C.  G.  P.  de  Laval.  Method  of  smelting  or  over- 
heating iron  or  other  metals  by  means  of  electricity.  Filed 
September  2.  Date  applied  for  March  8,  1892,  being 
date  of  application  in  Sweden. 

15,799.  E.  Nunan  and  J.  W.  Nelson.  An  improvement 
in  galvanic  batteries.    Complete  Specification.    September  2. 

15,887.  H.  H.  Frei.  Improvements  in  and  apparatus  for 
obtaining  metals  by  electrolysis.     September  5. 

16,201.  J.  B.  Fachris.  Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries.     September  10. 

16,262.  C.  A.  Faure.  Improvements  in  the  electrolytical 
decomposition  of  alkaline  chlorides  for  the  production 
of  chlorine  and  alkalis,  and  in  apparatus  therefor. 
September  10. 

16,300.  H.  H.  Frei.  Improved  method  of  and  means  for 
supplying  electricity  to  the  carbon  electrodes  employed  in 
the  electrolysis  of  fused  electrolytes.     September  12. 

16,461.  W.  Main.  Improvements  in  secondary  batteries. 
Complete  Specification.  Filed  September  14.  Date  applied 
for  February  15,  1892,  being  date  of  application  in  United 
States. 

16,545.  A.  E.  J.  Ball.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
dry  and  other  galvanic  batteries.     September  16. 

16,588.  P.  Garuti.  Production  of  oxygen  and  hydrogen 
by  electrolysis  of  water.  Filed  September  1 6.  Date  applied 
for,  April  25,  being  date  of  application  in  Italy. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

17,758.  The  Mining  and  General  Electric  Lamp  Co. 
and   J.   T.   Niblett.      Elements    for    secondary    batteries. 

September  7. 

18,974.  T.  Parker.  Electrical  furnaces  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  phosphorus  or  other  matters  capable  of  being 
volatilised  by  heat.     September  7. 


1892. 

14,044.  J.  C.  Fell.— From  \Y.  Morrison, 
secondary  batteries.     September  21. 


Electrodes  for 


?9o 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE    SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Sept.  SO,  1892. 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Applications. 

14,726.  G.  Harper.  Improved  compound  or  composition 
for  cleaning  or  removing  paint  and  varnish  or  for  cleansing 
wood,  metal,  and  stone.     August  15. 

15,012.  J.  Trent  and  G.  Henderson.  A  process  of 
extracting,  purifying,  and  saving  the  fat  or  grease  from 
wool,  and  for  cleaning  the  wool  by  the  use  of  benzole 
(benzene)  or  any  other  spirituous  liquid  suitable  for  dis- 
solving the  fat  or  grease.  Complete  Specification. 
August  19. 

15,270.  G.  Thomas. — From  A.  Stauber,  Germany.  Sec 
('hiss  I. 

IS, 432.  W.  Shepperson.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  animal  fats.     August  29. 

15,696.  W.  C.  Latham.  An  improved  cleansing  com- 
pound.    September  1. 

15,899.  J.  C.  Decker.  Improvements  in  oil  for  general 
painting.     Complete  Specification.     September  5. 

16,018.  W.  H.  Ilorton  and  E.  M.  Taylor.  An  improve- 
ment in  what  is  commonly  called  dry  soap  or  soap-powder, 
and  intended  for  use  for  certain  purposes.  Complete 
Specification.     September  7. 

16,314.  ,T.  G.  Haller  and  I.  Magnus. — From  R.  Gieber- 
mann,  United  States.  A  process  for  recovery  and  treatment 
of  glycerin.     September  1 2. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

15,^47.  J.  Alexander  and  Co.,  Limited, and  H.  de  Laspee. 
Manufacture  of  soap  and  saponaceous  compounds.  Sep- 
tember 7. 

17,440.  J.  Templeman.  Manufacture  of  soaps  and 
saponaceous  compounds.     August  24. 

18,632.  F.  G.  Haigh  aud  W.  C.  Haigh.  Fluid  soap. 
September  21. 

19,297.  J.  Taylor.    Manufacture  of  soaps.  September  14. 

20,445.  H.E.Walter.   Cleansing  material.  September  14. 


1892. 

12,974.  G.  1'.  Macdougald  and  J.  Sturrock.  Process  or 
means  for  making  soap  cakes  or  bars  with  an  indelible 
colour.     August  24. 

13,081.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  F.  Hlawaty  and  A. 
Kanitz.     Manufacture  of  washing  soap.     August  24. 

14,114.  R.  Haddan. — From  B.  Jaffe  and  L.  Darmstiidter. 
Separation  of  wool-wax  from  wool-fat,  and  preparation  of 
lanoliue  from  the  more  fluid  residue.    September  14. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS   VARNISHES,  and 
RESINS. 

Applications. 

14,726.  G.  Harper.     See  Class  XII. 

14,7'.:  +  .  (;.  I).  Coleman.  An  improved  process  and 
apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  white  lead  aud  other 
lead  pigments.     Complete  Specification.     August  16. 

14,888.  R.  Kieffert  and  II.  Thirion.  Improvements  in 
paints.     Complete  Specification.     August  17. 

14,S96.  15.  Pitt.  A  chemical  compouud  gelatin  or 
liquid  detergent  for  laundry,  washing,  or  other  purposes. 
August  18. 


15,348.  J.  W.  Longbottom  and  A.  Sharman.  An 
improved  material  or  composition  for  coating  boilers  or 
iron  work  or  steel  work  generally  for  the  prevention  of 
rust,  .xc.  and  the  like.     August  26. 

15.426.  J.  \V.  Savage.  Manufacture  of  an  elastic 
compouud  for  electrical  insulation  and  other  purposes. 
August  27. 

15,452.  J.M.  Raymond.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  vulcanised  india-rubber.     August  27. 

15.544,  A.  !■'.  S.  George.  Manufacture  of  artificial  caout- 
chouc.    August  30. 

15,614.  J.  McDonnell.  Coir  fibre  aud  rubber  composi- 
tion.    August  31. 

16,184.  P.  Bronner.  Process  for  the  manufacture  of 
oxide  of  lead  and  of  white  lead  from  crude  sulphate  of 
lead.     September  9. 

16,435.  P.  Bronner.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  white  lead  direct  from  galena.     September  14. 

16,536.  M.  Mackay.  Improvements  in  treating  copal, 
kauri,  sandrac,  and  other  gum  resins.     September  15. 

16,573.  H.  MeKenua.  A  new  'process  for  the 
manufacture  of  paints  and  varnishes  and  strong  cements. 
September  16. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 
16,229.    F.  J.  Rowan   and   15.    Dawson.     Apparatus  for 
oxidising  lead  sulphide  and  zinc  to  form   white   pigments. 
August  21. 

19.545.  E.  V.  Gardner.  Manufacture  of  white  lead. 
September  21. 


1S92. 


and 


4252.     D.    Rigole.       Extraction    of    gutta-percha, 
apparatus  therefor.      August  24. 

12,175.  O.  Terp.  Enamel  paints  for  resisting  damp, 
fire,  and  atmospheric  influences,  and  imitation  mosaic  and 
other  articles  made  therewith.     August  24. 

13,402.  E.  Bieruath.  A  new  or  improved  insulating  and 
waterproof  material.     September  21. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 

Applications. 

15,630.  E.  Braud.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  animal  glue.     Complete  Specification.     August  31. 

15,807.  J.  Westaway.  Improvements  in  means  and 
apparatus  for  tendering  leather  waterproof.     September  3. 


XV.— AGRICULTURE  and  MANURES. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 
12,522.  E.  Brochon.     See  Class  VII. 

1892. 

12,432.  J.  T.  Knowles. — From  L.  Buroni  and  P.  Mar- 
chand.  A  composition  for  fixing  ammoniacal  nitrogen 
used  in  agriculture.     September  21. 


Sept.  so  I882.J        THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


797 


XVI.— SUGARS,   STARCHES,   GUMS,  Etc. 
Applications. 

14,675.  A.  G.  Berry.     See  Class  I. 

15,571.  G.  .1.  Epstein.  Improvements  in  the  separation 
of  gluten  from  Hour.     August  30. 

15,816.  C.  M.  Lafontaine.  A  new  or  improved  process 
and  apparatus  for  the  treatment  and  purification  of  raw 
sugar,  and  its  conversion  into  blocks  or  ingots.  Complete 
Specification.     September  3. 

15,897.  A.  Bumpier.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
production  of  invert  sugar  and  dextrose.  Complete 
Specification.     September  5. 

16,409.  G.  J.  Epstein.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  waste  products  from  the  manufacture  of  starch. 
September  13. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

20,119.  J.  Drummond.  Apparatus  for  separating 
impurities  from  sugar.     September  21. 


XVII.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 
Applications. 

15,656.  C  A.  Sahlstrom  and  A.  B.  Cunningham. 
Improvements  in  the  purification  and  maturing  of  spirits 
and  in  apparatus  therefor.     August  31. 

16,04S.  G.  Francke  and  0.  E.  Nycander.  Improvements 
relating  to  the  production  of  dry  3-east.     September  7. 

16,563.  W.  Uohowsky.  A  new  or  improved  process  or 
manufacture  of  non-injurious  beverages  from  liquids 
containing  alcohol.     September  16. 

16,666.  W.  I!.  Lake. — From  C.  Zimmer,  Germany.  An 
improved  process  of  brewing  and  apparatus  therefor. 
September  17. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

13, OSS.  II.  E.  Xewton. —  From  La  Societe  Anonyme  "La 
Levure."  Production  and  preservation  of  pure  yeast. 
September  7. 

18,258.  F.  E.  V.  Bains.  Process  for  treating  grain  to 
obtain  a  product  suitable  for  use  in  brewing,  distilling, 
vinegar  making  and  for  other  purposes.     August  24. 

IS, 292.  F.  Scheibler.  Apparatus  for  liquoring  sugar. 
September  7. 

1 8,53S.  R.  H.  Leaker.  Pneumatic  malting,  and  ma- 
chinery or  apparatus  therefor.     September  14. 

18,833.  E.  Barlow.  Drying  and  calcining  brewers' 
refuse  and  grains,  and  other  substances  and  materials. 
August  31. 

18,997.  R.  H.  Leaker.  Kilning  malt,  and  structures  and 
apparatus  therefor.     August  31. 

19,849.  P.  A.  Roche.  Manufacture  of  beer.  Septem- 
ber 21. 

1892. 

6531.  J.  F.  Wittemann.  Process  of  finishing  beer. 
September  7. 

12,214.  .1.  Mosler,  M.  Schaffer,  and  A.  Sachs.  A  process 
for  the  production  of  sugar-colour  from  brewery  and 
distillery  refuse.     September  21. 

12,413.  B.  J.  B.  Mills. — From  the  Universal  Carbonating 
Co.  Method  and  apparatus  for  carbonating  beer. 
August  10. 


XVIIL— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 

A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

16,548.  C.  Blackmore.  A  new  or  improved  process  for 
incorporating  malt,  or  the  aroma  therefrom,  with  coffee, 
tea,  and  similar  substances  used  as  beverages  or  food. 
Complete  Specification.     September  16. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

14,861.  C.  B.  Lotheriugton.  An  improved  method  of 
consuming  noxious  gases  or  vapours  in  chemical  manure 
and  other  works,  also  applicable  for  ventilating  such  works. 
August  17. 

15.285.  C.  A.  Burghardt.  Improvements  in  the  produc- 
tion of  a  ferric  preparation  for  the  purification  of  sewage 
or  other  foul  water.     August  25. 

16,333.  W.  F.  Goodhue  and  C.  Paulus.  Improvements 
in  sewage-separating  and  purifying  apparatus.  Complete 
Specification.     September  13. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

A.  —  Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1891. 

17,363.  P.  Meyer.     See  Class  XX. 

19,859.  E.  P.  Robert.  Blood-forming  substance  and 
method  of  producing  the  same.     September  21. 

21,391.  D.  Evans. — From  A.  A.  Freeman  and  C.  Evans. 
Process  of  preserving  oysters  and  other  bivalves  in  the 
shell.     September  21. 

1892. 

13,615.  S.  T.  Achor.  Soluble  chocolate,  and  the  process 
of  preparing  the  same.    August  31. 

13,642.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  S.  Crump.  An  improved 
food  compound,  and  method  of  manufacturing  the  same. 
September  7. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1891. 

17,924.  A.  P.  Hope.  Process  for  oxygenating,  deo- 
dorising, and  disinfecting  sewage  or  other  fermentable  or 
noxious  matters.     September  7. 

18.286.  G.  C.  Purvis.  Method  in  sewage  precipitatior. 
September  7. 

18,466.  A.  Lutschaunig.  Manufacture  of  filtering,  preci- 
pitating, deodorising,  and  purifying  material.    September  14. 

19,120.  J.  P.  Alliott  Apparatus  for  dealing  with  the 
refuse  of  towns.     September  14. 

19,803.  H.  P.  Boulnois  and  J.  A.  Brodie.  Refuse 
destructors.     September  21. 

1892. 

9760.  H.  Stier.  Proces-  for  the  purification  of  waste  or 
refuse  water  from  sewers,  mills,  works,  factories,  and  the 
like.     September  14. 

C. — Disinfectants. 

1891. 
14.7S8.  H.  H.  Lake. — From    A.    G.    Plumraerer.     Fluid 
insecticide.     August  31. 

18,466.  A.  Lutschaunig.     See  Class  XVIIL  B. 


798 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  fc.30,1892. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 


Applications. 


Au  improved  process  of  and  apparatus 
for    the    manufacture   cf   paper   pulp. 


15,720.  A.  Brin. 
for  treating  peit 
September  I . 

15,851.  .T.  Craig  and  G.  .1.  Wildridge.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  and  production  of  blotting-paper  or  like 
absorbent  paper,  and  apparatus  to  be  employed  therein. 
September  3. 

16,239.  S.  Berbuto  and  E.  Marguet.  Improvements  in 
paper  pulp  refining  apparatus.     September  10. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 
19,560.  H.  de  Chardonnet.     Manufacture  of  pyroxylines. 
August  24. 

1S92. 
14,335.  E.  Jerome.     Toilet  paper.     September  14. 


XX.— FIXE   CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS    ESSENCES, 
and  EXTRACTS. 

Applications. 

14,715.  O.  Imray.  —  From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  Briining,  Germany.  Improvements  in 
the  production  of  iodoso  compounds.     August  15. 

14,710.  O.  Imra_v.  —  From  tie  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  Bi  lining,  Germany.  Improvements  in 
the  production  of  pyrazolone  derivatives.     August  15. 

14,881.  II.  E.  Xewton.  —  From  The  Farbenfabriken 
vormals  !•'.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  chemical  compounds  containing  sulphur. 
August  17. 

16,112.  H.  E.  Newton.  —  From  The  Farbenfabriken 
vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  of 
iodine  compounds.     September  8. 

16,279.  J.  Simpson.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  iodine.     September  12. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

14,430.  A.  Schmitz  and  E.  Toenges.  Process  for  the 
production  of  oxy-fatty  glycerin  ethers  and  oxy-sulpho- 
<>xy-dioxy  and  sulpho-dioxy  fatty  acids.     August  31. 

17,137.  O.  Imray. — From  La  Societc  de  Laire  et  Cie. 
Manufacture  of  vanilloyl  carbonic  acid  and  of  vanilline  by 
its  transformation.     August  24. 

17,363.  P.  Meyer.  Apparatus  for  the  production  of  dry 
extract  of  coffee  or  tea.     August  24. 


12,660.    C     Lowe. 
September  7. 


1892. 
Manufacture 


of    crude    acetone. 


XXI.— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 
MATERIALS. 

Applications. 

14,706.  J.  H.  P.  Gillard.  Improvements  in  sensitised 
films,  and  in  sensitive  emulsions  therefor.     August  15. 

15,901.  W.  H.  Slader  and  L.  Siedle.  An  improved 
process  for  the  transfer  of  photographic  images.  September  5 . 

15,956.  E.  H.  Hardy.  New  or  improved  process  and 
apparatus  for  the  tentative  exposure  and  development  of 
pictures  obtained  by  photography.     September  6. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

15,434.  J.  Hauff.  The  preparation  and  employment  of 
aromatic  amido-compounds  as  developing  means  in  photo- 
graphy.    September  7. 

20,690.  J.  Hauff.  The  use  of  aromatic  amido-compounds, 
and  cf  derivatives  of  pyrogallol  for  the  development  of 
photographic  images.     September  21. 


XXIL— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Applications. 

15,416.  M.  Weis.  Improvements  in  lucifer  matches. 
August  27. 

16,567.  O.  Imray. — From  Chemische  Fabrik  Greisheim, 
Germany.     Manufacture  of  explosives.     September  16. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

18,439.  C.  Huelser. — From  G.  Gillischewsky.  Process 
for  producing  a  liquid  substance  for  making  fir  star  firework. 
August  31. 


XXIII.— ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

Application. 

15,273.  P.  Willis. — From  J.  E.  Lonnergan,  United  States 
A  new  process  of  asceriaining  the  quantity  of  butter-fat  in 
milk.     August  25. 


PATENT  UNCLASSIFIABLE. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1892. 
13.SI7.   L.  S.  I.angville.     Carbon  product.     September  7. 


Printed  and  lublisiied  by  Eyke  and  Spottiswoolp.  East  Harding  Strict,  London,  E.C.,  (or  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 


THE   JOURNAL 

OP  THE 

Society  of  Qjemtcctl  3noustry: 

A    MONTHLY    RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  10.— Vol.  XI.] 


OCTOBER    31,   1892. 


f 


Non-Members  80/-  per  annum ;  Members 
21/-  per  Set  of  extra  or  back  numbers ; 
Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2/6. 


€\)t  £>orietp  of  Cfmnfcal  Entoustrp. 


Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  E.  Eoscoe,  M.P..  LL.D.,  T.P.R.S 

Sir  Frederick  Abel,  K.C.B.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S 

Walter  Weldori,  F.R.S 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 

K.  K.  Muspratt 

David  Howard 

Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S 

E.  Rider  Cook 

Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  M.D.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S. 


1881—1882, 
18S2— 1883, 
1883—1884. 
1884—1885, 
1885—1886 
1886—1887 
1887—1888, 
1888—1889. 
1889—1890. 
1890—1891 
1891—1892, 


COUNCIL  FOR   YEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 

President :  Sir  John  Evans,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  4c. 
Vice-Presidents : 


Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S. 

Wm.  Crowder. 

David  Howard. 

Dr.  F.  Hurter. 

K.  K.  Muspratt. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds, 

M.D.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
Prof.  T.  E.  Thorpe,  F.R.S. 
Sir  John  Tumey. 


A.  H  Allen. 

Arthur  Boake. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

Dr.  Charles  Dreyfus. 

H.  Grimshaw. 

Christopher  C.  Hutchinson, 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council : 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 
John  Pattinson. 
Boverton  Redwood. 
A.  Gordon  Salamon. 
Edward  C.  Cortis  Stanford. 
Thos.  Tyrer. 


With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer: 
E.  Rider  Cook  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices: 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 

THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Archbutt. 

G.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc,  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 

H.  Brunner. 

E.  Rider  Cook. 

W.  T.  Dent. 

Ohas.  Dreyfus,  Ph.D. 

Percy  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Hummel. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 

F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 

C.  C.  Hutchinson. 

Wm.  Kellner,  Ph.D. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

John  Pattinson. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 

H.  R.  Procter. 

Boverton  Redwood. 

John  Spiller. 

Wm.  Thorp. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


r,  Lewkowitsch,) 
Ph.D / 


Editor : 
Watson  Smith,  University  College,  London,  W.C. 

Assisted  by  the  following  Staff  of  Abstractors : 
S.  B.  Asher  Aron.  IV.,  IX.,  X. 

H.Auer VII. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gen.Chem. 

D.  Bendii III. 

M.  Bentley VI. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V.,  VI. 

Jos.  Beruays.M.I.C.E     I. 

E.  J.  Bevan V..XIX. 

Bertram  Blount .  (xn   'xill 
Arthur  G.  Bloxam  XIV.,  XV. 

J.  C.Chorley I,  XXI. 

J.H.Collins X. 

V.Cornish... VIII., IX.,  XIII 
C.  F.  Cross  ....    V.,  XI  I.,  XIX. 

W.  P.  Dreaper VI. 

P.  Dvorkowitsch  II.,  III.,  XII. 

W.M.Gardner V.,  VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton I. 

P.  J .  Hartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Chem. 
Prof.  D.  E.  Jones,  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc VI.,  XVI. 

F.  S.    Kipping,  }       II.  and 
D.Sc j  Gen.Chem. 

ChaphAbK.ob°:.}GenChem- 

L.deKoningh  XVIII.,XXIII. 


T.  A.  Lawson,  Ph.D. .    IV. 

F.H.Leeds.    III.,  XIII.,  XXI. 

III.,  XII. 

A.  R.  Ling IV.,  XVI. 

D.A.Louis IX.,  X.,  XV. 

W.  Macnab XXII. 

K.  E.  Markel.Ph.D. ..     XII. 

A.  K.Miller,  Ph.D..    III.,  IV. 

N.H.J. Miller, Ph.D.    XV. 

F.  W.  Passmore, >  XY    \-ttit 
Ph.D $  XX.,  XXIII. 

H.S.Pattinson.Ph.D.    VII., X. 

HmTan^?n.tf.r:}  ™~  "II. 
W.J.Pope  ....    IV.. X., XXI. 

G.H.Robertson XI. 

F.  W.  Renaut . . .    Patent  Lists. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.  A.  Sutherland  . . .    II.,  III. 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

H.K.Tompkins,  B.Sc.    X. 

V.  H.Veley.M.A.    Gen.Chem. 

C.  Otto  Weber,  Ph.D.  IV.,  XII  I. 

J.G.Wells XVII.,  XX. 

A.  Wingham X. 


NOTICES. 

Foreign  and  Colonial  Members  are  reminded  that  the 
subscription  of  25s.  for  1893,  payable  on  January  1st  next, 
should  be  sent  in  good  time  to  the  Treasurer  in  order  to 
ensure  continuity  in  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  Journal. 
Any  changes  of  address  to  appear  in  the  new  List  of  Mem- 
bers now  in  course  of  preparation,  should  reach  the  General 
Secretary  not  later  than  January  loth,  1893. 


Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Rider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  Bow, 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 
communicated.  _^___^__ 


800 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  81,  1892. 


Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Rule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  be 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  case  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  Eyre  and  Sfottiswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  is  prepared  to  offer  Us.  apiece  for  copies  of 
the  Society's  Journals  for  January  1883  in  saleable  condi- 
tion. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  21st  OCTOBER  1892. 


Ambler,  Chas.  T.,  Monghyr,  East  Indian  Railway,  mine 
owner. 

Anquetil,  Edw.,  24,  Hurley  Road,  Kenuington,  S.E., 
botanist  and  chemical  student. 

Ashburn,  Win.  B.,  Blauefield  Print  Works,  Strathblaue, 
N.B.,  chemist. 

Benson,  Surgeon-Major  Percy  H.,  Mysore  city,  South 
India,  Surgeon-AIajor,  Indian  Army. 

Burroughs,  Silas  M.,  Snow  Hill  Buildings,  Holborn 
Viaduct,  EC.,  manufacturing  chemist. 

Corpataux,  J.,  6,  Cliff  Villas,  Toller  Lane,  Bradford, 
Yorks.,  technical  chemist. 

Derrick,  Wm.  H.,  Airlie,  Denzil  Avenue,  Southampton, 
mining  engineer. 

Dyson,  Septimus,  6,  Hanover  Square,  Leeds,  manufac- 
turing chemist. 

Flintoff,  Robt.  J.,Crumpsall  Lane,  Manchester,  chemist. 

Hammond,  Geo.  W.,  Hotel  Hamilton,  Boston,  Mass. 
U.S.A.,  fibre  manufacturer. 

Harding,  Jesse  11.,  Reuonda,  Montserrat,  Vest  Indies, 
manager  Redonda  Phosphate  Co. 

Horton,  Wm.,  Fern  Hill,  School  Koad,  Moseley,  near 
Birmingham,  solicitor. 

Jenkin,  Wm.  A.,  Casino  Ingles,  Minas  de  Rio  Tinto, 
Prov.  Huelva,  Spain,  metallurgical  chemist. 

Keirby,  Juo.  E..  Moorland  Villa,  Swinton,  Manchester, 
manufacturing  engineer. 

Ledoff,  Alex.,  Technological  Institute,  Charkow,  Russia, 
professor. 

Naylor,  Wm.,  1G,  Walton's  Parade,  Preston,  Chief 
Inspector  Ribble  Joint  Committee. 

Passmore,  Dr.  Francis  W.,  27,  Kennington  Park  Gardens, 
S.E.,  analytical  chemist. 

Pears,  Andrew,  jun.,  Spring  Grove,  Isleworth,  chemical 
Mndent. 

Rudolf,  Norman  S.,  Sewan,  Sarun,  Bengal,  India, 
analytical  chemist. 

Rueff,  Emil,  426-436,  East  19th  Street,  New  York  City, 
U.S.A.,  Superintendent  American  Carbonate  Co. 

Sellentin,  E.,  London  Soda  Works,  Horseferry  Road, 
Liinehouse,  E.,  managing  director. 

Shenton,  Jas.  P.,  34,  Lansdowue  Road,  Didsbury,  Man- 
chester, analytical  chemist. 

Silvester,  Harry,  65,  Douglas  Road,  Handsworth, 
Birmingham,  analytical  chemist. 

Stephens,  Michael,  Avenue  House,  Finchley,  frf.,  ink 
manufacturer. 

Stuart,  Ernest  B.,  3900  Cottage  Grove  Avenue,  Chicago, 
111.,  U.S.A.,  teacher  of  chemical  technology. 

Tatton,  Reginald  A.,  44,  Mosley  Street,  Manchester,  civil 
engineer. 

Thorpe,  Thos.,  Wuiterield,  Manchester,  civil  engineer. 


W'instanley,  Hy.,  Glengowau  Print  Works,  C'aldercruix, 
via  Airdrie,  N.B.,  calico  printers'  chemist. 

Witthaus,  Professor  Rudolph  A.,  118,  West  55th  Street, 
New  York  City,  U.S.A.,  professor  of  chemistry. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS. 


Aron,  S.  B.  A.,  1  o  Bayswater  ;  Alexandria  House,  Balls 
Pond  Koad,  N. 

Banks,  A.  J.,  l/o  West  Ham;  c/o  F.  W.  Fellow es, 
61,  Chancery  Lane,  E.C. 

Bewick,  T.  Burrell,  l/o  Suffolk  House :  Broad  St.  House, 
Old  Broad  Street,  E.C. 

Bolas,  Thos.,  l/o  Grove  Terrace  ;  60,  Grove  Park  Terrace, 
Chiswick,  W. 

Bookman,  S.,  l/o  Mittelstrasse  ;  Pestalozzi  Strasse  28, 1,  r., 
Charlottenburg,  Berlin. 

Boothby,  Chas.,  l/o  Stockport ;  c/o  J.  L.  Wade  &  Co., 
Manor  House  Wharf,  Vauxhall,  S.W. 

Boyd,  Wm.,  l/o  Cardiff ;  Tharsis  Co.'s  Works,  Hebburn- 
on-Tyne. 

Deans,  J.  A.,  l/o  Morristou  ;  4,  College  Street,  Swansea. 

Down,  Thos.,  l/o  Williugton-on-Tyne ;  Tharsis  Copper 
Works,  Cardiff. 

England,  R.,  l/o  Dunster  House ;  Broomhill  Lodge, 
Woodford  Green,  E. 

Fletcher,  A.  E.,  l/o  Chalfont  St.  Peter;  13,  Christchurch 
Road,  Crouch  End,  N. 

Gillman.  G.,  l/o  Lorca ;  Ferro-carril  de  Murcia  a 
Granada,  Aguilas,  Prov.  de  Mureia,  Spain. 

Hirsch,  Dr.  R.,  l/o  Potsdamerstrasse ;  25,  Urban  Strasse, 
Berlin,  S. 

Hodges,  H.  B.,  l/o  Boston ;  c/o  B.  &  O.  R.  R.,  Mount 
Clare,  Baltimore,  Md..  U.S.A. 

Holmes,  F.  G.,  l/o  Silvertown ;  76,  Pepys  Road,  New 
Cross,  S.E. 

Isherwood,  O.,  l/o  Bolton;  16,  Portland  Avenue,  Cross 
Lane,  Salford. 

Kortright.  F.  L.,  l/o  Syracuse;  31,  North  Geneva 
Street,  Ithaca,  New  York,  LT.S.A. 

Lineff,  A.  L.,  l/o  Chiswick  ;  c/o  Goldenherg,  51,  Tribune 
Buildings,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

McArthur,  Jno.,  l/o  Nicosia  Road;  196,  Trinity  Road, 
Wandsworth  Common,  S.W. 

Morgan,  A.  F.,  l/o  Doncaster ;  Springfield,  Caerleon 
Road,  Newport,  Mon. 

Morris,  Herbert  N.,  l/o  Zurich ;  52,  Manley  Road, 
Manchester. 

Nahnsen,  Dr.  R.,  l/o  Altona;  Domitz,  Elbe,  Germany. 

Rademacher,  H.  A.,  l/o  Broadway ;  General  Delivery, 
Lawrence,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Ritson,  T.  N.,  l/o  Jersey  ;  Gas  Works,  Kendal. 

Robinson,  Jno.,  l/o  Ditton  ;  17,  Frederick  Street,  Simms 
Cross,  W'idnes. 

Seholefield,  H.  E.,  l/o  Edge  Lane  ;  Greenwood,  Victoria 
Park,  Wavertree,  Liverpool. 

Scrutton,  W.  J.,  l/o  New  Mexico;  18,  Billiter  Street, 
London,  E.C. 

Sharp,  Henry,  l/o   Southampton  ;  Brockenhurst,  Hants. 

Sommer,  Ad.,  l/o  California ;  corner  1st  and  Binney 
Streets,  East  Cambridge,  Boston,  Mass.,  0.S.  A. 

Stirk,  Jos.,  l/o  Burton  ;  Fernelift'e,  Elm  Bank,  Nottingham. 

Teanby,  G.  W.  A.,  l/o  Leeds  ;  Laboratory,  65,  Bath  Row, 
Birmingham. 

Trechmanu,  A.  O.,  l/o  Stockton ;  Tinnoth  House, 
Hailing,  near  Rochester. 

Van  Gundy,  C.  P.,  l/o  Pittsburg  ;  Laboratory,  Baltimore 
and  Ohio  R.R.,  Baltimore,  Md.,  U.S.A. 

Wilson,  Dr.  W.  H.,  l/o  Bedford ;  Presidency  College, 
Madras. 


Oct.  31, 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


801 


JBfatf)8u 


Pratt,  J.  W.  l/o  Belize ;  at  Memphis,  U.S.A.     Dec.  10th, 
1891. 
Thompson,  Chas.,  15,  Patshull  Rcl.,  N.W. 
Wells,  Jno.,  Northampton  Square,  Clerkenwell,  E.C. 


ionfcon  Section, 

Chemical  Society's  Kooms,  Burlington  House. 

Chairman:  Win.  Thorp. 
Vice-Chairman:  W.  Crowder. 


C.  P.  Cross. 

A.  G.Green. 

D.  Howard. 
C.  C.  Hutchinson. 
W.  Kellner. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 
W.  Ramsay. 

Hon.  Local  Secretar 


Committee: 

F.  G.  Adair  Roberts. 
A.  Gordon  Salamon. 

G.  N.  Stoker. 
F.  Napier  Sutton. 
T.  E.  Thorpe. 
T.  Tyrer. 
Frank  Wilson. 
:  John  Heron, 


Ellerdale,  Cottenham  Park,  Wimbledon, 


SESSION  1892-93. 
Monday,  November  7th  :— Mr.  Watson  Smith.    "1.  The  Prepara- 
tion of  Nitrous  Oxide,    2.  A  Reaction  between  Cupric  Acetate 
and  Galena." 


Et'brrpool  Section. 

University  College,  Brownlow  Street. 

Chairman:  H.  Brunner. 
Vice-Chairman :  E.  Carey. 
Committee  : 
J.  Campbell  Brown.  F.  Huiter. 

E.  Carey.  A.  H.  Knight. 

V.  C.  Driffield.  E.  K.  Muspratt. 

Jos.  C.  Gamble.  G.  Schack-Sommer. 

C.  L.  Higgins.  A.  Watt. 

Hon.  Treasurer :  W  P.  Thompson. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary : 

Dr.  Chas.  A.  Kohu,  University  College,  Liverpool 

Notioes  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  he 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary.    

SESSION  1892-93. 
Wednesday,  November  2nd:— Mr.  Henry  Brunner.    Chairman's 
Address — "Artificial  Manures  in  Fruit  Culture." 

Further  Meetings  on  the  first  Wednesday  in  each  month. 


Commttmratiom 


THE  FLAMELESS  COMBUSTION  OF 
NATURAL  GAS. 

BY    GODFREY    L.    CABOT. 

Referring  to  the  well-known  phenomenon  of  the  ignition 
of  gas  in  contact  with  platinum  as  described  on  p.  669  of 
the  Society's  Journal  for  August,  it  may  be  of  interest  to 
know  that  this  does  not  occur  with  natural  gas  such  as 
found  in  Western  Pennsylvania. 

Natural  gas  always  contains  aqueous  vapour.  The  pipe- 
lines through  which  it  passes  can  be  most  economically  laid 
and  maintained  at  or  near  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and 
usually  are  thus  laid,  except  in  the  large  cities.  In  winter 
frost  is  formed  inside  them,  and  it  is  necessary  to  have  gas 
fires  burning  at  intervals  along  the  lines  to  prevent  them 
from  being  plugged. 

Such  fires  are  often  extinguished  by  accidental  causes, 
and  it  occurred  to  me  to  put  platinised  asbestos  in  front  of 
the  escaping  gas  jets  along  my  lines  to  re-ignite  the  gas. 
This  very  convenient  form  of  finely-divided  platinum  can 
be  readily  obtained  by  dipping  asbestos  in  platinic  chloride, 
and  heating  in  the  flame  of  a  Bunsen  lamp.  When  heated 
to  below  redness  and  exposed  to  the  mixture  of  natural 
gas  and  air  escaping  from  a  liunseu  burner,  this  platinised 
asbestos  quickly  attained  a  bright  red  heat  but  did  not 
ignite  the  gas.  To  try  the  experiment  to  the  best  advantage, 
I  took  two  sheets  of  very  thin  platinised  asbestos  board  and 
let  the  inflammable  mixture  pass  between  and  around  them, 
but  all  in  vain.  The  radiant  heat  emitted  was  greater  than 
the  gas-flame  itself  would  have  given  but  no  flame  was  to 
be  had. 

An  electric  gas-lighter  such  as  is  used  in  our  New 
England  mills  would  not  ignite  natural  gas.  When  natural 
gas  is  used  in  gas  engines,  it  is  found  necessary  to  use 
artificial  gas  for  the  smaller  flame  from  which  the  flash  is 
obtained.     The  flash  of  natural  gas  is  too  slow. 

In  short,  natural  gas  requires  a  much  higher  temperature 
for  ignition  than  ordinary  coal-gas.  It  has  a  greater  specific 
gravity,  about  that  of  water-gas  such  as  used  in  this  city ; 
and,  as  it  contains  chiefly  the  homologues  of  the  paraffin 
series,  we  may  suppose  that  its  non-inflammability  results 
from  the  comparatively  small  percentage  of  free  hydrogen. 
Another  characteristic  that  may  have  something  to  do  with 
it  is  the  absolute  freedom  from  sulphur  and  from  all 
aromatic  hydrocarbons. 


tglasgoto  arid  ^cottt'sf)  £>ertt'on. 

Chairman :  C.  A.  Fawsitt. 
Vice-Chairman:  E.  J.  Mills. 


G.  Boilby. 

W.  J.  Chrystal. 

C.  J.  Ellis. 

Wm.  Foulis. 

J.  Gibson. 

R.  A.  Inglis. 

R. Irvine. 

J.  Falconer  King. 


Committee : 

J.  S.  Macarthur. 
T.  P.  Miller. 
T.  L.  Patterson. 
J.  Pattison. 
J.  B.  Readman. 
E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 
R.  R.  Tatlock. 
G.  Watson. 


Hon.  Secretary  and.  Treasurer : 
J.  Stanley  Muir,  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  of  Glasgow. 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary.    

SESSION  1892-93. 
Tuesday.  November  1st  -.—Mr.  D.  R.  Stewart.    "  The  Flash-point 
and  Heat  of  Burning  of  Mineral  Oil." 


(JMutuaip. 


GEORGE  DIXON  LONGSTAFF,  M.D. 

ONE    OF   THE    FOUNDERS,   AND    FORMERLY 

A    VICE-PRESIDENT    OF   THE    SOCIETY    OF    CHEMICAL 

INDUSTRY. 

When  the  first  and  inaugural  meeting  of  the  Society  of 
Chemical  Industry  was  held  on  June  the  28th  and  29th, 
1881,  and  Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  then  Professor  Roscoe,  gave 
the  first  Presidential  Address,  it  was  Dr.  Longstaff,  who, 
in  a  brief  but  very  interesting  speech,  proposed  a  vote  of 
thanks  to  the  first  President  for  his  address. 

The  fact  may  have  been  somewhat  overlooked  then, 
though  it  will  not  be  overlooked  now,  that  no  more 
appropriate  selection  could  possibly  have  been  made  of 
one  who  should  open  the  first  of  the  many  discussions 
which  have  since  been  carried  on  in  our  Society  on 
subjects   relating   to   the   Chemical    Industries    of    this 

B  2 


802 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE    SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Oct.  si,  1892. 


country,  than  the  venerahlc  octogenarian,  who  has 
recently  passed  away  from  us.  Dr.  Longstaff  was  one  of 
the  pioneers  and  founders  of  chemical  industry  in  this 
country,  and  in  referring,  in  the  little  speech  mentioned, 
to  "  Those  who  have  been  (i.e.,  in  1881)  acquainted  with 
chemical  manufactures  for  the  last  half  century,"  he 
would  probably  find  very  few  in  that  room  who  could 
respond  to  so  long  an  experience. 

It  may  not  be  out  of  place  on  this  occasion  to 
accentuate  the  interesting  fact,  then  so  modestly  referred 
to  by  Dr.  Longstaff,  which  shows  that  he  and  his  friend 
Dr.  Dalston  of  Edinburgh,  were  the  first  in  this,  and 
probably  in  any  country,  to  found  and  carry  on  a  coal- 
tar  distillery. 

To  quote  his  own  words  : — "  It  so  happens  that  the 
first  chemical  manufacture  with  which  I  was  connected, 
was  in  Birmingham,  with  coal-tar,  in  the  year  1822, 
together  with  my  friend  Dr.  Dalston  of  Edinburgh. 
We  had  a  contract  with  a  gas  company  by  which  we 
were  allowed  to  take  all  the  tar  away  on  the  condition 
that  we  removed  it  gratuitously.  A  small  manufactory 
was  erected  near  Leith,  where  we  distilled  the  spirits 
from  the  tar,  which  we  supplied  to  Mr.  Mackintosh  of 
Glasgow,  for  waterproofing  his  cloth,  and  after  that  the 
residue  we  consumed,  and  produced  lamp-black,  &c." 
"  I  mention  that  as  a  matter  of  history."  (This  Journal, 
1881,  Proc.  of  First  Gen.  Meeting,  page  7.) 

It  may  thus  be  a  reflection  of  certain  interest  to  our 
Scottish  members  and  friends,  that  tar-products  were 
first  carried  from  Edinburgh  to  Glasgow. 

To  turn  now  to  the  early  days  when  George  Dixon 
Longstaff  first  saw  the  light,  we  are  carried  back  through 
almost  a  centmy,  to  the  31st  of  March,  1799,  and  to  the 
little  town  of  Bishop  Wearmouth,  county  Durham.  He 
thus  linked,  as  it  were,  in  his  own  person,  the  two 
centuries,  and  could  relate  from  personal  experience  to 
the  present  generation  many  facts,  that  would  seem  like 
the  records  of  ancient  history.  He  used  to  tell,  for 
example,  how  the  stage  coach  drove  on  one  memorable 
occasion,  into  the  market  place  of  Dundee,  and  the 
guard  fired  his  blunderbuss  and  both  pistols  in  the  air 
(the  signal  of  great  news),  and  wheu  people  ran  together, 
how  he  cried  out,  "  Wellington  has  beaten  Bonaparte  at 
Waterloo." 

As  a  schoolboy  young  Longstaff  became  a  cadet 
in  the  great  volunteer  movement  at  the  commencement 
of  the  century.  As  a  young  man,  he  assisted  his 
father  for  several  years  in  his  scientific  lectures,  aud 
himself  frequently  lectured  on  a  variety  of  subjects. 
After  the  usual  scholastic  course  he  graduated  in  1828, 
as  an  M.I),  of  Edinburgh,  at  which  University  he  was 
some  time  assistant  to  the  late  Dr.  Hope,  and  in  that 
capacity,  was  probably  the  first  teacher  of  practical 
chemistry  to  medical  students  in  this  country.  He  was 
distinguished  for  readiness  of  speech,  clearness  in 
explanation,  and  the  success  of  his  experiments.  His 
readiness  of  speech  and  powerful  voice,  it  may  be  added, 
were  never  better  used,  than  in  the  support  of  Wilber- 
foree's  anti-slavery  movement,  and  on  this  subject  he 
both  could  and  did  speak  from  experience,  as  he  saw 
much  of  negro-slavery  and  inquired  more  into  it,  when 
in  the  United  States  in  1834 — 37. 

His  experience  in  America,  moreover,  taught  him  the 
serious  results  of  leaving  government,  especially  local 
government,  in  the  hands  of  the  ill-educated  and  inex- 
perienced. 

Among  other  works  of  a  well-spent  life — much  of  it 
devoted  to  the  well-being  of  his  fellow  men — he  took 
great  interest  and  an  active  part  in  the  formation  of 
mechanics'  institutes,  and  was  a  frequent  lecturer  at 
these  useful  associations.  Dr.  Longstaff  was  not  only 
one  of  the  founders  of  our  comparatively  infant  Society, 
he  was  also  one  of  the  founders  of  its  "elder  sister,  the 
Chemical  Society  of  London,  and  in  this  connection  he 
started  the  Chemical  Society  Research  Fund  by  a  dona- 
tion of  1,000/.  It  was  he  who  seconded  the  adoption 
of  the  Report  to  the  Council  of  the  Cavendish  Society 
I  in    1M49,    in   which    the  translation    and   publication   of 


Gmelin's  Handbook  of  Chemistry  were  proposed,  and 
later  on  he  founded  the  Longstaff  Medal  for  the  en- 
couragement and  promotion  of  scientific  research.  He 
has  resided  in  the  parish  of  Wandsworth  for  upwards  of 
50  years,  and  was  one  of  the  first  members  of  the 
Wandsworth  District  Board  of  Works,  chairman  of  the 
Free  Public  Library  Commissioners,  aud  in  1887  pre- 
sented a  reading  room  to  the  library. 

Dr.  Longstaff,  in  1833,  married  the  eldest  daughter  of 
the  late  Henry  Blundell,  J. P.,  of  Hull,  and  he  leaves 
two  sons,  Colonel  Longstaff  (Wimbledon),  and  Dr.  G.  B. 
Longstaff,  of  Putney  Heath,  the  latter  well  known  on 
the  London  County  Council.  After  his  marriage,  Dr. 
Longstaff  spent  some  years  in  America  to  apply  his 
scientific  knowledge  to  gold  mining  in  North  Carolina, 
after  which  he  entered  into  business  in  association  with 
his  father-in-law  as  a  manufacturer  of  oil,  colours,  and 
varnish,  and  was  for  many  years  chairman  of  the  firm 
of  Blundell,  Spence,  and  Co.,  Limited,  and  a  director  of 
that  company  till  his  death. 

He  died  on  Friday,  September  23rd,  at  his  residence, 
"  Butterknowle,"  Wandsworth,  after  a  brief  but  painful 
illness. — W.  S. 


3curnal  anto  patent*  Xtttratttre* 

Class.  Page. 

I.— General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery 802 

II—  Fuel,  Gas,  and  Light BOS 

III. — Destructive  Distillation,  Tar  Products,  &c 807 

IV.— Colouring  Matters  and  Dyes  808 

V.— Textiles :  Cotton,  Wool,  Silk,  &c 810 

VI.— Dyeing,   Calico   Printing,    Paper    Staining,   and 

Bleaching Sll 

VII.— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 814 

V 1 1 1.— Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware S17 

IX.— Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars  and  Cements..  818 

X.— Metallurgy 819 

XL— Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy  Si3 

XII. — Fats,  Oils,  and  Soap  Manufacture $-7 

XIIL— Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 
Rubber,  &c vj: 

XIV.— Tanning,  Leather,  Glue,  and  Size — 

XV  — Manures,  &c 830 

XVI.— Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  &c 830 

XVII.— Brew  ing,  "Wines,  Spirits,  4c 830 

XVIIL— Chemistry   of   Foods,   Sanitary   Chsmistry,    and 

Disinfectants S34 

XIX.— Paper,  Pasteboard,  &c 835 

XX. — Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids,  Essences,  and  Extracts  835 

XXI.--Photographic  Materials  and  Processes S3H 

XXI  I.— Explosives,  Matches,  &c 839 

XXIIL— Analytical  Chemistry 840 


I -GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  AND 
MACHINERY. 

The  Action  of  Salt  Solutions  on  Metals.     Eng.  and  Min. 
Jour.  1892. 

Ix  reduction  works  using  the  Patera  hyposulphite  process 
or  the  modern  Russell  process  there  has  been  much 
complaint  of  the  annoyance  and  expense  of  the  rapid 
destruction  of  the  pipes,  pumps,  valves,  and  plungers,  and, 
in  fact,  of  all  metal  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  solution 
charged  with  various  salts.  Hyposulphite  of  soda  solutions 
alone  are   sufficiently  destructive,  but  when  charged  with 

•  Any  of  these  specifications  may  be  obtained  by  post  by  remitting 
Sd.~ the  price  now  fixed  for  all  specifications,  postage  included— fo 
Sir  Henry  Reader  Lack,  Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  South- 
ampton Buildings,  Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C. 


Oct.  si,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


803 


various  sulphates  the  life  of  pipes  and  pumps  is  short.  So, 
too,  in  copper  mines  containing  sulphide  ores.  A  portion 
of  the  copper  sulphide  is  oxidised  to  sulphate,  and  is  washed 
out  by  the  mine-waters.  When  this  solution  is  pumped,  the 
copper  in  it  is  precipitated  on  the  pump  column,  the  iron 
going  into  solution  and  the  pipe  is  eaten  away.  Various 
acid-resisting  paints  have  been  tried,  but  unsuccessfully, 
the  coating  is  worn  away  by  attrition  from  particles  of  rock 
brought  up  with  the  muddy  waters. 

One  remedy  for  this  destruction,  both  in  reduction  works 
and  mines,  lies  in  the  use  of  an  alloy  containing  a  large 
percentage  of  copper,  such  as  deoxidised  bronze,  the 
composition  of  which  is — 

Cu  826  j  Sn  12-4;  Zn3'23;  Pb  2- 14 

Digesters  for  wood  pulp  works  made  of  this  alloy  have 
been  found  to  withstand  admirably  the  action  of  hypo- 
sulphite of  soda  and  of  sulphurous  acid.  Copper  would 
not  be  precipitated  upon  it,  at  least  in  any  quantity,  and 
pump  columns,  plungers,  and  pipes  made  of  this  metal 
should  certainly  stand  the  action  of  mine-waters  or  of  the 
Russell  solution.  The  first  cost  would  not  be  a  drawback, 
as  the  saving  in  a  short  time  would  more  than  equalise 
matters,  it  is  a  matter  which  should  be  investigated  by 
both  mining  men  and  manufacturers  of  alloys. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements   in  Analysing  Columns.     A.  Berly,   London. 
Kng.  Pat.  11,'<J90,  July  9,  1891. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  the  construction  of  portions  or 
segments  of  distilling  columns  devised  in  such  a  manner 
that  a  stirring  action  takes  place  at  the  circumference, 
and  the  combination  of  such  segments  so  as  to  produce  a 
variety  of  apparatus  for  various  purposes,  such  as  the 
distillation  of  gas  ammoniacal  water,  the  rectification  of 
hydrocarbons,  alcohol  &c— J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  or  connected  with  Evaporating  and 
Condensing  Apparatus.  J.  Keed,  North  Shields.  Kng. 
Pat.  13,523,  August  11,  1891. 

This  invention  consists  in  the  arrangement  of  pipes  or 
coils  for  the  circulation  of  steam,  and  in  certain  devices 
for  effecting  an  automatic  feed- water  entry  and  exit 
atmospheric  valve.  The  feed-water  entry  is  controlled 
by  an  automatic  device  consisting  of  a  float  working  in  a 
chamber  connected  with  the  interior  of  the  shell.  As  the 
level  of  the  water  changes,  the  level  of  the  float  varies,  and 
this  motion  is  utilised  to  actuate  by  means  of  rods  and 
levers  a  piston  valve  controlling  the  feed-water  entry  port. 
The  steam  finds  outlet  from  the  evaporators  through  a 
perforated  pipe  leading  to  an  atmospheric  valve  connected 
with  a  condenser.  The  valve  is  balanced  by  means  of 
double  pistons  so  as  to  neutralise  the  variations  of  pressure 
in  the  condenser,  and  a  screw-down  handle  enables  it  to  be 
used  as  a  stop  valve  when  required,  and  should  the  pressure 


in  the  evaporator  fall  below  atmospheric  pressure,  then  the 
valve  closes  due  to  its  exposure  to  the  atmosphere  through 
a  small  hole  in  the  valve  easting.— J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  or  connected  with  Condensers.     J.  Reed, 

North  Shields.  Eng.  Pat.  13,522,  August  11,  1891. 
The  condenser  described,  consists  of  a  shell  of  suitable 
form  with  a  medial  division  plate,  and  a  filtering 
chamber  attached  to  lower  part.  On  either  side  of  the 
division  plate  a  number  of  coils  are  arranged,  connected  at 
their  upper  ends  with  one  another  and  attached  to  the 
division  plate.  The  cooling  water  passes  into  the  shell  at 
one  side  of  the  division  and  out  at  the  other.  .The  steam 
having  passed  through  a  perforated  copper  plate  called  the 
"  dirt  arrester,"  enters  at  the  lower  ends  of  the  coils  on 
one  side  of  the  division  from  a  steam  chest  placed  inside 
the  shell.  Having  passed  up  the  coils  on  one  side  of  the 
division  it  descends  through  the  coils  on  the  other,  and 
the  condensed  water  enters  the  filtering  chamber,  passes 
downwards  through  the  filtering  medium  and  up  again 
through  the  exit  pipe.— J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Refrigerating  and  Freezing  Apparatus. 

S.  Puplett,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  21,103,  December  3,  1891. 
These  improvements  relate  to  freezing  machines  described  in 
specifications  12,541  and  12,542  of  1884,  in  which  refrigera- 
tion is  effected  by  the  vaporisation  of  a  liquefied  gas,  the 
liquid  to  be  cooled  passing  through  cylindrical  vessels 
traversed  by  tubes  and  immersed  in  freezing  tanks.  So 
constructed,  the  tubes  are  liable  to  be  blocked  upon  the 
stoppage  of  the  circulation  of  the  liquid,  by  the  formation  of 
ice.  In  the  improved  arrangement  the  freezing  cylinders 
are  placed  above  the  level  of  the  freezing  tanks,  and  the 
brine  is  pumped  through  them.  They  are  also  fitted  with 
a  device  for  automatically  draining  them  in  the  event  of 
the  failure  of  the  pumps  or  stoppage  of  the  circulation, 
whereby  the  danger  of  freezing  is  avoided. — B. 


Improvements  i>i  Apparatus  for  Drying  Moist  Substances 
or  Materials.  G.  Johnston,  Springburn,  N.B.  Eng. 
Pat.  21,072,  December  3,  1891. 
The  improved  apparatus  consists  essentially  of  a  rectangular 
brick  tank  with  semicircular  ends,  with  the  interior  divided 
longitudinally  into  lateral  spaces  by  a  wall  which  stops 
short  of  the  ends,  and  horizontally  by  any  suitable  number 
of  floors.  The  substances  are  moved  along  the  floors  by 
scrapers  attached  to  endless  wire  ropes  carried  by  a 
grooved  pulley  at  each  end,  all  pulleys  being  fixed  on 
vertical  shafts  secured  in  the  centre  of  the  circular  ends 
and  rotated  by  suitable  gearing.     (See  Figs.  1  and  2.) 

The  material  to  be  dried  is  fed  in  at  the  top  ;  the  floors 
have  suitable  openings  at  their  ends,  which  allow  it  to 
descend  from  floor  to  floor,  after  having  in  every  case 
passed  over  the  whole  length  of  the  floor.  The  hot  air  or 
gases  for  drying  are  allowed  to  pass  through  the  apparatus 
in  any  convenient  tray.  Suitable  devices  are  indicated  for 
jointing  the  ropes  and  for  securing  the  scraper:-. 


Eisr.  1. 


. 


804 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31,1892. 


Fig.  2. 


Apparatus  for  Drying  Moist  Substances. 


—15. 


Improvements  in  Displacement  rumps  for  Air  or  other 
Gases.  J.  H.  Hargreaves  and  J.  G.  Hudson,  Bolton. 
Eng.  Pat.  12,588,  July  8,  1892. 

The   accompanying  illustrations  show  a  pump  constructed 


Fig.  2. 


in  accordance  with  the  specification.  A  piston  or  plunger 
A,  which  is  of  an  elongated  form  with  curved  couoidal  ends, 
works  vertically  in  a  cylindrical  pump  chamber  B  placed 
eccentrically  in  a  larger  cylindrical  chamber  C.  The  inlet 
valves  1)  and  discharge  valves  E  are  placed  at  the  upper  part 
of  the  apparatus,  and  the  crescent-shaped  space  F,  partly 
encircling  the  pump  chamber,  communicates  directly  with 
one  set  of  the  inlet  valves  and  outlet  valves.  The  inlet 
valves  D  are  arranged  in  side  chambers  G,  which  are 
provided  with  flanged  openings  H,  for  the  attachment  of 
pipe  or  other  connection.  The  piston  A  works  through  a 
brass  sleeve,  which  is  held  by  an  external  flange  in  the 
joint  between  the  bottom  and  upper  castings,  forming  the 
shell  of  the  apparatus.  If  the  pump  is  to  be  used  for 
compressing  air  or  gas,  a  cover  must  be  fixed  on  the 
chamber  M. — J.  C,  C. 


An  Improved  Holder  for  Large  Jars,  Carboys,  Demijohns, 
or  the  like.  TL.  W.  Holmgren-Holme,  Toronto,  Canada. 
Eng.  Pat.  13,056,  July  15,  1892. 

This  is  a  frame  with  rockers  at  the  back  for  facilitating 
the  tilting  and  emptying  of  large  jars  or  carboys,  as  will  be 
understood  from  the  accompanying  sketch. 


Improved  Holder  for  Carboys,  &c, 


— B. 


Improved  Apparatus  for  the  Desiccation  of  Solid  Matters. 
E.  Donard  and  G.  Boulct,  Rouen,  France.  Eng.  Pat. 
13,242,  July  19,  1892. 

The  improvement  relates  to  the  method  of  fastening  the 
steam  tubes  in  a  rotary  heating  drum,  for  details  of  which 
the  specification  should  be  consulted. — B. 


Displacement  Pimp. 


Oct.  31, 1892.] 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


805 


II -FUEL,  GAS.  AND  LIGHT. 

The  Use  of  the  Producer.     The  Engineer,  74,  264. 

The  principle  on  which  the  producer  acts  has  long  been 
applied  in  all  methods  of  firing  in  which  it  is  necessary  to 
obtain  a  flame  without  using  a  fuel  capable  of  yielding  a 
considerable  quantity  of  gas  on  mere  destructive  distillation. 
An  example  is  afforded  by  a  common  reverberator}-  furnace, 
burning  anthracite  instead  of  bituminous  coal,  or  yet  more 
simply  by  any  basket  of  live  coke,  topped  with  its  lambent 
blue  flame,  serving  to  warm  a  night  watchman.  In  cases 
such  as  these,  and  in  the  producer  proper,  which  is  nothing 
but  a  huge  basket  of  fuel  with  a  restricted  inlet  for  air, 
and  means  of  collecting  and  leading  away  the  carbon 
monoxide  in  place  of  burning  it  on  the  spot — no  difficulty 
is  experienced  in  maintaining  the  combustion  of  the  charge, 
and  therefore  the  evolution  of  gas  from  it.  This  is  at  once 
explained  by  a  consideration  of  the  thermo-chemical 
reactions  taking  place  under  the  given  conditions.  The 
union  of  carbon  with  oxygen  to  produce  carbon  monoxide 
is  attended  with  the  evolution  of  so  much  heat  that  the 
reaction  can  proceed  without  external  impetus,  and  this 
heat  is  manifested  and  measured  by  the  high  temperature 
of  the  gaseous  product;  in  one  word,  the  reaction  is 
exothermic.  This  is  equivalent  to  saying  that,  of  the  whole 
quantity  of  energy  which  is  present  potentially  in  the 
coal  and  oxygen,  a  portion  appears  as  sensible  heat,  while 
another  part  remains  potential,  although  a  step  nearer 
utilisation  in  the  shape  of  carbon  monoxide,  which,  though 
an  oxidised  body,  is  not  a  saturated  compound,  and  is 
capable  under  proper  provocation  of  combining  with  another 
atom  of  oxygen  before  sinking  to  the  dead  level  of  complete 
satiety. 

The  economical  aspect  of  this  state  of  things  is  very 
easily  elucidated.  Since  a  large  portion — something,  indeed, 
approaching  one-half — of  the  total  quantity  of  energy  is  in 
the  thrni  of  sensible  heat,  means  must  be  adopted  for  its 
immediate  absorption  and  application,  as  it  is  impracticable 
to  retain  it  in  storage  or  reservoir,  to  be  drawn  as  required, 
at  intervals  short  or  long.  Several  methods  of  so  doing  are 
practicable.  It  remains  to  ascertain  their  several  advantages 
and  drawbacks. 

When  steam  is  substituted  for  air  as  the  gas  which  is 
blown  into  a  producer,  a  reaction  wholly  differenl  from  that 
which  has  already  been  described  takes  place.  The  oxygen 
of  the  steam  combines  with  the  heated  carbon,  and  the 
hydrogen  with  which  it  was  previously  united  is  set  free. 
Hut  the  decomposition  of  steam  can  only  be  effected  by  the 
expenditure  of  precisely  the  same  amount  of  heat  as  is 
evolved  by  its  formation  from  its  elements,  and  when  the 
energy  bill  is  made  out,  it  becomes  evident  that  the  balance 
is,  from  the  user's  point  of  view,  on  the  wrong  side.  In 
short,  the  reaction  in  a  producer  evolving  true  water-gas  is 
endothermic,  aud  it  is  plain  that  if  it  is  to  go  on  evolving 
true  water-gas,  heat  must  be  supplied  it  from  without. 
This  could  be  accomplished  in  several  ways,  but  what  is 
actually  done  in  practical  working  is  to  keep  up  the  tempe- 
rature by  burning,  in  a  stream  of  air,  a  portion  of  the  fuel 
which  it  is  intended  to  convert  into  combustible  gaseous 
products.  This  can  be  done  in  two  ways.  Either  the 
working  of  the  producer  can  be  intermittent — that  is  to 
say,  air  can  first  be  introduced  until  the  contents  of  the 
producer  are  at  a  high  temperature,  and  then  steam  blown 
in  to  react  with  the  red-hot  carbon  until  its  temperature  is 
reduced  below  the  limit  at  which  the  reaction  will  take 
place;  or  steam  and  air  are  admitted  simultaneously.  In 
the  first  case  the  product  during  the  admission  of  air  only 
is  producer-gas  proper,  theoretically  consisting  solely  of 
carbon  monoxide  and  nitrogen,  and  carries  away  with  it  a 
portion  of  the  sensible  heat  of  the  reaction.  In  the  second 
case  the  same  result  is  arrived  at,  but  the  evolution  of 
producer-gas  and  water-gas  takes  place  simultaneously  and 
continuously,  the  proportions  being  fixed  by  the  amount  of 
heal  evolved  by  tbe  production  of  the  first,  and  that  required 
for  the  formation  of  the  second.  Excess  of  air  means 
waste,  and   excess  of  steam   involves  the  extinction   of  the 


producer.  Possibly  if  these  simple  principles  were  a  little 
more  generally  understood  there  would  be  fewer  badly  run 
producers. 

Another  method  of  utilising  the  sensible  heat  formed 
during  the  partial  oxidation  of  carbon  with  air  differs 
notably  from  that  just  described.  It  consists  in  introducing 
carbon  dioxide  into  the  producer,  subsequently  to,  or 
simultaneously  with,  the  air.  The  reaction  that  then  takes 
place  is  the  deoxidation  of  that  gas  by  the  heated  carbon, 
and  the  production  of  double  its  volume  of  carbon  monoxide, 
itself  combustible.  When  the  heat  absorbed  in  the 
reduction  of  carbon  dioxide  is  compared  with  that  necessary 
for  the  decomposition  of  steam,  it  is  found  that  a  small 
advantage  rests  with  the  latter  plan,  as  a  somewhat  greater 
fraction  of  the  sensible  heat  is  utilised  ;  but  the  difference 
is  not  so  great  as  to  give  the  preference  to  the  use  of  steam 
under  all  circumstances. 

In  addition  to  the  methods  detailed  above,  one  has  been 
devised  for  a  special  form  of  Siemens  furnace,  which  does 
not  depend  upon  the  introduction  of  gases  of  extraneous 
origin.  The  products  of  combustion  of  producer-gas  are 
nitrogen  and  carbon  dioxide,  part  of  the  nitrogen  heing 
obtained  from  the  air  blown  into  the  producer,  and  the 
remainder  from  the  air  by  means  of  which  the  producer-gas 
is  burned.  If  now  these  products  of  combustion  be  turned 
back  into  the  producer,  the  carbon  dioxide  they  contain  will 
he  reduced  to  carbon  monoxide  iu  the  mauner  already 
explaiued,  and  tbe  sensible  heat  of  the  primary  reaction  in 
the  producer  utilised.  Obviously  the  whole  of  the  waste 
gases  cannot  be  so  returned,  as  it  would  involve  a  constantly 
increasing  quantity  of  gas  iu  the  producer.  A  fraction 
only  of  the  products  of  combustion  is  therefore  returned  to 
the  producer,  the  remainder  passing  away  as  waste  gases. 
It  will  be  seen  that  the  main  objection  to  this  sj'stem  arises 
from  the  large  volume  of  nitrogen  from  the  air  used  to 
burn  the  original  producer-gas,  that  is  returned  from  the 
producer,  which  is  not  only  absolutely  inert,  but  has  to  be 
raised  to  the  same  temperature  as  the  burning  gases,  at  the 
expense  of  a  portion  of  their  heat.  This  can,  of  course,  be 
largely  recovered  by  the  use  of  the  regenerator,  but  the 
objection  to  the  dilution  of  the  combustible  material  still  holds 
good.  All  three  methods  have  certain  advantages,  and  the 
adoption  of  one  rather  than  another  can  only  be  decided 
upon  by  consideration  of  the  conditions  governing  each 
case  ;  calculation  of  their  theoretical  merits  is  useful  only 
as  indicating  the  limits  existing  for  each,  and  as  a  guide  to 
the  choice  between  them. 

So  far  we  have  merely  endeavoured  to  act  as  expositors 
of  facts  that  are  clearly,  but  not  universally  known,  by 
showing  their  origin  and  correlation,  but  we  cannot  con- 
clude without  touching  upon  the  possible  extension  that  a 
recognition  of  their  significance  may  bring  about.  Some 
time  ago  certain  schemes  were  mooted  for  the  conversion 
of  coal  at  the  pit's  mouth  into  ordinary  illuminating  gas, 
and  its  conveyance  to  large  centres  of  population.  Although 
the  feasibility,  desirability,  and  utility  of  the  scheme  were 
sufficiently  discussed  at  the  time,  little  attention  was  paid 
to  what  is  after  all  the  main  question  of  interest,  namely, 
whether  destructive  distillation  is  the  best  means  of  gasifying 
coal.  Seeing  that  at  leasr  half  the  coal  remains  iu  the 
retorts  in  the  form  of  gas  coke,  which  is  already  a  drug  in 
the  market,  there  is  little  to  be  said  for  a  plan  that  would 
enormously  increase  the  amount  of  the  output  of  that 
commodity,  at  places  moreover  where  there  is  less  demand 
than  in  the  neighbourhood  of  London,  where  there  are  the 
cement  makers  to  take  a  good  deal  of  it.  The  way  that 
obviates  this  fatal  difficulty  is,  of  course,  to  turn  the  whole 
of  the  combustible  portion  of  the  coal  into  producer-gas, 
enriched  by  the  use  of  steam  or  carbon  dioxide,  and  thus 
greatly  increase  the  amount  of  gas,  while  simultaneously 
disposing  of  the  coke.  This  process,  patent  enough,  one 
would  think,  to  anyone  in  the  least  conversant  with  the 
matter,  seems  to  have  been  overlooked  and  was  in  danger 
of  being  completely  ignored  until  Professor  Emerson 
Keynolds,  in  his  recent  address  to  the  Society  of  Chemical 
Industry,  on  the  occasion  of  the  expiration  of  his  tenure 
of  the  presidency,  emphasised  the  necessity  of  replacing 
the  ineffective  and  wasteful  process  of  destructive  distillation 
by  the  more  drastic  dissolution  that  takes  place  in  a  producer. 


80G 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Oct.si,MM. 


The  eminently  practical  gas  manager  has  for  some  time 
produced  a  gas  of  comparatively  low  illuminating  power, 
and  enriched  this  in  illuminating  constituents  by  adding  to 
it  water-gas  charged  with  heavy  hydrocarbons  formed  by 
the  judicious  cracking  of  mineral  oils.  He  has  only  to 
extend  this  system,  to  substitute  producers  for  retorts,  and 
to  increase  his  enriching  plant,  to  accomplish  the  object 
which  we  have  here  sketched.  By  this  means  all  question 
of  providing  a  separate  system  of  mains  for  a  heating,  in 
addition  to  an  illuminating,  gas  would  be  removed,  and 
the  difficulty  of  the  odourless  nature  of  a  gas  rich  in  the 
extremely  poisonous  carbon  monoxide,  which  has  so 
exercised  our  hygienists,  overcome  at  a  stroke. 

80  fruitful  is  the  conception  of  the  complete  gasification 
of  fuel  by  means  of  the  producer,  that  it  has  sufficed 
to  show  a  fairly  promising  plan  for  making  the  abundance 
of  peat  now  lying  idle  in  Ireland  of  some  value  to  its 
inhabitants,  and  whatever  the  ultimate  result  the  very  fact 
that  a  method  can  be  devised  which  puts  peat  on  a  level 
with  coal  as  a  possible  competitor,  is  a  powerful  testimony 
to  the  alterations  brought  about  by  the  study  of  the 
principles  and  reactions  of  the  gas-producer. — B. 


Report  I11/  A.  Carnal  and  II.  Lc  Chatelier  on  a  Study  of 
the  Calorific  Power  of  Combustibles  used  for  Industrial 
Purposes,  undertaken  by  P.  Mahler.  Bull,  de  la  Soc. 
d'Encouragement  pour  l'lndustrie  Nat.  91,  1892,  317 — 
374. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  840. 


l>>  nitration     of    Pyroxylin.      D.    Woodman. 
Cheni.  Soc.  1892,14,  112. 
See  under  XXII.,  page  839. 


Amer. 


are  so  arranged  that  the  peat  is  passed  several  times  through 
the  furnace.  The  dried  peat  is  carried  by  elevators  to  a 
briquette  machine,  and  mixed  with  suitable  binding  material 
into  a  paste,  which  is  then  passed  through  a  tapering  spout 
compressed  and  divided  into  briquettes.  The  briquettes 
are  lastly  carried  by  an  elevator  to  a  specially  constructed 
coking  furnace,  down  which  they  slide  automatically,  and 
are  removed,  being  finally  withdrawn  through  a  door  at  the 
bottom,  and  subsequently  cooled. — D.  A.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements   in  Apparatus  fur  Producing   Light.     J.  G. 
Hudson,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  2226,  February  6,  1891. 

This  is  an  apparatus  for  producing  flash  lights  by  blowing 
magnesium  or  other  powder  through  a  flame,  and  consists 
of  two  rubber  balls,  acting  as  air-pump  and  reservoir 
respectively,  the  latter  communicating  with  a  tube  placed 
horizontally  in  a  reservoir-  of  magnesium  powder.  With 
each  puff  of  air  a  cylinder  of  magnesium  powder  is  driven 
forward,  mixes  with  the  air,  and  passes  up  a  tube  placed  in 
the  side  of  the  reservoir  to  the  exit  tube.  The  entrance  to 
the  latter  is  smaller  than  the  aperture  communicating  with 
the  reservoir,  so  that  the  air  takes  up  an  eddying  motion 
and  the  air  and  magnesium  powder  are  more  thoroughly 
mixed.  The  exit  tube  passes  through  an  annular  flame  of 
naphtha  or  similar  combustible,  and  must  be  protected  by 
a  non-conducting  coating  to  prevent  the  magnesium  from 
caking.— H.  K.  T. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Appaiatus  for 
Washing  and  Purifying  Smoke.  W.  B.  Hartridge, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  4106,  March  7,  1891. 

Thk  gaseous  products  of  combustiou  are  subjected  in  their 
passage  up  the  chimney  to  the  action  of  water  percolating 
down  through  layers  of  marbles  or  other  rounded  bodies. 

— D.  A.  S. 


Process  and  Appliances  for  Producing  Peat  Coke  Cukes. 
Y..  Stauber,  Hamburg,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  7648,  May  2, 
1891. 

This  invention  is  intended  to  produce  from  peat  a  relatively 
pure  carbon  to  serve  as  an  advantageous  fuel,  and  of  a 
shape  suitable  for  transport.  The  peat  after  being  dried  as 
much  as  possible  by  means  of  centrifugal  apparatus,  is 
finally  dried  by  feeding  it  continuously  through  a  drying 
furnace  provided  with  endless  luin'U  nud  thick  plates,  which 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Charging  Inclined  Gas 
Retorts.  B.  Gibbons  and  W.  P.  Gibbons,  Lower  Gornal, 
Stafford.     Eng.  Pat.  9366,  June  3,  1891. 

This  invention  consists  in  mechanical  improvements  in 
apparatus  for  charging  inclined  gas  retorts,  known  as 
"  through  retorts."  The  inclined  shoot  or  drive  is  used  for 
holding  the  charge,  and  is  set  a  little  steeper  than  the 
angle  of  rest  of  the  coal,  and  so  made  as  to  hold  the 
charge  of  coal  in  an  even  stratum  of  about  the  same  width 
and  thickness  as  the  charge  when  in  the  retort. — I).  A.  S. 


Improvements  connected  with   Ovens,    Furnaces,  Retorts, 

or   other    Structures    used   in   the   Making   of  Coke   or 

Charcoal,  or  for  Distilling  or   Roasting   Carbonaceous 

Matter  or  otherwise  subjecting   Carbonaceous  Matter  to 

the  Action  of  Heat.     L.  H.  Armour,  Gateshead-on-Tyne. 

Eng.  Pat.  11,210,  July  1,  1891. 

The  ovens,  furnaces,  retorts,  &c.,  are  connected  by  pipes 

or  passages  with  the  chimney  used  in  connexion  tvith  the 

oven,  retort,  or  with  any  other  chimney  in  proximity  to  the 

retort ;  the   draft    of   the   chimney  being   thus   utilised   to 

draw  the  gases,  without  the  aid  of  mechanical  exhausting 

devices  or  engine  power. — D.  A   S. 


Improvements   in    Gas   Producers.       J.   Bromilow,  Ponty- 
mister,  Monmouthshire.     Eng.  Pat.  11,416,  July  4,  189i. 

This  is  an  improved  producer,  the  bottom  of  which  is 
divided  into  two  parts  by  means  of  a  brick  wall,  which  is 
carried  up  a  few  iuches  above  the  doorframes,  thus  forming 
two  separate  pockets  at  the  bottom.  The  steam  and  air 
supply  are  so  arranged  that  neatly  pure  water-gas  can  be 
produced  in  one  of  the  pockets,  while  in  the  other  the 
proper  temperature  is  being  maintained  by  the  forcing  in  of 
a  large  volume  of  air.  These  conditions  can  be  reversed  by 
means  of  suitable  reversing  gear,  thus  rendering  the 
producer  eontinimus  and  regular  in  its  working.  The 
upper  portion  of  the  producer  consists  of  a  large  rectangular 
chamber,  which  admits  of  free  distillation  of  the  solid  fuel 
into  gas.  The  inventor  claims  that  by  these  means  "  the 
largest  possible  amount  of  steam  can  be  decomposed  in 
proportion  to  the  amount  of  fuel  used,  thereby  effecting 
considerable  saving  of  fuel  and  labour." — D.  A.  S. 


An     Improved     Device    for  Containing     Volatile     and 

Inflammable    Liquids     to  be    used  for    Illuminating 

Purposes.     F.   H.    Diffetot,  Paris,   France.      Eng.   Pat, 
12,721,  July  27,  1891. 

This  device  consists  of  two  tubes  fitting  one  inside  the 
other,  and  having  small  holes,  which  can  be  arranged  to 
coincide.  The  inner  tube  contains  some  absorbent  material, 
which  may  be  soaked  with  an  inflammable  liquid  ;  this  may 
then  be  used  as  a  torch. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  Inducing  Combustion  of  Gases  in  Furnaces 
ami  in  Apparatus  therefor.  J.  Hargreaves,  Widnes. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,835,  September  2,  1891. 

An;  is  supplied  through  a  nozzle  fitted  in  an  annular 
space,  which  is  filled  ami  fed  with  gas.  Combustion  is  set 
up,  and  the  joint  currents  of  air  and  gas,  whilst  undergoing 
combustion  (the  air  in  the  gas),  are  passed  through  a  tube 


Oct.  81,1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


807 


or  flue  called  the  "  mixing  tube  "  into  the  furnace  or  space 
to  be  heated.  The  burning  mixture  may  be  directed 
downwards  on  to  tbe  charge  on  the  bed  of  the  furnace,  or 
upwards  on  to  the  roof  when  heating  by  radiation  is 
required.  In  the  ease  of  boilers  the  products  of  combustion 
are  made  to  pass  through  the  centre  of  the  flue  until  the 
temperature  of  them  is  sufficiently  reduced  to  allow  them 
to  impinge  on- the  boiler  plates  without  injury  thereto. 

—A.  W. 


A    Simplified    Form    of   Magnesium    Lamp.      P.     Kllis, 
Wellington.     Eng.  Pat.  17',586,  October  15,  1891. 

It  consists  of  a  small  spirit  or  other  lamp  in  front  of  a 
reflector  with  a  slit  in  its  centre.  The  reflector  is  fitted  at 
the  back  with  a  handle,  so  constructed  that  the  whole  can 
be  lifted  with  one  hand  by  placing  three  fingers  below  the 
handle  and  the  first  finger  aud  thumb  above,  while  the  two 
latter  are  also  used  to  push  the  ribbon  through  the  slit  and 
thus  feed  the  lamp  with  magnesium  without  the  use  of  any 
rollers  or  other  appliances. — A.  W. 


Improvements  in  Coke  Ovens.  J.  Johnson,  Liverpool. 
From  H.  Kennedy,  Sharpsburgh,  Penn.,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  3959,  March  1,  1892. 

Tiik  proposed  oven  is  of  the  bee-hive  pattern,  but  instead 
of  the  parts  being  moveable,  as  has  been  suggested,  the 
oven  is  constructed  so  that  it  can  travel  on  wheels  and 
carry  the  ignited  charge  with  it  from  the  hearth.  After 
coking,  the  oven  is  conducted  laterally  over  an  opening, 
down  which  the  charge  drops  into  water  or  into  a  waggon,  as 
may  be  desired. 

The  oven  itself  is  drawn  back  whilst  still  red  hot,  and  is 
ready  for  the  next  charge.  The  hearth  is  made  of  extra 
strength  and  smoothness,  as  well  as  of  considerable  thick- 
ness, so  as  to  retain  the  heat  as  much  as  possible.  Sudden 
chilling  of  the  ovens  by  water  is  thus  avoided,  and  a 
saving  in  labour  and  working  is  effected. — D.  A.  S. 


An  Improved  Method  of  Increasing  the  Illuminating 
Power  of  Flames.  L.  Chandor,  St.  Petersburg,  Russia. 
Eng.  Pat.  6188,  March  30,  1892. 

The  invention  is  intended  to  be  applied  to  lamps  for 
burning  vegetable  or  mineral  oils.  An  incandescent  body 
is  arranged  vertically  in  the  burner,  with  a  view  of 
increasing  the  illuminating  power,  and  the  insuring  of  a 
more  perfect  combustion  of  the  material  employed.  The 
composition  used  consists  of  asbestos,  which  has  been 
treated  with  acetate  of  magnesia  and  gum  tragacanth. 

— D.  A.  S. 

Improved  Apparatus  and  Means  for  Increasing  the 
Illuminating  Power  of  Gas.  J.  Rudd,  Atherton.  Eng. 
Pat.  5994,  March  28,  1892. 

The  inventor  provides  a  suitable  receptacle  consisting  of 
a  simple  three-necked  vessel,  charged  with  benzine  or  other 
liquid  hydrocarbon,  over  the  surface  of  which  the  gas 
travels  on  passing  from  the  meter  to  the  place  of  con- 
sumption.— D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Purifying 
Smoke  and  Precipitating  the  Products  of  Combustion 
thereof.  C.  Fink,  St.  Louis,  Missouri,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
7243,  April  14,  1892. 

This  invention  has  for  its  object  the  purification  of  products 
of  combustion  from  furnaces,  and  the  like,  by  forcing  them 
into  a  tank  suitably  provided  with  stationary  and  revolving 
sieves,  or  screens  of  different  sized  mesh,  the  latter  being 
rotated  by  any  suitable  means  in  a  reverse  direction  to  the 
motion  of  the  water,  by  which  means  all  solid  matter  is 
precipitated. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Fuel. 
R.  F.  Strong  and  A.  Gordon,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  13,601, 
July  26,  1892. 

"  Coal-dust,  coke,  small  coal,  breeze,  peat,  lignite, 
charcoal,  petroleum,  sand,  or  other  carbonaceous  material 
or  materials "  are  ground,  intimately  mixed  together,  and 
then  mixed  with  water,  to  form  a  plastic  mass,  which  is 
formed  into  briquettes  with  6  to  10  percent,  of  hydraulic 
lime  and  1  per  cent,  of  rock  or  other  common  salt,  or 
sulphate  of  soda.  If  a  non-flaming  material  is  employed, 
4  per  cent,  of  cellulose  is  also  mixed  in,  so  as  to  supply  a 
flame  during  combustion.  The  lime  is  stated  not  only  to 
bind  the  ingredients,  but  to  combine  during  the  burning  with 
the  carbon  dioxide,  and  so  absorb  "  all  or  practically  all  the 
smoke-forming  products  of  combustion."  To  restrict  the 
ash  to  the  lowest  possible  limit  compatible  with  this  object 
not  more  than  10  per  cent,  of  lime  should  be  used.  The 
salt  is  used  to  cause  the  lime  to  set  or  harden  more  quickly. 

—A.  W. 


HI-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS.  Etc. 

The  Analysis  of  Coal  Tar  Preparations.     H.  Ilelbing  and 
F.  W.  Passmore.     Helbing's  Pharm.  Rec.  July  1892. 

See  under  XXIIL,  page  848. 


A  Method  for  Separating  the  Xylenes.     J.  M.  Crafts. 
'  Compt.  rend.  114,  1892,  1110. 
See  under  XXIIL,  page  849. 


PATENT. 


Improvements  in  Column  Stills  for  Distillation  of  Gas 
Liquor  and  other  Liquids.  A.  Golson,  Leicester.  Eng. 
Pat.  13,447,  August  8,  1891. 
The  inventor  simplifies  the  jointing  of  the  trays  by  casting 
them  in  one  with  the  distance  pieces,  and  joining  them  by 
bolts  passing  through  ears  cast  on  each  tray,  by  means  of 
which  the  packing  rings  placed  between  the  grooved  meeting 
faces  are  compressed.  Through  each  tray  pass  short  tubes 
standing  above  the  bottom,  and  on  each  of  these  is  placed 
a  cap  having  its  lower  side  perforated.  Above  the  highest 
tray  is  placed  a  perforated  plate  to  prevent  priming  of  the 
liquid  due  to  frothing. — J.  C.  C. 


IY.-C0L0URING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

The  Relation  between  the  Composition  of  Compounds  and 
their  Colour.  M.  Schutze.  Zeits.  physikal.  Cbem.  9, 
1892,  109. 

The  following  are  the  conclusions  at  which  the  author  has 
arrived  :  — 

(1.)  A  diminution  of  absorption  from  violet  to  red 
generally  corresponds  with  the  colour  alterations  green- 
yellow,  yellow,  orange,  red,  red-violet,  blue-violet,  blue, 
blue-green  (deepening  of  the  colour  tone)  ;  a  diminution 
from  red  to  violet  the  converse  changes  (heightening  of  the 
colour  tone). 

(2.)  Atoms  and  groups  of  atoms  when  introduced  into  a 
molecule,  cause  a  characteristic  deepening  or  heightening  of 
the  colour  tone,  for  the  same  chromophore  and  solvent. 
Groups  causing  deepening  are  distinguished  as  "  batho- 
ehrome,"  whilst  those  to  which  heightening  of  the  colour  is 
due  are  termed  "  hypsochrome." 


808 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31, 1892. 


(3.)  Hydrocarbon  radicals  always  act  as  bathochromes. 
In  homologous  series  the  shade  increases  with  the  molecular 
weight. 

(4.)  Similar  alteration  to  that  mentioned  under  (3.) 
occurs  in  the  case  of  elements  of  the  same  periodic  group. 

(5.)  The  addition  of  hydrogen  is  always  associated  with 
a  heightening  of  the  colour. 

(6.)  The  modification  in  colour  from  the  causes  enume- 
rated above,  is  the  greater  the  closer  the  alteration  in 
chemical  composition  is  to  the  chromophore.  The  distance 
of  the  atoms  from  each  other  as  depicted  in  a  structural 
formula  seems  generally  to  correspond  with  their  actual 
condition :  in  the  case  of  the  di-derivatives  of  benzene, 
however,  the  substituted  groups  in  the  para-position  appear 
to  be  nearer  than  in  the  meta-position. 

(7.)  The  generalisation  detailed  in  (G.)  only  applies  to 
monochromophore  compounds  and  symmetrical  dichromo. 
phores.  Tlie  colour  of  an  unsymmetrical  diazo-compound 
of  the  general  formula  Y  —  A  —  X  —  A  —  Z  approximates 
to  that  of  a  mixture  of  the  two  symmetrical  bodies — 
V  -  A  -  X  -  A  -  Y  and  Z  -  A  -  X  -  A  -  Z. 

— B.  B. 


p-Tolylglycocine.     C.  A.  Bischoff  and  A.  Hausdorfer. 
Ber.  25,  1892,  2280—2290. 

The  substance  of  melting  point  166° — 168°,  which  was  first 
prepared  by  J.  P.  Meyer  (Her.  8,  1158),  and  has  since  been 
generally  regarded  as  p  -  tolylglycocine,  is  not  this  com- 
pound, but  a  polymeride — 

X'H.X'OOH 


C6H4(('I1,)X 


,/ 


\CH2 .  CO(  >NH;, .  Cf)H4 .  CHa 

The  authors  confirm  the  observation  of  Heumann  (this 
Journal,  1890,  758)  that  the  compound  does  not  furnish 
an  indigo  derivative  on  fusion  with  potash.  The  true 
p-tolylglyeoceine  has  already  been  described  by  J.  P.  Meyer 
(Ber.  14,  1223),  who  regarded  it  as  a  polymeric  compound  ; 
it  has  now  been  prepared  by  the  authors  by  the  hydrolysis 
of  ethyl-/) -toluido  acetate.  It  forms  colourless  leaflets, 
melts  at  118° — 119°,  and  gives  an  indigo-derivative  on 
fusion  with  potash. — A.  R.  L. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Aniline  Lakes 
suitable  for  the  Manufacture  of  India-rubber  Cloth  and 
other  Purposes.  Isidor  Frankenburg,  Greengate  Bubber 
■\Vorks,  Salford,  Lancaster.  Eng.  Pat.  10,582,  Sep- 
tember 30,  1891. 

See  under  XIII.,  pape  829. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Mutters. 
H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  A.  Leonhardt  and  Co., 
Muhlheim-on-the-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  18,600, 
October  28,  1891. 

In  Eng.  Pat.  13,217  of  1889  (this  Journal,  1890,  934) 
certain  oxides  are  described,  which  are  obtained  by  con- 
densing dialkylated  w-amido-phenols  with  formaldehyde, 
and  afterwards  eliminating  water  by  the  action  of  a 
dehydrating  agent.  The  present  invention  describes  the 
formation  of  these  oxides  in  a  different  way.  Instead  of 
treating  tetra  -  alkyl  -  diamido  -  dihydroxy-diphenylmethane 
with  dehydrating  agents,  tetra-alkyl-tetramido-diphenyl- 
methane,  which  has  the  following  formula — 


]!,X 


CIL 


3   \/\ 


\/\xililn/\/  NBs 


is  treated  with  two  molecules  of  nitrons  acid.  A  very 
unstable  tctrazo  compound  is  thus  obtained  which  decom- 
poses  even    at   a  low   temperature,  evolving   nitrogen,   and 


forming  oxy-compounds  identical  with  the  oxides  described 
in  the  above-mentioned  patent,  and  which  can  be  oxidised 
in  a  similar  manner  to  form  pink  colouring  matters.  A 
solution  of  2'8  kilos,  of  tetramethyl-tetramido-diphenyl- 
methane,  40  kilos,  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and  250 
litres  of  water  is  treated  with  a  solution  containing  1  •  4  kilos, 
of  sodium  nitrite.  When  the  decomposition  of  the  diazo- 
compound,  which  may  take  place  at  any  temperature  up  to 
40°  C.,  is  complete,  the  solution  contains  the  oxy-compound 
which  may  be  precipitated  by  the  addition  of  an  excess  of 
caustic  soda-lye.  In  order  to  produce  the  colouring  matter 
it  is  preferable  to  oxidise  the  acid  solution  directly  by  the 
addition  of  14  kilos,  of  a  30  per  cent,  ferric  chloride  solu- 
tion, and  raise  to  the  boil.  After  cooling,  the  dyestuff  is 
precipitated  by  the  addition  of  salt,  and  is  purified  by 
redissolving  and  precipitating  with  salt  and  zinc  chloride. 
If  the  solution  of  the  oxy-compound  be  first  boiled  down  and 
then  oxidised  a  similar  colouring  matter  is  obtained,  but  of  a 
yellower  shade. — T.  A.  I/. 


.1  New  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters.  O.  Imray, 
London.  F'rom  "The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  und  Bnining."  IIochst-on-the-Maine,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  18,783,  October  31,  1891. 

Up  to  the  present,  seven  naphthylene  diamines  out  of  a 
possible  ten  have  been  obtained,  but  of  these  only  the 
1  ■  5  compound  has  been  employed  in  the  manufacture  of 
colouring  matters.  This  body  is  converted  into  its  tetrazo 
compound,  and  when  combined  with  phenols  and  amines 
and  their  derivatives  yields  yellow,  red  and  violet  colouring 
matters  (Ger.  Pat.  39,954).  More  valuable  colouring 
matters  can  be  obtained  from  the  1  ■  4  naphthylene  diamine 
according  to  this  invention,  but  as  the  direct  conversion  of 
the  diamine  into  its  amido-,  diazo-,  or  tetrazo-compound  is 
always  incomplete,  an  indirect  method  has  to  be  employed. 
The  conditions  necessary  for  obtaining  colouring  matters 
are  that  only  one  amido-group  he  diazotised  and  combined 
with  an  amine  or  phenol  or  derivative  of  the  same,  or  that 
first  one  amido-group  and  then  the  second  be  diazotised  and 
combined  successively  with  two  molecules  of  a  phenol  or 
amine,  or  their  derivatives.  In  this  way  two  different  types 
of  colouring  matters  are  obtained  having  the  general 
formula1 — 


I. 

V ^  .1 L  | ,,[!,;  —  ML 


!/- 


II. 
-C,„Hn-N5-., 


where  r  and  y  stand  for  the  various  components  which  may 
be  used  in  each  case.  The  colours  formulated  on  type  I. 
can  be  produced  in  two  ways.  1.  By  nitrating  a-acet- 
naphthalide  the  compound  1*4  nitro-aeetnaphthalide  is 
produced  which  on  reduction  yields  14  acetuaphthylene- 
diamine.  This  substance  is  diazotised,  combined  with  any 
phenol  or  amine,  and  then  saponified  by  heating  with  dilute 
mineral  acids,  strong  solutions  of  caustic  alkalis,  or  even  by 
heating  with  water  alone  with  or  without  pressure.  2.  By 
diazotising  1  •  4  nitronaphthylaniine,  combining  the  diazo- 
compound  and  finally  reducing  the  nitro-compound  with  an 
alkaline  reducing  agent.  Colouring  matters  of  type  II.  are 
obtained  by  diazotisation  and  combination  with  phenols  and 
amines,  of  the  bodies  obtained  as  above.  The  following 
examples  give  the  quantities  to  be  employed  in  the  various 
processes  worked  according  to  this  invention.  Twenty  kilos, 
of  1'  1  acet-naphthylenediamine  are  suspended  in  about 
300  litres  of  water  and  dissolved  in  the  cold  by  slowly 
adding  27  kilos,  of  30  per  cent,  hydrochloric  acid.  The 
solution  is  diazotised  by  the  addition  of  7  kilos,  of  sodium 
nitrite  in  about  24  litres  of  water,  and  the  diazo  solution  is 
then  added  to  40  kilos,  of  sodium  0-naphthol  disulphouate 
R,  and  1 00  kilos,  of  sodium  acetate  in  about  500  litres  of 
water  and  the  whole  kept  agitated  for  6 — 10  hours.  Part  of 
the  colouring  matter  separates  out  and  the  rest  may  be 
precipitated  by  the  addition  of  salt  and  purified  in  the  usual 
manner.  The  shades  given  by  these  dyestuffs  range  from 
a  bluish  magenta  to  a  claret  red.  The  colouring  matter 
thus  produced  may  be  saponified  by  dissolving  in  water  to 
a  15—20  per  cent,  solution,  adding  20  kilos,  of  caustic  soda 
and  heating  under  constant  agitation  to  120' — 125°  C.  either 


Oot.si.iS9a.]        THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


809 


with  or  without  pressure  until  a  sample  no  longer  changes 
from  violet  to  blue  on  acidifying  with  acetic  acid.  The 
melt  is  then  acidified  with  acetic  acid  or  dilute  mineral 
acid,  and  the  colouring  matter  precipitated  with  salt.  The 
saponification  can  also  be  performed  by  heating  with 
30  per  cent,  sulphuric,  acid  and  also,  but  in  a  less  efficient 
manner,  by  heating  with  water  alone  under  pressure.  The 
shades  obtained  are  bluer  than  those  from  the  acetylated 
compounds.  The  second  method  for  producing  these 
colouring  matters  is  to  suspend  188  kilos,  of  1*4  nitro- 
naphihylamine  in  250  litres  of  water  and  400  kilos,  of 
30  percent,  hydrochloric  acid.  After  diazotisation  at  about 
15°  C.  with  69  kilos,  of  sodium  nitrite  in  200  litres  of  water, 
the  solution  is  added  to  370  kilos,  of  R  salt  dissolved  in 
water  and  kept  alkaline  by  the  addition  of  sodium  carbonate 
and  sodium  acetate.  The  colouring  matter  may  be  pre- 
cipitated with  salt  or  may  be  reduced  by  warming  to  50° — 
60°  C,  and  slowly  adding  about  2,500  kilos,  of  sodium 
sulphide  solution  containing  500  kilos,  of  crystallised  sodium 
sulphide.  The  solution  on  completion  of  the  reduction  is 
acidulated  and  the  colouring  matter  precipitated  with  salt. 
In  place  of  sodium  sulphide  other  alkaline  reducing  agents 
may  be  employed,  such  as  glucose,  stannous  oxide,  or  zinc 
powder,  but  care  must  be  taken  not  to  use  an  excess  of  the 
reducing  agent,  as  otherwise  the  azo  group  may  be  reduced. 
The  colouring  matters  obtained  according  to  the  two 
preceding  methods  may,  as  already  stated,  be  diazotised 
and  combined  with  a  variety  of  compounds.  517  kilos,  of 
the  colouring  matter  from  R  salt  having  the  composition — 

H3N-ClllH6-X,-C1„H4(OH)(803Na)2 

are  dissolved  in  8 — 10  times  the  quantity  of  water  and 
mixed  with  365  kilos,  of  30  per  cent,  hydrochloric  acid.  A 
solution  of  70  kilos,  of  sodium  nitrite  in  300  litres  of 
water  is  then  added  below  5°  C,  and  the  whole  left  for 
several  hours  until  a  sample  diluted  with  water  forms  a 
clear  solution.  This  is  then  mixed  with  385  kilos,  of  R  salt, 
and  275  kilos,  of  sodium  carbonate  in  7,000  litres  of  water. 
Part  of  the  colouring  matter  precipitates,  and  the  remainder 
is  thrown  out  with  salt.  It  dyes  a  greenish  to  a  black  blue, 
according  to  the  depth  of  shade,  and  has  the  formula — 

,N„-  C,0H|(OH)(SO3Na)2 

XN,  -  C„,H<(  OH  X  SO-,Na), 

liy  varying  the  components  in  these  compounds  a 
regularity  in  the  change  of  shade  is  noticed,  the  lower 
molecular  compounds  of  the  benzene  series  giving  colours 
at  the  red  end  of  the  spectrum,  whilst  the  higher  molecular 
compounds  of  the  naphthalene  series  give  blue  shades. 
Moreover,  in  the  example  just  quoted,  it  is  observed  that  if 
other  naphthalene  derivatives  are  substituted  for  the  second 
molecule  of  R  salt  the  shades  of  the  resulting  colouring 
matters  are  a  greenish  blue  when  the  compound  contains  a 
hydroxyl-  or  an  amido-group  in  the  ^-position,  hut  are 
reddish  violet  to  violet  red  when  these  groups  occupy  the 
a-position. — T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters. 
B.  Willcox,  London.  From  "  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  llayer  and  Co."  El herf eld, Germany.  EDg.  Pat.  19,062a, 

November  4,  1891. 

The  formation  of  leueo  bases  of  the  rosaniliue  series  by 
condensing  tetra-alkylated  diatnidobenzhydrols  with  primary, 
secondary  and  tertiary  aromatic  amines  proceeds  easily, 
but  the  oxidation  to  form  colouring  matters  only  takes  place 
satisfactorily  when  the  leueo  products  are  obtained  from 
tertiary  amines.  It  has  been  discovered  that  if  the  leueo 
bases  from  the  primary  and  secondary  amines  are  converted 
into  their  nitrosamines  before  oxidation  good  results  are 
obtained.  The  nitroso  group  is  subsequently  removed  by 
heating  the  compounds  in  an  aqueous  solution  with  or 
without  the  addition  of  acids  or  alkalis,  but  in  order  to 
avoid  oxidation  by  the  nitrous  acid  disengaged  it  is 
advisable  to  perform  the  reaction  in  presence  of  an  aromatic 
base,  such  as  aniline  or  toluidine,  or  in  presence  of  sul- 
phurous acid.  A  product  identical  with  Victoria  Hlue  B  can 
be  obtained  as  follows,  according  to  this  process  : — 47  ■  1  kilos. 


of  the  leueo  base,  obtained  by  condensing  tetra-methyldi- 
amidobenzhydrol  with  phenyl-a-naphthylamine  in  alcoholic 
solution  and  in  presence  of  muriatic  acid,  are  dissolved  in 
200  kilos,  of  50  per  cent,  acetic  acid,  40  kilos,  of  muriatic 
acid  of  sp.  gr.  1*18  and  400  litres  of  water.  After  cooling, 
69  litres  of  a  10  per  cent,  sodium  nitrite  solution  are  added, 
and  the  resulting  nitrosamine  leueo  compound  oxidised  by 
the  addition  of  79  "3  kilos,  of  a  30  per  cent,  lead  dioxide 
paste.  Diluted  sulphuric  acid,  from  10  kilos,  of  pure 
sulphuric  acid,  is  then  added  to  the  deep  green  solution  to 
precipitate  the  lead,  and  after  the  addition  of  500  litres  of  a 
6  per  cent,  sulphurous  acid  solution  the  whole  is  poured 
into  an  equal  volume  of  strong  hydrochloric  acid,  which 
eliminates  the  nitroso  group.  After  standing  some  hours 
the  solution  is  poured  into  water  and  the  free  acids 
neutralised  with  an  alkali.  The  colouring  matter  then 
separates  in  a  crystalline  condition  and  may  be  purified  by 
dissolving  in  acids  and  precipitating  with  alkalis.  Tetra- 
ethyldiamidobenzhydrol  may  be  employed  in  place  of  tetra- 
methyldiamidobenzhydrol  and  the  following  secondary 
amines  may  be  substituted  for  the  phenyl-a-naphthylamine : 
methyl-,  ethyl,  and  benzyl-aniline,  diphenylamine,  methyl-, 
ethyl-,  benzyl-  o-  and  p-tolyl-a-naphthylamine  and  di- 
naphthylamine.  All  these  colouring  matters  yield  violet  to 
blue  or  greenish  blue  shades  on  wool  or  on  cotton  mordanted 
with  tannic  acid. — T.  A.  L. 


The  Manufacture  and  Production  of  New  Cotton  or 
Substantive  Dyestuffs.  B.  Willcox,  London.  From 
"  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,"  Elber- 
feld,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  19,061,  November  4,  1891. 

In  the  Fr.  Pat.  209,519,  November  14,  1890,  Guinou, 
Picard  and  Jay  describe  a  process  for  obtaining  cotton 
colouring  matters  by  the  action  of  hypochlorites  on 
primuline.  Superior  colouring  matters  are  produced  by 
acting  with  sodium  hypochlorite  on  dehydrothio-p-toluidine 
sulphonic  acid  or  its  homologues  obtained  from  m-xylidine 
or  if-cumidiue  and  which  are  derivatives  of  benzenyl-o- 
amido-thio-m-cresol— 

CH-C6H./     \c-C6H5 

(Gattermann  and  Pfitzinger,  Ber.  22,  1063  ;  this  Journal 
1889,608).  The  dehydrothio-^-toluidiue,  melting  at  191°C, 
is  sulphonated  and  50  kilos,  of  the  sulphonic  acid  arc, 
dissolved  in  1,000  litres  of  water  with  8  to  10  kilos,  of 
sodium  carbonate.  The  solution  is  mixed  at  a  temperature 
of  about  15°C.with  a  sodium  hypochlorite  solution  obtained 
by  adding  the  requisite  quantity  of  sodium  carbonate  to 
50  kilos,  of  chloride  of  lime.  The  solution,  which  is  at 
first  colourless,  turns  a  deep  reddish  yellow  and  the  reaction 
is  complete  in  about  24  hours.  The  dyestuff  is  precipitated 
with  salt,  washed  with  brine,  pressed  and  dried,  and  forms 
a  brown  powder  readily  soluble  in  water.  It  dyes  unmor- 
danted  cotton  a  brilliant  yellow,  similar  to  C'hrysamine  R, 
and  withstands  alkalis,  acids,  chlorine,  and  light.  The 
oxidation  can  also  be  effected  by  hypobromites  or  by 
potassium  ferrieyanide  or  lead  dioxide  in  presence  of  an 
alkali.  The  new  compounds  probably  belong  to  the  class 
of  azo-  or  azoxy-colouring  matters  produced  from  two 
molecules  of  dehydrothio-;)-toluidine  sulphonic  acid  by  the 
simultaneous  oxidation  of  the  two  amido  groups,  since  nitrous 
acid  no  longer  gives  a  diazo-compound.  The  shades 
produced  by  the  higher  homologues  are  redder  than  those 
from  the  toluidine  derivative. — T.  A.  L. 


Manufacture  of  New  Bases  applicable  for  the  Production 

of    Substantive    Cotton    Dyes.      C.   D.   Abel,   London. 

From  L.  Durand,  Huguenin,  and  Co.,  Bale,  Switzerland. 

Eng.  Pat.  9.360,  May  17,  1892. 

These  bases  are  obtained  by  condensing  tolidinc,  benzidine, 

or   dianisidine   with    formaldehyde   or   with   »i-phenylene- 

diamine.      The  condensation   products  obtained  give  diazo 

compounds    which    when    combined     with     naphthylamine 


filO 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [Oct.  si,  1892, 


sulphonic  acids  yield  substantive  cotton  dyes.  21 '2  kilos. 
of  tolidine,  2-4-8  kilos,  of  basic  tolidine  hydrochloride,  and 
10  kilos,  of  alcohol  are  mixed  to  a  thick  paste  and  treated 
with  7  ■  5  kilos,  of  a  40  per  cent,  formaldehyde  solution. 
The  melt  is  allowed  to  stand  for  12  hours  and  is  then 
heated  for  a  further  12  hours  on  the  water-bath.  After 
cooling  it  is  powdered,  dissolved  in  hot  dilute  sulphuric 
acid  filtered  from  unaltered  tolidine,  and  the  new  base 
precipitated  by  sodium  carbonate  as  a  light  green  resinous 
mass  which  begins  to  liquefy  at  60' — 63°  C.  and  is  com- 
pletely melted  at  85° — 90°  C.  The  following  constitution 
is  given  for  the  substance — 

/NH.CjHs.CyHgNHo 

Iff'/ 

\NH.C;H(.C7H6KH. 

It  is  easily  soluble  in  alcohol,  slightly  soluble  in  benzene, 
and  almost  insoluble  in  ether.  The  hydrochloride  and 
sulphate  are  readily  soluble  in  water.  Similar  compounds 
are  obtained  from  benzidine  and  dianisidine.  The  con- 
densation product  from  tolidine  and  m-phenyleuediainine 
is  produced  as  follows  :  12  kilos,  of  m-phenylenediamine 
are  heated  to  180°  C.  and  10  kilos,  of  basic  tolidine  hydro- 
chloride are  slowly  stirred  in,  the  temperature  being  then 
raised  to  280°  C.  and  kept  at  this  point  for  three  hours, 
ammonia  being  evolved  during  the  reaction.  The  melt, 
after  being  powdered,  is  washed  with  warm  water  to  remove 
unaltered  phenylenedianiine  and  is  then  dissolved  in  hot 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  any  tolidine  present  being  precipi- 
tated by  the  addition  of  sulphuric  acid.  After  filtering,  the 
base  is  precipitated  by  the  addition  of  soda-lye,  forming  a 
yellowish-brown  mass  which  melts  from  100° — 110°  C. 
The  following  equation  is  given  as  representing  the 
reaction — 

C.H6-NH,  C,"H6-Nfl-(  !6H4-NH, 

|  +G6H4(NHs)2=NHs+  | 

C7H6-XH.,  C?HC-NH, 

The  compound  can  be  diazotised  and  the  amount  of 
nitrite  used  corresponds  to  the  formula  given.  The 
diazotised  base  combines  with  naphthylamine  sulphonic 
acids,  givirjg  substantive  cotton  dyestuffs.  The  solutions 
of  the  condensation  products  from  m-phenylenediamine 
and  more  particularly  those  of  the  bases  in  alcohol  possess 
a  strong  green  fluorescence. — T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  Machinery  for  Washing  and  Treating 
Hosiery  and  other  Fabrics.  J.  W.  and  G.  Roberts, 
Bolton.     Eng.  Pat.  10,4911,  June  20,  1891. 

A  i  vi. e  or  dashwheel,  formed  by  fixing  wooden  or 
metal  lags  with  bevelled  edges  to  two  circular  discs, 
is  arranged  to  revolve  inside  a  stationary  washing  cylinder. 
The  cage  is  driven  either  continuously  or  with  reversing 
gearing. — E.  B. 


V.-TEXTILES :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc, 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Vegetable  Textile  Fibres 
for  the  Manufacture  of  Yarns  and  Fabrics.  F.  V, 
M.  Baabe,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  8776,  May  23,  1891. 

This  invention,  which  is  an  improvement  on  Eng.  Pat. 
9811,  of  1885,  relates  to  the  preparation  for  spinning  and 
manufacturing  of  those  bast  fibres  "  which  ordinarily  are 
not  employed  in  the  production  of  superior  goods  "  The 
claims  comprise : — the  boiling  of  the  fibres  in  a  mixture 
of  urine  and  alkali  solution  ;  rinsing  the  fibres  so  treated  ; 
hydro-extracting ;  drying  by  hot  air ;  and  opening,  dividing, 
and  cleaning. — E.  li. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Treating  Textile  Vegetable 
Substances  to  obtain  Fibres  therefrom.  I).  Barnett, 
Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.  10,252,  June  1"',  1891. 

Ramie  and  other  vegetable  fibres  are  submitted  to  a  com- 
bined bruising,  rubbing,  and  drawing  action,  for  the  purpose 
of  removing  the  incrusting  ligneous  and  cementiticus 
matters  "  by  a  dry  or  almost  dry  mode  of  treatment." 

— E  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  and  Apparatus  for 
Bleaching  and  Treating  the  Fibre  of  Peat  or  other 
Substances.  G.  A.  Cannot,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  13,102, 
August  1,  1891. 

See  under  VI.,  page  813. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  in  Apparatus  for 
Bleaching  and  Treating  Textile  Fabrics.  C.  F.  Pike, 
Manchester.     Eng.  Pat.  13,509,  August  11,  1891. 

Cotton  fabrics  are  continuously  scoured  by  passing  them 
in  the  rope-form  through  a  series  of  tanks  filled  respectively 
with  boiling  milk  of  lime,  hot  water,  and  "  hot  caustic 
solution."  The  cloth  travels  up  and  down  through  each 
tank,  and  is  squeezed  before  passing  into  the  succeeding 
tank.  It  is  stated  that  the  "  entire  bleaching  operation 
might  be  carried  out  by  putting  a  similar  apparatus 
in  line  with  the  example  illustrated  (in  the  original 
specification),  and  carrying  on  the  treatment  until  the  goods 
are  fully  bleached."  Both  the  method  and  the  apparatus 
employed  are  claimed. — E  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  Extracting  Deleterious 
Matters  from  Wool  and  other  Textile  Materials. 
( .'.  Hanson,  Wakefield.     Eng.  Pat.  243,  January  6,  1892. 

The  process  of  extraction  of  the  vegetable  matters  from 
wool,  muugo,  shoddy,  &c.  by  immersion  in  cold,  dilute 
mineral  acid,  as  at  present  conducted,  fails  to  thoroughly 
cleanse  the  wool  and  leaves  it  with  a  harsh  feel.  This,  it  is 
claimed,  is  obviated  by  heating  the  dilute  acid  to  a  tem- 
perature "  varying  from  100°  to  400°  F.,  or  in  some  instances 
lower  than  100  F."  Less  acid  is  required  iu  this  way,  and 
the  wool  is  obtained  of  a  better  feel  and  colour,  so  that  less 
soap,  &o.  for  scouring  is  needed. — E.  li. 


Improvements  in  Machinery  for  Breaking  or  Scutching 
Flax  and  similar  Fibrous  Materials.  E.G.  A.  Hatschek, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  5223,  March  16,  1892. 

The  flax-straw  is  passed  downwards  through  a  hopper  to 
two  feed-rollers  and  then  between  two  fixed  pairs  of  bluut 
knives  placed  horizontally  beneath  the  feed-rollers.  A 
frame  provided  with  knives  is  arranged  to  move  laterally 
to  and  fro  between  the  two  pairs  of  stationarj'  knives,  the 
lower  pair  of  which  is  lightly  pressed  against  the  frame  by 
springs.  When  the  flax-stems  pass  through  the  apparatus 
the  straw  is  broken  and  shaken  out  of  the  fibre. — E.  B. 


New    or     Improved     Wood    Fibre    Ropes.      O.    Marwitz, 
Schierstein,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  7482,  April  20,  1892. 

Wood-kopes,  to  substitute  straw-ropes  for  use  in  foundries, 
are  manufactured  by  spinning  together  firmly-twisted  strands 
of  aspen  or  willow-wood  fibre  with  loosely-twisted  strands 
of  pine  or  poplar-wood ;  or  by  covering  a  firmly-twisted 
j  inner  core  of  aspen  or  willow  fibres  with  loosely-twisted 
piue  or  poplar  fibres,  or  with  straw,  hay,  hemp,  flax, 
manilla,  cocoa-nut  fibre,  or  other  vegetable  fibre. — E.  B. 


Ool.  81,1881]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETT  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


811 


VI.-DYEING.  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  AND  BLEACHING. 

Tie  Discharge  of  Alizarin  Dyes.     Emil  Schnabel. 

Farben.  Zeit.  1892,  395. 
Discharging  a  dye  means  the  total  or  partial  abstraction 
of  it  from  the  dyed  fibre,  although  occasionally  the  same 
term  is  applied  if  a  certain  dye  by  means  of  some  reagent  is 
lightened  in  shade  without  any  of  the  dye  being  removed 
from  the  fibre.  If  a  brown  dyed  on  chrome  mordant  with 
logwood,  fustic  and  camwood  is  treated  in  a  boiling  solution 
of  tin  crystals,  no  loss  of  dye  occurs,  but  the  shade 
becomes  much  lighter.  Many  of  the  alizarin  dyes  can  be 
modified  upon  thp  fibre  in  the  same  manner,  but  in  this  case 
the  solutions  employed  have  to  be  much  more  concentrated 
than  for  the  wood  colours.  The  great  stability  of  most  of 
the  alizarin  colours  calls  frequently  for  the  most  energetic 
and  destructive  discharging  agents. 

Carbonisation  wiih  Sulphuric  Acid  at  5°  D. 


Does  not  modify. 


Very  slightly  modifies. 


Diamond  black  it. 
I  Bayer.  Elberfeld.) 

Alizarin  orange. 
(Uoechst.) 

Alizarin  indigo  blue  S  M  \V. 
(B.  A.  and  S.  P.) 

Alizarin  green  S  W. 
( B.  A.  and  S.  F.) 


Alizarin  blark  S  \V. 
[B.  A.  a  n,l  S.  I'.l 

i  Tcjh  mon  ffrt  i  ttish.) 

Alizarin  Mack  S  R  W. 

(B.  A.  an. I  S.  I'.l 
(Trifle  more  greenish) 

Alizarin  blue  S  \V. 

(B.  A.  ami  S.  I'.i 

{Trijlv  more  greenish.) 


Does  not  modify. 

Very  slightly  modifies. 

Galloflavin. 

(B.  A.  andS.  F.) 

Alizarin  bine  W  X. 

(li.  A.andS.  F.) 

( Trifle  more  greenish.) 

Alizarin  blue  DN  W. 

(Hoeehst.) 
{Trifle  more  greenish.) 

Alizarin  brown, 

(Hoeehst.) 
[Slightly  paler.) 

Anthracene  blue  W  R. 

(1!.  A.  and  S.  F.) 
{Trifle  more  greenish.) 

Alizarin  indigo  blue  S  W. 
(B.  A.  and  S.  F.) 

(Trifle  more  greenish.) 

Alizarin  yellow  GGW. 

(Hoeehst.) 

[Slightly  lighter  and  paler.) 

Alizarin  dark  bine. 

(B.  A.  andS.  P.) 

[Slightly  greenish,  paler;) 

Considerably  affected  arc:— Gallein  (B.  A.  &  S.F.), became 
a  reddish  purple;  Alizarin  grey  G  (Hoeehst),  grey  green  ; 
Alizarin  cyanine  R  R  II  (Hayer,  Elberfeld),  much  paler 
and  greener;  Alizarin  blue  R  R,  pale  green.  Alizarin  red 
appears  after  the  acid  treatment  brighter  and  more  yellowish 
in  shade,  but  when  the  acid  has  been  neutralised  by  an 
alkali,  the  shade  is  found  to  be  considerably  bluer. 


Dyed  with 


After  Treatment  with 


Sulphuric  Acid. 


in  percent.  Gallein  paste 
(B.A.  AS.  P.) 


In  per  cent.  Alizarin 
green  s  \v  paste. 
Mi.  A.  JkS.  F.) 


1(1  per  cent.  Alizarin 

black  S  \V  paste. 

(B.  A.&  S.  P.) 


10  percent.  Alizarin 
black  S  R  \V  paste. 

(B.A.&S.  !•'.) 

•2  per  cent.  Diamond 

black  powder. 
(Bayer,  Elberfeld.) 


10  per  cent.  Alizarin 

grey  G  paste. 

(Hoeehst.) 


In  per  cent.  Alizarin 

brow  n  paste, 

(Hoeehst.) 

10  per  cent.  Galloflavin 

paste. 

(B.  A.  &S.  F.) 


Pale  violet,  looks  like 

shade  dyed  with  3  per 

cent.  Alizarin  Blue  S  \Y 

paste  and  3£  per  cent. 

Alizarin  red  W  B. 


Purplish  paler,  not  much 

lighter. 


Turned  red,  like  a  shade 

obtained  with  Q\  per  cent. 

Alizarin  grey  R  paste 

(Hoechsl  ►. 


Like  Alizarin  blackSTV. 


Like  Alizarin  black  S  \V. 


Considerably  greener, 

resembling  shade  from 

2':  per  cent.  Alizarin  green 

S  W  paste  2$  percent. 

Alizarin  black  8  W  paste, 

£  per  cent.  Alizarin  brown 

paste. 

Intensity  reduced  fco  a 
shade  obtained  with  21  per 
cent.  Alizarin  brown  paste. 


Lost  about  tJ  per  cent,  of 

the  dye,  shade  rather 

duller. 


Tin  Crystals  and 
Hydrochloric  Aeid. 


Dull  purple,  like  that 
obtained  from  2  per  cent. 
Alizarin  blue  S  W  paste. 
|  to  1  ■■  per  cent .  Alizarin 

red  U    U  paste,  and 

l  per  cent,  yellow  tla\  in 

paste. 

Like  sulphuric  aeid. 


Like  sulphuric  acid,  red 
still  more  pronounced. 


Like  Alizarin  black  S  VV. 


A  little  redder  than 
sulphuric  acid. 


Grey  green. 


Yellowish  orange,  as  from 
1  per  cent.  Alizarin  orange, 
3 per  cent,  fustic  extract- 
paste. 

Like  sulphuric  aeid,  still 
paler. 


Much  fuller  shade, 

purplish-violet.    Almost  as 

bright  as  similar  shades 

obtained  from  methyl- 

\  iolel . 


Unaltered. 


Turned  slightly  greenish. 


Unaltered. 


Unaltered. 


Grey  Green. 


Scarcely  any  paler,  but 
somewhat  more  purple. 


Scarcely  altered,  a  trifle 
lighter. 


Like  alum,  but  brighter 
and  redder  shade. 


A  dark  grey,  similar  to 

that  from  7  per  cent. 

Alizarin  black  S  W  paste, 

and  li  per  cent.  Alizarin 

blue  S  W  paste. 

Turned  a  shade  of  olive, 
such  as  is  obtained  from 

5|  per  cent.  Alizarin 

brown  paste,  .'*£  per  cent. 

Cerulein  paste,  l\  to  2\. 

4  per  cent.  Alizarin  blue 

S  W  paste. 

A  shade  more  greenish. 


Entirely  destroyed  into 
a  pale  buff,  and  like  one 
obtained  with  0"2  to  0*4 
I  per  cent.  Alizarin  brown 
paste,  0*2  to  o  *4  per  cent 
Galloflavin  paste. 

Exactly  like  shade  from 

5i  per  cent.  Alizarin  brown 

paste,  4  per  cent.  Alizarin 

blue  S  W  paste,  1$  per 

cent.  Galloflavin  paste. 


Gained  a  little  iu  bright- 
ness and  intensity. 


A  little  more  reddish, 
no  lighter. 


812 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31, 1892. 


After  Treatment  with 


Dyed  with 


in  per  cent.  Cerulein 

paste. 

(Hoechst.) 

In  per  cent.  Alizarin 

yellow  G  G  W  paste. 

(Hoechst). 

10  per  cent.  Alizarin 
dark  blur  paste. 
(IS.  A..YS.  F.i 

in  per  cent.  Alizarin 
blue  B  B  paste. 

II.     vh-l.l 

'2  per  cent.  Alizarin 
red  s  powder. 
(B.  1.&S.F.) 


In  per  cent.  Alizarin 
i  I'd  "\V  B  paste. 
(B.  A.&S.  P.) 

In  per  cent,  Ali2arin 

orange  paste. 

(Hoechst.) 


Sulphuric  Acid. 


Oxalic  Acid. 


Dye  not  discharged,  only 
a  little  paler,  bluish  red. 


Almost  completely 
discharged,  like  a  shade 

with  :i  per  cent,  oi  the 
dye,  hut  duller. 

Slightly  lighter  and 
duller. 


Losl  From  2  to  :i  per  cent. 
i 'I  dye,  and  is  less  red. 


Terra  cotta  shade,  as 

obtainable  from  4  per  cent. 

Galloflavin  paste 

6  pier  cent.  Alizarin 

red  ,S  powder. 

Similarly  altered  as 
Alizarin  red  S. 


Lost  about  l  per  cent,  of 
dye,  Yellower. 


Like  sulphuric  acid,  a 
little  more  affected. 


Like  sulphuric  acid. 


Slightly  lighter  and 
duller. 


Not  much  lighter,  but 

a  little  duller  led. 


Light  orange,  as  obtained 

from  15  per  cent. 

Alizarin  orange  on 

alumina  mordant,  but 

rather  duller. 

Like  Alizarin  red  S. 


Like  a  shade  with  IB  per 

cent.  Alizarin  orange  on 

alumina  mordant. 


Alum. 


I  naltered. 


Scarcely  altered,  only 
a  trifle  discharged. 


A  hi  lie  fuller  shade, 
blueish. 


A  little  more  red. 


similar  to  ordinary 

Alizarin  red.  but  more 

blueish  and  duller.    A 

little  discharged, 


Like  Alizarin  led  S. 
a  little  discharged. 


Tin  Crystals  and 
Hydrochloric  Acid. 

Not  discharged,  a  little 
more  dull  and  orange. 


Losl  about  -t  per  cent.. 
tlie  dye,  a  little  duller 

reddish. 


A  dark  purple,  as 

obtained  with  In  per  cent. 

Alizarin  grey  R  paste. 

A  dark  purple  shade,  a 

little  redder  than 

Alizarin  dark  blue. 

Similar  as  with  oxalic 
acid,  but  duller. 


Like  Alizarin  red  S. 


Like  oxalic  acid,  noi  so 
bright.    A  little  discharged. 


Much  yellow,  not  much 
lighter. 


The  action  of  a  hot  bath  of  sulphuric  acid  is  similar  to 
that  of  the  carbonisation  bath,  but  acts  much  more  energetic. 
The  following  table  shows  the  alteration  which  the  shades 
undergo,  if  submitted  for  20  minutes  to  the  action  of  a 
bath  containing  10  grins,  of  sulphuric  acid  66°  B.  in  a  litre 
of  water  at  a  temperature  of  80"  C.  Of  course  these 
experiments  only  serve  to  illustrate  the  alterations  of  the 
various  dyes,  but  cannot  be  generally  employed  for  practical 
purposes.  The  experiments  with  oxalic  acid  were  carried 
out  with  solutions  containing  1  ■  5  grm.  of  oxalic  acid  in  a 
litre  of  water.  In  this  bath  the  material  was  boiled  for  15 
minutes.  The  alum  baths  were  of  the  same  strength,  but 
the  boiling  was  continued  for  25  minutes.  The  tin  baths 
contained  in  a  litre  of  water  1  grm.  of  tin  crystals  and 
1  grm.  commercial  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  material  was 
boiled  for  30  minutes  in  this  bath.— C.  O.  W. 


lied  and  White  Discharge  Prints  on   Dyed  Indigo-Blue. 

C.  1'.   Brandt.     Bull.  Soc.  Ind.  Mulhouse,   April— May 

1892,201—206. 
In  188-4,  A.  Scheurer  directed  attention  to  the  decolorising 
influence  on  indigo-blue  exercised  by  the  alkaline  hypobro- 
mites.  This  suggested  the  idea  of  applying  the  reaction  to 
the  production  of  red  discharge  effects  on  fabrics  dyed 
indigo- blue,  a  problem  at  that  time  of  considerable  practical 
importance,  the  processes  in  use  being  very  imperfect  and 
most  of  them  having  the  defect  of  strongly  attacking  the 
fibre.  To  effect  the  end  desired,  it  is  requisite  to  associate 
with  a  salt  of  alumina  the  reagents  necessary  for  the  dis- 
engagement on  the  fibre  of  bromine  or  hypobromous  acid. 
Solutions  of  chlorate  of  alumina  and  ammonium  or  sodium 
bromide  when  mixed  undergo  no  change,  but  on  addition  of 
bisulphite  of  soda  a  disengagement  of  hromine  takes  place 
after  the  lapse  of  some  time  in  the  cold  and  instantaneously 
and  energetically  on  heating.  A  mixture  of  these  three 
r,  agents  thickened  with  British  gum,  printed  on  indigo-dyed 
cloth,  and  subjected  to  a  steaming  of  1  i  minutes  duration, 
effects  a  decolorisation  of  the  tissue,  and  at  the  same  time 
sufficient  alumina  is  fixed  on  the  fibre  to  produce  a  red 
when  subsequently  dyed  up  in  alizarin.  This  process  is, 
however,  defective,  as  the  colour  only  keeps  for  a  short  time, 
after  which  a  decomposition  sets  in  with  liberation  of 
bromine.  If  the  bisulphite  of  soda  be  left  out  and  in  its 
place  sulphide  of  copper  substituted,  the  disengagement  of 
bromine  is   also   effected  on  heating,   and   such  a  mixture 


gives  excellent  results.  Here,  however,  a  new  difficulty 
presented  itself.  Although  the  new  colour  keeps  much 
better  than  the  one  containing  bisulphite,  yet  the  insoluble 
sulphide  of  copper  becomes  slowly  oxidised  to  soluble 
sulphate  of  copper,  and  when  this  transformation  has 
reached  a  certain  point  a  rapid  decomposition  of  the 
printing  colour  takes  place.  An  attempt  to  substitute  the 
copper  by  vanadium  was  futile,  the  latter  not  inducing 
the  necessary  decomposition  of  the  reagents.  It  became 
necessary  to  prevent  the  formation  of  a  soluble  salt  of 
copper,  and  this  was  effected  by  the  addition  of  iodide  of 
potassium,  which  precipitates  the  soluble  copper  salt  at  the 
moment  it  is  formed.  This  addition  made  the  process 
complete  and  practical,  and  it  has  been  used  by  the  author 
from  1884  up  to  the  present  time  without  change.  The 
working  receipt  is  as  follows  : — 

1  litre  chlorate  of  alumina,  1.5°  B.  (thickened  with 
British  gum). 

200  grins,  bromide  of  potassium. 

2.5  grms.  iodide  of  potassium. 

25  grms.  sulphide  of  copper. 

This  is  for  a  dark  indigo  shade ;  for  medium  and  light 
shades  the  above  colour  is  reduced  by  admixture  with  more 
of  the  thickened  chlorate  of  alumina. 

After  printing,  the  fabric  is  steamed  1 1  minutes  in  Mather 
and  Piatt's  aniline  ager ;  the  discharge  is  complete  and  the 
tissue  is  not  injured. 

For  the  production  of  a  white  discharge  simultaneously 
with  the  red,  the  attempt  to  substitute  other  chlorates  in 
place  of  the  chlorate  of  alumina  was  unsuccessful,  the 
indigo  being  either  unaffected  or  only  partially  discharged. 
The  end  was,  however,  gained  by  an  addition  of  citric  acid 
to  the  printing  colour,  this  preventing  the  fixation  of  the 
alumina  on  the  fibre.  It  was  also  found  convenient  in  this 
latter  case  to  partially  substitute  the  chlorate  of  alumina  by 
barium  chlorate,  in  order  to  make  the  colonr  less  acid,  and 
to  replace  the  bromide  of  potassium  by  bromide  of  ammo- 
nium. (Prints  of  red  and  white  discharges  on  indigo-blue 
accompany  the  paper.) — W.  P.  K. 


Process  for  the  Discharge  of  Dyed  Indigo-Blue.  C.  F. 
Brandt.  Hull.  Soc.  Ind.  Mulhouse,  April—May,  1892, 
210.     (Sealed  packet  of  23rd  February,  1885.) 

This  describes  the  process  abstracted  above  in  which 
bisulphate  of  soda  is  used.  In  order  to  obtain  a  good  bright 
shade  of  indigo  the  white  cloth  is  mercerised  before  dyeing 


0,-t.  81, 181(2.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


813 


blue.  The  colour  thus  got  is  uot  injured  by  the  subsequent 
processes  of  dyeing  and  brightening  of  the  red.  Anthra- 
purpurin  is  to  be  preferred  us  dyestuff. — \V .  E.  K. 


Process  for  the  Production  of  a  Discharge  on  Dyed  Indigo. 
F.  Binder.  Bull  Sdc,  Ind.  Mulhouse,  April— May  1892, 
207—209.    (Sealed  packet  of  April  18,  188.'.. ) 

Tins  process  is  based  on  the  destruction  of  the  indigo 
by  nascent  bromine,  obtained  by  the  action  of  a  strong  acid 
on — 

(1.)  Bromide  and  brornate  of  sodium. 

(2.)   Bromide  and  chlorate  of  sodium. 

(3.)  Bromide  of  sodium  and  chlorate  of  alumina. 

The  acid  is  that  disengaged  from  glycerosulphate  of 
alumina,  sulphate  of  alumina,  alum,  or  chloride  of  aluminium, 
by  steaming  at  100°  C.  through  the  Mather  and  Piatt  ager. 

The  indigo  is  destroyed  and  alumina  is  simultaneously 
fixed  on  the  fibre.  It  is  sufficient  after  steaming  to  wash 
wash  off  and  then-  dyed  up  in  alizarin. 

Chloride,  tartrate,  or  citrate  of  ammonium,  admixed  with 
the  bromide  and  bromate  of  sodium,  also  destroy  indigo  on 
steaming. 

An  additional  note  of  March  1892  gives  the  following 
details.  The  bromide-bromate  mixture  is  prepared  as 
follows  ; — GOO  grms.  of  bromine  are  added  to  1,000  grins,  of 
caustic  soda  at  38°  B.,  boiled,  and  made  up  to  35°  B.  This 
gives  1,875  cc.  of  liquid  containing  per  litre  343  grms.  of 
bromide  of  sodium  and  100  grms.  of  bromate  of  sodium. 
From  this  the  printing  colour  is  prepared  : — 

f  litre  sulphate  of  alumina  solution,  35°  B. 
1 15  grms.  soda  crystals. 

Boil  and  add  to — 

1  litre  gum  tragacanth  solution. 

Cool  and  add — 

625  cc.  bromide-bromate  35°  B.  (above). — W.  E,  K. 


Peroxide  «/'  Sodium.     M.  Prud'homme.     Chem.  Trade  .1. 

11,  208. 

See  under  VII.,  page  814. 


The  Chemical  Examination  of  Handwriting.     A.  Robert- 
son and  J.  Hofmann.     Pharm.  C.  H.  N.  F.  1892, 13,  225. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  847. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements    in    the     Manufacture    or  Production    of 

Chlorine    Compounds  for    Bleaching.  Count    T.    de 

Kienheim-Brochocki,  Paris.      Eng.   Pat.  9332,  June   2, 
1891. 

Chlorine  gas,  after  being  cooled,  is  passed  through  a 
vessel  containing  water  in  order  to  remove  acid,  and  then 
after  admixture  with  air,  through  a  bed  of  coke  moistened 
with  sulphuric  acid  to  dry  it.  The  air  and  chlorine  are 
then  led  through  an  apparatus  where  the  mixed  gases  are 
subjected  to  a  constant  discharge  of  electric  sparks  which 
causes  the  formation  of  a  certain  amount  of  hypochlorous 
and  chlorous  acid.  The  gases  are  afterwards  passed  into  a 
concentrated  solution  of  caustic  alkali.  The  product  of 
the  combination  of  the  alkali  and  the  chlorine  so  treated  is 
designated  by  the  patentee  "  chlorozone,"  and  he  claims 
that  its  bleaching  capacity  is  superior  to  that  of  an 
ordinary  alkaline  hypochlorite. — H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of,  and  Apparatus  for 
Blenching  and  Treating  the  Fibre  of  Peat,  or  other 
Fibrous  Substances.  G.  A.  Cannot,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
13,102,  August  1,  1891. 

Peat  is  rendered  fit  for  manufacturing  into  thread  or  for 
conversion  into  paper-pulp  by  successively  heating  it  with 
dilute  alkali  under  slight  pressure,  washing  with  water  and 
dilute  acid,  treating  with  dilute  hypochlorous  acid,  washing 
and  drying. 


The  inventor,  further,  claims  a  process  of  manufacturing 
"hypochlorous  acid  gas"  by  submitting  a  dry  mixture  of 
oxygen  and  chlorine  gases  at  a  low  temperature  (to 
avoid  explosions)  to  the  influence  of  a  stream  of  electric 
sparks,  the  resulting  gas  being  absorbed  in  a  solution  of 
caustic  soda  or  potash. — E.  B. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  and  Printing  Textile  Fibres  with 
Aniline  and  its  Homologues  or  Derivatives.  \V.  J.  S. 
Grawitz,  Nogent-sur-Marue,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  13,955, 
August  18,  1891.  (Date  claimed  under  International 
Convention,  January  19,  1891.) 

The  tendering  of  the  fibre  which  takes  place  in  the  dyeing 
of  aniline  black  by  the  process  of  drying  and  steam-ageing, 
is  due  to  the  action  of  the  mineral  acid  which  is  liberated. 
This  is  obviated  by  adding  to  the  aniline  solution  an 
acetate  or  tartrate  of  an  alkali  or  alkaline  earth,  the 
mineral  acid  which  becomes  free  interacting  with  such  salt, 
and  liberating  acetic  or  tartaric  acid.  The  best  proportion 
of  the  alkaline  salt  to  add  is  three-fourths  of  au  equivalent 
to  one  equivalent  of  aniline  hydrochloride.  The  cotton,  after 
being  impregnated  with  this  solution,  is  dried  and  aged  as 
usual. — E.  B. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Dyeing,  Scouring, 
Bleaching,  or  otherwise  Treating  Yarn  in  Cop,  or  other 
similar  Compact  Form.  A.  and  J.  Graemiger,  Bury. 
Eng.  Pat.  September  8,  1891. 

In  order  that  large  batches  of  yarn  in  cop  may  be  dyed,  and 
liquor  of  a  high  temperature  used,  the  patentees  propose  to 
employ  the  following  apparatus.  The  yarn  is  placed  on 
hollow  perforated  spindles  carried  on  suitable  frames,  which 
fit  into  a  tank  of  convenient  shape,  which  is  capable 
of  being  hermetically  closed.  The  frames  are  inter- 
changeable, thus  allowing  of  one  lot  being  refilled,  while 
the  other  is  under  treatment.  During  the  process  the  yarn 
may  be  subjected  to  air  exhaustion,  or  liquor,  gases,  or 
steam,  may  be  forced  or  drawn  through  the  tank.  In  cases 
where  high  temperatures  are  used,  the  action  of  the 
circulating  pump  may  be  assisted,  and  a  more  thorough 
impregnation  of  the  yarn  effected,  by  the  introduction  of 
steam,  or  air  under  pressure.  A  perforated  bottom,  and 
steam  coil,  permit  of  heating  the  dye  or  other  liquor  to  the 
required  temperature.  The  yarn  may  be  finally  dried  after 
treatment,  in  the  tank  by  means  of  superheated  steam 
or  air.— W.  P.  D. 


An  Improved  Method  of,  and  Apparatus  for  Effecting  the 
Oridation  of  Aniline  Black  in  the  Process  of  Dyeing 
Cotton,  Thready  or  Wool,  on  Bobbins  and  Cops. 
C.  Schniirch,  Altchemnitz,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  7555, 
April  21,  1892. 

The  cops  or  bobbins  are  fixed  on  pins  projecting  from  bars 
which  are  carried  through  the  drying  and  "  damping " 
chambers  by  endless  pitch-chains.  The  cops  are  placed 
upon  the  pins  before  passing  into  the  drying  apparatus  and 
are  removed  from  them  outside  the  "  damping  "  chamber, 
continuous  working  being  thus  achieved. — E.  B. 


Improvements  in  Hawking  Machines  for  Indigo  Dyeing. 
W.  H.  Coulter,  Batley,  Yorkshire.  Eng.  Pat.  12,694, 
July  11,  1892. 

In  this  machine  nipping  rollers  are  made  to  rotate  in  the 
dye  liquor,  between  which  the  fabric  passes.  In  order  to 
prevent  the  fabric  sticking  to  the  rollers,  and  thereby 
becoming  damaged,  it  is  proposed  to  use  scrapers  of  strip 
copper,  or  other  suitable  material,  which  are  fixed  nearly 
at  right  angles  to  the  rollers,  and  so  prevent  the  return  of 
the  fabric.  These  scrapers  are  partly  curved  and  attached 
to  a  longitudinal  bar.  and  thumb-screws  are  employed  to 
adjust  the  pressure  of  the  scrapers  upon  the  surface  of  the 
rollers.— W.  P.  D. 


8U 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31. 1892. 


VII.— ACIDS.  ALKALIS.  AND  SALTS. 

Peroxide  of  Sodium.     M.  Prud'homme.     Cheni.  Trade  J. 

11,  208. 
Sodium  peroxide  has  lately  been  introduced  into  commerce 
at  about  5  frs.  per  kilo.,  a  price  which  may  allow 
of  its  introduction  as  a  bleaching  agent.  The  com- 
mercial article  contains  about  20  per  cent,  of  active  oxygen, 
corresponding  to  the  formula  Na2Oa  (barium  peroxide 
only  contains  about  8  per  cent.,  hydrogen  peroxide 
12  vol.,  only  1*5  per  cent,  oxygen).  It  dissolves  without 
evolution  of  oxygen  in  dilute  acids  when  kept  cool,  a 
solution  of  hydrogen  peroxide  being  formed.  A  moderately 
concentrated  solution  of  sodium  peroxide  attacks  cellulose 
violently,  disintegrating  it  and  turning  it  yellow;  when 
subsequently  washed  and  treated  with  a  weak  acid,  the 
cellulose  takes  a  deep  shade  in  a  bath  of  Methylene  blue. 
The  peroxide  is  too  alkaline  to  be  used  for  bleaching  wool 
and  silk,  therefore  E.  de  Haen  recommends  the  preparation 
of  magnesium  peroxide  by  means  of  the  sodium  peroxide 
from  a  solution  of  magnesium  sulphate — 

(S()4Mg  +  Na20,  =  S04Naa  +  Mg02) 

which  is  more  stable  than  hydrogen  peroxide. 

Recipes  are  given  for  the  use  of  sodium  peroxide,  for 
bleaching  wool,  tussur,  and  mixed  silk  tissues.  As  an 
example,  the  first  method  may  be  reproduced :  — The  wool 
is  to  be  thoroughly  freed  from  grease,  and  put  into  a  bath  at 
30°  C.  containing  30  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  the  material 
in  magnesium  sulphate,  free  from  chlorine.  The  material  is 
turned  several  times,  removed,  and  peroxide  of  sodium 
added  (10  per  cent,  on  the  wool).  It  is  again  put  in,  and 
the  temperature  raised  to  CO0—  70°  C.  After  allowing  to 
remain  for  §  to  1  hour,  it  is  taken  out,  passed  into  dilute 
sulphuric  acid  to  remove  the  magnesia,  and  then  washed 
and  dried. — J.  L. 


The  Comparative  Value  of  Brimstone  and  Pyrites  in  the 
Manufacture  of  Sulphuric  Acid  in  the  United  States. 
J.  H.  Kelley.     Kng.  and  Mining.  J.  July  23,  1892,  72. 

The  only  advantage  that  pyrites  possesses  over  brimstone 
is  that  the  sulphur  in  this  form  costs  from  one-thitd  to  one- 
half  less  than  in  the  form  of  brimstone,  while  the  advantage 
possessed  by  brimstone  over  pyrites  may  be  given  as 
follows  : — As  pyrites  contains  an  amount  of  iron  requiring 
oxidation,  more  air  is  used  in  the  burning  process  than 
with  brimstone  in  producing  the  same  amount  of  sulphuric 
acid  ;  consequently  the  burner  gas  from  pyrites  contains  a 
larger  percentage  of  nitrogen  and  a  smaller  percentage  of 
sulphurous  acid  and  free  oxygen  than  that  from  brimstone. 
In  exact  figures,  the  burner  gas  from  pyrites  should  contain, 
with  good  working,  from  8  to  10  per  cent.,  and  that  from 
brimstone  from  11  to  13  per  cent.  SO;.  This  increase  in 
the  amount  of  nitrogen  and  decrease  in  SO»  and  free 
oxygen  requires  an  increase  of  from  2  to  3  per  cent,  of  nitre 
in  the  amount  of  sulphur  charged,  and  it  also  requires 
an  increase  of  from  one-fourth  to  one-third  of  the  capacity 
of  the  chambers.  The  author  finds  that  the  average 
amount  of  nitre  used  with  pyrites  to  be  6  per  cent,  and  with 
brimstone  4  per  cent,  of  sulphur  charged. 

He  finds  that  100  lb.  of  sulphur  charged,  in  the  form  of 
pyrites,  produces  430  lb.  of  chamber  acid,  and  that  100  lb. 
of  sulphur  in  the  form  of  brimstone  490  lb.  of  chamber 
acid  50  B.  (sp.  gr.  =  1*53),  these  figures  being  equivalent 
to  247  and  300  lb.  of  pure  acid  respectively.  This 
difference  is  due  to  the  amount  of  sulphur  remaining 
in  the  cinder,  averaging  3  per  cent.,  and  also  to  the 
sublimation  of  sulphur  and  the  non-formation  of  sulphurous 
acid  due  to  the  high  temperature  of  the  furnace.  This 
increase  in  temperature,  combined  with  the  greater  amount 
of  nitre  used  with  pyrites,  shortens  the  life  of  the  chambers 
by  at  least  one-half.  On  this  account  the  wear  and  tear  of 
the  brimstone  plant  are  calculated  at  6  per  cent,  per  annum, 
and  in  the  pyrites  plant  at  10  per  cent,  per  annum.  The 
pyrites  plant,  which  produced   9  nine   tons  50'   B.  acid  per 


day,  was  valued  at  30,000  dols. ;  and  the  brimstone  plaut, 
using  the  same  chambers  and  producing  12j  tons  per  day, 
was  valued  at  27,000  dols.  The  difference  in  cost  is  due  to 
the  difference  in  the  cost  of  the  furnaces. 

With  pyrites  the  services  of  four  men  were  required  for 
charging  (two  during  day,  two  night),  besides  the  extra 
expense  of  breaking  and  preparing  the  ore  for  the  furnace  ; 
while  with  brimstone  two  men  were  sufficient  for  all 
purposes. 

In  the  following  table  are  given  the  averages  expenses 
for  a  day,  first  with  pyrites,  second  with  brimstone  :— 

Cost  of  Producing  Nine  Tons  Chamber  Acid  with 
Pyrites. 

Dols.     i>ois. 

5  tons  pyrites,  at  5  dols.  to  8  dols.,  from 2fS-00  (o  tnim 

270  lb.  nitrate,  at  2.50  dols.  vct  100 <r75  ..  075 

•:i60  lb.  acid; at  toe.  per  100 1'45  „  l-4S 

Breaking  ore  and  loss,  :it  25  c.  per  ton 1'25  „  1"25 

Four  men.  at  1'25  dols.  per  ton 5'00  „  5'00 

Wear  and  tear ICOO  „  9"00 

Office  and  other  expenses 5'00  „  5*00 

58/45      68'45 

Producing  50°  B.  acid  (sp.  gr.  =  r.wi.  at  from  ."'('l  dols.  to  7'60  dols. 
per  ton. 

Cost  of  Producing  Twelve  Tons  Chamber  Acid  with 
Brimstone. 

Dole.      Hols. 

31  tons  brimstone,  at  21  dols.  to  29  dols B'B'oO  to  TZ'50 

2(jii  lb.  nitrate,  at  2'50  dols.  per  lno .VtiO  „    .VtiO 

*2iio  lb.  acid,  at  toe. per  100 080  ..     0'80 

Two  men,  at  r25  dols 250  .,    2'5(i 

Wear  and  tear 000  „    ti'00 

Office  and  other  expenses 5'00  ,.     5'00 

71-80     9V80 

Producing  50°  B.  acid  tit  from  5'98  dols.  to  7-ti5  dols.  per  ton. 

This  table  shows  that  if  pyrites  can  be  obtained  at  from 
5  dols.  to  8  dols.  per  ton  delivered,  brimstone  should  be 
bought  at  from  21  dols.  to  29  dols.  per  ton  delivered.  At 
present  pyrites  can  be  bought  at  from  10  dols.  to  11  dols. 
per  ton,  delivered,  and  brimstone  at  28  dols.  to  30  dols.  per 
ton,  delivered,  so  that  the  comparison  is  even  more  in  favour 
of  brimstone  than  appears  from  the  table.  This  calculation 
does  not  take  into  consideration  the  value  of  the  cinders  in 
the  case  of  pyrites,  as  we  have  never  been  able  to  make 
anything  on  them. 

So  far,  the  value  of  a  ton  of  acid  produced  from  pyrites 
has  been  taken  to  be  the  same  as  one  produced  from 
brimstone.  This  is  true  only  where  the  presence  of  a  small 
percentage  of  arsenic  is  of  no  consequence.  There  is 
always  some  arsenic  in  pyrites,  and  it  is  almost  impossible 
to  eliminate  it. 

In  the  manufacture  of  superphosphate  or  sulphate  of 
soda  to  be  used  in  alkali,  or  in  glass-making,  or  in  the 
purification  of  petroleum,  there  is  no  objection  to  arsenical 
sulphuric  acid,  but  where  the  acid  is  to  be  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  food  products,  such  as  starch,  sugar,  and 
molasses,  it  is  necessary  that  brimstone  acid  should  be 
employed.  Where  a  chemically  pure  article  is  required  in 
pharmaceutical  and  analytical  work,  it  is  absolutely  necessary 
to  use  the  brimstone  acid. 

Brimstone  possesses  the  advantage  of  producing  an  acid 
averaging  from  5°  to  10°  stronger  than  that  produced  by 
pyrites.  The  pyrites  burner-gas  has  a  higher  temperature, 
and  in  order  to  reduce  this  sufficiently  for  the  chamber 
process  it  is  necessary  to  introduce  more  steam  than  with 
brimstone.  Por  some  time  Wm.  H.  Adams  has  been 
advocating  the  use  of  pyrites  in  place  of  brimstone  for  the 
manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  gives  the  following 
estimates.     The  chief  reasou   for   the  substitution    is    the 


*  This  difference  in  the  amount  of  acid  used  is  caused  hy  the 
difference  in  temperature,  and  by  the  fact  that  the  nitrate  potin 
th>>  pyrites  furnace  is  stationary,  so  that  the  nitrate  cake  must  be 
liquid  enough  to  How  out. 


Oct.  81. 1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


815 


greater  cheapness  of  the  sulphur  contained  in  pyrites,  and 
the  second  reason  is  that  pyrites  are  comparatively  abundant 
in  the  States,  whereas  brimstone  has  to  be  imported.  He 
gives  in  his  writings  a  comparative  statement  of  the  costs 
in  producing  sulphuric  acid  by  the  two  processes.  This 
may  be  put  in  the  form  of  a  table  : — • 

Cost  of  Sulphuric  Ac  id  made  from  Pyrites. 

Dels. 

in  tuns  pyrites,  till  costs  a*  above  :it  :>  dels  per  ton .WOO 

\ii  i of  soda,  t|  percent,  mi  sulphur  contents,  or,  say 

mil  lb.  at  2'SOdols.  per  100  His WOO 

Coal,  2  tmis  daily,  at  3  dels,  per  ten O'OO 

Labour,  the  men  for  all  purposes,  at  1'25  dels,  per  day  ....    6*25 

Superintendent  and  office  cost B'OO 

Weal-  a  ml  tear  as  above 10  "00 

Total ■  88-  •>  3 

(or  fOOdels.  per  ten  el'  chamber  acid.) 

Cost  of  Producing  Sulphuric  Ann  kkom  Hrimstone. 

Dols. 
Four  tens  brimstone,  all  cost   including  freight,  losses  m 

transit  and  burning,  Ac,  at  24  dols.  a  ten.  used  inpro- 

ducing  is  tens  daily 06"00 

Nitrateof  soda,  6  per  cent,  of  brimstone  used,  or  588  lb. 

daily,  at  2°e0  dols.  per  100  lb 13"45 

Labour,  five  men.  all  purposes,  at  V20  dels,  ret-  day 6*25 

Coal,  -  tons  daily,  at  3  dels,  per  ton 6'00 

Superintendent  and  office  cost 8*00 

Wear  and  tear  per  day,  10  per  cent,  per  annum,  en  works, 

costing  35,1100  dols WOO 

Total 137-70 

(or  7V.5  dels.  t>er  ten  el'  chamber  acid.) 

It  will  be  noticed  that  Kelley's  and  Adams'  estimates 
vary  considerably.  Adams  estimates  that  with  brimstone 
costing  24  dols.  a  ton  chamber  acid  will  cost  765  dols.  a 
ton,  and  that  with  pyrites  at  5  dols.  a  ton  chamber  acid 
ousts  1-90  dols.,  while  Mr.  Kelley  estimates  the  cost  of 
acid  from  brimstone  at  from  5-98  dols.  to  7-65  dols.,  and 
from  pyrites  5  84  dols.  to  7-60  dols.,  taking  pyrites  as 
costing  from  5  dols.  to  8  dols.  per  ton  and  brimstone  at 
21  dols.  to  29  dols.  a  ton.— W.  S. 


PATENTS. 


The  Problems  of  Commercial  Electrolysis.     J.  Swinburne. 
Inst.  Elect.  Eng.  July  1892. 

See  under  XI.,  page  823. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  the 
Aluminates,  Sulphates,  and  Carbonates  of  Soda  and 
Potash,  and  to  the  Production  or  Recovery  of  Alumina 
and  other  By-products.  C.  F.  Claus,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  4311,  March  10,  1891. 

The  process  may  be  considered  in  three  stages : — I.  Chloride 
of  sodium  or  potassium  is  mixed  with  native  hydrate  of 
alumina  (bauxite)  or  with  the  hydrate  of  alumina  produced 
in  the  third  stage,  in  the  proportion  of  from  30  to  100  parts 
by  weight  of  hydrate  of  alumina  to  100  of  the  chloride.  A 
sufficient  quantity  of  water  is  added  to  make  a  stiff  paste, 
and  the  mixed  substances  are  moulded  into  bricks  and  dried. 
These  bricks  are  then  charged  into  chambers  arranged  in  a 
series,  the  chambers  being  connected  in  such  a  way  that  a 
flow  of  gases  can  be  led  through  the  whole  series,  and  by  a 
system  of  valves,  admitting  of  any  one  chamber  being 
excluded  from  the  series,  as  desired,  for  the  purpose  of 
charging  or  discharging  it,  and  further  so  arranged  that 
each  chamber  in  turn  becomes  the  first,  the  last,  or  an 
intermediate  chamber  in  the  series. 

When  the  chambers  are  charged  with  the  moulded 
material  a  gaseous  mixture  of  hot  sulphurous  acid,  steam 
(superheated  or  not),  and  hot  or  cold  atmospheric  air  is 
then  conducted  through  them.     At    the   beginning  of  the 


operation  the  chambers  should  be  heated  by  gaseous  fuel  or 
hot  air  to  a  temperature  of  from  400'  to  500°  C,  which  is 
found  to  be  the  best  temperature  for  the  carrying  out  of 
the  reaction  that  ensues.  This  reaction  results  in  the 
decomposition  of  the  alkaline  chloride  with  the  production 
of  alkaline  sulphate  and  hydrochloric  acid  gas.  The 
reaction  is  energetic  and  runs  its  course  quickly  without 
any  danger  of  the  chlorides  fusing,  as  in  the  analogous 
Ilargreaves  process,  both  of  which  facts  are  probably  due 
to  the  admixture  of  aluminium  hydrate,  which  is  temporarily 
converted  into  sulphate  and  then  transfers  its  sulphuric 
acid  to  the  alkalis.  The  gaseous  mixture  used  may  contain 
a  larger  proportion  of  sulphurous  acid,  and  the  temperature 
of  the  air  and  steam  may  be  higher  than  in  the  Hargreaves 
process.  The  sulphurous  acid  may  be  made  by  the  combus- 
tion of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  obtained  in  the  second  stage 
of  the  process  or  by  the  buruiug  of  pyrites  or  other  sulphur 
ores.  It  the  latter  plan  be  adopted  the  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  formed  in  the  second  stage  may  be  burnt  in  a 
Claus  kiln  and  solid  sulphur  recovered. 

The  hydrochloric  acid  evolved  from  this  series  of  chambers 
is  conveyed  from  the  last  chamber  in  the  series  to  condensers. 
The  finished  product  remaining  in  the  first  chamber  of 
the  series,  consisting  of  sulphate  of  sodium  (or  potassium) 
and  aluminium  hydrate,  is  then  withdrawn  and  charged 
preferably  hot  into  one  of  another  series  of  chambers. 

II.  In  this  second  series  the  next  stage  of  the  process  is 
carried  out,  and  it  consists  in  reducing  the  alkaline  sulphate 
to  sulphide  by  the  action  of  reducing  gases  such  as  hot 
hydrogen,  carbonic  oxide,  or  water-gas.  The  gases  should 
be  nearly  red  hot,  or  at  the  temperature  at  which  they  leave 
the  producers.  If  the  heat  be  not  sufficient  a  little  air  may- 
be admitted  so  as  to  burn  some  of  the  gas  and  raise  the 
temperature.  The  alkaline  sulphide  then  reacts  upon  the 
aluminium  hydrate,  and  the  corresponding  alkaline  aluminate 
is  formed,  and  sulphuretted  hydrogen  gas  is  evolved,  which, 
as  already  stated,  may  either  be  burnt  to  sulphurous  acid 
and  used  over  again  in  the  first  stage,  or  may  be  used  for 
the  recovery  of  the  sulphur  it  contains. 

III.  In  this  stage  the  alkaline  aluminate  is  dissolved  in 
boiling  water,  and  after  separation  of  the  insoluble  matters 
by  subsidence  or  filtration  carbonic  acid  gas  is  pumped 
through  the  clear  liquor ;  or  the  carbonic  acid  may  be 
forced  through  the  mixture  of  water  and  alkaline  aluminate. 
and  the  insoluble  residue  separated  afterwards.  For  this 
operation  an  apparatus  such  as  that  used  in  the  Chance 
process  for  obtaining  sulphuretted  hydrogen  from  alkali 
waste  may  be  used.  The  action  of  the  carbonic  acid  on  the 
alkaline  aluminate  results  in  the  production  of  a  solution  of 
alkaline  carbonate  and  a  precipitate  of  aluminium  hydrate 
which  falls  in  a  dense  and  easily  filtered  form.  The  alkaline 
carbonate  liquor  may  be  treated  in  the  usual  way,  and  the 
hydrate  of  aluminium  may  be  used  over  again  in  the  first 
stage  of  the  process.  Any  undecomposed  alkaline  sulphide 
is  likewise  decomposed  by  the  carbonic  acid,  and  the 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  passes  away  with  the  residual  gases 
and  may  be  dealt  with  in  the  well-known  manner. — H.  S.  P. 


Using  a  Combination  of  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Hydrochloric 
Acid  for  the  Decomposition  of  Chlorides,  Sulphides, 
Sulphates,  and  of  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen.  J.  Pedder, 
Widnes.  Eng.  Pat.  4712,  March  17,  1891. 
Mined  rock  salt  is  placed  in  a  Weldon  still  with  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  sulphuric  acid  mixed  with  one-third  of  its  bulk 
of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  steam  is  applied  until  the  salt  is 
decomposed.  The  liquor  is  then  run  into  a  vat  and  crystal- 
lised. The  residual  liquor  is  used  with  sulphuric  acid  for 
the  next  treatment  of  salt.  The  crystals  are  roasted  to 
drive  off  the  adhering  hydrochloric  acid,  and  the  still  and 
roaster  are  connected  with  condensers.  In  applying  the 
process  to  ordinary  hand  furnaces,  these  may  be  worked  as 
at  present  with  ground  rock  salt  and  sulphuric  acid  to 
which  an  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid  has  been  made,  and 
the  heat  is  kept  lower  than  usual  to  prevent  the  formation 
of  hisulphate. 

In  the  application  of  the  process  to  metallic  sulphides, 
the  ore  is  digested  with  a  mixture  of  sulphuric  and  hydro- 
chloric acids.     Heat  is  applied   to  assist  the  decomposition 


816 


THE   JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  SI,  1892. 


and  expel  the  sulphurous  acid.  Air  is  admitted  to  oxidise 
the  metals  after  desulphuration,  and  the  gases  are  passed 
through  cylinders  to  produce  sulphate  of  soda.  When 
applying  the  process  to  the  treatment  of  salt  in  the 
Hargreaves  cylinders,  a  certain  quantity  of  sulphate  of  soda 
as  a  powder  or  in  a  liquid  form  is  added  to  the  salt  before 
roasting  to  prevent  too  close  packing.  The  sulphate  of 
soda  "  decomposes  the  steam  (which  has  been  acidulated 
with  hydrochloric  acid  and  sulphuric  acid)  that  passes  with 
sulphurous  acid  or  sulphuretted  hydrogen  into  the  cylinders 
of  the  Hargreaves  type." — H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  /!"■  Manufacture  of  Cyanogen  Compounds, 
and  the  Treatment  of  Substances  used  therein.  .1.  J.  Hood, 
London,  and  A.  G.  Salamou,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  5354, 
March  25,  1891. 

Ammonia  and  carbon  bisulphide  mixed  with  Weldon  mud 
(washed  free  from  calcium  chloride)  are  heated  together 
in  closed  vessels  to  the  temperature  of  boiling  water  or 
somewhat  higher,  by  steam.  Sulphocyanide  of  manganese, 
sulphide  of  manganese,  free  sulphur  and  water  are  formed. 
A  second  base  may  be  added  such  as  an  alkali,  or  caustic 
or  slaked  lime,  sufficient  in  quantity  to  combine  with  the 
sulphocyanie  acid.  The  resulting  mass  is  washed,  the 
sulphocyanide  goes  into  solution  and  the  sulphide  of 
manganese  and  sulphur  remain  undissolved  and  may  be 
revivified  by  exposure  to  the  air.  The  sulphocyanide  of 
manganese  or  lime  in  the  solution  is  recovered  by 
crystallisation,  or  an  alkaline  sulphocyanide  ■  may  be 
obtained  by  decomposing  these  with  an  alkaline  salt 
(carbonate,  sulphate  or  sulphide)  and  separating  by 
crystallisation.  Advantage  is  taken  in  order  to  separate 
the  manganese  and  calcium  from  each  other  of  the  fact 
that  earboDate  of  soda  or  potash  first  of  all  precipitates 
carbonate  of  manganese,  which  is  removed  and  may  be 
reconverted  into  the  oxide  by  ignition,  and  then  a  further 
addition  of  the  alkaline  carbonate  precipitates  the  calcium  as 
carbonate. 

From  the  alkaline  sulphocyanide  thus  obtained,  the 
aluminium  sulphocyanide  may  be  formed  by  addition  of 
aluminium  sulphate,  or  the  yellow  prussiatc  of  potash  or 
soda,  may  be  made  by  evaporating  the  solution  of  the 
alkaline  sulphocyanide  and  igniting  with  iron  filings  or 
borings. 

Instead  of  Weldon  mud,  the  peroxide  of  manganese 
artificially  made  from  manganese  carbonate  by  ignition, 
or  the  native  ore  called  "  wad  "  may  be  used. 

Instead  of  manganese  peroxide,  hydrated  ferric  oxide 
artificially  made  or  native  may  be  used.  Irish  bog  oxide  is 
preferred.  In  this  case  sulphide  of  iron  (which  may  be 
revivified  by  exposure  to  air)  and  ammonium  sulphocyanide 
arc  formed.  If  a  second  base  such  as  caustic  or  slaked 
lime  be  added  all  the  ammonia  is  converted  into  the 
cyanide  radicle  as  sulphocyanide  of  lime,  as  in  the  case 
when  peroxide  of  manganese  is  used.—  II.  S.  P. 


An  Improved  Method,  Chiefly  designed  for  Enriching 
( Calcareous  Phosphates,  and  for  Manufacturing  Super- 
phosphates and  various  By-products.  II.  II.  Lake, 
London.  From  A.  Briart  and  P.  Jacquemin,  Belgium. 
Kng.  Pat.  5357,  March  25,  1891. 

The  calcareous  phosphates  are  treated  in  suitable  vessels 
provided  with  agitators,  with  an  aqueous  solution  of 
sulphurous  acid.  This  acts  upon  the  calcium  carbonate  in 
the  phosphates  forming  calcium  bisulphite,  which  goes 
into  solution,  together  with  a  small  quantity  of  the  phosphate. 
The  residual  phosphate  obtained  coutains  a  larger  proportion 
of  phosphoric  acid  than  the  crude  phosphates  used.  The 
process  may  be  facilitated  by  first  calcining  the  crude 
phosphates.  This  increases  the  energy  of  the  action  of  the 
sulphurous  acid  on  the  lime,  and  weakens  the  soluble  action 
upon  the  triealcium  phosphate.  The  liquor  containing  the 
bisulphite  of  calcium  in  solution  is  then  decanted  and 
treated  with  sulphuric  acid,  which  precipitates  calcium 
sulphate  in  a  state  well  adapted  for  making  a  high  class 
plaster  of  Paris.  The  sulphurous  acid  evolved  is  again 
absorbed  by  water,  and  is  used  over  again.  The  liquor 
drawn  from   the  precipitated  calcium  sulphate,  containing 


sulphurous  acid  and  phosphoric  acid  in  solution,  is  used  over 
again  for  treating  fresh  phosphate.  There  is  therefore  a 
gradual  accumulation  of  phosphoric  acid  in  this  liquor,  and 
it  may  be  allowed  to  become  so  concentrated  as  to  produce 
after  further  concentration  by  evaporation  a  marketable 
article,  or  it  may  be  used  alone  for  enriching  the  natural 
phosphates  or  in  making  superphosphates.  The  sulphurous 
acid  may  be  generated  in  any  known  way,  but  when  made 
from  pyrites  the  gases  from  the  burners  must  be  cooled 
before  passing  to  the  absorbing  towers  where  they  are 
dissolved  in  water.  Use  is  made  of  the  heat  contained  in 
the  gases  to  calcine  the  plaster  of  Paris  and  to  dry  the 
superphosphates  and  enriched  phosphates  made  in  carrying 
out  the  process.  The  patent  also  provides  for  utilising  the 
escaping  sulphurous  acid  evolved  in  the  process  for  making 
sulphuric  acid  in  leaden  chambers. — H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Caustic  Soda  mid 
Caustic  Potash.  E.  L.  C.  Martin,  Ivry-Port,  France. 
Eng.  Pat.  8006,  May  9,  1891. 

Sodium  or  potassium  chloride  is  first  decomposed  by 
magnesium  sulphate,  magnesium  chloride  and  sulphate  of 
the  alkali  being  formed.  The  magnesium  chloride  is  then 
decomposed  by  heat  whereby  magnesium  is  deposited  and 
hydrochloric  acid  liberated.  The  solution  of  alkaline 
sulphate  is  then  treated  with  neutral  or  acid  sulphite  of 
baiium  or  strontium,  and  the  precipitated  barium  or 
strontium  sulphate  is  removed  and  the  solution  of  neutral 
or  acid  sulphite  of  sodium  or  potassium  which  remains  is 
boiled.  This  causes  a  liberation  of  one-half  of  the 
sulphurous  acid  from  the  acid  sulphite  which  is  collected, 
and  the  solution  of  neutral  sulphite  remaining  is  then 
decomposed  with  lime  mixed  with  a  suitable  proportion  of 
caustic  baryta,  whereby  a  solution  of  caustic  alkali  is 
formed  and  calcium  and  barium  sulphites  are  precipitated, 
and  are  afterwards  separated  by  decantation  from  the 
solution.  The  calcium  and  barium  sulphites  are  then 
converted  into  bisulphites  by  treatment  with  sulphurous 
acid,  and  these  are  used  again  for  decomposing  fresh 
quantities  of  alkaline  sulphate. — H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  Evaporating  Pans  for  the  Manufacture 
of  Salt  from  Sea  Water  or  Brine,  awl  for  other 
Purposes'.  T.  Scott,  Edinburgh.  Eng.  Pat.  17,185, 
October  9,  1891. 

The  bottom  of  the  pan  is  provided  with  a  steam-chamber, 
which  may  be  screw-studded  to  resist  the  pressure. 
Ordinary  or  superheated  steam  may  be  used.  The  water 
condensing  in  the  chamber  is  passed  through  a  coil,  which 
heats  the  liquor  before  it  is  run  into  the  pan,  and  is  then 
pumped  back  into  the  boiler. — J.  C.  C. 


An  Improved  Process  for  Preparing  at  the  same  Time 
Neutral  Sulphate  of  Soda  and  Precipitated  Phosphate 
of  Lime.  L.  Brunner,  Wetzlar,  Germany,  and  A.  Zanuer, 
Laeken;  Belgium.     Eng.  Pat.  2389,  February  8,  1892. 

Bisur.i-HATE  of  soda  is  dissolved  in  water  and  treated  with 
sulphuric  acid  solution  of  spent  or  refuse  phosphates. 
The  solution  obtained  by  this  treatment  contains  sulphate 
of  soda  and  acid  calcium  phosphate,  and  the  latter  is  then 
preipitated  with  milk  of  lime  or  calcium  carbonate  or  by 
a  weak  alkali,  and  the  precipitate  of  mixed  calcium  phos- 
phates is  filtered  off  from  the  solution  containing  sulphate 
of  soda.  The  sulphate  of  soda  may  be  then  recovered  by 
evaporation  and  crystallisation. — H.  S.  P. 


An  Improved  Holder  for  Large  Jars,  Carboys,  Demijohns, 
or  the  Like.  E.  W.  Holmgreu-Holmes,  Toronto,  Canada. 
Eng.  Pat.  13,050,  July  15,  1892. 

See  under  I.,  page  80  I. 


Oct.  81, 1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


817 


VIII.-GLASS,  POTTERY,  AND 
EARTHENWARE. 

The  Expansion  of  Class,  and  on  "  Compound"  Glass. 
Sohott.  Ber.  d.  s'itzv.  April  1,  1892  ;  d.  Yer.  /..  BefBrder  d. 
Gewerbefli 

Most  of  the  determinations  of  the  coefficient  of  expansion 
of  glass  that  may  be  found  in  technical  literature  have 
been  recorded  without  any  reference  being  made  to  the 
composition  of  the  samples  used.  The  author,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  Winkelmunn,  Straubel,  and  Pulvrich  has  deter- 
mined the  cubical  coefficient  of  expansion  of  38  samples 
of  accurately  known  composition.  Several  generalisations 
can  be  deduced  from  their  results.  In  the  first  place  the 
coefficient  of  expansion  shows  a  relation  with  the  content  of 
alkali,  in  the  case  of  silicate  glasses.  Sodium  glasses  give 
higher  figures  than  those  containing  potassium,  although 
the  coefficient  of  expansion  of  the  metal  potassium 
(O-000O8H5)  is  higher  than  that  of  sodium  (0-00007105). 
Lime,  baryta,  zinc  oxide,  alumina  and  lead  oxide  have  no 
marked  influence  on  ordinary  silicate  glasses.  Phosphate 
glasses  approximate  to  silicate  glasses  in  their  expansion  ; 
borate  glasses,  containing  much  boric  acid  are,  ou  the 
contrary,  distinguished  by  low  coefficients  of  expansion  ; 
Borosilicate  glasses,  which  may  be  free  from  alkali  on 
account  of  the  fusibility  imparted  by  boric  acid,  have  low 
coefficients  of  expansion.  A  glass  of  this  kind,  of  the  com- 
positiofa  BaO  25,  ZuO  5,  AL03  4-5,  B;Oj  14,  MiUJ,, 0 •  OS, 
SiO.j  51  '22,  As/V  02  parts  percent,  respectively,  is  note- 
worthy on  account  of  its  good  insulating  quality.  This  and 
its  freedom  from  alkali  will  make  it  useful  for  many  scientific 
purposes. 

The  coefficient  of  expansion  is  largely  dependent  upon 
the  condition  of  tension  in  which  the  glass  is,  a  fact  that 
should  never  be  lost  sight  of  when  glass  is  used  for  delicate 
measurements.  The  risk  of  alteration  in  length  and 
volume  is  enhanced  by  great  variations  of  temperature. 
This  view  is  justified  by  the.  author's  observations 
that  slight  permanent  displacement  of  the  thinnest  parts 
of  the  glass  may  oceur  at  a  temperature  considerably 
below  its  softening  point,  a  fact  bearing  upon  the  altera- 
tion of  the  zero  of  thermometers.  The  belief  hitherto 
held  that  the  rise  of  the  zero  point  is  caused  by  a  delayed 
contraction  of  the  glass  due  to  the  high  temperature 
at  which  it  has  been  prepared  ap Dears  scarcely  tenable 
now.  Alkali  free  glass  does  not  show  this  phenomenon, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  thermometers  giving  constant 
readings  may  be  prepared  from  it.  <  )ther  investigations  of 
the  authors  have  been  directed  to  ascertain  with  what 
success  glasses  possessing  different  coefficients  of  expansion 
may  be  united,  when  they  are  taken  upon  the  blow-pipe,  in 
successive  layers.  When  articles  of  glass  of  which  the 
inner  part  has  a  lower  coefficient  of  expansion  than  the 
outer  are  cooled  in  the  air  so  that  the  outer  layer  exerts  a 
compressive  force,  it  is  found  that  they  resemble  "  hardened'' 
glass.  Such  "  compound  "  glass  (l'erbundglas~)  has  been 
used  for  making  flasks,  upon  which  water  could  be  sprayed 
when  they  were  heated  to  the  boiling  point  of  aniline 
(184°  C.)  without  risk  of  fracture.  Dishes  of  this  material 
could  be  heated  directly  over  a  Bunseu  burner  without 
cracking.  An  Argand  chimney  could  be  sprinkled  with 
water  ou  the  inner  surface  with  similar  immunity.  Gauge 
glasses  of  this  "  compound  "  glass  withstood  the  corrosive 
action  of  water  better  than  the  ordinary  specimens,  and 
were  so  little  affected  by  violent  alterations  of  temperature 
that  they  could  be  plunged  vertically  into  cold  water  after 
having  been  heated  in  oil  to  200'— 230°  C. 

The  patented  process  for  making  compound  glass  consists 
in  taking  up  a  small  portion  with  the  blow-pipe  of  the  glass 
with  the  lower  coefficient  of  expansion,  and  then  the  rest 
from  another  pot  containing  the  glass  with  the  higher 
coefficient  of  expansion.  The  composition  of  the  glass 
may  vary  within  wide  limits,  as  it  is  only  the  difference 
between  the  two  coefficients  of  expansion  that  has  to  be 
regarded.     The  requisite  difference  can  usually  be  obtained 


by  altering  the  percentage  of  alkali  present.  Spontaneous 
explosion,  as  sometimes  occurs  with  Bastie's  "  hard  glass," 
has  not  been  observed. — 1>.  IS. 


The  Composition  of  Biscuit  Porcelain.    H.  Seger.    Thonind. 
Zeit.  16,  1892,  359. 

I'.isi'tiT  porcelain  for  figures,  &c,  should  he  translucent, 
a  circumstance  which  necessitates  the  addition  of  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  fluxing  constituents  to  the  kaolin.  If 
the  limit  of  fusibility  be  overstepped  a  disagreeable  waxy 
appearance  occurs  at  the  more  prominent  parts,  such  as  the 
fingers,  nose,  hair,  Ike.  A  sample  of  biscuit  porcelain,  free 
from  this  defect,  had  the  following  composition: — Silica, 
03-00;  alumina,  24-74;  ferric  oxide,  trace;  lime,  0-77; 
magnesia,  0-64  ;  alkalis  calculated  as  potash,  10-86  parts 
per  cent,  respectively.  The  extraordinarily  high  content  of 
alkali,  and  the  low  percentage  of  silica  led  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  material  consists  of  a  mixture  of  kaolin  free  from 
quartz,  and  felspar.  Such  a  mixture  having  a  composition 
corresponding  with  that  given  above,  was  made  by  mixing 
32  parts  by  weight  of  kaolin  and  68  of  felspar.  At  the 
melting  point  of  Seger's  cone  No.  8,  it  was  thoroughly 
fused  but  retained  its  matt  surface.  For  the  production  of 
biscuit  porcelain  of  this  quality  the  author  recommends 
mixture  of  54  parts  by  weight  of  Zettlitzcr  kaolin,  45  of 
felspar  and  1  of  marble,  with  the  addition  of  30  per  cent,  of 
the  same  mixture  burnt  and  ground. — B.  B. 


Analyses  of  Glass  used  in  the  Manufacture  of  Incandescent 

Electric  Lumps:     I).  Woodman.     J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc. 
14,  1892,  61—63. 

In  the  manufacture  of  incandescent  lamps,  apart  from  the 
breakages  due  to  bad  annealing  and  other  causes,  an 
excessive  percentage  of  "  spontaneous  "  breakages  may 
often  be  traced  to  inequalities  in  the  composition,  and 
consequent  variations  in  the  coefficient  of  expansion  of  the 
glass  of  which  the  lamps  are  made.  The  author  has 
analysed  samples  of  glass  employed  in  the  manufacture 
of  lamps  which  were  peculiarly  liable  to  spontaneous 
breakage,  in  spite  of  every  care  taken  in  annealing,  &c. 
The  results  obtained  fully  explain  the  causes  of  the 
trouble. 


Analyses  op  Glass  Kod,  Tube  and  Lamp  Bulb. 


Rod,108.     |     Tube,  100.       Lamp  Bulb,  112 


K.O 

N»..0 

CaO 

MgO 

MnO "i 

iv.o, ! 

AlsOs > 

PbO 

SiOa 

Cr/h 


IMS 

15  -0G 

■2- 15 

(T7(l 


16-81 
03 -M 
Trace 


1  •  20 


Trace 

1-G5 

I9-83 

G5-16 

Trace 

2 '  32 
14'50 

o-to 

0'9S 

Trace 
1-15 -1 

1-3(1 
72-35 
Trace 


1110-30 


:i'.i-:;i 


The    glass    of    an    English    lamp   gave    the    following 
figures : — 

C  2 


818 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Out.  31, 18itt. 


Analyses  or  Bulb  and  Stem  <n    English  Incandescent 
Lajlf. 




Bull).  113. 

Stem,  116. 

Ki) 

•;■  1 1 

;i  -:,, 

b-m 

CaO 

.-.'11 

5' 05 

MgO 

Trace 

i  .  '  I   

:(  TO 

j 

AI..O 

l-io 

riiu 

2-90 

10-68 

; ;  i" 

OS'24 

:i:'\-,i 

'.I'.iSl 

The  above  glass  was  veiy  brilliant  and  clear.  The 
percentage  of  breakages  in  the  manufacture  of  these  lamps 
was  not  kuown.  Another  lamp  (of  American  manufacture) 
was  found  to  be  uniform  in  composition  throughout,  as 
shown  below  : — 


— 

Bulb,  113. 

St.-  n.  114. 

KjO  ...            

717 

6*91 

.;-  is 
1)  -so 

06-32 

.-. '  89 

M .(  1    

r:i> 

I'M) 

171 1 

SiO 

r„v-n 

CaO 

0;  13 

1    13 

M»u 

1 

MgO 

,      Tra  i  - 

Trm  i  s 

9S-9J 

— H.  T.  P. 

PATENTS. 

An  Improved  Process  for  Lining  Metallic  or  other  Vessels 
or  Tidies  with  Glass.  D.  Rylands  and  A.  Husselb.ee, 
Barnsley.     Kng.  Pat.  16,846,  October  3,  1891. 

The  metal  vessel  or  tube  is  heated  to  the  required  tem- 
perature, molten  glass  is  then  gathered  on  a  blow-pipe  and 
blown  out  to  nearly  the  size  of  the  vessel.  The  glass  is 
introduced  into  the  metal  vessel  or  tube,  and  is  then 
blown  out  to  the  full  size.  The  metal  vessel  being  hot 
the  glass  adheres,  and  the  vessel  is  properly  lined.  As 
soon  as  the  glass  has  been  blown  out  to  the  required 
extent  a  "  burst-off  "  is  formed  round  the  top  of  the  vessel, 
and  thus  the  superfluous  glass  is  blown,  or  burst,  off.  The 
glass  lined  vessel  is  passed  into  the  annealing  arch  or 
leer,  and  is  then  annealed.  The  process  is  applicable  to 
electric  accumulator  cells. — V.  C. 


Improvements  in  Treating  China,  Earthenware,  and  otlter 
like  Surfaces  for  Various  Useful  and  Ornamental 
Purposi  s.  .1.  Mater,  Hursh.-m.and  J.  J.  Roy le, Manchester. 
Eng.  Pat.  17,126,  October  8,  1891. 

The  purpose  of  the  invention  is  the  depositing  of  metals, 
-neli  a-  copper  and  silver,  on  certain  portions  of  china  and 
earthenware  articles  with  the  double  purpose  of  ornamenta- 
tion, and  of  giving  additional  strength. 


The  surface  of  the  articles  to   be  treated  is   first  coated 
with  a  paste  containing  the  following  ingredients  ; — 

Part's  by  WeSgltt. 

Nitrate  ..I  silver 12D 

Ammonia  chloride  of  mercury SO 

Bromide  of  sodittm-. . . . .1" 

i  ixide  of  bismuth H' 

and  then  fired.  The  article  is  afterwards  placed  in  an 
electro-plating  depositing  bath,  when  the  prepared  surface 
is  found  to  take  a  strongly  adhering  metallic  coating.  A 
very  thick  deposit  {e.g.,  of  copper)  greatly  strengthens 
handles,  spouts,  c\.c. — V.  ('. 


Xar  or  Improved  Process  of  Plating  Clay  n-ith  Glass,  and 
in  Articles  made  in  accordance  therewith.  \V.  P. 
Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  The  Clav  (.lass  Tile  Co., 
Corning,  U.S.     Eng.  Pat.  13,227,  July  19,  1892. 

Hitherto  various  methods  have  been  employed  in  applying 
transparent  silicic  coatings  to  clay.  Some  such  coatings 
come  properly  under  the  description  of  enamels,  others  are 
slags  exuded  from  the  body  of  the  impure  clay,  and  some, 
such  as  that  formed  on  tiles  by  adding  common  salt,  are 
glazes  formed  on  the  surface  but  in  part  out  of  the  substance 
of  the  clay  itself.  It  has  long  been  known  that  molten  glass 
will  adhere  with  tenacity  to  burnt  clay,  <  .</.,  at  the  sides  of 
clay  retorts.  The  structure  of  the  surface  in  this  case  is, 
however,  useless  for  ornamental  purposes,  unless  the  method 
be  followed  which  is  described  in  this  invention.  The 
purpose  of  the  invention  is  to  coat  clay  tiles  or  bricks  with 
glass  of  any  desired  thickness,  colour,  and  design.  The 
method  employed  is  as  follows  : — First,  a  clay  is  selected 
having  about  the  same  rate  of  shrinkage  as  the  glass.  The 
clay  tile  is  heated  to  a  high  temperature  and  the  molten 
glass  is  poured  upon  the  surface.  The  clay  is  contained  in 
a  mould  furnished  with  a  pluuger,  by  lowering  which  the 
glass  is  compressed  against  the  sides  of  the  mould,  liy 
employing  a  plunger  with  a  figured  face  any  required  design 
may  be  impressed  on  the  surface  of  the  glass,—  V,  Q, 


Improvements  in  Leers  or  Annealing  Furnaces  for  S/ieit  or 
Plate  Glass.  J.  W.  Bonta,  Mayne,  Delaware,  l'.S.  Eng. 
Pat.  13,569,  July  2G,  1892. 

Tin  object  of  this  invention  is  to  construct  a  leer  or 
annealing  furnace  so  that  the  furnace  bottom  or  table  shall 
not  "heave"  or  "sag,"  that  is  to  sajT,  shall  not  expand 
irregularly.  The  table  is  simply  a  layer  of  soft  bricks, 
which  is  supported  by  ventilated  bricks  constructed  in  any 
form  (for  instance,  with  ribs  at  the  end)  which  will  properly 
ventilate  the  table.  During  the  operation  of  the  furnace  air 
is  blown  in  from  below,  whicdi  keeps  the  table  from  being 
unduly  heated.  By  these  arrangements  the  table  is  properly 
ventilated  without  being  unduly  eooled.  The  object  sought 
for  and  attained  in  this  invention  is  to  keep  the  plate  of  glass 
from  being  deformed,  and  thus  save  the  waste  of  time  and 
material  involved  in  reproducing  a  true  plane  surface  in  the 
subsequent  operation  of  grinding.— V.  C. 


IX-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  AND  CEMENTS. 

Preparation  of  Concrete  Blocks  for  Paving  and  /luililing 
Purposes.  Trobach  and  Huppertsburg.  I).  Tiipfer  und 
Ziegler.     Zeits.  23,  314. 

Macnksiim  chloride  solution  (30°  B.)  is  mixed  with 
powdered  asphalt  or  other  similar  bituminous  substances  to 
a  pasty  consistence,  and  then  magnesia  equal  in  weight  to 
the  chloride  used  gradually  stirred  in.  According  to  the 
quantities  employed  the  mass  -.4s,  in  from  5  'id  30  hours, 
to  a  hard  product  insoluble  in  water,  non-absorbent,  and  not 


Oct.  31,18930 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


819 


softened  by  the  heat  of  the  sun.  The  quantities  found  most 
suitable  are  75  parts  magnesia,  7.')  parts  ehloride  of  magne- 
sium, and  fjti  [nuts  asphalt  by  weight.  The  blocks  are  dried 
at  first  in  the  moulds  and  then  alone  at  a  temperature 
corresponding  to  the  melting  point  of  the  original  asphalt. 
For  paving  they  are  laid  upon  a  cement  basis,  and  cemented 
together.— E.  W.  1'. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Stone. 
( ).  Imray,  London.  From  W.  Schleuning,  Heidelberg, 
Germany.      Eng.  Pat.  8567,  May  19,  1R91. 

I.i  i.i  \.\,  -ni>A  residues,  after  being  exposed  to  the  air  and 
lixiviated  to  remove  a  great  portion  of  their  sulphur,  or  the 
residue  from  Chance's  sulphur-recovery  process,  arc  mixed 
with  water  and  gypsum  or  any  other  hydraulic  mortar  or 
cement,  and  moulded  into  any  desired  shape  by  pressure 
and  allowed  to  harden  in  the  air.  Or  the  residues  from 
Chance's  process  may  be  mixed  with  powdered  clay  and 
slaked  lithe  and  the  damp  mixture  moulded  as  desired.  If 
it  is  not  certain  that  the  soda  residues  have  been  sufficiently 
decomposed  or  oxidised  by  the  air,  from  one-twentieth  to 
one  fifteenth  of  the  entire  mass  may  be  added  of  finely- 
ground  burnt  pyrites. — II.  S.  P. 


Iiii/irnri  incuts  in  tin  f/tilisdtion  of  Slag  for  the  Manufacture 
of  Hint  lis.  Slabs,  Drain  Pipes,  or  other  Moulded  Articles. 
t.  Arnold.  West  Hartlepool.  Kng.  Pat.  18,559,  Octo- 
ber 2fi,  1891. 

Hi.tsi'-n'RXM  k  slag  is  crushed  and  ground  and  mixed  with 
Portland  cement,  which  may  be  added  in  the  ordinary 
powdered  state  or  in  the  form  of  clinker,  in  which  ease  it  is 
ground  together  with  the  slag.  With  slags  which  contain  a 
high  percentage  of  lime,  such  as  Cleveland  slags,  a  low  per- 
centage of  cement,  e.g.,  10  percent,  for  a  slag  with  45  percent, 
of  lime  may  be  used,  while  slags  from  lucmatites  and  Spanish 
ores  with  20  per  cent,  of  lime,  require  as  much  as  30  per  cent, 
of  cement.  The  mixture  is  moulded  dry  into  articles  such  as 
are  mentioned  in  the  title,  and  consolidated  by  pressure  or 
the  administration  of  a  series  of  blows  or  shocks  until  its 
bulk  is  decreased  by  about  25  per  cent.  It  can  then  either 
be  exposed  to  the  air  to  absorb  moisture  or  immersed  in 
water  or  "  a  silicate  bath."  An  extra  hard  surface,  which 
may  be  roughened  for  paving  and  the  like  if  desired,  may  be 
givel)  by  covering  the  mixture  with  a  layer  of  neat  cement 
about  i  in.  in  thickness  before  the  pressure  or  shaking  is 
applied — B.  Bl 


Means  for  Securing  Asphalt  Mastic  as  a  Coating  or 
Stopping  upun  all  Description  of-  Buildings  and  Building 
Materials.  L.  llaarman,  Eschershausen,  Germany.  Eng. 
I'at.  20/269,  November  21,  lgOl. 

ASPHALT  mastic  is  caused  to  adhere  firmly  to  sandstone, 
bricks,  wood,  concrete,  and  the  like  by  painting  the  .surface 
to  be  coated  with  a  solution  of  a  suitable  bitumen  dissolved 
in  a  volatile  solvent  such  as  "  sulphide  of  carbon  "  or 
"  benzine."  The  system  of  applying  mastic  can  be  utilised 
for  protecting  structures  exposed  to  damp,  including  such  as 
are  exposed  to  weather,  e.g.,  the  wooden  bearers  of  balconies. 

— B.  B. 


ImpriH'i  menfs  in  flic  Manufacture  of  Artificial  Stone  and 

Hard   Compositions   applicable  to   Building  and  Paring 

Purposes,  to  Moulds  for  Cement  (  'astings,  to  Safes,  and 

to  other  Articles  and  Purposes.     O.  Terp,  London.    Eng. 

Pat.  12,174,  June  30,  1892. 

Fifty  per  cent,  of  calcium  chloride  crystals  are  dissolved  in 

51 1  per  cent,  of  water,  and  66  per  cent,  of  magnesium  chloride 

crystals    in  :',4    per   cent,  of   water,  and  7  7  per  cent,  of  the 

resulting  latter   solution   mixed  with    23    per    cent,   of    the 

former.    "  To  this  are  added  2  per  cent,  of  pure  hydrochloric 

acid  of    full   strength,  and    1    per   ecu*,  of   chlorated  water 

being  a  pure  saturated  solution  of  chlorine  while  constantly 


stirred."  The  resulting  solution  is  mixed  with  "  the  bitter 
earth  of  commerce  "  (magnesia)  and  various  compositions 
in  imitation  of  sandstone  and  marble  made  therewith.  The 
patented  material  may  be  also  used  for  mosaic  work,  for 
moulds,  and  when  mixed  with  peat,  paper  pulp,  sawdust,  &c, 
for  panels  and  boards.  A  composition  of  60  per  cent,  of 
emery,  20  per  cent,  of  the  chloride  solution,  and  20  per  cent, 
of  "  bitter  earth  "  may  be  cast  in  the  walls  of  safes,  and  is 
said  to  be  fireproof  and  to  resist  drilling. — B.  B. 


Improvements  in  Enamelled  Bricks  and  in  the  Manufacture 
thereof  H.  H.  Leigh,  London.  From  I.  K.  Hue,  New 
Jersey,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  13,220,  July  19,  1892. 
Enamelled  bricks,  made  either  by  direct  application  of  the 
enamel  to  the  clay,  or  by  the  use  of  an  intermediate  layer  of 
clay,  sand,  powdered  flint,  &c.  made  into  a  slip  into  which 
the  brick  is  dipped  previous  to  the  application  of  the 
enamel,  have  the  disadvantage  that  the  enamel  and  the 
intermediate  layer  are  apt  to  part  from  the  body  of  the 
brick.  This  the  patentee  claims  to  obviate  by  forming  the 
lining  or  intermediate  layer  of  the  usual  materials  in  the 
form  of  a  paste,  so  that  it  forms  a  coating  of  tangible 
thickness.  The  brick  is  then  tired  and  enamelled  in  the 
usual  way.  In  order  that  chipping  of  the  enamel  may  be 
but  little  conspicuous,  the  lining  may  be  coloured  like  the 
enamel. — B.  B. 


X.-METALLURGY. 

The  Manufacture  of  Iron  in  ils  Relations  to  Agriculture. 
Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  E.B.S.  Irou  and  Steel 
Institute  Autumn  Meeting,  IS92. 

The  author  deals  with  the  above  subject  from  the  chemical 
point  of  view.  It  is  well  known  that  any  attempt  to  produce 
a  crop  from  a  purely  mineral  soil  would  fail,  and  the 
presence  cf  organic  matter  appears  to  he  necessary  in  order 
to  enable  the  plant  to  assimilate  the  mineral  matter,  the  soil 
contributing  little  or  nothing  else  towards  the  substance  of 
the  plant.  The  ash  of  the  plant  is  usually  not  more  than 
2|  per  cent,  by  weight,  of  which  amount  possibly  only 
Jjjth  is  iron  oxide.  Mclvendrick's  Physiology  states  the 
actual  quantity  of  iron  in  an  adult  human  body  to  be  about 
46j  grains,  and  upon  the  proper  changes  in  oxidation  of 
this  iron  is  animal  life  entirely  dependent.  The  two  ingre- 
dients entering  into  the  composition  of  all  animals  and  of 
the  vegetables  upon  which  they  feed,  and  which  are 
especially  treated  of  in  this  paper,  are  nitrogen  and  phos- 
phorus, the  former  being  believed  to  be  entirely  derived 
from  the  ammonia  and  its  compounds  contained  in  the  air 
which  are  present  in  so  slight  a  proportion  that  if  all  this 
ammonia  were  collected  in  a  layer  at  the  sea  level,  under 
the  ordinary  pressure,  it  would  form  a  stratum  less  than  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  in  depth. 

Although  fresh  ammonia  is  continually  generated  by 
decaying  animal  and  vegetable  matter,  in  our  country,  under 
present  conditions  of  population  and  sanitation,  the  waste 
of  nitrogen  is  enormous,  and  has  to  be  compensated  for 
from  other  sources,  a  small  quantity  being  found  in  nature, 
but  much  larger  quantities  being  produced  in  gas  manufac- 
ture. Coal  burnt  in  the  open  tire  yields  little  or  no 
ammonia,  that  body  being  decomposed,  but  heated  in  closed 
vessels  the  nitrogen  takes  up  hydrogen  and  is  carried  over 
in  the  form  of  ammoniacal  compounds  so  much  needed. 
The  7,000,000  tons  of  coal  treated  annually  in  our  gas- 
works should  yield  about  60,000  tons  of  the  sulphate,  worth 
about  600,000(. 

It  is  estimated  that  more  than  1 5,000,000  tons  of  coal  are 
annually  coked  for  the  use  of  our  ironworks,  and  the 
attempts  to  obtain  the  ammonia  from  this  coal  have  been 
abandoned,   as   the  coke   produced  was   less    suitable    for 


820 


THE    JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Get.  81. 18& 


blast-furnace  work.  The  annual  loss  of  ammonia  from  the 
coal  thus  incurred  is  estimated  as  considerably  above  a 
million  sterling. 

About  a  million  tons  of  pig  iron  are  annually  produced 
in  Great  Britain  b}-  use  of  raw  coal,  and  the  extraction  of 
ammonia  in  gasworks  led  the  Scotch  ironmasters  to  try  the 
effect  of  appl3"ing  condensers  to  the  waste  gases  from  the 
blast  furnaces.  In  gasworks,  from  a  ton  of  coal  9,000  to 
in, uOO  cubic  feet  of  gas  are  obtained,  and  about  5  lb.  of 
ammonia  converted  into  sulphate.  In  the  blast  furnace, 
however,  not  only  have  10,000  cubic  feet  of  gas  to  be  pro- 
duced,  but  all  fixed  carbon,  except  the  small  amount 
combining  with  the  iron,  escapes  as  oxides  of  carbon,  and 
in  addition  there  is  the  carbonic  acid  of  the  flux  and  the 
nitrogen  of  the  blast,  which  more  than  doubles  the  volume 
of  the  gases,  bo  that  the  ammonia  seldom  exceeds  one 
volume  in  800.  It  is  generally  estimated  that  each  ton  of 
coal  burnt  in  the  furnace  generates  about  90,000  cubic  feet 
>i  uas  and  yields  4  -:;8  lb.  of  ammonia-gas.  The  condensa- 
tion is  obviously  much  more  difficult  here  than  in  the  ease  of 
the  gasworks. 

The  plant  used  in  the  Dempster  mode  of  condensation  at 
Carnbroe,  with  almost  the  completeness  of  a  laboratory 
experiment,  consists  primarily  of  dust-boxes,  condensers, 
exhausters,  scrubbers,  and  separators,  together  with  the  tar 
and  ammenia  plants  for  working  up  those  liquors.  From 
the  main  gas-tube  from  close-top  furnaces  the  gases  pass 
through  the  dust-boxes,  where  the  dust  and  about  80  per 
cent,  of  the  tar  are  deposited,  and  thence  enter  the  con- 
densers, which,  as  with  a  gas  plant,  are  in  duplicate  and 
fitted  with  valves  by  which  any  part  in  need  of  repairs  or 
clearing  can  be  shut  off  without  interfering  with  the  working. 
Each  set  of  condensers  consists  of  144  wrought-iron  tubes 
20  in.  in  internal  diameter  and  55  ft.  high,  the  whole  being 
fitted  on  cast-iron  boxes  with  partitions  for  giving  the  gas 
the  full  travel  of  the  condenser.  The  total  length  of  piping 
is  five  miles  and  the  external  area  48,000  sq.  ft. ;  the  tem- 
perature of  gas  on  entering  averages  130°  T\,  and  on  leaving 
i'j0=  F.,  the  temperature  of  waste  gases  from  furnaces 
burning  coal  being  much  lower  than  from  those  burning 
coke,  as  much  of  the  heat  is  absorbed  in  vaporising  the 
volatile  portions  of  the  coal.  The  tubes  are  cooled  exter- 
nally by  water  sprays.  The  tar  and  ammonia  liquors 
overflow  into  the  separators  in  the  usual  way. 

The  gas  next  passes  to  the  exhausters,  of  reciprocating 
type,  so  arranged  that  the  gas  cylinders  and  all  gas  con- 
nections are  outside  the  house  to  avoid  risk  from  leakages. 
Each  exhauster  has  two  steam  and  four  gas  cylinders, 
passing  550  cubic  feet  of  gas  per  revolution.  The  pistons 
work  at  one-quarter  centre  and  draw  off  the  gas  very 
steadily.  The  engines  are  regulated  by  gas-governors, 
working  by  the  pressure  of  the  main  gas  tube.  The  gas  is 
then  forced  into  the  washers,  consisting  of  four  cast-iron 
boxes  sealed  with  the  ammonia  liquor  from  the  scrubbers. 
The  gas  enters  at  the  centre,  passes  through  perforated 
plates,  thus  breaking  up  the  stream  of  water  into  spray  and 
washing  itself,  and  reaches  the  outlets  to  the  scrubbers. 
The  overflow  liquor  or  seal  is  regulated  by  patent  slide 
valves,  and  passes  to  the  separators  directly  opposite  to  those 
for  dividing  the  tar  and  liquor  from  the  condenser  boxes, 
the  tar  being  lighter  than  the  liquor.  The  gas  then  passes 
into  the  three  scrubbers,  each  120  ft.  high  and  18  ft.  in 
diameter.  These  towers  are  filled  with  thin  boards,  about 
7  in.  wide  set  on  edge,  each  tier  of  boards  being  set  at  right 
angles  to  the  next.  The  gas  enters  at  the  bottom  and  meets 
the  liquor  pumped  from  the  tank  to  the  distributor  rc\  olving 
inside  the  scrubber,  thus  equally  wetting  the  whole  area 
and  presenting  an  enormous  surface  to  the  gas,  which 
passes  from  the  top  to  No.  2  scrubber,  and  thence  to  No.  3, 
in  which  the  boards  are  still  more  closely  packed,  and  fresh 
and  clean  water  used.  Water  valves  are  attached  to  the 
scrubbers  so  that  any  one  may  be  shut  off  while  the  others 
continue  working.  They  have  also  relief  valves,  and  man- 
holes for  cleaning. 

The  washed  gas  then  passes  t"  the  hot-air  stoves  and 
boilers  of  the  works,  and  is  nsed  in  the  ordinary  way. 
The  yield  of  raw  products  has  averaged  120  gallons  of 
ammoniacal   liquor  of   2     (Tw.)   and   25   gallons   of    tar 


per  ton  of  coal  used  in  the  furnaces.  The  ammoniacal 
liquor  is  worked  up  into  sulphate  by  use  of  lime  and  steam 
in  continuous  ammonia  stills,  which  may  also  be  heated 
by  the  blast-furnace  gas  after  it  has  passed  the  condenser. 
The  tar  is  treated  in  eight  vertical  tar  stills,  each  capable 
of  holding  7,000  gallons.  The  oil  is  taken  from  the 
receivers  into  the  store  boilers  and  blown  by  compressed 
air  to  store  tanks.  The  pitch  is  run  into  the  coolers  from 
the  still.  From  the  much  lower  temperature  in  the  blast 
furnace  the  tar  oil  has  a  different  composition  from  that 
of  the  gasworks  aud  is  unsuitable  for  the  preparation  of 
aniline  and  tar  colours,  but  if  passed  over  red-hot  coke, 
benzene  and  anthracene,  may  be  obtained,  and  future 
researches  may  give  a  higher  value  to  this  substance. 

Figures  are  given  showing  the  yield,  prices,  and  profit 
obtained  at  one  works  in  three  weeks  from  three  furnaces 
by  the  employment  of  this  system.  The  coal  used  was 
5,841  tons  and  the  profit  a  little  over  718?. 

The  author  then  turned  to  the  element  phosphorus,  of 
which  3  to  4  lb.  are  needed  for  the  building  up  and 
maintenance  of  the  life  of  an  adult  human  being.  He 
believes  that  the  absence  of  readily  available  phosphorus 
in  the  oldest  geological  formations  may  have  had  an 
influence  in  delaying  the  appearance  of  life  upon  the 
earth.  By  degrees  these  formations  became  disintegrated, 
the  phosphates  becoming  more  soluble,  and  as  the  amount 
of  more  soluble  phosphates  increased  so  vegetable  life  of 
a  low  type  established  itself  and  then  higher  types  and 
richer  vegetation  flourished.  When  this  process  had 
arrived  at  a  suitable  stage,  low  types  of  animal  life  were 
brought  into  existence,  followed  by  higher  types  until  it 
has  arrived  at  the  present  existing  state. 

The  iron  first  dissolved  from  the  soil  by  aid  of  carbonic 
or  other  acids  is  believed  to  have  been  deposited,  as  at  the 
present  day,  under  atmospheric  influences  as  the  peroxide, 
aud  as  the  concentration  of  phosphorus  in  vegetation 
progressed,  the  deposition  of  the  organic  matter  must  have 
caused  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  phosphorus  in  the  beds 
of  iron  ore  then  forming.  It  should  also  be  remembered 
that  the  agents — carbonic  and  vegetable  acids — which  cause 
the  solution  of  the  iron  are  the  same  which  effect  the 
separation  of  the  phosphates.  In  support  of  this  view 
the  author  quoted  a  list  of  analyses  from  Percy's  work  on 
Iron  and  Steel,  and  from  a  report  of  the  Labour  Com- 
missioner of  the  United  States,  which  appear  to  establish 
that  the  iron  ores  from  the  older  formations  are  very 
deficient  in  phosphorus  as  compared  with  those  of  later 
origin.  That  there  are  exceptions  to  this  rule  cannot  be 
denied,  but  it  would  be  remarkable  if  it  were  not  so. 

At  the  period  of  formation  of  the  coal-bearing  strata  a 
great  increase  in  the  quantity  of  vegetable  and  animal 
remains  occurred,  and  we  find  a  corresponding  increase  in 
the  proportion  of  phosphorus,  but  it  is  only  in  the  more 
recent  lias  formations  that  we  meet  with  the  full  measure 
of  inconvenience  caused  by  phosphorus,  and  in  this  manner 
the  Cleveland  ironstone  from  the  deposition  of  the  remains 
of  marine  organised  beings  has  become  so  contaminated 
that  the  pig  iron  from  it  is  totally  unfit  for  the  ordinary 
Bessemer  process.  With  about  0-5  per  cent,  of  phosphorus 
in  it,  however,  the  Cleveland  ironstone  would  be  impracticable 
for  use  in  fertilising  our  land,  but  with  this  ore,  when 
submitted  to  the  action  of  the  blast  furnace  the  phosphorus 
becomes  so  concentrated  in  the  metal  that  the  amount  which 
existed  in  3{  tons  of  ore  passes  into  one  ton  of  pig  iron. 
More  than  20  years  ago  the  author  pointed  out  the  loss  to  the 
country  incurred  by  allowing  the  phosphorus  of  2O,imi0  tons 
of  phosphoric  acid  to  poison  2,000,000  tons  of  pig  iron 
annually,  while  our  ships  were  scouring  the  seas  to  obtain 
that  substance  from  the  remotest  parts  of  the  earth.  This 
scandal  is  being  removed  gradually  by  the  use  of  the  basic 
process,  and  the  slag  formed  is  decomposed  by  natural 
processes  when  used  as  manure.  The  attempt  to  perform 
such  a  decomposition  in  the  laboratory,  although  quicker,  k. 
much  more  costly. — A.  \V. 


Oct.  31, 1892.] 


THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


821 


The    Gold-bearing    Veins  of  Pyrites    on   Monte    Itnsa. 

Konrad  Walter.  Chem.  Zeit.  16,  1892,  920—922. 
Tiii;  reins  are  almost  universally  quartz,  with  pyrites, 
aisemeal  pyrites,  with  here  and  there  potters'  clay,  and 
copper  pyrites  scattered  through  in  varying  quantities. 
The  amount  of  gold  and  silver  is  very  variable,  as  a  rule 
gold  is  only  found  in  the  presence  of  much  arsenic.  The 
distribution  of  the  gold  is  very  irregular,  and  proper 
samples  can  be  only  obtained  by  examining  at  least  10 
tons.  The  mineral,  even  in  the  same  vein,  differs  greatly 
in  its  yield  by  the  amalgamation  process  at  spots  only  a 
tew  yards  apart,  and  this  has  led  to  the  failure  of  many 
small  private  undertakings  worked  by  this  method.  As  a 
rule  it  may  be  said  that  gold  (and  silver  where  it  is  present) 
is  only  found  in  the  pyrites  and  not  in  the  quartz.  The 
ore  ran  therefore  easily  be  prepared,  according  to  the 
amount  of  gold  in  the  pyrites  (from  45  to  90  grins,  of  gold 
per  toll),  so  that  it  is  worth  carriage  to  a  place  suitable  for 
the  extraction  of  gold  ;  aud  this  all  the  more  readily  in 
that  water  power  is  alway  available  ill  the  immediate 
proximity  of  the  mines.  As  the  result  of  experiments  made 
on  2  kilos,  of  material,  the  veins  above  Magna  average 
30  grins,  of  gold  per  ton  of  material;  the  deep  mine  in 
Pestarena  yields  ore  containing  30  grms.  per  ton  and  an 
equal  quantity  of  silver.  Ore  is  found  here  and  there, 
especially  at  the  surface,  which  can  be  worked  by  the 
amalgamation  process  of  extraction,  but  the  method  will 
not  yield  a  profit  on  a  large  industrial  scale.  The  future 
of  the  Monte  Kosa  Ore  Works  lies  in  the  chemical  gold 
extraction  processes,  but  here  also  the  method  must  be 
selected  according  to  the  ore  to  be  treated.  Extensive 
trials  are  now  in  progress  for  treating  the  raw  ore,  or  even 
the  residue,  by  an  improved  cyanide  process.  The  roasting 
is  omitted  and  is  replaced  by  a  very  careful  grinding.  The 
ore  thus  prepared  is  treated  with  cyanide  solution,  filtered, 
and  the  gold  deposited  electrolytically,  or  with  zinc.  The 
addition  of  some  other  reagent  to  the  cyanide  solution  is 
alleged1,  which  is  said  to  increase  the  efficiency  of  the 
cyanide. — G.  H.  B. 


The    Treatment   of  Argentiferous  Zinc-Lead   Sulphides. 
( '.  Schnabel.     Kng.  and  Mining  J.  1892,  269  and  295. 

Thk  ore  under  consideration  is  found  in  the  district  of 
Broken  Hill  and  the  Barrier  Range,  it  consists  mainly  of  a 
very  intimate  silver-bearing  mixture  of  galena  and  zinc  blende. 
The  silver  varies  from  8  to  32  oz.  to  the  ton,  the  lead 
from  15  to  4 J  per  cent.,  and  the  zinc  15  to  30  per  cent. 
Treatment  by  the  ordinary  metallurgical  processes  is 
unsuitable,  as  the  separation  of  the  silver  and  lead  is 
impossible  without  material  losses  of  these  metals.  It  has 
been  found  impossible  to  make  a  complete  separation  of 
the  zinc  from  the  lead,  and  especially  from  the  silver,  by 
concentration,  the  zinc  blende  obtained  not  only  being 
found  to  carry  a  high  percentage  of  silver,  but  also  a  certain 
percentage  of  lead  and  garnets. 

The  Production  of  Metallic  Zinc. 

1,  On  account  of  the  low  percentage  of  zinc  contained 
in  the  sulphides,  and  the  proportionately  high  percentage  of 
lead,  the  ores  arc  unsuitable  for  distillation. 

■>.  The  direct  decomposition  of  zinc  blende  by  metallic 
iron  or  lime  has  never  been  carried  out  on  a  commercial 
scale. 

3.  Tin;  decomposition  of  the  molten  sulphides  by 
electrolysis  has  never  been  attempted  on  a  large  scale. 
The  electrolytic  production  of  zinc  from  zinc  sulphate  can 
only  be  carried  out  economically  when  the  power  necessary 
can  he  produced  at  a  very  low  cost,  and  when  the  sulphate 
of  /.ine  is  produced  as  a  valueless  by-product  from  other 
processes. 

The  Production  of  O.ride  of  Zinc. 

1.  Volatilisation.  The  treatment  of  the  ore  in  the  blast 
furnace  is  only  possible  after  a  preliminary  roasting; 
further,  the  fumes  resulting  contain  too  much  lead  to  be 
valuable  as  a  zinc  ore,  or  too  much  zinc  to  be  valuable  as  a 
lead  ore,  and  would  be  too  impure  to  be  used  as  a  paint. 


2.  Reverberatory  Furnace.  The  roasted  ores  mixed 
with  coal  were  heated  in  a  reverberatory  furnace  to  the 
temperature  necessary  to  reduce  the  zinc  oxide.  The 
volatilised  zinc  was  re-oxidised  and  collected  in  chambers. 
Although  the  collected  fumes  were  suitable  for  paint,  the 
process  was  not  a  success  on  account  of  the  losses  of  lead 
and  silver,  and  the  fume  collected  was  not  sufficient  to  pay 
for  the  cost  of  treatment. 

3.  Bartlett  Process.  The  author  considers  that  this 
process  cannot  be  carried  out  with  advantage  under  the 
existing  circumstances,  as  the  paint  produced  would  hardly 
find  a  lucrative  market  in  case  much  of  the  ore  were  treated 
by  this  process. 

Wet  Methods.  The  solution  by  means  of  carbonate 
of  ammonia  is  not  applicable  for  the  roasted  sulphides  on 
account  of  the  sulphate  of  lead  and  basic  sulphate  of  zinc 
always  present  in  the  roasted  ores,  as  the  ammonia  would 
be  converted  into  sulphate,  aud  thus  cause  loss  of  ammonia. 

The  zinc  in  the  sulphides  can  be  converted  into  chloride 
by  roasting  with  common  salt,  and  treated  in  solution  with 
milk  of  lime,  but  the  recovery  of  silver  in  this  case  would 
be  a  matter  of  considerable  difficulty,  there  would  also  he 
a  considerable  loss  of  chloride  of  zinc  by  volatilisation. 

During  the  process  of  roasting  the  ores  at  a  low  tempe- 
rature, it  is  possible  to  convert  as  much  as  50  per  cent,  of 
the  zinc  into  sulphate.  The  balance  may  be  converted  into 
sulphate  by  treatment  with  sulphuric  acid  and  the  whole 
dissolved  out.  Zinc  oxide  may  be  obtained  from  the 
sulphate  by  precipitation  with  magnesia,  or  by  heating  the 
crystals  directly.  Both  methods  are  practicable  and  leave 
a  profit  if  the  sulphate  of  zinc  is  considered  as  a  valueless 
by-product.  The  author  reviews  the  treatment  of  the  ores 
by  concentration,  and  comes  to  the  eonclusiou  that  those 
methods  having  for  their  object  the  removal  of  the  zinc 
previous  to  smelting,  are  those  most  suitable  to  be  adopted 
in  the  treatment  of  these  sulphides. — J.  C.  C. 


The  Problems  »/'  '  Commercial  Electrolysis.    J.  Swinburne. 
Inst.  Elect.  Kng.  July  1892. 

See  under  XI.,  page  823. 


The  Determination  of  Zinc  in  Ores.     Kng.  aud  Mining  J. 
August  20,  1892,  178. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  846. 


The  Action  of  Beer  on  Aluminium.     R.  Kobert.     Chem. 
Zeit.  16,  1892,  821. 

See  under  XVII.,  vaoe  830. 


A  Practical  Slide-Rule  for  use  in  the  Calculation  of 
Furnace  Charges.  A.  Wingham.  Iron  and  Steel 
Institute  Spring  Meeting,  1892. 

Tn  K  author  describes  a  slide-rule  of  special  construction  for 
use  in  iron-smelting  aud  other  chemical  operations.  The 
principle  is  that  of  having  a  scale  for  each  substance  under 
consideration  so  arranged  and  divided  that  by  measuring 
any  given  length  on  each  the  equivalent  quantities  of  the 
various  substances  which  chemically  or  metallurgically  have 
the  same  power  of  displacement  or  combination  are  given. 

In  the  present  instance  scales  have  been  arranged  for 
lime,  limestone,  magnesia,  alumina,  soda,  potash,  manganous 
or  ferrous  and  ferric  oxides,  and  lead,  zinc,  and  cuprous 
oxides  as  bases,  in  accordance  with  their  combining 
proportions  with  silica  to  produce  silicates,  and  with  sulphur 
to  produce  sulphides.  The  acids  are  restricted  to  silica,  for 
which  three  scales  are  given,  one  each  to  represent  the 
quantities  of  silica  necessary  to  produce  with  each  base  a 
mono-,  sesqui-,  or  bi-silicatc. 


822 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.31.lMi2. 


By  the  special  construction  of  the  rule,  and  given  an 
analysis,  the  amount  of  silica  required  by  four  or  five  bases 
conjointly  in  the  same  material  to  produce  either  of  the 
three  silicates  can  be  read  off  without  any  calculation.  The 
i  kcj  ss  of  acid  or  base  in  complicated  slags  can  similarly  be 
rapidly  ascertained,  and  the  amount,  if  necessary,  of  the 
material  to  be  added  to  produce  the  correct  proportions 
obtained.  The  main  principle  of  the  rule  is  recommended 
for  adoption  in  many  chemical  operations  requiring  calcula- 
tions, by  the  construction  of  special  scales  ;  and  likewise  in 
the  laboratory  for  the  conversion  of  figures  obtained  by 
analysis  into  end  results. — A.  W. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Method  of  Condensing  Lead  and  other 
Metallic  Fumes  arising  from  Furnaces.  S.  Elliott.  New- 
bury, Berkshire.  Eng.  Pat.  20,944,  December  23,  1890. 
This  is  an  improvement  on  a  previous  patent  (Eng.  Pat. 
12,460.  August  7,  1889;  this  Journal,  1890.  273;,  and 
consists  in  the  use  of  a  pipe  m;ule  of  fireclay,  enamelled 
iron,  or  other  non-corrosive  material,  jacketed,  if  necessary, 
leading  from  the  furnace  to  the  washing  tank,  the  fumes 
or  gases  being  made  to  pass  along  it  by  means  of  a  fan  or 
steam  jet.  The  tube  communicates  with  an  enamelled 
perforated  tube  placed  horizontally  in  the  washing  tank, 
the  perforated  tube  being  capable  of  rotation  and  provided 
with  wings  or  beaters.  Above  the  rotating  tubes  are 
horizontal  perforated  trays.  The  rotating  beaters  and  the 
tra\s  breakup  the  water  or  chemical  solutions  contained 
in  tin  tank  into  a  tine  spray,  by  which  the  fumes  ami  gases 
are  condensed  and  dissolved. — H.  K.  T. 


Improvements   in    Furnaces  fur    Treating   Ores.      E.   15. 
Parnell,  Sutton.     Eng.  Pat.'  17..567,  September  14,  1891. 

Tut;  furnace  is  tubular  with  a  cross  section  not  quite  circular, 
and  is  fixed  horizontally  with  the  longer  axis  in  the  vertical 
plane.  The  tube  is  encased  in  an  outer  tubular  shell  with 
an  annular  space  between  them.  The  fire  is  at  one  end  and 
by  suitable  dampers  may  be  directed  either  into  the  annular 
space  and  so  heat  the  inner  tube  as  a  muffle,  or  into  the 
inner  tube  if  it  is  to  be  heated  after  the  reverberatorv  style. 
The  ore  is  fed  into  one  end  of  the  inner  tube  from  a  hopper 
by  a  worm-feed  and  is  carried  along  by  a  suitable  screw- 
running  on  a  shaft  through  the  length  of  the  tube,  to  the 
exit  at  the  other  end.  It  is  recommended  to  use  these 
furnaces  iu  scries  one  above  another  with  worm  conveyors 
connecting  them,  so  that  the  ore  can  be  passed  through 
more  than  one  furnace  and  thus  ensure  perfect  calcination. 
Steam  pipes  are  provided  for  injecting  steam  when  required; 
Tlic  tubes  are  made  preferably  of  cast  iron  protected  from 
the  fire  where   necessary  by  a  coating  of   suitable   material. 

—A.  \V. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Stir!  and  in  Apparatus 
therefor.  C.  Walrand  and  E.  Legenisel,  Paris.  Eng. 
Pat. 'it'.. 178,  September  23,  1891. 

The  steel  is  treated  by  additions  in  the  converter  with  the 
object  of  obtaining  greater  heat  and  fluidity  at  the  time  of 
pouring.  In  acid  conversion  an  alloy  rich  in  silicon,  in  basic 
conversion  an  alloy  rich  in  phosphorus,  ami  in  particular 
case-  a  combustible  body  other  than  silicon,  or  phosphorus, 
j-  added  to  the  Bteel  near  the  end  of  the  blow. — J.  H.  C. 


Xewor  Improved  Metallic  Alloys.    .T.  If.  Pratt,  Birmingham. 
Eng.  Pat.  17,31.".,  October  lo.  1891. 

The  alloys  consist  of  nickel,  copper,  and  zinc,  in  various 
proportion!!  a-  tabulated,  the  nickel  ranging  from  4  uptoI5 
pei  cent.,  the  copper  frpm  55  down  to  45  percent.,  and  the 
zinc  from  40  to  15  pel  cent.,  the  cupper  decreasing  as  the 
nickel  anil  zinc   increase.     Some  of  the  alloys  are  suitable 


for  use  in  place  of  German  silver.  In  general  the  copper 
and  nickel  are  melted  together  and  the  zinc  is  afterwards 
stirred  in,  but  sometimes  the  nickel  is  melted  by  itself,  then 
the  copper  and  flux  are  added,  and  afterwards  the  /.inc. 
( lecasionally,  when  great  ductility  is  required,  small  quantities 
of  aluminium  and  manganese  are  added,  together  with  a  flux 
consisting  of  cvanide  or  ferrocvanide  of  potassium. 

—J.  H.  C. 


Improve**  ids  in  .  Apparatus  for  ( 'oneentrating  or  Separating 
the  Heavii  r  Constituents  of  Pulverised  Ores  or  the  like. 

1).  Eerguson,  Barrhead,  N.B.  I'rom  P.  E^erguson, 
Waiorongomai.  X.Z.  Eng.  Pat.  18,211,  October  23, 
1891. 

This  is  a  combination  and  arrangement  of  parts  for  con- 
centrating or  separating  the  heavier  and  lighter  constituents 
of  pulverised  ores  and  the  like.  They  embrace  a  feeding 
hopper,  into  which  the  pulverised  materials  are  charged, 
from  the  lower  opening  of  which  they  are  dropped  in  a 
regulated  stream  by  means  of  a  fluted  roller,  when  they 
meet  a  strong  blast  of  air  directed  against  them  in  a 
horizontal  or  more  or  less  inclined  direction.  The  blast  is 
directed  through  a  number  of  inclined  fixed  blades  which 
assist  the  separating  action,  whilst  the  space  below  the 
current  forms  a  receptacle  divided  by  partitions,  into  which 
the  separated  particles  fall,  arranged  according  to  their 
sizes  and  weights. — B. 


Improvements  in  tin  Manufacture  of  Alloys  of  Nickel  and 
( 'opper,  and  of  Alloys  of  Nickel  and  Iron,  and  of , Alloys 
.</'  Nickel,  Copper,  and  Iron.  E.  \V.  Martins,  Sheffield. 
Eng.  Pat.  19.191,  November  6,  1891. 

The  alloys  are  made  direct  from  the  ores,  or  from  crude 
mattes.  Thus,  to  make  an  alloy  of  copper  and  nickel  from 
Lake  Superior  matte,  which  contains  copper,  nickel,  and  iron 
in  the  state  of  sulphides,  it  is  finely  powdered  and  1 00  parts 
are  mixed  with  60  parts  of  quartz  sand  and  134  parts  of 
sulphate  of  baryta  or  sulphate  of  soda.  The  mixture  is 
melted  in  a  reverberatorv  furnace  so  as  to  remove  the  iron 
as  slag  and  leave  only  the  sulphides  of  nickel  and  copper. 
This  double  sulphide  is  again  finely  powdered  and  com- 
pletely oxidised  by  careful  roasting  in  a  suitable  furnace. 
The  oxides  so  produced  are  then  mixed  with  charcoal  and 
moistened  with  coal  tar  and  water,  with  which  a  little  burnt 
lime  and  clay  have  been  mixed  so  as  to  form  a  paste  ;  this 
is  made  into  briquettes,  dried  and  strongly  heated.  The 
briquettes  are  smelted  in  a  "  Siemens-Martin  converter  or 
in  a  reverberator}'  furnace,"  metallic  copper  being  added  if 
necessary  to  make  up  an  alloy  of  definite  composition.  A 
similar  alloy  may  be  made,  using  New  Caledonia  ores  in 
part,  if  they  are  first  sulphuretted  by  fusion  with  such 
materials  as  soda-waste  or  gas-lime.  In  making  an  alloy  of 
nickel  with  iron  (known  as  ferro-nickel).  New  Caledonia 
ores  are  preferred.  They  are  powdered,  made  up  into 
briquettes  and  then  smelted  as  above  described,  pig  iron 
being  added  if  necessary  to  make  up  an  alloy  of  definite 
proportions.  Alloys  of  the  three  metals  may  be  prepared 
by  similar  methods.  In  some  cases  the  dried  briquettes  are 
utilised  as  carbides  without  smelting.  The  gist  of  the  claim 
is  for  manufacturing  the  alloys  specified,  directly  from  ores 
containing  the  metals  of  the  said  alloys,  or  some  of  the 
metals,  &c,  and  afterwards  inciting  them  together,  or 
alloying  them,  .\-c,  \e. — I.  II.  C. 


Improvement*  in  Metallic  -Alloys.  W*.  P.  Thompson, 
Liverpool.  E'rom  \V.  .1.  Miles,  jun.,  H.  S.  Deming  and 
A.  Herz,  Terre  Haute,  Indiana.  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. '4460, 
March  7,  1892. 

The   alloys  consist  of  aluminium,  iron    (or   steel),  nickel, 
tungsten,  and  manganese  combined  iu   suitable  proportions, 

with  the  addition  of  about  one  grain  of  osmium   for    each 


Oct.  3i,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


823 


24  07..  of  alloy.     For  spoons  and  jewellery  the   following 
proportions  are  prepared  : — 

Oz. 

Aluminium 4, 

Nickel 8 

Iron 8 

Tungsten l 

Manganese 2         399  grains. 

Osmium 1  grain. 

Total 23        4,00  grains. 

For  table  cutlery  they  recommend  :— 

Iron 3 

Aluminium   C 

Nickel (i 

TniiL'sti  -n 3 

Manganese o        399  [Trains. 

Osmium 1  grain. 

Total 23         40:)  grains. 

In  preparing  the  alloy  all  the  metals  except  the  aluminium 
arc  fused  together  ;  the  aluminium  is  then  added  aud  the 
alloy  is  cast  into  ingots. — J.  H.  C. 


.4«  Improved  Metallic  Block  to  be  used  in  the  Production 
oj  Hydrogen.  W.  Hawkins,  T.  Hawkins,  H.  Fuller,  and 
W.  ft.  Fuller,  Portsmouth.  Eng.  Pat.  8207,  April  30, 
1892. 

The  block  consists  of  iron  or  steel  scrap,  preferably 
borings,  shavings,  or  turnings,  which  are  first  cleaned  and 
then  galvanised  with  zinc.  The  scrap  is  then  placed  in  a 
mould,  Heated  to  a  suitable  temperature,  and  molten  zinc  is 
poured  over  it.  The  scrap  is  sometimes  consolidated  by 
pressure  before  the  molten  zinc  is  applied,  and  a  rust 
preventive  coating  is  used  in  some  instances. — J.  ft.  ( '. 


Improvements  in  Hardening  Articles  of  Steel  or  other 
Meta\\  and  in  Apparatus  therefor.  G.  G.  M.  Harding- 
ham.  From  H.  Wiliseh,  Homburg,  Bavaria.  Eng.  Pat. 
1.5,148,  July  18,  1892. 

A  bath  of  melted  alloy  is  used  for  tempering,  its  com- 
position varying  with  the  temperature  required.  Thus,  a 
bath  composed  of  10  parts  of  tin  and  6  parts  of  lead 
solidifies  at  358'  t\,and  one  composed  of  2  parts  of  bismuth, 
1  part  of  tin  and  1  part  of  lead  solidities  between  203°  F. 
and  209°  F. 

The  tank  containing  the  alloy  is  provided  with  beating 
and  cooling  tubes  for  the  purpose  of  controlling  the 
temperature  and  keeping  it  uniform,  and  these  may  be 
brought  into  operation  automatically  by  suitable  means 
which  are  indicated. — J.  H.  C. 


Improved  Apparatus  for  Effecting  the  Casting  of  Metals  in 
Vacuo.  W.  S.  Simpson,  Loudon.  Eng.  Pat.  13,298, 
July  20,  1892. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  an  upper  vessel  or  chamber 
containing  the  ladle  of  molten  metal,  and  a  lower  chamber 
in  which  the  mould  is  placed,  the  two  being  connected  by  a 
channel  which  is  closed  by  a  fusible  plate  or  diaphragm. 
Spy  holes  closed  with  glass  are  provided  for  both  chambers. 
The  mould  is  placed  in  position  in  the  lower  chamber,  which 
is  then  securely  closed.  The  molten  metal  is  then  run  into 
the  ladle  through  an  aperture  in  the  wall  of  the  upper 
chamber,  and  this  also  is  closed.  The  molten  metal  can  be 
stirred  by  means  of  a  rod  passing  through  a  stutling-hox. 
When  all  is  ready  the  air  is  withdrawn  from  both  chambers 
by  a  pump  or  other  convenient  means;  the  ladle  in  the 
chamber  is  then  tilted  so  that  the  metal  falls  upon  the 
fusible  plate  and  melts  it,  aud  then  flows  iuto  the  mould 
where  it  sets  in  vacuo. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  Centrifugal  Ore  Separators.     O.  B.  Peck, 
Chicago,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  13,990,  August  2,  1892. 


An  Improved  Process  of  Separating  Powdered  or  Finely- 
Divided  Particles  containing  Mineral  -  Hearing 
Substances  of  Different  Degrees  of  Specific  Gravity* 
O.  B.  Peck,  Chicago,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  13,991, 
August  2    1892. 

The  method  embraced  in  these  two  patents  causes  separation 
of  particles  to  be  effected  through  the  action  of  centrifugal 
force  exerted  on  the  circumference  of  a  belt  whose  direction 
is  changed  by  guide  pulleys.— li. 


XI.-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

The  Problems  of  Commercial  Electrolysis.      J.   Swinburne. 
Inst,  of  Elect.  Eng.  July,  1892. 

The  object  of  the  author  is  to  take  a  bird's-eye  view  of  the 
subject,  and  if  possible  to  predict  the  directions  in  which 
others  must  seek  for  future  developments.  A  very  large 
number  of  the  processes  employed  jn  chemical  industry 
consist  merely  in  oxidising  and  reducing,  special  conditions 
being  arranged  to  suit  the  particular  substance  being 
operated  upon.  ( Ince  we  take  this  broad  view,  all  we  have 
to  consider  is  "  Which  of  the  oxidising  and  reducing 
processes  in  use  in  chemical  works  can  we  advantageously 
replace  by  electrical  methods  ?  " 

Oxidation  and  Reduction. — Oxygen. — For  the  decom- 
position of  water  it  would  be  best  to  use  an  alkaline 
solution  with  iron  electrodes.  Allowing  2  volts  as  the 
pressure  required,  the  cost  comes  out  at  as.  Id.  per  1,000 
feet  for  the  oxygen,  taking  the  price  of  a  kilowatt-hour  as 
0'25<i.  Taking  15*.  per  1,000  cubic  feet  as  the  selling 
price,  there  is  a  large  margin  between  this  and  the  2r/.  per 
cubic  foot  retail  price  of  Briu's  oxygen. 

Alkali. — The  Leblauc  and  Weldon  process  is  exceedingly 
complicated  and  very  costly  ;  and  as  by  simply  electrolysing 
silt  costing  about  15s.  per  ton,  chlorine  and  caustic  soda 
can  be  produced,  it  seems  at  first  sight  at  least,  most 
strange  that  electrolytic  processes  have  not  replaced  all. 
others  within  the  last  few  years.  With  suitable  vats  and  a 
reasonable  current  density,  we  may  take  it  that  3  volts  is  a 
liberal  allowance.  For  the  ton  of  70  per  cent,  caustic  soda 
we  have — 

£.      S.  it. 

Electrical  energy 2    15  0 

Salt  l      2  c 

Lime 13  0 

For  5/.  we  have  thus  obtained  a  ton  of  caustic  aud  l£  tons 
of  bleaching  powder.  We  have  allowed  nothing  for  the  cost 
of  vats,  for  labour  at  the  vats  and  in  handling,  or  for 
evaporation  of  causticised  liquor.  The  ordinary  caustic 
liquor,  after  causticisiug,  is  quite  weak,  but  electrolytic 
caustic  can  be  made  iuto  strong  lye.  Evaporation  with  a 
Varyan  should  not  come  to  more  than  a  shilling  or  two  a 
ton  extra,  from  which  it  appears  that  a  ion  of  caustic  and  a  ton 
and  a  half  of  bleach  should  be  made  for  67.  This  allows  an 
enormous  marginf  or  expenses  and  for  profits,  and  therefore  the 
author  believes  that  the  apparent  nou-suecess  of  electrolytic 
soda  processes  is  due  to  the  want  of  a  really  durable  anode. 
Platinum  is  generally  supposed  not  to  be  attacked  by 
chlorine,  and  it  is  used  extensively  in  the  electrolysis  of 
chlorides,  but  the  author  has  found  experimental  anodes 
eaten  away.  In  1882  Bartoli  and  Papasogli  pointed  out 
that  carbon  was  attacked  when  used  in  any  solution  which 
evolves  oxygen.  The  author  confirmed  this  in  a  scries  of 
independent  experiments  carried  our  in  1883,  and  suggests 
that  corrosion  is  the  cause  of  the  failure  of  carbon  anodes. 
The  difficulty  of  making  good  contact  and  the  expense  of 
large    carbon  plates  has    been    overcome     by   Greenwood 


824 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31, 1S92. 


(Kng.  Pat.  18,990, 1890 ;  this  Journal,  1891,  642)  by  electro- 
plating one  side  of  a  number  of  comparatively  small  plates, 
and  then  soldering  them  to  a  plate  of  type  metal.  The 
electrolysis  of  sodium  sulphate  does  not  allow  the  same 
margin  for  profit  as  that  of  the  chloride,  and  lead  anodes 
are  attacked.  Magnesium  chloride  is  generally  employed 
in  the  Hermite  process  (Kng.  l'at.  8177, 1889  ;  this  Journal, 
1890,  733)  but  salt  is  now  used.  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan 
(this  Journal,  1890,  450— 453,  and  1890,  585)  hold  that 
the  bleaching  power  of  these  products  is  not  as  determined 
by  arsenious  acid. 

Potassium  Chlorate. — A  hot  solution  of  the  chloride  is 
electrolysed.  This  process  (Eng.  Pat.  4686,  1887 ;  this 
Journal,  1888,  3271  is  carried  out  on  a  large  scale  atVallorbes 
in  France,  and  it  is  stated  that  24    h.p.  hours  yield  2-2  lb. 

Aluminium. — It  seems  impossible  to  deposit  aluminium 
from  any  of  its  solutions,  so  fused  salts  have  to  be 
employed.  The  electrolyte  is  cryolite,  or  a  solution  of 
alumina  in  cryolite.  In  the  Minet  process  (A  Miuet, 
Compt.  rend.  110,  342—343;  this  Journal,  1890,  753) 
a  solution  of  the  oxide  is  employed,  aluminium  is  deposited, 
and  the  anodes  are  burned  away  by  the  oxygen.  In  the 
Hall  process  (Kng.  Pats.  5669  and  5670,  1889  ;  this  Journal, 
1889,  549)  carried  on  at  Pittsburgh,  the  electrolyte  is 
practically  the  same. 

Zinc. — Proposals  have  been  made  to  deal  with  zinc  ores 
elcctrolytieally.  Kiliaui  (this  Journal,  1884,  260)  pro- 
posed to  use  high  current  densities  ;  Watt  (this  Journal, 
1  B89,  287)  prefers  to  use  acetate  of  zinc  as  the  electrolyte. 

Lend. — Though  the  Keith  process  for  desilvering  lead 
elcctrolytieally  was  brought  out  in  America  some  ten  years 
ago ;  it  does  not  seem  to  have  come  into  general  use. 

(inld  and  Silver.  —  Crootes  (Eng.  Pat.  3532,  1890; 
th\<  Journal,  1891,  353)  finds  that  the  particles  of  gold 
become  amalgamated,  and  get  caught  in  the  mercury,  if  the 
stamped  quartz  is  worked  in  a  weak  solution  of  a  mercury 
salt  under  the  influence  of  an  alternating  current  of  small 
frequency. 

Electro-Metallurgy  of  Copper. — Electrolysis  may  be 
employed  either  in  connection  with  the  extraction  of  copper 
frc.ni  its  ores,  or  in  refining  copper.  The  ore  may  be  con- 
verted into  matte,  and  subsequently  cast  into  anodes  which 
are  treated  in  baths  of  copper  sulphate,  using  copper 
cathodes.  The  circulation  of  the  iron  salts  must  be  avoided, 
therefore  some  sort  of  diaphragm  is  necessary.  The 
Marchese  (this  Journal,  18s4.  260)  and  Siemens  and 
Halske  (Eng.  Pat.  3533,  1889  ;  this  Journal,  1890,  3961  are 
in  commercial  operation,  and  the  electric  extraction  of 
copper  is  already  a  growing  industry.  The  electro-motive 
force  for  this  process  is  less  than  a  volt ;  so  that  assuming 
coal  to  be  used  as  in  the  estimate  at  the  beginning  of  this 
paper,  the  electrical  cost  i-  1  In.  jd.  per  ton  for  the  extrac- 
tion of  copper. 

In  the  refining  of  copper  tin'  amides  are  formed  of  crude 
copper,  thin  plates  of  fine  copper  arc  used  as  cathodes,  ami 
the  electrolyte  is  sulphate  of  copper.  At  the  Bridgeport 
Copper  Works,  where  the  arrangements  are  in  accordance 
with  the  patents  of  E.  S.Hayden  (Eng.  Pat.  2071,  1888; 
this  Journal,  1888,  390),  the  anodes,  instead  of  being 
thick  cast  copper,  are  sheets  of  thin  rolled  metal.  Each 
vat  contains  a  number  of  plates  arranged  vertically  and 
across  the  vat.  and  at  one  end  a  thin  plate  is  supplied  ;is  a 
cathode.  The  first  plate  is  made  the  anode,  and  copper  is 
eaten  off  one  sick-  of  each  plate,  and  deposited  on  the  plate 
next  to  it.  The  process  is  carried  on  until  the  whole  of  the 
anodes  are  eaten,  and  their  place  is  taken  by  pure  deposited 
copper.  The  plates  are  syringed  and  removed,  and  the  slime 
is  treated  to  recover  the  silver  and  gold.  The  product  is  the 
highest  grade  of  copper  in  the  market,  and  fetches  6/.  10.v. 
a  ton  above  "tough  cake,"  or  4/.  10s.  above  "best 
selected."  Silver  and  gold  are  completely  separated  without 
loss,  and  as  :s5  oz.  of  silver  and  |  oz.  of  gold  per  ton  are 
allowed  as  tan,  any  copper  containing  more  than  that  yields 
s/.  per  ton  in  bullion.  Argentiferous  copper  thus  yields  at 
least  14/.  Id-..  leaving  a  gross  profit  of  12/.  10s.  at  present 
rates. 


The  author  also  deals  briefly  with  electrolytic  processes 
for  producing  magnesium  ;  for  the  electrolysis  of  fused 
soda  (Castner,  Eng.  Pat.  13,356,  1890;  this  Journal,  1891, 
777)  ;  for  treating  antimony  ores  (rJorchers,  Chein.  Zcit. 
1L,  1020—1022:  this  Journal,  1890,673)  ;  for  the  recovery 
of  tin  from  scrap  tin  ;  for  the  production  of  ozone  (Siemens 
and  Halske,  Eng.  Pat.  8929,  1891  ;  this  Journal,  1892.  585  ; 
and  Fahrig,  this  Journal,  1890,  131).  He  describes  the 
Cowles  electric  furnace  (this  Journal,  1889,  677 — 684)  ; 
miscellaneous  processes  such  as  the  Webster  sewage  process 
(Eng.  Pat.  15,760  and  15,939,  1887  ;  this  Journal,  1888, 
764)  ;  the  Turellaudthe  Meritens  (Eng.  Pat.  14,162, 1889  ; 
this  Journal,  1890,  7581,  processes  for  ageing  wine  and 
spirits,  and  the  electrical  tanning  processes.  Messrs.  Bidcal 
and  Trotter  (this  Journal,  1891,  425—432)  have  shown 
that  electricity  has  a  beneficial  effect ;  and  Groth's 
process  (Kng.  l'at.  18,385,  1890;  this  Journal,  1891,  938) 
shown  at  the  Crystal  Palace  Electrical  Exhibition  tin 
also  gives  good  results. — G.  H.  R, 


Recent  Developments  in  Electric  Are  Welding. 
P.   I.  Unwin.     The  Electrician,  29  (741),  335—336. 

In  the  arc  process  of  electric  welding  uuder  the  Benardos 
patents  three  separate  and  distinct  methods  are  in  daily- 
use.  Between  these  three  there  is  a  vital  difference,  and 
much  difficulty  and  confusion  have  arisen  from  the  want  of 
distinction  between  them.  The  first  method  is  welding 
propel,  in  which  the  wrought  iron  or  steel  to  be  united  is 
raised  only  to  the  welding  temperature,  whereby  a  perfectly 
strong  fibrous  weld  is  obtained.  Xo  reinforcement  of  the 
weld  is  used  in  this  case.  In  the  second  method,  called  a 
"  built  weld,"  small  pieces  of  metal  are  melted  into  the 
joints  and  hammered  in.  The  meltiug  of  course  destroys 
the  fibre  of  the  metal,  but  this  is  partially  restored  by  the 
work  put  upon  it.  A  special  grade  of  very  mild  low  carbon 
steel  has  proved  most  suitable  for  reinforcing  purposes.  The 
third  method,  which  is  unsuitable  for  the  welding  of  wrought 
iron  and  steel,  is  used  chiefly  in  repairing  castings.  It 
consists  in  fusing  pieces  of  metal  into  the  weld,  or  defective 
place  in  the  casting,  until  the  metal  is  a  molten  mass  locally. 
In  the  case  of  cast  steel  the  hammer  may  be  applied  to 
produce  a  smooth  surface,  when  the  metal  has  partially 
cooled ;  but  in  the  case  of  cast  iron  the  whole  casting 
must  be  kept  black  hot  during  this  process  of  cooling.  In 
welding  wrought  iron  and  steel  it  is  of  vital  importance 
that  the  arc  should  be  maintained  at  least  2  in.  long  or 
more,  and  should  be  kept  continually  moving  over  the 
surface  of  the  metal  to  be  heated.  As  an  example  the 
method  of  making  a  steel  flanged  "tee"  for  a  marine 
steam-pipe  line,  8  in.  in  diameter  and  having  a  6  in.  flanged 
outlet  is  given. — G.  H.  R. 


Practical  Notes  on  the  Electrolytic  Refining  of  Copper. 

American   Inst.   Elect.  Engineers.     Eng.  and   Mining  J. 
August  6,  1892,  126. 

Ijj  this  paper  the  author  gives  a  partially  complete  list  of 
the  refineries  in  the  United  States  where  copper  is  treated 
eleetrolytically,  and  lie  also  gives  information  as  to  the 
cost  and  the  various  processes  ami  methods  adopted  at 
these  refineries.  The  accompanying  table  is  not  complete, 
but  it  serves  to  show  the  extent  to  which  this  method  of 
refining  has  been  adopted. 

From  the  table  given,  however,  it  appears  that  about 
25,000  tons  will  be  near  the  mark.  As  will  be,seen  in  the 
fourth  column  of  the  table,  there  are  four  different  processes 
in  vogue,  viz. :  the  Multiple,  Smith's,  Hayden's,  and 
Stalmaun's.  Iu  all  these  processes  the  black  copper  is 
used  as  the  anode  and  the  electrolyte  is  a  solution  of 
sulphate  of  copper. 

In  the  "multiple"  process  the  anodes  of  black  copper 
and  cathodes  of  pure  copper  of  each  cell  are  arranged  in 
a  row  alternately,  but  connected  in  multiple-,  and  there  is 
generally  one  more  cathode  than  anode.  The  electrodes 
.ue  suspended  in  a  vertical  position  in  wooden  vats  lined 


Set.si,lHffl.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


825 


with  lead,  and  the  vats  are  either  in  series,  multiple,  or 
multiple  series,  the  best  arrangement,  however,  being  single 
scries. 

Iu  Smith's  process  there  are  no  cathodes  at  all.  The 
anodes  of  black  copper  are  arranged  horizontally,  and  the 
current  causes  the  solution  of  copper  from  the  under  sides 
of  each  plate  and  a  deposition  of  it  on  the  upper  side  of 
the  plate  next  below.  A  cotton  cloth  screen  is  placed 
between  each  plate  to  intercept  impurities  or  foreign 
matter,  such  as  gold  and  silver.  The  anodes  and  the  vats 
are  all  in  series. 

Haydcn's  process  differs  from  Smith's  only  iu  the  fact 
that    his    plates    of   black    copper   are  arranged    vertically 


instead  of  horizontally  and  that  there  are,  no  screens 
between. 

In  Stalmann's  process  the  anodes  of  black  copper  and 
cathodes  of  refined  copper  are  arranged  in  ordinary  series, 
but  each  pair  of  anodes  and  cathodes,  except  the  initial  and 
terminal  ones,  is  riveted  together  to  form  a  solid  block 
without  any  electrolyte  between. 

Theoretically  it  is  possible  to  refine  any  quantity  of 
copper  per  horse  power  by  increasing  the  size  and  number 
of  the  vats  and  the  amount  of  copper  under  treatment 
indefinitely.  Such  an  arrangement  would  of  course  be 
uneconomical,  and  a  medium  has  to  be  found  where  both 
the  vats  and  the  power  are  the  smallest  consistently  with 


1'uil'IW.     1, 1ST    OS    Kl.KCTIMIl.VTIU    Coi'l'EK     1{  KI'IXKJtlKS    IN    TII10    UnITKD    St.VTKS. 


Estimated 

Number 

Process 

1  'apacity  in 

Name  of  Company. 

General  ors. 

of 

(Arrangement 

Electrolytic 

Remarks. 

Vats. 

of  Vate). 

Copper  per 

Month. 

Tons. 

1.  Anaconda    Mining    Qoin- 

5    Edison— 60    volts,    1,100 

320 

Partly        multiple, 

350 

Plant     being    extended     for 

pany,  Anaconda,  Mont. 

amperes. 

partly  Slalmann. 

ultimate  capacity  of  000 
tons  per  month. 

l'.  American    Nickel    Works 

l   Excelsior  -6   volts,   1,000 
amperes. 

48 

30 

By-product. 

(Jos.    Wharton),   Cam- 

in series. 

den",  N.-I. 

:>.  Balbacli     Smelting     and 

7  Excelsior— 15  volts,   2,000 

7  series  -.!    I-. 

Multiple  ( L8 anodes, 

650 

They  refine  the  product    of 

Refining         Company, 

amperes,      l    Excelsior — 

1  series  oi  96. 

si  cathoe'es). 

the    Oxford    Copper    Co., 

Newark,  yj. 

30  volts,  3,000  amperes; 

whose  smelters  are  in  New 
Jersey,  and  who  arc  general 
purchasers  of  copper  ores, 
uial  te.  and  bullion. 

-1.  Baltimore  Copper  Smelt- 

6 Edison— i50  volts,  100  am- 

... 

800 

Generators  are  sectional  fields 

ing   and    Rolling  Com- 

peres. 

which  can  be  plugged  Eor 

pany,  Baltimore,  Md. 

different  voltages. 

5.  Baltimore  Refining  Com- 
pany, Baltimore,  Md. 

2  Edison  -SO  vults,  700  am- 

300 

.. 

peres. 

6.  Boston  and  Montana  Con- 

3 Thomson-Houston,  multi- 

288 

Multiple  fl!>  anodes. 

550 

Plant.        in         construction. 

solidated    (topper    and 

polar    separately  excited, 

19  cathodes). 

Dynamo  capacity  in  excess 

Silver  Mining.  Company, 

165  volts,  1,000  amperes. 

of  present  requirements. 

Greal  Falls,  Mont. 

7.  Bridgeport    Copper   Com- 

1     Thomson  -  Houston,      1 

3  series  of  10 

Hayden    turn   eleo- 

■tun 

They  refine  the  entire  pro- 

pany, Bridgeport*  Conn. 

Mather,     l     Edison— 150 

volts,  400  amperes. 

trodes  in  each  vat). 

duct  (black  copper)  of  the 
Parrot!  Silver  and  <  'upper 
Qompany,  Butte,  Mont. 

8.  Chicago  Copper    Refining 

2  Edison— 80  volts,  S00  am- 

165 

Multiple 

150 

•  ■           . .           ■ .            .. 

Company,  Bine   Island, 
111. 
0.  Electrolytic  Copper  Com- 

peres. 

3  Mather— 100  volts,  300  am- 

73 

10IJ 

. .           *  •           •  •            •• 

pany,  Ansonia,  Conn. 

peres. 

in.  Lewissohn    Bros.,    Taw- 

1  Excelsior— 15   voltsj  2,200 

60 

Multiple  (19  anodes, 

110 

•  •            . .           • .            .  • 

tucket,  R.I. 

amperes. 

in  series. 

in  cathodes); 

11.  Omaha  and  Grant  Smelt- 

1   Excelsior— 6   volts,    1,000 
amperes. 

4S 

30 

ing  Works, Omaha,  Neb. 

in  scries. 

12.  Pennsylvania  Salt  Manu- 

..            •  *            .  •            ■■ 

■  •  • 

Smith 

3D 

By-product. 

facturing         Company! 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

13.  St.  Bonis   Smelting   and 

l   Excelsior    16  volts,  -l,  100 

48 

t;u 

This  plant  is  operated  in  con- 

Refining          Company, 

amperes. 

in  series. 

nexion  with  an  electrolytic 

Cheltenham,  St.  Louis. 

silver  refinery,  using  the 

Mo. 

Moebius  process. 

1 1.  Washburn,  Moen,  and  Co., 



... 

.. 

(J0 

Plant  burnsd,  being  erected. 

Worcester,  Mass. 

each  other.  The  density  of  the  current  is  also  an 
important  point  to  be  considered  in  producing  absolutely 
pure  copper.  It  is  usual  in  the  States  to  use  a  current  of 
10  amperes  per  square  foot  of  active  cathode  surface  as  a 
maximum.  Though  in  some  cases  in  the  series  processes 
the  figure  is  as  high  as  15  amperes;  by  this  arrangement 
the  output  per  vat  is  higher,  though  the  quality  of  the 
copper  is  not  so  good.  Theoretically  1  lb.  of  copper  will  be 
deposited  per  hour  by  a  current  of  38G  amperes  out  of  a 
solution  of  sulphate  of  copper. 

It  is  necessary  to  keep  up  a  constant  circulation  in  the 
electrolyte  in  order  that  its  resistance  shall  he  constant. 
Sometimes  this  is  effected  by  arranging  each  vat  a  little- 
lower  than  the  other  and  by  allowing  the  liquid  to  pass 
down  the  row  in  series.  Another  and  better  way  is  to 
supply  all  the  vats  from  a  common  trough  and  to  collect 
the  overflow  in  a  common  reservoir  and  pump  it  back  to 
the  trough  by  means  of  lead  pumps  or  injectors.  However, 
the  lead  pumps  are  always  getting  out  of  order  aud  the 
injectors  add  too  much  moisture  to  the  electrolyte.  The 
writer  proposes  as  an  improvement  the  adoption  of  two 
collecting  tanks,  which  can  be  used   alternately  ;  as  soon  as 


the  one  is  full  it  will  be  made  air-tight  aud  a  small  air 
compressor  will  force  the  solution  up  to  the  tank  again.  In 
Smith's  process  it  is  claimed  that  no  circulation  of  the 
electrolyte  is  needed. 

The  majority  of  these  plants  are  by  no  means  models 
of  electrical  engineering.  There  are  many  faults  aud 
defects  in  their  design  which  shows  that  the  advances  made 
during  the  last  10  years  in  electrical  discovery  have  not 
been  taken  advantage  of  in  the  plants  for  electro-deposition. 
In  most  of  them  there  is  uo  measuring  of  the  voltage  made, 
and  in  the  exceptional  cases  it  is  made  in  a  very  clumsy 
manner.  The  writer  in  designing  a  new  plant  introduced 
a  great  improvement  by  placing  a  potential  board  in  the 
manager's  office,  which  indicated  the  pressure  of  any  vat 
immediately  by  the  turning  of  a  switch  handle.  It  is  very 
necessary  also  to  guard  against  the  short-circuiting  of  anodes 
and  cathodes,  which  in  the  multiple  system  meaus  the  short- 
circuiting  of  a  whole  vat.  If  such  an  occurrence  is  not 
detected  immediately  the  whole  contents  of  the  vat  are 
spoiled.  Until  recently,  however,  no  automatic  indicator 
was  used  in  any  of  the  plants. 


826 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Oct.  si.'issfc 


Some  of  the  electrolytic  refineries  in  the  United  States 
buy  copper  matte  of  from  -15  to  54  per  cent,  of  copper 
from  the  mining  companies  :  they  resmelt  the  copper  matte 
and  produce  black  copper  of  from  97  to  98  per  cent,  of 
copper.  This  black  copper  is  then  cast  into  anodes  aiiq 
subjected  to  the  electrolytic  process.  Other  refineries  buy 
the  black  copper  from  the  smelters  owned  by  the  mining 
companies. 

Each  copper  refinery  ought  to  have  an  installation  of  its 
own  for  the  manufacture  of  the  necessary  sulphate  of 
copper,  which  can  be  effected  at  a  small  fraction  of  what 
there  is  to  pay  for  it.  The  same  holds  good  in  relation  to 
the  refining  of  the  slime  or  mud  which  collects  at  the 
bottom  of  the  vats,  and  contains  the  precious  metals.  Each 
copper  refinery  should  have  its  own  plant  for  the  refining 
of  this  mud. 

The  approximate  cost  of  a  refinery  with  a  capacity  of 
1,000,000  lb.  of  electrolytic  copper  per  month  is  as 
follows  : — 

UmIs 

Building 30.000 

Pavement  (asphalt) 8.0P0 

Pipes  for  steam  heating 4,000 

Vats 6,000 

Lead  for  lining  vats,  collecting  tanks  or  troughs  ...      2s. 

Lead  burning l  ~nn 

Copper  conductors 11. mm 

Rails  for  overhead  blocks  for  handling  plates 2,000 

Sulphate  of  copper :i..-,iiu 

Sulphuric  acid 1,000 

S[cam  injectors, or  pumps,  or  air  compressors 1,001) 

Electric  generators,  switchboard,  and  instruments       30, 

Shafting  and  belting 3,000 

Total 123,000 


To  this  sum  must  be  added  the  copper  under  treatment, 
which  will  amount  to  at  least  80,000  dols. ;  and  if  a  steam 
plant  is  required  another  20,000  dols.  must  be  added,  so 
that  223,000  dols.  is  the  total  cost  of  the  plant.  In  the 
items  in  the  table,  the  cost  of  labour  is  iucluded,  but  not  that 
of  freights.  As  will  be  seen,  a  plant  for  the  electrolytic 
treatment  of  black  copper  is  a  costly  affair  and  the  erection 
of  one  should  not  be  commenced  until  the  very  best 
metallurgical  and  electrical  advice  has  been  obtained. 

A  few  words  may  be  said  on  the  subject  of  electric 
generators.  The  writer  prefers  to  use  separately  excited 
machines,  for  the  reason  that  they  cannot  be  reversed,  and 
also  because  it  is  easier  to  regulate  the  current  when  the  load 
varies.  It  is  fairly  easy  to  regulate  a  high-class  steam 
engine,  but  with  a  turbine  it  is  well-nigh  impossible.  By 
running  the  exciters  from  a  separate  source,  the  strength  of 
the  field  can  be  kept  uniform  through  all  variations  in  the 
working  circuit.  There  are  two  other  processes  coming  into 
note,  viz.,  Siemens' and  Hoepfner's.  lloepfner'uses  in  his 
process  carried  on  in  Schwarzenberg  a  cuprous  chloride 
solution,  out  of  which  a  current  of  one  ampere  will  deposit 
2  ■  35  grms.  of  copper  per  hour,  an  amount  nearly  double 
that  produced  from  cupric  sulphate. — W.  S. 


carried  out  alone,  it  is  preferable  to  generate  the  sulphuretted 
hydrogen  within  the  acid  itself,  by  treating  it  with  barium 
sulphide.  This  method  has  been  employed  by  ITerr  Lucas 
at  Hatren.— W.  S. 


The    Purification    of  Sulphuric    Acid  for  Accumulators. 
The  Electrician,  29,  135. 

Metallic  impurities  in  the  electrolyte  are  considered  by 
Dr.  Kugel  to  play  a  very  important  part  in  diminishing  the 
capacity  of  secondary  cells.  Now  these  deleterious  metals 
are  completely  precipitated  in  a  dilute  sulphuric  solution  by 
sulphuretted  hydrogen,  and  Dr.  Kugel  utilises  this  fact  to 
purify  acid  intended  for  accumulators.  A  current  of  the 
gas  is  passed  through  tin  electrolyte,  which  is  then  filtered 
after  -I   hours"  rest.     When  this  process  of  purification  is 


A  Moiliflcd  Method  for  the  Electrolytic  Determination  of 
Copper.     G.  P.  Drossbach.     Chem.  Zeit.  16,  1892,  818. 

See  under  XXIII.,  paije  8  45. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  fin  Use  in  Obtaining  Copper. 
The  Kovello  Syndicate,  Limited,  and  J.  C.  Howell, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  8s;',7,  May  25.  1891. 

This  patent  describes  the  mechanical  arrangements  of  the 
cells  used  in  the  copper-obtaining  process  knowu  as  the 
Kovello  process.  The  chief  feature  consists  iu  the  use  of  a 
band  of  parchmentised  paper  or  other  porous  material  as  a 
diaphragm,  the  baud  being  passed  backwards  and  forwards 
round  upright  posts  fixed  in  the  vat,  and  the  joint  between 
the  band  and  the  bottom  of  the  vat  rendered  water-tight  by 
means  of  a  layer  of  plaster  of  Paris,  or  by  means  of  rubber 
tubing  which  is  fitted  into  a  groove  and  then  inflated.  Or 
V  shaped  grooves  may  be  made  in  the  sides  of  the  vat, 
and  pieces  of  parchment  fitted  into  these  grooves  and 
rendered  water-tight  by  means  of  flexible  tubing  as  above. 
The  apparatus  also  includes  a  system  of  pipes  for  the 
circulation  of  the  fluid,  which  may  also  be  produced  by  jets 
of  air  or  by  means  of  a  centrifugal  pump  or  a  screw  similar 
to  a  ship's  screw  rotating  in  the  fluid.  (  )i  tic  liquid  in  the 
vat  may  communicate  with  au  apparatus  similar  to  a  feed- 
water  heater,  which  when  heated  causes  the  liquid  to 
circulate.  <  >ther  means  of  supporting  the  diaphragm  consist 
in  placing  it  in  grooves  into  which  wedges  are  driven  either 
with  or  without  flexible  material.  It  may  also  be  fixed  in  a 
similar  manner  to  frames  which  slide  in  grooves  in  the  sides 
of  the  vat,  or  the  diaphragm  may  be  fixed  to  perforated 
sheets  of  metal,  ebonite,  celluloid,  or  glass  which  slide  in 
grooves  and  tire  made  to  fit  water-tight  as  above. — II.  K.  T, 


Improvements    in    or   connected    with     Electric    Ilatlnits. 
H.  C.  Bull,  Lcndon.     Eng.  Pat.  1 1,712,  July  9,  1891. 

The  object  of  the  invention  is  to  produce  electricity  direct 
from  carbon,  either  in  the  form  of  coke,  anthracite,  coal,  or 
wood  charcoal.  The  battery  is  on  the  lines  of  Jablochkoff's 
coke  battery  (Eng.  Pat.  492,  1877),  the  exciting  liquid  being 
nitrate  of  potash,  nitrate  of  soda,  or  any  other  nitrate  which 
may  be  found  to  work  satisfactorily,  maintained  in  a  liquid 
state  by  the  application  of  heat.  The  arrangement  preferred 
is  as  follows: — Two  iron  troughs  of  convenient  dimensions 
with  chambers  at  each  end  connected  by  a  passage  under- 
neath are  arranged  side  by  side,  and  between  the  passages 
an  ordinary  Bunseu  or  other  suitable  burner  is  placed  to 
keep  the  nitrate  liquid.  The  carbons  are  placed  in  the 
centre  chamber,  and  an  outlet  is  provided  for  the  carbonic 
acid  generated  in  the  working  of  the  battery.  The  nitrate 
produced  is  re-converted  into  nitrate  by  means  of  air,  and 
nitric  acid  vapour  introduced  into  the  passages  under  the 
troughs  by  means  of  a  steam  jet.  A  small  accumulator  is 
necessary  to  start  the  battery  working,  and  when  the  main 
circuit  is  broken,  the  battery  is  employed  in  re-charging  the 
accumulator  to  prevent  the  oxidation  of  the  iron  by  the 
nitrate  which  occurs  when  the  battery  is  standing  idle. 

— G.  H.  B. 


Improvements  in  Elements  /'or  Secandary  Batteries.  The 
Mining  and  General  Electric  Lamp  Co.,  and  J.  T.  Niblett, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  17,758,  October  17,  1891. 

Supports  have  been  formed  of  woven  copper  wire,  which 
are  protected  from  electrolytic  action  by  a  coating  of  lead 
or  lead  alloy,  but  owing  to  the  dissolving  effect  of  the 
electrolyte,  a  difficulty  has  been  experienced  in  obtaining  a 
perfect  coating  of  the  lead  which  is  used  for  the  purpose  of 
protecting  the  copper  from  electrolytic  action.  According  to 
this  invention  the  support  consists  of  a  network  or  woven 
mesh  of  lead,  or  lead  and  antimony.  To  give  the  mesh  the 
requisite  strength  it  is  surrounded  by  a  rim  of  metal  or  other 
rigid  substance,  or  the  mesh  may  he  mounted  on  any  suit- 
able support.     To  make   better   contact,  and  to  prevent  the 


Oct.  si,  lass.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDtfSTBY. 


827 


formation  of  sulphate  or  other  inert  salts  between  the  active 
material  and  the  network,  the  latter  may  be  coated  by  any 
suitable  means  with  gold,  platinum,  or  other  suitable  metal 
which  is  not  easily  affected  by  electrolysis. — G.  II.  R. 


Improvements  in  Electrical  Furnaces  fur  the  Manufacture 
of  Phosphorus  or  other  Matters  capable  of  being  Volati- 
lised lii/  Heat.  T.  Parker,  Wolverhampton.  Eng.  Pat. 
18,974,  Xovember  3,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  overcome  the  objections 
arising  from  the  condensation  of  phosphorus  or  other  volatile 
matter  in  the  upper  part  of  the  charge  of  the  electrical 
furnace.  According  to  this  invention  the  furnace  is  provided 
at  its  upper  part  with  a  portion  or  addition  which  constitutes 
a  retort,  which  is  heated  to  retain  the  upper  portion  of  the 
charge  at  such  a  temperature  as  to  prevent  condensation  of 
the  phosphorus  or  other  volatile  matter,  and  by  applying 
heat  to  the  charge  at  this  part,  economising  electrical  heat 
in  the  arc  of  the  furnace.  When  the  charge  is  fed  through 
a  hopper  or  the  like  by  which  the  furnace  is  sealed,  there 
may  be  at  the  upper  part  of  the  furnace  a  hollow  chamber 
formed  by  a  wall  outside  the  retort-like  part  leading  from 
the  hopper  to  the  furnace,  and  in  this  hollow  chamber  a 
flame  or  other  means  of  heating  may  be  used  to  retain  the 
retort-Tike  part  at  a  necessary  temperature. — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in  the  Construction  of  Secondary  Batteries 
for  Electrical  Storage  Purposes.  J.  15.  Lee,  London. 
Kng.  Tut.  12,306,  July  2,  1892. 

The  elements  are  composite  structures  built  up  of  cored 
rods  of  lead.  Each  cored  rod  consists  of  an  outer  tubular 
portion  of  lead  with  an  axis  of  enamelled  iron  or  steel,  or 
other  suitable  material,  to  give  internal  support  to  the  leaden 
tubes  which  completely  ensheath  the  cores.  The  outer 
leaden  portion  may  be  cut  or  grooved  either  longitudinally, 
or  spirally,  or  circularly,  and  the  grooves  must  not  he 
carried  quite  through  the  whole  thickness  of  the  lead. 

/"'       IT       T} 


XII.-PATS,   OILS,  AND  SOAP 
MANUFACTUEE. 

Adult, ration  of  l.insad  Oil.     Industries,  13,  1892,  212. 
See  under  XXIII.,  page  818. 


Testing  Olirr  Oil  for  Adulterants.     L.  Taparelli.     C'hem. 
trade  .1. 11,  207—208. 

.See  under  W\\\.,page  818. 


PATENTS. 


Process  for  the  Prodm  lion  Of  O.ey-fatty  Glycerin  Ether's, 
and  Oi'ij-,  Siitpho-ory  .  Dio.rij-,  and  Sidpho-dioxy-Fattg 
Acids.  A.  Schmitz  and  E.  Toenges,  Cleves,  German)'. 
Kng.  Pat.  14,130,  August  26,  1891. 

t  ).\-  mixing  fatty  acids  or  their  glycerides  with  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  in  stoichiometric  quantities,  mono-sulpho- 
nated  fatty  acids  or  their  sulphonated  glycerides  are 
obtained,  which,  on  being  heated  to  105° — 120°  C,  are 
transformed  into  hydroxy  fatty  acids  or  their  glycerides  with 
loss  of  sulphurous  acid.  The  hydroxy  fatty  acids  in  their 
turn  may  be  subjected  to  the  same  operations  when 
sulphonated  hydroxy  fatty  acids  (or  their  glycerides)  and, 
subsequently,  dibydroxy   fatty  acids   (or  their  glycerides) 


result.  Another  repetition  of  the  sulphonating  process 
yields  sulpho-dihydroxy  fatty  acids  (respecting  their 
glycerides).  The  products  thus  obtained  are  recommended 
by  the  patentees  as  mordants  in  dyeing  and  printing  with 
alizarin  dyes,  for  the  preparation  of  Turkey-red  oils,  of 
finishing  oils  for  cotton,  silk,  linen,  and  leather,  and  of 
paint-oils  and  varnishes  by  mixing  them  with  linseed  oil. 

—J.  L. 


Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  of  Soap  and  other 
Toilet  Preparations.  J.  Alexander  &  Co.,  Lim.,  and 
H.  de  Laspee.     Eng.  Pat.  15,547,  September  14,  1891. 

The  incorporation  of  an  extract  of  the  wych  hazel 
(  llumamelis  virginica}  wi'.h  soaps  or  toilet  preparations  is 
claimed  by  this  specification. — J.  L. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Soaps 
and  Saponaceous  <  'ompounds.  J.  Templeman,  Greenock. 
Eng.  Pat.  17,440,  October  13,  1891. 

Any  free  caustic  soda  of  soaps  is  neutralised  according  to 
this  "  invention  "  by  oleic  acid  or  resin.  Amongst  others 
there  is  the  following  claim  :  — Making  soap  by  combining, 
in  a  finely-ground  state,  anhydrous  caustic  alkali  with  oils, 
and  preferably  heating  this  combination  to  such  high  tempe- 
ratures as  exceed  that  of  boiling  water  and  under  the 
boiling  point  of  the  oils. — J.  L. 


A  New  or  Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Removing 
Fatty  Matters  from  Wool-Washing  and  other  Waters. 
F.  Hughes,  London.  From  A.  Motte  and  Co.,  Hombaix, 
France.     Eng.  Pat.  2320,  April  9,  1892. 

The  object  of  this  patent  is  to  recover  the  fat  from  the 
wool-washing  waters  in  four  fractions,  the  purest  being 
obtained  in  the  first  instance.  This  is  done  by  subjecting 
the  wash-waters  to  a  beating  operation  by  means  of  suitable 
beaters,  when  30  per  cent,  of  the  total  fat  separate  out  as 
a  froth  on  the  top  of  the  water.  On  adding  the  sulphuric 
acid  required  to  neutralise  the  wash-water  in  two  fractions, 
twice  30  per  cent,  of  the  fat  are  recovered.  The  remaining 
10  per  cent,  are  extracted  directly  by  meaus  of  a  filter-press. 

—J.  L. 


Improvements  in  or  Relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Washing 
Soap.  F.  Hlawaty  and  A.  Kanitz,  Vienna,  Austria. 
Eng.  Pat.  13,081,  July  16,  1892. 

The  patent  is  claimed  for  a  resin  soap  to  which  20  per 
cent,  of  borax  is  added.  Instead  of  using  soda-ash,  the 
patentees  pass  carbonic  acid  into  the  mixture  of  resin  and 
caustic  soda. — J.  L. 


XIII.-PALNTS.  PIGMENTS,  VAENISHES, 
EESINS,  INDIA-EUBBEE,  Etc. 

Production  of  India-rubber  in   Nicaragua.     J.    Soc.   Arts, 
11,  1892,  896. 

India-kubber  is  obtained  in  Nicaragua  from  the  Siphonia 
elastica,  a  tree  from  50  to  60  feet  ill  height,  and  no  india- 
rubber  has  as  yet,  it  is  said,  been  obtained  from  any  other 
source.  Some  authorities  in  the  country  consider  that  the 
rubber  tree  of  Nicaragua  is  not  the  Siphonia  elastica,  but 
the  Castilloa  elastica.  There  are  several  methods  of 
obtaining  the  rubber  employed  by  the  hunters,  but  the 
principal'  aie  those  described  below.  The  large  rubber 
trees  are  generally  felled,  and  incisions  about  2  inches  deep 
and  2i  inches  wide  at  the  top  are  made  round  the  tree  at 


82S 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Out.  31,  ISM. 


distances  of  about  a  foot  apart,  and  the  rapidly  flowing 
milk  collected,  through  funnels  formed  of  leaves,  into 
calabashes,  each  capable  of  holding  from  three  to  five  pints, 
or  in  holes  made  in  the  ground  and  well  lined  with  leaves. 
Another  method  employed  is  to  cut  into  the  tree  near  the 
top  and  down  to  its  base,  one,  two,  or  three  vertical 
channels,  according  to  the  size  of  the  tree,  through  the 
exterior  bark  into  the  lactiferous  vessels,  and  frequently 
through  these  vessels  into  the  woody  fibres ;  then  cutting 
numerous  oblique  channels  on  each  side  of,  and  connecting 
with,  the  vertical  ones.  This  work  requires  ladders,  which 
the  rubber-hunters  improvise  either  by  using  the  vines  on 
the  trees  which  they  intend  to  scarify,  or  cut  from  the 
numerous  meshes  of  vines  found  handy  in  the  forests;  by 
these  the  hunters  ascend  the  trees  and  commence  their 
work  near  the  top,  and  continue  cutting  one  or  two  vertical, 
and  numerous  oblique  connecting  channels  uninterruptedly, 
until  they  have  completed  them.  They  work  rapidly  in 
order  to  keep  in  advance  of  the  fast  flowing  milk.  The 
milk  is  conducted  from  these  channels  by  the  means 
referred  to  above.  A  third  method  used  by  the  rubber- 
hunters  is  to  scrape  off  the  outer  bark  of  the  trees  with  a 
machete,  commencing  eight  or  ten  feet  above  and  extending 
down  to  within  one  or  two  feet  of  the  ground.  Clay  alone, 
or  a  vine  and  clay,  are  placed  around  the  tree,  inclined  so 
as  to  form  a  ridge  about  two  inches  high  on  the  lower  edge 
of  the  scraped  or  bark-removed  part  of  the  tree.  This 
guard  is  sufficient  to  direct  the  rapidly  flowing  milk  or 
emulsion  into  the  receivers  at  the  foot  of  the  tree.  In 
order  to  make  the  milk  coagulate  rapidly,  the  Indians  or 
rubber-gatherers  make  a  decoction  from  the  vine  which 
they  find  twined  around  the  trees,  and  this  has  been  found 
the  most  efficient  means  of  producing  coagulation.  This 
decoction  on  being  added  to  the  milk,  in  the  proportion  of 
one  pint  to  a  gallon,  coagulates  it  to  rubber,  which  is  made 
into  round  flat  cakes.  Sometimes  the  fresh  milk  is  mixed 
with  the  coagulating  decoction,  and  then  heated  up  to 
between  160  and  17u  F.  in  the  calabashes,  and  with  a 
result  apparently  of  a  more  elastic  aDd  less  gummy  india- 
rubber  than  that  obtained  by  any  other  process.  As  the 
number  of  rubber  trees  becomes  less, the  methods  employed 
in  gathering  the  rubber  become  different.  A  few  years 
ago  the  trees  produced  from  10  to  20  gallons  of  milk,  and 
the  rubber-hunter  would  then  take  the  milk  and  put  it  into 
a  large  hole  in  the  ground  and  make  a  cake  of  it,  known  as 
torta,  but  now  that  the  trees  do  not  yield  a  great  quantity 
of  milk,  the  plan  of  making  a  hole  in  the  ground  is  fast 
being  done  away  with.  The  best  rubber  is  considered  that 
which  is  taken  from  the  long  channels,  which  the  ulleros 
cut  in  the  trees,  after  the  milk  has  been  allowed  to  remain 
in  the  channels  from  one  to  two  weeks.  The  rubber  is 
known  as  borricha,  and  it  is  considered  to  be  superior  to 
all  other  because  it  contains  less  water.  The  natural  supply 
of  india-rubber  is  yearly  decreasing  in  Nicaragua.  The 
cause  of  this  is  the  habit  of  the  natives,  until  lately,  of 
cutting  down  the  trees,  thinking  that  they  could  thereby 
secure  more  milk !  The  Government  attempts  no  super- 
vision of  the  forests  ;  anyone  may  cut  the  trees,  and  great 
destruction  is  caused  by  the  young  trees  being  tapped  as 
well  as  the  full-grown  ones.  Consul  Newell  says  it  is  an 
incontrovertible  fact  that  so  far,  at  least,  as  Nicaragua  is 
concerned,  the  rubber  tree  is  susceptible  of  cultivation,  and 
in  the  district  of  Managua  there  are  large  tracts  of  land 
suitable  for  growing  rubber  trees.  The  rubber  section  of 
Nicaragua  is  that  portion  extending  from  the  mountains  in 
the  vicinity  of  Chontales,  the  north-eastern  part,  to  the 
Atlantic  coast,  and  it  is  the  opinion  of  those  persons  in 
Nicaragua  who  are  interested  in  rubber  production,  that  the 
cultivation  and  improvement  of  rubber  plantations  would 
be  very  profitable, — W.  S. 


The  Relation  between  the  Composition  of  Compounds  anil 
their  Cutout:  M,  Schiitze.  Zeits.  physik.  Chem.  9, 
1892,  109. 

See  under  IV.,  page  807, 


Copal  Resins:     E.  Kressel.     Chem.  News,  66,  90 — 91, 
and  103— 104. 

Op  all  copals  Zanzibar  copal  is  the  only  one  entirely  free 
from  taste  and  aroma  ;  all  other  kinds  possess  more  or  less 
aroma,  and  some  of  these  (Borneo  and  Manilla  copal)  a 
bitter  aromatic  taste.  According  to  Brisson,  the  specific 
gravity  varies  from  1 :  04.J  to  1  ■  139,  but  in  these  estimations 
the  air  enclosed  in  the  copal  has  not  been  regarded.  The 
melting  point  of  a  copal  resin  depends  upon  the  hardness  ; 
the  harder  the  resin  the  higher  the  melting  point.  Andes 
gives  the  following  average  scale  for  hardness,  which  the 
author  found  to  be  correct : — 

"  Zanzibar,  Sierra  Leone,  Angola,  Benguela,  Accra, 
Benin,  Loango,  Kauri,  Manilla,  Borneo,  Singapore." 

A  good,  hard,  and  nearly  colourless  copal  dried  for  some 
time  over  H.;S04  gave  on  analysis — 

C  =  79-12,  H  =  10-065,  and  O  =  10-815 

With  benzene,  chloroform,  bisulphide  of  carbon,  or  ether, 
the  powdered  resin  swells  considerably ;  on  standing,  a 
gelatinous  mass  separates  from  the  solution,  which  remains 
clear  at  the  surface.  Freshly-distilled  ether  entirely  free 
from  water  was  used  as  a  solvent.  The  extraction  of  the 
resin  with  ether  was  repeated  until  a  few  drops  left  little  or 
no  residue  on  evaporation.  The  substauce  insoluble  in 
ether  requires  some  considerable  time  to  dry  and  to  become 
of  constant  weight,  and  when  so,  it  appears  like  horn.  It  is 
called  "  swell  copal,"  as  it  only  swells  in  every  solvent,  arid 
does  not  form  a  clear  solution.  The  amount  of  swell  copal 
was  found  to  be  in  proportion  to  the  hardness  of  the  raw 
copal  resin.  The  copal  now  in  question  contained  about 
64-5  percent,  of  swell  copal.  Owing  to  the  nature  of  this 
substance,  copal  resins  cannot  be  used  for  varnishes  in  their 
raw  state,  but  on  heating  to  a  high  temperature  conversion 
is  effected  into  "  pyro-swell  copal,"  which  is  easily  soluble 
in  any  solvent. 

The  analysis  of  "  swell  copal "  gave — 

C  =  73-24,  H  =  11-02,  andO  =  9-74 

The  ether  extraction  of  the  raw  copal  leaves  on  distilling 
off  the  ether  a  light  yellow  resin,  which  is  soft,  and  remains 
so  when  even  subjected  to  ,100°  C.  for  some  time.  <  >n 
distillation,  an  oil  passes  over  at  about  132° C,  leaving  a 
brown  brittle  resin. 

The  substance  dried  at  130°  C.  gives  on  analysis — 

C  =  7S-50  70,  H  =  10-30,  and  O  =  11-20   ,'. 

It  is  easily  soluble  in  benzene,  ether,  chloroform,  &c,  but 
scarcely  in  alcohol. 

The  melting  point  of  copal  resins  varies  from  175  to 
370°  C.  When  carefully  roasted,  at  first  a  small  quantity 
of  gas,  about  4  to  5  per  cent.,  is  obtained,  which  consists  of — 

CH^  =  40-3-41 -27  7 ...  COJ  =  23 -57-23- S3  ",',  and 
CO  =  36-13— 34-88  °/0 

On  further  heating,  the  copal  oil  distils  over.  Many 
careful  experiments  were  made  in  order  to  estimate  what 
loss  in  weight  must  occur  before  a  soluble  resin,  tit  for 
further  manufacture  of  varnishes,  can  be  obtained,  and  it 
has  been  found  to  be  on  an  average  from  8  to  12-5  per 
cent.,  but  when  the  roasting  process  is  carefully  conducted, 
the  loss  need  not  exceed  10  per  cent.,  and  the  raw  product 
is  fully  converted  into  the  soluble  '■  pyro-copal." 

Naturally  when  a  closed  vessel  is  in  use  for  roasting,  the 
vapours  are  condensed  and  the  copal  oil  collected  for  other 
uses. 

When  the  melting  point  is  reached,  the  heat  should  he  so 
regulated  that  the  temperature  does  not  increase ;  it  is 
indeed  better  that  it  be  barely  maintained.  The  mass  will 
soon  flow  evenly,  and  after  about  15  to  20  minutes  the 
whole  is  sufficiently  treated  to  be  ready  for  further  manu- 
facture. This  time  is  calculated  for  about  10  to  12  lb.  of 
raw  copal,  and  more  time  would  be  required  should  larger 
quantities  be  treated  at  once. 

Quite  analogous  with  this  process  is  the  conversion  of 
starch  into  soluble  dextrin  ;  the  former  is  heated  to  about 
150°,  and  if  a  small  quantity  of  HN03  or  HCI  be  added  to 


Oct.  81, 181)2.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


829 


the  starch  the  transformation  takes  place  much  more 
rapidly.  This  is  also,  with  certain  modifications,  the  case 
with  copal. 

The  analysis  of  the  carefully  roasted  (at  352  '  C.)  soluble 
product,  "  pyro-copal,"  gave — 

C  =  83-17,  H  =  10-64,  and  O  =  G-19% 
After  increasing  the  heat  to  365°  C. — 

C  =  84-30,  H  =  10-75,  andO  =  4-96% 
After  increasing  the  heat  to  375°  C. — 

C  =  83-06,  H  =  10-85,  and  O  =  4-09  "/. 

From  the  chloroform  solution  of  pyro-copal,  alcohol 
precipitates  the  pyro-swell  copal.  The  suhstauee  dried  at 
1 1  ii  i   C.  gave  on  analysis — 

C  =  82-86,  H  =  10-71,  and  O  =  7-44 

Comparing  now  the  raw  copal  with  the  "  pyro-copal "  and 
the  "  swell-copal  "  with  the  "  pyro-swell  copal,"  it  is  pointed 
out  that  roasting  causes  in  every  instance  an  increase  of  C 
and  a  decrease  of  O,  while  the  II  remains  nearly  constant. 

— w.  s. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Pigments  or  Paints. 
.I.e.  Martin,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  12,840,  July  23,  1891. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  a  treatment  of  all  such  pigments, 
which  like  zinc  oxide,  zinc  sulphide,  and  white  lead  produced 
by  any  of  the  wet  processes,  are  generally  of  inferior  body 
and  covering  power,  and  require  an  excess  of  oil  for 
conversion  into  paints.  By  treating  such  pigments  in  the 
form  of  a  powder  in  a  pug  mill  and  adding  as  much  water 
as  will  produce  a  slightly  damp  powder,  and  subsequently 
submitting  the  damp  powders  to  the  action  of  edge-runners, 
their  bulk  is  considerably  reduced  and  their  specific  gravity 
proportionately  increased.  This  partially-treated  material 
is  then  dried  aud  again  treated  in  a  similar  manner  with 
addition  of  such  a  quantity  of  oil  as  will  allow  it  to  remain 
in  powder.  The  pigments  so  treated  are  considerably 
improved  hi  covering  power,  and  a  considerable  saving  in 
oil  is  effected  on  their  being  ground  into  paints. — C.  O.  \V. 


Imprtoemems  in  Apparatus  for  Oxidising  Lead  Sulphide 
and  Zinc  to  Form  White  Pigments.  F.  J.  Rowan, 
Glasgow,  and  B.  Dawson,  Worcester.  Eng.  l'at.  16,129, 
September  23,  1891. 

The  invention  comprises  a  new  apparatus  or  furnace  so 
constructed  as  to  prevent  the  admixture  with  the  products 
of  carbonaceous  or  other  foreign  particles  which  might 
diminish  the  purity  of  the  pigments.  For  the  manufacture 
of  the  lead  pigment,  galena  or  any  suitable  sulphide  of 
lead,  or  a  lead  ore  or  compound  supplemented  with  more 
or  less  sulphur  or  sulphur-yielding  material  may  be 
employed,  and  for  the  zinc  pigment  zinc  or  any  suitable 
ore  or  compound  of  zinc  can  be  used.  A  gas  furnace  is 
employed  in  the  process  having  a  reverberatory  chamber 
across  which  are  placed  a  series  of  retorts  into  which  the 
pulverised  material  is  fed  by  means  of  a  jet  of  air  or  steam, 
or  any  of  the  well-known  mechanical  means  may  be  used 
for  this  purpose.  The  retorts  are  inclined  so  that  any  slag 
from  the  material  may  flow  to  one  end,  where  it  is 
discharged  through  a  duct.  The  oxidised  material,  being 
converted  into  a  fume,  passes  from  the  higher  ends  of  the 
retorts  into  condensing  chambers,  where  it  is  collected, 
steam  or  air  being  applied  to  propel  the  fume  into  the 
condenser.  The  gas  furnace  may  also  be  constructed  on 
the  system  known  as  a  blow-pipe  furnace,  in  which  case 
the  combustible  gas  is  injected  into  the  furnace  chamber 
through  a  nozzle,  together  with  the  necessary  air  for 
combustion.  The  construction  of  these  chambers  is  other- 
wise similar  to  that  of  the  before-mentioned  retorts. 

— C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Aniline  Lakes 
suitable  for  the  Manufacture  of  India-Hubber  Cloth 
and  other  Purposes.  I.  Frankenburg,  Lancaster.  Eng. 
Pat.  16.5S2,  September  30,  1891. 

Tin:  invention  refers  to  the  manufacture  of  compound 
lakes  from  any  of  the  acid  or  sulphonated  aniline  colours, 
by  converting  them  into  barium-alumina,  calcium-alumina, 
barium-chromium,  or  calcium-chromium  lakes,  which  are 
capable  of  withstanding  all  the  influences  incidental  to  the 
manufacture  of  india-rubber  articles. — C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Gold,  Silver,  and 
Bronze  Paints.  W.  Cutler,  Birmingham.  Eng.  Pat. 
7688,  April  23,  1892. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  prevent  bronze  paints 
from  tarnishing  by  exposure  to  the  atmosphere,  and  it  is 
effected  by  dissolving  pryoxyliu  in  spirits,  ethers,  essences 
or  acids,  and  mixing  with  this  liquid  celluloid  enough  of 
the  bronzes  to  bring  it  to  the  consistency  of  ordinary 
paint.  This  paint  is  then  applied  in  the  usual  manner. 
On  drying  a  transparent  film  of  celluloid  is  formed  on  top 
of  the  coat  of  bronze,  and  this  film  being  water-  and  air- 
proof  protects  the  bronze  against  atmospheric,  gaseous,  and 
other  influences. — C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  Relating  to  the  Extraction  of  Guttu-Percha 
and  to  Apparatus  therefor.  I).  Kigole,  Paris,  France 
Eng.  Pat.  4252,  May  3,  1892. 

This  invention  relates  to  the  extraction  of  gutta-percha  from 
the  leaves  and  twigs  of  Isonandras,  Uichopsis,  or  other 
gutta-percha  trees,  by  means  of  bisulphide  of  carbon. 
For  this  purpose  the  leaves  aud  twigs  are  suitably  pounded 
and  placed  in  an  exhausting  vessel  in  which  they  are  treated 
with  bisulphide  of  carbon.  The  solution  of  gutta-percha 
returns  then  to  the  bisulphide  of  carbon  boiler,  from  where 
it  is  again  evaporated  and  after  being  condensed,  again  acts 
upon  the  material  to  be  extracted.  In  this  manner  the 
carbon  bisulphide  which  is  continually  being  purified  by  the 
distillation  effects  in  a  short  time  the  complete  exhaustion 
of  the  leaves.  By  working  a  set  of  valves  arranged  on  the 
apparatus  the  previous  connection  between  the  bisulphide 
of  carbon  boiler  and  the  extractor  is  now  closed,  and  a 
current  of  superheated  steam  forced  through  the  extractor 
and  from  there  into  the  bisulphide  of  carbon  boiler.  The 
bisulphide  of  carbon  evaporates  and  leaves  the  boiler 
together  with  the  steam  through  a  specially  provided  pipe 
terminating  in  a  condenser.  The  superheated  steam  thus 
carries  away  all  the  bisulphide  of  carbon,  leaving  the  solid 
gutta-percha  behind. — C.  O.  W. 


Improvements  in  Enamel  Paints  for  Resisting  Damp, 
Fire,  and  Atmospheric  Influences,  and  in  Imitation 
Mosaic  and  other  Articles  made  therewith.  O.  Terp, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  12,175,  June  30,  1892. 

Twenty-three  parts  of  a  50  per  cent,  solution  of  chloride 
of  calcium  and  77  parts  of  a  66  per  cent,  solution  of  chloride 
of  magnesium  are  mixed  together.  To  this  2  per  cent,  of 
commercial  hydrochloric  acid  and  1  per  cent,  of  a  saturated 
solution  of  chlorine  in  water  are  added.  To  this  mixture 
or  solution  any  desired  pigment  may  be  added,  and  when 
required  for  use  the  solution  is  mixed  with  about  an  equal 
quantity  of  Silesian  "  bittererde  "  (oxide  of  magnesium),  and 
this  mixture  is  then  applied  to  the  surface  to  be  coated. 
In  order  to  give  the  coloured  enamelled  surface  a  brighter 
colour  it  may  be  coated  with  linseed  oil.  The  hardness  of 
the  enamel  can  be  modified  by  using  in  the  above  mixture 
more  or  less  hydrochloric  acid.  By  enamelling  with  the 
above  preparation  suitably  formed  polygonal  pieces  of 
various  materials  and  colours,  and  piecing  them  together  a 
kind  of  mosaic  may  be  manufactured. — C.  O.  W. 


830 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31.  1892. 


XV.-MANURES,  Etc. 

The  Manufacture  of  Iron  in  its  Relations  to  Agricultui 
Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Hart.,  F.K.S. 

See  under  X.,  page  819. 


XVI.-SUGAR,  STARCH,   GUM,  Etc. 

Detection  and  Removal  of  Protein  Substances  in  Hcet 
Juice  In/  Means  of  Tannin.  E.  Brack.  Chem,  Zeit.  16, 
222. 

If  a  tannin  solution  be  added  to  the  clear  jniee  or  diluted 
syrup  a  deep  violet  flocculent  precipitate  is  formed,  and  the 
tillered  fluid  appears  considerably  lighter  and  brighter  than 
the  original.  The  reaction  takes  place  in  all  the  raw,  inter- 
mediate, and  fiual  products  of  manufacture,  and  is  an 
index  of  the  purity  and  concentration  of  the  solution. 
The  use  of  tannin  thus  enables  the  amount  of  dissolved 
albuminates  to  be  cietermined  both  qualitatively  and 
quantitatively,  the  precipitate  being  collected  in  the  latter 
case  upon  a  tared  filter,  well  washed  with  hot  water,  dried 
at  100° — 110°,  aDd  weighed.  The  estimation  is  of  course 
relative,  but  suffices  for  practical  purposes.  In  order  to 
avoid  the  formation  of  soluble  tannin  salts  it  is  advisable 
to  conduct  the  process  in  a  solution  as  nearly  neutral  as 
possible,  after  it  has  been  previously  treated  with  a  stronger 
acid  than  tannic  acid,  for  this  purpose  sulphurous  acid  is 
recommended.  The  juice  clarified  with  tannin  is  distin- 
guished by  its  ready  and  rapid  evaporation  in  vacuo,  and  the 
product  can  be  easily  treated  in  the  centrifugal  machine, 
which  is  not  always  suitable  for  the  untreated  juice  in  the 
latter  periods  of  the  harvest.  As  regards  the  yield  of 
crystallised  sugar  this  is  decidedly  increased,  the  molasses 
remaining  being  distinctly  less  than  in  the  ordinary  method, 
being  only  about  1*45  per  cent.  The  author  also  calls 
attention  to  the  further  advantage  of  removing  protein 
substances  from  the  juice,  since  these  serve  as  carriers 
of  colouring  matters  and  form  a  pabulum  for  fermenting 
germs.— F.  W.  P. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Refining  of  Sugar  Juice  or  Molasses. 
A.  Schneller  and  W.  J.  YVisse,  the  Hague,  Holland. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,575,  August  28,  1891. 

Tins  is  an  improvement  on  Eng.  Pat.  5236  of  1891  (this 
Journal,  1892,  44  8)  ;  besides  treating  the  syrup  with 
ozonised  air,  it  is  also  treated  with  carbonic  acid  in  the 
same  or  a  separate  scrubber,  by  means  of  which  the 
mineral  matters  are  precipitated. — A.  L,  S. 


Improvements  in  Multiple  "Effect  Apparatus  for 
Evaporating  or  Concentrating  Sugar  Juice  and  other 
Liquids.  II.  W.  Deacon,  Birmingham,  Krom  YV.  Max- 
well, .lava.     Eng.  Pat.  17,274,  October  10,  1891. 

Ax  outlet  pipe,  at  the  level  the  liquid  is  required  to  be 
maintained  in  the  upper  chamber  of  each  vessel  in  the 
multiple  effect  apparatus,  leads  into  the  lower  chamber  of 
the  next  vessel,  through  a  steam  trap,  which  allows  only 
liquid  to  pass  and  not  vapour,  the  upper  portion  of  this 
trap  being  also  connected  with  the  vapour  space  in  the 
succeeding  vessel.  The  pressure  in  the  first  vessel  being 
greater  than  that  in  the  next  one,  the  liquid  in  the  first 
vessel  will  always  flow  into  the  next,  until  its  level  falls 
below  the  opening  of  the  outlet    pipe,  at  the   same    time  the 


trap  prevents  the  passage  of  vapour ;  in  this  way  the 
excess  of  the  feed  to  the  first  vessel  is  automatically 
transferred  to  the  next  and  so  on  throughout  the  series. 

Similarly,  by  connecting  the  middle  chamber  of  the  first 
vessel  with  the  middle  chamber  of  the  second  in  the 
series,  by  a  pipe  leading  through  a  similar  trap,  the  water 
of  condensation  is  automatically  transferred  from  one 
vessel  to  another. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Liquoring  Sugar.  F 
Scheibler,  Burtscheid-Aachen,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
18,292,  October  24,  1891. 

The  apparatus  is  intended  to  effect  the  liquoring  of  sugar 
by  exposing  a  number  of  blocks  of  sugar  at  one  operation 
to  contact  on  one  side  with  fine  liquor  under  pressure, 
while  the  green  syrup  is  exhausted  from  the  other  side. 
Two  sets  of  open  frames  are  slung  by  perforated  lugs  ou 
horizontal  rods  fixed  between  standards.  Half  the  number 
of  frames  are  connected  to  an  overhead  reservoir  containing 
fine  liquor,  while  the  other  half,  composed  of  alternate 
members,  is  coupled  to  the  vessel,  provided  with  a  gauge 
glass,  for  receiving  the  green  syrup,  and  thence  to  the 
exhaust  pump.  The  sugar  to  be  liquored  is  contained  in 
moulds  open  on  their  opposite  sides  and  supported  by 
carriers  on  the  horizontal  bars.  When  the  frames  and 
moulds  are  in  place  they  are  brought  into  close  contact  by 
a  moveable  head-plate  similar  to  that  of  a  filter-press  and 
actuated  by  a  fixed  screw  and  loose  nut.  The  joints  arc 
packed  and  the  whole  apparatus  tightened  up  by  the 
endscrew  before  mentioned.  The  fine  liquor  is  admitted  at  a 
pressure  of  about  1  J-  atmospheres  to  half  the  frames  (termed 
the  "liquor  frames  "),  while  green  syrup  is  drawn  off  by 
the  pump  from  the  other  half  of  the  frames  (the  "  syrup 
frames  ")  its  quantity  being  ascertained  1)3'  the  gauge  glass 
ou  the  vessel  into  which  it  is  drawn  by  the  action  of  the 
pump. — IS.  B. 


XVII.-BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS.  Etc. 

The  Action   6f  Beer  on   Aluminium.     11.  Robert.     Chenl. 
Zeit.  16,  1892,  821. 

It  has  been  shown  that  beer  stored  in  aluminium  vessels 
takes  up  8  mgrms.  of  the  metal  per  litre,  yet  Aubry 
concludes  that  aluminium  is  a  suitable  material  to  use  for 
the  manufacture  of  vessels  intended  for  the  storage  and 
transport  of  beer.  At  present  there  is  only  one  work 
extant  on  acute  and  subacute  poisoning  by  aluminium 
salts,  (viz,  Siem,  Ueber  die  Wirkungen  des  Aluminiums 
uud  Berylliums,  Dorpat,  1886),  but  it  has  been  shown  that 
even  the  smallest  quantity  circulating  in  the  blood  has  a 
toxic  effect,  Siem's  experiments  show  that  the  fatal  dose 
per  kilo,  of  weight  of  the  animal  was  300  mgrms.  for 
rabbits,  250  to  280  mgrms.  for  cats,  and  250  mgrms.  for 
dogs.  Experience  with  other  metallic  poisons  has  shown 
that  the  susceptibility  of  man  is  greater  than  that  of 
animals,  and  therefore  the  use  of  aluminium  for  vessels  to 
contain  beer  should  be  prohibited,  as  it  would  accumulate 
in  the  system,  and  produce  slow  poisoning. — G.  H.  K. 


'The  Action  of  Beer  on  Aluminium,     Chem.  Zeit.  Hep.  16, 
1892,  173. 

The  action  of  beer  on  aluminium  has  beeu  investigated  at 
the  Wissenschaftliche  Station  fur  Brauerei  at  Munich,  at 
the  instance  oi  the  Aluminium  Industrie  Actien  Gesellschaft 
of  Neuhausen.  Beer  kept  in  aluminium  flasks  was  scarcely 
affected  in  flavour,  provided  that  the  dirt  in  the  flasks  as 
received  from  the  manufactory  was  carefully  removed. 
When  kept  in  aluminium  vessels  in  a  cellar  for  three  weeks 
at  10° — 12°C.,  the  greatest  quantity  dissolved  was  0-8  mgrm. 


Oct. 31,18m.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


831 


1'iT  1 1 n»  to.  Similar  results  were  obtained  with  beer  in  :\ 
state  of  fermentation,  the  metal  being  unaffected  by  the 
nascent  carbon  dioxide.  Aluminium  was  also  found  avail- 
able for  yeast  cultivation  flasks,  and  its  use  is  proposed  for 
brewing  laboratories.  The  only  precaution  requisite  is  that 
when  such  vessels  are  cleaned  with  caustic  soda  solution, 
that  liquid  should  not  be  allowed  to  remain  in  contact  with 
them  for  any  considerable  time. — B.  B. 


The  Alcohols  of  Fusel  Oil.     E.  Q,  Sehiippbaus.     J.  Auier. 
Chem.  Soc.  14,  IS 92,  45— GO. 

About  a  decade  ago  fusel  oil  or  commercial  amyl  alcohol 
was  practically  a  waste  product,  being  only  employed  to  a 
comparatively  small  extent  in  the  manufacture  of  alkaloids, 
certain  ethers,  &c~,  and  a  few  organic  dyes.  H.  Briem 
(Organ  Centr.  Vereins  Kiibenzucker  Ind.  Oest.  Ing. 
Monarchic,  1877,  180,  and  1S79,  265)  recommended  the 
fusel  oil  from  the  fermentation  of  beet-sugar  molasses  as  a 
source  for  illuminating  gas  of  superior  quality ;  and  in 
1880  (('&/</.  1880,  20)  he  reported  that  several  factories, 
including  a  distillery,  had  introduced  the  process.  This 
was,  however,  but  a  poor  way  of  utilising  the  raw  material, 
a-  was  rightly  pointed  out  by  Wagner  (Wagner's  .lahresb. 
1879,  1216).  Bat  better  uses  were  found  for  it.  In  1882, 
J.  11.  Stevens  (l.S.  Pat.  269,34:),  1882)  introduced  fusel 
oil  instead  of  grain  alcohol  as  a  solvent  for  uitro-cellulose, 
in  the  manufacture  of  celluloid.  In  this  connection,  it  is 
worthy  of  note  that  A.  H.  Elliott  (J.  Amer.  Chem.  »Soc.  4, 
1882,  147),  mentions  amyl  alcohol  as  a  solvent  for  nitro- 
saccharose.  The  pyroxylin  varnish  industry,  which  first 
began  to  flourish  in  1879,  owes  its  development  to  the  use 
of  amyl  acetate  as  a  solvent;  and  in  1882,  J.  H.  Stevens 
( l.S.  Vat.  269,340,  1882)  patented  the  use  of  this  substance 
in  tlve  manufacture  of  celluloid.  O.  P.  Amend.  (L.S.  Pat. 
371,021,  1887;  372,100,  1887  ;  U.S.  lte-issue,  10,879,  1887) 
employed  for  a  similar  purpose  the  chlorination  products 
of  amyl  alcohol  and  acetate.  In  1884  the  author  discovered 
that  propyl-  and  t'-butyl  alcohols  (U.S.  Pat.  410,204,  1884) 
which  are  present  in  commercial  fusel  oils,  are  preferable 
to  amyl  alcohol  in  the  manufacture  of  celluloid.  At  the 
same  time  he  proposed  the  use  of  propyl  and  butyl  acetates 
in  the  preparation  of  pyroxylin  varnishes.  W.  D.  Field 
(U.S.  Pat.  381,354,  18S7";  this  Journal,  1888,  443)  obtained 
a  patent  for  such  varnishes.  Large  quantities  of  propyl, 
butyl,  and  amyl  acetates  are  consumed  in  the  manufacture 
of  photographic  films ;  and  amyl  acetate  also  forms  a 
constituent  of  some  smokeless  powders,  and  is  employed  as 
illuminant  in  Hefner's  standard  lamp.  Amyl  acetate, 
butyrate,  and  valerate  enter  into  the  composition  of  a 
number  of  artificial  fruit  essences  and  flavours.  E.  Liebert 
(Ger.  Pat.  51,022,  18S9;  this  Journal,  1890,  326)  adds 
amyl  nitrate  to  nitro-glycerol  to  diminish  its  sensitiveness 
to  cold  and  concussion.  Eusel  oil  and  its  derivatives  also 
find  application  in  analysis,  the  preparation  of  artificial 
musk,  &c,  valeric  acid,  and  valerates  (used  in  medicine). 

Le  6el  (Compt.  rend.  86,  1878,  213)  described  a  method 
of  preparing  inactive  amyl  alcohol  from  fermentation 
products,  and  showed  that  the  valeric  acid  obtained  from  it 
was  identical  with  the  officinal  acid. 

As  a  consequence  of  the  enormous  increase  in  the  con- 
sumption of  fusel  oil  the  supply  is  now  no  longer  equal 
to  the  demand.  Moreover,  every  progressive  distiller  aims 
at  counteracting  its  formation  as  much  as  possible,  and  the 
researches  of  Lindet  (this  Journal,  1891,  717)  and  Springer's 
(Scient.  Amer.  Suppl.  1891,  13,125)  method  of  producing 
alcohol  point  to  success  in  this  direction. 

Fusel  oil  was  discovered  by  Scheele  (Crell's  Annalen, 
1,  1785,  61)  in  the  tailings  of  rye  whisky;  whilst  Pelletan 
(Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  (1),  30,  1825,  221)  examined  a  similar 
product  from  potato  spirit.  Dumas  (Ann.  Chim.  Phys. 
( I).  56,  1834,  314)  isolated  amyl  alcohol  from  potato  fusel 
and  ascertained  its  percentage  composition,  without,  however, 
recognising  its  alcoholic  nature.  Cahours  (Compt.  rend. 
4,  1837,  341 ;  and  Ann.  Chim.  Phys  (1)  70.  1839,  81,  and 
75,  1840,  193),  however,  showed  its  analogy  to,  and  classed 
it  with  ethyl  alcohol.  Balard  (Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  (3),  12, 
1844,  294)  obtained  it  from  the  fusel  of  grape-skins,  and 
prepared  a  series  of  amyl  compounds.     In  a  fusel  of  the 


same  origin,  Chancel  (Compt.  rend.  37,  1853,  410) 
discovered  n-propyl  alcohol.  Wurtz  (Compt.  rend.  35, 
1852,  310;  and  Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  (3),  42,  1854,  129) 
detected  i-butyl  alcohol  in  the  fusel  oils  from  potato  and 
beet-sugar  molasses  spirit.  Kolbe  (Annalen,  41,  1842,  53), 
Wurtz  (Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  (3),  42,  1854,  129),  and  Perrot 
(Compt.  rend.  45,  1857,  309)  examined  the  ethers  and 
fatty  acids  of  fusel  oil.  Although  in  crude  fusel  oil,  amyl 
alcohol  preponderates,  the  composition  of  distillates  varies 
greatly.  Instances  of  fusel  oil  free  or  nearly  free  from 
amyl  abohol,  such  as  mentioned  by  H.  Briem,  (Organ 
Centr.  Vereins  Riibenzucker  Ind.  Oest.  ling.  Monarchic, 
1877,  180),  must  be  regarded  with  suspicion.  One  such 
case  investigated  by  the  author  was  found  to  refer  to  a 
distillate  from  fusel  oil  (A.  Freund,  J.  prakt.  Chem.  12, 
1875,  25).  In  1873,  G.  L.  Ulex  (Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  208, 
379)  described  a  method  for  the  determination  of  ethyl 
alcohol  in  fusel  oil,  and  pointed  out  the  gross  inaccuracy 
of  the  process  adopted  by  the  British  Excise  authorities. 
Details  of  these  methods,  as  well  as  of  one  devised  by 
A.  H.  Allen,  mav  be  found  in  "  Allen's  Commercial  Organic 
Analysis,"  vol.!.,  1885,  119.  Ulex  (he.  at.)  also  inci- 
dentally remarks  that  "  wine  "  fusel  oil  contains  no  amylic 
alcohol  because  it  distils  over  completely  below  1 30'  C.  The 
weakness  of  this  argument  must  be  evident  to  all  who  have 
experience  of  fractional  distillation,  and  know  how  imperfect 
a  separation  is  effected  by  a  single  distillation  of  even  so 
simple  a  mixture  as  amyl  and  ethyl  alcohols  (see  Koscoe 
and  Schorlemmer,  "  A  Treatise  on  Chemistry.''  Vol.  III. 
147).  A  further  complication  ensues  in  presence  of 
water.  A  mixture  of  water  and  amyl  alcohol,  boiling  point 
13(i  C.  ( Pierre  and  Puchot,  Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  (4).  22, 
1868,  234),  boils  at  96'  C  and  the  distillate  consists  of 
2  vols,  of  water  and  3  vols,  of  amyl  alcohol.  In  the  case  of 
butyl  alcohol,  boiling  point  108"  C.,  the  boiling  point  drops 
to  90 '5°  C.j  and  the  constituents  pass  over  in  the  proportion 
of  one  volume  of  the  former  to  five  of  the  latter.  Whenever 
a  rational  separation  is  aimed  at,  complete  dehydration  is 
indispensable. 

The  German  Excise  authorities  (Wagner's  Jahresb.  1890, 
1078)  employ  the  following  tests  for  fusel  oil : — 

1.  10  cc.  of  fusel  oil  are  shaken  with  30  cc.  of  calcium 
chloride  solution  of  sp.  gr.  1-225  (25  grins.  CaCl,  and 
100  cc.  of  water).  After  one  minute's  agitation  at  least 
7'5  cc.  must  remain  undissolved. 

2.  100  cc.  of  fusel  oil  must  show  a  decided  turbidity 
when  shaken  for  one  minute  with  5  cc.  of  distilled  water. 

The  author  has  analysed  several  samples  of  distillates 
from  fusel  oil.  A  sample  from  a  German  factory  consisted 
of  propyl  and  butyl  alcohols,  and  was  anhydrous.  Another 
distillate  of  American  origin  was  similar  in  composition, 
but  contained  in  addition  a  little  amyl  alcohol.  Certain 
other  samples  which  had  been  responsible  for  most 
objectionable  troubles  in  the  manufacture  of  celluloid  were 
also  examined.  These  samples  had  been  certified  to  be 
practically  free  from  amyl  alcohol,  and  to  contain  as  chief 
constituent  propyl  alcohol,  with  an  average  of  only  4  per 
cent,  of  water.  Analysis  revealed  a  considerable  proportion 
of  water,  and,  as  might  have  been  expected,  all  the  alcohols 
of  fusel  oil  were  found  to  be  present.  The  anhydrous 
samples  on  fractionation  yielded  four  fractious  boiling  at 
78°— 80°  C,  97° C,  109° C,  and  128'— 132° C.  respectively. 
The  slight  residue  boiling  above  132°  C.  consisted  probably 
of  amylic  ethers.  The  following  results  were  obtained  in 
th,-  rase  of  four  different  samples  (see  next  page). 

Kraemer  and  Pinner  (Ber.  2, 18U9,  401,  and  3,  1870,  75) 
and  also  Pierre  and  Puchot  (Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  (4),  22, 
1868,  234)  have  likewise  investigated  the  composition  of 
the  first  runnings  of  fusel  oil.  The  four  distillates  previously 
mentioned,  mixed  with  methyl  alcohol  in  the  proportions 
employed  in  the  manufacture  of  celluloid,  yielded  a  clear 
camphor  solution.  When  only  camphor,  however,  was 
added,  a  portion  of  the  water  separated  ;  and  this  behaviour 
accounts  for  the  disagreeable  experiences  with  the  solvents. 
Large  blocks  of  celluloid  when  cut  into  sheets  were  found 
to  be  interspersed  with  cavities  containing  a  fluid,  which 
proved  to  be  chiefly  water.  Since  these  samples  were  stated 
to  be  free  from  amyl  alcohol,  the  fraction  128°— 132°  C.  was 
carefully  tested  and  proved  to  consist  of  iso-amyl  alcohol 


83-2                  THE  JOUKNAL  OF 

THE  SOCIETY  OF 

OHEMIC 

Mi  INDUS 

TET.          [Oct.3i,iv.2. 

j 



Ethyl 

M-I'l'opvl 

i-Butvl 

Fermentation        ftkidiu- 
Anvyl  Alcohol.       *« --"'"•. 

Sample.                  ,    Specific  Gravity. 

Water. 

Alcohol. 

Alcohol. 

Alcohol. 

I'erCent. 

i 
Per  Cent. 

Per  Cent. 

i     Percent. 

Per  Cent.            PitlVnt. 

I.    Clear    yellow     liquid    of 

0-842.J  at  IS   C. 

11-0 

30-0 

11-5 

25 '2 

l.vn                     i\3 

neutral  reaction. 
1 1,  i  Hear  yellowish  liquid  of 

nwVJIiat  19-5    C. 

lilt -o 

111 -4 

11-7 

2CJ 

22-u                         2-0 

neutral  reaction. 

III.  Slightly  cloudy  liquid  of 

ost.'il  at  21-5°C. 

18-3 

15"0 

brownish  tinge.    Reaction 

neutral. 
IV.  i  olourless  clear  liquid  of 

0'8630a1  16'5  I  . 

SSS-'f) 

02  '8 

5*7 

11-0 

7-u                     n-j 

neutral  reaction. 

1 

But  the  chief  constituent  was  said  to  be  propyl  alcohol,  and 
in  view  of  Rabuteau's  researches  (Compt.  rend.  87,  I'Wi 
500)  on  potato  fusel,  it  was  thought  possible  that  isopropyl 
alcohol  might  be  contained  in  the  fractions  of  low  boiling 
point. 

This  body  was  prepared  from  acetone  by  Friedel 
(Compt.  rend.  55,  1862,  53),  who  pointed  out  that  it  is  not 
freed  from  water  even  by  distillation  from  barium  oxide. 
Berthelot  (Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  (3),  43,  1855,  385),  the 
discoverer  of  isopropyl  alcohol,  found  its  boiling  point,  when 
still  containing  a  little  water,  to  be  81° — 82°  C.  Friedel's 
compound  boiled  at  84° — 86°  C,  and  after  treatment  with 
metallic  sodium,  at  86° — 883  C.  Linnemann  (Annalen, 
136,  1865,  37)  investigated  the  subject  fully  and  laid  great 
stress  on  starting  with  pure  acetone.  He  found  the  boiling 
points  of  isopropyl  alcohol  and  its  three  hydrates — 

3  C3HsO  +  2  H.,0,  2  C3HsO  +  H.O,  and  3  C3HsO  +  H/) 

to  be  83°— 84°  C,  78°—  80°  C,  80°  C.  and  81°  C.  respectively . 
Since  fractional  distillation  would  be  useless  in  this  case, 
the  fractions  between  78°— 88°  C.  were  tested  chemically 
for  isopropyl  alcohol  with  entirely  negative  results. 
Iiabuteau  (lor.  cit.)  found  no  less  than  150  cc.  of  isopropyl 
alcohol,  boiling  point  85°  C,  in  one  litre  of  Swedish  potato 
fusel  oil  and  identified  it  by  ultimate  analysis,  by  conversion 
into  acetone,  aud  by  its  acetate,  boiling  at  76°  C.  But 
according  to  Berthelot  (foe.  cit.)  and  Friedel  (loc.  cit.), 
isopropyl  acetate  boils  at  90°— 93°  C.  ;  whilst  76°  C.  is  the 
boiling  point  of  ethyl  acetate.  Rabuteau's  figure,  however, 
may  be  an  error.  It  is  interesting  to  note,  that  so  late  as 
1868,  Mendelejeff  (Zeits.  Chem.  1868,  25)  doubted  the 
very  existence  of  n-propyl  alcohol,  and  consequently  its 
presence  in  fusel  oil ;  and  he  failed  to  isolate  it  from 
Chancel's  (Compt.  rend.  37,  1853,  410)  alcohol.  Its 
presence  in  fusel  oil,  was,  however,  proved  beyond  a  doubt 
by  Pierre  and  Puchot  (loc.  cit.)  and  Kraemer  and  Pinner 
(loc.  cit.).  That  Perrot  (Compt.  rend.  45,  1857,  309)  and 
V.  de  Schepper  (Zeits.  Chem.  1868,  520)  failed  to  find 
M-propyl  alcohol  is  attributable  to  the  fact  that  they 
employed  fusel  oil  containing  water.  As  regards  isopropyl 
alcohol,  Pierre  and  Puehot,  and  Kraemer  and  Pinner, 
although  working  under  the  most  approved  conditions,  were 
unable  to  detect  it  in  fusel  oil  from  different  sources. 
Barbaglia  (Ber.  6,  1873,  1064)  found  in  isobutyl  aldehyde 
from  Kahlbaum's  factory  considerable  quantities  of  acetone, 
and  ascribed  its  formation  to  the  presence  of  large  quantities 
of  isopropyl  alcohol  in  the  commercial  isobutyl  alcohol 
from  which  the  aldehyde  had  been  prepared.  Kraemer 
(Ber.  7,  1874,  252),  the  manager  of  the  above  factory, 
replied  that  the  isobutyl  alcohol  employed  was  practically 
pure,  and  showed  that  acetone  was  a  constant  product  of 
its  oxidation  under  the  conditions  obtaining  in  their  process 
of  making  isobutyl  aldehyde.  Lipp  (Annalen,  205,  1S80,  1) 
described  a  method  by  which  the  formation  of  acetone  may 
be  almost  wholly  avoided.  If  Rabuteau's  data  be  considered 
in  the  light  of  all  these  facts,  the  conclusion  is  inevitable 
that  the  presence  of  such  large  quantities  of  isopropyl 
alcohol  in  fusel  oil  is  somewhat  doubtful.  The  boiling  point 
is  no  criterion  of  the  purity  of  the  alcohol ;  the  ultimate 
analysis  is  of  little  value ;  and  the  boiling  point  of  the 
acetate  is  not  70  C.  Nor  is  the  formation  of  acetone 
sufficient  proof,  until  it  is  shown  that  it  is  produced  in  such 
quantities  as  to  preclude  the  possibility  of  its  formation 
from  small  amounts  of  isobutyl  alcohol. 


All  the  alcohols,  which  have  hitherto  been  isolated  from 
the  products  of  the  fermentation  of  saccharine  solutions, 
and  about  which  there  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt,  arc- 
primary  alcohols,  viz.,  methyl,  ethyl,  M-propyl,  n-  aud 
;-butyl,  and  i-amyl  alcohols.  Xormal  butyl  alcohol  was 
found  by  Claudon  and  Morin  (this  Journal,  1888,  513)  in 
the  heavy  oils  of  French  brandy,  in  which,  however,  it  i* 
only  formed  under  abnormal  conditions.  Morin  (this 
Journal,  1888,  224)  proved  its  absence  in  normal  biandv. 
Methyl  alcohol  is  a  product  of  the  spontaneous  fermentation 
of  sugar-cane  juice  in  tropical  climates  (Marcano,  this 
Journal,  1889,  561).  Kraemer  aud  Pinner's  (Ber.  2,  1869, 
401)  opinion  that  hexyl  alcohol  might  possibly  exist  among 
the,  alcohols  of  fermentation  has  not  been  verified  ;  although 
Faget  (Compt.  rend.  37,  1853,  730)  isolated  a  substance 
from  the  fusel  oil  formed  by  the  fermentation  of  grape-skius, 
which  he  was  incliued  to  regard  as  hexyl  alcohol.  The 
researches  of  Wurtz  (Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  (3),  42,  1854,  125), 
Perrot  (Compt.  rend.  45,  1857,  309),  Claudon  and  Morin 
(this  Journal,  1888,  513),  and  Morin  (this  Journal,  1888, 
224)  show  that  no  alcohols  higher  than  amyl  alcohol  exist 
in  fusel  oil.  Referring  10  Swedish  potato  fusel  oil  the 
author  remarks  that  if  it  really  contain  such  a  large  quautitv 
of  isopropyl  alcohol,  there  can  be  no  difficulty  iu  establishing 
the  fact.  It  is  only  necessary  to  separate  from  the  thoroughly 
dehydrated  product  the  fraction  boiling  below  85°  C,  and 
prepare  from  the  latter  an  acetate  of  correct  boiling  point. 
If  the  alcohol  regenerated  from  the  acetate  yields  acetone 
on  oxidation,  and  furnishes  abenzoate  (Linnemann,  Annalen, 
161,  1872,  51)  which  on  heating  splits  up  into  propylene 
and  benzoic  acid,  the  existence  of  isopropyl  alcohol  in  the 
original  substance  will  be  proved. — H.  T.  P. 


Relations  between  Fat-hydrolgsing  and  Glucoside-resolring 
Ferments.     YV.  Sigmund.     Monatsh.  13,  567 — 577. 
See  under  XXIII.,  page  849, 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Distilling  and  Rectifying  Alcohol  or 
other  Liquids,  and  in  Apparatus  Employed  therein. 
6.  Perrier,  Paris.     Fug.  Pat.  13,729,  August  14,  1891. 

The  chief  feature  of  the  apparatus  is  the  use  of  rectifiers 
which  are  each  kept  'at  a  constant  and  uuiform  temperature  ; 
this  is  maintained  by  a  bath  of  boiling  liquid,  the  vapour 
from  which  is  immediately  condensed  and  returned. 

The  rectifiers  may  be  made  in  the  usual  form  with  plates  ; 
or  they  may  he  filled  with  beads. 

In  the  distillation  of  alcoholic  liquids  the  temperature  of 
the  rectifiers  may  be  so  arranged  that  one  condenses  the 
water  while  allowing  all  the  more  volatile  portions  to  pass 
through,  the  next  condenses  the  least  volatile  portions  of 
these,  i.eV,  the  tail  products ;  the  next  the  least  volatile 
portions  of  what  has  passed  through  these,  i.e.,  the  alcohol 
and  the  head  products  having  passed  uucoudensed  through 
all  of  them  are  condensed  in  a  refrigerator.  A  special 
arrangement  is  described,  by  means  of  which  the  flow  of 
wash  into  the  boiler  is  regulated  by  the  temperature  of  the 
vapours  passing  out  of  the  boiler ;  thus  producing  a  regular 
and  even  distillation. — A.  L.  S. 


H.-t.:fi,l89i.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


833 


Improvements  in  Malt  Mashing  Apparatus.     F.  .1.  Money, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.   14,658,  August  29,  1891. 

The  patentee  proposes  to  grind  the  malt  to  a  fine  powder 
and  mash  it  in  a  churn  like  machine  in  order  to  obtain  all 
the  starch  in  solution,  which  he  says  cannot  be  done  by  the 
present  methods. — A.  L.  S. 


An  Improved  Method  and  Apparatus  for  Straining 
Brewer's  Wort.  8.  A.  Croxford,  Bedminster,  Bristol. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,467,  September  12,  1891. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  strainer  which  is  placed  in  the 
copper  or  underback  and  rests  on  the  bottom  thereof,  and 
is  withdrawn  when  the  albuminoid  matters  have  been 
coagulated.  The  strainer  cousistsofa  wire  frame,  supporting 
a  web  of  horsehair  or  other  suitable  material. — A.  L.  8. 


Improvements  in  the  Apparatus  for  the  Making  and  /lie 
Urging  of  Malt.  A.  (iough,  Loudon.  Eng.  l'at.  15,764, 
September  17,  1891. 

Thb  apparatus  consists  of  a  cylinder  of  relatively  large 
radius  and  short  length  ;  part  of  it  is  a  closed  chamber  for 
steeping  and  germinating,  and  part  is  provided  with  per- 
forated flues  passing  through  the  drum  in  a  plane  at  right 
angles  to  its  axis.  Hot  or  cold  air  may  be  passed  through 
the  flues.  The  drum  is  provided  with  edge  gear,  by  means 
of  which  it  may  be  made  to  revolve  on  its  axis. 

In  the  preparation  of  malt  by  means  of  this  apparatus, 
the  barley  is  introduced  into  the  closed  part  of  the  drum 
and  there  steeped ;  the  water  is  then  drawn  off  and  the 
drum  turned  to  promote  even  germination,  and  the  tempera- 
ture kept  within  the  proper  limits  by  passing  cold  air 
through  the  flues.  When  germination  has  proceeded  as 
far  as  necessary,  the  cold  air  is  replaced  by  warm  and  the 
drying  and  curing  takes  place. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Filtering  Beer  and  other 
Alcoholic  and  Gaseous  Liquids.  H.  Gehrke,  Berlin, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  8290,  May  2,  1892. 

The  filtering  vessel  is  cylindrical  and  is  divided  into 
partitions  by  filter  plates.  The  uufiltered  beer  is  led  into 
alternate  compartments,  and  passes  through  the  filtering 
material  into  the  other  compartments  of  the  filter.  No 
pressure  is  used  except  that  due  to  the  difference  of  height 
between  the  settling  back  and  the  cask  to  receive  the  filtered 
beer.  It  is  claimed  that  the  special  arrangement  of  the 
filter  gives  a  greater  surface  in  the  same  bulk  than  any 
other. — A.  L.  8. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Manufuctun  <>J  Malt 
Liquors.  P.  M.  Justice,  London.  From  A.  W.  Billings, 
Brooklyn,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  8952,  May  11, 
1892. 

These  improvements  relate  to  an  apparatus  described  by 
the  inventor  in  Eng.  Pat.  10,135,  of  1891  (this  Journal,  1892, 
628). 

The  mash  tub  is  made  in  the  shape  of  a  cylinder,  pro- 
vided with  stirrers  working  on  an  axis  eoiucident  with  the 
axis  of  the  cylinder. 

The  cylinder  is  closed  except  for  a  narrow  opening  at 
the  top,  which  can  be  hermetically  closed  by  plates  provided 
with  pipes  for  water,  malt,  and  raw  grain. — A.  L.  S. 


ImpftHh  inrnts  in  Spraying  Devices  for  Cooling  Beer  and 
other  Liquids.  C.  C.  Hanford,  Medford,  Middlesex, 
Massachusetts,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  9975,  May  26,  1892. 

This  is  a  modification  of  the  apparatus  protected  by  a 
previous  patent  (13,428,  of  1890  ;  this  Journal,  1890, 1057), 
and  is  specially  suited  for  small  breweries.  The  modifica- 
tion consists  in  alteringthe  shape  of  the  valve  from  circular 


to  semicircular,  and  an  arrangement  for  opening  the  valve 
by  which  the  aperture  remains  practically  semicircular,  and 
the  spray  is  thrown  out  only  on  oue  side  of  a  line  passing 
through  the  straight  side  of  the  semicircle.  The  valve  can 
thus  be  fixed  over  the  side  of  the  cooler,  without  risk  of 
losing  any  of  the  wort. — A.  L.  S. 


Process  and  Apparatus  for  Impregnating  Beer  with 
Carbonic  Acid.  B.  J.  B.  Mills,  London.  From  The 
Universal  Carbonating  Company,  Newark,  New  Jersey, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  10,305,  May  31,  1892. 

In  the  ordinary  method  of  preparing  lager  beer  for 
market  it  is  customary  to  add  to  the  ruh-beer  a  small 
quantity  of  young  beer,  whereby  fermentation  is  again 
started,  and  the  beer  becomes  saturated  with  carbonic 
acid. 

The  inventor  proposes  to  substitute  for  this  the  direct 
carbonating  of  the  beer  by  means  of  compressed  carbonic 
acid.  To  do  this  a  circulation  of  the  beer  is  caused  by  a 
pump,  in  a  tube  one  end  of  which  is  attached  to  the  top 
and  one  end  to  the  bottom  of  a  lager  cask  ;  into  this  tube 
carbonic  acid  gas  is  injected,  and  by  this  means  the  whole 
of  the  beer  is  soon  carbonated. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Colour  Malt. 
W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  L.  Schmied,  Zizkow, 
Bohemia.     Eng.  Pat,  10,442,  June  1,  1892. 

The  green  malt  before  watering  is  frozen  ;  this  is  done  in 
a  chamber,  built  like  a  malt  kiln  with  one  hurdle,  under 
which  are  placed  cooling  tubes  in  communication  with  an 
ice  machine.  After  some  hours  the  frozen  malt  is  brought 
on  to  the  second  floor  of  a  kiln  with  the  hood  closed  and 
heated  for  4  or  5  hours  at  50°  C.  With  gentle  turning  it  is 
allowed  to  remain  for  2  or  3  hours  more  in  its  own  vapour, 
and  then  removed  to  the  first  floor  of  the  kiln  and  quickly 
dried. 

The  colouring  malt  thus  obtained  does  not,  like  ordinary 
colouring  malt,  show  inside  a  roasted  "  amylum,"  but  a 
crystalline  malt  sugar  which  tastes  sweet  like  caramel. 

—A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatusfor  Mashing 
and  Brewing  Ale,  Beer,  and  other  Fermented  Liquors. 
J.  Barton,  Bewsbury,  Yorkshire.  Eng.  Pat.  10,496, 
.luue  2,  1892. 

This  is  an  arrangement  for  completing  the  whole  operation 
of  brewing  in  one  vessel,  and  is  specially  adapted  for 
domestic  use. 

It  consists  of  a  cast-iron  stand  supporting  a  copper  or 
other  metal  vessel.  To  the  interior  of  this  is  fitted  a 
removeable  perforated  metal  vessel,  to  the  under  surface  of 
which  is  attached  an  attemporator  coil. 

To  use  the  apparatus,  a  sufficient  supply  of  cold  water 
is  introduced  into  the  copper  vessel  and  heated  by  a  gas- 
burner  or  other  convenient  source  of  heat  to  the  required 
temperature.  The  ground  malt  is  placed  in  the  inner 
perforated  vessel,  and  the  whole  lowered  by  suitable  gear 
into  the  water.  After  standing  a  sufficient  time  the  per- 
forated vessel  is  raised,  and  carries  the  spent  grains  with  it ; 
these  are  washed  with  a  stream  of  water  from  a  rose  nozzle, 
and  after  draining  the  perforated  vessel  is  swung  to  one 
side  and  the  spent  grains  removed.  The  hops  are  then 
put  in  the  place  of  the  grains  and  lowered  into  the  wort, 
which  is  then  boiled.  The  hops  are  removed  in  the  same 
way  as  the  grains,  and  the  boiled  wort  is  cooled  by  the 
attemperator.  Yeast  is  introduced,  and  when  the 
fermentation  is  finished  the  beer  is  drawn  off  by  a  tap. 

—A.  L.  8. 


1>  2 


834 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  SI,  1S92. 


XVIII.-CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

(/I.)— CHEMISTRY  OF   FOODS. 

Caffeine   and  Coffee  Distillate    and   their    Physiological 

Effects.  W.  Heerlein.  Arch.  Physiol.  52,  165. 
The  experiments  of  the  author  show  that  coffee,  us  far  as 
its  alkaloid  caffeine  is  concerned,  is  neither  a  food  nor 
decreases  the  bodily  waste,  but  rather  excites  and  increases 
it.  As  the  distillate  from  coffee  was  also  found  to  have 
no  diminishing;  effect  on  the  consumption  of  oxygen,  the 
author  considers  that  coffee  should  be  struck  off  the  list 
of  direct  or  indirect  foods,  and  its  action  as  an  exciter  of 
the  nervous  system  alone  recognised. — F.  W.  P. 


An  Unusual  Form  of  Spring  Water.     J.  H.  Stebbins. 
J.  Amer.  Chein.  Soc.  14,  1892,  115—116. 

The  water  in  question  came  from  New  Jersey ;  it  was 
clear,  without  taste,  and  neutral  to  test  paper,  but  it  had  a 
slight  smell  when  the  bottle  containing  it  was  uncorked. 
It  possessed  a  very  considerable  viscosity,  which  was 
ascertained  not  to  he  due  to  gelatinised  silica,  but  to  the 
presence  of  organic  matter  in  the  form  of  either  alg.x\ 
bacteria,  or  some  other  form  of  growth. 

Total  solids  were  8' 2  grains  per  gallon;  inorganic  matter 
obtained  on  ignition,  3'2  grains  per  gallon. 

The   nature  of   the  organism   contained  in   the  water  is 

unknown   to   the  author,  who  asks  for  any  information  on 

the  poiut.     The  water  is  free  from  chlorine,  but  contains 

traces  of  sulphates  ;  it  has  no  ill-effects  on  those  drinking  it. 

— T.  L.  B. 

The  Behaviour  of  Antiseptics  toward  Salivary  Digestion, 
H.  A.  Weber.     J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.  14,  1892,  4—14. 

The  author  draws  attention  to  the  custom,  extensively 
practised,  of  adding  antiseptics  to  perishable  articles  of  food 
in  order  to  preserve  them,  and  points  out  that  their  action 
on  the  consumer  is  in  many  cases  decidedly  injurious. 
Many  preparations,  more  particularly  of  salicylic  and  boracic 
acids,  are  sold  as  "  lard  bleachers  "  and  "  fruit,  wine,  and 
cider  preservatives,"  &c. 

As  H.  Leffman  and  W.  Beam  (this  Journal,  1888,  582— 
583)  have  shown  that  certain  preservatives  complete!}' 
arrest  the  saccharifying  action  of  diastase  and  pancreatic 
extract  on  starch,  experiments  were  made  to  determine 
whether  a  similar  influence  is  exerted  by  these  substances 
on  the  diastatic  conversion  of  starch-paste  by  saliva  (at 
40"  C).  The  antiseptics  employed  were  salicylic  acid,  borax, 
calcium  sulphite,  and  saccharine.  From  the  results  obtained, 
which  are  embodied  in  a  series  of  tables,  it  appears  that  in 
the  presence  of  1  part  of  preservative  to  210  parts  of  "  food 
mixture,"  salicylic  acid  and  saccharine  altogether  arrest 
diastatic  action  j  borax  and  calcium  sulphite  only  have  this 
effect  at  the  beginning,  after  which  the  latter  exerts  no 
depressing  influence,  whilst  borax  retains  its  retarding  action 
to  the  end.  Used  in  the  proportion  of  1  :  420,  salicylic  acid 
and  saccharine  completely  check  the  conversion  of  the 
starch  ;  borax  distinctly  retards  it,  and  calcium  sulphite  has 
no  effect.  In  more  dilute  solutions  (1:840)  only  borax  and 
salicylic  acid  exert  a  marked  depressing  influence,  especially 
at  the  beginning,  hut  less  strongly  afterwards.  At  the  rate 
of  1  :  1050  to  2,100  borax  alone  has  a  retarding  effect. 

— H.  T.  P. 

PATENTS. 

Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  or  Production  of  Sutter. 
J.  II.  Duncan,  London.     Eug.  Pat.  12,549,  July  24, 1891. 

By  means  of  the  inventor's  centrifugal  apparatus,  butter  of 
exceptional  quality  may  be  made  in  about  20  or  30  minutes. 
The  number  of  revolutions  required  is  120  per  minute  if  the 
cream  has  a  temperature  of  60°  F.,  but  if  this  is  raised  to 
75°  F.,  60  revolutions  per  minute  will  suffice.  The  cream 
should  be  four  days  old.  The  apparatus  chiefly  consists  of 
a  vessel  containing  the  cream,  a  rotary  disc  mounted  so  as 


to  be  partly  immersed  in  the  cream  and  capable  of  picking 
this  up  in  the  form  of  lilms  ;  and  means  whereby  the 
contents  of  the  vessel  can  be  rapidly  heated  by  the  applica- 
tion of  hot  water  to  the  jacket  or  false  bottom,  and  by  the 
circulation  of  the  cream,  by  means  of  the  discs,  over  the 
warm  surface. — L.  de  K. 


Process  for  the  Production  of  a  Palatable  Kola  -  Nut 
Poioder.  B.  Haseloff,  Kottbuserdamm,  Berlin.  Eng.  Pat. 
12,729,  July  27,  1891. 

The  difficulty  that  presents  itself  in  the  utilisation  of  the 
kola-nut,  the  fruit  of  Sterculia  acuminata  and  Ss  macrocarpa, 
for  food  purposes  similar  to  the  cocoa-bean,  is  the  large 
quantity  of  tannic  acid  present,  which  communicates  to  it 
an  astringent  and  unpalatable  flavour.  Availing  himself  of 
the  property  of  tannic  acid  to  absorb  oxygen  from  the  air  in 
alkaline  solution  and  form  other  non-astringent  bodies,  the 
patentee  proposes  to  treat  the  partly-roasted  and  pulverised 
kola-nut  with  alkaline  reagents,  and  expose  the  moistened 
kola-nut  powder  to  the  action  of  the  atmosphere  at  30°  C.  to 
35°  C.  for  several  days,  whereby  the  tannic  acid  is  destroyed 
and  an  agreeable  flavour  developed.  The  alkaline  substances 
used  are  caustic  potash,  alkaline  carbonates,  hydroxide  of 
calcium,  borate  of  soda,  and  phosphate  and  hydroxide  of 
potassium,  in  dilute  solutions,  preference  being  given  to  the 
latter.  The  proportions  adopted  are  from  k  to  1  per  cent, 
of  alkali.— F.  W.  P. 


Process  of  Producing  Sterilised  Butter.    0.  Miiller,  Zerbst, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  8264,  May  2,  1892. 

The  production  of  sterilised  butter  has  up  till  the  present 
time  not  been  a  success,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  proper 
sterilisation  of  the  cream  is  prevented  by  the  necessary 
changing  of  receptacles  during  the  manufacture  of  butter. 
The  cream  is  in  consequence  brought  into  contact  with 
numerous  surfaces  and  is  necessarily  subjected  for  a  con- 
siderable time  to  the  action  of  the  air.  By  means  of  the 
patentee's  apparatus  the  cream  is  sterilised  and  churned  and 
the  butter  washed  in  one  and  the  same  apparatus.  A 
product  is  thus  obtained  which  will  keep  for  a  considerable 
time  without  getting  rancid,  and  which  is  free  from 
pathogenic  bacteria. 

The  sterilisation  of  the  cream  is  effected  by  means  of 
low-pressure  steam  at  a  temperature  of  about  103'  C.  Any 
air  which  may  enter  on  cooling  is  sterilised  by  being  filtered 
through  wadding.  The  receptacle  containing  the  cream  is 
then  put  into  a  shaking  or  churning  apparatus  to  produce 
the  butter.  The  butter-milk  is  then  let  off  from  the  bottom, 
sterilised  air  entering  at  the  top.  Sterilised  water  is  then  let 
in  to  wasli  the  butter,  which  operation  is  again  performed 
in  the  shaking  apparatus.  Finally  the  butter  is  repeatedly 
shaken  without  addition  of  water,  in  order  to  separate  the 
bulk  of  the  mechanically-mixed  water. 

If  it  is  desired  to  produce  salt  or  coloured  butter,  sterilised 
salt  or  colouring  is  introduced  into  the  receptacle  before  the 
dry  shaking  takes  place. — L.  de  K. 


(5.)— SANITARY  CHEMIST!!  V. 

Progress  of  the  Mutch  Industry.     YV.  Jettel.     Chem.  Zeit. 

16,  1892,  670. 

See  under  XXII.,  page  839. 


Poisonous   Gases  from    Dynamite.     P.  I'.  Charon.     Eng. 

and  Mining  J.  1892,  269. 

See  under  XXII.,  page  840. 


The  Action   of  Beer  on  Aluminium.     R.  Robert.     Chem. 
Zeit.  16,  1892,  821. 
See  under-  XVII. , page  830. 


The  Action  of  Beer  on  Aluminium.     Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  16, 

1892,  173. 

See  under  XVII.,  page  830. 


J 


Oct.  si,  i8»a. j       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


835 


XIX .-PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Sulphite-Wood  Liquor  and  Liqnin.    J.  B.  Lindsey  and 

1!.  ToUens.  Annalen,  267,  341. 
The  soluble  by-products  of  the  bisulphite  process  of 
pulping  wood  are  derivatives  of  its  lignin  or  lignonc  con- 
stituents, and  the  authors  have  investigated  these  waste 
linuors  with  the  view  of  elucidating  the  constitution  of  the 
latter.  The  results  of  a  general  examination  for  carbo- 
hydrate constituents  showed:  (1)  the  absence  of  dextrose 
or  bodies  yielding  dextrose.  (2)  the  presence  of  galactose 
and  of  mannose,  and  (3)  of  pentaglucoses  or  derivatives 
of  these.  A  series  of  observations  of  yeast  fermentations 
of  the  liquor,  after  expelling  sulphurous  acid  by  evaporation 
with  sulphuric  acid,  showed  the  formation  of  5— C  cc. 
alcohol  from  1  litre  of  the  wood  liquor  (containing  9.'>  grms. 
total  solids').  After  hydrolysis  by  boiling  with  acid  the 
quantity  of  alcohol  formed  amounted  to  6 "75  cc.  It  is 
obvious  that  these  by-products  are  for  the  most  part 
insusceptible  of  alcoholic  fermentation. 

The  greater  proportion  of  the  constituents  of  these 
sulphite  liquors  are  precipitated  by  lead  acetate.  This 
precipitate,  decomposed  by  sulphuric  acid,  gave  a  solution 
from  which  alcohol  threw  down  a  flocculent  substance 
having  the  empirical  composition  C:6H30SO,o ;  the  filtrate 
from  this  on  evaporation  yielded  a  gummy  body,  analysis 
of  which  also  gave  numbers  expressed  by  the  formula 
(',,11  (1S(  lr.  The  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid  to  the 
original  liquor  precipitated  a  body  C2fjH30SO10 ;  and  bromine 
threw  down  a  brominated  derivative  C;6Hi,sBr4SOu. 

These  products  boiled  with  hydriodic  acid  for  the  deter- 
mination of  O.CH3  gave  numbers  proving  the  presence  of 
2  CH3  groups  in  the  above  empirical  formula'.  The  Sis 
present  as  8(  )3H.  For  the  original  constituents  of  the  pine- 
wood,  of  which  these  bodies  are  sulphonated  derivatives, 
the  authors  arrive,  after  discussion,  at  the  formula 
C2JHil(CH3)2O10,  and  point  out  its  substantial  identity 
with  that  assigned  by  Dietrich  aud  Konig  (Landw.  vers. 
Stat.  13,  222)  to  the  lignin  of  woody  tissue,  as  with  that 
taken  by  Cross  and  Bevan  for  the  lignone  constituent  of 
jute  (Chem.  Soc.  J.  55,  213). 

Action  of  Nitric  Acid  (sp.  gr.1'35)  on  Pine- Wood. — 
From  100  grms.  pine-wood,  after  treatment  with  this  acid, 
the  authors  obtained  17  grms.  of  insoluble  residue,  which  in 
composition  (C36H6()0;tl)  and  properties  was  closely  similar 
to  the  oxycellnlose  obtained  by  Cross  and  Bevan,  by  the 
oxidation  with  nitric  acid  of  cotton  and  other  celluloses 
(Chem.  Soc.  J.  43)-  This  body  differs  from  the  pectic  group 
of  plant  constituents  in  not  yielding  to  acid  hydrolysis  and 
containing  no  pentaglucose  groups. 

Preparation  of  Dextrose  from  "  Sulphite  "  Cellulose. — 
On  dissolving  sulphite  cellulose  in  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid,  diluting,  boiling,  and  further  proceeding  as  in  the 
ordinary  method  of  preparing  "  glucose "  from  cotton 
cellulose,  the  authors  finally  obtained  3' 5  percent,  of  its 
weight  of  a  white  sugar,  and  from  this  2-0  per  cent,  of 
dextrose  (calculated  on  the  original  cellulose).  Pine-wood 
treated  in  this  way  yielded  nearly  5  per  cent,  of  its  weight 
of  dextrose. — C.  E.  C, 


PATENTS. 


Inijirorements  in  the  Process  of  and  Apparatus  for  Bleach- 
ing and  Treating  the  Fibre  of  Peat  or  other  Substances. 
G.  A.  Cannot,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  13,102,  August  1, 
1891. 

See  under  VI.,  page  813. 


An  Improvement  in  Oil  and  other  Waterproof  Sheets  used 
in  taking  Press  Copies  of  Letters  and  other  Documents 
A.  C.    Thomson,    113,    Union   Street,    Glasgow.      Kng. 
Pat.   18,448,  October  27,  1891. 
Thk  invention  consists  in  combining  with  the  oiled  or  water- 
proof paper  a  piece  of  calico,  linen,  or  other  fabric,  or  wire 
cloth  or  gauze,  so  that  the  sheet  can  not  be  torn  when  being 
used.     "  The  fabric  is  preferably  placed  between  two  sheets 
or  pieces  of    oiled   paper,   and   secured    thereto    in    any 
suitable  manner." — C.  0.  W. 


Erratum. 

This    Journal   1892,   771,  col.    1,   line    2,    for   "caustic 
lime"  read  chloride  of  lime. 

Ibid.,  col.  1,  line  4,  for  "CjH^N,;,"  read  C6HwOj- 


XX -PINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS. 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

Antipijrine-Sulphonic  Acids.      C.    Mollenhoff.     Ber.    25, 

1892,  1950—1951. 
Antipyiuxk  dissolves  with  considerable  evolution  of  heat 
in  30  per  cent,  fuming  sulphuric  acid,  but  no  sulphonic 
acid  is  obtained  after  heating  for  an  hour  on  a  water-bath. 
Complete  sulphonation  is,  however  effected  by  heating  for 
three  hours  at  130°.  The  barium  salt  dried  at  120'  forms 
a  vitreous  hygroscopic  mass,  having  the  composition 
(CnHnN204S)2Ba.  When  its  solution  is  acidified  and 
sodium  nftrite  added,  a  blue-green  coloration  is  produced. 

Bisantipyrinedisulphonic  Acid — 

•CO C C CO- 


yy 


\ 


NC6H,SOaH 


S03H-C»H4-N<  /k 

\X(CH3)-C(CH3)C(CH3)-N(OH3)/ 

is  obtained  by  heating  on  a  water-bath  bisantipyrine  with 
four  times  its  weight  of  fuming  sulphuric  acid  until  the 
product,  after  treatment  with  soda,  is  found  to  be  soluble 
in  water.  The  sulphonic  acid  can  be  crystallised  from  water 
in  which  it  is  readily  soluble, — A.  K.  M. 


Ether.    A.  C.  Abraham.     The  Chem.  and  Drug.  41, 
520—523. 

This  paper  was  read  before  the  Liverpool  Chemists'  Asso- 
ciation, and  is  now  published  with  numerous  additions  by 
the  author.  Ether,  or,  as  it  was  formerly  called,  sulphuric 
ether,  was  known  before  1540  when  it  was  described  by 
Valerius  Cordus.  It  was  worked  at  later  by  Boyle  and 
Newton,  and  two  of  their  assistants,  Erobenius  and  Hanko- 
vitz,  the  latter  of  whom  is  said  to  have  been  the  first  to 
produce  it  on  a  large  scale.  The  original  process,  which 
appears  to  have  remained  official  until  1836,  was  to  distil 
equal  weights  of  oil  of  vitriol  and  highly  rectified  spirit  of 
wine  until  a  heavy  liquid  began  to  come  over.  The  retort 
was  then  cooled,  half  the  previous  quantity  of  spirit  was 
added,  and  the  distillation  repeated.  These  operations 
were  carried  on  as  long  as  ether  was  produced,  and  the 
crude  product  was  then  rectified.  This  process  has  been 
discarded  in  favour  of  the  continuous  one  which  was  intro- 
duced by  Boullay  or  Mitecherlich,  and  consists  in  running 
the  alcohol  into  the  sulphuric  acid  in  a  continuous  stream 
instead  of  adding  it  in  quantity  from  time  to  time.  Not 
only  is  this  a  saving  of  time  and  fuel,  but  losses  of  ether 
are  also  avoided,  as  large  quantities  dissolved  in  the  air 
admitted  each  time  the  still  was  cooled  and  expelled  when 
reheated.  Moreover  it  is  possible  to  keep  the  temperature 
in  the  still  much  more  constant,   and  thus  prevent   alcohol 


836 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY 


[Oct.  31, 1892. 


coming  over  if  the  temperature  is  too  low  or  the  forma- 
tion of  defiant  pas,  oil  of  wine,  and  other  impurities,  if  it 
is  too  high.  The  author  states  that  the  reaction  takes 
place  in  two  stages  according  to  the  following  equations — 

1.  C.,H5OH  *  H.S04  =  0:H5IISO4  +■  H,<> 

2.  C2H,OH  +  CHJISO,  =  C\H-OC..H5  +  H3S04 

and  mentions  that   sulph-ethylic   acid  is  a  product  of  the 
action  of  alcohol   on   sulphuric   acid,   as   its    salts   can   be 
prepared,  and  also  that   ether  is  formed  when  alcohol  and 
sulph-ethylic  acid  are   distilled   together.     With  regard  to 
the  actual  proportions  employed,   form  of  apparatus,  and 
details  of  manufacture,  the  author  remarks  that  '-'-  makers 
are   not   generally    disposed   to  enlighten    outsiders."     He 
mentions  the  temperatures  given  by  various  writers  which 
yield  the  best  results,  and  describes  Squibb's  process   for 
the  production  of  ether  as  giving  a  product  superior  to  that 
ordinarily  sold  in  this  country.     To  every  9  parts  by  weight 
of  sulphuric  acid  2g  parts  by  weight  of  spirit  are  put  into 
;i  lead-lined  still  fitted  with  a  leaden  steam  coil,  and  heated 
by  this  means  to   130°  C.     The  vapour  passes  first  of  all 
through  a  potash  solution  kept  at   such  a  temperature   that 
ether  and  alcohol  pass  on  uncondensed  through  six  heated 
purifiers,  similar  to  a  Coffey's  still,  where  the  vapour  meets 
warm  distilled  water.     The  ether,  alcohol,  and  incondensible 
gases  are  then  passed  through  a  block-tin  worm  cooled  to 
35c    C,   by    which   means   the   alcohol    is   condensed   and 
returned  to  the   still.     The  ether,  containing  about   4   pet- 
cent,  of  alcohol,  is  then  condensed,  and  forms  the  stronger 
ether  of  the  U.S.  Pharmacopoeia.     Up   to  about  1846  ether 
appears  to  have  been  employed  exclusively  internally  as  a 
sedative,  anti-spasmodic  and  carminative,  and  externally  us 
a   refrigerant.      Its    anaesthetic    effect   was    described   by 
Pereira  in   1842,  although   in   1818  it  was   mentioned    as 
acting  in  a  similar  way   to  nitrous  oxide.     It  appears  to 
have  come  into  regular  use  an  an   anajsthetie  after  1S46, 
and  was  first  employed  by  a  surgeon   in  Boston.     A  con- 
siderable portion  of  the  paper  is  devoted  to  a  discussion  of 
the  impurities  found  in   ether,  together  with  their  detection. 
They  are  divided  into  four  classes:— 1.  Those  pre-existing 
in  the  alcohol  or  decomposition  products  of  such  impurities. 
2.   Decomposition  products  from  the  alcohol  and  sulphuric 
acid.     3.  Alcohol  and  water.     4.  Products  of  the  decom- 
position of  the  ether  itself.     The  first  impurities  may  be 
detected  by  allowing  the  ether  to  evaporate  spontaneously  , 
which   should   take   place   without  change   of    odour,  and 
should  leave  no  residue  which  shows  the  presence  of  oil  of 
wine.     The   impurities   under  2    may  be    sulphurous   and 
acetic   acids,   which  can  be  detected   by  their   action  on 
moistened   litmus   paper.      The   presence   of    alcohol   and 
water  is  shown  by  the  specific  gravity.     Water,  according 
to  Squibb,  is  detected  by  a  crystal  of  fuchsine  (rosaniline 
acetate)  and  alcohol  by  the  formation  of  iodoform  when 
Lieben's  test   is  applied.     The  fourth  class  of   impurities 
would,  according  to  the  author,  appear  to  consist  of  two 
bodies,  one  of  which  liberates  iodine  from  potassium  iodide, 
and  the  other  forms  a  substance  similar  to  aldehyde  resin 
with  caustic  soda,  but  it  is  uncertain  whether  the  impurities 
from  which  these  substances  are  formed  are  the  same  or 
different  ones.     Dunstan  and  Dymond  believe  that  hydrogen 
peroxide  is  the  cause  of  the  liberation  of  iodine,  and  that 
this  body  is  produced  from  an   unknown  impurity  formed 
during   manufacture,   and   that   light   is   not   essential   for 
the    production   of    the    peroxide.      According    to    these 
investigators  the  ether  may  be   purified   by  the  use  of  an 
ample  quantity  of  lime  and   twice  washing  with  alkaline 
water.     An  ether  so  treated  10  years  old  showed  no  trace 
of   peroxide.     Other   chemists   arrive  at   different   results. 
Poleck   and  Thummel   conclude  that  vinyl  alcohol  is    an 
impurity   of   commercial  ether,  but   the   author   does   not 
think    this    probable.      His    experiments    show    that    the 
impurities  may  be  removed  entirely  by  treatment  with  a 
svrupy  solution  of  caustic  soda,  but  that  rectification  from 
solid  caustic  soda  or  prolonged  contact  with   it  in  the  cold 
in   a   finely-divided  condition   causes   decomposition  of  the 
ethei .      ( )f    the   various   ethers    known   in   commerce,  the 
following  are  described  : — Meth.  0  • "  1 7. — This,  chemically , 
is  an  exceedingly  impure   article,  us    the   specific  gravity  of 
pure   ether,  according  to  Squibb,  is  0'7189  at  60    F.      It  is 


used  for  producing  local  anaesthesia  and  for  freezing 
specimens,  the  low  gravity  being  due  to  the  presence  of 
dissolved  methylic  ether.  Meth.  0-725  is  the  purest  ether 
derived  from  methylated  spirit.  It  is  said  to  be  used  for 
photographic  purposes.  Pure  0-735. — This  is  obtained 
from  pure  spirit,  and  is  employed  medicinally.  Absolute 
0  ■  720. — This  is  the  pure  ether  of  the  British  Pharmacopoeia, 
and  is  directed  to  be  made  by  washing  ether  twice  with 
distilled  water,  drying  with  freshly-burned  lime  and  calcium 
chloride,  and  distilling  therefrom  after  24  hours.  The 
author  states  that  he  believes  it  is  impossible  to  obtain 
an  ether  of  0-720  by  this  means,  and  one  firm  of  manu- 
facturers for  many  years  would  not  guarantee  their  absolute 
ether  to  have  a  gravity  of  0*720.  He  also  mentions,  and 
his  experiments  have  been  confirmed,  that  of  several 
samples  examined,  this  ether  was  the  least  pure.  lit 
proposes  that  the  following  tests  lor  jEther  AnivstTieticum 
should  be  insisted  on: — 1.  Two  fluid  drachms  [allowed  to 
evaporate  spontaneously  should  not  give  rise  to  any  foreign 
odour  towards  the  end  or  after  completion  of  the  evapora- 
tion. 2.  Xo  effect  should  be  produced  upon  solid  sodic 
hydrate,  solution  of  potassium  iodide,  or  moistened  red  or 
blue  litmus  paper  after  24  hours'  contact.  3.  Specific 
gravity  should  not  exceed  0-722.  In  conclusion,  he  refers 
to  the  fact  that  ether  made  from  methylated  spirit  contains 
a  considerable  quantity  of  gaseous  methylic  ether  in 
solution,  which  lowers  the  specific  gravity  and  boiling 
point.  A  methylated  ether,  therefore,  of  sp.  gr.  I -720 
must  necessarily  contain  a  larger  proportion  of  alcohol, 
water,  or  other  heavy  impurity  than  one  made  from  pure 
spirit,  a  fact  which  should  be  borne  in  mind. — T.  A.  L. 


Chloroform  rictet.      H.    Helbing   and    V.    \V.    l'assmore. 
Helbing's  Pharm.  Bee.  March  1892. 

The  paper  describes  the  examination  of  a  large  number  of 
specimens  of  chloroform  which  had  been  purified  by  Rnoul 
Pietet's  process  of  recrystallisation,  as  suggested  by 
Professor  O.  Liebreich  forthe  removal  of  impurities  affecting 
its  physiological  value.  The  chemical  examination  of 
chloroform  so  purified  agrees  with  the  results  of  the 
physiological  experiments  of  Rene  du  Bois  Reymoud  in 
ascribing  to  it  a  high  degree  of  purity.  The  authors  point 
out  the  great  variance  in  the  specific  gravity  and  boiling 
points  of  chloroform  recorded  by  various  observers  a. 
given  in  Carnelly's  tables.  They  found  an  average  specific 
gravity  of  15002  at  15c  C.  in  six  specimens  of  chloroform 
Pictet,  individual  specimens  ranging  from  1-5000  to 
l-5004.  The  boiling  point  observed  under  750  mm. 
pressure  was  61*0°  to  61*  1°  C,  which  most  nearly 
approaches  to  Main's  figure,  61  •  1'— 61  -2"  C.  at  760  mm. 
The  specimens  were  fractionally  distilled  and  the  specific 
gravity  of  each  fraction  determined,  in  no  case  any  variation 
being  found  beyond  the  limits  of  experimented  error  and 
the  temperature  never  rising  above  61  -1°  C.  In  only  one 
cSse  did  the  residue  amount  to  0-00005  per  cent,  or  one 
part  in  2,000,000,  and  even  then  no  bad  odour  was  apparent. 
The  usual  tests  with  potassium  bichromate,  silver  nitrate, 
and  zinc  iodide  and  starch  gave  negative  results.  Specimens 
were  also  examined  to  which  a  small  percentage  of  absolute 
alcohol  had  been  added,  subsequent  to  the  purification 
process,  in  order  to  increase  their  stability,  but  a  few 
experiments  that  the  authors  made  as  to  the  decomposing 
influence  of  sunlight  on  chloroform  in  the  presence  of 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  renders  the  value  of  this 
addition  to  pure  chloroform  questionable.  20  cc.  chloroform 
and  15  cc.  pure  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  were  exposed 
in  nearly  full  bottles  to  sunlight.  On  the  fourth  day  those 
specimens  containing  alcohol  assumed  a  milky  appearance 
which  was  not  observed  in  the  pure  chloroform  specimens 
until  the  sixth  day.  On  the  other  hand  the  latter  first  gave 
evidence  of  livdrochloric  acid  with  the  zinc  iodide  test. 

—Y.  W.  P. 


091  .:;i.is92.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


837 


A  Contribution  to  our  Knowledge  of  Eucalyptus  Oil. 
H.  Helbing  and  F.  W.  Passmore.  Helbing's  Pharm. 
Rec.  June  1892. 

Tiik  authors  liave  made  an  examination  of  a  number  of 
commercial  eucalyptus  oils  from  various  sources,  which 
they  show  vary  considerably  in  the  amount  of  the  active 
constituent,  eucalyptol,  present,  and  also  in  other  characters 
which  affect  their  value  as  medicinal  agents.  After 
determining  the  physical  constants,  the  oils  were  submitted 
to  careful  fraction  distillation  and  the  fractions  passing 
over  between  170°  and  180°  C.  placed  in  a  freezing  mixture 
of  ice  and  salt  to  separate  the  eucalyptol,  from  which  the 
eleaoptene  was  removed  whilst  still  in  the  freezing  mixture. 
Pure  euealpytol,  C10HlsO,  crystallises  at  —1°  C,  boils  at 
1/.6  C,  is  optically  inactive,  possesses  the  specific  gravity 
.0*923  at  15'  C,  and  is  identical  with  cineole  from  worm- 
wood oil.  The  results  of  the  examination  maybe  tabulated 
as  follows  : — ■ 


Carbon  Tetrachloride. 


Rotation :  Specific 

in200iiint.    gravity 

tube.       at  15°  C, 


1.  01;  Eucalypti  iCuminiitir'si,  I. 

2.  ..  „  ,.  II. 

3.  01.    Eucalypti    (Cummiitg'sl. 
redistilled. 

1.  01.  Eucalypti,  (Australian)... 

5.  ,.  „        Rlol).  (Oalifornian) 

6.  ,.  „  „    (Spanish).. 

7.  „  ,.  „    (French)... 


-11-65°  O-H-'iiJ 

-  (1-55°  li'jss- 

-  rs°  o-iH77 
•  i:8t  0-9104 

+  11-7°    I  n-%22 

+  1-2°    ,  0-9281 

-4S"2°  0-8865 


The  Californiau  and  Spanish  oils  contained  in  their  first 
fractions  traces  of  bodies  of  aldehydic  nature,  giving 
a  crystalline  compound  with  sodium  bisulphite,  which 
irritated  the  throat  very  much  ou  inhalation,  whilst  the 
Spanish  oil  contained  also  a  solid  body  that  separated  from 
the  higher  fractions  in  crystals  melting  about  250°  C.  The 
authors  do  not  think  great  stress  should  be  laid  upon  the 
exact  botanical  source  of  au  euealpytus  oil,  as  several 
varieties  of  eucalyptus  contain  as  large  or  even  a  larger 
amount  of  eucalyptol  than  K.  globulus,  and  recommend 
that  in  future  editions  of  the  British  Pharmacopoeia,  a 
definite  percentage  of  crystallisable  eucalyptol  shall  be 
demanded.  As  eucalyptol  is  very  ditticult  to  purify  from 
the  last  traces  of  terpenes  it  is  further  suggested  that 
"crystallisable  eucalyptol"  should  boil  about  176°  C,  and 
null  above  —  5°  C,  have  a  specific  gravity  between  0-922 
ami  ii-  '.i:34  at  15°  C.  and  not  rotate  polarised  light  in  100  mm. 
tube  more  thuu  half  a  degree  in  either  direction.  A  good 
oil  should  contain  at  least  40  per  cent,  of  this  constituent, 
and  the  greater  portion  (about  80  per  cent.)  distil  between 
17(1°  and  190'°  C,  and  of  course  should  be  free  from  such 
volatile  aldehydic  compounds  as  irritate  the  mucous 
membranes  on  inhalation.  The  other  constituents  met  with 
were  dextro-pinene  and  la;vo-linionene,  together  with 
hevo-rotatory  sesquiterpene,  and  according  to  the  respective 
quantities  of  these  the  oil  acquired  its  activity  towards 
polarised  light.— F.  W.  P. 


Asaprol.     Banjj 


Pharm.  Zeit.  37,  324  ;  Chen).  Zeit.  16, 
217. 


As,Ai'EOI.  is  the  name  for  the  calcium  salt  of  /3-naphthol 
sulphouic  acid  recently  given  to  it  by  Strachler  and  Dulief 
on  account  of  its  antiseptic  properties,  but  these  are  so 
slight  as  not  to  make  this  compound  an  important  com- 
petitor with  other  antiseptics.  It  has  an  antithermic  action 
on  the  human  organism  that  has  been  proved  beneficial  in 
typhus  and  acute  rheumatism. — F.  W.  P. 


H.  Eckenroth. 
339. 


Pharm.  Zeit.  37 


Tetrachloride  of  carbon,  which  was  discovered  by 
Begnault  and  Dumas,  has  lately  come  largely  into  use  as  an 
extractive,  solvent  and  crystallising  medium  for  organic 
substances.  It  is  prepared  technically  in  large  quantities 
by  a  modification  of  A.  W.  v.  Hofmann's  process  of  passing 
dry  chlorine  gas  into  boiling  carbon  bisulphide,  preferably 
in  the  presence  of  antimony  chloride.  The  product  boiling 
below  100°  C.  is  boiled  with  caustic  potash  solution,  and 
fractionated.  The  commercial  product  is  a  heavy  colourless 
liquid,  boiling  between  75°  and  80°  C,  and  on  account  of 
its  non-inflammable  properties  is  preferred  in  many  factories 
to  the  more  dangerous  ether,  ligroin  (petroleum  spirit),  and 
carbon  bisulphide,  especially  as  its  stability  towards  acids 
and  halogens  allows  it  to  be  used  as  a  diluent  in  chlorina- 
tion,  &c.  Chloride  of  sulphur,  which  is  obtained  as  a 
by-product  in  the  manufacture  of  carbon  tetrachloride,  finds 
abundant  demand  as  a  vulcanising  agent  in  the  india-rubber 
factory.— F.  W.  P. 


Analysis  of  Neic  Cinchona  Barks.     D.  Howard.     Pharm. 
Journ.  51,  875,  876,  898. 

These  barks  were  specimens  of  rich  barks  from  New 
Granada,  presented  to  the  Pharmaceutical  Society's  Museum 
by  R.  Thomson,  of  Bogota,  who  is  engaged  in  cinchona 
cultivation  in  that  neighbourhood,  and  could  not  identify 
them  with  any  known  species  or  variety  of  cinchona.  Four 
specimens  were  obtained  from  plants  found  wild  in  New 
Granada,  and  their  analyses  showed  that  C.  Thomsoniaua, 
C.  Negra,  and  C.  Tuna  are  very  rich  in  quinine,  yielding 
respectively  5-94,  7-30,  and  9-04  per  cent,  of  quinine 
sulphate,  whilst  other  alkaloids  were  only  present  in 
comparatively  small  quantities.  Five  other  cultivated 
varieties  were  also  analysed,  but  were  not  on  the  whole  so 
rich  in  quinine,  though  of  good  alkaloidal  contents. 

— F.  W.  P. 


The  Influence  of  the  Carboxyl  Group  on  the  To.ric  Action 
of  Aromatic  Compounds.  W.  Neucks  and  H.  Bautmy. 
Arch.  Scienc.  Biolog.  St.  Petersburg,  1892,  61. 

The  investigations  of  the  authors,  which  include  both  new 
and  old  data,  tend  to  show  that  the  introduction  of  a 
carboxyl  group  into  the  molecule  of  most  aromatic 
compounds  effects  a  considerable  decrease  of  their  toxic 
action.  This  they  attribute  to  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
carboxyl  group  is  one  that  caunot  be  reduced  in  the 
animal  organism  readily,  whilst  poisoning  is  usually  con- 
nected with  reduction.  As  examples,  the  authors  cite 
benzene,  naphthalene,  pyridine,  and  quinoline,  which  are 
acknowledged  moderately  strong  poisons,  whilst  the  corre- 
sponding carboxyl  acids  have  been  proved  to  be  weak 
poisons.  The  toxic  action  of  the  phenols  is  also  decreased 
by  the  introduction  of  a  carboxylic  group  into  the  molecule. 
Amongst  the  more  complex  compounds  the  same  relations 
have  been  traced  between  acetauilide,  CijH5.NH.CO.CH3 
and  malonanilic  acid,  C6H5.NH.CO.CH.,.COOH,  between 
phenacetin,  C6H4(OC„H3).NH.CO.CH3,  and  phenacetin 
carboxylic  acid,  C6H4(OC„H5).NH.CO.CH2.COOH,  the 
therapeutic  activity  of  the  bases  having  entirely  disappeared 
in  the  acids.— F.  W.  P. 


Lead  in  Tartaric  Acid.     C.  Buchet.     Journ.  Pharm. 

Chim.  25,  540. 

The  author  has  found  combined  and  even  free  lead  in  all 

the  French  and  foreign  tartaric  acids  vet  examined  by  him. 

— F.  \V.  P. 


838 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31,  1862. 


£i  ad  in  Tartaric  Acid.     Guillot.     Journ.  Pharu).  Chim. 

25,  541. 
A  furthbb  examination  of  tartaric  acid  for  pharmaceutical 
use  has  shown   lead  to  be  present.     The  sample  examined 
contained    O0S28   grm.   combined   and    0-0626    grm.    of 
metallic  lead  per  kilog. — F.  W.  I'. 


Detection  anil  Estimation  of  Lead  in  Commercial  Tartaric 
and  Citric  Acids.  M.  Boucket,  Repert.  I'harro.  48, 
246. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  848. 


The  Oils  of  Lavender  and   Be.iyp.mot.     J.  Bertram    and 
11.  Walbaum.     J.  prakt.  Chem.  45,  (12),  590—603. 

The  ethereal  oil  of  the  lavender  blossom  'Lavandula  vera 

JJ.C.)  is  largely  used  in  perfumery,  the  manufacture  of 
lakes,  and  in  the  painting  of  porcelain.  There  are  two 
varieties  of  the  oil ;  the  English  oil  or  Mitcham  oil  of 
lavender  which  commands  a  high  price,  aod  the  French 
article  manufactured  in  the  South  of  France  to  the  extent  of 
about  thirty  to  forty  thousand  kilos,  per  annum.  There  are 
several  varieties  of  the  French  article  commanding  prices 
varying  from  3\  francs  up  to  16  francs  per  kilog.  according 
to  quality,  and  this  quality  vary  considerably  according  to 
adulteration  with  other  and  cheaper  ethereal  oils  such  as 
oil  of  turpentine,  and  the  oil  of  Lavandula  Spica  Ctiai.e 
"  Spike  oil."  Under  such  circumstances  the  determination 
of  the  quality  and  purity  of  oil  of  lavender  is  for  the  con- 
sumer of  great  importance.  The  tests  hitherto  adopted  and 
based  upon  the  smell,  the  specific  gravity,  solubility  in 
dilute  alcohol,  optical  properties  and  boiling  point  are 
approximate  but  still  insufficient,  and  a  research  was 
undertaken  with  the  object  of  ascertaining  precisely  the 
chemical  constituents  present  in  the  oils. 

The  results  obtained  are  briefly  summarised  as  follows  : — 

The  chief  constituent  of  the  French  oil  of  lavender  is  an 
alcohol  Cu,HlsO  with  its  esters,  principally  the  acetic  ester. 
The  alcohol  of  lavender,  C]0HlsO,  absorbs  4  atoms  of  bromine 
to  form  an  addition  product.  With  hydrochloric  acid  it 
forms  a  liquid  chloride  CJ0HJ8C12.  On  oxidation  with 
chromic  acid  mixture  it  is  converted  into  citral,  C10Hi6O 
(Geranial).  Dehydrating  agents  split  off  hydrocarbon 
residues  C10H16  from  the  alcohol,  amongst  which  terpenes 
and  dipentene  can  be  recognised  with  certainty. 

From  these  reactions  and  from  the  physical  properties  of 
the  alcohol,  it  follows  that  it  is  identical  with  the  Linalool 
of  the  oil  of  Linaloe. 

The  acetic  ester  of  Linalool  is  found  in  oil  of  bergamot, 
and  is  the  cause  of  its  odour. — W.  S. 


.1  Diriet  Method  for  Preparing  Antipyrine.     J.  prakt. 
Chem.  45,  (i2),  589. 

A.  Miihakl,  in.  an  article  on  the  Constitution  of  Sodium 
Acetic  Ether  states  that  he  has  succeeded  in  preparing 
antipyrine  direct,  by  heating  hydriodide  of  phenylhydrazine 
methyl  alcohol  and  aceto-acetic  ether  together.  He  has 
also  obtained  it  by  the  action  of  salts  of  the  symmetrical 
methylphenyl-hydraziue.  on  aceto-acetic  ether. — W.  S. 


The  Colour  lleuetions  of  Furfural  and  a  Modification  of 
Wepperi-s  Verdtrine  Reaction.  F.Lewes.  Ph'arm.  Zeit. 
37,  338. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  848. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  or  Connected   with  Apparatus  or  Means 
for    Obtaining    O.rygen   and   Nitrogen   from    the   Air. 

H.   Brier,   Crosshill,    Renfrewshire.     Eng.    Pat.    15,975, 

September  21,  1891. 
The  separation  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen  from  atmospheric 
air  is  rendered  more  efficient  by  the  application  of  an 
arrangement  of  valves  and  cocks,  which  are  so  adjusted  to 
the  service  pipes  of  the  producing  plant  that  during  the 
time  of  transition  of  a  furnace  from  the  charging  to  the 
exhausting  state,  the  excess  of  gases  under  pressure  in 
the  furnace  will  be  delivered  into  a  second  furnace.  The 
arrangement  is  applicable  when  the  furnaces  are  served  by 
two  or  more  pumps,  so  that  part  of  the  installation  may  be 
under  pressure  and  part  under  exhaustion  simultaneously, 
whilst  a  mechanical  device  is  added  for  controlling  the 
cocks  and  valves.  A  considerable  quantity  of  the  gases 
and  air  otherwise  blown  to  waste  are  saved,  less  nitrogen 
left  in  the  furnace,  and  consequently  a  less  diluted  nitrogen 
obtained.  If  it  is  required  to  obtain  as  pure  gases  as 
possible  au  auxiliary  exhauster  and  reservoir  may  be  added 
to  the  apparatus  to  deal  with  the  excess  gases. — F.  W.  P. 


Manufacture  of  Tropine.  Meister,  Lucius,  and  Bruniug, 
Hochst-on-the  Maine.  Eng.  Pat.  16,371,  September  26, 
1891. 

The  position  of  tropiue  as  the  base  of  several  natural 
alkaloids,  as  shown  by  the  researches  of  Liebermami  and 
others,  and  the  possibility  of  producing  tropiues  by 
synthesis  identical  with  or  analogous  to  the  natural  alkaloids 
by  introducing  organic  acid  radicles  iuto  the  tropine 
molecule,  make  the  technical  synthesis  of  tropine  an 
important  problem.  The  present  patent  deals  with  the 
manufacture  of  tropine  from  one  of  its  decomposition  pro- 
ducts, dihydrobenzyldimethylamine,  which  can  be  prepared 
in  several  ways,  and  is  isomeric  with  methyl-tropidine. 
This  tertiary  amine  C6H-.CH_,.N.(CHJ);,  is  a  thin  liquid 
oil  that  can  be  distilled  and  mixes  with  an  equal  weight  of 
water.  Hydrochloric  acid  is  allowed  to  flow  into  such  a 
mixture  cooled  in  ice  until  saturated,  and  then  allowed  to 
stand  24  hours.  A  molecule  of  hydrochloric  acid  is 
absorbed  to  yield  hydroehlordihydrobenzjldiinethylaminc, 
(.■„H.,('l.CH,:.N.(CH:t)2,  which  is  separated  by  dilution 
with  ice-water  and  precipitation  with  soda-lye,  when  it 
forms  a  thin  colourless  oil.  On  heating  this  on  a  water- 
bath  an  isomeric  change  occurs  and  a  tenacious  syrup  is 
formed,  which  is  the  ehlormethylate  of  tropidiue  — 

CsHr(CH :  CH2)C1N(CH3)8 

the  hydrogenated  benzene  nucleus  being  broken  and  a  new 
pyridine  ring  formed.  When  the  temperature  is  still 
further  raised  this  methylate  gradually  splits  up  into  methyl 
chloride  CHjCl,  which  evaporates,  and  tropidine — 

CaH-(CH:CII,,)X(Cir,) 

On  boiling  the  tropidine  for  several  hours  in  a  vessel  with 
reversed  cooler  along  with  dilute  soda-lye,  a  molecule  of 
water  is  absorbed  by  the  unsaturated  side  chain  and  tropine, 
CsIIr(CH.,.CH.,OH)X(CH3)  built  up.  The  latter  is  taken 
up  from  the  alkaline  solution  with  chloroform. — F.  \V.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  ( V ranular  E  fierce set tile 
Mixtures.  T.  Kerfoot,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  12,998, 
July  15,  1892. 

Is  granulating  for  the  manufacture  of  such  effervesciblc 
mixtures  as  that  commonly  called  citrate  of  magnesia,  a 
mixture  of  tartaric  or  citric  acid  and  bicarbonate  of  soda, 
by  damping  it,  liberation  of  some  of  the  carbon  dioxide 
takes  place,  thus  reducing  the  amount  of  effervescence  when 
the  mixture  is  finally  used.  To  avoid  this  the  inventor 
proposes  to  granulate  the  acid  and  carbonate  separately, 
and  to  mix  them  afterwards  in  suitable  proportions. 

— C.  6.  w. 


Oct.  si,  1893.]       THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTBT. 


839 


XXL— PHOTOGRAPHIC  MATERIALS  AND 
PROCESSES. 

Substances  of  the  Aromatic  Serifs  capable  of  Developing 
the  latent  Photographic  Image.  A.  and  L.  Lumiere. 
Monit.  Scient.  1892,  30. 

I'm    authors  have  arrived  at  the  following  conclusions  : — 

1.  A  substance  of  the  aromatic  series  in  order  to  be  a 
developer  must  contain  at  least  two  hydroxyl-,  or  two 
amido-groups,  or  one  hydroxyl-  and  one  amido-group  in 
the  benzene  nucleus. 

2.  The  preceding  condition  is  necessary,  but  only  holds 
good  in  the  case  of  para-compounds.  For  example,  orcinol 
dues  not  act  as  a  developer,  but  its  isomeride  toluquinonc, 
does. 

3.  The  developing  property  still  remains  when  there  is  a 
number  of  Oil  and  N1I;  groups  in  the  molecule,  as  in  the 
ease  of  diamido-phenol,  &c. 

1.  When  two  or  more  benzene  nuclei,  or  a  benzene  and 
another  nucleus  are  joined  together,  the  above  remarks 
only  apply  in  case  the  OH  and  XIL  groups  exist  in  the 
same  nucleus. 

.").  Substitution  in  the  OH  or  SH2  groups  destroy 
■  lolloping  properties,  except  when  two  or  more  of  these 
groups  remain  intact. 

(i.  Other  substitutions  do  not  seem  to  affect  this  property. 
Sulphonation  does  not  destroy  the  developing  property,  if 
in  the  presence  of  an  energetic  base. 

7.  These  remarks  only  apply  to  substances  of  the  aromatic 
series. 

8.  Phenylhydrazine  is  an  exception. 

In  a  recent  communication  to  the  French  Photographic 
Society  the  authors  have  compared  paramidopuenol,  hydro- 
quinone,  and  eikonogen.  Out  of  contact  with  air,  the 
aqueous  solution  of  paramidophenol  oxidises  first,  then 
eikonogen,  and  lastly  hydroquinone. 

The  product  of  oxidation  of  paramidophenol,  probably 
imidoquinone,  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble  in  ammonia 
and  alkalis  with  violet  coloration,  and  in  nitric  acid  with 
red  coloration.  The  solution  of  eikonogen  is  coloured 
dark  brown,  changing  to  green  with  ammonia  and  to  red 
with  nitric  acid.  The  oxidised  solution  of  hydroquinone  is 
reddish,  turning  yellow  with  ammonia  and  decolorised  by 
nitric  acid. 

The  products  of  oxidation  of  eikonogen  and  hydroquinone 
give  gelatin  a  yellow  tinge,  whilst  in  the  case  of  parami- 
dophenol it  is  uucoloured.  By  means  of  Keeb's  method 
the  quantities  of  these  substances  required  to  reduce  1  grm. 
of  silver  nitrate  were  determined  as  follows  : — 

Grm. 

Hydroquinone iri>7 

Paramidophenol 0'14 

Eikonogen "':ju 

The  advantages  of  paramidophenol  are  as  follows  : — 
It  oxidises  more  rapidly  and  is  therefore  a  more  energetic 
developer. 

Its  oxidation  products  are  not  detrimental  to  the  image 
or  to  the  gelatin. 

The  authors  give  the  following  as  the  best  developing 
formula — 

Water BOO 

mate  of  potassium -10 

Sulphite  of  sodium. loo 

Paramidophenol 8 

—J.  C.  C. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements      in     Apparatus  for     Producing      Light. 
.!.(..  Hudson.  Loudon.    Eng.  Pat.  222G,  February  6,  18*91. 

See  under  II.,  page  806. 


.1     Simplified    Form    of   Magnesium    Lump.      P.    Ellis, 
Wellington.     Eng.  Pat.  17,586,  October  15,  1891. 

See  under  II.,  page  807. 


XXII.-EXPLOSIYES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Denitration  of  Pyroxylin .     D.  Woodman.     J.  Amer. 
Chem.  Soc.14,  1892,  112—114. 

The  author  records  experiments  on  the  reduction  of  celluloid 
to  cellulose  by  means  of  ammonium  suiphydrate  and  other 
reducing  agents. 

Cellulose  so  prepared  is  said  to  be  a  suitable  material  for 
the  production  of  incandescent  electric  lamp  filaments. 

— T.  Ii.  B. 


Xew  Dynamite-Conreijing  Plant  at  the  Works  of  the 
American  Forcitc  Company.  Eng.  and  Mining  J.  July  23, 
1892,  76. 
A  no  it  a  year  ago  a  serious  explosion  took  place  at  the 
works  of  the.  American  Forcite  Company,  iit  Hopatcong, 
N.J.  It  was  then  the  custom  to  convey  the  nitroglycerin 
from  the  tank  house  to  the  five  mixing  houses  on  the  side 
of  the  hill  by  means  of  slightly  inclined  pipes.  A  destruc- 
tive explosion  occurred  in  one  of  the  mixing  houses,  and  it 
war  communicated  by  the  nitroglycerin  through  the  pipes 
to  the  tank  house  and  to  the  other  mixing  houses.  In 
rebuilding  the  plant  it  was  obvious  that  a  new  type  of 
conveying  apparatus  would  have  to  be  adopted,  in  order 
that  any  subsequent  explosion  should  be  confined  to  the 
particular  locality  in  which  it  occurred.  This  was  done  by 
the  construction  of  an  aerial  rope  tramway,  which  starts 
from  close  to  the  tank-house  and  runs  past  the  five  mixing- 
houses.  The  line  consists  of  a  double  rope  on  which  a 
four-wheeled  carriage  travels,  the  framework  of  which  is 
provided  with  pivoted  hooks  which  carry  buckets  containing 
the  nitroglycerin.  The  carriage  is  stopped  at  each  station, 
and  the  required  number  of  buckets  is  unhooked.  These 
are  returned  empty  on  the  return  journey.  The  line  was 
designed  for  the  Company  by  the  Union  Wire  Hope 
Tramway  Co. — W.  S. 


The  Analysis  of  Nitro-E-rplosices.     P.   G.   Sanford. 
Chem.  Trade  J.  11,  1892,  161—162. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  843. 


Progress  of  the  Match  Industry.     W.  Jettel.     Chem.  Zeit. 
16,  1892,  670. 

Ix  the  first  part  of  this  article  is  'demonstrated  by  various 
examples  the  uselessness,  so  far,  of  the  attempts  to  entirely 
replace  phosphorus  by  other  substances  or  mixtures  not 
containing  it  for  the  heads  of  matches  or  rubbing-surfaces  of 
the  match-boxes. 

In  order  to  reduce  to  the  utmost  the  use  of  white  phos- 
phorus in  the  match  manufacture,  Switzerland  is  rapidly 
approaching  a  solution  of  the  problem  involved  in  the 
removal  of  the  dangers  of  disease  to  the  operatives  in  the 
match  factories,  by  means  of  Government  monopoly,  so  that 
the  necessary  restrictions  may  be  thoroughly  under  control. 
Scarcely  any  other  branch  of  chemical  industry  appears  to 
be  so  exposed  to  monopoly  as  that  of  the  lucifer  match 
manufacture.  In  France,  Greece,  Servia,  and  Koumania  the 
match  monopoly  is  taken  up  by  the  State  on  financial 
grounds.  On  the  same  grounds,  since  1891,  in  Italy,  and 
since  the  beginning  of  the  present  year  in  Portugal,  has  this 
same  monopoly  been  arranged,  whilst,  as  already  stated,  it 
is  to  be  adopted  in  Switzerland  purely  on  hygienic  grounds. 

In  the  reports  of  the  Swiss  inspectors  of  factories  there  is 
complete  unanimity  as  to  the  spread  of  phosphorus-necrosis 
of  the  jaw  among  the  operatives  of  the  match  factories,  and 
in  1891  the  Bundesrath  adopted  the  evidence  as  a  principle. 
The  gist  of  this  united  opinion  embodied  by  the  Swiss  match 
factory  inspectors  in  their  report,  was  briefly  this  : — That  even 
the  newest  improvements  in  the  construction  and  working  of 
the  match  factories  do  not  suffice  to  keep  down  the  inroads 


840 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31, 1898, 


of  phosphorus-poisoning,  and  that  the  only  possibility  of 
abolishing  phosphorus-necrosis  lay  in  the  complete  abolition 
of  the  use  of  white  phosphorus. 

Since,  moreover,  experience  acquired  subsequently  to  the 
prohibition  of  white  phosphorus  in  Swiss  factories  had 
taught  the  lesson  that  white  phosphorus  was  still  much 
employed  secretly  in  the  manufacturing  operations,  and  in 
consequence  the  number  of  sufferers  from  necrosis  still 
increased,  notwithstanding  the  prohibition,  it  was  deemed 
essential  to  prohibit  this  branch  of  manufacture  as  a  private 
industry,  and  the  introduction  of  the  State  monopoly  was 
proposed,  on  the  condition  that  only  safety-matches,  with 
absolute  exclusion  of  the  use  of  white  phosphorus  therein, 
shall  be  prepared  under  the  control  of  the  Bundesrath  itself. 
This  proposal  is  just  now  receiving  confirmation  and  final 
and  decisive  reply.     (September  to  October  11*92.) 

As  regards  Germany,  it  is  not  alleged  that  the  conditions 
of  the  manufacture  of  lucifer  matches  could  not  be  still 
more  efficiently  guarded  in  German  factories,  so  as  to 
renderit  possible  to  obey  completely  the  necessary  hygienic 
precautions  laid  down  for  the  prevention  of  phosphorus- 
necrosis,  or  its  limitation  to  a  minimum.  However,  so  far 
as  statistical  figures  are  concerned,  the  following  are  given 
in  the  Govemmeut  reports  ("  Jahresberichte  der  mit  der 
Beaufsichtigung  der  Fabriken  betrauteh  Beamten ")  for 
the  whole  of  Germany:  In  1886,  no  cases  ;  in  1887,  eight 
casts:  in  1SS8,  three  cases  of  necrosis.  The  figures,  as 
reported,  makiug  it  thus  appear  that  for  the  whole  of 
Germany  an  average  of  four  cases  per  annum  of  necrosis 
result  from  the  manufacture  of  matches.  Assuming  these 
figures  to  he  correct,  the  author  suggests  that  Switzerland 
might  learn  from  Germany  some  of  the  hygienic  precautions 
aud  improvements,  as  also  strict  factory  surveillance,  adopted 
in  the  Fatherland  '.— XV.  S. 


Poisonous   Gases  from   Dynamite.     P.  F.   Charon.     Eng. 
and  Mining  J.  1892,  269. 

The  author  states  that  in  practice  a  complete  explosion  of 
nitroglycerin  is  never  obtained,  and  that  the  gas  produced 
always  contains  the  vapour  of  nitroglycerin,  which  renders 
those  breathing  it  liable  to  headache,  nausea,  and  even 
vomiting.  Carbonic  oxide  and  nitrous  oxide  are  also 
formed.  The  author  advises  in  the  treatment  of  the  miners 
poisoned  in  this  manner,  that  they  be  given  strong  black 
coffee,  or  better,  that  they  should  cautiously  inhale  ammonia, 
sulphurous  acid,  or  concentrated  acetic  acid.  He  also 
suggests  that  the  ventilation  be  made  more  perfect  and  that 
the  noxious  gases  be  reduced  in  quantity  by  the  use  of  an 
increased  quantity  of  detonator. — J.  ('.('. 


XML-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

APPARATUS. 

On  an  Appliance  for  Autographically  Recording  the 
Temperature  of  Furnaces.  W.  C.  Roberts-Austen. 
Iron  and  Steel  Inst.  Autumn  Meeting,  18'.i2. 

Tin  author  has  for  some  years  advocated  the  use  of 
thermo-junctions,  which  now  appear  likely  to  come  into 
general  use,  Sir  I.owthiau  Bell  having  led  the  way,  but 
hitherto  a  systematic  method  of  obtaining  autographic 
records  has  been  wanting,  and  the  present  device  is  the 
result  of  attempts  to  simplify  a  piece  of  apparatus,  already 
described  before  the  Institute,  so  as  to  render  it  serviceable 
for  use  in  works.  The  original  form  consisted  of  a  camera 
containing  a  reflecting  galvanometer  of  the  Depretz  and 
D'Arsonval  type,  and  of  about  200  ohms  resistance.  The 
thermo-junction,  placed  where  the  temperature  is  to  he 
measured,  is  connected  with  this  galvanometer,  the  amplitude 
of  whose  deflection  indicates  the  temperature  to  which  the 
thermo-junction  is  exposed.  An  autographic  record  can 
then  be   obtained  by   allowing  the  spot   of  light  from  the 


mirror  of  the  galvanometer  to  fall  upon  sensitised  photo- 
graphic plate  moved  by  clockwork  or  other  suitable  means. 
For  practical  use  it  was  necessary  (1)  to  simplify  the 
portion  of  the  apparatus  recording  the  movement  of  the 
spot  of  light,  aud  (2)  to  avoid  the  necessity  for  shifting  a 
single  thermo-junction  from  furnace  to  furnace  by  having 
a  separate  one  in  each  furnace,  provision  being  made  for 
placing  each  centre  of  heat' in  turn  in  connection  with  a 
single  galvanometer  and  recording  instrument. 

The  first  object  was  attained  by  substituting  for  the 
sensitised  plate,  a  cylinder  to  move  by  internal  clockwork  at 
the  rate  of  one  revolotioniu  twelve  hours.  The  cylinder  was 
covered  with  f  sensitised  paper,  whilst  the  portion  of  the 
camera  containing  it  can  be  detached  from  the  rest  of  the 
apparatus  aud  removed  to  the  dark  room  for  the  development 
of  the  record.  To  attain  the  second  object  the  apparatus 
shown  to  the  members  was  arranged  for  placing  any  one  of 
six  different  centres  of  heat,  e.g.,  hot  blast  stoves  or  furnaces, 
in  connection  with  the  galvanometer,  the  records  being 
intermittent.  The  duration  of  the  test  in  each  case  is 
according  to  the  will  of  the  operator,  who  by  merely 
turning  a  handle  determines  which  centre  shall  be  placed  in 
connection  with  the  galvanometer  and  the  duration  of  the 
test.  The  shifting  can  also  be  performed  by  clockwork, 
and  is  then  entirely  automatic.  The  method  of  indicating 
which  furnace  is  placed  in  connection  with  the  galvanometer 
is  as  follows  : — For  No.  1  furnace  the  light  from  the  lamp 
passes  through  a  single  slit  and  gives  a  single  datum  line, 
while  for  No.  4  the  light  passes  through  four  fine  parallel 
slits,  and  produces  four  fine  parallel  lines,  of  which  the 
lowest  is  the  true  datum  line,  and  the  deviation  of  the  line 
traced  by  the  light  from  the  galvanometer  mirror  from  the 
datum  line  when  in  use  measures  the  temperature  at 
the  thermo-junction  at  that  instant. 

During  the  discussion  it  was  stated  that  the  platinum- 
rhodium  junction  was  extremely  durable  and  constant, 
varying  only  very  little  after  several  weeks'  continuous  use. 
Sir  Lowthian  Bell  said  that  though  they  did  wear  out  in 
time,  yet  with  11  furnaces  in  work  the)'  had  not  lost  more 
than  three  or  four,  but  the  expense  was  so  small  as  to  make 
this  of  no  moment.  Professor  Roberts-Austen  said  that 
the  junctions  might  be  covered  by  clay  or  not,  but  unless 
exposed  to  a  shower  of  fine  metallic  rain  he  believed  them 
best  free,  and  the  best  resistance  of  galvanometer  was 
200  ohms.— A.  XV. 


Report  by  A.  Carnot  and  II.  Le  Chatilier  an  a  Study  of 
the  Calorific  Power  of  Combustibles  used  far  Industrial 
Purposes,  undertaken  by  P.  Mahler.  Bull,  de  la  Soc. 
d'Encouragement  pour  l'lndustric  Nat.  91  (1892), 
317—374. 

The  report,  which  occupies  57  pages  of  the  Journal, 
consists  of  a  description  of  researches  undertaken  by 
M.  Mahler  under  the  auspices  of  the  Society  for  the 
Encouragement  of  National  Industry.  The  object  of  the 
Society  was  to  obtain  accurate  values  for  the  combustible 
power  of  various  kinds  of  coal,  and  for  this  purpose  it 
voted  the  sum  of  3,000  francs.  M.  Mahler,  however,  was 
not  content  with  limiting  bis  researches  to  coal,  but 
exteuded  them  to  several  other  combustible  bodies,  solid, 
liquid,  and  gaseous.  He  used  for  the  purpose  a  modification 
of  the  calorimetric  shell  of  M.  Berthelot.  The  modifications 
have  the  approval  of  M.  Berthelot,  which  is  the  surest 
guarantee  that  they  in  no  way  detract  from  the  scientific 
value  of  the  method,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the  approval 
of  engineers  and  savants  interested  in  the  industrial  appli- 
cations testifies  to  the  simplicity  and  manageableness  of 
the  apparatus.  M.  Mahler's  calorimetric  shell  is  rapidly 
being  introduced  into  both  scientific  aud  industrial  labora- 
tories. In  thus  placing  in  the  lianas  of  manufacturers  a 
method  by  which  they  can  themselves  ascertain  with 
precision  the  calorific  power  of  the  combustibles  they  use, 
M.  Mahler  has  rendered  to  national  industry  a  service 
greater  even  than  could  result  from  the  actual  determinations 
he  has  made. 

The  principle  of  M.  Berthelot's  method  is  this  : — The 
combustible  body  is  enclosed  iu  a  shell  lined  with  platinum, 
which  is  charged  with  oxygen  under  pressure  and  suspended 


i),  t.  si,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


841 


in  a  water-calorimeter.  If  the  combustible  is  then  fired  by 
aiiy  suitable  artifice,  combustion  is  complete  and  practically 
instantaneous.  The  beat  of  combustion  is  transferred  irith- 
mit  (ini/  loss,  to  the  water  of  the  calorimeter.  It  is  necessary 
that  the  oxygen  should  be  under  pressure  that  combustion 
may  be  complete.  In  M.  Mahler's  modification  of  the 
apparatus  ( pig.  1  )  the  shell  is  made  of  forged  steel,  and 
highly  polished.  The  metal,  which  is  very  pure,  is  chosen 
with  great  care  in  order  to  ensure  strength,  and  to  facilitate 
the  necessary  enamelling.  The  shell  has  a  capacity  of 
65  I  cc,  and  with  its  accessories  weighs  4  kilos.  Its  walls 
are  8  mm.  thick.  The  capacity  of  this  shell  is  much 
greater  than  that  of  M.  Berthelot  in  order  to  ensure  perfect 
combustion,  even  when  the  purity  of  the  gas  leaves  a  little 
to  be  desired.  Moreover,  since  many  gaseous  combustibles 
used  for  industrial  purposes  contaiu  inert  matters  such  as 
nitrogen  aud  carbonic  acid,  it  is  necessary  to  take  a  large 
quantity  of  them   if   it   is  wished  to  obtain   a  measurable 

Fig-    1. 


rise  of  temperature.  By  thus  increasing  the  capacity  of 
the  shell  M.  Mahler  has  united  in  a  single  instrument 
M.  Berthelot's  high-pressure  shell  and  the  older  shell  used 
by  the  same  savant  in  his  study  of  gaseous  hydrocarbons. 
The  shell  is  nickel-plated  on  the  outside.  Inside  it  is 
coated  with  a  white  enamel  to  preserve  it  from  corrosion 
or  oxidation.  This  coat  of  enamel  replaces  the  lining  of 
platinum,  costing  several  thousands  of  francs,  used  by 
M.  Berthelot.  The  enamel  being  very  thin  does  not 
interfere  with  the  transmission  of  the  heat.  The  cover  of 
the   shell   (Fig.   2),  is   of    iron    aud   carries   on   its    inner 

Fig.  2. 


surface  a  ring  of  lead,  1',  which  fits  into  a  corresponding 
circular  groove  cut  in  the  rim  of  the  shell.  The  gas  is 
admitted  to  the  shell  by  a  conical  stop-cock  Ji,  made  of 
nickel-iron,  an  almost  unoxidisable  metal.  Through  the 
cap  passes  a  well-insulated  electrode,  prolonged  on  the 
inside  by  a  rod  of  platiuum.  The  cap  also  carries  another 
similar  rod  of  platinum,  to  which   is  attached  the  plate  or 


capsule  upon  which  the  combustible  is  placed.  Attached 
to  the  two  platinum  rods  is  a  small  spiral  of  fine  iron  wire, 
and  ignition  of  the  combustible  is  caused  by  sending  an 
electric  currrent  through  this  at  the  desired  moment. 

The  calorimeter,  the  outer  vessel  (A,  Fig.  1),  the  arrange- 
ment for  supporting  the  shell,  and  the  agitator  all  differ  in 
various  details  from  the  analogous  parts  in  M.  Berthelot's 
apparatus,  the  object  being  to  diminish  the  cost  as  much 
as  possible.  The  calorimeter  is  of  thin  brass,  and  owing 
to  the  size  of  the  shell  is  of  considerable  capacity. 
M.  Mahler  uses  2  '2  kilos,  of  water,  thus  eliminating  all 
error  due  to  evaporation,  and  to  drops  of  water  clinging 
to  the  calorimeter.  This  makes  the  correction  for  loss  of 
heat  during  the  experiment  almost  negligible.  From  a 
scientific  point  of  view  the  apparatus  is  thus  very  satis- 
factory, and  is  well  adapted  for  industrial  use.  The 
agitator,  of  spiral  form,  is  worked  by  a  simple  arrangement 
which  allows  the  experimenter  to  move  it  regularly  without 
fatigue.  The  only  other  parts  of  the  apparatus  that  need 
be  referred  to  are  the  thermometer,  which  should  indicate 
one-hundredth  of  a  degree,  and  the  electric  generator, 
either  magneto -electric  machine  or  battery,  which  should 
be  capable  of  giving  a  current  of  2  amperes  under  a  pressure 
of  10  volts. 

For  the  supply  of  oxygen,  M.  Mahler  uses  one  of  the 
cylinders  of  a  manufacturing  oxygen  company.  This 
company  supplies  gas  free  from  carbonic  acid  but  containing 
generally  from  5  to  10  per  cent,  of  nitrogen.  The  mode 
described  of  filling  the  shell  is  easy  of  manipulation  and 
prevents  the  introduction  of  fatty  matters  such  as  might 
occur  from  the  use  of  an  ordinary  laboratory  pump. 

Method  oj  Determination. — A  gramme  of  the  substance 
to  be  experimented  upon  is  weighed  out  in  the  capsule  C 
(F'ig.  1),  which  is  then  placed  in  position,  and  to  its  support 
is  attached  the  fine  iron  spiral  of  known  weight.  This 
spiral  should  be  about  No.  26  to  No.  30  British  gauge.  The 
lid  of  the  shell  is  then  firmly  screwed  down,  and  oxygen 
admitted  slowly  by  the  stop-cock  K  until  the  manometer  M 
shows  a  pressure  of  from  20  to  25  atmospheres.  The  stop- 
cock is  then  securely  closed,  the  shell  placed  in  position  in 
the  calorimeter,  and  the  thermometer  and  agitator  properly 
adjusted.  The  water,  already  measured  out,  is  then  poured 
in  and  the  whole  is  well  stirred  to  obtain  an  uniform  tem- 
perature. The  temperature  is  then  observed  from  minute  to 
minute  for  four  or  five  minutes  in  order  to  ascertain  the  law 
of  cooling  suitable  to  the  apparatus.  At  the  desired 
moment  the  combustible  is  ignited  by  connecting  one  pole 
of  the  generator  to  the  electrode  passing  through  the  cap  of 
the  shell  andthe  other  pole  to  auy  part  of  the  shell  itself. 
Combustion  is  practically  instantaneous,  but  it  takes  some 
time  for  the  heat  to  pass  through  the  shell.  The  tempera- 
ture is  observed  from  minute  to  minute  until  the  thermometer 
begins  to  fall  regularly,  and  for  about  five  minutes  longer 
in  order  to  ascertain  the  law  of  cooling  after  the  temperature 
has  attained  the  maximum,  the  water  being  well  stirred 
during  the  whole  observation.  On  the  conclusion  of  the 
experiment  the  stop-cock  is  first  opened,  and  then  the  shell 
itself  (which  is  washed  out  with  distilled  water  in  order  to 
collect  the  acid  liquid  formed  during  combustion).  The 
proportion  of  the  acid  carried  out  with  the  gas  is  negligible. 
The  quantity  of  the  acid  may  be  estimated  volumetrically 
by  titration  with  potash.  If  the  combustible  contains  little 
hydrogen,  and  so  is  unable  to  furnish,  by  combustion, 
sufficient  water  for  the  formation  of  nitric  acid,  it  is  well  to 
place  a  little  water  at  the  bottom  of  the  shell.  Having 
made  these  observations,  the  calorific  power  Q  can  he 
easily  calculated.  If  A  is  the  observed  rise  of  temperature, 
a  the  correction  for  cooling,  P  the  weight  of  water  taken, 
P1  the  water  equivalent  of  the  shell  and  its  accessories,  ^i  the 
weight  of  nitric  acid,  p1  the  weight  of  the  iron  spiral,  0'2:f 
cal.  the  heat  of  formation  of  nitric  acid,  and  1  ■  6  cal.  the 
heat  of  combustion  of  1  grin,  of  iron,  then — 

Q  =  (A  -r  o)(P  +  P1)  -  (0'23p  +  1-6/j1) 

The  details  given  above  are  applicable  when  the  com- 
bustible is  a  solid,  tar,  or  one  of  the  fixed  oils.  If  the 
combustible,  however,  is  a  volatile  liquid,  it  must  be  weighed 
in  a  bulb  of  glass  (C,  F'ig.  1),  through  the  tapering  orifices 
of   which    passes    the    iron    spiral.      Immediately    before 


842 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31,189;. 


closing  the  shell  the  ends  of  these  orifices  are  broken  off  in 
order  to  allow  a  more  ready  access  of  the  oxygen  to  the 
combustible.  Solid  bodies  must  be  reduced  to  powder 
before  weighing,  and  care  must  be  taken  when  the  oxygen 
is  admitted  to  the  shell  that  none  of  the  powder  is  blown 
out  of  the  capsule. 

Determination  of  the  Calorific  Power  of  a  Gas. — In 
using  the  shell  to  determine  the  calorific  power  of  a  gas  at 
constant  volume,  its  capacity  is  first  exactly  ganged, 
It  is  then  filled  with  the  gas,  exhausted,  [and  lastly  filled 
with  the  gas  at  atmospheric  pressure  and  at  the  temperature 
of  the  laboratory.  The  shell  may  then  be  considered 
filled  with  pure  gas.  The  rest  of  the  operation  is  the 
same  as  for  liquids  and  solids,  with  this  exception,  that 
the  quantity  of  oxygen  must  not  be  more  than  sufficient 
to  make  an  explosive  mixture.  With  ordinary  lighting- 
gas,  five  atmospheres  of  of  oxygen  are  sufficient ;  with  the 
gas  of  Siemens  generators  half  an  atmosphere  should  not 
be  exceeded.  This  must  be  measured  by  a  mercury 
nu.noro.eter,  as  metallic  manometers  invariably  give  false 
indications  for  feeble  pressures. 

A  very  important  part  is  played  in  these  investigations  by 
the  number  representing  the  water  equivalent  of  the  shell 
and  its  accessories.  This  may  be  calculated  directly  from 
the  weights  and  known  specific  heats  of  the  various  parts, 
a  method  which  would  give  485  "6  for  M.  Mahler's  appa- 
ratus. It  may  also  be  obtained  experimentally.  M.Mahler 
placed  in  the  calorimeter  2,000  grms.  of  water  at  the 
temperature  of  the  laboratory,  and  then  added  about 
200  grms.  of  water  at  0°  C.  From  the  fall  of  temperature 
observed  the  water-equivalent  is  at  once  obtained.  The 
mean  of  two  experiments  gave  477  grms.  M.  Mahler  finally 
adopted  the  mean  of  the  numbers  furnished  by  the  two 
methods,  viz  ,  4S1  grms.  He  checked  this  value  by  deter- 
mining the  heat  of  combustion  of  naphtbaliue.  A  large 
number  of  experiments  assign  to  this  body  9,692  eal.  per 
1  kilog.  The  details  of  three  experiments  with  this  substance 
are  given  below. 


1st  211.1  3rd 

Experiment.    Experiment.    Experiment^, 


1  srrm. 

1  crm. 

]  grim 

2,200    „ 

2,200    „ 

2,200    „ 

Water  -equivalent  of 
calorimeter,  shell,  .Vc. 

Corrected  difference  of 
temperature. 

Nitric  acid  formed 

*S1    „ 
3  -1540" 
O'll  grin. 

1*1    .. 
3*637° 
0*11  grin. 

1-1    .. 
0*11  grm, 

"Weight  of  iron  spiral . . 

0-030    „ 

0-023    .. 

0  02.-,     ., 

Heat  of  combustion'. . . 

9-6855  cal. 

9-6855  cal. 

9*6835  est; 

The  mean  of  these  three  experiments  gives  9,688  calories 
per  kilogramme,  a  value  differing  by  less  than  1  in  2,000 
from  the  usually  accepted  value.  M.  Mahler  therefore 
considers  that  the  water-equivalent  can  be  thus  exactly 
determined. 

The  agreement  of  the  three  results  is  very  remarkable, 
and  M.  Mahler  has  repeated  a  large  number  of  experiments, 
and  has  found  that,  without  exception,  the  result  of  the 
second  experiment  agrees  very  perfectly  with  that  of  the 
first,  a  fact  which  testifies  to  the  value  of  the  method. 

Example  of  Method  of 'Calculation. — 1  grm.  of  colza  oil 
is  taken.  The  calorimeter  contains  2,200  grms.  of  water, 
and  the  water-equivalent  of  the  apparatus  is  481  grms.  The 
pressure  of  the  oxygen  is  25  atmospheres.  The  apparatus 
being  set  up  in  the  manner  described,  the  temperature  is 
allowed  to  become  uniform  and  then  noted  from  minute  to 
minute. 

Preliminary  Period. 
Min. 

ii 10-23 

1 1H-23 

2 in  "21 

3 10-24, 

t 10*25 

5 10'25 


The  law  of  variation  of  temperature  in  the  calorimeter 
before  the  combustion  is  therefore  expressed  by — 
lu-M  -1023  =o.(M)43 
a 
The  electric  circuit  is  then  closed. 

Period  of  Combustion, 
Mih. 

.-■ lo'Sij 

6 1290 

7 13-79 

8 13*84  mar. 

Subsequent  Period. 

9 13S2 

10 1S"81 

11 18*80 

12 l"-79 

13 1.1-78 

The  law  of  variation  after  the  maximum  is  therefore  — 
13-8-  --,,•;.  - 
1  a 

The  apparent  variation  of  temperature  has  been — 
13-84=  -  10-25°  -=  3-59° 

During  the  minutes  (7,  8)  (6,  7)  the  system  lost  an 
amount  of  heat  2a,  or  0*024°. 

During  the  half-minute  (5|,  C)  the  system  lost  a  quantity 
of  heat  represented  by — 

£  (oj  -  0*005)  =  0*0035°. 

But  during  the  half-minute  (5,  5i)  it  gained — 

U„  =  '7^0-nu2. 

Hence,   in  the  whole  minute   (5,  C)   the  quantity  of  heat 
lost  is — 

0*0035  -  0002  =  0-0015. 

Therefore  the  total  heat  lost  before  the  temperature 
reached  its  maximum  =0-024  +  0-0015orO*0255°.  This 
added  to  the  3*59°  already  found  gives  the  corrected 
temperature-variation  or  3-615°.  The  heat  of  combustion 
is  therefore  equal  to  9-692  cal. 

If  a  more  exact  result  is  wanted  it  is  necessary  to  take 
account  of  the  nitric  acid  formed  and  of  the  iron  spiral. 

The  heat  of  formation  of  0*13  m-m.  of  Cals. 

nitric  acid  is  0'13  X   0*23 =     0  0299 

The  heat  of  combustion  of  0'U25  tn-m.  of 

iron  is  0*02S  x  1*45 =    O'otoo 

Total 0-0699 

The  final  result  is,  therefore,  9*6918  -  0-0699  =  9*6219 
cal.  per  grm.  of  oil,  or  9621  *  9  cal.  per  kilog. 

M.  Mahler  has  carried  out  a  number  of  experiments 
before  railway  engineers,  miners,  and  metallurgists,  and 
the  opinion  of  these  competent  men  is  that  the  apparatus 
is  of  great  service  for  industrial  purposes  owing  to  the 
accuracy  of  the  determinations,  the  agreement  between  the 
experimental  results,  and  the  ease  with  which  it  can  be 
used.  The  personal  skill  of  the  operator  plays  but  an 
unimportant  part  in  the  use  of  this  apparatus,  whereas  it 
seriously  affects  the  results  obtained  in  the  most  simple 
analyses. — D.  E.  J. 


PATENT. 


An  Apparatus  to  Produce  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen  and 
other  Gases.  M.  ltoyon,  Ostend,  Belgium.  Eng. 
Pat.  5801,  April  4,  1891. 
The  apparatus  consists  of  two  cylinders  made  of  "enamelled 
china  "or  other  suitable  material,  one  within  the  other.  The 
top  of  the  outer  one  is  opeu  and  the  inner  one  is  provided 
with  a  neck  to  which  is  applied  an  india-rubber  stopper, 
through  which  passes  a  glass  delivery  tube  fitted  with  a 
pinch  tap.  A  short  distance  from  the  bottom  of  the  inner 
cylinder  is  a  perforated  disc  upon  which  the  sulphide  of 
iron  is  placed.     Four  holes  in  the  side  of  the  inner  cylinder 


Oct.  31,1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


843 


below  the  level  of  the  perforated  disc  establish  a  coininuni- 
eation  between  the  outer  and  inner  cylinder.  The  acid  is 
placed  in  the  outer  cyliuder,  aud  raiding  its  way  to  the 
inside  of  the  inner  cylinder  when  the  tap  is  open,  decomposes 
the  sulphide  of  iron  liberating  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 

— H.  S.  P. 


INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUALITATIVE. 

A  Rapid  Tint  far  Alkaline  Bicarbonate*.     G.  Patein.     J. 
Pharm.  Chim.  25,  1892,  448. 

The  conventional  test  with  magnesium  sulphate  is  fallacious 
unless  much  neutral  carbonate  be  present,  as  the  latter 
forms  sesquicarbonate  in  contact  with  bicarbonate,  as  can 
be  proved  by  adding  calomel  to  a  solution  of  bicarbonate  to 
which  neutral  carbonate  has  been  added,  there  being  no 
blackening,  provided  the  amount  necessary  to  form  sesqui- 
carbonate be  not  exceeded,  although  calomel,  when  treated 
with  neutral  carbonate  alone,  blackens  at  once.  The 
author  recommends  the  use  of  a  very  dilute  alcoholic 
solution  of  phenolphthalein,  which  is  not  coloured,  or 
only  faintly  coloured  with  a  solution  of  bicarbonate.  In 
any  case  the  colour  disappears  on  the  addition  of  a  few 
drops  of  an  aqueous  solution  of  carbon  dioxide,  or  1  per 
cent,  hydrochloric  acid.  The  method  of  making  the  test 
proposed  consists  in  dissolving  1  grm.  of  the  bicarbonate  in 
20  cc.  of  water  and  adding  a  few  drops  of  the  phenol- 
phthalein solution.  20  drops  of  a  1  per  cent,  solution  of 
hydrochloric  acid  should  be  more  than  enough  to  discharge 
any  rose  colour  that  may  be  produced. — 15.  B. 


The  Analysis   of  Nitro-E.rplosices.     P.   G.    Sanford. 
Chem.  Trade  J.  11,  1892,  161—162. 

The  class  of  compounds  that  have  come  into  the  most 
extended  use  for  the  purposes  of  mining,  blasting,  &c.  are 
the  nitroglycerin  compounds,  more  especially  the  gelatin 
compounds,  composed  of  nitrocellulose  and  nitroglycerin, 
and  generally  containing  some  admixture  of  nitrates  and 
wood  pulp  or  similar  materials. 

KlESELGUHR    DvXAMITE. 

This  material  generally  consists  of  75  per  cent,  nitro- 
glycerin and  25  per  cent,  of  the  infusorial  earth,  kieselguhr. 
The  analysis  is  very  simple,  and  ma3'  be  conducted  as 
follows  : — Weigh  out  about  10  grms.  of  the  substance,  and 
place  over  calcium  chloride,  in  a  desiccator,  for  some  six  to 
eight  days,  and  then  re-weigh  :  the  loss  in  weight  gives  the 
moisture  ;  this  will  generally  be  very  small,  probably  never 
more  than  1  per  cent.  The  dry  substance  may  now  be 
wrapped  in  filter-paper,  the  whole  weighed,  and  the  nitro- 
glycerin extracted  in  the  Soxhlet  apparatus  with  ether.  The 
ether  should  be  distilled  over  at  least  twenty-four  times.  I 
have  found,  however,  that  results  may  be  obtained  much 
quicker,  aud  quite  as  accurate,  by  leaving  the  dynamite  in 
contact  with  ether  in  a  small  Erlenmeyer  flask  for  some 
hours— leaving  it  overnight  is  better — and  then  decanting, 
and  again  allowing  the  substance  to  remain  in  contact  with 
the  ether  for  a  few  hours,  and  finally  filtering  through  a 
weighed  filter,  drying  at  100°  C,  and  weighing.  This  gives 
the  weight  of  kieselguhr.  The  nitroglycerin  must  be 
obtained  by  difference,  as  it  is  quite  useless  to  evaporate 
down  the  ethereal  solution  to  obtain  it,  as  it  is  itself  volatile 
to  a  very  considerable  extent  at  the  temperature  of 
evaporation  of  the  ether,  and  the  result,  therefore,  will 
always  be  much  too  low.  An  actual  analysis  of  kieselguhr 
dynamite  gave  —  moisture,  0  92  per  cent.;  kieselguhr, 
26-15  per  cent.;  and  nitroglycerin,  72'93  per  cent.,  this 
last  being  obtained  by  difference. 

Gelatin  Compounds. 

The  simplest  of  these  compounds  is,  of  course,  blasting 
gelatin,  as  it  consists  of  nothing  but  nitro-cotton  and  nitro- 
glycerin, the  cotton  being  dissolved  in  the  glycerin  to 
form  a  clear  jelly,  the  usual  proportions  being  about  92  per 
cent,  of  nitroglycerin  to  8  per  cent,  of   nitro-cotton,  but  the 


cotton  is  found  as  high  as  10  per  cent,  in  some  gelatins. 
Gelatin  dynamite  and  gelignite  are  blasting  gelatins  with 
varying  proportions  of  wood  pulp  and  saltpetre  (KN03), 
mixed  with  a  thin  blasting  gelatin.  The  method  of  analysis 
is  as  follows  : — weigh  out  about  10  grms.  of  the  substance, 
previously  cut  up  in  small  pieces,  and  place  over  calcium 
chloride  in  a  desiccator  for  some  days.  Re-weigh  ;  the  loss 
equals  moisture.  This  is  generally  very  small.  The  dried 
sample  is  then  transferred  to  a  small  thistle-headed  funnel 
which  has  been  cut  off  from  its  stem,  and  the  opening 
plugged  with  a  little  glass  wool,  and  round  the  top  rim  of 
which  a  piece  of  fine  platinum  wire  has  been  fastened,  in 
order  that  it  may  afterwards  be  easily  removed  from  the 
Soxhlet  tube.  The  weight  of  this  funnel  and  the  glass  wool 
must  be  accurately  known.  It  is  then  transferred  to  the 
Soxhlet  tabe  and  exhausted  with  ether,  which  dissolves  out 
the  nitroglycerin.  The  weighed  residue  must  afterwards 
be  treated  with  ether-alcohol  to  dissolve  out  the  nitro-cotton. 

But  the  more  expeditious  method  is,  perhaps,  to  transfer 
the  dried  gelatin  to  a  conical  Erlenmeyer  flask  of  about 
500  cc.  capacity,  and  add  250  cc.  of  a  mixture  of  ether- 
alcohol  (2  ether  to  1  alcohol),  and  allow  to  stand  overnight. 
(Sometimes  a  further  addition  of  ether-alcohol  is  necessary, 
but  not  often).  The  undissolved  portion,  which  consists  of 
the  wood  pulp,  and  potassium  nitrate,  and  other  salts,  is  then 
filtered  off,  dried,  and  weighed. 

Solution. — The  ether-alcohol  solution  contains  the  nitro- 
cotton  and  the  nitroglycerin  in  solution.  To  this  solution 
add  excess  of  chloroform,  when  the  nitrocellulose  will  be 
precipitated  in  a  gelatinous  form.  This  should  be  filtered 
off  through  a  linen  filter,  aud  allowed  to  drain.  It  is  useless 
to  attempt  to  use  a  filter  pump,  as  it  generally  causes  it  to 
set  solid.  The  precipitated  cotton  should  then  be  redissolved 
in  ether  alcohol,  and  again  precipitated  with  excess  of 
chloroform.  This  precaution  is  absolutely  necessary,  as 
otherwise  the  results  will  be  much  too  high,  owing  to  the 
gelatinous  precipitate  retaining  very  considerable  quantities 
of  nitroglycerin.  The  precipitate  is  then  allowed  to  drain 
as  completely  as  possible,  and  finally  dried  in  the  air-bath 
at  40°  C.  until  it  is  easily  detached  from  the  linen  filter  by 
the  aid  of  a  spatula,  and  then  transferred  to  a  weighed 
watch-glass,  replaced  in  the  oven,  and  dried  at  40°  until 
constant  in  weight.  The  weight  found,  calculated  upon  the 
10  grms.  taken,  gives  the  percentage  of  nitrocellulose. 

The  residue  left  after  treating  the  gelatin  with  ether-alcohol 
is,  in  the  case  of  blasting  gelatin,  very  small,  and  will 
probably  consist  of  carbonate  of  soda.  It  should  be 
dried  at  40'  C.  and  weighed,  but  in  the  case  of  either 
gelignite,  or  gelatin  dynamite,  this  residue  should  be 
transferred  to  a  beaker  and  boiled  with  distilled  water,  and 
the  water  decanted  three  or  four  times,  and  the  residue 
finally  transferred  to  a  tared  filter  and  washed  for  some 
time  with  hot  water.  The  residue  left  upon  the  filter  is 
wood  pulp.  This  is  carefully  dried  at  40°  C.,  until  constant, 
and  weighed.  The  solution  and  washings  from  the  wood 
are  evaporated  down  in  a  platinum  dish  and  dried  at  100°  C. 
in  the  oven  and  weighed.  It  will  consist  of  the  potassium 
nitrate,  and  any  other  mireral  salts,  such  as  carbonate  of 
soda,  which  should  always  be  tested  for  by  adding  a  few 
drops  of  nitric  acid  aud  a  little  water  to  the  residue,  and 
again  evaporating  to  dryness  and  re-weighing.  From  the 
difference  in  weight,  the  soda  can  be  calculated,  sodium 
nitrate  having  been  formed. 

The  nitroglycerin  is  best  found  by  difference,  but  if 
desired,  the  solutions  from  the  precipitation  of  the  nitro- 
cellulose may  be  evaporated  down  upon  the  water-bath  at 
30°  to  40°  C.,  and  finally  dried  over  Cad,  until  no  smell  of 
ether  can  be  detected,  and  the  nitroglycerin  weighed.  It 
will,  however,  always  be  much  too  low.  An  actual  analysis 
of  a  sample  of  gelatin  dynamite  gave  the  following 
result : — 

Pert' 

Nitrocellulose 3*810 

Nitroglycerin  66"69] 

Wood-pulp l(i'26o 

KN03 12 '  S00 

Water 0-340 

lOO'OOO 


844 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31,  1892. 


Tliis  sample  was  probably  intended  to  contain  30  per 
cent,  of  absorbing  material  to  70  per  cent,  of  explosive 
substances. 

(inn-cotton. — Collodion  cotton,  and  other  forms  of  nitro- 
cellulose, i.e.,  the  hexa-nitrocellulose  and  lower  nitro  bodies. 
The  first  thing  upon  opening  a  case  of  wet  gun-cotton,  or  in 
receiving  a  sample  from  "  the  poacher,"  that  requires  to  be 
determined  is  the  percentage  of  water  that  it  contains;  it  is 
best  done  by  weighing  out  about  1,000  grms.  upon  a  paper 
tray,  which  has  been  previously  dried  in  the  oven  at  100°  C. 
for  some  time  and  become  constant  in  weight.  The  tray 
full  of  cotton  is  then  placed  in  a  water-oven,  kept  at  100°  C, 
and  dried  as  long  as  it  loses  water.  The  loss  gives  tin- 
percentage  of  water.  It  varies  from  20  to  30  per  cent,  as  a 
rule,  in  what  is  known  as  wet  cotton. 

The  Solubility  Tot. — The  object  of  this  test  is  to 
ascertain,  in  the  case  of  gun-cotton,  the  percentage  of 
soluble  (penta  and  lower  nitrates)  cotton  that  it  contains, 
or  in  the  case  of  soluble  cotton,  the  quantity  of  guu-cotton. 
The  method  of  procedure  is  as  follows : — 5  grms.  of  the 
sample,  which  has  been  previously  dried  at  100°  C.  and 
afterwards  exposed  to  the  air  for  two  hours,  is  transferred 
to  a  conical  Hask  and  250  ec.  of  ether-alcohol  added.  The 
flask  is  then  corked  and  allowed  to  digest,  with  repeated 
shaking,  for  two  or  three  hours.  The  whole  is  then 
transferred  to  a  linen  filter,  and  when  the  solution  has 
passed  through,  the  filter  is  washed  with  a  little  ether  and 
pressed  in  a  screw-press  betw  een  folds  of  filter-paper.  The 
sample  is  then  returned  to  the  flask,  and  the  previous 
treatment  repeated,  but  it  will  be  sufficient  for  it  to  digest 
for  one  hour  the  second  time.  The  filter  is  then  opened  up 
and  the  ether  allowed  to  evaporate.  The  gun-cotton  is  then 
removed  from  the  filter  and  transferred  to  a  watch-gla--.  and 
dried  in  the  water-oven  at  100°  C.  When  it  is  dry  it  is 
exposed  to  the  air  for  two  hours  and  weighed.  It  equals 
the  amount  of  gun-cotton  and  unconverted  cotton.  The 
non-nitrated  cellulose  must  be  determined  in  a  separate 
5  grms.  and  deducted. 

Estimation  oe  thk  Xox-Xitratei>  Cottox. 

The  sample  is  extracted  with  acetone  or  acetic  ether, 
and  the  insoluble  residue  left  is  weighed. 

Alkalinity. 

Five  grms.  of  the  air-dried  and  very  finely-divided 
sample  are  taken  from  the  centre  of  the  slabs   or  discs  and 

digested  with  about  20  cc.  of  "  hydrochloric  acid, and  diluted 

with  water  to  about  250  cc,  and  shaken  for  about  15 
minutes.  The  liquid  is  then  decanted  and  the  nitro-colton 
washed  with  water  until  the  washings  no  longer  give  an  acid 
reaction.     The   solution,   together  with   the   washings,  are 

then  titrated  with  "  sodium    carbonate,     using     litmus     as 

indicator. 

Xl'l  ROGEN. 

The  estimation  of  the  percentage  of  nitrogen  in  a  sample 
of  gun-cotton  or  collodion  cotton  is  perhaps  of  more  value, 
and  affords  a  better  idea  of  its  purity  and  composition  than 
any  of  the  foregoing  methods  of  examination,  and  taken  iii 
conjunction  with  the  solubility  test,  it  will  generally  give 
the  analyst  a  very  fair  idea  of  the  composition  of  his 
sample.  If  we  regard  gun-cotton  as  the  hexa-nitrocellulose — 
Cl:IIuO,(OXO.>)6  the  theoretical  amount  of  nitrogen 
required  for  the  formula  is  14 '14  per  cent.,  and  in  the  same 
way  for  collodion  cotton,  which  consists  of  the  lower  nitrates, 
that  is  the  penta  and  tetra-nitro  bodies,  the  theoretical 
nitrogen  is  ll- 11  percent,  and  670  per  cent,  respectively  \ 
so  that,  if  in  a  sample  of  gun-cotton  the  nitrogen  falls  much 
lower  than  14  per  cent.,  it  probably  contains  considerable 
quantities  of  the  lower  nitrates,  and  perhaps  some 
non-nitrated  cellulose  as  well  (C6H,0O5),  which,  of  course, 
would  also  lower  the  percentage  of  nitrogen.  The  most 
expeditious  method  of  determining  the  nitrogen  in  these 
uitro-bodies  is  by  the  use  of  Lunge's  nitrometer,  and  the 
best  way  of  working  the  process  is  as  follows  : — Weigh 
out  with  the  greatest  care  0-6  grm.  of  the  previously  dried 
cotton  in  a  .small  weighing-bottle  of  about  15  cc.  capacity, 
and  carefully   add   10  cc.   of   concentrated   sulphuric  acid 


from  a  pipette.  Allow  to  stand  until  all  the  cotton  is 
dissolved.  The  nitrometer  should  be  of  a  capacity  of  150 
to  200  cc,  and  should  contain  a  bulb  of  100  cc.  capacity 
at  the  top,  and  shouid  be  fitted  with  a  Greiner  and 
Friedcrich's  three-way  tap.  When  the  nitro-cotton  has 
entirely  dissolved  to  a  clear  solution,  raise  the  pressure  of 
the  nitrometer,  so  as  to  bring  the  mercur3-  in  the  measuring 
tube  close  up  to  the  tap.  Open  the  tap  in  order  to  allow  of 
the  escape  of  any  air-bubbles,  and  clean  the  surface  of  the 
mercury  and  the  inside  of  the  cup  with  a  small  piece  of  filter- 
paper.  Now  close  the  tap,  and  pour  the  solution  of  the 
nitro-cotton  into  the  cup.  Rinse  out  the  bottle  with  15  cc. 
of  concentrated  sulphuric  aeid,  contained  in  a  pipette, 
pouring  a  little  of  the  acid  over  the  stopper  of  the  weighing- 
bottle,  in  case  some  of  the  solution  may  be  on  it.  Now 
lower  the  pressure-tube  a  little,  just  enough  to  cause  the 
solution  to  flow  into  the  bulb  of  the  measuring-tube,  when 
the  tap  is  slightly  opened.  When  the  solution  has  run  in 
almost  to  the  end,  turn  off  the  tap,  wash  down  the  sides  of 
the  bottle,  and  add  to  the  cup  of  the  nitrometer  ;  allow  it  to 
flow  in  as  before,  and  then  wash  down  the  sides  of  the  cup 
with  10  cc.  of  sulphuric  acid,  adding  little  by  little,  and 
allowing  each  portion  added  to  flow  into  the  bulb  of  the 
nitrometer  before  adding  the  next  portion.  Great  care  is 
necessary  to  prevent  air-bubbles  obtaining  admission,  and 
if  the  pressure  tube  is  lowered  too  far,  the  acid  will  run  in 
with  a  rush  and  carry  air  along  with  it.  The  solution  being 
all  in  the  measuring  tube,  the  pressure  tube  is  again  slightly 
raised,  and  the  tube  containing  the  nitro-cotton  solution 
shaken  for  10  minutes  with  considerable  violence.  It  is 
then  replaced  in  the  clamp  and  the  pressure  relieved  by 
lowering  the  pressure  tube,  and  the  whole  apparatus  allowed 
to  stand  for  20  minutes,  in  order  to  allow  the  gas  evolved  to 
assume  the  temperature  of  the  room.  A  thermometer 
should  be  hung  up  close  to  the  bulb  of  the  measuring  tube. 
At  the  end  of  the  20  minutes,  the  levels  of  the  mercury  iu 
the  pressure  and  measuring  tubes  are  equalised,  allowing 
about  three  inches  of  the  sulphuric  acid  to  one  inch  of 
mercury,  and  the  final  adjustment  obtaiued  by  slightly 
opening  the  tap  on  the  measuring  tube  (very  slightly),  after 
first  adding  a  little  sulphuric  acid  to  the  cup,  and  observing 
whether  the  acid  runs  in  or  moves  up.  This  must  be  done 
with  very  great  care.  When  accurately  adjusted,  it  should 
move  neither  way.  Now  read  off  the  volume  of  the  NO  gas 
in  cc.  from  the  measuring  tube.  Head  also  the  thermometer 
suspended  near  the  bulb,  and  take  the  height  of  the 
barometer  in  millimetres.     The  calculation  is  very  simple. 

Example  Collodion  Cotton. 

0-6  grm. taken.    Reading  on  measuring  tube  =  114-6  cc.  X(>. 
Barometer,  750  mm.     Temperatnre  15°  C. 
Since  1  cc.  NO  =-  0- 0006272  grm.  X 

and    correcting    for    temperature    and     pressure    by    the 
formula — 

7t>0  x  il  +  dt)  Id  =  0-M366S)  toi-teiii)*  raUm-of  lj   =  SOl'rS; 


then 


in  i;  x  loo  x  75o  x  u'i;272 


1 1  •  22  per  cent.  N 


-"1    7s  X  0'li 

Theory  =  IV 11 per  cent,  for  C6Hs(NO,),< », 

The  following  is  the  analysis  of  a  good  sample  of  collodion 
cotton  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  blasting  gelatin, 
&c.  :— 

Soluble  cotton   =  90-11S  per  cent.  ■> 

Qon-potton    =    0-642       ,.        j  =Nitrogen=lV<frpei  c, ,,t. 

Non-nitrated  cotton  =    0210       „  Total  ash    -    0'25 

The  nitrogen  in  nitroglycerin  may,  of  course  be  deter 
mined  by  the  nitrometer,  but  in  this  case  it  is  better  to  take 
a  much  smaller  quantity  of  the  substance;  from  01  to 
0-2  grm.  is  quite  sufficient.  This  will  give  from  30  to  60 cc. 
of  gas,  and  therefore  a  measuring  tube  without  a  100  ce. 
bulb  must  be  used. 

Example. 

0-1048  grm.  nitroglycerin  taken  ;  barometer,  761  mm. ; 
temperature,  15°  C. ;  ga\  e  92 '  5  cc.  NO 
32-5  x  100  x  7iil  x  0-6272 


=  18-46  per  cent.  N 
Theory  for  C3H5(ON02)3  =  18 -SO  per  cent. 


801-78  x  0-104S 


-w.  s. 


Oct.  3 1.1892.  J 


THE  JOUKNAJj  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


845 


INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

The  Accurate  Determination  of  Phosphorus  in  Steel  in 
Tuo  Hours.  H.  Wdowiszewski.  Stahl.  a.  Eisferi.  12, 
1892,  381. 

Two  to  tive  gnus,  of  steel  are  dissolved  in  30 — 75  cc.  of 
nitric  ueid  of  sp.  gr.  1-2,  brought  to  the  boil  and  treated 
with  10 — 25  ce.  of  potassium  permanganate  solution  (1  per 
cent.).  The  precipitate  is  dissolved  by  the  addition  of 
hydrochloric  acid  (2  cc.  for  each  grm.  of  steel)  and  heating 
for  20  minutes.  Strong  ammonia  and  nitric  acid  arc  then 
added,  as  in  Kmmertou's  method,  the  liquid  heated  to 
SSfi  C,  and  precipitated  with  25 — 30  cc.  of  lnolybdate 
solution.  The  precipitating  flask  is  stoppered,  shaken  for 
tive  minutes,  the  precipitate  collected  on  a  [filter,  washed 
with  a  15  per  cent,  solution  of  ammonium  nitrate,  and  then 
two  or  three  times  with  water.  The  precipitate  is  dissolved 
in  standard  ammonia,  and  the  solution  titrated  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  E.  Tilo.  The 
results  are  found  accurate  when  compared  with  the 
gravimetric  method. — If.  B. 


.1  New  Direct  Separation  of  Chlorine,  Bromine,  and 
Iodine.  P.  Januasch  and  K.  Aschoff.  Zeits.  auorg. 
Chem.l,  lS'J'J,  248  (through  Chem.  Rep.). 

Thk  process  depends  on  the  facts  that  sodium  nitrite  when 
added  to  n  solution  of  the  salts  of  the  three  halogens, 
slightly  acid  with  acetic  or  sulphuric  acid,  liberates  iodine, 
and  that  no  chlorine  is  evolved  from  a  solution  of  an 
alkaline  chloride  containing  sodium  acetate  and  acetic  acid 
on  the  addition  of  potassium  permanganate,  while  in  the 
case  of  a  bromide  all  the  bromine  is  given  off  according  to 
an  equation  stated  as  follows  :— 

6  KBr  +  2  KMn04  +  4  H2S04  = 
:i  V,r,  +  2  JInO;  +  4  Iv.SOj  +   1  IIJ  I' 

The  operation  is  carried  out  in  a  flask  of  about  1  litre 
capacity  with  a  ground-in  stopper  carrying  an  inlet  and  an 
outlet  tube,  the  latter  being  arranged  so  as  to  prevent 
splashings  from  the  contents  of  the  flask  passing  into  the 
receiving  cylinder  with  which  it  is  connected.  The  receiver 
lias  a  capacity  of  about  500  cc,  and  contains  50  cc.  of  pure 
caustic  soda  solution  and  50  cc.  of  hydrogen  peroxide.  It 
is  kept  cool  by  a  vessel  of  cold  water,  and  is  connected 
with  a  second  receiver  to  retain  any  traces  of  iodine  that 
may  find  their  way  over.  The  distillation  of  the  contents 
of  the  flask  is  effected  by  blowing  in  steam  until  all  colour 
has  disappeared.  At  the  end  of  the  operation  the  contents 
of  the  receiver  is  transferred  to  a  covered  porcelain  dish 
and  heated  on  the  water-bath  with  a  further  quantity  of 
hydrogen  peroxide  in  order  to  oxidise  any  small  quantity  of 
sodium  nitrite  that  may  be  present,  and  after  some  hours 
precipitated  as  silver  salts  until  the  colour  of  the  precipitate, 
which  is  at  first  dark  (silver  oxide),  becomes  yellow  (silver 
iodide).  (No  attempt  is  made  to  show  that  all  the  iodine 
is  pri  scut  as  silver  iodide.)  The  precipitate  is  treated  with 
nitric  acid,  warmed  for  some  hours  on  the  water-bath, 
heated  until  the  silver  iodide  has  settled  thoroughly, 
filtered  hot,  dried,  fused,  and  weighed. 

The  separation  of  chlorine  and  bromine  is  effected  by 
making  the  solution  in  the  flask  perceptibly  alkaline  with 
caustic  soda,  concentrating  to  about  50  cc,  and,  after 
cooling,  adding  fiO  cc.  of  acetic  acid  (1:3)  and  a  solution  of 
1 — 1 "  5  grm.  of  potassium  permanganate  in  a  little  water. 
Caustic  soda  solution  is  placed  in  the  receiver,  and  the 
distillation  effected  as  before,  by  blowing  in  steam.  All  the 
bromine  is  carried  over  in  J  to  lj  hours.  The  contents  of 
the  receiver  is  heated  for  some  time  in  a  porcelain  dish, 
and  precipitated  with  a  10  per  cent.  "  silver  solution  "  mixed 
with  an  equal  volume  of  concentrated  nitric  acid,  (No 
attempt  is  made  to  show  that  all  the  bromine  is  present  as 
bromide.)  After  standing  for  one  or  two  hours  on  the 
water-bath,  the  silver  bromide  is  filtered  off  and  estimated 
as  in  the  case  of  the  iodide. 

*  The  equation  is  given  as  stated  althouirli  the  text  prescribes 
ac.'i  ic  aciil  instead  of  sulphuric  acid. 


The  chlorine  is  determined  by  reducing  the  excess  of 
permangauate  with  alcohol  in  alkaline  solution,  filtration, 
and  washing  of  the  precipitate  with  lukewarm  water, 
acidulat ion  with  nitric  acid,  and  precipitation  with  "silver 
solution."  The  removal  of  the  manganese  can  be  effected 
by  the  alternative  method  of  treatment  with  ammonia 
and  hydrogen  peroxide,  the  precipitate  being  washed  with 
a  1  per  cent,  solutiou  of  sodium  nitrate  to  prevent  the 
occurrence  of  any  trifling  turbidity.  Examples  are  quoted 
showing  the  accuracy  of  the  process. — B.  B. 


The  Quantitatioe  Separation  of  Iodine  and  Chlorine  by 
Precipitation  with  Thallous  Sulphate.  P.  Jannasch 
and  K.  Aschoff.  Zeits.  anorg.  Chem.  1,  1892,  248 
(through  Chem.  Rep.). 

The  process  depends  on  the  insolubility  of  thallous  iodide 
in  dilute  alcohol  in  the  presence  of  ammonium  salts,  while 
thallous  chloride  remains  in  solution  under  these  conditions. 
About  0-5  grm.  of  a  mixture  of  salts  of  the  two  halogens 
(e.g.,  NaCl  and  KI)  is  dissolved  in  40—50  cc.  of  water, 
and  50  cc.  of  a  20  per  cent,  solution  of  ammonium  sulphate 
and  30  cc.  of  alcohol  added.  A  4  per  cent,  solution  of 
thallous  sulphate  is  then  added  until  precipitation  is 
complete.  The  yellow  thallous  iodide  separates  on  gently 
warming.  After  standing  12  hours  in  the  cold,  it  is  collected 
on  a  weighed  filter  by  the  aid  of  the  pump,  washed  twice 
with  a  solution  of  5  parts  of  ammonium  sulphate  in  70 
parts  of  water  and  30  of  alcohol,  and  finally  with  30 — 50 
per  cent,  alcohol  dried  and  weighed.  The  chlorine  in  the 
filtrate  is  determined  by  driving  off  the  alcohol  on  the 
water-bath,  diluting  with  water  to  300  cc,  heating  to 
boiling,  adding  10  cc.  of  concentrated  nitric  acid  and 
precipitating  with  silver  nitrate.  In  order  to  avoid  the 
deposition  of  silver  sulphate,  the  liquid  and  its  precipitate 
are  kept  hot  over  a  lamp  for  some  hours  and  filtered  hot. 
The  process  cannot  be  applied  to  the  separation  of  bromine 
and  chlorine  as  the  solubility  of  thallous  bromide  is  too 
great.— B.  B. 

A  Modified  Method  for  the  Electrolytic  Determination  of 

Copper.  G.  P.  Drossbach.  Chem.  Zeit.  16,  1892,  818. 
Mercury,  silver,  bismuth,  antimony,  arsenic,  and  tin  arc 
known  to  act  disturbingly  in  the  electrolytic  separation  of 
copper.  Copper  can  also  be  completely  separated  from 
ammoniacal  solutions,  and  that  very  quickly,  when  the 
solution  contains  fairly  good  conducting  salts ;  hence  it  is 
important  to  know  how  it  behaves  in  comparison  with  other 
metals.  Silver,  lead,  quicksilver,  and  cadmium  are  separated 
at  about  the  same  rate  as  copper ;  then  nickel  is  very 
slowly  separated.  Antimony,  arsenic,  and  tin  are  not 
separated,  that  is,  imder  the  conditions  of  the  experiments 
in  which  a  weak  current  was  used.  The  method  adopted 
was  as  follows  : — A  quantity  of  added  salt  and  the  metallic 
copper  were  dissolved  in  heat  in  nitric  acid,  mixed  with 
excess  of  ammonia  (after  the  addition  of  sulphuric  acid  and 
filtration  when  lead  and  silver  were  present),  filtered,  and 
electrolysed.  In  the  experiments  Nos.  1  and  2,  aluminium, 
antimony,  arsenic,  chromium,  iron,  cobalt,  manganese, 
uranium,  bismuth,  tin,  and  zinc  were  present ;  and  in  No.  3, 
silver,  lead,  and  nickel  also.  In  experiment  No.  3  the 
deposition  took  three  hours,  and  in  No.  2  from  five  to  six 
hours.  With  a  strong  current  kept  on  for  a  long  time  (12 
hours)  weighable  quantities  of  cobalt  and  tin  are  deposited 
after  the  complete  separation  of  the  copper.  If  nickel  is 
present  the  current  must  be  stopped  soon,  or  it  will  be 
deposited.  Mercury  and  cadmium  always  act  disturbingly. 
Under  the  before-mentioned  conditions  : — 

1.  0-1350  grm.  electrolytic   copper  yielded  ()•  1348  grm. 
Cu. 

2.  0- 1221  grm.  electrolytic  copper  yielded  0-1220  grm. 
Cu. 

3.  0-062  grm.,  after  the  separation  of  the  added  lead  and 
silver,  yielded  0-0622  grm.  Cu. 

4.  A  sample  of  pyrites  yielded  23-47  per  cent.  Cu,  which 
by  the  other  method  had  given  25-53  per  cent.  Cu. 

-G.  H.  R. 


84tf 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31,  1SSI2. 


The  Determination  of  Zinc  in  Ores.     Eng.  and  Mining  J. 

August  20,  1892,  178. 
The  Colorado  Scientific  Society  some  time  ago  appointed  a 
committee  to  inquire  into  the  relative  merits  of  the  various 
processes  for  the  determination  of  zinc  in  ores,  invented  and 
employed  by  Western  chemists.  This  committee  accord- 
ingly carried  out  a  series  of  tests  with  the  methods  of  seven 
chemists,  viz. :  Von  Schulz  and  Low,  of  Denver ;  Mr.  L.  W. 
W.  Jones,  of  the  Pueblo  Smelting  and  KefiningCo.,  l'ueblo, 
Colo. ;  Mr.  E.  N.  Hawkins,  of  the  Holden  Smelting  and 
Kefining  Co.,  Leadville,  Colo. ;  Mr.  F.  C.  Knight,  of  the 
Boston  and  Colorado  Smelting  Co.,  Argo,  Colo. ;  Mr.  Mann 
Page,  of  the  Omaha  and  Grant  Smelting  Co.,  Denver,  Colo. ; 
Mr.  F.  Menzel,  of  the  San  Jr.an  Smelting  and  Mining  Co., 
Durango,  Colo. ;  and  Dr.  H.  C.  Hahn,  of  the  Colorado 
Smelting  Co  ,  Pueblo,  Colo. 

The  tests  were  all  conducted  by  Mr.  L.  G.  Eakins,  one  of 
the  staff  of  assistants  to  Mr.  F.  W.  Clarke,  chief  chemist 
to  the  United  States  Geological  Survey.  Mr.  Eakins  also 
analysed  each  ore  chemically  in  order  to  compare  the 
accuracy  of  the  various  processes  with  an  exact  standard. 
The  ores  treated  were  from  five  different  and  distinct  mines 
in  Colorado,  and  they  were  chosen  on  account  of  their 
difficulty  of  analysis.  They  consisted  chiefly  of  mixtures 
of  galenite,  pyrites  and  sphalerite,  accompanied  by  greater 
or  less  percentages  of  manganese  in  the  form  of  rhodo- 
chrosite,  associated  with  a  quartzose  gangue. 

The  results  of  the  tests  are  given  in  the  following 
table  :— 


Percentage  ol  Zinc. 

No.  1. 

No.  •_'. 

No.  3. 

No.  4. 

No.  5. 

Standard  (Eakins). 

Von  Schulz  tb'W  . 

14-64 
15-31 
15-39 
16-86 
15-08 
lflI2 

14-30 

21-11 
24-34 

21-53 
24-23 
23-80 

2-J-oi) 
23- 112 
23-03 

10-71 
10-76 
10-83 

6-31 
6-42 
6-58 

1(1-09 
HiU 
16-46 

Hawkins 

11-88    1    8-74 

10-69    ]    6-85 

10-50    1    6'SO 

1 
11-07    j    6-89 

8-89         5-44 

15-86 

15-90 

15-37 

16-08 

13-22 

From  this  table  it  will  be  seen  that  Von  Schulz  and  Low's 
method  gives  the  nearest  figures  to  the  chemical  analysis. 
Nos.  1  and  2  give  rather  high  figures,  but  in  these  samples 
Mr.  Eakins  detected  the  presence  of  cadmium,  though 
unfortunately  he  did  not  estimate  it  quantitatively ;  so  that 
this  discrepancy  in  Von  Schulz  and  Low's  figures  is  thus 
accounted  for.  Dr.  Hahn's  method  has  the  advantage  of 
giving  the  figures  for  manganese  and  zinc  from  one  solution, 
but  his  figures  for  zine  are  uniformly  too  low.  If  this 
difficulty  could  be  obviated  the  method  would  be  highly 
commendable.  Mr.  Menzel's  method  is  open  to  objection 
on  account  of  the  repeated  use  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 
Mr.  Jone's  method  is  practically  the  same  as  Von  Schulz 
and  Low's ;  and  those  of  Messrs.  Page,  Hawkins,  and 
Knight  give  very  fair  results. 

Von  Schulz  and  Low's  Method. — Prepare  a  solution  of 
ferrocyanide  of  potassium  by  dissolving  44  grms.  of  the 
pure  salt  in  distilled  water  and  diluting  to  1  litre.  Then 
prepare  a  standard  solution  as  follows  :  Dissolve  200  mgrms. 
of  pure  oxide  of  zinc  in  10  cc.  of  pure,  strong  hydrochloric 
acid.  Add  7  grms.  of  chemically  pure  chloiide  of  ammonium 
(free  from  copper)  and  about  100  cc.  of  boiling  water. 
Titrate  the  clear  liquid  with  the  ferrocyanide  solution  until 
a  drop  tested  on  a  porcelain  plate  with  a  drop  of  a  strong 
aqueous  solution  of  acetate  of  uranium  shows  a  brown  tinge. 
About  10  cc.  of  ferrocyanide  solution  is  required.  When 
the  brown  tinge  is  obtained,  see  if  any  of  the  previous 
tests  subsequently  develop  a  similar  colour,  and,  if  so, 
correct  the  burette  reading  accordingly.  Usually  the 
correction  for  two  previous  drops  has  to  be  made.  One 
cb.c.  of  this  standardised  solution  equals  about  0-01  grin, 
of  zinc. 


In  the  test  take  exactly  1  grm.  of  ore  and  treat  it  in  a 
3|-in.  porcelain  crucible  with  25  cc.  of  a  saturated  solution 
of  chlorate  of  potash  in  nitric  acid.  Do  not  cover  the 
casserole  at  first,  but  warm  gently  until  any  violent  action 
is  over  and  greenish  vapours  have  ceased  to  come  off.  Then 
cover  with  a  watch-glass  and  boil  rapidly  to  complete 
dryness,  but  avoid  overheating  arid  baking.  A  drop  of 
nitric  acid  adhering  to  the  cover  does  no  harm.  Cool 
sufficiently  and  add  7  grms.  of  chloride  of  ammonium, 
15  ce.  of  strong  ammonia  water,  and  25  cc.  of  hot  water. 
Cover  and  boil  for  one  minute,  and  then,  with  a  rubber- 
tipped  glass  rod,  see  that  all  solid  matter  on  the  cover, 
sides,  and  bottom  of  the  casserole  is  either  dissolved  or 
disintegrated.  Filter  into  a  beaker  and  wash  several  times 
with  hot  chloride  of  ammonium  solution  (10  grms.  to  the 
litre).  A  blue  coloured  filtrate  indicates  the  presence  of 
copper.  In  that  case  add  25  cc.  of  strong  pure  hydrochloric 
acid  and  about  40  grms.  of  granulated  test  lead.  Stir  the 
lead  about  in  the  beaker  until  the  liquid  has  become 
perfectly  colourless,  and  continue  the  stirring  for  a  short 
time,  to  make  sure  that  the  copper  is  all  precipitated.  The 
solution,  which  should  still  be  quite  hot,  is  now  ready  for 
filtration.  In  the  absence  of  copper  the  lead  is  omitted 
and  only  the  acid  added. 

About  one-third  of  the  solution  is  now  set  aside,  and  the 
main  portion  is  titrated  rapidly  with  the  ferrocyanide  until 
the  end  point  is  passed,  using  the  uranium  indicator  as  in 
the  standardisation.  The  greater  part  of  the  reserved 
portion  is  now  added,  and  the  titration  continued  with 
more  caution  until  the  end  point  is  again  passed.  Then 
add  the  remainder  of  the  reserved  portion  and  finish  the 
titration  carefully,  ordinarily  by  additions  of  two  drops  of 
ferrocyanide  at  a  time.  Make  corrections  for  the  final 
reading  of  the  burette  as  in  the  standardisation.  In  this 
process  cadmium  behaves  like  zine,  and  must  be  separated 
if  necessary  by  some  other  method. 

Dr.  Hahn's  Method. — Place  half  a  grm.  of  ore  in  a 
large  porcelain  crucible  and  treat  it  with  3  cc.  dilute 
sulphuric  acid  (1  acid  to  2  water),  2  cc.  concentrated  nitric 
acid  and  6  cc.  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid.  Heat  the 
solution  to  dryness  or  until  fumes  of  sulphuric  acid  appear. 
Then  remove  the  crucible  from  the  hot  plate  and  allow  it  to 
cool.  Add  20  cc.  of  water  and  heat  the  solution  to  boiling 
for  about  one  minute.  Transfer  the  contents  of  the 
crucible  to  an  8-oz.  beaker  and  nearly  neutralise  by 
adding  a  saturated  solution  of  carbonate  of  soda.  Add  to 
the  solution  an  excess  of  basic  carbonate  of  lead  suspended 
in  water,  until  after  vigorous  stirring  the  precipitated 
hydroxide  of  iron  settles  quickly  to  the  bottom,  leaving  the 
liquid  clear.  The  solution  is  then  heated  to  boiling  without 
previous  filtration  and  the  manganese  determined  with  a 
standard  solution  of  permanganate  of  potash  (4*80  grms. 
to  1  litre  of  water).  After  each  addition  of  the  perman- 
ganate the  solution  should  be  briskly  stirred,  as  it  facilitates 
the  settling  of  the  precipitate.  If  the  solution  appears 
yellow  or  turbid  continue  the  stirring  until  it  is  clear. 
When  the  rose  tint  appears,  indicating  the  complete 
precipitation  of  the  manganese,  add  a  few  grms.  of 
chloride  of  ammonium  and  5  cc.  of  ammonia  water,  and 
filter  the  solution  without  previous  heating.  Wash  the 
precipitate  with  water  containing  about  -^th  of  its  bulk  of 
strong  ammonia  water.  Add  to  the  filtrate  12^  cc.  of 
hydrochloric  acid.  If  copper  is  present  remove  it  by 
means  of  granulated  lead,  after  which  determine  the  zinc  by 
titrating  with  a  standard  solution  of  ferrocyanide  of 
potassium  and  by  using  a  uranium  salt  as  an  indicator. 

— W.  S. 

ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUALITATIVE. 

Reaction  of  Sodium  Nitroprusside  with  Aldehi/dcs  and 
Ketones.  B.  von  Bittd.  Annalen,  267,  372. 
In  a  recent  work  on  the  colour  reactions  of  the  carbon 
compounds  by  E.  Xickel  (Die  Farbenreactionen  der 
Kohlenstoffverbindungen ;  this  Journal,  1890,  904)  an 
account  is  given  of  various  observations  of  reactions 
obtained  with  sodium  nitroprusside,  which  suggested  to  the 
author  the  need  of  systematic  investigation  of  the  subject. 
This  he  has  carried  out  in  regard  to  the  aldehydes  and 
ketones  both  of  the  aromatic  and  fatty  series. 


Oct.  si,  18W.]        THE  JOUENAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


847 


It  appears  from  his  researches  that  (1)  in  the  fatty  series 
colour  reactions  are  obtained  with  all  compounds  in  which 
the  CO  or  COH  are  directly  united  to  a  hydrocarbon 
group ;  and  this  holds  further  in  cases  where  such  hydro- 
carbon group  is  on  the  other  side  united  to  a  group  in  which 
hydrogen  is  replaced  by  other  elements  or  radicals.  (2)  In 
the  aromatic  series  the  presence  of  CO  or  COH  does  not 
determine  a  (colour  reaction,  excepting  when  there  is 
present  in  addition  a  hydrocarbon  group  replacing  the 
"aromatic"  hydrogen  (e.g.,  C3H7.CcH4.C0H),  or  where 
the  CO-  or  COH  group  is  present  in  a  side  chain  (e.g., 
C„H;,.CH:CH.CHO). 

The  method  of  observing  the  reaction  is  as  follows : — A 
fresh  solution  of  the  nitroprusside  of  0-5  per  cent,  strength 
is  added  in  small  quantity  (I  cc.)  to  the  solution  of  the 
body  under  observation.  On  making  alkaline — using 
preferably  potassium  hydrate  solution  of  1  •  14  sp.gr. — the 
colour  rapidly  developes.  On  acidifying  with  mineral  acids 
the  colour  is  weakened  and  disappears  more  or  less  rapidly  ; 
organic  acids  and  metaphosphoric  acids,  on  the  other  hand, 
cause  in  many  cases  characteristic  changes  of  colour. 

Hodies  insoluble  in  water  may  be  dissolved  in  alcohol  or 
ether,  which,  however,  must  be  previously  ascertained  to 
be  free  from  aldehyde  or  ketone.  When  ether  is  used  the 
colour  reaction  is  usually  observed  only  in  the  underlying 
aqueous  solution. 

The  reactions  may  be  regarded  as  having  rather  a  group 
value  than  as  individually  characteristic.  From  a  somewhat 
extensive  table  of  results  we  select  the  following  as  typical. 


Compound. 


Aldehydes: 

A cet aldehyde,  CH3.CHO 

Valeraldehyde,  CH,(UH2)3CHO  .... 

7)-Cuininaldehyde,C6H4.C3HrCHO. 

Anisaldehyde.CsH4.OCH3.CEO  ... 

Ketones : 
Acetone,  CH3CO.  CH3 

Methylnonylketone,  CH3.CO.CaH!,. 

Acelophenone,  CH3CO.C6H5 


Colour  with 
Nitro- 
prusside 
and  Alkali. 


Change,  of 
Colour  with 
Organic  acids 
and  Meta- 
phosphoric 
Acid. 


Cherry  red. 
Violet  red. 
Yellowish  red 
Cherry  red. 

Eed. 

Violet  red. 
Deep  red. 


Colour 
gradually 
weakened 
and  dis- 
appearing. 


Violet  red. 

Rose. 
Indigo  blue. 


The  author  instances  a  number  of  compounds,  more 
particularly  the  carbohydrates,  giving  no  colour  reactions 
under  the  above  conditions  : — On  the  other  hand  reactions 
were  obtained  with  the  following  sulphur  compounds  :  ethyl 
mercaptan  (violet  red)  :  ethyl  sulphide  (red)  :  ethyl 
thiocyanate  (dark  red). — C.  F.  C. 


The  Chemical  Examination  of  Hand-writing.     A.  Robertson  and  J.  Hofmann.     Pharni.  C  H.  N.  F.  1892, 13  225. 

Tin:  authors'  method  consists  in  drawing  a  goose  feather,  dipped  in  the  tabulated  re-agents,  over  the  letters,  &c,  composing 
the  writing,  and  observing  the  alterations  produced  under  a  power  of  100  diameters. 

Varieties  of  Ink. 


Re-agent, 

Iron-gallic  Acid. 

Logwood  with 
Potassium 

Bichromate 

Logwood 

with 

Cupric  Sulphate. 

Nigrosin. 

Vanadium  Ink. 

Resorcinol  Ink. 

Disappears. 

Violet. 

Orange-yellow, 

Unaltered. 

Bleached  and 
runs  slightly. 

Bright-red. 

*<  litric  acid,  Hi  per  cent. . . . 

Bleached. 

Violet. 

Orange-yellow. 

Runs 

and  becomes 

dark-blue. 

Bleached 
and  runs. 

Disappears, 

Hydrochloric   acid,  10  per 

cent. 

Disappears  but 

leaves  a 
yellow  colour. 

Purple-red. 

Blood-red. 

Little  altered. 

Bleached 

slightly, 
runs  slightly. 

Bright -rose. 

Sulphuric  acid,  l">  per  cent. 

Disappears. 

Red. 

Purple-red. 

Unaltered. 

Bleached 

slightly. 

Bright-red. 

Nitric  acid,  20  per  cent 

stannous  chloride,  i  part. . . 
Hydrochloric  acid,  l  part. . . 

Disappears. 
>   Disappears, 

Bed. 
Red, 

Purple-red. 

Magenta  red. 

Runs  slightly. 
Unaltered, 

Bleached 
slightly. 

<      Bleached     ) 
I      slightly.       S 

Bright-rose. 
Disappears. 

Sulphur  dioxide  (sat.  sol.) . . 

Bleached. 

Grey-violet. 

Red. 

Unaltered. 

Bleached 

slightly  and 

runs. 

Bleached. 

Chloride  of  gold,  4  per  cent. 

Bleached 

slightly. 

Red-brown. 

Brown. 

Unaltered. 

Unaltered. 

Becomes  brown 
and  runs. 

Sodium  rhiosutphate,  1  part 

>      Dark  red. 

Unaltered. 

Dark-blue. 

r      Becomes     "i 
I     dark-violet    > 

Runs  freely. 

Brown, 

Potassium  ferrocyanide,   l 
Hydrochloric  acid.  1  part.. . 

1         Blue. 

Red. 

Brick-red, 

Unaltered. 

Unaltered. 

Rose. 

Sodium  hydrate, 4  per  cent.. 

Dark  red. 

Brown. 

Becomes 

dark-red  and 

runs. 

Becomes 
dark-violet 
and  runs. 

Becomes 

dirty-brown 

and  runs. 

Unaltered. 

Chloride  of  lime, 2  percent.. 

Disappears. 

Disappears. 

Disappears, 
leaving  a 

yellow  colour. 

Brown. 

Unaltered. 

Brown. 

*  Tartaric  acid  is  specified  in  text,  citric  acid  in  table. 
Fraudulent  alterations  of  writing  are  alleged  to  be  detectable  by  these  means. — B.  B. 


848 


THE  JOURNAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  SI,  18112. 


The  Colour  Reactions  of  Furfurol  and  a  Modification  of 
Weppen's  Veratrine  Reaction.  E.  Laves.  Pharm. 
Zeit.  37,  338. 
The  author  shows  that  the  colour  reactions  of  sugar  with 
sulphuric  acid  and  other  reagents  as  a-naphthol  are  not 
due  to  the  sugar  itself,  hut  to  furfurol  formed  by  the 
action  of  the  acid  upon  the  sugar.  In  consequence  of  th:s 
observation  he  points  out  the  advisability  of  replacing 
sugar  in  Weppen's  test  for  Veratrine,  by  furfurol,  since  the 
reaction  is  less  likely  to  be  disturbed  or  masked  by  the 
formation  of  brown  humin  substances.  He  proposes  a 
modification  of  the  tests  as  follows  : — Three  or  four  drops 
of  a  1  per  cent,  aqueous  furfurol  solution  are  mixed  wiih 
1  cc.  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  and  brought  to  the 
edge  of  the  substance  to  be  tested.  If  veratrine  be  pre- 
sen*,  blue  to  dark  green  streaks  appear  in  the  liquid, 
which,  when  thoroughly  mixed,  assumes  a  dark  green 
colour,  becoming  violet  on  warming. — F.  W.  P. 


Adulteration  of  Linseed  Oil.     Industries,  13,  1892,  212. 

Boiled  linseed  oil,  used  in  the  manufacture  of  printing 
inks  and  varnishes,  is  now  frequently  adulterated  with  resin 
oil,  and  since  the  detection  and  estimation  of  this  adulterant 
is  a  problem  of  some  little  difficulty  it  is  likely  that  this 
form  of  sophistication  may  exist  to  a  formidable  extent. 
Coreil  has  recently  shown  that  if  chlorine  gas  be  passed 
through  the  oil  to  be  examined,  it  is  rapidly  blackened  if 
any  appreciable  amount  of  resin  oil  is  present. — W.  S. 


The  Oils  of  Lavender   and   Bergamot.     J.    Bertram   and 
H.  Walbaum.     J.  prakt.  Ghem.  45  (12),  590—603. 

See  under  XX.,  page  838. 


Detection  and  Removal  of  Protein  Substances  in  Bret 
Juice  by  means  of  Tannin.  E.  Bruck.  Chem.  Zeit. 
16,  222. 

See  under  XVI.,  page  830. 


The  Preservation  of  m-Phenylenediamine  Solutions  for 
Nitrite  and  Hydrogen  Peroxide  Testing.  G.  Deniges. 
Journ.  Pharm.  Chim.  25,  591. 

The  general  application  of  this  excellent  reagent  for 
nitrites  and  hydrogen  peroxide  has  been  hitherto  hindered 
by  the  instability  of  its  solutions.  The  author  recommends 
a  solution  of  2  grins,  of  hydrochloride  of  7n-phenylene- 
diamine  in  100  cc.  of  ammonia,  which  will  keep  in  a  well- 
stoppered  bottle  in  which  5  grins,  of  animal  charcoal  have 
been  placed,  for  any  reasonable  length  of  time.  The  bottle 
is  to  be  occasionally  shaken,  and  the  solution  removed  by 
means  of  a  pipette  when  required.  More  concentrated 
solutions  of  the  base,  or  any  aqueous  or  alcoholic  solutions 
of  the  salt,  will  not  keep.— F.  W.  P. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUANTITA TIVK. 

Detection  and  Estimation  of  Lead  in  Commercial 
Tartaric  and  Citric  Acids.  M.  Bucket.  Kepert. 
Pharm.  48,  246. 

The  commercial  acids  are  frequently  contaminated  with 
both  metallic  lead  and  lead  compounds,  owing  to  their 
preparation  in  leaden  vessels.  To  estimate  the  metallic 
lead  a  quantity  of  200  grms.  of  the  acid  is  dissolved  in 
three  times  its  weight  of  water,  a  slight  excess  of  Ammonia 
being  added  to  bring  any  crystalline  lead  sulphate  present 
into  solution.  After  24  hours  the  liquid  is  decanted  and 
the  precipitate  collected  upon  a  filter,  carefully  washed, 
and  dissolved  in  nitric  acid.  The  nitric  acid  solution  is 
evaporated  and  first  sulphuric  acid  and  then  a  double 
volume  of  alcohol   added.     The    precipitated    sulphate   of 


lead  is  washed  with  alcohol,  incinerated  and  weighed. 
To  determine  the  combined  lead  in  the  ammoniacal  solution 
of  the  acid,  the  solution  is  first  acidified  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  the  lead  precipitated  as  sulphide,  converted  into 
sulphate  and  weighed. — F.  W.  P. 


The  Analysis  of  Coal-Tar  Preparations.  H.  Helbing 
and  F.  W.  Passmore.  Helbing's  Pharmacol.  Rec. 
July  1892. 

In  the  absence  of  any  concise  description  for  the  deter 
mination  of  the  individual  value  of  tar  preparations  as 
disinfectants  by  chemical  methods,  the  authors  publish  a 
method  which  they  have  employed  in  their  laboratory  with 
considerable  success,  which  consists  in  an  adaption  and 
refinement  of  the  usual  commercial  method  of  estimating 
the  hydrocarbons  and  tar  acids.  According  to  the  con- 
centration of  a  coal-tar  preparation  50  or  100  grms.  is  taken, 
and  if  a  liquid,  is  shaken  with  a  double  volume  of  ether, 
made  strongly  alkaline  and  extracted  several  times  with 
10  per  cent,  caustic  soda,  about  50  cc.  being  employed  for 
each  shaking.  The  process  is  repeated  until  nothing  more 
is  extracted  from  the  ethereal  layer,  which  can  be  del  ermined 
by  the  colourlessness  of  the  alkaline  layer  or  the  absence  of 
turbidity  when  acidified.  The  alkaline  liquors  are  then 
shaken  twice  with  about  50  cc.  ether  at  each  shaking,  and 
the  ethereal  layers  added  to  the  first.  The  ether  now  holds 
the  whole  of  the  hydrocarbous  and  any  bases  present  in 
solution.  The  latter  are  removed  by  extraction  with  dilute 
sulphuric  (not  hydrochloric)  acid,  the  acid  liquors  neutra- 
lised, evaporated  to  dryness  and  extracted  with  absolute 
alcohol,  whereby  the  organic  sulphates  alone  go  into  solution 
and  can  be  removed  and  weighed.  The  ether  is  evaporated 
from  the  hydrocarbons  and  the  latter,  which  usually  com- 
mence to  boil  about  170  C.  fractionally  distilled  in  the 
usual  way.  The  tar  acids  contained  in  the  alkaline  liquors 
are  separated  by  acidification,  extraction  of  the  acid  liquors 
with  ether  several  times,  evaporation  of  the  ether  aud 
fractional  distillation  of  the  products.  Frequently  large 
quantities  of  resin  acids  are  found  to  be  present,  which  do 
not  commence  to  distil  until  above  250°  C.,  whereas  the 
phenols  usually  present  distil  between  180°  to  215°  C.  On 
account  of  the  relative  poisonousness  of  carbolic  acid  as 
compared  with  the  cresols,  it  is  also  necessary  to  determine 
the  respective  amounts  of  these,  as  a  preparation  of  the 
latter  is  far  more  valuable  as  a  disinfectant  on  account  of  the 
freedom  from  danger  accompanying  its  employment.  The 
difference  in  the  boiling  points  of  these  compounds  not  being 
sufficient  to  separate  a  small  quantity  of  carbolic  acid,  and 
the  usual  tests  for  the  latter  being  valueless  in  the  presence 
of  cresols,  the  authors  resort  again  to  the  principle  of  a 
manufacturing  process  and  fractionally  precipitate  the 
alkaline  solution  of  the  tar  acid  with  small  quantities  of 
mineral  acid,  in  which  case  the  carbolic  acid  is  concentrated 
in  the  first  fraction.  In  dealing  with  disinfectant  powders 
containing  coal-tar  constituents  it  is  necessary  to  remove  or 
bring  into  solution  the  inorganic  constituents  and  then 
proceed  as  with  fluids.  It  is  also  advisable  before  distilling 
the  ether  from  the  hydrocarbons  and  tar  acids  to  first  wash 
once  or  twice  with  water  to  remove  adherent  alkalis  or 
acids  and  then  dry  over  calcium  chloride. — F.  W.  P. 


Testing  Olive  Oil  for  Adulterants.     L.  Paparelli.     Chem. 
Trade  J.  11,  207—208. 

The  author  states  that  the  iodine  absorption  values  for 
olive  oils  may  vary  from  79 — 88  according  to  the  state  of 
maturity  of  the  olives  aud  to  the  age  of  the  oil.  The  more 
mature  the  olives  are,  the  higher  is  the  iodine  absorption, 
whilst  old  and  rancid  oil  has  a  lower  value.  The  method 
of  oil-making  is  not  without  its  influence  j  oils  extracted  by 
chemical  solvents  have  a  lower  absorption  than  the  same 
obtained  by  pressure  j  oils  obtained  from  "  pits "  absorb 
more  iodine  than  those  prepared  from  the  fruit.  The 
largest  influence  is  due  to  the  variety  of  olive  fruit,  some 
genuine  oils  showing  as  high  a  value  as  88.  For  the 
detection  of  cotton-seed  and  rape  oils  quite   a  number  of 


Oct.3i.i8iB.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


849 


valueless  tests  is  given  (this  Journal,  1892,  637).  Baudouin's 
test  for  sesame  oil  is  recommended.  It  is  based  on  the 
property  which  sesame  oil  possesses  of  turning  crimson  a 
solution  of  sugar  in  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid. — J.  L. 


The  Alcohols  of  Fusel  Oil.     Hi.  C.  Schiipphaus.     J.  Amer. 
Chcm.  Soe.  14,  1892,  45—60. 

See  under  XVII.,  page  831. 


I  Method  for  Separating  the  Xylenes.  J.  M.  Crafts. 
Compt.  rend.  114,  1110—1113. 
A  WEIGHED  quantity  (10  to  20  grms.)  of  the  crude  xylene 
is  poured  upon  2.V  parts  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid, 
contained  in  a  tube  of  hard  Bohemian  glass.  The  depth 
of  the  column  of  xylene  is  measured  in  millimetres,  and 
after  sealing,  the  tube  is  heated  to  about  120°  C.  for  one 
hour,  with  occasional  violent  shaking.  A  saturated  hydro- 
carbon remains  floating  on  the  surface  as  an  insoluble 
layer,  but  before  measuring  it,  3  or  4  parts  of  a  mixture  of 
equal  parts  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  water  must  De  added, 
with  agitation  and  standing  for  an  hour,  in  order  to  separate 
a  portion  which  has  been  dissolved  by  the  sulphonic  acid. 
Complete  cooling  of  this  tube  is  avoided,  so  as'to  prevent  a 
premature  deposit  of  crystals. 

The  measuring  and  separation  of  the  hydrocarbon  are 
effected  in  a  tap-funnel,  the  solvent  acid  being  returned  to 
the  tube,  which  is  sealed  up  again  and  heated  to  122°  C. 
for  20  hours.  By  this  treatment  97  per  cent,  of  the  meta- 
xylene  is  separated  in  a  layer,  which  can  be  measured. 
The  measurement  is  controlled  by  weighing,  after  having 
distilled  the  metaxylene  with  water,  to  free  it  from  certain 
black  substances,  a  process  which  yields  about  0'2  grm.  of 
such  matter. 

The  sulphonic  acids  of  para-  and  orthoxylene  and  ethyl- 
benzene  only  exhibit  traces  of  decomposition  at  about 
122°  C,  They  are,  however,  easily  and  smoothly  decomposed 
when  heated  to  still  higher  temperatures,  and  it  is  best, 
after  removing  the  metaxylene,  to  heat  up  the  solution  to 
175°  C.  for  20  hours.  It  is  true  that  the  analysis  can  be 
continued  without  this  process,  but  the  products  are  in  such 
case  not  so  pure. 

The  three  regenerated  hydrocarbons  are  dissolved  in 
three  parts  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  to  the  cooled  solution  is 
added  one  volume  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid.  When 
the  metaxylene  has  been  separated,  only  the  sulphonic  acid 
of  paraxylene  is  precipitated  in  beautiful  plates,  which  can 
be  easily  washed  with  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  on  an 
asbestos  filter,  to  the  point  at  which  barium  chloride  solution 
shows  no  longer  any  evidence  of  the  presence  of  sulphuric 
acid. 

It  is  only  necessary  to  expose  the  crystals  to  the  air  until 
a  constant  weight  is  obtained,  to  estimate  the  proportion  of 
paraxylene. 

The  crystals  melt  at  88°  C,  and  have  the  composition 
represented  by  the  formula  (CsH9S03H)3  +  3  H20,  and  this 
corresponds  to  49  77  per  cent,  of  paraxylene.  The  crystals 
are  nearly  insoluble  in  hydrochloric  acid,  but  they  are 
partially  soluble  in  the  sulphonic  acids,  and  it  is  for  this 
reason  that  a  portion  of  the  paraxylene  remains  in  admixture 
with  the  orthoxylene. 

It  remains  to  separate  the  orthoxylene  from  the  ethyl- 
benzene.  The  only  process  for  this  purpose  that  is  suitable 
for  exact  analysis  has  been  devised  by  the  author  and 
M.Friedel.     (Uictionnaire  de  Wurtz  Suppl.  1655). 

The  xylenes,  treated  in  the  cold  with  20  times  the  weight 
of  bromine,  to  which  some  iodine  has  been  added,  yield  a 
tetrabromide  nearly  insoluble  in  petroleum  spirit,  whilst 
ethylbenzene  yields  a  less  brominated  and  very  soluble 
compound. 

The  first  processes  of  this  method  of  separation  furnish 
an  excellent  means  for  preparing  pure  meta-  and  paraxylene, 
and  it  is  evident  that  the  preparation  of  orthoxylene  and 
ethylbenzene  by  crystallisation  of  the  salts  of  their  sulphonic 
acids,  is  much  simplified,  when  all  the  metaxylene  and  a 
great  part  of  the  paraxylene  have  been  removed  from  the 
crude  product. 


For  large-scale  operations,  it  is  preferable  to  operate  in  a 
closed  vessel,  in  decomposing  the  sulphonic  acid  of  meta- 
xylene by  hot  steam  at  122°  C,  and  after  having  twice 
repeated  the  operation  a  very  pure  substance  is  prepared. 
Even  the  product  of  a  first  decomposition  crystallised  at 
—  52°  C,  instead  of  -  51°  C.  There  is  sacrificed  about 
one-tenth  part  of  the  metaxylene  in  each  treatment,  and 
about  one-fourth  of  the  substance,  which  should  be  heated 
by  steam  at  160° — 170°  for  its  decomposition. 

The  sulphonic  acid  of  benzene  does  not  yield  benzene  on 
heating  its  solution  in  sulphuric  acid  with  steam.  Very 
pure  toluene  can  be  prepared  by  heating  the  sulphuric  acid 
solution  of  its  sulphonic  acid,  with  steam  at  160°  C.  This 
toluene  does  not  crystallise  even  at  —  95°  C. 

The  results  obtainable  by  applying  these  methods  of 
separation  by  fractional  decomposition  at  fixed  temperatures 
and  by  precipitations  with  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid, 
to  the  very  complicated  case  of  the  higher  homologues  of 
xylene,  and  to  some  products  of  substitution,  will  be 
commuuicated  later  on. 

The  influence  of  the  mass  of  the  sulphuric  acid  or  hydro- 
chloric acid  on  the  rapidity  of  decomposition  of  the  sulphonic 
acids,  exhibit  interesting  phenomena  which  will  also  be 
later  on  discussed. — D.  B. 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

Relations  between  Fat  -  Hydrolysing  and  Glucoside- 
Resoleing  Ferments.  W.  Sigmund.  Monatsh.  13,  567 
—577. 

Continuing  his  researches  on  vegetable  ferments  (this 
Journal,  1890,  959),  the  author  has  examined  the  action  of 
glucoside-resolving  ferments  on  glycerides,  and,  further,  the 
action  of  oleaginous  seeds  (or  of  their  isolated  ferments)  on 
glucosides.  As  representatives  of  the  first  class,  emulsin 
and  myrosin  were  chosen.  It  was  found  that  they  were 
able  to  hydrolyse  olive  oil  to  some  extent.  In  the  second 
series  of  experiments  amygdalin  and  salicin  were  acted  upon 
by  the  triturated  seeds  of  hemp,  poppy,  and  rape,  or  by 
emulsions  prepared  from  these  seeds.  The  presence  of 
hydrocyanic  acid,  benzaldehyde,  and  glucose  on  the  one 
hand,  and  of  glucose  and  saligenin  on  the  other  hand, 
pro  red  that  amygdalin  and  salicin  had  undergone  hydrolysis 
under  the  influence  of  the  ferments,  special  experiments 
having  shown  that  albuminoid  substances  have  no  such 
effect.  Experiments  with  pancreas  have  not  been  concluded 
yet,  but  seem  to  point  to  the  power  of  the  pancreatic 
ferment  of  resolving  glucosides. — J.  L. 


The  Interaction   of  Magnesium  (Metal)    and  Chlorides. 
K.  Seubert  and  A.  Schmidt.     Annalen,  267,  218. 

The  results  of  a  systematic  investigation  of  the  action  of 
magnesium  upon  chlorides  of  the  elements  of  the  first  two 
groups  of  each  of  the  eight  classes  of  the  "  periodic " 
system  of  arrangement. 

Generally  it  appears  that  in  aqueous  solution  the  magne- 
sium replaces  the  elements  in  combination  with  chlorine, 
with  exception  of  the  more  strongly  basic  metals  of  the 
alkali  and  alkaline  earth  groups.  On  heating  magnesium 
with  the  anhydrous  chlorides  these  allundergodecomposition. 

The  reactions  are  recorded  in  detail,  and  a  general 
summary  is  given  at  the  end  of  the  paper.  From  the 
results  the  authors  select  for  special  mention  those  which 
point  to  the  advantageous  use  of  magnesium  in  the 
laboratory  (1)  for  the  separation  of  tin  and  antimony  from 
the  solution  of  their  chlorides,  e.g.,&s  obtained  in  the  course 
of  their  separation  from  other  metals,  by  the  solution  of  the 
sulphides  in  hydrochloric  acid.  The  advantages  of  magne- 
sium over  zinc  are — that  the  reduction  is  more  rapid,  the 
excess  of  magnesium  is  easily  and  rapidly  dissolved  away 
by  dilute  acids,  and  any  disturbance  resulting  from  the 
presence  of  lead  as  an  impurity  is  not  to, be  feared. 

(2.)  Magnesium  is  also  to  be  recommended  for  the  reduc- 
tion of  ferric  salts  in  the  process  of  volumetric  estimation 
of  iron,  and  also  in  the  Marsh's  arsenic  test. — C  F.  C. 


E   2 


350 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31, 1892. 


Craur  Import. 


GENERAL  TRADE  NOTES. 

Tiik  ElKCTMCAt  Industry  and  thk  Future  Si  t>ci.y 
of  Gutta-percha, 

Since  18-13,  when  Montgomery  introduced  gutta-percha 
into  European  industry,  and  it  was  found  to  bean  excellent 
insulating  material  for  electrical  conductors,  its  use  has 
rapidly  increased.  In  1845  the  import  of  gctta-percha  into 
Europe  was  about  9,000  kilogrammes,  in  1851  it  amounted 
to  14,000,  in  1855  it  was  300,000,  whilst  in  1890  the  import 
was  about  3,000,000  kilos.  Strange  to  say,  the  electrical 
industry  did  nut  seem  to  be  troubled  much  about  the  nature 
and  production  of  this  material  which  it  found  almost 
indispensable.  All  that  was  known  was  that  gutta-percha 
was  the  dried  milky  juice  of  a  tree  which  grew  on  one  of 
the  islands  of  the  Malayan  Archipelago,  and  on  the 
peninsula  of  Malacca,  and  which  was  extracted  by  the 
natives  and  originally  brought  into  commerce  by  the  Chinese. 
There  was  some  discrepancy  between  the  descriptions  of 
various  travellers  as  to  the  process  of  preparing,  and  it  is 
only  in  recent  years  that  the  authentic  gutta-percha  tree  has 
been  re-discovered — the  Isonandra  percha  or  Isonandra 
gutta  Hooherii,  described  by  W.  J.  Hooker  as  far  back  as 
1347.  The  reason  may  have  been  that  the  natives  dreaded 
having  their  industry  spoiled,  and  therefore  kept  secret  the 
places  where  the  tree  was  to  be  found.  But  it  was  more 
likely  that,  by  using  a  destructive  method  of  extracting 
gutta-percha,  it  really  was  a  question  as  to  whether  the 
original  species  was  not  gradually  disappearing  or  had 
already  disappeared. 

So  it  happened  that,  in  consequence  of  years  of  careless- 
ness on  the  part  of  the  various  interested  governments  and 
commercial  circles,  the  price  of  gutta-percha  kept  on  increas- 
ing— in  1887  it  was  2*.  6rf.  per  kilogramme,  in  1891,4s.  6d. 
— and  at  the  same  time  the  market  had  to  put  up  with 
increasingly  impure  and  bad  products.  These  were  at  first 
mixtures  of  pure  gutta-percha  and  the  juice  of  kindred  trees  ; 
afterwards  they  consisted  entirely  of  the  latter.  For  certain 
purposes,  especially  for  the  covering  of  conductors  for  sub- 
marine cables,  pure  gutta-percha  is  really  indespensable,  and 
long  experience  shows  that  it  is  quite  proof  against  salt 
water,  which  "  eats "  through  the  several  coverings  of 
tarred  hemp  and  iron  wire.  Its  insulating  capacity  even 
seems  to  increase  with  time.  But  there  has  been  no  lack 
of  experiments  and  suggestions  respecting  substitutes  for 
gutta-percha.  For  even  the  kindred  india-rubber,  which 
insulates  nearly  as  well,  and  is,  therefore,  extensively  used 
in  the  electrical  industries,  is  not  quite  so  good  for  cable 
work.  And  other  insulating  materials,  such  as  paraffin, 
ozokerite,  and  various  artificial  mixtures,  have  partly  been 
recognised  as  unsuitable,  and  partly  require  further  tests  as 
to  durability.  Now,  the  greatest  care  is  necessary,  when 
the  enormous  cost  and  risk  of  manufacturing  and  laying  a 
submarine  cable  are  considered.  Two  years  ago  the  French 
Government  could  nowhere  obtain  tenders  for  two  cables  to 
Algiers,  which  were  to  be  made  to  the  original  specification 
as  to  quality  of  insulating  material,  simply  because  it  was 
impossible  to  get  sufficient  pure  gutta-percha.  Indeed  we 
are  already  hearing  expressions  of  doubt  as  to  the  insula- 
tion and  consequent  working  of  some  submarine  cables 
laid  in  recent  years. 

The  difficulties  of  this  state  of  affairs  have  been 
acknowledged  for  a  series  of  years.  In  1871  the  Electrical 
Congress  in  Paris  pointed  them  out,  and  asked  the  French 
Government  to  take  measures  to  remove  them.  That 
Government  thereupon  sent  M.  Seligmann,  the  telegraph 
engineer,  to  the  East  Indies,  to  investigate  the  possible 
cultivation  of  the  gutta-percha  tree  in  the  French  colonies, 
and,  in  case  of  its  non-existence  there,  to  find  out  where 
the  tree  grew,  and  to  acclimatise  it  in  the  French  posses- 
sions. The  whole  of  this  mission  was,  however,  only 
preparatory.  M.  Seligmann  found  a  species  of  tree  in  the 
highlands  of  Assaham,  on  the  island  of  Sumatra,  which 
apparently    yielded    excellent   gutta-percha.     He    took    a 


number  of  young  specimens  of  the  tree  to  be  grown  in  the 
Botanical  Gardens  of  Saigon  ;  these,  however,  were  lost 
soon  after  their  arrival. 

Whilst  France  applied  to  the  Dutch  Colonial  Office  for 
further  specimens,  England,  and,  later  on,  Holland,  sent  out 
expeditious,  which  brought  to  light  much  interesting  matter 
concerning  the  different  varieties  of  the  gutta  tree  and  its 
home,  without,  however,  definitely  solving  the  now  burning 
problem.  Thereupon  France  again  took  the  initiative,  and 
sent  M.  Serullas  to  the  Malay  Archipelago,  where  that  gentle- 
man had  spent  some  time  since  1887.  After  several  failures 
he  was  able  to  re-discover  the  authentic  Isonandra  yutta 
Hooherii.  Accotding  to  his  experience  he  asserts  that  the 
specimens  of  this  name  found  in  botanical  gardens  have 
very  little,  if  any,  relationship  to  the  real  tree.  The  gutta 
tree  itself  occurs  in  several  varieties,  which  all  belong  to 
the  same  species,  and  which  furnish  a  very  good  product. 
Hut  there  are  besides  quite  a  number  of  related  kinds,  the 
products  of  which  now  almost  exclusively  fill  the  market. 
The  peculiarities  of  the  authentic  gutta-percha  tree,  accord- 
ing to  M.  Serullas,  consist  not  only  in  the  characteristic 
colour  and  structure  of  the  leaves,  but  especially  in  the  fact 
that  the  milky  juice  which  rlows  from  a  cut  in  the  tree, 
immediately  stiffens  on  contact  with  the  air.  This  feature 
distinguishes  it  from  less  valuable  kinds,  whose  juice — like 
that  of  the  india-rubber  tree — remains  fluid  for  some  time. 
This  also  points  to  a  different  way  of  extracting  the  juice. 

Whilst  in  Brazil  india-rubber  and  the  less  valuable  kinds 
of  gutta-percha  are  obtained  by  collecting  the  juice  which 
flows  from  a  cut  in  the  tree,  this  method  is  impossible  in 
the  case  of  pure  gutta-percha,  because  the  very  first  drops 
of  juice  harden  and  close  the  cut.  The  valuable  juice  can 
only  be  obtained  by  cutting  down  the  whole  tree,  and 
treating  its  various  parts.  Even  then  the  whole  of  the 
juice  is  not  obtained.  The  amount  of  gutta-percha  obtained 
from  a  whole  tree  is  about  100  grins.,  rarely  more  than 
250  grms.  in  the  younger  specimens.  M.  Serullas,  who  has 
seen  this  method  in  operation,  contradicts  other  reports  of 
travellers.  During  the  last  half  century  millions  of  trees 
have  been  sacrificed  in  this  fashion,  and  if,  in  spite  of  this, 
the  real  gutta-percha  tree  has  not  quite  disappeared,  it  is 
solely  due  to  the  fact  that  it  takes  30  years  before  the  tree 
can  be  used.  But  M.  Serullas  considers  that  the  natives 
might  be  brought  to  recognise  a  less  destructive  method  of 
extracting,  if  such  a  method  were  discovered. 

The  tree  is  found,  according  to  the  reports  of  the  various 
expeditions,  on  the  south  of  the  peninsula  of  Malacca,  the 
east  coast  of  Sumatra  and  adjoining  isles,  and  on  Borneo, 
excepting  its  northernmost  part.  We  may  presume  that  it 
might  grow  anywhere  in  a  zone  formed  by  the  latitudes 
6°  N\  and  6°  S.  of  the  equator.  Ou  the  island  Celebes,  for 
instance,  the  tree  is  not  met  with  at  all ;  but  this  island, 
though  in  climate  akin  to  Borneo,  has  a  flora  and  fauna  like 
the  Australian  continent,  of  which,  as  Wallace  has  shown, 
it  was  at  one  time  a  part. 

The  problem  before  us  is  to  try  to  acclimatise  and 
systematically  cultivate  the  gutta-percha  tree  wherever 
possible  in  the  above  zone,  so  that  European  industry  may 
again  have  a  sufficient  supply  and  pure  quality  of  this  im- 
portant material.  In  the  French  possessions  in  the  Indies, 
especially  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Saigon,  efforts  are  now 
being  put  forth  ;  and  we  may  look  to  certain  success  in 
those  parts,  provided  the  necessary  care  be  taken.  M. 
Serullas,  who  has  made  a  systematic  study  of  the  cultivation 
of  the  gutta  tree,  and  has  experience  extending  over  several 
years,  hopes  to  be  able  to  grow  the  tree  in  other  parts,  and 
has  for  this  purpose  brought  with  him  from  his  last 
expedition  some  hundreds  of  specimens,  with  which  to 
experiment  in  Algiers  and  in  Guiana. 

In  any  case,  it  will  take  some  time  before  such  plantations 
will  yield  any  results.  Meanwhile  it  will  be  necessary  to 
adopt  a  more  rational  method  of  extracting  the  gutta,  so 
that  existing  trees  shall  not  be  altogether  destroyed. 
M.  Serullas  maintains  that  he  and  Mr.  Jungfleisch  have 
really  discovered  such  a  method.  In  their  communication 
to  the  "Societe  d' Encouragement,"  they  declare  that  the 
greatest  part  cf  the  gutta-percha  is  not  contained  iu  the 
trunk  anil  branches,  but  in  the  leaves  of  the  tree,  and  can 
be  extracted  from  these  by  a  chemical  process.      The  dried 


Oct.  81,1892.]  THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


651 


leaves  are  treated  with  toluene,  aud  from  the  solution  thus 
obtained  the  toluene  is  removed  by  a  jet  of  steam.  Gutta- 
percha remains,  though  sometimes  it  has  a  slightly  green 
colour,  due  to  chlorophyll.  Otherwise  it  is,  according  to 
the  discoverer  of  the  process,  perfectly  pure,  and  in  quality 
cmite  equal  to  that  of  the  material  obtained  by  the  old 
method.  A  single  full-grown  tree  yields  annually  about 
11  kilos,  of  dried!  leaves,  and  these  again  1  kilo,  of  gutta- 
percha, whilst  the  life  of  the  tree  has  in  no  way  been 
affected.  It  is  hoped  that  the  Malays  may  be  induced  to 
exchange  the  felling  of  the  tree  for  the  easier  collecting  and 
drying  of  leaves.  The  further  treatment  of  the  latter  can 
then  be  gone,  through  in  Europe,  since  it  has  been  found 
that  the  leaves  are  not  spoilt  by  storage.  Deceit  on  the 
part  of  the  natives  would  be  impossible,  because  the  leaves 
of  Isanandra  gutta  are  easily  distinguished  when  dried,  by 
hy  their  structure  and  colour.  In  the  interests  of  important 
branches  of  telegraphy  and  electrical  industry  it  is  certainly 
desirable  that  these  hopes  may  be  realised.  At  the  same 
time  it  is  remarkable  that  cable  manufacturers — especially 
English — have  been  very  sceptical,  and  have  not  as  yet 
conceded  the  claims  of  equal  quality  and  durability  to  the 
chemically-extracted  gutta-percha  and  to  that  extracted 
by  the  old  method. 

Nevertheless  even  in  England  it  is  granted  that  the 
method  now  to  be  introduced  will  ultimately  succeed,  even 
if  it  lakes  some  time,  as  M.  Serullas  states,  before  Erench 
capital  will  make  great  profits  by  the  cultivation  and 
preparation  of  gutta-percha, — Industries. 

The  Scotch  Oil  Trade. 

Young's  Paraffin  Company,  the  Pumpherston  Oil  Com- 
pany at  Uphall,  and  the  Broxburn  and  Holmes  Companies 
were  the  only  establishments,  of  all  the  oil  companies  in 
Scotland,  working  at  a  profit  during  last  year,  and  even 
at  these  works  the  keen  competition  in  this  industry  with 
American  aud  Russian  oils  has  made  the  prospects  for  this 
year  of  a  very  gloomy  character,  especially  as  the  price  of 
American  petroleum  has  still  further  fallen.  The  Scotch 
industry  exists,  however,  owing  to  the  fact  that  necessity 
has  stimulated  improvements  in  the  recovery  and  utilisation 
of  the  residuals,  and,  like  the  Scotch  iron  trade,  by  the 
sale  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  has  been  able  to  continue  the 
work  without  very  serious  losses.  As  each  ton  of  shale 
yields  from  20  lb.  to  60  lb.  of  sulphate  of  ammonia,  those 
works  which  are  located  in  districts  where  the  shale  is 
not  only  rich  in  oil,  but  also  in  nitrogen,  profitable  working 
is  possible,  but  those  companies  working  shales  which 
only  yield  the  smaller  quantity  of  sulphate  show  less 
favourable  results.  The  Scotch  shales  also  yield  about 
12  per  cent,  of  solid  paraffin  scale,  which  has  a  net  selling 
price  of  about  six  times  that  of  the  average  net  selling 
price  of  the  refined  oil.  As  the  Kussian  petroleum  yields 
no  solid  paraffin,  and  the  American  never  more  than 
1  or  2  per  cent.,  the  maintenance  of  a  high  price  for 
scale  by  a  combination  of  the  Scotch  shale  companies 
should  give  them  a  fresh  lease  of  life.  Without  this 
combination  the  price  of  scale  has  risen  during  the  last 
few  years  to  nearly  twice  the  selling  price  at  which  it  then 
stood,  so  that  the  individual  companies  have  already  adopted 
this  policy.  The  question  of  freight  is  also  an  important  one 
in  connection  with  the  future  prospects  of  these  companies, 
as  without  doubt  the  reduction  in  freight  of  the  foreign 
petroleum  brought  about  by  the  introduction  of  tank 
steamers  has  contributed  largely  to  the  keenness  of  the 
competition  during  recent  years.  Greater  facilities  of 
transit  over  the  Scotcli  aud  English  railways  would 
immensely  benefit  the  Scotch  trade,  and  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that  a  reduction  in  the  rates  may  be  looked  for 
in  the  future,  seeing  that  a  total  stoppage  of  this  industry 
would  mean  a  loss  to  the  railway  companies. 

It  is  interesting  also  to  note  that  of  the  four 
works  which,  as  already  stated,  showed  a  profit  on 
last  year's  working,  Young's  is  the  oldest,  and  still 
employs  in  part  of  the  works  plant  of  the  oldest 
description,  whilst  the  Pumpherston  works  has  had  new- 
plant   within   the   last   few   years.     The   Pumpherston  Oil 


Company  has,  further,  been  fortunate  in  securing  a  field 
which  contains  shales  of  good  quality  and  abundant  in 
quantity,  and  although  the  yield  of  oil  is  low,  by  working 
with  Young  and  Beilby's  retorts  a  large  yield  of  sulphate 
of  ammonia  is  obtained.  As  the  Pumpherston  field  was 
only  leased  to  Mr.  Fraser — the  present  managing  director — 
in  1883,  it  was  possible  to  erect  plant  on  the  most  modern 
lines,  and  thus  save  the  incubus  of  capital  sunk  in  antiquated 
machinery  under  which  some  of  the  older  companies  are 
suffering.  The  shale  is  here  worked  by  incline  mines. 
The  daily  output  is  equal  to  about  1 ,000  cubic  feet  per 
hour,  or  600  tons  per  day.  For  this  large  quantity  of  shale 
42-1  retorts  of 'the  Y'oung  and  Beilby  type  are  required, 
each  capable  of  dealing  with  30  cwt.  of  shale  per  day,  and 
the  ammonia  obtained  necessitates  a  sulphate  plant  capable 
of  manufacturing  20  tons  of  sulphate  per  day-  This  part 
of  the  plant  is  very  efficient,  and  shows  a  marked  contrast 
to  the  old  fashioned  "  cracker  boxes  "  which  are  still  used 
by  Y'oung's  Company  for  absorbing  the  ammonia.  On  the 
other  hand,  this  company  sell  their  sulphate  in  lump,  while 
Young's  company  find  that  by  crushing  the  crude  sulphate 
between  rollers  they  obtain  a  white  granular  product 
which  is  more  acceptable  to  the  farmer,  and  realises  a 
slightly  higher  price.  The  serious  drop  in  the  price  of 
sulphate  from  18/.  per  ton,  when  the  company  first  started, 
to  tl-e  present  price  of  about  0/.  15s.,  means  a  difference 
in  their  receipts  of  about  40,000/.  per  annum,  and  had  not 
this  loss  been  partially  balanced  by  the  increased  value  of 
the  scale,  the  company  would  have  passed  into  the  non- 
divideud  paying  list. 

In  the  whole  of  Scotland  during  1891  the  total  quantity 
TCf  sulphate  produced  was  equal  to  43,695  tons,  and, 
excluding  that  obtained  from  gas  liquor  and  iron  works, 
the  amount  derived  from  the  shale  works  was  no  less  than 
26,600  tons,  or  upwards  of  half  the  total  quantity.  When 
open  curtained  saturators— with  which  it  is  possible  to 
"  fish  "  the  salts  directly  instead  of  conducting  a  separate 
evaporation  in  shallow  open  pans — are  employed,  a  greater 
economy  in  working,  and  therefore  increased  profit,  on 
sulphate  is  possible. 

The  oil  refinery  at  Pumpherston  is  in  close  proximity 
to  the  retorts,  and  has  a  capacity  of  about  120,000  gallons 
per  week. 

At  Addiewell  the  retorts  are  about  the  same  size  as  those 
at  Pumpherston,  and  are  made  by  Messrs.  A.  F.  Craig  and 
Co.,  Paisley.  At  preseut  only  320  out  of  the  480  retorts 
are  at  work,  so  that,  although  the  plant  is  larger,  Y'oung's 
Company  at  the  time  of  the  visit  were  not  producing  so  large 
a  quantity  of  oil. 

The  refinery  at  Y'oung's  is  at  present  being  fitted  with 
new  refrigerating  plant,  consisting  of  a  25-ton  ammonia 
machine  made  by  Messrs.  Pontifex  and  Wood.  Messrs. 
Siddeley  and  Mackay's'  ice-making  machine  is  also  in  use 
at  this  establishment. 

The  refining  of  the  scale  is  similar  in  the  two  works, 
and  presents  no  novel  features.  At  Y'oung's,  besides 
supplying  any  '  demands  for  the  crude  wax,  as  is  well 
known,  the  cotnpany  manufacture  it  into  candles  and  night 
lights,  and  the!  works  are  equipped  with  plant  for  this 
purpose.  At  the  Pumpherston  Oil  Works  the  paraffin 
scale  is  sold  to  candle-makers  and  other  users  of  it.  Quite 
recently  a  new  departure  is  being  made  in  utilising  this 
material,  under  the  name  of  "  Laundrine,"  as  a  cleansing 
agent,  for  which  it  is  well  adapted,  as,  when  used  in  small 
quantities  in  conjunction  with  soap,  it  is  very  efficacious  for 
removing  dirt  from  soiled  linen,  &c,  and  is  said  to  render 
the  articles  of  a  much  whiter  colour  than  when  soap  alone 
is  employed.  Tablets  of  suitable  size  packed  in  small  boxes 
are  now  being  introduced  by  the  company. — Ibid. 

The  Shale  Oil  PrtonrcTrox  in  Scotland. 

It  is  now  some  80  years  since  Dr.  Y'oung,  of  Edinburgh, 
discovered  that  paraffin  oil  could  be  obtained  by  distilling 
the  shales  which  are  found  in  close  proximity  to  the  coal- 
fields in  the  south  of  Scotland.  The  deposits  of  this  shale 
si  ill  appear  to  be   practically   inexhaustible,  although  they 


852 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  81. 1892. 


have  been  worked  for  over  80  years.  Of  course  the  industry 
is  in  very  small  compass  when  compared  with  the  enormous 
transactions  in  Russian  and  American  oils,  for  during  1890 
the  total  output  of  oil  in  Scotland  was  only  one-fifteenth  of 
that  in  this  country  and  one-twelfth  of  that  in  Russia.  The 
price  per  gallon  obtained  at  the  works  is  far  higher,  however, 
than  here. 

Their  market  is  a  home  one  and  there  is  no  export 
business,  and  they  can  obtain  the  same  price  as  ihat  of  the 
imported  article.  The  retail  selling  price  of  petroleum  for 
lighting  and  heating  purposes  in  Great  Britain  varies  from 
id.  to  1.9.  per  gallon  in  different  districts.  Moreover  there 
is  a  large  amount  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  produced  in  the 
distillation,  and  this  chemical  is  sold  at  over  10/.  per  ton. 
The  cost  of  production  is  greater,  however,  than  here  and 
in  Russia,  as  the  oil  has  to  be  distilled  from  the  shale. 
Mi.  T.  Moore,  in  a  communication  to  the  British  Federated 
Institution  of  Mining  Engineers,  expresses  the  opinion  that 
oil  and  gas  may  yet  be  found  in  these  deposits,  for  in  some 
districts  the  geological  formations  present  remarkable 
fimilarities  to  those  of  Pennsylvania.  To  the  same  auihority 
we  are  also  indebted  for  the  following  official  figures  of  the 
output  of  shale  and  its  products  in  Scotland  during  the  last 
1 9  years : — 

Output  of  shale  in  tons  of  2,240  lbs.  in  Scotland  from 
1873  to  1891— 


Year. 

Tons. 

Year. 

Tons. 

Year. 

Tons. 

1873 

521.0H5 

lssu 

73H.777 

1887 

1,390,320 

1S71 

331,(110 

1881 

912,171 

1888 

2,052,202 

1S75 

124,026 

lssj 

994,487 

lss:. 

1,986,990 

1876 

541,273 

1883 

1,130,72H 

1*110 

2,1M',4S3 

ls77 

GS4.11S 

issi 

1,469,649 

1891 

2,337,932 

INS 

645,939 

1885 

1,741,750 

1S71I 

712,428 

1886 

1,669,144 

Products  obtained  from  one  ton  of  shale,  and  total  price 
realised  at  works  from  the  refined  products  obtained  from 
one  ton  of  shale — 


Year. 

Crude  Oil, 

Naphtha. 

Sulphate 

of 
Ammonia. 

Total  Price 
received  per  Ton 

ofShalr. 

1877 

Galls. 

30- 4'J 

Galls. 

Lb. 

17-37 

£    s.    d. 
13     2 

lsv! 

29-84 

13-77 

0  14    4 

iss? 

27-96 

28*95 

0  11     -'' 

1891 

25-d!) 

t*73 

27-23 

0  13    2 

Yield   of  finished    products   from   100  gallons   of  crude 
oil— 


Year. 

Lighting 

and 
Heating 

Oil. 

Lubricating 
Oil. 

Medium 

Oil. 

Bcali 

Total. 

1S77 

Galls. 

Ill  3.-, 

Galls. 

10-70 

Galls. 
4"  13 

Galls. 
8*26 

Galls. 

63-74 

L882 

31-61 

11-35 

11*08 

10-u 

67-48 

iss; 

3C12 

13-45 

6-25 

13- 12 

66-94 

lSUl 

J0-81 

12  03 

11*78 

14*72 

69*87 

Net  prices  realised  at  works  for  products — 


Burning 
and 


l.uhri- 


Mntium 


Sulphate 

of 


Year*      Hating  |    <-*$,*     "Oil"'"  j  Seale-    -N'»P'-th"-  Anna 


Oil. 


Per  Ton. 


1887 

Pence 

per  Gall. 

9*3 

Pence 

per  Gall. 

110 

Pence 

per  Gall. 

6*7 

Pence 

per  Lb. 

4-3 

Pence 
per  Gall. 

S  s.   d. 

17  r,  e 

1SS2 

4-3 

n 

1-1 

2-1 

18    2    5 

1887 

S*2 

.,.., 

1*1 

2-1 

10    3     0 

1891 

4-2 

3-7 

2-8 

2-3     1       5-1 

10    7    1 

— E"g.  and  Mining  Journal. 


The  Petiioleim  Ixdi-stby  in  Russia. 

The  Journal  de  St.  Petersbourg  says  that  one  of  the 
questions  now  occupying  the  attention  of  the  press  in 
Russia  is  the  crisis  which  has  supervened  in  the  petroleum 
industry  of  that  country. 

In  1891  there  were  at  Baku  77  companies  for  the 
extraction  of  naphtha.  The  production  was  288,500,000 
pouds  (poud  =  36  lb.  avoirdupois),  extracted  with  the 
aid  of  6,000  permaneut  workmen,  without,  counting  day 
labourers. 

Comparing  the  results  of  last  year  with  those  of  the 
preceding  year,  it  is  remarked  that  in  1891  there  were 
obtained  48,000,000  pouds  more  naphtha  than  in  1890, 
which  is  equivalent  to  an  increase  of  21  per  cent.  This 
increased  yield  does  not  arise  from  the  increase  in  the 
natural  wealth  of  the  soil,  but  from  the  large  number  of 
new  wells  which  have  been  opened  at  great  expense. 

Certain  fissures  correspond  to  springs  so  rich  in  naphtha 
that  the  liquid  bursts  out  from  the  soil.  But  this  is  only 
exceptional,  and  in  the  majority  of  cases  recourse  is  obliged 
to  be  had  to  mechanical  meaus  to  extract  it  from  the 
fissures.  The  number  of  naphtha  fountains  diminishes 
each  year;  in  1887  they  formed  42  per  cent,  of  the  total 
production ;  in  1888  this  figure  was  reduced  to  40  per  cent., 
and  it  fell  to  22  per  cent,  in  the  course  of  the  two  following 
years.  In  1891  the  fountains  only  gave  39,000,000  pouds, 
or  14  per  cent,  of  the  general  total. 

Although  this  considerable  diminution  in  the  yield  of 
the  fountains  indicates  that  the  extraction  of  naphtha  will 
meet  with  gi eater  difficulties,  the  Revue  (a  report  issued  by 
the  Association  of  Russian  Naphtha  Producers)  looks 
upon  this  phenomenon  with  satisfaction  for,  thanks  to  it,  a 
certain  equilibrium  in  the  extraction  of  naphtha  may  be 
hoped  for.  At  present  the  annual  production  of  the  wells 
varies  to  the  degree  that  the  results  of  some  often  exceed 
50  and  60  times  the  quantity  of  naphtha  extracted  in  the 
adjacent  wells,  and  this  immense  difference  in  the  natural 
conditions  of  production  generally  acquires  some  significance 
in  the  years  of  over-productiou,  as  was  the  case  at  Baku 
last  year.  In  these  conditions  there  is  but  little  question 
of  regulating  the  production  by  the  aid  of  an  agreement 
between  ihe  owners  of  the  springs.  At  the  end  of  1891, 
for  example,  prices  fell  to  1 1  copecks  per  poud  of  naphtha, 
that  is  to  say,  to  a  rate  less  than  the  average  cost  of 
extraction,  and  notwithstanding  this  certain  producers 
having  realised  large  profits  owing  to  the  exceptional 
richness  of  their  wells. 

The  Revue  mentioned  above  divides  the  producers  of 
naphtha  into  several  groups :  the  first,  which  it  calls  "  the 
permanent  beneficiaries  of  naphtha  production,"  possess 
the  best  lands,  where  each  new  well  yields  two  or  three 
million  pouds  per  annum.  The  latter  do  not  think  of 
extending  their  operations,  being  contented  with  what  few 
million  pouds  they  get  for  almost  nothing  (with  the  excep- 
tion of  one  copeck  per  poud).  In  proximity  to  these  large 
companies,  some  small  producers,  having  accidentally 
discovered  a  rich  fountain  or  a  naphtha  well,  come  and 
establish  themselves.  I'p  to  30  per  cent,  of  the  total 
supply  passes  through  the  hands  of  these  permanent  or 
temporary  beneficiaries, 


Oot.81. 1892.1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  OHEMIOAL  INDUSTRY. 


853 


The  second  group,  which  forms  the  business  centre, 
consists  of  a  few  large  houses  who  obtain  50  per  cent,  of 
the  total  naphtha.  Being  given  the  dimensions  of  their 
production,  even  the  discovery  of  new  fountains  has  no 
influence  on  the  prices  of  production,  which  falls  but  little 
below  two  copecks  per  poud. 

The  worse  conditions  are  those  of  the  third  group  of 
operators,  who  have  not  discovered  wells  sufficiently  rich  in 
naphtha. 

Prices  have  undergone  marked  fluctuations  during  the  last 
10  years.  By  reason  of  a  large  diminution  in  production, 
prices  rose  considerably  in  the  summer  of  1890,  and  reached 
eight  or  nine  copecks  per  poud,  but  the  following  autumn 
a  reaction  set  in,  and  the  prices  were  reduced  to  four  and 
five  copecks  towards  the  end  of  the  year.  The  following 
year  this  tendency  became  more  marked,  so  that  the 
average  price  of  naphtha  in  1891  was  2£  copecks.  Not- 
withstanding the  evidence  of  over-production,  digging 
operations,  far  from  diminishing,  were  largely  extended  in 
1891. 

In  1889,  6,500  sagenes  (sagene  =  G  ft.)  were  dug;  in 
1890,  15,000  sagenes;  and  in  1891,  20,000  sagenes. 
This  activity  was  kept  up  until  July  1891,  after  which  it 
somewhat  subsided.  The  expenses  incurred  in  connection 
with  these  works  last  year  are  estimated  at  four  millions  of 
roubles.  Such  a  considerable  expenditure  can  only  render 
very  critical  the  position  of  several  companies  in  presence 
of  the  large  drop  in  prices. 

Under  the  influence  of  the  depreciation  of  naphtha  and 
petroleum  the  general  results  for  1891  have  been  very 
insufficient  in  the  industrial  district  of  Baku.  The  average 
profits  have  sufficed  neither  to  pay  the  interest  nor  to 
cover  expenses.  Taking  into  consideration  the  very 
unequal  distribution  of  the  losses  between  the  manufacturers, 
it  is  seen  that  a  number  of  the  latter  have  suffered  very 
se  verely. — Board  of  Trade  Journal. 

Mineral  and  Metallurgical  Output  of  Austria 
in  1891. 


Gold  ore 

Silver  ore 

Quicksilver  ore  . 
Copper  ore 


1890. 


Metric  Tons. 


4,397 
115,383 
70(5,332 
93,180 


Iron  oro !  12,312,484 


Lead  ore 

Nickel  ore") 
Cobalt  ore  ) 

Zinc  ore 

Tin  ore 

Bismuth  ore 

Antimony  oro 

Arsenic  ore 

Uranium  ore 

Wolfram  ore 

Sulphur  ore 

Alum  and  alum  stone  . 

Manganese  ore 

Graphite 

Asphalt 

Lignite 

Bituminous  coal 


133,607 


288,282 
7,205 
10,833 
3,331 
42 
225 
567 
:;u,ss.-, 
343,943 
52,793 
213,462 
1,800 
161,830,762 
91.928,840 


1891. 


1890. 


Value  in  Florins. 


15,108         14,446 
1  11.941     3,180,885 


707,299 

75,032 

13,615,478 

112,736 


826,322 
5,692 
7,929 
7,701 

256 

378 

51.223 

588,381 

80,068 

237,283 

1,808 

153,290,565 

89,310.649 


1,035,561 

354,575 

2,854,889 

1,068,512 


575,547 

3,600 

25,476 

42,575 

391 

19,311 

21,380 

37,201 

20,950 

70,7 13 

693,327 

2,808 

'30,769,056 

'32,681,693 


73,465.432 


18,619 

8,167,179 

891,687 

813,122 

3,105,765 

969,622 

318 

558,S12 
5,168 
19,032 

61,881 

41.674 

12,337 

61,263 

85,998 

102,625 

726,036 

2,962 

27,639,115 

30,401,078 


Metallurgical  Output  of  Austria  in  1891. 


68,270,343 


1891. 


Gold,  kilos 14,717 


Silver,  kilos. 


Quicksilver 

Copper 

Copper  vitriol 

Pig  iron  

Forge  iron 

Lead 

Litharge 

Nickel  sulphate  . 

Zinc 

Tin 

Bismuth 

Antimony , 

Uranium  salts  ... 

Sulphur 

Vitriolstein 

Sulphuric  acid... 

Alum 

Copperas 

Mineral  paint 


36,037-46 

Metric 

570-2 

1,033-1 

197-8 

517,988-2 

99,156-6 

7,583-3 

2,267-6 

1-5 

5,005-6 

56-2 

0-61 

115-4 

4-13 

45-0 

2,831-0 

12.267-9 

1,126-6 

1,184-3 

838-1 


1890. 


1891. 


1890. 


Value  in  Florins. 


21,573 

35,862-7 

Tons. 

541-7 

992-5 

338-4 

574,711-4 

91,558-9 

8,297-0 

1,912-7 

5.HS-7 
49-7 
0-1K 
200 
3-95 
37-3 
3,717-0 
11,333-8 
1468-6 
1,288-2 
778-3 


19,273         29,093 
3,219,018     3,197,585 


1,383,683 

581,720 

42,287 

20,682,753 

4,298,382 

1,206,105 

853,059 

1,050 

1,375,076 

63,718 

5,606 

45,318 

45,214 

3,417 

48,523 

374,577 

74,340 

83,158 

25,351 


1,596.563 

602,163 

108,805 

23,295,187 

4,015,430 

1,399,495 

296,554 

1,467,811 

59,437 

1,914 

83,585 

61,213 

2,642 

66,596 

441,917 

101,633 

38,655 

22,137 


33,781,598  .36,891,477 


Mineral  and  Metallurgical  Output  op  Austria 
in  1891. 

The  Austrian  Government  has  shown  commendable 
promptitude  in  publishing  so  early  the  statistics  relating  to 
her  mining  and  metallurgical  industries.  The  figures  here 
given  are  taken  from  the  "  Statisiumsches  Jahrbuch "  for 
1891,  recently  issued  by  the  K.  K.  Ackerminister,  and  for 
them  we  are  indebted  to  the  "  Oesterreichische  Zeitschrift 
fur  Berg  und  Huttenwesen." 

There  was  a  notable  increase  in  the  total  value  of  the 
ores  produced,  due  almost  entirely  to  the  increased  amount 
of  lignite  and  bituminous  coal  mined.  There  was  also  a 
slight  increase  in  the  values  of  silver,  quicksilver,  lead  and 
copper  ores  which  was  more  than  counterbalanced  by  the 
decreased  value  of  the  output  of  gold,  iron,  manganese  and 
graphite  ores.  Metallurgical  products  show  a  decided 
falling  off,  the  value  of  the  output  but  very  slightly  exceeding 
that  of  1889. — Eng.  and  Mining  Journal. 

Ground  Mica  Industry  in  North  Carolina. 

Western  North  Carolina  has  for  many  years  been  known 
as  one  of  the  principal  mica  producers  of  the  world.  But 
two  years  ago  this  valuable  industry  came  to  a  sudden 
termination  by  the  importation  of  Indian  mica.  Within 
the  past  year,  however,  many  of  the  mines  in  Mitchell  and 
Yancey  counties,  North  Carolina,  have  been  reopened, 
owing  to  the  increased  tariff  on  imported  mica — 30  per  cent. 
ad  valorem — and  at  present  the  outlook  is  good  for  a 
complete  revival  of  the  mica  mining  operations  in  this  State 
on  a  larger  and  more  extensive  scale.  As  is  well  known, 
the  mining  of  merchantable  cut  mica  is  attended  with  a 
great  many  factors  of  uncertainty  ;  and  particularly  when  it 
is  carried  on,  as  it  has,  been,  without  system,  and  hence 


854 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  31. 1892 


without  regard  to  the  future  developments  of  the  mines. 
The  nature  of  the  deposits,  the  irregularity  of  the  veins  in 
themselves,  and  the  great  irregularity  of  the  vein  matter, 
carrying  the  large  blocks  of  good  mica,  such  as  will  do  for 
cutting  merchantable  patterns,  greatly  increases  the  cost  of 
mining ;  there  is  much  waste  and  consequently  great 
expense.  This  waste  is  now  about  to  be  turned  to  an 
economical  purpose  by  the  grinding  of  the  heretofore 
alaiost  worthless  scrap  mica,  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of 
wall  paper  and  lubricants,  particularly  the  former.  For 
this  purpose  the  powdered  mica  must  he  in  a  floating  con- 
dition, which  is  effected  by  wet  grinding.  The  scrap  is 
first  roughly  hand-picked  and  washed,  after  which  the 
general  principles  of  the  prooess  consist  in  a  wet  grinding, 
drying,  and  finally  bolting  to  different  sizes  or  grades. 
There  are  at  present  three  mills  in  Mitchell  county,  N.C. — 
at  Plum  Tree,  Hanson's  Creek,  and  Spruce  Pine— in  the 
valley  of  the  North  Tae  Kiver. 

The  Margarite  Mica  Company  of  North  Carolina,  with 
New  York  office  at  4.  Gold  Street,  is  operating  a  small  mill, 
having  an  output  at  present  of  about  10  tons  per  mouth  ; 
it  is  hoped  to  increase  this  yield  in  the  near  future.  They 
grind  to  five  sizes— 80,  100,  140,  160,  and  200  meshes  to 
the  square  inch.  The  quoted  prices  of  these  products 
delivered  iu  New  York  are  respectively  5,  7,  8,  9,  and  10 
cents  per  pound.  The  progress  of  this  industry  may  he 
watched  with  interest,  and,  in  connection  with  the  increased 
use  of  the  more  inferior  spotted  or  discoloured  mica  for 
insulating  purposes  in  electrical  appliances,  its  importance 
to  the  development  of  this  mining  district  cannot  be  over- 
estimated.— Eng.  and  Mining  Journal. 

Report  of  thk  Principal  of  the  Laboratory  of 
the  Board  of  Inland  Revenue. 

The  total  number  of  samples  analysed  during  the  year 
was  48,566,  130  more  than  in  the  previous  year. 

The  increased  facilities  granted  in  the  latter  part  of  1888 
for  the  exportation  on  drawback  of  medicinal  tinctures  are 
evidently  developing  an  important  branch  of  trade,  as  is 
shown  by  an  increase  of  no  less  than  872  samples  sub- 
mitted during  the  year  for  estimation  of  the  amount  of 
spirit  present. 

A  fresh  investigation  into  the  character  of  the  milk  now 
•'cnerally  produced,  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  any 
material  changes  which  would  affect  the  standards  of 
quality  hitherto  relied  on  as  a  guide  in  dealing  with  sus- 
pected samples,  has  been  undertaken  and  will  be  continued 
during  the  current  year. 

An  important  series  of  experiments  on  disinfectants 
undertaken  for  the  Hoard  of  Trade  is  mentioned.  The 
object  was  to  fix  a  standard  of  efficiency  for  disinfectants 
intended  to  be  used  on  hoard  passenger  and  merchant  ships, 
and  to  revise  the  list  of  disinfectants  in  the  medical  scales 
of  the  Hoard  of  Trade.  It  was  decided  to  adopt  as 
standards  a  solution  containing  80  per  cent,  of  carbolic 
acid,  and  a  powder  containing  20  per  cent,  of  carbolic  acid. 
Every  disinfectant  on  the  Board  of  Trade  list  was  examined 
bacteriologically,  in  order  to  determine  whether  it  was  equal 
in  value  to  the  standard  as  an  antiseptic  and  disinfectant. 
The  experiments  extended  over  several  months,  the  result 
being  that  nearly  every  liquid  disinfectant  on  the  list  was 
found  to  be  inferior  to  an  equal  bulk  of  the  carbolic  acid 
solution,  and  in  the  case  of  powders  to  an  equal  weight  of 
the  carbolic  acid  powder.  Revised  medical  scales  have 
now  been  issued  by  the  Board  of  Trade  embodying  the 
recommendations  of  this  committee. 

An  elaborate  investigation  was  made  as  to  the  gas- 
producing  quality  of  a  sample  of  Indian  coal,  to  see  whether 
it  was  fitted  economically  for  use  in  India.  It  gave  about 
three-fifths  as  much  gas  as  ordinary  Knglish  coal  and  the 
coke  was  very  inferior. 

<  >f  the  539  miscellaneous  samples  examined  for  the 
Indian  Government,  111  were  either  not  genuine  or  inferior 
in  quality.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned  rape  oil 
adulterated  with  mineral  oil,  pearl  barley  faced  with  chalk. 
white  lead  mixed  witli  barium  sulphate,  zinc  white  witli 
white  lead,  lamp  black  witli  a  large  excess  of  mineral 
matter,  brass  tubing  lined  with  so-called  tin  more  than  half 


of  which  was  lead,  and  two  samples  of  verdigris  mixed  with 
40  per  cent,  of  sodium  sulphate  in  one  case  and  25  per  cent, 
of  cupric  sulphate  in  the  other. 

810  samples  of  naphtha  have  been  examined  and  of 
these  64  were  rejected  as  unfit  for  methylating  purposes. 
Pressure  is  stated  to  be  put  upon  producers  of  naphtha  by 
methylators  to  supply  a  comparatively  pure  naphtha,  such  as, 
from  a  revenue  point  of  view,  is  unsuitable  for  the  purpose. 
Attempts  to  obtain  approval  for  such  naphtha  during  the 
past  year  have  been  numerous,  and  have  resulted  in  so 
large  a  number  of  the  samples  being  rejected. 

Dr.  Bell  mentions  the  change  made  during  the  year  in  the 
character  of  methylated  spirits  allowed  to  be  sold  by  retail. 
In  order  to  prevent  the  use  of  such  spirit  as  a  beverage,  the 
Board  decided,  at  his  suggestion,  that  while  methlyatcd 
spirit  for  general  use  in  the  arts  and  manufactures  should 
be  still  allowed  as  hitherto,  that  portion  sold  by  retail  to  the 
general  public  should  contain  a  small  addition  of  petroleum. 
This  admixture  renders  the  methylated  spirit  turbid  when 
diluted,  and  also  more  offensive  in  character.  The  retail 
sales  since  its  introduction  have  largely  fallen  off,  and  there 
is  every  reason  to  believe  that  the  practice  of  using  such 
spirit  for  drinking  purposes  has  been  extensively  abandoned, 
if  not  altogether  stamped  out.  By  the  course  adopted  it  is 
further  stated  a  more  effective  control  can  now  be  exercised 
over  the  uses  to  which  the  spirit  is  applied. 

From  the  requests  made  to  the  Board  for  the  use  of 
ordinary  methylated  spirit,  it  has  been  evident  in  some 
cases  that  the  applicants  had  hitherto  been  making  an 
improper  use  of  such  spirit. 


Xithate  of  Potash  and  Pn'HBAfio  ix  M\shonaland. 

The  British  South  African  Company  has  received  a 
report  from  Mr.  Griffiths,  mining  engineer  of  the  I)e  Beers 
Syndicate,  stating  that  he  has  made  a  valuable  discovery  of 
nitrates  near  Mount  Darwin,  in  the  direction  of  the  Hunyani 
River.  The  deposit,  which  consists  of  pure  nitrate  of 
potassium,  lies  in  beds  varying  in  thickness  from  3  feet  to 
20  feet,  and  extending  over  an  area  of  some  20  miles.  He 
has  also  discovered  a  rich  bed  of  plumbago  in  the  same 
neighbourhood.  This  latter  lies  in  the  alluvium,  but  is  very 
pure,  and  he  says  there  is  a  sufficient  quantity  to  be  worked 
for  50  years. — Chemist  and  "Druggist. 


Fertilisers  in  the  West  Indies. 

Special  reports  from  United  States  Consuls  located  in  the 
West  Indies  indicate  that  American  fertilisers  are  not 
making  much  headway  in  the  West  Indies.  We  give  the 
following  extracts :  — 

Jamaica. — Intelligent  and  practical  users  of  fertilisers 
assure  Vice-Consul  Wright  that  if  American  manufacturers 
will  hold  out  the  same  inducements  in  regard  to  analysing 
the  soils  and  manipulating  the  manure  to  supply  the 
requirements  thereof,  as  English  manufacturers  do,  and  in 
addition  thereto  will  sell  at  the  same  price  fertilisers  of  the 
same  commercial  value,  the  item  of  freights  being  so  much 
in  favour  of  the  1'nited  States,  our  manufacturers  can  turn 
the  tide  in  their  favour, 

Martinique. — There  are  no  duties  on  fertilisers,  and 
wharfage  is  nominal.  Small  lots  of  sulphate  of  ammonia 
and  nitrate  of  potash  have  been  recently  imported  from  thu 
1'nited  States  through  a  commission  house. 

Matanzas. — No  attempt  has  been  made  to  introduce 
fertilisers  from  abroad. 

St.  Thomas. — There  is  no  demand  for  fertilisers  ;  all 
planters  have  home-made  manure. 

St.  Christopher. — A  few  years  ago  the  English  fertiliser 
companies  sent  out  a  chemist  who  analysed  the  soil  and 
prepared  a  special  formula  of  a  fertiliser  for  the  sugar-cane 
plant,  which  is  very  popular  here  and  sells  at  the  highest 
price,  60  dols.  per  ton. 

Trinidad. — The  United  Slates  got  somewhat  of  a  foothold 
last  year:  it  is  still  not  fairly  iu  the  market. — ling,  and 
Mining  Journal. 


Oct.  31, 1893.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


855 


BOARD  OF  TRADE  RETURNS. 
Summary  of  Imports. 


Month  ending  3«Ui  September 


1891. 


1892. 


Metals 

Chemicals  ami  dyestuffs 

Oils 

Raw  materials    for  non-textile  in- 
dustries. 

Total  value  of  all  imports  .... 


£ 

£ 

1,837,262 

1,570,592 

nix,;:;  t 

530,529 

575,161 

535,865 

■1,029,509 

4  073,001 

34,089,301 

31,436,305 

Summary  op  Exports. 


Month  ending  3oth  September 

1891. 

1892. 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 

£ 
3,011,307 
722,206 
2,629,592 

£ 

2,837,408 
741,709 

2,360,083 

20,793,5+3 

19.101.S59 

Imports  op  Chemicals  and  Dyestuffs  for  Month 
ending  3uth  september. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1892. 


Values. 


1891. 


Alkali Cwt. 

Bark  (tanners,  4c.)    „ 

Brimstone , 

Chemicals Value  £ 

Cochin9al  Cwt. 

Cutch  and  gambier  Tons 

Dyes  :— 
Aniline Value  £ 

Alizarine „ 

Other  

Indigo  Cwt. 

Nitrate  of  soda....      „ 

Nitrate  of  potash  .      „ 

Valonia Tons 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 

Total  valucof  ohemicals 


6,501 

46,561 
29,922 

918 
2,278 


1892. 


4,311 
45,715 
49,917 

334 
1,319 


316 

3,019 

1 18,206 

13-1  927 

16,557 

20.9S2 

929 

2,013 

£ 

4,216 

21,453 

8,848 

101,348 

5,753 

50,718 

18,254 
22,911 
967 
5,196 
66,553 
15,455 
17,860 
158,899 


£ 
3,237 

ls.llOo 
1 1,499 
127,015 
2,111 
2S.164 


12,513 
37,130 
47 
47,331 
55.802 
17.675 
26,271 
140,425 


498,734        530,529 


Imports  of  Metals  for  Month  ending  30th  September. 


Articles. 


Copper  :— 


Tons 


Rcgulus 

Unwrought  .... 

Iron  :— 
Ore 


Bolt,  bar,  Ac. ... 
Steel,  unwrought . . 
Lead,  pig  and  sheet 

Pyrites 

Quicksilver Lb. 

Tin Cwt. 

Zinc Tons 

Other  articles  . .  .Value  £ 
Total  value  of  metals 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1892. 


6,462 
8,740 
3,618 

201,761 
7,313 

1,229 
13,076 
39,173 
81,010 
48,890 

5,632 


9,017 
7,402 
3.362 

315,985 

6,75s 

583 
15,651 
34,310 
51,965 
46,839 
3,312 


Values. 


1891. 


£ 

67,489 

224,281 
202,931 

154,852 
70.S70 

10,833 

161,430 
66,938 
9,380 
223,080 
129,00* 
513,167 


1,837,262 


1892. 


£ 

48  915 

167,016 
153,998 

229,156 
66,167 

5,917 

169,107 

62,790 

4,784 

222,084 

70,591 

369,977 


1,570.592 


Imports    of    Raw   Material   for   Non-Textile 
Industries  for  Month  ending  30th  September. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


Values. 


1891. 


1892. 


Bark,  Peruvian  . .    Cwt. 

Bristles Lb. 

Caoutchouc Cwt. 

Gum  : — 
Arabic 


Lac,  Ac 

Gutta-percha  .. 

Hides,  raw  :— 
Ury 

Wet 

Ivory 


Manure  :— 
Guano Tons 

Bones „ 

Paraffin Cwt. 

Linen  rags Tons 

Esparto 

Pulp  of  wood 

Rosin Cwt. 

Tallow  and  stearin      „ 

Tar Barrels 

Wood:— 
Hewn Loads 

Sawn 

Staves , 

Mahogany Tons 

Other  articles. . .  .Value  £ 


Total  value  . 


4,973 

5,601 

£ 

12,377 

535,024 

2S0.258 

68,415 

14,937 

20,920 

153,937 

3,767 

5,932 

10,712 

5,827 

3,622 

23,332 

4,827 

4,006 

48,781 

31,500 

24,517 

85,530 

62,206 

37,771 

144,723 

980 

1,014 

49,914 

1.731 

1,101 

10,174 

3,737 

4,281 

17,600 

45,271 

43,254 

67,10-1 

2,258 

618 

22,615 

8,799 

14,147 

45,859 

14,340 

12,011 

75,460 

121,824 

127,296 

30,170 

.  73,572 

90,920 

108,075 

29,633 

36,071 

10,916 

258,257 

268,045 

1 
549,364 

037.24S 

672,602 

1,320,143 

17,318 

17,883 

70,899 

3,951 

5,830 

38,359 
1,059.030 

•• 

•• 

4,029,509 

£ 

11,597 

47,968 
213,178 

13,701 
14,616 

41.112 

59,619 
81,949 
10,966 

6,131 
16,842 
61,920 
4,242 
71,181 
69,750 
32,269 
116,435 
21,576 

526,186 

1,467,501 
61,479 
50,578 

1,007,829 


Besides  the  above,  drugs  to  the  value  of  68,6962.  were  imported 
as  atrainst  58,5752.  in  September  1891. 


856 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Out,  31, 1892. 


Imports  of  Oils  fob  Month  ending  30th  September. 


Articlei. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

120 

1,489 

81,433 

10,212,369 

1,874 

2,009 

29,275 

2,097 
1,525 

81,278 

7,154,843 

2,143 

2,403 

71,501 

£ 
291 

58,177 

94,578 

221,024 

53,243 

41,104 

40,601 

62,843 

£ 

2,159 

56,974 

82,686 

136,952 
55,292 

48,062 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

74,857 
78,983 

Total  value  of  oils  . . . 

•• 

•• 

575,161 

535,865 

Exports  of  Metals  (other  than  Machinery)  for 
Month  ending  30th  September. 


Quantities. 

Values. 

Articles. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

£ 

£ 

10,084 

8,166 

45,782 

33,714 

Copper  :— 
Unwrought , 

411.351 

66,171 

124.852 

160,932 

27,0119 

24,510 

91,681 

74,491 

Mixed  metal 

23,566 

22,310 

67,078 

54,072 

.. 

.. 

220,059 

182,337 

Implements 

•  • 

•  • 

104,462 

99,300 

283,806 

267,603 

2,085,691 

1,933,965 

3,991 

3,900 

55,467 
36,413 

44,405 

Plated  wares. . .  Value  £ 

30,710 

Telegraph  wires,  Ac.   ,, 

•  • 

•  • 

78,662 

68,914 

9,388 
8,638 

11,763 
14,337 

44,840 
9,261 

56,571 

12,764 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

•• 

•• 

77,056 

85,173 

•• 

3,011,307 

2,837,408 

ExroRTS  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals  for  Month  ending 
30th  September. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1893. 

£ 

£ 

569,000 

519,098 

220,522 
46,285 

184,714 
67.118 

Bleaching  materials    „ 

132,307 

141,291 

Chemical  manure*.  Tons 

27,792 

29,417 

149,402 

177,273 

.. 

92,218 

81,037 

01  her  articles  ...       „ 

•• 

213,829 

211,237 

•• 

•• 

722,306 

744,709 

Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  30th  September. 


Articles- 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Military  stores. .  Value  £ 

798,000 

1,298,600 

46,242 

273,237 
9,603 
67,740 
16,091 

13,016 

5,578 
1,665,500 

89,289 
3,945 
46,634 

622,900 

1,339,500 

34,892 

236,416 

7,204 

56,410 

21,221 

10,718 

4,765 
1,266,200 

73,132 

4,590 

40,778 

£ 

20,946 

100,389 
25,932 

102,038 
9U97 
99,524 

172,672 
10,163 

17,535 
21,084 
32,364 
13,834 

116,093 
33,066 

120,512 
70,182 

140,221 

152,495 
26,918 
•16,842 

£ 

19,259 

87,957 
25,419 

101,935 
82^88 

Products  of  coal   Value  £ 
Earthenware ...       „ 

Glass  :— 

104,508 
156,721 
11,308 

S.901 

20,518 

28,328 

Other  kinds....      „ 

Leather :— 
Unwrought....      „ 

17,779 

98,229 

87,883 
91,133 

Painters'  materials  Val.  £ 

57,556 
117,875 
123,573 

33,132 

•• 

•• 

2,629,592 

2,360,083 

iffontblp  patent  list. 


*  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised. 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  months  of  the  said  dates. 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 

Applications. 

16,726.  E.  Tlieisen.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for  pro- 
ducing intimate  frictional  action  between  liquids  and  gases 
or  vapours,  by  means  of  centrifugal  force,  for  effecting 
either  the  evaporation  of  the  liquids  of  the  interchange  of 
temperature  between  the  liquids  and  gases,  or  the  mixing  of 
the  gases  with,  or  their  separation  from,  the  liquids. 
September  19. 

17,301.  D.  W.  Noakes.  Improvements  in  gauges  used 
for  ascertaining  the  pressure  in  compressed  gas  cylinders 
and  other  reservoirs.     September  28, 


Oct.  SI,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


857 


17,458.  W.  W.  Fyfe.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  furnaces  and  means  for  calcining  and  treating  complex 
ores.     .September  30. 

17,519.  W.  H.  Westwood,  E.  T.  Wright,  and  VV.  W.  S. 
Westwood.  Improvements  in  washes  for  washing  gases. 
October  1. 

17,824.  W.  Mather.     See  Class  VII. 

18,325.  F.  T.  Bond.  An  appliance  for  making  infusions 
or  extracts  of  vegetable  or  other  matters.     (Jetober  13. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted.* 


18,488.  J.  Sutton. 


1891. 
See  Class  XVII. 


18,959.  A.  Feldman.  Distilling  apparatus  suitable  for 
the  treatment  of  ammoniacal  liquors.     October  19. 

20,142.  J.  C.  Mewburn. — From  The  Maschinenfabrik 
Grevenbroich.     See  Class  XVI. 

20,677.  W.  R.  Jones.     Furnaces.     October  5. 

20,788.  E.  Goedicke.  Reverberatory  furnaces.  October  5 . 

21,157.  J.  Dawson.     Thermometers.     October  19. 

21,730.  M.  F.  Purcelland  G.  Purcell.  Apparatus  for  the 
purification  of  gaseous  fumes,  air,  and  the  like,  and  the 
deposition  of  solid  particles  therefrom.     October  19. 

22,089.  P.  Laberie.     See  Class  XVI. 

1892. 

7753.  J.  Morrison.  Ejectors  for  ejecting  water,  thick  or 
thin,  or  tar  and  ammonia  water.     October  5. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

16,694.  B.  Ratcliff.  Improvements  in  or  additions  to 
carbon  lamps  or  carbon  burners  for  illuminating  purposes. 
September  19. 

16,750.  F.  Grein.  Charging  machine  for  gas  retorts. 
Complete  Specification.     September  19. 

17,067.  H.  Collet  and  M.  Meriehenski.  Improvements 
in  making  gas,  and  a  compound  therefor.     September  24. 

17,262.  R.  M.  Bidelman.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  gas.     Complete  Specification.     September  27. 

17,394.  H.  E.  Newton.— From  R.  N.  Oakman,  juii.. 
United  States.  Improved  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of 
illuminating  gas.     September  29. 


17,419.  F.  J.   Collin. 
Complete  Specification. 


Improvements  in  coke  furnaces. 
September  29. 


17,484.  P.  Jensen. — From  H.  Stiemer  and  M.  Ziegler, 
Germany.  Process  of  and  apparatus  for  working  up 
organic  fibrines  of  large  and  hardened  form  for  the  purpose 
of  procuring  tar,  oil,  paraffin,  asphalte,  pitch,  heating  and 
illuminating  gases,  and  large  coke.  Complete  Specification. 
September  30. 

17,519.  W.  H.  Westwood,  E.  T.  Wright,  and  W.  \V.  S. 
Westwood.     See  Class  I. 

17,644.  J.  A.  Yeadon  and  W.  Adgie.  Improvements  in 
retorts  for  the  distillation  of  oil  from  shale  or  other 
analogous  substances.     October  4. 

18,047.  N.  McFarlane  Henderson,  J.  S.  MacArthur,  and 
E.  Hunt.     See  Class  III. 


*  See  Note  (.*)  on  previous  page. 


18,521.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  T.  G.  B.  de  Ferrari  di  G.  B., 
Italy.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to  apparatus  for 
burning  petroleum,  naphtha,  and  other  liquid  fuels  in 
steam-boiler  furnaces.    Complete  Specification.  October  15. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

19,496.  J.  Lyle.  The  treatment  of  ingredients  for  the 
manufacture  of  fuel  briquettes.     October  19. 

19,758.  Sir  G.  Elliot,  Bart.,  and  J.  McGowan,  jun. 
Manufacture  of  coke.     October  19. 

20,780.  A.  Jabs.  Method  of  manufacturing  producer- 
and  water-gas.     October  5. 

21,249.  E.  Drorg.  Apparatus  for  charging  inclined 
retorts  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  coal-gas,  and  for 
similar  purposes.     September  28. 

1892. 

6697.  J.  Morley.  Treatment  of  ingredients  and  the 
manufacture  of  compound  blocks  for  use  as  fire-lighters. 
September  28. 

7708.  J.  C.  Chandler.  Apparatus  for  washing,  purifying, 
and  scrubbing  gas.     September  28. 

12,762.  E.  A.  Erb. 
October  19. 


Combustion  of  carbonaceous  fuel. 


16,322.  C.  Winter.     Artificial  fuel.     October  19. 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

17,484.  P.  Jensen.— From  H.  Stiemer  and  M.  Ziegler, 
Germany.     See  Class  II. 

18,047.  N.  McFarlane  Henderson,  J.  S.  McArthur,  and 
E.  Hunt.  Improvements  in  or  connected  with  the  destruc- 
tive distillation  of  oil-yielding  or  gas-yielding  minerals,  and 
the  obtainment  of  products  therefrom.     October  10. 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 
Applications. 

16.814.  II.  E.  Newton.— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  triphenylmethan  dyestuffs.     September  20. 

16.815.  H.  E.  Newton.— From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  basic  colouring  matters.     September  20. 

17,070.  Read,  Holliday,  and  Sons,  Limited,  and  J.  Turner. 
Improvements  in  the  production  of  azo-colouring  matters. 
September  24. 

17,147.  B.  Willcox.— From  F.  von  Hcyden,  "Germany. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  chloro-para-oxy- 
benzoic  acids.     September  26. 

17,546.  H.  H.  Lake.  —  From  K.  Oehler,  Germany. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  colouring  matters, 
October  1, 


858 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Oct.  si.iap. 


17,1)7:!.  II.  E.  Newton.—  From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  or  production  of  dyestuffs.     October  4. 

17,674.  H.E.Newton. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
nials  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
manufactuie  or  production  of  colouiing  matters  derived 
from  anthraquinone.     October  4. 

17,770.  H.E.Newton. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vor- 
mals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  azo-colouring  matters,  and  processes  for 
dyeing  and  printing  therewith.     October  5. 

18,081.  ( >.  Imray.— From  The  Farbwerkc  vonnals  Meister, 
Lucius,  and  Briiuing,  Germany.  Reduction  of  blue  to 
blue-green  colouring  matters  of  the  triphenylmcthan  series. 
October  10. 

Comtlete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

19,062.  I!.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vonnals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.  Manufacture  and  production  of  colouring 
matters.     October  19. 

20,275.  .7.  Y.  .lohnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik.  Manufacture  and  production  of  azo-dyes, 
and  of  materials    therefor.     September  28. 

21,717.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.  The  manufacture  and  production  of 
new  derivatives  of  alizarin  and  its  analogues.     October  10. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

18,031.  T.  Briggs  and  E.  Webb.  Improvements  in 
apparatus  for  printing  textile  fabrics.     October  10. 

1 8,052.  T.  Lye  and  AY.  T.  Lye.  Improvements  in  the 
bleaohing  or  dyeing  of  "  chip,"  "  straw,"  and  "  chip-plait," 
and  "  straw-plait."     ( tctober  10. 

18,395.  S.  \V.  Wilkinson  and  R.  A.  L.  Hutchinson. 
An  improved  method  or  process  of  sizing  tibrous  materials. 
October  11. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 


1891. 
20,574.  J.  Longtnore   and    R.  Williamson, 
and  other  fibres.     October  5. 


Dyeing  silk 


1892. 

11,41 6.  F.  F.  Grafton  and  W.  Browning.  Process  for 
the  production  and  fixation  of  colours  in  conjunction  with 
aniline  black  upon  woven  fabrics.     September  7. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Applications. 

16,935.  R.  Cottam.  An  improvement  for  more  effectually 
cleaning  textile  fabrics  in  the  process  of  manufacture. 
September  22. 

16,951.  C.  E.  Wright.  An  improved  method  of  treating 
silk  textile  fabrics  for  preventing  the  formation  of  mildew 
upon  the  same.     September  22. 

17,055.  I).  Donald.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  jute  yarns.     September  24. 

18,358.  A.  F.  B.  Gomess.  A  new  or  improved  process 
for  the  treatment  of  textile  vegetable  fibres,  and  in  apparatus 
connected  therewith.     October  13. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 


1891. 


Composition  for  treatment  of 


17,325.  G.  E.  Armstrong, 
fibres.     September  28. 

18,851.  W.  Golding.  Compound  of  india-rubber  and 
fibre  formed  by  treating  fibrous  fabrics,  yarns,  cords,  &c., 
with  rubber,  so  that  the  fibrous  material  is  permeated  by 
the  rubber,  and  the  individual  fibres  are  embedded  therein, 
constituting  a  new  manufacture  to  be  called  "  Rubbric," 
and  processes,  apparatus,  and  machinery  for  producing  the 
same.     October  5. 

19,710.  F.  G.  Annison.  Treatment  of  linen  and  other 
textile  fabrics,  applicable  to  t lie  manufacture  of  show  bills, 
show  cards,  posters,  tablets,  wall  decorations  and  other 
purposes.     September  28. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 

Applications. 

16,757.  J.  Rice.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid.     September  20. 

16.873.  C.  L.  C.  Berton.  Improvements  in  the  process 
of  precipitating  oxide  of  tin  from  solutions.     September  21. 

16.874.  C.  L.  C.  Berton.  Improved  process  for  the  pre- 
cipitation of  tin  from  acid  solutions  containing  same  with 
other  metals.     September  21. 

16,922.  J.  S.  MacArthur.  Improvements  in  obtaining 
cyanides.     September  22. 

17,216.  H.  C.  Bull.  An  improved  process  for  recovering 
sulphur  from  sulphurous  acid  and  for  obtaining  bisulphide 
of  carbon,  ard  apparatus  therefor.     September  27. 

17,228.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  T.  Mayer,  Germany. 
A  new  or  improved  manufacture  of  double  salts  con- 
taining fluorine  and  an  always  constant  amount  of  antimony. 
September  27. 

17.240.  A.  Y.  Newton.  —  From  A.  Nobel,  France. 
Improvements  in  the  production  of  cyanides.    September  27. 

17.241.  A.  Y.  Newton. — From  A.  Nobel,  Krance.  An 
improved  mode  of  producing  nitrogen  compounds.  Sep- 
tember 27. 

17,661.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  E.  Noriega,  Mexico.  .See 
Class  X. 

17,824.  W.  Mather.  Improvements  in  the  dehydration 
of  ammonia  and  other  volatile  liquids,  vapours,  or  gases, 
and  iu  apparatus  therefor.     ( )ctober  6. 

17,911.  P.  M.  Justice— From  E.  G.  Acheson,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  and  connected  with  cathonaceous 
compounds.     October  7. 

18,232.  A.  Vogt  and  A.  R.  Scott.  Improvements  in 
treating  manganese  nitrate  for  the  recovery  of  nitric  acid 
and  manganese  peroxide.     October  12. 

18.496.  J.  Morris.  New  or  improved  process  for  the 
production  of  crystals  or  crystalline  masses.     October  15. 


Oct.  SI,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


859 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

17,74."..  F.  M.  Lyte  and  C.  H.  M.  Lyte.  Production  of 
chlorine  conjointly  with  the  purification  of  lead  and  the 
recovery  of  silver.     October  19. 

18,231.  1).  Rylands.  Processes  for  producing  carbonic 
acid  gas.     September  28. 

18,481.  J.  E.Bott.     Manufacture  of  salt.     October  5. 

18,695.  W.  Smith.     See  Class  XIII. 

18,959.  A.  Feldnian.     See  Class  I. 

19,375.  C.  Hoepfner.  Manufacture  of  chlorine. 
October  19. 

22,018.  A.  Vogt.  Manufacture  of  nitric  acid. 
October  12. 

22,541.  .T.  Hrock  and  -J.  T.  Marsh.  Manufacture  of 
carbonates  of  strontium  and  barium.     September  28. 

22,7o4.  If.  H.  Lake. — From  V.  Hannetelle.  Apparatus 
foi  use  in  the  concentration  of  sulphuric  acid.     October  19. 


1892. 

192.  A.  S.  Caldwell.  Apparatus  for  evaporatiug  and 
incinerating  spent  or  used  alkaline  lyes  or  similar  waste 
products.     September  28. 

2415.  J.  Wetter.— From  II.  and  E.  Albert  and  Co. 
Process  for  obtaining  alkali  phosphates  from  neutral  or 
acid  alkali  sulphates.     October  19. 

827G.  La  Societe  A.  R.  Pechiney  et  Cie.  Apparatus  for 
the  manufacture  of  a  mixture  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  and 
air.     September  2S. 

10,45(1.  E.  J.  Barbier.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
production  of  neutral  sulphate  of  soda  and  sulphuric  acid 
from  bisulphate  of  soda.     October  12. 

10,599:  E.  I.uhmann.  Process  for  producing  pure 
carbonic  acid  gas.     October  12. 

15,275.  W.  Stones  and  R.  Bardsley.  Method  and 
apparatus  for  the  production  of  carbonic  acid  gus. 
October  5. 

15,513.  H.  J.  Haddan. — F'rom  P.  Viscount  Lambilly. 
New  process  for  the  production  of  the  cyanides  of  the 
alkalis  and  alkaline  earths  by  the  simultaneous  employment 
of  a  hydrocarbon  and  ammonia  gases,  with  the  addition,  if 
desired,  of  free  nitrogen.     October  5. 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 

Applications. 

16,792.  F.  Shuman.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  manufacturing  wire  glass.  Complete 
Specification.     September  20. 

17,042.  A.  Horsfall.  Improvements  in  frits  for  the 
production  of  glazes,  enamels,  &c.  applicable  to  china, 
earthenware,  metals,  &c.     September  24. 

17,848.  P.  Sievert.  Process  for  produc  ing  flat  objects  of 
glass  and  means  for  carrying  out  such  process.  Complete 
Specification.     October  6. 

18,135.  L.  H.  Pearce.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  blown  glass  articles.     ( Ictober  11. 

18,178.  J.  Wade,  W.  Wade,  and  H.  Wallace.  A  new  or 
improved  process  for  decorating  tiles.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    October  11. 

18,313.  J.  11.  Adams.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  spherical  bodies  from  glass  or  the  like,  aud  apparatus 
therefor.     October  13. 


18,448.  P.  Sievert.  Process  and  means  for  manufacturing 
glass  pipes.     Complete  Specification.     October  14. 

18,510.  J.  C.  Mewburn—  From  E.  F.  W.  Hirsch, 
Germanv.  Improvements  in  the  process  of  and  apparatus 
for  melting  glass  composition  in  melting  tanks  or  melting 
pots.     October  15. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

18,230.  D.  Rylands.  Furnaces  or  retorts  used  in  the 
production  of  glass  and  for  similar  purposes.     October  12. 

19,777.  T.  0.  J.  Thomas.  Construction  of  tank  furnaces 
for  the  manufacture  of  glass.     October  19. 

20,280.  Craven,  Dunnill,  and  Co.,  limited,  and  F.  1!. 
Smith.  Manufacture  of  tiles  and  the  like,  and  apparatus 
therefor.     October  5. 

20,861.  J.  E.  G.  Meran.  A  new  product  to  serve  as  a 
substitute  for  pottery,  for  filtering  purposes,  aud  for  the 
manufacture  of  tobacco  pipes  and  the  like.     October  12. 

1892. 

16,241.  J.  C.  Duntze.  Process  for  producing  colours  on 
glass  surfaces.     October  19. 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

16,717.  J.  C.  Bloomfield.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  plaster.     September  19. 

18,234.  W.  II.  Pochin.  An  improved  method  of  making 
Crofl,  Adamant,  Victoria,  and  similar  concrete  paving 
slabs,  kerbs,  channels,  window  sills,  steps,  and  tiles. 
October  12. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

17,050.  J.  1*.  Kobertson.  —  From  C.  W.  Kennedy.  See 
Class  XIII. 

19,106.  I).  Ward.  Making  coloured  stucco,  coloured 
concrete  blocks  and  tiles.     October  1 2. 

1892. 

15,147.  .1.  E.  Keseling  and  C.  Fuchs,  jun.  Artificial 
stone  composition.     September  28. 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 
Applications. 

16,800.  J.  Strap.  A  process  for  recovering  copper  and 
nickel  from  ores  or  matters  containing  these  metals. 
September  20. 

16,891.  E.  Ruck  and  F.  N.  Raggatt.  Improvements  in 
or  rela'ing  to  the  smelting  of  zinc.     September  21. 

16,894.  J.  C.  Montgomerie.  Improvements  in  the 
extraction  of  gold  and  silver  from  ores  or  compounds 
containing  the  same.     September  21. 

17,081.  A.  Culley.  A  silver-plating  compound.  Sep- 
tember 24. 


860 


THE  JOURNAL  Of  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oet.8i.MS3. 


17.20C.  .1.  lolley  and  T.  Twynam.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  ingot  iron  and  steel.     September  27. 

17,339.  G.  F.  Thomson.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  manufacture  of  iron  and  steel.     September  28. 

17,521.  J.  H.  Darby.  Improvements  in  or  appertaining 
to  furnaces  for  the  manufacture  of  pig  or  cast  iron. 
October  1. 

17,570.  W.  Mills.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
sodium.     October  3. 

17,C19.  J.  D.  Gilmour  and  .1.  Finlay.  Improvements  in 
the  extraction  of  copper  or  other  metals  from  ore. 
October  4. 

17,661.  H.  H.  Lake From  E.  Noriega,  Mexico.  Im- 
provements in  and  relating  to  the  preparation  of  reagents 
for  working  gold  and  silver  ores.     October  4. 

17,692.  E.  H.  Saniter.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  purification  of  iron  or  steel  from  sulphur.     ( Ictober  4. 

17,694.  J.  W.  Kynaston.  Improvements  in  the  extrac- 
tion of  bismuth,  (especially  applicable  to  the  treatment  of 
the  flue  dust  of  copper  works.     October  4. 

17,825.  H.  Irnray. — F'rom  La  Compagnie  Anonyme  des 
Forges  de  Chatillon  et  C'oinmentry,  France.  A  process  for 
facilitating  the  fusion  of  mild  steel  and  other  refractory 
metals.     October  6. 

17.90S.  W.  Smethurst.  A  new  or  improved  furnace  for 
the  reduction  or  smelting  of  zinc,  lead,  silver,  gold,  and 
other  ores.    Complete  Specification.     October  7. 

17,918.  C.  A.  Netto,  J.  Pfleger,  and  L.  Hausmanu. 
Improvements  in  the  production  of  easily  separable  metallic 
deposits.     October  7. 

17,928.  C.  H.  Hubbell.  An  improvement  in  the  manu- 
facture of  mineral  wool.    Complete  Specification.    October  7. 

17,951.  T.  Twynam.  Improvements  in  the  recovery  of 
tin  from  tin-plate  scrap.     October  8. 

18,082.  C.  D.  Abel. —  From  Hcerder  Bergwerks-und 
Hutteu-Verein,  Germany.  Process  for  the  removal  of 
manganese  from  pig  iron,  ingot  iron,  and  steel.  Complete 
Specification.     October  10. 

18,163.  C.  Allen  and  C.  Davey.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  cast  iron  and  steel,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
October  11. 

18,275.  M.  Lewthwaite.  An  improvement  connected 
with  the  treatment  of  metals  in  a  fluid  state.     October  12. 

18,292.  H.  M.  Hyndman. — From  .1.  Vandessluys,  France. 
A  new  or  improved  process  for  the  production  of  aluminium. 
October  12. 

18,307.  T.  F.  Hardour.  Improved  process  for  extracting 
gold,  silver,  and  other  metals  from  ores.     October  13. 

18,394.  W.  Mills.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
aluminium  and  apparatus  therefor.     October  14. 

18.494.  .1.  M.  Stuart  and  J.  W.  Cohen.  Improvements 
in  obtaining  precious  metals  from  their  ores.     October  15. 

18.495.  J.  M.  Stuart  and  J.  W.Cohen.  Improvements 
in  I  In-  apparatus  to  be  used  in  obtaining  precious  metals 
from  their  ores.     October  15. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

16,273.  .1. 11.  Bibby.     Process  of  smelting  copper  ores  and 
furnaces  or  apparatus  applicable  therefor.    September  28. 

17,745.  F.  M.  Lyte  and  C.  II.  M.  Lyte.     See  Class  VII. 

18,990.   J.   Oolley.      Adding   metallic   and   non-metallic 
Bubstances  to  steel  and  iron.     October  12. 


20,461.  E.  K.  Dutton.— From  A.Mathies.     Production  of 
hollow  steel  ingots,  and  apparatus  therefor.     October  5. 

21,114.  F'.  Norton.     Coating  metals.     September  28. 


1892. 
8612a.  K.  H.  Saniter.     Purification  of  iron.     October  19. 

15,058.  E.  Martin.  Process  for  alloying  the  surfaces 
of  metal  wires,  strips,  plates,  sheets,  and  the  like. 
September  28. 

15,248.  J.  W.   Sutton.     Wet  process  for  the  extraction 

of    gold    or    silver,    or    both,  from    pulverised    ores    or 

other    finely-divided     material,  and     apparatus    therefor. 
September  28. 

15,584.  .1.  W.  Chenall.  Extraction  of  metals  from  their 
ores.     October  5. 

16,173.  J.  T.  Wainright.  Process  of  reducing  un- 
smeltcd  ore,  including  roasted  ore,  furnace  cinders,  and  like 
material.     October  19. 


XL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRT  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Applications. 

16,822.  T.  Craney.  Improvements  in  electrolytic  appa- 
ratus.    Complete  Specification.     September  20. 

16,866.  A.  Miiller.  Improvements  in  electrode-plates 
for  secondary  batteries.     September  2 1 . 

16,878.  E.  Bailey  and  J.  Hall.  Improved  plates  for 
secondary  batteries.     September  21 . 

16.892.  D.  Tommasi.  Process  aud  apparatus  for  the 
extraction,  separation,  and  refining  of  metals  by  electrolysis. 
Filed  September  21.  Date  applied  for,  April  1,  1892,  being 
date  of  application  in  France. 

16.893.  D.  Tommasi.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
extraction,  separation,  and  refining  of  metals  by  electrolysis. 
Filed  September  21.  Date  applied  for,  May  21,  1892,  being 
date  of  application  in  France. 

16,919.  J.  Swinburne.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  dynamo-electric  machinery,  alternating  current  motors, 
transformers,  manufacture  of  ozone  and  oxide  of  nitrogen, 
recovery  of  tin  from  scrap,  electro-plating  with  aluminium. 
September  22. 

17,099.  H.  T.  Barnett.  An  improvement  in  carbon 
electrodes.     September  24. 

17,169.  C.  Kellner.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the 
electrolytical  decomposition  of  metallic  salts,  and  in 
apparatus  therefor.     September  26. 

17.222.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  C.  L.  Coffin,  Tinted 
States.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  electric  metal 
working  or  welding.   Complete  Specification.    September  27. 

17.223.  W.  P.  Thompson.— F'rom  C.  L.  Coffin,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  weldiDg  or  working 
metals  electrically.    Complete  Specification.    September  27. 

17.224.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  C.  L.  Coffin,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  electrically  heating 
and  working  metal.    Complete  Specification.   September  27. 

17.225.  W.  P.  Thompson.- From  C.  L.  Coffin,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  and  apparatus 
for  electrically  welding  metals.  Complete  Specification. 
September  27. 

17.226.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  C.  L.  Coffin,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  and  apparatus  for 
welding  or  heating  metals  electrically.  Complete  Specifi- 
cation.    September  27. 


oot.  si.  1898.]        THE  JOUKNAL  OP  THE    SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


861 


17,227.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  C.  L.  Coffin,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  electrically  welding 
or  heating  metals.     Complete  Specification.     September  27. 

17,246.  T.  J.  D.  Rawlins.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  electric  primary  batteries.     September  27. 

17,348.  R.  J.  Crowley.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
batteries.     September  28. 

17,466.  H.  C.  Bull  and  Gustavus,  Baron  de  Overbeck. 
An  improved  electro-metallurgical  process.     September  30. 

17,922.  F.  King  and  E.  Clark.  Improvements  in 
secondary  batteries.     October  7. 

17.930.  J.  Hirshfeld,  W.  Morison,  A.  P.  Morison,  and 
W.  Wright.  Improvements  in  secondary  batteries. 
October  7. 

17.931.  J.  Hirshfeld,  W.  Morison,  A.  P.  Morison,  and 
\V.  Wright.  Improvements  in  battery  compounds.  October  7. 

18,037.  W.  C.  Mountain.  Improvements  in  electric 
welding  apparatus.     October  10. 

18,039.  J.  Hargreaves  and  T.  Bird.  Improvements  in 
electrolytic  cells  and  diaphragms.     October  10. 

18,215.  J.  Muter.  Electro-plating  ceramic,  vitreous,  and 
similar  non-conducting  substances.     October  12. 

18,280.  H.  Gardnep. — From  E.  Francke,  Germany. 
Improved  construction  of  grid  plates  for  holding  the  active 
material  in  secondary  batteries.     October  12. 

18,516.  E.  N.  A.  Picard  and  J.  A.  Taniere.  Improve- 
ments in  and  relating  to  the  electro-deposition  of  metals. 
Complete  Specification.     October  15. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

16,934.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  P.  Kennedy  and  C.  J.  Diss. 
Secondary  or  storage  batteries.     October  5. 

16,938.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  P.  Kennedy  and  C.  J.  Diss. 
Secondary  or  storage  batteries.     October  5. 

18,256.  A.  S.  Ford.— From  H.  Pottier.  Process  for  the 
electro-deposition  of  metal  upon  the  surface  of  glass, 
porcelain,  china,  earthenware,  and  other  materials. 
October  12. 

19,704.  J.  C.  Richardson.  Application  of  depolarisers 
in  electrolysis.    October  19. 

19,775.  A.  Breuer.  Diaphragms  for  electrolytic 
decomposing  apparatus.     October  5. 

20,312.  J.  M.  Moffat.  Form  of  electrical  battery  cells, 
boxes,  or  vessels.     September  28. 

1892. 

14,089.  C.  C.  Lesenberg  and  J.  von  der  Poppenburg. 
Dry  galvanic  batteries.     October  5. 

14,814.  E.  P.  Usher.     Storage  batteries.     October  5. 

14,816.  E.  P.  Usher.    Electric  battery  plates.    Octobers. 

15,477.  A.  F.  W.  Kreinsen.  Means  for  and  method 
of  melting  metals  and  other  materials  by  electricity. 
October  19. 

15,799.  E.  Nunan  and  J.  W.  Nelson.  Galvanic  batteries. 
October  9. 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Applications. 

16,767.  W.Mills.     Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the 
recovery  of  soap  and  suint  from  wool-grease.     September  20. 

16,827.  W.  R.  Lake.— From  W.  T.  Cutter,  United  States. 
Improvements  relating  to  the  cleansing  of  or  extraction  of 


fatty  substances  from  wool  and  the  like,  and  to  a  method  of 
clarifying  the  solvent  used  therefor.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    September  20. 

16,954.  A.  G.  Petty.  Improvements  in  the  steam  treat- 
ment of  oils  and  fats  for  purifying  or  distilling  purposes. 
September  22. 

17,230.  J.  C.  Lahusen.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  production  of  a  neutral  wool-grease  from  suint  or  wool 
washings.     September  27. 

17,478.  J.  C.  Fell.— From  H.  Heller,  Austria.  See 
Class  XVIII.—  C. 

18,086.  E.  Hill,  F.  W.  J.  Webb,  A.  W.  Machonachic, 
and  S.  Roper.  Improvements  in  cleaning  and  renovating 
compositions.     October  10. 

18,451.  M.  Perls.  An  improved  manufacture  of  soap. 
October  14. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

18,224.  W.  Mills.  Bleaching,  deodorising,  and  purifying 
fats  and  oil?.',  and  apparatus  therefor.     September  24. 

20,590.  E.  J.  T.  Digby    Manufacture  of  soap.    October  5. 

1892. 

14,405.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  O.  P.  Amend  and  J.  H. 
Macy.     Desulphuration  of  oils.     October  5. 

15,012.  J.  Trent  and  G.  Henderson.  Process  of  extracting, 
purifying,  and  saving  the  fat  or  grease  from  wool,  and  for 
cleaning  the  wool  by  the  use  of  benzole  (benzene)  or  any 
other  spirituous  liquid  suitable  for  dissolving  the  fat  or 
grease.     September  28. 

15,899.  J.  C  Decker.  Oil  for  general  painting. 
October  12. 

16,018.  W.  H.  Horton  and  E.  M.  Taylor.  Dry  soap  or 
soap  powder  for  use  for  certain  purposes.     October  12. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS   VARNISHES,  and 

RESINS. 

Applications. 

17,739.  R.  Hutchison.  Improvements  in  treating  or 
preparing  gutta-percha  and  rubber  for  various  purposes. 
October  5. 

17,808.  M.  N.  d'Andria.  Improvements  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  pigments.     October  6. 

17,872.  R.  J.  White  and  J.  C.  Martin.  Improvements  in 
oil  and  water  colour  paints.     October  7. 

18,346.  H.  C.  Standage  and  C.  Smith.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  pigments.     October  13. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

17,050.  J.  U.  Robertson.— From  C.  W.  Kennedy.  Pro- 
cesses for  making  plastic  compounds  or  compositions. 
October  19. 

18,693.  W.  Smith.  Preparation  of  acetate  of  ammonia 
for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  white  lead  by  the  acetate  of 
ammonia  process.     October  12. 

18,709.  T.  H.  Cobley.  Treatment  of  lead  ores  and  the 
production  therefrom  of  white  lead,  salts  of  and  colours  of 
lead,  as  also  simultaneously  zinc  white.     October  5. 


862 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Oct.  81. 1892. 


18,895.  C.  H.  Matthews.— From  E.  S.  Matthews.  Com- 
pound for  coating  ships'  bottoms,  piles,  and  structures 
subject  to  the  influence  of  sea-water.     October  5. 

21,203.  J.  C.  Chapman. — From  J.  M.  James.  A  process 
of  and  materials  for  coating  metallic  surfaces  for  the  pre- 
vention of  fouling  and  corrosion,  and  reducing  surface 
friction.     October  1 'J. 

1892. 

14,6jG.  A.  J.  Smith.  Manufacture  of  white  lead. 
( Ictober  12. 

14,794.  G.  1).  Coleman.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  white  lead  and  other  lead  pigments. 
September  28. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 

Application. 

18,443.  C.  A.  Jensen.— From  \V.  M.  Walters.  A  new 
or  improved  putty  or  marine  glue.     October  14. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

2(1,755.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  F.  Kranseder  and 
A.  Lentsch.  Apparatus  or  appliances  for  use  in  drying 
sheets  of  glue,  gelatin,  and  the  like.     September  28. 

21 .774.  G.  van  Haecht  and  C.  Obozinski.  A  new  process 
for  tanning,  and  apparatus  relating  thereto.     October  19. 

1892. 
15,630.  E,  Brand.     Manufacture  of  animal  glue.     Oct.  5. 


XV.— AGRICULTURE  and   MANURES. 

Application. 
18,129.  A.  Macarthur.     An  improved  fertiliser.     Oct.  11. 


1892. 

15,897.  A.    Ruuipler.       Process   and 
production  of  invert  sugar  and  dextrose. 


XVI.— SUGARS,  STARCHES,   GUMS,  Etc. 

Application. 

16,810.  G.  J.  Epstein.  The  treatment  of  residue  from 
breweries,  distilleries,  or  starch  factories,  or  of  grain,  flour, 
or  other  matter  containing  gluten  or  albuminates  or  gluten 
or  albumen  and  starch  for  the  obtainment  of  useful 
products  therefrom.     September  20. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

20,142.  J.  C.  Mewburn. — From  The  Maschinenfa'nrik, 
Grevenbroich.  Centrifugal  machines  or  hydro-extractors 
for  extracting  sugar  juice  from  crystals,  ami  for  other 
purposes.     September  28. 

22,089.  P.  Laberie.  Apparatus  for  evaporating  sac- 
charine or  other  solutions  or  liquids.     October  19. 


apparatus  for  the 
( Ictoher  12. 


XVII.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Ere. 

Applications. 
16,810.  G.J.Epstein.     See  Class  XVI. 

16,896.  F.  E.  V.  Haines.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  rice  or  other  grain  for  the  obtainment  of  a  product 
suitable  for  use  in  brewing  and  distilling,  and  for  other 
purposes.     September  21. 

17,258.  E.  Adam.  Improvements  in  malt  beverages 
Complete  Specification.     September  27. 

17,927.  R.  Ilges.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  distilling  mash  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
highly  concentrated  fusel  oil  and  purified  alcohol.  Com- 
plete Specification.     October  7. 

18,332.  W.  H.  Willis.  An  improved  apparatus  for  taking 
samples  of  beer  from  fermenting  vessels.     October  13. 

18,370.  A.T.Harris.  Harris's  patent  rectifier.  October  13. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

17,374.  J.  Takamine.  Production  of  alcoholic  ferments, 
and  of  fermented  liquors  thereby.     October  19. 

17,395.  J.  Hillyard  and  E.  Dugdale.  Manufacture  of 
beer  and  porter  or  like  beverages.     October  12. 

18,488.  J.  Sutton.  Process  for  filtering  beer  and  other 
liquids,  and  apparatus  therefor.     October  19. 

25,566.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  O.  E.  Nycander  and 
G.  Francke.  Process  for  the  production  of  yeast  and 
spirit  by  the  employment  of  ozonised  air  or  oxygen. 
October  19. 


XVIII.— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 

A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

18,064.  J.  Berlit.  New  or  improved  manufacture  of  a 
substance  or  composition  suitable  for  use  as  a  substitute 
for  cocoa.     October  10. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

16.838.  J.  Burton.  Improvements  in  the  means  for 
drying,  burning,  and  consuming  the  refuse  and  garbage  of 
towns  usually  burnt  in  destructor  furnaces.     September  21. 

17,006.  W.  D.  Scott-Moncrietf.  Improvements  in  or 
relating  to  the  treatment  of  sewage.     September  23. 

17.255.  C.  G.  Matthews  and  F.  E.  Lott.  Improvements 
in  or  relating  to  the  treatment  of  sewage.     September  27. 

17,302.  A.  P.  I.  Cotterell.  An  appliance  for  facilitating 
withdrawal  of  sludge  or  deposit  in  sewage  tanks,  applicable 
also  to  clarifying  water  and  other  liquids.     September  28. 

17,815.  V.  J.  C.  Roulengier.  Improvements  relating  to 
the  disinfection  of  cesspools  and  the  utilisation  of  the 
disinfected  matter.     Complete  Specification.     October  6. 


Oet.si.1882]         THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


863 


18,317.  ,1.  Watts.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
generating  and  applying  fames,  smoke,  or  vapours  for 
disinfecting,  deodorising,  or  fumigating  purposes,  or  for  the 
testing  of  pipes  or  passages  by  what  is  known  as  the  smoke 
test,  or  for  analogous  purposes.     October  13, 


C«— Disinfectants. 

16,807.  W.  Cooper.     An    improved   disinfectant,  insect 
destroyer,  and  deodoriser  combined.     September  21. 

17,178.  J.     C.     Fell.— From     II.    Heller,     Austria.       An 
improved  disinfecting  soap.     September  30. 

18,498.  .1.   Mclfardy  and  M.  E.  A.  Wallis,     Improved 
disinfecting  toilet-paper.     October  15. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1891. 

21,706.    O.     Imray. —  From    The    Farbwerke     vormals 
Meister,    Lucius,    and     I'runing.     Process    for   preserving 

organic  substances  and  for  disinfection.      October  19. 


14,349.  G.  Barker 
food  products.     October  i9 


1892. 
From  It.  15.  Beaumont. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1891. 

17,536.  S.  Edwards.     .Manufacture  of  corrugated  paper, 
October  12. 


XX.— FINE   CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS    ESSENCES, 
and  EXTRACTS. 

Application. 

1(3. 942.  W.  P.  Thompson. — Fiom  1{.  Campani,  Italy. 
Improved  process  for  extracting  iodine  from  natural  saline 
waters,  mother-liquids,  or  other  liquids  containing  iodine. 
Complete  Specification.     September  22. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
"1891. 

22,787.  C.    Fahlberg.       Production   of   pure   saccharine 
October  12. 


(ielati 


B. — Sa?iitary  Chemistry. 

1891. 

17.7(19.  E.  Grimshaw.  A  new  or  improved  compound 
for  the  precipitation  and  purification  of  sewage  anil  other 
waste  water,  and  drinking  water.     <  )ctober  5. 

19,157.  E.  Grimshaw  and  H.  Grimshaw.  The  purifica- 
tion of  waste  efiiuent  waters  from  manufacturing  processes. 
October  12. 

19,739.  T.  Wardle.  Wardle's  patent  process  for  the 
treatment  of  sewage  and  other  refuse  matters.     October  19. 

22,442.  J.  Hanson.  Treatment  of  sewage  and  other  foul 
liquid  or  semi-liquid  matters  for  the  clarification,  disinfection, 
and  deodorisation  thereof.     October  19. 


1892. 
9G85.    C.    II.   G.    Harvey.      Manufacture     of 


XXL— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 
MATERIALS. 

Applications. 

16,778.  D.  McXae.  An  improved  process  of  colouring 
pictures,  especially  applicable  to  photographs.  Sept- 
ember 20. 

17,723.  A.  Radcliffe  and  the  Sun  Camera  Co.,  Limited. 
Improvements  in  print  washers  used  by  photographers. 
October  5. 

17,766.  R.G.Williams.  Improvements  in  photographic 
developing  solutions.     October  5. 

17,707.  R.  G.  Williams.  Improved  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  developing  exposed  photographic  plates  in 
day-light.     October  5. 

17,768.  R.  G.  Williams.  Improved  solutions  for  toning 
photographic  prints.     October  5. 


magnetic  ferric  oxide  filtering  medium. 


a   porous 
September  28. 


C. — Disinfectants. 

1891. 

21,706.  (I.  Imray. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  und  Bruning.     See  Class  XVIII— (. I   ) 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Application. 

18,498.  .1.  Mellardy   and   M.   E.   A.  Wallis. 
XVIII.  —(G) 


See   Class 


XXIL— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Applications. 

10,993.  G.  C.  Baker.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
ammunition.     September  23. 

17,305.  T.  P.  Palmer.  An  improvement  in  matches. 
September  28. 

17."i2o.  G.  Gerrersdorfer.  Manufacture  of  composition 
to  be  used  in  substitution  for  wood  for  match  sticks  for  fire- 
lighters and  torches.     October  1. 

18,183.  A.  V.  Newton.  —  From  A.  Nobel,  France. 
Improvements  in  the  production  of  nitrogen  compounds. 
October  11. 

18,277.  II.  J.  Haddan. — From  The  American  Carrier 
Rocket  Co.,  United  States.  An  improved  dynamite  rocket. 
Complete  Specification.     October  12. 


864  THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Oct.  si,  1892. 


18,488.  R.T  Plimpton  and  M.W.Travers     Animproved  XX1II.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY, 

manufacture  of  detonating  compound.     October  lo. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
Complete  Specification    Ac  hi  in. 

1891.  189K 

19,267.  W.  P.  Thompson—From  E.  Landauer.     Mann-  20  956   W.  Johnstone.    Detection  of  foreign  fats  in  butter, 

facture  of  explosive  snhstanees.     September  28.  October  12. 


Printed  aud  Published  by  Kvke  and  Spottjswoode,  East  Harding  Street,  London,  E.G.,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 


THE   JOURNAL 


Society  of  £fyemtcctl  3noustty: 

A    MONTHLY    RECOED 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  11.— Vol.  XL] 


NOVEMBER    30,    1892.        P** 


Non-Members  30/-  per  annum ;  Members 
21/-  per  Set  of  extra  or  back  numbers ; 
Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2/6. 


€f)t  £>orietp  of  Cfmm'cal  Jnfcustrp. 


Pail  Presidents : 

Sir  11.  E.  Roseoe,  M.P.,  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S 18S1-1882, 

Sir  Frederick  Abel.  K.C.B.,  D.C.L.,  P.R.S 1882—1883, 

Walter  Weldon,  F.R.S 1883—1884. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D..  F.R.S 1884—1885, 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1836 

David  Howard 1886—1887 

Prol.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S 1887—1888, 

LudwigMond,  F.R.S 1888—1889, 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S 1889-1890. 

E.  Rider  Cook 1890—1891 

Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  M.D.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S.  1891—1892, 


COUNCIL  FOR    YEAR  ENDING  JULY,   1892. 

President :  Sir  John  Evans.  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  4c. 
Vice-Presidents  : 
Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S.  Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds, 

Wm.  Crowder.  MD-.  DSc-  F'R-S- 

David  Howard.  ■T"lln  Spiller. 


Hi-.  F.  Hurter. 

E.  K.  Muspratt, 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
Prof.  T.  E.  Thorpe,  F.R.S. 
Sir  John  Turney. 


A.  II  Allen. 

Arthur  Boake. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

Dr.  Charles  Dreyfus. 

11.  Grimshaw. 

C.  Clarke  Hutchinson 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council: 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 
John  Pattinson, 
Boverton  Redwood. 
A.  Gordon  Salamon. 
Edward  C.  Curtis  Stanford. 
Thos.  Tyrer. 


With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer: 

E.  Rid)  r  Conk  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 

General  Secretary  :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 


THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Archlmtt. 

G.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc,  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bornays,  M.I.C.E. 

H.  Brunner. 

E.  Rider  Cook. 

W.  Y.  Dent. 

Clias.  Dreyfus,  Ph.D. 

Percy  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.  J.  Humini'. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 

F.  Hurter,  Th.D. 

C.  Clark?  Hutchinson. 

Wm.  Kellner,  Ph.D. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

John  Pattinson. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S. 

H.  R.  Procter. 

Boverton  Redwood. 

John  Spiller. 

Wm.  Thorp. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor : 
Watson  Smith,  University  College,  London,  W.C. 
Assisted  by  the  following  Staff  of  Abstractors : 


S.  B.  Asher  Aron.  IV.,  IX.,  X 

H.Auer VII. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gen.Chem. 

D.  Bendii III. 

M.  Benfey VI. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V.,  VI. 

Jos.  Bernays.M.I.C.E     I. 

E.  J.  Bevan V..XIX. 

Bertram  Blount .  f  xjj   'j^if 
Arthur  G.  Bloiam  XIV.,  XV. 

J.  C.Chorley I.,  XXI. 

J.H.Collins X. 

V.  Cornish... VIII.,  IX.,  XIII. 
C.F.Cross....     V.,  XII..  XIX. 

W.  P.  Dreaper VI. 

P.  Dvorkowitsch  II.,  III.,  XII. 

W.  M.  Gardner V.,  VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton I. 

P.  J.  Hartog,  B.Sc.  Gen.  Chem. 
Prof.  D.  E.  Jones,  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc VI.,  XVI. 

F.  S.    Kipping,}       II.  and 
D.Sc )  Gen.  Chem. 

ChaSp,*b!i.0.hn:.}  G'«-  Chem. 
L.deKoningh  XVIII.,  XXIII. 


T.  A.  Lawsou,  Ph.D. .    IV. 
F.H.Leeds.  III.,  XIII. ,  XXI. 

J.  Lewkowitseh,')     TIT    ,,rT 
Ph.D /    III.,  XII. 

A.R.Ling IV..XVI. 

D.A.Louis IX.,  X.,  XV. 

W.  Macnab XXII. 

K.  E.  Markel,  Ph.D. . .    XII. 

A.  K.  Miller,  Ph.D..    III.,  IV. 

N.H.J. Miller, Ph.D.    XV. 

F.  W.  Passmore,') 


Ph.D. 


:i 


XX.,  XXIII. 


H.S.Pattinson.Ph.D.    VII.,  X. 

Vann^}  *VL.  XVII. 
W.J.Pope  ....     IV.,  X.,  XXI. 

G.  H.  Robertson XI. 

F.  W.  Renaut . . .    Patent  Lists. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.A.Sutherland...     II., III. 

Eustace  Thomas XI. 

H.K.  Tompkins,  B.Sc.    X. 
V.  H.  Veley,  M.A.    Gen.  Chem. 
C.  Otto  Weber,  Ph.D.  IV.,  XIII. 

J.  G.  Wells XVII.,  XX. 

A.  Wringham X. 


NOTICES. 

Foreign  and  Colonial  Members  are  reminded  tbat  the 
subscription  of  25s.  for  1893,  payable  on  January  1st  next, 
should  be  sent  in  good  time  to  the  Treasurer  in  order  to 
ensure  continuity  in  the  receipt  of  the  Society's  Journal. 
Any  changes  of  address  to  appear  in  the  new  List  of  Mem- 
bers now  in  co\wse  of  preparation,  should  reach  the  General 
Secretar}'  not  later  than  January  15th,  1893. 


Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  fho 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Kider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  Bow, 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the' 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 
communicated.  


866 


THE  JOUENAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  SO,  1892 


Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Rule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  be 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  case  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  Eyre  and  Spottiswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  is  prepared  to  offer  5s.  apiece  for  copies  of 
the  Society's  Journals  for  January  1883  in  saleable  condi- 
tion. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  23rd  NOVEMBER  1892 


Bunkell,  H.  B.,  P.O.  Box  962,  Johannesburg,  S.A.R., 
mining  engineer. 

Crenshaw,  S.D.,  Crenshaw  Building,  Richmond,  Va., 
U.S.A.,  chemical  manufacturer. 

Pinlay,  Kirkman,  c/o  Milne  and  Co.,  123,  Bishopsgate 
Street,  E.C.,  East  India  merchant. 

Oibbs,  R.  P.,  140,  Manor  Street,  Clapham,  S.W.,  works 
manager. 

Hamaguchi,  K.,  Choshi,  Chibaken,  Japan,  soy  manufac- 
turer. 

Johnson,  Albert  C,  2106,  E.  Baltimore  Street,  Baltimore, 
Md.,  U.S.A.,  chemical  engineer. 

Kellie,  Jas.  M.,  Straiton  Oil  Works,  Loanhead,  N.B., 
chemist. 

Lester,  J.  H.,  51,  Arcade  Chambers,  St.  Mary's  Gate, 
Manchester,  analytical  chemist. 

MeArthur,  Thos.,  Cairndhu,  Kirklee  Road,  Glasgow, 
drysalter  and  dyewood  manufacturer. 

McBretney,  E.  G.,  24,  Eastfield  Road,  Castleford,  Yorks., 
bottle  works  chemist. 

Madden,  W.  J.  H.,  7,  Montalto,  South  Parade,  Belfast, 
wholesale  druggist. 

Pope,  Erauk,  40,  Pearl  Street,  Cauibridgeport,  M;iss., 
U.S.A.,  chemist. 

Salmon,  Edgar  II.  R.,  Cachoeira,  Rio  Grande  do  Bui, 
South  Brazil,  analytical  chemist. 

Sloan,  Earle,  Charleston,  S.  Carolina,  U.S.A.,  chemical 
engineer. 

Smith,  Ernest  A.,  Metallurgical  Laboratory,  lioyal 
College  of  Science,  South  Kensington,  S.W.,  assistant 
Instructor  in  assaying. 


CHANGES   OF   ADDRESS. 


Best,  Or.  T.  T.,  l/o  (iambic  and  Sons;  si.  Helens, 
Lancashire. 

Billing,  II.  S.,  Journals  to  5,  Regent  Terrace,  Plymptou, 
South  Devon. 

Breckon,  J.  P.,  l/o  Fawcett  Street ;  53,  John  Street, 
Sunderland. 

Brown,  F.  W.,  l/o  Warminster;  14,  Blenheim  Terrace, 
St.  John's  Wood,  N.W.  {temp.) 


Chaney,  H.,  l/o  Kolar  Road  :  Mysore  Gold  Mining  Co., 
Ld.,  Oorgaum,  Mysore,  South  India. 

Dunn,  Jno.,  l/o  South  Kensington  ;  Morgan  Academy, 
Dundee. 

Dyson,  Sept.,  l/o  Leeds;  14,  West  Bank,  Heaton, 
Bradford,  Yorks. 

Ellis,  Alexander,  Journals  to  Skelton-in-C'leveland, 
Yorks. 

Entwisle,  E.,  l/o  Pendleton  ;  Woodlands,  Ashton-upon- 
Mersey,  Cheshire. 

Francis,  Win.,  jun.,  l/o  Chili  ;  7,  Shaftesbury  Square, 
Belfast. 

Griffith,  D.  Agnew,  l/o  Commercial  Court ;  c/o  Titan 
Soap  Co.,  Lydia  Ann  Street,  Liverpool. 

Hake,  C.  Napier,  Journals  to  "  Chief  Inspector  of 
Explosives,"  Department  of  Trade  and  Customs,  Melbourne, 
Victoria. 

Hersam,  E.  A.,  l/o  Boston  ;  State  University,  College  of 
Mines,  Berkeley,  Cal.,  U.S.A. 

Holloman,  F.  R.,  l/o  Leyton  ;  54,  Russell  Road,  Custom 
House,  E. 

Kerry,  W.  H.  R.,  l/o  Liverpool;  Wheatlands,  Winder- 
mere. 

Kingdon,  J.  C,  l/o  Mycenae  Road;  Devonshire  House, 
Hunter  Road,  Westcombe  Park,  S.E. 

Leather,  Dr.  J.  W.,  l/o  Preston  ;  Land  Revenue  and 
Agricultural  Department,  Government  of  India,  Calcutta. 

Leese,  Jos.,  l/o  Birkdale;  3,  Lord  Street  West,  Southport. 

Love,  Dr,  E.  G.,  l/o  Columbia  College ;  69,  East  54th 
Street,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

McFarlane,  R.  F.,  l/o  Port  Talbot ;  92,  Cardigan  Terrace, 
Heaton,  Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Monroe,  Prof.  C.  E.,  l/o  Rhode  Island ;  Columbian 
University,  Washington,  D.C.,  U.S.A. 

Palmer,  Thos.,  l/o  London ;  c/o  Mon  Van  Cutsein  and  Co., 
Soignies,  Belgium. 

Peniston,  A.  II.,  l/o  Upton  ;  Lyndhorst,  Theydon  Bois, 
Essex. 

Perkin,  A.  G.,  l/o  Manchester ;  8,  Montpelier  Terrace, 
Woodhouse  Cliff,  Leeds. 

Perkin,  Dr.  W.  H.,  jun.,  l/o  Edinburgh ;  Fairview,  Wil- 
braham  Road,  Fallowfield,  Manchester. 

Redwood,  I.  J.,  l'o  141  ;  104,  Kent  Street,  Brooklyn, 
N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

Rideal,  Dr.  S.,  Journals  to  Hotel  Culm,  St.  Moritz, 
Engadine,  Switzerland  (temp.~) 

Saint,  W.  J.,  Journals  to  Reuterstrasse  2a,  Poppelsdorf 
bei  Bonn,  Germany. 

Schweieh,  E.,  l/o  Noi'thwich  |  Posie  Re-taute,  Kingston, 
Jamaica. 


2Beat6* 

Evans,  \\ .  N>,  Btackpole  Road,  Bristol 


Nov.  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


867 


fconfcon  Action, 


The  Royal  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House,  W. 

Chairman :  Wm.  Thorp. 

Vice-Chairman:  W.  Crowder. 

Committee : 

C.  F.  Cross.  P.  G.  Adair  Roberts. 
A.  G.  Green.  A.  Gordon  Salamon. 

D.  Howard.  G.  N.  Stoker. 
C.C.  Hutchinson,                           P.  Napier  Sutton. 
W.  Kellner.                                     T.  E.  Thorpe. 

I!.  E.  R,  Newlands.  T.  Tyrer. 

\V.  Ramsay.  Frank  Wilson. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary :  John  Heron, 
Bllerdale,  Oottenham  Park,  Wimbledon. 


SESSION  1892-93. 


Meeting  held  Monday,  1th  November  1892. 


MR.    \VM,    THORP    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


In  opening  the  proceedings,  the  Chairman  said  that  lie 
would  like  to  give  a  word  of  explanation  as  to  why  they 
had  met  there.  The  Chemical  Society  had  (not  a  moment 
too  soon)  taken  in  hand  the  re-decoration  and  re-arrange- 
ment of  its  rooms.  The  work  had  been  in  hand  for  some 
months,  and  was  now  in  a  forward  state,  but  the  electric 
light  had  not  been  connected,  and,  consequently,  they  could 
not  occupy  their  old  quarters.  The  theatre  in  Jermyn  Street 
and  that  of  the  Royal  Institution  being  already  occupied, 
they  had,  by  the  kind  influence  of  the  President,  obtained 
the  use  of  the  rooms  where  they  now  met. 


TIIK  FORMATION  OF  NITROUS  OXIDE  AND  A 
NEW  METHOD  OF  PREPARATION. 

BY   WATSON    SMITH. 

Lecturer  in  Chemical  Technology  in  University  College, 
London. 

Nitrous  oxide  has  been,  until  within  the  last  few  years, 
chiefly  a  curiosity,  because  of  its  chemical  and  physiological 
properties.  It  is  only  comparatively  recently  that  it  has 
assumed  distinct  importance  as  an  anaesthetic.  Nitrous 
oxide  was  discovered  by  Priestley  in  1776,  and  called  by 
him  "  dephlogisticated  nitrous  gas."  The  associated  Dutch 
chemists  examined  it  in  1793,  and  proved  that  it  was  a 
compound  of  nitrogen  and  oxygen.  For  a  full  investigation 
of  its  properties  we  are  indebted  to  Sir  H.  Davy,  who 
published  a  full  series  of  experiments  on  it  in  1800,  and  he 
gave  it  its  present  name,  "  nitrous  oxide.''  It  appears  that 
both  Priestley  and  the  Dutch  chemists  jumped  to  the 
conclusion  that  nitrous  oxide  was  irrespirable,  but  it  was 
Davy  who,  with  characteristic  boldness,  inspired  a  quantity 
of  it  and  showed  that  it  possessed  the  peculiar  physiological 
properties  now  so  familiar  to  all  chemists.  I  have  spoken 
of  Davy's  characteristic  boldness  ;  it  would  have  inevitably 
cost  him  his  life,  as  the  late  Professor  Thomas  Thomson 
pointed  out  in  his  excellent,  but  now  old,  system  of  chemistry, 
on  a  subsequent  occasion, — when  he  essayed  to  inhale  nitric 
oxide  gas,  by  first  emptying  his  lungs  of  air,  and  then 
calmly  attempting  to  inspire  the  colourless  nitric  oxide 
direct  from  a  gas-receiver.  Davy's  rash  desire  was  anticipated 
by  a  spasm  of  the  epiglottis,  which,  whilst  very  painful,  still 
effectually  prevented  the  entrance  of  the  gas  into  the  lungs, 
and    so   saved  Davy  from   otherwise   inevitable   asphyxia. 


The  two  old  methods  for  the  production  of  nitrous  oxide 
depend  upon  two  reactions :  the  first,  the  reduction  or 
deoxidation  of  nitric  acid  and  other  higher  oxygen  com- 
pounds, the  second,  by  the  decomposition  of  nitrate  of 
ammonium  by  heat,  where  a  complete  resolution  of  the 
compound  takes  place,  with  formation  of  water  (steam),  and 
nitrous  oxide.  A  third,  not  a  success,  was  by  the  decom- 
position of  a  mixture  of  salts. 

Deoxidation  of  Nitric  Acid. — The  deoxidation  process, 
so  far  as  I  can  make  out,  was  the  first  one  known,  and  was 
effected  by  treatment  of  nitric  acid  diluted  with  five  or  six 
times  its  weight  of  water,  with  such  metals  as  copper,  zinc, 
or  tin.  The  gas  obtained  was  not  pure.  Another  deoxidant 
proposed  was  ammonium  chloride,  according  to  Miller 
(Elements  Inorganic,  1864,  97).  This  isL.  Smith's  process, 
and  it  is  said  that  the  gas  is  contaminated  with  small 
quantities  of  chlorine  and  nitrogen. 

Another  deoxidant  is  stannous  chloride  dissolved  in 
hydrochloric  acid.  Campari  (Comptes  rend.  1888,  1569) 
deoxidises  nitric  acid  as  follows : — A  mixture  of  5  parts  of 
stannous  chloride,  10  parts  hydrochloric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1-21) 
and  0-9  parts  of  nitric  acid  (sp.  gr.  1-38)  is  heated  to 
boiling,  when  it  is  claimed  pure  nitrous  oxide  is  evolved  in 
a  regular  stream.  Any  alterations  in  the  proportions  may 
cause  explosions.  The  last  statement  spoils  that  of  the 
"  evolution  of  the  pure  gas  in  a  regular  stream  !  "  Millon 
states  that  copper  treated  with  nitric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1-217 
yields  nitrous  oxide  mixed  with  a  small  quantity  of  NO,  if 
the  temperature  be  kept  below  —  10D. 

Methods   of   Prefaration  depending   vpon   the 
Deoxidation  of  Lower  Oxides  of  Nitrogen. 

Deoxidation  of  Nitrogen  Trioxide,  N203. — Sir  H. 
Davy  exposed  "  common  nitrous  gas  " — I  presume,  N203 — 
for  a  few  days  to  the  action  of  iron  filings,  or  to  that  of  various 
other  deoxidising  agents.  He  adds  the  caution  that  "  some 
nicety  and  experience  are  necessary,  that  the  decomposition 
may  be  suspended  before  it  has  gone  too  far,  when  nitrogen 
gas  will  be  obtained,  and  he  recommends  the  use  of 
potassium  sulphite,  which  is  incapable  of  decomposing 
nitrous  oxide. 

Deoxidation  of  Nitric  Oxiije. — Nitric  oxide  gas  is 
mixed  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  dry  or  moist  "  liver  of 
sulphur "  (mainly  K»S3),  moistened  iron  or  zinc  filings, 
hydrated  ferrous  sulphide,  solutions  of  alkaline  or  earthy 
sulphites,  or  stannous  chloride.  By  passing  NO  through  a 
solution  of  sulphurous  acid  or  an  acid  sulphite. 

Decomposition  of  Hydroxylamine.  —  Silver  nitrate 
(AgN03)  with  NHX>H  +  aq.  forms  metallic  silver,  nitrous 
oxide,  and  nitrogen.  Iodine  quickly  decomposes  NH, .  OH 
and  its  salts  to  N„0  and  HoO,  with  collateral  formation  of 
HI. 

Ferric  sulphate  is  reduced  to  FeS04,  with  evolution 
of  N.,0. 

Sodium  nitrate  causes  evolution  of  N;0  from — ■ 

2  NH.:OH.H„S04  hydroxylamine  sulphate. 
Decomposition  of  Salts. 

Decomposition  of  Nitrosilfhate  of  Ammonia  by  Hot 
Watek. — The  most  remarkable  and  probably  least  known 
decomposition  of  a  salt  which  yields  pure  nitrous  oxide  is 
that  of  Pelouze's  so-called  Nitrosulphate  of  Ammonia,  or,  a 
Gmelin  has  it,  "  Sulphite  of  nitric  oxide  and  ammonia." 
This  salt  is  prepared  by  mixing  a  concentrated  solution  of 
ammonium  sulphite  with  five  times  its  volume  of  aqueous 
ammonia,  cooling  with  ice,  and  then  passing  nitric  oxide 
gas  through  the  liquid.  Crystals  of  the  "  nitrosulphate  " 
are  deposited.  These  are  collected,  washed  with  aqueous 
ammonia,  and  dried  between  folds  of  blotting  paper.  The 
salt  is  soluble  in  cold  water,  but  on  heating  the  solution 
decomposition  sets  in  with  brisk  evolution  of  pure  N20. 

Decomposition  of  Nitrate  of  Ammonium  by  Heat. — This 
is  the  process  known,  I  may  now  say,  to  every  school  boy, 
though  I  do  well  recollect  a  time,  about  1857,  when  sundry 
play-books  for  boys  recommended  as  a  process  for  the 
preparation  of  "  laughing-gas  "  the  treatment  of  copper 
turnings  with  dilute  nitric  acid  and  collecting  the  gas  in  a 

B  2 


868 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Nov.  so,  mx. 


bladder.  Then  whilst  closing  the  nostrils  with  the  fingers 
of  one  hand,  and  holdiDg  the  bladder  with  the  other,  the 
gas  was  to  be  inhaled.  The  books  in  question  contained  no 
record  of  any  names  with  addresses  of  boys  who  had  tried 
the  experiment,  and  had  really  laughed  in  accordance  with 
the  description  of  pleasing  symptoms  which  were  to  follow 
the  inhalation ;  but  I  anticipate  more  wry  faces  and 
choking  sensations  were  the  leading  features  of  such 
perilous  experiments.  I  have  no  doubt  our  friend  Dr. 
Alder  Wright  could  tell  us  something  on  this  subject,  for 
he  has  been  re-writing  and  rehabilitating  a  science  play- 
book,  and  has  now  presented  to  the  public  one  which  is 
doubtless  the  best  of  the  kind  ever  written. 

The  mode  of  decomposition  of  nitrate  of  ammonium  by 
heat  has  become  a  matter  of  great  interest  recently,  since 
that  salt  is  now  so  much  used  in  explosives.  With  regard 
to  the  melting  point,  this  is  stated  in  Watts'  Dictionary  to 
be  about  152°  C,  decomposition  commencing  at  210'  C, 
and  becoming  explosive  about  300°  C.  According  toFleischl 
(Gmelin's  Handbook,  Vol.  II.  490)  the  salt  fuses  imper- 
fectly at  56°,  perfectly  at  108°  C. ;  at  150°  it  evolves  white 
fumes  condensing  in  drops  ;  at  175°  it  effervesces  slightly  ; 
at  225°  rapidly  ;  at  238°  it  begins  to  evolve  nitrous  oxide 
and  at  250D  the  gas  is  evolved  in  abundance.  According 
to  Legrand,  at  180°  C.  the  salt  "boils"  without  being 
decomposed,  decomposition  not  beginning  until  between  190° 
and  200°.  Dr.  Henry,  in  his  Elements  of  Chemistry  of 
1810,  states,  on  the  authority  of  Davy,  that  at  316°  C. 
(600°  F.)  the  salt  explodes  and  is  entirely  decomposed,  and 
hence  was  formerly  called  "  Nitrumjtammans."  It  was 
llerthollet  who  first  examined  the  nature  of  this  decom- 
position. 

According  to  Miller  (Elements  Inorganic,  1804,  4.">9)  the 
salt  melts  at  108°  C,  and  at  249"  undergoes  complete 
decomposition.  We  have  thus  rather  a  variety  of  melting 
and  decomposition  points. 


Melting 
Point. 


Inci pient  Decomposi t  ion. 


Watts'  Dictionai 

and  Jfuii')  . 
Pleischl  { Gnu-lit 

)  .... 

rley 

°C. 

152 

HIS 

153 

210°  C. 

175°    (begins    to    effervesce), 
at  225°  (effervescence  rapid), 
at    2'iS°    (begins    to    evolve 
NsO). 

tion).     Between    190'    and 

20u°  decomposition  begins. 

Between  17ii°  and  180   :  205' 

Hi  edtr  Mil  tin's 
Kalendar. 

Chem 

ker 

NaOfirst  evolved  distinctly 
over  water ;  freely  ot  215°; 
oil   cooling   then  continues 
at  180°,  though  slowly. 
At  170°  begins  to  dccom]  ose. 

On  heating  pure  ammonium  nitrate  in  a  bulb  apparatus, 
such  as  is  used  in  distillations,  the  salt  was  found  by  me  to 
soften  at  145°  and  fuse  at  160°  C.  mean  =  152°  C.  Decom- 
position with  slight  effervescence  began  at  about  170°  C, 
and  nitrous  oxide  gas  first  came  off  over  water  at  205°  C. 
I  observed  no  such  phenomenon  as  I'leischl  describes  of 
effervescence  or  boiling,  without  evolution  of  nitrous  oxide. 
At  215°  C.  the  evolution  was  tolerably  active.  On  dropping 
the  temperature  to  180°  C.  it  was  found  possible  to  continue 
the  decomposition  with  slow  evolution  over  water  even  at 
this  temperature,  though  of  course  very  slowly,  yet  un- 
doubtedly with  evolution  of  nitrous  oxide.  The  water  was 
cold.  The  bulb  apparatus  used  was  heated  in  a  paraffin 
bath,  and  with  thermometers  in  the  fused  salt  and  in  the 
oil-bath  as  well.  The  decomposition  of  the  salt  at  215°  C.  was 
not  accompanied  by  such  exothermic  effect  as  tended  to 
cause  the  reaction  to  become  self-accelerating  or  to  "run 
away  with  one,"  if  I  may  use  the  expression,  but  at  240°  C. 
the  evolution  became  vigorous  and  decidedly  strong 
exothermic  action  was  so  manifested  as  soon  to  become 
uncontrollable,  the  thermometer  rising  rapidly  towards 
:f(iu  ( '.  There  thus  appears  to  be  a  kind  of  equilibrium 
below  which  a  slower  evolution  can  be  maintained,  but  over 
which  it  is  upset,   and  the  increments  of  exothermic  force 


are  added  in  rapid  progression,  no  doubt  ever  tending  to  the 
explosion  point,  which  means  an  ultimate  point  of  another 
and  more  drastic  and  complete  reaction,  in  which  oxygen, 
nitrogen,  and  steam  are  formed.  So  much  for  the 
ammonium  nitrate  method. 

Decomposition  or  Mixed  Salts. 

Sal-ammoniac  and  Nitre. — -The  only  method  I  know  of  in 
the  text  books  is  that  of  Grouvelle (Ann.  Chim.  Phys.  17, 
351),  who  proposed  to  prepare  nitrous  oxide  by  heating  a 
mixture  of  three  parts  of  nitrate  of  potassium  with  one  part 
of  ammonium  chloride.  Pleischl  states  that  by  this  means 
a  mixture  of  chlorine,  nitrogen,  and  nitric  oxide  is  evolved, 
containing  a  small  quantity  of  nitrous  oxide.  Soubeiran 
(.7.  Pharm.  13,  321,  and  Pogg.  13,  282)  states  that  not  a 
trace  is  formed.  I  have  tried  the  method,  and  can  testify 
to  the  abundance  of  chlorine  and  nitric  oxide,  but  I  could 
detect  no  nitrous  oxide,  though  I  will  uot  say  that  absolutely 
none  was  formed. 

Ammonium  Sulphate  and  Nitre. — I  will  now  pass  on  to 
the  results  of  some  attempts  of  my  own  to  prepare  nitrous 
oxide.  About  a  year  and  a  half  ago  it  occurred  to  me  to 
try  if  it  was  possible  to  ignite  sulphate  of  ammonium  or  sal- 
ammoniac  by  dropping  small  pinches  of  it  in  the  dry  state  into 
fused  sodium  nitrate,  the  hydrogen  of  the  ammonia  forming 
the  combustible  material,  and  being  directly  fired  by  the 
loosely  combined  oxygen  of  the  nitrate.  This  was  easily 
done.  When,  however,  the  sulphate  was  damp,  the  steam 
developed  produced  such  local  cooling  effect  that  another 
phenomenon  appeared  instead  of  the  flashes  of  fire,  viz., 
evolution  of  red  nitrous  fumes.  The  experiment  is  easily 
sHown  in  an  iron  or  platinum  dish,  the  crystals  of  (NH4).:SU, 
floating  about  in  a  blaziug  condition,  just  like  bits  of  sodium 
burning  upon  water.  On  heating  a  mixture  in  equivalent 
proportions  of  the  dry  salts  in  a  pulverised  condition,  viz., 
sulphate  of  ammonium  and  nitrate  of  soda,  it  was  found 
that  it  was  possible  to  obtain  a  large  yield  of  very  pure 
nitrous  oxide  gas.  The  reaction  proceeded  very  smoothly 
and  without  tendency  to  any  danger  of  explosive  action, 
even  on  reaching  higher  temperatures  at  the  close  of  the 
experiment. 

The  yield  of  nitrous  oxide  was  slightly  behind  that 
obtained  from  an  equivalent  amount  of  nitrate  of  ammonium, 
in  the  proportion  of  about  2  ■  C  :  3  by  volume,  but  to  set 
against  this,  besides  the  residue  of  sodium  sulphate,  is  the 
convenience  of  safety  in  the  moderate  action  that  goes  on 
in  the  retort,  and  the  fact  that  the  average  cost  of  raw 
materials  employed  in  the  mixture  is  about  9/.  to  1  ()/.  per 
ton  to-day,  as  against  about  40/.  per  ton  for  ammonium 
nitrate. 

In  an  American  Specification,  No.  173,961,  February  22, 
1876,  relating  to  explosives,  a  certain  Mr.  Johnston  states 
that  he  has  actually  formed  some  nitrate  of  ammonium  by 
fusing  together  dry  nitrate  of  soda  and  sulphate  of 
ammonia,  but  he  does  not  say  that  he  ever  extracted  the 
nitrate  of  ammonia,  or  how  he  did  so,  or  how  demonstrated 
its  presence.  One  thing  is  certain,  you  cannot  properly  fuse 
the  mixture  without  evolution  of  N.O,  and  another  thing 
equally  certain  is  you  cannot  get  both  N30  and  also  nitrate 
of  ammonium. 

We  have  seen  that  the  melting  point  of  nitrate  of  ammo- 
nium is  about  153°  C,  and  that  incipient  decomposition  is 
observed  at  about  180''  O,  and  that  at  205°  nitrous  oxide  is 
first  'distinctly  evolved  and  may  be  collected  over  water. 
Now,  the  melting  point  of  nitrate  of  soda  is  close  upon  316 
(Carnelly),  whilst  that  of  sulphate  of  ammonium  is 
decidedly  not  140°  C  ,  as  stated  inGmelin,  Vol.  2, 462,  and  all 
the  text-books;  also  in  Hiedermann's  Chemiker-Kalendar. 
Sulphate  of  ammonium  softens  and  finally  melts  when 
considerably  decomposed  by  heating  up  at  nearly  330°  C. 
That  is  the  plain  fact.  Now  the  mixture  of  the  two  salts 
softens,  it  is  true,  below  300°  C.  indeed  a  partial  softening 
commences  about  200°  C,  but  even  at  240°  C.  this  fusion 
is  only  semi-fusion.  Incipient  decomposition  manifests  itself 
in  the  semi-fused  mixture,  at  about  230°  ('..  but  the  gas  is 
only  evolved  at  what  I  might  term  a  moderate  speed  at 
240°  C.  and  at  fair  speed  at  250°  C.  On  lowering  the 
temperature    from    this     higher   point    gradually     to   200° 


Nov.  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


860 


at  this  temperature  only  a  very  faint  and  slight  evolution 
of  gas  occurred,  in  fact,  evolution  was  only  just  perceptible, 
anil  after  a  short  time  ceased.  But  240',  the  point  at  which 
the  mixture  shows  but  a  reasonable  speed  of  evolution  of 
nitrous  oxide,  is  one  at  which  the  nitrate  of  ammonium  itself 
has  overstepped  it  equilibrium  of  stability,  and  tended  to 
violent  evolution.  Meantime  it  was  ascertained  that  nitrate 
of  ammonium  begins  to  evolve  nitrous  oxide  between  170° 
and  ISO  ,  and  that  the  rapidity  of  evolution  of  the  gas  at 
21fi  was  fully  as  great  as  that  from  the  mixture  at  240°  or 
2,r>0  C.  The  trials  were  made  in  the  paraffin  bath  in 
perfectly  simihir  bulb  tubes,  and  with  thermometers  in  the 
bath  and  in  the  salts.  Thus,  to  get  the  mixed  salts  so  to 
mutually  decompose  as  to  yield  nitrous  oxide  with  reason- 
able rapidity  it  is  necessary  to  acquire  a  temperature  at 
which  nitrate  of  ammonium  cannot  exist.  There  is  a  kind 
of  critical  point  for  ammonium  nitrate,  and  that  point  is 
much  below  2  10  ('. ;  it  is  even  below  200"  C.  The  way  of 
representing  the  change  which  takes  place  on  heating  the 
mixture  of  equivalent  weights  of  nitrate  of  sodium  and 
sulphate  of  ammonium  for  the  production  of  nitrous  oxide, 
is  to  the  best  of  my  belief  best  represented  as  follows— 

2  ( NaXO,,)  +■  (  X  U, )..  Si  I,  =  Na-SOj  +  I  H..<  >  +■   2  N.< ) 

No  doubt,  when  a  portion  of  (XT1II)._,S0,  is  formed  we  have 
present  the  nascent  elements  of  ammonia  and  nitric  acid,  but 
unite  to  form  nitrate  of  ammonia  at  240°  or  250C.  they 
cannot.  We  have  seen,  moreover,  that  both  NO  and  N.,();i, 
by  reducing  agents  form  nitrous  oxide,  so  that  were  these 
gases  present  momentarily  in  the  passing  reaction  referred 
to,  the  change  to  the  final  nitrous  oxide  is  perfectly 
natural  and  intelligible.  This  only  indicates,  I  think,  the 
ease  and  readiness  with  which  the  gaseous  elements  of 
nitrate  of  ammonium  under  a  variety  of  conditions  of 
temperature  can  adapt  themselves  in  a  variety  of  changes. 

Nitrate   of  Lead   and   Sulphate   of    Ammonium. — 

By  heating  nitrate  of  lead,  PbN206,  alone  we  adopt  the 
tolerably  ancient  and  classical  method  for  producing 
nitrogen  peroxide,  NO.,,  along  with  oxygen  and  oxide  of 
lead.  On  heating  a  mixture  of  nitrate  of  lead  with  its 
equivalent  of  sulphate  of  ammonium,  however,  I  find  that 
instead  of  the  red  fumes  of  NOj  the  colourless  gas  N.,0 
is  evolved.  This  experiment,  along  with  that  of  heating  lead 
nitrate  alone,  I  would  suggest  as  a  pair  of  instructive 
lecture  experiments  to  show  side  by  side  in  illustration  of 
the  degree  of  stability  or  instability  of  the  N.,0-,  molecule 
under  the  influence  of  heat,  alone,  and  in  presence  of  such 
a  reducing  agent  as  NH:1. 

Sodium  Nitrate  and  Ammonium  Oxalate.  —  This 
mixture  did  not  yield  nitrous  oxide,  the  decomposition  of 
the  ammonium  oxalate  apparently  occurring  at  a  tempera- 
ture below  that  at  which  the  necessary  decomposition  of  the 
sodium  nitrate  occurred.  Such  a  result  might  be  expected, 
since  oxalic  acid  decomposes  just  above  160°. 

Sodium  Nitrate  ami  Ammonium  Phosphatb. —  The 
dry  mixture,  on  heating,  evolves  nitrous  oxide,  but  not  so 
effectively  as  the  ammonium  sulphate  mixture. 

Barium  Nitrate  and  Ammonium  Sulphate,  also  yield 
nitrous  oxide  on  heating,  but  with  much  more  difficulty 
than  lead  nitrate  and  ammonium  sulphate. 

I  desire  to  express  my  best  thanks  to  Messrs.  S.  Ernest 
Linder  and  II.  Pjcton,  formerly  students  of  University 
College,  and  especially  to  my  late  assistant,  Mr.  Hamilton, 
for  their  assistance  in  carrying  out  several  of  the  details  of 
this  experimental  inquiry  with  me, 

I  am  continuing  the  investigation  of  this  subject,  and 
more  particularly  of  the  intermediate  reactions,  and  hope 
shortly  to  publish  more  details. 


=«»,»^i»te~- 


SCHURMANN'S  KKACiIOXS. 

BY    WATSON    SMITH, 

Lecturer  in  Chemical  Technology  in  University  College, 
London. 

Tins  paper  deals  with  reactions  which  are  the  outcome  of 
an  investigation  forming  the  subject  of  an  Inaugural  Disser 
tation  conducted  by  Ernst  Schiirmann  in  the  laboratory  of 
Professor  Lothar  Meyer  of  Tubingen,  the  details  appearing 
in  Liebig's  Annalen,  249— 250,  1888— S9.     32G— 3B0. 

Eor  some  time  past  in  a  somewhat  desultory  way  I  have 
been  examining  sundry  of  these  reactions  to  see  if  any,  and 
how  many,  are  capable  of  any  more  practical  application. 
In  this  inquiry  I  have  been  greatly  aided  by  my  late 
assistant  Mr.  Hamilton,  as  well  as  more  recently  by  my 
present  assistant  Mr.  J.  C.  Chorley.  The  original  title  of 
this  investigation  is,  "  Die  Verwandtschaft  der  Schwermetalle 
zum  Schwefel,"  and  it  seems  that  the  first  man  who 
experimented  as  to  the  action  of  various  solutions  of  metallic 
salts  on  the  insoluble  sulphides  of  the  silver,  copper,  and 
iron  groups,  was  E.  E.  Anthon  in  the  year  1837,  the  results 
appearing  in  the  ./.  fiir  prakt.  Chemie,  10,  353.  In  this 
direction  he  investigated  the  metals  Pb,  Cd,  Cu,  Ag,  Co,  Ni, 
Mn,  and  Fe.  He  caused,  for  example,  silver  nitrate  to  react 
upon  C'uS,  and  realised  the  following  equation  :  — 

Cuts  +  2  AgN03  =  Cu(N03)o  +  Ag2S 

Thus  he  succeeded  in  arranging  the  metals  referred  to,  in 
a  series  such  that  the  salt  of  any  one  of  these  is  capable  of 
decomposing  the  sulphide  of  the  metal  following  it,  or  the 
sulphide  by  the  saline  solution  of  the  metal  preceding  it. 
His  arrangement  was  Ag,  Cu,  Pb,  Cd,  Fe,  Ni,  Co,  and  Mn. 
Schiirmann  extended  the  investigation  to  the  following 
metals,  Sb,  As,  Pb,  Cd,  Fe,  Co,  Cu,  Mn,  Ni,  Pd,  Hg,  Ag, 
Tl,  Bi,  Zn,  and  Sn. 

As  regards  the  salts  used,  the  sulphates  of  Cu,  Cd,  Zn, 
Ni,  Fe,  and  Mn,  the  nitrates  of  Pb,  Co,  Bi,  Ag,  and  Tl,  and 
the  chlorides  of  Sn,  Pd,  and  Hg,  were  used.  Besides  these, 
tartar  emetic  for  Sb,  and  arseuious  acid  were  employed. 

In  the  experiments,  so  as  to  effect  fairer  comparison, 
equivalent  weights  of  such  salts,  &c,  were  taken,  as  produced 
no  precipitates  in  the  solutions.  One  or  two  specially 
striking  reactions  are  worthy  of  note  in  founding  the  table 
to  be  given.  These  are:  (1.)  That,  between  lead  nitrate 
with  two  equivalents  of  sulphide  of  zinc,  lead  sulphide  and 
zinc  nitrate  being  very  quickly  formed,  so  that  in  less  than 
two  hours  the  whole  of  the  lead  will  be  in  the  precipitate 
and  one  equivalent  of  Zn  in  solution  ;  also  (2.)  Those 
between  arsenic  trisulphide  and  tartar  emetic,  stannous 
chloride  and  zinc  sulphate,  which  latter  completely  decom- 
pose the  arsenic  trisulphide. 

I  ought  perhaps  to  mention  that  the  sulphides  experimented 
upon  in  this  research  were  not  natural  sulphides,  but 
sulphides  obtained  by  precipitation.  The  total  results  are 
collected  together  in  a  table  in  which  the  salts  marked  with 
an  asterisk  only  acted  upon  the  adjacent  sulphides  in 
sealed  tubes  under  pressure. 


Sulphides. 


Completely 
decomposed. 


Partially 
dceouip  ised. 


Not 

decomposed. 


Ag,S . 
A.s2Sa 


Bi,S3 


CdS. 


Hg(NO,)2 

HBC12 
I'll  SO, 

CH.O^bK' 

i'l,(No..i.' 
ZnSiV~ 
NiSO/ 

CuSO, 


CuSO, 


FeS04 


rjsuci,] 


CllSO, 


('.ISO, 
I'M  NO,]., 

CJE^OjSbK 

Pb(CH,COj), 

7,nSI)v 

XiSO, 

c(H,o.s:,K 


870 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  SO,  1S02. 


Sulphides, 


CoS. 


CuS 


Completely 
decomposed. 


FeS. 


1K-S  . 


M11S. 


NiS. 


PbS 


pas 


S1..S, 


SuS. 


II -S 


ZliS. 


I  aS04 
Pb(NOj)s 


HgCl, 
AgNO 

Pd(  i 

ZnSO, 

NiSO< 

I       NO 

!■ 


NiSO, 

I  o  Xii 
Fi  -i  i 

rixu 

CdSO, 
Pb(NO  i 


i  u(NO 

' 

S    i 


HgCl, 
CuSO, 


Pb(>-03)3 

/i  i -i  i 
NiSO, 

CuSO, 

l'hixo.i, 
CdSO, 


Partially 
decomposed. 


ZnSO, 

NiSO, 

FeSO, 


TlXOa 


ZnS  >. 

i   ,(NO,)a 

FeSO, 


Not 
decom] 


Fi  -ii 


'        }acti™ 


H  i  -i  i 


MnSO, 


i    |S0 
VgNO 


TlXu. 
\-<i 


i    i(SQ,), 
Fei 
T1X(  ij 

ttgl 

AgX" 

[CdSO,] 

Mil   1. 

ZnSO, 

CH^OsSbK 
Pb  NO 
ZnSO, 


T1N03 


The  conclusion  ilrawn  as  to  the  affinity  of  the  metals 
referred  to  for  sulphur  is  that  this  affinity  continually 
diminishes  from  palladium  to  manganese  in  the  following 
series : — 

Pd,   Hg,   Ag,  Cu,   Bi,  Cd,  Sb,   Sn,   Pb,    Zn,  Xi,  Co,  Fe, 

L06  200   10S   63   20S  112  122  IIS   207   Go   59   59   5G 

As,  Tl,  and  Mn. 

75  2HI      55 

The  author  endeavours  to  show  how  by  means  of  the 
knowledge  of  relative  affinities  thus  pourtrayed,  certain 
useful  iesults  may  he  attained,  for  example,  in  separating 
a  metal  from  a  large  excess  of  another  metal,  and  even 
going  a  step  farther  than  this  by  means  of  fractional 
precipitation  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  Take  one  case, 
6 '3  cc.  HgCl2  were  mixed  with  6'3  cc.  CuSO,,  diluted  to 
50  cc,  and  when  the  solution  was  brought  to  boiling,  20  cc. 
of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  solution  were  added.  The  solution 
was  kept  boiling  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  and  filtered. 
Mercury  alone  remained  in  the  precipitate,  and  copper  in 
solution. 

In  this  way  Schiirmann  completely  separated  from  each 
other  the  following  : — 

Hg  from  Cd,  Pb,  Sb,  and  Ag. 
Pd  from  Hg  and  Ag. 
Cu  from  Sn  and  ( Id. 
Ag  from  Cu, 

It  was  also  shown  that  thus  in  neutral  solution  nickel  is 
precipitated  before  cobalt. 

Schiirmann  has  lastly  arranged  the  metals  according  to 
their  greater  or  less  affinity  for  sulphur  in  the  periodic 
system,  and  he   expresses,  by  th.-    -ign  ]>,  which   of  two 


neighbouring  elements  has  the  greater  inclination  to  form 
sulphides,  thus : — 


A  II. 


VIII. 


II. 


III. 


IV. 


Mn  <  Fe  <  Co 

55  56  50 


Xi  <  Cu  >  Zn  > 

As 

59           63           03 

75 

AAA 

A 

P,l>Ag>Cd>      .. 

Sn  <  Sb 

106         103        112 

US          122 

A 

V        A 

Hg   >    Tl 

<  Pb  <  Bi 

21  in           201 

2m7        208 

Regarding  the  elements  belonging  to  each  family  alone, 
if  his  reasoning  be  correct,  we  see  that  those  with  the 
largest  affinity  for  sulphur  also  possess  the  largest  atomic 
weights.  Group  IV.  forms  an  exception,  for  Sn  is  pre- 
cipitated before  Pb.  A  few  other  remarkable  relationships 
are  referred  to,  though  to  these  several  exceptions  have  to 
be  added. 

Xow,  with  regard  to  my  own  experiments,  these  were,  as 
I  have  already  said,  with  the  object  of  testing  these  reactions 
to  some  extent  to  discover  if  any  of  them  were  likely  to  be 
of  industrial  use,  for  I  must  add  that  several  trials  in  the 
use  of  the  list  given  only  brought  failures. 

For  industrial  purposes  I  desired  to  experiment  not  upon 
precipitated  sulphides  alone,  but  upon  mineral  sulphides. 
One  of  the  first  of  these  I  tried  was  galena.  Looking  at 
Schiirmann's  table,  we  see  that  copper  nitrate  is  set  down 
as  a  salt,  the  solution  of  which  should  effect  a  complete 
decomposition  of  lead  sulphide.  On  sealing  up  a  quantity 
of  galena  with  a  trifle  less  than  its  equivalent  of  copper 
acetate  in  a  strong  glass  tube,  and  heating  up  to  130°  C.  for 
about  a  couple  of  days,  the  blue  colour  had  quite  dis- 
appeared. A  black  precipitate  truly  remained,  but  it  was 
no  longer  one  of  lead  sulphide  but  of  cupric  sulphide, 
whilst  the  solution  was  one  of  pure  lead  acetate,  on 
evaporating  which  the  beautiful  specimen  of  pure  lead 
acetate  I  now  pass  round  was  obtained.  On  exposing  the 
precipitate  in  a  damp  state  on  the  filter  to  the  air,  and 
occasionally  moistening,  and  finally  washing  with  a  little 
hot  water,  this  solution  of  copper  sulphate  was  obtained. 

Here  is  a  possible  useful  application  arising  from  a  study 
of  such  reactions.  Xow,  suppose  silver  was  present  in  the 
galena,  let  us  see  what  should  happen.  On  referring  to  Da- 
table we  observe  that  when  using  silver  nitrate,  silver 
appears  to  have  a  greater  affinity  for  sulphur  than  copper 
has,  and  hence  must  remain  as  sulphide  with  the  sulphide 
of  copper,  or  if  the  sulphide  of  copper  be  oxidised  to 
sulphate,  the  silver  will  remain  in  the  residue. 

The  other  double  decompositions  I  have  attempted  and 
effected  are  as  follows  ; — 


In  Aqueous  Solution. 


Results, 


Copper  sulphate  with  slight  excess  of 
CoS,  heated  120°  for  20  hours. 

Copper  sulphate  with  slight,  excess  of 
NiS,  heated  130'  tor  i  days. 

Copper  sulphate  with  slight  excess  of 
MnS,  heated  130°  for  6  days. 

Copper  chloride  with  slight  excess  of 

As2S3,  heated  120°  for  20  hours. 
Lead  chloride  with   slight   excess   of 

As2S3,  heated  15"°  for  00  hours. 
Copper  chloride  with  slight  excess  of 

SbjS3.  heated  130°  for  1  days. 
Zinc    chloride   in  excess,  with  As2S3, 

heated  115°  and  It;.}3  fur  25  hours. 
Antimony  trichloride  in  t.vcess,  with 

dry  As.s,  fused  together  at  170°  for 

3—4  days. 


i  v.mpleie  decomposition. 


Partial  decomposition. 

Very  little  decompoBil  ion. 

Little  decomposition. 


With  the  remark  that  an  inspection  of  the  tabulated 
reactions  of  Schiirmann  will  show  that  copper  as  nitrate, 
chloride,  or  acetate  furnishes  at  once  the  cheapest,  the 
most  far-reaching  reagents  (salts)  of  any ;  also  with  the 
suggestion  that  metallurgical  chemists  may  yet  find  con- 
siderable value  iu  Schiirmann's  table  of  double  decompositions 
both  analytically  and  industrially,  I  will  conclude  with  a 
few  critical  remarks  as  to  Schiirmann's  scientific  attitude 
in  viewing  such  reactions  as  these  as  due  to  the  affinity  of 


Nov.  SO,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


871 


the  sulphur  of  the  sulphides  for  the  metals  of  the  salts 
presented  to  them.  Though  I  had  in  my  experiment? 
noted  what  Sehiirmanu  might  have  regarded  as  differences 
of  affinity  of  the  sulphur  (vide  my  results  as  given  where 
l'h,  Cu,  Zn,  and  Sb,  as  chlorides,  though  sufficiently  far 
removed  in  Sehiirmann's  list  from  the  metals  whose 
sulphides  they  are  set  to  decompose,  exert  but  little  action), 
yet  I  had  not  at  first  the  intention  of  applying  any  general 
criticism  to  Sehiirmann's  standpoint,  but  of  limiting  myself 
to  the  bare  experimental  facts  elicited  for  the  sole  purpose 
of  application,  technologically,  to  the  treatment  of  mineral 
sulphides.  My  friend  Dr.  C.  It.  A.  Wright,  however,  thinks 
ilir  opportunity  should  not  be  lost  of  demonstrating  a 
certain  fundamental  fallacy  which  lurks  in  Sehiirmann's 
generalisation,  and  which  leads  him  to  attempt  definite 
scientific  classification  of  the  metals  referred  to.  It  were, 
perhaps,  another  thing  had  such  classification  been  put 
forward  as  a  rough  technical  guide  with  reference  to  the 
results  of  the  special  reactions  examined,  but  1  thoroughly 
agree  with  Dr.  Wright  that,  since  the  attempt  has  gone 
further  than  this,  correction  should  be  applied.  Dr.  Alder 
Wright's  views  are  as  follows  : — 

The  interesting  cases  of  double  decomposition  between 
insoluble  sulphides  and  soluble  salts  described  by  Schiir- 
niaun  are  apparently  due  as  much  to  the  difference  in 
affinity  of  the  two  metals  present  for  the  acid  radical  of 
the  soluble  sail,  as  to  the  difference  in  their  affinities  for 
.sulphur;  and  hence  the  experiments  hardly  warrant  any 
classification  of  metals  based  on  their  relative  affinities  for 
sulphur  as  thus  deduced.  For  instance,  when  lead  sulphide 
and  copper  nitrate  solutions  act  on  one  another,  copper 
sulphide  and  lead  nitrate  are  formed  ;  thus — 

PbS  +  Cu(N03).,  =  Pb(N03)2  +  CuS 

l!ut  it  does  not  therefore  follow  that  copper  has  a  higher 
affinity  for  sulphur  than  lead;  in  point  of  fact  the  reverse 
is  the  ease,  for  according  to  Julius  Thomsen's  thermo- 
chemical  affinity  values,  the  heat  of  formation  of  copper 
sulphide  is  less  than  of  lead  sulphide,  viz.  (using  Thomsen's 
notation). 

Calorics. 

Pb,  S 20,*S0 

Cu,S ■ W60 

Difference 10,670 

If  therefore  lead  could  react  on  copper  sulphide  at  the 
ordinary  temperature,  it  is  to  be  expected  that  lead  sulphide 
would  be  found  and  copper  liberated ;  at  any  rate  this 
change  should  be  brought  about  more  readily  than  the 
converse  change,  since  the  former  would  be  accompanied  by 
a  considerable  heat  evolution  (10,670  calories),  and  the 
latter  would  require  an  equal  heat  absorption. 

The  heat  of  formation  of  lead  nitrate  solution  (from  lead, 
oxygen,  and  dilute  nitric  acid)  is  considerably  greater  than 
the  heat  of  formation  of  copper  nitrate  solution  (from 
copper,  oxygen,  and  dilute  nitric  acid)  ;  hence  a  Daniell 
cell  may  readily  be  obtained  by  placing  lead  in  lead  nitrate 
solution,  and  copper  in  copper  nitrate  solution,*  the  energy 
exhibited  by  the  current  being  due.  to  the  displacement  of 
copper  from  nitrate  by  lead,  just  as  in  the  ordinary  Daniell 
it  is  gained  by  the  displacement  of  copper  from  sulphate 
by  zinc.     Thomson's  values  are — 

Calories. 

Pb,  O,  2  HN03  aq 68,070 

Cu,  O,  2HN03aq 52,410 

Difference 16,660 

Hence  it  results  that  when  lead  sulphide  and  copper 
nitrate  solution  act  on  one  another  producing  copper 
sulphide  and  lead  nitrate,  the  action  as  a  whole  is  accom- 
panied by  heat  evolution  to  the  extent  of  15,660—10,070 
=  4,990  calories.  Hence  the  reaction  takes  place,  not- 
withstanding that  the  affinity  of  copper  for  sulphur  is  less 
than  that  of  lead  for  sulphur. 


*  I  have  also  used  thin,  clean  sheet  lead,  and  still  better  spongy 
lead,  t"  precipitate  small  quantities  of  copper  from  solutions  of 
ammonium  acetate  slightly  acid  with  acetic  acid.— W.  S. 


Since  the  heat  of  solutions  of  metallic  oxides  in  dilute 
nitric,  hydrochloric,  sulphuric,  or  acetic  acids,  &c,  in 
many  cases  differ  but  little,  it  follows  that  in  such  cases 
the  difference  in  heat  of  formation  of  a  given  pair  of 
salts  containing  different  metals,  but  the  same  acid  radical  is 
practically  the  same  as  the  difference  between  the  heats  of 
formation  of  the  oxides  of  the  two  metals.  Hence  the 
question  as  to  whether  the  sulphide  of  a  metal  A  will  or  will 
not  be  decomposed  by  a  soluble  salt  of  another  metal  B, 
will  in  such  cases  depend  on  whether  the  sum  of  the  heats 
of  formation  of  the  oxide  of  A,  and  the  sulphide  of  B  is  or 
is  not  greater  than  the  corresponding  sum  in  the  case  of  the 
oxide  of  B  and  sulphide  of  A. 


Discussion. 

The  Chairman  said  that,  for  himself,  he  was  not  quite 
convinced  by  the  argument  used  as  to  the  course  of  the 
reaction  with  the  sodium  nitrate  and  ammonium  sulphate. 
It  seemed  to  him  that  the  argument  from  temperature  still 
left  it  anrbiguous  as  to  whether  nitrate  of  ammonium 
was  not  formed  and  immediately  decomposed,  the  fact  that 
it  could  not  exist  at  such  temperatures  being  no  argument 
to  that  end.  He  had  nevertheless  a  strong  suspicion  about 
these  reactions  that  were  said  to  occur  in  two  stages.  He 
had  always  held  the  opinion  that  they  were  simultaneous, 

Sir.  Oscar  Guttjiann  said  that  it  might  be  of  interest  to 
hear,  in  addition  to  Professor  Watson  Smith's  highly 
interesting  experiments,  that  a  friend  of  his  had  prepared 
nitrate  of  ammonium  by  mixing  solutions  of  nitrate  of  soda 
and  sulphate  of  ammonium,  and  exposing  the  mixture  to 
a  temperature  of  —  15°  C.  He  had  seen  a  sample  of  this 
nitrate  of  ammonium,  about  a  year  ago,  after  it  had  been 
lying  open  on  a  writing  table  for  several  days.  He  saw  the 
same  sample  again  about  four  weeks  ago,  and  it  was  upon 
both  occasions  perfectly  dry.  His  friend  preferred  this 
way  of  making  nitrate  of  ammonium  to  that  of  absorbing 
ammonia  gas  by  nitric  acid,  as  he  thereby  avoided  the 
impurities  contained  in  the  nitrate  of  soda  ;  and  it  was  to 
these  impurities  that  he  attributed  the  hygroscopic  qualities 
of  nitrate  of  ammonia,  whilst  the  sample  mentioned  above 
was  evidently  free  from  that  defect,  There  was  still  some 
doubt  whether  this  process  could  be  worked  on  a  large 
scale,  as  the  investigations  were  not  yet  completed. 

Mr.  C.  F.  Cross  remarked  that  the  author  had  omitted 
mention  of  Ackworth  and  Armstrong's  researches  on  the 
reduction  of  nitric  acid  by  metals  (Cheni.  Soc.  J.  1877,  32, 
54 — 90),  in  which  these  authors  showed  that  nitrous  oxide 
was  formed  to  the  extent  of  from  1  to  85  per  cent,  of 
the  total  gaseous  products  (NO.N2O.N)  according  to  the 
conditions  of  the  action. 

The  equation  proposed  to  account  for  the  production  of 
N2( )  under  the  conditions  described  in  the  paper  did  not 
attempt  any  explanation  of  the  reaction.  It  appeared 
probable  that  in  the  molecular  re-arrangement  which  took 
place  ammonia  was  oxidised  to  hydroxylamine  concurrently 
with  the  reduction  of  the  nitric  to  the  nitrous  group,  and 
it  might  be  possible  to  prove  the  occurrence  of  this  reaction 
as  the  intermediate  stage  of  the  decomposition.  Hydroxyl- 
amine salts  and  nitrites  reacted  quantitatively  in  aqueous 
solution  according  to  the  equation — 

H.,NON  +  NOH.O  =  N,0  +  2  H»0 

and  the  decomposition  appeared  to  be  realisable  under  a 
wide  range  of  conditions. 

Mr.  C'ressweli,  asked  whether  auythiug  had  been  done 
with  Sehiirmann's  reactions  in  respect  of  the  two  metals, 
magnesium  and  aluminium,  the  symbols  of  which  he  did 
not  see  on  the  board.  The  main  reaction  of  the  Schaffner 
and  Helbig  process  depended  entirely  upon  the  want  of 
affinity  of  magnesium  for  sulphur.  A  patent  had  recently 
been  taken  out — or  rather  an  investigation  had  taken  place 
— as  to  the  possibility  of  manufacturing  aluminium  from 
aluminium  sulphide  because  of  the  amenity  of  that  body  to 
treatment  by  electrolysis. 


872 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Nov.  so,  isns. 


Mr.  Watson-  Smith,  in  reply  to  the  observations  made 
about  the  nitrous  oxide  process,  said  that  it  appeared  to 
him  to  be  a  matter  of  logic, — that  if  only  partial  fusion, 
amounting  to  mere  softening,  could  take  place  at  certain 
temperatures  very  high  up  in  the  scale,  and  if  no  proper 
fusion  took  place,  then  there  was  no  real  chemical  contact. 
He  could  not  understand  in  such  a  case  that  a  chemical  change 
would  entirely  occur :  it  might,  however,  do  so  to  a  certain 
extent.  It  appeared  to  him  to  be  an  extremely  interesting 
thing  that  the  aqueous  solution  of  these  two  salts  should 
decompose  at  the  low  temperature  referred  to.  Krom  the 
drv  mixture  at  240°  nitrous  oxide  came  off  somewhat 
slowly  ;  but  if  nitrate  of  ammonia  were  there  it  would  come 
off  vigorously,  tending  to  explosion.  But  that  was  not  the 
case.  In  point  of  fact,  if  nitrate  of  ammonium  were  heated 
by  itself  at  215°,  the  evolution  was  as  rapid  as  from  the 
mixture  heated  to  240°.  With  regard  to  the  hydroxylamine 
reaction  suggested  by  Mr.  Cross,  he  did  not  think  that 
hydroxylamine  itself  would  resist  that  temperature.  It 
these  things  did  not  exist  at  the  temperature  given,  he 
could  not  see  that  such  a  change  would  take  place  as  one 
could  reasonably  show  by  an  equation.  It  would  certainly 
be  a  mixture  of  the  elements  of  the  substance;  but  he 
did  not  regard  that  as  the  substance  itself,  especially  when 
one  considered  licrthelot's  investigations  on  the  seven 
different  reactions  possible  on  heating  nitrate  of  ammonium. 
Referring  to  Mr.  Cresswell's  question,  he  believed  that 
Schiirmaun  bad  omitted  aluminium  and  magnesium  because 
they  did  not  form  sulphides  under  the  same  conditions 
as   the  other  metals  which  be  had  included. 


Tryjijrjoffc — 


THE  DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION  OF   WOOD. 

BY    JNO.    C.    CHORI.KV    AMI    WM.    KAMSAY,    PH.D.,    I'.l;  s. 

Last  May  we  brought  before  the  Society  the  results  of 
some  experiments  on  the  distillation  of  wood.  We  have 
followed  up  these  researches  by  investigating  the  behaviour 
of  compounds  which  have  a  greater  claim  to  be  considered 
definite.     These  are  jute  and  cotton-wool. 

The  sample  of  jute  was  purified  by  boiling  it  in  a  dilute 
solution  of  caustic  soda ;  the  cotton-wool  was  of  two 
qualities  ;  the  samples  A  and  C  consisted  of  crude  wadding, 
while  the  sample  I!  was  purified  wool,  and  is  sold  tinder  the 
name  of  medicated  cotton. 

These  substances  were  analysed  without  having  been 
dried;  they  were  afterwards  dried  and  the  analyses 
calculated  on  the  drv  material. 


The  results  are  as  follow  : — 

JUTE. 


II. 


Mean. 


Carbon  . . . 
Hydrogen, 
Oxygen . . 


4i;is 
6-83 

47'!>:i 


ivi2 
(j  •:;-. 
lfi-27 


45 '65 

mis 

4S-27 


Cotton- Wool. 


Carbon 

Hydrogen  .... 
Oxygen  


A.  and  C 

K. 

I. 

II. 

Mean. 

I. 

II. 

12-60 

12-16 

42-41 

42-03 

4-2-47 

B"2S 

6-16 

6-20 

6-33 

6-07 

51-08 

51-6S 

51-3(1 

50-74 

51-50 

Mean. 

12-711 
G-20 
51-10 


The  jute  contained  1 1  -35  per  cent,  of  moisture  ;  samples 
A  and  C,  5 -34  ;  and  sample  H,  5 '83  per  cent.  The  moisture 
was  estimated  by  drying  over  sulphuric  acid  for  four  weeks 
in  a  vacuum. 

Although  these  bodies  cannot  be  regarded  as  pure 
chemical  individuals,  it  is  interesting  to  compare  the  results 
of  certain  definite  compounds  with  the  results  of  their 
analysis.  Those  which  most  nearly  approach  the  above 
composition  are : — 


II.  O. 

6-00  4S-1S 

6-l7  49'38 

6'66  53-33 

6-215  50-10 


Pentosanc  or  xylene  (C ,IU>,i»  1.115 

Cellulose  (C6H10O5) 44'44 

Grape-sugar, <  '.,IIi  A; tO'OO 

Starch  (]>robably)  C;GHri.,031...  13-63 


These  samples  were  distilled  in  the  manner  described  in 
our  first  paper  (this  Journal,  1892,  p.  395).  As  before,  the 
gas  was  collected  and  analysed  ;  and  the  distillate  was 
separated  into  three  portions,  viz.,  weak  acetic  acid,  crude 
methyl  alcohol  and  tar. 

The  results  are  as  follow  :  — 


Jute. 


Weight  in  grms 

Charcoal,  per  cent 

Distillate 

Carbon  dioxide 

Other  gases 

Vol.  of  g:is,  (<■ 

\  oh  "I  gas  tiuni  100  grms... 

Composition  of  gas  per  c<  nt 
Carbon  monoxide 

'  txygen 

Residual  kxs 

Tar,  per  cent 

\-  Btic  acid 

Methj  1  spii  ii    


II. 


71 
28-71 
57-70 
Lost 

3,000 
4.220 

78-80 
3-01 
18-19 
14-78 

(1-4(1 


73 
S2-SJ 

48-13 
12-33 
11-65 
2,500 
8,420 

S5-29 

1-73 

12--.I5 

6-85 

1-40 

- 


Al. 


A  2. 


Cotton- Wool. 


m. 


45 

33-33 
55-33 
G-GG 
G-68 
2,000 
1,900 

7ti-it2 
3-66 
19-42 


60 
30-00 

51 '11(1 
0-53 
10-47 

2,7"" 
4,5(111 

S5-7I 
2  si  1 
11-  in 

s:;:i 
2  H 


67 
34-33 
13-32 

5  ■  22 
17-13 

t,S 

2.2111 

5111 
S-50 

37-SG 
ll'7ll 
175 
3-94 


45 

,1-U 

51-11 

7 '  77 

6T.8 
1,000 

2,211" 

52-41] 
4  73 

43-11 

13  33 
2   11 

1021 


C. 


50 
33-00 

■Kf  0» 
11-00 
lO'OO 
8,500 

7. 1 H 10 

70-20 
S-3t 
20-46 

1  ■_■  ■  1 . 1 
1-31 
7-l'i 


Nov.so,  1892.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


873 


Iu  contrasting  these  numbers  with  those  obtained  in 
distilling  wood,  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  the  percentage  of 
charcoal  is  considerably  smaller  than  with  such  fibres  ;  that 
of  distillate  smaller,  and  that  of  carbon  dioxide  larger 
than  with  wood.  The  acetic  acid  is  very  much  less ;  and 
that  of  the  impure  mixture  counted  as  methyl-spirit  is 
particularly  high,  in  almost  every  case. 

In  comparing  jute  with  cotton  wadding  and  with  cotton 
wool,  it  appears  that  the  chief  difference  between  them  lies 
in  the  amount  of  carbon  monoxide  which  they  3'ield.  While 
jute  and  impure  cotton  wool  give  a  gas  containing  as  much 


as  70  to  80  per  cent,  of  this  constituent,  the  pure  cotton 
wool  yields  only  a  little  over  ")0  per  cent.,  the  nitrogen  and 
residual  gas  being  correspondingly  increased.  We  do  not 
think  that  all  of  this  .increase  can  be  accounted  for  by 
ascribing  it  to  air  present  in  the  retort,  though  there  is  no 
doubt  that  some  may  thus  be  accounted  for. 

We  next  pass  to  the  thermal  behaviour  of  the  fibres. 

The  best  idea  of  the  changes  of  temperature  distillation 
is  gained  by  a  graphic  representation  of  the  temperatures 
of  the  bath,  contrasted  with  those  of  the  substauce  being 
distilled,  time  being  taken  as  ordinates. 


J50 

350 

f 

\ 

300 

300 

J 

JS. 

4? 

Of 

250 

200 

\Y 

200 

150 

ISO 

1O0 

/ 

50 

50           j 

0 

1 

X. 

0          z 

0 

3 

4 

0. 

E 

0 

V 

a 

0 

z 

0 

& 

O               2 

0 

30 

40                50              M 

0 

20 

30 

40 

We  give  tables,  however,  showing  the  actual  temperatures 
in  the  air-bath  (outside  temperatures),  and  of  the  fibre 
(inside  temperatures),  at  different  intervals  of  time  during 
distillation,  for  crude  cotton-wool,  and  for  jute  ;  the  curves 
are  a  graphic  representation  of  these  numbers. 


Cotton-wool. 


Jute. 


Time.        Outside.       Inside.         Time.        Outside.       Inside. 


10.50 

230 

100 

11.15 

100 

h 

55 

270 

115 

30 

200 

03 

11.00 

2S5 

150 

45 

255 

SO 

05 

295 

190 

12.00 

278 

150 

20 

323 

275 

05 

202 

2  10 

25 

321 

205 

10 

302 

240 

SO 

321 

310 

15 

312 

205 

35 

324 

323 

17 

317 

328 

40 

325 

340 

18 

321 

375 

43 

325 

34S 

10 

323 

372 

IS 

321 

345 

20 

323 

305 

.-,1! 

322 

333 

25 

322 

3111 

55 

320 

320 

1.1  III 

317 

320 

12.00 

319 

322 

05 

319 

310 

1.45 

325 

324 

With  cotton-wool  the  temperatures  are  practically  equal 
at  11.35.  Eight  minutes  later  the  wool  is  13'J  higher  than 
the  bath.  In  17  minutes  the  temperatures  are  again 
practically  equal.  The  whole  rise  and  fall  took  place  in 
25  minutes. 

With  jute  the  temperatures  may  be  considered  equal  at 
12.16;  at.  12.18,  the  jute  had  a  temperature  no  less  thau 
)4  higher  than  that  of  the  bath  ;  but  the  fall  of  temperature 
in  this  ease  was  much  more  gradual ;  it  was  not  until 
1.00   that    the    temperatures    were    practically    equalised. 


Hence  the  rise  is  a  very  sudden  one,  occupying  only  two 
minutes,  and  I  think  that  it  will  be  allowed  that  this 
approximates  to  an  explosion.  Gas  was  evolved  with 
great  rapidity  during  this  sudden  rise  of  temperature,  and 
it  is  perfectly  evident  that  the  exothermic  reaction  is  a 
violent  one. 

With  purified  cotton-wool,  there  were  no  signs  of 
an  exothermic  reaction.  The  whole  operation  appeared  to 
be  of  the  nature  of  an  ordinary  distillation. 

The  conclusion  is  therefore  forced  upon  us  that  the 
substance  which  decomposes  in  this  manner  is  not  cedulose, 
but  some  substance  which  may  be  removed  from  woody 
fibre  by  solvents.  It  appears  not  to  be  the  same  substance 
as  the  one  which  yieids  acetic  acid  on  distillation,  for  jute, 
which  decomposes  with  such  sudden  evolution  of  heat, 
gives  a  minimum  percentage  of  acid.  Nor  does  it  appear 
to  accompany  the  mixture  reckoned  as  methyl  spirit  in  our 
table,  for  both  jute  and  pure  cottonwool  yield  this  distillate 
in  considerable  quantity. 

Uak  and  beech  wood  therefore  must  contain  some  sub- 
stances which  yield  acetic  acid  on  distillation,  and  which  is 
not  (at  least  not  wholly)  the  cause  of  the  exothermic  reaction 
which  accompanies  their  decomposition.  That  substance 
has  been  removed  in  the  purified  wool,  which  yields  a 
minimum  quantity  of  acid ;  and  with  it  the  body  which 
causes  the  exothermic  reaction  has  also  been  removed. 

The  direction  of  further  research  is  obvious ;  bat 
circumstances  have  prevented  the  authors  of  this  paper 
from  continuing  the  investigation ;  moreover,  the  problem 
is  in  the  hands  of  others.  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan  are 
working  with  matters  extracted  from  wood  fibre  by  solvents, 
and  Herrn  Flint  and  Tollens  are  engaged  in  determining 
the  nature  of  the  decomposition  products  of  fibre  (Berichte, 
1892,  2916).  From  the  labours  of  these  chemists  we 
may  hope  soon  to  obtain  a  satisfactory  idea  of  the  real 
constitution  of  different  varieties  of  woods  ;  and  we  are 
content  to  leave  the  subject  in  such  competent  hands, 
resting  satisfied  that  if  our  experiments  have  contributed 
even  a  little  towards  the  solution  of  such  a  complicated 
problem. 

( Inly  two  points  remain  for  mention.  One  is  the  striking 
circumstance  that  the  percentage  composition  of  xylene  and 
jute  are  the  same,  viz.,  (C5H804)n.  The  other  is  the  fact  that 
products  removed  from  cotton-wool  during  its  purification 
appear  to  be  the  cause  of  the  large  amount  of  carbonic 
oxide  in  the  gases  evolved.  For,  while  jute  and  impure 
cotton-wool   yield   amounts  of   gas   varying  from  3,42n    to 


871 


THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTEY. 


[Nov.30,  t892. 


7,000cc.  per  100  grms.,  purified  wool  yields  only  2,200  cc. 
Moreover,  the  former  yields  gases  consisting  mainly  of 
carbonic  oxide  (70  to  85  per  cent.),  while  the  gases  from 
the  latter  contain  little  over  50  per  cent.  It  is  possible  that 
some  clue  may  be  given  by  these  observations  to  the 
particular  mode  of  decomposition  of  the  chemical  constituents 
of  the  fibre. 

Discussion. 

Mr.  A.  II.  M  ISON  wished  to  know  whether  the  medicated 
cotton  was  pure  cotton,  as  the  substance  was  sometimes 
rendered  impure  in  the  process  of  manufacture  by  other 
combinations. 

Mr.  C.  F.  Cross  said  that  he  had  been  engaged  on 
this  subject  some  years,  and  knowing  that  it  was  to  fall  into 
his  hands,  he  had  been  fortunate  in  obtaining  a  gentleman 
to  undertake  the  prosecution  of  this  question  of  determining 
the  reactionary  agents,  and  also  the  variations  in  the 
products  themselves.  As  they  had  been  asked  to  place  the 
subject  before  the  Society  at  an  early  date  they  would 
endeavour  to  do  so. 

Professor  Rajisay  said  that  he  believed  that  what  was 
known  as  medicated  wool  was  practically  pure  cellulose, 
being  cotton  wool  denuded  of  soda,  acetic  acid,  &c. 

Professor  Foster  said  it  was  quite  possible  to  get  pure 
cellulose  in  the  form  of  cotton  wool.  He  had  been  surprised 
at  its  purity,  for  it  burned  clean  away  and  left  no  acid 
residue. 

The  Chairman  said  that  it  was  a  matter  of  regret  that 
Professor  Ramsay  and  Mr.  Chorley's  paper  was  in  a  certain 
sense  the  final  paper  on  the  subject.  While  he  was  very  glad 
to  hear  that  Messrs.  Cross  and  Bevan  promised  a  contribution 
on  the  same  subject,  it  did  seem  a  pity  that  Professor 
Ramsay  should  drop  it,  as  it  seemed  to  him  to  provide  an 
ample  field  for  both,  from  which  useful  results  might  have 
been  expected. 


Meeting  held  Wednesday,  November  2nd,  1892. 


Itbrrpool  &rrtton. 


University  College,  Urownlow  Street. 


Chairman  :  H.  Brunner. 

Vice-Chairman :  E.  Carey. 

Committee : 


AY.  Norris  Jones. 

A.  II.  Knight. 

B.  K.  Muspratt. 
G.  Schack-Sommer. 
A.  Watt. 


J.  Campbell  Brown. 

E.  Carey. 
V.  C.  Driffield. 

Jos.  C.  Gamble. 
C.  L.  Higgins. 

F.  llurter. 

Hon.  Treasurer :  W  P.  Thompson. 

lion.  Local  Secretary : 

Dr.  Clias.  A.  Kolui,  University  College,  Liverpool 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  he 

sent  to  tho  Local  Secretary. 


SESSION  1892-93. 


Wednesday,    Iv.cnilnr    7lli.  —  Mr.    Hubert    L.    Terry.   F.I.C. 
"Critical  Notes  on  the  Chemical  Technology  of  Iiidia-Rubrcr." 


MR.    HENRY    BRUNNER    IN    THE    ■  II  \IIt. 


CHAIRMAN'S  ADDRESS  ON  ARTIFICIAL 
MANURES  FOR  FRUIT  CULTURE. 

(Abstract.) 

The  subject  of  fruit-growing  for  piofit  is  one  that  has 
during  the  last  few  years  had  increasing  attention  drawn  to 
it,  partly  owicg  to  the  hope  that  it  may  prove  a  meaus  of 
bettering  the  condition  of  the  land  cultivator,  and  partly 
due  to  the  growing  demand  for  fruit  as  an  article  of  food. 
From  figures  kindly  supplied  by  Sir  James  Whitehead, 
Master  of  the  Fruiterers'  Company  of  London,  it  appears 
that  the  total  area  devoted  to  fruit  culture  in  this  country 
in  1891  was  208,700  acres.  This  would  represent  a  value 
of  9,000,000/.,  taking  30/.  per  acre  as  a  low  average  value 
of  the  produce.  In  fruit-growing  it  may  be  taken  that, 
roughly,  one-fourth  of  the  cost  of  production  is  due  to  tho 
necessary  supply  of  manure,  and  therefore  it  is  evident 
that  if  a  large  proportion  of  the  natural  manure  used  be 
replaced  by  chemical  manures,  a  considerble  benefit  to  the 
chemical  industry  of  the  country  will  accrue.  It  appears 
that  to-day  the  balance  of  opinion  is  against  the  total 
replacement  of  natural  manures  by  artificial,  but  there  is  no 
doubt  that  a  large  proportion  may  be  so  substituted  with 
advantage  to  the  crop  and  with  economy  to  the  cultivator. 
The  author's  own  experiments  made  with  strawberries  show 
that  by  employing  chemical  manures  far  less  potash, 
phosphoric  acid,  and  nitrogen  is  required  per  acre  than  is 
the  case  with  ordinary  farmyard  manure,  as  owing  to  their 
soluble  form  they  penetrate  the  soil  more  rapidly  and 
deeply. 

The  requirement  of  an  acre  of  land  planted  with  apple 
trees  would  amount  to  about  20  tons  of  farmyard  manure 
once  in  three  years,  whilst  the  necessary  ingredients 
contained  therein  would  be  supplied  by  the  yearly  use  of 
500  lb.  of  kainit  (at  13-5  per  cent.  K,0),  120  lb.  of  super- 
phosphate (at  10  per  cent,  soluble  P20,5),  and  300  lb. 
nitrate  of  soda,  or  a  total  for  the  three  years  of  20  cwt.  of 
material.  From  the  above  it  is  evident  that  in  certainty  of 
effect,  in  convenience  of  handling,  and  in  distribution  over 
the  soil,  chemical  manures  possess  distinct  advantages. 
The  author  does  not  recommeud  the  complete  discarding 
of  farmyard  manures,  but  rather  the  adoption  of  some 
system  of  rotation  of  manures  such  as  that  recommended 
by  Wagner  of  Darmstadt  for  the  cultivation  of  vines,  in 
which  farmyard  manure  is  supplied  in  the  first  year  and 
supplemented  by  chemical  manures  only  in  the  second, 
third,  and  fourth  years.  It  has  been  urged  against  chemical 
manures  that  they  render  the  soil  poorer  in  organic  matter, 
whilst  farmyard  manure  has  the  reverse  effect,  but  it  has 
been  shown  by  Joulie  that  the  more  abundant  harvests 
produced  by  the  use  of  chemical  manures  leave  a  larger 
proportion  of  residues  in  roots  and  otherwise  in  the  soil,  and 
consequently  that  there  is  no  impoverishment,  but  an 
increase  in  the  quantity  of  organic  matter  in  the  soil.*  By 
the  use  of  chemical  manures  each  ingredient  can  be  adjusted 
to  the  requirements  of  the  crops,  which  is  obviously  not  the 
ease  with  natural  manures,  whilst  Ville  has  shown  that 
more  than  one-third  of  the  nitrogen  contained  iu  the  latter 
is  lost  to  the  soil  on  account  of  the  decomposition  which 
the  manure  must  first  undergo  before  it  can  exercise  its 
action.f  The  cost  of  carriage  is  also  favourable  to  the 
employment  of  chemical  manures.  Superphosphate  is  the 
most  suitable  form  of  phosphoric  acid  for  the  fruit-grower, 
aud  it  has  the  further  advantage  of  supplying  a  considerable 
quantity  of  a  soluble  lime  salt  necessary  for  the  building 


*  Mercure   Scientifique,   Supplement  du   Moniteur  Scienthlque 
June  1892. 

t  Ville  on  "  Artificial  Manures,"  trans,  by  W,  Crookes,  p.  1","<. 


Nov.  so,  1882.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


875 


up  of  healthy  trees.  Finely-ground  basic  slag  is  also  likely 
to  prove  of  great  value  since  it  contains  18  per  cent,  of 
phosphoric  acid  combined  with  lime  in  a  fairly  soluble 
form.  The  latter  should  be  applied  in  larger  proportionate 
quantity  than  the  former,  and  will  be  found  specially  useful 
in  preparing  the  ground  before  planting  young  fruit  trees. 
Kuiint  affords  the  cheapest  form  of  easily  soluble  potash, 
but  contains  only  13  per  cent,  of  potash  and  as  much  as 
■10  per  cent,  of  sodium  chloride.  The  composition  of  the 
soil  and  the  requirements  of  the  crops  must,  to  a  large 
extent,  determine  the  best  form  of  potash  salt  to  employ. 

Taking  into  consideration  their  relative  price,  one  of  the 
following  will  be  found  most  useful : — 

(1.)  "Jure  sulphate  of  potash,  magnesia,  calcined. 
Guaranteed  minimum  48  per  cent,  sulphate  of  potash, 
maximum,  2J  per  cent,  chlorine."  It  contains  usually 
about — 

Per  Cent. 
K.SO, 50 

Ml-SO, 41 

NaCl 3 

(!'.)  "Ground  calcined  manure  salts.  Guaranteed 
minimum  31 '5  per  cent,  potash,"  containing  usually — 

Per  Cent. 

KC1  31 

MuSO, 17 

MgClj 7 

NaC! 14 

It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  potassium  chloride  tends 
to  decrease  the  calcium  carbonate  of  the  soil.  Nitrate  of 
soda  is  the  best  and  most  economical  nitrogen  manure  for 
fruit  cultivation  :  sulphate  of  ammonia  is  less  suitable. 


iWanrlKSter  ^fttioiu 


Chairman :  Ivan  Levinstein. 


Vice-Chairman :  Edw.  Schuuck. 


J.  Anp-11. 
G.H.  Bailey. 
F.  11.  Bowman, 
K.  P.  Carpenter. 
B.  E.  Davis. 
II.  Grirusliaw. 


Committee : 

J.  Grossmann. 

P.  Hart. 

J.  M.  Irving. 

E.  Kneclit. 

Sir  II.  E.  Eoscoe,  M.l'. 

C.  Truby. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 

J.  Carter  Bell, 

Bank  House,  Tlio  Cliff,  Higher  Broughton,  Manchester, 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  tlio  Meetings  to  be 
Bent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


SESSION  1892. 


Friday,  2nd  December.— Dr.  Carl  otto  Weber,    "Cop  Dyeing," 


Meeting  held  Friday,  Ith  November  1892. 


Ml!.     I.    LEVINSTEIN    IX    THE    CHAIB. 


CHAIBMAN'S  ADDRESS, 

Address  dhlivebed  at  the  Opening  of  the  Session 
(November  1892)  op  the  Manchester  Section  of 
the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 

Ten  years  have  now  elapsed  since  the  establishment  of  the 
Manchester  Section  of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry, 


and  the  results  achieved  have  fully  justified  its  formation. 
Many  interesting  papers  have  been  brought  before  us,  ami 
their  nnmber,  as  well  as  the  number  of  our  members,  has 
been  steadily  increasing  ;  it  has,  moreover,  brought  together 
and  united  in  intimate  association  those  engaged  and 
interested  in  the  development  of  our  industries.  To  the 
action  of  this  Section  is  due  the  fact  that  we  are  now 
represented  in  the  Manchester  Chamber  of  Commerce,  an 
association  which,  until  this  took  place,  had  been  almost 
exclusively  occupied  in  the  consideration  of  questions 
relating  to  the  cotton  industry ;  the  formation  of  the 
Chemical  Section  in  the  Chamber  was  the  means  of 
breaking  down  this  barrier  of  exclusiveness,  and  extending 
the  scope  of  its  usefulness.  That  the  principle  of  forming 
special  sections  for  special  trades  or  industries  was  a  sound 
one  is  clear  from  the  fact  that  the  example  set  by  the 
establishment  of  the  Chemical  Section  has  been  followed  by 
other  trades.  That  section,  although  comparatively  young, 
has  already  had  to  deal  with  a  number  of  subjects  which 
concern  our  industries,  such,  for  instance,  as  the  French  and 
Spanish  Tariffs  ;  Patent  Laws ;  Smoke  Nuisance;  Building 
Bye-Laws ;  Weights  and  Measures  Act ;  Stills  in  Chemical 
Works,  Sec.  Some  time  ago  you  referred  to  that  section 
certain  clauses  of  the  Building  Bye-Laws  of  the  Manchester 
Corporation  which  you  considered  as  injuriously  affecting 
our  industries,  and,  as  you  have  already  heard  from  the 
letter  read  by  our  secretary,  bye-law  31,  the  building 
committee  of  the  Corporation  has  promised  the  Council  to 
recommend  the  amendment  of  this  bye-law  in  accordance 
with  your  representations  and  suggestions.  As  far  back  as 
1890  that  section  furnished  the  Board  of  Directors  with  a 
report  on  patent  law  amendment,  as  far  as  the  regulations 
of  those  laws  concerned  our  industries  ;  this  report  has 
been  approved  by  our  Society,  and  support  has  been 
promised  by  other  Chambers  of  Commerce.  After  repeated 
discussions  it  has,  however,  been  thought  that  the  question 
of  further  amendment  is  one  which  naturally  concerns 
the  interests  of  all  trades  and  industries,  and  that  any 
representations  with  regard  to  such  amendment  should 
be  on  broader  lines  and  not  confined  to  one  particular 
industry,  and  for  this  reason  the  Board  of  Directors  has 
recently  decided  to  form  a  special  committee,  consisting  of 
the  chairmen  of  the  various  sections,  with  power  to  add  to 
their  number,  for  the  purpose  of  devoting  its  attention  in 
the  first  instance  to  the  consideration  of  the  advisability 
of  amendment,  and  if  necessary  to  the  eventual  recommen- 
dation of  such  steps  as  may  be  thought  requisite.  That 
there  is  really  need  for  amendment  will  scarcely  be  disputed 
by  those  who  have  any  acquaintance  with  the  subject ; 
difference  of  opinion  may,  however,  exist  as  to  what  reforms 
should  be  made.  The  Patent  Law  Keform  Association  in 
Liverpool,  for  instance,  is  agitating  for  the  substitution  en 
bloc  of  the  American  patent  system ;  how  far  such  a 
proposition  is  wise  I  am  not  prepared  to  say,  but  one 
thing  appears  to  me  of  paramount  importance,  and  that  is 
a  painstaking  examination  of  the  subject-matter  and  of  the 
specification  of  every  patent  before  it  is  granted,  as  is  the 
case  in  America  and  Germany.  Such  an  examination  would 
at  once  protect  genuine  and  honest  inventors,  and  by  giving 
a  valuable  title  benefit  both  them  and  our  trades  and 
industries,  and  would  remove  the  large  number  of  bogus 
and  "  bluff "  patents  now  in  existence  taken  out  by 
unscrupulous  patentees  for  the  sole  purpose  of  blocking 
bona,  fide  inventions,  thereby  interfering  with  the  legitimate 
development  of  our  industries.  As  far  as  chemical  patents 
are  concerned,  I  hope  that  this  committee  will  recommend  the 
suggestion  also  made  in  the  report  furnished  to  the  Board  by 
the  Chemical  Section,  viz.,  the  necessity  of  distinguishing,  in 
the  application  of  the  law,  between  chemical  and  mechanical 
patents.  The  present  and  past  years  have  been  productive 
in  the  passing  of  certain  Acts  more  or  less  concerning 
our  industries,  such  as  the  Building  Bye-Laws ;  Weights 
and  Measures ;  Extension  of  the  Alkali  Act  (Noxious 
Trades)  ;  Smoke  Prevention ;  Rivers  Pollution,  &c. ;  all 
enacted  for  the  protection  of  common  interests,  and 
I  believe  that  I  am  only  expressing  the  views  held 
by  the  majority  of  our  members  in  stating  that  we  by 
no  means  look  upon  the  establishment  of  these  Acts 
with   any  dislike ;  on   the  contrary,  most   of   us   have   by 


876 


THE  JOURNAL  OK  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Nov.  so,  1892. 


now  found  out  that  the  enforcement  of  some  of  them,  if 
carried  out  with  discrimination  by  competent  and  experienced 
men,  may  lie  of  great  advantage.  Take,  for  instance,  the 
old  Alkali  Act ;  this  Act  has  been  and  still  is  a  blessing  to 
manufacturers,  its  enforcement  being  in  the  hands  of 
accomplished  and  properly  qualified  experts,  whose  advice 
ami  suggestions  have  been  of  the  greatest  benefit  to 
manufacturers,  and  moreover,  in  no  instance  have  those 
gentlemen  lodged  a  complaint  without  at  the  same  time 
suggesting  practical  means  for  avoiding  and  preventing  the 
alleged  nuisance,  and  if  all  these  Acts  are  only  carried 
out  in  a  similar  spirit  and  by  men  at  ore;  competent  and 
experienced,  I  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  we  shall 
give  them  a  hearty  welcome.  No  chemical  manufacturer 
endowed  with  ordinary  common  sense  is  desirous  of 
creating  a  nuisance ;  more  than  this,  he  is  thankful  to 
those  who  can  point  out  to  him  a  way  by  which  he  may 
prevent  the  emission  or  discharge  of  matters  which  are 
almost  invariably  of  value  to  him.  On  the  other  hand, 
no  Act  for  suppression,  mitigation,  or  prevention  of  any 
alleged  evil  arising  from  the  carrying  on  of  trades  and 
industries  can  be  enforced  without  serious  injury  to  them, 
unless  practical  means  are  available  for  such  prevention. 
If  I  may  be  allowed  to  advise  our  trades  on  this  point, 
1  would  suggest  that  we  use  our  utmost  endeavours  to 
prevent,  as  far  as  is  practically  possible,  the  discharge  of 
any  thing  that  is  hurtful  or  annoying  to  others  ;  that  we 
consult  and  discuss  together  and  advise  each  other  with 
regard  not  only  to  any  grievance  under  which  we  may  be 
labouring,  but  also  to  the  method  and  means  for  its 
removal,  and  for  that  purpose  there  is  no  better  opportunity 
than  those  provided  by  the  meetings  of  this  Section.  On  the 
other  hand,  I  trust  that  the  authorities  in  whose  hands  lies  the 
enforcement  of  these  various  Acts  will  remember  the  words 
of  Professor  Huxley,  uttered  before  a  large  audience  some 
years  ago  in  the  Town  Hall  when  .the  question  of  technical 
education  was  coming  to  the  front : — "  We  are  at  present  in 
the  swim  of  one  of  those  vast  movements  in  which,  with  a 
population  far  in  excess  of  that  we  can  feed,  we  are  saved 
from  a  catastrophe  through  the  impossibility  of  feeding 
them  solely  by  our  possession  of  a  fair  share  of  the  markets 
of  the  world ;  and  in  order  that  that  fair  share  may  be 
retained,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that  we  should  be  able 
to  produce  commodities  which  we  can  exchange  with  food- 
growing  people,  and  which  they  will  take  rather  than  those 
of  our  rivals  on  the  ground  of  their  greater  cheapness  or 
their  greater  excellence."  These  words  struck  me  at  the 
time  as  an  admirable  description  of  our  present  position  and 
of  what  our  aims  ought  to  be  in  the  effort  to  retain  it. 
Manchester  and  its  trade  and  commerce  depend  upon  its 
industries,  and  its  present  and  future  prosperity  depend 
upon  their  extension  and  development.  Now  one  of  the 
Acts,  the  Rivers  Pollutions  Act,  does  not  quite  as  much 
concern  ourselves,  and  as  long  as  sewage  is  discharged  into 
our  rivers  and  their  tributaries,  the  liquid  discharges  from 
chemical  works  will,  if  anything,  in  some  instances  lessen 
the  evils  caused  by  sewage  pollution,  but  the  purification  of 
this  sewage  has  afforded  some  of  our  members  an  oppor- 
tunity of  showing  what  can  be  done  by  chemical  means  to 
effect  that  object.  A  number  of  interesting  papers  and 
discussions  have  been  before  us  during  the  past  session,  by 
which  the  fact  was  established  that  if  iron  salts  are  added  in 
sufficient  quantity  and  time  be  allowed  for  settling,  an 
effluent  is  produced  of  sufficient  purity  to  allow  of  its 
discharge  into  any  river.  The  use  of  iron  in  one  form  or 
another  is  by  no  means  new,  but  the  difficulty  which  is 
involved  in  this  question  is  one  not  only  of  efficiency,  but 
also  of  economy,  and  this  latter  is  now  in  a  fair  way  of  being 
overcome.  We  have  in  our  immediate  neighbourhood  a 
number  of  works  in  which  iron,  in  some  form  or  another, 
and  also  the  acids  necessary  for  its  conversion  into  the 
requisite  soluble  salts,  are  obtained  a-  waste  products,  and 
for  the  utilisation  of  these  waste  products  a  number  of 
patents  have  been  taken  out,  and  I  hope  that  the  outcome 
may  be  helpful  in  solving  a  problem  which  has  puzzled 
many  corporations  and  rural  authorities. 

Now.  gentlemen,  taking  a  general  and  brief  review  of  the 
position  of  out  trades,  1  regret  to  say  thai,  with  lint  few 
exceptions,  manufacturers  will    have    a   hard    struggle   to 


maintain  their  position  and  to  make  their  business  pay. 
Outsiders  generally  think  that  anything  chemical  means 
piling  up  money,  but  this  is  a  complete  fallacy.  Our  indus- 
tries are  not  in  a  flourishing  condition,  and  more  than  this, 
our  prospects  are  in  no  way  encouraging,  and  if,  with  the 
disadvantages  under  which  we  are  at  present  labouring,  any 
undue  pressure  or  harassing  policy  is  adopted,  the  con- 
sequences will  be  keenly  felt. 

There  exist  in  our  immediate  neighbourhood  many 
branches  of  these  industries,  and  if  none  of  these  indi- 
vidually is  so  important  as  the  cotton  industry,  yet  taken 
together  they  find  employment  for  a  large  number  of  bauds 
and  contribute  considerably  to  the  maintenance  of  the  com- 
mercial greatness  of  cur  city.  Some  our  traders  and 
manufacturers  have  been  adversely  affected  by  the  great 
fall  in  the  values  of  half-manufactured  articles  obtained 
from  the  by-products  of  gasworks  ;  90  per  cent,  benzol, 
tor  example,  which  last  year  was  quoted  at  3s.  6o\  and 
3*.  Hi/,  per  gallon,  is  worth  to-day  only  about  Is.  od.,  and 
there  is  every  likelihood  not  only  that  this  low  figure  may  be 
maintained  for  some  time,  but  that  prices  may  fall  even 
lower.  We  had,  until  lately,  the  poor  consolation,  so  far  as 
the  coal-tar  colour  industry  was  concerned,  of  knowing  that 
if  Germany  had  outstripped  us  in  the  production  of  coal- 
tar  colours,  we  at  least  held  the  key  of  the  situation  in 
supplying  the  principal  raw  materials,  such  as  benzol, 
toluol,  carbolic  acid,  ammonia,  &c,  but  those  days  are  now 
gone  by.  As  a  consequence  of  further  improvements  in 
the  recovery  of  these  materials  from  the  gases  of  combus- 
tion produced  in  the  conversion  of  coal  into  coke,  Germany 
is  now  already  in  a  position  to  obtain  these  articles  as  a 
by-product  in  quantities  almost  sufficient  to  meet  her  own 
requirements  ;  and  with  a  more  extended  application  of  the 
improved  process  to  the  coke  ovens,  she  will  be  able  to 
supply  the  whole  of  the  benzol  required  at  a  much  lower 
price  than  tir  distillers  and  carbonisers  could  accept  at  the 
present  market  price  for  the  crude  material,  and  thus  we 
shall  most  likely  lose  an  important  article  of  export.  The 
consequences  of  this  improvement  will  also  be  seriously 
felt  by  our  corporation  and  the  rate-paying  community ; 
considerably'lower  prices  will  have  to  be  accepted  by  the 
gasworks  for  their  tar  and  ammonia  waters,  and  there 
appears  little  chance  now  of  a  reduction  in  the  price  of  gas 
for  manufacturing  and  lighting  purposes,  for  not  only  has 
attention  been  directed  to  the  regeneration  of  benzol,  but 
considerable  quantities  of  ammonia  are  also  being  obtained 
as  by-products  from  the  same  source ;  indeed  the  conse- 
quence has  already  been  that  some  of  our  carbonising  works 
have  had  to  suspend  operations.  It  is,  however,  not  only 
the  coal-tar  industry  which  has  recently  received  a  severe 
shock,  but  it  may  be  said,  without  fear  of  contradiction, 
that  the  whole  of  the  chemical  industries  of  this  country 
are  in  a  certain  state  of  stagnation ;  their  progress  and 
development  arc  undoubtedly  most  unsatisfactory  when 
compared  with  those  of  our  great  rival,  and  this  state  of 
things  is  perhaps  not  altogether  confined  to  chemicals  but 
extends  also  to  other  articles  of  manufacture.  Who  would 
ever  have  thought,  say  20  years  ago,  that  we  were  going  to 
import  cotton  goods,  or  cotton  machinery,  or  perhaps  still 
less  alkalis  ?  At  that  time  anything  appertaining  to  cotton 
was  of  English  origin  ;  when  we  spoke  of  an  alkali  industry 
we  had  only  England  in  our  minds  ;  and  even  then,  though 
Germany  was  already  making  rapid  progress  in  wresting 
from  us  a  large  portion  of  the  coal-tar  industry,  she  at 
least  had  then  to  depend  to  a  large  extent  on  us  for  the 
supply,  not  only  of  benzol  and  other  crude  tar  products, 
but  also  for  the  alkalis  required  in  the  production  of 
colouring  matters.  To-day  the  unexpected  has  become  a 
fact ;  we  are  importing  some  kinds  of  cotton  goods  and 
certain  cotton  machinery,  and  we  are  importing  alkalis  ;  it 
is  true  the  quantities  arc  not  as  yet  large,  but  who  shall  say 
that  they  may  not  rapidly  increase,  and  that  before  we  are 
fully  aware  of  the  fact  ?  I  cannot  give  a  better  example 
of  tin-  unsatisfactory  progress  of  our  industries  than  by 
selecting  an  article  of  very  large  consumption  which  enters 
into  use  in  multifarious  branches  of  industry,  and  which 
may  be  taken  as  a  fair  test  of  the  expansion  or  otherwise 
of  other  industries.  I  will  refer  you  to  a  few  comparative 
figures  relating  to  the  export  of  alkali. 


Nov. £0,1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


877 


Exports  of  Alkali   from  England  to  Gkrmany. 


1881. 

1891. 

Cwt. 
928,900 

Cwt. 
143,700 

Exports  of 

Alkali  from  Germany. 

1884. 

For  the  half-year  ended 
30th  June  1892, 

Cwt. 

351,402 

Cwt. 
433,824 

without  including  potash.  Assuming  that  Germany  will 
export  only  a  like  quantity  in  the  current  half-year,  we  find 
that  she  has  increased  her  exports,  within  a  period  of  eight 
years,  from  351,402  to  H07, 048  cwt.,  an  increase  of  more 
than  120  per  cent.  Now,  looking  at  the  exports  of  alkalis 
from  this  country  to  all  countries,  say  in  1883,  and  com- 
paring the  figures  with  those  for  1891,  we  shall  see  that  our 
total  exports  of  alkalis,  instead  of  having  increased,  have 
decreased  by  more  than  10  per  cent,  during  a  similar  period 
of  eight  years. 

Exports  of  Alkali. 


1S83. 

1891. 

Cwt. 
0,1147,000 

Cwt. 
6,225,953 

These  figures  do  not  require  elaborating,  they  tell  their 
owu  tale  ;  the  only  redeeming  feature  in  this  ease  is  that 
the  decrease  is  due  not  so  mueh  to  inferior  skill  on  our  part 
us  to  the  want  of  foresight  on  the  part  of  our  manufacturers, 
who  would  stick  to  antiquated  processes,  trusting  to  com- 
binations and  artificial  raising  of  prices,  which,  as  experience 
has  taught  us  over  and  over  again,  could  only  result,  as 
they  have  resulted,  in  failure.  The  high  prices  ruling  for 
alkali  during  the  last  few  years  have  not  only  reduced  our 
exports  of  the  article,  hut  also  injuriously  affected  other 
trades,  especially  those  of  paper-makers,  dyers,  calico- 
printers,  bleachers,  soap -makers,  and  chemical  manufac- 
turers, and  with  the  small  margins  at  which  these  trades  are 
and  have  been  working  of  late  they  can  ill  afford  to  pay 
more  for  an  article  largely  used  in  their  respective  trades 
than  is  paid  by  other  countries  with  which  they  have  to 
compete  in  the  world's  market.  New  works  have  been 
started  during  the  present  year  for  the  manufacture  of 
ammonia-soda,  and  another  new  undertaking  is  shortly  to 
commence  operations,  and  it  may  be  assumed  that  the  price 
fur  this  important  article  will  by  and  by  be  reduced  to  a 
figure  which  will  leave  a  fair  working  margin  to  the  manu- 
facturer, and  compensate  him  for  the  difference  in  price  by 
an  increased  consumption.  Gentlemen,  German  producers 
can  purchase  to-day  some  of  the  principal  raw  materials, 
such  as  alkalis,  sulphuric  acid,  benzol,  and  other  products, 
at  prices  at  least  as  low  as  those  we  have  to  pay  ;  we  have, 
therefore,  in  the  future  to  reckon  with  a  new  factor,  and  one 
that  may  have  a  material  and  important  bearing  on  the 
development  of  our  industries.  The  battle  for  supremacy 
will  have  to  be  fought  henceforth  with  equal  arms,  and  with 
no  advantage,  such  as  we  formerly  had,  on  our  side,  and 
the  victory  will  rest  with  the  nation  that  turns  to  best 
account  the  materials  at  its  disposal.  Our  whole  aim 
must  therefore  be  to  concentrate  our  thought,  skill, 
and  energy  on  the  conversion  of  etude  and  half-finished 
materials  into  products  of  the  highest  excellence  and 
perfection,  and  in  order  to  do  so,  we  must  give  to  the 
people  in  this  country  similar,  or  even  greater  facilities  for 
acquiring  the  requisite  scientific  and  technical  knowledge 
as  are   enjoyed    by   our   rivals.     As   one   for   some   years 


connected  with  the  former   management  of  the   Manchester 
Technical  School,  I   have  regarded  with  great   satisfaction 
the   acquisition   of   this    school    by   our   corporation,    and 
under   the   guidance   of  the  able   and   energetic   chairman 
of    the   Technical    Instruction    Committee,    seconded    by 
the  eminent  services  of  my    friend,   Mr.  J.   If.   Reynolds, 
its  director,   it    may    be   expected    that  we   shall,   before 
long,   possess   a   technical    school    worthy    of    this    »reat 
centre    of    industry,  affording    opportunities  for  acquiring 
technical    knowledge   as  good    as,    or    better    than    those 
at  the  command  of  the  people  with  with   whom  we  have 
to   compete.     A    special   feature  in   the    new   school   will 
he    the    silk  -  spinning,    weaving,    dyeing,    and    finishing 
department,  and  the  school  for  bleaching,  dyeing,  printing, 
and  finishing  of  all  kinds  of  fabrics.     So  far,  the   teaching 
of  the  tinctorial  arts,  especially  the  application  of  chemistry 
to  colouring  fibres,    has    in   all   our  colleges   and   schools 
been   only   very  partially  successful.     No  doubt  students, 
on    leaving,    possess   a   fair    amount    of    knowledge,    but 
of    a   kind   a  great  deal    of    which    is   never  required  in 
practice,  and   much  that  is  required  they  have  never  been 
taught.     The   reasou  for   such  a   failure    is   very  evident. 
Success  in   dyeing,  printing,  and  the  accessory  arts  does 
not  depend  solely  upon  a  sound   knowledge  of  chemistry, 
but  to  a  large  extent,  just  the  same  as  applied  chemistry  in 
general,   upon   chemical  engineering.      Hitherto,  however, 
the   student,  after  having  gone  through  a  science,  and  a 
so-called  experimental  course,  in  which  no  opportunity  is 
afforded  of  becoming  acquainted  with  the  engineering  part 
of  his  profession— his  experience  principally  extending  to 
the  handling  of  beakers,  glass   cylinders,  china  basins,  a 
few  grains  or  grammes  of  drugs  and  colouring  matters,  and 
correspondingly   small   quantities   of    yarn   or   cloth — has 
found    himself,  on   entering   a   dye  or   piint   works,   in   a 
similar  position  to  a  cow   before  a  turnstile,  not  knowing 
where  to  turn  or  how  to  move :  he  feels  that  every  ordinary 
workman  in  the   place  knows  more  about  the  complicated 
machinery  and  other  appliances  before  him  than  tit  does. 
The  consequence  is  that  the  foreman  or  manager  looks  over 
his   shoulder,  and  the  principal  soon  gets   disgusted  with 
his  new   acquisition  from   which  he  had   been   promising 
himself  so  much,  and  puts   him  down  as  a  noodle  only  fit 
for   testing  a   few   drugs   and   nothing   else,   and    in    this 
opinion  he   shortly  after  becomes  fully  confirmed.     Work 
is  going  wrong,  goods  are  being  spoiled,  they  are  either 
spotty,  or  streaky,  or  "  off  shade,"   or  have  other  possible 
defects  attached  to  them.     For  the  time  the   foreman  is 
puzzled,  he  cannot   account  for  the  defect,  and  now   here 
presents  itself  a  glorious  opportunity  for  our  friend  from 
the    technical   school  or   college.     The   principal   consults 
him,  and  requests  his  advice  as   to  how  to  get  over  the 
difficulty.     The  fact  however,  is,  that  in  ninety  out  of  a 
hundred  eases  this  scholar  makes  a  fool  of  himself,  and 
ultimately   the  comparatively  ignorant  foreman  solves  the 
problem,  and  our  student,  carefully  trained  at  the  college, 
is  sent  back  to  the  laboratory,  apparently  the  only  suitable 
place  for  him.     Now,  what  is  the  cause  of  this,  and  how 
can  such  an  ignominious  failure  be  avoided  ?     The  reason 
is  that   the    student  has    never,   during  the   whole   course 
of   his   training,  met  with  any  such  or  similar  problems, 
and  to  solve  these  when   met   with  one   must  possess,  in 
addition  to  scientific  knowledge,  a  thorough  knowledge  of 
the  entire  plant  and  machinery  of  a  dye  or  print  works,  as 
the  causes  of  these  difficulties  are  frequently  of  a  purely 
technical  character,  or  of  a  chemical  and  technical  nature 
combined.     If,  therefore,  we   want  to  train  in  our  schools 
day-students  destined  to  become  foremen,  or  managers,  or 
masters  of  such  works,  we  must  teach  them  the  application 
of    science  to   these   industries    with    the    appliances   and 
apparatus  which  they  will  actually  meet  with  in  practice. 
We  must  have  the   school  workshops  equipped  with   the 
very  latest   and   most   modern  machinery  of  this  or   any 
other   country,   which  must  be   kept  on  a  level  with  the 
progress   of    discovery  and   invention ;    we    must   have   a 
model  bleach,  dye,  print,  and  finishing  works,  of  course  on 
a  small  scale — but  yet  large  enough  to  allow  the  yarns  in 
our  spinning  department  to  be  made  up,  bleached,  prepared, 
dyed,  &c,  and  the  cloth  woven  in  our  weaving  school  to 
be  bleached,  printed,  and  finished ;  and    the  work    turned 


878 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.80, 1892. 


out  must  not  be  schoolboys'  work,  but  equal  to  the  best  to 
be  found  in  the  trade.  Only  thus  shall  we  be  able  to  put 
our  students  in  a  position  at  once  to  confront  and  solve 
all  the  difficulties  and  problems  which  he  may  encounter  in 
practice,  and  only  thus  will  his  scientific  knowledge  be  of 
real  advantage  to  himself  and  the  trade.  Such  a  student 
will  at  once  command  a  higher  salary,  for  he  will,  frequently 
from  the  very  commencement,  be  in  a  position  to  point  out 
to  his  employers  any  likely  improvement,  because  his 
knowledge  of  a  varied  class  of  appliances  may  often  be 
superior  to  theirs.  A  number  of  men  thus  trained  will 
soon  produce  a  marked  effect  on  the  goods  turned  out  in 
our  dye,  print,  and  a  finishing  works. 

That  this  view  is  practical  one,  is  proved  by  the  Dyeing 
School  at  Crefeld — the  only  school,  in  my  opinion,  worthy 
of  the  name — which  has  produced  results  so  highly 
appreciated  by  the  community  and  the  trade  generally, 
that  the  municipal  authorities,  supported  by  the  Govern- 
ment, have  resolved  to  remove  the  already  large  dyeing 
department  from  the  school,  and  to  erect  a  special  building 
to  carry  out  the  work  on  a  still  more  extended  scale. 

We  are  exporting  annually  more  than  twenty  millions' 
worth  of  dyed  and  printed  cotton  goods,  the  largest  portion 
of  which  comes  from  Lancashire  ;  improved  methods  for 
cheaper  production,  and  still  greater  excellence  would,  we 
may  fairly  take  it,  materially  increase  our  exports  of  these 
goods,  and  find  increased  employment  for  our  working 
classes,  and  towards  accomplishing  this  important  object 
such  a  school  would  render  invaluable  assistance. 

Discission. 

M.  Crii-pin  said  he  felt  very  keenly  the  remarks  made  by 
the  Chairman  upon  the  Patent  Laws,  inasmuch  as  he  had  a 
patent  which,  had  it  not  been  that  he  had  means  wherewith 
to  tight,  would  probably  have  never  come  to  the  front.  He 
hoped  that  the  Chairman  as  a  member  of  the  Chamber  of 
Commerce  would  obtain  its  influence  in  securing  Government 
protection,  and  reducing  the  Patent  Law  fees  as  in  America 
and  Germany.  With  regard  to  technical  education,  while 
he  did  not  wish  to  discourage  the  Chairman  and  those 
associated  with  him  in  their  endeavours  to  bring  about  a 
better  state  of  efficiency,  still  he  thought  that  the  laboratory 
work  done  in  the  technical  schools  of  this  country  was  not 
brought  to  a  practical  issue.  Unfortunately  the  men  who 
worked  by  rule  of  thumb  knew  a  great  deal  more  than  the 
student  who  had  passed  through  a  course  of  study  at  these 
schools,  and  this  was  mainly  due  to  the  deficiency  of  the 
teaching  staff,  and  pupils  not  being  in  touch  with  practical 
work,  as  was  the  case  in  Germany. 

Dr.  Hewitt  said  he  appreciated  most  strongly  the  Chair- 
man's remarks  on  technical  education,  and  he  enforced  them 
all  the  more,  inasmuch  as  the  previous  speaker  appeared 
not  to  fully  comprehend  them.  The  Chairman  had  pointed 
out  the  defects  of  the  British  system  of  technical  training, 
and  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  most  students  were 
quite  unfit  to  guide  men  who  had  had  a  life-long  experience, 
and  who  had  acquired  a  certain  amount  of  practical  know- 
ledge by  observation.  What  was  required  was  a  system  of 
technical  education  which  would  give  students  an  opportunity 
of  seeing  a  piece  of  cloth  pass  through  the  various  processes 
of  spinning,  weaving,  dyeing,  and  finishing,  and  of  learning 
something  with  regard  to  the  laws  of  motion  and  physics. 

Students  were  admitted  into  technical  schools  without 
their  having  first  of  all  received  a  preparatory  training,  and 
regardless  of  their  fitness  to  take  up  any  particular  class  of 
work ;  and  auother  defect  was  mainly  due  to  the  common 
notion  that  a  student  after  three  year's  experience  at  Owens 
College  was  competent  to  undertake  practical  work.  Under 
these  conditions  the  great  wonder  was  that  British  manufac- 
turers had  maintained  their  supreniacj-  as  long  as  they  had, 
and  the  only  reason  he  could  assign  for  it  was  the  abundance 
and  cheapness  of  coal  and  iron.  What  was  required  in 
England  was  something  between  the  elementary  school  and 
the  university,  and  the  university  and  the  works.  With 
regard  to  the  Rivers  Pollution  Act,  he  hoped  the  chemical 
manufacturers  in  that  district  would  not  depend  upon  the 
sort  of  defence  set  forth  in  the  Chairman's  address.  He 
should  be  sorry  to   think  that   it  could  be  argued  that  two 


blacks  made  one  white,  and  that  because  towns  sent  sewage 
into  the  streams  and  rivers  chemical  manufacturers  ought 
not  to  do  their  utmost  to  prevent  pollution.  With  reference 
to  the  alkali  trade,  he  did  not  think  they  had  much  to  fear 
from  German  competition  ;  still  it  would  be  necessary  to 
march  with  the  times  and  abandon  antiquated  processes. 

Mr.  Philip  Haktog  said  they  had  heard  a  good  deal  of 
the  ridicule  cast  by  manufacturers  on  the  system  of  teaching 
as  carried  out  in  university  laboratories,  but  it  seemed  to 
him  that  it  was  not  so  much  the  fault  of  the  system  as 
the  fact  that  manufacturers  expected  too  much.  They 
expected  that  a  student  should  not  only  know,  but  that  he 
should  understand  technical  processes  which  could  only  be 
learnt  in  modern  works.  After  an  engineering  student 
at  Owens  College  had  served  three  years  as  a  student, 
he  was  supposed  to  have  at  least  three  years'  training  in 
a  civil  engineer's  office  before  he  was  competent  to  fill  any 
position  requiring  a  knowledge  of  that  profession;  and  it  was 
the  same  with  a  chemical  student,  who,  before  he  was  called 
upon  to  take  a  responsible  position,  should  be  taught  the 
technical  part  of  his  profession. 

Dr.  Dreyfus  quite  agreed  with  all  that  Dr.  Hewitt  had 
said  with  regard  to  students  receiving  a  secondary  education 
before  passing  into  technical  schools,  and  he  thought  one 
of  the  greatest  defects  in  the  present  system  of  technical 
instruction  was  the  inefficiency  of  the  teaching  staff  which 
was  principally  owing  to  the  small  salaries  offered. 

Mr.  J.  H.  Reynolds  (director  of  the  Manchester 
Technical  School)  said  he  endorsed  all  that  had  been  said 
by  Dr.  Hewitt  with  regard  to  the  defects  of  the  present 
system  of  technical  education.  His  experience  proved  to 
him  that  the  system  of  education  as  carried  out  in  elemen- 
tary schools  was  such  that  the  majority  of  pupils  were  quite 
unfit  to  receive  instruction  in  any  particular  branch  of 
technical  knowledge ;  and  moreover  students  seemed  to 
expect  to  attain  proficiency  in  the  course  of  a  short  session 
or  two,  sufficient  to   earn  money.     So  long  as  that  spirit 

|  prevailed  it  was  hopeless  to  expect  anything  like  success  in 
technical  education.  Dr.  Hewitt  had  referred  to  the 
students  in  Switzerland  who  had  served  three  years  in  the 
works,  and  who  were  the  very  ideal  of  what  students  should 
be,  inasmuch  as  they  had  experienced  the  difficulties  they 
had  to  'contend  against,  and  had  voluntarily  gone  back  to 
school  to  acquire  the  scientific  knowledge  they  knew  the 
school  was  capable  of  imparting  to  them.  Until  a  system 
of  secondary  education  was  established  in  England  which 
would  reach  every  child  in  the  kingdom,  both  rich  and 
poor,  the  technical  schools  would  be  a  failure.  In  Zurich 
the  pupils  passed  from  school  to  school  and  were  afterwards 
drafted  into  industrial  works.  The  Chairman  had  referred 
to   the  proposed   Manchester  municipal  technical  scheme, 

I  which  could  only  be  made  successful  by  allowing  properly 
trained  students  to  enter,  and  by  securing  their  attendance 

|  for  a  sufficiently  long  time  to  get  thoroughly  well  grounded 
in  laboratory  work  before  passing  into  the  dyeing  depart- 
ment, where  they  could  have  an  opportunity  of  seeing  work 
carried  on  in  a  practical  manner.  If  technical  education  in 
England  was  to  be  brought  to  a  successful  issue,  we  must 
be  prepared  to  spend  money  lavishly  as  in  Switzerland,  and 
if  the  German  Government  could  spend  such  large  sums  of 
money,  why  could  not  Manchester  if  it  were  necessary?  He 
was  afraid  that  manufacturers  did  not  realise  the  importance 
of  this,  and  it  was  only  when  trade  was  bad  that  any  effort 
was  made  to  alter  this  state  of  things.  The  only  note  of 
opposition  he  wished  to  raise  against  Dr.  Hewitt's  remarks 
was  that  to  multiply  technical  schools,  having  regard  to  the 
lack  of  teaching  power  in  the  country,  would  only  end 
in  a  considerable  waste  of  money.  They  could  only  increase 
their  number  in  proportion  as  well-organised  secondary 
schools  were  established,  and  when  they  had  achieved  this 
he  had  sufficient  faith  in  the  intelligence  of  the  people  not 
to  lag  behind  in  the  race  of  industry. 

Dr.  Hewitt  was  entirely  at  one  with  Mr.  Reynolds  as  to 

the  danger  of  increasing  the  number  of  technical   schools. 

One  of   the  practical  difficulties  was  that  every  township 

wanted  a  fair  proportion  of  the  money  set  apart  for  technical 

(   education,  and  this  might  tend  to  multiply  inefficient  schools. 


Nov.  so,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


879 


The  Cii  mkm  vn,  iii  reply,  said  the  opinions  expressed  by 
Dr.  Hewitt  and  Mr.  Reynolds  were  quite  in  accord  with  his 
own.  With  regard  to  the  pollution  of  rivers,  he  did  not 
wish  to  set  up  any  defence  on  behalf  of  chemical  manufac- 
turers, as  they  were  bound  to  do  all  they  possibly  could 
to  prevent  the  pollution  of  streams. 


THE  RECOVERY   OF   BY-PRODUCTS  FROM  COKE 

OVENS. 

BY   CHARLES   DREYFUS,  PH.D. 

Within  the  last  twelve  or  eighteen  months  there  lias  been 
a  gradual  fall  in  the  prices  of  tar  products,  and  specially 
of  those  used  in  the  colour  industry,  such  as  benzenes  and 
anthracene. 


Prices. 

I 

90s              50s. 

Bcnzenr.    Benzene. 

Anthra- 
cene. 

Sulphate. 

1891. 

s. 

1 

8 

1 

1 
1 

8 
0 

0 
8 
7* 

<■■) 

s. 

s 

0 

1 
1 
1 

1 

ti 

0 

8 

3* 
3J 
3i 

s. 
1 

1 

1 
0 
0 

1 

2 

0 
9 
9 

9 

£    s. 
10  10 

10     5 

10  10 
10    0 
10    0 
10    0 

(I. 
0 

0 

1892. 

0 
0 

0 

0 

Most  people  in  this  country  have  been  at  a  loss  to 
account  for  this  shrinkage  in  values,  and  various  causes 
have  been  given  as  the  reasons  for  it ;  our  old  friend, 
depression  in  trade,  and  bad  trade  in  the  foreign  colour 
works  have  been  trotted  out  by  even  responsible  people ; 
but  the  real  reason  of  such  depression — namely,  a  larger 
production — has  been  overlooked.  It  is  to  give  the  real 
reasons  of  this  great  shrinkage  in  values  that  I  have  pre- 
pared this  paper,  and  in  order  that  I  may  not  be  accused 
of  over-stating  the  case,  I  will  give  you  the  sources  from 
which  my  information  is  drawn :  the  principal  sources  of 
my  information  are  the  papers  published  by  my  friend 
Mr.  Fritz  W.  Liirmann,  engineer,  of  Osnabriick,  in  Stahl 
mill  Eisen,  4,  1892,  and  18,  1892  ;  also  a  pamphlet 
published  by  Mr.  Ch.  Demanet,  C.E.,  manager  of  the 
Havre  Colliery,  near  Mons,  and  which  I  owe  to  the 
kindness  of  Messrs.  Semet-Solvay,  and  finally,  private 
information  obtained  from  friends  in  England  and  abroad, 
and  which  I  have  the  right  to  use  here  to-night  by 
permission  of  such  friends. 

The  real  reason  of  the  depression  in  prices  of  benzene 
and  anthracene  is  the  large  production  of  tar  from  the  coke 
ovens  abroad,  the  production  of  large  quantities  of  benzene 
from  such  tar,  and  more  especially  from  the  gas  of  such 
coke  ovens,  and  though  England  has  been  up  to  now  the 
greatest  producer  and  exporter  of  Benzenes  and  Anthracene, 
in  the  future  I  fear  this  will  not  be  the  case  unless  the 
English  coke  oven  proprietors  follow  the  example  set  to 
them  by  their  colleagues  abroad,  and  carbonise  the  whole  or 
part  of  the  "  15,000,000  tons*  of  coal  annually  coked  for 
the  use  of  our  ironworks  "  in  ovens  specially  constructed 
for  the  recovery  of  the  valuable  by-products  :  tar,  benzene, 
and  ammonia. 

Historical  :  Part. — I. 

"  More  than  one  hundred  years  ago  '  Stauf,'  called  the 
'  Kohlenphilosoph,'   made  a  successful  attempt  to  recover 

*  Siv  Lecture  by  Sir  Lowthian  Bell  delivered  :it  the  Autumn 
meet  irig  of  the  Iron  and  Steel  Institute  this  year. 


the  tar  formed  in  the  coking  of  coal."  The  ironmasters, 
engineers,  and  chemists  all  over  the  world  have  given 
much  time  and  great  attention  to  the  question  of  coke- 
oven  progress,  with  special  regard  to  obtain  by-products, 
and  their  experimental  work  in  this  direction  extends  back 
35  years  (this  Journal,  1884,  601 — 606;  also  1835,  451 — 
452.)  "  Appolt,  Semet,  Copp^e,  and  others  have  con- 
structed ovens  which  have  been  for  30  years  in  very 
general  use  in  German}',  Belgium,  and  France,  whilst  in 
Great  Britain  nothing  seemed  to  shake  the  belief  of  iron- 
smelters  in  the  infallibility  of  the  bee-hive  ovens.  But 
even  on  the  Continent  it  was  thought  that  any  attempt  at 
condensing  tar  and  ammonia  must  necessarily  be  fatal  to 
the  quality  of  the  coke.  Only  quite  recently  has  this 
belief  been  thoroughly  shaken." 

Thus,  said  Lunge,  in  his  second  edition  of  "  Coal  Tar  and 
Ammonia,"  edition  of  1887,  and  I  can  only  add  my  testi- 
mony to  his,  that  the  coke  produced  in  the  ovens  where 
by-products  are  recovered  is  now  declared  to  be  equal  in 
quality  to  the  coke  from  bee-hive  ovens. 

The  French  first,  and  the  Germans  afterwards,  took  up 
this  question,  and  it  has  made  slow  but  sure  progress  with 
them.  The  plant  for  the  recovery  of  tar,  benzenes,  and 
sulphate  of  ammonia  is  not  simple,  and  requires  the 
greatest  attention.  The  fear  was  entertained  that  by  the 
introduction  of  these  methods  the  coalowners  would  have 
to  add  chemical  works  to  their  mines  ;  this  plant  increases 
considerably  the  primary  cost  of  the  coke  ovens ;  then 
again,  the  coal-mine  owners  did  not  know  what  a  ready 
market  existed  for  the  disposal  of  the  by-products.  The 
value  of  the  recovery  of  the  by-products  has  become 
clearer  and  clearer  within  the  last  10  years,  and  the 
greatest  praises  are  due  to  Mr.  Hiissener  and  Dr.  Otto 
for  their  efforts  in  that  direction.  This  latter  gentleman 
has  erected,  for  account  of  his  own  firm,  as  well  as  for 
others,  a  great  number  of  Hoffmann-Otto  ovens.  These 
ovens  are  now  at  work  over  seven  years,  and  the  installa- 
tion is  so  carefully  planned  that  they  give  everywhere  the 
greatest  satisfaction. 


II. — Progress  made  in  the  F.rection  op  such  Ovens. 

The  Hoffmann-Otto  coke  ovens  exist  now  in  the  greatest 
number  in  Germany;  they  are  the  ovens  worked  in  connection 
with  Siemens  regenerators.  The  following  figures  will  show 
how  this  extension  has  taken  place  : — 


— - 

Ovens  at  \Vork. 

Ovens  in 
Construction. 

1831 
1885 
1889 
1892 

M 

210 

605 

1,205 

120 
140 

Of  these  1,205  ovens  there  are  at  work  : — 

Ovens. 

1.  In  the  Ruhr  district 470 

2.  In  Upper  Silesia 705 

3.  In  the  Saar  district 311 

1.2115 

The  firm  of  Dr.  C.  Otto  and  Co.,  of  Dahlhausen,  under- 
takes the  construction  of  a  group  of  60  Hofftnann-Otto 
ovens  with  the  necessary  machinery  and  appliances  for  the 
recovery  of  the  by-products  (of  which  steam  engines,  gas 
exhausters,  ventilators,  and  pumps  are  in  duplicate)  for 
the  sum  of  700,000  marks  (about  36,000/.),  of  which  about 
15,000/.  are  for  the  ovens  themselves,  and  21,000/.  for  the 
condensation  plant  of  by-products. 

One  Hoffmann-Otto  oven  can  be  charged  with  6}  tons 
of  coal,  and  requires  48  hours  to  work  off ;  therefore  in  one 


830 


THE  JOURNAL  Of  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  30,  18U2. 


year  the  following  amount  of  coal  is  coked,  aud  by-products 
recovered :  — 


One 
Hoffmann- 
Otto  Oven. 


1.  In  the  Ruhr  district 

2.  In  Upper  Silesia 

3.  In  the  Saar  district  . 


A  Group 

of 
60  Ovens. 


Tons. 
6730 


70,200 
57.C00 


The  yield  from  the  dry  coal  is: 


1.  In  the  Ruhr  district  .... 

■J.  [n  Upper  Silesia 63—70 

8.  In  the  Saar  district i      68—72 


PerCent.       Per  Cent. 
23-3  1-1— f2 


4—4- 

4—4- 


l'O-ri.i 
O'S— 0-9 


One  ton  of  dry  coal  yields  therefore  au  average  of  about 
14J-  cwt.  of  coke,  10  gallons  of  tar,  and  25  lb.  of  sulphate 
of  ammonia. 

One  Otto  oven  produces,  therefore,  per  annum  an  averrge 
nt  sun  tons  of  coke,  44  tons  of  tar,  and  13i  tons  sulphateof 
ammonia. 

The  production,  use,  and  surplus  gas  is  per  day  and  per 
oven : — 


Production. 


Use. 


Surplus. 


Cub.lVi. 

1.  In  the  Ruhr  district 1,000 

2.  In  Tipper  Silesia 1,150 

3   In  the  Saar  district 1,000 


Cuo.M.        Cub.M. 
600  Jim 


650 
600 


500 

400 


Per  Day.        Per  Annum. 


1.  In  the  Ruhr  district 

2.  In  Upper  Silesia 

3.  In  tin-  Saar  district 


Tons. 
21 

2o; 

21 


Tons. 
7,560 


9,458 

7,56'J 


Of  this  surplus  must  be  deducted  one-third  for  use  by  the 
condensing  plant. 

II — Semet-Soi.vav  Coke  Ovens. 

I  come  now  to  another  system  of  coke  ovens,  which  are 
in  use  in  Belgium,  in  France,  in  Germany,  and  in  one  works 
only  in  England. 

Tin-  first  ovens  of  this  system  were  built  in  1882  by 
Mr.  Semet,  at  the  Bellevue  Pit,  Xo.  2,  belonging  to  the 
Ouest  Mons  Colliery  Co.,  with  a  small  set  of  six  ovens, 
which  were  worked  on  trial  for  about  one  year.  Since 
then  the  experiments  have  been  carried  out  by  the  Solvay 
Co.,  with  a  set  of  25  ovens  erected  close  to  the  Havre 
Colilery.  Finally,  the  Hois  du  Luc  Co.  have  taken  up  on 
their  own  account  the  working  of  this  plant,  which  has 
row  been  greatly  enlanred ;  the  Semet-Solvay  system  has 
thus  entered  definitely  into  industrial  practice.  The 
following  are  the  ovens  at  work  of  this  system  :  — 


It  is  reckoned  that  every  100  cubic  metres  of  this  surplus 
gas  replaces  87  •  5  kilos,  (about  1 J  cwt.)  of  coal  in  the  heating 
of  Imilers.  The  saving  in  coal  by  the  surplus  gas  for  a  group 
of  6(1  Hoffmann-Otto  ovens  is  : — 


l-i  i  ovens  ;it  Havre,  near  Bfons. 


2.; 


21 
30 


Seranig  (Societ  ■  John  CockeriH)., 
Ghlin  (Societe  des  Cliarbonnages du 

Nbrd  du  Flenu). 
Ruhrorl  (Society  Phoenii 
.V'tiIim  ich  i  Brunner,  M!ond,andCo.) 


205  i  n  ens. 


There  are  in  construction  this  year  the  following  ovens  of 
this  system  : — 

;."  ovens  :n  Drocourl  (at  Henin  Lietard,  Prance). 
15        „       Syracuse  (Solvay  Process  Co.). 

24  „       Ruhrorl  (Society  Phoenix). 

26        ,.       Seraing  (Societe  John  CockeriH). 

25  „       Jemeppe,  near  Lifeje  (Charbonnages 

des  Kessales). 

140  ovens. 

From  the  fact  that  the  Phcenix  Co.  and  the  Societe  John 
CockeriH  are  erecting  a  second  set  of  these  ovens,  I  would 
conclude  that  the  system  gives  full  satisfaction.  The 
construction  of  the  Semet-Solvay  ovens  permits  of  a 
stronger  formation  of  the  covering  masonry,  a  very  high 
temperature  can  be  attained,  and  good  coke  can  be  obtained 
from  poor  coal. 

The  cost  of  the  oven  itself,  with  fittings,  steam  ram,  rails 
for  the  same,  &c,  can  be  estimated  at  160/.  per  oven. 
This  figure  is  not  high,  considering  the  large  production  of 
coke,  which  amounts  to  100  tons  per  month  per  oven.  To 
this  estimate  must  be  added  the  cost  of  the  apparatus  for 
the  recovery  of  the  by-products,  which  is  about  100/.  per 
oven.  F^ach  oven  takes  a  charge  of  4  tons  of  coal,  and  the 
coking  is  finished  in  22  hours;  the  yield  of  coke  is  a 
maximum,  and  corresponds  to  the  theoretical  yield  owing 
to  the  air  tightness  of  the  ovens. 

At  the  Havre  works,  with  coal  containing  16  to  17  per 
cent,  of  volatile  matter,  the  yield  of  coke  averages  81  per 
cent. :  in  this  figure  are  not  included  small  coke  and  breeze. 
The  coke  is  absolutely  the  same  as  that  produced  in  ovens 
of  the  ordinary  type;  the  by-products  vary  in  quantity, 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  coal  used.  At  Havre,  where 
poor  coal  is  used,  the  average  yields  are : — sulphate  of 
ammonia,  13j  lb.  per  ton  of  coal  used,  and  31  lb  of  tar. 
Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Mond,  Mr.  Gustav  Jarmav, 
managing  director  of  the  Xorthwich  works,  has  communi- 
cated to  me  the  following  figures  of  the  average  yield  of 
by-products  obtained  in  the  Semet-Solway  ovens  in  use  at 
Xorthwich  : — "  For  the  last  half-year  we  have  recovered 
ammonia  equal  to  12  kilos.  (27  lb.)  sulphate  per  ton  of 
coal,  and  40  kilos.  (88  lb.)  of  tar  per  ton.  Our  ovens  are 
the  oldest  type  of  Semet-Solvay,  aud  at  present  are  out  of 
repair,  as  we  intend  to  replace  them  by  the  new  type  of 
Semet-Solvay  ovens,  and  we  quite  expect  that  the  yield  of 
ammonia  and  tar  will  be  better  after  the  alterations." 

III. —  Extraction  of  Benzene  from  the  Gas  or 
Coke  Ovens; 

It  is  now  about  three  years  ago,  that  besides  tar  and 
ammonia,  benzole  was  directly  recovered  from  the  gas  of 
these  ovens.  The  plant  for  this  process  has  been  devised 
by  Mr.  Frank  Brunk.  C.F.,  of  Dortmund.  The  process  is 
kept  a  secret,  but  my  friend,  Mr.  George  E.  Davis,  and 
others  who  have  studied  this  question  years  ago,  will  know 
probably  what  that  secret  consists  of.  So  much,  however, 
is  known  that  between  3  kilos.  (7  lb.)  and  7  kilos.  (16  lb.) 
of  90  per  cent,  benzene  are  recovered  from  the  gas  of  one 
ton  of  coal  coked.  The  quantity  varies,  of  course,  according 
to  the  nature  of  the  coal  ;  these  figures  offer  nothing 
abnormal  when  it  is  known  that  12j  kilos.  (27j  lb.)  of 
90s  benzene  can  easily  be  obtained  from  the  gas  of  one  ton 
of  good  coal,  distilled  in  an  ordinary  gasworks  retort.  (See 
Lunge,  page  31.) 

It  is  stated  that  the  cost  of  erecting  the  benzene 
recovery  plant  is  250/.  per  oven  (the  Brunk  system). 
Taking  the  present  coke  ovens  as  1,205  (I  have  been 
informed  there  are  now  1,350  Hoffmann-Otto  ovens  :it 
work  in  Germany  only,  and  that  more  are  in  course  of 
construction).      The   quantity  of    coal  these    1,205   ovens 


SJov.Su,  1892.]         THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


881 


can  coke  per  annum  is  1,382,400  tons:  taking  only  the 
minimum  yield  of  3  kilos,  of  benzene  per  ton  of  coal,  the  yield 
in  benzene,  from  the  gas  alone,  would  be  4,147,200  kilos.,  or 
over  1,000,000  gallons.  1  do  not  think  there  is  quite  as 
much  as  this  quantity  produced  in  German}"  from  coke 
ovens  as  yet  ;  all  the  ovens  uot  being  arranged  to  recover 
the  benzene  from  the  gas,  but  I  believe  if  we  take  Belgium 
and  Germany  together,  there  is  not  less  than  1,000,000 
gallons  of  benzene,  and  principally  90s  quality,  produced 
at  present  already  from  coke  ovens  alone  ;  there  is  no 
doubt  that  this  production  of  by-products  is  on  the  increase, 
because  the  Semet-Solvay  system  of  ovens  can  be  put  down 
at  a  moderate  figure,  including  the  recovery  of  all  by- 
products, tar,  ammouia,  and  the  extraction  of  the  benzene 
from  the  gas.  The  eost  of  an  oven,  including  all,  would 
be  about  260/. ;  the  by-products,  after  deducting  supple- 
mentary costs,  yield  72/.  per  annum  as  net  profit  (this  does 
not  include  the  extra  profit  from  the  extraction  of  the 
benzene  from  the  gas). 

The  recovery  of  by-products  is  not  only  of  importance 
to  the  tar  and  colour  industries,  but  it  is  of  enormous 
value  to  agriculture.  It'  we  take  into  consideration  the 
great  profits  realised  in  this  industry  (notwithstanding  the 
lower  prices  now  ruling'),  and  which  on  tar  and  ammonia 
alone  are  over  40  per  cent,  on  the  cost  of  the  plant,  as  we  will 
show  later  on :  it'  we  add  to  this  the  profits  on  the  benzene 
from  the  gas,  we  come  to  the  conclusion  that  this  recovery 
of  by-products  from  coke  ovens  must  go  on  increasingly. 
The  demand  for  sulphate  of  ammouia  and  for  tar  is  such 
that  all  the  coke  ovens  in  Germany,  and  even  in  England, 
if  they  were  to  recover  their  products,  would  find  a  ready 
sale  for  them.  The  actual  daily  consumption  of  pitch  in 
Westphalia  alone  is  150  tons,  which  would  take  already  the 
tar  of  3,000  ovens. 

.Sulphate  of  ammonia  is  a  valuable  manure  ;  in  Germany 
the  consumption  of  nitrogen  containing  manures  has  been 
as  follows : — 


— - 

1887. 

1S8S. 

1889. 

1890. 

Sulphate  of  ammonia  . . . 

Tons. 

:j:>,s«5 

Tons 

30,564 

Tons. 

33.555 

Tuns. 
33,788 

194,610 

259,182 

820,820 

830,860 

71,880 

5S.2U1 

54,062 

40,111 

If  all  the  nitrogen  in  the  above  manures  could  be  replaced 
by  sulphate  of  ammonia  it  would  mean  that  285,000  tons 
of  sulphate  of  ammonia  would  be  required.  The  total 
quantity  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  produced  till  now  per 
annum  from  coke  ovens  is  oidy  17,500  tons,  and  if  all 
existing  ovens  in  Germany  were  to  recover  by-products, 
the  total  annual  production  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  would 
only  be  120,00"  tons. 

II'  we  take  the  price  of  tar  at  10s.  per  ton;  of  sulphate  of 
ammonia  at  10s.  per  cwt.  ;  then  the  yearly  income  from  a 
group  of  60  <  >tto  ovens  would  be  : — 




For  Tar.       For  Sulphate. 

Total. 

l.  Iii  the  liiiln  (h-ti  pi . 
■:.  In  Upper  Silesia  — 

3.  In  tile  Saar  district  . 

£ 
930 

1,500 

1,200 

L 
7,800 

8,400 

1,920 

8,780 
9,900 
6,120 

This  would  give  for  one  Otto  oven  a  gross  income  of : — 

g. 

1.  In  the  Ruhr  dial  rid 145 

2.  In  Opper  Silesia 165 

3.  In  the  Saar  district 102 

From  the  above  have  to  be  deducted  general  expenses 
and  sulphuric  acid  used  for  sulphate  making,  which  are 
estimated  at  50/.  per  oven,  leaving  therefore  a  net  profit 
of  over  100/.  for  by-products  per  oven,  not  including 
benzene. 

There  existed  in  1892  in  Germany,  10,047  coke  ovens, 
of  which  15,721',  were  at  work;  there  are,  therefore,  at 
present    barely  10   per  cent,  fitted   up    for  the   recovery   of 


by-products.  It  is  estimated  that  the  production  of  coke 
in  Germany  was,  in  1891,  7,700,000  tons  ;  if  the  whole  of 
this  coke  had  been  produced  in  ovens  fitted  up  for  the 
recovery  of  by-products,  Mr.  Liirmann  estimates  the  net 
profit  from  tar  and  ammania  alone  (without  taking  into 
account  either  the  benzene  or  the  extra  gas  useful  for 
other  heating  purposes)  at  1,440,000/. 

I  would  put  the  matter  in  a  different  way  to  prove  how 
profitable  this  industry  would  be  to  this  country.  The 
best  coke  ovens  without  recovery  of  by-products  give 
60  tons  of  coke  per  month,  according  to  information  which 
I  consider  reliable.  Suppose  that  the  construction  of  such 
an  oven  costs  80/.;  therefore  the  capital  required  for  putting 
up  ordinary  ovens  producing  100  tons  of  coke  per  month, 
would  be,  without  recovery  of  by-products,  133/.  6s.  f>d. 
for  the  Semet-Solvay  oven,  with  recovery  of  by-products, 
the  cost  is  260/.  for  100  tons  coke  produced  per  month, 
126/.  13*.  Id.  more  capital  is  expended  ;  these  100  tons 
of  coke  yield  in  by-products,  after  deducting  supplementary 
cost.  6/.  per  month,  or  72/.  per  annum,  which  is  57  per  cent, 
of  the  additional  capital  spent  for  the  same  production. 
If  to  this  we  were  to  add  the  extra  available  gas  of  which 
one-half  is  sufficient  for  heating  the  ovens,  and  the  benzene 
contained  in  the  gas  which  can  be  extracted  at  very 
small  cost,  then  these  figures  would  come  out  still  more 
favourably. 

These  figures  apply  to  the  poor  coal  used  at  Havre ;  in 
England,  where  better  coal  is  available,  better  results  are 
obtained,  which  can  be  tabulated  as  follows  : — 


Sulphate 
Dt  Ammonia. 


Tar. 


Per  ton  of  coal  in  England  . 
„  „         Belgium  , 


Lb. 
27 


13} 


Lb. 

88 

31 


The  available  gas  in  England  would  be  larger  also  than 
in  Belgium,  our  coal  being  so  much  richer  in  volatile 
matter. 

Bet  us  suppose  that  the  15,000,000  tons  of  coal  which 
are  coked  per  annum  in  England  were  treated  in  ovens  of 
the  Semet-Solvay  type  for  recovery  of  by-products,  we 
should  obtain  sulphate  of  ammonia,  180,000  tons,  and  in 
tar,  130,000,000  gallons  ;  we  should  have  surplus  gas 
available,  equivalent  to  one-fifth  of  the  total  coal  consumed, 
and  benzene  from  gas  in  such  quautity  that  I  fear  to 
mention  the  figure. 

The  Hoard  of  Trade  returns  for  1890  (the  last  issued), 
give  the  quantity  of  coal  used  for  gas  making  as  10,242,317 
tons.  This  applies  to  authorised  companies,  but  as  there 
still  are  a  large  number  of  others,  it  is  probable  that  the 
above  total  would  reach  U,000,00r>  tons.  If  instead  of  the 
present  system  of  working,  gas  were  produced  for  sale  by 
Semet-Solvay  ovens,  the  coke  could  be  used  for  metallurgical 
purposes,  and  the  gas  could  be  produced  much  cheaper  than 
at  present.  If,  finally,  all  the  coal  used  in  factories,  works, 
and  houses  for  heating  purposes,  and  for  the  production 
of  power,  were  coked,  the  gas  and  the  coke  produced 
would  be  available  for  heating  and  lighting  purposes  ;  we 
would  do  away  with  fogs  and  smoky  towns,  and  the  cost 
would  be  less  than  at  present.  I  throw  these  suggestions 
out  and  they  merit  the  consideration  of  all  thinking  men 
whether  politicians,  sanitarians,  engineers,  chemists,  or 
manufacturers. 

If  we  in  England,  using  annually  such  an  enormous 
amount  of  coal,  were  to  recover  the  by-products,  our 
profits  would  be  great,  our  agriculture  and  industry  would 
greatly  benefit  by  the  progress,  and  our  towns  would  have 
a  bright  and  clear  atmosphere,  where  it  would  be  a  pleasure 
to  live,  and  1  hope  the  time  will  come  when  this  progress 
which  I  foresee  will  be  an  accomplished  fact. 


882 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Nov.  80, 1898. 


Chairman .-  A.  Allhusen. 
Vice-Chairman :  John  Pattinson. 


Committee : 


P.  P.  Bedson. 
G.  T.  France. 
G.  Gatheral. 
T.  W.  Hogg. 
John  Morrison. 
B.  S.  Proctor. 


\V.  W.  Proctor. 
W.  L.  Reunoldson. 
W.  A.  RoweU. 
T.  \V.  Stuart. 

John  Watson. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  and  Treasurer: 
Dr.  J.  T.  Dunn,  The  School,  Gateshead. 


SESSION  1S92-93. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meeting  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held  in  the  Durham  College  of  Science, 
Newcastle,  on  Thursday,  November  10th,  1892. 


mi;,  ai.fukd  ai.i.hisex  i.\  the  chair. 


Professor  Bedson  made  an  informal  communication, 
giving  an  account  of  some  work  undertaken  by  Mr.  W. 
McConnell  and  himself  on  the  gases  enclosed  in  coal  and 
coal-dust.  The  coal  broken  up  into  small  pieces,  and 
enclosed  in  an  exhausted  vessel,  was  heated  to  100°  C.  for 
ovei  100  hours,  and  gave  off  gases  amounting  to  10  or  11 
times  its  volume  (about  300  cubic  feet  per  ton),  of  which 
about  one-sixth  was  marsh-gas.  After  this  treatment  the  coal, 
crushed  to  dust,  was  similarly  heated  for  26  hours,  and  gave 
off  more  gas  (nearly  20  cubic  feet  per  ton),  of  which  18  per 
cent,  consisted  of  marsh-gas  and  its  homologues  ;  analysis 
showed  that  members  of  the  series  at  least  as  high  as  propane, 
<  ;lls,  were  present.  The  experiments  seem  to  show  that 
the  coal  parts  more  easily  with  the  lighter  hydrocarbons 
than  with  the  higher  homologues. 


ON   1  UK  PAET  PLAYED  BY  CALCIUM  CHLORIDE 

IX  THE  WELDON  PROCESS. 

BY   O.    LUNGE. 

Tin.  late  Walter  Weldon  knew  very  well  that  the  presence 
of  considerable  quantities  of  calcium  chloride  is  essential  to 
the  recovery  of  manganese  peroxide  by  his  celebrated 
process.  No  doubt  a  good  many  observations  had  been 
made  on  that  point  in  various  works  with  which  he  was  in 
communication,  and  probably  many  others  have  been  made 
since  his  time,  but  they  seem  to  have  remained  buried  in 
the  works'  note  books,  and  never  to  have  been  utilised  for 
deriving  distinct  quantitative  rules  therefrom.  The  only 
quantitative  statement  on  the  amount  of  calcium  chloride 
required  for  the  Weldon  process  which  1  know  of  is  that 
which  I  have  received  from  Mr.  Schaffner,  of  Aussig,  and 
which  is  found  in  my  "  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Alkali,"  viz., 
that  there  ought  to  be  from  2  to  2i  molecules  of  calcium 
chloride  present  for  each  molecule  of  MuCL.  I  thought 
it  therefore  advisable  to  investigate  this  question  as  far  as 
possible,  and  this  I  havs  done  with  the  assistance  of  Mr. 
B.  Zahorsky.  I  shall  now  give  a  short  description  of  our 
results. 

The  most  natural   explanation  of  the  auxiliary    part  of 
calcium  chloride  is  this,  that    it    serves  as  a  solvent  for  the 


lime,  which  is  so  essential  for  the  Weldon  process.  It  is 
well  known  that  lime  is  more  soluble  in  hot  chloride  of 
calcium  solution  than  in  water,  undoubtedly  owing  to  the 
formation  of  an  oxyehloride.  Crystallised  calcium  oxy- 
chloride  has  the  formula  3  CaO,  CaCl2,  15  H„0,  recently 
confirmed  by  Mr.  Zahorsky,  who  found  that  no  other 
crystallised  oxyehloride  can  be  obtained.  Quantitative 
statements  on  the  solubility  of  lime  in  CaCl.,  solution  have 
only  once  been  published  (by  Post,  in  "  Berichte,"  1879, 
1541),  but  they  are  extremely  fragmentary,  since  only  four 
observations  were  made,  and  the  concentration  of  the 
solution  was  merely  established  by  the  hydrometer.  We 
therefore  commenced  by  making  more  complete  observations 
on  the  solubility  of  CaO  in  CaCk  solutions  of  various 
strengths  and  at  different  temperatures,  of  which  the 
following  is  a  synopsis  : — 

Son  liii.iTV  of  Lime  in  Solutions  of  Calcium  Chloride 
(expressed  in  grammes  of  Caliper  loo  ee.  of  CaClo 
solution). 


Liquid. 

Temperature  in  Degrees  C. 

2e 

in 

60° 

vn 

100° 

0-1374 

0-116-2 

0-1026 

0*0846 

0-0664 

5  per  cent.  CaClg 

0-1370 

0-1160 

0-1020 

0'0936 

0-0906 

10       „ 

0-llilil 

0-1419 

0-1313 

0-1328 

0-1389 

l."> 

0-1993 

IJ-17S1 

0-1706 

0-1736 

0-1842 

20 

0-1857' 

0"2249 

0-2204 

0-2296 

0-2323 

25 

0-1661* 

0-3020' 

0-2989 

0-3261 

0-371 1 

:i0 

0-1630* 

0-3684 

0-3664 

11-4112 

IV4922 

In  the  cases  marked  with  an  asterisk  a  precipitate  of 
calcium  oxyehloride  was  formed  which  removed  some  CaCl= 
from  the  solution. 

We  notice  that  the  solubility  of  Cat )  in  solutions 
containing  up  to  10  per  cent.  CaCU  at  the  ordinary  or  a 
slightly  raised  temperature  does  not  differ  very  much  from 
that  in  pure  water,  no  doubt  because  no  oxyehloride  is 
formed  up  to  that  point.  At  higher  temperatures  the 
presence  of  CaCk.  increases  the  solubility  of  CaO,  aud  this 
takes  place  proportionately  with  the  quantity  of  CaCL, 
except  where  the  phenomenon  is  complicated  by  a  precipi- 
tation of  solid  oxyehloride.  Otherwise  from  40°  C.  upwards 
the  concentration  of  the  solution  has  more  effect  than  a  rise 
of  the  temperature. 

Apart  from  CaO,  a  solution  of  calcium  chloride  can  also 
dissolve  protoxide  aud  peroxide  of  manganese,  and  we  shall 
have  to  refer  to  this  later  on. 

After  this  preliminary  work  it  was  our  task  to  construct 
an  apparatus  in  which  the  part  played  by  calcium  chloride 
in  the  Weldon  process  might  be  experimentally  studied 
in  the  laboratory  under  conditions  sufficiently  resembling 
those  of  actual  practice.  That  this  is  no  easy  task  is  best 
proved  by  the  fact  that  Weldon  himself  did  not  succeed  in 
getting  any  satisfactory  results  so  long  as  he  worked  on  a 
laboratory  or  even  on  a  semi-grand  scale;  and  it  is  also 
proved  by  the  complete  failure  of  Post  to  establish  a  process 
even  remotely  similar  to  that  carried  on  on  the  large  scale. 
The  task  was,  however,  successfully  accomplished,  as  we 
shall  see,  by  means  of  the  resources  of  our  technical 
laboratory,  which  has  indeed  been  expressly  constructed 
with  a  view  to  similar  investigation-. 

We  possess  a  blowing-engine  driven  by  steam-power,  with 
a  network  of  pipes  aud  taps  for  distributing  the  compressed 
air  in  the  laboratory.  With  one  of  these  taps  I  connected 
a  circular  iron  vessel,  from  which  three  vertical  glass  tubes 
carried  the  air  to  the  bottom  of  tall  slass  cylinders  (40  em. 
high)  placed  in  a  large  common  water-bath,  heated  to  55  — 
60°  C.  The  ends  of  the  glass  tubes  were  provided  with 
many  small  perforations  in  order  to  divide  the  stream  of  air 
into  many  bubbles,  and  at  the  same  time  to  thoroughly  stir 
the  mass,  just  as  in  a  Weldon  oxidiser,    As  it  was  important 


Nov.  80,1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


ss:: 


to  ascertain  that,  exactly  the  same  quantity  of  air  passed 
through  each  of  the  three  pipes,  several  check  experiments 
were  made  with  exactly  equal  quantities  of  manganese 
liquor  and  lime,  keeping  all  other  conditions  as  similar  as 
possible,  and  the  product  was  tested  for  Mill ).,  in  the  usual 
manner.  The  result  of  three  such  experiments,  carried  on 
at  the  same  time  by  means  of  the  three  branch  tubes,  was 
as  follows: — 66-14,  fi;i  '90,  65-90  per  cent.  Mn02.  This 
very  slight  difference,  which  is  no  greater  than  in  the  ease 
of  very  good  analyses,  proved  that  my  apparatus  fulfilled 
its  purpose  in  this  respect,  viz.,  that  tests  made  with  it  at 
the  same  time  are  really  comparable  with  one  another. 

The  material  employed  for  our  experiments  was  ordinary 
"still  liquor"  obtained  from  a  works  where  chlorine  is 
made  in  the  old  style  from  native  manganese  ore  and  hydro- 
chloric acid.  This  liquor  was  neutralised  with  an  excess  of 
chalk  and  filtered;  it.  then  contained  MnCU  corresponding 
to  114-84  grms.  per  litre.  For  each  test  800  cc.  of  this 
liquor  was  in  the  end  diluted  to  2,000  cc,  so  that  it  now 
contained  manganese  corresponding  to  45*93  grms.  Mn02 
per  litre,  which  is  very  nearly  the.  concentration  usual  on 
the  large  scale.  The  800  cc.  of  liquor  was  mixed  with  the 
exactly  necessary  quantity  of  milk  of  lime  for  precipitating 
all  the  manganese  as  Mn(0H)a,  and  then  tested  for  CaCU, 
whereupon  the  liquor  was  made  to  contain  a  certain  propor- 
tion of  the  latter  by  either  taking  away  some  of  the  clear 
solution  or  else  adding  solid  CaCU.     Lastly,  exactly  1  mol. 


of  CaO  to  2  mols.  of  Mii(OH)a  was  added,  and  the  mixture 
was  made  up  to  2,000  cc.  It  stood  at  the  same  height  in  all 
three  cylinders.  During  the  experiments  the  water  carried 
away  as  ste?.m  was  replaced,  and  the  same  level  of  liquid 
always  kept  up.  When  the  temperature  of  the  bath  had 
reached  55D  or  60°  C,  the  air-blast  was  started,  and  con 
tinned  for  10  hours.  This  is  certainly  much  longer  than  is 
ever  done  in  practice,  but  it  was  necessary  in  consequence 
of  the  low  depth  of  the  magma  as  compared  with  a  Weldon 
oxidiser,  and  the  best  proof  that,  in  spite  of  this  unavoidable 
difference,  our  conditions  of  working  sufficiently  resembled 
those  of  manufacturing  practice,  is  given  by  the  excellent 
results  reported  below. 

I  do  not  quote  several  experiments  made  with  turbid 
liquors,  which  exhibit  irregularities  on  the  small  scale 
similar  to  those  experienced  in  large  work.  The  others  are 
summarised  in  the  following  tables,  where  I  give  the  average 
results  of  two  parallel  experiments  for  each  single  case. 
In  every  ease  the  same  quantities  of  manganese  (=  45-93 
gnus,  per  litre)  and  of  free  lime  (=  14'78  grms.  =:  |  mol.) 
CaO  to  1  mol.  Mn(OII)„  and  of  water  were  used,  but  the 
quantity  of  Cat  I,  was  varied  from  1  to  6  mols.  to  1  mol'. 
.Vln(Oll).,,  and  tests  were  taken  every  hour.  The  table 
shows  the  percentage  oxidation  of  Mill  I  to  Mn02,  giving 
always  the  average  of  two  experiments,  which  never  differed 
more  than  is  unavoidable  both  on  the  small  and  the  large 
scale  (at  most  3  per  cent.  Mn02). 


Miiiecules. 

Hours. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

12. 

l.Mn(OH)aiCaO: 

56  '91 

66-14 

67-71 

69"81 

70-60 

72' 111 

78-78 

75-23 

76-11 

77-2.5 

.. 

+  liCaClj 

54-95 

60"68 

115-82 

69-22 

71-41 

73-81 

75-00 

77-20 

78-30 

79-24 

50'66 

58-23 

64-31 

69-93 

73-89 

76-59 

78-52 

79-,69 

80-21 

sil-117 

+  SCaClj 

12 'AS 

53-13 

61-78 

70*06 

76-17 

79-05 

80-45 

81-62 

82-53 

83-32 

38-53 
29-43 

IS-70 

37-50 

57-86 

+4-37 

68-35 
49-77 

76-02 
52-82 

79"68 

6.5  '36 

80-94 
75-14 

SI '75 
81-08 

63-27 
84-11 

84-75 
85-20 

+■  SCaClj 

87"79 

19-74 

26-47 

41-37 

51-18 

65-71 

73-14 

79-77 

S2-36 

SS-T.". 

85-51 

89-13 

It  is  evident  that  in  the  first  stages  of  the  process  the 
oxidation  of  MnO  and  Mn02,  or  more  correctly  speaking 
the  formation  of  calcium  manganite,  is  the  more  retarded 
the  more  calcium  chloride  is  present ;  with  1  mol.  CaCU  it 
is  nearly  three  times  as  quick  as  with  6  mols.  But  this 
proportion  steadily  changes  with  the  duration  of  the  blow- 
ing process  :  after  six  hours  there  is  an  equilibrium  among 
all  various  proportions  of  CaCL,  and  further  on  the  degree 
of  oxidation  rises  quite  regularly  in  proportion  to  the 
quantity  of  CaCt2  present.  With  1  mol.  CaCU  we  find, 
after  10  hours'  blowing,  77 '25  per  cent.,  with  3  mols.  83-3 
per  i  int.,  with  6  mols.  85*5  per  cent.  Two  experiments 
were  continued  for  12  hours  in  order  to  read  the  maximum 
of  oxidation,  which  was  found  =  89-13  per  cent,  with 
6  mols.  CaCU 

In  actual  practice  the  oxidation  at  this  stage  (previous  to 
tin-  addition  of  the  "  final  liquor  "  which  we  did  not  make, 
not  to  complicate  the  conditions)  rarely  exceeds  79  or  80 
per  cent.  This  is  attained  in  very  large  oxidisers  in  two  hours, 
in  smaller  ones  in  three  hours,  and  in  our  small  apparatus  in 
six  hours.  It  will  be  conceded  that  this  is  an  exceedingly 
good  result  and  entitles  us  to  draw  conclusions  not  merely 
for  our  small  experiments  but  for  actual  practice.  My  con- 
clusion is  :  that  3  mols.  of  calcium  chloride  to  each  mol.  Mn 
is  tin:  most  suitable  proportion  for  the  oxidising  process. 
Below  :i  mols.  the  process  is  essentially  retarded,  an  addi- 
tion of  more  than  3  mols.  is  more  difficult  ta  manage,  and 
does  not  give  a  very  large  gain.  Still  there  is  no  doubt  that 
the  operation  ends  all  the  more  favourably ,  he  more  CaCl2 
is  present. 


The  next  question  is,  what  is  the  cause  of  this  favourable 
action  of  calcium  chloride  '!  The  explanation  which  suggests 
itself  from  the  first,  and  which  was  also  given  by  Weldon 
himself,  rests  on  the  fact  that  CaO  is  more  soluble  in  hot 
CaCU  liquor  than  in  water,  and  that  the  oxidation  must  be 
all  the  more  facilitated  the  more  CaO  there  is  in  solution. 
If  this  is  the  only  and  all-sufficient  explanation,  then  other 
similar  solvents  for  CaO  must  act  in  a  similar  way.  We 
cannot  employ  the  best  solvent  for  lime,  viz.,  cane  sugar, 
which,  of  course,  entirely  prevents  the  oxidation  of  Mn<  ' 
and  Mn02 ;  the  onlyr  substances  which  I  found  applicable 
lure  are  the  chlorides  of  sodium  and  potassium.  Solutions 
of  these,  if  not  containing  more  than  5  or  10  per  cent. 
KC1  or  NaCl,  dissolve  at  50  C.  about  30  or  40  per  cent, 
more  lime  than  pure  water,  or  almost  exactly  as  much  as 
a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  CaCl2,  as  proved  by  A  number  of 
special  determinations  which  I  leave  out  here.  We  now 
made  three  parallel  tests,  charging  our  three  cylinders  with 
the  same  quantities  of  manganese  and  lime  as  before,  but 
adding  to  No.  1,  100  grms.  CaCU  ;  to  No.  2,  100  grms. 
NaCl;  to  No.  3,  100  grms.  KC1  per  litre,  which  solutions 
would  dissolve  almost  exactly  equal  quantities  of  lime. 
The  three  cylinders  were  heated  in  the  same  bath  to  55°  C, ; 
air  was  blown  through  for  eight  hours,  and  the  product 
analysed  with  the  following  results  : — No.  1,  77  "2  percent. ; 
No.  2,  69-41  per  cent. ;  No.  3,  69-02  per  cent.  MnO,. 

Although  the  same  quantity  of  CaO  was  dissolved  in  all 
three  eases,  the  advantage  shown  by  the  CaCU  in  comparison 
with  KC1  and  NaCl  is  much  too  large  to  be  ascribable  to  an 
accident,   looking  at   the  absolute   uniformity  of  all  other 


o  2 


881 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Nov.  30,  im 


experimental  conditions.  This  makes  the  assumption  that 
the  calcium  chloride  acts  exclusively  as  a  solvent  for  CaO 
very  improbable  ;  nor  would  this  in  any  way  explain  the 
delay  of  the  oxidation  produced  in  the  initial  stage  by  an 
increased  quantity  of  CaClo. 

We  must  therefore  look  for  something  else,  and  we 
naturally  turn  at  ouce  to  the  oxides  of  manganese  them- 
selves, whose  solubility  in  CaC!»  solutions  was  very  early 
observed  by  Weldon  (Chem."  News,  20,  '109).  We 
have  confirmed  this :  we  have,  moreover,  found  that  the 
solubility  of  Mn(OH)s  increases  with  the  concentration  of 
the  CaClo  solution.  The  solution  formed  is  col.. inks-  and 
turns  brown  on  addition  of  chloride  of  lime.  Weldon  has 
noticed  that  any  manganous  salt,  whether  MnCls  or  the 
solution  of  MnO  in  CaClo  solution,  retards  the  oxidation 
of  the  Mii(nll);  suspended  in  the  liquid,  but  that  the 
simultaneous  presence  of  lime  quickens  the  oxidising 
process,  by  which  a  "  port  wine  "  coloured  liquid  is  formed 
which  Weldon  took  for  a  solution  of  calcium  mangauite  in 
calcium  oxychloride  solution. 

We  have  prepared  that  port-wine  solution  directly  from 
t lie  materials.  In  the  case  of  a  concentrated  CaClj  solution 
it  is  amber-coloured,  and  there  is  no  precipitate  formed  on 
boiling.  Exposed  to  the  daylight  the  clear  liquid  becomes 
gradually  turbid  and  deposits  a  large,  quantity  of  MnO., 
(or  calcium  manganite).  By  the  addition  of  water  the 
colour  is  changed  into  dark  brown,  and  it  now  yields  a 
precipitate  when  heated.  Hydrogen  peroxide  produces  an 
evolution  of  gas  and  a  vermilion-coloured  precipitate. 
Ammonia  gives  no  precipitate.  Hydrochloric  acid  gives 
first  a  brown  liquor,  with  evolution  of  chlorine,  then  the 
colour  turns  lighter,  a  green  colour  being  temporarily 
formed.  Sulphuric  acid  produces  a  precipitate  of  calcium 
sulphate,  which  also  shows  a  transient  green  colour. 
Sodium  sulphate  produces  a  black  precipitate. 

Some  of  these  reactions,  especially  the  decomposition  in 
daylight,  seem  to  show  that  we  have  not  to  deal  with  a 
simple  solution  of  manganese  dioxide  or  calcium  manganite 
in  calcium  chloride,  but  with  a  manganese  dioxychloridc, 
perhaps  of  the  formula  Cl-Mn-02-(  HI. 

The.  just-mentioned  opposite  behaviour  of  solutions  of 
manganese,  monoxide,  and  dioxide  in  calcium  chloride 
during  the  oxidation  of  manganous  oxide  by  oxygen  seems 
to  permit  us  to  give  the  following  explanation  of  the 
retarding  action  of  an  excess  of  calcium  chloride  in  the 
commencement  of  the  operation.  Calcium  chloride  dissolves 
some  Mn(OH)s,  and  this  solution  acts  in  a  retarding  way 
upon  the  oxidation  of  the  suspended  MnOHI),  by  atmo- 
spheric oxygen.  The  more  CaCU  there  is  present  the  more 
Mn(OH).is  dissolved,  and  the  more  the  retarding  action 
of  this  solution  is  exercised.  But  as  the  oxidation  is 
merely  retarded,  not  stopped,  gradually  more  and  more 
MnO.,  (or  rather  CaMuO:()  is  formed,  which  is  also  parti}' 
dissolved  in  the  CaCI2  solution,  an. 1  yields  the  "  port-wine 
solutiou "  in  which  the  oxidising  action  is  accelerated. 
Thus,  after  a  certain  time,  the  retarding  action  of  the 
MnO  solution  is  compensated  by  the  accelerating  action  of 
the  MnO.,  solutiou,  and  later  on  the  latter  becomes  pre- 
valent. But  at  this  point  the  circumstance  comes  into  play 
that  the  quantitv  of  MnO,  entering  into  solution  is  also 
increased  in  proportion  to  the  quantity  of  OaCf.  present ; 
therefore,  in  the  latter  stages  the  acceleration  of  the  oxidation 
must  increase  with  the  quantity  of  Cat 'I.,. 

Several  attempts  were  also  made  .to  clear  up  the  nature 
of  the  ''stiff  batches"  which  used  to  occur  frequently 
years  ago,  but   are    rare    now,  since   it   has   been  recognised 

that  their  forinati jan  be  prevented  by  keeping  a  proper 

quantity  of  calcium  chloride  in  the  mass,  and  by  good 
blowing.  The  idea  (suggested  by  Post)  that  thick  batches 
were  caused  by  the  formation  of  solid  oxychlorides  is 
utterly  untenable.  Oxychloride  does  not  separate  out 
when  calcium  chloride  is  deficient,  but  only  when  it  is 
present  in  excess,  and  even  then  only  in  far  more  concen- 
trated solutions  (as  shown  in  the  first  of  our  tables)  than 
ever  occur  in  the  Weldon  process.  Moreover,  we  found 
by  filtering  a  " stiff  batch,"  accidentally  obtained,  that  the 
filtrate   contained    the    full    proportion   of    CaCI.,,   but    a 

deficiency  of  CaO ;  he ■  any  separation  of  oxychloride 

was  out  of  the   question.      We   obtained  even  a  -tiff  batch 


by  blowing  air  through  a  mixture  of  pure  Mn(UH),,  free 
from  calcium  chloride,  with  a  little  more  than  its  equivalent 
of  Ca(<  >H)...  The  analysis  of  a  filtered  sample  showed  30-12 
per  cent.  Cat ),  11  ■  11  Mil  as  MnO.,,  41  •:«  total  Mn,  calculated 
as  MnO...  There  was  thus  more  than  :(  CaO  present  to 
1  real  MnO.,.  It  seems  that  a  combination  of  lime  is 
formed  with  manganese  protoxide,  or  else  a  very  basic 
manganite,  but  we  do  not  venture  to  pronounce  a  positive 
opinion  on  this  question,  which  will  probably  be  further 
investigated  in  the  Zurich  laboratory. 


Discussion. 

Mr.  Stuart  said  that  many  years  ago  at  HebbUrn  they 
made  careful  tests  of  batches  worked  on  the  manufacturing 
scale  with  varying  amounts  of  calcium  chloride,  and  had 
come  to  the  conclusion  that  from  1 '  7  to  2  equivalents  of 
calcium  chloride  to  one  of  manganese  chloride  was  the 
most  suitable  proportion.  Thick  batches  arose  when  the 
proportion  of  calcium  chloride  was  too  small. 

Mr.  Martvx  pointed  out  that  two  equivalents  of  calcium 
chloride  to  one  of  manganese  chloride  was  3  of  calcium 
chloride  to  1  of  manganese  hydrate,  as  the  decomposition  of 
manganese  chloride  formed  calcium  chloride. 

The  Chairman  said  that  excess  of  air  appeared  to  act  in 
the  way  of  preventing  thick  batches,  and  thus  counteracting 
the  effect  of  a  deficiency  of  calcium  chloride. 

Mr.  Rennoldson  thought  the  concentration  of  the 
solution  would  probably  have  some  influence  on  the  result. 

Further  discussion  was  adjourned  until  next  meeting. 


I^otttncjfiam  Section* 


University.  College,  Nottingham. 


Chairman:  L.  Archbutt. 
Vice-Chairman:  F.  Clowes. 


Committee  : 


F.  J.  It.  Carulla. 
J.  B.  Coleman. 
C.  H.  Field. 
H.  Forth. 
F.D.Mordle. 
S.  J.  Pentecost. 


H.  J.  Staples. 

C.  Taylor. 

.Sir  John  Turiiey. 

G.J.  Ward. 

J.T.Wood. 


Treasurer:  J.  M.  C.  Paton. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary : 
R.  h.  Whiteley,  University  College,  Nottinghami 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


SESSION  1S92-D3. 


Wednesday,  Dec.   llili 
Chemical  Lead," 


-Mr.   F.  J.  It.  Carulla.     "The   I  le  ot 


Sov.80.l88B.]        THE  JOUENAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


885 


f^ortobire  Action. 

Chairman:  Sir  James  Kitson,  Bart.,  11.1'. 
Vice-Chairman  i  Dr.  F.  H.  Bowman. 

Committee: 

A.  H.  Mien.  J.  Lewkowitsch. 

J.  B. Cohen.  F.W.  Richardson, 

T.  Fairley.  Jas.  Sharp. 

A.  Hess.  G.  W.  Slatter. 

K.  Holliday.  G.  Ward. 

J,  J.  Hummel.  F.  B.  Wiklinson, 

II")}.  Local  Secretary  : 
H.  B.  Procter.  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  should  ho  addressed  to 
the  Hon.  Local  Secretary. 


A  iviEii  was  read  by  Dr.  Julius  B.  Cohen  and  G.  Hefford, 
A. l.C,  entitled  "  A  Preliminary  Note  on  the  Products  of 
Combustion  of  Coal,"  which  will  appear,  together  with  report 
of  discussion,  in  a  future  number  of  the  Journal.  The  next 
meeting  of  the  Section  will  he  held  at  the  Yorkshire 
College,  Leeds,  on  Monday,  December  5th,  when  Professor 
J.  J.  Hummel  will  describe  some  primitive  modes  of  dyeing, 
and  exhibit  specimens,  and  various  recent  forms  of 
apparatus  will  be  shown. 


#(a$g;oto  aitii  £>rottfsJ)  &wtfon. 


Chairman :  C.  A.  Fawsitt. 
Vice-Chairman:  E.J.Mills. 
Committee  .- 
G.  Beilby.  J.  S.  Macarthur. 

W.J.  Chrystal.  T.P.Miller. 

C.  J.  Ellis.  T.  L.  Patterson. 

Wm.  Fouhs.  J.  Pattison. 

J.  Gibson.  J.  B.  Readman. 

R.  A.  Inglis.  E.  C.  C.  Stanford. 

R.  Irvine.  R.  R.  Tatlock. 


J,  Falconer  Kins. 


G.  Watson. 


Hon.  Secretary  and  Treasurer : 
J,  Stanley  Muir,  Chemical  Laboratory,  University  of  Glasgow. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary.     

SESSION  1893-93. 

Tuesday,  Dee.  nth  (Edinburgh) : — Discussion  on  Mr.  D.  R. 
Steuart's  paper,  "  The  Flash-point  and  Heat  of  Burning  of  Mineral 
Oil." 


Meeting  held    in  the  Societies'  Rooms,  207,  Bath  Street, 
Glasgow,  on  Tuesday,  November  1st,  1892. 


MR.    CHA8.    A.     FAWSITT    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


the  flash-point  and  heat  of  burning 
()f  mineral  oils. 

UV   D.  It.   STEUART. 

In  examining  a  burning  oil,  the  first  thing  to  investigate  is 
whether  the  oil  is  safe  to  handle  and  to  burn  in  ordinary 
lamps,  and  after  that,  what  light  it  gives,  &c.  The 
safety  of  an  oil  is  determined  by  taking  its  flash-point  as 
it  is  called.  What  the  flash-point  is  meant  to  be  is  the  lowest 
temperature  at  which  an  explosion  of  the  vapours  given 
off  can  take  place  when   a   light  is  applied  to  the  mixture 


of  air  an.l  vapour.  At  this  temperature  there  is  a  flash  of 
flame  going  immediately  out.  A  somewhat  higher  tem- 
perature is  required  to  evolve  vapour  sufficiently  fast  to 
keep  up  a  constant  flame.  The  lowest  temperature  for  this 
is  sometimes  called  the  firing-point.  The  old  method  of 
taking  the  flash-point,  fixed  by  Act  of  Parliament,  was  by 
gradually  heating  the  oil  in  an  open  cup,  partly  screened 
from  draughts,  and  applying  a  light  at  intervals.  During 
the  experiment,  the  vapours  first  given  off  diffused  away 
into  the  atmosphere,  aial  a  point  far  above  the  true  Hash- 
point  was  got,  and  this,  of  course,  gave  a  false  impression  as 
to  the  safety  of  the  oil.  This  method  was  not  rejected  on 
tliis  account  however,  hut  because  different  experimenters 
could  not  or  did  not  strike  the  same  point.  I  do  not  know 
the  origin  of  this  test,  hut  if  it  was  not  designedly  invented 
to  deceive  the  public  anil  let  dangerous  low-flashing  oil  into 
the  market,  that  at  any  rate  was  the  result  of  its  adoption. 
The  preseut  method  fixed  by  Parliament  is  the  close  test  of 
Sir  Frederick  Abel.  In  this  case  the  cup  is  kept  covered 
when  being  heated,  and  two  little  holes  are  opened  for  a 
moment  when  the  light  is  applied  ;  we  get  the  true  flash- 
point, the  lowest  temperature  at  which  we  may  expect  an 
explosion  ;  and  different  experimenters  get  the  same  result. 

To  fix  100°  F.  as  the  minimum  safety  point  for  oil  iu 
our  climate,  was,  I  think,  a  very  reasonable  thing ;  but  to 
change  the  safety  point  when  the  correct  method  of  testing 
was  adopted,  was  very  absurd.  100°  in  the  old  test  was 
about  733  in  the  new,  according  to  certain  experimenters, 
and  the  minimum  for  the  new  test  was  fixed  at  73°;  that  is, 
the  old  test,  giving  an  indication  false  by  20°  or  80  ,  was 
used  for  fixing  the  new  safety  point  as  if  it  indicated  t  lie 
truth.  What  naturally  fixes  the  safety  point  for  any 
country  is  the  highest  ordinary  temperature  of  the  climate. 
An  oil  flashing  at  or  under  ordinary  summer  temperatures 
is  dangerous  to  handle,  let  alone  to  burn.  If  temperature  in 
houses  is  for  months  at  80°,  73°  flash-point  oil  is  as  dan- 
gerous as  naphtha.  For  safety  in  lamps  we  have  to  add  the 
heat  developed  by  burning,  and  besides  that,  add  a  little  for 
safety  to  put  the  oils  fairly  out  of  the  range  of  possible 
explosions.  The  common  high  temperatures  of  this  country, 
70°  at  least,  p/us  the  heat  developed  in  the  oil  reservoir  by 
ordinary  lamps  in  ordinary  dirty  order  (20°  at  least  if  of 
metal  as  recommended  by  Abel  and  Redwood)  plus  111"  to 
put  the  flash  out  of  danger,  gives  100°  as  the  lowest  tem- 
perature which  can  be  allowed  with  any  security  for  the 
flash-point,  Abel  test,  for  oils  for  ordinary  household  use. 
This  takes  it  for  granted  that  oils  are  safe  in  proportion  to 
their  flash-points,  which  is  a  matter  we  must  afterward 
discuss. 

The  crude  oils,  whether  shale  or  petroleum,  from  which 
our  burning  oils  are  manufactured,  contain  a  considerable 
proportion  of  volatile  oils,  called  spirit  or  naphtha,  which 
vaporise  or  boil  at  comparatively  low  temperatures.  These 
have  to  be  separated  in  the  refining  of  the  oils,  otherwise 
burning  oils  would  flash  or  give  off  combustible  vapours  at 
ordinary  temperatures.  The  separation  of  this  volatile 
spirit  is  a  simple  matter,  happening  of  its  own  accord  in 
distillation  ;  and  in  Scotland  in  trfe  manufacture  of  paraffin 
oil  from  shale  there  is  no  temptation  to  let  any  pass  into  the 
burning  oil,  for  this  spirit  or  naphtha  is  always  in  demand, 
and  often  commands  a  better  price  than  burning  oil.  As  far 
as  I  know,  however,  Scotch  manufacturers  have  kept  the 
flash-point  about  1(10°  as  a  minimum,  whether  naphtha  was 
cheap  or  dear.  Scotch  paraffiu  oil  generally  flashes  between 
100°  and  125°  F.  In  America  and  elsewhere  matters  are 
different.  Foreign  petroleum  is  produced  in  such  quantities 
that  the  naphtha  production  is  far  beyond  what  is  required. 
There  is  therefore  a  great  temptation  to  put  in  as  much 
naphtha  among  the  burning  oil  as  possible.  A  great  bulk  of 
American  petroleum  is  sent  into  this  country  between  73" 
and  80°  flash-point.  The  petroleum  trade  in  America  has 
been  practically  in  the  hands  of  one  great  organisation, 
which,  of  course,  had  no  difficulty  in  believing  that  what 
suited  it  was  good  for  the  world.  Manufacturers  and 
merchants  at  home  and  abroad  like  to  have  freedom  to  sell 
a  low-flash  consignment  of  oil  if  by  any  chance  it  should 
be  made,  and  the  Government  does  not  want  to  hamper  the 
trade,  or  do  anything  that  would  increase  the  cost  of  light 
unless  it   sees   undoubted  danger.     There  is  no  great  class 


886 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        fNov.  30, 1898. 


whose  interest  it  is  to  see  that  the  flash  is  kept  high  enough, 
and  u  eat  and  powerful  interests  are  all  ranged  on  the  other 
side,  so  that  the  interest  ami  safety  of  the  people  are  neglected 
and  the  safety  point  fixed  far  too  low. 

The  temperatures  of  73°  to  80'  are  common  summer 
temperatures,  and  even  common  winter  temperatures  in 
rooms  after  the  lamps  are  lighted  and  the  doors  shut, 
particularly  in  the  upper  strata  of  the  rooms,  the  position 
in  which  "lamps  are  often  placed,  on  the  mantelpiece  of  the 
poor  or  the  brackets  of  the  rich.  At  these  temperatures 
there  is  an  explosive  mixture  over  the  surface  of  ordinary 
petroleum,  whether  in  ship  tank,  barrel,  tin  can,  or  lamp 
fount. 

For  the  poor,  with  the  petroleum  flashing  at  75°  or 
so,  there  is  constantly  lying  in  wait  the  possibility  of  an 
explosion.  In  hot  summer  weather  it  is  always  there, 
only  waiting  for  the  accidental  touch  of  a  light  ;  and 
throughout  the  year,  summer  and  winter,  with  every  lamp 
using  these  low-flashing  oils,  as  a  general  rule  once  every 
evening,  as  the  oil  warms  with  the  burning,  the  explosive 
mixture  exists  tor  some  little  time,  and  often  it  will 
exist  for  hours.  The  danger  is  therefore  not  a  rare  one ; 
it  is  a  thing  of  every-day  occurrence.  So  it  is  not  at  all 
surprising  that  explosions  and  fires  in  petroleum  ships 
should  not  be  rare;  and  that  in  Loudon  and  other  towns 
where  cheap  petroleum  is  much  used,  lamp  explosions  should 
not  be  unfrequeut.  The  question  rather  is,  why  are 
accidents  not  more  frequent  ?  and  the  answer,  I  fear,  is 
that  even  the  most  ignorant  people  are  more  intelligent  than 
the  Government,  and  have  been  taught  by  dire  experience 
to  treat  ordinary  petroleum  as  a  dangerous  liquid.  The 
lowest  flashing  petroleum  is  in  some  respects  more  dange- 
rous than  gunpowder,  for  the  powder  only  ignites  on  applying 
a  light  directly  to  it,  while  the  petroleum  insidiously  exhales 
its  vapour  all  rour.d  where  no  danger  could  be  anticipated. 
But  surely  it  is  something  approaching  a  national  crime  to 
put  into  the  hands  of  the  poor,  the  least  intelligent  of  the 
people,  a  liquid  which  gives  off  an  explosive  vapour 
at  ordinary  temperatures,  and  to  give  it  practically  a 
Government  certificate  of  safety.  Vet  that  is  exactly  what 
is  done.  There  are  many  deaths  every  year  from  ordinary 
petroleum,  none  of  which  would  have  happened  if  the  safety 
flash-point  had  been  left  at  100'.  Now,  who  is  responsible 
for  these  easily  preventable  deaths,  as  well  as  all  the  destruc- 
tion of  property  ?  You  and  1,  gentlemen,  if  we  don't  speak 
out. 

The  better  brands  of  petroleum  used  by  the  rich,  to  be 
got  for  a  trifle  more  per  gallon,  are  homogeneous  in  their 
nature,  and  their  flash-points  range  from  100°  to  125  °F, 
or  so.  With  them,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  the  ex- 
plosive mixture  is  never  lying  in  wait,  and  there  is  no 
danger  with  them  whatever  if  treated  in  anything  approach- 
ing a  reasonable  manner.  Under  such  circumstances  our 
hope  would  naturally  be  in  the  Government,  but  unfortu- 
nately it  is  there  that  the  great  impediment  lies. 

From  Eyre  and  Spottiswoode  .can  be  got  for  three  half- 
pence a  Report  by  Abel  and  Redwood  on  lamp  accidents. 
How  lamps  may  be  mollified  to  prevent  accidents  is  the 
subject,  but  they  fully  discuss  the  influence  of  the  oil. 

They  give  details  of  28  accidents,  with  flash-point  of  oil 
as  far  as  can  he  ascertained.  They  found  only  one  high- 
flashing  oil  110°,  and  the  accident  was  a  case  of  over-setting. 
The  highest  flash-point  got  besides  this  was  88".  There 
were  23  cases  of  lamp  explosion  all  of  which,  as  far  as  could 
be  ascertained,  were  from  low-flashing  oils.  So  their  own 
table  proves  that  73°  and  even  88°  are  far  too  low  for 
safety,  and  that  over  100°  is  safe;  yet  they  do  not  point 
this  out  but  talk  as  if  the  reverse  were  proved. 

They  fail  to  point  out  the  danger  in  the  ordinary  every- 
day handling  of  low-flash  oils  and  talk  as  if  the  only  risk 
were  explosion  in  the  lamps. 

They  argue  that  73°,  or  a  lower  point,  is  safer  than 
anything  higher  (page  5)  and  that  this  safest  oil  is  at  its 
greatest  safety  when  heated  far  above  its  flash-point,  so  that 
the  air  is  all  expelled  by  the  evolved  vapours  (pages  5  and  9). 
Now  any  person  of  common  sense  can  see  that  this  for 
common  lamps  and  every-day  use  is  very  absurd.  I  quote 
their  words,  "  If  the  flashing-point  of  the  oil  used  be  below 
the  minimum  (73    Abel  test)  fixed  by  law,  and  even  if  it  be 


about  that  point  or  a  little  above  it,  vapour  will  be  given  off 
comparatively  freely,  but  the  mixture  of  petroleum  vapour 
and  air  formed  in  the  upper  part  of  the  reservoir  of  the  lamp 
will  probably  be  feebly  explosive  in  consequence  of  the 
presence  of  an  excess  of  vapour.  On  the  other  hand,  if  the 
flashing-point  of  the  oil  be  comparatively  high  the  vapour 
will  be  less  readily  or  copiously  produced,  and  the  mixture 
of  vapour  and  air  may  be  more  violent^-  explosive,  because 
the  proportion  of  the  former  to  the  latter  is  likely  to  be 
lower,  and  nearer  that  demanded  for  the  production  of  a 
powerfully-explosive  mixture."  That  is,  they  are  of  opinion 
that  the  lower  the  flash  the  safer  the  oil.  If  there  was 
anything  in  the  argument,  73°  should  be  fixed  as  maximum 
and  not  minimum.  Their  highest  flash  was  only  88°,  and 
consequently  the  greater  violence  of  their  highest  flashing 
oil  over  their  lowest  was  a  matter  of  no  moment,  as  even 
88°  is  dangerously  low  ;  but  they  make  the  statement  as  if 
it  were  of  great  importance,  and  put  it  so  generally  as  to 
give  the  impression  that  the  higher  the  flash  the  greater  the 
danger.  ( 'ommon  sense  would  advise  a  flash-point  high 
enough  to  be  out  of  the  region  of  danger  altogether.  They 
do  the  very  reverse.  They  go  on  to  say,  "  Experiments 
have  demonstrated  that  the  burning  of  an  oil  of  com- 
paratively high  flashing-point  is  more  likely  to  cause  heating 
of  the  lamp  than  the  use  of  an  oil  of  comparatively  low 
flashing-point,  in  consequence  of  the  higher  temperature 
developed  by  the  former,  and  of  the  greater  difficulty  with 
which  some  oils  of  that  description  are  conveyed  to  the  flame 
by  the  wick.  It  therefore  follows  that  safety  in  the  use  of 
mineral  oil  lamps  is  not  to  be  secured  simply  by  the  employ- 
ment of  oils  of  comparatively  high  flashing-points  (or  low- 
volatility),  and  that  the  use  of  such  oils  may  eveu  in  certain 
cases  give  rise  to  dangers,  which  are  small,  if  not  entirely 
absent,  with  oils  of  comparatively  low  flashing-point." 

I  am  quite  sure  that  this  is  a  mistake  they  have  made,  and 
that  as  a  general  rule  the  very  reverse  is  the  truth.  They 
fail  to  state  the  rule  it  seems  to  me,  and  give  a  rare  excep- 
tion as  if  it  were  the  rule.  Mr.  Fox,  present  chemist  to  the 
Petroleum  Association,  and  others,  have  made  experiments 
proving  them  to  he  wrong.  In  all  my  experience  I  never 
found  any  corroboration  of  th sir  statement.  I  give  experi- 
ments in  the  Tables,  proving  that  the  law  of  the  matter  is 
that  the  lower  the  flash  the  more  danger  there  is  of  a  high 
temperature  being  developed. 

In  summing  up  the  results  of  their  investigations,  Abel 
and  Redwood  say,  "  In  one  case  the  oil  flashed  at  73°,  in 
one  at  74°,  in  one  at  77', in  one  at  78°,  in  two  at  79°,  in  one 
at  S'j  ,  in  one  at  83°,  in  one  at  84°,  in  one  at  86°,  in  one  at 
ss  ,  ami  iu  one  at  110°.  Therefore  in  one  half  of  the  cases 
in  which  it  was  possible  to  determine  the  flashing-point  of 
the  oil,  it  was  about  lo  and  upwards  above  the  legal 
standard.  In  some  of  these  instances  the  explosion  was 
apparently  of  a  more  than  ordinarily  violent  character." 

Further  on,  iu  advocating  metal  reservoirs,  they  sav, 
"  Moreover,  the  heating  of  the  oil  does  not  necessarily 
increase  the  probability  of  the  formation  of  an  explosive 
mixture ;  on  the  contrary,  any  increased  volatilisation 
resulting  therefrom  would  have  the  effect  of  increased 
expulsion  of  air  from  the  reservoir,  so  that  the  vaporous 
contents  would  be  rendered  inflammable  instead  of  explo- 
sive. A  lamp  intended  to  be  used  with  ordinary  petroleum 
oil,  and  having  an  unprotected  burner,  is  in  the  safest 
condition  when  the  proportion  of  vapour  to  air  is  con- 
siderably in  excess  of  that  required  to  produce  an 
explosion." 

They  say  safest,  when  the  oil  according  to  their  showing 
is  heated  far  above  its  flash-point  1  But  they  are  wron"  in 
indicating  that  vapours  would  under  ordinary  circumstances 
be  evolved  in  sufficient  quantity  to  expel  the  air  to  such  an 
extent  as  to  prevent  explosion.  A  certain  temperature 
merely  demands  a  certain  definite  pressure  of  oil-vapour, 
and  when  this  is  got  evolution  stops.  Even  with  naphtha, 
a  half-filled  oil-can  or  lamp  would  not  cease  to  be  explosive, 
unless  by  the  outward  application  of  heat  for  the  purpose. 
They  themselves  pointed  out  that  many  accidents  were  from 
oversetting,  or  from  reservoir  breaking.  In  the  case  of  their 
so-called  safest  condition,  if  such  accidents  happened,  there 
would  lie  a  sudden  evolution  of  vapour  all  round,  an 
explosion  would  certainly  take  place  and   vigorous  conibus- 


Nov.  80,1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTF.Y. 


887 


tiou  ensue.  Moreover  before  this  safest  condition  eoulil  be 
reached  by  the  heating  of  the  lump,  in  every  ease  the  state 
of  greatest  danger  must  be  passed  through.  In  a  lamp  full 
of  oil  the  danger  of  au  explosion  might  not  be  very  great, 
vet  still  not  insignificant  ;  but  when  a  half-filled  lamp  is 
lighted,  as  is  habitually  done  by  many  people,  the  danger 
remains  a  long  time,  probably  for  hours,  and  the  explosion, 
if  it  took  place,  might  be  the  sharpest  possible,  whether  with 
7'.  flashing  oil  or  88.  This  is  not  a  matter  in  which  it  is 
necessary  for  experts  to  instruct  us. 

Now,  if  a  lamp  of  high-flashing  oil  were  overturned,  the 
lamp  would  likely  go  out,  or,  if  the  wick  continued  to  burn, 
it  would  burn  quietly  on  the  pool  of  oil  for  some  time 
without  inflaming,  it  would  not  cause  alarm,  and  would  be 
easily  extinguished.  That  is,  unless  the  oil  were  highly 
heated  by  the  lamp,  as  it  was  in  Lord  Bomilly's  ease.  His 
death  was  caused  by  a  metal  lamp  without  any  non-conductor 
between  burner  and  fount,  and  evidently  intended  to  heat 
the  oil  to  make  it  burn  better,  which  it  on  that  account 
certainly  does.  The  table  was  overturned  with  lamp  anil 
papers  on  it,  and  the  burner  was  so  insecurely  fixed  that  it 
fell  out,  allowing  the  oil  to  flow  over  the  papers.  In 
Scotland  here  I  have  heard  of  many  cases  of  paraffin  lamps 
oversetting,  but  I  never  heard  of  an  explosion  or  fire 
resulting. 

No  doubt  oil  of  73  flash  eau  be  burned  in  proper  lamps 
with  perfect  safety,  just  as  naphtha  can,  but  no  manipulation 
of  lamps  would  ever  make  naphtha  or  73°  flash  petroleum 
safe  for  ordinary  handling.  We  need  never  even  talk  of  such 
a  thing  until  the  working  man  is  able  and  willing  to  give  a 
guinea  for  his  lamp  instead  of  a  shilling  as  at  present. 

.Mr.  Redwood  lately  said  : — "  He  had  the  honour  of  being 
associated  with  Sir  Frederick  Abel  iu  some  of  his  experi- 
mental  work,  and  well  remembered  his  expressing  in  his 
report  a  very  distinct  opinion  that  there  was  no  grounds 
for  considering  that  the  minimum  legal  flash-point  was  not 
calculated  to  afford  adequate  protection  to  the  public." 
(.lour.  Soc.  Arts,  xl.,  217.)  I,  unfortunately,  could  not  get 
any  such  report  from  Eyre  and  Spoltiswoode,  or  I  would 
quote  from  the  report  itself. 

Some  time  since  I  wrote  to  Mr.  Gladstone  on  the  subject, 
and  the  other  day  I  got  an  answer  from  the  Home  Secretary 
"  That  he  was  advised  that  there  are  not  sufficient  grounds 
cither  of  safety  or  convenience  for  an  alteration  of  the 
existing  flashing-point  for  mineral  oils.'' 

The  oil  required  by  the  War  Office  has  to  be  105°  flash- 
point as  a  minimum  ;  lighthouse  oil,  145u.  Now,  why  does 
the  Government  supply  its  servants  with  such  dangerously 
high-flashing  oil  if,  according  to  the  teaching  of  Abel  and 
Kedwood,  73°,  or  something  lower,  is  safer  ?  If  our  intelli- 
gent Government  servants  are  not  sufficiently  protected 
unless  they  have  a  flash  of  105°,  how  are  the  ignorant  poor 
sufficiently  protected  by  a  flash  of  73°?  There  seems  to  be 
something  very  far  wrong  somewhere. 

Mr.  Redwood's  remarks  to  the  Society  of  Arts  are  well 
worth  reading.  He  appears  to  think  the  experiments  made 
by  the  million  every  night,  are  in  favour  of  low-flashing  oils, 
vet,  judging  from  his  own  report,  accidents  are  practically 
all  from  lew-flashing  oils. 

Abel  and  Redwood  are  of  opinion  that  metal  lamps  are 
In '*t.  The  problem  they  set  themselves  seemingly  was — 
how  can  ordinary  dangerous  petroleum  be  burned  safely  in 
lamps  ?  Quite  an  impossibility.  They  suggest  metal 
reservoirs  strong  enough  to  stand  an  explosion,  and  have 
low-flashing  oil,  well  warmed  by  the  lamp,  to  drive  out  the 
air  with  oil  vapours,  as  before  mentioned.  Metal  reservoirs 
are  objectionable.  You  cannot  see  to  fill  the  lamp  without 
overflowing  it.  The  smear  itself  is  dangerous  with  low- 
flashing  oils,  particularly  when  it  warms.  It  also  causes 
the  oil  to  syphon  out  by  surface  attraction,  which  it  does 
with  more  speed  than  one  would  believe.  Also,  if  the 
reservoir  is  a  little  too  full,  warming  rapidly  as  it  does  in 
metal,  the  oil  expands  and  must  get  out  somewhere  to 
produce  a  blaze,  either  through  some  chink  of  reservoir, 
or  up  the  burner-tube  to  cause  an  alarming  flare  of  light  in 
the  chimney  that  cannot  be  controlled  or  extinguished  by 
screwing  down  the  lamp.  My  opinion  is  we  ought  to  have 
high-flashing  oil,  and  we  should  have  a  glass  reservoir  with 
a  non-conductor  between  it  and  the  burner.     Even  although 


the  lamp'were  smashed,  with  the  oil  20°  under  the  flash- 
point, as  it  would  naturally  be  in  such  a  case,  the  danger 
of  tire  would  be  very  small.  But  the  glass  reservoir  nii^'ht 
be  protected  by  met ;d.  Their  proposal  to  protect  the 
filling  hole  and  burner-tube  with  wire  gauze  is  very  good, 
but  it  would  be  difficult  to  enforce  it  universally,  or  prevent 
it  being  torn  out  of  cheap  lamps.  Then  with  a  wick  too 
small,  as  often  happens  in  places  far  from  the  market,  or 
with  duplex  lamp  and  one  burner  left  without  wick,  as  is 
sometimes  designedly  done,  the  train  is  laid  for  an  explosion. 
The  oil  must  be  safe  as  well  as  the  lamp. 

The  experiments  I  give  were  carried  out  to  see  the  effect 
of  flash-point  on  the  heat  developed  in  burning,  and  to  get 
at  that  with  certainty,  I  tried  to  make  out  the  effect  of  other 
qualities,  such  as  heavy  oil  being  present,  chemicals  left 
in  the  oil,  &c.  When  I  commenced  my  experiments  first 
I  wished  to  investigate  the  matter  very  thoroughly,  but  was 
prevented.  However,  I  tried  a  few  experiments  to  satisfy 
myself,  and  these  are  what  I  have  to  give. 

My  aim  was  to  have  all  the  results  exactly  comparable. 
I  used  the  same  lamp  with  glass  reservoir  throughout. 
The  table  I  give  of  the  oils  of  different  Scotch  companies 
may  possibly  be  an  exception  as  they  were  tested  previously  ; 
the  lamp  even  in  these  cases  was  the  same  one,  or  one 
exactly  similar.  I  took  a  new  piece  of  wick  for  eacii 
experiment,  clean  and  dry,  and  always  of  the  same  qualitv, 
and  in  the  cases  of  first  division  of  Table  1.  and  first  division 
of  Table  II.,  even  from  the  same  coil.  Changing  the  wick 
each  time  was  the  ouly  way  to  get  comparable  results,  as 
I  could  not  continue  the  same  oil  for  a  length  of  time ;  but 
by  this  way  we  do  not  get  the  full  difference  of  good  and 
bad  oil,  for  some  bad  oils  are  cumulative  in  their  bad 
results,  as  the  impurities  accumulate  in  the  wick. 

I  wished  to  get  the  highest  temperature  possible  for  each 
oil,  so  as  to  get  the  differences  accentuated.  I  soldered, 
therefore,  a  little  tube  to  the  metal  outside  the  chimney, 
at  the  same  level  as  the  burner,  put  mercury  in  it,  and  a 
thermometer  bulb  in  the  mercury.  If  I  took  only  the 
temperature  of  the  oil  in  the  reservoir  I  thought  the  error 
of'  experiment  would  be  great  from  the  effect  of  difference 
in  draughts  on  a  windy  day  and  a  quiet  one,  &c. 

In  doing  first  division  of  Table  I.  I  did  not  take 
temperature  of  oil  left  in  lamp  at  all.  as  I  kuew  it  was 
never  high  enough  to  be  near  the  flashing-point  of  the  oil ; 
but  having  taken  this  in  the  case  of  petroleum,  I  supple- 
mented these  afterwards  with  the  temperature  results  given 
iu  the  second  division  of  Table  I. 

The  lamp  with  glass  reservoir  is  a  Young's  duplex ;  and 
the  metal  lamp  is  a  duplex  exactly  similar,  I  believe,  to  the 
one  which  caused  Lord  Romilly's  death.  After  adjusting 
the  flame  of  the  lamp  at  first  to  its  full  height  we  did  not 
touch  it  afterwards  in  case  one  experiment  would  get  more 
care  than  another.  The  experiments  and  calculations  given 
were  made  by  my  assistant,  Mr.  Johu  Woodrow. 

When  a  lamp  burns  badly  it  generally  develops  more 
heat  than  usual,  the  light  is  red  instead  of  white,  and  the 
combustion  is  imperfect,  producing  a  bad  smell.  This  may 
arise  from  a  bad  lamp,  the  air  supplied  not  being  sufficient 
or  not  properly  reverberated  on  the  flame,  or  from  the 
chimney  being  too  short  or  so  badly  shaped  as  to  give  a 
back  current  inside  the  widened  part ;  or  it  may  arise  from 
the  lamp  being  dirty  and  air-holes  partly  filled  ;  or  from 
the  wick  being  bad,  damp,  or  dirty ;  or  from  the  oil  being 
polluted  with  a  trace  of  vegetable  or  animal  oil  in  the  dishes 
used  for  measuring  or  filling  ;  or  from  the  oil  itself  being 
had  from  refining  chemicals  being  retained  or  heavy  oil 
being  present. 

In  the  tables,  I  give  the  lamps  burned  with  the  air-holes 
free  and  also  with  the  air-holes  partly  filled  with  caudle- 
wick,  so  as  to  imitate  the  effect  of  a  lamp  in  bad  order. 
The  result  was  often  to  decrease  the  light  and  always  to 
increase  the  heat. 

I  give  also  the  specific  gravity  of  the  oil,  and  the  flash- 
point. The  flash-point  does  not  always  rise  in  proportion 
to  th*.-  specific  gravity,  comparing  paraffin  oils  by  themselves, 
or  petroleums  by  themselves  ;  for  au  oil  of  800  sp.  gr.  say, 
may  be  either  a  comparatively  homogeneous  oil  of  that 
gravity,  or  it  may  be  a  mixture  of  lighter  and  heavier  oils, 
with   800  as   the  average.     The  structure  of  the  oils  tested  ' 


888 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  80, 1892. 


is  given  in  the  column?  for  fractionation.  My  rule  for 
fractionating  is  to  make  cuts  with  intervals  of  25°  or  50°  C, 
but  working  with  Fahrenheit  thermometers  my  assistants 
erred  from  this  a  little,  for  which  I  am  sorry  ;  but  all  are 
done  comparatively  with  each  other.  It  is  much  better  to 
fractionate  in  this  way  than  to  cut  into  equal  measures,  say 
In  per  cent,  fractions,  as  one  sees  at  a  glance  the  structure 
of  the  oil.  The  effect  of  oil  being  not  homogeneous  in 
structure  is  shown  in  (7)  where  light  special  oil  782  is 
mixed  with  heavy  marine  sperm  830.  The  light  was  pretty 
well  kept  up,  but  the  heat  developed  was  much  greater  than 
with  either  oil  separate.  If  the  wick  had  been  of  poor 
quality  the  result  would  have  been  far  more  striking.  A 
closely-woven  wiek  fractionates  the  oil  to  some  extent,  and 
the  residue  in  the  wiek  and  lamp  tends  to  get  heavier  ;  so 
that  an  oil  containing  heavy  oil  with  such  a  wick  burns  very 
badly  after  an  hour  or  two,  while  a  homogeneous  oil  burns 
well  throughout.  With  a  very  good  loose  wick,  the  heavy 
oil  rises  pretty  well,  and  the  burning  of  badly-fractionated 
oil  approximates  to  the  well-fractionated.  A  well-fractionated 
ml  is  nearly  independent  of  wick,  one  with  heavy  residue 
does  not  burn  well  unless  the  wiek  is  very  good.  The 
burning  oils  (8 — 13)  of  first  division  of  Table  I.  are  all  of 
similar  quality,  with  fractionation  similar  to  the  two  given. 

In  testing  an  oil  in  the  laboratory  all  that  boils  over  above 
300°  O.  (.">~2  F.)  is  looked  on  as  hurtful  to  the  burning  in 
ordinary  lamps.  Ordinary  paraffin  oil  has  sp.  gr.  808  to 
81  J,  but  special  lamps  can  burn  oil  of  830  or  8-10  quite  well. 
and  the  flash  of  these  is  220"  or  230'  F.  They  contain  a 
considerable  residue  boiling  over  ."i72  (See  (3).) 

The  expression  "  treated  "  and  "  untreated  "  which  I  have 
used  refer  to  w  hether  or  not  the  oils  were  treated  with  acid 
and  soda  after  the  last  distillation.  Burning  oils  are  greatly 
influenced  by  a  finishing  treatment.  It  gives  them  a  pale 
colour  and  improves  the  smell.  The  oil  settles  quite  clear, 
but  retains  sulpho-compounds  of  soda,  and  these  have  to  be 
washed  out  as  thoroughly  as  possible.  Whether  thoroughly 
washed  or  not  the  burning  of  the  oil  is  always  somewhat 
harmed  by  the  treatment,  and  if  much  soda-coinpound  is 
left  in  the  oil,  the  oil  is  much  the  worse.  The  sulpho 
compound  decomposes  in  the  burner,  giving  free  sulphuric 
acid,  which  chars  the  wick,  sometimes  for  an  inch  down  the 
burner-tube.  The  wick  at  the  top  becomes  quite  acid  to 
litmus.  But  sometimes  the  wicks  are  acid  of  themselves  to 
begin,  and  acidity  in  the  burner  is  not  always  from  the  oil. 
As  a  rough  and  rapid  test  for  the  amount  of  this  decom- 
posable sulpho-compound,  I  heat  the  oil  rapidly  to  330 °, 
cool  rapidly,  and  titrate  the  acidity.  With  care  in  doing  the 
experiments  all  alike,  the  results  are  comparable.  If  left  in 
the  heat  any  time,  the  acid  is  given  off  as  SO.,,  and  dis- 
appears. I  take  2,000  fl.  gr.  of  oil  and  wash  it  afterwards 
with  200  fl.  gr.  of  water.  I  titrate  the  water  with  centinormal 
soda,  using  methyl-orange  as  indicator,  and  the  figures  I 
give  are  the  number  of  fl.  gr.  used.  Experiment  No.  11 
was  made  for  the  purpose  of  testing  the  effect  of  much 
chemical  retained.  It  was  settled  clear  without  further 
washing.     The  average  C'.P.  is  reduced  from  19'  6  to  1 4 ■  i; . 

Carefully  fractionated  homogeneous  oils  are  low  or  high 
in  flash  in  proportion  to  specific  gravity  and  boiling  point. 
To  get  at  the  influence  of  flash-point  free  from  any  confusing 
element  I  tried  paraffin  oil  of  similar  quality,  but  varying  in 
specific  gravity,  flash,  and  boiling  point,  and  therefore 
exactly  comparable.  Nos.  1,  2,  and  3  of  Table  I.,  first 
division,  have  flashes  respectively  100°,  155°,  and  230". 
Burned  with  free  burner  the  temperature  was  practically  the 
same  in  all,  being  at  burner  102°,  103°,  andl04D  respectively, 
giving  the  higher  flash  with  the  higher  temperature.  Even 
this  little  difference,  1  concluded,  was  from  error  of  experi- 
ment, as  I  always  got  higher  temperature  with  the  lower 
flash  afterwards,  as  in  Tables  below.  One  degree  at  the 
burner  would  only  be  a  very  small  fraction  of  a  degree  when 
conducted  to  the  oil,  and  diffused  over  it.  When  I  tried 
similar  oils  with  the  air-holes  partly  filled,  as  lamps  generally 
are,  I  was  much  astonished  to  find  the  lowest  flashing  oil  give 
by  far  the  highest  temperatures. 

The  experiments  being  carried  on  at  intervals  as  we 
happened  to  have  time,  the  circumstances  as  to  the  weather. 
&c,  varied,  aud  the  results  vary  a  little  one  with  another. 
I  tried    my    very  l>cst    In    invent    means   of    getting  a    high 


temperature  with  high-flashing  oils,  as  Abel  and  Redwood 
got  for  one  experiment  at  any  rate,  bat  I  failed.  I  wrote  to 
Sir  Frederick  Abel,  giving  my  experience,  and  asking  him 
to  give  me  a  hint  as  to  how  I  could  repeat  his  experiments  ; 
but  he  answered  that  "  he  was  altogether  precluded  at  the 
present  time  to  give  any  attention  to  the  subject,"  and  that 
he  had  forwarded  my  letter  to  Mr.  Redwood.  Mr.  Redwood 
did  not  write  in  answer  to  my  question,  and  I  did  not 
trouble  him  with  another  letter. 

I  thought  if  the  oil  were  supplied  freely  to  a  lamp  burn- 
ing well,  that  the  higher  temperature  should  be  got  from 
the  higher  specific  gravity  and  flashing-point,  so  I  burned 
comparable  oils  with  oil  supplied  at  constant  level,  2|  in. 
below  burner  against  5  in.,  which  is  common  enough  in 
lamps,  and  I  got  the  old  result,  highest  temperature  from 
lowest  flash. 

I  tried  American  and  Russian  oils  with  the  results  shown 
on  Table  II.  I  tried  the  crucial  experiment  given  in  the 
last  division  of  the  Table.  I  distilled  a  sample  of  petroleum 
all  over,  and  added  naphtha  from  one  half  to  the  otter  half 
with  the  naphtha,  and  thus  got  comparable  oils,  such  as  1 
had  of  the  Scotch,  differing  only  in  flash,  we  may  say,  with 
tie-  result  again  of  getting  highest  temperature  with  lowest 
flash-point. 

1  tried  many  experiments  which  I  have  not  recorded,  as 
each  would  have  had  to  have  been  detailed  separately :  but 
all  accorded  with  the  results  given. 

My  experiments  leave  no  doubt  on  my  own  mind  that 
Abel  and  Redwood'^  observation s  of  a  higher  temperature 
from  higher  flashing  oil  was  a  mistake,  and  that  the  oils 
they  compared  had  not  been  comparable.  However  high 
a  temperature  their  high-flashing  oil  gave,  I  have  no  doubt 
a  really  comparable  oil  of  low  flash  would  have  given  a 
still  higher  temperature  in  similar  circumstances.  To 
render  an  oil  flashing  ai  [00  as  dangerous  as  an  oil 
flashing  at  73°,  it  would  have  to  produce  a  temperature  in  the 
oil  vessel  of  27°  higher. 

I  have  no  doubt  if  all  our  oils,  home  and  foreign,  were 
made  with  high  flash-point,  it  would  vender  them  safer  in 
every  respect,  f  have  little  doubt  that  to  make  all  oils  safe 
in  this  way  would  be  a  blessing  to  manufacturers,  as  well  as 
to  sellers  and  consumers.  A  demand  for  naphtha  for 
enriching  gas,  or  some  other  purpose,  wonld  soon  be 
created ;  and,  with  ensured  safety  in  use,  the  consumption 
of  paraffin  oil  and  petroleum  would,  I  have  no  doubt, 
increase  enormously.  We  will  soon  have  factories  driven 
by  oil  engines,  working  at  the  top  of  Highland  mountains, 
and  other  out-of-the-way  places,  where  coal  as  fuel  is 
impossible.  To  give  petroleum  a  chance  of  taking  its 
natural  place  in  the  world,  freedom  from  explosive  vapour 
ought  to  be  ensured,  and  I  hope  the  manufacturers  will 
soon  see  that  this  is  to  their  own  advantage. 

I  think  myself  it  is  an  immoral  thing  for  either  individual 
or  company  to  make  or  sell  oil  that  gives  off  explosive 
vapours  at  ordinary  temperature  of  house  or  lamps  without 
labelling  it  as  dangerous.  If  it  were  not  for  that  report  of 
Abel  and  Redwood,  I  would  think  that  nc  sane  man  could 
look  on  73°  flashing  oil  as  anything  else  bat  extremely 
dangerous. 

It  is  a  fact,  of  course,  that  high-flashing  oils,  which 
naturally  burn  cooler  than  low-flashing  ones,  can  be  con- 
taminated (see  1.3  of  Table  I.)  or  burned  in  dirty  lamps,  so 
as  to  produce  a  dangerously  high  temperature;  but  with 
ordinary  care  of  oil  and  lamps,  I  look  on  the  105°  flashing 
oil  of  the  War  Office  practically  as  safe  as  colza,  or  any 
other  combustible  oil. 

More  than  a  year  since  1  tried  to  get  samples  of  as  many 
Scotch  oils  as  I  could.  I  give  the  results  of  my  tests, 
showing  all  were  of  safe  flash-point.  Some,  however, 
retained  too  much  chemical,  aud  would  tend  to  char  the 
wick  and  heat  the  lamp,  but  the  experiments  were  carried 
out  before  the  question  of  temperature  was  suggested  to  me. 
They  should  have  the  oils  better  refined  before  giving  the 
final  treatment,  and  be  able  to  finish  with  less  sulphuric  acid. 

I  have  not  been  able  to  carry  out  the  series  of  experiments 
1  originally  planned,  but  I  will  continue  to  experiment  as  I 
have  opportunity.  But  others  should  experiment  also,  ami 
publish  their  results.  It  is  a  matter  of  too  much  importance 
to   leave   to   the  proclivities  of  a    few    individuals.     Many 


Nov.  30,1893.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


880 


thoughts  are  suggested  by  my  little  array  of  experiments. 
These  or  a  better  planned  series  should  be  carried  out  by 
every  oil  chemist,  so  that  the  laws  of  the  matter  might  be 
made  quite  definite  and  beyond  dispute,  and  out  of  the  region 
of  mere  opinion.  Even  educated  persons  have  great  diffidence 
in  forming  an  opinion  where  scientific  questions  are  involved, 
for  although  they  are  as  capable  of  judging  as  experts,  they 
do  not  know  it,  and  this  is  a  question  on  which  they  have 
been  confused  and  misled.  I  have  been  greatly  oppressed 
by  my  own  responsibility  in  the  matter — a  responsibility 
brought  painfully  home  to  me  by  every  death  from  lamp 
accident— and  I  had  resolved  to  speak  out  my  mind  whether 


I  was  opposed  or  supported  by  the  Scotch  oil  trade.  I  think 
this  Society  should  appoint  a  committee  to  draw  up  a  series 
of  experiments  to  be  carried  out  by  each  member  of  the 
committee  independently. 

We  should  get  from  Parliament  reliable  and  full  returns 
as  to  deaths  and  fires  from  mineral  oil,  with  origin  of  oil 
and  flash-point  as  far  as  possible.  I  have  no  doubt  what- 
ever that  all  facts  and  experiments  when  collected  and 
interpreted  aright  will  further  prove  what  I  hold  is  proved 
already,  that  other  things  being  equal,  the  higher  the  flash- 
point the  safer  the  oil,  and  that  100°  P.  is  the  lowest 
flash-point  that  could  with  any  oQUfjdonon  be  adopted. 


Table  I, 
Scotch  1'araffin  Oils. 


Oil  Tested. 


3 

4 

5 
6 

7 
s 

9 

10 
11 
12 
13 


Special  nil 

Lighthouse  oil 

Marine  sperm,  lull  reated  

Special  oil 

Murine  sperm,  treated 

Marine  sperm,  treated 

Special  and  marine  sperm,  half 

and  half. 
Burning  oil,  untreated 

Burning  oil,  treated 

Burning  oil,  treated 

Burning  oil  (extra  O.  V.) , treated 

Burning  oil,  treated 

Burning  oil,  treated,  and  i  per 
cent,  bulled  linseed  oil. 


Air- 
Holes  of 
Lamp,   j 


Specific 


Flash- 


Gravity.     Point. 


Oil  Tested. 


Special  oil 

Lighthouse  oil 

Marine  sperm,  untreated. 

Special  oil 

Marine  sperm,  treated 

Marine  sperm,  treated. . . . 


Frco 
Free 
Free 

Clogged 
Free 

Clogged 

Free 
Free 
Free 
Free 

Free 

Clogged 

Fiee 


782 
Si  i'.  I 
832 
782 
830 
830 
SOS 
TIB' 
707 
799 
803 
799 
800 


°F. 

101) 
155 
230 
100 
230 
230 
lit 
!H 

101 


Candle  Power. 


After  Burning. 


$  Hour.    7i  Hours. 


Temperature  of  Burner, 


Mean. 


25-9 
22-8 

20-7 
21-0 
2fl 
W4 
22*2 
21-5 
22  -s 
21-2 
22-0 
18-4 
J8"S 


19-0 
19-0 
10-2 
17-S 
9-3 

IN-2 
18-2 
17'8 
18-0 

7-2 

l(l'2 
2-8 


22-45 

20 '7.-, 

15'45 

19-4 

1.V2 

12-65 

20-2 

19-85 

20-3 

19-0 

14-G 

14-3 

10' 5 


{Hour.   3!  Hours.  7!  Hours.      Mean 


'P. 

1112 

100 

io ; 

nil 

HIS 
122 
110 
112 
115 

in 

119 
121 

121 


°F. 

Hit 

1U5 
108 
130 

1(15 
123 
115 
115 
119 
115 
115 
127 
HO 


°F. 

101 

lOfi 
103 
130 
102 
124 
111 
109 
lit 
112 
110 
127 
160 


°  F. 

102-0 

108"0 

104'0 
130-0 
in., 'ii 
123-0 
112-0 
112-0 
llfi'O 
113-Q 
114-11 
126-0 
ill-:; 


Oil  consumed  in  Lamp 
in  75  Hours. 


Fluid 
Grains. 


Grains. 


Special  and  marine  sperm,  half 
and  half. 
8  j  Burning  oil,  untreated 


Burning  oil,  treated 

Burning  oi  1,  treated 

Burning  oil  (extra  O.V.),  treated 

Burning  oil,  treated 

Burning  oil,  treated,  and  \  per 
cent,  boiled  linseed  oil. 


9,850 
9,200 
8,000 
8,200 
7,820 
0,000 
9,550 
10.020 
10,200 
9,200 
7.750 
6.0UII 
5,400 


7,703 
7,443 
6,556 
0.112 
6,474 
4,980 
7,716 
8,000 
8,129 
7,351 
6,215 
5,273 
4,320 


I 


Grains 
pei- 
Hour 
per 
C.P. 


Specific 
Gravity 

of 
Residue 

Left  First 

in       i     Drop 

Lamp.  IHistilled. 


15-7 
47-8 
57-4 
4t'l 
50-8 
62-5 
50-9 
53-8 
53-4 
50-0 
56-8 


Fractionation  of  Oil  Burned. 


783 
809 
832 
782 
830 
830 
809 
sin 
798 
799 
803 
799 
801 


380 
510 


290 
310 


Up  to  450°  F. 


Per    I  Specific 
Cent.     Gravity. 


37-0 


50-0 
54-0 


798 


777 
779 


450"— 572°  F. 


Pel- 
Cent. 


61" 
81" 


Specific 

Gravity. 


Residue. 


Per 
Cent, 


816 
830 


819 
820 


1-5 
18-5 


Specific 
Gravity. 


812 
842 


5-5 

4-5 


85 
S52 


Flash  point  of  samples  of  burning  oil  was  about  100^  F.    Aoidit, 

extra  <>.  V 


;y  after  heating  to  380°— Untreated  oils,  0;  burning  oils  treated,  2  ;  No.  n, 
V.  treatment,  over  200, 


890 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Nov.  so,  1892. 


Scotch  Paraffin  Oils — continual. 


Oil  tested. 


Special  792,  untreated 

Lighthouse  oil  810,  untreated 

Marine  sperm  830,  untreated 

Burning  oil  800,  treated 

I  i-l  ill  i.  iii 1  800,  flush  ll.V  F 

Lighthouse  andnaphtlia  738,  mixture  807,  flash  73    I 

\  i.i    can  petroleum " Tea  Rose,"  for  comparison, 
■  ■.  [lash  75°  F. 


Temperature  after  bnrning  Four  Horns. 

Glass  Fount  Lamp. 

Metal  Fount  Lamp. 

Room. 

»"«•        muLp. 

Increase. 

*»»*•       in  Ump. 

Increase. 

F. 
52 

°  F.               °  F. 
128                   72 ' 

F. 
20 

0  F. 
150 

B6 

:,ii 

121                   HI 

11 

148 

83 

ss 

:,1 

112 

58 

7 

132                  78 

27 

52 

m 

l» 

17 

1 14                 SI 

29 

56 

116 

,,; 

7 

136                 72 

16 

5li 

119                6 1 

8 

13S                   72 

16 

so 

120 

68 

' 

111 

80 

20 

Scotch  Paraffin  Oil  op  Different  Companies. 


nil  Tested. 


Si ific 

Gravity. 


A.M.. 

A.a.. 


803 
803 


La.,       excessive        806 
(34   V       O.V.) 
treatment. 


A.a..,  unwashed.. 


A.:... 
B.a.. 
B.l). 
B.C.. 
C.b.. 
Da. 


D.b. 
D.c 

E.a.. 


E.b. 
E.c. 

F.  .. 


17     G.a.. 


G.b. 

G.c, 


sol,' 

804J 

8053 
806 
SIS 

SII2 
70S 

802J 

son 

798 

805 
809 
813 

805 

B05 

slu 


Height 

of 

Burner 

above 

Oil. 


Candle  Power. 


Inches 

2.; 


After  Burning. 


'  Hour,     f  Hours.  7  Hours. 


Average 


Chimney. 


Crusi  on  Wick. 


Notes. 


22-1 
18'5 
21-2 


21/8 
21  -6 

22-0 
18-S 
22-0 
21-5 

21'6 

Ill's 
21-5 

20'0 

!:•-.. 
21'2 

21-0 


20'0 


21-5  21'5  21'S 

13-5  j       ll'O  ll-.'io 

12-5  6-8  13-33 

2 1  ■  1 1  22-S  23-6 


Clean. 
i  lean. 


Dim,  with  white 
deposit  opposite 
flame. 


Clean. 


19-0 
16-8 


is- 1         10-73 
12-0         Ifi-S 


20"6  19-11         20-53 


17-1 
l'.i-S 
ls-0 

L8-8 
H-8 
18-1 


11-5  16-9 
8*0  16'6 
13'8        17-7 


8-3 

is-o 

9-6 

9-2 

lO'l 

16'8 
11"2 

l.v  I 

12M 
7'4 
13'8 


5*8 


19*06 

15'27 

18 '33 

15' -2 
11-73 

17-7 

12*23 

11-5 

12-2 


Clean 

Very  dim 

Clean 

Slight  deposit, .. 

Clean 

Dim 


Had  to  be  turned 

down    several 
times. 


Scarcely  dimmed. 

Slight  deposit 

A  little  dim 


A  little  dim  . 
Very  dim  . . . 
A  little  dim  . 


Very   dim,   worse 
than  any  above. 


Very  dirty 


Brownish  deposit., 
worst  i -full. 


Very  hard  crust, . 


A  good  deal  of 
crust,  not  so 
hard  as  B.a. 

Crust,  suit,  little 
of  it. 

Crust  consider- 
able, soft. 

Crust  consider- 
able, hard. 

Crust  hurdish. 

Much  hard  crust, 

Crusi  consider- 
able, soft. 

Crust  much  and 
hard,  worse  than 

any  above. 


Great       deal 
crust,  soft. 


Greal      deal 
crust,  hard. 


Nov.  30, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE   SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


891 


Scotch  Para.fmn  Oil  of  Different  Companies — continued. 


Fractional  Distillation. 


Oil  Tested. 


Flash  Under  450"  F. 

Point.  Firs! 

!!n>|i 

over.    Per 

Cent. 


T. 

i     A.a ion 

a  La 

3  A.a.  excessive 
.::'  '  o.V.i 
treatment. 

i  A. a.,  unwashed  . .  106 

5  .\.:i. 

G     B.o ,.  mi 

7     B.b 12s 

s      B.o 119 

9     C.b 115 

in      D.a 112 

11  II. 1) lis 

12  D.c 120 

13  E.u 108 

11     E.b 115 

15     E.e 1:3 

HI     F 120 

17     O.ii 10s 

is     O.I, 112 

19     O.c 117 


Specific 
Gravity. 


150-572°  F. 


Residue. 


Cent. 


Specific  I  Per 
Gravity    CeDl 


Smell  mi 
Distilling. 


Specific 
Gravity. 


Tiutometcr. 


°F. 


2S0  57-0 

MOO  15-0 

300  43 '5 

;hii  27"0 

300  50'0 

S00  58"8 

800  50'0 

310  30\5 

300  51-0 

B10  W0 

820  37"0 

820  l2-ii 

310  15-u 

315  EO-2 

320  35-5 


782 
785 
789 

7:  io 
7  s:: 
786 
7s  I 
7S^ 
7S5 
780 
794 
7ss 
7ss 
700 


t7-u 
10-5 

.V.l-S 
H-|| 

311-5 
l.vi; 

50-0 
tiro 

52-5 
511 -s 
5li'5 
5H-2 
15-u 
59'0 


817 
820 

S21 
820 
si.; 
818 
819 
816 
si  5 
S17 
824 

SI  5 
SI  5 
SIS 


s-l, 
7-0 
13-2 
9-0 
4-7 

ri 

13 '5 
6-0 
7-5 

12-2 
1-5 
4'8 
|-s 
5-5 


Sill 

350 

sin 
si:  i 

S51 
SHI 
sll 
358 
852 
s.'.l 
852 
860 
858 
sill 


500  52  50     Total. 


Acidity 
Deve- 
loped 
on 

Seating, 


0-375  0-75 
1-0  7-7; 
I'll  7-75 
2'75 

Strong  smell  SO.    0'5 

No  smell  SOj...     0-5 

No  smell  S02...     2-" 

Strong  smell SOj     o-5 

Strong  smell  SOj     m 

S II  SOj 1-5 

No  smell  SOa. . .     ro        2'25 

Strong  smell  SOj    0'5        2-e 

Slight  smell  Sll,      ro         4'25 

Slight  smell  SOo     l'O        2'25 


(•'I.  G.  tis. 


ri25 

38 

0-75 

3 

8'75 

2 

2-75 

2 

0-5 

25 

2-5 

3 

0-25 

3 

0-5 

38 

1-0 

36 

1-5 

20 

3-25 

is 

2-5 

70 

5-25 

33 

3-2-, 

28 

Air- 
Holes  of8***5*116 
Burner.  Gravit7- 

Flash- 
Point. 

Burner  5  Inches  above  Oil-Level. 

oil  Tested. 

Temperature, 

After  Burning  \  Hour. 

After  Burning  3>  Hours.  After  Burning  7 

Hours. 

Iii- 

Room. 

Burner. 

Oil. 

Room. 

I                | 
Burner.      Oil.       Room. 

Burner. 

Oil. 

Oil. 

In                702 

Free       80s.' 
Clogged     702 
i  logged      8085 

F. 

116 

158 
110 

158 

°F. 
6S 

58 

ill 

no 

°F. 
Ill 

110 

121 
125 

°F. 
02 

58 

01 

60 

F. 
05 

03 

63 

02 

°F. 
118 

111 

127 

125 

F. 

71 

70 
68 

00 

66 ' 

05 
06 

on 

F. 
114 

US 

133 

130 

;  F. 
89 

73 

71 

75 

°F. 

s 

8 
9 

Oil  Tested. 


Burner  2'  Inches  above  Oil-Level. 


Temperature. 


Alter  Burning  5  Hour. 


After  Burning  34  Hours. 


After  Burning 71  Hours. 


Room, 


Burner,        Oil, 


Special  oil 

Lighthouse  oil  , 

Special  oil 

Lighthouse  oil 


°F. 
62' 

01 

50 

63 


°  F. 
114 

114 

112 

117 


Room. 


Burner. 


Oil. 


Room.    :   Burner. 


02 
61 
50 
64 


c  F. 
64 

of 

62 

64 


F 
118 

120 

123 

121 


74' 

78 
71 
73 


°F. 
06 ' 

64 

03 

04 


°F. 

122 

114 
125 
124 


Oil. 


°F. 

011 

80 
91 
89 


Increase 

Oil. 


°F. 

24 

22 
28 

15 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov. 


Table  II. 
Ameri.  v\   Pi  i  roi  i  i  m. 


Candle 


Oil  Tested, 


Air- 
Holes  of 


plash       After  Burnng. 

J     Pi    n! 


American  p,'trol»'ilin — 
"Tea  Rom" 

Free 

I 

i 

"Royal  Daylight  ".... 

Free 

.. 

1      -- 

1 

American  Waterwhite,  li  gh 
Test  Petroleum— 
Strange's  A   1   Crystal 

on." 

- 

perial  Crown"  . .. 

„ 

Russian  Petroleum — 

Free 
i  lamed 

"  Nobel's ' 


Free 


793 

702 
7'.' J 

79S 

796 

7ol 

7ss 

7ss 
701 
701 

334 


1 . 

78 

22-5 

78 

22-5 

;.-. 

21-2 

:.-. 

175 

77 

21-5 

i  7 

2f0 

7>; 

20-0 

7c  i 

lS'S 

OS 

21-6 

no 

21-2 

11M 

17-S 

21-7 

106 

•20-0 

si 

si 

16-2 

- 

203 

- 

1S-3 

3  : 

Hntir.  Hours.  Hours. 


Mean. 


■:•<■:, 

17-3 

80-16 

21-0 

18-0 

lsl 

is-fi 

Is'! 

13-2 

13-4 

15-86 

17'i' 

12  7 

17-3C 

16-8 

HI 

17-68 

1C-S 

■ 

15-00 

17-". 

14-0 

l(i-7 

21V-. 
19-0 
16"2 
20-3 
16-7 

19-3 

l.vi 
17-0 
12-0 


13-6  18-1> 
143 

l.-l-n  15-6 

16-2  19-KI 

13-6  16*76 

17-0 

14-3  1520 

16-8 

10-9  12-13 


Temperature. 


I '    Burner. 


Of  Room. 


S  7 

Hour.  Hours.  Hours. 


Of  Oil 
Left 


1)7 

r. 

123 

Us 

121 

Us 

119 

1W 

727 

117 

117 

124 

126 

Beginning.  End.    Lamp. 


lis 
110 

121 
111 
119 

122 
127 


118 
132 

111! 
121 

126 


1 . 

US 

1 
llli-:; 

r. 

l 
67 

P. 

70 

12" 

119-6 

63 

7" 

73 

119 

lis-,; 

66 

70 

:- 

127 

127-0 

- 

71 

110 

mi; 

68 

123 

121-3 

64 

68 

70 

117 

117-6            63 

US 

12s 

,;i 

69 

73 

113  119 

119  121 

117  US 

121  121 


US 
110 
111' 
115 
123 

123 
122 
117 
121 


121-;; 
112:; 
119-0 
12011 
126-0 


120-0 
121-0 
117-3 
121-0 


03 

•  ■; 

63 
68 
63 

i-.-, 


07 

69 

OS 

57 

- 


70 
69 

71 
71 

C9 


111       snmed  in  Lamp 

in  ~t  I: 

oil  Left  in 

Oil  Burnec 

Drop 

over. 

Dp  to  ISO'  r. 

130  - 

-.72   r. 

lue. 

Oil  Tested. 

Fluid 
Grains. 

Grains. 

per 
Hour 

<  r 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Plash- 

Point. 

1. 

of 
Oil  on 

Per 
Cent 

Specific 

Gravity. 

Per 

Cfllt. 

Specific 
Grai  it.v. 

Per 
Cent 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Heating. 

American  petroleum — 

"Tea  Rose  " 

1030 

s  109 

i 
27o 

270 

270 

16-0 

10-0 
405 
49  5 

■ 
766 

707 

707 
7   - 

33-0 

31-0 
31-0 
SB-2 

- 

s„s 

- 

21-0 

21-11 

10-:, 

10  5 
17-s 

s,„ 

SS7 
S37 
BSE 

47-9 

70 

0 

4 
t 
3 

Royal  Daylight  " 

'.•.7'»> 

7.002 

.",:'•  1 

i 

205 

„ 

7,296 

5.-,  -2 

263 

17-0 

■  - 

17-s 

3 

Bear  Creek  " 

• 

oo-i 

' 

270 

13-fl 

Sl-o 

S,|S 

20-0 

BS 

10 

9 

270 
300 

4S-0 

-7-0 

31-0 

SOI 

260 

B 

10 
3 

A  mericanWaterwhit 
TV-.:  Petroleum— 
Strange's  A  1  Crystal 

-    - 

59-1 

701 

98 

7s  1 

9.900 

7.soi 

50-7 

7ss 

.. 

320 

63-0 

7-" 

32-2 

si  13 

1-8 

s 

9,000 

10,700 

7.002 
8,464 

320 
300 

7s0 
770 

32-2 

.-S9-5 

so:, 

- 

rs 
7-5 

Sil 

s 

"  Imperial  Crown  " 

701 

mo 

$,600 

7.S03 

54-1 

701 

.. 

300 

770 

- 

7'5 

S81 

•> 

i.    -■       petroleum — 

9,500 

52-2 

*2I 

51 

iSi 

- 

■ 

846 

1-7 

873 

4 

7,400 

7.260 

- 

B9-S 
55-0 

807 

so,; 

110 

-0: 
- 

4-7 
4-0 

8! 

- 

4 
2 

s.soo 

■ 

s7 

■ 

52-7 

826 

290 

55-0 

S06 

iro 

843 

l-o 

.> 

Nov. so,  1891]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


893 


American  Petroleum — continued. 


Oil  Tested. 

Air- 
Bolesof  's;Pecinc 
Burner.  Gravi,v- 

Flash- 
Point. 

°F. 

Lamp  with  Glass  Reservoir. 


Temperature. 


After  Burning  i  Hour. 


Room.  Burner.      Oil. 


After  Buraing3i  Hours.   After  Burning 7i  Hours.       jn 


Room.  Burner.      Oil.       Room.  Burner.      Oil. 


en  ase 
Oil. 


'F. 
5S 


•F. 
liu 


'F. 


F. 
60 


'F. 
109 


'F. 
61 


P. 
61 


°F. 
110 


r. 


Lamp  with  Metal  Reservoir. 


Oil  Tested. 


After  Burning  I  Hour. 


Temperature. 
After  Binning  35  Hours. 


After  Burning  7»  Hours. 


Room        Burner. 


R  a 


V. 
58 


CF. 
130 


Oil. 


58* 


Room.      Burner.         Oil.  Room.      Burner. 


Oil. 


r. 

60 


•F, 
133 


3  1'. 
61 


°F. 
132 


°F. 
76 


In- 

erease 

Oil. 


1  . 
15 


Americas  Petroleum,  789. 
Distilled  one  Lot,  keeping  separate  5  per  cent.  Naphtha,  which  was  added  to  another  Lot  which  was  Distilled  all  over. 


Burner  5  inches  above  Oil-level. 

Burner  %\  inches  above  Oil-level. 

Oil  Tested. 

Air-Holes 

of 
Burner. 

Re    Flash'         Temperature  after  Burning 

,         „  .   ,                          3  Hours.                       Candle 

Temperature  after  Burning 

3  Hours.                         Cand,e 

Room.    Burner. 

Oil. 

Increase    Power- 
Oil. 

Room. 

°F. 
60 

60 

Burner. 

Oil. 

Increase    Powel- 
Oil. 

Without  naphtha  . . . 

Free 
Free 

1'.           P. 

703            12'.'           CI 

J8J             88           60 

°F. 

109 

112 

P. 

71 

-• 

F.           J  F. 
13              10 

17               21 

•F. 
112 

114 

op 

77 

78 

«F. 

17  18 

18  it 

#I)ttuarj). 


"nrtf.nKn/'/i/i^  "  -.f«  »- 


I  HAlil.Ks  THOMPSON,  P.I.C.,  F.C.S. 

A    MEMBER   OF  THE   SOCIETY   OE   CHEMICAL   INDUSTRY. 

The  subject  of  this  brief  memoir  received  his  chemical 
education  in  the  first  instance  in'  the  laboratories  of  the 
Pharmaceutical  Society  iu  Bloomsbury  Square,  and  sub- 
sequently, in  1881,  became  associated  with  Dr.C.  K.  Alder 
Wright,*!'. U.S.,  at  St.  Mary's  Hospital,  Eaddington,  firstly 
as  articled  pupil,  and  then  as  assistant.  Iu  1SS5  lie  was 
appointed  Demonstrator  of  Chemistry  in  St.  Mary's 
Hospital  Medical  School,  which  post  he  held  for  nearly- 
live  years.  Daring  this  period  of  about  nine  years  in  all 
he  collaborated  extensively  with  Dr.  Alder  Wright  in 
several  branches  of  scientific  research,  as  well  as  various 
technical  inquiries,  as  the  result  of  which  labours  18 
memoirs  and  other  papers  were  communicated  by  tin- 
two  authors  conjointly  to  the  Royal,  Chemical,  and 
Physical  Societies,  the  Societies  of  Chemical  Industry 
and  of  Public  Analysts,  and  the  British  Association, 
embodying  the  results  of  researches  in  various  branches 
of  work,  more  especially  in  electro-chemistry,  metallurgy 
(alloys'),  and    the  chemistry  of  the  soap  manufacture. 


These  latter  researches  led  in  the  spring  of  18'JO  to  his 
being  offered  the  general  management  and  scientific 
supervision  of  Messrs.  Bloudeau  and  Cie.'s  factories  for 
the  manufacture  of  "  Vinolia  "  products,  a  post  the  some- 
what onerous  responsibilities  of  which  he  ably  discharged 
until  shortly  before  his  death,  when  the  state  of  his 
health  prevented  his  attending  actively  to  work. 

Charles  Thompson  died  on  Saturday,  October  8th, 
unmarried,  at  Ihe  early  age  of  thirty-one  years, 
after  a  somewhat  brief  but  painful  illness.  Hi?*  was 
very  successful  as  a  teacher,  his  genial  temperament 
and  patience  causing  him  to  be  highly  esteemed  and 
greatly  liked  by  the  students  under  his  care.  His 
energy  and  capacity  for  work  were  remarkable,  whilst  in 
private  life  his  pleasing  manners  and  social  attainments 
greatly  endeared  him  to  all  his  friends.  The  writer 
especially  looks  back  in  memory  to  the  nine  years  spent 
in  almost  daily  companionship  with  him  with  feelings  of 
pleasure  mingled  with  regret  that  the  career  of  one  so 
amiable  should  be  thus  early  and  painfully  cut  short. 

— C.  R.  A.  W. 


S94 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Nov.  so,  1893. 


Journal  anU  $attnt*  literature* 


('las-.  Page. 

I.— General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery 894 

II.— Fuel,  Gas.  and  Light 396 

III.— Destructive  Distillation,  Tar  Products,  &c 900 

I V.— Colouring  .Matters  and  Dyes    '. 

V— Textiles :  Cotton,  Wool,  Silk,  &c 902 

Y I. —Dyeing,   Calico   Printing,    Paper    Staining,   and 

Bleaching 90 1 

V II— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 906 

VIII.— Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware 908 

IX. — Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars  and  Cements..  908 

X.— Metallurgy 909 

XL— Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy  

XII.— Fats,  Oils,  and  Soap  Manufacture 928 

XIIL— Paints,     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Resins,     India- 
Rubber,  ic 929 

XIV.— Tanning,  Leather,  Glue,  and  Size 980 

XV.—  Manures,  & c — 

XVI— Sugar,  Starch,  Gum,  ic 930 

XVI I.— Brewing,  Wines,  Spirits,  4c 931 

XVIII.— Chemistry    of    Foods,    Sanitary    Chsmistrr,    and 

Disinfectants 932 

XIX.—  Paper,  Pasteboard,  Sx 934 

XX.— Fine  Chemicals,  Alkaloids,  Essences,  and  Extracts  935 

XXL— Photographic  Materials  and  Processes 936 

XX 1 1.— Explosives,  Matches,  4c 937 

XXIII— Analytical  Chemistry 939 


I.-GENERAL  PLANT,  APPAKATUS,  AND 
MACHINEEY. 

The  Durability  of  India-Rubber  Hot-Water  Pipes. 
E.  Belleroehe".  Rev.  Univ.  des  Mines,  18,  1892,25  s 
Proc.  Inst.  Civ.  Eng.  110  (iv.)  21. 

See  under  XIIL,  jiage  '.12'.'. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in   Fillers.     ]!.  M.  Santurio,  Buenos  Ayres. 
Eng.  Pat.  10,314,  June  17,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  what  are  known  as  "  earthenware" 
filters,  the  improvements  referring  principally  to  the  con- 
struction of  the  permeable  cylinder  or  vessel,  which  is  here 
surrounded  with  permeable  hollow  screw  threads  leading 
from  one  end  of  the  cylinder  to  the  other.  The  liquid 
passes  through  the  hollow  screw  in  one  direction,  and 
returns  by  the  inner  cylinder  in  the  other.  There  are 
arrangements  for  cleaning  the  filtering  surfaces  by  flushing. 

— B. 


Improvements  in  Fillers.     B.  C.  Saver,  Bristol.     Eng.  Pat. 
14,009,  August  29,"  1891. 

In  the  improved  filter  the  porous  material  is  placed  in  an 
inverted  siphon,  which  may  be  attached  to  the  bottom  of 
the  water  reservoir  by  bolts,  so  as  to  be  suspended  in  the 
filtered  water  reservoir,  or,  in  large  filters,  where  the  weight 
of  the  unfiltered  water  reservoir  is  considerable,  may  be 
bolted  to  the  sides  of  the  reservoirs.  By  this  means  it  is 
claimed  that  the  cleansing  of  the  porous  materials  is  facili- 
tated. When  upward  filtration  is  not  desired,  a  straight 
tube  is  substituted  for  the  siphon.  Thus  the  siphon,  or 
straight  chamber,  and  retaining  chamber  will  be  outside 
both  reservoirs,  and  either  may  be  removed  without  disturb- 
ing the  other,  or  either  reservoir, — (  I.  II 


'  Any  of  these  sp,  ,i  lira  t  ions  may  be  obtained  by  post  by  remitting 
ad.— the  price  now  fixed  for  all  specifications,  postage  included— to 
Sir  Henry  Header  Lack.  Comptroller  of  tho  Patent  Office,  South- 
ampton Buildings,  Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C. 


Improvements   in    Water  -  Filtering   Apparatus.      \\".   C. 

Henderson,    London.     Eng.   Pat.    14,843,    September  2, 

1891. 
The  inventor  claims  "  the  combination,  or  arrangement  and 
use,  of  a  water-filtering  apparatus,  comprising  means  of 
supply  of  water,  as  from  the  stack  pipe  from  a  house  roof, 
a  chamber  for  sediment,  divided  from  the  filtered  water 
chamber  by  sponges,  sand,  or  other  suitable  filtering  material, 
and  reticulate  screens  through  which  the  water  filters  by 
ascension,  and  means  to  draw  off,  overflow,  and  access  for 
cleansing." — O.  H. 


Improvements  in  and  in  the  ( 'onstruction  of  Wood  Trans 
for  Filter  Presses.  J.  Teggin,  Longton,  Staff.  Eng.  Pat. 
15,747,  September  17,  1891. 
This  invention  relates  to  certain  improvements  in  the  details 
of  the  coustruction  of  wooden  trays  and  grates  used  with 
filtering  presses,  the  object  being  to  construct  such  trays  of 
less  bulk  and  weight  than  hitherto. — B. 


A  New  or  Improved  Filter.     ¥.  1).  Tippetts,  Birmingham. 
Eng.  1'at.  10,234,  September  24,  1891. 

The  body  of  the  filter  consists  of  two  "nearly  similar  semi- 
ellipsoidal  halves  connected  together  by  screwing."  The 
body  or  case  is  open  at  both  ends,  one  end  having  a  funnel- 
shaped  mouthpiece  lined  with  india-rubber  so  that  it  can  be 
attached  to  the  nozzle  of  an  ordinary  tap ;  the  other  end 
has  a  short  delivery  pipe.  Each  half  is  charged  with  animal 
charcoal  supported  by  layers  of  felt.  For  purposes  of 
cleansing  the  body  may  be  unscrewed  and  the  charcoal 
replaced,  or  the  rubber  mouthpiece  and  delivery  pipe  may  be 
reversed  and  the  impurities  washed  out  by  a  stream  of 
water. — U.  H. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  Treating 
or  Drying  Artificial  Manure,  also  applicable  for 
Drying  Grain,  Minerals,  and  other  Substances  or 
Materials.  B.  L.  Fletcher  and  J.  Hoyle,  Halifax. 
Eng.  Pat.  10,281,  September  25,  1891. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  vertical  cylindrical  vessel, 
containing  a  series  of  horizontal  hollon  plates  of  different 
diameters,  one  set  of  plates  having  central  openings  through 
which  the  material  drops,  whilst  the  other  set  of  plates 
permit  the  material  to  fall  over  the  outer  edges.  A  central 
shaft  carries  scrapers  or  distributors  of  bristles,  wire,  &c. 
arranged  at  such  angles  that  on  one  set  of  plates  the 
material  is  worked  towards  the  centre  and  on  the  other  to 
the  circumference.  The  plates  are  heated  by  steam  or 
other  suitable  heating  medium,  and  the  material  is  dried 
during  its  descent  through  the  apparatus. — O.  H, 


Improvements   in   the  Construction   of  Vertical  Stills  for 

the    Distillation   of  Ammoniacal  and. other  Liquors  or 

Liquids.    J.  Wright, Stockton-on-Tees.    Eng.  Pat.  18,533, 

October  28,  1891. 

Tuts    invention    relates   to  columnar  or  vertical  stills,   in 

which  there  are  superimposed  trays  or  plattens  with  caps, 

over  the  edges  of  which  the    liquid  flows  downward,  whilst 

the  heated  gases  or   steam   rise   upward   through    central 

openings.     The  improvement  consists  principally  in  making 

the  caps  of  annular  form,  either  circular  or  of   anj'  other 

shape,  in  order  to  enable  the  steam   to  rise  on  the  inner  as 

well  as  the  outer  edges   of  the   caps,  after  forcing  its  way 

through    the    liquid    on    the    trays,    thereby    considerably 

increasing  the  effective  working  surfaces  within  the  casing. 

-B. 


Nov.  sn,  iso:!.|       THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCEETT  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


895 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Separating  from  Liquors 
the  Scum  or  Matter  which  rises  to  the  Surface  during 
Boiling  or  Heating.  A.  Chapman,  Liverpool.  Eng. 
Pat.  19,364,  November  9,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  secure  the  skimming 
without  loss  of  boiling  liquids,  more  particularly  of 
saccharine  solutions,  by  means  of  the  interposition  of  a 
Btrainer  and  a  body  of  quiescent  liquid  between  the  scum  and 
the  boiling  liquid.  The  inventor  endeavours  to  utilise  the 
fact  that  when  liquids  are  boiled  the  scum  or  "  fecnlencies  " 
retreat  from  the  hotter  to  the  colder  parts  of  the  vessel,  one 
of  the  arrangements  being  shown  in  the  accompanying 
illustration. 


Apparatus  fob  Separating  the  Sct'M  from  Liquids 
during  Boiling. 

A  is  the  boiling  vessel,  W  the  heating  steam  coil,  B  a 
partition  reaching  down  within  a  short  distance  of  the 
bottom  of  the  vessel,  and  some  distance  above  the  liquid 
when  not  boiling.  From  the  top  edge  a  cover  plate  C 
extends  to  another  partition  D  in  the  skimming  pan, 
reaching  down  to  near  the  bottom  ot  that  pan.  The 
trainer  F  lies  across  the  pan  near  the  upper  part  of  the 
partition,  and  the  side  G  of  the  pan  near  the  boiling  vessel 
forms  a  ledge  very  little  higher  than  the  level  of  the 
strainer  F. 

As  the  liquor  in  A  boils,  the  froth  and  scum  overflow 
the  partition  B  on  to  the  strainer  F,  where  the  scum  is 
retained,  and  the  purified  liquor,  becoming  nearly  quiescent, 
at  E,  returns  over  the  ledge  G  for  further  boiling. — B. 


Improvements  in  Thermostats  or  Instruments  for  Regulating 

Temperatures.     A.  Shiels.     Glasgow.      Eng.  Pat.  20,368, 
November  2-1,  1891. 

These  improvements  relate  to  the  regulation  of  the  steam 
valves  of  the  refrigerating  engines  by  a  thermostat,  the 
upward  movement  of  the  piston  of  the  latter  opening  the 
steam  valve  of  the  engine  by  means  of  a  slotted  and 
balanced  lever,  while  a  spring  brings  down  the  piston  when 
contraction  takes  place  in  the  fluid  in  the  thermostat 
tubes. 

"In  cases  where  the  temperature  in  the  refrigerating 
chamber,  through  an  accident,  rises  far  above  the  normal, 
the  piston-rod  of  the  thermostat,  or  a  projection  on  it,  may 
be  made  to  strike  a  lever  and  open  a  valve  leading  to  the 
sensitive  fluid  tank,  so  that  the  excess  of  fluid  in  the  pipes 
may  pass  into  the  tank  and  thus  prevent  breaking  or 
bursting  of  the  apparatus." — 1 1.  H. 


An    Inexplodable    Can  for  Inflammable  Liquids.     T.  H. 
Shillito,  London.    Eng.  Pat.  21,086,  December  3,  1891. 

The  can  is  so  constructed  that  the  neck  is  sealed  by  the 
liquid  in  use.  Within  the  neck  a  tube  extends  down- 
wards, terminating  near  the  bottom  of  the  can  in  a  large 
mouth.  From  within  the  neck  also,  but  lower  down  than 
the  top  of  the  first  tube,  a  second  tube  extends  obliquely 
upwards,   terminating  in   a  spout.     Owing  to   the    relative 


position  of  these,  the  liquid,  when  poured  from  the  can, 
must  pass  through  both  tubes,  so  that  when  the  can  is 
restored  to  the  vertical  position,  there  will  always  be 
liquid  in  the  neck.  The  inventor  claims  that,  in  the  event 
of  the  overflowing  liquid  taking  fire  the  flame  will  not 
be  communicated  to  the  interior  of  the  can. — 1).  A.  S. 


Improvements    in    or    connected   with    Furnaces.     T.    W. 
Williams,  Swans  a       Eng.  l'at.  2567,  February  10,  1892. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  certain  improvements  in  the 
furnace  described  in  a  former  patent  (No.  539  of  1878),  and 
its  object  is  to  obtain  a  more  perfect  combustion  of  the 
fuel.  This  is  effected  by  makiug  an  opening  near  the 
bottom  of  the  bridge  of  the  furnace,  and  fitting  into  this 
opening  a  cast-iron  tube,  which  bends  upwards  at  the  back 
of  the  bridge,  and  terminates  in  a  somewhat  contracted 
horizontal  nozzle.  Air,  admitted  under  the  ashpit  by  means 
of  dampers  placed  at  the  front  of  the  furnace,  passes  along 
the  ash-pit,  where  it  becomes  heated,  and  then  to  the  back  of 
the  bridge,  where  it  mixes  with  the  smoke  and  gases  and 
assists  combustion. — F.  S.  K. 


Certain  Improvements  in  the  Cages  of  Hydro-Extractors. 
J.  W.  Collins  and  A.  Kaye,  Marsden.  Eng.  Pat.  2595, 
February  10,  1892. 

The  patentees  propose  to  make  the  cages  of  perforated  sheet 
iron  or  of  wire  and  cover  them  with  a  porcelain  enamel. 

— O.  H. 


Neva  or  Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Concreting 

Sugar  or  <  'rystallising  Saline  or  other  Solutions.  \\  .  P. 
Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  J.  A.  Morrell  andW.lt. 
Stringfellow,  New  Orleans,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  8336. 
May  3,  1892. 

The  process  consists  in  blowing  compressed  air  through  a 
vertical  column  of  the  saccharine  or  saline  solution  kept 
in  violent  agitation  by  rapidly  revolving  blades,  in  order  to 
"  economically  and  quickly  convert  the  solution  into  a  solid 
crystalline  mass  without  boiling." — 0.  H. 


Improvements  relating  to  Refrigerating  Apparatus.  H.  E. 
Newton,  London.  From  W.  Alsop  and  W.  Blackall, 
Newcastle,  N.S.W.     Eng.  Pat.  11,250,  June  15,  1892. 

In  order  to  dry  the  compressed  air  in  cold  air  refrigerating 
apparatus  more  efficiently  than  is  usually  done  by  the 
ordinary  coolers,  and  diminish  the  amount  of  snow  which  is 
deposited  in  the  expansion  chambers  and  passages,  the  air, 
after  compression  and  passage  through  the  coolers,  enters  a 
series  of  tubes  so  placed  that  the  expanded  air,  on  its  way 
from  the  expansion  chamber  to  the  refrigerating  chamber, 
impinges  upon  the  exterior  of  the  tubes  and  deposits  its 
moisture  upon  them.  The  tubes,  being  slightly  heated  by 
compressed  air  passing  through  them,  the  adherence  of  the 
snow  or  ice  is  prevented,  and  the  latter  melt  and  drain  away. 
The  compressed  air,  as  it  passes  through  the  tubes,  parts 
with  so  much  of  its  heat  in  the  liquefaction  of  the  snow  or 
ice  which  is  deposited  on  or  around  the  tubes,  that  it  is 
considerably  reduced  in  temperature  (eenerallv  below 
40°  F.).— O.  H. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Evaporating,  Concentrat- 
ing and  Distilling  Liquids.  W.  J.  Mirrlees  and  6. 
Ballinghall,  Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.  11,296.  June  16,  1892. 

By  this  invention  the  liquid  which  it  is  desired  to  con- 
centrate, undergoes  a  preliminary  concentration  in  a  steam 
boiler,  in  which  high-pressure  steam  is  produced  for  driving 
a  steam  engine,  and  aiso  for  heating  the  liquor  as  it  passes 
through  a  tubular  or  other  heater  on  its  way  to  the 
boiler. 

A  blow-off  pipe  is  fitted  to  the   bottom  of  the  boiler  to 
allow  the  liquor,  when  sufficiently  concentrated,  to  pass  into 


896 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Nov.  so, was. 


a  second  vessel  where  the  pressure  is  reduced.  More  water 
is  here  evaporated  in  consequence  of  this  diminution  of 
pressure,  and  the  steam  passes  to  the  first  vessel  of  a 
multiple  effect  evaporator.  The  liquor  likewise  passes  into 
the  evaporator  and  is  then  further  concentrated  by  its  own 
steam. — ( (.  H. 


Improvements    in    Apparatus  for    Distilling    Sni    II  ater 

S.  Smillie,  Glasgow.  Kng.  Pat.  11.787,  June  24,  1892. 
The  chief  feature  of  this  invention  is  the  use  of  a  duplex 
steam-coil  bolted  to  the  removable  bottom  plate  of  the 
distilling  vessel,  while  the  top  rings  of  the  coils  rest  on 
stirrup  brackets  carried  on  vertical  rods  also  bolted  on  the 
bottom  plate. 

Both  the  steam  inlet  and  outlet  are  flanged  to  the  bottom 
plate  so  as  to  leave  "  sufficient  freedom  for  vibration  of  the 
coils  on  the  admission  of  steam  to  ensure  dislodgment  of 
salt  or  scale  adhering  to  them,  frequent  removal  for  cleaning 
being  thus  avoided." — ( >.  H. 


Apparatus  for  Regulating  the  Flow  of  I  olatile  Liquid  in 
/m  frigerating  Machines.  T.  B.  Lightfoot,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,047,  August  3,  1892. 

This  improvement  relates  to  apparatus  under  Eng.  Pat. 
Xo.  7712  of  1892  for  regulating  the  flow  of  volatile  liquid 
from  the  condenser  to  the  vaporiser  of  refrigerating 
machines,  and  consists  of  a  cylindrical  valve  with  one  open- 
ing rotating  in  a  chamber  having  several  lateral  outlets,  each 
communicating  with  a  separate  vaporiser.  On  the  rotation 
of  the  valve  each  vaporiser  is  successively  put  in  communi- 
cation with  the  condenser  through  the  opening  in  the  valve. 

— B. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Regulating  the  Admission 
of  Air  and  Steam  In  Furnaces  for  the  Prevention  of 
Smoke.  J.  K.  Ilroadbent,  Salford.  Eng.  l'at.  15,095, 
August  22,  1892. 

In  order  to  prevent  the  emission  of  black  smoke  from 
furnaces  immediately  after  stoking,  it  is  usual  to  admit  air 
through  suitable  openings,  and  also  to  employ  a  jet  of 
steam,  or  "  steam-poker,"  to  produce  a  more  rapid  current  of 
air.  In  previous  patents  (Eng.  Pat.  5,927  of  1887,  and 
19,983  of  1891  ).  apparatus  for  automatically  regulating  the 
admission  of  air  have  been  described  ;  the  present  patent 
refers  to  the  admission  of  steam  to  the  "  steam-poker," 
which  is  now  [regulated,  simultaneously  and  automatically, 
in  the  same  way  as  the  air  supply. — F,  S.  K. 


Improvements    in    Creators  for    Treating   Liquids.      R. 
Andrew,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  15,448,  August  27,  1892. 

I  in  improved  "  aereator"  described,  consists  of  a  cylindrical 
vessel  for  containing  the  liquid,  having  in  its  lower  part  a 
perforated  coil  connected  with  an  external  vertical  pipe,  to 
which  .i  sieve  or  strainer  is  attached.  On  the  top  of  the 
vessel  a  steam  ejector  is  placed,  and  below  the  outlet  to  this 
il  baffle-plate  is  suspended.  Air,  purified  by  passing 
through  the  strainer,  is  drawn  by  the  ejector  through  the 
perforated  coil  and  passes  in  a  continuous  stream  through 
the  liquid. — J.  C.  C. 


II.-FUEL.  GAS.  AND  LIGHT. 

The   Manufacture  of  Oil-Gas.     J.  B.  Ball.     Proc.  of    the 
Inst.  C.  E.  1891—1892,  110. 

[n  this  paper  the  author  describes  the  plant  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  oil-gas  at  the  Holloway  works  of  the  Great 
Northern  Railway  Company,  giving  the  dimensions  of  the 
various  buildings  and  apparatus. 

Pintsch's  system  of  gas  making  is  employed  and  the 
works  are  designed  to  produce  about  60,000  cub.  ft.  of  gas 
per  day  ;  at  present  the  average  make  is  only  15,00u — IS, 000 
cub.  ft. 

The  10-in.  D-retorts  are  made  of  1-in.  metal  and  are 
6  ft.  in  length ;  they  are  worked  in  pairs  and  are  kept  as 
nearly  as  possible  at  a  cherry-red  heat.  Each  pair  will 
make  300—400  cub.  ft.  of  gas  per  hour  and  600,000  to 
700,000  cub.  ft.  of  gas  before  they  require  to  be  renewed. 
Immediately  before  the  gas  enters  the  hydraulic  main,  a 
f-in.  iron  pipe,  provided  with  a  stop-cock,  is  tapped  in  so 
that  the  colour  of  the  gas  may  be  seen,  this  being  the 
practical  test  applied  to  ascertain  the  quality  of  the  gas  and 
whether  the  proper  quantity  of  oil  is  being  admitted. 
Another  test  for  regulating  the  supply  of  oil  is  to  drop  a 
small  quantity  of  the  tar  from  the  gas  main  upon  a  sheet 
of  white  paper ;  if  too  much  oil  is  being  admitted  to  the 
retort  a  greasy  ring  will  be  found  round  the  spot  of  tar,  but 
if  the  right  quantity  is  being  used  no  greasy  ring  will  appear. 

The  furnaces  consume  160 — 180  lb.  of  coke  for  every 
1,000  cub.  ft.  of  gas  produced.  The  oil  used  is  a  once- 
refined  shale  oil ;  it  runs  to  the  retorts  from  a  galvanised 
iron  cistern,  of  50  gallons  capacity,  through  a  1-in.  iron 
pipe,  at  the  end  of  which  is  fixed  a  gun-metal  micrometer 
cock  for  regulating  the  supply.  From  this  supply  pipe  the 
oil  flows  into  a  small  funnel  attached  to  a  f-in.  siphon 
pipe,  12  in.  deep,  connected  to  the  retort;  it  then  falls  on 
to  a  loose  tray,  preferably  made  of  steel,  and  is  instantly- 
converted  into  a  dense  brown  vapour. 

The  gas  issuing  from  the  retorts  passes  to  the  hydraulic 
main,  then  through  air  condensers,  washers,  and  purifiers. 
into  the  meters  and  gas-holders.  The  purifiers  contain  a 
mixture  of  2  parts  of  slaked  lime  to  1  part  of  sawdust, 
placed  oa  wicker  trays,  and  are  recharged  every  week. 

The  cylindrical  steel  store-holders  are  17  ft.  6  in.  in 
length  and  4  ft.  3  in.  in  diameter :  they  are  tested  by 
hydraulic  power  to  300  lb.  per  sq.  in.  and  are  provided  with 
a  pressure  gauge  registering  up  to  200  lb.  per  sq.  in.  The 
gas  is  forced  into  the  store-holders  through  a  1-in.  extra 
strong  lead  pipe  by  compressing  engines ;  each  holder  is 
provided  with  a  cock  at  the  bottom  for  drawing  off  the 
condensed  hydrocarbon,  of  which  about  a  gallon  is  cbtaincd 
from  every  1,000  cub.  ft.  of  comprested  gas. 

There  are  six  men  engaged  at  the  works  and  the  total 
cost  of  buildings  and  machinery  amounted  to  1 1,740/. 

— F.  S.  K. 

Probabli  Presence  of  Iron  Carbonyl  in  Illuminating  Gas. 
(iuntz.     Bull.  Soc.Chirn.  1892,  7—8,  281—282. 

It  was  noticed  that  the  lamp  glasses  of  gas  burners  at  Nancy, 
when  used  for  a  moderately  long  time,  e.g.,  40  to  100  hours 
without  being  cleaned,  became  covered  with  patches  which, 
at  first  white,  ultimately  became  red,  and  were  found  on 
analysis  to  consist  of  oxide  of  iron.  Similar  deposits  have 
been  observed  on  porcelain  caps  placed  over  gas  burners  and 
on  porcelain  plates  used  in  regenerative  burners.  The  gas 
must  therefore  contain  a  volatile  compound  of  iron.  This 
becomes  more  probable  having  regard  to  the  fact  that  coal-gas 
is  commonly  purified  by  a  mixture  of  calcium  sulphate,  oxide 
of  iron,  and  sawdust,  which  when  it  is  saturated  with  sulphur 
is  revivified  by  the  addition  of  iron  turnings.  The  excess 
of  iron  is  acted  on  by  the  carbon  monoxide  always  present 
in  coal-gas  and  iron  carbonyl  is  formed  in  small  quantity. 
This  hypothesis  is  borne  out  by  the  fact  that  in  a  town  on  the 
outskirts  of  Nancy  no  ferruginous  deposits  of  the  kind 
described  were  perceptible  until  the  local  gas  works  began 
to  use  the  iron  purifier  above  mentioned.  A  few  days  after 
the  alteration  had  been  made,  the  lamp  glasses  became 
reddened  from  the  deposition  of  iron  oxide  upon  them. 

— B.  B. 


Noy.so, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OE  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


897 


The  Manufacture  of  Electric  Light  Carbons  at  Nuremberg. 
Rev.  Ind.  23,  384. 

Retort  carbon  is  the  material  used  in  the  process  except 
in  the  case  of  cored  carbons,  which  is  manufactured 
according  to  the  process  of  Messrs.  Siemens  Bros.,  of 
Berlin.  The  first  operation  is  to  break  up  the  carbon  in 
a  mill ;  the  coarser  pieces  from  this  process  are  crushed  in  a 
mill  with  vertical  stones,  and  the  finer  are  passed  through 
a  roller  mill.  The  carbon  which  has  been  again  broken  up 
is  sieved  to  separate  the  coarse  grains  from  the  fine  powder, 
and  the  former  are  passed  through  roller  mills.  The  fine 
powder  so  obtained  is  moistened,  and  compressed  into 
moulds  by  hydraulic  pressure,  and  the  carbons  are  then 
roasted  at  a  very  high  temperature.  In  this  process  great 
loss  occurs,  which  at  present  appears  unpreventable.  The 
remaining  process  is  to  point  the  carbons.  The  machines 
necessary  for  an  installation  and  their  prices  are  given. 

— G.  H.  R. 


Coal  IJiisI  Explosions  at  the  ZSnckerode  Colliery.  Max 
Georgi.  Jahrb.  fur  das  Berg-  und  Hiittenw.  im  Konigr, 
Sachseu.  1891,  1  ;  Proc.  Inst.  Civil  Eng.  108,  77. 

See  under  XXII.,  page  938. 


Recent  Itn'estigalions  on  Ike  Calorific  Value  of  Coats. 
Deutecom.  Zeits.  des  Ver.  deutsch.  Ing.  1891,  1375; 
I'roc.  Inst.  Civil  Eng.  108,  40—44. 

On  the  assumption  that  the  heating  power  of  coals  could 
be  determined  directly  from  their  elementary  chemical 
composition,  the  following  formula,  due  to  Dulong,  has 
generally  been  used,  the  number  of  calories  per  unit  of 
fuel  burnt  being — * 

8,080  C  +  28,800  (H  -  -")  +  2,500  S  -  600  W  ; 

or,  using  more  exact  determinations  for  hydrogeu  and 
sulphur— 

8,080  C  +  29,300  (H  -  g)  +  2,240  S  -  GOO  W. 

The  factor  W  represents  the  latent  heat  of  vaporisation 
from  water  at  the  temperature  of  the  air  to  steam  at  100°  C, 
the  oxygen  in  the  coal  being  considered  as  combined  with 
hydrogen  to  form  water,  and  only  the  disposable  proportion 
of  the  latter  to  be  useful  for  heating  purposes. 

This  formula  would  be  undoubtedly  true  if  coal  were 
actually  a  mixture  of  carbon,  gaseous  hydrogen,  sulphur, 
and  water;  but  it  is  not  actually  so,  the  ultimate  com- 
position being  np  indication  of  the  combination  existing  in 
the  fuel.  In  any  case  it  is  abundantly  certain  that  the 
carbon  is  not  to  any  great  extent  present  in  the  free  stale. 

The  older  form  of  calorimeters  are  very  delicate  pieces  of 
apparatus,  in  which  the  quantity  of  sample  experimented  on 
varies  from  about  0*3  to  at  most  1  grui. ;  so  that  the  most 
scrupulous  care  is  required  in  order  to  obtain  trustworthy 
results.  This  difficulty  has  been  met  by  the  establishment 
at  the  experimental  station  at  Munich  of  a  calorimeter  of 
sufficient  size  to  allow  the  use  of  several  cwt.  of  fuel  in 
oue  test.  It  has  a  combustion  chamber  surrounded  with 
water,  and  the  gases  are  carried  through  a  series  of  cooling 
tubes,  until  their  temperature  is  reduced  to  that  of  the 
surrounding  atmosphere.   This  gives  very  concordant  results. 

The  conclusion  from  a  great  number  of  different  coals 
tried  in  the  large  experiments  is  that  Dulong's  formula  is 
practically  exact,  the  variations  from  the  calculated  and 
observed  results  being  at  most  2  or  3  per  cent.,  and  in  a 
majority  of  instances  about  1  per  cent. 

The  average  calorific  value  of  pure  coal,  t.e.,  considered 
free  from  ash  and  water,  is  about  8,000  calories. 


*  C,  H.  S.  and  W  representing  the  respective   proportions  of 
carbon,  hydrogen,  sulphur,  and  water  in  a  unit  of  coal. 


The  loss  of  heat  by  evaporation  of  contained  water,  and 
by  the  heated  ashes  falling  from  the  grate,  is  comparatively 
small.  A  coal  containing  a  per  cent,  of  pure  coal  (free 
from  ash  and  water),  b  per  cent,  of  ashes  falling  out  at  if 
of  temperature,  and  c  per  cent,  of  water  leaving  the  fireplace 
as  steam  at  temperature  t°,  develops  per  100  kilos. — 

8,000  <z-0*2  (5  t,/)-  [620  +  0-4750  <7,c-100)]  c  calories, 

or  for — 

«  =  80,  b  =  15,  c  =  5,  t,,°  =  700°,  and  t,a  =  250° 
(640,000  -  2,100  -  3,456)  calories. 

The  losses  from  these  sources  is  therefore  less  than  1  pef 
cent,  of  the  total  available  quantity  of  heat. 

The  most  considerable  item  of  loss  in  heat  is  that  carried 
off  by  the  gases  which  depends  upon  their  composition  and 
temperature.  If  pure  coal  be  mixed  with  air  in  quantity 
sufficient  to  give  a  gas  with  21  per  cent,  of  carbon  dioxide, 
1  kilo,  requires  2'66  kilos,  of  oxygen,  giving  3 •  666  kilos. 
or  1*865  cubic  metre  of  carbon  dioxide,  which  in  the 
chimney  gases  will  be  associated  with  8 '798  kilos,  or  701*5 
cubic  metres  of  nitrogen.  The  heating  of  these  gases  to  f  C. 
requires  (3  •  66,  0-  21 64  +  8,798,  0*244)  t  =  2*93  t  calories. 

If  the  gases  contain  a  per  cent,  less  carbon  dioxide  than 
21  per  cent.,  unburnt  air  is  drawn  in  over  the  quantity  of 
which  x  per  100  of  coal  is,  when — 


«:(l00  -  a  ]'")   =   186*5:.r 

x  =  (    '       —  888*1)  cubic  metres 


=  n»m  _  881-1)  • 


1  ■  2937  kilos. 


To  heat  this  to  t°  requires — 

(•I8.ii.5ii  _  888.j)  j.2937  .  0.2377  calories, 


and  the  total  heat  carried  off  in  the  gases  is — 


293  i 


t  +  (M^so  _  ggg.j)  1.2c(37  .  0, 

=  (20  -t    •''•;;■)  t  calories. 


2377  I 


From  the  above  formula  the  following  table  has  been 
calculated  showing  by  bow  much  per  cent,  the  heating 
effect  of  the  coal  is  diminished  per  100°  of  temperature  in 
the  gases,  when  the  proportion  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  gases 
is  reduced  below  the  theoretical  maximum  of  21  per  cent. 


With  the  help  of  these  figures  it  is  easy  to  calculate 
what  quantity  of  heat  is  required  in  the  daily  working  of  any 
industrial  heating  arrangement. 

An  interesting  branch  of  the  inquiry  is  the  comparison 
of  these  figures  with  those  obtained  from  the  thermo- 
chemical  data  corresponding  to  the  reactions  going  on  in 
the  furnace,  an  example  of  which  is  given  in  the  production 
of  salt-cake  or  sodium  sulphate  from  salt  and  sulphuric 
acid  in  alkali-making  as  follows  : — > 


S98 


THE   JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  8",  1892. 


a.  Chemical  reactions:  — 

Cilleries. 
2NaCl  +  II. so,  =  Xa^so,  +  2  HC1,  this  requires  per 

equivalent  142  kilos.,  15.71"  calories,  or  per  mo  kilos...      11,050 
Separation  ol  sulphuric  acid  from  diluting  water 14,000 

l>.  Alteration  of  state  of  aggregation  : — • 

Evaporation  of  20  kilos,  of  water 20  x  520  =  10,400 

e.  Heating  of  final  products  : — 

100  kilos,  of  sodium  sulphate  to  500°  500  ■  100  ■  0"232  =11,600 
:.ii  kilos,  of  hydrochloric  acid  to  W0°  urn  x  50  x  0-18:12  =  3,704 
20  kiloi  of  water  vapour  to  400°... '.  W0  20  n'175  =  3,800 
350  kilns,  of  air  to  urn   4un  x  350  x  0-2377  =  33  278 

lotal 87,832 

I  n  a  similar  manner  the  heat  requirements  for  the  following 
chemical  operations  have  been  computed  : — 

Calories. 

Conversion  of   100    kilos,  of  crystallised   magnesium 
chloride  into  magnesia,  hydrochloric  arid,  and  water      116,020 

( lonversion  of  mo  kilos,  of  salt -cake  into  black  ash  with 
coal  ami  limestone 131.453 

Production  of  100  kilns,  of  lime  from  limestone 87,795 

Conversion  of  100  kilos,  of  water  into  steam  at  5  atmo- 
spheres         62,665 

Conversion  of  100 kilos,  of  zinc  blende  into  zinc  oxide..    -  52,505 

The  last  of  these  operations  is  therefore  attended  with  a 
development  of  heat. 

Taking  into  account  the  temperature  and  proportion  of 
carbon  dioxide  in  the  gases,  the  effect  obtained  from  the 
combustion  of  100  kilos,   of  coal  in   the   furnaces   used  in 


these  operations  may  be  determined  for  comparison  with 
that  actually  obtained  in  practice,  as  seen  in  the  following 
table  :— 


Furnace. 


Working 

Value  of 

,  too  kilos. 

of  Coal 

in 
Calories, 


Coal  required  per 
loo  kilos,  of  Product. 


By  Thermo. 

Chemical 

Calculation 


In 

actual 
Practice. 


Difference. 


r  500,000 
(.550,000 

Kilos. 
,2-5| 

114) 

Kilos. 
12-15 

0-5-2-5 

Lime  kiln 

(  150,000 
I  576,000 

19-1-1 
15-3  j 

18—30-43 

27—11-21 

Salt-cake  furnace  . .. 

450,000 

lll-l 

35 

16 

Magnesia  furnace  .. . 

450,000 

2.V8 

90-100 

lit-71 

Black-ash  fumade. . . 

350,111111 

35  c; 

00 

24-4 

Zinc-blende  calciner 

350,000 

-  8-2 

18 

20 

Apart  from  conduction  and  small  uncalculated  losses,  the 
greater  part  of  these  differences  must  be  attributed  to  heat 
dispersed  by  radiation  from  the  furnace.  The  importance 
of  this  factor  for  the  different  kinds  of  furnaces  is  computed 
as  follows  :  — 


Furnace. 


Daily  Charge 
or  Yield. 


Daily  Consumption  of  Coal 
in  Kilos. 


Actual.     |  Computed. 


Difference,  i 


Radiating 

Surface  of 
Furnace. 


Daily 

Radiation  per 
Sq.  Metre 
in  Kilog 
of  Coal. 


Salt-cake 

Magnesia 

Black-ash 

Blende  calciner 

Steam  boiler,  8 '3  fold  evaporation 

Steam  boiler,  6*6  fold  evaporation 

Lime  kiln,  iron  jacketed  with  L-as  filing 

Ci kiln  with  short  Hue  producer 

Lime  kiln,  Dietzseh's  form 


Kilos. 
3,500  sulphate 

1,120  MgCla 

.-.,101)  Xa.Sn, 

,7,000  ZnO 
62,500  H,0 

511,111111  III  I 

1. 1 ii ii i  CaO 
3,700  in" 
20,000  CaO 


1,225 
1,060 

3,240* 
1.200 
7,500 
7,500 
1,730 
1,160 
I  : 


289 

1,922 
-  57-1 

7,125 

6,250 
788 
729 

3.060 


557 

771 

1,318 

1,834 

375 

1,250 

\m 

431 
1,440 


Sij    Metres. 
80 


SO 
12.) 
24.5 
215 
210 
100 
650 


6-9 
9'li 
10-5 
15-3 
1-5 
5-1 
5-0 
4-3 
2-5 


*  60  per  cent,  of  charge,  42  per  cent,  of  which  is  burn!,  and  IS  per  cent,  mixed  for  reducing 


-w.  s. 


PATENTS. 

The  Utilisation  of  a  certain  Waste  O.eide  of  Iron  in  Hie 
Purification  <ij  Sen-aye,  and  for  similar  Purposes. 
II.  C.  Sucre  and  II.  Grimshaw,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat. 
17,911,  October  20,  1891. 

See  under  XVIII.,  page  933. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  fin-  Carburetting  Gas  or  Air. 

The    (ias   Economising  and   Improved  Light  Syndicate, 

Limited,  and  J.  Love,  Harking,  Essex.     Eng.  Pat.  18,082, 

October  21,  1891. 
The  apparatus  to  which  this  patent  refers  is  that  described 
in  a  previous  patent  granted  to  Love  (Eng.  Pat.  14,031, 1889). 

The  improvements  refer  mainly  to  the  carburettor  which, 
instead  of  being  flat -bottomed,  is  now  made  curved  or 
hollow,  and  inclined  to  one  end  so  as  to  form  a  well  in  which 
the  heavy  hydrocarbons  will  collect ;  from  this  well  they  are 
drawn  off  into  a  closed  drum  by  means  of  an  air-pump, 
which    at    the    same   time   forces    fresh    liquid    into    the 


carburettor  from  the  supply  tank.  The  lower  chamber  of  the 
carburettor  is  provided  with  an  overflow  pipe  which  runs  to 
the  supply  tank  ;  valves  for  controlling  the  flow  of  gas  or 
air,  and  locking  gear  for  the  various  cocks  or  taps,  constitute 
the  other  improvements. — 1''.  S.K. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  far  Washing,  Purifying,  and 
Scrubbing  Gas.  J.  C.  Chandler,  London.  Eng.  I'at. 
7,708,  April  23,  1892. 

The  apparatus  described  in  this  patent  is  a  new  form  of 
washer.  It  consists  of  a  vessel,  divided  into  a  number  of 
water-tight  compartments,  in  which  are  placed  horizontal 
perforated  plates  ;  tubes  are  fixed  in  the  perforations,  and  the 
lower  ends  of  the  tubes  dip  vertically  close  to  the  surface, 
or  beneath  the  surface,  of  the  water  in  the  compartment,  so 
that  as  the  gas  passes  from  one  compartment  to  another  it 
is  caused  to  impinge  on,  or  to  bubble  through  the  water  or 
liquor.  Each  of  the  compartments  is  provided  with  man- 
holes so  that  the  perforated  plates  and  tubes  can  be  easily 


N,.v.  an,  i8MJ        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


899 


taken  out ;  each  compartment  is  further  provided  with 
overflow  pipes,  the  water  or  liquor  being  caused  to  flow 
successively  through  all  the  compartments. — I'".  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  nf  Iron  and  in  Fuel,  nr 
a  Compound  suitable  therefor.  W.  A.  Sugden,  Keighlcy. 
From  \V.  II.  Sugden,  Fall  River,  Wisconsin,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Tat.  18,442,  October  27,  1891. 

FOR  use  in  smelting,  puddling,  or  melting  iron,  the  patentee 
describes  a  fuel  by  the  employment  of  which  it  is  claimed 
that  the  resulting  iron  is  much  improved  in  quality,  chiefly 
owing  to  its  dephosphorisation. 

The  fuel  is  prepared  by  saturating  2 — 3  cwt.  of  slaked 
lime  with  creosote  or  some  other  suitable  oil,  and  then 
mixing  it  with  8 — 9  cwt.  of  slack  or  fine  coal.  This 
mixture  is  then  sprinkled  with  a  mixture  of  1  lb.  of 
powdered  oxide  of  manganese  and  one  quart  of  methylated 
spirit,  and  the  whole  thoroughly  mixed ;  fairly  good  results 
may,  however,  be  obtained  without  the  addition  of  oxide  of 
manganese  and  methylated  spirit.  One  part  of  the  patent 
fuel  is  used  with  4  parts  of  ordinary  coal  or  coke. — F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  Relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Gas,  and  to 
Apparatus  therefor.  H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From 
W.  H.  Harris,  Boston,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  20.420, 
November  24,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  patent  is  to  generate  fuel  gas  from 
coal,  steam,  and  air,  and  then  to  obtain  illuminating  gas  by 
the  addition  of  hydrocarbons.  The  two  processes  are  carried 
out  simultaneously  in  the  usual  manner  and  the  gas  is 
then  passed  through  a  continuous  regenerating  chamber, 
which  is  filled  with  balls  of  silicate  of  alumina  or  similar 
material.  For  the  details  of  the  process  and  a  description  of 
the  apparatus  the  original  must  be  consulted. — F.  S.  K. 


Apparatus  for  Quenching  Coke.     T.  R.    Osbourn,   Phila- 
delphia, Penn.,    U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  4032,  March  1,  1892. 

A  close  chamber  adapted  for  containing  coke  is  con- 
structed with  double  walls  forming  a  compartment  or  jacket 
into  which  water  is  introduced.  By  this  means  the  heat 
radiated  from  the  coke  raises  the  temperature  of  the  water 
and  generates  steam.  The  steam  is  led  through  suitably 
arranged  pipes  and  discharged  into  the  coke  receptacle. 
The  water-jacket  may  be  sub-divided  into  a  series  of  separate 
compartments,  in  each  of  which  a  pre-determiued  quantity 
■  if  water  may  be  introduced,  and  each  of  which  may  be 
provided  with  a  separate  steam-pipe. — 1).  A.  S. 


Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Coke.  T.  It.  Osbourn, 
Philadelphia,  Penn.,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  4033,  March  1, 
1892. 
This  is  a  coke  oven  of  a  beehive  pattern  in  which  the  hearth 
is  moveable  and  may  be  lowered  at  will.  After  coking, 
the  hearth  is  lowered  od  to  a  truck  and  removed,  so  that 
the  coke  can  be  quenched  in  a  separate  receptacle.  A 
special  quenching  device  is  also  described.  It  consists  of  a 
box-like  receptacle  of  sheet  metal  mounted  on  wheels,  and 
is  designed  to  receive  the  contents  of  one  or  any  number  of 
coke  ovens.  Spray  pipes  are  arranged  in  it  so  as  to 
distribute  water  over  the  mass  of  coke. 

The  portable  bottom  of  the  oven  is  raised  or  lowered  by 
means  of  a  jack  mounted  on  wheels,  and  adapted  to  run 
upon  ways  extending  to  or  across  the  top  of  the  oven. -P.  A.  S. 


Improvements   in     Magnesium     Flash-Light     Apparatus. 

H.J.  Haddan,  London.  From  E.  Beste,  Weimar,  Germany. 

Kng.  Pat.  5996,  March  28,  1892. 
Tins  is  a  lamp  or  device  for  producing  a  magnesium  flash 
light,  in  which  the  magnesium  powder  is  fed  to  the  charge 
chamber  from  a  reservoir  by  means  of  a  spirally  fluted 
shaft,  resembling  a  spiral  drill,  the  forward  end  of  which 
projects  into  the  base  of  the  powder  reservoir.  The  revolu- 
tion of  the  shaft  causes  the  powder  to  be  forwarded  along 
the   spiral  groove  and  to  fall  out   at   a   narrow  slit,  from 


whence  it  is  blown  out  and  propelled  through  a  flame  by  a 
blast  of  gas.  This  blast  is  obtained  by  drawing  gas  from 
the  pipe  by  a  special  valve  by  use  of  a  piston,  which  is 
drawn  down  by  a  piston-rod  by  the  operator  or  by  a  motor, 
if  the  lamp  is  to  act  automatically.  On  releasing  it  the 
piston  is  forced  upwards  by  a  spring  when  the  charge 
of  gas  passes  into  the  powder  chamber,  carrying  the  powder 
therefrom  into  the  flame. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  and  Apparatus  for  Producing 
Magnesium  Flash-light.  N.  Browne,  London.  From 
F.  Wunsche,  Dresden,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  6269,  March 
31,  1892. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  ignite  the  jnaguesium 
powder  by  means  of  percussion  caps,  and  so  dispense  with 
ihe  use  of  a  flame.  Hitherto  the  ignition  by  this  method 
has  not  always  been  successful.  The  inventor  recom- 
mends the  substitution  for  the  blow  of  a  hammer  at  present 
used,  the  prick  of  a  needle  to  [perforate  the  fulminating 
material.  The  ignition  of  the  caps  in  this  way  ignites  only 
a  small  portion  at  first,  so  that  the  combustion  of  the 
fulminant  is  comparatively  slow,  and  may  be  communicated 
with  certainty  to  the  magnesium  powder.  The  percussion 
cap  to  be  used  is  placed  on  a  flanged  plate  and  some  mag- 
nesium strewed  beside  and  upon  it.  By  means  of  a  lever 
a  needle,  which  is  supported  perpendicularly  to  the  plate,  is 
forced  downwards  when  desired,  thus  pricking  the  cap, 
igniting  it,  and  thus  causing  the  combustion  of  the  powder. 

— D.  A.  S. 


Improved  Process  uf  and  Apparatus  for  Making  Seating- 
and  Illuminating  Gas.  A.  Noteman,  Toledo,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  12,716,'  July  11,  1892. 

For  the  production  of  illuminating  and  heating  gas  from 
petroleum  the  following  apparatus  is  employed :  —  The 
petroleum  is  run  from  a  small  tank  or  reservoir  by  means 
of  a  narrow  tube  provided  with  a  stop-cock,  into  the  lower 
limb  of  a  U-shaped  tube,  which  is  placed  nearly 
horizontally  ;  the  petroleum  pipe  passes  some  distance  into 
the  lower  limb  of  the  U-shaped  tube,  and,  as  the  liquid 
issues  from  the  pipe,  it  is  partially  volatilised  by  a  current 
of  hot  air,  which  is  caused  by  the  combustion  of  a  bat's- 
wing  flame,  burning  in  a  perforated  cylindrical  vessel,  the 
top  of  which  communicates  wTith  the  end  of  the  U-tube. 
The  heavier  portions  of  the  petroleum  flow  through  a 
vertical  pipe  inserted  into  the  lowermost  portion  of  the 
U-tube,  into  a  reservoir,  whilst  the  gas,  hot  air,  and 
products  of  combustion  from  the  bats-wing  flame  pass 
along  the  upper  limb  of  the  U-tube  into  a  gas-holder. 

— F.  S.  K. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Production  of  Fuel 
Gas.  J.  M.  Bailey,  Washington,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
13,339,  July  21,  1892. 

Tins  apparatus  for  the  production  of  fuel  gas  is  a  very 
simple  form  of  carburettor  containing  crude  petroleum 
and  broken  stone,  shells,  or  similar  material ;  it  is  divided 
by  two  incomplete  partitions  into  three  chambers,  of 
which  the  centre  one  is  the  smallest.  The  centre  chamber 
is  provided  with  shelves  which  extend  alternately  from 
opposite  sides  nearly,  but  not  quite,  to  the  other  side  ;  the 
spaces  between  the  shelves  are  completely  filled  with 
broken  stone,  &c,  and  the  latter  is  moistened  with  crude 
petroleum  whenever  necessary.  The  two  lateral  chambers 
are  only  filled  to  about  one-third  or  one-half  with  broken 
stone,  which  is  then  completely  covered  with  crude 
petroleum.  Air,  preferably  heated  a  little,  is  Forced  into 
the  bottom  of  one  lateral  chamber,  then  over  one  of  the 
incomplete  partitions  into  the  top  of  the  centre  chamber, 
and  finally  into  the  bottom  of  the  other  lateral  chamber. 
The  gas  obtained  in  this  way  is  stated  to  be  so  thoroughly 
carburetted  that  it  will  not  condense  at  the  ordinary 
temperature ;  it  is  highly  inflammable  and  develops  intense 
heat  by  its  combustion. — F.  S.  k". 


l>  2 


900 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  :»,  1862. 


III.-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

PATENTS. 
Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  'Retorts  for  Distilling 
Shale  and  like  Minerals,  and  for  Dealing  with  the 
resulting  Products.  R.  Orr  and  R.  MacKay,  Sutherland, 
Linlithgow.  Eng.  Pat.  15,552,  September  14,  1891. 
(Second  Edition.) 
The  improvements  consist  in  a  new  mode  of  intermittently 
discharging  the  burnt  shale  from  the  bottom  of  the  retorts 
into  a  lower  hopper  chamber,  from  whence  it  is  delivered 
through  the  door  of  a  shoot  or  hopper  to  the  removing  and 
conveying  hutches.  Two  moving  organs  or  apparatus  fitted 
within  the  lower  delivery  chamber  are  arranged  so  as  to 
move  towards  each  other  to  hold  the  shale  material  or 
other  mineral  "  in  vertical  line  up  within  the  retort,  but 
when  released  will  permit  the  whole  column  of  material  to 
descend  evenly  and  in  a  body  by  gravity  within  the  retort 
until  the  desired  quantity  has  been  passed  through  the  lower 
hopper  chamber  into  the  hutches."  The  patentees  have 
carried  this  idea  into  practice.  Instead  of  leading  the  whole 
of  the  oil  and  ammonia  gases  away  together  and  thence 
to  condensers,  there  may  be  only  partial  condensation,  and 
the  ammonia  gases  may  be  neutralised  b}r  direct  coDtact 
with  acid,  or  the  mixed  vapours  may  be  passed  through 
separators  and  acid  saturators  of  suitable  construction. 
( )r  shale  from  which  the  oil  has  been  wholly  or  partially 
distilled  may  be  passed  into  other  retorts  or  heating 
chambers,  and  there  subjected  to  further  heat,  and  the 
resulting  vapours  passed  through  acid  saturators  to  form 
salts  of  ammonium. — D.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  nf  Mineral  Oil  and 
Ammonia.  W.  Young,  Lasswade,  N.B.  Eng.  Pat.  1587, 
April  12,  1881.     Amended  August  10,  1892. 

This  invention  has  for  its  object  improvements  in  the 
system  of  distilling  shale  or  other  similar  substances  for 
the  production  of  oil  and  ammonia,  and  consists  in 
destructively  distilling  the  shale  at  two  temperatures,  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  oil  shall  be  liberated  and  distilled 
from  the  shale  at  a  low  uniform  temperature,  and  the 
remaining  nitrogen  liberated  at  a  much  higher  temperature 
as  ammonia.  This  is  accomplished  by  first  distilling  out 
the  oils  from  the  shale  at  a  low  temperature  in  one 
retort,  and  thereafter  transferring  the  residue  into  a 
second  retort  heated  to  a  considerably  higher  temperature; 
or  the  operation  may  be  conducted  in  one  long  retort,  so 
divided  that  the  shale  shall  be  distilled  free  of  its  oil  at 
one  end  and  the  distillation  for  ammonia  completed  at  the 
other  end,  steam  being  employed  for  liberating  the  ammonia 
in  the  hot  end. — D.  B. 


R-COLOURING  MATTERS  AND  DYES. 

AmethylcdmpTidnitrbkelohe.  M.  P.  Cazeueuve.  Bull.  Soc. 
Chim.  [3]  7,  1892,  327—331.  (Compare  this  Journal, 
1892,  512.) 

The  sodium  derivative  of  aniethylcamphonitroketoue, 

CgHioNa-NOj.O 
is  prepared  by  heating  the  uitroketone  with  soda  in  molecular 
proportion  at  100°,  crystallises  in  dark  red  micaceous  scales 
containing  2  mols.  H„0,  dissolves  in  water  and  alcohol,  and 
deflagrates  when  heated  on  platinum  foil.  The  ellu/l  deri- 
vative is  formed  when  the  potassium  compouud  is  heated 
for  an  hour  with  excess  of  ethyl  iodide  at  130°.  It  is  a 
yellow,    unerystallisable,  syrupy   liquid,   insoluble  in  water, 


but  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether.  It  decomposes  on  distill 
lation,  and  explodes  when  sharply  heated.  The  sodium  ethy- 
derivative,  C9H8NaC2H5.N02.0,  is  a  red  amorphous  powder 
formed  by  treating  a  toluene  solution  of  the  preceding 
compound  with  sodium.  It  is  soluble  in  water,  and  the 
solution  gradually  decomposes  in  the  cold.  It  is  also 
decomposed  by  carbonic  anhydride.  The  acetyl  derivative 
is  obtained  by  treating  the  dry  potassium  or  sodium  deriva- 
tive with  acetyl  chloride  at  110°  or  acetic  anhydride  at  150'. 
It  crystallises  from  alcohol  in  yellow  hexagonal  tables, 
melts  at  65°,  and  remains  in  supervision  at  the  ordinary 
temperature.  It  explodes  when  heated  above  250°.  A 
sodium-acetyl  derivative  is  formed  by  treating  a  toluene 
solution  of  the  preceding  compound  with  sodium.  This  is  a 
bright  red  substance,  soluble  in  water  aud  more  freely  in 
alcohol ;  the  aqueous  solution  gradually  decomposes  on 
standing.  In  conclusion,  the  author  considers  that  the 
reactions  of  amethvlcamphonitroketone  point  to  the  presence 
in  it  of  the  grouping  CXO,.CH2.CO.—  S.  B.  A.  A. 


The  Tinctorial  Properties  of  Amelhylcamphonitroketone 
and  its  Au.rochrome  Group.  If.  P.  Cazeneuve.  Bull. 
Soc.  Chim.  [3]  7,  1892,  331—332. 

Amethylcahphonitroketone  has  already  been  described 
(this  Journal,  1892,  512)  as  possessing  a  golden  yellow 
colour  and  tinctorial  properties.  In  dilute  alcoholic  solutions 
it  dyes  wool  and  silk  directly.  When  boiled  with  ordinary 
water  it  decomposes  the  carbonate  of  lime  present,  yielding 
a  solution  of  the  colour  of  the  alkaline  bichromates,  which 
dyes  wool  and  silk  on  boiling.  It  retains  its  dyeing  powers 
in  presence  of  tartaric  acid,  but  not  in  alkaline  baths.  It 
does  not  dye  cotton  directly,  but  the  material  is  dyed  after 
one  mordanting  with  tannin. 

The  author  points  out  that  whilst  amethylcamphonitro- 
ketone  contains  the  chromophorie  group  NO.,,  none  of  the 
salt-forming  groups  OH,  NH.,  COOH,  SO,H  (Witt's 
"  auxochromic "  groups),  which  generally  determine  the 
dyeing  powers  of  a  compound,  is  present,  and  suggests  that 
the  acidic  methylene  group  in  the  grouping  CNO,  .CH2.CO 
may  have  a  similar  influence. — S.  B.  A.  A. 


Is  Magenta  Poisonous.'     P.  Cazeneuve.     Mouit.  Scient. 
Aug.  1892,  557—500. 

It  is  stated  that  for  upwards  of  29  years  a  workman  of  the 
firm  of  Durand  and  Huguenin,  of  Basel,  had  sifted  magenta, 
as  made  by  Coupler's  process,  without  having  suffered  from 
any  illness.  He  only  observed  great  thirst,  caused  by  the 
dust  ot  the  magenta.  It  was  estimated  that  this  man 
swallowed,  in  the  form  of  dust,  rosauiline  hydrochloride  in 
quantities  of  from  1  to  2  decigrms.  per  diem.  In  view  of 
this  fact,  it  is  pointed  out  that  since  1  milligrm.  of  mageuta 
can  dye  1  kilo,  of  sugar  pink,  the  hygienic  expert  need  not 
fear  the  use  of  magenta  for  confectionery. 

It  is  considered  that  the  wine  merchant  who  uses  mageuta 
in  his  wine  is  reprehensible  as  an  adulterator,  but  not  as  a 
poisoner.— M.  B. 

Reactions  of  the  Addition-Product  from  Sulphur  Dioxide 
and  Sodium  Phenylate.  Formation  of  ■'  Rubbadine." 
C.  Schall  and  J.  Uhl.  Ber.  25,  1892,  1875—1901. 
It  was  recently  shown  by  Schall  that  the  product  of  the 
action  of  sulphur  dioxide  on  sodium  phenylate  is  presumably 
unsymmetrical  sodium  phenyl  sulphite  of  the  formula 
NaS(i,.()C„H,  (Ber.  25,  1892,  1490).  This  substance 
reacts  with  benzyl  chloride  and  with  carbonyl  chloride  in 
accordance  with  the  following  equations : — 

C6lI5.CHX:i  +  NaSO;.OC0BL5  =  NaCl  +  SO,  + 

C0H5.CH2,OC0H5 

COC1;  +  2  NaS02.OC6H5  =  2 NaCl  +  2  SO.,  + 

CO(OC6H5)2 

When  sodium  phenyl  sulphite  is  heated  with  iodoform  at 

180°,    a    product    having    the    composition    CHH3.,S40    is 

obtained,  aud  on  account  of  its  colour  the  author  has  named 


Nov.  30, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


901 


it  "  Rubbadine."  It  is  a  reddish-brown  crystalline  colouring 
natter,  which  dissolves  readily  in  alcohol,  acetic  ether, 
phenol,  and  in  caustic  soda  solution.  It  yields  a  diacetyl 
derivative,  ('^II^S,!  >v  OC.,Hj).„  and  this  on  broiuination 
gives  CwHa4Br6S4<  )3(OCaH3V  Dimethylrubbadiiie— 
C^HaaSACCHj). 

forms  reddish-brown  microscopic  crystals,  insoluble  in  caustic 
soda,  readily  soluble  in  chloroform,  and  moderately  in  acetic 
ether. 

A  hexanitra-derivative,  C44H2i;(NO.,')|.K..Os,  obtained  by 
the  action  of  concentrated  nitric  acid  on  rubbadine,  is  a  red 
crystalline  dyestuff  soluble  in  caustic  soda  with  reddish- 
yellow  colouration  ;  also  in  ethyl  acetate  and  acetone.  A 
tetra-nitrodiamido-product,  C41H£3(N02)4(NH..  ).&..( ),,  ob- 
tained on  reducing  the  hexanitro-compound,  forms  a  black 
powder  soluble  only  in  phenol  and  in  caustic  soda  solution. 

When  rubbadine  is  heated  at  200°  in  a  sealed  tube  with 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  it  becomes  decomposed  in  accord- 
ance with  the  following  equation  : — 

C^HjjSA  +  2H;()  =  2SH2  +  2  e(1lI;,.oll  +  CjeHjoSsjOs 
The  product  C32H2,,S.,<  )s  is  a  light  brown  crystalline  sub- 
stance extremely  soluble  in  ethyl  acetate  and  acetone,  and 
yielding  a  dark  red  solution  in  caustic  soda. 

When  rubbadine  is  fused  with  caustic  soda,  it  yields 
dihydroxydiphenylsulphoxide  (IK  ),C6H4)2S(  K  together  with 
some  phenol,  salicylic  acid,  and  sulphur.  Dihydroxydi- 
phenylsulphoxide  is  a  crystalline  grey  .yellow  powder  melting 
at  9">'5°  and  is  readily  soluble  in  caustic  soda,  ether, 
alcohol,  glacial  acetic  acid,  ethyl,  acetate,  acetone,  and  in 
amylalcohol.  Its  diacetyl-derivative,  CwHs(C3H30)=S03, 
melts  at  110" 5°.  Its  polymeride  (C,2  H^SI )3)2,  obtained  by 
the  action  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  at  200°,  is  a  reddish- 
brown  dye  readily  soluble  in  solutions  of  the  alkalis  and 
their  carbonates,  also  in  alcohol  and  ethyl  acetate. 

In  conclusion  the  authors  discuss  the  theoretical  bearings 
of  the  reactions  which  they  have  investigated,  and  they 
suggest  the  following  formula  as  probably  representing  the 
constitution  of  rubbadine  : — 


,HO 

c6h/      / 

\CH<  | 


Cr,H4<  > 


('l,"l 


OCBH4  v.  /  C6H40  - 


CH 


OC„H4 


/•-  \ 


C6H40.0 


>• 


—A.  K.  M. 


Azonium- Bases.     ( ).   N.  Witt  and  C.   Schmidt,     lier.  25, 
1892,  2003—2008. 

In  this  paper  the  authors  describe  some  reactions  of 
ethoxylpheuylnaphthostilbazonium  chloride  (Her.  25,  1892, 
1013),  the  most  interesting  of  which  is  the  substitution  of 
the  ethoxyl  by  an  amido-group,  thus  bringing  about  the 
conversion  of  an  azonium  base  into  a  saffranine.  This 
reaction  is  effected  by  heating  the  stilbazonium  chloride 
with  alcoholic  ammonia  for  two  or  three  hours  at  120°. 
The  saffranine  base  crystallises  out  on  cooling,  and  forms 
thick  garnet-red  prisms.  The  product  is  dissolved  in 
boiling  very  dilute  acetic  acid,  and  the  solution  precipitated 
by  the  addition  of  hydrochloric  acid.     The  hydrochloride — 


NH2.CHJH5<J 


X- 


-CCV.H, 


+  ILO 


NC1(CGH5).C.C6H5 

obtained,  forms  scarlet  needles,  having  a  green  metallic 
lustre  ;  it  dissolves  in  water  and  alcohol  to  scarlet  solutions, 
which  exhibit  a  faint  greenish-yellow  fluorescence.  Silk, 
wool,  and  cotton  are  dyed  bright  pink  by  it.  Its  platiuo- 
chlotide  has  the  composition  2  (C3llHo2N3Cl)PtCl4. 
The  corresponding  puratoluidine  compound — 


(•;H;NH.ChlH5/i 


X- 


-C.CfiHs 


NCl(CliH5).C.C|.,Hf, 

is  obtained  when  the  above  stilbazonium  chloride  is  heated 
with  paratoluidine  for  8—10  hours  at  110°— 120°.     It  forms 


rectangular  plates,  dissolves  readily  in  alcohol,  sparingly 
in  water,  and  is  insoluble  in  very  dilute  hydrochloric  acid. 
It  dyes  cotton  a  beautiful  reddish-violet  colour. 

When  the  stilbazonium  chloride  is  heated  in  a  dry  tube 
it  first  melts,  froths  slightly,  becomes  suddenly  deep  blue- 
red,  and  solidities  on  cooling  to  a  crystalline  mass.  This 
melts  above  300'  and  at  a  high  temperature  sublimes 
mostly  unchanged.  The  product  of  this  reaction  possesses 
the  general  characters  of  Fischer  and  Hepp's  rosindone, 
and  is,  in  fact,  phenylnaphthoslilborosindone— 


./ 


N- 


-C.C6HS 


o;cu,ii-X 

\NCCGH5).C.C0HS 

its  formation  being  represented  thus  :— 

C32H2,,N2C10  =  C8HSC1  +  C30H20N2O 

A  better  method  of  obtaining  it  is  to  boil  the  stilbazonium 
chloride  with  six  times  its  weight  of  dimethylaniline.  It 
crystallises  in  garnet-red  needles,  is  insoluble  in  water  and 
dissolves  only  very  sparingly  in  alcohol ;  it  dissolves  readily 
in  phenol  with  orange-yellow  colour,  whilst  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  yields  a  beautiful  violet  solution  which 
becomes  yellow  on  dilution.  The  rosindone  is  a  feeble 
base.  Its  hydrochloride,  C':)„II2clN20 .  HC'l,  crystallises  in 
orange-yellow  needles  and  scales,  but  is  readily  dissociated 
by  water  or  by  a  temperature  of  100°.  The  rosindone  and 
its  sulphonic  acid  dye  silk  red. — A.  K.  M 


Setoff's   Buses. 


W.  v.    Miller  and  J.   Plochl.     Ber.    25, 
1892,  2020—2071. 


In  their  paper  on  aldehyde-green  (Her.  24,  1891,  1700), 
the  authors  expressed  the  view  that  this  substance  is  formed 
by  the  addition  of  hydrogen  sulphide  to  the  group  >C:N — 
As  this  group  is  common  to  Schiff's  bases  the  authors  have 
attempted  to  effect  the  addition  of  hydrogen  sulphide  to  the 
simpler  members  of  this  class  of  substances  which  they 
have  also  submitted  to  a  closer  investigation.  The  bases 
derived  from  the  aromatic  aldehydes,  and  of  the  type 
C6HftN:C'H.C6Hs,  are  mostly  well  characterised  crystalline 
compounds,  whilst  of  those  derived  from  the  fatty  aldehydes 
few  are  well  defined  and  crystallised.  With  regard  to 
their  molecular  weights,  Kaoult's  method  indicated  a  triple 
formula  for  anhydroformaldehydaniline  and  double  formula: 
for  anhydrovaleraldehydaniline  and  acetaldehydaniline. 
Whilst,  however,  anhydroformaldehydaniline  and  anhydro- 
valeraldehydaniline behave  as  simple  bases  in  their  reactions, 
acetaldehydaniline  and  the  corresponding  propylaldehyde 
derivative  are  shown  by  their  abnormal  behaviour  to  be 
differently  constituted.  The  latter  yield  acetyl-,  benzoyl-, 
and  nitroso-derivatives,  and  consequently  contain  an  imido 
group.  When  acetaldehydaniline  is  heated  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  it  readily  breaks  up  into  aniline  and  quinaldine, 
whilst  propylaldehydaniline  similarly  yields  aniline  and 
a-ethyl-i8-methylquinoline.  The  most  probable  formula:  for 
these  two  bases  are  accordingly — 


C6H5N:CH.CH2 

C6H5.NH.CH.CII3 
Acetaldehydaniline, 


and 


C6H5.NH.CH.CH2.CH3 
Propylaldehydaniline. 


Isobutylaldehydaniline  can  also  be  partially  converted 
into  a  similar  polymeride,  but  all  the  other  bases  yield 
polvmerides  possessing  a  tertiary  character. 

All  these  bases  can  be  obtained  in  their  simple  form — 
as  oils— but  they  polymerise  on  standing  and  yield  mostly 
solid  products. 

Of  the  hydra  zones  and  oximes,  only  those  belonging  to 
the  fatty  series  react  with  hydrogen  cyanide.  An  interesting 
method  of  obtaining  nitrites  of  the  simple  (i.e.,  unpoly- 
merised)  bases  is  to  dissolve  aniline  (or  other  amine") 
in  ether,  add  hydrogen  cyanide  and  then  drop  in  the 
aldehyde.  In  this  way  nitriles  can  readily  be  prepared 
which  cannot  be  obtained  by  other  methods.     This  reaction 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov,  ;;o,  I8'.i2. 


is  of  special  interest  as  the  nitriles  yield  important  acid 
amides  and  acids.  By  the  action  of  hydrogen  cyanide  on 
anhydroformaldehydaniline  and  subsequent  hydrolysis  of 
the  resulting  nitrile,  the  authors  readily  obtained  pheuyl- 
amido-acetic  acid,  C6Hs.NH.CHs.COOH,  and  since  the 
yield  is  quantitative  the  reaction  is  of  importance  in 
connection  with  the  synthesis  of  indigo. — A.  K.  M. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the   Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matter 

II.  II.  Lake,  London.  From  F.  Keverdin  and  Ch.  de 
la  Harpe,  Geneva,  Switzerland.  JEng.  Pat.  16,377, 
September  26,  1891. 

By  the  action  of  the  air  on  a  solution  of  /3-amido-a-naphthol 
sulphonic  acid  in  presence  of  an  alkaline  carbonate,  a 
colouring  matter  is  produced  suitable  for  wool-dyeing. 
The  oxidation  is  more  rapid  if  the  solution  be  heated  whilst 
a  current  of  air  is  passed  throuijli  it.  A  solution  containing 
3  kilos,  of  amido-a-naphthol  sulphonic  acid — 

(1.2.4  C,0H5.OH.NHs.SO3H) 

and  2  ■  3  kilos,  of  calcined  sodium  carbonate  in  .30  litres  of 
water  is  heated  in  an  open  vessel  on  the  water-bath  and 
well  stirred.  For  the  first  three  hours  the  water  which 
evaporates  is  replaced  and  the  solution  is  then  evaporated 
to  about  20  litres,  when  it  is  allowed  to  cool  and  the 
colouring  matter  separates  out  as  a  violet-black  powder, 
which,  after  filtering  off,  is  washed  with  cold  water  and 
dried.  It  dissolves  in  hot  water  and  dyes  mordanted  or 
unmordanted  wool  from  an  acid  bath,  giving  dark  shades 
fast  to  light  and  fulling.  The  amido-naphthol  sulphonic 
acid  is  prepared  by  reducing  azo  -  colouring  matters 
obtained  from  1*4  a-naphthol  sulphonic  acid  or  else  by 
reducing  the  uitroso-eonipound  obtained  from  the  same 
body  or  from  the  sulphonic  acid  of  a-hydroxynaphthoic 
acid,  in  the  latter  ease,  the  NOH  group  replacing  the 
carboxyl  group. — T.  A.  L. 


Y.-TEXTILES :  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

The  Determination  of  Fibrous  Materials  in  a  Crude 
State.  S.  Gabriel.  '  Zeits.  f.  Physiol.  Chem.  16,  1892, 
370. 

.See  under  WWX.,  page  944. 


Manufacture  of  Colouring  Matters   from   Protocateehuic 

Aeid  and  Phenols.  O.  Imray,  Loudon.  From  "The 
Farbwerke  vormals  Meister,  Lucius,  uud  Briiuing," 
Hochst-on-the-Maine,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  19,S47, 
November  16,  1891. 

By  heating  acetic  acid  with  resoreinol  or  pyrogallol  in 
presence  of  zinc  chloride,  the  following  ketones  are  pro- 
duced :  resaeetophenone,  CH3.CO.C6H3(OH)2,  and 
gallaeetophenone  CH3.CO.(',H.((  HI  v..  By  applying 
this  reaction  to  two  bodies  which  hitherto  have  not  been 
employed  industrially,  protocateehuic  acid  and  pyrocatechol, 
new  products  result  yielding  very  valuable  colouring 
matters.  When  .34  kilos,  of  protocateehuic  acid,  32  kilos. 
of  pyrocatechol  and  50 — 100  kilos,  of  zinc  chloride  are 
heated  to  about  150°  C.  for  several  hours  and  the  melt 
dissolved  in  hot  water,  a  tetrahydroxydiphenyl  ketone 
crystallises  from  the  solution  and  may  be  purified  by 
crystallisation  from  water.  When  pure  it  melts  at  17.V  C. 
By  substituting  resoreinol  for  the  pyrocatechol  an  isomeric 
tetrahydroxydiphenyl  ketone  is  produced,  which  melts  at 
93°  C.  A  penta-hydroxydiphenyl  ketone  is  formed  in  a 
like  mannner  from  protocateehuic  acid  and  pyrogallol.  All 
the  hydroxy  ketones  derived  in  this  way  from  protocateehuic 
acid  can  be  employed  for  dyeing  and  printing  chrome- 
mordanted  cotton  and  wool  and  give  shades  said  to  be 
absolutely  fast  to  fulling. — T.  A.  L. 

Erratum. 

This  Journal,  1892,  page  808,  col.  1,  2nd  abstr.,  six  lines 
from  end,  for  "  ;)-tolylg]ycoceine  "  read  p-tolylglycocine. 


Pita-Fla.r  or  Sisal-Hemp.    Annal.  Indnst.  Paris,  July  24, 
1892  ;  Proc.  Inst.  Civil  Eng.  HO,  iv.  63—65. 

The  plant  from  which  pita-flax  is  obtained  is  a  native  of 
South  America  and  the  West  Indies,  but  it  has  been 
naturalised  and  become  almost  indigenous  to  all  countries 
bordering  on  the  Mediterranean — Algeria,  Egypt,  Sicily, 
Spain,  and  Portugal — where  it  is  much  employed  as  a 
boundary  hedge  for  roads  and  fields.  It  is  a  species  of  aloe 
with  a  fibrous  root,  a  very  short  trunk,  large  fleshy  leaves  of 
a  sea-green  colour,  with  prickly  edges  and  pointed  ends, 
from  20  in.  to  4  ft.  in  length.  The  leaves  increase  in  size 
year  after  year,  and  usually  at  the  age  of  20  or  30  years,  but 
sometimes  as  early  as  its  eighth  year,  a  tall  shaft  is  thrown  up, 
which  in  about  the  space  of  a  fortnight  grows  to  the  height 
of  from  23  to  28  ft.,  and  produces  a  flower  at  the  top,  but 
this  so  exhausts  the  plant  that  the  effort  usually  kills  it. 

It  is  chiefly  in  the  West  Indies  and  Mexico  that  it  is 
cultivated  for  profit.  With  the  exception  of  the  outermost 
and  innermost  leaves,  of  which  the  first  are  too  coarse  and 
the  latter  too  tender,  the  rest  are  cut  as  near  to  the  root  as 
possible,  and  on  being  scraped  and  beaten  with  wooden 
instruments  produce  a  valuable  fibre  of  great  strength.  That 
from  the  exterior  leaves  is  used  for  cordage  and  mats,  from 
the  intermediate  leaves  coaree  cloths  are  made,  and  the 
inner  leaves  produce  a  fine  quality  of  fibre  from  which 
delicate  tissues  are  woven  resembling  hue  linen.  It  is  some- 
times prepared  in  Spain  of  a  sufficiently  fine  texture  to  be 
exported  to  Lyons  for  mixing  with  silk  fabrics.  The 
Mexican  varieties  of  aloe,  called  in  that  country  "  Maguey," 
produce  not  alone  a  fibre  which  in  France  is  known  as 
Tampico  horse-hair,  and  in  England  as  Mexican  grass,  pita- 
flax,  or  sisal-hemp,  hut  also  a  favourite  intoxicating  beverage 
(pulque),  somewhat  resembling  perry,  which  is  largely 
consumed  in  that  country. 

Hitherto  the  recovery  of  the  fibre  has'  in  almost  all 
countries  been  a  tedious  operation  performed  by  hand,  but 
in  Yucatan  a  considerable  trade  has  been  created  during 
the  last  few  years  by  the  application  of  machinery  worked 
by  means  of  horses  or  steam.  From  5,000  to  7,000  leaves 
are  daily  crushed  and  the  fibre  separated  by  means  of  a 
wheel  fitted  with  metal  blades  which  revolves  in  a  circular 
pan,  each  thousand  leaves  yielding  from  55  to  90  lbs.  weight 
of  dry  fiax,  and  in  this  way  the  Yucatan  production  has 
been  raised  to  an  average  value  of  200,000/.  per  annum. 
This  system,  however,  is  in  some  ways  objectionable,  for  it 
occasions  a  great  deal  of  waste  and  often  injures  the 
attending  workmen. 

Mr.  Berthet,  who  is  already  well  known  as  the  inventor 
of  useful  machinery  of  a  similar  kind,  has  recently  intro- 
duced a  greatly  improved  machine  which,  described  and 
illustrated  iu  Vol.  9,  p.  33,  of  the  "  Bulletin  de  la  Soc.  ind. 
de  Rouen,"  consists  of  two  parts.  The  leaves  are  first 
crushed  between  fluted  rollers,  and  are  then  made  to  pass 
between  a  curved  wooden  support  and  a  drum  fitted  with 
many  blades.  This  drum  in  revolving  tears  away  the  pulp 
from  the  whole  length  of  the  leaves  and  lays  bare  the  fibre, 
but  the  operation  is  again  repeated,  whereby  the  separation 
of  the  fibre  is  completed. 

In  his  work  on  the"  Fibrous  Plants  of  India,"  Mr.  Forbes 
Eoyle  gives  the  result  of  many  tests  made  by  him  in  India 
of  the  comparative  strength  of  pita-flax  and  other  fibres. 
He  found  it  to  be  70  per  cent,  stronger  than  Russian  flax, 
and  also  that  it  has  greater  resistance  than  cocoa-nut  fibre  ; 
when  wet  it  shrinks  25  per  cent,  less  than  ordinary  hemp- 
rope.  (See  Colonial  Reps.  Annual,  No.  44,  Bahamas, 
paragraph  15.) — W.  s. 


Nov.  3d.  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


903 


PATENTS. 

Improvement  in  the  Treatment  of  Fibrous  Plants  for  the 
jiiii pose  of  obtaining  Fibres  therefrom.  I).  Stuart, 
Loudon.     Eng.  Pat.  751,  January  15,  1891. 

Aloe,  jute,  pineapple  ramie,  flux  and  kindred  plants  in 
their  green  state  are  crushed  and  steam  and  water  are  theu 
injected  through  the  mass,  by  which  means  the  pulp  is 
speedily  released  and  the  gums  are  absolutely  removed. 

— E.  J.  IS. 


Improved  Process  and  Means  for  the  Chemical  Treatment 
of  Ramie  Fibre,  Flax,  or  Hemp,  in  either  a  Green  or 
Dried  State.  J.  P.  A.  Blaye,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat.  13,072, 
August  1,  1891. 

The  process  consists  in  treating  the  above-named  fibres  for 
from  15  to  35  minutes  at  95°  to  100°  C.  in  a  bath  composed 
of  water,  100  litres,  slaked  lime,  10  kilos.,  carbonate  of 
soda,  2.1  kilos.,  alum,  2  kilos.  After  such  treatment  the 
til  ires  are  easily  removed  by  hand. — E.  J.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Bookbinders1  Cloth. 
T.  A.  Sutton  and  W.  H.  Sutton,  Salford.  Eng.  Pat. 
13,148,  August  4,  1891. 

The  inventors  take  grey  calico  or  other  similar  fabric  and 
raise  upon  one  or  both  sides  a  pile  or  nap.  They  theu  dye 
or  pad  on  to  the  pile  the  desired  colour  and  then  proceed 
to  stiffen,  glaze,  calender  or  otherwise  finish,  and  if  necessary 
emboss  a  pattern.  By  this  means  the  cloth  is  more  evenly 
dyed  and  gains  in  density  and  solidity. — E.  J.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Floor  Cloth  and  like 
Fabrics,  and  Machinery  therefor.  K.  Scott  and  W.  J. 
Beard,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  17,081,  October  7,  1891. 

Describes  a  machine  for  the  manufacture  of  linoleum  or 
similar  fabrics  in  which  a  continuous  pattern  in  various 
colours  runs  through  the  piece.  A  strong  canvas  back 
covered  with  an  adhesive  or  sticky  substance  travels  inter- 
mittently over  a  heated  table.  During  the  periods  of  rest, 
the  various  coloured  portions  of  linoleum  material  are 
stamped  out  above  the  table  on  to  the  cloth.  For  each 
separate  colour  there  is  a  special  stamp  and  a  special  die- 
plate  which  exactly  correspond  to  the  shape  and  size  of 
those  portions  of  the  pattern  that  are  to  be  of  that  particular 
colour.  When  the  linoleum  of  one  colour  has  been  stamped 
out  and  fixed  in  position  on  the  canvas,  the  drum  carrying 
the  stamps  revolves  bringing  into  work  a  new  set  of  stamps 
or  punches  and  a  corresponding  die-plate.  When  the 
pattern   is  complete,  it  may  be  by  seven   or  eight  colours, 


the  canvas  moves  on  the  length  of  the  pattern  and  is  ready 
to  receive  the  next  length.  Finally,  the  whole  passes  out 
between  rollers  which  firmly  fix  the  segments  of  linoleum 
to  the  canvas  back. — A.  J.  K. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Gassing  Silk  and  other 
Yams.  C.  Ideson,  Leeds.  Eng.  Pat.  17,562,  October 
14,  1891. 
In  order  to  effect  au  economy  in  time,  gas,  and  power,  the 
inventor  has  devised  a  new  finger  bar  for  gassing  frames. 
At  a  point  somewhat  less  than  half  way  from  the  delivery 
eud,  the  bar  is  bent  into  horse-shoe  form ;  the  gas  flame 
playing  across  the  centre  of  the  bend.  The  straight  portions 
of  the  bar  at  each  side  of  the  bend  are  in  alignment,  and 
along  these  are  arranged  at  intervals  pot  friction  tubes 
working  on  steel  spindles.  Two  of  the  latter  are  also 
placed  on  each  side  of  the  bend  and  form  equilateral 
triangles  with  the  end  tubes  of  the  rows.  This  triangular 
arrangement  is  an  essential  feature  of  the  iuvention,  since 
by  threading  in  different  ways  it  permits  of  the  yarn  being 
passed  from  one  to  eleven  times  through  the  flame  according 
to  requirements. — W.  M.  G. 


Improvements  relating  to  the    Waterproofing   of  Canvas 
and     other    Materials,    and    to     Apparatus    therefor. 
L.  Silverman,  Bexley,  and  W.  McLaren,  London.     Eng. 
Pat.  17,977,  October  20,  1891. 
The   material  to  be  waterproofed   is  placed  in  a  suitable 
vessel   from   which   the   air   is    partially   exhausted.     The 
paraffin  wax  or  other  waterproofing  material  is  then  intro- 
duced under  pressure.     When  thoroughly  impregnated  the 
fabric  is  withdrawn  and  passed  first  through  two  hot  rollers, 
then  between  two  revolving  brushes,  and  finally  between 
two  cold  rollers. — A.  J.  K. 


Improvements  in  Machineri/  for  Washing  and  Scouring 
Wool  and  other  Fibrous  Materials.  J.  Petrie  and  J. 
Fielden,  Rochdale.  Eng.  Pat.  18,384,  October  26,  1891. 
In  this  apparatus  the  principle  is  adopted  of  causing  the 
flow  of  liquid  to  carry  the  wool  through  the  machine  ;  but 
in  order  to  secure  the  maximum  effect  the  wool  passes 
through  much  less  quickly  than  the  liquid,  and  the  method 
of  bringing  about  this  retardation  is  a  principal  feature  of 
the  invention. 

The  machine  is  constructed  mainly  on  the  lines  of  the 
ordinary  wool-scouring  machine,  being  provided  with  a 
long  trough  with  perforated  false  bottom,  feed  and  delivery 
apparatus,  squeezing  rollers,  &c.  The  novel  features  will 
be   understood  by  reference  to  the  diagram  in  which  a  is  a 


Machinery  for  Washing  and  Scouring  Wool. 


feeding  brat,  and  b  the  scouring  trough  over  which  is  placed 
a  perforated  pipe  c,  extending  the  whole  width  of  the 
trough.  A  continuous  spray  of  scouring  liquor  from  this 
serves  to  saturate  the  wool  and  also  to  feed  the  scouring 
trough.      The    revolving    cylinder    d   depresses   the    wool 


below  the  surface  of  the  liquor,  after  which  it  is  carried 
forward  by  the  latter  until  it  comes  into  contact  with  the 
retarding  arrangement  j,  f.  This  consists  of  several  (two 
in  the  diagram)  series  of  parallel  bars  placed  horizontally 
to  the  apparatus,  and  spaced  so  as  to  allow  the  overlapping 


904 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Nov. so,  1892. 


ends  of  each  series  to  fork  into  each  other.  By  means  of 
suitable  mechanism  each  scries  of  bars  is  alternately  lifted 
out  of,  and  depressed  beneath  the  stream  of  liquid,  squeezing 
the  wool  sufficiently  to  stop  or  retard  its  movement  when  in 
the  latter  position";  but  to  prevent  undue  pressure,  springs 
r  ii  are  inserted.  The  drum  y  at  the  delivery  end  of 
the  machine  serves  to  express  a  great  portion  of  the  liquor 
which  flows  through  a  perforated  plate  placed  beneath  the 
drum.  The  circulation  of  the  liquid  is  brought  about  by  a 
pump  or  injector. — W.  M.  G. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Paper,  Linen,  and  other 
Textile  Fabrics  applicable  to  the  Manufacture  of  Show- 
Bills,  Showr-Cards,  rasters,  Tablets,  Walt  Decorations, 
and  other  Purposes.     F.  G.  Annison,  London.     Fng.  Pat. 
19,710,  November  13,  1891. 
Trxtile  fabrics  in  long  or  short  lengths  are,  by  a  special 
machine,  which  is  fully   described   with   reference  to  draw- 
ings,  impregnated   with   an  opaque   or   white   solution    of 
xylonite,  celluloid,  or  ivoryine,  and  then  passed  through  a 
heated  chamber  to  remove  alcohol  and  camphor.     The  fabric 
can   then  be    printed  in  the   usual  manner,  and  is   finally 
glazed  or  varnished. — A.  J.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Rhea,  and  in  Apparatus 
therefor.  E.  Viarengo,  Turin,  and  E.  Casper,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  20,610,  November  2G,  1891. 

The  roots  and  tops  are  cut  off  the  stems  of  the  China  grass, 
and  the  stalks  sorted  into  three  grades,  thick,  medium,  and 
thin  :  for  separate  treatment.  The  stalks  are  immersed  in 
water  and  boiled  until  the  outer  bark  can  be  readily  peeled 
off,  after  which  the  stems  are  placed  in  a  closed  vessel  and 
boiled  for  about  two  hours  under  a  pressure  of  at  least  75  lb. 
in  the  following  solution:  water,  50  kilos.;  soda,  1  kilo.; 
unpurified  oleine,  500  grms.  This  removes  all  extraneous 
matters,  including  the  gum.  After  thoroughly  washing  by 
means  of  a  spray  of  water,  the  thoroughly-cleansed  fibre 
is  dipped  in  water  containing  1  per  cent,  glycerin  and  3  per 
cent,  sodium  carbonate,  and  dried  in  the  open  air. — W.  M.  G. 


An    Improved    Hygienic    Fabric,    Tissue,    or    Material. 
.1.  Xyssen,  Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  21,455,  December  8,  1891. 

An  electric  fabric  is  produced,  which  is  very  Irygienic,  by 
mixing  a  material  capable  of  becoming  electric,  such  as 
cats'  hair,  with  wool  or  other  material. — E.  J.  B. 


An  Improved  Shoicer-P roof  Fabric.     E.  Briggs,  Bradford 
Eng.  Pat.  3067,  February  17,  1892. 

The  fabric  is  made  of  silk  containing  its  natural  gum,  the 
spinning,  weaving,  and  dyeing  operations  being  so  regulated 
as  to  retain  this  constituent. — E.  J.  B. 


Improvements  in  or  Relating  to  Apparatus  or  Machines 
for  Breaking,  Washing,  or  otherwise  Treating  Vege- 
table Fibres.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Manchester.  From 
S.  B.  Allison,  New  Orleans,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  14,528, 
August  11,  1892. 

The  object  of  the  invention  is  to  provide  a  machine  for 
treating  wood  fibres  or  leaves,  such  as  pine-apple,  bear 
grass,  banana,  or  other  plants,  the  whole  machine  consisting 
of  "  moss  and  fibre  brake,"  hackle  and  washing  machine, 
with  pressure  rollers  adjusted  by  set  screws,  in  combination 
with  a  series  of  scraping  blades,  which  interlace  by  means 
of  eccentrics. — A.  J.  K. 


VI.-DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  AND  BLEACHING. 

The  Weakening  of  the  Fibre  in  Discharge  Indigo  Printing. 
A.  Scheurer.  Lehue's  Fiirb.  Zeitung,  1891-92,  355. 
(Compare  this  Journal,  1892,  33.) 

Two  samples  of  discharge  printing  paste  having  the  follow- 
ing composition  were  experimented  with.  (A.)  : — Potassium 
bichromate,  40  grms.;  potassium  chromate,  160  grms.; 
dextrin  thickening  solution,  800  grms.  (B.)  : — Potassium 
bichromate,  50  grms. ;  potassium  chromate,  300  grms. ; 
dextrin  thickening  solution,  650  grms.  Dark  blue  dyed 
strips  were  used  as  in  the  former  experiments  (Joe.  cit.). 
The  development  was  effected  in  the  case  of  (A.)  by  a  bath 
containing  sulphuric  acid  and  oxalic  acid  (50  grms.  of  each 
to  1  litre  of  water) ;  whilst  in  that  of  (B.),  glycerol 
(50  grms.)  was  also  added  to  the  bath.  After  this  treatment 
the  printed  .strips  were  boiled  with  a  solution  of  sodium 
carbonate,  and  tested  with  the  dy nanometer; — 

Relative  Strength 
of  Fibre. 

Vat-dyed  fibre mil 

Sample  printed  with  (A.) <;."> 

ill. I in 

These  results  prove  von  Niederhiiusern's  statement  (Fiirb. 
Zeit.  15  Juni  1892)  that  the  use  of  glycerol  is  superfluous 
when  the  strength  of  the  printing  paste  is  properly  adjusted  ; 
but  it  by  no  means  follows  that  the  addition  of  a  reducing 
agent  to  the  developing  bath  is  useless.  In  practice,  how- 
ever, the  printing  paste  always  contains  more  than  the 
necessary  quantity  of  chromate,  and  the  addition  of  glycerol 
or  of  dextrin  (10  grms.  to  the  litre),  to  the  oxalic  acid  bath, 
minimises  the  weakening  of  the  fibre,  as  previously  stated 
by  the  author  (loc.  cit.). — A.  B.  L. 


The  Tannins  and  Tanning  Extracts  and  their  Application 
in  Dyeing  Cotton.  V.  H.  Soxhlet.  Lehne's  Fiirbcr 
Zeitung,  1891—2,  352—356,  378—379.  (Continued  from 
this  Journal,  1892,  744.) 

Pink  bark  extract,  in  spite  of  its  being  the  cheapest  tanning 
material  in  Germany,  has  a  more  limited  use  in  cotton 
dyeing  than  even  oak  wood  extract.  Extract  of  Hungarian 
galls  ("  Knoppern  ")  can  be  used  in  many  cases  for  bright 
shades;  the  tannin-antimony  compound  is  comparatively 
faint-coloured.  Hungarian  galls  can  therefore  be  used  as  a 
substitute  for  gall-nuts  (or  gallotannic  acid),  but  of  course 
they  contain  less  tannic  acid,  and  the  accompanying 
colouring  matters  are  stronger.  The  extract  of  Hungarian 
galls  reduced  to  15°  B.  has  a  clear  colour,  and  contains  about 
25  per  cent,  of  tannin ;  it  produces  no  harshness  with 
cotton  fibre. 

Bearberry  leaves  (.folia  uvie  ursi)  contain  a  considerable 
percentage  of  tannin  (also  some  gallic  acid),  but  scarcely 
any  soluble  colouring  matter.  The  extract  (15°  B.)  contains 
12  per  cent,  of  tannin.  The  tannin-antimony  compound  is 
pure  white,  and  the  iron  compound  a  beautiful  bright  blue. 

White  sea-rose  roots  were  formerly  employed  as  a  substi- 
tute for  nut-galls. 

Quebracho  wood  contains  as  much  as  20  per  cent,  of 
quebracho  tannic  acid,  together  with  an  intensely  red-coloured 
resin,  which  latter  restricls  its  general  application  for  dyeing. 
It  would,  however,  pay  to  decolorise  the  extract,  and  also 
to  use  it  in  admixture  with  logwood  extract,  but  for  the  fact 
that  the  colours  produced  with  it  assume  a  foxy  tone. 
Hemlock  extract  contains  even  more  tannin  (at  30°  B.,  44 
per  cent.),  than  quebracho  extract,  and  is  used  in  Canada  with 
black  d}*es  for  cotton  ;  the  goods,  however,  invariably 
exhibit  a  foxy  tone.  The  so-called  black  dye  preparation 
sold  in  America  is  largely  made  up  of  hemlock  extract. 

Divi-divi  extract  comes  into  the  market  in  a  concentration 
of  30°  B. ;  the  author  found  47  per  cent,  of  ellagitannic  acid 
in  a  sample.  The  yellowish  tint  of  the  antimony  compound 
precludes  its  application  for  bright  and  medium  shades  ;  <t 
yields,  however,  with  iron  salts  a  very  deep  greyish-black 
colour,  and  it  can  with  advantage  he  used  with  all  dark 
coal-tar  colours. 


Wov.80,189B.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


905 


Extract  of  myrabolans  will  unquestionably  supersede 
♦hat  of  sumac  and  other  poorer  tanning  materials.  This  raw 
material  contains  45  per  cent,  of  tannin,  a  certain  quantity 
of  fat,  and  but  little  colouring  matter;  it  is  therefore  well 
adapted  for  tinctorial  purposes.  The  author  prepared  an 
extract  by  extracting  the  crushed  substance  five  times  with 
distilled  water,  and  evaporating  the  extract  to  15°  B.  on  the 
water-bath.  The  tannin  -  antimony  compound  was  very 
similar  to  that  from  sumac,  whilst  the  iron  compound  had  a 
beautiful  full  colour.  The  more  tiery  and  intense  tint  which 
is  produced  with  red,  violet,  and  green  basic  coal-tar  dyes 
tixed  with  myrabolans,  as  compared  with  sumac,  is  generally 
ascribed  to  the  fat  which  the  former  contains  ;  in  most 
large  English  dyeworks,  myrabolans  or  the  extract  are 
employed  with  predilection. 

Jiablah  pods  yield  an  extract  (15°  B.)  containing  18  per 
cent,  of  tannic  acid  and  some  gallic  acid,  together  with 
colouring  matters  and  resin.  This  material  might,  if 
purchased  at  a  moderate  price,  take  the  place  of  sumac  ;  its 
chief  application  is  for  greyish-brown  colours.  Valonia 
meal,  containing  as  much  as  42  per  cent,  of  tannin,  can  be 
purchased  at  -10  mk.  per  100  kilos. ;  it  yields  87  per  cent, 
of  extract  (15°  B  ),  and  is  a  cheaper  material  than  sumac 
extract  containing  14  per  cent,  of  tannin. 

( lajota  bark,  probably  identical  with  Ecorce  de  paletuvier 
(Hull.  Sou.  ind.  Rouen,  1880,  187),  contains  27  per  cent,  of 
tannin,  and  yields  an  extraet  resembling  quebracho  and 
hemlock  extracts. 

Algarobella  seed  husks  (Chili)  contain  G 1  per  cent,  of 
tannin,  and  yield  43  per  cent,  of  extract  (30°  1!.) ;  it  is  not 
an  advantageous  tanning  material  for  blacks,  and  the  colour 
of  its  tauniu-autimony  compound  precludes  its  use  with  coal- 
tar  colours. 

The  employment  of  gallotaunic  acid  is  to  be  recommended, 
but  the  cost  is  generally  prohibitive.  Next  to  it  may  be 
placed  the  various  extracts  in  accordance  with  the  amounts 
of  tannin  they  contain,  and  their  costs.  Sumac  extract,  on 
account  of  its  high  price  and  comparatively  low  percentage 
of  tannin,  is  to  be  placed  last.  All  extracts  should  be 
bought  with  a  guarantee  of  their  percentage  of  tannin.  No 
such  guarantee  can  be  given  with  the  raw  materials,  as  they 
are  liable  to  undergo  changes  by  weathering,  &c,  and  the 
author  is  of  opinion  that  they  should  not  be  purchased. 

—A.  E.  L. 


The  Gilding  and  Silvering  of  Textiles.     E.  Odernheimer. 
Lehne's  Faib.  Zeit.  1891—2,  375—377. 

Two  methods  are  in  use  for  gold  and  silver  printing  on 
textiles.  The  first  consists  in  the  employment  of  the  metals 
in  the  form  of  leaf  or  powder.  On  account  of  the  expense 
of  metallic  gold  and  silver,  bronze  powders  have  been  used 
as  substitutes  for  them,  with,  however,  somewhat  unsatis- 
factory results.  The  second  method  depends  upon  the 
precipitation  of  metallic  gold  or  silver  on  the  fibre,  from  a 
solution  of  a  salt,  by  means  of  a  reducing  agent.  Neither 
of  the  methods  in  their  present  forms  can  be  said  to  give 
perfectly  satisfactory  results.  The  author  then  gives  a 
historical  sketch  of  the  development  of  the  second  method. 
He  finds  that  in  order  to  precipitate  gold  and  silver  on  the 
fibre  in  a  lustrous  form,  it  is  necessary  to  employ  a  gaseous 
reducing  agent.  Sulphuretted  hydrogen  produces,  on  fibres 
moistened  with  a  solution  of  a  gold  salt,  a  brown  or  silver 
grey  metallic  deposit,  which  loses  its  lustre  on  drying; 
sulphurous  acid  gives  no  better  result.  Exposure  of  a  fabric 
moistened  with  gold  salt  to  sunlight  yields  a  brownish  or 
violet  colour,  whilst  solutiou  of  ferrous  sulphate  gives  rise 
to  a  brown  or  grey  colour.  Hydrogen  precipitates  the  gold 
in  a  lustrous  form,  but  its  action  is  slow.  By  far  the  best 
results  are  obtained  with  phosphoretted  hydrogen. 

Iieduetion  by  Means  of  Phosphoretted  Hydrogen. — A 
slow  and  continuous  current  of  phosphoretted  hydrogen  is 
evolved  on  gently  heating  red  phosphorus  and  alcoholic 
potash,  and  by  this  method  the  spontaneous  inflammability 
of  the  gas  is  avoided.  It  acts  very  quickly,  a  beautful 
lustrous  deposit  of  metallic  gold  being  produced  when  a 
small  quantity  of  the  gas  is  passed  into  a  closed  vessel  in 
which  the  fabric  moistened  with  gold  solution  is  suspended. 
The  fabric  at  first  assumes  a  green  colour,  having  a  metallic 


shimmer,  and  then  passes  through  bluish  violet  to  red ;  it 
finally  has  the  lustrous  metallic  appearance  above  described. 
If  the  fabric  in  the  dry  state  is  treated  with  the  reducing 
agent,  or  is  insufficiently  impregnated  with  gold  solution,  the 
deposit  is  more  or  less  red  without  metallic  lustre,  and  gold 
purple  is  formed  when  phosphoretted  hydrogen  at  a  high 
temperature  is  made  use  of.  After  drying,  the  deposit  on 
the  fabric  loses  its  lustre,  a  result  due  to  unevenness  of 
surface,  but  the  lustre  is  to  some  extent  restored  by  rolling. 
The  smoother  the  surface  of  the  fabric,  the  more  easy  is 
it  to  obtain  a  lustrous  deposit.  Silk  is  in  this  respect  the 
best  material.  The  porosity  and  unevenness  of  the  fabric 
are  therefore  the  chief  difficulties  in  the  way  of  obtaining 
the  desired  effect ;  these  may  be  overcome,  however,  to  a 
certain  extent  by  previously  rolling.  It  is,  however, 
preferable,  in  the  case  of  making  gold  designs,  to  print  the 
fabric  first  with  a  dilute  solution  of  albumen,  and  sub- 
sequently, after  drying  and  steaming,  with  a  thickened  gold 
solution,  prepared  by  adding  to  50  cc.  of  gum  Senegal 
solution  5  cc.  of  a  2  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium  gold 
chloride. and  2 — 3  cc.  of  glycerol  (compare  this  Journal, 
1892,  600).  The  moist  fabric  is  then  subjected  to  the 
action  of  phosphoretted  hydrogen,  whereby  lustrous  gold 
designs  are  produced  which  withstand  brushing  and  rubbing, 
but  cannot  be  washed. 

Silver  behaves  similarly  to  gold  on  reduction,  aud  gives 
rise  to  various  colours.  Yellow  is  produced  when  the  fabric 
is  moistened  with  a  0'04  per  cent,  solution  of  sdver  nitrate 
and  warmed  for  some  time  in  a  glycerol  bath  or  tannin 
solution.  Lustrous  deposits  of  metallic  silver  are  produced 
in  the  same  way  as  those  of  gold,  and  good  results  are 
obtained  with  a  0'02  per  cent,  solutiou  of  silver  nitrate. 
When  the  silver  solution  is  too  dilute,  a  thin  nacreous 
metallic  film  is  deposited.  For  printing  designs,  the  follow- 
ing mixture  is  employed  : — Silver  nitrate  (0-1  grm.),  gum 
Senegal  solution  (50  grms.),  and  glycerol  (2  grms.)  For 
silvering  the  entire  fabric,  a  0'02  per  cent,  solution  of  silver 
nitrate  is  strong  enough.  After  reduction  the  silvered  fabric 
is  passed  between  heated  rollers  for  the  purpose  of 
burnishing. — A.  R.  L. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Machinery  or  Apparatus  for  Cleaning 
and  Lustreing  Dyed  or  Undyed  Yarns  of  Silk, 
Cotton,  or  other  Fibrous  Substances.  S.  Fisher  and 
A.  Murgatroyd,  Huddersfield.  Eng.  Pat.  18,878, 
November  2,  1891. 

In  the  usual  machines  for  the  above  purpose  the  yarn 
passes  from  the  winding-off  bobbins  round  the  lustreing 
cones,  and  finally  through  two  sets  of  niches  to  thewinding- 
on  bobbins.  In  order  to  wind  the  thread  laterally,  one  set 
of  niches  is  made  to  traverse  backward  and  forward,  which 
has  the  effect  of  putting  much  more  strain  on  the  thread  at 
one  period  than  at  another,  thus  limiting  the  drag  which  can 
safely  be  applied  to  the  yarn.  The  use  of  niches  at  all  is 
objectionable,  because  they  collect  the  fluff  which  is  removed 
occasionally  by  the  thread,  causing  an  uneven  yarn. 

The  object  of  the  present  invention  is  to  overcome  these 
defects  by  passing  the  yarn  in  an  approximately  straight 
line  from  the  unwinding  to  the  winding-on  bobbins  without 
contact  with  any  eye  or  niche,  thereby  securing  the  entire 
available  amount  of  friction  for  the  purpose  of  lustreing. 
A  rotating  brush  removes  the  fluff. — W.  M.  G. 


Improvements  in  Machines  for  Printing  Fabrics.    J.  Wood, 
Ramsbottom.     Eng.  Pat.  19,174,  November  6,  1891. 

In  some  cases  it  is  desirable  that  the  cylinders  of  printing 
machines  should  be  capable  of  horizontal  adjustment, 
especially  in  duplicate  machines,  where  both  sides  of  the 
fabric  are  printed  upon.  The  inventor  proposes  to  arrange 
matters  so  that  this  can  be  brought  about  as  follows  : — -The 
bearing  blocks  of  the  cylinders  are  fitted  to  slide  horizontally7, 
in  planed  ways,  in  carriages  which  are  made  to  slide  verti- 
cally, aud  are  capable  of  being  raised  or  lowered  as  occasion 
requires. — W.  P.  P. 


906 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [Nov.  so,  1898. 


Improvements  in  or  Relating  to  the  Dyeing  of  Silk  and  other 
Fibres.  J.  LoDgmore  and  15.  Williamson,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  20,574,  November  26,  1891. 
The  dyeing  of  silk  in  the  higher  qualities  has  only  been 
successfully  practised  after  it  has  been  spun  into  yarn. 
The  inventors  propose  the  following  method  for  dyeing  it  in 
the  sliver,  either  before  or  after  it  has  been  dressed  or 
combed.  The  sliver  is  wrapped  round  a  drum  by  means  of 
a  gill-box,  and  dyed  in  this  form  of  a  lap,  by  which  means 
it  is  possible  to  handle  the  silk  in  the  sliver  state  without 
damaging  it. 

After  removing  the  laps  from  the  drum  they  are  placed 
on  a  length  of  wire  gauze,  which  is  then  rolled  up  and  tied. 
The  sliver  is  then  easily  handled  and  dyed.  The  dyeing 
operation  may  be  made  continuous. — W.  P.  I). 


Improvements  in  or  Relating  to  Means  or  Apparatus  for 
Dyeing  Yarns,  Piece-goods,  and  the  like.  S.  Smithson, 
Heckmondwike.     Eng.  Pat.  14,101,  August  4,  1892. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  keep  the  goods  from 
coming  in  contact  with  the  dyewoods,  or  other  solid 
materials  used  in  the  process  of  dyeing.  Also  to  prevent 
any  of  the  waste  dyewoods,  &c.  from  entering  the  drains, 
and  thus  becoming  a  nuisance. 

The  dye  tank  is  divided  transversely  into  two  or  more 
compartments,  one  of  which  contains  the  goods.  A  smaller 
division  holds  the  dye-wood,  and  the  liquor  can  flow  from 
one  to  the  other,  through  perforations  in  the  sides,  which 
are,  however,  not  large  enough  to  allow  the  dye-wood  to 
get  through  and  come  in  contact  with  the  goods.  Similar 
arrangements  are  made  to  prevent  the  solid  matter  escaping 
down  the  drains,  when  the  tank  is  run  off.  A  winch  is 
added  for  piece-goods  dyeing.—  W.  P.  D. 


YII.-ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  AND  SALTS. 

Improvements    in    the    Manufacture   of    Sulphuric    Arid 
during  1891.     A.  Schertel.    Chem.  Ind.  1892,  163— 170. 

In  the  above  year  a  work  of  considerable  magnitude  has 
appeared,  by  .Alfred  Retter  (this  Journal,  1891,  364), 
offering  singular  interest  from  the  fact  that  the  results 
given  refer  to  the  working  of  a  one-chamber  system.  The 
dimensions  of  this  single  chamber  were  188  ft.  x  27  ft.  x 
21  ft.  high,  equal  to  105,850  cub.  ft.  capacity ;  the  capacity 
of  the  Glover  tower  was  1,020  cub.  ft.,  or  0-96  per  cent,  of 
the  chamber  space.  The  pyrites  burners,  made  in  six 
compartments,  consumed  3 — 3"3  tons  of  pyrites  per 
24  hours.  The  gases  were  sampled — (1.)  In  the  tunnel 
between  the  Glover  tower  and  the  chamber.  (2.)  At  two 
points  situated  4  ft.  11  in.  from  the  front  wall  of  the 
chamber,  about 3  ft.  4  in.  from  the  floor,  and  3  ft.  4  in.  from 
the  top.  (3.)  33  ft.  from  the  front  wall,  near  the  bottom 
and  top.  (4.)  92  ft.  from  the  front  wall,  near  bottom  and 
top.  (5.)  158  ft.  from  the  front  wall,  as  before.  (6.)  In 
the  down-draught  from  the  Guy-Lussac  toner.  The  sample 
tubes  reached  in  each  case  to  a  depth  of  5  ft.  into  the 
chamber. 

Working  under  normal  conditions  (i.e.,  consuming  3  tons 
of  pyrites  and  132  lb.  of  nitre  per  day),  there  is  a 
remarkably  sudden  decrease  of  sulphurous  acid  in  the 
chamber  gases.  Even  in  rejecting  the  tests  taken  at 
point  (2) — the  same  being  situated  in  a  dead  corner,  away 
from  the  gas  supply — «  e  find  only  a  slight  reaction  takin°- 
place  between  points  (2)  and  (It),  and  almost  no  reaction 
past  the  latter.  It  was  further  remarkable  that  any 
attempt  to  increase  the  output  by  charging  more  than  the 
above  quantity  of  pyrites  resulted  only  in  irregularities  in 
the  process  and  in  increased  consumption  of  nitre.  The 
tests  show  further,  that  nitrons  oxide  disappears  along  with 
sulphurous  aeid,  as  already  pointed  out  by  Lunge  and 
Xaef. 


In  reducing  the  air  but  increasing  the  nitre,  the  reaction 
advances  as  far  as  the  far  end  of  the  chamber,  and 
sulphurous  acid  along  with  nitrous  fumes  escape  from  the 
Guy-Lussac.  But  the  most  curious  fact  is  an  increase  of 
oxygen  from  the  point  at  which  the  gases  leave  the  Glover. 
In  the  chamber  inlet  there  is  a  deficiency  of  1  •  89  per  cent, 
(volume)  of  oxygen  to  completely  oxidise  sulphurous  acid 
into  sulphuric  acid.  At  test-hole  2  there  is  already  an 
excess  of  0"36  per  cent,  (volume)  of  oxygen,  which 
increases  to  1-16  per  cent,  at  the  4th  test-hole.  It  is 
peculiar,  too,  that  the  proportion  between  nitrous  aeid  and 
nitrous  oxide  remains  uniform  all  through,  although  a 
deficiency  of  oxygen  would  lead  one  to  expect  a  strong 
reduction  of  nitrous  acid. 

Increasing  the  air  leads  to  an  increased  escape  of 
sulphurous  acid  from  the  Gay-Lussac  tower,  and  in  some 
cases  the  chamber  process  is  likely  to  be  continued  there. 
The  sulphurous  acid  causes  evolution  of  nitrous  acid,  which 
escapes.  Under  the  above  conditions  it  is  very  difficult  to 
regulate  the  supply  of  air  and  nitre,  and  the  losses  in  the 
exit  gases  are  occasionally  30  times  in  excess  of  the 
average  loss. 

The  temperatures  are  not  subjected  to  strong  variations 
and  high  figures,  such  as  Sorel  recorded ;  these  were  not 
observed  here. 

The  output  of  this  chamber  being  so  very  low,  the  same 
was  divided  into  two  smaller  chambers,  measuring  121  ft. 
long  (68,607  cub.  ft.)  and  60-7  ft.  long  (34,417  cub.  ft.) 
respectively.  A  passage  6' 2  ft.  wide  divided  the  two  new 
chambers.  The  chamber  space  decreased  thus  by  3  •  3  per 
cent.,  but  the  surface  increased  by  2' 8  per  cent.  As  a 
result  of  the  alteration,  4  -2  tons  of  pyrites  could  be  burnt 
in  24  hours  (i.e.,  this  means  an  increase  of  40  per  cent.), 
with  a  consumption  of  4'4  nitre  per  100  of  sulphur.  The 
gas  tests  taken  show  that  ihe  sulphurous  acid,  when  entering 
the  chamber,  does  not  decrease  as  suddenly  as  was  the  case 
in  the  one-chamber  system.  It  decreases  only  very  slowly 
past  the  second  sample  hole,  but  rapidly,  almost  to  zero,  in 
the  second  chamber.  The  samples  taken  on  the  top  and 
bottom  differ  to  a  greater  extent  thau  formerly.  The 
temperatures  are  much  higher  after  splitting  the  chamber 
than  formerly,  even  when  burning  the  same  quantity  of 
P3'rites,  a  circumstance  which  cannot  be  explained  yet. 
Nevertheless,  although  there  is  a  considerable  source  of 
heat  in  the  chambers,  one  cannot  help  being  struck  by  the 
considerable  difference  in  the  temperatures  in  the  Glover 
tower  and  chamber  (about  45°  C.).  Lunge  and  Xaef 
observed  in  Uetikon  a  slight  increase  of  temperature ;  the 
same  was  the  case  at  the  Oker  and  at  the  Mulden  works, 
whilst  there  was  a  considerable  rise  in  the  temperature  at 
the  Freiberg  works.  The  knowledge  of  chamber  space  and 
chamber  surface  do  not  throw  sufficient  light  on  this  matter, 
and  it  is  evident  that  the  temperatures  in  the  chamber  system 
are  influenced  by  conditions  which  arc  not  yet  recognised. 

The  behaviour  of  nitrous  acid  to  sulphuric  acid  has  been 
subjected  to  further  studies  since  it  became  probable  that 
the  sulphuric  acid  vapours  floating  in  the  atmosphere  of 
the  chamber  combine  with  nitrous  acid,  and  thus  prevent  a 
further  formation  of  sulphuric  acid.  The  tension  of  the 
nitrous  acid  of  nitrous  vitriol  has  been  studied  by  Lunge, 
Zalociecki,  and  Marehlewski  (this  Journal,  1891,  364  — 366 ). 
The  specific  gravities  of  nitric  acid  of  different  strengths 
were  ascertained  by  Lunge  and  Key  (this  Journal,  1891, 
543 — 546). 

The  estimation  of  nitrogen  in  nitrates  is  treated  of  by 
Fricke,  Alberti,  and  Hempel  and  Olsch.  The  method 
employed  by  the  latter  is  specially  adapted  to  substitute 
the  usual  indirect  nitre  determinations. 

Among  the  patented  processes,  the  following  may  be 
mentioned : — Lunge  and  Kosmann  electrolise  a  solution  of 
zinc  sulphite  (obtained  by  passing  sulphurous  acid  gas 
through  a  paste  of  roasted  zinc  ore)  for  the  purpose  of 
obtaining  zinc  and  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  G.  Leon  obtains 
fuming  or  anhydrous  sulphuric  acid  by  electrolising 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  Neuerburg  proposes  to 
concentrate  sulphuric  acid  in  a  copper  apparatus,  which  is 
lined  with  gold  up  to  the  point  of  contact  with  the  sulphuric 
acid.— II.  A. 


Hot.  80, 1898.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


907 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  the  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of 
Bleaching  Powder  {Chloride  of  Lime)  or  Similar 
( 'ommodities.  J.  M.  Milnes  and  A.  Millies,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,833,  September  18,  1891. 

An  endless  belt  made  of  suitable  material,  preferably  of 
asbestos  cloth,  is  caused  to  travel  through  a  series  of 
chambers,  and  upon  it  is  placed  the  material  to  be  saturated. 
In  the  case  of  bleaching  powder  the  material  is  lime,  which 
is  fed  in  at  a  hopper,  and  chlorine  is  admitted  at  the  end 
near  the  hopper  and  drawn  through  the  chamber  to  the 
other  end  of  the  series.  Hanging  from  the  roof  of  each 
chamber  are  a  number  of  combs  which  turn  the  material 
over  as  it  is  carried  along  by  the  travelling  belt,  thus 
continually  presenting  fresh  surfaces  for  absorption  of  the 
gas.     Drawings  of  the  plant  are  given. — H.  8.  P. 


Improvements  in  or  Connected  with  the  Production  of 
Monocarbonatcs  from  Bicarbonales  of  the  Alkalis. 
F.  H.  Gossage,  Widnes.  Eng.  Pat.  15,822,  September  18. 
1891. 

Thk  bicarbonate  of  soda  or  potash  is  placed  in  a  closed 
vessel  or  series  of  vessels  in  a  wet  or  dry  state,  and  hot 
gas  or  hot  air  is  passed  through  it  by  means  of  pressure  or 
suction,  the  temperature  being  such  as  to  convert  the 
bicarbonate  into  monocarbonate.  The  gases  that  may  be 
used  are  those  that  come  from  limekilns,  in  which  cases 
they  are  enriched  by  the  CO.,  expelled  from  the  bicarbonate. 
When  hot  air  is  used  it  may  be  heated  by  passing  through 
an  interchanging  apparatus  subjected  to  the  hot  gases  from 
the  flues  or  furnaces  of  steam  generators. — H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Nitric  Acid.  R.  E. 
Chatfield,  Sewardstoue,  Essex.  Eng.  Pat.  16,512, 
September  29,  1891. 

The  object  of  the  invention  is  to  obtain  nitric  acid  free 
from  sulphuric  acid  by  distillation  of  nitrate  of  soda  with 
sulphuric  acid.  To  effect  this  a  mixture  of  nitrate  of  soda 
is  heated  with  large,  excess  of  sulphuric  acid,  preferably 
two  equivalents  to  one  of  nitrate,  at  a  temperature  not 
exceeding  445°  F.  About  75  per  cent,  of  the  nitric  acid 
distils  over  under  300°  F.,  and  the  remainder  comes  over, 
save  a  slight  trace,  at  about  445°  F.  A  temperature  a  few 
degrees  higher  removes  the  last  trace.  Owing  to  the  low 
temperature  the  nitric  acid  is  free  from  sulphuric  acid. 
At  the  same  time  the  resulting  residue  is  liquid,  and  may 
be  run  off  at  any  temperature  above  350°  F.,  and  may  be 
used  with  an  equivalent  of  salt  to  form  muriatic  acid  and 
furnaced  salt-cake  for  the  manufacture  of  glass,  soda,  &c. 

— H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Acid  Sulphites. 
A.  Hoake  and  F.  G.  A.  Roberts,  Stratford,  Essex.  Eng. 
Pat.  16,647,  October  1,  1891. 

In  the  ordinary  process  of  manufacturing  sulphites, 
sulphurous  acid  gas  carries  over  from  the  plant  in  which  it 
is  generated  minute  particles  of  sulphur  which  are  not 
removable  by  the  ordinary  means  of  washing,  and  this 
sulphur  forms  an  unstable  compound  with  the  lime  or  other 
base,  which  even  in  minute  quantities  affects  the  value  of 
the  final  product,  especially  if  it  be  intended  for  the  purpose 
of  preserving  beer.  To  obviate  this  the  inventors  first 
liquefy  the  sulphurous  acid  gas  by  pressure,  and  then  allow 
it  to  gently  boil  off  from  the  closed  vessel  in  which  it  has 
been  liquefied.  The  gas  thus  evolved  carries  over  no 
sulphur,  and  is  led  through  a  suitable  pipe  into  a  solution 
of  alkali  or  milk  of  lime,  and  the  usual  process  of  manu- 
facture of  aciil  sulphite  solutions  carried  through. 

— H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of 
Chlorine.  P.  de  Wilde,  A.  Reychler,  Brussels,  Belgium, 
and  F.  Hurter,  Widnes.  Eng."  Pat.  17,659,  October  15, 
1891. 

In  the  De  Wilde  and  Reychler  process  for  manufacturing 
chlorine  (this  Journal,  1890,  510),  alternate  currents  of 
air  and  hydrochloric  acid  are  passed  through  one  heater  at 
different  temperatures.  Considerable  wear  and  tear  is 
thus  caused  on  the  apparatus.  This  can  be  remedied  to  a 
certain  extent  by  having  separate  heaters  for  the  respective 
gases,  but  there  still  remains  a  certain  wear  and  tear  on  the 
idle  heater.  The  proposition  is  to  work  two  heaters,  one 
for  air  and  one  for  hydrochloric  acid,  each  connected  with 
two  cylinders,  for  containing  the  decomposing  material,  and 
with  means  for  putting  either  heater  in  communication  with 
each  such  cylinder  alternately,  and  for  drawing  off  the  gases 
from  each  such  cylinder  conjointly.  This  is  managed  in 
such  a  way  that  air  or  hydrochloric  acid  can  be  turned  on 
either  decomposer ;  and  whilst  one  of  the  decomposers 
produces  weak  chlorine,  the  other  turns  out  strong  chlorine, 
both  uniting  into  a  common  main  and  giving  a  continuous 
stream  of  chlorine  of  uniform  quality. — H.  A. 


An  Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  of  Bay  Salt.  A. 
MacNab,  Cocanada,  India.  Eng.  Pat.  10,851,  June  8, 
1892. 

When  salt  is  produced  by  evaporation  of  sea-water  there  is 
always  mixed  with  it  other  salts,  chiefly  magnesium  chloride, 
which  being  of  a  deliquescent  nature  absorb  moisture  and 
render  the  salt  damp.  The  invention  consists  in  removing 
this  impurity  by  placing  the  damp  salt  in  the  drum  of  a 
centrifugal  machine  having  its  outer  wall  of  perforated 
metal  or  wire  gauze,  which  may  be  lined  internally  with  a 
porous  fabric.  The  drum  is  then  revolved  and  brine  is 
poured  into  it,  which  is  caused  by  the  centrifugal  motion 
to  filter  through  the  salt  and  to  pass  through  the  porous 
drum,  carry  ing  with  it  most  of  the  magnesium  chloride, 
which  is  more  soluble  than  the  salt.  When  the  salt  is  very 
wet  the  addition  of  brine  is  unnecessary. — H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  (.'rude 
Acetone.  C.  Lowe,  Reddish.  Eng.  Pat.  12,660,  July  9, 
1892. 
It  is  proposed  to  submit  to  destructive  distillation  the 
acetates  of  strontium  or  magnesium  instead  of  the  acetates 
of  potassium,  sodium,  calcium,  or  barium,  hitherto  em- 
ployed. The  resulting  crude  distillate  is  larger  in  quantity 
and  of  higher  quality  as  regards  the  percentage  of  pure 
acetone  present,  and  is  also  more  free  from  empyreumatic 
or  other  by-products  of"  decomposition.  Any  carbonic 
anhydride  simultaneously  evolved  during  the  process  of 
distillation,  is  separated  by  drawing  or  forcing  the  vapour 
of  crude  acetone  over  or  through  aqueous  solutions  of  the 
alkalis  or  of  their  hydroxides,  either  in  a  pulverulent  or 
semi-fluid  state  contained  in  covered  vessels,  whereby  the 
carbonic  auhydride  is  absorbed,  afterwards  condensing  the 
vapour  of  crude  acetone  in  an  ordinary  worm  or  surface 
condenser.  Any  crude  acetone  mechanically  retained  by 
the  alkali  is  subsequently  expelled  therefrom  by  a  current 
of  steam  or  direct  heat  supplied  in  or  to  the  vessels  con- 
taining the  absorbing  agents.  The  patentee  further  proposes 
to  utilise  the  by-products  of  the  destructive  distillation 
either  after  separation  by  fractional  distillation  from  or 
while  still  mixed  with  the  acetone  of  the  crude  acetone, 
obtained  by  employing  them  for  the  solution  of  copal  or 
other  suitable  gums  or  resins  for  the  preparation  of 
varnishes,  paints,  enamels,  cements,  and  the  like. — D.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Vinegar  and  in 
Apparatus  therefor.  E.  Kuehemneister,  Zittau,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  12,884,  July  13,  1892. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  wooden  vat  fitted  with  a  cover 
which  is  hermetically  closed  and  nearly  full  of  the  usual 
shavings. 


908 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Nov.  so,  18» 


The  vinous  liquid  to  be  acetified  is  discharged  into  the 
upper  part  of  the  vessel  in  a  state  of  very  fine  division,  which 
is  produced  by  a  current  of  a'r  suitably  applied,  and  which 
may  be  heated  to  any  required  temperature. 

The  excess  of  air  passes  off  through  a  tube,  by  which  it 
is  first  led  through  water  to  deprive  it  of  any  acetic  acid  or 
alcohol  which  might  be  carried  away  by  it. 

It  is  claimed  that  complete  acetification  is  attained  by  one 
passage  through  the  apparatus,  so  that  a  large  quantity  of 
liquid  can  be  dealt  with  in  a  very  short  time. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Sulphate  of 
Ammonia.  W.  Malster,  Catford,  Eng.  Pat.  13,208, 
July  19,  1892. 
Fob  the  purpose  of  conveying  ammonium  sulphate  from  the 
bottom  of  the  saturator  on  to  an  elevated  drainer,  a  lead 
syphon  is  used,  the  vertical  arm  of  which  dips  in  the 
saturator,  whilst  the  other  arm  delivers  on  the  drainer. 
This  end  is  closed  with  a  metal  plate  valve  hinged  at  the  top. 
The  syphon  pipe,  somewhat  past  the  bend,  is  connected  to  a 
vacuum  pump ;  each  upward  stroke  of  the  pump  tills  the 
syphon  with  crystals,  and  each  down  stroke  empties  tin:  arm 
leading  to  the  drainer. — H.  A. 


VIII.-GLASS,  POTTERY,  AND 
EARTHENWARE. 

Oxygen  in  Glass  Manufacture.     Eng.  ami  Mining  J. 

54,  4i:«. 

Recent   experiments   show  that   the   introduction  of  pure 

ox}  gen  gas  in  the  crucible  greatly  facilitates  the  melting  of 

glass ;  in  fact,  an  economy  in  fuel  of  30  per  cent,  is  claimed. 

The  gas  is  contained  in  steel  cylinders  under  a  pressure 
of  120  atmospheres,  the  flow  being  maintained  at  a  uniform 
pressure  of  2j-  atmospheres  by  a  regulator.  The  gas  is 
introduced  into  the  crucible  through  a  platinum  tube,  which 
terminates  in  a  spiral  perforated  on  its  under  side.  The 
gas  is  at  first  introduced  very  slowly,  the  quantity  being 
gradually  increased  toward  the  last.  The  effect  is  to  hasten 
the  operation  and  promote  the  chemical  combination  of  the 
different  constituents.  According  to  the  figures  given, 
100  kilos,  of  glass  require  600  litres  of  oxygen. 

The  glass  made  by  the  aid  of  oxygen  is  claimed  by  the 
workmen  to  be  more  easily  workable,  but  the  main  advan- 
tages of  the  method  are  rapidity  of  fusion,  which  permits  of 
an  increased  number  of  fusions  per  crucible,  and  in  the 
rapid  clearing  of  the  melt,  giving  a  glass  free  from  air 
bubbles.— YY.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  /he  Manufacture  of  Cloth  used  for  Press 
Sheets,  Filtering  Sheets  and  other  similar  Purposes. 
Sir  E.  Armitage  and  Sons,  Lim  ,  and  P.  Dunkerley, 
Pendleton,     ling.  Pat.  10,643,  June  23,  1891. 

Tins  invention  relates  to  the  strengthening  at  various 
places  subjected  to  extra  pressure  the  press  sheets  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  porcelain.  The  object  is  attained  by 
using  a  double  warp  or  weft,  bj*  doubling  over  and 
stitching  down  the  cloth,  or  bv  sewing  on  an  extra  thickness. 
'  — E.  J.  B. 

Improvements  in  and  Applicable  to  Filter-Press  Cloth, 
chiefly  intended  for  Use  in  Filtering  "  Slip  "for  making 
I 'otters'  Clay.  W.  T.  Lucas,  Burslem.  Eng.  Pat.  6224, 
March  31,  IS'.il'. 

These  cloths  are  made  in  one  piece,  and  are  strengthened 
by  a  patch  sewn  on  to  the  middle ;  a  hole  is  made  in  the 
centre  through  which  the  slip-tap  nozzle  may  be  placed  ; 
the  periphery  of  the  hole  is  protected  by  two  metallic 
collars  which  are  placed  on  opposite  sides  of  the  cloth 
and  clenched  together.— J.  C.  C. 


IX.-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS, 
MORTARS,  AND  CEMENTS, 

PATENTS. 

Improved  Fire-Extinguishing  and  Fireprooftng  Compound. 
(>.  (i.  Hunkel,  Besingo,  Austria.  Eng.  Pat.  13,117, 
August  1,  1891. 

A  qviok,  reliable,  and  trustworthy  fire-extinguishing  com- 
pound may  be  obtained  by  mixing,  and  diluting  to  22  gallons, 
solutions  of  about : — 

I.).. 

Ammonium  chloride  in  4*4  gallons  soft  water 2*204 

Burnt  alum  in  -1  "2  gallons  soft  water 0'77<i 

Cryst. ammonium  sulphate  in  I'l  gallonssoft  water  .    0*440 

Sodium  cbloridein  8*8  gallons  soft  water 4*408 

Sodium  bicarbonate  in  1*1  gallons  suft  water 0*770 

Sodium  water-glass  (liquid)  9*920 

—II  A. 

Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Artificial  ^Yood. 
P.  A.  II.  Wehuer,   Dresden.     Eng.  Pat.   10,196,  May  28, 

1892. 

Artifk  nr.  wood  is  prepared  by  mixing  together  sawdust, 
wood  shavings,  jute,  flax,  cotton,  or  waste  animal  matters 
with  a  solution  of  magnesium  chloride  and  burnt  and 
pondered  magnesite. —  E.  J.  B. 


A    New   or    Improved  Heat-Insulating   and   Waterproof 

Material.     E.  ISiernath,  Charlottenberg,  Germany.     Eng. 
Pat.  13,702,  July  22,  1892. 

Seventy  parts  of  infusorial  earth,  10  parts  of  woollen  waste, 
and  20  parts  of  "  calf's  hair  "  are  worked  into  a  thin  paste 
with  water,  and  if  desired  a  colloid  solution  of  any  suitable 
kind.  The  composition  is  made  into  sheets  about  one- 
fifteenth  of  a  millimetre  in  thickness,  the  sheets  being  cast 
on  each  other  until  a  plate  of  about  4  millimetres  in  thick- 
ness is  obtained,  and  the  composite  sheet  subjected  to  a 
pressure  of  at  least  1 2  atmospheres  to  free  it  from  water, 
any  remaining  being  driven  out  hy  heating.  Ground 
asphaltum  is  mixed  with  a  little  "  asphaltum  oil,"  brought 
to  its  boiling  point,  and  brushed  on  to  the  plates.  Gravel 
or  stone  chippings  about  the  size  of  barley  grains  are  then 
strewed  over  their  surface.  The  product  is  said  to  be 
suitable  for  lining  silos  and  covering  damp  floors  and  walls. 
—71.  11. 

An    Artificial   Stone    Composition.     J.    E.    Keseling    and 
C.    Fuchs,    New    York,    U.S.A.       Eng.     Pat.    15,147, 

August  23,  1892. 

225  lb.  of  sand  are  mixed  with  half  a  gallon  of  a  solution 
of  asphaltum  in  turpentine,  and  with  a  mixture  of  75  lb.  of 
magnesia  and  5  gallons  of  a  solution  of  magnesium  chloride, 
and  3 — 4  gallons  of  albumen  dissolved  in  water  at 
15i  I  — 160=  P.,  gradually  poured  in.  The  product  is  used 
as  an  artificial  stone.    The  proportions  may  be  varied. — B.  B. 


Improvements  in  or  Relating  to  Decorative  Artificial  Stone 
for  Forming  Pavements  and  for  other  Purposes. 
W.  F.  Thomas,  Dolguan,  Wales.  Eng.  Pat.  15,281, 
September  9,  1891. 

The  process  patented  consists  iu  forming  letters  or  devices 
throughout  the  whole  depth,  from  back  to  front,  of  artificial 
stones,  by  the  insertion  of  suitable  moulds  and  mixtures  of 
ground  stone  with  cement  and  the  like,  and  the  withdrawal 
of  the  moulds  while  the  matrix  is  in  a  plastic  state.  The 
device  may  be  used  for  the  lettering  of  street  names, 
tombstones  and  advertisements. — B.  B. 


(lov.  30,18980       THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


909 


X.-METALLURGY. 

The  Action  of  Carbon  Monoxide  upon  Iron.     Guntz. 
Bull.  Soc.  Chitn.  13,  1892,  278—281. 

Tue  action  of  carbou  monoxide  upon  iron  has  been  studied  by 
many  observers  on  account  of  its  metallurgical  importance. 
Stammer  found  that  on  passing  carbon  monoxide  over  oxide 
of  iron  heated  to  a  temperature  below  the  softening  point  of 
glass,  a  considerable  quantity  of  carbon  in  a  bulky  state  ' 
was  obtained  as  well  as  metallic  iron.  Deville  has  recorded 
the  fact  that  when  iron  is  heated  in  carbou  monoxide  a 
deposit  of  carbon  is  formed  upon  the  cooler  parts,  while 
those  which  are  hotter  are  unaffected.  Eowthiau  Bell  has 
shown  that  when  the  oxides  of  iron,  nickel,  and  cobalt  are 
reduced  by  carbon  monoxide,  carbon  is  always  set  free. 
Some  years  later  Gruner  stated  that  pure  iron  does  not 
decompose  carbon  monoxide  free  from  carbon  dioxide,  but 
this  was  refuted  by  Schutzenberger.  Deville's  observation 
is  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  heat  evolved  by  the 
reaction  Fe  +  CO  =  FeO  +  C  decreases  as  the  temperature 
rises  and  disappears  or  becomes  negative  at  high  tempera- 
tures. Failure  to  accept  this  view  is  due  to  the  erroneous 
assumption  that  a  substance  stable  at  high  temperatures  is 
similarly  resistant  to  chemical  action.  Thus  carbon  monoxide 
is  very  stable  at  high  temperatures,  but  it  is  easily  decom- 
posed by  oxidisable  bodies  as  its  heat  of  formation  is  low, 
14 '4  cal.,  a  quantity  of  the  same  order  of  magnitude  as 
that  of  mercuric  oxide,  viz.,  15' 5  cal.  The  reason  why 
carbon  monoxide  is  less  vigorous  an  oxidant  than  mercuric 
oxide  is  that,  on  account  of  its  stability,  it  is  not  dissociated 
when  heated,  and  therefore  needs  the  expenditure  of  work 
upon  it  to  start  its  reducing  action.  If  the  metal  to  be 
oxidised  is  obtained  in  a  sufficiently  fine  state  of  divisiou, 
the  reaction  is  much  aided.  Manganese,  for  example,  burns 
easily  in  carbon  monoxide  when  once  the  oxidation  is 
started.  It  may  be  said  that  the  oxidising  action  of  carbon 
monoxide  occurs  at  temperatures  ranging  between  100°  and 
400"  C,  and  its  reducing  action  from  300 "  G.  to  a  red  heat, 
the  molecular  state  of  the  metal  acted  upon  and  its 
chemical  activity  determining  the  precise  limits.  Examples 
of  both  kinds  of  reaction  are  afforded  by  iron. 

When  carbon  monoxide,  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  is 
passed  over  iron,  obtained  by  distilling  an  electrolytic  iron 
amalgam  in  a  vacuum  at  a  temperature  of  about  250'  G, 
iron  carbonyl  is  formed  in  sufficient  quantity  to  give  a 
mirror-like  riug  of  metallic  iron,  which  is  considerably  more 
marked  than  that  formed  when  iron  reduced  from  the 
oxalate  is  used.  On  raising  the  temperature  to  150  — 
160"  C.  a  part  of  the  gas  is  absorbed  with  the  formation  of 
ferrous  oxide  and  carbon,  the  presence  of  the  latter  becom- 
ing evident  on  dissolving  the  contents  of  the  tube  in  acid. 
When  heating  is  effected  rapidly  to  about  300°  C,  carbon 
monoxide  is  at  first  absorbed  almost  completely,  but 
afterwards,  as  the  reaction  diminishes,  carbon  dioxide  is 
produced  in  small  quantity,  as  a  product  of  the  reduction  of 
oxide  of  iron  by  carbon  monoxide.  The  reduction  is  never 
complete,  as  the  action  is  reversible.  Iron  reduced  from  the 
oxalate  or  oxide  gives  the  same  reaction,  but  more  feebly, 
its  inertuess  increasing  with  the  temperature  at  which  it  was 
originally  reduced.  Mechanically  comminuted  iron  will 
behave  similarly,  though  still  less  vigorously. 

By  these  results  certain  pheuomena  in  the  smelting  of 
iron  may  be  explained.  In  one  zone  of  the  blast  furnace 
spongy  iron  conies  inlo  contact  -with  carbou  monoxide 
yielding  ferrous  oxide  and  carbou ;  in  another  zone  this 
ferrous  oxide  is  reduced  by  carbon  monoxide,  giving  spongy 
iron  and  carbon  dioxide;  finally,  on  reaching  a  zone  of 
higher  temperature,  the  finely-divided  iron  and  carbou 
unite  to  form  carburetted  iron. — B.  B. 


of  45°  C,  the  gas,  after  passing  over  the  iron,  containing 
sufficient  iron  to  cause  it  to  give  a  brighter  flame  than  is 
usual.  The  flame  has  a  characteristic  spectrum,  and 
deposits  iron  (partly  oxidised)  upon  a  piece  of  porcelain 
thrust  into  it.  On  passing  the  ferruginous  gas  through  a 
narrow  heated  tube,  a  ring  of  iron,  containing  a  little  carbon, 
is  deposited.  Evidence  is  thus  afforded  of  the  existence  of 
iron  carbonyl  (this  Journal,  1891,  044),  which  helps  to 
explain  certain  metallurgical  phenomena  such  as  the 
transference  of  carbon  in  the  cementation  process. — B.  Ii. 


Nickel  Carbonyl. 


Berthelot.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  13,    1892, 
431—434. 


Iron  Carbonyl.     Berthelot.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7— 8,  1892, 
434 — 135. 

Metallic  iron  reduced  from  precipitated  ferric  oxide  at 
the  lowest  possible  temperature,  or  from  ferrous  oxalate 
by  heating  and  subsequent  completion  of  the  reduction  in 
hydrog..n,  is  acted  on  by  carbon  monoxide  at  a  temperature 


The  vapour  tension  of  nickel  carbonyl  (boiling  point  46°  C.) 
at  16"  C.  (this  Journal,  1890,  808),  is  about  one-fourth  of  an 
atmosphere.  A  drop  of  the  liquid  allowed  to  evaporate  spon- 
taneously forms  a  certain  quantity  of  crystals,  which  consist 
of  the  solidified  substance,  and  speedily  volatilise  on  continued 
exposure.  It  has  no  sensible  tension  of  dissociation  at  the 
ordinary  temperature,  but  in  contact  with  air  oxidises  rapidly. 
The  precise  mechanism  of  oxidation  varies  according  to  the 
conditions  under  which  it  takes  place.  For  example,  when 
an  inert  gas,  charged  with  the  vapour  of  nickel  carbonyl, 
is  passed  through  a  strongly  heated  tube,  the  products  are 
metallic  nickel  and  carbon  monoxide,  as  observed  by  Mond 
aud  his  colleagues  (this  Journal,  1892,  750).  The  same 
chemists  have  found  that  when  nickel  carbonyl  is  heated 
sharply  to  70°  G,  at  which  point  detonation  takes  place,  the 
same  bodies  are  formed.  The  author,  however,  has  observed, 
that  a  certain  amount  of  carbon  dioxide  and  carbon  is  pro- 
duced. He  is  of  opinion  that  this  reaction  determines  the 
occurrence  of  the  detonation,  as  the  equation  2  CO  =  C02  +  C 
implies  the  evolution  of  38'8  cal.,  i.e.,  77-6  cal.  for  the 
4  mols.  of  carbon  monoxide  in  Ni(CO)4.  The  only  assump- 
tion necessary  to  justify  this  view  is  that  the  heat  of 
combination  of  Ni  and  CO  is  less  than  77 '  6  cal. 

The  reactions  of  nickel  carbonyl  are  generally  those 
dependent  upon  the  presence  in  it  of  nickel,  but  when  they 
are  induced  gently  and  at  a  low  temperature,  liodies 
comparable  to  organo-metallic  compounds  are  formed. 
The  vapour  of  nickel  carbonyl  is  not  sensibly  soluble  in 
water  or  dilute  acid  or  alkaline  solutions  or  cuprous 
chloride.  Hydrocarbons  are  its  natural  solvents  ;  spirits  of 
turpentine  is  specially  suitable,  and  can  be  used  for 
determining  it.  Explosion  of  a  mixture  of  nickel  carbonyl 
aud  oxygeu  can  be  effected  by  violent  agitation  over 
mercury  as  well  as  by  direct  ignition.  Slow  union  takes 
place  when  such  a  mixture  is  kept  in  contact  with  a  little 
water.  In  contact  with  strong  sulphuric  acid  dry  liquid 
nickel-carbouyl  explodes  after  a  short  interval,  but  if  in  the 
form  of  vapour  and  diluted  with  nitrogen  it  is  decomposed 
gradually,  the  theoretical  quantity  of  carbou  monoxide 
being  liberated.  Strong  caustic  potash  has  no  perceptible 
action  on  nickel-carbonyl.  Gaseous  ammonia  does  not  act 
immediately  per  se,  but  if  a  little  oxygeu  be  added  fumes 
are  produced,  and  if  the  action  of  oxygen  be  continued, 
a  whitish  deposit  of  complex  composition  aud  destroyed 
with  charring  on  beiug  heated,  is  gradually  formed. 

Sulphuretted  hydrogeu  acts  on  nickel-carbonyl  vapour, 
mixed  with  nitrogen  in  the  cold,  a  black  sulphide  (of 
nickel)  being  precipitated.  Bhosphoretted  hydrogeu  under 
similar  conditions  gives  a  brilliant  black  deposit.  Nitric 
oxide  gives  rise  to  a  very  notable  reaction.  When  nitric 
oxide  is  mixed  with  nickel-carbonyl  vapour,  diluted  with 
nitrogen,  or  passed  into  the  liquid  itself,  blue  fumes,  which 
fill  the  whole  vessel,  are  produced.  The  formation  of  nickel 
carbonyl  proves  carbon  monoxide  to  be  capable  of  forming 
organo-metallic  compounds  similar  to  those  derived  from 
hydrocarbons,  and  is  analogous  to  that  of  the  salts  of 
rhodizonic  and  croconic  acids  produced  by  the  union  of  the 
condensed  derivatives  of  carbon  monoxide  with  an  alkaline 
metal.  Further  study  may  elucidate  the  relationship. 
Nickel  carbonyl  serves  as  a  fresh  example  of  the  tendency 
of  carbou  monoxide  to  form  loose  combinations  and 
products  of  condensation,  in  virtue  of  its  character  as  an 
unsaturated  body. — B.  B. 


910 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  an,  1892. 


The  Neuhausen  Aluminium  Factory.     H.  Weilding.     Ber. 
d.  Ver.  z.  Befurd.  d.  Gewerbefl.  1892,  125. 

Hr:i:ni  lt's    process,     as    employed     by    the    Neuhausen 

"  Alurninium-Industne-Aktien-Gesellschaft,"  consists  in 
fusing  and  decomposing  pure  alumina  by  an  electric  current. 
The  vessel  used  for  the  reduction  and  fusing  processes 
consists  of  an  iron  box  lined  with  charcoal,  which  is 
connected    by   the  copper  wires  a    (see  Figure)    with   the 


Hki:mI"i.t's  Psocess. 

negative  pole.  The  lower  ends  of  a  number  of  carbon-rods, 
serving  as  anode,  are  placed  vertically  in  the  box,  as  shown 
in  the  figure,  the  rods  being  held  together  by  a  frame  c, 
which  is  connected  with  the  wire  b.  At  the  commencement 
of  the  operation  small  pieces  of  copper  are  placed  at  the 
bottom  of  this  vessel,  and  fused  by  means  of  the  current. 
Then  alumina  is  added,  which  is  fused  and  decomposed  by 
the  current.  The  aluminium  produced  is  run  off  at  d,  as 
shown  in  the  figure,  and  cast  into  moulds.  If  aluminium 
bronze  is  required,  copper  and  alumina  must  be  added  at 
the  same  time  and  in  the  necessary  proportions.  The 
working  capacity  of  the  factory  is  1,000  kilos,  of  pure 
aluminium  in  24  hours. — H.  S. 


Alloys  of  Iron  and  Chromium.  Including  a  Report  by 
I'.  (  Ismond.  B,  A.  Hadfield.  Iron  and  Steel  Institute, 
Autumn  Meeting,  1892. 

This  paper  is  a  most  exhaustive  treatise  on  the  above 
subject,  commencing  with  a  review  of  the  early  history  and 
experiments,  dealing  with  the  various  methods  of  producing 
ferro-chromium,  its  crystallisation,  magnetic  properties  and 
uses,  the  soundness,  hardness,  mechanical  tests,  and 
applications  of  chrome  steel,  the  electrical  properties  of 
chrome  steel  wire,  and  the  laws  of  cooling  and  fusion  of  the 
ailoys. 

Extensive  tables  of  figures  are  given,  with  the  results  in 
most  cases  plotted  out  into  curves. 

From  a  consideration  of  the  methods  of  preparation  it 
appears  that  the  first  step  in  the  production  of  malleable 
iron-chromium  alloys  or  chromium  steel  is  to  obtain  reliable 
and  uniform  ferro-chromium.  Attempts  to  obtain  chromium 
steel  by  adding  to,  or  melting  with  the  bath  under  treatment 
chrome  ore  have  practically  failed,  and  until  Baur  had  made 
a  satisfactory  ferro-chromium  no  success  was  achieved. 
The  production  of  the  latter  by  the  crucible  method  being 
expensive  it  is  applied  only  to  making  material  containing 
high  percentages,  the  blast  furnace  being  employed  in  other 
cases.  Alloys  as  high  as  70  per  cent,  can  now  be  bought 
and  percentages  as  high  as  80  or  even  90  have  been  obtained 
experimentally.  Chrome-iron  ore  is  the  most  abundant 
source,  and  is  found  in  Shetland,  Fist  and  Fetlar :  near 
Portsoy  :  at  Var  in  France,  Silesia,  Bohemia,  the  Ural,  New 
Caledonia.  Maryland,  Sydney,  and  California.  It  contains 
about  -10  to  50  per  cent,  of  the  oxide.  Large  supplies  also 
come  from  Brusa  and  Harmanjick,  in  Asia  Minor.  In 
California  during  the  last  seven  years  about  15,000  tons 
were  raised,  but  the  production  is  falling  off  owing  to 
competition.  The  Tasmanian  Iron  and  Charcoal  Co., 
about  1872,  produced  in  their  blastfurnaces  iron  containing 


7  per  cent,  of  chromium,  but  as  the  chromium  converted  all 
the  carbon  present  into  the  combined  form,  and  they  could 
get  nothing  but  a  hard  white  pig-iron,  of  little  use  for 
foundry  purposes,  and  which  could  not  be  puddled  or 
converted  into  steel,  they  came  to  grief.  Several  hundred 
tons  of  the  pig-iron  were  shipped  to  England,  however,  and 
as  an  alloy  its  use  was  beneficial  for  special  purposes.  The 
Ilfracombe  (Tasmania)  deposit  is  remarkable  and  on  a  very 
large  scale.  The  ore  is  valued  at  the  mines  at  5s.  per  ton, 
and  could  probably  be  delivered  in  England  for  15.«.  to  20.«. 
per  ton. 

In  1869,  Baur,  produced  ferro-chromium  of  21  to  26  per 
cent.  The  ore  was  finely  powdered,  mixed  with  6  to  8  per 
cent,  pure  anthracite  or  charcoal,  and  a  certain  quantity 
of  flux  containing  calcium  or  sodium  fluoride  and  lime  or 
borax,  and  melted  at  a  high  temperature  in  plumbago 
crucibles.  In  1875  Kern  produced  74  per  cent,  ferro- 
chromium  by  melting  I'ralian  chrome- iron  ore  with  charcoal. 
Brustlein  more  recently  prepared  84  per  cent,  alio}'  from 
specially  prepared  ore,  which  added  greatly  to  the  cost. 
28  to  30  per  cent,  ferro-chromium  has  been  sold  at  251.  per 
ton,  while  66  to  70  per  cent,  metal  prepared  in  crucibles 
ranges  from  90/.  to  100/.  per  ton.  The  author  found  by 
experiments  made  8  or  9  years  ago,  how  comparatively 
easy  it  is  to  partially  reduce  chromium  from  the  ore. 
About  40  lbs.  grey  hematite  pig-iron  was  melted  in  a  crucible 
and  in  an  hour  and  a  half  20  lb.  of  chrome  ore  was  gradually 
stirred  in.  4  37  per  cent,  chromium  pig-iron,  showing 
almost  a  spiegel  fracture  was  formed.  15  lb.  of  chrome  ore 
produced  a  similar  effect,  while,  singularly,  with  10  lb.  the 
grey  nature  of  the  iron  was  unchanged,  and  no  chromium 
was  reduced. 

In  the  blast  furnace,  in  the  latest  and  best  practice,  it  is 
found  easier  to  reduce  chromium  from  its  oxides  than 
manganese,  but  to  obtain  high  percentages  of  chromium,  e.g., 
30  to  40  per  cent.,  is  much  more  difficult  than  that  of 
80  to  84  per  cent,  ferro-manganese,  and  requires  much 
more  fuel.  The  cause  appears  to  be  that  ferro-chromium 
requires  a  considerably  higher  temperature  for  fusion,  and 
through  the  practical  necessity  of  allowing  little  or  no 
chromic  oxide  to  get  into  the  slag,  for  it  is  found  that  even 
with  so  little  as  5  per  cent,  the  metal  would  not  be  fluid 
enough  to  flow  from  the  furnace.  It  has  been  suggested 
that  the  presence  of  slag  containing  much  oxide  of  chromium 
in  contact  with  the  fused  metal  tends  to  decarbonise  or 
desiliconise  it  and  so  to  decrease  its  fusibility.  If  so, 
chromium  behaves  like  iron  rather  than  manganese.  In 
any  case  large  quantities  of  fuel  must  be  used,  and  the 
reduction  of  the  chromium  oxide  must  be  quite  or  nearly 
complete.  In  the  case  of  ferro-manganese  or  spiegel  more 
than  80  per  cent,  of  the  manganese  is  seldom  reduced, 
but  its  oxide  fluxes  readily  into  the  slag.  Holgate 
found  on  reducing  a  mixture  of  iron  and  manganese 
as  well  as  iron  and  chrome  ore  with  carbon  and  flux  in 
crucibles,  all  the  iron  and  chromium  were  reduced  in  the 
one  case,  but  only  about  two-thirds  of  the  manganese  in  the 
other. 

In  practice  more  than  three  tons  of  coke  per  ton  of  ferro- 
chromium  are  required,  much  experience  being  necessary 
before  high  percentages  can  be  obtained,  and  also  very  high 
temperatures  of  blast,  e.g.,  1500  to  1600  F.,  to  produce  the 
necessary  temperature  for  fusion.  To  form  the  slag,  large 
quantities  of  alkaline  carbonates,  fluorspar,  borax  or  lime 
are  necessary.  It  has  been  stated  that  some  of  the  ferro- 
chromium  produced  on  the  Continent  is  made  by  mixing  a 
good  quality  of  Bessemer  slag  with  the  chrome  ore. 

F.  Osmond  reports  that  "  it  appears  that  the  chromium 
interferes  with  and  impedes  the  crystallisation  of  the  iron  to 
a  considerable  extent,  in  this  way  reacting  upon  the 
structure : — (1)  By  the  absence  of  Sorbv's  alternating 
lamella1.  ( 2)  By  the  absence  or  diminution  of  crystallised 
structure  as  shown  by  Brustlein  in  his  publications  on 
chromium  steels."  This  action  persists  at  all  temperatures, 
but  is  more  marked  when  noi  above  about  1,000°  than  when  at 
1,200°  C.  or  above.  Small  amounts  under  0- 5  per  cent,  are 
relatively  more  active  than  medium  amounts  ;  in  the  former 
case  the  chromium  appears  to  be  dissolved ;  dilute  nitric 
acid  dissolves  the  steel  without  leaving  a  residue.  Accord- 
ing as  the  amount  of  chromium  increases,  the  compound 


Nov.  ni),  mi.)         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


till 


of  chromium,  iron,  and  carbon,  only  partially  attacked  by 
acid  and  possessing  great  hardness,  appears  to  be  formed. 
This  hard  compound  may  even  be  isolated  in  the  form  of 
globules. 

General  conclusions. — It  appears  to  result  from  all  the 
experiments  that  chromium  may  exist  in  at  least  three 
states,  separately  or  simultaneously:  —  (1),  as  dissolved 
chromium;  (2),  as  a  compound  of  iron,  chromium,  and 
carbon  in  the  form  of  isolated  globules ;  (3),  also  the  same 
condition  in  the  form  of  a  solidified  solution.  Pure 
chromium  dissolved  in  pure  iron  seems  to  have  no  physico- 
chemical  action,  and  would  not  have  any  other  effect  than 
that  of  interfering  with  the  crystallisation  of  the  iron,  but 
this  is  extremely  interesting  as  regards  the  mechauical 
properties.  The  triple  compound  as  isolated  globules 
imparts  to  the  more  malleable  matrix  a  certain  degree  of 
hardness,  combined  with  the  relative  plasticity  of  the  matrix 
itself.  The  same  compound  when  dissolved,  owing  to  the 
introduction  of  carbon  iuto  the  molecule,  behaves  like  a 
body  of  small  atomic  volume,  from  which  results  the 
general  or  partial  hardness  of  the  whole,  according  to  the 
proportions  of  chromium  and  carbon,  and  the  more  or  less 
regular  diffusion  of  the  compound.  The  isolation  of  this 
compound  presents  great  difficulties,  as  it  is  more  or  less 
attacked  by  all  the  reagents  which  have  been  tried. 
However  that  may  be,  the  behaviour  of  chromium  from  the 
chemical  poiut  of  view  does  not  stand  alone,  for  many 
bodies  combine  with  iron,  or  with  iron  carbide,  forming 
definite  compounds  which  may  be  either  dissolved  in  the 
mass  of  iron,  or  separated  as  free  constituents,  when  the 
alloyed  body  is  present  in  sufficiently  large  proportions. 
( )ne  of  the  peculiarities  of  chromium  is  its  property  of 
remaining  free  or  combining  with  carbon,  so  passing  from 
the  class  of  bodies  with  high  atomic  volume  to  that  of 
bodies  with  small  atomic  volume.  It  is  difficult  to  foresee 
where  these  peculiarities  will  find  new  practical  applications, 
but  it  seems  evident  that  the  scientific  study  of  chromium 
steel,  together  with  its  mechanical  properties,  would  intro- 
duce a  greater  degree  of  regularity  and  certainty  in  its 
manufacture. — A.  W. 

A  New  Process  for  the  Purification  of  Iron  and  Steel 
front  Sulphur.  E.  H.  Saniter.  Iron  and  Steel  Institute, 
Autumn  Meeting,  1892. 

The  author  in  September  1890  commenced  a  series  of 
experiments  with  the  object  of  removing  sulphur  from  iron. 
At  first  lime  was  tried  but  the  effect  was  very  irregular  and 
imperfect.  Remembering  that  many  chlorides,  e.g., 
aluminium  chloride,  are  easily  reducible  it  occurred  to  him 
to  try  the  action  of  calcium  chloride,  and  he  soon  found 
that  calcium  chloride  and  lime,  which  he  calls  the 
"  oxychloride,"  formed  a  very  powerful  desulphurising  agent, 
being  very  rapid  in  its  action  and  reducing  the  sulphur  in 
the  two  experiments  cited  from  0  ■  42  per  cent,  to  a  mere  trace 
in  half  an  hour.  A  mixture  of  90  per  cent,  lime,  and  10 
per  cent,  calcium  chloride  was  used  which  did  not  fuse  but 
only  softened. 

The  process  on  a  larger  scale  is  carried  out  as  follows — 
calcium  chloride  and  lime  are  mixed,  and  ground  to  a 
moderately  fine  powder  in  such  proportion  as  to  fuse  readily 
at  the  temperature  of  the  iron  to  be  acted  upon.  About  equal 
parts  of  each  are  required.  The  mixture  is  placed  on  the 
bottom  of  the  ladle  or  receiver,  and  consolidated  by  heat 
or  kept  in  position  by  any  suitable  means.  At  first  a 
blow-pipe  arrangement,  using  blast  and  furnace  gas,  may  be 
used  but  when  in  continuous  use  the  ladle  retains  sufficient 
heat  to  consolidate  the  mass.  The  iron,  which  may  be 
drawn  direct  from  the  blast  furnace,  is  run  in,  and  the 
mixture,  becoming  melted,  rises  through  the  molten  iron 
to  the  surface,  carrying  with  it  as  sulphide  of  calcium  nearly 
the  whole  of  the  sulphur.  About  25  lb.  each  of  lime  and 
calcium  chloride  are  sufficient  for  every  ton  of  iron. 
Three  tons  of  iron  were  treated  at  one  time,  and  even  when 
the  first  or  coldest  iron  from  the  furnace  was  used,  no  "  skull " 
was  made,  hence  it  may  be  concluded  that  larger  masses 
would  never  "  skull."  The  uniformity  of  the  results  was 
very  marked  as  shown  by  a  number  of  analyses  cited,  the 
results  showing  reductions  from  0'220  per  cent,  sulphur  to 
0' 060  percent,  from  0-300  to  0-060  per  cent,  and  from  0-070 


to  0-006  per  cent,  while  the  average  of  eight  successive 
experiments  with  basic  iron  was  from  0-077  per  cent,  to 
0-022  per  cent.  The  average  elimination  of  sulphur  was 
73-6  per  cent,  and  of  silicon  35-8  per  cent.  The  percentage 
composition  of  an  average  slag  was  calcium  chloride  39-1, 
calcium  sulphide  5-8,  lime  38-6,  and  silica  12-9.  Much 
of  the  calcium  chloride  in  the  slag  can  be  washed  out  for 
further  use.  The  ladle  was  of  4  tons  capacity  and  lined 
with  ordinary  fire-bricks,  but  appliances  are  being  con- 
structed to  deal  with  the  whole  product  of  the  furnace  as 
the  metal  is  run.  The  plant  is  simple  and  inexpensive  in 
character,  consisting  of  ladles  on  wheels.  The  cost  of 
materials  is  about  Grf.  per  ton  of  iron  treated,  but  against 
this  cost  may  be  set  the  cheaper  production  and  enhanced 
price  of  the  purer  pig  iron. 

The  process  can  be  used  for  the  purification  of  steel  in 
the  ladle  after  leaving  the  converter,  aud  for  the  purification 
of  hematite,  b3sic,  or  common  irons  as  they  run  from  the 
blast  furnace  or  cupola,  producing  an  iron  low  in  sulphur 
and  silicon,  suitable  for  direct  steel-making.  It  is  well  esta- 
blished that  in  the  "  basic  open  hearth  "  process  as  ordinarily- 
worked  no  sulphur  is  eliminated,  and  when  ore  containing 
much  sulphur  is  used  for  feeding,  sulphur  is  taken  up,  ami 
the  steel  may  contain  even  twice  as  much  sulphur  as  did 
the  scrap  and  pig  iron  originally  used.  The  author  states, 
however,  that  his  process  applied  to  the  basic  open  hearth 
not  only  prevents  increase  but  causes  elimination  of  sulphur. 
For  this  to  occur  soon  after  melting  a  very  basic  slag, 
containing  50  to  GO  per  cent,  of  lime  must  be  obtained,  and 
suitable  quantities  of  calcium  chloride  be  added,  when  under 
these  conditions  irons  and  minerals  containing  sulphur  may 
be  used. 

In  14  samples  before  treatment  the  amount  of  silicon 
varied  from  0-04  to  0-65  per  cent.,  the  sulphur  from  0-05  to 
0-76  per  cent.,  and  the  phosphorus  from  0-05  to  3-5  per 
cent.  After  treatment  the  silicon  (average  0-23  per  cent.) 
was  always  reduced  to  traces,  the  sulphur  from  the  average  of 
0-36  per  cent,  to  an  average  of  0-045,  and  the  average  phos- 
phorus from  2-3  percent,  to  0-038,  the  proportional  reduction 
in  the  samples  being  very  uniform.  The  steel  has  been  sold 
for  all  purposes  for  which  open-hearth  steel  is  used,  and 
found  fully  equal  to  that  produced  from  the  pure  cast  irons. 
The  commonest  iron  scrap  and  ore  may  be  used,  and  the 
use  of  common  iron  high  in  sulphur  and  low  in  silicon  and 
carbon  has  the  advantage  that  less  steel  scrap  and  a  smaller 
quantity  of  ore  for  feeding  are  needed.  The  cost  of 
calcium  chloride  is  about  Is.  per  ton  of  ingots  produced, 
while  owing  to  the  saving  in  cost  of  materials  and  in  the 
quantities  of  scrap  and  ore  there  is  really  a  saving  of  4*. 
per  ton.  Neither  hearths  nor  brickwork  of  furnaces  and 
regenerators  are  affected  by  use  of  calcium  chloride.  This 
process  is  referred  to  by  Stead  in  his  paper  (see  the  follow- 
ing abstract)  on  the  same  subject. — A.  W. 


The  Elimination  of  Sulphur  from  Iron.     J.  E.  Stead.    The 
Iron  and  Steel  Institute,  Autumn  Meeting,  1892. 

The  author  commenced  his  paper  by  a  review  of  the  present 
state  of  our  knowledge  of  the  occurrence  of  sulphur  in  the 
materials  used  in  the  smelting  of  iron  ores,  and  the  conditions 
under  which  it  passes  into  the  iron.  lu  the  coal  the  sulphur 
occurs  in  two  forms  : — (1.)  as  pyrites,  the  amount  in  that 
form  being  reduced  by  crushing  the  coal  and  washing  out 
the  pyrites  before  coking,  and  during  the  coking  process ; 
(2.)  as  sulphate  of  lime. 

The  low  price  of  pig  iron,  and  small  profits  thereon, 
prohibit  the  use  of  expensive  methods  of  removing  the 
sulphur  from  the  ores.  Magnetic  ores  can  be  separated 
from  pyrites  by  crushing  and  the  use  of  magnetic  machines,, 
but  the  powdered  ore  tends  to  check  the  driving  of  the 
furnace  and  to  choke  the  flues,  whilst  the  increased  blast 
pressure  would  increase  the  amount  of  dust  carried  into  the 
flues.  Calcining  causes  the  elimination  of  sulphur  as 
sulphur  dioxide,  but  careful  observation  at  Eston  has  shown 
that  if  carbonate  of  lime  be  present  in  the  ore,  the  sulphur 
dioxide  expels  carbonic  acid  and  sulphate  of  lime  is  formed, 
no  sulphur  being  expelled,  while  the  quantity  is  sometimes 
increased  by  retention  of  the  sulphur  dioxide  from  the  coal 
used   in  calcining.     There  is  no  method   of   removing  the 


9  12 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  30, 18!  2. 


sulphates   of  lime  and  baryta  from  the  ore  when  diffused 
through  it. 

The  following  general  facts  may  be  accepted  as  to  the 
behaviour  of  sulphur  in  the  blast  furnace: — (1)  When 
sufficient  lime  is  present  to  combine  with  all  the  silica  and 
sulphur  and  the  temperature  high,  practically  all  the  sulphur 
is  retained  by  the  slag;  (2)  other  conditions  being  con- 
stant, as  the  temperature  falls,  to  produce  iron  of  closer 
texture  more  and  more  of  the  sulphur  passes  into  the  iron  ; 
(3)  the  more  basic  the  slag,  the  smaller  is  the  amount  of 
sulphur  in  the  iron;  and  (4)  if  manganese  be  charged  in 
with  the  materials  and  the  temperature  be  high  enough, 
less  sulphur  will  pass  into  the  iron  and  more  into  the  slag, 
this  being  constantly  taken  advantage  of  in  producing  basic 
iron  in  Cleveland  and  other  districts.  In  the  blast  furnace 
when  much  below  a  red  heat  the  sulphates  of  lime  and 
baryta  are  not  materially  affected,  but  near  or  at  a  red  heat 
they  will  be  reduced  to  sulphides,  and  at  a  point  in  the 
furnace  just  hot  enough  to  produce  the  lowest  class  of  white 
iron  capable  of  being  fluid,  we  may  assume  that  all  the 
sulphur  present  in  any  form  in  the  ores  passes  into  the  iron. 
As  little  coke  is  consumed  before  it  comes  in  contact  with 
the  blast  near  the  hearth,  we  may  regard  its  sulphur  as 
being  locked  up  until  then,  and  only  when  the  coke  is  being 
burnt  can  the  sulphur  pass  into  the  iron.  The  higher  or 
lower  the  temperature,  the  greater  or  less  will  be  the 
reducing  power  of  the  coke  and  the  greater  or  less  the 
distance  above  the  tuyeres  at  which  fluid  cast  iron  is  pro- 
duced. During  its  passage  downwards  the  fluid  iron  is 
exposed  to  higher  and  higher  temperatures,  encountering 
everywhere  hot  carbon,  lime,  and  basic  silicates.  Hence  it 
is  easily  understood  how  if  the  reducing  power  and  basic 
material  are  sufficient,  a  high  temperature  favours  the 
passage  of  the  sulphur  iuto  the  slag. 

After  discussing  the  older  puddling  processes,  the  author 
passes  to  the  consideration  of  the  sulphur  in  the  acid 
steel-making  processes.  While  Wedding  states  that  sulphur, 
by  the  interaction  of  iron  sulphide,  silica,  and  carbon,  is 
eliminated  even  to  the  extent  of  over  90  per  cent,  as 
sulphur  dioxide,  Bell,  Howe,  the  author,  and  others  state 
that  no  elimination  takes  place.  In  the  ordinary  English 
practice  of  melting  in  a  cupola  preparatory  to  blowing,  the 
sulphur  is  often  increased  by  0-01  to  0-06  per  cent.,  and 
the  steel  contains  more  sulphur  than  the  original  metal. 
Baker  found  that  the  sulphur  at  the  end  of  a  blow  had  been 
reduced  from  0-107  per  cent,  to  0-093  per  cent.  At 
Seraing,  with  metal  containing  3-  75  per  cent.  Mn  and  004 
per  cent.  S,  there  was  no  change  in  the  percentage  of 
sulphur,  the  loss  of  that  element  being  equal  to  the  loss  of 
metal  in  blowing.  The  author  believes  that  the  theory  that 
during  the  first  part  of  the  blow  the  silica  oxidises  the 
sulphur  must  be  abandoned,  because  there  never  is  any  free 
silica  present,  for  it  is  well  known  that  the  magnetic  or 
other  oxides  produced  near  the  tuyeres  are  the  main  agents 
in  removing  silicon,  which  they  do  at  their  own  expense 
with  the  formation  of  metallic  iron  and  the  immediate 
production  of  silicate  of  iron. 

In  the  open-hearth  acid  process.  Snelus,  Hardisty.  and 
the  author  agree  that  the  sulphur  is  increased  by  absorption 
from  the  furnace  gases,  and  any  sulphur  in  the  ore  also 
passes  into  the  metal.  Willis  found  that  30  per  cent,  of  the 
sulphur  in  sulphate  of  baryta  contained  in  the  ore  passed 
into  the  metal.  The  siliceous  slag  always  present  in 
contact  with  the  metal  approximates  in  composition  to 
that  produced  in  burning  out  the  silicon  in  the  acid 
Bessemer  process,  and  its  having  no  action  in  eliminating 
sulphur  in  the  opeu  hearth  completely  demolishes  the 
theory  that  it  may  have  that  effect  in  the  converter. 

In  the  basie  Bessemer  process  nearly  all  observers  agree 
that  a  notable  amount  of  sulphur  is  removed.  The  estimates 
vary.  From  an  examination  of  all  the  results  it  is  ascertained 
that  the  larger  the  amount  of  sulphur  present  the  greater 
generally  is  the  amount  of  elimination,  thus — 

PerCent.  PerCent. 

With  0"42  in  the  pin,  the  steel  containsO'15  '»  64  p  cent.  lrss. 
„      0*307       „  „  0  085,,  ::>  „ 

„      o-l(IO       „  „  0"10    » 37  „ 

„      0-ua         „  „  

„      005        „  ,,  0  OS   .,  ii"  change. 


Harbord  says  that  in  the  basic-hearth  process  45  to 
50  per  cent,  of  sulphur  is  eliminated,  while  Hardisty 
estimates  the  average  reduction  at  33  per  cent.  It  would 
appear  that  desulphurisation  results  from  one  or  more  of 
four  causes  :—( 1)  that  the  manganese  added  in  the  metal 
in  passing  out  may  carry  some  sulphur  with  it ;  (2)  that  the 
manganese  reduced  from  the  slag  during  dephosphorisation 
effects  an  elimination  of  sulphur;  (3)  that  the  calcareous 
slag  in  contact  with  the  upper  surface  of  the  bath  containing 
carbon  may  absorb  sulphur ;  and  (4)  that  some  of  the 
manganese  added  in  the  ferro-manganese  does,  undoubtedly, 
leave  the  bath  again,  carrying  with  it  a  small  quantity  of 
sulphur. 

The  author  next  considers  the  processes  for  the  removal 
of  sulphur  from  iron.  Kollett's  process  consists  "in  melting 
pig  iron  and  maintaining  it  at  a  very  high  temperature 
under  a  double  action,  slightly  reducing  and  slightly 
oxidising,  in  the  presence  of  a  slag  obtained  by  admixture 
of  limestone  or  lime,  iron  ores,  and  fluorspar,  in  proportions 
depending  on  the  quality  of  the  pig  or  castings  employed." 
He  states  that  "  the  elimination  is  complete  up  to  99  per 
cent,  or  even  more."  The  process  is  carried  out  in  a 
jacketed  or  basic-lined  cupola  furnace,  coke  is  the  fuel, 
and  a  large  excess  of  lime  with  some  fluorspar  is  used, 
so  that  the  silica  in  the  slag  is  not  more  than  2  per  cent. 
The  author  considers  that  probably  the  very  calcareous 
slags  employed  are  mainly  responsible  for  the  elimination. 

Desulphurising  with  alkaline  salts. — In  Heaton's  process 
fluid  iron  was  poured  upon  nitrate  of  soda  placed  in  a 
receiver  and  kept  in  place  by  a  grating.  Miller  and 
Snelus  found  the  sulphur  was  reduced  to  a  trace,  and  the 
latter  found  a  considerable  amount  of  sulphate  of  soda 
in  the  slag.  In  Warner's  process  a  mixture  of  ground 
limestone  and  soda-ash,  and  small  quantities  of  other 
materials  are  used  instead  of  nitrate  of  soda.  Flames  of 
what  appears  to  be  sodium  burst  out  from  the  top  of  the 
vessel,  and  the  slags  contain  some  soluble  sulphides.  In 
two  experiments  cited  the  eliminations  were  77  and  90  per 
cent.  In  Ball  and  Wingham's  process  potassium  cyanide, 
sodium  carbonate,  or  hydrate  and  metallic  sodium  were 
used,  showing  eliminations  from  83  to  100  per  cent,  (this 
Journal,  1892,  751). 

Massenez'  process  practically  consists  in  mixing  together 
in  a  suitable  metal-mixer,  pig  iron,  poor  in  manganese  and 
high  in  sulphur,  with  iron  containing  more  manganese  and 
little  sulphur,  the  manganese  of  the  one  combining  with  the 
sulphur  of  the  other  and  the  sulphide  rising  to  the  surface. 
Analyses  of  the  metal  from  three  furnaces  showed 
respectively  of  manganese  1  •  72,  1-30,  and  2-50  per 
cent.,  and  of  sulphur  0-15,  0-20,  and  0-08  per  cent.,  but 
after  they  were  mixed  the  amount  of  manganese  was 
1-68  per  cent.,  and  sulphur  0-04  per  cent.  The  author  in 
his  laboratory  melted  together  100  parts  of  ferro-manganese 
and  a  quantity  of  sulphide  of  iron  in  a  plumbago  crucible. 
After  fusion  and  cooling,  the  scoria  on  the  surface  contained 
5f>  per  cent,  of  mangauese,  28  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  and 
1  per  cent,  of  iron,  proving  conclusively  that  the  reaction 
had  taken  place. 

Ordinary  foundry  iron  containing  manganese,  after 
melting  in  a  cupola  and  pouring  iuto  large  moulds  in  which 
it  remains  fluid  for  a  considerable  time,  is  ofteu  richer  in 
sulphur  and  manganese  in  the  upper  portion  than  in  the 
lower.  An  analysis  by  Uidsdale  gave  iu  the  upper  part 
0-75  per  cent,  of  sulphur  and  1  "35  per  cent,  of  mangauese, 
but  in  the  lower  only  0"  112  per  cent,  of  sulphur  and  0'547 
of  manganese ;  but  strangely  the  upper  part  was  not  white, 
hence  it  may  be  concluded  that  mangauese  and  sulphur 
when  combined  and  dissolved  in  the  metal  have  not  the 
same  influence  in  preventing  the  carbon  becoming  graphitic 
as  when  in  combination  with  the  iron. 

Saniter's  process  (sec  preceding  abstract)  is  next  dealt 
witli  by  the  author,  who  recently  was  present  during  the 
working  of  several  charges  at  the  Wigau  steel  works.  The 
limestone  added  with  the  pig  and  scrap  is  more  than  in 
ordinary  work,  and  as  soon  as  the  proper  amount  of  calcium 
chloride  is  added  when  the  charge  is  melted,  lime  and  mine 
are  thrown  in.   The  following  table  illustrates  the  changes  : 


Nov.  80, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


913 


Calculated 

Analysis  of 

the  Charge. 

7-20 

after 

Melting 

8-35 
ji  fter 
ndding 
CaCla 

10' 10. 

11-80. 

Steel. 

Carbon  ... 

Pei'  Cent. 

1117 

I'lTl'l. 

inn 

PerCent. 
0-83 

Per  Ct. 
0-22 

PerCt. 
0-15 

PerCt. 
0-15 

Silicon. . . . 

II  -I.'. 

Trace 

- 

- 

- 

Trace 

Sulphur  . . 

II'. '17 

0-86 

0'd'.l3 

ii'OSi 

0-068 

iriit7 

Phosphorus 

1-67 

l'J.i 

1-106 

0-348 

0-065 

0'OBll 

Manganese 

ii- 16 

0'22 

- 

- 

0-590 

The  slag,  after  adding  calcium  chloride,  contained  10' SI 
per  cent,  of  phosphoric  acid  and  1'25  per  cent,  of  sulphur, 
and  the  steel  slag  12- SO  per  cent,  of  the  former  and  (1-65 
per  cent,  of  the  latter.  The  sulphur  removed  in  1|  hour, 
after  addition  of  calcium  chloride,  was  7:1  per  cent.,  and  the 
total  sulphur  removed  was  87  per  cent.  Another  charge 
showed  reductions  from  0-17  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  and 
1  '07  per  cent,  of  phosphorus,  to  0'055  per  cent. and  0-048 
per  cent,  respectively,  a  reduction  of  67  per  cent,  in  the 
amount  of  sulphur,  but  in  this  case  there  was  a  deficiency 
of  lime. 

A  series  of  small  experiments  bearing  on  this  process  is 
then  described.  A  small  quantity  of  pig  iron  containing 
4  per  cent,  of  sulphur  was  heated  to  whiteness  for  two  hours 
with  lime  alone,  when  all  its  sulphur  was  removed.  With 
"  the  mixture,"  in  one  hour  97  per  cent,  was  eliminated, 
while  in  two  hours  100  per  cent,  was  removed.  Ninety-eight 
per  cent,  was  removed  by  "  washing  "  or  pouring  the  molten 
metal  into  an  excess  of  the  mixture,  the  reduction  in  this 
case  being  from  1-86  to  0-04  per  cent,  of  sulphur.  An 
experiment  to  ascertain  the  action  of  molten  iron  on 
calcium  chloride  showed  that  oxide  of  iron  formed  on  the 
surface  of  the  former,  and  that  the  latter  was  decomposed 
to  the  extent  that  it  contained  over  14  per  cent,  of  lime  at 
the  end  of  the  experiment. 

Taking  all  the  facts  into  consideration,  desulphurisation 
may  he  the  result  of  one  or  more  of  the  following  reactions  : 
— (1.)  The  chloride  of  lime  in  presence  of  free  lime  may  be 
split  up  in  contact  with  molten  iron,  the  calcium  in  the 
'•  nascent "  state  may  then  combine  with  the  sulphur  in  the 
iron,  the  chloride  of  iron  in  contact  with  free  lime  being 
converted  into  calcium  chloride  and  iron  oxide;  (2)  the 
extra  lime  in  the  slag  may  assist  in  the  change  ;  and  ^3)  the 
sulphide  of  iron  may  simply  be  dissolved  out  by  the 
oxychloride.  When  ordinary  slag  in  the  open-hearth 
process  contains  more  than  0-25  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  some 
of  the  latter  is  liable  to  pass  into  the  metal,  and  if  sulphur 
is  in  the  ore  some  of  it  also  passes  to  the  steel,  but  in  this 
process  the  slag  may  contain  1 '  25  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  and 
yet  continue  to  abstract  sulphur  from  the  charge. 

In  a  supplementary  paper  the  author  describes  many 
laboratory  experiments  undertaken  to  remove  all  doubt 
from  certain  disputed  questions.  He  finds  that  both  at  low 
and  high  temperatures  lime  and  sulphide  of  iron  react,  and 
that  when  the  fused  mixture  is  melted  with  silica,  sulphide 
of  iron  is  again  formed.  Pure  iron  will  extract  the  sulphur 
from  basic  furnace  slag  if  that  slag  is  rendered  acid  with 
excess  of  silica.  In  smelting  hematite  with  barium  sul- 
phate and  an  acid  slag  all  the  sulphur  goes  into  the  iron, 
but  the  same  with  a  basic  slag  gives  a  metal  containing 
only  a  small  quantity. 

Calcium  chloride  is  incapable  of  absorbing  sulphur 
per  se,  but  it  reacts  to  a  certain  extent  with  sulphide  of 
iron,  and  in  an  iron  containing  0-4  per  cent,  of  sulphur 
it  reduces  it  to  less  than  Oil  per  cent,  in  half  an 
hour.  As  the  chloride  on  heating  in  air  yields  lime, 
however,  it  is  pointed  out  that  the  change  in  the  two  latter 
cases  might  be  due  to  lime.  Strangely  enough,  calcium 
fluoride  reduces  the  sulphur  in  the  above  iron  to  the  same 
extent  as  the  chloride  when  similarly  employed. 

The  author  states  that  it  is  certain  that  lime  alone  can 
remove  the  sulphur,  which  is  always  found  afterwards  as 
sulphide  and  not  as  sulphate  of  calcium.  The  lime  is  pro- 
bably reduced  to  metallic  calcium,  which  then  decomposes 
the  sulphide  of  iron.      This  is  supported  by  the  fact  that  the 


percentage  of  carbon  is  reduced  also,  which  action  in  some 
instances  takes  place  in  large  excess  of  the  proportion 
required  by  the  calcium  sulphide  reaction.  This,  the  author 
suggests,  might  be  due  to  further  oxidation  by  lime.  He 
inclines  to  the  conclusion  that  in  the  Saniter  process  lime  is 
the  acting  agent,  and  that  the  calcium  chloride  acts  as  a 
vehicle  by  which  the  lime  is  brought  into  intimate  contact 
with  the  molten  metal. — A.  W. 


The  Chemistry  of  the  Cyanide   Process.    C.  Butters  and 
J.  E.  Clennell.     Kug.  aiid  Mining  J.  54,  1892,  391—417. 

Solubility  if  Gold  in  Potassium  Cyanide.— Faraday  pointed 
out  that  gold  leaf  immersed  in  cyanide  of  potassium  solution 
became  so  thin  that  it  transmitted  green  light.  Prince 
liagration  observed  (.1.  pr.  Chcm.  31,  367)  that  the  very 
finely-divided  gold  obtained  by  precipitating  a  solution  of 
the  chloride  with  ferrous  sulphate  may  be  dissolved  by  this 
reagent.  Eisner  showed,  however  (J.  pr.  Chem.  37,  333), 
that  the  presence  of  oxygen  is  required  for  the  solution  of 
the  gold.  A  solution  is  obtained  which,  on  evaporation, 
yields  colourless  octahedral  crystals  of  the  composition 
KAuCy_,  (auro-potassium  cyanide)  which  may  be  looked  on 
as  a  double  cyanide  of  gold  and  potassium  (KCy.AuCy). 
The  reaction  which  occurs  may  probably  be  represented  by 
the  following  equation  :  — 

2  Au  +  4  KCy  +  (J  +  H20  =  2  KAuCy2  +  2  KHO 

There  are  two  interesting  points  indicated  by  the  above 
equation  which  may  be  remembered  in  conjunction  with  the 
application  of  potassium  cyanide  as  a  solvent  for  gold  on  a 
commercial  scale. 

1 .  That  the  quantity  of  cyanide  theoretically  necessary 
to  dissolve  a  given  weight  of  gold  is  infinitesimal  in  com- 
parison with  the  weight  actually  required  in  practice.  We 
see  then  that  130-04  parts  by  weight  of  potassium  cyanide 
should  be  capable  of  dissolving  196 '8  parts  of  gold,  or, 
approximately,  two  parts  of  the  cyanide  should  dissolve 
three  parts  of  gold.  The  minimum  actual  consumption  in 
treating  free  milling  ore,  assaying,  let  us  say,  10  dwt.  per 
ton,  is  about  40  parts  by  weight  of  cyanide  for  1  part  of 
gold.  In  the  leaching  tanks  alone  a  pound  of  cyanide  is 
generally  consumed  per  ton  of  material  treated. 

2.  That  an  extremely  small  quantity  of  oxygen  is  suffi- 
cient to  bring  about  the  solution  of  the  gold,  15*96  parts 
being  required  for  396  ■  6  parts  of  gold,  or  one  part  for  Dearly 
25  parts  of  gold.  The  quantity  preseut  in  a  porous  mass 
of  tailings,  to  say  nothing  of  that  dissolved  in  the  water 
used  in  making  up  the  solution,  would  be  considerably  in 
excess  of  that  actually  required  for  the  reaction. 

Decomposition  of  the  Cyanide. — How  then  does  it  happen 
that  such  an  enotmous  consumption  of  cyanide  occurs  ?  In 
the  first  place  there  is  the  great  instability  of  the  simple 
cyanides.  The  atmospheric  carbonic  acid  is  accountable 
for  a  certain  amount  of  decomposition,  in  which  a  constant 
evolution  of  hj'drocyanic  acid  takes  place  according  to  the 
reaction  2  KCy  +  C02  +  H.,0  =-  2  HCy  +■  K2C03. 

Then,  again,  we  must  consider  the  proneness  to  oxidation 
which  the  cyanides  exhibit,  and  which,  in  fact,  lies  at  the 
base  of  most  of  their  technical  applications.  Potassium 
cyanide  readily  changes  into  cyanate,  and  ultimately  into 
carbonate — 
KCN  +  O  =  KCNO;  2  KCNO  +  30  =  KaCOa  +  C02  +  N, 

The  presence  of  alkalis,  which  always  occur  in  commercial 
cyanide,  tends  to  induce  loss  by  hydrolysis,  which  occurs 
mainly  in  the  zinc  boxes,  and  seems  to  be  induced  by  this 
presence  of  the  metal.  In  this  reaction  the  alkali  appears 
to  determine  a  chemical  change  in  which  water  plays  a  part, 
while  the  alkali  itself  is  not  in  the  least  affected. 

The  hydrolysis  of  potassium  cyanide,  which  undoubtedly 
occurs  to  a  considerable  extent  when  excess  of  alkali  is 
present  in  the  solution,  or  has  been  added  to  the  tailings 
before  treatment  with  cyanide,  gives  rise  to  ammonia  and 
potassium  formate. 

The  smell  of  hydrocyanic  acid,  generally  noticeable  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  cyanide  tanks,  is  partly  accounted  for 
by  the  decomposition  due  to  atmospheric  carbonic  acid.  But 
there  are  grounds  for  supposing  that  in  dilute  solutions  a 


914 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Nov.  so,  1898. 


dissociation  of  the  cyanide  takes  place,  so  that  what  we 
term  a  weak  solution  of  potassium  cyanide  is  in  reality  a 
mixed  solution  of  potassium  hydrate  and  hydrocyanic 
acid  Il.n  +  KCy  =  HCy  +  KHO. 

The  truth  of  this  theory  is  supported  by  the  extraordinary 
fact  that  a  distillation  of  hydrocyanic  acid  takes  place  when 
a  current  of  a  neutral  gas  {e.g.,  nitrogen)  is  passed  through 
a  cold  dilute  solution  of  cyanide.  This  being  the  case,  it  is 
evident  that  hydrocyanic  acid,  which  is  an  extremely  volatile 
body,  must  be  constantly  disengaged  from  all  vessels  in 
which  weak  cyanide  solutions  are  freety  exposed  to  the 
air. 

Where  the  agitation  or  circulation  systems  are  adopted, 
the  consumption  must  he  still  greater,  since  these  methods 
involve  a  constant  exposure  of  fresh  surfaces. 

The  tendency  of  the  simple  cyanides  to  form  double  salts 
with  each  other,  or  with  other  metallic  compounds,  must 
likewise  be  taken  into  account.  Salts  of  iron,  and  to  a 
lesser  extent,  salts  of  aluminium,  magnesium,  calcium,  and 
the  alkali-metals  are  liable  to  occur  in  tailings,  especially 
such  as  have  been  long  exposed  to  atmospheric  influences. 

We  have  said  euough  to  show  that,  even  under  the  most 
advantageous  circumstances,  an  enormous  waste  of  cyanide 
must  take  place.  Some  of  these  losses  are  doubtless 
preventable ;  the  use  of  closed  tanks  and  careful  attention  to 
the  purity,  both  of  the  cyanide  itself  and  of  the  water  used 
fur  dissolving  it,  would  reduce  the  extent  of  the  decomposi- 
tion in  a  very  marked  degree. 

Action  of  Cyanide  on  Pyritic  Material. — The  surface 
ores  of  the  celebrated  "  banket  "  formation  consist  almost 
exclusively  of  silica  and  oxide  of  iron.  These  occur  in  the 
form  of  rounded  quartz  pebbles,  imbedded  in  a  softer  matrix 
highly  charged  with  ferric  oxide,  which  imparts  its  charac- 
teristic reddish  tinge.  The  gold  is  found  in  this  matrix 
associated  with  the  oxide  of  iron,  or  sometimes  iu  small 
scales  on  the  surface  of  the  pebbles.  The  pebbles  them- 
selves carry  little  or  none.  At  a  lower  level  this  "  free- 
milliug "  banket  passes  into  an  ore  precisely  similar  iu 
structure,  but  much  harder,  and  containing  the  iron  in  the 
form  of  sulphide  instead  of  oxide,  which  gives  it  a  peculiar 
bluish  tint. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  free-milling  ores  have 
been  formed  by  gradual  oxidation  of  the  pyrites  through 
the  influence  of  air  and  moisture  during  a  long  period  of 
time,  and  iu  fact  we  see  this  same  change  in  progress  when- 
ever pyritic  material  has  been  exposed  te  the  actiou  of  the 
atmosphere. 

The  pyritic  ores  likewise  contain  small  quantities  of 
arsenic,  copper,  and  sometimes  cobalt  and  nickel,  but  the 
amount  of  these  foreign  metals  has  so  far  been  so  small 
that  they  have  not  practically  interfered  in  the  cyanide 
treatment.  It  is  noted  as  a  fact  observed  in  the  treatment 
at  the  Robinson  Chlorination  Works  of  pyritic  concentrates 
purchased  from  the  various  gold-mining  companies,  that 
copper  and  arsenic  seem  to  occur  in  gradually  increasing 
quantities  with  the  increasing  depth  of  the  working.  These 
elements  may  iu  the  future  be  a  source  of  serious  trouble  in 
the  application  of  the  cyanide  process. 

Suppose,  now,  that  we  attempt  to  treat  a  charge  of 
partially  oxidised  pyritic  tailings  directly  with  cyanide 
solution.  The  moisture  in  the  tailings  has  a  distinct  acid 
reaction,  chiefly  due  to  the  presence  of  free  sulphuric  acid. 
This,  of  course,  liberates  hydrocyanic  acid. 

Ferrous  sulphate  (green  vitriol)  reacts  upon  the  cyanide 
with  formation  of  ferrous  cyanide,  a  yellowish-red  flocculent 
precipitate. 

This,  however,  is  under  ordinary  circumstances  slowly 
converted  into  potassium  ferrocyanide  by  the  excess  of 
cyanide  present  FeCy2  +  4  KCy  =  K4FeCy6. 

If  sufficient  acid  be  present,  the  ferrocyanide  reacts  upon 
an  additional  quantity  of  the  ferrous  salt,  ultimately  giving 
rise  to  Prussian  blue. 

The  appearance  of  a  blue  colouration  on  the  surface  of 
the  tailings,  or  in  the  solution,  is  a  sure  indication  that  acid 
iron  salts  are  present,  and  that  an  enormous  waste  of 
cyanide  has  taken  place. 

Ferric  salts,  when  present  unmixed  with  any  ferrous 
compounds,  decompose  cyanide  solution  with  evolution  of 
hydrocyanic  acid,  and  precipitation  of  ferric  hydrate,  part 


of  which  is  in  a  finely-divided  or  possibly  colloidal  con- 
dition, and  is  with  difficulty  removed  by  filtration,  as  it 
chokes  the  pores  of  the  filter. 

A  mixture  of  ferrous  and  ferric  sulphates,  such  as  is 
probably  always  present  impartially  oxidised  pyritic  tailings, 
causes  the  appearance  of  a  blue  colour  on  addition  of 
cyanide,  after  the  free  alkali  of  the  commercial  product  has 
been  neutralised,  Prussian  blue  being  produced  when  the 
ferric  salt  is  in  excess,  and  Turubull's  blue  when  the  ferrous 
salt  is  in  excess. 

Preparatory  Treatment  of  Pyritic  Material. — Before 
attempting  to  treat  such  ores  or  products  with  cyanide,  it  is 
therefore  necessary  to  get  rid  of  the  free  sulphuric  acid  and 
soluble  iron  compounds.  This  is  generally  done  by  giving 
a  leaching  with  water  until  the  liquid  running  off  the  tanks 
no  longer  shows  a  colouration  with  ammonium  sulphide. 
After  the  treatment,  however,  there  still  remain  the  insoluble 
basic  sulphates,  which  are  gradually  decomposed  by  water, 
and  would  act  upon  the  cyanide  solution.  A  washing  is 
accordingly  given  with  caustic  soda  or  lime-water,  which 
converts  the  basic  salts  into  ferric  hydrate,  and  sodium  or 
calcium  sulphates. 

But  the  preliminary  water-wash  may  be  omitted  with 
advantage  in  cases  where  the  quactit3T  of  free  acid  and  iron 
salts  is  comparatively  small.  Lime,  in  the  dry  state,  is 
sometimes  mixed  with  the  tailings  before  the  cyanide 
treatment  commences.  When  this  method  is  adopted,  the 
iron  is  precipitated  as  a  mixture  of  ferrous  and  ferric 
hydrates. 

After  the  washing  with  alkali  is  complete,  the  tanks  are 
allowed  to  drain,  and  "strong  cyanide  solution"  (about 
f>  per  cent.)  is  pumped  on.  Even  after  this  treatment,  the 
consumption  of  cyanide,  with  moderately  pyritic  tailings 
which  have  been  partially  decomposed  by  exposure,  is 
found  to  be  four  times  that  which  occurs  with  free-milling 
material.  The  presence  of  a  large  excess  of  alkali  in  the 
solution  brings  about  various  secondary  reactions  which 
lead  to  a  loss  of  cyanide,  such  as  the  hydrolysis,  before 
alluded  to,  and  a  peculiar  action  in  the  zinc  box,  to  be 
discussed  later. 

Lime,  although  slower  in  its  action,  is  preferable  to 
caustic  soda  as  a  neutralising  agent,  as  it  is  equally  effective 
in  decomposing  the  iron  salts,  less  active  in  bringing  about 
secondary  reactions  on  the  cyanide,  and  also  less  energetic 
in  attacking  the  zinc  in  the  precipitating  boxes. 

Ferric  hydrate  does  not  appear  to  be  acted  upon  by 
potassium  cyanide,  but  ferrous  hydrate,  which  is  formed  in 
the  neutralisation  of  the  iron  salts  by  alkalis,  reacts  on  the 
excess  of  cyanide,  with  formation  of  ferrocyanide  of 
potassium  Fe(OH)2  +  6  KCy  =  K4FeCy6  +  2KOH. 

Deposition  of  Gold  from  Cyanide  Solutions. — Under 
certain  conditions,  such  as  the  absence  of  sufficient  oxygen 
in  the  solution,  a  partial  precipitation  of  the  previously  dis- 
solved gold  appears  to  occur.  If  by  any  chauce  the  solution 
should  become  acid,  there  is  a  decomposition  of  the  double 
cyanide  of  gold  and  potassium,  in  which  the  gold  is 
generally  supposed  to  be  thrown  down  as  (insoluble)  aurous 
cyanide,  e.g.  KAuCy-,  +  HC1  =  KC1  +  HCy  +  AuCy. 

In  working  on  the  circulation  and  transfer  system,  it  is 
found  that  where  pyritic  material  is  under  treatment,  it  is 
not  safe  to  transfer  a  solution  already  rich  in  gold  to  a  fresh 
lot  of  tailings,  as  the  extensive  decomposition  of  the  solution 
which  takes  place  may  lead  to  a  final  loss  of  gold. 

Selective  Action  of  Cyanide. — It  is  claimed  by  the  pro- 
moters of  the  McArthur-Forrest  process,  that  in  a  mixture 
containing  metallic  gold,  silver,  copper,  and  base  metals, 
cyanide  of  potassium  exerts  a  selective  action,  dissolving 
first  the  gold,  then  the  silver,  and  afterwards  attacking  the 
copper  and  base  metals.  The  process,  however,  does  not 
appear  to  have  been  successfully  applied  to  ores,  such  as 
those  met  with  in  California  and  Australia,  which  contain 
considerable  quantities  of  foreign  metals.  Ores  contaiuing 
sulphide  of  silver  and  sulphide  of  copper  produce  consider- 
able decomposition  of  cyanide,  the  copper  being  partially 
dissolved  as  sub-sulphocyanide,  the  silver,  however, 
remaining  unattacked.  In  two  experiments  carried  out  by 
Mr.  William  Bettel,  chief  chemist  of  the  Robinson  Gold 
Mining  Company,  on  ore  from  the  Albert  silver  mine  con- 
taining .'SO  oz.  of  silver  and    10  per  cent,  of  copper.it  was 


Nov.  30, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


915 


found  that  do  extraction  of  silver  occurred,  this  metal  being 
present  as  sulphide. 

Action  of  the  Zinc  Shavings  on  the  Solution. — Theoreti- 
cally a  simple  substitution  of  zinc  for  gold  occurs  in  accor- 
dance with  the  following  equation  : — 

2  KAuCv.  +  Zn  =  K2ZnCy4  +  2  Au 

Taking  Zn  =  65*1,  Au  =  196-8,  it  follows  that  G5-1 
parts  by  weight  of  zinc  should  be  sufficient  to  precipitate 
393'6  parts  of  gold,  or  I  lb.  of  zinc  should  precipitate 
about  C  lb.  of  gold.  The  actual  consumption  is  about  1  lb. 
of  zinc  per  ounce  (Troy)  of  gold  recovered.  It  is  evident 
then  that  zinc  is  consumed  in  some  other  way  than  in  mere 
substitution  for  gold. 

During  the  passage  of  the  solution  through  the  zinc  boxes 
a  constant  and  vigorous  evolution  of  hydrogen  gas  is 
observed.  The  outflowing  liquid  is  found  to  possess  a 
greater  degree  of  alkalinity  than  it  had  on  entering  at  the 
top  of  the  box,  and  a  smell  of  hydroej-anic  acid,  and 
sometimes  of  ammonia,  is  constantly  observed  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  zinc  boxes.  It  is  clear,  then,  that  a 
decomposition  of  the  potassium  cyanide  solution  itself  by 
the  zinc  is  in  progress,  and  this  is  not  to  be  wondered  at 
when  -we  consider  the  powerful  electro-chemical  effect 
which  must  be  produced  by  the  contact  of  such  a  highly 
positive  metal  as  zinc  with  a  strongly  negative  metal  such 
as  gold.  It  is  well  known  that  the  "  copper-zinc  couple  " 
produced  by  immersing  zinc  m  a  solution  of  a  copper  salt 
decomposes  water. 

An  analogous  reaction  of  the  gold-zinc  couple  accounts 
for  the  evolution  of  hydrogen  mentioned — 

Zn  +  2  H.O  =  2  H  +  Zn(OH)a 

The  hydrate  of  zinc  is  at  once  dissolved  in  the  excess  of 
cyanide  Zn(OH)a  +  4  KCy  =  K2ZnCy4  +  2  KOH. 
which  reaction  explains  the  increase  in  the  alkalinity  of  the 
solution. 

There  are  reasons  for  believing  that  the  black  deposit 
formed  on  the  zinc  shavings  is  an  actual  chemical  compound 
of  gold  and  zinc,  which  acts  as  the  negative  element  in  the 
electric  couple,  the  undeuomposed  zinc  forming  the  positive 
element. 

When  strong  solutions  of  caustic  soda  have  been  used 
for  neutralising  the  acid  salts  of  the  ore  a  white  deposit  is 
frequently  observed  on  the  zinc.  The  alkali  first  attacks 
the  metal  to  form  a  zinc-sodium  oxide — 

Zn  +  2  NaOH  =  Zu(OXa).,  +  2  11 

This  then  reacts  on  the  double  cyanide  of  zinc  and  potas- 
sium always  present  in  the  solution,  and  precipitates  the 
white  insoluble  simple  cyanide  of  zinc — 

2  H.,0  +  Zn(oXa),  +  KZnCy4  = 
2'ZnCy;,  +  2  NaOH  +  2  KOH 
This  reaction   is  of  some   importance   as   affording   one 
means  by  which  the  excessive   accumulation  of  zinc  in  the 
solutions  is  avoided. 

Affinity  of  Zinc  for  Cyanogen,  —  Potassium  auro- 
cyanide  (KAuCy.,)  appears  to  be  one  of  the  most  stable  of 
the  salts  of  gold,  but  the  reaction  in  the  zinc  boxes  shows 
that  the  affinity  of  zinc  together  with  potassium  for 
cyanogen  is  greater  than  that  of  gold  with  potassium  for  the 
same  radical.  Hence  a  solution  of  potassium  cyanide 
cannot  dissolve  gold  which  is  in  contact  with  ziuc  ;  neither 
can  gold  replace  zinc  in  a  solution  of  the  double  cyanide  of 
ziuc  and  potassium.  So  long  as  any  zinc  is  present,  there- 
fore, we  need  not  fear  that  the  precipitated  gold  will 
redissolve  in  the  excess  of  potassium  cyanide  flowing 
through  the  boxes. 

It  is  evident  also  that  the  cyanogen  contained  in  the 
double  cyanide  of  zinc  and  potassium  is  not  available  for 
dissolving  gold,  and  when  a  solution  charged  with  zinc  is 
employed  in  the  treatment  of  a  fresh  lot  of  tailings  it  is 
only  effective  in  so  far  as  it  contains  a  certain  quantity  of 
simple  cyanide  of  potassium  or  other  alkaline  cyanide. 

New  Methods  of  Precipitation. — The  cyanides  of  sodium 
and  ammonium,  and  those  of  the  alkaline-earth  metals 
(calcium,  barium,  &c),  will  dissolve  gold,  as  well  as 
potassium   cyanide.     Sodium   cyanide   is  more   difficult  to 


manufacture  than  the  potassium  compound,  but  a  given 
weight  of  it  should  be  more  effective  than  the  same  weight 
of  potassium  cyanide,  since  49  parts  of  the  former  are 
equivalent  to  65  parts  of  the  latter. 

The  advantage  of  Molloy's  process  and  others  which 
employ  sodium  or  potassium  amalgam  are  undoubted.  The 
alkali  metal  is  obtained  by  the  electrolysis  of  the  carbonate 
between  electrodes  of  lead  and  mercury — 

Xa.XO.,  =  Na2  +  CO,  +  O 

The  sodium  forms  au  amalgam  with  the  mercury.  Sodium 
amalgam  may  also  be  manufactured  direct  from  its  elements. 
It  is  claimed  for  this  method  of  precipitation  that  the  whole 
of  the  cyanogen  is  restored  to  a  condition  in  which  it  is 
available  for  dissolving  gold,  as  shown  by  the  reaction 
Na  +  KAuCy»  =  Au  +  KCy  +  NaCy. 

Composition  of  the  Zinc  Slimes. — Any  base  metals  which 
happen  to  be  in  solution  in  the  cyanide  liquor  are  liable  to 
be  precipitated  by  the  zinc  along  with  the  gold.  Hence 
the  "  zinc  slimes "  are  found  to  contain  a  certain  per- 
centage of  copper  as  well  as  traces  of  arsenic  and  antimony. 
Moreover,  any  impurities  in  the  zinc  will  also  find  their 
way  into  the  slimes,  as  zinc  will  be  dissolved  by  the 
cyanide  in  preference  to  any  less  oxidisable  metals  {e.g., 
tin  and  lead). 

Silver  is  dissolved  by  cyanide  and  reprecipitated  by 
zinc  by  a  set  of  reactions  precisely  analogous  to  those  of 
gold— 

2  Ag  +  4  KCy  +  O  +  ll.:0  =  2  KAgCy.,  +  2  KOH, 

2  KAgCyj  +  Zn  =  K2ZnCy4  +  2  Ag. 

It  has  been  observed  that  the  proportion  of  silver  to 
gold  is  greater  in  the  "  cyanide  bullion  "  than  in  the  gold 
from  the  batteries,  and  this  is  explained  by  supposing 
that  the  loss  of  silver  in  amalgamation  is  greater  than  that 
of  gold. 

Treatment  of  the  Zinc  Slimes. — The  removal  of  the  zinc 
is  a  troublesome  operation  and  is  only  very  partially  carried 
out  in  smelting  the  dried  slimes.  The  admixture  of  sand 
is  made  for  the  purpose  of  forming  a  fusible  silicate  of 
zinc.  A  portion  of  the  zinc  is  volatilised,  and  burns  at  the 
mouth  of  the  crucible  with  a  greenish  flame,  producing 
the  white  oxide,  ZnO,  which  is  found  incrusting  the  flues, 
and  doubtless  carries  with  it  no  inconsiderable  quantity  of 
gold  and  silver.  The  most  promising  method  of  treating 
these  slimes  appears  to  be  that  suggested  by  Mr.  I5ettel,  of 
fluxing  with  acid  sulphate  of  soda  and  fluorspar. 

Attempts  to  remove  the  zinc  prior  to  smelting  have 
been  only  partially  successful,  as  all  such  methods  involve 
the  filtration  of  a  slimy  mass  which  retains  soluble  salts 
with  great  tenacity. 

The  slags  from  the  fusion  of  the  zinc  slimes  contain  a 
considerable  amount  of  gold,  some  of  which  is  in  the  form  of 
round  shots,  and  may  be  removed  by  pounding  up  the  slag, 
passing  through  a  coarse  sieve,  and  "  panning-off."  The 
residue  from  the  first  fusion  should  always  be  fused  again, 
with  addition  of  lead,  to  form  an  alloy  with  the  gold.  The 
same  lead-bars  may  be  used  for  a  number  of  successive 
fusions  of  the  slag,  and  when  sufficiently  enriched,  the  gold 
may  be  recovered  from  them  by  cupellation. 

Testing  of  Cyanide  Solutions. — It  is  a  matter  of 
importance  to  determine  exactly  what  strength  of  cyanide 
solution  is  used  in  treatment  of  tailings.  The  ordinary 
method  of  testing  depends  on  the  fact  that  silver  cyanide  is 
soluble  in  excess  of  potassium  cyanide,  with  formation  of  a 
double  cyanide  of  silver  and  potassium — 

KCy  +  AgN03= AgCy  +  KN03, 
AgCy  +  KCy  =  KAgCy2 

When  silver  uitrate  solution  is  added  drop  by  drop 
from  a  burette  to  a  solution  of  cyanide,  a  white  precipitate 
is  formed,  which  quickly  redissolves.  At  a  certain  stage 
the  precipitate  becomes  permanent,  when,  in  fact,  the 
whole  of  the  cyanide  has  been  converted  into  the  soluble 
silver  salt,  and  an  additional  drop  of  silver  nitrate  produces 
a  permanent  precipitate  of  the  insoluble  simple  cyanide  of 
silver,  KAgCy.,  4-  AgXO.;  =  KN03  +  2  AgCy. 

From  these  reactions  107-66  parts  by  weight  of  silver 
are  equivalent  to   130-04   parts  of  potassium  cyanide.     A 


916 


THE    JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  LXDUSTRT. 


I.N'ov.Se.  1892. 


com  enient  standard  silver  solution  is  one  of  such  a  strength 
that  every  ec,  added  to  10  cc.  of  the  solution  to  be  tested, 
corresponds  to  0'  1  per  cent,  pure  K(  v. 

This  method  gives  good  results  when  pure  cyanide 
solutions  are  under  examination,  but  when  we  come  to  test 
solutions  containing  zinc,  it  is  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to 
determine  the  end  of  the  reaction.  A  white  flocculent 
precipitate  occurs  at  a  certain  stage,  probably  consisting  of 
simple  (insoluble)  cyanide  of  zinc,  formed  by  decomposition 
of  the  soluble  double  cyanide — 

KjZnCjj  +  AgNOa=  KAgCy;  +  ZnCy2  +  KN03 

This  precipitation  occurs  long  before  the  whole  amount  of 
potassium  cyanide  has  been  converted  into  the  soluble 
double  salt  of  silver  (KAgCy.O,  for  the  solution,  after  the 
appearance  of  the  flocculent  precipitate,  still  gives  the 
Prussian  blue  reaction  with  acidulated  ferrous  sulphate. 
A  standard  solution  of  iodine  in  potassium  iodide  maj'  be 
used  with  great  accuracy  for  determining  the  total  amount 
of  cyanogen  in  a  solution,  whether  in  combination  with 
zinc  or  not,  making  use  of  the  reaction — 

KCy  +  I2  =  KI  +  ICy. 

The  colour  of  the  iodine  is  discharged  so  long  as  an 
excess  of  cyanide  is  present.  The  sharpness  of  the  end 
reaction  may  be  increased  by  adding  a  small  quantity  of 
starch  to  the  solution  under  examination,  which  gives  a 
permanent  blue  colour  as  soon  as  an  excess  of  iodine  has 
been  added. 

What  is  most  needed,  however,  is  a  rapid  method 
of  determining  the  amount  of  cyanide  available  for 
dissolving  gold,  for,  as  was  pointed  out  already,  the  cyanide 
in  combination  with  zinc  is  not  available  for  that 
purpose. 

The  method  of  testing  solutions  containing  zinc  for 
"  available  cyanide,"  which  was  introduced  by  Mr.  Bettel 
at  the  Robinson  General  Mining  Company's  works,  is  as 
follows : — Two  perfectly  clean  flasks  of  equal  size  are 
taken.  To  each  of  these  is  added  a  considerable  bulk,  say 
50  cc.  of  the  solution  tc  be  tested,  and  50  cc.  of  water. 
The  liquid  in  both  flasks  will  probably  appear  slightly 
turbid,  but  the  degree  of  turbidity  will  be  the  same  in 
each.  Standard  silver  nitrate  solution  is  rim  into  one  flask 
until  the  slightest  possible  increase  in  turbidity  is  observed 
on  comparison  with  the  liquid  in  the  other  flask.  This 
point  is  taken  as  indicating  the  conversion  of  the  whole  of 
the  free  potassium  cyanide  into  the  soluble  silver  salt,  and, 
therefore,  as  determining  the  amount  of  available  cyanide 
present  in  the  solution. 

The  amount  of  gold  in  the  solution  is  generally  found  by 
evaporating  a  known  bulk  with  litharge,  fluxing  the  residue, 
and  cupelling  the  resulting  lead  button.  Evaporation  on 
lead  foil  may  likewise  be  employed. 

Poisonous  Properties  of  Cyanide. — The  men  employed 
in  the  "clean-up"  and  in  melting  the  slimes  are  subject  to 
a  peculiar  eruption,  especially  on  the  arms,  and  complain 
of  headache,  giddiness,  and  general  depression.  Ferro- 
cyanide  of  potassium  has  been  recommended  as  a  remedy 
for  the  eruption ;  it  may  be  taken  internally  and  also 
applied  as  a  lotion.  Considering  the  dangerous  nature  of 
the  substance,  it  is  remarkable  how  few  fatal  accidents 
have  occurred  through  the  use  of  cyanide  on  a  large  scale. 
In  cases  of  poisoning,  precipitated  carbonate  of  iron,  obtained 
by  mixing  solutions  of  sodium  carbonate  and  ferrous 
sulphate,  may  be  used  as  an  antidote.  This  forms 
internally  an  insoluble  blue  compound  with  the  cyanide. 

Hydrocyanic  acid  acts  directly  on  the  nervous  system, 
eausiDg  instant  paralysis  ;  hence  any  treatment  which  will 
excite  the  action  of  the  nerves,  such  as  application  of  cold 
water  to  the  spine,  iuhalation  of  ammonia,  &c,  may  be 
tried  in  cases  of  faintness  produced  by  breathing  the  vapour 
of  the  acid. 

The  disposal  of  waste  cyanide  liquors  is  a  matter  for 
serious  consideration.  Solutions  contaiuing  0-1  or  0-2  per 
gent,  of  potassium  cyanide  must  occasionally  be  discharged, 
and  are  likely  to  contaminate  the  water  of  the  dams  or 
streams  which  receive  them  to  a  dangerous  extent.  If 
some  effective  means  of  precipitating  the  zinc,  or,  better 
still,  of  dispensing  with  the  use  of  zinc  altogether  coidd  be 


devised,  there  would  never  be  any  necessity  for  allowing 
cyanide  liquors  to  leave  the  building  (this  Journal,  1891, 
93— 98).— W.  S. 


The  Cyanide  Process  in  South  Africa.  C.  Butters  and 
J.  E.  Clennell.  Eng.  and  Mining  J.,  October  1892,  341— 
342,  and  October  15,  365—366. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  process  as  carried  out 
by  the  Robinson  Gold  Mining  Company  : — 

Solution  of  the  Gold. — When  the  cyanide  process  was 
first  introduced  about  two  years  ago,  it  was  thought 
necessary  to  agitate  the  material  under  treatment  with  the 
cyanide  solution.  At  the  present  day  the  "  percolation  " 
system  is  almost  invariably  adopted.  The  operation  is 
carried  out  by  the  African  Gold  Recovery  Company,  who 
represented  the  patentees  in  South  Africa,  as  follows  : — The 
damp  tailings,  taken  from  the  tailings  pits,  are  charged  into 
wooden  vats  of  a  capacity  of  35  to  50  tons  ;  these  vats  are 
usually  square.  The  best  works  are  now  building  circular 
tanks.  Those  at  the  Robinson  works  have  a  capacity  of 
75  tons  ;  those  now  in  use  at  the  Langlaagte  Estate  have  a 
capacity  of  400  tons,  and  still  larger  vats  are  being  con- 
structed for  the  cyanide  works  at  the  New  Primrose  mine. 
The  vats  are  filled  to  within  a  few  inches  of  the  top,  and  the 
surface  of  the  tailings  levelled.  Cyanide  solution  of  06  to 
0-8  per  cent,  strength  is  then  allowed  to  flow  into  the  tank 
until  it  is  completely  filled.  The  ore  settles  from  3  in.  to 
1  ft.  below  the  rim  of  the  tank  (the  amount  of  shrinkage 
depending  on  the  depth  of  the  vat).  This  solution  is 
allowed  to  remain  undisturbed,  in  contact  with  the  ore,  for 
12  hours.  Each  vat  is  provided  with  a  false  bottom — usually 
a  wooden  framework  covered wiih  cocoanut  matting.  Below 
this  is  a  layer  of  coarse  sand  and  pebbles  through  which  the 
solution  percolates.  An  iron  pipe  communicates  with  the 
vat  below  the  false  bottom,  and  conveys  the  filtered  solution 
to  the  "  zinc  boxes,"  where  precipitation  takes  place. 

The  dilute  cyanide  solution  does  not  attack  a  wooden  vat, 
nor  does  its  corrode  the  iron  piping  to  any  appreciable 
extent.  As  to  wear  and  tear  of  apparatus  the  use  of 
cyanide  offers  decided  advantage  over  chlorine  or  chlorine 
water.  Brass  plungers  and  valves,  such  as  are  in  use  in 
ordinary  pumps,  are  attacked,  but  not  very  rapidly.  The 
pumps  at  the  Robinson  works  were  in  use  for  four  months 
with  comparatively  little  wear,  but  iron  is,  of  course, 
preferable  for  all  pump  fittings  where  cyanide  solution  is 
used.  As  the  liquor  is  drawn  off  during  the  leaching 
process  it  is  replaced  by  fresh  solution.  This  operation  is 
continued  for  a  longer  or  shorter  period,  depending  on  the 
value  of  the  tailings  (about  six  to  twelve  hours). 

At  the  end  of  this  period,  which  is  known  as  the  "  strong 
solution  leaching,"  a  weaker  solution  (containing  0-2  to 
0'4  per  cent,  of  cyanide)  is  turned  on,  and  allowed  to  filter 
through  the  ore  for  about  8  to  10  hours.  This  "weak 
solution "  is  then  drawn  off  through  another  zinc  box. 
Finally,  a  quantity  of  water  is  ruu  into  the  tank,  more  or 
less  equivalent  to  the  amount  of  moisture  which  the  ore 
contained  when  the  tank  was  filled.  This  last  water-washing 
displaces  the  weak  cyanide  solution,  so  that  the  volume  of 
cyanide  solution  in  use  remains  unchanged.  The  "  weak 
solution  "  is,  in  fact,  the  liquor  which  has  previouslv  passed 
through  the  zinc  boxes  into  the  receiving  tanks  or  "  sumps," 


cyanide  is  usually  contaminated  with  carbonaceous  matter 
and  iron,  but  contains   72 — -78  per  cent,  of  pure  potassium 


and  has  been  pumped  again   to  the  leaching  tanks.     The 
cyanide  ' 
and  iron 
cyanide. 

The  actual  amount  of  cyauide  used  is  about  half  a  ton  of 
strong  (0-6to0'8  per  cent,  solution)  and  half  a  ton  of 
weak  (0'2  to  0'4  per  cent.)  solution  for  every  ton  of  ore 
treated.  As  the  amount  of  cyanide  actually  entering  into 
combination  with  gold  and  silver  is  almost  infinitesimal  in 
comparison  with  the  quantity  consumed  in  the  different 
stages  of  the  process,  it  will  be  obvious  that  there  is  still 
considerable  scope  for  inventive  genius  in  determining  the 
conditions  of  economical  working.  When  the  final  water- 
wash  has  been  added,  and  has  displaced  the  weak  solution, 
the  "  exhausted  tailings  "  or  "  residues  "  are  discharged, 
usually  by  the  somewhat  tedious  process  of  shovelling  out 
over  the  side.     A  truck-line  runs   across  the  top,  or  by  the 


Nov,  SO,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


917 


side  of  the  tauk  to  receive  the  discharged  tailings,  which  are 
then  removed  anil  deposited  outside  the  works.  The  tank 
is  then  ready  for  a  fresh  charge. 

The  "  percolation  system  "  has  been  modified  in  various 
ways. 

One  of  the  first  difficulties  in  the  application  of  this 
process  arose  when  tailings  were  treated  containing  a  small 
percentage  of  pyrites,  which  by  exposure  to  the  air  had 
become  partially  converted  into  sulphate  of  iron  and  free 
sulphuric  acid.  The  difficulty  could  be  minimised  by 
treating  tailings  direct  from  the  battery,  first  with  water  and 
then  with  some  alkaline  solution,  such  as  lime  or  caustic 
soda,  At  the  Robinson  works  lime  was  found  to  be  in 
every  way  preferable  to  the  stronger  alkali,  as  it  is  less 
active  in  inducing  the  decomposition  of  the  cyanide  solution 
in  the  tanks,  and  in  attacking  the  zinc  used  in  the  subsequent 
precipitation.  It  was,  moreover,  found  that  20  tons  of 
solution  sufficed  to  fill  a  tank  holding  the  usual  charge  of 
75  tons  of  tailings,  covering  the  charge  to  a  depth  of  3  or 
4  in.  Instead  of  replacing  this  20  tons  of  solution  by  fresh 
cyanide,  the  solution  filtering  through  was  continually 
pumped  back  again  into  the  same  tank  for  about  3G  hours, 
and  then  passed  through  the  zinc  box.  The  extraction  of 
gold  by  this  circulation  system  was  equal  to  that  obtained 
by  the  ordinary  method,  and  the  consumption  of  cyanide 
was  much  less,  since  a  much  smaller  quantity  of  solution 
was  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  zinc.  A  further  modifica- 
tion suggested  itself,  namely,  the  transference  of  the  solution 
charged  with  gold,  from  one  tank  to  a  second  and  third, 
in  order  that  it  might  take  up  an  additional  quantity  of  gold 
from  fresh  tailings,  before  passing  into  the  zinc  boxes.  The 
advantages  of  this  method  are  that  the  solutions  from  which 
the  precipitate  is  obtained  are  much  richer  in  gold,  giving 
a  cleaner  deposit  on  the  zinc,  with  much  less  consumption 
of  cyanide. 

The  usual  practice,  as  we  have  pointed  out,  is  to  dissolve 
the  cyanide  in  a  special  tank  set  apart  for  that  purpose. 
At  the  Robinson  works  the  strength  of  the  cyanide  solution 
is  kept  up  by  adding  cyanide  in  lumps,  dissolving  it  under 
the  steam  from  the  pump.  By  this  method  a  cyanide 
solution  of  required  strength  is  formed  in  the  leaching  tank 
itself,  and  not  in  the  pump.  This  simplifies  the  operation, 
and  dimiuishes  the  number  of  tanks  required  in  the  treat- 
ment. It  also  furnishes  an  easy  means  of  getting  rid  of 
the  insoluble  impurities  of  the  cyanide  (the  so-called  carbide 
of  iron),  which  would  otherwise  accumulate  as  a  black  slimy 
deposit  in  the  concentrated  solution  tank.  This  insoluble 
residue  is  of  course  discharged  with  the  tailings  when  the 
tanks  are  emptied. 

Another  difficult}-  frequently  encountered  in  the  application 
of  the  cyanide  process  is  the  treatment  of  "  battery  slimes," 
i.e.,  the  very  finely-divided  material  produced  during  the 
crushing,  and  which  has  a  tendency  to  accumulate  in  pasty 
masses.  These  either  resist  the  penetrating  action  of  the 
cyanide  or  retain  the  dissolved  gold  during  the  leaching 
operation.  No  satisfactory  method  of  breaking  such 
material  lias  yet  been  devised—  the  evil  may  be  lessened 
by  mixing  the  slimy  tailings  with  clean  coarse  sand. 

Various  improvements  have  been  introduced  in  the 
mechanical  details  of  construction.  The  large  leaching  vats 
of  the  Robinson  Company  are  rapidly  and  conveniently 
discharged  by  means  of  a  trap  door  placed  in  the  centre  of 
the  tank  bottom,  and  which  may  be  hermetically  closed  by 
a  patent  screw  fastening.  The  enormous  underground  vats 
of  the  Langlaagte  Estate  Company  are  discharged  by  means 
of  a  dredge,  which  appears  to  give  perfect  satisfaction. 

Precipitation  of  the  Gold. — The  zinc  shavings  now  in  use 
are  prepared  by  turning  thin  sheets  of  zinc  on  a  lathe. 
These  shavings  are  placed  in  wooden  troughs,  commonly 
known  as  "  zinc  boxes,"  and  the  solution  from  the  leaching 
vats  is  allowed  to  flow  slowly  through  them,  depositing  the 
gold  as  a  finely-divided  black  slime  on  the  surface  of  the 
zinc,  while  the  zinc  gradually  dissolves  in  the  liquid. 
After  passing  the  zinc  box,  the  "  exhausted  solution,"  which 
should  not  contain  more  than  i  dwt.  of  gold  to  the  ton, 
flows  into  a  storage  tank  or  "  sump,"  whence  it  may  be 
pumped  back  to  the  leaching  tanks,  when  a  fresh  charge 
has   to  be  treated.     But  the  simple  replacement  of  gold  by 


zinc  is  not  the  only  reaction  which  occurs  in  the  zinc  box  ; 
it  is  found  that  a  notable  falling  off  in  the  strength  of  the 
cyanide  occurs,  due  to  secondary  reactions  caused  by  the 
gold-zinc  couple. 

The  zinc  boxes  are  usually  divided  into  several  compart- 
ments so  arranged  that  the  liquid  flows  alternately  upward 
and  downward  through  the  shavings.  The  shavings  are 
placed  in  a  tray,  the  bottom  of  which  is  an  iron  wire  screen 
of  about  four  holes  to  the  inch.  This  is  supported  a  few 
inches  from  the  bottom  of  the  zinc-box.  The  fine  "  gold 
slimes  "  fall  through  this  screen,  and  may  thus  be  separated 
from  the  undecomposed  zinc  when  the  "  clean  up  "  takes 
place. 

The  zinc  boxes  in  use  at  the  Robinson  works  are  about 
20  ft.  long,  2  ft.  wide,  and  2  ft.  deep,  with  inclined  bottoms. 
They  are  divided  into  compartments  of  about  20  in.  in 
length.  Each  compartment  holds  about  a  bushel  of 
shavings,  weighing  perhaps  40  lb.  Seven  compartments  in 
each  zinc  box  are  filled  with  shavings,  a  single  compartment 
at  the  head  is  left  empty  to  receive  any  sand  that  may  be 
carried  through  the  filters  by  the  solution  from  the  tanks. 
A  double  compartment  at  the  foot  is  also  left  empty  to 
allow  any  gold  that  may  be  carried  away  by  the  stream 
of  liquid  to  deposit  before  the  solution  flows  into  the  sump. 
About  60  tons  of  solution,  which  is  the  quantity  required 
for  treating  the  ordinary  daily  charge  of  225  tons  of  tailings, 
are  allow  to  run  off  through  two  zinc  boxes  in  about  nine 
hours.  This  solution  may  carry  from  one  to  three  ounces 
of  gold  per  ton  of  liquid  ;  after  passing  through  the  zinc 
boxes  it  rarely  contains  more  than  2  dwt.,  and  should  not 
contain  more  than  A  dwt.  if  the  precipitation  has  been 
properly  carried  out. 

There  are  two  sets  ot  zinc  boxes,  one  to  receive  the 
"  strong  solutions "  (0'fi  to  0-8  per  cent,  cyanide),  and  one 
for  the  "  weak  solutions  "  (0-2  to  0-4  per  cent.).  The 
slimes  formed  in  the  weak  boxes  are  as  a  rule  much  poorer 
than  those  in  the  strong  boxes,  and  less  consumption  of 
zinc  takes  place  in  them. 

The  total  amount  of  zinc  consumed  amounts  to  about 
100  lb.  a  day.  Two  men  are  constantly  employed  at  the 
lathes,  so  that  the  turning  is  an  arduous  and  somewhat 
costly  operation.  It  is  desirable  to  use  freshly-turned  zinc, 
as  the  surface  rapidly  oxidises  and  becomes  much  less 
active  in  precipitating  the  gold. 

The  most  vigorous  action  of  course  takes  place  in  the 
compartments  which  first  receive  the  solution  from  the  tanks. 
It  is  here  that  the  zinc  dissolves  most  rapidly,  and  is 
accordingly  replaced  by  shavings  from  the  lower  compart- 
ments, while  fresh  zinc  is  continually  added  as  the  last 
compartment  becomes  empty. 

The  clean-up  takes  place  once  or  twice  a  month.  The 
screens  containing  the  undissolved  shavings  are  lifted  from 
the  zinc  boxes.  The  boxes  are  then  left  undisturbed  for  an 
hour  so  as  to  allow  the  zinc-gold  slime  to  settle  at  the 
bottom.  The  liquid  is  then  drawu  off  by  a  syphon  until 
very  little  is  left  above  the  slimes.  The  box  is  then  cleaned 
out,  and  the  slimes  and  muddy  water  allowed  to  drain 
through  a  screen  of  40  meshes  to  the  inch.  The  mass, 
consisting  of  water,  finely-divided  gold,  and  very  fine  zinc, 
is  rubbed  through  this  screen  by  means  of  a  short  stick  5  or 
6  in.  in  length,  to  the  end  of  which  is  fixed  a  piece  of  india- 
rubber. 

The  stuff  remaining  on  the  screen  consists  almost  entirely 
of  unconsumed  zinc,  fine  enough  to  pass  through  a  screen 
of  12  meshes  to  the  linear  inch.  This  is  replaced  in  the 
first  divisions  of  the  zinc  boxes  over  a  fresh  lot  of  shavings. 

The  slime,  consisting  of  finely-divided  gold  and  silver, 
with  a  large  proportion  of  zinc  and  lead,  and  a  certain 
quantity  of  tin,  antimony,  organic  matter,  and  other 
accidental  impurities,  is  allowed  to  settle  in  a  small  tank 
placed  beneath  the  40-mesh  screen,  and  is  now  ready  to 
undergo  the  drying  and  smelting  operations  necessary  for 
its  conversion  into  bullion. 

In  the  Molloy  process  alluded  to  already,  the  use  of  zinc 
is  dispensed  with  altogether.  The  solution  passes  through 
a  shallow  trough  containing  mercury,  in  which  is  an  inner 
cylindrical  vessel  filled  with  solution  of  carbonate  of  soda  ; 
the  edges  of  the  cylinder  just  dip  beneath  the  mercury,  so 
that  its  contents  are  entirely  cut  off  from  the  outer  portion 


918 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Nov.  30, 1892. 


of  the  vessel.  A  rod  of  lead  dips  into  the  soda  solution  ; 
the  lead  and  mercury  are  connected  with  opposite  poles  of 
the  battery,  and  the  solution  is  electrolysed  by  the  passage 
of  a  current.  The  sodium  combines  with  the  mercury  to 
form  sodium  amalgam,  which  at  once  decomposes  the  gold 
cyanide  solution  with  formation  of  ordinary  gold  amalgam, 
sodium  cyanide  being  simultaneously  produced.  It  is 
claimed  tli;it  much  less  decomposition  of  the  cyanide  takes 
place  than  with  zinc,  and,  moreover,  that  the  outllowing 
solution  is  better  adapted  for  dissolving  fresh  quantities  of 
gold.  It  is  obvious  that  in  the  ordinary  method  a  large 
accumulation  of  zinc  in  the  solutions  must  take  place,  which 
in  time  would  render  them  valueless  for  gold  extraction, 
whereas  sodium  cyanide  is  just  as  effective  as  the  potassium 
compound. 

Production  of  Bullion. — The  slimes  are  now  transferred 
to  enamelled  iron  pans,  and  carefully  dried  over  a  small 
furnace.  This  is  a  tedious  operation,  and  requires  con- 
siderable time.  The  pans  in  use  at  the  Robinson  works 
contain  about  5  or  6  gallons  of  dried  precipitate.  This  may 
contain  as  much  as  150,  or  as  little  as  20  oz.  of  gold. 

The  precipitate,  when  nearly  dry,  is  mixed  with  sand, 
borax,  and  bicarbonate  of  soda,  and  melted  ;in  a  Xo.  60 
crucible  at  a  fairly  high  temperature.  The  material  melts 
very-  easily,  forming  a  very  liquid  slag,  which,  however, 
rapidly  corrodes  the  pots,  so  that  a  good  60  crucible  rarely 
lasts  for  more  thau  eight  meltings.  The  charge  is  not  added 
all  at  once,  but  as  each  portioi>  melts  and  sink  down  fresh 
quantities  of  the  mixture  are  added.  When  the  pot  is  full 
of  liquid  slag  it  may  contain  from  100  to  1 50  oz.  of  bullion. 
Large  quantities  of  oxide  of  zinc  are  volatilised  during  the 
melting,  which  carry  off  a  very  appreciable  amount  of  gold. 
The  zinc  fumes,  together  with  the  products  formed  by  the 
decomposition  of  the  cyanide  salts,  render  the  operation 
anything  but  healthy. 

The  bullion  produced  is  whitish  in  appearance,  and  about 
650  fine.  It  is  very  hard  and  brittle,  and  the  bars  are  by  no 
means  uniform,  so  that  it  is  difficult  to  obtain  an  accurate 
assay.  In  addition  to  zinc,  they  contain  silver,  lead,  and 
sometimes  a  little  copper. 

Scope  of  the  Process. — In  its  present  phase  the  limitations 
of  the  cyanide  process  appear  to  be  :  — 

(1.)  That  it  is  only  completely  successful  with  "free- 
milling  ores."  Pyritic  ores  may  be  treated,  but  at  a  greatly 
increased  cost. 

(2.)  That  it  is  not  applicable  to  ores  containing  a  con- 
siderable percentage  of  coarse  gold. 

(3.)  That  it  cannot  be  economically  applied  to  rich 
material. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  cyanide  process  is  admirably 
adapted  for  recovering  the  so-called   "  float  gold,"  i.e.,  gold 


in  an  extremely  fine  state  of  division  which  remains 
suspended  in  the  water  for  several  hours,  and  cannot  be 
obtained  by  any  process  of  amalgamation  or  concentration. 
That  the  cyanide  process  is  well  adapted  for  the  treatment 
of  Band  ores  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  although  the  system 
has  been  in  use  little  more  than  two  years,  over  40,000  tons 
of  tailings  are  now  being  treated  per  month. — W.  S. 


.1  Xiir  Method  of  Assay  of  Antimony  Oris.  A.  Car  not. 
Annales  des  Mines,  1,  1892,  303 ;  Proc.  Civil  Eng.  100, 
(iv.),  52. 

See  under  Will.,  page  911. 


The  Action  "f  Sulphuric  and  Nitric  Acids  on  Aluminium. 
G.  A.  Le  Roy.     Bull,  de  la  Soc.  Ind.  de  Rouen,  1891,  232. 

According  to  Deville,  Wtirtz,  Hunt,  Langley,  Roscoe,  and 
others,  who  have  written  on  the  subject  of  aluminium,  that 
metal  is  entirely  unaffected  by  sulphuric  and  nitric  acids, 
whether  dilute  or  concentrated.  The  author  having  in 
consequence  been  induced  to  studj'  the  possibility  of 
replacing  lead  and  platinum  by  aluminium  in  chemical 
manufactories,  has  been  surprised  to  find  that  these  state- 
ments are  entirely  incorrect,  and  further  experiments  have 
therefore  been  made  with  four  different  samples  of  the 
metal,  the  composition  of  which  is  given  below,  in  order  to 
determine  the  rate  of  solution.  Two  of  these,  A  and  I?, 
were  made  by  Deville's  process,  at  the  former  Xanterrc 
works,  by  Messrs.  P.  Moriu  and  Co.,  the  others  were  of  a 
more  recent  make  : — 


The  samples  which  were  cut  into  thin  plates,  and  cleaned 
from  grease  by  a  solution  of  soda,  were  exposed  to  the 
action  of  acid  for  given  periods,  after  which  the  loss  of 
weight  was  determined,  after  washing  with  water  and 
alcohol,  and  drying  in  an  air-bath.  Frotn  the  loss  of 
weight,  the  amount  dissolved  in  the  day  of  12  hours,  per 
square  metre  of  surface  exposed,  has  been  calculated  as 
follows  : — 


Solvent. 

Quality. 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Tempe 

-ature. 

Sample  Treated. 

A. 

B.                   C.                  D. 

Pure 
Common 

Pure 
1  emmon 

Tun' 

Common 

I 'ure 
Common 

r>i2 
- 

1-711 

1-580 
1-2C,:! 
1-383 
1-383 
1-332 
1-842 
1  '842 
1-383 
1-383 

°B. 

in; 

Co 

53 
30 
10 
•10 
36 
66 
60 
10 
111 

C. 

15   In  'ill 

150 

150 
100 
1O0 

Grins. 
18-4 

21-0 

21-5 

25-s 

l'.i-o 

1-6 
17-0 

1G-3 
240-0 

267-0* 

Grnis. 
18-9 

21-3 

25-0 

25-7 

18-0 

lll'O 
111-6 

16-3 
225-0 
2E0-0 

Grms. 
16-4 

17-5 

22-0 

21-6 

170 

2, 

15-5 

18-0 

lfll 

150-0 

Grms. 
16-6 

16-  1 

2O-0 

22-1 

16-3 

3-4 

1445 
16-0 

IS-  1 

'inn                     -'in 

.. 

*  This  corresponds  t<>  a  thickness  ol  about  ,,.  millimetre  per  square  metre. 


Nov.  3»,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


919 


From  this  it  is  evident  that  pure  aluminium  is  so  rapidly 
attacked  by  strong  acids,  even  the  cold,  as  to  be  quite  untit 
for  use  in  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  these  acids. 
—  W.  S. 

Tht  Effect  of  Ileal  on  Mercury  Compounds.  V.  Janda. 
Oesterr.  Zeits.  fur  Hern-  and  Hiittemv.  1891,  583  ;  Proe. 
Inst.  Civil  Eng.  108,  88. 

The  sulphide,  oxide,  sub  oxide,  sub-chloride,  and  basic 
sulphate  of  mercury  are  completely  decomposed  by  heat 
when  mixed  with  forge  scale  (magnetic  oxide  of  iron)  under 
a  covering  of  zinc  oxide,  but  the  chloride  shows  a  loss  of 
8  per  cent.,  and  the  normal  sulphate  of  4  percent,  volatilised 
unchanged  by  the  same  treatment.  When  the  zinc  oxide 
cover  is  omitted  the  mercury  obtained  from  cinnabar  is 
almost  always  blackened  with  amorphous  sulphide. 

Theoretically,  the  mercury  contained  in  these  compounds 
is  as  follows  :  — 

Per  ('out. 

Men-uric  oxide  HgO 9&"5 

Merourons  oxide  Htr.O oii'i 

AI  en-uric  sulphide  II gS 86*2 

Mercuric  chloride  HgCls  (corrosive  sublimate) 78'8 

VI.  I  enrolls  Chloride  IIl*.' ']_.  iciiloillol)   si'." 

Mercuric  sulphate  HgSOj 07 '5 

Bjisic  mercuric  sulphate  H&S'  V,  (Turbeth  mineral)  ■ .    S2*4 

These  figures  are  realised  in  the  new  Idria  method  of 
assay  with  iron  oxide  and  zinc, using  a  gold  dish  for  collect- 
ing the  mercury,  except  iu  the  case  of  the  sulphate  and 
chloride,  which  gave  lower  results. 

When  heated  without  any  reagents,  the  following  facts 
have  been  observed : — 

Mercuric  sulphide  (cinnabar)  is  changed  to  metallic 
mercury,  sulphur  dioxide,  and,  to  a  small  extent,  to  black 
sulphide. 

Mercuric  oxide  darkens,  and  at  very  low  red  heat  is 
changed  to  mercury  and  oxygen  ;  the  salts  of  this  oxide 
volatilise  with  partial  decomposition.  Mercuric  chloride 
volatilises  almost  without  any  change,  only  about  5  per 
cent,  being  reduced  to  metal,  as  does  also  mercuric  nitrate, 
which  is  but  very  slightly  decomposed  by  heat. 

Mercurous  oxide  changes  at  100°  into  mercury  and 
mercuric  oxide,  and  by  further  heating  is  completely  reduced 
to  metal  with  the  separation  of  oxygen.  The  salts  of  this 
oxide  are  all  decomposed  at  a  red  heat.  Mercurous  chloride 
is  completely  volatilised  without  decomposition.  Mercuric 
sulphate,  which  is  white  when  cold,  turns  yellow  and  melts 
to  a  brown  fluid,  which  gives  the  original  white  salt  when 
solidified  and  cooled.  At  a  higher  temperature  it  is  com- 
pletely volatilised  without  change,  but  more  slowly  than  any 
of  the  other  compounds. 

Turbeth  mineral,  a  basic  sulphate  obtained  from  HgS04, 
by  washing  it  with  a  large  quantity  of  hoi  water,  which 
results  in  the  formation  of  free  sulphuric  acid  and  yellow 
turbeth  (:(HgS<>4  +  2H.:U  =  Hg3S06  +  2H..SO.,)  is  com- 
pletely volatilised  with  decomposition  when  heated  for 
about  four  times  as  long  as  the  oxide  or  chloride. 

The  mercurial  flue-stuff  (stupp  of  Idria,  hotlines  of 
Almaden"),  which  is  of  the  following  composition  :  — 

Metallic  mercury strut"  i 

Mercuric  sulphide 5 '76  !.g...-.,  H„ 

Basic  sulphate 0*52  f 

Mercurous  chloride 0*12 J 

Mercuric  chloride )  Trace 

Ammonium  sulphide > 

Calcium  sulphate '-'71 

Magnesium 0"2] 

Hydrocarbon 2"66 

Carbon  (soot) U'4(5 

Silieti OMS 

decomposes  by  heat  into  metal  and  mercury-black,  a  finely- 
divided  mixture  of  metal  and  sulphide.  This  black  powder, 
when  mixed  with  and  distilled  under  a  cover  of  lime,  gives 
metallic  mercury,  which  also  happens  when  the  cover  is 
omitted,  and  only  25  per  cent,  of  lime  is  used  in  the  mixture, 
but  with  a  larger  loss.  The  amalgam  obtained  on  the  gold 
plate  is  bright,  with  only  a  slight   covering  of  hydrocarbon 


oil.  Mercuric  chloride  and  sulphate  are  not  completely 
decomposed  by  lime  alone,  and  the  deposited  amalgam  is 
covered  with  a  sublimate  of  the  unchanged  salt. 

When  cinnabar,  or  llue-soot  is  mixed  with  25  per  cent,  of 
lime  and  25  per  cent,  of  lamp-black,  which  contains  both 
carbon  and  hydrocarbons,  and  heated  for  15  minutes,  the 
mercury  is  almost  completely  recovered,  but  the  deposit  is 
coated  with  black.  The  oxide  and  lower  compounds  are 
completely  decomposed,  giving  a  clear  amalgam  by  the  same 
treatmeut ;  but  the  higher  chloride  and  basic  sulphate  show 
a  loss  of  8  and  4  per  cent,  respectively,  or  the  same  as  in 
the  method  of  assay  with  iron  and  zinc  oxides. — W.  S. 


Smelling  the.    Phosphoric   Ore  of  Gellivara.      Stahl   und 
Eisen,  1892,  490  ;  I'roc.  Inst.  Civil  Eng.  110  (iv.),  37. 

At  Eiushytte,  iu  Sweden,  experiments  have  been  made  in 
smelting  the  waste  ore  of  Gellivara,  which  consists  chiefly 
of  apatite  and  maguatite  with  some  rock,  and  contains  from 
20  to  25  per  cent,  of  iron,  being  in  fact  a  ferriferous  apatite. 
In  order  to  prevent  the  slag  from  taking  up  silica  by 
corrosion  of  the  bricks  in  the  hearth  and  boshes,  the  lower 
part  of  the  furnace,  to  a  height  of  6  or  8  in.  above  the 
tuyeres,  was  built  of  carbon  bricks.  The  ore  was  for  the 
most  part  reduced  to  the  size  of  coarse  sand,  which  rendered 
the  working  of  the  furnace  so  difficult  that  pieces  of  uut 
size  were  added  to  keep  the  charge  open.  ( >nly  110  cwt. 
of  unroasted  ore  were  smelted  in  four  days,  with  air 
heated  to  120°  or  150°  C,  both  alone  and  with  various 
(luxes  of  quartz  and  lime.  The  best  results  were  obtained 
without  lime,  or  with  at  most  10  per  cent.  The  slag, 
which  ran  very  liquid,  was  crystalline  when  cooled,  and  of  a 
grey  or  greenish  colour,  with  white  euclosures  consisting 
chiefly  of  semi-fused  pieces  of  apatite.  The  composition 
was : — 


A. 

With  Ore 
alone. 


II. 
With  10  Per 
Cent,  of  Lime. 


Sdici 26*20 

Alumina 4*59 

Ferrous  oxide 1*40 

Mauganous  oxide 0'2t) 

Lime i.vsn 

Magnesia 5"  it; 

Ph' .spin  .ne  :ieid 15*48 

Titanic  acid 2*30 

Sulphur 0*16 


21-45 
3-62 
0'1S 
0'2S 

is-  ir, 
5 '95 

17  *38 

2-110 
0-21 


The  proportion  of  phosphoric  acid  is  fully  equal  to  that 
in  the  slag  of  the  basic  converter,  but  the  state  of  combina- 
tion is  somewhat  different,  only  7  ■  5  per  cent,  being  soluble 
in  citric  acid,  while  in  English  and  German  basic  slag  the 
soluble  part  is  14-5  per  cent.  Both  kinds  are,  however, 
much  more  readily  decomposed  by  acid  than  apatite,  aud 
their  solubility  would  probably  be  increased  by  using  more 
lime. 

The  metal  corresponding  to  these  slags  contained — 


A. 


Phosphorus 

Combined  carbon 

Silicon 

Sulphur 


W'heu  tapped  it  ran  very  fluid  without  giving  off  sparks, 
aud  cooled  to  a  silvery  white  metal,  which  was  very  brittle, 
breaking  with  a  wire-like   crystalline   structure,  and    very 


;ii>o 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  80.1892. 


similar  in  appearance  to  ferro-nianganese.  The  composition 
is  a  very  remarkable  one,  as,  apart  from  the  phosphorus,  the 
analysis  is  essentially  that  of  a  steel. — W.  S. 


Progress  of  the  Metallurgy  of  Nickel.  1).  Levat.  Annates 
des  Mines,  1,  1892,  141  ';  Proc.  Inst.  Civil  Fng.110  (iv.), 
54—60. 

Nickel  is  found  in  New  Caledonia  in  a  single  mineral. 
Gurnierite  or  Noumeite,  a  hydrated  silicate  of  nickel  and 
magnesium,  of  a  bright  apple-green  colour  when  pure, 
which  is  deposited  in  concretionary  masses  in  the  fissures 
of  serpentine  rock.  The  mode  of  occurrence  indicates 
clearly  thai  the  mineral  has  been  deposited  by  water  in  the 
form  in  which  it  is  now  found.  The  distribution  of  the 
mineral  through  the  serpentine  matrix  is  not  arbitrary,  it 
being  always  found  at  or  near  the  contact  of  the  rock 
with  the  red  clays,  but  never  in  the  clay  itself.  These 
masses  of  clay  are  products  of  the  decomposition  of  the 
serpentine,  and  contain  all  its  constituents  and  in  addition, 
maDganese,  cobalt,  and  chromium. 

The  nickel  ore,  which  is  newer  in  origin  than  those  of 
manganese  and  cobalt,  is  found  as  vein-matter  in  hollows 
resulting  from  the  shrinking  of  the  red  clay  from  the  sides 
of  the  rock  funnel  enclosing  it.  These  veins  vary  very 
much  in  size,  the  maximum  breadth  being  about  8  metres, 
but  in  some  cases  the  whole  of  the  rock  is  filled  with  small 
veins  of  mineral,  so  that  it  may  be  worked  as  a  whole  up 
to  a  thickness  of  250  ft.  By  far  the  larger  number  of 
the  workings  are  in  open  cast,  at  altitudes  varying  from  300 
to  600  metres  above  the  sea  level,  where  it  is  easy  to  follow 
the  richer  developments,  and  with  a  comparatively  small 
preliminary  outlay  to  make  provision  for  some  years  of 
quarry  working  in  the  same  locality.  The  preliminary 
working  is  mainly  in  the  direction  of  removing  the  red  clay, 
which  can  only  be  imperfectly  separated  from  the  ore  by 
washing,  and  the  iron  ore  it  contains,  if  left  behind,  im- 
poverishes the  yield  of  nickel,  besides  being  objectionable 
in  the  smelting,  by  reason  of  its  adding  alumina  to  the 
charge,  which   is  refractory  through  the  presence  of   silica. 

The  mineral  is  carefully  sorted  by  hand  at  the  quarries 
ami  divided  into  rich  and  poor  qualities,  the  former  contain- 
ing 8  per  cent,  and  above  of  nickel,  and  the  latter  all  below 
I  hat  limit.  These  are  coufined  to  simply  washing  away 
the  red  clay,  and  even  this  preparation  cannot  be  carried  too 
far  without  risking  considerable  loss  (up  to  3  or  4  per  cent.) 
in  the  mud  washed  away.  Hence  the  necessity  of  carefully 
clearing  the  waste  away  before  working  the  mineral.  The 
quarry  waste,  containing  3  to  4  per  cent,  of  nickel,  is  not 
utilised. 

The  treatment  of  the  mineral  has  undergone  several 
modifications  before  arriving  at  the  present  practice.  The 
old  method  of  concentrating  the  metal  as  sulphide  by  the 
addition  of  pyrites  or  sulphur  is  adopted.  The  average 
composition  of  the  ere  available  for  smelting  was  :  silica, 
45  to  50  ;  iron,  16  to  14  :  nickel,  8  to  7  ;  magnesia,  12  to 
10;  alumina,  3  to  5  ;  water  and  oxygen,  16  to  14  percent. 

This  requires  from  25  per  cent,  to  30  per  cent,  of  bases 
(oxideof  iron  or  limestone), besides  a  sulphurising  material. 
As  neither  gypsum  nor  pyrites,  free  from  arsenic  and  copper, 
was  available  for  the  latter  purpose,  the  charge  for  the  blast 
furnace  was  made  up  as  follows:  — 

Kilos. 

Ore l.iiiKi 

Coral 300 

Sulphur :;:, 

Small  coal  "l'  coke 75 

The  greater  part  of  the  sulphur  passed  into  the  regulus, 
and  a  fluid  slag  was  obtained  with  48 '0  per  cent  of  silica, 
12  to  13  of  iron,  and  not  more  than  040  per  cent,  to  045 
percent,  of  nickel,  but  the  local  smelting  was  given  up 
owing  to  difficulties  in  procuring  coke,  and  now  the  ores 
are  for  the  most  part  smelted  in  England,  alkali  waste  bein" 
used  as  flux.  The  consumption  of  coke  is  about  20  per 
cent,  of  the  weight  of  the  charge,  or  about  30  per  cent,  of 
that  of  the  ore  treated.  Small-sized  water-jacket  cupolas, 
smelting   from  25  to  30  tons   m   24   hours  are   used.     The 


product  contains  nickel  50  to  55,  iron  25  to  30,  and  sulphur 
16  to  18  per  ceut.,  the  latter  being  necessary  to  make  the 
regulus  sufficiently  brittle  to  be  easily  powdered.  The  sub- 
sequent concentration  may  be  done  either  in  the  rever- 
berator}' furnace  or  the  Bessemer  converter.  In  the  former 
two  calcinations,  followed  by  fusion  with  quartz  sand,  are 
necessary  for  the  removal  of  the  iron.  The  furnace  treats 
2  tons  in  24  hours,  with  the  consumption  of  an  equal  weight 
of  coal.  The  operation,  which  lasts  eight  hours,  is  controlled 
by  sampling  during  the  progress,  and  is  stopped  when  the 
iron  has  completely  disappeared,  in  order  to  prevent  loss  of 
nickel  in  the  slags,  which,  however,  are  not  thrown  away, 
but  are  returned  to  the  ore-furnace  as  they  fine  an  excellent 
flux,  besides  containing  2\  per  cent,  of  nickel.  By  the 
first  concentration  the  iron  is  reduced  to  25to3-0per 
cent.,  and  by  the  second  to  05  to  075  per  cent.,  the 
sulphur  being  kept  to  16  per  cent,  at  least.  In  the  Bessemer 
converter  the  concentration  is  more  rapidly  done,  a  charge 
1  ton  of  regulus  melted  in  a  cupola  is  introduced  into  the 
converter  and  blown  with  air  at  a  pressure  of  about  40  centi- 
metres of  mercur}'.  The  temperature  rises  from  the  com- 
bustion of  the  sulphur,  and  sand  is  added  to  flux  the  iron. 
If  the  proportion  of  the  latter  metal  does  not  exceed  36  per 
cent,  it  may  be  completely  removed  in  about  one  hour  and 
20  minutes,  but  with  a  larger  quantity  the  bath  should  be 
skimmed  after  blowing  for  25  miuutes  and  fresh  flux  added, 
as  the  fining  will  be  imperfectly  done  if  too  large  a  quantity 
of  slag  is  retained  in  the  converter.  When  the  slags  begin 
to  show  signs  of  containing  nickel  oxide  the  refined  metal 
is  poured  into  moulds.  It  contains  less  than  0'50  per  cent, 
of  iron.  Arsenic,  antimon}',  and  silver  are  removed  either 
in  the  slags  or  by  the  blast ;  cobalt  remains  with  the  nickel 
sulphide. 

The  converter  slags  are  much  richer  than  those  of  the 
reverberatory  furnace,  containing  from  14  to  15  per  cent,  of 
nickel,  mostly  as  shots  of  diffused  regulus,  which  may  in 
part  be  collected  by  running  the  slag  into  conical  pots  and 
separating  the  cake  of  metal  at  the  bottom.  The  whole  of 
it  must  in  auy  case  be  returned  to  the  ore  furnace. 

Attempts  have  been  made  to  continue  the  blowing  up  to 
the  complete  removal  of  the  sulphur  to  produce  a  material 
that  would  only  require  a  fiual  reducing  treatment  to 
obtain  pure  nickel.  This  has,  however,  been  found  to  be 
impossible,  owing  to  the  high  affinity  of  nickel  for  sulphur, 
the  heat  developed  in  such  an  aftcrblow  being  less  than 
sufficient  to  counteract  the  cooling  effect  of  the  air,  and  as 
the  product  when  free  from  copper  has  a  high  melting-point 
approximating  to  that  of  iron,  it  sets  very  rapidly,  and 
blocks  up  the  tuyeres. 

The  refined  regulus,  whether  obtained  from  the  reverbera- 
tory furnace  or  the  converter,  consists  essentially  of  nickel 
sulphide  (or  nickel  and  copper  sulphides,  if  obtained  from 
pyritic  ore  like  that  of  Canada),  with  not  more  than  0  50 
per  cent,  of  iron,  and  the  same  proportion  of  other  foreign 
matters.  It  is  crushed  to  pass  a  65-mesh  sieve,  and  charged 
in  quantities  of  600  kilos,  upon  the  bed  of  a  reverberatory 
calciner  10  meters  long  and  2  ■  50  metres  broad,  with  four 
working  doors  on  one  side,  forming  a  layer  about  2  in. 
thick,  which  is  constantly  rabbled  and  moved  gradually 
from  the  flue  of  the  fire-bridge  end.  The  operation  lasts 
eight  hours  with  pure  nickel  sulphide,  and  only  six  when 
the  regulus  contains  copper. 

The  consumption  of  coal  is  2,000  kilos,  for  2,400  kilos, 
of  material  roasted.  The  temperature  is  kept  to  dull 
redness,  except  towards  the  end,  when  the  furnace  is  raised 
to  bright  red  heat.  The  finished  product,  which  should  not 
contain  more  than  1  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  is  ground  to  pass 
a  sieve  of  120  mesh,  and  subjected  to  dead  roasting  in  a 
furnace  of  the  same  breadth  as  the  preceding  one,  but  with 
a  shorter  bed.  The  charge  is  500  kilos,  renewed  every  six 
hours,  and  the  temperature  is  kept  at  bright  redness  ;  3  tons 
of  coal  arc  burnt  in  24  hours.  The  product  is  nickel  oxide 
or  nickel  and  copper  oxides,  and  should  not  contain  more 
than  0-40  percent,  cf  sulphur. 

The  reduction  of  the  oxide  is  effected  by  mixing  it  to  a 
paste  with  flour  or  other  organic  matters,  dividing  into  small 
pieces  when  dried,  and  strongly  heating  with  charcoal 
powder.  Formerly  the  paste  was  cut  into  cubes  of  12  to 
15  millimetres,  but    in  France  discs  of  regular  shape,    SO 


Nov.sn,  1888.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


921 


millimetres  in  diameter  and  about  15  millimetres  thick, 
made  iii  a  press,  are  preferred.  They  must  not  be  made 
thicker,  or  the  reduction  will  be  imperfect  in  the  centre. 
The  Chinese,  who  are  somewhat  considerable  consumers  of 
nickel,  prefer  to  have  it  moulded  into  ingots  similar  to  those 
used  as  money  in  China. 

Formerly  the  reduction  was  effected  iu  crucibles  holding 
50  to  60  kilos,  in  a  gallery  or  reverberator)-  furnace,  but 
owing  to  the  imperfect  and  irregular  heating  the  process 
was  very  wasteful  of  fuel,  and  the  pots  did  not  last  for  more 
than  live  or  six  operations.  This  method  has  therefore 
been  abandoned  in  favour  of  furnaces  working  continuously. 
The  first  of  these  is  a  large  muffle  3'5  metres  long  and  1  -8 
metre  broad,  heated  by  the  flame  of  a  gas-furnace,  which 
is  passed  several  times  round  it  by  a  series  of  spiral  flues. 
The  shorter  sides  are  closed  by  balanced  doors,  and  the  iron 
pots  containing  the  mixture  of  oxide  and  charcoal  are 
subjected  to  a  gradually  increasing  heat  for  24  hours,  being 
entered  at  the  coolest  side  and  pushed  gradually  nearer  to 
the  fireplace.  This,  with  mixed  oxides,  gives  a  coherent 
product ;  but  pure  nickel  oxide,  although  it  is  reduced  by 
carbon  at  a  comparatively  low  temperature,  must  be 
subjected  to  a  temperature  of  1,100°  or  1,200°  for  four 
hours  to  obtain  the  coherent  metallic  character  required  by 
the  consumer ;  and,  as  such  a  heat  is  unattainable  in  the 
muffle,  the  operation  must  be  finished  in  a  crucible  furnace. 

Another  and  more  improved  plan  of  reduction  is  in  a 
regenerative  furnace  resembling  that  used  for  reducing 
zinc  oxide  in  Belgium,  but  having  retorts  open  at  each  end. 
The  mixture  of  oxide  and  charcoal  is  charged  by  a  semi- 
circular scoop  at  one  end,  and  when  finished  the  charge  is 
pushed  out  at  the  other  end  into  closed  receivers,  where 
it  is  allowed  to  cool  out  of  contact  with  the  air.  A  furnace 
with  22  retorts  is  capable  of  reducing  1,500  kilos,  of  nickel 
oxide,  or  3,000  kilos,  of  nickel  copper  oxides,  in  24  hours, 
the  charge  of  750  or  800  kilos,  requiring  10  hours  in  the 
furnace  in  the  first  and  five  hours  in  the  second  case. 
About  2  tous  of  coal  are  required  for  heating  in  the 
24  hours,  and  the  work  is  done  by  two  men  per  shift  of 
12  hours. 

The  reduced  metal  is  sifted  to  separate  the  cubes  or 
discs  from  irregular  and  broken  masses,  which  are  after- 
wards collected  b3"  a  magnet.  The  former  are  polished  by 
friction  upon  each  other  on  a  rapidly  rotating  barrel,  while 
the  latter  is  added  in  packing  the  barrels  to  make  up  the 
exact  weight  of  100  kilos. 

Among  the  more  important  recent  applications  of  nickel 
is  that  of  the  alloy  (20  of  nickel  with  80  of  copper)  for  the 
casing  of  bullets  for  the  small-bore  rifles  adopted  in  modern 
armament.  This  combines  a  higher  tenacity  than  that  of 
the  best  brass  with  a  high  coefficient  of  elongation,  the 
former  being  from  28  to  31  kilos,  per  square  millimetre, 
and  the  latter  25  to  35  per  cent.,  and  exceptionally  as  much 
as  39  per  cent.,  in  the  metal  as  cast.  The  coefficient  of 
elongation  increases  with  the  freedom  of  the  alloy  from 
iron.  By  rolling  cold,  the  tensile  strength  is  increased  to 
liO  or  62  kilos.,  and  the  elongation  is  diminished  to  3  or 
I  per  cent.  When  annealed  under  the  most  favourable 
conditions  the  strength  is  30  to  40  kilos.,  and  the  elongation 

32  to  39  per  cent.,  as  compared  with  copper,  where  the 
corresponding  figures  are  25'  1  kilos,  and  34  •  1  per  cent. 

The  annealing  of  this  alloy  is  a  very  delicate  operation, 
requiring  special  manipulation,  the  details  of  which  are 
mostly  kept  secret  by  the  manufacturers.  The  principal 
object  is  to  avoid  oxidation,  and  this,  according  to  the 
author,  may  be  most  effectually  done  by  separating  the 
sheets  iu  the  annealing  piles  by  sheets  of  cardboard,  which 
are  carbonised  during  the  process.  If  badly  annealed  the 
mechanical  properties  are  altered  in  a  remarkable  manner, 
the  burnt  metal  having  a  tensile  strength  of  30  kilos.,  with 
enly  1  per  cent,  elongation.  In  a  general  way  the  annealing 
is   considered  to  be  bad   if   the  tensile  strength  is  below 

33  kilos.,  and  the  elongation  less  than  30  per  cent.  The 
elastic  limit  is  from  11  to  15  kilos,  when  well  annealed, 
and  45  kilos,  when  the  metal  is  hard  from  the  rolls. 

The  ready  malleability  of  this  alloy  seems  to  render  it 
particularly  suitable  for  locomotive  fire-boxes,  and  plates 
for  this  purpose  were  exhibited  by  the  Societe  des  Metaux 
at  the  last  Paris  Exhibition. 


The  production  of  nickel,  which  was  about  400  tons  in 
1878,  the  period  of  the  discovery  of  the  New  Caledonian 
ores,  rose  to  1,200  tons  in  1880,  and  2,000  tons  in  1884. 
The  application  of  the  metal  to  military  purposes  in  1886 
created  an  extra  demand  of  400  to  500  tens  per  annum,  and 
in  ISS7  the  total  consumption  of  the  world  was  about  3,000 
tons,  of  which  amount  New  Caledonia  supplied  about 
2,600  tons.  Since  that  date  the  mines  of  the  district  of 
Sudbury  have  been  largely  developed,  and  at  the  present 
time  copper-nickel  regulus  is  equal  to  the  daily  output  of 
12  to  15  tons  of  pure  nickel,  or  from  4,500  to  5,000  tons 
per  annum.  In  New  Caledonia  arrangements  are  being 
made  for  an  equal  production,  so  that  in  the  near  future 
a  total  supply  of  from  9,000  to  10,000  tons  of  pure  nickel 
per  annum  is  likely  to  be  available  from  these  two  sources. 

Id  J 876  the  price  of  refined  nickel,  which  was  then 
18  francs  per  kilog.,  fell  rapidly  to  10  francs  and  6  francs, 
and  ultimately,  in  1886,  to  5'50  francs  to  5  francs,  which 
rates  have  been  nearly  stationary  ever  since. — W.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in   the  Treatment  of  Iron  and  Basic  Slag, 

and  in    Extracting    Silicon  and   Phosphorus.      \V.    P. 

Thompson,    Liverpool.     From   B.   Talbot,    Chattanooga, 

Tennessee,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  10,583,  June  3,  1892. 

The  iron  is  purified  by  pouring  it  while  molten  through  a 

deep   column   of  basic   slag  contained  in  a  suitable  vessel 

outside   the  furnace.     The  metalloids  and  other  impurities 

combine  with  the  slag,  so  liberating  the   heat   necessary  to 

maintain  the  slag  in  a  fluid  state. — J.  H.  C. 


An  Improved  Process  of  or  Means  for  Extracting  or 
Recovering  Metal  from  Ores  or  other  Metal- Bearing 
Bodies.  W.  Noad,  t'ptou  Park,  Essex ;  C.  Minns, 
Westminster ;  and  1'.  II.  Stevens,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
9784,  June  9,  1891. 

A  solvent  is  used  which  is  prepared  by  mixing  hydrochloric 
acid,  about  100  galls.  ;  saturated  solution  of  calcium 
hypochlorite,  about  100  galls. ;  sodium  or  potassium  nitrate, 
about  50  lb.  (but  varying  according  to  the  class  of  ore  or 
metal  to  be  treated)  ;  water,  about  750  galls.  The  clear 
liquor,  after  settlement,  is  the  solvent  required,  and  the 
finely-crushed  ore  is  treated  with  it  in  tanks,  at  first 
without,  and  afterwards  with  agitation  and  heating.  The 
metals  dissolved  are  then  recovered  from  the  solution  by 
successive  precipitation  in  separate  tanks. 

The  chemical  constituents  of  the  solvent  may  be 
compounded  in  a  dry  form  for  export  by  concentrating  the 
hydrochloric  acid  to  about  half  its  bulk,  completely  drying 
the  requisite  proportions  of  the  calcium  hypochlorite  and 
sodium  or  potassium  nitrate,  thoroughly  mixing  them  with 
the  concentrated  acid,  adding,  if  necessary,  sodium  chloride 
or  other  suitable  dry  and  absorbent  material,  and  evaporating 
the  whole  to  dryness. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Extraction  of  Gold  and  Silver  from 
Ores  or  Compounds  containing  the  Same.  H.  Parkes, 
Dulwich,  and  J.  C.  Montgomerie,  Stair.  Eng.  Pat. 
11,342,  July  3,  1891. 

According  to  this  process  the  finely-divided  ore  is  treated 
with  a  chlorinating  or  oxidising  solution  containing 
manganese  dioxide  and  hydrochloric  acid,  hypochlorite  of 
calcium,  sodium,  potassium  or  magnesium  and  hydrochloric 
acid,  or  chromic  or  chlorochromic  acid  and  hydrochloric 
acid.  Such  solutions  as  these  do  not  dissolve  appreciable 
quantities  of  gold  or  silver,  but  merely  render  the  ore  more 
susceptible  to  a  subsequent  treatment  with  an  alkaline 
potassium  cyanide  ;  solution.  Any  gold  or  silver  which  is 
dissolved  by  the  chlorinating  or  oxidising  solution  is 
separated  by  ferrous  sulphate  or  other  precipitant.  Ores 
rich  in  gold  may  be  advantageously  treated  with  hydrogen 
peroxide  or  oxygen  under  pressure  in  presence  of  the 
chlorinating  agent ;    rich  ores  of   a   refractory  nature    are 


922 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Nov.  so,  M9& 


treated  in  a  similar  manner,  but  with  the  addition  of 
potassium  cyanide  to  the  chlorinating  solution.  Some  ores 
are  subjected  to  the  action  of  a  mixture  of  lead  and  sodium 
chlorides  saturated  with  chlorine  or  bromine.  Ores  which 
arc  treated  with  potassium  cyanide  or  other  solvent  in  the 
presence  of  oxygen  or  hydrogen  peroxide  may,  in  the 
same  solution,  be  subjected'to  the  action  of  sodium  chloride 
saturated  with  chlorine  or  bromine ;  copper  chloride  or 
sulphate  may  also  be  added  to  the  liquid. — W.  .1.  P. 


An   Improved  Method  of  Smelting  Complex   Silver  Ores. 

C.  James,  Swansea.  Eng.  Pat.  13,740,  August  14,  1891. 
The  inventor  smelts  silver  ores  rich  in  zinc  in  a  reverberatory 
furnace  in  place  of  in  the  blast  furnace  at  present  employed  ; 
loss  of  lead  and  silver  is  thus  prevented.  Sulphuretted 
silver  ores  are  pulverised  and  intimately  mixed  with  the 
quantity  of  litharge  necessary  to  oxidise  all  the  sulphur 
present ;  this  mixture  is  smelted  in  the  reverberatory 
furnace,  and  the  reduced  lead  is  found  to  contain  nearly 
all  the  silver.  Should  the  ore  contain  zinc  blende,  a 
preliminary  calcination  is  necessary  to  convert  this  into 
zinc  oxide ;  galena  is  then  added,  and  the  whole  smelted 
just  as  when  litharge  is  employed.  Halogenated  silver 
ores  are  smelted  with  a  mixture  of  galena  and  litharge  in 
such  proportions  that  metallic  lead  is  produced ;  the 
reduced  silver  then  alloys  with  the  lead  and  is  extracted  by 
the  usual  methods. — W.  J.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Process  of  Smelting  Copper  or 
( 'opper  Ores,  and  in  Furnaces  or  Apparatus  applicable 
therefor.     J.  H.   Bibby,   St.  Helens.     Kng.   Pat.    16,273, 

September  24,  1891. 
The  ores  and  fluxes  are  melted  in  a  cupola  furnace  and 
then  run  off  into  a  settling  furnace  where  the  ore  separates 
from  the  slag.  After  running  off  this  slag,  the  regnlus  is 
exposed  to  blasts  of  air,  preferably  in  a  third  furnace,  till 
it  contains  from  70  to  80  per  cent,  of  copper,  when  it  is 
run  into  an  ordinary  reverberatory  furnace  to  be  finished 
into  blister  copper.  The  furnaces  all  communicate  by 
channels  or  gutters. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Wire, 
Sheet  Metal,  and  the  Like.  C.  F.  Claus,  London.  Eng. 
I 'at.  16,553,  September  29,  1891. 
In  the  manufacture  of  iron  or  steel  wire,  the  "  wire-rod  " 
as  usually  obtained  is  coated  with  iron  oxide,  and  has 
therefore  to  be  pickled  before  it  can  be  drawn.  The 
inventor  removes  the  oxide  by  subjecting  the  hot  wire-rod 
to  the  action  of  hydrogen,  coal-gas,  purified  water-gas,  or 
other  producer-gas  ;  the  wire  is  then  drawn  in  the  ordinary 
manner.  This  process  also  obviates  the  necessity  of 
frequently  annealing  and  subsequently  pickling  the  wire, 
which  is  so  great  an  inconvenience  in  the  ordinary  process 
of  drawing.  Sheet  metal  also,  if  treated  in  the  above 
manner,  may  be  rolled  without  annealing. — W.  .1.  P. 


Improvements  in  Means  or  Apparatus  for  Extracting 
Precious  Melah  from  their  Ores.  F.  Webb,  Walworth, 
Surrey.     Eng.  Pat.  17,636,  October  15,  1891. 

The  crushed  ore  is  agitated  with  an  appropriate  solution  by 
means  of  a  hollow  and  perforated  vessel  or  piston  moving 
to  and  fro  in  an  outer  closed  vessel  or  chamber,  which  is 
capable  of  being  partially  rotated  on  trunnions.  These 
may  be  hollow,  so  as  to  serve  as  channels  for  the  solution. 
Any  required  solution  may  be  used,  those  containing 
chlorine,    bromine,     iodine,    or    potassium    cyanide    being 


Improvements  in  Basic  Furnace  Lining  and  Basic 
Material.  J.  B.  Alzugaray,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  17,755, 
October  16,  1891. 
Basic  bricks,  when  allowed  to  cool  down,  are  acted  upon 
by  the  moisture  and  carbonic  acid  of  the  air,  and  develop 
splits  and  cracks,  and  need  frequent  renewal.  To  obviate 
this  objection,  the  patentee  uses,  as  the  chief  ingredient  of 
his  basic  lininss,  barium  carbonate,  which  is  stated  to  be 
free  from  these  defects  on  account  of  its  stability  being 
greater  than  that  of  the  carbonates  of  the  other  alkaline- 
earth  metals,  and  because  of  its  tendency  to  form  barium 
dioxide.  It  may  be  used  alone  or  mixed  with  magnesia, 
magnesium  carbonate,  alumina,  bauxite,  lime,  or  carbonate 
of  lime,  dolomite,  strontianite,  ilmenite,  wolfram,  scheelito 
"  chromatate,"  oxides  and  carbonates  of  iron  and  man- 
ganese, "  magnetic  iron,"  hematite,  &c.  The  agglomeration 
of  the  mass  may  be  effected  by  the  use  of  a  little  silicate  of 
soda,  from  2  to  5  per  cent,  of  the  whole  weight,  and  in 
certain  cases  20  to  50  per  cent,  of  plumbago  may  be  added. 

— B.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Iron,  and  in  Fuel  or 
a  Compound  suitable  therefor.  W.  A.  Sugden, 
Keighlev.  From  W.  B.  Sugden,  Fall  River,  Wisconsin, 
U.S.A.  "  Eng.  Pat.  18,442.  October  27,  1891. 

See  under  II.,  page  899. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Iron.  II.  Le  Neve- 
Eoster,  Brierley  Hill,  Staffordshire.  Eng.  Pat.  19,118, 
November  5,  1891. 

Ix  preparing  refined  iron  suitable  for  puddling  a  basic  or 
neutral  lining  is  employed  in  a  regenerative  or  other  suitable 
furnace.  Calcined  or  shrunk  dolomite,  with  or  without  an 
admixture  of  basic  slag  or  chrome  iron  ore,  is  used  to 
deprive  common  pig  iron  of  phosphorus  and  silicon. —  J.H.C. 


Improvements  in  Leaching  Oresaudiu  Apparatus  thtrefor. 
S.  II.  Johnson  and  C.  C.  Hutchinson,  Stratford,  Essex. 
Eng.  Pat.  19,389,  November  10,  1891. 

A  filter-press  is  used  having  chambers  which  can  be 
varied  in  depth  according  to  the  mechanical  condition  and 
permeability  of  the  ore  under  treatment,  and  this  is  worked 
in  conjunction  with  a  pneumatic  forcing  receiver,  with  an 
agitator  for  the  purpose  of  working  fine  ores  and  slimes. 

The  material  to  be  filtered  should  be  supplied  at  sueli  a 
rate  as  to  fill  the  chambers  in  about  three  minutes,  and 
under  a  gradually  rising  pressure,  finally  at  about  50  to 
60  lb.  per  square  inch. — J.  II.  C. 


An  Improvement  in  Cupper  Allogs.  A.  K.  Huntington, 
London,  and  J.  T.  Prestige,  jun„  Deptford.  Eng.  Eat. 
19,771,  November  14,  1891. 

Tins  invention  is  based  ou  the  particular  property  of  nickel 
which  enables  it  to  alloy  in  any  proportion  with  either 
copper  or  iron.  The  claim  is  for  copper  alloys  containing 
iron  or  ferro-manganese,  increased  by  admixture  of  nickel. 
Zinc  also  is  included  in  tome  instances.  The  proportions 
may  be  varied  according  to  the  tensile  strength,  ductility, 
or  elasticity  required  in  the  alloy.  For  a  strong  ductile 
metal  copper  about  50  parts,  zinc  about  40  parts,  and  irou 
and  nickel  about  2  parts  each  are  recommended.  When 
the  quantity  of  zinc  is  lessened  that  of  iron,  with  its  due 
proportion  of  nickel,  is  increased.  Thus,  if  the  zinc  be 
entirely  omitted,  iron  may  be  employed  up  to  5  parts  and 
nickel  up  to  6  parts  with  the  50  parts  copper.  Ferro- 
manganese  containing  about  80  per  cent,  of  manganese 
may  be  substituted  for  (be  iron. — J.  It.  ( '. 


Nov.  80, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


923 


Improvements    in    Apparatus    for    separating    Crushed 

Pyrites  and  similar  Heavy  Substances  containing  Gold 
or  nther  Metal.  \Y .  Scoular,  Johannesburg,  South 
Africa.     Eng.  Pat.  19,782,  November  14,  1891. 

The  washing  tabls  is  suspended  at  the  four  corners  by 
metal  straps  from  uprights  on  a  suitable  frame  in  such  a 
manner  that  a  to-and-fro  percussive  motion  can  be  given  to 
it  by  means  of  a  triple  cam  in  conjunction  with  a  spring. 
The  cam,  driven  on  a  shaft,  forces  back  the  table  which,  on 
being  released,  is  pushed  forward  by  the  spring  until  the 
stop-piece  attached  strikes  the  frame-work,  when  the  cam 
comes  into  play  again.  The  jerk  aided  by  a  flow  of  water 
causes  the  separation  of  heavy  from  light  particles,  the 
former  being  discharged  from  an  outlet  at  the  side  of  the 
table  while  the  latter  are  washed  away  at  the  end.  The 
floor  of  the  table  is  of  uneven  surface  with  a  triangular 
depression  cut  diagonally  across  it  and  in  which  the  con- 
centrates accumulate.  The  depression  narrows  and  rises 
towards  the  outlet  in  the  side  through  which  the  heavy 
particles  are  discharged  and  broadens  out  towards  the  end 
where  the  outlet  for  the  light  particles  is  situated. — A.  W. 


Improvements 

E.    Norton, 
December  3, 


relating     to 
May  wood,     U 
1891. 


the 
S.A. 


Coating     of     Metals. 
Eng.     Pat.     21,114, 


Tins  patent  is  for  an  improvement  in  connection  with  the 
ordinary  process  of  manufacture  of  tin-plate.  To  avoid 
the  frothing  and  boiling  over  of  the  hot  oil  when  the  wet 
sheets  are  inserted  the  oil-bath  is  discarded  and  the  sheets 
ara  passed  direct  from  the  bath  of  water  through  one  or 
more  pairs  of  heated  rolls,  the  surfaces  of  which  are 
continuously  supplied  with  a  covering  of  heated  oil  or  other 
suitable  material.  In  this  way  the  water  is  evaporated  and 
the  sheets  are  coated  with  oil  and  raised  to  the  necessary 
temperature  for  immersion  in  the  molten  metal  bath  at  one 
and  the  same  time. — A.  W. 


Improvements  in  the  Extraction  and  Treatment  of  Metals. 
N.  Lebedeff,  St.  Petersburgh.  Kng.  Pat.  2193. 
February  4,  1892. 

Hv  this  invention  ores  or  metalliferous  substances  are 
melted  in  a  furnace  and  a  saucer-shaped  cup  of  plumbago 
or  other  carbonaceous  material  placed  on  the  molten  mass. 
A  current  of  furnace  gases  is  then  passed  over  the  hearth 
aud  the  ore  becomes  reduced  by  the  carbonic  oxide  which 
diffuses  through  the  saucer.  This  process  may  be  also 
employed  for  removing  the  last  traces  of  sulphur  and 
similar  impurities  in  the  manufacture  of  steel. — W.  J.  V. 


Improvements  hi  the  Method  of  Desulphurising  Zinc  Ores. 
P.  Hart,  Fairfield.     Eng.  Pat.  14,264,  August  8,  1892. 

The  blende  or  other  ore  is  ground  to  a  fine  powder  and 
mixed  with  sulphuric  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1  ■  750,  generally  in  the 
proportion  of  one  equivalent  of  the  monohydrated  aeid  to  each 
equivalent  of  metallic  zinc  present.  The  mixture  is  heated 
in  an  iron  or  other  suitable  vessel  to  a  temperature  between 
300°  and  400'  F.,  when  gases  consisting  chiefly  of  sulphurous 
acid  are  given  off  and  are  led  into  the  vitriol  chamber  for 
conversion  into  sulphuric  acid.  After  the  mixture  has 
been  thus  heated  it  becomes  stiff  and  is  then  transferred 
to  a  close  or  blind  furnace  aud  the  last  of  the  sulphur 
expelled  by  heating  to  a  low  red  heat.  The  zinc  is  left 
behind  in  a  state  of  simple  oxidation,  or  nearly  so,  and 
ready  for  smelting  or  any  other  method  of  extraction.  The 
advantages  are  the  quicker  roasting  with  less  expenditure 
for  fuel  and  the  obtaining  the  sulphurous  acid  in  a  con- 
centrated condition  suitable  for  economic  conversion  into 
sulphuric  acid,  whilst  at  the  same  time  the  ore  passes  into 
a  condition  from  which  the  metallic  zinc  can  be  readily 
obtained. — A.  \V. 


Improvements  in  Smelting  Furnaces.  II.  H.  Lake,  London. 
From  the  Oliver  Aluminium  Companv,  New  York,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,406,  August  9,  1892. 

Thk  principal  points  claimed  by  the  inventor  are  "  the 
combination  of  a  chamber,  grate  bars  in  the  lower  part  of 
the  chamber,  a  pot  at  the  lower  part  of  the  chamber  and 
having  its  bottom  below  the  grate  bars,  provided  with  a 
discharge  outlet  and  apertures  or  tuyeres  for  admitting 
gas  through  the  top  of  the  chamber  to  the  pot." — F.  S.  K. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Removing  when  <  'asting 
Gases  and  Impurities  contained  in  the  Metal  or  Alloy. 
J.  L.  Sebenius,  Nykroppa,  Sweden.  Eng.  Pat.  14,586, 
August  12,  1892. 

This  is  an  improvement  on  a  previous  patent  for  obtaining 
solid  castings  by  swinging  round  in  a  horizontal  plane  the 
mould  containing  the  molten  metal,  the  centrifugal  action 
forcing  the  gases  and  impurities  to  the  surface  of  the 
metal,  which  surface  for  the  time  being  is  vertical  and 
nearest  to  the  centre  of  the  circle.'of  rotation.  The  apparatus, 
of  which  Figs.  1  and  2  are'  respectively  vertical  and 
horizontal  sections,  consists  of  a  shaft  A  carrying  a 
distributor  a,  which  contains  a  circular  channel,  the  bottom 
of  which  is  built  with  radial  ridges  h,  which  are  steep  in 
one  direction  and  sloping  in  the  other.  From  the  lower  part 
of  these  ridges  holes  with  mouthpieces  lead  out,  opposite 
each  of  which  a  mould  c  is  horizontally  fixed  in  a  suitable 
framework  ]?,  attached  to  the  revolving  shaft  A. 

The  mould  consists  of  a  central  compartment  h  surrounded 
with  other  compartments  the  shape  of  the  castings  to  be 
made,  the  communication  between  which  is  made  by 
channels  in  the  bottom  plate  g.  The  whole  is  rapidly 
revolved  and  the  metal,  which  is  poured  into  a,  is  by  meacs 
of    the  ridges  h   and  the   mouthpieces  equally  distributed 

Fig.  1. 


Apparatus  fok  hemoving,  when  Casting,  Gases  and 
Impurities  in  the  Metal  or  Alloy. 

among  the  several  moulds.  It  runs  through  the  mouth- 
pieces into  the  central  chamber  /)  of  each  and  thence 
through  the  channels  /'  into  the  outer  compartments  which 
are  gradually  filled  from  the  bottom.  The  gases  and 
impurities  by  the  centrifugal  force  are  driven  towards  the 
surface  and  the  castings  become  clean,  compact,  strong, 
and  homogeneous. — A,  W. 


92 1 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE    SOCIETY   OP   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Nov. so,  1892. 


Process  for  Alloying  the  Surfaces  of  Metal  Wires,  Strips, 
Plates,  Sheets,  and  the  like.  E.  Martin,  Paris.  EDg. 
Pat.  15,058,  August  20,  1892, 

The  ingot,  rod,  or  plate  of  metal,  for  instance,  copper,  is 
cleaned  and  immersed  in  a  solution  of  chloride  of  zinc  or 
other  pickle  to  obtain  a  -first  coating,  after  which  it  is 
dipped  into  molten  zinc  until  the  metal  deposited  is  of 
the  desired  thickness.  It  is  then  withdrawn  and  heated  in 
a  muffle  or  other  furnace  with  exclusion  of  air,  when  the 
zinc  alloys  with  the  copper  and  produces  a  brass  surface. 
The  metal  is  then  rolled  iuto  sheets  or  drawn  into  wire.  A 
bronze  surface  can  be  obtained  by  using  tin  instead  of 
zinc.  The  coating  of  metal  may  also  be  deposited  electro- 
lytically.— A.  W. 


Improvements  in  the  Wet  Process  for  the  Extraction  of 
Gold  or  Silver,  or  both,  from  Pulverised  Ores  or  other 
finely-divided  Material,  and  in  Apparatus  therefor. 
J.  W.  Sutton,  Brisbane,  Queensland.  Eng.  Pat.  15,248, 
August  24,  1S92. 

The  ore  is  chlorinated  in  a  vertical  cylindrical  chlorinator 
in  which  is  a  screw  conveyor  runniug  in  a  smaller  cylindrical 
casing.  The  screw,  on  revolving  at  a  moderate  speed,  carries 
the  ore  upwards  inside  the  casing,  over  the  upper  end  of 
which  it  falls  into  and  through  the  annular  space  between 
the  casing  and  the  wall  of  the  chlorinator.  Thus  the 
thorough  and  constant  circulation  of  the  pulverised  ore 
with  the  chlorine  is  effected.  The  mixture  is  withdrawn 
into  a  closed  reservoir,  the  excess  chlorine  removed,  and 
the  liquid  separated  and  the  ore  washed  with  the  aid  of  a 
hydro-extractor  of  approved  form.  The  gold  is  precipitated 
preferably  with  sulphate  of  iron,  and  separated  by  a  small 
hydro-extractor,  the  liquor  being  afterwards  evaporated  to 
catch  any  gold  that  might  have  escaped  filtration. 

Silver  can  be  extracted  with  the  same  apparatus,  the 
chlorinated  ore  being  leached  with  hyposulphite  after 
separating  from  the  chloride  of  gold.  If  no  gold  is 
present  the  ore  is  roasted  with  salt  and  the  silver  separated 
with  hyposulphite  in  the  hydro-extractor.— A.  W. 


Improvements  connected  with  the  Extraction  of  Metals 
from  their  Ores.  J.  W.  Chenhall,  Totnes.  Eng.  Pat. 
15,584,  August  30,  1892. 

A  sulphate  which  will  decompose  on  roasting  is  added,  in 
quantity  from  1  to  10  per  cent.,  in  addition  to  common 
salt  to  the  ore  before  grinding  and  roasting.  The  sulphate 
of  iron  or  copper  is  preferred  in  cases  where  copper  or 
silver  is  present  in  the  ore.  It  is  stated  that  the  calcination 
or  roasting  is  thereby  quickened  and  that  the.  metal  contents 
become  more  soluble. — A.  W. 


XI.-ELECTRO-CHEMISTBY  AND  ELECTKO- 
METALLURaY. 

The  Colours  and  Absorption  Spectra  of  Thin  Metallic 
Films  and  of  Incandescent  Vapours  of  the  Metals; 
with  some  Observations  on  Electrical  Volatility.  VV.  L. 
Dudley.     American  Chem.  J.  1892, 14,  185 — 190. 

In  the  cases  of  potassium,  sodium  and  lithium,  volatilisa- 
tion by  boiling  was  resorted  to.  The  potassium  vapour 
condensed  in  a  film  on  the  cooler  portions  of  the  tube,  and 
exhibited  in  the  thinnest  parts  colours  by  transmitted  light, 
ranging  from  violet  to  blue,  as  the  thickness  increased, 
while    by   reflected   light   the  film   had   the    usual   silvery 


metallic  lustre  of  potassium.  The  brilliant  colours  com- 
pletely disappear,  and  the  film  assumes  a  frosted  appearance 
owing  to  its  breaking  up  into  a  number  of  minute  globules. 
Sodium  gave  a  yellow  brown  film,  lithium  a  red-brown 
film,  and  in  each  case  the  glass  was  attacked,  and  the  film 
was  permanent.  The  colour  was  a  source  of  surprise  since 
it  approached  more  or  less  closelyr  to  that  of  its  incandescent 
vapour.  Perhaps  it  may  be  accounted  for  in  the  same 
way  as  in  gold  "  ruby  glass,"  i.e.,  to  the  presence  of  finely- 
divided  metal  distributed  through  the  glass. 

(2.)  The  application  of  electro-deposition  is  limited,  gold 
films,  however,  may  be  readily  procured  since  it  is  easy  to 
separate  the  film  from  the  metal  on  which  it  is  deposited, 
and  the  difficulties  of  the  process  may  be  largely  obviated 
by  following  the  method  of  Kundt  (Ann.  der  Phys.  Wied. 
34,  469). 

(3.)  The  reduction  of  a  thin  film  of  the  metallic  salt  was 
unsatisfactory,  although  films  of  platinum  giving  a  purple 
colour  by  transmitted  light  could  be  easily  obtained. 

(4.)  The  electric  arc  between  terminals  of  the  metal  to  be 
volatilised  was  successful  in  a  few  cases,  but  was  usually 
granular,  and  altogether  unsatisfactory. 

(.5.)  The  condensed  spark  (Wright,  Am.  J.  Sci.  (3),  13, 
49  ;  14,  169  ;)  (Hartley,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.46,  88;)  (Crookes, 
Chem.  News,  63,  287)  between  the  two  points  of  metal 
enclosed  in  an  exhausted  glass  tube  serves  well  in  many 
cases.  No  relationship  has  yet  been  discovered  between 
the  degree  of  electrical  volatility  and  any  known  constant, 
but  a  relationship  might  be  discovered  if  the  volatilisation 
were  carried  on  under  such  conditions  of  temperature  and 
pressure  as  would  insure  molecular  conditions  in  each  case. 

If  the  order  of  the  electrical  volatility  of  the  metals  as 
found  by  Crookes  be  compared  with  Lothar  Meyer's  curve 
of  atomic  volumes,  it  will  be  found  that  the  volatile  metals 
lie  at,  or  near  the  minima  of  the  curves,  close  together  on 
the  ascending  sides  in  the  periods  IV'.,  V.,  and  VII.,  alternat- 
ing one  from  the  other.  Magnesium  and  aluminium,  which 
are  practically  non-volatile,  lie  on  the  descending  side  of 
period  III.  Aluminium,  which  is  less  difficult  to  volatilise 
than  magnesium,  is  nearer  the  minimum  of  the  curve.  The 
metals  given  in  the  order  of  their  electrical  volatility 
alternate  in  the  periods  as  follows : — 


Metal. 


Comparative  Electrical 
Volatility.— Crookes. 


Period. 


Pd. 

Au, 
Ag 
Pb. 

Sn. 
l't. 
Cu. 
Cd. 
Ni. 
Ir. 
Fe. 


108-00 
100-00 
82-68 
7.5-01. 
56-93 
1  f(M> 
Hit 

31-99 
W99 
10-49 

5-50 


V. 

VII. 

V. 
VII. 

V. 
VII. 

IV. 

v. 

IV. 

VII. 
IV. 


A  table  is  given  for  a  number  of  metals,  in  which  is  given 
the  colour  of  the  films  by  transmitted  light,  and  the  colour 
of  the  incandescent  vapour  as  observed,  and  as  indicated 
from  the  spectral  lines.  The  colour  of  a  film  varies  some- 
what with  the  thickness,  but  each  metal  has  a  strong 
tendency  towards  a  characteristic  colour,  which  is  produced 
when  the  film  is  as  thick  as  it  can  be  to  transmit  light. 

Absorption  Spectra  of  Metallic  Films. — If  the  same 
molecular  conditions  existed  in  the  film  as  in  the  incan- 
descent vapour,  we  would  expect  the  same  absorption ;  in 
every  case  examined,  however,  the  films  gave  simply  general 
absorption,  no  bauds  or  lines  being  indicated. 


Nov.  so,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTFvY. 


921 


Metal. 


Colour  of  Film. 


i  ibserver. 


Colour  of  Incand. 
Vapour, 


f    Pinkish,  violet,  blue,  blue-green 


Gold 

Heated  to  :;it; 

„        on  glass. . ,  L 


Silver. 


Copper 

Aluminium j 

Bismuth 

Platinum J 

Palladium 

Lead 

Zinc 

Cadmium 

Magnesium 

Tin 

Iron 

Nickel 

Coball 

Tellurium 

Potassium 

Sodium  beated  on  glass 
Lithium       ,, 


Green 
Red  } 

Bed  > 


Deep  blue 


Faraday,  Wright,  and 

others. 

I  Irookes  and  others 
Faraday  and  Wright 


Green 


Observer, 


Dudley 


Colour  of 

Incand.  Vapour 

as  indicated 

by  Spectrum. 


Fim-  blue 
Brownish 

Grey-blue 

Bine-grey 
Purple 

Smoky  brown 

Smoky  brown  inclining  towards 

olive. 
Grey-blue, less  deep  than  Ag, 

deeper  than  Bi. 
Grey-blue  about  same  asZn, 

slightly  less  intense. 

(J iey-blue, similar  to  Zn  and 

Cd,  but  less  clear. 

Brown -grey 

Neutral  tint  with  faint 

tinge  of  brown. 

Grey  or  brown-grey 

Grey  or  brown-grey 

Dull  purple 

Blue-violet 

Brown -yellow 

l)ark  brown-red 


Wright           -j 

Blue 

Yellow-green  in  electric 

arc. 

Stas 
Dudley- 

Yellow-Green 

Wright,  Fleming 

Green 

Dudley 

Green 

Fleming           } 

Wright            ) 

Green-bine 

Dudley 

<  Jreen-blue 

Wright 

Blue,  slightly  greenish 

Dudley 

Blue-green 

Wright            ) 
Dudley          $ 

Blue(f) 

Dudley 

Blue 

Wright 
Wright 

Green 

Bin.' 

Devillo  and 

Debray  (r 

Dudley 

Green 
Blue 

Wright 

Green-blue 

Dudley 

<  -I  een-blue 

Wright 

( rreen 

Dudley 

Green 

Wright 

Green 

Wright 

Green 

Wright 

Blue  (?) 

Dudley 

Blue-green  (':  1 

Wright 

Green-blue 

Dudley 

Green-blue 

Wright 

Blue-green 

Dudley 

Blue-green 

Wright 

Green-blue 

Dudley 

Green-blue 

Wright 

Golden-yellow 

<  lernez 

( Grange-yellow 

Dudley 

Violet 

Davy 

Violet 

Dudley 

Yellow 

Davy 

Yellow 

Dudley 

Red 

Arfvedson  (?) 

Red 

— G.  H.  R. 

The  Thoferhn  Electrolytic  Copper  Refining  Process. 
I/Industrie  Electr.  April  10,  1892;  Iron,  May  6  ami  13, 
404—405,  426. 

The  process  resembles  the  method  adopted  at  Hamburg 
and  Biache,  but  improvements  have  Been  introduced 
rendering  the  method  more  efficient  and  economical. 
Amongst  these  are — (1)  the  arrangement  of  the  tanks; 
(2)  the  arrangement  of  the  conductors  ;  (3),  the  composi- 
tion, heating,  and  circulation  of  the  electrolyte;  (4)  the 
manufacture  of  anodes  and  cathodes  ;  and  (5)  the  oxidation 
of  the  anodes  and  the  electrolyte.  A  description  and  the 
measurements  of  the  tanks  are  given. 

The  dynamos  are  installed  for  a  normal  production  of 
1  grm.  per  ampere  per  hour  per  tank.  In  factories  where 
several  tons  of  copper  are  treated  per  day  Thoferhn  arranges 
his  bath  in  such  a  way  that  the  loss  of  E.M.F.  per  tank  is 
not  more  than  1  ■  4  volt,  so  that  for  620  tanks  an  E.M.F.  of 
19  volts  at  the  dynamo  terminals  would  be  required  if  the 
conductors  absorb  about  5  per  cent.  In  small  workshops 
the  electrodes  have  a  much  smaller  surface,  and  the  loss  of 
E.M.F.  is  about  03  volt. 

The  conductors  are  calculated  so  as  to  absorb  not  more 
than  5  per  cent,  of  the  total  energy,  or,  in  cases  where  the 
refining  is  carried  on  at  a  great  distance  from  the  dynamos, 
8  per  cent.  The  current  should  not  exceed  1  ampere  per 
square  mm.  of  sectional  area  of  the  cable  from  the  dynamo 
to  the  first  row  of  tanks.  The  bars  piaced  on  the  borders 
of  the  tanks  need  be  only  half  the  cross  section,  as  two 
bars  form  one  conductor.  The  bars  are  arranged  on  four 
rows  of  wooden  girders  placed  laterally  en  the  right  and 
left  of  the  tanks,  the  two  external  girders  being  at  a  slightly 
higher  level  than  the  two  others,  so  that  the  transverse  bars 
carrying  the  anodes  rest  only  on  two  bars,  as  well  as  those 
carrying  the  cathodes.     The  bars  carrying  the  current  to 


the  anodes  in  one  bath  transmit  it  to  the  cathodes  in  the 
next.  For  this  purpose  each  bar  is  twice  the  length  of  the 
bath,  and  bent  in  the  middle  to  pass  from  one  set  of 
girders  to  the  other.  The  groups  of  tanks  are  coupled  by 
bars  of  special  form,  the  baths  being  thus  connected  in 
series  without  soldering  the  conductors.  Te  transverse 
bars  supporting  the  electrodes  are  of  iron,  covered  at  the 
top  with  thin  copper  ribbon,  and  having  a  section  of 
4  centimetres  by  3  centimetres.  The  ribbon  is  bent  beneath 
the  supports  at  each  end  of  the  bar  to  get  contacts  of  copper 
upon  copper. 

The  liquid  is  caused  to  circulate  by  means  of  injectors, 
pumps,  or  other  apparatus  continually  raising  it  from  a 
lower  to  a  higher  reservoir,  whence  it  flows  to  the  first  tank, 
then  from  each  tank  in  succession  it  is  taken  at  a  certain 
distance  from  the  bottom  by  siphons  to  the  next  tank, 
successive  differences  of  level  of  2  centimetres  between  the 
10  tanks  of  one  group  sufficing  to  ensure  good  circulation. 
From  the  last  tank  of  each  group  the  liquid  flows  to  the 
collecting  reservoir. 

Thoferhn  has  devised  the  following  mode  of  continuous 
automatic  purification  from  the  impurities  with  which  the 
liquid  becomes  charged  during  working.  He  employs  in 
each  particular  case  a  special  arrangement  for  oxidising  the 
impurities  by  sending  a  jet  of  air  through  the  liquid  at  a 
temperature  of,  or  above,  35°  C.  If  pumps  are  employed 
to  circulate  the  liquid,  a  ventilator  is  used  to  oxidise  the 
liquid  at  the  moment  of  falling  into  the  distributing 
reservoir.  If  an  apparatus  similar  to  the  one  used  in  sugar 
refining  is  employed,  the  air  escape  of  the  apparatus  is 
connected  with  the  discharge  pipe  of  the  distributing 
reservoir.  The  action  is  so  energetic  that  red  spots  of  ferric 
oxide  can  be  seen  in  the  scum,  and  the  reservoir  should  be 
large  so  as  to  allow  the  impurities  to  settle  and  the  scum 
to  disperse  before  passing  the  liquid  into  circulation. 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Nov.  so,  1892. 


The  liquid  is  maintained  at  a  temperature  of  35  C. 
throughout  the  system  with  little  or  no  extra  expense 
by  utilising  the  heat  of  coal  cinders  or  waste  steam.  The 
anodes  are  made  of  different  qualities  of  copper  and  are 
sometimes  oxidised.  In  using  them  each  one  has  two  small 
lugs  formed  in  casting,  which  are  pierced,  and  by  which  the 
anode  is  hung  so  that  the  lug  is  kept  above  the  surface  of 
the  liquid,  thus  preventing  it  from  being  corroded  and  the 
anode  from  falling  to  the  bottom  of  the  bath.  The 
expenditure  for  attendance  and  for  replacing  the  hooks  is 
thus  greatly  diminished.  If  the  plates  were  made  large 
enough  and  suspended  by  strong  lugs  from  the  main 
conductors,  all  cross-pieces  and  hooks  might  be  dispensed 
with,  but  large  electrodes  occupying  almost  the  entire 
width  of  Ihe  bath  impede  the  circulation  of  the  liquid  and 
cause  the  deposition  on  the  cathode  of  the  iupurities  of  the 
anode. 

To  free  the  electrolyte  from  impurities  a  large  quantity  of 
free  oxygen  must  be  provided  in  the  bath,  and  through  the 
action  of  the  current  this  accumulates  near  the  anode, 
oxidising  or  peroxidising  the  impurities,  thus  rendering  them 
practically  insoluble.  The  oxidised  substances  form  on  the 
anode  a  small  layer  of  adhesive  mud  which  slowly  flows 
down  the  walls  and  falls  to  the  bottom  without  mixing  with 
the  liquid.  This  mud,  being  then  in  the  neutral  zone 
between  the  lower  border  of  the  anode  and  the  bottom  of 
the  tank,  and  not  affected  by  the  circulation,  is  not  subject 
to  any  chemical  or  mechanical  influence.  If  the  circulation 
of  the  liquid  be  not  sufficient,  part  only  of  the  impurities  is 
rendered  insoluble  directly,  and  the  remainder  derives  the 
required  oxygen  from  the  liquid  itself.  This  action  takes 
place  throughout  the  entire  space  between  the  electrodes  ; 
whilst  the  mud  produced  is  deposited  everywhere,  on  the 
cathode  as  well  as  on  the  anode  and  the  bottom  of  the  tank, 
thus  rendering  the  copper  deposit  very  impure.  The 
impurities,  in  the  form  of  salts  which  accumulate  in  the 
tanks,  impede  electrolytic  action  and  subsequently  necessitate 
complete  purification  of  the  liquid. 

The  author  has  used  currents  of  30,  50,  and  even  60 
amperes  per  square  metre,  but  it  is  believed  it  would  generally 
be  well  in  refining  copper  not  to  exceed  50  amperes  per  sq.  m. 
of  cathode,  and  to  use  that  strength  of  current  ouly 
when  all  the  precautions  indicated  by  him  are  rigorously 
observed. 

The  composition  of  the  electrolytic  solution  varies 
according  to  the  quality  of  the  copper  treated  and  the 
current  employed,  e.g.,  for  raw  copper  (92 — 98  per  cent.  Cu) 
and  current  of  30  amperes  per  sq.  m.,  the  composition  is, — - 
copper  sulphate,  150  parts  ;  sulphuric  acid,  50  parts  ;  and 
water,  800  parts.  For  raw  copper  with  oxidised  anodes  and 
50  amp.  res  per  sq.  m.,  200,  55,  and  745  parts  respectively. 
Finally,  for  copper  coming  from  the  converter  containing 
98 — 99  per  cent.,  and  afterwards  properly  oxidised,  a  current 
of  GO  amperes  per  sq.  m.  may  be  used  with  advantage,  the 
liquid  then  having  the  following  composition:  —  Copper 
sulphate,  250  parts  ;  sulphuric  acid,  60  parts ;  water,  690 
parts. 

The  cupric  sulphate  is  generally  manufactured  at  the 
works  at  the  commencement  of  the  electrolytic  process,  the 
tanks  being  filled  with  a  mixture  of  110  parts  of  sulphuric 
acid  and  890  parts  of  water.  If  a  current  of  590  amperes 
would  normally  be  used,  a  current  of  100  amperes  is  passed 
until  the  composition  of  the  liquid  is  that  mentioned  above. 
It  will  be  understood  that  only  one-fifth  the  normal  amount 
of  copper  is  deposited  by  this  current,  while  the  oxidised 
copper,  dissolving  easily  in  the  acid,  rapidly  enriches  the 
hath  with  sulphate,  which  is  of  excellent  quality  and  is 
produced  at  moderate  expense. — A.  W. 


the   Electrolytic  Refining  of  Copper. 
Electrical    Engineer,    New   York,    13. 


Practical  Notes   on    the   A.7. 

V.  II.  Ka.lt.     The    Electrical    Engineer,    New  York,   13 
1892,  598;  Proc.  Inst.  Civil  Eng.  110  (iv.),  78— 79.         ' 

This  paper  contains  a  tabulated  list  of  the  various  refineries 

electrolytically  worked  in  the  United  States,  the  sum  total 
■i    the  output  reaching  3,650  tons,  and   the  capital  invested 

in  the  several  undertakings  being  over  200,000/. 

The    most   general   arrangement  of    vats  is  the  ordinary 

multiple  system  of    connection  of  plates   as    in  secondary 


cells,  the  anodes  and  cathodes  being  all  in  parallel  in  each 
vat,  and  the  vats  being  connecled  in  series  and  parallel  to 
meet  the  electrical  requirements. 

The  crude  material  is  in  general  black  copper  cast  into 
plates  of  convenient  size,  and  containing  97  per  cent,  to 
98  per  cent,  of  pure  copper,  and  in  most  of  the  works  is 
the  raw  material  introduced,  though  in  some  the  plates 
are  smelted  and  run  from  matte  of  45  per  cent,  to  54  per 
cent,  copper. 

The  solution  employed  is  sulphate  of  copper,  and  this  is 
in  all  cases  purchased  and  not  manufactured  on  the  spot. 

It  should  be  noted  that  matte  containing  less  than  30  oz. 
of  silver  per  ton  sells  at  the  market  price  of  copper  matte  ; 
but  if  the  silver  is  over  that  amount,  then  it  is  also  paid  for 
according  to  the  assay  results. 

One  pound  of  copper  per  hour  is  deposited  by  about 
386  amperes ;  but  the  efficiency  of  the  plant  can  he 
theoretically  raised  to  any  figure  by  increasing  the 
number  of  vats  and  the  size  of  plates,  though  in  practice 
certain  limits  are  reached  which  cannot  be  economically 
surpassed. 

The  usual  density  of  current  adopted  is  about  10  amperes 
per  square  foot,  and  this  cannot  be  exceeded  without 
affecting  the  purity  of  the  copper  deposited. 

Good  circulation  of  the  liquid  is  also  indispensable,  and 
different  methods  for  obtaining  it  are  described  ;  the  most 
successful  being  afforded  by  two  collecting  tanks,  into 
either  of  which  the  liquid  flows  after  circulating  through 
the  depositing  vats,  fed  from  a  storage-tank  at  higher 
level ;  these  collecting  tanks  are  used  alternately,  and  when 
one  is  full  it  can  be  closed,  and  the  liquid  forced  up  to  the 
storage-tank  by  air-pressure. 

The  scheme  advocated  for  the  dynamos  is  that  of  separate 
excitation  of  the  field  magnets  so  as  to  avoid  reversal  of 
current  and  fluctuation  of  the  voltage. 

The  cost  of  a  plant  to  deal  with  1,000,000  lb.  of  refined 
copper  per  month,  and  driven  by  water-power,  is  put 
at  about  25,000/.,  to  which  must  be  added  the  cost  of 
copper  under  treatment,  say  16,000/.,  and  if  steam  power 
be  required,  an  additional  cost  of  4,000/.  must  be 
allowed.  Electrolytic  refining  is,  therefore,  expensive  as 
regards  the  cost  of  plant,  and  should,  therefore,  be  erected 
on  carefully  prepared  plans  of  both  electrical  and  mechanical 
details. — W.  S. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Extraction  of  Precious  Metals  from 
their  Ores.  W.  H.  Martin  and  W.  Pethybridge,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,823,  September  2,  1891. 

The  pulverised  ore,  placed  in  a  cylindrical  vessel  of  wood 
or  iron  containing  a  number  of  iron  balls,  is  mixed  with 
water  and  ammonium  formate,  hydrocyanic  acid,  ammonium 
cyanide,  ammonia  or  mercuric  cyanide  ;  a  small  quantity  of 
mercury  is  sometimes  added.  The  cylinder  is  then  rotated 
at  100 — 500  revolutions  per  minute  and  an  alternating  or 
continuous  electrical  current  of  high  potential  passed 
through  the  material ;  air  or  steam,  under  pressure,  is  also 
forced  into  the  cylinder.  After  4 — 6  hours  the  solution 
is  separated  from  the  ore  by  a  pump  of  special  construction, 
the  precious  metals  electrolysed  on  to  carbon  plates  and 
the  amalgam  distilled. — W.  j.  P. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  or  Storage  Batteries.  II.  II. 
Lake,  London.  From  P.  Kennedy  and  ('.  J.  Diss, 
Brooklyn,  I'.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  1 6,-934,  October  6,  1891. 

The  electrodes  are  formed  of  slotted  lead  plates  into  the 
openings  of  which  are  inserted  the  frames  which  hold  the 
active  material  which  is  preferably  red  lead.  These  frames 
are  constructed  preferably  of  a  material  composed  of  one 
part  by  weight  of  shellac  incorporated  with  five  parts,  by 
veight,  of  finely  pulverised  glass  (see  following  patent), 
and  are  provided  with  transverse  openings  expanding 
inwardly,  and  are  placed  one  on  either  side  of  a  conducting 
strip,    and   connected   to  it    by    heating    them    until   they 


Nov.  80,1892.]       THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


927 


become  adhesive.  The  active  material  is  filled  into  the 
openings  in  the  frames  which  are  placed  in  position  in  the 
slots  in  the  plate  and  connected  to  it. — G.  H.  B. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  or  Storage  Batteries.    H.  H. 

Lake,    London.      From    P.  Kennedy    and   C.    J.    Diss, 
Brooklyn,  U.S.A.     Eng.  I'at.  16,938^  October  6,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  storage  batteries  in  which  the 
electrical  conductivity  is  provided  by  a  conductor  distinct 
from  the  structures  which  supports  the  active  material,  the 
latter  being  composed  of  materials  which  are  practically 
non-conductors  (see  preceding  patent).  Some  suitable 
bituminous,  resinous,  gummy  or  gum-resinous  material 
which  is  capable  of  being  brought  to  a  plastic  condition,  and 
when  in  that  condition  of  being  mixed  with  some  powdered 
mineral  substance  and  moulded  and  subsequently  setting 
into  a  solid  mass  which  is  a  non-conductor.  The  best 
results  arc  obtained  with  shellac  and  powdered  glass  in  the 
proportions  of  one  part  by  weight  of  the  former  to  five 
parts  of  the  latter.— G.  H.  1!. 


An  Improved  <  'ompoundfor  Insulating,  Covering, Moulding, 
and  Analogous  Purposes.  W.  J.  B.  Banks,  London. 
Fug.  Pat.  17,831,  October  17,  1891. 

Ai'pkoximatei.y  equal  parts  of  powdered  slate,  soap  stone, 
or  French  chalk,  are  mixed  into  a  stiff  paste  with  a  solution 
of  potassium  or  sodium  silicate,  and  moulded  with  light 
pressure.  The  articles  thus  formed  are  slowly  dried  and 
immersed  in  a  saturated  solution  of  calcium  chloride,  after 
which  they  are  again  slowly  dried.  A  bath  of  an  alkaline 
stearate,  and  theu  one  of  "  compound  sulphate  of  aluminium 
and  potassium  "  may  be  substituted.  The  treated  articles 
may  be  immersed  in  tar,  bitumen,  or  paraffin,  and  may  be 
glazed  or  polished  by  known  methods. — B.  B. 


^4  New  or  Improved  Portable  Galvanic  Battery.     P.  Stiens, 

Berlin,  Prussia.  Eng.  Pat.  4185,  March  3,  1892. 
According  to  this  invention  the  battery  is  supplied  with  a 
reservoir  placed  on  a  shelf  above  it.  This  vessel  is  pro- 
vided with  three  openings,  one  of  which  is  in  connection 
with  the  air,  another  is  connected  with  the  distributing 
apparatus,  and  the  third  with  the  pipe  and  pump  which 
returns  electrolyte  from  the  vessel  in  which  it  collects  after 
passing  through  the  cells.  The  cells  are  arranged  in  tiers 
one  over  the  other,  and  are  hermetically  sealed.  The 
overflow  from  each  tier  is  led  to  a  counterbalanced  vessel 
which  tips  up  and  discharges  into  the  next  lower  tier  of 
cells,  the  overflow  from  which  fills  the  same  counter- 
balanced vessel,  and  so  on.  The  overflow  from  the  last 
tier  of  cells  passes  into  the  lower  reservoir  from  which  it 
can  be  pumped  up  again  into  the  upper.  Means  are 
provided  for  regulating  the  flow  of  the  electrolyte. — G.  H.  B. 


Improvements  in  and  Relating  to  Electrical  Accumulators 
or  Secondary  Batteries.  D.  Young,  London.  From 
A.  E.  Colgate,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  13,562, 
July  26,  1892. 

The  plates  are  made  of  thin  strips  or  ribbons  of  metallic 
lead  which  are  perforated  transversely  in  numerous  rows. 
The  strips  are  then  corrugated  and  twisted  loosely  like  a 
strand  of  yarn,  and  these  strands  are  woven  by  any  of  the 
ordinary  methods  into  a  band  or  series  of  plates.  When 
a  sufficient  number  of  the  mats  have  been  produced,  two 
or  three,  or  more  of  them,  are  laid  upon  one  another  and 
subjected  to  moderate  pressure,  whereby  compound  plates 
are  formed  sufficiently  compacted  to  hold  together  in 
ordinary  handling.  The  plates  are  then  shaped  by 
trimming  their  edges  and  fusing  them  by  a  blowpipe 
flame,  and  are  then  fitted  into  a  cast  lead  frame  by  fusion 
of  the  parts  in  contact.  The  plates  are  then  in  a  finished 
state  and  ready  for  the  usual  treatment  or  forming  process. 

— G.  H.  B. 


Electrodes  for  Secondary  Batteries.  J.  C.  Fell,  London. 
From  W.  Morrison,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  14,044,  August  3,  1892. 

These  electrodes  are  made  up  of  elongated  coils  of  lead 
ribbon  which  are  compressed  and  set  side  by  side 
transversely  in  a  frame.  These  coils  have  a  hollow  space 
extending  nearly  their  whole  length,  thus  providing  for  the 
free  circulation  of  the  electrolyte. — G.  H.  B. 


Improvements  in  Dry  Galvanic  Batteries.  C.  C.  Lesenberg, 
Rostock,  and  J.  von  der  Poppenburg,  Berlin,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,089,  August  4,  1892. 

•  The  battery  consists  of  a  zinc  vessel  or  cup  filled  with 
finely-chopped  or  ground  fibrous  materials,  such  as  straw, 
chaff,  and  other  vegetable  matters  which  have  been  steeped 
in  hot  water.  Hydrates  of  carbon,  such  as  dextrin,  glucose, 
or  starch  may  be  mixed  with  this,  and  water  is  added  so  that 
the  entire  mass  is  moist,  and  yet  will  not  give  off  any  water. 
In  the  centre  of  the  zinc  cup  is  placed  a  cylindrical  hollow 
carbon  electrode  which  tapers  at  its  upper  end.  This  cylinder 
has  been  steeped  in  an  aqueous  solution  of  hydroxide  of 
chromium  which  has  been  made  by  dissolving  the  precipitate 
formed  on  the  addition  of  sulphuric  acid  to  bichromate  of 
potash  solution.  A  small  quantity  of  the  hydroxide  of 
chromium  is  inserted  into  the  carbon  cylinder,  and  the 
bottom  is  closed  by  a  cork.  When  all  the  parts  have  been 
inserted  the  cell  is  sealed  up.— G.  H.  R, 


Improvements  in  Electric  Battery  Plates.  E.  P.  Usher, 
Grafton,  Massachusetts,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  14,816, 
August  16,  1892. 

The  improvements  relate  to  battery  plates  which  have  no 
internal  supporting  frame.  Tablets  of  finely-perforated 
lead  filled  with  dry  powdered  oxide  of  lead,  and  having 
central  longitudinal  conducting  strips  protruding  from  one 
end,  are  taken,  and  these  conducting  strips  are  connected 
together  by  a  transverse  strip.  The  series  of  united  tablets 
are  held  substantially  parallel  by  transverse  perforated 
strips  which  surround  the  several  tablets,  and  project 
therefrom  to  ensure  an  open  space  between  adjacent  plates 
and  tablets  for  the  free  circulation  of  the  electrolyte. 

— G.  H.  K. 


Improvements  in  Storage  Batteries.  E.  P.  Usher,  Grafton, 
Massachusetts,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  14,814,  August  16, 
1892. 

The  bottom  and  sides  of  the  battery  elements  are  enclosed 
by  a  flexible  wrapper  of  vulcanised  rubber  or  similar 
compound,  upon  the  surface  of  which  inclined  yielding  lips 
are  formed  with  a  grooved  space  between  the  adjacent  lips 
to  receive  the  edge  of  the  lead  paste,  or  frame,  and  to  hold 
it  vertical.  The  lips  of  each  pair  separate  at  the  Hue  of 
meeting  of  their  inclined  surfaces  to  receive  the  edges  of  a 
separator  sheet  interposed  between  successive  positive  and 
negative  plates.  The  battery  plates  are  cast  as  a  thin 
sheet  with  a  series  of  vertical  ribs  or  flanges  projecting  on 
opposite  sides,  between  which  ribs  the  active  material  is 
introduced,  intermediate  wells  or  spaces  being  preferably- 
left  open  for  more  free  circulation.  The  active  material  is 
in  the  form  of  tablets  which  may  be  introduced  endwise 
after  the  plates  and  separators  are  in  place.  These  tablets 
are  preferably  made. by  wrapping  the  proper  amount  of  dry 
active  material  in  an  envelope  of  thin  lead  foil,  and  then 
flattening  and  perforating  the  envelope. — G.  H.  B. 


Improvements  in  Diaphragms  for  Electrolytic  Decomposing 
Apparatus.  A.  Breuer,  Duisburg,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
19,775,  November  14,  1892. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  substitute  for  the  porous 
partitions  of  clay,  which  soon  lose  their  efficiency,  particularly 
when  used  in  the  electrolysis  of  alkaline  chlorides,  a 
diaphragm  formed   of   a   porous   cement   substance  which 


928 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        LNov.  so,  1892. 


shall  be  unacted  on.  Four  methods  of  manufacture  are 
given  :— 

First. — Sifted  pieces  of  pumice  stone  or  coke  of  from 
4  to  8  mm.  thick  are  carefully  mixed  with  natural  or 
artificial  cement,  such  as  lime  or  magnesia  cement,  in  equal 
proportions,  diluted  with  water  to  form  a  thick  paste,  and 
put  in  moulds.  After  setting,  the  moulded  pieces  can  he 
used.  The  thickness  of  the  pieces  of  pumice  stone  or  coke 
depends  on  the  thickness  of  the  moulded  pieces  to  be 
obtained.  The  pieces  of  pumice  stone  or  coke  mentioned  in 
this  example  are  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  plates  of 
from  12  to  15  mm.  thick. 

Second 35  litres  of  reduced  rock-salt  are   mixed  with 

65  litres  of  natural  or  artificial  cement,  such  as  lime  or 
magnesia  cement,  diluted  with  water  to  form  a  thick  paste, 
and  put  in  moulds.  In  lieu  of  rock-salt  use  ma}-  be  made 
of  other  soluhle  salts.  After  setting,  the  moulded  pieces 
or  plates  are  lixiviated  with  water. 

Third. — 50  litres  of  natural  or  artificial  cement,  such  as 
lime  or  magnesia  cement,  are  intimately  mixed  with  36  litres 
of  a  solution  of  rock-salt,  which  contains  about  25U  grins. 
of  rock-salt  per  litre,  and  14  litres  of  hydrochloric  acid, 
proceeding  as  stated  in  the  second  example.  The  solution 
of  rock-salt  can  be  replaced  by  other  solutions  of  metallic 
salt,  and  the  hydrochloric  acid  by  other  (inorganic  or 
organic)  acids. 

Fourth. — 100  litres  of  natural  or  artificial  cement,  such 
as  lime  or  magnesia  cement,  are  intimately  mixed  with 
2  kilos,  of  cow  hair  or  woollen  yarn  cut  to  pieces,  diluted 
to  form  a  thick  paste  and  put  in  moulds.  Such  moulded 
pieces  or  plates  possess  after  they  are  set  such  a  porosity 
that  in  the  use  of  the  same  a  greater  resistance  to  the 
current  does  not  occur  ;  in  use  the  hair  or  the  woollen 
fibres  are  gradually  dissolved  in  the  liquor,  thereby 
rendering  the  plates  still  more  porous. — G.  H.  R. 


XII.-FATS,  OILS,  AND  SOAP 
MANUFACTURE. 

Viscosity  at    Low  Temperatures  of  Black    Mineral   Oils 
Holde.  Mitth.  Konigl.  Techn.  Versnehs.  1892,  12G— 130. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  941. 


The  Determination  of  the  Purity  of  Oliee  Oils.  F.  Leng- 
feld  and  L.  Paparelli.  Rev.  Internat.  des  Falsificat.  5, 
1892,  98. 

■See  under  XXIII.,  page  943. 


PATENTS. 


Improved  Composition  for  Treatment  of  Fibrous  Material, 
either  during  or  after  Manufacture,  also  Applicable  as  a 
Household  Article  for  Washing,  Cleaning,  and  other 
Purposes.  G.  E.  Armstrong,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  17,325,  October  12,  1891. 

Vegetable  oil  or  grease  is  saponified  with  caustic  soda 
of  1*16  sp.gr.  From  this  saponaceous  mass  the  glycerin 
may  or  may  not  be  removed.  The  material  is,  when  cold,  cut 
into  slices,  thoroughly  air-dried,  and  pulverised.  It  is  then 
mixed  with  sodium  carbonate  and  rosin  in  the  following 
proportions : — sodium  carbonate,  41  •  5  to  65 ;  saponaceous 
mass,  10  to  33-5  ;  rosin,  25.  A  solution  of  the  above  may 
he  used  for  washing  for  household  purposes,  as  a  substitute 
for  soda-ash  in  bleaching,  and  fcr  imparting  certain  desirable 
properties  to  raw  fibre.— A.  .T.  K. 


Improvements  in  Bleaching,  Deodorising,  and  Purifying 
Fats  and  Oils,  and  Apparatus  therefor.  W.  Mills, 
Feckham,  Loudon.     Eng.  Pat.  18,224,  October  23,  1891. 

The  inventor  purifies  and  bleaches  non-drying  fats  and  oils 
by  means  of  a  mixture  of  hot  air  and  volatilised  sulphuric 
trioxide  (anhydride)  which  is  passed  by  suitable  pumps 
and  in  a  suitable  state  of  sub-division  (by  means  of  per- 
forated pipes)  into  a  "mixer"  capable  of  withstanding  a 
pressure  of  two  atmospheres.  The  bleaching  is  said  to  be 
specially  efficient  owing  to  the  decomposition  of  the 
sulphuric  trioxide  into  sulphurous  acid  and  oxygen,  both  of 
which  are  acting  as  in  statu  nascendi.  The  bleached  oils 
are  finally  purified  by  well-known  methods.  Three  sheets 
of  drawings  illustrate  the  apparatus  for  carrying  out  this 
invention. — J.  L. 


An  Improved  Fluid  Soap.     F.  G.  Haigh  and  W.  C.  Uaigh, 
Manchester.     Eng.  Pat.  18,632,  October  29,  1891. 

The  patent  is  claimed  for  a  soap  consisting  of  20  parts  of 
water,  2  parts  of  paraffin,  2  parts  of  resin,  4  parts  of  fat, 
and  1  part  of  caustic  potash. — J.  L. 


Improvements    in    the   Manufacture   of  Soap.     J.  Taylor, 
Leith.     Eng.  Pat.  19,297,  November  7,  1891. 

The  inventor  combines  a  mixture  of  resin  soap  and  sodium 
sulphate  with  any  ordinary  soap,  and  adds  finally  borax  or 
sodium  silicate. — J.  L. 


An  Improved  Cleansing  Material.     H.  E.  Walter,  Brixton, 
Eng.  Pat.  20,445,  November  24,  1891. 

The  improved  cleansing  material  consists  of  ordinary  soap 
with  which  animal  or  vegetable  fibres  are  incorporated. 

—.1.  L. 


A  Process  of  Extracting,  Purifying,  and  Saving  the  Fat  or 
Grease  from  Wool,  and  for  Cleaning  the  Wool  by  the 
use  of  Benzole  (Benzene)  or  any  other  Spirituous  Liquid 
suitable  for  Dissolving  the  Fat  or  Crease.  .].  Trent  and 
G.  Henderson,  Christchurch,  New  Zealand.  Eng.  Pat. 
15,012,  November  2G,  1891. 

Raw  wool  is  soaked  in  benzene,  &c.  and  the  dissolved  fat 
removed  by  means  of  a  press  or  rollers.  The  solvent  used 
is  recovered  by  distilling  off  the  volatile  benzene,  &c.  from 
the  grease. — J.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Soap.    E.  .T.  T.  Dighy, 
London.     Eng.  Pat.  20,590,  November  26,  1891. 

A  sum'  of  "great  hygienic  and  cleansing  properties  and 
much  cheaper  than  ordinary  soap  "  is  prepared  by  mixing 
with  soap,  weight  for  weight,  oyster  or  other  shells  which 
have  been  cleansed  by  acetic  acid,  powdered  and  "  boiled 
with  sulphate  of  potash,  or  soda,  or  other  equivalent  sub- 
stance into  a  fine  paste." — J.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Separation  of  Wool-Wa.r  from  Wool- 
Fat,  and  in  the  Preparation  of  Lanoline  from  the  more 
Fluid  licsidne.  B.  Jaffe  and  L.  Darmstaedter,  Charlot- 
tenburg,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  14,114,  August  4,  1892. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  separate  the  constituents 
of  the  wool-fat  into  different  groups  of  varying  hardness, 
the  harder  wax-like  parts  being  recommeuded  as  a 
substitute  for  bees-wax,  the  softer  being  worked  into  lanolin 
by  known  methods.  For  this  purpose  the  wool-fat  is 
dissolved  in  a  heavier  benzine  (paraffin  hydrocarbon), 
benzene,  toluene,  xylene,  ether,  chloroform,  bisulphide  of 
carbon,  or  turpentine  oil,  and  to  this  solution  is  added 
methyl-  or  ethyl-alcohol,  which  precipitates  the  harder 
substances  of  the  wool-fat.     The  hardness  and  quantity  of 


Nov.8<U892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


929 


the  separated  wax-like  substances  may  be  varied  by  the 
quantity  of  alcohol  added ;  the  smaller  the  quantity 
separated,  the  harder  is  the  product,  the  harder  substances 
being  the  Hist  to  separate.  The  softer  fats  remain  dissolved 
and  are  recovered  by  distilling  off  the  solvents.  The  same 
result  can  be  obtained  in  a  cheaper  way  by  dissolving  the 
wool-fat  in  fusel  oil,  acetone,  acetic  ether  or  its  homologues, 
ami  cooling  the  solutions  a  few  degrees  below  the  melting 
point  of  the  hardest  substances.  Instead  of  cooling  the 
solutions  alcohol  may  also  be  used  for  fractionally  precipi- 
tating the  harder  constituents,  as  described  above. — J.  L. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Desulphuration  of  Oils.  H. 
II.  Lake,  London.  From  0.  P.  Amend  and  J.  H.  Macy, 
New  fork,  U.S.A.     Kug.  Pat.  14,405,  August  9,  1892. 

I'm:  patentees  recommend  the  refinement  of  petroleum  oils 
containing  sulphur  compounds,  as  Ohio  aud  Canadian  oils, 
1>\  vaporising  the  oil,  subjecting  the  oil-vapour,  together  with 
the  sulphur  contained  therein,  to  a  temperature  above  the 
boiling-point  of  the  latter,  and  by  this  means  vaporising 
the  sulphur,  then  exposing  the  latter  to  the  action  of  such 
chemical  agents  as  will  act  upon  or  will  combine  with 
sulphur,  and  finally  condensing  the  oil.  The  patentees 
prefer,  in  order  to  insure  the  complete  vaporisation  of  the 
sulphur,  a  red  heat  clearly  distinguishable  in  daylight,  and 
have  found  temperatures  between  700°  and  1,200°  very 
successful  in  practice.  They  recommend  the  use  of  a 
number  of  chemical  substances  that  will  unite  with  sulphur 
when  vaporised,  as  for  instance,  various  metals,  their 
oxides,  and  sub-oxides.  The  oxides  and  hydroxides  of  the 
alkalis  also  give  good  results,  but  preference  is  given  to  the 
employment  of  oxidising  agents,  such  as  manganese 
dioxide  and  other  higher  oxides  of  mauganese,  barium 
peroxide,  the  manganates  and  permanganates,  chromates 
and  dichromates,  chromic  iron  ore,  and  lead  dioxide. —  D.  U. 


In  the  second  series  of  experiments  it  was  proved  that 
the  extension  did  not  sensibly  vary,  for  a  given  quality, 
with  the  thickness  or  sectional  area,  and  that  the  extension 
did  not  in  any  case  exceed  12  per  cent,  of  the  originat 
length  of  the  test-pieces. 

The  amount  of  ash  was  found  to  be  independent  of  the 
specific  gravity  and  extensibdity.  The  colour  of  the  ash 
indicated  the  presence  of  certain  metallic  acids. 

It  was  found  that  the  extensibility  multiplied  by  three 
times  the  specific  gravity  gave  a  constant  =  1 1  •  1 . 

The  solubility  in  bisulphide  of  carbon  was  determined 
in  Saouclete's  apparatus,  but  did  not  give  any  practical 
results. 

After  drying  in  a  desiccator  for  three  weeks,  no  samples 
gave  a  loss  in  weight  of  exceeding  S  per  cent. 

The  author  deduces  the  following  conclusions  from  his 
experiments  : — 

(1)  India-rubber  should  not  give  the  slightest  signs  of 
superficial  cracks  on  being  tent  to  an  angle  of  180°  after 
five  hours'  exposure  in  a  closed  air-bath  to  a  temperature  of 
125°  C.  The  test-pieces  should  be  about  6  centimetres 
thick. 

(2)  Rubber  containing  not  more  than  50  per  cent,  by 
weight  of  metallic  oxides,  should  stretch  to  five  times  its 
length  without  breaking. 

(3)  Pure  caoutchouc,  free  from  all  foreign  matter  except 
the  sulphur  necessary  for  its  vulcanisation,  should  stretch 
seven  times  its  length  without  breaking. 

(4)  The  extension  measured  immediately  after  rupture 
should  not  exceed  12  per  cent,  the  original  length  of  the 
test-piece.  The  test-pieces  should  be  from  3  to  12  mm. 
wide,  and  not  more  than  U  mm.  thick,  and  3  cm.  long. 

(5)  The  percentage  of  ash  gives  a  certain  indication  of 
the  degree  of  softness,  and  may  form  a  basis  for  the  choice 
between  different  qualities  for  cettain  purposes. 

Moreover,  any  excess  of  sulphur  over  that  required  for 
vulcanisation  should  be  removed  2t  the  works,  and  should 
not  appear  on  the  surface  of  any  object.  Also  the  sulphur 
should  not  harden  under  the  influence  of  frost. — W.  S. 


XIII.-PAINTS,  PIGMENTS,  VARNISHES, 
RESINS,  INDIA-RUBBER,  Etc, 

Investigation  of  the  Properties  of  India-Rubber  and  Data 
for  the  Establishment   of  Rules  for  its  Reception  in  the 
(  Russian)  Navy.    Lieut.  L.  Vladimiroff ,  Morskoi  Sbornik, 
.St.    Petersburg,    1892,    57  ;  Proc.   Inst.  Civil   Eng.    109, 
75 — 7G. 
Owing  to  the  want  of  an  established  system  of  testing  vul- 
canised india-rubber,  aud  to  the  fact  that  chemical  anal}  sis 
gives  no  reliable  results,  the  author  was  induced  to  make  in 
the  St.  Petersburg  Technical   Institute  a  series  of  experi- 
ment-upon  the  best  rueans  of   testing  this  substance.     The 
samples  were  supplied  by  the    Russo-American   factory  of 
St.   Petersburg  and  by  the  Moscow  factory   of  that   city. 
The     experiments    were    comprised    under    the    following 
heads : — 

(1)  The  behaviour  of  various  qualities  of  rubber  at  high 
temperature  until  the  appearance  of  signs  of  damage. 

(2)  The  determination  of  the  extension  at  the  moment  of 
rupture  of  test-pieces  of  various  sectional  area. 

(3)  The  determination  of  the  percentage  of  ash. 

(4)  The  determination  of  the  percentage  soluble  in 
carbon  bisulphide. 

(5)  The  determination  of  the  hygroscopic  capacity. 

The  influence  of  temperature  was  determined  by  exposing 
samples,  several  cm.  long  and  from  3  to  6  cm.  thick,  in  an 
air-bath,  to  a  temperature  of  125°  C.  The  samples  were 
then  bent  first  to  an  angle  of  45',  aud  then  to  180°,  and 
were  examined  for  cracks.  It  was  shown  that  the  best 
qualities  should  withstand  an  exposure  to  125J  C.  for  five 
hours  without  any  external  change. 


The  Durability  of  India- Rubber  Hot  -Water  Pipes. 
E.  Belleroche.  Rev.  Univ.  des  Mines,  18,  1892,  25;  Proc. 
Inst.  Civil  Eug.  HO  (iv.),  21. 

On  the  Grand  Central  Railway  of  Belgium  the  warming  of 
the  carriages  by  hot  water  circulating  through  pipes 
connected  by  india-rubber  coupling  tubes  from  carriage  to 
carriage,  was  introduced  in  1882,  and  from  that  date 
observations  have  been  made  in  order  to  determine  the 
average  duration  of  the  connecting  pipes.  On  the  Charleroi 
and  Yireux  section  of  the  line,  where  the  first  experiments 
were  made,  the  number  of  pipes  in  use  increased  from 
26  in  1883  to  89  in  1891,  the  ages  of  which  at  the  end  of 
each  year  are  given  in  a  table,  from  which  it  appears  that 
no  loss  was  experienced  on  the  original  number  of  2G  for 
four  years,  after  which  they  became  worn  out  in  increasing 
numbers,  and  were  entirely  gone  at  the  end  of  the  ninth 
year.  The  mean  age  of  the  tubes  at  work  at  the  end  of 
1891  was  3-5  years.  The  author  hopes  the  age  will  be 
increased  by  the  adoption  of  a  new  system  of  connections 
which  will  materially  diminish  the  wear  aud  tear  incidental 
to  coupling  and  uncoupling  the  carriages. — W.  S. 


930 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


[Nov.  30, 1892, 


XIV -TANNING,  LEATHEK,  GLUE,  AND 
SIZE. 

Analysis  of  Commercial   Yolk  of  Egg.     F.  Jean.     Monit. 
Scient.  6,  Aug.  1892,  561. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  941. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  or  Relating  to  the  Finishing  of  Leather. 
B.  J.  Gibney,  Nottingham.  Eng.  Pat.  18,951,  November  3, 
1891. 

With  the  object  of  strengthening  fragile  skins  or  the  thin 
portion  of  split  skins,  a  sheet  of  linen,  canvas,  paper,  or 
other  material  is  cemented  or  pasted  thereon.  Thus  pre- 
pared the  skins  may  he  put  through  the  ordinary  finishing 
operations  which  otherwise  would  be  too  severe. — W.  M.  G. 


A  New  or  Improved  Process  for  the  Production  of  Boron 
Sulphate  Compounds,  and  the  Application  of  such 
Products  to  the  Unhairing  of  Hides  or  Skins,  and  to 
the  Prevention  of  Putrefaction.  E.  Edwards,  London. 
From  H.  Bauer  and  J.  Gyiketta,  Stuttgart,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  19,637,  November  12,  1891. 

The  new  compounds  called  "  borol "  are  made  by  adding 
by  degrees  an  equivalent  part  of  boracic  acid  to  aii  equiva- 
lent part  of  a  fused  bisulphate — such  as  bisulphate  of 
potash  or  soda — and  heating  the  mixture  to  500°  C.  Or 
under  the  same  conditions  heating  a  borate  with  a  mono- 
sulphate  and  sulphuric  acid.  Water  is  expelled,  and  the 
new  compound  "borol"  remains  as  a  clear  fluid  mass, 
which,  on  cooling,  forms  a  transparent,  glassy,  brittle  body. 
Thus — 


.OH 

so/ 

\ONa 


/OH  -O— BO 

+    B(-  OH    =   2H„0   +  SO»< 

\ OH  \  ONa 


The  substance  is  soluble  in  water,  and  has  an  acid 
reaction  and  taste.  Although  containing  proportionately  a 
small  quantity  of  boron  it  has  greater  antiseptic  properties 
than  boracic  acid.  For  these  reasons  it  is  well  suited  for 
unhairing  hides  and  skins,  and  for  preserving  animal  and 
vegetable  substances  from  putrefaction. 

For  unhairing  hides,  "  the  pit  of  the  tannery  is  to  be 
three-quarters  rilled  up  with  hike-warm  water.  To  this 
water  is  added  and  mixed  therewith  a  proportionate  quantity 
of  '  borol,'  amounting  to  from  i  to  j  per  cent,  of  the 
water."  "  The  hides  to  be  unhaired  should  first  be  freed  from 
all  impurities  by  soaking,  and  then  placed  so  cleansed  in 
the  said  solution,  and  allowed  to  remain  in  it  about  a  quarter 
to  half  an  hour  according  to  the  kind  of  leather.  The  hides 
are  then  removed  and  worked  in  a  fulling  trough  with 
water,  after  which  they  are  ready  for  tanning.  For  pre- 
serving and  disinfecting  purposes  powdered '  borol '  is  to  be 
mixed  with  suitable  indifferent  substances,"  such  as  common 
salt,  Glaubers  salt,  &c. — H.  S.  P. 


Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  of  Animal  Glue. 
E.  Brand,  Kostock,  Germany.  Fng.  Pat.  15,630,  August 
31,  1892. 

The  inventor  adds  to  the  glue  a  mixture  of  borax  and 
calcined  potash,  as  borax  alone  is  not  sufficiently  alkaline 
to  kill  the  corrupting  bacteria  in  the  glue  gelatin.  The 
process  is  performed  by  dissolving  60  kilos,  of  ground 
borax  in  100  kilos,  of  boiling  water  containing  4  kilos,  of 
90  per  cent,  calcined  potash,  and  then  pouring  this  into 
1,450  Kilos,  of  hot  glue  liquor  showing  12°  by  the  hydro- 
meter. The  product  so  obtained  will  keep  for  a  long  time 
without  developing  any  obnoxious  smell.  Printed  work 
when  coated  over  with  this  glue  is  rendered  more  durable, 
and  it  will  also  be  found  superior  to  cake  glue  in  the  carpet 
and  leather  manufacture,  also  in  bookbinding. — L.  de  K. 


XVI.-SUGAE,  STARCH,   GUM,  Etc. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Extracting  Juice  from 
Sugar  Canes.  I).  Stewart,  Glasgow,  Lanark.  Eng.  Pat. 
16,464,  September  29, 1891. 

In  the  subjoined  drawing,  A  is  an  open  vessel  supported 
by  pillars  B  above  an  upwardly  acting  hydraulic  press  C, 
the  plate  D,  of  which  is  exactly  adapted  to  the  flanged 
bottom  edge  E  of  the  vessel  A ;  when  D  is  raised  it 
closes  A  tightly.  F  is  a  perforated  shell  in  which  the  canes 
are  placed  vertically,  it  may  have  an  inner  perforated  tube 
G,  thus  making  the  space  for  the  canes  annular.  The  shell 
is  run  on  to  the  plate  D  by  a  truck,  or  on  wheels  H  and 
is  thence  raised  by  the  hydraulic  press  C  into  the  vessel  A. 
The  piston  J  of  the  hydraulic  press  K  is  then  forced  down 
upon  the  canes,  whereby  they  are  crushed  and  a  large 
portion  of  the  juice  expressed.     This  juice  is  then  drawn  by 


£S3 


means  of  pumps  (not  shown)  connected  with  the  pipe  P, 
into  a  closed  receptacle  L,  which  communicates  with  the 
bottom  of  the  vessel  A  by  pipes  JI  and  N— preferably  by 
several  connecting  branches  round  the  circumference  of  A. 
After  drawing  off  the  expressed  juice,  the  piston  J  is  raised, 
and  water  or  syrup  of  suitable  strength  (preferably  hot)  is 
forced  through  pipes  Q  and  N  into  A  to  extract  the  remain- 
ing saccharine  matter  from  the  crushed  canes.  The 
crushing  operation  may  be  repeated  if  necessary.  This 
improved  apparatus  thus  consists  of  an  inverted  vessel,  a 
hydraulic  press  arranged  for  closing  the  bottom  of  the  vessel 
and  lifting  up  into  it  a  shell  or  basket  containing  sugar  canes, 
;;  piston  moved  downwards  by  hydraulic  pressure  for 
crushing  the  canes,  a  vessel  to  receive  the  juice,  pipe  con- 
nections with  pumps  for  producing  vacuum,  and  pipe 
connections  for  injecting  water  or  syrup,  the  parts  being 
combined,  and  operating  as  described. — A.  B.  L 


Nov.so.i892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


931 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Separating  Impurities 
from  Sugar.  J.  Druinmond,  Govau,  N.B.  Eng.  Pat. 
'20,119,  November  19,  1891. 

A  series  of  perforated  plates  are  arranged  horizontally 
round  a  vertical  revolving  axis.  At  one  part  of  the  circuit 
the  sugar  is  fed  on  to  the  plates  and  the  movement  takes  it 
under  a  horizontal  bar  which  regulates  the  thickness  of  the 
mass  on  the  plates.  At  further  stages  the  sugar  is  subjected 
to  the  action  of  compressed  air  and  of  washing  licpiors,  and 
is  finally  deflected  off  the  plate  by  a  scraper  into  a  hopper. 
—A.  J.  K. 

Improvements  in  Centrifugal  Machines  or  Hydro-extractors 
for  Extracting  Sugar  Juice  and  for  other  Purposes. 
J.  C.  Mewburn,  London.  Kng.  Pat.  20,142,  November  19, 
1891. 

1!y  a  special  design  a  centrifugal  machine  is  constructed 
which  will  work  continuously  and  can  be  tilled  and  emptied 
without  stopping  the  machine. — A.  J.  K. 


\<  »>r//-  Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  Concreting 

Sugar  or  Crystallising  Saline  or  other  Solutions. 
W.  P.  Thompson.  Liverpool.  From  J.  A.  Morell  and 
W.  P.  Striugfellow,  New  Orleans,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
833G,  .May  3,  1S92. 

See  under  I.,  page  895. 


XVII-BREWIM,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

The  Pentosans  {Wood-Gum,  Xylan,  and  Araban)  of 
Lignified  Fibre.  C.  Schulze  and  B.  Tollens.  Annalen. 
271,  1892,  55-59. 
Dried  brewers'  grains  were  washed  successively  with  2  per 
cent,  ammonia  and  water,  and  dried.  A  portion  was  treated 
with  5  per  cent,  soda-lye  (6  parts)  for  two  days,  when  a 
gelatinous  mass  was  obtained,  which,  when  freed  from  the 
liquid  portion,  and  washed  with  alcohol,  hydrochloric  acid 
and  ether,  left  7  per  cent,  of  the  original  weight  of  material 
employed  as  wood  gum  of  specific  rotatory  power  [a]D  = 
—  70*11  j  this  on  hydrolysis  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid 
yielded  a  mixture  consisting  mostly  of  xylose,  but  containing 
a  little  arabinose.  Another  portion  of  the  extracted  grains 
was  boiled  for  six  hours  with  4  per  cent,  sulphuric  acid 
when  a  mixture  of  xylose  and  arabinose,  similar  to  that 
mentioned  above,  was  isolated  from  the  solution  ;  whilst  the 
residue  on  digestion  with  soda-lye  partially  dissolved,  and 
from  the  solution  a  brown  gum — identical  with  Hoffmeister's 
cellulose  gum — was  obtained.  The  residue  after  this  treat- 
ment was  completely  soluble  in  ammoniacal  cupric  oxide ; 
it  was  not,  however,  pure  cellulose,  but  showed,  on  warming 
with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  the  presence  of  pentoses. 
It  is  therefore  possible,  by  the  above  treatment,  to  dissolve 
the  lignified  cells  of  the  grains,  and  since  xylose  and  arabi- 
nose are  found  to  be  invariable  products  of  hydrolysis,  the 
presence  of  the  pentosans,  xylan  and  araban,  is  demonstrated. 
The  complete  separation  of  cellulose  and  the  pentosans  was 
cot,  however,  accomplished,  and  the  authors  believe  that 
these  compounds  exist  in  combination  in  the  original 
material.  E.  Schulze  has,  indeed,  shown  (Zeits.  f.  physiol. 
Chem.  16,  436)  that  a  cellulose  containing  both  dextrose 
and  xylose  groups  is  present,  together  with  lignin  proper,  in 
lignified  fibre. — A.  E.  L. 


Note  mi  some  Conditions  under  which  the  Fluorides  exert 
a  Maximum  Effect  in  Solutions  of  Fermentable  Matter. 
J.  Effront.  Mo'nit.  Scient.  6,  1832,  81—85. 
As  the  result  of  further  investigations  the  author  finds  that 
acidity  is  the  most  important  factor  that  governs  the  anti- 
septic action  of  fluorides  on  the  lactic,  butyric,  and  acetic 


ferments.  In  a  neutral  or  alkaline  medium,  fluorides  and 
even  hydrofluoric  acid,  have  no  retarding  influence.  In 
fact,  the  lactic  ferment  was  found  to  develop  in  an  alkaline 
or  neutral  wort,  containing  as  much  as  50 — 100  mgrms.  of 
a  soluble  fluoride  per  100  cc.  The  antiseptic  action  only 
becomes  evident  in  an- acid  medium,  and  is  proportional  to 
the  amount  of  acid  present.  An  addition  of  3 — 0  mgrms. 
of  a  fluoride  to  ordinary  distillery  wort  suffices  to  arrest 
completely  the  growth  of  acid  ferments  ;  and  the  dose  may 
be  reduced  to  0'005  to  1  mgrm.  if  the  wort  contain  3  grms. 
of  acid  (calculated  as  H2S04)  per  litre.  Temperature  is 
auother  factor,  although  only  of  secondary  importance,  the 
maximum  antiseptic  effect  being  obtained  at  50' — 60"  C. 

As  regards  the  action  of  fluorides  on  yeast,  the  chemical 
composition  of  the  wort  plays  a  most  important  part.  The 
author  has  previously  shown  that  the  addition  of  6  mgrms. 
of  fluoride  to  a  pure  cane-sugar  fermentation  renders  the 
yeast  perfectly  inert.  In  the  case  of  malt  wort  this 
experience  is  completely  reversed,  a  distinct  increase  in  the 
fermentative  and  reproductive  power  of  the  yeast  being 
observed.  This  difference  in  behaviour  was  eventually  found 
to  be  due  to  the  phosphates,  particularly  potassium  phos- 
phate, always  present  in  wort.  Experiments  illustrating 
this  fact  were  made  with  molasses.  Similar  results  were 
obtained  when  pure  yeast  was  used  in  the  fermentations.  The 
influence  of  phosphates  is  less  marked  when  a  large  excess 
of  yeast  is  employed.  The  degree  of  acidity  of  a  wort  when 
it  exceeds  a  certain  limit  greatly  accentuates  the  retarding 
influence  of  fluorides  on  yeast.  Thus,  in  a  malt  wort 
containing  per  100  cc,  540  mgrms.  of  lactic  acid,  0'5  mgrm. 
of  HF  produces  a  distinct  effect,  whilst  in  presence  of 
10  mgrms.  fermentation  and  yeast  reproduction  are  almost 
completely  arrested.  In  quantities  up  to  360  mgrms.  lactic 
acid  has  but  little  influence.  (See  this  Journal,  1890,  748, 
1055  ;  1892,  50,  626— 627.)— H.  T.  P. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Production  and  Preservation 
of  Pure  Yeast.  H.  B.  Newton,  London.  From  La 
Societe  Anonyme  "  La  Levure,"  Paris.  Eng.  Pat.  13,088, 
August  1,  1891. 

Tin',  fermenting  vessel  consists  of  a  closed  metallic  vessel 
with  the  necessary  connections,  attemperator,  &c.  Sterilised 
wort  is  run  in  and  seeded  with  a  pure  cultivation  of  yeast. 
Sterilised  air  is  blown  through  the  wort  as  the  fermentation 
proceeds  with  the  object  of  increasing  the  yield  of  yeast. 
When  the  fermentation  has  ceased,  the  contents  of  the  vessel 
are  led  into  a  filter,  consisting  of  a  conical  vessel  of  perforated 
sheet  iron  or  wire  gauze,  and  covered  with  a  cloth.  The 
yeast  remaining  on  the  cloth  is  mixed  with  wort  containing 
5 — 15  per  cent,  gelatin  and  run  into  sterilised  vessels,  which 
are  then  sealed  and  may  be  kept  with  unimpaired  quality 
for  some  time. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements    in    the    Manufacture   of    Spirits.     H.   A. 

Snelling,  London.     Eng.  Pat.  17,558,  October  14,  1891. 
The  object  is  to  obtain  a  spirit   with  a  fine  flavour  from 
fermented  wort  prepared  from  raw  grain. 

Before  fermentation  the  wort  is  mixed  with  hops,  about 
10  lb.  to  every  100  gallons  of  wort,  and  the  fermented 
liquor  distilled.  Before  the  second  distillation,  a  further 
amount  of  4 — 5  lb.  hops  are  added  to  every  100  gallons. 
The  hops  are  best  prepared  by  first  withering  in  the  air  for 
4 — 24  hours,  and  then  heated  to  240°  F.  in  a  "  Davidson's 
sirocco"  for  15  minutes. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for 
Securing  a  Continutnis  Time  Record  of  the  Rate  of 
Distillation  and  Direction  of  Flow  of  Distilled  Fluids. 
J.  J.  MeDaniel,  Bandon,  Co.  Cork.  Eng.  Pat.  17,750, 
October  16,  1891. 
The  condenser  discharges  into  an  open  receiver,  from  which 
pipes  lead  to  the   different  vessels.     The  apparatus  is  so 

F  2 


932 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Noy.30, 1S92. 


arranged  that  the  distillate  can  only  escape  by  one  of 
these  pipes  at  a  time.  A  small  open  vessel  is  in  com- 
munication with  each  of  these  pipes,  and  in  it  is  a  float. 
The  movements  of  the  float  are  communicated  by  a  cord  to 
a  pencil,  which  marks  on  a  rotating  cylinder  the  variations 
in  the  height  of  the  float ;  as  this  is  proportional  to  the  rate 
of  flow  from  the  condenser,  a  continuous  record  is  thus 
obtained. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  Drying  and  Calcining  Uracils'  Refuse 
ami  Grains  and  other  Substances  and  Materials.  E. 
Barlow,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat.  18,833,  October  31, 
1891. 

Tins  is  an  improvement  of  the  apparatus  described  in 
EDg.  Pat.  12,535  of  1890,  for  drying  the  above-mentioned 
substances  in  a  rotating  cylinder  heated  in  a  furnace. 

If  hot  air  be  supplied  to  the  interior  of  the  cylinder, 
caking  and  burning  of  the  substances  are  avoided,  and  a 
better  and  more  marketable  product  is  obtained. 

The  air  is  heated  by  passing  through  a  tube  placed  in  the 
upper  part  of  the  furnace,  and  is  distributed  in  the  interior 
of  the  rotating  cylinder  by  a  psrforated  tube  concentric 
with  its  axis. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  Kilning  Malt,  and  in  Structures  and 
Apparatus  therefor.  R.  H.  Leaker,  Bristol.  Eng.  Pat. 
18,997,  November  4,  1891. 

The  kiln  is  very  similar  to  an  ordinary  malt  kiln,  and  is 
provided  with  two  floors.  The  special  arrangement  is  that 
the  heated  air  after  passing  through  the  malt  on  the  lower 
floor  does  not  pass  through  the  malt  on  the  upper  floor,  but 
escapes  by  a  separate  flue,  and  the  heated  air  for  the  malt 
on  the  second  floor  is  conducted  from  the  fire  to  the  malt 
by  a  flue,  and  after  passing  through  the  malt  escapes 
through  openings  in  the  roof. 

The  flues  are  provided  with  dampers  so  that  either  floor 
may  be  used  separately  or  both  together. — A.  L.  S. 


An  Improved  Process  of'  Finishing  Beer.     .T.  F.  W'itteman. 
New  York,  U.S.A.     Eng,  Pat.  6531,  April  5,  1892. 

Tin:  patent  relates  to  the  brewing  of  lager  beer.  It  is 
proposed  to  conduct  the  fermentation  under  a  pressure  of 
air  or  carbonic  acid  gas  and  maintain  or  increase  the 
pressure  until  the  beer  has  become  brilliant  and  is  racked. 

—A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  flops  and  their  Use  in 
lin  trin,/.  11.  J.  11.  Mills.  London.  From  "  The  Brewing 
Improvement  Company,"  Maywood,  New  Jersey,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  9777.  May  23,  1892. 

Before  using  hops  in  the  copper  or  cask,  it  is  proposed  to 
subject  them  to  the  action  of  dry  heat  until  they  are  parched. 
It  is  claimed  that  there  are  many  advantages  in  using  hops 
which  have  undergone  this  treatment.— A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  Methods  and  Apparatus  for  Carbonaling 
Beer.  \'.  .1.  B.  Mills,  London.  From  "  The  Universal 
Carbonating  Company,"  Newark,  New  Jersey,  I'.S.A. 
I  ng.  Pat.  12,413,  July  5,  1892. 

This  relates  more  particularly  to  lager  beer.  The  cat- 
enating apparatus  consists  of  a  tube  through  which  the 
beer  passes  at  a  pressure  of  20  lb.  on  the  square  inch,  and 
into  which  carbonic  acid  gas  is  injected.  The  nnabsorbed 
gas  i-  re-injected  into  the  uncarbonated  beer.  After  filtra- 
tion the  beer  is  racked  at  a  sufficiently  high  level  to  reduce 
the  pressure  to  5—8  lb.  per  square  inch.— A.  L.  S. 


XVIII.-CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITAKY 
CHEMISTRY.  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

(A.)—  CHEMISTRY  OF   FOODS. 

Note  on   the    Optical   and   Chemical   Analysis  of  Butler. 

F.  Jean.     Monit.  Scient.  6,  1892,  91—98. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  94  5. 


The  Reaction  of  Milk  to  Phenol phthulein.  L.  Vaudin. 
Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7—8,  1892,  283. 
The  milk  of  all  the  animals  that  the  author  has  examined 
is  acid  to  phenolphthaleiu  when  fresh.  That  of  the  sheep, 
goat,  and  eow,  is  fairly  strongly  acid  :  that  of  the  mare, 
ass,  sow,  hitch,  and  woman,  is  feebly  acid.  By  the  former 
term  is  meant  an  acidity  corresponding  to  about  1  or  2  gnus, 
of  phosphoric  acid  per  litre,  whilst  the  quantities  included 
in  the  latter  phrase  range  from  0'  1  to  0'  4  grm. 

The  author  has  also  studied  the  differences  in  the  acidity 
of  the  miik  of  the  cow  at  various  periods  before  and  after 
parturition  ;  he  has  found  that  the  acidity  diminishes  to 
about  one-half  when  the  pregnant  animal  is  on  the  point  of 
ceasing  to  give  milk,  and  becomes  two  or  three  times  as 
great  as  usual  when  calving  is  about  to  take  place.  The 
influence  of  fodder  is  small  for  the  same  animal.  Evening 
milk  is  always  less  acid  than  that  drawn  in  the  morning  or 
at  midday.  The  variations  due  to  differences  of  breed  or 
of  soil  are  not  great.  In  short,  the  greatest  effect  is  that 
due  to  individual  peculiarities. — B.  B. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  .Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Butter. 
X.  Holland  and  II.  Francois,  Brussels,  Belgium.  Eng. 
Pat.  15,352,  September  10,  1891. 

The  invention  relates  to  apparatus  for  butter-making,  and 
provides  improved  means  for  the  passing  of  bubbles  of 
purified  air  through  the  milk,  which  will  cause  the  required 
agitation  and  the  complete  separation  of  the  butter. 

The  apparatus  consists  essentially  of  a  suitable  generator 
of  an  air  current,  such  as  a  fan  or  blower,  a  purifying 
vessel  containing  a  suitable  material  for  filtering  the  air, 
and  a  churn  connected  with  the  blower  by  a  pipe  which 
delivers  the  air  into  a  perforated  box  placed  in  the  bottom 
of  the  churn,  and  made  of  two  flanged  parts  riveted  or 
bolted  together,  the  said  air  escaping  from  the  box  and  then 
rising  through  the  milk. 

The  cylindrical  sides  of  the  box  are  best  extended 
upwards  and  connected  to  an  outer  cylinder,  so  as  to 
provide  an  annular  chamber  communicaliug,  by  means  of 
perforations,  with  the  box  below  and  laterally  with  the 
liquid  within  the  upwardly  extending  sides  so  that  the 
milk  is  acted  upon  both  in  a  horizontal  and  vertical 
direction.  The  air  purifier  is  constructed  of  a  cylindrical 
vessel  provided  with  a  covet  fastened  by  means  of  a  catch, 
so  as  to  renew  the  wadding.  To  prevent  particles  of 
wadding  from  entering  the  air-pipe,  the  vessel  is  provided 
at  each  side  with  a  nozzle,  in  front  of  which  is  arranged  a 
sieve  or  grating  allowing  of  the  passage  of  the  air. 

— L.  de  K. 


Improved  Apparatus  for  the  Production  of  Dry  E.rlraet 
of  I  'off'ee  or  Tea.  P.  Meyer,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat 
17,3G3,  October  12,  1891. 

Tin  process  employed  is  an  improvement  on  the  one 
described  in  Eng.  Pat.  19,882,  December  10,  1S89.  It  is 
now  also  extended  to  the  manufacture  of  dry  extract  of  tea. 
The  process  consists  essentially  in  preparing  an  extract 
of  coffee  or  tea  and  flavouring  this  with  the  essential  oils 
derived  from  the  roasting  of  either  coffee  or  tea. — L.  de  K. 


Nov.  so,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP    CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


933 


An  Improved  Blood-forming  Substance  and  Method  of 
Producing  the  Same.  E.  B.  Robert,  Dorpat,  Russia. 
Eng.  Pat.  19,859,  November  16,  1891. 

Tin-:  invention  relates  to  the  preparation  of  a  blood-forming 
medicine  superior  to  iron  albuminates,  iron  peptonates,  and 
homoglobin  preparations  on  account  of  the  greater  propor- 
tion of  available  iron  which  it  contains. 

Fresh,  delibrinnted  blood  suitably  diluted  with  water  is 
mixed  with  a  reducing  agent,  such  as  a  saturated  solution 
of  pyrogallic  acid.  A  voluminous  precipitate  is  obtained, 
which  is  washed  first  with  water  and  then  with  alcohol. 
After  lining,  the  preparation  is  ready  for  use;  it  contains 
1  per  cent,  of  iron. 

If.  instead  of  pyrogallic  acid,  other  reducing  agents,  such 
as  zinc,  iron,  and  the  like,  are  used,  the  .precipitate  must  be 
subjected  to  a  purification  so  as  to  remove  the  last  traces 
of  the  reagent  used.  This  is  best  effected  by  treating  it 
with  a  saturated  solution  of  sal  volatile,  and  after  filtering 
off  from  any  deposit,  it  may  be  reprecipitated  by  cautious 
addition  of  weak  hydrochloric  acid.  It  is  thus  obtained  as 
a  brownish-red  precipitate,  which  must  be  washed  with 
water  and  then  dried  over  sulphuric  arid  or  calcium 
chloride.  — I.    de  K. 


Improvements  in  Fodder  Cakes,  A.  J.  I'oult,  London. 
From  A.  W.  Rehnstrora,  MtLlhammar,  Sweden.  Kng. 
Pat.  10.26G,  May  30,  1892. 

This  object  of  the  inventor  is  to  utilise  the  whey  obtained 
in  dairies  after  the  manufacture  of  cheese,  and  to  obtain 
therefrom  a  substantial,  wholesome,  and  fattening  food  for 
calves  and  other  young  cattle. 

After  the  whey  has  been  reduced  to  a  small  bulk  by 
evaporation,  it  is  mixed  in  varying  proportions  with  linseed 
cake,  maize,  rice,  peas,  beans,  or  similar  foods,  to  which  a 
little  bone-dust  ma}*  also  be  added.  The  commingled 
ingredients  are  then  made  into  cakes  of  suitable  form  by 
subjecting  them  to  pressure.  To  obtain  the  cakes  in  a 
more  porous  state,  the  ingredients  may  be  mixed  with 
carbonate  of  soda  and  hydrochloric  acid.  They  are 
formed  without  being  subjected  to  pressure,  and  after  being 
baked  in  an  oven  they  are  ready  for  use. — L.  de  K. 


Improvements  in  Soluble  Chocolate  and  the  Process  of 
Preparing  the  Same.  S.  T.  Achor,  Brooklyn,  U.S.A. 
Kng.  Pat.  13,615,  July  26,  1892. 

Tin:  inventor  has  improved  a  composition  which  is  a 
confection  and  at  the  same  time  a  basis  to  form  a  chocolate 
beverage  without  boiling. 

About  1  lb.  of  chocolate,  1'  lb.  cf  sugar,  and  1  pint  of 
cream  or  condensed  milk  is  heated  and  made  into  a  thick 
paste,  and  finally  stiffened  by  adding  more  sugar  until  it 
can  be  handled  and  moulded  into  pieces  of  suitable  size. 
The  pieces  are  then  immersed  in  a  thick  syrup  of  sugar 
and  water  until  they  arc  covered  with  crystallised  sugar, 
when  they  are  taken  out  and  allowed  to  dry. 

This  produces  a  hard  close  covering  of  sugar  all  over 
the  central  mass,  excluding  the  air,  and  so  preserving  the 
preparation  indefinitely.  The  cakes  readily  dissolve  in 
warm  water. — L.  de  K. 


Improvements  relating  to  the  Production  of  Cheese.     E.  O. 

N.    Salenius,    Stockholm.    Sweden.      Eng.     Pat.     13,641, 

July  26,  1892. 
The  liquid  designed  for  making  cheese,  such  as  skim  milk, 
fatty  milk,  or  cream,  is  heated  to  a  suitable  temperature 
and  introduced  into  a  continuous  butter-making  machine. 
Rennet  or  a  suitable  acid  should  be  mixed  with  it  either 
before  or  after  it  is  put  into  the  apparatus.  In  the 
production  of  fat  cheeiC  it  is  advantageous  to  agitate  the 
liquid  during  the  centrifugal  action,  but  this  is  not  necessary 
when  meagre  cheese  is  wanted.  Colouring  agents  or 
ft  ivouriug  matters  may  be  added  in  drops  or  continuously 
t.i  the  liquid   during   its  treatment   in   the  apparatus.     The 


curd  or  cheese  mixture  is  finally  treated  in  the  ordinary 
manner  to  obtain  cheese,  the  curd  and  the  whey  having 
been  removed  either  together  or  separately. 

The  apparatus  employed  has  been  already  described  in 
Eng.  Pat.  21,068,  December  24, 1890,  but  the  liquid  may 
also  be  treated  or  agitated  by  other  means. — L.  de.  K. 


(O.)— SANITARY  CHEMISTRY 

The  Purification  of  Waste  Water  from  Worlts  by  Alumina. 

Rev.  Ind.  23,  386. 
Tin-  waters,  which  remain  clear  for  some  days,  contain  500 
to  sun  grins,  of  fatty  matter  per  cubic  metre!  If  to  1  litre 
of  this  liquid  is  added  1  grin,  of  alumina,  together  with 
15  to  20  per  cent,  of  water,  the  solution  turns  brown,  and 
a  precipitate  is  formed  which,  when  heated  to  100°  C, 
leaves  a  residue  weighing  l'6grm.,  and  containing  30  per 
cent,  of  fatty  matter.  Also,  if  to  a  solution  of  soap  in 
distilled  water  to  which  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid 
had  been  added,  a  small  quantity  of  alumina  be  now  added, 
the  liquid  is  instantly  cleared  with  formation  of  an  abundant 
precipitate. — G.  H.  E. 


Is   Magenta   Poisonous.'     P.   Cazeneuve.      Monit.   Scient, 

August  1S92,  557—560. 

See  under  IV.,  page  900, 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  or  Appertaining  to  Disinfectants  for 
II  aler-i  'Insets  anil  other  Places  or  Things  where  Water 
is  used.  H.  B.  Thornton,  Liverpool.  Eng.  Pat.  13,-~,6'> 
August  5,  1891. 

For  details  concerning  this  invention  consult  the  inventor's 
later  patent  (Eng.  Pat.  17,421,  1891;  this  Journal,  1892, 
365).— H.  T.  P. 

Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Filtering  Polluted  Waters 
and  other  such  Liquids.  V.  P.  Candy,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  16,604,  September  30,  1891. 

The  special  feature  in  this  apparatus  is  the  facility  with 
which  the  filtering  material  can  be  washed.  The  apparatus 
consists  of  a  cylindrical  vessel  provided  with  a  perforated 
false  bottom  on  which  the  filtering  material  rests.  A 
vertical  shaft,  which  can  be  rotated  fr-pm  the  outside, 
reaches  down  to  the  false  bottom,  and  carries  at  its  lower 
end  a  number  cf  agitating  blades,  corresponding  baffling 
arms  being  attached  to  the  wall  of  the  cylinder.  The 
filtering  material,  if  very  light  (cork),  is  pressed  down  by 
means  of  a  perforated  cover,  which  can  be  raised  to  the  top 
of  the  cylinder  when  necessary.  The  apparatus  is  con- 
stru:ted  to  filter  downwards.  When  it  is  required  to  cleanse 
the  filtering  medium,  the  perforated  cover  is  raised  to  the 
top  of  the  apparatus,  a  stream  of  water  is  introduced  below 
the  false  bottom,  and  the  central  shaft  with  vanes  is  caused 
to  rotate.  By  this  means  the  filtering  material  is  violently 
stirred  up  with  a  large  volume  of  water,  resulting  in  the 
rapid  elimination  of  all  impurities,  which  escape  through 
the  perforated  cover  and  flow  off  through  a  pipe  near  the 
upper  end  of  the  cylinder. — H.  T.  P. 


The  Utilisation  of  a  Certain  Waste  Oxide  of  Iron  in  the 
Purification  of  Sewage,  and  for  similar  Purposes. 
H.  C.  Sacre,  Pendleton,  and  II.  Grimshaw,  Manchester. 
Eng.  Pat.  17,911,  October  20,  1891. 

According  to  this  invention,  the  ferric  hydrate  obtained  as 
a  waste  product  in  the  purification  of  zinc  chloride  is 
utilised  for  the  production  of  ferrie  chloride  or  sulphate. 
These  silts  may  be  employed  in  the  purification  of  sewage, 
coal  gas,  and  for  many  other  purpose*.  —  H.  T.  I*. 


f>34 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Nov.  30, 1992. 


An  Improved  Process  for  Oxygenating,  Deodorising,  and 

Disinfecting  Sewage  or  other  Fermentable  or   Noxious 

Matters.     A.  P.  Hope,  Mayland,  Wellingborough,  Norths. 

Eug.  Pat.  17,924,  October  20,  1891. 

The  sewage.  &c.,  is  treated  in  suitable  tanks  with  a  current 

of   "  antiseptic  "   steam  until  deodorised.      The  antiseptic 

steam  is  generated  from  a  solution  of  1  gall,  of  "  Bacillite  " 

(composed  of  cresvlic  oil,  8  parts  ;  sulphur,  i  part;  hydrate 

of  soda,  2  parts  ;  carbonate  of  soda,  1  part ;  resin,  2  parts, 

boiled    for    2    hours)    or   other    suitable   disinfectant,  _  m 

200  galls,  of  water.      This  quantity  is   said  to  be  sufficient 

to  disinfect  4,000  galls  of  sewage.— H.  T.  P. 


Aew    or    Improved     Method    in    Sewage    Precipitation. 

G.  C.  Purvis,  Edinburgh.     Eng.  Pat.   18,286,  October  24, 

1891. 
The  sewage  is  charged  with  sulphur  dioxide  or  carbon 
dioxide,  or  a  mixture  of  the  two  gases,  thorough  absorption 
being  secured  by  effecting  the  treatment  in  tanks  fitted  with 
baffling  plates,  or  by  allowing  the  sewage  to  trickle  over 
coke,  &c.,  arranged  in  towers  through  which  a  Icurrent  of 
the  gas  ascends.  Milk  of  lime  is  then  added,  and  also,  if 
desired,  small  quantities  of  aluminium  and  iron  salts. 
Sufficient  lime  must  be  employed  to  precipitate  the  dissolved 
was  or  gases  as  insoluble  calcium  salts,  to  decompose  any 
iron  and  aluminium  salts  added,  and  finally,  to  neutralise 
the  acidity  (if  any)  of  the  sewage.  In  treating  neutral  or 
faintly  alkaline  sewage  of  average  composition,  the  following 
quantities  of  the  different  materials  may  be  employed  per 
gallon  :—S02,  7-5  grains;  CaO,  7-5  grns.  ;  aluminium 
sulphate,  Ab.(S04)3  18  H;<  >,  4  grns.  In  addition  to  the 
above,  1 — 5  grns.  of  finely-powdered  charcoal  may  be 
added.  Excess  of  lime  should  be  avoided  in  order  that  the 
effluent  from  the  sewage  may  he  as  nearly  neutral  as 
possible.— H.  T.  P.        

An  Improved  Preparation  for  the  Alleviation  and  Cure  of 

Open  Wounds,  Cuts,  Sores,  Burns,  Scalds,  and  the  like. 

A.   Eoth  and  A.  Roth,    London.      Eng.  Pat.    13,277, 

July  20,  1892. 

The  preparation  is  made  as  follows  : — j  lb.  of  rosin  and 

3  oz.  of  clarified  beef  suet  are  boiled  together  for  a  quarter 

of  an  hour ;  2  oz.  of  bees'-wax  are   then  added,   and  the 

whole  is  boiled  for  half  an  hour   more.     Subsequently  the 

mixture  is  allowed  to  set,  when  it  is  ready  for  use. — H.  T.  P. 


(<?.)— DISINFECTANTS. 

PATENTS. 

An  Improved  Fluid  Insecticide.  H.  H.  Lake,  London. 
From  A.  G.  Pummerer,  Wels,  Austria.  Eng.  Pat.  14,788, 
September  1,  1891. 

The  improved  insecticide  is  intended  for  the  destruction  of 
parasites  injurious  to  plants,  vines,  &c,  particularly  the 
phylloxera  vastatrix  and  dispar  monacha.  It  may  also  be 
used  against  the  peronospora  and  other  insects.  The 
preparation  is  made  as  follows : — The  fruit  of  the  horse- 
chestnut  is  crushed  to  paste  and  digested  with  several  times 
its  own  volume  of  water.  The  resulting  extract  mixed  with 
about  twice  its  volume  of  a  resiu  solution  (resin,  3  lb. ;  soda 
crystals,  1  lb. ;  water,  1  pint)  forms  the  insecticide.  It  may 
be  employed,  either  as  it  is,  or  diluted  with  water,  and  is 
said  to  have  no  injurious  action  on  the  health  of  plants. 

— H.  T.  P. 

Improved  Disinfecting    Compound.    M.    Syer,    London. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,049,  June  13,  1892. 

Permanganate  of  potash  is  mixed  with  plaster  of  Paris,  or 
other  cement  or  plaster,  and  cast  into  bricks,  or  balls,  or 
into  perforated  tin  cases,  the  object  being  to  economise  the 
permanganate. — H.  T.  P. 


XIX.-PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Residue  of  Potato-Starch  Works  as  a  Material  in  Paper- 
Making.  W.  Herzberg.  Mitth.  Konigl.  tech.  Versuchs, 
1892,  124—126. 
The  residues  of  potato-starch  works  cannot  he  used  as  a 
substitute  for  cellulose  in  paper-mills,  but  may  serve  as  a 
"  filler,"  the  soft  parenchym  of  the  potatoes  not  possessing 
sufficient  tenacity  to  yield  a  good  paper  felting.  A  Cologne 
firm  has  used  large  quantities  of  potato-starch  residues,  but 
mostly  for  the  reason  that  the  pulp  from  white  potatoes 
imparted  to  the  paper  a  delicate  ivory  tint  or  a  beautiful 
pink  hue,  when  coming  from  red  tubers.  The  author  has 
examined  a  packing-paper  made  from  wood-cellulose  con- 
taining 30 — 40  per  cent,  of  potato-pulp.  Its  mean  "  tearing 
length"  was  found  to  be  2-03  kiloms.,  the  mean  "  elongation 
at  fracture  "  1 '  1  per  cent. ;  the  resistance  when  crumpled  and 
rubbed  could  hardly  be  termed  "  indifferent."  A  microscopic 
examination  of  the  paper  easily  reveals  the  origin  of  the 
filling  material. — J.  L. 

Safety  Paper.  W.  Herzberg.  Mitth.  Konigl.  tech.  Versuchs, 

1892,  114—119. 
The  author  has  examined  a  new  safety  paper  (for  cheques, 
securities,  &c.)  which  had  been  submitted  for  approval  and 
adoption  to  the  Austrian  Government.  The  subjoined  table 
contrasts  the  results  of  the  examination  of  this  new  paper 
with  those  of  a  paper  used  hitherto  for  that  purpose. 


Mean 


Resistance 

againsl      Material; 
Crumpling 


Old  paper 


New  paper 


Km. 
3-77 


tT.S 


Per  Cent. 
2-6 


ft 


Ash. 


Moderate-      Wood 
ly  great,      cellulose, 
cotton, 
linen. 
Very  great  Linen  and 
1    cotton.* 


Per  Cmt. 
0-39 


2-09 


Thickness. 


Weight. 


Mm. 

0'08 


Old  paper 

New  paper  I       0"13 


firms.  Sq.  m. 
57-0 

83-3 


Sizing. 


Strong 

Xot 
strong. 


Temperalurr  and 
Moisture  of  Air  at 
Time  of  Testing. 


°0. 
19-2 


Per  Cent. 
65 


*  The  embedded  fibres  are  of  tussur  silk. 

The  new  paper,  which  is  characterised  by  a  pinkish  hue 
and  the  embedded  red  silk  fibres,  is,  as  will  be  seen,  con- 
siderably superior  to  the  old  paper.  The  weaker  sizing  of 
the  former  must  be  considered  as  an  advantage,  inasmuch 
as  the  ink  penetrates  more  deeply  into  the  paper,  and  the 
strokes  of  the  writing  cannot  be  removed  so  easily.  The 
reddish  hue  of  the  paper  is  due  to  a  colouring  matter  which 
is  turned  blue  by  the  minutest  quantity  of  an  acid,  and  is 
probably  intended  as  a  protection  against  malpractice  with 
acids,  but  the  reddish  tint  can  be  restored  by  alkali.  A 
second  table,  for  w  hich  the  original  paper  must  be  consulted, 
gives  a  number  of  experiments  made  with  the  purpose 
of  removing  written  characters  by  erasure  or  by  washing 
with  water,  alcohol,  hydrochloric  acid,  caustic  soda,  chlorine 
water,  oxalic  acid,  oxalic  acid  and  subsequently  chlorine. 
The  author  used  for  these  experiments  four  kinds  of  writing 
ink,  viz.,  alizarin,  anthracene,  aniline,  and  gallotannic  inks. 
As  a  general  result  it  may  be  stated  that  the  new  paper 
proved  also  in  this  series  of  experiments  much  superior  to 
the  old  paper.  In  the  second  part  of  his  communication  the 
author  reviews  the  previous  attempts  that  have  beeu  made 
by  several  inventors  to  produce  a  safety  paper. — J.  L. 


Nov.  30, 1892.]       THE  JOUKNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


935 


PATENTS. 
Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Bookbinders'  Cloth. 
T.   A.  Sutton   and  W.  H.   Sutton,  Salford.      Eng.  Tat. 
13,148,  August  1,  1891. 

See  under  V.,  page  903. 


Improvements  in  or  Relating  to  Apparatus  for  Glazing 
Paper.  A.  J.  Boult,  London.  From  A.  Bacheni, 
A.  Vogelsang,  anil  G.  Tischer,  Dresden.  Eng.  Pat. 
13,322,  Aueust  6,  1891. 

In-tk  id  of  glazing  paper  by  passing  it  between  a  number  of 
heated  rollers,  the  inventors  cause  the  web  of  paper  to  pass 
continuously  between  two  zinc  plates  to  which  great  pressure 
can  be  applied.  In  this  way  the  paper  is  glazed  without 
being  subjected  to  any  strain. — E.  J.  li. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Treatment  of  Paper 
fir  ( 'heques,  Bank  Notes,  and  the  like.  A.  Schlumberger, 
Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  14,897,  September3,  1891. 

A  variegated  or  so-called  "splash"  paper  is  made  by 
mixing  together  white  and  coloured  pulps.  The  colouring 
may  be  done  either  with  colours  sensitive  to  acids  and 
chlorine,  such  as  the  aniline  colours  and  wood  colours,  or 
resistant  to  such  reagents,  e.g.,  indigo,  alizarin,  or  chrome 
yellow.  Such  papers  are  then  printed  with  gummed  water- 
colours  containing  mordants  or  caustic  substances. — E.  ,1.  11. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  or  Treatment  of  Paper 
for  Bank  Notes,  Cheques,  and  the  like.  A.  Schlumberger, 
Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  14,;>73,  September  4,  1891. 

By  this  invention  cheques  or  bank-notes  are  printed  on  both 
sides,  the  printing  corresponding  exactly,  so  that  by  trans- 
mitted light  only  one  print  is  visible.  Each  print  is  made 
in  two  or  more  colours  arranged  in  reverse  succession,  so 
that  by  reflected  light  two  or  more  colours  appear,  but  by 
transmitted  light  only  one,  the  latter  being  that  produced  by 
the  combination  of  the  separate  colours. — E.  J.  B. 


Improvements  in   Apparatus  for  Straining    Paper  Pulp. 
.1.  White,  Edinburgh.     Eng.  Pat.  17,022,  <  letober  7,  1891. 

Tins  invention  cannot  be  properly  understood  without 
reference  to  six  drawings  which  accompany  the  specification, 
describing  an  apparatus  for  imparting  an  oscillating  motion 
to  the  vat,  &c— A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Treatment  of  Rhea  to  obtain  Fibre 
therefrom,  and  Appliance  to  be  used  in  sueh  Treatment. 
E.  J.  H.  Sampson,  Sydenham.  Eng.  Pat.  17,642, 
October  15,  1891. 

Rhea  is  treated  with  a  boiling  solution  of  carbonate  of  soda 
until  the  gum  and  resin  are  in  a  "  slimy,  semi-adhesive  " 
condition.  The  rhea  is  then  removed  from  the  bath  and 
immediately  treated  with  a  jet  of  boiling  water  and  steam, 
delivered  from  a  nozzle  of  peculiar  construction. — E.  J.  B. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Vegetable  Parchment. 
J.  Robertson,  Staines.     Eng.  Pat.  8473,  May  4,  1892. 

The  paper  is  made  to  pass  through  a  parchmentising  bath 
of  sulphuric  acid,  then  through  baths  of  water  to  remove 
the  excess  of  acid,  and  finally  through  a  bath  of  glycerin. 

— E.  J.  B. 


Improvements  in  and  connected  icilh  the  Manufacture  of 
( 'elluloid  Balls  and  the  like.  P.  Hunaeus,  Hanover, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  10,675,  June  4,  1892. 

According  to  this  invention  a  number  of  hemispherical 
projections  are  stamped  by  means  of  a  die  in  a  sheet  of 
celluloid.  By  means  of  another  die  the  flat  portions  of  the 
resulting  sheet  are  removed,  leaving  the  hemispheres  ready 
to  be  joined  into  balls. — E.  J.  B. 


A  New  or  Improved  Method  of  Producing  Flat-Reliefs  for 
Wall  Papers,  Decorative  Mall  Ornaments,  and  the  like. 
P.  Klinka,  Berlin.  Eng.  Pat.  11,357,  June  17,  1892. 
On  the  inside  of  a  mould  made  of  plaster  of  Paris  treated 
with  shellac  sheets  of  blotting  paper  damped  with  a  weak 
solution  of  casein  and  milk  of  lime  are  placed,  and  pressed 
into  the  form  of  the  mould  by  means  of  a  hard  brush.  The 
inside  is  then  filled  up  with  a  putt}'  made  by  mixing  flour 
paste  with  sawdust  sud  turpentine. — E.  J.  B. 


-In    Improved  Carbon    Product.     L.   S.    Langville,   Troy, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  13,847,  July  29,  1892. 

In  the  manufacture  of  paper  pulp  from  wood  or  esparto 
grass  and  the  like,  the  raw  materials  are  treated  with  caustic 
lye,  which  dissolves  the  silica  and  saponifies  the  resinous 
substances.  The  alkaline  solution  is  evaporated  to  dryness, 
calcined  ("  recarbonised "),  and  the  residue  taken  up  with 
water.  It  is  proposed  to  prepare  a  new  form  of  carbon 
from  this  residue,  by  neutralising  the  alkali  with  weak  acid, 
after  which  the  material  is  dried  and  powdered.  The 
product  so  obtained  is  said  to  be  pure  enough  and  well 
adapted  for  electric  light  carbons. — H.  A. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS, 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTEACTS. 

On  Citronellone,  an  Unsaturated  Fatty  Aldehyde. 
E.  Kremers.  Am.  Chem.  Journ.  14,  203 — 207. 
This  paper  is  a  continuation  of  the  author's  work  read 
before  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association  in  1887, 
and  the  prime  object  of  examining  the  audropogon  oils  at 
present  must  be  to  study  carefully  the  chemical  character- 
istics of  the  substances  they  contain.  Since  then  two 
chemists  have  taken  up  the  subject  of  these  oils  :  Mr.  Erank 
D.  Dodge  (Am.  Chem.  Journ.  11,  456 ;  12,  553),  and  Dr. 
F.  W.  Semmler  (Ber.  d.  chem.  Ges.  24,  208),  and  the 
discrepancies  between  the  recorded  observations  are  pro- 
bably due  to  lack  of  uniformity  in  the  materials  and 
processes  of  manufacture  employed.  The  substance  which 
has  furnished  the  subject  for  this  preliminary  paper  is  the 
so-called  citronellon  from  the  oil  of  Eucalyptus  maculata, 
var.  citriodora,  which  was  isolated  from  the  oil  by  the 
chemists  of  Messrs.  Schimmel  and  Co.,  Leipzig.  The 
citronellone  from  this  source  is  a  colourless,  oily  liquid,  of 
a  lemon-like  odour  not  at  all  disagreeable.  Its  specific 
gravity  isO'875  at  17-5°,  and  0-871  at  20°  (0-873  at  15  ) 
It  rotates  the  ray  of  polarised  light  to  the  right  7-127°  in 
a  1-dm.  tube.     Hence  [a]D  =   +  9-18°. 

Citronellone  and  Sodium  Acid  Sulphite. — The  citronel- 
lone was  separated  from  the  other  constituents  of  the 
eucalyptus  oil  by  means  of  its  crystallisable  sodium  acid 
sulphite  compound  (Schimmel  &  Co.,  "  Bericht,"  October 
1890,  21).  From  this  it  was  regenerated  with  the  aid  of 
sodium  carbonate.  That  the  compound  had  not  suffered 
any  change  was  readily  shown  by  the  fact  that  it  again 
combined  with  sodium  acid  sulphite.  The  observation 
made  by  the  chemists  of  Sehimmel  and  Co.,  that  the  union 
of  the   two   compounds  is  accompanied  by  a  considerable 


036 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


L  Nov.  SO,  1892. 


ri<e  in  temperature 
quantities  of  citro 
triturated  in  a  mort; 
and  upon  the  addit 
eion-like  liquid  wi 
addition  product  is 
the  use  of  a  solut 
attempt  to  add  two 


can  also  be  confirmed.  If  molecular 
nellone  and  sodium  acid  sulphite  are 
ar  the  latter  will  dissolve  in  the  former, 
ion  of  a  few  drops  of  water  the  emul- 
congeal.  This  method  of  preparing  the 
not  connected  with  the  loss  caused  by 
ion  of  the  sodium  acid  sulphite.  An 
molecules  of  sodium  acid  sulphite  failed. 
— G.  II.  R. 


The  Alkaloids  of  Certain   of  the  Solanacece.     O.  Hesse. 
Anualen,  1892,  271,  100—120. 

The  author  Suds  that  atropine  prepared  from  the  pure 
commercial  sulphate  (Pharm.  Germ.  III.)  melts  at  115'5°, 
and  has  a  specific  rotatory  power  [a]„  =  —  0-4  (;>  =  3'22; 
t=  15°);  whereas  Will  and  Ladenburg  believe  it  to  he 
optically  inactive,  and  Bredig  gives  its  rotatory  power  as 
[a],,  =  —  1  - 89.       Atropine  sulphate — 

(CirH„3NO:i")2H.,SOJ  +  H20 

is  employed  for  opthalmic  purposes.  Of  three  samples  of 
this  salt,  which  stood  the  tests  of  the  German  Pharmacopoeia, 
two  were  found  to  contain  hyoscyamine  sulphate.  Pure 
atropine  sulphate  separates  on  adding  ether  to  its  alcoholic 
solution  in  lustrous  white  needles  ;  whilst  when  it  is  con- 
taminated with  hyoscyamine  sulphate  dull  white  crystalline 
aggregates  are  precipitated.  The  anhydrous  salt  has  a 
specific  rotatory  power  in  2  per  cent,  aqueous  solution  at 
15'  [a]D  =  -  8-8.  The  platinochloride  melts  at  19"°— 200°, 
and  the  auroehloride  at  138". 

Hyoscyamine,  C1-H03NO3,  prepared  from  the  seeds  of 
Ifyoscyamus  niger  and  also  from  the  commercial  sulphate 
forms  white  needles,  melting  at  108  5  ;  its  specific  rotatory 
power  in  3  per  cent,  absolute  alcoholic  solution  at  15°  was 
was  found  to  be  [a]D  =  -  20-3°.  Will  gives  -  21-68 
(Per.  21,  1722).  The  uulphate  crystallises  with  2  mols.  H.,0, 
melts  at  201°,  and  the  anhydrous  salt  has  a  specific  rotatory 
power  in  2  per  cent,  aqueous  solution  [a]„  =  —  28 '6.  The 
platinochloride  melts  at  206°,  and  the  auroehloride  at  159°. 

A  crystalline  alkaloid  comes  into  commerce  under  the 
name  of  atropinum  natural?;  it  is  prepared  from  bella- 
donna roots,  and  most  of  the  samples  of  commercial  atro- 
pine sulphate  are  derived  from  this  alkaloid.  The  base 
forms  white  needles,  melts  at  109°,  and  has  a  specific 
rotatory  power  in  2  percent,  absolute  alcoholic  solution  at 
15°  [a]0  =  —  16-2.  An  optical  analysis  of  the  sulphate, 
employing  the  above  given  constants,  showed  it  to  be  a 
mixture  of  hyoscyamine  sulphate  68  ■  2  per  cent,  and  atropine 
sulphate  31-8  per  cent. 

Hyoscine  yitiS  first  isolated  by  Ladenburg  from  hyoscyamus 
niger  (Annalen,  206,  299).  The  author  finds  that'ithas 
the  composition  represented  by  the  formula  C17lLnNO.|,  and 
its  specific  rotatory  power  in  2  per  cent,  absolute  alcoholic 
solution  at  15°  is  [o]D  =  —  13-7.  When  hyoscine  is  heated 
with  hydrochloric  acid  or  an  alkali,  oseine,  C^HyjSO.,, 
melting  at  104  -5°  and  boiling  at  242°,  and  atropic  acid, 
C]3H1805  are  obtained. 

The  alkaloid  obtained  by  E.  Schmidt  from  Scopolia 
alropoides,  and  named  by  him  scopolamine  (Apotheker 
Zeit.  1890,  30)  is  identical  with  hyoscine.  The  author  is 
in  favour  of  retaining  the  name  hyoscine  (compare  E. 
Schmidt,  Archiv.  d.  Pharm.  230,  207). 

The  remainder  of  the  paper  deals  with  atropamine  from 
belladonna  roots  (Annalen,  261, 87)  ;  belladonuiue  (Per.  22, 
3183);  and  apoatropine,  which  closely  resembles  atropa- 
mine in  its  physical  characteristics,  and  those  of  its  deriva- 
tives, but  is  crystalline,  whereas  atropamine  is  amorphous. 
Apo-atropine  is  obtained  by  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on 
atropine  (Pesci,  Her.  15,  530 ;  Ladenburg,  Annalen,  117 
102).— A.  R.  [j. 

Cincholine   and  Fluoroline.      O.    Hesse.     Annalen    189'? 
271,  9;,— urn. 

(  i\.  mot  ink,  f '1„1I.,1X1.  is  a  volatile  base  met  with  in  the 
preparation  of  cinchona  alkaloids  (Per.  15,  858);  it  is 
identical  with  the  base  isolated  by  Weller  from  paraffin  oil 
(I've.  20,  2097  ),  and  is  a  highly  refractive  oil,  boiling  at 
""■''      2,38       It  i>  homologous  with  eonine,  hut  appears  not 


to  be  poisonous.  Fluoroline,  Cj^H^N,  is  an  oily  volatile 
base  obtained  by  the  author  in  1887  by  the  steam  distilla- 
tion of  the  so-called  amorphous  alkaloid  of  Trujillo  coca  ; 
its  solution  in  water  exhibits  a  strong  blue  fluorescence. 
The  author  has  failed  to  isolate  the  base  from  either  Trujillo 
coca  or  Java  coca,  using  purified  solvents  as  extracting 
agents,  so  that  its  production  from  Trujillo  coca  (Gisel, 
Pharm.  Zeit.,  36,  -120)  was  probably  due  to  its  presence  in 
the  solvent  used,  viz.,  brown  coal  naphtha. — A.  II.  L. 


O.rygcn  in  Glass  Manufacture.     Eng.  and  Mining  J. 
54,413. 

See  under  VIII.,  page  908. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  tin  Manufacture 
of  Solid  Carbonic  Acid  (CO~~).     C.   R.  C.  Tiehborne, 

A.  E.  Darley,  S.  Geoghegan,  and  M.  F.  Purcell,  Dublin. 
Eng.  Pat.  13,684,  August  13,  1891. 

Carbonic  acid  from  brewers'  vats  (this  Journal,  1891,  651), 
or  from  any  suitable  source,  is  liquefied  in  a  series  of  stage 
compressors,  the  liquid  cooled  down  in  a  surface  condenser 
and  admitted  in  regulated  quantities  into  an  expansion 
chamber.  Part  of  the  liquid  volatilises  here,  and  in  con- 
sequence abstracts  sufficient  heat  to  cause  the  remaining  part 
of  the  liquefied  carbonic  acid  to  solidify.  The  gaseous 
carbonic  acid  may  be  returned  to  the  pumps.  The  solidifying 
chamber  may  be  made  fixed  or  moveable  ;  it  is  provided 
with  a  discharging  door  for  the  solid  carbonic  acid,  and  is 
coated  with  non-conducting  material.'  Poxes,  hags,  or  the 
solidifying  chamber  itself  may  be  used  for  transporting  the 
solid  carbonic  acid. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Anhydrous  Oxide  of 
Barium,  or  other  Substances  of  Like  Properties,  for 
Use  in  the  Separation  of  Oxygen  and  Nitrogen  of 
Atmospheric  Air.  Brins  Oxj-gen  Company,  Limited, 
and  K.  S.  Murray,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  17,298, 
October  10,  1891. 

Pieces  of  fire-clay,  pumice  stone,  or  other  inert  material 
are  saturated  with  fused  barium  nitrate  at  a  high  temperature, 
which  is  maintained  for  some  time  to  drive  off  volatile 
impurities.  The  pieces  are  allowed  to  cool  in  an  air-tight 
chamber.  The  barium  oxide  so  produced  presents  a  large 
surface  for  subsequent  action  on  air.— H.  A. 


XXI.-PHOTOGRAPHIC  MATERIALS 
PROCESSES. 


AND 


PATENTS. 
Improvements  in  Apparatus  for    Washing  Photographic 

Prints   and   Negatives.     H.  Holeroft,    Wolverhampton. 

Eng.  Pat.  19,706,  November  13,  1891. 
The  improved  apparatus  consists  in  a  cistern  in  which  is 
fitted  a  carrier,  provided  with  narrow  ledges  or  corrugations 
to  receive  horizontal  trays,  upon  which  the  negatives  or 
prints  to  be  washed  are  placed,  the  carrier  is  made  some- 
what shorter  than  the  cistern  in  order  to  leave  a  water 
space  at  each  end.  The  trays  consist  in  frames  on  which 
a  netting  is  strung.  To  prevent  prints  being  washed  out  of 
the  trays,  vertical  bars  are  fixed  across  the  outflow  end 
of  the  carrier,  the  ends  of  the  trays  being  notched  to 
correspond.  Water  is  allowed  to  drip  into  one  end  of  tie 
cistern,  flows  over  the  surface  of  the  prints  or  negatives, 
anil  escapes  by  an  overflow. — J.  ( .'.  ('. 


Nov.so,iB9S.]       THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKT. 


937 


The   Use    of  Aromatic  Amido- Compounds  and  of    the 

Derivatives     of   Pgrogallol    for    the    Development    of 

Photographic  Images.     J.   Hauff,  .Stuttgart.   Germany. 

Bug,  I'at.  2(1.690.  November  27,  1891. 

The    inventor   claims   the  use  of  the  glycines  of   various 

amidophenols,    which     are     readily    soluble     in    alkaline 

carbonates,    for    developing     photographic     images,   suju 

compounds  having  the  typical  formula — 

C„Hatt_sOH.:NR.CH2COOH 

As  an  example  of  a  developing  solution  the  following  is 
given — 

100  cc.  of  water. 

-1  ■  3  gnus,  of  crystallised  sulphite  of  soda. 

1  '5  grais.  of  glycine. 

2'5  grins,  of  potash. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Art  of  Producing  Coloured  Photo- 
graphs. .1.  YV.  McDonough,  Chicago,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
5597,  March  22,1892. 
This  invention  may  be  carried  out  in  several  ways,  one 
being  as  follows : — A  glass  plate  is  coated  with  varnish, 
which  will  dry  tacky.  Coloured  particles,  consisting  of 
resin  or  shellac,  stained  by  aniline  dyes,  &c,  are  mixed 
and  dusttd  on  the  surface.  If  these  coloured  particles  are 
mixed  in  the  right  proportion,  the  plate  will  "reflect  or 
transmit  a  mixture  of  these  colours,  which  will  be  white  in 
proportion  to  the  purity  of  the  colours,  cleanliness  of  the 
mixture,  and  the  quantity  of  light."  The  plate  is  then 
heated  just  sufficiently  to  melt  the  shellac.  After  sensitising 
in  the  usual  manner  it  is  exposed  in  the  camera,  developed 
and  fixed,  a  coloured  photograph  resulting. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Magnesium  Flash-Light  Apparatus. 
H.  J.  Haddan,  Loudon.  From  £.  Beste,  Weimar, 
(let many.     Eng.  Pat.  5996,  March  28,  1892. 

See  under  II.,  page  899. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  and  Apparatus  for  Producing 
Magnesium  Flash  Light.  X.  Browne.  From  E.  YViinsche, 
Dresden,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  62G9,  March  31,  1892. 

See  under  II.,  page  899. 


An  Improved  Developing  Tray  cr  Dish  for  Photographic 
Purposes.  A.  Desboutin,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  10,0215, 
May  26,  1892. 
This  is  a  dish  in  which  negatives  may  be  developed  in  the 
ordinary  light.  A  sheet  of  glass  of  a  nonactinic  colour  is 
inserted  in  the  bottom  of  the  dish,  and  a  closely-fitting  lid, 
also  fitted  with  a  coloured  glass,  is  provided.  At  one  end 
there  is  a  spout,  across  which  a  screen  is  placed,  to  prevent 
access  of  light  to  the  interior. 

In  using,  the  negative  is  transferred  to  the  dish  and  the 
lid  replaced  by  means  of  a  changing  bag  ;  the  developing 
solution  is  then  poured  in  by  means  of  the  spout ;  after  the 
necessary  time  the  solution  is  poured  off,  and  the  negative 
may  be  examined  by  holding  the  dish  up  to  a  candle  or 
lamp.— J.  C.  C. 

Improved   Combined   Substances  for   the   Development  of 
Photographic    Images.     .1.    Hauff,    Stuttgart,    Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,542,  August  11,  1892. 
The  inventor  claims  the  employment  of  ortho-paradiamido- 
ortho-cresol  and   ortho-paradiaruidometacresol   in  combina- 
tion   with   soluble   sulphites  for   developing   photographic 
images,  and  gives  an  example — 
100  ccof  water. 
0-  5  grins,  of  diamidocresol. 
5  gims.  of  the  crystallised  sulphite  of  an  alkali. 

—J.  c.  c. 


XXII.-EXPLOSIVES.  MATCHES.  Etc. 

Substitutions  in  Groups  Linked  to  (  'arbon  and  lo  Nitrogen. 
Application  to  Explosives.  C.  Matignon.  Compt.  rend. 
114,  1197—1199. 

Bkkthei.ot  has  shown  that  the  replacement  of  an  atom  of 
hydrogen  by  an  alcoholic  radicle  increases  the  heat  of 
combustion  of  the  body  by  about  15.~>  eals.  for  each  (II 
substituted.  The  author  has  recently  found  that  the  sub- 
stitution of  an  alcoholic  radicle  linked  to  nitrogen  increases 
the  heat  of  combustion  to  a  greater  extent  than  when  the 
same  radicle  is  linked  to  carbon. 

In  the  case  of  methyl  linked  to  nitrogen  the  heat  of 
combustion  is  from  163—165  cal.,  being  an  increase  of 
8  to  9  cal. 

Hitherto  the  nitro-compounds  with  the  NO,  group  linked 
to  carbon  have  only  been  studied,  and  the  heat  of  formation 
of  these  mononitro  hodies  corresponds  to  36  eals. 

The  author  has  thermally  studied  Guanidinc 

NH3 

(         Nil 

XH; 

and  its  mononitro  derivative,  in  which  the  group  NO.,  is 
necessarily  linked  to  nitrogen,  and  finds  that  the  formation 
of  nitroguanidine  liberates  30 -3  eals.  less  than  when  the 
XO;  is  linked  to  carbon,  consequently  the  same  law  holds 
good  as  in  the  case  of  alcoholic  substitutions,  viz.  that  the 
introduction  of  the  NOs  group  linked  to  nitrogen  increases 
the  heat  of  combustion  of  the  body  by  a  larger  amount  than 
when  the  XI  >_,  is  linked  to  carbon. 

This  has  an  interesting  bearing  on  explosives,  for  the 
nitro-derivatives  linked  to  nitrogen  set  free  6  eals.  less  in 
their  formation  by  nitric  acid  than  those  linked  to  carbon, 
consequently  they  preserve  the  equivalent  of  the  6  eals.  in 
the  form  of  potential  energy  which  is  transformed  into 
sensible  energy  at  the  moment  of  explosion,  and  conse 
quently  the  explosive  is  more  powerful  when  the  NO„  group 
is  linked  to  nitrogen.  Mononitro-guanidine  is  an  energetic 
explosive  and  behaves  similarly  to  gun-cotton  when  heated. 

— YV.  M. 


Jute   as   a    Substitute  for    Gun-Cotton.     O.   Miihlhauscr. 

Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  283,  1892,  £8— 92,  137—140. 
The  crude  fibrous  material  is  placed  in  a  solution  of  caustic 
soda  of  1  per  cent,  strength  ;  gently  heated  for  two  hours  ; 
allowed  to  stand  for  12  hours  ;  and  finally  well  rinsed  with 
water.  Then  the  treatment  with  caustic  soda  is  repeated,  the 
object  being  to  obtain  the  cellulose  as  free  as  possible  from 
foreign  matters,  &c.  Afterwards  the  fibres  are  immersed  in 
a  mixture  consisting  of  1  part  of  nitric  acid  (of  1  -5  sp.  gr.) 
and  of  1  to  3  parts  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  As  a 
result  of  this  immersion  the  fibres  turn  brownish-red,  and 
are  soon  disintegrated  into  many  small  hair-like  parts  which 
probably  represent  single  cells.  These  are  collected,  filtered, 
washed,  and  diied,  after  which  they  appear  as  a  yellowish 
fibrous  material  which  is  analogous  to  gun-cotton  in  all  its 
properties.  The  author  is  of  opinion  that  for  certain  special 
purposes  this  "gun -jute"  will  be  able  to  compete 
successfully  with  guu-cotton.— H.  S. 


Methods  Employed  for  Testing  Explosive  Substances. 
P.  Vieille.  Compt.  rend,  de  1'Assoc.  Franc,  pour 
l'Avancem.  des  Sc.  1890,  53  ;  Proc.  Inst.  Civil  Eng.  107, 
124—125. 

Until  about  20  years  ago  our  knowledge  of  explosives  was 
very  limited,  and  it  has  only  lately  been  possible  to  study 
explosive  phenomena  iu  detail.  Delicate  chronographic 
methods  have  had  to  be  devised  registering  hundred 
thousandths    of    a     second,    and    apparatus    had    to     be 


938 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Nov.  so,  isra. 


constructed  to  withstand  pressures  of  several  thousand 
amostpheres.  During  combustion  the  amount  of  heat  pro- 
duced by  various  explosives  differs  greatly  ;  for  instance, 
a  platinum  wire,  which  is  not  fused  in  the  flame  produced 
by  burning  gun-cotton,  melts  readily  when  brought  into 
contact  with  (he  flame  of  blasting  gelatin. 

The  volume  of  gas  produced  by  the  decomposition  of 
explosives  is  very  great.  Explosives  such  as  gun-cotton  or 
nitro-glycerol  produce  gas  measuring  1,000  to  1,500  times 
the  volume  of  the  original  explosive  when  reduced  to 
ordinary  temperature  and  atmospheric  pressure.  At  the 
moment  of  explosion,  however,  these  gases  are  heated  to  a 
temperature  of  2,000°  to  3,000°,  and  therefore  occupy  a 
space  10,000  to  15,000  times  as  great  as  the  explosive  from 
which  they  are  derived.  The  pressures  due  to  this  sudden 
disengagement  of  gas  are  enormous,  and  it  is  the  utilisation 
of  these  pressures  for  blasting  and  military  purposes  which 
determines  the  value  of  each  explosive.  The  theoretical 
pressure  which  can  be  developed  by  an  explosive  may  be 
calculated  from  its  chemical  composition,  but  the  actual 
pressure  produced  can  also  be  ascertained  by  direct  measure- 
ment. The  most  simple  method  of  carrying  out  the  latter 
operation  is  to  explode  a  charge  of  the  substance  to  be 
tested  in  a  closed  space  with  which  a  crusher-gauge  is 
connected.  The  crusher-gauge  consists  of  a  piston  actuated 
by  the  force  of  the  explosion  and  compressing  a  small 
cylinder  of  copper.  The  amount  of  compression  of  the 
copper  cylinder  indicates  the  force  which  has  beert  developed. 
The  crusher-gauge  is  usually  fixed  in  one  end  of  a  steel 
tube.  The  other  end  is  closed,  and  the  charge  of  explosive 
is  ignited  by  means  of  a  platinum  wire  rendered  incandescent 
by  an  electric  current.  After  the  gases  produced  by  the 
explosion  have  cooled,  the  tube  is  opened  and  the  copper 
cylinder  removed  and  measured.  The  amount  of  compres- 
sion produced  by  a  known  force  having  previously  been 
ascertained  by  direct  experiment,  it  is  possible  to  calculate 
the  pressure  of  the  gaws  which  acted  upon  the  test 
cylinder. 

Numerous  experiments  made  with  different  explosives 
have  shown  that  gun-cotton,  nitro-glycerol,  and  melinite 
are  the  most  powerful  explosives  at  present  known.  The 
pressures  produced  by  them  are  three  to  four  times  as  great 
as  those  attained  by  black  powder,  and  theoretical  con- 
siderations render  it  improbable  that  any  more  powerful 
combinations  can  be  produced.  The  pressure  increases 
very  rapidly  in  proportion  to  the  increase  of  the  charge,  so 
that  the  strength  of  the  apparatus  fixes  a  practical  limit  to 
the  records  obtainable.  The  greatest  pressures  produced  are 
when  the  explosives  completely  fills  the  cavity  in  which 
explosion  takes  place.  With  gun-cotton  a  cavity  of  1  litre 
capacit}'  will  contain  about  1  kilo,  of  explosive,  while  ihe 
same  space  will  take  1,600  grins,  of  nitro-glycerol. 

In  order  to  ascertain  the  duration  of  the  explosive  action, 
the  author  has  constructed  a  registering  crusher-gauge,  of 
which  an  illustration  accompanies  the  paper.  A  steel  point 
is  fixed  to  the  steel  piston  or  plug,  which  compresses  the 
copper  cylinder,  and  which  is  itself  actuated  by  the  explosion 
of  the  substance  under  examination.  This  steel  point  rests 
upon  a  sheet  of  blackened  paper,  which  is  rolled  round  a 
revolving  cylinder.  At  the  moment  of  explosion  the  point 
follows  the  crusher-piston  in  proportion  as  the  copper 
cylinder  is  flattened  by  the  pressure  of  the  gases,  and  a  line 
is  described  upon  the  paper.  A  comparison  of  the  lines 
thus  obtained  from  different  explosives  shows  the  rate  at 
which  the  pressure  increases  in  each  case.  The  speed  of 
the  paper  is  about  10  metres  per  second,  each  thousandth  of 
a  second  being  represented  by  a  length  of  one  centimetre. 

By  means  of  this  apparatus  it  has  been  found  that  not 
only  the  duration,  but  also  the  manner  of  combustion  varies 
greatly.  In  some  cases  the  rise  of  pressure  is  very  gentle  at 
the  commencement  and  increases  suddenly  towards  the  end 
of  the  explosion,  while  with  other  substances  the  reverse  is 
the  case.  With  some  explosives,  such  as  gun-cotton  and 
nitro-glycerol,  the  application  of  fire  alone  does  not  produce 
an  explosive  action ;  for  these  substauces  a  detonator 
containing  fulminate  of  mercury  is  used  to  initiate  the 
explosive  wave.  In  a  tube  filled  with  nitro-glycerol  the 
explosive  wave  travels  at  the  rate  of  about  1,000  metres  ;i 
second,   bu*    in  its  more   porous   form   of  dynamite   this 


substance  propagates  the  explosion  at  the  rate  of  3,000  to 
4,000  metres  a  second.  With  gun-cotton  the  speed  is  5,000 
to  6,000  metres. 

In  firearms,  where  explosives  are  used  as  the  motive- 
power,  it  is  necessary  to  diminish  the  velocity  of  explosion 
in  order  to  avoid  too  great  a  strain  upon  the  metal  of  which 
the  weapon  is  constructed. 

It  is  in  these  eases  especially  that  the  apparatus  described 
by  the  author  has  been  found  of  great  assistance.— W,  S. 


Coal-Dust  Explosions  at  the  Zanckerode  Colliery,  Max 
Georgi.  Jahrb.  fur  das  Herg-und  Huttenw.  in  Kiinigr. 
Sachseu,  1891,  1  ;  Proc.  Inst.  Civil  Eng.  108.  77 — 78. 

The  seam,  3  to  5  yards  in  thickness,  worked  at  the 
Zanckerode  colliery  in  Saxony,  yields  a  dust  of  the  class 
described  by  Atkinson  as  especially  dangerous.  Fortunately 
the  dust  is  present  only  in  small  quantities.  Three  explo- 
sions, however,  that  have  recently  occurred,  show  that 
under  certain  conditions  this  dust  may  be  a  source  of  danger. 
The  methods  adopted  in  order  to  obviate  its  disastrous 
consequences,  consist  in  the  employment  of  nameless 
explosives,  and  of  appliances  for  artificially  moistening  the 
dust  by  means  of  a  water-spray. 

The  nameless  explosives  in  practical  use  are  flameless 
dynamite  (Wctli'nli/iiamit),  roburite,  securite  and  carbonite. 
The  first  of  these  contains,  as  aqueous  salt,  magnesium 
sulphate.  The  best  results  with  this  class  of  explosive 
were  obtained  with  flameless  kieselguhr  dynamite  with  40 
to  45  per  cent,  of  nitroglycerol.  Experience  showed, 
however,  that  all  flameless  dynamites  deteriorated  with 
keeping,  and  all  evolved  noxious  gases.  Roburite  was 
found  to  be  uncertain  in  its  action,  and  it  was  thought  to 
be  not  homogeneous,  or  to  be  subject  to  spontaneous  decom- 
position. The  use  of  roburite  and  of  flameless  dynamite 
has  been  abandoned  at  Zanckerode  ;  but  satisfactory  results 
have  been  obtained  with  securite  and  with  carbonite.  The 
latest  form  of  carbonite  is  a  nitroglycerol  explosive  mixed  with 
a  sufficient  quantity  of  carbonaceous  matter  to  prevent  the 
formation  of  free  oxygen  or  of  carbonic  ozide.  Securite 
consists,  so  far  as  is  known,  of  nitrobenzene  and  ammonium 
nitrate.  With  reference  to  the  storing  of  these  explosives, 
the  same  precautions  must  be  taken  with  carbonite  as  with 
gelatin-dynamite.  Securite,  however,  is  not  affected  by 
changes  of  temperature,  but  is  very  sensitive  to  the  action  of 
moisture.  Carbonite  can  be  completely  exploded  by  a 
detonator  with  a  charge  of  0-8  grin,  whilst  securite  requires 
1*5  grm.  The  former  is  found  to  act  best  in  coal  and  in 
soft  rocks,  and  experience  at  Zanckerode  tends  to  show  that 
it  may  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  blasting  powder  in  most 
collieries,  and  that  it  must  eventually  entirely  replace 
dynamiie,  which  is  still  used  here  and  there.  Securite,  as 
a  more  powerful  explosive,  is  not  adapted  for  soft  coal. 
Its  use  is,  therefore,  confined  to  hard  pyritic  coal  or  to 
hard  rock.  The  amount  of  coal  got  by  the  miner  is  less 
with  carbonite  than  with  powder  ;  but  in  narrow  headways 
the  length  driven  is  not  affected  by  the  use  of  flameless 
explosives.  The  cost  of  blasting  is  in  all  cases  higher  than 
when  powder  is  used. 

The  second  method  of  obviating  coal-dust  explosions 
consists  in  the  employment  of  appliances  for  moistening  the 
dust.  The  installation  of  pipes  was  begun  in  May  1890  in 
the  workings  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Carola  shaft,  where  the 
air  is  driest  and  the  dust,  as  is  proved  by  the  explosion 
that  occurred  there,  most  dangerous.  The  water  was  taken 
from  a  drainage  level  some  270  feet  above  the  workings  in 
question,  and  an  ample  supply  was  available.  With  the 
exception  of  the  cast-irom  mains,  all  the  pipes  are  of 
galvanised  wrought  iron.  The  use  of  the  spray,  the  con- 
struction of  which  is  shown  in  drawings  accompanying  the 
paper,  is  confined  to  the  actual  workings.  The  installation 
extends  to  sixty  working  places,  and  cost  1,700/. — W.  S. 


Nov.  so.  1893.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


939 


Explosive  and  Ordnance  Material.  Stephen  H.  Kmmens. 
Proc.  of  the  U.S.  Naval  Inst.  1891,355;  Proc.  Inst. 
Civil  Eng.  108,  113—115. 

The  explosion  of  what  is  known  as  dynamite  No.  1,  con- 
taining 75  per  cent,  of  nitroglycerol,  is  found  to  be  more 
effective  than  that  of  pure  nitroglycerol  itself.  The  author 
explains  this  apparent  anomaly  by  what  he  calls  a  ballistic 
theory  of  explosives. 

He  calculates  the  pressure  which  would  be  exerted  upon 
the  walls  of  a  shell  containing  the  explosive,  which  pressure 
represents  the  aggregate  of  the  impacts  of  the  gaseous  mole- 
cules, and  is  directly  proportioual  to  the  vis  viva  of  the  mean 
molecular  movements.  But  since  vis  viva  is  composed  of 
two  factors,  mass  and  velocity,  the  determination  of  gaseous 
pressure  alone  fails  to  indicate  the  character  of  the  blows  by 
which  it  is  produced.  It  tells  nothing  as  to  whether  the 
walls  of  the  containing  vessel  have  to  withstand  the  shock 
of  heavy  molecules  moving  with  comparative  slowness 
or  of  light  molecules  moving  at  relatively  high  velocity. 
The  author  shows  that  although  the  pressure  upon  the 
walls  of  the  shell  is  greater  in  the  case  of  nitroglycerol, 
both  the  intensity  and  velocity  of  the  blows  delivered  by 
the  dynamite  molecules  are  greater  than  those  of  the  nitro- 
glycerol, and  the  ballistic  effect  obtained  in  this  manner 
by  calculation  is  in  accordance  with  that  found  by 
experiment. 

The  author  describes  a  method  of  testing  explosives 
employed  by  him,  which  is  as  follows  :  A  segment  of  a 
sphere  of  lead  is  suspended  in  the  air  with  the  convex  side 
uppermost.  To  the  flat  base  is  attached  a  charge  of  the 
explosive  to  be  tested  contained  in  a  cylindrical  cartridge 
case  of  paraffined  paper,  the  lead  and  the  cartridge  being 
thus  in  the  form  of  a  mushroom. 

The  effect  is  measured  by  the  amount  of  indentation 
produced.  The  metal  is  scarred  and  pitted  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  show  that  there  is  no  approach  to  uniformit}' 
of  pressure  produced  by  the  explosion,  the  gas  molecules 
appearing  to  strike  the  lead  like  a  charge  of  small  shot. 

When  a  cannon  ball  is  driven  along  the  bore  of  a  gun 
by  the  impact  of  a  column  of  gas,  the  pressure  sustained 
by  the  walls  of  the  gun  is  much  less  than  that  exerted  on 
the  base  of  the  shot.  The  column  of  gas  must  be  con- 
sidered as  a  stream  of  minute  projectiles  darting  onwards 
with  a  common  movement  of  translation  and  not  darting 
in  every  direction  as  in  a  vessel  filled  with  gas.  For  utilising 
high  explosives  in  firearms  and  ordnance,  the  author  con- 
structs cartridges  lined  with  soft  wood.  The  lining  protects 
the  metal  of  the  gun  against  a  disintegrating  shock,  and  by 
its  resilience  enables  the  gaseous  molecules  to  retain  their 
energy  in  the  form  of  motion  and  to  gradually  join  the 
onflowing  current  along  the  bore  of  the  gun. 

The  author  gives  tables  of  the  comparative  strength  of 
different  explosive  compounds,  his  method  being  to  first 
determine  how  much  heat  is  set  free  by  the  re-arrangement 
of  the  molecules  after  deduction  of  the  heat  absorbed  in 
breaking  up  the  explosive  to  start  with,  obtaining  in  this 
way  a  measure  of  the  total  mechanical  force  rendered 
available.  He  then  considers  the  mode  in  which  the 
explosive  develops  its  strength — whether  by  a  large  volume 
of  gas  at  comparatively  low  temperature  or  by  a  small 
volume  highly  heated,  and  is  then  in  a  position  to 
discriminate  as  to  the  particular  use  for  which  any  explosive 
is  adapted.  There  follows  a  description  of  the  composition 
and  method  of  manufacture  of  a  number  of  so-called  smoke- 
less powders,  and  among  them  Emmensite  and  Gelbite, 
invented  and  manufactured  by  himself,  together  with  an 
account  of  experiments  made  upon  them  in  the  United 
States.  The  article  concludes  with  an  account  of  tests 
made  with  different  alloys  of  aluminium  bronze,  with  a 
view  of  ascertaining  the  behaviour  of  the  material  under 
conditions  of  sudden  stress. — W.  S. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Fireworks.  C.  Huelser,  London.  From 
G.  Gillischewsky,  Berlin.  Eng.  Pat.  18,439,  October  27, 
1891. 

Twelve  parts  of  steel  chips  are  first  dipped  into  a  solution 
of  stearin  and  benzine  in  order  to  coat  them  with  stearin. 
These  coated  chips,  along  with  96  parts  of  lead  nitrate  and 
12  parts  of  charcoal,  are  introduced  into  an  alcoholic  solution 
of  shellac.  Wooden  matches  are  then  dipped  into  this 
viscous  mass  and  can  be  used  for  producing  star  fireworks. 

— W.  M. 


An  Improvement  in  the  Manufacture  of  Pyroxylines.  H. 
de  Chardonnet,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat.  19,560,  November  11, 
1891. 

This  invention  consists  in  the  preparatory  treatment  of  the 
cellulose  material  intended  for  nitration,  by  heating  it  for 
several  hours  to  150'  to  170°  C.  The  application  of  this 
high  temperature  is  said  to  increase  the  solubility  of  the 
subsequently  formed  pyroxylines. — W.  M. 


Improvements  in  the  Means  for  Blasting  by  Enplosives. 
F.  Pfeiffer,  Goslar  am  Harz,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  11,753, 
June  23,  1892. 

According  to  this  invention  the  explosive  is  placed  at  the 
bottom  of  the  bore-hole,  and  water  contained  in  a  vessel 
open  at  top  and  fitting  the  bore-hole  is  placed  in  the  same. 
The  bore-hole  and  water  vessel  are  then  closed  at  top  by  a 
priming  cartridge,  the  explosion  of  which  causes  the 
explosion  of  the  charge  at  the  bottom  of  the  hole. 

The  cartridge  may  also  be  provided  with  an  additional 
compartment  for  containing  water  or  other  flame-preventive 
for  use  in  firing  mines. — V7.  M. 


Improvements  in  Explosive  Compounds.  H.  J.  Allison, 
London.  From  A.  C.  Rand,  New  York.  Eng.  Pat.  12,744, 
July  12,  1892. 

Nitrobenzene,  or  the  light  oil  of  coal  tar,  nitrated  to  have 
a  specific  gravity  of  24°  to  34°  B.,  is  incorporated  with 
potassium  chlorate  in  the  proportion  of  one  part  of  the 
former  to  four  of  the  latter.  Instead  of  pure  potassium 
chlorate  equal  parts  by  weight  of  this  substance  and 
manganese  dioxide  may  be  mixed  with  15  per  cent,  of 
nitrobenzene  or  60  per  cent,  of  potassium  chlorate  and  40 
per  cent,  of  an  inert  substance  mixed  with  15  per  cent,  of 
nitrobenzene  also  forms  an  effective  explosive. — W.  M. 


XXIII.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

APPARATUS. 

Apparatus  for  Extracting  Liquids  and  Pulpy  Substances. 

Holde.  Milth.  Kbnig.  technl.  Versuchs  1892,  130 — 132. 
The  working  of  the  apparatus  will  be  easily  understood  by 
a  glance  at  the  annexed  sketch.  The  substance  to  be 
extracted  must,  of  course,  be  at  a  sufficient  depth  below  the 
siphon  a,  so  as  to  prevent  the  possibility  of  any  particles 
of  the  substances  being  conveyed  into  the  flask  A.  Whilst 
extracting  fats  emulsified  by  soap  solutions,  the  author 
found  that  air  bubbles  rising  from  the  bottom  of  the  soap 
solution  were  apt  to  carry  along  with  them  parts  of  the 
solution  into  the  ether  and  therefrom  into  the  flask  A.     An 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [-Nov.  so,  189S. 


Apparatus  fob  Extracting  Liquids  and  Pulpt 

Substances. 

addition,  however,  of  an   easily  soluble  salt,  as   potassium 
sulphate,  did  away  with  this  defect  of  the  apparatus.— J.  L. 


A  Simple  Apparatus  for  Evaporating  tinder  Diminished 
Pressure.  U.  Schulze  and  B.  Tollens.  Annalen  1892, 
271,  46— 48. 

Thk  purpose  of  the  apparatus,  shown  in  the  Figure,  which  is 
similar  in  principle  to  Yaryan"s  vacuum  evaporating  appa- 
ratus (this  Journal  1888,  313)  devised  for  the  purposes  of 
the  sugar  industry,  is  to  obviate  the  long  exposure  of  a 
solution  during  its  evaporation  under  diminished  pressure, 
to  a  high  temperature,  whereby  in  some  cases  decomposition 
occurs.  It  consists  of  a  copper  tube  of  3  cm.  inner  diameter, 
bent  in  the  form  of  a  worm,  and  heated  in  a  water-hath. 
The  liquid  to  lie  evaporated  is  drawn  through  this  tube  by 
means  of  a  water-pump  e,  which  latter  also  serves  to 
maintain  a  partial  vacuum  within  the  apparatus.  A  piece 
of  wide  glass  tubing  is  fixed  in  the  upper  end  of  the  copper 
tube  by  a  perforated  rubber  stopper,  and  a  narrower  glass 
tube  drawn  out  to  a  point  and  provided  with  a  tap  to  regulate 
the  rate  nt  which  the  liquid  is  introduced,  is  fixed,  also  with 
a  perforated  rubber  stopper,  into  the  larger  tube.  The  loner 
end  of  the  copper  tube,  which  projects  beyond  the  bath,  is 
somewhat  narrower  than  the  other  portion,  and  it  is  attached 
to  a  glass  tube,  which  is  fused  to  a  bulb  at  b,  and  connected 
with  a  condenser  c.  The  concentrated  solution  falls  into  the 
desk/',  and  may  be  removed  by  means  of  the  siphon,  after 
admitting  air  into  the  flask:  whilst  the  condensed  steam  is 
collected  in  the  flask  <l,  the  uncondensed  steam  being  carried 
off  by  the  pump.  Hy  means  of  the  apparatus  4 — :>  litres  of 
a  dilute  solution  may  be  concentrated  to  1  litre  in  the  course 
of  an  hour. — A.  1!.  L. 


SCHULTZK    LND    TOLLENS'    APPARATUS    FOB    EVAPORATING  UNDEB    DIMINISHED  PbESSURE, 


INORGA  NIC   CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

.\,ir  Method  for  the  Separation  of  Iron  from  other 
Elements.  T.  \\r.  Kothe.  Mitth.  Konig.  tech.  Versuchs. 
1892,  132—142. 

Tl  i  author  bases  his  new  method  on  the  solubilitv  of  ferric 
chloride  in  ether,  in  which  the  chlorides  of  other  metals  that 
usually  oecur  in  steel  are  irsoluble.  The  solutions  from 
which  the  iron  is  to  be  extracted  must  be  strongly  acid. 
Foi  convenient  extraction,  the  author  has  designed  an 
apparatus  the  main  feature  of  which  consists  in  two  cylin- 
tractors  beiog  connected  at  the  bottom  by  means  of 


a  three-way  tap,  which  allows  of  their  being  brought  into 
communication  as  well  as  their  being  emptied  separately. 
During  the  shaking  out  the  top  parts  of  the  cylinders  aie 
also  closed  by  taps.  The  conditions  for  a  correct  deter- 
mination of  the  iron  are  the  following  : — (o)  Suspended 
substances  as.  ,  ,/.,  silica,  carbon,  fibres  of  filter- paper,  must 
not  be  present;  (6)  the  hydrochloric  acid  solution  must 
contain  the  iron  in  the  ferric  state  onlv :  (c)  exec--  of 
chlorine,  nitric  acid,  and  other  ether-decomposing  substances 
must  be  removed  :  i  d)  the  quantity  of  a  hydrochloric  acid 
present  must  be  so  hue.-  that  the  extracted  liquid  contains 
21—22  per  cent.  HCI  ( i  ,-.,  has  the  sp,  gr.  1  ■  100—1  ■  105  at 
IS   (')       The  author  proceeds    in    the  analysis   of  steel  as 


Nov,  30,18»3J        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


941 


follows:  5  grms.  are  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid  and  the 
silica  separated  as  usual.  The  solution  of  iron  is  evaporated 
down,  until  hydrochloric  acid  vapours  escape,  and  oxidised 
with  2  —  2  5  ce.  nitric  acid  of  14  sp.  gr.,  and  finally  boiled 
down  until  basic  iron  chloride  separates.  The  residue 
having  a  volume  of  about  10  cc.  is  transferred  into  the 
extractor  and  ">j — 60  cc.  hydrochloric  acid,  1*124  (at 
111  I'. I,  are  added.  Two  extractions  with  ether  are  suffi- 
cient to  bring  the  iron  into  the  ether.  Minute  quantities  of 
copper  and  cobalt,  which  sometimes  pass  into  the  ether 
along  with  the  iron,  are  easily  removed  by  subsequent 
washing  of  the  ethereal  layer  with  10  cc.  of  hydrochloric 
acid,  1*101  sp.  gr.  The  author  has  used  this  new  method 
in  the  analysis  of  more  than  a  hundred  samples  of  steel, 
iron,  and  ferro-manganese  with  satisfactory  results. — J.  L. 


A  New  Method  of  Assay  of  Antimony  Ores.  A.  Carnot. 
Annates  des  Mines,  1,  1892,  303  ;  Proc.  Inst.  Civil  Eug. 
110  <jv),  52. 

The  ordinary  dry  way  of  assaying  antimony  ore  by  fusion 
with  soda  charcoal  and  metallic  iron,  gives  a  very  inaccurate 
idea  of  its  metallic  contents,  the  author  having  found 
differences  from  the  results  obtained  by  analysis  which 
are  rarely  below  8  or  10  per  cent.,  and  in  the  case  of  poor 
minerals  may  be  as  high  as  20  or  30  per  cent.  The  author 
has  abandoned  the  dry  method  of  assay,  and  now  substitutes 
a  method  of  solution  and  precipitation  of  the  metal  by  tin, 
which  gives  very  satisfactory  results.  In  dealing  with 
sulphide  ores,  from  2  to  5  grins,  of  the  finely  powdered 
mineral  are  heated  with  50  to  60  cubic  centimetres  of  strong 
hydrochloric  acid,  but  not  allowed  to  boil.  When  the  action 
ceases  the  liquid  is  decanted,  and  fresh  acid  is  added  until 
the  sulphide  is  entirely  decomposed,  a  few  drops  of  nitric 
acid  being  sometimes  added  towards  the  end,  and  the 
insoluble  matter  is  washed  clean  with  water.  The  several 
acid  solutions  are  united,  diluted  with  an  equal  volume  of 
water,  heated  to  80°  or  90",  and  a  plate  of  tin  is  inserted. 
The  precipitation  of  the  antimony  commences  at  once,  and 
is  completed,  when  the  quantity  is  about  1  grra.,  iu  one  and 
a  half  hours.  The  precipitated  metal  is  washed  by  decanta- 
tion,  digested  with  weak  hydrochloric  acid  to  remove  tin 
salts,  and  is  finally  collected  ou  a  tared  filter,  washed  with 
water  and  alcohol,  dried  at  100°,  and  weighed.  The  error 
of  the  result,  as  determined  b)'  experiments  upon  mixtures 
of  native  sulphide  of  antimony  and  quartz,  is  below  1  per 
cent,  on  the  amount  found  by  more  exact  analytical 
methods. 

In  the  assay  of  oxidised  ores  which  are  usually  mixed 
with  unchanged  sulphide,  there  is  often  considerable  difficulty 
in  getting  the  antimony  completely  dissolved,  and  there  is 
a  further  chance  of  loss  by  volatilisation.  This  may  be 
avoided  by  converting  the  oxidised  minerals  into  sulphide 
by  passing  a  current  of  dry  sulphuretted  hydrogen  through 
it.  This  is  done  by  exposing  about  5  grins,  of  the  mineral 
forming  a  thin  layer  in  a  flat-bottomed  flask,  to  the  action 
of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  dried  by  chloride  of  calcium, 
which  is  introduced  from  a  bent  tube  nearly  touching  the 
layer  of  mineral.  The  flask  is  placed  on  a  piece  of  wire 
gauze  about  2  in.  above  the  flame  of  a  Iiunsen  star  burner, 
so  that  the  temperature  may  not  exceed  300°.  The  gas 
first  reduces  the  oxide  and  then  converts  it  into  sulphide,  a 
small  quantity  of  oxide  and  sulphur  being  produced,  which 
condenses  in  the  cooler  part  of  the  flask,  but  there  is  no 
loss  of  sulphide  of  antimony.  The  operation  is  complete 
in  about  an  hour,  and  the  solution  is  effected  in  the  manner 
described  above. 

Iron  and  zinc  have  no  effect  upon  the  accuracy  of  the 
result ;  but  when  the  ore  contains  lead,  that  metal  is  partly 
precipitated  as  chloride,  while  part  remains  in  the  rotunda, 
and  is  deposited  iu  the  metallic  state  upon  the  plate  of  tin. 
This  may  be  estimated  in  the  weighed  metallic  precipitate 
by  heating  it  to  50°  or  60°  in  a  solution  of  sodium  peisulphide 
(formed  by  boiling  sodium  monosulphide  with  flowers  of 
sulphur)  when  the  antimony  is  rapidly  dissolved,  leaving  a 
residue  of  lead  sulphide  containing  86  per  cent,  of  lead. 
As,  however,  there  is  invariably  some  oxidation  during  the 
lining  of  the  precipitate,  the  surcharge  will  be  somewhat 


greater,  and  90  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  the  sulphide  may 
he  taken  to  be  the  proper  correction  to  be  made  for  the  lead 
present.  Arsenic,  when  present  in  the  ore,  is  precipitated 
with  the  antimony,  and  its  presence  can  be  determined 
qualitatively,  but  no  method  of  estimating  the  quantity  has 
been  devised.  This,  however,  is  of  less  importance,  as 
arsenical  antimony  ores  are  comparatively  rare. — W.  S. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUANTITA TIVE. 

Viscosity   at    Low   Temperatures  (KaltebestandigkeW)   of 

Black     Mineral    Oils.      Ilolde.    Mitth.    Kijuigl.    tech. 
Versuchs,  1892,  126  —  130. 

The  author  states  that  ihe  test  prescribed  by  the  rules  of 
the  German  State  Railways,  viz.,  that  iu  which  the  criterion 
is  th?  number  of  mm.  an  oil  will  rise  in  a  (J -tube  °' 
5  mm.  diameter,  under  an  air  pressure  represented  by 
50  mm.  water  at  a  temperature  of  —  5°  C,  or  —  15°  C, 
during  one  minute,  may  lead  to  discordant  results  for  one 
and  the  same  oil  even  when  repeatedly  tested  the  same  day. 
The  discrepancies  are  due  to  the  fact  that  at  the  low  tem- 
perature solid  particles  of  paraffin,  &c,  separate  out  which 
do  not  redissolve  when  the  oil  is  allowed  to  assume  the 
ordinary  temperature. — J.  L. 


Analysis  of  Commercial   Yolk  of  Eyy.     F.Jean.     Monit. 

Scient.  6,  August  1892,  561—563. 
For  the  dressing  of  hides  in  the  tawing  process,  a  large 
quantity  of  salted  yolks  of  eggs  is  used,  unmixed  or  mixed 
with  borax  for  preserving  purposes.  This  material,  com- 
manding a  high  price  and  being  of  variable  composition, 
it  follows  that  the  method  of  analysis  adopted  offers 
considerable  interest. 

The  method  adopted  is  as  follows  : — 

Determination  of  the  Water. — After  having  thoroughly 
mixed  the  sample,  a  crucible  (which  can  be  connected  with 
a  small  agitator)  is  taied,  and  10  grms.  of  the  material  are 
weighed  out,  a  few  drops  of  acetic  acid  added,  and  the 
whole  is  well  mixed  by  means  of  the  agitator.  The 
acidified  yolk  is  now  dried  very  slowly,  at  first  at  a  tem- 
perature of  50°  to  60°  C.  (taking  care  to  stir  up  the  mass 
with  the  agitator  gradually  as  the  substauce  dries).  The 
drying  process  is  completed  at  110°,  and  the  crucible  and 
contents  are  weighed  with  due  precautions.  The  loss  by 
drying  x  10  =  percentage  of  water.  The  difference  from 
100  =  dry  extract. 

Determination  of  the  Fatty  Matter. — The  extract  is 
carefully  removed  from  the  crucible,  pulverised,  and 
extracted  hot  with  petroleum  spirit.  When  the  extraction 
is  finished,  the  spirit  is  removed  by  distillation,  the  fatty 
matter  transferred  to  a  tared  crucible,  dried  for  one  hour  at 
\\Q>"  to  115°  C,  and  weighed.  The  fatty  matter  thus 
found  =  G. 

1  'ite/lin, — By  passing  into  the  extractor  a  current  of  air, 
the  exhausted  material  is  freed  from  the  spirit  it  contained, 
and  then  it  is  extracted  in  the  same  apparatus,  after  thus 
replacing  the  petroleum  spirit  by  distilled  water.  The 
aqueous  extract  evaporated  in  a  crucible,  and  then  dried  at 
110°  C,  gives  the  extractive  matter  soluble  in  water,  from 
which  the  weight  of  sodium  chloride  and  of  other  salts 
which  might  have  been  added  to  the  yolk  for  preservative 
purposes,  has  to  be  deducted. 

Ash. — Into  a  tared  platinum  crucible  10  grms.  of  the  yolk 
are  introduced,  dried,  and  then  calcined  at  a  moderately- 
low  temperature,  until  white  ash  remains.  This  residue  is 
weighed. 

When  testing  salted  yolk  of  egg  the  attainment  of  white 
ash  is  difficult,  for  if  the  temperature  be  raised  too  much 
some  sodium  chloride  may  be  volatilised  and  lost.  To 
avoid  this,  carbonisation  should  be  conducted  at  a  low 
temperature.  The  char  is  then  treated  in  the  crucible  with 
hot  water,  taking  care  not  to  fracture  the  carbonised  mass, 
and  the  aqueous  saline  solution  is  collected.  The  exhausted 
charcoal  is  then  calcined  until  white  ash  alone  is  left.     The 


942 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDTJSTKY.        [Nov.  30, 1892. 


wash-water  from  the  charcoal  is  then  added  to  the  contents 
of  the  crucible.  The  solution  is  then  evaporated  and  dried 
at  1 10%  the  ash  weighed,  and  estimated. 

In  the  presence  of  the  boric  acid  it  is  difficult  to  avoid  a 
loss  of  sodium  chloride  during  calcination,  hence  preference 
is  given  to  the  weighing  of  the  Xa  CI  not  derived  from  the 
ash,  but  by  means  of  a  new  test. 

It  was  found  that  the  NaCl  increases  the  solubility  of 
the  vitelliu  in  water,  and  that  with  the  salted  yolk  an 
extract  precipitated  by  tannic  acid  in  a  much  higher  degree 
is  obtained  than  is  the  case  with  unsalted  yolks.  As  the 
dissolved  albuminoid  matter  also  makes  filtration  very 
difficult,  the  aqueous  extract  destined  for  treatment  for 
the  estimation  of  XaCl  is  first  precipitated  with  a  little 
tannic  acid,  then  filtered  and  reduced  to  a  definite  volume, 
and  the  XaCl  is  determined  in  this  by  precipitation  with 
nitrate  of  silver. 

In  another  portion  of  the  solution  the  sulphates  are 
determined,  also  boric  acid,  nitrates,  salicylic  acid,  &c. 

Knowing  the  amount  of  water,  fatty  matter,  ash,  and  the 
extract  soluble  in  water,  there  is  obtained  by  difference 
the  amount  of  the  insoluble  vitellin. 

In  order  to  determine  exactly  the  proportions  of  the 
different  substances  contained  in  the  pure  yolk,  three 
samples  of  pure  yolk  were  prepared,  which  were  analysed 
separately  by  the  method  just  described. 

From  the  mean  of  these  three  analyses  were  calculated 

the  following  factors  : — 

Per  Cent. 

Water  aud  normal  ash WO 

Water 62*6 

Extract -H'rO 

Fatty  matter  (G) 28-0 

YiU-l]in  V  (including  the  extract  by  water) 18'0 

G 
Ratio  of  fatty  matter  to  Vitellin  y 1*5 

100  per  cent,  reduced  extract  =  G  =  60  V 40"0 

100  per  cent,  reduced  extract 2 "91  normal. 

With  these  data  the  composition  of  the  yolk  of  commerce 
may  be  found.  If,  for  example,  a  sample  analysis  be  taken 
which  gives  the  following  results  : — 

Water 50-76 

/■Normal  ashes 1*112 

Ashes 15*134  Sodium  chloride 13-080 

(-  Boric  acid,  ic 0  •  938 

Fatty  matters  ..    19"78 
Vitellin  1*46 

P.educed  extract  100— (50-76  + 15- 13)  =  34 -11,  giving— 

G 19-78 

V 14*34 

The  ratio  =  =  1-375  instead  of  1*5  is  abnormal,  because 
for  100  of  reduced  extract  it  gives — 


a.0}  instead  of  {-, 


37-9 
42 


60*0 

Hi-0 


28 


=  70-6  for 


( 'ahulation    of  the  Quantity   of  Pure    Yolk. — The   oil 

obtained  from  this  sample  gives  with  the  oleorefractometer 

-   1 1    as  pure  oil.     Knowing  that  28  G  =  100  pure  yolk, 

the  content  of  pure   yolk  can  be  calculated,  according  to 

the  content  of  the  fatty  matter  G,  by  means  of  the  formula 

L10  x  G    ■  ,,  ,        .  loo  x  19' 78 

.,s     ,  i.e.,  in  the  example  given, 

1 1 » i  of  pure  yolk. 

Calculation  of  Albumen  in  excess. — For  calculating  this 
the  amount  of  vitellin  is  sought  that  should  correspond  to 
the  fatty  matter  found  by  analysis,  supposing  the  yolk  were 
pure. 

Knowing  that  28  G  =  18  V  we  would  have  1S  *—  =  V 

which  means  in  the  present  example    s  -    -  —  =  12-70  V 

In  the  analysis  there  was  obtained V   14*88 

And  by  the  calculation  according  to  G V    12-70 

Difference 1-63 


This  difference  therefore  represents  the  albumen  in 
excess. 

If  other  matters  had  been  added  to  the  yolk  they  would  be 
found  by  means  of  the  same  calculation. 

Knowing  the  quantity  of  pure  yolk,  the  albumen  in  excess 
and  the  ash  by  difference  is  found  the  added  water,  and  the 
composition  of  the  analysed  yolk  could  be  formulated  in  the 
following  way  : — 

PerCent. 

Pm-e  yolk 70'6 

Albumen 1"63 

Add.il  salts 14-01 

Added  water 13*76 

Control  of  the  Quantity  of  added  water. — Knowing  that 
in  the  pure  yolk  at  28  per  cent,  of  fatty  matters,  G  corre- 
sponds  to  52-6    of  water,  and   that   the  analysed    sample 

contains   50-76   per   cent,   of   water,  the  formula,  '*'*      — - 
5i).g  x  1Q-7S 

is  calculated,  i.e.,  — — 5^-2-r-f  =  37  per  cent.  10  per  cent. 

normal  water. 

We  have  therefore — 

PerCent. 

Total  water 50-76 

Normal  water 37' Hi 

Added  water 13'66 

Applying  these  calculations  to  the  case  of  samples  which 
have  given  the  following  results  by  analysis  : — 


Determined 

Matters. 

A. 

B. 

C. 

D. 

E. 

Water 

58*84 
18-60 

14-23 
14*23 

10-34 

48-910 
17*468 
18*840 
13*840 
0*942 

52'  194 
18-740 
15-530 
11-460 
1*656 

•60 

10-91 

IS -52 

13-78 

1-24 

50-7li 

Oil 

Vitellin 

15-13 
19*78 

r'-87 

1-4(5 

100-00 

loij-ooo 

too- 

100-00 

100*00 

Saline  Matters. 


A. 


B. 


C. 


Normal  ash 

Sodium  chloride. . 
Boric  acid,  Sc. 


X  "Hi 

l(i-71 
0-78 


1*112 
14*850 
1*500 


1-07 
17-80 
17-80 


1-112 

14*420 

1*478 


1*112 
13-080 
0-988 


Proportion 



A. 

B. 

C. 

D. 

E. 

Pun  yolk 1-37          1*99          1*19 

L-23 

1-37 

The  following  compositions  are  obtained 

:— 



A. 

B. 

C. 

IX 

E. 

Pure  yolk 

Albumen  in  excess 

tdded  salts 

Added  water 


Percent.  PerCent.  PerCent. 
5(1-8"       67- 55-00 


1*19 

17-40 


3IC52        17-32* 


0-S90  :;-ol 

14-782         18-74 
23-25 


PerO  nt.  Pei  Cent. 
65-00        70-00 

3- 13  1-63 

16'80        14*01 

15-98         13-76 


— M.  1!. 


Nov.  so,  1882.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


943 


Estimation  of  Nitrogen    in    Inorganic    and     Ethereal 

Nitrates,    and    in    Nitro    Derivatives,    by    KjeldahVs 

Process.     M.  L.   Chenel.     Bull.  Soc.  Chem.  7—8  (3), 

321—327. 

Thk  author  has  obtained  satisfactory  results  in  the  estimation 

of  organic,  ammoniacal,   and   nitric  nitrogen  .  by  working 

Joldbauer's   modification   of  the   Kjeldahl  process   in  the 

following  manner  : — 0'5  grin,  of  the  finely-divided  substance 

is  digested  in  the  cold  with  a  solution  of  1-2  grins,  phenol 

and  0-4  grm.  phosphoric  anhydride  in   30  cc.  of  sulphuric 

acid,  and  agitated  until  solution  is   complete.     Zinc  powder 

(8  to  1  grms.)  is  then  gradually  added,  and  the  mass  kept 

cool  until  it  is  completely  reduced,  mercury  (0'7  grm.)   is 

then  added,  and  the  process  continued  as  usual. 

The  following  results  were  obtained  in  this  way  : — 


Total  Nitrogen. 
Calculated.     Pound. 

Maximum 
Error. 

Mean 

Error. 

13  "SO 

{ 

13  -91 
LS-82 
13-73 
t3-96 

l 

rk 

i 

Unmonium  aitrah  . 

35- (II) 

{ 

:;.vsi 
34-90 
34-96 

} 

l~l3 

i  _ 

Barium  nitrate 

10-72 

10-67 

10-62 

) 

107 

i 

1   IO 

Methylamine  nitrate 

29-79 

{ 

29-65 

29-68 

} 

3  i7 

_1_ 

Nitroglycerol  

18-50 

18-45 

■■ 

1  < 

U7o 

16'67 

{ 

16-78 

16-57 

} 

_1_ 

Too 

Paranitrophenol  .... 

lu-07 

10-03 

•  ■ 

1 

18'34 

f 
I 

IS -42 
12-17 
18-43 

} 

! 
IDS 

.v, 

Ammonium  picrate.. 

22-76 

{ 

22*63 

22-07 

} 

ih 

•rh 

21-1(1 

{ 

21-00 
20-69 

} 

1 

JL 

Ammonium  picrarnate 

25-90 

; 

26*45 

25-75 

} 

_1_ 

A 

Dinitro-orthocresol. . 

14-14 

[ 

14-10 

13-98 

} 

1 

Bo 

_1_ 

Trinitrometacresol .. 

17*28 

17-57 

17-27 

} 

l 

i  i  i 

_  l 

The  success  of  the  operation  appears  to  depend  on  the 
complete  conversion  of  the  phenol  into  the  mononitro- 
derivatives  ;  this  takes  place  whenever  the  organic  nitro- 
compound forms  a  clear  solution  in  the  cold  sulphuric 
mixture.  Substances  like  collodion  or  gun-cotton  must, 
however,  be  very  finely  divided  for  successful  treatment. 

The  above  method  cannot  be  applied  to  tri-  and  tetra- 
nitrated  naphthalenes,  as  these  compounds  do  not  dissolve 
completely  in  the  cold  sulphuric  acid  mixture.  Kjeldahl's 
process  may,  however,  be  used  if  they  are  previously 
converted  into  the  naphthylamines.  This  is  readily  effected 
as  follows: — 12  grms.  of  iodine  are  gradually  added  to  a 
solution  of  2  grms.  of  phosphorus  in  15  or  20  cc.  of 
carbon  bisulphide  contained  in  a  250  cc.  flask,  the  whole 
is  heated  on  the  water-bath  at  100°  with  constant  turning 
until  the  last  traces  of  the  solvent  are  expelled  ;  it  is  then 
cooled,  the  iodide  of  phosphorus  detached  from  the  sides 
of  the  flask  by  shaking,  the  weighed  substance  (0-5  or 
0-G  grm.)  introduced,  water  (8  grms.)  added,  and  the  flask 
turned  round  two  or  three  times.  When  the  reaction 
becomes  brisk,  the  flask  is  shaken.  In  about  a  minute 
after  the  addition  of  the  water,  the  reaction  is  finished  ;  the 
flask  is  then  cooled,  25  cc.  of  sulphuric  acid  (6G°)  and 
0-7  grm.  mercury  gradually  added,  and  the  flask  gently 
heated  until  the  hydriodic  acid  is  expelled.     The  operation 


is  continued  as  in  the  ordinary  Kjeklahl  process,  except 
that  the  flask  is  heated  a  little  more  strongly  towards  the 
finish  in  order  to  volatilise  the  phosphonium  iodide  which 
condenses  in  the  neck. 

This  method,  which  may  be  applied  to  the  aromatic 
nitro-derivatives  as  well  as  to  the  nitro-naphthalenes,  is 
especially  useful  for  the  analysis  of  impervious  substances 
like  collodion  or  gun-cotton,  which  dissolve  so  slowly  in 
Joldhauer's  mixture  that  loss  of  nitrogen  cannot  be  avoided. 
The  following  results  were  obtained  in  this  way  : — 


Total 

Nitrogen. 

Maximum 

Mean 

Calculated. 

Found. 

Error. 

Error. 

Dmitrobenzcne 

10-67 

{ 

16-70 

10-52 

} 

1  l  0 

tU 

IS'31 

{ 

18-26 
18-18 

}' 

H  -: 

! 

Ammonium  picrate  . 

22-70 

{ 

22-86 
22-63 

} 

1 
i ;"-. 

1_ 

21-10 

{ 

20-90 
21-03 

} 

lllll 

1 
ISO 

Ammonium  picrarnate 

25-90 

25-00 

.. 

_1_ 

Dinitro-orthocresol. . 

14-14 

{ 

14-12 
11-02 

} 

1 

*Jo 

Trinitro-metacresol . 

17-28 

{ 

17-05 
17-20 

} 

1 

76 

1 
j  to 

Total  Nitrogen. 


Naphthalenes. 


By 

Schloesing's 
Process. 


I 


By  the 
modified 
Kjeklahl 
Process, 


Sample  A. 


Sample  B. 


Sample  C. 

Sample  l(. 

Sample  E. 

Sample  F. 
Sample  G. 


17-30 


15-03 

10-40 
16-96 

15-84 

1O-08 
15-52 


17-08  1 

17-15  I 

17-22  | 

n-2o  y 

17-17 
17-11 

17-33  J 


r  15'28  1 

I  15-28 

-!  15-21 

[  15-01 

I  1.5-04  j 

If  1 


Mean. 


16-11   i 


f     10-73  -, 

I     16-80  i 

\(     15-73  I 

I      15-80  f 

I 'I'll 

15-44 


17-19 

15-16 

10-17 
10-77 
15-SO 


Maxi- 


Error. 


Mean 

Error. 


The  figures  given  have  been  corrected  for  impurities  in 
the  reagents  ;  this  correction  is  obtained  by  making  a  blank 
experiment  with  each  batch  of  reagents,  and  may  be 
entirely  neglected  in  the  technical  analysis  of  gun-cotton. 

— S.  B.  A.  A. 


The  Determination  of  the  Purity  of  Olive  Oils.  F.  Leng- 
feld  and  L.  Paparelli.  Rev.  Internat.  des  Falsificat.  5 
1892,  98.  ' 

The  authors  made  a  series  of  tests  in  order  to  compare  the 
accuracy  of  different  methods  employed  for  detecting  adul- 
terations  in  olive  oils.     The  oils  designated  A,  B,  C,  D,  E, 

F,  I,  K,  P,  Q,  R  were  of  Californian  origin,  and  their  purity 
was  beyond  dispute.     The  origin  of  the   samples   marked 

G,  H,  L,  M,  N,  O  was  unknown.  For  comparison  some 
samples  of  cotton-seed  oil  and  of  oil  of  white  and  black 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.80,  1892 


mustard  were  likewise  tested.  It  will  be  noticed  that  tin- 
iodine  number  of  the  pure  olive  oil  samples  was  between 
77  '28    and    88" 68       The   rising   of   the    temperature   was 


effected  by  means  of  a  sulphuric  acid  of  06°  B.  Among 
the  colour  reactions,  Bechi's  test  is  especially  characteristic 
for  cotton-seed  oil.     The  results  are  as  follows  :  — 


Designation  of  Oils. 


Rising  of 
i    v      a-         Temperature  by     ,,  ...  .   ., 
Meansol  Fatty  Aeil; 

Sulphuric  Acid. 


■      Meltu?u!e""US  ,!-'"'s 

"        PattyAdds.  *»■«* 


Hauchecome's        Brulle's 
Reagent.  Reagent. 


A 80-80 

1! 77-J-; 

(' 87*15 

I) S3   ;s,j 

E 88-68 

P 31*43 

< I  (union  salad  oil) ...'.  105*30 

II 103-40 

1 79-50 

K 79-53 

1 Sl'70 

M 

N 7S'52 

<) 78-51 

P 78-42 

Q 78-45 

11 85-44 

Cotton-seed  oil 107-00 

oil  of  white  mustard..  97"6S 

Oil  of  black  mustard..  103-07 


°C. 
37 

35 

39-5 

37-5 

H 

38 


86 

34-3 
34 
S3 
31 

:;:;:, 

:;:;•;, 

36-5 

79 

49-5 

53-5 


Per  ('•■lit. 
94-3 

94-11 

96-05 

95  50 

95'63 

95  93 

96-66 

96-59 

94-80 

95-92 

95-77 

95-86 

94-84 

95-97 

95-87 

95-68 

95-93 

96-17 

96-70 


•C. 
lielow  2S 

28-30 

Below  28 

28—30 
Below  28 

33— 36 


No  reaction        No  reaction        No  reaction 


Reaction 


Below  23  No  reaction 


Reaction  Reaction 


No  reaction        No  reaction 


37— 38  Reaction 

34—36  No  reaction 


Reaction 


llearlioll 


-H.  S. 


'/Vic  Determination  of  Fibrous  Materials  in  a  Crude  Slate. 

S.Gabriel.  Zeits.  f.  physiol.  Chem.  16,  1392,  370. 
Tins  test  is  a  modification  of  Houig's  method  for  the 
determination  of  crude  fibres  and  starch  (this  Journal, 
1890,  978),  and  is  effected  by  dissolving  caustic  potash  in 
glycerol  and  by  heating  this  solution  to  180°  C.  The 
details  of  the  test  are  as  follows  :  33  grms.  of  caustic 
potash  are  dissolved  in  I  litre  of  glycerol,  and  CO  cc.  of  this 
solution  together  with  2  grms.  of  the  substance  introduced 
into  a  flask  of  250  cc.  capacity,  and  heated  on  the  wire 
gauze  (not  by  means  of  a  sulphuric  acid  bath,  as  Honig 
proposes).  The  heating  has  to  be  carefully  managed,  as 
the  mixture  is  inclined  to  boil  over.  After  the  temperature 
of  180°  C.  has  been  reached,  the  solution  is  allowed  to  cool 
down  to  140  C,  and  then  poured  into  a  vessel  containing 
200  cc.  of  boiling  water.  After  stirring,  the  mixture  is 
allowed  to  stand,  and,  after  some  time,  the  liquid  is  drawn 
off  from  the  precipitate  which  has  been  formed.  The  latter 
is  once  more  treated  with  boiling  water  in  the  above- 
described  manner,  and  then  washed  with  200  cc.  of  boiling 
water  to  which  5  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  of  25  per  cent, 
strength  have  been  added.  Finally,  the  precipitate  is 
washed  with  ether  and  alcohol.  In  many  cases  the  very 
small  amount  of  nitrogen  contained  in  the  substance  may  be 
disregarded. — II.  S. 


The  Non-appearance  of  Multi-Rotation  of  Catbohydrates 
in  Ammoniacal  Solution.  C.  Sehulze  and  B.  Tollens. 
Annaleh,  271,  1892,  49  -54.  (Compare  this  Journal,  1891 , 
859.) 

The  authors,  having  found  that  when  certain  carbohydrates, 
which  in  aqueous  solution  exhibit  multi-rotation,  are  dis- 

solvedinaq >us  ammonia  ofsp.gr.  0-924,  and  immediately 

observed  in  the  polarimeter,  showed  an  optical  activity  even 
below  the   normal   one,  continued   their  experiments,  using 


Aqueous  Solutions. 

Ammoniacal  Solutions. 

" 

Tune  alter      Speoific 

'•"I—      'power J 
Solution.     1     ri 

Tune  after 
Preparing 

Solution. 

Specific 

[■otatoi'V 

Power 

[«]„. 

Dextrose  (hydrate) 

( ll>  minutes 
( 20  hours . . 

f  9  minutes 
(  I'll  hours  . . 

i    7  minutes 
(.20  hours  .. 

("12  minutes 
(  211  hours  .. 

(   7  minutes 
'  20  hours  . . 

\    6  minutes 
120  lurars  .. 

f  15  minutes 
t  20  hours  . . 

\'   7  minutes 
(.20  hours  .. 

V:;n  minutes 
120  hours.. 

90-69  i 
4831J 

67-4*1 
18-82 j 

143-991 
103*76J 

127-93 7 

79-32) 

0-171 

7-86) 

95-837 
129-38  1 

-  92-30  i 

-  90-89J 

37-112  ) 
54-  93  5 

72-34 7 

52-111.1 

8  minutes 

5         ., 

5        >, 

8 

7        .. 

7 

0 

7 

9        ., 

48-309 

18-88 

108-46 

78-46 

7'95 

129-42 

-  90-65 

55*03 

52-01 

t  ialactose 

Maltose  (hydra!  -i 

Semi-rotating  milk 

Ordinary         milk 
sugar  (hydrate). 

more  dilute  ammonia.  Their  results  obtained  in  aqueous 
solution  and  in  0-1  per  cent,  ammoniacal  solution  are 
tabulated  above.  The  solutions  were  mixed  with  cream  of 
alumina,  when  necessary,  and  after  making  up  to  the  mark 
filtered  and  polarised  in  a  Schmidt  and  Haensch  quartz 
compensating  instrument,  the   calculations  being  made  by 


Nov.  so,  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


Hi 


the  formula    [a]„   = 


n';;i:;,,.\ 


in  which  a  =  the  observed 


reading  on  the  Ventzke  scale,  V  the  volume  of  the  solution, 
p  the  weight  of  dissolved  carbohydrate,  and  /  the  length 
of  the  observation  tube.  The  solutions  were  all  about 
10  per  cent. 

Further  experiments  with  dextrose  proved  that  even  with 
001  per  cent,  ammonia,  the  specific  rotatory  power  was 
[o]D  =  49-98  12 — 15  minutes  after  preparation,  and 
[o]„  =  48-34  20  minutes  after  preparation.  To  observe 
abnormal  rotatory  power  with  carbohydrates  which  exhibit 
these  phenomena,  it  is  therefore  necessary  to  employ  water 
free  from  ammonia  as  solvent ;  whilst  by  the  employment 
of  0*1  per  cent,  of  ammonia  as  solvent,  polarimetric  work 
may  be  much  shortened,  inasmuch  as  the  normal  rotatory 
powers  are  obtained  with  the  freshly-prepared  solutions 
without  heating  them. — A.  II.  L. 


Note 


on   the    Optical  and   Chemical  Analysis  of  Butter. 
F.  Jean.     Monit.  iSeient.  6.  1892,  91—98. 

In-  this  paper  the  author  replies  at  length  to  a  number  of 
objections  raised  against  his  method  (this  Journal,  1890, 
218,  1072)  of  applying  Amagat  and  Jean's  "  oleorefracto- 
meter"  to  the  detection  of  adulteration  in  butter.  Of  these 
the  only  one  of  importance  is,  that  perfectly  pure  butters 
may  in  some  instances  yield  oleorefractometer  deviations 
much  below  the  normal  (  —  30°),  and  would  consequently  be 
regarded  as  impure.  Butters  which  exhibit  this  peculiarity 
have  been  found  in  all  cases  to  be  derived  from  ths  milk  of 
cows  fed  on  oil-cake;  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  their 
abnormal  behaviour  must  be  ascribed  to  the  presence  of 
unaltered  oil  in  the  milk.  The  author  admits  that  in  such 
cases  the  oleorefractometer,  if  exclusively  relied  upon,  will 
lead  to  erroneous  conclusions  ;  but  claims  that  if  employed 
conjointly  with  chemical  tests  it  will  yield  complete  informa- 
tion concerning  all  doubtful  samples.  The  quantity  of  oil 
introduced  into  butter  by  the  use  of  oil-cake  as  cattle  food 
is  too  small  to  sensibly  affect  its  "  saponification  equivalent " 
or  the  percentage  of  volatile  acids  ;  and  it  is  shown  that 
pure  butter  possessing  an  abnormal  refracting  power  will 
yield   a  percentage  of  volatile   acids  somewhat  above  the 

accepted  mean  value  (27 — 28  cc.       alkali  for  5   grms.   of 

butter).  On  the  other  hand,  in  impure  butters  the  volatile 
acids  will  be  fouud  below  the  mean  value.  The  application 
of  chemical  tests,  is,  however,  by  no  means  necessary  in 
every  instance.  Very  many  butters,  especially  of  French 
origin,  exhibit  normal  optical  properties,  and  a  number  of 
samples  may  be  rapidly  sorted  by  means  of  the  oleorefracto- 
meter into  different  classes,  thus  : — Deviation  observed, 
32° — 36°,  purity  of  butters,  doubtful ;  may  contain  palm  or 
cocoa-nut  oil;  31°— 29°,  pure  butters ;  29°— 25°,  purity 
doubtful.  Volatile  acids  must  be  determined.  Below  25°, 
impure  butters.  In  the  following  table  are  given  the 
analyses  of  a  number  of  pure  and  adulterated  butters.  The 
letters  above  the  columns  represent : — A.,  oleorefractometer 
deviation  ;  B.,  saponification  equivalent  in  mgrms.  of  KOH 
per  1  grin,  of  butter  ;  C,  the  number  of  cubic  centimetres  of 
—  alkali  required  to  neutralise  the  volatile  acids  in  5  grms. 
of  butter.  (Determined  by  the  Reichert-Meissl-Wollny 
process)  (this  Journal,  1887,  831)  ;  D.,  the  percentage  of 
fixed  fatty  acids  ;  K.,  solubility  of  the  butter-fat  in  glacial 
acetic  acid  (sec  this  Journal,  1890,  113). 


Sample. 


Pure  Touraine  buttter 

Butter  containing  cocoa-nut  oil 

Isigny  butter  plus  10  per  cent. 

cocoa-nul  oil. 
Jersey  butter  

Butter  plus  cocoa-nut  oil 

Carantan  butter 

[siguj  butter 


B. 


229 


11.        E. 


81-47 

2ft 
26-8 
31- 'J 
22-3 


88-0 


2S-1I      S7'2 


73 


uil-fiij 


113-33 
63  33 


Sample. 


Eure  butter 

Brittany  butter 

t'lirl  rente  butter 

Goumay  butter 

Gatinais  butter  .... 

Loiret  butter 

Indre-et-Loire  butte 
Normandy  butter... 
Normandy  butter... 
*Ardennes 


Rennes 

Unknown  butter 

Unknown  butter 

Unknown  butter 

loiret  butter 

Loiret,  No.  1 

Loiret,  No.  2 

Loiret,  No.  3 

Loiret,  Xo.  4 

Ardennes  butter 

Unknown  butter 

Inill-e-et -Loire  butler 

Britanny  butter 

Unknown  butter 

Isigny  butter,  4  frs.  per  pound. 

Dairy  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Loiret  butter 

Unknown  butter 

Unknown  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Rennes  butter,  i  salt 

Rennes  butter 

Unknown  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Suspected  butter 

Margarine,  Mouries 

Crenie,  Mouries 

Oleomargarin 


SO 
30 

30 

30 

30 

311 

31) 

30 

2!  I 

29 

29 

29 

29 

28 

27 

27 

27 

27 

27 

28 


229 

225 

219 

227 

230-i 

231 


231 
227 

229 
228 

230 
225 
228 


21; 

2fl 

20 

.. 

25 

229 

25 

229 

25 

25 

231 

25 

224 

25 

222 

25 

215 

2.-, 

25 

.. 

25 

.. 

25 

24 

24 

24 

23 

23 

216 

23 

20 

19 

213 

19 

217 

15 

" 

13 

.. 

15 

.. 

17 

•• 

29 
215 
28-5 
'    28-6 

28-4 

28-9 

29-6 

2S-4 

28-9 

27-5 

30 

2S-2 

31 

3ir8 

26 

29    ■ 

24-8 

26'4 

28-1 

25-7 
22 

27-7 
311 
2ti 
14-7 
2s -s 
24-5 
26 
9-85 
20-1 
24 
23-9 

25'7 

20-3 

25-3 

23-1 

21-8 

25 

23-6 

14 

15-1 

14-3 
3-21 
4-78 
0-3 


E. 


63-33 
63-33 


63-33 
f>3-33 


63-33 
63-33 


63-33 
58-60 

00 

63-33 


60 
60 


— H.  T 


31 

26-66 
P. 


946 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  30,  1892. 


Investigation  of  the  Properties  of  India-Rubber  and  Data 
for  the  Establishment  of  Rules  for  its  Reception  in  the 
Russian  Nun/.  Lieut.  L.  Vladimiroff.  Morskoi  Hornik, 
St.  Petersburg,  1892,  57  j  Proc.  Inst.  Civil  Eng.  109,  75. 

See  under  XIII.,  page  929. 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

Persulphuric  Arid  and   its  Salts.     Berthelot.     Bull.  Soc. 
Chim.  7—8,  1892,  497—522. 

Marshall's  researches  (this  Journal,  1891,  1004")  have 
provided  a  method  of  preparing  certain  of  the  persulphates 
in  tolerably  large  quantity,  and  have  enabled  the  author  to 
determine  some  of  the  more  important  thermo-chemical 
constants.   The  following  are  some  of  the  results  obtained  :  — 

Cal. 
Beat  of    dissolution  of    potassium    persulphate  in 

108  parts  of  water  at  »"1°  C.  per  grin,  molecule -14'36 

Heat  of  dissolution  of  ammonium  persulphate  in 

12.-,  parts  of  water  at  10*5°  ('.  per  gnu.  molecule  ...  —  9*72 
Heat  of  dissolution  of  barium  persulphate  in  ".">  parts 

of  water  a1  12   C.  pergrm.  molecule — H'38 

Heat  of  neutralisation  of  persulphuric  acid  by  barium 

by.  Irate 13-8 

Heat    of    neutralisation  of    persulphuric    acid  by 

potassium  or  sodium  hydrate 13"  7 

ll-at    of    neutralisation   of    persulphuric    acid   by 

ammonia 12*4 

Heat  of  decomposition  of  persulphuric  acid  according 
to  the  equation : 
HjSiO,  (dilute)  +  H20  =  2  H2KO,  +  ()  (free)  ..    3-fS 
Heal  of  formation  of  persulphuric  acid  : 
s.  (octahedral)  +  Os  +  H2+water=  H2S.,Osi  dilute)  316'8 
S2  +  Or  +  water  =  H2SaOs  (dilute)  2f7'2 

From  these  figures  it  appears  that  the  decomposition  of 
persulphuric.  acid  involves  an  exothermic  reaction.  It 
occurs  spontaneously  in  solution.  The  same  remark 
applies  to  the  salts.  The  potassium  salt  being  anhydrous 
can  only  decompose  with  the  formation  of  potassium 
pyrosulphate  and  oxygen,  provided  moisture  be  absent, 
and  as  this  reaction  gives  rise  to  the  evolution  of  only 
half  the  quantity  of  heat  that  is  produced  when  an  excess 
of  water  is  present  the.  dry  salt  is  sensibly  stable.  The 
contrary  tendency  is  exhibited  by  the  barium  salt  as  it 
contains  four  molecules  of  water  of  crystallisation,  one  of 
the  products  of  decomposition  being  in  consequence 
sulphuric  acid,  which  acts  on  the  remainder  of  the  salt 
and  forms  a  further  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid,  so  that  the 
decomposition  increases  in  geometrical  progression.  With 
regard  to  the  mechanism  of  the  formation  of  the  per- 
sulphates, it  may  be  said  that  as  they  are  the  products 
of  an  endothermic  reaction  they  are  necessarily  formed  by 
the  intervention  of  external  energy,  which  may  result 
directly  from  the  electric  current  employed  or  may  be 
obtained  from  the  effect  of  secondary  reactions  which  are 
normal  and  exothermic.  Hydrogen  peroxide,  for  example, 
may  be  an  agent  of  the  kind.  In  dilute  solution  the 
reaction  2  H;S04  +  H„0  =  H2S2Os  +  2  H.,0  is  impossible 
because  it  involves  the  absorption  1 3  •  2  cal",  but  when  the 
solution  is  concentrated  its  occurrence  is  no  longer  out  of 
the  question  as  the  heat  of  hydration  of  sulphuric  acid  is 
36'  1  cal.  for  the  two  molecules  required  to  effect  the 
reaction  indicated  in  the  equation  quoted  above.  Experi- 
ment confirms  this  surmise,  as  on  treating  barium  peroxide 
with  strong  sulphuric  acid  in  a  vessel  cooled  with  ice  and 
pouring  the  product  into  water,  a  solution  of  persulphuric 
acid  is  obtained.  If  barium  peroxide  be  added  little  by  little, 
the  mixture  being  kept  cold,  a  point  is  readied  at' which 
the  whole  mass  gives  off  vapours,  the  odour  of  which 
resembles  that  of  ozone  and  hydrochlorous  acid  (possibly 
persulphuric  anhydride?).  If  the  residue  be  treated  with 
water  no  persulphuric  acid  is  found,  and  only  a  little  hydrogen 
peroxide,  the  reaction  resulting  in  the  production  of  the 
former  only  taking  place  within  certain  limits  of  concentra- 
tion.— li.  li. 


The  Oxidation  of  Nickel  Carbonyl.     Berthelot.     Bull.  Soc. 
Chim.  7—8,  1892,  434. 

Nickel  carbonyl  can  be  preserved  under  water,  but  if 
contained  in  a  bottle  with  an  ordinary  ground-in  stopper 
becomes  slowly  oxidised,  and  a  layer  of  apple-green  nickel 
hydrate  is  formed,  which  the  author  has  found  to  be  free 
from  carbon.  A  portion  of  it,  however,  makes  its  way  out 
of  the  bottle  and  is  oxidised,  forming  a  fume  which  is 
deposited  on  adjacent  objects.  In  order  to  examine  the  pro- 
duct of  oxidation  the  author  kept  a  bottle  of  nickel  carbonyl 
in  a  double  casing  of  tin-plate  and  succeeded  in  collecting 
a  few  decigrammes  of  a  complex  oxide,  which  appeared  white 
in  small  quantity,  but  had  a  greenish  tinge  when  viewed  in 
mass.  It  was  found  to  be  the  hydrated  oxide  of  an  organo- 
metallic  compound  of  nickel,  and  upon  analysis  gave 
figures  corresponding  to  the  formula  C:03Xi:i.  10  H.,0.  It 
therefore  appears  to  be  the  oxide  of  a  complex  radical 
analogous  to  croconic  and  rhodizonic  acids. — B.  B. 


#eto  <6ooK£(. 


Taschenbuch  fub  die  Soiia-,  Pottasche-,  VXD  Ammoniak- 
Eabbikation.  Herausgegeben  in  Auftrage  des  Vereins 
Deutscher  Sodafabrikanten  und  unter  Mitwirkuug  der 
Commissions.  Mitglieder  J.  Stroof,  Dr.  Jaeobsen,  Dr. 
E.  ltichters,  Dr.  L.  C.  Schwab  and  Dr.  Siermanu.  Von 
Dr.  G.  Lunge.  Professor  der  techn.  Chemie  am  eidgeniiss 
Polytechnikum  in  Zurich.  Zweite,  umgearbeitete  Aullugo. 
Berliu  :  Verlag  von  Julius  Springer,  1892.  London  : 
H.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33,  Covent  Garden.     Is. 

Tn in  is  the  2nd  German  edition  of  the  work  known  in  this 
country  as  Lunge  and  Hurler's  Pocket-Book  for  Alkali 
Makers.  It  is  a  small  8vo.  volume,  bouud  in  leather,  and 
sufficiently  strong  and  limp  to  go  easily  into  the  pocket. 
The  14  engravings  embellishing  the  text  are  beautifully 
executed.  In  this  second  edition  the  author  expresses  his 
indebtedness  to  the  valuable  contributions  of  Dr.  Hurter 
which,  reproduced  from  the  English  edition  above  referred 
to,  appear  here.  Where  any  alteration  in  the  methods  and 
numerical  values  given  in  the  1st  edition  have  been  made 
Dr.  Lunge  states,  that  this  has  only  been  effected  after  a 
complete  understanding  with  all  the  members  of  the  German 
Verein  deutscher  Sodafabrikanten.  The  number  of  the 
alterations  is,  however,  somewhat  great,  and  still  greater  are 
the  additions.  A  number  of  new  tables,  many  estimations 
of  new  materials,  and  several  new  chapters  (Zinc  blende, 
Chlorate  of  Potash,  Recovery  of  Sulphur  (Chance),  Beetroot 
molasses  residue,  Gas  liquor,  &c).  For  the  three  acids  and 
for  ammonia,  the  new  Tables  constructed  by  Lunoe  and  his 
students  are  given. 

In  these  Tables  the  Baume's  hydrometer  values  in  the 
first  column  are  replaced  by  the  actual  specific  gravities, 
and  side  by  side  are  given  the  Baume  degrees,  and  also  the 
Fleischer's  Densimeter  degrees,  in  the  hope  that  ere  long 
the  latter  will  quite  replace  the  Baume  degrees.  These 
densimeter  degrees  are  at  once  in  close  relationship  with 
the  actual  specific  gravities  and  with  the  English  Twaddell 
degrees,  since  degrees  Densimeter  x  2  =  degrees  Twaddell, 
whilst  on  striking  out  the  unit  in  specific  gravity,  the 
remainder  x  100  =  degrees  Densimeter,  or  more  concisely 
n    1)  =-  1   +  o-OIh. 

Several  improvements  have  also  been  made  in  the  portion 
relating  to  Gasometrica)  estimations. 


Nov.  SO,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


9*7 


JaIIKKSBEKICHT  UEBEB  BIB  IjEISTUNGEN  DER  C'HEMISCHEN 
TeciiNiii.ckiik,  mit  BESONDEEEE  BeruCKSICHTIGUM; 
DER     GeWERBESTVTISTIK,    FUR    DAS    JAHR.        1891.       VON 

Dr.  Ferdinand  Fischer.  Mit  193  Abbildungen, 
Leipzig  :  Verlag  von  ( Itto  Wigand.  1892.  London  : 
H.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33  King  Street,  Covent  Garden.  24s. 
This  work,  already  long  known  in  this  country  through 
certain  earlier  translations,  as  "  Wagner's  Technology," 
has  now  for  years  past  been  conducted  by  Dr.  Ferdinand 
Fischer  of  Gottingen.  The  present  volume  is  the  Annual 
Keport  or  Jahresbericht  for  1891,  of  the  progress  of 
Chemical  Technology,  and  forms  an  8vo.  volume  in  paper 
cover,  which  contains  Table  of  Contents,  subject-matter 
extending  over  1,187  pages,  and  Alphabetical  Indexes  of 
authors  and  subjects,  aud  finally  a  Register  of  all  the  German 
patents  referred  to  in  the  pages  of  the  work,  with  the  pages  on 
which  such  references  are  made.  The  text  is  illustrated 
by  193  engravings  referring  to  apparatus  aud  plant,  and 
the  treatment  of  the  whole  subject  is  gathered  from  the 
following  epitome  of  the  sub-divisions  of  the  same. 
Group  I.  Chemical  Technology  of  Fuel  (pages 
1—123).  Wood,  Peat,  Coal,  and  Coke.  Petroleum. 
Ozokerite  ;  Paraffin.  Illuminating  Gas.  Illumination. 
Water-  and  Generator-Gases.  Furnaces  and  Furnace 
Arrangements,  &e.  Heating  aud  Ventilation.  Processes 
of  Investigation.  Calorimetry.  Photometry.  Statistics. 
Group  II.  Chemical  Metallurgy  (pages  124 — 312). 
Iron,  Slags,  their  formation  and  utilisation.  Preparation  of 
Pig  iron.  Casting  Iron.  Purification  of  Iron  ;  Steel. 
Manganese,  Cobalt,  Nickel,  Chromium.  Aluminium. 
Sodium  and  Potassium.  Copper,  Lead,  and  Silver.  Gold. 
Zinc  and  Cadmium.  Other  Metals.  Alloys  and  Metal 
plating.  New  Books.  Statistics.  Group  III.  Chemical 
Manufactures  :  Inorganic  (pages  313 — 577).  Sulphur 
and  Bisulphide  of  Carbon.  Sulphuric  Acid.  Ammonia. 
Salt  and  the  Salt  Industry.  Potash  Salts.  Soda.  Hydro- 
chloric Acid  and  Chlorine.  Bromine  and  Iodine.  Nitric 
Acid,  Nitrates,  and  Nitrites.  Phosphorus,  Phosphoric  acid. 
Phosphates  Explosives.  Magnesium-,  Strontium-,  and 
Barium  Compounds.  Aluminium  Compounds.  Chromium 
and  Lead  Compounds.  Antimony  and  Arsenic  Compounds. 
Other  Compounds,  Oxygen  and  Hydrogen.  Water  and 
Ice.  New  Books.  Statistics.  Group  IV.  Chemical 
Manufactures  :  Organic  (pages  578—754).  Alcohol 
preparations.  Organic  Acids.  Aromatic  Compounds. 
Organic  Colouring  Matters.  Naphthalene  and  Anthracene 
Colours  Azo  Colours.  Other  Organic  Colouring  Matters. 
Alkaloids.  Ethereal  Oils.  Other  Organic  Compounds. 
New  Books.  Group  V.  Glass,  Earthenware,  Cements, 
Artificial  Stone,  &c.  (pages  755 — 810).  Group  VI. 
Foodstuffs  (pages  811  —  1108).  Flour  and  Bread. 
Starch  and  Dextrin.  Sugar.  Statistics.  Fermentation 
Industries.  A.  Fermentation  and  Yeast.  B.  Wines. 
C  Beers.  D.  Spirits.  Milk,  Butter,  and  Cheese.  Meats. 
Coffee,  Tea,  and  Cocoa,  &c.  Fodders.  New  Books. 
Statistics.  Group  VII.  Chemical  Technology  of 
Fibres  (pages  1109 — 1160).  Fibrous  Materials.  Bleaching. 
Dyeing  and  Printing.  Paper.  New  Books.  Group  VIII. 
Other  Organic  Chemical  Industries  (pages  llfil — 
1187).  Fats,  Oils,  and  Lubricants.  Fatty  Acids,  Soaps, 
Glycerin.  Varnishes,  Resins,  Paints.  India  Rubber,  &c. 
Tanning,  Glues.     Manures,  &c.     Preserving  Wood. 


Commercial     Organic    Analysis.      A    Treatise   ou   the 
Properties,     Analysis,    &c.   of    Organic   Chemicals    and 
Products  used  in  the  Aits,    Manufactures,   Medicine,  &c. 
with  concise  Methods  for  the  Detection  and  Determination 
of  their  Impurities,  Adulteration,  and  Products  of  Decom- 
position.    By  Alfred  H.  Allen,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.     Second 
Edition,    Revised    and    Enlarged.       Vol.    III.    Part   II. 
Amines  and  Ammonium  Bases,  Hydrazines,  Bases  from 
Tar,   Vegetable   Alkaloids.     1892.     London:  J.  aud   A. 
Churchill,  11,  New  Burlington  Street.     18*. 
Tins  work   having  grown  through  the  recent  extraordinary 
development    of  the   subjects   treated   of,   the   author   has 
been  compelled   to   divide  his   Vol.   III.  into  three  parts, 
each  of  which  fills   a   good   sized   volume.      The   present 
book  is  Part    II.  of  Vol.   III.,  and  it  takes  the  form  of  an 


8vo.  volume,  bound  in  cloth,  and  containing  Preface, 
Table  of  Contents,  and  subject-matter  filling  572  pages.  Two 
beautifully  executed  plates  illustrate  the  appearances  of 
photographs  of  various  leaves  of  the  tea  and  coffee  plants 
aud  also  of  others  which  are  sometimes  used  to  adulterate 
teas  and  coffees.  The  book  is  completed  by  an  Alphabetical 
Index  of  subjects  and  a  list  of  Errata. 

The  subjects  treated  of  are  as  follows: — Amines  and 
Ammonium  Bases.  Monamiues.  Ammonium  Bases. 
Hydrazines.  Hydrazine.  Substituted  Hydrazines.  Bases 
from  Tar.  Classification  of  Tar  Bases.  Aniline  and  its 
Allies.  Naphthylamines  and  their  Allies.  Pyridine  Bases. 
Quinoline,  Acridine.  Vegetable  Alkaloids.  Character 
and  Classification  of  Alkaloids.  General  Reactions. 
Isolation  and  Purification.  Constitution  and  Synthesis. 
Volatile  Bases  of  Vegetable  Origin.  Aconite  Bases. 
Atrophine.  Tropeines.  Coca  Alkaloids.  Opium  Alkaloids. 
Strychnos  Alkaloids.  Cinchona  Alkaloids.  Berberine,  &c. 
Caffeine. 

Under  the  head  of  the  various  poisonous  as  well  as 
medicinal  bases,  &c.  not  only  is  the  chemistry  of  these  bodies 
treated  of,  but  the  best  methods  of  preparation,  analytical 
reactions,  toxicology  and  descriptions  of  medicinal  prepara- 
tions, are  given  in  considerable  detail.  The  classified  and 
systematically  treated  articles  on  Tobacco  and  Opium  are  of 
much  interest,  and  the  subject  of  Morphometry  alone  covers 
upward  of  10  pages,  if  we  include  also  the  extract  of  opium 
and  its  assay.  With  regard  to  the  cultivation  and  use  of 
opium  in  smoking  and  eating  in  the  East,  &c,  the  author 
quotes  Dr.  W.  Moore  of  Bombay,  who  compares  excess  in 
opium  to  that  in  the  use  of  "  spirits,  of  roast  goose,  or  even 
of  fruit."  The  subject  of  the  Cinchona  Barks,  their  assay, 
and  the  separation  of  the  Bases,  &c.  covers  some  21  pages. 
The  treatment  of  Tea,  Coffee,  and  Cocoa  occupies  no  less 
than  73  pages,  which  are  illustrated  by  many  tables,  analy- 
tical and  otherwise. 


Explosives  and  their  Power.  Translated  and  Condensed 
from  the  French  of  M.  Berthelot  by  C.  Napier  Hake 
and  Wii.  Mac-nab.  With  a  Preface  by  Lieut.-Col.  J.  P. 
Cundill,  R.A.  With  Illustrations.  London :  John 
Murray,  Albemarle  Street.     1892.     24s. 

Large  8vo.  volume,  bound  in  cloth,  containing  Preface, 
Table  of  Contents,  Subject-matter  containing  553  pages, 
and  Alphabetical  Index.  The  subject-matter  includes,  from 
page  543 — 553,  an  Appendix  ou  detonating  gaseous  mixtures, 
on  the  rapidity  of  propagation  of  detonation  in  solid  and  liquid 
explosives,  and  on  the  different  modes  of  explosive  decom- 
position of  picric  acid  and  nitro-compounds.  The  work  is 
illustrated  with  between  40  and  50  wood  cuts,  and  is 
classified  into  three  books,  viz.,  Book  I.  General  Principles. 
Book  II.  Thermo-Chemistry  of  Explosive  Compounds ;  and 
Book  HI.  Force  of  Explosive  Substances  in  Particular. 
These  comprise  the  following  courses  of  subdivision:  — 
I.,  Chap.  i.  The  force  and  work  done  by  explosive  substances. 
ii.  Products  of  explosive  decomposition,  &c.  iii.  Heat  and 
energy  disengaged,  iv.  Pressure  of  gases,  temperature,  &c. 
v.  Duration  of  explosive  reactions,  &c.  vi.  Explosion  by 
influence,  &c.  vii.  Explosive  wave.  II.  Chap.  i.  General 
principles  of  thermo-chemistry  of  Explosives,  ii.  Calorimetry. 
iii.  Heat  of  formation  of  oxygenated  compounds  or  nitrogen, 
&c.  iv.  Heat  of  formation  of  the  nitrates,  v.  Origin  of 
the  nitrates.  vi.  Heat  of  formation  of  hydrogenated 
nitrogen  compounds,  vii.  Ditto  of  nitrogen  sulphide,  viii. 
Ditto  of  compounds  of  nitric  acid  with  organic  substances, 
&c.  ix.  Diazo-compounds.  x.  Heat  of  formation  of 
mercury  fulminate,  xi.  Ditto  of  cyanogen  series,  xii. 
Oxygenated  compounds  of  chlorine,  bromine,  and  iodiue. 
Thermal  formation  of  chlorates.  Combustion  effected  by 
potassium  chlorate  disengages  more  heat  than  by  free 
oxygen,  &e.  xiii.  Metallic  oxalates.  Conditions  under 
which  they  are  explosive.  III.  Chap.  i.  Classification  of 
explosives.  Definition,  &c.  ii.  General  data  respecting 
employment  of  given  explosive,  iii.  Explosive  gases  and 
detonating  gaseous  mixtures.  Their  maximum  work,  &c. 
iv.  Definite  non-carburetted  explosive  compounds,  v. 
Nitric   ethers,    &c.      vi.  Dynamites,    &c.      vii.  Gun-cotton 


918 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Nov. so.  1892. 


and  nitro  celluloses,  &c.  viii.  Picric  acid  and  picrates,  &c. 
ix  Diazo-compounds.  x.  Powders  with  a  nitrate  base,  &c. 
xi.  Powders  with  a  chlorate  base.  DaDgers  of  chlorate 
powders,  &c.     xii.  Conclusions.     Summary. 


Jahrbuch  deb  C'ukmie.  Bericht  iiber  die  wichtigsten 
Fortsjbritte  der  reinen  and  angewandteu  Cbemie,  unter 
Mitwirkung  von  II.  Beekurts,  R.  Benedikt,  C.  A.  Bischoff, 

E.  1'.  Diirre,  J.  M.  Kder,  E.  Valenta,  C.  Haussermann, 
G.     Kriiss,     M.     Marcker,     L.     Biihring,    W.    Nernst, 

F.  Bohmann.  Herausgegeben  von  Richard  Meyer. 
Erster  .lahrgang,  1891.  Frankfurt  a/  M.  Yerlag  von 
H.  Bechhold.  London :  H.  Grevel  and  Co.,  33  King 
Street,  Covent  Garden.  Bound  in  cloth,  12s.  Elegantly 
bound,  13s.  6d\ 

Tins  new  Chemical  Jahresberieht  gives  a  resume  of 
the  advance  of  Chemistry  and  Chemical  Technology 
during  the  year  1891,  and  thus  a  kind  of  retrospect 
is  afforded  of  the  advance,  both  of  pure  chemistry  and 
its  principle  applications.  The  work  commences  with 
a  preface  by  Professor  K.  Meyer,  a  list  of  his  collabo- 
rateurs,  and  a  Table  of  Contents.  The  subject-matter 
covers  518  pages  and  the  work  concludes  with  Alphabetical 
Indexes  of  subject-matter  and  authors.  The  sub-division 
of  the  work  indicates  the  mode  of  treatment  of  the  whole 
subject  and  is  as  follows: — I.  Physical  Chemistry.  II. 
Inoiganic  Chemistry.  III.  Organic  Chemistry.  IV. 
Physiological  Chemistry.  V.  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry. 
VI.  The  Chemistry  of  Foods,  &c.  VII.  Agricultural 
Chemistry.  VIII.  Metallurgy.  IX.  The  Technology  of 
Inorganic  Chemistry.  X.  Explosives.  XI.  Technology  of 
the  Carbohydrates  and  of  Fermentation.  XII.  Technology 
of  Fats.  XIII.  The  Chemistry  of  Coal  Tar  and  Coal  Tar 
i  olours.     XIV.  Photography. 

The  book  is  handsomely  bound  in  cloth,  and  is  of  Svo.si/.e. 


CraTjt  Import. 


Sheets  of  metallic  alloys  not  distinguished.  Assimilated 
to  metallic  alloys  in  the  raw  state. — Category  221a. 

Powder  of  jalap. — Category  62.  Duty,  120  lire  per 
quintal. 

Sulphate  of  barytes  made  up  with  water. — Category  4:i6. 
Duty,  1  lire  per  quintal. 

Extract  of  quebracho.— Category  30c.  Exempt  from 
duty. 

United  States. 

A  case  involving  the  basis  of  the  duty  on  certain  copper 
ores  was  heard  by  the  General  Appraisers  in  New  York 
October  27th.  The  special  point  involved  was  the  duty  on 
Bio  Tinto  pyrites  imported  by  certain  sulphuric  acid 
manufacturers.  Expert  testimony  was  taken,  and  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  will  decide  upon  the  question. 
The  present  duty  on  copper  ores  is  one-half  cent,  per  pound 
of  fine  copper  contained.  The  importation  of  copper  ore 
reckoning  on  the  basis  of  fine  copper  contained,  for  the 
seven  months  ending  July  31st,  1891,  was  fi,270,0O3  lb., 
and  for  the  same  period  in  1893,  3,819,416  lb.— Eng. 
and  Mining  Journal. 


TARIFF  CHANGES  AND  CUSTOMS 
REGULATIONS. 

France. 
Customs  Decisions. 

The  following  decisions  affecting  the  classification  of 
articles  in  the  French  Customs  tariff  have  recently  been 
given  by  the  French  Customs  authorities:  — 

"  Carbonated  crystal." — Category  247.  Duty  4  francs 
in  cents,  per  loo  kilos. 

Tin  precipitate,  ir.  fine  powder,  for  the  manufacture  of 
•■  silver  "  papers,  i-  dutiable  as  colours  not  distinguished. 

Japanese  varnish,  consisting  of  acetate  of  amyl,  methylic 
alcohol,  benzine,  and  pyroxyline  or  gun-cotton ;  liquid 
preparation  consisting  of  acetate  of  amyl,  methylic  alcohol, 

and   benzine,  used  for  diluting  the  above-named  varnish 

Category    2'JS,    2nd    paragraph,    duty,   30   francs    per    100 
kilos. 

Oil-paper  for  tracing  plans  and  drawings,  and  used  for 
the  same  purposes  as  sulphurised  paper. — Category  461  ter, 
cli it \  2u  frs.  per  100  kilos. 

Italy. 
Classification  of  Articles  in  Customs  Tariff. 

Note.— Quintal  =  220-4  lb.  avoirdupois.     Eire  =  9^d. 

The  following  decisions  Effecting  the  classification  of 
articles  in  the  Italian  Customs  tariff  have  recently  been 
given  by  the  Italian  Custom  authorities:  — 

Glass  bottles  with  stoppers  for  druggists'  use Category 

2586.     Duty  15  lire  per  quintal. 

Glass  phials,  polished  with  emery. — Category  2586. 
Iiuty,  15  lire  per  quintal. 

Demijohns  of  sheet  iron,  tinned,  containing  glycerin. 
The  recipients  are  charged,  separately  from  the  goods  which 
I  ni  v  contain. 


GENERAL  TRADE  NOTES. 

The  Japanese  Camphor  Trade. 

The  following  particular*  respecting  the  Japanese  cam- 
phor trade  are  extracted  from  a  recent  report  by  the  United 
Stairs  Consul  at  Osaka: — 

The  camphor  tree,  from  which  the  resinous  gum  is 
distilled,  i>  a  species  of  the  laurel,  and  is  found  in  the 
provinces  of  Tosa,  Hiuga,  and  Satsuma,  in  the  south  of 
Japan.  large  groves  of  the  trees  are  owned  by  the 
Japanese  Government,  the  wood  being  very  desirable  for 
shipbuilding.  The  districts  in  which  the  camphor  tree  is 
found  are  mountainous  and  situated  far  from  the  sea.  No 
reliable  information  can  be  obtained  as  to  the  cost  of  pro- 
ducing the  gum  before  being  transported  in  junks  to  Hiogo. 
The  peasants  who  engage  in  distilling  the  roots  and  branches 
of  the  trees  are  said  to  be  poor,  and  employ  the  rudest 
machinery. 

The  market  value  of  crude  camphor  gum  and  of  oil  of 
camphor  per  picul  (133§  lb.)  dining  the  past  year  was  as 
follows: — Drained,  38" 25  dols. ;  wet,  37-00  dols.;  old  dry, 
43-50  dols. :  average,  36-50  dols. ;  camphor  oil,  5-25  dols. 

The  highest  and  lowest  prices  during  the  same  period 
were  a-s  follows — Highest,  40-00  dols. ;  lowest,  33-00  dols. 

Camphor  gum  is  exported  in  tubs  measuring  about  6i 
cubic  feet ;  oil  in  kerosene  tins  and  cases.  The  grades  are 
from  old  dry  down  to  new  wet,  and  the  various  grades 
depend  upon  the  quantity  of  adulteration.  In  oil  there  are 
two  grades — white  and  brown. 

Adulteration  is  practiced  for  the  most  part  by  adding 
water  and  oil  just  as  far  as  the  buyer  will  tolerate.  In  some 
cases  20  lb.  of  water  will  run  out  of  a  tub  in  12  hours. 
The  unadulterated  article,  known  as  the  good  old  dry,  can 
sometimes  be  bought.  The  only  system  of  tests  in  deter- 
mining value  of  the  different  qualities  is  by  burning  and  by 
absolute  spirit.  The  percentage  of  pure  camphor  which 
the  crude  yields  when  refined  varies  accordingly  to  the 
quality  of  the  crude.  The  average  percentage  of  gum  pro- 
duced  from  the  wood  as  compared  with  the  original  weight 
of  the  wood  cannot  be  accurately  ascertained  here,  the  only 
foreigner  known  to  have  visited  the  camphor  districts 
having  declined  to  furnish  any  information  on  the  subject. 

The  total  exports  of  camphor  from  I'iogo  during  1891  in 
catties  of  1^  lb.  each  amounted  to  3,850,400  catties  con- 
signed to  the  following  destinations  ;  Europe  (countries  not 
specified),  1,777,300  catties;  London,  335,600  catties; 
Germany,  209,200  catties;  United  States,  1,277,000  catties; 
China,  51,900  catties  ;  France,  199,400  catties. 

As  regards  the  manufacture  of  camphor,  the  following 
particulars  are  extracted  from  a  report  by  the  United  States 
Consul  at  Nagasaki. 

Camphor  is  found  alike  on  high  elevations  and  in  the 
valleys  and  lowlands.  It  is  a  hardy  vigorous,  long-lived  tree, 
and  flourishes  in  all  situations. 


Nov.  so,  1892.]       THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


9-1!  I 


Many  of  these  trees  attain  an  enormous  size.  There  are  a 
number  in  the  vicinity  of  Nagasaki  which  measure  10  and 
12  Eeet  in  diameter.  The  ancient  temple  of  Osuwa,  at 
Nagasaki,  is  situated  in  a  magnificent  grove  of  many  hun- 
dred grand  old  camphor  trees,  which  are  of  great  age  and 
size,  and  are  still  beautiful  and  vigorous.  It  is  stat»d  that 
there  are  trees  at  other  places  iu  Kiu  Shin  measuring  as 
much  as  20  (t.  in  diameter.  The  body  or  trunk  of  the  tree 
usually  runs  up  -JO  and  30  ft.  without  limbs,  then  branching 
out  in  all  directions,  forming  a  well-proportioned,  beautiful 
tree,  ever  grecu  and  very  ornamental. 

The  leaf  is  small,  elliptical  in  shape,  slightly  serrated,  and 
Of  a  vivid  dark-green  colour  all  the  year  round,  except  for 
a  week  or  two  in  the  early  spring,  when  the  young- leaves 
arc  of  a  delicate  tender  green.  The  seeds  or  berries  grow 
in  clusters  and  resemble  black  currants  in  size  and  appear- 
ance. The  wood  is  used  for  many  purposes,  its  fine  grain 
rendering  it  especially  valuable  for' cabinet-work,  while  it  is 
used  also  for  shipbuilding.  The  roots  make  excellent  knees 
for  ships. 

In  the  manufacture  of  camphor  the  tree  is  necessarily 
destroyed,  but  by  a  stringent  law  of  the  land,  another  is 
planted  in  its  stead.  The  simple  method  of  manufacture 
employed  by  the  natives  is  as  follows: — 

The  tree  is  felled  to  the  earth  and  cut  into  small  pieces, 
or  more  properly  speaking,  into  chips. 

A  large  metal  pot  is  partially  filled  with  water  and  placed 
over  a  slow  fire.  A  wooden  tub  is  fitted  to  the  top  of  the 
pot,  and  the  chips  of  camphor  wood  are  placed  in  this.  The 
bottom  of  the  tub  is  perforated  so  as  to  permit  the  steam  to 
pass  up  among  the  chips. 

A  steam-tight  cover  is  fitted  on  the  tub.  From  this  tub 
a  bamboo  pipe  leads  to  another  tub,  through  which  the 
enclosed  steam,  the  generated  camphor  and  oil  flow.  This 
second  tub  is  connected  in  like  manner  with  a  third.  The 
third  tub  is  divided  into  twj  compartments,  one  above  the 
other,  the  dividing  floor  being  perforated  with  small  holes, 
to  allow  the  water  and  oil  to  pass  to  the  lower  compartment. 
The  upper  compartment  is  supplied  with  a  layer  of  straw, 
which  catches  and  holds  the  camphor  in  crystal  in  deposit 
as  it  passes  to  the  cooling  process.  The  camphor  is  then 
separated  from  the  straw,  packed  in  wooden  tubs  of  133|  lb. 
each,  and  is  ready  for  market. 

After  each  boiling  the  water  runs  off  through  a  faucet, 
leaving  the  oil,  which  is  used  by  the  natives  for  illuminating 
and  other  purposes. — Board  of  Trade  Journal. 

European  Mineral  Production  in   1891. 


Exports  from  United  Kingdom 
of  America  during 


to  United  States 
1891. 


Articles. 


1891. 


1890. 


Country. 

Copper. 

Lead.             Zinc. 

Steel. 

Tons. 
70,000 

71,000 

Tons. 
68,000 

235,1X10 

100,000 

Tons. 

138,000 
82,000 

29,000 

Tons. 
3,5110,000 

1,900.000 
210,000 

529,000 

225,000 
220,000 

Country. 


Iron. 


Tons. 


I'ual. 


Tons. 


Silver. 


Gold. 


Kilos. 


Kilos. 


8,500,000 

180,000,000  ' 

00.000 

3,000,000 

85,000,000 

102,000 

1,000,000 

20,000,000 

•• 

1,600,000 

21,000,000 

80,000 

" 

•• 

35,000 

Antimony 

Beer,  ale,  and  stout 

Blacking 

Bricks  and  tiles 

Cement 

Chalk 

China  clay 

Coal  and  coke 

Cocoa  and  chocolate 

Colours,  paints,  and  varnishes 

Dings  and  chemicals 

Pullers*  earth 

Glass,  china,  and  earthenware  .... 

Glue  and  gelatin 

Crease 

Gums 

Leather 

Matches 

Metals  other  than  iron  and  steel . . 

Oils 

Paper 

Paper  stock 

Perfumery 

Pitch  and  tar 

Plumbago 

Quicksilver 

Rubber,  raw 

„       manufactured 

Soaps 

Tin 401  -316 

Tin  plates 2,834,026 


Dols. 
68,575 

Dols. 

180,218 

138,363 

2,615 

88,409 

28 1. 1 12 

371,820 

lS.tlll 

95,487 

90,371 

300,280 

210,777 

47.001 

53,049 

202,388 

120,566 

3,693,759 

3,010,684 

19.436 

1,282,778 

1,071,437 

82,101 

67,937 

70,785 

.. 

285,770 

454,710 

1.250 

154,000 

84,349 

100,100 

L68.11S 

439,941 

17.001 

105.60.-. 

1,505 

320,361 

074,737 

344,688 

41,985 

64,330 

Total  of  all  Roods 42,407,671 


376,559 
6,947,195 


44,174,692 


Ibid. 

Chemical  Trade  of  the  Tyne  with  United  States 
of  America  during  1890  and  1891. 

Imports  from  United  States  of  America. 


Articles. 


-U.S.  Consular  Reports. 


Soaps 

Chemicals  (unenumerated)... 

Glucose  

Sugar  and  molasses 

Drysalters'  stores 

Cotton  seeds  and  linseed  cake 

Glass... , 

Hides,  leather, and  skins 


Tons. 


Tons. 


. 

28 

127 

594 

256 

786 

41 

35 

728 

103 

950 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[.Nov.  30,1892. 


Imparls  from  United  Stales  of  America— cont. 

Art:. -I.  -. 

<  felours  and  litharge 

Phosphates 

Copper  ore  and  copner 

Oils :  Petroleum 

..     ( >ther 

Paper 

Tallow,  fet,  and  grease 

Bark,  lanners' 

Resiu 

Exports  from  Tyne. 


1890. 

1891. 

11.1M7 

11 

8 

5,738 

:  5S3 

IS 

4 

757 

10 

2,420 

12,153 

6 

0 

39J 

" 

3,013 

Articles. 


1890. 


Alkali  and  soda  ash 

Alum  and  alum  cakes 

Ammonia  salts 

Barytes,  carbonate  and  sulphate 

Baryta  manufactures 

Bleaching  powder 

Canst  ie  soda 

Copperas 

Hyposulphite  of  soda 

Manganate  ot  soda 

Manure 

Magnesia 

Nitrate  of  sola  and  potash 

Petirl  hardening 

Sods  crystals 

Sulphate  of  soda 

Vnenumerated  chemicals 

Cement 

Fire  bricks 

Fire  clay 



Ferro-nianganese 

Antimony 

Litharge 

Pig  lead 

Red  and  white  lead 

Sheel  and  pipe  lead 

Leather  and  skins 

i    

Plaster  of  Paris 

n  .in!  yellow  ochre 

Venetian  red  

d  Ileal 




Tons. 

l.olll 


300 

1 

4,310 

4.7  M 

142 

143 

2.011! 

19 

42 

L670 

4,714 

1,495 

15 

19.S01 

1.7.  r. 


47 


1891. 


Tons. 
2.-!,;2 


34U 
647 

33 
1,831 

3.232 
58 


939 

19 

11 

1,653 

2,623 

28 

107 

14.G76 

:,  t  ;  j 

■1 C, 


6 

in 

ins 

212 

501 

860 

13 

is 

500 

125 

126 

17 

152 

15 

1 

23 

32 
12 
16 


— Ibid. 


A  New  Oil  Seed. 

The  Kew  Gardens  Bulletin  for  October  publishes  the 
following  notice : — 

Amongst  the  numerous  oil  seeds  that  are  constantly 
being  received  at  Kew,  for  the  purpose  of  naming,  from 
Liverpool  brokers  and  seed  crushers,  were  some  that  made 
their  first  appearance  at  Liverpool  from  the  West  Coast  of 
Africa  in  February  1891.  They  appear  to  have  attracted  a 
considerable  amount  of  attention,  judging  from  the  fact 
that  they  were  received  at  Kew  from  several  different 
brokers  about  the  same  time,  and  a  month  later,  in  ilarch 
1891,  samples  were  also  received  from  Germany.  Quite 
recently  the  same  seeds  have  again  appeared,  having  been 
sent  to  Kew  by  a  seed-crushing  firm  at  East  Greenwich. 
The  interest  attached  to  them  from  a  commercial  point  of 
view  is  probably  due  to  the  quantity  of  oil  their  kernels 
seem  to  contain,  rather  than  to  its  quality  or  properties,  for 
up  to  the  present  these  appear  not  to  have  been  tested ; 
they  ma3T,  however,  become  an  important  source  both  of  oil 
and  oil-cake,  for  though  nothing  definitely  is  known  as  to 
the  plant  producing  them,  inasmuch  as  no  other  material 
than  the  fruits  themselves,  without  the  fleshy  coverings, 
have  been  received  at  Kew,  it  is  clear  from  these  alone 
that  the  plant  belongs  to  the  natural  order  Olacinex,  and 
probably  to  the  genus  Heisteria.  The  fruits  as  received 
are  hard  and  woody,  requiring  some  force  to  break  them  ; 
they  are  ovate  in  form,  above  1  in.  long  and  J  in.  in 
diameter,  of  a  dull  earthy  brown  colour,  marked  by 
irregular  longitudinal  striations,  the  inside  being  filled  with 
a  whitish,  fleshy,  and  very  oleaginous  kernel.  From  the 
fact  that  the  plants  constituting  this  order  are  free  from 
auy  poisonous  or  deleterious  properties,  and  that  the  fruits 
of  some  of  the  species  are  edible,  it  may  be  inferred  that 
this  new  oil  seed  may  prove  of  some  commercial  value. 
Xo  locality  has  been  given  whence  the  seeds  have  been 
obtained,  the  only  information  on  that  head  being,  as 
before  stated,  that  they  were  imported  from  the  West 
Coast  of  Africa. 

A  New  Variety  of  Sugar  Caxe. 

The  Kew  Gardens  Bulletin,  referring  to  a  new  variety 
of  sugar  cane  which  is  stated  to  have  been  discovered  in 
the  Tpper  Niger  region  of  Central  Africa,  says  : — 

"It  is  described  as  a  giant  variety  possessing  great 
saccharine  richness,  and  capable  of  being  readily  reproduced 
from  seed  which  in  this  variety  is  well  developed.  Several 
inquiries  have  already  been  addressed  to  Kew  in  regard  to 
this  cane,  and  it  may  be  well  to  state  at  once  that  there  are 
grounds  for  believing  that  the  plant  mentioned  is  not  a 
sugar-cane  at  all,  but  the  ordinary  guinea  corn  or  sorghum 
(Sorghum  vulgare),  which  is  widely  distributed  over 
Africa.  This  plant,  it  is  well  known,  yields  a  useful  syrup, 
and  strenuous  efforts  are  being  made  in  the  United  States 
at  the  present  time  to  extract  a  granulated  sugar  from  it. 
Should  the  Niger  plant  prove  to  possess  any  special  merits 
as  a  sorghum  we  shall,  no  doubt,  hear  more  about  it.  It 
can  have,  however,  little  or  no  interest  to  the  tropical 
sugar-planter." 

Petroleum  nj  Upper  Burma. 

Dr.  Fritz  Noetling,  Geological  Survey  of  India,  has 
written  a  verj-  interesting  account  of  the  petroleum  industry 
in  1'pper  Burma.  Dr.  Noetling  estimates  that  there  are 
now  602  wells,  an  increase  of  92  since  1888.  These  produce 
about  17,700  viss  (viss  is  equivalent  to  3J  lb.  avoirdupois) 
per  day,  but  there  are,  in  Dr.  Xoetling's  opinion,  distinct 
signs  of  exhaustion.  The  fact  that  the  aggregate  produc- 
tion of  the  richer  wells  has  fallen  off,  while  that  of  the 
poorer  ones  has  increased,  although  many  new  wells  have 
been  opened,  is  regarded  as  the  surest  indication  of  the 
approaching  decline  in  the  industry.  The  drilled  wells 
worked  by  the  Burma  Oil  Company  and  the  Burma  Oil 
Syndicate  have  given  very  satisfactory  results.  In  1890 
the  total  out-turn  amounted  to  over  3,670,000  viss  ;  but  the 
rate  of  progress  during  1888,  1889,  and  1890  has  not  been 
maintained  during  the  past  two  years.  The  history  of  the 
industry  shows  that  the  production  of  the  oil-field  steadily 
increased  from  the  beginning  of  the  century  till  about  1873, 


Nov.  3IM892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


951 


when  it  began  to  decline,  rising  again  in  ]  885,  and  coming 
practically  to  a  standstill  in  1891.  —  Hoard  of  Trade 
Journal. 

Sc.ve  Ijakk,  Washington. 

Professor  J.  C.  Russell,  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey,  gives  the  following  information  concerning  the 
water  of  Soap  Lake  in  Douglas  county,  and  compares  it 
with  that  of  other  alkaline  waters.  The  sample  analysed 
contained  sediment  amounting  to  four  parts  in  1,000,000. 
He  says  :  "  The  absence  of  calcium  carbonate  is  of  interest, 
since  deposits  of  that  salt  are  now  taking  place  on  the  lake 
bottom  through  the  agency  of  low  forms  of  plant  life. 
Compared  with  other  alkali  lakes  of  the  West,  Soap  Lake 
contains  but  a  small  quantity  of  the  alkaline  metals,  as  the 
following  analyses  show  : — 


Constituents  in 

Parts 
Per  thousand. 


Great 

Salt 
Lake, 
Utah, 

1869. 


Sodium,  Na 

Potassium,  K 

Calcium,  Ca 

Magnesium,  Mg... 

Lithium,  Li 

Chlorine,  t'l 

Carbonic  aria.  en. 

Sulphuric  acid,  s(  t, 

Nitric  acid,  NOs .. 

Boracic  acid,  J>,<  >7 

Silica,  SiOj 

Hydrogen  in  biear- 
bonstes. 

Totals 


19 -690 

'.'■  In? 

II '255 

3-780 

Trace 

83-946 

9-853 

Trace 


140-936 


Soda 

I      :!. 

near 
Rag- 
town, 

Nev. 


M  «>ti<  > 

( >wen*s 

Lake, 

Lake, 

C:ili- 

Cali- 

fornia. 

fornia. 

Snap 
Lak«-, 

Wash- 
ington. 


n 


•632 

mi 


496 
•650 

771 

285 

27.'. 


113-644 


ls-llio 
1-111 
0-278 
0-125 

11-610 
11-410 
8-  120 

0-153 

0-268 


19-680 


21-iWi 
2-751 
Trace 
Trace 
Trace 
13-440 
13-140 
9-362 

Trace 
d-164 


Trace 
0-0108 

8-5262 

9-6216 
1-8624 


0-1130 
0-0534 


6(1-507     2S-1915 


— Engineering  and  Min.  Journal, 

The  Iodine  Convention. 

We  hear  from  an  official  and  neutral  source  in  lquiqne 
(Chili)  that,  although  the  Iodine  Convention  is  still  in  force 
at  this  moment  the  agreement  will  not  remain  tenable  for 
long  (the  report  was  penned  about  two  months  ago),  because 
under  the  operation  of  the  Convention  the  stock  of  iodine  is 
accumulating  to  such  an  extent  that  there  will  soon  be 
enough  for  three  years'  consumption.  It  is,  therefore, 
sought  to  arrive  at  an  understanding  upon  a  new  basis,  upon 
which  it  it  proposed  either  to  stop  the  production  altogether 
for  a  period,  or  at  any  rate  to  limit  it  to  such  an  extent  that 
the  accumulated  stocks  will  have  a  chance  of  absorption  by 
the  ordinary  consumption.  The  exports  of  iodine  from 
Iquique  in  1891  were  9,114  quintals,  of  which  1,823  went  to 
Liverpool,  5,117  to  Hamburg,  1,764  to  New  York,  and  399 
to  other  ports.  The  producers  who  do  not  belong  to  the  1  fnion 
exported  74  quintals.  The  nitrate  combination,  which  was 
formed  in  1891,  will,  so  far  as  the  present  arrangements  go, 
remain  in  force  until  the  end  of  1892.  There  is  hardly  any 
doubt  that  it  will  be  renewed. —  Chemist  and  Druggist. 

Articles  op  Interest  to  Technologists  and 
Manufacturers. 

The  following  articles,  which  appear  in  the  Board  of 
Trade  Journal  for  November,  will  repay  perusal. 

'•  Foreign  Competition  with  Great  Britain  in  trade  with 
Uruguay" ■  ■  •  •      P-  •,:11' 

"  Trade  Requirements  in  Guatemala. ' p.  540 

"  Xew  Customs  Tariff  of  Porto  Rico  " p.  553 


BOARD  OF  TRADE  RETURNS. 
Summary  of  Imports. 


Month  ending  3Kt  October 


1891. 


Metals 

Chemicals  and  dyestufls 

Oils 

Raw  materials   for  non-textile  in- 
dustries. 

Total  value  of  all  imports  . . . . 


£ 

£ 

1,803  088 

1,427,118 

134,685 

475. 138 

709,908 

539,259 

4.038,042 

4,272,368 

36,873,829 

3I.726.S38 

Summary  op  Exports. 


Month  ending  31st  October 

1891. 

1892. 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 

£ 
3,179,(114 
798,480 
2,899,96(1 

£ 

2.77:,.ii;i 

2.497.SHI 

21,166,113 

IS  725, 160 

Imports  op  Chemicals  and  Dyestuffs  for  Month 
ending  31st  October. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1892. 


Values. 


Alkali Cwt. 

Bark  (tanners,  &c.)    „ 

Brimstone , 

Chemicals Value  £ 

Cochinaal  Cwt. 

Cutch  and  gambler  Tons 

Dyes  :— 
Aniline Value  £ 

Alizarine „ 

Other  

Indigo  Cwt. 

Nitrate  of  soda....     „ 

Nitrate  of  potash  .      „ 

Valonia Tons 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 

Total  valuo  of  chemicals 


£ 

£ 

10,485 

5,075 

5,786 

1,102 

U,31ll 

18,905 

20,086 

3.538 

18.1S3 

31,338 

6,096 

8,072 

.. 

115,775 

146,765 

827 

487 

5,101 

2,911 

2,370 

1,538 

63,892 

32,381 

.. 

.. 

18,304 

21,786 

•• 

•  • 

32,260 

37,039 

•  • 

.. 

188 

434 

3118 

1,967 

4,654 

30,114 

107.301 

139,143 

47,954 

59,046 

17,990 

24,503 

16,729 

21.SS7 

562 

650 

10,281 

9,346 

•• 

•• 

87,579 

98.017 

,, 

.. 

4-34,685 

475,438 

952 


THE  JOURNAL.   OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Nov.so,iS9a. 


Impobts  of  Metals  foe  Month  ending  31st  October. 


Quantities. 

Values. 

ArticleB. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

Copper : — 

Tons 

8,896 
F.099 

8,676 
B.246 

£ 

87,122 

210,632 

£ 

30.81 « 

181,606 

Unwrought  .... 

.. 

1,121 

2,828 

213,645 

132,623 

Iron :— 

» 

212,206 
6,642 

279,931 
10,238 

150,1* 
61,716 

191.0115 

Bolt,  bar,  4c. . . . 

91,641 

Steel,  unwrought.. 

„ 

620 

248 

11,768 

3.018 

Lead,  pig  and  sheet 

„ 

16,651 

11,286 

209,785 

115,489 

Lb. 

31,913 
9*,256 

4il,533 
30,975 

58,833 
9,235 

67,502 

2,665 

Cwt. 

Tons 
alue£ 
netals 

39,253 
5,101 

46,162 
3,872 

184,212 
119,037 
491,963 

214,639 

73,873 

Other  articles  ...T 

295,588 

Total  value  of  1 

■• 

1,803,088 

1,427,118 

Imports    of   Raw   Material   for   Non-Textile 
Industries  for  Month  endlng  31st  October. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


1891. 


1892. 


Values. 


1891. 


1892. 


Bark,  Peruvian  . .  Cwt. 

Bristles Lb. 

Caoutchouc Cwt. 

Gum  : — 

Arabic „ 


Lac,  4c 

Gutta-percha  ... 

Hides,  raw : — 
Dry 

Wet 

Ivory 


Manure : — 
Guano Tons 

Bones ,, 

Paraffin Cwt. 

Linen  rags Tons 

Esparto 

Pulp  of  wood  ....       „ 

Rosin Cwt. 

Tallow  and  stearin      „ 

Tar Barrels 

Wood:— 
Hewn Loads 

Sawn 

Staves „ 

Mahogany Tons 

Other  articles. . .  .Value  £ 


Total  value  . 


9,635 

9,041 

£ 

10,231 

105,038 

280,844 

26,543 

22,949 

21,919 

245,494 

6,578 

8,250 

14,700 

7,879 

5,976 

82,572 

3,125 

3,033 

41,848 

34,410 

21,156 

95,270 

55,540 

48,254 

123,866 

1,717 

1,061 

83,812 

3,644 

2,034 

25,880 

5,003 

2,870 

22,843 

39,725 

39,306 

60,202 

2,745 

510 

28,090 

15,260 

10,744 

76,172 

9,026 

12,859 

82,168 

03,124 

58,186 

16,831 

69,598 

97,024 

91,805 

16,961 

19,899 

1 1,.-:;.-, 

230,321 

259,684 

510,743 

666,035 

730,783 

1,176,145 

15,660 

17,036 

70,8S3 

3,512 

4,051 

82,409 
1439,830 

•• 

•• 

4,038,042 

£ 

15,932 

39,265 
210,351 

22,2S0 

21,269 


111, 70S 
56,002 

12,880 
12.6S6 
31,443 
4,247 
85,430 

101,090 
11,980 

121,528 
15,669 

508,140 

1,550,003 
58.981 
41,137 

1,106,683 

4.272,368 


Imports  of  Oils  for  Month  ending 

31st  October. 

Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891.          1892.          1891. 

1892. 

Besides  the  above,  dru^s  to  the  value  of  tJ9.02i-/.  were  imported, 
;is  against  70,6362.  in  October  1891. 


35,081 

11391 

£ 

47,003 

£ 
13,96! 

1,159 

1,186 

46,629 

tf,682 

110,123 

90,343 

129,238 

91,016 

...  Gall. 

12,112,813 

12.093.704 

251,200 

201,335 

1,968 
1,616 

2,4511 
1,856 

50,60  i 
44,353 

36,441 

51,118 

9,498 

69,975 

10,055 

Other  articles  . 

.  Value  £ 
of  oils  . . . 

•• 

64,756 

77,439 

Total  value 

■• 

709,908 

539,239 

Exports  of  Metals  (other  than  Machinery)  for 
Month  ending  31st  October. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

£ 

£ 

11,146 
65,947 

8,504 
69,693 

49,500 
179.962 

35,125 

Copper  :— 
Unwrought 

171,061 

30,911 

24,247 

102,037 

72,233 

Mixed  metal 

27,008 

37,205 

75.S20 

88,526 

•  • 

•  • 

226,828 

189,688 

Implements 

•• 

•■ 

121,270 

107,237 

287,685 

256,507 

2,151,734 

1,865,121 

3,537 

2,705 

49,106 
42,894 

33,863 

Plated  wares. . .  Value  £ 

35,151 

Telegraph  wires,  4c.   „ 

•• 

•  • 

38,167 

31,198 

11,079 
10,908 

12,221 
15,069 

52,832 
11,753 
77,110 

58,694 

14,352 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

72,607 

3,179,014 

2,775,161 

Exports  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals  for  Month  ending 
31st  October. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

664,721 

100,303 
25,551 

640,884 
158  180 
24,483 

£ 

250,486 

48,528 

153,546 

99,401 
246.524 

£ 

227,485 

Bleaching  materials    „ 
Chemical  manures.  Tons 

Other  articles ...       „ 

66,506 
13S.211 

88,394 
234,548 

798,480 

Nov.  30,1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


i>53 


Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  3 1 st  October. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

953,700 

427,600 

£ 

24,050 

£ 
12,191 

Military  stores. 

Value  £ 

•  • 

•  • 

127,821 

101.875 

.     Lb. 
Value  £ 

1,831,800 

1,150,400 

27,170 
120,936 

26  901 

102.S19 

Value  £ 

10,4  tl 

43,541 

90.410 
133,276 

76,795 

Products  of  coal 

113,773 

Earthenware  . . 

u 

.. 

.. 

203,302 

181,768 

„ 

.. 

.. 

11,912 

14,122 

Glass  :— 

375,931 

159,760 

25.033 

9,210 

11.261 

7,109 

23,363 

18,5)5 

71,581 

66,785 

33,521 

32,216 

Other  kinds.. 

•           H 

19,706 

21,817 

17,181 

18,665 

Leather : — 
Unwrought . . 

•           »» 

11,093 

11,519 

106,535 

105,318 

Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

49,285 

34,386 

6,008 

6,013 

126,586 

114,980 

Floorcloth  

Sq.  Yds. 

1,658,100 

1,119,700 

67,862 

49,0  B 

Painters'  materials  Val.  £ 

.. 

.. 

143.6S1 

110,657 

83,889 

71,180 

143,384 

126,539 

4,812 

6,335 

32,108 

43,879 

45,971 

43,086 

49,754 

49,861 

•• 

•• 

2,899,900 

2,497,840 

iflontblp  patent  ZizU 

♦  The  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised. 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  mouths  of  the  said  dates. 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 

Applications. 

18,793.  F.  J.  R.  Carulla.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  concentrating  and  evaporating  liquids.     October  20. 

18,879.  T.  Thorpe  and  T.  G.  Marsh.  Improvements  in 
or  connected  with  gas  condensers.     October  21. 

18,891.  T.  G.  Webb.     See  Class  VIII. 

18,941.  W.  A.  Swain.     See  Class  XVII. 

19,147.  H.  H.  Lake. —From  O.  B.  Stillman,  United 
State?.  Improvements  in  evaporating  apparatus.  Com- 
plete Specification.     October  25. 

19,149.  H.  W.  Rappleye.  Improvements  in  drying 
apparatus.     Complete  Specification.     October  25. 


19,213.  I.  Levenstein.     See  Class  VII. 

19,558.  A.Lappin.  Improvements  in  distilling  apparatus. 
October  3 1 . 

19,611.  A.  Gray  and  J.  \V.  Newall.  Improvements  in 
the  production  of  steam.     November  1. 

19,653.  P.  M.  F.  Laurent.  A  method  and  apparatus  for 
use  in  the  manufacture  of  ice.     November  1. 

19,755.  A.  G.  Glasgow.  Improvements  relating  to 
pressure  gauges.     November  2. 

19,789.  A.  Boake  and  F.  G.  A.  Roberts.  Improvements 
in  vessels  for  containing  sulphur  dioxide.     November  3. 

19,837.  A.  H.  Wendt.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
controlling  the  flow  of  acid  or  other  liquid  to  and  from 
casks  or  other  receptacles.     November  3. 

20,299.  W.  W.  Pope.  Improvements  relating  to  vessels 
for  containing  gas  under  pressure.     November  10. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted.* 

1891. 

17,886.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  La  Societe  Anouyme  du 
Compresseur  Jourdan,  France.  Apparatus  for  expressing 
liquids  from  vegetable,  animal,  or  mineral  substances. 
October  26. 

19,486.  D.  B.  Morison.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
heating  or  evaporating  liquids.     October  26. 

19,780.  C.  J.  Schofield.     See  Class  VII. 

20,125.  G.  Y.  Blair.  Apparatus  for  evaporating,  con- 
densing, and  the  like.     October  26. 

20,904.  C.  H.  Fitzmaurice.  Apparatus  and  appliances 
for  softening,  purifying,  and  filtering  liquids.     November  16. 

21,507.  J.  Brotherton.  Bottles  or  holders  for  the 
storage  and  conveyance  of  quicksilver,  gas,  and  other 
fluids  under  high  pressure,  and  method  of  manufacture 
thereof.     November  2. 

22,248.  J.  Pullman  and  H.  S.  Elworthy.    See  Class  XVII. 

22,607.  D.  Rylands.  Furnaces,  retort  chambers,  and  the 
like.     November  2. 

22.655.  H.  Williams.     See  Class  VII. 

22.656.  H.  Williams.  Method  and  apparatus  for  drying 
malt,  hops,  grain,  pulse,  and  other  substances.   November  2. 

22,870.  J.  Pullman  and  H.  Lane.  Construction  of 
compressing  machinery  or  apparatus  for  the  condensation 
and  liquefaction  of  gases.     November  16. 

1892. 

138.  E.  Brook.     Furnaces.     November  9. 

765.  S.  Fox.  Furnaces  for  the  application  of  water-gas 
for  heating  and  welding  purposes.     November  16. 

15,122.  W.  H.  Beck. — From  B.  de  Lissa,  Australia.  See 
Class  II. 

15,69S.  F.  W.  Golby.— From  B.  Jardin.  Apparatus  for 
heating  air.     October  26. 

16,308.  W.  Maybach.  Apparatus  for  effecting  a  con- 
tinuous circulation  and  cooling  of  cooling  liquids  employed 
in  motors  and  compressors.     October  26. 

16,403.  C.  W.  Cooper.  Apparatus  for  evaporating 
liquids.     November  16. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

18,581.  D.  Terrace.  An  improved  apparatus  or  appliance 
for  heating  inclined  gas  retorts.     October  17. 

18,605.  G.  Hiittemann  and  G.  Spieker.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  blocks  or  briquettes  of  fuel  from 
small  coal,  slack,  coal-dust,  and  coke-dust.     October  18. 


951. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  SO,  1892. 


18,615.  W.  Fiddes.  Improvements  in  the  method  and 
apparatus  for  charging  gas  retorts.     October  18. 

18,680.  J.  Yonge.  An  improvement  in  night  lights, 
candles,  and  similar  means  of  illumination.     October  19. 

18,904.  J.  Hodges.     .Sec  Class  III. 

18,990.  L.  H.  Armour.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  illuminating  gas.     October  22. 

19,078.  L.  Chapman.  Improvements  in  and  apparatus 
for  the  production  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen  from  atmospheric 
air.     October  24. 

19,477.  R.  Campion.  The  employment  of  certain 
ingredients  and  means  for  the  manufacture  of  fire-lighters 
therefrom.     Complete  Specification.     October  29. 

19,483.  A.  W.  Wells.— From  F.  Venue,  Belgium.  A 
new  or  improved  apparatus  for  carburetting  gas  and  air  for 
illuminating  and  heating  purposes.  Complete  Specification. 
October  29. 

19,630.  H.  Galopin.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  apparatus  for  using  liquid  fuel  for  lighting  and  heating 
purposes.     Complete  Specification.     November  1. 

19,655.  H.  G.  O'Neill.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
a  method  of  and  means  for  heating  by  electricity.  Complete 
Specification.     November  1. 

19,753.  A.  G.  Glasgow.  Improvements  relating  to 
apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  water-gas.     November  2. 

19,997.  J.  Goetz.  improved  apparatus  for  separating 
tar  and  ammonia  from  gas.     November  7. 

20,341.  P.  A.  Fichet  and  R.  Heurtey.  Improvements  in 
the  production  and  the  use  of  gaseous  fuels.     November  10. 

20,373.  W.  G.  Hay.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  the  manufacture  of  fire-lighters.     November  1 1 . 

20,429.  A.  J.  Eli.— From  M.  A.  Braconnier,  France.  A 
new  or  improved  process  for  utilising  the  waste  heat  of  zinc 
works.     November  11. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

20,573.  J.  Hargreaves.  Feeding  fuel  to  gas  producers 
and  generation  of  combustible  gas.     November  2. 

21,563.  W.  Bagley.  Apparatus  for  feeding  coal  to  gas 
producers.     November  16. 

22,106.  C.  E.  Bell.  Improvements  in  coke  ovens  to 
facilitate  the  cooling  of  the  eoke  before  drawing.    October  26. 

22,292.  J.  A.  Yeadonaud  W.  Adgie.  Heating  retorts  or 
furnaces  for  the  distillation  of  coal  or  other  analogous 
purposes.     November  16. 

22,340.  J.  Pullman  and  H.  S.  Elworthy.  Process  for  the 
manufacture  of  carbonic  acid  gas  and  hydrogen  gas,  and  for 
the  separation  of  the  two  gases,  and  apparatus  therefor. 
October  26. 

1892. 

24.  H.Williams.     Gas  purifying  apparatus.    November  9. 

15,122.  W.  H.  Beck. — From  B.  de  Lissa,  Apparatus  for 
making  and  storing  a  mixture  of  infiammabie  gas  and  air. 
November  16. 

17,262.  R.  M.  Bidelman.  Manufacture  of  gas.  Novem- 
ber 2. 


III.— DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Application. 

18,904.  J.  Hodges.     Improvements  in  the   treatment   of 
paraffin  scale  and  other  crude  paraffins.     October  21. 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 

Applications. 

18,721.  R.  J.  Friswell  and  F.  H.  Leeds.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  copy  able  inks.     ( Ictober  19. 

18,762.  H.  S.  Elworthy.  An  improved  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  oxidising  indigo  liquor.     October  19. 

19,246.  H.  E.  Newton.  —  From  The  F'arbenfabrikeu 
vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  colouring  matters.     October  26. 

19,411.  R.  W.  E.  Mclvor  and  A.  Cruickshauk.  A  process 
for  the  production  of  blue  ultramarine  from  the  material 
known  as  green  ultramarine.  Complete  Specification. 
October  28. 

19,557.  H.  E.  Newton.  —  From  The  Earbenfabriken 
vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  colouring  matters.     October  31. 

19,743.  H.  E.  Newton. — From  The  F'arbenfabriken 
vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  a/.o-colouring  matters.     November  2. 

19,820.  O.  Imray.  —  From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  Briining,  Germany.  A  new  manu- 
facture of  red  colouring  matter.     November  3. 

19,826.  J.  Sniechowski.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  black  and  brown  colours.     November  3. 

19,891.  Brooke,  Simpson,  and  Spiller,  Limited,  and  A.  G. 
Green.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  azo-colouring 
matters.     November  4. 

20,423.  J.  Rohner.  Manufacture  of  new  colouring 
matters  of  the  series  of  the  indulines  by  the  action  of  the 
diamido-di  alkyltbyoureas  on  the  aromatic  amines.  Com- 
plete Specification.  Failed  November  11.  Date  applied  for 
April  14,  1892,  being  date  of  application  in  France. 

20,506.  B.  Willcox.  —  From  The  Badisehe  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
and  production  of  dyestuffs,  suitable  for  dyeing  vegetable 
fibre  with  or  without  a  mordant.     November  12. 

20,512.  G.  M.  Keevil. 

of  ink.     November  12. 


A  new  or  improved  manufacture 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

22,641.  B.  Willcox F'roin  The  F'arbenfabriken  vormals 

F.  Bayer  and  Co.     Manufacture  of   new  colouring  matters. 
November  2. 

22,641  a.  B.  Willcox. — FVom  The  Earbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.  Production  of  azo  colours  on  fibre. 
October  26. 

1892. 

277.  C.  D.  Abel.— From  The  Actien  Gesellsehaft  fiir 
Anilin  Fabrikation.  Manufacture  of  new  colouring  matters. 
November  9. 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Applications. 

18,572.  P.  Jensen.— From  E.  Stiemer  and  M.  Ziegler, 
Germany.  Process  of  and  apparatus  for  working  up  organic 
fibrines  for  producing  sheets,  roofing  and  wall  felts,  matches, 
torches,  and  the  like.     Complete  Specification.     October  17. 


19,737.  H.    W 
Improvements 
No\ ember  2. 


Godfrey,  C.  F.  Leake,  and  C.  ¥j.  Lucas. 
a      the     manufacture     of      floor  -  cloth. 


Not.S0,18W.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


955 


19,770.  E.  Ostlere  and  W.  F.  Denholm.     Improvements 

in   the   manufacture    of    tesselated    or    inlaid    floor-cloth. 
November  3. 

19,776.  F.  Doller  and  R.  Wolffenstein.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  waterproofing  woven  fabrics.  Complete 
Specification.     November  3. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

18,470.  C.  Gr.  Hagemann.  Manufacture  or  production  of 
cellular  substance  and  textile  fibre.     October  26. 

19,185.  L.  E.  Vial.  Treatment  of  China-grass,  and 
other  plants  adapted  for  employment  in  the  textile  industry. 
November  16. 

1892. 
477.  G.  Hagemann.     See  Class  XIX". 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

18,843.  J.  E.  L.  Roche.  An  improved  process  of  dyeing, 
dressing,  and  waterproofing  fabrics.  Filed  October  20. 
Date  applied  for  March  21,  1892,  being  date  of  application 
in  France. 

18,973.  D.Jackson.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  hank  dyeing.     October  22. 

19,079.  F.  Schreurs.  A  new  process  and  apparatus  for 
printing  and  dyeing  fabrics.  Complete  Specification. 
October  24. 

19,359.  L.  Ettl.  A  new  or  improved  process  and  apparatus 
for  dyeing,  bleaching,  and  boiling.  Complete  Specification. 
October  28. 

19,790.  J.  Rhodes,  sen.,  and  J.  Rhodes,  jun.  Improve- 
ments in  machinery  for  dyeing,  washing,  or  treating  with 
liquids,  hanks  or  skeins  of  yarn,  stubbing  or  other  fibrous 
material.     November  3. 

20,444.  P.  A.  Newton. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
E. Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  fast  colours  on  fibres  by  means  of  dyeing  and  printing. 
November  1 1 . 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

20,103.  P.  G.  Wild,  G.  Bentley,  J.  B.  Jackson,  and  A.  A. 
Whitley.  Method  of  stamping  and  tinting  textile  fabrics 
and  apparatus  for  effecting  same.     October  26. 

22,538.  E.  Zillessen,  sen.  Dyeing  silk  or  half  silk  goods. 
October  26. 

22,641a.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.     See  Class  IV. 

1892. 

148.  A.  Dreze.     Dyeing  vats.     November  9. 

4278.  H.  Thies  and  E.  Herzig.    Bleaching.    November  9. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 
Applications. 

18,598.  F.  P.  Candy.  Improvements  in  and  in  connection 
with  the  manufacture  of  iron  sulphate,  and  of  mateiials  for 
nse  in  the  filtration  and  precipition  of  sewage  and  polluted 
waters.     October  18. 

18,810.  H.  Steinem.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  carbonic  acid  gas.     October  20. 

18,871.  J.  Hargreaves  and  T.  Bird.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  alkali  and  in  apparatus  therefor. 
October  21. 

18,900.  C.  H.  W.  Heepfner.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  cuprous  oxide.     October  21. 

18,917.  O.  J.  Steinhart.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  cyanides  of  the  alkali  and  alkali -earth  metals. 
October  21. 

19,143.  J.  S.  MacArthur,  R.  W.  Forrest,  and  W.  Forrest. 
Improvements  in  obtaining  cyanogen  compounds.  Octo- 
ber 25. 

19,180.  J.  M.  Milnes  and  A.  Milnes.  A  new  process  or 
means  for  the  production  of  chloride  of  lime.  Complete 
Specification.     October  25. 

19,213.  I.  Levinstein.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  concentrating  sulphuric  acid  and  other 
liquids.     Complete  Specification.     October  26. 

19,4+7.  R.  Ashton.  Improvements  in  the  preparation 
of  compounds  for  making  vinegar.     October  29; 

19,812.  L.  Mond.  Improvements  in  obtaining  ammonia, 
chlorine,  and  hydrochloric  acid  from  ammonium  chloride. 
November  3. 

20,055.  W.  J.  Fraser  and  L.  McGregor  Fraser.  Im- 
provements in  the  manufacture  of  bleaching  powder  and 
like  compounds,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     November  7. 

20,070.  W.  T.  Thorp.  Manufacture  of  improved  sub- 
stances from  salt.     November  8. 

20,202.  T.  Hyatt  and  T.  Rickett.  Improvements  in  the 
preparation  of  acids  and  alkalis,  and  in  baking  powders  and 
self-raising  flour  prepared  therewith.     November  9. 

20,269.  M.  P.  Hatschek.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  sulphurous  acid  and  its  compounds,  sulphites 
and  bi-sulphites  of  lime,  soda,  and  the  like.     November  10. 

20,284.  P.  de  Wilde,  A.  Reychler,  and  F.  Hurler. 
Improvements  in  apparatus  for  the  manufacture  of  chlorine. 
November  10. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

18,482.  J.  E.  Bott.  Manufacture  of  caustic  alkalis. 
October  26. 

19,780.  C.  J.  Schofield.  Apparatus  for  concentrating 
sulphuric  and  other  acids.     November  16. 

22,340.  J.  Pullman  and  H.  S.  Elworthy.     See  Class  II. 

22,655.  H.  Williams.  Method  and  means  for  recovering 
salts  from  brine  and  solutions,  and  for  concentrating 
solutions. 

22,828.  J.  J.  Meldrum  and  T.  F.  Meldrum.  Supplying 
liquor  to  ammonia  stills.     November  9. 

1892. 

2604.  J.  Morris.  Process  for  the  production  of  crystals 
and  crystalline  masses.     November  16. 


'.'56 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  80, 1892. 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 

Applications. 

18,891.  T.  G.  Webb.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  open  glass  retorts  or  vessels  used  in  the  concentration  of 
sulphuric  acid,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     October  21. 

19,361.  A.  S.  Ford.     See  Class  X. 

19,39").  P.  A.  Moreau.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  ornamental  stones  artificially  coloured.  Complete 
Specification.     October  28. 

19,970.  J.  A.  Yeadon  and  W.  Adgie.  Improvements  iD 
the  manufacture  of  fire-bricks,  retorts,  crucibles,  and  other 
analogous  articles.     November  5. 

20,441.  S.  D.  Pochin  and  II.  D.  Pochiu.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  tiles.     November  1 1 . 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1892. 

46.  R.  F.  Yorke.     Earthenware  pipes.     November  16. 

117.  D.  Rylands.  Jars  and  similar  receptacles  for 
sterilised  milk  and  similar  preparations.     November  9. 

16,792.  F.  Shuman.  Apparatus  for  manufacturing 
sheet  glass  having  wire  or  wire  netting  embedded  within 
it.     November  9. 

17,848.  P.  Sievert.  Process  for  producing  flat  objects 
of  glass,  and  means  for  carrying  out  such  process. 
November  16. 


IX.- 


-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 


18,575.  H.  J.  Haddan.- 
States.  Improvements  i 
disintegrating  clay  and 
Specification.     October  17. 

18,803.  K.  Alsdorff.  Improvements  in  fireproof  walls 
and  ceilings.     Complete  Specification.     October  20. 

19,009.  J.  Thomlinson.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  non-efflorescent  white  cements  from  calcined 
sulphate  of  lime.     October  22. 

19,622.  J.  A.  Yeadon  and  W.  Adgie.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  cements  or  other  analogous  materials. 
November  1. 

19,716.  J.  L.  Rawbone.  An  improved  compound  or 
treatment  of  clay  to  produce  a  compound  for  modelling 
designs.     November  2. 

19,813.  O.  Boklen.  Improved  process  for  making 
cement  or  cement  mortar.  Complete  Specification. 
November  3. 

19,908.  C.  G.  Picking.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
fireproof  buildings.    Complete  Specification.    November  5. 

19,947  W.  Gutmann  de  Gelse.  Process  for  preserving 
timber.     Complete  Specification.     November  5. 

20,132.  H.  D.  E.  Earl.  Improvements  in  paving  for 
streets,  roads,  and  other  places.     November  9. 

20,414.  P.  A.  Moreau.  The  manufacture  of  variegated 
or  veined  artificial  stone  and  imitations  of  natural  marble. 
Complete  Specification.     November  11. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

22,111.  E.Nelson.     Material   for  use 'as  a  damp  course 
in  building  foundations.     November  2. 


1892. 

16,911.  E.  Edwards. — From  E.  Goetz.  Process  for 
producing  liquid  clay  or  slip  for  casting  in  moulds. 
October  26. 


From    F.   D.  Cummer,   United 

the    process   of    drying    and 

similar    materials.      Complete 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 

Applications. 

18,892  F.  O'Connor  Prince.— From  J.  Dixon,  F.  J. 
Blades,  W.  S.  Douglas,  and  1).  Garlick,  South  Australia. 
Improvements  in  and  connected  with  the  smelting  of  the 
sulphurets  or  sulphides  of  certain  metals,  and  in  apparatus 
to  be  used  therewith.     October  21. 

18,928.  G.  L.  Morris  and  J.  Williams.  Improvements  in 
machinery  and  appliances  for  coating  metal  sheets  with 
tin,  terne,  and  other  metals  or  alloys.     October  22. 

19,125.  J.  Kirkwood.  Improved  process  and  apparatus 
for  separating  iron,  silicon,  and  such  like  impurities  from 
other  metals  and  alloys.     October  25. 

19,155.  W.  A.  Baldwin  and  F.  G.  Wheeler.  An 
improved  method  of  and  apparatus  for  decarbonising  iron. 
Complete  Specification.     October  25. 

19,175.  A.  J.  Boult. — From  F.  Grassmann,  Belgium. 
Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  fining  of  pig  or  crude 
iron.     October  25. 

19,215.  C.  M.  Pielsticker.  Improvements  in  the  method 
and  apparatus  for  coating  metal  with  a  protective  covering. 
October  26. 

19,330.  N.  J.  F.  Romanet  duCaillaud.  An  alloy  for  use 
in  textile  machinery.     October  27. 

19,361.  A.  S.  Ford.  An  improved  process  of  electro- 
plating glass,  china,  &e.     October  28. 

19,371.  W.  P.  Thomas  and  R.  Davies.  Improvements 
in  coating  metal  plates  or  sheets  with  tin,  terne,  and  other 
metals,  and  apparatus  therefor.     October  28. 

19,467.  J.  Clark  and  G.  W.  Clark.  Improvements  in  or 
relating  to  the  manufacture  of  steel  and  iron.     October  29. 

19,600.  J.  Buchanan,  jun.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  charging  furnaces  with  metal.  Complete  Specification. 
November  1. 

19,727.  H.  J.  Phillips.  A  process  for  the  elimination 
of  sulphur  and  phosphorus  from  molten  iron  or  steel. 
November  2. 

19,769.  E.  Hunt.— From  B.  Hunt,  Mexico.  Improve- 
ments in  cyanide  processes  for  extracting  precious  metals 
from  ores.     November  3. 

19,801.  W.  S.  Rawson  and  Woodhouse  and  Rawson 
United,  Limited.  Improvements  in  and  in  connection  with 
pickling  and  preparing  iron  or  steel  plates  for  tinning  or 
galvanising.     November  3. 

19.844.  H.  S.  Denny  and  J.  T.  Garrick.  Improved 
process  for  the  recovery  of  gold  and  silver  and  utilisation  of 
by-products  from  ores  containing  the  sulphides  of  antimony, 
arsenic,  tin,  zinc,  lead,  and  copper,  either  individually  or 
collectively.     November  3. 

19.845.  H.  S.  Denny  and  J.  T.  Garrick.  Improved 
process  for  recovery  of  gold  and  silver  from  their  ores. 
November  3. 

20,014.  H.  Pidot  and  H.  Charlier.  A  new  process  for 
hardening  cast  iron,  and  manufacturing  cutting  tools  or 
other  articles  of  tempered  cast  iron.     November  7. 

20,025.  F.  G.  Fuller.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
ores  and  recovery  of  metals  contained  therein,  and  appliances 
therefor.     November  7. 

20,040.  C.  H.  Ridsdale  and  The  North-Eastern  Steel  Co., 
Lim.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  and  treatment  of 
ingot  iron  and  steel.     November  7. 


Nbv.so.MBa.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


957 


20,151.  H.  II.  Lake.— From  E.  W.  F.  Abbe,  United 
Status.  An  improved  process  for  treating  oxidised  or 
corroded  lead,  and  apparatus  therefor.  Complete  Specifica- 
tion.    November  8. 

20,189.  F.  Feldhaus  and  J.  C.  Ollaguier.  A  process  for 
augmenting  the  resistance  of  iron,  steel,  and  other  metals. 
November  9. 

20,208.  \V.  A.  Briggs.— From  J.  W.  Richards,  United 
States.  An  improved  solder  for  aluminium.  Complete 
Specification.     November  9. 

20,318.  A.  Guthrie  and  R.  F.  Macfarlane.  Improvements 
in  the  treatment  of  complex  ores  containing  sulphides  of 
zinc,  lead,  iron,  copper,  silver,  gold,  or  other  metals. 
November  10. 

2U.419.  Woodhouse  and  Rawson  United,  Lim.,  and  W.  S. 
Rawson.  Improvements  in  pickling  iron  and  steel  plates 
and  apparatus  therefor.     November  11. 

20,130.  I.  J.  Monger  and  R.  Monger.  Improvements  in 
means  or  apparatus  for  use  in  smelting  copper  or  copper- 
producing  materials.     November  11. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

19,573.  G.  Selve.  A  process  of  separating  cobalt  from 
nickel.     November  2. 

1892. 

1443.  R.  I!.  Thomas.  Coating  sheets  or  plates  of  iron 
and  steel  with  lead.     November  9. 

8612.  E.  H.  Saniter.  Purification  of  iron  or  steel. 
November  2. 

16,168.  K.  Wittgenstein.  Process  for  manufacturing 
thin  steel  or  iron  sheets  direct  from  ingots  or  welded 
faggots.     November  9. 

17,908.  W.  Smethurst.  New  or  improved  furnace  for  the 
reduction  or  smelting  of  zinc,  lead,  silver,  gold,  and  other 
ores.     November  16. 

17,928.  C.  H.  Hubbell.  Manufacture  of  mineral  wool. 
November  16. 


XI.- 


-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Applications. 


18,807.  E.  Audreoli.  Electrodes  for  secondary  batteries. 
October  20. 

18,817.  J.  A.  McMullen.  Improvements  relating  to 
galvanic  batteries.     October  20. 

18,844.  II.  Roller.  Improvements  in  dry  cells  or  galvanic 
batteries.     October  20. 

18,966.  Siemens  Bros,  and  Co.,Lim. — From  Siemens  and 
Halske,  Germany.  Process  for  the  electrolytic  decomposi- 
tion of  compounds  of  metals  and  sulphur.     October  22. 

19,170.  H.  Blackmail.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  chlorine,  soda,  and  other  products  by  electrolysis,  and  in 
apparatus  employed  therein.     October  25. 

19,220.  E.  Freund.  —  From  E.  Freuud,  Austria.  Im- 
provements in  electric  batteries.     October  26. 

19,236.  G.  Wilkinson.  Improvements  in  and  relating 
to  the  generation  and  distribution  of  electrical  energy. 
October  26. 

19,282.  W.  Walker.  An  improvement  in  or  connected 
with  galvanic  batteries.     October  27. 

19,393.  T.  Froggatt.  Improvements  in  electric  battery 
apparatus.     ( )ctober  28. 


19,451.  H.  F.  Joel.  Improvements  in  voltaic  batteries, 
electrodes,  and  connections.     October  29. 

19,655.  H.  G.  O'Neill.     See  Class  II. 

19.880.  T.  Parker  and  A.  E.  Robinson.  The  manufacture 
or  production  of  an  improved  anode  for  use  in  electrolytical 
processes.     November  4. 

19,953.  J.  C.  Richardson.  Improvements  relating  to  the 
construction  of  electrodes  for  electrolytical  purposes. 
November  5. 

20,348.  R.  J.  Black.  Improved  electric-battery  cells. 
November  10. 

20,489.  A.  B.  Woakes.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
sterilising  and  oxidisiug  liquids  by  electricity.  November  12. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

18,477.  O.  Schlesinger.    A  depolarising  liquid  for  galvanic 
'   batteries.     October  26. 

21,959.  E.  Hermite  and  A.  Dubosc.  Apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  alkaline  or  earthy  alkaline  bases  and  of 
their  salts  or  compounds  by  electrolysis  of  saline  solutions. 
November  2. 

22,339.  N.  Wladimiroff.  Primary  and  secondary  batteries. 
November  9. 

22,708.  W.  Helessen.  Manufacture  of  porous  carbon  for 
galvanic  batteries  and  for  filters.     November  2. 

1892. 

372.  N.  Benardos.  Soldering,  melting,  and  coating  metals 
by  the  aid  of  electricity.     November  16. 

16,461.  W.  Main.     Secondary  batteries.     October  26. 

16,822.  T.  Craney.  Electrolytic  apparatus.  Novem- 
ber 16. 

17.222.  W.  P.  Thompson.-From  C.  L.  Coffin.  Electric 
metal  working  or  welding.     November  2. 

17.223.  W.  P.  Thompson.-From  C.  L.  Coffin.  Welding 
or  working  metals  electrically.     November  2. 

17.225.  W.  P.  Thompson.-From  C.  L.  Coffin.  Method 
and  apparatus  for  electrically  welding  metals.    November  2. 

17.226.  W.  P.  Thompson.-From  C.  L.  Coffin.  Method 
or  apparatus  for  working  or  heating  metals  electrically. 
November  2. 


Erratum. 

20,312  of  1891  (p.  861).  Erroneously  announced  as  com- 
pleted in  Official  Journal,  28  September  1892.  Please 
cancel. 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Applications. 

18,527.  J.  Brown.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
soft  soap.     Complete  Specification.     October  17. 

18,533.  J.  Brown.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
hard  soap.     Complete  Specification.     October  17. 

18.744.  A.  Teal.  An  improved  method  of  and  apparatus 
for  brightening  rape,  linseed,  and  similar  oils.     October  19. 

18,918.  I.  R.  Burns.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  lubricating  grease.     October  21. 

19,191.  J.  W.  Chenhall  and  W.  S.  Chenhall.  Improve- 
ments in  effecting  the  solidification  of  mineral,  vegetable,  and 
animal  oils  and  fats.     October  25. 

19.745.  C.  H.  Freyer.— From  F.  Korn,  Germany.  The 
"  Excelsior  "  oil-purifying  apparatus.     November  2. 


" 


THE  JOURNAL   OF   THE   SOCIETY   OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


COMPLETE  SPECIFICATION  ACCEPTED. 

1892. 
16,827.  W.  R.  Lake.— From  W.  T.  Cutter.     Cleansing  or 
•on  of  fatty  substances  from  wool  and  the  like,  and 
method  of  clarifying  the  solvent  nsed  therefor.  November  15. 


XilL— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS    VARNISHES,  ii'D 

Applicat. 

18,735.  H.  H.   Lake.— From  L.  Enrieht,  Unite: 

An  improved  manufacture  of  paint  or  cement.    October  19. 

I.  ,T.   E.   Hartley  and   H.  E.  Hart'.ey.     A  newer 

implored  dead  or  non-glossy  coating  or  vanrish.  October29. 

H.  J.   Donnadieu.     An  improved  process  of 

manufacturing  turpentine.    October  31. 

19,539.  J.  F.  Thompson  and  C.  F.  Baker.     An  improved 
colouring  and  burr  :         position  for  boots  and  shoes. 

Complete  Specification.     October  31. 

,.  H.  P.  T.  Denny-  aril  W.  L.  L.  Grant.  An  anti- 
fouling  and  protective  paint  for  preserving  the  bottoms  of 
iron  or  wooden  vessels  and  other  submerged  surfaces. 
November  12. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

i.  W.   R.  Earp.     Material  which  may   be 

I  manufactures  in  the  =tead  of  india-rubber,  gutta- 
percha,   and   other   similar    -  and    pro- 
making  the  same  and  for  the  utilisation  thereof  of  waste 
liqnors  from  tannerie-.     Noreml 

1892. 
-  -    "     J.   Burbridge.     Prepariog   variegated  rubber  for 
manufacturing  purposes.     November  9. 


XIV.— TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLCE,  isd  SIZE. 
Applicat 

51.  C.  8.  Boy  and  C.  S.Sherrington.  A  new  and 
improved  process  for  obtaining  blood  albumin  for  com- 
mercial purposes.    November  1 1 . 

Complete  -  ricot  Accepted. 


-     T.    J.    Haslam. 
mber  1 C. 


tnte     for    whalebone. 


XV.— AGRICULTURE   and    MANURES. 
Application. 


XVI.— SUGARS,   STARCHES,   GUMS,  Etc. 

Complete  Specification-  Accepted. 

1891. 

19,702.  R.  Morton  and  T.  Morton.  Pans  for  boiling  or 
heating  sugar  or  compounds  thereof  or  similar  substances. 
- 

20,887.  D.  Stewart.  Evaporating  or  concentrating 
saccharine  liquids  and  apparatus  therefor.    October  20. 

:-  . 

15,816.  C.  M.  Lafontaine.  New  or  improved  process 
and  apparatus  for  the  treatment  and  purification  of  raw 
sugar,  and  its  conversion  into  blocks  or  ingots.    October  26. 


18,648.     3.     Carter. 
manure  from  sewage. 


Improvements 
Octob- 


in    manufacturing 


XVIL— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Eic. 
Applicat: 

18.6C"  :  J.  H.  Howell.     Improvements  in 

attemperators  and  skimming  appliances  for  use  in  brewicg 
and  fermenting  I  r  19. 

18,814.  C.  F.  H.  UaUett  An  improved  refrigerator  or 
heater  for  cooling  or  heating  wort  or  other  liquid.  October  20. 

18,911.  H.  Gardner. — From  Vau  Laer,  Belgium. 
Improvements  in  or  connected  with  apparatus  for  the 
cultivation  of  pure  yeast.     October  21. 

-  vain.     Improvement-  in  strainers  for  the 
purification  of  malt  liquor  or  other  liquid*.     Octob".:  -- 

19,25-f.  A.  Brin.  An  improved  process  of  flavouring, 
impregnating,  or  modifying  alcoholic  liquid-.     Octob 

I.  A.  Brio.     An  improved  process  of  distilling  a>jd 
rectifying  alcoholic  liquids.     Octob-     - 

I.  A.  Brie.  Improved  apparatus  for  di- tilling, 
rectifying,    flavouring,    or     modifying    alcoholic    liquids. 

15.  B.  Dukes. — From  ¥..  Rriesemeister  and  W.  A. 
Seyberlieh,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  grape  sugar.    October  31. 

-    -  ,-iire.     Improvements  In  the  manufacture 
of  yeast.    November  10. 

20,317.  .V-    Kerschbaum,  Y.   J.    '/..   B.  Strassnicky,  and 
meideL    Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  malt 
liquor.     Complete  Specifica"  amber  10. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

18.  J.  Pullman  and  H.  S.  Elworthy.  A  method  of 
and  appliance  for  the  collection,  purification,  and  utilisation 
of  carbonic  acid  gas  given  off  during  fermentation  of 
saccharine  and  other  substances.    Octob-     2 

..      -.  W.  P.  Thompson.— Froi.  under.    Pre- 

paration of  extracts  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  yeast  and 
spirit.     Novemb 

1892, 

301.    H.    Prior.     Apparatus    for   cooling    and   attempe- 
rating  beer  during  fermentation.     November  2. 
17,258.  E.Adam.    MaR  beverages.     November  2. 


Nov.  so.  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


969 


XVILL— CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHKMISTKY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 

A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

18,535.  1!-  W.  Leftwich.  Improvements  iu  cocoa  and 
chocolate.    ( tctober  17. 

30,095.  C.  H.  R.  Christie.— From C.  J.Christie,  Argentine 
Republic.  Improvements  in  and  connected  with  the  treat- 
ment of  milk.     November  8. 

20,202.  T.  Hyatt  and  T.  Rickett.     See  Class  VII. 


B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

18,598.  F.  P.  Candy.     See  Class  VII. 

19,198.  R.  Stanley,  An  improved  method  for  the  puri- 
fication of  sewage  waters  and  waters  from  chemical  and 
other  manufactures.     October  26. 

19,247.  W.  D.  Scott-Moncrieff.  Improvements  in  or 
relating  to  the  treatment  of  sewage.     October  2D. 

19,5S7.  F.  P.  Candy.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  of 
sewage  and  polluted  waters,  and  in  connection  with  the 
manufacture  of  materials  for  use  in  the  treatment  of  sewage 
and  polluted  waters.     November  1. 

19,783.  A.  S.  Ramage.  Utilisation  of  human  excreta. 
November  3. 

19,785.  W.  Oldtield.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
purifying  sewage  and  trade  effluents.     November  3. 

19.S29.  L.  Archbutt  and  R.  M.  Deeley.  Improvements 
iu  apparatus  for  purifying  water.     November  3. 

19,830.  1!.  M.  Deeley  and  L.  Archbutt.  Improvements 
iu  apparatus  for  purifying  water.     November  3. 

19,860.  J.  Hanson.  Improvements  in  means  or  apparatus 
for  cooling  and  purifying  liquids  discharged  from  works  or 
the  like.     November  4. 


C. — Disinfectants. 

18,957.  S.  1'.  II.  Statham.  A  new  or  improved  disinfecting 
and  deodorising  paper.     October  22. 

19,277.  \V,  G.  Daniell.  A  new  or  improved  composition 
for  preserving  articles  of  food,  and  for  disinfecting  and 
purifying  purposes.     October  27. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1891. 

20,694.  B.  Corrick.  New  or  improved  manufacture  of 
substances  or  compositions  for  use  as  condiments.  Novem- 
ber 9. 

1892. 

16,548.  C.  Blackmore.  Process  for  incorporating  malt, 
or  the  aroma  therefrom,  with  coffee,  tea,  and  similar 
substances  used  as  a  beverage  or  food.     November  2. 


B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

1891. 

17,844.  A.  Wollheim.  Plan  for  the  construction  of 
works  for  the  treatment  of  sewage  and  other  foul  or  waste 
liquids.     October  26. 

20,682.  J.  Price.     Treatment  of  sewage.     October  26. 


1892. 

16,333.  W.  F.  Goodhue  and  C.  Paulus.  Apparatus  for 
filtering  and  purifying  sewage  or  other  matters.  Novem- 
ber 2. 


C. — Disinfectants. 

1892. 

S.  Yingling,   J.    K.    Pf  alt  zgraff,  and   G.    K. 
Chemical   compound    for     treating   tobacco. 


16,202.  G. 
Pfaltzgraff. 
November  9. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

Applications. 

19,675.  F.  Greening,  jun.  Improvements  in  the  manu- 
facture of  compositions  and  treatment  of  the  base  nitro- 
cellulose or  pyroxiline  for  various  commercial  uses. 
November  1. 

20,290.  P.  Smith.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  paper.     November  10. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 
19,135.  L.  E.  Vial.     .See  Class  V. 

1892. 

477  G.  Hagemann.  Manufacture  or  production  of 
cellular  substances  suitable  for  paper-making  and  fibre 
suitable  for  spinning.     November  16. 


XX.— FINE  CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS    ESSENCES, 
and  EXTRACTS. 

Applications. 

19,329.  L.  F.  Riedel.  A  new  compound  or  derivative  of 
para-tolyldimethyl  pyrazalon,  and  process  for  obtaining  the 
same.     Complete  Specification.     October  27. 

19,648.  L.  F.  Riedel.  Manufacture  of  para-phenetol- 
carbamide.     November  1. 

19,878.  H.  Thorns.  Process  for  obtaining  ;)-phenetol- 
carbamide.     Complete  Specification.     November  4. 

20.497.  P.  A.  Newfon.  —  From  The  Farbenfabrikcn 
vormals  F.  Bayer  aud  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  pharmaceutical  compounds.  Novem- 
ber 12. 

20.498.  C.  II  Abel. — From  The  Ilaarmaun  and  Reimer 
Vanillin-Fahrik,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  /3-cymidine, 
C6H3(CH3. NIL,. C3H7),  (1:2:4)  from  the  orims  {?  oxinies) 
of  certain  camphor  species.     November  12. 

20.499.  C.  D.   Abel From  The  Haarmann  and  Reimer 

Vanillin-Fabrik,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  mono-carbon 
acids  having  the  composition  of  C,HuO.:,  of  di-carbon  acids 
having  the  composition  C,Hu04,  and  of  anhydrides  of  the 
latter  having  the  composition  C,,H, />,.     November  12. 


9«0 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Nov.  3H.186?. 


Complete  Specification*  Accepted. 
1892. 

361.  C.  D.  Abel.— From  C.  F.  Boehringer  and  Sobne. 
Manufacture  of  vanillin.     November  9. 

16.942.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  R.  Campani.  Process 
for  extracting  iodine  from  natural  saline  waters,  mother- 
liquids,  or  other  liquids  containing  iodine.     November  2. 


XXL— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 
MATERIALS. 

Application. 

19,5:51.  H.  J.  Shawcross.  Improvements  in  or  connected 
with  the  production  of  sepia  or  like  coloured  photographic 
pictures  and  sensitised  paper  films  and  other  media 
therefor.     October  31. 


XXII.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 

Applications. 

18,548.  J.  Somerville  and  I).  Morrison.  Improvements 
in  and  relating  to  matches  for  lighting  purposes.  October  1 7. 

18,572.  P.  Jensen. — From  E.  Stiemer  and  M.  Ziegler, 
Germany.     See  Class  V. 


19,322.  C.  H.  Wolf.  A  process  for  the  manufacture  of 
fuses,  such  as  firework  fuses,  and  apparatus  in  connection 
therewith.     Complete  Specification.     October  27. 

20,231.  R.  V7.  Sedgwick  and  C.  Lamm.  Mode  of 
exploding  high  explosives  without  the  use  of  fuses,  and 
also  apparatus  therefor.     November  10. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

19,068.  C  H.  Curtis  and  G.  G.  Andre.     Manufacture  of 
gunpowder.     November  9. 


12,415.   W.  E, 
less  Powder  Co. 


1892. 

Gedge. — From  The  United  States  Smoke- 
Explosive  compound.     October  26. 


PATENT   UNCLASSIFIABLE. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

11,174.  W.  Read,  jun.     Solvent  compounds,  and  method 
of  making  same.     October  26. 


Printed  and  Published  by  Etre  and  Spottiswoode,  East  Hardinir  Street,  London,  E.C.,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 


THE   JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  of  (O^mtcal  3n5ustry: 

A    MONTHLY    RECORD 

FOR  ALL  INTERESTED  IN  CHEMICAL  MANUFACTURES. 


No.  12.—  Vol.  XI.] 


DECEMBER    31,   1892. 


"Non-Members  80/-  per  annum ;  Members 
21/-  per  Set  of  extra  or  back  numbers ; 
Single  Copies  (Members  only)  2/6. 


€bt  £>owtp  of  Cbemfcal  Itftustrp. 


Past  Presidents : 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P.,  LL.D.,  V.P.R.S 1881—1882 

Sir  Frederick  Abel,  K.C.B.,  D.C.L.,  F.R.S 1882—1888. 

Walter  Weldon,  F.R.S 1883—1884. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.E.S 1884—1885, 

E.  K.  Muspratt 1885—1836. 

David  Howard 1886—1887. 

Prof.  James  Dewar,  F.R.S 1887—1888 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S 1888—1889, 

Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S 18S9-1890, 

E.  Rider  Cook 1890-1891 

Prof.  J.  Emerson  Reynolds,  M.D.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S.  1891-1892 


COUNCIL  FOR   TEAR   ENDING  JULY,   1892. 

President:  Sir  John  Evans,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ic. 
Vice-Presidents : 


Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.,  F.R.S. 

Win.  Crowder. 

David  Howard. 

Dr.  F.  Hurter. 

E.  K.  Muspratt. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

Dr.  V.  H.  Perkin,  F.R.S. 


Prof.  J.   Emerson  Reynolds, 

M.D.,  D.Sc,  F.R.S. 
John  Spiller. 
J.  C.  Stevenson,  M.P. 
Prof.  T.  E.  Thorpe,  F.R.S. 
Sir  John  Turncy. 


A.  H  Allen. 

Arthur  Boake. 

R.  Forbes  Carpenter. 

Dr.  Charles  Dreyfus, 

H.  Grimshaw. 

C.  Clarke  Hutchinson 


Ordinary  Members  of  Council : 

Prof.  R.  Meldola,  F.R.S. 
John  Pattinson. 
Bovertou  Redwood. 
A.  Gordon  Salamon. 
Edward  C.  Cortis  Stanford. 
Thos.  T.yivr. 


With  the  Chairmen  and  Secretaries  of  Sections. 

Honorary  Treasurer: 

E .  Rider  Cook  East  London  Soapworks,  Bow,  E. 

Honorary  Foreign  Secretary  : 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 

General  Secretary :  Charles  G.  Cresswell. 

Offices : 

Palace  Chambers,  9,  Bridge  Street,  Westminster,  S.W. 

THE  JOURNAL. 


A.  H.  Allen. 

L.  Archbutt. 

Q.  H.  Bailey,  D.Sc,  Ph.D. 

Joseph  Bernays,  M.I.C.E. 

H.  Brunner. 

E.  Rider  Cook. 

W.  T.  Dent. 

Chas.  Dreyfus,  Ph.D. 

Percy  Gilchrist,  F.R.S. 

John  Heron. 

D.  B.  Hewitt,  M.D. 

David  Howard. 

Prof.  J.J.  Hummel. 


Publication  Committee : 
The  President. 

Prof.  A.  K.  Huntington. 

F.  Hurter,  Ph.D. 

C.  Clarke  Hutchinson. 

Wm.  Kellner,  Ph.D. 

Ludwig  Mond,  F.R.S. 

B.  E.  R.  Newlands. 

John  Pattinson. 

W.  H.  Perkin,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S 

H.  R.  Procter. 

Boverton  Redwood. 

John  Spiller. 

Wm.  Thorp. 

Thomas  Tyrer. 


Editor : 
Watson  Smith,  University  College,  London,  W.C. 

Assisted  by  the  following  Staff  of  Abstractors : 


H.Auer VII. 

T.  L.  Bailey,  Ph.D.  Gen.Chem. 

I).  Bendii III. 

M.  Benfey VI. 

E.  Bentz IV.,  V..VI. 

Jos.Bernays.M.I.C.E     I. 

E.  J.  Bovan V.,  XIX. 

Bertram  Blount .  {xil    XHI 
Arthur  G.  Bloxam  XIV.,  XV. 

J.  C.Chorley I.,  XXI. 

J.H.Collins X. 

V.  Cornish... VIII.,  IX.,  XIII. 
C.F.Cross....    V.,  XII.,  XIX. 

W.  P.  Dreaper VI. 

P.  Dvorkowitscli  II.,  Ill,,  XII. 

W.M.Gardner V..VI. 

Oswald  Hamilton I. 

P.J.Hartog.B.Sc.  Gen.  Chem. 
Prof.  D.E.  Jones,  B.Sc.     XI. 

W.E.Kay VI. 

A  J.  King,  B.Sc.  . . .  VI.,  XVI. 

F.  S.    Kipping,  1        II.  and 
D.Sc i  Gen.Chem. 

Chas.  A.Kohn,    )p.„   P,.m 
pi   p.  t  ben.  v^nom. 

L.deKoningh  XVIII., XXIII. 


T.  A.  Lawsou,  Ph.D. .    IV. 

F.H.Leeds.  III.,  XIII.,  XXI. 
J.  Lewkowitsch,")     TIT    TTT 
Ph.D j    III.,  XII. 

A.R.Ling IV..XVI. 

D.A.Louis IX..X..XV. 

W.  Macnab..... XXII. 

K.  E.  Markel,  Ph.D. . .     XII. 
A.  K.Miller,  Ph.D..    III.,  IV. 
N.H.J. Miller, Ph.D.    XV. 

F.  W.  Passmore,}  TY    -tvttt 
Ph.D 5  -\\..  XX1I1. 

H.  S.  Pattinson,  Ph.D.    VII.,  X. 

W.J.  Pope  ....    IV.,  X.,  XXI. 

G.  H.  Robertson XI. 

F.  W.  Renaut . . .    Patent  Lists. 

A.  L.  Stern,  B.Sc XVII. 

D.A.Sutherland...    II.,  III. 

Eustace  Thomas XL 

H.K.Tompkins,  B.Sc.    X. 

V.  H.  Veley,  M.A.    Gen.  Chem. 

C.  Otto  Weber, Ph.D.  IV., XIII. 

J.G.Wells XVII.,  XX. 

A.  Wingham X. 


NOTICES. 

Members  are  reminded  that  the  subscription  of  25*.  for 
1893,  payable  ou  January  1st  next,  should  be  sent  in  good 
time  to  the  Treasurer  in  order  to  ensure  continuity  in  the 
receipt  of  the  Society's  Journal.  Any  changes  of  address 
to  appear  in  the  new  List  of  Members  now  in  course  of 
preparation,  should  reach  the  General  Secretary  not  later 
than  January  15th,  1893. 


Post  Office  Orders  should  be  made  payable  at  the 
General  Post  Office,  London,  to  the  Honorary  Treasurer, 
E.  Rider  Cook,  and  should  be  forwarded  to  him  at  Bow, 
unless  it  be  desired  to  notify  a  change  of  address. 


Members  who  require  extra  sets  or  back  numbers  of  the 
Journal  are  requested  to  make  application  to  the  General 
Secretary  only,  to  whom  also  changes  of  address  should  be 
communicated.  


962 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


Authors  of  communications  read  before  the  Society,  or 
any  of  its  Local  Sections,  are  requested  to  take  notice  that 
under  Rule  41  of  the  bye-laws,  the  Society  has  the  right  of 
priority  of  publication  for  three  months  of  all  such  papers. 
Infringement  of  this  bye-law  renders  papers  liable  to  be 
rejected  by  the  Publication  Committee,  or  ordered  to  be 
abstracted  for  the  Journal,  in  which  case  no  reprints  can 
be  furnished  to  the  author. 


Notice  is  hereby  given,  for  the  information  of  members  and 
advertisers,  that  the  advertisement  columns  of  this  Journal 
have  been  contracted  for  by  Messrs.  Eyre  and  Spottiswoode, 
the  Society's  printers  and  publishers,  to  whom  all  commu- 
nications respecting  them  should  be  addressed. 


The  Secretary  is  prepared  to  offer  5s.  apiece  for  copies  of 
the  Society's  Journal  for  January  1883  in  saleable  condi- 
tion. 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS  ELECTED,  23rd  DECEMBER  1892. 


Annandale,  C.  J.  P.,  The  Briary,  Shotley  Bridge,  Co. 
Durham,  paper  manufacturer. 

Bruce,  Geo.,  11,  New  Gravel  Lane,  Shadwell,  E.,  analyst's 
manager. 

Bruckmann,  Gustave  T.,  192,  18th  Street,  Brooklyn, 
X.Y.,  U.S.A.,  chemical  engineer. 

Danglade,  Ernest,  Vevay,  Indiana,  U.S.A. 

Dunn,  Fred.,  Flinders  Lane,  Melbourne,  Victoria, 
analytical  chemist. 

Fellowes,  F.  \V.,  61-62,  Chancery  Lane,  London,  W.C., 
brewer's  chemist. 

Goodall,  Walter,  Alma  House,  Pudsey,  near  Leeds, 
analyst. 

Hopkins,  Erastus,  12,  Linden  Street,  Worcester.  Mass., 
U.S.A.,  chemist. 

Karslake,  VVm.  J.,  State  College,  Centre  Co.,  Pa.,  U.S.A., 
assistant  in  chemistry. 

Langer,  Dr.  Carl,  5,  Redesdale  Terrace,  Canfield  Gardens, 
N.W.,  analytical  chemist. 

Rhodes,  Jos.,  Blane  Cottage,  Blanc-field,  near  Glasgow, 
printworks  chemist. 

Roberts,  Ernest  H.,  15,  Herndou  Road,  East  Hill. 
Wandsworth,  S.W.,  analyst. 

Selkirk,  Wm.,  Beekcrmet,  via  Carnforth,  mining  engineer. 

Southern,  Thos.  Jr.  Jr.,  YVheathill  Chemical  Works,  St. 
Simon  Street,  Salford,  manufacturing  chemist. 

Stone,  Win.,  345a,  Swanston  Street,  Melbourne,  Victoria, 
analytical  chemist. 

Whitehead,  .las.,  266,  Liverpool  Road,  Patricroft,  Man- 
chester, dyer. 


CHANGES   OF   ADDRESS. 


Allen,  Walter  S.,  I  ■>  New  Bedford;  24,  West  Street, 
Boston,  ila^..  U.S.A. 

Anderson,  (i.  11.,  l/o  Felling;  630,  Scotswood  Road, 
Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

Babington,  1'..  l/o  Dardanelles;  6,  Grange  Terrace, 
Weymouth. 

liainbriilge,  11.  A.,  l/o  Manchester  Sqnare;  Union  Club, 
Trafalgar  Square,  S.W. 

Barbour,  T.  F.,  l/o  Coatbridge;  35,  Robertson  Street, 
Glasgow. 

Barclay,  Hugh,  l/o  Harrington;  Calder  Ironworks, 
Coatbridge,  N.13. 

Barrie,  D.  McL.,  l/o  Poilok  Patents  Co.;  P.O.,  Box 
1657,  Johannesburg,  S.A.K. 

Bird,  II.,  Journals  to  95,  Durnford  Street,  Stonehouse, 
Plymouth. 

Bloomer,  F.  J.,  l/o  Boundaries  Road;  Sunnyside, Byrne 
Road,  lialham,  S.W. 


Burrough,  Horace,  juu.,  l/o  Boston:  1130,  Lafayette 
Avenue,  Baltimore,  Md.,  U.S.A. 

Field,  W.  Eddington,  l/o  Hawthorne  ;  65,  Sutherland 
Road,  Armadale,  Melbourne,  Vic. 

Fletcher,  R.  Jaques,  l/o  Halifax ;  The  Hawthorns, 
Bromley,  Kent. 

Freestone,  J.  W.,  l/o  Rock  Ferry  ;  9,  Clark's  Terrace, 
New  Ferry,  Cheshire. 

Gatheral  G.,  l/o  Hepburn  ;  174,  Soho  Hill,  Handsworth, 
Birmingham. 

Haines,  Reuben,  Journals  to  Haines  Street,  Germautowu, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U  S.A. 

Hall,  J.  A.,  Journals  to  Victoria  Chemical  Co.,  Victoria, 
British  Columbia. 

Hoskins,  A.  Percy,  l/o  London ;  Corporation  Gas  Works, 
Belfast. 

Innes,  M.,  l/o  Alameda;  76,  Donohoe  Building,  San 
Francisco,  Cal.,  U.S.A. 

Jackson,  Samuel,  l/o  Nether  Thong;  7,  Brook  Street, 
Mold  Green,  Huddersfield. 

Jackson,  Walter,  Journals  to  24,  Sydenham  Avenue, 
Sefton  Park,  Liverpool. 

Joseland,  W.  H.,  l/o  Talke ;  Mitchell's  Wood  Cottage, 
near  Chesterton,  Staffordshire. 

Ling,  A.  R.,  l/o  Thames  Ditton ;  45,  Lambton  Road, 
Wimbledon. 

Macfarlane,  Jas.  A.,  l/o  Mexico;  917,  Vender  Street, 
Vancouver  City,  British  Columbia. 

Marks,  E.  G.,  l/o  New  York  ;  Belleville,  N.J.,  U.S.A. 

Martino,  F.  W.,  l/o  Broomhill ;  107,  Montgomery  Road, 
Sharrow,  Sheffield. 

Myers,  W.  S.,  l/o  New  Brunswick;  251,  North  6th 
Street.  Newark,  X.J.,  U.S.A. 

Nishigawa,  T.,  l/o  Tokyo;  Chemical  Works,  Kawa 
Kitamura,  Osaka,  Japan. 

Pitblado,  L.,  Journals  to  39,  Washington  Street,  Toorak, 
Melbourne,  Victoria. 

Powell,  A.  E.,  1  o  Stockport  Hoad;  8,  Guardian  Building, 
3,  Cross  Street,  Manchester. 

Sanderson,  T.  C,  l/o  New  Mexico;  53,  Cardiff  Road, 
Norwich. 

Shaw.  Geo.,  I/o  Temple  Street;  35,  Temple  Row,  Bir- 
mingham. 

Steel,  R.  Elliot,  l/o  Shipley  ;  Science,  Art,  and  Technical 
Schools,  Plymouth. 

Taubman,  R.,  I/o  33,  124,  Southampton  Row,  London, 
W.C. 

Warner,  II.  G.,  l/o  Walham  Green;  5,  St.  Ann's  Park 
Terrace,  Wandsworth,  S.W. 

Will,  W.  Watson,  l/o  Newington  Terrace;  1,  St.  Agues 
Place,  Keimington  Park,  S.E. 

Wilson,  A.  Poole,  l/o  Birkenhead  ;  Sutton  Copper  Works, 
St.  Helens. 

Wynne.  W.  I'.,  l/o  Tyneside  Terrace;  35,  Parson's 
Green,  S.W. 


CHANGES  OF  ADDRESS  REQUIRED. 


Judd,  G.  M.,  1  o  207,  Burdett  Road,  Bow,  E. 
McDonald,  A.,  I  o  10,  Cochrane  Street,  Glasgow. 


Bowler,  G.  S.,  Crystal  Palace  District  (las  Co.,  Lower 
Sydenham,  S  E. 

Brunner,  Jos.  1'.,  28,  Exchange  Street  Fast,  Liverpool. 

Schofield,  Christ.  J.,  Whalley  Range,  Manchester. 

Thomson,  Robt.,  at  79.  Hereford  Road,  Bayswater,  W. 
December  1st. 

Winstone,  A.  B.,  7,  Gray's  Inn  Square,  W.C,  Nov.  5th. 


Deo.  81, 1892.1       THE  JOUENAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


963 


Zoirium  ^fctt'om 


The  Chemical  Society's  Rooms,  Burlington  House,  W. 


C.  P.  Cross. 

A.  G.  Green. 

D.  Howard. 
C.  C.  Hutchinson. 
W.  Kellner. 

B.  E.  R.  Xewlands, 
\V.  Ramsay. 


Chairman :  Win.  Thorp. 

Vice-Chairman :  W.  Crowder, 

Committee: 

F.G.Adair  Roberts. 
A.  Gordon  Salomon. 
G.  N.  Stoker. 
F.  Napier  Sutton. 
T.  K.  Thorpe. 
T.  Tyrer. 
Frank  Wilson. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary :  John  Heron, 
Ellerdale,  Cottenham  Park,  Wimbledon. 


SESSION  1892-93. 


1893  :— 
Monday,  Jan.  9th  :— 
Mr.  Arthur  <;.  Green.  F.I.i'.    "  Qualitative  Analysis  of  Artificial 

Colouring  Matters." 
Mr.  Bernard  Dyer,  D.Sc.,  F.I.C.    "Notes  on  the  Proportion  of 

Fatty  Acids  in  Oil  Cakes." 
Mr.  Watson  Smith,  F.I.O.       Farther  Notes  on  the  Preparation 
of  Nitrous  <  htide." 
Monday,  Feb.  6th:— 
Mr.  Oscar  Guttmann.    "  The  Manufacture  of  Nitric  Acid." 
Mr.  C   C.   Hutchinson,  F.I.O.    "A   New  Form  of  Laboratory 
Filter  Press." 


Meeting  held  Monday,  bth  December  1892. 


ME.    WH.    THORP    I.V    J  II i-:    c'HAIIi. 


ON  THK  ELECTEOLYTIC  PRODUCTION  OF 
CHLORINE  AND  SODA. 

BY    C.    T.    CROSS    AND    E.    J.    SEVAN. 

The  electrolytic  production  of  caustic  soda  and  bleaching 
powder  has  of  late  years  occupied  a  good  deal  of  attention. 
The  subject  is  one  of  very  considerable  technical  interest, 
and  the  commercial  future  of  electrolysis  in  this  direction 
of  application  being  at  the  present  time  under  serious  dis- 
cussion, we  have  availed  ourselves  of  an  opportunity  of 
bringing  the  matter  before  the  Society. 

The  problem  of  the  economical  manufacture  of  alkali  and 
bleach  by  the  electrolysis  of  salt  solution  is  a  very  enticing 
one,  and  for  many  years  past  it  has  attracted  the  attention 
of  inventors.  It  is,  however,  only  within  the  last  few  years 
that  any  considerable  advances  have  been  made. 

The  chief  difficulties  have  hitherto  been  (1)  the  devising 
of  a  diaphragm  of  such  low  resistance  as  would  allow  the 
electrolysis  to  proceed  with  a  reasonably  low  electro-motive 
force,  and  which  would  at  the  same  time  effectually  prevent 
the  recombination  of  the  products  of  electrolysis  ;  and  (2) 
the  construction  of  an  anode  which  would  stand  wear  and 
tear. 

These  difficulties  have,  we  venture  to  think,  been  very 
largely  overcome,  and  we  think  there  is  a  fair  prospect  of 
success  in  the  near  future. 

We  do  not  propose  in  the  present  communication  to 
advocate  any  one  of  the  many  processes  that  are  before  the 
public,  but  to  discuss  the  problem  in  general  terms  in  the 
hope  that  we  may  be  able  to  show  the  feasibility  of  an 
economical  electrolytic  process. 

We  shall,  however,  have  occasion  to  describe  somewhat 
in  detail  two  processes  with  which  we  have  had  some 
practical  experience.  These  are  the  Greenwood  and  the 
Le  Sueur  processes,  and  their  essential  features  are  shown 
in  the  diagrams  on  the  wall. 

In  the  former,  the  electrolyser  consists  of  a  rectangular 
tank  of  slate  or  other  suitable  material  divided  into  com- 
partments by  means  of  diaphragms.  These  are  made  of  a 
number  of  V"snaPetl  shelves  of  glass  or  slate  placed  in  a 
mahogany  frame.  The  spaces  between  the  shelves  are 
tilled  with  asbestos.  On  one  side  of  the  diaphragm  is  the 
cathode  made  of  iron,  and  on  the  other  side  is  the  anode. 
This  is  of  peculiar  construction,  being  built  up  of  a  number 


of  pieces  of  hard  retort  carbon  cemented  together  bv  first 
impregnating  with  tar  and  subsequently  heating"  to  a 
high  temperature.  The  inside  is  tilled  with  type  metal. 
The  cathodes  and  anodes  in  every  electrolyser  are  connected 
together  in  parallel,  the  electrolysers  themselves  being  in 
series.  Arrangements  are  made  by  means  of  pipes  for 
allowing  the  salt  solution,  which  is  about  half  saturated,  to 
flow  through  all  the  anode  and  cathode  sections  respec- 
tively. 

The  chlorine  which  is  evolved  passes  into  the  chlorine 
main.  The  caustic  solution,  after  passing  through  a 
sufficient  number  of  electrolysers,  is  evaporated,  and  the 
excess  of  undecomposed  salt  removed.  The  subsequent 
treatment  of  the  chlorine  calls  for  no  special  remarks. 

In  the  Greenwood  process  no  arrangement  is  made  for 
the  renewal  of  diaphragms  or  anodes,  as  both  are  believed 
to  be  practically  indestructible.  Time,  however,  can  alone- 
settle  this  point. 

In  the  Le  Sueur  process  the  arrangements  are  very 
different. 

The  electrolysers  consist  of  an  iron  tank  fitted  with  a 
sloping  floor,  on  which  rests  the  cathode.  This  is  formed 
of  a  ring  of  iron  filled  with  several  pieces  of  iron  wire 
gauze.  Several  small  holes  are  drilled  in  the  top  part  of 
the  ring  to  allow  of  the  easy  escape  of  the  hydrogen.  The 
floor  of  the  tank  is  also  sloped  for  this  purpose.  The 
diaphragm  rests  on  the  cathode.  It  consists  of  two  parts, 
viz.,  a  sheet  of  ordinary  parchment  paper  and  a  double 
sheet  of  asbestos  cemented  together  by  means  of  coagulated 
blood  albumen. 

The  diaphragm  being  placed  in  position,  the  inner  vessel 
of  earthenware  is  placed  on  it,  and  by  its  own  weight  makes 
a  watertight  joint.  There  are  usually  6 — 12  electrolysers 
in  each  tank.  Inside  the  vessel  has  been  previously  placed 
the  anode.  This  consists  of  pieces  of  ordinary  retort 
carbon  imbedded  in  a  mass  of  lead,  through  which  electrical 
contact  is  obtained. 

The  object  of  the  lutes  is  of  course  to  prevent  escape  of 
chlorine.  The  lute,  which  is  made  of  porcelain,  is  in  order 
that  any  one  electrolyser  can  readily  be  electrically  dis- 
connected from  the  others  in  the  same  tank.  Without 
this  it  would  be  necessary  to  remove  the  cell  entirely  if 
anything  happened  to  go  wrong  with  it. 

The  cell  being  in  position,  a  saturated  solution  of  salt 
is  run  into  the  outer  vessel  until  it  reaches  just  above  the 
upper  edge.  The  anode  section  4s  filled  with  similar 
solution  to  a  level  about  half  an  inch  above  that  of  the 
solution  in  the  cathode  section.  The  object  of  this  is  to 
prevent  any  transference  of  solution  from  the  outer  to  the 
inner  vessel,  this  being  more  harmful  than  the  reverse. 

The  diaphragms  are  renewed  every  48  hours ;  to  effect 
this  the  whole  of  the  inner  vessels  in  any  tank  are  simul- 
taneously raised. 

As  the  carbon  of  the  anodes  wears  away  they  are 
lowered  by  means  of  the  screws,  so  as  to  bring  them  as 
near  as  possible  to  the  cathodes.  After  working  for  6 — 8 
weeks  they  have  to  be  renewed.  For  this  purpose  the  cells 
are  taken  to  pieces  and  the  lead  melted  and  recast. 

When  the  electrolysis  has  been  continued  long  enough 
for  the  solution  of  caustic  to  reach  a  strength  of  about  10 
per  cent.,  the  liquor  is  run  away  and  the  alkali  precipitated 
as  bicarbonate. 

Having  now  briefly  described  the  Greenwood  and 
Le  Sueur  apparatus,  we  will  proceed  to  discuss  the  problem 
from  the  point  of  view  of  cost.  In  doing  this  we  shall  base 
our  estimates  on  figures  obtained  from  the  actual  working 
of  the  Le  Sueur  system  on  a  scale  of  half  a  ton  of  bleaching 
powder  per  day. 

With  the  exception  that  the  cost  of  plant  would  vary 
with  every  process,  the  figures  may  be  taken  as  fairly 
representative  of  other  processes. 

In  calculating  the  cost,  the  most  important  item  is  the 
power.  Opinion  varies  considerably  as  to  the  cost  of  a 
horse-power ;  we  believe,  however,  that  it  may  fairly  be 
taken  at  not  more  than  \d.  per  hour.  We  arrive  at  this 
estimate  in  the  following  way : — 

Taking  as  our  basis  an  output  of  2,400  indicated  horse- 
power hours,  employing  two  engines  of  1,200  horse-power 
each. 


964 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Dec.  si,  1892. 


Cost  of  power  per  24  hours : — 
l.  Coal.— This,  with  modern  engines,  we  may  safely  take 
mi  i!    lb.  per  horse-power  hour.  *    »•    <•■ 

2400  x  24  x  24  hours  =  64  tons  at  10s S2    "    ° 

g.  Labour— 8  day  men  and  8  night  men,  at  30s too 

s.  Depreciation  at  10  per  cent,  for  300  dayson 

£       s.   a. 

HmrinflS  10.000    0    0 

BoSf.'.'.................' 7.0011    0    I)       514    0 

.fcl7.0l.iQ    (I     0 

4.  Oil,  waste,  &c 1   °   " 

£42  It     0 

12/.  14s.  0s.=40,992  farthings,  which,  divided  by  24  hours 
and  again  by  2,400  horse-power  Rives  us  0'71  of  a 
farthing  as  the  o  si  of  one  horse-power  hour. 

At  this  point  it  may  he  interesting  to  quote  the  estimate 
given  by  Dr.  John  Hopkinson.  In  an  address  recently 
delivered  to  the  Junior  Engineering  Society,  this  authority 
states  his  opinion  that  a  Board  of  Trade  unit  (1,000  watts) 
can  be  produced  at  a  cost  of  one-third  of  a  penny,  which  is 
as  nearly  as  possible  equal  to  1  farthing  per  horse-power 
hour. 

Now  this  2,400  horse-power  when  converted  into  electrical 
energy  and  delivered  at  the  terminals  of  the  electrolysers 
will  he  equivalent  to  only  2,000  electrical  horse-power  on 
the  basis  of  a  loss  in  conversion  aod  leakage  of  17  per  cent. 

We  now  have  to  consider  what  amount  of  electrical 
energy  can  be  got  from  2,000  electrical  horse-power.  This, 
of  course,  will  depend  on  the  electro-motive  force  at  which 
the  current  is  employed.  In  practice,  it  has  been  found  that 
with  arrangements,  such  as  the  Greenwood  and  Le  Sueur 
processes  oiler,  the  decomposition  of  the  salt  can  be  effected 
with  a  current  working  at  4i  volts.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
3  volts  or  less  is  sufficient,  but  in  that  case  the  amount  of 
decomposition  per  unit  of  plant,  if  we  may  vise  the  expression, 
is  small,  and  the  saving  of  power  thus  effected  would  probably 
be  more  than  counterbalanced  by  tbe  stauding  charges  on 
the  extra  plant  required.  2,000  electrical  horse-power  x 
740  =  1  492,000  watts.  Dividing  this  by  4i  volts  we 
arrive  at  a  current  of  331,555  amperes  equal  to  7,957,320 
ampere  hours. 

Each  ampere  hour  is  theoretically  capable  of  producing 
0-00292  lb.  of  chlorine,  therefore  7,9J7,320  x  0-00292  = 
23,235  lb.  of  chlorine  per  24  hours.  Taking  a  practical 
efficiency  of  80  per  cent,  we  find  that  our  current  of  331,555 
amperes  will  yield  1S,.">SS  lb.  or  8-3  tons  of  chlorine  per 
24  hours,  equal  to  22-43  tons  of  bleaching  powder 
containing  37  per  cent,  of  chlorine. 

Each  ampere  hour  will  yield  0-0033  lb.  of  caustic  soda 
(NaOH).  Going  through  a  similar  calculation  we  get  a 
yield  of  9-378  tons  of  caustic  soda  or  12-426  tons  of  ash 
per  24  hours. 

These  products  at  present  selling  prices  would  be  worth — 

£    s.    cl. 

23-43tons  bleach  at  71. 10s 168    4    6 

9*378  tons  caustic  at  12* 112  10    ii 

£280  15    3 

22-43  tons  oleach  at  11. 10s 168    4    6 

12-428  tons  ash  at  61.  15s 71    9    0 

£230  13     6 

Now  as  to  the  cost  of  production.  This  we  arrive  at  in 
the  following  way  :— 

Cost  of  production  of  23  tons  bleaching  powder  and 
9-378  tons  of  caustic  or  12-426  tons  ash  per  24  hours  : — 

£    s.  </. 

18  tons  sail  at  12s 10  w    0 

12tonslimea1  L2s 7    i    0 

Power,  2,400  x  24      57,600  horse-power  hour  at  id. .      60    0    0 

Labour lo    0    0 

Casks  and  packages is    o    0 

Depreciation  :ii  10  per  cent,  for  800  days  on — 

£         s.    </. 

Electrolysers 12,000    0    o 

Dynamos 8,000    0    0 

Tanks,  pumps  buildings,  &c 10,000    0    0 

630,000    0    o     10    0    0 

Superintendence l    o   o 

General  expenses i   0    <• 

£121     0     0 


Where  the  diaphragms  and  anodes  require  renewal,  as  in 
the  Le  Sueur  system,  a  further  sum  must  he  added.  This 
will  amount  to  30/.  The  carbonic  acid  for  converting  the 
caustic  into  carbonate,  we  may  put  at  the  outside  figure  of 
2/.     We  arrive  at  a  total  cost  of  production  of  153/. 

When  caustic  soda  is  the  product  required  it  will  be 
necessary  to  increase  the  cost  of  production  by  the  expense 
of  evaporation.  This  should  not  amount  to  more  than  1/. 
per  ton.  It  is  probable  that  even  with  the  most  perfect 
anodes  and  diaphragms  a  certain  sum  will  have  to  be  put 
aside  for  renewals.  What  this  should  be  experience  only 
can  tell.  Where  the  rate  of  disintegration  is  known,  as  in 
the  Le  Sueur  system,  it  can  be  fully  discounted. 

It  must  also  be  borne  in  mind  that  caustic  soda  obtained 
by  evaporation  of  solutions  of  salt  and  soda  still  contains  a 
certain  amount  of  salt,  which  will  render  it  less  valuable 
than  purer  products.  The  margin  of  profit  is,  however, 
sufficiently  large  to  allow  for  such  contingencies. 

Such  then  is  briefly  the  present  position  of  electrolytic 
soda  and  bleach.  We  have  tried  to  show  that  under  by  no 
means  extravagant  conditions  they  can  be  produced  at  a 
price  which  at  the  present  selling  prices  leaves  ample 
margin  for  profit. 

It  may  be  of  interest  to  members  of  the  Society  to 
know  that  the  Le  Sueur  process  is  now  in  operation  at 
Kumford  Falls,  U.S.A.,  on  a  scale  of  3  tons  of  bleach 
per  day.  We  may  also  mention  that  the  Hermite 
Electrolytic  Bleaching  Process,  which  we  had  the  honour 
of  bringing  before  the  notice  of  the  Society  in  1887,  ami 
to  prove  the  utter  absurdity  of  which  a  considerable 
amount  of  energy  was  devoted  by  a  distinguished  authority, 
has  proved  itself  highly  successful  on  the  Continent.  At 
the  present  moment  it  is  replacing  3,000  tons  of  bleaching 
powder  per  annum. 

Notwithstanding  the  very  confident  predictions  of  certain 
authorities  as  to  the  utter  impossibility  of  an  electrolytic 
soda  process  pa}'ing,  we  venture  to  think  it  is  destined  to 
play  a  very  important  part  in  the  future  development  of 
the  alkali  industry. 

Discussion. 

Mr.  W.  T.  Reid  said  that  he  had  taken  a  good  deal  of 
interest  in  this  subject.  He  had  watched  the  operation  of 
the  Greenwood  process,  and  the  result  of  his  observations  was 
this,  that  he  knew  alkali  was  produced.  He  had  heard  it  said 
that  it  could  not  be  made  by  the  electrolytic  method.  But 
there  was  no  doubt  that  it  was  produced  chemically  by  the 
process  described.  There  were,  however,  some  points  not 
mentioned  in  the  paper,  which  he  had  observed,  and  he 
thought  it  would  be  well  if  these  points  were  discussed. 
One  of  them  was  the  by-products  which  were  produced. 
This  was  a  very  important  matter.  During  the  electrolysis 
of  chloride  of  sodium  a  considerable  percentage  of 
other  matters  than  caustic  soda  was  produced,  especially 
chlorate  of  soda.  Another  by-product  which  was  pro- 
duced to  a  considerable  extent  was  hydrogen.  As  soon  as 
the  current  was  turned  on  they  saw  a  very  copious 
evolution  of  hydrogen,  so  copious  that  it  might  be  used  as 
a  source  of  heat  to  evaporate  the  liquors  afterwards.  Still 
at  the  same  time  this  would  involve  a  loss  of  power,  as  they 
could  get  that  heat  by  a  very  much  better  process.  They 
saw  on  the  table  before  them  one  of  the  anodes  used,  and 
it  was  a  very  ingenious  way  of  getting  over  the  difficultv. 
Such  anodes  lasted  a  long  time,  but  they  did  not  last  for 
ever.  They  had  in  one  process  a  certain  amount  of  retort 
carbon  which  lasted  a  definite  time,  he  thought  it  was 
mentioned  as  being  from  six  to  eight  weeks.  A  certain 
percentage  should  be  allowed  for  the  renewals  of  these 
anodes.  The  diaphragms  were  as  perfect  as  they  could 
be  made  .  They  worked  extremely  well,  and  the  asbestos 
stood  very  well  indeed.  With  regard  to  the  diaphragm  in 
the  Le  Sueur  process,  it  was  rather  troublesome  to  change 
it  so  frequently  as  once  in  the  48  hours.  It  added  to  the 
cost  of  production  and  seemed  to  be  a  great  disadvantage. 
Then  again,  the  outer  vessels  in  that  process  were  rather 
liable  to  he  acted  upon.  He  did  not  think  the  cast  iron 
would  be  a  permanent  substance  in  connection  with  these 
liquids.     Then  it  had  not  been  mentioned  in  connection  with 


l)oc.si,i892.]        THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


965 


extracting  caustic  soda  how  that  soda  could  be  got  in  a 
commercial  form.  The  liquid  was  rather  dilute  and  there 
was  with  it  not  only  the  residual  chloride  of  sodium  but 
also  the  chlorate  of  soda  and  other  substances,  and  they  had 
to  boil  all  these  substances  down  and  extract  the  chloride 
from  them  before  they  could  make  use  of  it.  The  chlorate 
of  soda  and  other  by-products  would  be  concentrated  in 
that  solution  as  they  returned  it  for  electrolysis  again; 
so  that  there  would  be  a  continual  accumulation  of  the 
by-products.  With  regard  to  the  strength  of  current, 
he  thought  that  although  Mr.  Greenwood  had  said  that 
a  certain  current  was  the  best  under  certain  con- 
ditions, the  whole  question  had  got  to  be  worked  out.  He 
thought  any  estimate  as  to  the  cost  of  energy  based  on 
present  data  would  be,  to  a  certain  extent,  hypothetical. 
There  was  no  doubt  in  his  mind  that  the  cost  of  producing 
caustic  soda  by  the  electrolytic  process  would  be  very  much 
less  than  that  of  producing  it  by  any  other  process.  Given 
electrical  energy  at  a  cheaper  rate,  and  electrolytic  soda 
would  completely  supplant  soda  produced  by  the  ammonia 
process  and  other  methods. 

Mr.  Bertram  Blouht  said  that  the  impression  made  on 
his  mind  when  he  inspected  the  process  at  the  beginning  of  the 
year  was  that  the  diaphragm  was  a  very  ingenious  apparatus, 
and  that  the  anode  had  been  devised  with  great  care  ;  but 
he  remembered  asking  Mr.  Creenwood  at  that  time  whether 
he  made  any  attempt  to  deal  with  one  of  the  by-products 
mentioned  by  the  last  speaker,  viz.,  the  hydrogen.  By 
the  production  of  that  bod}'  part  of  the  energy  was  lost; 
anil  if  it  could  be  suppressed  and  the  restitution  of  the 
energy  accomplished,  or  if  some  industrial  use  could  be 
found  for  it,  it  would  be  a  distinct  advautage.  Whether 
this  was  possible  or  not  he  could  not  say,  but  possibly 
the  authors,  who  hail  been  intimately  connected  with  the 
process  for  some  time,  would  be  able  to  give  them  some 
information  on  the  point.  lie  would,  therefore,  ask  them 
to  say  whether  any  attempt  had  been  made  to  use  the 
hydrogen  or  suppress  it. 

Mr.  W.  Crowder  inquired  whether  the  process  was  at 
work  in  London,  and  whether  on  an  experimental  or  a 
practical  scale. 

Mr.  Bevax  replied  that  it  was  in  operation  in  London 
on  an  experimental  scale  at  present,  but  that  a  company 
was  being  formed  to  work  it  on  a  large  scale. 

Mr.  P.  MacEwan  said  that  when  he  saw  the  process  at 
work  he  understood  from  the  gentleman  who  had  explained 
it  to  him  that  10  per  cent,  only  of  the  salt  was  decomposed  ; 
therefore,  they  had  to  add  'JO  per  cent,  of  waste  to  the  figures 
which  had  been  given  in  the  paper.  The  expense  of  working 
it  was  very  great,  for  he  was  informed  that  a  man  was 
engaged  in  doing  nothing  else  but  plying  a  small  brush  to 
keep  the  joints  of  certain  parts  of  the  machiuery  cleared; 
and  he  wished  to  know  whether  that  would  be  the  case 
in  actual  working.  He  might  remark  that  he  was  not 
interested  in  any  of  these  electrical  enterprises.  He  under- 
stood that  the  process  before  them  was  likely  to  be 
adopted  only  by  paper-makers  and  other  people  who  used 
caustic  soda  in  solution.  In  fact,  the  expense  of  removing 
the  salt,  and  evaporating  the  solution  after  in  order  to 
get  caustic  soda  for  commercial  purposes,  would  be  quite 
equal  to  the  ordinary  cost  of  producing  it  by  the  Leblanc 
process.  Where,  therefore,  was  the  advantage  ?  He 
thought  that  the  figures  on  the  tables  before  them  were 
hardly  reliable,  and  must  be  taken  with  a  good  deal  of 
reserve,  especially  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  selling 
prices  quoted  were  the  prices  of  bleach  and  caustic  in 
London. 

Mr.  Crdwiikr  said  that  if  it  was  a  fact  that  a  certain 
quantity  of  soda,  and  certain  products,  were  made  by  the 
process  in  America,  he  wished  to  know  whether  this 
was  done  under  the  circumstances  described,  and  at  the 
cost  quoted,  or  under  those  which  Mr.  MacEwan  had 
spoken  of. 

Mr.  Sxdmei  Eversiied  wished  to  call  attention  to  one 
or  two  features  of  the  paper  from  the  point  of  view  of  an 
electrical  engineer.  The  authors  had  referred,  as  one  or 
two  of  the  speakers  had  done,  to  the  economy  of  production 


of  electrical  energy.  He  did  not  think  there  was  very  much 
hope  of  the  production  of  electrical  energy  at  a  lower  rate 
than  as  carried  on  now  in  many  of  the  central  stations 
supplying  the  electric  light  in  London,  and  he  must  say 
that  the  figures  given  on  the  blackboard  seemed  to  him  very 
fair  and  reasonable.  He  would  point  out  that  engines 
might  be  produced,  and  were  being  produced  now,  to  give 
an  indicated  horse-power  for  considerably  less  than  21,  lb. 
of  coal  per  hour:  he  believed  he  might  say  at  1-8  lb. "per 
indicated  horse-power.  They  had  to  transform  that  indicated 
horse-power  into  electrical  energy,  and  that  was  being  done 
at  the  central  stations  in  London  at  an  efficiency  of  85  per 
cent.  When  they  came  to  deal  with  the  consumption  of 
that  energy,  it  was  rather  astonishing  to  him  to  find  that 
the  inventor  of  the  process  willingly  sacrificed  more  than 
50  per  cent,  of  the  power  (Mr.  Cross:  "No,  no").  He 
thought  that  the  author  of  the  paper  said  that  ti-  volts  were 
used  in  the  electrolyser.  He  was  speaking  off-hand,  but 
he  thought  that  the  electromotive  force  of  decomposition 
of  the  solution  was  something  like  2  volts.  He  would  like 
to  be  informed  whether  that  was  so  or  not  (Mr.  Cross : 
"  Yes  ").  He  need  hardly  remark  that  the  electromotive 
force  of  decomposition  multiplied  by  the  force  of  the 
current  gave  the  useful  energy  of  the  current,  while  the 
remaining  energy  was  spent  in  overcoming  resistance,  and  it 
certainly  seemed  possible  that  the  energy  so  spent  might  be 
looked  to  in  future  for  reducing  that  amount  of  60/.  which 
figured  so  largely  in  the  authors'  estimate. 

Mr.  A.  Shearer  wished  to  know  on  what  data  the 
figures  given  had  been  arrived  at,  whether  the  process  had 
been  carried  out  to  the  extent  of  actually  making  a  ton  of 
caustic  soda — working  to  the  bitter  end — or  whether  they 
had  assumed  from  certain  short  experiments  that  the  desired 
end  could  be  attained.  If  so,  they  were  entirely  wrong. 
If  they  took  certain  periods  of  time,  for  example,  they 
would  find  that  for  the  first  six  hours  everything  went  on 
swimmingly  ;  but  if  they  carried  on  the  process  they  would 
discover  that  at  the  fourth  period  of  six  hours  they  consumed 
nearly  three  times  as  much  electrical  energy  as  they  used  in 
the  first ;  so  that  it  was  important  to  know  whether  these 
figures  had  been  made  up  from  one  run  of  six  hours  or 
from  the  results  extending  over  a  period  of  time.  If  they 
had  to  make  only  a  ton  of  caustic  it  would  no  doubt  be 
a  very  different  thing  from  carrying  on  the  process 
continuously. 

Mr.  C.  F.  Cross  thought  that  the  last  speaker  was  the 
victim  of  the  "  practical  "  superstition.  The  high  officials  of 
Alkali  Union  were  not  people  likely  to  trifle  with  a  matter 
of  this  kind.  He  himself  had  the  running  of  an  official 
test  of  the  Le  Sueur  process  before  their  chemists,  who  were 
present,  and  they  were  asked  to  do  such  things  as  would 
satisfy  those  gentlemen.  The  only  tests  which  they  asked 
to  be  applied  were  as  to  the  percentage  of  chlorine  in  the 
gases  liberated  and  the  contents  in  alkali  and  salt  of  the 
resulting  solution,  showing  the  absence  of  hypochlorites  and 
similar  bodies.  He  ran  that  test  for  12  hours.  Their 
efficieucy  curve  was  a  straight  line,  showing  that  there  was 
no  falling  off.  They  ran  up  to  5  or  G  per  cent,  of  sodium 
hydrate  and  the  test  was  at  an  end.  Dr.  Hurter  never 
criticised  them  on  any  other  hypothesis  than  the  cost  per 
unit  of  power.  They  knew  that  with  a  solution  containing 
6  or  7  per  cent,  of  sodium  hydrate  and  a  definite  proportion 
of  common  salt,  the  total  cost  of  prepariug  a  ton  of  caustic 
soda  therefrom  was  a  matter  of  simple  calculation. 

The  Chairman  thought  that  the  figures  on  the  black- 
board showed  a  very  comfortable  margin  indeed,  but  some 
doubts  had  been  expressed  as  to  whether  that  margin 
existed  or  not.  It  was  a  process  that  would  require  much 
working  out,  and  it  was  in  one  sense,  therefore,  in  the 
experimental  stage.  It  had  occurred  to  him  that  from  a 
mixture  of  caustic  soda  and  chloride  of  sodium  containing 
only  10  per  cent,  of  caustic  it  was  very  doubtful  whether  it 
would  pay  to  separate  the  former.  Perhaps  the  authors 
would  be  able  to  give  some  information  on  the  point. 
Although  it  was  pointed  out  that  the  prices  given  were  the 
Loudon  prices  of  bleach  and  caustic,  still  they  probably 
would  not  differ  very  materially  from  the  prices  in  places 
where  coal  was  cheaper.  It  was  obvious,  however,  that 
the  juice  quoted  for  coal  was  not  a  Loudon  price, 


96S 


THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTBT. 


[Dec.  31, 1892 


Mr.  Bevax,  in  reply,  said,  referring  to  Mr.  Beid's  remarks 
as  to  by-products,  with  a  properly  constructed  diaphragm 
only  a  small  quantity  of  hypochlorite  or  chlorate  would  be 
formed.  After  many  hours'  running  of  the  Le  Sueur 
process,  the  solution  gave  no  reaction  with  starch  paper. 
Eventually  some  hypochlorite  might  be  formed,  but  this  was 
not  a  very  serious  matter  after  all,  because  it  was  all 
accounted  for  in  the  20  per  cent,  loss  which  they  estimated. 
As  regards  the  accumulation  of  the  by-products  as  the  salt 
went  round  and  round,  it  would  pay  to  throw  away  the  salt 
occasionally  ;  it  was  not  a  large  item  in  the  total  cost.  Be 
did  not  know  whether  Mr.  MacEwan  was  serious  when  he 
put  his  questions,  but  that  gentleman  had  got  an  utterly 
erroneous  idea  as  to  the  10  per  cent,  decomposition.  If  the 
salt  was  not  decomposed,  it  was  there  to  be  used  again,  and 
it  was  absurd  to  talk  about  10  per  cent,  only  being  used. 
They  had  made  every  allowance  for  waste.  Mr.  Beid 
seemed  to  think  that  the  evolution  of  hydrogen  was  a  loss 
of  power.  There  was  no  doubt  about  it.  It  must  be. 
There  was  no  other  way,  so  far  as  he  knew. 

Mr.  Bloumt  :   It  has  been  suppressed,  I  believe  ? 

Mr.  Bevan  replied  that  it  had  been  suppressed  in  the 
Richardson  process,  and  no  doubt  if  arrangements  could  be 
made  for  utilising  it.  it  would  be  a  very  considerable  set-off 
against  the  cost  of  coal  and  the  cost  of  power.     Mr.  Reid 
had  mentioned  that  some  allowance  ought  to  be  made  for 
the  disintegration  of  the  anodes.     He  had  not   said  they 
would  last  for  ever.     What  he  had  said  was  that  this  anode 
as   constructed  was  a  very  ingenious  apparatus,  and   there 
was  a  strong  probability  of  its  lasting  much  longer  than  any 
anode  that  bail  ever  yet  been  made;  and  as  he  had  pointed 
out,  in  the  Le  Sueur  system  a  very  large  allowance  was  made 
for  this,   and  also  for  the   diaphragms.     Every   loss   was 
thoroughly  accounted  for,  and  the  renewal  of  a  diaphragm 
like  this  was   made   perfectly  simple.      He  did  not   think 
there  was  any  danger  of  the  raustic  solution  acting  on  the 
outer    vessel.       As     to    the    cost    of      electrical    energy, 
Mr.    Evershed    bad    stated    that    the   figures    given   in  the 
paper   were   very   fair.     He  (the  speaker)   was  very  glad 
to  hear  this  from  one   who  had  given  so  much  attention 
to  the  subject.      That   gentleman   had    spoken  of  50   per 
cent,    of    the    power    being    wasted.     He    (the    speaker) 
pointed    out   that  decomposition  would   take  place   at  very 
much  less  than  4j  volts,  but  in  that  case  a  very  large  plant 
would  be  necessary  to  produce  a  certain  amount  of  caustic. 
They  must  have  plant  two  or  three  times  the  size  that  they 
would  have    if  they   worked  with   4|  volts,  so  that  it  was 
found  in  practice  that   a  current  of  4i  volts  was  the  most 
economical  to  work  with.    As  regarded  the  basis  of  calcula- 
tion, certain  of  the  numbers  were  of  course  hypothetical, 
because    they   had    not — and   nobody    had — made    22-43 
tons.     The   process   was  being   worked   at  present  at   the 
Bumford    Falls    in   America,   on   a  scale    of    3    tons   of 
bleach  per  day,  and  arraugements  were  being   made   for 
working   the  Greenwood  process.     It  was  obvious  that  if 
they  could  make  3  tons  at  a  profit  they  could  make  three 
millions.     If  they  could  do  it  on  a  big  scale  they  could  do  it 
on  a  bigger,  until  they  reached  a  gigantic  enterprise.    So  far 
as  he  knew,  1  ton  of  electrolytic  caustic  soda  had  never  been 
made  in  this  country,  but  it  was  not  necessary  to  show  from 
the  facts  which  he  had  given  already  that  it  might  be  done. 
Mr.  Thorp   had    spoken   of   the   process   as  being   in   the 
experimental  stage.     As  he  (the  speaker)  had  said,  it  was 
being  worked  on  a  much  larger  scale  than  an  experimental 
one,  and   no   doubt    as   the  work   proceeded   various   im- 
provements would  be   made.   The  process  was   sufficiently 
well  developed  now  to  induce  large  financial  gentlemen   in 
America  to  invest  their  money  in  it  and  to  put  up  the  works 
he   had   mentioned.     With   regard   to   the  utilisation  of  a 
solution  of   10  per  cent,  of  caustic  soda,  he  did  not  think 
that  was   a   difficult    matter.     They  must  not  forget  that  in 
the    production   of   caustic   by  the   Le   Blanc  process  the 
solution  was  not  much  stronger,  and  a  very  large  quantity  of 
water  must  necessarily  be  evaporated.    The  caustic  soda  :i~ 
it  was  made  at  present  was  at  one  time  in  a  state  of  weak 
solution.      He  therefore  did  not  think  it  was  a  difficult  thine 
to  deal  with  a  10  per  cent,  solution  when   the  bulk   of  it— 
99  per  cent. — could  be  thrown  down  as  bicarbonate.     With 


regard  to  the  prices  quoted,  he  had  taken  them  from  the 
Chemical  Trade  Journal  of  that  day,  and  they  did  not 
represent  the  prices  in  London  ;  but  then  they  did  not  pro- 
pose to  establish  a  manufactory  in  London.  If  Loudon  were 
in  a  less  favourable  position  for  working,  they  would  go 
wherever  local  circumstances  favoured  them. 


ON  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  ACETIC  ACID  FROM 
THE  CABBOHYDBATES. 

BY    C.    F.    CROSS,    E.    J.    BEVAN,    AND    J.    F.    V.    ISAAC,    B.A. 

The  chemistry  of  the  carbohydrates  has  been  greatly 
advanced  in  recent  years,  and  the  constitutional  relation- 
ships of  the  members  of  this  group  are  being  rapidly 
elucidated. 

While  the  finer  points  of  molecular  structure  are  being 
brought  into  the  field  of  clear  vision,  and  all  the  refine- 
ments of  modern  theory  and  method  are  being  applied  to 
the  work  of  differentiating  them,  there  is  still  much  to  be 
learnt  in  respect  of  the  more  general  questions  of  molecular 
equilibrium  common  to  the  group.  Thus  the  alcoholic 
fermentation  of  dextrose,  which  may  he  regarded,  in  a 
sense,  as  a  property  of  the  carbohydrate  molecule  itself, 
remains  unexplained,  as  well  as  many  other  instances  of 
molecular  rupture  of  a  similar  character,  similar  in  this 
respect,  viz.,  that  they  may  be  regarded  as  determined  by  a 
migration  of  hydrogen  atoms  in  the  one,  and  of  oxygen 
atoms  in  the  other  direction  within  the  molecule.  The 
production  of  lactic  acid  and  of  acetic  acid  from  dextrose 
by  the  action  of  alkalis  in  dilute  aqueous  solution  are 
decompositions  of  this  order,  and  although  they  may  be 
expressed,  after  the  manner  of  text-books,  by  the  simplest 
equations,  viz., — 

(a)  C6H1206  =  2  C3H603  (0)  CcH12Oc  =  3  G.HA 

it  is  known  that  they  are  very  much  more  complex  in  fact. 

To  the  latter  of  these  changes,  as  a  subject  for  investiga- 
tion, we  have  been  attracted  on  the  ground  of  technical  as 
well  as  theoretical  interest. 

During  the  progress  of  our  research  work  on  the  general 
question  of  the  formation  of  acetic  acid  in  various  decom- 
positions of  the  ligno-celluloses,  our  friend  Mr.  W.  II. 
Higgiu,  B.Sc,  who  had  been  independently  investigating  the 
subject  from  the  technical  point  of  view,  took  out  a  patent* 
for  the  production  of  acetate  of  soda  from  the  alkaline 
waste  liquors  from  straw  and  esparto  boiling,  and  in  the 
work  of  developing  this  process  we  have  joined  Mr.  Higgin, 
and  we  shall  have  a  few  words  to  say  on  this  new,  or  rather 
newly  recognised,  by-product  of  paper  manufacture. 

It  will  simplify  the  work  of  recording  our  investigations 
if  we  note  a  few  of  the  theoretical  considerations  which  have 
guided  us. 

The  simpler  carbohydrates  appear  to  owe  their  character- 
istic properties  to  the  one  oxygen  atoiu  which  they  contain 
united  to  carbon  atoms  only,  i.e.,  either  as  CO  or  C-O-C. 
If  we  take,  as  a  general  case,  the  following  as  the  consti- 
tuent groups  of  a  molecule,  CO(CHOH)4CHi,  we  should 
assign  variable  functions  to  the  OH  groups,  according  to 
proximity  to  the  CO  or  acid  grouping,  or  the  CH2  or  basic 
grouping,  and  the  equilibrium  of  such  a  body,  or  its  hydrate, 
in  aqueous  solution  would  be  somewhat  similar  to  that  of 
the  salt  of  a  weak  acid  and  weak  base.  There  are  many 
reactions  of  dextrose  and  the  carbohydrates  generally  in 
aqueous  solution,  or  otherwise,  which  correspond  with  this 
view  of  their  constitution.  Thus  dextrose  combines  in 
aqueous  solution  with  bases  such  as  lime,  magnesia,  lead 
oxide,  and  zinc  oxide,  giving  weH-defined  compounds.  It 
combines  with  acid  radicles  under  dehydrating  conditions, 
i.e.,  to  form  acid  ethers  or  esters,  and  it  also  shows  a 
tendency  to  combination  with  acids  in  aqueous  solution. 
This  is  perhaps  better  seen,  at  least  more  easily  demon- 
strated, in  the  case  of  the  complex  carbohydrates  such  as 

*  Euk.  Pat.  18,409,  1891. 


Dec.si.1899.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


067 


cellulose  and  its  allies,  which  withdraw  both  acids  and 
alkalis  from  aqueous  solution,  evidently  as  a  result  of 
miction  with  the  OH  groups  of  the  fibre  substance,  acid  and 
basic.  Direct  evidence  of  combination  of  such  carbohydrates 
as  dextrose  with  acids  in  aqueous  solution  is  afforded  by  the 
phenomena  of  acid  hydrolysis,  e.g.,  the  inversion  of  cane 
sugar.  A.  Wold  (Ber.  1800,  2086)  has  recently  shown  that 
this  anhydride  can  be  completely  '  inverted'  by  treating  with 

•Minii)"1  °'  'ts  weight  ol'  hydrochloric  acid,  and  this  result 
cannot  be  explained  without  assuming  the  occurrence  of 
combination  between  the  acid  aud  the  sugar  molecules. 

Lastly,  we  may  cite  the  '  molecular '  compounds  which 
dextrose  forms  with  neutral  salts  such  as  the  chlorides  and 
bromides  of  the  alkali  metals.  These  compounds  are  of  the 
nature  of  double  salts,  and  in  their  formation  the  saline 
character  of  dextrose  in  aqueous  solution  is  apparent. 

If  we  adopt  this  view,  we  may  regard  these  carbohydrates 
in  aqueous  solution  as  under  a  species  of  electrolytic  strain, 
and  this  is  perhaps  the  simplest  explanation  of  the  mobility 
of  oxygen  and  hydrogen  withiu  the  molecule  which  we 
notice  in  the  presence  of  exciting  causes  of  such  different 
character  as  the  living  yeast  cell  on  the  one  hand  and  the 
alkaline  oxides  on  the  other.  It  is  the  latter  condition  with 
which  we  are  concerned  in  the  investigations  we  are  about 
to  describe, 

We  have  subjected  a  number  of  typical  carbohydrates  to 
treatment  with  the  caustic  alkalis  under  various  conditions 
witli  the  object  of  determining — 

A.  The  maximum  yield  of  acetic  acid. 

11.  Whether  this  maximum  has  reference  to  the  constitu- 
tion of  the  compound,  and  if  so, 

t '.   Whether  the  result  confirms  the  view  above  elucidated. 

Before  describing  our  experiments  in  detail,  we  would 
premise  that  the  method  adopted  for  determining  the  acetic 
acid  formed  is  exhaustive  distillation  and  titration.  The 
result  was  controlled  in  many  cases  by  conversion  of  the 
volatile  acids  into  silver  salts  in  which  the  Ag  was  deter- 
mined, and  in  all  cases  by  examination  of  the  distillate  for 
the  presence  or  absence  of  other  bodies.  The  method  of 
carrying  out  the  decomposition  was  as  follows : — The 
substance,  generally  in  quantities  of  2  grins.,  was  mixed  with 
the  alkali  dissolved  in  the  minimum  of  water,  and  treated  as 
described.  The  product  was  dissolved  in  water,  the  solution 
carefully  acidified  with  sulphuric  or  phosphoric  acid,  and 
distilled. 


A. — The  Maximum  VTield   of  Acetic  Acid. 
1.  Digestion  of  the  Carbohydrates  with  Alkalis  at  110°  C. 

The  digestion  of  the  carbohydrates  with  alkalis  at  a  low 
temperature  has  already  attracted  the  attention  of  several 
observers,  but  more  especially  from  the  point  of  view  of  the 
formation  of  lactic  acid.  Thus  Kiliani  (Her.  15,  699) 
obtained  lactic  acid  by  heating  together  invert  sugar  and 
soda  to  70'  C.  (see  also  Nencki  and  Sieber,  J.  Pr.  Chem. 
24,  498),  and  yields  of  25  per  cent,  to  40  per  cent,  of  this 
acid  have  been  obtained  under  various  conditions  of  digestion 
with  weak  alkali.  The  mechanism  of  this  reaction  does  not 
appear  to  have  been  investigated.  The  reaction  is  complex, 
and  the  formation  of  other  products  has  been  noted 
Amongst  these  we  find  acetic  acid.  Several  experiments 
were  made  with  cane  sugar  and  with  hydrocellulose  at  100° 
— 110°  C.     Of  these  we  give  the  results  of  two  as  typical. 


Substance. 


Potash. 


Sugar  

llyill'Occllulose  . 


3:1 
3:1 


Percentage, 
C2H4O2. 


lfii 


Continuing  these  observations  at  120° — 150°  C,  and 
extending  them  to  other  substances,  we  obtained  the 
following  results,  the  alkali  used  being  sodium  hydrate 
(3:1):- 


Substance. 


Percentage, C3HV  <■. 


Cane  sugar  

Cellulose  (bleached  cotton) 
Hydrocellulose  (cotton)  . .. 

Jute 

Pine  w.n hi  ("wood-wool  ") 


9-0 

7-u 
ll'O 
37-0 

lvo 


The  formation  of  the  relatively  large  quantities  of  acetic 
acid  from  the  more  complex,  i.e.,  the:  fibrous  carbohydrate, 
is  especially  noteworthy. 

It  should  also  be  noted,  as  of  technical  interest, 
that  the  alkaline  liquors  from  liuen  cloth  boiling,  the 
temperature  of  which  does  not  exceed  110°  C,  has  been 
found  to  contain  acetic  acid,  of  which  we  have  observed  as 
much  as  7  per  cent.,  calculated  on  the  organic  matter  in 
solution. 

Experiments  at  150°  C. 

The  conditions  of  our  next  series  of  observations  were  as 
before,  but  potassium  hydrate  was  emplo3'ed  as  the  alkali, 
and  the  temperature  of  digestion  was  kept  constaut  at 
150°  C.  The  duration  of  the  experiment  was  48  hours, 
the  yields  obtained  were  as  follows  : — 


Substance. 

Cane  sugar 

Hydrocellulose 

Jute 

Wood 


Percentage.  C.11,1).. 


WO 
1!>\5 

1.V0 
18-0 


We  must  note  here  the  bearings  of  these  observations 
upon  the  general  questions  of  the  action  of  alkalis  upon 
cellulose. 

Thus  Lange  has  proposed  (Zeit.  Physiol.  Chem.  14,  217) 
as  a  method  of  estimation  of  cellulose  in  ligno-celiulose, 
e.g.,  woods,  a  process  of  digestion  with  strong  solutions  of 
caustic  alkalis  at  185°  C.  Amongst  the  products  of 
decomposition  other  than  cellulose,  which  he  assumes  to  be 
unaffected  by  the  treatment,  he  notes  the  formation  of 
formic  and  acetic  acids.  It  is,  however,  quite  clear,  from 
our  observations,  that  the  cellulose  molecule  may  be 
entirely  decomposed  under  alkaline  treatment  of  a  certain 
degree  of  severity,  and  cannot  remain  unaffected  under  the 
conditions  of  treatment  prescribed  by  Lange.  As  a 
method  of  estimating  cellulose,  it  may  therefore  be 
dismissed. 

Experiments  at  200°— 250°  C. 

The  process  of  treating  the  ligno-celluloses  (wood,  saw- 
dust, &c.)  with  the  alkaline  hydrates  at  this  temperature  is, 
as  is  well  known,  one  of  the  standard  methods  for  the 
commercial  production  of  oxalic  acid.  An  exhaustive 
investigation  of  the  method  was  made  some  years  ago  by 
W.  Thorn,  and  the  influence  of  the   several  factors,  time, 

temperature,  nature  of  alkali,  and  proportion  of  alkali  to 
organic  substance,  carefully  determined  in  regard  to  yield 
of  oxalic  acid  (Dingl.  Polyt.  J.  210,  24). 

In  this  paper  we  find  only  a  passing  relerence  to  the 
formation  of  acetic  acid  as  a  product,  of  their  decomposition. 
The  greater  number  of  our  experiments  have  been  made  at 
this  temperature.  The  heating  in  some  cases  was  carried 
out  on  a  sand-bath,  in  others  we  employed  the  form  of 
air-bath  described  by  Chorley  and  Kamsay  in  their  recent 
paper  (this  Journal,  May  1892). 

At  this  temperature  the  decompositions  are  rapid,  and  the 
probable  effect  of  atmospheric  oxidation  may  be  regarded 
as  excluded.     Under  these  conditions  the  maximum  fields 


968 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1802. 


from  the  several  carbohydrates  examined  are  approximately 
33  per  cent,  as  the  following  tahle  shows: — 


Substance. 


( ' sugar  .... 

Mill,  sugar  — 
II  \  drocellulose 

Jute 

Pino  wood 


Percentage,  C2Hi02, 


S3 

31 
20 
37 
23 


It  appears  in  fact  from  these  experiments— which  are 
only  a  few  from  amongst  the  very  large  number  carried 
out — that  from  all  these  carbohydrates  we  obtain  about 
one-third  of  the  molecule  as  acetic  acid.  Assuming  these 
to  be  made  up  of  Cc  units,  each  containing  a  CO.CHo 
"  residue,"  and  the  acetic  acid  to  be  a  product  of  resolution, 
rather  than  of  more  complex  reactions,  the  percentage 
yield  would  in  effect  be  approximately  33  per  cent.  The 
results  therefore  are  a  satisfactory  confirmation  of  the 
a  priori  view  from  which  we  starter). 

With  regard  to  the  remaining  products  of  decomposition 
they  are  for  the  most  part  bodies  of  low  molecular  weight. 
Hydrogen  is  evolved  in  quantity,  as  is  well  known.  In 
order  to  see  whether  this  gas  was  accompanied  by  gaseous 
carbonic  compounds,  we  carried  out  two  experiments,  in 
which  the  gaseous  products,  after  passing  through  tubes 
rilled  with  caleium  chloride,  were  led  over  heated  copper 
oxide,  and  the  products  collected  in  the  usual  way.  In 
these  experiments  we  employed  cane  sugar,  2  grms., 
KOH,  6  grins.,  water,  4  grms.  Temperature  200°— 250° 
and  we  obtained — 


! 

1 

0-131 
0-104 

from  which  we  get  the  approximate  atomic  ratios —  • 



I. 

II. 

and  the  conclusion  that  gaseous  carbon  compounds 
((  Hi  or  CO)  are  only  formed  in  relatively  small 
quantity  : — 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  hydrogen  evolved  is  about 
2 — 3  per  cent,  the  substance  or  from  one-third  to  one- 
half  the  total. 

<  'xalie  acid  we  found  present  in  some  quantity,  much 
more  being  formed  from  the  complex  than  from  the  simplex 
carbohydrates. 

Thus,  on  heating  for  eight  hours  at  250°  in  a  closed 
vessel,  using  three  parts  KOH  to  one  of  substance,  we 
obtained  the  following  yields  :— 


Substance. 


Sugar  

I  [ydrocellulose 

Jute 

Beechwood  ■ . , 


Per  Cent.  c.IUJ, 


( if   bodies    of    higher   molecular   weight    formed   in   the 
reaction  one  only  appears  t"  !"■  specialty  characterised,  that 


is  a  compound  dissolving  to  a  strongly  (orange-green) 
dichroic  solution,  of  which  we  shall  have  more  to  say  in  a 
subsequent  communication. 

In  the  course  of  these  experiments  we  have  in  certain 
cases  obtained  exceptionally  high  yields  of  acetic  acid, 
which  appears  to  be  due  to  two  causes  : — (1)  the 
prolonged  duration  of  the  heating  ;  (2)  to  atmospheric 
oxidation.  We  have  made  a  number  of  experiments  in 
which  oxidising  agents  have  been  added  to  the  alkali-carbo- 
hydrate mixture.  The  results  of  these  additions,  of  which 
we  may  mention  potassium  ferricyanide  and  ferric  oxide 
have  been,  an  increase  of  yield  from  the  complex  carbo- 
hydrates ( fibre-substances)  at  the  lower  temperatures,  i.e. 
l.'iii  and  helow.  Then  in  one  experiment  we  took  with 
1-8  grm.  hydrocellulose,  4  grm.  NaOH  and  4  grm.  Fej03 
in  the  form  of  the  precipitated  hydrate,  and  obtained  after 
48  hours  heating  at  150'  42  per  cent,  of  its  weight  of  acetic 
acid  j  whereas  on  heating  with  the  alkali  alone  under 
similar  conditions  we  obtained  20  per  cent.  only. 

We  mention  this  result  as  of  some  technical  importauce. 
The  "  terderins  "  of  textiles  produced  by  the  joint  action  of 
alkali  and  iron  oxide  is  a  common  experience  of  linen  and 
cotton  bleachers,  and  it  finds  some  explanation  in  these 
observations. 

In  addition  to  the  above  we  have  also  investigated  the 
effect  of  addition  of  alkaline  nitrates  :— The  mixture  of 
cane  sugar  (2  parts)  potassium  hydrate  (4  parts)  and 
potassium  nitrate  (2  parts)  with  sufficient  water  to  bring 
about  an  intimate  mixture  of  the  reagents,  deflagrates  at 
14ii  — 150    if  rapidly  raised  to  that  temperature. 

If,  however,  the  mixture  be  heated  for  some  hours  at 
130° — 140°  the  decomposition  may  then  be  finished  at 
200° — 250°  without  any  explosive  manifestations. 

In  this  way  we  obtained  40  per  cent,  of  its  weight  of 
acetic  acid,  and  2- 5  per  cent,  of  hydrocyanic  acid.  This 
transfer  of  nitrogen  to  carbon  under  the  conditions  of  the 
experiment  is  its  most  noteworthy  feature.  The  yield  of 
acetic  acid  does  not  appear  to  be  affected. 

We  have  given  our  experimental  evidence  for  regarding 
the  acetic  acid  as  formed  in  the  primary  decomposition  of 
the  carbohydrate  ;  but  it  is  obvious  that  there  are 
secondary  reactions  which  may  contribute  in  this  direction. 
To  throw  light  on  this  point  we  have  subjected  other  bodies 
having  a  "  carbohydrate "  formula  (C„H2„Om),  e.g.  lactic 
acid  and  phloroglucol,  to  alkaline  fusion  under  the  con- 
ditions described  above. 

"  Fermentation  "  lactic  acid  in  the  form  of  the  purified  zinc 
salt  heated  at  250°  for  6  hours  with  three  times  its  weight  of 
KOH  gave  28  per  cent,  of  acetic  acid.  Phloroglucol, 
similarly  treated,  gave  34  per  cent,  of  its  weight  of  acetic 
acid,  and  from  the  products  of  the  fusion  we  recovered  33 
per  cent,  of  the  original  quantity  unaltered.  The  yield 
of  the  acid,  therefore,  upon  the  weight  decomposed  is 
very  high,  as  of  course  might  be  expected  from  other 
decompositions  of  this  "  aromatic  carbohydrate." 

The  experiment  was  repeated,  substituting  sodium  for 
potassium  hydrate  and  the  same  yield  of  acetic  acid,  viz., 
34  per  cent,  was  obtained. 

With  regard  to  the  question  of  the  oxidation  of  the 
alcoholic  groups  C'HOH  and  CH„OH,  we  have  so  re- 
investigated only  one  of  the  polyhydric  alcohols  of  low 
molecular  weight,  viz.,  glycerin.  From  this  body,  heated 
with  three  times  its  weight  of  sodium  hydrate  at  150"  for 
16  hours,  we  obtained  but  a  small  quantity  of  volatile  acid, 
which  gave  none  of  the  reactions  of  acetic  acid  ;  and  the 
silver  salt  was  found  to  contain  45  per  cent.  Ag  (acetate  = 
64*7  Ag) ;  evidently  therefore  an  acid  of  much  higher 
molecular  weight  (or  a  polybasic  aci.l ). 

Experiments  in  the  higher  alcohols  will  be  undertaken 
in  due  course,  as  the  comparative  evidence  to  be  drawn 
from  such  observations  is  required  to  show  conclusively  the 
influence  of  the  CO.CHo  residue — not  present  in  these 
bodies — in  determining  the  acetic  decomposition. 

To  draw  conclusions  as  to  the  influence  of  the  several 
factors  of  the  decomposition  is,  of  course,  one  of  the 
purposes  of  this  investigation,  but  these  we  reserve  for 
subsequent  communications,  in  which  also  the  carbohydrates 
of    known    constitution    will    be     compared     in    regard    to 


Dec.  31,1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


969 


yield  of  acetic  acid.  In  regard  to  the  influence  of  the 
alkalis,  we  may  say,  however,  that  our  results  confirm,  for 
the  production  of  acetic  acid,  those  obtained  by  Thorn  and 
and  others  for  oxalic  acid,  i.e.,  the  yield  of  acid  is  increased 
as  the  proportion  of  alkali  to  carbohydrate  increases  from 
1  to  3.  The  yield  is  greater,  ceteris  paribus,  with  potash 
than  with  soda,  and  intermediate  yields  are  obtained  with 
mixtures  of  the  alkalis.  Generally  the  "  potash  fusions  " 
are  more  fluid  than  with  soda,  and  the  molecular  disintegra- 
tion of  the  organic  substance  takes  place  at  a  lower 
temperature. 

In  conclusion,  we  have  to  say  a  few  words  upon  the 
technical  departure  in  the  direction  indicated  by  these 
results,  independently  initiated  by  Mr.  W.  II.  Higgin.  This 
chemist  has  patented  the  process  of  preparing  acetate  of 
soda  from  the  waste  liquors  from  pulp  boiling  in  the  paper 
works.  Esparto  liquor,  for  instance,  is  evaporated  by  any 
of  the  ordinary  methods,  and  charred  by  heating  on  a  floor, 
finishing  the  process  by  heating  at  350° — 400°.  Acetate 
of  soda  is  formed  during  this  process,  chiefly  at  between 
150°  and  200°,  but  the  higher  temperature,  which  does  not 
affect  the  acetate  under  these  conditions,  is  necessary  for 
the  complete  carbonising  of  the  fatty  and  waxy  bodies,  the 
presence  of  which  interferes  with  the  lixiviation. 

The  course  of  the  decomposition  may  be  seen  from  the 
following  statistics  of  the  process  : — 

100  of  esparto  give: — 

46  parts  soluble  with 

It!  parts  caustic 

62       Total  bolids. 

100  of  evaporated  extract  charted  according  to  the 
process  give  : — 

37'2  water,  cas,  and  volatile 
;iS '  0  soluble  extract 
24*8  spent  char 

The  soluble  extract  contains  the  acetate,  with  a  certain 
proportion  of  carbonate.  The  yield  of  the  former  is  5 — 6 
per  cent.  (Na.C,H302)  of  the  weight  of  the  original 
esparto. 

The  spent  char  is  composed  of : — 

Ash  (.-,0  per  cent.  Nat  II  40 

Sodium  acetate 16 

Carbon,  &o 44 

100 

This  process  has  been  worked  experimentally  on  the 
large  scale  with  satisfactory  results,  and  the  yields  of 
acetate  have  been  several  times  confirmed  by  independent 
observations. 

Difficulties  have,  of  course,  been  experienced  in  the 
working  details  of  the  process,  but  these  are  in  a  fair  way 
towards  being  overcome. 

With  acetate  of  soda  (Na.C2H30,,.3  H,0)  at  16/.  to  18/. 
per  ton,  the  unfortunate  paper-maker  of  these  latter  days 
has  a  new  objective  opened  out  for  the  increase  of  profits, 
and  we  hope  to  see  the  recovery  of  this  product  established 
as  a  part  of  the  routine  of  the  paper  mill. 


Discussion. 

The  CiiAiiiJivx  said  that  he  would  like  to  ask  Mr.  Cross 
whether  the  presence  of  oxide  of  iron  increased  the  bleaching 
action.  He  did  not  think  that  Mr.  Cross  had  pointed  out 
exactly  the  reason  for  this.  Again,  it  seemed  curious  to 
him  that  such  a  substance  as  jute  or  cellulose  should  be 
treated  as  if  it  were  a  homogeneous  body  of  definite 
composition.  It  might  be  uniform  in  composition,  hut  the 
authors  had  seemed  to  deal  with  it  as  if  it  were  a  definite 
chemical  substance.  Further,  with  regard  to  the  distillation 
of  the  acetates,  was  that  process  likely  to  be  remunerative, 
apart  from  geographical  considerations?  He  understood 
that  it  might  be  under  certain  conditions,  but  he  wished  to 
ask  whether  it  would  be  a  matter  of  general  application  ? 


Mr.  Watson  Smith  thought  that  as  acetate  of  soda  cost 
16/.  to  18/  per  ton,  it  would  be  interesting  to  know  at  what 
price  these  chars  could  be  produced,  containing  acetate  of 
soda  at  so  much  per  cent.,  because  then  an  idea  would  be 
given  to  the  acetic  acid  manufacturer  as  to  what  he  would 
be  likely  to  have  to  pay  for  such  residue  at  so  much  per 
cent.  He  would  like  to  know  whether  Mr.  Cross  had 
experimented  with  the  sulphite  cellulose  liquors  obtained 
in  the  manufacture  of  paper  pulp.  A  large  quantity  of 
such  liquors  was  produced,  and  created  an  intolerable 
nuisance.  They  were  generally  allowed  to  run  down  the 
brooks,  giving  off  most  unpleasant  odours.  If  these  liquors 
could  be  evaporated  down,  he  knew  that  they  would  yield 
a  rich  sort  of  gum  of  mixed  character,  having  strong 
adhesive  properties,  though  smelling  disagreeably.  He  had 
never  been  able  to  discover  an  economical  method  of 
deodorising  them.  He  thought  it  possible  that  by  charring, 
acetic  acid  would  be  obtained. 

Mr.  F.  G.  Adair  Kobekts  asked  what  was  the  per- 
centage of  the  residue  left  after  evaporation.  Mr.  Cross 
had  mentioned  that  37  per  cent,  was  water  and  that  there 
was  38  per  cent,  of  soluble  substances ;  but  he  did  not  state 
whether  he  examined  what  the  residue  consisted  of,  or 
whether  he  had  examined  it. 

Mr.  Cross,  in  reply,  said  that  with  regard  to  the  Chair- 
man's first  question  as  to  the  bleaching  action  of  ferric 
oxide,  it  was  obviously  due  to  a  transference  of  oxygen  to 
the  fibre  constituents,  extending  to  the  cellulose  itself, 
and  that  amounted  to  disintegratiou,  or  as  the  bleacher 
called  it  "tendering."  With  regard  to  the  complexity  or 
simplicity  of  jute,  he  begged  to  refer  the  Chairman  to 
papers  in  the  Journal  of  the  Chemical  Societj',  18S0 — 1892. 
No  doubt  jute  was  an  aggregate,  but  it  was  not  complex  in 
the  ordinary  sense  of  the  term.  It  was  not  a  mixture ;  it 
was  an  aggregate  of  bodies  of  varying  molecular  weights, 
but  remarkably  constant,  and  for  all  practical  purposes  it 
might  be  regarded  as  a  homogeneous  body.  With  regard 
to  the  Chairman's  third  question  as  to  the  general  appli- 
cability of  this  process,  what  he  had  said  was  that  the  form 
in  which  the  paper-makers  would  ultimately  produce  acetic 
acid  would  depend  on  local  circumstances. 

Mr.  Watson  Smith  had  asked  about  the  cost  of  production. 

If  they  could  get  acetate  of  soda  they  could  sell  it  for  16/. 

to  18/.  per  ton.     The  cost  of  producing  it  could  be  easily 

calculated  by  individual  makers.     It  depended,  of  course, 

upon  variable  circumstances,  upon  the  method  of  evaporation, 

and  the  price  of  coal,  which  might  be  6s.  or  IGs.  a  ton.   It  was 

a  question  of  circumstances  ;  but  taking  into  consideration 

the  cost  of  evaporation  and  other  matters,  and  the   value 

of  the  product  obtained,  anyone  would  be  enabled  to  arrive 

at  something  like  the  net  return.     With  regard  to  sulphite 

liquors,  Tollens  had  shown  that  these   liquors  were  definite 

!   sulphonates  containing  the  group  OCH3.     Of  course  any- 

1   thing  like  a  distillation  process  was  necessarily  a  complex 

matter ;    but   the    conditions   were    there   for   acetic   acid 

being   formed.      It   was   a   question   for   investigators ;    it 

j   was  not  for  them  to  lay  down  any  general  a  priori  idea  as 

!   to  what   might  be  got  from  destructive  distillation  of  the 

j   mixture.     With  regard  to  the  composition  of  the  char,  he  had 

given  a  typical  case.     He  had  said  that  in  the  spent  char 

a  great  deal  of  the   soda  remained  in  association  with  the 

carbonaceous  residue.     When  that  carbon  was  burned  off 

they  got  pure  ash,  or  carbonate  of  soda,  and  the  percentage 

of  anhydrous  acetate  in  the  char  was  16,  and  of  these  16, 

15  were  dissolved  out  by  the  lixiviating  process. 


970 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1802. 


Siberpool  £>ectt'om 


University  College,  Brownlow  Street. 


Chairman :  H.  Brunner. 
Vice-Chairman:  E.  l 
Committee  : 


J,  Campbell  Brown. 

E.  Carey. 

V.  C.  Driffield. 
Jos.  C.  Gamble. 
C.  L.  Higgins. 

F.  Hurter. 


W.  Xi.nis  Jullrs. 

A.  H.  Knight. 
E.  K.  Muspratt. 
G.  Schack-Sommer. 
A.  Watt. 


Hon.  Treasurer :  W  P.  Thompson. 

Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 

Dr.  Chas.  A.  Kohn,  University  College,  Liverpool 

,  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  l>e 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


SESSION  1892—33. 


1898  :— 
Wednesday,  January  11th.— Mr.  Chas.  A.  Kohn,  Ph.D.,  B.Sc, 
andMr.  A.  V.   Fryer,  B.Sr.    "  The  Cause  of  the  Red  Colora- 
tion of  Phenol." 


Meeting  held  Wednesday,  December  1th,  1892. 


KB.    HFXUV    P.RVXNEl:    IN    THE    CHAIR. 


CRITICAL  NOTES  ON  THE  CHEMICAL  TECH- 
NOLOGY OF  INDIA-RUBBER. 

BT    HUBERT    L.    TERRV,    E.I.C. 

It  is  perhaps  superfluous  to  say  that  the  greater  part  of  our 
imports  of  rubber,  especially  from  South  America  and  West 
Africa,  come  to  Liverpool.  No  doubt  the  strange-looking 
lumps  of  material  which  come  under  more  or  less  barbarous 
names  to  the  auctioneer's  hammer,  are  familiar  to  rnauy 
business  men.  The  natural  history  of  this  raw  rubber 
does  not  materially  concern  the  merchant  but  rather  the 
manufacturer,  though  it  must  be  confessed  that  it  would 
not  take  the  merchant  long  to  learn  all  that  the  average 
manufacturer  knows  on  the  subject.  To  begin  with,  the 
question  of  future  supply,  it  may  be  asked  whether  this  is 
inexhaustible,  or  whether  there  is  any  danger  of  the  raw 
material  failing  us.  This  may  be  answered  by  the  state- 
ment that  although  20  years  ago  there  was  a  feeling 
akin  to  anxiety  on  this  score  the  discovery  in  recent 
years  that  the  basin  of  the  Orinoco  in  Northern  Brazil 
contains  vast  forests  of  unworked  trees  has  served  to 
dissipate  this  anxiety.  The  steps  also  taken  by  the  Indian 
and  Colonial  officials  in  conjunction  with  Kew  at  home  in 
interesting  our  Consuls  and  Colonial  Governors  in  the 
matter  have  been,  to  some  extent,  instrumental  in  averting 
the  threatened  calamity.  Forests  of  trees  are  no  longer 
decimated,  but  are  tapped  in  a  methodical  manner,  and 
young  trees  are  everywhere  being  planted.  The  acclimi- 
tisation  of  the  Hecva  Braziliensis,  of  Para,  is  being 
carried  out  in  East  Africa,  and  notably  in  the  Charduar 
Forest  in  Upper  India.  Colonial-grown  rubber  does  not 
as  yet  enter  into  competition  in  the  open  market  with  the 
ordinary  product,  jet  samples  of  rubber  from  young  trees 
have  been  received  for  examination.  It  struck  me  that 
there  was  a  lack  of  tensile  strength  about  a  sample  of  Para 
grown  in  Mergui,  and  I  shall  await  future  samples  with 
interest.  It  is  important  that  where  rubber  trees  are 
transplanted  the  climatic  conditions  should  coincide  as 
nearly  as  possible.  Some  doubt  has  been  expressed  as  to 
whether  the  South  American  tree  will  ever  come  to 
maturity  in  Ceylon,  where  it  has  been  planted.  How  are 
m  to  explain  tin-  difference  between  "island"  and  "up 
river"    Para   rubber,   except    as    resulting    from   climatic 


conditions.  The  same  species  of  tree  yields  them  both, 
but  while  the  trees  yielding  the  former  grow  on  partially 
submerged  land  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Fara,  the  latter 
is  derived  from  trees  growing  on  the  hill  sides  of  the 
Amazon  tributaries.  No  doubt  such  instances  might  lie 
multiplied  in  the  case  of  other  trees.  Undertakings  in 
forestry  are  not  as  a  rule  expected  to  yield  any  immediate 
return,  but  even  if  Colonial-grown  rubber  does  not  turn  out 
the  success  anticipated,  the  matter  is  certainly  of  sufficient 
importance  to  warrant  the  attention  it  has  received.  Of 
course  should  any  partial  stoppage  of  supply  occur  through 
failure  of  trees,  "trade  corners"  or  otherwise,  it  would 
seriously  cripple  not  only  an  important  industry  itself,  but 
also  the  numerous  trades — and  are  they  not  legion  ? — where 
rubber  in  some  form  or  other  finds  application.  It  has 
been  suggested  that  should  the  supply  from  South  America 
fail,  we  have  still  the  vast  forests  described  by  Stanley  as 
existing  in  Central  Africa  to  fall  back  upon.  Anyone, 
however,  proposing  this  must  be  set  down  as  being 
lamentably  deficient  in  knowledge  of  the  subject,  for  there 
is  very  little  rubber  to  be  obtained  in  Africa  that  can 
compare  at  all  with  that  from  Brazil.  That  there  are  good 
aud  dry  qualities  obtained  from  Madagascar,  Mozambique, 
and  the  Gambian  coast  I  do  not  deny,  but  the  majority  of 
the  African  rubber,  especially  that  from  certain  districts  of 
the  Congo  basin,  is  sadly  deficient  in  tensile  strength,  and 
contains  impurities  in  the  shape  of  resins  and  albumen 
which  are  almost  entirely  absent  from  the  rubber  of  the 
Amazon  and  Orinoco  basins.  Why  this  should  be,  why  the 
rubber  milk  of  different  species  of  trees  should  vary  so 
much  in  its  physical  properties,  when  the  hydrocarbon 
itself  is  always  of  similar  composition,  has  not  yet  been 
explained,  and  the  explanation  is  likely  to  be  retarded 
owing  to  the  difficulty  of  keeping  the  milk  in  its  natural 
condition  after  its  arrival  in  civilised  parts.  The  following 
analyses  of  rubber-milk  may  be  of  interest. 

I. 

Product  of  the  Hevea  braziliensis,  1'sra. 

PerO  nt. 

Caoutchouc 31*9 

Resin 1*5 

Albumen 0'5 

Water 06*1 

100*0 


No.  1  milk  had  been  sent  in  bottles  from  Para,  having 
been  previously  mixed  with  some  ammonia.  It  was  liquid 
on  arrival  but  soon  coagulated  when  the  bottle  was 
opened. 

No.  2  milk  came  to  me  through  the  Colonial  Office  two 
years  ago,  having  been  collected  by  the  then  Governor  of 
Lagos,  Sir  Alfred  Moloney,  who  wished  for  a  report  on  the 
same.  Altogether  15  ginger-beer  bottles  of  this  milk  were 
received,  representing  five  varieties  of  the  Ficus  vogelii,  a 
tree  growing  extensively  on  the  Lagos  coast.  Although 
nothing  had  been  mixed  with  the  milk  to  prevent  coagula- 
tion it  was  liquid  in  all  but  three  cases. 

There  was  a  considerable  pressure  of  carbonic  acid  gaS 
in  the  bottles,  and  the  milk  had  a  very  acid  reaction.  It 
contained  a  small  quantity  of  tannin,  glucose,  and  albumen. 


Deo.  81, 1898.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


971 


It  should  he  mentioned  in  respect  to  the  above  figures, 
that  the  milk  was  collected  at  the  wrong  time  of  year  and 
would  therefore  be  under  strength. 

Owing  to  the  large  percentage  and  low  melting  point  of 
the  resins  contained  in  this  rubber,  I  could  uot  but  form  au 
unfavourable  opinion  of  it,  and  this  was  borne  out  by  a 
practical  trial  in  the  works.  Of  course  some  uses  might  be 
found  for  it,  but  it  certainly  could  not  be  looked  upon  as 
anything  like  a  good  quality,  which  the  Colonial  authorities 
had  supposed  it  might  be. 

The  question  may  be  asked  what  is  the  probable  value  of 
the  rubber  forests  discovered  by  Stanley.  Are  the  trees  the 
Vahea  of  Madagascar,  the  Landolphia  of  the  Congo,  or  the 
Fictu  Vogelii  of  the  Lagos  coast?  If  the  latter  the 
discovery  is  of  little  value.  Putting  aside,  however,  the 
actual  worth  of  the  rubber,  the  question  of  transport  is 
really  the  crucial  point.  At  present  prices  it  would  not  pay 
to  bring  rubber  thousands  of  miles  before  shipping  it.  All 
things  considered,  any  great  augmentation  of  our  rubber 
supply  from  Central  Africa  need  not  be  looked  for  in  the 
immediate  future.  The  concession  of  a  licence  to  work  rubber 
forests  in  West  Africa  on  Government  lauds  to  Mr.  Meiter  of 
London  claims  some  attention.  Mr.  Meiter  is  himself  superin- 
tending the  gathering  of  the  rubber,  which  is  a  step  iu  the 
right  direction,  as  there  is  room  for  improvement  in  the 
whole  system  of  rubber  collecting  and  exporting  in  Africa. 
If  the  operations  were  more  generally  directed  by  men  con- 
versant with  the  modes  and  requirements  ofthe  manufacturers 
at  home,  the  coagulation  of  the  milk  would  no  doubt  be 
carried  out  in  a  better  way  than  is  usual.  If  the  coagulated 
rubber  also  were  sorted  out  into  lots  of  equal  elasticities  it 
could  be  bought  in  Liverpool  or  Loudon  iu  a  more  satis- 
factory manner.  Manufacturers  know  from  experience  that 
separate  lots  of  rubber  bought  under  the  same  name 
frequently  turn  outof  anything  but  the  same  qualityas  regards 
strength  after  being  washed  and  sheeted.  How  often  do  we 
see  part  of  a  washed  sheet  hanging  in  the  drying-stove  and 
part  lying  ou  the  floor,  showing  that  the  sheet  is  made  up 
of  a  substance  of  varying  degrees  of  strength,  or  what  comes 
to  the  same  thing,  of  varying  melting  point.  An  object  of 
special  inquiry  with  respect  to  African  rubbers  is,  how  to 
coagulate  the  milk  so  as  not  to  include  the  resins  with  the 
rubber.  In  a  previous  paper  I  have  detailed  the  different 
percentages  of  resin  found  in  various  rubbers  of 
commerce,  and  I  showed  that  the  quality  of  the  rubber 
varied  inversely  as  the  percentage  of  resin.  This  statement 
must  not,  however,  be  taken  as  showing  that  African  rubber 
if  separated  from  its  20  per  cent,  of  resins  is  equal  to  Para 
rubber.  There  are  differences  iu  the  two  products  which 
cannot  be  explained  away  as  being  caused  only  by  au  excess 
of  resin  iu  the  one  case. 

The  question  of  the  day  then  is,  how  can  we  so  improve 
the  inferior  qualities  of  African  rubber  as  to  increase  their 
market  value  ?  At  the  same  time  we  must  not  lose  sight  of 
the  fact  that  there  is  a  considerable  demand  for  rubber  in  eases 
wdiere  its  elastic  properties  are  but  slightly  brought  into  play, 
and  therefore  any  treatment  which  increased  the  cost  as 
well  as  improved  the  quality  of  low-class  rubbers,  would 
only  meet  with  partial  favour  at  the  hands  of  manufacturers. 

It  cannot  be  said  that  the  initial  stages  of  the  rubber 
manufacture  owe  much  to  chemistry,  as  it  is  the  mechanical 
engineer  whc  has  had  most  to  do.  As  an  example  of  the 
perfecting  of  mechanism  the  wide  tine  sheet-cutting  machine 
may  be  mentioned,  whereby  sheets  of  rubber  are  now  cut 
160  to  an  inch.  The  rule  of  the  chemist,  it  must  be  said, 
has  been  more  in  connection  with  trade  disputes,  and  a  good 
deal  of  the  chemical  work  that  has  been  done  ou  rubber  has 
been  first  brought  to  light  in  the  Law  Courts.  The 
court  has  to  decide  whether  the  premature  decay  of  a 
waterproof  coat  is  to  be  put  down  to  bad  work  on 
the  part  of  the  cloth  manufacturer  or  the  rubber  manu- 
facturer. Elaborate  analyses  are  produced  in  court  tending 
to  show  for  one  side  that  the  cloth  contains  grease,  oxide  of 
copper,  or  other  injurious  matter,  while  the  other  side 
retorts  that  the  rubber-proofing  is  a  bad  one  and  the  cause 
of  its  own  decay.  The  fact  is  these  analyses  are  very  little 
good.  Under  certain  conditions,  no  doubt,  a  little  grease 
or  R  few  hundreths  per  cent,  of  oxide  of  copper  may  he 
injurious,  but  not  necessarily  in  every  case,  and  decay  may 


he  brought  about  in  goods  by  some  irregularity  in  the 
manufacture  quite undiscoverable  by  analysis.  The  investi- 
gation of  these  cases  requires  special  experience,  as  there 
is  extreme  difficulty,  when  goods  have  gone  bad,  in  fixing 
on  which  of  the  ingredients  the  blame  rests. 

In  a  paper  read  at  the  British  Association  Meeting,  1890, 
Mr.  W.  Thomson,  in  dealing  with  the  action  of  oil  on 
rubber,  startled  some  manufacturers  by  the  statement  that 
the  oily  matters  which  were  dissolved  from  oxidised  or 
sulphurised  oil  by  ether  were  not  only  not  injurious  to 
rubber,  but  iu  many  cases  were  actually  beneficial.  The 
conclusion  was  thereupon  arrived  at  by  some  manufacturers 
that  the  oil  bogey  had  no  foundation  in  fact.  A  little 
consideration,  however,  will  show  that  the  results  obtained 
by  Mr.  Thomson  are  only  what  might  be  expected.  Iu  the 
oxidation,  chlorinatiou,  or  sulphuration,  if  I  may  use  the 
term,  of  fatty  oils  it  is  extremely  rare  that  any  oil  is  unacted 
upon.  The  portion  soluble  in  ether  is  then  not  free  oil,  but 
only  a  modification  of  the  matter  insoluble  in  ether,  which 
indeed  is  clearly  shown  by  its  containing  sulphur,  chlorine, 
&c.  Its  action  then  on  rubber  would  resemble  that  of 
glycerin  rather  than  that  of  a  fatty  oil.  This  of  course  only 
refers  to  the  sound  oxidised  oil.  If  this  has  undergone 
decomposition  back  again  to  its  original  state,  or,  at  any 
rate,  has  altered  its  physical  condition,  then  the  matters 
soluble  in  ether  would  not  be  so  harmless  in  their  action. 

Iu  a  more  recent  paper,*  with  which  the  name  of  Mr.  F. 
Lewis  is  also  associated,  Mr.  Thomson  has  detailed  at  some 
length  his  observations  of  the  action  of  metals,  acids,  salts, 
&c,  on  rubber.  He  finds  that  chromium  salts  are  not  inju- 
rious, a  fact  which  might  seem  somewhat  superfluous  to  those 
of  us  who  have  been  accustomed  to  use  chromium  regularly 
were  it  not  that  Mr.  Tatlock  had  recently  published  a  letter 
showing  that  chromium  had  a  destructive  action.  It  was 
hardly  necessary  to  republish  the  actiou  of  acids  on  rubber, 
and  although  the  inimical  effect  of  small  quantities  of  acid 
in  rubber  goods  has,  I  feel  sure,  been  exaggerated,  it  is 
not  safe  to  judge,  by  the  action  of  a  bath  of  dilute  acid  on 
a  sheet  of  rubber,  what  the  action  would  be  if  acid  were 
produced  in  situ  in  the  goods.  Mr.  Thomson  finds  with 
some  surprise  that  the  action  of  hydrogen  peroxide  on 
rubber  is  nil.  I  thiuk,  however,  that  if  he  had  tried  au 
ethereal  instead  of  an  aqueous  solution  of  this  reagent  he 
would  have  obtained  a  different  result.  Mr.  T.  Bolas, 
amongst  others,  has  used  this  solution  for  years  in  rubber 
analyses. 

With  respect  to  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  rubber  I 
have  gone  into  the  matter  at  some  length,  and  my  experi- 
ments are  yet  in  progress,  a  preliminary  report  only  having 
been  published.!  The  most  dilute  acid  acts  injuriously, 
but  the  action  if  allowed  to  proceed  slowly  results  in  the 
formation  of  a  more  or  less  nitrated  body,  and  not  merely 
of  a  resin.  A  yellow  brittle  powder  obtained  by  the  action 
of  dilute  HNOj  on  sheet  rubber  for  six  weeks  gave  the 
following  figures  on  analysis : — 


Per  Cent. 


Calculated  for 
Ci(,HBNOa 


Carbon  ... 
Hydrogen 
Oxygon . . . 

Nitrogen . , 


60 'SO 

66'29 

6-13 

8'28 

37  "M 

17  '70 

5-43 

7-73 

100-00 

100-00 

This  body  has  explosive  properties  and  is  evidently  a 
mixture  of  au  oxidised  and  a  nitrated  substance.  The 
practical  bearing  of  these  experiments  is  to  show  that  nitric 
acid,  even  if  very  dilute,  cannot  be  used  in  connection  with 
rubber  articles  with  impunity,  aud  this  fact  should  be  borne 
in  mind  by  chemists. 

With  regard  to  Mr.  Thomson's  experiments  on  textures 
it  should  be  mentioned  that  the   method  of   testing  their 

*  Proc.  Man.  Lit.  and  Phil.  Soc.  1801. 
t  Ibid. 


972 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


life  so  to  speak  by  exposing  them  to  temperatures  higher 
than  they  are  intended  to  stand,  cannot  be  considered  a 
satisfactory  one.  Rubber  is  very  susceptible  to  heat,  and 
I  have  found  that  there  is  absolutely  uo  connection  between 
say,  the  hours  that  rubber  will  remain  sound  at  l.jO  F., 
and  the  months  or  years  it  will  remain  so  at  60  F.  I  own 
that  this  seems  to  be  the  only  available  method  of  testing 
if  one  does  not  wish  to  wait  a  year  or  two  for  results, 
but  nevertheless  I  feel  sure  that  it  leads  to  erroneous 
conclusions. 

The  paper  published  by  Gladstone  and  Hibbert,  although 
of  scientific  interest,  may  be  passed  over  as  devoid  of  technical 
bearing.  A  paper  by  Hcinzerliug  and  Pahl  (Chem.  Zeit. 
16,  15)  gives  details  as  to  the  compounding  of  chemicals 
with  rubber  and  gutta-percha,  but  does  not  advance  any- 
thing of  great  originality.  Hein/.erling  also  (Chem.  Zeit- 
16  84)  has  summarised  recent  improvements  in  the 
manufacture,  but  this  paper  is  mostly  a  compilation  of 
patents. 

A  paper  of  some  interest  dealing  with  the  analysis  of 
complex  rubber  mixtures  has  just  been  published  by 
R.  Henriquez  ((hem.  Zeit.  16,  86,  87,  88),  and  may  prove 
of  interest  to  the  analysts.  He  deals  chiefly  with  the 
estimation  of  the  different  forms  of  "  gummi  ersatz "  or 
"gomme  factice"  as  it  is  variously  called  on  the  Continent. 
It  is  not  my  purpose  on  this  occasion  to  discuss  the  matter 
of  rubber  analysis,  but  it  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  bj 
following  out  the  plan  of  extracting  rubber  compounds  with 
solvents  as  advised  by  the  author,  discrepancies  are  likely  to 
arise  if  care  is  not  taken  to  distinguish  between  organic 
matters  such  as  resin,  which  are  naturally  a  part  of  the 
rubber,  and  bodies  of  a  similar  nature  which  may  have  j 
been  added.  The  work  is  characterised  by  great  attention 
to  detail,  more  so,  I  think,  than  is  required  or  which  the 
ordinary  analyst  could  find  time  for.  Authors  of  papers 
on  these  and  kindred  technical  analyses  should  not  take 
it  for  granted  that  because  no  methods  have  been  published 
thev  have  not  been  wrorked  out.  I  have  no  doubt  that  I 
am  not  alone  in  saying  that  there  is  little  that  is  novel  in 
Henriquez'  paper.  Analyses  of  manufactured  articles 
should,  in  my  opinion,  always  be  performed  by  experts 
who,  by  the  selling  price,  would  know  pretty  well  what 
to  look  for  and  whether  a  foreign  body  was  to  be  classed 
as  an  adulterant  or  not.  Chemists  who  have  to  read  up 
should  not  attempt  these  analyses.  A  treatise,  I  may  say 
the  first  of  its  kind,  has  just  been  published  iu  Paris  on 
rubber  and  gutta-percha.*  The  book,  as  a  compendium  of 
general  information  respecting  the  trade,  is  of  great  interest, 
especially  in  its  botanical  portion,  which  is  very  fully  treated. 
The  space  in  the  book  devoted  to  the  manufacture  of  toys 
aud  small  articles  is  an  indication  of  the  department  where 
our  neighbours  do  more  than  hold  their  own  against  our- 
selves.  The  figures  for  the  export  of  sheet  rubber  to  the 
Continent  and  our  imports  of  German  balls  to  be  found  in 
Hoard  of  Trade  returns  will  emphasize  this  allusion.  We 
have  the  engineering  skill ;  they  have  the  art  of  producing 
a  nice-looking  article  out  of  poor  materials.  Perhaps 
technical  education  will  put  us  right. 

The  promised  work  of  Dr.  Arlidge  on  Diseases  of  Occu- 
pations has  appeared  and  gives  an  immense  number  of 
statistics  relating  to  the  hygiene  of  our  trades.  It  is  not  to 
be  expected  that  such  a  work  written  by  one  man  could  be 
free  from  errors — and,  indeed,  the  author  asks  the  reader's 
indulgence  in  the  preface  on  this  account — -but  if  the 
descriptions  of  the  industries  generally  are  so  vague  as 
that  of  the  vulcanisation  of  rubber,  I  am  afraid  the  credit 
of  the  book  will  suffer.  I  am  glad  to  see  that  beyond  ■ 
bisulphide  of  carbon  he  has  little  complaint  against  the 
rubber  works.  There  are  indeed  some  vague  invectives 
against  steam  and  sulphur  vapour,  but  these  seem  to  me  to 
be  put  in  as  padding.  I  do  not  wish  to  deny  anything  said 
about  bisulphide  of  carbon,  but  it  should  be  said  that  the 
really  serious  cases  where  the  brain  has  been  affected  have 
occurred,  not  in  the  ordinary  vulcanising  process  as  carried 
out  in  the  larger  works,  but  rather  in  small  ill-ventilated 
workshops  and  in  processes  where  dipping  the  goods  into 
the  liquid   takes   place.      Hospital  authorities  in  Paris,  New 

•  Le  Caoutchouc  el  la  Gutta-percha  par  v..  Chapel,  Pai  s,  1892. 


York,  and  Manchester,  have  had  their  say  on  the  serious 
symptoms  produced  by  this  mephitic  liquid  and  it  is  therefore 
with  pleasure  that  I  am  able  to  announce  that  its  use  is 
being  much  restricted,  inasmuch  as  it  has  found  a  rival  in 
its  chief  application.  Is  it  too  much  to  hope  that  chemistry 
will  find  some  harmless  substitute  for  it  in  its  remaining 
applications  ? 

With  respect  to  chloride  of  sulphur,  though  this  is  a 
very  disagreeable  substance  to  work  with,  I  have  never 
found  it  to  undermine  the  health  of  the  operatives.  This 
is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  it  is  impossible  to  breathe 
much  of  it  without  following  out  a  desire  to  remove  from 
its  neighbourhood.  With  naphtha  vapour,  the  smarting 
of  the  eyes  warns  us  when  the  fumes  are  getting  too 
strong.  I  have  never  seen  any  one  really  overcome  by 
naphthaf  because  in  the  ordinary  manufacture  the  vapour 
could  not  be  inhaled  strong  enough.  Sensational  stories 
reach  us  sometimes  from  abroad  of  whole  factories 
of  workpeople  getting  light-headed,  and  though  these 
statements  may  or  may  not  be  highly  coloured,  I  suppose 
there  is  no  doubt  that  strong  naphtha  vapour  if  inhaled  does 
produce  a  species  of  intoxication  something  akin  to  that  of 
opium. 

It  is  not  until  the  process  of  vulcanisation  is  reached  that 
chemistry  begins  to  play  a  part  in  the  rubber  manufacture. 
Here  various  reactions  take  place,  all  however,  where  steam 
or  heat  is  employed  being  effected  by  the  agency  of  sulphur. 
Tlie  action  of  sulphur  on  rubber  is  the  principal  one,  while 
subsidiary  actions  leading  to  the  formation  of  sulphuretted 
hydrogen,  lead  sulphide,  &c,  also  take  place.  I  am  not 
aware  that  any  paper  has  appeared  settling  the  vexed 
question  as  to  the  nature  of  the  vulcanisation  process,  and 
I  do  not  propose  to  say  anything  myself  on  the  matter  on 
this  occasion  beyond  a  brief  reference  to  the  point  of  how 
much  sulphur  is  really  taken  up  and  fixed.  It  is  customary 
in  books  to  state  that  3  per  cent,  of  sulphur  is  chemically 
combined  and  the  rest  mechanically  held.  It  is  supposed 
that  the  latter  is  soluble  in  caustic  alkalis  and  the  former 
not  so.  However,  by  repeated  boiling  I  have  brought  the 
sulphur  down  ton- 6  per  cent,  without  destroying  its  pro- 
perties.    Thus  the  figure  usually  given  is  too  high. 

A  piece  of  sheet  rubber  immersed  in  a  bath  of  melted 
sulphur  for  four  hours  at  135°  C.  was  found  not  to  be 
vulcanised.  It  then  contained  3  per  cent,  of  sulphur.  After 
five  hours*  immersion  it  was  quite  vulcanised,  being  found 
then  to  contain  5  ■  5  per  cent,  of  sulphur.  It  may  be  shown 
in  many  ways  that  although  only  a  very  small  amount  of 
sulphur  is  really  fixed  by  the  rubber,  yet  it  is  impossible 
to  get  this  amount  fixed  unless  a  considerable  excess  is 
present.  Rubber  will  absorb  free  sulphur  from  its  solution 
in  alkaline  polysulphides,  but  it  is  found  impossible  to  get 
articles  properly  vulcanised  in  this  way.  Notwithstanding 
this,  this  process,  known  as  Girard's,  may  be  found  religiously 
described  iu  all  text-books,  ancient  and  modern.  With 
respect  to  the  action  of  sulphides  on  rubber  it  has  been 
found  in  ail  cases  that  where  these  have  been  used  as 
vulcanising  agents  their  action  has  been  due  solely  to  the 
free  sulphur  they  contain,  generally  in  the  amorphous 
condition.  Owing  to  the  formation  heat  of  most  of  the 
metallic  sulphides  being  above  the  melting  point  of 
sulphur,  t'.ie  sulphide  of  lead  may  be  taken  as  the  only 
one  formed  during  ordinary  vulcanising  processes.  This 
is  rather  to  be  regretted  as  the  formation  of  sulphides  is  a 
means  of  fix;ng  the  excess  of  free  sulphur  which  we  have 
seen  is  essential. 

Our  Society  had  an  interesting  paper  last  session 
from  Mr.  Fawsitt  respecting  the  dry  heat  vulcanisation 
of  rubber  by  means  of  metallic  iodides.  The  paper  is 
in  our  Journal  (this  Journal,  1891,  April  332 — 336), 
aud  I  need  not  therefore  abstract  it  for  the  purpose  of 
reference.  Without  going  into  the  important  question 
as  to  its  commercial  success,  a  subject  of  interest  to  only 
a  limited  number  of  our  members,  I  shall  confine  myself 
to  the  scientific  importance  of  Mr.  Fawsitt's  paper.  Un- 
fortunately lack  of  time  prevented  him  from  working  out 
the  chemical  action  supposed  to  take  place.  Gladstone 
aud    Hibbert    and   I   think   some   authority   before    them 

t  This  lias  occurred  in  naphtha  works. 


Dec.  81,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


m 


have  shown  that  iodine  has  no  action  on  rubber  in  the 
sense  of  forming  a  definite  compound  with  it,  and  people 
have  therefore  jumped  to  the  conclusion  that  it  is  sulphur, 
which  always  accompanies  Mr.  Fawsitt's  iodides,  which 
after  all  brings  about  the  reaction.  As  far  as  1  have 
gone  into  the  matter  myself  I  think  that  some  substi- 
tution of  hydrogen  by  iodine  certainly  does  take  place, 
but  not  to  anything  like  the  same  extent  as  in  the  cases 
of  chlorine  and  bromine.  Though  the  combinations  of 
rubber  with  these  latter,  as  shown  by  the  specimens  on 
the  table,  are  solid  stable  bodies  prepared  directly,  yet  it 
is  quite  possible  that  some  body  may  be  formed  by  the 
action  of  heat  on  the  iodide  and  rubber  during  the 
■vulcanising  process.  The  formation  of  hydriodic  acid 
cauuot  be  taken  as  proof  that  substitution  of  hydrogen  in 
the  rubber  has  taken  place,  because  hydrogen  would  be 
liberated  by  the  action  of  sulphuV  present.  These  are 
points,  however,  for  Mr.  Fawsitt  to  clarrf  up. 

The  use  of  halogens  in  the  vulcanisation  of  rubber  is  not 
a  new  idea,  a  patent  having  been  granted  in  1846  to 
A.  l'arkes  for  this  purpose,  though  not  for  dry  heat  purposes. 
Chlorine  and  bromine,  however,  alone  are  too  powerful 
in  their  action,  and  at  the  present  time  the  only  agent 
used  on  the  large  scale  is  chloride  of  sulphur.  With 
regard  to  the  action  of  this  body,  I  think  there  can  be  no 
doubt  that  it  is  due  to  the  chlorine,  and  that  although  some 
sulphur  must  necessarily  be  absorbed  at  the  same  time  by 
the  rubber,  yet  that  this  latter  does  not  play  any  part  in 
the  reaction.  Sulphur  in  the  cold  has  no  effect  on  rubber 
and  chloride  of  sulphur  must  be  looked  upon  as  merely 
chlorine  in  a  diluted  form.  The  action  of  chlorine  in 
whatever  form  applied  may  be  measured  by  the  amount 
of  hydrochloric  acid  produced  ;  in  the  case  of  chloride  of 
sulphur,  no  doubt  secondary  reactions  take  place  which  do 
not  occur  in  the  case  of  chlorine  alone. 

The  action  of  nitric  acid  on  rubber  has  been  already 
referred  to.  That  of  the  gaseous  oxides  of  nitrogen  is 
somewhat  similar.  I  have  found  that  while  the  monoxide  is 
without  action  and  the  dioxide  has  little  action,  the  higher 
oxides  act  energetically.  If  a  sheet  of  rubber  be  placed  in 
a  bottle  containing  air  and  higher  oxides  of  nitrogen  the 
yellow  colour  will  soon  disappear  and  the  rubber  be  found 
to  be  surface-vulcanised  to  some  extent.  These  vapours 
have  been  employed  in  practice  for  the  vapour  cure  of 
rubber  sheet  but  they  cannot  be  said  to  show  auy  advantage 
over  chloride  of  sulphur,  while  a  very  little  over-exposure 
destroys  the  rubber. 

There  seems  to  be  some  misconception  as  to  the  part 
which  bisulphide  of  carbon  plays  in  the  cold  cure  process 
of  vulcanising  rubber  goods,  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  that 
it  acts  merely  as  a  solvent  and  takes  no  part  in  the  reaction. 
Substitutes  for  this  liquid  have  been  proposed  20  years  ago, 
but  none  of  these  have  been  successful  until  quite  recently, 
when  the  success  which  has  attended  the  use  of  a  product 
obtained  from  benzol  refining,  certainly  warrants  the 
assumption  that  the  days  of  CSa  are  numbered  for  most  of 
its  former  uses. 

The  problem  of  the  devulcanisatiou  of  scrap  and  old 
rubber  has  been  before  the  trade  since  vulcanisation  was 
first  practised,  and  cannot  be  said  to  have  yet  been  solved. 
Of  course  rubber,  especially  of  poor  quality,  has  been 
"  recovered  "  by  the  action  of  oil  and  heat,  but  it  is  not  the 
original  hydrocarbon  reproduced.  There  being  no  doubt 
that  during  the  process  of  vulcanisation  with  sulphur  hydro- 
gen is  given  off,  it  becomes  necessary  to  return  this 
hydrogen  to  the  rubber.  Mr.  Lascelles  Scott  has  proposed 
to  do  this  by  the  zinc-copper  couple,  but  I  do  not  know 
whether  he  has  auy  solid  grounds  for  believing  that  this 
would  be  successful.  The  greater  part  of  the  sulphur  in 
vulcanised  rubber  can  be  removed  as  H2S  by  heating  with 
petroleum  oil  of  high  density.  In  all  cases  of  this  sort, 
however,  the  rubber  itself  goes  into  semi-solution  and  it  is 
doubtful  if  the  very  small  amount  of  sulphur  actually 
combined  is  removed.  In  one  respect  the  recovery  of 
rubber  from  vulcanised  scrap  resembles  that  of  the  recovery 
of  tin  from  tinplate  scrap  and  old  plate.  Where  the  waste 
is  all  pure  rubber  and  when  the  iron  is  coated  with  pure  tin 
the  recovery  process  is  of  commercial  importance.  As, 
however,  at  the  present  time  the  greater  part  of  the  waste 


which  requires  treatment  is  not  pure  rubber,  and  the 
majority  of  tin  plates  are  not  coated  with  pure  tin,  the 
aspect  of  the  question  is  altered. 

Although  under  the  strict  title  of  my  paper  I  am  pre- 
cluded from  extending  my  observations  to  gutta-percha,  yet 
in  the  minds  of  most  people,  and  1  think  of  most  chemists, 
the  two  substances  are  so  closely  associated  that  I  shall 
close  these  notes  with  some  references  to  a  substance  that 
can  claim  at  any  rate  a  chemical,  if  not  a  physical,  kindred 
with  rubber. 

The  future  supply  of  gutta-percha  is  a  subject  of  grave 
import  at  the  present  time,  and  it  bejioves  our  countrymen 
to  be  up  and  doing  on  the  matter.  The  Isonandra  gutta 
is  not  a  tree  to  be  found  all  round  the  equator.  Its  home 
is  in  the  Malay  Archipelago,  though  it  seems  likely  that 
the  historian  of  the  future  will  have  to  use  the  past  tense 
in  this  connection  if  rigorous  measures  are  not  enforced  to 
prevent  the  wholesale  destruction  of  the  trees.  Under  the 
title  of  "  Borneo  caoutchouc,"  an  interesting  description 
of  the  gutta  trees  appeared  in  the  abstracts  of  our  Journal 
recently.  This  had  reference  to  the  work  recently  carried 
on  by  M.  Serullas,  descriptions  of  which  have  appeared  in 
the  Bulletin  of  the  Societe  d'Encouragement.  He  is  an 
advocate  of  the  method  of  collection  proposed  by  .lung- 
fleisch.  This  briefly  is  to  extract  the  gutta-percha  from 
the  leaves  of  the  trees  by  boiling  solvents  instead  of  cutting 
down  the  tree  and  extracting  the  milk  from  the  stem  as  is 
usually  done.  The  tree  is  said  to  yield  as  much  in  this 
way  as  before,  and,  of  course,  it  lives  to  afford  a  further 
yield.  The  process,  however,  strikes  one  as  being  more 
adapted  to  pharmaceutical  preparations  than  to  commercial 
products,  and  it  should  be  remembered  that  a  very  similar 
process  was  proposed  by  L.  Wray  in  1886,  which,  on  being 
tried  by  the  Silvertown  Company,  was  reported  upon  as 
unsatisfactory.  As  the  composition  of  the  chemicals  used 
by  M.  Serullas  have  not  yet  been  divulged,  it  is  of  course 
too  soon  to  speak  confidently  as  to  the  process. 

Supposing  that  the  supply  of  gutta  did  really  fail,  would 
its  loss  be  severely  felt  by  the  principal  users,  the  cable 
manufacturers  ?  1  think  not ;  rubber,  both  pure  and 
vulcanised,  is  replacing  gutta  more  and  more  for  electrical 
purposes.  The  triumphs  of  synthetic  chemistry  are  not  yet 
exhausted,  and  it  should  not  be  so  difficult  to  obtain  au 
artificial  body  with  the  required  attributes.  Again,  though 
there  seems  no  chance  of  the  real  gutta  tree  being  found  in 
the  Brazilian  forests  or  the  African  groves,  yet  there  is 
evidence  that  trees  of  a  somewhat  similar  nature  exist,  and 
small  quantities  of  bodies  closely  resembling  gutta  and 
Balata  have  from  time  to  time  come  into  the  hands  of 
experts.  The  latter  body,  perhaps  I  should  explain, 
resembles  gutta-percha  in  that  it  contains  a  hydrocarbon  of 
the  same  constitution  associated  with  a  large  amount  of  a 
peculiar  resin.  It  is  the  product  of  the  Mimucops  Balata, 
or  bullet  tree  of  South  America,  though  it  is  probable  that 
what  comes  into  the  English  market  is  a  mixture  of  the 
products  of  more  than  one  species  of  tree. 

Some  discussion  has  recently  occurred  in  a  scientific 
serial  as  to  the  amount  of  resins  in  sound  gutta-percha. 
Now  if  the  commercial  product  were  all  of  one  quality  and 
from  one  species  of  tree,  a  definite  percentage  could  be 
looked  for.  Generally  speaking,  any  percentage  from  30 
to  55  may  be  found ;  the  former  from  a  soft,  and  the 
latter  from  a  hard  sample.  Of  course,  unlike  the  case  of 
rubber,  the  resins  form  a  part  of  the  gutta,  and  help  to 
determine  its  peculiar  properties  ;  they  must  in  no  sense 
be  looked  upon  as  au  impurity. 

The  following  figures  may  be  of  interest  as  showing  the 
fluctuations  in  the  supply  and  price  of  gutta-percha  as 
compared  with  rubber. 


Gutta-Percha. 


Imports 

Average  price. 


, .    Cwt. 

Per  Lb. 


1887. 


24,145 


.S'.    il. 
1     2 


C0.911 
s.    J. 


974 


THE   JOURNAL  OE  THE  SOCIETY  OP   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


Caoi  cchouc. 


1887. 


Imports 

Average  price  . 


Cwt. 


235,537 


s.    d. 
Per  Lb.  2    0 


1891. 


^7s.s;i7 


The  increased  figures  for  gutta-percha  are,  of  course,  due 
to  the  electric  lighting  movement,  and  had  not  the  supply  run 
short,  the  imports  would  have  reached  a  much  higher  figure. 
The  above  prices  derived  from  official  statistics  must  not  be 
taken  as  representing  all  the  market  changes  ;  great  fluctua- 
tions may  occur  in  the  price  of  South  American  rubber, 
which  may  not  show  themselves  prominently  in  the  annual 
statistics  as  calculated  for  the  whole  imports  over  the  year. 

Before  concluding  I  should  like  to  say  one  word  regarding 
nomenclature.  Caoutchouc  is  not  a  gum  in  any  accepted 
chemical  sense  of  the  term,  though  I  am  afraid  the  terms 
"  gum,"  '•  gomme"  and  "gummi  "  are  too  strongly  established 
in  American  and  continental  usage  to  give  way  easily  to 
more  correct  ones.  It  is  difficult,  however,  to  see  on 
what  system  of  classification  they  depend.  To  my  mind 
caoutchouc  is  distinctly  sui  generis.  This  could  be  sharply 
subdivided  into  the  two  species  of  caoutchouc  and  gutta- 
percha, the  distinguishing  property  of  the  latter  being  that 
it  is  softened  by  hot  water.  Any  other  means  of  distinction 
such  as  those  founded  on  the  behaviour  of  solvents,  will  be 
found  to  be  due  to  accident  rather  than  any  specific  property 
of  these  two  bodies. 


Discussion. 

Mr.  Brvxner  said  that  Mr.  Terry  had  given  them  an 
interesting  paper,  and  he  had  no  doubt  there  were  many 
points  upon  which  they  would  be  glad  to  get  further  infor- 
mation. What  Mr.  Terry  had  told  them  had  been  new  to 
him.  Chemistry  had  not  hitherto  played  any  very  large  part 
in  rubber  and  gutta-percha  manufacture;  but  it  seemed 
to  him  that  the  question  of  the  recovery  of  old  rubber  was 
more  or  less  a  chemical  problem.  Then  gain  there  was  a 
possibility  of  some  of  the  supplies  of  gutta-percha  running 
short,  and  of  the  price  going  up  very  much  in  the  market, 
anil  that  ought  to  stimulate  chemists  to  try,  if  possible,  to 
invent  some  substitute  that  might  take  the  place  of  either 
one  or  other  of  these  materials. 

Professor  Campbell  Brown  said  that  why  chemistry 
had  little  to  do  with  the  manufacture  was  because  the 
chemist  did  not  know  anything  about  india-rubber.  He 
should  first  find  out  what  india-rubber  and  gutta-percha 
were,  and  what  position  they  held  in  the  system  of  classi- 
fication of  carbon  compounds  ;  this  knowledge  would  aid  him 
to  understand  better  their  real  properties  and  their  behaviour 
with  other  chemical  substances.  He  would  like  also  to  know 
what  was  the  nature  of  the  process  called  coagulation.  "Was 
it  an  oxidation  process,  or  merely  a  molecular  change  ? 

Dr.  Kohn  said  that  several  questions  occurred  to  him 
during  the  reading  of  the  paper,  the  answers  to  which  might 
be  of  interest  to  others.  In  the  early  part  of  the  paper 
Mr.  Terry  had  told  them  that  the  quality  of  the  rubber  was 
in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  resin  present,  and  he 
would  like  to  know  what  information  was  to  be  had  in 
regard  to  the  nature  of  those  resins.  Another  point  was  the 
action  of  chromium  salts  on  the  rubber.  They  were  told 
that  they  had  no  injurious  action,  and  it  would  be  interest- 
ing to  know  whether  the  action  was  beneficial  or  neutral. 
Chromium  salts  in  the  presence  of  organic  matter  were 
known  to  undergo  change  themselves  on  exposure  to  light, 
and  in  addition  to  affect  the  organic  matter  with  which  they 
wen  in  contact,  in  regard  to  the  nitro-compound  which 
Mr.  Terry  had  passed  round  and  which  he  told  them  was 
a  mixture  of  an  oxidation  product  and  a  nitro-compound  he 
would  like  to  point  out  that  the  explosibility  of  the  com- 
pound might  be  due  to  its  being  an  ester  of  nitric  acid  rather 
than  a  nitro-hody.     He  did  not  quite  follow  why  the  formula 


CmHuXO/;  was  assigned  to  that  nitro-compound,  was  it  the 
result  of  analysis  ?  Another  point  was  the  inefficiency  of  a 
two  days'  test  tor  rubber,  and  the  efficiency  of  a  four  years' 
test,  in  order  to  make  out  the  quality  of  rubber.  It  brought 
out  the  necessity  for  much  more  inquiry  into  the  chemical 
nature  of  rubber,  and  especially  into  the  conditions  under 
which  certain  reagents  affected  rubber.  By  finding  out  the 
active  substances  in  the  destruction  of  rubber,  it  would 
surely  be  possible  to  make  this  test  both  more  rapid  and 
more  effective.  He  would  also  like  to  ask  what  gutta- 
percha was  used  for  beyond  making  cables  for  electric 
light,  and  whether  it  could  be  employed  instead  of  india- 
rubber  for  any  of  the  purposes  for  which  the  latter  was  used  ? 

Dr.  Rawson  asked  whether  Mr.  Terry  wonld  kindly 
again  mention  the  name  of  the  liquid  used  instead  of  carbon 
disulphide  as  a  solvent  for  sulphur.  He  was  rather  surprised 
to  learn  that  chromium  salts  were  not  injurious  to  rubber, 
for  in  their  action  on  gelatin  was  very  marked,  as  evidenced 
by  the  rapid  strides  which  the  chromium  process  of  tanning 
was  making.  It  would  also  be  of  interest  to  learn  what 
was  the  difference  between  india-rubber  and  gutta-percha, 
other  than  that  they  were  the  expressed  juices  of  different 
trees,  say  in  their  chemical  composition,  behaviour  with 
reagnts  or  from  a  physical  standpoint. 

Mr.  Terry,  in  replying  to  Prof.  Campbell  Brown,  said 
that  there  was  no  chemical  action  involved  in  the  coagulation 
of  the  rubber  milk.  The  action  was  similar  to  that  of 
separating  the  casein  from  milk  by  an  acid,  In  Africa  solu- 
tions of  vegetable  acids  were  much  used  for  that  purpose. 
In  reply  to  the  various  points  raised  by  Dr.  Kohn  and  Dr. 
Rawson,  he  said  that  there  was  very  little  information  to  be 
got  about  the  resins  occurring  in  the  various  rubbers  of 
commerce,  but  he  would  refer  Dr.  Kohn  to  a  paper  by  himself 
(the  speaker!  in  the  Journal  for  1889.  Surprise  had  been 
expressed  that  the  action  of  chromium  salts  on  rubber  was 
not  injurious.  Whatever  the  case  was  with  leather  he  could 
only  repeat  that  nothing  had  been  proved  against  chromium 
in  the  case  of  rubber,  even  the  red  chromic  acid  having  no 
action.  Chromium  salts  were  not  used  in  the  manufacture 
and  it  was  in  the  case  of  mordauting  cloth  for  textures  thai 
a  question  as  to  their  action  had  arisen.  The  uses  and 
manufacture  of  rubber  and  gutta-percha  were  quite  distinct, 
and  although  for  certain  purposes  mixtures  of  the  two  might 
be  used  to  a  small  extent  yet  the  great  bulk  of  the  latter 
was  used  in  the  insulation  of  cables. 

In  regard  to  the  substitute  for  carbon  bisulphide  in  the 
cold  cure  vulcanizing  process  he  was  precluded  from  saying 
anything  very  definite  as  to  its  composition,  but  it  was  a 
hydrocarbon  of  the  aromatic  series.  It  was  not  so  volatile 
as  carbon  bisulphide  and  this  precluded  its  general  use,  but 
at  the  same  time  its  use  had  put  an  end  to  the  fires  which 
so  often  occurred  with  carbon  bisulphide. 

Dr.  Kohn  had  referred  to  the  question  of  testing  by  heat. 
What  he  had  meant  to  express  in  the  paper  was  that  there 
was  no  royal  road  to  the  rapid  testing  of  rubber  goods  for 
the  uninitiated  to  follow.  In  some  cases,  notably  in  the  heat 
tests  as  adopted  by  the  Admiralty,  information  could  be 
gained  in  a  few  hours  as  to  whether  mechanical  goods  were 
up  to  a  certain  standard.  But  this  did  not  apply  to  cases 
where  the  goods  had  been  manufactured  in  the  cold  and 
were  intended  to  be  used  at  ordinary  temperatures.  Light 
was  the  chief  factor  that  determined  the  life  of  rubber :  a 
piece  of  elastic  thread  which  would  keep  sound  for  many 
years  in  a  dark  cellar  would  go  rotten  in  as  many  months 
if  exposed  to  sunlight. 


Dec.  31, 1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


H75 


iHanrbraitfr  ^fttioiu 


Chairman:  Ivan  Levinstein. 
Vice-CJiairman :  Edw.  Schunck. 


J.  Angell. 
G.  H.  Baitey. 

F.  II.  Bowman. 
R.  F.  Carpenter. 

G.  E.  Davis. 
H.  Griuishaw. 


Committee : 

J.  Grossmann. 

V.  Hart. 

J.  M.  Irving. 

E.  Knecht. 

Sir  H.  E.  Roscoe,  M.P. 

C.  Truby. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 

J.  Carter  Bell, 

Bank  House,  The  Clilf,  Higher  Broughton,  Manchester. 

Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  be 
sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


SESSION  1892. 


Meeting  held  Friday,  2nd  December  1892. 


nil.    v..    .-<  Ill  N.  IC,    F.R.8.,    I.N"    THE    CHAIR. 


ON  COP-DYEING. 

Si    CAKL    OTTO   WEBER,    PH.D.,    F.C.S. 

Fob  a  number  of  years  experiments  on  a  more  or  less 
extensive  scale  bare  been  carried  on,  with  a  view  to 
accomplish  the  dyeing  of  textile  fibre,  especially  cotton, 
at  the  most  advantageous  stage  of  their  manufacture  into 
yarns.  The  efforts,  more  or  less  successful,  to  dye  cotton 
and  wool  in  the  raw  or  loose  state,  to  dye  the  sliver, 
rovings,  carded  or  combed  wool,  and  cottou  and  wool  in 
the  cop,  are  all  exertions  in  the  same  direction.  At  first 
sight  it  might  appear  that  the  simplest  and  most  rational 
solution  of  this  task  would  be  the  dyeing  of  the  fibres  at 
the  earliest  stage  of  their  manufacture,  i.e..  in  the  form  of 
loose  cotton  or  wool,  but  this  is  not  so  for  various  reasons. 
Tn  the  first  instance  all  the  colours  requiring  long-continued 
boiling  cause  the  loose  fibres  to  become  in  the  process  of 
dyeing  entangled  to  such  a  degree  as  to  cause  very 
considerable  loss  in  spinning,  far  in  excess  of  the  losses 
incurred  when  the  undyed  fibre  is  spun,  leered  into  hanks, 
dyed  and  wound  hack  again  into  pirns,  ready  for  the  shuttle, 
fibres  dyed  in  the  loose  state  are  moreover  generally  very 
much  harsher  and  stiff er  than  the  natural  fibres  and  therefore 
give  infinitely  more  trouble  in  spinning  than  the  latter,  and 
to  these  drawbacks  must  be  added  the  fact  that  the 
spinning,  particularly  of  dark  grey,  brown,  blue  and 
black  shades  is  an  operation  which  proves  exceedingly 
trying  to  the  eyes  of  the  operatives  and  very  naturally 
les  the  production  in  proportion.  There  are  even 
cases  on  record  where  the  operatives  refused  to  work  on 
that  account.  Nut  even  supposing  that  all  these  difficulties 
could  be  overcome  the  fact  would  still  remain  that  of  the 
hundreds  of  different  shades  required  for  weaving  only  a 
very  few  are  used  in  such  quantities  as  would  allow  a 
spinner  to  keep  his  plant  regularly  employed,  who  could 
not  afford  to  execute  orders  of  a  few  hundredweights  of 
fancy  shades,  owing  to  the  loss  of  time  incurred  through 
frequent  cleaning  of  a  number  of  machines  for  each  new 
colour.  Difficulties  of  a  similar  nature  arise  whenever  we 
attempt  to  dye  the  fibre  at  one  of  its  manufacturing  stages 
previous  to  that  when  it  is  obtained  in  the  shape  of 
cups,  so  that  we  come  to  the  conclusion  that  generally 
speaking  the  dyeing  of  the  textile  fibres  cannot  advan- 
tageously be  proceeded  with  before  the  actual  conclusion 
of  the  spinning  operations.  This  shows  clearly  the 
importance  and  advantage  of  cop-dyeing  as  against  the 
dyeing  of  the  raw  or  partly-manufactured  fibre  on  the  one 
side  and  hank   dyeing  on  the   other  side.     The  fact  that 


large  quantities  of  cotton  are  dyed  in  the  raw  or  partly- 
manufactured  state  does  not  in  the  least  affect  these  con- 
clusions, as  this  is  done  for  the  purpose  of  spinning  mixed 
yarns  or  colours  as  in  the  manufacture  of  vigogne. 

In  this  case  the  dyeing  of  raw  or  partly  manufactured 
cottou  being  the  only  way  to  produce  the  desired  effect, 
we  are  compelled  to  put  up  with  whatever  drawbacks  the 
process  may  possess.  From  this  it  is  further  evident  that 
cop-dyeing  by  no  manner  of  means  enters  into  competition 
with  the  rightful  dyeing  of  unspun  or  half-spun  cotton, 
although  yarn  and  warp  dyeing  is  bound  to  be  considerably 
affected  by  it ;  and  it  is  further  likely  that  the  production 
and  dyeing  of  half-woollen  goods  will  also  more  or  Iks 
be  influenced,  although  it  may  be  difficult  to  judge  the 
probable  extent  of  this  influence  at  the  present  time 
considering  the  splendid  results  obtained  by  Messrs. 
Cassella  &  Co.,  with  their  diamine  colours  in  the  dyeing  of 
half-woollen  goods. 

The  great  importance  of  cop-dyeing  is  generally 
admitted  at  the  present  time,  so  that  T  need  not  say  any 
more  in  this  respect.  But  quite  as  well  known  is  the  great 
difficulty  of  this  kind  of  dyeing,  especially  if  it  be  desired 
to  apply  all  the  colouring  matters  and  dyeing  methods 
which  are  at  present  used  in  hank  dyeing.  There  is  a 
number  of  different  cop-dyeing  machines  now  being 
experimented  upon,  and  the  results  achieved  by  the  various 
inventor-  are  watched  with  the  keenest  interest.  The  time 
has  not  arrived  to  award  the  prize  in  this  competition  to 
any  one  of  these  machines  ;  but  there  is  at  the  same  time 
no  doubt  that  the  principles  which  have  to  be  observed 
in  the  construction  of  a  cop-dyeing  machine  of  general 
applicability  are  already  fairly  established.  Similarly  the 
characteristic  methods  and  operations  by  which  cops  can 
be  dyed  in  these  machines  are  developed  to  such  an  extent 
already  that  a  fairly  complete  record  of  both  of  them  may 
be  said  to  be  of  general  interest,  and  I  believe  that  an 
exhaustive  description  of  the  present  state  of  this  new  and 
most  important  dyeing  industry  will  be  welcomed  by  many 
who  take  an  interest  in  this  new  departure  in  dyeing.  I 
may  say  that  I  am  in  no  shape  or  form  interested  in  the 
eventual  triumph  of  either  of  the  various  machines  over 
the  others,  but  what  information  I  am  able  to  convey  to 
you  on  the  subject  is  derived  from  actual  experience  and 
practical  working.  I  can,  however,  not  refrain  from  giving  you 
niv  well-considered  opinion  that  as  matters  stand  at  present 
British  enterprise  seems  likely  to  carry  off  the  prize  in  this 
fierce  struggle  for  supremacy  in  a  new  and  important 
industry  ;  the  results  of  the  severest  tests,  and  of  continuous 
practical  working  on  the  machine  of  two  English  inventors 
being  far  ahead  of  anything  achieved  either  at  home  or 
abroad. 


I.- 


-Tin;  Mechanical  Principles  of  Cop-Dyking 
Machines. 


In  examining  the  mechanical  or  engineering  side  of  the 
question  of  dyeing  cops,  we  find  ourselves  at  once  confronted 
by  three  points  of  fundamental  importance  :  — 

1.  Perfect  evenness  of  the  dye  throughout  each  cop. 

2.  Perfect  evenness  of  shade  in  and  between  the  different 
lots  dyed. 

To  these  must  be  added  a  point  of  specifically  economical 
bearing : — 

3.  Time  required  for  each  dyeing  operation,  i.e.,  working- 
capacity. 

We  can  safely  say  that  the  machine  answering  the  above 
requirements  by  means  of  the  simplest  mechanical  appliances, 
will  be  the  best.  Of  the  above  points,  1  and  3  depend 
entirely  upon  the  construction  of  the  machine,  while  point  2 
is  as  much  a  question  of  mechanism  as  of  dyeing  methods. 

If  we  immerse  a  cop  in  cold  water,  the  latter  slowly 
penetrates  into  the  former,  but  the  complete  impregnation  of 
the  cop  by  the  water  is  a  matter  of  many  hours,  and  even 
days  with  the  very  fine  counts.  The  rate  at  which  the 
water  penetrates  into  the  cop  can  easily  be  observed  by 
adding  to  the  water  some  dye,  which  on  cutting  an  immersed 
cop  parallel  or  in  a  right  angle  to  the  core,  at  once  shows 
how  far  the  water  penetrated  in  a  given  time.     In  the  first 


976 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [Dec.  si,  is92. 


instance  this  difficulty  of  impregnating  is  caused  bj  the 
particular  build  of  the  cop  which  renders  it  very  difficult 
for  the  occluded  air  to  escape  and  make  room  for  the  water 
to  get  inside,  but  a  great  obstacle  is  also  to  he  found  in  the 
vegetable,  oily  and  resinous  impurities  contained  in  the  grey 
cops.  If  we  immerse  the  cops  in  hot  water  we  observe  in 
the  first  instance,  that  the  air  escapes  much  more  rapidly 
owing  to  its  expansion  by  the  heat  of  the  water,  at  the  same- 
time  a  considerable  quantity  of  the  impurities  of  the  cops 
becomes  dissolved  or  emulsified,  and  consequently  the  water 
penetrates  much  more  rapidly.  But  even  under  these 
favourable  conditions,  in  using  a  hot  solution  of  some 
suitable  dye  the  cop  could  not  be  dyed  in  a  satisfactory 
manner,  as  it  would  become  much  darker  on  the  outside 
than  inside,  chiefly  owing  to  the  fact,  that  although  the  hot 
dye-liquor  has  expelled  the  air  from  between  the  threads  of 
the  cops,  there  remains  still  the  air  which  fills  the  central 
channel  of  each  cotton  fibre,  and  the  complete  expulsion  of 
which  requires  either  long-continued  boiling  or  treatment  in 
vacuo,  also  preferably  at"  higher  temperatures.  This  leads 
to  the  formulation  of  the  first  important  principle  reqaired 
in  a  cop-dyeing  machine  :  — 

I.  Perfect  displacement  of  the  airfromtheinside  and  outside 
of  the  cotton  fibre  is  an  ess  ntml  requirement  of  the  thorough 
penetration  and  saturation  of  the  cops  by  the  dye-liquor,  and 
i-  bi  *t  obtained  by  treating  the  nips  with  the  dye-liquor  in 
vacuo. 

We  shall  see  later  on,  that  in  many  cases  the  non-obser- 
vance or  misunderstanding  of  this  important  principle  led 
the  inventors  to  substitute  pressure  for  the  vacuum.  All 
machines  of  this  description  are  wrong  from  the  start,  and 
if  they  did  not  turn  out  a  downright  failure,  they  are  of 
very  limited  applicability  ouly,  and  are  generally  conspicuous 
by  the  great  amount  of  waste  they  produce  in  working.  It 
is  evident,  however,  that  in  complying  with  principle  I.,  we 
obtain  practically  only  the  complete  impregnation  of  the 
cops  with  the  dye-bath,  and  under  these  circumstances  the 
cotton  would  simply  take  up  the  dye  contained  in  the 
absorbed  quantity  of  bath,  after  which  the  cops  would 
merely  contain  more  or  less  colourless  water.  Taking  into 
consideration  the  usual  concentration  of  dye-baths,  which 
very  rarely  exceeds  0' 3  per  cent,  of  colouring  matter,  it  is 
evident  that  mere  impregnation  of  the  cops  with  such  baths 
could  not  produce  dark  shades  ;  and  moreover,  the  outside 
of  the  cops  being  much  longer  in  contact  with  the  dye- 
liquor,  would  be  much  darker  dyed  than  the  inside.  To 
overcome  this  difficulty  we  have  to  adopt  another  means 
which  therefore  forms  the  next  important  principle  of 
cop-dyeing  machines,  namely  :  — 

II.  In  order  to  obtain  perfi  ct  evenness  of  dyeing  through- 
out the  cops,  it  is  necessary  for  the  dye-bath  to  circulate 
freeli/  through  the  cops,  so  that  at  any  time  the  concentra- 
tion of  the'  dye-bath  is  the  same  at  every  depth  of  its 
penetration  into  the  cops. 

This  point  is  of  very  great  importance  in  a  cop-dyeing 
machine,  as  a  slow  circulation  at  a  low  hydrostatic  pressure 
will  allow  the  concentration  of  the  dye-bath  to  vary  in 
different  parts  of  the  cops.  Likewise  the  quantities  of 
dye-liquor  passing  through  various  parts  of  the  cops  will 
differ  verv  widely,  especially  if  the  cops  contain  hard  and 
soft  places.  In  both  these  cases  the  result  will  be  that  the 
cops  are  unevenly  dyed. 

The  principles  I.  "and  II.  contain  everything  required  to 
fulfil  the  first  of  our  conditions,  namely,  to  dye  the  cops 
perfectly  even,  and  any  machine  carefully  designed  on  these 
two  principles  will  be  satisfactory  in  that  respect.  Out- 
second  condition  demands  perfect  evenness  of  shade  in  and 
between  the  different  lots  dyed,  or  in  other  words  the 
maintenance  of  the  standard  shade  for  any  number  of  cops 
dyed  in  successive  operations.  The  observation  of  our  two 
first  principles  does  not  ensure  this,  although  they  contribute 
very  largely  to  the  possibility  of  achieving  this  feat.  I  have 
stated  above  that  our  condition  No.  II.,  is  as  much  a  point  of 
the  mechanical  principles  upon  which  a  cop-dyeing  machine 
has  been  constructed,  as  of  the  methods  of  dyeing  employed 
with  the  machine,  and  we  shall  now  have  to  examine 
how  far  this  second  condition  is  dependent  upon  the  con- 
struction of  the  machine.     The  part  the  dyeing  methods 


plaj  in  t Iiis   respect  will  be   discussed  in  the  third   part  of 
this  paper. 

In  dyeing  yarns  in  the  hank  in  the  ordinary  dyeing 
be.k,  the  uniformity  of  the  dyed  shades  in  different  lots  is 
regulated  by  the  concentration  of  the  dye-bath,  the  tem- 
perature, and  the  time  of  the  immersion.  As  far  as  cotton- 
dyeing  is  concerned  the  volume  of  dye-bath  used  is  of 
comparatively  little  influence,  as  with  mordant-dyeing 
colours  the  maximum  quantity  of  dye  is  stechiometrically 
fixed  by  the  quantity  of  mordant  previously  fastened  upon 
the  fibre,  while  with  the  substantive  dyes  the  obtainable 
depth  of  shade  is  entirely  a'question  of  concentration,  tem- 
perature, and  time.  These  three  factors  are,  of  course,  of 
the  same  importance  in  cop-dyeing  as  in  every  other  branch 
of  dyeing.  The  maintenance  of  the  original  concentration 
of  the  dye-bath  requires  to  be  considered  in  the  con- 
struction of  cop-dyeing  machines  ouly  in  so  far  as  every 
precaution  ought  to  be  taken  to  prevent  any  alteration  of 
the  concentration  of  the  dye-bath  from  other  causes  than 
that  of  the  actual  dyeing  itself.  For  this  reason  it  must  be 
considered  a  great  mistake  to  heat  the  dye-bath  with  direct 
steam,  as  the  dilution  of  the  bath  in  this  manner  is  ex- 
ceedingly difficult  and  troublesome  to  compensate  for  and 
consequently  makes  it  almost  impossible  to  maintain  the 
standard  of  shade.  This  difficulty  can  generally  be  avoided 
by  heating  with  indirect  steam  through  coils.  Of  course 
the  concentration  of  the  dye-bath  can  also  he  altered  in  an 
opposite  manner,  i.e.,  through  evaporation,  but  provided  the 
temperature  of  the  dyeing-bath  always  to  be  kept  at  the 
same  point,  the  evaporated  quantities  of  water  for  equal 
intervals  of  time  will  remain  constant,  and  it  is  certainly 
much  easier  to  dilute  the  baths  than  to  restore  again  the 
higher  concentration  of  diluted  bath,  especially  if  the 
degree  of  dilution  attained  from  time  to  time  is  such  a  very- 
variable  quantity  as  in  the  case  we  have  been  considering. 
As  regards  the  immersion  of  the  cops  in  the  machine,  this  can 
be  either  performed  by  a  continuous  or  intermittent  process. 
In  the  first  case  the  dye-bath  circulates  through  the  cops 
during  the  whole  time  of  the  dyeing  operation,  and  the 
machine  ought  to  be  so  constructed  that,  the  operation 
can  be  interrupted  at  any  moment.  In  the  second  case, 
working  with  intermittent  immersion,  it  is  essential  that 
every  immersion  should  require  the  same  time.  In  both  cases, 
whether  the  immersion  be  continuous  or  intermittent,  is  it 
desirable  that  during  each  immersion  of  the  same  duration 
equal  volumes  of  the  dye-bath  should  circulate  through 
equal  weights  of  the  cops.  This  requirement  may  not  be 
of  such  eminent  importance  in  the  dyeing  of  cotton  cops, 
although  it  undoubtedly  very  materially  assists  in  the 
important  task  of  obtaining  all  consecutive  lots  of  standard 
shade.  But  so  soon  as  woollen  cops  have  to  he  dyed  this 
requirement  is  of  paramount  importance.  From  the  above 
we  deduct  the  two  further  principles. — 

III.  The  dye-bath  must  not  be  subject  to  dilution  through 
direct  steam. 

IV.  The  immersion  of  the  cops  can  be.  cither  continuous 
or  intermittent.  The  immersions  must  be  of  equal,  duration, 
and  the  volume  of  liquor  circulating  through  equal  weights 
of  cops  must  be  the  same  for  each  immersion. 

The  time  required  for  each  immersion  is  a  point  of  very 
great  interest  as  it  is  a  verv-  important  factor  in  determining 
the  working  capacity  of  a  cop-dyeing  machine.  All  the 
more  so  as  the  large  majority  of  these  machines  operate 
with  comparatively  very  small  quantities  of  cops  at  a  time. 
There  is,  up  to  the  present,  only  one  cop-dyeing  machine 
in  which  large  quantities  of  cops  arc  treated  in  each 
operation,  but  it  appears  that  the  results  obtained  are  far 
from  satisfactory  with  regard  to  quality.  The  difficultv  of 
obtaining  perfect  circulation  of  the  dye  bath  through  the 
cops  increases  very  considerably  with  the  quantity  of  cops 
dyed  in  each  operation,  and  in  ptoportion,  of  course,  in- 
creases  the  difficulty  of  dyeing  the  cops  even.  This 
observation  seems  to  have  been  made  by  everv  individual 
designer  or  inventor  of  cop-dyeing  apparatus,  as,  with  one 
exception,  all  operate  with  very  small  weights  of  cops  at  a 
time,  With  regard  to  the  possible  output  of  a  cop-dyeing 
machine  everything  depends  therefore  upon  the  time 
required   for  each   dyeing  operation,  and  this,  of    course, 


n.u.  1892.1        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


977 


varies  with  the  different  classes  of  dyes  employed. 
Generally  speaking  we  know  that  the  process  of  dyeing  with 
the  substantive  dyes  is  finished  as  soon  as  the  intercellular 
cavities  of  the  cotton  fibre  appear  to  be  filled  with  the 
colouring  matter,  and  it  is  evident  that  the  first  principle  we 
established  with  regard  to  cop-dyeing  machines,  demanding 
the  expulsion  of  the  air  from  the  cotton  fibre,  will  reduce 
to  a  minimum  the  time  required  for  this  dyeing  piocesSj 
which,  in  dyeing  in  the  open  beck,  requires  about  30 
minutes.  In  dyeing  mordant  colours  the  question  of  time 
required  is  chiefly  a  question  of  how  long  it  takes  to 
produce  upon  the  fibre  the  chemical  compound  of  dye  ami 
mordant,  i.e.,  the  colour-lake.  Hut  these  points  belong 
already  to  the  matter  of  cop-dyeing  proper,  and  will  be 
discussed  later  on.  In  certain  publications  attempts  have 
been  made  to  compare  the  merits  of  the  different  systems 
by  giving  the  quantities  of  cops  which  can  be  dyed  in  a 
working  day  in  the  various  machines.  At  the  present 
stage  of  cop-dyeing  machines  and  cop-dyeing  anything 
more  misleading  can  scarcely  be  imagined.  Cop-dyeing  at 
the  pros  lit  d.iy  is  eminently  a  question  of  quality  and 
let  of  quantity.  It  is  to-day  a  matter  of  absolute 
indifference  whether  a  machine  will  dye  500  or  3,000  pounds 
of  cops;  the  only  question  of  actual  importance  is  whether 
the  machine  will  dye  any  quantity  of  oops  dyed  in  suc- 
cession perfectly  even  and  without  injuring  the  build  of  the 
cop.  The  machine  that  will  do  this,  and,  at  the  same  time, 
can  be  applied  to  all  the  various  dyeing  processes  is  a 
perfect  machine. 

There  remains  only  one  more  point  to  be  mentioned  with 
regard  to  the  construction  of  cop-dyeing  machines,  but  one 
the  importance  of  which  cannot  be  exaggerated.  The  cops 
possess  a  certain  build  or  structure,  which  is  the  result  of 
the  particular  mechanical  winding  action  of  the  mule,  and 
upon  this  build  or  structure,  its  mathematical  regularity, 
depends  to  a  great  extent  the  behaviour  of  the  cops  in  the 
loom.  Every  alteration  in  this  normal  build  of  the  cops  is 
at  once  noticeable  in  the  weaving,  by  the  frequent  breaking 
of  the  thread,  and  the  unwinding  of  the  yarn  in  coils. 
This  makes  it  evident  that  all  cop-dyeing  machines  ought 
to  he  so  constructed  as  to  prevent  any  deleterious  mechani- 
cal interference  with  the  normal  build  of  the  cops.  Thus 
we  obtain  as  last  principle  : 

V.   Tim  unavoidable  .mechanical  influence  upon  the  cops 

lit/  lln-  circulation  of  the  dye-baths  through  them  ought  I" 
tic  nf  such  a  nature  ox  to  preclude  any  alterations  in  the 
shape  or  structure  of  the  cops. 

The  mechanical  action  to  which  the  cops  are  subject 
while  being  dyed  is  that  of  the  forced  circulation  of  the 
various  baths  employed  through  them,  so  that  with  regard 
to  principle  V  it  is  important  to  decide  which  mechanical 
influences,  incidental  to  forced  circulation,  are  liable  to 
injure  the  cop.     Iu   Fig.  1    I   give  the    section   of  a  cop. 


Fig 


In  causing  the  liquor  in  a  cop-dyeing  machine  to  circulate 
through  the  cops  in  the  manner  indicated  by  the  arrow  s, 
it  is  obvious  that  the  resistance  offered  by  them  to  the 
passage  of  the  liquors  will  cause  the  cops  to  bend  or  bulge 

in  the  manner  indicated  by  the  dotted  lines.     Such  i - 

siiled  pressure  will  have  a  most  deleterious  action  upon  the 
build  of  the  cops.  The  only  rational  way  to  avoid  this  oi'.e- 
sided  pressure  is  to  arrange  the  circulation  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  circulation  radiates  in  a  right  angle  to  the  core  of 
the  cops  either  to  or  from  the  centre  of  the  cops  (Fig.  i  i. 
The  cop  then  suffers  a  slight  compression,  or  expansion 
respectively,  but  no  disturbance  in  the  build  is  caused 
thereby,  owing  to  a  compression  or  expansion  in  one  direc- 
tion being  exactly  counterbalanced  through  an  exactly 
similar  action  in  the  npposite  direction. 


•m> — > 


#  I  N 


II. — The  Cop-Dyeing  Machines  or  the  Present. 

It  might  be  interesting  to  critically  examine  some  of  the 
most  important  cop-dyeing  machines  from  the  point  of  view 
of  the  principles  we  have  just  laid  down.  In  doin<*  this  w? 
shall,  perhaps,  not  arrive  at  a  certain  conclusion  as  to  which 
of  the  cop-dyeing  machines  of  the  present  is  the  best,  but 
there  will  not  be  much  difficulty  in  finding  out  which  of  those 
machines  answer  all  the  requirements  contained  in  our  four 
principles.  I  am  fully  aware,  that  in  attempting  in  this 
manner  a  sort  of  criticism  of  the  existing  cop-dyeing 
machines,  I  am  undertaking  a  not  altogether  pleasant  task, 
as  on  the  face  of  it  there  is  no  doubt  whatever  that  only  a 
small  minority  of  these  machines  will  survive  the  experi- 
mental stage  ;  the  rest  are  doomed  to  oblivion.   Considering 

Fig.  3. 


that  cop-dyeing  is  as  yet  surrounded  by  a  halo  of  deep 
mystery,  chiefly  for  reasons  best  known  to  the  cop-dyers 
themselves,  an  impartial  discussion  of  the  features,  merits, 
and  failings  of  the  various  cop-dyeing  machines  can  iu  the 
end  only  serve  to  promote  the  cause  of  cop-dyeing. 

I  propose  to  discuss  the  various  machines  in  the  order  in 
which  application  for  letters  patent  has  been  made  for  them. 
Onermaier's  machine  heads  the  list.  The  construction  of  this 
machine  (Eng.  Pat.  2181,  April  30,  1883)  is  shown  in  Fig.  3. 
The  space  M  between  the  two  perforated  cylindrical  vessels 
T>  and  C  is  uniformly  and  densely  packed  with  the  material 
to  be  dyed,  any  hollow  spaces  caused  by  the  irrregular  shape 
of  the  cops  or  bobbins  are  filled   with  loose  textile  material. 


978 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


In  order  to  keep  these  materials  in  their  position,  the  piston 
cover  E  is  screwed  down  upon  them.  By  means  of  the  rotary 
pump  G  the  dye-bath  is  then  forced  into  t lie  cylinder  ('  from 
where  it  penetrates  through  the  textile  material  contained  in 
space  M,  and  subsequently  flows  through  the  perforations 
of  the  vessel  R  in  the  collecting  vessel  A,  from  where  it 
again  enters  into  circulation. 

From  this  short  description  of  the  working  of  Obermaiers 
machine,  we  learn  in  the  first  instance,  that  the  impregnation 
of  the  textile  material  is  not  performed  in  vacuo,  hut 
simply  by  means  of  a  force  pump.  The  perfect  displace- 
ment of  the  air,  especially  of  that  part  of  it  contained  in  the 
cotton  fibre  itself,  will  therefore  occupy  considerably  more 
time,  than  if  working  in  vacuo  had  been  preferred.  This 
disadvantage  is  of  course  much  more  noticeable  in  working 
with  cold  baths  than  it  is  with  hot  baths.  It  is  probable  there- 
fore that  the  mordanting  of  textile  materials  in  this  machine, 
with  cold  baths  (alumina,  chrome,  and  iron  mordants)  will 
offer  very  considerable  difficulties  as  regards  thoroughness 
and  evenness  of  impregnation.  The  possibility  of  the  perfect 
impregnation  of  the  textile  material  will  also  depend  very 
essentially  upon  the  care  with  which  the  machine  has  been 
charged,  otherwise  principle  II.  cannot  be  complied  with, 
and  the  circulation  will  differ  in  intensity  in  various  parts 
and  sections,  rendering  thus  the  observation  of  principle 
IV.  impossible.  The  observation  of  our  principle  III. 
offers  no  difficulty  in  this  machine.  The  fact  however  that 
iu  this  machine  the  cops  to  he  dyed  are  subjected  to  not 
inconsiderable  lateral  mechanical  pressure  through  the 
piston  cover  E  is  a  very  serious  drawback.  The  great 
sensitiveness  of  cops  against  lateral  or  axial  pressure,  makes 
it  almost  impossible  to  guard  the  cops  in  this  machine 
against  detrimental  or  structural  alterations,  this  all  the  more 
so,  as  after  the  dyeing  operation,  the  vessel  R  C  containing 
the  cops  is  hydro-extracted  on  a  centrifugal  machine,  in 
order  to  get  rid  of  the  superfluous  dye-liquor  retained  by 
the  textile  material,  which  in  this  process  will  be  pressed 
towards  the  outer  wall  of  the  vessel.  I  have  no  doubt 
that,  in  the  dyeing  of  loose  and  partly  manufactured  fibres 


and  yarns  in  the  hank,  Obermaier's  machine  gives  very 
good  results,  but  for  cop-dyeing  it  is,  to  say  the  least,  of 
minor  importance  only. 

Graeniiger's  machine  (Eng.  Pat.  11,J97,  August  2:!,  1887) 
has  been  constructed  as  a  cop-dyeing  machine  essentially. 
The  cops  are  put  upon  hollow  perforated  skewers  which  arc- 
then  fixed  upon  the  perforations  of  a  conical  or  cylindrical 
drum  (Fig.  ^)   which  revolves  air-tight  round  a  similarly 


shaped  receptacle.  The  latter  is  divided  into  chambers  which 
are  connected  respectively  with  a  pump  and  an  exhauster, 
the  former  in  the  first  phase  of  the  revolution  drawing  the  dye- 
bath  through  the  cops,  the  latter  in  the  second  phase  of  the 
revolution  drawing  air  through  the  cops,  iu  order  to  remove 
the   excess    of    dye-liquor.     The   impregnation    of  the    cop 


Fig 


Dec.3i,i892J         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


979 


with  the  dye-liquor  and  the  circulation  of  the  latter  through 
the  cops,  is  performed  in  this  machine  by  means  of  the 
above-mentioned  pump,  which  here  lias  upou  the  cops  the 
same  effect  as  a  slight  vacuum,  and  as  far  as  this  is  con- 
cerned, the  machine  ought  to  work  very  well. 

Unfortunately  it  possesses  a  very  weak  point,  which 
consists  in  those  two  concentrically  arranged  drums  of  which 
the  outer  one  is  supposed  to  turn  air-  tight  upon  the  inner 
one.  As  long  as  the  gliding  surfaces  of  these  two  drums 
have  not  suffered  from  corrosion,  their  air-  and  liquor-tight 
lit  can  easily  he  ensured  6nd  the  machine  will  work  satis- 
factorily :  but  as  soon  as  through  the  unavoidable  friction 
these  drums  and  chambers  lose  their  air-tight  fit  the  working 
of  the  machine  necessarily  becomes  deficient.  This 
corrosion  very  quickly  becomes  noticeable,  especially  if 
mordant  baths  be  employed.  Hot  baths  of  tannic  acid, 
baths  of  acetate  a::d  sulphate  of  alumina  and  alkaline 
solutions  of  alumina  and  chromium  peroxide,  and  in  a  lesser 
degree,  all  dye-baths  arc  sure  to  cause  this  corrosion,  and 
the  progress  of  this  corrosion  is  greatly  assisted  by  the 
friction  between  the  working  parts.  The  circulation  of  the 
dye-liquor  under  these  circumstances  is  bound  to  become 
deficient  and  irregular,  and  the  contamination  of  the  baths 
by  the  products  of  the  corrosion  must  also  have  a  very 
deleterious  influence  upon  many  of  the  shades  dyed.  In 
a  later  patent  (Graemiger,  Whitehead,  Mason  and  Leigh) 
this  drawback  has  been  somewhat  minimised  by  a  reduction 
of  the  total  area  of  the  gliding  surfaces,  but  it  still  forms  a 
very  weak  part  oft  his  machine,  upon  the  construction  of  which 
a  very  great  amount  of  ingenuity  and  skill  has  been  brought 
to  hear.  If  the  inventors  should  not  succeed  in  remedying 
the  above  fault  radically,  there  is  very  little  prospect  of  this 
machine  ever  becoming  of  any  importance. 

.Mason  and  Whitehead's   cop-dyeing  machine  (Eng.  Pat. 
14,019.  Sept.  29,  1H8H)   consists  o'f  the  dye  bath  r  (Fig.  5) 
placed   under  the   rectangular  frame  n\  which  carries   the 
cylinder   r,    which   is   connected    with   the   pump  f,   and 
tiie  vacuum  cylinder  h.     <  In  the  lower  end  of  this  cylinder 
a  stuffing  box  b.,  is   arranged  in   which   the  tube  m,  moves 
vertically.     The   lower   end    of  this   tube    carries  the   cop 
plate  a,  which  consists  of   the   chamber  a'  and   the  plate 
a.     The  latter  is  perforated   and   in  the  holes  are   placed 
the  cops  which  have  been  put  on  hollow  perforated  skewers. 
By  means  of  the  cogs  c.  the  cop   plate  may  be  immersed 
into    the    dye-bath    v,  or    be    withdrawn    from    it.     If   the 
cop  plate  has    been  immersed  in  the  bath,   the  former  is 
connected   with   the   pump   a3,   by   opening    the   valve   p. 
I'he   dye-liquor   then    circulates   through    the   cops,  passes 
into  the   chamber  a,,   rises  into   the   tube   <f:i,   and    travels 
through  c  and  <l  to    the   pump  /.  from   where   it  returns  to 
the  dye-bath   through  the  pipe  v.     If  the   cops  are   dyed 
the  cop  plate  is  raised  above  the  surface  of  the  dye-hath, 
valve    />    is    closed,   and    valve   s    opened,  thus    connecting 
the   cop  plate  with   the  vacuum  cylinder   h.   whereby   the 
superfluous    dye-liquor    is    removed    from    the   cops.     In 
order    to    expel     the    air    from    the     cops    previous    to 
their  impregnation  with  the  dye-bath,  a  hood  with  valves, 
through  which  afterwards  the  dye-liquor  is  admitted,  can  be 
placed  over  the   cop  plate.      From   this  description  we   see 
that  the  apparatus  is  fairly  well  in   accordance  with  all   our 
principles,  hut,   at  the  same  time,  it    must  be  said   that  the 
construction  of  the  machine   is  exceedingly  clumsy  and   a 
very  cumbersome  appliance  for  practical  working. 

due  of  the  most  interesting  cop-dyeing  machines  of  the 
present  as  regards  its  manner  of  working,  is  Mommer's 
machine  (Eng.  Put.  276:f,  Feb.  20,  1890).  This  machine  is 
not  constructed  upon  principles  which  would  be  applicable  to 
the  treatment  of  individual  cons,  as  is  the  case  with  all  those 
machines  working  with  the  cops  fixed  in  hollow  perforated 
skewers.  In  this  machine,  which  is  in  this  respect  identical 
with  ( Ihcrmaier's,  an  attempt  has  been  made  to  form  as  it 
were  a  solid  block  of  cops  offering  in  all  its  parts  the  same 
resistance  to  the  dye-liquor  penetrating  into  and  circulating 
through  it.  The  machine  (Fig.  6)  consists  of  the  dye-vat  A, 
the  box  (t  in  which  the  "  cop  block  "  />  is  inserted  and  the 
pump  E.  These  three  parts  arc  connected  with  each  other  by 
means  of  the  pipes  B  B',  D  D',  and  F.  The  circulation  of 
the  dye-liquor  through  these  pipes  and  subsequently  through 
the  cops  can  be  reversed  by  means  of  the  valves  C  C.     The 


Fig.  0. 


cops  are  put  on  solid  skewers  and  then  inserted  into  rect- 
angular wooden  frames  in  the  manner  shown  in  Fig.  7,  each 


Fig.  7. 


yyyyyyyyyyyyt 


yWvwWWvV 


/U^UvJvAtUv-AaAA^ 


frame  thus  forming  a  screen  or  diaphragm  of  cops.  A 
number  of  these  frames  are  inserted  face  to  face  into  the 
box  a.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  circulation  of  the  dye- 
liquor  through  such  a  cop  block  proceeds  in  the  horizontal 
line,  penetrating  all  cops  from  one  side  and  passing  through 
them  in  a  right  angle  to  their  cores,  while  in  till  other  systems, 
except  Obermaier's,  the  circulation  radiates  to  or  from  the 
core  of  the  cops.  Mommer's  machine  is  therefore  the  only 
one  working  with  solid  skewers,  all  other  machines,  as  long 
as  they  emplov  any  skewers  at  all,  use  them  hollow  and 
perforated. 

This  machine  does  not  work  with  a  vacuum  as  our  prin- 
ciple I.  demands,  but  this  in  itself  will  uor  prevent  the 
perfect  impregnation  of  the  cops,  although  it  will  make  the 
process  rather  a  slow  one.  There  is  no  dcubt,  however,  that 
the  circulation  of  the  dye-bath  (principle  II.)  through  the 
cops  in  Mommer's  machine  is  very  unsatisfactory.  It  is 
unquestionable  that  the  dye-bath  will  penetrate  the  cop  block 
in  the  machine,  but  it  is  utterly  impossible  for  the  amount 
of  circulation  to  be  the  same  in  every  part  of  the  block. 
This  being  admitted,  it  necessarily  follows  that  many  of  the 
cops  will  he  unevenly  died.  Such  an  irregular  circulation 
will  be  caused  in  Mommer's  machine  by  the  solid  skewers 
upon  which  the  cops  are  fixed,  and  the  effect  of  which  upon 
the  circulation  will  be  readily  understood  by  anyone 
acquainted  with  the  laws  regulating  the  forced  circulation  of 
liquids  through  cops.  In  Fig.  7  is  shown  a  diagram  illus- 
trating the  circulation  of  the  dye-bath  through  the  cops  in 
Mommer's  machine.  In  the  diagram  a  x  b  y  is  the  section 
of  a    cop,  c   the  corresponding   section  of  the  solid   skewer. 


930 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE    SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Dec.  31,1892. 


The  circulation  of  the  dyebath  through  the  cop  is  supposed 
to  proceed  iu  the  direction  indicated  bv  the  arrow,  i.e.,  from 
the  left  to  the  right.     The  zones  a  a'  a-  and  h  61  /<-'  then 

Fie.  8. 


indicate  those  parts  of  the  cop  in  which  the  circulation 
proceeds  under  normal  conditions.  In  the  zone  x  c  the  circu- 
lation proceeds  much  slower  owing  to  the  diversion  of  the 
liipiid  on  the  skewer  and  for  the  same  reason  no  circulation 
whatever  is  possible  in  the  zone  1/  c  anil  the  impregnation 
of  this  part  of  the  cop  is  merely  due  to  capillary  action. 
Prompted,  perhaps,  by  a  knowledge  of  this  fact  the  inventor 
of  this  machine  provided  for  the  reversion  of  the  circulation. 
But,  as  will  be  easily  seen,  this  reversion  will  only  have  the 
effect  of  eliminating  the  difference  between  zones  x  c  and 
1/  c,  but  will  only  increase  the  difference  between  zone  x  c  1/ 
on  the  one  hand  and  zones  a  dl  a-  and  b  //  b"  on  the  other 
hand.  It  is  probable  that  as  long  as  only  light  shades  are 
dyed  these  differences  are  rather  insignificant,  but  in  the 
dyeing  of  medium  and  dark  shades  unevenness  is  sure  to 
result.  Also  the  fact  that  in  this  machine  the  dye-liquors 
arc  forced  through  a  number  of  cop  diaphragms  of  very 
considerable  depth  or  thickness  does  not  very  well  agree 
with  our  principle  II.,  as  to  the  high  importance  of  which 
scarcely  any  doubt  can  exist.  I  mentioned  before  that  of 
all  the  mechanical  actions  deleterious  to  the  build  of  the 
cops,  none  is  more  dangerous  than  lateral  unbalanced  ;  res- 
sure,  and  considering  that  in  Mommer's  machine  the  cops 
are  during  the  whole  of  the  time  exposed  to  very  con- 
siderable  pressure  from   one  side  only  at   a  time,  this  looks 


anything  but  hopeful  with  regard  to  principle  V.  The 
above  mentioned  difficulties  and  doubts  ace  probably  least 
noticeable  when  dyeing  with  the  substantive  dyes,  but  they 
will  certainly  almost  entirely  prevent  the  dyeing  of  mcrdent 
colours  in  this  machine. 

Surprising  simplicity  is  the  most  striking  feature  of  Crippiu 
and  Young's  machine  (Eng.  Pat.  1 1S7,  Jan.  22, 1890), "which 
consists  mainly  of  the  dye-vat  a,  the  cop  chamber  li  and 
the  receivers  0  and/ (Fig.  8).  The  cops  are  put  on  hollow 
perforated  skewers,  which  are  then  inserted  into  corre- 
sponding holes  in  the  cop  plate.  The  cop  plate  is  then 
transferred  into  the  cop  chamber.  The  latter  by  means  of 
pipes  is  connected  with  the  vacuum  cylinders  or  receivers 
b  and/,  and  by  simply  pushing  a  lever  acting  upon  a  steam 
jet  exhauster,  a  vacuum  is  created  in  b,  drawing  the  dye 
liquor  from  vat  a  into  the  cop  chamber,  through  the  cops 
and  into  receiver  6.  Pulling  the  lever  back  into  its  normal 
position  at  once  interrupts  the  circulation,  and  the  dye- 
liquor  returns  from  the  receiver  b  automatically  into  the 
vat.  Another  movement  of  the  lever  produces  the  vacuum 
in/ which  now.  extracts  from  the  cops  all  the  superfluous 
dye  liquor,  which  is  subsequently  also  again  discharged 
into  the  bath.  The  waste  steam  from  the  exhauster  passes 
through  a  coil  in  the  vat  a,  heating  the  dye  liquor.  Iiy  an 
improvement  in  this  arrangement  (Eng.  Pat.  4028,  March  19, 
1891)  it  is  possible  to  let  the  dye  bath  circulate  from  the 
outside  to  the  inside  of  the  cops  or  vice  versd. 

With  regard  to  the  construction  of  this  machine  it  will 
be  noticed  that  it  contains  no  moving  parts  whatever  and 
especially  none  that  would  move  in  contact  with  the  dye- 
liquor.  The  importance  of  this  advantage,  as  compared 
with  the  arrangements  in  Graemiger's,  Mason's,  and 
Whitehead's  and  Mommer's  machine  cannot  be  overrated. 
By  this  total  absence  of  moving  parts  the  wear  and  tear  of 
the  machine,  and  consequently  repairs  of  it  are  reduced  to 
insignificance.  The  machine  further  allows  a  continuous 
control  of  the  actual  amount  of  circulation  of  dye-liquor 
through  the  cops,  wdiich  in  a  high  degree  assists  in 
obtaining  identical  shades  in  consecutive  operations.  The 
machine  works  with  a  vacuum  of  from  12  to  15  pounds, 
and  it  will  be  easily  understood,  that  this  will  induce  a 
most  energetic  eireuHtion,  which  as  a  matter  of  tact 
amounts  to  nearly  a  gallon  of  dye-liquor   per   cop,  and    per 


Fig.  9. 


Fig.  10. 


Dec.  si.  1892.]       THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTBT. 


981 


minute.  In  the  presence  of  such  an  energetic  circulation 
the  existence  of  hard  and  soft  places  in  the  cops  is  no 
longer  able  to  exert  any  influence  upon  the  evenness  of 
dyeing,  so  that  this  difficulty  has  uo  practical  existence  in 
this  machine.  The  capacity  of  this  machine  with  regard  to 
the  output  of  dyed  cops  i-  considerably  less  than  in 
Obermaier's  and  Mommer's  machines,  and  about  the  saun- 
as in  Graemiger's  maehiue,  hut  in  its  rational  construction, 
universal  applicability  to  all  dyeing  processes,  safety  and 
simplicity  of  working,  Crippin  and  Young's  machine  stands 
far  ahead  of  all  others. 

In  A.  and  M.  Koblenzer's  machine  (Ger.  Pat.  55,787, 
March  26,  1890)  the  cops  arc  fixed  upon  a  sort  of  filter-pl  ites 
lih  which  are  then  placed  in  the  chamber  or  cylinder  a 
I  Fig.  HI).  The  cops  are  then  first  treated  with  steam,  by 
means  of  the  perforated  steam  coil  d  and  subsequently  the 
dye-bath  contained  in  the  reservoir  e  is  forced  into  the 
cylinder  a  by  means  of  steam  pressure.  The  cops  are  thus 
simultaneously  treated  with  a  current  of  steam  from  below 
and  the  spray  of  dye-liquor  from  above,  the  dye-liquor 
gradually  running  to  all  the  filter-plates  carrying  the  cups. 
Any  excess  of  dye-liquor  eventually  leaves  the  cylinder 
through  the  pipe  K.  It  is  certainly  not  easy  to  understand 
thia  peculiar  dyeing  process,  and  the  manner  in  which 
anything  like  an  efficient  circulation  of  the  dye-liquor 
through  the  cops  is  obtained.  Neither  of  our  principles 
bearing  on  this  point  is  applicable  to  the  machine,  and  if  it 
is  at  all  possible  to  dye  cops  satisfactorily  in  this  machine, 
it  is  certain  that  this  can  only  be  achieved  with  the 
substantive  dye-:.  To  dye  basic  or  acid  mordant  dyes, 
indigo  or  aniline  black  in  this  machine  is  an  utter 
impossibility.  I  have  seen  a  number  id'  cops  dyed  in  this 
machine  with  substantive  dyes,  but  the  surprising  softness 
of  these  cops,  although  perhaps  accounting  for  the  evenness 
of  the  dye  throughout  the  cops,  is  not  very  promising 
with  regard  to  the  result  of  the  subsequent  use  of  these 
cops  in  the  loom. 

P.  Kornfeld's  machine  (Ger.  Pat.  56,369,  July  17, 1890) 
avoids  the  use  of  skewers  altogether.  Each  cop  is  inserted  in 
a  tubular  ease  H  (Fig.  10),  iu  which  little  projecting  plates 
are  provided  ill  order  to  compel  the  dye-liquors  to  penetrate 

Fig.  11. 


into  the  cops.  The  apparatus  may  be  useful  for  ex- 
periments ou  a  laboratory  scale,  but  is  quite  useless  for 
practical  cop-dyeing,  owing  not  only  to  its  output  beiDg 
infinitesimally  small,  but  also  to  its  management  being  trouble- 
some in  the  extreme.  A  great  deal  of  injury  must  be  done  to 
the  cops  by  the  projecting  resistance  plates.  Herzfeld  and 
Stommel's  machine  (D  P.  A.  11,325)  is  very  much  like 
Kornfeld's  machine,  but  those  dangerous  resistance  plates 
are  avoided.  But  the  use  of  this  machine  on  a  large  scale 
is  quite  as  hopeless  as  that  of  Kornfeld's  machine. 

Although  there  is  quite  a  number  of  other  patents  for 
cop-dyeing  machines  in  existence,  it  would  be  needless  to 
occupy  space  with  their  description,  as  they  offer  no 
essentially  novel  points  for  our  consideration. 

Trorn  the  above  we  necessarily  come  to  the  conclusion 
that  only  very  few  of  the  numerous  cop-dyeing  machines 
have  before  them  any  prospect  of  success  as  soon  as  they 
are  used  to  dye  other  than  the  substantive  dyes.  And  it 
must  not  be  forgotten  that  the  substantive  dyes  answer  the 


actual  purpose  of  cop-dyeing  very  badly,  the  great  majority 
of  them  "  bleeding  "  so  excessively  that  in  many  eases  cops 
dyed  with  these  colours  can  not  be  used  together  with 
cotton,  wool,  or  silk  in  the  grey  or  bleached  state,  or  dyed 
in  light  shades.  Cop-dyeing  will  never  become  of  any 
importance  unless  it  is  able  to  work  with  all  the  mordant 
dyeing  colours,  including  tlie  alizarin  dyes,  and  also  indigo 
and  aniline  black.  But  all  these  dyes  are  a  very  much 
severer  test  on  the  efficiency  of  a  cop-dyeing  machine  than 
the  substantive  dyes. 

I  have  remarked  before  that,  the  question  of  the  capa- 
bility of  production  or  the  output  of  the  various  cop-dyeing 
machines  is  rather  premature.  It  has  been  stated  tliat  in 
lo  hours  Crippin  and  Young's  machine  will  dye  25,000, 
Graemiger's  80,000,  and  Mommer's  machine  360,000  pin- 
cops,  but  at  the  present  stage  of  cop-dyeing  this  statement 
is  useless  for  the  purpose  of  weighing  the  intrinsic  merits  of 
one  machine  against  those  of  the  other,  and  can  only  serve 
to  grossly  deceive  the  uninitiated.  Those  figures  are  rendered 
still  more  valueless,  owing  to  the  cost  of  working  of  the 
different  machines  not  being  known  ;  and  in  view  of  the 
almost  absurd  secrecy  observed  by  the  cop-dyers,  there  is 
little  prospect  of  these  data  being  obtainable  in  the  near 
future. 


III. — The  Practice  of  Cop-Dyeing, 

The  methods  employed  in  the  dyeing  of  cotton  depend 
upon  the  chemical  nature  of  the  colours  employed,  and  can 
accordingly  be  divided  into  three  classes  :  — 

A.  Direct  dying  (substantive)  colouring  matters  ; 

B.  Mordant  dyeing  (adjective)  colouring  matters  ; 

(a. )   Acid  dyes  ; 
(&.)  Basic  dyes ; 

C.  Pigment  colours. 


A. — Direct  Dyeiny  (Substantive)  Colouring  Matters. 

The  application  of  the  direct  dyeing  benzidine  and  dia- 
mine dyes  in  cotton  -dyeing  is  so  very  simple  that  these 
products  appear  particularly  well  suited  to  cop-dyeing.  As 
all  these  dyes  are  dyed  in  one  bath  there  is  also  one  machine 
only  required  to  dye  them  on  cops,  while  all  other  dves 
require  two  or  more  baths,  anil,  consequently,  as  many  cop- 
dyeiDg  machines,  thus  considerably  reducing  the  output  of 
ready  dyed  cops  per  machine.  Unfortunately,  the  fastness 
of  the  substantive  dyes  against  washing  and  milling  is 
almost  without  exception  so  unsatisfactory  that  their  appli- 
cation on  cops  is  comparatively  very  limited. 

The  chemical  reasons,  if  there  are  any  at  all,  for  the 
affinity  of  these  dyes  to  the  cotton  fibre  are  unknown  at 
present.  It  is  well  known  that  the  cotton  takes  up  these 
dyes  from  the  dye-bath  at  or  near  boiling  temperature,  but 
this  absorption  arrives  at  a  standstill  long  before  the  dye- 
bath  is  exhausted.  It  may  even  be  found  with  certain  dyes 
that  prolonged  boiling  causes  the  cotton  to  again  lose  part  of 
the  dye  which  it  previously  absorbed.  For  the  production  of  a 
certain  shade  with  these  dyes  a  knowledge  of  the  percentage 
of  colouring  matter  is  utterly  insufficient,  the  final  result 
depending  quite  as  much  upon  the  corcentration  of  the 
dye-bath,  its  temperature,  and  the  time  allowed  for  dyeing. 
We  find,  therefore,  that  a  bath  made  up  from  3  lb.  of  dye 
and  50  gallons  of  water  produces  a  much  stronger  shade 
than  a  bath  made  up  from  3  lb.  of  dye  and  100  gallons  of  water. 
This  important  fact  is  not  of  the  same  consequence  in 
yarn  and  piece-dyeing,  where  it  is  comparatively  easy  to  dye 
up  to  sample  either  by  adding  more  of  the  dye  to  the  baths, 
or  interrupting  the  process  as  soon  as  the  desired  shade  is 
obtained.  In  cop-dyeing  this  is  not  practicable,  even  in 
the  machines  of  Graeniiger  and  Mommer,  which  operate 
with  comparatively  large  quantities  of  cops  at  a  time.  The 
reason  of  this  is  that  during  the  dyeing  operation  the  cops 
are  practically  beyond  the  control  of  the  dyer,  and,  further, 
that  dyeing  is  done  in  these  machines  iu  only  a  minute 
fraction  of  the  time  which  it  requires  iu  the  open  bath,  so 
that  before  any  alteration  of  the  bath  could  be  made  the 
cops  arc  already  finished.     If,  on  the  other  hand,  such  weak 


9S2 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.       [Bee.  31, 1m. 


dye-baths  were  employed  that  the  production  of  the  attain- 
able shade  would  require  as  much  time  as  has  to  be  allowed 
in    the    open    beck,    namely,  from   20    to  fiO    minutes,    the 
output  of  all  cop-dyeing  machines  would  be  so  small  as  to 
render  the  process  commercially   impossible.     It  is,  there- 
fore, necessary  to  employ  dye-baths  of  such  concentration 
and  temperature  that  the   desired  shade  is  obtained  in  the 
minimum  of  time.     The  latter  is.  as  1  showed  in  the  second 
part  of  this  paper,  determined  by  the  construction  of  the 
machine,  and'  is  identical  with  the  duration  of  each  immer- 
sion, which    is   six    minutes    in    Momnier's   machine,    two 
minutes   in    Graemiger's    machine,  and  half  a   minute   in 
Crippin  ami  Young's  machine.     <  hving  to  the  extraordinary 
shortness  of  each  immersion   in   the   last-named  machine, 
generally  four  immersions  are  given  to  complete  the  dyeing 
process,  which  therefore   requires  two  minutes  altogether. 
The  fact  that  in  Crippin  and  Young's  machine  dyeing  isdone, 
so  to  speak,  in  a  number  of  very  small  instalments  is  of  very 
<rreat  importance.     The  dyeing  process  can  be  interrupted,  if 
required,  in  one-twelfth  of  the   lime  from  Mommer's,  and 
one-fourth  of  the   time    from  Graemiger's   machine,  thus 
depriving     cop-dyeing    almost    entirely    of    its    awkward 
mechanical  rigidity,  which  in  many  cases  places  the  dyer  in 
a  rather  helpless   position.      It  is  further  worth  mentioning 
that  the   depth   of  shade    obtained   with   the    same  hath  in 
different   machines   varies  not  inconsiderably,  and  will  he 
found  lightest  in  Mommer's  machine,  darker  in  Graemiger's, 
and   still   fuller   in    Crippin   and   Young's    machine.      An 
advantage  of   one    machine  against   the  other   cannot    be 
inferred  from  this  fact,  as  proportionally  stronger  dye-baths 
will  remove  any  differences  of  this  description,  although  1 
might   perhaps    mention   that    the    cops,   when    they    are 
removed  from   the   machines    after    dyeing,   contain  about 
70  per   cent,   of  their  dry    weight  of   dye-liquor,  and   the 
proportion  of  free  or   uncombined  dye   contained   in    this 
liquor  of  course  increases  in   proportion  with  the  strength 
of  the  dye-bath,  and,  if  not  washed  out,  causes  the  yarns  to 
bleed  excessively  ;  if  washed  out  it  represents  a  not  incon- 
siderable loss  of  dyestnff.     It  is,  therefore,  desirable  to  dye 
each  shade  in  as  weak  a  dye-bath  as  possible,  whereby  also 
very  much  clearer  and  brighter  shades  are  obtained. 

In  each  operation  we  abstract  from  the  bath  a  certain 
quantity  of  dye  which  has  become  fixed  upon  the  cotton,  and 
a  further  quantity  of  dye  contained  iu  the  70  per  cent,  ot 
dye-bath  which  is  mechanically  retained  by  the  cops.  In 
other  words,  in  the  process  of  dyeing  we  reduce  the 
concentration  of  the  dye-hath  as  far  as  the  percentage  of  dye 
it  contains  is  concerned,  and  at  the  same  time  we  reduce  the 
volume  of  the  dye-bath,  containing  all  its  constituents,  in 
proportion  to  the  quantity  of  it  mechanically  retained  by  the 
cops.  A  further  alteration  of  the  concentration  of  the  dye- 
bath  is  caused  either  by  evaporation  or -condensation  of 
steam.  The  former  is  always  the  cr-.se  in  Graemiger's  and 
Crippin's  machines ;  the  latter  is  a  particularly  disagreeable 
feature  of  Kohlenzer's  machine.  It  is  evident  that  in  order 
to  obtain  all  the  lots  dyed  in  succession,  of  the  same  shade, 
we  must  always,  before  starting  the  treatment  of  a  new  lot, 
bring  the  dye-bath  to  its  original  volume  and  concentration. 
The  restoration  of  the  volume  is  very  simple  in  all  those 
machines  in  which  the  volume  decreases  during  the  dyeing 
operation.  If  how  ever,  as  in  Kohlenzer's  machine,  the  volume 
of  the  dye-hath  is  increased,  we  can  only  bring  it  to  its  old 
concentration  by  adding  to  it  fresh  quantities  of  the  dye  and 
other  constituents.  The  quantities  i"  he  added  are,  however, 
very  difficult,  to  calculate,  and,  moreover,  the  dye-hath  is 
constantly  increasing  in  bulk.  For  this  I  consider  dilution 
of  the  dye-bath  in  working  one  of  the  greatest  drawbacks 
a  cop-dyeing  machine  can  possess,  as  it  introduces  in  its 
working  an  element  of  great  variability  and  difficulty. 

For  the  restoration  of  the  concentration  and  of  the  dye- 
hath  the  following  data  are  employed:  — 

1.  The  strength  of  the  shade  dyed,  or  percentage  of 
dyeing  ;  this  factor  is  best  experimentally  established  for 
every  shade. 

2.  The  quantity  of  dye-hath  mechanically  retained  by  the 
cops. 

3.  The  evaporation  taking  place  at  a  fixed  temperature  in 
dyeing     given  weight  of  cops. 


The  use  of  these  data  is  best  shown  by  giving  an  example 
which  might  be  directly  applied  to  Graemiger's,  Crippin 
and  Yonng's  or  Mommer's  machines : 

i  Iriginal  dye-bath :  1  lb.  Benzopurpurine. 
4  „  Soap. 
4  „  Soda  crystals. 
100  gallons  ol  water. 
Dyed  i  100  Hi.  of  cops,  2  p.e.  shade. 

Loss  of  dye-bath  2  lb. Benzopurpurine. 

Dye-bath       me--  ,70  lb.  Water. 

chunk-ally    re-}   ;,m    |D.    con-   \-  „  4.5  oz.  Benzopurpurine 
taincd  by  thef       taudng-      -  1  —   „  4*5  oz.  Soap, 
cops      -  -'  ^—  „  4*5  oz.  Soda  crystals. 

Loss  of  water  through  evaporation  :    :::I0  lb,  of  water. 
Total  loss  per  100  lb.  of  cops :         too  lb.  of  water. 

2  .,  4*5  oz.  Benzopurpurine, 
4*5  oz.  Soap. 
4*5  oz.  Soda  crystals. 

From  this  it  follows  that  for  every  pound  of  cops  dyed 
per  operation,  we  have  to  add  to  the  dye-hath  a  mother-hath 
consisting  of — 

4  lb.  of  water. 

0*045  oz.  Benzopurpurine. 

0'0*5  oz-Soap. 

0*045  oz.  Soda  crystals. 

There  is  a  slight  error  in  this  calculation,  owing  to  the 
neglect  of  the  specific  gravity  of  the  dye-hath.  This  error 
is  so  small  that  it  is  not  worth  considering,  although  there 
is  no  difficulty  in  eliminating  it. 

This  question  of  replenishing  the  baths  becomes  much 
more  complicated  if  the  dye  bath  contains  more  than  one 
of  the  substantive  dyes,  because  they  are  not  taken  up  by 
the  cotton  in  the  same  proportions  in  which  they  are 
present  iu  the  hath.  At  first  sight  this  difficulty  appears  so 
great  that  the  dyeing  of  mixed  shades  on  cops  has  been 
pronounced  altogether  impossible.  If  not  altogether  im- 
possible, it  certainly  will  offer  enormous  difficulties  in 
machines  of  the  type  of  Mommer's,  where  large  quantities 
of  cops  are  treated  simultaneously,  and  when- the  cops  are 
not  at  any  time  at  the  same  stage  of  impregnation.  This 
difficulty  does  not  exist  in  Graemiger's  or  Crippin  and 
Young's  machines.  The  best  way  to  arrive  at  the  respec- 
tive proportions  of  the  mixed  dyes  taken  up  by  the  cotton 
is  to  compare  the  baths  before  and  after  dyeing  colori- 
metrically.  The  results  of  this  test,  together  with  the 
total  percentage  of  dye  put  on  the  cotton,  enable  us  to 
calculate  the  necessary  composition  of  the  replenishing  or 
mother  bath. 

I  have  recommended  above  the  use  of  the  colorimeter  for 
baths  containing  more  than  one  colour,  and  I  may  say  that 
such  an  instrument  will  often  he  found  of  great  assistance 
in  the  cop-dye  house.  There  is,  however,  also  a  direct 
dyeing  test  for  estimating  the,  various  proportions  in  which 
several  dves  participate  in  a  compound  shade.  In  carrying 
out  this  direct  test  standard  solutions  of  the  various  colours 
are  prepared,  and  very  gradually  added  to  a  weighed  hank 
of  cotton,  which  is  kept  iu  a  boiling  30  per  cent,  strong 
solution  of  common  salt.  By  this  means  only  traces  of  the 
dyes  remain  in  the  hath,  and  the  quantities  of  the  different 
dye  solutions  which  have  been  used  to  produce  a  given 
shade  at  once  supply  us  with  the  figures  showing  the  total 
percentage  of  dyes  taken  up  by  the  cotton,  as  well  as  the 
proportions  in  which  the  various  dyes  are  present.  The 
method  requires  some  practice,  but  the  results  are  very 
reliable.  Iu  many  cases  it  may  be  desirable  to  ascertain 
the  correct  management  of  a  dye  or  mordanting  batli  by  a 
short  test.  For  this  purpose  a  simple  hydrometer  often 
answers  very  well.  It  will  he  hardly  necessary  for  me  to 
observe  that  for  the  testing  of  hot  or  boiling  baths  in  this 
manner  hydrometers  registering  below  1000  sp.  gr.  must 
be  used. 

Altogether  it  may  he  said  that  the  difficulties  of  dyeing 
cops  with  benzidine  or  diamine  colours  are  very  small  indeed 
as  long  as  only  single  dyes  are  employed,  and  as  long  as  not 
exceptionally  heavy  shades  have  to  be  produced.  The 
difficulties  in  the  way  of  dyeing  compound  shades  with  these 
colours  are  also  of  such  a  nature  as  to  be  readily  overcome 


Dec.  31, 18»2.]        THE  JOURNAL   OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


983 


by  careful  aud  judicious  manipulation.  These  direct 
dyes,  moreover,  all  dyeing  in  one  single  bath,  and  thus 
requiring  one  machine  only  to  carry  out  the  dyeing  procss, 
it  will  be  easily  understood  why  the  cop-dyers  paid 
them  such  particular,  almost  exclusive,  attention.  On 
the  other  hand,  however,  it  was  found,  that  very  heavy, 
brown,  blue  and  black  shades  cannot  satisfactorily  be 
obtained  with  these  dyes,  so  long  as  the  circulation  of  the 
dye  bath  through  the  cops  takes  place  in  cue  direction  only. 
Fnder  this  condition  many  of  the  cops  will  be  found  to  be 
very  unevenly  dyed.  This  can  be  remedied  by  constructing 
the  machines  in  such  a  manner  that  the  circulation  can  be 
reversed  between  alternate  immersions.  Mommer's  machine 
is  the  first  which  provided  for  this  emergency  in  a  practi- 
cable manner,  although  I  am  afraid  that  the  advantage  to  be 
gained  by  this  mechanical  arrangement  cannot  be  realised 
in  Mommer's  machine  owing  to  tiie  inevitable  bulging  of 
the  caps  in  bis  machine  in  the  direction  of  the  circulation. 
On  reversing  the  circulation  this  bulging  would  of  course 
be  hound  to  be  thrown  on  the  other  side  of  the  cop,  and  if 
such  a  rough  treatment  of  the  cops  does  not.  destroy  their 
build  altogether,  it  •will  certainly  cause  an  outrageous 
amount  of  waste  in  the  loom.  Also  Graeniiger  speaks  in  his 
patents  of  the  reversion  of  the  circulation,  but  there  is  little 
doubt  that  it  is  quite  impracticable  in  his  machine,  and  if 
applied  would  prove  utterly  unmanageable  in  regular  work- 
ing. Crippin  and  Young  also  provided  their  machines  with 
a  reversing  arrangement,  and  their  machine  is  at  present 
the  only  one  which  works  equally  well  in  either  direction. 
In  dyeing  very  heavy  sha  les  in  this  machine  irregularities 
in  the  circulation,  say.  from  the  outside  to  the  inside  of  the 
cops,  and  caused  through  irregularities  in  the  build  of  the 
cups,  are  most  efficiently  compensated  by  a  reversion  of  the 
circulation  during  each  alternate  immersion,  and  the  heaviest 
shades  dyed  in  this  manner  are  obtained  perfectly  even 
throughout  each  cop.  This  is  a  very  important  point  in 
favour  of  Crippin  and  Young's  machine 

Unfortunately  all  the  substantive  colours  known  at 
present,  with  the  only  exception  of  the  ( Ixyphenine  of  the 
Clayton  Aniline  Company,  possess  the  great  drawback  of 
bleeding  most  excessively  in  washing  and  milling.  This  goes 
so  far  that  cotton  dyed  with  these  colours  cannot  even 
be  said  to  be  fast  against  hot  watef.  The  reason  of  this  is 
no  doubt  that  there  is  no  chemical  bond  or  affinity  between 
these  colours  and  the  cotton  fibre,  the  nature  of  their  union 
being  what  Kneeht  called  "  rigid  solution."  The  bleeding  of 
these  dyes  could  te  prevented  by  converting  them  upon  the 
fibre  into  fast  lakes  ;  but  the  only  lake  forming  group  in 
these  dyes  being  Ike  sulpho  group,  which  is  not  capable  of 
forming  lakes  fast  against  alkalis,  the  solution  of  this 
problem  otters  considerable  difficulties,  although  I  have 
reason  to  believe  that  they  can  he  conquered.  The  above 
seoms  not  to  be  in  accordance  with  the  well-known  fact  that 
Bayer  and  Co.,  of  Elberfeld,  by  treating  certain  of  their 
colours  after  dyeing  with  the  solutions  of  certain  metallic 
salts,  preferably  copper  salts,  obtained  dyeings  the  fastness 
of  which  to  washing  is  very  satisfactory.  But  1  am  not  of 
opinion  that  this  treatment  results  simply  in  the  production 
of  a  copper  lake  wiih  the  dye  fixed  upon  the  cotton.  The 
shade  of  the  colour  is  so  much  altered  in  this  treatment  as  to 
suggest  a  much  more  complicated  reaction.  This  treatment 
has  only  proved  successful  with  thobenzo-azurines  manufac- 
tured by  that  firm.  The  bright  blue  shade  they  produce  on 
cotton  is  thereby  altered  to  a  dull  indigo  blue,  which  is  quite 
fast  to  soap  as  far  as  bleeding  is  concerned,  but  the  soaping, 
and  in  fact  any  other  alkali  changes  this  dull  indigo  shade 
into.a  still  duller  puce.  This  renders  the  process  a  rather  ques- 
tionable success.  Of  more  importance  is  the  fact  that  some 
of  these  dyes  can  be  converted  into  other  shades  by  diazo- 
tising  them  upon  the  fibre  aud  combining  them  afterwards 
with  various  phenols,  naphthols  or  amines.  The  shades 
produced  in  this  manner  are  all  fast  to  washing  and  milling, 
many  of  them  also  exceedingly  fast  to  light.  This  process, 
also  an  invention  of  Bayer  and  Co.,  cannot  be  considered  as 
a  solution  of  the  above  mentioned  problem,  as  it  results  in 
shades  more  or  less  different  from  the  original  ones,  and  is 
only  available  for  browns,  dull  blues,  greys,  and  blacks.  By 
a  similar  process  Green  obtained  on  cotton,  dyed  with  his 
primuline,  shades  ranging  from   yellow  to  scarlet,  maroon. 


and  purple.  These  are  also  absolutely  fast  to  washing  and 
milling  ;  unfortunately  they  are  wretchedly  fugitive.  The 
only  drawback  of  these  developed  colours  in  eop-dveing  is 
the  circumstance  that  they  require  three  machines,  corre- 
sponding lo  the  three  different  baths  used;  but,  on  the  other 
hand,  it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  if  the  cop-dyers  have  to 
fight  shy  of  the  fast  colours  on  account  of  the  greater 
number  of  machines  required  for  their  production  this  new 
branch  of  dyeing  would  certainly  be  very  narrowly  confined 
in  its  field  of  working.  Happily  this  is  not  so.  It  is  evident 
that  the  number  of  machines  which  a  dyer  can  afford  to 
employ  for  the  production  of  a  certain  shade  is  eminently  a 
question  of  capital,  that  is  of  the  price  of  a  machine.  If 
the  cheapest  machine  should  turn  out  to  be  at  the  same  time 
the  most  efficient,  the  dyer  will  not  be  obliged  to  restrict 
himself  to  the  dyeing  of  one  bath  colours.  Of  those 
machines  that  are  at  ail  efficient  and  generally  applicable, 
Crippin  and  Young's  machine  is  by  a  long  way  the  cheapest 
and  I  am  satisfied  that  it  is  also  the  simplest  aud  safest  in 
working. 


IV. —  MOBDANI   DvEING    (ADJECTIVE)   Coloiks. 

A. — Acid  Dt/es. 

The  mordant-dyeing  acid  colouring  matters  are  far 
superior  in  fastness  to  the  substantive  dyes,  but  their  appli- 
cation in  cop-dyeing  offers  difficulties  of  the  most  intricate 
description.  Everything  of  course  depends  in  the  dyeing 
of  these  colours  upon  the  level  fixing  of  the  mordant  upon 
the  fibre.  In  the  first  instance,  to  accomplish  this,  it  is 
absolutely  indispensable  that  the  mordanting  baths  must 
always  remain  pel fectly  clear.  Any  disassociation  of  the 
mordanting  salts  taking  place  either  by  working  the  bath  at 
too  high  a  temperature,  or  by  working  the  baths  too  basic, 
causes  a  more  or  less  thick  film  to  be  deposited  on  the  out- 
side of  the  cops,  which  renders  them  altogether  imperme- 
able, and  under  any  circumstances  leads  to  such  unevenness 
in  the  subsequent  dyeing  process  as  to  make  the  cops 
absolutely  useless.  Another  very  serious  difficulty  is  the 
great  insolubility  of  most  of  the  alizarine  and  other  mordant 
dyeing  colours  in  water.  Jt  is  true  all  these  colour-,  will 
dissolve  in  alkalis  or  certain  alkaline  salts,  but  it  seems 
that  the  affinity-  of  these  dyes  in  such  solutions  to  the  mor- 
dant fixed  upon  the  cotton  is  at  best  considerably  weakened 
and  often  practically  altogether  destroyed.  Further,  if  the 
mordant  has  not  been  perfectly  fixed  upon  the  fibre  .  nume- 
rous small  particles  of  it  are  washed  into  the  dye-bath, 
remaining  suspended  there  in  the  form  of  a  colour-lake 
which  eventually  again  is  deposited  on  the  outside  of  the 
cops,  thus  greatly  impeding  the  circulation  of  the  dye-bath 
and  producing,  moreover,  unevenness  of  the  worst  kind. 
Taking  all  these  points  into  consideration,  it  is  quite  evident 
that  the  dyeing  of  alizarine  colours  on  cops  is  a  matter 
bristling  with  difficulties,  the  ordinary  methods  of  dyeing 
the  e  colours  failing  us  altogether. 

The  mordants  we  have  to  deal  with  in  working  with  these 
dyes  are  the  oxides  of  alumina,  chrome  and  iron,  the 
aiumina  mordant  being  undoubtedly  the  most  obstreperous 
of  the  three.  If  we  treat  cops  in  a  cold  bath  of  acetate  of 
alumina  of  the  usual  strength  (from  6°  to  $°  Tw.)  no 
precipitation  of  alumina  either  in  the  cops  or  in  the  bath 
takes  place  ;  the  cops  simply  absorb  about  75  per  cent,  of 
their  own  weight  of  the  bath.  Working  at  higher 
temperatures  is  prohibited  by  the  disassociation  of  the 
acetate  in  the  bath.  If  those  impregnated  cops  are  now 
dried,  disassociation  of  the  acetate  of  alumina  takes  place, 
alumina  being  fixed  upon  the  fibre  ;  but  at  the  same  time, 
owing  to  the  evaporation  of  the  water  from  the  surface  only 
of  the  cop,  an  osmotic  action  takes  place  by  which  un- 
deeomposed  acetate  of  alumina  is  slowly  but  constantly 
conveyed  from  the  central  to  the  peripheral  parts  of  the 
cops.  When  perfectly  dry  the  cops  are  found  to  be 
mordanted  all  through,  but  the  mordant  is  very  unevenly 
distributed,  being  much  stronger  on  the  outside,  than  in  the 
inside.  As  regards  evenness  better  results  are  obtained  by 
passing  the  cops  impregnated  in  the  alumina  bath  without 
delay  through  a  soda-bath,  but  the  mordanting  is  very  weak, 
as  it  will  be  easily  understood,  that  on  circulating  a  soda- 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Dec.  31, 1392. 


bath  through  the  cops  already  filled  with  the  alumina  hath, 
the  latter  is  simply  pushed  out  of  the  cop  in  front  of  the 
soda-hath,  without  mixing  with  the  latter  within  the  ccp. 
By  treating,  however,  these  ireakly  mordanted  cops  with  a 
solution  of  aUiminate  of  sol;:,  the  mordant  becomes  much 
heavier  owing  to  the  property  of  the  aluminate  of  soda  to 
disassociate  into  alumina  hydrate  and  caustic  soda  in  the 
presence  of  free  alumina  hydrate.  The  alumina  mordant 
si>  obtained  is  very  well  fixed  011  the  fibre  and  very  even, 
and  although  rather  tedious  on  account  of  the  many 
operations  required,  this  is  the  only  method  so  far  to  produce 
a  strong  and  even  alumina  mordant  on  cops. 

The  baths  being  all  used  cold  anil  no  combination  of 
any  of  the  chemicals  with  the  cotton,  as  in  the  case  of 
dyeing,  taking  place,  the  loss  of  the  bath  consists  simply 
in  the  quantity  of  bath  absorbed  by  the  cops,  and  this 
loss  is  made  up  in  adding  to  the  working  bath  from  time 
to  time  from  a  mother-bath  of  exactly  the  same  composition 
as  much  as  is  required  to  maintain  the  former  tit  its 
original  level. 

The  application  of  chrome  mordants  to  cops  is  much 
simpler  on  account  of  the  very  decided  affinity  of 
chromium  oxide  to  cotton,  and  especially  the  solutions  of 
chromium  hydroxide  in  caustic  alkalis,  known  as  chromites, 
readily  give  up  their  chromium  hydroxide  to  the  cotton 
fibre.  It  is  sufficient  to  treat  cops  in  an  alkaline  solution 
of  chromium  hydroxide  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding 
50  C.  in  order  to' obtain  the  cops  very  satisfactorily  mor- 
danted. The  mordanting  takes  place'  much  quicker  at 
higher  temperatures  than  with  cold  baths,  and  the  strength 
of  the  mordanting  is  directly  proportional  to  the  concen- 
tration of  tin1  baths  and  about  inversely  proportional  to 
the  excess  of  caustic  alkali  employed  for  dissolving  the 
chromic  hydrate.  These  chrome  baths  have  a  very  great 
tendency  to  spontaneous  decomposition,  this  tendency  in- 
creasing with  the  concentration  of  the  bath  and  with  the 
decrease  of  free  alkali.  It  is  also  possible,  however,  to 
produce  chrome  mordants  on  eottou  by  means  of  neutral 
and  basic  chromic  salts,  the  behaviour  of  which  irgainst  the 
cotton  fibre  has  been  thoroughly  investigated  by  Liechti 
and  Suida,  and  was  found  to  be  greatly  different  from  that 
of  the  similarly  constituted  alumina  salts.  Least  suitable 
for  the  purpose  are  the  neutral  (violet)*  chromic  salts.  Bv 
treating  cops  with  the  solutions  of  such  salts,  followed  by  a 
passage  through  some  alkali  or  alkaline  salts,  chromic 
hydrate  is  precipitated  upon  the  fibre,  but  it  is  only  very 
imperfectly  fixed.  Better  results  are  obtained  by  drying 
the  cops  after  the  impregnation  with  chromic  sulphate, 
when  128  per  cent,  of  the  quantity  of  this  salt  absorbed 
by  the  eops  firmly  combine  with  the  cotton  fibre  in  the 
form  of  chromic  hydrate.  Owing,  however,  to  the 
necessity  of  drying  the  impregnated  cops,  the  mordanting 
has  a  tendency  to  become  uneven,  for  reasons  mentioned 
above.  Basic  chromic  sulphates  are  much  more  satis- 
factory and,  differing  from  solutions  of  basic  sulphate  of 
alumina,  they  can  be  heated  without  disassociation  taking 
place.  Treating  the  cops  with  solutions  of  such  salts  at 
a  temperature  of  about  70°  C,  the  cotton  is  very  evenly 
mordanted  and  chrome  mordants  of  about  medium  strength 
can  easily  be  obtained  iu  this  manner.  But  it  ought  not 
to  be  forgotten  that  the  dissociation  of  basic  chromic 
sulphates  is  very  considerably  retarded,  or  even  entirely 
prevented  by  the  presence  of  sulphate  of  soda  of  potash. 
This  makes  it  advisable  to  prepare  such  mordanting  baths, 
not  by  partial  alkaline  decomposition  of  solutions  of 
chromic  sulphate  or  chrome  alum,  but  by  dissolving  freshly 
precipitated  chromic  hydroxide  in  solutions  of  chromic 
sulphate.  The  strength  of  the  mordant  obtained  with  such 
baths  depends  upon  the  concentration  of  the  hath,  its  basicity 
and  temperature.  The  latter  of  course  can  easily  be  kept 
constant,  but  the  maintenance  of  the  basicity  is  a  matter  of 
considerable  difficulty  and  requires  one  to  start  with  a  know- 
ledge of  tin- quantity  of  chromic  hydrate  fixed  upon  a  definite 
weight  of  cotton,  in  using  a  hath  of  known  concentration 
and  basicity. 

•  'I'lie  s<». called  "green  modification  "  of  chromic  sulphates  need 

not  beconsidered  here   ^,  ai rding  to  recenl  investigations  these 

compounds  possess  :i  constitution  entirelj  different  from  that 
attributed  t"  chromic  sa H s. 


In  the  same  manner  as  the  chromic  sulphate,  the  chromic 
acetates  and  chlorides  may  be  employed.  The  latter  give 
excellent  results,  especially  if  the  commercial  "  Chlor- 
ehrome  "  of  the  formula  Cr2Cl2(<  III),  is  used.  Of  course 
there  also  exists  the  difficulty  with  regard  to  the  management 
of  the  baths,  and  although  this  difficulty  is  by  no  means 
insurmountable  it  is  a  matter  requiring  great  care  and 
foresight. 

The  iron  mordants  are  in  their  chemical  behaviour  closer 
related  to  the  alumiua  mordants  than  to  the  chrome  mor- 
dants and  accordingly  disassociate  nunc  easily  than  the 
latter.  For  mordanting  cotton  the  so-called  nitrate  of  iron, 
i.e.,  ferric  sulphate,  is  almost  exclusively  employed.  The 
neutral  salt  produces  only  very  weak  mordants,  but  by 
adding  to  it  acetate  of  soda  or  carbonate  of  soda  basic  sa'ts 
are  obtained  producing,  according  to  their  concentration  and 
basicity,  very  strong  mordants.  The  cops  are  treated  in  the 
cold  baths,  then  left  to  lie  for  from  6  to  12  hours,  when  they 
are  thoroughly  washed.  The  mordants  so  obtained  are 
perfectly  even.  Very  frequently  the  iron  mordant  is  used 
in  the  production  of  a  "  black  bottom,"  by  treating  cops 
after  first  mordanting  them  with  tannic  acid  or  sumac  in  the 
above  mentioned  ferric  baths.  This  important  mordant  is 
very  easily  applied  and  it  is  only  necessary  to  prevent  the 
iron  bath  from  acquiring  a  neutral  or  acid  reaction.  It  is 
best  kept  alkaline  by  adding  to  it  from  time  to  time  small 
quantities  of  acetate  ot  soda. 

(  Hhcr  metallic  mordants  arc  very  seldom  applied  to  cotton 
and  arc  of  no  interest  in  cop-dyeing.  But  there  remains  a 
point  of  very  great  importance  in  connection  with  the  mor- 
danting of  eops,  namely,  the  washing  of  the  cops  after  the 
operation  of  mordanting.  I  have  repeatedly  pointed  out 
above  that  in  cop-dyeing,  in  order  to  maintain  the  standard 
of  shade  through  any  number  of  consecutive  operations,  it  is 
absolutely  necessary  to  maintain  the  initial  concentration  of 
the  working  bath  by  means  of  a  suitably  composed  mother- 
bath.  Accordingly,  under  whatever  conditions  we  dye  or 
mordant,  after  withdrawing  the  cops  from  the  machines  they 
retain,  as  I  have  shown,  a  quantity  of  bath  equal  to  about 
70  per  cent,  of  the  dry  weight  of  the  cops.  This  quantity  of 
of  bath,  containing  of  course  all  the  components  of  the 
working  hath,  must  he  washed  out  of  the  eops.  This  is 
important  enough  in  withdrawing  the  cops  from  a  dye-bath, 
as  the  mechanically-absorbed  dye-bath,  if  dried  in  the  cops 
would  cause  them  to  bleed  and  rub  very  badly.  But  still 
more  important  a  matter  is  the  removal  of  these  mechani- 
cally-absorbed liquors  after  mordanting  operations.  If  not 
renoved.  larger  quantities  of  the  mordanting  bath  will  get 
into  the  following  dye-bath,  thus  almost  at  once  rendering 
it  unfit  for  further  use.  The  cop-dyeing  machines  are  as  a 
rule  not  very  well  adapted  for  the  purpose  of  washing 
the  eops,  as  they  are  mostly  so  constructed  as  to  return 
the  water  circulated  through  the  cops  in  the  bath,  which 
thus  very  soon  becomes  inefficient  for  further  washing 
operations.  There  is,  however,  no  difficulty  to  so  construct 
the  washing  machines  that  the  water  after  circulation  through 
the  eops  is  discharged  from  the  machines. 

Many  of  the  mordant-dyeing  colours  are  either  totally 
insoluble  or  only  imperfectly  soluble  in  water.  In 
order  to  employ  them  for  cop-dyeing  where  always 
absolutely  clear  dye-baths  are  required,  these  dyes  must  be 
brought  in  solution  by  means  of  caustic  alkalis,  alkaline 
carbonates,  soaps  or  salts  possessing  an  alkaline  reaction, 
such  as  acetate,  phosphate  or  borate  of  soda.  Soaps  and 
neutral  Turkey-red  oil  give  very  good  results  in  many 
cases.  The  caustic  alkalis  certainly  give  the  clearest 
solutions,  but  deprive  the  colours  of  almost  all  their 
affinity  to  the  mordants,  and  the  alkaline  carbonates  are 
scarcely  any  better.  Ammonia  can  be  used  in  a  few- 
exceptional  cases  only,  as  the  primary  lakes  of  many  of 
the  mordant-dyeing  acid  colours  ore  soluble  in  it,  so  that 
by  using  ammoniacal  solutions  of  such  dyes  not  onlv  no 
dyeing  takes  place,  hut  very  frequently  the  eops  '  -ire 
altogether  stripped  of  their  mordants.  This  can  be  pre- 
vented b\  changing  the  primary  mordant,  previous  to 
dyeing,  into  a  compound  mordant  bv  means  ,,t  acetate  of 
lime  nr  zincate  of  soda,  cimpound  lake«  being  insoluble  in 
ammonia. 


Dec  31,1392.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


985 


For  the  dyeing  of  the  mordant -dyeing  acid  colours  on 

cops  Erban  and  Specht's  process  (Ger.  1'at.  5-1.057,  IK'.iO), 
might  appear  to  be  particularly  well  adapted.  In  this 
process  the  cotton  is  first  treated  with  an  ammoniacal 
solution  of  alizarine  and  then  dried.  This  drying,  which  is 
absolutely  necessary  in  order  to  fix  the'  alizarine  insoluble 
upon  tlie  fibre,  make-  tlie  process  unavailable  for  cop- 
dyeing,  as  mi  dryiug  the  greater  part  of  the  dissolved 
alizarine  is  deposited  on  the  outside  of  the  cops.  The 
cause  of  this  phenomenon  has  already  been  mentioned.  If 
on  the  other  hand  the  cops  without  drying  are  treated  vi  itii 
alumina  salts  all  the  alizarine  is  washed  out  of  tlie  cop, 
owing  to  the  great  solubility  of  alizarate  of  alumina 
AU  >_,(_<',  ,11  (i<  >a \  in  diluted  ammonia. 

B. — Basic  Dyes. 

Some  of  the  basic  dyes,  such  as  Bismarck  browu  and 
chrysoidiue,  dye  the  cotton  fibre  without  any  mordant 
and  can  be  used  on  cops  in  this  manner  for  the  dyeing  of 
light  brown  and  orange  shades.  Such  dyeings,  however, 
possess  very  little  fastness,  the  basic  dyes  only  dyeing 
fast  shades  upon  the  tannin-antimony  or  tannin-iron  com- 
pound mordants.  For  the  production  particularly  of 
brilliant  light  shades  alumina  or  tin  mordants  fixed  with 
snap  or  Turkey-red  oil  are  frequently  used,  but,  as  regards 
fastness  to  light  and  washing,  colours  dyed  upon  these 
mordants  are  very  much  inferior  to  the  sanr  shades  ou 
tannin  mordants. 

The  mordanting  of  eops  with  tannic  acid  is  carried  out 
under  the  same  conditions  under  which  this  operation  is 
performed  upon  yarns,  i.e.,  at  a  temperature  of  from  So 
to  90°  C.  As  is  well  known  the  yarns  remain  in  this  bath 
for  from  6  to  12  hours,  or  until  it  lias  become  cold.  In  this 
manner  the  process  is  of  course  impracticable  in  cop-dyeing 
machines,  but  neither  is  there  any  necessity  for  it,  as  iu 
all  cop-dyeing  machines  working  with  a  vacuum,  the 
tannin  is  taken  up  by  the  fibre  with  astonishing  rapidity, 
only  equalle  1  by  the  rapidity  with  which  dyeing  with 
the  substantive  dyes  proceeds  in  vacuo.  An  immersion  of  one 
minute  in  vacuo  in  a  five  per  cent,  strong  tannin  solution  at 
'.in  i  !.  produces  the  same  effect  as  an  immersion  of  four 
hours'  duration  with  hanks  in  an  open  bath.  The  strength 
of  the  mordant  entirely  depends  upon  the  concentration  of 
the  tannin  baths,  to  which  it  is  directly  proportional.  After 
tlie  impregnation  of  the  cops,  air  is  drawn  through  them,  as 
is  usual  after  each  bath  employed  for  cop-dyeing,  in  order 
to  remove  as  far  as  possible  the  excess  of  hath  absorbed  by 
the  cops.  These  contain,  then,  first  the  quantity  of  tannic 
acid  directly  fixed  by  the  cotton,  and,  further,  the  quautity 
of  tannin  contained  in  that  portion  of  the  bath  which  could 
nor  be  removed  from  the  cops  by  drawing  air  through  them 
after  the  immersion.  I  have  mentioned  several  times 
already  that  alter  impregnation  in  the  cop-dyeing  machine, 
hot  or  cold,  the  cops  retain  70  per  cent,  of  their  dry  weight 
of  the  bath,  and  this  quantity  cannot  be  removed  by  drawing 
air  through  them.  According  to  this,  100  lb.  of  cops 
treated  with  a  J  per  cent,  strong  tannin  bath  will  retain  7(1  lb. 
of  this  bath,  equal  to  about  3'5_per  cent,  of  tannin.  On 
extracting  the  tannin  from  such  cops,  3-898  per  cent,  were 
recovered,  so  that  about  0'5  per  cent,  of  tannin  were  fixed 
direct  by  rbe  cops.  But  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  whole  of 
the  tannic  acid  nrieinally  contained  in  the  eops,  in  the  form  of 
mechanically-absorbed  bath,  is  eventually  assimilated  by  the 
cotton  as  the  cops  become  cold.  This  assumption  is  sup- 
ported by  the  fact  that  of  the  4  per  cent,  of  tannin  contained 
iu  those  eops  only  about  0- 3  percent,  can  be  readily  extracted, 
while  for  the  complete  extraction  of  the  remaining  3'7  per 
cent.  21  hours  are  required.  In  precisely  the  same  matter 
as  tannic  acid,  all  the  other  tannins  used  in  dyeing  may  be 
applied.  An  important  feature  in  the  mordanting  of  eops 
with  tannic  acid  is  the  extreme  economy  of  the  process  as 
compared  with  the  same  operation  on  yarns.  To  produce 
a  i  •  S  per  cent,  strong  tannin  mordant  ou  eops  1  ■  5  per  cent. 
of  tannic  acid  is  required,  but  to  produce  the  same  mordant 
on  hanks  lo  per  cent,  of  tannic  acid  is  used,  or  rather 
wasted. 

The  cops  impregnated  in  a  tannin  'oath  ought  lo  lie  and 
cool  lor  from    five  to  lo  hours,  but  they  must  not  be  dried. 


After  lying  for  some  time  they  are  passed  through  a  bath  of 
tartar  emetic  and  subsequently  well  washed.  The  various 
antimony  fluorides  ami  their  double  salts  cannot  be  used  iu 
pla:e  of  the  tartar  emetic  owing  to  the  enormous  corrosion 
ihey  cause  if  in  contact  with  metals.  If  tin-  cops  have  not 
been  standing  long  enough  before  being  treated  with  the 
tartar  emetic, larger  quantities  of  tannate  of  antimony  are 
washed  into  the  baths,  lendering  them  unfit  for  further  use 
or  necessitating  their  filtration.  It  is,  however,  impossible 
to  keep  the  tartar  emetic  bath-  absolutely  clear,  and  it  is 
therefore  inevitable  to  prevent  some  of  this  free  t  innate  of 
antimony  from  being  filtered  by  the  circulation  of  the  bath 
upon  the  outside  of  the  cops,  which  then  in  the  subsequent 
dyeing  results  proportionately  darker  than  the  inside  of  the 
cops  This  defect  will  not  occur  in  Kobknzer's  machine, 
on  account  of  the  filter-plates  separating  each  layer  of  cops, 
while  in  Mommer's  machine  it  will  render  the  application  of 
the  basic  colours  an  exceedingly  awkward  operation  if  not 
prohibit  it  altogether.  Iu  Crippiu  and  Young's  machine, 
this  difficulty  has  been  met  with  in  a  very  simp' e  and  efficient 
manner  by  placing  over  each  plate  of  eops  in  the  machine  a 
hood  made  from  perforated  metal  and  covered  with  some 
filter  cloth,  though  which  the  tartar  emetic  hath  has  to  pass 
before  teaching  the  eops.  If  for  tin-  ."xing  of  the  tannin  in 
the  fibre  a  hath  of  ferric  sulphate  is  employed  instead  of  a 
tartar  eniet'c  hath,  the  most  important  point  is  to  prevent 
it  from  ever  acquiring  an  acid  reaction,  by  adding  to  it 
from  time  to  time  some  acetate  or  carbonate  of  soda.  After 
tin-  fixing  of  tin'  tannin,  the  eops  are  thoroughly  washed  and 
are  then  ready  for  die  dyeing. 

The  dyeing  of  the  basic  colours  on  cops  mordanted  with 
tannin  is  exceedingly  simple,  especially  if  the  dyes  used  do 
not  possess  any  affinity  for  the  unniordanted  fibre.  The 
concentration  of  the  dye-baths  requires  almost  no  control, 
as  the  quantity  et  dye  which  can  be  fixed  by  the  cops  is 
unalterably  determined  by  the  percentage  of  tannin  mordant 
which  they  contain.  In  the  inteiest  of  greater  purity  of 
shade  it  is  advisable  to  work  with  rather  weak  baths  at  a 
temperature  of  from  SO"  to  Go'  ('.  Rather  more  care  is 
required  if  such  colours  like  Bismarck  brown,  chrysoidine, 
rhodamine  or  indoi'n  blue  are  used  which  possess  a  distinct 
affinity  to  the  unniordanted  fibre.  It  is  necessary  in  this 
case  to  maintain  the  original  concentration  of  the  dye-baths 
in  the  manner  already  described.  I  have  shown  above  that 
the  exact  quantity  of  tannin  present  in  mordanted  cops  is 
always  kuown  and  the  equivalent  quantity-  of  any  basic  dye 
can  be  estimated  with  mathematical  accuracy  according  to  a 
method  previously  (this  Journal,  1891,  794)  described  by 
me.  From  the  data  so  obtained  it  is  then  very  easy  to 
calculate  the  composition  of  a  suitable  mother-hath.  \Vc 
will  suppose  the  cops  to  contain  1 -25  per  cent,  of  tannic 
acid,  and  to  be  dyed  with  rhodamine  B  for  which  (loc. 
cit.)  a  tannin  equivalent  of  41  pel-  cent,  was  fouud.  If 
then  we  dye  in  a  bath  containing  5g  of  rhodamine  per  litre 
of  water,  the  quantity  of  dye  used  for  each  kilogramme 
of  cops  is  found  as  follows  : — 

1  kilo,  of  cops  containing  12-,'ig  of  tannin 

conibiue  with  :  29g  rhodamine  11. 

1  kilo,  of  cops  retain  0-7  litre  of  dye-bath 

containing  :  3-5g         „ 


Dye  used  for  1  kilo,  of  cops  :  32 -5g   „       II. 

From  this  we  find  that  after  each  operation,  and  for  each 
kilogramme  of  eops  dyed  we  have  to  add  to  the  dye-bath  32  •  5g 
of  rhodamine  dissolved  in  the  quautity  of  water  lost  in  each 
operation  through  evaporation  and  absorption  by  the  cops, 
the  latter  item  amounting  to  0'7  litre  of  water  for  each  kilo- 
gramrae  of  cops.  The  loss  through  evaporation, shows  its 
amount  in  the  falling  level  of  the  dye-bath,  and  is  very  con- 
siderable in  all  those  machines  working  under  reduced 
pressure.  In  Crippiu  and  Young's  machine,  for  instance,  the 
loss  through  evaporation  amounts  in  boiling  dye-baths  to 
3  litres  of  water  for  each  kilogramme  of  cops.  This  loss  of 
course  decreases  with  the  temperature  of  the  baths,  and  in 
cold  baths  it  is  practically  nil. 

Such  careful  management  of  the  dye-baths,  as  I  have 
said  before,  is  only  required  in  the  dyeing  id'  the  few  basic 
colours  which  are  capable  of  dyeing  unniordanted  cotton. 
Loss  of  colour  from   that   source  appears   not  to  have  been 


986 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


accounted  for  in  the  above  calculation,  but  it  is  represented 
by  part  of  the  colour  retained  by  the  cops  in  the  form  of 
mechanically  retained  dye-bath.  The  fact  is  that  no  dye  is 
directly  assimilated  by  the  cops  as  long  as  there  is  any 
uncombiued  mordant,  so  that  the  direct  dyeing  capability 
of  these  dyes  can  only  be  exercised  by  that  quantity  of 
dye-bath  remaining  in  the  cops  after  each  operation,  which 
has  been  admitted  already  in  the  above  calculation.  As 
the  effect  of  this  direct  dyeing  action  is  proportionate  to 
the  concentration  of  the  dye-bath,  it  is  necessary  to  keep 
tin-  concentration  of  the  latter  coLstant. 

Alter  dyeing  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  wash  all  uncom- 
biued dye  out  of  the  cops,  and  in  many  cases  it  will  be 
advisable  to  follow  this  washing  by  a  second  washing  in  a 
warm  soap  bath.  Also  a  neutral  solution  of  Turkey  red  oil 
may  be  used  for  this  purpose. 

C. — Pigment  Colo"i  rs. 

By  the  term  of  pigment  colours  I  understand  all  those 
dyes,  which  can  be  fixed  on  the  fibre  neither  direct,  nor  by 
means  of  mordants,  but  only  in  statu  nascendi.  Dyes  of 
this  description  are  :  — 

(((.)   Developed  colours  ; 

(6.)  Mineral  pigments;' 

(c.)  Vat  dyes ; 

(d.)  Aniline  black. 
Most  of  the  dyes   of  these  four  classes  are  eminently 
important  in  the  dyeing  of  cotton  on  account  of  their  great 
fastness  to  light,  washing,  and  milling. 

a. —  Developed  <  'olours. 

The  term  of  developed  colours  is  applied  to  azo  colours 
produced  upon  the  fibre  from  their  components,  but  there  is 
little  doubt  that  also  colours  of  other  composition  and  the 
formation  of  which  is  based  upon  simple  quantitatively 
proceeding  reactions  will  be  available  before  long.  The 
formation  of  the  azo  colours  depends  upon  the  well-known 
reaction  of  some  diazotised  base  with  phenols,  uaphthols, 
amines,  and  their  derivative's.  In  cotton-dyeing  only  such 
combinations  command  general  interest  which  are  absolutely 
insoluble  in  water,  dilute  alkalis,  soap,  and  acids.  The 
components  used  are  either  the  so-called  half-products 
of  the  coal-tar  colour  industry,  or  colouring  matters  them- 
selves if  they  are  either  diazotisable  or  capable  of  combining 
with  diazo  compounds  with  formation  of  azo  colours. 
We  shall  see  later  on  that  those  especially  of  the  substantive 
colours  which  can  be  diazotised  are  in  their  great  impor- 
tance in  cotton  dyeing  only  equalled  by  the  alizarine  dyes. 

The  formation  of  azo  colours  upon  the  fibre  can  be 
effected  in  two  ways.  We  can  first  treat  the  cops  with  the 
solution  of  a  diazo  salt,  and  subsequently  immerse  them  in 
the  alkaline  solution  of  some  phenol  or  naphthol,  or  iu  the 
solution  of  some  amine  in  hydrochloric,  or  preferably- 
acetic  acid,  or  we  may  first  immerse  the  cops  in  the  solution 
of  the  developer,  and  then  treat  them  with  the  solution 
of  the  diazo  salt.  Both  methods,  particularly  the  last  one, 
give  very  bad  results  upon  cops;  in  fact,  they  cannot  at  all 
be  applied  to  them,  although  some  Continental  dyers  employ 
them  with  very  good  results  on  piece-goods  and  yarns  in  the 
hank.  The  reason  of  the  process  giving  bad  results  on 
cops  lies  in  the  fact  that  neither  of  the  above-named 
compounds  has  any  affinity  to  the  cotton  fibre,  and  arc 
simply  washed  out  of  the  cops  in  the  process  of  developing 
the  colour.  To  this  must  further  be  added,  that  solutions 
of  diazo  compounds  are  very  unstable,  and  decompose  so 
quickly  as  to  make  their  use  in  cop-dyeing  practically  an 
impossibility.  It  is  obvious  that  the  process  of  forming 
azo  colours  upon  the  fibre  can  only  be  applied  to  cops  if  it 
should  be  possible  to  fix  either  the  base  to  be  diazotised  or 
the  developer  upon  the  fibre  after  the  manner  of  a  mordant 
and  fast  against  cold  water.  Developers  of  this  kind  are 
scarcely  known,*  nor  could  they  be  of  much  use  in  cop- 
dyeing,  as  the  prospect  of  having  to  treat  them  in  the  baths 
of  the     exceedingly     unstable    diazo    salts    is    not    very 


*  Chrysoidine  could  lie  used  in  this  manner,  as  it  is  capable  of 
cbmbfnal  ion  wiili  diazo  compounds. 


encouraging.  Diazo  compounds,  which  could  be  fixed  upon 
the  cotton  fibre  in  the  manner  of  a  mordant,  are,  strictly 
speaking,  not  known,  but  there  are  some  substantive  dyes 
which  can  be  dyed  upon  cotton  in  the  well-known  manners, 
and  being  amido-azo  compounds  of  a  certain  order  or  con- 
stitution, they  can  be  diazotised  upon  the  fibre,  forming 
diazo  compounds  insoluble  in  water,  which  by  combination 
with  amines,  phenols  or  naphthols,  form  upon  and  in  the 
fibre  azo  colours  which  are  almost  without  exception  fast  to 
light,  and  all  uncommonly  fast  to  acids,  alkalis,  washing, 
and  milling.  Substantive  dyes  of  this  kind  are  primuline, 
diamine  black  BO,  RO,  and  B  H,  diamine  blue  black  E, 
liamine  brown  V  and  H,  cotton  brown  A  and  N. 

These  dyes  are  dyed  upon  the  cops  in  the  manner  before 
described,  and  the  dyed  cops  are  then  well  washed.  This  is 
of  great  importance,  as  otherwise  the  dyes  finally  obtained 
would  rub  off  in  an  excessive  degree.  It  is  advisable  to 
use  warm  water  for  washing  if  the  cops  have  been  dyed  with 
colours  difficultly  soluble  in  water,  such  as  diamine  black 
R  0  for  instance,  otherwise  cold  water  may  he  used 
The  perfectly  cold  cops  are  then  treated  in  the  diazotising 
hath,  containing  about  O'j  lb.  of  nitrite  of  soda  and  0'!)  lbs. 
of  hydrochloric  acid  (1'50  sp.  gr.)  in  every  10  gallons  of 
water.  It  is  desirable  that  these  baths  should  always 
contain  about  the  same  quanity  of  free  nitrous  acid.  The 
quantities  of  nitrite  and  hydrochloric  acid  to  be  added  to 
the  bath  after  each  operation  are  calculated  in  the  identical 
manner  as  the  mother-baths  used  in  dyeing.  The  diazotised 
cops  are  carefully  washed,  and  treated  in  the  developing 
baths  without  delay.  The  latter  may  with  advantage  be 
kept  more  concentrated  than  is  usual  in  hank-  or  piece- 
dying;  solutions  containing  from  3  to  5  per  cent,  of  the 
developers  answer  very  well.  Of  course  after  developing 
the  cops  are  washed  again. 

Yarns  d}-ed  with  primuline  produce  in  this  treatment, 
with  various  developers,  fine  shades  of  j-ellow,  orange, 
scarlet,  maroon,  brown,  and  purple,  which  are  all  exceed- 
ingly fast  to  washing.  Unfortunately  their  fastness  to 
light  is  worse  than  bad,  and  1  have  no  doubt  that  the 
discovery  of  a  substitute  for  primuline  would  amply 
repay  anyone  for  the  trouble  of  searching  for  it.  The 
developed  colours  obtained  with  the  above-named  or 
Cassella's  diamine  colours  are  also  absolutely  fast  to 
washing  and  milling,  aud  at  the  same  time  they  rank, 
almost  without  exception,  amongst  the  colours  which  are 
fastest  to  light. 

(6.)  — Mineral  Pigments. 

Before  the  introduction  of  the  substantive  dyes  and  of 
the  coal-tar  colours  generally,  the  colours  of  this  group 
were  of  very  considerable  importance  in  cotton  dyeing. 
At  present  they  have  only  their  cheapness  and,  in  some 
cases,  their  great  fastness  to  light  to  recommend  them.  It 
is  very  doubtful,  however,  whether  in  eop-dyeing  they 
will  assume  even  the  moderate  importance  which  they  still 
possess  in  hank  dyeing. 

Of  all  the  minend  pigments  used  in  cotton  dyeing  the 
"iron  buff"  is  probably  the  most,  ancient.  It  is  produced 
upon  cops  in  the  same  manner  and  with  the  °ame  materials 
as  the  iron  mordants,  namely,  by  treating  the  cops  with 
cold  solutions  of  basic  ferric  sulphate,  aud  a  subsequent 
passage  through  soda  carbonate.  In  dyeing  in  this 
manner  light  "Nanking"  shades,  they  become  frequently 
uneven  iu  the  following  soda  bath.  To  avoid  this  the  soda 
carbonate  bath  may  be  omitted  altogether,  instead  of  which 
a  small  quantity  of  gaseous  ammonia  is  drawn  through 
the  cops.  This  operation  offers  no  difficulty  in  most 
machines,  and  directly  after  the  ammonia  treatment  the 
eops  can  be  washed. 

More  important  than  the  "iron  buff"  are  the  chrome 
yellows,  which,  even  to  this  day,  are  largely  used  in 
hank  dyeing,  although  there  is  no  scarcity  in  yellow  cotton 
dyeing  colours.  The  chrome  yellows  are  dyed  by  first 
handling  the  cotton  in  a  solution  of  some  lead  salt,  pre- 
ferably sugar  of  lead,  aud  subsequent  treatment  in  a  bath 
containing  bichromate  of  soda  or  potash  and  sulphuric 
acid  or  some  sulphate,  either  sulphate  of  soda  or  alumina. 
The  dyeing  of  this  yellow  on  cops  is  exceedingly  difficult. 
Of  course  the  impregnation  of   the  eops  with  the  solution  of 


Deo.  si.  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


987 


the  lead  salt  is  simple  enough,  but  in  the  subsequent  opera- 
tion with  tin-  chrome  bath  large  quantities  of  lead  chromate 
are  unavoidably  washed  out  of  the  eops  into  the  bath, 
rendering  it  at  once  unfit  for  further  use.  This  difficulty 
might  be  avoided  by  fixing  the  lead  salt  upon  the  fibre  in  an 
insoluble  form  ;  for  instance,  by  impregnating  with  the  lead 
salt  eops  previously  mordanted  with  tannic  acid.  Hut  this 
would  be  found  too  expensive.  Attempts  to  fix  the  lead 
salt  by  treating  the  impregnated  eops  with  gaseous  ammonia, 
or  alkaline  sulphates,  or  carbonates,  gave  very  unsatisfactory 
results. 

Prussian  blue  is  easily  obtained  upon  cops  by  treating 
cops  mordanted  with  ferric  sulphate,  after  washing  them  in 
au  acidulated  bath  of  fevrocyanide  of  potash.  The  blue 
shades  so  obtained,  although  very  beautiful,  are  not  very 
fast  to  light  anil  still  less  fast  to  washing. 

Cadmium  yellow,  arsenic  orange,  ami  antimony  orange, 
which  are  fixed  upon  the  fibre  in  the  form  of  their  sulphides, 
also  the  brown  manganese  pigments  or  bisters,  are  very  little 
used  at  present,  partly  owing  to  the  poisonous  nature  of 
some  of  them,  and  there  is  no  prospect  that  these  colours 
will  ever  become  of  any  importance  in  cop-dyeing. 
Sugg  siions  as  to  applying  these  colours  to  cops  would 
therefore  he  useless. 

From  the  above  it  will  be  seen  that  mineral  pigments 
are  of  very  little,  if  of  any,  importance  for  cop-dyeing.  In 
most  cases  the  baths  are  rendered  useless  after  the  first 
operation,  owing  to  the  great  quantities  of  loose  pigment 
terming  in  them, 

(e.) — Vat  Dyes. 
There  exists  a  number  of  natural  and  artificial  colouring 
matters  which  are  capable  of  forming  a  "  vat  "  suitable  for 
the  dyeing  of  cotton  goods,  but  only  the  indigo  vat  and  the 
indigo-'mdophenol  vat  are  of  such  importance  as  to  be 
worthy  of  consideration  with  regard  to  their  application  to 
cop  dyeing.  The  dyeing  of  indigo  on  cops  is,  of  course,  in 
the  first  instance  a  question  of  the  reducing  ag.nt  to  lie 
employed,  only  perfectly  clear  and  limpid  vats  being 
applicable  at  all.  For  this  reason  all  those  vats  working 
with  insoluble  reducing  agents,  such  as  the  ferrous  hydroxide 
(ferrous  sulphate)  vat,  the  zinc-dust  vat,  or  the  fermented 
vats,  cannot  be  used.  Of  course  it  would  be  possible  to 
filter  from  the  insoluble  sediments  in  these  vats  the  clear 
solutions  of  indigo  white,  but  as  these  solutions  would  then 
no  lunger  be  in  contact  with  reducing  agents,  oxidation  of 
the  indigo  white  would  result  in  a  considerable  degree 
during  the  circulation  of  the  vat  in  the  machine  and  through 
the  cops,  which  would  be  badly  dyed,  aad  contain  a  large 
amount  of  loose  dye.  To  avoid  this  we  shall  have  to  use  a 
vat  which  is  working  with  a  soluble  reducing  agent,  and 
which  accordingly  accompanies  the  indigo  white  everywhere. 
This  condition  hydrosulphite  of  soda  fulfils  in  the  most 
excellent  manner,  and,  indeed,  all  attempts  that  have  been 
made  up  to  now  to  dye  indigo  upon  eops  have  been  made 
with  the  hydrosulphite  vat.  T  >e  preparation  of  this  vat  is  so 
well  known  that  we  need  not  concern  ourselves  with  it,  and, 
moreover,  there  are  now  concentrated  solutions  of  hydro- 
sulphite in  [he  market  which  reduce  the  preparation  of  the 
vat  itscli  to  a  very  simple  operation. 

The  dyeing  of  the  cups  by  means  of  this  vat  is  performed 
by  drawing  the  absolutely  clear  vat  one  or  more  nines 
through  the  eops,  the  eops  between  each  immersion  being 
submitted  to  oxidation  by  drawing  air  through  them.  The 
formation  of  sonic  indigo  blue  outside  the  fibre  is  unavoidabe 
in  this  process,  nor  can  this  indigo  be  prevented  from 
getting  subsequently  into  the  baths.  Most  of  it  is  there 
reduced  again,  but  it  is  certainly  advisable  to  provide  some 
filtering  arrangement,  so  as  to  prevent  any  of  this  suspended 
indigo  blue  from  being  deposited  upon  the  outside  of  the 
cops.  The  oxidation  of  the  indigo  white  fixed  in  the  cops 
appears  to  offer  no  difficulties  whatever,  and  from  a  purely 
chemical  poini  of  view  this  is  indeed  so,  the  mere  drawing 
of  air  through  the  cops  being  quite  sufficient  to  produce 
complete  oxidation.  It  is  somewhat  surprising,  however, 
that  the  blue  obtained  under  these  conditions  is  greatly 
lacking  iu  beauty  and  "bloom." 

Another  process  of  performing  the  oxidation  in  indigo 
dyeing    has     lately    been    recommended    by     Flick     and 


Micbaelis,  who  propose  to  immerse  the  yarns  in  hot 
ammoniacal  water.  Also  in  this  method  absorbed  atmospheric 
oxygen  is  the  oxidiser.  The  process,  which  is  said  to  give 
excellent  results,  can  also  lie  adapted  for  cops. 

Somewhat  remarkable  is  the  great  tendency  of  the 
indigo  vat  to  dye  the  cops  very  unevenly,  and  also  fre- 
quently numerous  lighter  or  even  white  spots  are  notice- 
able. These  latter  invariably  appear  if  the  cops  are  dyed 
in  the  grey  state.  This,  of  course,  is  scarcely  surprising 
and  can  be  stopped  at  once  by  submitting  the  cops 
previous  to  dyeing  to  an  efficient  scouring  in  alkaline 
liquors.  Much  more  difficult  is  it  to  secure  evenness  of 
dyeing,  especially  in  the  high-priced  dark  coppery  shades, 
and  I  do  not  believe  that  the  production  of  these  shades  can 
be  carried  out  in  a  satisfactory  manner  on  any  one  of  those 
machines  circulating  the  dye-liquor  in  one  direction  only 
through  the  cops.  The  unevenness  disappears  at  once  if  we 
reverse  the  circulation  alternatively,  and  the  great  case  with 
which  this  can  be  done  in  Crippin  and  Young's  machine  I 
consider  one  of  its  most  noteworthy  features. 

For  the  dyeing  of  cheap  indigo  shades  the  yarns  are 
given,  before  the  vat  treatment,  a  "  bottom  "  of  logwood 
or  some  suitable  coal-tar  colour.  This  principle,  of 
course,  is  also  applicable  to  cop-dyeing.  But  it  must  not 
be  forgotten  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  wash  eops  as 
thoroughly  as  yarns  or  piece-goods.  For  this  reason  only 
such  dyes  ought  to  be  employed  for  these  bottoms  which 
are  absolutely  fast  to  washing  and  do  not  bleed  in  contact 
with  alkaline  liquors,  otherwise  the  vats  soon  get  badly  con- 
taminated by  dye  bleeding  off  the  eops,  and  I  need  hardly 
remark  that  indigo  shades  dyed  in  vats  contaminated  in  this 
manner  lack  more  or  less  in  brightness.  But,  altogether, 
I  believe  that  in  the  majority  of  cases  it  is  very  much  to  be 
preferred  in  cop-dyeing  to  produce  the  cheap  shades  by 
topping  light  indigo  shades,  instead  of  dyeing  them  on  a 
bottom.  Better  results  are  obtained  in  this  manner  and 
any  possible  contamination  of  the  vat  is  avoided,  which  is  a 
matter  of  no  small  concern. 

The  indophenol  vat  if  used  by  itself  is  scarcely  capable 
of  dyeing  cotton  iu  a  satisfactory  manner,  the  shades  being 
altogether  wanting  in  body  and  brightness.  If,  however, 
a  vat  be  employed  containing  indigo  and  indophenol  in 
certain  proportions  excellent  results  are  obtained,  the 
shades  dyed  being  brighter  than  with  indigo  alone  and 
much  faster  to  rubbing  and  soaping.  At  the  same  time  the 
fastness  to  light  is  quite  as  great  as  that  of  pure  indigo. 
The  management  of  this  vat,  as  well  as  its  preparation,  is 
identical  with  that  of  the  indigo  vat,  but  there  is.  of  course,  a 
very  substantial  economical  advantage  iu  the  use  of  the 
mixed  vat,  indophenol  being  so  much  cheaper  than  indigo  ; 
and  as,  on  the  other  baud,  these  mixed  shades  are  in  every 
respect  at  least  equal  in  fastness  to  the  pure  indigo  shades, 
this  iudigo-indopheuol  vat  deserves  much  more  attention 
than  it  has  hitherto  obtained. 

(<!.)- Aniline  Blank. 

The  production  of  aniline  black  on  cops  has  not  passed 
yet  beyond  the  experimental  stage,  but  We  shall  not  have 
to  wait  long  for  the  solution  of  this  important  task. 

The  method  of  aniline-black  dyeing,  known  as  the  one- 
bath  process,  which  is  so  extensively  useil  in  yarn  and 
piece-dyeing,  cannot  be  applied  to  cop  dyeing  uwing  to  the 
unavoidable  formation  of  free  aniline  black  in  these  baths. 
Considering  the  small  quantity  of  cops  dyed  iu  one  opera- 
tion in  a  comparatively  very  great  volume  of  dye-bath, 
which  applies  to  all  cop-dyeing  machines,  the  one-bath  pro- 
cess, through  the  spontaneous  decomposition  of  the  baths, 
would  be  exceedingly  expensive,  and  complicated  filtering 
arrangements  would  he  required  in  order  to  prevent  large 
quantities  of  loose  aniline  black  from  being  deposited  on  the 
outside  of  the  cops. 

Oxidation  aniline  black  offers  no  difficulties  of  the  above- 
mentioned  description,  but  it  has  not  been  produced  yet  on 
coos  in  a  satisfactory  manner.  The  impregnation  of  the 
cops  with  the  bath  is,  of  course,  an  easy  matter,  but  the 
difficulties  begin  with  the  drying  and  ageing  of  the  cops, 
which  in  the  manner  previously  referred  to,  causes  the  con- 
stituents of  the  both   to  migrate  from  the  inner  to  the  outer 


988 


THE    JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1898. 


paits  of  the  cops.  If  then,  subsequently,  the  aged  cops  are 
oxidised  in  the  bichromate  bath,  a  very  uneven  black  is 
obtained.  Apart  from  this  difficulty,  the  ageing  of  the 
impregnated  cops  proceeds  very  satisfactorily  provided  the 
temperature  and  moisture  of  the  air  be  judicious];'  regu- 
lated. Too  high  a  temperature  or  too  low  a  moisture  of  the 
air  in  the  ageing  chamber  will  tender  the  fibre  more  or  less  ; 
and  I  may  say  that  cops  want  in  this  respect  more  care 
and  precaution  than  hanks  or  piece-goods,  owing  no  doubt 
to  the  heat  accumulating  through  the  oxidation  in  so  non- 
conducting a  material  as  cotton  cops.  A  temperature  of 
45"  C.  on  the  dry  and  from  38  to  40°  C.  ou 
the  vret  bulb  ought  never  to  be  exceeded.  An  excellent 
black  is  obtained  by  the  use  of  aniline  fluoride,  but  the 
starch  which  is  contained  in  the  aniline-black  bath  as 
recommended  b\  Messrs  Bayer  &  Co.  must  be  omitted,  it 
being  impossible  to  force  such  a  bath  through  the  cops.  Of 
the  beneficial  action  of  the  starch  there  is,  however,  no  doubt, 
and  I  recommend  therefor  to  use  in  its  place  for  cops 
dextrine,  glucose  or  glycerin.  Unfortunately  aniline 
fluoride  possesses  properties  which  render  its  application  in 
the  present  cop-dyeing  machines  absolutely  impossible. 
Wherever  this  salt  comes  in  contact  with  iron,  copper, 
brass,  phosphorbronze,  lead,  silicates,  (glass,  enamels, 
earthenware)  it  exerts  a  most  vehement  corrosive  action. 

Strain  aniline  black  applied  to  cops  shows  the  same 
difficulties  as  oxidation  black  Also  the  steaming  of  the 
dried  cops  is  much  more  difficult  as  might  be  expected. 
Considering  however,  that  tins  black  is  by  far  less  injurious 
to  the  cotton  fibre  than  the  oxidation  black,  I  have  no 
doubt  that  the  difficulties  preventing  its  application  to  cops 
will  be  conquered  before  long. 

Some  recent  aniline  black  patents  of  Jageuburg  (Fr.  Pat. 
220,031, 1892),  and  Mommer  are  not  likely  to  become  of 
importance  in  cop-dyeing  ..wing  to  the  unavoidable  turbidity 
of  the  baths  used  in  these  processes,  while  the  casein  used 
in  M. .miner's  process  will  produce  such  viscous  baths,  that 
it  will  be  almost  impossible  to  force  them  through  the  cops. 


Discussion. 

The  Chairman  said  Dr.  Weber  had  explained  the  subject 
of  his  paper  in  such  a  clear  manner  that  it  could  not  fail  to 
be  intelligible  to  everyone.  Still  it  was  a  subject  so  entirely 
out  of  the  range  of  ordinary  experience  that  they  could 
hardly  expect  him  (the  Chairman)  to  make  an;-  remarks 
upon  it.  Looking  at  the  subject  from  a  general  point  of 
view  it  seemed  to  him  that  the  process  depended  much 
more  upon  mechanical  than  upon  chemical  principles.  The 
gnat  difficulty  seemed  to  be  to  get  uniform  shades  of  colour 
Through  the  dense  masses  of  raw  material,  and  he  presumed 
this  was  the  great  difficulty  which  presented  itself  to  those 
wentlemen  who  had  occupied  themselves  in  the  construction 
of  these  machines.  He  was  very  much  interested  in 
Dr.  Weber's  remarks  about  substantive  colours  as  applied 
to  cottcn.  He  bad  always  been  of  opinioH  that  cotton  had 
no  chemical  affinity  whatever  to  any  dye,  and  he  was  very 
much  interested  with  the  cursory  remarks  with  regard  to 
substantive  dyes,  in  the  course  of  which  the  author  stated 
that  the  dye  was  contained  in  the  cell  which  exists  in  the 
centre  of  the  cotton  fibre.  He  would  like  Dr.  Weber  to 
explain  how  any  colouring  matters  could  enter  the  cotton 
fibre  without  affecting  the  surrounding  substance. 

Dr.  Webeii,  in  reply  to  the  Chairman's  question  with 
regard  to  the  penetration  of  the  dye  into  the  cavities  of  the 
cotton,  said  he  had  absolute  proof  of  this  in  some  micro- 
scopical slides  he  bad  prepare!  showing  a  section  of  the 
thread  with  the  interior  entirely  filled  with  dye,  but  how  the 
dve  got  into  the  cell  he  could  not  say.  It  might  be  that 
the  penetration  was  due  to  an  osmotic  process,  but  this 
might  hardly  be  considered  a  satisfactory  explanation.  In 
order  to  dye  cotton  perfectly  with  the  substantive  dyes, 
they  bad  to  get  the  dyes  into  the  cavities  of  the  cotton,  but 
before  this  could  be  done  the  air  or  water  in  the  cavities 
of  the  cells  must,  be  removed  either  by  producing  a 
vacuum  or  expelling  the  air  or  water  by  pressure. 

In  reply  to  Mr.  Thomson,  he  could  only  say  that  dyeing 
cotton    in    the    grey    was    certainly     more    difficult    than 


dyeing  bleached  cotton,  for  reasons  he  could  not  fully 
explain.  With  regard  to  Mr.  Thomson's  further  remarks 
as  to  the  boiling  off  of  the  substantive  dyes,  he  could  give 
as  an  absolute  fact  within  his  experience  that  in  a 
case  where  tne  ordinary  wood  dyes  were  used  they  w  ere 
given  up  in  favour  of  the  substantive  dyes.  In  dyeing 
drab  shades  in  this  manner,  dyeing  was  started  at  a  very 
low  temperature  in  order  to  prevent  uneveuness  of  the  dye. 
The  black  fell  on  splendidly,  but  when  they  proceeded  to 
fix  it  by  raising  the  temperature  all  the  colour  came  out 
again.  His  explanation  of  this  was  that  dyeing  with  sub- 
stantive dyes  was  not  dyeing  at  all — it  was  simply  staining. 
They  got  the  colour  inside  the  cotton  fibre  and  there  it 
stuck,  but  as  soon  as  they  treated  the  hank  with  water 
sunir  nf  the  dye  came  out.  They  were  never  able  to 
abstract  the  whole  of  the  colour  There  always  seemed  to 
be  two  antagonistic  attractions  with  regard  to  these  dyes, 
preventing  the  complete  exhaustion  of  the  dye-baths  ;  and 
he  believed  Witt's  well-known  theory  of  dyeing  was  based 
upon  observations  made  in  the  dyeing  of  substantive 
colours.  Thej  could  always  prove  a  substantive  dye  to  be 
present  in  the  cotton  iu  an  absolutely  free  state.  If  they 
treated  benzidine  colours  with  acid  they  would  change  colour. 
For  instance,  Congo  red  turned  blue ;  because  while  the 
free  acid  of  Congo  red  was  blue,  other  benzidine  colours 
bad  colour  acids  of  the  same  colour  as  the  dye  itself; 
and  that  was  the  reason  why  some  of  them  are  said  to  be 
fast  to  acids,  which  they  are  not  in  a  strictly  chemical 
sense.  With  regard  to  Mr.  Thomson's  remark  as  to  dyeing 
the  cotton  before  it  goes  on  the  cops,  this  was  rather  a  large 
demaud.  He  would  remind  Mr.  Thomson  of  the  tremendous 
speed  at  which  the  thread  travelled  in  the  mule,  and 
which  would  give  no  reasonable  time  for  the  dyeing.  In 
winding  the  cops  into  hanks  waste  was  incurred  by  break- 
ages and  otherwise,  and  in  winding  the  hanks  back  into 
pirns  there  also  was  loss.  If  they  dyed  in  the  cop  there  was 
no  shrinkage  possible,  and,  further,  there  was  no  appreciable 
risk  of  breakage.  In  r<mly  to  Mr.  Hurst  he  believed  he  had 
noticed  the  effects  of  some  peculiar  substances  in  cotton 
(tin-  nature  of  which  he  did  not  know)  which  prevented 
the  dve  from  entering  the  fibre. 


^elurastle  Section. 

Chairman:  A.  AJlhusun. 

Vice-Chairman :  John  Pattinson. 

Committee : 


P.  P.  Bedson. 
G.  T.  France. 
G.  Gatheral. 
T.  W.  Hogg. 
John  Morrison. 
B.  S.  Proctor. 


\V.  \V.  Proctor. 
"\V.  L.  Reimoldson. 
W.  A.  Rowell. 
T.  W.  Stuart. 
John  Watson, 


lion.  Local  Secretary  and  Treasurer: 
Dr.  J.  T.  Dunn,  The  School,  Gateshead. 


session  iSM-:i;f. 


Notices  of  Papers  and  Communications  for  the  Meetings  to  he 

sent  to  the  Local  Secretary. 


Dec.  3i.is.j2.]         THE  JOUKNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


989 


Meeting  held  Thursday,  December  Sth,  1892. 


PROFESSOR    P.    P.    BEDSON    IX    THE   CHAIR. 


THE  VALUATION  OF  SULPHURIC  ACID,  CHIEFLY 
FROM  A  COMMERCIAL  ASPECT. 

BY    JOHN    MORRISON. 

Though  the  production  of  pyrites  vitriol  is  a  process  not 
less  than  fourscore  years  old,  1  question  whether  there  is  a 
manufacturer  to-day  who  can  prove  that  he  knows,  by  any 
positive  method  of  estimation,  and  within,  say,  10  per  cent, 
of  its  present  commercial  value,  what  his  acid  costs  him  per 
ton ;  and  it  is  something  to  be  regretted  that  in  detailing 
Leblanc  process  results,  the  only  recognised  practical  course 
is  to  ignore  the  vitriol  chambers  altogether,  and  to  tabulate 
merely  the  quantity  of  salt-cake  or  alkali  which  a  given 
amount  of  sulphur  consumed  will  produce.  This — even  if 
in  other  respects  unobjectionable  —  is  somewhat  unfair, 
inasmuch  as  it  debits  to  sulphuric  acid  instead  of  to  sulphate 
of  soda — or  in  ether  words  to  vitriol  made  instead  of  to  vitriol 
consumed — the  acid  volatilised  in  the  salt-cake  process. 

There  are  of  course  considerable  difficulties  in  the  way  of 
estimating  large  process  bulks,  and  chamber  areas  of  liquid 
of  such  variable  density  and  temperature  ;  for  even  sup- 
posing— which  is  very  far  from  the  case — that  the  acid  in  a 
single  chamber  is  of  uniform  specific  gravity,  a  "  dipping  " 
error  of  a  single  tenth  of  an  inch  may  involve  a  discrepancy 
of  10  or  15  cwt.  of  "  O.V." 

Yet  bearing  in  mind,  that  in  many  processes  cheap  vitriol 
is  the  real  hinge  upon  which  financial  success  turns ;  that, 
as  regards  the  chemical  manure  trade,  the  sale  of  super- 
phosphates is  little  more  than  a  dry  way  of  selling  sulphuric 
acid  ;  and  that  the  vitriol  traffic  in  this  country  is  of  con- 
siderable importance ;  it  must  surely  be  regretted  that  some 
standard  and  universally  acceptable  method  ha?  not  ere  this 
been  devised  for  estimating,  otherwise  than  negatively,  and 
within  reasonable  limits  of  accuracy,  the  cost  of  a  ton  of 
vitriol  in  terms  of  itself.  For  until  the  manufacturing  cost 
of  vitriol  becomes  correctly  determinable,  the  sale  price  can 
never  be  perfectly  equitable. 

One  of  the  first  difficulties  perhaps,  is  an  agreement  as 
to  the  calculative  standard  of  strength.  If  absolute  H^SOj 
be  fixed  on,  then  there  is  the  objection  that  it  is  practically- 
non-existent,  and  that  its  specific  gravity  is  uncertain  ;  and 
in  fact  any  strength  over  150°  Tw.  has  the  disadvantage  of 


representing  what  I  might  term  a  rectified  rather  than  a 
chamber  or  a  Glovertower standard.  Thisobjection  possibly 
is  not  serious,  yet  it  would  certainly  have  some  weight  where 
the  manufacture  and  sale  of  both  these  acids  was  simul- 
taneously carried  on.  But  whatever  universal  standard  be 
selected,  it  should  at  all  events  not  only  meet  both  buyers' 
and  sellers'  views,  but  be  one  to  which  all  acid  process 
results  could  be  systematically  reduced.  I  question,  there- 
fore, whether  any  other  than  an  "  O.V. "  or  absolute  ILSO, 
standard  is  ever  likely  to  be  generally  enforced. 

Then  there  is  the  hydrometer  difficulty.  The  hydrometer 
in  common  use  is,  I  am  afraid,  distinguishable  rather  by  its 
cheapness  than  by  its  reliability  ;  for  when  compared  with 
standard  instruments,  errors  of  2°  or  3°  are  by  no  means 
uncommon.  And  besides  this,  its  paper  scale — as  is  well 
known — occasionally  glides  from  its  allotted  position,  and 
under  the  most  favourable  circumstances  its  register  is,  I  am 
afraid,  decidedly  agaiust  the  vitriol  consumer. 

Next  come  the  calculating  table  difficulties,  and  it  is  some- 
thing of  a  disgrace  that  no  standard  tables  are  in  universal 
adoption.  Probably  the  best  published  tables  are  those  of 
Lunge  and  Isler,  given  in  the  Journal  of  May  1890.  These 
have  been,  1  believe,  introduced  into  some  of  the  I*.  A. 
Co.'s  works,  but  the  tables  in  more  general  use  are  for  the 
most  part  extremely  antiquated.  Indeed  all  the  tables  with 
which  I  am  familiar  yield  excesshe  results  for  commercial 
acid,  because  of  their  ostensible  reference  to  chemically  pure 
vitriol  only.  If  there  were  but  one  existing  table,  the 
position  would  not  be  so  bad,  but  there  are  to  the  front  not 
only  the  tables  of  various  original  investigators,  but  sundry 
illegitimate  offspring  of  which  the  parentage  is  exceedingly 
difficult  to  trace.  And  surely  the  time  has  arrived  for  the 
elaboration  or  selection  of  a  set  of  tables  fairly  applicable 
to  the  denitrated  Spanish  pyrites  of  commerce,  the  purity  of 
which  at  ordinary  merchantable  strengths  cannot  be  very 
variable. 

The  tables  in  use  are  not  only  discordant,  but  exhibit  also 
unequal  ratios  of  variation  between  successive  specific 
gravities.  That  any  substantial  irregularities  really  exist, 
seems  hardly  likely,  and  if  they  do  not,  surely  their 
elimination  from  accepted  tables  is  highly  desirable. 

As  illustrating  these  discrepancies,  I  may  take  five  of 
these  tables :  A  =  one  used  in  a  Tyneside  works  ;  B  = 
Kolb's  table  as  given  by  Lunge ;  C  =  Otto's  table  in 
Bay  ley's  Chemist's  Pocket  Book;  D  =  an  unidentified  table 
from  the  Chemical  Trade  Journal  of  September  24,  1892; 
and  E  =  the  Lunge  and  Isler  table  already  mentioned. 
From  these  several  tables,  therefore,  we  obtain  the  following 
particulars : — 


Tw. 

Specific 
Gravity. 

Lb.  of  HjSG,  in  One  Cubic  Foot 

°T\v. 

Increase  in  Lb.  HaS04  per  cubic  Foot. 

A. 

B. 

C. 

D. 

K 

A. 

B. 

C. 

D. 

E. 

100 

1-500 

67-45 

55-94 

56-22 

55-99 

55-97 

ioo;nii 

6-40 

6-45 

5-9! 

6-31            6-28 

llu 

1-650 

G3'85 

02-39 

62-19 

62-30 

62-26 

110/120 

6-30 

6-33 

7-16 

6-ltl            6-26 

120 

1-600 

70-15 

ci<'72 

69-35 

68-46 

68-51 

120, 130 

6-84 

6-67 

5-88 

6-58             li'58 

1  :*.<  > 

1-650 

76-99 

76-39 

75-23 

75-0* 

75-09 

130/140 

(i-84 

0-21 

6-08 

7-31             6-90 

140 

1-700 
1-750 

SS-83 
90-93 

81-iiO 
89-20 

81-91 
88-84 

82-35 
88-88 

81-99 

89-20 

140,130 

7-10 

7-60 

6-93 

6-53            7-21 

1=0 

100/150 

33-48 

33-26 

32-62 

32-89 

33-23 

Tables  B,  C,  and  E  deal  with  a  temperature  standard  of 
15  C.(=  59°  Fahr.),  but  the  standards  for  A  and  D  are 
not  stated.  Also  tables  A,  C,  and  I)  assume  a  cubic  foot  of 
water  to  weigh  62-:!t>  lb.  or  thereabouts,  while  tables  B  and 
F:  put  it  at  62 \  lb.* 

For  commercial  purposes  the  temperature  standard  of 
this  country  is  60'  Fahr.  And  this  will  be  perfectly  con- 
venient so  long  as  the   F'ahrenheit  scale  remains  in  favour. 


*  Some  manufacturers  Iinay  remark,  use  as  :i  sort  of  calculative 
starting  point  I  cub.ft.  120c  Tw.  acid  =  loo  lli.,'atul  contains 70 lb. 
••<>.  V." 


The  water  standard  also  for  that  temperature  is  G2i  lb.  per 
cubic  foot,  which  is  equally  convenient,  if  only  it  be 
reasonably  accurate.  That  it  is  so  I  am  unable  to  say. 
But  inasmuch  as  the  steam  entering  the  sulphuric  acid 
chambers,  either  direct  or  from  the  Glover  towers,  cannot 
vary  very  much  in  purity,  I  think  the  water  standard  might 
with  advantage  be  reinvestigated  and  verified,  as  it  is  in  all 
probability  somewhat  high. 

The  handling  and  transit  of  sulphuric  acid  are  now 
accomplished  by  far  different  methods  from  those  prevalent 
25  to  30  years  ago.  At  that  time  delivery  in  fragile  carboy 
tubs,  weighing   nearly  half   as   much  as  the    liquid   they 


990 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


contained,  was  customary.  Hut  now  carboys  have  to  a  large 
extent  given  place  to  wrought-iron  tanks  lined  with  lead,  or, 
more  recently,  to  unlined  tanks  of  steel,  from  which  the  acid 
can  quickly  and  tidily  be  discharged  by  gravity  or  com- 
pressed air. 

This  change  has  necessitated  the  estimation  of  weight  by 
gauging  and  calculation,  and  it  is  here  that  a  correct  water 
standard,  as  well  as  an  accurate  hydrometer  observation,  is 
of  importance. 

Having  first  carefully  taken  the  strength  of  the  acid,  and 
ascertained  the  quantity  in  cubic  feet  discharged  into  the 
tank,  it  is  only  necessary  to  multiply  the  latter  by  the  lb.  of 
water  in  1  cubic  foot  at  6tf  F..  and  the  result  by  the  specific 
pravity  calculated  from  the  hydrometer  strength.  This  gives 
the  dead  weight  in  lb.,  so  that  the  only  question  left  is  the 
determination  of  the  selling  strength.  Here  a  temperature 
correction  is  usually  needful,  because  the  acid  is  presumably 
sold  on  the  definite  temperature  basis  of  the  water,  in 
relation  to  which  the  acid  weight  has  been  computed.  If 
this  were  not  so,  it  would  be  to  the  seller's  interest  to 
refrigerate  the  acid,  and  to  the  buyer's  to  have  it  delivered 
hot.  Hence  commercially  the  acid  is  assumed  to  rise  1  Tw. 
in  strength  per  10  F.  fall  (or  vice  versa)  in  temperature. 
And  in  accordance  with  this,  all  necessary  strength  adjust- 
ments must  be  made.  But  of  course  the  corrections  must 
be  made  after  the  ascertainment  of  the  weight,  because  the 
weight  of  acid  obtained  (as  just  mentioned)  from  the 
specific  gravity  at  the  actual  temperature  at  the  time  of 
observation,  gives  the  weight  as  compared  with  the  60°  F. 
water  standard  adopted,  and  variations  in  the  acid  tem- 
perature beiug  inversely  proportionate  to  variations  in  the 
specific  gravity,  the  two  neutralise  each  other,  and  so  have 
no  ultimate  effect  upon  the  acid  weight. 

So  far.  therefore,  the  vitriol  selling  business  is  pretty  fair 
sailing.     But  the  chief  difficulties  are  yet  to  be  described. 

If  sulphuric  acid  be  sold  (as  it  almost  invariably  is)  at 
so  much  per  Twaddell-degrce-ton,  I  think  it  may  fairly  be 
d  that  Chamber  and  Glover  tower  acids  possess 
commercially  a  purely  H^SOj  strength  pro  rata  value,  and 
that  the  loss  of  nitrogen  to  the  manufacturer  selling 
chamber   acid    (from   at    all   events    the    strong   chamber) 


something  like  counterbalances  the  extra  expenses  involved 
by  the  sale  of  denitrated  vitriol. 

I  am  of  course  aware  that  this  does  not  fully  represent 
matters  in  the  ease  of  a  salt-cake  and  bleaching  powder 
maker  disposing  only  of  his  surplus  vitriol,  inasmuch  as 
for  decomposing  purposes  the  stronger  acid  of  the  Glover 
tower  is  naturally  the  acid  he  prefers  retaining  for  his  own 
use.  But  with  this  trifling  exception,  which  is  technical 
rather  than  commercial,  I  think  the  assumption  may  pass. 
In  fact,  that  acid  from  .say  120'  to  15u:  Tw.  posse-  - 
commercially  an  even  pro  rata  H;S04  strength  value,  is 
proven  to  a  pretty  conclusive  degree  (though  iu  a  negative 
way)  b_\  the  adoption  of  high  standards  in  those  selling 
centres  where  acid  is  cheapest.  For  vitriol  has  to  my 
certain  knowledge  been  sold  this  year  in  quantity  at  2s,  6af. 
per  ton  less  for  140:  Tw.  in  one  district,  and  only  3</.  per 
ton  more  for  148"  Tw.  in  another  district,  than  the  lowest 
price  at  which  I  believe  it  has  been  sold  in  a  third  district  for 
120°  Tw.  ;  all  of  these  districts  being  of  substantially  equal 
importance,  and  the  last-named — as  regards  the  economy 
of  production — beiDg,  I  am  satisfied,  the  most  favoured  of 
the  three. 

Sulphuric  acid  then  is  sold  upon  a  Twaddell  basis  which 
varies  iu  different  localities.  In  some,  120'  Tw.  prevails, 
and  in  others,  strengths  varying  from  140°  to  150  Tw.  are 
customary. 

( (ccasionally  inequalities  in  delivered  strengths  are 
reduced  to  the  fixed  basis  before  invoicing.  But  far  more 
usually  variations  of  strength  are  charged  at  the  pro  rata 
price  per  Twaddell  degree  (or  unit)  ton. 

Thus,  if  the  agreed  price  be,  say,  22s.  6(7.  per  ton  of  120 
acid  (=  2jrf.  per  unit),  the   cost  of  the  acid  =  24s.  ihil.  on 
130°;  -26s.  3d.  on   140   ;  28s.  I'ii.  on   150   Tw. :  and  pro- 
portionally as  regards  the  strengths  between. 

The  reduetion-to-a-fixed-standard  method  is,  however,  by 
far  the  best,  as  a  variety  of  invoicing  strengths  greatly 
confuses  and  prejudices  the  manufacturing  accounts  of  both 
buyer  and  seller. 

But  to  show  the  effect  of  the  already  quoted  tables  upon 
the  usual  method  of  acid  selling,  1  will  give  the  figures 
from  100°  to  150:  Tw.  at  10;  intervals  on  the  price  basis 
just  mentioned. 


Tw. 


Cubic  Feet  in  one  Ton  of  Acid, 


ID.         B.  amlE. 


Lb.  of  Absolute  HJsO,  in  one  Ton  Acid. 


B. 


'  . 


100 

23  94 

• 

1375*35 

133C4" 

1345-90 

1340*40 

1339  92 

no 

28-17 

23-12 

1470-40 

1442-4." 

1440-94 

144.:- 19 

1442 

|»0 

22*45 

22-40 

1574-^7 

1539  32 

1556*91 

1536*93 

1538*05 

130 

21-77 

21-72 

1676*07 

1637-47 

1037-75 

1633*62 

1634-71 

110 

a*  13 

21 'On 

1771-33 

172H-13 

1730 76 

174H-05 

1732-45 

1511 

WEB 

20-48 

1865-88 

1826-81 

1822-99 

1823*82 

1830*38 

Tw. 


100 
110 
120 
ISO 
140 
150 


Toil  on 


s.  <l. 

is  g 

20  71 

22  6 

24  i; 

26  3 

28  14 


Price  per  Ton  at  i2.s-.  6rf.  on  120°  Tw.  Acid 

on  Basis  of  actual  H2SO»  according 

to  Tables. 


A. 


s.     ./. 
19    71 

s.    d.    | 
19    6} 

21    11 

21     1 

22    ti 

22    6 

as  ni 

23  11 

25    34 

25    1J 

26     72 

26    81 

s.  ,1. 

19    5} 

22  6 

23  8 
25 


1!'     7J 

s.    d. 

19    7! 

21     15 

21     1 

22    6 

22     6 

23  11 

23  103 

25    4 

26    91 

Average 
per  Ton  in 
favour  of 
Seller  on 
Vmt  Basis 
of  Sale. 


s.   d. 
*0    9{ 

•0    5 

Basis 

1    0 
1    0 


Price  per  Tou  at  28s.  lid.  on  150   Tw.  Acid 

on  Basis  of  actual  H  .SQt  according 

to  Tables. 


11. 


Average 
per  Ton  in 

favour  of 

Buyer  1  in 
Unit  Basis 

of  Sale. 


S.  (I. 

20    B| 

24     1{ 
26     - 


s. 

20 

(1. 

7 

s. 
20 

22 

21 

22 

•-' 

24 

ti 

21 

5i 

25 

23 

25 

3 

2.1 

5i 

26 

2  s 

u 

2s 

H 

S.  ft. 

20  8 

22  3 

24  l: 

25  21 

26  in 
28    11 


S.  ./. 

20     7 

22  2 

23  4 
25    1! 

2S    11 


s.  d. 

1  11 
1  71 
1  61 
0  11 
0  5} 
Basis. 


*  Of   course  in   the  two  below  basis  strengths  given  in  the  first  section   of  this   table,  the    variation    is   in   the   same 
direction  (i.e.,  against  the  seller)  as  that  in  the  second  section  of  the  table. 


Deo.  SI,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


991 


These  figures  shew  an  average  of  £1  6  71=  Is.  6^d. 
per  ton  against  the  buyer,  where  the  standard  is  120°  T\v., 
and  the  delivered  acid  is  150°  Tw. ;  or  CI  0  8=l.s-.  1 1</ 
per  ton  against  the  seller  where  the  standard  is  150°  Tw., 
and  the  delivered  acid  is  120°  Tw.  And  as  will  be  also 
observed,  the  error  is  slightly  erratic  in  one  or  two  of  the 
intervening  strengths. 

Tin'  discrepancy  is  of  course  due  to  the  degrees  Tw. 
varj  ing  one-third  more  rapidly  than  the  percentage  of 
O.V.  in  the  successive  specific  gravities  which  they  indicate. 
And  the  remedy  appears  to  me  to  lie  in  the  direction  of  the 
entire  abolition  of  tbe  Tw.  degree  pro-rata  method  of  sale  ; 
the  selling  universally  on  H.SO.,;  and  the  correction  of  all 
acid  deliveries  before  invoicing  to  their  H3S04  or  "  O.V." 
equivalent. 

It  may  be  said  that  the  discrepancy  is  not  serious,  but 
ii  will  be  serious  when  the  price  of  pyrites  is  advanced,  and 
thai  of  vitriol  follows  suit.  Indeed  it  is  already  serious  in 
the  chemical  mauure  trade  at  a  time  like  the  present,  when 
every  penny  saved  in  the  production  of  a  ton  of  super- 
phosphate is  of  importance.  And  in  any  case,  the  mere 
pecuniary  assessment  of  the  value  of  chemical  discrepancies 
is  too  often  a  depraved  and  unjust  judgment.  Besides,  it 
must  be  recollected  that  the  maximum  possible  error  is  not 
the  difference,  but  the  sum  of  the  several  possible  erroneous 
elements  contributed  by  the  use  of  inaccurate  hydrometers, 
incorrect  water-standards,  and  doubtful  tables  never  in- 
tended for  commercial  oil  of  vitriol. 

It  may  be  also  urged  that  the  selling  basis  is  usually 
fixed  at  somewhere  near  the  average  delivered  strength  of 
the  particular  contract  or  district.  But  vitriol  is  frequently 
sold  on  a  simple  minimum  Twaddell  guarantee,  with  no  over- 
strength  restrictions,  so  that  the  deliveries  oscillate  between 
the  acids  of  the  chambers  or  Glover  Towers,  just  as  suits 
the  variable  convenience  of  the  manufacturer.  To  most 
large  buyers,  the  higher  sp.  grs.  are  solely  of  consequence 
from  the  saving  in  transit  which  they  secure.  And  what 
chiefly  rules  the  minimum  strength  is  the  action  of  acid 
under  186°  to  130°  Tw.  upon  the  steel  tanks  in  which 
deliveries  are  made.  Indeed  to  the  manure  maker,  streugths 
approaching  140°  to  150°  Tw.  are  positively  objectionable, 
inasmuch  as  strong  acid  is  not  quiekly  miscible  with  water, 
and  so  results  in  irregularities  in  the  superphosphates  for 
the  production  of  which  it  is  supplied. 

There  can  then  I  think  be  no  question  that  vitriol  should 
universally  be  sold  and  invoiced  at  per  ton  of  "  O.V."  ;  the 
margins  of  delivery  strengths  being  arranged  to  suit  both 
buyer  and  seller;  and  of  course  an  extra  charge  being 
made  for  rectified  and  non-arsenical  acids ;  and  carriage 
being  charged  in  all  cases  on  dead  weight.  It  may  be 
pleaded  that  this  would  introduce  extra  calculations,  but 
they  would  be  avoidable  with  suitably  prepared  reduction 
tables.  And  even  for  some  slight  additional  tax  on  clerical 
forbearance,  there  would  be  the  abundant  reward  of  greater 
accuracy  and  consistency  in  the  process  and  costs  books  of 
both  makers  and  consumers. 

But  in  the  event  of  such  a  wholesome  reform  being 
agreed  on,  all  the  more  need  would  arise  for  standard 
calculating  tables,  showing  as  far  as  may  be  evenly  pro- 
gressive variations  of  H.SO,  between  the  several  Twaddell 
degrees.  And  towards  the  furtherance  of  such  a  reform, 
I  for  one  would  like  to  see  the  appointment  of  a  strong 
representative  committee  of  acid  manufacturers,  sellers,  and 
purchasers,  to  legislate  not  only  upon  the  tables,  but  upon 
the  hydrometers,  and  the  temperature  and  water  standards 
of  the  future. 


f)orksI)tre  £>«ttoit. 

Chairman :  Sir  James  Kitson,  Bart..  M.P. 

Vice-Chairman  •'  Dr.  F.  11.  Bowman. 

Committee : 


A.  H.  Allen. 
J.  B.  Cohen. 

T.  Fairley. 
A.  Hess. 
R.  Holliday. 
J.  J.  Ilumrae]. 


J.  Lewkowitscli. 

F.  W.  Richardson. 
J  as.  Sharp. 

G.  W.  Slatter. 
G.  Ward. 

F.  B.  "Wilkinson. 


Hon.  Local  Secretary  : 
H.  R.  Procter,  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds. 


Notices  of  Tapers  and  Communications  should  be  addressed  to 
the  Hon.  Local  Secretary. 


Meeting  held  at  the  Yorkshire  <  'olUge,  Monday, 
December  5th,  1892. 


MR.    JAS.    SHARP    IX    THE    CHAIR. 


PRIMITIVE  MODES  OF  DYEING. 

BY    PROFESSOR    .1.    .T.    HUMMEL. 

(Abstract.') 

Professor  Hummel  gave  a  communication  with  regard  tc 
primitive  modes  of  dyeing,  which  he  illustrated  by  specimens. 
He  first  described  the  methods  of  dyeing  practised  by  the 
Timanees  and  Mendis  races  of  Africans  living  about  200  miles 
inland  from  Free  Town  on  the  Sierra  Leone  coast.  Yov  vat- 
blue  ou  cotton  yarn  they  employ  the  leaves  of  a  large  forest 
shrub,  Lvnchocarpus  cyanescens,  which  are  rubbed  in  the 
hand  till  they  become  blue,  and  then  dried.  In  use,  the 
dried  leaves  are  mixed  with  water  and  the  ashes  of  some 
plant  which  no  doubt  yields  the  necessary  alkali,  so  that  in 
principle  the  process  is  similar  to  that  employed  in  Europe. 
Yellow  and  brown  cotton  are  dyed  by  simply  steeping  in 
infusions  of  certain  barks,  the  origin  of  which  is  unknown. 
The  natives  have  no  knowledge  of  the  use  of  mordants,  and 
do  not  apply  camwood,  which  abounds  in  the  district, 
although  they  hive  no  red  dye. 

.V  brief  description  of  the  methods  practised  by  the 
Maoris  (this  Journal,  1,  1882,  170)  was  next  given,  and 
samples  of  dyed  mats,  of  the  barks  used,  and  of  the  black 
mud  of  certain  swamps  were  shown.  The  barks  yield  small 
percentages  of  tannic  acid,  and  the  mud  contains  iron, 
partly  in  solution.  The  colours  produced  on  the  Phorminm 
tenax  fibre  are  various  shades  of  grey  and  black,  and  the 
methods  are  interesting  as  showing  in  all  probability  the 
origin  of  the  application  of  mordants,  the  principle  involved 
being  that  still  in  use  in  Europe  for  the  dyeing  of  tannin 
and  iron  blacks. 

The  "  Batick "  dyeing  of  the  Javanese,  and  the  "  knot 
dyeing"  of  the  Hindoos  were  also  described  and  illustrated 
by  specimens.  In  the  first  of  these  the  dyeing  of  certain 
portions  of  the  fabric  is  prevented  by  a  wax  resist  painted 
on  by  hand ;  in  the  second  by  tying  up  with  thread  ;  and 
in  both  cases  effects  are  produced  which  prove  impossible 
to  imitate  satisfactorily  by  the  processes  in  ordinary  use  in 
Europe. 

Discussion. 

The  Chairman  commented  upon  the  specimens  of 
primitive  dyeing  exhibited,  and  made  mention  of  methods 
adopted  in  England  to  achieve  the  same  results.  The 
method  of  "  knot-dyeing  "  finds  a  limited  application  here, 
being  used  to  mark  the  ends  of  the  pieces  with  symbols 
indicating  the  quality  of  the  material,  or  with  the  trade- 
mark of  the  manufacturing  firm.  The  goods  for  the  Java 
market  are  mostly  in  loose  colours,  "  steam-work  "  being 
largely  used. 


992 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        LDec,  31,1892. 


Mr.  Rawsom  inquired  how  the  fermentation  of  the  dye- 
stuff  was  started  on  the  West  Coast  of  Africa. 

Mr.  Sutter  thought  that  the  "  alum-water  "  obtained 
by  the  West  Africans  from  the  ashes  of  the  leaves  of  a 
certain  tree  could  hardly  contain  alum,  clubmoss  being  the 
onlv  plant  at  present  known  to  absorb  aluminium. 

Mr.  F.  W.  Richardson  enquired  if  there  were  two 
separate  fermentations  in  the  process  of  indigo-dyeing 
employed  by  the  natives  of  West  Africa.  Had  the  microbe 
of  the  indigo  ferment  been  isolated  ? 

A  Member  asked  how  the  black  in  the  Japanese  specimens 
were  obtained.  It  had  rather  the  appearance  of  a  brown 
possibly  owing  to  fading  of  the  colour. 

Mr.  Procter  remarked  that  the  tanekeha  bark  used  for 
dveing  yellow  in  New  Zealand  was  identical  with  the 
"golden-tan  "  bark  used  in  this  country  for  dyeing  leather, 
especially  kid. 

Professor  Hummel,  in  reply,  stated  that  he  had  no  infor- 
mation as  to  how  the  fermentation  of  the  dye  was  induced 
on  the  West  Coast  of  Africa.  As  to  the  "  alam-water," 
mordants  were  unknown  in  this  district,  and  it  was  probably 
the  alkali  in  the  ashes  of  the  leaves  that  acted  as  a  developer 
of  the  dye.  In  the  indigo-dyeing  there  were  two  distinct 
fermentations :  one  when  the  leaves  were  rubbed  in  the 
hand  and  stored,  the  indican  being  broken  up  and  indigo- 
blue  formed :  and  a  second  when  the  leaves  were  steeped  in 
water  along  with  the  fabric  to  be  dyed  :  in  this  latter  process 
the  indigo-blue  was  reduced  and  rendered  soluble.  As  to 
how  the  black  in  the  Japanese  specimens  was  obtained  he 
could  not  say  ;  Chinese  black  was  not  dyed,  but  painted  on. 

Mr.  Eawsok  then  described  a  new  form  of  dyeing-vat 
designed  by  Messrs.  Smithson  and  Whittaker  ^see  Journal 
of  the  Society  of  Dyers  and  Colourists,  January,  1893). 
At  one  end  the  dyewood  is  contained  in  a  perforated  box, 
and  at  the  other  steam  is  blown  in.  and  the  water  is  thus 
heated  to  boiling,  and  a  current  created  which  is  directed 
so  as  to  flow  over  and  through  the  fabric  to  be  dyed,  and 
then  through  the  dye-wood  in  the  bos  and  back  again. 
If  the  water  is  already  boiling  when  fresh  wood  is  put  in, 
<J0 — 66  per  cent,  of  the  colouring  matter  is  removed  in 
four  mini 


ScurnaJ  antJ  patent*  literature. 


p  ■- 

I.— General  Plant,  Apparatus,  and  Machinery 992 

II—  Fuel,  Gas, and  Light M5 

III.— Destructive  Distillr.tion,  Tar  Products,  ic — 

IV  — Colouring  Matters  and  Dy.-s  996 

V— Textiles :  Cotton,  Woo!,  Silk,  ftc 1002 

VI.— Dveing.   Calico   Printing,    Paper    Staining,   and 

Bleaching 1002 

VII.— Acids,  Alkalis,  and  Salts 100* 

V I II.— Glass,  Pottery,  and  Earthenware 1007 

IX.— Building  Materials,  Clays,  Mortars  and  Cements.. 

X.-Metallurey 101s 

XI  — Electro-Chemistry  and  Electro-Metallurgy  1014 

XII.— Fats.  Oils,  and  Soap  Manufacture 1017 

XIII.— Paints.     Pigments,     Varnishes,     Kesins,     Jndia- 

Rubber.ic 1017 

XIV.— Tanning,  Leather,  Glne,  and  Size 1018 

XV.-Manures,  ic 1018 

XVI.— Sugar,  Starch,  Gnm,  4c 1018 

X  VII .— Brewing,  Wines,  Spirits,  ic 1M9 

XVIII— Chemistry   of   Foods,  Sanitary   Chamistry,    and 

Disinfectants 1023 

XlX.-Paper,  Pasteboard,  ic 1"'-'; 

XX.— Fine  Chemicals.  Alkaloids.  Essences,  and  Extracts  1026 

XXI.—  Photographic  Materials  and  Processes 1031 

XXII.!-- Explosives,  Matches,  tc 1032 

XXIII.— Analytical  Chemistry 1033 


I— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS, 
MACHINERY. 


AND 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  anil  relating  to  Apparatus  for  Expressing 
Liquids  from  Vegetable,  Animal,  or  Mineral  Substances. 
H.  H.    Lake,    London.      From    I. a     Societc    Anonyme 
du    Compresseur    Jourdan,    Paris.      Kng.    Pat.    17     ■ 
October  19,  1891. 

See  under  XII.,  page  101  7. 


iftbltlMtlK 


WILLIAM  NATHANIEL  EVANS. 

A    MKMBER    OF   THE    SOCIETY    OF    CHEMICAL    ENDTtSTRY. 

William  Nathaniel  Evans,  of  Bristol,  was  born  in 
821  at  Ottery  St.  Mary,  and  came  of  an  old  Devonshire 
family.  The  greater  part  of  his  life  was  devoted  to  the 
manufacture  of  leather,  but  his  strongly  developed 
scientific  tendencies  led  him  early  to  study  chemistry, 
and  to  apply  it  to  the  trade  in  which  he  was  interested 
and  in  the  technology  of  which  he  became  a  considerable 
authority.  He  started,  and  for  some  time  edited  the 
journal  Leather,  and  was  the  writer  of  the  article  on 
■  Leather  "  in  Mackenzie's  "  Chemistry  applied  to  the 
Arts  and  Manufactures,"  and  also  of  a  very  useful 
text-book  on  "  Butt  Tanning  "  and  made  and  published 
many  analyses  of  new  tanning  products,  and  especially 
of  those  collected  at  the  Indian  and  Colonial  Exhibition. 
He  was  an  earnest  advocate  of  scientific  and  technical 
education,  and  his  kindliness  and  readiness  to  impart 
information  to  others  will  make  his  death  felt  as  a 
personal  loss  by  many  outside  the  circle  of  his  immediate 
friends.     He  died  at  Bristol  on  Sundav,  October  23rd. 

— H.  R.  P. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Evaporating,  Condensing, 
and  the  like.  G.  Y.  Blair,  Stockton-on-Tees.  Eng.  Pat. 
20,125,  November  19,  1891. 
This  patent  refers  to  means  for  cleaning  or  changing  the 
coils  in  evaporators  or  similar  apparatus  in  which  special 
coils  are  used  enclosed  within  an  upright  vessel.  The  coils 
are  placed  around  a  common  centre  upon  a  revolving 
trunnion  with  arms  through  which  the  steam  has  free  access 
to  them,  and  they  may  be  successively  brought  opposite  a 
door  or  opening  in  the  vessel  when  required  for  examina- 
tion, cleansing,  or  removal. — B. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Producing  Cold  in  or 
Freezing  Liquids.  J.  W.  Bowley,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
20,563,  November  26,  1891. 
Im  this  apparatus  the  vessel  holding  the  freezing  mixture 
is  traversed  by  horizontal  tubes  through  which  the  liquid  or 
material  for  cooling  is  passed.  Each  rube  is  provided  with 
a  scrf>w  conveyor,  which  in  revolving  effects  a  rapid  equali- 
sation of  temperature  and  acceleration  of  the  process. — B. 


•  Any  of  these  sjiecifications  may  be  obtained  by  post  by  remittus; 
!v/. — the  price  now  fixed  for  all  specifications,  postage  included— to 
Sir  Henry  Header  Lack,  Comptroller  of  the  Patent  Office,  South- 
ampton Buildings,  Chancery  Lane.  London,  W.C. 


Dec.  si,  1892.]      THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF   CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


993 


Improvements  in    Thermometers.      J.   Dawson,    Rochdale. 
Eng.  Pat.  21,157,  December  4,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  provide  a  thermometer 
better  adapted  to  withstand  the  rough  usage  and  sudden 
changes  of  temperature  to  which  the}'  are  liable  to  be 
exposed  in  dye-vats,  &c.  A  collar  is  formed  on  the  glass 
thermometer  tube  about  one-third  of  the  length  from  the 
top  ;  the  lower  part  of  the  tube  is  mounted  in  a  metal 
casing  by  means  of  india-rubber  washers  ;  the  upper  part  of 
the  tube  is  fitted  with  a  scale  in  an  enlarged  continuation 
of  the  metal  casing,  and  an  index  finger  is  provided,  which 
may  be  adjusted  from  the  outside  by  means  of  a  key  fitting 
the  end  of  a  traversing  screw. — J.  C.  C. 


storing  quicksilver  or  gases  under  high  pressure.  The  ends 
of  the  cylindrical  tubes  forming  the  holder  are  drawn  or 
forged  into  a  conical  shape  so  as  to  leave  the  ends  into 
which  the  plugs  are  fastened  of  smaller  diameter  than 
that  of  the  tubes.  These  holes  are  slightly  bell-mouthed 
and  sometimes  beaded,  and  the  end  pieces  made  to  fit,  when 
they  are  welded  together  with  the  aid  of  tools  of  special 
shape. — B. 


Improvements  in  Bottles  or  Holders  for  the  Storage  and 
Conveyance  of  Quicksilver,  Gas,  and  other  Fluids  under 
Hiyh  Pressure,  and  in  the  Method  of  Manufacture 
thereof,  J.  Brotherton,  Wolverhampton,  and  W.Griffith, 
Sheffield.  Eng.  Pat.  21,507,  December  9,  1891. 
This  invention  relates  to  an  improved  method  for  securing 
the  tops  and  bottoms  to  metallic  holders  or  bottles  used  for 


Improvements  in  Filleting  Apparatus.  P.  A.  Xewton, 
London.  From  M.  Weigel,  Tetschen,  Bohemia,  Austria. 
Eng.  Pat.  21,714,  December  11,  1891. 

In  this  apparatus  the  filtration  is  effected  by  means  of 
fibrous  material,  or  cellulose,  which  at  the  commencement 
is  added  to  the  water  to  be  filtered,  and  is  deposited  on 
the  side  surfaces,  so  as  to  form  filtering  beds  for  the 
remainder  of  the  liquid.  The  accompanying  illustrations 
show  the  arrangement  recommended. 

In  the  tank  a  are  placed  filtering  frames  s  covered  on 
both  sides  with  wire  gauze  and  fitted  with  perforated  drain- 
age tubes  /,  which  communicate  with   the  exit  chamber  <■. 


Fig.  1. 


.,  Lju^fe,,.,... ;.^...^4- .-...-^■■■,...-.>^=5i 


,; "       '"—  — "  t— 


•  •  •:     '    ;.•--••  '  -•       ■ 


""•r 


s  a- 


bo 


iJ 


W.SV--  ■  f/rrr.v '  \'^\t-,^.\\\snxs* 


' -  ■  .    rr. 


:...,       '•'  ■■, ;~~~~""~'  " 


Fig.  4. 
Improvements  in  Filterino  Apparatus. 


Here  there  is  an  outlet  tube  /,  fitted  with  sluice  k  and 
an  outlet  with  plug  m.  The  inlet  chamber  b  is  fitted 
with  sluices  q  and  r  for  regulation  of  the  supply,  and  with 
openings  for  cleaning.  At  starting,  the  outlet  m  is  left  open 
in  order  to  allow  turbid  liquid  to  be  drawn  off  separately, 
until  the  actual  filtering  surfaces  have  been  formed,  when 
the  liquid  commences  to  run  clear  and  is  allowed  to  leave 
through  the  pipe  I, — B. 


Improvements  in  Air  Compressors.  S.  H.  Johnson  and 
C.  H.  Hutchinson,  Stratford.  Eng.  Pat.  3,  January  1, 
1892. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  waste  spaces  between  the  reciprocating 
piston  of  au  air  compressor  and  the  cylinder  covers  when 
it  reaches  the  end  of  the  stroke,  the  patentees  allow  the 
piston  to  come  in  contact  with  the  end  covers.  In  order  to 
accomplish  this  without  danger  of  breakage  they  construct 


994 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


the  body  of  the  piston  in  such  a  manner  as  to  allow  the  end 
to  yield  on  striking  the  covers,  as  will  be  seen  from  the 
accompanying  illustration.      They  also  use  large  gridiron 


Improvements  in  Air  Compressors. 

valves  of  light  construction,  having  a  low  lift,  in  order  to 
secure  a  high  piston  speed,  with  little  wear  on  the  valves. — B. 


Improvement!;  in   Stores  or  Apparatus  for  Drying  S/ti?is, 

Malt,  Phosphates,  and  Animal,  Vegetable,  and  Mineral 

Products.     A.  Riibenkamp,  Dortmund,  Germany.     Eng. 

Pat.  9992,  May  26,  1892. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  avoid  the  great  loss  of 

heat  from  drying  stoves  when  the  products  of  combustion 

and  the  hot  air   are   allowed  to  escape  directly  into    the 

atmosphere,  and  to  effect  a  gradual  cooling  of  the  goods 

under  treatment. 

The  air  for  drying  the  goods  passes  through  pipes  or 
channels  arranged  in  a  closed  furnace  chamber.  The  air 
thus  heated  having  been  led  through  the  drying  chamber  is 
brought  back  to  the  closed  furnace,  where  it  effects  combus- 
tion of  the  fuel.  The  products  of  combustion  are  not 
conducted  directly  to  the  chimney,  but  are  passed  through 
the  heating  tubes  of  a  second  apparatus,  to  which  it  gives  up 
portion  of  its  heat.  When  the  goods  in  the  first  chamber 
are  dry  they  are  allowed  to  cool  slowly  by  diverting  the 
heat  to  the  second  chamber,  which  is  then  brought  into  use. 
The  drying  chambers  may  be  arranged  in  series  and  the  air 
heated  by  a  central  furnace.  One  advantage  of  the  apparatus 
is  that  the  noxious  gases,  given  off  by  the  goods  under 
treatment,  are  burnt  in  the  furnace,  and  thus  rendered 
-D.  A.  S. 


innocuous. 


Improvements     in     Apparatus    for 
Pulverising,  or  Disintegrating.   J. 
Eng.  Pat.  14,663,  August  13,  1892 

The  described  improvements  are  in 
roller  centrifugal  class  of  machine. 
describes  detachable  wearing  surfaces 
drical  grinding  paths  formed  in  parts, 
feed-hoppers,  to  avoid  their  removal 
machine. — J.  C.  C. 


Grinding,  Crush  in  g , 
U.  Askham,  Sheffield. 

grinding  mills  of  the 
The     specification 

for  the  drivers,  cylin- 
and  arrangements  of 
during  repairs  to  the 


Improvements  in  Strum  Superheating  Apparatus  and 
Appliances  n>  connection  therewith.  L.  Uhler  and  H. 
Cadische,  Bale,  Switzerland.  Eng.  Pat.  15,308,  August 
25,  1892. 

This  specification  proposes  certain  improvements  in  the 
apparatus  described  in  Eng.  Pat.  12,372,  1890.  The  tubes 
arc  ]. laced  horizontally  instead  of  vertically,  and  by  a  scries 
of  tubes  or  bars  are  protected  against  excessive  heating; 
the  fire  may  therefore  be  brought  nearer,  and  a  better 
utilisation  of  heat  effected.  Besides  other  improvements, 
an  apparatus  is  described  for  drying  and  purifying  the 
steam  before  entering  the  superheater. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Furnaces.     J.  Sargent,  Rochester,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,514,  August  30,  1892. 

This  patent  relates  to  furnaces  in  which,  when  the  doors 
are  opened  to  apply  fresh  fuel,  a  jet  of  steam  is  turned  on 
over  the  fire  and   air  is  admitted   over  the  fire  to  produce 


combustion  of  the  smoke.  The  improvement  consists  in  the 
application  of  a  time  mechanism,  whereby  steam  is  turned 
on  ;  a  supplementary  furnace  door  is  opened,  and  the  time 
mechanism  wound  up  by  opening  the  main  door  of  the 
furnace.  The  time  mechanism  is  provided  with  suitable 
connections  for  turning  off  the  steam  and  for  closing  the 
supplementary  door  at  the  end  of  a  given  period. — F.  S.  K. 


Self-Acting  Apparatus  for  Poising  Liquid  by  Compressed 
Air  or  other  Elastic  F/uiil  under  Pressure.  P.  Kestner, 
Lille,  France.     Eng.  Pat.  15,648,  August  31,  1892. 

B  is  a  vessel  supplying  the  liquid  to  be  raised  to  the 
cistern  C  by  means  of  compressed  air  supplied  by  the 
pipe  T;i.  On  the  vertical  limb  of  this  pipe,  within  the 
vessel  A,  is  a  float  X,  which  closes  the  pipe  T3,  unless  it  is 
buoyed  up  by  liquid,  and  when  raised  by  the  liquid  which 
enters  the  vessel  A  closes  the  inlet  from  the  pipe  T2.  The 
action  is  as  follows  :  When  the  vessel  A  is  being  filled  by 


Self-Acting  Apparatus  for  Raising 
Compressed  Air. 


LlQtin    BY 


liquid  from  the  pipe  T2,  air  escapes  by  T,  until  the  float 
X  closing  Tj  and  T2  opens  T3.  Compressed  air  now 
enters  A,  and  forces  the  liquid  up  the  pipe  T  until  A  is 
emptied  of  liquid,  and  air  escapes  up  T,  relieving  the 
pressure  in  A,  whereupon  the  float  X  drops,  closing  T3  and 
opening  T,  and  T2;  and  the  action  is  repeated. — J.  C.  C. 


Dec.  31, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


995 


An  Improved  Universal  Thermometer.  E.  Edwards, 
London.  From  H.  Haiti,  Kciehenbcrg,  Bohemia.  Eng. 
Pat.  12,553,  July  7,  1892. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  provide  means  by  which — 

1.  The  temperature  indicated  by  the  thermometer  may 
be  read  off  directly. 

2.  This  indication  may  be  registered  at  a  distant  room  or 
station. 

3.  The  thermometer  may  be  adjusted  for  any  temperature 
so  that  a  rise  or  fall  of  the  mercury  of  1° — 2°  C.  also 
may  be  indicated  at  a  distant  station. 

The  details  of  the  invention  cannot  be  described  without 
reference  to  the  drawings. — J.  C.  C. 


II.-FUEL,  GAS,  AND  LIGHT. 

Calorific  Power  of  Coal,  and  Formula  by  which  it  is 
Calculated.  Scheurer-Kestncr.  Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7 — 8, 
1892,475—480. 

Tni'.  experiments  of  the  author  aud  Meunier-Dollfus  have 
clearly  demonstrated  that  it  is  impossible  to  determine 
accurately  the  calorific  power  of  a  combustible  mineral, 
except  by  experiment,  and  that  any  value,  calculated  from 
the  composition  of  the  substance,  is  in  every  case  uncertain. 
In  the  present  paper  the  author  controverts  a  statement 
made  by  Bunte  in  Schilling's  Journal,  that  the  calorific 
power  of  a  coal  can  be  calculated  with  a  sufficient  degree 
of  accuracy  by  employing  the  old  formula  of  Duloug;  he 
gives  specific  instances,  showing  that  the  calculated  value 
is  sometimes  as  much  as  G  per  cent,  higher  or  lower  than 
the  actual  value  determined  experimentally.  He  also 
describes  experiments  which  prove  that  Berthier's  method 
of  determining  the  calorific  value  of  a  coal  is  most 
inaccurate. — F.  S.  E. 


On  the  Formation  of  Petroleum.  Engler.  Austrian  Society 
of  Chemical  Industry,  Meeting  of  June  4,  1892.  Chem. 
Zeit.  16,  1892,813—844. 

There  have  been  a  number  of  theories  put  forward  to 
account  for  the  formation  of  petroleum  ;  Mendelejeff  con- 
siders it  to  be  formed  by  the  decomposition  of  a  carbide  of 
iron  by  steam,  ferric  oxide  and  a  hydrocarbon  being  pro- 
duced :  Sokoloff ,  by  a  combination  of  carbon  and  hydrogen  ; 
l!oss  by  the  reaction  of  sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  calcium 
carbonate;  Daubree  by  the  decomposition  of  vegetable 
matter.  The  author  is  inclined  to  consider  it  produced  by 
the  decomposition  of  animal  substances  ;  it  is  possible  to 
obtain  petroleum  by  distilling  animal  matter  under  pressure. 
(This  Journal,  1891,  753,  979,  and  980.)— A.  L.  S. 


The  Combustion  of  Gaseous  Mixtures.     P.  Askeuasy  and 
V.  Meyer.     Aunalen,  269,  49—72. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  1039. 


The  'Behaviour  of  Ethylene  on  Explosion  with  less  than 
its  own  Volume  of  {Oxygen.  B.  Lean  and  W.  A.  Bone. 
Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  1892, 115,  144. 

\  iii.  giving  a  brief  account  of  previous  observations,  the 
authors  describe  a  series  of  experiments  in  which  mixtures 
of  ethylene  with  its  own  or  a  less  volume  of  oxygen  were 
fired  in  a  leaden  coil.  Their  results  are  in  agreement  with 
those  of  Dalton,  Kersten,  and  E.  von  Meyer,  and  show  that, 
when  fired  with  about  its  own  volume  of  oxygen,  ethylene 
yields  mainly  carbouic  oxide  and  hydrogen  as  the  final 
result ;  but  they  have  also  observed  that  methane,  acetylene, 
and  carbon  are  produced. 


The  following  are  the  tabulated  results  of  the  analyses  : — 


Composition  of  Mixture. 


Ethylene 
( Ixygen . . 
Nitrogen 


01 

D. 

E. 

E. 

66-03 

51-  IS 

m -77 

48-64 

■:.:<■  ic. 

11-52 

to'Sl 

•15-81 

4-51 

■i-30 

4  ■  12 

5-62 

G. 


40  41 

47-69 

2-90 


Composition  of  Product. 


Unsaturated  hydrocarbons 

Methane. 

Carbon  dioxide 

„      monoxide 

Hydrogen 

Nitrogen 


C. 

D. 

E. 

F. 

5-53 

3-77 

2-78 

2-11 

5-96 

3-77 

2-52 

2-55 

1-63 

2-SO 

1-21 

0-94 

38-85 

■14-84 

47-79 

46-53 

43-30 

41-72 

W32 

45-35 

5'16 

3-10 

2-35 

2-49 

G. 


1-01 
0-33 
49-11 

48-78 
1-01 


Incidentally  it  is  shown  that  oxygen  is  appreciably 
absorbed  by  fuming  sulphuric  acid,  but  that  neither  strong 
potash  nor  alkaline  pyrogallol  solution  appreciably  affects 
ethylene. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  or  Relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Coke. 
Sir  G.  Elliot,  London,  and  J.  MacGowan,  jun.,  Stoke- 
on-Trent,  Staffordshire.  Eng.  Pat.  19,758,  November  14, 
1891. 

By  employing  the  apparatus  and  method  of  coking  described 
in  this  patent  it  is  claimed  that  the  percentage  of  sulphur 
in  coke  can  be  reduced  and  the  commercial  value  of  the 
fuel  increased ;  if  desired  the  sulphur  may  be  recovered. 

Any  convenient  form  of  coke  oven  may  be  employed. 
The  fumes  from  the  chimney  at  the  top  are  first  carried 
to  the  end  of  the  furnace,  and  are  then  caused  to  pass 
through  a  series  of  flues  underneath  the  floor  of  the  oven 
so  that  their  heat  may  be  utilised  ;  they  then  pass  away 
into  the  main  flue.  The  flues  underneath  the  floor  of  one 
oven  are  connected  by  bye-pass  flues  to  those  of  the  other 
ovens,  so  that  the  waste  heat  can  be  utilised  for  maintaining 
the  temperature  when  necessary. 

"  In  the  lower  portion  of  the  oven  is  a  pipe  connected 
with  any  suitable  form  of  exhaust  fan  or  suction  apparatus, 
by  which  the  sulphur  and  heavier  gases,  which  would 
collect  in  the  lower  part  of  the  oven  and  would  not  be 
removed  by  the  upper  flue,  can  be  drawn  off.  This  drawing 
off  we  prefer  only  to  effect  at  the  termination  of  the  coking 
process,  and,  if  desired,  after  the  admission  of  steam  and 
water  to  the  contents  of  the  oven." 

In  the  lower  corner  of  the  oven  a  number  of  tiles  are 
arranged  obliquely  at  slight  intervals  apart,  "  so  that  the 
heavy  sulphurous  fumes  may  readily  have  access  to  the  pipe 
provided  for  their  removal  at  or  below  the  level  of  the 
floor."— F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Feeding  Fuel  la  Gas  Producers,  and  in 
the  Generation  of  Combustible  Gas.  J.  Hargreaves, 
Widnes.     Eng.  Pat.  20,573,  November  26,  1891. 

The  fuel  is  fed  into  the  producer  from  the  bottom  upwards, 
at  a  point  preferably  above  and  in  front  of  the  nozzle, 
through  which  the  air  and  steam  are  supplied,  in  such  a 
manner  that  the  fuel  piles  itself  up  into  the  body  of  the 
producer.  The  inventor  claims  also  the  combination  of 
this  system  with  the  supply  of  measured  quantities  of  air 
and  fuel,  and  with  steam  to  gas  producers,  so  as  to  obtain  a 
desired  quality  of  evolved  gas. 

Any  suitable  feed  and  measuring   appliances  for  solid 
fuel  and  air  may  be  used. — I).  A.  S. 


D  2 


996 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


Improvements  in  Coke  Ovens  to  Facilitate  the  Cooling  of 
the  Coke  before  Drawing.  C.  E.  Bell,  Durham.  Eng. 
Pat.  22,106,'December  17,  1891. 

Thk.  usual  method  of  cooling  coke  prior  to  its  withdrawal 
from  the  oven  is  to  spray  water  over  it  from  the  top  by 
means  of  a  long  perforated  pipe  coupled  to  a  flexible  water 
supply  main  and  worked  by  hand.  In  this  patent  the 
method  of  cooling  is  improved  by  making  use  of  a  water 
pipe  which  is  fixed  within  the  arched  radial  passage  of  the 
oven,  or  introduced  into  the  opening  at  the  top  of  the 
domed  roof  of  the  oven  :  this  pipe  is  provided  with  a  rose  or 
perforated  end  so  that  after  opening  the  oven  and  turning 
on  the  water  the  spray  falls  over  the  whole  upper  surface 
of  the  coke.— F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  Supplying  Heated  Air  to  Steam  Gene- 
rating and  other  Furnaces.  G.  W.  Hawksley,  Sheffield, 
Eng.  Pat.  22,208,  December  19,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  supply  a  stream  of  heated 
air  in  such  a  manner  as  to  cause  the  more  perfect  combus- 
tion of  the  unburn!  gases,  and  so  reduce  the  production  of 
smoke  and  increase  the  draught. 

An  air  tube  or  conduit  is  fixed  near  the  crown  of  the  flue 
and  runs  longitudinally  with  it  over  the  fire-box,  terminat- 
ing in  a  nozzle  or  spreader  at  some  little  distance  from  the 
bridge.  The  front  end  of  the  tube  is  conveniently  formed 
to  receive  a  small  jet  of  steam  or  compressed  air.  When 
the  jet  is  turned  on  a  current  of  steam  anil  air.  or  of  air 
alone,  is  forced  along  the  hot  pipe  and  expelled  from  the 
nozzle  in  a  sheet  across  the  heated  gases. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in   Artificial  Fuel.     C.  Winter,  Tottenham. 
Eng.  Pat.  16,322,  September  12,  1S92. 

In  the  manufacture  of  this  artificial  fuel  any  kind  of  refuse 
vegetable  matter  is  used,  in  combination  with  lime  or 
cement,  and  refuse  cocoa-nut  fibre  or  refuse  tan,  and  coal  or 
coke  dust.  The  selected  ingredients,  when  intimately  mixed 
together,  form  a  plastic  compound,  which  is  pressed  into 
blocks  and  allowed  to  set  hard.  The  inventor  claims  that 
one  ton  of  these  blocks  will  give  off,  during  combustion,  an 
amount  of  heat  equal  to  that  emitted  by  a  ton  of  the  best 
household  coal. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Simultaneously  Burning 
both  the  Light  and  Heavy  Portions  of  Vaporisable 
Oils  at  one  Burner.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From 
G.  H.  Harvey,  G.  F.  Perrenond,  J.  Getty,  and  G.  D. 
Bayaud,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  16,359,  Septem- 
ber 13,  1892. 

In  the  apparatus  pipes  lead  from  the  top  and  bottom  of  the 
carburettor  to  the  burner.  Air,  which  may  be  heated  before 
entering  or  when  passing  through  the  carburettor,  is  forced 
in  at  sufficient  pressure  to  maintain  a  flow  of  heavy  oil  to 
the  burner  from  the  bottom  pipe,  while  a  supply  of 
carburetted  air  passes  from  the  top,  both  of  which  can  be 
regulated  by  suitable  valves. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Gas.  K.  M.  Bidel- 
man,  Adrian,  Michigan,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  17,262. 
September  27,  1892. 

In  this  process  air  is  passed  through  a  liquid  hydrocarbon, 
which  has  already  been  deprived  of  all  vapours  which 
condense  at  the  ordinary  temperatures  of  a  gas  main,  and 
the  resulting  gas  is  used  for  heating  purposes,  or  with 
Welsbach  burners  for  the  production  of  li^ht. 

The  inventor  recommends  the  use  of  a  distillate  of 
petroleum  oil  of  specific  gravity  approximately  0  •  698,  from 
which  all  the  more  readily  condensible  hydrocarbons  have 
been  removed. 

The  liquid  hydrocarbon  employed  is  forced  from  a 
suitable  reservoir  into  the  generating  receptacle.  This 
receptacle  consists  of  a  cylindrical  metallic  shell  capable 


of  resisting  considerable  internal  pressure.  A  few  inches 
above  the  bottom  there  is  a  perforated  false  bottom,  upon 
which  rests  a  packed  body  of  absorptive  solid  porous 
material  such  as  wood  charcoal  or  its  equivalent.  These 
receptacles  are  connected  in  series  by  pipes  leading  from  the 
top  of  one  receptacle  to  below  the  perforated  false  bottom  of 
the  next.  The  above-mentioned  distillate  is  forced  into  the 
receptacles  until  the  space  below  the  perforated  diaphragms 
is  rilled,  and  the  liquid  rises  well  up  into  the  body  of  the 
charcoal.  Compressed  air  is  then  forced  through  the  series 
to  the  point  of  storage  or  use.  Analyses  show  that  the  gas 
produced  contains  about  3  per  cent,  of  fixed  hydrocarbon 
gases,  of  which  marsh-gas  is  the  principal  constituent,  the 
other  constituents  being  defiant  gas  and  other  heavy  hydro- 
carbons intermixed  with  air. — D.  A.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Combustion  of  Carbonaceous  Fuel. 
E.  A.  Ebb,  Appleton.  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  12,762,  July  12, 
1892. 

In  the  combustion  of  carbonaceous  fuel  the  formation  of 
carbon  dioxide,  which  is  a  non-supporter  of  combustion,  has 
a  tendency  to  check  the  process  of  combustion  while  being 
drawn  up  through  the  fuel. 

The  object  of  this  patent  is  to  remove  the  carbon  dioxide 
by  taking  advantage  of  the  fact  that  this  gas  is  specifically 
heavier  than  air.  This  is  done  by  introducing  a  pipe  into 
the  centre  of  the  ash-pit  and  connecting  the  pipe  with  an 
exhaust  fan.  As,  when  bituminous  coal,  or  coal-dust  is 
employed  its  caking  obstructs  the  passage  of  the  carbon 
dioxide  cubical  perforated  blocks  of  iron  or  short  tubes  of 
iron  are  mixed  with  the  fuel  in  any  quantity  desired  ;  these 
afford  a  free  passage  to  the  gas  so  that  it  may  be  drawn  off 
from  below.  Steam  is  injected  into  the  fuel  chamber 
whenever  the  iron  blocks  are  red  hot. 

The  patentee  claims:  "  The  improvement  herein  described 
in  the  combustion  of  carbonaceous  fuel,  the  same  consisting 
in  running  off  the  generated  carbonic  acid  gas  by  its  own 
gravity,  assisted  by  an  exhaust  fan  or  other  exhaust  pump 
J  device,  and  further  assisted  by  feeding  the  fuel  mixed  with 
I  perforated  iron  cubes,  or  other  forms  of  perforated  iron, 
and  further  assisted  by  injecting  steam  in  the  fuel  chamber." 

— F.  S.  K. 


IV.-COLOUKINa  MATTERS  and  dyes. 

Indothymol :  Preparation  of  Thi/moquinone.     P.  H.  Bayrac. 

Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7—8,  1892,  97—99. 
Indothymol — 


N< 


C6H4N(CH3)S 

CcH2(CH3)(C3Hr)0 


the  indophenol  of  thymol,  is  formed  on  mixing  a  dilute 
solution  of  ^-amidodimethylaniline  with  a  dilute  alkaline 
solution  of  thymol,  adding  potassium  bichromate  and 
faintly  acidifying  with  acetic  acid.  It  is  purified  by 
washing  successively  with  water  and  a  small  quantity  of 
cold  alcohol,  and  crystallising  from  alcohol,  being  thus 
obtained  in  long  violet-green  dichroic  needles,  which  melt 
at  69-5'  C.  and  are  slightly  sublimable.  It  is  insoluble  in 
water  and  alkalis;  soluble  in  alcohol  with  a  fine  .blue  colour, 
and  in  acetic  acid  with  a  green  one  ;  it  is  reduced  by  zinc 
and  acetic  acid  to  its  easily  oxidisable  leuco-derivative  ;  is 
unacted  upon  by  aqueous  solutions  of  alkalis,  but  is 
decomposed  by  mineral  acids  quantitatively  into  dimethyl- 
aniline,  ammonia,  and  thymoquinone.  This  reaction 
furnishes  a  ready  method  of  preparation  of  the  last-named 
compound,  which  is  obtained  with  difficulty  by  the  methods 
in  general  use  : — The  indothymol  is  decomposed  by  gently 
heating  for  a  few  minutes  with  10  times  its  weight  of  dilute 
(1:10)    sulphuric     acid,   and  the    solution    cooled.      The 


Doc.  si,  1892.]       THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


997 


thymoquinoue  is  then  extracted  with  ether,  the  solution 
evaporated  and  the  residue  dissolved  in  a  mixture  of  ether 
and  alcohol,  and  filtered.  On  evaporation  pure  tbymo- 
cjninone  is  obtained. — E.  B. 


Some   Derivatives   of  Chrysaniline.      A.   Trillat  and    I)e 

Rackowski.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7—8,  1892,  257—259. 
Tetrazophenylacridine — 
N 


/\/\ 


N:N.C10H4(OH)(SO8liJa)a 


\y\y\/ 

I 


K:N.C1(,U4(OH)(S03X;l); 

is  formed  (the  sodium  salt  of  the  naphthol  disulphonic 
acid)  by  the  action  of  nitrous  acid  on  a  cold  dilute 
solution  of  diarnidophenylacridine  (chrysaniline)  which 
is  obtained,  probably  along  with  higher  homolognes,  by 
precipitation  with  sodium  carbonate  from  a  dilute  solution 
of  phosphiue.  It  combines  readily  (although  perhaps  in 
two  stages  like  other  tetrazo  compounds')  with  phenols 
and  amido  compounds  ;  thus,  with  the  sodium  salt  of 
naphthol  disulphonic  acid  R  it  yields  a  compound  which  in 
the  dry  state  appears  green,  but  when  in  solution  lias  a 
splendid  red  colour.  Salt  G  similarly  yields  a  pink  dye 
(sec  above  formula).  These  two  compounds  dye  silk  .very 
well,  but  give  only  poor  colours  on  cotton  and  wool. 
Alky]  derivatives  of  chrysaniline  are  produced  on  heating 
it  in  alcoholic  solution  with  alkyl  iodides.  The  dibenzyl 
derivative  is  obtained  by  the  action  of  benzyl  chloride. in 
the  form  of  a  sparingly  soluble  brown  paste  which  appears 
to  be  uncrystallisable.  It  dyes  silk,  cotton,  and  wool  dull 
red,  the  methyl  and  ethyl  derivatives  dyeing  a  similar 
shade.  None  of  these  derivatives  possesses  much  technical 
value. — E.  B. 


The  Ail  inn  <>/'  Hypochlorous  Acid  on  fi-Naplithaquinone. 
E.  Bamberger  and  M.  Kitsobelt.  Iter.  I89f.  25,  133— 
136  and  888—898. 

/3-.\MUi'ni  MfUiNONE  is  converted  by  hypochlorous  acid, 
according  to  the  conditions  obtaining,  either  into  a  colouring- 
matter  isomeric  with  napbthazarin,  or  into  a  mixture  of  acids, 
amongst  which  phthalic  acid  and  the  5-lactone  of  o-carhoxy- 
phenylglycerie  acid  have  been  recognised. 

The  colouring  matter  is  formed  by  adding  2'5  to  5  grms. 
of  the  quinone,  in  the  state  of  very  fine  powder,  to  a  solution 
of  hypochlorous  acid,  prepared  by  grinding  35  grms.  of 
bleaching-powder  with  135  of  water,  adding  a  solution  of 
26  grms.  of  potassium  carbonate  in  40  of  water,  filtering, 
adding  20  grms.  of  boric  acid  to  the  filtrate,  and,  after  an 
hour's  rest,  filtering  from  the  potassium  borate  which  has 
crystallised  out.  Considerable  heat  is  evolved  when  the 
quinone  is  added.  The  action  is  assisted  by  8  or  10 
minutes'  agitation,  after  which  the  quinone  will  have 
dissolved  with  an  olive-brown  colour,  which  rapidly  changes 
to  orange.  As  soon  as  this  change  has  taken  place,  con- 
centrated hydrochloric  acid  is  added  and  the  solution  is 
heated  until  its  colour  suddenly  turns  dark  red,  when  the 
heating  must  be  discontinued.  The  solution  is  now  allowed 
to  stand  for  several  hours  to  enable  the  colouring  matter 
to  crystallise  out.  Some  boric  acid  simultaneously  separates, 
but  is  easily  removed  by  washing  the  crystals  with  hot 
water.  The  mother-liquor  still  contains  a  not  inconsiderable 
amount  of  the  colouring  matter,  which  is  precipitated  by 
copper  acetate  and  liberated  in  an  almost  pure  condition 
from  the  dark-blue  copper  compound  thus  formed,  by 
pouring  hydrochloric  acid  over  it.  Both  quantities  of  the 
colouring  matters  so  obtained  contain  traces  of  a  second 
one,  probably  a  monohydroxynaphthaqninone,  which  dis- 
solves   in  alkalis   with   a   red   colour.     It   is    removed   by 


crystallising  from  acetone  or,  less  satisfactorily,  by  sub- 
liming.  The  yield  of  the  chief  colouring  matter  amounts 
to  45—50  per  cent,  of  the  /3-naphthaquinone  employed. 
This  colouring  matter,  on  account  of  its  close  resemblance, 
both  chemically  and  physically,  to  napthazarin  has  been 
named  Isonaphthazarin.  It  crystallises  in  splendid  orange- 
red  plates  with  a  green  surface-lustre,  and  is  obtained  by 
sublimation  in  needles  of  a  metallic  lustre,  which  differ 
from  those  of  napbthazarin  by  their  paler  appearance.  It 
melts  at  276° ;  is  sparingly  soluble  in  hot  water,  and  very 
sparingly  in  cold,  but  still  appreciably  more  so  than  its 
isomeride.  Acetone  dissolves  it  readily,  chloroform  and 
alcohol  with  moderate 'ease,  and  ether  and  benzene  very 
slightly:  each  with  an  orange  colour.  Concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  dissolves  it  with  a  dark  red  colour.  Sodium 
and  potassium  hydrates  dissolve  it  easily  with  a  blue 
colour  ;  carbonated  alkalis  and  ammonia  with  a  violet-red. 
Its  acidity  is  greater  than  that  of  napbthazarin  :  for  while 
a  solution  of  the  latter  is  unaffected  by  the  addition  of 
sodium  acetate,  one  of  isonaphthazarin  is  coloured  red- 
violet  ( =  the  red-orange  of  the  free  dyestuff  +  the  blue 
of  its  sodium  compound),  the  acetic  acid  being  partly 
displaced  by  it.  Its  aqueous  solution,  also,  reddens  litmus 
strongly.  The  alkaline  solutions  are  decolorised  by  a 
month's  exposure  to  light.  The  sodium  compound  is 
precipitated  by  common  salt  from  its  aqueous  solution  in 
voluminous  indigo-blue  flocks.  Isonaphthazarin  yields 
coloured  precipitates  with  salts  of  the  following  metals  : 
copper,  lead,  cadmium,  and  nickel,  dark-blue ;  zinc  and 
barium,  pale-blue ;  mercury  and  cobalt.g  ;  ccn-blue.  It  also 
dyes  very  well  on  metallic  hydrate  rrordants,  giving  on 
chrome,  for  instance,  a  beautiful  purple-grey  colour.  Its 
want  of  fastness  to  light,  however,  will  stand  in  the  way 
of  its  technical  application.  The  above  detailed  properties 
of  the- substance  correspond  with  a  compound  containing 
hydroxyl  groups  in  close  proximity  to  a  quinoue  complex, 
thus — 

O — , 


OH 


OH 


Us  analysis  accords  with  this  view.  The  formation  of 
this  compound  probably  takes  place  in  the  following 
phases  : — 

O  O  0  (> 

/VN  o 


/ 

II. oil 


II. CI 


OH 


YO 

I 

II 


\/~ 


o 

OH 


OH 


The  lactone  compound  is  produced  by  the  action  of  sodium 
hypochlorite  on  jS-naphthaquinonc. — E.  B. 


Oxidation  Compounds  of  Amidonaphthol  Sulphonic  Acids. 
E.  Keverdin  and  C.  de  la  Harpe.  Ber.  1892,  25,  1400— 
1409. 

I. — Derivatives  of  o-Naphthoi.. 

1:2:4  (  =  OH:NH.,:SO:iH)-Amido>i(ipli/liol  sulphonic  acid 
yields  a  purple  dye  when  heated  in  sodium  carbonate 
solution  in  the  presence  of  air.  The  alkaline  solution  has 
at  first  a  green  tint,  but  gradually  turns  brown  and  deposits 
a  purple  powder  which  is  filtered  off.  A  compound  whicli 
dyes  wool  red-brown  remains  in  the  filtrate.  The  latter 
is  produced  in  larger  amount  when  the  free  sulphonic  acid 
is  oxidised,  and  is  probably,  therefore,  a  sulphonic  acid  of 
a-naphthaquinone  (this  Journal,  1892,  155).  The  purple 
compound  is  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  but  more 
readily  in  hot,  and  easily  in  alkalis.  It  is  precipitated  by 
acids  from  its  alkaline  solutions  in  chocolate  flocks,  which 
after  some  time  becomes  green  and  crystalline.  Sulphuric 
acid  dissolves  it  with  an  olive  colour.  It  dyes  wool  from 
an  acid  bath  purple  to  black  shades  according  to  the  pro- 
portion employed,  and,  dyes  cotton  which  is  mordanted  with 


998 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  SI,  1898. 


metallic  oxides,  the  shades  produced  being  in  both  cases 
very  fast.  A  compound  possessing  the  same  properties  is 
obtained  by  sulphonating  iinido-oxynaphthalene,  the  oxida- 
tion product  ot  1:2  amidonaphthol.  From  this  it  would 
appear  that  the  purple  dye  is  an  imido-oxynaphthalene 
sulphonic  acid  of  the  constitution — 

0— , 

/\/\  NH 


S03H 

A  body  which  closely  resembles  this  dj'e  as  regards  its 
behaviour  in  wool  dyeing,  but  which  does  not  dye  so  well 
on  mordanted  cotton,  is  produced  by  adding  sodium  acetate 
to  a  dilute  solution  of  the  above  amidonaphthol  sulphonic 
acid,  and  allowing  to  stand  a  considerable  time  in  the  cold, 
or  more  rapidly  by  treating  with  a  current  of  air. 

1:4:2- Amidonaphthol  sulphonic  acid,  when  heated  in 
sodium  carbonate  solution,  is  coloured  golden-brown  by  the 
air ;  in  sodium  acetate  solution  it  is  coloured  red-purple. 
The  body  produced  cannot  be  precipitated  with  either 
common  salt  or  acids,  and  dyes  wool  in  an  acid  bath  a 
worthless  yellow-brown. 

Two  amidonaphthol  sulphonic  acids  are  obtained  on 
diazotising  Witt's  1 : 5-uaphthylamine  sulphonic  acid,  boiling 
with  dilute  acid,  combining  with  diazobenzene  chloride  and 
reducing.  The  azo -compounds  were  separated  by  taking 
advantage  of  the  difference  in  their  solubilities.  The  more 
soluble  compound  which  was  of  a  yellower  colour,  gave  on 
reduction  a  sparingly  soluble  product,  whose  solution  in 
sodium  carbonate  was  oxidised  similarly  to  the  1 :  - :  4- 
amidonaphthol  sulphonic  acid,  while  the  little  soluble 
reduction-product  of  the  other  compound  oxidised  fnto  a 
brown  dye  of  no  value,  thus  resembling  the  l:4:2-acid. 
The  first  reduction-product  would,  therefore,  seem  to  be  the 
1:2:5-,  and  the  second  the  1:4:  5-amidonaphthol  sulphonic 
acid. 

1:4:  S-Amidonaphthol  sulphonic  acid  in  sodium  car- 
bonate or  ammonia  solution,  becomes  brown  on  exposure  to 
air ;  in  sodium  acetate  solution  it  becomes  red-brown  and 
eventually  purple.  The  compound  formed  gives  a  brown 
colour  on  wool  but  is  of  no  technical  value. 

1  :i:2:7- Amidonaphthol  disulphonic  acid  is  converted  by 
the  atmospheric  oxidation  of  its  sodium  carbonate  solution 
into  a  red  purple  dye,  which  is  precipitable  by  common 
salt,  and  gives  a  fairly-bright  purple  on  wool  in  an  acid 
bath,  but  dyes  imperfectly  on  cotton  mordanted  with 
metallic  oxides,  yielding  greenish-olive  shades. 

II. — Derivatives  of  /3-napbthol. 

2:1:6- Amidonaphthol  sulphonic  acid  (Eikonoyen) 
becomes  coloured  olive-green  when  exposed  to  the  air  in 
sodium  carbonate  solution.  The  addition  of  common  salt 
produces  a  voluminous  precipitate  of  a  compound  which 
dissolves  in  water  with  a  green  colour,  but  is  changed  to 
red  by  acidifying.  This  compound  dyes  red-purple  on 
unmordanted  wool,  green  on  chrome-mordanted  wool,  and 
grey  or  grey-olive  on  mordanted  cotton. 

2:1:8- Amidonaphthol  sulphonic  acid  yields  a  similar 
product  which  does  not,  however,  dye  mordanted  cotton  so 
well  as  the  preceding  compound. 

2 -.1:5- Amidonaphthol  sulphonic,  and  2:l:S:6-amido- 
naphthol  disulphonic  acids  give  brown  oxidation-products  of 
no  value  as  dyes.  The  2:l:6:8-disulphonic  acid  (from 
orange  G)  gives  a  small  quantity  of  a  dye  resembling  that 
obtained  from  the  2:1: 8-acid,  its  formation  being  probably 
duo  to  the  presence  of  this  acid. — E.  15. 


The  Nitration  of  0-Naphthylamine.     P.  Friedljinder  and 
St.  Szymanski.     Ber.  25,  1892,  2076 — 2083. 

The  authors  undertook  this  research  in  consequence  of  a 
statement  by  Hirsch  (Ger.Pat.  57,491)  that  the  nitration  of 
/)  nitronaphthylamine  followed  a  different  course  from  that 
supposed  bj  Levinstein  (Ger.  Pat.  30,889).    They  find  that 


at  a  low  temperature  /3-naphthylamine  nitrate  is  converted 
by  sulphuric  acid  essentially  into  a  mixture  of  two  new 
nitronaphthylamines,  namely,  the  2  :  5-  and  2  :  8-derivatives. 
The  nitration  is  effected  by  gradually  adding  finely- 
powdered  yS-naphthylaniiue,  dried  at  about  100°  C.  (a  higher 
temperature  causes  decomposition),  to  10  parts  of  concen- 
trated sulphuric  acid,  at  a  temperature  not  exceedingi  5°. 
The  low  temperature  is  important,  as  considerable  quantities 
of  resinous  matters  are  formed  if  it  be  allowed  to  rise.  Thus, 
in  an  operation  conducted  between  —22°  and  —12"  only 
10  per  cent,  (of  the  nitrate  employed)  of  resinous  matters 
was  formed,  while  between  —11"  and  +2°,  18  per  cent., 
between  —5°  and  +  fi°,  26  per  cent.,  between  —7°  and  +10° 
31  per  cent.,  and  between  0  and  11°  C.  42  per  cent,  were 
produced.  The  resinous  matters  were  removed  by  diluting 
the  sulphuric  acid  solution  with  6  to  8  volumes  of  water 
and  filtering.  On  cooling,  the  greater  part  of  the  nitro- 
products  crystallised  out  as  a  brown-yellow  mass,  a  further 
small  quantity  being  obtained  on  neutralising  the  mother- 
liquor.  From  these  salts  the  nitro-bases  were  liberated  by 
ammonia  and  dried  on  the  water-bath,  a  mean  yield  of 
60  per  cent,  of  the  theoretical  being  obtained.  The  dried 
mass  was  then  separated  by  fractional  crystallisation  from 
benzene  or  alcohol  into  a  sparingly-soluble  compound, 
recognised  as  the  2 : 5-derivative,  and  a  more  soluble  2  :  8- 
compound,  which  is  produced  in  smaller  amount.  The 
latter  body  is  best  isolated  by  acetylating  the  mixture  of 
bases  and  repeatedly  crystallising  from  a  large  volume  of 
alcohol  until  the  crystals  obtained  are  uniform  and  melt  at 
195  "5°;  the  free  base  being  then  obtained  in  the  usual 
manner.  The  alcoholic  mother-liquors  contain  the  acetyl 
compounds  of  other  bases  (of  lower  melting  point)  than  the 
above,  which  have  not  yet  been  identified. 

2  :  5-nitro-$-naphthylamine  forms  beautiful  red  needles, 
melting  at  143°,  which  dissolve  readily  in  hot  alcohol  (with 
dark  red  colour)  and  in  benzene  (with  pale  yellow)  and 
acetic  acid,  sparingly  in  hot  water,  and  scarcely  at  all  in 
cold  water  and  light  petroleum.  The  hydrochloride  of  the 
base  dissolves  easily  in  hot  water  and  crystallises  in  nearly 
colourless  needles.  The  6ulphate  is  sparingly  soluble,  and, 
when  slowly  crystallised,  forms  pale  yellow  lamina.  Both 
salts  undergo  partial  dissociation  when  heated  with  a  large 
quantity  of  water  or  alcohol.  The  acetyl-derivative  crystal- 
lises in  stellate  aggregates  of  melting  point  185  "5°;  the 
benzoyl-derivative  in  needles,  melting  at  181  "5°.  Nitrous 
acid  converts  the  amido  compouud  into  2 : 5-nitro diazo- 
naphthalene.  This  is  readily  soluble  in  water,  and  combines 
with  naphtholsulphonic  acids,  forming  brownish  -  red  to 
purple  dyes. 

2  :  o-nitro-0-naphthol  is  prepared  by  boiling  the  aqueous 
solution  of  the  last  -  mentioned  compound  with  a  small 
quantity  of  urea  until  the  evolution  of  nitrogen  has  ceased. 
After  filtering  off  the  resinous  matters  which  are  simulta- 
neously formed,  and  cooling,  it  crystallises  out  as  a  pale 
yellow  acicular  mass.  It  melts  at  147°,  and  is  sparingly 
soluble  in  cold  water,  but  readily  so  in  hot,  and  dissolves 
readily  in  dilute  alkaline  solutions  and  in  the  customary 
organic  solvents.  Its  potassium  salt  is  precipitated  by  an 
excess  of  potash  in  red  laminee. 

2:5-amido-fl-naphthol  is  formed  on  carefully  reducing  the 
nitro  -  compound  with  excess  of  a  mixture  of  stannous 
chloride,  tin,  and  hydrochloric  acid.  The  stannous  double 
salt  which  separates  is  conveniently  decomposed  by  dis- 
solving in  the  minimum  quantity  of  hot  water  and  adding 
concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  the  hydrochloride  of  the 
amido-compouud  being  precipitated  in  an  almost  pure  state. 
On  decomposing  this  precipitate  with  sodium  bicarbonate 
and  extracting  from  the  filtered  aqueous  solution,  the  free 
base  is  obtained  as  a  white,  crystalline  mass,  easily  soluble 
in  acids,  alkalis,  and  organic  solvents.  When  exposed  to 
the  air,  it  suffers  oxidation  and  darkens. 

2  :  h-naphthylenediamine  is  obtained  by  the  reduction  of 
the  above  nitronaphthylamine.  It  is  easily  soluble  in  hot 
water,  alcohol,  benzene,  and  acetic  acid,  sparingly  so.  in 
cold  water  and  ether,  and  crystallises  in  short,  white  needles, 
of  melting  point  77  ■  5°,  which  darken  on  exposure  to  air.  Its 
aqueous  solution  shows  a  blue  fluorescence,  and  is  coloured 
purple  by  ferric  chloride  or  bleaching  powder.  When 
heated  on   the  water-bath    with    fuming    sulphuric    acid    it 


Dee.Si.U93d        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


999 


yields  a  sparingly-soluble  sulphonic  acid.  This  description 
of  the  properties  of  2 :  D-uanhthylenediamine  does  not 
agree  with  that  given  by  Ewer  and  Pick  (Ger.  Pat. 
45,788),  who  considered  they  obtained  the  body  in  question 
(which  they  stated  to  be  uncrystallisable)  by  heating 
1:6  (=  2  :  5)-dihydroxynaphthalene  with  ammonia  under 
pressure.  Also  the  assertion  that  the  tetrazo-derivatives  of 
this  naphthylenediamine  dye  unmordanted  cotton  is  found 
to  be  incorrect  (this  Journal,  1889,  278). 

iib-dichlornaphthalene.  The  constitution  of  the  above 
compounds  was  proved  by  converting  the  diamido-eompouud 
into  the  corresponding  dichlor-derivative  by  diazotising  and 
treating  with  copper  powder  (this  Journal,  1890,  923). 
The  dichloro-compound,  which  was  isolated  by  distillation 
with  steam,  melted  at  48  and  possessed  the  properties 
ascribed  to  the  2 :  5-compound  by  Erdmann  and  Kirchhoff 
(Ann.  247,  379). 

2  :  S-nitro-B-nuphthylamiue,  produced  as  above  described, 
forms  red  needles  melting  at  103 '5°,  and  soluble  with 
difficulty  in  hot  water  (in  which  the  compound  melts),  and 
very  sparingly  in  light  petroleum,  but  easily  in  other  organic 
menstrua.  Its  sulphate  and  hydrochloride  are  rather  less 
soluble  than  the  corresponding  salts  of  the  2  :  5  compound, 
and  like  these  are  partially  dissociated  by  heating  in  dilute 
aqueous  or  alcoholic  solution.  Its  acetyl  compound  crystal- 
li>es  in  long  yellow  needles  melting  at  195  •  5'.  It  is  con- 
verted by  the  diazo  reaction  into  2  :  8-nitro-B-naphthol,  a 
considerably  better  yield  of  this  substance  than  of  its 
isomeride  from  the  2  :  5-nitronaphthylamine  being  obtained. 
This  compound  crystallises  in  dark  red  needles  which  melt 
at  142°,  and  is  easily  soluble  in  alcohol,  but  with  difficulty 
in  water.  It  dissolves  in  alkalis  with  a  dark  red  colour,  and 
its  potassium  salt  is  precipitated  in  red  needles  on  the 
addition  of  a  large  excess  of  potash. 

2  :  S-amido-B-naphthol  was  prepared  and  isolated  in  the 
same  manner  as  its  above-described  isomeride.  It  crystal- 
lises in  small  white  needles  which  darken  on  exposure  to  air 
and  decompose,  without  melting,  at  212° — 218°,  and  is 
soluble  in  acids  and  alkalis,  as  well  as  in  water,  alcohol,  and 
ether. 

2  :  S-napktkylenediamine  is  formed  on  allowing  an 
alcoholic  solution  of  the  corresponding  nitronaphthylamine 
to  flow  gradually  into  an  excess  of  a  mixture  of  stannous 
chloride,  hydrochloric  acid,  and  tin.  It  is  easily  soluble  in 
acetic  acid,  alcohol,  and  benzene,  less  so  in  water,  and  very 
slightly  so  in  ether  and  light  petroleum,  andj  crystallises 
from  benzene  in  white  plates,  but  from  water  in  feathery 
clusters  of  needles,  of  melting  point  117'5°.  The  surfaces 
of  the  crystals  rapidly  darken  when  exposed  to  the  air. 
The  aqueous  solution  of  this  compound  shows  a  faint 
fluorescence,  and  is  coloured  violet  by  ferric  chloride.  Its 
tetrazo-derivative  combines  with  uaphthol-sulphonic  acids, 
forming  purple-brown  dyes,  and  is  converted  by  copper 
powder  and  hydrochloric  acid  into  2  : 8-dichlornaphthalene 
(Erdmann  and  Marchand,  loc.  cit.),  of  melting  point  61°. 

— E.  B. 

Metho.ryamido-\:'A-Dimethylbenzene  and  some  of  its 
Derivatives.  W.  K.  Hodgkinson  and  L.  Limpach.  Proc. 
Chem.  Soc.  1892,  115,  166. 

II  \vix<;  devised  a  method  of  separating  1 : 2 :  4-metaxylidine 
from  paraxylidine,  &c.,  with  which  it  is  mixed  in  commercial 
xylidine,  the  authors  have  had  the  opportunity  of  preparing 
1 : 2 : 4-metaxylenol  in  large  quantity.  An  almost  theoretical 
yield  of  this  phenol  was  obtained  by  diazotising  a  solution 
containing  only  5  per  cent,  of  the  xylidine  sulphate  and 
then  steam  distilling ;  the  product  did  not  solidify  even  at 
—  20: ;  but  a  considerable  quantity  was  caused  to  crystallise 
by  adding  some  solid  obtained  by  cooling  a  small  portion  by 
means  of  carbon  dioxide  and  ether.  The  presence  of  a 
trace  of  water  was  found  to  prevent  crystallisation.  On 
nitration,  metaxylenol  yields  almost  the  theoretical  amount 
of  a  nitroxylenol  in  which  the  N(  fs  group  is  contiguous  to 
the  hydroxyl.  The  authors  have  prepared  the  corresponding 
amido-  and  hydroxy-xylenols  and  their  methylated  deriva- 
tives (dimethylanisoils)  ;  they  also  describe  a  quiualdiue 
derivative,  formed  by  condensation  from  the  methoxy- 
amidoxylene  and  ethylic  aceto-acetate. — \Y.  S. 


PATENTS. 
Improvements    in    the    Manufacture    of   Alpha-Naphthol 
Sulpha  Acids  and  Din.,-,/   Naphthalene  Sulpho   Acids, 
and  of  Dyestuffs  therefrom.     li.  Willcox,  London.   From 
"  The  Farben  fabriken  vormals  F.   Haver   &  Co.,"  Elber- 
feld,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  3397,  March  4, 1890.   '(Second 
Edition.) 
The  specification  describes    the  preparation   of    two   new 
a-naphthol  disulphonic  acids,  a  new  trisulphonic  acid  and  new 
dihydroxy  naphthalene    sulphonic   acids   therefrom.      The 
following  methods  are  given  for  the  formation  of  these  new 
products.     A  certain  weight  of  a-naphthol  sulphonic  acid 
(OH:  S03H  =  1:  5)   is  dissolved  in  three  times  its  weight 
of  sulphuric  acid  of  66°  B.,  the  temperature  is  slowly  raised 
to   90   C,  on  the  water-bath   and  kept  at  this  temperature 
until  a  change  in  the  fluorescence  shows  that  the  sulphona- 
tion  is   complete,  when  the  melt  is  limed  and  converted  into 
the   sodium  salt  which  crystallises   in  spikes  from  a  con- 
centrated   solution.        This    a-naphthol     disulphonic    acid 
differs  from  those  described  in  Ger.  Pats.  40,571  and  45,776 
as  it  does  not  give  a  nitroso  compound.    Other  sulphonatino- 
agents  may  be  employed  such  as  sulphuric  acid  monohydrate 
or    monochlorhydrin.       When   a-naphthol    sulphonic   acid 
(OH :  S03H  --1:4)   is  dissolved  in  three  times  its  weight 
of  fuming  sulphuric  acid  and  slowly  raised  to  the  temper- 
ature of  a  water-bath,  the  mass  stiffens  at  about  75'  C, 
forming  naphthyl  sulphuric  acid,  and  at  about  90°  the  melt 
is  in  the  form  of  a  thin  clear  liquid.     It  is  converted  in  the 
usual  way  into  the  sodium   salt  which  precipitates  in  the 
form   of    jelly.        This   a-naphthol   disulphonic   acid   only 
combines  with  difficulty  with  diazo  compounds.     The  new 
a-naphthol  trisulphonic  acid  is  obtained  by  sulphonating  the 
naphthosultone  or  naphthol  mono-  or   disulphonic  acid   S 
described  in  Ger.   Pat.  40,571,  or  from  the  naphthosultone 
monosulphonic  acid.    Any  one  of  these  acids  is  mixed  with 
4-5  times  its  weight  of  fuming  sulphuric  acid  containing 
25  per  cent,  of  anhydride  and  allowed  to  stand  at  the  ordinary 
temperature  until  a  sample  ceases  to  form  a  colouring  matter 
with  diazo  compounds,  which  is  generally  the  case  after 
about  twelve  hours.     At  higher  temperatures  the  sulphona- 
tion  is   completed  more  rapidly,  but   not   at   temperatures 
above   100°  C.,   or  when  acid  containing  more  anhydride  is 
,used.     The   melt  is   converted   into   the  sodium   salt   and 
precipitated  by  adding  hydrochloric  acid  and  salt  to  the 
hot  concentrated  liquor,  when  it  forms  a  heavy  sandy  powder. 
A  characteristic  property  of  the  new  acid  is  that  it  does  not 
combine  with  diazo  compounds.     The  neutral  sodium  salt 
dissolves  easily  in   water  with  a  green  fluorescence.     Nitric 
aeid    forms   a    nitro-naphthol    sulphonic    acid.     By    fusion 
with  caustic  alkalis  at  high  temperatures  all  the  above-men- 
tioned acids  are  converted  into  new  dihydroxy  naphthalene 
sulphonic  acids.     The  new  a-naphthol  disulphonic  acids  are 
fused  with  three  parts   of  caustic  soda  at   about  250°  C., 
until  a  sample  shows   no  fluorescence  and  smells  strongly 
of  sulphurous  acid  when  acidulated.     The  a-naphthol  disul- 
phonic   acid    obtained    from    the   l-5    a-naphthol  mono- 
sulphonic acid  gives  a  dihydroxynaphthalene  monosulphonic 
acid,  the  sodium  salt  of  which  crystallises  in  thin  shining 
plates  containing  water  from  solutions  saturated  with  salt. 
Ferric  chloride  gives   an  unstable  blue-green    solution   and 
chloride  of  lime  produces  a  reddish  brown  colour  which  does 
not  change  on  adding  an  excess.     Theo-naphthol  disulphonic 
acid  from  the   1  •  4  a  naphthol  monosulphonic  acid  yields  a 
dihydroxynaphthalene    monosulphonic   acid   of  which   the 
sodium   salt  crystallises  from  acid  solutions  saturated  with 
salt  in  tine  white  needles.     Ferric  chloride  gives  a  permanent 
blue  green  solution  and  chloride  of  lime  a  bluish-red  solution 
which  turns  yellow  and  then  colourless.     By  heating  the 
a-naphthol  trisulphonic  acid  with  concentrated  soda-lye  to 
200°   C.  in  an  open  vessel  it  is  converted  almost  instantly 
into  a  new   dihydroxy  naphthalene  disulphonic  acid.     The 
reaction  is  complete  when  a  sample  no  longer  fluoresces  or 
when  it  gives  a  colour  with  diazo  compounds.     The  melt  is 
then  dissolved  in  water  and  saturated  with  salt  when  the 
new  dihydroxynaphthalene    disulphonic   acid     crystallises 
out   in  white    needles.      The   a-naphthol   disulphonic   acid 
obtained  from  the  1  •  5  a-naphthol  monosulphonic  acid  and 
the     dihydroxynaphthalene   mono-   and   disulphonic   acids 
above  mentioned  can  all  be  employed  in  the  manufacture  of 


III!  Ill 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1S92. 


colouring  matters  by  combining  them  with  diazo  and  tetrazo 
compounds.  A  variety  of  shades  can  be  produced  accord- 
ing to  the  particular  amine  employed.  Blue  to  blue-black 
colouring  maters,  for  instance,  are  obtained  from;>-phenylene 
diamine  by  diazotising  acet-p-phenjdene  diamine,  combining 
it  with  ct-naphthylamine  or  a-amido-a-naphthol  ether, 
rediazotising,  combining  with  one  of  the  above-mentioned 
dihyilroxynaphthalene  sulphonic  acids  splitting  off  the 
acetyl  group,  again  diazotising  and  combining  with  a  phenol, 
amine  or  one  of  their  derivatives. — T.  A.  L. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  and  Production  of 
Sulpha  Acids  and  of  Colouring  Matters.  B.  Willcox, 
London.  From  "  The  Farbenfabriken  vormals  F.  Bayer 
and  Co.,"  Elberfeld,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  19,062, 
November  4,  1891. 

When  either  methyl-  or  ethyl-benzylaniline  is  heated  with 
monohydrated  sulphuric  acid  or  with  fuming  sulphuric  acid 
of  a  moderate  strength  at  a  low  temperature,  it  is  converted 
into  a  mono-sulphonic  acid,  in  which  the  sulphonic  acid 
group  is  in  the  benzyl  nucleus.  By  using  fuming  sulphuric 
acid  of  sufficient  strength  the  bases  are  converted  directly 
into  disulphonic  acids,  one  of  the  sulphonic  acid  groups 
having  entered  the  phenyl  nucleus  in  a  meta  position  to  the 
arnido  group  so  that  the  body  has  the  following  formula — 


H03S.t',JI4.CHK.NH 


Where  R  stands  for  C'H;(  or  C,H5. 

Ten  kilos,  of  ethylbenzylaniline  are  dissolved  in  20  kilos, 
of  cold  fuming  sulphuric  acid  containing  20  per  cent,  of  SI  tp 
and  the  solution  mixed  with  25  kilos,  of  fuming  sulphuric 
acid  containing  80  per  cent,  of  S03  and  heated  to  60°  C.  The 
sulphonation  is  complete  when  a  sample  partially  neutralised 
with  sodium  carbonate  gives  no  precipitate  on  treating  with 
an  excess  of  sodium  sulphate.  The  melt  is  then  poured  into 
water  neutralised  with  lime,  and  the  filtrate  evaporated  to  a 
syrup  which  becomes  solid  on  standing.  The  barium  salt 
will  crystallise  from  a  concentrated  aqueous  solution.  By 
decomposition  with  alkaline  carbonates  the  corresponding 
alkaline  salts  are  obtained,  which  can  be  precipitated  by 
adding  salt  or  potassium  chloride.  No  precipitate  is,  how- 
ever, produced  by  adding  hydrochloric  acid  to  the  aqueous 
solution  of  the  disulphonic  acid,  differing  in  this  way  from 
the  monosulphonic  acid.  The  position  of  the  sulphonic 
acid  group  in  the  phenyl  nucleus  was  determined  by  fusing 
the  disulphonic  acid  with  potash,  when,  after  acidulating, 
an  oil  was  obtained  which  gave  a  rhodamine  on  heating  with 
phthalic  anhydride  aud  zinc  chloride.  These  disulphonic 
acids  condense  with  tetra-alkyldiamidobenzhydrols,  forming 
leuco-compouuds  which  on  oxidation  yield  colouring 
matters.  Two  examples  for  the  formation  of  blue  to  viole! 
dyestuffs  are  given  in  the  patent.  27  kilos,  of  tetra 
methyldiamidobenzhydrol  are  dissolved  in  400  kilos,  o!1 
dilute  sulphuric  acid  (containing  5  per  cent,  of  H.,S04),  and 
after  adding  40  kilos,  of  sodium  methylbenzylaniline 
disulphonate  the  melt  is  heated  on  the  water-bath  until  the 
condensation  is  complete,  when,  after  neutralisation  with 
sodium  carbonate,  the  leuco-compound  is  salted  out  with 
sodium  sulphate.  This  is  then  dissolved  in  200  kilos,  of  50 
per  cent,  acetic  acid  and  oxidised  by  adding  48  kilos,  of  a 
lead  dioxide  paste  containing  50  per  cent,  of  Pbt)2.  The 
lead  is  precipitated  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  after  filter- 
ing, the  colouring  matter  is  precipitated  from  the  solution  by 
adding  sodium  sulphate,  when  it  separates  in  small  brassy 
crystals  very  easily  soluble  in  hot  water,  less  so  in  cold,  and 
dyes  wool  blue  from  an  acid  bath  in  a  similar  shade  to  that 
produced  by  "  Cotton  blue  K."  Another  colouring  matter 
is  obtained  by  dissolving  27  kilos,  of  tetramethyldiamido- 
benzhydrol  in  135  kdos.  of  dilute  (10  per  cent.)  sulphuric 
acid  and  adding  20  kilos,  of  dimethylaniline-m-sulphonic 
acid  dissolved  in  80  litres  of  water.  When  the  condensation 
is  complete  the  solution  is  neutralised  with  sodium  carbonate, 
and  the  sodium  salt  of  the  hexamethyl-p-leucaniline  mono- 
sulphonic acid  separates  on  cooling  in  characteristic 
lustrous  scales.  It  is  oxidised  by  the  same  quantities 
"tic   acid   auf   J'l  (  l   given   above,   and   the   lead  is 


precipitated  by  adding  20  kilos,  of  sulphuric  acid  of  66°  B. 
The  filtrate  from  the  lead  sulphate  is  evaporated  when  the 
colouring  matter  separates.  It  possesses  both  basic  and 
acid  properties,  and  dyes  cotton  mordanted  with  tannic  acid 
or  wool  from  a  neutral  bath.  All  these  dyestuffs  are  said 
to  be  valuable  on  account  of  their  fastness  to  alkalis,  and 
those  which  contain  benz-vl-groups  dye  wool  from  acid 
baths.— T.  A.'L.  _J 

Improvements  in  ami  relating  to  the  Manufacture  and 
Production  of  Azo-Vges,  and  oj  Materials  therefor. 
.1.  Y.  Johnson,  London.  From  the  "  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik,"  Ludwigshafen,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  20,275, 
November  21, 1891.     (Second  Edition.) 

In  Eng.  Pat.  9676  of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,  538)  1*1' 
amidonaphthol  monosulphonic  acid  is  described,  which 
combines  with  tetrazo  compounds,  giving  however,  dull 
colours.  The  benzoyl  or  acetyl  derivatives  of  the  acid  give 
bright  shades  with  tetrazo  compounds ;  but  in  order  to 
enable  the  djestuff  to  be  applied  in  a  soap  or  soda  bath  the 
tetrazo  compound  must  contain  a  sulphonic  or  carboxylic 
acid  group,  as  otherwise  the  colouring  matters  will  only  dye 
from  a  bath  containing  a  caustic  alkali.  In  the  present 
specification  an  isomeric  1  ■  1'  amido-naphthol  sulphonic 
acid  is  described  which  yields  colouring  matters  similar  to 
the  above,  but  does  not  require  that  the  tetrazo  compound 
shall  contain  an  acid  group,  as  the  benzoyl  or  acetyl 
derivatives  of  the  bodies  produced  from  diazotised  tolidinc, 
for  example,  will  dye  cotton  from  an  ordinary  soap  or  soda 
batb.  The  starting  point  for  the  new  acid  is  the  naphthyl- 
amiue  disulphonic  acid  obtained  by  sulphonating  that  1*1' 
naphthylamine  sulphonic  acid  which  forms  a  slightly  soluble 
sodium  salt.  It  is  the  so-called  naphthylamine  monosul- 
phonic acid  S  of  Eng.  Pat.  15,775  of  1885  and  of  Ger  Pat. 
40,571.  About  1  kilo,  of  the  sodium  naphthylamine 
disulphonate  is  mixed  with  3  kilos,  of  caustic  alkali  and  a 
little  water,  and  heated  from  200° — 230°  C.  until  no  increase 
in  the  quantity  of  the  1-1'  hydroxynaphthylamine  mono- 
sulphonic acid  formed  is  observed.  The  melt  is  then 
allowed  to  cool,  dissolved  and  acidified  with  dilute  (3  per 
cent.)  hydrochloric  acid,  boiled  until  all  the  S<  >.,  is  given 
off,  and  filtered  hot.  ( In  cooling,  the  new  acid  separates 
out  in  light  grey  crystals.  The  acid  is  slightly  soluble  in 
water  or  alcohol.  The  alkaline  salts  are  readily  souble  in 
water,  and  when  alkaline  have  a  bluish-green  fluorescence. 
The  substance  combines  with  diazo  and  tetrazo  compounds, 
which,  however,  are  only  dull  colouring  matters.  By 
employing  the  benzoyl  or  acetyl  derivatives  of  the  new  acid 
for  combination  with  tetrazo  compounds,  bright  and  useful 
dyestuffs  are  obtained.  About  10  kilos,  of  l'l'  hydroxy- 
naphthylamine sulphonic  acid  and  7  kilos,  of  calcined  soda 
lire  dissolved  in  90  litres  of  water.  After  cooling  to  5°  C. 
5 '2  kilos,  of  benzoyl  chloride  are  added  and  the  mixture 
agitated  below  1 0°  C.  for  about  one  hour.  The  sodium  salt  of 
the  benzoylated  derivative  is  filtered,  washed  with  brine, 
pressed  and  dried.  A  blue  colouring  matter  is  obtained 
from  it  by  dissolving  about  20  kilos,  of  the  sodium  salt  and 
15  kilos,  of  calcined  soda  in  about  650  litres  of  water,  and 
after  adding  100  kilos,  of  ice.  running  in  the  tetrazodiphenyl 
chloride  solution  from  4-6  kilos,  of  benzidine,  16*5  kilos,  of 
30  per  cent,  hydrochloric  acid,  250  litres  of  water,  50  kilos, 
of  ice,  and  3' 5  kilos,  of  sodium  nitrite.  The  mixture  is  then 
agitated  for  24  hours  at  the  ordinary  temperature,  after 
which  it  is  boiled,  precipitated  with  salt,  filter-pressed  and 
dried.  The  dyestuff  forms  a  dark  brown  powder  with  a 
slight  metallic  sheen. — T.  A.  L. 


The  Manufacture  and  Production  of  New  Derivatives  of 
Alizarin  and  its  Analogues.  B.  Willcox,  London. 
From  the  "  Farbenfabriken  vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.," 
Elberfeld,   Germanv.     Eng.   Pat.   21,717,  December    11, 

1891. 

This  patent  describes  a  number  of  compounds  derived  from 
alizarin,  and  is  an  extension  of  several  previous  specifica- 
tions. Some  new  reactions  of  the  polyh)  droxyanthra- 
quiuones  are  also  described.  A  new  alizarin  derivative  is 
formed  by  applying  the  process  described  in  Eng.  Pat, 
S725   of   [890    ("this  Journal,   1891,   537)  to  the   pentahy- 


Dec.  31, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


I  Ol.ll 


droxyunthraquinone  obtained  from  symmetrical  dihydroxy- 
benzoic  acid  and  gallic  acid.  A  sulphuric  ether  of  the 
dyestuff  is  obtained  as  an  intermediate  product  capable  of 
dyeing  mordanted  wool,  and  can  be  converted  into  the  dye- 
stuff  in  the  well-known  manner.  About  10  kilos,  of  penta- 
hydroxyanthraquinone  are  mixed  with  200  kilos,  of  fuming 
sulphuric  acid,  containing  80  per  cent,  of  SO;i,  and  allowed 
to  stand  at  30°  O.  for  24  hours.  The  solution  is  poured  on 
to  ice,  heated  to  boiling,  and  the  precipitate  filtered  off.  In 
order  to  convert  it  into  the  dyestuff  it  is  dissolved  in  soda- 
lye,  boiled,  and  hydrochloric  or  sulphuric  acid  added  in 
excess,  when  the  new  dyestuff  separates  as  a  fine  precipitate 
which  is  filtered  off  and  washed.  It  dyes  wool  reddish- 
violet  when  mordanted  with  alumina,  and  violet  when 
mordanted  with  chromium  salts.  According  to  Eng.  Pat. 
13,677  of  1891  (this  Journal,  1892,  7401  the  hexahydroxy- 
anthraquinone there  described  is  produced  from  anthra- 
chrysone  by  oxidation  with  sulphuric  anhydride.  It  has  now 
been  discovered  that  the  oxidation  may  be  performed  with 
manganese  dioxide,  the  anthrachrysone  being  dissolved  in 
ordinary  (06°  B.)  sulphuric  acid.  The  oxidation  may  be 
performed  at  high  or  low  temperatures,  but  in  the  latter  case 
more  manganese  dioxide  is  required,  and  an  anthradiquinone, 
identical  with  the  diquinone  of  hexahydroxyanthraquinone 
of  Eng.  Pat.  4871  of  1891  (this  Journal,  1892,  513),  is 
formed  as  an  intermediate  product.  It  is  converted  into 
the  hexahydroxyanthraquinone  by  heating  with  water  or 
reducing  with  sulphurous  acid.  By  applying  the  reaction 
described  in  Kng.  Pat.  12,715  of  1890  (this  Journal  1891, 
759)  to  the  sulphuric  ether  of  hexahydroxyanthraquinone, 
viz., by  dissolving  this  body  in  concentrated  liquid  ammonia, 
a  new  dyestuff  is  obtained  which  dyes  wool  mordanted 
with  chromium  salts  a  pure  blue.  Certain  of  the  polv- 
hydroxyanthraquinones  can  be  converted  into  dyestuffs 
soluble  iu  water  by  the  action  of  strong  nitric  acid.  The 
following  bodies  have  been  treated  in  this  way  :  the  tetra- 
hydroxyanthraquinone  of  Eng.  Pat.  8725  of  1890  (this 
Journal,  1891.  .ri37),  the  penta-  and  hexahydroxyanthra- 
quiuoues  of  Kng.  Pat.  4871  of  1891  and  the  hexahydroxy- 
anthraquinone of  Eng.  Pat.  17,712  of  1890  (this  Journal, 
1891,  917),  obtained  from  alizarin  bordeaux  according  to 
Eng.  Pat.  18,729  of  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,  917)  or  from 
anthraquinone  according  to  Eng.  Pat.  13,077  of  1891,  or 
from  anthrachrysone  by  oxidising  it  with  strong  fuming 
sulphuric  acid  or  by  other  processes.  The  following  are 
the  stages  of  the  reaction.  The  compounds  are  first  nitrated, 
and  on';  hydrogen  is  replaced  by  hydroxyl,  and  finally  the 
bodies  are  oxidised  by  the  nitric  acid  into  quinones,  so  that 
they  belong  to  the  class  of  the  so-called  anthradiquinones, 
and  are  known  as  "  nitrohydroxyanthradiquinones."  The 
process  is  carried  out  by  adding  concentrated  nitric  acid  of 
sp.  gr.  1-5  to  the  alizarin  bordeaux  suspended  in  an 
indifferent  solvent  such  as  glacial  acetic  acid,  petroleum 
ether,  or  chloroform,  or  else  by  exposing  the  dry  powder  in 
shallow  trays  to  the  fumes  of  concentrated  nitric  acid. 
The  colouring  matters  dissolve  in  water  to  a  dark  red- 
coloured  liquid,  which,  on  standing,  boiling  or  reducing  with 
sulphurous  acid  gives  a  precipitate  of  a  nitrohydroxy- 
anthraquinone  which  crystallises  from  acetone  and  alcohol 
in  red  needles  with  a  metallic  lustre.  Hexahydroxyanthra- 
quinone in  this  manner  yields  a  dinitrohexahydroxy- 
anthraquiuone,  whilst  alizarin  bordeaux  and  alizarin  penta- 
cyanine  yield  the  same  mouo-nitropentahydroxyanthra- 
quinone.  The  dyestuff  soluble  in  water  obtained  from  the 
hexahydroxyanthraquinone  of  Eng.  Pat.  17,712  of  1890, 
18,729  of  1*890,  and  13,677  of  1891,  crystallises  readily. 
Ammonia  dissolves  it  with  a  greenish-blue  colour,  whilst 
sodium  carbonate  and  caustic  soda  dissolve  it  to  a  blue 
solution,  and  give  a  greenish  precipitate  on  adding  an  excess 
of  the  reagents.  It  differs  from  the  hexahydroxyanthra 
uuinone  in  not  showing  an  absorption  spectrum  when 
dissolved  in  sulphuric  acid,  the  colour  of  the  solution  being 
blue.  It  dyes  wool  mordanted  with  chromium  salts 
greenish-blue  to  bluish-black,  whilst  alumina  produces  a 
heliotrope  colour.  The  other  colouring  matters  of  this 
class  dye  from  bluish-red  to  greenish-black,  and  on  account 
of  their  solubility  in  water  can  also  be  used  for  printing. 

— T.  A.  L. 


The  Mantifctcture  of  New  Colouring  Matters.  B.  Willcox, 
London.  Erom  the  "  Earbenfabriken  vormals  E. 
Bayer  and  Co.,  Elberf'eld,"  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  22,641, 
December  28,  1891. 

According  to  Cleve  three  a-naphthylamine-/3-monosul- 
phouic  acids  are  obtained  by  nitrating  naphthalene-0-mono- 
sulphonic  acid  or  sulphonating  a-nitro-naphthalene  and 
reducing  the  mixture  of  nitro-derivatives  thus  produced. 
The  following  are  the  acids  according  to  Cleve's  nomen- 
clature : — 


NH., 


NH., 


S(  ),H 


SO.H 


tS-aci<l. 


8-acid, 


NH, 


y-acid. 


Of  these  the  3-  and  5-acids  are  of  particular  value  in  the 
formation  of  colouring  matters,  since,  when  combined  with 
tetrazo-compounds  they  yield  dyestuffs  which  can  be 
diazotised  on  the  fibre  and  combined  with  phenols  or 
amines,  &c,  a  property  not  possessed  by  other  ct-naphthyl- 
amine  sulphonic  acids.  A  variety  of  dyestuffs  can  be 
obtained  from  these  compounds  in  a  manner  similar  to  the 
processes  described  in  Kng.  Pat.  16,484  of  1887  (this 
Journal  1888,  619).  The  following  are  some  typical 
examples.  1.  One  molecular  proportion  of  tetrazoditolyl 
is  combined  with  two  molecular  proportions  of  Cleve's  /3-acid, 
forming  the  dyestuff — 

CH3  -  C(1H3  -  N  =  N  -  C10H5(SO3lSra)NHa 

I 
CH:,  -  CUH3  -  N  =  N  -  C„,H5(S(  ).,Na)NH3 

This  is  diazotised  and  combined  with  two  molecular 
proportions  of  naphthionic  acid  in  presence  of  acetic  acid, 
and  gives  a  colouring  matter  which  dyes  unmordanted 
cotton  a  deep  bluish-black.  2.  The  tetrazo  solution  from 
o-diamidodiphenol  dimethyl  ether  is  combiued  as  before 
with  two  molecular  proportions  of  Cleve's  /3-acid,  forming — 

CH,0  -  C,,H3  -  N  =  N  -  C10H5(SO,H)NH, 

I 
CH,0  -  CPH3  -  N  =  N  ~  CluH,(SO:,H)NH., 

This  compound  is  then  diazotised  with  two  molecules  of 
sodium  nitrite  and  combined  with  one  molecular  propor- 
tion of  1*4  naphthylamine  sulphonic  acid  in  presence  of 
sodium  acetate.  When  the  combination  is  complete  an 
alkaline  solution  of  one  molecular  proportion  of  1*4 
naphthol  sulphonic  acid  is  allowed  to  run  in,  the  solution 
being  kept  alkaline  by  means  of  sodium  carbonate.  A 
bluish-black  dyestuff  for  unmordanted  cotton  is  thus 
obtained.  In  the  above  process  other  amines  and  phenols, 
&c.  can  be  substituted  for  the  naphthol  and  naphthylamine 
sulphonic  acids  in  the  second  stage,  and  other  tetrazo 
compounds  can  also  be  used.  The  colours  obtained  dye  a 
greenish  and  blue-black.  3.  Tetrazo-diphenyl  chloride  is 
combiued  with  one  molecular  proportion  of  Cleve's  /3-acid. 
The  free  amido  group  is  diazotised  and  the  tetrazo  chloride 
so  obtained  is  combined  with  two  molecular  proportions  of 
1-8  dihydroxynaphthalene-amonosulphonie  acid.  4.  In 
the  preceding  example  the  intermediate  tetrazo  compound 
maj'  be  combined  first  with  one  molecular  proportion  of 
/3-naphthol-mono-sulphonic  acid  E  and  afterwards  with  one 
molecular  proportion  of  the  1'8  dihydroxynaphthalene- 
a-monosulphonic  acid.  Both  these  colouring  matters  dye 
unmordanted  cotton  bluish-black  from  an  alkaline  soap 
bath.  5.  Valuable  disazo  colouring  matters,  which  dye  wool 
bluish-black  from  an  acid  bath,  are  obtained  by  combining  a 
diazotised  amine  with  Cleve's  j8-  or  8-acid,  rediazotising  the 
amido-azo  compound  formed,  and  combining  this  with  a 
phenol  or  amine,  &c.  As  an  example,  9*3  kilos,  of  aniline  are 
diazotised  by  means  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  7  kilos,  of 
sodium  nitrite  and  added  to  a  solution  of  24-5  kilos,  of  the 
sodium  salt  of  Cleve's  /3-acid  and  50  kilos  of  sodium  acetate. 
The  resulting  amido-azo-compound  is  diazotised  with  7  kilos, 
of  sodium  nitrite  and  hydrochloric  acid,  and  combined  with 
26 '2  kilos,  of  l-8  dihydroxyuaphthalene-a-monosulphouic 


lOdii 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTKY. 


[Deo.  31, 1892. 


acid  in  an  aqueous  solution,  together  with  about  50  kilos,  of 
sodium  acetate.  When  the  combination  is  complete  the 
solution  is  made  alkaline  and  the  dyestuff  salted  out,  filter- 
pressed,  and  dried.     It  has  the  following  formula — 


C6H3 .  X :  X .  C,0H5(SO3Xa) .  X :  X .  C10H4 


/ 


Si  ),;Xa 
1  (OH), 


and  dyes  unmordanted  wool  bluish-black  from  an  acid  bath, 
whilst  the  shades  on  wool  mordanted  with  chromium  salts 
are  greenish-black.  'When  used  for  printing  it  gives  a  pure 
black.— T.  A.  L. 


V.-TEXTILES :  COTTON.  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

The    Specific    Gravity    «]     Textile    Fibres.     L.  Vignon. 

Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7—8,  1892,  247—250. 
The  author  has  determined  the  densities  of  the  more 
important  textile  fibres  with  a  hydrostatic  balance  sensible 
to  -!-  of  a  milligramme.  As  the  fibres  occlude  gases  and  are 
to  some  extent  water-repellent,  benzene  was  employed 
instead  of  water  as  th^  immersing  fluid.  The  gases  were 
eliminated  by  placing  the  balance  in  a  suitable  apparatus 
and  reducing  the  pressure  of  the  enclosed  atmosphere  to 
50  mm.  for  5  to  10  minutes.  The  following  results  were 
obtained : — 

Specific  Gravities  at  18°  of  Textile  Fibres 
containing  their  normax  amount  of  moistl  re. 


Fibre. 


dition. 


Specific  Gravity. 


Cotton 

Wool 
Spun 

1-50 
1-51 

Wool 

Combed 
Spun 

rso 

1-30 

Mohair 

Combed 

1'30 

Hemp 

i  arded 

ri> 

Ramie 

Carded 

Spun 

1-52 
1-51 

Linen 

Spun 

1-50 

Jute 

Spun 

1-4S 

French  silk 

Raw 

1-.33 

„ 

Uugummed 

1-34 

1  1   ss  wool 

2'72] 

—KB. 

The  Specific  Gr 

Chit 

villi  of  Silk. 
a.  7—8,  1892, 

L.  \ 
249- 

ignon. 
-250. 

Bull.  Soc. 

The  density  of  silk  in  various  states,  namely,  raw,  un- 
gummed,  dyed,  and  weighed,  was  determined  in  the  manner 
described  above  (preceding  abstract).  The  results  are  as 
follow. 

The  presence  of  tannic  acid  very  slightly  increases  the 
density  of  the  fibre.  Metallic  compounds  cause  a  con- 
siderable increase.  (See  also  this  Journal,  1892,  600  and 
140 


Condition  of  Silk. 


Silk  Dyed  other  mis  Black. 

Souple  :— 

■'  Pure  " 


Increase  or 

Decrease  in 

Weight  caused 

by  Treatment 

Indicated. 


Sp.  Gr. 


Weighted  with  tannic  acid 

Weighted  with  stannic  oxide  .. 

Weighted  with  stannic  (annate 

Boiled  off:— 

"  Pure" 


Weighted  with  tannic  acid 

Weighted  with  stannic  oxide  . . . 
Weighted  with  stannic  tannate. 

Black-dyed  Silk. 

Eaw 

Souple  :— 

Weighted  with  tannic  acid 

Weighted  with  stannic  oxide  ... 

Weighted  with  tannic  acid   ami 
metallic  salts. 

Boiled  off:— 


Per  Cent. 

-  f-43 
W28 

+  71 'Tu 
+  70'3<j 

-  2.V72 

-  7'0t 
+  58*64 
+  32-82 


1-33 

1-37 

T91 

1'tiG 

1-34 

1-37 

2-01 

1-60 

31-G 

1-39 

52-30 

2-10 

63-70 

T-e.l 

+ 

21-10 
7:>-:>0 

l'3t 

1-30 

Weighted  with  stannic  oxide 

+ 

tl-50 

2-  till 

Weighted  with   tannic  acid  and 
metallic  salts. 

+ 

>;t-  in 

1-52 

-B.  B. 


PATENTS. 


An  Improved  Water  and  Grease-proof  Packing  Material. 

J.  A.  Turner,  Lancaster.     Eug.   Pat.    1!>,899,   September 

19,  1891. 
Paper  and  canvas  or  other  suitable  woven  fabric  are  united 
together  by  means  of  size  or  other   similar  grease-proof, 
adhesive  material ;  the  surface  of  the  woven  fabric  is  then 
coated  with  tar  or  other  waterproofing  material. — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Manufacture  or  Pro- 
duction of  Paper  Pulp  and  Textile  Fibre.  C.  G. 
Hagemann,  Ludwigshafen,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  18,470, 
October  27,  1891. 

See  under  XIX.,  page  1020. 


YI.-DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING.  PAPER 
STAINING.  AND  BLEACHING. 

Cause  of  the  Greening,  during  Milling,  of  Logwood-  Black 
on  Wool.     O.  Waither.     Fiirb.  Zeit.  1892,  305—308. 

The  greening  or  lightening  of  logwood-black  on  wool, 
which  takes  place  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  during  the 
milling  and  finishing  operations,  has  been  attributed  to  the 
omission  of  tartar  from  the  mordanting  bath,  and  to 
inefficient   oxidation  of  the  logwood.     But  it  cannot  be  due 


Dec.  SI,  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1003 


to  either  of  these  circumstances,  for  logwood-blacks  of 
satisfactory  fastness  are  obtained  without  the  use  of  tartar, 
ami  it  is  well  known  that  a  good  black  cannot  be  obtained 
with  logwood  which  has  been  injuriously  or  insufficiently 
oxidised,  so  that  the  defect  in  shade  exists,  in  the  latter  case, 
prior  to  milling.  The  author  traces  the  cause  to  difference 
in  the  dyeing  characters  of  the  various  kinds  of  wool,  to 
imperfect  removal  of  the  wool-yolk  in  scouring,  and  to 
prolonged  milling  necessitated  by  the  deterioration  of  the 
felting  property  of  the  wool  by  the  chromic  acid  mordanting 
bath,  such  prolonged  exposure  of  the  colour  lake  to  a  heated 
alkaline  solution  being  the  chief  factor  in  its  destruction, 
which  is  aided  by  the  friction  of  the  rollers  or  other 
apparatus  employed.  The  effect  of  the  first  of  these  causes 
is  seen  on  mordanting  and  dyeing  together  a  number  of 
samples  of  various  kinds  of  wool,  the  blacks  produced  being 
of  various  shades  and  exhibiting  a  slight  difference  in  their 
ability  to  withstand  milling.  The  effect  of  the  presence  of 
grease  in  the  wool  is  to  prevent  the  colour-lake  depositing 
in  an  intimate  state  in  or  upon  the  fibre.  To  show  this  and 
also  the  injury  to  the  felting  property  accruing  from  the 
employment  of  chromic  acid  in  mordanting,  samples  of 
imperfectly-eleansed  and  of  well-cleansed  wool  were  severally 
mordanted  with  iron  and  chrome,  dyed  with  logwood,  and 
milled.  The  samples  dyed  iron-logwood  black  were  suffi- 
ciently milled  in  6 J  hours,  those  dyed  chrome-logwood  black 
required  16  hours.  The  latter  were  fouud  to  have  lost 
more  colour  than  the  former,  and  the  imperfectly-scoured 
samples  much  more  than  the  well  scoured.  The  difference 
in  the  two  lots  of  wool  dyed  iron-logwood  black  was  less 
apparent.  This  injurious  action  of  chromic  acid  on  wool 
has  induced  many  dyers  to  replace  it  in  part  by  copper 
sulphate,  or  to  employ  a  smaller  proportion  than  usual,  and 
to  supersaturate  tbe  mordanted  material  with  colouring 
matter  to  obtain  the  desired  intensity  of  shade  ;  or,  again, 
to  sadden  with  ferrous  sulphate  the  material  thus  super- 
saturated. The  last  of  these  methods  yields  a  colour-lake 
which  is  to  a  large  extent  superficially  deposited  on  the 
fibre,  and  heuce  readily  detached  on  milling.  The  excess 
of  colouring  matter  absorbed  according  to  the  second 
method  is  also  readily  removed.  The  first  method  alone 
gives  a  satisfactory  result.  Thus,  an  excellent  black  of  a 
superior  degree  of  fastness  to  both  milling  and  light  (see 
also  this  Journal,  1891,  460)  is  obtained  by  mordanting 
with  3  per  cent,  of  potassium  bichromate  and  2  to  2J  per 
cent,  of  copper  sulphate,  of  which  one-third  can  be 
advantageously  applied  after  dyeing. — E.  B. 


Peroxide  of  Sodium  and  its  Application  in  Bleaching. 
Prud'homme.     Monit.  Scient.  July  1892,  495—496. 

Until  a  short  time  ago  this  substance  was  only  known  as  a 
rare  product  of  the  laboratory.  The  peroxides  of  potassium 
and  sdtlium  were  first  described  by  Gay  Lussac  and  Thenard 
in  1810.  In  1876  Fairley  obtained  the  sodium  compound  in 
a  crystalline  form  of  the  following  composition  NajOo.HnO 
H.  Carringlon  Bolton  prepared  it  in  1886  by  dropping 
sodium  into  potassium  nitrate. 

The  peroxide  has  lately  been  put  on  the  conti- 
nental market  at  a  price  of  5  francs  per  kilo.  The 
German  Patent  deposited  on  3rd  February  1892,  is  not 
yet  published  and  therefore  the  mode  of  preparation  is  at 
present  unknown.  The  substance  as  sent  out  is  of  a 
yellowish-white  colour,  partially  powdered,  and  dissolves  in 
water  with  a  notable  rise  in  temperature  and  the  dis- 
engagement of  a  certain  amount  of  oxygen.  It  is  very 
hygroscopic,  gaining  20  per  cent,  in  weight  after  24  hours' 
exposure  to  the  air.  On  heating  it  with  aniline,  azobenzene 
is  formed.  If  water  be  added  to  the  mixture,  or  to  a 
mixture  of  peroxide  and  benzene,  flames  are  produced,  and 
in  the  latter  case  an  explosion. 

The  peroxide  contains  about  20  per  cent,  of  oxygen 
available  for  bleaching  purposes,  corresponding  with  the 
formula  Na.,0.,  (20- 15  per  cent.).  This  percentage  is  very 
high,  barium  dioxide  containing  8  per  cent.,  and  peroxide 
of  hydrogen  (12  vols.)  only  1-5  percent.  It  is  decomposed 
by  dilute  acids,  and  a  solution  of  peroxide  of  hydrogen  may 
in  this  way  be  prepared. 


Cellulose  is  strongly  attacked  and  turned  yellow  by  a 
15  per  cent,  solution.  If  it  be  then  washed  and  treated 
with  dilute  aeid,  it  wdl  take  a  darker  shade  when  dyed  with 
Methylene  blue,  in  this  way  resembling  "  mercerised " 
cotton. 

The  sodium  compound,  on  account  of  its  strongly  alkaline 
reaction,  cannot  be  directly  employed  in  the  bleaching  of 
fibres  of  animal  origin,  such  as  wool  or  silk.  In  this  case 
de  Haen  recommends  that  peroxide  of  magnesium  be 
employed.  The  author  has  previously  studied  its  action  in 
bleaching  (this  Journal,  1891,  834)  and  showed  that  it 
possessed  greater  stability  than  peroxide  of  hydrogen.  In 
application,  3  parts  of  sulphate  of  magnesia,  which  must  be 
free  from  chlorine,  are  added  to  1  part  of  sodium  peroxide 
proportions  which  allow  a  slight  excess  of  the  former  salt, 
as  shown  in  the  following  equation— 

MgS04.7  HoO  +  Na.20,  =  Na^O,  +  MgO„ 
250  78 

Method  of  Bleaching,  (de  Haen.)  Wool — Well  scour 
the  wool  and  enter  into  a  bath  containing  30  kilos,  of 
sulphate  of  magnesia  to  every  100  kilos,  of  wool.  Tem- 
perature of  bath  30°  C.  Turn  several  times,  lift,  and  add 
10  kilos,  of  the  peroxide,  re-enter,  and  heat  up  to  60° — 70°  C., 
and  keep  at  that  for  one  hour ;  lift  and  pass  through  a 
weak  sulphuric  acid  bath  to  get  rid  of  magnesia,  rinse,  and 
dry  as  usual. 

Tussak  Silk. — Prepare  silk  in  usual  way,  taking  care  to 
remove  all  soap  by  repeated  washing.  For  every  100  kilos. 
of  silk  use  2.5U0  litres  of  water  at  30°— 35°  C.  Dissolve 
90  kilos,  of  sulphate  of  magnesia  in  the  bath,  give  silk 
3—4  turns,  and  lift.  Add  in  2— 3  lots,  30  kilos,  of  peroxide 
and  note  that  the  bath  be  well  stirred  after  each  addition. 
Heat  up  to  80°— 95°  C.  and  keep  the  silk  in  the  bath  for 
lj — 2  hours.  Remove  magnesia  by  passing  through  weak 
sulphuric  acid,  wash  and  dry,  or  pass  on  to  dyer.  This 
method  is  applicable  to  ivory,  feathers,  bone,  or  hog's 
bristles. 

"  Chappe  "  Silk. — Clean  the  silk  in  the  ordinary  manner 
and  enter  into  a  bath  containing  2,500  litres  of  water  to 
every  100  kilos,  of  silk  to  which  have  been  added  36  kilos. 
of  sulphate  of  magnesia ;  give  several  turns,  lift,  and  add 
in  small  quantities  12  kilos,  of  the  peroxide,  stirring  well. 
Work  for  f  hour  at  95°  C.  and  once  or  twice  bring  just  up 
to  a  boil,  and  take  out  after  1  to  lj  hours.  Acidulate  with 
sulphuric  acid  as  above,  wash,  and  dry. 

Half-Silk  Goods. — (Wool  and  silk,  or  cotton  and  silk). 
Prepare  the  goods  before  bleaching  and  remove  all  soap  by 
repeated  washing.  Enter  into  bath  containing  30 — 36  kilos, 
of  sulphate  of  magnesia,  according  to  colour.  Give  several 
turns  and  add  the  peroxide,  10 — 12  kilos.,  and  keep  for 
I  hour  at  95°  C,  finally  arriving  at  a  boil.  Pass  through 
sulphuric  acid.  For  100  metres  of  cloth,  60  centimetres 
wide,  and  weighing  about  5  kilos,  use  250  litres  of  water. 

W.  P.  D. 


On  the  Resistance  of  O.rycellulose  to  Colouration  by 
Telrazoic  Dyes.  M.  G.  Saget.  Monit.  Scient.  September 
1892,  640—641. 

Witz  in  1882  found  that  oxycellulose  was  dyed  by  basic 
colouring  matters  but  not  by  acid  colouring  matters.  In 
view  of  this,  experiments  were  made  to  ascertain  the  effects 
of  the  tetrazoic  dyes,  which  are  of  an  acid  np.ture. 

The  author  has  experimented  with  several  dyes  of  this 
kind  and  find  that  they  stain  oxycellulose  hrt  sliehtlv,  if  at 
all.— A..L.  S.  *     ' 


A  New  Process  for  Photo-Dyeing.     A.  Villain. 
L'Amateur  Photographe,  1892. 

See  under  XXI.,  page  1031. 


1004 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Dec  31, 1892. 


PATENTS. 

A  Xeiv  or  Improved  Machine  for  Dyeing  one  or  more 
Warps.  E.  Brook,  Slaithwaite.  Eng.  Pat.  22,060, 
December  17,  1891. 
The  machine  consists  of  a  central  shaft,  carrying  two  discs 
or  wheels,  capable  of  being  rotated  partly  in  and  partly  out 
of  the  dye-vat.  Between  the  two  discs  are  cross  bars  or 
plates  arranged  in  radial  series,  and  these  carry  the  warp 
which  is  wound  round  them  in  a  continuous  manner.  These 
bar-  or  plates  ate  provided  with  curved  or  rounded  edges 
and  are  capable  of  oscillation  (whereby  the  plates  of  one 
radial  series  come  into  contact  with  those  of  its  neighbouring 
series)  for  the  purpose  of  gripping  or  holding  the  warp  as  it 
emerges  from  the  dye-liquor. — TV.  E.  K. 


Improvements  in  Colour-Printing  and  in  Apparatus  to  be 
Employed  therein.  J.  I..  Davies,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,093,  December  17,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  apply  printing  ink  in  a 
circular,  elliptical,  or  curvilinear  direction  to  blocks  or 
surfaces  for  the  production  of  rainbow  or  irridescent 
effects,  in  a  circular  or  elliptical  form.  Eor  this  purpose  a 
taper  or  conical  inking  roller  suitably  mounted  on  a  circular 
inking  slab  is  employed. — W.  E.  K. 


Improvements  relating  to  Rollers  for  Printing  Fabrics  and 
Wall  Papers.  H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  La  Societe 
Evesque  and  Cie.,  Lyons.  Eng.  Pat.  16,958,  September  22, 
1892. 

The  design  is  drawn  upon  a  lithographic  stone  or  in  fat- 
inks  upon  transfer  paper,  and  then  transferred  to  a  plate  of 
zinc  or  other  metal,  which  is  subsequently  immersed  in  an 
acid  vat,  whereby  the  parts  not  covered  with  fat-ink  are 
etched  to  the  depth  required.  From  this  plate  an  impression 
is  pulled  off  on  either  paper  or  lead,  and  this  impression  is 
then  wound  on  a  roller  of  wood  and  placed  in  a  two-part 
cylindrical  mould,  which  is  heated  by  gas  or  steam.  The 
roller  of  wood  is  next  withdrawn,  the  axis  of  the  roller  put 
back  in  its  place,  and  then  into  the  mould  thus  prepared  a 
mixture  is  poured  of  fused  unattackable  metal  or  plastic 
material,  such  as  india-rubber.  After  hardening,  the  roller 
is  removed  from  the  mould,  and  is  ready  for  use.  The 
design  may  be  prepared  either  in  relief  or  intaglio,  as 
desired.  By  a  modification,  the  rollers,  when  made  of  zinc, 
copper,  or  other  metal  attackable  by  acid  are  engraved 
direct  by  gently  rolling  them  with  pressure  against  the  fat- 
ink  transfer  of  the  design,  and  then  submitting  them  to  the 
etching  process  by  means  of  aeid. — W.  E.  K. 


Improvements  in  Dyeing  Silk  or  Half-SHIt  Goods. 
K.  Zillessen,  sen.,  Crefeld,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  22,538, 
24  December  1891. 

Uothrown  silk,  to  be  used  for  the  warp  of  a  fabric  (the 
weft  of  which  may  be  silk,  wool,  or  cotton,  dyed  or  undyed) 
is  prepared  before  weaving  with  fat  and  a  metallic  mordant. 
The  prepared  and  uDprepared  fibres  are  then  woven 
together  in  any  optional  pattern,  and  on  dyeing  up  the 
fabric  the  warp  and  weft  give  shades  or  colours  different 
the  one  from  the  other. — W.  E.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Azo-Colours  on  Fibre. 

1!.  Willcox,  Loudon.     From  the  "  Farbenfabriken  vorm. 

E.    Bayer   and    Co.."    Elberfeld.       Eng.    Pat.    22,641a, 

December  28,  1891. 
I'nmordaxted  cotton  is  dyed  with  the  tetrazo-dyestuff 
formed  by  the  combination  of  one  molecular  proportion  of 
a  titrazo-compound  of  benzidine,  its  homologue  or  analogue, 
with  (a)  two  molecular  proportions  of  Cleve's  alpha- 
napthylamine-mono-sulpho  aeid  (either  beta-  or  delta),  or 
(6)   one   molecular  proportion  of  each  of  these    acids,   or 


(c)  one  molecular  proportion  of  either  of  these  acids  and 
one  molecular  proportion  of  an  amine,  phenol,  &c.  of  the 
benzene  or  naphthalene  series.  The  dyestuff  thus  fixed 
on  the  fibre  is  next  diazotised  by  immersion  in  an  acidified 
solution  of  sodium  nitrite ;  and  the  resulting  diazo-  or 
tetrazo-product  is  then  coupled  with  an  amine,  phenol, 
amidophenol,  &c.  of  the  benzene  or  naphthalene  series,  by 
immersion  in  its  acid  or  alkaline  solution. — W.  E.  K. 


TIL-ACIDS,  ALKALIS.  AND  SALTS. 

PATENTS. 

Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of  Cyanides. 
G.  T.  Beilby,  Slateford.  Eng.  Pat.  4820,  March  18, 1891. 
In  this  process  ammonia  gas  is  caused  to  pass  over  or  to 
bubble  up  through  a  fused  mixture  of  anhydrous  carbonate 
of  an  alkali  and  finely -divided  carbon,  to  which  a  sufficient 
proportion  of  alkaline  cyanide  has  been  added  to  make  the 
mixture  fuse  at  a  low  temperature.  When  carbonate  of 
potassium  is  used,  the  reaction  goes  on  satisfactorily  at  a 
temperature  somewhat  below  the  melting  point  of  pure 
carbonate  of  sodium.  The  cyanide  may  be  tapped  from 
the  bottom  of  the  vessel  in  which  the  operation  is  conducted, 
and  the  mixed  materials  are  fed  iu  at  the  top.  In  this 
way  cyanide  containing  70  per  cent,  of  potassium  cyanide 
can  be  obtained.  Or  the  temperature  and  duration  of  the 
operation  may  be  adjusted  so  that  the  cyanide  is  sublimed. 
Various  forms  of  apparatus  are  described  and  drawings  of 
them  are  given.  A  melting  pot  of  cast  iron  may  be  used, 
with  an  inlet  tube  at  the  bottom  for  the  ammonia  and  a 
delivery  tube  at  the  top  by  which  the  gases  escaping  are 
carried  away.  These  are  subsequently  treated  to  recover 
sublimed  cyanide  and  unaltered  ammonia.  Another  form 
of  apparatus  is  fitted  with  revolving  arms,  which  move  the 
melted  mixture  over  a  series  of  superimposed  shelves,  so 
that  it  drops  downwards  from  shelf  to  shelf,  meeting  a 
stream  of  ammonia  gas  as  it  falls.  The  carbon  may  be 
supplied  by  charcoal,  lamp-black,  gas-black,  coke,  or  pitch, 
&c.  By  using  pitch  or  coke  made  from  the  basic  tars  or 
from  the  crude  oils  of  shale,  coal,  or  peat,  a  large  part  of 
the  nitrogen  they  contain  may  be  recovered  as  cyanide. 
The  specification  also  provides  for  the  use  of  "  volatile 
alkaloidal  bases  "  as  a  source  of  the  nitrogen. — H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  Generators  to  be  used  in  the  Production 

of  Hydrogen  Gas.     W.  Hawkins.  T.  Hawkins,  H.  Fuller, 

and    W.    H.    Fuller,    Portsmouth.      Eng.    Bat.    13,379, 

July  21,  1891. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  copper  or  lead  box  divided  into 

four  partitions,  the  upper  two  containing  the  solution  of  an 

acid,  and  the  two  lower  ones  the  zinc  or  other  metal  to  be 

acted  upon. — H.  A. 


New  Solid  Compounds  of  Sulphur  Trioxide,  Water,  and 
the  Bi-Sulphates  or  Acid  Sulphates  of  Sodium  or 
Potassium.  G.  F.  Brindlev,  Handsworth.  Eng.  Pat. 
1 7.706,  October  17,1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  obviate  the  difficulties  of 
transporting  sulphuric  acid,  aud  for  this  purpose  it  is 
proposed  to  heat  sulphuric  acid  of  various  strengths  with 
potassium  or  sodium  bisulphate  ;  the  mass  is  then  carefully 
evaporated  at  temperatures  between  200° — 300"  C.  The 
hot  liquids  aie  run  into  drums  and  allowed  to  set.  The 
resulting  compounds  have  the  composition  H.-,S04.XaHSO. 
or  3  HjS04.2  XaHS04,  with  1  molecule  of  wa'ter.— H.  A. 


Dec.  81, 1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1005 


Improvements  in  Means  or  Process  for  Producing 
Carbonic  Acid  Gas.  I).  Rylauds,  Stairfoot.  Eng.  Pat. 
18,231,  October  23,  1891. 

Ca&BONIC  acid  may  be  economically  produced  by  first 
carbonising  coal  in  retorts,  collecting  the  illuminating  gas 
given  off,  and  then  lowering  the  temperature  to  about 
1,100°  F.  Air  is  now  admitted  in  quantities  "  which  cau 
be  regulated  to  the  greatest  nicet}"  for  securing  the  best 
results."  The  carbonic  acid  so  evolved  is  taken  by  means 
of  a  separate  main  to  a  scrubber,  and  after  cooling  is 
passed  through  a  tower  provided  with  shelves,  where  it 
meets  with  a  shower  of  sodium  carbonate  solution.  The 
resulting  sodium  bicarbonate  is  fed  into  a  boiler,  the 
carbonic  acid  boiled  off  and  collected  in  a  holder,  whilst 
the  solution  is  pumped  back  on  the  tower  for  absorbing 
fresh  quantities  of  carbonic  acid. 

An  alternate  method  consists  in  burning  in   the  retorts  a 
mixture  of  coke  and  limestone. — H.  A. 


Improvements  i?t  the  Manufacture  of  Salt.  J.  E.  Iiott, 
Stockport.  Kng.  Pat.  18,481,  October  27,  1891. 
The  invention  refers  to  the  evaporation  of  brine.  The 
apparatus  consists  of  a  cylindrical  evaporating  vessel 
suspended  on  hollow  trunnions.  One  of  these  acts  as 
part  of  the  main  flue  from  a  furnace,  in  which  air  is  heated 
under  pressure ;  it  is  then  continued  to  a  chamber  formed 
in  the  evaporating  vessel  by  means  of  a  diaphragm  acting 
like  a  false  bottom.  The  air  thus  heated,  now  passes  through 
vertical  perforated  pipes  which  are  covered  with  the 
solution.  The  other  hollow  trunnion  serves  for  carrying 
away  the  steam  and  air,  and  for  this  purpose  is  separated 
from  the  rest  of  the  vessel  by  means  of  a  pocket  reaching 
almost  to  the  top  lid.  The  waste  heat  may  be  utilised  for 
heating  up  fresh  quantities  of  solution  in  similar  vessels 
arranged  in  series.  After  sufficient  evaporation  the  vessel 
is  disconnected,  the  lid  unscrewed  and  the  vessel  discharged 
by  tilting  it  over  on  its  trunnions. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  the  O.cidcs  of  the 
Alkaline  Metals.  II.  Y.  Cashier,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
20,003,  November  18,  1891. 

The  metallic  sodium  or  potassium  is  placed  in  aluminium 
dishes  or  trays,  which  are  placed  on  tram  carriages  running 
through  an  iron  tube.  The  tube  is  built  into  a  furnace 
and  its  ends  are  tightly  closed  by  end-plates.  Air  is 
admitted  at  one  end  of  the  tube,  passed  through  the  tube 
and  out  at  the  other  end.  The  tube  is  heated  to  about 
300°  C.  The  air  is  first  freed  from  moisture  and  carbonic 
acid,  and  by  its  means  a  gradual  oxidation  of  the  alkaline 
metal  takes  place,  the  metal  at  the  end  nearest  the  entrance 
of  the  air  being  first  converted  into  peroxide,  whilst  the 
air  in  travelling  through  the  tube  gradually  becomes 
deprived  of  oxygen,  so  that  the  metal  at  the  air-exit  end 
undergoes  oxidation  very  slowly  in  an  atmosphere  con- 
taining very  little  oxygen.  As  the  finished  product  is 
drawn  out  at  one  end  of  the  tube  a  fresh  charge  is  inserted 
at  the  opposite  end,  the  tram  carriages  being  pushed 
along  the  tube  to  admit  of  fresh  trays  being  placed  in  it. 

— H.  S.  1'. 


Improvements  in  and  Apparatus  far  the  Manufacture  of 
Alkaline  or  Earthy-Alkaline  Bases,  and  of  their  Salts 
or  Compounds  by  the  Electrolysis  of  Saline  Solutions. 
E.  Hermite  and  A.  Dubosc,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat.  21,957, 
December  15, 1891. 

See  under  XI.,  page  1015. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Preparation  of  Pure  Nitric 
Acid.  E.  Edwards,  London.  From  O.  Guttmann  and 
L.  Rohrmann,  Muskau,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  22,181, 
December  23,  1891. 

Nitric  acid  prepared  in  the  usual  way  by  distillation, 
contains  a  varying  proportion  of  lower  oxides  of  nitrogen, 
such  as  nitrous  acid,  depending  upon  the  amount  of  chlorine 
in  the  nitrate  of  soda  used.  These  lower  oxides  have 
always  been  removed  from  the  finished  acid  by  heating  it 
and  blowing  air  through.  This  improved  process  effects 
the  removal  of  the  nitrous  acid  by  blowing  air  into  the 
gaseous  acid  before  it  is  condensed.  In  this  way  the 
nitrous  acid  in  the  presence  of  the  water  in  the  acid,  and 
air,  is  converted  into  nitric  acid,  the  abstraction  of  the 
water  resulting  in  a  stronger  distillate  being  formed,  whilst 
the  creation  of  a  slight  vacuum  and  the  more  rapid  carrying 
forward  of  the  acid  vapours  causes  a  more  rapid  distillation. 
— H.  S.  P. 

Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Salts  of  Ferrici/anogen. 
A.  M.  Clark,  London.  From  the  Deutsche  Gold  und 
Silber-Scheideanstalt,  Frankfort-on-Maine.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,558,  December  24,  1891. 

In  the  manufacture  of  alkaline  ferricyanides,  such  as  red 
prussiate  of  potash,  by  the  oxidation  of  the  corresponding 
ferro-salt  by  means  of  chlorine  or  bromine,  the  ferri-salt  is 
obtained  contaminated  by  the  bromides  or  chlorides  which 
pass  into  solution  with  it ;  or  when  an  electric  current  is 
used  for  effecting  the  oxidation,  caustic  alkali  is  formed, 
and  renders  the  ferricyanide  impure.  This  invention 
obviates  this  difficulty  by  conducting  the  oxidation  in 
presence  of  an  alkaline-earth  salt,  preferably  calcium 
ferrocyanide. 

The  following  is  stated  to  be  the  reaction  when  potassium 
permanganate  is  used  for  oxidising: — 

3  CajFeCye  +  7  K4FeCy6  +  2  KMnO,  = 
10  K-jFeCy,;  +  2  MnO  +  6  CaO 

The  manganous  oxide  and  the  greater  portion  of  the 
caustic  lime  remain  undissolved.  After  filtering,  the  small 
quantity  of  caustic  lime  in  solution  may  be  precipitated 
by  carbonic  acid.  The  electric  current  may  also  be  used 
for  oxidising,  and  an  equally  pure  product  obtained.  If 
chlorine  or  bromine  be  used,  a  better  yield  is  obtained  by 
introducing  the  calcium  ferrocyanide,  although  the  resulting 
product  is  not  so  pure.  A  double  ferrocyanide  of  an 
alkali  and  alkaline  earth  may  be  used  instead  of  mixing 
the  two  salts.— H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Carbonates  oj 
Strontium  and  Barium.  J.  Brock  and  J.  T.  Marsh, 
Widnes.     Eng.  Pat.  22,541,  December  24,  1891. 

In  the  usual  method  of  manufacturing  these  carbonates, 
the  bases  are  obtained  in  solution  as  sulphides  or  hydro- 
sulphides.  On  treating  this  solution  with  carbonic  acid  gas 
the  base  is  precipitated  as  carbonate.  But  owing  to  the 
presence  of  polysulphides  in  the  solution  and  of  traces  of 
oxygen  in  the  carbonic  acid  gas,  some  free  sulphur  is 
always  precipitated  with  the  carbonate  of  strontium  or 
barium,  and,  combining  with  the  carbonate  during  the 
subsequent  operation  of  drying,  spoils  the  product. 

The  patentees  remove  this  sulphur  by  boiling  the 
precipitated  carbonate  suspended  in  water  with  the 
corresponding  hydrate  of  the  base.  About  2  cwt.  of 
strontium  hydrate  crystals  suffice  to  remove  the  sulphur 
from  an  amount  of  the  precipitated  carbonate  of  strontium 
equal  to  one  ton  of  the  dry  carbonate,  and  in  the  case  of 
barium  about  2J  cwt.  of  crystallised  barium  hydrate  is 
required.  The  sulphur  combines  with  the  hydrate,  aud  the 
operation  is  usually  effected  after  boiling  for  about  half  an 
hour.  The  precipitated  carbonate  is  then  separated  by  a 
filter-press  or  in  any  other  way,  washed  and  dried.  The 
solution  of  hydrate  from  the  press  may  be  used  for  dissolving 
a  fresh  portion  of  sulphide,  and  after  crystallising  nut  the 
hydrate,  treating  the  mother-liquor  with  carbonic  acid  gas, 
by  which  means  the  strontium  or  barium  in  solution  is 
recovered  without  loss. — H.  S.  P. 


in  16 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Dec.  si,  1892. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Evaporating  and  Incine- 
rating Spent  or  Used  Alkaline  Lyes  or  similar  Waste 
Products.  A.  S.  Caldwell,  Lasswade,  N.B.  Eng.  Pat. 
192,  January  5,  1892. 

The  improved  apparatus  comprises  a  "  splash "  chamber 
and  incinerating  furnace.  The  "  splash  "  chamber  has  a 
pan-shaped  bottom  upon  which  the  more  or  less  concentrated 
lye  is  run  from  a  tank.  Over  one  end  of  the  chamber  is  a 
circular  tower,  whilst  at  the  other  end  are  three  hearths 
arranged  in  steps  one  below  the  other,  the  height  of  each 
step  being  such  as  to  enable  a  door  to  be  placed  at  the  end 
of  each  hearth  through  which  a  tool  may  be  thrust  for  raking 
the  drying  material  from  one  hearth  down  on  to  the  next 
one  below  it,  and  for  raking  the  incinerated  material  out  of 
the  lowest  one.  On  either  side  of  the  end  of  the  lowest 
hearth  is  a  small  tire-grate  for  burning  the  fuel  which  dries 
and  incinerates  the  lye.  The  hot  gases  from  these  grates 
pass  over  the  hearths  and  through  the  splash  chamber,  up 
the  tower,  and  then  down  into  a  flue,  where  they  are  drawn 
away  to  a  chimney,  an  increased  current  being  also  obtained 
by  means  of  a  fan  or  blower  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the 
flue  from  the  tower.  In  the  splash  chamber  are  a  number 
of  paddles  which  throw  up  the  liquor  in  spray,  thus  assisting 
the  evaporation  of  the  liquid.  When  sufficiently  dried  in 
this  chamber  the  material  is  then  raked  on  to  the  first 
hearth,  and  afterwards  on  to  the  second,  and  finally  on  to 
the  third,  where  its  incineration  is  completed.  To  prevent 
particles  of  lye  being  carried  away  in  the  opposite  direction 
by  the  current  of  gases,  screens  are  hung  in  the  splash 
chamber,  and  the  object  of  the  tower  over  the  end  of  the 
splash  chamber  is  to  further  allow  of  the  deposition  of  liquid 
and  prevent  it  being  carried  into  the  flue.  By  a  modified 
form  of  tower  the  deposition  of  liquid  is  further  assisted  by 
the  gases  being  caused  to  pass  upwards  in  a  helical  manner, 
so  that  the  globules  of  liquid  are  thrown  against  the  side  of 
the  tower.  There  are  other  details  of  construction,  including 
air  passages  in  the  walls  of  the  furnace,  where  air  is  heated 
by  radiated  heat  from  the  furnace. — H.  S.  P. 


Improvements  in  Means  or  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture 
of  a  Mixture  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  Gas  and  Air.  La 
Societe  A.  K.  Pechiney  et  Cie.,  Salindres,  France.  Eng. 
Pat.  8276,  May  2,  1892. 

This  improvement  refers  to  apparatus  for  the  production  of 
a  mixture  of  gaseous  hydrochloric  acid  and  air  from 
solutions  of  hydrochloric  and  sulphuric  acids. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  vessel  where  the  acid  solutions 
mix  and  from  whence  they  overflow  into  a  tower  packed 
with  flint.  A  current  of  air  passes  up  this  tower,  liberating 
the  hydrochloric  acid  and  eventuall}'  mixing  with  the  whole 
of  the  gas  given  off.  The  resulting  gas  mixture  may  be 
used  for  the  preparation  of  chlorine  by  the  Deacon  process. 

The  mixing  of  the  acids  proceeds  in  a  closed  vessel 
divided  by  means  of  a  partition  wall  into  two  unequal  parts, 
which  communicate  on  the  tops  and  on  the  bottom.  The 
narrower  part  is  provided  with  shelves  to  produce  a  better 
mixture  of  the  liquids,  which  then  pass  under  the  partition- 
wall  and  rise  to  a  certain  height  in  the  second  compartment, 
finally  overflowing  into  the  tower.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
hydrochloric  acid  gas  given  off  in  the  first  compartment 
passes  above  the  partition-wall  into  the  second  compartment, 
and  from  thence  into  the  tower,  forming  one  stream  with 
the  hydrochloric  acid  gas  given  ofi  there. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  in  Apparatus  for 
the  Production  of  Carbonic  Acid  Gas.  W.  Stones, 
R.  Bardsley,  and  T.  H.  Hayes,  Manchester.  Eng.  Pat. 
15,275,  August  25,  1892. 

The  apparatus  is  to  regulate  the  supply  of  gas  from  a 
carbonic  acid  gas  generator  (in  which  the  gas  is  generated 
by  acid  from  a  carbonate)  according  to  the  required  rate  of 
consumption.  The  gas  passes  from  the  generator  into  the 
lower  part  of  a  closed  vessel  containing  water,  whence  it  is 
drawn  away  as  required  by  a  pipe  at  the  top  of  the  vessel. 
There  is  also  a  pipe  in  the  lower  part  of  this  vessel,  which 
connects  it  with  an  open  vessel  placed  on  a  higher  level. 


The  pressure  of  the  gas  on  the  surface  of  the  water  in  the 
closed  vessel  forces  some  of  the  water  up  into  the  open 
vessel,  and  the  level  of  the  water  in  the  latter  vessel  rises 
and  falls  according  as  the  pressure  of  the  gas  above  the 
surface  of  the  water  in  the  closed  vessel  increases  or 
diminishes.  By  means  of  a  floating  ball  on  the  surface  of 
the  water  in  the  open  vessel,  to  which  a  lever  is  attached,  a 
valve  is  opened  or  closed  in  a  third  vessel  containing  acid, 
so  that  when  the  consumption  of  gas  is  increased  and  the 
pressure  in  the  closed  vessel  falls,  causing  a  corresponding 
fall  of  level  of  water  in  the  open  vessel,  the  valve  in  the 
acid  tank  is  opened,  allowing  more  acid  to  flow  into  the 
generator  and  thus  increasing  the  supply  of  gas ;  and  on 
the  contrary,  when  the  consumption  of  gas  is  decreased,  the 
ball-float  rises  and  effects  the  closing  of  the  acid  valve, 
thus  diminishing  or  cutting  off  the  supply  of  acid  to  the 
generator. — H.  S.  P. 


New  Process  for  the  Production  of  the  Cyanides  of  the 
Alkalis  and  Alkaline  Earth  by  the  Simultaneous 
Employment  of  a  Hydrocarbon  and  Ammonia  Gases, 
with  the  addition,  if  desired,  of  Free  Nitrogen.  H.  J. 
Haddan,  London.  From  the  Viscount  of  Lambilly, 
Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  15,513,  August  29,  1892. 

The  process  consists  "  in  the  simultaneous  decomposition 
by  heat  of  a  mixture  of  hydrocarbon  ga9  with  ammonia 
gas,  to  which  it  is  of  advantage  to  add  also  free  nitrogen, 
in  the  presence  of  an  easily  cyanisable  alkali  or  alkaline 
earth,  such  as  the  carbonates  or  oxides  of  potassium, 
sodium,  or  of  barium." 

The  free  nitrogen  is  obtained  by  passing  air  over  copper 
at  a  red  heat.  The  hydrocarbon  gas  may  be  obtained  in 
any  of  the  known  ways,  by  distillation  of  coal  or  animal 
or  vegetable  matter,  and  the  distillation  should  be  carried 
on  at  as  low  a  heat  so  as  to  obtain  a  gas  as  richly  carburetted 
as  possible.  Two  methods  are  described  for  increasing  the 
proportion  of  hydrocarbons  in  the  gas,  the  one  by  passing 
the  gas  over  the  copper  oxide  obtained  in  making  oxygen- 
free  nitrogen  at  a  red  heat,  thus  removing  a  portion  of  the 
free  hydrogen  and  a  part  of  the  combined  hydrogen  ;  and 
the  other,  which  forms  one  of  the  claims  in  this  patent, 
by  passing  the  gas  through  a  series  of  cylinders  tilled  with 
pieces  of  carbon  impregnated  with  a  liquid  hydrocarbon, 
such  as  coal-tar  or  heavy  oils,  or  a  mixture  of  carbon  and 
powdered  rosin,  the  cylinders  being  heated  to  a  temperature 
below  that  at  which  the  hydrocarbons  commence  to  distil 
varying  from  40° — 50°  for  petroleum  oils  up  to  300° — 350° 
for  rosin.  Gas  already  used  for  cyanisation  may  be 
re-carburetted  in  this  way  and  so  used  over  and  over 
again.  The  ammonium  gas  may  be  obtained  in  any  known 
way.  It  is  collected  in  a  gasometer  to  be  mixed  either  with 
the  hydrocarbon  gases  alone  or  with  these  and  with  free 
nitrogen. 

The  material  to  be  converted  into  cyanide  is  prepared  by 
adding  "  to  a  concentrated  solution  of  carbonate  or  oxide 
of  potassium  or  sodium  at  least  100  parts  of  powdered 
carbon  for  every  100  parts  of  alkali.  This  solution  is 
evaporated  to  dryness  and  20 — 30  parts  of  powdered  chalk 
and  50  parts  of  iron  filings  added.  It  is  useful  to 
agglomerate  this  mixture  by  adding  pitch  or  tar"  and 
making  it  up  into  briquettes.  This  mixture  is  charged  into 
iron  cylinders  and  heated  until  gases  cease  to  be  evolved, 
the  evolution  being  assisted  by  exhausting  the  cylinders 
with  a  pump.  When  no  more  gas  comes  off,  the  mixture 
of  hydrocarbon,  ammonia,  and  nitrogen  gases  is  passed 
into  the  cj'linders  under  slight  pressure.  After  cyanisation 
the  mass  in  the  cylinders  is  withdrawn  and  lixiviated  as  in 
the  ordinary  processes  to  obtain  the  ferrocyanide  of  the 
alkali  used.  The  solid  residue  is  used  again  in  the  process, 
serving  as  an  absorbent  for  a  fresh  solution  of  alkali.  (See 
also  this  Journal,  1891,  642,  and  1892,  604).— H.  S.  P. 


Dec.  81. 1893.]       THE   JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY   OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


I  uo7 


YIII.-GLASS,  POTTERY,  AND 
EARTHENWARE. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  applicable  to  Furnaces  or  Retorts  used  in 
the  Production  of  Glass  and  for  similar  Purposes. 
1).  Rylands,  Stairfoot,  Yoiks.  Eng.  Pat.  18,230, 
October  23,  1891. 

The  invention  relates  to  utilisation  of  waste  heat  in  the 
process  of  glass  manufacture  by  the  action  of  superheated 
steam  upon  sand  mixed  with  chlorides.  In  the  first  place 
a  suitable  floor  is  fixed  over  the  crown  of  the  melting 
furnace,  the  heat  from  which  evaporates  to  dryness  the 
solution  of  chloride  of  calcium  which  is  brought  from  the 
bleach-powder  works.  The  calcium  chloride  is  then 
mixed  with  salt  aud  sand  in  a  chamber  which  is  kept  at 
a  proper  temperature  for  the  dry-mixing  of  a  hygroscopic 
body  by  the  waste  heat  from  a  flue  and  retort  below.  It  is 
in  this  retort  where  the  chemical  action  takes  place,  super- 
heated steam  being  admitted  and  glass  "  frit "  and 
hydrochloric  acid  formed.  The  frit  is  passed  into  the 
melting  furnace  and  the  hydrochloric  acid  gas  is  carried 
over  by  a  pipe  and  condensed  in  the  usual  way. — V.  ( '. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Electro-deposition  of  Metal 
upon  the  Surface  of  Glass,  Porcelain,  China,  Earthen- 
ware, and  other  Materials.  A.  S.  Ford,  London.  From 
H.  Pottier,  Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  18,256,  October  23,  1891. 

TnK  difficulty  of  obtaining  a  satisfactory  metallic  coating 
by  means  of  electro-deposition  upon  glass,  porcelain,  and 
earthenware,  is  in  this  invention  overcome  by  applying  to 
the  surface  of  the  article  a  paste  containing  borate  of  lead, 
finely-divided  silver,  and  oil.  The  article  is  then  heated  in  a 
muffle  furnace,  after  which  the  surface  will  receive  a  firmly 
adherent  deposit  by  electro-deposition. — V.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Construction  of  Tank  Furnaces  for 
the  Manufacture  of  Glass.  T.  C.  J.  Thomas,  London. 
Eng.  Pat.  19,777,  November  14,  1891. 

In  a  former  patent  granted  to  the  inventor  (Eng.  Pat. 
12,076  of  1886)  a  process  is  described  for  eliminating 
impurities  in  the  frit  by  the  action  of  a  blast  of  oxygen  or 
air. 

The  present  invention  relates  to  the  construction  of  a 
tank  furnace  for  carrying  out  this  process,  the  wall  of  the 
furnace  being  provided  with  one  or  more  downward  inclined 
gas  passages,  having  their  outlet  ends  terminating  below 
the  level  of  the  frit.  The  passages,  which  are  lined  with 
refractory  material,  are  connected  with  a  common  supply 
pipe  provided  with  a  regulating  valve. — V.  C. 


A  Netv  Product  to  scree  as  a  Substitute  for  Pottery  for 
Filtering  Purposes,  and  for  the  Manufacture  of  Tobacco 
Pipes  and  the  like.  J.  E.  G.  Meran,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat. 
20,861,  November  30,  1891. 

Asbestos  fibres  are  of  smaller  diameter  than  auy  others, 
whether  of  animal,  vegetable,  or  mineral  origin,  and  yield 
on  pulverisation  particles  so  fine  that  when  agglomerated 
and  moulded  into  a  suitable  form  a  filtering  medium  is 
obtained  which  will  not  allow  bacteria  to  pass,  and  is 
therefore  eminently  suitable  for  sterilising  liquids.  After 
a  filtration  the  material  may  be  cleansed  by  heating.  The 
material  is  also  suitable  for  the  bowls  of  tobacco  pipes  and 
may  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  ceramic  ware  generallv. 

— V.  C. 


An  Improved  Process  for  Producing  Colours  on  Gluss 
Surfaces.  J.  C.  Dnntze,  Frankfort.  Eng.  Pat.  16,241, 
September  10,  1892. 

Previous  to  this  invention  coloured  designs  produced  upon 
glass  by  mechanical  means  have  never  possessed  sufficient 
transparency  to  form  a  perfect  substitute  for  stained  glass. 
In  this  invention  the  required  transparency  is  obtained  by 
means  of  the  following  process : — The  transfer  colours  are 
taken  off  on  transparent  transfer  paper,  which  before  being 
moistened,  is  pressed  against  the  surface  of  the  glass  by 
rubbing  until  the  colours  begin  to  adhere.  It  is  then 
moistened  and  further  rubbed  until  the  moisture  has 
nearly,  but  not  quite,  disappeared  from  the  paper,  where- 
upon the  paper  is  taken  off. — V.  C. 


IX-BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLATS. 
MORTARS,  AND  CEMENTS. 

Portland  Cement  and  Portland  Cement  Concrete.  H.  K. 
Bamber,  E.  A.  Carey,  and  W.  Smith.  Proc.  Inst.  Civil 
Eng.  107,  Session  1891—92. 

One  of  the  meetings  of  the  last  session  of  the  Institution  of 
Civil  Engineers  was  devoted  to  the  reading  of  three  papers 
upon  the  subject  above  mentioned,  and  two  subsequent 
meetings  to  the  discussion  which  was  taken  on  all  three 
papers  at  once,  as  they  were  of  cognate  import.  The  first 
paper  was  by  H.  K.  Bamber,  on  "  Portland  Cement,  its 
Manufacture,  Use,  and  Testing."  With  regard  to  the 
testing  it  is  pointed  out  by  the  author  in  this  paper,  that 
the  usual  method  of  ascertaining  whether  the  cement  has 
been  burnt  hard  enough,  namely,  the  weight  per  bushel,  is 
fallacious,  as  many  causes  other  than  the  true  density  of  the 
cement  particles,"affect  the  results.  He  urges  the  substitution 
of  the  determination  of  the  specific  gravity,  stating  that  a  good 
cement,  when  new,  will  have  a  sp.  gr.  of  .3*1  to  3"  15,  while 
if  it  fall  below  2  •  9  the  cement  has  either  been  improperly 
burnt,  or  has  become  deteriorated  by  exposure  to  the 
air.  He  details  his  method  of  taking  the  specific  gravity 
of  cement,  water  being  used  instead  of  turpentine,  which  is 
generally  adopted  because  of  the  action  of  water  on  cement 
even  when  the  exposure  is  short.  The  alteration  is  made 
on  the  ground  that  the  expansion  of  turpentine  by  rise  of 
temperature  is  inconveniently  great.  He  deprecates  the 
practice  of  aerating  cement  with  a  view  of  rendering  it  free 
from  tendency  to  blow,  stating  that  with  a  well-burnt 
cement  of  proper  composition  such  a  process  is  unnecessarj'. 
The  fineness  should  be  such  that  the  whole  of  the  cement 
would  pass  through  a  sieve  having  2,500  meshes  per  square 
inch,  and  not  less  than  90  per  cent.,  through  one  with  5,625 
meshes.  Experiments  were  made  on  the  proper  proportion 
of  water  with  which  to  mix  concrete.  Blocks  composed  of 
four  parts  of  shingle,  two  of  sand,  and  one  of  cement,  were 
used,  the  cement  being  newly  ground.  It  had  the  following 
composition : — 

Silica 2S,33 

Alumina  and  ferric  oxide 12'13 

Lime 61'  56 

Magnesia 1*07 

Sulphuric  acid  [sic)  1'28 

Carbonic  acid 0'30 

Organic  matter  and  loss 0*84 

100 -oo 

Three  sets  of  blocks  of  the  mixture  given  above  were 
made  in  duplicate  with  varying  proportions  of  water.  The 
first  were  mixed  with  as  much  water  as  the  cement  would 
take  up,  which  proved  to  be  10  1b.  for  each  block.  The 
second  with  7  ■  5  lb.  of  water,  the  third  pair  with  5  lb.  After 
standing  for  a  fortnight  one  of  each  of  these  sets  was  placed 
on  a  sea  wall  for  12  months,  being  constantly  covered  and 
uncovered  by  the  tide.     On  breaking  them   at  the  end  of 


1008 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         Llv<.3i,iss». 


the  test  it  was  fouud  that  the  one  with  10  lb.  of  water  was 
hard  and  sound  and  dry  throughout ;  that  with  7  •  5  lb.  was 
dry  in  the  middle,  but  on  every  side  the  water  had  pene- 
trated about  3  in.  and  had  much  weakened  the  block  ;  that 
with  5  lb.  was  wet  right  through,  the  sea  water  having  been 
able  to  percolate  through  the  block  and  remove  much  of  the 
lime.  It  was  quite  weak.  The  check  experiments  were 
made  on  the  remaining  blocks  of  each  set,  fresh  water 
being,  however,  used  instead  of  sea  water,  the  penetration  of 
the  water  being  similar  to  that  observed  with  the  previous 
specimens.  It  was  noticed  that  with  No.  1  (that  with  10  lb. 
of  water)  the  water  in  which  it  stood  remained  clear  ;  with 
Xo.  2  the  water  became  turbid  from  the  presence  of  car- 
bonate of  lime  ;  and  in  the  case  of  Xo.  3  the  turbidity  was 
greater,  and  at  the  end  of  12  months  the  whole  block 
being  covered  with  crystals  of  carbonate  of  lime,  ]  to  \  in. 
iu  thickness.  The  experiment  on  the  blocks  exposed  to 
the  sea  gave  the  same  results  when  extended  to  three 
years.  The  influence  of  the  quantity  of  water  in  concrete 
on  its  porosity  was  shown  by  the  following  experiments. 
Blocks  were  made  consisting  of  5,184  cub.  in.  of  shingle, 
2,592  cub.  in.  of  sharp  sand,  1,296  cub.  in.  of  cement 
mixed  with  30  lb.  of  water,  and  this  amount  sufficed  to 
exactly  fill  a  box  18  iu.  cube.  Another  mass,  precisely  the 
same  in  composition  save  that  15  lb.  of  water  were  used 
instead  of  30  lb.,  more  than  sufficed  to  fill  the  same  box, 
only  seven-eighths  of  the  mixture  being  contained  by  it. 
The  obvious  deduction  is  that  the  latter  was  more  porous 
than  the  former.  The  author  concludes  that  it  is  necessary, 
in  order  to  secure  sound  concrete,  to  ensure  its  being 
thoroughly  wet  so  that  it  may  be  non-porous,  and  the  water 
with  which  it  may  be  placed  in  contact  be  prevented  from 
washing  in  and  out.  In  the  case  of  sea  water  this  is 
especially  important,  because  of  the  well-known  destructive 
action  of  the  magnesium  salts  therein  on  the  lime  com- 
pounds in  the  cement,  should  it  obtain  access  to  the  heart 
of  the  work.  Attempts  to  make  the  concrete  extra  strong 
by  mixing  it  as  dry  as  possible  defeat  themselves. 

A  paper  was  read  on  "  The  Inspection  of  Portland  Cement 
for  Public  Works,"  by  A.  E.  Carey.  Dealing  with  the  raw 
materials  the  author  states  that  the  average  proportion  of 
coarse  sand  as  determined  by  elutriation,  is  3  per  cent,  in 
gault  clay,  and  in  Gillingham  mud  7  ■  9  per  cent.  Grey  chalk 
is  more  easily  washed  than  white,  but  needs  greater  vigilance 
with  the  calcimeter  owing  to  its  more  variable  composition. 
The  fine  state  of  division  of  the  carbonate  of  lime  left  as  a 
waste  product  in  Chance's  sulphur  recovery  process,  recom- 
mends it  as  a  raw  material  for  the  manufacture  of  cement. 
The  wash  mill  should  be  driven  at  about  22  revolutions  per 
minute,  and  the  minimum  of  water  should  he  used ;  25  per 
cent  suffices.  Assuming  the  ordinary  semi-dry  process  to 
be  used,  the  wet  grinding  after  the  cement  comes  from  the 
wash  mill  must  be  sufficient  to  reduce  the  raw  materials  to 
a  point  at  which  the  dried  slurry  leaves  not  more  than  8  per 
cent,  on  a  sieve  having  22,500  meshes  per  square  inch.  So 
good  a  result  is  difficult  to  attain,  and  it  is  usual  to  pass  a 
handful  of  the  slurry  through  a  1,000  or  2,500  mesh  sieve, 
testing  the  fineness  by  the  absence  of  grittiness  to  the 
touch.  As  has  been  shown  by  Le  Chatelier  the  spontaneous 
disintegration  of  clinker  is  due  to  the  presence  of  dicalcium 
silicate  (this  Journal,  1888,  567). 

The  picking  out  of  the  pink  and  yellow  underburnt  clinker 
is  most  important,  and  in  one  specification  mentioned  it  is 
insisted  that  this  shall  be  done  by  daylight.  As  long  ago 
as  1865  Sir  H.  Bramwell  pointed  out  that  the  specific  gravity 
of  cement  is  one  of  the  data  by  which  its  quality  can  be 
judged.  The  weight  per  bushel  should  be  abandoned  as  too 
inexact  to  be  useful,  and  the  determination  of  the  specific 
gravity  adopted  to  its  stead.  With  regard  to  the  fineness  of 
cement  the  old  demand  for  a  residue  not  exceeding  10  per 
cent,  on  a  sieve  with  2,500  meshes  per  square  inch  is  fast 
becoming  obsolete,  as  it  is  really  only  the  floury  part  of 
cement  that  has  any  cohesive  properties.  The  residue  left 
on  a  sieve  with  32,257  meshes  per  square  inch  (5,000  per 
square  cm.)  has  practically  no  cementitious  value.  The 
increased  value  of  a  finely-ground  cement  is  more  apparent 
with  sand  than  with  neat  tests.  The  practice  of  sifting  the 
cement  as  it  comes  from  the  stones  does  not  necessarily 
conduce  to  finer  grinding,  as  the  miller,  trusting  to  his  sieves 


to  reject  the  coarser  particles,  might  set  his  stones  so  as  to 
produce  a  cement  of  coarser  average  than  would  be  possible 
if  grinding  without  sieves.  The  following  figures  show  the 
effect  of  fine  grinding.  The  cement  used  had  a  specific 
gravity  of  3 '125,  and  was  gauged  with  three  parts  of 
standard  sand  to  one  of  cement,  and  10  per  cent,  of  water, 
at  a  temperature  of  46°  F.  The  mean  results  for  six 
briquettes  for  each  test  at  28  days  were  : — 

Tensile  Strength 
Lb.  per  sq.  in. 
Original  cement,  9  per  cent,  on  a  sieve  with 
2,500  meshes 2'20 

Cement  with  residue  above  mentioned  removed       3»1 

With  residue  on  a  5,625  sieve  removed .'ill 

With  residue  on  a  32,257  sieve  removed 360 

Cement,  as  it  leaves  the  stones,  has  a  temperature  of 
150° — 160°  P.,  and  in  grinding  to  a  fineness  corresponding 
to  a  residue  of  8  per  cent,  on  a  2,500  mesh  sieve,  a  pair  of 
4J  ft.  stones  running  at  140  revolutions  per  minute  produces 
25 — 32  cwt.  per  hour,  and  absorbs  35  to  40  horse-power. 
Edge-runuers  do  not  appear  to  yield  good  results,  from  the 
absence  of  the  shearing  action  characteristic  of  stones. 
Modern  modifications  of  the  edge-runner,  however,  may  give 
cement  that  is  of  higher  strength  for  the  same  degree  of 
fineness  than  that  from  stones,  while  in  one  case  mentioned 
the  power  absorbed  per  ton  per  hour  was  14-96  horse-power, 
and  the  cement  left  the  mill  at  a  temperature  of  77° — 75° F. 
Iu  the  author's  opinion  aeration  is  desirable  to  remove  the 
baneful  effects  of  free  lime,  and  he  suggests  that  in  view  of 
the  change  that  cement  often  suffers  on  long  voyages,  it 
might  in  some  cases  prove  convenient  to  export  clinker  and 
grind  it  at  its  destination.  With  respect  to  testing  he  is  in 
favour  of  the  1  in.  x  1  in.  briquette  ;  even  a  half-inch  size 
might  be  useful  for  rapid  testiug.  He  recommends  the 
Dietrich  form  of  calcimeter,  and  doubts  the  advisability  of 
introducing  compressive  tests  into  ordinary  specifications. 
He  deprecates  the  issue  of  standard  regulations  for  the 
testing  of  cement  such  as  are  in  use  in  Germany,  Prance, 
Russia,  and  elsewhere,  as  it  might  tend  to  check  the 
progressive  improvement  in  quality  that  has  been  so 
marked  a  feature  of  late  years  when  no  such  standard 
existed  in  this  country.  There  is,  however,  appended  to 
his  paper  a  specification  that  might  serve  as  a  standard, 
should  one  be  adopted.  Its  chief  point  of  novelty  is  the 
insistence  on  the  necessity  of  determining  the  specific 
gravity,  which  is  fixed  at  a  minimum  of  3"1.  The  Arnold 
apparatus  for  making  briquettes  without  hand-trowelling, 
although  ingenious,  should  not  displace  ordinary  gauging  by 
hand,  as  the  operator  is  better  able  to  judge  the  quality  of 
the  cement  by  actual  manipulation.  An  objection  to  the 
apparatus  is  that  it  is  more  favourable  to  a  light  than  a 
heavy  cement,  as  owing  to  its  greater  volume  the  former  is 
more  compressed  than  the  latter.  A  quick  setting  cement 
is  put  at  a  disadvantage,  as  the  immersed  face  becomes  set 
before  the  water  penetrates  to  all  parts  of  the  briquette. 
Further,  as  the  briquettes  are  dealt  with  in  a  series  at  one 
operation,  the  weight  of  the  water  absorbed  by  each  cannot 
be  accurately  measured.  Its  results  cannot  usefully  be 
compared  with  those  got  by  baud  gauging.  Although  in 
gauging  briquettes  for  tensile  tests  the  smallest  proportion 
of  water  that  can  be  used  gives  the  highest  results,  yet 
higher  figures  are  obtained  in  compressive  tests  when 
plenty  of  water  is  taken.  Thus  a  cube  made  of  one  part 
of  cement  and  three  of  normal  sand  gauged  with  10  per 
cent,  of  water  had  a  crushing  strain  of  1,425  lb.  per  square 
inch,  while  one  with  20  per  cent,  of  water  crushed  at  a  load 
of  1,679  lb. 

Silt  in  the  water  used  for  making  concrete  has  a 
deleterious  influence  on  the  cement.  An  experiment  was 
made  to  show  how  far  this  occurred.  Six  briquettes  were 
gauged  neat  with  20  per  cent,  of  distilled  water  (the 
cement  having  a  specific  gravity  of  3-1),  and  took  three 
hours  to  set,  and  had  an  average  tensile  strength  of  480  lb. 
per  sq.  iu.  Another  test  was  made,  in  which  the  water  was 
mixed  with  one-fiftieth  of  its  weight  of  Thames  mud, 
corresponding  to  about  one-huudredth  by  volume,  and  took 
four  hours  to  set,  and  broke  at  411  lb.  Experiments  were 
also  made  to  ascertain  the  effect  of  frost  on  the  strength  of 


Dae.  si,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1009 


cement,  and  arc  recorded  in  one  of  the  appendices  of 
the  paper.  Briquettes  panned  with  water  at  55° — 60°  K. 
and  immersed  in  water  of  the  same  temperature,  had  a 
tensile  strength  of  540  lb.  at  seven  days,  and  one  of  585  lb. 
at  14  and  28  days.  Briquettes  of  the  same  cement,  gauged 
in  the  same  manner,  but  subsequently  exposed  to  a  tempe- 
tature  ranging  from  22° — 41°  F.  had  a  tensile  strength  id' 
:;57  lb.  at  seven  days,  552  at  14  days,  and  595  at  28  days. 
The  deduction  is  therefore  that  exposure  to  frost  only 
delays  the  increase  of  strength  of  cement,  but  does  not 
affect  the  final  result.  (Th'is  Journal,  1889,  393.)  The 
influence  of  frost  on  concrete  may  however  be  serious  on 
account  of  the  disruptive  force  of  the  frozen  water  it 
contains,  and  the  best  means  for  preventing  it  has  occupied 
the  attention  of  the  Kussian  and  American  authorities.  It 
has  been  found  that  the  addition  of  common  salt  to  the 
water,  up  to  the  proportion  of  8  per  cent.,  enables  work  to 
be  carried  on  even  in  severe  weather.  The  contrary  effect 
to  the  retardation  due  to  frost,  is  observed  in  work  exposed 
to  a  tropical  or  sub-tropical  climate.  The  author  calls 
attention  to  the  well-known  phenomenon  that  the  tensile 
strength  of  cement  may  fall  off  while  the  compressive 
strength  continues  to  increase,  and  attributes  it  to  a  change 
in  the  molecular  structure  of  the  cement. 

With  regard  to  the  effect  of  magnesia  in  cement,  the 
author  remarks  that  in  the  ease  of  notorious  failures  that 
have  occurred  in  cements  from  the  presence  of  magnesia, 
the  percentage  of  that  substance  is  far  in  excess  of  the 
quantity  existing  is  normal  and  marketable  Portland 
cements.  (This  Journal,  1889,781;  also  1890,  943  and 
1037.)  He  quotes  the  case  of  a  failure  of  cement  not 
containing  excess  of  magnesia,  but  over-limed  and  under- 
burnt,  in  which  a  6-in.  flooring  of  concrete  forced  the 
walls  of  a  building  which  were  18  in.  thick,  out  of  line, 
and  eventually  crumpled  up  the  floor  itself,  causing  it  to 
assume  a  serrated  form  and  finally  to  disintegrate,  as  an 
analogous  instance  of  the  blowing  tendency  of  excess  of 
basic  material  in  the  cement,  whether  in  the  form  of  lime 
or  magnesia.  He  draws  a  clear  distinction  between  the 
magnesia  originally  present  in  cement,  due  to  the  use  of 
dolomitic  raw  materials,  and  that  found  in  disintegrated 
concrete  which  has  been  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  sea, 
and  has  been  derived  from  the  sea  water  by  the  precipitating 
action  of  the  lime  in  the  cement,  maintaining  that  the  white 
deposits  arising  from  the  latter  cause,  are  themselves  harm- 
less, and  are  only  evidence  that  damage  has  already  been 
done  by  the  reaction  with  the  lime  of  the  cement  aforesaid. 
Experiment  made  to  test  the  porosity  of  concrete  and  the 
diminution  in  porosity  by  the  application  of  a  coat  of 
cement  or  cement  mortar,  showed  that  concrete  mixed  in 
such  proportions  as  one  part  cement,  three  parts  beach,  and 
three  parts  coarse  sand,  was  fairly  porous,  an  average 
leakage  of  one  gallon  a  day  through  a  plug  12  in.  thick 
taking  place  under  a  head  of  30  ft.  of  water.  Stirring 
cement  into  the  water  resting  on  the  plug,  and  allowing  it 
to  settle,  had  little  effect  in  diminishing  the  leakage,  as  the 
cement  did  not  set,  aud  acted  much  as  a  similar  amount  of 
clay  might  have  done.  When  the  surface  of  the  concrete 
was  rendered  with  a  layer  of  neat  cement  or  of  cement 
mortar  laid  evenly  on,  however,  the  leakage  practically 
ceased.  Cement  grout  run  on  to  the  surface  of  the  concrete 
had  little  effect.  In  conclusion  some  results  are  given  of 
the  influence  of  sugar,  carbonate  of  soda,  and  common  salt 
on  the  strength  of  cement.  The  cement  used  had  a  specific 
gravity  of  3 '03,  and  left  a  residue  of  9' 5  per  cent,  on  a 
2,500-mesh  sieve.  It  had  a  crushing  strain  at  three  months 
of  7,392  lb.  per  sq.  in  when  tested  neat,  and  one  of  2,112 
when  mixed  with  three  times  its  weight  of  sand.  The 
addition  of  5  per  cent,  of  common  brown  sugar  caused 
three  of  the  test-pieces  prepared  with  it  to  fall  to  pieces 
before  they  could  be  placed  in  position  in  the  testing 
machine  ;  three  others  gave  an  average  breakage  strain  of 
2,557  lb.  per  sq.  in.  A  similar  experience  is  recorded 
with  the  sand  tests,  three  of  the  test-pieces  crumbling 
spontaneously  and  the  remaining  three  giving  a  result  of 
1,358  lb.  Twelve  test-pieces  containing  25  per  cent,  of 
sugar,  with  and  without  sand,  all  went  to  pieces ;  the  | 
contraction  was  more  marked  than  with  those  containing  | 
5   per  cent,   of    sugar.      In  all  cases  a  large   quantity   of 


a  tasteless  gelatinous  substance  exuded  from  the  blocks  ; 
they  also  contracted  greatly  on  setting,  especially  the  neat 
samples.  With  2  ■  5  per  cent,  of  washing  soda,  a  com- 
pressive strength  of  2,862  lb.  was  observed  with  the  neat 
cement,  and  855  lb.  with  the  sand,  the  figures  becoming 
2,841  and  1,241  respectively  when  the  amount  of  soda  was 
doubled.  2'5  per  cent,  of  common  salt  gave  a  strength  of 
3,590  lb.,  and  932  lb.  with  neat  and  sand  test-pieces. 

The  third  paper  was  by  W.  Smith  on  "  The  Influence  of 
Sea  Water  upon  Portland  Cement  Mortar,  and  Concrete." 
The  author  recounts  the  nature  of  the  damage  done  at 
Aberdeen,  where  a  failure  of  concrete  work  occurred  some 
years  ago  which  has  been  the  immediate  cause  of  the 
anxiety  that  has  been  displayed  in  this  country,  both  as  to 
the  effect  of  the  presence  of  magnesia  in  Portland  cement, 
and  that  of  the  action  of  the  sea  on  its  chemical  ami 
mechanical  stability.  The  matter  was  reported  upon  by 
the  late  Prof.  Brazier.  The  deduction  drawn  by  engineers 
from  this  case  and  others  is  that  it  is  of  paramount 
importance  to  make  concrete  structures  exposed  to  flowing 
water,  and  in  particular  sea  water,  impervious,  so  that 
in-  and  out-percolation  may  not  take  place  and  pro- 
duce the  destructive  effects  that  have  been  observed 
when  this  condition  has  not  been  fulfilled.  Accordingly 
the  author  carried  out  some  experiments  to  ascertain 
what  was  the  permeability  of  concrete  mixed  in  different 
proportions.      The    apparatus    shown   in   the    Figure    was 


Pipe  leading  to' 
cistern,  &tft--  above 
top  of  block. 


Apparatus  for  Testing  the  PEintKAniLiTV  op 
Concrete. 

used.  It  consists  of  a  cast-iron  box  ,in  which  to  mould 
and  contain  a  cubic  foot  of  concrete.  It  is  provided  with 
a  conical  bottom,  ending  in  a  square  pipe,  and  is  fitted  with 
a  water-tight  cover,  having  a  socket  for  the  reception  of 
the  end  of  the  pressure  pipe  connected  with  an  overhead 
tank  24  ft.  above  the  top  of  the  block  of  concrete,  and 
containing  sea  water.  The  results  of  the  experiments, 
which  are  given  in  the  form  of  an  appendix  at  too  great 
length  to  transcribe,  show  that  to  obtain  an  impermeable 
concrete  (1)  the  cement  must  be  fiuely  ground,  leakage 
occurring  with  a  cement  that  left  a  residue  of  10  per  cent, 
on  a  2,500-mesh  sieve,  while  one  that  left  only  2*5  per  cent, 
on  a  5,800-mesh  sieve,  made  up  in  the  same  way  was  much 
less  pervious.  Coarse  Boman  cement  was  also  very  far 
from  impermeable.  (2.)  That  the  cement  should  not  be 
present  in  a  smaller  proportion  than  1  to  6  of  sand  and 
stones.  (3.)  That  the  concrete  should  have  sufficient  time 
(at  least  three  months)  to  set  before  the  application  of  the 
pressure.  If  any  of  these  conditions  are  made  less  favour- 
able to  the  impermeability  of  the  concrete,  the  remainder 
must  be  altered  in  the  opposite  direction.  The  author 
emphasises  the  innocuosness  of  the  quantity  of  magnesia 


1010 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Dec.  31, 189S. 


present  in  Portland  cement  of  good  quality,  and  with  regard  to 

that  deposited  by  the  double  decomposition  of  the  magnesium 
salts  in  the  sea  water  with  the  cementitious  lime  compounds 
in  the  concrete,  points  out  that  the  continuance  of  the  -re- 
action, and  the  consequent  destruction  of  the  work,  can  only 
take  place  where,  on  account  of  the  influence  of  a  head  of 
water  or  the  extreme  porosity  of  the  concrete,  the  sea  water 
has  constant  access  to  it,  and  thus  continually  introduces  fresh 
quantities  of  magnesium  salts.  The  rate  of  hydration  of 
magnesia  has  been  determined  |by  H.  T.  Jones  of  Aberdeen 
University,  who  found  that  in  24  hours  it  absorbed  36  per 
per  cent,  of  water,  in  48  hours  38"  74  per  cent.,  and  in  nine 
days  44-3  per  cent.,  theory  demanding  45  per  cent, 
calculated  on  the  original  magnesia,  showing  that  the  rate 
of  hydration  was  more  rapid  than  that  of  Portland  cement. 
No  information  is  given  as  to  the  temperature  at  which  the 
magnesia  had  been  burnt.  Analyses  are  given  of  a  sample 
of  Roman  cement  containing  2 '47  per  cent,  of  "  sulphuric 
acid,"  the  quotation  of  the  figures  being  apropos  of  the 
alleged  effect  of  quantities  of  sulphuric  anhydride  of  this 
order  of  magnitude  on  the  stability  of  cement  concrete. 
In  this  instance  no  ill  effects  could  be  traced  to  its  presence. 

Dealing  with  preventive  and  remedial  measures,  the 
author  demonstrates  the  futility  of  trusting  to  the  imper- 
meability of  a  film  of  calcium  carbonate  on  the  concrete, 
whether  produced  by  exposure  to  air  or  more  rapidly  by 
washing  the  blocks  with  a  solution  of  ammonium  carbonate, 
as  this  is  not  sufficient  to  resist  the  entrance  of  sea  water 
under  pressure.  He  considers  that  the  exclusion  of  the 
water  by  a  film  of  Portland  cement  mortar  cannot  be 
permanently  effective.  Any  accidental  imperfection  in  the 
impervious  coating  will  admit  water  and  allow  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  concrete  beneath  it.  A  lining  of  fine  concrete 
2 — 3  feet  thick  is  more  satisfactory,  but  again  mischief 
may  arise  from  the  penetration  of  sea  water  through 
accidental  openings  to  the  porous  hearting  of  the  work.  He 
concludes  that  the  only  certain  way  of  building  large 
masses  of  concrete  or  masonry  for  immersion  in  sea  water 
under  variable  pressure,  is  to  make  the  entire  mass 
impermeable.  It  then  becomes  a  question  of  expense 
whether  Portland  cement  concrete  may  be  more  suitable 
for  any  work  in  sea  water  than  masonry.  Taking  local 
prices  (Aberdeen),  he  estimates  the  cost  per  cubic  yard  of 
the  former  at  1/.  0*.  2d.,  and  of  the  latter,  using  cement 
mortar,  at  19s.  Sd.  The  forcing  out  of  place  of  massive 
blocks  of  concrete  may  be  traced  in  some  cases  to  the 
presence  of  cavities  in  the  work,  which  allow  of  sudden 
compression  of  the  air  in  them  by  the  waves  and  subsequent 
release,  the  action  being  purely  mechanical,  but  sufficiently 
vigorous  to  eject  blocks  whose  adhesion  has  been  weakened 
by  previous  chemical  decomposition. 

A  lengthy  discussion  on  the  three  papers  took  place, 
certain  portions  of  which  are  suitable  for  abstraction. 
II.  Hayter  endorses  the  necessity  of  adopting  the  determina- 
tion of  the  specific  gravity  of  cement  in  place  of  that  of  the 
weight  per  bushel.  He  quotes  the  ease  of  the  destruction 
of  concrete  at  Belfast,  in  which  analysis  showed  that  the 
creamy  deposit  found  in  the  damaged  portions  contained 
80  per  cent,  of  magnesium  hydrate,  and  draws  attentii  a  to 
the  utility  of  the  Deval  hot  test  for  excess  of  lime  (this 
Journal,  1891,  255).  L.  Williams  points  out  that  as  a  rule 
Thames  and  Medway  cements  are  to  be  preferred  to  those 
from  the  North  country.  T.  1'evan  mentions  a  case  of  a 
sample  of  cement  weighing  112  lb.  per  bushel  when  shipped, 
and  only  102  lb.  on  its  arrival  in  the  interior  of  Australia. 
K.  W.  Young  contributes  some  figures  obtained  in  testing 
cement  at  Cockatoo  Island,  New  South  Wales,  in  which  the 
effect  of  a  long  sea  voyage  in  lowering  the  specific  gravity 
is  evident.  The  highest  observed  was  3' 15  and  the  lowest 
2-63  (sic),  while  the  mean  was  :_!ti75.  H.  Faija  demurs  to 
tli-  snpposition  that  magnesia  in  cement  can  be  regarded  as 
a  passive  diluent,  and  is  of  opinion  that  it  should  be 
regarded  as  so  much  lime.  An  instance  of  the  decom- 
position of  blue  lias  lime  by  sea  water  is  given  by 
I  .  Harrison.  At  West  Hartlepool,  concrete  composed  of 
1  '."p  parts  of  blue  lias  lime,  1'5  of  clean  sand,  and  0'5  of 
forge  cinders  was  used  for  the  construction  of  dock  walls 
and  entrance  locks.  After  being  in  place  fur  seven  years 
from  the  time   when    water  was    admitted  to  the  docks,  the 


whole  of  the  mortar  below  high  water-mark  was  found  to 
have  become  soft.  Commenting  on  this,  J.  W.  Barry 
observes  that  such  failures  are  due  to  the  omission  of 
thorough  slaking  of  the  hydraulic  lime  before  use.  At  Barry 
Docks  the  lime,  after  having  been  drawn  from  the  kilns,  was 
completely  wetted  in  sheds,  and  covered  up  with  sand  for 
not  less  thau  seven  nor  more  than  14  days  before  being 
used.  H.  C.  Seddon  mentions  an  instance  of  the  decom- 
position of  concrete  by  ferruginous  water,  which  percolated 
through  comparatively  porous  mixtures,  and  in  so  doing 
became  coloured  green  (due  to  the  presence  of  ferrous 
sulphide),  and  contained  sulphuretted  hydrogen. 

In  the  correspondence  upon  the  papers  the  following 
views  are  worth  recording.  W.  Sowerby  states  that  in 
India  certain  lime  nodules,  supposed  to  be  remnants  of 
broken  up  coral  reefs,  are  calcined,  mixed  with  burnt 
clay,  calcined  ironstone  and  sand  iu  about  equal  proportions, 
and  incorporated  iu  a  mortar  mill,  the  mixture  serving  as 
hydraulic  mortar.  The  same  purpose  has  been  served 
by  mixing  calcined  iron  ore  with  lime.  Iu  Madras,  where 
shells  are  used  as  the  raw  material  for  mortar,  coarse  sugar 
is  added  with  good  effect  (this  Journal,  1889,  545). 

W.  Matthews  suggests  the  precipitated  calcium  carbonate 
produced  by  the  Clark  process  for  softening  water,  as  a  raw- 
material  for  cement.  P.  J.  Neate  contributes  the  following 
figures  for  the  expenditure  of  energy  iu  grinding  clinker. 
Taking  the  specific  heat  of  cement  as  0'155,  a  ton  of 
cement  raised  in  temperature  by  grinding  from  60°  to 
200°  F.,  would  require  the  expenditure  of  37,500,000  ft.  lb. 
A  pair  of  mill  stones,  4" 5  ft.  in  diameter  and  running  at 
140  revolutions  per  minute,  would  grind  25  cwt.  of  cement 
per  hour  and  absorb  40  I.H.P.,  of  which  23  '7  horse-power 
would,  from  the  above  calculation,  appear  as  sensible  heat 
in  the  cement.  A  better  result  has  been  obtained  with 
a  large  four-runner  mill,  having  all  its  runners  acting  on  the 
same  inclined  path  in  succession,  14  horse- power  being 
used,  and  the  cement  delivered  at  a  temperature  of  70°  F. 
The  thermal  economy  of  a  cement  kiln  is  considered  by 
B.  H.  Thwaite.  Taking  the  specific  heat  of  the  raw 
materials  as  0-18,  and  the  clinkering  temperature  as 
3,000°  F.,  the  theoretical  expenditure  of  heat  necessary  to 
raise  them  to  this  temperature  is  1,209,600  heat  units. 
The  actual  expenditure  is  fiom  five  to  10  times  as  much, 
so  that  the  degree  of  economy  is  very  poor.  H.  K.  G. 
Bamber  gives  a  table  showing  the  decrease  of  specific 
gravity  of  cement  on  keeping,  but  as  no  information  is 
given  as  to  the  conditions  of  exposure  of  the  samples  to  the 
air,  no  end  can  be  served  by  quoting  it.  W.  G.  Margetts 
has  experimented  with  the  Deval  hot  test  (this  Journal, 
1891,  255),  but  has  adopted  the  boiling  point  of  water 
in  place  of  80°  C.  (176°  F.)  prescribed  by  its  originator, 
and  endorses  the  results  obtained  by  him.  H.  X.  Draper 
recalls  the  work  of  Le  Chatelier  (this  Journal,  1888,  567, 
847).  and  from  the  results  arrived  at  by  the  French  chemist, 
calculates  that  the  theoretical  quantity  of  water  for  the 
complete  hydration  of  the  tricalcium  silicate  and  tricalcium 
alumiuate  present  in  a  sample  of  cement  of  normal 
composition,  is  41  per  cent.,  an  amount  greatly  in  excess  of 
that  generally  used  in  gauging  test  briquettes.  The 
supposed  disintegration  of  concrete  exposed  to  sea  water 
by  the  expansion  of  the  magnesium  hydrate  resulting  from 
the  double  decomposition  between  the  lime  compounds  in 
the  cement  and  the  magnesium  salts  in  the  water,  is 
proved  to  have  no  foundation  in  fact  from  the  following 
considerations.  The  specific  gravity  of  freshly  formed 
calcium  hydrate  is  2  ■  12,  and  that  of  freshly  formed 
magnesium  hydrate  in  its  bulkiest  form  1  ■  65,  and  so  far 
the  figures  favour  the  above-mentioned  theory.  But  the 
molecular  weight  of  calcium  hydrate  is  74,  and  that  of 
magnesium  hydrate  58,  whence  it  follows  that  the  space 
occupied  by  one  molecule  of  magnesium  hydvate  is  to  that 
occupied  by  one  molecule  of  calcium  hydrate  as  35'  14  is  to 
34-8.  As  magnesium  hydrate  may  exist  in  denser  terms, 
e.g.,  as  brucite,  sp.  gr.  2-35,  it  is  possible  that  it  may 
occupy  even  less  space  relative  to  that  taken  bj  the  lime. 
W.  F.  Reid  insists  upon  the  necessity  of  drying  turpentine 
to  be  used  for  taking  the  specific  gravity  of  cement  by 
allowing  it  to  stand  over  fresh  Portland  cement  before  use, 
and  also  on  the   futility  of  giving  the  percentage  of  total 


]>v    i,i89-.'.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


loll 


silica  only  iu  a  clay  when  it  is  to  be  employed  for  cement 
making,  as  it  is  of  importance  to  know  what  proportion  is 
present  as  sand.  Japp's  volumeter  (this  Journal,  1891,  1029) 
or  Lunge's  new  nitrometer  (this  Journal,  1891,  1031  ;  also 
1892,  1083)  is  preferable  to  the  older  calcimeters  for  testing 
the  slurry  for  its  percentage  of  calcium  carbonate.  The 
addition  of  salt  to  concrete  to  allow  of  work  being  carried  on 
at  low  temperatures,  is  not  advisable,  as  it  sometimes  leads 
the  deterioration  of  the  cement.  The  mixture  of  crushed 
limestone  with  concrete  has  been  known  to  hinder  the 
action  of  sea  water  upon  it.  A  criticism  that  may  be 
urged  to  the  experiments  of  H.  T.  Jones,  upon  the 
absorption  of  water  by  magnesia,  is  that  the  hydraulic 
properties  of  that  substance  depend  wholly  upon  the 
temperature  at  which  it  has  been  calcined.  At  the 
clinkering  temperature  of  cement  it  becomes  almost  devoid 
of  hydraulic  properties,  and  absorbs  water  very  slowly. 
The  apparent  strength  of  a  concrete  mixture  must  always 
be  considered  in  the  light  of  the  fact  that,  on  accouut  of 
its  coarse  grinding,  English  cement  contains  only  about 
50  per  cent,  of  matter  that  has  cementitious  properties,  so  that 
a  nominal  1 :  X  mixture  is  really  only  about  1:16.  R.  Feret, 
commenting  on  Bamher's  assertion  that  the  lime  in  the 
cement  acts  upon  the  silica  of  the  sand  grains  with  which 
it  is  mixed,  remarks  that  actual  experiment  and  observation 
of  the  grains  of  quartz  embedded  in  Portland  cement 
mortar,  prove  that  they  remain  quite  unattacked,  and  that 
the  alleged  action  does  not  take  place.  He  gives  the  results 
of  experiments  in  which  the  portions  of  cement  removeable 
b}*  sifting  through  a  sieve  of  5,800  meshes  per  square  inch 
and  through  one.  of  32,300  meshes  per  square  inch  were 
replaced  by  an  equal  amount  of  sand,  which  shows  that, 
except  in  the  case  of  neat  cement,  the  substitution  of  sand 
for  the  coarser  cement  does  not  decrease  its  strength,  while 
even  with  the  finer  cement  the  decrease  in  compressional 
strength  is  not  proportional  to  the  amount  of  undoubtedly 
inert  matter  substituted,  and  the  tensile  strength  is  even 
slightly  higher  when  sand  is  used  in  place  of  the  com- 
paratively coarse  cement.  The  results  bear  out  Reid's 
statement  that  about  half  the  weight  of  English  cement  is 
practically  inert  on  account  of  its  coarseness.  The  most 
economical  degree  of  fineness  is .  indicated  by  the  work  of 
the  same  author,  recorded  in  Aunales  des  Fonts  et  Chausses, 
6,  19,  346.  There  is  for  any  given  mixture  of  a  definite 
cement  and  sand,  a  proportion  of  water  which  gives  the 
greatest  strength,  and  another  somewhat  iu  excess  of  this 
which  gives  the  most  plastic  consistency.  The  same 
relation  holds  good  for  maximum  impermeability.  A 
table,  too  voluminous  to  transcribe,  contaius  the  results  of 
experiments  on  which  these  statements  are  based. 
W.  Kidd,  dealing  with  the  cost  of  tine  grinding,  concludes 
that  an  extra  cost  of  3s.  per  ton  in  grinding  only  adds  8d. 
to  the  cost  of  a  cubic  yard  of  5  :  1  concrete,  while  increasing 
the  strength  of  the  mortar  about  50  per  cent.  As  the  eight 
pennyworth  of  cemeDt  is  only  half  a  cubic  foot,  or  about 
10  per  cent,  of  the  total  amount  used,  a  reduction  of  the 
quantity  of  cement  might  be  made  to  this  extent,  and  still 
give  a  stronger  concrete  than  the  coarser  cheaper  cement. 
C.  Colson  raises  the  question  of  the  size  of  the  wire  of 
which  the  sieves  for  testing  the  fineness  of  cement  are 
made.  Strictly,  the  size  of  the  wire  must  be  specified  as 
well  as  the  number  of  meshes  per  square  inch.  Standard 
sand  must  not  only  be  sized  but  washed  with  hydrochloric 
acid  to  free  it  from  calcareous  matter,  which  tends  to  raise 
the  strength  of  the  cement  tested  with  it.  The  injurious 
action  of  oils  upon  cement  is  mentioned  by  Dyckerhoff 
The  addition  of  slaked  lime  to  Portland  cement  helps  it  to 
withstand  the  action  of  sea  water.  The  experience  of 
M.  Fitzmaurice  in  the  building  of  the  Chignecto  Ship 
Railway  in  Nova  Scotia,  leads  to  the  belief  that  concrete 
can  be  made  and  used  in  severely  cold  weather,  provided 
that  it  is  mixed  under  cover,  and  is  kept  thawed  by  the 
use  of  jets  of  steam  and  similar  means  at  the  time  of  its 
being  put  into  place.  If  these  precautions  be  disregarded, 
the  concrete  will  not  set  and  harden  at  all,  even  after  the 
frost  has  ceased.  YV.  Shield,  trying  the  effect  of  exposing 
test-pieces  of  cement  to  the  action  of  boiling  water,  finds 
that  well  aerated  cement,  such  as  that  which  is  slightly 
caked  at   the  surface  of  a  heap,  does  uot  crack,  while  those 


made  from  cement  from  the  heart  of  the  same  heap  fail, 
pointing  to  the  need  for  aeration  on  a  large  scale  to' avoid 
the  evil  effects  of  underburut  and  overtimed  cements. — B.  B. 


The  Building  Stones  of  Great  Britain.  T.  H.  Beare. 
Proc.  Inst.  Civil  Eug.  107,  Session  1891 — 02. 
The  following  data  for  the  stones  examined  were  ascertained. 
Crushing  strength,  density  (by  which  is  meant  apparent 
density,  as  determined  by  weighing  a  block  of  known  size, 
as  opposed  to  true  specific  gravity),  absorptive  power, 
effects  of  low  temperature,  and  alteration  of  the  modulus 
of  elasticity  with  increasing  pressure.  The  experiments 
were  made  on  2j-in.  cubes,  as  larger  specimens  could 
not,  by  the  testing  machine  available,  be  crushed.  The 
test-pieces  were  cut  at  the  quarries  whence  they  came, 
and  were  allowed  to  become  air-dry  in  the  laboratory 
before  being  tested,  to  allow  the  quarry-water  to  evaporate. 
The  pressure  was  applied,  unless  expressly  stated  to  the 
contrary,  perpendicular  to  the  planes  of  the  quarry  bedding, 
an  important  difference  in  the  capability  of  the  stone  to 
resist  weathering  dependent  on  the  preservation  of  this 
position,  leading  builders  to  take  care  that  it  is  laid  with 
its  surfaces  in  this  direction.  The  surface  of  the  stone  in 
contact  with  the  dies  of  the  testing  machine  was  covered 
with  a  thin  film  of  pilaster  of  Paris  to  ensure  even  bedding. 
The  use  of  compressible  material  such  as  sheet  lead  and 
soft  wood  in  place  of  the  plaster  of  Paris,  was  eschewed, 
as  it  was  found  that  the  lateral  flow  of  such  materials 
under  the  crushing  strain  produced  tensile  strains  in  the 
test-pieces,  and  induced  their  frajture  at  a  smaller  load 
than  would  otherwise  have  been  the  case.  Proof  of  the 
existence  of  this  influence  was  afforded  both  by  the  actual 
crushing  loads  of  test-pieces  which  had  been  mounted  in 
this  manner,  and  by  the  character  of  their  fracture,  which 
departed  from  the  ideal  one  consisting  of  six  pyramids  with 
their  apices  in  the  centre  of  the  cube,  and  became  that  of 
a  series  of  prisms  parallel  to  the  axis  of  pressure.  The 
adverse  effect  of  the  presence  of  a  sheet  of  lead  ranged 
from  35 '5  per  cent,  to  52 '6  per  cent,  calculated  on  the 
strength  determined  without  the  use  of  lead,  the  difference 
being,  as  was  to  be  expected,  greatest  in  the  case  of  the 
hardest  stones,  that  is  to  say,  when  the  total  load  was  greatest. 
The  result  is  of  much  practical  importance,  as  illustrating 
the  serious  decrease  in  resistance  to  crushing  strains  that 
may  be  caused  by  bad  bedding  in  structures.  The  mean 
crushing  strengths  in  tons  per  square  foot  for  the  various 
classes  of  stones  tested  are  as  follows: — Granite,  11 12 '2 
tons,  mean  of  13  varieties  and  -19  samples;  oolites,  141-3 
tons,  mean  of  18  varieties,  57  samples  :  sandstones,  489 -8 
tons,  mean  of  25  varieties,  88  samples  ;  dolomites,  500-5 
tons,  mean  of  4  varieties,  16  samples.  The  results  are, 
generally  speaking,  higher  and  more  coucordaut  than  those 
of  previous  experimenters.  The  "  density,"  as  stated 
above,  was  really  a  translation  of  weight  per  cubic  foot, 
the  weight  of  a  cubic  foot  of  water  being  taken  as  unit}-, 
as  no  attempt  was  made  to  estimate  the  true  volume  of 
stone  free  from  air  and  moisture,  in  the  blocks  that  were 
measured  and  weighed.  The  amount  of  water  absorbed 
was  estimated  by  weighing  the  blocks  before  and  after 
immersion,  New  River  water  being  used  for  a  few  of  the 
earlier  tests,  and  distilled  water  for  the  later  members  of 
the  series.  Some  slight  action  by  the  water  was  per- 
ceptible in  the  case  of  the  oolites,  the  water  in  which  they 
had  been  immersed  being  turbid,  and  containing  a  distinct 
sediment.  The  author  is  of  opinion  that  the  absorptive 
power  of  the  specimens  "  must  be  a  very  good  guide  to 
the  relative  weathering  power  of  stones,  since  it  shows  to 
what  extent  deleterious  agents  in  raiu  water  and  fogs  will 
penetrate  the  stone,  and  furthermore  a  very  absorbent 
stone  must  be  very  liable  to  the  destructive  action  of 
frost."  The  mean  results  were  that  the  average  absorption 
of  27  oolites  was  8 '96  per  cent,  of  their  dry  weight; 
dolomites,  4  samples,  5'43  per  cent.;  sandstones,  26 
samples,  4-68  per  cent.;  granites,  14  samples,  0-27  per 
cent. 

Fig.  1  shows  the  relation  between  compressive  strength 
and  absorption  of  10  samples  of  Bath  stone.  The  specimen 
marked   "  Wcstwood    (floated)  "    has    been    treated   with 

E    2 


1012 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Doc.  31, 1892. 


Scale  r-4e  Tons  per  Sip  Foot 


£ 

s 

O 

£ 

CD 

> 

CORNCf 

I"\ 

/ 

/ 

/ 

. 

COOMBF 

/ 

f* 

WESTW 

ooo\ 

1 

• 

rod 

\ 
\ 

FLUA7C 

°)     \ 

COR SUA 

M 

\ 

/ 

) 

WlNSLE 

L  / 

.s 

\ 

/ 

STOKE 

\ 

* 

,1 

f 

v 

BOX 

/ 

/• 

\ 

\ 

/■ 

/- 

FA  RLE 

CH 

\ 

--/ 

Scale 

1=10% 

Curve  A,  crushing  strengths ;  Curve  B,  ditto,  after  immersion  in 
water  for  seven  days  and  re-drying.  Curve  C,  percentage  oi  water 
absorbed. 


Kessler's  preservative  solution,  which  is  said  to  have  proved 
very  successful  in  France  in  checking  the  decay  of  oolitic 
and  other  limestones.  A  few  specimens  were  tested  by 
exposure  after  saturation  with  water  to  the  low  temperature 
prevailing  last  winter,  the  temperature  varying  from  20' 
to  32  F.  Thawing  and  freezing  were  alternated  10  to  12 
times,  and  the  cubes' were  afterwards  left  exposed  to  the 
rain  and  weather  for  some  two  or  three  weeks.  The  loss 
of  weight  of  the  granites  by  this  treatment  was  inappreciable, 
while  with  the  other  stones  it  was  quite  small,  amounting 
to  0-002  Hi.  as  a  maximum,  the  original  weight  of  the 
cubes  being  about  1  lb.  There  was  also  no  loss  of 
strength.  The  determination  of  the  modulus  of  elasticity 
was  difficult,  owing  to  the  small  quantities  to  be  measured, 
and  a  special  form  of  gear  was  devised  by  A.  G.  Ashcroft 
for  the  purpose,  which  multiplied  the  actual  alteration  in 
height  2,358  times.  It  was  found  that  there  was  a  com- 
paratively large  permanent  set,  and  the  figures  for  the 
test  first  made  are  therefore  lower  than  those  obtained  in 
repeating  the  test  when  this  factor  had  been  eliminated. 
The  mean  value  for  all  the  sandstones  tested  was,  for  the 
first  test,  108,040  tons  per  square  foot,  and  for  the 
second  test  132,280  tons,  corresponding  to  1,680,600  anu 
2,057,700  lb.  per  square  inch  respectively, — about  -Jj  to  ■£* 
the  value  for  steel.  The  mean  values  for  the  magnesian 
limestones  were  254,500  and  321,000  tons  per  square  foot 
respectively.  For  limestoues  the  figures  are  133,530  and 
150,750  tons,  while  for  granites  they  were  479,009  and 
522,100  tons,  or  about  one  quarter  the  modulus  of  elasticity 
of  steel. 

The  following  table  gives  a  few  typical   figures  selected 
from  the  results  recorded  by  the  author  : — 


Xame  of  Stone. 


Locality  of  Quarry. 


Remarks. 


Mean 

Crushing  Load. 


Weight.       Absorption. 


fPrudham ,  Hexham,  Northumber- 
land. 


Sandstones. -j  Poltnaise Bannockburn. . , 

Linlithgowshire 


Fine  yellow  stone  used  in 
Hen'iot  Watt  Colli  -  . 
Universityof  Edinburgh, 
fce. 

I  ine  white  rock 


Fine     red-grey    used    for 
Scott  monument. 
Jl>  imand Midlothian Hard  grey  rock 


Dolomites. 
Oolite.   ... 

Granites. 


( Yellow  magnesian  lime-    Mansfield     Woodhouse     True  dolomite 

!      stone. 


I 

Portland 
"Kenmay. 


Rubislaw . 


Aberdeen  . 


Quarry. 

Kiveton  Park,  Sheffield.     Used  for  Souses  of  Parlia- 
ment. 
I  Portland White  oolitic 

Aberdeenshire Fine   whitish-grey,    Forth 

Bridge ' 


Fine    dark    grey.  London 
Bridge 


453-3 

551 '5 
669'1 

4.-,M 

:-■• I 

3U1-9 

287'0 

]  088  5 
1,211-,1 

098-8 
1,289-7 


Per  Cu.  Ft. 
142-6 


141-5 
135-1 
142'0 
145-4 
132-2 
137-6 
164-1 

ioi-o 


Per  Cent. 

I  4  -01 1 
"(4-33 


f.-s 

5  a 

4-70 

4-62 

7-50 

6-84 

0-42 
0-21 


-B.B. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Processes/or  makiitt/  Plastic  Compound* 
or  Composition.  J.  U.  Robertson,  Willesden  Green. 
From  C.  W.  Kennedy,  Philadelphia,  T'.S.A.  Eng.  Pat. 
17,050,  October  7,  1891. 

Waste  products  such  as  "  salt  hay,  grass  straw,  reeds, 
rushes,  common  hay,  leaves,  twigs,  husks,"  are  utilised 
in  their  green  or  dried  state.  Wood  chips,  splinters,  saw- 
dust, hair,  waste  paper,  junk  and  scraps  of  fibre,  sueli  as 
hemp,  jute,  tlax,  coir,  &c.,  may  also  be  employed.  Long 
fibres  of  the  latter  class  of  material  are  placed  in  a  tank 
with  water,  and  "  a  quivering  or  vibratory "  motion 
in.]  arted  to  the  mixture,  causing  the  fibres  to  fall  together. 
'•'Finely-powdered  silica  or  lime  cements"  are  added. 
though  "glutinous  (sic)  cements  may  also  be  used  if 
desired."  Any  suitable  waste  scraps  are  incorporated  as 
filling  and  the  mass  taken  from  the  tank  and  moulded  by 
pressure.  With  the  addition  of  sand  and  hydraulic  cement, 
or  by  enclosure  in  a  ••frame  of  molten  metal,"  or  by  coating 
with  approximately  equal  parts  of  "  gluten,  gelatin,  pitch, 


resin,  or  silicates  of  sodium  or  potassium  "  and  subsequent 
immersion  in  a  bath  of  calcium  chloride,  the  composition 
may  be  rendered  fit  for  use  as  paving  or  flooring.  The 
manufacture  of  artificial  wood  and  railway  sleepers,  and  the 
renovation  of  worn-out  sleepers,  are  also  among  the  purposes 
contemplated  by  the  patentee. — B.  B. 


Making  Coloured  Stucco,  Coloured  Concrete  Blocks,  and 
Tiles.  1).  Ward,  Hewton.  Eng.  Pat.  19,106,  Novem- 
ber 5,  1891. 

The  patent  is  for  "the  mixing  together  of  colours  with 
cement  or  lime,  sand,  or  rubble  with  water  to  form  stucco, 
concrete  blocks,  or  tiles  of  a  permanent  colour,  as  the 
colour  will  permeate  the  coloured  mixture  and  when  dry 
and  hard  will  be  imperishable." — B.  B. 


Dao.si.1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1013 


Improved  Process  for  Producing  Liquid  Clay  or  Slip  for 
I  \isting  in  Moulds.  E.  Edwards,  London.  From  K. 
Goetz,  Karlsbad, Bohemia.  EDg.  l':tt.  15,911, Septembers, 
1892. 

Slip,  from  which  articles  of  porcelain  or  stoneware  are  to 
be   prepared   by  casting  in  moulds,   is  mixed   with    "  an 

aqueous  solution  of  one  of  the  bases  of  soda,  potash,  litliia, 
oxide  of  ammonium "  or  with  au  aqueous  solution  of  "a 
carbonate  or  rnultiearbonate  of  three  bases — but  not  includ- 
ing the  carbonates  of  soda — as  also  the  silicates  and  tluor 
^ilis  of  these  bases."  Three  parts  by  weight  of  such  a 
solution  suffice  for  100  parts  by  weight  of  clay.  Cinnabar 
sufficient  to  give  the  solution  a  weak  rose  tint  may  be 
added  to  prevent  the  formation  of  a  grey  colour  sometimes 
observed  on  porcelain  after  burning.  The  patented  mixture 
contains  less  water  than  is  usually  necessary,  is  said  to  cast 
1  letter  and  allow  the  moulds  to  be  used  oftener  and  dried 
sooner.  The  east  articles  may  be  burned  at  a  lower  tem- 
perature than  is  generally  necessary,  and  the  grinding  of 
the  slip  takes  16  hours  instead  of  22  or  24  hours.  Colours 
ear,  readily  he  burned  in. — B.  B. 


X.-METALLURGY. 

The  Estimation  of  Manganese  in  Spiegel  Iron  and  Ferro- 
iiianiiiiin.se.  M.  C.  Bastiu.  Monit.  Scient.  September 
1892,689. 

Sec  under  XX 111.,  page  10:57. 


Nickel  Analysis.     S.  H.  Emmens.     Eng.  and   Mining  J. 
November  2(5,  1892,  510—51 1. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  1035. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements    in     Adding    Metallic    and    Non-Metallic 

Substances    to    Steel    and    Iron    or    any    other    Liquid 

Metals.  J.Colley,  Bilstou.  Eng.  Pat.  18,990,  November  4, 

1891. 

The  improvement   consists  in  adding  carbon,  enclosed  in  a 

box  or  receptacle,  preferably  of  wood,  to  the  charge,  after 

the  blowing  is  completed,  or  nearly  so,  and  before  it  leaves 

the  furnace  or  converter.     The  carbon  may  be  added  all  at 

once  or  in  separate  portions,  and  ferro-manganese  may  be 

added  with  it  when  necessary. — J.  H.  C. 


A   Process  of  Separating  Cobalt  from  Nickel.     G.  Selve, 
Altena,  Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  19,5":!,  November  11,  1891. 

Cobalt  is  separated  from  nickel  when  in  hydrochloric  or 
sulphuric  acid  solution,  after  separation  of  other  bodies  by 
well-known  methods,  by  adding  to  the  solution  a  precipitat- 
ing liquid  prepared  as  follows  : — 

To  an  aqueous  solution  of  hypochlorite  of  soda — composed 
of  100  kilos,  of  chloride  of  lime  and  soda,  60  kilos,  of 
calcined  soda  dissolved  iu  water  are  added.  When  the 
precipitated  carbonate  of  lime  has  settled  the  liqnid  is 
drawn  off  for  use.  The  cobalt  and  nickel  solution  is  boiled 
and  stirred  and  the  precipitating  liquid  is  slowly  added 
until  a  sample  shows  that  the  whole  of  the  cobalt  is 
separated  in  the  shape  of  a  black  deposit  (of  Co2< ),),  the 
nickel  remaining  iu  solution. 

Small  quantities  of  nickel  oxide  precipitated  at  the  same 
time  may  be  redissolved  by  means  of  dilute  sulphuric  or 
hydrochloric  acid. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  Gas  Furnaces.  II.  E.  Newton,  London. 
From  B.  X.  Oakman,  jun.,  Greenfield,  U.S.A.  Eng.Pat. 
21,634,  December  10,  1891. 

TlIK  furnace  described  ill  this  patent  is  adapted  for  heating 
pipes  for  welding  the  longitudinal  seam,  and  also  for  heating 
iron  or  steel  bars  for   forging  and  welding.     The  principal 


objects  aimed  at  are  to  ensure  a  uniform  heating  of  the 
pipes,  bars,  or  blooms,  and  to  utilise  the  waste  heat  from 
the  furnace. 

The  welding  furnace  chamber  may  be  described  as  some- 
what pear-shaped  in  longitudinal  section.  It  is  heated  by 
a  series  of  nozzle  burners  fixed  in  inlet  flues  which  are 
built  into  the  top  of  the  narrower  end  of  the  furnace  ;  these 
burners  are  fed  with  a  mixture  of  fuel-gas  and  air,  both  of 
which  are  supplied  under  pressure.  The  flames  and  pro- 
ducts of  combustion  Hist  pass  along  the  crown  of  the 
furnace  ;  they  are  then  deflected  downwards  by  the  arched 
crown  and  side,  and  are  caused  to  pass  over  and  in  contact 
witli  the  pipes,  bars,  or  blooms,  which  are  arranged  on  the 
hearth;  finally  they  escape  by  a  narrow  outlet  flue,  placed 
parallel  to  and  underneath  the  inlet  flue,  whence  they  pass 
into  a  second  chamber  The  advantage  of  this  method  of 
heating  is  that  the  outgoing  flames  or  currents  pass  through 
the  furnace  chamber  between  the  materials  to  be  heated 
and  the  inflowing  flames,  so  that  the  latter  are  not  chilled 
by  the  cool  pipes  or  other  materials.  As,  moreover,  the 
pipes,  &c,  are  introduced  into  the  furnace  near  the  outlet 
flues  and  are  then  gradually  moved  along  the  hearth  to  the 
other  end  of  the  furnace,  their  temperature  is  gradually 
raised  to  a  welding  heat,  whereupon  they  are  withdrawn 
and  welded  in  the  usual  manner. 

The  outlet  flues  for  the  gases  from  the  welding  chamber 
pass  directly  into  a  heat-restoring  chamber,  iu  which  the 
skelp  is  raised  to  the  requisite  temperature  for  rolling ;  in 
order  that  the  flame  may  be  prevented  from  impinging  upon 
the  skelp  the  flues  are  made  to  incline  upwards  just  before 
they  enter  the  heat-restoring  chamber. 

The  waste  gases  from  the  heat-restoring  chamber  are 
Anally  passed  into  a  second  chamber,  in  which  the  air 
necessary  for  the  combustion  of  the  fuel  gas  is  heated. 

— F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  ("wis  Puddling  Furnaces.  H.  E.  Newton, 
Londou.  From  K.  N.  Oakman,  jun.,  Greenfield,  Mass., 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  21,633,  December  10,  1891. 

The  claim  is  for  a  double-hearth  furnace  consisting  of  two 
separately-heated  chambers  with  curved  walls  communi- 
cating with  each  other  by  an  inclined  or  tangential  flue,  and 
each  supplied  with  a  valved  escape  flue.  The  heating  is 
effected  by  the  combustion  of  gas  and  air  introduced  near 
the  crown  of  the  chambers  or  furnace,  and  under  pressure. 
The  waste  gases  from  the  working  -operations  in  the  first 
chamber  are  used  for  heating  up  the  second,  and  thence 
pass  to  a  heater  where  they  are  used  for  heating  the  air 
blast  which  supplies  the  burners. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Ingots,  liars,  Rods, 
Wire,  and  the  like  from  Bronze.  G.  G.  M.  Hardingham, 
London.  From  C.Berg,  Evekiug,  Westphalia,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  22,337,  December  21,  1891. 

Compound  ingots  for  electrical  conductors  and  similar 
purposes  are  made  by  casting  soft  bronze  projections  or 
coverings  around  hard  bronze  cores  and  vice  versa.,  or  tho 
combinations  may  be  threefold,  and  of  brass,  copper, 
aluminium,  or  other  alloys  and  metals.  The  contact  sur- 
faces are  formed  with  ribs  or  projections,  to  facilitate  the 
uniting  or  welding. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  Purification  of  Steel  or 
of  Iron  during  its  Conversion  into  Steel.  E.  H.  Saniter, 
Wigau.     Eng.  Pat.  8,612,  January  21,  1892. 

Iron  is  purified  from  sulphur  during  its  conversion  into 
steel  by  adding,  while  it  is  molten  and  in  the  furnace,  a 
mixture  of  chloride  or  fluoride  of  an  alkaline  earth  with  the 
oxide,  hydrate,  or  carbonate  of  an  alkaline  earth  ;  the  latter 
in  sufficient  quantity  to  form  and  maintain  a  slag  having 
from  50  to  60  per  cent,  of  lime. 

Chloride  of  calcium  and  limestone  are  recommended  in 
general,  but  other  corresponding  substances  may  be  used 
in  special  cases.-   J.  II.  C. 


L014 


THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Deo.  31,1892. 


Improoemements  in  or  relating  to  the  Purification  of  Iron. 
E  H.  Saniler,  Wigan.  Eng.  Pat.  8612a,  January  21, 
1892- 

Thk  molten  iron  is  brought  into  sufficiently  prolonged 
contact  with  a  mixture  of  chloride  of  calcium  and  lime,  or 
their  chemical  equivalents. — J.  II.  C. 


Improvement  in  the  Weans  for  Tempering  and  Hardening 
Metals.  J.  S.  Darning,  Emsworth,  Pa.,  U.S.A.  Eng. 
Pat.  12,965,  July  14,  1892. 

The  metals  are  first  coated  with  a  mixture  of  flour, 
prussiate  of  potash,  and  a  liquid  concoction  from  the  laurel 
plant  ;  then  heated  and  plunged  into  water  or  into  a  similar 
liquid  concoction. — J.  H.  C. 


Improvements  in  lite  Process  of  Reducing  Vnsmelted  Ore, 
including  Roasted  Ore,  Furnace  Cinders,  and  like 
Material.  J.  T.  Wainwright,  Chicago,  U.S.A.  Fug. 
Pat.  16,173,  September  9,  1892. 

The  improvement  consists  in  operating  on  the  ores  by 
generating  gases  at  successively  increasing  temperatures, 
passing  these  gases  downward  through  the  ore,  and  main- 
taining it  in  an  unreplenished  condition. 

In  general  a  shaft  furnace  is  used,  having  a  collecting 
space  or  slag  hearth  at  the  bottom,  and  an  inverted  syphon 
outlet  or  gas  flue  at  the  side.  The  furnace  is  fed  from  the 
top  through  an  aperture  which  is  then  securely  closed, 
intermittent  heats  being  made,  and  the  furnace  re-charged 
for  each  heat.  Operating  on  iron  ore,  and  commencing  with 
an  empty  furnace,  the  lower  contracted  portion  of  the  furnace 
is  bridged  over  with  an  open  mass  of  charcoal  or  other  solid 
carbonaceous  fuel.  On  top  of  this  is  placed  a  charge  of 
mixed  ore,  flux,  and  fuel,  in  suitable  proportions,  and  above 
this  carbonaceous  fuel,  which  may  be  cheaper  or  different 
in  grade  to  that  charged  with  the  ore,  and  may  be  mixed 
with  suitable  flux.  A  hot  or  cold  blast  of  air  or  other  gases 
containing  free  oxygen  is  then  thrown  on  the  top  of  the 
ignited  fuel  layer,  the  cover  is  closed,  and  the  blast  is  main- 
tained. The  gases  resulting  from  the  fuel  combustion  are 
forced  downwards  through  the  mixed  charge  and  fuel,  so 
producing  a  gradual!}-  increasing  temperature  which,  besides 
facilitating  reduction,  prevents  scaffolding  and  congestion. 

The  effect  produced  upon  the  ore  by  forcing  the  gases 
downwards  through  it  is  to  maintain  a  reducing  action,  and 
also  to  keep  the  upper  parts  of  the  ore-charge  in  a  hotter 
and  more  reduced  condition  than  those  below  ;  consequently, 
when  the  reducing  action  reaches  that  stage  when  the  cinder 
separates  from  the  spongy  metal  and  gravitates  from  the 
same,  this  isolation  of  the  metal  will  progress  from  above 
downwards,  so  that  the  slag  will  collect  in  the  hearth 
without  having  been  in  contact  with  the  metal  at  a  high 
temperature.  In  this  way  the  impurities  of  the  ore  remain 
in  the  cinder,  and  do  not  contaminate  the  metal.  When 
the  slag  is  more  fusible  than  the  metal  it  may  be  drawn  off 
at  an  early  stage  through  a  tap-hole,  after  which  the  blast 
may  be  continued  for  the  purpose  of  maintaining  the  tem- 
perature of  the  metal  which  has  collected  in  the  hearth,  and 
also  for  scouring  the  shaft.  In  other  cases,  the  metal,  being 
more  fusible,  may  be  run  out  first,  and  the  slag  afterwards 
run  out  at  a  higher  temperature. 

To  facilitate  working,  the  hearth  may  have  a  series  of 
tap-holes  at  different  heights,  and  also  a  large  opening  with 
a  cover  at  the  side,  through  which  fuel,  fluxes,  or  metals  for 
alloy  may  be  added  in  certain  cases. 

Another  mode  of  operation  is  to  use  two  shafts  placed 
side  by  side  and  communicating  at  the  top.  The  first  is 
charged  with  cheap  solid  fuel  and  used  with  an  upward 
draught  as  a  gas  producer ;  and  from  this  the  ignited  gases 
pass  into  the  second  and  downwards  through  the  ore-charge, 
as  already  described.— J.  II.  C. 


XL-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  AND  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

The  Influence  of  Arsenic,  Antimony,  and  Silicon  on  the 
Ductility,  Absolute  Strength,  and  Electrical  Conductivity 
of  Copper.     \Y.  Ilampe.     Chem.  Zeit.  16,  726 — 728. 

The  pure  copper  employed  by  the  author  was  prepared  by 
adding  caustic  potash  to  copper  sulphate  solution  until  a 
considerable  precipitate  was  obtained ;  the  solution  was 
then  heated  for  some  time,  filtered,  and  the  filtrate  electro- 
lysed. The  deposited  copper,  after  treatment  with  boiling 
water  and  repeated  washing,  was  dried  and  fused  with 
copper  oxide,  first  in  a  current  of  carbon  dioxide,  whereby 
any  residual  copper  sulphate  is  dissociated  and  the  sulphur 
expelled  as  S(  >,.  and  finally  in  a  stream  of  dr}'  hydrogen, 
whereby  any  oxide  is  reduced  to  metal.  The  copper  so 
obtained  contains  no  impurity  beyond  traces  of  antimony. 

Pure  arsenic  is  prepared  by  adding  ammonia  and 
magnesia  mixture  to  potassium  arsenate  solution  ;  the  pre- 
cipitated  ammonium  magnesium  arsenate  is  filtered  otf, 
washed,  dissolved  in  hydrochloric  acid,  and  re-precipitated 
by  ammonia.  After  washing,  the  precipitate  is  converted 
into  magnesium  pyro-arsenate  by  heating;  pure  arsenic 
sublimes  from  this  salt  on  heating  it  in  a  stream  of  hydrogen. 
Pure  antimony  is  prepared  by  heating  an  intimate  mixture 
of  tartar  emetic  (5 — 6  pts.)  and  nitre  (1  pt.)  in  a  porcelain 
crucible.  The  residual  antimony  is  washed  with  water  and 
fused  in  a  current  of  hydrogen. 

An  alloy  of  silicon  and  copper  (silicon-copper)  has  been 
previously  prepared  by  the  author  by  heating  a  mixture  of 
silica,  fluorspar,  purified  lampblack,  and  copper  in  the 
proportions  required  by  the  equation — 

2  CaF.,  +  4  SiO..  +  2  C  +  ..Cu  = 
SiF,  +  2CaSi03  +  2CO  +  Cuj,Si 
The  yield  of  silicon  in  the  alloy  is  frequently  only  one- 
half  of  that  indicated  b}'  the  equation,  and  is  not  appreciably 
increased  by  the  employment  of  more  silica.  Practically, 
no  reduction  of  silicon  occurs  if  carbon  be  excluded  from 
the  mixture.  Silicon  copper  is  not  obtained  by  heating 
copper  in  a  stream  of  hydrogen  containing  silicon  tetra- 
fluoride.  On  melting  a  mixture  of  fluorspar  and  silica, 
silicon  tetrafluoride  is  at  once  obtained — 

2  t'aF.,  +  3SiO.:  =  SiF.,  +  2  CaSi03 

The  alloys  were  prepared  by  fusing  the  pure  copper  with 
arsenic,  antimony,  or  silicon  copper,  in  a  closed  crucible  under 
a  layer  of  lampblack  free  from  manganese.  The  following 
table  gives  the  absolute  strengths,  relative  conductivities, 
and  densities  of  the  various  alloys  examined  :  — 


Absolute 

Strength     Rela- 

perl         tive 

sq.  li i in.       1  'oii- 

Density. 

cross- 

llllc- 

sectional 

tivitv. 

Area. 

Kilos. 
34"6 

41-6 

100 
61-05 

8-9563 
8-944 

Alloy    I.  cont 

ainingO'210] 

per  cent.  As 

II.      . 

0-351 

» 

51-1 

50-15 

S'1'17 

„     III.      „ 

0-808 

» 

48-9 

29-96 

s-!U2 

„      IV.      ,. 

0-260 

Sb 

52-0 

08-07 

8-918 

V.      .. 

0"52!l 

„ 

r,f.< 

-,.;  :, 

8-946 

„       VI.      „ 

tr  520 

Si 

;,:)-u 

28'H 

B-870 

.,     VII.      „ 

S-472 

„ 

95-3 

6-5 

8-471 

The  ductility  of  the  alloys  was  about  the  same  as  that  of 
pure  copper  with  the  exception  of  sample  Xo.  III.,  which 
was  somewhat  less  ductile.  The  toughness  and  ductility  of 
copper  seems  hence  to  be  little  affected  by  the  presence  of 
very  appreciable  quantities  of  arsenic  or  antimony. 


Deo.  81. 1892.1       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1015 


The  sample  No.  VI.  of  silicon  copper  resembles  pure 
copper  ia  appearance  and  properties. 

When  tlie  percentage  of  silicon  reaches  1'5 — 2'0  the 
metal  has  a  reddish-yellow  colour,  and,  though  still  ductile, 
is  harder  than  pure  copper.  Sample  No.  VII.  has  almost 
the  composition  CuJaSi,  possesses  a  light  bronze  colour,  and 
a  glistening  fracture ;  it  is  very  ductile  aud  malleable. 
Copper  containing  C  per  cent,  of  silicon  shows  a  light  grey 
crystalline  fracture,  is  hard  and  brittle,  and  dissolves 
completely  in  nitric  acid ;  the  solution  gelatinises  when 
concentrated.  An  alloy  containing  8  per  cent,  of  silicon  is 
silver-white  and  very  brittle  ;  it  may  be  readily  crushed  to 
powder.  Copper  containing  1 1  ■  1  per  cent,  of  silicon  is  as 
brittle  as  glass  ;  it  is  white  in  colour  and  rapidly  tarnishes 
brown  in  the  air.  It  is  almost  completely  soluble  in  nitric 
acid.— W.  J.  P. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Use  in  Electro-Metallur- 
gical Operations.  C.  Hoepfher,  Giessen,  Germany.  Eng. 
Pat.  13,7:15,  September  1,  1890.  (Amended.)  (This 
Journal,  1891.  8:19.") 

The  inventor  wishes  it  to  be  understood  that  he  does  not 
claim  anything  which  is  described  or  claimed  in  Eng.  Pat. 
12,208of  1888.— J.  C.  C. 


An  Improved  Process  for  the  Electro-Deposition  of  Metal 
upon  the  Surface  of  Glass,  Porcelain,  China,  Earthen- 
/'(//(,  and  other  Materials.  A.  S.  Ford,  London.  From 
H.  Pottier,  Paris.     Eng   Pat.  18,256,  October  23,  1891. 

See  under  VIII.,  page  1007. 


A  Depolarising  Liquid forOalvanir  Batteries.  0.  Schlesinger, 
Bow,  Middlesex.     Eng.  Pat.  18,477,  October  27, 1891. 

Tins  liquid  is  for  use  in  two-fluid  cells  and  consists  mainly 
of  a  sulphuric  acid  solution,  crystals  of  chromic  acid,  and 
nitrous  acid  solution.  The  following  is  a  suitable  example 
of  making  up  the  liquid:  20  oz.  of  sulphuric  acid  (1'8 
specific  gravity)  are  diluted  with  11  oz.  of  water,  and, 
while  the  solution  is  still  hot,  from  2  to  3  oz.  of  chromic 
acid  crystals  and  from  15  to  25  oz.  of  nitrous  acid  solution 
(sp.  gr.  about  1 '  360)  are  added.  The  mixture  is  ready 
for  use  when  cool.  If  the  carbons  of  a  zinc-carbon  battery 
are  immersed  in  such  a  solution,  and  the  zincs  immersed  in 
water  or  acidulated  water,  the  current  developed  is  of  great 
constancy.  The  liquid  may  be  used  in  gutta-percha  cells 
without  injury  to  the  cells. —  D.  E.  J. 


Improvements  Relating  to  the  Application  of  Dcpolarisers 
in  Electrolysis.  J.  C.  Kichardson,  London.  Eng.  Pat. 
19,704,  November  13,  1891. 
The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  maintain  the  depolarising 
action  of  a  compound,  such  as  an  insoluble  oxide,  next  the 
cathode  in  electrolytic  work.  The  cathode  consists  of  a 
broad  band  of  any  desired  construction  and  surface,  upon 
which  as  it  enters  the  electrolyte  a  depolarise!  is  introduced, 
and  as  it  leaves,  the  spent  depolariser  is  removed  ;  or  instead 
of  the  cathode  itself  moving,  the  depolariser  may  be  made  to 
move  on  it.  This  patent  is  adapted  to  the  process  descril  ed 
in  Eng.  Pat.  2296,  1890  (this  Journal,  1891,  699),  in  which 
oxide  of  copper  is  employed  in  the  electrolysis  of  salt ;  the 
oxide  of  copper  in  this  case  being  introduced  next  the 
cathode  at  one  point,  and  the  reduced  copper  being  removed 
at  another.— G.  II.  E. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  Ike  Construction  of  Elec- 
trodes of  Large  Dimensions  for  Accumulators,  and  to 
supporting  the  same  in  their  Cells.  W.  P.  Thompson, 
Liverpool.  From  A.  V.  Kerekhove,  Brussels,  Belgium. 
Eng.  Pat.  21,702,  December  11,  1891. 

The  invention  consists  in  the  adaptation  of  electrodes  of 
normal  dimensions  to  cases  or  rigid  gratings  so  constructed 
as  not  easily  to  be  put  out  of  shape,  and  which  are  neutral 
as  regards  their  chemical  reactions.  The  normal  electrodes 
are  arranged  in  successive  rases  of  the  frame,  and  soldered 
at  two  points  by  one  of  their  Bides  in  such  a  way  as  to 
preserve  between  their  three  other  sides  and  the  cross-bars 
of  the  frame  a  sufficient  space  to  allow  of  dilation  and 
extension.  Small  projections  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the 
edges  of  the  plate  or  of  the  cross-bars  of  the  frame,  and 
east  thereon,  at  the  same  time  prevent  the  electrodes  from 
becoming  displaced  during  working.  The  squares,  gratings, 
or  frame  may  be  of  any  suitable  form  aud  composed  of  any 
suitable  material  which  offers  sufficient  rigidity,  conducti- 
bility,  and  neutrality  to  the  action  of  electrolysis.  Large 
electrodes  are  allowed  to  rest  at  a  greater  or  smaller  number 
of  points  throughout  their  entire  length  on  strips  of  glass, 
ebonite,  or  any  other  insulating  material,  or  even  on  a  series 
of  insulating  pegs  or  wedges  arranged  in  the  same  plane  j 
the  strips  or  wedges  are  placed  in  the  bottom  of  the  cells, 
and  are  of  a  height  corresponding  to  the  space  which  it  is 
desired  to  leave  free  betweeu  the  bottom  of  the  cells  and  the 
lower  edges  of  the  eleotrodes,  — G.  H.  R. 


Improvements  in   and  Apparatus  for  the  Manufacture  of 
Alkaline  or  Earthy  Alkaline  Bases  and  of  their  Salts  or 
Compounds    by    the  Electrolysis    of    Saline    Solutions. 
E.  Hermite  and  A.   Duboseq,   Paris.     Eng.  Pat.  21,957 
December  15,  1891. 

"  Ir  is  known  that  when  an  electric  current  is  passed 
through  a  solution  of  any  salt  of  any  alkaline  or  earthy 
alkaline  base,  the  acid  and  oxygen  pass  to  the  positive  pole 
and  the  metal  passes  to  the  negative  pole."  It  has  been 
proposed  to  utilise  this  principle  for  the  purpose  of  separat- 
ing the  alkalis  and  bases  of  the  alkaline  earths  (for  example, 
potash  and  caustic  soda),  from  their  compounds,  but  in 
order  to  do  so  it  is  necessary  to  provide  some  means  of  at 
once  removing  the  separated  base  from  the  acid  to  prevent 
recombination.  Two  methods  have  been  adopted  to  do 
this,  of  which  the  first  was  abandoned.  In  the  second 
method  mercury  is  employed  as  the  negative  pole,  which 
forms  an  amalgam  with  the  deposited  metal.  It  is,  how- 
ever, necessary  to  devise  some  means  of  removing  the 
amalgam  thus  formed,  as  otherwise  re-combination  will 
take  place  and  the  energy  of  the  current  will  be  expended 
uselessly.  The  object  of  the  present  invention  is  to  provide 
such  a  means.  The  inventors  describe  the  principle  of 
their  arrangement  by  reference  to  an  ideal  electrolytic  cell 
impossible  to  realise  in  practice.  In  this  imaginary  cell  the 
negative  pole  is  of  mercury  floating  on  the  surface  of  the 
electrolyte,  the  positive  pole  being  at  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel.  Floating  on  the  mercury  is  pure  water.  Suppose 
the  electrolyte  be  a  solution  of  a  sodium  salt.  When  the 
current  passes,  an  amalgam  is  formed  at  the  surface  of  the 
mercury,  which,  being  lighter  than  the  mercury,  rises  to  the 
surface  of  the  latter,  where  it  comes  into  contact  with  the 
water  aud  is  decomposed  into  caustic  soda  and  mercury,  the 
soda  remaining  in  solution.  Such  a  cell,  if  it  could  be 
constructed,  would  be  all  that  is  required,  and  it  is  to  a 
means  capable  of  realising  the  conditions  of  this  theoretical 
arrangement  that  the  invention  relates. 

The  new  arrangement  is  as  follows  : — Mercury  is  made  to 
drop  from  a  suitable  tank  through  a  series  of  fine  tubes  on 
to  two  inclined  iron  plates  which  form  the  negative  pole. 
The  object  of  the  tubes  is  to  distribute  the  mercury  in  a 
thin  flat  sheet  over  the  surface  of  the  plates,  which  are 
amalgamated  to  ensure  an  even  flow  of  the  mercury,  which 
would  otherwise  roll  down  in  globules.  The  positive  pole 
consists  of  two  plates  of  platinum  parallel  and  very  close  to 
the  iron  plates.  When  the  current  passes  an  amalgam  is 
formed  which  flows  to  the  bottom  of  the  iron  plates  into  a 
suitable  trough  containing  bisulphide  of  carbon   or  other 


1016 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Dec  si,  1892. 


liquid  lighter  than  the  amalgam  and  denser  than  the 
electrolyte,  which  screens  it  from  the  action  of  the  acid. 
Now  an  amalgam  of  mercury  and  another  metal  becomes 
lighter  in  proportion  as  it  contains  more  of  the  metal. 
Hence  the  mercury  containing  little  of  the  metal  sinks  to  the 
bottom  of  the  trough  and  is  discharged  through  a  tube  into 
11  reservoir.  The  richer  amalgam  rises  to  the  top  of  the 
trough  aud  passes  through  a  suitably-placed  tube  into  a 
cistern  of  water,  where  it  is  decomposed  into  the  base  and 
mercury.  The  base  remains  in  solution,  while  the  pure 
mercury  sinks  to  the  bottom  of  the  cistern  and  passes  into 
the  reservoir.  From  the  reservoir  it  is  lifted  by  means  of 
any  suitable  elevator  (such  as  a  series  of  buckets  on  an 
endless  rope)  and  returned  to  the  distributing  tank  to  be 
discharged  once  more  on  to  the  negative  plates. — D.  E.  J. 


The  negative  electrodes  are  U-shaped  perforated  sheets  of 
copper  amalgamated  with  mercury  and  plated  with  zinc. 
Sheets  of  zinc  are  placed  between  each  pair  of  copper  plates 
to  maintain  the  supply.— G.  H.  R. 


Improved  Jar  or  Cell  for  Galvanic  Batteries.  W.  P. 
Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  O.  Hirseh,  Weiswasser, 
Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  22,145,  December  18,  1891. 
In  batterv  jars  hitherto  employed  it  has  been  necessary  to 
adopt  special  devices  for  the  purpose  of  securely  insulating 
the  two  electrodes  from  one  another,  such  as,  for  instance, 
the  insertion  of  special  porcelain  pieces  between  zinc  arid 
carbon,  which  were  firmly  retained  in  their  places  by  india- 
rubber  hands.  Such  bauds,  however,  rotted  away,  and 
moreover,  crystals  were  deposited  on  the  porcelain  pieces. 
Various  attempts  to  remove  these  drawbacks  have  been 
made  by  forming  on  the  square  jar  an  almost  circular 
projection  connected  with  the  remaining  space  only  by  a 
narrow  opening,  into  which  projection  would  be  inserted  the 
zinc  bar.  Such  cells  are  both  inconvenient  and  costly,  and 
have  therefore  not  been  much  used.  This  invention  relates 
to  a  glass  jar  or  cell  having  none  of  the  above  drawbacks. 
The  cell  is  square  in  form,  and  while  in  a  semifluid 
condition,  impressions,  projecting  towards  the  inside  of  the 
cell,  are  made  at  a  suitable  distance  from  the  corner 
destined  to  receive  the  zinc  bar,  which  serve  to  enclose  the 
zinc  bar  and  prevent  all  possibility  of  its  coming  into 
contact  with  the  carbon  plate.  —  1).  E.  J. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Porous  Carbon  for 
Batteries  and  for  Filters.  W.  Hellesen,  Copenhagen. 
Eng.  Pat.  22,708,  December  29,  1891. 

This  invention  relates  to  a  method  of  manufacturing  porous 
carbon  suitable  for  batteries  and  filters.  To  increase  the 
porosity  of  the  carbon  for  galvanic  batteries,  it  has  been  the 
custom" to  mix  with  it  such  organic  substances  as  sawdust, 
fat,  flour,  or  the  like.  For  filtering  carbons,  the  carbon- 
producing  substances  have  been  mixed  with  clay,  finely- 
divided  silica,  or  the  like.  It  has  been  recently  proposed 
to  use  a  mixture  of  lignite,  clay,  and  chaff.  The  inventor 
has  found  that  infusorial  earth  mingled  with  hydrocarbon- 
yielding  substances,  such  as  tar,  produces  when  highly 
heated  a  more  efficacious  porous  carbon  than  any  of  the 
mixtures  above  referred  to,  aud  which  is  suitable  both  for 
batteries  and  for  filters,  with  or  without  the  addition  of 
graphite  or  of  animal  substances.  A  satisfactory  mixture 
may  be  composed  as  follows  :  — 40  to  50  parts  of  infusorial 
earth,  the  same  quantity  of  coal-tar  or  some  similar  hydro- 
carbon-containing material,  and  5  to  10  parts  of  horn  or 
some  similar  substance.  If  graphite  is  to  be'added  the 
quantity  of  infusorial  earth  must  be  reduced. — D.  E.  J. 


Improvements  in  /he  Means  for  ami  Metllod  if  Melting 
Metals  and  other  Materials  bj  Electricity.  A.  V.  W. 
Kreinsen,  Ottensen,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  15,477,  August 
29,  1892. 

According  to  these  improvements,  the  fusion  of  the 
material  is  effected  in  electrically  heated  carbon  or  plum- 
bago crucibles  consisting  of  insulated  or  non-insulated 
pots,  surrounded  by  platinum  conductors,  or  it  may  he 
primarily  fused  by  being  brought  into  contact  with  a 
carbon  electrode  through  which  a  sufficient  electric  current 
is  caused  to  pass.  The  material  to  be  melted  forms  the 
negative  electrode.  Both  of  the  electrodes  are  moveable  and 
adjustable  so  that  the}'  may  be  moved  towards  or  withdrawn 
from  each  other  as  may  be  required.  They  are  arranged 
above  the  centre  of  the  crucible,  and  are  covered  by  a  shield 
to  prevent  the  escape  of  sparks  and  splashes  from  the 
fusing  material,  which  drops  into  the  cavity  of  the  crucible, 
and  is  there  either  re-melted  or  kept  in  a  state  of  fusion  by 
the  heat  generated  by  the  passage  of  a  shunted  portion  of 
the  curreDt  through  a  spiral  of  platinum  wire  embedded  in 
the  walls  of  the  crucible,  or  the  crucible  may  have  an  outer 
lining  of  very  thin  platinum  similarly  maintained  at  a 
high  temperature. — G.  H.  I!. 


An  Improvement  in  Galvanic  Batteries.  K.  Nuuau  and 
J.  W.  Nelson,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  15,7:19,  September  2, 
1892. 

Tins  is  a  zinc  carbon  battery,  the  zinc  forming  the  outer 
case  of  the  cell.  The  carbon  is  partially  coated  with  tin 
foil  and  is  embedded  in  a  mixture  consisting  of  the  following 
ingredients  : — 

Parts. 

Pulverised  carbon 35 

Pulverised  peroxide  of  manganese 3d 

Sal  ammoniac 10 

Chloride  of  zinc,  or  analogous  material  that  has  the 
power  of  readily  absorbing  moisture  from  the  atnio- 

sphere 1 

Water 2.0 

The  zinc  cylinder  is  lined  with  a  compound  prepared  as 
follows  : — 

Parts. 

1  blonde  of  zinc 10 

Sal  ammoniac 10 

Plaster  of  Paris 30 

Water 211 

Starch  or  flour {J,-; 

Pulverised  alum J- 

which  are  poured  in  after  the  coated  carbon  has  been  placed 
in  position.  Suitable  means  are  provided  for  making 
contact,  and  the  cell  is  closed  with  a  mixture  of  Egyptian 
pitch  and  plaster  of  Paris.— G.  II.  R. 


Improvements  in  Secondary  Batteries.     W.  Main,  Brooklyn, 
i'.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  16,461,  February  15,  1892. 

In  this  cell  the  positive  electrodes  consist  of  vertical  com- 
pound plates  formed  of  thin  sheets  of  lead,  and  the  room 
necessary  for  the  increase  of  thickness  of  the  plates  due  to 
oxidation  is  provided  by  coating  the  thin  sheets  with  a 
soluble  material  which  is  afterwards  dissolved  out.  The 
material  preferred  for  this  purpose  is  a  mixture  of  oxide  of 
zinc  and  graphite;  as  the  former  dissolves  dining  charge  and 
yields  a  deposit  of  zinc  on  the  negatives  where  it  is  required. 


d«m.  81,1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTEY. 


1017 


XII.-FATS,   OILS,   AND  SOAP 
MANUFACTURE. 

PATENTS. 

An  Improvement  in  what  is  commonly  called  Dry  Soap  or 
Soap-Powder  and  intended  for  Usefor  certain  Purposes, 
W.  If.  Ilorton,  Bowden,  and  E.  M.  Taylor,  l'restwieh. 
Eng.  Pat.  16,018,  September  7,  1892. 

A  suitable  quantity  of  "  blueing  powder "  such  as 
"  lteckitt'sblue  "  is  incorporated  with  ordinary  soap  powder 
with  a  view  to  enable  articles  to  be  washed  ami  blued  in  one 
operation. — K.  E.  M. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  Apparatus  for  Expressing 
Liquids  from  Vegetable,  Animal,  or  Mineral  Substances. 
H.  H.  Lake,  London.  From  La  Societo  Anouyme  du 
Compresseur  Jourdan,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat.  17,886.  Octo- 
ber 19,  1891. 

With  the  view  of  dispensing  with  bags  or  sacks  for  extracting 
purposes,  the  inventor  makes  use  of  an  apparatus  essentially 
characterised  by  the  employment  of  removeable  or  non- 
removeable  tubes  constituting  channels  in  the  thickness  of 
the  walls  of  the  cylinder  of  the  compressor,  one  of  the  faces 
of  each  tube  being  provided  with  saw  cuts,  and  covered  by 
joining  wires  of  any  section  between  which  the  liquid, 
resulting  from  the  compression  of  the  material,  filters.  A 
tiller  cloth  in  certain  cases  may  be  placed  between  the  wires 
and  the  exterior  surface  of  the  outflow  tube,  or  channel. 
In  combination  with  this  a  preparatory  press  serves  as  a 
lifter,  and  has  two  small  pistons,  one  at  the  top  and  the 
other  at  the  bottom  of  the  apparatus  for  the  introduction  of 
the  material,  and  a  third  piston  of  larger  diameter  for  its 
removal.  The  cylinder  is  provided  with  wheels  to  render  it 
portable. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Candles  a/id  Night-Lights.  F.  G. 
Griffith,  Cowbridge.  Eng.  Pat.  21,378,  December  7, 
1891. 

1  it  order  to  prevent  any  waste  in  the  burning  of  a  candle, 
each  caudle  contains  a  cup-shaped  socket  at  the  end,  which 
has  a  tube  surrounding  the  wick.  This  tube  extends  to  the 
top  of  the  socket  and  has  a  slit  down  one  side.  When, 
therefore,  the  candle  is  burned  down  to  the  socket  the 
remaining  part  will  burn  as  an  ordinary  night  light  till  all 
the  grease  is  consumed.— K.  E.  M. 


XIII.-PAINTS,  PIQMENTS,  YARNISHES, 
RESINS,  INDIA-RUBBER,  Etc. 

Manganese    Borate,    its    Constitution    and     Properties. 

W.  N.  Hartley  and  H.  Ramage.     Proc.  Chem.  Soc.  116, 

-ill — 20^. 
Particulars  are  given  of  the  properties  of  manganese 
borate,  prepared  in  various  ways  from  manganese  sulphate 
and  alkaline  borates.  Manganese  borate  dried  in  vacuo 
over  sulphuric  acid  is  found  to  lose  water  to  the  extent  of 
11  •  84  per  cent,  of  its  weight  when  heated  at  100" ;  when 
heated  from  100°  to  redness,  it  loses  19-65  per  cent.,  which 
is  water  of  constitution,  the  compound  being  a  tetrahydric 
orthoborate,  thus  : — 


BO- 


Mn 
11H 
llll 


B03.H20,  B03 


r  Mn 
\  mi 
[mi 


BO,,     Mn(BOs)i 


Dried  in  vacuo. 


Dried  :il  100°. 


Ignited  to  bright 
redness. 


The  solubility  of  manganese  borate  in  various  saline 
solutions  was  investigated  :  it  was  found  to  possess  a  maxi- 
mum solubility  at  or  about  18°,  and  a  minimum  at  80°, 
so  that  when  cold  saturated  solutions  are  heated,  they 
deposit  the  salt  at  the  latter  temperature. 

It  is  believed  that  this  is  caused  by  the  dehydration  of 
the  salt  in  solution,  namely,  MnH4(B03)2,  HoO,  which 
becomes  MnF,( !!( ).,).,,  and  this,  being  less  soluble,  is 
deposited:  such  a  change  being  known  to  occur,  and  to  be 
complete  at  100°  when  the  salt  is  heated  in  air. 


PATENTS. 


Improved  Composition  applicable  as  a  Dressing  for 
Belting  and  other  Purposes.  S.  Keuyon,  Warrington 
Eng.  Pat.  17,811,  October  17,  1891. 

Refuse  india-rubber  or  gutta-percha  is  incorporated  by  the 
aid  of  heat  with  vegetable  tar,  with  or  without  the  addition 
of  varnish  foots. — F.  H.  L. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  Paints  and  Lacquers. 
A.  O.  and  W.  S.  Gill,  Aberdeen.  Eng.  Pat.  22,610, 
December  28,  1891. 

This  patent   refers    specially   to   gold,  silver,   and   bronze 
paints,  as  the  varnish  for  which  the  inventors  use  collodion. 

— F.  II.  I,. 


Improvements  in  the  Construction  of  Moulds  for  1  'itl- 
canising  India-  Rubber  Tyres  and  other  Rings. 
H.  11.  Waddington,  Hyde,  Chester.  Eng.  Pat.  10,171, 
May  28,  1892. 

These  moulds  are  built  up  by  the  super-position  of  a 
number  of  metal  discs,  having  in  their  adjacent  faces  a 
series  of  semicircular  annular  groves,  in  which  the  tyres  to 
be  vulcanised  are  placed,  and  having  also  a  number  of 
apertures  through  which  the  steam  can  circulate,  The 
steam  is  prevented  from  reaching  the  tyres  by  the  discs 
having  smaller  groves  running  parallel  with  the  larger,  in 
which  asbestos  packing  rings  can  be  placed.— F.  H.  L. 


An  Improved  Solvent  for  Gums  and  Resins,  and  Method 
of  making  the  same.  W.  Read,  Needham,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
Eng.  Pat.  11,174,  June  14,  1892. 
Equal  parts  of  coal-tar,  naphtha,  and  petroleum-naphtha 
are  taken,  and  about  one-eighth  of  alcohol  added.  A 
precipitate  consisting  of  the  creosote  oil  and  carbolic  oil  of 
the  former  and  the  dead  oil  of  the  latter  is  thrown  down, 
and  the  clear  spirit,  which  may  be  "  deodorised "  by  a 
suitable  essential  oil,  forms  the  improved  solvent.  The 
precipitate  is  valuable  as  it  is  suitable  for  use  as  an  oil  for 
dissolving  gums. — F.  H.  L. 


Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Manufacture  of 
While  Lead.  A.  .1.  Smith,  Kingston-ou-Thames.  Eng. 
Pat.  14,656,  August  13,  1892. 

Leah  cuttings  of  suitable  dimensions,  after  preparation  by 
dipping  in  "  basic  cream,"  are  placed  upon  trays  or  grids 
and  inserted  in  the  converting  chamber,  and  there  alternately 
subjected  to  the  action'of  acid  vapour,  mixed  with  steam  and 
atmospheric  air,  and  to  the  action  of  carbonic  acid  gas  ; 
from  time  to  time  applying  to  the  charge  a  spray  of  "  basic 
cream  "  as  occasion  may  require.  The  "  basic  cream  "  is 
prepared  by  digesting  to  the  consistency  of  thin  cream 
lead  oxide  in  weak  pyroligneous,  acetic,  or  other  suitable 
acid. — J.  C.  C. 


1018 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1S92. 


XIV -TAMING,  LEATHEE,  GLUE,  AND 
SIZE. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements    in    Apparatus   or   Appliances  for  Use   in 

Drying    Sheets  of  Glue,   Gelatin,  and  the  like.     W.  P. 

Thompson,     Liverpool.     From    F.    Krauseder    and    A. 

Lentseh,  Muuich,  Germany.     Eng.  1'at.  20,755,  November 

28,  1891. 
The  drying  chamber  is  provided  with  adjustable  trays  having 
longitudinal  strips  upon  which  the  sheets  of  glue,  &c,  to  be 
dried,  are  placed.  The  trays  are  made  thicker  in  cross 
section  towards  the  exit  end,  and  in  consequence  the  air 
spaces  are  narrowed ;  by  this  means  the  speed  of  the  air  is 
accelerated  as  it  is  drawn  through  the  apparatus  by  tbe  fan 
and  in  consequence  a  uniform  amount  of  evaporation  takes 
place  over  the  whole  surface.— J.  C.  C. 


.-1  New  Process forTanning  and Apparatus relating  thereto. 

( ,.  V .  Haecht  and  C.  Obozinski,  Brussels,  Belgium.     Eng. 

Pat.  21.774,  December  12,  1891. 
The  apparatus  consists  of  a  vat  containing  a  perforated 
casing  the  lower  part  of  which  forms  a  false  bottom  to  the 
vat ;  the  lid  of  the  vat  fits  air-tight  and  carries  a  pressure 
gauge,  a  vacuum  gauge,  and  an  escape  cock.  Through 
openings  in  the  sides  of  the  vat  pass  pipes,  provided  with 
cocks  and  connected  with  a  pressure  pump,  a  vacuum  pump, 
a  high  level  tank  for  supplying  liquor,  and  a  low  level 
tank  for  receiving  liquor,  respectively.  An  attached  water- 
gauge  indicates  the  level  of  liquid  in  the  tank. 

The  skins  are  arranged  in  the  perforated  casing  as 
follows :  — a  layer  of  wood-wool,  previously  impregnated  with 
tannin,  is  placed  on  the  bottom  ;  a  sheet  of  wool  or  other 
fabric,  also  impregnated  with  tannin,  is  spread  upon  the 
wood-wool  ;  the  skin  to  be  tanned  follows  ;  on  this  is 
another  sheet  of  wool  and  then  another  layer  of  wood-wool. 
This  order  of  layers  is  repeated  until  the  vat  is  full.  The 
wood-wool  forms  a  very  porous  material  which  serves  to 
keep  the  layers  apart,  but  to  avoid  unequal  actionof  the 
tanning  liquor  due  to  the  direct  contact  of  the  skin  with 
the  inequalities  of  the  wood-wool,  the  sheet  of  fabric  is 
interposed.  When  the  vat  is  full  of  skins,  the  air  in  it, 
together  with  that  in  the  pores  of  the  skins,  is  pumped  out 
by  the  vacuum  pump.  The  tanning  liquor  is  then  allowed 
to  flow  in  from  the  high  level  tank  and  pressure  is  applied 
by  the  pump  for  that  purpose.  After  a  sufficient  time  the 
liquor  is  allowed  to  run  into  the  low  level  tank,  whence  it 
can  he  pumped  into  the  high  level  tank,  to  be  strengthened 
up  or  used  again  far  a  fresh  batch  of  skins. — A.  G.  B. 


XV.-MANUEES.  Etc. 

Interaction  of  Ferrous  Sulphate  with  the  Phosphates  oj 
Calcium  employed  in  Agriculture.  P.  Cazeneuve  and  A. 
Nicollc.  Monit.  Scient.  May  1892,  334—337 
Since  the  application  of  ferrous  sulphate  of  "  copperas  " 
has  been  found  advantageous  in  the  case  of  the  vine  and 
eei  tain  other  plants,  it  has  become  the  custom  of 
manufacturers  of  manures  to  mix  this  salt  with  the  other 
ingredients  of  a  manure,  more  especially  in  the  case  of 
phosphates.  The  object  of  this  investigation  was  to  ascer- 
tain whether  the  solubility  of  the  phosphates  is  modified  by 
the  addition  of  ferrous  sulphate  in  such  a  way  as  to  render 
them  less  readily  assimilated. 

It  was  found  that  ferrous  sulphate,  which  in  contact  with 
moist  air  is  oxidised  to  ferric  sulphate,  does  interact  with 
some  of  the  various  phosphates  of  calcium  which  are 
employed  in   agriculture,  bringing  about   the  formation  of 


ferric  phosphate  ;  as  the  last-named  compound  is  soluble  in 
ammonium  citrate,  and  slightly  soluble  in  water  containing 
carbonic  acid,  it  should,  theoretically,  be  capable  of  being 
assimilated  by  plants,  but  whether  it  is  so  or  not  has  yet  to 
be  ascertained  experimentally.  It  would  seem  probable, 
therefore,  that  the  addition  of  ferrous  sulphate  may  have  a 
deleterious  action  on  superphosphates,  that  is  to  say  on 
mono-  and  bicalcium  phosphates,  especially  when  the  iron 
salt  is  present  in  a  very  finely-divided  condition. 

When  precipitated  tricalcium  phosphate  is  treated  with 
ferrous  sulphate,  a  considerable  portion  of  the  phosphoric 
acid  is  rendered  soluble  in  ammonium  citrate,  so  that  in  this 
case  the  action  of  the  iron  salt  would  appear  to  be  beneficial ; 
ferrous  sulphate  seems,  however,  to  have  no  action  on 
tricalcium  phosphate  in  the  form  of  bone-ash,  mineral 
phosphates,  &c. — F.  S.  K. 


PATENT. 


A  Composition  for  Fixing  Ammoniacal  Nitrogen  used  in 
Agriculture.  J.  T.  Knowles,  London.  From  L.  Buioni 
and  P.  Marchand,  Piacenza,  Italy.  Eng.  Pat.  12,432, 
July  5,  1892. 

It  is  proposed  to  prevent  the  loss  of  ammoniacal  nitrogen 
from  animal  excreta  by  means  of  sulphuric  acid,  which  is 
employed  in  the  form  of  a  composition  termed  "  azotol." 
The  composition  is  obtained  from  organic  substances 
containing  hydrogen  and  oxygen  in  the  same  proportion  in 
which  they  are  contained  in  water,  such  as  dry  straw, 
sawdust,  &c.  25 — 50  per  cent,  of  these  are  mixed  with 
50 — 75  per  cent,  sulphuric  aeid,  allowed  to  stand  until  cold, 
and  reduced  to  powder.  The  charred  mass  contains  in  this 
state  up  to  75  per  cent,  free  sulphuric  acid,  and  may  be 
scattered  upon  dunghills  or  left  exposed  in  stables. — H.  A. 


XVI.-SUGAE,  STAECH,   GUM,  Etc. 

Identification  of  Xylose  and  Distinction  from  Arabinos 
G.  Bertrand.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim.  7-  8,  1892,  499. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  1038. 


The  Estimation  of  Invert    Sugar    by   Solduini's   Solution, 
Striegler.     Zcirs.  Ltubenz.  Ind.  42,  1892,457. 

See  under  XXIII. ,  page  1038. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  and  connected  with  Pans  for  Boiling  or 
ladling  Sugar  or  Compounds  thereof  or  similar  Su/i- 
stances.  It.  Morton  and  T.  Morton.  Eng.  Pat.  19,762, 
November  14,  1891. 

The  patentees  claim  that  they  effect  a  great  saving  of  heat 
by  the  combination  of  a  high  and  low  pressure  steam  pan 
in  such  a  manner  that  the  exhaust  steam  of  the  high  pressure 
pan  is  utilised  in  the  low  pressure  pan.  They  likewise  claim 
the  insertion  of  a  perforated  coil  between  the  jacket  and  pan, 
and  of  a  non-perforated  coil  within  the  pan  to  expedite  the 
boiling  in  the  case  of  tbe  high  pressure  pan. — A.  U.  L. 


Improvements  in  Evaporating  or  Concentrating  Saccharine 
Liquids  and  in  Apparatus  therefor.  1).  Stewart, 
Glasgow.     Eng.  Pat.  20,887,  December  1,  1891. 

The  patentee  describes  a  new  form  of  apparatus  in  which 
saccharine  solutions  are  drawn  up  an  exhausted  feed-pipe 
which  passes  within  a  "  main  pipe  "  through  which  latter 
steam  is   introduced  at  its  lower  portion,  to  accomplish  the 


Deo.  si.  1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1019 


heating.  The  "  main  pipe  "  is  curved  at  its  upper  portion 
and  is  connected  by  another  pipe,  which  descends,  to  a  con- 
denser or  receptacle,  and  leads  the  condensed  vapours 
thereto,  the  whole  system  being|exhausted  h_y  a  vacuum-pump. 
The  feed-pipe  terminates  within  a  chamber  forming  the  top 
portion  of  the  "  main  pipe,"  and  the  heated  liquid  overflows 
into  this  chamber,  passing  downwards  through  gratings 
in  the  form  of  a  shower.  These  gratings  lead  to  a  series 
of  pipes  which  are  also  in  direct  communication  with  the 
vacuum  pump;  they  arc  placed  within  the  "  main  pipe  " 
and  ale  packed  round  the  feed-pipe  running  parallel  to  it. 
As  tin-  liquid  descends,  this  series  of  pipes,  the  heat  of  the 
Steam  circulating  in  the  "main  pipe"  causes  rapid  evapora- 
tion, which  is  accelerated  by  the  diminished  pressure.  The 
vapours  or  gas;s  give  out  their  heat  as  they  rise.  The 
"  main  pipe  "  is  preferably  encased  to  diminish  loss  of  heat 
by  radiation. — A.K.I,. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Evaporating  Saccharine 
or  other  Solutions  or  Liquids.  P.  Laberie,  Paris, France. 
Eng.  Pat.  22,089,  December  17,  1891. 

The  patentee  claims  the  combination  with  an  evaporating 
(vacuum)  apparatus  of  a  pipe  passing  into  the  pan  and 
terminating  within  it  near  the  upper  portion,  for  continuously 
supplying  the  liquid  to  be  evaporated,  and  of  a  second  pipe 
of  lesser  diameter  placed  within  the  first  for  carrying  off 
the  vapours  to  an  exhauster.  The  space  between  the  two 
pipes  is  sealed  off  at  the  upper  portion,  and  the  liquid,  already- 
heated  by  having  passed  over  the  exterior  surface  of  the 
inner  pipe  at  the  same  time  as  the  hot  vapours  are  passing 
through  it,  is  delivered  into  the  pan  by  a  small  descending 
pipe  joined  to  outer  pipe.  The  termination  of  the  inner 
pipe  within  the  pan  is  above  that  of  the  outer  one,  and  its 
end  is  open  to  receive  the  vapours.  The  invention  may  be 
applied  to  existing  apparatus. — A.  K.  L. 


Improvements  in  Refining  Sugar.  E.  Langen,  Cologne, 
Germany.  Eng.  Pat. -120,  January  9,  1892.  (Amended.) 
(This  Journal,  1892,  4-18.) 

The  amendment  forms  no  part  of  the  invention,  but  relates 
to  a  more  minute  description  of  the  Wulil'  or  Bock  process 
the.  eif.).— A.  It.  L. 


A  New  or  Improved  Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Treat- 
ment and  Purification  of  Raw  Sugar  and  its  Conversion 
into  Blocks  or  Ingots.  C.  M.  Lafontainc,  London.  Eng. 
Pat.  15,816,  September  3,  1892. 

Raw  sugar  crystals  are  subjected  to  the  action  of  steam  in  a 
closed  centrifugal  machine  for  about  15  minutes,  to  free 
them  from  molasses,  so  far  as  to  allow  of  their  being  subse- 
quently converted  into  a  "  malleable "  mass  by  pressure. 
About  3  per  cent,  of  a  solution  of  gum  tragacanth  (0*5 
per  cent.)  and  syrup  (5  per  cent.)  is  now  added,  and 
the  mixture  rotated  in  the  centrifugal  machine  for  a  further 
3  or  4  minutes.  Iu  this  state  the  mass  is  conveyed  to  a 
consolidating  apparatus  to  be  moulded  by  pressure.  The 
claims  refer  chiefly  to  the  invention  of  this  apparatus,  which 
is  minutely  described. — A.  K.  L. 


Process  and  Apparatus  for  the  Production  of  Invert  Sugar 
and  Dextrose.  A.  Eumpler,  Tschauchelwitz,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  15,897,  September  5,  1892. 

This  invention  relates  to  a  process  for  the  inversion  of 
sugar  or  the  saccharirication  of  starch  by  means  of  volatile 
or  gaseous  acids  in  such  a  manner  that  the  acids  maybe 
recovered  and  used  over  again.  The  plant  described  consists 
of  two  or  more  vessels  or  autoclaves,  heated  by  steam 
coils,  and  capable  of  withstanding  a  pressure  of  12 — 15 
atmospheres.  Sugar  (100  parts)  is  dissolved  in  water  (25 
parts)  and  after  introducing  the  syrup  iuto  one  of  the 
vessels,  it  is  treated  best  with  such  a  quantity  of  SO.,  that  a 
5  per  cent,  solution  of  the  acid  is  obtained.  The  whole  is 
now  heated  for  about  30  minutes  at  100  (.'.  The  invert 
sugar  solution  thus  produced  has  the  consistency  of  honey, 
and  is  ready  for  use.  The  saccharirication  of  starch  is 
effected  by  similarly  heating  a  mixture  of  starch  and  water 
(equal  parts)  at  a  temperature  of  120°  C.  for  three  hours.  The 
vessels  are  connected  together  with  a  condensing  apparatus 
by  means  of  which  the  acid  may,  after  the  inversion  is 
effected,  be  distilled  from  one  vessel  into  the  other. — A.  R.  L . 


XYII .-BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 


Jay. 


The  Li.riviatiun  of  Apples  in  Cider-making.       M.  H. 
Monit.  Scient.  September  1892,  636—039. 

Thk  author  has  analysed  the  liquids  obtained  by  pressing 
apples  and  afterwards  treating  the  pressed  residue  with 
water,  pressing  this  and  adding  the  filtrate  to  fresh-pressed 
apples  and  again  pressing,  treating  the  first  pressed  residue 
with  water,  again  pressing  it,  rejecting  the  residue,  and 
treating  the  second-pressed  residue  with  the  filtrate,  pressing 
the  residue  and  adding  the  filtrate  to  fresh-pressed  apples, 
and  so  on. 

He  finds  that  working  iu  this  way  he  is  practically  able  to 
exhaust  the  apples  without  obtaining  the  extract  in  an 
inconveniently  dilute  condition. 

A  curious  fact  was  noted,  viz.,  the  juice  of  pressed 
apples  is  hcvo-rotatory,  but  the  extract  obtained  after 
treating  the  pressed  residue  with  water  and  again  pressing  is 
dextro-rotatory  — A.  L.  S. 


The  Hops  of  the  Year  1891.     M.  Levy. 
1892,  839—840. 


Chum.  Ztg.  16, 


Morphological  Examination. —  Fifty  hop  cones  were   dried 
at  50°— 60°  C.  for  half  a  day. 

The  cones  were  picked  to  pieces  by  pincers,  and  the 
leaves,  perigous,  seeds,  and  lupuliu  separated  by  sieves  of 
appropriate  mesh.  This  is  easy  to  do  if  the  cones  have 
been  properly  dried.  The  various  portions  were  then 
weighed,  aud  the  results  are  shown  in  the  following 
table  ;— 


Saaz,  Town 

si.i     Suburbs 

Baaz,  Neighbourhood 

Spalt,  Town 

Spall,  Country  (heavy  land) 


13-2 
19 '8 
17'0 
13-82 
15-71 


W36 

71-88 

13-27 

72-53 

12-12 

71--JS 

13-08 

73-23 

10-32 
9'58 

15-7! 

J  1-12 


3-6 

2-9 
2 -:.2 
3-32 


Per  Cent. 
0"64 

0-68 

0'5S 
0'51 
0-08 


LO20 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


Description  of  Hops. 

Weight  of 

100  Cones. 

Eupulin. 

Hop  Leaves. 

Stalk. 

Perigon. 

Sc  (Is. 

19-2 

13-8 

13  i: 

IV  4 

14-7 

13  9 

19-2 

10-0 

15-37 

19-4 

Pel-  Cent. 
9  7 

9-78 

0'8 
13-28 
13-78 

8-9 

93 
12-28 
11-96 
11-35 
12-72 

Per  Cent. 
74-88 

68-6 

70 '5 
73-79 

7C31 
71-33 
70-51 
76-93 
71-23 
72  li.'. 
71-65 

Percent. 
15-64 

10-21 

12-12 
9-43 

9-93 

15-37 

15-49 
8-57 
10-78 
1145 
11-89 

Per  Cent. 
1-98 

n 
2*S6 
col 
3-83 

4-6 
4-01 
4-23 
2- 13 
3-92 

3'8 

Per  Cent. 
0" 

c- 

0-4 

o- 

(.-■J 

C '  59 

1 1 '  53 

1-37 

0'70 

ir  i 

<  hemical  Examination. — The  hops  were  dried  for  G  hours 
at  go" — 100°  in  a  drying  oven,  weighed,  and  then  dried  again 
until  they  ceased  to  lose  weight.  Five  grins,  of  hops  were 
boiled  with  250  grins,  of  water  for  \  of  an  hour  ;  the  hops 
were  filtered  off  and  dried  and  the  aqueous  extract  calcu- 
lated from  the  loss  in  weight.  Five  grms.  of  hops  were 
extracted  for  2  hours  in  a  Soxhlet  apparatus  witli  9-1  per 
cent,  alcohol.  The  alcoholic  extract  is  calculated  from  the 
loss  of  weight  of  the  hops,  aud  also  from  the  weight  of  the 
extract  obtained  on  drying  at  GO — 70°  for  3  hours.  In 
this  way  some  hops  yield  fiue  yellow  crystals.  The 
ethereal  extract  was  obtained  in  the  same  way.  The  ether 
used  was  dried  over  sodium. 


The  hop  oil  was  determined  by  boiling  10  grms.  of  hops 
in  a  reflux  condenser  with  150  ce.  of  water.  The  whole 
is  then  extracted  with  ether,  the  ethereal  solution  separated, 
the  ether  evaporated,  the  residue  dried  at  5o°  — 60°  C, 
and  weighed.  The  colour  communicated  to  the  worts  by 
boiling  with  the  specified  hops  was  determined  by  boiling 
1  grm.  of  hops  with  300  grms.  of  water  for  \  hour ; 
100  ce.  of  this  solution  were  placed  in  a  cylinder  and 
distilled  water  in  another  cylinder  was  brought  to  the  same 
colour  by  adding  -     io  liae  solution. 

The  following  results  were  obtained  :  — 


Description. 


Thesame 
Aqueous      calculated     Alcoholic 

"Water.  !    from  the 

Extract.  Dry  Extract. 

I    Residue. 


The  same 

calculated 

from  the 

Drj 

Residue. 


Ether 
1  eta-act. 


The  same 

calculated 

from  t  tie 

Dry 

Residue. 


Hop  Oil. 


Colour 

Li  terms  of 
N 

In  I 

Iodine 

Solution. 


Per  Cent. 

s;i.i/.  Town 9-30 

Saaz,  Suburbs 911 

Saaz,  Neighbourhood  —  9*39 

Spatt. Town , 9'88 

Spalt, County  (heavy land.)         9'57 
Spalt  County  (light  land)  9-9 

Bavarian  Mountain  Hops.  9"8S 

Kindinger 7*57 

Wohnzachor 10*5 

Auer 7-93 

Holledauer 9- 1^ 

Both  Aiim'I  :uier 7*66 

Baden 9  :;:• 

Wurtcmberg 9*45 

Alsace 12-18 

Posen H'77 


Per  Cent. 
31-98 

3C73 

32-60 

28-93 

20 -13 

20-99 

26'78 

2.5-  :v.  i 

22-23 

211-91 

19 -7S 

1712 

30-5 

27-53 

31-43 

25-93 


35-28 

34-97 

36-04 

32-1 

28-88 

23-29 

29-69 

27-47 

24-84 

22-71 

21-15 

18*64 

33-06 

30-4 

35-81 

29-89 


Per  lent. 
26'34 

20-53 

25-12 

22-72 
20-73 
20-59 
23-5 

21- IS 
2.-. -1 12 
20-119 

18-72 
10-21 
22  47 
21-36 
24-06 
23-72 


29-00 
29-2 

27 '  72 
25-21 
22-92 
22-85 
20-05 
2T24 
2S-U7 
21  -82 
20-68 

17-55 
2179 
23-59 
27-39 
20-3 


Pee  Cent. 
23-08 

23-24 

22-93 
19-53 
IS -34 
21-12 
111-23 
16-99 
15 -3S 
1C72 
11-12 
13-98 
17-25 
16-26 
17-35 
19-23 


25-46 
25*58 

25-33 
21-67 
20-28 

23-11 
2C79 
18-38 
17-18 
1.V99 
15*59 
15'lt 
W03 
17-95 
19-70 
21-79 


Percent. 
0-521 

U  -  537 

0-501 

0-325 
0-496 

0-470 
0-483 
0-438 
0-412 
II  372 
0-413 
0-352 
(I  102 
1 1  -397 
ir  !  .2 

0*398 


4*63 

4'59 

4-32 

4*07 

3-93 

3-S 

2-7 

2-9 

1*8 

3-S 

3-0 

3-06 

4-04 

8*0 

CO 

4-5 


As  the  amount  of  moisture  present  in  hops  varies  greatly, 
it  is  important  that  the  results  be  expressed  in  terms  of 
the  dry  mi!. stance. 

li  is  evident  that  the  percentage  of  alcoholic  extract  is 
the  important  factor  in  the  chemical  examination  of  hops; 
in  the  best    Imps  this   lies   between  21    and  29    per   cent.,  in 


medium   quality  hops,   between  20 — 24   per   cent.,   and    in 
poor  hops,  below  20  per  cent. 

The  samples  of  Auer,  Holledauer,  aud  Roth-Auschauer 
were  badly  dried,  whilst  the  sample  of  Wohnzacher  appears 
to  bave  suffered  from  rain. 


Decsi,i892j        THE  JOUBNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1021 


General  Examination'. 


Description. 

Cleanliness, 

Sizeof  the  Hop 
Cones. 

Colour. 

Lustre. 

Taste. 

Power 
of  Adhering. 

Moderate  amount 
of  stalk  and  leaf. 

Medium 

Yellow-red 

Very  bright 

S  ightly  bitter 

Strong 

Little  stalk 

Large 

Yellow 

Saaz,  Neighbourhood 

Moderate  amount 

of  stalk. 

Xellow-green 

» 

Harsh  and  bitter 

- 

Spalt,  Town 

Bright 
Slightly  bright 

Slightly  aromatic 
Strongly  bitter 

Spalt,  i'nii ii try  (heavy  land) 

Little  stalk 

Medium 

Yellow  iv  I 

Spalt, Country  (lk'lit  land) 

., 

Small 

Red-green 

Dull 

Slightly  aromatic 

Slight 

Bavarian  Mountain  Hops , 

Moderate  amount 
oi  stalk. 

Medium 

Green-yellow 

Slight 

Aromatic  and  bittei 

Strong 

Dull 

Slightly  aromatic 
Harsh  and  bitter 

Slighl 

Little  stalk 

8  mall 

Red 

Slight 

n 

Moderate  amount 

of  stalk. 

M 

» 

Very  dull 

Slightly  aromatic 

Snail 

Little  stalk 

Very  small 
Medium 

Red-green 
Grean-yellow 

Slight 
Slightly  harsh 

Baden 

Little  stalk  and 

Bright 

Strongly  bitter 

leaf. 

!» 

Red-yellow 

Green 

Slight 

Slightly  bitter 

Strong 

» 

)» 

Green-yellow, 
some  red. 

Bright 

Strongly  aromatic 

Small 

—A.  L.  S. 


On  the  Formation  of  Dextrose  from  Starrh  by  Ferments. 
C.  J.  Lintner.     Zeits.  ges  Brauw.  i892,  15,  123. 

Whilst  Cuisinier  (this  Journal,  1887,  820)  found  a  ferment 
(glycase)  in  barley,  which  converts  starch  into  dextrose, 
yet  the  author  (this  Journal,  1889,  560)  has  previously 
denied  the  existence  of  this,  since  although  he  found  maltose, 
he  found  no  dextrose. 

Further  experiments  have  shown  Lintner  that  he  is 
wrong.  Barley  and  wheat  contain  a  little  glycase,  but 
maize  contains  it  in  quantity. 

To  prepare  dextrose,  a  boiled  or  unboiled  starch  con- 
version is  made  into  a  thin  paste  with  coarsely-ground 
maize  and  kept  at  60°  C.  for  30 — 48  hours ;  the  optical 
activity  will  then  have  sunk  to  [o]„  —  53 J  and  the  nitrate 
when  concentrated  will  crystallise. 

Glycase,  although  it  only  exists  in  an  iusoluble  condition 
in  maize,  exists  in  a  soluble  condition  in  malt.  Amongst 
the  conversion-products  of  starch,  dextrose  can  be  recog- 
nised, although  the  amount  is  but  small  when  compared 
with  the  amount  of  maltose. — A.  L.  S. 


20  per  cent,  solution  and  yeast  added— in  order  to  destroy 
the  maltose  and  dextrose.  This  is  found  to  have  taken 
place  in  about  20  hours.  The  fermented  solution  is  filtered, 
decolorised  with  animal  charcoal,  evaporated  to  a  syrup 
and  precipitated  with  8.3  per  cent,  alcohol ;  there  must  be 
100  cc.  of  85  percent,  alcohol  for  every  5  grms.  of  dry 
substance.  The  solution  is  evaporated  and  the  syrup 
treated  in  the  same  way  but  with  90  per  cent,  alcohol,  so 
that  100  cc.  of  alcohol  are  present  for  every  3  grms.  dry 
substance.  The  clear  alcoholic  solution  contains  iso-maltose 
with  at  the  most  but  a  trace  of  dextrose.  This  may  be 
removed  by  fractionation  with  alcohol.  To  obtain  the 
iso-maltose  in  a  solid  condition  it  is  preferrable  to  mix  the 
syrup  with  powdered  glass  and  dry  at  100°  C.  In  this  way 
20  per  cent,  of  the  starch  are  obtained  as  iso-maltose. 

—A.  L.  S. 


The   Estimation    of    Glycerin    in    Fermented    Beverages. 
I!.  Proskauer.     Pharra.  Centr.  H.  X.  P.  13,  1892,  369. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  1038. 


On  tin'  Preparation  of  Iso-Maltose  from  Starch  Trans- 
forntation  Products  obtained  In/  Diastase.  C.  J.  Lintner 
and  G.  DilU.     Zeits.  ges.  Brauw.     1892, 15,  145. 

One  of  the  authors  has  previously  (Zeits.  ges.  Brauw.  1892, 
15,  6  ;  this  Journal,  1892,  627)  given  a  general  method  for 
the  preparation  of  iso-maltose  ;  he  now  gives  a  detailed 
account  of  its  preparation  as  follows  : — 250  grms.  of  potato 
starch  are  mixed  with  500  cc.  of  diastase  solution  at  55°  C, 
containing  0*5  grm.  of  diastase  (this  Journal,  1887,  296), 
and  2  litres  of  water  at  75  C.  After  complete  solution, 
another  0-5  grm.  of  diastase  is  added  and  the  reaction 
allowed  to  proceed  for  three  hours  at  65° — 69°  C. 

The  iodine  reaction  is  reddish-brown,  [a]„  =  170°  approxi- 
mately. 

The  solution  is  evaporated  to  a  syrup,  saturated  with 
SO  per  cent,  alcohol  and  poured  into  hot  alcohol.  Sufficient 
alcohol  must  be  used,  so  that  every  100  parts  of  80  per 
cent,  alcohol  do  not  contain  more  than  10  parts  of  dry 
substance.  After  cooling,  the  clear  solution  is  decanted 
and  the  alcohol  distilled  off.     The  residue  is  diluted  to  a 


The  Determination  of  Glycerol  in  Sweet    Wines.     M.  T. 
Lecco.     Ber.  25,  1892,  2074. 

See  under  XXIIL,  page  1038. 


The  Estimation  of  the  Intensity  of  Colour  of  Beers  and 
Malt  Extracts.    C.  J.  Lintner.    Zeits.  ges  Brauw.     1892, 

15,  213- 

See  under  XXIII.,  page.  1038. 


The  Hydrolytic  Functions  of  Yeast.  (Part  II.)  James 
O'Sul'livan.  Proc.  Chem.  8oc.  1892,  147.  (This  Journal, 
1892,  628.) 

A  further  series  of  experiments  on  the  hydrolytic  activity 

of  healthy  yeast  cells  are  described,  the  following  being  a 

summary  of  the  conclusions  arrived  at : — 

1.  The  hydrolytic  action  of  yeast  at  ordinary  temperatures 

(12°  to  20°  C.)  follows  the  same  course  as  that  of  a  simple 


L022 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31,1592. 


chemical  interchange,  and  is  not  influenced  by  either  air  or 
carbon  dioxide. 

2.  A  time  curve  representing  the  action  would  correspond 
with  that  given  for  invertase  under  the  most  suitable 
conditions  of  acidity  by  ( ('Sullivan  and  Thompson  (this 
Journal,  1890,  816  and  1049).  The  rate,  therefore,  differs 
from  that  at  which  the  alcoholic  fermentation  of  yeast  takes 
place,  which  would  be  represented  by  a  straight  line  (Dumas, 
AnD.  Chem.  Phys.  [3],  1874,  81;  and  A.  J.  Brown,  this 
Journal,  1892,  2a'). 

3.  Any  interference  involving  either  an  increase  or  a 
diminution  of  the  natural  acidity  of  the  yeast  cell  diminishes 
its  action.  This  is  a  very  important  matter,  and  should 
always  be  considered  when  dealing  with  organisms  or 
cellular  membranes  possessing  the  power  of  hydrolysing 
cane  Migar.  Dumas  observed  that  both  acids  and  alkalis 
interfered  with  alcoholic  fermentation,  and  that  in  the  case 
of  alkalis  the  yeast  possessed  the  power  of  overcoming  the 
alkalinity,  the  liquid  again  becoming  acid  and  fermentation 
recommencing.  It  is  found  that  a  quantity  of  potassium 
hydrate  which  completely  arrested  the  hydroI>  tic  action  of 
yeast  for  three  to  six  hours  was  neutralised  by  the  yeast 
in  about  24  hours,  the  solutions  eventually  becoming  acid 
and  hydrolysis  recommencing. 

4.  It  is  inferred  from  experiments  on  the  effect  of 
rupturing  the  cell  on  the  velocity  of  the  hydrolytic  action, 
and  also  from  the  rate  at  which  the  change  proceeds,  that 
the  whole  of  the  invertase  of  the  yeast  cell  comes  into 
action  as  soon  as  the  cane  sugar  is  added  to  the  yeast,  and 
that  it  continues  to  act  during  the  progress  of  the  hydrolytic 
action. 

5.  The  power  which  yeast  possesses  of  producing  alcoholic 
fermentation  is  not  influenced  by  the  yeast  having  first 
hydrolysed  cane  sugar,  this  being  the  case  whether  the 
hydrolytic  action  is  brought  about  in  the  first  instance  in 
the  presence  of  air  or  carbon  dioxide. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Production  of  Alcoholic  Ferments 
and  of  Fermented  Liquids  thereby.  J.  Takamine, 
Chicago,  U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  17,374,  October  12,  1891. 

The  basis  of  the  invention  is  the  convenient  use  of  a  mould 
which  the  inventor  proposes  to  call  Aspergillus  Koji,  which 
has  the  power  of  secreting  a  diastatic  ferment  and  also  of 
producing  the  alcoholic  fermentation  of  sugar.  There  are 
other  meukls  which  likewise  possess  these  properties. 
Aspergillus  Koji  is  well  knowu  in  Japan  and  is  called 
Moyashi  or  Tane-Koji.  To  prepare  this  in  quantity,  any 
suitable  cereal  is  ground  and  steamed,  until  the  starch  cells 
are  burst,  cooled  to  20° — 30°  C  ,  and  a  small  quantity  of  the 
mould  spores  well  mixed  with  it. 

When  the  mould  has  fully  matured,  the  product  may  be 
used,  or  if  it  is  required  to  preserve  it,  the  spores  are  sifted 
out,  dried  and  mixed  with  gypsum  or  roasted  starch,  when 
tiny  will  keep  for  a  long  period. 

To  produce  the  diastase,  any  convenient  cereal  is  ground, 
steamed,  and  cooled  to  30°  C.  The  mould  is  mixed  with 
this  and  allowed  to  grow  on  it.  When  sufficient  growth 
lias  taken  place,  the  mass  is  extracted  with  water.  The 
liquid  contains  the  ferment  cells  in  suspension  and  the 
diastase  in  solution;  they  are  separated  by  filtration. 

The  cereals  to  be  converted  are  heated  with  water  until 
the  starch  is  thoroughly  gelatinised  and  then  cooled  to 
eo°— 75°  C. ;  the  solution  containing  the  diastase  is  added 
and  in  about  one  hour  complete  conversion  has  taken 
place. 

When  cold  the  ferment  cells,  which  were  previously  filtered 
out,  are  added,  and  the  usual  alcoholic  fermentation  takes 
place.  This  ferment  will  grow  iu  solutions  containing 
considerable  quantities  of  alcohol,  so  that  it  is  possible  to 
obtain  a  fermented  liquid  containing  about  three  times  as 
much  alcohol  as  usual. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Beer  and  Porter  or 
like  Beverages.  J.  Hillyard,  Liverpool,  and  E.  Dugdale, 
Liverpool.     Eng.  Pat.  17,395,  October  13,  1891. 

Malt  with  or  without  other  flavouring  matter,  is  mashed  at 
a  high  temperature  and  after  standing  two  hours  is  boiled 
with  hops  until  the  malt .  "  breaks."  The  boiling  liquor  is 
then  run  into  casks  and  the  casks  shived.  When  the  liquid 
has  become  fine  it  is  ready  for  consumption  and  forms  a 
non-intoxicant  beer. — A.  L.  S. 


An  Improved  Processfor  Filtering  Beer  and  other  liquids, 
and  Apparatus  therefor.  J.  Sutton,  Islip,  New  York, 
I.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  18,488,  October  27,  1891. 

Between  the  vat  and  the  filter  is  placed  a  tall  stand-pipe 
up  which  the  liquid  may  be  forced  by  pressure ;  this  pipe  is 
bent  over  at  the  top  and  continues  downwards  to  the  filter, 
the  liquid  is  only  forced  part  way  up  the  stand-pipe  by 
pressure,  it  being  drawn  over  the  bend  by  the  siphoning 
action  of  the  descending  pipe.  By  this  means  the  inventor 
claims  that  the  liquid  is  freed  from  much  of  its  sediment  and 
heavy  matter  before  entering  the  filter.  Several  methods 
and  apparatus  for  employing  this  system  are  described  in 
detail  in  the  specification. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Pneumatic  Malting  and  in  Machinery  or 
Apparatus  therefor.  R.  H.  Leaker,  Bristol.  Eng.  Pat. 
DS538,  October  28,  1891. 

Axattemperating  coil  is  placed  in  the  vessel  which  contains 
the  drum  usually  emploved  in  pneumatic  malting.  By 
means  of  this  the  temperature  of  the  grain  in  the  drum  may- 
be regulated  as  required.  Over  the  drum  is  fixed  a  trough, 
containing  an  attemperator,  and  the  edges  of  a  fibrous 
blanket  dip  into  the  water  in  this.  The  air  supplied  to  the 
drum  has  to  pass  through  this  blanket,  and  thus  may  be 
supplied  to  the  grain  with  any  degree  of  moisture  or  heat 
required. — A.  L.  S. 


Improvements  Relating  to  the  Manufacture  of  Beer. 
P.  A.  Roche,  Paris.  Eng.  Pat.  19,849,  November  16, 
1891. 

The  invention  has  for  its  objects  the  rendering  of  beer 
ferruginous.  This  is  done  by  passing  an  electric  current 
through  beer,  into  which  iron  in  the  form  of  thin  wire  has 
been  introduced. — A.  L.  S. 


Improved  Process  for  the  Production  of  Yeast  and  Spirit 
by  the  Employment  of  Ozonised  Air  or  Oxygen. 
W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  U.  E.  Nycander  and 
G.  Eraucke,  Hamburg  and  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat. 
20,566,  November  26,  1891. 

Br  the  employment  of  ozonised  air  the  use  of  crude 
materials  is  rendered  possible  for  the  production  of  German 
yeast  and  a  commercial  spiiit. 

Such  materials   are  molasses,  bran,  malt-combs,  linseed 
cake,  animal  refuse,  &c. — A.  L.  S. 


A  Method  of  and  Appliances  for  the  Collection,  Purifica- 
tion, and  Utilisation  of  the  Carbonic  Acid  Gas  given  of 
during  Fermentation  of  Saccharine  and  other  Substances. 
J.  Pullman  and  H.  S.  Elworthv,  Loudon.  Eng.  Pat. 
22,248,  December  19,  1891. 

In  applying  this  process  to  an  open  fermenting  vessel,  the 
latter  must  be  provided  with  a  wooden  or  metallic  cover, 
having  a  deep  flange  or  rim  which  fits  into  a  corresponding 
deep  gutter  fixed  round  the  outside  of  the  vat  and  a  little 
below  the  top.  This  channel  is  partially  filled  with  some 
liquid,  such  as  water,  mercury,  &c,  which  prevents  the 
escape  of  gas  or  the  entrance  of  air.  One  cover  may  thus 
serve  for  several  vats,  being  transferred  from  one   to  the 


Dee.  si.  1898.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP   THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1023 


other  l)j'  means  of  an  overhead  railway  and  a  system  of 
pulleys  and  ropes.  In  the  case  of  large  fermenting  vessels 
the  cover  may  be  formed  of  waterproof  or  oiled  canvas, 
suitably  secured  at  the  edges.  The  gas  escapes  from  the 
vat  through  a  valve,  which  is  set  to  open  at  a  certain 
pressure  (2—3  inches  of  water),  and  is  then  preferably 
collected  in  a  gasometer.  Subsequently  the  gas  is  sub- 
mitted to  the  following  purifying  processes.  It  is  passed 
through — 

1.  A  cylindrical  scrubber  containing  coke,  pumice,  &c, 
over  which  a  slow  stream  of  water  is  made  to  flow  by  means 
of  an  automatic  sprinkler.  Soluble  impurities,  such  as 
alcohol,  acetic  ether,  &c,  are  thus  removed  from  the  gas. 

2.  A  similar  scrubber,  in  which  the  gas  encounters, 
instead  of  water,  a  current  of  melted  paraffin  wax,  or 
vaseline,  &c,  which  absorbs  the  ethereal  impurities. 

3.  A  desiccating  chamber  charged,  preferably,  with 
potassium  carbonate  or  calcium  chloride. 

4.  A  series  of  pipes  maintained  at  a  red  heat.  The  first 
of  these  pipes  contains  coke,  metallic  copper,  iron,  or  zinc, 
and  is  intended  to  retain  any  free  oxygen  present  in  the 
gas.  The  remaining  pipes  are  charged  with  copper  oxide  or 
some  other  suitable  oxidising  material,  and  serve  to  oxidise 
any  organic  impurities  still  present.  By  these  means  the 
carbonic  acid  gas  is  rendered  perfectly  pure,  and  after 
cooling,  may  be  compressed  or  liquefied  in  the  usual  way. 

— H.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  or  in  the  Preparation  of  Extracts  for 
use  in  the  Manufacture  of  Yeast  and  Spirits.  W. 
Thompson,  Liverpool.  From  O.  E.  Nycander,  Berlin, 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  22,399,  December  22,  1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  the  production  of  a  yeast- 
food  suitable  more  particularly  for  use  in  distilleries  and 
yeast  manufactories,  from  various  nitrogenous  materials 
hitherto  not  ernploytd  for  this  purpose,  such  as  raw  and 
dried  slaughter-house  and  fish  refuse,  oil-cake  and  meal,  &c. 
The  nitrogenous  bodies  are  rendered  assimilable  (peptouised) 
by  heating  the  material  employed  under  pressure,  with  or 
without  the  addition  of  organic  or  inorganic  acids.  Or 
pc-ptonisation  may  be  effected  at  30° — 50°  C.  by  treatment 
with  pepsin,  malt,  malt-extract,  lactic  acid,  &c.  The 
extract  thus  obtained  is  added  to  worts,  saccharine  solutions, 
&c.;  which  are  then  fermented  in  the  usual  way. — H.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Cooling  and  Attemperating 
Beer  during  Fermentation.  H.  Prior,  Linton,  Cambs. 
Eng.  Pat.  301.  January  6,  1892. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  shallow,  closed,  circular  vessel, 
in  the  interior  of  which  are  placed  one  or  more  cooling 
coils.  The  ends  of  the  coils  extend  through  the  shell  of 
the  vessel,  the  inlet  end  being  provided  with  a  tap  for 
regulating  the  flow  of  water.  The  tray,  being  filled  with 
water,  is  lowered  into  the  vat,  level  with  the  surface  of  the 
beer,  and  cold  water  is  circulated  through  the  coils.  The 
water  in  the  tray  is  cooled  to  an  even  temperature,  and  a 
large  and  uniform  cooling  surface  is  thus  exposed  to  the 
beer.  It  is  claimed  that  by  this  means  a  more  uniform 
distribution  of  temperature  is  obtained  and  greater  control 
over  the  beer,  as  well  as  a  larger  development  of  yeast  than 
hitherto  possible.— H.  T.  P. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  for  Drying  Brewers'  Grains 
and  similar  Substances.  H.  II.  Lake,  London.  From 
E.  M.  Parker,  New  York,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  15,559, 
August  30,  1892. 

Tin:  apparatus  consists  of  a  cylinder  made  of  three  curved 
plates  which  do  not  quite  meet,  and  leave  a  longitudinal 
opening  for  the  escape  of  steam,  &c.  Through  tbe  axis  of 
the  cylinder  passes  a  hollow  screw  for  conveying  the  grains 
and  furnished  with  longitudinal  paddles  to  prevent  the  grains 
lying   at  the  bottom   of   the   cylinder.     The   walls   of   the 


screw  cylinder  are  pierced,  and  hot  air  being  injected  into 
the  screw  passes  through  tbe  perforations  into  the  grains 
and  thence  through  the  opening  in  the  top  of  the  cylinder. 

—A.  L.  S. 

Improvements  in  Malt  Beverages.     E.  Adam,  Philadelphia, 
U.S.A.     Eng.  Pat.  17,258,  September  27,  1892. 

Boiled,  hopped,  aud  cooled  wort  prepared  in  the  ordinary 
way  from  high-dried  malt  or  other  suitable  material,  is 
stored  in  an  airtight  vessel  in  which  it  is  fined  and  allowed 
to  deposit  its  suspended  matters.  The  wort  is  then  mixed 
in  a  suitable  apparatus  with  some  fermented  or  distilled 
liquid,  such  as  alcohol,  wine,  cordial,  &c.,  and  at  tbe  same 
time  charged  with  carbonic  acid  gas.  Finally,  the  liquid  is 
filtered  under  pressure  and  stored  for  consumption. 

— H.  T.  P. 


XYIII.-CHEMISTRY  OP  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTEY,  AND  DISINFECTANTS. 

(A.)—  CHEMISTRY  OF   FOODS. 

Is  Milk  Acid  or  Alkaline  .'     L.  Vaudin.     Bull.  Soc.  Chim. 

7—8,  1892,  483—492. 
The  author  has  examined  the  milk  of  various  animals,  and 
gives  the  following  summary  of  his  investigations  : — 

1.  The  milk  of  mammals  has  an  acid  reaction  at  the 
moment  of  its  escape  from  the  mamma;. 

2.  The  acidity  of  normal  milk,  furnished  by  animals  of 
the  same  species,  undergoes  relatively  little  variation. 

:}.  All  influences  (gestation,  parturition,  food,  &c.)  which 
can  cause  disturbance  of  the  lactic  secretion  bring  about  a 
change  in  acidity. 

4.  The  acid  reaction  of  milk  is  due  principally  to  the 
proteid  constituents  which  it  contains. 

5.  The  variations  in  the  acidity,  which  take  place  in  the 
course  of  lactation,  depend  on  the  modifications,  both  in 
nature  and  in  proportion,  which  the  various  proteids  and 
mineral  constituents  of  the  milk  undergo  at  the  same  time. 

— F.  S.  K. 


A  New  Colour  Standard  for  Natural  Waters.     A   Ilazen. 
Amer.  Chem.  Jour.  14,  300. 
Sec  under  XXIII.,  page  1037. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  the  Preparation  of  Mineral  Salts  for 
Bathing  and  Drinking  Purposes.  C.  W.  Vincent, 
Holloway.  Eug.  Pat.  18,700,  October  29,  1891. 
Object  of  this  invention  is  to  "  imitate,  at  pleasure,  the 
various  celebrated  sodio  ealcareo,  magnesio,  sulphuretted, 
aerated,  ferruginous  and  other  waters  of  France  (including 
Savoy),  and  Germany,  Bohemia,  Austria,  &c,"  To  this  end 
various  proportions  of  sodium  sulphate,  coal,  aud  calcium 
(magnesium  or  iron)  carbonate  are  roasted  together.  The 
product  containing  chiefly  the  sulphate,  carbonate,  aud 
sulphide  of  soda,  and  calcium  sulphide,  is  ground  up  and 
used  in  the  proportion  of  1  oz.  to  15  gallons  of  water.  If 
desired,  it  may  be  exposed  on  shelves  to  the  action  of 
carbonic  acid  gas,  until  sufficiently  biearbonated. — H.  A. 


Improvements  in  Detection  of  Foreign  Fats  in  Butter. 
W.  Johnstone,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  20,956,  December  1, 
1891. 

See  under  XXUL.page  1039. 


L02J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Dee.  si,  ism. 


Improvements  in  the  Smoking  or  Curing  of  Fish,  Mutts, 
and  other  Articles  of  Food.  B.  PiiTard,  Hemel  Hemp- 
stead, Herts.     Eng.  Pat.  21,305,  December  5,  1891. 

The  inventor  prepares  an  antiseptic  liquid  by  burning  wood 
in  a  suitable  furnace  and  conducting  the  smoke  into  a  tube 
or  chimney  through  which  steam  is  propelled  from  a  boiler. 
The  vapours  are  then  condensed  in  a  suitable  apparatus. 

The  woods  employed  vary  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
food  and  the  flavour  it  is  desired  to  impart.  The  patentee 
usi  s  oak  for  pork,  peat  for  fish,  birch  for  tongues,  and 
so  on. 

The  length  of  time  which  the  food  is  immersed  in  the 
liquor  varies  according  to  the  nature  of  the  article  and  the 
strength  of  the  antiseptic.  When  the  liquor  is  of  a  dark 
straw  colour,  the  time  is  from  three  to  six  days  for  pork,  a 
few  hours  foi  fish,  and  one  minute  for  imported  preserved 
meat. — L.  de  K. 


Process  for  Preserving  Organic  Substances  and  for  Dis- 
infection. ( ).  Imray,  London.  Prom  "the  Farbwerke 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  Briining,  Hoeehst-on-the-Main. 
Germany.     Eng.  Pat.  21,706,  December  11,  1891. 

The  inventors  have  noticed  that  formaldehyde  possesses 
remarkable  antiseptic  properties,  and  that  putrefaction 
bacteria,  ferment  germs,  mildew  fungus,  and  the  like,  are 
completely  impeded  in  their  development  by  the  said 
substance. 

Meat  and  similar  substances  are  immersed  for  a  few 
seconds  in  an  aqueous  solution  of  formaldehyde  ;  liquids 
are  mixed  with  77^777777  part  of  it.  Solid  substances  may  also 
be  exposed  to  the  formaldehyde  vapour.  Considering  the 
minute  quantity  employed,  there  seems  not  the  slightest 
objection  to  its  use ;  moreover,  meat,  vegetables,  and 
similar  articles  of  food,  when  treated  with  it,  do  not  lose 
anything  of  their  appearance  or  freshness,  or  suffer  in  any 
other  respects. — L.  de  K. 


Improvements  in    Gelatinous   Food  Products.     G.  Parker, 
Birmingham.     Eng.  Pat.  14,349,  August  9,  1892. 

Tin:  object  of  the  invention  is  to  provide  a  gelatinous 
product  or  mass  in  which  a  portion,  or  all,  of  the  flavouring 
material  required  for  the  mass  will  be  contained,  without 
being  mixed  with  the  gelatin,  and  which  will  require  only 
water  or  milk  to  prepare  it  for  use. 

The  flavouring  ingredients  are  placed  in  a  cavity  inside 
the  jelly.  As  regards  the  composition  of  the  mass,  or  its 
final  shape,  the  inventor  does  not  limit  himself  to  any 
particular  description,  but  a  desirable  formula  is :  glucose, 
1  lb. ;  sugar,  5  lb. ;  gelatin,  1  j  lb. ;  citric  acid,  1  oz.  In 
preparing  it,  the  gelatin  is  dissolved  in  a  suitable  quantity 
of  water,  the  glucose  and  sugar  boiled,  the  citric  acid 
added,  and  the  whole  mixed  so  as  to  form  a  solid  mass, 
bod}%  or  compound. — L.  de  K. 


Improved  Process  for  Preserving  Meat  and  other  Articles 
of' Fund.  (i.  Hartmann,  Frankfort  a  M., Germanv.  Eng. 
Pat.  14,601,  August  12,  1S92. 

This  process  dispenses  with  the  use  of  antiseptics,  and 
consists  in  three  steps :  preliminary  sterilisation,  germi- 
nating period,  and  final  sterilisation.  The  first  step  consists 
in  subjecting  the  preserves  to  a  temperature  of  100= — 120' 
for  a  short  time  ;  the  second,  to  keep  them  for  some  days 
at  a  temperature  of  20" — 30". 

This  will  develop  any  germs  or  bacteria  which  have  not 
been  destroyed  in  the  primary  sterilising  process,  but  they 
are  too  weakly  and  too  poor  to  rapidly  multiply  and  form 
colonies,  and  if  no  time  is  given  them  to  properly  develop, 
the)  will  be  utterly  destroyed  by  a  second  sterilisation 
process  (3rd  step). 

Preserves  of  almost  unlimited  durability  are  thus 
obtained. — L   de  K. 


A  Process  for  the  Disacerbation  of  Kola-Nut  Powder. 
H.  Hoffmann,  Berlin,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  16,765, 
September  20,  1S92. 

The  invention  has  for  its  object  the  removal  of  the  bitter 
taste  of  kola  nuts  so  as  to  render  them  fit  for  food. 
Hitherto  the  disacerbation  has  been  usually  effected  by 
treatment  with  alkalis,  but  now  hydrogen  peroxide  is 
proposed. 

The  ponder  obtained  from  the  slightly-roasted  kola  nuts 
is  moistened  with  water  and  mixed  with  *'  10  per  cent, 
(ten-hundredth  parts)  of  peroxide  of  hydrogen."  The 
reaction  is  somewhat  energetic,  and  the  temperature  rises 
to  35  .  After  a  few  hours  the  reaction  is  completed,  and 
the  bitter  principles,  chiefly  tannins,  are  oxidised  and 
destroyed.  The  resultant  pulp  is  then  dried  at  a  slow  heat 
and  is  ready  for  use.  — L.  de  K. 


(B.)— SANITARY  CHEMISTRY. 

Microscopic  Examination  of  carious  Forms  of  Carbon ; 
Identity  of  Lung-Pigment  with  Soot.  J.  Wiesner. 
Monatsh.  13,  1892,  371—410. 

The  authoi  has  examined  microscopically  the  behaviour  of 
various  forms  of  carbon  on  treatment  with  potassium 
bichromate  and  sulphuric  acid  at  the  ordinary  temperature  ; 
the  following  is  a  summary  of  his  observations  :  — 

The  principal  constituent  of  lignite  is  a  brown  transparent 
substance,  which  becomes  colourless  when  treated  with  a 
mixture  of  sulphuric  acid  and  potassium  bichromate, 
being  converted  into  a  web-like  skeleton  of  an  indefinite 
histological  character,  and  which  shows  the  reactions  of 
cellulose  ;  as  this  residue  does  not  withstand  the  action  of 
chromic  acid,  the  lignite,  excluding  mineral  constituents,  is 
finally  completely  oxidised. 

All  the  other  kinds  of  carbon  which  were  investigated, 
namely,  anthracite,  coal,  charcoal,  soot,  and  graphite, 
contain  as  a  rule  only  a  small  quantity  of  substances  which 
are  readily  oxidised  by  the  chromic  acid  mixture :  the 
residue  behaves  like  amorphous  carbon,  and  is  only 
extremely  slowly  acted  on  by  chromic  acid  at  the  ordinary 
temperature. 

Anthracite  consists  for  the  most  part  of  a  black  substance 
which  is  practically  unacted  on  by  the  chromic  acid 
mixture  ;  it  also  contains  a  dark  brown  transparent  sub- 
stance, which  is  slowly  oxidised,  but  which  does  not  yield 
cellulose. 

Coal  behaves  like  a  mixture  of  lignite  and  anthracite, 
and  on  treatment  with  chromic  acid  gives  a  small  quantity 
of  cellulose. 

Bed  charcoal,  obtained  by  carbonising  wood  at  a 
relatively  low  temperature,  is  completely  decomposed  by 
sulphuric  acid  and  potassium  bichromate  ;  at  a  certain  stage 
in  the  decomposition  process  there  is  formed  a  well-preserved 
woody  skeleton,  in  which  are  seen  long  dark  threads  and 
delicate  rings ;  by  this  behaviour  it  can  be  distinguished 
from  lignite.  Black  charcoal  is  hardly  acted  on  by  the 
chromic  acid  mixture. 

Soot,  freshly  deposited  from  a  flame,  consists  partly  of 
exceedingly  small  black  particles  of  carbon,  which  are  not 
oxidised  by  the  chromic  acid  mixture,  and  partly  of  oily 
drops.  Soot  deposited  from  the  air  consists  partly  of  fine 
particles,  partly  of  dendritic  or  irregular  aggregates,  of 
carbon. 

The  black  pigment  which  collects  in  the  human  lung, 
especially  in  the  interlobular  connective  tissue,  consists  of 
smaller  or  larger  particles  of  soot,  which,  on  treatment 
with  chromic  acid,  are  simply  resolved  into  small  granules 
without  any  further  action  taking  place.  Melanines  can 
be  readily  distinguished  from  the  particles  of  lung-pigment 
as  they  are  rapidly  destroyed  by  the  chromic  acid  mixture. 

Chemically  pure,  amorphous  carbon,  prepared  from  soot, 
and  containing  99 "3  per  cent,  of  carbon,  behaves  towards 
chromic  acid  like  the  other  substances  consisting  of  amor- 
phous carbon,  which  have  been  mentioned ;  it  is,  however, 
much  more  readily  oxidised,  probably  owing  to  its  fine  state 
of  division. — F.  S.  K. 


1'     n,  1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1025 


PATENT. 

Improved  Apparatus  for  the  Purification  of  Caseous 
Fumes,  Air,  and  the  Like,  and  the  Deposition  of 
Solid  Particles  therefrom.  M.  F.  Purcell,  Dublin,  and 
(i.  Parcel,  Los  Angeles,  California.  Eng.  Pat.  21,730, 
December  11,  1891. 

Tiik  apparatus  described  in  this  patent  may  be  employed 
for  the  purification  of  smoke  or  of  other  waste  gases  con- 
taining  solid  particles,  as,  for  example,  the  air  containing 
dust  from  screened  grain ;  also  for  the  purification  of 
deleterious  gases  from  various  manufactures, 

It  consists  of  an  ordinary  exhaust  fan,  into  the  casing  of 
which  a  number  of  nozzles  are  introduced  ;  water  mixed 
with  suitable  chemicals  or  not,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  caused 
to  impinge  on  the  vanes  of  the  rotating  fan,  and  in  this  way 
is  immediately  broken  up  into  a  fine  mist  in  contact  with 
the  gaseous  fumes.  This  method  of  treating  the  fumes  not 
only  cools  them  and  reduces  their  volume,  but  removes  all 
solid  matter;  in  case  ammonia  or  any  other  readily-soluble 
gas  is  present  in  the  mixture  it  is  dissolved,  and  the 
escaping  gases  are  transparent  and  innocuous. — F.  S.  K. 


(  C.)— DISINFECTANTS. 

Formaldehyde  (" Formol"~).      M.   Trillat.    Monit,    Scient. 
July  1892,  490—494. 

IIuhkuto  it  has  been  thought  that  the  most  powerful 
antiseptic  bodies  belonged  to  the  bydroxyl  compounds  of  the 
aromatic  series  of  hydrocarbons  and  to  the  metallic  salts. 
Formaldehyde  is,  however,  a  very  powerful  antiseptic,  the 
author  finding  it  to  be  superior  to  bichloride  of  mercury  in 
this  respect.  This  result  is  unexpected,  as  acetaldehyde 
does  not  possess  this  property. 

It  had  been  previously  noticed  in  1888  that  the  presence 
of  a  minute  quantity  of  this  substance  in  urine  effectually 
preserved  it  from  putrefying.  Similar  results  having  been 
obtained  with  other  bodies,  the  author  was  led  to  the  further 
study  of  this  aldehyde,  with  special  reference  to  its  probable 
use  in  the  preservation  of  fermentable  products. 

Preparation  and  Manufacture  of  Formaldehyde.  — 
Fischer  and  Low  prepare  small  quantities  of  formaldehyde 
by  allowing  the  vapours  of  methyl  alcohol  to  come  iuto 
contact  with  a  spiral  of  platinum,  previously  heated.  Tne 
platinum  remains  incandescent,  whilst  in  its  vicinity  the 
alcohol  is  oxidised  to  aldehyde. 

The  industrial  apparatus  is  constructed  to  work  out  the 
following  principle  : — A  conical  jet  discharges  the  alcoholic 
vapour  from  a  narrow  opening.  The  proportion  of  air 
mixed  with  alcohol  increases  in  proportion  as  the  base  of 
the  rune  is  enlarged,  i.e.,  in  proportion  as  the  distance 
increases  from  the  apex  of  the  cone.  In  the  different  parts 
of  the  jet  a  zone  is  found  in  which  the  mixture  of  air  and 
alcohol  is  in  the  most  favourable  condition  for  oxidation, 
which  is  stimulated  by  the  presence  of  a  red-hot  porous 
surface.  It  is  easy  to  understand  that  the  portions  of  the 
alcoholic  jet  near  to  the  summit  of  the  cone,  and  which  only 
contain  little  oxygen,  will  only  undergo  imperfect  oxidation, 
whilst  those  very  far  away,  but  very  rich  in  oxygen,  will  be 
almost  completely  burned.  But  between  the  two  extremes 
is  the  portion  best  adapted  for  the  oxidation,  the  process 
being  regulated  by  estimating  the  distance  which  should 
separate  the  orifice  of  the  jet  from  the  red-hot  porous  body. 

Methyl  alcohol,  heated  under  pressure,  escapes  from  a 
horizontal  jet  which  operated  in  a  copper  tube,  the  opening 
of  which  is  conical,  so  as  to  allow  of  the  in-draught  of  air. 
After  the  passage  over  the  oxidising  substance  the  vapours 
are  at  once  condensed  by  various  processes.  Thus  a  mixture 
of  water,  methylic  alcohol,  and  formic  aldehyde  is  obtained, 
and  also  traces  of  formic  and  acetic  acids.  A  rational 
process  of  purification  is  next  proceeded  to.  Low,  Fischer, 
and  Tollens  propose  as  oxidising  agents  platinum,  platinised 
asbestos,  and  oxide  of  copper.  The  author  also  find-,  many 
metals  and  most  porous  bodies,  as  coke,  retort-carbon, 
porcelain,  &c,  similarly  efficacious. 


Mention  is  made  of  the  formation  oc"  trioxymethane 
when  a  solution  is  evaporated  to  a  greater  strength  than 
30° — 40°  C.  In  noticing  its  action  on  wines  the  author 
proposes  to  found  a  method  of  analysis  on  the  results 
obtained ;  the  tannin  and  colouring  matters  being  preci- 
pitated by  the  aldehyde. 

It  is  found  that  the  addition  of  1—50,000  of  meat  extract 
has  a  decided  preservative  action,  while  with  1  —  25,noo  no 
change  could  lie  noticed  in  the  extract  after  the  lapse  of 
four  days.  Bichloride  of  mercury  in  these  proportions  has 
no  effect,  the  extract  showing  change  in  24  hours.  With 
1  —  12,000  the  extract  is  kept  good  for  several  weeks,  while 
change  takes  place  in  five  days  when  using  equal  weight  of 
bichloride  of  mercury. 

Several  kinds  of  bacilli  are  destroyed  by  a  solution  of 
1  —  25,000,  among  which  may  be  mentioned  that  of  the 
saliva,  &c. 

Preservation  of  Me<(t.— Three  methods  are  described  :  (1) 
by  immersion  in  the  aldehyde  solntion  ;  (2)  by  means  of  the 
vapour  of  the  aldehyde  ;  (3)  by  wrapping  the  meat  or  other 
perishable  goods  in  coverings  soaked  in  aldehyde  solution. 

The  following  results  were  obtained  by  (1)  : — 

Strength  of  Solution  1  —  500. 


Time  of  Immersion. 


Time  of  Preservation. 


(30  minutes. 

25  days. 

40        „ 

18      „ 

30 

lfi      „ 

15 

13      „ 

10 

12      ., 

5 

8      ., 

and 


Strength  of  Solution  1  —  250. 


Time  of  Immersion. 


Time  of  Preservation. 


o  minutes. 


30  seconds, 


20  (lays. 
16      „ 
12      ., 
10      „ 
10      „ 


The  above  experiments  were  performed  on  ribs  of  beef, 
which  were  allowed  to  remain  exposed  to  the  air,  at  a 
temperature  of  23° — 30°  C. 

The  vapour  of  aldehyde  was  found  to  stop  all  decomposi- 
tion, keeping  meat  fresh  for  months  and  stopping  fermenta- 
tion in  orgauic  liquids. 

Pieces  of  veal  were  wrapped  in  coverings  soaked  in 
1  —  250  solution  with  success. 

Analyses  of  the  meat  juices  and  microscopical  examination 
of  meat  tissues  showed  that  no  alteration  had  taken  place 
from  the  action  of  the  aldehyde. — W.  P.  D. 


1026 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  SI,  1692. 


XIX.-PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 

PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the  Manufacture  or 
Production  of  Paper  Pulj>  and  Textile  Fibre.  C.  G. 
Hagernann,  Ludwigshafen,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  18,470, 
(  >etober27,  1891. 
It  is  found  that  the  rush  Arundo  Donax  is  sufficiently 
purified  by  a  relatively  weak  solution  of  caustic  alkali  at  the 
ordinary  temperature  for  utilisation  as  a  cellular  substance 
or  paper  pulp.  Thus  this  particular  vegetable  fibre  is  not 
"weakened  and  turned  brown  by  the  alkali,  as  are  other  fibres, 
which  can  only  be  purified  by  such  strong  solutions  of 
alkali  and  at  such  high  temperatures  as  have  the  deleterious 
effects  indicated.  The  Arundo  Donax  is  comminuted  and 
immersed  in  a  solution  of  caustic  soda  of  4'J — 6"  B.,  for  4 — 6 
days  :  the  fibrous  mass  is  then  washed,  crushed  by  rolls, 
edge-runners,  or  stampers,  ground  with  water,  but  without 
chemicals,  in  a  rag-engine,  and  finally  bleached,  washed, 
and  dried  in  the  known  manner.  To  produce  a  textile  fibre 
the  rush  is  split  into  long  strips  b3-  light  rolling  ;  the  strips 
are  treated  with  alkali  as  described  above,  washed,  and 
beaten  with  wooden  beaters  upon  wooden  supports ;  carding, 
beating,  or  thrashing,  as  applied  to  hemp,  complete  its 
conversion  into  a  fibre  which  can  be  spun.  To  obtain  a  very 
soft  fibre  the  beaten  strips  are  allowed  to  rot  in  water  in  the 
same  manner  as  is  carried  out  in  the  case  of  hemp,  flax.  &c, 
the  finishing  processes  being  the  same  as  those  described 
above.  The  waste  from  the  conversion  into  textile  fibres 
may  be  made  into  paper-pulp  as  detailed. — A.  G.  B. 


XX.-FINE  CHEMICALS,  ALKALOIDS 
ESSENCES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

Transformation  of  Gallic  Acid  into  Pyrogallol;  Milling 
Point  of  Pyrogallol.  P.  Cazeneuve.  Bull.  Soc.  Chim. 
7—8,  1892',  549— 351. 
When  gallic  acid  is  heated  with  twice  its  weight  of  aniline, 
carbonic  anhydride  begins  to  be  evolved  at  about  120  .  and 
the  whole  of  the  gallic  acid  can  be  decomposed  without 
raising  the  temperature  much  above  this  point.  If  the 
heating  be  continued  until  the  evolution  of  gas  is  at  an  end 
crystals  of  aniline  pyrogallate  C6H603,  2  C6H5.NHa  are 
obtained  on  cooling  ;  this  compound  is  very  unstable  and 
melts  at  35 — 56  ;  when  treated  with  benzene  or  toluene  it 
is  decomposed,  aniline  passes  into  solution,  and  pyrogallol 
remains  in  a  practically  pure  condition. 

Pure  pyrogallol  melts  at  132",  not   at   115    as  generally 
stated.— F.  S.  K. 


Improvements  in  the  Method  of  and  Apparatus  for  making 
Parchmentised  Fibre  Tubes.  1!.  P.  Frist  and  C.  G. 
Ruper,  Newcastle,  Delaware,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  22X2S, 
December  28,  1891. 

Heretofore  parchmentised  paper  tubes  have  been  made 
by  winding  the  paper  strips,  which  have  been  immersed  in 
tin  parchmentising  liquid,  on  a  mandrel.  The  ease  with 
which  the  wet  paper  is  torn  renders  this  process  a  difficult 
one.  By  this  invention  the  dry  strips  are  wound  on  the 
mandrel  and  subsequently  parchmentised  by  being  passed, 
on  the  same  mandrel,  through  a  bath  of  the  parchmentising 
liquid;  the  moist  paper  is  then  consolidated  by  passage  between 
pressure  rollers.  Thicker  tubes  are  made  by  winding  fresh 
paper  over  the  first  layer  as  soon  as  this  has  passed  through 
the  bath  and  then  passing  both  layers  through  a  second  bath 
before  consolidating.  There  are  also  claims  for  other 
methods  for  applying  the  liquid,  such  as  contact  with  a 
roller  surmounted  by  a  drip-pan,  and  for  various  com- 
binations of  apparatus. — A.  G.  B. 


Improvements   in    Pulp-Catchers   or    Savers.       A.  J.  II 

Fiillncr,  Warmbrunn,  Prussia.   Eng.  Pat.  13,893,  July  30, 
1892. 

Tin;  pulp  .  catcher  described  consists  in  an  inverted 
truncated  conical  vessel  having  an  annular  channel  above 
its  upper  edge,  from  which  the  water  containing  the  pulp  is 
caused  to  How  down  the  sides  of  the  cone  by  means  of  an 
inner  conical  ring.  In  doing  so  the  water  deposits  the  pulp, 
the  clear  liquid  rising  up  the  centre  and  is  drawn  off  by  a 
second  annular  channel,  a  sieve  being, if  necessary,  interposed 
to  catch  any  remaining  pulp.  The  pulp  deposited  is  drawn 
off  by  a  pipe  which  enters  about  half  way  down  and 
terminates  at  the  bottom  near  the  centre  of  the  vessel.  The 
■  niter  portion  of  this  pipe  may  be  raised  or  lowered  in  order 
to  regulate  the  rate  of  discharge.— J.  C.  C. 


On    some    Ferruginous   Medicinal    Preparations.      H.    Le 
Chatelier.     Compt.  rend.  115,  1892,  124—125. 

The  author  finds  that  many  mineral  ferruginous  waters, 
as  thev  occur  in  commerce  at  the  present  time,  contain  little 
if  any  iron.  Also  that  many  pharmaceutical  preparations 
of  iron  are  of  very  uncertain  composition,  both  as  regards 
the  presence  of  iron  and  the  condition  of  oxidation  in  which 
it  is  present. — A.  L.  S. 


Investigations  on  Coca  Leaves.     O.Hesse.     Annalen,  271, 
1892,  180—228. 

Five  kinds  of  coca  leaves  are  to  be  distinguished,  viz.:  — 
(1)  Broad-leaved  coca  from  Peru  and  Bolivia  QErythrorylon 
coca,  Lamarck)  ;  (2)  small-leaved  coca  from  Northern  Peru, 
and  exported  from  Trujillo,  hence  known  as  "  Trujillo,"  or 
"  Truxillo  coca  "  (Erythro.rylon  coca,  var.  novagranatense, 
Morris)  :  (3)  a  coca  from  South  America,  formerly  sent  to 
Paris,  and  which  stands  between  the  above  two  varieties  in 
its  physical  character.  This  variety  has  not  been  an  article 
of  commerce  for  the  last  five  or  six  years.  (4.)  Broad- 
leaved  coca  from  British  Iudia  and  Ceylon  (Erythro.cylon 
Bolivianum,  Burck),  only  occurring  to  a  small  extent  in 
commerce  ;  (5)  small-leaved  coca  from  Java  (Erythroxylon 
coca,  var.  spruceanum,  Burck.)  ;  20,000  kilos,  of  this  variety 
were  imported  last  summer.  The  last  two  varieties  have 
been  cultivated  from  seeds,  and  it  is  uncertain  whether  they 
are  indigenous  or  not. 

The  Coca  Alkaloids  (this  Journal,  1889,  566)  :— 

1.  Cocaine. — Reference  is  made  to  Einhorn's  work  on  this 
alkaloid  in  regard  to  the  decomposition  of  the  alkaloid  into 
benzoyl  eegonine  and  methyl  alcohol  by  means  of  water 
(this  Journal,  1886,  40;  1887,  605).  This  decomposition 
appears  to  take  place  in  coca  itself  when  it  is  not  quite  dry, 
and  when  damaged  by  water,  the  leaves  were  found  to 
contain  considerably  less  cocaine  than  fresh  coca.  Eegonine 
itself,when  heated  to  140" — 160CC.  with  25  per  cent,  sulphuric 
acid,  is  converted  into  anhydro-ecgonine,  the  hydrochloride 
of  which,  C0HI3XO:;.HC1  +  HO;,  melts  at  238°— 240°  C. 
when  dehydrated. 

2.  Iso-cocaine. — This  dextro-rotatory  cocaine  does  not 
occur  in  ccca,  aud  Liebermann's  statement  to  the  contrary 
is  incorrect.     It  has  only  been  obtained  synthetically. 

3.  Cinnamyl-cocaine. — This  alkaloid  is  seldom  found  in 
the  broad-leaved  coca  from  South  America,  aud  then  only 
in  small  quantity,  but  always  occurs,  and  often  in  consider- 
able quantity,  in  the  small-leaved  Truxillo  coca;  it  is  an 
especially  prominent  constituent  of  the  East  Indian  cocas. 
Java  coca,  yielding  1<) — 2'1  per  cent,  of  alkaloids,  was 
found  to  contain  about    1    per  cent,   of  cinnamyl-cocaine. 


Deo.  81,1898.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1027 


In  order  to  isolate  it  from  the  mixture  of  alkaloids  obtained 
from  Java  coca,  the  whole  is  precipitated  from  acid  solution 
with  a  small  excess  of  ammonia  and  the  resinous  precipitate 
covered  with  alcohol  or  ether  in  the  cold,  when  crystals  of 
cinnamyl-coeaine  separate,  which  can  he  re-cr3rstallised 
from  hot  alcohol.  They  dissolve  with  difficulty  in  alcohol, 
ether,  acetone,  and  petroleum  ether,  and  melt  at  121°  C. 
Of  the  salts  of  the  alkaloid,  the  hydrochloride  and  the 
platinum  and  gold  double  chlorides  are  characteristic;  it 
also  forms  a  methiodide,  C'|,,Hl;lN04.CH:l.I.  Cinnamyl- 
coeaine  was  first  obtained  synthetically  by  Liebermann. 

4.  Cocamine  was  obtained  by  the  author  in  188G  from  the 
South  American  variety  formerly  sent  to  Paris,  and  was 
found  to  form  about  one-half  of  the  total  alkaloids  present. 
To  separate  it,  the  mixture,  dissolved  in  acetic  acid,  was 
treated  at  50c  C.  with  ammonium  and  petroleum  ether,  and 
this  treatment  repeated  with  the  precipitate  obtained,  until 
it  wis  finally  obtained  in  a  micro-crystalline,  flocculent  form. 
When  heated  the  alkaloid  is  decomposed,  but  the  decom- 
position is  effected  better  by  means  of  dilute  acids,  when 
ecgonyl-coca'ic  acid,  CmHs9N06,  results  as  the  first  product 
of  decomposition,  which  is  itself  readily  decomposed  further 
into  eegonine  and  cocaic  acid.  This  last  acid  is  best  purified 
by  converting  it  into  the  ammonium  salt  ;  it  melts  at  266° — 
267°  C,  and  is  regarded  as  a  polymeride  of  cinnamic  acid. 
The  molecular  weight  of  cocamine  as  determined  by  Raoult's 
method  corresponds  to  the  formula  C,.,Il.v,X<  >, .  \  rl20 

5.  Iso-cocamine  occurs  in  all  varieties  of  coca,  but  especially 
in  Truxillo  coca,  and  is  contained  in  the  fixture  of  bases 
which  is  precipitated  from  the  acid  solution  that  results 
after  the  removal  of  cocaine  and  cinnamyl-coeaine  by 
means  of  ammonia  or  of  sodium  carbonate.  It  could  not 
be  isolated  successfully  owing  to  lack  of  material,  but  its 
properties  are  known  owing  to  its  having  been  synthetised 
by  Liebermann  under  the  name  of  jS-truxillin.  It  is  isomeric 
with  cocamine  and  closely  resembles  the  latter  in  all  pro- 
perties and  reactions,  being  decomposed  by  acids  with  the 
formation  of  ecgonyl-iso-cacoic  acid  and  iso-cacoic  acid 
successively.  The  iso-base  is  somewhat  more  soluble  in 
petroleum  ether  than  cocamine.  Cocaic  and  iso-cocaic  acids 
can  be  readily  distinguished  by.  the  action  of  barium  or 
calcium  chloride  on  their  ammoniaeal  solutions,  when  the 
salt  of  the  latter  is  precipitated,  that  of  the  cocaic  acid 
remaining  in  solution.  The  iso-cocaic  acid  can  then  be 
isolated  from  the  precipitate  by  decomposing  it  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  extracting  with  ether. 

6.  Homo-cocamine  occurs  in  small  quantity  in  Truxillo 
coca  and  in  the  broad-leaved  South  American  co;a,  judging 
from  the  formation  of  homo-eocaic  acid  as  a  decomposition 
product  of  the  mixed  alkaloids  by  means  of  acids.  The 
properties  of  this  acid  and  its  method  of  separation  from 
cacoic  and  iso-cacoic  acid  are  detailed.  It  has  the  same 
empirical  formula  as  caco'ic  and  iso-cacoic  acids,  (_',,II,<  >■_., 
which  formula  also  represents  its  molecular  weight,  whilst 
that  of  the  two  other  acids  corresponds  to  013H16O4.  The 
salts  of  homo-cacoic  acid  are  all  amorphous ;  a  methyl- 
ester  and  a  mononitro-derivative  are  described. 

7.  Homo-isococamine  only  exists  to  a  very  small  extent  in 
coca,  and  was  detected  by  the  formation  of  homo-iso-cacoic 
acid  as  a  decomposition  product.  The  properties  and  method 
of  isolation  of  this  acid  are  given.  It  is  isomeric  with 
homo-cacoic  acid. 

P-cacolc  acid,  CiaH]604,  is  formed  by  fusing  cacoic  acid 
with  caustic  potash  ai  a  high  temperature.  It  is  isomeric 
with  cacoic  acid,  and  crystallises  in  needles  from  alcohol 
or  from  hot  water,  which  melt  at  180D  C.  The  acid  is 
hardly  attacked  by  potassium  permanganate ;  of  its  salts 
the  copper  and  silver  salts  are  amorphous  precipitates,  the 
potassium  salt  is  crystalline  and  readily  soluble.  A  methyl- 
ester  and  a  mono-nitro-derivative  are  described.  0-iso- 
cacoic  acid  is  obtained  in  a  corresponding  way  from  iso- 
cacoic  acid ;  ii  is  identical  with  Liebermann's  8-truxillic 
acid.  It  melts  at  172°  C,  and  is  best  crystallised  from 
dilute  acetic  acid.  The  barium  salt  is  crystalline  and 
soluble  with  difficulty.  The  molecular  formula  is  C,SH16U4 ; 
the  acid  yields  a  mono-nitro-compound. 


8.  Benzoyl-pseudo-trope'ine  is  contained  in  Java  coca,  and 
is  separated  from  the  other  alkaloids  by  precipitating  the 
latter  from  acid  solution  by  a  slight  excess  of  ammonia, 
when  the  benzoyl-pseudo-trope'ine  remains  in  solution  and 
can  be  separated  by  the  addition  of  caustic  soda.  After 
extraction  with  ether  the  base  is  converted  into  the  hydro- 
chloride, which  can  be  purified  by  reerystallisation  from 
alcohol.  Its  properties  as  described  by  Liebermann  are 
confirmed  except  in  regard  to  the  nature  of  the  base 
formed  by  decomposition  with  hydrochloric  acid,  which  the 
author  does  not  consider  identical  with  I.adenburg's  Pseudo- 
tropine.  In  opposition  to  Geisel's  results  the  author  was 
unable  to  detect  the  presence  of  Hygrine  in  any  of  the 
varieties  of  coca  (Pharm.  Zeit.  36,  419). 

Indifferent  Constituents  of  Coca  Leaves. — A  red  colouring 
matter,  probably  Carotin,  was  isolated  six  years  ago  from  a 
sample  of  Bolivian  coca,  but  owing  to  the  ease  with  which 
it  undergoes  decomposition  no  analysis  of  the  product 
could  be  made,  and  the  author  has  been  unable  to  isolate 
it  since  from  any  of  the  varieties  he  has  examined.  The 
presence  of  Coca  wax  was  first  pointed  out  by  Niemann, 
and  was  regarded  as  probably  identical  with  "  Grass  wax  " 
and  with  Mulder's  "  Syringa  wax,"  but  the  present  investi- 
gation has  shown  that  the  wax  contained  in  Truxillo  coca, 
the  broad-leaved  South  American  coca,  and  in  the  small- 
leaved  Java  coca  is  not  identical.  To  extract  the  wax  the 
finely-ground  coca  is  moistened  with  sodium  carbonate 
solution,  and  then  extracted  with  petroleum  ether.  The 
resulting  solution  is  treated  with  sulphuric  acid  to  remove 
the  alkaloids  and  then  distilled  with  the  addition  of  water. 
The  wax  remains  behind  and  is  purified  by  repeated 
crystallisation  from  hot  alcohol.  That  obtained  from 
Truxillo  coca  consists  of  palmityl-fi-amyrin,  and  melts  at 
75J  C,  whilst  the  wax  from  the  broad-leaved  South 
American  coca  contains  a  ketone  CilHmp-l3-Ceretinone  in 
addition  to  the  above  ester.  The  wax  melts  at  69° — 70°  C. 
Java  coca  wax  melts  at  77°  C.  and  contains  in  addition  to 
the  above  two  substances  which  are  readily  soluble  in  cold 
ether,  a  mixture  of  bodies  insoluble  in  cold  ether,  which 
was  found  to  contain  a  hydroxy-cerotinic  acid  C2?H540:l, 
cerin,  the  ceryl  ester  of  cerotic  acid,  and  Mijristyl-0  -Amyrin, 
the  first  of  which  most  probably  occurs  as  an  ester.  (This 
Journal,  1889,  131,  132,  133,  305,  567  ;  1890,  100,  541,  543, 
599,  64G,  1060;   1892,  177  (Geisel).)— C.  A.  K. 


Carotin.     O.  Hesse.     Annalen,  1892,  271,  229—230. 

The  author  throws  doubt  upon  Arnaud's  statement  that 
carotin  always  accompanies  chlorophyll  (Compt.  rend. 
104,  1293),  and  considers  his  method  of  determining  the 
colouring  matter  colorimelrically  unreliable,  especially  as 
rubidin,  another  red  colouring  matter,  has  been  shown  by 
Negri  to  exist  in  various  plants  (Gazz.  Chem.  9,  5061. 
The  insufficiency  of  the  analytical  data  on  which  the 
proposed  formula  C,,;H,3  is  founded,  is  also  referred  to. 

— C.  A.  K. 


Antiseptics  and  Medicinal  Products  derived  from  Coal 
Tar,  or  from  Aromatic  Oils.  A.  Trillat.  Monit.  Scient. 
May  1892,  338—351. 

At  the  close  of  a  series  of  articles  on  autiseptics  and 
medicinal  products  the  author  gives  the  following  table, 
in  which  a  scientific  classification  is  adopted,  the  phenols  of 
the  benzene  series  appearing  first,  being  followed  by 
naphthalene  and  the  naphthols.  Then  come  antiseptics, 
containing  the  carboxylic  group,  &c.  Subsequently  appear 
autiseptics  containing  nitrogen,  commencing  with  acetanilide 
(antifebrin),  these  pass  into  pyridine,  quinoline,  and  similar 
derivatives  :  — 


]•■:>, 


THE  JOURNAL   OF   THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Dec,  si,  1892. 


Commercial  Xame. 


Scientific  Name  and 

Formula. 


Method  of  Formation. 


Distinctive  Properties. 


Carbolic  acid,  phenol. 
phenic  acid. 


Aseptol. 


Phenol— 

C«H5.OH 


By  distilling  tar  . 


Thymol. 


An  ill-defined  mixture  of 
phenyl  ethers  and 
Bulphonated  phenols. 


Propylmetacresol — 

/I'll, 

C6H3f-C3H7 


3\ 


OH 


Sozoiodol . 


Bristol,  Annidaline. 


Sri. ii  I,  in  di-iodoparaplieno] 
sulphonate— 

OH 

C6HoI  / 

XSO,X:l 


Di-iododithymol— 


Clt;.C.III 


C.HT 


OH 
CjH, 


Europhen 


Resorcin. 


CH3.CCHI<^ 

XOH 

I  si  ibutylcresol  hydrii  id  id( — 

O.CtH,(C,H,).CH, 
HI.  | 

O.C6H3(C4H9).CH3 

Resoreiuol- 


C6H4 


OR 


OH 


Guaiacol 


Monomethylpyro  atechol 
,OH 


<\h. 


/ 

(X'H, 


Pyrogallol  , 


Naphthalene  . 


p-Naphthol.... 


a-Naphthol 


i\  rogallol.  (-'•  rogallic  acid, 
/OH 

C,H3  ^<)H 

^OH 

Naphthalene  - 

CioHg 


p-Naphthol 

i  II    i     "H 
C6H,  ( 


\ 


CH=CH 


a-Naphthol— 


OH 

c-CH 

CH=CH 


By  the  action  of 
sulphuric  acid  oq 
phenol  in  presence 
of  alcohol. 

Extracted  fro  in  essence 
of  thyme. 


By    the   combination 
of     sodium      para- 
phenols  u  lphonate 
with  iodine. 


By  the  combination 
of  thymol  with 
iodine. 


Melts  at  44°.  Slightly  soluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol, 
ether,  and  alkalis.  20  parts  of  phenol  and  10  parts  o! 
alcohol  give  with  one  part  of  ferric  chloride  8  green 
colouration,  which  becomes  violet  on  adding  water. 
"With  lead  acetate  an  abundant  precipitate.  \\  tth  sulphuric 
acid  no  coloration;  when  the  acid  contains  nitric  acid  a 
reddish-brown  or  greenish  coloration.  On  introducing 
vapours  of  bromine  into  an  aqueous  solution  cf  phenol, 
tribromophenol  (m.p.  95J)  is  precipitated  in  colourless 
crystals. 


Melts  at  Mr*.  Very  sparingly  soluble  in  water,  soluble  in 
alcohol  and  ether.  5  mgrms.  of  thymol,  1  cgr.  of  sodium 
nitrate,  and  2  CC.  of  sulphuric  acid,  give  a  yellow 
coloration  (nitrosothymol)  which,  after  an  hour,  changes 
into  a  stable  green  coloration.  When  1  part  of  thymol 
and  1  part  of  soda  is  treated  with  10  parts  of  chloroform,  a 
red  unstable  coloration.  A  caustic  soda  solution  of  thynu  il 
gives,  when  poured  into  a  solution  of  potassium  iodide 
in  potassium  iodate,  a  reddish-brown  precipitate  of 
aristol. 

Soluble  in  alcohol,  sparingly  soluble  in  ether.  Suspended 
in  water  and  exposed  to  light  gives  a  deposij  of  iodine 
after  an  hour,  when  warmed  with  nitric  acid  and  the 
solution  evaporated,  -rues  picric  acid  and  sulphuric  acid. 


Melts  at  60°.  Insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  chloroform  with 
a  red  coloration.  Heated  in  a  closed  tube,  vapours  of 
iodine  evolved.  Its  alcoholic  solution  gives  no  coloration 
with  ferric  chloride  in  the  cold:  on  evaporating,  a  black 
residue,  solnble  in  chloroform  with  a  brown  coloration. 


By  the  combination  of     Begins  to  soften  at  70D.     Insoluble    in  water  and  alkalis, 

isobutylorthocresol  soluble  in    alcohol  and  ether;    in  its  alcoholic  solution 

with  iodine.  water  produces  a  yellow  flocculent  precipitate.    Separation 

ol  iodine  on  prolonged  boiling  with  water,  and  on  treating 

with  sulphuric  acid.    Warmed  with  zinc  dust  gives  Iodide 

of  zinc. 

By     fusing      sodium     Very  soluble  in  water,  alcohol,  and  ether,  sparingly  soluble  in 

i    nzenedisulphonate       chloroform.     Violet  coloration  with  ferric  chloride.    No 

.  caustic  soda.  coloration  with  ferrous  sulphate  (distinction  from  pyro- 

gallic  acid).    Sulphuric  acid  containing  a  trace  of  nitric 

acid  gives  a  violet  coloration.     With  chloral  hydrate  and 

caustic  soda  a  red  coloration. 


Extracted  from  the 
creosote  obtained 
from  beech  wood. 


By  heating  gallic  acid 


Extracted   from  coal- 
tar. 


By  fusing  a-naphtha- 
lene-0-sul  phonic 
acid    with     caustic 
soda  at  a  high  tem- 
perature. 


By  fusing  naphthalene 
a-sulphonic  acid 
with  caustic-  soda. 


Boils  at  200°.  Very  sparingly  soluble  (I  in  200)  in  water 
but  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  ami  alkalis.  In  aqueous 
solutions  ferric  chloride  produces  a  brownish  turbidity  ;  in 
alcoholic  solutions  a  fine  blue  coloration.  Warmed  with 
sulphuric  acid  it  gives  an  orange  coloration.  On  shaking 
4cc.  of  guaiacol  with  milk  of  lime,  containing 0*1  grm.  of 
bin-'  in  10  cc.  of  water,  colourless  crystals  of  a  calcium 
dci  ivative  are  formed. 

Fairly  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  only  sparingly  in  benzene 
and  chloroform.  Gives  with  ferric  chloride  a  yellow 
col*  'ration,  and  with  ammonium  vanadate  a  yd  low 
coloration  which  changes  to  brown.  Potassium  ferri- 
cyanide  give  crystals  of  purpurogallin  on  keeping  for  a 
day.    Does  not  precipitate  salts  of  quinine. 

Melts  ;ir  80  .  Insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol  and 
ether.  Gives  with  sulphuric  acid  containing  a  trace  of 
nitric  acid  a  brown  coloration.  On  gently  warming  a 
mixture  of  1  cc.  of  sulphuric  acid,  1  cc.  of  chloroform,  and 
U'Oogrm.  of  naphthalene  the  sulphuric  acid  is  coloured 
red,  whilst  the  chloroform  remains  colourless.  Gives  with 
an  alcoholic  solution  of  picric  acid  crystal-;  of  naphthalene 
picrate,  which  are  sparingly  soluble  in  acids. 

Melts  at  123  .  Sparingly  solul.de  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol, 
ether,  and  alkalis.  Gives  with  sulphuric  acid  a  reddish- 
yellow  coloration.  When  agitated  with  milk  of  lime 
gives. after  filtering,  a  highly  fluorescent  solution.  When 
warmed  with  an  alcoholic  solution  of  picric  acid,  orange 
crystals  are  deposited  on  cooling.  On  adding  5  drops  ol 
caustic  soda  al  50°  to  a  solution  of  0*01  grm.  of  /3-naphthol 
in  5  drops  of  chloroform  the  alkali  turns  blue. 

Melts  at  94°.    Gives  most  of  the  reactions  of  £-naphthoI.    Its 

distinctive  characters  are :— On  filtering  a  mixture  of 
a-naphthol  and  milk  of  lime  and  then  adding  bromine- 
water  there  is  produceda  lilac  coloration,  which  ci  angi 
to  violet.  Two  ports  of  a-naphthol,  and  2  parts  of  mercuric 
chloride  give  a  bright  red  precipitate  when  warmed  with  a 
solution  of]  part  of  sodium  nitrate;  under  the  same  con- 
d  l  Ol  s  0-naphthoI  gives  an  amorphous  reddish  brown 
compound. 


Dec.Si.1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1029 


Commercial  Name. 


Scientific  Name  and 
Formula. 


Method  of  Formation. 


Distinctive  Properties. 


Mioroidine 


Benzoic  aeid. 


Salicylic  acid 


Salol. 


Chiefly  composed  of  the 
sodium  derivative  of 
p-naphthol ;  also  con- 
tains phenols. 

Benzoic  acid— 

CfiH5.COOH 


By  the  action  of 
caustic  soda  on 
0-naphthol  ai  a  high 
temperature. 

By  Hit-  action  of  nitric 
and  on  chlorinated 
toluene. 


Orthohydroxybcnzoic  acid     By  the  action  of  dry 
carbon   dioxide    on 
.Oil  sodium  phenate. 

NCOOH 


Phenol  salicylate— 
OH 


(VII 


\ 


COOCGH5 


Betol ;  naphtha1  ol 


By  the  combination  of 
phenoi  and  salicylic 
acid. 


I!,\  the  combination  of 
salicylic  acid  and 
/3-naphthol. 


t-Naphthol  salicylate— 

OH 
CgH,/ 

xCOO.C,oH7 


Ilydroxynaphthoicacid    Hydroxy  naphthoic  acid—  By  the  action  of  dry 

'OH  carbon    dioxide   oil 

,,   „  /  the  sodium   derii  i- 

t,oti6\  tiveof  naphthol. 
NCOOH 


Dermatol  . . 


Sub-gal  late  of  bismuth- 
C-H-O-Bi 


By  the  action  of  bis- 
muth nitrate  on 
gallic  acid. 


Soluble  in  water  witha  slight  fluorescence.  Strongly  alkaline 
reaction.  When  treated  with  sulphuric  acid  gives  a  pre- 
cipitate of  0-napbthol. 


Meltsatl21°,  X-ry  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  more 
readily  in  alcohol  and  ether.  Sublimes.  Melted  with 
caustic  soda  yields  benzene  and  sodinm  carbonate.  Gives 
formic  acid  on  treatment  witli  sulphuric  acid  and 
manganese  dioxide. 

Melts  at  156°.  Sparingly  soluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol 
and  ether.  With  ferric  chloride  gives  a  violet  coloration.  No 
coloration  with  cold  sulphuric  acid,  but  on  adding  sodium 
nitrate,  a  red  coloration  is  produced.  With  nitric  ami, 
on  warming.il  gives  a  red  coloration  (nitrosalicylic  acid). 
A  solution  of  0'16  gnu.  of  salicylic  acid  and  O'U  grin,  of 
borax  in  1  cc.  of  water  deposits  crystals. 

Melts  at  42°.  Insoluble  in  cold  water,  bu1  soluble  in  alcohol 
and  ether.  Gives  with  warm  sulphuric  acid  a  yellow 
coloration,  but  no  reaction  with  nitric  acid.  When 
warmed  with  ammonia  it  gives  a  solution  which  is  coloured 
violet  by  ferric  chloride.  A  mixture  of  0*05  grin,  of  salol 
and  0"OS  grm.  of  sodium  nitrate  gives  a  greenish- blue 
coloration  with  1  ce.  of  sulphuric  acid;  with  sodium 
nitrite,  instead  of  the  nitrate,  there  is  produced  a  red 
coloration,  which  first  changes  to  brown  and  then  to 
greenish  blue. 

Melts  at  95°.  Almost  insoluble  in  water,  and  sparingly 
soluble  in  alcohol,  but  soluble  in  ether.  With  sulphuric 
acid  and  sodinm  nitrate  it  gives  a  greenish  coloration; 
with  sodium  nitrite  a  reddish  coloration.  Is  insoluble  in 
warm  caustic  soda  (distinction  from  salol).  Gives  witli 
warm  milk  of  lime,  after  filtering,  a  blue  fluorescent  solu- 
tion which,  after  acidifying,  is  turned  violet  by  ferric 
chloride. 

Melts  at  186°.  Sparingly  soluble  in  water. soluble  in  alcohol 
and  ether.  "With  nitric  acid  gives  a  yellow  coloration  and 
liberation  of  carbon  dioxide.  Its  potassium  salt  gives,  a 
blue  coloration  with  ferric  chloride. 


Insoluble     in   water,    alcohol,    and    ether, 
it  gives  a  residue  containing  bismuth. 


When  ignited 


Hypnone  . 


Aeolophenone, 
phenyl  ketone- 


methyl 


CH;j.m.<  ,11, 


Produced  by  the  dry 
distillation      of      a 
mixture  of  benzoate 
and  acetate  of  cal-  ; 
cium. 


Melts  at  20*5°.  On  oxidation  with  sulphuric  acid  and 
potassium  bichromate  gives  benzoic  acid  and  carbon 
dioxide.  Warmed  with  sulphuric  acid  it  yields  benzoic 
acid.  Warmed  with  ammonium  Bill  phi  de  it  gives  phenvl- 
acetic  acid. 


Benzosol 


Benzoylnaphthol  . 


Benzovltmaiacol— 
,0011, 
CeH^ 

XO.CO.C6H5 

Benzoylnaphthol— 

C1(JH7O.CO.C6H5 


By  the  combination 
of  benzoyl  chloride 
awlguaiacol. 


By 


the  combination 
jf  benzoyl  chloride 
nnl  /3-iiftphthol. 


Melts  at  50°.  Almost  insoluble  in  water,  and  only  sparingly 
soluble  in  acetic  acid,  but  soluble  in  alcohol  and  chloro- 
form. 


Melts  at  1I0\    Sparingly  soluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol. 


Aidifebrin  . 


Exalgin. 


Phenacetin  . 


Ph(  ■  oi  oil  hydrochloras 


Lcetanilide— 

<\,II,.NH.CO.CH3 


Methylacetanih'de— 
/CH3 

i  ii, .n/ 

^CO.CH3 

Acetylparaphenetidine- 


•7,11, 


OC2H5 
^NH.CO.CH3 


Amidoacetiparaphcneti- 

dinehvdrochloride— 

CO.C  II, 

c6h/ 

nnh.co.ch2.nh 

J  11**1) 


By  the  action  of  acetic 

acid  on  aniline. 


By  the  action  of  acetyl 
chloride  on  mono- 
methylaniline. 


By  the  combination 
of  paramidophene- 
toil  and  acetic  acid. 


By  the  action  of  am- 
monia on  the  com- 
poi  od  obtained  1 1 1  \m 
paraphenetidineaud 

acetyl  chloride. 


Melts  at  11S°.  Sparingly  soluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol 
and  ether.  On  warming  a  mixture  of  0"1  grm.  uf  acct- 
anilidc.  1  ec.  of  caustic  soda,  and  3  drops  of  chloroform  the 
disagreeable  smell  of  phenyl  isocyanide  is  emitted.  With 
nitrate  and  nitrite  of  sodium  a  red  coloration.  No 
reaction  with  cold  nitric  acid,  an  orange  coloration  on 
warming. 

Melts  at  l(i2°.  Sparingly  soluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol. 
Docs  not  yield  phenj  I  isocyanide  when  warmed  with  chloro- 
form and  caustic  soda.  Its  solution  in  sulphuric  acid 
gives  a  yellowish  green  coloration  on  the  addition  of 
sodinm  nitrate- 

Melts  at  135°.  Very  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  more 
readily  in  alcohol.  No  coloration  with  ferric  chloride. 
Dissolves  in  sulphuric  acid,  giving,  when  [Hire,  a  colourless 
solution.  A  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  phenacetin  and 
sodium  nitrite  eives  with  sulphuric  aeid  a  violet  colora- 
tion, which  changes  to  green.  When  warmed  with  zihe 
dust  yields  salicylic  acid.  With  caustic  soda  and  chloro- 
form it  gives  phenyl  isocyanide. 

Carl  ionises  at  about  200°,  Soluble  in  18  parts  of  water.  Gives 
most  of  tin-  colour  reacrionsof  phenacetin.  Dissolves  m 
sulphuric  acid  witha  yellow  coloration  ;  on  adding  sodium 
nitrate  a  brownish-red  col  oral  ion.  its  solutions  are  pre- 
cipitated by  a  solution  of  iodine.  Gives  with  mercuric 
chloride  and  sodium  nitrate  a  yellow  amorphous 
precipitate. 


103d 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.  [Dec.  si,  ik>2. 


Commercial  Name. 


Salojmen  , 


Scientific  Namcand 
Formula. 


i,ll 


/ 


acetylparaididophenol 
salicylate— 

oil 


Suiphauiiuol . 


Sncrliarine 


Benzoylamidophenyl- 

acetic  acid. 


Hydracetin,  pyrodiu  . . 


Iodol . 


Pyridine, 


Quinoline 


Thallii 


Ka:nn. 


Orezin, 


(no. i    11, .Ml. i  o.cll, 

Thiohydroxydiphenyl- 

amine — 

<;> 

Saccharine— 

CfiH4/  J>NH 

NSO> 


Acetylpbenylhydrazine- 
CfiH5.NH.NH.CO.CHa 

Tetriodopyrroline— 

CI:  CI 

N  CI : CI 
Pyridine— 

C5H5N 

Quinoline— 

C,H-N 


Sulphate  of  tetrahydro- 
paraquinanisol— 

C9H10>\OCHS 


Distinctive  Properties. 


Salicylic  acid  is  treated    Melts  at  188°.    Sparingly  soluble  in  cold,  more  readily  in  hot 


with  phosphorus 
oxychloride  and 
paranitro-phenol ; 
t  iie  product  is  re- 
duced and  then 
acetylated. 

By  the  combination 
of  sulphur  with 
metahydroxydi- 

phenyiamine. 


By  the   oxidation   of 
toluenesulphon- 

amide. 


Ey  treating  amido- 
phenylacetic  acid 
with  benzoyl 

chloride. 

By  i In- combination  of 
phenylhydrazine 

and  acetic  acid. 


By    the   combination 
of  iodine  and  pyrro- 

linc. 


Formed  by   the   dry 

distillation  or  nitro- 
genous matter. 


Ey  heating  aniline 
with  glycerol  anil 
sulphuric  acid. 


By  reducing  paraquin- 

anisol. 


C,H,N  ( 


1     !l 


/ 


Phenyldihydroquinazoline    By    reducing    ortho- 
hydroehloride—  uitrobenzylform- 

anilide. 


C1UN. CCII5 


\  I 

N   :  til 


1IC1  +  2  11,0 


Tetrahydrohydroxymethyl-  By  reducing  hydroxy - 

quinoline—  quinoline    with   tin 

OH  and      hydrochloric 

/  acid       and       then 

\  methvlating. 
NCHS 


Antipyrin 


Dimethyl  phenylnyr- 
azolout — 

C6H5 


water;  soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether* 


Melts  at  155°.  A  yellow,  amorphous,  tasteless,  odourless 
powder,  insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble  in  alcohol,  alkalis, 
and  facial  acetic  acid.  Gives  a  blue  coloration  with 
nitric  acid.    The  presence  of  sulphur  can  be  easily  detcote  I. 


Mel's  at  2?.0°.  Fairly  soluble  in  hot  water,  soluble  in  alcohol 
and  ether.  No  coloration  with  ferric  chloride.  When 
.warmed  with  potassium  carbonate  gives  a  smell  of  bitter 
almonds.  Treated  with  lime  it  gives  ammonia.  When 
heated  with  solid  sodium  acetate  vapours  are  evolved 
which  blacken  paper  moistened  with  lead  acetate;  the 
residue,  after  solution  in  nitric  acid,  gives  a  precipitate  of 
barium  sulphate  on  the  addition  of  barium  nitrate. 

Melts  at  175*5°. 


Melts  at  128°.    Sparingly  soluble  in  water.   Reduces  Fehling's 

si. lotion  ni  the  cold.  Gives  a  blue  precipitate  with  lim.- 
chloride  and  potassium  ferricyanide.  With  sulphuric 
acid  containing  nitric  acid  it  gives  a  carmine-red 
coloration. 

Decomposes  at  140°.  Insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol 
and  ether.  Gives  a  black  precipitate  with  mercuric 
chloride.  When  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid,  iodine  is 
Liberated.  With  alcohol  and  ferric  chloride  it  gives  a 
greenish-blue  coloration. 

Boils  at  114  "8°,  Miscible  with  water.  Gives  a  crystalline 
precipitate  with  a  solution  of  iodine  in  potassium  iodide, 
and  abundant  precipitates  with  bromine  water  and  with 
tannic  acid.  With  inercurous  chloride  in  the  cold  it 
viclds  a  crystalline  substance. 

Boils  at  23$^.  Sparingly  soluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol. 
Gives  with  mercury  cyanide  a  crystalline  precipitate, 
soluble  in  hydrochloric  acid.  Gives  with  meroui'ous 
chloride  a  grey  coloration,  and  with  bromine  water  an 
abundant  precipitate.  Precipitates  the  hydrates  of  the 
metals  from  solutions  of  copper  sulphate  and  of  alum. 

Melts  at  100°.  Gives  with  chlorine  water  a  green  coloration 
and  a flocculent  precipitate ;  after  a  very  short  time  the 
coloration  becomes  violet.  No  coloration  with  sulphuric 
acid  and  nitric  acid.  Is  precipitated  from  its  solutions  by 
ammonia.  "With  ferric  ch'oride  it  gives,  after  an  hour's 
time,  a  green  coloration  which  Jirst  changes  to  red, 
then  to  brown.  Potassium  ferricyanide  produces  first  a 
green  and  then  a  red  coloration. 

Gives  the  same  reactions  as  thallin. 


Melts  at  S0°.  Fairly  soluble  in  methyl  alcohol,  sparingly  in 
ether.  Gives  precipitates  with  ammonia  and  with  acids. 
When  treated  with  sodium  nitrite  and  sulphuric  acid,  it 
gives  a  brown  coloration  which  chancres  to  green;  with 
sodium  nitrate,  first  a  red  and  then  a  yellow  coloration. 


By     methvlating    the      Melts  at  113?.     Fairly  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  insoluble 


CO-N 


product  of  the 
action  of  phenyl- 
hydrazine  on  ethyl- 
aceto  acetate. 


N     til 


in  earl  urn  bisulphide.  Dissolves  in  acids  yielding  colourless 
solutions.  Gives  with  sodium  nitrite  and  acetic  acid  a 
greenish-blue     coloration,    and     then      nitrosoantipyrin. 

With  ferric  chloride  a  flocculent  precipitates  which 
dissolves  in  alcohol  with  a  red  coloration. 


«  if      r 

CH; 


— F.  S.  K. 


Dec.  SI.  1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


103] 


A     Simple     Extraction     and      Condensing     Apparatus 
K.  Farnsteiner.     Chem.  Zeit.  16,  1030. 

See  under  XXIII.,  page  1031. 


PATENTS. 


Improvements  in  Obtaining  or  Separating  Oxygen  from 
Atmospheric  Air.  J.  H.  Parkinson,  Stretford.  Eng. 
Pat.  14,923,  September  22,  1890. 

A  reprint  of  a  former  specification  (this  Journal,  1891, 
9  17)  in  consequence  of  an  amendment  made  by  the 
Comptroller,  the  inventor  now  claiming  the  use  only  of  a 
spongy  mass  of  potassium  or  sodium  permanganate  "  or 
lower  oxides  thereof"  for  this  purpose. — J.'G.  W. 


Manufacture  of  I  'anilloyl  Carbonic  Acid  and  of  Vanilline 
by  its   Transformation.     O.  Imray,  London.     From  La 
i.    de   Laire   ef    Cie.,  Paris.      Eng.   Pat.    17,    137, 
i  letober  8,  1891. 
When  acetj  lengenol — 

CaH3.(CH2.CH=CHs)OCH3.OCO.CH3 
or  aeetjl-iso-engenol — 

C,;lI,.(CH  =  CH.t  II 3)OCH ,.()(•(). ()CH3 

is  oxidised  for  the  produetion  of  vanilline,  a  substance  to 
which  the  name  of  vanilloyl  carbonic  acid  is  given,  is  formed. 
Crude  vanillin  often  contains  this  body  which  can  be 
separated  by  agitating  an  ethereal  solution  of  the  mixture 
with  water  containing  magnesium  carbonate  or  a  carbonate 
of  the  alkaline  earths  in  suspension,  or  with  a  solution  of 
sodium  or  of  potassium  bicarbonate,  when  a  soluble  salt 
of  the  acid  is  formed.  Another  method  of  separation  is  to 
fractionally  precipitate  the  aqueous  solution  of  the  com- 
pounds of  the  two  bodies  with  alcohol,  when  that  of  the 
acid  separates  first.  The  acid  dissolves  in  ether  and  can  be 
crystallised  from  benzene.  It  melts  at  134°  C.  and  has  the 
formula  CeH3.(CO.CO.OH.)OCH3OH.  When  heated 
vanillin  and  carbonic  acid  result. — C.  A.  K. 


Improvements  relating  to   the  Manufacture  of  Perfumes. 

R.     A.     Chesebrough,     London.       Fug.     Pat.     20,851, 

November  30,  1891. 
The  invention  consists  in  forcing  perfume-laden  air  sur- 
rounding flowers,  growing  plants  or  other  odoriferous 
substances  into  vessels  containing  a  suitable  absorbent  such 
as  alcohol.  The  perfume  is  thus  obtained  free  from  the 
contaminating  effect  of  the  scent  of  any  juices  or  decay 
that  mav  have  taken  place  amongst  crushed  or  dead  leave0. 
3  -C.A.K. 


Improvement  in  tin-  Production  of  Pur,  Saccharine. 
C.  Fahlberg,  Salbke,  near  Magdeburg,  Prussia.  Eng. 
Pat.  22,787,  December  30,  1891. ' 

Crude  saccharine,  as  prepared  according  to  the  inventor's 
previous  patent  (Eng.  Pat.  6626,  1885;  this  Journal,  188."), 
608),  consists  of  a  mixture  of  60  per  cent,  anhydro- 
orthosulphamine-benzoic  acid  (ortho-acid)  and  40  per  cent, 
parasulphamine-benzoie  acid  (para-acid),  the  sweetening 
power  of  the  former  being  40  per  cent,  greater  than 
that  of  the  latter.  The  separation  of  the  two  has  hereto- 
fore presented  considerable  difficulty  owing  to  the  solubility 
of  the  acids  and  their  salts,  in  water  and  other  solvents, 
being  nearly  the  same. 

This  is  a  method  for  effecting  the  separation  of  the  two, 
based  on  the  fact,  discovered  by  the  inventor,  that  the 
ortho-acid  has  a  greater  affinity  for  the  alkalis  and 
alkaline  earths  than  the  para-acid.  The  process  may  be 
conducted  in  two  ways  ;  first,  to  a  concentrated  solution  ot 
the  alkaline  salts  of  the  two  acids,  a  mineral  acid  (HC1),  or 
the  ortho  acid,  or  a  mixture  of  the  ortho-  and  para-acids 
(crude  saccharine)  is  added  in  quantity  sufficient  to  displace 


the  para-aeid  from  its  salt.  The  para-acid  separates  out, 
leaving  the  salt  of  the  ortho-acid  in  solution.  In  the  other 
method,  dry,  crude  saccharine  is  added  to  a  solution  of  an 
alkali  or  an  alkaline  carbonate,  containing  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  neutralise  the  ortho-acid,  which  dissolves, 
forming  its  alkaline  salt,  and  leaving  the  para-acid  unacted 
upon.  From  the  solution  of  its  alkaline  salt,  the  ortho- 
aeid.  or  pure  saccharine,  is  obtained  by  acidulation  with  a 
mineral  acid. — J.  G.  W. 


Improved  Process  for  Extracting  Iodine  from  Natural 
Saline  Waters,  Mother  Liquors,  or  other  Liquids 
containing  Iodine.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool.  From 
J!.  Campani,  Pisa,  Italy.  Eng.  Pat.  16,942,  September 
22,  1892. 

A  process  for  extracting  pure  iodine  from  saline  liquors, 
without  previous  concentration,  by  means  of  iodide  of 
starch.  Starch  paste  is  added  to  the  liquor  and  then  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  bleaching-powder  solution  to  liberate 
the  whole  of  the  iodine.  After  standing  ten  hours,  the 
precipitate  of  iodide  of  starch  is  filtered  off,  washed  and 
treated  with  sulphurous  anhydride,  forming  hydriodic  acid 
and  leaving  a  deposit  of  starch,  which  can  be  used  again. 
The  solution  of  hydriodic  acid,  containing  a  little  sulphuric 
aeid,  is  neutralised  with  sodium  carbonate,  and  the  iodine 
then  liberated  by  potassium  bichromate  and  sulphuric  acid 
in  a  sufficiently  pure  state  to  dispense  with  sublimation. 

—J.  G.  W. 


XXI.-PHOTOGMPHIC  MATERIALS 
PROCESSES. 


AND 


A  New  Process  for  Photo  Dyeing.    A.  Villain.    L'Amateur 
Photographe,  1 892. 

This  process  is  based  on  the  experiments  of  Kopp.  The 
sensitive  salt  used  is  bichromate  of  ammonia,  to  which  is 
added  a  little  meta-vanadate  of  ammonia,  this  being  a  more 
energetic  mordant. 

The  composition  of  the  sensitising  bath  is  as  follows  : — 

Water 1,00 

Bichromate  of  ammonia 50  grms. 

Meta-vanadate  of  ammonia S  grins, 

After  immersion  the  tissue  is  dried  at  a  low  temperature 
25' — 30°  C,  away  from  all  white  light.  After  exposure 
under  a  negative  the  details  appear  clearly  defined,  the 
print  is  then  thoroughly  washed  to  remove  all  traces  of 
the  unaltered  salts,  and  in  this  state  it  may  bt  dried  and 
preserved,  it  being  merely  sufficient  to  steep  in  warm  water 
before'dyeing.  The  print  having  been  placed  in  the  dyeing- 
bath,  which  is  heated  to  boding  for  10  or  15  minutes,  is 
taken  out  and  washed;  if  the  whites  are  then  not  pure  the 
print  is  passed  through  a  warm  bath  of  carbonate  of  soda, 
or  a  cold  bath  of  chloride  of  lime  to  which  a  few  drops 
of  hydrochloric  acid  have  been  added.  After  a  thorough 
washing  the  print  is  finished. 

The  colouring  matters  chiefly  used  are  :  artificial  alizarin, 
alizarin  blue  S,  alizarin  black  S,  alizarin  black  K,  gallo- 
rlavin,  purpurin,  anthracene  blue,  alizarin  orange,  cerulein  S, 
gallein,  alizarin  green,  alizarin  yellow,  alizarin  maroon,  &c. 

The  prints  thus  obtained  offer  great  resistance  to  the  action 
of  light,  alkalis,  and  acids. — J.  C.  C. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Deo.  31, 1892. 


PATENTS. 

The  Preparation  and  Employment  of  Aromatic  Amido 
( 'ompounds  as  Developing  Means  in  Photography. 
J.  lluuff,  Stuttgart,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  15,434, 
September  11,  1891. 

The  amido  phenols  used  for  developing  have  to  be  used  in 
caustic  alkali  solution,  which  is  in  man;  ways  unsuitable 
in  practice.  By  substituting  the  hydrogen  of  the  amido 
::roup  by  alkyl  groups  this  objection  is  avoided,  as  the 
resulting  bodies  can  be  employed  in  solutions  of  the  alkaline 
carbonates.  The  specification  covers  the  preparation  of 
the  following  bodies :— Mono-  and  cli-methyl  and  ethyl 
derivatives  of  para-amidophenol,  ortho-amido-meta-ciesol, 
meta-amido-ortho-cresol.  ineta-amido-metaxylenol,  meta- 
amido-para-xyleno!,  ortho-amido-ortho-xylenol  and  ortho- 
amido-meta-xylenol  (Sym.),  also  mono-,  di-,  and  tetra 
methyl  or  ethyl  derivatives  of  para-pheuylenediamine,  para- 
toluylene  diamine,  para-xylylenediaruine,  a-/3-naphthylene 
diamine  and  a-a-naphthylene  diamine.  Suitable  developing 
mixtures  containing  the  above  substances  are  given. 

— C,  A.  K. 


A  Sew  Apparatus  for  Developing,  Fixing,  and  Washing  of 
Photographic  Dig  Plates  without  the  use  of  a  Dark 
Room.  L.  Nievsky,  London.  Eng.  Pat,  17,860,  October 
19,  1891. 
The  plate  after  exposure  is  dropped  from  the  camera  into 
a  light  tight  tank  provided  with  red  glass  windows  ;  the 
bottom  of  this  tank  is  connected  by  three  or  more  tubes  to 
india-rubber  balls  containing  developing  solution,  washing 
water,  fixing  solution,  &c.  To  develop  the  plate,  the  tap 
opening  to  the  ball  containing  the  developing  solution  is 
opened  and  the  ball  compressed  so  as  to  cause  the  liquid  to 
rise  in  the  tank  and  cover  the  plate,  when  developed  the 
pressure  on  the  ball  is  relieved  and  the  solution  so  with- 
drawn. The  plate  is  then  treated  in  a  similar  manner  with 
fixing  solution,  &c. — J.  C.  0. 


Apparatus  for  Developing,  Firing,  and  washing  Photo- 
graphs. J.  Wagnei  and  6.  Bredig,  Leipzig,  Germany. 
Eng.  Pat.  19,471,  November  10,  1891. 
Tins  apparatus  is  in  the  form  of  a  shallow  rectangular  box, 
placed  upright  on  its  narrow  side,  and  divided  into  two 
parts  by  a  perforated  division.  The  front  and  back  are 
provided  with  red  glass  windows  and  a  lid  closes  it  hermeti- 
cally. The  liquid  is  admitted  through  a  tap-funnel  placed 
at  the  top  of  the  box  and  communicating  with  the  lower 
division  yvhich  has  in  addition  a  draw-off  cock.  The  plate 
having  been  introduced  into  the  box,  rests  with  its  lower 
edge  on  the  division  plate  and  the  cover  is  put  on:  the 
developing  solution  is  then  poured  into  the  lower  division 
by  means  of  the  funne  and  the  tap  closed.  The  box  is 
then  turned  upside  down,  the  solution  running  over  the 
plate.  In  order  to  examine  the  plate  or  run  off  the  solution 
the  position  is  reversed.  In  the  same  manner  the  plate 
may  be  fixed  and  washed. — J.  C.  C. 


Improvements  in  Apparatus  or  Applianees  for  lrse  in 
Drying  Sheets  of  Glue,  Gelatin,  and  the  like.  VY.  P. 
Thompson.  Liverpool.  From  P.  Krauseder,  and  A. 
Lentsch,  Munich,  Germany.  Eng.  Pat.  20,755,  November 
28,  1891. 

See  under  XIV.,  page  1018. 


XXII.-EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 


PATENTS. 

Improvements  in  Explosive  Compounds.  II.  E.  Newton, 
London.  From  A.  Nobel.  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat. 
4179,  December  2,  1875.     (Second  Edition.) 

l!v  this  invention  nitroglycerin  or  other  analogous  substance 
is  gelatinised  by  dissolving  in  it  collodion  cotton.  The 
solution  of  this  body  may  be  effected  directly  by  heating 
the  two  substances  together  or  the  collodion  cotton  may  be 
first  dissolved  in  a  "promoting"  solvent,  such  as  acetone 
&c,  and  the  solution  mixed  with  the  nitroglycerin.  ( )n 
evaporating  the  solvent  an  explosive  jelly  is  left.  Suitable 
proportions  are  seven  parts  of  collodion  cotton  and  93 
parts  of  nitroglycerin.  The  rate  of  explosion  of  this  gelatin 
may  be  decreased  and  regulated  by  incorporating  with  it 
from  half  to  thirty  per  cent,  of  acetic  ether  or  nitrobenzol 
&c. 

<  heaper  explosives  may  be  made  by  mixing  the  gelatin 
with,  for  instance,  sawdust  and  a  nitrate. — W.  M. 


Preparation  of  Explosive  Compounds.  A.  V.  Newton, 
London.  From  A.  Nobel,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  226, 
January  20,  1879.  (Second  Edition.)  (Provisional 
protection  only.) 

It  is  proposed  to  produce  powders  of  any  desired  quickness 
of  explosion,  by  mixing  a  comparatively  slow  gunpowder 
with  a  quick  powder  in  such  proportions  as  to  produce  the 
quickness  of  explosion  needed. — W.  M. 


Manufacture  of  Explosive  Compounds.  II.  E.  Newton, 
London.  From  A.  Nobel,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  l'at. 
2i>99,  June  17,  1879.     (Second  Edition.) 

"  Tuts  invention  relates  to  a  method  of  imparting  to  highly 
compressed  mealed,  in  contradistinction  to  grained,  gun- 
powder, that  quickness  of  explosion  which  it  needs  to 
become  useful  as  a  blasting  agent,  and  which  also  facilitates 
its  adaptation  as  a  propelling  agent  in  heavy  guns." 

Special  primers  consisting  of  a  small  charge  of  barium  or 
lead  picrate,  or  analogous  fulminate  equally  insensible  to 
percussion,  are  used  in  conjunction  with  cartridges  of 
compressed  mealed  powder.  The  firing  of  such  primer 
serves  to  explode  the  sluggish  mealed  powder  which  cannot 
be  exploded  in  the  ordinary  way. — W.  M. 


Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the  Manufacture  oj 
Explosive  Substances.  W.  P.  Thompson,  Liverpool. 
From  E.  Landener,  Paris,  France.  Eng.  Pat.  19,267 
November  7,  1891. 

The  improvements  consist  in  coating  chlorates  with  fatty 
substances,  hydrocarbons  and  their  nitric  derivatives,  for 
the  purpose  of  rendering  them  less  sensitive  to  concussion, 
and  insoluble  in  water,  whilst  entirely  preserving  their 
shattering  properties. — W.  M. 


An  Improved  Explosive  Compound.  W.  E.  Gedge, 
London.  From  the  United  States  Smokeless  Powder 
Company,  San  Francisco,  U.S.A.  Eng.  Pat.  12,415, 
July  5,  1892. 

The  new  explosive  is  a  mixture  of  picrate  and  nitrate  of 
ammonia  with  or  without  nitroglycerin.  The  proportions 
are  varied  according  to  the  explosive  force  required.     One 


i\c.  si.  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1033 


part  of  picrate  of  ammonia  with  one  part  of  nitrate  of 
ammonia  will  form  a  very  quick  and  powerful  explosive, 
and  the  violence  may  be  varied  by  increasing  the  proportion 
of  nitrate  of  ammonia  up  to  nine  parts  to  one  of  picrate. 
For  blasting  purposes,  nitroglycerin  is  added ;  if  4  parts 
of  picrate  of  ammonia  and  6  parts  of  nitrate  of  ammonia 
have  been  used,  six  parts  of  nitroglycerin  will  make  an 
effective  mixture.  The  picrate  and  nitrate  arc  mixed  in  any 
suitable  manner,  and  the  nitroglycerin  added  and  mixed  in, 

—A.  G.  B. 


Addendum. 

In  the  No.  3  of  this  Vol.  XI.,  page  235,  col.  2,  the  article 
on  the  Preparation  nf  a-Trinitrotoluene,  C.  Haussermann, 
should  be  referred  to  under  XXII.,  Explosives,  to  which 
Group  tlie  substance  properly  belongs. 


XXIII.-ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 


G.  Lunge,     lier.  25, 


APPARATUS. 

Improvements  in  the  Gasvolumeler. 
3157—3164. 

I.N  this  article  the  author  describes  some  improvements 
that  he  has  made  in  his  well-known  "  gasvolumeter  "  which 
was  described  in  the  Berichte,  1890,440  (this  Journal,  18110, 
S47— 549;  and  1891,  1031). 

Having  found  that  every  form  of  glass  tap  to  the 
"  reduction  "  tube  that  he  has  tried,  sooner  or  later  ceased 
to  be  gas-tight,  and  that  the  alternative  plan  of  sealing  off 
the  drawn-out  end  of  the  reduction  tube  is  somewhat 
inconvenient,  if  through  some  mishap,  or  for  other  reason  it 
becomes  necessary  to  readjust  the  volume  of  air  in  the 
reduction  tube,  he  has  now  devised  two  plans  of  closing  the 
reduction  tube,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  ensure  a  permanently 
gas-tight  closure  under  either  increased  or  diminished 
pressure,  whilst  at  the  same  time  they  allow  of  the  ready 
opening  of  the  tube  for  the  purpose  of  readjusting  it  when 
desirable.  The  first  method  consists  in  drawing  out  the 
upper  end  of  the  reduction  tube  to  a  capillary7  with  a  stout 
wall,  and  with  a  slight  bulge  on  it  (see  Fig.  1).  The  end  of 
the  tube  is  ground  square,  and  a  piece  of  glass  rod  of  the 


Fig.  1. 


Fig.  2. 


Fig.  3. 


<  40 
76. 


li 


same  thickness  as  the  tube  and  with  a  slight  bulge  on  it 
also  is  ground  square  to  meet  it.  A  piece  of  india-rubber 
tube  is  slipped  over  the  bulge  on  the  capillary  leaving  an 
equal  length  projecting  above  the  top  of  the  capillary,  and 
the  level  of  the  mercury  in  the  reduction  tube  is  then 
brought  to  the  division  on  the  tube  that  allows  of  100  cc.  of 
dry  air  at  the  temperature  and  pressure  of  the  day  entering 
the  tube.  A  drop  of  mercury  is  then  poured  into  the 
india-rubber  tube,  the  glass-rod  is  inserted  and  the  india- 
rubber  tube  tied  with  wire  and  varnished.  Fig.  2  shows  the 
second  method  of  closing  the  tube,  which  the  author 
considers  even  more  satisfactory  than  that  already  described. 
The  reduction  tube  in  this  case  is  widened  out  at  the  top 
into  a  cup,  a  stout-walled  neck  forming  the  connection.  A 
somewhat  conical,  thin,  glass  stopper  is  accurately  groaud 
into  this  neck.  This  stopper  is  well  coated  with  vaselin  or 
paraffin  so  that  it  does  not  seize,  and  so  that  it  may  also 
close  the  tube  more  perfectly.  In  the  lower  half  of  the 
stopper  a  vertical  groove  is  cut,  so  that  on  turning  the 
stopper  this  groove  may  be  made  to  connect  with  a 
corresponding  groove  cut  in  the  upper  part  of  the  neck. 
When  the  two  grooves  connect  together  a  small  air  channel 
is  formed,  but  on  turning  the  stopper  round  the  passage  is  at 
once  closed.  After  adjusting  the  volume  of  air  in  the  tube 
and  closing  it  by  turning  the  stopper,  mercury  is  poured 
into  the  cup.  To  make  the  seal  still  more  secure  and  to 
prevent  mercury  in  the  cup  from  being  thrown  out  by  any 
chance,  a  cork  with  a  small  tube  passing  through  a  per- 
foration in  it  is  inserted  into  the  cup  and  pressed  down 
upon  the  top  of  the  glass  stopper,  and  bound  down,  the 
small  tube  through  the  cork,  allowing  the  mercury  to  enter 
it  and  so  giving  room  for  expansion  and  contraction  under 
changes  of  temperature. 

The  author  further  states  that  he  uow  has  the  reduction 
tube  graduated  somewhat  differently  to  the  usual  form. 
Instead  of  making  the  tube  so  that  the  100  cc.  division 
comes  immediately  below  the  wider  part  of  the  tube  it  is 
made  so  that  the  9.5  cc.  division  comes  there  and  the 
graduation  is  continued  down  the  narrow  tube  up  to  125  cc, 
the  length  of  tube  for  each  cubic  centimetre  being  as  nearly 
as  possible  10  mm.  By  this  arrangement  a  volume  of  dry 
gas  can  very  readily  be  measured  against  a  volume  of  damp 
gas  in  the  reduction  tube,  and  vice  versa, — operations  which 
are  frequently  convenient. 

The  author  pointed  out  how  this  might  be  done  some 
time  ago  (Zeits.  angew.  Chem.  1891,  410  ;  this  Journal, 
1891,  1031),  viz..  by  placing  the  reduction  tube  filled  with 
damp  air,  when  measuring  a  volume  of  dry  gas,  lower,  and 
when  filled  with  dry  air  for  measuring  a  volume  of  damp 
gas,  higher  than  the  normal  position  by  as  many  millimetres 
as  correspond  to  the  tension  of  water  vapour  at  the  existing 
temperature.  To  do  this,  however,  requires  the  use  of  a 
measure  which  by  the  new  arrangement  is  avoided.  For 
instance,  if  it  be  desired  to  measure  a  volume  of  dry  gas  at 
a  temperature  of  15"  against  a  moist  reduction  tube,  the 
levelling  tube  is  so  placed  that  the  mercury  in  the  reduction 
tube  stands  at  100°,  but  instead  of  bringing  the  mercury  in 
the  gas-measuring  tube  on  a  level  with  this  point  it  must  be 
brought  on  a  level  with  the  division  98'  7°  of  the  reduction 
tube,  the  difference  between  100°  and  98 '7°  being  13  mm. 
which  is  approximately  the  tension  of  water  vapour  at  the 
temperature  of  15°  (more  exactly  12"  mm.).  There  is, 
therefore,  in  the  gas  measuring  tube  a  column  of  mercury 
13  mm.  higher  than  that  in  the  reduction  tube,  in  other 
words  the  dry  gas  is  compressed  more  than  the  damp  air  in 
the  reduction  tube  by  an  amount  exactly  corresponding  to 
the  tension  of  the  water  vapour  in  the  latter.  Obviously, 
if  it  be  desired  to  measure  a  damp  gas  against  a  dry- 
reduction  tube,  the  level  of  the  mercury  in  the  measuring 
tube  must  be  brought  as  many  millimetres  lower  than  the 
level  of  the  mercury  in  the  reduction  tube  as  corresponds  to 
the  existing  tension  of  water  vapour.  Moreover,  the  same 
result  can  be  arrived  at  by  adjusting  the  mercury  in  the 
reduction  tube  at  so  many  millimeters  higher  or  lower  than 
100°  as  corresponds  to  the  tension  of  water  vapour  at  the 
time  and  then  bringing  the  mercury  in  the  gas  measuring 
tube  on  a  level  with  the  100°  division  on  the  reduction 
tube. 


laU 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [Dec.si,i89a. 


The  new  method  of  graduation  from  95  cc.  to  125  cc. 
suffices  for  all  ordinary  purposes  as  a  tension  of  water- 
vapour  exceeding  30  mm.  has  never  to  he  dealt  with.  If, 
however,  it  he  desired  to  read  off  directly  the  weight  in 
milligrammes  instead  of  the  volume  of  gases,  the  reduction 
tuhe  must  be  graduated  from  90  cc.  to  150  cc.  In  a  tube 
so  graduated  the  operation  is  conducted  as  follows  : — 

Instead  of  bringing  the  level  of  the  mercury  in  the  reduc- 
tion tube  to  the  100°  division,  it  must  be  brought  to  the 
division  corresponding  to  the  weight  of  1  litre  of  the  gas  to 
be  measured  x    1 00,  e.g. — 

o 

For  air  il  must  be  brought  to 129'4 

For  oxygen       „  „  143"0 

For  nitrogen     „  „  125-5 

For  nitric  oxide  „  184-8 

When  the  graduations  of  the  tube  do  not  extend  far 
enough,  the  mercury  in  the  reduction  tube  can  be  placed  at 
the  division  corresponding  to  one-half  or  one-third  the 
product,  e.g.,  in  the  case  of  carbonic  acid,  instead  of 
adjusting  the  mercury  to  196-6°,  it  must  be  adjusted  to 
98-3 "',  o,nd  then  each  cubic  centimetre  in  the  gas-measuring 
tube  =  2  mgrms. 

This  principle  can  be  further  extended.  Instead  of  taking 
into  account  the  weight  of  one  litre  of  the  gas  to  be 
measured,  the  weight  of  the  substance  actuallysought  for 
by  the  analysis  may  be  read  ;  as,  for  instance,  in  the  case 
of  bleaching  powder  when  decomposed  by  hydrogen 
peroxide,  each  molecule  of  oxygen,  02,  generated  corre- 
sponds to  one  molecule  of  available  chlorine,  CX,.  By 
adjusting  the  reduction  tube  to  the  division  corresponding 
to  one-third  the  weight  of  1  litre  of  chlorine  x  100  =  105' 6 
then  each  cc.  of  oxgen  generated  =  3  mgrms.  of 
chlorine.  In  the  azotometricai  estimation  of  nitrogen,  the 
usual  correction  of  2>-  per  cent,  must  be  made,  so  that 
the  reduction  tube  must  be  adjusted  to  the  division 
125-5  x  inn  _  12g- 7  ;  or  if  it  he  desired  to   read   off   the 

lJ7'5  • 

corresponding  weight  of  ammonia,  then  it  must  be  adjusted 

to  the  division  l&'\^\y™  =  156-3 j  in  the  case  of 
urea  the  correction  of  8  per  cent,  must  be  made  and  the 
product  divided  by  2,  thus  12^  l|  ^"°  =  146-2,  when 
each  cc.  of  gas  =  2  mgrms.  of  urea.  In  order  to  read  off 
the  weight  of  calcium  carbonate  directly  from  the  volume 
of  carbonic  acid,  the  reduction  tuhe  must  he  adjusted  to  the 
division  1!)0'';  '  'm  =  111-7°,  when  each  cc.  of  CO.,  corre- 
sponds  to  4  mgrms.  of  CaCO., ;  or  again,  if  the  weight  of 
carbon  is  required  (as  in  iron  analysis),  the  reduction  tube  is 

adjusted  according  to  the  calculation    '  " — -  =  107 '2, 

in  which  case  each  cc.  of  C<\,  =  0-5  mgrm.  of  C. 

The  author  remarks,  however,  that  this  lengthened  form 
of  reduction  tube  is  not  so  convenient  as  the  shorter  form, 
and  moreover  the  same  results  can  he  arrived  at  more 
readily  with  the  latter,  by  taking  certain  deliuite  weights  of 
the  substance  to  he  examined  and  reading  off  at  once  the 
percentages  sought  for,  as  he  has  already  shown  (Zeits. 
ang.  Chem.  1890,  143);  whilst  for  any  special  kind  of 
determinations,  such  as  vapour  density  determinations  and 
nitrogen  estimations  in  organic  substances,  specially- 
graduated  forms  of  the  instrument  may  be  advantageously 
used. 

He  calls  attention  also  to  a  modified  form  of  levelling 
tube,  shown  in  Fig.  3,  which  effects  an  economy  of  mercury, 
and  to  a  new  iron  stand  by  which,  through  a  combination 
of  a  thin  steel  cord,  a  pulley,  drum,  and  handle,  the 
levelling  and  reduction  tubes  can  be  readily  raised  or 
lowered.     (See  also  this  Journal,  1891,  1029—1030.) 

— H.  S.  P. 


A       Simple     Extraction     and     Condensing     Apparatus, 
K.  Farusteiner.     Chem.  Zeit.  16,  1030. 

The  extraction  apparatus   depicted  below   may  be  readily 
constructed  by  the  chemist. 


The  bent  tube  B  B  has  a  total  length  of  60  cm.  and  is 
0-5  cm.  wide;  it  serves  as  a  condenser,  a  stream  of  water 
passing  through  it.  The  tube  C,  in  which  the  substance  to 
be  extracted  is  contained,  is  10  cm.  long  and  2  cm.  wide, 
and  rests  on  the  wire  spiral  placed  in  the  neck  of  the  large 
tube  A.  This  latter  is  32  cm.  in  length  and  3  cm.  broad. 
The  holder  C  is  widened  at  four  points  at  its  upper  part  a, 
in  order  more  effectually  to  catch  the  liquid  falling  from  1!. 

— \V.  J.  P. 


Apparatus    for    Fractional    Distillation.     M. 
Chem.  Zeit.  16,  958—959. 


Ekenberg 


The  author  has  devised  an  apparatus  for  the  fractional 
distillation  of  liquids  boiling  between  100°  and  250°.  The 
construction  of  the  apparatus  will  be  understood  from  the 
Figure  on  next  page. 

The  fractionation  column,  900  mm.  in  length  and  4 — 5  nun. 
in  diameter,  is  contained  iu  a  closed  air-bath  and  is  coiled 
round  the  glass  cylinder  which  serves  as  a  chimney.  The 
temperature  of  the  bath  is  regulated  by  a  Stuhl's  contact 
thermometer  connected  with  an  electrical  thermo-rcgulator. 
The  temperature  of  the  jacket  may  be  controlled  within 
0-2°  C,  and  the  difference  in  temperature  between  its  upper 
and  lower  parts  is  only  0-5°.  Sample  distillations  are  quoted 
to  demonstrate  the  great  efficiency  of  the  apparatus.  It  is 
especially  recommended  in  technical  laboratory  estimations 
of  xylenes,  cumenes,  solvent  naphthas,  anilines,  nitro- 
benzenes  or  petroleums,  &c. — W.  .1.  P. 


D        II,  1892.] 


THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


in;;:, 


vA    Pf 


PATENT. 

An  Improvement  in  Analytical  and  other  Delicate  Balances 
also  applicable  In  other  Beam  Weighing  Machine*. 
G.  P.  Bidder,  London.  Eng.  Pat.  21,186,'  December  4, 
1891. 

The  object  of  this  invention  is  to  supersede  the  use  of 
"  riders  "  on  analytical  balances.  The  invention  consists  in 
employing  a  flexible  filament,  thread,  or  light  chain,  of  as 
nearly  as  possible  uniform  section  throughout,  one  end  of 
this  chain  being  fixed  to  and  suspended  from  one  arm  of 
the  balance,  preferably  near  the  fulcrum,  from  which  point 
the  chain  hangs  in  the  form  of  catenary,  the  other  end 
being  led  up  through  the  top  of  the  case  and  attached  to 
an  appliance  for  raising  or  loweringit;  this  may  coiiM-t  of 
a  cylinder  around  which  the  chain  is  wound,  and  to  which 
is  attached  a  milled  head  and  graduated  circle  moving  past 
a  fixed  index ;  or  the  end  of  the  chain  may  be  attached  to  a 
vertically  sliding  bar  marked  with  a  scale,  and  worked  by  a 
rack  and  pinion,  or  by  any  suitable  means. — J.  C.  C, 


INORGANIC   CHEMISTRY.— 
QUANTITATIVE. 

Nickel  Analysis.     S.  H.  Emmens.     Eng.  and  Mining.  J., 
'  November  26,  1892,  510—51 1. 

The  substances  usually  submitted  to  analysis  for  the 
determination  of  the  contained  nickel  may  conveniently  be 
classified  as  follows  :  — 

1.  Regulus  and  minerals  containing  arsenic,  viz.,  speiss 
and  arseniferous  ores  of  nickel.     2.  Regulus  and  minerals 


Table  I. 
Metallic  Nickel,  Nickel  Matte,  Nickel  Oxide,  &c. 


Substance. 


Matte  (Swedish) 

Dn.  (Sudbury).... 
Do.         do 

Bessemerised  (do.) 

Bes8emerised    (New 
CM.) 
Fonle"       (do.) 

Nickel    oxide   (Sud- 
bury). 

Nickel    oxide    (New 

CM.) 
Artificial  nickel  ore 

Nickel  (German)  .. 

Do.  do. 

Do.     (English)  .. 

Do.    (New  CM.)  . 
Disc  do.     do. 

Cast  do 

Sheet  do.  (German) 
Rolled  anode  (do.) 


Manufacturer. 


Hate. 


Analyst  or  Authority. 


Percentage  of  Composition. 


Ni 


(  nnadian  Copper  Co. 


Orford  Copper  Co.. 
Societe  de  Nickel  . 


1891 
1891 

1S91 


Crristollc 

Fleitman 

do. 


Wagner's  cheni.  Tech. 

8th  ed. 
P.  L.  Sparry 14'84 

13-04 


1889 

1839 

1892     Canadian  Copper  Co.. 

Thorpe's        Diet,      of 
Applied  Cheui. 


Hunt  and  Clapp  . 

Ledoux  

E.  F.Wood 


Lassaigne 

Diet.  I 


(Watts' 


1881  ]  Christ oflo  and  Bouilliet 

Thorpe    (Diet  of  Ap- 
plied Chem.) 

Gard    (Wagner,  1.1th 
ed.). 
ls'.n     F.  P.  Dewey 

1891 


56-75 
54-60 
73-30 


97-4 1 

97-050 

97-03 


Co 

Total 

Ni  and 

Co 

Fe 

Cu 

26-00 

16-33 

31-67 

0-27 

W71 

31-00 

27-06 

0-20 

14-04 

31-47 

26-76 

:;.-,•<.':; 

1-09 

40-98 

'.7   17 

11-90 

.. 

67"9S 

25-87 

.. 

74-60 

1-51 

1-25 

77  ■'.<■: 

0-23 

0-09 

.. 

48-23 

23-87 

Trace 

.. 

56 '73 

12-55 

27 -SO- 

54-60 

11-30 

SO -10 

22-10 

95-40 

roo 

Trace 

97-75 
98-83 

0'36 

(Mill 
0-72 

Trace 

97-41 

0-301 

.. 

1-858 

iis-ios 

0-829 

0-49S 

1-19 

98-82 

0-75 

0-15 

('.Sill, 

and  other 
Impurities. 


26-00 
26-90 
27-00 
19-71 
17-llS 
1-95 


(V264 


0-104 

o-cia 

004 


..(')  - 

0'92 

0-95 

2-29(«) 

3-85 

2-90 

1   45 

27-636 
(inc.  0) 
3-70 

4-00 

3-00 

1-79 

0-43 

2-155 

0-&42(3) 

0-24C) 


(')  Average  of  three  assays.  (2)  Ditto. 

(»)  -  li  shoved  by  qualitative  analysis  slight  traces  of  arsenic,  antimony,  and  Muminium,  and  a  perceptible  amount  of  silicon.    No  other 
metal  or  phosphorus  was  found."    Note  by  Mr.  Dewey. 
(')  ■'  Showed  some  silicious  residue."    Note  by  Mr.  Dewey. 


[036 


THE  JOUENAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Die.  81, 1892. 


Table  I. 
Metallii    Nickel,  Nickel  Matte,  Nickel  Oxide,  &c. — continued. 


Date. 

Percentage  of  Composition. 

Substance.                 Manufacturer, 

Analyst  or  Authority. 

Ni            Co 

Total 

Ni  and 

Co 

Fe 

Cn 

C.  SiO, 
S        and  other 
Impurities 

Sueietc    de  Xitliel... 

II.  Wiggms  and  Co.. 

1891 

1891 

F.  P.  Dcwev 

97*38        1-20      99 -OS 

o-in;      o-r.s 

0-32         0-113 

0-013           0-107(5) 

98-757 

94-986 

96-2J 

88-68 

82-776 

1-586     98-348 

Trace         1-221 

1891 
1892 
1892 
1891 

0-856 
093 
'i  rece 
1-133 

95-844 

97-22 
83-68 
83-909 

0-354 

0-047 

Trace          3,755(<i) 

Orford  Copper  Co.... 

Hans  in     and     Van 

Winkle  1    i. 
Zuckerand  Lsvett .. 

1-92         0-21 

O'lOt         G-S58f'l 

Cast  nickel  (anode]  . 

"■111         0'15 

12-091  j    0-103 

0-05           3-847C) 

('■)  •  .V  small  amount  of  hard,  gritty  grains  left  on  dissolving  the  metal."    Note  by  Mr.  Dewey. 

(»)  "It  showed  by  qualitative  examination  the  slightest  traces  of  arsenic  and  antimony,  some  aluminium,  and  considerable  silicon 
anil  calcium.    Distinct  grains  of  slag  were  found.    No  oilier  metal  phosphorus  was  found."    Note  by  Mr.  Dewey. 
e       There  is  some  Si  and  considerable  As  in  this  sample."    Note  by  Mr.  Dewey. 
i  "I  ■  It  contained  a  considerable  amount  of  tin.  probably  76.    There  is  also  considerable  silicon  present."    Note  by  -Mr.  Dewey, 

(9)  "  It  showed  on  qualitative  analysis  slight  traces  of  arsenic  and  antimony,  some  aluminium  and  calcium,  and  considerable  silicon. 
No  other  metal  or  phosphorus  was  found.    Note  by  Mr.  Dewey. 


containing  no  (or  but  little)  arsenic,  viz.,  matte,  nickeli- 
ferous,  pyrrhotite  and  non-arseniferous  ores  of  nickel. 
a.  Metallic  nickel,  nickel  steel,  German  silver,  and  other 
alloys  of  nickel. 

lii  the  absence  of  any  generally  recognised  and  accepted 
system  of  accurate  nickel  analysis,  Mr.  Charles  T.  Mixer, 
the  chemist  of  the  Emineus  Metal  Company,  has,  in  con- 
junction with  the  author  devised  the  following  methods, 
which  were  found  to  be  sufficiently  trustworthy  fur  all 
technical  and  commercial  purposes. 

Method  A. — For  Substances  High  in  Nickel  and 
Low  in  Copper  and  Iron,  e.g.,  Metallic  Nickel, 
Bessemerised  Matte,  Nickel  (  Ixihe.  &c. 


Operation. 


1.  Dissolve   (about  2    srrnis  I 

and  evaporate. 

2.  Dissolve  and  filter 

3.  Precipitate  and  filter 

4.  Dissolve  tin-  washed  pre- 

cipitate and  evaporate 
till  white  fumes  are 
piodnced. 

:,.  Dissolve  and  electrolyse  .. 

6.  Boil,    nitrate   from  3  and 

peroxidise. 

7.  Cool  and  make  solution  up 

I"   I'lOCC. 

8.  lied  half  of  7.  precipitate 

and  filter. 

9.  Itedissolvc  the  precipitate 

10.  Precipitate  and  filler 

11.  Dissolve    ami    reduce    the 

well-washed  precipitate. 
1\  Titrale 

13.  Precipitate  and  Biter  one- 
tenth  I  to  ce.l  of  7. 

1 1  Dissolve  the  washed  pre- 
cipitate. 

15.   .Make  alkaline 

ir,.  Electroylse  


Kea'-enl. 


HN03  +  HC1.  or 

lusion  with  KHSO, 

1IC1  +  H,.<  I 

H,S 

HXn;i+H:so, 


H,0  +  HNf )., 
HX03 

1 1  .<> 

NH3 

HC1 

MIi 
H,SO,  +  Zn 

KM„0, 

NaHO 

Dilute  II  ,S<  l, 
Ml. 


Separation. 


SiO.,,  C.  &c. 
CuS 


Cu 


Fe 


Xi  4  Co 


Method  B.— Foe  Substances  High  in  Iron  and  Low- 
in  Nickel,  e.g.,  Ptbrhotitb  and  once-run  Matte. 


Operation. 


Reagent.  Separation 


1.1 


■  Same  as  in  Method  A  . 


Cu 


Precipitate  and  filtrate  . 


NH3  Fe,0,II.,, 

3.  Boil  the  wastied    precipi-    H20  made  faintly  acid  '  FcoOoII.O 

9.  Precipitate  and  filter NH.C1  +  JNH3  Fe^UlX) 

in. 


Add  together  the  filtrates 
from  7 and  9  ;  evaporate 
to  small  bulk  ;  precipi- 
tate and  filter. 

10.  Dissolve  the  washed   pre- 

cipitate. 

11.  Make  alkaline 

12.  Electrolyse 


with  H«S04orHCl 
NH4CI  +  NHS 

NaHO  in  large  excess 

Dilute  H, SO, 

NH„ 


Xi  4-  Co 


Method  C. — Qualitative  examination  of  pyrrhotite  and 
other  lean  ores  of  nickel. 

1.  Reduce  to  fine  powder. 

2.  Dissolve  in  aquareyia;  evaporate  to  dryness;  dissolve 
in  HC1  and  H20 ;  filter  off  from  gaugue  and  insoluble 
matter. 

3.  Pass  H;S  through  the  solution  to  remove  Cu. 

4.  Boil  free  of  H>S  ;  peroxidise  with  HN(  >3. 

5.  Precipitate  the  Fe  with  NH3 ;  boil ;  add  HC1  until  the 
supernatant  liquid  is  faintly  acid;  boil  sharply  for  10 
minutes. 

G.  Make  strongly  alkaline  with  NH:l  and  note  the  colour 
of  the  supernatant  solution.  If  it  be  distinctly  blue  the 
percentage  of  nickel  in  the  on   is  commercially  important. 

7.  If  the  solution  be  colourless,  filter  and  boil  down  to  a 
small  bulk  free  from  the  odour  of   Nil,.     Then  add  a  few 


Dec.ai,  1892.]        THE  JOUKNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTliY. 


1037 


drops  of  a  solution  of  potassium  sulphocarbonate,  which 
will  give  a  pink  coloration  if  there  be  any  trace  of  nickel 
in  the  ore. 

N.B. — Test  7  is  also  useful  for  determining  when  the 
electrolytic  separation  of  the  Ni  is  complete  in  methods  A. 
and  B.  It  was  found  that  the  reactien  is  best  observed 
when  the  solutions  are  neutral  instead  of  being  alkaline  as 
recommended  in  the  text-books. 

A  distinguished  feature  of  the  process  is  the  treatment 
of  the  precipitated  ferric  hydroxide  with  a  minute  quantity 
of  acid.  This  has  the  effect  of  dissolving  any  Nj  or  Co 
hydrate  that  may  have  been  carried  down  with  the  iron  ; 
and  it  is  more  efficient  than  the  numerous  tedious  and 
troublesome  repetitions  of  solution,  precipitation,  filtration, 
aud  washing  necessitated  by  the  older  methods.  At  first 
sight,  indeed,  it  may  be  doubted  whether  sulphuric  or 
hydrochloric  acid  will  unite  with  nickel  in  preference  to 
iron,  seeing  that  the  latter  metal  oxidises  more  energetically 
than  the  former;  but  the  .following  thermo-chemieal  data 
will  make  the  matter  clear: — 


.  Reaction. 


Fe  +  O  I  SOaAq 
Xi  +  O  +  SOjAn 
Pe  +  CI.  +  Aq  . . 
Xi  +  Cl3  +  Aq  . . , 
Fe  +  0  +  H20.., 
Xi  +0  +  1UJ.. 


Heat  generated  per 
Formula  Weight, 


Units. 
93,200 

S6.950 

90,950 

93,7011 

68,280 

00,840 


It  results  from  these  figures  that  the  heat  of  formation 
of  one  molecule  of  ferrous  sulphate  by  the  union  of  ferrous 
hydroxide  and  dilute  sulphuric  acid  is  93,200  -  68,280  = 
24,920  units  ;  while  that  of  nickel  sulphate  formed  by  the 
union  of  nickel  hydrate  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  is 
86,950  ^60,840--  26,110  units.  Under  these  conditions, 
therefore,  Berthelot's  law  of  maximum  work  calls  for  the 
formation  of  nickel  sulphate  in  preference  to  ferrous 
sulphate.     If  HC1  be  the  acid,  the  figures  are  :  — 

Formation  ot  nickel  chloride 93,700  -  60,840  =  32,860  units. 

Formation  of  ferrous  chloride. . .    99,950  -  68,280  =  31,670  units. 

In  the  particular  case  under  consideration,  the  replacing 
power  of  nickel  is  still  more  marked,  as,  owing  to  the  iron 
being  peroxidised,  its  basic  efficiency -is  lessened.  The  heat 
values  per  formula  weight  of  acid,  as  given  by  llerthelot 
(  Meeanique  Chimique,  tome  1,  384)  are  : — 

Units. 

Formation  of  ferric  chloride 11,800 

Formation  of  ferric  sulphate 11,400 

The  text-books  contain  very  few  examples  of  the  analyses 
of  commercial  nickel,  matte,  &c.  The  Table  I.,  above,  is 
therefore  added,  which  will  serve  to  indicate  the  general 
character  of  the  substances  that  the  nickel  analyst  is 
called  upon  to  examine  nowadays. — W.  S. 


.4  New  Colour- Standard  for  Natural  Waters.     A.  Hazen. 
Amer.  Chem.  Jour.  14,  300—310. 

The  colour  of  water  has  been  measured  by  comparing  it 
with  the  colour  produced,  by  Xesslerisiug  water  containing  a 
measured  quantity  of  ammonia.  This  is  open  to  the 
objections,  that  the  numbers  expressing  the  colours  are  not 
directly  proportioned  to  the  colours  themselves,  and  that  it 
is  not  applicable  to  very  slightly  coloured  water. 

The  author  suggests  in  place  of  this  a  platinum  colour 
standard  which  is  defined  as  follows : — "  The  colour  of  a 
water  is  the  amount  of  platinum  in  parts  per  ten  thousand, 
which  in  acid  solution,  with  so  much  cobalt  as  will  match 
the  tint,  produces  an  equal  colour  in  distilled  water." 

To  prepare  a  standard  having  the  value  five  on  this  scale, 
1'246  grms.   potassium-platinum  chloride  (containing  0'5 


gnus,  platinum),  and  1  grm.  cobalt-chloride  is  dissolved  in 
water;  100  cc.  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  added,  aud 
the  solution  made  up  to  1  litre.  Standards  for  use  are 
made  by  diluting  1,  2,  3  ce.,  &c.  of  this  solution  to  50  cc.  in 
Nessler  tubes,  giving  colours  0'  1,  0"2,  &c. ;  in  closed  tubes 
these  standards  will  keep  unaltered  for  a  long  time. 

If  the  colours  do  not  exactly  match  the  waters,  more  or 
less  cobalt  may  be  added.  With  waters  of  low  colour 
longer  tubes  may  be  us^d.  The  numbers  obtained  by  this 
method  are  practically  identical  with  those  obtained  by  the 
Nesslerised  ammonia  standard  for  colours  1  to  2,  but  the 
platinum  standard  gives  numbers  proportional  to  the 
colours,  and  may  be  used  for  all  waters. — A.  L.  S. 


The  Estimation  of  Manganese  in  Spiegel  Iron  and  Fevro- 
manganese.  M.  C.  Bastin.  Monit.  Scient.  September  1892, 
639. 

From  0'25  to  1  grm.  of  the  material  is  dissolved  in  a  tla>k 

of  about  150  cc.  capacity,  by  50  cc.  nitric  acid  sp.  gr.  1*20; 

8 — 10  grms.  potassium  chlorate  are  added  and  the  solution 

boiled  for  15  minutes.     It  is  diluted,  filtered,  aud  100  ce.  of 

a  solution  added   containing  6 '300  grms.  oxalic  acid  per 

litre,  and  25  cc.  sulphuric  acid.     The   mixture  is  warmed  to 

80°  C.  for  10  minutes  made  up  to  1  litre,  aud  the  excess  of 

oxalic  acid  titrateoVwith  potassium  permanganate   solution. 

One  equivalent  of  oxalic  acid  decomposes  one  equivalent  of 

''7 '5 
manganese,  or  Mn  =  oxahc  acid  decomposed  x  ~,  '=oxahc 

acidxO'4365.  The  permanganate  solution  is  made  by 
dissolving  six  grms.  of  permanganate  in  one  litre  water. 
The  results  yielded  are  very  fairly  accurate. — A.  L,  S. 


The  Estimation  of  the  Intensity  of  Colour  of  Beers  and 
Malt  Extracts.  C.  J.  Lintner.  Zeits.  gos.  Brauw.  1892, 
15,  213  ;  Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  1892, 16,  234—235. 

The  author  finds  it  impossible  to  prepare  a  single 
staudard  solution  for  eolorimetric  purposes,  owing  to  the 
different  tints  which  occur  in  beers  made  from  kiln-dried 
and  the  so-called  patent  malt,  and  in  those  made  from 
ordinary  black  malt,  a  yellow  tint  occurring  in  the  former 
and  a  red  one  in  the  latter.  Iron-ammonia  alum  is  the  only 
substance  which  complies  with  both  requirements ;  the 
addition  of  sulphuric  acid  to  the  aqueous  solution  giving  the 
yellow  tint  and  1  he  addition  of  acetic  acid  the  red  one.  The 
author  describes  and  figures  a  simple  "  Dilution  colorimeter,'' 
in  which  the  depth  of  colour  of  the  liquid  under  experiment 
is  compared  with  that  of  the  standard.  If  they  are  exactly 
equal,  the  number  1  is  assigned  to  the  liquid  as  its  colour 
intensity.  The  apparatus  consists  of  two  equal  rectangular 
glass  vessels  having  parallel  sides,  and  fitting  side  by  side 
into  a  case  of  black  enamelled  tin,  which  is  furnished  with 
two  longitudinal  slits  in  the  front  and  in  the  back  which 
are  covered  with  milk  glass.  When  in  use  the  apparatus 
is  placed  against  a  window,  and  the  depths  of  colour  of  the 
liquids  placed  in  the  two  vessels  are  compared  with  the 
eye  on  looking  through  the  slits. 

Method  oj  Use:  1.  Beer. — The  standard  solution  is  pre. 
pared  by  dissolving  four  grms.  iron-ammonia  alum  in  100 
cc.  distilled  water,  with  the  addition  of  2  cc.  normal 
sulphuiicacid.  5  to  20  cc.  of  the  beer,  according  to  its  colour, 
are  placed  in  one  vessel,  and  water  added  from  a  burette 
until  the  intensity  of  colour  equals  that  of  the  standard 
solution  which  is  placed  in  the  other  vessel.     The  intensity 

of  colour,  F,  then= — .where  a  is  the  volume  of   beer 
a 

used,  and  b  that  of  the  water  added. 

2.  Malt. — (a).  Kiln-dried   malt.     50   grms.   of   malt  are 

mashed  in  the  usual  manner  with  200  cc.  water,  made  up  to 

265  cc.  and  filtered,  and  the  colour  of  the  wort  compared 

with  the  above  standard   solution.     (6).  Patent  colour-malt. 

5  to  25  grms.  of  the  malt,  according  to  its  colour,  are  finely 

ground,  boiled  with  400  cc.  water  for  ten   minutes,  cooled, 

made  up  to  500  cc.  and  filtered.     The  colouring  power  of 

the  malt  is  reckoned  as  1,  when  the  colour-intensity  of  the 


Ju38 


THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  81, 1S92. 


extract  of  100  grins,  of  mall  in  500  cc.  water  is  equal  to  1 
a-  calculated  above. 


3.  Ordinary  Black  Malt.-The  standard  solution  in  this  case 
consists  of  1  grin,  iron-ammonia  alum  iu  100  cc.  water,  with 
the  addition  of  7  cc.  of  32  per  cent,  acetic  acid.  2-5  grms. 
of  the  finely -ground  malt  are  digested  with  400  cc.  water  for 
ten  minutes,  cooled,  made  up  to  500  cc.  and  filtered.  The 
colouring  power  of  the  malt  is  calculated  as  in  the  preceding 
case.— J.  G.  W. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUALITATIVE. 

Identification  of  Xulose  and    Distinction  from  Arabinose. 

ti.  liertrand.  Bull.  Soe.  Chim.  7—8,  1892,  49U— 502. 
Since  xylose  occupies  an  important  position  in  the  vege- 
table kingdom,  being  always  found  amongst  the  products  of 
hydrolysis  of  the  incrusting  substances  of  the  angiosperms, 
it  is  necessary  to  have  some  means  of  identifying  it  ;  the 
author  gives  a  summary  of  the  properties  and  reactions  of 
xylose,  "most  of  which  have,  however,  been  described  by- 
other  chemists. 

One  hundred  parts  of  water  at  20-3°  dissolve  117-05 
parts  of  xylose  ;  or,  in  other  words,  100  cc.  of  a  saturated 
aqueous  solution  of  xylose  at  20-3°  contain  64 "2  grms.  of 
the  sugar.  Xylose  seems  to  he  insoluble  in  absolute  alcohol, 
but  10  cc.  of  90  per  cent,  alcohol,  saturated  at  19°,  contain 
0-329  grin,  of  the  sugar. 

The  specific  rotatory  power  of  xylose  is  [a]„=  20-2  to 
21°  according  to  Koch,  [a]„  =  1S'6  to  1'."  <.  according  to 
Wheeler  and  Tollens ;  the  author's  determinations  give 
[a]D  =  19-  4'. 

Xylose  does  not  ferment  with  yeast ;  its  reducing  power 
for  Folding's  solution  is  109-6,  when  that  of  dextrose  is 
taken  as  100. 


A  characteristic  reaction  of  xylose,  and  one  by  means  of 
which  it  can  lie  distinguished  from  arabinose,  is  the  following : 
— A  little  xylose  is  treated  with  30 — 50  times  its  weight  of 
saturated  bromine  water,  and  after  keeping  for  24  hours 
the  solution  is  boiled  to  expel  the  excess  of  bromine ;  after 
adding  excess  of  cadmium  carbonate  the  solution  is  filtered, 
evaporated  to  a  small  volume,  and  mixed  with  an  equal 
volume  of  alcohol,  when  xylobromide  of  cadmium— 

C5H306CdBr  +  H20 

is  gradually  deposited  in  crystals  ;  this  compound  is  almost 
insoluble  in  dilute  alcohol,  but  much  more  readily  in  water, 
and  has  no  sharp  melting  point. 

Both  xylose  and  arabinose  give,  as  is  well  known,  a  violet 
blue  coloration  when  warmed  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  a 
trace  of  orciuol ;  the  hexoses,  on  the  other  hand,  give  a 
reddish-orange  coloration. — F.  S.  K. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY.— QUANTITATIVE. 

The  Determination    of  Glycerol  in   Sweet    Wines.     M.  T 

Lecco.'    Ber.  25,  2074—2075. 
By  using  a  large  amount  of  lime,  the  method  of  estimating 
glycerol  in  wines  described  by  the  author  (Chem.  Zeit.  16, 
1892,    504  ;    this  Journal   1892,    550)  may  be   applied    to 
sweet  wines. 

The  following  method  may  also  be  used  : — 10  cc.  wine  is 
mixed  with  1  grm.  dry  powdered  calcium  hydrate,  10  grms. 
quartz  sand  added,  and  the  whole  evaporated  to  dryness  on 
the  water-bath.  The  residue  is  extracted  4  or  5  times  with 
9  6  per  cent,  alcohol,  and  the  alcoholic  solution  filtered  into 
a  100  cc.  flask.  The  solution  is  evaporated  on  the  water- 
bath  and  the  residue  dissolved  in  5  cc.  absolute  alcohol  and 
7-5  to  10  cc.  ether  added.  When  the  solution  has  become 
clean,  it  is  decanted  off,  filtered,  evaporated,  and  dried  one 
hour  iu  the  water-oven  and  weighed. — A.  L.  S. 


On  the  Estimation  of  Glycerin  in  Fermented  Beverages. 
B.  Proskauer.  Pharm.  Central-H.  X.F.  1892,  13,  369  ; 
Chem.  Zeit.  Rep.  1892, 16,  228. 

Good  results  are  given  by  the  following  method ; — 100  cc. 
of  wine  are  evaporated  to  30  cc,  mixed  with  a  few  drops  of 
sulphuric  acid  and  G  cc.  of  phosphotungstic  acid  (50  per 
cent.).  The  precipitate  is  filtered  off  and  washed,  the  filtrate 
evaporated  down  on  a  water-bath  with  the  addition  of  dry 
calciuin  hydrate,  and  of  quartz-sand.  The  mass  in  the 
evaporating  dish  is  then  powdered  and  introduced  into  a 
Soxhlet's  apparatus.  After  extracting  well  with  96  per  cent, 
alcohol,  the  extract  is  evaporated  in  a  flask  to  a  syrupy 
consistence,  25  cc.  alcoholic  ether  (2  : 3)  added,  the  whole 
shaken  vigorously  and  allowed  to  settle.  The  clear  liquid  is 
poured  into  a  long-necked  50  cc.  flask,  washed  with  10  cc. 
alcoholic  ether,  evaporated,  and  dried  in  a  water  oven. 

—J.  G.  W. 


The  Estimation  of  Invert  Sugar  by  Soldaini's  Solution. 

Striegler.     Zeits.  Riibeuzuckerind.  1892,  42,  -457  :  Chem. 

Zeit.  Eep.  1S92,  16,  227. 
Some  difficulty  is  experienced  in  the  removal  of  calcium 
salts  from  syrups  and  molasses  prior  to  the  estimation  of 
the  invert  sugar  in  them,  potassium  and  sodium  bicar- 
bonates  when  used  alone  for  this  purpose  presenting 
certain  objections.  The  author  recommends  the  use  of  a 
solution  of  sodium  oxalate  and  bicarbonate  prepared  by 
dissolving  25  grms.  oxalic  acid  in  the  smallest  possible 
quantity  of  water,  adding  sodium  carbonate  until  a  heavy 
precipitate  of  sodium  bicarbonate  falls  out,  and  making  up 
to  500  CC.  An  excess  of  this  reagent  has  no  prejudicial 
action  and  in  using  it,  it  is  only  necessary  to  heat  just  to  the 
boiling  point. 

The  author  also  recommends  the  preliminary  clarification 
of  molasses  with  blood  charcoal  as  otherwise  a  too  great 
reductiou  of  copper  is  obtained,  due  to  matter  which  is  not 
invert   sugar,    and    which    is   removed   by  treatment   with 


Dep.si.M98.]         THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1039 


charcoal.  The  use  of  lead  acetate  is,  however,  objected  to, 
on  the  ground  of  its  giving  a  precipitate  with  the  invert 
sugar  itself. 

The  following  is  bis  complete  process: — Dissolve  20  gnus, 
of  the  substance  in  Nil — 150  cc.  water,  add  10 — 30  ec.  of 
the  calcium  precipitating  solution,  heat  to  boiling  and  allow  to 
boil  up  a  few  times,  cool,  make  up  to  200  ce.,  shake  up  with 
blood  charcoal,  titter  and  treat  50  cc.  with  100  cc.  Soldaini's 
solution,  which  is  best  prepared  by  dissolving  150  grms. 
KHCOj  and  101-4  grms.  K2C03  in  600  cc.  water  at- 50  ( '., 
adding  100  cc.  of  a  solution  of  34 '639  grms.  CuS04  in 
500  cc.  water  and  making  up  to  a  litre.— J.  G.  W. 


The  Hops  of  the  Year  1891.     M.  Levy.     Chem.  Zeit.  16, 
1892,839. 

See  under  XVII.,  page  1019. 


PATENT. 


Improvement  in  Detection  of  Foreign  Fats  in  Butter. 
W.  Johnstone,  London.  Eug.  Pat.  20,956,  December  1, 
1891. 

Tin:  invention  is  based  on  the  fact,  discovered  by  the 
patentee,  that  genuine  butter  does  not  contain  triolein  and 
tributyrin,  but  a  peculiar  fat  called  oleo-vaceio-butyrate  of 
glycerin.  The  ratio  between  the  liberated  oleic  and  butyric 
acids  is  therefore  constant,  and  any  excess  of  the  first  is 
proof-positive  of  an  admixture  of  animal  fat,  whilst  an  excess 
of  the  latter  shows  adulteration  with  a  vegetable  oil. 

The  inventor  thus  describes  the  actual  process: — First, 
the  amount  of  butyric  acid  is  estimated  by  any  suitable 
means  and  calculated  to  oleo-vaceio-butyrate  of  glycerin  by 

multiplying  by  ^ .     Second,   the  iodine  absorption  of  the 

butter,  or  of  its  fatty  acids,  is  ascertained  by  any  suitable 
means,   and   this    is   also   calculated    to  the   said   glycerin 

compound  by  multiplying   first  by       and  then  by  —  .     If 

the  two  estimations  agree  the  butter  is  pure ;  if  not  there 
has  been  adulteration.  The  inventor  claims  great  delicacy 
for  his  process,  from  three  to  five  per  cent,  of  foreign  fat 
being  readily  detected. — L.  de  K. 


ANALYTICAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  NOTES. 

Slow  Combustion  of  Gaseous  Mixtures.     P.  Askenasy  and 
V.  Meyer.     Annaleu,  269,  49—72. 

In  a  paper  published  a  short  time  ago  (this  Journal,  1891' 
752),  Krause  and  Meyer  described  experiments,  the  object 
of  which  was  to  try  and  determine  the  rate  at  which  com- 
bination takes  place  between  oxygen  and  hydrogen.  In  the 
present  communication  further  experiments  of  the  same  kind 
are  described,  additional  precautions  having  been  taken  to 
ensure  the  purity  of  the  electrolytic  gas.  In  order  to  try 
and  obviate  the  influence  of  the  glass  surface,  to  which  the 
irregularities  in  the  earlier  results  were  assigned,  various 
devices  were  adopted ;  in  some  eases  the  glass  bulbs  were 
etched  on  the  inside,  in  others  the  electrolytic  gas  was  passed 
for  many  hours  through  the  bulbs  heated  to  518°  C.  in  order 
to  try  and  obtain  an  unchangeable  surface  ;  experiments 
were  also  made  with  bulbs  which  had  been  protected  from 
the  light. 

These  attempts  to  eliminate  the  action  of  the  glass  surface 
were,  however,  entirely  unsuccessful,  the  irregular  character 
of  the  results  being  just  as  pronounced  as  in  the  earlier 
experiments.  The  effect  of  coating  the  inner  surfaces  of 
the  bulbs  with  silver  was  then  investigated  ;  although  when 
such  bulbs  are  used  combination  takes  place  at  a  much 
lower  temperature  than  in  the  case  of  the  unsilvered  vessels 
the  same  irregularities  are  observed,  and  it  is  impossible  to 
establish  any  relationship  between  the  duration  of  the  heating 
and  the  quantity  of  water  formed 


The  conclusion  to  be  drawn  from  these  experiments  is 
that,  even  when  every  imaginable  precaution  is  taken  to 
ensure  equality  of  conditions,  it  is  impossible  to  determine 
the  relation  between  the  amount  of  water  produced  from 
electrolytic  gas  and  the  duration  of  the  heating  ;  the  cause 
of  this  is  doubtless  to  be  sought  for  in  the  action  of  the 
surface  of  the  containing  vessels. 

Further  experiments  will  be  undertaken  in  order  to  try 
and  arrive  at  a  solution  of  this  problem  ;  in  the  first  place 
the  authors  iutend  to  modify  their  method  of  procedure  by 
employing  capillary  tubes  or  silver  vessels  instead  of  the 
glass  bulbs,  and  also  to  try  the  effect  of  heating  the 
electrolytic  gas  under  pressure. — F..S.  K. 


Photo-Chemical  Notes.  P.  Askenasy  and  V.  Meyer. 
Annalen,  269,  72—73. 
When  pure,  dry  electrolytic  gas  is  exposed  to  direct 
sunlight  from  May  to  October  in  sealed  glass  bulbs,  it 
undergoes  no  change,  as  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  on 
opening  the  bulbs  under  water  the  original  volume  of  the 
gas  is  found  to  have  undergone  no  diminution.  Even  when 
moist  electrolytic  gas  is  exposed  to  the  concentrated  light  of 
a  July  sun,  and  at  the  same  time  heated  to  606°  C.,  no 
explosion  occurs. 

When  chlorine  aud  hydrogen  are  separately  exposed  to 
bright  sunlight  for  3  to  4  hours  and  then  immediately  mixed 
in  the  dark  they  do  not  combine  ;  this  experiment  proves  that 
Draper's  statement  to  the  contrary  is  untrue,  and  confirms 
the  results  obtained  byBunsen  and  Roscoe. — F.  S.  K. 


The  Itesius  of  Ficus  rubiginosa  ami  F.  Macrophylla. 
E.  H.  Rennie  aud  G.  Goyder,  jun.  Proc.  Chem.  Soe. 
1892,115,  146. 

An  account  is  given  of  the  results  of  an  examination  of 
the  resin  of  F.  rubiginosa  by  De  la  Rue  and  Midler, 
contained  in  a  paper  published  in  the  Phil.  Trans,  of  1860, 
and  the  somewhat  different  results  of  the  authors  are  then 
recorded.  They  have  separated  a  crystalline  substance 
from  both  resins  externally  closely  resembling  De  la  Rue 
and  Midler's  product,  but  giving  numbers  for  carbon  about 
3  per  cent.,  and  for  hydrogen  about  1  per  cent,  higher ; 
the  numbers  are  most  in  accordance  with  the  formula 
(':<i|I,:,i,,)..-  This  substance  is  resolved  by  alkaline  hydro- 
lysis into  acetic  acid  and  a  crystalline  substance  melting  at 
114°,  of  the  formula  GeH540,  very  closely  resembling  the 
substauce  described  by  be  la  Rue  and  Midler,  which  they 
obtained  in  a  similar  way. —  W.  S. 


i^eto  3Soor$. 


The  Jeweller's  Assistant  in  the  Art  of  Working  in 
Gold.  A  practical  Treatise  for  Masters  and  Workmen, 
compiled  from  the  experience  of  thirty  years'  workshop 
practice.  By  Geore  E.  Gee.  London  :  Crosby,  Lock- 
wood,  &  Son,  7,  Stationers'  Hall  Court,  Ludgate  Hill, 
1892.     7s.  6d. 

This  is  an  8vo.  volume  bound  in  cloth,  with  Preface,  Table 
of  Contents,  Subject-matter  containing  228  pages,  and 
Alphabetical  Index.  The  book  is  divided  into  17  chapters  ; 
I.  The  Chemical  and  Physical  properties  of  Gold,  deals 
shortly  with  Fine  Gold,  Action  of  Fluxes  on  Gold,  Dissolving 
Gold,  Testing  Gold  in  solution,  Granulating  and  parting 
alloyed  Gold,  Various  Gold  precipitants,  Zinc  and  waste 
gold  solutions.     II.  The    Precipitation   of   Gold    in    waste 


MIo 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


solution-.  III.  The  Different  Colours  of  Gold..  IV.  The 
Mixing  and  Melting  of  Gold.  V.  The  Dry-Colouring  of 
Gold.  VI.  The  Wet-Colouring  of  Gold.  VII.  The  Melting 
and  Casting  of  Gold.  VIII.  Electro-Gilding.  IX.  Some 
other  Modes  of  Gilding.  X.  Practical  Manipulations,  such 
as  gildiug  plain  surfaces.  Frosting,  metal  work,  &c. 
XI.  Mixing  Alloys.  XII.  Useful  Imitation  Alloys. 
XIII.  Hints  and  Helps,  Instructions  upon  Hall-marking, 
Gold-testing  X'eedles.Gold  Lacquer,  Soldering  fluid  free  from 
Aeid,  Cold  and  Silver  Solders,  Polishing  Powder,  Gilding 
Steel,  Aluminium  Silver,  Gilders'  Wax,  &c.  XIV.  Collecting 
and  Refining  Scrap  Gold,  Lemel,  Wet  and  Dry  Pro- 
cesses for  the  Recovery  of  Gold,  &c.  XV.  Sundry  Gold 
Alloys.  XVI.  Choice  Recipes.  XVII.  Gold  Values  and 
Alloys,  giving  tables  of  the  relative  Values  of  the  different 
Carats  of  Fine  Gold,  the  Proportions  of  Alloy  and  Fine  Gold 
to  make  any  Quality,  &c. 


A    Hanky    Rook   for    Brewers,    being    a    Practical 

GurDE       TO      THE      AliT      OF      BREWING       AND       MALTING. 

Embracing  the  Conclusions  of  Modern  Research  which 
bear  upon  the  Practice  of  Brewing.  By  Herbert  Edwards 
Wright,  M.A.  London  :  Crosby.  Locknood,  and  Co., 
7,  Stationers'  Hall  Court,  Ludgate  Hill,  1892.     12s.  6d. 

Octavo  volume  bound  in  cloth,  containing  Preface,  Table 
of  Contents,  text  covering  503  pages.  Alphabetical  Index, 
and,  just  preceding  it,  a  Synoptic  Table  of  the  various 
Processes  in  Malting  and  Brewing.  The  work  is  illustrated 
by  a  few  engravings,  and  is  subdivided  into  chapters  devoted 
to  the  consideration  of  the  following  branches  of  the  whole 
subject  : — I.  Introductory,  Chemical  Changes  and  Prelimi- 
nary Processes.  II.  Barley,  Malting,  and  Malt.  III.  Water 
for  Brewing.  IV.  Hops  and  Sugars.  V.  The  Brewing  Room. 
VI.  Chemistry  as  applied  to  Brewing,  VII.  The  Labora- 
torv,  it-?  requirements,  and  the  methods.  VIII.  Mashing, 
Sparging,  and  Boiling.  IX.  E'erments  in  General.  X.  Fer- 
mentation with  Commercial  Yeast,  its  Science  and  Practice. 
XI.  Culture  from  a  Single  Cell ;  Wild  Yeasts.  XII.  Treat- 
ment of  Beer.  XIII.  The  Brewery  and  Plaut.  In  the  first 
part  of  the  Appendix  is  given  a  list  of  the  hop-growing 
parishes  of  Kent. 


Farmyard   Manures    its    Nature,    Composition,    and 
Treatment.     By  C.  M.  Airman,  M.A.,   BSc,  Lecturer 
on    Agricultural  Chemistry,  West  of  Scotland  Technical 
College,  &c.     William  Blackwood  and  Sons,  Edinburgh 
and  London,  1S92.      Is.  6d. 
Small   8vo.   volume,   with  Preface,  Table  of  Contents,  and 
65  pages  of  subject-matter.     The  treatise  opens  with  a  brief 
introduction  in  a  couple  of  pages,  treating  of — i.  What  Fer- 
tility of  Soil  depends  on  ;   and  ii.  The  Function  of  Manures. 
Farmyard  Manures. — Solid  excreta  and  urine.     Litter. 
Horse  Manure.  Cow  Manure.    Pig  Manure.   Sheep  Manure. 
Methods  of  Calculating  Amount  of  Manure  produced  on  the 
Farm,     l'ermentation  of   Farmyard  Manure.      Conditions 
influencing    Fermentation.         Products    of    Fermentation. 
Analysis  of  Farmyard  Manure.     Comparison  of  Fresh  and 
Rotten   Manure.      Methods  of    Application  of   Farmyard 
Manure  to  the  Field.     Value  and  Functions  of  E'armyard 
Manure.     Appendix,  relating  to  a  variety  of  analyses  and 
experimental  trials. 


Chemistry  of  the  Organic  Dyf.stfffs.    By  R.  Xietzei, 

Ph.D.,  Professor  of  the  University  of  Basel.     Translated, 

with  additions,  by  A.  Collin,  Ph.D.,  and  W.  Richardson. 

London:  Gnrney  &  Jackson,   1 ,  Paternoster  Row,  1892. 

15s, 

Tins  work   is  the   English  translation   of   the   well-known 

German  work  of  Nietzki,  and  consists  of  an  octavo  volume 

bound  in  cloth,  and  containing  Author's  preface,  Translators' 


Preface,  Table  of  Contents,  Introduction,  and  text  occupy- 
in;  271  pages.  This  is  followed  by  a  most  useful  and  well- 
arranged  Table  of  References  on  the  diA'erent  classes  of 
Dye-tuffs,  covering  15£  pages,  an  Appendix  containing 
information  concerning  the  most  recent  colours,  and  Alpha- 
betical Index. 

The  matter  is  classified  as  follows :— I.  Colour.  Chromo- 
phors,  Chromogens,  &c.  II.  Nitro-compounds.  Azo- 
dyestuffs.  Amido-azo-compouods.  Oxy-uzo-compounds. 
Azo-dyes  from  Diazo  carbonic  acids.  Azo-dyes  from 
carbonic  acids  and  diazo  compounds.  Tetrazo-  or  Diazo 
dyes.  III.  Oxyquinonesand  Quinone-oximes.  IV.  Ketone 
imides  and  Hydrazides.  V.  Triphenylmethane  Dyes.  VI. 
Quinone-imide  Dyes.  VII.  Azine  Dyes.  VIII.  Aniline 
Black.  IX.  Indulines  and  Xigrosines.  X.  Quinoline  and 
Aeridine  Dyes.  XL  Indigo  Dyes.  XII.  Euxanthic  Acid 
and  Galloflavine.  XIII.  Canarine.  XIV.  Murexide.  XV. 
Dyes  of  Unknown  Constitution. 


Chemical  Lecture  Experiments.  Non-Metallic 
Elements.  By  G.  S.  Xewth,  F.I.C.j  Chemical  Lecture 
Demonstrator  in  the  Royal  College  of  Science,  South 
Kensington.  London  and  Xew  York  :  Longmans,  Green, 
&  Co.,  15,  East  16th  Street,  1892.     10s.  6d. 

This  work,  as  the  Preface  announces,  is  designed,  firstly, 
to  supply  chemical  lecturers  and  teachers  with  a  useful 
repertoire  of  experiments,  which  may  be  undertaken  on  the 
lines  laid  down  with  confidence,  as  resting  upon  a  founda- 
tion of  solid  experience ;  and  secondly,  to  furnish  the 
chemical  student  with  a  book  to  serve  as  a  companion  to 
the  lectures  he  may  attend.  The  volume  is  octavo  iu  size, 
and  though  the  concise  table  of  contents  following  the 
preface  might  have  served,  yet  an  alphabetical  index  at  the 
end  forms  an  additional  guide  to  all  details  of  experiment. 
The  text  of  the  subject  proper  covers  276  pages.  Then 
follows  an  article  on  lantern  illustrations,  and  this  is 
succeeded  by  an  Appendix  with  useful  tables  for  experi- 
menters, which  might  be  admirably  reproduced  and  embodied 
in  wall  diagrams. 

'Ihe  work  is  illustrated  by  224  well-executed  woodcuts. 
Technologists  may  find  specially  interesting  the  experimental 
treatment  of  the  following  subjects  : — Ammonia,  Oxides  of 
Nitrogen,  Diffusion,  Combustion,  Phosphorus,  Sulphur, 
Sulphur  Dioxide,  Dissociation  and  Liquefaction  of  Gases. 


Manual  of  Qualitative  Blow-pipe  Analysis  and 
Determinative  Mineralogy.  By  F.  M.  Enih.ich, 
S.X.I).,  Mining  Engineer  and  Metallurgist,  late 
Mineralogist  Smithsonian  Institution,  and  United  States 
Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  Territories. 
The  Scientific  Publishing  Co.,  27,  Park  Place,  XTewYork, 
1892.     18s.  (4-00  dollars). 

This  large  and  complete  treatise  is  dedicated  to  Professor 
Theodor  Bichter,  of  Freiberg  i  S.,  the  former  teacher  of 
the  author.  It  is  as  a  book,  large  8vo.  in  size,  and  cortains 
Preface,  Table  of  Contents,  List  of  Illustrations,  numbering 
some  26,  List  of  Abbreviations,  introduction,  Text,  filling 
436  pages,  and  a  copious  Alphabetical  Index.  A  note- 
worthy sentence  in  the  Introduction,  referring  to  such 
matter  as  fills  the  pages  of  this  volume,  is  this: — "No 
amount  of  memorising  will  impress  the  various  reactions 
upon  the  student's  mind  in  such  a  way  that  he  will  always 
recognise  them  when  he  see*  them."  "  Practice  alone  can 
do  this." 

Pages  13 — 32  are  devoted  to  an  account  of  the  Appliances 
and  Reagents  required  for  quantitative  blow-pipe  analysis. 
This  includes  a  description  of  "  Blast  and  Flames,"  pages 
2G— 32.  Chapter  II.  deals  with  the  Methods  of  Qualita- 
tive Blow-pipe  Analysis.  i.  Examination  of  Minerals 
without  the  application  of  heat  or  reagents,  ii.  I^xami- 
nation  of  Minerals  with  the  Application  of  heat  only, 
iii.   Examination   of    Minerals    with    the    blow-pipe   with 


Deo  31.1892.]        THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1041 


Borax  and  Salt  of  Phosphorus.  IV.  Treatment  with  stih- 
stances  with  Soda  before  the  blow-pipe.  V.  Treatment 
of  Minerals  with  Soda  and  Borax  before  the  Blow-pipe, 
with  Nitre,  with  Potassium  Bisulphate,  with  Potassium 
Iodide  and  Sulphur,  with  Cobalt  Solution,  &c.  Spectrum 
Analysis.  Chaftkk  III.  Tables  giving  Reactions  for  the 
Oxides  of  the  Karths  and  Metals.  Chapter  IV.  Promi- 
nent Blow-pipe  Reactions  for  the  Elements  and  their 
Principal  Mineral  Compounds.  Chapter  V.  Systematic 
Qualitative  Determination  of  Compounds.  Chapter  VI. 
Determinative  Tables  and  their  Application.  This  latter 
portion  of  the  work  furnishes  a  complete  and  systematic 
method  of  determining  minerals  by  means  of  blow-pipe 
and  other  dry,  as  well  as  so-called  wet  processes  of 
qualitative  mineralogical  analysis. 


Printers'  Colours,  Oils,  ami  Varnishes:  a  Practical 
Manual.  By  George  H.  HurST,  F.C.S.,  Member  of 
the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry;  Lecturer  on  the 
Technology  of  Printers'  Colours,  Oils,  and  Varnishes  at 
the  Municipal  Technical  School,  Manchester.  Loudon  : 
( 'has.  Griffin  &  Co.,  Limited,  Exeter  Street,  Strand, 
1S92.     12s.  6,1. 

The  writer  states  in  his  preface,  "The  information  given 
as  to  the  properties  and  preparation  of  pigments  is  either 
based  on  my  own  experience  or  drawn  from  the  most 
trustworthy  sources."  His  chapter  on  "  Varnishes  "  has 
been  revised  by  a  personal  friend  practically  engaged  in 
their  manufacture.  The  book  is  thns  not  a  mere  compile- 
nieut  from  other  works.  It  is  of  8vo.  size,  is  handsomely 
bound  in  red  cloth,  and  contains  Preface,  Table  of  Contents, 
and  subject-matter  filling  450  pages.  An  Alphabetical 
Index  concludes  the  work.  The  text  is  embellished  by 
some  67  wood  engravings  and  contains  various  useful 
tables.  The  work  is  sub-divided  as  follows  into  chapters 
treating  of  the  subjects  of  this  industry  : — 

Introductory  on  Colour  and  Colour  Theories.  II.  White 
Pigments.  III.  Red  Pigments.  IV.  Yellow  and  Orange 
Pigments.  V.  Green  Pigments.  VI.  Blue  Pigments.  VII. 
Brown  Pigments.  VIII.  Black  Pigments.  IX.  Lakes. 
X.  Assay  and  Analysis  of  Pigments.  XI.  Colour  and 
Paint  Machinery.  XII.  Paint  Vehicles.  XIII.  Driers. 
XIV.  Varnishes. 


Destructive  Distillation,  A  Manualette  of  the  Paraffin, 
( 'oal  Tar,  Rosin  Oil,  Petroleum,  and  Kindred  Industries. 
By  Edmund  J.  Mills,  D.Sc.,  F.B.S.  4th  Edition. 
London :  Gurney  and  Jackson,  1,  Paternoster  Row, 
1892.      as. 

Tnis  8vo.  volume  is  bound  in  strong  waterproof  cloth,  and 
so  can  be  used  safely  on  the  laboratory  table.  The  contents 
are  the  substance  of  a  course  of  lectures  delivered  in 
Anderson's  College,  in  1875 — 6,  but  enlarged  upon  since 
that  date.  The  subject-matter  covers  183  pages.  Then 
follows  a  diagram  showing  the  various  forms  of  shale  retorts 
used  since  the  old  vertical  type  largely  employed  by  Young's 
Paraffin  Company,  up  to  types  used  in  1889  (Stanrigg's), 
with  an  explanatory  Appendix.  Appendix  B.  comprises  a 
Bibliography  on  Destructive  Distillation,  and  the  book 
concludes  with  an  Alphabetical  Index.  The  work  is  well 
illustrated  with  tables. 


Crane  Report* 


EXTRACTS  FROM  DIPLOMATIC  AND 
CONSULAR  REPORTS. 

Fertilisers'  in  the  West  Indies. 
Jamaica. 

The  American  Vice-Consul  reports  that  there  was 
imported  into  Jamaica  during  the  year  ended  March  31st, 
1891,  fertilisers  to  the  value  of  2,758/.,  of  which  2,375/. 
in  value  came  from  the  United  Kingdom,  81/.  from  the 
United  States  ;  while  for  the  year  ended  March  31st,  1892, 
the  total  importations  amounted  to  3,918/.,  distributed  as 
follows:  From  the  United  Kingdom,  3,905/.;  from  the 
United  States,  49/. ;  and  the  remainder  from  the  West  Indies. 

It  will  he  seen  from  this,  says  the  Consul,  that  although 
the  use  of  imported  American  fertilisers  is  exceedingly 
small,  it  is  on  the  increase. 

The  explanation  of  the  practical  monopoly  of  the  United 
Kingdom  in  this  trade  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  the 
English  manufacturers  of  commercial  fertilisers  hold  them- 
selves in  readiness  to  analyse  samples  of  the  soil,  in  order  to 
arrive  at  the  chemical  deficiencies  thereof,  and  then  compound 
the  fertilisers  to  meet  such  deficiencies.  Intelligent  and 
practical  users  of  fertilisers  assure  him  that  if  American 
manufacturers  will  hold  out  the  same  inducements  in 
regard  to  analysing  the  soils  and  manipulating  the  manure 
to  supply  the  requirements  thereof,  and  in  addition  thereto 
will  sell  at  the  same  price  fertilisers  of  the  same  commercial 
value,  the  item  of  freights  being  so  much  in  favour  of  the 
United  States,  her  manufacturers  can  turn  the  tide  in  their 
favour. 

Although  the  area  of  Jamaica  is  only  4,193  square  miles, 
it  contains  a  great  diversity  of  soils,  and  it  would  therefore 
require  the  honest  and  intelligent  preparation  of  fertilisers 
on  the  part  of  American  manufacturers  to  obtain  and  hold 
this  trade.  And  he  remarks  that  the  principal  crops  (cane 
and  bananas)  being  very  exhaustive  to  the  soil,  it  is  a  well 
recognised  fact  that  in  a  few  years  at  most  fertilising  must 
be  largely  resorted  to,  as  the  lands  are  virtually  worn  out, 
and  the  system  of  the  past  in  turning  out  old  lands  and 
taking  in  new  can  be  no  longer  resorted  to,  as  the  lands 
have  all  been  under  cultivation,  that  is,  the  kind  adapted 
to  the  crops  named,  which  as  before  stated,  constitute  the 
principal  cultivated  crops. 

He  has  been  unable  to  ascertain  the  chemical  value  of 
the  fertilisers  imported,  the  quantity,  or  their  selling  price. 


Martinique. 

There  is  annually  imported  20,000  to  25,000  tons  of 
nitrates,  phosphates,  and  ammonia.  About  one  half  is  in  a 
prepared  state,  the  rest  in  crude  form,  which  is  mixed  here 
by  a  firm  engaged  in  that  business  with  a  capital  of 
320,000  francs.  The  firm  is  entitled  Compagnie  des 
Engrais  de  la  Martinique.  The  factory  is  in  the  city  of 
St.  Pierre. 

The  material  is  all  imported  from  the  United  Kingdom, 
and  is  packed  in  strong  bags  or  barrels.  The  finished 
product  is  used  for  sugar  cane  only.  Its  analysis  is  as 
follows  : — 

Cross's  Special  Cane  Fertiliser. — Nitrogen,  equal  to 
9  per  cent,  of  non-volatile  ammonia,  19  to  20  per  cent,  of 
soluble  phosphates,  and  3  to  5  per  cent,  of  insoluble 
phosphates,  besides  3  to  4  per  cent,  of  soluble  salts  of 
potash  and  alkaline  salts. 

C7-oss's  Early  Potassie  ( 'one  Fertiliser. — Nitrogen  in 
various  forms  equal  to  6\  per  cent,  of  ammonia ;  phos- 
phoric acid,  soluble  equal  to  15  to  16  per|cent.  of  phosphate 
rendered  soluble ;  phosphoric  acid,  soluble,  in  finely 
prepared  form,  equal  to  5  per  cent,  of  phosphate  of  lime ; 
potash  equal  to  10  per  cent,  of  sulphate  of  potash. 


L042 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY   OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.         [Dec.  31,1892. 


There  are  no  duties  on  fertilisers,  and  wharfage  is 
nomiual.  Small  lots  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  and  nitrate  of 
potash  have  been  recently  imported  from  the  United  States 
through  a  commission  house. 

The  price  laid  down  at  Martinique  is  about  230  to  235 
francs  per  ton  of  2,240  lb.  for  Cross's  and  other  English 
manufacturers'  fertilisers. 

The  quantity  used  per  acre  varies.  The  soil  in  the 
uplands  being  loose  and  rains  frequent,  250  lb.  to  the  acre 
is  used ;  the  lowland  being  more  compact  and  clayey, 
200  lb.  to  the  acre  is  all  that  is  required.  If  subsoiling 
was  more  practised  by  planters,  a  less  quantity  would  be 
necessary. 

The  terms  on  whiah  the  business  is  carried  on  are  as 
follows  : — Drafts  of  Colonial  Bank  of  London  agency  at 
Martinique  of  New  York  or  London  at  5  25  francs  to  the 
dollar  on  delivery. 

It  would  appear  that,  with  cheap  material  in  the  United 
Slates  and  the  short  distance  to  transport  the  finished 
article,  the  United  States  should  command  the  market,  as 
they  do  for  yellow  pine  lumber,  flour,  corn,  lard,  and  meat 
products. 

St.  Thomas. 

There  is  no  demand  for  fertilisers. 

The  consular  agent  at  Santa  Cruz  reports  that  — 

Many  years  ago  there  were  some  guano  and  patent 
fertilisers  imported  from  England;  but  of  late  years,  owing 
to  the  low  price  of  sugar,  the  planter  has  been  satisfied  if 
he  could  provide  sufficient  manure. 

This  island  is  non-productive,  and  very  little  cultivation  is 
carried  on  in  the  island  of  St.  John  ;  but  there  may  be  a 
field  for  trade  in  fertilisers  in  the  island  of  Santa  Cruz  if  a 
proper  canvass  be  made  by  dealers. 

St.  Christopher. 

The  greater  part  of  the  commercial  fertilisers  used  on  this 
island  are  imported  from  Great  Britain  for  various  reasons. 
The  two  strongest  reasons  are  the  following  :  First,  nearly 
all  the  landowners  reside  in  Great  Britain  and  are  largely 
controlled  by  home  influence ;  second,  a  few  years  ago  the 
English  fertiliser  companies  sent  out  a  chemist  who  analysed 
the  soil  and  prepared  a  special  formula  of  a  fertiliser  for  the 
sugar-cane  plant,  which  is  very  popular  here  and  sells  at 
the  highest  price,  12/.  per  ton. 

In  referring  to  prices,  the  showing  is  largely  in  favour  of 
the  United  States  ;  and  the  freights  from  Xew  York  to 
St.  Christopher  are  only  one  half  of  what  they  are  from 
London.  Now,  with  a  little  enterprise  and  industry  on  the 
part  of  fertiliser  manufacturing  companies  iu  the  United 
States,  they  could  very  soon  have  all  this  trade.  They 
must  not  forget  that  the  island  of  St.  Christopher  is 
apparently  one  sugar-cane  farm.  The  different  estates  are 
not  divided  by  any  fences,  simply  turning  rows  and 
ditches. 

Having  travelled  all  around  the  island  several  times 
it  stems  to  be  nothing  but  sugar-cane  plantations,  all  well 
cultivated. 

The  farms  require  a  good  sugar-cane  fertiliser,  and  if  our 
manufacturers  will  send  down  a  chemist,  analyse  the  soil, 
and  prepare  as  good  a  fertiliser  as  the  special  fertiliser 
imported  from  London,  they  will  control  this  trade,  as  the 
freights  from  Xew  York,  as  heretofore  stated,  are  only 
one-half  what  they  are  from  London. 

The  freights  should  be  very  cheap  from  Savannah  and 
Key  West,  as  it  is  only  800  miles  from  the  former  and 
600  miles  from  the  latter  place  to  this  island. 

The  United  States  should  establish  a  weekly  mail  from 
Key  West  to  these  islands.  We  are  here  over  600  miles 
from  America,  and  cannot  get  a  regular  mail,  owing  to  the 
employment  of  the  (Quebec  line  of  Canadian  vessels  hailing 
from  London,  which  is  all  the  time  fighting  for  freights  and 
is  perfectly  indifferent  about  the  United  States  mails. 
At  times  (twice)  we  have  had  two  mails  within  48  hours, 
at  other  times  not  a  mail  in  a  month. 


Trinidad. 

Pursuant  to  instructions  contained  in  Department 
Circular,  dated  June  2,  1892,  calling  for  a  report  upon  the 
trade  in  commercial  fertilisers  in  this  consular  district,  it 
has  been  observed  in  respect  to  the  three  islands  consti- 
tuting the  district,  that  the  only  substantial  opening  for 
American  trade  in  fertilisers  is  in  the  island  of  Trinidad. 
The  industry  of  Grenada  is  principally  limited  to  cacao, 
and  the  sugar  industry  iu  both  Grenada  and  Tobago  is 
comparatively  of  not  much  importance. 

Trinidad,  however,  imported  in  1890  fertilisers  (or 
manures,  as  is  the  Custom  house  designation)  to  the  value 
of  40,892/.  The  importations  last  year  (1891)  were 
considerably  less,  being  valued  at  19,867/. 

The  value  of  importation  for  1890  and  1S91  was  as 
follows  : — 


From 

.1S90. 

1891. 

W,682 

5 

2(10 
5 

19,136 

S 
j5s 
166 

Total 

40,892 

19,867 

While  it  will  be  seen  that  the  United  States  got  some- 
what of  a  foothold  last  year,  it  is  still  not  fairly  in  the 
market.  Within  the  last  few  months  several  American 
manufacturers  of  fertilisers  have  made  inquiries  of  this 
consulate  and  have  otherwise  indicated  a  disposition  to 
extend  their  trade  to  Trinidad,  and  it  is  reasonable  to 
expect  that,  within  a  Few  years,  the  above  figures  will 
undergo  a  great  change  in  favour  of  the  United  States. 

The  only  crop  of  Trinidad  worthy  of  consideration  in 
this  connection  is  the  sugar-cane  crop.  Imported  manure 
might  be  of  service  in  promoting  the  growth  of  cacao  trees 
and  cocoa-nut  trees ;  it  has  not  transpired  that  any  has  been 
used  for  that  purpose,  except  in  the  way  of  experimenting 
however. 

About  seven-eighths  of  the  sugar-cane  crop  belongs  to 
residents  of  the  United  Kingdom,  who  obtain  their  fertilisers 
through  their  own  agents. 

The  largest  local  planter  uses  principally  a  mixture  of  his 
own,  composed  of  two-thirds  ground  phosphate  and  one- 
third  ammonia.  Both  ingredients  are  imported  in  casks. 
The  first  cost,  net,  of  ammonia  in  London  is,  say,  about 
10/.,  and  delivered  on  wharf  in  Port  of  Spain  (Trinidad), 
say,  12/.,  including  freight,  casks,  lighterage,  and  all  other 
expenses.  The  ammonia  is  guaranteed  to  be  24^  per  cent., 
which  is  understood  here  to  be  about  as  pure  as  is  cvei 
manufactured  for  fertilising  purposes.  The  ground  phos- 
phate costs,  net,  in  London  about  1/.  18s.  2rf.,  and  delivered 
here  on  wharf,  including  all  expenses  and  charges,  say 
3/.  14.«. 

There  are  no  tonnage  or  lighthouse  dues  at  this  port,  and 
all  manures  are  entered  free  of  duty. 

Bahamas. 

There  is  no  importation  of  fertilisers  into  this  colony  from 
Europe.  A  considerable  quantity  of  guano  or  cave  earth — 
a  rich  bat  deposit  found  in  eaves  on  the  out  islands — exists 
iu  this  colony.  Prior  to  1885  from  2,400/.  to  3,000/.  worth 
of  this  deposit  was  exported  annually,  most  of  it  going  to 
the  United  States  to  be  mixed  with  other  fertilisers.  Since 
185  the  policy  of  the  colonial  government  being  opposed  to 
the  removal  of  any  fertilisers  from  the  islands,  exportations 
of  this  guano  have  been  prohibited  by  law,  with  a  view  to 
encourage  its  use  by  local  agriculturists.  It  is  not,  how- 
ever, much  used,  being,  perhaps,  too  rich  in  its  natural 
state. 


Dee.  si,  1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1043 


Within  the  last  three  or  four  years,  however,  a  demand 
has  arisen  for  fertilisers  in  the  cultivation  of  pine  apples, 
and  foreign  fertilisers  have  been  introduced  with  excellent 
results,  the  fruit  being  larger  and  of  hetter  flavour,  and  old, 
worn  fields  developing  new  life  and  vigour. 

These  fertilisers  come  entirely  from  the  United  States, 
and  the  trade  is  rapidly  increasing.  In  1S91  fertilisers  to 
the  amount  of  2,175  barrels,  worth  about  2,400/.,  were 
imported  from  the  T'nited  States  and  used  during  the  year. 
There  will  probably  be  a  decided  increase  in  the  amount 
imported  in  1892. 

There  is  no  reason  to  anticipate  that  manufacturers  of 
fertilisers  will  meet   with  any   European   competition  here. 

I  r.fif.  Consular  Reports. 

Chinese  Ijn'oirrs  of  Glassware, 

The  German  Consul  at  Chefoo  writes  that,  although  the 
manufacture  of  glass  may  have  been  known  in  (  hina  for 
centuries,  it  is  far  from  having  arrived  at  a  state  of 
perfection.  Chinese  glass  is  thin,  defective,  and  not  wholly 
transparent;  window  glasses  are  also  imported  from  abroad. 
Decanters,  bottles  for  wine  and  beer,  also  find  a  market, 
and  are  sold  to  the  natives  at  very  good  prices. 

Adulteration  in  Agriculture. 

The  Board  of  Agriculture,  in  March  last,  appointed  a 
Departmental  Committee  to  inquire  into  and  to  report  upon 
the  representations  made  by  Chambers  of  Agriculture,  and 
other  bodies  or  persons,  with  reference  to  the  adulteration 
of  artificial  manures  and  fertilisers  and  feeding  stuffs  used 
in  agriculture.  The  committee  consisted  of  Mr.  J.  S. 
Gathorne  Hardy,  M.P.  (Chairman),  Sir  Jacob  Wilson, 
Dr.  James  Bell,  Mr.  J.  F.  ltotton,  Q.C.,  Mr.  F.  A.  Chanuing, 
M.P.,  Mr.  Peter  M'Lagan,  M.P.,  and  Mr.  Albert  Pell. 
The  Committee  examined  a  number  of  witnesses,  whose 
evidence,  together  with  their  own  report,  was  issued  yester- 
day. There  is  a  preponderance  of  evidence  to  the  effect 
that  a  considerable  amount  of  fraudulent  dealing  (especially 
in  the  case  of  compound  manures),  exists,  and  that  there  is  a 
system  of  selling  unguaranteed  and  comparatively  worthless 
articles  at  an  excessive  price.  These  frauds  are,  however, 
the  Committee  remark,  less  practised  than  formerly,  and 
have  a  tendency  to  diminish.  But,  in  view  of  this  state  of 
things,  the  Committee  think  that,  in  the  interests  of  agricul- 
ture, some  legislation  is  desirable  which  shall  render  it 
more  easy  for  the  purchaser  to  ascertain  the  real  value  of 
the  article  he  is  being  supplied  with.  They  recommend — 
That  all  home-manufactured  artificial  manures  and  fertilisers, 
both  simple  and  compound,  should  be  sold  with  a  guaranteed 
analysis  in  writing  stating  the  percentages  of  fertilising 
ingredients;  that  all  imported  artificial  manures  and 
fertilisers  he  sold  with  a  copy  of  the  import  analysis,  and 
that  such  import  analysis  be,  within  reasonable  limits, 
binding  on  the  seller  ;  that  the  Board  of  Agriculture  should 
issue  clear  and  simple  instructions  for  taking  samples,  and 
that  no  sample  be  taken  for  analysis  except  after  due  notice 
to  the  vendor,  that  he  may  be  present  by  himself  or  his 
agent ;  that  where  there  is  any  deficiency  in  any  of  the 
items  guaranteed  the  vendor  shall  be  held  liable  upon  civil 
proceedings  to  pay  the  purchaser,  in  compensation,  the 
value  of  the  article  deficient,  setting  against  it,  however, 
the  value  of  any  item  which  may  be  in  excess  of  the 
guarantee;  that  any  deficiency  due  to  fraud  be  made  an 
offence  punishable  upon  summary  conviction  by  fine  or 
imprisonment ;  that  no  criminal  prosecution  be  undertaken 
unless  it  is  the  opinion  of  an  analyst  appointed  by  the 
Board  of  Agriculture,  or  of  an  analyst  authorised  by  them 
to  act  for  this  purpose,  that  the  case  is  one  for  such 
proceedings  to  be  taken  ;  and  that  the  Board  of  Agriculture, 
county  councils,  agricultural  societies,  chambers  of  agricul- 
ture, farmers'  clubs,  co-operative  societies,  and  like  bodies 
be  empowered,  if  they  think  fit,  to  institute  prosecutions 
under  this  clause. 

With  regard  to  feeding  stuffs,  the  Committee  find  that 
the  trade  in  oil  cakes  is  a  field  in  which  the  practice  of 
adulteration  is  particularly  prevalent,  and  that  there  is  a 
large  quantity  of  articles  more  or  less  impure  or  adulterated 


sold  as  genuiue  or  pure  products.  They  recommended  that 
all  simple  feeding  cakes  composed  of  one  substance  or  the 
product  of  one  seed,  and  called  after  the  name  of  such 
substance  or  seed,  be  required  to  be  sold  under  the  distinc- 
tive name  of  such  substance  or  seed,  and  be  thereby 
guaranteed  "pure  and  suitable  for  feeding  purposes"  ;  that 
all  other  cakes  be  sold  as  mixed  or  compound  cakes,  or  by 
some  designation  fixed  by  the  Board  of  Agriculture ;  but 
this  should  not  exclude  the  use  of  any  trade  description  or 
fancy  name  for  such  cakes,  provided  that  one  of  the  two 
words  "  mixed  "  or  "  compound,"  or  some  other  term  to  be 
fixed  by  the  Board  of  Agriculture,  be  affixed  to  such 
description  or  fancy  name  :  that  the  presence  of  deleterious 
ingredients  in  any  article  sold  for  feeding  stock  be  prohi- 
bited under  a  penalty  ;  that  the  addition  of  any  worthless 
material  undeclared  in  any  article  sold  for  feeding  stock  be 
treated  as  an  offeuce  subject  to  a  penalty ;  that  any 
guarantee  or  analysis  voluntarily  given  be  binding  on  the 
vendor ;  and  that  the  same  penalties  apply  in  the  case 
of  feeding  stuffs  as  of  manures. 

Mr.  Channing  makes  a  supplementary  report  on  feeding 
stuffs.  He  explains  that  he  signed  the  report  of  the  Com- 
mittee both  as  regards  manures  and  feeding  stuffs,  but 
while  agreeing  that  the  recommendations  of  the  report  as  to 
feeding  stuffs  will  give  some  protection  to  the  purchaser,  he 
dissents  from  certain  paragraphs,  and  is  of  opinion  that  the 
frauds  shown  to  be  prevalent  in  the  manufacture  and  sale 
of  cakes  and  other  feeding  stuffs  will  be  most  effectually 
checked  by  a  general  system  of  sale  under  guaranteed 
analysis.  He  makes  the  following  recommendations  :— That 
all  feeding  cakes  and  stuffs  be  sold  with  a  guaranteed 
analysis  giving  the  percentages  of  the  nutritive  elements 
and  the  percentages  of  indigestible  fibre,  mineral  elements 
(including  sand),  and  moisture ;  that  all  simple  feeding 
cakes  composed  of  one  substance  or  the  product  of  one 
seed,  and  called  after  the  name  of  such  substance  or  seed, 
be  sold  under  the  distinctive  name  of  such  substance  or 
seed,  and  guaranteed  "  pure  and  suitable  for  feeding  pur- 
poses "  ;  that  all  other  cakes  or  feeding  stuffs  bs  sold  either 
as  "  mixed  "  or  "  compound,"  or  under  designations  to  be 
fixed  by  order  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture;  that  the 
presence  of  deleterious  ingredients  in  any  article  sold  for 
feeding  stock  be  prohibited  under  a  penalty ;  that  the 
addition  of  any  worthless  material  undeclared  in  any  article 
sold  for  feeding  stock,  or  wilful  misrepresentation  either  as 
to  the  designation  of  any  cake  or  stuff,  or  as  to  any  of  the 
percentages  required  to  be  stated  in  the  guaranteed  analysis, 
be  treated  as  an  offence  subject  to  a  penalty  ;  that  the  Board 
of  Agriculture  should  prescribe  from  time  to  time,  by  order, 
margins  of  deviation  within  which  fraud  shall  not  be 
presumed,  and  scales  of  indemnity  for  deficiencies,  and  also 
make  regulations  from  time  to  time  to  secure  uniformity  of 
sampling  and  analysis  ;  and  that  the  same  penalties  apply 
in  the  case  of  feeding  stuffs  as  of  manures. 


GENERAL  TRADE  NOTES. 

The  Petroleum  Industry  at  Baku. 

The  Veutsches  Handels  Archiv  for  November  states  that 
owing  to  the  over-production  of  crude  naphtha  this  industry 
is  now  passing  through  a  severe  crisis  at  Baku,  several  firms 
of  producers  and  refiners  having  either  stopped  payment  or 
come  to  some  arrangement  with  their  creditors. 

The  yield  of  oil  from  both  old  and  new  naphtha  fields  has 
been  exceptionally  plentiful,  notwithstanding  the  prognosti- 
cations as  to  their  exhaustion.  Quantities  of  crude  naphtha 
are  going  to  waste  owing  to  the  overflowing  of  the  collecting 
reservoir.  Some  springs  are  yielding  as  much  as  half  a 
million  ponds  per  day  (poud  =  36  lb.  avoirdupois),  and  as 
soon  as  one  becomes  exhausted  fresh  ones  are  discovered. 
At  Bibi-Abad  superfluous  naphtha  is  allowed  to  flow  into 
the  sea. 

Twelve  months  ago  a  poud  of  crude  naphtha  was  worth 
from  8  to  10  copecks  from  5rf.  to  b\d.  per  cwt.).  The  price 
is  now  fluctuating  between  4  copecks  and  1  copeck  the  poud, 
and  naphtha  is  said  to  be  even  given  away. 

0    'i. 


1044. 


THE  JOURNAL  OP  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31,1892. 


Apart  from  the  more  careful  process  of  refining  to  which 
it  is  subjected,  American  petroleum  (according  to  the  report) 
is  somewhat  superior  to  Russian  as  regards  quality,  conse- 
quently Americans  have  been  able  to  keep  their  prices 
somewhat  in  excess  of  those  for  Russian  oil. 

The  Baku  naphtha  industry  possesses  an  advantage  oyer 
that  of  North  America  in  consequence  of  the  large  proportion 
of  valuable  residues  contained  in  Russian  oils.  Even  now 
the  Russian  markets  can  absorb  more  than  1,600,000  tons 
of  residues,  the  use  of  which  as  fuel  is  daily  becoming  more 
extended  in  industrial  establishments.  So  profitable  a 
commodity  arc  the  residues  that  refilled  petroleum  may  be 
treated  as  a  side  product  and  sold  at  low  prices  for  lighting 
purposes. 

The  average  price  at  Baku  of  a  poud  of  pure  petroleum 
is  28  copecks.  Russian  naphtha  yields  about  33  per  cent, 
of  petroleum.  Supposing  the  price  of  one  poud  of  naphtha 
to  be  2 1  copecks,  the  cost  of  manufacturing  one  poud  of 
petroleum  would  be  as  follows  :  — 

Copecks. 

3  pouds  naphtha  :ii  -':  copecks 7'5 

Cost  of  refining,  acids,  soda,  chemicals 3*0 

HV.j 
Residue  of  l!  pouds,  now  worth  about  S  copecks 
the  poud  value  to  be  deducted 4'5 

Cost  of  production  of  1  poud  of  petroleum C'O 

When  the  price  of  residues  is  higher  (it  sometimes  exceeds 
6  copecks  the  poud),  the  cost  of  production  of  pure 
petroleum  is  still  smaller. 

America,  however,  possesses  the  great  advantage  of  cheap 
sea  freights,  whereas  the  cost  of  transporting  one  poud  of 
petroleum  from  Baku  to  Batoum  is  19  copecks,  apart  from 
charges  for  frequent  reloading,  and  finally  sea  freight. 
Meanwhile  the  proposal  for  laying  down  pipes  between  Baku 
and  Batoum  for  conveying  crude  naphtha  hardly  seems 
likely  to  be  carried  out,  although  there  can  be  no  doubt  as 
to  its  technical  feasibility.  Besides,  the  project  of  pumping 
naphtha  to  Ba:oum  is  opposed  by  the  powerful  interest  of 
Baku  refiners. 

The  Russian  Oil  Ihdustrx. 

The  sittings  of  the  eighth  Congress  of  naphtha  producers 
were  recently  concluded  at  Baku.  Obligatory  sorting  of 
illuminating  oils  according  to  their  degree  of  refinement, 
and  the  alteration  of  their  classification  for  purposes  of 
taxation,  constituted  two  important  subjects  of  discussion. 
A  majority  cf  the  Congress  approved  of  the  suggestions  of 
a  special  commiitee  of  members  recommending  that  all 
illuminating  oils  sent  out  from  the  works  at  Baku  should 
be  tested  as  to  the  degree  of  their  transparency,  the  extent 
of  their  purification  by  sulphuric  acid  and  caustic  soda,  and 
the  degree  to  which  they  become  turbid  when  water  is  added. 
The  recommendation  of  the  committee  as  to  the  retention 
of  the  present  temporary  classification  of  oils  for  excise 
duty  was  also  approved  by  the  Congress. 

The  improvements  of  the  conditions  affecting  the  export 
of  kerosene  to  the  far  East  and  the  reduction  of  the  Hashing 
point  of  kerosene  destined  for  export  abroad,  were  questions 
which  also  engaged  the  attention  of  the  Congress.  In 
connection  with  the  former  it  was  proposed  that  pipes  should 
be  laid  down  for  the  conveyance  of  kerosene  from  Enzeli  to 
the  Persian  Gulf.  It  is  computed  that  by  this  means  a 
saving  of  from  Is.  to  Is.  6</.  per  cwt.  would  be  effected  in 
the  delivery  of  this  product  in  the  far  East.  Russian 
kerosene  would  then  be  secured  against  competition  with 
America,  and  a  market  for  about  '.1,600,000  cwt.  per  annum 
obtained.  This  question  has  been  referred  to  a  committee, 
which  will  present  its  report  at  the  next  Congress. 

The  advocates  for  a  lower  flashing  point  for  oils  destined 
for  export  urged  that  the  present  compulsory  high  flashing 
point  and  specific  gravity  of  Russian  oils  place  them  at  a 
disadvantage  with  those  of  the  United  States.  The  proposal 
was,  however,  negatived  in  consequence  of  the  evidence  of 
representatives  of  the   hailing  firms,   who  maintained  that 


the  high  flashing  point  which  was  so  distinctive  a  charac- 
teristic of  Russian  oils,  as  compared  with  the  dangerous 
products  of  America,  was  essential  for  ensuring  the  continued 
preference  to  the  latter. — Industries. 

Russian  Chemical  Manufactures. 

The  value  of  the  native  manufactures  of  such  articles  as 
oils,  soap,  lac,  matches,  alizarine-aniline  dyes,  white  lead, 
barytes,  oxide  of  zinc,  dye  extracts,  ochre,  &c,  was 
22,300,000  roubles  in  1888,  and  the  number  of  factories 
engaged  in  their  manufacture  was  1,046.  The  foundation 
of  pursly  Russian  industries  has,  however,  been  laid  as 
regards  soap,  matches,  bichromate  of  potash,  and  a  number 
of  mineral  dyes.  The  new  Customs  tariff  does  not  merely 
aim  at  the  protection  of  Russian  raw  materials,  but  is  also 
designed  to  foster  those  branches  of  the  chemical  industry 
which  furnish  the  materials  required  in  the  primary  and 
final  stages  of  a  flourishing  industry.  The  soda  factories 
which  obtain  soda  from  salt  belong  especially  to  this 
category,  owing  to  the  large  quantities  of  valuable  acids 
and  alkalis  obtained  in  the  process.  There  is  a  great 
demand  for  these  substances  in  Russia,  especially  in  glass 
factories,  kerosene  refineries,  soap-boiling  and  bleaching 
establishments. — Ibid. 

Lithographic  Stone  Deposits  in  the  Ourax 
Mountains. 

The  Journal  de  St.  Petersbourg  for  the  15th  October 
states  that  to  the  number  of  mineral  riches  of  the  Oural  not 
yet  worked  are  to  be  added  important  quarries  of  litho- 
graphic stone,  situated  in  the  district  of  Krasnoouiimsk, 
province  of  Perm.  These  deposits  have  been  known  for 
fifteen  years,  and  the  lithographic  stone  which  they  yield 
has  been  recognised  as  excellent,  but  until  recently  nobody 
has  ventured  to  work  the  quarries  in  question.  East 
winter  the  quarrying  of  the  lithographic  stone  was  com- 
menced, and  according  to  the  Novoe  Vrenu/a  it  will  be  sold 
in  depots  established  in  St.  Petersburg  for  the  purpose. 

Wmting  Pens  made  of  Celluloid. 

The  Handels  Museum  is  responsible  for  the  statement 
that  in  Eranee  pens  for  writing  are  now  being  made  from 
celluloid,  &c,  in  the  following  manner  : — Thin  sheets 
manufactured  from  celluloid,  ebonite,  vulcanite,  &c,  corre- 
sponding with  the  outlines  of  a  pen,  are  stamped  out, 
punched,  and  finally  laid  in  a  softened  condition  in  a  press 
that  has  been  heated,  by  which  means  they  receive  the 
desired  shape.  After  being  cooled  in  a  water-hath  the 
pens  thus  obtained  are  split  with  a  knife. 


MINERAL  PRODUCTS  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  FOR  1891. 

The  United  States  Geological  Survey,  Division  of  Mining 
Statistics  and  Technology,  has  sent  us  an  advance  proof  of 
the  next  edition  of  the  chart  showing  the  total  mineral 
products  of  the  United  States,  which  will  be  issued  in  a 
short  time.     The  figures  for  1891  are  here  reproduced  : — 


1891. 

Quantity. 

Value* 

.Metallic  : 

Pig  iron,  value  at    Phil- 
adelphia. 

Long  tons 
Troy  oz. 

8,279,790 
68,500.000 

Dols. 
128,337,985 

75,416,565 

» 

1,604,840 

33,176,000 

Copper,    value    at    New 

York  City. 
Lead,  value  al  New  York 

City. 
Zinc,  value  at  New  York 

City. 

Lb. 

295,810,076 

38,455,300 

Short  tons 

'202. UK] 

17,(509,322 

80,:W7 

8,033,700 

Dec.si.iaw.]   THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


L045 


1891. 


1891, 


Tro  DUCTS. 


Quantity.         Value, 


Quicksilver,  value  a1  San       Flasks 

Francisco, 
Nickel,    value    at   Phila-         Lb. 

delphia. 
Aluminium,      value      at 

Pittsburg. 
Tin 

Antimony,    value  at   San    Short  tons 

Francisco, 
platinum,   value   (crude)      Troy  oz. 

at  San  Francisco. 


Total  value  metallic  products 


Non-metallic  (spot  values):— 

Bituminous  coal Long  tons 

Pennsylvania  anthracite.  „ 

Building  stone 

Petroleum Bbls. 

Lime „ 

Natural  gas 

)  lement Bbls. 

Salt 

Phosphate  rock Long  tons 

Limestone  for  iron  flux... 

Mineral  waters Gallons  sold 

Zinc-white Short  tons 

Potters'  rlay Long  tons 

Mineral  paints ,, 

Borax Lb. 

Gypsum Short  tons 

Grindstones 

Fibrous  tale Short  tons 

Pyrites Long  I  ons 

Soapstone Short  tons 

Manganese  ore Long  tons 

Asphaltum Short  tons 

Precious  stones 

Bromine Lb. 

Corundum Short  tons 

Barytes  (crude) Long  tous 

Graphite Lb. 

Millstones 

Novaculite Lb, 

Marls Short  tons 

Flint Long  tons 

Fluorspar Short  tons    ; 

Chromic  iron  ore      Long  tons 

Infusorial  earth Short  tons 

Feldspar Lsng  tons 

Mica Lbs. 

Ozokerite  refined 

Cobalt  oxide 

Slate,  ground  as  apigment    Long  tons 

Sulphur Short  tuns 


22,904 

IMs. 
1,036,386 

118,408 

71,099 

150, 

100,1 

123,289 

25,058 

278 

17.HH7 

100 

500 

, , 

302,307,922 

05,291,721 

117,106,483 

(5,236,992 

73,944,735 

47,294,746 

54,291,980 

82,675,188 

60,000,000 

35,000,000 

•  ■ 

18,000,000 

8,222,792 

6,680,951 

9,987,945 

4,716,121 

5S7.9S8 

3,651,150 

5, ."'"i 

2,800, 

18,392,732 

2.996.259 

l.i  mo. 

400,000 

900,000 

47,652 

658,478 

13.380,000 

869,700 

208,126 

628,051 

476,113 

53,054 

493,068 

119,320 

338,880 

1(1,314 

243,981 

23,416, 

239.129 

45,054 

242,264 

235,:SOO 

313,000 

54,880 

8,247 

88,430 

31,069 

118,363 

110.000 

.. 

16,587 

1,375,000 

150,000 

135,000 

67,500 

15,000 

60.000 

10.044 

78,330 

1,372 

20,580 

.. 

21,988 

10,000 

50,000 

75, 

100,000 

50,000 

7.000 

7,200 

18,000 

2.IIIIU 

20,000 

1,200 

39;  00 

Prodfcts. 

Quantity. 

Value. 

Untile 

Short  ions 
Lb. 
.    Short  luus 

06 
300 

Dols. 
3,960 

SHU 

Total  value  non-metallic  products 356,216,615 

Total  value  metallic  products 302,307,922 

Estimated  value  mineral  products  unspecified  .       10,000,000 


Grand  total 668,524,537 


-Engineering  and  Mining  Journal. 


The  Scottish  Oil  Trade. 

The  Standard  Oil  Company  has  intimated  another 
reduction  of  \d.  per  lb.  in  the  price  of  paraffin  scale,  and 
producers  have  been  obliged  to  follow  the  cut  on  all  their 
scale  products.  Scotch  hard  scale  is  now  no  better  than 
1  fd.  to  1  fjrf.  per  lb. ;  some  sellers  have  offered  to  deal  at 
the  former  figure  without  finding  buyers.  This  latest 
reduction  has  been  mainly  brought  about  by  the  demorali- 
tion  which  exists  in  the  candle  trade  by  the  underhand 
dealing  whioh  is  alleged  in  that  connection,  and  by  the 
difficulty  which  some  importers  and  some  local  concerns 
experience  in  getting  rid  of  their  stock  of  scale.  Running 
contracts  participate  in  the  reduction,  which  came  into  force 
on  December  Hth.  Since  the  break  up  of  the  producers' 
combination  paraffin  scale  has  been  lowered  l^d  per  lb., 
nearly  40  per  cent.  On  the  ton  of  scale  that  represents  a 
loss  of  over  10/.  per  ton,  and  on  the  Scotch  make  alone  the 
difference  to  the  trade  compared  with  what  would  have  been 
the  yield  for  one  year  had  the  price  been  maintained  at  its 
old  level  is  between  200,0002.  and  250,000/.  Following  on 
the  reduction  in  the  price  of  paraffin  scale,  the  candle- 
makers  have  reduced  their  list  prices  for  white  candles  by 
Gi/.  and  the  yellows  by  3d. — each  per  dozen  pounds.  The 
reduction  in  whites  is  equal  to  double  what  has  been  taken 
off  wax.  One  ot  the  Scotch  companies  connected  with  the 
associated  companies  has  taken  $d.  per  gallon  off  burning 
oil,  although  the  demand  at  present  is  reported  good. — 
( 'hemical  Trade  Journal. 


BOARD  OF  TIIADE  RETUHNS. 

Summary  of  Imports. 


Metals 

Chemicals  and  dyestuffs 

Oils 

Raw  materials   tor  non-textile  in- 
dustries. 

Total  value  of  all  imports  . . . . 


£ 

£ 

•.'.loii.nr. 

1,563,76! 

400,841 

331.M7I 

OlN.083 

658,952 

3,484,450 

3,505,2  1 1 

13,861,389 

38,898,373 

mir, 


THE  JOURNAL   OF  THE   SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1802. 


Summary  of  Exports. 


Month  endins;  80th  N 

1891. 

1898. 

Metals  (other  than  machinery)  .... 

£ 
2,733,043 

7  45,082 

2,488,026 

£ 
2,619,483 

716,487 

2,478,898 

18,790,949 

18,549,310 

Imports  of  Metals  for  Month  ending  30th  November. 


Articles. 


Quantities. 


Values. 


1891. 


1892. 


1891. 


Conner  :— 

10,192 

6,891 

£ 
76,236 

£ 

33,233 

7,508 

9,575 

191,788 

253,700 

Unwrought  ....      „ 

6,058 

2,486 

293,199 

1  0,589 

Iron :— 

248,804 
B,830 

277,855 
6,524 

181,806 
83,497 

190,097 

Bolt,  bar,  &c 

57,857 

Steel,  unwrought..      „ 

745 

70s 

7,»7ii 

7,578 

Lead,  pig  and  sheet      „ 

14,841 

18,506 

175,363 

188,176 

46,954 

89,959 

84,742 

72,872 

57,494 

75,380 

5,863 

0,533 

63.363 

89,913 

288,322 

186,477 

174,162 

5,356 

B.999 

122,630 

Other  art  icles  . . .  Value  £ 

•• 

581,899 

270,193 

Total  value  of  metals 

i  ■ 

•• 

2,100,415 

Imports  of  Chemicals  and  Dyestufes  for  Month 
ending  30th  November. 


Articles. 


Alkali Cwt. 

Bark  (tanners,  &c.)    „ 

Brimstone , 

Chemicals Value  £ 

Cochineal  Cwt. 

Cutch  and  gambler  Tons 

Dyes  :— 
Aniline Value  £ 

Alizarine „ 

Other , 

Indigo  Cwt. 

Nitrate  of  soda 

Nitrate  of  potash  .      „ 

Valonia Tons 

Other  articles. . .  Value  £ 

Total  value  of  chemicals 


Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

6,099 

6,683 

£ 
3,678 

£ 

1,6  hi 

81,686 

17,785 

1.8,887 

5,974 

42,376 

31,I4< 

12^58 

10,808 

•  • 

.- 

124,895 

154,870 

77:1 

1,098 

1^860 

6,764 

B58 

2,350 

26,890 

i-.:;:.: 

650 
50,906 
16,025 

1.617 


8,223 

128,499 

28,822 

1,483 


19,210 
29,585 
899 
8,264 
22,912 
1 1,267 
27,180 
92,484 


12,642 
88,466 

117 
18,928 
57,052 
25  2'l2 
19,212 
SIS, 433 


400,844 


Imports   of  Oils  for  Month  ending  30th  November. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892.          1891. 

1892. 

Cocoa-nut Cwt. 

8,326 
1,129* 
95,058 

12,772,516 

2,692 

1,782 

40,691 

6,880 
1,243 

85,551 
14,472416 

2,068 
1.97S 
75,467 

£ 

9,952 
45,182 
109,754 
230,141 
78,554 
34,301 
53,208 
71,993 

£ 
7,617 

45,206 
S6.S57 

267,512 
54,145 

38,889 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 
Total  value  of  oils  . . . 

83,724 

75,612 

*' 

•• 

028,083 

658,992 

Imports   of    Raw   Material   for   Non-Tkxtilk 
Industries  for  Month  ending  30th  November. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

£ 

£ 

Bark,  Peruvian  . . 

Cwt. 

7,839 

9,125 

17,065 

19,607 

Lb. 

262,173 

192,769 

36,591 

28,959 

Cwt. 

23,539 

27,557 

273,355 

888,281 

Gum  :— 

w 

5,865 

7,816 

13,090 

21/439 

Lac,  4c 

»t 

8,313 

2.7-:' 

35,930 

Gutta-percha  .... 

.. 

3,620 

3,083 

43.161 

26,270 

Hides,  raw  :— 

„ 

28,110 

21.9S2 

78,972 

Wet 

„ 

47,707 

00,963 

107,778 

111,731 

77li 

1,041 

11,326 

49,135 

Manure : — 

Tons 

800 
6,219 

1,890 

5,628 

2,868 
211,434 

11,856 

25,046 

.   Cwt. 
Tons 

36,126 
3,424 

62,816 
250 

56,510 
34,209 

71,582 

2,841 

17,981 

13,5111 

85  139 

71.1CH 

Pulp  of  wood  . . . 

„ 

18,882 

17,22:i 

84\8S8 

90,220 

Cwt. 

89,976 

177,931 

24,770 

I2.S98 

Tallow  and  stearin      „ 

80,022 

94,428 

1115,352 

10S.5I9 

.  Barrels 
.  Loads 

11,107 

162,316 
126,949 
14,458 

213 

161,679 
166,708 
11,269 

7,9  40 

849,530 

883,589 

51,421 

6S 

Wood:— 

3:13,321 

1,036,107 

56  014 

.    Tons 

1,610 

1,189 

12,787 

35,307 

Other  articles... 

Value  £ 

1,083,465 

938,395 

Total  value 

.. 

3,484,450 

3.505,244 

531,374 


Besides  the  above,  drugs  to  the  value  of  73,8511.  were  imported, 

as  against  7 :.  ;V7.  in  November  1891. 


Deo.  81, 1892.]         THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1 1 47 


ExrOBTS  of  Metals  (otiier  than  Machinery)  for 
Month  ending  DOtii  November. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

7,299 

62,095 
36,992 
37,!  26 

221,1115 
3,591 

8,181 

9,891 

69,601 

26,191 
29,529 

230,018 
2,788 

9. 15:! 

£ 

35.41S 

163,914 
S9.353 
73,889 
218,492 
108,960 
1,802,447 
49,271 
89,216 
26,1 13 
38,872 
11,232 
81,818 

.      £ 
87.706 

168,772 
70,319 
09,668 

193  260 

108,405 
1,753,669 

33,703 

Copper : — 
Unwrought „ 

Mixed  metal , 

Implements , 

Plated  wares. . .  Value  £ 
Telegraph  wires,  &e.   „ 

31,561 
39,993 

10,818         10.S81 

13,675 

Other  articles  . .  Value  £ 

75,019 

2,733,013 

8,6411,483 

Exports  of  Miscellaneous  Articles  for  Month 
ending  30th  November. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

728,100 

869,100 

£ 

23,541 

£ 

21,227 

Military  stores. 

Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

62,381 

121,774 

Caudles 

.     Lb. 

1,468,700 

1,693,800 

27,813 

30.961 

Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

102,996 

107,565 

34,611 

39,084 

68,046 

69,271 

Products  of  coal 

Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

114,676 

110,299 

Earthenware  .. 

»j 

.. 

.. 

167,323 

179,157 

Stoneware 

„ 

.. 

.. 

9,769 

9,924 

Glass: — 
Plate 

.  Sq.Ft. 

279,811 

193,021 

ls,517 

ln.013 

Flint 

.    Cwt. 

9,275 

7,467 

21,327 

19,779 

55,212 

55,629 

25,719 

20,11.1', 

Other  kinds.. 

■           H 

18,696 

24,538 

17,326 

20,243 

Leather : — 
Unwrought . . 

•           >■ 

13,612 

12,028 

126,211 

107,280 

Value  £ 

.. 

.. 

29,:  130 

26,603 

.    Tons 

5,377 

5,123 

lll,5l'5 

106,375 

Sq.  Yds. 

1,876,600 

1,181,800 

72,251 

50,355 

Painters'  materials  Val.  £ 

.. 

.. 

116,105 

[26,393 

80,793 

4,799 

47,103 

67  07.", 

140,805 

118,271 
12,7 17 

5,91 1 
42.937 

53,631 

•• 

•• 

2,488,026 

2,478,398 

Exports  of  Drugs  and  Chemicals  for  Month  ending 
30th  November. 


Articles. 

Quantities. 

Values. 

1891. 

1892. 

1891. 

1892. 

£ 

£ 

517.1S5 
151,738 

543,74? 

131,747 

199,895 

51,323 

183,848 
53,338 

Bleaching  materials    „ 

Chemical  manures.  Tons 

26,291 

25,151) 

173,133 

152,208 

.. 

.. 

89,394 

86,666 

Other  articles 

•• 

228,387 

210,527 

•• 

" 

745,032 

710,187 

iflontblp  patent  li*u 


*  Tho  dates  given  are  the  dates  of  the  Official  Journals  in 
which  acceptances  of  the  Complete  Specifications  are  advertised. 
Complete  Specifications  thus  advertised  as  accepted  are  open  to 
inspection  at  the  Patent  Office  immediately,  and  to  opposition 
within  two  mouths  of  the  said  datos. 


,~-  -^  s\_^  .l_r»  .-v 


I.— GENERAL  PLANT,  APPARATUS,  and 
MACHINERY. 

Applications. 

20,541.  J.  Whyte,  H.  Whyte,  and  A.  W.  Cooper.  Im- 
provements in  evaporative  condensers.     November  14. 

20,595.  F.  W.  Scott,  E.  G.  Scott,  and  F.  W.  Scott,  jun. 
Improvements  in  or  connected  with  evaporating  or  concen- 
trating apparatus.     November  14. 

21,264.  E.  Hesketb  and  A.  Marcet.  Improved  apparatus 
for  producing  cold.     November  22. 

21,275.  J.  H.  Lewis.  Improvements  in  npparatus  for 
the  absorption  of  chlorine  and  other  gases  (applicable  also 
to  the  washing  or  scrubbing  of  gases).     November  22. 

21,451.  J.  C.  Caivert.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
controlling  the  flow  of  fluids  under  pressure.     November  24. 

21,495.  C.  Musker,  A.  Musker,  and  A.  Webster.  Im- 
provements in  apparatus  for  evaporating  salt  water  or 
other  liquid.     November  25. 

21,744.     J.      Laidjaw.       Improvements     in     centrifugal 

machines    for     separating     fluids    of     different     densities. 
November  2'.(. 

22,OOS.  J.J.  Hicks  and  G.  H.  Zeal.  Improvements  in 
hydrometers  and  saccharometers.     December  1. 

L'2,157.  .1.  J.  Melville.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
apparatus  for  treating  solid,  semi-solid,  or  liquid  substances 
with  gases.     December  3. 

22,407.  D.  G.  Sinclair  and  J.  V.  Dunlop.  Improvements 
in  and  relating  to  machinery  for  the  manufacture  of  fuel 
briquettes,  firebricks,  silicious  blocks,  and  the  like.  Decem- 
ber 7. 

22,531.  W.  Dcigbtou.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  furnaces  or  kilns  using  solid  or  gaseous  fuel  for  burn- 
ing or  calciuing  limestone,  ore,  and  like  substances.  Decem- 
ber 8. 


1018 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


23,217.  J.  C.  Eno  ami  R.  Jackson.  Improvements  con- 
nected with  machinery  for  drying  powdered  substances 
particularly  applicable  for  the  manufacture  of  fruit  salt. 
December  1C. 

23,281.  T.  Mudd.  Improvements  in  condensers.  De- 
cember 17. 

23,287.  B.  J.  B.  Mills.— From  A.  Gilliard,  P.  Monnet.and 
J.  M.  (_ 'artier,  France.  Improvements  in  means  or  receivers 
for  the  preservation  and  application  of  chloride  of  ethyl  ami 
other  volatile  liquids,  to  be  employed  principally  in  the 
production  of  cold.     December  17. 

23,297.  Sir  Lowthian  Bell,  Bart.  Improvements  in 
evaporating  brine  and  other  solutions.     December  17. 

Completk  Specifications  Accepted.* 

1891. 

20,413.  G.  Bamberg.     See  Class  XI. 

22,639.  E.  8.  Arrighi.  Improvements  in  and  in  the 
manufacture  of  clinical  and  other  thermometers,  and  in 
apparatus  therefor.     December  7. 

1892. 

54!.  L.  Roumieu.  Filtering  receptacle  for  substances 
from  which  oil  or  other  liquid  is  to  be  expressed  by 
hydraulic  and  other  presses.     December  14. 

836.  A.  M.  Strathern  and  A.  S.  Strathern.  Apparatus 
for  governing  or  regulating  the  pressure  or  flow  of  illumi- 
nating gas  or  other  fluids.     November  23. 

84S.  H.  E.  Newton. —  From  R.  N.  Oakman,  jun.  Gas 
furnaces.     November  23. 

1172.  A.  T.  Rapkin  and  F.  Cossor.  Thermometers. 
November  30. 

118).  \V.  J.  Lomax  aud  C.  J.  Lomax.  A  combined 
refuse  furnace  and  gas  apparatus.     November  30. 

1991.  J.Wright.  Apparatus  for  heating  water  and  fluids 
of  all  kinds  ;  also  applicable  to  ammoniacal  and  other  liquids 
for  distillation  for  steam  boilers  or  any  other  purposes. 
December  14. 

2790.  J.  W.  Rowley.  Apparatus  for  producing  cold  in  or 
freezing  liquids.     December  21 . 

19,213.  I.  Levinstein.     Sue  Class  VII. 


II.— FUEL,  GAS,  and  LIGHT. 

Applications. 

20.709.  L.  Van  Vestraut  and  M.Graham.  Improvements 
in  apparatus  for  charging  inclined  gas  retorts.  Noveml>er  16. 

20.710.  L.  Van  Vestraut.  An  improved  apparatus  for 
charging  inclined  gas  retorts.     November  16. 

20,769.  T.  Bauer.  Improvements  in  coke  furnaces. 
Complete  Specification.     November  16. 

20,783.  T.  F.  Ennis  and  G.  F.  M.  Ennis.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  coal-gas.     November  16. 

20,860.  J.  Love.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  ear- 
buretting  or  enriching  gas  or  air.     November  17. 

20,869.  V.  B.  Lewes.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
the  manufacture  or  production  of  gas.     November  17. 

21,008.  J.  D.  Hall.  Improvements  in  or  connected  with 
apparatus  for  producing  illuminating  gas.     November  19. 

21,028.  W.  S.  Sutherland.  Improvements  in  and  apper- 
taining to  gas  producers.     November  19. 

21,1.31.  W.  Henry  and  J.  Henry.  An  improvement  in 
the  manufacture  of  Irish  peat  into  fuel  for  steam  and 
household  purposes.     November  21. 

21,444.  R.  Adcock.  An  improved  smoke  consumer  for 
destroying  the  carbon  products  of  gas  combustion  and 
increasing  the  power  of  the  gas  light.     November  24. 

■  Set  Note  (*)  on  previous  page. 


21,511.  J.  S.  Muir.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to  the 
manufacture  of  cyanogen  compounds.     November  25. 

21,647.  P.  Dvorkovitz.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
the  manufacture  of  gas  and  of  by-products  from  liquid 
hydrocarbons.     November  26. 

21,048.  P.  Dvorkovitz.  Improvements  in  and  apparatus 
for  the  manufacture  of  gas  and  of  by-products  from  liquid 
hydrocarbons.     November  26. 

21,649.  R.  O.  Paterson.  Improvements  in  and  apparatus 
for  the  manufacture  of  gas  for  illuminating  or  other 
purposes.     November  26. 

21,871.  II.  Fourness.  Improvements  in  valves  and  appa- 
ratus employed  in  the  manufacture  of  illuminating  and 
heating  gas.     Complete  Specification.     November  30. 

21,914.  H.  Pazolt.  The  manufacture  of  an  improved 
artificial  fuel.     Complete  Specification.     November  30. 

22.079.  S.  V.  Shoubridge.  Improvements  in  apparatus 
for  charging  gas  retorts.     December  2. 

22,174.  H.E.Newton. — From  R.  N. Oakman,  jun.,  United 
States.   Improvements  in  gas-producing  plant.    December  3. 

22,767.  T.  Cross.  Improvements  in  distribution  of  liquor 
in  ammonia  scrubbers  or  washers.     December  12. 

22,780.  G.  Moss.  Improvements  in  means  for  increasing 
the  illuminating  power  of  lamp  flames.     December  12. 

22,941.  W.  Willis,  E.  J.  Humphery,  and  W.  H.  Smith. 
Improvements  relating  to  the  production  and  use  of  light, 
and  to  apparatus  therefor.     December  13. 

23,236.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  E.  Clareubach,  Germany. 
Improvements  relating  to  the  smokeless  combustion  of  fuel 
and  to  apparatus  for  effecting  such  combustion.  Decemberl6. 

23,299.  A.  M.  Chambers  and  T.  Smith.  An  improved 
process  and  apparatus  for  separating  fine  coal  slack  from 
impurities.     December  17. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1892. 

864.  J.  Ruscoe.  Apparatus  for  charging  gas  retorts. 
November  30. 

'.164.  C.  Allina.  Solidifying  petroleum  and  the  carbo- 
hydrates contained  in  same  for  facilitating  transportation 
and  use  as  fuel,  also  reliquefying  same.     November  23. 

1  137.  I.  S.  McDougall  and  J.  T.  McDougall.  Treatment 
of  oils  for  rendering  them  capable  of  transport  or  storage, 
and  of  use  as  fuel,  or  as  illuminants  with  greater  safety  aud 
convenience  than  hitherto.     November  30. 

1575.  A.  Klonne.  Manufacture  of  illuminating  and 
heatiug  gas,  and  in  apparatus  therefor.     November  30. 

1G47.  J.  Mitchell.     Coke  ovens.     December  7. 

2n7;.  W.  H.  Wilson.  Manufacture  of  illuminating  gas. 
December  14. 

5620,  F.  A.  Tagliaferro,  A.  A.  Moore,  and  R.  Campion. 
Manufacture  of  fire-lighters  and  artificial  fuel.     December  7. 

8949.  T.  J.  Barnard.  Manufacture  of  fuel,  together 
with  the  means  and  combinations  in  connection  therewith. 
December  14. 

9114.  It.  N.  Oakman,  jun.  Gas-producing  plant. 
November  23. 

9854.  H.  Birkbeck. — From  E.  B.  Muller.  Process  for 
manufacturing  compact  pit  coal  out  of  pit  coal  dust,  -lark, 
or  small  pieces  of  pit  coal.     December  7. 

14,862.  C.  R.  Poulsen.  New  or  improved  apparatus 
for  the  production  of  ozone  by  means  of  phosphoruf. 
December  7. 

16,750.  P.  Grein.  Charging  machine  for  gas  retorts. 
November  30. 

17,484.  P.  Jensen. — From  H.  Stiemcr  and  Ziegler. 
Process  of  and  apparatus  for  preparing  tar,  oil,  paraffin, 
pitch,  heating  and  illuminating  gases,  and  large  coke  from 
fibrous  organic  materials  such  as  peat  and  lignite. 
December  21. 


ii   .  :i,iso2.j       THE   JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1049 


19,477.  R.  Campion.  The  employment  of  certain  ingre- 
dients and  means  for  the  manufacture  of  fire-lighters 
therefrom.     December  7. 

1 9.630.  H.  Gulopin.  Apparatus  for  using  liquid  fuel  for 
lighting  and  heating  purposes.     December  21. 

1  '.>,('>,">,">.  H.  G.  O'Neill.  Improvements  in  and  relating  to 
:i  method  of  and  means  for  heating  by  electricity. 
December  21. 


III.- 


-DESTRUCTIVE  DISTILLATION,  TAR 
PRODUCTS,  Etc. 

Arr-LicATiONS. 


21,343.    W.    J.    Wisse    and    A.     Schneller. 

unproved    treatment    of    hydrocarbons     (or    of 


New  or 
.  analogous 
substances  composed  mainly  of  hydrogen  and  carbon) 
to  decompose  them  and  obtain  various  products. 
November  23. 

21,809.  G.  J.  Epstein.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  pitch  or  tar  and  like  residues  resulting  from  the 
manufacture  of  oils  or  fats,  or  wax,  or  from  gas  or  the 
like.     November  29. 


Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1892. 

17,484.  P.  Jensen. — From   H.   Stiemer  and    M.  Zicgltr. 
See  Class  II. 


IV.— COLOURING  MATTERS  and  DYES. 

Applications. 

21,139.  H.  E.  Newton.  —  From  The  Farbeufabriken 
vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in 
and  relating  to  the  manufacture  and  production  of 
diphenylnaphthylmethane  dyes,  and  of  materials  therefor. 
November  21. 

21,154.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  Wirth  aDd  Co.,  agents  for 
A.  Leonhardt  and  Co.,  Germany.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture  of  colouring  matters.     November  21 . 

21.166.  O.  Imray.  —  From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  Bruning,  Germany.  Application  of 
nou-sulphonated  azo-colouring  matters  insoluble  in  water 
as  body-colours,  and  in  substitution  for  mineral  colours  for 
printing  on  textile  fabrics.     November  21. 

21.167.  O.  Imray.  —  From  The  Farbwerke  voruiah 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  Bruning,  Germany.  Manufacture  of 
blue  colouring  matters  from  orthodinitro-anthraquinone. 
November  21. 

21.168.  O.  Imray. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Meister,  Lucius,  and  liruning,  Germany.  Improvements  in 
the  production  of  blue  colouring  matters  from  amido-nitro- 
anthraquinone.     November  21. 

21,440.  Read,  Holliday,  and  Sons,  and  K.  B.  Elbel. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  azo-colouring  matters. 
November  24. 

21,968.  A.  Lembaeh  and  C.  J.  Wolff.  Improvements 
in  and  connected  with  the  manufacture  of  oxyquinoline- 
phenolsulphonic-oxyquinoline  aid  its  homologues.  Com- 
plete Specification.     December  1. 

22,443.  0.  Imray.  —  From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
Miistrr,  Lucius,  and  liruning,  Germany.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  tetra-nitro-anthrachrysonc.    December  7. 


22,572.  S.  Pitt.— From  L.  Cassella  and  Co.,  Germany. 
A  new  group  of  basic  colouring  matters,  and  means  for 
producing  the  same.      December  8. 

23,211.  H.  E.  Newton.  —  From  The  Farbenfabriken 
vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture 
or  production  of  new  colouring  matters.     December  16. 

23,212.11.  E.  Newton. —  From  The  Farbenfabriken 
vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture  or 
production  of  new  basic  colouring  matters.     December  16. 

23,213.  H.  E.  Newton.  —  From  The  Farbenfabriken 
vormals  F.  Bayer  and  Co.,  Germany.  The  manufacture 
or  production  of  new  derivatives  of  triphenylmethane  and 
dipheuylnaphthylmethane.     December  16. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1892. 

802.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — -From  The  Badische  Aniliu  una 
Soda  Fabrik.  Manufacture  of  dyes  of  the  rosaniliue  series 
and  of  leuco-compouuds  thereof.     November  30. 

1390.  H.  H.  Lake.— From  Wirth  and  Co.,  agents  for 
Leonhardt  and  Co.  Manufacture  of  colouring  matters. 
November  30. 

1657.  B.  Willcox. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals 
F.  Bayer  and  Co.  Manufacture  of  colouring  matters  derived 
from  anthraquiuone.     December  14. 

2408.  C.  D.  Abel.— From  The  Actiengesellchaft  fitr 
Analin  Fabrikation.  New  manufacture  of  bases  and  of 
colouring  matters  therefrom.     December  7. 

2617.  O.  Imray.— From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  und  Bruning.  Manufacture  of  ethoxyphenylmethyl- 
pyrazalone  and  of  para-ethoxy  1  phenyl- 2.3  dimethyl- 5 
pyrazalone.     December  21. 

2789.  S.  Pitt.— From  L.  Cassella  and  Co.  Production  of 
azo  dyes.     December  21. 

2953.  C.  D.  Abel.— From  The  Actiengesellschaft  fur 
Aniliu  Fabrikation.  Manufacture  of  new  bases  and 
colouring  matters  therefrom.     December  14. 

4109.  A.  Bang. — From  G.  A.  Dahl.  A  new  black  azo 
dyestuff,  and  the  production  of  the  same.     December  14, 


V.— TEXTILES,  COTTON,  WOOL,  SILK,  Etc. 

Applications. 

20,839.  A.  Ambler,  S.  Ambler,  and  F.  Ambler.  Im- 
provements in  the  cleansing,  treating,  or  washing  of  wool 
and  like  animal  fibres,  and  in  apparatus  employed  therein. 
November  17. 

22,736.  F.  Lehner.  Improvements  in  the  process  and 
machinery  for  producing  a  thread  or  filament  similar  to 
silk.     December  10. 

23,156.  T.  B.  Greenwood.     See  Class  VII. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

15,808.  A.  S.  Oetzmann  and  S.  J.  Narraeott.  Manufac- 
ture of  coverings  for  floors  and  other  surfaces,  and  apparatus 
therefor.     November  23. 

20,625.  W.  Bottomley. — From  G.  E.  Armstrong.  Appa- 
ratus and  processes  for  treating  fibrous  material. 
December  21. 

22,303.  F.  Reddaway.  Manufacture  of  oil  baizes, 
American  leather,  cloth,  and  other  waterproof  fabrics. 
December  14. 


1050 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dee.  31,1892. 


1892. 

10,834.  A.  Bayer  aud  K.  Heroltl.  A  process  for  freeing 
sheep's  wool  from  pitch  and  other  impurities.  December  14. 

19,776.  lr.  Doller  aud  It.  Wolffenstein.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  waterproofing  woven  fabrics.     December  7. 


VI.— DYEING,  CALICO  PRINTING,  PAPER 
STAINING,  and  BLEACHING. 

Applications. 

20,553.  C.  S.  Bedford.  Improvements  in  dyeing. 
November  14. 

21,049.  C.  D.  Abel. — From  R.  Koepp  and  Co.,  Ger- 
many. Process  for  fixing  mordants  on  fibre  for  dyeing. 
November  19. 

21,189.  1!.  B.  Archibald.  A  machine  for  dyeiug  wool 
yarns  and  similar  material.     November  2:2. 

21,714.  F.  W.  Hayward,  A.  8.  King,  and  A.  W.  Love- 
land.  Improved  means  aud  apparatus  for  surfacing  paper 
or  other  material  with  colour,  gum,  oil,  varnish,  or  the 
like.     November  28. 

22,264.  A.  S.  King.  Improved  means  and  apparatus  for 
wholly  or  partially  coating  or  surfacing  sheets  of  paper  and 
other  material  with  colour,  gum,  oil,  varnish,  or  the  like. 
December  5. 

22,293.  A.  F.  St.  George.  A  method  of  and  apparutus 
for  colouring  and  inlaying  coloured  designs  upon  and 
through  floor  and  wall  covering  materials.     December  6. 

23,262.  J.  Robb  and  J.  Grime.  Improvements  in  and 
connected  with  the  production  of  coloured  patterns  in 
combination  with  aniliue  black  on  woven  fabrics.  Decem- 
ber 17. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1892. 

2S2.  E.  Woodcock,  sen.,  N.  O.  Woodcock,  and  E.  Wood- 
cock, jun.  Improved  machine  for  dyeing,  scouring, 
bleaching,  sizing,  carbonising,  and  drying.     December  14. 

1506.  J.  Dawson.  Method  and  apparatus  for  utilising 
the  heat  of  spent  liquors  or  liquids  for  dyeing,  manufac- 
turing, aud  other  like  purposes.     December  7. 

19.079.  F.  Schreurs.  A  new  process  aud  apparatus  for 
printing  and  dyeing  fabrics.     December  14. 


VII.— ACIDS,  ALKALIS,  and  SALTS. 

Applications. 

20,921.  F.  II.  Gossage  and  J.  Williamson.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  sulphide  of  sodium  or  of  sulphide  of 
potassium  from  their  respective  sulphates.     November  18. 

21,275.  .1.  11.  Lewis.      Sec  Class  I. 

21,294.  T.  D.  Owen.  Improvements  in  tanks  for 
containing  hydrochloric  acid.     November  23. 

21,298.  A.  McKenzie.  A  new  or  improved  soldering 
flux  or  acid.     November  23. 

21,476.  C  S.  EUery.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  ammonium  sulphate  and  other  ^alt>.     November  24. 

21,520.  The  .Manchester  Oxygen  (Brin's  Patent)  Com- 
pany, Limited,  and  W.  M.  Jackson.  Improvements  in  the 
manufacture ,of  carbonic  acid,  lime,  magnesia,  and  other 
oxides.     November  25. 


21,702.  E.  Bouchaud-Praceiq.  A  process  for  utilising 
waste  acid  sodium  sulphate.     November  28. 

21,723.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  L.  Sternberg,  United  States. 
An  improved  process  of  obtaining  ammonia  and  ammonia 
salts  from  nitrogenous  organic  matters.  Complete  Specifi- 
cation.    November  28. 

21,735.  T.  T.  Best.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  chlorate  of  soda.     November  29. 

21,807.  S.  Z.  de  Ferranti  and  J.  H.  Noad.  Improve- 
ments in  or  appertaining  to  the  manufacture  of  caustic 
soda  and  chlorine.     November  29. 

21.824.  W.  C.  Sellar.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  cyanides  of  the  alkali  metals.     November  29. 

21.825.  W.  C.  Sellar.  Improvements  in  the  production 
of  cyanides  of  the  alkali  metals.     November  29. 

22,078.  T.  Hughes.  The  concentration  of  sulphuric 
acid.     December  2. 

22,139.  I.  Levinstein.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  persalts  of  iron.     December  3. 

22.237.  H.  Cosnett,  B.  C.  Bennison,  S.  Hayes,  and 
P.  Stuallwood.  New  or  improved  means  and  apparatus  for 
obtaining  chlorine  gas  from  the  spent  liquors  produced  in 
the  manufacture  of  soda  ash,  aud  in  means  and  apparatus 
for  the  manufacture  of  chloride  of  lime  therefrom. 
December  5. 

22.238.  8.  Walker  and  S.  S.  Walker.  Improvements  in 
the  production  of  carbonic  acid.     December  5. 

22,415.  W.  Mills.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
soda,  and  apparatus  therefor.     December  7. 

22,455.  C.  P.  Taylor.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  carbonate  of  soda,  caustic  soda,  and  chlorine,  and  in 
apparatus  employed  in  the  said  manufacture.     December  7. 

22,523.  F.  H.  Gossage  and  J.  Williamson.  An  im- 
provement in  the  manufacture  of  bicarbonate  of  soda  and 
soda  ash.     December  8. 

22,602.  R.  Dempster.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
the  manufacture  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  and  liquid  ammonia. 
December  9. 

22,714.  P.  MarQuart.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  boric  acid  and  borax.     December  10. 

22,817.  E.  Rotondi  aud  C.  M.  Miehela.  A  process  for 
manufacture  of  acetic  acid.  Complete  Specification. 
December  12. 

22, si  9.  E.  Placet  and  J.  Bonnet.  Improvements  in  the 
preparation  of  chromic  acid.     December  12. 

22,844.  T.  H.  Cobley.  Improvements  in  treating  waste 
substances  for  the  production  of  potash,  potash  salts,  water 
glass,  founders'  blacking  and  mauure.     December  12. 

23,156.  T.  B.  Greenwood.  A  new  or  improved  infusion 
or  solution  for  scouring  and  removing  grease,  size,  or  the 
like  from  textile  fabrics.     December  16. 

23,201.  J.  C.  Butterfield.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  brimstone  and  other  sulphurised  ores.     December  16. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

21,464.  1'.  M.  Lyte.  Production  of  chlorine  in  the 
purification  of  lead,  in  the  recovery  of  precious  or  other 
metals  with  which  the   load  may   be  associated,  and   means 

or  apparatus  employed  therein.     November  30. 

1892. 

610.  F.  Valentiner.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the 
manufacture  of  concentrated  nitric  acid.     November  30. 

1439.  I.  S.  JIcDougall  and  J.  T.  McDougall.  Treatment 
of  certain  corrosive  or  poisonons  liquids  to  render  them 
capable  of  being  transported,  stored,  or  used  with  less 
danger  than  hitherto.     December  14. 

1642.  O.  Imray. — From  M.  M.  Rotten.  Manufacture  of 
sodium  and  potassium  bichromates.     December  7. 


Dec.  31,1892.] 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OP  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1051 


19,180.  .T.  M.  Millies  and  A.  Millies.  A  new  processor 
means  for  the  production  of  chloride  of  lime.    December  21. 

19,213.  1.  Levinstein.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  concentrating  sulphuric  acid  and  other 
liquids.     December  7. 


VIII.— GLASS,  POTTERY,  and  EARTHENWARE. 

Applications. 

20,656.  W.  Oakes  and  J.  Oakes.     See  Class  IX. 

21,9-15.  E.  P.  Lee.  Improvements  in  kilns  for  burning 
bricks,  tiles,  and  other  clay  goods  ;  also  for  burning  sanitary 
ware  and  for  salt-glazing.     December  1. 

21,951.  W.Allen.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
porous  earthenware  pottery  articles  for  electrolytic  purposes. 
December  1. 

22,376.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  R.  S.  Pease,  United 
States.     See  Class  X. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 

20,-115.  L.  West.  Manufacture  of  plate  and  other  glass, 
and  apparatus  therefor.     November  23. 

1892. 

18,448.  P.  Sievert.  Process  and  means  for  manufacturing 
glass  pipes.     November  30. 

19,395.  P.  A.  Moreau.  Production  of  ornamental  stones 
artificially  coloured.     December  7. 

20,656.  W.  Oakes  and  J.  Oakes.     See  Class  IX. 


IX.— BUILDING  MATERIALS,  CLAYS,  MORTARS, 
and  CEMENTS. 

Applications. 

20,656.  W.  Oakes  and  J.  Oakes.  Improvements  in  kilns 
for  bricks,  lime,  and  the  like.  Complete  Specification. 
November  15. 

20,832.  E.  von  Hunersdorff.  Improvements  in  bricks  or 
blocks  for  building  purposes.  Complete  Specification. 
November  17. 

20,963.  II.  Pfaehler.     See  Class  X. 

21,037.  J.  W.  Stansfield.  Improved  composition  suitable 
for  paving  slabs,  path  surfacing,  and  for  blocks,  also  stair 
threads  and  the  like.  Complete  Specification.    November  19. 

21,064.  H.  Lockwood.  An  improved  composition  for 
flooring  or  covering  iron  bridges,  arches,  tanks,  and  other 
structures.     November  19. 

21,105.  P.  J.  Jackson.  An  improved  system  of  street  or 
floor  paving.     Complete  Specification.     November  21. 

21,486.  H.  Parry.  Improvements  in  kilns  for  burning 
lime.     November  25. 

21,640.  K.  S.  Meyer.  Process  for  the  manufacture  of 
artificial  building  and  other  stone.  Complete  Specification. 
November  26. 

21,851.  J.  Ferguson.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
fireproof  building  construction.     November  30. 

22,004.  F.  W.  Lohrmann.  Improvement  in  the  manu- 
facture of  artificial  building  materials.     December  1. 

22,784.  J.  Gaskell  and  W.  Robinson.  Artificial  stone, 
bricks,  tiles,  and  the  like.     December  12. 


23,181.  J.  Hamblet,  jun.  An  improvement  in  paving 
bricks.     December  16. 

23,192.  J.  H.  Blakesley.  Improvements  in  fireproof 
floors,  roofs,  girders,  joists,  and  the  like.     December  16. 

23,235.  O.  J.  Owen.  Improvements  in  the  utilisation  of 
slate.     December  16. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1892. 

50.  P.  A.  Moreau.  Manufacture  of  artificial  marble. 
December  7. 

736.  T.  J.  Davey.  Chamber  oven  for  drying  clay  from 
slurry  or  any  other  materials  of  a  similar  nature  in  brick 
or  cement  works.     November  23. 

14,889.  R.  Kieffert  and  H.  Thiron.  Cements.  Decem- 
ber 21. 

18,575.  II.  J.  Haddan.— From  F.  D.  Cummer.  Process 
of  drying  and  disintegrating  clay  and  similar  materials. 
November  23. 

18,803.  K.  Alsdorff.  Improvements  in  fireproof  walls 
and  ceilings.     November  30. 

19,813.  O.  lioklen.  Process  for  making  cement  or 
cement  mortar.     December  7. 

19,908.  C.  G.  Picking.  Fireproof  buildings.  December  14. 

19,947.  W.  Gutmann  de  Gelse.  Process  for  preserving 
timber.     December  14. 

20,414.  P.  A.  Moreau.  Manufacture  of  variegated  or 
veined  artificial  stone  and  imitations  of  natural  marble. 
December  21. 

20,656.  W.  Oakes  and  J.  Oakes.  Kilns  for  bricks,  lime, 
and  the  like.     November  23. 

20,832.  F.  von  Hunersdorff.  Bricks  or  blocks  for  building 
purposes.     November  23. 


X.— METALLURGY,  MINING,  Etc. 
Applications. 

20,547.  T.  Harris  and  H.  C.  Sacre.     See  Class  XIII. 

20,608.  J.  H.  S.  Bradley  and  R.  G.  Henchley.  A  non- 
corrosive  metal  alloy.     November  1 5. 

20,715.  A.  Macdonald.  A  new  or  improved  process  for 
treating  silver  and  lead  ores.     November  16. 

20,879.  C.  King.  Improvements  in  the  extraction  of 
gold  and  silver.     November  17. 

20,900.  E.  Bailey  and  J.  I).  Massey.  An  improved 
process  of  manufacturing  and  depositing  spongy  lead  for 
secondary  or  storage  batteries  or  receivers.     November  17. 

20,963.  H.  Pfaehler.  Improvements  relating  to  binding 
metal  for  use  in  constructions  of  concrete,  cement,  or  the 
like.     November  18. 

21,053.  A.  Guthrie  and  R.  F  Macfarlaue.  Improve- 
ments in  the  treatment  of  complex  metallic  ores. 
November  19. 

21,085.  A.  S.  Ramage.  Process  for  pickling  metals, 
especially  iron  for  galvanising  and  tinning,  whereby  no 
waste  substance  is  produced  and  no  iron  lost.   November  21. 

21,108.  C.  Allen,  J.  Clark,  and  G.  W.  Clark.  Improve- 
ments in  or  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  aluminium  and 
alloys  thereof.     November  21. 

21,162.  II.  Haddan.— From  F.  Singer  and  H.  Barthel, 
Germany.  An  improved  method  of  soldering  aluminium 
and  other  metals,  and  an  improved  solder  therefor. 
November  21. 

21,202.  P.  Robinson.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
or  production  of  channelled  or  troughed  iron,  steel,  and  other 
metals.     November  22. 

21,228.  W.  Tatlow. — An  improved  method  of  recovering 
tin  from  tin  scrap  or  waste  tinned  iron.     November  23. 


1".',-J 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


21,271.  E.  Norton.  Improvements  in  the  process  of 
tinning  iron  and  steel  plates.  Complete  Specification. 
November  22. 

21.S26.  H.  L.  Sulman.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  treatment  of  ores  containing  zinc  and  antimony. 
November  29. 

21,828.  W.  H.  D'Avidge  Cleminson.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  pig  iron  from  iron  ore.     November  29. 

22,324.  A.  E.  Tucker.  Improvements  in  iron  and  steel 
manufacture.     December  6. 

22,369.  W.  J.  Freeman  and  E.  Freeman.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  soft  metal  castings.     December  6. 

22,376.  W.  P.  Thompson. — From  R.  S.  Pease,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for  handling  or  working 
molten  substances,  such  as  metal  and  glass.  Complete 
Specification.     December  G. 

22, GOO.  W.  E.  Benshaw.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
and  hardening  of  armour  plates,     December  9. 

22,601.  W.  R.  Renehaw. — From  F.  G.  Bates,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  converting  irou  or  low-grade  steel 
into  high-grade  steel.     December  9. 

22,672.  H.  H.  Lake. — From  H.  A.  Harvey,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  armour  plates. 
December  9. 

22,778.  R.  A.  Carrasco.  Improvements  in  galvanising 
iron  and  other  sheets  and  in  apparatus  therefor.  Decem- 
ber 12. 

22.S43.  W.  R.  Taylor.  Improved  application  of  aluminium 
and  its  alloys.     December  12. 

22,907.  S.  Wood.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  hardening  and  tempering  steel  wire  for  cards 
and  other  purposes.     December  13. 

23,020.  P.  Fowler.  An  improvement  in  the  manufacture 
of  iron  and  steel.     December  14. 

23,062.  J.  Moseley.  Improvements  in  and  connected 
with  the  processes  of  hardening  and  tempering  steel  wire. 
December  15. 

23,1  G9.  J.  Johnson. — From  T.  S.  Blair  and  T.  S.  Blair, 
jun.,  United  Suites.  Improvements  in  desulphurising  iron 
and  steel.     December  16. 

23,194.  J.  C.  Bulterfield.  Improvements  in  the  treatment 
of  tinned  iron  for  the  recovery  of  the  tin  and  other  products. 
December  16. 

23,288.  A.  Longsdon.— From  F.  A.  Krupp  and  Co., 
Germany.  A  new  or  improved  process  and  apparatus  for 
or  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  armour  plates.  Complete 
Specification.     December  16. 

23,28G.  P.  M.  Justice. — From  J.  Meyer,  Grand  Duchy  of 
Luxemburg.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  steel  or 
ingot  iron.     December  17. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

13,796.  H.  Pidot.     Iron  silver.     November  23. 

17,621.  H.  W.  Wallis.  Concentration  of  pyritic  ores. 
December  21. 

19,860.  Compagnie  des  Hauts  -  Fourneaux  Forges  et 
Acieries  de  la  Marine  et  des  Chemins  de  Fer.  The  manu- 
facture of  steel.     December  21. 

19,928.  A.  Figge.  Manufacture  of  iron,  steel,  or  copper, 
and  a  material  to  be  used  in  the  ;.aid  manufacture. 
November  23. 

21,950.  W.  P.  Breeding. —  From  the  Ajax  Metal  Co. 
Improvements  in  the  cleaning  and  preparation  of  metallic 
sheets  and  other  articles,  and  in  the  coating  of  same  with 
lead  or  alloys  of  same.     November  23. 

22,504.  I.S.  McDougall.  Furnaces  for  burning  ores  con- 
taining sulphur  and  sulphur  compounds.     November  30. 


1892. 

1273.  W.  Hutchinson.  Manufacture  of  iron  and  steel. 
November  23. 

1341.  T.  Twynam  and  J.  Collev.  Manufacture  of  steel 
and  iron.     November  30. 

1467.  C.  Moldenhauer.  Process  of  recovering  precious 
metals  from  their  ores.     November  30. 

1530.  G.W.Clark.     Manufacture  of  steel.     December  7. 

1654.  C.  Hopfner.     Extraction  of  silver.     November  30. 

177G.  W.  Hutchinson.  Manufacture  of  iron  and  steel. 
November  30. 

1901.  T.  C.  Fawcett  and  T.  C.  Fawcett,  jun.  Cupolas  or 
furnaces  for  melting  iron.     December  7. 

1907.  W.  Muir.  Extraction  of  tin  and  other  products 
from  the  refuse  slags  and  debris  of  tin-smelting  furnaces. 
December  14. 

2261.  B.  Rosing  and  H.  Foerster,  and  K.  Eoerster. 
Extraction  of  lead  and  apparatus  therefor.     December  21. 

3237.  R.  A.  Hadfield.  Manufacture  of  cast-steel  pro- 
jectiles.   December  7. 

11,297.  J.  P.  Bayly. — From  J.  J.  Naef.  I'rocess  of 
recovering  tin  from  tin  scraps.     December  21. 

18,082.  C.  D.  Abel. — From  Hoerder  Bergwerks  und 
Hutten-vereic.  Process  for  the  removal  of  manganese 
from  pig  iron,  ingot  iron,  and  steel.     November  23. 

20,208.  W.  A.  Briggs.— From  J.  W.  Richards.  An 
improved  solder  for  aluminium.     December  21. 


XL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY  and  ELECTRO- 
METALLURGY. 

Applications. 

20,598.  C.  Theryc  and  A.  Oblasser.  Improvements  in 
and  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  electric  accumulators. 
November  14. 

20,900.  E.  Bailey  and  J.  I).  Massey.     See  Class  X. 

21,074.  F.  C.  James.  Improvements  in  galvanic 
batteries.     November  19. 

21,193.  G.  E.  Cassal  and  F.  A.  Kjellin.  An  improved 
method  of  producing  zinc  from  blende  by  means  of  electro- 
lysis.    Complete.  Specification.     November  22. 

21,348.  W.Wright  and  J.  B.  Hamond.  Improvements 
in  the  treatment  of  zinc  produced  by  electrolysis.  Novem- 
ber 23. 

21,554.  R.  E.  Disher,  R.  H.  C.  Hall,  and  C.  Crockford. 
Improved  manufacture  of  battery  plates,  and  employment 
of  ingredients  therefor.     November  25. 

21.69G.  T.  L.  Willson.  Improvements  in  electric  smelt- 
ing of  aluminous  and  other  refractory  ores  or  compounds. 
November  28. 

21,701.  T.  L.  Willson.  Improvements  in  the  reduction 
or  treatment  of  refractory  metallic  compounds  by  electric 
smelting.     November  28. 

21,794.  E.  Andreoli.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  electrodes  for  ozonisers.  Complete  Specification. 
November  29. 

22,344.  W.  Walker  and  F.  11.  Wilkius.  Improvements 
in  galvanic  batteries.     December  6. 

22,375.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  C.  L.  Coffin,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  welding  or  working 
metals  electrically.     Complete  Specification.     December  6. 

22,657.  .1.  (r.  Lorrain. — From  M.  Dumont,  France.  A 
new  or  improved  electric  accumulator.     December  9. 

22,7G0.  J.  A.  Heap.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  electrolysing  aqueous  solutions  of  salts. 
December  12. 


Deo.  81,1892.]       THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


L053 


22,950.  R.  Haddan. — From  R.  Gabarro,  Spain.  An 
improved  galvanic  dry  battery  or  cell,  and  a  composition 
for  use  iu  such  cells.   Complete  Specification,    December  13. 

22,987.  P.  M.  Justice. — From  W.  W.  Griscom,  United 
States.  Improvements  in  secondary  battery  plates  or 
elements,  and  in  the  process  of  preparing  same.  Complete 
Specification.     December  14. 

23,007.  W.  Walker  and  F.  R.  Wilkins.  Improvements 
in  galvanic  batteries.     December  14. 

23,051.  E.  A.  Mitchell  and  G.  T.  Tugwell.  Improvements 
in  galvanic  dry  cells.     December  15. 

23,101.  C.  A.  ,T.  H.  Schroeder  and  H.  E.  R.  Scbroeder. 
New  primary  batteries.     December  15. 

23,232.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  A.  M.  Michel,  France. 
Improvements  in  and  relating  to  secondary  or  storage 
batteries.     Complete  Specification.     December  16. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

18,597.  E.  Andreoli.     Electrolysis.     December  7. 

20,413.  G.  Bamberg.  Electrolytic  apparatus,  more  par- 
ticularly applicable  for  manufacturing  caustic  soda  and 
other  products  from  salt,  but  also  applicable  to  other 
purposes.     November  23. 

22,030.  C.  Hoepfner.  Electrolytic  treatment  of  copper 
and  silver  ores.     December  14. 

22.854.  E.  Placet  and  J.  Bonnet.  Electrolysis  of  metals. 
December  14. 

22.855.  E.  Placet  and  J.  Bonnet.  A  method  of  extracting 
chromium  by  the  aid  of  electrolytic  baths  with  a  base  of 
salts  of  chromium.     November  23. 


22,137.  E.  Gorg.  Process  for  the  manufacture  of  soda- 
potash  soap.     December  3. 

22,322.  W.  C.  Shaw.  Improvements  in  the  method  of 
and  apparatus  for  refining  or  bleaching  oils  and  varnishes. 
December  6. 

22,605.  P.  Zacharias  and  J.  Gruawald.  Improvements 
in  the  manufacture  of  soap.  Complete  Specification. 
December  9. 

22,681.  S.  Stanton. — From  E.  W.  Stanton,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  petroleum  or  naphtha  soap  and  in  the 
method  of  and  apparatus  for  producing  the  same.  Com- 
plete Specification.     December  10. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 


1891. 
22,413.  W.  Saint-Martin.     See  Class  XVII. 


1892. 

11,173.  E.  Noppel,  B.  Grosche,  and  T.  E.  Tack. 
Apparatus  for  purifying  oil  and  separating  new  oil  from 
drippings.     Applicable  also  as  an  oil  tank.     December  21. 

18,527.  J.  Brown.  Manufacture  of  soft  soap.  Decem- 
ber 7. 

18,533.  J.  Brown.  Manufacture  of  hard  soap.  Decem- 
ber 21. 

20,682.  R.  Haddan. — From  J.  W.  Evaus.  Improvements 
in  percolators  for  extracting  oil.     November  23. 


1892. 

1061.  E.  Hermite.  Bleaching  and  disinfecting  starch  and 
fecula  by  electrolysis.     December  7. 

1141.  C.  Vogt.     Dry  electrical  elements.     November  30. 

1786.  R.  Pinna.     Tanning  by  electricity.     December  21. 

16,262.  C.  A.  Faure.  Electrolytical  decomposition  of 
alkaline  chlorides  for  the  production  of  chlorine  and  alkalis, 
and  apparatus  therefor.     December  7. 

17,169.  C.  Kellner.  Electrolytical  decomposition  of 
metallic  salts,  and  apparatus  therefor.     December  14. 

17,224.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  C.  L.  Coffin.  Apparatus 
for  electrically  heating  and  working  metal.     November  23. 

18,516.  E.  N.  A.  Picard  and  J.  A.  Taniere.  Electro- 
deposition  of  metals.     December  14. 

18,844.  H.  Roller.  Improvements  in  dry  cells  or  galvanic 
batteries.     December  14. 

19,655.  H.  G.  O'Neill.     See  Class  II. 


XII.— FATS,  OILS,  and  SOAP  MANUFACTURE. 

Applications. 

20,082.  R.  Haddan.— From  J.  W.  Evans,  United  States. 
Improvements  in  percolators  for  extracting  oil.  Complete 
Specification.     November  15. 

21,414.  J.  Kennedy.     An  improved  soap.     November  24. 

21,809.     G.  J.  Epstein.     See  Class  III. 

21,817.  J.  D.  Barnett.  Improvements  in  the  process  of 
cleaning  and  extracting  oil  and  grease  from  cotton  waste 
and  other  fibrous  materials.     November  29. 

21,996.  E.  Hunter.  An  improved  compound  to  be 
applied  to  driving  straps.     December  1. 

22,039.  H.  H.  Lake.  —  From  G.  Schicht,  Austria. 
Improvements  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  soap.  Com- 
plete Specification.     December  I. 


XIII.— PAINTS,  PIGMENTS   VARNISHES,  and 
RESINS. 

Applications. 

20,547.  T.  Harris  and  H.  C.  Sacre.  The  utilisation  of  a 
certain  waste  oxide  of  iron  in  the  manufacture  of  paints 
and  pigments,  and  for  other  purposes.     November  14. 

20,891.  R.  Matthews  and  J.  Noad.  Improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  white  lead  and  coloured  pigments. 
November  17. 

21,240.  W.  B.  Lawson  and  H.  Schofield.  An  improve- 
ment in  the  manufacture  of  liquid  black  lead.     November  22. 

21,370.  C.  Carron.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
mixing  and  automatically  weighing  white  lead  and  similar 
powdered  substances.     November  23. 

21,424.  F.  G.  Groenert.  A  new  or  improved  cleaning 
and  polishing  composition  specially  applicable  for  cleaning 
and  restoring  furniture,  leather  and  the  like.     November  24. 

21,639.  J.  Horadam.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  water  colours.     November  26. 

21,932.  J.  S.  P.  Stutley.  An  improved  composition 
paint.     Complete  Specification.     November  30. 

22.098.  F.  Crane. — From  J.  Crane,  United  States.  Im- 
provements in  or  relating  to  paints  and  driers  therefor. 
December  2. 

22.099.  F.  Crane.  An  improved  manufacture  of  tiller  or 
coating  for  wood  surfaces.     December  2. 

22,175.  W.  Baker.  The  manufacture  of  an  improved 
composition  for  waterproofing  and  other  purposes. 
December  3. 

22,322.  W.  C.  Shaw.     See  Class  XII. 

23,206.  R.  Ripley.  An  improved  or  new  manufacture. 
of  black  lead.     December  16. 


1051. 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


[Dec.  31, 1892. 


Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

22,391.  R.  B.  Johnson  and  T.  C.  Palmer.  Manufacture 
of  white  lead  and  apparatus  therefor.     November  30. 

22,809.  M.  Williams.  Manufacture  of  oil  paints  and 
paint  medium.     November  23. 

1892. 

790.  W.  Smith.  Manufacture  of  white  lead  by  the 
acetate  of  ammonia  process,  more  especially  in  respect  of 
the  regeneration  and  recovery  of  acetate  of  ammonia  from 
the  weak  liquors  and  washings  furnished  in  the  process. 
November  30. 

1882.  D.  Swan.     Obtaining  pigments.     December  7. 

2201.  R.  I.  Clark.    Manufacture  of  varnish.    December  21. 

13,210,  H.  Pfanne.  An  improved  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  treating  linseed  oil  to  obtain  a  product 
applicable  as  a  varnish.     November  23. 

11,888.  R.  Kieffert  and  H.  Thiriou.   Paints.   December  14. 


XIV—  TANNING,  LEATHER,  GLUE,  and  SIZE. 
Applications. 

20,677.  M.  Heftier  and  G.  Benard.  Improvements  in  or 
relating  to  the  extraction  of  tanning  and  dyeing  materials. 
Piled  November  15.  Date  applied  for  May  17,  1892,  being 
date  of  application  in  France. 

21,551.  T.  Cowburn.  Improved  process  of  and  apparatus 
for  tanning  and  cleaning  hides  and  skins.     November  25. 

22,480.  A.  Sinau  and  H.  Sinan.  A  process  for  clarifying 
or  decolorising  tannic  extracts.     December  7. 

23,233.  J.  M.  E.  Fonteuilles  and  H.  G.  J.  R.  Baguenier- 
Desormeaux.  Improvements  in  purifying  and  clarifying 
tannic  liquids.     December  1G. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1892. 

838.  S.  Thorn.  "  Substitutes  for  tannin  of  an  article  in 
substitution  of  what  is  commonly  known  as  tanned  leather." 
November  30. 

11,521.  L.  Mnnk.  New  or  improved  manufacture  of 
material  suitable  for  use  as  a  substitute  for  whalebone. 
December  7. 


XV.— AGRICULTURE  and  MANURES. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 
1892. 
3806.  E.    Groc    and   E.    Ramond.      A    composition  for 
ih.  ssing  vines  and  other  trees.     November  28. 


XVI.— SUGARS,  STARCHES,  GUMS,  Etc. 
Applications. 

21,038.  L.  E.  Asser  and  L.  A.  H.  Hartogh.  Improve 
merits  in  the  manufacture  of  starchy  material.  November  19. 

21,217.  W:  P.  Thompson.— From  F.  Soxhlet,  Germany 
Improvements  in  or  relating  to  refining  sugar.  Complete 
Specification.     November  22. 


21,939.  W.  P.  Thompson.— From  F.  Schiaflino,  Italy.  Im- 
provements in  the  treatment  of  raw  sugar  for  purifying  and 
drying  the  same.     Complete  Specification.     November  30. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1892. 

3241.  A.  G.  Brookes. — From.  F.  Paetow.  Refining  or 
purifying  sugar.     December  14. 

11,972.  W.  Hannah  and  F.  Curtis.  Improvements  in  the 
method  of  manufacturing  sugar  in  cubes  or  other  forms, 
and  in  means  or  apparatus  to  be  employed  therein. 
December  14. 


XVII.— BREWING,  WINES,  SPIRITS,  Etc. 

Applications. 

20,684.  F.  W.  Wright.  Improvements  in  and  apparatus 
for  effecting  the  raising  and  aerating  of  beer  and  other 
liquids.     November  15. 

20,773.  A.Jenik.  Improved  construction  of  dephlegmators 
or  apparatus  for  condensing  and  separating  aqueous  con- 
stituents and  impurities  from  alcoholic  vapours.  November  1 6. 

20,787.  F.  M.  Polsky.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  yeast.     November  16. 

20,825.  H.  Stock.  Improvements  in  germinating  appa- 
ratus.    Complete  Specification.     November  17. 

20,903.  R.  H.  Leaker.  Improvements  in  distilling  and 
rectifying  brandy,  whisky,  and  other  spirits,  and  oils, 
essences,  and  the  like,  and  in  machinery  and  apparatus 
therefor.     Complete  Specification.     November  18. 

21,284.  H.  H.  Leigh.— From  B.  C.  Batcheller,  S.  D. 
Schuyler,  and  W.  M.  Cramp,  United  States.  Improvements 
in  process  and  apparatus  for  drying  brewers'  grains. 
Complete  Specification.     November  22. 

21,661.  H.  Reid.     Yeast  fermenting  cakes.    November  28. 

21,897.  C.  S.  Meacham.  Improvements  in  means 
employed  in  the  preservation  of  hops.     November  30. 

22,253.  K.  R.  Geduld.  Process  for  artificially  acidifying 
yeast-mash.     December  5. 

22,495.  W.  Shreeve.  An  improved  method  or  process  of 
dressing  and  cleansing  beer,  wine,  or  other  barrels  or  casks. 
December  8. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 

1891. 

22,413.  W.  Saint-Martin.  Means  or  apparatus  for 
maturing  and  improving  fermented  alcoholic  liquids,  appli- 
cable also  for  oxidising  oleaginous  and  other  liquids 
November  30. 

1892. 

911.  R.  H.  Leaker.  Method  and  apparatus  for  kilning 
malt.     November  30. 

17,927.  R.  Ilges.  Improvements  in  the  method  of  and 
apparatus  for  distilling  mash  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
highly  -  concentrated  fusel  oil  and  purified  alcohol. 
December  21. 


Dec.  si,  18U2.]        THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 


1055 


XVIII.— CHKMISTRY  OF  FOODS,  SANITARY 
CHEMISTRY,  and  DISINFECTANTS. 

Applications. 

A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

•21,091.  J.  Dudin.     See  Class  XX. 

21,111.  P.  F.  Shaw  and  A.  W.  Orr.  A  new  mode  of 
preparing  extracts  of  meats  and  like  substances.  Novem- 
ber 21. 

21,488.  W.  Paterson.  A  new  or  improved  process  in  the 
manufacture  of  bread  and  the  like  with  extract  of  malt. 
Complete  Specification.     November  25. 

21,1123.  G.  D.  Dennis.  An  improved  process  of  pre- 
serving dried  vegetables.      November  2G. 

21,637.  G.  Dierkiug.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the 
enriching  of  milk  and  other  beverages.     November  2G. 

22,068.  J.  J.  Clark.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  starchless  flour  and  bread.     December  2. 

22,1 15.  M.  J  alien  and  A.  Brin.  A  process  of  enriching 
milk  and  producing  cream  and  butter.     December  2. 

22,189.  G.  C.  Legay.  An  improved  process  for  the 
sterilisation  of  milk.     December  3. 

22,733.  J.  H.  Cayless.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to 
the  manufacture  of  bread.     December  10. 

22,831.  J.  Swan.  Improvements  in  preserving  eggs. 
December  12. 

22,922.  A.  J.  Boult. — From  L.  Fromm,  Germany.  A 
method  of  preserving  farinaceous  products.  Complete 
specification.     December  13. 

23,230.  E.  J.  Davioud.  Process  for  removing  bad  flavours 
and  odours  from  vegetable  or  animal  products  without 
affecting  their  active  or  nutritious  qualities.     December  16. 

B. — Sanitary  Chemistry. 

21,215.  J.  Swallow.  Improvements  in  or  relating  to  the 
means  or  process  for  treating  and  clarifying  sewage  and 
other  impure  or  polluted  waters.     November  22. 

21,291.  A.  O.  Jones.  Improvements  in  the  treatment  and 
utilisation  of  sewage  and  plant  therefor.     November  23. 

22,458.  J.  Hanson.  Improvements  in  apparatus  for 
or     like      objectionable      matter. 


refuse 


burning     town 
December  7. 

22,530.  J.  M.  Allan, 
and  apparatus  for  the 
December  8. 


Improvements  in  the  method  of 
treatment   of   sewage   or  the  like. 


22,766.  T.  Brown.     An   improved  system  of  intercepting 
and  separating  solid  from  liquid  sewage.     December  12. 


C— Disinfectants. 

20,785.  S.  Pitt. — From  Schloesing  Brothers,  France.  An 
improved  insecticide  and  anticryptogamic  composition  for  the 
treatment  of  plants.  Complete  Specification.    November  16. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
A. — Chemistry  of  Foods. 

1891. 

20,436.  VV.  P.  Thompson. — From  Moser  and  Co.  Im- 
provements in  and  connected  with  the  process  of  extracting 
cocoa  or  rendering  it  soluble  for  the  preparation  of  soluble 
cocoa,  or  the  manufacture  of  cocoa  powder,  chocolate,  or 
the  like  preparations.     November  23. 

1892. 

1150.  K.  G.  Krikorian.  A  new  or  improved  method  of 
treating  and  roasting  malt,  and  blending  the  same  for 
infusion  together  with  coffee.     November  30. 

1717.  S.  Saker  and  W.  C.  Glover.  The  manufacture  of 
a  compound  for  use  in  preparing  infusions  of  tea. 
December  14. 


C — Disinfectants. 

1891. 
22,258.  C.  C.  Leathers.     A  new  or  improved  apparatus 
for  disinfecting  or  odorising  purposes.     November  23. 

1892. 

5036.  J.    B.    Dewhurst.     An    improved    compound    for 
disinfecting  and  other  purposes.     December  7. 


XIX.— PAPER,  PASTEBOARD,  Etc. 
Applications. 

21,485.  E.  Cadoret  and  E.  Degraide.  A  new  or  improved 
process  of  manufacturing  incombustible  and  inodorous 
celluloid.     Complete  Specification.     November  25. 

21,795.  E.  N.  Cummings.  Improvements  in  toilet  and 
wrapping  paper.     Complete  Specification.     November  29. 

21,948.  J.  P.  H.  Huesser.  The  new  blotting  and  filtering 
paper.     December  1 . 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 

1892. 

3103.  F.  T.  Jefferson.  Manufacture  of  paper  for  the 
copying  books  of  manifold  writers  for  making  tracings  and 
for  other  like  purposes.     December  14. 


XX.— FINE   CHEMICALS,    ALKALOIDS    ESSENCES, 

and  EXTRACTS. 

Applications. 

Improvements    in   menthol   cones. 


20,548.    F.    Keller. 
November  14. 

20,903.  R,  H.  Leaker. 


.See  Class  XVII. 


21,091.  J.  Dudin.  Improved  process  or  method  for 
the  manufacture  of  tea  extract  and  apparatus  therefor. 
November  21. 

21,938.  F.   Krafft  and  A.   Roos.      A    new  process  of 

preparing  methyl-ether,  ethyl-ether,  and  their  homologues 
by  the  action  of  alcohols  on  benzenesulphonic  acid  and 
other  sulphonic  acids  or  their  esters.  Complete 
Specification.     November  30. 

22,442.  O.  Imray. — From  The  Farbwerke  vormals  Meister, 
Lucius,  und  Briining,  Germany.  Manufacture  of  peptones 
free  from  albuminous  matters.     December  7. 

22,757.  J.  F.  F.  von  Mering.  Improvements  relating  to 
the  production  of  acetyl  and  propionyl  compounds  of 
;>-oxyphenyIurethanes  or  their  ethers.     December  10. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1892. 

1438.  I.  S.  McDougall  and  J.  T.  McDougall.  Treatment 
of  solutions  of  arsenic  or  of  salts  of  arsenic  for  diminishing 
the  danger  incidental  to  their  transport.     December  14. 

1808.  J.  Berlinerblan.  Manufacture  of  para-phenetol- 
carbamide  and  para-anisolcarbamide.     December  14. 

1946.  H.  Boisselier.  A  new  combination  of  eucalyptus 
and  its  products.     December  7. 

2194.  J.  Y.  Johnson. — From  The  Badische  Anilin  und 
Soda  Fabrik.  The  treatment  of  amido-guanidine  for  the 
manufacture  of  a  new  compound  and  products  derived 
therefrom.     December  21. 

3147.  A.  Bang. —  Kroin  G.  A.  Dahl.  An  antipyretic  and 
anti-neuralgic  chinolin  derivative,  and  processes  for  the 
production  of  the  same.     December  7. 


1056 


THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE  SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY.        [D«-.3i,iS92. 


XXI.— PHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESSES  and 

MATERIALS. 

Applications. 

121.4  12.  F.  lies.  Improvements  in  toning  photographic 
prints  and  negatives.     November  24 

21,022.  H.  W.Vogel  andJ.  Weinberg.  A  new  or  improved 
paste  for  the  prevention  of  discoloration  of  photographs 
mounted  upon  Bristol-board.     November  2G. 

22,576.  J.  Hauff.  The  employment  of  diamido-dioxy- 
benzol  in  combination  with  sulphides  of  the  alkalis  for 
developing  the  latent  image  in  layers  containing  halogen 
silver  for  photographic  purposes.     December  S. 

Complete  Specifications  Accepted. 
1891. 
21,381.  .1.  T.  Sandell.     Manufacture   of   sensitive    plates 
for  photographic  purposes.     November  23. 

1>92. 
4198.  .T.  Hauff.     A  process  for  developing  photographic 
images.     December  7. 


22,739.  II.  Kolf.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture  of 
gunpowder.     December  10. 

22,992.  H.  C.  Seddon.  Improvements  in  percussion 
fuses  for  projectiles.     December  14. 

23,105.  ( ).  Imray. — From  C.  Glaser  and  Co.,  Germany. 
Process  for  manufacturing  powder  suitable  for  practice 
ammunition,  sporting  caitridges,  aad  similar  purposes, 
December  15. 

Complete  Specification  Accepted. 


1892. 

G258.  I).   Imray. — From  M.  M.  Rotten  and  Co. 
facture  of  explosives.    December  7. 


Manu- 


XXI II.— ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

Application. 

23,109.  W.   lielgrove.     An    improved    means    of   testing 
the  quality  of  milk.     December  15. 


XXII.— EXPLOSIVES,  MATCHES,  Etc. 
Applications. 

20,880.  A.  H.  Durnford.  An  improvement  in  the  manu- 
facture of  explosive  and  other  compounds  containing 
dissolved  nitrated  cellulose.     November  17. 

21,058.  A.  McDougall.  Improvements  in  the  manufacture 
of  explosives.     November  19. 

22,023.  A.  Kramer.  The  "gigantic"  explosive.  De- 
cember 1. 


PATENT   UNCLASSIFIABLE. 

Application. 

21,452.  W.  F.  Greene.     Improvements  in  the  preservation 
of  perishable  articles.     November  24. 


' 


Printed  and  Published  by  Ethe  and  Spottiswoode,  East  Hardins  Street,  London,  E.C.,  for  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry. 

O 


SiNJjjBftla  utr  i .  man  *     sgoj 


Societ:-  of  Chemica]    ] 
London 
Journal 


Bngineerin« 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


^0®  sTotrfcGi